17062012121610_001 17062012121611 17062012121611_001 17062012121611_002 17062012121611_003 17062012121611_004 17062012121611_005 17062012121611_006 17062012123239 17062012123239_001 17062012123239_002 17062012123410 17062012123411 17062012123411_001 17062012123411_002 17062012123430 17062012123430_001 microsoft word 164-169 164 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 studying of structural properties of znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 spinel ferrite using xrd powder ahmed r.abdil majeed dept. of physics /college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in:4 april 2013,accepted in :19february 2014 abstract znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 spinel ferrite were prepared using solid state reaction method with (y=0.1, x=0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6 ) . x-ray diffraction with diffractometer cukα analysis have been carried out and studied showing single phase spinel cubic with space group fd͞3m for all prepared samples . lattice parameters and crystallite grain size and x-ray density(ρx-ray) bulk density and porosity ratio's were calculated and showed good agreement with the international data reported in the scientific research's. keywords: spinel ferrite 165 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction ferrite with spinel type structure may be described by the general formula mefe2o4 where me are divalent cations ( cu2+ , ni2+ , cd2+ ….) the space group of this ferrite is ( fd͞3m ) and the lattice parameters are typically ~ 5.8 °a. the oxygen anions are arranged in face center cubic ( fcc) lattice . each unit cell contains 8 formula units with o2anions in the 32 (e) sites and metal cations reside on 8 of 64 tetrahedral sites ( asites ) and 16 of 32 octahedral sites ( bsites ) [1-8].a whole range of possible cation distribution is observed as shown in fig(1).the study of ferrites materials has attracted immense attentions of the scientific community because of their novel properties and technological applications[2]. due to their various technological applications nizn ferrite have attracted recently considerable research interests [3].we have been studied the structure of znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 ferrite with different dopant concentrations and calculating the lattice parameters ,x-ray densities , grain size for each dopant and the unitcell volume by using the xrd analysis technique in order to study the effects of increasing zn-cu on ni-ferrite. experimental procedures spinel ferrite with the formula znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 have been prepared by suitable solid state reaction method. the structure of the spinel me-type in our present work have been studied using powder xrd analysis and carried out using shimadzu6000 diffractometer with cukα radiation. the obtained xrd data was compared with standard patterns of jcpds-icdd (international center for diffraction data) card no. 89-8103 for α-fe2o3 and card no. 08-0234. the lattice parameters of the samples was determined using the relation[4,5] aexp= dhkl(h2+k2+l2)1/2 ………..(1) the average crystallite size was determined from the diffraction peak broadening with use of the scherrer's equation [2-5]. d=0.98λ/βcosθ ………………….(2) here λ is wavelength of the cukα radiation (λ=1.54060 a°) , and β is the fwhm in radians. the x-ray density for spinel ferrite structure is : ρx-ray= z.m/v.na ……………..(3) where z=8 for spinel cubic ferrite , m= molecular atomic mass , v= a3 the volume , na=avogadro number [2,4]. porosity ratio for the prepared samples also calculated using the relation; ٪where ρbulk=mass/volume of the samples. results and discussion fig.2 shows xrd patterns of spinel cubic ferrite samples znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 with different concentrations, comparing with standard pattern( jcpds file no.08-0234 ) ,all the xrd patterns have been indexed (hkl) manually and the lattice parameters, crystallite grain size, x-ray density and porosity ratio were calculated using equations (1-4).all the prepared samples showed spinel cubic structures with space group fd͞3m,table.1 summarizes the dependence of lattice parameters determined by xrd analysis. the most intense peaks in all specimens ,indexed as (220), (311), (221), (400), (422), (333), and (440) are found to match well with single phase cubic spinel structure (jcpds no. 08-0234) no additional phase corresponding to any structures in doped samples was detected. it can be observed that the lattice parameters increases linearly with increasing x-value due to the greater ionic radius of zinc ion (~0.74 °a) with respect to ionic radius of iron ions (~ 0.55 a°). fig.3 plots the lattice parameters as a function of x-values for zn substitutions where y=0.1 for all prepared samples. the porosity ratio for the prepared samples listed in table.1 is between 9 to 14 percentage and 166 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 it seems to be reasonable according to situations in our poor lab's equipment's .the results of the present work were totally acceptable and in agreement with the international works reported in m. sopan etl and m. a. batal. and the other researchers[1-8]. conclusions znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 (y=0.1, x= 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6 ) were synthesized by solid state reaction method. the x-ray diffraction analysis for all prepared samples revealed existence of single phase cubic spinel structure identified by (jcpds card no. 08-0234) with space group fd͞3m in agreement with the data's reported in most scientific research and we showed also that xrd analysis is a very useful tools in materials science and technology research . reference 1sopan, m. rathod and ashok b.shinda (2012) synthesis and characterization of nanocrystalline ni cu zn ferrite prepared by sol – gel auto combustion method, journal of advancements in research & technology ,1, issue 6, nov. 2-batal, m. a.;alwash, n. h. ;arasol,k. t.and ataya, r. e. (2012), studying the effect of sintering temperature on electrical properties for the system znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4, energy procedia, 19 , 109-115. 3kenfack flaurance (2004) complex oxides of the system cu-ni-fe-o synthesis parameters , phase formations and properties, phd thesis , dresden university of technology 4monica soresco, diamandescu, l., peelamedu, r. ;roy, r. and yadoji ,p.(2004) ,structural and magnetic properties of nizn ferrite prepared by microwave sintering, journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, 279,195-201. 5christopher hammoned (2009) ,the basic of crystallography and diffraction 3rd edition, international union of crystallography , oxford science puplication. 6 caizer, c.; stefanescu m.; muntean, c.and. hrinca, i. (2001) studies and magnetic properties of ni-zn ferrite synthesized from the glyoxilates complex combination, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials,.3 (4)december, 919-924. 7 potange, s. m.;sagar, e.; shirsath, jangam, g. s.; lohar, k. s. ;santosh jadhav s.and jadhav, k. m. (2011) rietveld structure refinement , cation distribution and magnetic properties of al3+ substituted nife2o4 nanoparticles, journal of applied physics 109, 053909. 8vladimir šepelăk and klăra tkăcovă (1997) mechanically induced structural disordering in spinel ferrite, slovaca rocnic 2,3, 266-272. table no. (1): lattice parameters, crystallite grain size and x-ray density with porosity ratio for znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 for the prepared samples dnm porosit y ratio x-ray ρ v °a3 a a° chemical formula x, y value sampe 34.2614% 5.46 573.838.35zn0.2nio.7cu0.1fe2 o4 0.2, 0.1 b1 24.689% 5.37584.98,36zn0.3nio.6cu0.1fe2 o4 0.3, 0.1 b2 42.410% 5.27586.378.37zn0.4nio.5cu0.1fe2 o4 0.4, 0.1 b3 43.614% 5.59588.488.38zn0.5nio.4cu0.1fe2 o4 0.5,0.1 b4 42.2411.2% 5.36590.588.39zn0.6nio.3cu0.1fe2 o4 0.6, 0.1 b5 167 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(1) structure representation for spinel cubic ferrite figure no.(2): xrd patterns of powdered znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4 for different substitutions xvalue 168 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(3): lattice parameters as a functions of zn x-values show the increasing of lattice parameters with increasing of x-values 169 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الصيغة الكيميائية يدراسة الخصائص التركيبية للفيرايت ذ znxni1-xycuyfe2o4 باستخدام حيود االشعة السينية للمساحيق xrd احمد رفيق عبدالمجيد جامعة بغداد)/ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء 2014شباط 19قبل البحث 2013نيسان 4استلم البحث : الخالصة باستخدام تقنية تفاعل الحالة znxni1-x-ycuyfe2o4الفيرابت المغزلي مكعب التركيب بالصيغة الكيميائية حضر وتم اجراء عملية تحليل حيود االشعة السينية لھا , ( y=0.1, x=0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6)الصلبة وبنسب تعويض واظھرت ,jcpds 08-0234 ورقم الكارت icddالحيود مع الكارتات العالمية التابعة للمركز الدولي لبيانات وقورنت وبعد , fd͞3m تركيب طوري واحد من نوع المغزلي المكعب ورمز مجموعة التناظر له ذوجميع النماذج المحضرة انھا لحيود وكذلك باستخدام بيانات ا ناتاجراء عمليات التحليل لھذه البيانات وقياس االبعاد البلورية للشبيكة وحجمھا وكثافة العي راالبعاد البلورية وظھ فيلعنصر الخارصين وتاثيرھا xنسبة المسامات الموجودة في كل عينة ودراسة نسب التعويض .انھا على تطابق تام مع مانشر في البحوث العالمية نيكل خارصين نحاس فيرايت –حيود االشعة السينية :الكلمات المفتاحية the effect of doping by sr on the structural, mechanical and electrical characterization of la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ kareem a. jasim mohammed a.n. thejeel raghad subhi al-khafaji dept. of physics /college of education for pure science (ibn -al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in :4 june 2013 , accepted in :10 october 2013 abstract the sr doped la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ samples with 0 ≤ x ≤ 0.3 had been prepared using the solid state reaction. the samples were claimed at 800°c for 3hr, palletized and sintered at 860°c for 20hr in air . dielectric constant and loss by means of capacitance have been investigated with frequencies in the range of 1khz to 1mhz for our samples at room temperature. also, shore hardness has been measured. the dielectric constant and loss decrease slightly with the increase of frequency for all compounds. additionally, the partial substitution of sr+2 into ba+2 sites never have effect on the dielectric properties. x-ray diffraction (xrd) analysis showed a tetragonal structure and the as grown la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ correspond to the 1124 phase. it was found that the change of the sr concentrations of all our samples produces a change in a, c and c/a parameters. keywords: la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ, dielectric properties, shore hardness. 170 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction high transition temperature tc superconductors have generated tremendous excitement because of the potentially significant technological applications. materials have been discovered that exhibit superconductivity up to temperatures much higher than the boiling point of liquid nitrogen (77k). since 1911, when the dutch physicist heike kemerlingh onnes discovered superconductivity in mercury at 4.2k [1], the highest observed values of tc gradually moved upward. in spite of great efforts to increase tc, 23.2k (reported in the intermetallic compound nb3ge in 1973 by gavaler [2]), stood as the record until 1986. in that year j.g.bednorz and k.a.muller [3] observed that lanthanum barium copper oxide (la-bacu-o) began its superconducting transition as it was cooled below 35k. this discovery opened the way for all of the subsequent work on high temperature superconductors. soon after the discovery of superconductivity at 30k in la-ba-cu-o system, these materials are extensively studied by the substitution of rare-earth compound to understand the nature of transport phenomena in each system. the exact composition of superconducting phase la2xbaxcuo4-y (0.1 < x < 0.2) was found by uchida et al. [4] and takagi et al. [5]. the structure of la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ is shown in figure.1. lbcco is physically the hardest of the four materials, and with stronger bonds. neutron scattering experiments, which probe the magnetic structure of the material, are typically limited to study lbcco because of their requirement for large single crystals. but lbcco has not been successfully studied with an stm, because so far there has been no successful recipe to obtain an atomically flat surface with tunnel access through an insulating layer to the relevant unperturbed cuo2 plane. this paper will describe perovskite structure, based on la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ composition, and interpret the mechanic and dielectric properties ,then discuss how the difference of substitution that would influence la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ based structures of mechanic and dielectric properties. experimental technique the synthesis of la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ (x=0, 0.1, 0.2and 0.3) compounds have been prepared by solid state reaction method .we have used appropriate weights of pure powders materials 99% of la2o3, bao, srco3, cao and cuo as starting materials .they were carefully mixed and ground by using a gate mortar .the mixture was dried in an oven at 200˚c,then it is put in farness for calcinations at 800˚c during 3hr,then cooled to room temperature . in the second step, the mixture was pressed into disc shaped pellets(1.6 cm) in diameter and (0.2-0.3 cm) thick, using hydraulic press under pressure of (9 ton/cm2 ).the pellets were sintered in air at 860˚c for 20hr and then cooled to room temperature. the samples were characterized by x-ray diffractometer. the excess of oxygen content (δ) have been described elsewhere [6,7]. the structure of the prepared sample was obtained by using x-ray diffractometer (xrd). a computer program was established to calculate the lattice parameters a and c this program is based on cohen’s least square method [8]. the frequency dependent dielectric measurements were carried out by using a hp-r2c unit 4274a lcr meter (hewlett-packard, usa) in the range of 100 khz–10 mhz and the agilent 4275b lcr meter (agilent technologies japan, ltd.) in the range of 1 khz–100 khz .a conventional two –probe technique was used for these measurements .silver paint was applied to both the surfaces of the sample, and copper leads were fixed to the silver electrode surfaces. by measuring the capacitance ( c ) and (tanδ ) of the samples, the dielectric constant (έ) and loss factor (ε˝) of the samples were calculated using the following expressions[9]: 171 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 (1) c )a / d ( ) / 1 ( ' oεε = ...(2) tan ε ε δ ′ ′′ = where d is the thickness of the pellet (0.2 cm) , εo is the permittivity of space (εo =8.85*10-12 f/m ) ,and a is the cross-sectional area of the electrode (pellet).the frequency dependent dielectric measurements of la1ba1-xsrxca2cu4o8.5+δ compounds were done in the room temperature . shore hardness measurements of the samples produced are performed by using a digital microhardness tester (durometer shor d ) at room temperature. the values of shore hardness are determined with an average of three readings at different locations of specimen surfaces for la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ doped with (x=0,0.1,0.2and0.3). results and discussion the series xrd spectra of the samples la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ with x varying from 0 to 0.3 are shown in figure.2 . all the samples in the present investigation were subjected to gross structural characterization by x-ray diffraction. the xrd data collected from various samples (samples having various la, ca, ba,cu and sr concentration) were all polycrystalline and correspond to la-1124 phases. the xrd also shows some impurity phases with vanishingly small concentrations. it could be seen from the spectra that there were two main phases in all samples of the la-base systems, high-tc phase (1124), low-tc phase(1202) and a small amount of impurity phases of (ca, ba)2cuo3, calao4 and cuo. the appearance of more than two phases could be related to the stacking faults along the caxis. the comparison between the relative intensities of xrd patterns for the samples with sr=0,0.1, 0.2 and 0.3, with the relative intensity of the same reflections of the sample with non sr shows that all the samples have reflection high intensity, and it decreased by the increase of sr . the lattice parameters have been estimated using d-values and (hkl) reflections of the observed x-ray diffraction pattern through the software program based on cohen,s least square method, the parameters a, c and c/a are shown in table(1). the variations in the real part (έ) and imaginary part (ε˝) of dielectric constant of la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ samples as a function of frequency at room temperature are shown in figure.3(a and b) ,we observed a decrease in dielectric constant (έ) and loss(ε˝) with the increase of frequency at room temperature without effect sr doping. the real part of the dielectric constant (έ) gives the magnitude of the part of energy stored within the material when it is exposed to the electrical field .the most likely place at which this energy could be stored is within the grains (intergranular sites). they act like termination ends for the crystal. the imaginary part of the dielectric constant (ε˝) indicates the absorption and the attenuation of energy across the interfaces under an external electric field .examples of interfaces are grain boundaries, localized defects and localized charge densities at the defect sites and at grain boundaries [9,10]. figure.4 shows variation of shore hardness of la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ with sr-doping ,in which the hardness decrease with the increase of sr-content (x=0.0,0.1,0.2,0.3). conclusion we have prepared samples of the type la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ with x = 0, 0.1, 0.2and 0.3 during a short preparation time by solid state reaction. the structure of the la-1124 did not change with the replacement of ba by sr ions whereas the lattice parameters were found to be changed . it was observed that dielectric constant and loss decrease slightly with the increase of frequency for all compounds. 172 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 references 1. kemerlingh onnes . h, leiden commun (1911),12061226. 2. gavaler . j.r (1973) , superconductivityin nbge film above 22k ,phy. lett. 23, 480. 3. bednorz j.g. and miiller k.a (1986) , possible high tc superconductor in the ba-la-cu-o ,z.physics b -condensed matter t,189. 4. uchida ,s.;takagi ,h.;kitazawa,k. and tanaka,s. (1987) ,transporte properties of(la1xax)2cuo4, jpn. j. appl.phys,26, l1. 5. takagi ,h.;uchida,s.; kitazava,k. and tanaka,s. (1987) superconducting properties of (la1-x srx)2cuo4,jpn. j. appl. phys,26, l144-l146. 6. kareem, a. j. and tariq, j. a.(2009), effect of pressure on the structural and electrical characteristics of tl0.8sb0.2sr2ca2cu3o9-δ superconductors prepared by solid state reaction technique, materials science and technology (ms&t) , pittsburgh, pennsylvania ,pp(25-29). 7. kareem a. j. (2012 ),structure and electrical properties of lanthanum doped bi2sr2ca2xlaxcu3o10+ δ superconductor” ,turk j. phys. 36, 245 – 251. 8. manivannan,v.; gopalarishnan ,j. and rao,c.n.r (1994) ,synthesis of cuprates of peroveskite structure in ba-pb-cu-o,journal of sold state chemistry ,109, 205-209. 9. kingery,w.;bown ,h. and uhlmann (1976) , introduction to ceramics. john wiely , new york . 10. adnan ,y, and nawazish, a. k. (2010), dielectric properties of cu0.5tl0.5ba2ca3cu4−yznyo12−_ (y = 0, 3) superconductors, journal of the korean physical society, 57( 6):1437-1443. table no.(1) : values of lattice parameter, c/a ,oxygen content (δ), (έ) ,(ε˝) and hardness for the samples for different compositions of la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+  figure no.(1): the structure of la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ x δ(o2) a(a0) c(a0) c/a έ(at1mhz) ε˝(at1mhz) hardness shore 0 0.52 3.789 21. 972 5.799 0.955 0.049 91 0.1 0.51 3.785 21.981 5.807 1.031 0.097 89 0.2 0.49 3.773 21.9842 5.827 1.123 0.103 86 0.3 0.537 3.7853 21.9815 5.807 1.572 0.182 78 173 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no.(2): xrd patterns for the la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ samples with x=0, 0.1, 0.2 and 0.3. figure no.(3): variations of (a)dielectric constant and (b)dielectric loss versus frequency for la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ (x=0,0.1,0.2,0.3) at room temperature figure no.(4): variation of shore hardness with sr–content for la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ 174 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 اثیرالتطعیمت sr في الخواص التركیبیة المیكانیكیة والكھربائیة للمركب la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ كریم علي جاسم النبي محمد عبد رغد صبحي عباس قسم الفیزیاء/كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم )/ جامعة بغداد 2013تشرین االول 10قبل البحث في ، 2013 حزیران 4استلم البحث في : الخالصة باستخدام . x ≤ 0.3 ≥ 0عند srبالسترنیوم المطعم la1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ حضرت نماذج من المركب كبست على شكل اقراص وحرقت ,م مدة ثالث ساعات 800تم كلسنة النماذج بدرجة حرارة .تفاعل الحالة الصلبة طریقة 1khzقیس ثابت العزل وفقدان العزل في المدى الترددي ، م مدة عشرین ساعة في الھواء860بدرجة حرارة 1mhz واوضحت النتائج ان ثابت العزل وفقدانھ یتناقص ببطء مع . في درجة حرارة الغرفة فضال عن قیاس الصالدة في ba+2في مستوى sr+2ال یوجد ھناك تاثیر واضح عند االستبدال الجزئي التردد لجمیع النماذج فضال على ذلك كما وجد 1124خصائص العزل الكھربائي كما اظھر تحلیل حیود االشعة السینیة بان تركیب المركب رباعي الطور . c/a, c, aان التغیر في تركیز السترنیوم لكل النماذج ینتج منھ تغیرا في ثوابت الشبیكة ية، صالدة شور، الخواص العزلla1ba1-xsrx ca2cu4o8.5+δ الكلمات المفتاحیة: 175 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 kareem a. jasim mohammed a.n. thejeel raghad subhi al-khafaji ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 85 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license the effect of substrate nature on the properties of tin sulfide nanostructured films prepared by chemical bath deposition *corresponding author: msaleh196730@gmail.com abstract the substrate's nature plays an important role in the characteristics of semiconductor films because of the thermal and lattice mismatching between the film and the substrate. in this study, tin sulfide (sns) nanostructured thin films were grown on different substrates (polyester, glass, and silicon) using a simple and low-cost chemical bath deposition technique. the structural, morphological, and optical properties of the grown thin films were investigated using x-ray diffraction (xrd), field emission scanning electron microscopy (fesem), and ultraviolet-visible-near infrared (uvvis-nir) spectroscopy. the xrd and fesem results of the prepared films revealed that each film is polycrystalline and exhibits both orthorhombic and cubic structure types. in addition, the deposited films on polyester and glass showed good absorption in the uv-vis-nir range. keywords: tin sulfide; chemical bath deposition; polyester; glass, nanostructure. 1. introduction recently, significant attempts have been made to synthesize and characterize nanostructured semiconductor materials owing to their unique properties, as well as their performance in a variety of applications, notably sensing, i.e., their ability to sense gas and light [1]. researchers are increasingly interested in iv-vi semiconductors such as sns, gese, and pbs because of their numerous applications, such as photovoltaic devices and near-infrared detectors [2]. among these semiconductors, sns has advantages, including abundance, low toxicity, and a high absorption coefficient (104 cm-1) [3–5]. sns nanostructure films can be deposited through different techniques, such as electrodeposition [6], spray pyrolysis [7], radio frequency sputtering [8], doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3020 article history: received 17 september 2022, accepted 27 november 2022, published in july 2023. zahra'a a.abood department of physics, college of education, university of mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. rosezoz1820@gmail.com ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq baha'a a.m.al hilli department of physics, college of education, university of mustansiriyah , baghdad, iraq. bahahilli@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mohamed s. mahdi* ministry of science and technology, renewable energy directorate msaleh196730@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:msaleh196730@gmail.com https://uomustansiriyah.edu.iq/?lang=en mailto:rosezoz1820@gmail.com mailto:rosezoz1820@gmail.com https://uomustansiriyah.edu.iq/?lang=en mailto:bahahilli@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:bahahilli@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:msaleh196730@gmail.com mailto:msaleh196730@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 86 thermal evaporation [9], and chemical bath deposition (cbd)[10-14]. the cbd technique is simple, low-cost, and uses low-temperature deposition (<100 oc) compared to other techniques. additionally, it can be used for continuous deposition. moreover, the substrate's nature plays a crucial role in the characteristics of sns film because of the thermal and lattice mismatching between the film and the substrate. therefore, in this work, the nanostructured sns films were deposited using the cbd method on different substrates (polyester, glass, and silicon). 2. experimental part the cbd technique was used to synthesize sns films on different substrates (glass, polyester, and si). the procedure consists of 1.12 g dihydrate tin chloride, 3.234 g complex agent tri-sodium citrate, and 0.56 g thiocetamide. all chemical materials were dissolved in 50 ml of deionized water. aqueous ammonia was added drop by drop, and the ph of the solution was adjusted to 6.5. the mixture was stirred well using a magnetic stirrer at room temperature. substrates were ultrasonic cleaned in acetone, methanol, and deionized water, respectively, for 30–40 minutes before film deposition. then, the substrates were immersed in the mixture. the deposition was carried out at 80 oc for 4 h. the substrates were removed from the beaker, washed with deionized water, and dried naturally. the structural, morphological, and optical properties of the grown thin films were examined using x-ray diffraction (xrd), field emission scanning electron microscopy (fesem), and ultraviolet-visible-near infrared (uv-vis-nir) spectroscopy. 3. results and discussion 3.1 structural properties figure 1 shows the x-ray diffraction patterns of grown sns films on polyester, glass, and silicon substrates. these patterns showed two peaks in the area around 2θ = 31.9 and 39.7, which can be indexed to the orthohombic structure of sns (icdd card: 39-0354) [4, 5, 15]. moreover, the xrd patterns of the deposited films on the glass and silicon substrates exhibit additional peaks around 2θ = 26.85 and 31.1, which can be indexed to the cubic structure of sns [15,16 ]. in addition, the peaks of polyester, and silicon substrates were observed. the high, intense, and wide peak of the polyester substrate at 2θ = 26.3˚ may be responsible for the absence of peaks of the cubic structure in the pattern of the deposited film on polyester. figure 1. xrd patterns of grown sns films on various substrates, polyester, (b) si, (c) glass the average crystalline size (d) was calculated from the xrd pattern using scherrer’s formula, which is expressed as follows [5, 17, 18]: ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 87 𝐷 = 0.9𝜆 𝛽𝐶𝑂𝑆𝜃 (1) where 𝜆 is the x-ray wavelength, 𝛽 is the full width at half maximum of the xrd peak, and 𝜃 is the bragg angle. the d values for (111) orientation were found to be 223 a°, 172 a°, and 295 a° for deposited films on glass, si, and polyester, respectively. the strain (𝜖) values of the grown films were calculated using the following equation [19]: 𝜖 = 𝛽 4𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃 (2) the 𝜖 values for (111) orientation are 5.64x10-3, 7.34 x10-3, and 4.24 x10-3 for grown films on glass, si, and polyester, respectively. comparative analysis of the xrd findings for the films is shown in table 1. table 1: xrd findings of deposited sns films on different substrates. substrate (h k l) d (ǻ) 3-ε x 10 polyester (111) 295 4.24 glass (111) 223 5.64 silicon (111) 172 7.34 3.2 surface morphology figure 2 shows fesem images of deposited films on various substrates. it is obvious that the grown films on polyester and glass substrates comprise many flower-like nanostructures agglomerating for sns orthorhombic structure, as well as beneath a layer of spherical grains for cubic sns [16, 20,21]. while the grown film on the glass substrate comprised distributed and uniformly many flower-like nanostructures for orthorhombic structure sns, as well as a beneath layer of spherical grains for cubic sns, the presence of two morphologies that relate to orthorhombic and cubic structures agrees with the xrd analysis of figure 1. figure 2. fesem images of prepared films on different substrates, (a) polyester (b) glass (c) silicon orthorhombic cubic ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 88 3.3 optical properties the absorbance spectra of deposited films on polyester and glass substrates in the range of (350 -1100 nm) are shown in figure (3). according to the spectra, the absorption in the visible and near-infrared wavelengths is generally good. additionally, the deposited film on glass has a larger absorbance value than the film on polyester in the range of (550 -1100 nm). while the spectra behave differently in the range of (350 550 nm), the film deposited on polyester has a higher absorbance value than the film deposited on glass. figure 3. the absorbance spectra of deposited films on polyester and glass substrates. the nature of the energy gap optical transmission can be determined using the relation [5, 22]: αhʋ = a(hʋ − 𝐸𝑔) n (3) where a is constant, h is planck constant, ʋ denots frequency, 𝐸𝑔 is the energy gap, and α is absorption coefficient. figure (4) illustrates plotting (αhυ)2 versus (hυ) curves for films deposited on two different substrates . the equation (3) is matched with n = 1/2, which indicates permissible transitions. the 𝐸𝑔 value can be determined by extrapolating the straight line of (αhʋ) 2 versus the hʋ curve to intercept the horizontal hʋ axis. from figure (4), the 𝐸𝑔 values were found to be 1.38 and 1.02 ev for grown films on polyester and glass substrates, respectively. figure 4. energy gap of grown films on (a) polyester (b) glass ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 89 4. conclusion in this work, the nanostructure of tin sulfide (sns) thin films was successfully grown by simple and low-cost chemical bath deposition on different polyester, glass, and silicon substrates. the obtained results showed that the substrate nature had significant effects on the structural, morphological, and optical properties of the deposited films. acknowledgment the authors extend their thanks and gratitude to the ministry of sciences and technology for its great support in completing the research, as well as the mustansiriya university college of education. references 1. law. m.; goldberger. j.; yang. p.; semiconductor nanowires and nanotubes, annu. rev. mater. res. 2004. 34, 1, 83–122. 2. xiao. g.; recent advances in iv–vi semiconductor nanocrystals: synthesis, mechanism, and applications, rsc adv. 2013. 3, 22, 8104–8130, 3. greyson. e. c.; barton. j. e.; odom. t.w.; tetrahedral zinc blende tin sulfide nanoand microcrystals, small. 2006. 2, 368-375. 4. gao, c.; shen, h.; sun, l.; preparation and properties of zinc blende and orthorhombic sns films by chemical bath deposition. appl. surf. sci. 2011. 257, 67-78. 5. mahdi. m. s.; latif, k. h.; jabor, a. a.; ibrahim, k.; ahmed, n. m.; hmood, a.; mustafa, f. i.; bououdina, m.; tin sulfide flower-like structure as high-performance near-infrared photodetector, journal of electronic materials. 2020. 49, 5824–5830. 6. yue, g. h.; peng, d. l.; yan, p.x.; wang, l.s.; wang, w.; luo, x. h.; structure and optical properties of sns thin film prepared by pulse electrode position. alloys compd. 2009. 468, 254-266. 7. patel, m.; mukhopadhyay, i.; ray, a.; annealing influence over structural and optical properties of sprayed sns thin films. opt. mater. 2013. 35, 93-104. 8. hartman, k.; johnson, j. l.; bertoni, m. i.; recht, d.; aziz, m. j.; scarpulla, m.a.; buonassisi, t.; sns thin-films by rf sputtering at room temperature. thin solid films. 2011. 519,74-88. 9. cheng. s.; conibeer, g.; physical properties of very thin sns films deposited by thermal evaporation, thin solid films. 2011. 520, 83-95. 10. guneri, e.; ulutas, c.; kirmizigul, f.; altindemir, g.; gode, f.; gumus, c.; effect of deposition time on structural, electrical, and optical properties of sns thin films deposited by chemical bath deposition, appl. surf. sci. 2010. 257, 118-128. 11. mohamed, s.; mahdi, k.; ibrahim, a.; hmood, n. m.; ahmed, mustafa, f.i.; control of phase, structural and optical properties of tin sulfide nanostructured thin films grown via chemical bath deposition .j. electron. mater. 2017.46, 42-57. 12. gode, f.; guneri, e.; baglayan, o.; effect of tri-sodium citrate concentration on structural, optical and electrical properties of chemically deposited tin sulfide films, appl. surf. sci. 2014.318, 227-235. https://link.springer.com/journal/11664 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 90 13. jayasree, y.; chalapathi, u.; raja, v. s., growth and characterization of tin sulphide thin films by chemical bath deposition using ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid as the complexing agent, thin solid films, 2013. 537, 149-166. 14. avellaneda, d.; delgado, g.; nair, t. s.; nair, p. k.; structural and chemical transformations in sns thin films used in chemically deposited photovoltaic cells, thin solid films. 2007. 515, 57-71. 15. mohamed, s.; mahdi, k.; ibrahim, a.; hmood, naser. m.; ahmed, falah. i.; mustafa, shrook a.; azzez. high performance near infrared photodetector based on cubic crystal structure sns thin film on a glass substrate. materials letters. 2017 200, 10-13. 16. márquez, i. g.; romano-trujillo, r.; gracia-jiménez, j. m.; orthorhombic and amorphous sns thin films on flexible plastic substrates by cbd, j. mater sci: mater electron. 2021. 32, 15898–15906. 17. tauu, j., optical properties and electronic structure of amorphous semiconductor in optical properties of solid, plenum, new york, 1969. 18. saima, m.; bushra i.; misbah, a.; zeb, n. j.; suthan k.; aurang. z.; low-temperature synthesis and characterization of sn-doped sb2s3 thin film for solar cell applications. journal of alloys and compounds. 2015. 632, 723-728. 19. boughalmi, r.; boukhachem, a.; kahlaoui, m.; maghraoui, h.; amlouk, m.; physical investigations on sb2s3 sprayed thin film for optoelectronic applications. materials science in semiconductor processing. 2014. 26, 593-602. 20. mohamed, s.; mahdi, husam s.; hmood, a.; bououdina. m.; structure, morphology, and photoresponse characteristics dependence on substrate nature of grown π-sns films using chemical bath deposition. optical materials. 2022. 123. 111-122. 21. mohamed, s.; mahdi. naser. m.; ahmed, a.; hmood, k.; ibrahim, m.; bououdina. comprehensive photoresponse study on high performance and flexible π-sns photodetector with near-infrared response. materials science in semiconductor processing. 2019.100. 270274. 22. akkari, a., guasch, c. kamoun turki, n.; chemically deposited tin sulphide. journal of alloys and compounds. 2010. 490, 180-183. microsoft word 11-18     11   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       thin cds properties optical nanostructure's on influence annealing technique deposition vapor physical by prepared films esraa a. abbas article history: received 2 may 2019, accepted 10 july 2019, published in april 2020. abstract in this work, the influence of the annealing temperature on the optical properties of the thin films cadmium sulphide (cds) has been studied. thin films of cadmium sulphide (cds) were made using the physical vapor deposition (pvd) method. the optical properties of annealing temperatures (as deposited, 200, 250, and 300℃ ) were scrupulous. the uv/vis spectrophotometer investigated optical parameters such as transmission, the coefficient of absorption and energy gap of the films for the range (400-110 nm) as an assignment of the annealing temperature. the optical properties were calculated as a function of annealed temperature: absorption, transmission, reflection, band gap, coefficient of absorption, excitation coefficient and index of refraction. keywords: physical vapor deposition, cadmium sulphide (cds) films, annealing temperature, optical properties. 1. introduction the semiconductor manufacturing products now spread throughout the world and penetrate pointedly into the daily life of an epidermal existence. for many semiconductor devices, thin films are well known as stamping for enforcement in abundant physically established profession [1]. interest in the physical properties of thin films has increased significantly in recent years as new effects may appear in film statements that are not observed in bulk samples [2]. cadmium sulfide thin film is a suitable n-type semiconductor for an opening layer in solar cells for cdte/cds heterojunction [3,4]. due to its new properties, cds is a substance material such as photoconductivity, refractive elevation single (2.5) [5]. and its high cognition of electrons [6]. thin cds films such as vaporization by vacuum, sputtering, electro-deposition, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2438 department of physics, college of education, almustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. israa.akram.78@gmail.com   12  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 radio frequency, pulsed laser evaporation, molecular beam epitaxy (mbe) were obtained using several techniques [7]. cds thin film development was based on organic metal vapor deposition (mocvd), spray pyrolysis deposition (spd), close-spaced sublimation (css), successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction (silar) and chemical bath deposition (cbd) [8]. physical vapor deposition (pvd) has become an engaging technique due to its naivety, low cost and look high accuracy data technology, with a large surface and large surface deposition at low temperatures [9]. the purpose of this work the effect of annealing on cds thin film optical parameters. 2. experimental method one of the physical vapor deposition (pvd) combined method is thermal evaporation. this is a form of thin film precipitation on glass substrates, a vacuum technology that stratifies the clothing of pure materials to the surface of multiple materials. the optical properties of pvd cds thin films are based on the parameters of proportional reactant condensation for chemical reaction, films thickness, aqueous solution ph and annealing temperature. the deposition technique of thermal vacuum evaporation depends on the heating identity. ultimately, the material vapor precipitates on the cold substratum surface and on the vacuum chamber walls in the form of the thin film. usually, low pressure is used; approximately (210-5) mbar or up to (1.510-5) torr, to avoid a vapour-environment response. the mean free way of vapour iotas at these low pressures is the same as the measurements of the vacuum chamber so that these particles go in go in straight lines from the vanishing source towards the substrate. this begins with "shadowing" phenomena with 3d objects, especially in areas that are not opened directly from the (crucible) vanishing source. in addition, the normal vitality of vapour molecules achieving the surface of the substratum is by and large low in warm vanishing strategies (order of kt, i.e. 10ths of ev). at a rate equal to 5.2å / sec deposition and thickness of 0.5 is equal in all samples. (0,200,250 and 300) oc. 3. results and discussion figure1. illustrates the transmittance via wavelength; it can be clearly seen that the transmittance of 250oc is higher than the all deposited thin films showing a shift in peak location as the temperature increase. all the films exhibit peaks maxima and minima. this might be due to the high homogeneity of the deposited thin films. transmittance was given by the proportion of the force of the transmitting rays (it) through the film to the power of the incident rays (io) on it as deposited [10].   13  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   𝑇 𝐼 𝐼 1 it is also observed in figure 1. that increasing thermal annealing has a tendency to diminish transmittance in all the range of solar powered light energy. this is as an aftereffect of the development of denser movies in view of water evaporation. this behaviour agrees with the results published by ezema et al. [11]. figure 2. shows the relation between absorbance and wavelength. it was observed that absorbance was higher for the untreated one and then began to decrease .this can be explained by the inverse relation between transmittance and absorbance. a can be characterized as the proportion between material absorbed light intensity (ia) and incident light intensity (io). 𝐴 𝐼 𝐼 2 the absorbance versus wavelength was plotted for cds; as-grown and annealed thin films. from the absorbance spectra, it was observed generally that the absorption of films in the vis figure 1. transmittance versus wavelength different annealing of cds thin films. figure 2. absorption versus wavelength different annealing of cds thin films.   14  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 area of the solar radiation spectrum decreased with increasing wavelength and film absorption. the sharp absorption edges occurred at wavelengths less than 530 nm and the film absorption edge shifted slightly to longer wavelengths revise. for optimum absorbance at 140oc, the highest absorption values were observed in the annealed samples with the critical annealed temperature. they have noted similar behavior in the [12-14]. figure 3. illustrates the relationship between the coefficient of absorption and the energy of the photon. the absorption coefficient value was in the range of 104 cm which predominated the possibility of direct electronic transitions; the absorption edge was shifted to lower photon energy. 𝛼ℎ 𝜈 ℎ 𝜈 𝐸 3 where α is the coefficient of absorption, a will be consistent, the energy of the photon and 𝐸 the hole of the band will be consistent. the value of the gap of optical energy using figure 4. varied from 2.38 to 2.44 ev, the highest value was reinforced at 200oc for the film. (revise: no verb) increases in the absorption coefficient with annealing temperature were also observed. the absorption coefficient (α) is related to the extinction coefficient (k) by 𝑘 𝛼 𝜆 4 𝜋 4 where λ is the wavelength of the electromagnetic wave [15]. figure 3. alpha(α) versus photo energy different annealing of cds thin films.   15  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 figure 4. αhυ versus photon energy different annealing of cds thin films. figure 5. shows the coefficient of extinction value calculated using the relationship below. in figure 5. it is clear that the coefficient of extinction value increases with the increase in photon energy. at 600 nm of wavelength, the maximum value of k was observed [16]. figure 5. coefficient of extinction versus various annealing of cds thin films by photo energy. figure 6. shows the refractive index value estimated using the following relationship: the ratio represents the refractive index between the speed of light in the vacuum and the speed of the material, and the relationship between the refractive index and the refractive membrane (r) is as follows: [17]. 𝑅 𝑛 1 𝑘 𝑛 1 𝑘 5 it is crystal clear the highest refractive index value is 200oc. similarly, this pattern was observed in the conduct of the annealing refractive index and attributed to denser films resulting from the disappearance of film water particles [18].   16  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 figure 6. refractive index versus different annealing of cds thin films with photon energy. figure 7. shows the relationship between the real part of the dielectric constant and the photon energy. it was observed that the real part of the dielectric constant was higher because the value was higher for the film at 200oc and then the inverse relationship between them can explain this. 𝜀 𝑛 𝑘 6 figure 8. represents the value of photo-energy optical conductivity without annealing and various degrees of annealing. the relation is used to determine the optical conductivity where α is the coefficient of absorption and c is the speed of light. the optical conductivity relies immediately on the coefficient of absorption and the increased photon energy that establishes accretion. the optical conductivity value varies from 1.2 to 3ev in photon energy, the elevated value is 200oc for the film. 𝜎 𝛼𝑛𝑐 4𝜋 7 figure 7. the dielectric constant real part vs photon energy for different cds thin films annealing.   17  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 figure 8. optical conductivity versus different cds thin film annealing photon energy. 4. conclusion cds thin film was prepared using the technique of thermal evaporation. from the results, it is concluded that the grain size of the cds structure was increased by annealing which in turn causes to decrease the energy band gap to be used in ir optoelectronic devices. an nealing is caused to increase the crystallinity of the resulted structures. the optical transmittance varied with the annealing temperature. cds exhibited characteristics com patible with window material for solar cells and other optoelectronics devices. references 1. metin, h.; sat, f.; erat, s.; ari, m. cadmium sulphide thin films grown by cbd: the effect of thermal annealing on the structural, electrical and optical properties, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials.2008, 10, 2622-2630. 2. patil, k.r.; hwang, y.k.; kim, m.j.; chang, j.s.; park, s. e. preparation of thin films comprising palladium nanoparticles by a solid-liquid interface reaction technique, journal of colloid and interface science.2004, 276, 333-338. 3. zhang, k.; gao, h.y.; rui, z.b.; lin, y.s.; li, y.d. preparation of thin palladium composite membranes and application to hydrogen/nitrogen separation, chinese journal of chemical engineering.2007, 15, 643-647. 4. kowalska, e.; czerwosz, e.; radomska, j. the methods of synthesis of nanopores carbon-palladium materials, electronics.2009, 1, 32-35. 5. benvenuti, c.; chiggiato, p.; cicoira, f.; l’aminot, y.; ruzinov, v. vacuum properties of palladium thin film coatings, vacuum.2004, 73, 2, 139-144. 6. wei, x.; wei, t.; xiao, h.; lin, y.s. nano-structured pd-long period fiber gratings integrated optical sensor for hydrogen detection, sensors and actuators b: chemical.2008, 134, 687-693. 7. shah, n.a.; nazir, a.; mahmood, w.; syed, w.a.a.; butt, s.; ali, z.; maqsood, a. physical properties and characterization of ag doped cds thin films, journal of alloys and compounds.2012, 512, 27-32.   18  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 8. khan, a.f.; mahmood, m.; rana, a.m.; muhammad, t. effect of annealing on structural, optical and electrical properties of nanostructured ge thin films, applied surface science.2010, 256 , 2031-2037. 9. zaki, m.f. gamma-induced modification on optical band gap of cr-39 ssntd, brazilian journal of physics.2008, 38, 175404-17508. 10. dhannia, t.; jayalekshmi, s.; santhosh kumar, m.c.; prasadarao, t.; chandra bose, a. effect of aluminum doping and annealing on structural and optical properties of cerium oxide nanocrystals, journal of physics and chemistry of solids.2009, 70, 14431447. 11. ezema, f.i.; ezugwu, s.c.; osuji, r.u.; asogwa, p.u.; ezekoye, b.a.; ekwealor, a.b.c.; ogbu, m.p. role of thermal annealing on the optical and solid state properties of chemically deposited cadmium sulphide nanocrystalline thin film grown in a polymer matrix, journal of non-oxide glasses.2010, 1, 45-50. 12. elmas, s.; ozcan, s.; ozder, s.; v, bilgin, s. influence of annealing temperature on the electrical and optical properties of cds thin films, acta physica polonica a.2012, 121, 56-58. 13. abbas, m.m; shahab, a.ab-m.; hassan, n.a.; al-samuraee, a.k. effect of temperature and deposition time on the optical properties of chemically deposited nanostructure pbs thin films, thin solid films.2011, 519, 4917-4922. 14. gray, d.e. american institute of physics handbook (3rd edition mcgraw-hill: new york, ny1982). 15. tauc, j. amorphous and liquid semiconductors (plenum press, london and new york, 1974. 16. cetinorgu, e.; gumus, c.; esen, r. effects of deposition time on the optical properties of air-annealed chemical bath deposited cds films, thin solid films.2006, 515, 16881693. 17. devi, r.; purkayastha, p.; kalita, p.k.; sarma, b.k. synthesis of nanocrystalline cds thin films in pva matrix, bull. mater. sc.2007, 30, 123-128. 18. soubane, d.; ihlal, a.; nouet, g. the role of cadmium oxide within the thin films of the buffer cds aimed at solar cells based upon cigs films fabrication, m.j. condensed matter.2007, 9, 1. 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة دراسة الخواص الفیزیائیة والتشكیلیة للعازل السیرامیكي عتاب فاضل حسین الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة العلوم ،قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة وبنسب وزنیة )سلیكا،فلدسبار،كاؤلین(عراقیة ةمواد محلی عمالبحث تحضیر عازل سیرامیكي باستتم في هذا ال ،و على التوالي وبعد اجراء عملیة التنقیة،(30% ,25%,45%) ة بلتجفیف،والطحن لالطیان العراقیة او الغسل صورة انفرادی تكبس .من الماده المعدنة ةثابت ةوبنسی(%0.1,%0.2,%0.5,%0.7,%1)نسب مختلفة من سلیكات الصودیوم أضیفت (1350 ,1250) ةبدرجات حراری تقى شكل اقراص وحرّ النماذج عل o c ة . على التوالي استخدام المجهر الضوئي لدراس أوضحت .باستخدام طریقة آرخمیدس كافة لنماذجلسطوح النماذج ثم اجریت قیاسات الكثافة الظاهریه والمسامیة الظاهریة لیة مع ارتفاع درجة الحرق نتیجة ي الحاصل بین المواد االو ئاذج ارتفاع نسبة التفاعل الكیمیاالصور المجهریة لسطوح النم ةالنصهار الحاصل الذي یعمل على زیادة التقارب الحبیبي على حساب المناطق عیر المتفاعلة والفجوات وان افضل نسبل .لسلیكات الصودیوم) %0.5(لفحوصات الكثافة والمسامیة الظاهریه هي عند تركیز .عازل السیرامیكي ، الكثافة ، المسامیة ال: الكلمات المفتاحیة ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 study o f the physical and morphological properties of ceramic insulator i. f. hussein departme nt of physics, college of science ,unversity of al mustansiryah abstract in this invest igation insulator ceramic body was p rep ared by using iraqi local materials, these are kaolin, silica sand glass, feldsp ar with weight p ercentage (45%,25%, 30%)resp ectively. after the end of treating dry ing and milling of raw material mixing with different concentrations of sodium silicate(1%,0.7%,0.5%,0.2%,0.1%) whi le zinc o xide was added at fixed weight p ercenta ge. a disc sa mples was p repared after comp action and then fired by sintering temp eratures (1250, 1350) o c resp ectively.a surface morphology was st udied by using optical microscop e and measurements of apparent density and porosity was under taken to the sintered samples by using archimedes method.t he st udy showed that the microscopic images for samples surface showed that gr ains st art in convergence with other and gr ain size increasing with firin g temp erature and the best result of apperant density and p orosity at 0.5% concentration of sodium silicate . key words: ceramic insulator, density , p orosity. introduction ceramic material can be defined as “ in or ganic &non metallic materials that are artificially manufactured by high temp erature reaction” and sometimes heat and p ressure[1] . ceramic materials have the followin g generalized materials p rop erties, low density , low in toughness, high moduli, very hard , very high melting p oints, wear resistance, brittle, good thermal shock résistance, excellent electrical and thermal insulation, good relation of p rop erties at high temp eratures, and chemically st able[2]. the field of cer amic science could be broadly classified as traditional and advan ced ceramic. traditional cer amic are those mad e fro m naturally occurring materials like clays and minerals without required much refin ement characterized by mostly silicate base p orous microstructure that are quite coarse, non uniform and multip hase[3]advanced ceramic are develop ed by chemical sy nthesis, there are man mad e and can be made fro m high refined naturally occurring materials. the microstructures of these advanced cer amics were at least an order of magnitude finer and more homogenous and much less p orous t han those of their traditional counterp art [2]. some material like zinc o xide used to imp rove the chemical dur ability of some comp osition , zinc oxide is p roduced by direct o xidation of zinc metal and it uses a mineralized[4,5]. sodium silicate solution has som e char acterist ic p hy sical p rop erties which make them suitable for certain industries p urp ose. it appears that solution p referentially wets supp ly of sodium silicates; cer amic is decorated with glaze in comp osition of which the silicate solution serves the double p urp ose supp lying its share of sodium o xide and silica, and of keeping the other ingr edients in p osition till the sintering temp erature [6] sodium silicate are used as defloccu lated in the processing of raw clay and other mineral slurries. silicates reduce slurry viscosities making them easier to p ump and process. this help s in the removal of imp urities and provides saving in ener gy costs. sodium silicate is also used in clay slip cast ing lower ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 viscosities imp rove cast ing time because less water is need ed, firing times are r educes and final product is stronger and exhibits less shrinkage and low p orosity [7]. experime ntal procedure raw material treatment: kaolin and silica sand glass treated by washing them with hcl for time duration hour at room temp erature. the washed materials sep arated using filter p apers under sequence of op eration for dilution and filtering until ph valu e become 5. then the sep arated material milled usin g b all mill of p orcelain body for 7 hours and si eved to obtain p owder with p article size about 75 μm. s ample preparation: the raw materials used for the p reparation are k aolin, silica sand glass,and feldsp ar with p ercentage (45%, 25%, 30%) resp ectively. 2%of zinc o xide was added to the mixture followin g by mixing for 2 hours. the final mixture then divided into five group s related to concentration of sodium silicate (1%, 0.7%, 0.5%, 0.2%, and 0.1%). pva binder was p rep ared and app lied with 1%wt for each group . the mixture p rocess was carried und er heating 80 o c until get a slurry form, and then dried at 60 o c with continuous mixing for four hours unt il obtain agglomerated p owder. si ntering process: the final p owder was milled for 2 hour and sieved to size of 250 μm. these samp les were dried after p ressed with p ressure of 8m pa as disc form, the p repared samples sintered using different temp eratures(1250, 1350) o c with sinter time hours. optical microscope tests: the op tical microscopy was p rovided with digital camer a and comp uter sy stem (model nikon m e600, attached with digital camer a dxm /200f).this sy stem is used for p hotographing the samp les, before photographing, the surface of samples must be grinded. measurement of apparent density and apparent porosity. app arent density and porosity of sintered samples were determined by using archimedes m ethod [8].according to astm c20-18t,(american standard test m ethods)[9],which cover the determination of the followin g p rop erties of sintered samp les. 1 -dry weight (wd): samp les dried or sintered by heating them for 2 hour at 100 o c, to insure that residual moist ure must be removed, and determined the dry weight (wd) for t he samp les. 2 -saturation: place the samples in a beaker of distilled water and boil it for 2 hour. during the boiling p eriod , k eep them entirely covered with water, allow no contact with the heated botton of the container , keep the samples immerse in water for 12-24 hours before weighting . 3 -susp ended weight wsu: this weighting is accomplished by connectin g a copp er wire end at the downside of the balance and the other end of the terminals of the meshwork immersed in distilled water, the balance should be previously counter-blace. place the saturated samples on the susp ending meshwork for determin ing the susp ended weight wsu . 4 -saturated weight wsa: aft er determining the susp ended weight, blot the sample lightly with moist ened smooth linen or cott on cloth to remove all drop s of water from the surface and determine the saturated weight (wsa). excessive blott ing or (p ressing) will induce error by withdrawing water from the pores of the samp le. 5 -bulk density (ρb ) the bulk density (ρb )or app erant density of the sample is determined by using rhe followin g equation ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 water sud d b ww w lumeapperantvo dryweigh     where the volume of the liquid d isp lace, which is id entical to t he volume of the samp le. 6 app arent p orosity the app arent p orosity exp resses as p ercentage by using the exp ression app arent p orosity%= %100 etotalvolum lumeopenporevo app arent p orosity%= 100   suwsaw d wsaw result and discussion figures 1 and 2 revel the surface morphology of sample taken by the op tical microscope; it is known that ceramic color is typ ically gr ay, brownish or color less with vitreous luster. figure(1)shows the image taken to samples fired at 1250 o c for 2 hours have different surface st ructure and color than sample firing at 1350 o c in f igure (2). the images show in f ig.(1) include t he existence of white sp ot beside a small amount of gr ay region through a flux whi ch refers to uncomp leted melting of st ating materials and the r eduction amount of energy required to follow comp lete reaction between the composition with resp ect of time of firing. for samples firin g 1350 o c the image exp lain white and brown agglomerate which indicate p resent more than one phase and increase of the rate of reaction between melted material in comp osition firing at 1350 o c and decrease in p rose esp ecially when at sample (d1) which contains a concentration of sodium silicate as t able (1). physical char acterist ic p arameters (app arent density and app arent p orosity): app arent density and p orosity were calculated from the data, that measured by using archimed method from sa mples fired at temp erature 1250 o c, 1350 o c.the results of these group s are listed in table (1). fig (2) shows the images taken to samples surface that are fired at 1350 o c, the melt rate for the material in comp osition increases the chemical reaction and p hase transformation to the major cryst alline phase cordierite. it is well known t hat t he powder density is an indirect measure of the degree of the firin g reaction comp ound formation that takes p lace when a powder mixture is reacted during firing. it is related to the amount of p article growt h [10]. fi gures (3, 4) illust rate the behaviors of density and p orosity for samples with resp ect to firing temp eratures (1250, 1350) o c. conclusion in conclusion , this p aper describes the possibility of manufacturing a good cer amic body from local material and obtain agood p rop erties (density &p orosity)by adding 0.5% concentration of sodium silicate. re ference 1.choudhary, s.k.h.(1985), material scien ce and processes“ndian book,distributing co. 2. m ichel, w.b. (1997), fundamentals of cermics” international edition,the m c graw hill comp anies, inc.newy ork. 3. romasesho s. (1999), sience and technology of ceramic,p art 1, resonance , 4(8) ,p art 2, resonance,decemb er 4.singer,f.and sign er,s. s. (1963) industrial ceramic”chapman and hall ltd,london. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 5.toy lor,j.r.and bull,a.c. (1986) ceramic glaze technolo gy ,by p ergamon p ress, newy ork,. 6.seli gman and williams.j. (1977) , low densily ceramics p roduced from p aper recy clirg residuals ,inst.m etals,28,297, 51-58 . 7.forge,v. ( 2004), advancein g the art of silicate ch emistry p .9, by pq corp oration 8.blythe, a.r. (1982) advance in physics31(5): 24-28. 9. gray , a.g. (1972) introduction to material scien ce m c.graw hill 10. she, j.h., j. (2002) prep aration of p orous cordierte ceramic usin g silica second ary resource (silican fumrs )fordust filtration p urp oses,m ater.sci., 37,125-131 table (1):apparent density (g/cm 3 ) and apparent porosity for these groups at different firing temperature s amples concentration of sodium silicate apparent densi ty apparent porosi ty 1250 o c 1350 o c 1250 o c 1350 o c a zero 1.179 1.339 9.3 0. 35 b 1% 1.194 1.51 11.6 0. 341 c 0.7% 1.205 1.398 13.9 0. 312 d 0.5% 1.462 1.37 17.1 0. 3 e 0.2% 1.6 1.63 13.8 1.1 f 0.1% 1.2 1.50 10.2 0. 7 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 a b d c f e fig. (1) optical microscopic image for samples firing at 1250 o c with concentrations of sodium silicate show in table (1) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 a1 b1 c1 d1 e1 f1 fig.(2) optical microscopic image for samples firing at 1350 o c with concentrations of sodium silicate show in table (1) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 soduim silicate% p o ro s it y % 1.35 1.4 1.45 1.5 1.55 1.6 1.65 d e n s it y ( g /c m 3 ) 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 soduim si lica te % p o ro s it y % 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 d e n s it y (g /c m 3 ) fig.(3) the apparent density and porosity with concentration of sodium silicate for samples firing at 1350 o c fig.(4) the apparent density and porosity with concentration of sodium silicate for samples firing at 1250 o c ▲ density ● porosity ▲ density ● porosity ihjpas ihjpas microsoft word 248-256 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |248   cardiovascular risk assessement in osteoporotic patients using osteoprotegerin as a reliable predictive biochemical marker noora w. rasheed dr.noora86@gmail.com al-rafidain university college ooroba j. taresh dept. of physics /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad abstract some studies indicated a relationship between increased serum levels of osteoprotegerin with arterial calcification and as a result, it leads to the risk of cardiovascular disease. in our study group we selected patients with osteoporosis, with similar age and body mass index for the assessment of the relationship between cardiovascular disease and osteoprotegerin serum level. we took into account the analysis of correlation and association between the presence of distinct patterns of atherosclerosis and associated diseases like high blood pressure, diabetes mellitus, low hdl cholesterol, increased ldl cholesterol, increased triglycerides and was the case of presence of any type of dyslipidemia, in case of pre-existent treatment. objective of study was the assessment of osteoprotegerin value as predictive marker for cardiovascular and metabolic risk in osteoporotic patients. our results showed significant correlations of parathyroid hormone, osteocalcin and biochemical markers of bone with glucose metabolism and lipid were found in our research, maintaining crosstalk between calcium and biochemical markers of bone and cardiovascular risk. the serum level of osteoprotegerin has been shown to have a large predictive value for the metabolic syndrome as a cardiovascular risk standard in patients with osteoporosis. the osteoprotegerin serum levels were increased in the patients with metabolic syndrome as a protective response facing the atherosclerotic lesions. keywords: osteoprotegerin , cardiovascular disease, metabolic syndrome ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |249   1. introduction osteoporosis is a disorder characterized by decreased bone strength and increased risk of fracture, which occurs due to an imbalance in the bone remodeling process, where bone resorption exceeds bone formation [8]. several evidences have shown in the last years a possible correlation between cardiovascular disease and osteoporosis. studies regarding the cvd and cardiovascular mortality are associated with low bone mineral density (bmd) and bone fractures [1]. patients affected with osteoporosis have a higher risk of cvd than subjects with normal bone mass[2]. osteoprotegerin described as key regulators in metabolic bone disease and also have been discriminated as regulator in immunological function[3].the relationship between cardiovascular diseases and osteoprotegerin explains common risks such as age, lack of exercise, smoking and alcoholism [4]. similarly, inflammation plays a pivotal role in both atherosclerosis and osteoporosis.[5]. arterial calcification is a part of the atherosclerotic process leading to clinical cardiovascular disease. the presence of opg in atherosclerotic plaques has been described, and studies have shown that it is located in areas of calcification. some studies indicated a relationship between increased serum levels of osteoprotegerin with arterial calcification and as a result, it leads to the risk of cardiovascular disease [6]. vascular calcification and bone mineralization share a number of interesting anatomical and pathophysiological common features. in fact, the calcification of the arterial tissue is not just a passive process of precipitation or absorption of phosphate and calcium but it is a highly organized and regulated by mechanisms similar to those involved in bone mineralization [7]. in vitro studies show as the opg may be important for endothelial cells survival and inhibition of calcification; it appears that the opg protect from vascular calcification and elevated levels have been found in patients with cvd [9]. the aim of the study was to evaluate osteoprotegerin value as predictive marker for cardiovascular and metabolic risk in osteoporotic patients. 2. materials and methods analyse the subgroup of patients with measured serum osteoprotegerin seventy one women (48 postmenopausal and 23 premenopausal) in our study group we selected patients with osteoporosis, with similar age and body mass index in the elias hospital, bucharest romania, in order to evaluate the relationship between osteoprotegerin serum levels and the cardiovascular pathology. we took into account the analysis of correlation and association between the presence of distinct patterns of atherosclerosis and associated diseases like diabetes mellitus, high blood pressure, low hdl cholesterol, increased ldl cholesterol, increased triglycerides and was the case of presence of any type of dyslipidemia, in case of pre-existent treatment . for bone metabolism, total serum calcium, total alkaline phosphates (total alp), the parathyroid hormone (pth), 25-hydroxy vitamin d (25-oh vitamin d), serum osteocalcin, serum osteoprotegerin and serum betacrosslabs. serum osteocalcin, osteoprotegerin and 25-oh vitamin d were assessed using immunologic elisa methods, pth was analysed through a chemiluminometric method, while calcium and alp were measured using spectrophotometric methods. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |250   ethics statement. our research involved human participants and has been approved by elias hospital ethics committe. all clinical investigation has been conducted acccording to the principle expressed in the declaration of helsink statistical analysis. data analysis are presented as mean and standard deviation. clinical characteristics were compared using the t student test. significant was defined at the 0.05 level of confidence. all calculations were performed using the statistical package for social science software (spss). 3. results and discussion serum total calcium did correlate to the time spent in postmenopausal period in these patients. comparing to the all group analysis, there is no meaningful difference between these findings: years since menopause are highly correlated to age. serum total calcium was found to be directly correlated with urinary calcium excretion, in accordance to the previously described correlation with pth and osteocalcin. calcemia was also significantly corelated with serum osteocalcin in all group analysis; instead in the opg group a correlation to the crosslaps has the same meaning, that serum total calcium is correlated to an increased bone turnover. serum 25 oh vitamin d levels were found to be negatively correlated with age (table 2) in the opg subgroup. increased age is a well known risk factor for low 25 (oh) vitamin d levels which was confirmed in our data.several factors found in the elderly people may be the cause of this aspect: low sun exposure due to invalidity, skin alteration with age, decreased activation of vitamin d in the kidney[4]. the inverse relationship between pth and 25 (oh) vitamin d was not significant anymore compared to the extended group; the explanation might be the lower case number or the lower prevalence of vitamin d defficiency in this subgroup which alleviates it. serum osteocalcin levels were found to be directly correlated to hdl-cholesterol in the opg subgroup (table 1), a relationship explained by the utility of osteocalcin in the evaluation of the cardiovascular risk, an intensively explored aspect in the latest years[10]. compared to the extended group, osteocalcin was no more correlated to blood calcium, pth levels and serum crosslaps the osteoprotegerin serum levels were found to be directly and significantly correlated to hdl –cholesterol, total alp and serum pth (table 1). these correlations sustain the protective role of the opg for cardiovascular diseases and, in the same time, the link to the bone metabolism. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |251   table (1): a comparison between study subgroups according to the mets presence criteria among opg available subjects: clinical, lipid and glucose parameters biochemical parameter control group (no mets) study group (mets present) age* (years) 61 [19] 70 [17.5] bmi** (kg/m2) 24.5 [4.7] 26.3 [3.7] years since menopauze* 40 [45] 41 [48] blood glucose* (mg/dl) 87 [12] 107 [17] total cholesterol** (mg/dl) 200 (53.8) 231.8 (42.89) hdl cholesterol* (mg/dl) 56 [18] 58 [17] ldl cholesterol** (mg/dl) 119 (43.3) 138 (43.1) triglicerides** (mg/dl) 94.4 (35.1) 146.1 (52.5) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |252   among calcium and bone biochemical markers, 25 (oh) vitamin d and osteoprotegerin serum levels were significantly different across the study groups (table3). table (2):a pearson correlation coefficients between calcium and bone, clinical, lipid andglucose parameters in osteoprotegerin subgroup age (yrs) bmi (kg/m2) years since menopau se (yrs) blood glucose (mg/dl) total cholest erol (mg/d l) hdl cholestero l (mg/dl) ldl cholester ol (mg/dl) triglice rides (mg/dl ) serum total calcium (mg/dl) 0.151 -0.176 -0.546* -0.200 -0.169 0.395 -0.283 -0.233 calcium urine excretion (mg/24 hrs) 0.098 0.268 0.373 0.080 -0.544 -0.425 -0.181 0.008 total alp (ui/l) 0.310 0.090 0.103 0.211 0.134 -0.103 0.090 0.143 pth (pg/ml) 0.065 0.128 0.090 0.491** 0.127 0.225 0.030 0.268* 25oh vit d (ng/ml) 0.358 ** -0.100 0.261 -0.152 -0.170 -0.101 -0.128 -0.267 osteocalcin (ng/ml) 0.194 -0.116 0.206 -0.011 0.035 0.344* -0.035 -0.136 crosslaps (ng/ml) 0.598 0.458 0.212 -0.101 0.040 0.830** -0.586 -0.008 osteoproteg erin (pmol/l) 0.101 0.078 -0.079 0.245 0.246 0.333* 0.264 0.023 *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |253   table( 3):a comparison between study subgroups according to the mets presence criteria among opg available subjects: bone markers parameters. osteoprotegerin levels were higher in the mets group it has been suggested that increased level of opg in patients with cardiovascular risk is due to the protective effect of osteoprotegerin, but mechanisms are still under debate. figure (1): correlation of opg (pmol/l) with the occurence of metabolic syndrome. biochemical parameter control group (without mets) study group (mets present) serum total ca** (mg/dl) 9.3 (0.5) 10 (0.8) 24 hrs urine calcium* (mg/24 hrs) 158 [151] 118 [168] total alp* (ui/l) 87 [90] 134 [109] ipth* (pg/ml) 77.2 [13.3] 80.6 [16.9] 25 ho vit d* (ng/ml) 30 [39] 17.4 [11.1] osteocalcin* (ng/ml) 10.4 [12.4] 10.1 [10.1] crosslaps* (ng/ml) 0.448 [0.137] 0.132 [0.389] osteoprotegerin baseline** (pmol/l) 5.15 (0.54) 5.6 (0.68) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |254   figure (2): correlation of 25 (oh) vitamin d (ng/ml) with the occurence of metabolic syndrome. relationships between opg and 25 (oh) vitamin d with the presence of metabolic syndrome as an indicator for cardiovascular risk was further analysed in order to exclude aother cofounding factors. due to correlations between opg and total alp, pth and hdl cholesterol, suggesting that opg difference between mets segregated groups may be mediated by one of these parameters, a discriminant analysis was performed (table 4) . results showed a significant predictive value for opg and 25 (oh) vit d for mets. pth was not significantly predictive. cholesterol parameters were not included in this analyse because the significant difference found between mets subgroups were due to selection criteria (mets definition). table(4):astandardized canonical discriminant function coefficients and significance in predicting mets occurance coefficient sig. pth, pg/ml 0.144 0.193 opg (pmol/l) 0.673 0.022 25(oh) vit d (ng/ml) -0.765 0.009 excluding the non-osteoporotic patients, we exclude the influence of the bone mineral density status onto this evaluation. even the link is not very specific, we had a confirmation through our data of the possible predicted value of osteoprotegerin as an independent risk for cardiovascular diseases ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |255   figure (3): the pearson correlation’s coefficient between serum osteoprotegerin and pth (pg/ml) 4. conclusions significant correlations of parathyroid hormone, osteocalcin and biochemical markers of bone with glucose metabolism and lipid were found in our research, maintaining crosstalk between calcium and biochemical markers of bone and cardiovascular risk. the serum level of osteoprotegerin has been shown to have a large predictive value for the metabolic syndrome as a cardiovascular risk standard in patients with osteoporosis. the osteoprotegerin serum levels were increased in the patients with metabolic syndrome as a protective response facing the atherosclerotic lesions. 25 hydroxy vitamin d serum levels have great predictive values of cardiovascular and metabolic risk in our research maintaining the broad role of vitamin d outside bone metabolism. references [1] v. baldini; m. mastropasqua; cm. francucci; e d'erasmo., cardiovascular disease and osteoporosis. 2005;28:69-72. [2] r. baron; anatomy and ultrastructure of bone. in: favus mj, ed. primer on the metabolic bone diseases and disorders of mineral metabolism. 2nd ed. new york: lippincott, raven 1993:3-9 [3] d. l.bartel, d.; d. t., and m., k. t. the musculoskeletal system. in orthopaedic biomechanics: mechanics and design in musculoskeletal systems. pearson.2006;22. [4] p.assantachai, --w.angkamat, --p. pongpim, --c.weattayasuthum, --et al. risk factors of osteoporosis in institutionalized older thai people. 2006:17:1096-1102. [5] i .samy; mcfarlane, et al. osteoporosis and cardiovascular disease.2004, 23;1–10. [6] g. j.atkins; k. j, welldon and p. halbout, , et. al.. strontium ranelate treatment of human primary osteoblasts promotes an osteocyte-like phenotype while eliciting an osteoprotegerin response. 2009;20: 653–664. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1798 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |256   [7 ] jb. arlet; m .courbebaisse; g .chatellier and d. eladari, et al. relationship between vitamin d deficiency and bone fragility in sickle cell disease: a cohort study of 56 adults.2013;52:206-211. [8] adler ra. osteoporosis in men. in: adler ra, editor. osteoporosis — pathophysiology and clinical management. 2nd edition.2010; 545–57. [9] jf.aloia; sa.talwar; s .pollack; m .feuerman; yeh jk. optimal vitamin d status and serum parathyroid hormone concentrations in african american women.2006;84(3): 602. [10] american society for bone mineral research president’s committee on nomenclature. proposed standard nomenclature for new tumor necrosis factor family members involved in the regulation of bone resorption. 2000     ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 206 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. iterative method for solving a nonlinear fourth order integro-differential equation areej salah mohammed department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham,university of baghdad, iraq. areej.s.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract this study presents the execution of an iterative technique suggested by temimi and ansari (ta) method to approximate solutions to a boundary value problem of a 4th-order nonlinear integro-differential equation (4th-onide) of the type kirchhoff which appears in the study of transverse vibration of hinged shafts. this problem is difficult to solve because there is a nonlinear term under the integral sign, however, a number of authors have suggested iterative methods for solving this type of equation. the solution is obtained as a series that merges with the exact solution. two examples are solved by ta method, the results showed that the proposed technique was effective, accurate, and reliable. also, for greater reliability, the approximate solutions were compared with the classic runge-kutta method (rk4m) where good agreements were observed. for more accuracy the maximum error remainder was found, and the absolute error was computed between the semi-analytical method and the numerical method rk4m. mathematica® 11 was used as a program for calculations. keywords an iterative technique, approximate solutions, fourth order integro-differential equation, maximum error remainder. 1.introduction many real-life phenomena engineering and physics are mathematically modeled into functional equations. many mathematical formulas for physical phenomena and fluid dynamics contain differential and integral equations [1]. [2]. in this paper, the integro-differential equation of the fourth order of kirchhoff type is considered as ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.4.2776 article history: received 16 january 2022, accepted 3 february 2022, published in october 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:areej.s.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 207 𝜐(4)(𝑡)−𝛿𝜐′′(𝑡)− 2 𝐵 ∫ [𝜐′(𝑡)] 2 𝑑𝑡 𝐵 0 𝜐′′(𝑡)=𝑘(𝑡), 0<𝑡<𝐵, 𝜐(0)=𝜐(𝐵)=𝜐′′(0)=𝜐′′(𝐵)=0, ] (1) where 𝜐(𝑡) represents the constant deviation of the shafts, 𝑘(𝑡) is a continuous function defined over [0, 𝐵]and 𝛿 and 𝐵 are positive constants. this type of problem represents a bending equilibrium model for expandable shafts that are simply supported on nonlinear bases. the force that the foundation applies to the shafts is represented by the function, 𝑘(𝑡). small changes in shafts length and their effects are represented by : 2 𝐵 ∫ [𝜐′(𝑡)]2𝑑𝑡 𝐵 0 [3]. it is obvious that it is difficult to find the exact solution to equation (1), so many numerical and semi-analytical methods have been developed, such as [4] reduced the order of the equation to find the root of a nonlinear equation and solve it by newton's method. [5] used the optimal homotopy asymptotic strategy to solve equation (1) and proved the efficacy of the procedure by comparing it with a finite element technique. [6] proposed a numerical scheme for solving equation (1) by transforming the problem into a nonlinear algebraic system and then solving it in an iterative method with the collocation technique. [7] suggested an iterative method namely tamimi and ansari (ta) method for solving nonlinear equations, and this technique was applied to solve numerous differential equations, for example, korteweg-de vries equations [8], thin-film flow problems [9], falkner-skan problem [10]. in this work, the ta method is used to solve the 4th-onide of the type kirchhoff which appears in the study of transverse vibration of hinged shafts. the results acquired from the method showed that ta method is accurate, fast, and convenient. two examples are solved and the results obtained are compared with the rk4m method, and the maximum error reminder is calculated. this article is arranged as follows: section 2 provides a clear formulation of the iterative method in general and specifically on equation (1); section 3 illustrates the effectiveness of the method with various examples before giving a brief conclusion in section 4. 1. the proposed method to clarify the fundamental thought of ta method. let us consider the general equation ℒ(υ(t)) + ℵ(υ(t)) + g(t) = 0, (2) with boundary conditions ℬ (υ, d𝜐 𝑑𝑡 ) = 0, where υ is unknown function, ℒ is the linear operator, ℵ is the nonlinear operator and g is a known function. assuming that υ0(𝑡) is a solution of equation (3) of the initial condition ℒ(υ0(𝑡)) + g(t) = 0, with ℬ (υ0, d𝜐0 𝑑𝑡 ) = 0 . (3) to find the next iteration, we resolve the following equation: ℒ(υ1(𝑡)) + ℵ(υ0(𝑡)) + g(t) = 0, ℬ (υ1, d𝜐1 𝑑𝑡 ) = 0. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 208 thus, an iterative procedure can be an effective solution to the following problem, ℒ(υ𝑛+1(𝑡)) + ℵ(υ𝑛(𝑡)) + g(t) = 0, ℬ (υ𝑛+1, d𝜐𝑛+1 𝑑𝑡 ) = 0. (4) each of 𝜐𝑖 are solutions to equation (1) [7]. we will apply the steps of the method in solving equation (1), so it can be formulated as: ℒ(υ(t))−δr(υ(t))− 2 b (∫ ℵ(υ(t))dt) b 0 r(υ(t))=k(t), 0<t<b, υ(0)=υ(b)=υ′′(0)=υ′′(b)=0, ] (5) where ℒ is the fourth derivative, r is the second derivative and ℵ the nonlinear term. υ0(𝑡) can be considered as a solution to the initial problem: ℒ(υ0(𝑡)) = k(t), with 𝜐0(0) = 𝜐0(𝐵) = 𝜐0 ′′(0) = 𝜐0 ′′(𝐵) = 0, (6) υ1(𝑡) can be found by solving equation (8): ℒ(υ1(𝑡))=δr(υ0(𝑡))+ 2 b (∫ ℵ(υ0(𝑡))dt) b 0 r(υ0(𝑡))+k(t), υ1(0)=υ1(b)=υ1 ′′(0)=υ1 ′′(b)=0, ] (7) likewise, more solutions can be gained for the problems created by: ℒ(υ𝑛+1(𝑡))=δr(υ𝑛(𝑡))+ 2 b (∫ ℵ(υ𝑛(𝑡))dt) b 0 r(υ𝑛(𝑡))+k(t), υ𝑛+1(0)=υ𝑛+1(b)=υ𝑛+1 ′′(0)=υ𝑛+1 ′′(b)=0, ] (8) 2. solution of the problem in this section, we will solve two problems using the method defined above example 1. consider the 4th-onide [6] 𝜐(4)(𝑡) − 𝜐′′(𝑡) − ∫ (𝜐′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐′′(𝑡) = 1 , 0 < 𝑡 < 1, 𝜐(0) = 𝜐(1) = 𝜐′′(0) = 𝜐′′(1) = 0, (9) we start with the assumption that ℒ(𝜐(t)) = 𝜐(4)(𝑡) , ℵ(𝜐) = −𝜐′′(𝑡) − ∫ (𝜐′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐′′(𝑡), 𝑔(𝑡) = −1 (10) with 𝑢(0) = 𝑢(1) = 𝑢′′(0) = 𝑢′′(1) = 0, (11) let us start with the first iteration 𝜐0 (4)(𝑡) = 1, (12) with 𝜐0(0) = 𝜐0(1) = 𝜐0 ′′(0) = 𝜐0 ′′(1) = 0, (13) then, we get ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 209 𝜐0(𝑡) = 0.04166(𝑡 − 2𝑡 3 + 𝑡4), (14) the second repetition can be performed as 𝜐1 (4)(𝑡) = 1 + 𝜐0 ′′(𝑡) + ∫ (𝜐0 ′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐0 ′′(𝑡), (15) with 𝜐1(0) = 𝜐1(1) = 𝜐1 ′′(0) = 𝜐1 ′′(1) = 0, (16) thus, we get 𝜐1(𝑡) = 6.889329 × 10 −8(544269𝑡 − 1108715𝑡3 + 604800𝑡4 − 60531𝑡5 + 20177𝑡6) (17) in the third repetition, the following equation must be solved: 𝜐2 (4)(𝑡) = 1 + 𝜐1 ′′(𝑡) + ∫ (𝜐1 ′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐1 ′′(𝑡), (18) then, we get 𝜐2(𝑡) = 3.7916 × 10 −26(1.00009 × 1024𝑡 − 2.032907 × 1024𝑡 3 + 1.0989 × 1024𝑡 4 − 1.00795 × 1023𝑡 5 + 3.6655 × 1022𝑡 6 − 2.6204 × 1021𝑡 7 + 6.5511 × 1020𝑡 8) (19) we showed the first three solutions but we did not show the later ones because they get longer. by applying the (rk4m) using mathematica® as a standard for evaluating ta method performance. in figure 1, good agreement was observed between rk4m and ta method. figure 1. the ta method and rk4m solutions for the problem the logarithmic plots for mer will be presented in figure 2 for the approximate solution obtained by ta method for solving 4th-onide for different values of n=1 to 5. figure 2. maximum error reminder for solution by ta method ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 210 example 2: consider the 4th-onide [6] 𝜐(4)(𝑡) − 𝜐′′(𝑡) − 2 ∫ (𝜐′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐′′(𝑡) = −𝑡 , 0 < 𝑡 < 1, (20) 𝜐(0) = 𝜐(1) = 𝑣′′(0) = 𝜐′′(1) = 0, (21) we start with the assumption that ℒ(υ(t)) = 𝜐(4)(𝑡) , ℵ(𝜐) = −𝜐′′(𝑡) − 2 ∫ (𝜐′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐′′(𝑡), 𝑔(𝑡) = 𝑡 (22) with 𝜐(0) = 𝜐(1) = 𝜐′′(0) = 𝜐′′(1) = 0, (23) let us start with the first iteration 𝜐0 (4)(𝑡) = −𝑡, (24) with 𝜐0(0) = 𝜐0(1) = 𝜐0 ′′(0) = 𝜐0 ′′(1) = 0, (25) then, we get 𝜐0(𝑡) = 0.0027(−7𝑡 + 10𝑡 3 − 3𝑡5 ) (26) the second repetition can be performed as 𝜐1 (4)(𝑡) = −𝑡 + 𝑣0 ′′(𝑡) + 2 ∫ (𝜐0 ′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐0 ′′(𝑡), (27) with 𝜐1(0) = 𝜐1(1) = 𝜐1 ′′(0) = 𝜐1 ′′(1) = 0, (28) thus, we get 𝜐1(𝑡) = 1.3997 × 10 −8(−1242613𝑡 + 1752877𝑡3 − 496083𝑡5 − 14181𝑡7) (29) in the third repetition, the following equation must be solved: 𝜐2 (4)(𝑡) = −𝑡 + 𝜐1 ′′(𝑡) + 2 ∫ (𝜐1 ′(𝑡)) 21 0 𝑑𝑡 𝜐1 ′′(𝑡), (30) then, we get 𝜐2(𝑡) = 8.1826 × 10 −27(−2.1513 × 1024𝑡 + 3.0403 × 1024𝑡3 − 8.6844 × 1023𝑡5 − 2.0212 × 1022𝑡7 − 3.3703 × 1020𝑡9)) (31) we showed the first three solutions but we did not show the later ones because they get longer. by applying the (rk4m) using mathematica as a standard for evaluating ta method performance. in figure 3, good agreement was observed between rk4m and ta method. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 211 figure 3. the ta method and rk4m solutions for the problem the logarithmic plots for mer will be presented in figure 2 for the approximate solution obtained by ta method for solving 4th-onide for different values of n=1 to 5. figure 4. maximum error reminder for solution by ta method the absolute error was calculated by rk4m and ta method, we note a good approximation as shown in table 1 for both examples. table 1. the absolute error for rk4m and ta method x absolute error for example 1 absolute error for example 2 |𝜐𝑇𝐴𝑀 (𝑡) − 𝜐𝑅𝐾4(𝑡)| |𝜐𝑇𝐴𝑀 (𝑡) − 𝜐𝑅𝐾4 (𝑡)| 0 1.796565911 × 10−7 2.506032872×10-8 0.1 3.351539886 × 10−7 4.987247103 × 10−8 0.2 4.575623109 × 10−7 7.253721456 × 10−8 0.3 5.365609015 × 10−7 9.058700125" × 10−8 0.4 5.636405136 × 10−7 1.013928555 × 10−7 0.5 5.35561508 × 10−7 1.028496388 × 10−7 0.6 4.558146015 × 10−7 9.384872716 × 10−8 0.7 3.331583074 × 10−7 7.409719157 × 10−8 0.8 1.781605395 × 10−7 4.326019289 × 10−8 0.9 0 1.734723476 × 10−18 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 212 3. conclusion in this work, a proposed iterative technique is presented for solving a class of 4th-onide kirchhoff type that emerges in the investigation of transversal vibrations of hinge shafts. the ta method is an effective method for solving various kinds of linear and non-linear problems accurately. the fundamental benefit of this technique is that it does not require the estimation of variables. it very well may be seen that when the number of repetition increases, the maximum error reminder have decreased. in comparison with the rk4m, we find a great agreement in the results through the above figures and table. references 1. sabaa, m. a.; mohammed, m. a.; abd almjeed, s. h. approximate solutions for alcohol consumption model in spain. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2019, 32, 3, 153-164. 2. tawfiq, l. n. m.; hasan, m. a. evaluate therate of pollution in soil using simulinkenvironment. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2019, 32, 1, 132138. 3. to fu ma, positive solutions for a nonlocal fourth order equation of kirchhoff type, discrete and continuous dynamical systems. discrete and continuous dynamical systems supplement, 2007, (special) 694–703 , doi: 10.3934/proc.2007.2007.694 . 4. dang,o. a.; luan,v. t. iterative method for solving a nonlinear fourth order boundary value problem, computers and mathematics with applications, 2010, 60, 1, 112_121. 5. temimia, h; ansari, a.r.; siddiqui, a. m. an approximate solution for the static beam problem and nonlinear integro-differential equations. computers and mathematics with applications, 2011, 62, 8, 3132–3139. 6. ren, q.; tian, h. numerical solution of the static beam problem by bernoulli collocation method. applied mathematical modelling, 2016, 40, 21-22, 8886–8897. 7. temimia, h; ansari, a.r a semi-analytical iterative technique for solving nonlinear problems. computers and mathematics with applications, 2011, 61, 2, 203–210. 8. ehsani, f.; hadi, a.; ehsani,f.; mahdavi, r. an iterative method for solving partial differential equations and solution of korteweg-de vries equations for showing the capability of the iterative method. world applied programming, 2013, 3, 8, 320-327. 9. al-jawary, m.a. a semi-analytical iterative method for solving nonlinear thin film flow problems, chaos, solitons and fractals,2017, 99, 52–56. 10. al-jawary, m. a.; adwan, m. i. reliable iterative methods for solving the falknerskan equation, gazi university journal of science, 2020, l33, 1, 168-186. https://www.aimsciences.org/article/doi/10.3934/proc.2007.2007.694 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 430 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract the integral transformations is a complicated function from a function space into a simple function in transformed space. where the function being characterized easily and manipulated through integration in transformed function space. the two parametric form of see transformation and its basic characteristics have been demonstrated in this study. the transformed function of a few fundamental functions along with its time derivative rule is shown. it has been demonstrated how two parametric see transformations can be used to solve linear differential equations. this research provides a solution to population growth rate equation. one can contrast these outcomes with different laplace type transformations. keywords: two parametric see transformation, population growth rate equation, linear differential equations, time derivative rule. 1.introduction as the transformations have numerous applications in fields of engineering and other sciences. numerous mathematicians presented the fourier and laplace transformations theory. in [1] authors used this technique on delay differential equations. the modified laplace series findings from the adomian polynomial decomposition method were used to solve the differentialintegral equations can be seen in [2]. the non-linearity was circumvented by using standard adomian polynomials. the laplace decomposition approach and the pade approximation were put to practise in order to determine the numerically approximated results of the system of partial on linear differential equations in [3]. the laplace decomposition approach, which was improved utilised in [4] for differential equalities of the emden-lane type. the author used an analytical doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3251 article history: received 30 january 2023, accepted 26 february 2023, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq solution of population growth rate linear differential model via two parametric see transformation ali moazzam university of agriculture faisalabad, pakistan. alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com hira aslam university of agriculture, faisalabad, pakistan. hiraaslam053@gmail.com . naila tabassum university of agriculture faisalabad, pakistan. nailatabassumgp@gmail.com emad a. kuffi college of engineering, al-qadisiyah university, , iraq. emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com mailto:hiraaslam053@gmail.com mailto:nailatabassumgp@gmail.com mailto:emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 431 approach to resolve the first and second types of non-linear volterra-fredholm integro differential equations in [5] by combining the modified laplace adomian substitution and laplace adomian polynomial decomposition methods (ladm). laplace integral techniques are frequently utilised in the engineering and scientific fields. the use of integral transformations to correct erroneous integrals that contained error functions has been covered by a number of authors [6–9]. in [10] authors obtained the solutions to abel's equation using the kamal integral method. solution to the error function based on the kamal integral approach has shown in [11]. to solve linear partial differential equations with more than two independent variables, writers in [12] described the substitution approach of the laplace transformation. in [13] authors used the matlab programme to illustrate how the effects of bio-convection and activation energy on the maxwell equation on nano-fluid. with the use of the laplace technique of transformation, an analytical solution to the advection diffusion equation in a one-dimensional, semi-infinite media has been developed by authors of [14]. in [15 and 16] new transformations to solve new type differential equations with trigonometric coefficients was introduced in 2021 bymoazzam et. al. the solution to the temperature problem and some of the applications of the kamal transformation in thermal engineering are shown in [17]. the see transformation, a new transformation that is very useful in the solution of differential equations and systems of differential equations, has been demonstrated in [18]. some others transformations having different kernels then laplace transformation are used to find the solutions of linear differential equations as al-zughair transformation is used to demonstrate the solution of moment pareto differential equations with logarithmic coefficients in [19]. in paper [20], a new logarithmic kernel transformation was demonstrated which is useful for solving both ordinary differential equations and differential equations with a logarithmic coefficient. 2.definitions and preliminaries in this paper, we have introduced the two parametric see transformation, which is a generalised version of the see transformation and is used in this study to solve linear differential equations. the definition of two parametric see transformations is given below. definition 1: two parametric see integral transform of the function 𝑓(𝑡) for all 𝑡 ≥ 0 is defined as: 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓(𝑡)} = 𝑒 −𝛽𝒗 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 ∫ 𝑓(𝑡)𝑒− (𝛼𝑣)𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ 0 = 𝐹 𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) (1) where 𝛼, 𝛽 are real numbers, 𝑛 is the integer and 𝑣 is transformed variable. by choosing the values of parameters 𝛼, 𝛽 real numbers and integer 𝑛, we can get the different transformations as laplace, kamal, mohand, see, sumudu, aboodh, and many other laplace type transformations. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 432 table 1: two parametric see transformation of some function serial numbers function 𝒇(𝒕) 𝑺𝑬𝑬𝜶,𝜷{𝒇(𝒕)} = 𝒆−𝜷𝒗 (𝜶𝒗)𝒏 ∫ 𝒇(𝒕)𝒆−(𝜶𝒗)𝒕𝒅𝒕 ∞ 𝟎 1. 𝑘 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣𝑘 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛+1 2. 1 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛+1 3. 𝑡 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛+2 4. 𝑡 2 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 2! (𝛼𝑣)𝑛+3 5. 𝑡 𝑚 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 𝑚! (𝛼𝑣)𝑛+𝑚+1 6. 𝑒 𝑢𝑡 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛(𝛼𝑣 − 𝑢) 7. 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝑢𝑡) 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 [ 𝑢 (𝛼𝑣)2 + 𝑢2 ] 8. 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑢𝑡) 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 [ 𝛼𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)2 + 𝑢2 ] 9. 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ (𝑢𝑡) 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 [ 𝑢 (𝛼𝑣)2 + 𝑢2 ] 10. 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ (𝑢𝑡) 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 [ 𝛼𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)2 − 𝑢2 ] theorem 1: two parametric see transform for first, second up-to nth order derivative can be described as: 1. 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′(𝑡)} = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣), 2. 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′′(𝑡)} = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓 ′(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−1 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)2𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣), 3. 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′′′(𝑡)} = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓 ′′(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−1 𝑓 ′(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−2 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)3𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣), 4. 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 (𝑚)(𝑡)} = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓 (𝑚−1)(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−1 𝑓 (𝑚−2)(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−2 𝑓 (𝑚−3)(0) − ⋯ − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−𝑚+1 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)𝑚𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓(𝑡)} proof : to prove 1, let double parametric see transformation for 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑓 ′(𝑡), 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′(𝑡)} = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 ∫ 𝑓′(𝑡)𝑒− (𝛼𝑣)𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ 0 = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓(𝑡)|0 ∞ + (𝛼𝑣) ∫ 𝑓(𝑡)𝑒− (𝛼𝑣)𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ 0 = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) (2) let double parametric see transformation for 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑓 ′′(𝑡). 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′′(𝑡)} = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 ∫ 𝑓′′(𝑡)𝑒− (𝛼𝑣)𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ 0 = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓′(𝑡)|0 ∞ + (𝛼𝑣) ∫ 𝑓′(𝑡)𝑒− (𝛼𝑣)𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ 0 = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓′(0) + (𝛼𝑣)𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′(𝑡)}. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 433 by the help of (2) we can get: = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓′(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−1 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)2𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) (3) let double parametric see transformation for 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑓 ′′′(𝑡). 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′′′(𝑡)} = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 ∫ 𝑓′′′(𝑡)𝑒− (𝛼𝑣)𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ 0 = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓′′(𝑡)|0 ∞ + (𝛼𝑣) ∫ 𝑓′′(𝑡)𝑒− (𝛼𝑣)𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ 0 = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓′′(0) + (𝛼𝑣)𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 ′′(𝑡)}. by the help of (3) we can get: = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓′′(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−1 𝑓′(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−2 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)3𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) (4) similarly we can find the result form the statement 4 mentioned in theorem: 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓 (𝑚)(𝑡)} = − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑓 (𝑚−1)(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−1 𝑓 (𝑚−2)(0) − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−2 𝑓 (𝑚−3)(0) − ⋯ − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛−𝑚+1 𝑓(0) + (𝛼𝑣)𝑚𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓(𝑡)} (5) linear property: let 𝑓(𝑡) and 𝑔(𝑡) be two functions then linearity property of two parametric extensions of see transformation define as: 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑐1𝑓(𝑡) ± 𝑐2𝑔(𝑡)} = 𝑐1𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 𝑓(𝑡) ± 𝑐2𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 𝑔(𝑡) (6) where 𝑐1 and 𝑐2 are constants. change of scale property: let 𝑓(𝑡) be a function and 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 of 𝑓(𝑡) is 𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) then change of scale property of two parametric see transformation can be described as: 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓(𝑐𝑡)} = ( 1 𝑐𝑛−1 ) 𝐹𝛼,𝛽 ( 𝑣 𝑐 ) (7) here 𝑐 is a constant value. shifting property: let 𝑓(𝑡) be a function and 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 of 𝑓(𝑡) is 𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) then shifting property of two parametric see transformation can be described as: 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑒 𝑐𝑡 𝑓(𝑡)} = 𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣 − 𝑐) (8) theorem 2. let 𝑓(𝑡) and 𝑔(𝑡) be two functions and 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 of 𝑓(𝑡) is 𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣), 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 of ℎ(𝑡) is 𝐻𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) then the convolution of two parametric 𝑆𝐸𝐸 transform can be described as: 𝑆𝐸𝐸𝛼,𝛽 {𝑓(𝑡) ∗ ℎ(𝑡)} = −(𝛼𝑣) 𝑛𝐹𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣). 𝐻𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) (9) 3.application population growth rate problem: exponential growth is linked to the process of population growth rate equation decline. authors in [21] have mathematically described the decay problems of a substance with the help of first order ordinary linear differential equation: 𝑑𝑃 𝑑𝑡 = −𝜇𝑃 (10) with the initial condition: 𝑃(0) = 𝑃0 (11) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 434 where 𝜇 is a real positive number, 𝑃 is the value of population at 𝑡-time and 𝑃0 is the initial value of population at initial time 𝑡0. sol: by applying the two parametric see transform on (10) and by using the rule mentioned in (2) we will get: − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑃(0) + (𝛼𝑣)𝑃𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) = −𝜇𝑃𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣). by using initial condition in (11) we get: − 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑃0 + (𝛼𝑣)𝑃𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) = −𝜇𝑃𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) [(𝛼𝑣) + 𝜇]𝑃𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛 𝑃0 𝑃𝛼,𝛽 (𝑣) = 𝑒 −𝛽𝑣 (𝛼𝑣)𝑛[(𝛼𝑣)+𝜇] 𝑃0 (12) by using the definition in (1) and table values we get: 𝑃(𝑡) = 𝑃0𝑒 −𝜇𝑡 (13) equation 13 provides the solution of population growth rate problem. 4.conclusion see transformation with two parameter has been defined in this research. the solution of population growth rate equation has been described to show the efficiency of this proposed technique which can be compared with other laplace type transformation. it can be seen that it is helpful in solving linear differential models. the proposed transformation can turned into ordinary see transformation by adjusting the values of parameters. references: 1.evans d.j.; raslan k.r. the adomian decomposition methhod for solving delay differential equation. international journal of computer mathematics, 2005, 82(1), 49-54. 2.shah, k.; khalil, h.; khan, ra. a generalized scheme based on shifted jacobi polynomials for numerical simulation of coupled systems of multi-term fractional-order partial differential equations. lms journal of computation and mathematics, 2017, 20(1), 11-29. 3.abassy, t.a.; el-tawil, m.a.; el-zoheiry, h. exact solutions of some nonlinear partial differential equations using the variational iteration method linked with laplace transforms and the padé technique. computers and mathematics with applications. 2007, 54(7-8), 940-54. 4.yindoula, j.b.; youssouf, p.; bissanga, g.; bassono, f. some b. application of the adomian decomposition method and laplace transform method to solving the convection diffusiondissipation equation. international journal of applied mathematics research. 2014, 3(1), 30-35. 5.hamoud, a.a.; ghadle, k.p. the combined modified laplace with adomian decomposition method for solving the nonlinear volterra-fredholm integro differential equations. journal of the korean society for industrial and applied mathematics, 2017, 21(1), 17-28. 6.aggarwal, s.; gupta, a.r.; kumar, mohand, d. transform of error function. international journal of research in advent technology, 2019, 7(5), 224-231. 7.aggarwal, s.; sharma, s.d. sumudu transform of error function. journal of applied science and computations. 2019, 6(6), 1222-1231. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 435 8.aggarwal, s.; bhatnagar, k.; dua, a. dualities between elzaki transform and some useful integral transforms. international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering, 2019, 8(12), 4312-4318. 9.aggarwal, s.; gupta, a.r.; sharma, s.d.; chauhan, r.; sharma, n. mahgoub transform (laplace-carson transform) of error function. international journal of latest technology in engineering, management & applied science, 2019, 8(4), 92-98. 10.aggarwal, s.; sharma, s.d. application of kamal transform for solving abel’s integral equation. global journal of engineering science and researches, 2019, 6(3), 82-90. 11.aggarwal, s.; singh, g.p. kamal transform of error function. journal of applied science and computations, 2019, 6(5), 2223-2235. 12.fariha, m.; muhammad, z.i.; moazzam, a.; usman, a.; muhammad, u.n. subtituition method using the laplace transformation for solving partial differential equations involving more than two independent variables. bulletin of mathematics and statistics research. 2021, 9(3), 104-116. 13muhammad, i.k.; khurrem, s.; muhammad, m.u.r.; maria; moazzam, a. influence of bioconvection and activation energy on maxwell flow of nano-fluid in the existence of motile microorganisms over a cylinder. international journal of multidisciplinary research and growth evaluation. 2021, 2(5), 135-144. 14.ammara, a.; madiha, g.; amina, a.; moazzam, a. laplace transforms techniques on equation of advection-diffussion in one-dimensional with semi-infinite medium to find the analytical solution. bulletin of mathematics and statistics research. 2021, 9(3), 86-96. 15.muhammad, k.; khurrem, s.; moazzam, a.; ammara, a.; mariyam, b. new transformation ‘amk-transformation’ to solve ordinary linear differential equation of moment pareto distribution. international journal of multidisciplinary research and growth evaluation. 2021, 2(5), 125-134. 16.moazzam, a.; kashif, m.; amjed, u.; khawar, m.i. development of a new transformation to solve a new type of ordinary linear differential equation. bulletin of mathematics and statistics research (bomsr). 2021, 9(3), 56-60. 17.muhammad, w.; khurrem, s.; moazzam, a.; alizay, b. applications of kamal transformation in temperature problems. scholar journal engineering and technology. 2022, 10(2), 5-8. 18.eman, a.; mansour; emad, a. k.; sadiq, a.; mehdi. on the see transform and system of ordinary differential equations. periodicals of engineering and natural sciences, 2021, 9(3), 277281. 19.moazzam, a.; muhammad, z.i. ;al-zughair transformations on linear differential equations of moment pareto distribution. proc. 19th international conference on statistical science, 2022, 36, 199-206. 20.moazzam, a.; muhammad, z.l. a new integral transform "ali and zafar" transformation and it's application in nuclear physics. proc. 19th international conference on statistical sciences, 2022, 36, 177-182. 21.aggarwal, s.; gupta, a.r.; singh, d.p.; asthana, n.; kumar, n. application of laplace transform for solving population growth and decay problems. international journal of latest technology in engineering, management & applied science. 2018, 7(9), 141-145. special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 29 a study of chemical content in some species of tribe apieae / apiace abstract in this study, the flavonoid and alkaloid content in the alcoholic extract of the shoots and flowers were identified in four species of the tribe apieae / apiacese : ammi majus, ammi visgana, anethum graveolens and foeniculum vulgaris, and the flavonoids that were detected are (apigenin, coumarin, kaempferol and quercetin). the species foeniculum vulgaris has recorded the highest concentration of total flavonoid content (shoots and flowers) among the studied species, reaching 4139.2 µg / ml. the total alkaloids are estimated for these species, and the foeniculum vulgaris has recorded the highest concentration of the total alkaloid content as well. keywords: apiaceae, ammi, apigenin, coumarin, alkaloid. 1. introduction the apiaceae family is considered one of the most important families of flowering plants at the academic and practical levels, as its inflorescences had a great role in diagnosing them long before they are described scientifically for the first time [1] (heywood,1976). researchers disagreed about the number of genera and species belonging to this family, as [2] lawrence (1951) indicated that it includes (200) genera and (2900) species. [3] judd et. al (1999) indicated that this family is widespread and spreads in tropical to temperate regions and that it includes (400) genera and (4250) species. in iraq, this family is represented wildly by about (60) genera and (143) species [4] (almousawi, 1987), while al-katib [5] (1988) indicated that there are (130) wild species and (9) cultivated species. [6] ghazanfar and mcdaniel (2016) also mentioned that this family is the fifth-largest plant family in iraq and that it is represented by approximately (67) genera and (155) species. the plants of this family contain many important chemical compounds that have contributed to strengthening their role as medicinal plants and a source of treatment for diseases, and the most important of these compounds are flavonoids [7] (trovato et. al, 1996). this family is considered to be one of the most economically important families, as many of its species are used as food or flavorings such as the foeniculum vulgare mill. , and anethum graveolens l. in addition, many of the species are medicinal plants that have been used in the treatment of several medical conditions due to their containment of very important effective compounds such as essential oils, volatile oils, flavonoids, and alkaloids [8, 9] (mutlag , 2007 and al-mayah, 2013). this family is considered to be a source of gum and perfumes, and a few of its species are used for decoration [4] (al-mousawi, 1987). zahra b. muhammad zahrabiology@gmail.com biology deptment,college of education, al-haweja, university of kirkuk, iraq talib o. al-khesraji profdr.taliboh@tu.edu.iq university of tikrit, iraq http://ihicps.com/ mailto:zahrabiology@gmail.com mailto:profdr.taliboh@tu.edu.iq special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 30 a review of the available scientific sources revealed that the current study is the first local study in which the flavonoid and alkaloid contents of the four studied species are identified. 2. materials method 2.1. collection of plant specimens fresh plant specimens are collected during the flowering stage and then marked with the necessary herbal information such as (place of collection, collector's name, the common name of the plant, and date of collection). these samples are dried and pressed with the aforementioned herbal information recorded. the taxonomic keys and the iraqi flora / fifth volume are used for the diagnosis of the samples, and it is confirmed by comparing the collected samples with the herbal samples kept in the kurdistan botanical foundation herbarium in sulaymaniyah and the iraqi national herbarium in abu ghraib. 2.2. chemical study 2.2.1. extraction of plant samples liquid-liquid and solid-liquid extraction are the most commonly used procedures before analysis of polyphenols and simple phenolic in natural plants. they are still the most widely used techniques, mainly because of their ease of use, efficiency, and wide-ranging applicability. commonly used extraction solvents are alcohols (methanol, ethanol), acetone, diethyl ether, and ethyl acetate. the first steps of a preparation procedure are milling and homogenization. extraction is the main step for the recovery and isolation of bioactive phytochemicals from plant materials, before analysis. it is influenced by their chemical nature, the extraction method employed, sample particle size, as well as the presence of interfering substances. additional steps may be called for if the removal of unwanted phenolic and non-phenolic substances such as waxes, fats, terpenes, and chlorophylls is of interest. thirty grams of plant powdered was extracted using 15 ml chloroform with constant stirring for 24 hours at the ambient temperature. the extract was placed in an ultrasonic device for 15 minutes. then 100 ml of butanol was added and then transferred to the separation funnel. the polar organic layer (butanol) is collected and transferred to the rotary evaporator device to obtain a dry extractor. the operation is repeated (3) times to obtain an adequate amount before analysis. 2.2.2. hplc condition for analyzed phenolic and flavonoid compounds samples are analyzed by high-performance liquid chromatography hplc model (sykam) germany. pump model: s 2100 quaternary gradient pump, autosampler model: s 5200, detector: uv (s 2340), and column oven model: s 4115. the mobile phase was = (methanol: d.w : acetic acid) (85 : 13 : 2), the column is c18-ods (25 cm * 4.6 mm) and detector uv – 360 nm at flow rate 1ml/min. 2.2.3. total alkaloid content the 20 gm of each plant material was ground and then extracted with methanol for 24 hours in a continuous extraction (soxholet) apparatus. the extract was filtered and methanol was evaporated on a rotary evaporator under vacuum at a temperature of 45°c to dryness. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 31 2.2.4. qualitative estimation (test for alkaloids) the presence of alkaloid was confirmed by dragendroff’s method. a part of the extract was dissolved in dilute hcl and 2 drops of dragon drops are added, a crystalline precipitate indicates the presence of alkaloid. the sample which has shown positive alkaloid is then subjected to further quantitative evaluation. 2.2.5. separation of alkaloid a part of the extract residue is dissolved in 2n hcl and then faltered. 1 ml of this solution is transferred to a reparatory funnel and washed with 10 ml chloroform. the ph of this solution is adjusted to neutral with 0.1 n naoh. then 5 ml of bromocresol green (bcg ) solution and 5 ml of phosphate buffer are added to this solution. 2.2.6. standard carve accurately measured aliquots (0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1, and 1.2 ml) of atropine standard solution were transferred to different reparatory funnels. then 5 ml of ph 4.7 phosphate buffer and 5 ml of bcg solution is taken and the mixture is shaken with extract with 1, 2, 3, and 4 ml of chloroform. the extracts are then collected in a 10 ml volumetric flask and then have diluted to adjust the solution with chloroform. the absorbance of the complex in chloroform is measured at a spectrum of 470 nm in uv-spectrophotometer (shimadzu uv-1800) against the blank prepared as above but without atropine. 3. results and discussion the results of the chemical study (table 1) have shown the presence of four types of flavonoid compounds in the alcoholic extract of the shoots. these compounds are coumarin, catchine, kaempferol, and quercetin. the results of the chemical analysis have shown that the shoots are free of the flavonoid compound apigenin. the highest concentration of coumarin in the shoots is 632.7 µg / ml in f.vulgare, and the lowest concentration of this compound reached 402.0 µg/ ml in a. visgana. as for the compound catchine, the highest concentration reached 145.0 g/ ml in the type a. majus, while the species a.visgana recorded the lowest concentration of this compound, which is 105.4 µg / ml. it should be noted that the concentrations of kaempferol are similar in the four studied species, and its highest concentration is 39.7 g/ml in species a.visgana, while the lowest concentration is 37.7 µg / ml in species a.majus, and the rest of the species has ranged between these values mentioned (table 1). regarding quercetin, the highest concentration is 156.2 µg/ ml in f. vulgare, and the lowest concentration is 51.7 µg/ ml in a.visgana . it is found from this study also that the flavonoid compound coumarin is the highest concentration compound in the alcoholic extract of the shoot of all the studied species (table 1). as for the total content of flavonoids in the alcoholic extract of the shoots in the studied species, the highest value of it is in the f.vulgare and reached 944.8 µg / ml, while the lowest value for the total number of flavonoids is 598.8 \g / ml in the type a.visgana (table 1). concerning the total content of flavonoids in the alcoholic extract of flowering inflorescences in the studied species (table 2), the highest value of this total is recorded in f.vulgare as it is 3194.4 µg / ml, while the lowest total value is 418.6 µg / ml in a.visgana. it is revealed through this study that only apigenin and coumarin are present in the alcoholic extract of the inflorescences (table 2). the species f.vulgare have shown the highest concentration of these two compounds http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 32 (395.7 and 2798.7) µg / ml, respectively. the flavonoid compound apigenin is absent from the flowers of a. majus. the lowest concentration of coumarin is 313.2 µg / ml in a.visgana. it should be noted that the species f.vulgare has recorded the highest concentration of compounds apigenin, catchine, coumarin, and quercetin for the whole plant (both the vegetative and flowering parts). also, the species f.vulgare has the highest concentration of flavonoids in the vegetative and flowering parts, as it reaches 4139.2 g / ml, while a.visgana has the lowest concentration and reaches 1017.4 µg / ml (table 3). it is worth noting that coumarins are the most abundant flavonoids in the studied species, and this is in agreement with [3] (judd et.al, 1999) who have indicated that coumarins are among the compounds most present in the plants of the apiaceae family. table 1. flavonoid concentrations measured in μg / ml in the shoot parts of the studied species. no. flavonoides sp. apigenin coumarin catchine kaempferol quercetin total 1 a.majus 0 568.2 145.0 37.7 114.8 865.7 2 a.visgana 0 402.0 105.4 39.7 51.7 598.8 3 a.graveolens 0 468.4 130.5 38.2 98.7 735.8 4 f. vulgare 0 632.7 116.5 39.4 156.2 944.8 total 0 2071.3 497.4 155 421.4 3145.1 table 2. flavonoid concentrations measured in μg / ml in the flowering parts of the studied species. no. flavonoides sp. apigenin coumarin catchine kaempferol quercetin total 1 a.majus 0 527.7 0 0 0 527.7 2 a.visgana 105.4 313.2 0 0 0 418.6 3 a.graveolens 328.6 1482.7 0 0 0 1811.3 4 f. vulgare 395.7 2798.7 0 0 0 3194.4 total 829.7 5122.3 0 0 0 5952 table 3. total group of flavonoids (vegetative and flowering parts) measured in μg / ml in each of the studied species. no. flavonoides sp. apigenin coumarine catchine kaempferol quercetin total 1 a.majus 0 1095.9 145 37.7 114.8 1393.4 2 a.visgana 105.4 715.2 105.4 39.7 51.7 1017.4 3 a.graveolens 328.6 1951.1 130.5 38.2 98.7 2547.1 4 f. vulgare 395.7 3431.4 116.5 39.4 156.2 4139.2 total 829.7 7193.6 497.4 155 421.4 9097.1 regarding the total alkaloids, it is found from this study that the highest percentage of alkaloids in the shoot system is 7.2% in a.visgana, while a. majus recorded the lowest percentage, reaching 5.6% (table 4). the highest percentage of alkaliod content recorded in the flowering system is in f.vulgare and is 16.2%, while the lowest percentage recorded is 13.4% in a.visgana. it is evident from the observation of table (4) that the species f.vulgare possesses the highest percentage of total alkaloid in the vegetative and flowering systems and of the studied species, which reaches 22.4%, while the two species a.majus and a.visgana recorded the lowest total percentage, which is 20.6% for each. the flowering system is higher in its total alkaloid content than the shoots of the species http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 33 under study, and the percentages are close in the studied species, which are few percentages and do not exceed 30% in one species, and perhaps these few percentages are the reason for the lack of interest of researchers in studying these important chemical compounds. table 4. percentages of total alkaloids in shoots and inflorescents of the studied species. no sp. shoots % inflorescents % total % 1 a.majus 5.6 15 20.6 2 a.visgana 7.2 13.4 20.6 3 a.graveolens 5.7 16 21.7 4 f. vulgare 6.2 16.2 22.4 total 24.7 60.6 85.3 1 2 3 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 34 4 5 6a 6b http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 35 7a 7b 8a 8b http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 36 9 a 9b figure 1. standard curves of shoots and flowers extract of the studied species. (standards: 1. apigenin, 2. catchine, 3. coumarin, 4. kaempferol, 5. quercetine) (species: a. shoot, b.flowers, 6. a.majus, 7. a.visgana, 8. a.graveolens, 9. f.vulgare). 1 2 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2647 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 37 3 4 figure 2. studied species with their flowers: (1. a.majus , 2. a.visgana , 3.a.graveolens, 4.f.vulgare). references 1. heywood, v.h. plant taxonomy. 2nd ed. edward arnold 1976, london. 2. lawrence, g.h.m. taxonomy of vascular plants. the macmillan company. new york. 1951, 823. 3. judd, w.s.; campbell, c.s. kellogg, e.a. ; stevens, p.f. plant systematics. sinauer associates, inc., sunderland, massachusetts, u. s. a. 1999, 464 . 4. al-mousawi, a.h. plant taxonomy. books house for printing and publishing. university of al mosul 1987, 379. 5. al-katib. y.m. classification of seed plants. baghdad university. ministry of higher education and scientific research. iraq 1988, p. 243 . 6. ghazanfar. s.a. and mcdaniel. t. (2016) . flora of the middle east : quantitative analysis biogeography of the flora of iraq. edinburgh j. bot. 2016 ,73, 1, 1–24 . 7. trovato. a.; monforte. m.t.; rossito. a.; forestieri. a.m. in vitro cytotoxic effect of some medicinal plants containing flavonoids. boll. chim. farm. 1996 ,135, 263-266. 8. mutlag. s.h. study of the hepatoprotective effect of ammi majus seeds extract in ccl4induced liver toxicity in rats.msc.thesis.university of baghdadcollege of pharmacy 2007, 90. 9. al-mayah. a.a. medicinal plants and herbal remedies. al-basaer press. beirut, lebanon. 2013,358. http://ihicps.com/ ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 comparative biochemical study of glutathione, ceruloplasmin and trace element in sera of control group and human female patients with osteoarthritis nodal in iraqies patients b. h.al – wihaly departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn-al haitham,unive rsity of baghdad abstract the p resent st udy conducted on 30 female p atients with ost eoarthritis 0a a att ending baghdad teaching hosp ital, in addition to 30 healthy females , all subjects were ( 35-65) years old. some biochemical p arameters were measured in the sera of p atients and healthy group s. t he parameters were glutathione (gsh). cerulop lasmin (cp ) and some trace elements ,including cop p er (cu) ,cu/ cp ratio and selenium (se) were determined . the results revealed a significant reduction in all p arameters of p atients sera comp ared to healthy group . the reduction in gsh and cu/cp ratio confirms tissue damage associated with oxidative st ress injury a conclusion was obtained hrer ,that cu wasn’t an imp ortant element in oxidative st ress in p atients . introduction osteoarthritis (oa) is a slow p rogressive disorder of sy novial joints .this joints disorder is characterized by a loss of balance between sy nthesis and degradation of the articular cartilage constituents leading to subsequent erosion of joint cartilage remodeling of the underly ing bone oseop hy te formation and variable degree of sy nop itis [1].when clinical characterist ics of oa (p ain loss of mobility and radiographic narrowing of the joint sp ace ) manifest , the actual changes in articular cartage and subchondrla ,bone have st arted long ago[2] glutathione (γ-glutamyl cy st einy l glycin) is atrip eptide commonly abbreviated gsh. it is the most common intracellular thiol which is found in most mammalian cells as an important defense mechanism against certain toxic comp ounds such as some drugs and carcinogens. if these toxic electrop hiles (xenobiotics) were not conjugated to gsh, they would be free to combine covalently with dna, rna, or cell p rotein and could thus lead to serious cell damage [3]. if the levels of gsh in a tissue are lowered than that tissue can be shown to be more suscep tible to injury by various chemicals t hat would normally be conjugated to gsh [4]. cerulop lasmin (cp ) is an alp ha 2 _ glycoprotein with enzy matic activity containing six or seven cop p er atom per molecule ‘ thus cp considered as antioxidant through its ferroxidase activity by p lay ing a role in the oxidation of ferrous ion and hence releases from cells and loading on to apotransferrin binds largely the ferric form , so cp is involved p rimarily in maintaining iron homeostasis and p reventing iron mediated free radicals injury [5,6]. cop p er is an essential trace element p resent as an integral comp onent of many ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 metalloenzy mes involved in oxidation reduction reactions cop p er is necessary for the formation of the blood cells and connective tissue [7]. selenium (se) is an essential element for a human , help s to defend the organism against oxidant st ress and protect and help to p revent some forms of cancers and heart disease , and also boost the immune sy st em[8]. aim of the study: the aim of this st udy is to evaluate some biochemical p arameters such as cerulop lasmin, glutathione and some trace elements for their imp ortance in oxidantantioxidant balance in sera of oa female patients which may p lay a role in oxidative st ress . experimental s ubjects the p resent st udy was p erformed on a group of 30 human females aged (35-65 ) y ears with oa diagnosed by examining the p atients by in the (baghdad teaching hosp ital )and by x-ray examination. in addition a group of 30 healthy females were enrolled in the st udy as control group . s ampling blood samp les of 5 ml were drawn all from subjects enrolled in the st udy , and kep t ,in p lain tubes, left to clot at room temp erature for l5 min. then centrifuged at 3500 rp m for 10 min to sep arate the serum. glutathi one (gs h) determination : glutathione concentration in the sera of all subjects was p erformed according to ell man( 1959 ) [9] .the method is based on the reaction of aliphatic thiol comp ounds with 5,5 dithiobis (2-nitrobenzoic acid ) (dt nb) at p h 8. the absorbance of the y ellow chromagen was measured at 412 nm and is directly p rop ortional to gsh concentration. so one mole of thiol p roduces one mole of p -nitrot hiophenol anion which is highly colored (€=13600m -4 cm -1 ) ce ruloplasmi n (cp) determination: the method for determination of cp concentration in serum based on the cataly tic ability of cp to oxidize the colorless p -p henylene diamine to a blue-violet oxidized form which has a maximum absorbance at 525 nm , using molar absorbtivity coefficient of 0.68 mol -1 cm -1 for the base[10]. de termination of copper (cu) concentration: flame atomic absorp tion (shimadzu-a-a-600atomicabsorp tion/flameless) was used with a hollow cathode lamp of 324.8nm. de termination of s eleni um (s e) concentration : flameless atomic absorp tion was used with a hollow cathode lamp of 196.00 nm. s tatisti cal analysi s: the results were exp ressed as mean ±sd of mean , using st udent-t -test, significant variation is considered significant when p values is ≤ 0.05. re sults and discussion the results of serum gsh and cp of oa p atients and healthy females are shown in table (1). the results of gsh concentration in sera of oa p atients were significantly lower than that for control . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 this results are in agreement with other st udies which reported that gsh is the major non enzy matic antioxidant in p lasma and erythrocytes [11]. so this reduction is an indicative of an increased oxidative st ress in p atients with ost eoarthritis disease , also gsh maintains the sulfhy dry l group s of other molecules including enzy mes in the reduced form for their p rop er function so t he glutathione will oxidized (gssg) , which will be no longer of great value in p rotection and maintaining other molecules in their native st ructure [12]. it have been reported that oxidative st ress seems to p lay a role in oa, so human cartilage in p atient with oa was significantly deficient in enzy matic antioxidant which are the major free radical scavengers [13] . the life extension foundation believes that p eople with oa should maintain a healthy intake of antioxidant and other sup p lements t hat sup p ort glutathione levels such as nacety l cy st eine [14] from table (1)also a significant decrease in cp sera levels in oa female p atients comp ared to control was found. it had been rep orted that cp is, classified as one of the acute phase reactants , its sy nthesis and secretion is altered by inflammation [15]. the reduction in sera cp levels of oa p atient in this st udy could be due to t hat the p atients are of anti -inflamanrtory oa with moderate to severe p ain [16]. table (2) shows the copp er and selenium levels in sera of oa p atients and control. the significant decrease in cu concentration in sera of oa p atients comp ared to control was noticed . this reduction in cu concentration could be exp lained by the fact that generally serum cu and cp concentration are usually closely correlated with each other , because cerulop lasmin is the major copp er binding p roteins in serum [17] . the serum cu/cp ratio in oa p atient group are significantly decreased in comp arison to that of control group . since the cu/cp ratio reflect the concentration of copp er that is bound to the albumin and free copp er which is the form considered as one of most imp ortant reasons for free radicals formation in the body , so the slight decrease in cu/cp ratio may be a defense mechanism against many diseases [18]. the results of lower serum cu concentration of oa p atients in this st udy reflects t hat the contribution of free copp er in the formation of free radicals in the patient group is not significant . a significant decrease in se concentration in sera of oa p atients comp ared to control was found. t he result of the present study agrees with ot her rep orted data stated that se deficiency has been correlated with a higher risk and severity of oa [19]. the concentration of se in serum is highly resp onsive to the se level in the diet [20], other reason for the decreased se serum levels in oa p atient is that se is a comp onent of the enzy me glutathione p eroxidase at t he active site ( as selenocyst eine ) [4]. the cataly zing action of glutathione p eroxidase in removing h2 o2 from the biological sy st em is of great imp ortance , since accumulation of h2o2 may decrease the life sp an of the erythrocytes and imp ortance molecules in human cells by causing oxidative damage to the cell membrane of the biological molecules [21]. from the p resent st udy a conclusion could be st ated , that decreased of cp concentration in sera of oa p atient is due to oxidative st ress. also non cp copp er, as indicated by the ratio cu/cp seems t o p lay no role here in the formation of the oxidative st ress. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 re ferences 1-hegemann,n.b.; kohn.l. brnnberg, and schmidt,m .f. (2002). osteoarthritis cartil, 10:714-721 2-m aty as ,j.r.; at teyl lonescu, m . and ey re, d.r. (2004). art hritis rhenum ,50:543-552 3-m urray, r.k.; granner, d.k.; rodwell,v.w.(2006) “harpers lllustrated biochemistry ” 27 th . edition, m cgraw. hill companies inc. (u.s.a).p.636 4-champ e, p.c. and harvey, r.a(2008) “lip in cott s illnst rated reviews biochemistry “ 4 th edition lipp incott williams wilkins ,u.s.a p.148 5young, s. fahmy, m . and golding, s. (1997) : cerulop lasmin , transferrin and apotransferrin facilitate iron release from human liver cells . febs letters, 411: 93-96. 6david, s. and patel, b.n. (2000):ceruloplasmin st ructure and function of an essential ferroxidase . in "advance in st ructural biology " jai p ress, inc., 6:211-237. 7harries, e.d. (2000): cellular cop p er transp ort and metabolism. annu rev. nut r. , 20, 291. 8bender, d.a. (2003) : nut ritional biochemistry of the vitamins. 2 nd ed. , cambridge univ . press, 166. 9-ellman ,g.l., (1959): tissue sulfhydral group s . arch. biochem biophy s, 82:70-77 10-m enden, c.e.;boian, j.17.;m urthy ,lanad petering , h.g.,(1977):anal lett; 10: 197-204. 11fernandez checa, j.c. ; kaplowits, n. ; garcia ruiz, c . ; colell, a. ; m iranda, m . ; m ari m . ;ardite e. and m orates a. (1997) :gsh t ransp ort in mitochondria: defense against tnf_induced oxidative st ress and alcohol_induced defect , am. j. p hy siol. 273 :7-17. 12-vina, j . (1990) “ glutathione metabolism and p hy siological functions” boca raton ,crc p ress ,p .378. 13bogdanskg, j.j.; korneti, p. and todorova, b. (2003) : free radical tissue damage : prot ective role of antioxidant , 104(3) : 108-114. 14-lozada ,c.j and st eigelfest, e, (2006):”osteoarthritis p athop hy siology , causes, and treatment” george town university medical center . section of rheumatology , washinglon hosp ital. 15-cousins, r, j (1985): absorp tion, transp ort, and hepatic metabolism of copp er and zinc: sp ecial reference to metallothionein and cerulop lasmin phsy ol.rev. 65(2): 238-309. 16-furst ,d.e. and m unst er ,t. (2001):”non-steroidal anti –inflammatory drugs , disease modify ing antirheumatics drug” ln: basic and clinical p harmacology , 8 th ed. international edition ,lange m edical books, m cgraw-hill ; 596-623. 17-burtis ,c.a. and ashwood , e.r.(1996) tetiz fundamentals of clinical chemistry .”4 th ed, philadelp hia, sunders w.b. 18-fisher ,g.i.; sp itcer ,l.e. and m ckneil, k.l.(1981):serum cop p er and zinc levels in melanoma p atients .cancer ,47 :1838_1843 . 19devlin m . (2006) : "textbook of biochemistry with clinical correlations " 6 th ed. , a john wiley &sons, inc. , usa,1115. 20sudhakar m . , and donald f.k. (2000) : "m icronutrient and trace elements monitoring in adult nut rition sup p ort " ,review: nutrition in clinical p ractice; 15:120-126. 21-berg .j.m .; ty moczko, j.l. and stry er ,l .(2007) “biochemistry ” 5 th ed .free man and comp any ,new york . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (1): glutathi one and ceruloplasmin levels in sera of oa patient and control contr ol n=30 oa patient n=30 p value g sh mm/l mean ± sd 2.50± 0.10 1.58±0.01 <0.05 cp mg/ dl mean ± sd 24.25± 2.35 18.97±3.20 <0.05 table(2): copper and se lenium level in sera of oa patient and control groups control n=30 oa patient n=30 p value cu ppm mean ± sd 0.39± 0.04 0.13±0.01 <0.05 se ppm 0.23 ±0.04 0.17± 0.05 <0.05 cu/cp rat io 0.016 0.006 <0.05 ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد رفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص كلوتاثیون والسیریولوبالزمین وبعض لكیمو حیویة للللمتغیرات ا ةن مقار ةدراس لتھاب المفاصل العقدي مجموعة نساء أصحاء ومریضات با صرالنزرة في مصلاالعن في العراق يالو حیل حمید بشرى بغداد جامعة، الھیثم ابن التربیة كلیة،الكیمیاء قسم -: لخالصھا مــن 30 عـن" مـن مستشــفى بغـداد التعلیمـي فضــالبالتهــاب المفاصـل العقـدي اخــذت ةضـمری 30 ةهـذه الدراســتضـمنت .لمجمـوعتین ا فـي مصـل یـةوقیسـت بعـض المتغیـرات الحیو ، ةسـن 65-35وتراوحت اعمار المجموعتین بین ، األصحاءالنساء السـیریولوبالزمین و إلـىنسـبة النحـاس لسـیریولوبالزمین وبعـض المعـادن النـزرة مثـل النحـاس و االكلوتاثیون و هي لمتغیراتاوكانت . السلینیوم نسـب النحـاس علـى ان و .المجمـوعتین في جمیع المتغیرات في مصل نساء محسوس معنوي إحصائي جمیع النتائج عكست فرق .وان النحاس الحر لم یكن عامًال مهمًا في هذا الضرربسب جهد االكسدة ةسجلضرر االن عزویالسیریولوبالزمین ihjpas ihjpas. 36(2)2023 171 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract the optical fiber sensor based on the surface plasmon resonance (spr) technology has been a successful performance sensing and presents high sensitivity. this thesis investigates the performance of several structure of spr sensor in field of refractive index and chemical applications. a structure of multi-mode fibersingle mode fibermulti mode fiber (mmfsmf-mmf) had been designed and manufactured. the outer diameter of the smf sensing region) had been reduced to (65, 45, and 25) µm. this is achieved using the chemical etching method. then this sensitive area coated with gold layer using magnetron sputtering plasma system. the thickness of the gold layer is (40 nm).in most of the previous research in this field of the line of research: the surface plasmon resonance sensor experiment is conducted using light sources with a wide range of wavelengths. to improve the accuracy of analysis (resolution), helium-neon laser was used as a light source when determining the plasmon resonance wavelength as a function of the index of refraction of chemical solutions. the sensitivity for samples of salt solutions was 140 and 142 (nm/riu) for the two dips of the spectrum and the sensitivity for samples of glucose solutions was 38 and 42 (nm/riu) for the two dips of the spectrum. keywords: chemical optical fiber sensor, chemical etching, single mode optical fiber, laser, surface plasmon resonance. 1. introduction the first studies in optical fiber sensors that adopted surface plasmon resonance were conducted in 1993 by jorgenson and yee[1].fiber-optic sensors have many applications in environmental, communication technology, biological, chemical, and medical fields. this is due to the fact that these sensors are small in size and have high sensitivity for minimal changes in parameters of the samples to be sensed [1,2].the surface plasmon resonance (spr) sensor relies on the fact that the surface of plasmon is stimulated by electromagnetic waves and influenced by doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3002 article history: received 6 october 2022, accepted 24 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq employment the laser to fabricate the surface plasmon resonance sensor tammara jamal mossa department of physics, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. tamara.jamal1204a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq haider y. hammod department of physics, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. haider.y@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:tamara.jamal1204a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:haider.y@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 172 changes in the refractive index of material around the surface of the metal, which is deposited very thin on the optical fiber core, as an alternative to the lower refractive index of the optical fiber core material [3,4,5].this method of optical detection relies on the principle of the interaction between the free electron waves present in metals and the electromagnetic waves falling on them. resonance occurs when the wavelength of the incident light is equal to the wavelength of the oscillation of free electrons. as a result of this reaction, the intensity of the wave reflected off the medium is due to a large portion of its energy being transferred to the deposition layer of the metal [6,7].the most important optical elements that can be used to study these processes are high refractive indices prism, optical gratings, and optical fibers that have become widely used recently. these sensors were widely used in science, education, and industry due to the importance of nondestructive samples, its high sensitivity, and acceptable selectivity. when light is absorbed, the surface plasmon resonance sensor detects resonant electron oscillations across both the metal surface and a dielectric substrate. the advantages of optical fiber sensors are that they are highly sensitive, light in weight, and in small diameter, its exposure to electromagnetic waves is minim [8]. this sensor is usually made of silica fiber and its mode (smf) and multimode (mmf) types, and because of its cost, it has been replaced by a plastic fiber, which is highly flexible and easy to design. in order to create a strong optical fiber surface plasmon resonance, it is crucial to improve its efficiency factors including such sensitivity, signal to noise ratio, etc. (spr). these output properties are mostly influenced by the sensor's geometric layout and a few physical factors, such as the existence of surface treatments and the materials' dielectric continuity. it is claimed that the ideal geometry and the key variables that govern how the sensor interacts are the source of the issue [3]. 2. theoretical concepts there are a number of parameters commonly studied to measure the performance of such sensors, which use optical fibers as a key component in their construction, by comparing the properties of the input light to those of the output light. the first of these variables is sensitivity, which is defined as the ratio between the change in resonance wavelength values and the corresponding change in the index of refraction of ambient matter and contact with metal, according to the following equation [9]. sn = δλres δns -----(1) where (sn)is the sensitivity and (λres) is the resonance wavelength and (ns) is the equivalent change in the index of refraction. the most important variable that we've been looking at is how important it is to use a laser instead of a light. this variable is the resolution of the sensor and can be mathematically defined as the least change in the index of refraction of a material that can be detected by the sensor used. it is given the following relationship [9]. 𝑅 = δns 𝛿𝜆𝑟𝑒𝑠 𝛿𝜆𝐷𝑅 --------(2) where (𝑅)is the resolution (𝛿𝜆𝐷𝑅) is the spectral resolution of the spectrometer ihjpas. 36(2)2023 173 fig [1] the photographic image of spr sensor based on macro bending optical fibers where [1] he: ne laser source, [2] spr macro bending sensor, [3] different solutions, [4] osa with pc. they are arranged. 3. preparing sensor and setup: the main structure of this sensor consists of three types of optical fiber: the central fiber, which is the sensing region of the single mode (smf) type, is associated at the end with another optical fiber, which is multimode (mmf), to control the entry and exit of the light signal. smf fiber with a standard core/cladding diameter (10/125) µm and a suitable length of 3cm.the fiber was stripped and thoroughly cleaned. then the stripped area was immersed in dilute hydrofluoric acid at 40% concentration for 180 seconds to obtain a diameter of 65µm. the fiber is then cleaned again to deactivate the acid and completely stop the chemical reaction by placing the fiber in distilled water for several minutes. the diameter of the outer fiber has been measured using a (nikon eclipse me600) type of optical microscope with a magnification to (100x). to obtain a layer of surface plasmon metal, a previous stripped fiber coating with gold nano particles is done. the most common method used is sputtering to produce a thin film of this material. this method is known as physical vapor deposition (pvd) and occurs in a vacuum of air, where the nano materials are deposited on the surface of the samples by extracting atoms from the material to be deposited and concentrating them on the samples. as for the gold-layer thickness obtained by this method, it was 40 nm by controlling the process of spraying the thickness of the gold layer could be controlled in this work 15 min was the required time to get this thickness. after this stage was completed, this part of the sensor at both ends was linked to an optical fiber of a (mmfs) type by using an optical fiber splicer machine fujikura (fsm-60s japan). with regard to the preparation of the test samples, which are represented by solutions of different concentrations and correspond to different refractive indices. they were made of both salt and sugar. concentrations ranged from (0.05 0.45) moll/l and these refractive indices were measured using a device refractometer ((boeco digital abbe refractometer). for the setup of the experiment, one end of the sensor was delivered to a 632.8 nm helium-neon laser source, and the other end was delivered to an optical spectrum analyzer (osa) (ocean optics usb2000) with range (200-1100) nm. the reaction area of the sensor, smf, is submerged in saline and sugar solutions, alternately to show the effect of changing concentrations on the output signal. the reflection spectrum is directly measured and analyzed for each reflection state of the transmitted signal. figures (1, 2) shows the photographic image at the set up. 1 2 4 3 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 174 4. results and discussion: at this stage, some changes have been made to experiments that are typically conducted in this field, using a laser source instead of a conventional light source and increasing the intensity losses of the light entering the sensor by bending the optical fiber at the sensing zone to improve its performance. 4.1 influence of the fiber bending: to increase the intensity of the light that's involved in the interaction with the surface wave of the metal, the bending of the optical fiber increases the intensity losses of the light that's passing through the optical fiber. when we draw the relationship between intensity and wavelength, for both cases, with and without bending in straight optical fiber and the micro bending fiber, we see that there are multiple dips that represent the intentional losses in intensity that will improve the performance of the sensor. figure (3) shows that. fig [3] the influence of micro bending in transmitting light fig [2] a schematic diagram of the main experimental components and how they are arranged. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 175 4.2 measure the resonance wavelength for nacl solutions: to test the performance of the sensor, saline solutions of different concentrations (corresponding to different refractive indices) were used. when observing the optical spectrum analyzer, the relationship between laser wavelength and the reflectivity of the metal surface was drawn. in the presence of the solutions, the wavelengths of the plasma resonance and for two dips were determined. the sensitivity of the sensor was calculated by using the equation (1) also the resolution of the sensor was calculated using equation (2) for two dips. from tables (1, 2) and figure (4) we can see that there is an improvement in this parameters. table (1) illustrate the values of resonance wavelengths and calculated sensor parameters ri of nacl solution (riu) resonance wavelength (nm) for dip 1 resonance wavelength (nm) for dip2 1.3436 628.467 635.467 1.344 628.485 635.495 1.3445 628.565 635.572 1.3451 628.602 635.612 1.3456 628.681 635.68 1.3461 628.758 635.768 1.3468 628.823 635.833 1.347 628.903 635.901 1.3476 628.983 635.993 1.3481 629.095 636.095 table (2) the sensitivities and spectral resolution of macro bending sproptical fiber immersed into salt solution resonance dip sensitivity (nm/riu) spectral resolution (riu) dip 1 140 7.14 x10-4 dip 2 142 7x10-4 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 176 4.2.1 resonance wavelength as a function of ri based on the previously calculated values listed in two tables (1, 2), the relationship between resonance wavelengths are drawn as a function of the different refractive coefficients of saline for both dips. when looking at these relationships, a direct relationship between the two variables was found, meaning that increasing the refractive index of the saline shifted the resonant wavelength towards the long values (red shift). figures (5) show these relations. 627.5 628.0 628.5 629.0 629.5 630.0 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 (b) dip 1 r e fl e c ta n c e ( r .u .) wavelength (nm) 628 630 632 634 636 638 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 (a) dip 2 dip 1 r e fl e c ta n c e ( r .u .) wavelength (nm) ri=1.3436 riu ri=1.344 riu ri=1.3445 riu ri=1.3451 riu ri=1.3456 riu ri=1.3461 riu ri=1.3468 riu ri=1.347 riu ri=1.3476 riu ri=1.3481 riu fig [4] the relationships between wave length and reflectance recorded by osa in rps for nacl at two dips (a) the all spectrum, (b) zoom spectrum of dip1, and (c) zoom spectrum of dip2. 635.0 635.2 635.4 635.6 635.8 636.0 636.2 636.4 636.6 636.8 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 dip 2 (c) r e fl e c ta n c e ( r .u .) wavelength (nm) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 177 4.3 measure the resonance wavelength for c12h22o11 solutions: in this section of research, the sensor was tested using another chemical compound, and all previous brine steps were repeated. as a first step, the compound was prepared in close concentrations, corresponding to different refractive indices with very little change in values, distinguishing this sensor from the others that detect the smallest changes in the samples being tested. this gives different values for the resonance wavelengths for each corresponding index of refraction. after drawing the relationships between the wavelength of light incident at the reaction area of the sensor and its reflectance from the contact layer between the metal and the chemical solution, the figure (6) were obtained. using the equations (1, 2) and with the help of the figures drawn, the sensitivity and resolution of the sensor can be calculated, as shown in the tables (3, 4). table (3) the values of resonance wavelengths and calculated sensor parameters ri of c12h22o11 solution (riu) resonance wavelength (nm) for dip 1 resonance wavelength (nm) for dip2 1.3454 628.479 635.487 1.3481 628.532 635.535 1.3503 628.591 635.585 1.353 628.695 635.78 1.3553 628.774 635.877 1.358 628.872 635.933 1.3604 628.929 636.001 1.3631 628.992 636.096 1.3654 629.085 636.181 1.3682 629.102 636.232 1.343 1.344 1.345 1.346 1.347 1.348 628.4 628.5 628.6 628.7 628.8 628.9 629.0 629.1 629.2 (a) r e s o n a n c e w a v e le n g th ( n m ) refractive index of nacl solution (riu) measured data for dip 1 linear fitting y= a+ 140 x r=0.99 1.343 1.344 1.345 1.346 1.347 1.348 635.4 635.5 635.6 635.7 635.8 635.9 636.0 636.1 636.2 (b) r e s o n a n c e w a v e le n g th ( n m ) refractive index of nacl solution (riu) measured data for dip 2 linear fitting y= a+ 142 x r=0.99 fig [5] the relationships of ri vs resonance wavelength for nacl at two dips (a) for dip 1, (b) for dip 2 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 178 4.3.1 resonance wavelength as a function of ri a final step in this research is to draw the relationships between the values of resonance wavelengths obtained from the above figures in the tables for both dips here we can also see that there is a direct correlation between the indices of refraction and the wavelength of resonance, which is shown by the linear relationship between the two variables. by looking at the figure (7) table (4) the sensitivities and spectral resolution of macro bending sproptical fiber immersed into glucose solution resonance dip sensitivity (nm/riu) spectral resolution (riu) dip 1 38 2.6x10-4 dip 2 42 2.3x10-4 627.5 628.0 628.5 629.0 629.5 630.0 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 (b) dip 1 r e fl e c ta n c e ( r .u .) wavelength (nm) 635.0 635.2 635.4 635.6 635.8 636.0 636.2 636.4 636.6 636.8 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 dip 2 (c) r e fl e c ta n c e ( r .u .) wavelength (nm) 628 630 632 634 636 638 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 (a) dip 2 dip 1 r e fl e c ta n c e ( r .u .) wavelength (nm) ri=1.3454 riu ri=1.3481 riu ri=1.3503 riu ri=1.353 riu ri=1.3553 riu ri=1.358 riu ri=1.3604 riu ri=1.3631 riu ri=1.3654 riu ri=1.3682 riu fig [6] the relationships between wave length and reflectance recorded by osa in rps for c12h22o11 at two dips (a) the all spectrum, (b) zoom spectrum of dip 1, and (c) zoom spectrum of dip2. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 179 below, we can see that there is a clear sense of the least change in refractive index that is reflected in the corresponding values of change in resonance wavelengths. 5. conclusions in examining the results of this research, we can conclude that:  surface plasmon is very efficient in sensitizing different chemicals with very different refractive indices, even very small differences.  when laser was used as a light source instead of the traditional light sources produces good results in resolution and sensitivity, as evidenced by the appearance of two distinct dips of plasmon resonance wavelengths.  adding micro bending to the optical fiber leads to a deliberate increase in the loss of light in the reaction area, thereby improving the performance of the sensor. references 1. wang, s.; li, s. surface plasmon resonance sensor based on symmetrical side-polished dual-core photonic crystal fiber. opt. fiber techno, 2019, 51, 96-100. 2. jassam, g.m.; alâ, s.s.; sultan, m.f. fabrication of a chemical sensor based on surface plasmon resonance via plastic optical fiber. iraqi journal of science, 2020, 61, 765-771. 3. yasser, n.; ali, n.a.; sulaiman, l.h. the polymer optical fiber sensor side-pumped with polymer clad doped lasing compounds. iraqi journal of science, 2018, 59, 294-298. 4. mescia, l.; prudenzano, f. advances on optical fber sensors. fibers, 2014, 2, 1, 1-23. 1.345 1.350 1.355 1.360 1.365 1.370 635.4 635.5 635.6 635.7 635.8 635.9 636.0 636.1 636.2 636.3 (b) r e s o n a n c e w a v e le n g th ( n m ) refractive index of c 12 h 22 o 11 solution (riu) measured data for dip 2 linear fitting y= a+ 42 x r=0.99 1.345 1.350 1.355 1.360 1.365 1.370 628.4 628.5 628.6 628.7 628.8 628.9 629.0 629.1 629.2 (a) r e s o n a n c e w a v e le n g th ( n m ) refractive index of c 12 h 22 o 11 solution (riu) measured data for dip 1 linear fitting y= a+ 38 x r=0.99 fig [7] the relationships of ri vs resonance wavelength for c12h 22o11 at two dips (a) for dip1, (b) for dip2 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 180 5. sultan, m.f.; al-zuky, a.a.; kadhim, s.a.; al-saleh, a.h. performance parameters evaluation of surface plasmon resonance based fiber optic sensor with different bilayer metals: theoretical study, al-mustansiriyah journal of science, 2018; 29, 1, 195-203. 6. duan, q.; liu, y.; chang, s.; chen, h.; chen, j.h. surface plasmonic sensors: sensing mechanism and recent applications, sensors. 2021, 21, 16, 5262-30. 7. gao, m.; yang, w.; wang, z.; lin, s.; zhu, j.; yang, z. plasmonic resonance-linewidth shrinkage to boost biosensing. photonics res, 2020, 8, 7, 1226-1235. 8. lee, s.; song, h.; ahn, h.; kim, s.; choi, jr.; kim, k. fiber-optic localized surface plasmon resonance sensors based on nano materials. sensors. 2021, 21, 3, 819. 9. sultan, m.f.; al-zuky, a.a.; kadhim, s.a. surface plasmon resonance based fiber optic sensor: theoretical simulation and experimental realization. al-nahrain journal of science, 2018, 21, 1, 65-70 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 proposed steganography method based on dct coefficients a.a.al-saffar departme nt of computer science, college of educationibn alhaitham,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 26, april , 2011 accepte d in : 20, september, 2011 abstract in this p aper an algorithm for steganography using dct for cover image and dwt for hidden image with an embedding order key is p rop osed. for more security and complexity the cover image convert from rgb to yiq, y p lane is used and divided into four equally p arts and then converted to dct domain. the four coefficient of the dwt of the hidden image are embedded into each p art of cover dct , the embedding order based on the order key of which is st ored with cover in a database table in both the sender and receiver sender. exp erimental results show that the p rop osed algorithm gets successful hiding information into the cover image. we use m icrosoft office access 2003 database as dbm s, the hiding, extracting algorithms were imp lemented using m alab r2009a. keywords:steganography , dct ,dwt,rgb,yiq,database introduction since the rise of the internet is one of the most imp ortant factors of information technology and communication has been the security of information unfortunately it is sometimes not enough to keep the contents of a message secret, it may also be necessary to keep the existence of the message secret. the technique used to imp lement this, is called steganography .[1] steganography is the art of hiding data within data [2], aims at sending a message through a cover-medium, in an undetectable way . undetectable means that nobody , excep t the intended receiver of the message, should be able to tell if the medium is carry ing a message or not [3]. it s t echniques allow the communication between two p ersons t o be hidden not only the contents but also the existence of the communication in the eyes of any observer. these techniques use a second p erceptible message, with meaning disjoined by the secret message. this second message works as a “trojan horse” and is a container of the first one. [4] the goal of steganography is to avoid drawing susp icion to the transmission of a hidden message. if susp icion is raised, then this goal is defeated. [5] m ost steganography jobs have been carried out on different storage cover media like text, image, audio or video. [2] hiding the subjects with steganographic techniques involves the sp atial and frequency domains of these cover images. in the sp atial domain app roach, the secret message is embedded directly into the p ixels of the cover images. least significant bit (lsb)-based hiding st rategies are the most commonly used in this ap p roach [5,6]. in addition to lsb-based hiding strategies, several schemes that use different st rategies to hide secret messages in the sp atial domain of cover images have been p rop osed in the p ast decade. transform domain methods hides messages in significant areas of cover image which makes them robust against various image p rocessing op erations like comp ression, enhancement etc. m any transform domain methods exist. the widely used transformation functions include discrete cosine transformation (dct ), fast fourier transform (fft), and wavelet transformation. the basic app roach to hiding information with dct , fft or wavelet is t o transform the cover ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 image, tweak the coefficients, and then invert the transformation. if the choice of coefficients is good and the size of the changes manageable, then the result is p rett y close to the original [7,8]. the p rop osed method work in frequency domain using dct at cover message and 2ddwt at the hidden message to generate a stego-image with a key embedded order. not e that the secret messages are embedded in the cover with different ordered key s for in each coverhidden image to achieve more secure so t he cover image with the key order must be known in both sender and receiver side we consider a database with many cover images and key s. yiq color model we use the color model to represent the color information of digital images. since we need three p arameters to represent a color, those color models must be with a three dimensional format. the models use some mathematical functions to represent a p oint p osition (in the three dimensional sp ace) that is assigned to a color. the yiq color model is designed to refer to the characterist ics of the human's visual sy st em. in the human's visual sy st em, p eople are more sensitive to the lightness comp onent than the hue component. so, the yiq color model is set to sep arate colors into luminance (y) and hue (i and q). the relationship between yiq and rgb is exp ressed as: [9] -----------(1)                                 b g r q i y 311.0523.0212.0 321.0275.0596.0 114.0587.0299.0 the inverse transformation matrix that converts yiq t o rgb is: [10]                                 q i y b g r 7064.11070.11 6474.02721.01 6210.09563.01 ------------(2) di screte cosine transformation (dct) image transforms are very imp ortant in digital p rocessing they allow to accomp lish less with more. for examp le the fourier transform may be used to effectively comp ute convolutions of images or the discrete cosine transform may be used to significantly decrease sp ace occupied by images without noticeable quality loss [11]. the dct transforms a signal or image from the sp atial domain to the frequency domain. it sep arates the image into p arts (or sp ectral sub-bands) of differing imp ortance (with resp ect to the image visual quality ). it can sep arate the image into high, m iddle and low frequency comp onents [5]. the two-di mensi onal (2d-dct) the 2-d dct is a direct extension of the 1-d case, and is given by the equation (3) -----(3) for u,v = 0,1,2,…,n −1 and α(u) and α(v) are defined as equation (4) ----------(4) the inverse transform is defined as equation (5)                      n vy n ux yxfvauavuc n x n y 2 )12( cos 2 )12( cos),()()(),( 1 0 1 0            0 2 0 1 )( ufor n ufor n ua ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011                    n vy n ux vucvauayxf n ou n v 2 )12( cos 2 )12( cos),()()(),( 1 1 0  --------(5) for x,y = 0,1,2,…,n −1. the 2-d basis functions can be generated by multiplying the horizont ally oriented 1-d basis functions with vertically oriented set of the same functions [12]. di screte wavelet transformation (dwt) wavelet domain techniques are becoming very p op ular because of the developments in the wavelet st ream in the recent y ears. two-dimensional signals, such as images, are transformed using the two-dimensional dwt. the two-dimensional dwt op erates in a similar manner, with only slight variations from the one-dimensional transform. given a twodimensional array of samples, the rows of the array are p rocessed first with only one level of decomposition. this essentially divides the array into two vertical halves, with the first half st oring the average coefficients, while the second vertical half st ores the detail coefficients. this p rocess is repeated again with the columns, resulting in four sub bands within the array defined by filter outp ut. these st eps result in four classes of coefficients: the (hh) coefficients represent diagonal features of the image, whereas (hl and lh) reflect vertical and horizontal information. at the coarsest level, we also keep low p ass coefficients (ll). since the discrete wavelet transform allows indep endent p rocessing of the resulting comp onents without significant p erceptible interaction between them, hence it is exp ected to make the p rocess of imp erceptible embedding more effective [3,13]. this research app lies wavelet t ransform by using haar wavelet. t he haar wavelet is the simp lest wavelet, the haar wavelet mother wavelet function ψ(t ) can be described as [11]         otherwise t t t 0 11 01 )( 21 2 1  ------------(6) its scaling function φ(t) can be described as      otherwise t t 0 101 )( ------------(7) proposed algorithm in this section we p rop ose an algorithm for information hiding using dct for covering image and dwt for hidden image. both the sender and the receiver have database which contained different cover images and there random embedded keys. algorithms for hiding procedure for more security and complexity we st art by converting the cover image from rgb to yiq for t he prop ose algorithm use the y p lan only, divided it into four equal (n×n) p arts compute the dct for each part of y p lan because we use only y p lan only we covert the hiding image to gray level perform dwt on t he hiding image. extract app roximation coeff icients matrix hh, hl, ll, lh of the hiding image, embed each part of t he coefficient into dct cover image parts. embeddin g ord er process on each part dep ending on the generated key that been extract from the database ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 app ly the inverse dct finish by returning to the original cover image color model; convert yiq t o rgb t o form the st ego image. algorithms for extraction procedure start by converting from rgb to yiq divide the y p lan into four equal n×n p arts compute the dct coefficient for each part reorder the coefficient by using the key embedded order compute inverse dwt to each extraction part combine the four p arts to have the hidden image experime ntal re sults we app lied the prop osed algorithm to many cover images with different sizes, all the cover images and there order keys are derived from database. the cover image, as shown in fig(1-a), is converted from rgb to yiq, the y p lan divided into four equal (n×n) p arts, then computing the dct for each part. t he hidden images fig(1b) transform using haar discrete wavelet the four coefficients (hh, hl, ll, lh) as in fig(1-c) are embedded into dct coefficient of the cover by the order key (we use 32 key order numbers), convert back to rgb to derive the stego image as show in fig(1-d). fig(2-a,2-b,2c,2-d) and fig(3-a,3-b,3-c,3-d) show other cover, hidden, dwt for hidden and stego-images. the psnr measures the quality of the image by comp aring the original image or cover image with the st ego-image, i.e. it measures the p ercentage of the st ego data to the image p ercentage. the psnr is used to evaluate the quality of the st ego-image after embedding the secret message in the cover. the psnr is computed using the following formulae: mse psnr 2 10 255 log10 db (decibel) ----------(8) where squared error (m se) of the st ego image as follows:        n j n i ijsijc nn mse 1 2 12 )()( 1 ----------(9) where c(i,j) is the cover image that contains n by n p ixels and s(i,j) is the stego image. [8] the quality of st ego-image should be accep table by human eyes. the larger psnr indicates the higher image quality i.e. there is only little difference between the cover-image and the st ego-image. on the other hand, a smaller psnr means there is huge distortion between the cover-image and the st ego-image from table (1); it is observed that for all images, psnr is greater than 50. conclusion dct is a widely used mechanism for frequency transformation. in this p aper, we p rop osed an algorithm using dct on the cover image and dwt on hidden message. using only y p lan the algorithm hide gray message but we can increase the amount of the hidden p ayload to hide color message by app lying the same algorithm and using y, i, q p lans. this algorithm gives more security to the sent data by using an embedding key order because if statist ical tests can reveal that an image has been modified by st eganography and knowing the algorithm for embedding the message they also need to know the order of ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 embedding to extract the message, we use a database table to hold the cover and its corresp onding order key so t he database will have two fields and it will be in both sides t he sender and receiver, app lying the algorithm to another big sy st em if there is a server to send for more than one receiver then we need to know which cover to use for each receiver another field (the receiver id) will be added to the database. re ference 1.m orkel,t. ; eloff ,j.h.p.and olivier , m .s. (2005). annual information security south africa conference, an overview of image steganography . fifth conference, published electronically 2. cole, e. (2003). hiding in p lain sight steganopraphy and the art of covert communication. wiley publishing, indianapolis. fax (317) 5724447, e-mail:p ermcoordinator@wiley.com 3. font aine, c. and galand, f. (2009), eurasip journal on information security . how reed-solomon codes can imp rove steganographic schemes. 2009.8-17 4. m ohamed,i. ; m ohamed,i. m . ; salah d. and fatma,h. (2007),ubicc journal sp ecial conference. wavelet data hiding using achterbahn 128 on fpga technology . ike'07 5. rafferty ,c. (2005), m sc comms sys t heory. steganography & steganalysis of images 6. raja, k. b. ; chowdary,c. r. ; venugop al,k. r. and patnaik.l. m . (2005), intelligent sensing and information processing . a secure steganography using lsb, dct and compression techniqueson raw images. third international conference (icisip), 171-176 7. chia-chen, l.and pei-feng. s. (2010), journal of software. dct -based reversible data hiding scheme. 5, 2 8. bhatt acharyy a, s. and sanyal,g.( 2010), inter. j. of electrical & computer data hiding in images in discrete wavelet domain using pm m .5, 6 9. wen, c. and hun-m ing, c. (2004), forensic science journal. color image m odels and its ap p lications to document examination. 3:23-32 10. buchsbaum,h. (1975), color tv servicing, third edition, prentice-hall,englewood cliffs. 11. sumbera dr. taylor,j. (2001), m soe final project ,wavelet transform using haar wavelets. 12.ali khay am ,s. (2003), m ichigan state university ,the discrete cosine transform(dct):theory and ap p lication. seminar 13. jonathan,b. (2001), m s. electrical engineering-virginia poly technic inst itut e and state university . an fpga-based run-time reconfigurable 2-d discrete wavelet transform core table (1): the ps nr & ms e ms e ps nr size image 0.1557 56.207 1024 512 landscape/cover kittens/hidden 0.1659 55.932 700 300 vegetables/ cover cat/ hidden 0.2542 54.079 512 128 skater on ice/ cover app etizer/ hidden ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig(1-b): hidden i mage fig(1-a) cover image fig (1-c) dwt for hidden image fig (1-d) s tegoimage hidden fig ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig. (2-b): hidden i mage fig. (2-a): cover image fig. (2-c) :dwt for the hi dden i mages fig. (2-d): s tego-images ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig. (3-b): hidden i mage fig. (3-a): cover images fig. (3-c): wdt for the hi dden i mage fig. (3-d): ste go-imag 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الىطریقة مقترحة لالخفاء استنادا تحویل الجیب تمام معامالت آمنة عبد الرزاق الصفار جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم علوم الحاسبات 2011نیسان ، ، 26: استلم البحث في 2011،ایلول ، 20: في قبل البحث الخالصة والتحویــل ) (dctوجـد خوارزمیـة مقترحــة لالخفـاء باسـتخدام محــول جیـب التمـام للصــورة الغطـاء تفـي هـذه البحــث ولمزید من التعقید واالمنیة صورة الغطـاء تحـول مـن . للصورة المخفیة مع مفتاح من أجل ترتیب التضمین )(dwtالمویجي ( قسـم إلـى أربـع اجـزاء متسـاویة أسـتخدم و y الجـزء) . yiq(نمـوذج اللـوني إلـى اال) ازرق، اخضـر، احمـر(للـوني نمـوذج ااال nxn ( االجـزاء االربعـة الناتجـة مـن محـول التحویـل المـویجي علـى صـورة االخفـاء . محول الجیب التمام على كل جزء طبق علـى مفتــاح "نـاءعملیـة التضـمین تـتم ب، مـام لصـورة الغطـاءتـم تضـمینها فـي كـل جـزء مـن االجـزاء االربعـة لمحـول جیــب الت اظهــرت النتــائج . تسلسـلي الــذي یـتم خزنــه مـع صــورة الغطـاء فــي جــدول لقاعـدة البیانــات فـي كــال الجـانبین للمرســل والمتلقـي microsoftقاعــدة البیانـات عملتاسـت .النهائیـة ان الخوارزمیـة المقترحــة نجحـت فـي إخفــاء المعلومـات فـي صــورة الغطـاء access 2003 عمالنامج االخفاء واالسترجاع باستبر نّفدالدارة قواعد البیانات و "امدیر malab 2009a. قواعد البیاناتyiq,rgb, ،التحویل المویجي، محول الجیب تمام، اخفاء المعلومات: الكلمات المفتاحیة        n vy 2 )12( the effect of aqueous extract and essential oils of the leaves of eucalyptus incrassate on βlactam resistant staphylococcus aureus ehab d. salman dept. of biotechnology/ college of science / university of baghdad. abbas j. h. al-saedi amel gh. m. al-kazzaz suhad s. yahya dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al –haitham) / university of baghdad. received in : 23 september 2013 , accepted in : 19 february 2014 abstract according to the extraction procedure , eucalyptus incrassata leave sample yielded 5% and 2% w/w(based on dry leaves ) of the aqueous extract and essential oils respectively. disk diffusion method was used to determine the antimicrobial activity of aqueous extract and essential oils of e . incrassata leaves against eight isolates of multidrugresistant of staphylococcus aureus ( s. aureus) . it was found that aqueous extract and essential oils have variable antimicrobial activity(the inhibition zone diameter ranged from 7 to 14 mm respectively ) , while essential oils showed more effect than aqueous extract . it was noticed that values of minimal inhibitory concentration ( mic ) for aqueous extract is different from mic of essential oils and these values were ranged from12.5 to 75mg/ml . it was also found that isolates collected from wound infections showed high resistance against aqueous extract and essential oils with mic ranged from 50-75mg/ml, these variation in the mic are probably due to some virulence factors which have a unique genetic determinant . the results indicated that the potential usefulness of the aqueous extract and essential oils of eucalyptus incrassata as an antimicrobial agent can be used in the treatment of multidrugresistant s. aureus infectious . key words: eucalyptus incrassate , staphylococcus aureus , βlactam , aqueous extract , essential oils . 76 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction staphylococcus aureus ( s. aureus) is a gram positive spherical bacterium that colonizes mainly the nasal passages. it causes a serious infections in human such as pneumonia, mastitis, meningitis ,urinary tract infections, osteomyelitis and endocarditis. s. aureus is a major cause of hospital acquired (nosocomial) infection of surgical wound [1,2,3] . these infections can lead to substantial morbidity and mortality, as well as high healthcare costs[4]. this situation has been exacerbated by the rising incidence of strains that are less susceptible to a variety of antibiotics, making treatment of these infections more difficult [5,6]. multidrug-resistant s. aureus cause major problem in clinical human healthcare . this problem is related to the increasing consumption and misuse of antibiotics [7]. it was reported in many studies that antibiotic abuse in treatment of s. aureus infection is the main cause of multidrug-resistant of this bacterium [6,7]. during the past four decades, resistance of s. aureus has continued to develop, with decreasing susceptibility to first-line agents such as penicillin, amoxicillin ,oxacillin , and this was followed by rapid spread appearance of methicillin resistant of s. aureus (mrsa) strains[4,8] .it was found that frequency resistance of s. aureus to β-lactam is increased worldwide, as strains of bacteria that produce βlactomase have become more common[9,10] . these beta-lactamase enzymes make many, if not all, of the penicillins and cephalosporins ineffective as therapy[10,11] . as a result, for the reasons mentioned in the above , the necessitated need to search for new sources of antimicrobial agents, and among the potential sources of the new agents are the medicinal plants, which have been considered as alternative source for antimicrobial drugs[12]. the medicinal plants are known to contain substances that can be used for therapeutic purposes or as precursors for the synthesis of useful drugs [13]. one of the most important ethnomedicinal plant is eucalyptus camaldulensis which belongs to the family of myrtaceae. it is used as a remedy for sore throat and other bacterial infection of the respiratory and urinary tracts[3].it was reported in many studies [12,14] that the leaves of the eucalyptus camaldulensis contain essential oil which is used as an antiseptic and have efficiency in killing bacteria. it was also found[14,15] that the phytochemical analysis of the crude extract of the leaves revealed the presence of saponin, saponin glycosides, steroid, cardiac glycoside, tannins, volatile oils, phenols and balsam (gum) , and this extract have the ability to inhibit the growth of s. aureus . the main objective of this study is to examine the effect of the crude extracts of the leaves of e. camaldulensis on βlactam resistant s. aureus . materials and method collection of plant materials the leaves of eucalyptus incrassate (e. incraaaata ) was collected from the garden of college of education for pure science / ibn al –haitham and other region of baghdad city in april, 2012. the plant was classified at the department of biology, college of education for pure science / ibn al -haitham . dry matter percentage was determined in the leaves . preparation of plant materials and extract the green leaves were picked from stem and dried at 40 ˚c over a period of four days, the dried leaves were milled using an electric grinder and samples were taken to determine the dry matter percentage. the aqueous solution of leaves was prepared according to [16] and the extraction of essential oils from the leaves was performed by hydrodistillation in a clevenger type apparatus and according to[17]. a stock of 10% (w/v) concentration for aqueous extract and essential oils were prepared according [16]. 77 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 bacterial isolates: eight local isolates of s. aureus were marked (st1-st8) as shown in table( 1) . all isolates were maintained in screw-caped universal tubes containing nutrient agar(acumedia,u.s.a.) and store at 4οc. antibiotic susceptibility testing: disk diffusion method was used as described by [18] sterilized filter papers discs (6 mm diameter) with concentration 2.5mg/disc from each of aqueous extract and essential oils were used . five antibiotic disks were used ( table 2) to detect antibiotic susceptibility of eight isolates of s. aureus . the plates cultures were observed after 18h of incubation at 35 οc . all tests were performed in duplicate and results recorded as mean values. the zones of growth inhibition were measured in mm and interpreted as sensitive or intermediate or resistant according to[19]. minimal inhibitory concentration (mic) test: the mic of aqueous extract and essential oils against eight resistant of s.aureus were determined by an agar dilution method according to[20] .the final concentration for each of aqueous extract and essential oils in the medium were 12.5,25 ,50,75 and 100 mg/ml .the plates cultures were incubated at 35 οc for 18 h and the mic was defined as the lowest concentration for each of aqueous extract and essential oil inhibiting the visible growth. all determinations were performed in duplicate and results recorded as mean values. growth control consisting of muller hinton agar was included. results and discussion a re-test was carried out by using mannitol salt ager as a selective and differential medium for staphylococcus aureus . it was found that all isolates, which were used in this study displayed a positive reaction and that mean that the mannitol positive isolates were staphylococcus aureus [21 ].another test was conducted to confirm a susceptibility of isolates under investigation toward five types of antibiotics which belong to βlactam group .the result showed that all isolates displayed multidrug-resistant toward these types of antibiotics (table 3) . extraction procedures yielded 5% and 2% w/w(based on dry leaves ) of the aqueous extract and essential oils respectively, the color of the aqueous extract was brown and have a sticky texture with unique smell. the antimicrobial activity of the aqueous extract and essential oils was assayed against eight isolates of s. aureus . it was found that aqueous extract and essential oils have different antimicrobial activity (the values of inhibition zone range from 714 mm) on multidrugresistant s. aureus isolates (table 4 ) . these differences in the level of resistance are probably due to several factors, including isolation source, genetic determinants and some virulence factor like biofilm formation [ 22,23,24]. the results of mic for aqueous extract and essential oils of e . incrassata leaves are listed in table( 5). these results revealed that mic for essential oils was less than aqueous extract which means that all isolates were more sensitive toward essential oils compared with aqueous extract. the variation in antimicrobial activity of aqueous extract and essential oils may be due to several factors including chemical constituents of the extract, drying method of the plant material, and extraction procedures(25,26,27). it was noticed that the isolates st5 and st6, which were isolated from wounds infection displayed more resistance to aqueous extract and essential oils of e . incrassata leaves compared with other isolates, where the values of mic for these isolates ranged from 50-75mg/ml, these variations in the mic are probably due to some virulence factors and unique genetic determinants [22, 24]. in conclusion, the aqueous extract and essential oils obtained from e . incrassata leaves have potential as antimicrobial agents in the treatment of infectious multidrug-resistant s. aureus . further investigations of the active components of the plant for the exact mechanism of action and synergistic interaction of plant extracts with some type of antibiotics ,will contribute to the development of new pharmaceuticals. 78 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 references 1. oliveira, d.; thomasz, a. and delencastre, h. (2001). the evolution of pandemic clones of methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus: identification of two ancestral genetic backgrounds and the associated mec elements. microbial drug resistance. 7:49-61. 2. robinson, d. a. and enright, m. c. (2003). evolutionary models of the emergence of methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus. antimicrobial agents chemotherapy 47: 3926-3934. 3. musa, d. a.; nwodo, f. o.c. and ojogbane, e.(2011). phytochemical, antibacterial and toxicity studies of the aqueous extract of euclayptus camaldulensis dehnh. asian journal of plant science and research. 1 (3) : 1-10 4. diekema dj; pfaller ma and schmitz fj.( 2001). survey of infections due to staphylococcus species: frequency of occurrence and antimicrobial susceptibility of isolates collected in the united states, canada, latin america, europe, and the western pacific region for the sentry antimicrobial surveillance program, 1997–1999. clin infect dis. 32(2): 114–132. 5. khan, f., shukla, i. and rivzi, m.(2011). the role of non-β-lactam antimicrobials and screening for vancomycin resistance in methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus. mal. j. of microbio.. 7(2). 66-70. 6. layton, m. c.; hierholzer, w. j. and patterson, j. e. (1995). the evolving epidemiology of methicillin resisitant staphylococcus aureus at a university hospital. infection control and hospital epidemiology. 16: 12-17. 7. world health organization. global strategy for containment of antimicrobial resistance. http://www.who.int/ rugresistance/en/who_global_strategy_english.pdf. 8. woodford n.(2005). biological counterstrike: antibiotic resistance mechanisms of grampositive cocci. clin microbiol infect. 11(3): 2–21. 9. lowy, fd.(2003) antimicrobial resistance: the example of staphylococcus aureus. j. clin. invest. 111: 1265–1273. 10. onanuga, a.; oyi, a. r., olayinka, b.o. and onaolapo, j. a.(2005). prevalence of community-associated multi-resistant staphylococcus aureus among healthy women in abuja, nigeria. afr. j. biotechnol.4(9):942-945. 11. olayinka, bo.; olonitola, os; olayinka, at. and raji, b. (2004). antibiotic susceptibility pattern and multiple antibiotic resistance index of staphylococcus aureus isolates in zaria, nigeria. j. trop. biosci. 4: 51-54. 12. ghalem, b. r. and mohamed b. (2008). antibacterial activity of leaf essential oils of eucalyptusglobulus and eucalyptus camaldulensis. african journal of pharmacy and pharmacology.2(10):211-215. 13. cowan, mm. (1999). plant products as antimicrobial agents. clin.microbiol. rev. 12: 564-582 . 14. mehani, m, and ladjel, s.(2012). antimicrobial effect of essential oils of the plant eucalyptus camaldulensis on some pathogenic bacteria. international journal of environmental science and development.3(2):86-88. 15. jouk,m. and kazaei,n.(2010). the antimicrobial activities of methanolic extracts of eucalyptus camaldulensis against bacillus subtilis, staphylococcus aureus and escherichia coli . journal of research in agricultural science . 6: 6367. 16. al-sammaraiae,t.s.m.(2011).evaluation of the aqueous and alcoholic extract and essential oil of the leaves of euclayptus camaldulensis toward some biological properties of saprolegnia hypogyna and saprolegnia ferax .msc.thesis. baghdad university college of education ibn alhaitham. baghdad-iraq.(in arabic). 17. bankole, s. a. and joda, a.o. (2004) . effect of lemon grass( cypbopogon citrates staff ) powder and essential oil on mould deterioration and aflatoxin contamination of melon seed ( colocynthis citrullus l.). african journal of biotechnology.3(1):52-59. 79 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 18. bauer, a. w.; kirby, w. m. m; sherris, j. c.; and turck, m. (1966) .antibiotic susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method. am. j. clin. pathol. 45(4): 493496. 19. national committee for clinical laboratory standards (nccls).(2002). performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing; twelfth informational supplement. vol. 22(1). 20. morello, j.a.; mizer, h.e. and granato, p.a. (2006) .laboratory manual and workbook in microbiology. 8th ed. mcgraw – hill companies, new york. 21. gerhardt, p.; murray, r. g. e.; wood, w. a. and krieg , n. r.( 1981). methods for general and molecular bacteriology. asm press, washington, d.c. 22. frana, t.s.; beahm, a.r.; hanson, b.m.; kinyon, j.m.; layman, l.l.; karriker, l., a., ramirez, a., and smith, t. c. (2013). isolation and characterization of methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus from pork farms and visiting veterinary students. plos one 8(1): e53738. 23. lowy f.d.( 2003 ) antimicrobial resistance: the example of staphylococcus aureus. j. clin. invest. 111: 1265–1273. 24. otto, m.(2008).staphylococcal biofilms. curr top microbiol immunol. 322: 207–228. 25. coppen, j. w. (2002). eucalyptus the genus eucalyptus, taylor and francis inc., london and new york. 26. suhr, k. i. and nielsen, p. v. (2003). antifungal activity of essential oils evaluated by two different application techniques against rye bread spoilage fungi, j. appl. microbiol. 94: 665-674. 27. siramon, p.; ohtani,y. and ichiura, h.(2013). chemical composition and antifungal property of eucalyptus camaldulensis leaf oils from thailand. rec. nat. prod. 7(1) : 49-53. table no. ( 1) . staphylococcus aureus isolates and sources bacterial isolates sources and characteristics reference st1 st2 st3 st4 st5 st6 st7 st8 isolated from sputum patients. resistance to penicillin g , oxacillin, cephalothin. isolated from wounds infection. resistance to penicillin g, oxacillin, cephalothin. isolated from gastrointestinal disorder patients. resistance to penicillin g , oxacillin, cephalothin. biotechnology department-college of science – baghdad university. table no. ( 2). types of antibiotics disks and sources of production antibiotic disk symbol disk content / di k company (o i i ) penicillin g pg 10 bioanalyse (turke) ampicillin am 10 oxacillin ox 1 cephalothin kf 30 cefotaxime ctx 30 80 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table no. ( 3). antibiogram results of s. aureus isolates antibiotic * inhibition zone diameter( mm ) st1 st2 st3 st4 st5 st6 st7 st8 penicillin g ampicillin oxacillin cephalothin cefatoxime 15 10 7 11 13 17 8 8 10 11 14 8 7 11 11 17 10 7 10 12 10 7 7 9 10 12 8 6 8 8 18 10 9 12 12 16 10 8 10 11 * according to [20], the inhibition zone diameter for all isolates revealed that these isolates are resistant toward all these type of antibiotics. table no. ( 4). disc diffusion test for aqueous solution and essential oils of e . incrassata leaves. extracts inhibition zone diameter( mm ) st1 st2 st3 st4 st5 st6 st7 st8 aqueous extract 12 11 12 12 8 7 10 11 essential oils 14 12 13 14 9 8 11 11 table no. (5). minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) of s. aureus for aqueous extract and essential oils of e . incrassata leaves. extracts mic ( mg/ml ) st1 st2 st3 st4 st5 st6 st7 st8 aqueous extract 25.00 50.00 25.00 25.00 75.00 75.00 50.00 50.00 essential oils 12.500 25.00 12.50 12.5 50.00 75.00 25.00 25.00 81 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 eucalyptus الطیارة ألوراق الیوكالبتوستأثیر المستخلص المائي والزیوت incrassate الذھبیة ةالمكورات العنقودی فيstaphylococcus aureus لمجموعة مضادات بیتا الكتام المتعددة المقاومة ایھاب داود سلمان قسم التقنیات األحیائیة / كلیة العلوم / جامعة بغداد. باس جاسم حسین الساعديع زازالق محمودأمل غانم سھاد سعد یحیى جامعة بغداد / )بن الھیثمإ( لعلوم الصرفةالتربیة لكلیة / قسم علوم الحیاة 19/2/2014، قبل البحث في : 23/9/2013استلم البحث في : الخالصة لألوراق) لكل منس المادة الجافة % ( على أسا2، 5أعتمادا على طریقة األستخالص ، تم الحصول على . eucalyptus incrassataالمستخلص المائي والزیوت الطیارة من أوراق نبات الیوكالبتوس ثمانیة عزل خلص المائي والزیوت الطیارة أتجاه أستعملت طریقة األقراص المنتشرة للتحري عن الفاعلیة المیكروبیة للمست كورا ت العنقودیات الذھبیة ذات المقاومة المتعددة لمجموعة البیتا الكتام . لقد وجد أن لكل من المستخلص المائي ممن ال ملم ) ، وقد أظھرت الزیوت الطیارة أكثر فعالیة 14 -7( تراوح قطر التثبیط من جرثومي مختلف تأثیر والزیوت الطیارة من المستخلص المائي . 75 -12.5قیم التراوحت ھذه ذ، إم التركیز المثبط األدنى لكل من الزیوت الطیارة والمستخلص المائي لوحظ تباین قی كما الجروح لكل منھما على التوالي . كما أظھرت النتائج المقاومة العالیة لعزالت البكتریا المعزولة من التھابات ملیلترملغم/ لكل منھما یلترملغم /مل 7550تراوحت قیمة التركیز المثبط األدنى تجاه كل من الزیوت الطیارة والمستخلص المائي ، وإ وعلى التوالي . ستفادة من المستخلص المائي والزیوت الطیارة ألوراق الیوكالبتوس لعالج األصابات یر النتائج أعاله الى أمكانیة اإلتش الذھبیة . ةكورات العنقودیمالناتجة من بكتریا ال م ،المستخلص المائي ، الزیوت االمفتاحیة : الیوكالبتوس ، المكورات العنقودیة الذھبیة ، مجموعة البیتا الكتالكلمات الطیارة 82 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 17062012124755_005 17062012124755_006 17062012124755_007 17062012124900 17062012124900_001 17062012124900_002 17062012124900_003 17062012124900_004 17062012124900_005 17062012124900_006 17062012124900_007 17062012124900_008 17062012124900_009 17062012124900_010 microsoft word 104-114 physics | 104 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 simulation study of sputtering yield of zn target bombarded by xenon ions samira a. ebrahiem firas m. hady mustafa k. jassim huda m. tawfeek dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al – haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 7/april/2016,accepted in 28/june/2016 abstract using a reduction of trim simulation data, the sputtering yield behaviour of zinc target bombard by heavy xenon ions plasma is studied. the sputtering yield as a function of zinc layer width, xenon ion number, energy of ions, and the angle of ion incidence are calculated and illustrated graphically. the corresponding energy loss due to ionization, vacancies and phonons, are graphically shown and discussed. further, we fit the calculations and expressions for fitted curves are presented with its coefficients. keywords: trim program, sputtering yield, xenon ions, zinc physics | 105 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 introduction the sputtering, which is caused by the interaction of incident ions with target surface atoms, was first observed in middle of the nineteenth century [1]. the sputtering is defined as the physical removal of material from the surface by incident energetic particle bombardment. the physical sputtering is driven by mechanism of momentum exchange between the ions and atoms in the material due to collisions [2]. quantitatively the sputtering is measured by the sputtering yield produced by the mean number of atoms removed per incident particle. both the properties of target and the bombard ion are closed related to the sputtering process. sputtering or sometimes called erosion of target surface material takes place as the fast particles bombard a surface material [3]. the incident ions establish cascades collision in the target. when the cascades recoil arrive the surface, an atom can be ejected. this takes place when the incident ions have energy above the surface binding energy of the target. the sputtering phenomenon is regarded as undesired side effect such as in the tokamak. on the other hand, sputtering now has been widely developed and used at large for surface cleaning and etching, surface and surface layer analysis, thin film deposition [4]. in this work we adapted trim (transport of ions in matter) program for calculations. trim is based on monte carlo simulation method, specifically the binary collision approximation with random selection of the impact parameter of the next colliding ion [5]. it is used for simulation due to their widely considered to compute a number of parameters relevant to ion beam implantation and ion beam processing of materials [6]. it is known that the silvery – white metal zinc is considered to be an important material for coating applications. zinc and its compound are used to coat (galvanize) iron and steel to protect against corrosion and rust. most of the pipe interior is coated by this rich paint. however, there are a little studying efforts achieved to explore the effect of an ion – induced zinc. the latter leads to modify the surface properties and becomes morphologically rickety. this work aims to explore the sputtering yield of zinc bombarded by one of heavy ions. we choose xe ions beam to bombard zinc to study various parameters that affect the sputtering process. description of trim simulation program so many possible processes could be occurred at the surface and the core of solid which is bombarded by energetic particles. colliding energetic particles may be single atoms, molecules, or ions; however, the yield of the collision is specified mostly by the kinetic energy of the incident particle [7]. there are many theoretical [8] and semi – empirical calculations [9-11] which supply worthy analytical expressions to represent the substantial of physical mechanisms related to the sputtering phenomena and to the other corresponding dependency of several variables. thus, many of software simulation programs such as trim, acat, marlowe, and tridyn have been developed. these programs simulate the evolution of the collision cascade inside the target bombarded by a beam of ions. the program trim is a binary collision monte carlo code that simulates the sputter process and calculates the sputtering yield and other parameters corresponding to it. the program approximates the binary collision by treating the transport of atoms in a solid as it is a series of consecutive collisions between which that the particle follows a straight trajectory (figure 1) [12]. the motion of particle that have energy after making th collision is expressed by the polar and azimuthal angles and . it is allowed for the recoil atom (ion) to move over the mean free path length of . thus, the mean free path length is defined as the average atomic distance of the target material √ (1) physics | 106 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 such that is the atomic density of the material. the particles after travelling distance it obey colliding again and scattered over the angles and with respect to the mass system. the angle in cylindrical symmetry can be randomly selected in the interval 0,2 , whilst the polar scattering angle can be numerically calculated using the classical path integral [13] 2 ∞ (2) where is the minimum distance of approach, is the inter atomic potential, is the energy of the particle in the center of mass system, and is the impact parameter. the impact parameter value is calculated from a random number , equally distributed in 0,1 (3) where the maximum impact parameter is given by (4) this means that there is one target atom contained in a cylindrical volume with length and radius and this atom corresponds with one collision per atomic volume 1⁄ . after correctly rotating of the angles and to the laboratory system the new directional angles 1 and 1 can be calculated from scattering angles θ and φ. therefore, after the collision the particle energy is given by δ (5) where ∆ is the electronic energy loss and is the transferred kinetic energy. it is almost often, due to lack of knowledge, that the bulk binding energy of the target material is set to zero. if the displacement energy is less than the transferred kinetic energy a recoil is generated with initial energy . the incident ion and the generated recoils are tracked until their kinetic energy falls below a particular cut off energy. this cutoff energy can be selected to be the surface binding energy which represents the minimum energy an atom must have to escape the surface [14]. result and discussions figure (2a) shows the dependence of the sputtering yield on width of the zn bombarded by xenon at normal incident with 5000 ion number and ion energy of 50 kev . the sputtering yield profile as a function width behaves as in significantly increased manner then obeys to slowly fluctuation until it remains stable at critical width 400 a . this means that anymore further increase in the width would not affect the sputtering yields. therefore, to get a rid of the fluctuation at lower width of zn one refers to use this critical value or higher to study other parameters. figure (2b) shows the corresponding energy loss due to ionization. this loss is electronic energy loss due to energy loss of incident ions to the electrons of the target whenever the ions penetrate into the target. the ions soon interact with the electrons of the target collectively or singly [15]. the way of interaction seems to be quite complicated and it is divided to two categories; ions and recoils. the recoils loss is due to very much less interaction of relatively slowly movement of recoiling target atoms with very fast moving electrons of the target. it is evidence that the ions loss decreases as the target width increases to a limit and remains stable then while the recoils loss increases to a peak and then steadily stabilizes as the width increases. the ion losses by ionization will result in target damage. firstly, the target damage happens in the insulators whereas the change is building and then the cracking takes place. figure (2c) shows the correspondent energy loss due to vacancies that is the energy loss to the target producing vacancies. the vacancy losses due to ions behave similarly as in the ionization, however, the recoils increase to a peak at a certain width, physics | 107 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 decrease and then remain constant as the width increases. the number of vacancies depends on the displacement energy assigned to each target atom. if the displacement energy is larger than the transferred energy, the atom stays in its lattice site. thus the energy is moved into target phonons. if the displacement energy is lower than the transferred energy, the new recoil has this movement of energy subtracted the binding energy of the atom to its lattice position. figure (2d) illustrates the correspondent energy loss due to phonons. although, the phonon losses due to ions have similar behavior as in the ionization and vacancies, the recoils are higher than the former. the energy loss due to phonons by recoils rises as the width increases until it stays at the same level whatever the value of width would be. the ion’s energy loss to the target phonon can be understood from the following physical picture; whenever, the colliding takes place between ion and target nucleus, it imparts some recoil energy to this atom. when the transferred energy is less than the displacement energy then it is assumed that the atom returns to its lattice site and its recoil energy is transferred into target phonons. to understand the vacancy occurrence, let the incident ion energy is and that for struck atom is and the target has energy . the vacancy occurs when both, the incident ion and the struck atom have enough energy to leave the site, i.e. and , then both of them become moving atoms of the cascade. the energy of struck atom is reduced the displacement energy before it has next collision. now releasing a phonon takes place if since the struck atom does not have enough energy yielding it to vibrate towards back direction to its original position releasing energy a phonon as . figure (3) shows that there is a bit slightly changes at lower ion energy in the sputtering yield values of zn as the number of incident xenon ions increased for direct bombardment and constant layer of zn. however, at higher ion energy 35 kev the fitted curves split up. the whole curves of sputtering yield increase monotonically with increased ion energy. the fitted curves are made in igor pro software and the profile of them obeys to lognormal equation given by exp (6) where the coefficients of each curve are tableted in table 1. in spite of difference of sputtering yield with ion number at higher ion energies, we prefer to use 5000 ion number in this work to study other parameters that affect the sputtering yield to save the time of calculations and that the sputtering yield is considerably not changed in great manner. figure (4) shows the effect of increasing the ion number on the sputtering yield at fixed width of zn target, normal bombardment, and constant xenon ion energy. it is clear that there is a frequent change between in this graph. for lower value of ion number the sputtering yield exhibits higher fluctuations than that for higher ion number. as mentioned before to avoid higher fluctuations in sputtering yield at low ion number we prefer to work with 5000 ion number to study other parameters due to very less change in the values sputtering yield compared to the higher ion number. it is often usually for the researchers in topic of sputtering to use normalized sputter yield rather than direct sputter yield as soon as they treat with ion angle of incidence dependence. for different values of incident ions energy, figure (5) illustrates the normalized sputtering yield as a function of ion incident angle. the data are fitted using matlab software by 6th degree polynomials for four curves. it is noted that, a slightly increase of the angle of incidence yields to a gradual increases in the normalized sputter yield reaching to a highest point and then it drops rapidly towards low values as it approaches 89 . obviously, the normalized sputtering yield considerably increases as the xenon ion energy increases. from the extended calculations and also the graph, it appears that that peak of sputtering yield physics | 108 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 shifted towards higher angle as the energy of incident ions increased even if the profiles are similar but the magnitude of the slope decreases as the ion energy decreases. we refer to one of interest in the calculations using trim that the sputtering yield in nearby angle to 0 gives lower value than that of the normal incidence whatever the ion energy used. in the calculation we use a zn layer with 500 a and 5000 ion number. for fixed xenon ion incident angle, width of the zn target, and ion number mentioned the sputtering yield nonlinearly grows as the ion energy increases. figure (6) shows this dependence using four angles of incidence. the curves are fitted using igor pro software package by hill-equation which is given by y (7) table (2) gives the coefficients for each fit of curves. one notices from the graph that at higher angle, the higher energies result in the higher sputtering yield. conclusion using trim simulation program we studied some of the parameters that affect the sputtering yield of zinc bombarded by xenon ions. regard to the increasing the width of zinc and its effect on the sputtering yield, we found that the sputtering yield profile possesses fluctuations before a critical width 400 a whereas any larger value of width more than the mentioned the sputtering yield mostly unaffected and stable. the energy loss due to ions by ionization, vacancies, and phonon has commonly the same behavior. similarly, the energy loss due to the recoils has the same profile expect for the phonons where it is somehow different. for different xenon ion number, the sputtering yields vs. ions energy curves have only separation at higher energy. for constant ions energy the sputtering yields as a function of ion numbers have larger fluctuations at lower number of ions. the normalized sputter yield increased as the angle of incident ion increases leading to a maximum peak and then to a quickly drops towards lowest values as it approaches 89 . the normalized sputtering yield increases as the xenon ion energy increases and it appears that that peak of sputtering yield shifted towards higher angle as the energy of incident ions increased. for different angle rather than the normal incidence, the sputtering yield as a function of ion energy grows in nonlinearly manner. finally, we carried out new fitting for some calculations. physics | 109 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 references 1. wasa, k.; kitabatake, m. and adachi, h., (2004), “thin film materials technology sputtering of compound materials”, william andrew publishing/noyes. 2. behrisch, r. and eckstein, w. , (2007), “sputtering by particle bombardment: experiments and computer calculations from threshold to mev energies”, springer, berlin (eds.). 3. abdelrahman, m. m., (2010), “study of ion beam sputtering using a glow discharge ion source”, brazilian journal of physics, (40), (1), (26 – 29) . 4. wang ,y. ; yoon, s. f.; ngo, c. y.and ahn, j., (2007), “surface morphology evolution of gaas by low energy ion sputtering” , nanoscale res lett, (2).504–508. 5. was, g. s., (2012) , “fundamentals of radiation materials science”, springer. 6. stoller, r. e.; toloczko, m. b.; was, g. s.;certain, a. g.; dwaraknath, s.and garner ,f. a., (2013), “on the use of srim for computing radiation damage exposure”, physics research section b: beam interactions with materials and atoms, (310), (75 – 80). 7. michael, r. nakles, (2004) , “experimental and modeling studies of low-energy ion sputtering for ion thrusters”, msc thesis, virginia polytechnic institute and state university, usa. 8. sigmund, p., (1969) , “theory of sputtering. 1. sputtering yield of amorphous and polycrystalline targets” physical review, (184), (2), (383 – 416 ). 9. yamamura, y. , (1981) , “ contribution of anisotropic velocity distribution of recoil to sputtering yields and angular distribution of sputtered atoms” radiation effects and defects in solids, (55), (1-2), (49–55). 10. takeuchi, w. and yamamura, y., (1983) , “ computer studies of the energy spectra and reflection coefficients of light ions”, radiation effects and defects in solids, (71), (1-2), (53–64). 11. yamamura ,y. and tawara, h., (1996), “ erratum, 62, 2 (1995) energy dependence of ion – induce sputtering yield from monatomic solids at normal incidence”, atomic data and nuclear data tables, (63), (2), (353–353). 12. boydens, f., (2013) ,“key aspects of sputtering illustrated by the use of multi-element powder mixtures” phd thesis, gent university, belgium. 13. dolique ,v.; thomann, a.-l.,; brault, p.;tessier, y. and gillon, p., (2009) , “complex structure/composition relationship in thin films of alcocrcufeni high entropy alloy” , materials chemistry and physics, (117), (1), (142–147). 14. egerton, r.f.; mcleod, r.; wang, f.and malac m., (2010) ,“basic questions related to electron-induced sputtering in the tem”, ultramicroscopy, (110), (991–997). 15. ziegler, j. f.; biersck, j. p. and ziegler, m. d. (2008) , “srim: the stopping and range of ions in matter”, lulu press co. physics | 110 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 table (1): the coefficients of equation (6) that appears in figure 3. 3.1383 29.94 1.8699 1.8699 29.554 30.571 27.919 26.812 26.812 27.388 318.24 0.26056 163.63 163.63 0.27565 width 4.9255 4.4593 4.2811 4.2811 4.3591 table (2): the values of coefficient in equation (7) for each angle base 1.8233 1.5304 3.9611 2.8846 max 28.804 37.198 163.16 339.07 rate 0.70117 0.77313 0.71694 0.68002 xhalf 6.5833 5.6775 20.05 124.61 figure(1) section of an ion or recoil trajectory with consecutive collision with target atoms denoted by , and . the solid lines represent the ion trajectory [12]. physics | 111 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure 2 (a) the sputtering yield vs. width of zn bombarded by xenon at normal incident with ion number and ion energy of . (b) – (d) the correspondent energy loss due to ionization, vacancies and phonons, respectively. figure( 3) the dependence of the sputtering yield of zn on the xenon ion energy for different ion number and and direct incident. physics | 112 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure 4: the dependence of the sputtering yield of zn target bombarded directly by xenon ions on the ions number for fixed of target at figure(5): the angular dependence of the normalized sputtering yield of width target of zn bombarded by ions number of xenon. physics | 113 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure(6): the dependence of the sputtering yield on the ion energy for the zn target bombarded by xenon ion at different angles of incidence. physics | 114 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 لدراسة حاصل ترذيذ هدف من الزنك المقصوف بأيونات الزينون محاكاة سميرة احمد ابراهيم فراس محمود هادي مصطفى كامل جاسم هدى مجيد توفيق جامعة بغداد /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) /قسم الفيزياء 2016/حزيران/28 :،قبل في2016/نيسان/7 :استلم في الخالصة ، تم دراسة سلوك حاصل الترذيذ لهدف من الزنك المقصوف trimباستخدام بيانات محاكاة برنامج التـــرم ، ولعدد znالثقيلة. تمت اجراء حسابات حاصل الترذيذ كدالة لعرض طبقة من الزنك xeبوساطة ايونات بــالزما الزينون الهدف وتم مناقشتها ورسمها. كذلك تم مناقشة ورسم خسائر الطاقة ايونات الزينون ، وطاقتها ، وزاوية السقوط أيونات على المترافقة مع الترذيذ بسبب التأين ، والشواغر والفونونات. وعالوة على ذلك ، تم مالئمة الحسابات والتعبير عن منحنيات الحسابات بمعادالت مالئمة و وضعت معامالتها. zn، الزنك xeحاصل الترذيذ ، أيونات الزينون ، trim: برنامج التــرم الكلمات المفتاحية energy methods for initial –boundary string problem aqeel f. jaddoa dept. of mathematics/college of eduction for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in : 12 june 2013, accepted in : 22 june 2014 abstract we study one example of hyperbolic problems it's initial-boundary string problem with two ends. in fact we look for the solution in weak sense in some sobolev spaces. also we use energy technic with galerkin's method to study some properties for our problem as existence and uniqueness. keyword: initialboundary string problem, weak solution, sobolev spaces, galerkin's method, energy estimate. 220 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 1.introduction throughout this paper we consider energy estimate for string equation with initial –boundary conditions. we gave a little introduction for weak derivatives, weak solution in some sobolev space, for example 𝐻01(𝑢), 𝐻−1(𝑢) and others. in fact energy estimate has many results for example a speed of propagation [1], in our paper it leads us to straight forward existence, uniqueness [2], results and other properties like regularity. it yields also to well-posed for hyperbolic equations. in 2007, tarama [3], introduced wave equations with coefficients satisfying besov type conditions and obtained the energy estimate, also he gave an example of a wave equation with continuous and differentiable coefficients for which the 𝐿2 estimate holds. jaipong kasemsuwan [4], concerned with the energy decay of the global solution for initialboundary value problem to a nonlinear damped equation of suspended string with uniform density to which a nonlinear outer force works. the string equation with initial-boundary conditions is 𝜕2𝑢 𝜕𝑡2 = 𝑎2 𝜕 2𝑢 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑡) in q .. . (1.1)[5, p.30] where 𝑄 = {(𝑥, 𝑡); 𝑥 ∈ (0, 𝑙), 𝑡 ∈ (0, 𝑇)}, initial conditions: u(x, 0) = φ(x) u𝑡(x, 0) = ψ(x) � …. (1.2) boundary conditions: u(0, t) = 0 u(𝑙, t) = 0 � … (1.3) this problem describes the vibration of the string in a finite interval [0, 𝑙] and the constant 𝑎 denotes the speed of the string. rewrite the initial-boundary problem with the second order partial differential operator 𝐿 as: 𝜕2𝑢 𝜕𝑡2 = 𝑎2𝐿𝑢 + 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑡) 𝑖𝑛 𝑈 × (0, 𝑇] 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) = 0 𝑜𝑛 𝜕𝑈 × [0, 𝑇] 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝜑(𝑥), 𝜕 𝜕𝑡 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝜓(𝑥)𝑜𝑛 𝑈 × {𝑡 = 0} ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ …(1.4) 𝐿𝑒𝑡 𝑢𝑠 𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑡𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑈 = (0, 𝑙), 𝑈𝑇 = 𝑈 × (0, 𝑇], 𝑓: 𝑈 × (0, 𝑇] → ℛ and 𝜑, 𝜓: 𝑈 → ℛ and these 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛. the function 𝑢: 𝑈𝑇���� → ℛ is the unknown function u=u(x, t). the symbol 𝐿 denotes for each time 𝑡 a second–order partial differential operator, having the divergence form 𝐿𝑢 = − � (𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 (𝑥, 𝑡) 𝑢𝑥𝑖)𝑥𝑗 + �𝑏𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢𝑥𝑖 + 𝑐(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢 … (1.5) [6, 𝑝. 309] for given coefficients aij, bi, c ∈ ∁1(u� × [0, t]) (i, j = 1,2, … , n), f ∈ l2( u × [0, t]), φ ∈ h01( u), ψ ∈ l2( u ), and always assume that 𝑎𝑖𝑗 = 𝑎𝑗𝑖 (𝑖, 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑛). definition 1[6, p.378] the partial differential operator 𝜕 2 𝜕𝑡2 + 𝐿 is said to be (uniformly) hyperbolic if there exists a constant 𝜃𝜃 > 0 such that ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗(𝑥, 𝑡)𝜀𝑖𝜀𝑗 ≥ 𝜃𝜃|𝜀|2𝑛𝑖,𝑗=1 for all (x, t) ∈ 𝑈 × [0, 𝑇], 𝜀 ∈ 𝑅𝑛. definition 2 [6, p. 285] let 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿1(0, 𝑇, 𝑋). we say 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿1(0, 𝑇, 𝑋) is weak derivative of u, written: 𝑢′ = 𝑣 provided 221 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 �𝜑′ 𝑇 0 (𝑡) 𝑢(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 = −�𝜑 𝑇 0 (𝑡) 𝑣(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 for all scalar test functions 𝜑 ∈ 𝐶𝑐∞(0, 𝑇). let us introduce the time-dependent bilinear form: 𝐵[𝑢, 𝑣; 𝑡] = �( � aij n i,j=1u uxivxj )dx + ��(b𝑖(𝑥, 𝑡) n i=1u uxv + c(x, t )u v )dx for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐻01(𝑈) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 0 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 𝑇. first we suppose u is smooth solution and defined the mapping: u: [0, 𝑇] → 𝐻01(𝑈), [𝑢(𝑡)](𝑥) = 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡), (𝑥 ∈ 𝑈, 0 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 𝑇), ( ′ = 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 ) f: [0, 𝑇] → 𝐿2 (𝑈), [𝑓(𝑡)](𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑡) now we fix any function 𝑣 ∈ 𝐻01(𝑈), multiply by v the pde (𝑢𝑡𝑡 + 𝐿𝑢 = 𝑓)𝑣 (𝑢", 𝑣) + 𝐵[𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑡] = (𝑓, 𝑣) the pairing ( , ) inner product in 𝐿2(𝑈). we see the form: 𝑢𝑡𝑡 = 𝜑0 + ∑ 𝜑𝑥𝑗 𝑗𝑛 𝑗=1 for 𝜑0 = 𝑓 − ∑ 𝑏𝑖𝑢𝑥𝑖 − 𝑐 𝑢,𝑛𝑖=1 𝜑𝑗 = 𝑓 − ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑢𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (j=1,…,n) this suggests that we should look for weak solution u with u" ∈ 𝐻−1(𝑈) for almost every where 0 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 𝑇, 〈𝑢", 𝑣〉 means 𝑢" ∈ 𝐻−1(𝑈), 𝑣 ∈ 𝐻01(𝑈) definition 3 [6, p.379] we say a function 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿2�0, 𝑇, 𝐻01(𝑈)�, with 𝑢′ ∈ 𝐿2�0, 𝑇, 𝐿2(𝑈)�, 𝑢" ∈ 𝐿2(0, 𝑇, 𝐻−1(𝑈)) is weak solution of the hyperbolic initial( boundary ) problem and i. 〈𝑢", 𝑣〉 + 𝐵[𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑡) = (𝑓, 𝑣) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐻01(𝑈) ii.u(0)=𝜑, 𝑢′(0) = 𝜓. as known sobolev spaces are designed to contain less smooth functions that means the functions have some but not great, smoothness properties. so the idea is to make approximation for the function u(x, t) such that u(x, t)=0 in the boundary of u by the 𝑢𝑚(𝑡) = � 𝑑𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) 𝑤𝑘(𝑥) 𝑚 𝑘=1 [6, 𝑝. 353] in the right side hand we have separated variables, we note that u is a domain of the variable x only, and this is the reason to consider the variable t in respect to the sobolev space 𝐻01(𝑈) as a parameter. where wk = wk(x) ( k = 1,2, … ) are smooth functions such that {𝑤𝑘 }𝑘=1 ∞ is an orthogonal basis of h01( 𝑈), {𝑤𝑘 }𝑘=1 ∞ is an orthonormal basis of 𝐿2(𝑈 ). we are going to consider 𝑢 not as a function of x and t together, but rather as a mapping 𝑢 of t into the space 𝐻01( 𝑈) of functions of x. we will look for a function 𝑢𝑚:[0, t] → 𝐻01( 𝑈) of the form 𝑢𝑚(𝑡) = ∑ 𝑑𝑚𝑘𝑚𝑘=1 (𝑡) 𝑤𝑘 such that (𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑤𝑘) + 𝐵[𝑢𝑚, 𝑤𝑘; 𝑡] = (𝑓, 𝑤𝑘) , ( 𝑡 ∈ [0, 𝑇], 𝑘 = 1,2, … , 𝑚) … (1.6) 𝑑𝑚𝑘 (0) = (𝜑, 𝑤𝑘) 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ′(0) = (𝜓, 𝑤𝑘) � … (1.7) where 𝐵[𝑢𝑚, 𝑤𝑘; 𝑡] = �( � aij n i,j=1u um,xiwk,xj )dx + ��(b𝑖 n i=1u um,xiwk + cumwk ) dx 222 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 in other words, we construct solutions of certain finite-dimensional approximations to our problem and then passing to limits, it's called galerkins method [6, p.380]. indeed we need some estimates to send m to infinity and to show subsequence of our solutions 𝑢𝑚 of the approximate problem . 2.main result theorem (energy estimates)(2.1): there exists a constant ∁ , depending only on 𝑈,𝑇 and the coefficients on 𝐿 such that: max 0≤𝑡≤𝑇 �‖𝑢m(𝑡)‖𝐻01(𝑈) + ‖𝑢𝑚 ′ (𝑡)‖𝐿2(𝑈)� + ‖𝑢𝑚″ (𝑡)‖𝐿2�0,t;𝐻−1(u)� ≤ ∁�‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) + ‖𝜑‖𝐻01(𝑈) + ‖𝜓‖𝐿2(𝑈)� for m=1,2,… proof we take equation (1.6) and write it in details as: �( 𝑈 𝑢𝑚″ 𝑤𝑘)𝑑𝑥 + � � (𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑤𝑘,𝑥𝑗)𝑑𝑥 + ��(𝑏𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑤𝑘 + 𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑤𝑘 ) 𝑑𝑥 = �𝑓 𝑤𝑘 𝑈 𝑑𝑥 multiply by 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ′(𝑡) 𝑠𝑜: � 𝑈 �𝑢𝑚″ 𝑤𝑘 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ′(𝑡)�𝑑𝑥 + �( � 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑤𝑘,𝑥𝑗 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ′(𝑡) + �𝑏𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑤𝑘 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ′(𝑡) +𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑤𝑘 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ′(𝑡))𝑑𝑥 = �𝑓 𝑤𝑘 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ′(𝑡) 𝑈 𝑑𝑥. �( u um″ um′ )dx + �( � aij n i,j=1u um,xium′ + �𝑏𝑖 n i=1 um,xium′ + cum um′ ) dx = �𝑓𝑢𝑚′ 𝑈 𝑑𝑥 (𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑢𝑚′ ) + 𝐵[𝑢𝑚, 𝑢𝑚′ , ; 𝑡]= (𝑓, 𝑢𝑚′ ). and we have (𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑢𝑚′ ) = 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �1 2 ‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 �. we write : � � (𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢′𝑚,𝑥𝑗))𝑑𝑥 + ��(𝑏𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢′𝑚 + 𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑢′𝑚 ) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝐵1 + 𝐵2 where 𝐵1 = �( � 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚𝑥𝑗 ′ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵2 = �(�𝑏𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚′ + 𝑐𝑢𝑚 𝑢𝑚′ ) 𝑑𝑥 now we define the symmetric bilinear form: 𝐴[𝑢, 𝑣; 𝑡] ≔ ∫ (∑ 𝑎 𝑖𝑗𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1𝑈 𝑢𝑥𝑖𝑣𝑥𝑗) 𝑑𝑥 , 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐻01( 𝑈) then 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 � 1 2 𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t]� − 1 2 � ( � 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1𝑈 )𝑑𝑥 = 1 2 (� 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 [ � 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑗] 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 − 𝑈 1 2 � �� 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 �𝑑𝑥 𝑈 223 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 = 1 2 � � 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑣 1 2 � � 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑢𝑚′ 𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 𝑣 + 1 2 � � 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑢𝑚′ 𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 𝑣 − 1 2 � � 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑈 � � 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖 𝑢𝑚 ′ 𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 𝑈 = 𝐵1 (𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑎𝑖𝑗 = 𝑎𝑗𝑖) 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐵1 = 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 � 1 2 𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t]� − 1 2 � � 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 𝑈 so 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 � 1 2 𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t]� = 𝐵1 + 1 2 � ( � 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗)𝑑𝑥 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1𝑈 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗 ∈ ∁1(𝑈� × [0, 𝑇]), so there exists max(𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗) 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝐵1 + 1 2 � � � 𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑗𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 �𝑑𝑥 𝑈 ≤ 𝐵1 + 𝐶 � ( � 𝑢m𝑥𝑖𝑢m𝑥𝑗) 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 𝑈 ≤ 𝐵1 + ∁ � �𝑢m𝑥𝑗 2 𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 𝑈 ≤ 𝐵1 + ∁ 𝐵1 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01 2 or we can write it as: 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t]) = 2𝐵1 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01 2 … (2.1) we had (𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑢𝑚′ ) = 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �1 2 ‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 � so 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 � = 2(𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑢𝑚′ ) = 2(𝑓, 𝑢𝑚′ ) − 2(𝐵1 + 𝐵2) ≤ ∁(‖𝑓‖𝐿2 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2 2 − 2(𝐵1 + 𝐵2) now we obtain 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 � ≤ ‖𝑓‖𝐿2 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2 2 − 2(𝐵1 + 𝐵2) …(2.2) bu𝑡 𝐵2 = �(�𝑏𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚′ + 𝑐𝑢𝑚 𝑢𝑚′ ) 𝑑𝑥 → |𝐵2| = ��(� bi n i=1 u um,xium′ + cum um′ ) dx � 𝑏𝑖 ∈ ∁1(𝑈� × [0, 𝑇]) 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑠 𝑎 𝑀𝑎𝑥 (𝑏𝑖) such that ���(𝑏𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑈 𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚′ + 𝑐𝑢𝑚 𝑢𝑚′ ) 𝑑𝑥� ≤ ∁ ��(�𝑢𝑚,𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚′ � + |𝑢𝑚 𝑢𝑚′ |)𝑑𝑥 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑈 ≤ ∁ � �(𝑢𝑚𝑥𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑈 + 𝑢𝑚2 + 2𝑢′𝑚 2 )𝑑𝑥 224 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ≤ ∁ (‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01 2 + ‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 ) or |𝐵2| ≤ ∁ (‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 ) from (2.1) and (2.2) we obtain : 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t] + ‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 � ≤ 2𝐵1 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 − 2(𝐵1 + 𝐵2) ≤ ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁|𝐵2| ≤ ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐿2 2 ≤ ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 so we have 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t] + ‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 � ≤ ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 but 𝐿 𝑖𝑠 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑐 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑐 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝜃𝜃 � �𝑢m𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑑𝑥 ≤ � � 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑢𝑚𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 = 𝐴[𝑢𝑚, 𝑢𝑚; 𝑡]. 𝑈 𝑈 𝜃𝜃� �𝑢𝑚𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑑𝑥 ≤ 𝐴[𝑢𝑚, 𝑢𝑚; 𝑡]. 𝑈 and ∁‖𝑢𝑚‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 ≤ ∁ �𝑢𝑚2 𝑑𝑥 𝑈 + ∁� �𝑢𝑚𝑥𝑖 2 𝑑𝑥 𝑛 𝑖 𝑈 ≤ 𝐴[𝑢𝑚, 𝑢𝑚; 𝑡] 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t] + ‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖l2(u) 2 � ≤ ∁‖𝑢𝑚′ ‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁‖𝑓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ∁ 𝐴[𝑢m, 𝑢m; t] we denote 𝜂𝜂(𝑡) = ‖𝑢𝑚′ (𝑡)‖l2(u) 2 + 𝐴[𝑢m(t), 𝑢m(t); t] ξ (𝑡) = ‖𝑓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 so we have 𝜂𝜂′(𝑡) ≤ ∁1𝜂𝜂(𝑡) + ∁2ξ(𝑡) now we use gronwall inequality 𝜂𝜂(𝑡) ≤ 𝑒𝑐1𝑡( 𝜂𝜂(0) + 𝑐2 ∫ 𝜉𝜉(𝑠) 𝑑𝑠) 𝑡 0 …(2.3) but 𝜂𝜂(0) = ‖𝑢𝑚′ (0)‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + 𝐴[𝑢𝑚(0), 𝑢𝑚(0); 0] ≤ ‖𝑢𝑚′ (0)‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + � � 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑢𝑚(0)𝑥𝑖𝑢𝑚(0)𝑥𝑗 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 𝑈 ≤ ‖𝑢𝑚′ (0)‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + � ( � 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑢𝑚(0)𝑥𝑖𝑢2𝑚(0)𝑥𝑗) 𝑛 𝑖,𝑗=1 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑈 = ‖𝑢𝑚′ (0)‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ‖𝑢𝑚(0)‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 ≤ ∁(‖𝜓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ‖𝜑‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 ) 𝑠𝑜 225 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 𝜂𝜂(0) ≤ ∁(‖𝜓‖𝐿2(𝑈) 2 + ‖𝜑‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 ) 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 (2.3)𝑤𝑒 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑔𝑒𝑡 ‖𝑢𝑚′ (𝑡)‖l2(u) 2 + 𝐴[𝑢m(t), 𝑢m(t); t] ≤ ∁�‖𝜓‖l2(u) 2 + ‖𝜑‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + � ‖𝑓‖2𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u))𝑑𝑡 𝑡 0 � 𝑠𝑜 ‖𝑢𝑚′ (𝑡)‖l2(u) 2 + 𝐴[𝑢m(t), 𝑢m(t); t] ≤ ∁�‖𝜓‖l2(u) 2 + ‖𝜑‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u))�. but again 𝐿 𝑖𝑠 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑐 (2.3) 𝑠𝑜 ‖𝑢𝑚′ (𝑡)‖l2(u) 2 + ‖𝑢m(t)‖𝐻01(𝑈) ≤ ∁�‖𝜓‖l2(u) 2 + ‖𝜑‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u))� 𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑟𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝑠𝑜 max 0≤𝑡≤𝑇 (‖𝑢𝑚′ (𝑡)‖l2(u) 2 + ‖𝑢m(t)‖𝐻01(𝑈)) ≤ ∁�‖𝜓‖l2(u) 2 + ‖𝜑‖𝐻01(𝑈) 2 + ‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u))� … (2.4) 𝑁𝑜𝑤 𝐿𝑒𝑡 𝑣 ∈ 𝐻01(𝑈) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ‖𝑣‖𝐻01(𝑈) ≤ 1. 𝑊𝑒 𝑤𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑣 = 𝑣1 + 𝑣2 , where 𝑣1 ∈ 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛{𝑤𝑘 }𝑘=1 𝑚 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (𝑣2, 𝑤𝑘) = 0. 𝑊𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 〈𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑣〉 = (𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑣) = �� 𝑤𝑘 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ″(𝑡), 𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑣1 + 𝑣2� = �� 𝑤𝑘 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ″(𝑡), 𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑣1� + �� 𝑤𝑘 𝑑𝑚𝑘 ″(𝑡), 𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑣2� (𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑣1) = (𝑓, 𝑣1) − 𝐵[𝑢𝑚, 𝑣, ; 𝑡] 𝑏𝑢𝑡 (𝑓, 𝑣1) ≤ ‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) ‖𝑣1‖l2(u) 2 ≤ ‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) so 𝐵[𝑢𝑚, 𝑣; 𝑡] ≤ ‖𝑢𝑚(𝑡)‖𝐻01(𝑈)‖𝑣1‖𝐻01(𝑈) ≤ ‖𝑢𝑚(𝑡)‖𝐻01(𝑈). |𝐵| ≤ ∁‖𝑢m(t)‖𝐻01(𝑈) and we have |(𝑓, 𝑣1)| ≤ ‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) so | < 𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑣 > | ≤ |(𝑓, 𝑣1)| + |𝐵| ≤ ∁(‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) + ‖𝑢m(t)‖𝐻01(𝑈)) by the definition of ‖𝑢𝑚″ 𝑢(t)‖𝐻−1(𝑈) = max‖𝑣‖≤1 | < 𝑢𝑚″ , 𝑣 > |. �𝑢𝑚″ �𝐻−1(𝑈) ≤ ∁�‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) + ‖𝑢m(t)‖𝐻01(𝑈)�. so � �𝑢𝑚″ �𝐻−1(𝑈)𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝑇 0 𝐶 � �‖𝑓‖2𝐿2(0,𝑇;𝐿2(𝑈)) + ‖𝑢𝑚(𝑡)‖𝐻01(𝑈)�𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 ≤ 𝐶‖𝑓‖2𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) + � ‖𝑢m(t)‖ 2 𝐻0 1(𝑈)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 226 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ≤ 𝐶‖𝑓‖𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) + max‖𝑢m(t)‖2𝐻01(𝑈) � 𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 from (2.4) ≤ 𝐶 �‖𝜑‖2𝐻01(𝑈) + ‖𝜓‖2𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2(u)) + ‖𝑓‖ 2 𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2 (u))�. so �𝑢𝑚″ �𝐿2�0,𝑇,𝐻−1� ≤ 𝐶 �‖𝜑‖ 2 𝐻0 1(𝑈) + ‖𝜓‖ 2 𝐿2 (0,t;𝐿2(u)) + ‖𝑓‖ 2 𝐿2(0,t;𝐿2 (u))� … (2.5) (2.4) + (2.5) = (2.3) conclusion in our main result, we gave a good estimate to measure the regularity by using some soblev spaces(integral spaces) which give the property of continuity to the function u which is the solution of our problem and the continuity of first derivative, second derivative more regular of course in integral sense. also, u=0 on the boundary of the domain u is generalized sense, this means when we deal with an integral space we say that the trace of u is equal to zero on the boundary of the domain u. references 1.hirosawa, f., (2007), on the asymptotic behavior of the energy for the wave equations with time depending coefficients, math. ann., 339, 819-839. 2.faciu ,c. and simion, n. (2000), energy estimates and uniqueness of the weak solutions of initial – boundary value problems for semilinear hyperbolic systems, z. angew. math., 51, 792-805. 3.shigeo, t. (2007), energy estimate for wave equations with coefficients in some besov type class, electronic journal of equations, 2007(85)1-12. 4.jaipong, k. (2011), exponential decay for nonlinear damped equation of suspended stringproc. of csit, 1, 309-313. 5.michael, r. and robert, c. (2000), an introduction to partial differential equations,springer. 6.lawrence, c. evans, (1997), partial differential equations", american mathematical society. 227 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ق الطاقة لمسألة الوتر ذات القیم األبتدائیة والحدودیةائطر عقیل فالح جدوع قسم الریاضیات /كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (أبن الھیثم)/جامعة بغداد 2014حزیران 22، قبل البحث في : 2013 حزیران 12استلم البحث في : الخالصة نھایتین ذات القیم االبتدائیة والحدودیة. في الحقیقة ذو النا أحد أمثلة مسائل القطوع الزائدة وھي مسألة الوتر درس ایضا (galerkin)ق الطاقة مع طریقةائاستخدمنا طروبولف ونحن نبحث عن حل بمعنى الحل الضعیف لبعض فضاءات س لدراسة بعض الخصائص لمسألتنا مثل الوجود والوحدانیة. (galerkin : مسأ؟لة الوتر ذات القیم االبتدائیة والحدودیة، الحل الضعیف، فضاءات سوبولف، طریقةالكلمات المفتاحیة تخمین الطاقة 228 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011  -generalized bclosed sets in topological spaces a. k. al-obiadi departme nt of mathematics, college of basic education unive rsity of almustansiryah received in : 10 may 2011 accepte d in : 16 june 2011 abstract in this p aper we introduce a n ew class of sets called  generalized b closed (brief ly  gb closed) sets. we st udy some of its basic p rop erties. this class of sets is st rictly p laced between the class of  gp closed sets and the class of  gsp closed sets. further the notion of  b 2 1t sp ace is introduced and studied. 2000 m athematics subject classification: 54a05 keywords: bopen se t, regular open set,  -generalized bclosed set. 1. introduction and prelimimnaries . park[1] introduced the class of  -generalized p re-closed(briefly  gp closed) sets and the class of  -gener alized semip reopen closed (briefly  gsp closed) sets was introduced by sarsak [2] as a generalization of closed sets. in this p aper we define and st udy a new class of  generalized closed sets, we denote by  -gener alized b closed (briefly  gb closed) sets, which is st rictly p laced between the class of  gp closed set and  gsp closed sets. m oreover, we define  b2 1t sp ace as t he sp ace in which every  gbclosed set is bclosed. throughout this p ap er ),( x and ),( y represent nonempty top ological sp aces on which no sep aration axioms are assumed unless otherwise mentioned. for a subset a of a sp ace ),( x , cl(a), int(a) and p(x) denote the closure , the interior and p ower set of a resp ectively. ),( x will be rep laced by x if there is no confusion. let us recall the followin g defin itions which are useful in the sequel. de finition 1.1. a subset a of a sp ace x is called : (1) semiopen if ))(int( acla  and semiclosed if aacl ))(int( .[3] (2)  open if )))(int(int( acla  and  closed if aaclcl )))((int( .[4] . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 (3) preopenif ))(int( acla  and preclosed set if aacl ))(int( .[5] (4) semipreopenif )))((int( aclcla  and a semipreclosed if .)))(int(int( aacl  [6] (5) regular openif ))(int( acla  and a regular closed set if ))(int( acla  .[7] (6) bopen if ))(int())(int( aclacla  and bclosed if .))(int())(int( aaclacl  [8] (7)  open if a is the union of regu lar op en sets, and  -closed if a is the intersection of regular closed sets. [9] the binterior (br iefly bint) of a subset a of x is the union of all b op en sets contained in a. the bclosure (resp . p re-closure, semip reclosure) of a is the intersection of all b-closed (resp . p reclosed, semip reclosed) sets containing a, and is denoted by bcl(a) ( resp .p cl(a), sp cl(a)). the collection of all bop en (resp . bclosed) sets is denoted by bo(x) (resp . bc(x)).[8] it is well known t hat: (1)  op en set p reop en set bop en set  semip reopen.[8] (2) the intersection of a bop en set with  op en set is bop en.[8] de finition 1.2. a subset a of a sp ace x is called: (1) generalized closed ( briefly gclosed) if uacl )( whenever ua  and u is op en in x.[10] (2)  generalized closed (briefly  gclosed) if uacl )( whenever ua  and u is  -op en.[11] (3)  generalized p re cosed ( briefly  gp closed) if uapcl )( whenever ua  and u is  op en.[1] (4)  -generalized semip reclosed (briefly  gsp closed) if uaspcl )( whenever ua  and u is  op en.[2] lemma 1.3. [12] let a x t hen, (1) a b bcl (a) bcl(b). (2) a is bclosed  bcl (a) =a. (3) let xx, then xbcl (a) if and only if every ubo(x) such that xu, u  a  . 2.  generalized bclose d sets. de finition 2.1. a subset a of a sp ace x is called  gener alized b closed (breif ly  gb closed) if bcl(a)  u whenever a u and u is  op en. the complement of  gbclosed set is called  gbop en. the family of all  gbclosed (resp .  gbop en) subsets of the sp ace x is denoted by  gbc(x) (resp .  gbo(x)). de finition 2.2. the  kernel (  ker (a)) of a is t he intersection of all  op en sets containing a. . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 remark 2.3. a subset a of a sp ace x is  gbclosed if and only if bcl(a)   ker(a). remark 2.4. every bclosed set is  gbclosed. proposi tion 2.5. every  gp closed set is  gbclosed. proof. let a be  gp closed subset of x and u be  op en such that a u. then pcl (a) u. since every p reclosed set is b-closed. therefore bcl(a) pcl (a). hence a is  gbclosed. proposi tion 2.6. every  gbclosed set is  gsp closed. proof. let a be  gbcosed and u be  op en such that a u, then bcl(a) u. since ev ery b-closed set is  gsp -closed. therefore spcl(a) bcl(a). hence, a is  gsp closed. the followin g diagram summar izes the imp lications amon g the introduced concept and other related concep ts.  gclosed  gp closed  bclosed   gbclosed   gsp closed di agram (1) the following three e xamples show t hat t he converses of remarks 2.4 and prop osition 2.5 are not true in general. exam ple 2.7. let x= {a, b, c},  = {x, , {a}}and a = {a, b}. then x is the only regular open ( op en) set containin g a. hence a is  gbclosed, but a is not bclosed, since bcl (a) = x. exam ple 2.8. let x= {a, b, c},  = {x, , {a}, {b}, {a, b}}. let a= {a}. then a is bclosed. hence a is  gbclosed, but a is not  gp closed, since a is re gu lar op en ( op en) and pcl(a)= {a,c} a. 3. s ome properties of  gbcl ose d s ets. proposi tion 3.1. if a is  op en and  gbclosed, then a is bclosed and hence gbclosed. proof. since a is  op en and  gbclosed. so b cl(a) a. but a bcl(a). so a= bcl(a). hence a is bclosed. hence gbclosed. proposi tion 3.2. let a be a  gbclosed in x. then bcl(a)\ a does not contain any nonempty  closed set. . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 proof. let f be a  closed set such that f bcl(a)\ a, so f  x\a. hence a x\f. sin ce a is  gb closed and x\ f is  op en. so bcl(a) x\ f. that is fx\ bcl(a). therefore fbcl(a)  (x\ bcl(a)) =  . thus f = . corollary 3.3. let a be  gbclosed set in x. t hen a is bclosed if and only if bcl(a)a is  closed. proof. let a be  gbclosed. by hyp othesis bcl(a)= a and so bcl(a)\a= , which is  closed. conversely , supp ose that bcl(a)\a is  closed. then by theorem 3.2, bcl(a)\a=  , that is bcl(a)= a. hence a is bclosed. proposi tion 3.4. if a is  gbclosed and a b bcl(a). t hen b is  gbclosed. proof. let b u, where u is  op en. then a b imp lies a u. sin ce a is  gb closed, so bcl(a) u and since bbcl(a), then bcl(b) bcl(bcl(a))= bcl(a). therefore bcl(b) u. hence b is  gbclosed. de finition 3.5.[13] let (x, ) be a top ological sp ace, a x and xx. t hen x is said to be a blimit p oint of a and only if every bop en set containing x contains a point of a differ ent from x, and the set of all blimit p oints of a is said to be the bderived set of a and is denoted by bd (a). usual derived set of a is denoted by d (a). the proof of the following result is analogous t o the well known ones. lemma 3.6. let (x, ) be a top ological sp ace and a x. t hen bcl(a) = a  bd (a). remark 3.7. the union of two  gbclosed sets is not necessarily a  gbclosed set as the followin g example shows. exam ple 3.8. consider the sp ace (x, ) in example 2.8, the sets a= {a} and b= {b} are  gbclosed. but a  b= {a, b} is not  gbclosed. proposi tion 3.9. let a and b be  gbclosed sets in (x, ) such that cl(a)= bcl(a) and cl(b)= bcl(b). then a  b is  gb-closed. proof. let (a  b) u and u is  op en in (x, ). then bcl (a) u and bcl(b) u. now, cl (a  b) = cl (a)  cl (b) = bcl (a)  bcl(b) u. but bcl (a  b)  cl (a  b). so, b cl (a  b) u and hence a  b is  gbclosed. from the fact t hat bd (a)  d (a) and lemma 3.6 we have the followin g, . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 remark 3.10. for any subset a of x such that d (a)  bd (a). t hen cl(a)= bcl(a). we get t he following, corollary 3.11. let a and b be  gbclosed sets in (x,  ) such that d (a)  bd (a) and d (b)  bd (b). then a b is  gbclosed. proposi tion 3.12. for every xx its complement x\{x} is  gbclosed or  -op en in (x, ). proof. sup p ose x\{x} is not  op en. then x is t he only  op en set containing x\{ x}. t his implies bcl (x\{x}) x. hence x\{x} is  gbclosed. 4.  gbopen s ets. the following r esult is analo gous t o well known corresp onding ones. lemma 4.1. bcl(x\ a)= x\ bint(a). by lemma 4.1 and definition 2.1 we get t he following which is similar to corollary 4.1 of [2]. corollary 4.2. a subset a of x is  gbop en if and only if fbint(a) whenever f is  -closed in x and f a. proposi tion 4.3. if bint(a) b a and a is  gbop en, then b is  gbop en. proof. since bint(a) b a. hence x\ a x\ b bcl(x\ a), by lemma 4.1. since x\ a is  gb closed, so by theorem 3.4, x\ b is  gbclosed. thus b is  gbop en. proposi tion 4.4. let a be  gbop en in x and let b be  op en. then a b is  gbop en in x. proof. let f be any  closed subset of x such that f a  b. hence f a and by theorem 4.2, f bint(a)=  {u: u is bop en and ua}. then f  (u  b), where u is a bop en set contained in a. since u  b is a bop en set contained in a  b for each bop en set u contained in a, f bint(a  b), and by theorem 4.2, a b is  gbop en in x. lemma 4.5. for any ax, bint(bcl(a)\ a)=  . proof. if bint (bcl(a)\ a)   . then there is an element xbint (bcl(a)-a), so t here is ubo(x) such that xu bcl(a)-a. therefore ubcl (a) and u a. thus u  bcl(a) and u x-a. hence there is ubo(x), u a= , a contradiction, since xbcl(a). . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 proposi tion 4.6. let a b x and let bcl(a)\a be  gbclosed set. then bcl(a)\b is also  gbop en. proof. sup p ose bcl(a)\a is  gbop en and let f be a  closed subset of x with f bcl(a)\b. then f bcl(a)\a. by theorem 2.4 and lemma 4.5, f bint(bcl(a)\a)=  . so, f=  .consequently , f bint(bcl(a)\b). proposi tion 4.7. let a x be a  gb-closed. then bcl(a)\ a is  gbop en. proof. let f be a  closed such that fbcl(a)a. then by theorem 3.2, f= . so f  bint (bcl(a)\a). t herefore bcl(a)-a is  gbop en, by theorem 4.2. 5.  b 2 1t s paces in this section we define a new class of sp aces, named  b 2 1t sp ace which is a generalization of 2 1t [14]. de finition 5.1. a space (x, ) is called a  b 2 1t sp ace if every  gbclosed set is bclosed. exam ple 5.2. if x   be any set. then (x, .in d ) is  b 2 1t sp ace. recall that x is 2 1t sp ace if every gclosed set is closed or equivalently if every singleton is op en or closed. the notions of  b2 1t and 2 1t are indep endent as it can be seen through the followin g examples. exam ple 5.3. let x= {a, b, c},  ={x, , {c}, {a, b}}. then ro(x) = , bo(x) = p(x) = bc(x) =  gbc(x). then x is  b2 1t but not 2 1t . exam ple 5.4. consider (n, ) where n is the set of natural numbers and  = {u n: 1 u}  { }, t hen  is a top ology on n, and (n, ) is 2 1t but not  b2 1t . next, we recall the following, de finition 5.5. a space x is  gsp 2 1t (or  gsp in [2]) if every  gsp closed subset of x is semip reclosed . . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 remark 5.6. it seems t hat t he notions of  gsp 2 1t and  b 2 1t are ind ependent of each other, but we could not disp rove it. the following r esult is analo gous t o prop osition 3.7 in [2]. proposi tion 5.7. a space x is  b 2 1t if and only if every singleton of x is either  closed or bop en. proof. necessity: let x x and assume that {x} is not  closed, then x\ { x} is not  op en, so the only  op en set containing x\ { x} is x, hence x\ { x} is  gbclosed. by assump tion x\ {x} is bclosed. thus {x} is bop en. sufficiency: let a be a  gbclosed subset of x and xbcl(a). by assumption, we have the followin g two cases: (i) {x} is bop en. since xbcl (a), so {x}  a   . thus xa. (ii) {x} is  closed. then by theorem 3.2, x  (bcl(a)a). but xbcl(a), so xa. t herefore in both cases xa. t his shows that bcl(a) a or equivalently a is b-closed. proposi tion 5.8. (i) bo(x)  gbo(x). (ii) a space x is  b 2 1t if and only if bo(x) =  gbo(x). proof. (i) let a be a bop en. then xa is bclosed and so  gbclosed. thus a is  gbop en. therefore bo(x)   gbo(x). (ii) necessity: let x be  b2 1t . let agbo(x). then x-a is  gb closed. by hyp othesis, x-a is b-closed. thus abo(x). hence  gbo(x) = bo(x). suficiency: let bo(x) =  gbo(x) and a be  gbclosed. then x-a is  gbop en. hence x-a bo(x). thus a is bclosed. therefore x is  b2 1t . acknowle dgment. the author is grateful to t he referees for their h elp in improving the quality of this p aper. references 1 park, j. h., (2006) “on  gp closed sets in top ological sp aces” indian j. pure app l. m ath., acta m athematica hungarica 112,(4), 257283. 2 -sarsak, m . s. (2010) “  generalied semip reclosed sets” int. m ath. foram, 5, no. 12, 573578. 3 levine n., (1963)" someop en sets and semi continuity in top ological sp aces", m ath. mont hly 70, 36-41. . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 4njasted, o.,(1965), “on some classes of nearly op en sets” pacific j. m ath., 15, 961970. 5m ashhour, a. s. abd elm onsef m . e. and el. deep, s. n., (1982), (1983), "on p recontinuous and weak p recontinuous mapp ings, proc, phis. soc. egy pt no. 52, 4753 6 andrijevic d, (1986), " semip reopen sets" m ath. vesnik 38 no.1, 2432. 7 stone, m . (1937), "app lication of theory of boolean rin gs t o general top ology ", trans. amer. m ath. soc. 41, 374481. 8 andrijevic, d., ( 1996), "on bop en sets, m ath.vesnik 48no. 1-2, 5964. 9 zaitsav v., (1968), “on certain classes of top ological sp aces and their bicompactifications” dokl akad sssr 178, 778779. 10-levine, n., (1970), " gener alized closed sets in top ology , rend. gen. m ath. palermo (2) 19, 8996. 11 dont chev, z. and noiri, t., (2000), “ quasinormal sp aces and  g closed sets", acta m ath.hungar, 89, (3), 211219. 12adea, k.,2009 “on bcompactness and b * comp actness in top ological sp aces”.accepted in journal of basic edu cation, 12(2007). 13alomeri, a., and noorani, m d. m . s.,(2009)," on generalized b0 closed sets" bull. m ath. sci. (2), 1930. 14levine, n., (1970), " gener alized closed sets in top ology " rend. gen. m ath. palermo (2) 19 8996. . 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة gbمن النمط المجموعات المغلقة العبیديعذیة خلیفة الجامعة المستنصریة ، كلیة التربیة االساسیة ، قسم الریاضیات 2011 یارآ 10: استلم البحث في 2011 حزیران 16 : قبل البحث في المقدمة gb(المجموعات المغلقة من النمط في هذا البحث قدمنا صنفا جدیدا من المجموعات اسمیناها  ودرسنا بعض ) gp (هما المجموعات المغلقة من النمط ان هذا النوع یقع بین صنفین من المجموعات إذ.الخواص االساسیة لها  ( gsp( والمجموعات المغلقة من النمط فضاء . ) كما عرفنا ودرسنا نوعا من الفضاءات اسمیناه ال b 2 1t. gb المجموعة المغلقة من النمط ، المجموعة المفتوحة المنتظمة، bلمجموعة المفتوحة من النمط ا :الكلمات المفتاحیة . microsoft word 100-109 100 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 evaluation of antibacterial activity of ethanolic extracts for three local plants kudair a. h. al-ameri depart. of biology/ college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham )/ university of baghdad. receivd in:7/ september/2014, accepted in :24/november/2014 abstract there is an increasing interest in the use of plant extracts as therapeutic agents, particularly their capacity to inhibit the growth of pathogenic microorganisms. in this study antibacterial effect of malva sylvestris, anastatica hierochuntica and vitis vinifera leaves extracts were evaluated against escherichia coli, pseudomonas aeruginosa, bacillus subtilis, staphylococcus aureus and proteus mirabilis. the in vitro antibacterial activity was performed using agar well diffusion method and the minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) was determined by microtitration technique. the result indicated that the extract of v. vinifera leaves inhibited with the growth of gram-positive bacteria, as well as gram-negative bacteria while the extract of a. hierochuntica showed inhibitory activity against b. subtilis and s. aureus. finally the extract of m. sylvestris showed inhibitory activity against e. coli, p. aeruginosa, s. aureus and p. mirabilis. phytochemical studies showed that the active component in ethanolic extract of these plants have amino acid, glycoside, phenol, tannins and alkaloids. key words: malva sylvestris, anastatica hierochuntica, vitis vinifera leaves, antibacterial activity. 101 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction over the past decade, there has been an explosion of interest in antibacterial and antifungal activity of natural products. recommendation for the use of various natural products for infectious diseases is widespread and appears in a number of popular and other easily obtainable texts [1]. today in most countries of the world, the knowledge of plant therapy has become an agenda in scientific researches and the use of herbal medicine is constantly growing. medicinal plant have many healing properties without showing any significant side effect. antibacterial activity is one of those properties among many others [2]. malva sylvestris linn. (malvaceae) is an important medical plant whose flowers are used as a remedy for cut wound, eczema, dermal, infected wounds, bronchitis, digestive problems and urinary tract infections [3, 4]. anastatica hierochuntica is a small gray annual herb that rarely grows above 15 centimeters, bears minute white flowers [5, 6]. anastatica is found in arid areas in the middle east, including parts of north africa, regions of iran, egypt, palestine, jorden, iraq and pakistan [7, 8]. it is used to treat gastrointestinal disorders, depression, high blood pressure, indigestion, cold, fever and diabetes [9, 10]. grape (vitis vinifera) belongs to family vitaceae [11]. vitis vinifera is a deciduous woody climber with coiled climbing tendrils and large leaves. it has small, pal, green flowers in the summer followed by bunches of berry fruits that range from green to purple-black [12]. in iraq, grape leaves are used in traditional food (dolma). grape leaves with antioxidant activity have been reported to treat chronic venous insufficiency in human and nephrotoxicosis induced by citrine [13]. theoretical selected bacteria are common bacteria in hospital infectious disease. p. aeruginosa is one of the important opportunistic pathogens in hospital which is clearly seen in affected to out immune system deficiency and in scaled, respiratory diseases, cancerous patients under chemotherapy, heredity cysticfibrosis bacteremia, septicemia and many other hospitals infections [14]. s. aureus is the main cause of bacteremia, surgical wound infections and the most common cause of skin and soft tissue infections [15]. e. coli is the agent of major urinary tract hospital infection [16]. b. subtilis is only known to cause disease in severely immunocompromised patients [17] proteus include pathogens responsible for many urinary tract infections [18]. the aim of this study is to evaluate the antibacterial activity of m. sylvestris, a. hierochuntica and v. vinifera leaves against pathogenic gram positive and gram negative bacteria. material and methods plant samples: m. sylvestris, a. hierochuntica and v. vinifera leaves were purchased from baghdad markets, iraq. the plants were dried at room temperature for fifteen days. preparation of plant extracts: 25 gm of each plant was extracted in 250 ml of solvent (80% ethanol) by soxhlet extraction techniques for 4 h. the extract kept for the next day at room temperature, then filtered by filter paper no. 42 extracts were concentrated by rotary evaporator [19]. different concentrations of (25, 50, 75 and 100) mg/ ml of each plant extracts were prepared using dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso). bacterial strains: five bacteria (e. coli, p. aeruginosa, s. aureus, b. subtilis and p. mirabilis) were used to test the antibacterial activity in the plant extract. these strains were collected from center for market research and consumers protection-baghdad university. 102 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 culture media and antibacterial assay: bacterial strains were grown on muller hinton agar (mh) and nutrient agar (na) at 37° c for 24 h were appropriately diluted using sterile normal saline solution to obtain cell suspension at 1.5 ×108 colony forming units (cfu)/ml. to evaluate inhibiterial assay, an agar well diffusion method was used described by [20]. the organisms were spread on mh :na agar plates by cotton swab. well were punched into the agar medium and filled with 50 µl of plants extracts. the plates were incubated for 24 h at 37° c. antibacterial activity was evaluated by measuring the zone of inhibition against the test organism. minimum inhibitory concentration (mic): determination of mic of the plant extracts against bacterial strains was preformed according the microtitration technique described by [21]. determination of phytochemical constituents: the freshly prepared extract was subjected to standard photochemichal analyses for different constituents such as alkaloids, glycosides, phenols, tanines and amino acid as earlier described by [22]. results table (1) and fig. (1) showed the effect of ethanolic extract of a. hierochuntica against the growth of bacteria. a. hierochuntica exhibited the strongest antibacterial activity against s. aureus (19 mm) at (100 mg/ ml). the ranking of antibacterial activity of a. hierochuntica against the five bacterial strains was s. aureus > b. subtilis > p. aeruginosa but it wasn't active against e. coli and p. mirabilis. table (2) and fig. (2) showed the effect of ethanolic extract of v. vinifera leaves. v. vinifera leaves exhibited maximum antibacterial activity against e. coli (15 mm) at (100 mg/ ml). the ranking of antibacterial activity of v. vinifera leaves against the five bacterial strains was e. coli > s. aureus > p. mirabilis > p. aeruginosa > b. subtilis. table (3) and fig. (3) showed the effect of ethanolic extract of m. sylvestris. m. sylvestris exhibited the strongest antibacterial activity against s. aureus (22 mm) at 100 mg/ ml. the ranking of antibacterial activity of m. sylvestris against the five bacterial strains was s. aureus > p. aeruginosa > p. mirabilis > e. coli and it had negative activity against b. subtilis. the results showed that the ethanolic extract of v. vinifera leaves has the highest effective, the second was the extract of m. sylvestris while the extract of a. hierochuntica was the lowest. table (4) represented the chemical test for the active compounds like amino acid, glycoside, phenol compounds, tannins and alkaloids which was the active material of the plants extracts. table (5) showed the minimum inhibitory concentration of those studied local plants. discussion the reason for the effectiveness of antibacterial to contain plant extracts like alkaloids, tannins, phenol and glycosides. activity of the studied plant extract alkaloids characterized by their ability to break into the bacterial cell and interfering with dna. tannins have the ability to inhibit enzymes and transportation of proteins in the cell membrane. phenolic in usability the formation of a complex with a soluble extracellular protein and activity was in cell wall lead to the treating of the cell[23, 24]. the common name for m. sylvestris is mallow and its local name is khabaz. the active ingredients are found in the flowers and leaves, which are rich in mucilage; it is used in treatment for their expectorant properties [26]. this plant was largely used to soothe mucous and membrane in inflammations. m. sylvestris exhibited maximum antibacterial activity against s. aureus. the study was conducted by [27]. m. sylvestris is good for skin disorders, 103 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 as well as having good antibacterial and anti-inflammatory activity [28]. v. vinifera leaves are rich in phenolic compound such as myricetin, ellagic acid, kaempfrol, quercetin and gallic acid all of these compound have antibacterial activity [28, 29]. also this antibacterial properties could be used to increase the shelf-life of food [30]. all part of a. hierochuntica are rich in minerals, these phenolic, have high antioxidant and free radical scavenging activities. these properties explain the therapeutic activities of these plants [31]. conclusion this study will help to identify active ingredients for the treatment of bacterial diseases. additional studies are needed to assess the effect of the selected plants on other pathogenic organisms. finally we can conclude from this study that v. vinifera leaves extracts is good antibacterial with in little concentration. this study could be done on each active compound (alkaloids, amino acid, phenolic compounds, glycosides and tannins) in the ethanolic extract. references 1-shahidi bonjar, g. h.; aghighi, s. and karimi, n. k. (2004). methods for testing the antibacterial activity of extracts. rev. j. biol. sci., 4: 405-412. 2-zarei, b.; saifi, t.; fazeli, a.; khodadadi, e. and namavar, a. (2013). evaluation of antibacterial effects of marshmallow (althaea officinalis) on four strains of bacteria. internat. j. agricult. & crop sci., 5: 1-4. 3-ghorbani, a. (2005). studies on pharmaceutical ethnobotany in the region of trkman sahra, north of iran. j. ethnopharm., 102: 100-107. 4-zargari, a. (1990). medicinal plants. tehran university publishers, tahran, iran, 4th edition. 5-doughari, g. h. (2007). antifungal activity of extracts of mangiferaindical l. j. res. physisc. sci., 2: 7-8. 6-ticzon, r. (2001). ticzon herbal encyclopedia romeo r. ticzon publishing phillipines, 2: 231-232. 7-friedman, j. and zipporahstein (2012). the influence-seed-dispersal mechanisms on the dispersion of anastatica hierochuntica in the neger desert. rev. j. biol. sci., 4(1). 8-conway, p. (2006). tree medicine-a comprehensive guide to the healing power of over 10 trees judy piatkus publisher 1 td: 213-217. 9-balanouny, k. h. (1999). wild medicinal plants in egypt. the palm press, cairo: 207 pp. 10-eman, a. s.; tailang, m. and benyounes, s. (2011). antibacterial and hepatoprotective effects of ertira plants of anastatica hierochuntica. int. j. res. phytoch. pharm., 1: 24-27. 11-jayaprrakasha, g. k.; selvia, t. and sakariah, k. k. (2003). antibacterial and antioxidant activities of grape (vitis vinfera) seed extracts. food res. internat., 3: 117-122. 12-davis, p. h. (1997). flora of turkey and east aegean islands. food res. internat., 3(6): 117-122. 13-kiesewetter, h. j.; koscielny, j. and kalus, u. (2000). efficacy of orally administered extract of red vine leaf as (folia vitis vinifera) in chronic venous insufficiency (stage i-ii). aroundomized, double-blind placebo-controlled trial. arzeneimittel forschuny, 50: 109-117. 14-harris, a. d.; smith, d. and johnson, j. a. (2002). risk factors for imipenem-resistant pseudomonas aeruginosa among hospitalized patients, clin. infect. dis., 34: 340-345. 15-volokhov, d.; chizhikov, v.; chumakov, k. and rasooly, a. (2003). microarray analysis of erythromycin resistance determinates. j. appl. bacterial., 95: 787-798. 16-mousavi, k. m. r. (2013). pharmacology and treatment. third edition. tahran sepehr. publication: 360. 104 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 17-oggioni, m. r.; pozzi, g.; valensin, p. e.; galieni, p. and bigazzi, c. (1998). recurrent septicemia in an immunocompromised patient due to probiotic strains of bacillus subtilis. j. clin. microbiol., 36(1): 325-326. 18-guentzel, m. n. (1996). barron's medical microbiology 4th ed. university of texas medical branch: 963-964. 19-harborne, j. b. (1976). photochemical methods a guide to modern techniques of plant analysis. halsted press, john wiley and sons, inc. new york: 1-26. 20-nogponga, k. w.; aporn, m.; duangtip and sukon, t. (2008). screening and identification of lactic acid bacteria producing antibacterial compound from pig gastrointestinal tracts. kmitl sci. tech. j., 8:1. 21-eloff, j. n. (1998). a sensitive and quick microplate method to determine the minimal inhibitory concentration of plant extract for bacteria. plant med., 64: 711-713. 22-odebiyi, a. and sofowora, a. e. (1999). phytochemical screenings of nigerian medical plants, part ii, lyodia, 41:234-246. 23-simor, a. e.; ofner-agostini, m.; bryce, e.; mcgeer, a.; paton, s. and mulvey, m. r. (2001). canadian hospital epidemiology committee and canadian nosocomial infection surveillance program. j. infect. dis., 186(5): 652-660. 24-balcht, a. and raymond, s. r. (1994). pseudomonas aeruginosa infections and treatment. marcel deker, new york. 25-todar, k. (2007). pathogenic e. coli. textbook of bacteriology. university of wisconsin, madison. department of bacteriology. 26-yeole, n. b.; sandhya, p. chaudhari, p. s. and bujbal, p. s. (2010). evaluation of malva sylvestris and pedalium murex mucilage as suspending agent. internat. j. pharm tech. res., 2(1): 385-389. 27-pirbalouti, a. g.; yousefi, m.; nazari, h.; karimi, i. and koohpayeh, a. (2009). evaluation of burn healing properties of arnebia euchorma and malva sylvestris. electronic j. biol., 5(3): 62-66. 28-pastrana-bonilla, e.; akoh, c. c.; sellapan, s. and krewer, g. (2003). phenolic content and antioxidant capacity of muscadine grapes. j. aric. food chem., 51: 5497-4503. 29-rodriguez-naquero, m. j.; alberto, m. r. and manca-de-nadra, m. c. (2007). antibacterial effect of phenolic compounds from different wines. food contr., 18: 93-101. 30-fred, o. j. o. and honeybell, i. m. (2009). nutritional and antibacterial properties of jatropha tanjorensis leaves. amer. euras. j. sci. res., 4: 7-10. 31-ilhsanullah, d. (2012). chemical properties of the medicinal herb anastatica hierochuntica and its relation on to folk medicine use. african j. microbiol. res., 6(23): 5248-5051. 105 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (1): the effect of ethanolic extract of a. hierochuntica against the growth of bacteria strains. concentration  mg/ml  inhibitory diameters (mm) mean  e. coli  p. aeruginosa p. mirabilis b. subtilis  s. aureus 25  ‐  ‐ ‐ 4 ‐  50  ‐  ‐  ‐  8  8  75  ‐  ‐  ‐  12  18  100  ‐  15  ‐  16  19  dmso  ‐  ‐  ‐  ‐  ‐  note: '-', no inhibitory diameter table no. (2): the effect of ethanolic extract of v. vinifera against the growth of bacteria strains. concentration  mg/ml  inhibitory diameters (mm) mean  e. coli  p. aeruginosa  p. mirabilis  b. subtilis  s. aureus  25  4  2  3  2  4  50  8  5  6  3  7  75  11  7 9 4 10  100  15   10 12 5 13  dmso  ‐  ‐  ‐  ‐  ‐  note: '-', no inhibitory diameter table no. (3): the effect of ethanolic extract of m. sylvestris against the growth of bacteria strains. concentration  mg/ml  inhibitory diameters (mm) mean  e. coli  p. aeruginosa p. mirabilis  b. subtilis  s. aureus  25  3  4  5  ‐  5  50  6  8  9  ‐  11  75  9  12  14  ‐  16  100  12  16 14 ‐ 22  dmso  ‐  ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐  note: '-', no inhibitory diameter 106 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (4): result of photochemical screening of ethanolic extract of plant photochemical class  a. hierochuntica v. vinifera  m. sylvestris  alkaloids  +  +  +  amino acid  +  +  +  phenolic content  +  +  +  glycosides  + + +  tannins  + + +  table no. (5): minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) of the ethanolic extracts of the plants against the test bacterium bacterial strain test  a. hierochuntica  v. vinfera  m. sylvestris  e. coli  ‐  25  25  p. aeruginosa  100  25  25  b. subtilis  25 25 ‐  s. aureus  50 25 25  p. mirabilis  ‐  25  25  figure no. (1): the effect of ethanolic extract of a. hierochuntica against the growth of bacteria strains. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 in h ib it o ry d ia m et er s (m m ) concentration mg/ml e. coli p. aeruginosa p. mirabilis b. subtilis s. aureus 25 50 75 100 107 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (2): the effect of ethanolic extract of v. vinifera against the growth of bacteria strains. figure no. (3): the effect of ethanolic extract of m. sylvestris against the growth of bacteria strains. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 in h ib it o ry d ia m et er s (m m ) concentration mg/ml e. coli p. aeruginosa p. mirabilis b. subtilis s. aureus 25 50 75 100 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 in h ib it o ry d ia m et er s (m m ) concentration mg/ml e. coli p. aeruginosa p. mirabilis b. subtilis s. aureus 25 50 75 100 108 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 malva sylvestris green plant dry plant anastatica hierochuntica 109 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تقييم التأثير التثبيطي لمستخلصات اإليثانول في ثالثة نباتات محلية خضير عباس حسن العامري / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم(-الصرفة قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم 2014/تشرين الثاني /24،قبل البحث في 2014/ايلول /7استلم البحث في : الخالصة ھناك اھتمام واسع باستعمال المستخلصات النباتية كعالج بسبب قدرتھا الواسعة على تثبيط اكبر عدد من االحياء المجھرية. أجريت ھذه الدراسة لمعرفة التأثير التثبيطي ضد البكتريا لمستخلصات نباتات الخبّاز، كف مريم، وورق العنب، و pseudomonas aeruginosaو escherichia coliتريا وتم تقويم التأثير التثييطي للمستخلصات ضد بك bacillus subtilis وstaphylococcus aureus و proteus mirabilis اتبعت طريقة االنتشار بالحفر. وتقدير . اوطأ تركيز مؤثر. أظھرت النتائج بان مستخلص ورق العنب ثبط كل البكتريا الموجبة والسالبة لملون كرام في حين أظھر . واخيراً اظھر مستخلص نبات الخبّاز قدرة تثبيطية b. subtilisو s. aureusمستخلص كف مريم قدره تثبيطية تجاه . e. coli و p. mirabilis ،p. aeruginosa ،s. aureusتجاه فات أجريت فحوصات كيميائية للمستخلصات لمعرفة مكوناتھا الكيميائية. أعطت المستخلصات نتائج إيجابية لكشو االحماض االمينية، والكاليكوسيدات، والفينوالت، والقلويدات والتانينات. ورق العنب، وكف مريم، ونبات الخبّاز، والفعالية التثبيطية للبكتريا. :الكلمات المفتاحية ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 vibrational zero-point energies of iodo compounds n. saeed departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in :11 april 2011 accepte d in :30 may 2011 abstract in this st udy , the contribution of the bond c–i has been d erived and incorp orated in emp irical formula to calcu late zero-point energies (zpe) of iodo comp ounds. the calculated zpe for 38 molecules containing this bond correlate well with exp erimental values. the comp arison of t hese results with semiemp irical (am 1) zpe app ears very satisfactory . keywords: zero-point energy ; empirical zpe; iodo comp ounds. introduction the zero p oint energies (z pe) of p olyatomic molecu les c an be exp erimentally determin ed via equation (1): zpe = 1/2 hvi (1) where h planck's constant,vi is the frequency of fundamental vibration i, and k the normal mod es of vibrations . normal vibrations are usually determined by ir and raman sp ectroscopy . this method has some difficulties, esp ecially , for large molecules because of the exist ence of overtones and combination frequencies in their mo lecular sp ectra. ab initio calcu lations are also used in determining the frequencies of normal modes of comp ounds. this method have several difficulties. first ly, it overest imates the frequencies by about 10% [1]. secondly, ab initio calcu lations require sop histicated comp uters and need long comp uting times esp ecially for lar ge mo lecules. as a consequence of the above difficulties, emp irical methods had been developed to calcu late the zpe’s of organic comp ounds . flanigen et al, [2] deriv ed a simple emp irical formula for the calculation of the zpe of a hydrocarbon, equation (2): zpe = 2n + 7m (kcal/mol) (2) where n, m are the number of carbon and hy drogen atoms, resp ectively. later, schulman and disch [3] have develop ed another emp irical formula for the calculation to the zpe,s of hy drocarbons, equation (3) : ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 zpe (n,m) = 3.88n + 7.12m – 6.19 (kcal/mo l) (3) where n and m are the number of carbon and hydrogen atoms, resp ectively, 3.88 is the increment of carbon atom, 7.12 is the increment of hy drogen atom and 6.19 is a const ant. ibrahim, fatafiata and abdulhussain [4-6] used schuman and disch formula to calcu late the zpe,s of other organic comp ounds by deriving increment for n, o, cl, f, s, br and i atoms. rahal et al, [7-8] established an emp irical relationship making it p ossible to calculate the zpe of organic comp ounds. this relationship was determined by relating zpe to the nature and typ e of bonds forming the molecule. the empirical formula found is written as follows : zpe (kcal/mol) (4) with p the number of bonds in the molecule, n t he number of bonds of t yp e i and bc, the contribution of the bond i to the zpe. this equation makes it p ossible to calculate the zpe of comp ounds containing the bonds c-h, n-h, o-h, s-h, c-o, c-c, c-n, c-s, n-n, c-f, c-cl, c-br, c=c, c=n, c=o, c=s, c≡c, and c≡n. it has been app lied to more than 80 chemical sy stems belonging to different categor ies of comp ounds (alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes, cycloalk enes, ketones, aldehydes, acids, esters, alcohols, ethers, amines, amides, nitriles, thio comp ounds, chloro comp ounds, fluoro comp ounds, aromatics, etc. ). the correlation between the exp erimental and emp irical zpe valu es is virtually linear for the non-aromatic compounds while for aromatic co mpounds, t he empirical values hav e to be adjust ed using the equ ation (5): zpe = 1.08 zpe (emp irical) 1.07 (kcal/mol) (5) this correction is due to t he fact t hat in the aromatic nucleus t he cc bonds are identical by resonance, while the model sup p oses the p resence of three c-c bonds and three c=c bonds. in this st udy , we determine the contribution of the c-i bond in order to c alculate the zpe of iodo comp ounds. the results obtained have been comp ared to the exp erimental values on the one hand, and to the values obtained usin g semiemp irical (am 1) calculations on the other hand. computational details the semiemp irical calculations were carried out using the (am 1) method [9] imp lemented in the gaussian 09 p rogram [10] and pentium iv pc at baghdad university . zero-point vibrational energy was calculated after op timising the geometry on the basis of normal vibr ation frequencies. results and discussion the derivation of bond contribution for any type bond requires molecules have reliable zpe values. the set molecules used in the derivation of c-i bond contribution with their exp erimental zpe values are recorded in table (1). the exp erimental zpe values are calcu lated from the reported vibrational sp ectra for chosen or ganic iodo comp ounds belong to different or ganic classes of comp ounds such as acy clic, cyclic, saturated and unsaturated. ot her functional group s such as oh are also p resent in the chosen molecu les. t he chosen = n b c -2 .0 9 (e mpirical) p i i i ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 comp ounds can be also divid ed into mono-, di and tetraiodo comp ounds. t hus , t he chosen molecu les include various classes of iodo compounds. by using the least squares method and eq. (4) can derive c-i bond contribution to calcu late zpe value. the contribution of c-i bond as well as the contributions already established [7-8] for the other bonds are given in table (2). the deriv ed c-i bond contribution value is 1.6344 kcal/mo l. to test the reliability of the generalized emp irical formula, it is applied to 38 iodo comp ounds of various classes (iodoalkanes, iodoalkenes, iodoalky nes, iodoaromatics, etc.). the results in table (1) show that the calculated v alues correlate well with the exp erimental values. the correlation between the exp erimental and emp irical values list in fig (1), st andard deviation, sd, is 0.681, slop e is close to unity 1.013 , correlation coefficient is 099979 and average error is 0.47. this means the develop ed c-i bond contribution could rep roduce the exp erimental zpe values for an iodo organic comp ounds. the table (1) shows that there is little difference between the exp erimental values of zpe and those calculated empirically, less than 1.3 k cal/mol in all cases excep t tert-butyl iodide was 2.29 kcal/mol. the st andard deviation, sd, average error, slop e and correlation coefficient will b e imp roved to 0.579, 0.42, 1.011 and 0.99984 r esp ectively if the tertbutyliodide valu e is ne glected fig (2). the same iodo comp ounds are calculated by using the semi emp irical (am 1) method. the results are corrected by a factor of 0.96 table (1). the st andard division, sd, slop e, average error, and correlation coefficient are 0.824, 1.011, 0.646 and 0.99963 resp ectively fig (3). the comp arison between the semi emp irical (am 1) values and emp irical estimation values shows t hat the empirical est imation valu es are closer to exp erimental values. conclusion in this st udy the zero p oint energy zpe values of iodo organic comp ounds are calcu lated using the contribution of the c-i bond determined. the results obtained are comp ared with the exp erimental results available and with the results obtained using the semi-emp irical method (am 1). the emp irical method p rovides a simple and quick method of calcu lating zpe values of iodo compounds. re ferences 1.m artin, m . l. (1998) “ab initio thermochemistry bey ond chemical accuracy for first -and second-row comp ounds” phy sics,cornell ,ithaca new york ,980813. 2.flanigan, m . c.; kormornick i, a. and m clver, j. w. jr, (1977), “electronic st ructure calcu lation”, in seg g. a. ed. (plenu m press, new yourk). 3.schulman, j. m . and disch, r. l., (1985), “a simp le formula for the zero-p oint energies of hy drocarbons”, chem. phy s. lett. 113, 291-293. 4.ibrahim, m . r. and fataftah, z. a., (1986), “estimation of zero-p oint energies of comp ounds containing n, o, cl and f atoms”, chem. phy s. let. 125, 149-154. 5.ibrahim, m . r. and fataftah, z. a., (1987), “estimation of zero-point energies of bromo and thio compounds”, chem. phys. let. 136, 583-587. 6.abdulhussain, nasser saeed. (1999), “thermochemical data of carboxy lic acids, esters and iodo compounds”, theses, yarmouk university . 7.rahal, m .; hilali, m .; el m ouhtadi, a. and el ha jab, a., (2001), “ calculation of vibrational zero-point energy ”, j. m ol. struct (themochem)., 572, 73-80. 8.rahal m . and el hajab, a., (2004), “ vibrational zero-point energies of bro mo co mpounds”, j. m ol. struct (t hemochem)., 668, 197-200. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 9.dewar, m . j. s.; zoebisch, e.g.; healy , e.f. and stewart, j., (1985), “develop ment and use of quantum mechanical molecular models. 76. am 1: a new gener al p urp ose quantum mechan ical molecular model”, j.p j. am. chem. so c. 107 3902–3909. 10.gaussian 09, revision a.02, frisch, m . j.; trucks, g. w.; schlegel, h. b.; scuseria, g. e.; robb, m . a.; cheeseman, j. r.; scalmani, g.; barone, v. ; m ennucci,b.; petersson, g. a.; nakatsuji, h.; caricato, m . x. li.; hratchian, h. p.; izmay lov, a. f.; bloino, j.; zheng, g.; sonnenber g, j. l. ; hada, m .; ehara, m .; toy ota, k.; fukuda, r.; hasegawa, j.; ishida, m .; nakajima, t.; honda, y. ; kitao, o.; nakai, h.; vreven, t.; m ontgomery , j. a. jr.,; peralta, j. e.; ogliaro, f.; bearp ark, m .; hey d, j. j.; brothers, e.; kudin, k. n.; staroverov, v. n.; kobay ashi, r.; normand, raghavachari, j.; k.; rendell, a.; burant, j. c.; iyengar, s. s. ; tomasi, j.; cossi, m .; rega, n.; m illam, j. m .; klene, m .; knox, j. e. ; cross, j. b.; bakken, v.; adamo, c.; jaramillo, j.; gomp erts, r.; stratmann, r. e.; yazy ev, o.; a. austin, j.; cammi, r.; pomelli, c.; ochterski, j. w.; m artin, r. l.; m orokuma, k.; zakrzewski, v. g.; voth, g. a.; salv ador, p.; dannenberg, j. j.; dapp rich, s.; daniels, a. d.; farkas, o.; foresman, j. b. ; ortiz, j. v.; cioslowski, j.; and fox, d. j.; gaussian, inc., wallin gford ct, 2009. 11.zhou, x. and allinger, n. l., (1994), “m olecular mechanics calculations (mm 3) on alky l iodides”, j. phy s. org. chem., 7, 420-430. 12.sverdlov, l.m .; kovner, m .a and krainov, e.p. (1974) “ vibrational sp ectra of polyatomic molecu les” , john wiley & sons, new york and toront o. 13.shimanouchi, t., (1974), “tables of m olecular vibrational frequencies. part 8”, j. phy s. chem. ref. data., 3, 269-308. 14.shimanouchi, t., (1973), “tables of m olecular vibrational frequ encies: part 6” “, j. phy s. chem. ref. data., 2, 121-162. 15.tsuchiya, s., (1974), “molecular st ructures of acety l fluoride and acety l iodide”, j. m ol. struct., 22, 77-95. 16.tanabe, k., (1974), “vibrational frequencies, infrared absorp tion intensities and ener gy difference of rotational isomers of 1,2-diiodoethane”, sp ectrochim. acta., 30a, 19011914. 17.shimanouchi, t., (1980), “tables of m olecular vibrational frequencies part 10”, j. phy s. chem. ref. data., 9, 1149-1254. 18.rogst ad, a. and cy vin, s. j., (1974), “vibrational frequen cies, force constants, mean amp litudes, shrinkage effects and thermody namic functions for monohaloacety lenes”, j. m ol. struct., 20, 373-379. 19.flourie, e. j. and jones, w. d., (1969), “the vibrational sp ectra and assignments of tetraiodoethy lene”, sp ectrochim. acta., 25a, 653-659. 20.whitmer, j. c., (1974), “normal coordinates and p otential energy distributions of methy l acety lene and some halo gen subst itut ed analogues”, j. m ol. struct., 21, 173-183. 21.jorgensem, w. l. and salem, l. (1973), “the organic chemist’s book of orbitals”, acadimic press, new york. 22.durig, r. (1978), “vibrational sp ectra and structure”, vol.7, elseveir scientific publish ing company, amst erdam. 23.klaboe, p. and jenesn, e. k., (1967), “raman sp ectra and revised vibrational assignments of some halogeno cyanoacety lenes”,sp ectrochim. acta., 23a, 1981-1990. 24.durig, r.; thompson, j. w.; thy agsean, u. w. and witt, j. d., (1975), “vibrational sp ectra of ethy l iodedes”, j. m ol. struct., 24, 41-58. 25.rogst ad, a.; benest ad, l. and cy vin, s. j., (1974), “vibrational frequen cies, force constants, coriolis constants, mean amp litudes and shrinkage effects for ch3cc-ccx (x = h, cl, br or i)”, j. m ol. struct., 23, 265-272. 26.faerman and bonadeo, h., (1980), “vibrational sp ectra, p acking calculations and cryst al st ructure of 1,2-diiodobenzene”, chem. phy s. let. 69, 91-96. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 27.woldbeak, t. and klaebe, p., (1980), “the conformation and vibrational sp ectra of trans1,4-dihalocy clohexanes : part iii. trans-1,4-diiodo-, trans-1,4-bromoiodo and trans-1,4dibromocyclohexane”, j. m ol. struct., 63, 195-219. 28.klaeboe, p.; nielsen, c. j. and woldbaek, t., (1981), “the vibrational sp ectra and conformation of si x trans-1,4-dihalocy clohexanes(cl, br, i)” j. m ol. struct., 60, 121-126. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table ( 1): comparison of c alculated (empirical, am 1) zero-p oint energy with exp erimental values. formula m olecular zpe (kcal/mol) dif (kcal/mol) a ref exp . emp . am 1 b emp . am1 ch3i methyliodide 22.02 22.31 21.65 -0.29 0.37 [11] chi3 iodoform 10.90 10.40 10.25 0.50 0.65 [12] ccl3i t richloroiodomethane 5.36 6.16 5.76 -0.80 -0.40 [11] cf 3i t riiodoflurooiodomethane 8.69 9.47 9.17 -0.78 -0.48 [13] ch2i2 diiodomethan 16.30 16.35 16.12 -0.05 0.18 [13] ci4 carbontetraiodide 3.42 4.45 4.16 -1.03 -0.74 [11] icn cyanogeniodide 4.70 4.36 5.31 0.34 -0.61 [14] c2bri bromoiodoacetylene 5.75 5.94 6.48 -0.19 -0.73 [14] c2cli chloroiodoacetylene 6.11 6.16 6.91 -0.05 -0.80 [14] c2h3oi acetyliodide 28.16 28.32 28.30 -0.16 -0.14 [13] c2h4i2 1,2-diiodoethane 33.60 33.60 33.39 0.00 0.21 [15] c2h5i ethyliodide 39.60 39.56 39.14 0.04 0.46 [16] c2h5oi iodoethanol 43.16 41.96 42.28 1.20 0.88 [17] c2hi iodoacetylene 10.95 11.54 11.96 -0.59 -1.01 [18] c2i2 diiodoacetylene 5.55 5.59 6.34 -0.04 -0.79 [14] c2i4 t etraiodoethene 6.86 7.10 7.69 -0.24 -0.83 [19] c3h3i methyliodoacetylene 28.33 28.79 28.70 -0.46 -0.37 [20] c3h3i iodopropadien e 28.16 27.61 28.41 0.55 -0.25 [14] c3h3i propargyliodide 28.00 28.79 28.70 -0.79 -0.70 [21] c3h5i iodocycloprop ane 43.51 43.71 43.81 -0.20 -0.30 [22] c3h5i 3-iodopropene 42.74 42.21 42.61 0.53 0.13 [11] c3h6i2 1,3-diiodopropane 50.98 50.85 50.63 0.13 0.35 [17] c3h7i 1-propyliodide 56.80 56.81 56.48 -0.01 0.32 [11] c3h7i isopropyliodide 56.63 56.81 56.30 -0.18 0.33 [17] c3h7oi 2-iodoethylmethyllether 59.95 60.13 59.83 -0.18 0.12 [23] c3ni iodocyanoethyne 10.97 10.85 12.29 0.12 -1.32 [14] c4h8i2 1,4-diiodobutane 68.23 68.10 67.92 0.13 0.31 [20] c4h9i 1-iodobutane 74.10 74.06 73.85 0.04 0.25 [24] c4h9i tert-butyliodide 76.35 74.06 73.25 2.29 3.10 [20] c4hi iododiacetylen e 17.33 18.03 18.82 -0.70 -1.49 [17] c4o3i2 diiodomalaicanhydride 21.84 21.24 23.16 0.60 -1.32 [24] c5h11i 1-iodopentan e 91.37 91.31 91.09 0.06 0.28 [20] c5h3i 1-iodo-1,3-pentadiyne 34.51 35.28 35.51 -0.77 -1.00 [25] c6h10cli 1,4-chloroiodocyclohex ane 91.38 90.08 91.72 1.30 -0.34 [26] c6h10i2 1,4-diiodocyclohexane 90.62 89.51 91.18 1.11 -0.56 [21] c6h10ibr 1,4-iodobromocyclohexan e 91.05 89.86 91.29 1.19 -0.24 [27] c6h4i2 1,2-diiodobenzene 48.10 48.29 c 49.40 -0.19 -1.30 [28] c6h5i iodobenzene 54.68 54.72 c 55.57 -0.04 -0.89 [28] a zpe (e xper imental) – zpe(ca lculate d) . b valu es adjust by 0.96 . c adjust value by eq. (5) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (2) contr ibution of each bond tozpe (in kcal/mol) bo nd bond contribtion (bci c-h n-h o-h s-h c-o c-c c-n c-s n-n c-f c-cl c=c c=n c=o c=s c≡c c≡n c-br c-i 7.5877 a 7.2013a 7.2964 a 5.6921 a 2.6985 a 2.0751 a 4.1409 a 1.4403 a 6.8372a 3.3078 a 2.2051a 2.6501 a 3.8852a 3.9343 a 2.7319a 4.4125 a 4.8169a 1.9837 b 1.6344 c a ref [7 ]. b ref [8]. c this study. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 zpe(e xp.) = 1.011*zpe(emp.) 0.397 r = 0.99984 , sd = 0.579 , n = 37 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 z p e (e x p .) ( k ca l/ m o l) zpe(e mp.) (kcal/mol) fig. (1) comparison between experimental zpe’s and empirical values calculated using eq.(4) fig. (2) comparison between zpe’s experimental and empirical values except tert-butyl iodide value’s ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (3) comparison between experimental zpe’s and theortical (am1) zpe 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة طاقات نقطة الصفر لمركبات الیود ناصر سعید قسم الكیمیاء، ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد كلیة التربیة 2011نیسان 11: استلم البحث في 2011آیار 30 :قبل البحث في الخالصة ة وضمت c-iمساهمة االصرة تفي هذه الدراسة ، اشتق مع مساهمات االواصر المشتقة سابقا في الصیغ وجد ان و طاقات نقطة الصفر لمركبات الیود من خالل مساهمات االواصر المشتقة ، حسبت والوضعیة لمركبات الیود ، محسوبة لـ ةقیم طاقبین عالقة ال ، هي عالقة جیدة القیم التجریبیةمع جزیئة تحتوي هذه االصرة 38نقطة الصفر ال semiemp وكذلك مقارنة هذه النتائج مع قیم طاقات نقطة الصفر المحسوبة بـ irical (am . تبدو مقنعة جدا (1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 effects of the zinc o n activity of immune system in male albino mice z. hussein departme nt of biology, collage of education ibn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract effect of zinc chloride on the immune functions was st udied in male albino mice aged 6-7 weeks. it was administ rated orally (1ml) in three concentrations (0.5p p m, 1p p m, 2p p m) for 9 days. the results showed that t he first concentration was not effective comp aring with control while the second concentration increased the enhancement of immune sy st em and the cell third one killed the mice 6 hours p ost administ ration, so we can conclude that t he high dose of zncl2 could be harmful for all metabolism. introduction zinc, an essential trace element, is rich in animal p roducts such as meat (esp ecially beef), p oultry , sea food (esp ecially oy st ers) and dairy foods, which are the best food sources of zinc [1].cereals, grain p roducts, fruits and vegetables also contain zinc although in smaller amount than in animal p roducts. in addition, zinc, is more readily absorbed from animal than from vegetable sources [2]. it is p resent in all organs, tissues, fluids, and secretions in the body [3].m ore than 100 sp ecific enzy mes require zinc for their cataly tic function.m oreover, under p hy siological conditions, zinc is not subjected to oxido-reductive reactions, so it is relatively non-toxic.these p rop erties make zinc an ideal element to p articip ate in cataly tic, st ructural, and cellular regulatory functions[4].also it has a variety of effects on the immune and nervous sy st em in vivo and in vitro and these effects mainly depend on the zinc concentration [5].zinc also p lay s an imp ortant role in sp ecific immune defenses such as humoral and cellmediated immunity . in mice fed, a low zinc diet for 30 days, 30% to 80% losses in immune defense cap acity occurred [6].zinc has ot her prop erties that could contribute to its role in lymphocyte functions. it is an antioxidant, p rotecting cell from the damaging effects of oxy gen radicals [7].besides all these, zinc is requied as a co-factor for numerous metalloenzy mes involved in the continuous p roduction of the immune sy st em cells[8].m any biological st udies indicate that z inc deficiency decreases resist ance to infections diseases.z inc deficient animals have sup p ressed immune resp onses and are more suscep tible to a diverse range of infections agents including herpes simplex virus [9], bacteria such as salmonella enteritidis [10] and mycobacterium tuberculosis [11],and the protozoan p arasites typanosoma cruzi [12], fasciola hepatica [13],and schistsoma mansoni [14].zinc sup p lements also have beneficial effects when administ ered during infections, and zinc lozenges were shown to decrease the duration of the common cold [15], and this may be due to the increased zinc concentration in the nasal mucosa, which may alter the conformation of the binding site between the virus and icam -1[16]. at last , the very high zinc intakes in adults and children can result in copp er deficiency , anemia, growt h retardation and immunodep ression[17].thus too much zinc can be as bad as too little, as in most cases; abdominal p ain, anemia, fever and bleeding in the stomach can result[18]. material and methods a. animals: albino mice were brought from the centre for infertility in al_kadimiy a and, animals were divided into four group s, each group involved 6 mice. the first was a ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 control group and administrated orally (1ml) with distilled water, while the other three group s were administ rated orally (1ml) with zncl2 in three concentrations (0.5p p m, 1p p m, 2p p m). one dose p er day for 9 days. b. prep ration of zncl2: zncl2 solutions were p repared depending on human needs of zinc (15mg/60kg)[18], and accordingly 4 mg of zinc was dissolved in 100ml of distilled water to y ield a final concentration of 2p p m. c. tests: 1. white blood cell count: blood taken from mouse tail and examined according to the method of [19]. 2. diffrential count: blood smear, st ained with leishman st ain and examined the samples under the light microscope by using the oily lens and counted (100) random cells from each slide then find the average p ercentige of each animal according to number of each ty p e of cell. 3. phagocytic index: p hagocytes were isolated from p eritone and examined according to the method of [20]. 4. m itot ic index: examined according to the method of [21], isolation of cells (bone marrow and sp leen) in the method of [22] 5. art hurs reaction: examinted according to the method of [23] t hen examination of delayed ty p e hyp ersensitivity 24 hour. 6. adenosine deaminase activity in serum: the activity of ada was determind according to the method of giusti [24]. re sults the results in tables 1,2,3,4 and 5 showed that t he first concentration of zncl2 (0.5p p m) was associated with normal values and did not show any effect on mice, while the second concentration (1p p m) showed that zinc chloride enhanced immune sy st em in all tests, but it made mice suffered from lassitude and diarrhea. in the third concentration (2p p m), sy mptoms of lassitude, diarrhea, loss of app etite, depression, extremities p alsied and death app eared 6 hour p ost treatment. discussion the parameters invest igated in tables 1,2,3,4 and 5 showed increased levels with the increase of concentration comp ared with control. table 1 showed that increased intake of (zncl2) st imulated white blood cell count [ total and differential] esp ecially at second concentration, this is may be due to zinc effect on nonsp ecific immunity by its affecting neutrop hil and natural killer cells activity [25].m any st udies showed that very high zinc concentrations could exp ress a microbicidal activity [26].when zncl2 was used in concentrations of 10(-4);10(-5);10(-6)m in pfc it was found that the numbers of anti-srbc antibody -p roducing cells in mice injected with zinc were greater than in the control. this enhancement of pfc was p rop ortional to concentration of zinc. it was determined that zncl2 in concentration 10(-4)m activated mouse lymphocytes for migaration inhibitory factors p roduction. this p rove that zinc may enhance the effectiveness of anti-infections immunity [27].thus more zinc addition in vitro alters the exp ression, function, or both, of lymphocyte surface molecules governing cell-cell interactions [28]. the results in table 2 showed that the increased intake of (zncl2) enhanced p hagocytosis .one imp ortant group of leucocy tes is the p hagocytic cells. these cells bind to microorganisms, neutralize them and then kill them [29].m any st udies indicated that when zinc deficient animals infected with p athogenic p arasites, the function of macrophage were imp aired however, p hagocytosis can be restored to normal when the animal receive sufficient zinc (6, 30), roitt [29] indicates that there were cooperation between t-lymphocyte and p hagocytic cell to kill microbes. ot her st udies showed that a very high concentration of zinc in vitro inhibited macrophage activity , mobility , p hagocytosis and oxy gen consumption[31].there is much sp eculation regarding the role of zinc in killing p athogens by oxy gen radicals p rodued by macrophages [32]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 thus zinc was not affected on absolute numbers of p erip heral p olymorphonuclear leukocytes, but chemotactic resp onse was impaired and was reversible by in vitro addition of zinc [33].in table 3 the results showed increased levels of mitotic activity comp ared with control .this may be due to carcinogenesis effect of zinc on cell growt h [34].zinc was demonst rated to inhibit the mutagenic action of some genotoxic carcinogens [35].furt hermore zinc chloride did not induce mutations at the thy midine kinase locus in l5178y mouse lymphoma cells [36] the p arameter in table 4 showed increased levels in art hus reaction and delayed ty p e hy p ersensitivity with the increased level of concentrations in comp arison with control. in art hus reaction, the animal had app reciable levels of serum antibody , following the injection of antigen reaction develops at the reaction site [29], and zinc p lay s an imp ortant role in sp ecific immune resp onse [5], this exp lains why there is an increase in thickness p ad of injected mice. our results were similar to the finding reported by[37] adenosine deaminase (ada) is a cytosolic enzy me. ada p articip ates in the p urine metabolism where it degrades either adenosine or 2’-deoxy adenosine p roducing inosine or 2’ deoxy inosine, resp ectively [38]. the results in table 5 showed the effect of zncl2 on ada activity in animal showed a dose dependent manner because the activity of ada was elevated when we use a high dose of zncl2 in the administration mice. zinc is a st ructural constituent of a great number of p roteins, including enzy mes belonging to cellular signaling p athways and transcription factors, and it is essential for biological activity [39]. at last this result suggests that zncl2 has enhancement immune sy st em but it mightbe deadly imp act when administ rated with high concentration since results showed that third concentration fatal for animals may be due to zinc chloride toxicity . it can p roduce significant lung damage in rate when instilled directly into the lung [40]. thus oral exp osure to zinc chloride causes reduced growt h rates, reduced body weight and anemia in numbers of rat, the mouse and a sheep st udies, following high oral or dietary intake of zinc [31, 41]. thus, exp osure to high doses of zinc was associated with p ancreatic atrop hy and histological changes in kidney s, accomp anied by changes in kidney function in rats, mice and sheep [31].changes in liver, including decreased activities of cytochrome p 450 and liver catalase [42]. re ferences 1 subar, a.f.;krebs-smith, s.m .; cook, a.; kahle, l.l. .(1998).dietary sources of nutrients among us adults,1989-1991j.am .diet.assoc. 98:537-547. 2zheng, j.j .;m anson, j.b.; rosenberg,i.h.; wood, r.j. (1993). m easurement of zinc bioavailability from beef and a ready -to-eat high-fiber breakfast cereal in humans:app lication of a whole-gut lavage techniqueam j. clin.nutr. 58:902-907. 3food and nut rition bulletin (2004). 25: (1),(sup p lement 2),united nations university . 4cousins, r.j.;zinc.in: ;ziegler, e.e.,filer, l.j. j.r., (1996).eds. present knowledge in nut rition, 7 th ed. washington, dc:ilsi press, 5frederickson,c.j.,j.y.koh, and a.i.bush. .(2005). the neurobiology of zinc in health and diseasenat.rev.neurosci.6:449-462. 6fraker,pj.; king,le.; laakko,t.; vollmer,tl. .(2000) the dy namic link between the integrity of immune sy st em and zinc status. j. nutr. 130:13995-14065. 7bray, t.m .; bett ger, w.j. (1990).the p hy siological role of zinc as an antioxidant. free radic biol m ed.8:281-91. 8beef facts nut rition, zinc and immune resp onse, nutrition research, national cattlemen’s beef association(2001).11-408. 9feiler, l.s.;smolin, g.; okumoto, m .; condon, d. .(1982). herp etic keratitis in zinc deficient rabbitsinvest op hthalmol vis sci.22:788-95. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 10kidd, m .t.;qureshi ,m .a.; ferket, p.r.; thomas ln. .(1994). dietary zinc-methionine enhances mononuclear-phagocytic function in y oung turkeys.z incmethionine,immunity ,and salmonella.biol trace elem res 42:217-29. 11-m cm urray, d.n.; bartow, r.a.; m intz er, c.l. .(1990).hernandez-front era e. m icronutrient st atus and immune function in tuberculosis.ann n.y. acad sci. 587:59-69. 12fraker, p.j.; caruso, r.; kierszenbaum, f. .(1982). alteration in the immune and nutritional st atus of mice by sy nergy between zn deficiency and infection with trypanosoma cruzi.j. nutr.112:1224-9. 13flagst ad, t.; andersen, s.; nielsen, k. .(1972).the course of exp erimental fas-ciola hepatica infection in calves with a deficient cellular immunity .res vet sci. 13:468-75. 14nawar, o.; akridge, r.e.; hassan, e.; et-gazar ,r.;doughty , b.l. kemp ,w.m .(1992). the effect of zinc deficiency on granuloma formation, liver fibrosis, and antibody resp onses in exp erimental schistosomiasis.am j. trop m ed hy g.47:383-9. 15m ossad, s.b.; m acknin, m .l.; m edendorp , s.v.; m ason, p.(1996). zinc gluconate lozenges for treating the common cold. a randomized, double-bind, p lacebo-controlled st udy ann. int ern. m ed.125:81-8. 16novick, s.g.; godfrey , n.j.; wilder, h.r. (1977). how does zinc modify the common cold? clinical observations and imp lications regarding mechanisms of action. m ed. hy p otheses. 46:295-302. 17fosmire, g.j.(1990). z inc toxicity am. j. clin. nutr.51:225-7. 18holmes, a.m . (1983).m edical reference library nutrition and vitamins127-128. 19harris-young, l.principles of hematology .(1995)wm.c.brown publishers,u.k. 20weber, b.; nickol, m .m .; jagger, k.s. and saelinger, c.b. .(1982). interaction of psendomonas exoproducts with p hagocytic cellscan. j. m icrobiol., 28:679-685. 21allen, j.w.; shuller, c.f.; m endes, r.w.and latt, s.a. a .(1977). simplified technique for in vivo analysis of sist er chromatid exchange using 5-bromodeoxy uridine tabletscy togenetics, 18:231-237. 22brown, c.d.; brown, i.w. and siljivic, v.s.,( 1978) enhancement of the antibody resp onse in vitro by bcg in: griffith, a.h. and regameny, r.h. (eds.), develop ment in biological standardization, academic press, london. pp :138-154. 23triolo, a.j.; osterholm, j.l. and kratky , m .t .(1989). enhancement of the art hus reaction and sup p ression of delay ed-ty p e hy p ersensitivity (dt h) by p luronic f68,a detergent frequently used to p repare perfluoro carbon emulsionsint. immunop harmac., 11:41-48. 24giust i, g. (1981). adenosine deaminase. in: bergmey er, h. u. (ed.) m ethods of enzy me analysis2 nd ed. academic press., 2:1092-1099. 25shanker, a.h.; prasad, a.s. .(1998). zinc and immune function: the biological basis of altered resistance to infection.am. j. clin nut r.68(sup p l):447s-463s. 26fair, w.r. hest on, w.d.w.(1977). the relationship of bacterial p rost atitis and zinc.in: brewer g.j., prasad a.s., eds. zinc metabolism: current asp ects in health and disease.new york: alan r. liss:129-40. 27izdebska-szy mona, k.; drela, n.; koz lowska, e.; kowalczy k, r.; konop ka, e. .(1991). zinc affects humoral and cellular resp onse in mice. a rchimmunol. ther. exp . (warsz ), 39(1-2):13-7. 28m cm ahon, l.j.; m ontgomery , d.w.;guschewsky , a.; woods, a.h. zukoski, c.f. .(1976). in vitro effects of zinc chloride on sp ontaneous sheep red blood cell(e) rosette formation by lymphocytes from cancer p atients and normal subjectsimmunol. commun. 15:53-67. 29-roitt , i.; brostoff, j. and m ale, d., .(1998). immunology 5 th ed., pp : 123,188 30cook-m ills, jm , m orford gl, fraker pj. .(1991). role of zinc in phagocytic function. the first line of immune defenseclin. ap p l. nutr. 1:25-33. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 31allen, j.i.; perri,r.t.; m cclain, c.j.;kay , n.e. (1983). alterations in human natural killer cell activity and monocy te cytotoxicity induced by zinc deficiency j.lab.m ed. 102:577-89. 32tone, k.; suzuki, t.; todoroki, t. .(1991).influence of zinc deficiency on p hagocytosis in mice. kitasato arch. exp . m ed.64:263-9. 33briggs, w.a.; pedersen, m .; m ahajan, s.; sillix, d.h.; prasad, a.s. m cdonald, f.d. .(1982). lymphocyte and granulocyte function in zinc treated and zinc deficient hemodialysis p atient.kidney int. 21:827-32. 34rath, f.w.; kort ge, r.; haase, p. and bismarck, m . (1991). the influence of zinc administ ration on the development of exp erimental lung metastases after an injection of tumour cells into t he tail vein of rats. exp pathol, 41(4): 215–217. 35-leonard,a. and gerber g.b. z inc toxicity : does it exist? (1989). j.am.coll.toxico l.8(7):1285-1290. 36amacher, d.e. and paillet s.c .induction of trifluorothy midine-resistant mutants by metal ions in l5178y/tk +/cells.(1980). m utat res, 78: 279–288. 37hoon, k.j.; sook, c.b.and jae, c.k. (1992).effect of zinc chloride on the immune resp onse in icr mice. (abst ract). 38tomáš doležal, (2001).adenosine deaminase, review of p hy siological roles. 39prasad, a.s., zinc: an overview. (1995). nut rition., 11:93-99. 40simon-hettich and wibbertmann, a., environmental health criteria, 221, zinc, (2001). world health organization, geneva. 41zaporowska h. and wasilewski w . (1992). combined effect of vanadium and zinc on certain selected haematological indices in rats. comp. biochem. phy siol. c, 103(1):143– 147. 42cho c.h., chen s.m ., ogle c.w., and young t.k . (1989). effects of zinc and cholesterol/choleate on serum lipop roteins and the liver in rats. life. sci, 44:1929−1936. table (1): effects of zncl2 on white blood cel l count [total and differential] in mal e albino mi ce /mm 3 b lood and d ifferential count × 10 3 white b lood cells w.b.c count lymph ocytes neutrophils monocytes eosinop hils dose/ml groups 0.50±7.55 0.02± 4.65 0.06± 2.56 0.01± 0.25 0.01± 0.08 d.w 1 0.10±7.65a 0.06± 4.66b 0.10± 2.62 0.01± 0.26a 0.01± 0.09 0.5 2 1.60±9.91a 0.99± 6.22b 0.57± 3.26 0.04± 0.32a 0.03± 0.11 1 3 2 4 (a) significant (a<0. 05) (b) significant (a<0. 01) (c) significant (a<0. 001) table (2): effects of zncl2 on phagocytic index i n mal e albino mi ce phagocytic index (%) dose groups 0.03 ±10.23 d.w 1 0.38 ±10.51c 0.5 2 1.24 ±15.18c 1 3 2 4 (c) significant (p<0.001) table (3): effects of zncl2 on mi totic index of bone marrow and spleen cells bone marrow (%) s pleen (%) dose/ml groups ± 17.00 1.15 ± 11.50 1.29 d.w 1 18.90 ± 2.33 ± 12.36 0.96 0.5 2 ± 23.53a 1.75 14.77a ± 2.31 1 3 2 4 (a) significant (p<0.05) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 table (4): effects of zncl2 on hypersensi tivity reactions (arthus and delayed type) art hus(m m) delay ed typ e(m m) dose/ml group s 0.03 ± 0.54 0.02 ± 0.62 d.w 1 0.88 a ± 0.25 1.63 b ± 1.11 0.5 2 1.13 b ± 0.47 1.88 a ± 0.95 1 3 2 4 (a) significant (p<0.05) (b) significant (p<0.01) table (5): effect of zncl2 on adenosi ne deaminase activity in serum ada activity / u/mg of p rotein dose/ml group s 0.01 ± 1.54 d.w 1 ± 1.68 a 0.17 0.5 2 ± 1.86 b 0.29 1 3 2 4 (a) significant (p<0. 05) (b) significant (p<0. 01) 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد فعالیة الجهاز المناعي في ذكور الفئران البیض فيتأثیر عنصر الزنك زهراء حسین ، جامعة بغدادابن الهیثم كلیة التربیة ، قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة ت اسـتعمل .اسـابیع 7-6بعمـر المناعیة على ذكورالفئران البـیضفعالیة في ال zncl2 كلورید الزنك دراسة تأثیر تتم 2p( وهـيzncl2 ثالثـة تراكیـز مـن مـادة p m,1pp m, 0.5p p m ( وبواقـع جرعــة واحـدة فـي الیـوم)1ml ( ایــام9 مــدة. معنویـة مقارنـة بالسـیطرة والجرعـة بینمـا التركیـز الثـاني اظهـر زیـادة ،تـاثیرا معنویـا یـؤثراظهرت النتائج ان التركیـز االول لـم zncl2لـذا نسـتنتج ان الجـرع العالیـة مـن ،سـاعات علـى التجریـع االول 6الثالثة كانت ممیتة اذ قتلت الحیوانات بعـد مـرور .داخل الجسم كافة لفعالیات االیضیةلا ضار یكون microsoft word 10 435 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis and characterization new schiff bases,pyrazole and pyrazoline compounds derived from acid hydrazide containing isoxazoline ring nebras m.jamel dhuha f. hussein jumbad h.tomma dept.of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al haitham)/university of baghdad received in: 15 june2014,accepted in: 29 september 2014 abstract the work involves synthesis of new schiff bases ( [v]a, b and [vi]a, b), pyrazoles[vii]a, b and pyrazolines[viii]a, b derivatives containing isoxazoline unit starting with chalcones. 4bromoacetophenone was reacted with 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde or 4-hydroxyacetophenone was reacted with 4-bromobenzaldehyde in basic medium to give chalcone by claisen-schemidt reaction. the chalcons [i]a, b was reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride to form isoxazolines [ii]a, b. which were reacted with ethyl chloro acetate in basic medium to get ester compounds[iii]a, b .the condensation new ester[iii]a, b with hydrazine hydrate80% yieldedacid hydrazide [iv]a, b.the later compound refluxing with 4-substituted benzaldehyde in dry benzene to give schiff bases([v]a, band [vi]a, b)while the reaction of acid hydrazide [iv]a, b with acetylacetone or ethyl aceto acetate to get pyrazole[vii]a, b , pyrazolone[viii]a, b ,respectively.the synthesized compounds were characterized by melting points, ftir, mass and 1h nmr spectroscopy(of someof them). key words:chalcones, schiff bases, isoxazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline. 436 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction chalcones were prepared by condensation of acetophenone with aromatic aldehydes in presence of basic medium [1]. the chalcone derivatives are important intermediate and also act as precursor for the synthesis of novel cyanopyridines, pyrazolines, isoxazoles,pyrimidines and tetrazole [2]. five-member heterocyclic compounds isoxazoline are important for pharmaceutical industry and material science due to their various applications. isoxazoline are present in the structures of many natural products. in fact, isoxazoline have a broad spectrum of their biological and pharmacological activities [3-6]. pyrazoles are one of the important members of heterocyclic compounds with two adjacent nitrogens in a five-membered ring system. because of their aromaticity and wide application in pharmaceutical and material industry, they have gained significant interest among the scientist [7-10]. also the pyrazoline showed a wide spectrum of biological activities such as anti-bacterial, antifungal, herbicidal and anti-choligenic [11-14]. in the view of the varied biological , pharmacological and industry applications, we have planned to synthesis some isoxazoline derivatives containing imine, pyrazole or pyrazoline unit. experimental chemicals all chemicals were supplied by fluka, gcc, merck and sigma-aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzu(ir prestige 21) 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company:bruker,model: ultra-shield 400mhz,origin: switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ) dmso were used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard,measurements were made at chemistry department, science and technology university, jordan. the mass spectrum was recorded on shimadzu model 6cms ql 1000 ex, made in japan. uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage,gallen kamp melting point apparatus. synthesis new compounds are synthesized according to scheme1 synthesis of (chalcones) 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)(4¯-bromophenyl)-2-propene-1-one[i]a and 3-(4¯-bromophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one[i]b equimolar quantities of 4-bromo or 4-hydroxy acetophenone (0.01 mol),and 4-bromo or4hydroxy benzaldehyde (0.01 mol) were dissolved in minimum amount of alcohol. sodium hydroxide solution (0.02 mol) was added slowly and the mixture became cold. then the mixture was poured slowly into 400 ml of ice water with constant stirring and kept in refrigerator for 24 hrs. the precipitate obtained was filtered [15],washed and recrystallized from ethanol . synthesis of 4-(3-(4`-bromophenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)phenol [ii]a and 4-(5-(4`bromophenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)phenol[ii]b a mixture of chalcone (0.02 mol) , hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.02 mol , 1.39 gm) and sodium hydroxide solution (0.5 g naoh in 25 ml of water) in ethanol (60 ml) was refluxed for 6hrs. the mixture was concentrated under vacuum and poured into ice water[16]. the precipitate obtained was filtered, washed and recrystallized from chloroform. synthesis of new ester derivatives[iii] a mixtuer of compound [ii]a, b(0.01mol) ,ethyl αchloro acetate (0.01 mol) and fused sodium acetate (0.03mol,2.46gm) in ethanol 25ml was refluxed for 4 hrs .then cooled and 437 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 poured into cold water, the resulting soiled was filtered and from recrystallized ethanol [17] to give a new ester. c o x cy o h naoh x c o ch ch x n o nh oh .hcl y clch co et br n o n o och2conhn naoh etoh y och2co2et och2conhnh2br n o ch3 br ch r 4-r c h cho6 4 och2cobr n o n n ch3h3c och2cobr n o n n ch3o ethyl aceto acetate acetyl acetone [i] [ii] [iii] [iv] [v] [vii [viii] a a,b a ,b a a a ,b a and [vi]a ,b ] 2 2 2 nh nh .h o2 2 2 clch co et2 2 eto2ch2co n o br [iii]b etoh nh nh .h o2 2 2 br n o h2nhnoch2co [iv] b r nhnoch2co n o brhc 4-r c h cho6 4 br n o och2conn ch3h3c [vii] b br n o och2conn h3c o [viii] b x= br, y = oh ;[i] ,[ii] and[iii]a a a x= oh, y = br ;[i] ,[ii] and[iii] b b b r=no ,br 2 acetyl acetone ethyl aceto acetate scheme (1) synthesis of hydrazid derivatives [iv]a, b a solution of ester [iii]a, b (0.06 mol) and hydrazine hydrate(15ml) in(25ml) of ethanol was heated to reflux during 4hrs. the mixture was then cooled to room temperature[18] ,and the solid obtained was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol. the physical properties of synthesized compounds [i]-[iv] were given in table 1. synthesis of schiff base derivatives[v]a, b , [vi] a, b a mixture of new hydrazide[iv]a, b (0.01 mol) , different aromatic aldehyde (0.012 mol) , dry benzene (10 ml) and 2drops of glacial acetic acid was refluxed for 3hrs . the solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue crystallized from chloroform[19]. synthesis of pyrazole and pyrazoline derivatives [vii]a, b,[viii]a, b 438 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 a mixture of new hydriozide [iv]a, b (0.0028 mol) and ch3coch2coch3or ch3coch2co2et (0.0028 mol) in abs. etoh(20ml) was refluxed for 3hrs. the reaction mixture was cooled and the formed precipitate was filtered off and recrystallized to give new pyrazoles [vii]a, b or pyrazoline[viii]a, b ,respectively. the physical properties of synthesized compounds [v]-[viii] were listed in table 2. results and discussion the chalcones [i]a, b were synthesized by claisen-schemidt reaction from condensation aromatic aldehyde with  acetophenone in naoh. the compounds [i]a, b were characterized by melting points, ftir spectroscopy .the ftir spectra of compound[i]a, b showed appearance broad band ν o-h between (3448-3250)cm-1, absorption sharp stretching band in the region(1681-1645)cm-1 due to c=o stretching with the appearance band between (1654-1610) cm-1 due to ν c=c of chalcone unit and a stretching band at (680-675)cm-1due to c-br.also the spectra showed disappearance characteristic bands of starting materials. the isoxazoline compound [ii]a, b was synthesized by the reaction of compound[i]a, b with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in basic medium .the ftir spectra of compound [ii]a showed disappearance the bands of c=o and c=c for chalcone moiety with the appearance of new bands for ν c-haliph. in the region (2920-2854) cm-1 and appearance of a stretching band at (1643-1640) cm-1 due to ν c=n of isoexaline ring (endo cyclic) and ν c-o of isoexaline ring between (1095-1070) cm-1 . the ester compounds [iii]a, b were synthesized by the reaction of compounds [ii]a, b with ethylα-chloro acetate in fused sodium acetate. the ftir spectra of compounds [iii]a, b showed a significant band at 1735cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl of ester group ,together with disappearance absorption band due to ν o-h group for compound[iii]a, b .the1hnmr spectrum of ester compound [iii]a (in dmso as a solvent), figure(1) showed the following characteristics chemical shifts: a singlet signal at δ4.25 ppm for two protons of och2 group while the aquaterale signal of protons of ch2 group appear at δ (3.12-3.20) ppm, and a triplet signal at δ1.79 ppm due to three protons of ch3group. also the spectrum showed many signals in the region δ (6.79-8.04) ppm could be attributed to eight aromatic protons , a triplet signal at δ (3.95-4.05) ppm and doublet of doublet at δ (2.953.02) ppm were assigned to one proton at c-5 and two protons at c-4,respectively of isoxazoline ring. the condensation of ester with hydrazine hydrate to get new acid hydrazides[iv]a, b. the ftir spectra of compounds[iv]a, b showed a shift in the carbonyl stretching band to ester group of compound[iii]a, b to 1645cm-1 for amide group of hydrazide[iv]a, b also showed three bands in the range(3334-3115) cm-1 which is assigned to asymmetric and symmetric bands of nh2and nh groups. the1hnmr spectrum of acid hydrazide[iv]b (in dmso as a solvent), figure(2) exhibited a sharp singlet at δ4.21 ppm for two proton of och2 group, two signals at δ3.83 ppm and δ 4.46 ppm due to two protons at c-4 and one proton at c-5 ,respectively of isoxazoline ring. a broad signal at δ3.4 ppm could be assigned for two protons of nh2 group and another broad signal at δ11.3 ppm due to proton of nh group. finaly many signals between δ (6.63-7.87) ppm for eight aromatic protons. the new schiff bases compound [v]a, b and[vi] a, b were synthesized by the refluxing of compound [iv]a, b with different aromatic aldehydes in benzene. the compounds were characterized by melting points, ftir spectroscopy . the characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [v]a, b and[vi] a, b as figure(3) showed the disappearance of two absorption bands due to nh2 stretching of acid hydrazide together with the appearance of a 439 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 stretching bands at (1682-1671)cm-1 assignable to ν c=n the characteristics ftir absorption bands of new schiff bases [v]a, b and [vi] a, b were listed in table 3.the refluxing hydrazide [iv] with acetyl acetone led to form new pyrazoles [vii]a, b .these compounds were characterized by melting points and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectra as figure(4) showed the disappearance of three absorption bands due to nh2 and nh groups together with the appearance of the stretching bands near (1645) cm-1 assignable to ν c=n group and 1371 cm-1 due to n-n for pyrazole ring .also pyrazoline [viii]a, b is produced from the reaction hydrazide with ethyl aceto acetate. this compound is identified by melting points , ftir spectra and mass spectroscopy .the ftir spectra as figure(5) showed the disappearance of three absorption bands due to nh2 and nh groups together with the appearance of the a stretching band around 1650 cm-1 due to ν c=n band and new absorption band at (1735-1729)cm-1 due to c=o (endo cyclic) . the mass spectrum of compound [viii]a figure(6) showed the most fragments in scheme 2. br n o och2 n n ch3o c o br n o och2 nc o o br n o och2 c o br n o o br n o br n o br c n c n br nh o n n oh3c c o ch2oh2 n n oh3c c o ch2 n n oh3c c o n n oh3c h3c n nh m/z = 456 m/z = 415 m/z = 359 m/z = 317 m/z = 301 m/z = 225 m/z = 182 m/z = 102 m/z = 77 m/z = 156 m/z = 120 base peak m/z = 155 m/z = 139 m/z = 125 -14 -28 m/z = 97 m/z = 56 -br -ch2 -co m/z = 65 m/z = 51                                           scheme (2) 440 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1.elarfi,m. and al-difar, h. (2012) “synthesis of some heterocyclic compounds derived from chalcones” ,scientific reviews and chemical communications,2(2):103-107. 2.selvakumar, s.; babu,i. and chidambaranathan, n. (2012) “pharmacological evaluation of some potent 2-substituted benzimidazolyl chalcones for analgesic, antiinflammatory,anthelmintic and central nervoussystem activities”,international journal of phytopharmacology,3(2): 163-172. 3.chakraborty,b. ;samanta,a.; sharma,c.and khatun,n. (2014) “synthesis of some novel class of isoxazoline and isoxazolidine derivative in ionic liquid via 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition reaction of dihydropyran derived nitrones and their antimicrobial activities”,indian journal of chemistry,53b: 218-226. 4.kumar,k.; govindaraju, m. and kumar, g. (2014) “synthesis and antimicrobial activity of novel isoxazolines by 1, 3-dipolar cycloaddition reactions”, international journal of chemtech research,(6)2: 886-890. 5. jadhav,s.(2010) “synthesis and antimicrobial studies of some novel isoxazoline derivatives”,international journal of applied biology and pharmaceutical technology,i(3): 939-945. 6. baseer, m.; shah, n.; shaikh,s. and kendre m.( 2013) “synthesis and antimicrobial studies of some new halogenated isoxazoline derivatives”,international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research,4(3): 1183-1185. 7.banerjee, m.; kumar, h.; sahu, s.; das, a. and parasar, p. (2011) “synthesis and in-vitro protein denaturation screening of novel substituted isoxazole/ pyrazole derivatives”, rasayan j.chem.,4(2):413-417. 8. jahan siddiqui,n.; idrees,m.; khati, n. and dhonde m. (2013) “synthesis and antimicrobial activities of some new pyrazoles, oxadiazoles and isoxazole bearing benzofuran moiety” , s. afr. j. chem., 66: 248–253. 9.kumar, k. and jayaroopa, p. (2013) “pyrazoles: synthetic strategies and their pharmaceutical applications-an overview”,international journal of pharmtech research,5(4): 1473-1486. 10. runja,c.; pavani, b.; deepthi, g.; sharma,j. and vykuntam, u.(2013) “synthesis, characterization andanalgesic activity of new isoxazole and pyrazole derivatives”, journal of pharmaceutical and biological sciences,1(1): 8-11. 11.intodia,k.; gupta,a.; sharma ,b. and wasi,a. (2013) “ecofriendly synthesis of some bioactive pyrazoline and isoxazoline derivatives from α, β-unsaturated cyclohexanone ”, int. j. chem. sci., 11(4): 1621-1635. 12.chawla,r.; sahoo,u.; anshu,a.; sharma,p. and shnan, v. (2010) “microwave assisted synthesis of some novel 2-pyrazoline derivatives as possible antimicrobial agents ”, acta poloniae pharmaceutica drug research, 67 (1) :55-61. 13.shah,v.; dangar,v.and borkhataria,k. (2014) “synthesis,characterization and antimicrobial activity of pyrazoline and amino cyanopyridine derivatives of with vanillin ”, scientific reviews and chemical communications,4(1):31-37. 14.dawane,b.; konda,s.; valekar,a.; lomate,s.and lokhande,p. (2010) “synthesis and antibacterial studies of some new pyrazoline and isoxazoline derivatives”,journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research,2(5): 1-6. 15. kalirajan , r.; sivakumar , s. ;jubie , s. ; gowramma, b. and suresh, b. (2009) “ synthesisand biological evaluation of some heterocyclic derivatives of chalcones” , internationalj. of chem tech research 1(1) :27-34. 16.khazaal, m. and tomma, j. (2011) “synthesis and characterization of novel schiff bases containing isoxazoline or pyrazoline unit”,ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci,24 (2) :128-141. 441 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 17.muhsen,t.; tomma, j. and mukhlus, a. j. (2012) “synthesis and characterization of novel compounds containing of imidazolidinone and oxazepine rings ” ,ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,25(3):276-283. 18. tomma, j. ; karam, n.; and al-dujaili , a. (2006) “ synthesis a new series of compounds containing oxadiazole rings” ,national journal of chemistry,21:63-72 19. tomma, j.; khazaal, m. and al-dujaili,a. (2014) “synthesis and characterization of novel schiff bases containing pyrimidine unit” , arabian journal ofchemistry, 7:157–163. table no. (1) the physical properties of chalcones [i]a, b and compounds [ii]a, b-[iv]a, b com .no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yie ld % color [i]a 3-(4`-hydroxyphenyl)(4`` bromophenyl)-2-propene1-one br c o ch ch oh c15h11o2br 158-160 45 yellow [i]b 3-(4`-bromophenyl)-1(4``hydroxyphenyl) -2propen-1-one ho c o ch ch br c15h11o2br 178-180 90 white [ii]a 3-[4`-bromophenyl )-5(4``-hydroxy phenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole n o ohbr br2no12h15c 68-70 42 yellow [ii]b 3-[4`-hydroxy phenyl)-5(4``-bromophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole n o brho c15h12no2br 130-132 60 off white [iii]a ethyl 2-{4-[3-(4`bromo phenyl)-4,5-dihydro isoxazol-5-yl]phenoxy} acetate n o och2co2etbr c19h18no4br 100-102 59 yellow [iii]b ethyl 2-{4-[5-(4`-bromo phenyl)-4,5dihydro isoxazol-3-yl]phenoxy} acetate n o breto2ch2co c19h18no4br 155-158 70 off white [iv]a 2-{4-[3-(4`bromophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-5-yl] phenoxy}acetohydrazide n o och2cbr o nhnh2 c17h16 n3o3br 85-88 61 pale green [iv]b 2-{4-[5-(4`bromophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-3-yl] phenoxy}acetohydrazide n o brch2co o h2nhn c17h16n3o3br 120-122 65 pale green 442 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(2) the physical properties of compounds [v]a, b-[viii]a, b com. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yie ld % color [v]a {4-[3-(4`-bromophenyl) 4,5-dihydro-isoxazol-5 yl]phenoxy}(4``-nitro benzylidine)acetic hydrazide. n o och2cbr o nhn hc no2 c24h19n4o5br 288290 82 brown [v]b {4-[5-(4`-bromophenyl) 4,5-dihydro-isoxazol-3yl]phenoxy}(4``-nitro benzylidine)acetic hydrazide. n o brch2co o =nhno2n ch c24h19n4o5br 276279 46 yellow [vi]a {4-[3-(4`-bromophenyl) 4,5-dihydro-isoxazol-5 yl]phenoxy}(4``bromobenzylidine) acetichydrazide. n o och2cbr o nhn hc br c24h19 n3o3br2 158160 82 brown [vi]b {4-[5-(4`-bromophenyl) 4,5-dihydro-isoxazol-3 yl]phenoxy}(4``bromobenzylidine) acetichydrazide. n o brch2co o =nhnbr ch c24h19 n3o3br2 110114 92 pale brown [vii]a 2-{4-[3-(4`-bromo phenyl )-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5yl]phenoxy}-1(3,5dimethyl-pyrazol -1yl)ethanone. n o och2cbr o n n h3c ch3 c22h 20 n3o3br 190192 43 brown [vii]b 2-{4-[5-(4`-bromo phenyl )-4,5-dihydro isoxazol-3yl]phenoxy} -1(3,5dimethyl-pyrazol -1yl)ethanone. n o brch2co o nn h3c ch3 c22h 20 n3o3br 100103 89 brown a[viii] 2(2-{4-[3-(4`-bromo phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl]phenoxy} acetyl)-5-methyl pyrazolin-3-one n o och2cbr o n n ch3o c21h18 n3o4br 60-62 67 brown [viii]b 2(2-{4-[5-(4`-bromo phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl]phenoxy} acetyl)-5-methyl pyrazolin-3-one n o brch2co o nn h3c o c21h18 n3o4br 107109 83 brown 443 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(3):characteristic ftir absorption band of compounds[v]a, b -[viii]a, b comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) νnh νc-h aromat ic νc-h aliphati c ν c=o endocycli c ν c=o exocycli c νc=c aromati c other [v]a 3271 3066 29572854 1662 1594 ν c=n 1671 νno2;1517,1390 [v]b 3245 3077 29682843 1660 1595 ν c=n 1682 νno2;1521,1375 [vi]a 3259 3065 29542843 1654 1589 ν c=n 1682 [vi]b 3248 3071 29562854 1652 1588 ν c=n 1680 [vii]a 3066 29542850 1675 1591 ν c=n(pyrazole) 1645 [vii]b 3077 29542854 1665 1573 ν c=n(pyrazole) 1650 [viii]a 3066 29782854 1735 1712 1595 νc=n(pyrazoline ) 1651 [viii]b 3077 29802861 1729 1711 1607 νc=n(pyrazoline ) 1650 figure no.(1): 1hnmr-spectrum of compound [iii] 444 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (2) :1hnmr-spectrum of compound [iv]b figure no. (3): ftir-spectrum of compound [v]b 445 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (5): ftir-spectrum of cmpound [viii]b figure no. (4) :ftir-spectrum of compound [vii]a 446 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (6): mass spectrum of compound [viii]a target@ 5.8 min (95⁰ c) target @ 8.5 min (200⁰ c) 447 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 مشتقة تحضير و تشخيص مركبات قواعد شف و بايارازول و بايارازولين جديدة من حامض الھيدرازيد الحاوي على حلقة األيزوكزولين. نبراس مظفر جميل ضحى فاروق حسين جمبد ھرمز توما للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم)/جامعة بغداد–قسم الكيمياء /كلية التربية 2014ايلول 29,قبل البحث في: 2014حزيران 15ستلم البحث: ا الخالصة a, b [vii],بايرازول a, b[vi]و a, b[v]شف تحضير مشتقات جديدة لقواعد البحث ھذا يتضمن -4ستعمال الجالكون مادة أساسية ,يحضر الجالكون من تفاعل باتحتوي على وحدةااليزوكزولين a, b[viii]وبايرازولين برومو بنزالديھايد في وسط -4ھيدروكسي أسيتوفينون مع 4ھيدروكسي بنزالديھايد أوتفاعل -4برومو أسيتوفينون مع a, [ii]مع ھيدروكسيل أمين ھايدروكلورايد ليعطي االيزوكزولين a, b[i]الجالكون . يتفاعل بتفاعل كلسين شمدت قاعدي b الذي تمت مفاعلتة مع أثيل كلورو أسيتيت في وسط قاعدي لنحصل على مركب أستري,a, b[iii] وحدة تكثيف األستر الذي يصعد عكسيا مع البنزلديھايد المعوض ليعطي قواعد a, bv][iالناتج مع الھايدرازين نحصل على حامض الھايدرازايد ومن تفاعل حامض الھايدرازايد مع أستيل أسيتون أو أثيل أسيتو أستيت نحصل على a, b[vi] a, b [v]شيف على التوالي .شخصت جميع المركبات المحضرة بوساطة قياس درجات a,b[viii]و بايارازولين a,b[vii]بايارازول (لبعض منھا)h nmr1و ftirأنصھارھا ,طيف يزوكزولين, البايارازول, البايارازوليناأل, قواعدشف,الجالكون :المفتاحية الكلمات   ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 synthesis o f 1,2,3 –trisubstituted1,2,3trihydro-1,3diazepine-4,7-diones (part3) f.a. hussein, m. j. mahmoud, and m. t. tawfiq departme nt of chemistry, college of education i bn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract 1,3oxazep ines, benz [1,2-e] [1,3]-oxazep ines, and 3nitrobenz [1,2-e] [1,3] oxazep ines were reacted with ammonia derivatives, h2n-z .. to give 1,3 – diazepine -4,7 dione, benzodiazep ine 4,7dione, and 3 – nitrobenzo -1,3diazepine 4,7dione, resp ectively. introduction the st arting imidazole diest er [1] reacts with guanidine hy drochloride to y ield 1,3 diazepine derivatives [2] (1): the reaction of 1( 2 aminomethy lphenyl) p y rrole hy drochloride [3] with carbony l comp ounds gives diazep ines [4] in a ring closure reaction(2) compound[4] was oxidized by manganes dioxide in toluene to give 4hp y rrolobenzodiazepine [5] (2). me o o o o n n h me h2n h n n o o n n h .. . . .. .. . . . . guanidine.h ci me ona,meoh r.t.48h rs hci(im) [1] [2] dimethyl-2-phenyl 1h-imidazole-4,5dicarbo xylate. 6-amino-2-phenylimidazo[4,5-e] [1,3]diazepine-4,8(1h,5h) -dione. n r1 h + ch2ncl r2 n + nh2 cl r1 r2 + o = c [3] [4] ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 m any of the diazepines show interesting sedatives, muscle relaxant, and anticonvulsant p rop erties in animals (2). several clinical useful drugs were found which contain a hetrocy clic moity fused onto the seven membered ring, like p y rrolobenzodiazepines which are now accessible by several routes (2). aim of the work sy nthesis new diazepines derivatives which are exp ected to have a biological activity in the medical field. experimental part material and s olvents: 1. 1,3-oxazep ine -4,7diones (ii),(iii) and (iv) p repared as p art 1 (3). 2. ammonia derivatives h2n-z . 3. dry benzene (m erck 99). 4. ethanol (m erck 99.7-100). 5. dioxane. the instruments: 1. m elting p oints were determined with: strut m elting p oint ap p aratus and were uncorrected. 2. ir. sp ectra were recorded with: pye unicam sp3-300 infrared sp ectrop hotometer (kbr disc) in the range (4000-200)cm -1 . 3. ft ir sp ectra, were recorded with: shim adzu ft ir-8400s infrared sp ectrop hotometer (kbr disc). 4. elemental analysis (c.h.n.) was carried with: perkin elmer b-240 elemental analyzer. experimental: sy nthesis of :2st y ry l -3aryl -1,2,3-trihydro [1,3]diazepine 4,7dione -1thiocarbamide (viiif) , 2 – st y ry l – 3 – aryl 1,2,3, trihydrobenzo [1,2-e] [1,3] –diazepine 4,7dione -1thiocarbamide (1xf), 1hy droxy 2st y ry l-3-(p-nitrop henyl) 1,2.3 – trihydrobenzo [1,2-e] [1,3] – diazepine 4,7dione (1xb) ,1-amino -2st y ry l -3(p methy lphenyl) 1,2,3 trihy drobenzo [1,2-e] [1,3] diazepine 4,7-dione (1xd), 2 – sty ry l -3 n n r1 r2 [4] .. n + nh2 cl r1 r2 .. o xi. [5] r1 = ccl3, c6h5-ch=ch2, ch3, c2h5,ch3co,co2c2h5 r2 = h,ch3,co2c2h6 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 (2,4-dibromop henyl) 1,2,3 – trihydrobenzo -[1,2-e] [1,3] – diazepine 4,7 – dione 1thiocarbamide (1xf), 1hy droxy -2st y ry l -3(p -methy lphenyl) 1,2,3-trihydro -3 nitrobenzo [1,2-e] [1,3] – diazepine 4,7-dione (xd) ,1formamidino-2st y ry l -3(p methoxy p henyl) 1,2,3 – trihydro -3nitrobenzo [1,2-e][1,3]diazepine-4,7-dione (xe), 2st y ry l -3(2,4-dibromop henyl)-1,2,3trihydro -3nitrobenzo [1,2-e][1,3]-diazep ine -4,7 dione -1thiocarbamide (xf). a mixture of (0.0015 mole) of 2-st y ry l -3aryl -2,3dihydro [1,3]-oxazep ine -4, 7dione (ii) and (0.0015 mole) of thiourea (or guanidine hy drochloride + na2co3) susp ended in (20 ml) of dry benzene (or absolute ethanol) was heated and refluxed in water bath for 3hrs, the solvent was evap orated leaving light y ellow cryst als of 2-st y ry l -3aryl-1,2,3-trihy dro [1,3]-diazepine -4,7dione-1-thiocarbamide (viii) filtered and recry st allized from dioxane. this exp eriment was repeated by using other 1,3-oxazep ines with ammonia derivatives in order to obt ain different diazep ine derivatives (ix) and (x). discussion in a p revious p aper (3) sy nthesis of 1,3 oxazep ine 4, 7dione (ii) benzo [1,2e][1,3]oxazep ine -4,7dione (iii) and 3nitrobenzo [1,2-e][1,3] oxazep ine-4,7dione (iv) was described. these oxazep ines were found to be good st arting comp ounds for the sy nthesis of another class of heterocylic comp ounds (4) by the reaction with ammonia derivatives h2n-z as shown below(4,5,6): ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the mechanism (7) involves the addition of the amine to the carbony l group of the lactone forming the dipolar intermediate (a) which undergoes cleavge to give another dipolar intermediate (b). intermediate (b) undergoes hy drogen transfer from nitrogen to oxy gen to give the open chain hy droxy l amide (c) in which both maintain their configuration throughout the course of the reaction that p ermits the elimination of h2o and the reclosure of the st ructure to give 1,3-diazepine-4, 7-dione (d). o c o (ii) o c o c o c o (ii i) o c o c o (iv) no2 (x) (ix) n c o c o br c o c o (vii i) c o c o br no2 c 6h5 c h = c h ch n ar c6 h5 ch = ch ch n ar c6h5 ch = ch ch n ar c 6h5 c h = ch ch n ar c6 h5 ch = ch ch n ar c6h5 ch = ch ch n ar z n h2n z where z = -oh ( hydroxyl am ino), nh2 (hydrazine), -csnh2 (t hiourea) , and c(nh)nh2(gua nidine). ar = c h3 , oc h3 , no2 , scheme 1 zz-n c n ar h and ar ch oh o ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the resulting diazepines viii, ix and x are identified by their m.ps,elemental analysis (tables 1,3,6,8,11) and ir, ftir sp ectra (tables 2,4,5,7,9,10,12). it is noticeable that the ir sp ectra of the exp ected p roducts show the app earance of (nh, oh) absorp tion bands at (3580,3320)cm -1 , resp ectively (8). this value indicates t hat t he alcoholic p art of the lactam (c) maintains its configuration throughout the course of the reaction of the 1,3-oxazep ine-4,7-diones with ammonia derivatives, scheme 2. re ferences 1. huan-m ing chen and ramachandra ,s. hosmane.,(2000), m olecules, 5, m 164. 2. sternbach, l.h.; reeder e.; keller o., and m etlesics hesics w., (1961), j. org. chem., 26,4488. 3. hussein, f.a.; m ahmoud m . j. and tawfiq. m . t., (2006), al-m ust ansirya j.sci., 17 (1):42. 4. hussein, f. a. and abid ,o.h., (2001), iraqi journal of chemist ry , 27 (3) : 943. 5. sood, k. romesh, bhadti s. vishweshwar, huan-m ing chen and ramachanrda s. hosmanre., (2001), m olecules., 6, m 246. 6. cheesman g. w. h., green berg s.c., (1979), j. heterocyclic chem., 16,241. 7. m orrison r. and boyed r.(1987)" organic chemistry ", 5 th ed., allyn and bacon, inc. new york, p. (874 and 882). 8. john r. dy er,(1965)"ap p lication of absorp tion sp ectroscop y of organic compounds", p rentice –hill, inc., london,p.35. c6h5 hc c6h5 ch c h h c o c o (b) (ii) ch n c o c6h 5 oc h c o ar n hc c o (d) ar ch hc n c6h5 oc c6h5 hc n co ar hc ch o h c ch o c o (a) (c) ho c n ch c o ar n c o a r + z nh2 z nh2 z nh2 z nh zh2o scheme 2 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table :(1) m.f., m.ps, yie lds %, and elemental analysis of 2-styryl-3-(2,4dibromophe nyl )-1,2,3-trihydro [1,3]-diazepine-4, 7-dione -1thi ocarbamide (viiif). table: (2) ir absor ption bands (cm -1 ) of 2-styryl -3(2,4dibromophe nyl )1,2,3trihydro [1,3]-diazepine -4, 7-dione-1-thiocarbamide (viiif). table:(3) m.f., m.ps, yields %, and elemental anal ysi s of 2-styryl-3-(2,4dibromophe nyl )-1,2,3-trihydrobenz o [1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine -4,7-dione -1-thi ocarbamide (ixf).&2-styryl-3-(2,4-dibromophe nyl )-1,2,3-trihydro-3-nitrobenz o[1,2,e][1,3]-diazepine4,7-dione -1-thi ocarbamide(xf). comp. m.f. color m.p(c ° ) yield (%) calc. found c% h% n% c% h% n% viiif c2 0 h15 o2 n3 sbr2 light y ellow 192-193 68 45.96 2.87 8.04 45.47 2.97 8.41 c o m p . n h s tr . c -h s tr . a ll y li c = c h s tr . v in y li c c -h s tr . a r o m a ti c c = o s tr . ia ct a m c = s s tr . c = c s tr . v in y li c c = c s tr . a r o m a ti c c -n s tr . n -h b en d. c -h b en d. a ll y li c = c h b en d. c -b r viiif 3470asym . 3345 sym . 3195 3120 3040 1690 1260 1495 1625 1145 1590 1280 830 575 comp . m.f. color m.p(c ° ) yield (%) calc. found c% h% n% c% h% n% ixf c2 4 h17 o2 n3 sbr2 light brown 170-171 58 50.349 2.97 7.342 50.11 3.11 7.66 xf c2 4 h16 o4 n4 sbr2 da rk y ellow 158-159 62 46.67 2.59 9.07 46.59 2.26 9.54 chch hc n c n c o oc s nh2 br br (viiif) chch hc n c n c c s h2n br br (ix f) o o chch hc n c n c c s h2n br br n o2 ( xf) o o ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table:(4)ir absorption bands (cm -1 ) of 2-styryl -3-(2,4-dibromophe nyl )-1,2,3trihydrobenz o [1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine -4,7-dione -1-thi ocarbamide(ixf). & 2-s tyryl-3-(2-4-dibromophe nyl )-1,2,3-trihydro-3-nitrobenz o[1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine -4,7dione -1-thi ocarbamide(xf). table:(5) ftir a bsorption bands (cm -1 ) of 2-s tyryl -3-(2,4-dibromophe nyl )-1,2,3trihydro-3-nitrobenz o [1,2,e][1,3]-diazepine-4,7-dione -1-thi ocarbamide(xf) table:(6) m.f., m.ps, yields%, elemental anal ysi s of 1-hydroxy-2-styryl-3-(pni trophe nyl )-1,2,3-trihydrobenz o[1,2-e][1,3]diazepine -4,7-dione (ixb). & 1-hydroxy-2styryl-3-(p-methyl phe nyl )-1,2,3-trihydro-3-nitrobenz o[1,2-e][1,3]diazepine -4,7dione (xd). c o m p . n -h s tr . c -h s tr . a ll y li c = c h s tr . v in y li c c -h s tr . a r o m a ti c c = o s tr . ia ct a m c = s s tr . c = c s tr . v in y li c c = c s tr . a r o m a ti c c -n s tr . c -n o 2 a r o m a ti c n -h b en d . c -h b en d . a ll y li c c is -c h b en d. v in y li c c -b r ixf 3580 asym . 3480 sym . 3195 3120 3040 1710 1260 1510 1585 1170 1590 1280 830 575 xf 3585 asym . 3440 sym . 3195 3120 3040 1735 1260 1490 1625 1170 1560 ,1360 1630 1280 835 570 c o m p . n -h s tr . c -h s tr . a ll y li c = c h s tr . v in y li c c -h s tr . a r o m a ti c c = o s tr . ia ct a m c = s s tr . c = c s tr . v in y li c c = c s tr . a r o m a ti c c -n s tr . c -n o 2 a r o m a ti c n -h b en d . c -h b en d . a r o m a ti c. = c h b en d. v in y li c c -h b en d . a ll y li c c -b r a ll y li c xf 3479 asym . 3372 sym . 3168 3145 3112 1733 1255 1493 1559 1153 1537, 1355 1620 830, 790 840 1320 541 comp. m.f. color m.p(c ° ) yield (%) calc. found c% h% n% c% h% n% ixb c23 h17o5 n3 da rk y ellow ove r 270 64 66.50 4.09 10.12 66.62 3.96 9.74 xd c24 h19o5 n3 brown ove r 270 61 67.13 4.42 9.79 67.31 4.17 9.57 chch hc n c n c ch 3 ho no2 ( xd) o o chch hc n c n c no 2 ho (ixb) o o ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table:(7) ir absorption bands (cm -1 ) of 1-hydroxy -2-styrl-3-(p-ni trophe nyl )-1,2,3trihydrobenz o [1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine -4,7-dione (ixb). & 1-hydroxy-2-styrl-3-(p-methylphe nyl )-1,2,3-trihydro-3-nitrobenz o [1,2-e][1,3]diazepine -4,7-dione (xd) table:(8) m.f., m.ps, yie lds% and elemental analysis of 1-amino-2-styryl-3 (pmethylphe nyl)-1,2,3-trihydrobenz o[1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine-4,7-dione(ixd). comp. m.f. color m.p(c°) yield (% ) calc. found c% h% n% c% h% n% ixd c24h21o2n3 light brown over 270 59 75 .19 5.4 8 10 .96 75.26 5.8 3 10 .6 table:(9) ir absorption bands (cm -1 ) of 1-amino-2-styryl -3-(p-methyl phe nyl )-1,2,3trihydrobenz o[1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine -4,7-dione (ixd) c o m p . n -h s tr . c -h s tr . a ll y li c = c h s tr . v in y li c c -h s tr . a r o m a ti c c -h s tr . c = o s tr . l a ct a m c = c s tr . v in y li c c = c s tr . a r o m a ti c c -n s tr . n -h b en d . c -h b en d . a r o m a ti c c -h b en d . a ll y li c = c h b en d. v in y li c ixd 3530 asym . 3420 sym . 3245 3165 3060 2830 1670 1475 1530 1140 1550 840,750 1345 840 table :(10) ftir a bsorption bands (cm -1 ) of 1amino -2-styryl-3-(p-methylphenyl )1,2,3-trihydrobenz o-[1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine-4,7-dione(ixd) c o m p . n -h s tr . c -h s tr . a ll y li c = c h s tr . v in y li c c -h s tr . a r o m a ti c c -h s tr . c = o s tr . l a ct a m c = c s tr . v in y li c c = c s tr . a r o m a ti c c -n s tr . n -h b en d . c -h b en d . a r o m a ti c c -h b en d . a ll y li c = c h b en d . v in y li c ixd 3527 asym . 3398 sym . 3255 3178 3064 2825 1676 1488 1552 1147 1565 849, 761 1363 835 c o m p . o -h s tr . c -h s tr . a ll y li c = c h s tr . v in y li c c -h s tr . a r o m a ti c c = h s tr . a li ph a ti c c = o s tr . l a ct a m c = c s tr . v in y li c c = c s tr . a r o m a ti c c -n s tr . c -n o 2 a r o m a ti c c -h b en d . a r o m a ti c c -h b en d . a ll y li c = c h b en d . v in y li c ixb 3570 3195 3120 3040 1680 1510 1650 1170 1570, 1350 1280 830 xd 3570 3195 3120 3045 2875 1645 1525 1640 1165 1570, 1340 820, 780 1265 830 chch hc n c n c ch 3 h2n ( ixd) o o ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table:(11) m.f., m.ps, yi elds% and elemental anal ysis of 1-formamidino -2-styryl-3(p-methoxyphenyl)-1,2,3-trihydro-3-nitrobezno[1,2-e][1,3]-diazepine-4,7-dione(xe) comp. m.f. m.p(c ° ) yiel d (%) cal c. found c% h % n% c% h % n% xe c25h21o5 n5 over 270 62 63.69 4.45 14.86 63.75 4.38 15.24 chch hc n c n c o ch 3 no2 hn h 2n (xe) o o ihjpas table: (12) ir absor ption bands (cm -1 ) of 1-formamidino -2-styryl-3 (p methoxyphenyl)-1,2,3trihydro-3-ni trobenzo [1,2-e][1,3] –diazepine -4,7-dione(xe). c om p . n -h s tr . c -h s tr . a ll y li c = c h s tr . v in y li c c -h s tr . a ro m a ti c c -h s tr . a li p ha ti c c = o s tr . l a c ta m c = c s tr . v in y li c c = c s tr . a ro m a ti c c -o s tr . e th er c -n s tr . c n o 2 n -h b en d . c -h b en d . a ro m a ti c -h b en d . a ll y li c c i s c -h b en d . v in y li c x e 3540 ,34 0 0 31 75 31 50 3050 2880 17 20 1480 16 30 1135 1150 15 70 , 13 60 1580 825 12 80 835 ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة -دایازیبین -3، 1-ثالثي ھیدرو -3، 2، 1 –ثالثي التعویض -3، 2، 1تحضیر ).الجزء الثالث( دایونات -7، 4 میسون طارق توفیق، مھند جمیل محمود، فھد علي حسین جامعة ، ابن الھیثم -ة كلیة التربی، الكیمیاءقسم الخالصة ع [e-2,1] [3,1]نتروبنـز -3اوكسـازیبین و – [e-2,1][3,1]بنـز ، اوكسازیبین -3,1تم مفاعلة اوكسـازیبین ـم h2n-z مشـتقات االمونیـا .. ون -4,7دایـازیبین -3، 1فأعطـت زو -3دایـون و -7,4-بنزودایـازیبین ، داـی -3,1-نتروبـن . دایون على التوالي -7,4-دایازیبین ihjpas ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 245 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license x *corresponding author: ahmed.rhei ma @g ma il.co m abstract the discharge of dyes into the water is a significant source of pollution, which is especially concerning given that textile mills are the primary contributor. nanomaterial-based solutions to this issue have required extensive research and investigation due to their complex nature. in this research, novel nanoparticle were successfully synthesized using the leaves of the eruca sativa plant. the nano was analyzed using scanning and transmission electron microscopy (sem and tem) and it was measurements particle size 28 nm by tem, 31 nm by sem and their crystal structure was determined using the x-ray diffraction technique (xrd). the pattern has large peaks at 27.09, 29.90, 39.81 and the crystal size has been calculated to appear around 41nm . the incorporation of nps resulted in an increase in the uptake of the cibacron red dye. at a contact time of 35 minutes, observed a faster adsorption onto es. at a 0.15 gm mass of erucasativa observed adsorption and remoal 51.7% of dye. in the process of describing the adsorption process, the freundlich model and the pseudo-second-order model (r2 = 0.9884) were the most appropriate models to use. an investigation into thermodynamics was carried out in order to arrive at the following values for the parameters of ∆gº, ∆hº, and ∆sº: 0.012 kj/mol, 16.794 kj/mol. and 56.05j/mol.k. in conclusion, the novel nano that was synthesized is a n excellent adsorbate surface for the cibacronred dye. keywords: cibacron red , adsorption, eruca sativa, adsorption isothermal, green synthesis. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3077 article history: received 17 october 2022, accepted 28 november 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq processing erucasativa leaves in the nanoscale and studying its effectiveness for removing cibacron red dye from their aqueous solutions aya qasim khanjar department of chemistry, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ah19802006@g mail.co m ahlam mohammed farhan department of chemistry, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. af8832@g mail.co m *ahmed mahdi rheima department of chemistry, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ahmed.rhei ma @g ma il.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ahmed.rheima@gmail.com mailto:ah19802006@gmail.com mailto:ah19802006@gmail.com mailto:af8832@gmail.com mailto:af8832@gmail.com mailto:ahmed.rheima@gmail.com mailto:ahmed.rheima@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 246 1. introduction pollution in the environment and exposure to potential dangers are two of the most significant obstacles a person must conquer in this day and age [1]. this rises is a result of various activities carried out by humans because it was discovered that pollution of the environment has a close connection with the increase in population in the region [2,3]. water is a component that is considered to be one of the most fundamentalsustaining life. in recent yearsthere has been an increase in the amount of data that has been observed as well as a considerable deterioration as a result of the advancement of technology[4,5], this is due to the fact that tens of thousands of chemicals and compounds are released into the environment on a daily basis, either directly or indirectly, into water sources without subjecting the water to any kind of treatment [6,7] as a result, there has been a lot of focus placed on the problem that the researchers are having with water pollution[8]. deserving of notice in this day and age organic components are made up of a wide variety of parts, including materials. organic components are comprised of many different components. industrial wastewater. there is a significant quantity of organic pollutants present [9]. risk in terms of the effects they could have in the long run, given that some of them cause diseases that lead to cancer. it is generally accepted that dyes are organic pollutants in aquatic environments, and these pollutants include any and all compounds that are utilized in the coloring of leather,food, as well as other materials [10,11], which pose a myriad of potential dangers to every component of the environment as a direct result of the fact that they have high levels of toxins. in addition, it is generally agreed that dyes are organic pollutants in the reports are produced by the world health organization [12]. the majority of the diseases, as stated by the organizations, are infectious to some degree. in developing countries, contamination is the underlying cause of a wide variety of problems. of drinking water. as a result of this, numerous researchers have experimented with many different approaches in order to treating industrial water. there have been a variety of therapies and procedures for getting rid of it that have been tried. organic pollutants that can be found in sewage treatment facilities [13]. adsorption is one of the methods that can be used on hard porous surfaces. other methods include photo-oxidation, oxidation through chemical processes, ion exchange, and a method that involves both adsorption and reverse osmosis. it is frequently utilized in cleaning contaminated water from a variety of surfaces, including wood, many surfaces, cellulose, activated carbon, and other materials. the procedures that are described in the reports of the world health organization indicate that they are frequently used in cleaning contaminated water[14]. numerous earlier studies and pieces of research that utilized a variety of adsorbents in order to absorb the dye that was made with cibacron-red can be found here[15,16]. problems in developing countriesof drinking water because of this, a number of researchers have utilized a variety of techniques to treat industrial water,and a number of different treatments and elimination strategies have been tried [17]. organic pollutants found in wastewater treatment plants. to name a few of them: oxidation via chemical processes, photo-oxidation, ion exchange, and a method involving adsorption [18] as well as reverse osmosis adsorption is one of the methods that can be used on hard porous surfaces. the procedures described in the world health organization's reports indicate that it is frequently utilized in cleaning contaminated water, a variety of surfaces including wood, many surfaces, cellulose, activated carbon and other materials were put to use [19-21]. in a number of studies and ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 247 pieces of research done in the past, a dye made with cibacron-red was absorbed by a number of different adsorbents as figure 1. figure 1. chemical structure of cibacron-red 2.experimental 2.1materials: all chemicals were analytical grades of reagents and were used from sigma-aldrich, without further purification. 2.2 synthesis eruca sativa (es)nanoparticles the eruca sativaplant (es) that was utilized was collected from the farms located in the wasit governorate in figure2. after the leaves were picked, they were thoroughly washed and cleaned using deionized water to remove any suspended dirt. next, the leaves were sun-dried before being ground using an electric grinder. after that, the extract was made by combining 10 grams of watercress powder with 150 milliliters of distilled, deionized water and stirring the mixture constantly with a magnetic stirrer at a temperature of sixty degrees celsius for thirty minutes. this process was repeated three times. following that, the material was filtered using filter paper on multiple occasions, and then the filtrate was collected, after which it was stored in the refrigerator. to prepare the (es) leaves for use as anadsorption surface, use the ground (es) after it has been dried and sieved with a 300 µm sieve and then a 75 µm sieve. after this10 grams of ground watercress were added to 100 milliliters of hydrochloric acid (hcl) with a concentration of 0.1 m and the mixture was stirred continuously at a temperature of 30 degrees celsius for two hours than100 ml of 0.1n sodium hydroxide was added, the mixture was stirred for a total of half an hour. after that, the solution was filtered, washed multiple times with deionized water, dried at 150 degrees celsius for two hours and then finally burned at 400 degrees celsius for three hours. a precipitate with a grayish color is producedand it is now prepared for the adsorption process in figure 3. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 248 figure 2. eruca sativaplant (es) figure 3. nano eruca sativa 2.3 the process of preparing the adsorbent from this solution, dilute solutions of various concentrations (5-50 ppm) were prepared by taking the appropriate volume of the solution and diluting it with deionized water. first, a solution of cibacronred dye was prepared by dissolving (0.1 g) in 1 liter of deionized water to prepare a concentration of (100 ppm). 3. results and discussion 3.1 adsorbents' characterization 3.1.1 x-ray diffraction green synthesis compounds were identified using x-ray diffraction. this study was conducted at the university of tehran in iran using an x-ray diffraction device with continuous scanning (step size of 2 = 0.05 deq) at a speed of (10deq/min), 40 kv x-ray tube voltage, and 10 deq/min tube speed. the wavelength of 30 ma x-rays was generated using a copper objective. (0.154 nm) and crystal size (d) using the scherrer-debye as equation(1). d = k. λ / β. cosθ 1 the as-prepared nanoparticles showed diffraction peaks at 2 angles at 27.09˚, 29.90˚, and 39.81˚ and the crystal size was calculated to be 41 nm xrd in figure 4. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 249 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 in te n s it y 2 theta ( deg ) figure 4. xrd patterneruca sativa nanomaterial 3.1.2 sem of nanoparticles the surface of the prepared nanomaterial (morphology) was studied by a scanning electron microscope at the university of tehran in iran to estimate the shape and size of the particles (es) as can see in figure 5. images show that the prepared nanoparticles are spherical with some aggregation[23],randomly scaling 31 nm images yielded nanoparticle sizes. figure 5.sem image of es nanoparticles 3.1.3 transmission electron microscopy (tem) transmission electron microscopy was used to examine nanoparticles at tehran university. where diagnostic images indicate nanoparticles at a nanoscale less than 100 nm), it is observed through the images and as shown in figure 6 of the es nanocomposite[24], the spherical shape of the prepared particles, which indicates the formation of zero-dimensional nanoparticles (all dimensions are less than 100 nm), and the size of the as-prepared particles was randomly calculated from the scaling images, which was about 27 nm. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 250 figure 6.tem micrographs of the es nps 3.2 adsorption study the effects of concentration, time and amount of deorbited on cibacron red adsorption on (es nanoparticles) were examined in this work. 3.2.1 effect of the temperature removal of dye adsorption on es is given in table (1) as a function of es concentrate at at different temperatures 288, 298, 308,318 and 328 k.dye removal and absorption capacity percentage increased from 22% to 30.4% as the adsorption temperature was increased from 288 to 328kof es concentration. adsorption fact increases with increasing temperatures indicate an increase in the movement of large metal particles with an increase in temperatures and the running adsorption process is endothermic[25]. table1. adsorption values on the surface of es for removing cibacron red dye at different temperatures r% qe(mg/g) (ml/l)ec 0c temprature 67 6.7 3.3 10 288 55 11 9 20 43.3 13 17 30 45 18 22 40 43.2 21.6 28.4 50 69 6.9 3.1 10 298 60 12 8 20 49.3 14.8 15.2 30 49 19.6 20.4 40 44 22 28 50 80 8 2 10 308 64 12.8 7.2 20 63.3 19 11 30 54.5 21.8 18.2 40 52 26 24 50 86 8.6 1.4 10 318 80 16 4 20 73 21.9 8.1 30 62.25 24.9 15.1 40 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 251 59.4 29.7 20.3 50 89 9 1.1 10 328 88 17.1 2.4 20 77 23.1 6.9 30 73.75 29.5 10.5 40 60.8 30.4 19.6 50 3.2.2 effect the time on the adsorption process: in order to calculate the amount of time necessary for equilibrium to be reached between the adsorbent surface (es) and the adsorbent (cibacron red) at a specific temperature, 0.01gm of adsorbent was taken, 10ml of dye with a concentration of 50ppm was added and the mixture was placed in a water bath at a temperature of 298 k with a fast shaking rate. this was done in order to determine the amount of time required for (rpm 400) and at successive time intervals (5,10,15,20,25,30,35) minutes, in order to know the change in concentration with the passage of time in figure 7, and those solutions were placed in a centrifuge, and then the absorbance was measured for them at the greatest wavelength for a dye, which is max = 532 nm), and it was discovered that the best time for obtaining the equilibrium state is thirtyfive minute[26]. figure 7. effect of time on removal of cibacronred by es nanoparticles. 3.2.3 effect the mass on the adsorption process: the effect of the amount of adsorbent was studied on a dye with different weights(0.005, 0.01,0.05, 0.1,0.15) and a concentration of 50ppm, and it was fixed at a temperature of 298k and at a time of 35 minutes in a water bath containing a vibrator. we note that the dye removal efficiency increases with the increase in the amount of the material, (0.15gm) given as a 51.7% remoal in figure 8. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 q t (m g /g ) time (min) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 252 figure 8. effect of mass on removal of cibacronred by es nanoparticles. 3.2.4 adsorption isothermal experimental isotherms define adsorption capacity, which helps determine the procedure's feasibility for a given application, select the best adsorbent, and estimate dosage requirements. the isotherm plays a key role in the analysis and design of sorption systems. in figure 9,10 langmuir and freundlich's equations were used to calculate cibacron-red adsorption onto es. isotherm studies were then performed. the equation that follows shows how well the data fits the freundlich adsorption isotherm log qe= log kf +1/n log ce 2 kf: freundlich's constant propagate to adsorption capacitance n: ameasure of the intensity of the adsorbent surface and depends on the type of adsorbent surface, the temperature and the nature of the adsorbent 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.15 r e m o v a l % mass (gm) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 253 figure 9.langmuir models at different temperatures a-288 b-298 c-308 d-318 f-328 k. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 254 figure 10.freundlichmodels at different temperatures a-288 b-298 c-308 d-318 f-328 k ce/qe=1/kl.qmax+(1/qmax)ce 3 the langmuir constant is kl (mg/l), but the maximum d cibacron red dye is q max (mg/g). the separation factor, often known as the dimensionless constant (rl), outlines and illustrates the main features of the langmuir isotherm: log(𝑄𝑒) = log(𝑘𝑓) + ( 1 𝑛 ) log( 𝐶𝑒) 4 while the temkin adsorbent isometric expression graphically illustrated the interaction between adsorbent and adsorbing particle. this model was applied to the forms shown in equation below(5): 5 eclnt+btlnkt=beq by plotting qe against lnce, the constants a and b were obtainedwhich are the constants of the temkin isotherm (l/g) and thetemkin constant associated with adsorption heat (j mol-1),the gas constant, respectively, is 8.314 mol/k. b is a temkin as well.is the constant isotherm temperature, while is the absolute temperature in kelvin. utilizing a spectrophotometer to ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 255 evaluate adsorption and the preceding relationship, the adsorption temkin graph to qe against ln ce is plotted in figure 11 and its parameters are calculated. figure 11. temkin models at different temperatures a-288 b-298 c-308 d-318 f-328 k. table 2. the values of the constants of the linear equations for the adsorption of a dye on the surface of nanoscale (es) at different temperatures temkin constants freundlich constants langmuir constants tem(k) 2r b tk 2r fk n 2r lr lk maxq 0.877 376 0.132 0.959 3.45 1.92 0.827 0.98 0.014 1.079 288 0.953 368 0.235 0.989 3.88 1.91 0.946 0.96 0.0142 1.027 289 0.932 360 5.473 0.983 5.56 2.1 0.942 0.9 0.015 0.85 308 0.987 351 330.2 0.970 7.87 2.24 0.983 0.85 0.017 0.7 318 0.972 34.8 5790 0.921 9.77 2.31 0.993 0.75 0.017 0.648 328 3.2.5 thermodynamic study to assess adsorption capability and spontaneity, several thermodynamic parameters were calculated. using the van't hoff equations depicted in figure 12, various adsorption parameters, including free energy change, enthalpy change, etc., were estimated. table 3 shows the ∆g, ∆h and ∆s values. the negative value of ∆g indicated that the rate of adsorption was spontaneous ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 256 and feasible; the positive value of ∆h (kj/mol) showed that the adsorption was endothermic; as well as the vastly increased randomness and disorder of the adsorbent surface following the sorption process, which was demonstrated by a positive value of ∆s. table 3.listed the thermodynamic parametersi . δs j/mol.k δg kj/mol δh kj/mol t(k) (ppm) 0c surface 120 -1.39 33.4 288 10 es -2.59 298 -3.79 308 -4.99 318 -6.19 328 120 -0.31 34.25 288 20 -1.51 298 -2.71 308 -3.91 318 -5.11 328 111 1.04 32.72 288 30 -0.06 298 -1.16 308 -2.26 318 -3.36 328 84.71 0.542 24.94 288 40 -0.298 298 -1.14 308 -1.99 318 -2.83 328 56 0.646 16.79 288 50 0.012 298 -0.458 308 -1 318 -1.57 328 figure 12. the relation between ln 𝐾𝑒𝑞 and1 t⁄ for the adsorption of cibacronred. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 257 3.2.6 kinetic models the behavior of dye during its adsorption on the surfaceadsorbents of nps are very important in the adsorbent processapplications. according to the findings of the dye study, the adsorption the equilibrium time for 0.01 g of the substance was approximately 30 minutes. nanoparticle adsorbentsin addition, both traditional andkinetic models were utilized throughout this investigation to depict the the information regarding adsorption that was mentioned earlier as follows: pseudo-first-order model(6): ln (𝑞𝑒 − 𝑞𝑡) = ln (𝑞𝑒) – 𝑘1 𝑡 6 where qe (mg g-1) is the adsorption capacity at the equilibrium concentration, at equilibrium, the amount of qt (mg g-1) that has been adsorbed is dye after a certain amount of time, denoted by t (in minutes) and k1 is the pseudo-first-order rate constant (min-1), and the results are depicted in figure 13a it is possible to use the pseudosecond-order kinetic modelwritten out as t/qe=1/k2qe2) +(1/qe)t 7 in this equation, k2 represents the pseudo-second-order rate constant.a model of pseudo-second order with a high degree of associationfactor with a high enough r2 value to accurately describe the kinetic information and figure 13 b. figure 13 .parameter kinetics of pseudo first order and pseudo second order 4. conclusion this research successfully removed cibacronred using a low-cost biosorbent made from es. during nano experiments, a significant degree of elimination was observed. based on the values of the regression coefficients, the freundlich model performed better than the langmuir isotherm due to the value of ∆h (kj/mol). frendlich's model was used to simulate the equilibrium of the process, langmuir and temkin have been calculated. in order to determine the thermodynamic parameters ∆g, ∆h and ∆s, thermodynamic experimental studies on es removal by nanotechnology were performed. a (first order ) b second order ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 258 references 1. tang h, wang j, yu s. recent advances in nanoscale zero-valent iron-based materials: characteristics, environmental remediation and challenges. j clean prod, 2021,319,128641. 2. al-kindi sg, brook rd, biswal s. environmental determinants of cardiovascular disease: lessons learned from air pollution. nat rev cardiol, 2020,17(10),656–72. 3. shao s, liu l, tian z. does the environmental inequality matter? a literature review. environ geochem health,2021,1–24. 4. immerzeel ww, davies bj, elmore ac. importance and vulnerability of the world’s water towers. nature, 2020,577(7790),364–9. 5. mikhno i, koval v, garmatiuk o. green economy in sustainable development and improvement of resource efficiency. cent eur bus rev, 2021,10(1),99–113. 6. ponomarev a v, ershov bg. the green method in water management: electron beam treatment. environ sci \& technol,2020,54(9),5331–44. 7. farhan am, zaghair am, abdullah hi. adsorption study of rhodamine –b dye on plant (citrus leaves). baghdad sci j, 2022,19(4),838–47. 8. magureanu m, bradu c, hong d. a review on non-thermal plasma treatment of water contaminated with antibiotics. j hazard mater, 2021,417,125481. 9. bhatt p, mishra s, chen s. new insights into the degradation of synthetic pollutants in contaminated environments. chemosphere, 2021,268,128827. 10. yoshikawa h, wuermli aj, stein a. effects of the global coronavirus disease-2019 pandemic on early childhood development: short-and long-term risks and mitigating program and policy actions. j pediatr, 2020,223,188–93. 11. kadhim nj, mousa sa, farhan am, muhammed ea. a comparative study of the adsorption of crystal violet dye from aqueous solution on rice husk and charcoal. baghdad sci j, 2020,17(1),295–304. 12. okoro hk, pandey s, adeniyi ag. nanomaterial-based biosorbents: adsorbent for efficient removal of selected organic pollutants from industrial wastewater. emerg contam, 2022,8,46– 58. 13. vannini c, domingo g, onelli e. morphological and proteomic responses of eruca sativa exposed to silver nanoparticles or silver nitrate. plos one. 2013,8(7),e68752. 14. organization wh. global progress report on water, sanitation and hygiene in health care facilities: fundamentals first, 2020. 15. sridhar a, ponnuchamy m, prabhakar s. valorization of food waste as adsorbents for toxic dye removal from contaminated waters: a review. j hazard mater, 2022,424,127432. 16. k\ipçak \.ilker, kurtaran ersal e. catalytic wet peroxide oxidation of a real textileazo dye cibacron red p-4b over al/fe pillared bentonite catalysts: kinetic and thermodynamic studies. react kinet mech catal,2021,132(2),1003–23. 17. ahmed sf, ong hc, chia wy. recent developments in physical, biological, chemical, and hybrid treatment techniques for removing emerging contaminants from wastewater. j hazard mater, 2021,416,125912. 18. maity s, sinha d, sarkar a. wastewater and industrial effluent treatment by using nanotechnology. in: nanomaterials and environmental biotechnology. springer, 2020, 299– 313. 19. kamil af, abdullah hi, rheima am, mohammed sh. cibacron red dye removal in aqueous solution using synthesized cunife2o5 nanocomposite: thermodynamic and kinetic studies. egypt j chem, 2021,64(11),6133–45. 20. aboud naa, jasim be, rheima am. methylene orange dye removal in aqueous solution using synthesized cdo-mno2 nanocomposite: kinetic and thermodynamic studies. chalcogenide lett, 2021,18(5),237–43. 21. aboud naa, jasim be, rheima am. adsorption study of phosphate ions pollution in aqueous solutions using microwave synthesized magnesium oxide nanoparticles, 2021,16(3),801–7. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 259 22. vorokh as. scherrer formula: estimation of error in determining small nanoparticle size. nanosyst physics, chem math,2018,9(3),364–9. 23. fuentes e, carrasco g, palomo i. a novel role of eruca sativa mill.(rocket) extract: antiplatelet (nf-$κ$b inhibition) and antithrombotic activities. nutrients, 2014,6(12),5839– 52. 24. alaraidh ia, ibrahim mm, el-gaaly ga. evaluation of green synthesis of ag nanoparticles using eruca sativa and spinacia oleracea leaf extracts and their antimicrobial activity. iran j biotechnol, 2014,12(1),50–5. 25. said kam, baini r, zauzi nsa. application of freundlich and temkin isotherm to study the removal of pb(ii) via adsorption on activated carbon equipped polysulfone membrane. int j eng technol, 2018,7(3.18 special issue 18),91–3. 26. revellame ed, hernandez r, zappi me. adsorption kinetic modeling using pseudo-first order and pseudo-second order rate laws: a review. clean eng technol, 2020,1(december),100032. 27. vadi m, mansoorabad ao. investigation of langmuir, freundlich and temkin adsorption isotherm of tramadol by multi-wall carbon nanotube. asian j chem, 2013,25(10),5467–9. microsoft word 135-142 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|135    antimicrobial effect of lactobacillus as a probiotic isolated from yoghurt products against staphylococcus aureus and escherichia.coli israa ibrahim khalil dept. of microbiology/ college of veterinary medicine/university of mosul suhail jawdat fadihl dept. of pathological analysis/ baquba technical institute / middle technical university haifaa hussain ali esrahalil80@gmail.com dept. of microbiology/ college of veterinary medicine/ university of mosul abstract probiotic bacteria using in commercially produced foods are at most members of the genera lactobacillus and bifidobacterium. this research was aimed to study the antimicrobial effect of lactobacillus bacteria as probiotic against some pathogenic bacteria, strains of lactobacillus bacteria were isolated from two types of yoghurt in baquba city, iraq. total of 60 yoghurt samples from 2 origins (30 locally and 30 commercial produced yoghurt) were used to isolate probiotic bacteria which were identified phenotypically and biochemically. 30 (100%) of locally produced yoghurt samples include with probiotic bacteria while 12 (40%) commercially types of yoghurt samples were contained with probiotic, the method of modified agar overlay was used to determine the antibacterial activity among the lactobacillus isolates. results indicated spectrum of their antibacterial effects which were varied against the selected pathogenic bacterial isolates (staphylococcus aureus and escherichia.coli). the results of this study encourage people to consume more probiotic dairy products instead of using antibiotic drugs as prophylactics which lead to health problems also encourage local industry for producing bioyoghurt products. key words: probiotics, lactobacillus spp., antibiotic effect, yoghurt, pathogenic bacteria. esrahalil80@gmail.com ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|136    1. introduction probiotics are live microorganisms mainly bacteria thought to be safe and useful to the host according to the currently approved definition by the united nations food and agriculture organization and the world health organization fao/who (2001:2002) [1]. most probiotic microorganisms belong to lactic acid bacteria (lab), such as lactobacillus spp., enterococcus spp and bifidobacterium spp. [2]. beneficial effects accorded by lactobacilli include inhibition of pathogenic organisms, such as helicobacter, salmonella and shigella. although the notion of using bacteria as bio therapeutic factors is not new, probiotic lactic acid bacteria (lab) have attracted attentiveness only in recent years [3,4] probiotic lab include (l. casei, l. johnsonii, l. rhamnosus, l. reuteri, l. acidophilus and l. gasseri) and bifidobacteria include ( b. lactis, b. bifidum, b. infantisa and b. longum ) are the most common types of bacteria used as probiotics and are almost used in food industry, but certain yeasts and some bacilli may also be used [1]. most reports have described the advantageous effects from different aspects on important pathogenic cases, like inflammatory bowel disease (ibd), intestinal infections and allergy by supplementing of some selected strains to food products, often together with a fiber or prebiotic substance [2]. a number of reports have found probiotic exhaustion to be useful in the treatment of many forms of diarrhea, including diarrheal diseases in young children caused by rotaviruses, travelers' diarrhea and antibiotic-associated diarrhea in adults [5] . lactobacilli can produce various antimicrobial ingredient including organic acids (propionic acid, lactic acid and acetic acid) carbon dioxide, hydrogen peroxide, lowmolecular weight antimicrobial substances, bacteriocins and adhesion inhibitors have obtained significance as probiotics [6]. probiotics are implicated in synthesis of biotin, vitamin k and b and in ions absorption as mg+2, ca+2, and fe+3 [7]. furthermore, some lab have antimicrobial properties against pathogens, spoilage bacteria, molds, yeasts and viruses by different mechanisms [1,8]. increasing in bacteria resistant to antibiotic has awakened the scientists to the therapeutic and prophylactic uses of probiotics and to use them as alternatives to antibiotic drugs [9]. the use of naturally produced antimicrobial agents without any counter effects on human health to inhibit the generation of pathogenic agents in food is a good option to overcome the problems related with food contamination. [10,11]. the objective of this study was to present some data on isolation of lactobacillus bacteria from two types of yoghurt and study their antimicrobial activity as a probiotic bacterium against escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus as an example to gram negative and gram positive pathogenic bacteria sequentially. 2. material and methods sampling: sixty samples of yoghurt were collected from different local markets in baquba city, iraq. samples were put into sterile plastic containers  and transferred to  the laboratory of ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|137    microbiology at department of pathological analysis, baquba technical institute, middle technical university. they were from two origins (30 of commercially imported types and 30 of locally yoghurt) these samples are kept in the refrigerator for 2-4 h until analysis was proceeded. preparation of yoghurt samples: for suspending the bacterial content, samples of yoghurt were shake strong. then, ten grams of each sample were dissolved into 90 ml of normal saline 0.9% w/v [12]. isolation of lactic acid bacteria (lab): de man rogosa sharp (mrs) medium is the standard media which have been accepted by the international dairy federation for isolation of lactic acid bacteria. after arrival of the samples to the laboratory within 3-6 h . the prepared yoghurt samples were inoculated into mrs agar medium. plating was done then incubated anaerobically in anaerobic jar at 35°c for 48 h. the suspected colonies were enumerated (cfu/ml) and purified by multiple streaking on mrs agar medium before identification. [12,13]. phenotypic characterization of lab: the purified isolates were identified on the basis of their morphological, cultural and biochemical characteristics. stock culture were kept on mrs agar slant at 4°c and have been streaked every 4 weeks. [13, 14] . pathogenic bacterial isolates : the pathogenic isolates used in this study were preserved in brain heart infusion (bhi) agar butt-slants in tubes kept at 4°c. they included both gram-negative (e.coli) and gram-positive (s. aureus) provided by microbiological laboratory in the department of pathological analysis, baquba technical enistitute –middle technical university (mtu). determination of antibacterial effects : the stock cultures including probiotic lactobacilli bacteria were inoculated into brain heart infusion (bhi) broth. the turbidity of this broth was adjusted to equal of 1 standard mcfarland. the chosen pathogenic bacterial isolates taken from the stock cultures and then subcultured in bhi broth under aerobic condition for 18h at 37°c. the turbidity of broth cultures was adjusted to 0.5 standard mcfarland. to determine the antibacterial effects of probiotics isolates, modified agar overlay method have been used. the prepared probiotic lactobacilli was inoculated into the plates by swabbing in the center of plate, then were anaerobically incubated for 72 h at 37°c.then the growth in the plate was overlaid with 10 ml of molten and cooled bhi agar inoculated previously with 1 ml of the selected cultures of pathogens. the plates were aerobically incubated for 24 h at 37°c after being allowed to solidify. the plates were examined for the presence of growth inhibition. for more determination whether the selected pathogens inhibited or killed by probiotics, the zone of growth inhibition was swabbed. then the swab was inoculated into bhi broth and aerobically incubated for 24 h under 37°c. the bhi broths were checked for growth. the presence of growth in the broth was accepted as an inhibitory property in the agar plate, while no growth was cleared to be as a result referring to the bactericidal effect. for determination of antibacterial effects of the probiotics each test was duplicated. [15,16,17,18]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|138    3. results and discussion the interesting in foods that are fresh, natural and healthy are increased by consumer after being aware of processing loss of nutritional value and the possible health risk of foods concluded with variety of chemical preservatives. probiotics could be a beneficial strategy in prevention of antibiotic side effects which may lead to disturbances of the intestinal homeostasis and disorders [3]. table-1 showed that out of 60 examined samples of yoghurt, 30 (100%) of locally produced yoghurts and 12 (40%) of imported yoghurt samples, were contained with lab that isolated depending on macroscopic and microscopic properties of isolates. they produced convex, yellow, round and moist colonies with smooth edges. smears after stained with gram stain, bacteria appeared as gram-positive bacilli in pairs or chains, proportionate with the morphology of lactobacillus spp. [5]. these findings almost agree with abdallah et al. (2013) [1]. 100% of locally produced yoghurt samples included with probiotic bacteria while 40% of commercially types of yoghurt samples were contained with probiotic bacteria. as shown in table 1: the viable numbers of the lab present in the examined samples the mean count (log cfu/ml) of total lab in examined samples were 7.00±0.70 and 5.00±0.40 in locally produced and imported yoghurt samples respectively. to some extent higher findings were stated by (dardir 2012) [19]. the minimum amount of probiotics needed to obtain a clinical effect has not been established. some researchers recommended dosage of 109–1010 cfu/g as a minimum consideration for healthy enteric system [20]. table (1): occurrence and frequency distribution of examined yoghurt samples (n=60) yoghurt sample type no. of positive samples percentages of positive samples no. count of lactobacillus locally produced yoghurt (30) 30 100% 7.00±0.70 imported types of yoghurt (30) 12 40% 5.00±0.40 determination of antibacterial effects: determining the antibacterial effects of probiotics is one of the most selected important standards, which supports the development of foods containing these bacteria as possible solutions to improve health of public consumer. the colonization or infection of the intestine by pathogenic bacteria such as shigella, clostridium, campylobacter, klebsiella, escherichia, pseudomonas, streptococcus, salmonella, s. aureus,enterococcus and coagulase-negative staphylococci increases the risk of necrotizing enterocolitis. many reports showed that the incidence of necrotizing enterocolitis has been decreased when nonpathogens, such as lactobacilli and bifidobacteria colonize the intestine. [21]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|139    all tested human lactobacillus strains were able to inhibit the growth of strains of anaerobic gastrointestinal pathogens [22]. table (2): antibacterial effects of lactobacillus spp. against staphylococcus aureus and e.coli . type of yoghurt sample antibacterial effects e.coli staphylococcus aureus locally produced yoghurt bacteriosatic bacteriocidal imported types of yoghurt bacteriostatic bacteriostatic results of antibacterial effects using the modified agar overlay method as shown in table-2 results which refer that all isolates of probiotic which isolated from the different yoghurt samples were able to inhibit the growth of some, if not all of the selected pathogens. because of lacking standard bacteriostatic and bacteriocidal effects as rates for probiotics, we used culturing of microorganisms from inhibition zone to determine wether the effect of probiotic was bacteriostatic or bacteriocidal for the pathogenic bacteria used in this study. there was variation in bacteriostatic and bacteriocidal effects. lactobacillus as probiotics isolated from locally yoghurt samples appear to have bactericidal effect for s. aureus while inhibited the growth of e. coli. similar findings were described by abdallah et al. 2013[1]. who showed that isolated probiotic strains from dairy products were able to inhibit the growth of pathogenic e. coli , also agree with catherine and cabrera (2011) who relay almost the same results [23]. the adhesion of lab to host intestinal epithelium which result in the competitive adhesion of pathogenic bacteria is one of the factors giving the property of antibacterial activity to probiotics [24]. the mechanism of inhibition on the pathogen invasion might also be due to obstruct enterocytic pathogen receptors by whole lactobacilli rather than to a specific blockade of receptors [25]. many studies reported that the antagonistic activities against intestinal pathogens are produced by antimicrobial substances contained by several probiotic strains. they might reduce both the duration of illness and the frequency of stools. a study showed that lactic acid bacteria isolated from dairy products suppress the growth of some pathogens like salmonella typhimurium and salmonella enteritidis, which considered as the main cause of salmonella food infection [26] . recently, many researches indicated the applicability of probiotic bacteria as an alternative bio-therapeutic therapy for and protection against some pathogenic infections. although, probiotics have a totally safety record, they should be used with caution in certain patient groups particularly with immune deficiency patients, neonates born or prematurely [1, 5]. a number of criteria must be studied in selecting bacterial strains which used as functionally probiotic in foods, one of the most important among them is having the ability to produce antimicrobial substances leading to increase the natural defenses of the host against enteropathogens and through competitive inhibition of these pathogens [27].some strains of lab bacteria like lactobacillus paracasei could be used as a good barrier to prevent or treat infections caused by enteric staphylococcal bacteria, and might extend its effect on the s. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|140    aureus toxins or their target, probably by having the ability to produce bacteriocin-like substances, which might participate to the antibacterial effect [28] . increasing rate of multi-drug resistant strain lead researchers to search about probiotics as alternative therapies decreasing our dependence on antibiotics. in conclusion, present study showed that the traditional made yoghurt products can be used as a good source of potentially probiotic bacteria unlike the imported types which may contain preservatives which prevent the growth and may lack any probiotic bacteria. also give us evidence on having such beneficial bacteria to the antibacterial effects on pathogens and there is prospect for health benefits by consuming food containing probiotics. however, we recommended additional researches to confirm data on a number of these health benefits in humans and animals determining the amount of probiotics needed to minimize the clinical effects. references [1]. m.i.m.1 , abdallah; a.m.m. nasr and m.s. abd elaziz, antibacterial effects of probiotics isolated from milk products against some common bacterial pathogens. egypt . j. of appl. sci., 28 (8): 272-294,2013 [2]. a. ljungh and t. wadström.lactic acid bacteria as probiotics. curr. issues intestinal microbiol, 7: 73–90,2012. [3]. m.f.bernet-camard; v. lievin; d. brassart; j.r. neeser; a.l. servin and s. hudault; the human lactobacillus acidophilus strain la1 secretes a nonbacteriocin antibacterial substance(s) active in vitro and in vivo. applied environ. microbiol., 63: 2747-2753. from 51997. [4]. d., p.a. sgouras; k. maragkoudakis; b. petraki; e. martinez-gonzalez; s.eriotou; g. michopoulos;kalantzopoulos, tsakalidou and a. mentis,. in vitro and in vivo inhibition of helicobacter pylori by lactobacillus casei strain shirota. applied and environ. microbiol., 70: 518-526,2004. [5]. r.d. brown ;a.c, and a. valiere, probiotics and medical nutrition therapy. nutr clin care, 7(2): 56–68, 2004. [6]. a.c. quwehand, and s. vesterlund. antimicrobial components from lactic acid bacteria. lactic acid bacteria microbiological and functional aspects, marcel dekker inc., new york, usa. 2004 [7]. w.h. holzapfel; p. habere; r. geisen; j. bjorkroth, and s. ulrich. taxonomy and important features of probiotic microbes in food and nutrition. am. clin. nutr, 37: 365– 373,2001. [8]. s.d. todorov; m. wachsman; e. tome; x. dousset; m.t. destro; l.m.t. dicks; b.d.g.m franco. ; m. vaz-velho and d. drider.. characterisation of an antiviral pediocinlike bacteriocin produced by enterococcus faecium. food microbiology, 27: 869-879,2010. [9]. f.e.ahmed, genetically modified probiotics in foods. trends biotechnol, 21: 491–497, 2003. [10]. m.e. sanders,. considerations for use of probiotic bacteria to modulate human health. american society for nutritional sciences. j. nutr, 130: 384s–390s. 2000 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|141    [11]. j. nowroozi;m.mirzaii and m. norouzi. study of lactobacillus as probiotic bacteria. iranian j publ health, (2) 3:1 -7,2004. [12]. i.d.f. “international dairy federation” .yoghurt: enumeration of characteristic microorganisms colony count technique at 37c. idf standard 117 international dairy federation, brussels. 1983. [13]. j.d.de man; m. rogosa and m.e. sharpe. "a medium for the cultivation of lactobacilli". j. appl. bact. (23): 130–135,1960. [14]. a.florez; t. lopez-diaz; p. alvarez-martin and b. mayo microbial characterization of the tradition spanish blue-veined cabrales cheese: identification of dominant lactic acid bacteria. food technol, 223: 503-508,2006. [15]. n.p. shah, and r. dave, antimicrobial substances including bacteriocins produced by lactic acid bacteria. bioscience microflora, 21 (4): 217-223, 2002. [16]. jr.e.l.chuayana; c.v. ponce; m.r.b. rivera and e.c. cabrera, antimicrobial activity of probiotics from milk products. phil j. microbiol. infect. dis., 32: 71-74, 2003. [17]. s. lim, and i.m. dong-soon ,screening and characterization of probiotic lactic acid bacteria isolated from korean fermented foods. j. microbiol. biotechnol., 19: 178-186, 2009. [18]. millette, m.; f.m. luquet and m. lacroix ,in vitro growth control of selected pathogens by lactobacillus acidophilus and lactobacillus casei fermented milk. lett. appl. microbiol., 44(3): 314-319, 2006. [19]. dardir h.a. in vitro evaluation of probiotic activities of lactic acid bacteria strains isolated from novel probiotic dairy products global veterinaria, 8 (2): 190-196,2012. [20]. m. e. sanders, and veld, j. huis “bringing a probiotic containing functional food to the market: microbiological, product, regulatory and labeling issues,” antonie van leeuwenhoek, 76 (1–4): 293–315, 1999. [21]. g.reid; j. jass; m.t. sebulsky and k. mccormick j. potential uses of probiotics in clinical practice,clinical microbiology reviews, 4(16): 658–672, 2003. [22]. j.nowroozi ; m. mirzaii and m. norouzi, study of lactobacillus as probiotic bacteria. iranian j publ health, 33 (2): 1 -7,2003. [23]. a.m.m. catherine, and c.e. cabrera ,probiotics from philippine dairy products are bactericidal for pathogens with transferable multiple drug resistance, 4: (2). 91-97,2011. [24]. m.velraeds; h. van der mei; g. ried and h. busscher, inhibition of initial adhesion of uropathogenic enterococcus faecalis by biosurfactants from lactobacillus isolates. app. environ. microbial, 62: 1958-1963,1996. [25]. m.h. coconnier; m.f. bernet ; s. kerneis ; g. chauviere ; j. fourniat and a.l. servin, inhibition of adhesion of enteroinvasive pathogen to human intestinal caco-2 cells by lactobacillus acidophilusstrain lb decreases bacterial invasion. fems microbiology letters, 110: 299-305,1993. [26]. m.thirabunyanon; p. boonprasom and p. niamsup, probiotic potential of lactic acid bacteria isolated from fermented dairy milks on antiproliferation of colon cancer cells”, biotechnol. lett, 31: 571-576,2009. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1781 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|142    [27]. r. denkova; z. denkova; v. yanakieva and d. blazheva, antimicrobial activity of probiotic lactobacilli, bifidobacteria and propionic acid bacteria, isolated from different sources, microbial pathogens and strategies for combating them: science, technology and education 857-864,2013. [28]. k. kailasapathy and j. chin. survival and therapeutic potential of probiotic organisms with reference to lactobacillus acidophilus and bifidobacterium spp. immunology and cell biology 78: 80–88,2000 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 comparison between the performance of parametric active contour models f. a.alwan department of computer science, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad, abstract snakes, or active contours, are used extensively in comp uter vision and image p rocessing app lications, p articularly to locate object boundaries. in this research, for the segmentation of anatomical st ructures in medical images three approaches were imp lemented and comp ared lik e (original snake model, distance p otential force model and gradient vector flow (gvf) snake model). we used computed tomography image (ct) for our e xp eriments. our exp eriments show that original snake model has two p roblems; first is the limited cap ture range and the second is the poor convergence. dist ance p otential force model solv ed only the first p roblem of original snak e and f ailed with second p roblem. gradient vector flow (gvf snake) p rovides a good cap ture rang and a good conver gence; therefor e good results are obtained where g vf snake could successfully segment the anatomical st ructures from ct images. introduction snakes are energy -minimizin g curves that are defined within an image and are deformed by the effect of the internal energy of the curve itself and the external forces derived from the image. sn akes are widely used in many applications, includin g edge d etection [1], shap e modeling [2], se gmentation [3] and motion trackin g. there are two key difficulties with p arametric active contour algorithms. first , the initial contour which in general must be close to the true boundary or else it will likely conver ge to the wrong result. the second p roblem is that active contours have difficulties p rogressing into boundary concavities [4]. then, cohen and cohen [5] p rop osed a distance p otential force model. the general idea behind this model is to have large external forces far away from the boundaries of the object, t hus increasin g the cap ture range of the snake. even then, snakes based on this model fail to conver ge to concavities. the technique presented by ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 xu and prince (gvf snake) addr esses t hese issues and presents a new for mulation for active contour modelin g [6,7]. in this research, we show the advantages of the gvf snake over the traditional models where we discuss and comp are between it and the original model and distance p otential force model. also we d iscuss some results obtained by imp lementing and testing the algor ithms of t hese models. background an original snak e is a curve x(s) = [ x(s), y (s)] s [0,1] that moves through the sp atial domain of an image to minimize the energy functional e = dsseβsα s ))(( x)(x")(x' ext 22 1 2 1 0       where α and β are weighting p arameters that control the snake’s tension and rigidity , resp ectively, )(x' s and )(x" s denote the first and second derivatives of x(s) with resp ect to s. the external energy function e ext is deriv ed from t he image so t hat it takes on its smaller values at t he features of interest, such as boundaries. given a gray-level image i(x, y), viewed as a function of continuous p osition variables (x, y), typ ical external energies are design ed to lead a snak e toward step edges are: e ext (x, y) = 2 y)i(x, e ext (x, y) =   2 y)i(x,y)(x,g * σ  where y)(x,g σ is a two-dimensional gaussian function with st andard deviation σ and  is the gradient op erator. if the image is a lin e drawing (black on white), then approp riate external ener gies include [8]: e ext (x, y) = i (x, y) e ext (x, y ) = y)i(x,y)(x,g *σ it is easy to see from these definitions that larger σ ’s will cause the boundaries to become blurry. such large σ ’s are often necessary , however, in order to increase the capture range of the snake. ………. (1) ………. (2) ………. (3) ………. (4) ………. (5) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 a snake that minimizes e must satisfy the euler equation 0ext  e)('''x')(' x'α ss β this can be viewed as a for ce balance equation 0ff extint  where fint = )('''x')(' x'α ss β and fext = exte . the internal force fint discourages st retching and bendin g whi le the external p otential force fext p ulls the snake toward the desired ima ge ed ges. to find a solution to (6), t he snake is made dy namic by treating x as fun ction of time t as well as s ( i.e., x(s, t)). then, the p artial derivative of x with resp ect to t is then set equal to the left side of (6) as follows: x t (s, t) = ext e )('''x')(' x'α t s,t s, β when the solution x(s, t) st abilizes, the term x t (s, t) vanishes and we achieve a solution of (6). a solution to (8) can be found by discretizing the equation and solv ing the d iscrete system iteratively . behavior of original snake model an examp le of the behavior of an original snake is shown in fi g.(1). fi g.(1a) shows a 256256-p ixel line drawing of a v-char ob ject (shown in black) havin g a boundary concavity at t he top . it also shows a sequence of curves (in red) depicting. the iterative p rogression of an original snake (  = 0.05,  = 0, iteration no. = 100) initialized outside the object but within the cap ture ran ge of the potential force field. the potential force field fext = exte where σ = 0 p ixel is shown in fig.(1b). we note that t he final solution in fig (1a) solves the euler equations of the snake formulation, but remains sp lit across the concave r egion. the reason for the p oor conver gence of this snake is revealed in fi g.(1c), where a close-up of the external force field within the boundary concavity is shown. although the external forces correctly p oint toward the object boundary, within the boundary concavity the forces p oint horizontally in opp osite directions. therefore, the active contour is p ulled ap art ………. (6) ………. (7) ……….(8) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 toward each of the “fingers” of the v-char, but not mad e to p rogress downward into the concavity . there is no choice of  and  that will correct this p roblem. anot her key p roblem with ori ginal snake formulations, the problem of limited cap ture range, can be underst ood by examining fi g.(1b). in this f igure, we see that t he magnitude (5) will increase this range, but the boundary localization will become less accurate and distinct, ultimately obliterating the concavity itself when becomes t oo large. behavior of distance potential force model cohen and cohen [5] p rop osed an external force model that sign ificantly increases t he cap ture range of an original snake. these external forces are the negative gr adient of a p otential function that is comp uted using a euclidean distance map . fig.(2) shows the p erformance of a snake using distance p otential forces. fig.(2a) shows both the vchar ob ject (in black) and a sequence of contours (in red) depicting the progression of the snake from its initialization far from the object to its final configuration. the dist ance p otential forces shown in fig.(2b) have v ectors with large magnitudes far away from the object, exp lainin g why the cap ture range is l arge for this e xternal force model. as shown in fig.(2a), this snake also f ails to conver ge to t he boundary concavity . this can be exp lained by insp ecting the magnified p ortion of the distance potential forces shown in fig.(2c). we see that, like traditional p otential forces, these forces also p oint horizontally in opp osite directions, which p ulls the snake apart but not downward into the boundary concavity . we note that cohen and cohen’s modification to the basic distance p otential forces, which applies a nonlinear transformation to the distance map (5), does not change the direction of the forces, only their magn itudes. therefore, the p roblem of convergence to boundary concavities is not solved by distance potential forces. gradient vector flow fie ld the authors xu and prince present a solution to the p roblems by rep lacin g the standard external force fext in the force balance equation (7) with a st atic external force whi ch does not change with time or depend on the p osition of the snake itself. this new st atic external force field fext = v ( x, y) is called the gradient vector field or g vf. rep lacin g the external p otential force exte in (8) with v y ields the following equation: xt (s, t) = v )('''x')(' x'α t s,t s, β the p arametric curve solving the above dy namic equation is termed as a gvf snak e [6]. ………. (9) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 s teps of gvf s nake formation the p rocess starts by calculating the edge map of the given image, using any edge findin g algor ithm from the image processing literature. ),(),( ext yxyxf e i  where i = 1, 2, 3 or 4. the edge map has three imp ortant features relating to snake for mation. one, the gradient of this edge map  f has vectors p ointing towards the edge, which is a desirable p rop erty for snakes. two, these vectors have lar ge magn itude at the vicinity of the edges. three, in homogenous regions (regions with little variation in image intensity )  f is almost zero, and therefore no information about nearby or distant edges is availab le. the second and third features can b e problematic when constructing an active contour. to keep the first feature and nullify the effect of the latter two, t he gradient map is extended farther away from the edges and into homogenous regions using a computational diffusion p rocess. the gradient vector flow field is d efined as the vector field v ( x, y)= (u (x, y), v (x, y)) that minimizes the following energy functional:  ε   μ dxdyffyxyx vvuu 222222 )(  -v as can be seen, this is an example of v ariational formulation of regularization. the p arameter μ is a regu larizin g p arameter which adjusts the tradeoff between the first and second terms of the integrand and is set accordin g to the level of noise p resent in the image. also, when the value of the edge gradient f is small, ener gy is dominated by the sum of the partial derivatives of t he gradient field, and yields a smooth field. on t he other hand, when f is lar ge, the second term dominates the inte grand. in this case, setting v = f minimizes the energy . overall, this formulation transforms the gradient vector flow field by keep ing it equal to the edge gradient at the boundaries; it also keep s v slowly vary ing at the homogenous regions of the image. using the calcu lus of variations, it can be shown that t he gvf field can be found by solving the pair of euler equations. 0))(( 222  yx fff-u-u x  0))(( 222  yxy fff-v-v ………. (10) ………. (11) ………. (12a) ……….(12b) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 here, 2 is the laplacian op erator. these equations give us another intuition beh ind the gvf formulation. it is noted that in homogeneous regions, the se cond term of both equations (12a) and (12b) is zero (because the gr adient of f (x, y) is zero). therefor e, within these regions, u and v are each determined by lap lace's equation. this results in a typ e of “fillin g-in” of information taken from the boundaries of t he region. equations (12a) and (12b) can b e solved numerically by treating u and v as a function of time. the resulting equations are: ),,( tyxu t )),(),,((),,(2 yxftyxutyxu x  )),(),(.( 22 yxfyxf yx  ),,( tyxv t )),(),,((),,(2 yxftyxvtyxv y  )),(),(.( 22 yxfyxf yx  the st eady -state solution of equation (13a) and (13b) y ields the solution to the euler equations (12a) and (12b). an iterative solution can b e set up for solving the equations above [6]. equations in (13a) and (13b) are known as generalized diffusion equations, and are known t o arise in such diverse fields as heat conduction, reactor p hy sics, and fluid flow [9]. in gvf snake, they are used to satisfy “filling in” prop erty. the experiments of implementati on of gvf snake algorithm to see the key differences between g vf snake algor ithm and the p revious a lgorithms (the original snake and distance potential force models); it was implemented on the sa me line drawing vchar ima ge, se e fi g.(3). the p arameters that should be given are  and no. of iteration for comp uting the (gvf fi eld), and  ,  and the no. of iteration for (gvf snake); and their values are shown in the table(1). fig.(3b) reveals these several key differences. first , the gvf field has a much lar ger cap ture range. a second observation is that the gvf vectors are p ointing somewhat downward into the top of the v-char, which should cause an active contour to move farther into this concave region. fig.(3a) shows the result of app ly ing a gvf snake. in this case, the snake was initialized farther away from the object than the initialization in fig.(1a), and yet it converges very well to the boundary of the v-char. ………. (13a) ………. (13b) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 implementation of snakes models with gray level images in this section, we show how the original snake, distance p otential force, and gvf snake model, can b e ap p lied to medical image se gmentation. in order to show t he interest s of the segmentation by these snakes, we select a ct image of 256256 p ixels. the image represents abdominal ct (slice of kidney s). we imp lemented the mentioned above algor ithms on the same ct image to show the difference in p erformance b etween them. to reveal the efficien cy of these snakes in segmentation p rocess, see the fig.(4). in figs.(4a, 4b) the original snake and d istance p otential force model could not segment the left kidney p rop erly from ct image in concave region, in contrast with gvf snake wher e it could correctly evolves towards the desired boundary of left kidney , see fig.(4c). in our exp eriment, the values of p arameters of original snake, dist ance potential force, and gvf snake model are shown in table(2). key issues this work on the comp arison between the p erformance of snakes models and us ing their algor ithms in segmentation p rocess of anatomical st ructures from ct images usin g active contours focuses on: comparisons between the p erformance of original snake model, distance p otential force model and p erformance of g vf snake, and the candidate v alues of snakes’ p arameters. these p hases are discussed in the followin g sections. comparison of performance the performance of the original snak e mod el, distance p otential force model and g vf snake model is comp ared in terms of: convergence to a concave region, and insensitivity to initialization. with resp ect to convergence to concave region the comparison was exp lained in details in the above sections but the insensitivity to initia lization we discussed only one case of initialization (outside the boundary of desired object), another example about the outside initialization is shown in fig.(5). in this section, we discuss the initialization from inside the boundary of desired object. see fig.(6), fi g.(6a) is the original image of thy roid gland with a cy st ic and capsulated lesion. see the initial curve in r ed color inside the cyst ic lesion. in fig.(6b) the original snak e model couldn’t segment the cystic lesion while in fig.(6c, 6d) the distance p otential force and gvf snake model could se gment the cy stic lesion p rop erly because they have large capture range. in our exp eriment, t he values of p arameters are shown in table(3). ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 the candidate values of snakes’ parameters with resp ect to determine the approp riate values for tension, rigidity and the external force weightings; we found that t he acceptable range for each weight is as follows: increasing β will increase the rigidity of the model and would affect t he shape ev en if close to st art with. we found that t he rigidity weighting factor can be increased from 0 to 0.03 with almost the same results. decreasin g the tension we ight causes the active contour to follow the influence of the external force and lose its smoothness. t he accep table range that we found for tension was from 0.02 to 0.08. for valu es over α = 0.08, the active contour must be initialized close to the boundary; otherwise, the tension force tries to contract the model and prevents the contour p oints from easily converging to the boundary . also we found that with p arametric active contours the ratio of force weightings is more imp ortant than the values themselves. for instance, if the force weighting is increased four times, which indeed exceeds the p reviously recommended ranges for the force weightings (i. e., external force =2.4, α = 0.2 & β =0.06), the active contour behaves as it does for external force =0.6, α = 0.05 & β =0.01, but it requires that t he initial contour be closer to the boundary . with resp ect to regularization p arameter  , the accep table range that we found for it was from 0 to 0.2, but if the desired object has sharp corners t he value of  must be less t han 0.1 else the final configuration has slightly rounder corners. conclusion the gradient vector flow b ased active contour generation algorithm by xu and prince was compared. the algorithm, along with an original snak e generation algor ithm and distance p otential force model were implemented on various images, both grayscale and line dr awing images. it was found t hat t he algorithm succeeds in conver ging the active contour to boundary concavities in both typ es of images. the drawback of the methods is its execution sp eed. insp ite of its robust ness to initialization and increased cap ture range, the algor ithm takes a long time t o conver ge to object contours. with resp ect to snakes’ p arameters, it is found that, there is no way to comp ute or directly give the ap p rop riate values for t hese parameters, but by exp eriments and common sense. also the approp riate values of these p arameters of our exp eriments were discussed in the section (the exp eriments with force wei ghting fa ctors). re ference 1. kass, m .; witkin, a. and terzop oulos, d. (1986). “snakes: active contour m odels”, international journal of computer vision, 3: 321-331. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 2. terzop oulos, d. and fleisch er, k. (1988). “deformable models”, vis. co mput., 4: 306–331. 3. ley marie, f. and levine, m . d. (1993). “tracking deformable objects in the p lane using an active contour model”, ieee trans. pattern anal. m achine intell., 15: 617– 634. 4. davatz ikos, c. and prince, j. l. (1995). “an active contour model for map p ing the cortex”, ieee trans. m ed. imag., 14 : 65–80. 5. cohen, l. d. and coh en, i. (1993). “ finite-element m ethods for active contour m odels and balloon for 2d and 3d images”, ieee trans. on pattern analysis and m achine intelligence, 15(11): 1131-1147. 6. xu, c. and prince, j. l. (m ar. 1998). “snak es, shapes, and gradient vector flow”, ieee trans. on image processing, 7: 3. 7. satt ar, j. “snakes, sh apes and gradient vector flow”, school of computer science, m cgill university, m ontreal qc canada h3a 2a7. 8. cohen, l. d. (m ar. 1991). “on active contour models and balloons”, cvgip: image underst and., 53: 211–218. 9. charles, a. h. and porschin g, t. a. (1990). “numerical analysis of partial differential equ ations”, prentice hall, engelwood cl iffs, nj. table (1) values of gvf snake parameters with v-char image (  ) gvf iteration ( ) (  ) iteration no. 0.1 80 0.05 0 380 table (2) values of snake models’ paramete rs with ct of kidneys snake ty p e ( ) (  ) gvf iteration ( ) (  ) iteration no. original 3 0.5 0 80 dist ance 2 0.5 0 80 gvf 2 0.1 80 0.05 0 50 table (3) values of snake models’ paramete rs with ct of thyroid gland and with i nside case of initialization. snake ty p e ( ) (  ) gvf iteration ( ) (  ) iteration no. dist ance potential 3 0.01 0 23 gvf snake 0 0.1 80 0.01 0 23 original snake 3 0.05 0 50 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 (a) (b) (c) fig.(1) (a) convergence of a snake using (b) traditional potential forces, and (c) shown close-up withi n the boundary concavity. (a) (b) (c) fig.(2) (a) convergence of a snake using (b) distance potenti al forces, and (c) shown close-up withi n the boundary concavity. (a) (b) (c) fig.( 3) (a) convergence of a snake using (b) gvf exte rnal forces, and (c) shown close up withi n the boundary concavity. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 (a) (b) (c) fig.(4) s egmenting the left kidney by (a) the original snake model and (b) the distance potenti al force model which they failed in segmentation process in concave regi on of the left ki dney, (c) is the final snake of gvf model whi ch could se gment the left kidney properly. (a) (b) (c) fig (5) o utsi de initial curve and s egmenting the cystic lesion of liver by (a) an original snake, (b) a distance potential force snake , and (c) a gvf snake. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 (a) (b) (c) (d) fig.(6) (a )o riginal image of thyroid gland with a cystic and capsulated lesion with inside case of initialization (b) an original snake , (c) a distance potential force snake , and (d) a gvf snake. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لمنحنیات النشیطةمقارنة بین أداِء نماذِج ا ن فائزه عبد الجبار علوا جامعة بغداد، أبن الهیثم-كلیة التربیه ،قسم الحاسبات الخالصة من اجل یة الحاسوب ومعالجة الصور الرقمیةفي تطبیقات روؤ االفاعي او المنحنیات النشیطة تستخدم بكثرة .ایجاد حدود االجسام ة نماذج من وألجل تقطیع التراكیب التشریحیة من الصور الطبیة تم استخدام و مقارنة ثالث، في هذا البحث ًا أنموذج االفعى العاملة و، ذج القوى الكامنة للمسافةأنمو ، نموذج االفعى االصلي أو التقلیديأمثل المنحنیات النشیطة وفق ة فلنوع الصور الطبیه التي استخدمت في تجارب هذا البحث أما بالنسبة .لتدفق متجهات المیل هي الصور المقطعی ). ct(بالكومبیوتر ، یمتلك مدى التقاط محدوداالولى انه المشكلة، االصلي یعاني من مشكلتیننموذج االفعى أتجارب البحث أظهرت بأن . لالشكال التعامل مع التغیرات التوبولوجیة مثل الزوایا الحادة والمناطق المقعرة انه الیستطیع التكیف او والمشكلة الثانیة مشكله االولى ال أنموذج القوى الكامنة للمسافةكذلك ة نتمكن من حل ال موذج االفعى االصلى لكنه فشل في حل المشكل ط كبیر جدًا یمتد الى حدود الصورة مما یجعل تمتلك مدى التقاف وفقًا لتدفق متجهات المیل أما االفعى العاملة .الثانیة ت وعبر حدود الجسم المطلوب كذلك ی، من داخل ، بعیدة، یبة یمكن ان تكون قر االفعى االبتدائیة مكنها التكیف للتغیرا ب إذ، تم الحصول على نتائج جیدة لذلك، التبولوجیة تمكنت االفعى العاملة وفقا لتدفق متجهات المیل من تقطیع التراكی . التشریحیة بنجاح من الصور المقطعیة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 multicriteria scheduling problems to minimize total tardiness subject to maximum earliness o r tardiness h. f abdullah. departme nt of mathematics, ibn al-haitham college of education, unive rsity of baghdad abstract scheduling p roblems have been treated as single criterion p roblems until recently . m any of these problems are comp utationally hard to solve three as single criterion p roblems. however, there is a need to consider multiple criteria in a real life scheduling p roblem in general. in this p aper, we st udy the p roblem of scheduling jobs on a single machine to minimize total tardiness subject to maximum earliness or tardiness for each job. and we give algorithm (etst) t o solve the first p roblem (p1) and algorithm (test) to solve the second problem (p 2) to find an efficient solution. 1 introduction since the beginning, most of the work in scheduling p roblems has concentrated on a single criterion. hence numerous op timal and app roximation algorithms have been developed for single-criterion p roblems [1]. however, scheduling p roblems often involve more than one asp ect and therefore require multiple criteria analysis. desp ite their imp ortance, little att ention has been given to multiple criteria scheduling p roblems. this is due to the extreme comp lexity of these combinatorial op timization p roblems. obviously , the situation becomes more comp licated when more criteria are involved, unless the criteria are not in conflict with each other; roughly sp eaking, two criteria are not in conflict if a solution that p erforms well on one criterion is likely to p erform well on the other criterion [2]. the simplest multiobjective p roblems focus only on two criteria. in this p aper, we let lex(a,b) denotes a ty p ical hierarchical p roblem where a and b are two p erformance measures. the notation lex(a,b) will be used to mean that we want to find a schedule that minimizes criterion b subject to the const raint that criterion a is op timal. these problems are also called secondary criteria p roblems where the secondary criterion b refers to the less imp ortant criterion. throughout this p aper, we use the three field notation scheme  /  /  introduced by graham et.al., [3] to denote the scheduling p roblem under consideration. some of the p erformance measures often used in scheduling are, sum of comp letion times ( ci )total earliness ( ei ) total tardiness ( ti ) maximum lateness, lm ax = m ax{li}, li = ci – di , maximum earliness, em ax = m ax {ei}, ei = m ax{di – ci,0}, and maximum tardiness, t m ax = m ax {t i}, t i = m ax{ ci – di,0}. let f = ci is the p rimary criterion and let g  {ei, ti, lm ax,em ax} the secondary criterion, then the p roblem 1//lex(f,g) can be solved in p olynomial time, where lex means lexicographical (hierarchical) op timization. a detailed comp lexity analysis of hierarchical p roblems can be found in lee and vairaktarkis, [4]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 not e that the hierarchical scheduling p roblem 1//lex(f,g) is a sp ecial case of the simultaneous minimization 1//f(f,g) p roblem, where f is an increasing comp osite function of the two criteria and hence if 1//lex(f,g) is np-hard then 1//f(f,g) is also np-hard. vanwassenhove and gelder, [5] develop on algorithm to generate all the efficient solutions for 1//f(ci,lm ax) p roblem in p olynomial time. hoogeveen, [6] shows that all efficient solutions for two different cost functions, fm ax, gm ax can be generated in polynomial time, where fm ax = m ax{fi(ci) and fi is any non-decreasing function of ci}. not e that tm ax is a sp ecial case of fm ax. for detailed survey s on multicriteria scheduling, the reader can refer to gup ta and ky p arisis, [7], fry et al., [8], nagar et al., [9] and hoogeveen, [10]. in the literature, there are three app roaches that are app licable to scheduling p roblems, [11]. c1. m inimizing a weighted sum of the subcriteria and convert it t o a single criterion p roblem. c2. regard some subcriteria as constraints which must be satisfied and op timize others. c3. generate all efficient (non-dominated) schedules then allow the decision maker to make exp licit trade-off between these schedules. in this p aper, we will study some problems which belong to class c2. the work of smith [12], on minimizing total comp letion time subject to no tardy jobs is the earliest work in this area. recently [13] work on lex (cm ax, ci) for the two machine flow shop p roblem. in this p aper, we address the following single machine multicriteria scheduling p roblem. a set of n indep endent jobs have to be scheduled on a single machine, which can handle only one job at a time. the machine is assumed to be continuously available from time 0 on words. job ji(1,…,n) requires a given p ositive p rocessing time p i and should be comp leted at a given due data di. a schedule defines for each job ji its comp letion time ci such that t he jobs do not overlap in their execution. the cost of comp leting ji at time ci (i = 1, …,n) is measured by k (k = 3) functions k i f (k = 1, …,k); two of these functions are assumed to be non-decreasing in the job comp letion time; that is the value of k i f (ci) (i = 1, …,n; k = 1, …,k) does not decrease if we increase ci and one of them (em ax) is not regular in our st udy . hence for the hierarchical minimization p roblem, the p erformance criteria f 1 ,…,f k are indexed in order of decreasing imp ortance. in this p aper, first f 1 is minimized. next, f 2 is minimized subject to the const raint that t he schedule has minimual f 1 value. if necessary, f 3 is minimized subject to the const raint that values for f 1 and f 2 are equal to the values determined in the p revious st ep. if we use the three field notation, this p roblem is denoted by 1//lex(f 1 , f 2 ,f 3 ), where f 1 , f 2 and f 3  {em ax,tm ax,ti}. the organization of this p aper is as follows. in section 2, we p rovide the notation and basic concepts of the p roblems. in section 3, the p rop osed mathematical formulations for the p roblems is given. also the p rop osed algorithms and the comp utational exp erience are given. finally, in section 4 some of the conclusions that can be drawn from this research are outlined. 2 notati on and basi c concepts the following notation will be used: n = number of jobs. p i = p rocessing time of job i. di = due data of job i. ci = completion time of job i. ei = m ax {di – ci,0}; the earliness of job i. em ax = m ax {ei}; the maximum earliness. ti = m ax { ci – di,0}; the tardiness of job i. tm ax = m ax {t i}; the maximum tardiness. ti = the tot al tardiness. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 we will use the following scheduling rules in this p aper edd: jobs are sequenced in non-decreasing order of due dates, (this rule is known to minimize lm ax and tm ax) [14]. m st: jobs are sequenced according to non-decreasing order of minimum slack times, i.e. non-decreasing order of si = di – p i, (this rule is known to minimize em ax subject to no machine idle time) [14]. property 1, (4): if for some criterion f the unconstrained p roblem 1//f is np-comp lete then the hierarchical p roblem 1//lex(f,g) is np-comp lete for any criterion g. a feasible schedule  is p areto op timal, or non-dominated (efficient), with resp ect to the performance criteria f and g if there is no feasible schedule  such that bot h f()  f() and g()  g(), where at least one of the inequalities is st rict [17]. sup p ose that we have selected the two p erformance criteria, say f and g, that we want to take into account [15]. if one performance criterion, say f, is for more imp ortant t han the other one, then an obvious app roach is to find the op timum value with resp ect to criterion f, which we denote by f*, and choose from among the set of op timum schedules for f the one that p erforms best on g, such an app roach is called hierarchical op timization or lexicographical op timization: in this ty p e, we have to minimized the value of the more imp ortant criterion f, where in the second st age, the second criterion g is a minimized subject to the additional constraint that f = f*, where the criterion mentioned first in the argument of lex is the more imp ortant one [16]. 3 three-criteria hierarchical problems and algorithms in this section, we p resent the mathematical forms and the algorithms for generating solutions when one of the three criteria em ax, tm ax, ti is more imp ortant than the others. these hierarchical p roblems are also called secondary criteria p roblems where the secondary criterion refers t o the less important criterion. formulation for multicriteria p roblems are similar to that for the single criterion p roblems with additional const raints requiring that the optimal value of the primary objective is not violated. let us consider the formulations for bicriterion p roblems. there are two p arts of the formulations p rimary objective function subjected to: p rimary p roblem const raints secondary objective function subjected to: secondary p roblem const raints p rimary objective function value constraints p rimary p roblem const raints hence, the bicriterion p roblem is solved in two steps. first, we op timize the primary criterion followed by the optimization of the secondary criterion subject to the primary objective value. this formulation in this p aper can be generalized to the multicriteria p roblems. hence we p resent t he mathematical forms of four multicritria problems. let the first p roblem (p1) is denoted by 1//lex(em ax,tm ax,ti). the multicriteria scheduling p roblem (p1) is defined as: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 n i i 1 1 max max max ma x max min t s.t. (p ) e e (mst)(is the optimal) t t, t {t (edd), t (mst)}             for this p roblem (p1), em ax is the most imp ortant objective function and should be op timal for any feasible schedule. the following algorithm (etst) gives the best p ossible solution for (p1). algorithm (ets t) s tep (1): solve the problem 1//em ax to find m axe (mst)  , by using m st rule. s tep (2): let n ={1,2,…,n} be the set of unscheduled,  =  be the sequence for the scheduled jobs and set k = 1. s tep (3): for each job j  n calculate a start t ime rj , rj = m ax{dj – p j – m axe (mst)  ,0}. s tep (4): find a job j*  n with minimum j r  such that jr   ck – 1 and if there exists a tie choose the job j* with smalled due date j d  (where ck – 1 is the comp letion time of a job in position k – 1 and c0 = 0 where k = 1). assigin job j* in p osition k of  (i.e.  = (,(k))). s tep (5): set k = k + 1 and n = n – {j*}, if n =  go to st ep (6) otherwise go to st ep (4). s tep (6): for t he schedule jobs of  = ((1), …,(n)) calculate em ax, tm ax, ti and stop . let the second p roblem (p2) denoted by 1//lex (tm ax,em ax,ti). the multicriteria scheduling p roblem (p2) is defined as: n i i 1 2 max max max max ma x min t s.t. (p ) t t (edd)(is theoptimal) e e, e {e (mst), e (edd)}             for this p roblem (p2) tm ax is the most imp ortant objective function and should be op timal for any feasible schedule. the following algorithm (tes t) gives t he best p ossible solution. s tep (1): solve the problem 1//tm ax to find m axt (edd)  , by using edd rule. s tep (2): let n ={1,2,…,n} be the set of unscheduled jobs,  =  be the sequence for the scheduled jobs and let k = n and n j j 1 t p   . s tep (3): for each job j  n calculate a dead line j d , j d = dj + m axt (edd)  and sj = dj – pj . s tep (4): find a job j*  n such that j d   t, if there exists a tie choose the job with largest slack time j s  . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 s tep (5): set t = t – j p  , k = k – 1, n = n – {j*} and assigin job j* in position k of  (i.e.  = ((k),)), if n =  go to st ep (6), else go to st ep (4). s tep (6): for t he schedule jobs of  = ((1), …,(n)) calculate tm ax, em ax, ti. now consider the following (p3) and (p4) p roblems 1//lex( n j j 1 t   ,em ax, tm ax) and 1//lex( n j j 1 t   ,tm ax,em ax) resp ectively. max n n 3 i j i 1 j 1 max ma x max min t s.t. (p ) t t (is the optimal) e e, e {e (mst),e (edd)}                max n n 4 i j i 1 j 1 max max max min e s.t. (p ) t t (is the optimal) t t, t {t (edd), t (mst)}                since the unconstrained total tardiness p roblem (1//ti) is np-comp lete in ordinary sence (due and lenug) [17]. consequently by p rop erty 1, the corresp onding hierarchical op timization p roblems (p3) and (p4) are np-comp lete. this means that all the hierarchical p roblems with p rimary criterion //ti (total tardiness) are st rongly np-comp lete because 1//ti p roblem is np-complete. 3.1 computational results we first p resent how t ests p roblem can be randomly generated. the p rocessing time pi is uniformly distributed in the interval [1,10]. the due date di are uniformly distributed in the interval [p (1 – tf – rdd 2 ), p(1 – tf + rdd 2 ); where n i i 1 p p   , depending on the relative range of due date (rdd) and on the average tardiness factor (tf). for both p arameters, the values 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8 and 1.0, are considered. for each selected value of n, one problem was generated for each of five values of p arameters p roducing five p roblems for each value of n. the comp lete enumeration (ce), (etst) and (test) algorithms were tested by coding them in matlab7 and running pentium iv at 2800m hz with ram 512m b comp uter. it is well known that (ce) algorithm gives op timal solutions which are tested on p roblems with size (3,4,5,6,7,8) for p roblems (p 1) and (p 2) resp ectively. for p roblems (with n > 8) that are not solved optimality by (ce) algorithm because the execution time exceeds 30 minutes, the near op timal solution for these unsolved p roblems was found by our algorithms (etst) and (test) resp ectively. tables (1) and (2) show the results for p roblems (p 1) and (p2) obtained by (ce), (etst) and (test) algorithms resp ectively. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 re ferences 1. steure ralp h, e., (1986), "m ultip le criteria op timization: theory, comutation and ap p lication", willey . 2. hoogeveen, j. a., (1995),"single-m achine scheduling to m inimize a function of two or three m aximum cost criteria", dep artment of m ath. and computing science, eindhoveen, the netherlands. 3. graham, r. l.; lawler, e. l.; lenst ra, j. k. and rinnooykan, a. h. g., (1979), ann. discrete m ath. 5: 287-326. 4. lee, c. y. & vairaktarakis, g. l., (1993), world scientific, 19: 269-298. 5. van wassenhove, l. n. & gelders, f., (1980), european journal of op erational research, 4: 42-48. 6. hoogeveen, j. a., (1992), "single-m achine bicriteria scheduling", ph.d. thesis, eindhoveen. 7. gup ta, s. k. and hy p arisis, j., (1987), omega 15: 207-227. 8. fry , t. d.; armst rong, r. d. and lewis, h., (1989), research omega 17: 54-607. 9. nagar, a.; haddock, j. and heragu, s., (1995), european journal of op erations research, 81: 88-104. 10. hoogeveen, j. a., (2005), dep artment of computer science, europen journal of op erational research, 167. 11. tsiushuang, c.; xiangtong, q. & fengsheng, t., (1996), "single m achine scheduling to m inimize weighted earliness subject to m aximum tardiness", dep artment of computers and sy st em sciences, nankai university , tianjin, 300071, p.r. china qi. 12. smith, w. e., (1956), "various op timizers for single-stage production", naval reslogist quar. 13. trao, h. m ., (2006), "op timal solution for two-stages flow shop scheduling problem with secondary criterion", m .sc. thesis university of al-m ust ansiriy ah, college of science dep . of m ath. 14. jakson, j. r., (1995), "scheduling a production line to m inimize m aximum tardiness", res. report 43, m anagement science, res.project, university of california, loss angles, ca. 15. hoogeveen, j. a., (1996), m ath. op erat. res. 21: 100-114. 16. evans, g. w., m anagement science 30: 1268-1282. 17. du., j and lenug, j. y. t., (1990), m ath. op erat. res. 15: 483-495. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 table (1) the performance of (ce) and (ets t) algorithm for problem (p1) n no. of e x. (ce) alg. opt. val. (ets t) alg. e t s t e t s t 3 1 0 11 14 0 13 22 2 0 12 14 0 12 14 3 0 8 9 0 8 9 4 0 15 22 0 15 22 5 0 2 3 0 2 3 4 1 5 4 4 5 4 4 2 0 6 15 0 6 15 3 0 12 20 0 12 20 4 0 9 14 0 9 14 5 0 11 13 0 18 31 5 1 0 9 27 0 9 27 2 0 19 44 0 19 49 3 0 14 34 0 14 39 4 0 5 10 0 5 10 5 0 11 20 0 13 28 6 1 0 9 24 0 11 44 2 0 13 32 0 14 47 3 0 8 27 0 9 29 4 0 23 52 0 27 94 5 0 9 36 0 9 40 7 1 0 30 104 0 30 127 2 0 13 52 0 13 59 3 0 16 53 0 16 70 4 0 32 113 0 32 121 5 0 18 60 0 18 60 8 1 0 56 204 0 56 204 2 2 19 45 2 21 59 3 0 21 93 0 21 107 4 0 24 105 0 24 113 5 11 0 0 11 0 0 where e = emax, t = t max and st = ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 table (2) the performance of (ce) and (tes t) algorithm for problem (p2) n no. of e x. (ce) alg. opt. val. (tes t) alg. t e s t t e s t 3 1 11 0 14 11 6 13 2 12 0 14 12 0 14 3 8 0 9 8 0 9 4 15 0 22 15 0 23 5 2 0 3 2 2 3 4 1 4 5 4 4 17 4 2 6 0 15 6 0 15 3 12 0 20 12 0 28 4 9 0 14 9 0 16 5 11 0 13 11 2 20 5 1 9 0 27 9 7 34 2 19 0 44 19 2 45 3 14 0 34 14 6 37 4 5 0 10 5 0 12 5 11 0 20 11 8 28 6 1 9 0 24 9 5 13 2 13 0 32 13 12 34 3 8 0 27 8 8 27 4 23 0 52 23 3 52 5 7 0 19 7 4 20 7 1 30 0 104 30 3 109 2 13 0 52 13 5 51 3 16 0 53 16 11 59 4 32 0 113 32 3 124 5 18 0 60 18 0 69 8 1 56 0 204 56 0 235 2 19 2 45 19 23 74 3 21 0 93 21 7 84 4 24 0 105 24 4 117 5 0 11 0 0 25 0 where e = em ax, t = tmax and st = ti table (1) and table (2) show (12) problems, (ets t) algorithm give the optimal sol uti on from (30) problems to (p1). also (tes t) algorithm gives optimal sol uti on to (3) problems from (30) problems to (p2). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 table (3) the performance of (ets t) and (tes t) algorithm for problems (p1) and (p2) respectively n no. of ex. (ce) alg. opt.val. time (test) alg. time e t st t e st 100 1 179 0 0 1.12647036 0 752 0 0.74858 2 2 363 16796 0.11953005 358 229 18668 0.20988 3 0 503 25959 0.26942652 502 53 24211 0.27051 4 143 11 39 0.13075979 11 608 392 0.10606 5 0 338 17138 0.21426937 338 211 16958 0.38384 200 1 319 45 1103 0.62734318 45 1258 5263 0.2926 2 17 360 27598 0.37524356 360 808 49141 0.50081 3 1 533 53662 0.66433407 531 499 59127 0.69638 4 339 0 0 0.49009237 0 1465 0 0.30636 5 0 558 61168 0.66032482 552 531 60117 0.67944 300 1 20 208 32476 0.62758178 207 1287 49249 0.54612 2 47 107 18968 0.57598413 166 1444 37619 0.59398 3 0 1165 172992 1.19656747 1163 493 166785 2.6832 4 0 1334 205262 1.23098989 1334 330 188096 2.76682 5 98 17 56 0.37925246 14 1626 2183 0.55104 400 1 640 0 0 1.15046111 0 2806 0 1.459 2 89 86 7540 0.91170198 86 1087 25689 0.67944 3 0 2026 415782 6053897226 2025 223 383686 6.1565 4 447 39 782 3.12389536 39 2556 9151 0.98865 5 11 231 36156 0.86524203 230 2016 71836 1.03529 500 1 279 160 17036 2.15753627 160 2215 57682 1.42939 2 20 568 106437 2.15590147 561 2098 206248 2.42633 3 0 2520 632436 7.90571441 2520 278 610651 10.1674 4 0 1677 432201 5.54392977 1675 1104 445034 6.5482 5 0 2425 617604 8.8913358 2424 266 578491 9.92506 600 1 659 71 2065 2.26473278 71 3400 27707 2.03721 2 7 323 96218 3.15671991 323 2854 158962 2.20158 3 0 1332 423809 5.56702833 1331 1966 490221 5.63833 4 0 2306 672134 9.97153693 2305 967 690366 13.2039 5 0 1328 378006 4.46032238 1328 1959 490624 7.67578 700 1 0 1880 616513 9.87129298 1879 1869 718391 13.4187 2 69 69 12836 1.15406665 69 3025 35145 1.18976 3 1 1895 674347 8.92376825 1895 1844 735889 1.22257 4 0 1896 663143 7.90197834 1896 1882 753681 14.2562 5 780 7 11 2.28917996 7 4592 1668 5.30548 800 1 45 1349 497654 7.66431661 1349 3062 715853 11.0311 2 0 2634 1032408 14.5439547 2632 1748 1087947 20.0141 3 0 3062 1193374 17.8258838 3060 1308 1197792 23.4111 4 449 53 1151 3.28143218 53 4731 27641 2.28639 5 0 3813 1531458 2.61768531 3811 421 1473201 28.971 where e = emax, t = t max and st = t i 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لتصغیر مجموع التأخیر مشروطة الى أكبر مسائل الجدولة للمعاییر المتعددة تبكیر أو تأخیر هند فالح عبداهللا جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ,قسم الریاضیات خالصةال صعبة الحل لثالثة مسائل ل تعدالعدید من هذه المسائ. مسائل الجدولة مسائل معیار مفردة حتى اآلن عدت .الحیاة الحقیقیة على العمومر المعاییر المتعددة في مسائل معیاریة مفردة مع ذلك هنالك حاجة الى اعتبا ر nمسائل جدولة درستفي هذا البحث من االعمال على ماكنة واحدة لتصغیر مجموع التأخیر مشروطة الى اكب p)لحل المسألة االولى (etst)وقد اعطیت خوارزمیة ،تكبیر أو تأخیر لكل عمل لحل (test)وخوارزمیة ، (1 p)المسألة الثانیة .الیجاد حل كفوء (2 37 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. study of fuzzy 𝛔– 𝐑𝐢𝐧𝐠 and some related concepts abstract this paper introduces the concept of fuzzy σ– ring as a generalization of fuzzy σ −algebra and basic properties; examples of this concept have been given. as the first result, it has been proved that every fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ and construct their converse by example. furthermore, the fuzzy ring concept has been studied to generalize fuzzy algebra and its relation. investigating that the concept of fuzzy σ– ring is a stronger form of a fuzzy ring that is every fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ and construct their converse by example. in addition, the idea of the smallest, as an important property in the study of real analysis, is studied as well. finally, the main goal of this paper is to study these concepts and give basic properties, examples, characterizations and relationships between them. keywords: σ −algebra, σ– ring, fuzzy σ −algebra, fuzzy algebra, measure. 1. introduction the generalized measure theory, which is the subject of this thesis emerged from the wellestablished classical measure theory by the process of generalization. as is well known, classical measures are nonnegative real-valued set functions, each defined on a specific class of subsets of a given universal set, that satisfies certain axiomatic requirements. one of these requirements, crucial to classical measures, is known as the requirement of additively. measure theory plays a vital role in mathematics, particularly in probability theory's foundation. the theory of measure has been extensively studied and is used in modeling the physical world. the notion of σ–field is essential in measure theory and probability theory. in 2019 ahmed and ebrahim [1] studied the concept of σ–field and discussed many details about some generalizations of this concept. they proved some important results in measure theory. many authors were interested in studying σ–field and σ– ring, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2767 article history: received 5, january, 2022, accepted,25, january, 2022, published in april 2022. ibrahim s. ahmed mathematical department /college of computer science and mathematics /tikrit university ibrahim1992@tu.edu.iq hassan h. ebrahim mathematical department /college of computer science and mathematics /tikrit university hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq ali al-fayadh department of mathematics and computer applications / college of science / al – nahrain university aalfayadh@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ibrahim1992@tu.edu.iq mailto:hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq mailto:aalfayadh@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 38 for example see [2-6]. zadeh in 1965 [7] first introduced the concept of the fuzzy set where 𝒳 is a nonempty set, then a fuzzy set f in 𝒳 was defined as a set of ordered pairs {(ω, 𝓋f(𝜔)) : 𝜔 ∈ 𝒳 } where 𝓋f : 𝒳 → [0 , 1] was a function such that for every 𝜔 ∈ 𝒳, 𝓋f(𝜔) represented the degree of membership of 𝜔 in f. brown [8] and wang [9] studied some types of fuzzy sets such as fuzzy power set, empty fuzzy set, universal fuzzy set, the complement of a fuzzy set, the union of two fuzzy sets and the intersection of two fuzzy sets. ahmed et al [10] first introduced the concept of fuzzy σ −algebra and fuzzy algebra, where 𝒳 ≠ ∅. a nonempty class ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) is called a fuzzy σ–algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, if 1. ∅∗ ∈ ℋ ∗, where ∅∗ ={(ω, 0) : ∀𝜔 ∈ 𝒳 }. 2.if e ∈ ℋ ∗, then e𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗. 3.if e1, e2, … ∈ ℋ ∗, then ⋂ ek ∞ 𝑘=1 ∈ ℋ ∗. if condition 3 is satisfied only for finite sets, then ℋ ∗ is said to be a fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. in this work we introduce the concept of fuzzy σ– ring and fuzzy ring which are generalizations of fuzzy σ −algebra. the main goal of this paper is to study these concepts, give basic properties, examples, characterizations and studied relationships between them. 2. preliminaries this section is going to review some well-known definitions in measure theory. definition 2.1 [3] let 𝒳 ≠ ∅. a collection ℋ is called σ– ring iff : 1.if f, e ∈ ℋ , then f ∖ e ∈ ℋ . 2.if e1, e2, … ∈ ℋ , then ⋃ ek ∞ 𝑘=1 ∈ ℋ . definition 2.2 [1] let 𝒳 ≠ ∅. a collection ℋ is called σ– field iff : 1.𝒳 ∈ ℋ . 2.if f ∈ ℋ , then f𝑐 ∈ ℋ . 3.if e1, e2, … ∈ ℋ , then ⋃ ek ∞ 𝑘=1 ∈ ℋ . proposition 2.3 [5] every σ–field is a σ– ring. definition 2.4 [8 , 9] let 𝒳 be a nonempty set. then: 1.the collection of all fuzzy sets in 𝒳 is called a fuzzy power set and is denoted by 𝒫∗(𝒳), in symbols: 𝒫∗(𝒳) = { f ∶ f is a fuzzy set in 𝒳 }. 2.the empty fuzzy set in 𝒳 is denoted by ∅∗ and defined as: ∅∗ ={(ω, 0) : ∀𝜔 ∈ 𝒳 }. 3.the fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ in 𝒳 is defined as: 𝒳 ∗ ={(ω, 1) : ∀𝜔 ∈ 𝒳 }. definition 2.5 [7] let 𝒳 be a nonempty set. then the union of the two fuzzy sets f and e in 𝒳 with respective membership functions 𝓋f(𝜔) and 𝓋e(𝜔) is a fuzzy set g in 𝒳 whose membership function is related to those of f and e by 𝓋g(𝜔) = max 𝜔∈𝒳 {𝓋f(𝜔) , 𝓋e(𝜔)}, in symbols: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 39 g = f⋃e ⇔ g = {(ω, max 𝜔∈𝒳 {𝓋f(𝜔) , 𝓋e(𝜔)}) ∶ 𝜔 ∈ 𝒳 }. definition 2.6 [8] let 𝒳 be a nonempty set. then the intersection of two fuzzy sets f and e in 𝒳 with respective membership functions 𝓋f(𝜔) and 𝓋e(𝜔) is a fuzzy set g in 𝒳 whose membership function is related to those of f and e by 𝓋g(𝜔) = min 𝜔∈𝒳 {𝓋f(𝜔) , 𝓋e(𝜔)}, in symbols: g = f⋂e ⇔ g = {(ω, min 𝜔∈𝒳 {𝓋f(𝜔) , 𝓋e(𝜔)}) ∶ 𝜔 ∈ 𝒳 }. definition 2.7 [9] let 𝒳 be a nonempty set and f is a fuzzy set in 𝒳. then the complement of a fuzzy set f is denoted by fc and defined as: fc ={(ω, 1 − 𝓋f(𝜔)) : 𝜔 ∈ 𝒳 }. proposition 2.8 [10] every fuzzy σ–algebra is a fuzzy algebra. 3. the main results: in this section, the basic definitions and facts related to this work are recalled, which starts with the following definition. definition 3.1 let 𝒳 ≠ ∅. a collection ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, iff 4. ∅∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. 5.if f, e ∈ ℋ ∗, then f ∖ e ∈ ℋ ∗. 6.if e1, e2, … ∈ ℋ ∗, then ⋃ ek ∞ 𝑘=1 ∈ ℋ ∗. definition 3.2 a fuzzy measurable space relatively to a fuzzy σ– ring is an ordered pair ( 𝒳 ∗, ℋ ∗ ), where 𝒳 ≠ ∅and ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) be a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ and an element of ℋ ∗ is called a measurable set relatively to fuzzy σ– ring. example 3.1 let 𝒳 ≠ ∅. then each of ∅∗ and 𝒫∗(𝒳) is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ . example 3.2 assume 𝒳 ={ 𝑎 ,b} and ℋ ∗ = { ek , ek c ⊂ 𝒳 ∗ : ek ⊃ ek+1 , for every k = 1,2, …}. then ∅∗, 𝒳 ∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. if f, e ∈ ℋ ∗, then f c, e c ∈ ℋ ∗ and either e ⊂ f c or e ⊃ f c. if e ⊂ f c, then f ⊂ e c, hence f⋂e c ∈ ℋ ∗, that is f\e ∈ ℋ ∗. if e ⊃ f c, then e c ⊂ f, hence f⋂e c ∈ ℋ ∗, that is f\e ∈ ℋ ∗. now, if e1, e2, … ∈ ℋ ∗, then ek ⊃ ek+1 for every (k = 1,2, … ) and hence 𝓋ek (ω) > 𝓋ek+1 (ω) for all ω ∈ 𝒳 and hence ⋃ ek ∞ 𝑘=1 = {(ω, sup{ 𝓋e1 (ω), 𝓋e2 (ω), 𝓋e3 (ω), … } : ∀ω ∈ 𝒳)} = {(ω, 𝓋e1 (ω)) ∶ ∀ω ∈ 𝒳} = e1 thus, ⋃ ek ∞ 𝑘=1 ∈ ℋ ∗. therefore, ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ and hence ( 𝒳 ∗, ℋ ∗ ) is a fuzzy measurable space relatively to the fuzzy σ– ring. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 40 example 3.3 let 𝒳 ={ 𝑎 ,b ,c} and ℋ ∗ ={ ∅∗,{( 𝑎,0.3),( 𝑏,0.3),(c,0.4)},{( 𝑎,0.4),(𝑏,0.4),(c,0.2)}}. then ℋ ∗ is not a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, because {( 𝑎,0.3),( 𝑏,0.3),(c,0.4)}, {( 𝑎,0.4),(𝑏,0.4),(c,0.2)} ∈ ℋ ∗, but {( 𝑎, 0.3), ( 𝑏, 0.3), (𝑐, 0.4)} ⋃ {( 𝑎, 0.4), (𝑏, 0.4), (𝑐, 0.2)} ={( 𝑎,0.4),(𝑏,0.4),(c,0.4)}∉ ℋ ∗. lemma 3.1 let {ℋi ∗}i∈ι be a nonempty collection of fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ . then ⋂ ℋi ∗ i∈ι is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof since ℋi ∗ is a nonempty collection of a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ ∀i ∈ ι, then there is ∅∗ ≠ e ∈ ℋi ∗ ∀i ∈ ι, which implies that e ∈ ⋂ ℋi ∗ iϵι and hence ⋂ ℋi ∗ iϵι ≠ ∅ ∗. it is clear that ∅∗ ∈ ⋂ ℋi ∗ iϵι . let f, e ∈ ⋂ ℋi ∗ iϵι . then f, e ∈ ℋi ∗ ∀i ∈ ι, hence f\e ∈ ℋi ∗ ∀i ∈ ι. therefore f\e ∈ ⋂ ℋi ∗ iϵι . let e1, e2, … ∈ ⋂ ℋi ∗ iϵι , then e1, e2, … ∈ ℋi ∗ ∀i ∈ ι and hence ⋃ ek ∞ k=1 ∈ ℋi ∗ ∀i ∈ ι, thus ⋃ ek ∞ k=1 ∈ ⋂ ℋi ∗ iϵι . therefore, ⋂ ℋi ∗ i∈ι is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. in the following example shows the union for two fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ needs not be a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. example 3.4 let 𝒳 ={ 𝜔1 , 𝜔2} and ℋ1 ∗ ={∅∗,{( 𝜔1,0.1),( 𝜔2,0.5)} , {( 𝜔1,0.9),( 𝜔2 ,0.5)} , 𝒳 ∗}, ℋ2 ∗ ={∅∗,{( 𝜔1,0.2),(𝜔2,0.4)} , {( 𝜔1,0.8),( 𝜔2,0.6)} , 𝒳 ∗}. then ℋ1 ∗ and ℋ2 ∗ are fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. now, ℋ1 ∗ ⋃ ℋ2 ∗ = { ∅∗, {( 𝜔1, 0.1), ( 𝜔2, 0.5)}, {( 𝜔1, 0.9), ( 𝜔2 ,0.5)}, {( 𝜔1, 0.2), (𝜔2, 0.4)} , {( 𝜔1, 0.8), ( 𝜔2, 0.6)} , 𝒳 ∗}. put,e1 = {( 𝜔1, 0.1), ( 𝜔2, 0.5)} , e2 = {( 𝜔1, 0.9), ( 𝜔2 ,0.5)} , e3 = {( 𝜔1, 0.2), (𝜔2, 0.4)} , e4 = {( 𝜔1, 0.8), ( 𝜔2, 0.6)} .then ek ∈ ℋ1 ∗ ⋃ ℋ2 ∗ for all k=1,2,…,4. so, we have ⋃ ek 4 k=1 = { (𝜔1, 𝑀𝑎𝑥{0.1,0.9,0.2,0.8}), (𝜔2, 𝑀𝑎𝑥{0.5,0.5,0.4,0.6}), } ={( 𝜔1,0.9),( 𝜔2,0.6)} ∉ ℋ1 ∗ ⋃ ℋ2 ∗ . thus, ℋ1 ∗ ⋃ ℋ2 ∗ is not fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. definition 3.3 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳), then the intersection of all fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, which includes 𝔗∗ is said to be the fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ generated by 𝔗∗ and denoted by σ𝑟 (𝔗∗), that is: σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) = ⋂{ℋi ∗: ℋi ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗and ℋi ∗ ⊇ 𝔗∗, ∀i ∈ ι}. proposition 3.1 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). then σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) is the smallest fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ that includes 𝔗∗. proof the result is directed by the definition of σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) and lemma 3.1. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 41 example 3.5 let 𝒳 ={ 𝜔1 , 𝜔2} and 𝔗 ∗ = { {( 𝜔1, 0.1), ( 𝜔2, 0.5)}, {( 𝜔1, 0.9), ( 𝜔2 ,0.5)}}. then, σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) ={∅∗,{( 𝜔1,0.1),( 𝜔2,0.5)},{( 𝜔1,0.9),( 𝜔2,0.5)},𝒳 ∗} is the smallest fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ that include 𝔗∗. proposition 3.2 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳), then σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) = 𝔗∗ if and only if 𝔗∗ is fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof the result direct by definition of σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) and proposition 3.1. proposition 3.3 every fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof let ℋ ∗ be a fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. then from the definition of fuzzy σ– algebra we get, ∅∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. let f, e ∈ ℋ ∗. then e𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗, hence f⋂e𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗, but f⋂e𝑐 = f\e implies that f\e ∈ ℋ ∗. let e1, e2, … ∈ ℋ ∗. then by definition of fuzzy σ– algebra we have, ek 𝑐 (for all k = 1,2, … ) and ⋂ ek 𝑐∞ k=1 ∈ ℋ ∗ and (⋂ ek 𝑐∞ k=1 ) 𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗. by de-morgan law, we get (⋂ ek 𝑐∞ k=1 ) 𝑐 = ⋃ ek ∞ k=1 , hence ⋃ ek ∞ k=1 ∈ ℋ ∗. therefore, ℋ ∗ be a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. while the converse is not true as shown below: example 3.6 let 𝒳 ={ 𝜔1 , 𝜔2} and ℋ ∗ = { ∅∗, {( 𝜔1, 0), (𝜔2, 0.5)}, {( 𝜔1, 0.6), ( 𝜔2, 0.5)}, {( 𝜔1, 0.4), ( 𝜔2, 0.5)} }. put f={( 𝜔1,0), (𝜔2,0.5)}, then f \∅ ∗ = {(𝜔1, 𝑀𝑖𝑛{0,1 − 0}), (𝜔2, 𝑀𝑖𝑛{0.5,1 − 0})} = {( 𝜔1, 0),( 𝜔2, 0.5)}= f in the same way, we get ∅∗\ f = ∅∗. since fc = {( 𝜔1,1), (𝜔2,0.5)}, then 𝓋𝐹 (𝜔) ≤ 𝓋fc (𝜔), hence f ⊆ fc and f\ f = f. if e = {( 𝜔1,0.6),( 𝜔2,0.5)}, then e\∅ ∗ = e and ∅∗\ e = ∅∗ and if f = {( 𝜔1,0), (𝜔2,0.5)} and e = {( 𝜔1,0.6),( 𝜔2,0.5)}, then e c ={( 𝜔1,0.4),( 𝜔2,0.5)} and e \e = {(𝜔1, 𝑀𝑖𝑛{0.6,0.4}), (𝜔2, 𝑀𝑖𝑛{0.5,0.5})} = {(𝜔1, 0.4), (𝜔2, 0.5)} =e c f\ e = {(𝜔1, 𝑀𝑖𝑛{0,1 − 0.6}), (𝜔2, 𝑀𝑖𝑛{0.5,1 − 0.5})} = {( 𝜔1, 0),( 𝜔2, 0.5)}= f similarly, e\ f = e and ec\f = ec. . now, f⋃ e⋃ec = {(𝜔1, 𝑆𝑢𝑝{0,0,0.6,0.4}), (𝜔2, 𝑆𝑢𝑝{0,0.5,0.5,0.5})} = {( 𝜔1, 0.6),( 𝜔2, 0.5)}= e. therefore, ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. in contrast, ℋ ∗ is not fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, because{( 𝜔1,0),(𝜔2,0.5)}∈ ℋ ∗, but {( 𝜔1, 0), (𝜔2, 0.5)} c = {( 𝜔1, 1), (𝜔2, 0.5)} ∉ ℋ ∗. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 42 theorem 3.1 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) with 𝒳 ∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. then ℋ ∗ is fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ if and only if ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof assume that ℋ ∗ is fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, then by proposition 3.3 we get ℋ ∗ is fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. conversely: suppose that ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ such that 𝒳 ∗ ∈ ℋ ∗, then ∅∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. let e ∈ ℋ ∗. then 𝒳 ∗\e ∈ ℋ ∗, but 𝒳 ∗\e = 𝒳 ∗⋂e𝑐 = {(ω, min {𝓋𝒳 ∗ , 𝓋e𝑐 (ω)}) ∶ ∀ω ∈ 𝒳} = {(ω, min {1,1 − 𝓋e (ω)}) ∶ ∀ω ∈ 𝒳} = {(ω, 1 − 𝓋e (ω)) ∶ ∀ω ∈ 𝒳} = e 𝑐 this implies that, 𝒳 ∗\e = e𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗. let e1, e2, … ∈ ℋ ∗. then as shown above we have, ek 𝑐 (for all k = 1,2, … ). hence by definition of a fuzzy σ– ring we get ⋃ ek 𝑐∞ k=1 ∈ ℋ ∗, thus (⋃ ek 𝑐∞ k=1 ) 𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗. by de-morgan law, we get (⋃ ek 𝑐∞ k=1 ) 𝑐 = ⋂ ek ∞ k=1 hence ⋂ ek ∞ k=1 ∈ ℋ ∗. therefore, ℋ ∗ be a fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proposition 3.4 let 𝒳 be a nonempty set and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). then σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) ⊆ σ(𝔗∗), where σ(𝔗∗) is the smallest fuzzy σ–algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ that includes 𝔗∗. proof clearly. proposition 3.5 let 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). if 𝒳 ∗ ∈ σ𝑟 (𝔗∗), then σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) = σ(𝔗∗). proof the proof follows from theorem 3.1. definition 3.4 let assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ . a class ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) is said to be a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, if 1. ∅∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. 2.if f, e ∈ ℋ ∗, then f ∖ e ∈ ℋ ∗. 3.if e1, e2, , en ∈ ℋ ∗, then ⋃ ek 𝑛 𝑘=1 ∈ ℋ ∗. definition 3.5 a fuzzy measurable space relatively to fuzzy ring is an ordered pair ( 𝒳 ∗, ℋ ∗ ), where 𝒳 is a nonempty set and ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) be a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ and an element of ℋ ∗ is called a measurable set relatively to fuzzy ring. example 3.7 suppose 𝒳 ≠ ∅. then each of ∅∗ and 𝒫∗(𝒳) is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ . ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 43 example 3.8 let 𝒳 ={ 𝜔1 , 𝜔2} and ℋ ∗ ={∅∗,{( 𝜔1,0.4),( 𝜔2,0.3)} , {( 𝜔1,0.6),( 𝜔2,0.7)}}. then ℋ ∗ and is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. example 3.9 let 𝒳 ={ 𝜔1 , 𝜔2} and ℋ ∗ ={∅∗,{( 𝜔1,0.3),(𝜔2,0.7)},{( 𝜔1,0.2),( 𝜔2,0.8)}, 𝒳 ∗}. then ℋ ∗ is not a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, because {( 𝜔1,0.3),(𝜔2,0.7)} and {( 𝜔1,0.2),( 𝜔2,0.8)} ∈ ℋ ∗, but {( 𝜔1, 0.3), (𝜔2, 0.7)}⋃{( 𝜔1, 0.2), ( 𝜔2, 0.8)} = {( 𝜔1, 0.3), ( 𝜔2, 0.8)} ∉ ℋ ∗. lemma 3.2 let {ℋi ∗}i∈ι be a nonempty collection of a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ . then ⋂ ℋi ∗ i∈ι is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof direct. definition 3.6 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). then the intersection of all fuzzy rings over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, which includes 𝔗∗ is said to be the fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ generated by 𝔗∗ and denoted by r(𝔗∗), that is, r(𝔗∗)= ⋂{ℋi ∗: ℋi ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗and ℋi ∗ ⊇ 𝔗∗, ∀i ∈ ι}. proposition 3.6 if 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). then r(𝔗∗) is the smallest fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ that includes 𝔗∗. proof the result is directed by the definition of r(𝔗∗) and lemma 3.2. proposition 3.7 every fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof let ℋ ∗ be a fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. then by definition of fuzzy σ– ring we have, ∅∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. let f, e ∈ ℋ ∗. then f\e ∈ ℋ ∗. let e1, e2, en ∈ ℋ ∗. consider, em = ∅ ∗ for all m > n, then we get e1, e2, e3, … ∈ ℋ ∗ and hence from the definition of fuzzy σ– ring, we have ⋃ ek ∞ k=1 ∈ ℋ ∗ , but ⋃ ek ∞ k=1 = ⋃ ek n k=1 ⋃en+1⋃en+2⋃…= ⋃ ek n k=1 ⋃∅ ∗⋃∅∗⋃…= ⋃ ek n k=1 . thus e1⋃e2 ∈ ℋ ∗. therefore, ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. in general, the converse of the above proposition is not true as shown in the following example: example 3.10 let 𝒳 = ℝ and 𝒥 = finite disjoint union of right – semi-closed intervals. assume that ℋ ∗ = { all ( 𝒥, 𝓋𝒥 ) }. then ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set ℝ∗, but ℋ ∗ is not fuzzy σ– ring over a ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 44 fuzzy set ℝ∗. because if we take ek = {((0, 1(1∕k)], 𝓋ek ) }, k=1,2,…, then ek ∈ ℋ ∗ ∀n, but ⋃ ek ∞ k=1 = {((0,1), 𝓋ek )} ∉ ℋ ∗. proposition 3.8 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). then r(𝔗∗) ⊆ σ𝑟 (𝔗∗). proof the proof is directed by proposition 3.7 and proposition 3.6. proposition 3.9 every fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof let ℋ ∗ be a fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. then by the definition of fuzzy algebra we have, 𝒳 ∗ ∈ ℋ ∗, hence ∅∗ = 𝒳 ∗ 𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗ let f, e ∈ ℋ ∗. then e𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗, hence f⋂e𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗, but f⋂e𝑐 = f\e implies that f\e ∈ ℋ ∗. let e1, e2 ∈ ℋ ∗. then by definition of fuzzy algebra implies that e1⋃e2 ∈ ℋ ∗. therefore, ℋ ∗ be a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. while the converse is not true as shown in the next example: example 3.11 let 𝒳 ={ 𝑎 , 𝑏} and ℋ ∗ ={∅∗,{( 𝑎,0), (𝑏,0.5)},{( 𝑎,0.6),( 𝑏,0.5)},{( 𝑎,0.4),( 𝑏,0.5)}}. then, ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. in contrast, ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, because {( 𝑎,0), (𝑏,0.5)}∈ ℋ ∗, but {( 𝑎, 0), (𝑏, 0.5)}c = {( 𝑎, 1), (𝑏, 0.5)} ∉ ℋ ∗. proposition 3.10 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳), then r(𝔗∗) ⊆ al(𝔗∗) where al(𝔗∗) is the smallest fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ that include 𝔗∗. proof the proof is followed by proposition 3.9 with proposition 3.6. proposition 3.11 assume 𝒳 to be a non-empty set and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). then r(𝔗∗) ⊆ σ(𝔗∗). proof observe. theorem 3.2 assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) such that 𝒳 ∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. then ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ if and only if ℋ ∗ is fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proof assume that ℋ ∗ is fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗, then by proposition 3.9, we get ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 45 conversely: suppose that ℋ ∗ is fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ such that 𝒳 ∗ ∈ ℋ ∗. let e ∈ ℋ ∗. then 𝒳 ∗\e ∈ ℋ ∗, but 𝒳 ∗\e = 𝒳 ∗⋂e𝑐 = {(ω, min {𝓋𝒳 ∗ , 𝓋e𝑐 (ω)}) ∶ ∀ω ∈ 𝒳} = {(ω, min {1,1 − 𝓋e (ω)}) ∶ ∀ω ∈ 𝒳} = {(ω, 1 − 𝓋e (ω)) ∶ ∀ω ∈ 𝒳} = e 𝑐 which implies that, 𝒳 ∗\e = e𝑐 ∈ ℋ ∗. let e1, e2, … , en ∈ ℋ ∗. then ⋃ ek n k=1 ∈ ℋ ∗. therefore, ℋ ∗ be a fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. proposition 3.12 suppose 𝒳 be a non-empty set and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). if 𝒳 ∗ ∈ r(𝔗∗), then r(𝔗∗) = al(𝔗∗). proof the proof is followed by theorem 3.2. proposition 3.13 every fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. 4. conclusions we will try to generalize the concept of fuzzy σ– ring to some other concepts in future works. we define the concept of measure on fuzzy σ– ring and discuss many properties of this concept. in this study, the concepts of fuzzy σ– ring and fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ weakly are introduced as a generalization of fuzzy σ– algebra and fuzzy algebra over the same fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. furthermore, some properties of these concepts are investigated such as: 1. every fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy σ– ring over fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. 2.assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and 𝔗∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳). then σ𝑟 (𝔗∗) is the smallest fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ that include 𝔗∗. 3.assume 𝒳 ≠ ∅ and ℋ ∗ ⊆ 𝒫∗(𝒳) such that 𝒳 ∗ ∈ ℋ ∗ . then ℋ ∗ is a fuzzy σ– algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ if and only if ℋ ∗ is fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. 4.every fuzzy σ– ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. 5.every fuzzy algebra over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗ is a fuzzy ring over a fuzzy set 𝒳 ∗. references 1.ahmed, i.s. ; ebrahim, h.h. generalizations of σ-field and new collections of sets noted by δfield, aip conf proc. 2019, 2096, (020019-1 )-(020019-6). 2.ahmed, i.s. ; asaad, s.h. ; ebrahim, h.h. some new properties of an outer measure on a σ– field, journal of interdisciplinary mathematics. 2021, 24 (4), 947–952. 3.endou, n. ; nakasho, k. ; shidama, y. σ-ring and σ-algebra of sets, formaliz. math. 2015, 23 (1), 51–57. 4.ahmed, i.s. ; ebrahim, h.h. on α-field and β-field, j. phys.: conf. ser. 2019, 1294, 1-8. 5.ebrahim, h.h.; ahmed, i.s. on a new kind of collection of subsets noted by δ–field and some concepts defined on δ–field, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2019, 32 (2) , 62-70. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 46 6.ebrahim, h.h.; rusul, a.a. λ– algebra with some of their properties, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2020, 33 (2) ,72-80. 7.zadeh, l. fuzzy sets, information and control. 1965, 8, 338–353. 8.brown, j.g. a note on fuzzy sets, inf. control. 1971, 18 (1), 32–39. 9.wang, z. ; klir, g.j. fuzzy measure theory; 1st ed.; springer science and business media, llc, new york, 1995; isbn 978-1-4419-3225-9. 10.ahmed, i.s. ; ebrahim, h.h. ; al-fayadh, a. fuzzy σ–algebra and some related concepts, journal of physics: conference series, that will come out in january 2022. https://iopscience.iop.org/journal/1742-6596 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد elettariaالهیل تأثیر المستخلصات المائیة والكحولیة لنبات cardamomum التهابات األذن في نمو بعض البكتریا المعزولة من الوسطى خلیل جلیلعبد المحمد زید شاكر ناجي محمود ، الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة العلوم ،الحیاة قسم علوم الخالصة فـي elettaria cardamomumالهیـل لبـذورأجریت هذه الدراسة لمعرفة تـأثیر المستخلصـات المائیـة والكحولیـة pseudomonas aeruginosa , staphylococcus: وهـي التهابـات األذن الوســطىنمـو البكتریــا المعزولـة مــن aureus و klebsilla spp. . إذ تبین نتائج الكشوفات الكیمیائیة إن بذور الهیل تم الكشف عن المركبات الفعالة الموجودة في مستخلص وان هذه المركبات . التانینات والزیوت الطیارة ،الصابونیات ،القلویدات ،الكالیكوسیدات حتوي على ت ةالمائی اتالمستخلص مستخلصأ، ماء لها القابلیة على الذوبان في ال على مركبات راتنجیة ) ما ذكر آل عنضف( حتوي فت ةالكحولی اتما ال .ولكنها تذوب بالمذیبات العضویة، وهذه المركبات ال تذوب بالماء ، وفالفونات وفینوالت وكومارینات أربعة أنواع من تر ضح، التهابات األذن الوسطىفي نمو البكتریا المعزولة من مستخلصات بذور الهیل لدراسة تأثیر و المستخلص ،المستخلص الكحولي الباردو ، المستخلص المائي الحار ، المستخلص المائي البارد : المستخلصات وهي .الكحولي الحار ة من باقي المستخلصات ثم یلیه المستخلص الكحولي یأظهرت النتائج ان المستخلص الكحولي الحار كان اكثر كفا . المائي الحار واخیرا المستخلص المائي البارد وذلك باستخدام طریقة االنتشار عبر الحفرالبارد ثم المستخلص staphyloco◌ٍ كانت البكتریا ccus aureus ) أكثر األنواع البكتیریة تحسسًا لفعل ) الموجبة لصبغة كرام pseudomonas aeruginosa كتریاالب و كانت، المستخلصات النباتیة مقارنة مع األنواع األخرى السالبة لصبغة كرام . أكثر األنواع البكتیریة مقاومة لفعل المستخلصات النباتیة المقدمة ولـدورها الـرئیس فـي تجهیـز هـذا النظـام ، تعد النباتات عموما أحد المكونات األساسیة للجزء الحي في النظام البیئي واسـتغلت مـن اإلنسـان للتـداوي والعـالج فضـال ) producer organisms( بالطاقة أطلقوا علیها وظیفیا الكائنـات المنتجـة .[ 1 ] عن الغذاء والكساء كما ان ، تاثیرات جانبیة اقل بكثیر من االدویة الصناعیة ذو زاد االهتمام بالعالج باالعشاب الطبیة وذلك النهااذ حتوائهـا علـى مـواد نشـطة بایلوجیـا والتـي تعـد مـن وذلـك ال الصـناعیةهذه النباتات غالبا مـاتتمتع بتـأثیر افضـل مـن المركبـات نبـات عشـبي وهـو ، یعد نبـات الهیـل مـن النباتـات الطبیـة الواسـعة االنتشـار و ، [ 2 ]المواد الخام لكثیر من المواد الصیدالنیة دد كبیـر مـن امـا ثمـاره عبـارة علبیـات لهـا ثـالث فلقـات تحتـوي علـى عـ، ) zigeraceae(معمر یعود الـى عائلـة الزنجبیلیـة البذور الصغیرة 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ومخطـط تخطیطــا طولیـا ولونــه ، ملــم 10ملـم وعرضـه 20-8وثمـرة الهیــل صـغیرة یتــراوح طولهـا مــابین ، السـمراء .[ 3 ]اخضر یصفر مع التخزین ، % ) 14-2لیمـونین ( و،%) 40 – 26سـینیول ( ة ومـن اهـم مركباتـه هـي تحتوي ثمار الهیل على زیوت طیار .[ 4 ]%) 5-3ساینین ( و ،%)34-28یتیت اس( و ]على قتـل األحیـاء المجهریـة هولقابلیتالكثیر من االلتهابات ت لعالج عملمن النباتات التي استالهیل ویعد نبات .[ 6 ] و [ 5 :البحث لذا فقد جاء الهدف من، ذا تأثیرات جانبیة عدیدة یةولكون العالج بالمضادات الحیات والكشـف عــن بعــض المكونــات ، )المستخلصـات المائیــة والكحولیــة ( لثمــار الهیــل المستخلصــات النباتیـةبعــض تحضـیر . لهالكیمیائیة الفعالة التهابـات االذن الوسـطى المعزولـة مـن وعنـد تراكیـز مختلفـة فـي تثبـیط نمـو البكتریـا الهیـلدراسـة تـأثیر مستخلصـات ثمـار .والمقاومة لبعض المضادات الحیویة التهابات االذن الوسطى البكتریا المعزولة من بعض في نمو أعالهللنبات المقارنة بین تأثیر المستخلصات المحضرة طرائق العمل المواد و جمع العینات النباتیة وتهیئتها لالستخالص طة جهــاز اوإلجـراء عملیـات التهیئــة تـم طحنهـا طحنــًا خشـنًا بوسـ، مـن األسـواق المحلیــة لهیــلاتـم الحصـول علـى ثــم حفظــت األجـزاء المطحونــة فــي حاویــات بالسـتیكیة نظیفــة بعیــدًا عــن الضـوء والحــرارة والرطوبــة لحــین ) طاحونــة( طحـن .االستعمال طرائق تحضیر المستخلصات النباتیة -: يوه ،[ 8 ] وطریقة ، [ 7 ] طریقةوبإتباع لصات من مستخ أنواع أربعة تر حض الباردة المستخلصات المائیة -أ الحارة المستخلصات المائیة -ب الكحولیة الباردةالمستخلصات -ج الحارةالمستخلصات الكحولیة -د ph )( تقدیر الرقم الهیدروجیني للمستخلص وضـع المـزیج ، مـع الـرج الیـدوي المسـتمر مـن المـاء المقطـر مللیلتـر ) 50(الـىغم من المسحوق النباتي الجـاف ) 10( أضیف m( خـالط المغناطیسـي علـى agnetic st irrer ( مـدة)وقـدرت قیمـة الخلـیط رشـح ، دقـائق) 10p h باسـتعمال أوراق زهــرة p(الشمس وبجهاز الـ h meter ( [ 9 ]. ثمار الهیلالفعالة في المركبات بعض عن الكشف الكیمیائي -: تيمایأوك بعض الكشوفات على المستخلصات النباتیة تقطب gly )الكشف عن الـكـالیكوسیدات cosides) مـن المسـتخلص النبـاتي الموضـوع فـي أنبوبـة مللیلتـر ) 1( من كاشف بندكت إلى مللیلتر ) 2( الفحص بإضافة يإجر دل ظهـور راسـب . ثـم تركـت األنبوبـة لتبـرد ، دقـائق ) 5( مـدةل جیـدًا ووضـع فـي حمـام مـائي مغلـي اختبار ثم رج المحلو .[ 10 ]أحمر على وجود الكالیكوسیدات (phenols )الكشف عن الفینوالت 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الــذي حضــر بإذابـــة ملــح كلوریـــد ) ferric chloride( محلـــول كلوریــد الحدیــدیك عمالتــم الكشــف عنهـــا باســت یعطـي هـذا الكاشـف لونـًا أخضـر أو أزرق عنـد إضـافته إلـى كمیـة المسـتخلص %) . 1( الحدیـدیك فـي المـاء المقطـر وبنسـبة .[ 11 ]الموجودة في زجاجة الساعة الحاویة على المركبات الفینولیة (alkaloids )الكشف عن القلویدات -: وبعدها تم المقارنة بالنتائج ناطریقت تستخداما إلجراء هذا الكشف . كاشف ماركیز الذي یعطي اللون الرمادي المحبب دلیًال على وجود القلویدات .1 .[ 11 ] أیضا الذي یعطي راسبًا ابیضًا دلیًال على القلویاتكاشف مایر .2 ) steroids ( والسترویدات (terpenes )الكشف عن التربینات ( بعـدها اضـیفت إلیـه قطـرة مـن االسـتایل الالمـائي ملیلتـر مـن المسـتخلص) 1(الى من الكلوروفورم قلیل اضیف acetic anhy drate ( ، ص علـى تـربین ظهـر لـون بنـي دلیـل علـى احتـواء المسـتخل، وقطرة من حامض الكبریتیـك المركـز .[12] لنباتي حاوي على السترویداتخلص اة وظهر لون أزرق داكن دل ذلك على أن المستمدوٕاذا ترك المزیج ل (resins)الكشف عن الراتنجات .الراتنجاتالكشف عن [ 13 ] فيالواردة اتبعت الطریقة بحـامض الهایــدروكلوریك مـاء مقطـر محمـضمللیلتـر (20)مـن كـل مسـتخلص وأضـیف لــهمللیلتـر (10)خـذ أ (%4) hcl ، ورة عكال ظهورقرأت النتیجة الموجبة من خاللturbidity ) . ( : (saponines )الكشف عن الصابونینات :تي وكمایأ [ 13 ] في اتبعت الطریقة الواردة فـي أنبوبـة اختبـار ثـم )مللیلتـر مـاء مقطـر 10غرام واحد من النبات الجاف الـى ( حضر محلول مائي للمسحوق النباتي .1 .اللة على وجود الصابونین د عدیدة دقائقللحین ظهور رغوة كثیفة تبقى ، رج بشدة مـن المســتخلص مللیلتـر ) 5( إلــى %) 1( بتركیـز hgcl2مـن محلــول كلوریـد الزئبقیـك مللیلتـر ) 3 – 1(بإضـافة .2 .على ایجابیة الفحص "الویعد ظهور راسب أبیض دلی، لنباتيا (tannins )الكشف عن التانینات .عن التانینات للكشف [ 14 ] اتبعت الطریقة الواردة في مـن المـاء المقطـر ثـم رشـح المحلـول وتـرك مللیلتـر ) 50( غـم مـن المسـحوق النبـاتي فـي ) 10( تـم الكشـف بغلـي لالســتدالل lead acetateخـالت الرصــاص (1%)بعــدها قســم الراشـح إلــى قســمین أضـیف للقســم األول محلــول ، لیبـرد كلوریــد الحدیــدیك (1 %)بینمــا أضــیف للقســم الثــاني محلــول . ام علـى وجــود التانینــات بظهــور راســب أبــیض هالمــي القــو ferric chloride یدل ظهور اللون األخضر المزرق على وجود التانینات،اذ. (flavones)الكشف عن الفـالفـونات یلتـر ملل (10)ر محلـول الكشـف بإضـافة فونات ، فقـد حضـللكشف عن الفال [ 15 ] اعتمدت الطریقة الواردة في أیضـا (50%)وبتركیـز (koh)من محلول هیدروكسید البوتاسـیوم مللیلتر (10) إلى (50%)من الكحول االثیلي وبتركیز .وعند مزج كمیات متساویة من هذا المحلول و المستخلص النباتي ، یدل ظهور اللون األصفر على وجود الفالفونات، . (coumarines )الكشف عن الكومارینات . تيمایأوككشف عن الكومارین لل [ 16 ] مدت طریقة اعت 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد غــرام واحــد مــن ( وضـع قلیــل مــن المســتخلص النبــاتي لكـل مــن المستخلصــات المــذكورة ســابقًا فـي أنابیــب اختبــار وغطیـــت األنابیــب بـــأوراق ترشـــیح مرطبــة بمحلـــول هیدروكســـید الصـــودیوم )ر مللیلتــر مـــاء مقطـــ 10النبــات الجـــاف الـــى (naoh) لمخفـف ووضـعت األنابیـب فــي حمـام مـائي ا(water bath) مغلـي لبضـع دقــائق ثـم بعـد ذلـك عرضــت أوراق . الترشیح إلى مصدر لألشعة فوق البنفسجیة ، إذ یدل ظهور لون اصفر مخضر براق على وجود الكومارین . (volatile oils)شف عن الزیوت الطیارة الك [ 17 ] اعتمـدت طریقــة الكشــف عــن الزیــوت األساســیة كمـا ورد فــي مــن كــل مــن مللیلتــر ) 10( خــذأإذ ، دل ظهـور ، المستخلصین النباتیین ورشحت بعد ذلك شبعت بها أوراق ترشـیح وعرضـت إلـى مصـدر لألشـعة فـوق البنفسـجیة . وجود الزیوت الطیارةاللون الوردي البراق على التهابات األذن الوسطىلبكتریا المعزولة من ا العزل والتشخیص والحنجـرة الـذین یعـانون مـن التهابـات واألذن األنـفمسحة مـن المرضـى المـراجعین للعیـادة الخارجیـة لشـعبة 15 تجمع اسـتنبت المسـحات القطنیـة مباشــرة ، )الطـب مدینـة (العـام فـي بغـدادالمختصـین فـي مستشـفى األطبـاء إشـرافوتحـت األذن مـدة ) مْ 37(فـي اإلطبـاقثم حضـنت ، الماكونكي أكارالدم ووسط أكارالزرعیة المتضمنة وسط األوساطبعد جمعها على ساعة وشخصت العزالت البكتیریة مبدئیًا وحسب الصفات المظهریة لشكل المسـتعمرات وقوامهـا ولونهـا واسـتكملت لهـا ) 24( .وصات التشخیصیة األخرىالفح التشخیص البكتریولوجي تؤخـذ مسـتعمرة واحــدة نقیـة مــن كـل نمــو الموجـود علـى األوســاط الزرعیـة وشخصــت مبـدئیا اعتمــادا علـى الصــفات ثـم فحصــت مجهریـًا ألجـل وصــف شـكل الخالیــا مـن خــالل هــاولـون وقوام هاوشـكل المســتعمرات الشـكلیة التـي تضــمنت حجـم . صبغها بصبغة كرام االختبارات البایوكیمیائیة و [ 18 ] عدیدة أخضعت العزالت البكتیریة إلى اختبارات :ي أتوكما ی [ 19 ] الكشـف عـن أنتـاج ، oxidase testاختبـار أنتـاج أنـزیم االوكسـدیز ، catalase testاختبـار أنتـاج أنـزیم الكاتـالیز m( المثیــل األحمــر اختبـار ، ) indole production test( االنـدول ethy l-red test ( ، اختبــار فوكــاس– ، مصــدر وحیــد للكــاربون ة البكتریـا علــى اســتغالل السـتریت فحــص قابلیــ، ) voges-proskauer test( بروسـكاور coagulase testاختبار أنتاج أنزیم التجلط و ) ºم 42و ºم 4( اختبار قابلیة النمو بدرجات الحرارة األذن الوسطىفي نمو البكتریا المعزولة الهیل النباتیة لنباتالیة المستخلصات اختبار فع غـــم مــن المســحوق النبـــاتي ) 5( مـــن المستخلصــات النباتیــة بإذابــة stock solutionر محلــول الخــزین حضــ لمحلـول الخــزین بعــدها رشـح امللیلتـر / ملغـم ) 500( مـن المـاء المقطــر للحصـول علـى تركیــز مللیلتــر ) 10( المجفـف فـي بعــدها تــم الحصــول علــى ، مــایكرومتر ) whatman membrane filter )0.22 لغـرض التعقــیم بمرشــحات خاصــة بمزج حجم معین مـن المحلـول الخـزین مـع المـاء المقطـر المعقـم مللیلتر /ملغم ) 30، 60، 120، 240، 480( التراكیز :وحسب القانون اآلتي c1 v1 = c2 v2 .فیمثل حجم وتركیز المحلول المراد تحضیره c2 v2حجم وتركیز المحلول الخزین أما c1 v1مثل إذ ی :اختبار حساسیة البكتریا لمضادات الحیاة [ 20 ] الـواردة فـي اسـتخدمت طریقـة القیاسـیة الختبـار حساسـیة العـزالت لمضـادات الحیـاة باسـتخدام اكـار مـولر : تي یأاموك، هنتون 2010) 1( 23لة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمج  م) 37( من وسط المـرق المغـذي وحضـنت بدرجـة مللیلتر ) 5( حضرت المزارع البكتیریة بنقل مستعمرة واحدة إلىº .ساعة ) 24-18( مدة و  قورنـت عكـرة النمــو مـع عكـرة محلــول ثابـت العكـورة القیاســي )m cfarland ( الـذي یعطـي عــددًا تقریبیـًا للخالیــا ) 1.5 × 8 .مل/ خلیة ) 10  ( طة المسـحة المعقمـةاهنتـون بواسـ –من المزروع آنفـا علـى وسـط مـولر مللیلتر ) 0.1(نشرsterile swab ( ، .دقیقة) 15 – 10( مدة ترك لیجف بدرجة حرارة الغرفة  حضــنت األطبــاق ، أقــراص للطبـق الواحــد ) 6-5( طبـاق بواقــع نقلـت بعــدها أقــراص مضـادات الحیــاة بملقــط إلــى األ .ساعة) 24( مدة و ºم) 37( بدرجة  ـــي ــائج بقیـــاس منــــاطق التثبـــیط حـــول أقــــراص مضـــادات الحیــــاة وفســـرت النتـــائج حســــب مـــا ورد فـ تمـــت قـــراءة النتــ )nccls( [ 21 ] [ . النتائج والمناقشة elettaria cardamomumالهیل مستخلصات نبات الكشف الكیمیائي عن المركبات الفعالة في -1 علـى الهیـلنبـات بـذوربینت نتائج الكشوفات الكیمیائیة للمركبات الفعالة الموجودة في المستخلصـات النباتیـة الخـام احتـواء secondary m( عدد من المركبات الفعالة التي تعد منتجات أیض ثانوي etabolism ( وكما مبـین فـي الجـدول) 1 .( و ،و الفالفونـات ،و التربینـات،و الصـابونیات ،والزیـوت طیـارة،و التانینـات ،مركبـات القلویـداتحیـث یحتـوي النبـات علـى الكومارینات والتي تعد من المواد المضادة للبكتریا تشخیص العزالت البكتیریةعزل و -2 التهابــات المعزولـة مـن وتـم عـزل وتشـخیص البكتریـا، یــةأجریـت الفحوصـات المجهریـة و الكیموحیاتیـة علـى العـزالت البكتیر مسـحة مـن 15وذلـك بأخـذ . klebsiella sppو ps. aeruginosa ،staph. aureus: وهـي األذن الوسـطى األطبـاء إشـرافوتحـت األذنوالحنجـرة الـذین یعـانون مـن التهابـات واألذن األنـفالمراجعین للعیـادة الخارجیـة لشـعبة المرضى الـدم ووسـط أكـارالزرعیـة المتضـمنة وسـط األوسـاطعلى ثم زرعت . )مدینة الطب (العام في بغدادالمختصین في مستشفى سـاعة وشخصـت العـزالت البكتیریـة مبـدئیًا وحسـب الصـفات ) 24(مـدة ) مْ 37(فـي اإلطبـاقثـم حضـنت ، الماكونكي أكار .لها الفحوصات التشخیصیة األخرى المظهریة لشكل المستعمرات وقوامها ولونها واستكملت فحص حساسیة البكتریا للمضادات الحیویة -3 لثمانیـــةفـــي هــذه الدراســـة التهابـــات االذن الوســطى قابلیـــة العــزالت البكتیریـــة المشخصــة والمعزولـــة مــن تر اختبــ مقاومتهــا للمضــادات تحـددة والسـالبة لصــبغة كــرام و مضـادات حیویــة مختلفـة التــي لهــا طیـف واســع علــى البكتریـا الموجبــ nccls( [ 21 ]( ووفقا لما ورد من قیاسات عالمیـة فـي) بالملیمتر ( اعتمادا على قیاس منطقة التثبیط ( جـدول ، 2 . ( التهابات االذن الوسطىتأثیر المستخلصات النباتیة في نمو البكتریا المعزولة من -4 فــي elettaria cardamomumل هیــئیــة والكحولیـة لنبــات الأجریـت دراســة تــأثیر المستخلصـین النبــاتیین الما و ps. aeruginosa , staph. aureus: هــي طى التهابـات االذن الوســاألنـواع البكتیریــة المعزولـة مــن klebsiella spp. تهایالتي تمتاز بسهولة أجرائها وكفابطریقة االنتشار في الحفر. 2010) 1( 23الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم و ،إذ ان وجـود مركبـات القلویـدات ،) 1 (جـدول ، تعود الفعالیة التثبیطیـة إلـى طبیعـة المـواد التـي یحویهـا النبـات التـي تعـد مـن المـواد المضـادة للبكتریـا و الكومارینات ،و الفالفونات ،و التربینات ،و الصابونیات ،والزیوت طیارة ،التانینات ، فالقلویات تمتاز بقدرتها على اقتحام الخلیة البكتیریة والتداخل مـع الحـامض ، فكان لها األثر في تثبیط نمو البكتریا .[ 22] التانینات على تثبیط األنزیمات والبروتینات الناقلة الموجودة في غشاء الخلیة تعملفیما ، dnaالنووي إلـــى الخلیــة وكـــذلك بالنســـبة علـــى خفــض الســـكر داخـــل البكتریـــا التــي تـــؤدي إلـــى مـــوت فتعمـــلإمــا الصـــابونیات .[ 23 ] الكالیكوسیدات التي لها تأثیر مماثل ولكن بدرجة اقل sulphhy( مجموعـة السـلفاهیدریل إذ إن هذه المركبات لها القدرة على تكوین معقـدات مـع ،الفینوالتاما dry l group s ( [ 24 ] مؤدیة إلى األضرار بجدار الخلیة البكتیریة. المسـتخلص المــائي ( كــان اكفـأ مــن) المسـتخلص المــائي الحـار ( ن لصــات المائیـة فقــد بینـت النتــائج افـي المستخ ملغـم 480( بتركیـز .klebsiella spp و ps. aeruginosa , staph. aureus بتأثیره في نمـو البكتریـا )البارد ملم وعلى التوالي مقارنة مـع ) 18، 18، 11.5( یالحظ من معدالت أقطار مناطق التثبیط اذ، ) 3( جدول )مللیلتر / وهـذا یعــود ملـم وعلــى التـوالي ) 12، 14، 11( نفسـه لتركیـزل المـائي البــاردمعـدالت أقطـار منـاطق التثبــیط للمسـتخلص ]ة اكبـر كمیـة مـن المـواد الفعالـة الموجـودة فـي النبـات وهـذا یتفـق علـى ماجـاء كـل مـن الحرارة ساعد علـى اذابـ عاملالى ان امـا المستخلصـات البكتریـا فـي اذ ان المستخلصات الحارة كانـت اكفـأ مـن المستخلصـات البـاردة فـي تأثیرهـا .[ 26 ] و [ 25 .psبتـأثیره فــي نمـو البكتریـا ) بـارد المسـتخلص الكحــولي ال( اكفــأ مـن ) المســتخلص الكحـولي الحـار ( الكحولیـة فكـان aeruginosa , staph. aureus و klebsiella spp. یالحظ مـن اذ ، ) 4( جدول )مللیلتر / ملغم 480( بتركیز للمسـتخلص ملـم وعلـى التـوالي مقارنـة مـع معـدالت أقطـار منـاطق التثبـیط) 17، 27، 20( منـاطق التثبـیط معـدالت أقطـار بــأن [ 28 ]و [27] وهـذا یتفـق علــى ماجـاء بـه ملـم وعلـى التــوالي) 15، 23، 12( هنفســ لتركیـز ل و دالمـائي البـار .المستخلصات الكحولیة الحارة كانت افضل من بقیة المستخلصات وذلك لوجود عاملین هما الحرارة والمذیب أكثر من باقي األنواع عامة بصورة اتلتأثیر المستخلص) الموجبة لصبغة كرام ( s. aureusاستجابت البكتریا األخرى من البكتریا السالبة لصبغة كرام وقد یرجع سبب ذلك إلـى التركیـب البنـائي للجـدار البكتیـري إذ تفتقـر البكتریـا الموجبـة ة كـراملصبغة كرام إلى طبقة من األغشیة الخارجیة تجعل نفاذیـة المـواد لـداخل الخلیـة اكبـر مقارنـة بالبكتریـا السـالبة لصـبغ ) مللیلتر /ملغم 60(بالتركیز التي لم تتأثر ps. aeruginosa ثم بكتریا، .klebsiella sppتلیها بكتریا ، [29] خـارج الجـدار الخلــوي والتـي تتكـون مـن مــادة capsuleوقــد یعـزى ذلـك إلـى امتالكهــا المحفظـة ، المائیـة المستخلصـات فـي وهـذا یتفـق مـع مـا توصـلت . ضد المیكروبیة العواملب البكتریا صفة األمراضیة ومقاومة متعدد السكرید ألشحمي والتي تكس كانـت اقـل تـأثیرًا مـن بـاقي أنـواع البكتریـا للمسـتخلص الكحـولي لنبـات ثمـار ps. aeruginosa إذ أن بكتریـا [30] إلیـه كانـت مـن أكثـر البكتریـا ps. aeruginosa إذ أن بكتریـا [ 31 ]ویتفـق أیضـا مـع ، tribulus terrestrisالقطـب . mentha virdisو نبات النعناع eucalyptus camaldulensisمقاومة إلى مستخلصات نبات الیوكالبتوس فـي نمـو البكتریــا المسـتخلص الكحــولي الحـار كـان افضـل المستخلصـات النباتیــة االخـرى تـأثیرا یتضـح ممـا تقـدم أن ps. aeruginosa , staph. aureus و klebsiella spp. ، ثـم المسـتخلص ،ثـم یلیـه المسـتخلص الكحـولي البـارد ) 480، 240( العالیة التراكیز ان یتضح و ایضا، ) 1 (شكل ، المائي الحار واخیرا المستخلص المائي البارد 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد والذي یمكن االستدالل مـن خاللـه مللیلتر /ملغم )30 ، 60( كانت أفضل بكثیر من التراكیز الواطئة مللیلتر /غممل .على أن التراكیز العالیة هي األفضل في التطبیق العملي وذلك للحصول على نتائج أفضل المصادر .30-25ص . بیروت -ار دار البح -الطبیة واألعشابالنباتات ) .1986(الشحات ، نصر ابو زید .1 .40-35ص ، الریاض ، دار المریخ للنشر . النباتات الطبیة وزراعتها ومكوناتها). 1981(، فوزي طه، قطب .2 .الطبعة السادسة. بیروت ، دار الكتب العلمیة . معجم االعشاب والنباتات الطبیة ) . 2004( حسان ، القبیسي .3 .مقالة انترنت. جامعة الملك سعود ، قسم العقاقیر . ابل وعطر الموائد الهیل ملك التو ) . 2008( جابر ، موسى .4 العراقیــة بــین الطــب الشــعبي والبحــث واألعشــابالنباتـات ) . 1988( جمیــل محمــود ، مهنــد ;ســامي هاشــم ، مجیـد .5 األدویةمركز بحوث علوم الحیاة قسم العقاقیر وتقییم . مجلس البحث العلمي . العلمي 6.watt, john m itchell,; m aria gerdina and brey er, brand wijk (1962 ). m edicinal and p oisonous p lant of sout hern and east ern africa, second edition, e and s. livin gst one, ltd. edinbur gh and london. 7..anesini, c. and perez, c. (1993). screening of p lant used in agrentine folk medicine for antimicrobial activity . j. ethnop harmacol., 39 (2): 119-128. 8.deshmuk, s.d. and borle, m .n., (1975). studies on the insecticidal p rop erties of indigenous p lant p roducts s. indian. j. enthnop harmacol., 37(1): 11-18. 9.shihata, i.m ., (1951). a p harmalo gical study of anagllis arvensis. m .d. vet. thesis, cairo university . الجامعـــة ، الكیمیـــاء التحلیلیـــة ) . 1993( ، حســـن، فـــلایر حســن وفیـــاض، العـــزاوي ;محمـــد عبـــد الســـتار ، الشــیخلي .10 . 323-320ص ، المستنصریة 11. harbone, j. (1973). phyt ochemical methods. chap man and hall. london. 12. al-abid, m .r., (1985). zurrzusamme mse turungder abschla b membrane in phoenix dactylifera. wurzburg university . wuzz burg, f.r. of germany, 153-140 ا .13 كلیة رسالة ماجستیر. دراسة بعض الصفات الوراثیة والسمیة الزهار القیصوم ). 1982( .الشامي ، سامي اغ .جامعة بغداد -الطب البیطري 14. harbone, j. b., (1984). phyt ochemical methods. a guide to modern techn iques of p lant analysis. 2 nd ed., chap man and hall. london. p: 288. 15. jaffer, h. j. ; m ahmod ,m . j. jawad ; a. m . ; naj , a. and al naib , a. (1983). p hytochemical & biological screening of som e iraqi plant. fitoterap ia lix 299. 16. geisman, t. a., (1962). chemist ry of havonoids comp ounds. m acmillan co. new york. pp . 90-101. 17. handa, sukhder s.; decpak m undkinajeddu, g. v. r. josep h; shecla j. and ga jendra n.(1999). indian herbal pharmacop oeia vol. ii, ajoint p ublication of regional research laboratory and indian drug m anufacturers association. india. pp . 137 – 145 . 18. collee .j . g . ; fraser , a . g . ; m armion , b . p . & simmons , a. ( 1996 ) . m ackie & m c cartney practical m edical m icrobiology , 14 th ed . usa . 19. baron, e. j. and finegold, s. m . (1994). diagnost ic m icrobiolo gy . 9 th ed. baily and scott s. 20. baur, a. m . and kirby , w. m . (1966). antibiotics suscep tibility testing by astandarised single disc method. am. j. clin – p athol. 45: 493-496. 21. nccls ( national committ ee for laboratory standards) (2002). m ethods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically. app roved standard m 7-a5, 5 th ed., nccls, pennsy lvania. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 22. phillipson, j.d. and neill, m . g. ( 1987 ). new leads t o the treatment of p rotozoal infections based on natural p roduct molecules. 23. hassein, fawzy , t. k. ( 1985 ). m edical plants in liby a. arab encyclop edia house, liby a. 24. rhauha, j.p. (2001 ). the search for biological activity in finish p lant extracts containing p henolic comp ounds. academic d issertation, faculty of science, helsink i university . citrullusلمستخلصــات المائیــة والكحولیـــة لنبــاتي الحنظــل تـــأثیر ا.) 2008(زیــد شـــاكر نــاجي ، الربیعــي .25 colocynthis وعنـب الــذیبsolanum nigrum فـي نمــو بعـض البكتریــا المعزولــة مـن اخمــاج الحــروق . .الجامعة المستنصریة/ كلیة العلوم . رسالة ماجستیر علــى myrtus communisدراســة تـأثیر مســتخلص اوراق نبـات االس ). 2008( شــیماء نغـیمش ، مزعـل .26 .انواع من البكتریا المعزولة 27. sebast ián p.; fernández ; cristina wasowski ; leonardo m . ; loscalzo ; renee e. granger ; graham a.r. johnst on ;alejandro c. paladini and m ariel m arder ( 2006 ) . central nervous system depressant action of flavonoid glycosides . europ ean journal of pharmaco logy volume 539, issue 3, pp :168-176 28. suker, d.k.; al-m allak, m . k. and al-toma, m .l. ( 2000). the effect of t ow t herap eutic doses of saponin on organs. basrah j. sci., 18(2) : 51-56. 29. my rvick, n. and weiser, s. (1988). fundamentals of m edical bacteriology and my cology . 2 nd ed. lea and febiger. philadelphia. tribulusنبـــاتي القطــب دراســـة بعــض الجوانـــب البایلوجیــة والكیمیائیــة ل). 2005( انعــام فـــؤاد حســین ، الزهیــري .30 terrestris وحشیشـة االفعــىgalium aparine وتــاثیر مستخلصـاتهما فــي نمـو بعــض مسـببات اخمــاج المجــاري .البولیة ، رسالة ماجستیر ، كلیة العلوم ، الجامعة المستنصریة eucalyptus camaldulensisمستخلصـات نبـات الیوكــالبتوس تــأثیر). 2005( ، االء علـى مطـرود ، الخفـاجي .31 ، األطفـالعلى بعض البكتریا المصاحبة لبعض التهابات الجهاز التنفسي العلوي في mentha virdisونبات النعناع .الجامعة المستنصریة ، كلیة العلوم ، رسالة ماجستیر نتائج الكشوفات الكیمیائیة للمركبات الفعالة في المستخلصات النباتیة) : 1 (جدول 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد للمضادات الحیاتیةللمضادات الحیاتیة التهابات األذن الوسطى التهابات األذن الوسطى ریا المعزولة من ریا المعزولة من مقاومة البكتمقاومة البكت) : ) : 22 (( دولدولج المركبات الفعالة انواع المستخلصات glycosides ت وسیدا الكالیك p henols ت وال الفین alkaloid s ت القلویدا terpen es ت التربینا steroid s ت الستیرودا resins ا الراتنج ت saponins ت الصابونیا tanni ns ت التانینا flav onoi ds الفالفونات cou marins ت الكومارینا volatil e oi ls الزیوت الطیارة + + + + + المائي البارد + + + + + المائي الحار + + + + + + لي الباردالكحو + + + + + + + + + الكحولي الحار ل -وجود المركب الفعال + عدم وجود المركب الفعا r =ریا مقاومة للمضاد مضاد= s البكت البكتریا حساسة لل 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد اسم المضاد )الرمز ( ا ری انواع البكت aztreona m (atm ) ciprofloxaci n (ci p ) erythromy cin ( e ) cef oxitin (fox ) g entamici n ( g n ) cephaloth in ( kf ) carbenicilli n (py ) vanco mycin ( va ) ps. aeruginosa s s r r s r r r st aph. au reus s s s s s r r s kleb siella sp p s s r s s r r r ) ملم ( معدالت تثبیط النمو البكتیري مقاسه بـ األنواع البكتیریة 30 60 120 240 480 دبار 11 10 0 0 0 p s. a e ru g in o sa 0 0 9 10 11 حار 5. بارد 14 11 9 0 0 s . a u re u s حار 18 11 10 9 0 بارد 12 9 0 0 0 k le b si el l a sp p . حار 18 15 12 10 0 لبعض العزالت البكتیریة المعاملة بالمستخلصات) مللمتر (معدالت أقطار التثبیط بـ) : 4( جدول الكحولیة الخام لثمرة الهیل لبعض العزالت البكتیریة المعاملة ) مللمتر (معدالت اقطار التثبیط بـ) : 3( جدول لثمرة الهیل بالمستخلصات المائیة الخام ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 ) ملم ( بیط النمو البكتیري مقاسه بـمعدالت تث األنواع البكتیریة 30 60 120 240 480 بارد 12 11 9 0 0 p s. a er u g in o sa حار 20 19 16 11 9 بارد 23 20 16 11 9 s . a u re u s حار 27 22 18 12 9 بارد 15 11 9 0 0 k le b s ie ll a sp p . حار 17 13 10 9 0 5.06 8.9 9.73 14.13 0 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 ـ ب سة قا م ط بی تث ال ار ط اق ت ال عد م م) مل ) ي بارد مائ مائي حار كحولي بارد كحولي حار سطىالتهابات األذن الو توزیع معدالت أقطار تثبیط النمو ألنواع البكتریا المعزولة من ) : 1 (شكل هیللنبات ال) المائیة والكحولیة (للمستخلصات تبعاً the effect of watery & alcoholic plant extracts of elettaria cardamomum on growth of some bacteria isolated from otitis media infections z.s.n. mahmood, m.a.khalil departme nt of biology, college of science , univesity of al-mustansirya abstract this st udy was done to determine the effect of watery and alcoholic extracts of elettaria cardamomum on growt h of bacteria isolated from ot itis media infections which are : pseudomonas aeruginosa , staphylococcus aureus and klebsilla spp. the biochemical analysis revealed that watery extracts of elettaria cardamomum contains: gly cosides, alkaloids, saponines, tannins, and volatile oils, ( this comp ound is soluble in water ) , while the alcoholic extracts contains : (in addition to the above mentioned comp ounds ) phenols , resins , flavonids and coumarins. ( this comp ound is soluble in organic solutions ). to st udy the effect of watery and alcoholic extracts of elettaria cardamomum on growt h of bacteria isolated from ot itis media infections, we make four extracts ( cold watery extract , hot watery extract , cold alcoholic extract and hot alcoholic extract. the study shows t hat (hot alcoholic extract ) was more effective than the other extracts, by using agar diffusion method (wells). the study also showed that staphylococcus aureus ( gram p ositive ) bacteria is more sensitive to p lant extracts than the gram negative bacteria , while pseudomonas aeruginosa was more resist ant t o p lant extracts t han the others. microsoft word 130-143 chemistry | 130 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 spectrophotometric determination of chromium using promethazine hydrochloride application in various samples najih h. shekho hind a. mahmoud dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ mosul university. received in:28/june/2015,accepted in:15/november/2015 abstract a rapid, simple and sensitive spectrophotometric method for the determination of trace amounts of chromium (vi) was studied. the method is based on the reaction of chromium (vi) with promethazine forming a red colored species by chromium in hydrochloric acid medium and exhibits a maximum absorbance at 518 nm. a plot of absorbance with chromium (vi) gives a straight line indicating that beer’s law has been obeyed over the range concentration of 0.05-4.0 µg/ml with a molar absorptivity of chromium(vi) 2.04  104 l.mol-1.cm-1 , sandell’s sensitivity index of 0.0025 µg.cm-2 while the limit of detection (lod) was found to be 0.0924 µg.ml-1 and a relative standard deviation of (0.63-1.24)%,depending on the concentration level. the method is developed for the determination of chromium (iii) and has been successfully applied to the determination of chromium in various water samples, pharmaceutical preparations, synthetic alloys and standard rock sample of known composition (mrg-1). key words: chromium, promethazine, hydrochloride, spectrophotometry. chemistry | 131 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction chromium is an essential nutritional trace element that improves the body’s responses to the hormone insulin, which is essential for blood sugar control. insulin is an important hormone for controlling blood sugar levels as well as for metabolizing fats and proteins in the body [1]. many spectrophotometric methods for the determination of chromium have been reported with some chromogenic reagents such as 4–( 6–nitro–2–benzothiazolylazo)– resorcinol[2] , trifluoperazine hydrochloride[3] ,variamine blue[4], xylene cyanol ff[5], 2[(6–methyl–2-benzothiazolyl)azo]-4-chlorophenol[6], saccharin[7].  many either u.v-vis spectrophotometry method have been reported for the determination of chromium [2-9]. there are many sensitive techniques for chromium determination, such as x-ray absorption spectroscopy[10], flow-injection[11] ,sequential injection[12], coprecipitation with high-performance liquid chromatography (hplc)[13], ion chromatography(ic)[14], ic-icpms [15], solvent extraction and extraction of solid phase[16],ion-exchange separation[17],hplc-icp-ms [18], electrochemical[19], flame atomic absorption spectrometry (faas)[20], inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (icp-ms)[21], inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry (icp-aes)[22] , electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry (et-aas)[23], inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy (icp-oes)[24] and fluorometry[25].to measure the species of the chromium from the preconcentration sample, it requires a ,simple, safe, inexpensive optimum and short time method. promethazine [10-(dimethylamino) propyl phenothiazine] is a widely used drug in pharmaceutical formulation. it is being used as an antihistaminic and antiemetic drug ,but it also has some antiserotoninergic, anticholinergic and mark local anaesthetic properties [26]. promethazine has been frequently used in pharmaceutical analysis ; thus , it has been utilized as color producing reagent for determination of primary aromatic amines[27] . in the present investigation a facile sensitive and selective method has been reported for the determination of chromium with a new reagent promethazine hydrochloride based on the formation of a red radical cation on the oxidation of promethazine with chromium (vi) at room temperature in an acidic medium . the method has been successfully employed for the determination of chromium in various water samples, pharmaceutical preparations , synthetic alloys and a standard rock sample of known composition (mrg-1). experimental apparatus spectral and absorbance measurements are carried out using cecil ee 1021 1000 series using 1-cm plastic cells. the ph measurements are carried out using philips pw 9420 ph meter. reagents all chemicals used are of the highest purity available. stock .chromium (vi) solution (1000g/ml): the solution is prepared by dissolving 0.2829 g of k2cr2o7 and diluting to the mark with distilled water in 100 ml volumetric flask.(fluka). working chromium (vi) solution (100g/ml): this solution is prepared by diluting 10 ml of the stock solution to 100 ml with distilled water in a volumetric flask. chemistry | 132 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 working chromium(vi) solution (10 g/ml): this solution was prepared by diluting 10 ml of the working solution to 100 ml with distilled water in a volumetric flask. stock .chromium(iii) solution (1000g/ml): the solution is prepared by dissolving 0.2829 g of k2cr2o7 in 50 ml of water, add 1 ml saturated sodium sulfite solution, acidified with 1 ml 2.5 m sulfuric acid, and then boil for 2 minutes to remove excess so2 and dilute with water to 100 ml. suitable volume of this solution was diluted to obtain the working standard.[28] promethazine hydrochloride solution (0.2%): the solution is prepared by dissolving 0.2 g of promethazine (sdi) in 100 ml distilled water volumetric flask. this solution is kept in dark flask and it is stable for 7 day if it is kept in a refrigerator. hydrochloric acid solution (6m) result and discussion under the reaction conditions, chromium was treated with promethazine reagent in acidic medium to produce a red radical cation species which exhibits absorption maxima at 518 nm against reagent blank solution .the intensity of the formed colored product has been found to be proportional to the amount of chromium originally present in the solution. study of the experimental conditions: the spectrophotometric properties of the colored product as well as the different experimental parameters affecting the color development and its stability has been carefully studied and optimized. for the subsequent experiments 10 µg of chromium are taken and final volumes are 10 ml. effect of acid to produce the colored species upon the reaction of with promethazine reagent only acid medium can achieve forming the radical cation with useful analytical properties .therefore , different concentrations 112 m hydrochloric acid solution have been tested. an intense colored product is obtained rapidly when the volume is adjusted to the mark with 6m hcl . various acids (6m), sulfuric acid, acetic acid and formic acid have also been tried for the purpose of producing intense colored species. it was found that in the presence of these acids , maximum intensity of the color cannot be achieved , as 6m hcl , indicating the unstable nature of the colored species in these media. the effect of promethazine hydrochloride amount the effect of the amount of promethazine. hcl reagent on the absorbance of the resulting colored species had next been investigated .the experimental results  illustrated in (table 1) indicated that 1 ml of 0.2 % reagent solution in the optimum volume because : (i) it shows the absorbance of the resulting product becomes independent to the chromium(vi) concentration when higher amounts of the reagent are used (ii) the blank value is low , (iii) the coefficient of determination [r2 (530) µg cr (vi) ] = 0.99493 and the sensitivity of the colored reaction is high. effect of surfactants the effect of the presence of cationic (cpc: cetyl pyridinium chloride and ctab: cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide) anionic,(sds: sodium dodecyl sulphate) and non-ionic (triton x-100: iso-octyl phenoxy ethanol) surfactants on the intensity of the colored product have been studied. the experimental data table (2) reveal that the presence of surfactants chemistry | 133 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 gives no useful effect. therefore, it has been recommended to eliminate the use of surfactants in the subsequent experiments. development time and stability period to test the effect of time on the absorbance of the colored product at the wavelength of maximum absorption at 518 nm .the colored product has been prepared from by using different amounts of chromium(vi) (5,10,20) µg under the optimal experimental conditions and the absorbance are measured at different intervals of time up to 60 min. the experimental results have shown that the colored product develops immediately and the absorbance remains maximum and constant for at least 50 min. the stability period for at least 50 min is sufficient for many measurements to be made. effect of masking agents in order to enhance the selectivity of promethazine. hcl reagent, the following general masking agents are examined ; ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (edta), ethylene glycolo,o`-bis(aminoethylether)-n,n,n`,n`-tetra-acetic acid (egta), nitrilotriacetic acid (nta), 1,2-diaminocyclohexanetetraacetic acid (cdta), sodium fluoride (naf), 5-sulphosalicylic acid (5-ssa), citric acid and tartaric acid. the results indicate that egta, cdta, 5-ssa ,citric acid and tartaric acid mask chromium, while other complexons have no effect. as a result, a composite mixture containing 1% of nta , edta and naf has been prepared. the effect of different volumes 0.5 3 ml of the composite mixture is tested [29]. the results indicate that 1ml of composite complexing solution is desired because of the highest intensity. absorption spectra when a dilute solution chromium ,under the above established conditions is treated with promethazine. hcl solution in the presence of 6m hcl solution a red colored product immediately formed. this shows maximum absorption at 518 nm in contrast to the reagent blank which shows maximum absorption at 355nm. figure (1). recommended procedure and calibration curve sample aliquots containing 0.540 µg of chromium (vi) solution was placed into 10 ml volumetric flasks. to each chromium solution, 1 ml of promethazine (0.2%) was then added and volumes are made to the mark with hcl (6m). the reaction mixtures were mixed and the absorbance was measured at 518 nm , against the reagent blank prepared in the same manner but without cr (vi). a plot of absorbance versus determinant concentration figure (2) shows that beer's law is obeyed over the range of (0.054) ppm. the molar absorptivity being 2.04 104 l.mol-1.cm-1 and the sandell’s sensitivity is 0.0025 µg.cm-2 while limit of detection (lod), limit of quantitation (loq)[30] are found to be 0.0924 µg.ml-1 and 0.0308 µg.ml-1, respectively. at higher cr (vi) concentrations, a negative deviation occurs. determination of chromium(iii) sample aliquots containing 0.540 µg of chromium (iii) solution was placed into 10 ml volumetric flasks. a volume of 0.5 ml saturated bromine water and 0.5 ml of 4m koh solution were added to each flask and allowed to stand for 5 minutes. then 0.5 ml of 2.5 m sulfuric acid and 0.5 ml of 5 % sulfosalicylic acid were added then the above procedure for chromium (vi) was followed. chemistry | 134 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 accuracy and precision of the method to check the accuracy and precision of the calibration curve, chromium (vi) is determined at three concentrations (five times). the results are shown in table (3) and indicate that the proposed method is satisfactory. nature of reaction products the stoichiometry of the reaction between chromium (vi) and promethazine was studied by both job's method of continuous variations and molar-ratio method [31]. the result obtained . figure (3) shows the existence of 1:3 (cr : promethazine. hcl). * promethazine like other phenothiazine is oxidized in an acidic medium by oxidizing agents. the oxidative reaction process is carried out in three steps [32]. ch2 ch n ch3 ch3 ch3 r= effect of interferences the influence of diverse ions on the determination of chromium is examined(in the absence of masking agents) under the conditions of standard procedure. the diverse ions are added, individually ,to solutions containing 10µg of cr(vi).the results are summarized in table (4), from which it can be concluded that the method seems to be selective except towards fe+2,ce+4 and v+5 ions. the effect of interfering ions ce4+, fe2+, v5+ is studied in the presence of composite mixture containing 1%( nta, edta , naf ).the results obtained are summurised in table (5). the effect of foreign compounds that may be present in dosage form was also studied by adding different amounts of foreign substances to 10µg cr(vi) a final volume of 10 ml (1µg/ml). it was observed that studied foreign species did not interfere in the present method table (6). application of the method the present proposed method has been applied to the determination of chromium in various samples and which are listed below: i. determination of chromium in waters: chromium has been assayed in tap water, tigris river water (north of mosul city) , mediterranean sea water in turkey (mediterranean coast , mersin beach kızkalesi) and well water (al-qusiat near mosul city) by the present method and the average recoveries of (10,15,20)µg cr(vi)/( 1,2,3 )ml of waters are 99.7%,100.1%, 99.8% and 100.4% respectively. ii. determination of chromium in geological reference sample (mrg -1):[33] a known amount (1g) of air dried soil sample, spiked with known amounts of chromium (vi) was taken and then fused with 5 g anhydrous sodium carbonate in a silica crucible and evaporated to dryness after the addition of 25 ml of water. the dried material was dissolved in water, filtered through whatman no.40 filter paper in to 25 ml calibrated flask and neutralized n s r n s n s r e e r e n h 2 s r chemistry | 135 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 with dilute ammonia. it was then diluted to a known volume with water. an aliquot of this sample solution was analyzed for chromium (vi). solutions were also analyzed according to the standard diphenylcarbazide method[34].the recovery is found to be 100.4% , while by the standard method the recovery is 98.1% which indicates that this method is reliable for application. iii. determination of chromium (iii) in pharmaceutical samples samples of the finely ground multivitamin–multimineral tablets containing chromium(iii) were treated with 5 ml of nitric acid and the mixtures were evaporated to dryness. the residue was leached with 5 ml of 0.5 m h2so4. the solution was diluted to a known volume with water. suitable aliquots of the sample solution were analyzed according to the procedure for chromium (iii). the results are listed in table (7).the results indicate that a good recovery was obtained for diabetone. v. determination of chromium in synthetic alloy: recently, the addition of cr metal to the alloy of (cr-ni-mo, cr-ti, cr-fe) has reinforced the alloy against corrosion [35].table (8) shows the results of chromium determination in synthetic alloys. a relatively good accuracy is shown for determining chromium in synthetic alloys. the above results reveal that the method is suitable for determining chromium in the above samples with satisfactory recovery. both the present method and the literature method [34] have been applied at the same time to t-test and f-test[36] and the value compared with the statistical tables for eight degrees of freedom at 95% validation level. the results in table (9) show that there is no real difference between the two methods. comparison of methods table (10) shows the comparison between some of the analytical variables for the present method with that of other spectrophotometric methods. conclusion a simple, sensitive, rapid ,accurate and precise spectrophotometric determination of chromium (vi) has been carried out. the method is based on oxidtionreduction reaction between chromium(vi) and promethazine reagent in acidic medium 6m hcl to produce a red colored product which is stable, water soluble and has maximum absorption at 518 nm. beer’s law is obeyed in the concentration range 0.054 ppm with a molar absorptivity of 2.04  104 l.mol-1.cm-1 , sandell’s sensitivity index of 0.0025 µg.cm-2 and a relative standard deviation of  0.63 to  1.24 depending on the concentration level. the present method has been developed for the determination of chromium (iii).the proposed method has been applied successfully to the determination of chromium in waters, pharmaceutical preparations, synthetic alloys and standard rock sample (mrg-1). references 1. barceloux, d.g. (1999),chromium.j. toxicol. clin. toxicol . 37,173-194. 2. revanasiddappa, h.d. and kiran kumar,t.n.(2006), spectrophotometric determination of cr(vi) ions using new benzothiazolyl azo compound 2-[(6–methyl–2benzothiazolyl) azo] -4-chlorophenol .national journal of chemistry. 2 ,608-619. 3. revanasiddappa ,h.d. and kiran kumar , t.n. (2002),rapid spectrophotometric determination of chromium with trifluoperazine hydrochloride. chem. anal. (warsaw). 47, 311. chemistry | 136 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 4. narayana,b. and cherian,t.(2005), rapid spectrophotometric determination of trace amounts of chromium using variamine blue as a chromogenic reagent. j. braz. chem. soc.16(2), 197-201. 5. revanasiddappa, h.d and kiran kumar,t.n.(2003),a highly sensitive spectrophotometric determination of chromium using leuco xylene cyanol ff, talanta.60(1),1-8 . 6. carvalho, l.s. ;costa antônio,c.s.; sergio ferreira,.l.c and teixeira leonardo, s. g.(2004),spectrophotometric determination of chromium in steel with 4-(2thiazolylazo)resorcinol (tar) using microwave radiation , j. braz. chem. soc.15(1),153-157. 7. cherian,t. and narayana,b.(2005),spectrophotometric determination of chromium using saccharin. indian j. chem.technology . 12 ,596-600 . 8. tadayon, f. and haji abadi, f.r. (2014),speciation of chromium in organicfruit samples with cloud point extraction separation and preconcentration and determination by uv-vis spectrophotomety. academic research international. 5(2),140-147. 9. pranvera,l.(2009), deter mination of cr(vi) in environmental samples evaluating cr(vi) impact in a contaminated area. j.int. environmental application and science. 4 (2), 207-213. 10. ohata,m. and matsubayashi,n.(2014),determination of hexavalent chromium in plastic certified reference materials by x-ray absorption fine structure analysis, spectrochimica acta part b: atomic spectroscopy. 93, 14-19. 11. kang, w.j.; liang, s.x.; shen, s.g. and sun, h.w.(2003), determination of chromium(iii) and chromium(vi) in water using flow injection on-line preconcentration and separation with flame absorption spectrometric detection. guang pu, xue yu guang and pu fen xi. 23(3),572-5. 12. fan, j. ; sun, y.; wang, j. and fan, m.(2009), an organic-reagent-free method for determination of chromium(vi) in steel alloys, sewage sludge and wastewater, anal chim acta. 640(1-3), 1062-1067. 13. wang, l.l.; wang, j.q.; zheng, z.x. and xiao,p. (2010), cloud point extraction combined with high-performance liquid chromatography for speciation of chromium(iii) and chromium(vi) in environmental sediment samples. journal of hazardous materials.177 (1-3),114-118. 14. phesatcha, t.; worawirunwong, w. and rohrer, j. (1996), separation of chromium (iii) and chromium (vi) by ion chromatography, chern. anal.(warsaw).41, 569. 15. choppala, g.; rahman, m.; chen, z.; bolan, n. and mallavarap, m. (2010), simultaneous determination of chromium species by ion chromatography coupled with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry. journal proceedings of the 19th world congress of soil science: soil solutions for a changing world, brisbane, australia.114-116. 16. vellaichamy, s. and palanivelu, k.(2010),speciation of chromium in aqueous samples by solid phase extraction using multiwall carbon nanotubes impregnatedwith d2ehph. indian journal of chemistry.49a, 882-890. 17. wang, l. ; zhiqing, l.; zucheng j.and bin h. (2002), speciation of cr iii and cr vi in aqueous samples by coprecipitation/slurry sampling fluorination assisted graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry. international journal of environmental analytical chemistry. 82(6),387-393. chemistry | 137 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 18. sun, j.; yang, z. ; lee h. and wang l. (2015), simultaneous speciation and determination of arsenic, chromium and cadmium in water samples by high performance liquid chromatography with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry, anal. methods.7, 2653-2658. 19. pavel, k.; petr, k. and vlastimil, k.(2003),speciation of chromium (iii) and chromium (vi) by capillary electrophoresis with contactless conductometric detection and dual opposite end injection. electrophoresis. 24, 1397–1403. 20. zhang, l. ; li,x. ; wang, x. ; wang, w. ; wang x.and han h.(2014), preconcentration and determination of chromium species by cloud point extraction-flame atomic absorption spectrometry , anal. methods.6,5578-5583. 21. guerrero, m. m. l. ; alonso, e. v. ; pavon, j. m. c. ; corderoa m. t. s.and torresa,a.g.(2012),on-line preconcentration using chelating and ion-exchange minicolumns for the speciation of chromium(iii) and chromium(vi) and their quantitative determination in natural waters by inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry, j. anal. at. spectrom.27, 682-688. 22. ma, q. ; li,z. and zhai, b.(2013),determination of chromium and zirconium in copperchromiumzirconium alloy by inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry, yejin fenxi/metallurgical analysis.33, 52. 23. ezoddin, m. ; shemirani,f. and khani, r. (2010),application of mixed-micelle cloud point extraction for speciation analysis of chromium in water samples by electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry, desalination.262(1-3),183-187. 24. sawalha, m.f.; gardea-torresdey,j.l.; parsons,j.; geoffrey,g.s. and peralta-videa,j.r. (2005), determination of adsorption and speciation of chromium species by saltbush (atriplexcanescens) biomass using a combination of xas and icp-oes. microchem. j. 81,122–132. 25. adurty, s. and r. sabbu, j.(2015),novel catalytic fluorescence method for speciative determination of chromium in environmental samples, journal of analytical science and technology. 6(7),1-8. 26. " british pharmacopeia on cd-rom", version 4, copyright by crown ltd. , london , 84, (2000) . 27. al-abachi ,t.s. ; al-ghabsha and salih ,e.s. (1990), application of promethazine as a chromogenic reagent for spectrophotometric determination of aniline and its substituents. microchemical. 41,64-71. 28. pasha,ch.(2008),studies on new reagents for the spectrophotometric determination of anion, metal ions and drugs. ph.d. thesis. mangalore university, karnataka, india. 123154. 29. marczenko, z. 1976. spectrophotometric determination of elements, ellis horwood ltd., chichester. 238, 521,525. 30. valcarcel, m. (2000), principles of analytical chemistry. spring-verlag, berlin, 68. 31. delevie,r.(1997),principles of quantitative chemical analysis. mcgraw-hill, international edition,singapore. 498. 32. karpinsk, j.(2001),simultaneous quantification of promethazine hydrochloride and its sulfoxide in pharmaceutical preparation.anal. sci. 17, 249-253. chemistry | 138 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 33. jeffery,p.g. and hutchison,d.(1981),chemical methods of rock analysis. 3th edn., pergamon press ltd. oxford .uk. 145-154. 34. shigematsu, t.; gohda, s.; yamazaki,h. and nishikawai,y. (1977),spectrophotometric determination of chromium (iii) and chromium (vi) in sea water bull. inst. chem. res., kyoto univ. 55(5), 429-440. 35. al-mosulli kasim, b.b.(2003),on-line semiautomated separation and determination of chromium (iii) and (vi) through the formation of chromium peroxide via newly homemade built up detection system“ study and application. ph.d. thesis.department of chemistry, college of science baghdad university. iraq. 127-130. 36. christian, g. d. (2004),analytical chemistry.6th edn., john wiley and sons, inc., new york. 90. table (1): effect of promethazine. hcl on absorbance of colored species. ml of 0.2% promethazine. hcl solution absorbance / µg of cr (vi) in 10 ml 5 10 15 20 30 coefficient of determination (r2) blank 0.5 0.232 0.429 0.629 0.764 0.890 0.96613 0.012 1.0 0.240 0.464 0.641 0.846 1.120 0.99493 0.018 1.5 0.236 0.456 0.681 0.896 1.188 0.99438 0.026 2.0 0.238 0.460 0.701 0.909 1.201 0.99331 0.033 3.0 0.242 0.470 0.699 0.905 1.146 0.98801 0.074 table (2): effect of surfactants on absorbance and order of additions surfactant solution (2ml) absorbance / ml of surfactant λmax (nm) i ii iii cpc(110-3 m) 0.453 0.460 0.394 514 ctab (110-3 m) 0.446 0.452 0.410 516 sds(110-3 m) turbid turbid turbid -- triton x-100 (1% v/v) 0.436 0.451 0.435 514 * absorbance without surfactant= 0.469 (518 nm) ** i. cr(vi)(m) + surfactant (s) + reagent (r) + hcl (h) ii. m + r + s + h iii. m + r + h +s table (3): accuracy and precision of the method. amount of chromium taken, (µg) recovery* (%) rsd* (%) 5 100.5  0.63 10 99.8  0.87 20 98.5  1.24 * average of five determinations chemistry | 139 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (4): effect of interferences on the absorbance without masking agents foreign ion form added error % / µg of interference added 10 50 100 250 500 al3+ alcl3.6h2o -0.22 -0.81 -1.32 -1.96 -2.87 ag+ agno3 0.0 +0.44 -0.92 -1.78 -2.02 ba2+ bacl2.2h2o +0.26 0.0 +0.86 +1.55 +3.06 be2+ beso4.4h2o 0.0 +0.67 -1.27 -1.87 -2.26 bi3+ bi(no3)3.5h2o -0.85 +1.04 -1.50 -2.14 -3.49 ca2+ cacl2 0.0 +0.47 -0.83 -1.32 -2.30 cd2+ cd(ch3coo)2.h2o +0.43 0.0 +0.72 -1.09 -1.89 ce4+ ce(nh4)4 (so4)4.2h2o +31.0 +56.12 +73.96 +89.88 +106.27 co2+ co(no3)2.6h2o +0.21 0.0 +0.52 +0.99 +1.98 cs+ csno3 0.0 -0.22 -0.82 +1.65 -2.21 cu2+ cuso4 -0.20 +0.56 +1.31 -1.96 -2.74 fe2+ fecl2 -20.17 -41.74 -70.83 -81.69 -97.61 fe3+ fe(no3)3.9h2o -0.83 -1.21 -1.98 +2.36 +3.13 hg2+ hg(no3)2 +0.81 -1.10 -1.45 +2.10 +3.28 k+ kcl 0.0 -0.84 -1.89 +1.31 -2.18 la3+ la(no3)3.6h2o -0.44 -0.87 -1.09 -1.91 -2.71 li+ li2so4.h2o -0.62 -0.41 +0.88 -1.26 -2.43 mg2+ mgcl2.6h2o 0.0 +0.64 +1.01 +1.32 +1.82 mn2+ mn(no3)2.4h2o 0.0 -0.41 -0.95 -1.45 -2.30 mo6+ (nh4)6mo7o24.4h2o -0.45 0. 96 +1.51 -2.12 -3.38 na+ nacl +0.66 0.0 -1.54 -1.76 -2.21 ni2+ ni(no3)2.6h2o 0.0 +0.41 +0.66 +1.10 -2.04 pb2+ pb(no3)2 +0.21 0.66 -1.10 -1.31 -2.65 pd2+ pdcl2 +0.45 -0.85 +1. 87 -2.08 +3.34 sc3+ sc2(so4)3.6h2o +0.46 +0.88 +1.52 -1.90 -3.29 se2+ seo2 -0.34 -0.55 -0.85 +1.33 +2.10 sn2+ sncl2.2h2o -0.62 -0.98 -1.75 -2.02 -2.96 sr2+ srcl2.6h2o -0.43 +0.66 -0.88 +1.53 -2.17 te4+ teo2 +0.45 -0.71 +1.66 +1.42 -3.18 th3+ th(no3)4.6h2o +0.78 +0.94 +1.20 -2.22 +2.84 ti3+ ticl3 +0.22 -0.88 -1.61 -2.04 +2.38 v5+ nh4vo3 +22.15 +52.78 +76.81 +99.82 +128.71 w6+ na2wo4.2h2o +0.87 -1.32 -1.90 -1.66 -3.60 y3+ ycl3 .6h2o +0.21 +1.10 +1.25 +1.81 +2.20 zn2+ zn(ac)2.2h2o 0.0 +0.62 -0.97 -1.54 -2.92 zr4+ zrocl2.8h2o -0.45 -1.02 -1.88 -2.29 -3.66 fnaf 0.0 +0.76 +1.38 +1.90 +2.06 clnacl +0.22 -0.89 -1.32 -1.56 -2.89 brkbr +0.45 +0.99 +1.76 +2.04 +3.23 so32na2so3 -0.95 -1.26 -1.60 -1.96 -2.53 so42na2so4 +0.62 +0.98 +1.51 +1.98 +2.04 co32na2co3 0.0 +0.43 +0.91 +1.26 +1.95 hco3nahco3 -0.38 +0.52 -0.76 -1.09 +1.59 no3nano3 -0.61 +0.74 -1.64 -1.91 -3.13 po43nah2po4.2h2o -0.43 -1.09 -1.43 -1.65 -2.22 bo33h3bo3 -0.44 -0.71 +1.42 -1.96 -3.41 clo4hclo4 +0.20 +0.83 +1.14 -1.46 -2.45 chemistry | 140 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (5): effect of interferences in presence of masking agent foreign ion form added error % µg of interference added 5 10 25 50 < 100 ce4+ ce(nh4)4 (so4)4.2h2o +2.0 +4.02 +8.18 +21.84 +44.28 fe2+ fecl2 -1.12 -1.88 -2.72 -5.02 -19.98 v5+ nh4vo3 +11.60 +34.52 +45.11 +85.17 +99.25 table (6): effect of foreign compound in the absorbance interferences recovery(%) of 10μg cr (vi)/ ppm of interfere added 100 250 500 acacia 100.3 98.6 101.3 glucose 99.5 100.6 98.3 lactose 99.7 101.2 100.8 starch 100.0 99.3 98.5 table (7): analytical results of cr in pharmaceutical samples. drug sample (µg/ml) recovery*(%) recovery*(%) standard method diabetone (vitabiotics.com.), london, england 5 99.2 99.6 10 99.5 99.2 20 98.5 98.5 century (multivitamin & multimineral),usa 5 86.9 98.3 10 79.4 96.5 20 71.2 95.7 table (8): determination of chromium in synthetic alloys alloy recovery, (%) recovery*(%) standard method 10g cr,10g ni , 10g mo 100.6 100.2 10g cr,100g ni ,100g mo 98.5 98.5 10g cr, 10g ti 99.3 99.2 10g cr, 100g ti 101.0 98.1 10g cr, 10g fe 99.5 99.8 10g cr, 100g fe 101.4 102.2 table (9): the result of t-test and f-test. samples cr(vi) (µg) recovery %* t.exp f.exp present method literature method [41] mrg -1 10 99.0 98.5 0.98 2.00 drug (diabetone) 10 99.5 99.2 0.28 1.92 cr ,ni (10g),mo (10g) 10 100.6 100.2 0.36 2.42 cr , ti (10g) 99.3 99.2 0.78 1.60 cr , fe (10g) 99.5 99.8 0.59 1.14 * average of three determinations. chemistry | 141 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (10): comparison of the methods analytical parameter present method literature method[3] literature method[37] reagent promethazine. hcl trifluoperazine. hcl bis(salicylaldehyde) orthophenylenediamine (bsopd). the reaction medium acidic acidic acidic λ max (nm) 518 505 478 stability period at least 50 min 2hour 6 hour beer’s law range (ppm) 0.054.0 0.2 -1.8 0.024.0 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm-1) 2.04  104 2.08  104 1.67  104 sandell’s sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 2.5×10-3 6.849×10-3 1.0×10-3 detection limit (dl) µg.ml-1 0.0924 0.0033 -- rsd (%)  (0.63-1.24) ----- application of the method various water samples and pharmaceutical preparations and synthetic alloys and standard rock sample of (mrg-1). alloy steels, industrial effluents and pharmaceutical samples. industrial, environmental, biological and soil samples chemistry | 142 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (1): absorption spectra of 10 µg cr (vi) / 10 ml measured against (a) blank, (b) distilled water and (c) blank against distilled water. figure(2): calibration curve for chromium determination with promethazine reagent. figure(3): continuous variation slop for chromium (vi) with promethazine. hcl reagent. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 a b so rb a n ce [cr] / [cr+promethazine.hcl] y = 0.0392x + 0.05 r² = 0.9991 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce µg of cr(vi) / 10ml chemistry | 143 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 كاشف البروميثازين هيدروكلوريد باستعمالالتقدير الطيفي للكروم التطبيق في نماذج مختلفة ناجح حسن شيخو هند أحمد محمود عبدهللا قسم الكيمياء / كلية العلوم / جامعة الموصل 2015/تشرين الثاني/15قبل في: ،2015/حزيران/28في:استلم خالصةال تم تطوير طريقة طيفية بسيطة وسريعة وحساسة لتقدير كميات متناهية في الصغر من الكروم .تعتمد الطريقة على ذا لون احمر عند اكسدته بالكروم ا ًموجب ا ًحر ا ًالذي يكون جذر هيدروكلوريد تفاعل الكروم مع كاشف البروميثازين 518السداسي في الوسط الحامضي لحامض الهيدروكلوريك الذي اعطى اعلى امتصاص عند طول موجي مقداره بمدى التراكيز من نانوميتر. اظهر منحني االمتصاص مقابل التركيز خطا مستقيما والذي يؤكد على انه يتبع قانون بير 1.سم1-لتر.مول 2.04 410من الكروم السداسي وكانت االمتصاصية الموالرية 1-لترلممايكروغرام. 0.4 الى 0.05 , واالنحراف القياسي 1-مايكروغرام. مللتر 0.0924وحد الكشف 2-مايكروغرام.سم 0.0025وداللة ساندل للحساسية اعتمادا على مستوى التركيز. وقد طورت الطريقة المقترحة لتقدير الكروم الثالثي % )1.24( و )0.63 بين(النسبي وفي نموذج من السبائك المصنعة وتم تطبيق الطريقة بنجاح لتقدير الكروم في نماذج مائية مختلفة ومستحضرات دوائية . (mrg-1)نموذج من الصخور القياسية فيكذلك و الكروم , بروميثازين.هيدروكلوريد , المطيافية . الكلمات المفتاحية: 73 robust tests for the mean difference in paired data by using bootstrap resampling technique ghufran a. ghadhban huda a. rasheed department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. ghyfrang1994@gmail.com hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq abstract the paired sample t-test for testing the difference between two means in paired data is not robust against the violation of the normality assumption. in this paper, some alternative robust tests have been suggested by using the bootstrap method in addition to combining the bootstrap method with the w.m test. monte carlo simulation experiments were employed to study the performance of the test statistics of each of these three tests depending on type one error rates and the power rates of the test statistics. the three tests have been applied on different sample sizes generated from three distributions represented by bivariate normal distribution, bivariate contaminated normal distribution, and the bivariate exponential distribution. keywords: paired t-test, robust, bootstrap, wilcoxon signed-rank test, bivariate contaminated normal distribution, bivariate exponential. 1. introduction comparing the two means of correlated variables is often of interest to researchers in various fields, especially medical and biological. the paired t-test is one of the most important tests that are widely used for this purpose. however, the paired t-test is not robust against the departure of the normality assumption. the robustness concept is introduced firstly by box in 1953. there are many definitions of the concept of robustness, perhaps the most important one that was stipulated in the huber (1981) definition that robustness has many meanings and implications that may be inconsistent with each other, but robustness can be expressed as referring to insensitivity to slight departures from the assumptions of the test statistics.[1] ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2680 article history: received 28 september 2020, accepted 8 november 2020 published in july 2021. mailto:ghyfrang1994@gmail.com mailto:hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 74 bradley (1978) defined what it means (robust test), stipulates that the test is called robust against the violation of one or more of the test's assumptions if that violation does not effect on the distribution of the test statistic due to tending the true probability of a type i error to differ from the nominal α. he suggested the criterion of robustness and called it liberal criterion, that is the test could be regarded as robust only if its type 1 error rate �̂� fall in the following interval:[2] 0.9 𝛼 < �̂� < 1.1 𝛼 i.e., |�̂� − 𝛼| ≤ 𝛼 10 (1) in the other hand, salter and fawcett (1985) proposed another criterion for the robustness of the test which requires the type i error values to lie within the following interval:[3] 𝛼 ± 2 √[𝛼 (1 − 𝛼)/𝑅] (2) where r represents the replicated times. this paper aims to study and investigate the effect of the violation of some assumptions of the hypothesis test equality of means of two correlated variables on the distribution of test statistics. these violations are represented by the following points 1. violation of the normality assumption due to the existence of outliers. 2. the smallness of the sample size. 3. the paired data follow a distribution other than the normal distribution. 4. heterogeneity of the variances of the two dependent variables. the main goal of this paper is to find a robust test that achieves the highest power of the test when the set of paired data violate the assumptions of the normality and the homogeneity of variances of the correlated variables. therefore, a number of robust tests has been suggested represented by wilcoxon–matched pairs signed-ranks using bootstrap (bws), wilcoxon– matched pairs signed-ranks when sample size n > 25 using bootstrap (bwl), also of bootstrapping the paired t-test (bt). 2. test statistics 2.1 paired t-test the paired t-test is one of the most important tests employed to test the significance of the difference between the means of the two dependent variables, it is sometimes called the dependent sample t-test. also, known as the repeated measurements, when we have them before and after the treatment. let the two-dimensional random variables (x, y) have a bivariate normal distribution with parameters µ𝑿, µ𝒀 , σ x , σ y and ρ if there joint pdf is defined as: [4, 5] 𝑓𝑋,𝑌 (𝑥, 𝑦) = 1 2𝜋𝜎𝑋 𝜎𝑌√1 − ρ 2 𝑒𝑥𝑝 { −1 2(1 − ρ 2) [( x −μ𝑋 𝜎𝑋 ) 2 − 2ρ ( x −μ𝑋 𝜎𝑋 ) ( y − μ𝑌 𝜎𝑌 ) + ( y − μ𝑌 𝜎𝑌 ) 2 ] − ∞ < 𝑥, 𝑦 < ∞ (3) where, µ𝑋 , µ𝑌 ∈ 𝑅 , 𝜎𝑋 , 𝜎𝑌 ∈ 𝑅 + , 𝜌 ∈ (−1,1). and 𝜌 = 𝐶𝑜𝑟𝑟(𝑋, 𝑌 ) = 𝐶𝑜𝑣(𝑋, 𝑌) 𝜎𝑋𝜎𝑌 the paired t-test aims to test the following null hypothesis: 𝐻0: 𝜇𝑋 = 𝜇𝑌 (4) against the alternative hypothesis: 𝐻1: 𝜇𝑋 ≠ 𝜇𝑌 let ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 75 𝐷𝑖 = 𝑋𝑖 − 𝑌𝑖 , i = 1, 2, …, n (5) then, d ∼ normal( µd, σd 2 ), where, µ𝐷 = µ𝑋 − µ𝑌 is the mean of the difference between two populations d and σd 2 = σd 2 + σd 2 − 𝑐𝑜𝑣 (𝑥, 𝑦) is the variance of d. therefore, the significance of the difference between 𝜇𝑋 and 𝜇𝑌 can be tested using the paired t test by testing the following hypothesis 𝐻0: µ𝐷 = 0 (6) against alternative hypothesis: 𝐻1: µ𝐷 ≠ 0 the paired t-test statistics is given by:[6, 7] 𝑡 = �̅�−0 𝑠𝐷 √𝑛 ~ 𝑡(𝑛−1) (7) where, �̅� and 𝑆𝐷 are presented respectively, the mean and the standard deviation of 𝐷𝑖 in the matched sample. notice that the test statistics t represents the one sample t test applied on the difference between two dependent variables d. 2.2 wilcoxon –matched pairs signed-ranks (w.m) this test is an extension of the wilcoxon signed-rank test, proposed by frank wilcoxon in 1945. it is widely used as an alternative test of the paired t-test where the paired data violate the normality assumption which inflates type i error rate [8]. in fact, this test requires that paired samples should be random and independent. it is used to compare the means of two dependent samples or repeated measurements on a single sample in case of non-normality data. the w.m is used to test whether the matched random sample is drawn from a population in which the median of the differences is equal to a specific value, in other words, to test the following two sided null hypothesis: h0: θd = 0 (8) against alternative hypothesis: h1: θd ≠ 0 where m is the median of the differences (di) between the two populations. the w.m test can be carried out using the following steps: 1. compute difference scores di , (i=1, 2, …, n) for each pair of data. 2. ranke the absolute value of difference scores |di|, from 1 through n. if two or more difference scores are the same, the mean of the ranks of these scores is given to each of the tied ranks. 3. when di = 0 the pair is not assigned a rank, and reduces n by the number of cases in which the difference score = 0. 4. calculate the sum of the ranks of each of the positive signs (r+) and negative signs (r−), as follows: r+ = ∑ sign (di)rank|di|∀di>0 , r − = ∑ sign (di)rank|di|∀di<0 notice that, r++ r−= n(n+1) 2 5. the test statistics, say w is given by: w= min (r+, r−) (9) 6. compare the test statistics w with the critical value w∗ at a specific significant level, then reject h0 if: [8] w ≤ w∗ if the sample size is relatively, large, the normal approximation of the w.m statistics can be used for testing the null hypothesis (7) by using the following test statistics[8] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 76 z = w − n∗(n∗+1) 4 √ n∗(n∗+1)(2n∗+1) 24 (10) n∗: represents the number of difference scores non-zero rank. w: represents the calculated value of w.m statistic defined in (9). if we use the continuity coefficient, the test statistic become z = | w − n∗(n∗+1) 4 |−0.5 √ n∗(n∗+1)(2n∗+1) 24 (11) when a repeating state appears in the different observations, it is appropriate to use the following statistics z = w − n∗(n∗+1) 4 √n ∗(n∗+1)(2n∗+1) 24 − ∑t i 3−∑ti 48 (12) for all cases, the null hypothesis will be rejected if z ≥ z∗, where, z∗ represents the tabled critical value of the test at a specific level of significance. 3. bivariate contaminated normal distribution in order to study the robustness of the test's statistics, against the departure of normality assumption, the bivariate normal distribution has been contaminated by outliers. the latter process was done by generating the random sample from the original distribution denoted by 𝐹 with specific proportion, say λ and allowing a few of these sample observations to become other distributions 𝐺1, 𝐺2 ⋯ , 𝐺𝑘 that differ in their parameters from the original distribution. these observations are known as (contaminated). usually, it can be expressed as follows: (1 − λ1 − λ2 − ⋯ − λk)𝐹 + 𝜆1𝐺1 + ⋯ + 𝜆𝑘 𝐺𝑘 whereas, 𝜆i: contamination rate by the distribution 𝐺𝑖 where ⅈ = 1, ⋯ , 𝑘 there are two types of contaminants: the first type is known as symmetric contaminant. the symmetric contaminated is obtained when generating a symmetric contaminated distribution g around the original distribution center f equal in the 𝜇 of both distributions and difference in 𝜎2 to make the variance of g bigger than the variance of f. if both distributions g, f are normal distribution where, 𝐹: 𝑁~(𝜇, 𝜎 2), 𝐺: 𝑁~(𝜇, 𝜎 2𝑏) , 𝑏 > 1 the continuous random variable x resulting from the mixture distribution will have symmetric contaminated normal distribution in the rate of 𝜆 i.e., 𝑋~(1 − 𝜆)𝐹 + 𝜆𝐺 the other type is known asymmetric contamination. it is obtained when generating the contaminated distribution 𝐺2 symmetrically about any point within the distribution f, if the center is not equal. that is 𝐺2 and f have the same variance but they are differ from location (i.e. 𝐺2~𝑁(𝜇 + 𝑎, 𝜎 2) , 𝑎 > 0 in this case, the distribution of the random variable x can be expressed as follows: 𝑋~(1 − 𝜆)𝐹 + 𝜆𝐺2. 4. bivariate exponential distribution there are several formulas for the bivariate exponential distributions. the downton’s bivariate exponential distribution is the most important of these distributions which has the density:[9] 𝑓𝑥,𝑦(𝑥, 𝑦) = { 𝜇𝑥𝜇𝑦 1−𝜌 𝑒𝑥𝑝 [− 𝜇𝑥𝑥+𝜇𝑦𝑦 1−𝜌 ] ∑ [ 𝜌𝜇𝑥𝜇𝑦𝑥𝑦 (1−𝜌)2 ]∞𝑛=0 𝑛 1 (𝑛!)2 , 𝑥, 𝑦 > 0 0 , 𝑜. 𝑤 (13) where, µ𝑋 , µ𝑌 ∈ 𝑅 + and, 𝜌 ∈ (−1,1). with ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 77 𝐸(𝑥) = 1 𝜇𝑥 , var(𝑥) = 1 𝜇𝑥 2 𝐸(𝑦) = 1 𝜇𝑦 , var(𝑦) = 1 𝜇𝑦 2 5. the bootstrap resampling tchnique bootstrap is the most popular resampling technique used in statistical analysis. it was first developed and introduced by ephron in 1979. it is a computer-based resampling technique developed to make statistical inferences simpler [10] and has the potential to be used for precision-based data simulation problems for statistical reasoning. according to ephron, the boot-up process differs from statistical inference, as the method is very simple and based on re-sampling procedures. the bootstrap statistics (bt) is given by bt = �̅̅� 𝑣𝑏 √𝑛 (14) where, �̅̅� = ∑ �̅�𝑖 𝑏 𝑖=1 𝑏 and 𝑣𝑏 = ∑(�̅�𝑖−�̅̅�) 2 𝑏−1 . in this paper, we used the following procedure, which gave better results bt = ∑ t𝑗 b j=1 b where, 𝑇𝑗 (j = 1, 2, …, b) is the paired t-test statistics applied on 𝐷𝑖𝑗 ∗ (i = 1, 2, …n), where, 𝐷𝑖𝑗 ∗ represents the difference of the ith resampling variables in the jth bootstrap resampling. similarly, we are bootstrapping the w.m test and the approximation of w.m to normal distribution respectively as follows: bws = ∑ ws𝑗 b j=1 b where ws𝑗 is j th wilcoxon –matched pairs signed-ranks for small sampls bwl = ∑ wl𝑗 b j=1 b where wl𝑗 is j th wilcoxon –matched pairs signed-ranks for large sampls 6. simulation study a monte-carlo simulation study is conducted to examine and compare the behavior of different test statistics represented by paired t-test (t), paired t-test uses bootstrap resampling (bt), w.m test for small sample sizes (𝑛 ≤ 30) (ws), w.m test (wl) when 𝑛 > 30, bootstrapping w.m test for small samples (bws) and bootstrapping w.m test when sample size 𝑛 > 30 (bwl). the distribution of matched pairs has been generated from the following joint pdf’s: 1. bivariate normal distribution. 2. bivariate contaminated normal distribution. 3. bivariate exponential. different sample sizes (n = 10, 20, 30, 50, 100) have been generated to represent small, moderate and large sample sizes with different values if correlation coefficient 𝜌 = 0, 0.4, 0.8. the experiment was replicated (10000) times. based on bradley’s liberal criterion, the test will be regarded robust if it’s type i error rate �̂� fall within the interval: 0.9 𝛼 < �̂� < 1.1 𝛼 in this paper, we use nominal 𝛼 = 0.05. therefore, bradley’s liberal criterion is ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 78 0.045 < �̂� < 0.055 according to the salter and fawcett criterion [3], the test will be regarded as robust if it istype i error rate �̂� satisfies 0.05 ± 2 √0.05 (1 − 0.05)/10000 i.e., the test is robust if �̂� within the interval (0.0456 – 0.0543), notice that, in this article, the two criteria of robustness are quite closed, bradley’s liberal criterion will be used because it is more popular. the algorithm of simulation experiments can be summaried in the following table: table 1. the algorithm of simulation experiments n 𝝆 bivariate normal distribution contaminated bivariate normal distribution bivariate exponential distribution 𝑿~𝑵(𝝁, 𝝈𝟐) 𝒀~𝑵(𝝁, 𝝈𝟐) 𝑿~𝑵(𝝁, 𝝈𝟐) 𝒀~𝑵(𝝁, 𝝈𝟐) 𝑿~𝑬𝑿𝑷(𝝀) 𝒀~𝑬𝑿𝑷(𝝀) 10 20 30 50 100 0 0.4 0.8 𝑋~𝑁(1,1) 𝑌~𝑁(1,1) 80%𝑋~𝑁(1,1) + 20%𝑋~𝑁(1,25) 𝑌~𝑁(1,1) 𝑋~𝐸𝑋𝑃(1) 𝑌~𝐸𝑋𝑃(1) 𝑋~𝑁(1.5,1) 𝑌~𝑁(1,1) 80%𝑋~𝑁(1.5,1) + 20%𝑋~𝑁(1.5,25) 𝑌~𝑁(1,1) 𝑋~𝑁(1,1) 𝑌~𝑁(1,25) 80%𝑋~𝑁(1,1) + 20%𝑋~𝑁(1,25) 𝑌~𝑁(1,25) 𝑋~𝐸𝑋𝑃(1/1.5) 𝑌~𝐸𝑋𝑃(1) 𝑋~𝑁(1.5,1) 𝑌~𝑁(1,25) 80%𝑋~𝑁(1.5,1) + 20%𝑋~𝑁(1.5,25) 𝑌~𝑁(1,25) 7. simulation results to examine and compare the behavior of test statistics under different cases, the simulation experiment’s results represented by type i error rates and power rates are summarized in tables 2-11. in this paper, the behavior of different tests will be discussed briefly according to the distribution of the population that matched sample drown from, as follows: 1. bivariate normal distribution with equality of variances i) type i error rates type i error rates for different tests at (α = 0.05) applied on matched data from a bivariate normal distribution are tabulated in the table (2) and it shows that:  it can be seen that the value of type 1 error rate of the t , bws and wl tests for all cases are within bradley’s liberal criterion (0.045-0.055)  the performance of bt test is not good because the value of type i error rate is outside the bradley’s liberal criterion for all cases except one case when 𝑛 = 100 with different values of 𝜌.  generally, it can be seen that all of type 1 error rates of the test statistics do well except that of the bwl when 𝑛 ≤ 20 and ws when 𝑛 ≤ 10 for all the different values of 𝜌. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 79 table 2. type 1 error rates on different test statistics at α = 0.05 distributed according to the 𝜌 and n with bivariate normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1,1 ) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑁(1 ,1 ) 𝝆 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 *0.0496 0.0369 *0.0495 0.1059 0.0506* 0.0589 20 *0.0518 *0.0456 *0.0489 0.0744 0.0537* 0.0577 30 *0.0559 *0.0518 *0.0547 0.0614 0.0489* 0.0500* 50 *0.0523 *0.0504 0.0578 0.0522* 100 *0.0518 *0.0536 0.0556 0.0550* 0.4 10 *0.0508 0.0380 *0.0505 0.1080 0.0484* 0.0569 20 *0.0536 *0.0484 *0.0525 0.0752 0.0520* 0.0565 30 *0.0550 *0.0515 *0.0538 0.0633 0.0499* 0.0510* 50 *0.0504 *0.0499 0.0596 0.0524* 100 *0.0525 *0.0505 0.0550* 0.0556 0.8 10 *0.0517 0.0383 *0.0516 0.1052 0.0517* 0.0601 20 *0.0528 *0.0477 *0.0517 0.0743 0.0527* 0.0565 30 *0.0546 *0.0510 *0.0538 0.0644 0.0517* 0.0528* 50 *0.0504 *0.0489 0.0598 0.0529* 100 *0.0543 *0.0531 0.0548* 0.0546* note: * means type 1 error rate is within the bradley’s liberal criterion (0.045-0.055) ii) power rates the power rates of different tests at (α = 0.05) applied on samples taken from a bivariate normal distribution have summarized in the table (3) and show that:  the t test is the most powerful when compared to other tests followed by the bwl test which can be used with large sample sizes (n ≥30).  it is clear that, with the increasing sample size, the power rates for all tests are increasing and converged to 1, which corresponds to the central limit theory.  the power rates are increasing with the increase in the correlation coefficient.  it can be observed that the power rates for the bt test when the sample size (n=100) for all the different values of 𝜌 are greater than power rates for the t test. table 3. the power rates on different test statistics with bivariate normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1,1 ) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑁(1 ,1 ) 𝝆 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 *0.1716 0.1375 *0.1680 0.2561 0.1535* 0.1705 20 *0.3244 *0.2955 *0.3105 0.3752 0.3023* 0.3143 30 *0.4662 *0.4432 *0.4526 0.4943 0.4412* 0.4443* 50 *0.6881 *0.6665 0.7005 0.6633* 100 *0.9399 *0.9295 0.9415* 0.9304* 0.4 10 *0.2567 0.2061 *0.2458 0.3539 0.2220* 0.2429 20 *0.4953 *0.4581 *0.4748 0.5382 0.4568* 0.4689 30 *0.6769 *0.6513 *0.6580 0.7024 0.6486* 0.6516* 50 *0.8873 *0.8707 0.8914 0.8672* 100 *0.9940 *0.9923 0.9947* 0.9923* 0.8 10 *0.6035 0.5305 *0.5835 0.6980 0.5369* 0.5713 20 *0.9203 *0.9027 *0.9099 0.9229 0.8850* 0.8907 30 *0.9857 *0.9805 *0.9819 0.9891 0.9830* 0.9838* 50 *0.9998 *0.9998 0.9997 0.9995* 100 *1.0000 *1.0000 1.0000* 1.0000* 2. bivariate contaminated normal distribution with equality of variances ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 80 to study the influence of departures from normality on four test statistics, the tests have been applied on different paired samples that generated form the bivariate contaminated normal distribution, represented by: 80%𝑋~𝑁(1,1) + 20%𝑋~𝑁(1,25) and 𝑌~𝑁(1,25). i) type 1 error rates results of type 1 error rates on different test statistics at 0.05 level of significance with contaminated data by outliers are summarized in table (4) and show that:  the paired t-test statistics is extremely sensitive (not robust) to the contaminated data when 𝑛 ≤ 30 with different values of 𝜌 which means it is not robust against the departure from normality assumption.  the most robust tests are bwl and wl with all cases followed by bws for small sample sizes.  the bt test improves the robustness of the paired t-test because it robust in all cases except with n = 10 when 𝜌 = 0, 0.4.  all test statistics are robust against the normality assumption when 𝑛 ≥ 50. table 4. type 1 error rates on different test statistics with bivariate contaminated normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1,1 ) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑁(1 ,1 ) 𝝆 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 0.0334 0.0384 *0.0503 0.0827 0.0488* 0.0543* 20 0.0401 0.0429 *0.0470 0.0542* 0.0529* 0.0542* 30 *0.0464 *0.0494 *0.0519 0.0543* 0.0517* 0.0526* *0.0523 ـ *0.0543 0.0500* 0.0468* 50 *0.0519 ـ *0.0466 0.0513* 0.0481* 100 0.4 10 0.0270 0.0377 *0.0506 0.0744 0.0494* 0.0529* 20 0.0368 0.0443 *0.0490 0.0537* 0.0522* 0.0535* 30 0.0442 *0.0489 *0.0513 0.0508* 0.0524* 0.0532* *0.0537 ـ *0.0542 0.0493* 0.0460* 50 *0.0541 ـ *0.0471 0.0504* 0.0470* 100 0.8 10 0.0154 0.0370 *0.0500 0.0539* 0.0494* 0.0542* 20 0.0267 *0.0446 *0.0491 0.0.428 0.0502* 0.0535* 30 0.0384 *0.0484 *0.0512 0.0447* 0.0526* 0.0540* *0.0540 ـ *0.0498 0.0516* 0.0448* 50 *0.0542 ـ *0.0470 0.0509* 0.0458* 100 i) power rates the power rates of different tests applied on samples from a bivariate contaminated normal distribution have been tabulated in table (5) and we have observed the following important points: • the bwl test achieved the highest power rate, which means it has less type ii error (β) in comparison to other tests, followed by the bws test which can be used with small sample sizes (n ≤ 30). • it is obvious that the power rates are increasing with the increase of the correlation coefficient. • it is clear that, with the increasing sample size, the power rates of all tests are increasing and converged to each other. • in general, for all test statistics, it is clear that all power rates of tests in the bivariate contaminated normal distribution are lower than bivariate normal distribution. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 81 • finally, it is clear that all power rates of tests are increasing with the increasing of type i error because both of them represent the number of rejecting h0. table 5. power rates on different test statistics with bivariate contaminated normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1,1 ) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑁(1 ,1 ) 𝝆 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 0.0882 0.0970 *0.1172 0.193 0.1279* 0.1427* 20 0.1487 0.1891 *0.1994 0.2111* 0.2141* 0.2214* 30 *0.2036 *0.2876 *0.2952 0.2531 0.3046 0.3078 *0.4627 ـ *0.3293 0.4356* 0.2850* 50 *0.7586 ـ *0.5247 0.7499* 0.4880* 100 0.4 10 0.1058 0.1296 *0.1544 0.2456 0.1757* 0.1933* 20 0.1861 0.2698 *0.2844 0.2672* 0.3026* 0.3120* 30 0.2494 *0.4062 *0.4149 0.3216 0.4412 0.4441 *0.6462 ـ *0.4143 0.6169* 0.3456* 50 *0.9145 ـ *0.6277 0.9068* 0.5848* 100 0.8 10 0.1622 0.2500 *0.2790 0.4353* 0.3629* 0.3863* 20 0.2622 *0.5515 *0.5693 0.4175 0.6236* 0.6358* 30 0.3340 *0.7553 *0.7636 0.4557* 0.8165* 0.8185* *0.9585 ـ *0.5514 0.9454* 0.4543 50 *0.9997 ـ *0.7678 0.9991* 0.7134* 100 3. bivariate normal distribution without equality of variances in this case the variances x and y have been assumed unequal, where, 𝑋~𝑁(1,1) and 𝑌~𝑁(1,25), when estimating type i error, and 𝑋~𝑁(1,1.5) and 𝑌~𝑁(1,25), in case of estimating the power rate. i) type 1 error rates in this case, the result in table (6) show that: when 𝜎𝑌 2 increases (𝜎𝑌 2 = 25) and differs from 𝜎𝑋 2 (𝜎𝑋 2 = 1), type i error rates are very little different from type i error rates when 𝜎𝑌 2 = 1, (see table 2 and its discussion) table 6. type i error rates on different test statistics with bivariate normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1, 1) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑁(1, 25) 𝝆 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 0.051 0.0371 0.0496 0.1059 0.0507* 0.0587 20 0.0535 0.046 0.0508 0.0736 0.0529* 0.0568 30 0.0538 0.05 0.0532 0.0647 0.0511* 0.0524* 50 0.0516 0.0494 0.0593 0.0543* 100 0.0546 0.0543 0.0565 0.0536* 0.4 10 0.0499 0.0374 0.0483 0.1025 0.0500* 0.0593 20 0.0522 0.0476 0.0505 0.0762 0.0502* 0.0550 30 0.051 0.0477 0.05 0.0661 0.0549* 0.0564 50 0.0494 0.0474 0.0635 0.0539* 100 0.0511 0.0511 0.0571 0.0547* 0.8 10 0.0513 0.0374 0.0503 0.1058 0.0487* 0.0585 20 0.0499 0.0435 0.0469 0.0699 0.0473* 0.0513* 30 0.0492 0.0445 0.0477 0.0648 0.0526* 0.0532* 50 0.049 0.0488 0.0608 0.0549* 100 0.048 0.047 0.0570 0.0555 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 82 ii) power rates from table (7), results for the power rates show that:  generally, we can say that the power tests are decreased when the variance of y increases when compared to the results with the corresponding results of the equality case of variance  it is clear that, the power rates are increasing with the increasing of the correlation coefficient. it can be seen that with the increasing of the sample size, the power rates for all tests are increasing and converged to each other.  finally, for all test statistics, all power rates of tests are increasing with the increasing type i error. table 7. power rates on different test statistics with bivariate normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1, 1) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑁(1, 25) 𝝆 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 0.0618 0.0451 0.0574 0.1194 0.0586* 0.0687 20 0.0758 0.0671 0.0732 0.0969 0.0692* 0.0737 30 0.0869 0.0814 0.0841 0.1022 0.0840* 0.0853* 50 0.1036 0.1013 0.1144 0.1033* 100 0.1611 0.1568 0.168 0.1592* 0.4 10 0.0621 0.0447 0.0604 0.1186 0.0605* 0.0703 20 0.0795 0.0709 0.0757 0.0996 0.0704* 0.0755 30 0.0902 0.086 0.0891 0.1087 0.0916* 0.0929 50 0.113 0.1089 0.1291 0.1164* 100 0.1819 0.1752 0.1909 0.1792* 0.8 10 0.0636 0.0476 0.0633 0.1203 0.0616* 0.0723 20 0.0816 0.0749 0.0807 0.1079 0.0778* 0.0831* 30 0.0966 0.091 0.0947 0.1164 0.0954* 0.0971* 50 0.1301 0.1252 0.1417 0.1275* 100 0.2161 0.2067 0.2171 0.2051 4. bivariate contaminated normal distribution without equality of variances in this case, different tests have been applied on the paired data from the bivariate contaminated normal distribution with assuming the variances x and y which have been assumed unequal i) type 1 error rates table (8) includes the results of type i error rates in case of bivariate contaminated normal distribution, with the following 80%𝑋~𝑁(1,1) + 20%𝑋~𝑁(1,25) and 𝑌~𝑁(1,25). the important points of the results can be summarized as follows  the results of the non-parametric tests (bws, bwl, ws, wl) nearly are the same as the results of  bivariate contaminated normal distribution, with the equal variances, assumed (homogeneity of variances, see table 4).  in general, type i error rates of t test become better than the corresponding values of bivariate contaminated normal distribution, with the equal variances assumes (homogeneity of variances, see table 4), due to 20% of the matched samples contaminated by paired data that have the same variances of the two correlated variables, i.e. 𝜎𝑋 2 = 𝜎𝑌 2 = 25 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 83 table 8. type i error rates on different test statistics with bivariate contaminated normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1, 1) and 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1, 25) 𝝆 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 0.0515 0.0395 0.0526 0.1040 0.0520* 0.0593 20 0.051 0.0462 0.0502 0.0730 0.0505* 0.0540* 30 0.0542 0.0547 0.0571 0.0620 0.0509* 0.0522* 50 0.0517 0.0503 0.0637 0.0547* 100 0.0504 0.0494 0.0565 0.0568 0.4 10 0.0499 0.0368 0.0497 0.1025 0.0500* 0.0593 20 0.0528 0.0443 0.0498 0.0762 0.0502* 0.0550 30 0.0539 0.051 0.0538 0.0661 0.0549* 0.0564 50 0.0534 0.0505 0.0635 0.0539* 100 0.0489 0.0496 0.0579 0.0570 0.8 10 0.0508 0.0393 0.0509 0.1048 0.0502* 0.0592 20 0.0517 0.0455 0.05 0.0710 0.0470* 0.0512* 30 0.0525 0.0504 0.0519 0.0623 0.0530* 0.0535* 50 0.0516 0.0495 0.0625 0.0587 100 0.0472 0.049 0.0591 0.0587 ii) power rates from table (9), the results for the power rates show that:  generally, we can say that the power tests are decreased when the variance of y increases in comparison to e results with the corresponding results of the case of an equality of variance  it is clear that, the power rates are increasing with the increasing correlation coefficient.  it can be seen that, with the increasing sample size, the power rates for all tests are increasing and converged to each other.  finally, for all test statistics, all power rates of tests are increasing with the increasing type i error. table 9. power rates on different test statistics bivariate contaminated normal distribution, 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1, 1) and 𝑋 ∼ 𝑁(1, 25) 𝜌 n t ws wl bt bws bwl 0 10 0.0583 0.0443 0.0563 0.1156 0.0584* 0.0685 20 0.0694 0.0642 0.0703 0.0912 0.0658* 0.0700* 30 0.0831 0.0779 0.0817 0.0962 0.0809* 0.0819* 50 0.0982 0.0950 0.1064 0.0970* 100 0.1434 0.1400 0.1512 0.1477 0.4 10 0.0616 0.0463 0.0602 0.1195 0.0586* 0.0703 20 0.0755 0.0676 0.0747 0.0971 0.0695* 0.0754 30 0.0913 0.0859 0.0902 0.1061 0.0905* 0.0920 50 0.1123 0.1079 0.1268 0.1143* 100 0.1747 0.1681 0.1761 0.1705 0.8 10 0.0681 0.0526 0.0673 0.1192 0.0625* 0.0723 20 0.0833 0.0747 0.0810 0.1059 0.0778* 0.0823* 30 0.1020 0.0958 0.0991 0.1196 0.0990* 0.1007* 50 0.1452 0.1378 0.1546 0.1376 100 0.2336 0.2251 0.2377 0.2268 5. bivariate exponential distribution ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 84 in this case, the paired samples have been drown from bivariate exponential distribution i.e., 𝑋 ∼ 𝑒𝑥𝑝(1) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑒𝑥𝑝(1 ) in case of estimating type i error rate and 𝑋 ∼ 𝑒𝑥𝑝(0.6667 ) and 𝑌 ∼ 𝑒𝑥𝑝(1 ) in case of estimating the power rate for different tests. i) type 1 error rates table (10) shows type 1 error rates for each test, under the bivariate exponential distribution assumption.  it can be noted that wl is the most robustness in different cases due to its type i error rates which are within the bradley’s liberal criterion (0.045-0.055), followed by bws.  we can say that t-test is insensitive to non-normality assumption for all cases except for one case when the sample sizes (𝑛 = 10) with the different values of 𝜌.  the bws is the most robust test for all sample sizes compared to other tests.  it can be observed type 1 error rates for the ws test lie outside the expectable range except for one case when n=30 for all values of 𝜌.  it is noticed that the t test is insensitive to non-normality assumption for all cases except for one case when the sample sizes (n=10) with the different values of 𝜌. table 10. type i error rates on different test statistics with bivariate exponential distribution 𝝆 n t bt bws bwl ws wl 0 10 0.0452* 0.0894 0.0519* 0.0597 0.0377 0.0494* 20 0.0495* 0.0671 0.0524* 0.0565 0.0447 0.0483* 30 0.0485* 0.0590 0.0514* 0.0521* 0.0456* 0.0469* 50 0.0453* 0.0543* 0.0512* 0.0458* 100 0.0486* 0.0518* 0.0565 0.0532* 0.4 10 0.0432 0.0913 0.0543* 0.0634 0.0423 0.0530* 20 0.0471* 0.0652 0.0508* 0.0542* 0.0431 0.0479* 30 0.0474* 0.0588 0.0543* 0.0552 0.0501* 0.0518* 50 0.0489* 0.0543* 0.0572 0.0543* 100 0.0513* 0.0541* 0.0518* 0.0503* 0.8 10 0.0411 0.0920 0.0507* 0.0575 0.0388 0.0469* 20 0.0433 0.0633 0.0494* 0.0525 0.0412 0.0450* 30 0.0463* 0.0583 0.0506* 0.0519* 0.0451* 0.0468* 50 0.0484* 0.0536* 0.0508* 0.0483* 100 0.0456* 0.0488* 0.0501* 0.0461* ii) power rates the results of the simulation study of the power rates can be summarized in table (11).  the power rates for all methods are increasing with the increase of the sample size and the correlation coefficient may approach 1 when n=30,50 and ρ=0.8.  the t-test has the most powerful rate for all sample sizes compared to other tests when ρ=0.4,0.8.  generally, the power rates of bivariate exponential distribution and bivariate normal are the most powerful than the bivariate contaminated normal distribution.  when 𝜌 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑛 = 30,50, it can be seen that bwl has higher power rates compared to other tests.  the wl test when the sample size is equal to 10 and ρ≤0.4 have higher power rates.  it is clear that the power rates of the non-parametric tests (ws, wl, bws, bwl, bt) when the data follow the bivariate exponential distribution are the most ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 85 powerful when compared with the power rates when data follow the bivariate contaminated normal distribution with different values of ρ. table 11. power rates on different test statistics with bivariate exponential d istribution 𝝆 n t bt bws bwl ws wl 0 10 0.1504* 0.2344 0.1626* 0.1815 0.1367 0.1667* 20 0.2659* 0.3200 0.3074* 0.3171 0.2964 0.3098* 30 0.3545* 0.3986 0.4410* 0.4445* 0.4321* 0.4405* 50 0.5218* 0.5518* 0.6493* 0.6438* 100 0.8150* 0.8277* 0.9161 0.9137* 0.4 10 0.1281 0.2087 0.1427* 0.1594 0.1244 0.1502* 20 0.2993* 0.3371 0.2782* 0.2903* 0.2682 0.2820* 30 0.4753* 0.5004 0.4416* 0.4444 0.4361* 0.4442* 50 0.7090* 0.7124* 0.6408 0.6417* 100 0.9510* 0.9528* 0.9144* 0.9139* 0.8 10 0.2987 0.4101 0.3099* 0.3402 0.2866 0.3401* 20 0.7096* 0.7466 0.6619* 0.6711 0.6610 0.6761* 30 0.8798* 0.8917 0.8447* 0.8481* 0.8456* 0.8514* 50 0.9895* 0.9886* 0.9795* 0.9790* 100 1.0000* 1.0000* 0.9998* 1.0000* 8. conclusion the monte-carlo simulation was employed to study the behavior of different test statistics that are used for comparing the equality of the means of the two paired populations. based on the theoretical part and the results of the type one error rates and the power rates of the tests, the most important conclusions have been reached:  it is obvious that the power rates are increasing with the increase of the correlation coefficient and the sample size.  the presence of outliers leads to a decrease of the type i error rates for the paired t-test statistics.  in case of the existence of outliers in 20% and the homogeneity of variances of correlated variables, the bootstrapping of the wilcoxon signed rank test for large sample sizes is best in comparison to other tests for all cases and different value of ρ. followed by the bootstrapping of the wilcoxon signed rank test for small sample sizes when 𝑛 ≤ 10.  when the paired data follow the bivariate exponential distribution, the wilcoxon signed-rank test for large sample sizes is the most powerful compared to the other tests in case of small sample sizes, with different values of 𝜌, while the bootstrapping of the paired t-test is the best in comparing to other tests when 𝑛 ≥ 30 and 𝜌 > 0.  in case of the existence of outliers (with homogeneity of variance), we recommend apply the wilcoxon signed rank test for large sample sizes test when the sample size n ≤ 50 and ρ > 0. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 86 references 1. huber, p.j. robust statistics; john wiley & sons, inc.: new york, usa, 1981. 2. bradley, j. v. a common situation conducive to bizarre distribution shapes. the american statistician. 1977, 31, 147-150. 3. salter, k.c. ; fawcett, r. f. a robust and powerful rank test of treatment effects in balanced incomplete block designs. communications in statistics: simulation and computation. 1985, 14, 4, 807-828. 4. kim, h. park. c. ; wang, m. paired t-test based on robustified statistics, conference paper. 1985. 5. ganji, m.; bevrani, h. ; golzar, n. h. a new method for generating continuous bivariate distribution families. jirss. 2018, 17, 1, 109-129, doi: 10.29252/jirss.17.1.109. 6. park, c.;wang, m. ; hwang, w. y. a study on robustness of the paired sample tests. industrial engineering & management systems. 2020, 19, 2, 386-397. 7. zimmerman, d. w. a. note on the interpretation of the paired samples, journal of educational and behavioral statistics.1997, 22, 3, 349 – 360. 8. sheskin, d. j. handbook of parametric and nonparametric statistical procedures. second ed. boca raton, fl: chapman & hall/crc; 2000, [google scholar]. 9. al-saadi. s. d.; young. d. h. estimators for the correlation coefficient in a bivariate exponential distribution. journal of statistical computation and simulation. 1980, 11,1320. 10. scheffe, h. the analysis of variance. john wiley and sons: new york. 1959. https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?title=handbook+of+parametric+and+nonparametric+statistical+procedures&author=dj+sheskin&publication_year=2000& 17062012125412 17062012125412_001 17062012125412_002 17062012125412_003 17062012125412_004 17062012125412_005 17062012125412_006 116 bayesian estimation for two parameters of weibull distribution under generalized weighted loss function abstract in this paper, bayes estimators for the shape and scale parameters of weibull distribution have been obtained using the generalized weighted loss function, based on exponential priors. lindley’s approximation has been used effectively in bayesian estimation. based on themonte carlo simulation method, those estimators are compared depending on the mean squared errors (mse’s). keywords: weibull distribution; bayesian estimation; exponential prior; generalized weighted loss function; lindley’s approximation. 1.introduction the weibull distribution is a continuous, it is one of the best-known lifetime distributions. it is widely used in reliability, quality control, weather forecasting and used to describe different types of observed failures of components and phenomena [1]. this distribution is named after wal oddi weibull who described it in details in 1951. there are some recent works and literature of weibull distribution: xie et al. (2002) suggested the three parameters of modified weibull distribution with a hazard function fashioned like a bathtub [2-3] recommend the maximum likelihood method to estimate the unknown parameters of weibull distribution, and [4] presented bayesian estimation for weibull distribution under asymmetric and symmetric loss function and that of maximum likelihood estimation. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2709 abtisam j. kadhim department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. momasaayj@gmail.com huda a. rasheed department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq article history: received 5, july, 2021, accepted 29, august, 2021, published in october 2021. mailto:momasaayj@gmail.com mailto:hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 117 the probability density function (pdf) of the two parameters weibull distribution is defined as: 𝑓( 𝑥 ∣ λ, 𝜗 ) = λ 𝜗 ( 𝑥 𝜗 ) λ−1 𝑒 −( 𝑥 𝜗 )λ ; 𝑥 > 0 , λ, ϑ > 0 (1) the corresponding cumulative distribution function (cdf) is given by: 𝐹( 𝑥 ∣ λ, 𝜗 ) = ∫   𝑥 0 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 𝑡𝜆−1𝑒 −( 𝑡 𝜗 ) λ 𝑑𝑥 = 1 − 𝑒 −( 𝑥 𝜗 ) 𝜆 the reliability function is defined: r(x ; 𝜆, 𝜗) = 1 − f(𝑋 ; 𝜆, 𝜗) = 𝑒 −( 𝑥 𝜗 ) 𝜆 2. bayesian estimators bayesian estimation is an estimation that aims to minimize the posterior expected value of a loss function. [5] in this suction, bayesian estimators are obtained based on a new loss function, which is generalized weighted loss function. the bayesian estimators are derived with assuming the exponential prior for each of λ and 𝜗, i.e.: λ~𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 (1/ 𝛿) with the following pdf 𝑔1(𝜆) = 𝛿𝑒 −𝛿𝜆 𝛿 > 0 𝜗 ~𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 (1/ 𝛾) with the pdf defined as 𝑔2(𝜗) = 𝛾𝑒 −𝛾𝜗 𝛾 > 0 𝜆 and 𝜗 are independent of each other. therefore, the joint exponential prior is: g (λ, ϑ) = 𝑔1(λ) 𝑔2(𝜗) = 𝛿 𝑒 − 𝛿𝜆 𝛾𝑒− 𝛾𝜗 hence, the posterior distribution of 𝜗 and λ is given by 𝜋(𝜆, 𝜗; 𝑋) = 𝑒 −(𝛾𝜗+𝛿𝜆) ( 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) 𝑛 ∏  𝑛𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆−1 exp(− ∑   𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) ∫   ∞ 0 ∫ 𝑒 −(𝛾𝜗+𝛿𝜆)   ∞ 0 ( 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) 𝑛 ∏  𝑛𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆−1 exp(− ∑  𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑥 𝑖 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) 𝑑𝜆𝑑𝜗 3. bayesian estimator under generalized weighted loss function [6] suggested a new loss function in estimating the scale parameter for laplace distribution, which is called generalized weighted loss function and introduced as follows: 𝐿(𝜃, 𝜃) = (∑  𝑘𝑗=0 𝑎𝑗 𝜃 𝑗 )(𝜃 − 𝜃)2 𝜃𝜏 𝑎𝑗 > 0, 𝜃 > 0, 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑘 where k, 𝜏 are constants the risk function 𝑅𝐺𝑤 (θ̂, θ) can be derived as 𝑅𝐺𝑤 (𝜃, 𝜃) = e [l(�̂�, 𝜃)] = ∫ [  ∞ 0 1 𝜃𝜏 (∑  𝑘𝑗=0 𝑎𝑗 𝜃 𝑗 )(𝜃 − 𝜃)2] 𝜋(𝜃 ∣ 𝑥)𝑑𝜃 then, bayesian estimator under the generalized weighted error loss function minimizes the risk function, as follows: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 118 �̂�𝐺𝑤 = 𝑎0𝐸 ( 1 𝜃𝜏 −1 ∣ 𝑥) + 𝑎1𝐸 ( 1 𝜃𝜏 −2 ∣ 𝑥) + ⋯ + 𝑎𝐾 𝐸 ( 1 𝜃𝜏 −(𝐾+1) ∣ 𝑥) 𝑎0𝐸 ( 1 𝜃𝜏 ∣ 𝑥) + 𝑎1𝐸 ( 1 𝜃𝜏 −1 ∣ 𝑥) + ⋯ + 𝑎𝐾 𝐸 ( 1 𝜃𝜏 −𝐾 ∣ 𝑥) (2) whereas 𝑎0, 𝑎1, … , 𝑎𝑘 are constants. a-bayesian estimator for 𝜗 under generalized weighted loss function bayesian estimation for ϑ under generalized weighted loss function can be obtained as follows: by suppose that, k=1 and 𝜏 = 0 then, �̂�10 = 𝑎0𝐸(𝜗 ∣ 𝑋) + 𝑎1𝐸(𝜗 2 ∣ 𝑥) 𝑎0 + 𝑎1𝐸(𝜗 ∣ 𝑥) (3) assumed that w (λ, ϑ) be any function for 𝜆, 𝜗. therefore: e[w(λ, ϑ)] = ∫ ∫ w(λ, ϑ) ∞ 0 ∞ 0 π(λ, ϑ) dλ dϑ = ∫ ∫ w(λ, ϑ) l(x1, x2, … , xn; λ, ϑ)π(λ, ϑ) dλ dϑ ∫ ∫ l(x1, x2, … , xn; λ, ϑ)π(λ, ϑ) dλ dϑ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 = ∫ ∫ w(λ, ϑ)l(x1, x2, … , xn; λ, ϑ)π(λ, ϑ) dλ dϑ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 ∫ ∫ l(x1, x2, … , xn; λ, ϑ)π(λ, ϑ) dλ dϑ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 e[𝜗│𝑋] = ∫   ∞ 0 ∫  𝜗 ∞ 0 𝑒 −(𝛾𝜗+𝛿𝜆) ( 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) 𝑛 ∏  𝑛𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆−1 exp (− ∑  𝑛𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) 𝑑𝜆𝑑𝜗 ∫   ∞ 0 ∫ 𝑒−(𝛾𝜗+𝛿𝜆)   ∞ 0 ( 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) 𝑛 ∏  𝑛𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆−1 exp (− ∑  𝑛𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆 𝜗𝜆 ) 𝑑𝜆 𝑑𝜗 observed that, it is difficult to obtain the solution of the ratio of two integrals. hence, the solution will be approximately by using lindley’s approximation [7], as follows: e[𝜗│𝑋] ≈ �̂� + 𝑝1𝑤1𝜎11 + 1 2 (𝐿30𝑤1𝜎11 2 ) + 1 2 (𝐿12𝑤1𝜎11𝜎22) (4) where, assuming that w (λ, ϑ) = ϑ thus, 𝑤1 = ∂𝑤(λ,ϑ) ∂𝜗 = ∂ ∂ϑ (ϑ) = 1 (5) lij = ∂i+j ∂ϑi ∂λj ln l(λ, ϑ) i, j = 0,1,2,3 = ∂i+j ∂ϑi ∂λj [n ln(λ) − n λ ln(ϑ) + (λ − 1) ∑   n i=1 ln(xi) − ∑   n i=1 ( xi ϑ ) λ ] 𝐿12 = ∂3𝑙𝑛𝐿(𝜆, 𝜗) ∂𝜗 ∂𝜆2 = 𝜆 𝜗 ∑   𝑛 𝑖=1 ( 𝑥 𝜗 ) 𝜆 (ln ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 )) 2 + 2 𝜗 ∑   𝑛 𝑖=1 ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) 𝜆 ln ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) (6) l20 = ∂2lnl(λ, ϑ) ∂ϑ2 = n λ ϑ2 − λ(λ + 1) ϑ2 ∑   n i=1 ( xi ϑ ) λ , l02 = ∂2lnl(λ, ϑ) ∂λ2 = − n λ2 − ∑   n i=1 ( xi ϑ ) λ (ln ( xi ϑ )) 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 119 𝐿30= ∂3 𝑙𝑛 𝐿(𝜆,𝜗) ∂𝜗3 = − 2𝑛𝜆 𝜗3 + 𝜆(𝜆+1)(𝜆+2) 𝜗3 ∑  𝑛𝑖=1 ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) 𝜆 (7) 𝜎11 = − 1 𝐿20 = −𝜗2 𝑛𝜆 − 𝜆 (𝜆 + 1) ∑  𝑛𝑖=1 ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) 𝜆 (8) 𝜎22 = − 1 l02 = 𝜆2 𝑛 + 𝜆2 ∑  𝑛𝑖=1 ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) 𝜆 (ln ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜆 )) 2 (9) we have, g (λ, ϑ) = γ δ 𝑒−(𝛾𝜗+𝛿𝜆) p = ln g (λ, ϑ) = ln γ + ln 𝛿 – γ ϑ – δ λ p1 = ∂p ∂𝜗 = −𝛾 (10) substituting (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) into (4), yields: e [ϑ|𝑋] ≈ ϑ̂ − 𝛾𝜎11 + 1 2 (l30𝜎11 2 ) + 1 2 (l12𝜎11𝜎22) (11) similarly, lindley’s approximation for e[𝜗2│𝑋] is given by: e[𝜗2│𝑋] ≈ ϑ̂2 + 1 2 (w11σ11)+p1w1σ11 + 1 2 (l30w1σ11 2 ) + 1 2 (l12w1σ11σ22) (12) assuming that, w (λ, ϑ) = ϑ2 w1 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ = 2ϑ (13) w11 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ2 = 2 (14) substituting (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (13) and (14) into (12), yields: e[𝜗2│𝑋] ≈ ϑ̂2 + (1 − 2γ�̂�) σ11 + �̂�[ (l30σ11 2 ) + (l12σ11σ22) ] (15) after substituting (11) and (15) into (2), yields: �̂�10 = (a0ϑ̂ + a1ϑ̂ 2) + [−a0𝛾 + a1(1 − 2�̂�γ)]σ11 + ( a0 2 + a1�̂�)[l30 σ11 2 + l12σ11σ22] a0 + a1[ϑ̂ − 𝛾𝜎11 + 1 2 (l30𝜎11 2 ) + 1 2 (l12𝜎11𝜎22) ] (16) now, another estimator under generalized weighted loss function will be derived, when letting k=1 and 𝜏 =1, gives: ϑ̂11 = a0+a1e(ϑ|x) a0e( 1 ϑ |x)+a1 similarly, the lindley’s approximation for e [ 1 𝜗 │𝑋] is given by: e [ 1 𝜗 │𝑋] ≈ 1 ϑ̂ + 1 2 (w11σ11) + p1w1σ11 + 1 2 (l30w1σ11 2 ) + 1 2 (l12w1σ11σ22) (17) assuming that, w (λ, ϑ) = 1 ϑ w1 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ = −1 𝜗2 (18) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 120 w11 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ2 = 2 𝜗3 (19) substituting (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (18) and (19) into (17), yields: e [ 1 𝜗 │𝑋] ≈ 1 ϑ̂ + ( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛾 �̂�2 ) σ11 − 1 2�̂�2 [(l30σ11 2 ) + (l12σ11σ22) ] (20) after substituting (11) and (20) into (2) give up, ϑ̂11 = a0+a1[ϑ̂−𝛾𝜎11+ 1 2 (l30𝜎11 2 )+ 1 2 (l12𝜎11𝜎22) ] a1+a0[ 1 ϑ̂ +( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛾 �̂�2 )σ11− 1 2�̂�2 [(l30σ11 2 )+(l12σ11σ22) ]] (21) another estimator under generalized weighted loss function will be derived, when letting k=1 and 𝜏 =2, gives: ϑ̂12 ≈ a0e( 1 ϑ |x)+a1 a0e( 1 ϑ2 |x)+a1e( 1 ϑ |x) similarly, the lindley’s approximation for e [ 1 𝜗 2 |𝑋] is given by: e [ 1 𝜗2 |𝑋] ≈ 1 ϑ̂2 + 1 2 (w11σ11) + p1w1σ11 + 1 2 (l30w1σ11 2 ) + 1 2 (l12w1σ11 σ22) (22) assuming that, w (λ, ϑ) = 1 ϑ2 w1 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ = −2 𝜗3 (23) w11 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ2 = 6 𝜗4 (24) substituting (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (23) and (24) into (22), yields: e [ 1 𝜗2 |𝑋] ≈ 1 ϑ̂2 + ( 3 �̂�4 + 2𝛾 �̂�3 ) σ11 − 1 �̂�3 [(l30σ11 2 ) + (l12σ11σ22)] (25) after substituting (20) and (25) into (2) give up, ϑ̂12 ≈ a1+a0[ 1 ϑ̂ +( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛾 �̂�2 )σ11− 1 2�̂�2 [ (l30σ11 2 )+(l12σ11σ22)]] ( 𝑎0 �̂�2 + 𝑎1 �̂� )+𝑧1𝜎11−( 𝑎0 �̂�3 + 𝑎1 2�̂�2 )[(l30σ11 2 )+(l12σ11σ22)] (26) whereas, 𝑧1 = 𝑎0 ( 3 �̂�4 + 2𝛾 �̂�3 ) + 𝑎1( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛾 �̂�2 ). another estimator under generalized weighted loss function will be derived, when letting k=1 and 𝜏 =0, gives: ϑ̂20 = a0e(ϑ|x)+a1e(ϑ 2|x)+a2e(ϑ 3|x) a0+a1e(ϑ|x)+a2e(ϑ 2|x) similarly, the lindley’s approximation for e[𝜗3|𝑋] is given by: e[𝜗3|𝑋] ≈ ϑ̂3 + 1 2 (w11σ11)+p1w1σ11 + 1 2 (l30w1σ11 2 ) + 1 2 (l12w1σ11σ22) (27) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 121 assuming that, w (λ, ϑ) = 𝜗3 w1 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ = 3ϑ2 (28) w11 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂ϑ2 = 6ϑ (29) substituting (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (28) and (29) into (27), yields: e[𝜗3|𝑋] ≈ ϑ̂3 + (3�̂� − 3γ�̂�2)σ11 + 3�̂�2 2 [(l30σ11 2 ) + (l12σ11σ22)] (30) after substituting (11), (15) and (30) into (2) give up, ϑ̂20 = 𝑧4 + 𝑧3σ11 + 𝑧2[(l30σ11 2 ) + (l12σ11σ22)] 𝑧5 + 𝑧6 σ11 + ( 𝑎1 2 + 𝑎2�̂�) [(l30σ11 2 ) + (l12σ11σ22)] (31) where, 𝑧2 = 𝑎0 2 + 𝑎1�̂� − 3𝑎2�̂� 2 2 , 𝑧3 = 𝑎0𝛾 + 𝑎1(1 − 2𝛾) + 𝑎2(3�̂� − 3𝛾�̂� 2) 𝑧4 = 𝑎0ϑ̂ + 𝑎1ϑ̂ 2 + 𝑎2ϑ̂ 3 , 𝑧5 = 𝑎0 + 𝑎1ϑ̂ +𝑎2 ϑ̂ 2 , 𝑧6 = −𝑎1𝛾 + 𝑎2(1 − 2𝛾�̂�) now, when k=2 and 𝜏 =1, gives: ϑ̂21 = a0+a1e(ϑ|x)+a2e(ϑ 2|x) a0e( 1 ϑ |x)+a1+a2e(ϑ|x) after substituting (11), (15) and (20) into (2), yields: ϑ̂21 = 𝑧5+𝑧6σ11+( 𝑎1 2 +𝑎2�̂�)[(l30σ11 2 )+(l12σ11σ22)] ( 𝑎0 ϑ̂ +a1+𝑎2ϑ̂)+( 𝑎0 �̂�3 + 𝑎0𝛾 �̂�2 −𝑎2𝛾)σ11+( 𝑎0 2�̂�2 + 𝑎2 2 )[(l30σ11 2 )+(l12σ11σ22)] (32) where, 𝑧5 = 𝑎0 + 𝑎1ϑ̂ +𝑎2 ϑ̂ 2, 𝑧6 = −𝑎1𝛾 + 𝑎2(1 − 2𝛾�̂�) when k=2 and 𝜏 =2, gives: ϑ̂22 = a0e( 1 ϑ |x)+a1+a2e(ϑ|x) a0e( 1 ϑ2 |x)+a1e( 1 ϑ |x)+a2 after substituting (11), (20) and (25) into (2), yields: ϑ̂22 = ( 𝑎0 ϑ̂ +a1+𝑎2ϑ̂)+( 𝑎0 �̂�3 + 𝑎0𝛾 �̂�2 −𝑎2𝛾)σ11+( 𝑎0 2�̂�2 + 𝑎2 2 )[(l30σ11 2 )+(l12σ11σ22)] ( 𝑎0 ϑ̂2̂ + 𝑎1 ϑ̂ + 𝑎2)+𝑦1σ11+( −𝑎0 �̂�3 + 𝑎1 2�̂�2 )[(l30σ11 2 )+(l12σ11σ22)] (33) where, 𝑦1 = 𝑎0 ( 3 �̂�4 + 𝑎1 �̂�3 ) + 𝑎1 ( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛾 �̂�2 ). bbayesian estimation for 𝝀 under generalized weighted loss function we can obtain bayesian estimation for λ under generalized weighted loss function, when letting, k=1 and 𝜏 = 0, gives: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 122 λ̂10 = a0e(λ|x ) + a1e(λ 2|x ) a0 + a1e(λ|x ) the lindley’s approximation for e[𝜆│𝑋] is given by: e[𝜆│𝑋] ≈ λ̂ + p2w2σ22 + 1 2 (l03w2σ22 2 ) + 1 2 (l21w2σ11σ22) (34) where, assume that, w(λ, ϑ) = λ w1 = ∂w(λ, ϑ) ∂ϑ = ∂ ∂ϑ (λ) = 0 = w11 w2 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ = 1 (35) 𝐿03 = ∂3𝐿(𝜆, 𝜗) ∂𝜆3 = 2𝑛 𝜆3 − ∑   𝑛 𝑖=1 ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) 𝜆 (ln ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 )) 3 (36) 𝐿21 = ∂3𝐿(𝜆,𝜗) ∂𝜗2 ∂𝜆 = 𝑛 𝜗2 − 2𝜆+1 𝜗2 ∑  𝑛𝑖=1 ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) 𝜆 − 𝜆(𝜆+1) 𝜗2 ∑  𝑛𝑖=1 ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) 𝜆 ln ( 𝑥𝑖 𝜗 ) (37) p = ln g (λ, ϑ) = ln(γ) + ln(δ) – γ ϑ – δ λ p 2 = ∂p ∂λ = −δ (38) substituting (8), (9), (35), (36), (37) and (38) into (34), gives us: e[𝜆│𝑋] ≈ λ̂ − δσ22 + 1 2 [(l03σ22 2 ) + (l21σ11σ22)] (39) similarly, the lindley’s approximation for e[𝜆2│𝑋] is given by: e[𝜆2│𝑋] ≈ λ̂2 + 1 2 (w22σ22) + p2w2σ22 + 1 2 (l03w2σ22 2 ) + 1 2 (l21w2σ11σ22) (40) assume that, w (λ, 𝜗) = 𝜆2 w2 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ = 2λ (41) w22 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ2 = 2 (42) substituting (8), (9), (36), (37), (38), (41) and (42) into (40), yields: e[𝜆2│𝑋] ≈ λ̂2 + (1 − 2δ�̂�)σ22 + �̂�[(l03σ22 2 ) + (l21σ11σ22)] (43) after substituting (39) and (43) into (2) give up, λ̂10 = (𝑎0λ̂+𝑎1λ̂ 2)+[𝑎1(1−2𝛿�̂�)−𝑎0𝛿]σ22+( 𝑎0 2 +𝑎1�̂�)[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22) ] (a0+a1λ̂)− 𝑎1δ σ22+ 𝑎1 2 [(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] (44) now, another estimator under generalized weighted loss function will be derived by letting, k=1 and 𝜏 =1, gives: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 123 λ̂11 = a0+a1e(λ|x) a0e( 1 λ |x)+a1 similarly, the lindley’s approximation for e [ 1 𝜆 │𝑋] is given by: e [ 1 𝜆 │𝑋] ≈ 1 λ̂ + 1 2 (w22σ22) + p2w2σ22 + 1 2 (l03w2σ22 2 ) + 1 2 (l21w2σ11σ22) (45) assume that, w (λ, ϑ) = 1 λ w2 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ = −1 𝜆2 (46) w22 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ2 = 2 𝜆3 (47) substituting (8), (9), (36), (37), (38), (46) and (47) into (45), yields: e [ 1 𝜆 │𝑋] ≈ 1 λ̂ + ( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛿 �̂�2 ) σ22 − 1 2�̂�2 [(l03σ22 2 ) + (l21σ11σ22)] (48) after substituting (39) and (48) into (2) give up, λ̂11 = (a0+a1λ̂)− 𝑎1δ σ22+ 𝑎1 2 [(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] a1+ 𝑎0 λ̂ +𝑎0( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛿 �̂�2 )𝜎22− 𝑎0 2�̂�2 [(l03𝜎22 2 )+(l21𝜎11𝜎22)] (49) another estimator under generalized weighted loss function will be derived, when letting k=1 and 𝜏 =2, gives: λ̂12 = a0e( 1 λ |x)+a1 a0e( 1 λ2 |x)+a1e( 1 λ |x) similarly, the lindley’s approximation for e [ 1 𝜆 2 │𝑋] is given by: e [ 1 𝜆2 │𝑋] ≈ 1 𝜆2̂ + 1 2 (w22σ22) + p2w2σ22 + 1 2 (l03w2σ22 2 ) + 1 2 (l21w2σ11σ22) (50) assume that, w (λ, ϑ) = 1 𝜆2 w2 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ = −2 𝜆3 (51) w22 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ2 = 6 𝜆4 (52) substituting (8), (9), (36), (37), (38), (51) and (52) into (50), yields: e [ 1 𝜆2 │𝑋] ≈ 1 𝜆2̂ + ( 3 �̂�4 + 2𝛿 �̂�3 ) σ22 − 1 �̂�3 [(l03σ22 2 ) + (l21σ11σ22)] (53) after substituting (48) and (53) into (2) give up, λ̂12 = a1+ 𝑎0 λ̂ +𝑎0( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛿 �̂�2 )𝜎22+ 𝑎0 2�̂�2 [(l03𝜎22 2 )+(l21𝜎11𝜎22)] ( 𝑎0 λ̂2 + 𝑎1 λ̂ )+𝑦2σ22−( 𝑎0 �̂�3 + 𝑎1 2�̂�2 )[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] (54) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 124 where, 𝑦2 = 𝑎0 ( 3 �̂�4 + 2𝛿 �̂�3 ) + 𝑎1( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛿 �̂�2 ). now, when k=1 and 𝜏 =0, gives: λ̂20 = a0e(λ|x)+a1e(λ 2|x)+a2e(λ 3|x) a0+a1e(λ|x)+a2e(λ 2|x) similarly, the lindley’s approximation for e[𝜆3│𝑋] is given by: e[𝜆3│𝑋] ≈ λ̂ 3 + 1 2 (w22σ22) + p 2 w2σ22 + 1 2 (l03w2σ22 2 ) + 1 2 (l21w2σ11σ22) (55) assume that, w (λ, ϑ) = λ3 w2 = ∂w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ = 3𝜆2 (56) w22 = ∂2w(λ,ϑ) ∂λ2 = 6λ (57) substituting (8), (9), (36), (37), (38), (56) and (57) into (55), gives us: e[𝜆3│𝑋] ≈ λ̂3 + (3�̂� − 3δ�̂�2)σ22 + 3�̂�2 2 [(l03σ22 2 ) + (l21σ11σ22)] (58) after substituting (39), (43) and (58) into (2) give up, λ̂20 = 𝑦3+𝑦4σ22+( 𝑎0 2 +𝑎1�̂�+ 3𝑎2 2 �̂�2)[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] 𝑦5+[−𝑎1𝛿+𝑎2(1−2𝛿�̂�)]σ22+( 𝑎1 2 +𝑎2�̂�)[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] (59) where, 𝑦3 = (𝑎0�̂� + 𝑎1λ̂ 2 + 𝑎2λ̂ 3), 𝑦5 = (𝑎0 + 𝑎1�̂� + 𝑎2λ̂ 2), 𝑦4 = −𝑎0𝛿 + 𝑎1(1 − 2𝛿�̂�) + 𝑎2(3�̂� − 3𝛿�̂� 2. another estimator under generalized weighted loss function will be derived, when letting k=2 and 𝜏 =1, gives: λ̂21 = a0 + a1e(λ|x) + a2e(λ 2|x) a0e ( 1 λ |x) + a1 + a2e(λ|x) after substituting (39), (43) and (48) into (2) give up, λ̂21 = 𝑦5+[−𝑎1𝛿+𝑎2(1−2𝛿�̂�)]σ22+( 𝑎1 2 +𝑎2�̂�)[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] ( 𝑎0 �̂� +𝑎1+𝑎2�̂�)+[𝑎0( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛿 �̂�2 )−𝑎2𝛿]σ22+( −𝑎0 2�̂�2 + 𝑎2 2 )[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] (60) where, 𝑦5 = (𝑎0 + 𝑎1�̂� + 𝑎2λ̂ 2). now, when k=2 and 𝜏 =2, gives: λ̂22 = a0e( 1 λ |x)+a1+a2e(λ|x) a0e( 1 λ2 |x)+a1e( 1 λ |x)+a2 after substituting (48) and (53) into (2) give up, λ̂22 = ( a1 λ̂ +𝑎1+𝑎2�̂�)+[𝑎0( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛿 �̂�2 )−𝑎2𝑎]σ22+( −𝑎0 2�̂�2 + 𝑎2 2 )[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] ( 𝑎0 �̅�2 + 𝛼1 �̂� +a2)+𝒚𝟔σ22−( 𝑎0 �̂�3 + 𝑎1 2�̂�2 ))[(l03σ22 2 )+(l21σ11σ22)] (61) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 125 where, 𝑦6 = 𝑎0 ( 3 �̂�4 + 2𝛿 �̂�3 ) + 𝑎1( 1 �̂�3 + 𝛿 �̂�2 ) 4. simulation study in this section, we employed the monte – carlo simulation to compare the performance of different estimates (bayes estimators under generalized weighted loss function) for unknown shape and scale parameters of wd based on the mean squared errors, which can be written as: mse (𝜃) = ∑  𝑙𝑖=1 (𝜃𝑖 − 𝜃) 2 𝐼 where, i is the number of replications. we generated i = 5000 samples from two parameters wd with different sizes (n = 20, 50, and 100). with assuming (ϑ = 0.7, 1.4) and (λ = 0.5, 1.5). the values of the prior’s parameter of ϑ was chosen as δ = 0.5, 1.5, and for λ ' s prior parameter γ = 0.5, 1.5. 5. discussion and conclusion the expected values and (mse's) for estimating ϑ and λ are tabulated in tables (1-8). the following points can summarize the results of the tables: 1. the results of the two parameters of weibull distribution shows that the expected values for different estimates are close to the real values for all sizes of samples. 2. the best estimator for 𝜆 is bayesian estimation under generalized weighted loss function when (k=2, 𝜏=0) ( �̂�20 ) with (𝛾 = 𝛿 = 1.5) when n= 100 for different cases and with all sample sizes, from table (4). 3. the best estimator for 𝜗 is bayesian estimation under generalized weighted loss function when (k=1, 𝜏=2) ( �̂�20 ) with (𝛾, 𝛿 = 1.5) when n=20 for different cases and with all sample sizes, from table (8). 4. it is clear that the results for ϑ, 𝜆 (expected values and mse' s) at 𝛾, δ = 1.5 are the best as the corresponding result when (γ, δ = 0.5). 5. it is observed that mse's of all shape parameter estimators increase with the increase of the value of the shape parameter. also, mse values for all scale parameter estimates are increasing with the scale parameter value in all cases. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 126 table 1: expected values and mse’s for λ̂ when λ = 0.5 and ϑ = 0.7 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 0.503227 0.495727 0.507006 0.504095 0.508469 0.507031 mse 0.000025 0.000028 0.000050 0.000018 0.000072 0.000050 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 0.489750 0.482754 0.501506 0.498679 0.505701 0.504283 mse 0.000113 0.000310 0.000003 0.000003 0.000033 0.000019 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 0.478153 0.472111 0.496335 0.493675 0.503017 0.501642 mse 0.000494 0.000804 0.000015 0.000043 0.000009 0.000003 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 0.518424 0.511074 0.512979 0.510084 0.511433 0.509998 mse 0.000380 0.000150 0.000171 0.000104 0.000131 0.000100 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 0.504007 0.496489 0.507316 0.504403 0.508624 0.507185 mse 0.000032 0.000023 0.000055 0.000020 0.000075 0.000052 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 0.490440 0.483398 0.501803 0.498966 0.505852 0.504432 mse 0.000100 0.000288 0.000004 0.000002 0.000034 0.000020 table 2: expected values and mse’s for λ̂ when λ = 1.5 and ϑ = 0.7 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 1.484634 1.411570 1.499238 1.472202 1.504442 1.491329 mse 0.000332 0.007883 0.000008 0.000776 0.000021 0.000075 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 1.442376 1.376958 1.482284 1.456403 1.496002 1.483166 mse 0.003336 0.015360 0.000315 0.001917 0.000016 0.000286 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 1.406637 1.352321 1.466431 1.442446 1.487826 1.475477 mse 0.008800 0.022182 0.001133 0.003348 0.000149 0.000607 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 1.531194 1.456616 1.517092 1.489821 1.513201 1.500028 mse 0.001342 0.001922 0.000321 0.000106 0.000178 0.000000 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 1.485492 1.412314 1.499574 1.472524 1.504610 1.491494 mse 0.000310 0.007750 0.000008 0.000758 0.000022 0.000073 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 1.443126 1.377496 1.482602 1.456688 1.496156 1.483315 mse 0.003250 0.015224 0.000303 0.001892 0.000015 0.000280 table 3: expected values and mse’s for λ̂ when λ = 0.5 and ϑ = 1.4 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 0.503216 0.495738 0.507010 0.504107 0.508471 0.507037 mse 0.000025 0.000028 0.000050 0.000018 0.000072 0.000050 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 0.489778 0.482803 0.501525 0.498704 0.505712 0.504299 mse 0.000113 0.000309 0.000003 0.000003 0.000033 0.000019 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 0.478211 0.472186 0.496365 0.493712 0.503036 0.501666 mse 0.000492 0.000800 0.000015 0.000042 0.000010 0.000003 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 0.518368 0.511040 0.512969 0.510081 0.511426 0.509996 mse 0.000378 0.000150 0.000171 0.000104 0.000131 0.000100 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 0.503993 0.496498 0.507320 0.504413 0.508626 0.507192 mse 0.000031 0.000023 0.000055 0.000020 0.000075 0.000052 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 0.490466 0.483443 0.501818 0.498989 0.505862 0.504448 mse 0.000099 0.000287 0.000004 0.000002 0.000034 0.000020 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 127 table 4: expected values and mse’s for λ̂ when λ = 1.5 and ϑ = 1.4 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 1.484249 1.411831 1.499103 1.472299 1.504371 1.491378 mse 0.000341 0.007840 0.000008 0.000770 0.000020 0.000075 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 1.442389 1.377537 1.482297 1.456638 1.496009 1.483286 mse 0.003334 0.015225 0.000314 0.001897 0.000016 0.000282 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 1.406981 1.353100 1.466585 1.442799 1.487910 1.475667 mse 0.008740 0.021964 0.001124 0.003309 0.000147 0.000598 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 1.530402 1.456433 1.516805 1.489758 1.513049 1.499994 mse 0.001288 0.001935 0.000311 0.000107 0.000174 0.000000 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 1.485102 1.412570 1.499438 1.472615 1.504535 1.491541 mse 0.000318 0.007709 0.000008 0.000753 0.000022 0.000072 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 1.443130 1.378073 1.482612 1.456920 1.496159 1.483440 mse 0.003249 0.015092 0.000303 0.001872 0.000015 0.000276 table 5: expected values and mse’s for ϑ̂ when ϑ = 0.7 and λ =0.5 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 0.974984 0.928047 0.845343 0.815308 0.782665 0.764920 mse 0.086157 0.061646 0.023881 0.015392 0.007475 0.004655 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 0.944438 0.845109 0.809432 0.767619 0.759095 0.738223 mse 0.080694 0.030476 0.014643 0.005823 0.003931 0.001666 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 0.840278 0.709600 0.754818 0.709395 0.730536 0.708963 mse 0.043190 0.001755 0.004297 0.000292 0.001097 0.000110 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 0.968277 0.955044 0.863843 0.846656 0.800397 0.787121 mse 0.076434 0.070536 0.028897 0.023547 0.010764 0.008180 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 0.976019 0.930808 0.846594 0.817055 0.783544 0.765949 mse 0.086503 0.062885 0.024243 0.015826 0.007628 0.004799 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 0.947983 0.850438 0.811464 0.769948 0.760205 0.739402 mse 0.082355 0.032423 0.015141 0.006200 0.004076 0.001768 table 6: expected values and mse’s for ϑ̂ when ϑ = 0.7 and λ =1.5 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 0.767471 0.756788 0.733466 0.728896 0.721592 0.719300 mse 0.004935 0.003493 0.001154 0.000857 0.000470 0.000375 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 0.754188 0.741865 0.727286 0.722462 0.718422 0.716069 mse 0.003213 0.001904 0.000764 0.000515 0.000342 0.000259 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 0.738110 0.724932 0.720667 0.715726 0.715148 0.712769 mse 0.001593 0.000669 0.000435 0.000250 0.000230 0.000163 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 0.777992 0.769400 0.739284 0.735089 0.724739 0.722537 mse 0.006512 0.005171 0.001592 0.001268 0.000618 0.000513 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 0.767971 0.757360 0.733709 0.729151 0.721721 0.719429 mse 0.005006 0.003563 0.001171 0.000873 0.000476 0.000380 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 0.754805 0.742533 0.727550 0.722733 0.718554 0.716203 mse 0.003286 0.001965 0.000779 0.000528 0.000346 0.000264 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 128 table 7: expected values and mse’s for ϑ̂ when ϑ = 1.4 and λ =0.5 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 1.891493 1.661508 1.649716 1.518772 1.536577 1.463327 mse 0.281091 0.094864 0.071919 0.018216 0.020733 0.004713 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 1.778901 1.396064 1.567025 1.404391 1.487024 1.405830 mse 0.200647 0.004210 0.035395 0.000653 0.008776 0.000127 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 1.528850 1.176655 1.454463 1.299242 1.429922 1.350981 mse 0.044197 0.053117 0.005332 0.010630 0.001209 0.002500 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 1.908679 1.837298 1.697597 1.615853 1.575174 1.517195 mse 0.278134 0.222254 0.096621 0.053875 0.033146 0.015314 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 1.893409 1.666984 1.651239 1.521140 1.537546 1.464519 mse 0.282716 0.098366 0.072711 0.018885 0.021015 0.004884 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 1.783570 1.401668 1.569262 1.406779 1.488186 1.407020 mse 0.204673 0.004534 0.036263 0.000725 0.009003 0.000149 table 8: expected values and mse’s for ϑ̂ when ϑ = 1.4 and λ =1.5 estimate criterion n = 20 n = 50 n = 100 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 𝛄 =0.5 𝛅=0.5 𝛄 =1.5 𝛅 =1.5 �̂�𝟏𝟎 mean 1.512297 1.469568 1.451659 1.433722 1.430547 1.421613 mse 0.013801 0.005302 0.002773 0.001172 0.000945 0.000471 �̂�𝟏𝟏 mean 1.484740 1.437263 1.439344 1.420686 1.424305 1.415198 mse 0.007943 0.001524 0.001603 0.000436 0.000597 0.000232 �̂�𝟏𝟐 mean 1.452524 1.403687 1.426311 1.407464 1.417894 1.408746 mse 0.003071 0.000048 0.000710 0.000058 0.000322 0.000077 �̂�𝟐𝟎 mean 1.534550 1.498874 1.463174 1.446452 1.436663 1.428020 mse 0.019556 0.010645 0.004150 0.002237 0.001364 0.000794 �̂�𝟐𝟏 mean 1.512832 1.470226 1.451908 1.433990 1.430673 1.421744 mse 0.013931 0.005403 0.002800 0.001191 0.000953 0.000477 �̂�𝟐𝟐 mean 1.485386 1.437965 1.439612 1.420960 1.424438 1.415334 mse 0.008064 0.001581 0.001625 0.000448 0.000603 0.000236 references 1. lai, c. d., generalized weibull distributions, springer briefs in statistics, 2014,18, 3, 293-297, doi: 10.1007/978-3-642-39106-4-1. 2. xie, m.; tang, y.;goh, t. n.a modified weibull extension with bathtub-shaped failure rate function, reliability engineering and system safety, 2002, 765,3,279285. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0951-8320(02)00022-4. 3.ivana, p. ; zuzana, s. comparison of four methods for estimating the weibull distribution parameters, applied mathematical sciences, 2014, 8, 83,4137-4149. http://dx.doi.org/10.12988/ams.2014.45389. 4. chris, b. g. ; noor, a. i. approximate bayesian estimates of weibull parameters with lindley 's method, sains malaysians, 2012, 43, 9, 1433-1437. 5. babacan, e. k., ; kaya, s. comparison of parameter estimation methods in weibull distribution, sigma journal of engineering and natural sciences. 2020, 38, 2, 16091621. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 129 6. rasheed, h. a., ; al-shareefi, e. f.bayes estimator for the scale parameter of laplace distribution under a suggested loss function. international journal of advanced research, 2015, 3, 3, 788-796. 7.lindley, d.v.approximate bayesian methods, trabajos de estadistica y de investigacion operative, 1980, 31, 1,223-245.https://doi.org/10.1007/bf02888353. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 102 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. fuzzy soc-semi-prime sub-modules abstract in this paper, we study a new concept of fuzzy sub-module, called fuzzy socle semi-prime sub-module that is a generalization the concept of semi-prime fuzzy sub-module and fuzzy of approximately semi-prime sub-module in the ordinary sense. this leads us to introduce level property which studies the relation between the ordinary and fuzzy sense of approximately semi-prime sub-module. also, some of its characteristics and notions such as the intersection, image and external direct sum of fuzzy socle semi-prime sub-modules are introduced. furthermore, the relation between the fuzzy socle semi-prime sub-module and other types of fuzzy sub-module presented. keyword: ℱ-module, ℱ-sub-module, ℱ-prime sub-module, socle of ℱ-module. 1.introduction the concept of fuzzy sets was introduced by zadeh in1965[1]. many authors indeed presented fuzzy subrings and fuzzy ideals. the concept of fuzzy module was introduced by negoita and relescu in 1975 [2]. since then several authors have studied fuzzy modules. the concept of semi-prime fuzzy sub-module was introduced by rabi 2004[3]. the concept of approximately semi-prime sub-module was introduced by ali 2019[4]. the socle of m is a summation of simple sub-modules of an ℛ-module m and denoted by 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀). but, the fuzzy socle of ℱ-module x an ℛ-module m is a summation of simple ℱ-sub-modules of 𝑋 and denoted by 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.1.2804 article history: received 1, november, 2021, accepted,16 , december, 2021, published in january 2022. saad s.merie saadsaleem@uokirkuk.edu.iq depatment of mthmatics, college of education of pure science, ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad – iraq. hatam yahya khalf dr.hatamyahya@yahoo.com depatment of mthmatics, college of education of pure science, ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad – iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:saadsaleem@uokirkuk.edu.iq mailto:dr.hatamyahya@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 103 preliminaries " there are various definitions and characteristics in this section of ℱ-sets , ℱ-modules , and prime ℱ-sub-modules. definition 1.1 [1] let d be a nonempty set and i is closed interval [0, 1] of real numbers. an ℱ-set b in d (an ℱ-subset of d) is a function from d into i. definition 1.2 [1] an ℱ-set b of a set d is said to be ℱ-constant if 𝐵(𝑥) = 𝑡, ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐷 𝑡 ∈ [0, 1] definition 1.3 [1] let 𝑥𝑡 : 𝐷 → [0, 1] be an ℱ-set in d, where x ∈d , t ∈ [0, 1] defined by: 𝑥𝑡 (𝑦) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑦 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 𝑦 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷. 𝑥𝑡 is said to be an ℱ-singleton or ℱ-point in d. definition 1.4 [5] let 𝐵 be an ℱ-set in d, for all t ∈ [0, 1], the set b𝑡 = {𝑥 ∈ 𝐷; b(𝑥) ≥ 𝑡} is said to be a level subset of 𝐵. remark 1.5 [6] let α and β be two ℱ-sets in s, then: 1 α = 𝛣 if and only if α(𝑥) = 𝛣(𝑥) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ s. 2 α ⊆ 𝛣 if and only if α(𝑥) ≤ 𝛣(𝑥) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ s. 3 α = 𝛣 if and only if α𝑡 = 𝛣𝑡 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑡 ∈ [0,1]. if α < 𝐵 and there exists x ∈s such that α(𝑥) < 𝛣(𝑥), then a is a proper ℱ-subset of β and written as α < 𝛣. by part (2), we can deduce that 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ α if and only if α(𝑥) ≥ 𝑡 . definition 1.6 [6] if μ is an ℛ-module. an ℱ-set x of μ is called ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ if : 1 𝑋(𝑥 − 𝑦) ≥ min{𝑋(𝑥), 𝑋(𝑦)}𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ μ}. 2 𝑋(𝑟𝑥) ≥ 𝑋(𝑥) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ μ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑟 ∈ ℛ . 3 𝑋(0) = 1. proposition 1.7 [7] let 𝐶 be an ℱ-set of an ℛ-module μ. then the level subset c𝑡 of μ , ∀ t ∈ [0, 1] is a submodule of m if and only if c is an ℱ-sub-module of ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ. definition 1.8 [8] let x and a be two ℱ-modules of ℛ-module μ. a is said to be an ℱ-sub-module of x if α ⊆ 𝑋. proposition 1.9 [5] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 104 let α be an ℱ-set of an ℛ-module μ. then the level subset α𝑡 , t ∈ [0, 1] is a sub-module of μ if α is an ℱ-sub-module of x where x is an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ. now, we go over various ℱ-sub-module attributes that will be useful in the next section. lemma 1.10 [6] if 𝑟𝑡 be an ℱ-singleton of ℛ and α be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ.then for any w ∈ μ (𝑟𝑡 α)(𝑤) = { sup{inf (𝑡, 𝐴(𝑥))}: 𝑖𝑓 𝑤 = 𝑟𝑥} 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑜𝑚𝑒 𝑥 ∈ μ 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 where 𝑟𝑡 : ℛ → [0, 1], defined by 𝑟𝑡 (𝑧) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑟 = 𝑧 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑟 ≠ 𝑧 for all 𝑧 ∈ ℛ definition 1.11 [6] let α and 𝛣 be two ℱ-sub-modules of an ℱ-module x of ℛ-module μ. the residual quotient of α and 𝛣 denoted by (α ∶ 𝛣) is the ℱ-subset of ℛ defined by: (α ∶ 𝛣)(r) = sup {t ∈ [0, 1] ∶ 𝑟𝑡 𝛣 ⊆ α}, for all 𝑟 ∈ ℛ. that is (α ∶ 𝛣) = {𝑟𝑡 ∶ 𝑟𝑡 b ⊆ α; 𝑟𝑡 is an ℱ − singleton of ℛ}. if 𝛣 = 〈𝑥𝑘 〉, then (α ∶ 〈𝑥𝑘 〉) = {𝑟𝑡 ∶ 𝑟𝑡 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ α; 𝑟𝑡 is an ℱ − singleton of ℛ }. lemma 1.12 [9] let α be an ℱ-sub-module of ℱ-module x, (α 𝑡 : 𝑋𝑡 ) ≥ (α: 𝑋)𝑡 ,for all t ∈ [0, 1]. also , we can prove that by lemma 2.3.3.[6]. it follows that if , 𝑋 = α ⊕ 𝛣,where 𝐴, 𝛣 ≤ 𝑋 then 𝑋𝑡 = (α ⊕ 𝛣)𝑡 = α𝑡 ⊕ 𝛣𝑡 . definition 1.13 [10] let f be a mapping from a set μ into a set ν and let α be ℱ-set in μ. the image of α is denoted by f (α), where f (α) is defined by: 𝑓 (α) (𝑦) = { sup{α(𝑧): 𝑧 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝑦) ≠ ∅} 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑦 ∈ ν 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 note that, if 𝑓 is a bijective mapping, then 𝑓 (α)(𝑦) = α(𝑓 −1(𝑦)) proposition 1.14 [11] let f be a mapping from a set μ into a set ν. assume that x and y are ℱ-modules of m and n respectively, let α be an ℱ-sub-module of x, then f (α) is an ℱ-sub-module of y. definition 1.15 [12] an ℱ-subset k of a ring ℛ is called ℱ-ideal of ℛ, if ∀ 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℛ : 1 𝐾(𝑥 − 𝑦) ≥ min {𝐾(𝑥), 𝐾(𝑦)} . 2 𝐾(𝑥𝑦) ≥ max {𝐾(𝑥), 𝐾(𝑦)} . definition 1.16 [13] let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ, let a be an ℱ-sub-module of x and k be an ℱ ideal of ℛ, the product ka of k and α is defined by: kα(𝑥) = { sup {𝑖𝑛𝑓{𝐾(𝑟1 ), … . , 𝐾(𝑟𝑛 ), α(𝑥1 ), … , α(𝑥𝑛 )}} 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑜𝑚𝑒 𝑟𝑖 ∈ ℛ, 𝑥𝑖 ∈ μ, 𝑛 ∈ ν 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 105 note that k α is an ℱ-sub-module of x, and (kα)𝑡 = k𝑡 α𝑡 ,∀ t ∈ [0, 1]. definition 1.17 [9] let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ, an ℱ-sub-module u of x is called completely prime if whenever 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈,with 𝑟𝑏 ≠ 01 is an ℱ-singleton of ℛ and 𝑚𝑡 is an ℱsingleton of ximplies that 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 for each t, b ∈ [0,1]. definition 1.18 [6] let α and β be two ℱ-sub-modules of an r-module μ. the addition a + β is defined by: (α + β)(x) = sup{𝑚𝑖𝑛{α(𝑦), β(𝑧)} 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑥 = 𝑦 + 𝑧, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 ∈ μ }. furthermore, α + β is an ℱ-sub-module of an ℛ-module μ. corollary 1.19 [8] if x is an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ and 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ x, then for all ℱ-singleton 𝑟𝑘 of ℛ, 𝑟𝑘 𝑥𝑡 = (𝑟𝑥)𝜆, where 𝜆 = min {𝑡, 𝑘}. proposition 1.20 [6] let α and β be two ℱ-sub-modules of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module μ. then the residual quotient of α and 𝛣 (α ∶ β) is an ℱ-ideal of ℛ. proposition 1.21 [14] let 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ ν be an ℛ-homomorphisim, then 𝑓(𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀)) ⊆ 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ν). definition 1.22 [15] let x be an ℱ-module of an r-module μ, x is called ℱ-simple if and only if x has no proper ℱ-sub-modules (in fact x is ℱ-simple if and only if x has only itself and 01 ). definition 1.23 [16] 𝐴 ℱ-module 𝑋 is called semi-simple if 𝑋 is a summation of simple ℱ-sub-modules of 𝑋 . moreover, 𝑋 is called semi-simple if 𝑋 = 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). definition 1.24 [9] let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ, x is said to be faithful if 𝐹 − 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 = 01 . where 𝐹 − 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 = {𝑟𝑡 ∶ 𝑟𝑡 𝑥𝑙 = 01 ; for all 𝑥𝑙 ⊆ x and 𝑟𝑡 be an ℱ − singleton of ℛ}. definition 1.25 [17] let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ, x is said to be cancellative if whenever 𝑟𝑡 𝑥𝑙 = 𝑟𝑡 𝑦𝑑 for all 𝑥𝑙 , 𝑦𝑑 ⊆ x and 𝑟𝑡 be an ℱ − singleton of ℛ then 𝑥𝑙 = 𝑦𝑑 . definition 1.26 [3] a proper ℱ-sub-module u of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m is called semi-prime ℱsub-module of x if whenever 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈,where 𝑟𝑏 is an ℱ-singleton of ℛ , 𝑚𝑡 is an ℱsingleton of x and n ∈ 𝑍+implies that 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 for each t, b ∈ [0,1]. definition 1.27 [4] a proper sub-module e of an ℛ-module μ is called pproximately semi prime (for a short app-semi-prime) sub-module of μ if whenever 𝑎𝑚 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑎 ∈ ℛ, 𝑚 ∈ μ𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 that 𝑎𝑚 ∈ 𝐸 + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(μ) . ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 106 definition 1.28 [9] an ℱ-sub-module n of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m is called weakly pure ℱ-submodule of x if for any ℱ-singleton 𝑟𝑏 of ℛ implies that 𝑟𝑏 𝑁 = 𝑟𝑏 𝑋 ∩ 𝑁 with b ∈ [0,1]. lemma 1.29 [18] let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module m and let α , β and c are ℱ-sub-modules of x such that c ⊆ β. then 𝐶 + (β⋂α) = (𝐶 + α)⋂β. proposition 1.30 [14] if μ be a faithful multiplication ℛ-module, then 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ)μ = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(μ) definition 1.31 [15] let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛmodule μ. x is called multiplication ℱ-module if and only if for each ℱsub-module α of x ,there exists an ℱ-ideal k of ℛ such that α = kx. proposition 1.32 [15] an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module μ is a multiplication if and only if every non-empty ℱ sub-module a of x such that α = (α:𝑅 𝑋)𝑋 . definition 1.33 [19] a sub-module 𝑉 of ℛ-module μ is called essential if 𝐻 ∩ v ≠ 0. for non-trivial sub-module h of μ . definition 1.34 [9] let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module μ. an ℱ-sub-module a of x is called essential if 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 ≠ 01 , for nontrivial ℱ-sub-module b of x. finally, (shortly fuzzy set, fuzzy sub-module, fuzzy ideal, fuzzy module and fuzzy singleton are ℱ-set, ℱ-sub-module, ℱ-ideal , ℱ-module and ℱ-singleton)." 𝓕-soc-semi-prime sub-modules in this section, we offer the concept of an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module as a generalization of ordinary concept(approximately semi-prime sub-module). some characterizations of ℱsoc-prime sub-module are introduced. definition 2.1 let 𝑟𝑏 be an ℱ-singleton of ℛ and 𝑚𝑡 is an ℱ-singleton of x , then a proper ℱ-sub-module u of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m is called an ℱ-socle semi-prime ( for short ℱ-socsemi-prime) sub-module(ideal) of x if whenever 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 with n ∈ 𝑍 + implies that 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) for each t, b ∈ [0,1]. furthermore, if 𝑟𝑏and 𝑠ℎ are ℱ-singletons of ℛ, then a proper ℱ-ideal l of ℛ is called an ℱ-socle semi-prime ( for short ℱ-soc-semi-prime) ideal of ℛ if whenever 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑠ℎ ⊆ 𝐿 with n ∈ 𝑍+implies that 𝑟𝑏 𝑠ℎ ⊆ 𝐿 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ) for each h, b ∈ [0,1]. we will adopt the definition of an ℱ-socle of x in this research as follows: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 107 ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋): 𝑀 → [0,1] such that: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) ℎ 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 0 < ℎ < 1 lemma 2.2 (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))𝑡 = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 ) for any ℱ-module x for each t ∈ (0,1] with (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))𝑡 ≠ 𝑋𝑡 proof: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋): 𝑀 → [0,1] such that: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) ℎ 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 0 < ℎ < 1 now, (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))𝑡 = {𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 ∶ (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(𝑚) ≥ 𝑡} so, if 𝑡 = 1 then (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))𝑡 = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 ) if 0 < 𝑡 ≤ ℎ then (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))𝑡 = 𝑀 = 𝑋𝑡 that is a contradiction if ℎ < 𝑡 < 1 then (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))𝑡 = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 ) lemma 2.3 let x be an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module m with x(m)=1 for each 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀, if u is an ℱ-submodule of x is defined by 𝑈: 𝑀 → [0,1] such that: 𝑈(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝐸 𝑘 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 𝐸 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 0 < 𝑘 < 1 where e is a sub-module of m. then u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x if and only if e is an app-semi-prime sub-module of m. proof: first of all, we must define 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(𝑚) = sup {min(𝑈(𝑦) , ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)(𝑧)) , 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 𝑚} so, we have (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝐸 + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) 𝑠 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 𝐸 + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑠 = max {𝑘, ℎ} where ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋): 𝑀 → [0,1] such that: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) ℎ 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 0 < ℎ < 1 now, suppose e is an app-semi-prime sub-module of m, to prove that u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. let 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ and 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋 for each t, b ∈ [0,1] such that (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈,thus (𝑟𝑛)𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 that is either 𝑟 𝑛𝑚 ∈ 𝐸 or 𝑟𝑛𝑚 ∉ 𝐸. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 108 1) if 𝑟𝑛𝑚 ∈ 𝐸, then 𝑟𝑚 ∈ 𝐸 + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀). hence (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(𝑟𝑚) = 1 this implies 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 = (𝑟𝑚)𝑡 ⊆ (𝑟𝑚)1 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). 2) if 𝑟𝑛𝑚 ∉ 𝐸 then 𝑈(𝑟𝑛𝑚) = 𝑘 with 𝑚 ∉ 𝐸 thus 𝑈(𝑚) = 𝑘. since (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 then (𝑟𝑛𝑚)ℷ ⊆ 𝑈 where ℷ = min {𝑏, 𝑡}, that is 𝑈(𝑟 𝑛𝑚) ≥ ℷ thus 𝑘 ≥ ℷ . now, if ℷ = t this implies 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑚𝑘 ⊆ 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). that is mean 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑘 ⊆ 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) if ℷ = b, 𝑈(ℎ) ≥ 𝑘 for any ℎ ∈ 𝑀, and: (𝑟𝑛 𝑏 𝑋𝑀)(ℎ) = { 𝑏 𝑖𝑓 ℎ = 𝑟𝑛𝑎 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑜𝑚𝑒 𝑎 ∈ 𝑀 then we get (𝑟𝑛 𝑏 𝑋𝑀 )(ℎ) ≤ 𝑈(ℎ), hence 𝑟 𝑛 𝑏 𝑋𝑀 ⊆ 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) so, each case implies that 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) therefore u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. conversely suppose u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime of x. let 𝑎𝑛𝑥 ∈ 𝑈𝑡 , with 𝑎 ∈ ℛ, n ∈ 𝑍 + and 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋𝑡 it follows that (𝑎𝑛𝑥)𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈, that is (𝑎 𝑛)𝑡 𝑥𝑡 = (𝑎𝑡 ) 𝑛𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈. but u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime of x, then we get 𝑎𝑡 𝑥𝑡 = (𝑎𝑥)𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) . thus we get (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(𝑎𝑥) ≥ 𝑡 , hence, by (lemma 1.12) and (lemma 2.2), we have 𝑎𝑥 ∈ (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)) 𝑡 = 𝑈𝑡 + (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)) 𝑡 = 𝑈𝑡 + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 ). that is mean 𝑈𝑡 is an app-semi-prime sub-module of 𝑋𝑡 . hence 𝑈1 = 𝐸 is an app-semi-prime sub-module of m. the following example shows that the definition of an ℱ-socle of x that we adopt in this research is necessary to prove one side of above lemma. example 2.4 let 𝑀 = 𝑍12 as a z-module and 𝑋: 𝑀 → [0,1] , 𝑈: 𝑀 → [0,1] defined by: 𝑋(𝑚) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍12 𝑈(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 〈0̅〉 1/4 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 and an ℱ-socle of x is defined by ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋): 𝑀 → [0,1] such that: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0̅ 2/3 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 〈2̅〉 − {0̅} 1/3 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 where 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) = 〈2̅〉. that’s clear x is an ℱ-module and u be an ℱ-sub-module of x. we have 𝑈𝑡 is an app-semi-prime sub-module of m for every 𝑡 > 0 . now, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 109 (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0̅ 2/3 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 〈2̅〉 − {0̅} 1/3 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 but, u is not an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x, since for an ℱ-singleton 3̅3 4 ⊆ 𝑋 and an ℱ-singleton 23 4 of ℛ such that (22)3 4 3̅3 4 = 0̅3 4 , where 0̅3 4 ⊆ 𝑈 since 𝑈(0̅) = 1 > 3 4 . but 23 4 3̅3 4 = 6̅3 4 ⊈ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) since (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(6̅) = 2 3 ≱ 3 4 . hence, u is not an ℱ-soc-semi-prime of sub-module of x. proposition 2.5 let u and v are ℱ-sub-modules of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m with v is an ℱsemiprime sub-module of x. then [𝑈:ℛ 𝑉] is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime ideal of ℛ. proof : suppose that 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ [𝑈:ℛ 𝑉] ,for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ, 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋,thus 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑈.so we have 𝑟𝑏 𝑛(𝑚𝑡 𝑉) ⊆ 𝑈, but v is an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module of x. that is 𝑟𝑏 (𝑚𝑡 𝑉) ⊆ 𝑈, hence 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑈 that is mean 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ [𝑈:ℛ 𝑉] ⊆ [𝑈:ℛ 𝑉] + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ) . proposition 2.6 let u and v are ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-modules of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m with ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈 , then u ∩v is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. proof : let 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ u ∩v ,for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ, 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋, that is 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ u and 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ v. but u and v are ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-modules of x, this implies 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) and 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑉 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). that is mean 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)) ∩ (𝑉 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)), by using modular law we get 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ (u ∩ v) + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). hence u ∩v is an ℱ-socsemi-prime sub-module of x. remark 2.7 every ℱ-semi-prime sub-module is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module , but the converse is not true . proof : suppose u be an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m and 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈,for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ 𝑅, 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋. since u is an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module, then we get 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) , thus 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). therefore u is an ℱ-socprime sub-module. the following example show that the converse is not true example 2.8 consider 𝑀 = 𝑍12 as a z-module and 𝑋: 𝑀 → [0,1] , 𝑈: 𝑀 → [0,1] defined by: 𝑋(𝑚) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 110 𝑈(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 〈0̅〉 1/5 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 〈0̅〉 and an ℱ-socle of x is defined by ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋): 𝑀 → [0,1] such that: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 〈2̅〉 1/3 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 〈2̅〉 where 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) = 〈2̅〉. that’s clear x is an ℱ-module and u be an ℱ-sub-module of x. from ( [4] remark 2.3.2 ) 〈0̅〉 is an app-semi-prime sub-module of m, so by (lemma 2.3) we get u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. but, u is not an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module of x, since for an ℱ-singleton 31 3 ⊆ 𝑋 and an ℱsingleton 21 3 of ℛ such that (21 3 )2 31 3 = 01 3 where 01 3 ⊆ 𝑈 since 𝑈(0) = 1 > 1 3 . but 21 3 31 3 = 61 3 ⊈ 𝑈 since 𝑈(6) = 1 5 ≯ 1 3 . hence, u is not an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module of x. remark 2.9 every completely ℱ-sub-module of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m is an ℱ-soc-semiprime sub-module of x, but the converse is not true . proof : we take u as a completely ℱ-sub-module of x with 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈,for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ 𝑅, 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋.now, if 𝑟𝑏 = 01 then 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 = 0𝑡 ⊆ 01 ⊆ 𝑈.we get u is an ℱ-socsemi-prime sub-module of x. if 𝑟𝑏 ≠ 01 ,thus (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛−1 (𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ) ⊆ 𝑈, we get (𝑟 𝑛−1)𝑏 (𝑟𝑚)𝑑 ⊆ 𝑈 where 𝑑 = min {𝑏, 𝑡}.now, since u is a completely ℱ-sub-module of x, then we have (𝑟𝑚)𝑑 ⊆ 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋), thus 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). therefore u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime submodule. the following example show that the converse is not true example 2.10 consider 𝑀 = 𝑍 as a z-module and 𝑋: 𝑀 → [0,1] , 𝑈: 𝑀 → [0,1] defined by: 𝑋(𝑚) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍 𝑈(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 2𝑍 1/4 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 2𝑍 and an ℱ-socle of x is defined by ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋): 𝑀 → [0,1] such that: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ {0} 1/3 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ {0} (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))(𝑚) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 2𝑍 1/3 𝑖𝑓 𝑚 ∉ 2𝑍 where 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑀) = {0}. that’s clear x is an ℱ-module and u be an ℱ-sub-module of x. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 111 2𝑍 is an app-semi-prime sub-module of m, so by (lemma 2.3) we get u is an ℱ-soc-semiprime sub-module of x. but u is not completely ℱ-sub-module of x, since for an ℱ-singleton 51 3 ⊆ 𝑋 and an ℱsingleton 21 2 of ℛ such that 21 2 51 3 = 101 3 where 101 3 ⊆ 𝑈 since 𝑈(10) = 1 > 1 3 . but 51 3 ⊈ 𝑈 since 𝑈(5) = 1 4 ≯ 1 3 . hence, u is not completely ℱ-sub-module of x. proposition 2.11 let u be an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m, then u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x if and only if ∀ ℱ-sub-module s of x and an ℱ-ideal j of ℛ with (𝐽)ns ⊆u for 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+implies that 𝐽s ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) proof: ( ) assume that (𝐽)𝑛 s ⊆u , for s is an ℱ-sub-module of x and 𝐽 is an ℱ-ideal of ℛ, let 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝐽𝑆 with 𝑡 ∈ [0,1] then 𝑥𝑡 = (𝑐1)ℎ1(𝑦1)𝑡1 + (𝑐2)ℎ2(𝑦2)𝑡2 + ⋯ + (𝑐𝑛)ℎ𝑛(𝑦𝑛)𝑡𝑛 , for every (𝑐𝑖 )ℎ𝑖 ⊆ 𝐽 and (𝑦𝑖 )𝑡𝑖 ⊆ 𝑈 where ℎ𝑖 , 𝑡𝑖 ∈ [0,1] for every i=1,2,…..,n. now, we get ((𝑐𝑖)ℎ𝑖 ) 𝑛(𝑦𝑖 )𝑡𝑖 ⊆ (𝐽) 𝑛s ⊆u hence ((𝑐𝑖 )ℎ𝑖 ) 𝑛(𝑦𝑖 )𝑡𝑖 ⊆ u. but u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime submodule of x implies that (𝑐𝑖 )ℎ𝑖 (𝑦𝑖 )𝑡𝑖 ⊆ u+ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) for each i=1,2,…..,n. so we have 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ u+ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). it follows that 𝐽s ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). ( ) let (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 + then 〈𝑟𝑏 𝑛〉〈𝑥𝑡 〉 ⊆ 𝑈, that is 〈𝑟𝑏 〉𝑛〈𝑥𝑡 〉 ⊆ 𝑈 then by hypothesis we get 〈𝑟𝑏 〉〈𝑥𝑡 〉 ⊆ 𝑈, hence 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈. that is mean u is an ℱ-socsemi-prime sub-module of x. corollary 2.12 let u be an ℱ-sub-module of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m, then u is an ℱ-soc-semiprime sub-module of x if and only if ∀ ℱ-sub-module s of x and every ℱ-singleton 𝑟𝑏 of ℛ with (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛 s ⊆u implies that 𝑟𝑏s ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) . proof: it is clear from (proposition 2.11). corollary 2.13 let l be an ℱideal of ℛ, then l is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime ideal of ℛ if and only if ∀ ℱ-sub ideal j of ℛ and every ℱ-singleton 𝑟𝑏 of ℛ with (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛 j ⊆l implies that 𝑟𝑏j ⊆ 𝐿 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ) . proof : clearly from (proposition 2.11). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 112 proposition 2.14 : if 𝑟𝑏 𝑛 𝑈 ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of cancellative ℱ-module x. where u is an ℱ-submodules of x and 𝑟𝑏 is an idempotent ℱ-singleton of r. then 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑛−1 𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) proof : let 𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 this implies 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑈, for 𝑟𝑏 is an ℱ-singleton of r. but, 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑈 is an ℱsoc-semi-prime sub-module of x with 𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋,where 𝑡, 𝑏 ∈ [0,1]. therefore 𝑟𝑏 𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋), that is 𝑟𝑏 2 𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑛+1 𝑈 + 𝑟𝑏 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋), thus 𝑟𝑏 2𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 2𝑟𝑏 𝑛−1𝑈 + 𝑟𝑏 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ) , but 𝑟𝑏 is an idempotent ℱ-singleton of r. so we get 𝑟𝑏 𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑛𝑈 + 𝑟𝑏 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). but, x is a cancellative ℱ-module, we have 𝑎𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑛−1 𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ,that is mean 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑛−1 𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). remark 2.15 every ℱ-semi-prime sub-module is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module. proof: it is clear by definition of ℱ-semi-prime sub-module. remark 2.16 if u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of ℱ-module x, with ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈. then u is an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module. proof: assume that u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m. let (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑚𝑡 = (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈, for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ, 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋,where 𝑡, 𝑏 ∈ [0,1]. since u is an ℱsoc-semi-prime sub-module, then 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈 but ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈. hence u is an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module. corollary 2.17 if u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of ℱ-module x, with u be an ℱ-essential submodule of x. then u is an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module. proof: since u be an ℱ-essential sub-module of x, then by definition of ℱ-socle we have ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈 and by (remark 2.16) that is complete the proof. corollary 2.18 if u is an ℱ-sub-module of ℱ-module x, with ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈. then u is an ℱ-semiprime sub-module of x if and only if u is an ℱ-soc-prime sub-module of x. proof: consequently from (remark 2.7) and (remark 2.16). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 113 remark 2.19 let u and v are ℱ-sub-modules of ℱ-module x. if u+v is an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module of x with v ⊆ ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋), then u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. proof: let (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑘 = (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑈, for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ, 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑋,where 𝑘, 𝑏 ∈ [0,1]. this implies (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑘 ⊆ u + v. but u+v is an ℱ-semi-prime sub-module of x, hence 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑈 + 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) since v ⊆ ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). that is u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. theorem 2.20 any ℱ-sub-module of semi-simple ℱ-module x is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. proof: if u is an ℱ-sub-module of an ℱ-module x of an ℛ-module m. let (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑘 = (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑈, for 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ, 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑋,where 𝑘, 𝑏 ∈ [0,1]. but, x is a semi-simple ℱ-module, thus 𝑋 = ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋).we have 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑋 = ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋), this implies 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 𝑋 = 𝑟𝑏 ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑟𝑏 (𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)) ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) that is mean u is an ℱ-socsemi-prime sub-module of x. proposition 2.21 : if u is a weakly pure ℱ-sub-module of ℱ-module x with (𝑟𝑛)𝑏u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x for every non-empty ℱ-singleton 𝑟𝑏 of r, then u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. proof: suppose that (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈,with 𝑟𝑏 is an ℱ-singleton of r and 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋,where 𝑡, 𝑏 ∈ [0,1].also (𝑟𝑛)𝑏 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑋 this implies (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 ∩ (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑋 = (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑈 since u is a weakly pure ℱ-sub-module of x, but (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑈 is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x, hence 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). thus u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. lemma 2.22 : (𝐴⨁𝐵) + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋⨁𝑌) = (𝐴 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))⨁(𝐵 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑌)) for every fuzzy submodules a and b of fuzzy modules x and y respectively. proof: from (lemma 2.2) we get (𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋⨁𝑌))𝑡 = 𝑆𝑜𝑐((𝑋⨁𝑌)𝑡 ) for each t ∈ (0,1]. but, 𝑆𝑜𝑐((𝑋⨁𝑌)𝑡 ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 ⨁𝑌𝑡 ) and we have 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 ⨁𝑌𝑡 ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 )⨁𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑌𝑡 ) that is (𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋⨁𝑌))𝑡 = 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋𝑡 )⨁𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑌𝑡 ) = (𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))𝑡 ⨁(𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑌))𝑡 thus (𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋⨁𝑌))𝑡 = [(𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)) ⨁(𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑌)]𝑡 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋⨁𝑌) = 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⨁ 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑌) hence from (remark 1.5) then ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 114 proposition 2.23 : if u and v are ℱ-sub-modules of ℱ-modules x and y respectively, then 1) if 𝑈⨁𝑌 is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of 𝑋⨁𝑌 thus u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. 2) if 𝑋⨁𝑉 is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of 𝑋⨁𝑌 thus v is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. proof : 1) suppose that 𝑈⨁𝑌 is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of 𝑋⨁𝑌 and 𝑟𝑏 is an ℱ-singleton of r and 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋 such that (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈. then (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏 (𝑥𝑡 , 𝑦𝑝) = ((𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 , (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑦𝑝) ⊆ 𝑈⨁𝑌, for any ℱ-singleton 𝑦𝑝 ⊆ 𝑌, but 𝑈⨁𝑌 is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of 𝑋⨁𝑌. thus (𝑟𝑏𝑥𝑡 , 𝑟𝑏 𝑦𝑝) ⊆ (𝑈⨁𝑌) + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋⨁𝑌), by (lemma 2.22) we get (𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑡 , 𝑟𝑏 𝑦𝑝) ⊆ (𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋))⨁(𝑌 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑌)). that is 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) , therefore u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. 2) similarly as the idea in (1). lemma 2.24 : if x is an ℱ-module of an ℛ-module m, and m be a faithful multiplication ℛ-module, then: ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) = 𝑋 ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ). proposition 2.25 : let x be a finitely generated multiplication and faithful ℱ-module of an ℛ-module m, if j is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime ideal of ℛ then jx is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. proof : assume that 𝑟𝑏 is an ℱ-singleton of ℛ and 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋 such that (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏 𝑥𝑘 = (𝑟𝑏 ) 𝑛𝑥𝑘 ⊆ jx,where 𝑘, 𝑏 ∈ [0,1].that is (𝑟𝑛)𝑏〈𝑥𝑡 〉 ⊆ jx. but x is a multiplication ℱ-module, thus there exists an ℱ-ideal l of ℛ with 〈𝑥𝑡 〉 = 𝐿𝑋. then we get (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏 𝐿𝑋 ⊆ jx, so (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝐿 ⊆ j + ℱ − ann(x) = j since x is a faithful ℱmodule. but j is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime ideal of ℛ, then by ( corollary 2.13) implies that 𝑟𝑏 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐽 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ).now, by multiplying both sides with x and using (lemma 2.24) we have 𝑟𝑏 𝐿𝑋 ⊆ 𝐽𝑋 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ)𝑋 = 𝐽𝑋 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). therefore, jx is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of x. proposition 2.26 suppose that u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of an ℱ-module x and v is an ℱ-semiprime sub-module of x with ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑉. then the intersection of u and v is an ℱsoc-semi-prime of x. proof : if 𝑟𝑏 is an ℱ-singleton of ℛ and 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋 where 𝑏, 𝑡 ∈ [0,1], such that (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏 𝑥𝑘 = (𝑟𝑏 ) 𝑛𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑈 ∩ 𝑉. this implies (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 and (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑉, but u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime submodule of x. so, we have 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋).now, since v is an ℱ-semi-prime submodule of x then 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ 𝑉.we get 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ [𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)] ∩ 𝑉, but ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) ⊆ 𝑉 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 115 then by using (lemma 1.29) we have 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑘 ⊆ (𝑈 ∩ 𝑉) + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). that is mean 𝑈 ∩ 𝑉 is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime of x. proposition 2.27 let x be a faithful multiplication ℱ-module of an ℛ-module m, then a proper ℱ-sub-module u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of if and only if [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋] is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime ideal of ℛ. proof: let (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑚𝑡 = (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑚𝑡 ⊆ [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋] with 𝑚𝑡 and 𝑟𝑏 are ℱ-singletons of ℛ where 𝑏, 𝑡 ∈ [0,1]implies that (𝑟𝑛)𝑏 (𝑚𝑡 𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈. but, u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module, so by (corollary 2.13) then 𝑟𝑏 (𝑚𝑡 𝑋) ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) . since x is a multiplication ℱ-module, then by (preposition 1.32) 𝑈 = [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋]𝑋 , and since x is a faithful multiplication, so by (lemma 2.24) 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋) = ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ)𝑋. therefore 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 𝑋 ⊆ [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋]𝑋 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ)𝑋, this implies 𝑟𝑏 𝑚𝑡 ⊆ [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋] + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ). thus [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋] is an ℱ-soc-semiprime ideal of ℛ . conversely let (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝐷 = (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝐷 ⊆ 𝑈 with 𝑟𝑏 be an ℱ-singleton of ℛ and d is an ℱ-sub-module of x. since x is a multiplication ℱ-module, then 𝐷 = 𝐽𝑋 for some an ℱ-ideal of ℛ, we get (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝐽𝑋 ⊆ 𝑈 that is mean (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝐽 ⊆ [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋],but [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋] is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime ideal of ℛ, so by (corollary 2.12) we have 𝑟𝑏 𝐽 ⊆ [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋] + 𝐹 − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ) , this implies 𝑟𝑏 𝐽𝑋 ⊆ [𝑈:𝑅 𝑋]𝑋 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℛ)𝑋 , then by (lemma 2.25) we get 𝑟𝑏 𝐽𝑋 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). lemma 2.28 let 𝑓: m → �̅� be isomorphism mapping from an ℛ-module m into an ℛ-module �̅� .if x and �̅� are ℱ-modules of an ℛ-modules m and �̅� respectively. then f (ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)) ⊆ ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(�̅�). proposition 2.29 let 𝑓: 𝑋 → �̅� be an ℱ-isomorphism from ℱ-module 𝑋 into ℱ-module �̅�, with u is an ℱ-socsemi-prime sub-module of 𝑋, such that ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝑈. then 𝑓(𝑈) is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of �̅�. proof : 𝑓(𝑈) is a proper ℱ-sub-module of �̅�. if not, then 𝑓(𝑈) = �̅�. let 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋, so 𝑓(𝑥𝑡 ) ⊆ �̅� = 𝑓(𝑈), that is there exists 𝑦𝑠 ⊆ 𝑈 where 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ [0,1] such that 𝑓(𝑥𝑡 ) = 𝑓(𝑦𝑠)implies that 𝑓(𝑥𝑡 ) − 𝑓(𝑦𝑠) = 01 then 𝑓(𝑥𝑡 − 𝑦𝑠) = 01, thus 𝑥𝑡 − 𝑦𝑠 ⊆ ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝑈, it follows that 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈.thus 𝑈 = 𝑋 that is a contradiction. now, let (𝑟𝑏 ) 𝑛𝑧𝑐 ⊆ 𝑓(𝑈) with 𝑟𝑏 ⊆ ℛ and 𝑧𝑐 ⊆ �̅� with 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ [0,1],but 𝑓 is onto 𝑓(𝑥𝑡 ) = 𝑧𝑐 for some 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑋, therefore (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏 𝑧𝑐 = (𝑟𝑛)𝑏𝑓(𝑥𝑡 ) = 𝑓((𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ) ⊆ 𝑓(𝑈), this implies that there exists 𝑘ℎ ⊆ 𝑈 with ℎ ∈ [0,1] such that 𝑓(𝑘ℎ ) = 𝑓((𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ), that is 𝑓(𝑘ℎ − (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ) = 01, so 𝑘ℎ − (𝑟 𝑛)𝑏𝑥𝑡 ⊆ ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝑈. it follows that (𝑟𝑏) 𝑛𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈. but, u is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime sub-module of 𝑋, thus 𝑟𝑏 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑈 + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋). then by (lemma 2.28) we have 𝑟𝑏𝑧𝑐 = 𝑟𝑏 𝑓(𝑥𝑡 ) ⊆ 𝑓(𝑈) + 𝑓(ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(𝑋)) ⊆ 𝑓(𝑈) + ℱ − 𝑆𝑜𝑐(�̅�) . hence 𝑓(𝑈) is an ℱ-soc-semi-prime submodule of �̅�. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 116 2.conclusion through this research, we were able to know some of the fuzzy algebraic properties of fuzzy socle semi-prime sub-modules and the relationship with other concepts . the idea of fuzzy socle semi-prime sub-modules is dualized in this study by introducing several characteristics and properties of semi-prime fuzzy sub-modules. this approach has opened up new possibilities for studying the fuzzy dimension. thus, socle semi-prime module and completely socle semi-prime sub-modules can be defined utilizing the concept of fuzzy socle semi-prime sub-modules. references 1. zadeh l. a. 1965. fuzzy sets, information and control, 8: 338-353, 1965. 2. naegoita, c. v. ; ralescu, d. a. application of fuzzy sets in system analysis, birkhauser, basel, switzerland, 1975. 3. hadi, i. m. a. semiprime fuzzy sub-modules of fuzzy modules, ibn-al-haitham j. for pure and appl. sci., 2004,17(3),112-123. 4. al,i s.a. approximately prime sub-modules and some of their generalizations m.sc.thesis, university of tikrit. 2019 5. martinez, l., fuzzy modules over fuzzy rings in connection with fuzzy ideals of rings, j.fuzzy math.1996, 4, 843-857. 6. zahedi, m. m. on l-fuzzy residual quotient modules and p. primary sub-modules , fuzzy sets and systems, 1992,51: 333-344. 7. mukherjee,t. k.; sen, m. k. ; roy, d. on fuzzy sub-modules and their radicals, j. fuzzy math., 1996, 4, 549-558. 8.mashinchi, m. ; zahedi, m.m., 2,"on l-fuzzy primary sub-modules,fuzzy sets systems, 199,49,231-236. 9.rabi h. j. . prime fuzzy sub-module and prime fuzzy modules , m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 2001 10.zahedi, m. m. . a characterization of l-fuzzy prime ideals, fuzzy sets and systems, 1991,44: 147-160. 11. al-abege a. m. h, near-ring, near module and their spectrum, m.sc.thesis, university of kufa , college of mathematics and computers sciences. 2010 12.mashinchi, m. ; zahedi, m.m., on l-fuzzy primary sub-modules,fuzzy sets systems, 1996, 4, 843-857. 13. gada, a.a., fuzzy spectrum of modules over commutative rings,m.sc.thesis, university of baghdad. 2000 14.kasch, f. . modules and rings, academic press. 1982 15.hatam y. k., fuzzy quasi-prime modules and fuzzy quasi-prime. sub-modules ,m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 2001 16.. kalita, m. c a study of fuzzy algebraic structures: some special types, ph.d thesis, gauhati university, gauhati, india, 2007. 17.wafaa, h. h.t-abso fuzzy sub-modules and t-abso fuzzy modules and some their generalizations , ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. 2018. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 117 18. hadi, g. rashed, fully cancellation fuzzy modules and some generalizations,m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 2017 19.goodreal , k. r. ring theory –non singular rings and modules, marci-dekker,new york and basel. 1976 17062012125413 17062012125413_001 17062012125413_002 17062012125413_003 17062012125413_004 17062012125413_005 17062012125413_006 17062012125413_007 17062012125413_008 17062012125413_009 17062012125413_010 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 de termination of adenosine de aminase activity in type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus h. mossa and z. hussein departme nt of biology, collage of education ibn-al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract serum adenosine deaminase (ada) activity was determined in 30 blood sample of type 1 diabetic individuals 30 blood sample for the ty p e 2 and 15 normal children as a control for ty p e 1 15 normal adults as control for ty p e 2. the mean ada activity and sp ecific activity in ty p e 1 was (8.85± 5.55 u/mg of p rotein) which is comp ared with control (32.11± 1.54 u/mg of p rotein) while in ty p e 2 was (48.46±11.91 u/mg of p rotein) is comp ared with control (5.18± 2.27 u/mg of p rotein ). we conclude that t he altered blood level of ada activity may help in p redicting immunological dy sfunction in diabetic individuals and also has a p rognost ic value. introduction diabetes mellitus is a group of devast ating metabolic disease caused by insufficient insulin sy nthesis, increased insulin destruction or in effective insulin action. all of its metabolic effect result when the body 's cells fail to acquire glucose from the blood. the metabolic imbalances that occur have serious, but not life-threatening, consequences (figure 1). in insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (iddm ), also called ty p e 1 diabetes, inadequate amount of insulin are secreted because the b-cells of the p ancreas were destroy ed. because iddm usually occurs before the age of 20, it has (until recently ) been referred to as juvenileonset diabetes. non insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (niddm ), also called ty p e 2 or adultonset, is caused by the insensitivity of target tissues to insulin. although these forms of diabetes share some features, t hey differ significantly in other. the most obvious sy mptom of diabetes in hy p erglycemia ( high blood glucose levels), is caused by adequate cellular up take of glucose. because the kidney s cap acity to reabsorb glucose from the urinary filtrate is limited, glucose app ears in the urine (glucosuria). glucosuria results in osmotic diuresis, a p rocess in which an excessive loss of water and electrolytes (na‾, k, and cl‾) is caused by the p resence of solute in the filtrate. with out insulin to regulate level metabolism, its three p rincipal target t issues (liver, adip ose tissue, and muscle) fail to absord nut rient app rop riately . inst ead, there tissues function as if the body were undergoing st arvation. insul independent diabetes in most cases of insulin-dependent diabetes the insulin p roduced b-cells have been destroy ed by the immune sy st em. although the sy mptom of iddm often manifest themselves abruptly, it now app ears that b-cell destruction is caused by an inflammatory p rocess over several y ears. the sy mptom are not obvious until virtually all insulin p roducing cap acity is destroy ed. as in other inflammatory and autoimmune processes, b-cell destruction is initiated when an antibody bind to cell surface antigen. aut o antibodies to insulin and the ty rosine p hosp hotase. ia-2 have been detected. the most acute sy mptom of ty p e 1 diabetes is ketoacidosis. elevated concentration of ketones in the blood and low blood ph a long with hy p erglycemia cause excessive water losses, ketoacidoses and dehydration, it left untreated, can lead to coma and death. certain hla antigens are found in a large majority of ty p e 1 diabetes. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 non-insul in-dependent diabete s non-insulin-dep endent diabetes is a milder disease them the insulin dependent form. its onest is slow, often occurring after the age of 40. individual with ty p e 2 diabetes have normal or often eveated blood levels of insulin. ty p e 2 p atients are resistant to insulin. the most common cause of insulin resistance is the down-regulation of insulin receptor. ap p roximately 85% of ty p e 2 diabetics are obese. treatment of niddm usually consists of diet controland exercise. in same cause oral hy p oglycemic drugs are used. when the failure of ty p e 2 diabetic p atients to control hy p erglycemia is accomp atied by other medical condition ( e.g infection) a serious metabolic st ate referred to as hy p erosmolar hy p erglycemic nonketosis (hhnk) can result. because of the additional metabolic st ress, insulin resistance in exacerbated, and blood glucose level would rise[1]. adenosine deaminase (ada),as an enzy me that is involved in nucleic acid metabolism [2]. its main biological activity is defected in t lymphocyte function[3]. so it was considered as good marker of cell mediated immunity [4], and it has acrucial role in lymphocyte p roliferation and differentiation [5]. it has been reported that adenosine deaminase is a good marker for insulin function [6,7]. but its connection with immune sy st em was not y et established in diabetic subject. even through there are some reports available on ada levels in diabetic subject there are all inconclusive and controversial [8]. we have undertaken apreliminary st udy to determine its blood activity and to highlight its role in ty p e 1 and ty p e 2 diabets mellitus. material and methods there were 30 blood samp les for adult p atients form (both sex) who had a history of not less than six y ears of diabetes mellitus (sample were collected from al-yarmuk hosp ital). they were aged 20 to 50 y ears. all of them were in the category of ty p e 2 diabetes mellitus. none of subject have a hist ory of infection or other factor (like drugs) at the time of the st udy . and t here were 30 blood samples of p atients with ty p e 1 diabetes mellitus and there were in range of 5 to 16 y ears (samplewere collected from al-yarmuk hosp ital).non of the subjects have ahist ory of infection or other element at the time of st udy . a group of 15 healthy adult individuals were served as control and 15 healthy children served as control for ty p e 1. ada activity was determinded according to the giusti method (9). t he tot al activity was defined as the amount of enzy me required to release 1 mol of ammonia p er minute from adenosine at st andard assay condition and it was exp ressed as u/ml. the sp ecific activity was exp ressed as u/mg of p rotein. the st atist ical analysis was p erformed by using t test to comp are the mean value of ada in p atients with control. re sults adenosine deaminase activity was significantly (p<0.01) decreased in p atients with ty p e 1 sy mptom, it was (8.85± 5.55 u/mg of p rotein) as comp ared with control (32.11 ± 1.54 u/mg of p rotein). while sp ecific activity in patients (2.01± 1.25 u/mg of p rotein) as comp ared with control (9.44 ± 0.78 u/mg of p rotein). the results in p atient with ty p e 2 show a significant increased level in ada activity , it was (48.46 ± 16.91 u/mg of p rotein) in p atient as comp ared with control ( 5.18 ± 2.27 u/mg of p rotein). while the sp ecific activity levels in p atients were (2.01± 1.26 u/mg of p rotein) as comp ared with control which were (9.44 ± 0.78 u/mg of p rotein). the activity and sp ecific activity of p atients and control for ty p e 1 and ty pe 2 were shown in table 1. discussion enzy me is useful in modern medical p ractice for several reasons. enzy me assay s p rovide imp ortant information concerning the p resence and severity of disease. in addition, enzy me often provide a means of monitoring p atients resp onse to therap y . genetic ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 p redisp osition to a certain disease may also be determined by measuring sp ecific enzy me activities [1]. adenosine deaminase is an enzy me necessary for the normal catabolism of p urine. ada cataly ses the conversion of adenosine and deoxy adenosine to inosine and deoxy inosin. exp erimental evidence indicates that adenosine, in increased amount, may result in increased cam p activity . which is known to be associated with the inhibition of ly mphocyte function so immunodeficiency may result as consequenes of ada defect [10]. in this st udy we observe that t here were significant decreases in the ada levels in ty p e 1 individuals while there were elevated levels of ada activity in ty p e 2 individuals. in regard to ty p e 2 our finding is similar to result rep orted by [6,11]. the decreased level of ada activity in ty p e 1 may result from the detect in the action of insulin that is required for the function of ly mphocyte. it is also thought that in diabetic individuales, insulin may be a good target for killing by antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity resp onse [12], that has control over t-lymphocyte function[8]. the increased level of ada in ty p e 2 may releated to t he elevated level of insulin in blood, insulin has a modulating action on immune resp onse [13]. so according to this st udy we can conclude that t here were immunological disturbances associated with this disease, and the altered level of ada may help in est ablishing this enzy me as a good marker for assessing cm i in diabetes individuals. however, this st udy has a few limitation, further studies of ada in lymphocyte dm individuals is required. re frences 1trudy m ckee,and tames r. m ckee,(2003) biochemist ry . 3 rd ed., : 550-554. 2amja, p.o.,ekanem, e.a., short term.(2005) glucose load and serum adenosine deaminase activity in diabetic nigerians. journal of medical lab. oratory science; 14:1. 3m ishra, o.p.; gup ta, b.l.; ali, z.; nath, g.and chandra, l. (1994) adenosine deaminase activity in ty p hoid fever. tndian pediat rics: 31:1380-1383. 4bayhanha, m .f.; pego, a. lima, m .a.etal.(1990) serum and p leural adenosine deaminase correlation with ly mphocyte pop ulation. chest ; 87: 605-610. 5sullivan, j.l.; osborne, w.r.a.;wedgwood, r.j.(1977) adenosine deaminase activity in lymphocytes. br. j. hematol. 37:157-158. 6kurt ul, n.; penu, s.; akarsu, e.; kocogla, u.; akosoy , y.and akosoy , h.(2005) adenosine deaminase activity in the serum of ty p e 2 diabetic p atients, acta. medic (hradec kralove), 48(1):63. 7hoshino, t.; yamada, k.and m asuoka, k. et al. (1994) elevated adenosine deaminase activity in serum of p atients with diabetes mellitus. diabetes res clin pract; 25: 97-102. 8frankie, b. and abass, e. (2003) activated t-ly mphocyte in ty p e 2 diabetes: imp lications from in vitro studies. curr. drug targets, 4:493-503. 9giust i, g. adenosine deaminase. in: bergmey er, h. u. (ed.) m ethods of enzy me analysis.(1981). 2 nd ed. academic press., 2:1092-1099. 10daniel, d.;stites,john d.;stobo, j.,vivian wells (1987) basic and clinicl immunology , 6 th ed.,:339-340. 11casanueva, v.; ximena, c.;cavicchioli, g.;oelkev, m .; cofre, j.and chiang, m .i.(1992) serum adenosine deaminase in the early diagnosis of ty p hoid fever. pediatr. intec. dis. j.,11:828-830. 12foveny , j.j., k., t otp al, e., thassz, ,t, garan (1984). 13ivan, m ., roitt and peter, j., delves (2004) 10 th ed.: 214-215. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (1): adenosine deaminase activity in serum of diabetes patie nts type 1 and type 2. sp ecific activity u/mg of p rotein ada activity u/mg of p rotein number age (both sex) 9.44 ± 0.78 32.11 ± 1.54 15 control 5-13 2.01 ± 1.26* 8.85 ± 5.55* 30 p atients 5-13 7.66 ± 0.48 5.18 ± 2.27 15 control 20-50 46.19 ± 16.55* 48.46 ± 11.91* 30 p atients 20-50 *s igni ficant (p<0.01) insulin deficiency decreased secretion resistance, or both increased hep atic ketogensis increased hepatic gluconeogensis decreased ketone utilization decreased glucose ut ilization increased lip olysis increased hep atic glycogenoly sis hy p erketonemia hy p erglycemia osmotic diuresis excessive loss of h2o, k, na and cl ketoacidosis dehy dration fig .(1) the me tabolic consequences of insulin deficie ncy or resistance ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 co ntrol patients co ntrol patients 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 activity of enz yme (u/mg) co ntrol p atients fig.(2) activity and specific activity for patients and controls ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة یم ادینوسین دي امینیز في مرضى السكري من النوع الثانيظقیاس فعالیة ان حازمة موسى وزهراء حسین جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة مرضــى الســـكر النـــوع االول فـــي (ada)دینوســـین المزیــل لمجموعـــة االمـــین مــن االیم ظـــناالة فعالیـــ تسیـقــ )iddm ( والنوع الثاني)niddm ( بـالنوع الثـاني آبـالنوع االول وثالثـین مصـاب آالثین مصابـثوذلك بأخذ عینات دم من وقـد اظهـرت النتـائج وجـود ارتفـاع كبیـر فـي فعالیـة االنظـیم . وقورنت هذه العینات مع عینات االشخاص السـلیمین لكـل نـوع . في حین وجد انخفاض معنوي في عینات النوع االول مقارنة بالسیطرة ،في مرضى النوع الثاني مقارنة بالسیطرة فـي انقسـام وتمـایز الخالیـا دور رئـیس adaا االنظـیم لـدى مرضـى السـكر حیـث ان لـلهدفت الدراسة الى تحدید فعالیـة هـذ كمـا ان االنسـولین یعـد محـور للفعالیـة المناعیــة لـذا حـددنا هـذا النـوع مـن االمــراض . التائیـة التـي هـي اسـاس المناعـة الخلویــة . adaلدراسة فعالیة انظیم آكهدف ین االشخاص المصابین بالنوع كل من في adaمستوى فعالیة ناك اختالفآ في ه ومن خالل النتائج یمكننا االستنتاج ان .لدى هؤالء المرضى لحصول اظطراب مناعيفعاآل آمؤشر قد یعد ان هذا االختالف . مقارنة بالسیطرة الثاني األول و ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 mathematical model of effect of number of pulses of pulsed laser o n formation process of plasma s. k.mousa departme nt of physics, college of education for pure science, unive rsity of anbar received in oct. 5 2010 accepte d in feb. 8 2011 abstract the effect of number of p ulses of p ulsed laser on materials is st udied analytically, different p ulses has been used with the same delay time. the depth of p ossible damage to the surface of copp er and titanium as well as depth of the crater to both materials were considered in this study . the study revealed that linear model is only p ossible when estimating depth of p ossible damage for copp er material, this means that the depth of p ossible damage increases with the increment of number of laser p ulses .as for titanium material, it is found the relationship is nonlinear. the depth of p ossible damage of titanium and copp er is not the same, and copp er seems t o be more predictable than titanium. k ey words: pulsed laser, delay time, linear models, copp er. introduction since the discovery of the laser, researchers began irradiating almost every conceivable target material and p hase for novel basic p hy sical and chemical st udy in addition to new app lications. pulsed-laser deposition (pld) technique has been successfully app lied to a wide range of materials. in the laser ablation p rocess, high-p ower laser p ulses are focused onto the surface of a bulk target ty p ically at an angle of incidence of 45° with resp ect to its p erpendicular direction. the ablation of the target p roduces a visible p lasma (commonly known as "p lume") that exp ands from the target[1]. the production of high temp erature p lasmas with small scale, short p ulse, high intensity lasers has been actively p ursued during the last three decades. of p articular interest in these st udies is the measurement of the energy absorp tion efficiency of high density p lasmas created by intense irradiation of a solid target, and many group s have p ublished work measuring solid target p lasma absorp tion efficiency over a wide range of incident intensities and laser wavelengths on p lanar[2-6] and micro st ructured targets[7]. these st udies have shown that t he plasma ty p ically absorbs a large fraction of the laser energy , between 10% and 80% of the incident energy , depending up on intensity and laser wavelength. such exp eriments have shown that a large amount of energy can be deposited p er unit area and that high temp eratures about 100 ev are achievable[2,8]. however, rapid heat conduction into t he cold, solid subst rate beneath the p lasma will ty p ically clamp the p lasma temperature to a value of 1000 ev[8-10]. furt hermore, most of the deposited energy is contained within the p lasma electrons, which cool too rapidly by conduction and hy drody namic exp ansion to transfer much of this laser energy to the cold ions. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 data collection a rough idea of the size of a crater can be obtained by considering the following: pressure is the energy p er unit volume, p = de/dv ≈ e/v, where e is the energy of the p ulse delivered to the material and v is the volume of the p lasma (or the gas that condenses from the plasma). if the p ressure is above the st rength of the material k, t he material give way as it is p ushed aside by the p lasma. we can therefore find the app roximate volume of the excavated crater by setting e/v = k. assuming the crater is a cy linder with a dep th equals to its radius, t he radius of the crater will be ap p roximately rc = (e/(π k))1/3. the software that is designed for estimating beam p arameters of p ulse energy (m aterials resp onse to p eak intensity .htm) is used here for simulation p urp oses of this p aper. this p rogram is an interactive use interface which can be used directly from the internet (how to build a laser death ray.htm).the user interface of p rogram contained two main categories ;the first is that deals with the ty p e of material and some of the laser p arameters of interest, the second category contained some imp ortant p arameters of material. both categories lead to the same outp ut. the p rogram has been run frequently in this research according to the need due to varying number of p ulses as well as delay time. results for both copp er and titanium material, p ulsed laser (x) will be considered as an indep endent variable while the depth of p ossible damage and hole depth were considered as dependent variables denoted by y 1 and y2 resp ectively. the copp er material will be considered first and the simple linear regression equation of y 1 on x was p erformed. the slop e and the intercep t p arameters of the line were found to be significantly different from zero. the coefficient of determination for the equation was 100%, which means absolute straight line[11]. xy 006.0226.01  … (1) figure (1)shows the scatter p lot of the data and the imp el linear regression line that is the best fit for t he data of these two variables. it is therefore, possible to p redict t he dep th of p ossible damage in cop p er material if the number of p ulses is given in advance. the linear relationship between number of p ulses and hole depth of copp er material made is given in equation (2). this equation clearly shows that relationship between hole depth and number of p ulses is not linear since the coefficient of determination was found to be 0.08 and both p arameters of equation (2) are not significantly different from zero. xy 453.0321.39 2  … (2) figure(2) revealed that sp line interp olant is the best fit for this set of data. the red line that represents equation (2) gives a fair idea about how bad is the linear representation ,i.e. equation(2)cannot be used for p rediction p urp oses. it is of interest to invest igate whether hole dep th can and dep th of p ossible damage for copp er material can be p ut in a form of linear relationship . equation (3) shows this relation. in this equation both p arameters are found to be not significantly different from zero and the coefficient of determination equals to 0.08. it is therefore can be concluded that t he relation is far from linear. figure (3) shows the scatter p lot of the points as well as the fitted models[11]. 12 394.74506.22 yy  … (3) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 the above p rocedure was repeated in the same manner for the titanium material. in this context, equation (4) shows the simple linear regression line of depth of p ossible damage on p ulse number. xy 606.3972.54 1  … (4) although the coefficient of determination equals 0.68, but the regression is significant and both p arameters of the equation re significantly different from zero. figure (4) shows the scatt er p lot of the p oints of these two variables as well as the fitt ed models. it is clear the sp line interpolant gives t he best fitt ing. the simple linear regression equation (5) of the depth hole on the number of p ulses shows that the slop e p arameter is not significantly different zero. and that 53% of the regression line can be interpreted by the intercept[11]. xy 201.3209.64 2  … (5) figure (5) shows the scatter plot of the points as well as the fitted models. t he sp line interp olnt is t he best fitt ing for this set of data. the simp le linear regression line (equation 6) was found to the worst model fitt ed the data of linear regression y 2 on y 1 . both p arameters of the equation were to be not significantly different from zero. 12 018.0721.28 yy  … (6) figure(6) shows that neither the simple linear regression nor the quadratic model can fit t his data. m any att emp ts were made to find the best fit for t his set of data. the quadratic model, although it is worse but it is much better than the linear fitting. discussion the variability of number of p ulses p rop agated significantly affected the depth of p ossible damage and hole depth of materials (cop p er and titanium) considered in this st udy . it is wort hwhile st ating that t he effect of p ulses on the cop p er material behaved differently when comp ared to titanium. in the first case the damage increased st eadily , whereas in the case of titanium st arted with high damage and tends to decreases with high p ulse numbers. for this reason t he linear relationship in the first was absolutely st raight, whereas it wasn't the state for the second case. the slop e of the hole depth for both materials was not significantly different from zero, that is linear model is not suitable. the titanium material tend to have an app roximately a fixed effect since the intercep t p arameter was found to be significantly different from zero, whereas it wasn't the state with regard to cop p er material. in both materials, it was not p ossible to find a model that govern the relationship between the dep th of p ossible damage and hole depth. conclusions it is obvious from the all that the copp er material is bett er than titanium in accordance with exp loration the range of damage generated by p ulsed laser in the field of a certain number of p ulses .as for titanium, the behavior was different, this is may be due to the ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 characterist ics of the used laser which not fit with the characterist ics of titanium material. thus we can take in consideration and examine titanium material to a different ty p es of lasers in order to know t he behavior of this material with the other kinds of lasers. the study illustrated that t he increment of number of pulses during certain p eriods leads t o an essential damage on the materials with no care to the nature of resp onse of the materials(linear or nonlinear) with the number of pulses. re ferences 1. smausz ,t.; hop p , b.; kecskeméti, g. and bor z.(2006). study on metal micro p article content of the material transferred with absorbing film assist ed laser induced forward transfer when using silver absorbing lay er” ap p lied surface science, 252, issue 13, 30 : 4738-4742. 2.m ilchberg,h.m .;freeman,r.r.;davey ,s.c.and m ore,r.m .(1988)."resistivity of a simp le m etal from room temperature to 10 6 k", phy s. rev. lett. 61: 2364. 3.fedosejevs,r.;ot tmann,r.;sigel,r.;kühnle,g.;szatmari,s. andschäfer,f.p.(1990). absorp tion of femtosecond laser p ulses in high-density p lasma", phy s. rev. lett. 64 : 1250. 4.ditmire,t.;gumbrell,e.t.;smith,r.a.;m ountfrd,l. andhut chinson,m .h.r.(1996). sup ersonic ionization wave by radiation transp ort in a short –p ulse p roduced p lasma,phy s.rev.lett.77:498. 5.price,d.f.;m ore,r.m .;walling,r.s.;guethlein,g.;shepherd,r.l.;stewart,r.e.and white,w.e. (1995). absorp tion 0f ultrashort laser pulses by solid targets heated rabidly to temp eratures 1-1000ev, phy s. rev. lett. 75: 252. 6.m egan jaunic;shreyaraje;ky unghan kim and kunak m itra (2008). bio-heat transfer analysis during short p ulse laser irradiation of tissues", int ernational and journal of heat and mass transfer. 51: 551. 7.gop alenduap al;soumyadip ta basu;kunal m itra and tuan vo-dinh.(2006). time –resolved op tical tomography using short -p ulse laser for tumor detection, ap p lied phy sics. 45:6270. 8.az iz,m ichael.(2008). film growt h mechanisms in pulsed laser dep osition, j. ap p lied phy sics a 93: 579. 9.jep p e by skov-nielsen (2010). short -p ulse laser ablation of metals: fundamentals and app lications for micro-mechanical interlocking, phd thesis, dep artment of phy sics and astronomy, university of aarhus, denmark. 10.m ozgovoy ,a.g. (2002). a new method of obt aining high temp erature plasma , ieee xp lore 1:537. 11.norman r.and drap er;harry smith(1998). ap p lied regression analysis",3 rd edition, john wiley &sons.,inc.,newyork. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig.(1): s catter plot and fitted equati on for number of pul se s and depth of possible damage (copper) fig.(2): s catter plot and fitted equati on for number of pul ses and hole depth (copper) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.3 0.32 0.34 0.36 real data equation 1 number of pulses d ep th o f p o ss ib le d am ag e (m m ) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 10 0 12 0 real data spline interpolant equation 2 number of pulses h o le d ep th ( µ m ) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig.(3): s catter plot and fitted equati on for depth of possible damage and hol e depth(copper). fig.(4): s catter plot and fitted equati on for number of pul se s and depth of possible damage (titani um) 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.3 0.32 0.34 0.36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 10 0 real data spline interpolant equation 3 depth of p ossible damage (mm) h o le d ep th ( µ m ) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 -20 0 20 40 60 80 10 0 12 0 real data spline interpolant equation 4 d ep th o f p o ss ib le d am ag e (m m ) number of pulses ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig.(5): s catter plot and fitted equati on for number of pul ses and hole depth (titanium) fig.(6): s catter plot and fitted equati on for depth of possi ble damage and hole depth(ti tanium) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 -20 0 20 40 60 80 10 0 12 0 real data spline interpolant equation 5 number of pulses h o le d ep th ( µ m ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 10 0 real data quadrati c equation 6 depth of p ossible damage (mm) h o le d ep th ( µ m ) 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة عملیات تشكیل فينموذج الریاضي لتأثیر عدد نبضات اللیزر النبضي اال البالزما سالم خلف موسى جامعة االنباركلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة،،،قسم الفیزیاء 2010تشرین االول 5 في استلم البحث 2011شباط 8 في قبل البحث الخالصة زمن ب ت نبضات مختلفةاستخدمفقد ،في الموادنبضات لیزر نبضي تأثیر عددل تحلیلیة دراسة أجریت في هذا البحث عمق إلى عن" فضالعمق التلف الممكن على سطح النحاس والتیتانیوم االعتباربنظر في هذه الدراسة أخذ.نفسه التأخیر نموذج الخطي یكون ممكنا فقط في حالة تقدیر عمق التلف الممكن حصوله لقد أظهرت الدراسة أن اال.المادتین الحفرة لكال ن العالقة االدراسة أظهرتبینما .وهذا یعني ان عمق التلف الممكن یزداد مع زیادة عدد نبضات اللیزر،لمادة النحاس وأن مادة النحاس ،مادتي التیتانیوم والنحاس یختلفل ان عمق التلف الممكن.مادة التیتانیومالى تكون غیر خطیة بالنسبة .تبدو أكثر قابلیة للتنبؤ بسلوكها من مادة التیتانیوم .النحاس،النماذج الخطیة،زمن التأخیر،اللیزر النبضي :كلمات مفتاحیة microsoft word 1-6 1 | biology 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 external morphological study of tabanus autumnalis l. 1761,(diptera: tabanidae) in iraq hassan s. jasim ahmed j. sabr dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad awwad s. daoud dept. of biology/ college of science/ university of tikrit received in:4/february/2015,accepted in:25/march/2015 abstract this work included external morphological study of horse fly tabanus autumnalis l. 1761, which belongs to family tabanidae order: diptera. the study involved the most important taxonomic external characters of the: head, thorax, abdomen and their appendages which are: antenna, maxillary palp, wings, legs, spotting in coloring pattern of abdomen. key words: horse fly, diptera, tabanidae, tabanus, description. 2 | biology 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction the species tabanus autumnalis l. 1761 belongs to family tabanidae latreille 1802, subfamily tabaninae loew, 1860. this subfamily comprises about 275 species belong to 72 genera, worldwide distributed, from temperate to subtropical and tropical zones [1], it is known from many parts of the world from asia including saudi arabia, oman, jordan, syria, kuwait and turkey[2,3,4] to african including egypt [5] to europe including hungary, italy, croatia and united kingdom [6, 7] to north america including u. s. a. and mexico [8] and to south america including brazil, chile and colombia [9,10], the tabaninae are poorly known in the middle east [11], yet a comprehensive generic description is not available [12]. in iraq, subfamily tabaninae was studied by leclercq (1963) describing 24 horse flies species within four genera. the females of most species feed regularly on nectar, which they need for energy, while blood meals are mainly utilized for oogenesis by pierce skin and suck blood, while the males have lost their mandibles and feed on nectar and pollen alone [14,15]. the blood – feeding behavior of the females of horse flies make their veterinary and medical important, and includes many species important to human and animal health, either by acting as a disease vector such as surra, anthrax and loaloa, or by debilitating the host [16, 17]. members of family tabanidae are medium – sized to larger specimens, usually densely haired on thorax and abdomen. predominant specimens with brownish side markings on anterior abdominal segments, or mostly grayish – black to black, sometimes with paler dusted and pubescent posterior margins of abdominal segments [18,19]. compound eyes in living specimens are mostly greenish with three purple bands, only very rarely unbanded or with one or two bands [19]. eyes are always pubescent, usually rather long and very densely, or the hairs only indistinctly visible in the female sex. males with longer and more densely haired eyes, facets on the upper parts of eyes either more or less enlarged and sharply separated from lower part with small facets, or all facets almost equal in size [20]. ocellar tubercle is always present in both sexes, or vertex sometimes with three small vestigial ocelli. frons usually narrower, frontal calli well developed; median callus usually liner and connected with a larger circular, square to rectangular shaped lower callus; only exceptionally calli reduced or missing. wings are clear or slightly clouded especially interiorly, rarely with darker patches on cross veins and bifurcations; exceptionally a very short appendix to vein r4 [2,21]. materials and methods specimens of tabanus autumnalis were collected from the following regions: anbar\ remade (albu-suda 2013, almalahma 2013), falluja (azragia 2013, saqlawia 2013); baghdad\ abu-graib 2013\2014, al-radwania 2014 and al-yousfia 2014. a total of seven localities in the east of iraq were visited during june, august and september 2013 and may, june, july and august 2014. horse flies were trapped with chemical trap and a regular insect net. samples collected by the above traps were fixed on thick paper and kept in insect box. date and place of collection and hosts were recorded. a total of thirteen female specimens were identified based on [19,21]. the study was made using a dissecting microscope (olympus, japan) and compound microscope (olympus, japan), using normal light. images parts of different body insect by photomicroscope type ya xun microscope user manual, having enlargement power 200x max. 3 | biology 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 results:describe of tabanus autumnalis l. 1761 body length ♀: 24.17 mm and width 13.02 mm. head capsule:fig -1a length 4.73 mm and width 7.81 mm. compound eyes large, naked and unbanded. frons:fig -1a, b length 2.70 mm and width 0.79 mm, nearly parallel-sided, grayish to grey-yellow dusted, index 1: (4 – 5). lower frontal callus oval, connected with liner median frontal callus. frontal calli black, slightly shining. vertex with short black hairs, occiput on postocular margin with a row of short pale hairs. subcallus and face whitish-grey, the latter with long whitish hairs. maxillary palp:fig -1d whitish to whitish-yellow, short pale haired with some additional black hairs. antennae:fig -1c length 2.26 mm. dark brown or grey occasionally black. scape approximately square shape with acute angulated, contains dense long for middle hairs. scape large, its length is four times as long as the pedicle. flagellum is three times as long as scape, slender with distinct and nearly rectangular dorsal tooth near base. thorax: (dorsal view) fig -2a length is 7.62 mm and width is 6.01 mm, the colour is grey for blackish dusted, mesonotum with five indistinct, pale longitudinal stripes and clothed with short blackish hairs. pleura densely pale pubescent. notopleural lobes are brownish with black pubescent. wing: fig -2d colour is hyaline, with dark brown veins. length is 19.21 mm and width is 6.51 mm. sometimes very slightly clouded at base. basicosta is hairy when connected with mesonotum. haltere is light yellow, brownish at base. leg: fig -2c length of fore leg is about 11.91 mm in lenght, mid leg 13.11 mm, hind leg 16.92 mm. femur is greyish with pale hairs; tibiae are yellowish-brown, fore tibiae on apical third and posterior four tibiae at tip blackish; tarsus black. tibia of hind leg is slender, necked and middle size brown – black. abdomen: (dorsal view) fig -2b length 12.27 mm and width 7.43 mm. black, dark grey dusted, with distinct light grey pattern consisting of three rows of pale haired patches, of median triangular spots occupying the whole width of tergites, with large oval patches at sides. reference 1. pape, t. b. and mostovski, m.b. (2011). order diptera linnaeus, 1758. in z-q zhang, animal biodiversity: an outline of higher-level classification and survey of taxonomic richness. zootaxa, 3148: 222 – 229. 2. leclercq, m. (2000). a faunistic account of tabanidae (diptera) of saudi arabia and oman. faun. arabia. 18: 285 – 292. 3. al-talafha, h.; amr, z.; baker, m. and bader, a. (2004). horseflies of jordan. j. med. vet. entomol. 18: 208 – 221. 4. al-houty, w. (1989). insect fauna of kuwait. fahad al-marzouk printing and publishing establishment, kuwait: 189 pp. 5. ahmed, s. a. (1991). a computerized approach towards the taxonomy of blood-sucking flies except mosquitoes in egypt. thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the 4 | biology 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy in science, department of entomology. cairo university: 218 – 226. 6. quercia, o.; emiliani, f.; foschi, f. and stefanini, g. (2008) the wasp-horsefly syndrome. eur ann allergy clin immunol vol. 40 (3): 61 – 63. 7. egri, a.; blahó, m.; száz, d.; barta, a.; kriska., g.; antoni, g. and horváth, g. (2013). a new tabanid trap applying a modified concept of the old flypaper: linearly polarising sticky black surfaces as an effective tool to catch polarotactic horseflies. international journal for parasitology, 43: 555–563. 8. manrique-saide, p.; delfin-gonzàlez, h.; ibànez-bernal, s. (2001) horseflies (diptera: tabanidae) from protected areas of the yucatan peninsula, mexico. florida entomologist, 84(3): 352 – 362. 9. christian, r. g. (2009). agelanius chiloensis, a new species of horse fly from southern chile (diptera: tabnidae). guyana, 73(1): 12 – 16. 10. parra, h.g.; alarcón, p.e. and lópez, v.g. (2008). ecology and parasitological analysis of horse flies (diptera: tabanidae) in antioquia, colombia. caldasia, 30(1): 179 – 188. 11. al dhafer, h.m.; dawah, h.a. and abdullah, m.a. (2009). tabanidae (diptera) of saudi arabia saudi. journal of biological sciences, 16: 77–83. 12. mackerras, i. m.; spratt, d. m. and yeates, d.k. (2008). revision of the horse fly genera lissimas and cydistomyia (diptera: tabanidae: diachlorini) of australia. zootaxa, 1886: 1 – 80. 13. leclercq m. (1963). tabanidae (diptera) of iraq. bulletin of the iraq natural history institute (university of baghdad). vol. 11 (7): 1 – 12. 14. rubio, m.p. (2002). diptera tabanidae. fauna iberica vol. 18. museo nacional de ciencias naturales. madrid.309 pp. 15. hunter, f.f. and ossowski, a.m. (1999). honeydew sugars in wild-caught female horse flies (diptera: tabanidae). j. med. entomol. 36: 896–899. 16. krinsky, w.l. (1976). animal disease agents transmitted by horse flies and deer flies (diptera: tabanidae). journal of medical entomology, 13: 225–275. 17. mullen, b. a. (2009). horse flies and deer flies (tabanidae). in: g. r. mullen and l. a. durden (eds.) medical and veterinary entomology (second edition). academic press, burlington usa: 261 – 274. 18. leclercq, m. (1963). tabanidae (diptera) of iraq. bulletin of the iraq natural history institute (university of baghdad). no. 7, vol. 11: 1 – 12. 19. leclercq, m. (1966). révision systématique et biogéographique, des tabanidae (diptera) paléarctiques, tabaninae. inst. r. sci. nat. belg., bruxelles. 237 pp. 20. leclercq, m. (1986b). tabanus khalafi n.sp. (diptera, tabanidae) d’iraq, importance taxanimique de la coloration des yeux des tabanidae femelles. bull. ann. soc. r. entomol. 122: 219 – 224. 21. chvála, m.; lynborg, l. and moucha, j. (1972). the horse flies of europe: entomological society of copenhagen, copenhagen, 498 pp. 5 | biology 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig (1): body parts of tabanus autumnalis l. ahead capsule, bfrons, cantenna, dmaxillary palpi a200x; b, c, d3.7x fig (2): body parts of tabanus autumnalis l. athorax, babdomen, clegs (1. fore leg, 2, mid leg, 3. hind leg), dwing 200x 6 | biology 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 tabanus autumnalis l. 1761 لنوعالمظھر الخارجي لدراسة (diptera: tabanidae). في العراق حسن سعيد جاسم أحمد جميل صبر جامعة بغداد /)أبن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحياة عواد شعبان داود جامعة تكريت /كلية العلوم /قسم علوم الحياة 2015/اذار/25في:،قبل البحث 2015/شباط/4استلم البحث في : الخالصة ، التي تعود لعائلة tabanus autumnalis l. 1761تضمن البحث دراسة المظھر الخارجي لذبابة الخيل tabanidae من رتبة ثنائية األجنحةdiptera. شملت الدراسة صفات المظھر الخارجي ذات األھمية التصنيفية للرأس والصدر والبطن ولواحقھا التي تتمثل األستشعار والملمس الفكي واألجنحة واألرجل ونموذج التلون والتبقع للبطن.بقرن ، وصف.tabanidae ،tabanusذباب الخيل، ثنائية األجنحة، الكلمات المفتاحية: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 a studied some of the thermal and electrical properties for particulat polymer composites e. m. hadi applied science , department of mate rial science , unive rsity of technology abstract this researchs the p rep aration of particulate polymer comp osites from alkyd resin and iraqi burn kaolin whi ch were added as (20%,30%,40%,50%)and comparing with the p oly mer. it studied thermal conductivity and dielectric strength for both of the alky d resin and the comp osite m aterial. the result showed an increase in dielectric st rength after addin g the iraqi burn kaolin , also t he thermal conductivity was increased by adding the iraq i burn kaolin . ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة بعض الخواص الحراریة والكھربائیة لمتراكب بولیمري دقائقي إیناس محي ھادي الجامعة التكنولوجیة ،قسم العلوم التطبیقیة ،علم المواد الخالصة ي المحـروق وبنسـب تضمن ال بحث تحضیر متراكب بولیمري دقائقي من راتنج االلكاید مضاف لھ دقائق الكـاؤلین العراـق .ومقارنتھا مع البولیمر بدون اضافة) %50,%40,%30,%20(وزنیة مختلفة د وللمـادة المتراكبـة راتنج االلكاـی د اظھـر، درست التوصیلیة الحراریـة ومتانـة العـزل الكھربـائي ـل ت النتـائج حصـول وـق ــافة الـدقائق الســیرامیكیة ــائي بعـد اض ــة العـزل الكھرب ادة فـي متان ــدقائق ، زـی ــة باضـافة ال ــزداد االلتوصـیلیة الحراری كمـا وت .السیرامیكیة ایضا المقدمة وبـاالخص بشـكل عـام ، تلعـب المـواد المتراكبـة حالیـا دورا مھمـا فـي الصـناعات االنتاجیـة المختلفـة والدراسـات البحثیـة ــناعة ــى ص ــة البسـیطة ال ــات فمـن االدوات المنزلی ــع ومتنـوع مــن المنتج ــي مـدى واس ــة البولیمریـة فھــي تغط المـواد المتراكب ــوازل الكھربائیـة والحراریـة ــات الطبیـة ،االلیــاف البصـریة ، الطـالءات وصـناعة اللواصــق وصـناعة الع ــب ، التطبیق االنابی .بیقات التي الیمكن حصرھا مواد البناء وغیرھا من التط، المختلفة واد مختلفـة ومتنوعـة اعتمـادا علـى التطبیـق النھـائي للمتراكـب البـولیمري " ولتحضیر المـواد المتراكبـة البولیمریـة تضـاف ـم -:تقسم بشكل عام الى ك نسـبة اسـبیكت .1 ي تمتـل دعیم وتشـمل المـواد الـت asp(مـواد التقویـة والـت ect ratio ( عالیـة)α>> 1 ( ن وتحسـب ـم -:لعالقة التالیة ا = l / r ………….. (1)α :حیث أن l : طول االلیاف. r : قطر االلیاف. تضاف الى البولیمرات لتحسین الخواص المیكانیكیة فھي تعمل على زیادة ، وتتمثل باالشرطة وااللیاف المستمرة والقصیرة . [1] [2]لیمري النھائي متانة ومقاومة المتراكب البو -:وتحسب من العالقة التالیة ) α << 1(مواد مختلفة تمتلك نسبة اسبیكت واطئة .2 = r / t ………….. (2)α :حیث ان r : القطر. t : السمك. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دقائق ، األلیاف القصیرة ، القشور (وتشمل على تعمل ھذه المواد على تحسین ) المالئات ، الكرات الصغیرة ، ال مختلفة ، الخواص الحراریة أو الكھربائیة ، او تحسن من مقاومة الظروف الجویة او مقاومة المواد الكیماویة والمحالیل ال . [1]وقد تستخدم أحیانا للتدعیم ولتقویة المادة المتراكبة ، راكب البولیمري ككل تحسن الخواص بشكل متجانس ضمن المت د alky(في ھذا العمل حضرت مادة متراكبة بولیمریة دقائقیة من راتـنج االلكاـی d resin ( نج متصـلب حراریـا و راـت ، وـھ د اشـتقاقا مـن كلمتـي ا ر المشـبع سـمي بااللكاـی ولي اسـتر غـی ) acide(والحـامض ) alcohol(لكحـول یشتق من راتنجات الـب [3] . لما یمتاز بھ من ثبات حراري جید واحتفاظھ بخواصھ المختلفة عند درجات حرارة عالیة تصـل " اختیر راتنج االلكاید تحدیدا الي وتحـت ظـروف خاصـة الخواص الكھربائیة" وخصوصا) c˚ 204(الى لذا دخـل حـدیثا فـي مجـال العـزل الكھربـائي الـع [4] . ة تطبیقات اخرى لراتنج االلكاید اذ جضرت مادة متراكبة دقائقیة لاللكاید مع اوكسید الخارصین در ) zno(ست بحوث سابق د ولیمري ذي ثبـات حـراري جـی ــة ، لتحضـیر طـالء ـب یالت الحراری زة التحـل ــات الحـراري للطـالء عـن طریـق اجـھ درس الثب )dsc (و)dt a ([5] . ى ثباتھـا ودرست بحوث اخرى طالءات بولیمریـة دقائق السـیرامیكیة عـل د موضـحة تـأثیر اضـافة اـل مختلفـة بضـمنھا االلكاـی ــة یالت الحراری ق اجــراء التحـل ــن طرـی كمــا درسـت دور الــدقائق السـیرامیكیة فــي تحســین ) dga(و ) dsc(الحـراري ع . [6]مقاومة الطالء للظروف الجویة بشكل عام ى ، الدقائقیة من وجھة نظر ثابتة وتعاملت بحوث سابقة اخرى مع المادة المتراكبة اذ درست تأثیر شكل الدقائق المضـافة عـل وعین مـن الـدقائق ، خواص المادة المتراكبة النھائیة ائق اسـطوانیة الشـكل ودقـائق مسـطحة الشـكل ودرسـت ، فقد اعتمـد ـن دـق . [7]الخواص الحراریة للمتراكبات الناتجة . [8]كما اضیفت مواد رابطة لتحسین الربط ضمن مناطق السطوح البینیة ، ة واھتمت بحوث اخرى بدراسة السطوح البینی ن درست بحوث اخرى الخواص المیكانیكیـة لمتراكبـات بولیمریـة مدعمـة بـدقائق سـیرامیكیة حضـرت المـواد المتراكبـة ـم وم اسـتخدمت المتراكبـات الم حضـرة فـي التطبیقـات الطبیـة اضافة الـدقائق الزجاجیـة او فوسـفات الكالسـیوم او اوكسـید االلمنـی . [10] [9]مثل صناعة بدائل العظام ومعالجة الكسور في العظام دقائق سـیرامیكیة ل لمتراكبـات بولیمریـة دقائقیـة مدعمـة ـب ودرست بحوث اخرى نتائج اختبار ثالثي النقطة واختبار روكوـی [11]كبات في صناعة االسنان والحشوات الجذریة لھـا لبیان دور الدقائق في زیادة مقاومة المادة المتراكبة استخدمت المترا [12]. الجزء النظري  المادة المتراكبة الدقائقیة particulate comp osites ى تقویـة المـادة االسـاس عـن طریـق اعاقـة تكون مواد التقویة في ھذا النوع عبارة عن دقـائق صـغیرة الحجـم تعمـل عـل ى ، حركة الشقوق د تصـل اـل ي المـواد المركبـة عالیـة االضـافة ) 0.9(وتضاف الدقائق بكسـور حجمیـة مختلفـة ـق ون ، ـف وتـك . [14,13]المادة المركبة الدقائقیة متجانسة الخواص  العوازل dielectrics ولیمرات الكترونـات تكـافؤ مرتبطـة ب ل السـیرامیك والـب وى ذراتھـا تمتلك الكثیر من المواد مـث ع ـن ذلك وبعـدم ، شـدة ـم ـل ك توصـیلیة ضـعیفة جـدا لنظریـة حـزم الطاقـة تكـون فجـوة الطاقـة كبیـرة بــین " ووفقـا" وجـود االلكترونـات الحـرة فھـي تمتـل ي " حزمتي التكافؤ والتوصیل وتكون حزمة التكافؤ مملوءة تماما بااللكترونات عند درجة الصفر المطلق وكما ھـو موضـح ـف . [15]) 1(الشكل تم تسـلیط مجـال ، فـأكثر ) 10ev(یكون بحـدود ) التكافؤ والتوصیل (إن فرق الطاقة بین حزمتي المادة العازلة دما ـی ى عـن حـت . [15]" كھربائي فان االلكترونات التتحرك بعدد كافي باتجاه واحد وانما باتجاھات عشوائیة لذا فھي مواد عازلة كھربائیا  ئیة الصلبةاالنھیار في العوازل الكھربا breakdown in so lids dielectrics ى موصـل ویسـمى اقصـى مجـال ، یعرف انھیار العازل على انھ فقدان العازل لخاصـیة العـزل الكھربـائي وتحولـھ اـل . breakdown volteg ([16](كھربائي مسلط على العازل والذي عنده یحصل االنھیار بفولتیة االنھیار dielectric st(ل الكھربائي اما متانة العز rength ( فتقاس بداللة المجال الكھربائي)e ( ده ینھـار او وھـو المجـال الـذي عـن . [15]یفشل العازل ویحسب من العالقة التالیة e = u / h ……….. (3) ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد :حیث ان u : اقصى فولتیة مسلطة على العازل. h : سمك المادة العازلة. . kv/ mm ([17](او ) kv/cm(وتقاس متانة العزل الكھربائي بوحدات تتغیر ھذه المیكانیكیات مع زمن تسلیط الفولتیة وكما ، وھناك عدة میكانیكیات تفسر االنھیار في العوازل الصلبة . [16]) 2(ل ھو موضح في الشك وفیما یلي توضیح مبسط لمیكانیكیات االنھیار intrinsic breakdown )النقي(االنھیار الذاتي .1 �ة التك�افؤ ال�ى تحت تأثیر الفولتیة المسلطة قد تتمكن مجموعة الكترونات من اكتساب طاق�ة كافی�ة واالنتق�ال م�ن حزم �ة الم�ؤث، حزمة التوصیل یحص�ل ھ�ذا ، رات یبق�ى ت�أثیر الفولتی�ة المس�لطة ودرج�ة الح�رارة المتول�دة ف�ي الع�ازل وباھمال بقی النھیار خالل ازمان قصیرة بحدود sec [16](10ا -8 ) . electromechanical breakdown االنھیار الكھرومیكانیكي .2 لط ق�وة ض�اغطة عل�ى العین�ة بواس�طة اثناء تسلیط الفولتیة على العازل فأن االقطاب المتصلة بسطح العینة سوف تس �ة ، جاذبیة كولوم المتبادلة لالقطاب واذا كان ھذا كافیا الح�داث تش�وھات ف�ي المج�االت تح�ت قیم�ة االنھی�ار النقی�ة ف�أن متان . [16]العزل الكھربائي سوف تقل streamer breakdownانھیار السیال .3 ف�ي العین�ة " بمج�االت مس�لطة منتظم�ة واقط�اب مغم�ورة كلی�اتتمث�ل ، ومسیطر علیھا " تحت ظروف خاصة جدا إذ أن االلكت�رون الواص�ل ال�ى حزم�ة التوص�یل ) ava-lanche single( یمكن أن یحصل االنھیار بعد مرور ھیار اح�ادي �ة المكتس�بة ف�ي المج�ال ویحص�ل األنھی�ار مت�ى مایتج� �ت ت�أثیر الطاق اوز للعازل عند المھبط سوف ینحرف نح�و المص�عد تح . [16]الھیار حجم حرج معین electrothermal breakdownحراري االنھیارالكھرو .4 ، عند تسلیط مجال كھربائي على عازل صلب في درجة حرارة الغرفة فأن تیار توصیلي سیولد حرارة ف�ي الع�ازل ام�ا اذا ل�م ی�تمكن الع�ازل م�ن ، " ھ�ا أنی�استتولد الحرارة في كل نقطة من نقاط العازل ویتم التخلص من، تزداد بشكل متسارع فأن حالة من عدم األستقرار الح�راري س�وف تتول�د وینھ�ار الع�ازل بس�بب ع�دم " ان یتخلص من الحرارة المتولدة ویبعثھا كلیا . [16]امكانیة تحقیق قانون حفظ الطاقة erosion breakdownانھیار التآكل .5 ) س�ائل أو غ�از(بة تحوي فجوات وفراغ�ات ممل�وءة بوس�ط مختل�ف ع�ن الع�ازل كل منظومات العزل الصل" تقریبا �ھ بالتأكی�د ، ذات شدة انھیار اق�ل م�ن الع�ازل " وھي دائما �ار یحص�ل ف�ي الفج�وات ، وذات ثاب�ت ع�زل اق�ل من ل�ذا ف�أن االنھی . [16]ثم ینھار العازل " والفراغات اوال  التوصیلیة الحراریةthermal conductivity �ة اھت�زاز الجزیئ�ات ف�ي الم�ادة ویح�دث انتق�ال ، تنتقل الطاقة الحراریة بواس�طة الفونان�ات والت�ي تمث�ل تكم�یم لطاق " . وباتجاه نقصان الحرارة دائما، الحرارة او التوصیلیة الحراریة كلما اختلفت درجة حرارة المادة من موقع الى اخر �ة عل�ى اتج�اه انتش�ار الطاق�ة ف�ي وح�دة ال�زمن م�ن العالق�ة التالی�ة وتحسب كثافة تیار ال طاقة المنتقلة عبر وحدة الم�ادة العمودی [18] : je = k dτ / dx ……….. (4) :حیث ان ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد dτ / dx :لحرارة لوحدة طول المادة تغیر درجة ا. k : رة ووحداتھ ، معامل ممیز للمادة ویدعى التوصیلیة الحراریة w(اشارتھ سالبة النھ یحصل باتجاه نقصان الحرا /m 2 .k˚. ( الجزء العملي  ة : المواد� �ة البولیمری س�ائل قاب�ل للمعالج�ة وھ�و بش�كل ، استخدم راتنج االلكاید كمادة اساس لتحضیر المادة المتراكب وبوج�ود الم�ادة المحف�زة والت�ي تعم�ل ) hardener(من الحالة السائلة الى الصلبة عن طریق اض�افة محل�ول مص�لد م�ادة مص�لدة ) 2g(اضیف مركب بیروكسید مثیل اثی�ل كیت�ون كم�ادة مص�لدة وبنس�بة ) catalyst(كعامل مساعد .راتنج االلكاید ) g 100(لكل �ة الموض�حة ف�ي اضیف الى الراتنج �ب الوزنی خام الك�اؤلین العراق�ي الم�أخوذ م�ن منطق�ة دویخل�ة ف�ي المنطق�ة الغربی�ة وبالنس ) :1(الجدول رقم لت�وفیر ) 1000( c˚بع�د ذل�ك ح�رق المس�حوق بدرح�ة ح�رارة، ) mμ )150تم توفیر الكاؤلین بشكل مسحوق ناعم الیتج�اوز ھ یمتلك خواص جیدة، الكاؤلین بطور الموالیت .الى الكاؤلین االعتیادي " نسبة اذ ان ) .2(أضیف الكاؤلین إلى راتنج االلكاید لتحضیر المادة المتراكبة وبالنسب الوزنیة الموضحة في الجدول رقم وذي جوان�ب متحرك�ة لتس�ھیل ، بطریقة الصب البارد وبأس�تخدام قال�ب خش�بي ذي س�طوح معقول�ة " حضرت النماذج یدویا �ب ، لب رفع المصبوبة بعد ان تتص �ت المص�بوبات لم�دة ، صب الراتنج لوحده وثم خلطات المادة المتراكب�ة المختلف�ة النس ترك س�اعات ) 4(ولم�دة ) 120( ˚cعن�د درج�ة ح�رارة" ثم عوملت المصبوبات حراری�ا، " ساعة في القالب لتتصلب تماما) 24( .وحھا ثم قطعت النماذج لتناسب االختبارات وتم تنعیم سط، الكمال عملیة التصلب  األختبارات :قیاس متانة العزل الكھربائي .1 ، اجري اختبار متانة العزل الكھربائي لنماذج االلكاید ونماذج المادة المتراكبة تثبت النماذج ب�ین اقط�اب الجھ�از ، حضرت النماذج بشكل مثالي ذات سمك قلیل وخالیة قدر االمكان من المسامات والشقوق �ازل ویم�ر تی�ار خ�الل ، ة في الزیت المدببة والمغمور ثم سلطت الفولتیة على سطحي النموذج ال�ى ان یح�دث االنھی�ار ف�ي الع . تسجل أقصى فولتیة وھي فولتیة االنھیار ، النموذج :قیاس التوصیلیة الحراریة .2 تستخدم طریقة قرص" للمواد العازلة حراریا) k(لقیاس التوصیلیة الحراریة . [19]) 3(وكما ھو موضح في الشكل ) lees̉ disk(لي مع وج�ود مل�ف التس�خین وال�ذي یمث�ل المص�عد ، a,bیوضح بین لوحي النحاس الموصل ) s(حیث ان نموذج المادة العازلة �ة كمی�ة الح�رارة ) s(وتحسب التوصیلیة الحراریة للنموذج tc ,tb ,taتسجل درجات الحرارة ، الحراري من خالل معرف .s ([19](القرص المادة خالل i v = л r 2 e(tc-ta) + 2л re[data+ds1/2(ta+t b) +dbtb + dstc]…(5) :حیث ان i v : راري ، الطاقة الحراریة المارة عبر ملف التسخین .بعد االتزان الح e : كمیة الحرارة عبر وحدة مساحة النموذج. d : سمك القرص. r : نصف قطر القرص. : فتحسب من العالقة التالیة ) k(وصیلیة الحراریة اما الت ] ……(6) btsd 1+ a) tsd 1+ad2 (+ a= e [t )at-b(tk r 2 r ds ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد نتائج والمناقشة ال ) k(والذي یبین التغیر الذي حصل في التوصیلیة الحراریة ) 4(الحراریة موضحة في الشكل ان نتائج اختبار التوصیلیة ة بینھما طردیة ، مع نسبة الكاؤلین العراقي المحروق المضافة . ومن الشكل یتضح ان العالق ذا االھت�زاز ال�ى موج�ات تحصل عن طری�ق اھت�زاز ذرات الم�ادة وتح�ول ھ�" ان الیة انتقال الحرارة في المواد العازلة حراریا .وانتقال الموجات من الطرف الساخن الى الطرف االقل سخونة ، مرنة مكممة بالفونون �تمرة ل�ذا فھ�ي تس�ھل ھذه االلیة تحصل في المواد السیرامیكیة بشكل جید لكونھا ذات بنیة بلوریة ثالثیة االبع�اد منتظم�ة ومس بن�ى عش�وائیة ت�رتبط فیھ�ا السالس�ل م�ع " المواد البولیمریة اذ انھا تمتل�ك ع�ادةعلى عكس الحال في ، انتقال الحرارة بالفونون ل�ذا ف�ان إض�افة ال�دقائق ،بعضھا بشكل مستعرض وغیر نظامي إضافة إلى وجود مایدعى بالحجم الحر ضمن البنیة البولیمریة تب�ار وج�ود الس�طوح البینی�ة بین�آ ط�وري مع األخذ بنظ�ر األع،السیرامیكیة إلى الراتنج سیعمل على زیادة التوصیلیة الحراریة .المتراكب البولیمري ) .3(اما نتائج اختیار متانة العزل الكھربائي وفولتیة األنھیار فھي موضحة في الجدول رقم وذل�ك لك�ون الم�واد الس�یرامیكیة ذات ع�زل ،یمتلك الراتنج عزل كھربائي جید ویزداد ھذا العزل بأض�افة ال�دقائق الس�یرامیكیة .ائي عالي مقارنة مع المواد البولیمریةكھرب �ة ) %40(تزداد متانة العزل لحد نسبة اضافة �ب الب�ولیمري بس�بب وج�ود الس�طوح البینی بعدھا تنخفض متانة الع�زل للمتراك �ا تمتل�ك متان�ة ع�زل قلیل�ة ن" وبنسبة عالیة في المتراكب اذ انھا تنھار تحت تسلیط الفولتیة على النموذج اوال س�بة وذلك لكونھ .ثم ینتقل األنھیار العزلي لیشمل النموذج ككل ، الى المادة المتراكبة األستنتاجات رات�نج %60ك�اؤلین عراق�ي مح�روق إل�ى ) %40(تبین من خالل النت�ائج الت�ي ت�م التوص�ل لھ�ا ان افض�ل نس�بة اض�افة ھ�ي .1 .األلكاید مما یعزز ، اریة جیدة ان المادة المتراكبة العازلة المحضرة تمتلك توصیلیة حر .2 ���ا ��� ���ا حراری�� ��� ������دم انھیارھ�� ����احة " ع�� �� ���من مس��� �� ��� ����زة ض ��� ����رارة المترك� ��� ��ع الح� ��� ��� ���ى توزی ��� ���درتھا عل�� ��� ���بب ق�� ��� بس�� . لتوصیلیة الحراریة للراتنج وبأضافة الدقائق یتم تحسین ا. صغیرة تمتلك المادة المتراكبة المحضرة خواص متجانسة اذ ان اختبار متانة العزل .3 " .الكھربائي أجري لعدة نقاط ضمن النموذج وكانت النتائج متقاربة المصادر 1. xanthos, m .( 2005) "functional fillers for p last ics " , wiley – vch verla g gmbh and cokgaa,n ew y ork . 2. varin, r.a.and runtop ld ,a.(2004), "m echanical p rop erties and fracture of an amorphous m etallic ribbon / thermop last ic m atrix composite with low -411, issue.6 , 12rein forcement " j. p oly mer composites , of volume fraction 416. 3. lanson, h.j.(1985) " encyclop edia of poly mer science and engineering " , 1 , john wiley and sons , new york . �اج " ،1991)(ج .عم��ران ، س.خلیف��ة 4 ��" البالس��تیك تص��میم وانت� ة والنش��ر والتوزی��ع ودار دمش��ق للطباع .دمشق، 5. dhoke, s. k.; bhandar i, r. and khanna, a. s.(2009) " effect of nano – zno addition on the silicon m odified alkyd – based waterborne coatin gs on its m echanical and heat – 46.-39 , issue . 1, 64 gs , gress in organic coatinresistance prop erties " , j. p ro 6varun, g.(2006) "thermal sp raying of p olymer-ceramic comp osite coatings with multiple size scales of reinforcements'', i dea;drexel e_rep ository and archives . 7tekce, h.s.; kumlutas,d. and tavman,i.h.( 2007),"effect of p article shape on thermal conductivity of copp er reinforced polymer comp osites",j.reinforced plast ics and comp osites, 121. -113 (1):26 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 8. m ukherjee,d.; m ahata,r.; venkatesh,s.a.; ganesh,v. ; anandharaj, t.; m athiy arasu, j. and p alaniswamy , n.(2000),"studies on the p articulation and percolation in ultra fine ceramic 99.-93,issue.2,29nforced b arrier lay ers",rei 9pereira,m .m .;orifice,r.l.;m ansur,h.s.;lopes,m .t.;demarco, r.m . and vasconcelos, a.c.( 2003)" perpartion and biocompatibility of p oly(methy l m ethacry late) reinforced with 119. -110 (3):6h,bioactive particles",m aterials researc 10sookim, s.; park,m .s.; gwak,s. ; choi,c. y.and sookim, b.(2006) "ac celerated bonelkie ap atite growth on p orous p oly mer/ceramic composite scaffo lds in vitro",t issue 3006. -2997 (10):12engineer ing , 11greenber g, a.r.and kamel, i.(1995), "polymerceramic comp osite for tooth-root imp lant", 788. -777 ,issue5,10edical m aterials research , j. bio m 12bily au, b.; brost ow, w.; chudej, l.; est evez, m .; hagg lobland, h.e.; rodriguez, j.r. and vargas, s.(2007)" scratch resist ance of diff erent silica filled resins for obt uration 184. –181 ):4(11terials reseach innovations,m aterials",m a 13holliday, l.(1966),"comp osite m aterial", elsevier publishin g, london. 14broutman, l.j. and krock, r.h.(1967)"wisely , london. .الجامعة التكنولوجیة، "الفیزباء التطبیقیة الحدیثة "،)1999(،م.ق.علي ، م .أ. الجوادي، ع .النعیمي -15 .جامعةالموصل، مدیریة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر، "لضغط العاليھندسة ا"،)1982 (،م. عبدهللا، أ.كفل 1617m ehta,v.k.(2004)," principles of electrical engineering and electronics " ,s.chand and comp. ltd.ramnagar,newde lhi,india. رة والدینامیكیة الحراریةالحر"،ع. س و عبدالفتاح.م.ترجمة رضوان ، ه.ر. ریتمان، و.م.زیمانسكي -18 ودار مكجروھیل "ا .مصر،للنشر , blackie and sons,11), "a t ext book of p hysics", 1944.(grimsehl. e -19 london. النسب الوزنیة لخام الكاؤلین العراقي ) 1(:جدول k20 na2o3 m go cao tio2 fe2o3 al2o3 sio2 l.o.i 0.53 0.31 2.08 2.02 2.2 0.63 36.37 47.34 12.42 في البحث الخلطات المستعملة) 2( :جدول النسب الوزنیة الكاؤلین المحروق البولیمر ت 1 100% 0% 2 80% 20% 3 70% 30% 4 60% 40% 5 50% 50% ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ي) 3( :جدول نتائج اختبار متانة العزل الكھربائ رقم النموذج متانة العزل الكھربائي )mm(سمك النموذج )kv(فولتیة األنھیار )kv/mm( 1 35.6 5 7.12 2 40 5 8 3 62.1 7 8.87 4 52.5 5 10.5 5 45.5 5 9.1 [15]حزم الطاقة لمادة عازلة في درجة حرارة الصفر :)1(شكل [16]) تسلیط الفولتیة(تغیر االنھیار مع زمن االجھاد :)2(شكل ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ]]) ) قرص لي قرص لي ((یوضح مخطط جھاز قیاس التوصیلیة الحراریة یوضح مخطط جھاز قیاس التوصیلیة الحراریة ::)) 33((شكل شكل 11 99 ]] تغیر التوصیلیة الحراریة مع نسبة الكاؤلین المحروق المضافة :)4(شكل copper disc copper disc copper disc ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تغیر متانة العزل الكھربائي مع نسبة الكاؤلین المحروق المضافة :)5(شكل ihjpas 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تقییم أداء ثالثة أصناف من الحنطة الهندیة مع بعض األصناف المحلیة العراق المنطقة الوسطى من تحت ظروف لعبیديعبد الستار جبار حسین ا وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا،ذاءوتكنولوجیا الغدائرة البحوث الزراعیة خالصةال اشتملت على ثالثـة أصـناف هندیـة مـن الحنطـة زرعـت مـع صـنفین محلیـین فـي محطـة أبحـاث حقلیة نفذت تجربة .2002-2001 آلخرا و 2001-2000 األول وللموسمین جنوبي بغداد التویثة ن الزراعـة إلـى التسـنبل وكـذلك لصـفة ارتفـاع سجل أعلى متوسط لعدد األیـام مـ 2/أظهرت النتائج أن الصنف تموز .للنبات "ااقل ارتفاع wh542النبات ولكال الموسمین في حین كان للصنف یلیـــه الصـــنف الثـــانيحبـــة خـــالل الموســـم 1000معنویـــا علـــى جمیـــع األصـــناف فـــي وزن pbw34كمـــا تفـــوق الصـــنف pbw343 سـنبلة فقـد أعطـى الصـنفان 50أمـا وزن pbw34 وpbw343 لهـذه الصـفة خـالل الموسـم "اعلـى متوسـطأ . متفوقة على بقیة األصناف الثاني تفــوق معنویـا علــى الصـنف أبــو غریــب اذ ،بالمرتبــة األولـى pbw343فـي صــفة حاصـل الحبــوب جـاء الصــنف وتمــوز pbw34وال توجـد فـروق معنویــة بینـه وبـین الصـنف األولللموسـم wh542كمـا تفـوق علـى الصــنف ،للموسـمین /2. المقدمة triticum aest(تعـد حنطـة الخبـز ivum l. ( مـن أهـم المحاصـیل الحبوبیـة اإلسـتراتیجیة وأكثرهـا زراعـة وٕانتاجـا 597في العالم ویعتمد بالعیش علیها بصورة رئیسة أكثر من ثلث سكان العالم وال یتعدى اإلنتاج السنوي ألي محصول أخر ویتوقـع الخبـراء تضـاعف عـدد سـكان ]1[ات األربعة األخیـرة مـن القـرن العشـرین للسنو "معدال، مثل الحنطة ملیون طن متري لذا ینبغي العمل على زیـادة إنتاجیـة ،]2[ 2050ملیار نسمة عام 10إلى ما یقارب 1990ملیار نسمة عام 5.3العالم من ومـن الوســائل . للظـروف البیئیــةوحـدة المسـاحة المزروعــة بالحنطـة مـن خــالل اسـتنباط أصــناف متمیـزة بغلـة عالیــة ومالئمـة المتبعـة لزیــادة اإلنتاجیـة كمــا ونوعـا هــي إدخـال األصــناف والتراكیـب الوراثیــة األجنبیـة لمعرفــة مـدى تطبعهــا للبیئـة العراقیــة ودراسـة اإلنتاجیـة مقارنـة مـع األصـناف المحلیـة المسـجلة فضــال عـن مالحظـة وتقیـیم أصـابتها بـاألمراض والصـفات األخــرى اسـتنباط تراكیـب وراثیـة جدیـدة مـن هـذا المحصــول البـد مـن دراسـة أداء هـذه التراكیـب الوراثیـة تحـت ظــروف أوال وعنـد إدخـ. ]3[ .وتحدید األصناف المالئمة لكل منطقة ،ودراسة الصفة الخاصة بالنمو واإلنتاج ،بیئیة مختلفة لغرض معرفة إنتاجیتها مختلفـة وفـي أكثـر مـن موسـم ومـن ثـم دراسـة الثبـات عدیـدة الجدیـدة فـي بیئـاتولهذا یتم العمل على زراعة التراكیب الوراثیـة وفـي هـذا المجـال تقـام .]4[وانتخاب األصناف التـي أبـدت ثباتـا اكبـر لإلنتـاج وبقیـة الصـفات األخـرى stabilityالمظهري اكیـب الوراثیـة الجدیـدة المنتجـة في محطـات البحـوث لغـرض معرفـة سـلوك التر الحقلیة ولمواسم نمو مختلفة العدید من التجارب .محلیا أو المدخلة من الخارج 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مــن حیـــث صــفات النمـــو لــذا فــأن الهـــدف مــن هــذا البحـــث هــو تقیــیم أداء أصـــناف هندیــة مــن محصـــول الحنطــة .طقة الوسطى من العراقللمن تحت الظروف البیئیة واإلنتاجیة المواد وطرائق العمل 2000 األول في تجربة مقارنة نفذت في محطة أبحاث التویثة التابعة إلى منظمة الطاقة الذریة خـالل الموسـمین أصــول هندیــة التــي هــي ، ثالثــة منهــا ذوزرعــت خمســة أصــناف مــن الحنطــة الناعمــة ، 2002-2001 واآلخـر 2001 pbw34، وpbw343، وwh542 و أبـو غریــب ، وذلــك لمعرفــة الســلوك 2/ ن همــا تمــوز وصـنفان محلیــان معتمــدا علــى شــكل خطــوط داخــل ألــواح وبواقــع ثالثــة )25/11( تمــت الزراعــة فــي أواخــر تشــرین الثـاني. الـوراثي لهــذه األصــناف .خط /غم 15بمقدار سم حیث سربت البذور بالید 25م والمسافة بین خط وأخر 5خطوط للمكرر الواحد طول الخط ، فـي تربــة وحـدة تجریبیـة 15وبواقـع بثالثـة مكـررات rcbdتصـمیم القطاعـات العشـوائیة الكاملــة علـى نفـذت التجربـة 50بمعـدل ) ، صـفر npk )27 ،27أجریت عملیات خدمة التربة والمحصول التي شملت إضافة سـماد . طینیة غرینیة أي عنـد مـن اإلنبـات "ایومـ 40دونـم بعـد / كغـم 50كذلك أضیف سماد الیوریا بمعدل أثناء تحضیر التربة في دونم/ كغم مـرض صـدأ ال سـیماسجلت المالحظات الحقلیة التي تضمنت تواریخ التسنبل واإلصابات ا لمرضیة و . ]5 [مرحلة التفریع األصـنافجـرى تقـویم حساسـیة تلـك ثـم. صـابة طبیعیـةا puccinia reconditaالبني واألصفر الذي یسببه الفطـر األوراق فـي طـور النضـج كذلك اختبرت األصناف من حیث قابلیتها على مقاومة االضطجاع .] loegreing ] 6بموجب طریقة mمــن المســتعمل) 5ـ 0( المــدرج السداســي باسـتخدام ugnzza-scarasia ]7[عــدم حصــول = الــذي یرمـز فیــه الصــفر إلـى ارتفـاع النبـات وعـدد األیـام مـن عـن" درست صفة الحاصل ومكوناته فضال. االنباتات مضطجعة كلی= 5و ،اضطجاع عنــد مســتوى "امعنویــ "اوفــق طریقـة تحلیــل التبــاین واســتخدام اقـل فرقــعلــى حللــت البیانـات إحصــائیا . الزراعـة إلــى التســنبل . ] 8 [ لمقارنة المتوسطات الحسابیة% 5احتمال النتائج والمناقشة :من الزراعة إلى التسنبل عدد األیام لعـدد األیـام مـن الزراعـة إلـى التسـنبل ولكـال "اأعطـى أعلـى متوسـط 2/أن الصـنف تمـوز ) 1جـدول(أظهـرت نتـائج ـــابع متفوقـــا بـــذلك معنویـــا علـــى األصــــناف 115.3و 116.0وكانـــت الثـــانيو األولالموســـمین و pbw34یـــوم علـــى التتـ wh542 فـي حـین أعطـى الصـنف أبـو غریـب فـي جمیع األصناف في الموسـم الثـاني ،و ابوغریب في الموسم األول وعلى فــي الموســم الثــاني الــذي أعطــى wh542 یــوم وكــذلك الصــنف 109.6لهــذه الصــفة بلــغ "االموسـم األول اقــل متوســط . في التزهیر والنضج" مهمة في تمییز األصناف األكثر تبكیراة یوم ، إذ إن هذه الصف 111.6 : ات ارتفاع النب األولرتفاع النبـات لهـذه األصـناف فـي الموسـم اإلى وجود فروقات معنویة بین متوسطات ) 1( تشیر النتائج جدول الرتفــاع النبـــات "اأعلــى متوســط 2/، اذ أعطــى الصــنف تمــوز الثــانيفــي الموســـم غیــر معنویــةفــي حــین كانــت الفروقــات wh542و pbw34 و pbw343 ق معنویـا علـى األصـناف سم علـى التـوالي الـذي تفـو 102و 108.3وللموسمین وبلغ "ااقـل متوسـط wh542كذلك كـان للصـنف . في حین التوجد فروقات معنویة بینه وبین الصنف ابوغریب األولفي الموسم وتأتي أهمیة هذه الصفة لكون األصناف . سم على التوالي 93.0سم و 88.3وللموسمین وبلغ 2010) 1( 23فة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصر التقلیـل مـن األضـرار ثیرا في مقاومة االضـطجاع ومـن ثـموالتراكیب الوراثیة القصیرة أو المتوسطة االرتفاع تساعد ك .] 9[ المیكانیكیة والفقد في الحاصل :سنبلة 50حبة ووزن 1000وزن حبـة ولجمیـع األصـناف 1000م وجـود فروقـات معنویـة بـین المتوسـطات لصـفة وزن عد) 2 (یالحظ من الجدول معنویـا pbw343و pbw34، إذ تفـوق الصـنفان الثـانيفي حین اختلفـت هـذه المتوسـطات فـي الموسـم األولفي الموسم علـى الصــنف غـم الـذي تفــوق بـدوره52,0حبــة وبلـغ 1000أعلـى وزن لــ pbw34كــان للصـنف اذ علـى بقیـة األصـناف ، pbw343 ، غـم وهـذا ربمـا یعـزى إلـى االخـتالف فـي الظـروف البیئیـة بـین 41.5أعطى األخیر قیمة لهذه الصفة بلغت اذ حبــة إلـــى 1000البلــد األصــل والبیئـــة الجدیــدة وخــالل الموســـمین كمــا قـــد یعــزى ســبب اخـــتالف أصــناف الحنطــة فـــي وزن رغم البســنبلة فــ 50أمــا صــفة وزن ) 10(لتراكیــب الحنطـة الوراثیــة ) sink( والمصــب ) source( ة المصــدریــاخـتالف كفا أمـا فـي .)2 (ال أنها لم تصل إلى حدود المعنویـة جـدولا األولاالختالفات الظاهریة للمتوسطات بین األصناف في الموسم ا علــى بقیــة إذ تفــوق معنویــ ،غــم138.6 بلــغ لهــذه الصــفة "اأعلــى متوســط pbw34عطى الصــنف فــا الثــانيالموسـم غـم الــذي تفـوق بـدوره علـى الصــنف 125.5 سـنبلة بلـغ 50متوســط وزن أعطـىالـذي pbw343 األصـناف عـدا الصـنف "یشـكل عـامال ي وزن حبـوب عـالإن االنتخـاب لتراكیـب وراثیـة ذ. أبو غریب ولم یختلف مع بقیـة األصـناف ، فیمـا بینهمـا ، 11 [االنعكـاس االیجـابي علـى الحاصـل يلصفة مـن أهـم الصـفات ذهذه اان في رفع قیمة الحاصل النهائي بسبب امهم 12 [ . : حاصل الحبوب فــي الســیماإلــى وجــود فروقـات معنویــة بـین أصــناف الحنطــة فـي حاصــل الحبـوب و ) 2 (تشـیر البیانــات جـدول تفــوق معنویـا علــى لهـذه الصـفة ولكــال الموسـمین وبـذلك "اأعلـى متوســط pbw343، إذ أعطـى الصــنف األولالموسـم ولــم یختلــف معنویــا مـــع هكتــار/كغــم 3165.8وبلــغ حاصـــل الحبــوب األولو أبــو غریــب فــي الموســم wh542الصــنفین نبـات /أو عـدد السـنابل ةالسـنبل فـي حبـوبال، وقد یعود السبب في ذلـك إمـا لتفوقـه فـي عـدد 2/و تموز pbw34األصناف ن علــى الصـــنفی" ه القاعـــدة تنطبــق أیضـــاوهــذ ]13[الحاصـــل فــي " إن هــذه الزیـــادة فــي صـــفة عــدد الحبـــوب تــؤثر إیجابیـــااذ pbw34 ن اختلفا ظاهریا مـع الصـنف اللذی 2/وتموزwh542 علـى الصـنف أبـو غریـب الـذي أعطـى " فیمـا تفوقـا معنویـا الحــظ فلـم ن الثـانيأمـا فـي الموســم . م علـى التــوالي كغـ 2110.0و 2297.4لهــذه الصـفة وللموسـمین وبلغــت "ااقـل متوسـط .غریب أبوتفوقت جمیعها على الصنف أي اختالفات معنویة بین األصناف التي إن جمیع التراكیب الوراثیة مقاومة لالضطجاع بدرجة عالیـة وتراوحـت درجـة المقاومـة بـین صـفر ) 3(یبین جدول ذي ظهــر علیـه اضـطجاع طفیـف وذلـك حسـب المقیـاس المسـتخدم لقیــاس فـي كـال الموسـمین عـدا الصـنف أبـو غریـب الـ 2 – أن المقاومــة لالضــطجاع مــن الصــفات الممیــزة التــي تــؤدي إلــى تقلیــل الفقــد فــي الحاصــل وتســهیل اذ مقاومــة االضــطجاع ،فر والبنـيكذلك یبین الجدول نفسه مقاومة األصناف الهندیة لإلصابة الطبیعیة بمرض صدأ األوراق األصـ. عملیة الحصاد .وأبو غریب 2/ بینما ظهرت هناك إصابات خفیفة ومتوسطة على الصنفین تموز االستنتاجات و التوصیات األصـنافهـي مـن pbw34و pbw343الهندیـة السـیما الصـنفان األصـنافمما تقدم یمكـن االسـتنتاج بـان اإلنتاجیــةفــي األصــنافمـن بــاقي أفضــل "انتائجــ أعطــتنهـا المالئمــة للزراعــة فــي المنطقـة الوســطى مــن العــراق األكثـر لـدى مربــي النبــات "اایضــ مــن الصـفات المهمــة والمرغوبـةللنبــات وهـذه " ااقــل ارتفاعـ أعطـت أنهــاومكونـات الحاصــل كمـا لك فانها تزید من مقاومة النباتات لالضطجاع فضال عن ذ إنهالمالئمتها للحصاد المیكانیكي وعدم الفقد في الحاصل كما 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد أوصــيلــذا ،السـائدة والمنتشــرة فــي العــراق األمــراضوالبنـي التــي هــي مــن األصــفر األوراق أصــداء ألمــراضمقاومــة أبـدت لألمـراض أكثـرومقاومـة أفضـل إنتاجیـةمن اجل في المنطقة الوسطى وعلى المستوى التطبیقي األصنافباعتماد زراعة هذه مـن العـراق لمعرفـة مـدى مالئمتهـا لتلـك أخـرىفـي منـاطق األصنافتجارب حقلیة تتضمن زراعة هذه بإجراء أوصي، كما .المناطق :المصادر 1fao. (2000). food out look, no. 5. fao, rome تعداده عشرة ملیارات نسمة في " م عالماهل یمكن للقمح أن یطع) . 1995( جانا ، س -2 . 134 – 133: ص ) 11(مجلة التنوع البیولوجي ، العدد . 2050عام 3croverm b.f.( 1986). resp onse to environmental varicdion of soy bean lines selected for altered unsaturated fatty acid composition crop .sci: 1176 – 1181. 4breese, e.l.( 1969). the measurement and sign ificance of genotyp e – environment 44. -: 2724interaction in grosses. heredity . العامة لإلرشاد وزارة الزراعة والري،الهیئة .الحنطة حقائق وٕارشادات نشره إرشادیه. ) 1995 ( جدوع ، خضیر عباس– 5 . والتعاون الزراعي 6 – loegrein g , w.o. (1981) . m ethod for recording cer eal rust data . 9 th p reliminary observation nursery , bread wheat . 1-5 . 7scar ascia – m ugnozza, g.t. (1965). the use of induced mutations in plant breeding. radiation bot. 5 (sup p l.) 537. دار الحكمة للطباعة . تطبیقات في تصمیم وتحلیل التجارب ) . 1990(الساهوكي ، مدحت مجید و كریمة وهیب –8 .الموصل. والنشر 9konz ak .c.f. (1985). genetic analy sis, genetic imp rovement and evaluation of induced semidwarf mutants in wheat. in semi – dwarf cereal mutant and their use in cross breed ing ш. iaec – tecdoc 4557795. االرتباطات الوراثیة والمظهریة ومعامالت المسار للصفات الحقلیة في حنطة الخبز ) . 1998(مهدي ، علي سلیم -10 . قجامعة بغداد، العرا –كلیة الزراعة –أطروحة دكتوراه . 11chowdhury , r.k.; r.s. paeoda, b.p. singh, (1985). drought resistance in whe at i. grain y ield resp onse and its correlation with grain y ield components .genetic agraria .no.2: 131 142. 12 – savov , p. (1987) . typ e of mutational alteration and the possibilities of increasing the genetic variability in wheat. i .p roceedings of t he 2nd. inter. sy mposium on exp erimental mutagenesis in plants. plor 13m icke, a.; m . m aluszy nski,; b. donini , (1985) .plant cultivars derived from mutation induction or the use of induced mutants in cross breeding . 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )و الثاني األول(لصفات المظهریة المدروسة للموسمین امتوسطات :)1(جدول )والثاني األول( المتوسطات الحسابیة لصفة الحاصل و مكوناته للموسمین :) 2(جدول الصنف )سم(ارتفاع النبات األیام من الزراعة إلى التسنبلعدد ول الموسم األ الموسم الثاني الموسم المعدل األول الموسم الثاني المعدل pb w34 112.6 113 122.8 95.3 100.7 98.o pb w343 114.6 113 113.8 96.0 96.3 96.2 wh 542 111.6 111.6 111.6 88.3 93.0 90.7 115.3 116.0 2/تموز 115.7 108.3 102.0 105.2 ریب 113 109.6 أبو غ 111.3 100.0 99.0 99.5 l.s .d . 05 2.47 1.47 11.42 n.s 98.2 97.6 113.2 112.9 المعدل 10وزن الصنف )هكتار/كغم(بحاصل الحبو )غم(سنبلة 50وزن )غم(حبة 00 الموسم األول الموسم الثاني الموسم المعدل األول الموسم الثاني الموسم المعدل األول الموسم الثاني المعدل pb w34 37.6 52.0 44.8 122.3 138.6 130.5 2862.8 3089.6 2976.2 pb w343 36.2 41.5 38.9 107.0 125.5 116.3 3165.8 3385.8 3275.8 wh542 34.1 33.5 33.8 97.6 102.8 100.2 2639.6 2921.0 2780.3 2936.6 3033.0 2840.2 103.9 104.9 102.9 30.7 30.6 30.8 2/تموز ریب 2203.7 2110.0 2297.4 90.5 84.6 96.4 31.6 30.5 32.6 أبو غ l.s .d .05 n.s 4.55 n.s 31.06 432.0 567.8 2907.9 2761.2 111.3 105.2 37.6 34.3 معدلال 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )والثاني األول (وراق للموسمیندرجة مقاومة االضطجاع وأصداء األ :)3( جدول middle resistance middle sensitivity r esistant r =مقاوم ms = متوسط الحساسیةmr =متوسط المقاومة الصنف درجة المقاومة ألصداء األوراق درجة مقاومة االضطجاع ول الموسم الثاني الموسم األ البني األصفر الموسم األول الموسم لثانيا الموسم األول الموس م الثاني pb w34 0.0 0.0 r r r r pb w343 0.0 0.0 r r r r wh542 0.0 0.0 r r r r ms ms ms ms 0.0 0.0 2/تموز ریب mr mr mr mr 2.0 1.0 أبو غ ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 performance evaluation o f three indian wheat varieties under iraqi environment a. j. h. al-obaidi agricultural and food technology researches office science and technology ministry abstract the p erformance of the indian wheat varieties (pbw34, pbw343 and wh542) was comp ared with the local varieties (t amose – 2 and abu ghareeb). the exp eriment was conducted during two seasons first 2000-2001 and second 2001-2002 at altwaitha exp erimental st ation , middle of iraq. the results showed that (tamose – 2) exceeded the other varieties in p lant height and heading date in the two seasons, while wh542 gave the lowest p lant height. pbw34 variety showed a significant increase in 1000 grain weight followed by pbw343 in the second season. m oreover, pbw34 and pbw343 gave the highest average of 50 sp ike weight in the second season. in the two seasons pbw343 exceeded abu ghareeb in grain y ield and surp assed wh542 in the first season 2000 only. no significant differences were found between pbw343, pbw34 and tamose – 2 in grain y ield. 17062012130411 17062012130411_001 17062012130411_002 17062012130412 17062012130412_001 17062012130412_002 17062012130412_003 17062012130412_004 17062012130412_005 17062012130412_006 special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 38 genomics and molecular phylogenetics tree analysis of actinopolyspora iraqiensis talal sabhan salih raghad riyadh shafeek talal.salih@uomosul.edu.iqn raghad.riyadh@uomosul.edu.iq department of biophysics, college of science, college of science, university of mosul, iraq university of mosul, iraq abstarct actinopolyspora iraqiensis iq-h1 is a novel strain of actinobacteria isolated from extremely halophilic soil samples in iraq. the whole-genome sequence of this strain is deposited in the national center for biotechnology information (ncbi) genbank under the accession number nz_aicw01000000. in this study, the genome features and the molecular phylogenetic tree of act. iraqiensis iq-h1are analyzed. the rast tool was used for genome annotation. the genomic features were elucidated using quast tool. the circular genome map, and the core and pan-genome map of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 was generated using cgview and the gview tools respectively. the jspeciesws server was used for the tetranucleotide signature analysis and the realphy server was utilized for the construction of the whole genome sequence based phylogenetic tree. the genome size of the strain was around 4.0 mpb and the number of contigs was 110 with a gc content of 70.46%. the core genome of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 was estimated to be 2.2 mpb. based on z-scores of the tetranucleotide signature analysis, act. halophila dsm 43834, act. mortivallis dsm 44261 and act. saharensis dsm 45459 were the most relative strains to act. iraqiensis iq-h1with zscores 0.99784, 0.98943 and 0.99789 respectively. based on the phylogenetic tree constructed from the whole genome sequences, act. iraqiensis iq-h1 was the most closely related to act. saharensis dsm 45459, act. halophila dsm 43834 and act. mortivallis dsm 44261. the results suggest that the web-based bioinformatics tools such as quast, cgview, gview, jspeciesws and realphy can be utilized for the analysis of the genomic features of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 and other species of the genus actinopolyspora. keyword:actinopolyspora iraqiensis, phylogenetics tree, genomic features, tetranucleotide signature. 1. introduction the genus of actinopolyspora was proposed for the first time in 1975 by gochnauer and his colleagues [1]. the genus currently encompasses 13 species with validly published names act. halophila, act. mortivallis, act. iraqiensis, act. alba, act. erythraea, act. xinjiangensis, act. algeriensis, act. lacussalsi, act. mzabensis, act. saharensis, act. righensis, act. biskrensis and act. salinaria [2, 3]. species belong to the genus actinopolyspora are extremely halophilic which can grow in saturated nacl up to 20% [4]. the strains of this genus are gram positive bacteria that belong to the phylum actinobacteria with high gc content (67-70%) of the dna [2]. like other members of actinobacteria which are wellhttp://ihicps.com/ mailto:talal.salih@uomosul.edu.iq mailto:raghad.riyadh@uomosul.edu.iq special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 39 known for producing bioactive compounds [5, 6], some actinopolyspora has been reported to produce antibacterial bioactive compounds [7, 8]. in our study, the whole genome sequence of act. iraqiensis strain iq-h1, which isolated from extremely saline soil samples in iraq [9], along with eight actinopolyspora strains whose whole genome sequences are available in the national center for biotechnology information (ncbi) were utilized. the genomics and molecular phylogenetics analyses utilizing genomic comparative programs and tools showed that act. iraqiensis iq-h1 has unique genomic features and has different genomic characteristics at the strain level than other related actinopolyspora species. 2. materials method 2.1. whole genome sequences of actinopolyspora as the main objective of this research is to genomics analysis of act. iraqiensis iq-h1. the genomic reference sequences of actinopolyspora genus as well as the whole genome sequence of act. iraqiensis were utilised. the genome sequences of act. halophila dsm 43834, act. mortivallis dsm 4426, act. erythraea yim 90600, act. righensis dsm 4550, act. alba dsm 45004, act. saharensis dsm 45459, act. mzabensis dsm 45460 and act. xinjiangensis dsm 46732 were obtained from the national center for biotechnology information (ncbi) genbank database as of march 2020. genome sequences along with their accession numbers, genome sizes, number of contigs, and gc contents are listed in table 1. the whole-genome sequences were downloaded and stored in a fasta format for further analyses. table 1. actinopolyspora reference whole genome sequences used in this study. genome accession number size (mbp) number of contigs gc(%) act. halophila dsm 43834 aqui00000000 5.25 1 68.0 act. mortivallis dsm 44261 nz_aqzn00000000 4.23 18 68.8 act. erythraea yim 90600 nz_cp022752 5.24 1 68.8 act. righensis dsm 45501 nz_fpat00000000 4.92 23 67.5 act. alba dsm 45004 nz_fomz00000000 5.23 42 67.6 act. saharensis dsm 45459 nz_fnko00000000 4.68 2 69.5 act. mzabensis dsm 45460 nz_fnfm00000000 5.00 25 67.7 act. xinjiangensis dsm 46732 nz_fnjr00000000 5.03 34 68.4 2.2. genome features of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 to study the genome features of act. iraqiensis iq-h1, the whole genome sequence of this strain was first uploaded to the rapid annotation using subsystem technology tool (rast) [10] for annotation. the annotated genome was then sent to quast tool [11] to elucidate the unique features. rrna annotation was done using trnascan -se v2 .0 program [12]. the circular genome map of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 was performed using cgview comparison tool [13] as the annotated files produced by rast were in the genebank (.gbk) and gene-finding (.gff) formats utilized. 2.3. core and pan-genome comparative analysis http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 40 for the generation of the core and pan-genome map, the gview tool [14] was used. the act. iraqiensis iq-h1 genome along with all the reference genome sequences in genbank format were uploaded to the server. the act. erythraea yim 90600 was selected as a seed genome and the other genomes were compared to the seed to locate the unique regions. the seed is incrementally built up with the unique features of the queries to become the pangenome. a blast atlas was created to display the presence or absence of features within the query genomes compared to the pan-genome. 2.4. tetranucleotide signature analysis the tetranucleotide signature analysis computes correlation coefficients between tetranucleotide usage patterns of dna sequences, which can be used as an indicator of bacterial genome sequences relatedness. the calculation of tetranucleotide frequencies for each genome sequence was performed according to [15] through the jspeciesws server [16]. in brief, a fragment of dna sequence with 4 bases can be transformed to an array of 256 possible tetranucleotide patterns and their corresponding expected frequencies are computed. the differences between frequencies and expected values are transformed into z-scores for each tetranucleotide. 2.5. whole genome sequence based phylogenetic tree for construction of a maximum likelihood phylogenetic tree based on whole genome sequences, the realphy version 1.12 method was used [17]. the whole genome of all actionopolyspora sequences was submitted to the program in the genbank format. salinispora tropica was introduced as an outgroup species. the provided sequences were mapped to each other via bowtie2 aligning tool [18]. the sequence alignments of phylogeny were performed using phyml. the phylogenetic tree was edited using mega-6 program [19]. 3. results and discussion a detailed summary of the genome features of act. iraqiensis iq-h1is shown in table 2. from the results, it can be seen that the genome size of act. iraqiensis iq-h1was around 4.0 mpb and the number of contigs was 110 with the largest one 217989 pb. the data obtained from the whole genome sequences have shown that the genome sizes of actinopolyspora genus ranges from 4.23 mpb as in the case of act. mortivallis to 5.25 mpb as in case of act. halophila [20, 21]. the results have also shown that the gc content of act. iraqiensis iqh1was 70.46%. previous studies found that gram-positive bacteria have high gc content than gram-negative bacteria [22]; also found that gc content is positively correlated with the genome size in bacteria [23]. although act. iraqiensis iq-h1has the smallest genome size compared to the other species of actinopolyspora that are included in this study (table 1), it can be seen that act. iraqiensis iq-h1has the highest gc content. however, this is clearly because that the whole genome of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 was not sequenced completely as the genome sequence of this strain was deposited as a draft genome with 110 contigs and many regions from the genome might be missing. however, only the act. erythraea yim 90600 genome of the genus actinopolyspora was sequenced completely [21]. other genome features, including protein coding genes (cds), trna genes, rrna genes, open reading frames (orf) and gc skew as well as gc content, are shown in figure 1. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 41 table 2. . genome features of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 draft genome. attribute value genome total length 3827684 contigs 110 g+c content (%) 70.46 largest contig 217989 protein coding genes (cds) 4039 trna genes 53 rrna genes (23s, 16s, 5s) 5 n50 87719 l50 146 figure 1. circular genome representation of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 draft genome. the inner most ring represents chromosome position megabase pairs. the next rings represent the feature regions which are indicated in different colors.. it was necessary for determining the core and the pan-genome of the candidate actinopolyspora species to identify genomic features common to all and to distinguish those that are unique to act. iraqiensis iq-h1.the results from the core and pan-genome analysis reveal that the pan-genome size of the nine strains of actinopolyspora comprises of 15 mpb (figure 2). however, studies have shown that adding more bacterial genome sequences result in an expansion in the pan-genome size of a bacterial species which is known as open pangenome [24, 25]. the outer-most slot (red) represents the core genome of act. iraqiensis iqh. the core genome of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 is estimated to be 2.2 mpb (from 12.8-15 mpb, figure 2). the core genome slot shows regions, where a blast hit, was present between the reference sequence, act. erythraea yim 90600 in this case, and all of the other genome sequences. moreover, rapid advances in whole-genome sequencing methodologies have led to an enormous increase in the number of bacterial genomes deposited genbank databases [26]. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 42 figure 2. core and pan-genome analysis map using the nine actinopolyspora genomes. the inner-most slot (blue) shows the constructed pan-genome using all uploaded genome sequences. the next slots show regions where there were blast hits between the constructed pan-genome and the other uploaded genomes. the large gaps show regions missing from the seed genome (act. erythraea yim 90600) but found in one of the other genomes. these regions were appended onto the reference pangenome and are thus visible as gaps in the blast results for the seed genome slot (act. erythraea yim 90600). in the era of genome sequencing and bioinformatics, it is now generally accepted that genome sequencing has the potential to be a routine approach of measuring genetic relatedness between closely related species. it has been demonstrated in many studies, the analysis of tetranucleotide usage patterns is often as a much more reliable measure of sequence relatedness than the gc content the traditional method of dna-dna hybridisation [15, 27, 28]. the threshold value > 0.999 (above cut-off) indicates that the two genomes are the same species while the threshold value > 0.989 (below cut-off) indicates that the two genomes are distinctly different [15]. based on these values, the results have shown that act. iraqiensis iq-h1 is a new distinct species in the genus of actinopolyspora (table 3). however, act. halophila dsm 43834, act. mortivallis dsm 44261 and act. saharensis dsm 45459 seem to be the most relative strains to act. iraqiensis iq-h1with z-scores 0.99784, 0.98943 and 0.99789 respectively. remarkably, it was noticed that when two genomes are closely related the distinction between the z-scores values will decrease while when the relatedness between two genomes decreased, the disparity between the z-scores values will increased [29]. according to this, act. iraqiensis is the most related species to act. saharensis dsm 45459 and act. iraqiensis is the most distinct species to act. righensis dsm 45501 with z-scores 0.99789 and 0.89345 respectively (table 3). http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 43 table 3. tetranucleotide signature results for the relatedness between act. iraqiensis iq-h1genome and the related species in the genus actinopolyspora based on whole/draft genome sequences. genome sequences z-score query genome reference genomes above cut-off (> 0.999) in range (> 0.989) below cut-off (< 0.989) act. iraqiensis iqh1 act. halophila dsm 43834 0.99784 act. mortivallis dsm 44261 0.98943 act. erythraea yim 90600 0.92642 act. righensis dsm 45501 0.89345 act. alba dsm 45004 0.89534 act. saharensis dsm 45459 0.99789 act. mzabensis dsm 45460 0.89651 act. xinjiangensis dsm 46732 0.9182 it was observed that using the whole genome sequence for phylogenetic analysis is quite complicated and that the phylogenetic trees based on whole-genome analysis are not similar [30]. in our study, we utilized a realphy bioinformatics program [17] to infer a phylogenetic tree of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 with those of closely related actinopolyspora strains based on whole genome sequences. from the results, it is very obvious that act. iraqiensis iq-h1 is the most closely related to act. saharensis dsm 45459, act. halophila dsm 43834 and act. mortivallis dsm 44261 (figure 3). figure 3. a maximum likelihood phylogenetic tree constructed from the nine whole genome sequences in the genbank format using the realphy method [17] via bowtie2 aligning tool [18]. salinispora tropica was introduced as an outgroup species. the phylogenetic tree was edited using mega-6 program [19]. the http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 44 phylogeny was tested by 1000 of bootstrap replications. figure 3. a maximum-likelihood phylogenetic tree constructed from the nine whole genome sequences in the genbank format using the realphy method [17] via bowtie2 aligning tool [18]. salinispora tropica was introduced as an outgroup species. the phylogenetic tree was edited using mega-6 program [19]. the phylogeny was tested by 1000 of bootstrap replications. 4. conclusion this study has shown that actinopolyspora iraqiensis iq-h1 is an iraqi novel strain of actinobacteria. act. iraqiensis iq-h1 was closely related strain to act. halophila dsm 43834, act. mortivallis dsm 44261 and act. saharensis dsm 45459 based on z-scores; and most related strain to act. saharensis dsm 45459, act. halophila dsm 43834 and act. mortivallis dsm 44261based on whole genome sequences phylogenetic tree. the findings indicate that the biological information in the form of whole genome sequences stored at the national center for biotechnology information (ncbi) database along with the bioinformatics tools used in the study can be utilized for the molecular phylogenetics and genomic features analyses of act. iraqiensis iq-h1 and related species of the genus actinopolyspora. references 1. gochnauer, m.; leppard, g.; komaratat, p.; kates, m.; novitsky, t.; kushner, d. isolation and characterization of actinopolyspora halophila, gen. et sp. nov., an extremely halophilic actinomycete. can. j. microbiol. 1975, 21, 1500-1511, doi: 10.1139/m75-222. 2. zhi, x.y.; li, w.j.; stackebrandt, e. an update of the structure and 16s rrna gene sequence-based definition of higher ranks of the class actinobacteria, with the proposal of two new suborders and four new families and emended descriptions of the existing higher taxa. int. j. syst. evolut. microbiol. 2009, 59, 589-608, doi: 10.1099/ijs.0.65780-0. 3. parte, a.c. lpsn-list of prokaryotic names with standing in nomenclature (bacterio.net), 20 years on. int. j. syst. evol. microbiol. 2018, 68, 1825-1829, doi: 10.1093/nar/gkt1111. 4. zhi, x.; yang, l.; wu, j.; tang, s.; li, w. multiplex specific pcr for identification of the genera actinopolyspora and streptomonospora, two groups of strictly halophilic filamentous actinomycetes. extremophiles. 2007, 11, 543-548, doi.org/10.1007/s00792007-0066-1 5. newman, d.j.; cragg, g.m.; snader, k.m. natural products as sources of new drugs over the period 1981− 2002. j. nat. prod. 2003, 66, 1022-1037, doi.org/10.1021/np030096l. 6. benhadj, m.; gacemi-kirane, d.; menasria, t.; guebla, k.; ahmane, z. screening of rare actinomycetes isolated from natural wetland ecosystem (fetzara lake, northeastern algeria) for hydrolytic enzymes and antimicrobial activities. j. king saud university-sci. 2019, 31, 706-712, doi.org/10.1016/j.jksus.2018.03.008. 7. johnson, k. g.; lanthier, p.h. β-lactamases from actinopolyspora halophila, an extremely halophilic actinomycete. arch. microbiol. 1986, 143, 379-386, doi.org/10.1007/bf00412806. 8. yoshida, m.; matsubara, k.; kudo, t.; horikoshi, k. actinopolyspora mortivallis sp. nov., a moderately halophilic actinomycete. int. j. syst. evol. microbiol. 1991, 41, 15-20, doi.org/10.1099/00207713-41-1-15. 9. ruan, j.s.; al-tai, a.m.; zhou, z.h.; qu, l.h. actinopolyspora iraqiensis sp. nov., a new halophilic actinomycete isolated from soil. int. j. syst. evol. microbiol. 1994, 44, 759-763, doi.org/10.1099/00207713-44-4-759. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 45 10. aziz, r.k.; bartels, d.; best, a.a.; dejongh, m.; disz. t.; edwards. r. a.; formsma. k.; gerdes. s.; glass. e. m.; kubal. m.; meyer. f. the rast server: rapid annotations using subsystems technology. bmc genomics. 2008, 9, 75, doi.org/10.1186/1471-2164-9-75. 11. gurevich, a.; saveliev, v.; vyahhi, n.; tesler, g. quast: quality assessment tool for genome assemblies. bioinformatics. 2013, 29, 1072-1075, doi: 10.1093/bioinformatics/btt086. 12. lowe, t. m.; chan, p. p. trnascan-se on-line: search and contextual analysis of transfer rna genes. nucl. acids res. 2016, 44, w54-57, doi: 10.1093/nar/gkw413. 13. stothard, p.; grant, j. r.; van domselaar, g. visualizing and comparing circular genomes using the cgview family of tools. briefings bioinform. 2019, 20, 1576-1582, doi: 10.1093/bib/bbx081. 14. petkau, a.; stuart-edwards, m.; stothard, p.; van domselaar, g. interactive microbial genome visualization with gview. bioinformatics. 2010, 26, 3125-3126, doi: 10.1093/bioinformatics/btq588. 15. teeling, h.; meyerdierks, a.; bauer, m.; amann, r.; glöckner, f.o. application of tetranucleotide frequencies for the assignment of genomic fragments. environ. microbiol. 2004, 6, 938-947, doi: 10.1111/j.1462-2920.2004.00624.x 16. richter, m.; rosselló-móra, r.; oliver, f.; peplies, j.j. speciesws: a web server for prokaryotic species circumscription based on pairwise genome comparison. bioinformatics. 2016, 32, 929-931, doi: 10.1093/bioinformatics/btv681. 17. bertels, f.; silander, o.k.; pachkov, m.; rainey, p.b.; van nimwegen, e. automated reconstruction of whole-genome phylogenies from short-sequence reads. mol. biol. evol. 2014, 31, 1077-1088, doi: 10.1093/molbev/msu088. 18. langmead, b.; salzberg, s.l. fast gapped-read alignment with bowtie 2. nature methods. 2012, 9, 357, doi.org/10.1038/nmeth.1923. 19. tamura, k.; stecher, g.; peterson, d.; filipski, a. kumar, s. mega6: molecular evolutionary genetics analysis version 6.0. mol. biol. evol. 2013, 30, 2725-2729, doi: 10.1093/molbev/mst197. 20. tang, s.k.; wang, y.; klenk, h.p.; shi, r.; lou, k.; zhang, y. j.; chen, c.; ruan, j. s.; li, w.j. actinopolyspora alba sp. nov. and actinopolyspora erythraea sp. nov., isolated from a salt field, and reclassification of actinopolyspora iraqiensis ruan et al. 1994 as a heterotypic synonym of saccharomonospora halophila. int. j. syst. evol. microbiol. 2011, 61, 1693-1698, doi.org/10.1099/ijs.0.022319-0. 21. chen, d.; feng, j.; huang, l.; zhang, q.; wu, j.; zhu, x.; duan, y.; xu, z. identification and characterization of a new erythromycin biosynthetic gene cluster in actinopolyspora erythraea yim90600, a novel erythronolide-producing halophilic actinomycete isolated from salt field. plos one. 2014, 9, e108129, doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0108129. 22. li, x. q.; du, d. variation, evolution, and correlation analysis of c+ g content and genome or chromosome size in different kingdoms and phyla. plos one. 2014, 9, e88339, doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0088339. 23. nishida, h. evolution of genome base composition and genome size in bacteria. front. microbiol. 2012, 3, 420, doi: 10.3389/fmicb.2012.00420. 24. livingstone, p.g.; morphew, r.m.; whitworth, d.e. genome sequencing and pangenome analysis of 23 corallococcus spp. strains reveal unexpected diversity, with particular plasticity of predatory gene sets. front. microbiol. 2018, 9, 3187, doi.org/10.3389/fmicb.2018.03187. 25. blaustein, r.a.; mcfarland, a.g.; maamar, s.b.; lopez, a.; castro-wallace. s.; hartmann, e.m. pangenomic approach to understanding microbial adaptations within a model built environment, the international space station, relative to human hosts and soil. systems. 2019, 4, e00281-18, doi: 10.1128/msystems.00281-18. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2649 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 46 26. brockhurst, m.a.; harrison, e.; hall, j.p.; richards, t.; mcnally, a.; maclean, c. the ecology and evolution of pangenomes. curr. biol. 2019, 29, r1094-r1103, doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2019.08.012. 27. liu, y.; yang, d.; zhang, n.; chen, l.; cui, z.; shen, q.; zhang, r. characterization of uncultured genome fragment from soil metagenomic library exposed rare mismatch of internal tetranucleotide frequency. front. microbiol. 2016, 7, 2081, doi.org/10.3389/fmicb.2016.02081. 28. siranosian, b.; perera, s.; williams, e.; ye, c.; de graffenried, c.; shank, p. tetranucleotide usage highlights genomic heterogeneity among mycobacteriophages. f1000research. 2015, 4, doi: 10.12688/f1000research.6077.2. 29. richter, m.; rosselló-móra, r. shifting the genomic gold standard for the prokaryotic species definition. proc. nat. acad. sci. 2009, 106, 19126-19131, doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0906412106. 30. dutilh, b.e.; huynen, m.a.; bruno, w.j.; snel, b. the consistent phylogenetic signal in genome trees revealed by reducing the impact of noise. j. mol. evol. 2004, 58, 527-539, doi.org/10.1007/s00239-003-2575-6. 31. auch, a.; von jan, m.; klenk, h.p.; göker, m. digital dna-dna hybridization for microbial species delineation by means of genome-to-genome sequence comparison. standards in genomic sciences. 2010, 2, 117-134, doi: 10.4056/sigs.531120 32. konstantinidis, k.; tiedje, m. genomic insights that advance the species definition for prokaryotes. proc. nat. acad. sci. united states am. 2005, 102, 2567–2572, doi: 10.1073/pnas.0409727102. 33. varghese, n.; mukherjee, s.; ivanova, n.; konstantinidis, k.t.; mavrommatis, k.; kyrpides. n.c.; pati. a. microbial species delineation using whole genome sequences. nucl. acids res. 2015, 43, 6761–6771, doi: 10.1093/nar/gkv657. 34. jain, c.; rodriguez-r, l.m.; phillippy, a.m.; konstantinidis, k.t.; aluru, s. high throughput ani analysis of 90k prokaryotic genomes reveals clear species boundaries. nat. commun. 2018, 9, 5114, doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-07641-9. http://ihicps.com/ 110 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. on the growth of solutions of nonhomogeneous higher order complex linear differential equations ayad w. ali mustansiriyah university/college of science/department of mathematics/baghdad/iraq ayad.w.a@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq abstract the nonhomogeneous higher order linear complex differential equation (holcde) with meromorphic (or entire) functions is considered in this paper. the results are obtained by putting some conditions on the coefficients to prove that the hyper order of any nonzero solution of this equation equals the order of one of its coefficients in case the coefficients are meromorphic functions. in this case, the conditions were put are that the lower order of one of the coefficients dominates the maximum of the convergence exponent of the zeros sequence of it, the lower order of both of the other coefficients and the nonhomogeneous part and that the solution has infinite order. whiles in case the coefficients are entire functions, any nonzero solution with finite order has hyper order equals to the lower order of one of its coefficients is proved. in this case, the condition that the lower order of one of the coefficients is greater than the maximum of the lower order of the other coefficients and the lower order of the nonhomogeneous part is assumed. keywords: complex linear differential equations; meromorphic functions; entire functions; order of growth; lower order of growth. 1. introduction the theory of meromorphic functions due to nevanlinna is a good tool in the complex differential equations field. at the forefront of the application of nevanlinna's theory of meromorphic functions to the complex differential equations was yoseida in 1932, and since then complex differential equations have become an active field of study by researchers. we refer the reader to, for instance [1], for more information about the differential equations theory in the complex plane. one of the aims of studying this type of equation is the order of growth of its solutions of it. in our work, we shall study the hyper order of the solutions of eq. (1) below considering the lower orders of coefficients and exponent of convergence of the zeros ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526\35.3.2777 article history: received 17 janeury 2022, accepted 14 march 2022, published in july 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ayad.w.a@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 111 sequence of one of them. in this paper, we assume that the reader is familiar with the basic concepts and the results regarding the nevanlinna value distribution theory of meromorphic functions such as 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓), 𝑇(𝑟, 𝑓) and 𝑁(𝑟, 𝑓) etc., see [2]. a nonhomogeneous holcde is given by 𝑓 (𝑛) + 𝐴𝑛−1(𝑧)𝑓 (𝑛−1) + ⋯ + 𝐴2(𝑧)𝑓 ′′ + 𝐴1(𝑧)𝑓 ′ + 𝐴0(𝑧)𝑓 = 𝐹(𝑧) (1) where 𝑓 = 𝑓 (0) is unknown and 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 0 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛 − 1, 𝐹(𝑧) are given functions. many authors studied eq. (1) and obtained some results. here we shall mention some of them. the following two results study the hyper order of 𝑓 when the order of one coefficient dominates the order of 𝐹 and exponent of convergence of the zeros sequence of that coefficient. theorem 1 [3] let 𝐸 ⊆ ℂ satisfy 𝑚𝑙 ({|𝑧|: 𝑧 ∈ 𝐸}) = ∞ and 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝐹(𝑧) be meromorphic functions. suppose that it is 𝑠, 0 ≤ 𝑠 ≤ 𝑛– 1, satisfies max 0≤𝑗≤𝑛−1 𝑗≠𝑠 {𝜌(𝐴𝑗 ), 𝜆 ( 1 𝐴𝑠 ) , 𝜌(𝐹)} ≤ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠) = 𝜌 < ∞ (2) and for some constants 0 ≤ 𝛽 < 𝛼, we have |𝐴𝑗 (𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝛽|𝑧| 𝜌− ) , 𝑗 ≠ 𝑠 (3) |𝐴𝑠(𝑧)| ≥ exp(𝛼|𝑧| 𝜌− ) (4) hold for > 0 and as |𝑧| → ∞, 𝑧 ∈ 𝐸. then any meromorphic solution 𝑓 ≠ 0 of eq. (1) with poles of uniformly bounded multiplicities satisfies 𝜌2(𝑓) ≥ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠). theorem 2 [3] let 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝐹(𝑧) are satisfied (2). then every meromorphic solution 𝑓 ≠ 0 with 𝜌(𝑓) = ∞ has poles are of uniformly bounded multiplicities of eq. (1) satisfies 𝜌2(𝑓) ≤ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠). the following result studies the property of 𝑓 when the order of one coefficient dominates the maximum orders of 𝐹 and the other coefficients. theorem 3 [4] let 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝐹(𝑧) entire functions. suppose there is 0 ≤ 𝑠 ≤ 𝑛– 1, such that max { max 0≤𝑗≤𝑛−1 𝑗≠𝑠 𝜌(𝐴𝑗 ), 𝜌(𝐹)} < 𝜌(𝐴𝑠) ≤ 1 2 then every solution of eq. (1) is either a polynomial or infinite order entire function. theorem 4 [5] let 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝐹(𝑧) be defined as in theorem 3 such that max{𝜌(𝐴𝑗 ), 𝜌(𝐹)} < 𝜌(𝐴𝑠) < 1 2 then every transcendental solution of eq. (1) satisfies 𝜌2(𝑓) = 𝜌(𝐴𝑠). furthermore, if 𝐹 ≠ 0 then 𝜆2(𝑓) = 𝜌(𝐴𝑠). 2. material we recall the following definitions. definition 1 [6] let 𝐸 ⊆ [0, ∞). then the linear measure of 𝐸 is 𝑚(𝐸) = ∫ 𝑑𝑡 𝐸 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 112 definition 2 [7, 8] let 𝐸 ⊆ [1, ∞), then the logarithmic measure of 𝐸 is 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸) = ∫ 𝑑𝑡 𝑡 𝐸 definition 3 [9, 10] let 𝑓 be a meromorphic function. we define the order of growth 𝜌(𝑓) (respectively) and lower order of growth 𝜇(𝑓), by 𝜌(𝑓) = lim 𝑟→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑇(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑟 and 𝜇(𝑓) = lim 𝑟→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑇(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑟 if 𝑓 is entire function, then 𝑇(𝑟, 𝑓) is replaced with 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓), where 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓) = max |𝑧|=𝑟 |𝑓(𝑧)| definition 4 [11, 12] we define the hyper-order 𝜌2(𝑓) of meromorphic function 𝑓 by 𝜌2(𝑓) = lim 𝑟→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑇(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑟 if 𝑓 is entire function, then 𝜌2(𝑓) = lim 𝑟→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑟 definition 5 [3] let 𝑓 be meromorphic function. by 𝜆(𝑓) = lim 𝑟→∞ sup 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑁(𝑟, 1 𝑓 ) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑟 we meant the convergence exponent of the zeros sequence of 𝑓, while 𝜆 ( 1 𝑓 ) = lim 𝑟→∞ sup 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑁(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑟 is called the convergence exponent of the poles sequence of 𝑓. definition 6 [3] the lower and upper logarithmic densities of 𝐸 ⊆ [1, ∞) are as follows 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝐸 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑟→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸⋂[1, 𝑟]) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑟 and 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅𝐸 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑟→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸⋂[1, 𝑟]) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑟 respectively. we say that 𝐸 has logarithmic density if 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝐸 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅𝐸 3. methods of work this section has introduced some results that will help us to prove our results. lemma 1 [13] let (𝑓, 𝛤) denote a pair that consists of transcendental meromorphic function 𝑓(𝑧) and a finite set γ = {(𝑘1, 𝑗1), (𝑘2, 𝑗2), … , (𝑘𝑞 , 𝑗𝑞 )} of distinct pairs in ℤ+ 𝑘𝑖 > 𝑗𝑖 ≥ 0 for 𝑖 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑞, let 𝛼 > 0, > 0. then the following hold: ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 113 i) there is 𝐸1 ⊆ [0, 2𝜋) with 𝑚(𝐸1) = 0, and there is 𝑐 > 0 that depends only on 𝛼 and γ such that if 𝜑0 ∈ [0, 2𝜋)\e1, there is 𝑅0 = 𝑅0(𝜑0) > 1 such that for 𝑎𝑟𝑔 𝑧 = 𝜑0 and |𝑧| = 𝑟 ≥ 𝑅0, & for (𝑘, 𝑗) ∈ γ, we have | 𝑓 (𝑘)(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) | ≤ 𝑐 ( 𝑇(𝛼𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝛼𝑟 log 𝑇(𝛼𝑟, 𝑓)) 𝑘−𝑗 (5) in particular, if 𝑓(𝑧) with 𝜌(𝑓 ) < ∞, then (5) is replaced by: | 𝑓 (𝑘)(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) | ≤ 𝑐|𝑧|(𝑘−𝑗)(𝜌(𝑓)−1+ ) (6) ii) there is 𝐸2 ⊆ [1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸2) < ∞, and 𝑐 > 0 that depends only on 𝛼 and γ such that for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ 𝐸2 ∪ [0, 1] and for (𝑘, 𝑗) ∈ γ, (5) holds. in particular, if 𝑓(𝑧) is with 𝜌(𝑓) < ∞, then (6) holds. iii) there is 𝐸3 ⊂ [0, ∞) with 𝑚(𝐸3) < ∞, and 𝑐 > 0 that depends only on 𝛼 and γ such that for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ 𝐸3 and (𝑘, 𝑗) ∈ γ, we have | 𝑓 (𝑘)(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) | ≤ 𝑐 (𝑇(𝛼𝑟, 𝑓)𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑇(𝛼𝑟, 𝑓))𝑘−𝑗 (7) in particular, if 𝑓(𝑧) with 𝜌(𝑓) < ∞, then (7) is replaced by | 𝑓 (𝑘)(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) | ≤ 𝑐|𝑧|(𝑘−𝑗)(𝜌(𝑓)+ ) (8) lemma 2 [14] let 𝑓 be meromorphic with order 𝜌 = 𝜌(𝑓 ) < ∞. then, for > 0, there is 𝐸 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸) < ∞, 𝑚(𝐸) < ∞, s. t. |𝑓(𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟𝜌+ ) for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸. lemma 3 [3] let 𝑓(𝑧) = 𝑔(𝑧) 𝑑(𝑧) be meromorphic, where 𝑔(𝑧) and 𝑑(𝑧) are entire that satisfy 𝜇(𝑔) = 𝜇(𝑓) = 𝜇 ≤ 𝜌(𝑔) = 𝜌(𝑓) ≤ ∞ 𝜆(𝑑) = 𝜌(𝑑) = 𝜆 ( 1 𝑓 ) = 𝛽 < 𝜇 then there is 𝐸 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸) < ∞, s. t. 𝑓 (𝑛)(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) = ( 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑧 ) 𝑛 (1 + 𝑜(1)), 𝑛 ≥ 1 holds for 𝑧 with |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸, |𝑔(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔), 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔) = max |𝑧|=𝑟 |𝑔(𝑧)|, where 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔) is the central index of 𝑔. lemma 4 [11] let 𝑔(𝑟) and ℎ(𝑟) be monotone nondecreasing functions on [0, ∞), such that 𝑔(𝑟) ≤ ℎ(𝑟) for 𝑟 ∉ 𝑆 where 𝑆 is a set with 𝑚𝑙 (𝑆) < ∞, let 𝛼 > 1. then there is 𝑟0 > 1, such that 𝑔(𝑟) ≤ ℎ(𝛼𝑟) for 𝑟 > 𝑟0. lemma 5 [15] assume that 𝑔(𝑧) is an entire function with 0 ≤ 𝜇(𝑔) < 1. then, for 𝛼 ∈ (𝜇(𝑔), 1), there is 𝐸 ⊆ [0, ∞) such that 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅(𝐸) ≥ 1 − 𝜇(𝑔) 𝛼 , where 𝐸 = {𝑟 ∈ [0, ∞) ∶ 𝑚(𝑟) > 𝑀(𝑟) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜋𝛼} where 𝑚(𝑟) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓|𝑧|=𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔|𝑔(𝑧)| 𝑀(𝑟) = 𝑠𝑢𝑝|𝑧|=𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔|𝑔(𝑧)| lemma 6 [16] let 𝑔(𝑧) satisfy the hypothesis of lemma 5 with 𝜌(𝑔) = 𝜌 instead of 𝜇(𝑔). if 𝜌 < 𝛼 < 1 , then ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 114 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠(𝐸) ≥ 1 − 𝜌 𝛼 lemma 7 [15] let 𝑓(𝑧) be an entire function with 𝜇(𝑓 ) = 𝜇 < 1 2 and 𝜇 < 𝜌 = 𝜌(𝑓 ). if 𝜇 ≤ 𝛿 < 𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝜌, 1 2 ) and 𝛿 < 𝛼 < 1 2 , then 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠{𝑟 ∈ [0, ∞): 𝑚(𝑟) > (𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝛼)𝑀(𝑟) > 𝑟𝛿 } > 𝐶(𝜌, 𝛿, 𝛼) where 𝐶(𝜌, 𝛿, 𝛼) > 0 and 𝑚(𝑟) and 𝑀(𝑟) are given as in lemma 5. lemma 8 [5] let 𝑓(𝑧) be transcendental entire function. then there is 𝐸 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸) < ∞, s. t. for a point 𝑧 with |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸 & |𝑓(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓) , we have | 𝑓(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑠)(𝑧) | ≤ 2𝑟 𝑠 (𝑠 ∈ ℕ) lemma 9 [3] let 𝑓 be an infinite order entire function, with 𝜌2(𝑓 ) < ∞, and let 𝜈(𝑟, 𝑔) be the central index of 𝑓. then lim 𝑟→∞ sup 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝜈(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑟 = 𝜌2(𝑓 ) lemma 10 [3] let 𝑓(𝑧) = 𝑔(𝑧) 𝑑(𝑧) be given as in lemma 3. if 0 ≤ 𝜌(𝑑) < 𝜇(𝑓), then 𝜇(𝑔) = 𝜇(𝑓), 𝜌(𝑔) = 𝜌(𝑓). moreover, if 𝜌(𝑓) = ∞, then 𝜌2(𝑓) = 𝜌2(𝑔). 4. results and discussion the coefficients in the following two results are meromorphic and one of them has lower order that dominates the others on some subset of ℂ with a finite order solution. theorem 5 let 𝐸 ⊆ ℂ and define 𝑆 = {|𝑧|: 𝑧 ∈ 𝐸} and let 𝐸 satisfies 𝑚𝑙 (𝑆) = ∞. suppose that 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1 and 𝐹(𝑧) are meromorphic functions. suppose that it is 𝑠, 0 ≤ 𝑠 ≤ 𝑛– 1, such that 𝑝 = max 0≤𝑗≤𝑛−1 𝑗≠𝑠 {𝜇(𝐴𝑗 ), 𝜆 ( 1 𝐴𝑠 ) , 𝜇(𝐹)} ≤ 𝜇(𝐴𝑠) = 𝜇 < ∞, (9) holds and for a constant 0 ≤ 𝛽 < 𝛼, the relations (3) and (4) hold, for > 0 and as |𝑧| → ∞, 𝑧 ∈ 𝐸. then any solution 𝑓 ≠ 0 of eq. (1) with 𝜌(𝑓) < ∞ satisfies 𝜌2(𝑓 ) ≥ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠 ). proof from eq. (1), we have 𝐴𝑠 = 𝐹 𝑓 𝑓 𝑓 (𝑠) − { 𝑓 (𝑛) 𝑓 (𝑠) + 𝐴𝑛−1 𝑓 (𝑛−1) 𝑓 (𝑠) + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑠+1 𝑓 (𝑠+1) 𝑓 (𝑠) + 𝑓 𝑓 (𝑠) (𝐴𝑠−1 𝑓 (𝑠−1) 𝑓 + ⋯ + 𝐴1 𝑓 ′ 𝑓 + 𝐴0)} (10) using lemma 1 (ii), with 𝛼 = 2, there is 𝐸1 ⊆ [1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸1) < ∞ and 𝐵 > 0, such that | 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑠)(𝑧) | ≤ 𝐵𝑟(𝑇(2𝑟, 𝑓)) 𝑗−𝑠 , 𝑗 = 𝑠 + 1, 𝑠 + 2, … , 𝑛 (11) and | 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) | ≤ 𝐵𝑟(𝑇(2𝑟, 𝑓)) 𝑗 , 𝑗 = 1, 2, … , 𝑠 − 1, (12) hold for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ ([0, 𝑅1] ∪ 𝐸1), 𝑅1 > 1. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 115 put 𝑓(𝑧) = 𝑔(𝑧) 𝑑(𝑧) where 𝑔(𝑧) is entire, 𝑑(𝑧) is a product of poles sequence of 𝑓. let 𝜂 be such that 𝑝 < 𝜂 < 𝜇(𝐴𝑠). using lemma 2, there is 𝐸2 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸2) < ∞, such that |𝐹(𝑧)𝑑(𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟𝜂) (13) holds for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸2. thus, there is 𝑅2 (> 𝑅1), such that, for all 𝑧 satisfying |𝑧| = 𝑟 > 𝑅2, 𝑣 (𝑟, 𝑔) > 1, |1 + 𝑜(1)| > 1 2 and |𝑔(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔) > 1 the following holds: | 𝑓(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑠)(𝑧) | ≤ 2𝑟 𝑠 (14) set 𝐻 = {|𝑧| ∶ 𝑧 ∈ 𝐸}\([0, 𝑅2] ∪ 𝐸1 ∪ 𝐸2) then 𝑚𝑙 (𝐻) = ∞. it follows from (13) that | 𝐹(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) | = | 𝐹(𝑧) 𝑔(𝑧) 𝑑(𝑧)| = | 𝐹(𝑧) 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔) | |𝑑(𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟𝜂) (15) for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∈ 𝐻, 𝑟 > 𝑅2, and |𝑔(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔). it follows from (10), (11), (12), (14), (15) and (3), (4), that exp (𝛼𝑟𝜌− ) ≤ 2(𝑛 + 1)𝐵𝑟 𝑠+1(𝑇(2𝑟, 𝑓)) 𝑛+1 exp (𝛽𝑟𝜌− )exp (𝑟𝜂 ) for 𝑧 with |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∈ 𝐻, ∈ (0, 𝜇(𝐴𝑠)–𝜂 2 ) and |𝑔(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔). since 𝜂 < 𝜇(𝐴𝑠), we obtain 𝜌2(𝑓 ) ≥ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠) in the following result, the same conditions described in the previous theorem are given with a solution that has infinite order and obtains the opposite result. theorem 6 let 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝐹(𝑧) be defined as in theorem 5 and satisfy inequality (9). then every solution 𝑓 ≠ 0 with 𝜌(𝑓) = ∞ of eq. (1) satisfies 𝜌2(𝑓 ) ≤ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠). proof from eq. (1), we have − 𝑓 (𝑛) 𝑓 = 𝐴𝑛−1 𝑓 (𝑛−1) 𝑓 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓 (𝑠) 𝑓 + ⋯ + 𝐴1 𝑓 ′ 𝑓 + 𝐴0 − 𝐹 𝑓 (16) using lemma 2, for > 0, there is 𝐸3 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸3) < ∞, such that |𝐴𝑗 (𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟 𝜌(𝐴𝑠)+ ) , 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1 (17) and |𝐹(𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟𝜌(𝐴𝑠)+ ) , (18) holds for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸3. put 𝑓(𝑧) = 𝑔(𝑧) 𝑑(𝑧) as in the proof of theorem 6. thus by lemma 3, there is 𝐸4 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸4) < ∞, such that 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) = ( 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑧 ) 𝑗 (1 + 𝑜(1)), 𝑗 = 1, … , 𝑛 (19) holds for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸4, |𝑔(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔) > 1. hence from (16), (17) and (19) there is 𝑅 > 1, such that ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 116 |( 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑧 ) 𝑛 (1 + 𝑜(1))| {|( 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑧 ) 𝑛−1 (1 + 𝑜(1))| + ⋯ + |( 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑧 ) 𝑠 (1 + 𝑜(1))| + ⋯ + |( 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑧 ) (1 + 𝑜(1))| + 1} exp(𝑟𝜌(𝐴𝑠)+ ) + | 𝐹(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) | (20) holds for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸3 ∪ 𝐸4. since 𝜌(𝑑) < 𝜌(𝐴𝑠), we have for 𝑟 > 𝑅, |𝑑(𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟𝜌(𝐴𝑠)+ ) (21) then from (18) and (21) we have | 𝐹 𝑓 | = | 𝐹 𝑔 𝑑| = | 𝐹 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑔) 𝑑| ≤ exp(2𝑟𝜌(𝐴𝑠)+ ) combining (20) and the above inequality, we get (𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔)) 𝑛 |1 + 𝑜(1)| ≤ (𝑛 + 1) exp(2𝑟𝜌(𝐴𝑠)+ ) |𝑧|𝑛(𝑣(𝑟, 𝑔)) 𝑛−1 |1 + 𝑜(1)| hence 𝑣𝑔(𝑟) ≤ (𝑛 + 1) exp(2𝑟 𝜌(𝐴𝑠)+ )|𝑧|𝑛 combining lemma 9 and lemma 4 and the above inequality, we get 𝜌2(𝑔 ) ≤ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠 ) combining lemma 10 and the above inequality we get 𝜌2(𝑓 ) ≤ 𝜌(𝐴𝑠) this completes the proof. theorem 7 under the assumptions of the previous two theorems we have 𝜌2(𝑓 ) = 𝜌(𝐴𝑠). in what follows we shall consider eq. (1) when 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧) and 𝐹(𝑧) are entire. theorem 8 assume that 𝐴𝑗 (𝑧), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1 and 𝐹(𝑧) are entire functions and it is 𝑠, 0 ≤ 𝑠 ≤ 𝑛– 1, such that 𝑞 = max 0≤𝑗≤𝑛−1 𝑗≠𝑠 {𝜇(𝐴𝑗 ), 𝜇(𝐹)} < 𝜇(𝐴𝑠) < 1 2 let 𝑓 ≠ 0 be any solution with 𝜌(𝑓) < ∞. then 𝜌2(𝑓 ) = 𝜇(𝐴𝑠). proof from eq. (1) we have eq. (10). using lemma 1 (ii), there is 𝐸1 ⊆ [1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸1) < ∞ such that | 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑠)(𝑧) | ≤ 𝑀𝑟𝑐 (𝑇(2𝑟, 𝑓)) 2𝑛 , 𝑗 = 𝑠 + 1, … , 𝑛 (22) and | 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) | ≤ 𝑀𝑟𝑐 (𝑇(2𝑟, 𝑓)) 2𝑛 , 1 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑠 − 1 (23) holds for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸1. choose 𝛼, 𝛽 such that, 𝑞 < 𝛼 < 𝛽 < 𝜇(𝐴𝑠). then we have |𝐴𝑗 (𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟 𝛼 ) , 0 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛 − 1, 𝑗 ≠ 𝑠 (24) |𝐹(𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟𝛼 ) (25) for 𝑟 → ∞. by lemma 6 or lemma 7 there is 𝐻 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐻) = ∞, such that |𝐴𝑠(𝑧)| > exp(𝑟 𝛽 ) (26) holds for |𝑧 | = 𝑟 ∈ 𝐻. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 117 because 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓 ) > 1, by (25) we have |𝐹(𝑧)| 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓 ) ≤ exp(𝑟𝛼 ) (27) for 𝑟 → ∞. by lemma 8, there is 𝐸2 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸2) < ∞, such that | 𝑓(𝑧) 𝑓 (𝑠)(𝑧) | ≤ 2𝑟 𝑠 (28) for a point 𝑧 with |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸2 and |𝑓(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓). from (22)-(24), (26-28) and eq. (10) we have exp(𝑟𝛽 ) < 𝑀𝑟𝑐 (𝑇(2𝑟, 𝑓)) 2𝑛 (𝑛 exp(𝑟𝛼 ))2𝑟 𝑠 and exp (𝑟𝛽 (1 + 𝑜(1)) < (𝑇(2𝑟, 𝑓)) 2𝑛 (29) for a point z with |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∈ 𝐻 ∖ ([0,1] ∪ 𝐸1 ∪ 𝐸2). thus from (29) and since 𝛽 is arbitrary, we deduce 𝜇(𝐴𝑠) ≤ 𝜌2(𝑓 ) (30) now, we prove that 𝜌2(𝑓 ) ≤ 𝜇(𝐴𝑠). by lemma 3, there is 𝐸3 ⊆ (1, ∞) with 𝑚𝑙 (𝐸3) < ∞, such that 𝑓 (𝑗)(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) = ( 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑧 ) 𝑗 (1 + 𝑜(1)), 1 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛 (31) holds for |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸3. hence for > 0, we have |𝐴𝑗 (𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟 𝜇(𝐴𝑠)+ ) , 0 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛 − 1 (32) |𝐹(𝑧)| ≤ exp(𝑟𝜇(𝐴𝑠)+ ) (33) for 𝑟 → ∞. because (33) and |𝑓(𝑧)| = 𝑀(𝑟, 𝑓 ) > 1, we get | 𝐹(𝑧) 𝑓(𝑧) | ≤ exp(𝑟𝜇(𝐴𝑠)+ ) (34) for 𝑟 → ∞. take 𝑧 with |𝑧| = 𝑟 ∉ [0,1] ∪ 𝐸3. from eq. (1) we have | 𝑓 (𝑛) 𝑓 | ≤ |𝐴𝑛−1(𝑧)| | 𝑓 (𝑛−1) 𝑓 | + ⋯ + |𝐴2(𝑧)| | 𝑓 ′′ 𝑓 | + |𝐴1(𝑧)| | 𝑓 ′ 𝑓 | + 𝐴0(𝑧) + | 𝐹 𝑓 | (35) substituting (31), (32) and (34) into (35) yields | 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑧 | 𝑛 |1 + 𝑜(1)| ≤ (𝑛 + 1) | 𝑣(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑧 | 𝑛−1 |1 + 𝑜(1)| exp(𝑟𝜇(𝐴𝑠)+ ), this gives 𝜌2(𝑓) = lim 𝑟→∞ sup 𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑙𝑜𝑔+𝑣(𝑟, 𝑓) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑟 ≤ 𝜇(𝐴𝑠) + (36) because is arbitrary, by lemma 9 and eq. (36), we get 𝜌2(𝑓 ) ≤ 𝜇(𝐴𝑠) combining this and (30) yields 𝜌2(𝑓 ) = 𝜇(𝐴𝑠). this completes the proof. 5. conclusions the hyper order of growth of the solutions of (holcde) under some conditions related to the lower order of its coefficients is studied and considered in this paper. it is seen that the nevanlinna theory of the meromorphic functions is a good and helpful tool that we have used to prove our results. our results have been obtained by extending some of the previous results in this direction. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 118 acknowledgments i would like to extend my thanks and gratitude to everyone who helped and supported me to complete this modest effort and to highlight it in this form. special thanks to mustansiriyah university/college of science/department of mathematics. references 1. lain, i. nevanlinna theory and complex differential equations; de gruyter. germany, 1992, isbn 9783110134223. 2. yang, cc; yi hx. uniqueness theory of meromorphic functions, springer: netherlands, 2003. isbn 978-1-4020-1448-2. 3. long, j.; zhu, j. on hyper-order of solutions of higher order linear differential equations with meromorphic coefficients. adv diff eqs. 2016, (2016)107, 1-13. 4. hellerstein, s.; miles, j.; rossi, j. on the growth of solutions of certain linear differential equations. ann acad sci f'enn, ser a i math. 1992, (17)2, 343-365. 5. chen, zx.; yang, cc. quantitative estimations on the zeros and growths of entire solutions of linear differential equations. comp var ellip eqs. 2000, 42(2), 119-133. 6. habib, h.; belaidi, b. hyper-order and fixed points of meromorphic solutions of higher order linear differential equations. arab j math sci. 2016, 22(1), 96-114. 7. laine, i.; wu, p. growth of solution of second order linear differential equations. proc am math soc. 2000, 128(9), 2693-2703. 8. alkhalidy, a.; hussein, e. on the growth of solutions of second order linear complex differential equations whose coefficients satisfy certain conditions. bag sci j. 2020, 17(2), 530-536. 9. long, j.; wu, t.; wu, x. growth of solutions of complex differential equations with solutions of another equation as coefficients. comp meth fun th. 2019, 19, 3-16. 10. pramanik, dc.; biswas, m.; mandal, r. on the study of br¨uck conjecture and some nonlinear complex differential equations. arab j math sci. 2017, 23, 196-204. 11. hamani, k.; belaidi, b. on the hyper-order of transcendental meromorphic solutions of certain higher order linear differential equations. opuscula math. 2017, 37(6), 853–874. 12. zhang, y.; gao, z.; zhang, j. on growth of meromorphic solutions of nonlinear difference equations and two conjectures of c.c. yang. acta math sci. 2016, 36(1), 195-202. 13. long, j.; heittokangas, j.; ye, z. on the relationship between the lower order of coefficients and the growth of solutions of differential equations. j math anal appl. 2016, 444(1), 153166. 14. chen, zx. on the hyper-order of solutions of some second-order linear differential equations. acta math sci. 2002, 18, 79–88. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 119 15. barry, pd. some theorems related to the 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜋𝜌 theorem. proc lond math soc. 1970, 21(3), 334-360. 16. barry, pd. on a theorem of besicovitch. quart j math. 1963, 14(1), 293-302. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the first record o f two species of dactylogyrus (monogenetic trematodes) in iraq from diyala river fishes, diyala province k. n. abdul-ameer departme nt of biology, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract two sp ecies of monogenetic trematodes of the genus dactylogyrus were recorded in the p resent p aper for the first time in iraq from two freshwater fishes from diy ala river, diy ala p rovince. the first sp ecies, d. bocageii alvarez pellitero, vicente et gonz alez lanza, 1981 was recorded from gills of aspius vorax, the second sp ecies, d. lenkorani m ikailov, 1967 was recorded from gills of barbus sharpeyi. the descriptions and measurements of these p arasites as well as their illustrations were given. introduction the flukes which attack skin and gills of fishes and cause different signs and sy mptoms are unsegmented flat worms of the phy lum platy helminthes belong to the class trematoda, order m onogenea [1]. skin flukes feed on the epithelial cells, and in doing so, they cause considerable damage to the skin of the fishes. sy mptoms caused by gill flukes include increase breathing frequency, whilst the gill covering are st retched op en widely . the gills are exp ande and very p ale. parts of the gills often become p rotuberant and look like a small p ale fleece outside the cover. parts of the gill sheets on which flukes have sett led are covered with a cloudy film, consisting of slime and dest roy ed ep ithelial cells [2]. t here are many sp ecies of gill flukes to be found on fishes. m ost of the gill flukes belong to the family dacty logy ridae. the most well known belongs t o the genus dactylogyrus [1]. the dactylogyrus fauna from freshwater fishes of iraq is rich and rep resents the major group of the monogenetic trematodes. the first record in iraq was d. cornu on five freshwater fish sp ecies from diy ala river by ali et al. [3]. m any survey s were done during the following y ears from different water bodies which brought additional new dactylogyrus sp ecies [4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]. the checklist of the parasites of fishes from iraq includes 80 sp ecies of dactylogyrus [10]. so, more survey s of fish p arasites are needed to recognize more sp ecies and increasing information of p arasitic fauna of freshwater fishes of iraq. the p resent p aper deals with the record of two sp ecies of dactylogyrus for the first time in iraq. materials and methods during february and m arch 2010, a total of 23 fishes belonging to five sp ecies (aspius vorax, barbus luteus, b. sharpeyi, b. xanthopterus and silurus triostegus) were collected from diy ala river diyala p rovince, at ba'quabah city (it is sitiuated between 33°-34° nort h latitude and 44°-45° east longitude). they were examined for ectop arasites. skin, buccal cavity and gill smears were p repared and microscopically examined. care was taken to isolate and flatten the p arasite sp ecimens, which were then st ained with aqueous neutral red. permanent slides were then p repared with glycerin. m easurments of p arasites were done by using micrometer, and drawing was done by using a camera lucida. the p arasites were identified according to gussev [11]. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 re sults and discussion the p resent st udy showed the existence of two sp ecies of monogenetic trematodes belonging to the genus dactylogyrus. the following is an account of their measurements (in mm). the measurements were based on six sp ecimens of each sp ecies. dactylogyrus bocageii alvarez pellitero, vicente et gonz alez lanza, 1981 (fig. 1): among the examined fishes, one sp ecimen (out of three) of a. vorax with total length 35cm and total weight 400 gm was infected with many sp ecimens of this p arasite. worm had a moderate size, length 0.6-0.75 (0.67), width 0.1-0.12 (0.11). length of marginal hooks (hooklets) 0.023-0.03 (0.026). overall length of median hook 0.033-0.04 (0.036), sp ike 0.010.02 (0.011), total length of median hooks 0.04-0.05 (0.045), length of external p rocess 00030.005 (0.004), internal p rocess 0.012-0.017 (0.014). connecting bar 0.025-0.03 (0.027)x0.003-0.006 (0.0045), sup p lementary bar 0.022-0.028 (0.025)x0.0025-0.005 (0.003). total length of copulatory organ 0.04-0.045 (0.042). the p resent measurements of d. bocageii are similar to those reported by gussev [11]. dactylogyrus lenkorani m ikailov, 1967 (fig. 2): the gills of one b. sharpeyi (out of four) was infected with this p arasite. the infected fish was male with a total length of 39 cm and a total weight of 750 gm. worm of moderate size, length 0.05-0.06 (0.055), width 0.09-0.1 (0.095). length of marginal hooks 0.018-0.025 (0.041). overal length of median hook 0.038-0.05 (0.044), sp ike 0.01-0.012 (0.011), total length of median hooks 0.048-0.062 (0.055), length of external p rocess 0.005-0.007 (0.006), internal p rocess 0.015-0.017 (0.016). connecting bar 0.027-0.032 (0.029)x0.006-0.01 (0.008), sup p lementary bar 0.021-0.025 (0.023)x0.003. total length of copulatory organ 0.027-0.04 (0.033).the measurements of the p resent d. lenkorani are in an agreement with those reported by gussev [11].the two above-named dacty logy rids can be easily differentiated according to the shap e of both connecting and sup p lementary bars as well as the st ructure of their copulatory organ. also, d. bocageii has a cartilagenous filament in its median hook while no such filament is p resent in d. lenkorani (figs. 1 and 2). it is app rop riate to mention here that gussev [11] has considered d. araxicus m ikailov, 1977 as a sy nony m of d. lenkorani. according to m haisen [10], the two p arasites of the present study (d. bocageii and d. lenkorani) represent their first record in iraq as no p revious record was given for these p arasites on fishes from iraq. acknowledgments thanks are due to prof. dr. furhan t. m haisen, dep artment biology , college of education (ibn al-haithem), university of baghdad for his help in parasite identification, permission to use his index-catalogue of p arasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq and critical reading of the manuscrip t. thanks to prof. dr. m ohammad k. m ohammed, m rs. azhar a. al-m ossawi and m iss hanaa h. al-saffar, of the iraq natural hist ory research center and m useum, university of baghdad for their permission to use the camera lucida. re ferences 1.duijn, van jnr. c. (1973). diseases of fishes, 3 rd ed., iliffe books, london: 372pp . 2.amlacher, e. (1970). textbook of fish diseases (engl.transl.). t. f. h. publ., jersey city : 302p p . 3. ali, n.m .; al-jafery, a.r. and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1986). new records of three monogenetic trematodes on some freshwater fishes from diy ala river, iraq. j. biol. sci. res., 17(2): 253-266. 4. abdullah, s.m .a. (2005). parasitic fauna of some freshwater fishes from darbandikhan lake, north of iraq. j. dohuk univ., 8(1): 29-53. 5. abdullah, s.m .a. and m haisen, f.t . (2004). parasitic infection with monogenetic trematodes on fishes of lesser zab and greater zab rivers in northern iraq. zanco j. salahaddin univ., 16(4): 43-52. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 6. al-nasiri, f.s.; m haisen, f.t . and al-nasiri, s.k. (2002). first occurrence of the monogenetic trematode dactylogyrus capoetae jalali, pap p et m olnar, 1995 in iraq on gills of the cy p rinid fish barbus luteus. j. diyala, 13: 421-425. 7. gussev, a.v.; ali, n.m .; abdul-ameer, k.n.; amin, s.m . and m olnār, k. (1993). new and known sp ecies of dactylogyrus diesing, 1850 (m onogenea, dacty logy ridae) from cyp rinid fishes of the river tigris, iraq. sy st . parasitol., 25: 229-237. 8. salih, n.e.; ali, n.m . and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1988). helminthic fauna of three sp ecies of carp raised in ponds in iraq. j. biol. sci. res., 19(2): 369-386. 9. balasem, a.n.; m haisen, f.t .; asmar, k.r.; al-jawda, j.m . and adday , t.k. (2009). record of two sp ecies of the monogenetic trematodes genus dactylogyrus for the first time in iraq on gills of the cyp rinid fish alburnus caeruleus. bull. iraq nat. hist . m us., 10(4): 11-16. 10. m haisen, f.t . (2010). index-catalogue of p arasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq. (unp ublished data: mhaisenft@y ahoo.co.uk). 11. gussev, a.v. (1985). parasitic metazoans: class m onogenea. in: bauer, o.n. (ed.) key to the p arasites of freshwater fish fauna of the u.s.s.r. nauka, leningrad, 2: 1-424 (in russian). fig.(1): dactylo gyrus bocageii (scale bar = 0.02mm .) fi g.(2): dactylogyru s len korani (s cale bar = 0.02mm .)mh: me dian h ook, cb: connectin g bar, s b: supplemen tary bar, co:copul atory organ , hi:hookle t, es:eye spots , t:tes tes , o :o very, u:ute rus. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد التسجیل األول لنوعین من المخّرمات أحادیة المنشأ من الجنس dactylogyrus محافظة دیالى، نھر دیالى أسماك في العراق من كفاح ناصر عبد األمیر جامعة بغداد، إبن الھیثم-كلیة التربیة ، قسم علوم الحیاة خالصة ال ن أسـمـ dactylogyrusأ م�ن الجنـ�ـس ــ�ـة المنشــ�ـم�ات أحادیث ن�وعین م�ن المخرّ ـ�ـسجل في ھذا البح ـ�ـر ــــ� ـــ�ـاك نـھ م ى ف ــ� ـــافظـ��دیاـل ىــي مـح ـ�ـ� ــاـل ـ�ـوع األول ھـ، ـ��ـة دـی و ـالـن d. bocageii alvarez pellitero, vicente etــ�ـ� gonz alez lanza, 1981 ـلك من ـــ� م أســ�ـماك الش و ، aspius voraxغالصـــ� ــ� اني ـھ وع الثـــ� ــ� d. lenkoraniوالـن m ikailov, 1967 ي م�ن رس�م إل�ىباإلض�افة وقیاس�اتوص�ف ت�م إعط�اء barbus sharpeyi.غالصــ�ـم أسمـ�ـاك البنــ� .ھذین النوعین من الطفیلیات توضیحي لكل من ihjpas تأثیرمدة االضاءة في نمو و تكاثر cyclops varicans (g. o. sars, 1863) cyclopioda – copepoda )( میسلون لفتة الدوري نبراس لفتة الدوري الھیثم)/ جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحیاة/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن 2014/نیسان/14، قبل البحث في : 2014/كانون الثاني/22استلم البحث في : خالصةال ,cyclops varicans (g. o. sarsنوع القشریات بشكل عام اختیر فيلغرض دراسة تأثیر مدة االضاءة : ظالم .hr 12الذي ھو اول تسجیل في العراق وقد اختیرت مدد اضاءة بین ضوء مستمر وظالم مستمر وضوء (1863 12 hr. وقد أظھرت النتائج تأثیر احصائي واضح مدد االضاءة خاصة االضاءة المستمرة على معدل حجم الحضنة . ، واعدادھا ومدد التحول copipodidلھا الى . ومراحل تحوnaupliiومعدل عدد البیوض المنتجة، ومعدل عدد الیرقات الى بالغات وتفاوت التأثیر في اعداد ومدة نضوج كالً من الذكور واالناث. والتوصیل phواجري تحلیل احصائي الذي جاء مؤیداً للدراسة الحالیة. وقد سجلت درجة الحرارة والشفافیة والـ دھا ظروفا مثالیة في المختبر لنمو وتكاثر ھذا النوع.الكھربائي في الحقل عند جمع العینات العتما مدة االضاءة ، القشریات، مجذافیة االقدام، الھائمات الحیوانیة. :الكلمات المفتاحیة 51 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 المقدمة للثروة السمكیة واساسیاً مھماً ] التي تعد مصدراً 1% من مساحتھ الكلیة [5تشكل المیاه العذبة في العراق ما نسبتھ فیھ، جاءت أھمیة ھذه الدراسة لمعرفة أفضل الظروف لنمو وتكاثر غذاء ھذه الثروة، ما یقودنا الى التركیز على جزء من التي تؤدي دوراً مھماً copipodaالسلسلة الغذائیة في اي مسطح مائي اال وھو الھائمات الحیوانیة ومنھا مجذافیة االقدام والتي تم (photoperiod)] ومن العوامل المھمة لنمو وتكاثر ھذه االحیاء ھي مدة االضاءة 2ذبة [في بیئة المیاه الع اھمالھا تقریباً في معظم البحوث التي اجریت في العراق، فھنالك دراسات حول شدة االضاءة والملوحة وتركیز بعض ن مدة االضاءة لم تنل نصیبھا من الدراسة حتى ] ولك5، 4، 3العناصر الكیمیائیة ودرجة الحرارة واالس الھدروجیني [ ]، أذ ان المدة الضوئیة 7للنمو في اي مسطح مائي [ (predictor)]. وھي مع بقیة العناصر یعد من اھم الدالئل 6عالمیاً [ ]، فعندما یكون 8ة [تؤثر ایجاباً او سلباً في معدل النمو للھائمات النباتیة ومن ثم تؤثر بشكل أو آخر في الھائمات الحیوانی ) مرات كذلك 7-4اسابیع یصبح تركیزه أعلى ( 5معدل االظالم مثالً أربع مرات أقل من الضوء فان الكلوروفیل بعد مرور ].9تكون نسبة البروتین أعلى [ المواد وطرائق العمل لھائمات الحیوانیة بوساطة شبكة ا 2013جمعت العینات من بحیرة جزیرة بغداد السیاحیة (االصطناعیة)سنة واآلس الھیدروجیني. وبعد جلب العینات ،والشفافیة ،والماء ،مایكرومیتر). وقیس كل من درجة حرارة الھواء 55قیاس ( وعزلت الحوامل منھا في بیكرات سعة (compound microscope)الى المختبر فُحصت بوساطة المجھر المركب حاویة على میاه البحیرة بعد ترشیحھا ثم وضعت كل انثى حامل في انبوبة مفتوحة الطرفین مع وضع قطعة من 3سم50 شبكة الھائمات في طرفھا المغمور في المیاه وُعلقت في البیكر، وبعد عزل الصغار عن االم تمت تربیتھا في ظروف شبیھة .cyclops varicans (g. o]، وُعزل النوع (10على [ بظروفھا البیئیة في وقت جمع العینات، وشخصت اعتماداً sars, 1863 (اول تسجیل في العراق) أذ انشات مزرعة مختبریة لھذا النوع ثم عزلت اناث حوامل من ھذه المزرعة بیكر قسمت 30وبواقع ثالث مجامیع كل مجموعة حاویة على عشر اناث، كل انثى وضعت في بیكر معزول اي اصبحت (12: 12ض/ظ) ،الثالثة تضمنت (.0:24والثانیة في اضاءة مستمرة ،ض /ظ) 24:0في مدة ظالم مستمر ( عشر منھا (nauplei)ض/ظ )، وتمت مراقبتھا واحصاء عددھا في الجیل الثاني من ناحیة عدد البیوض في كل كیس وعدد یرقات ومدة طرح الحضنة قیاساً بالساعات. ومدة adultsثم عدد البالغاتcopepodid stagesالناجحة عند طرح البیوض وعدد ، والمدة بین حضنة واخرى وعدد الحضنات لكل انثى، ثم adultثم الى copepodid stage iالى naupleiالنمو من عدد الذكور واالناث البالغات. لتغذیة االطوار الیرقیة االولى، ویرقات البعوض parameciumاستخدم مستخلص اوراق السلق والبرامسیوم لجمیع النتائج بین المدد spssللمراحل المتقدمة والبالغات. واجري التحلیل احصائیا بأستخدام البرنامج االحصائي .ض / ظ تم الحفاظ على درجة الحرارة 12:12)و الظالم المستمر(. (] ) و .lالضوئیة الثالث الضوء المستمر ( 0.5م +_ 21مختبریا بواقع النتائج ) تلیھا مدة .l) في مدة الضوء المستمر (47.6حسبت عدد البیوض قبل طرح الحضنة وكان أعلى معدل لھا ( 12:12. (d.:l.) ) ثم الظالم المستمر (41.7بمعدل (d.) ،(29.3) اما معدل یرقات 1) وشكل (1) جدول (nauplei اي لكل من الضوء المستمر والضوء: الظالم والظالم المستمر 18.7ثم 31.4و 38.7معدل البیوض الناجحة فترواحت بین ثم 24.8الى 29.4فھي بین copipodid). اما معدل الیرقات التي وصلت الى مراحل 2) وشكل (2على التوالي جدول ( 9.0و 19.8ثم 22.3فكانت معدالتھا adultوصلت مرحلة البالغات ) ایضا والتي 3) وشكل (3على التوالي جدول ( 12.4 ) ایضا وكانت نتائج التحلیل االحصائي بین المدد 5) وشكل (5) وكما مبین في جدول (4) وشكل (4على التوالي جدول ( .0.05ق معنویة فكانت جمیعھا اقل من و) ذات فر.d., l., d:lالضوئیة الثالثة ( 28.4و .lفي الضوء المستمر .hr 23.2لحضنة/ بالساعة كان معدل الزمن یترواح بین عند حساب مدة طرح ا الى nuplei). اما مدة تحول یرقات 6) وشكل (6المستمر جدول ( .dفي الظالم .37.9ض / ظ و 12:12في copipodid 6.3فكانت بمعدل day 7الم المستمر جدول (للظ اً یوم13 الضوء و : ایام للظالم 8.5للضوء المستمر، و ( )/ یوم للمدد 14.3، 9.6، 6.2كانت تتراوح بین ( adultالى بالغات copipodidمدة النمو من ). وعند حساب7وشكل ( ).8) وشكل (8وظالم مستمر على التوالي جدول ( ،ض / ظ . 12:12و ،الثالث ضوء مستمر كانت نتائج التحلیل االحصائي للمدد الزمنیة وللمدد الضوئیة الثالث جمیعھا ذات فروق معنویة فھي اقل من ، 3.3، 2.3معدالتھا (). من جانب اخر فأن عدد الحضنات لكل انثى خالل حیاتھا كانت 9. وكما مبین في الشكل (0.05 ). 10) وشكل (10ضوء مستمر على التوالي جدول (و، ض / ظ .12:12للمدد الضوئیة ظالم مستمر ) حضنة 4.7 احصائیا كانت الفروق معنویة بین معامالت الضوء المستمر والظالم المستمر عدم وجود فروق معنویة بین معامالت المدة بین للثانیة أما 0.014لالولى و 0.071ض / ظ كذلك بین االخیرة والضوء المستمر فكانت 12 :12الظالم المستمرو 52 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 / یوم للمدد ضوء 5.7، 5.0، 2.2ة وأخرى لألنثى نفسھا وبواقع جمیع االناث العشر لكل مدة ضوئیة فكانت بمعدالت حضن ). اما النتائج االحصائیة فكانت جمیعھا 11) وشكل (11ض /ظ وظالم مستمر على التوالي جدول (.12:12:.مستمر ثم .0.600الى 0.12وتراوحت بین 0.05فروق غیر معنویة فھي اعلى من للذكور 12.5، 15.4، 6.5لالناث و 7.5، 6.9، 2.4من جانب اخر كان معدل عدد الذكور واالناث للجیل الثاني على التوالي وكان معدل عدد الذكور بشكل .hr 12: ضوء .hr 12وظالم ،وضوء مستمر ،للمدد الضوئیة ظالم مستمر وء المستمر والظالم المستمر فكانت النتیجة تقریباً متساویة بین الذكور عام أكثر من معدل عدد االناث ما عدا في مدة الض ). اما نتیجة التحلیل االحصائي فقد وجدت فروق معنویة في اعداد الذكور واالناث بین 12) شكل (12واالناث جدول ( ض / ظ 12:12و ض / ظ وغیر معنویة بین الضوء المستمر .12:12الظالم المستمر، والضوء المستمر والظالم مع . علماً ان درجة حرارة 0.05لالناث وھي أعلى من 0.08و ،للذكور 0.398فھي ، عدد الذكور واالناث ایضاً بالنسبة إلى اما الشفافیة mc 770والملوحة ph =7.8على التوالي وسجل cْ 19.2و cْ 20.4الھواء والماء عند جمع العینات كانت .m 2.55فكانت المناقشة تؤدي مدة االضاءة دوراً كبیراً في حیاة الالفقریات بشكل عام فضآل عن الغذاء، ودرجة الحرارة، والمیكانیكیة الھرمونیة، وكثافة االحیاء. فالعوامل الفیزیائیة المتغیرة لھا تأثیر كبیر على دینامیكیة وتركیب ھذه االحیاء وخاصة الضوء ].11واالحیائیة [ فلھ تأثیر مزدوج بین العوامل الفیزیائیة عند حساب عدد البیوض فأن الضوء المستمر كان االكثر تأثیراً في زیادة أعدادھا وسرعة طرح الحضنة، ما البیوض وسرعة فيیعني ان طول مدة االضاءة اي طول مدة النھار من العوامل المسیطرة في مدة التكاثر النمو وتؤثر یض الذي فشل في الفقس في الظالم كان أكثر من البیض الذي فشل في الضوء الفقس واعدادھا ومدة نضوجھا كما ان الب ].13ومن ثم تكون االنتاجیة أعلى بسبب زیادة الفعالیة االحیائیة [ ]. الن مدة االضاءة الطویلة توفر غذاء اكثر12[ أقل copipodidى أعلى وبسرعة تحولھا ال naupliiكما شھدت مدة االضاءة المستمرة نمو اعداد من الیرقات ض / ظ وھذه اقل من الظالم المستمر وھذا یفسر العالقة بین كتلة الھائمات النباتیة والضوء المستمر ومن 12:12من مدة ].14ثم زیادة نمو واعداد الیرقات المتغذیة علیھا [ ل في الضوء المستمر كانت باعداد اعلى ومدد زمنیة أق adultوتحولھا الى بالغات copipodidان اعداد یرقات ھي مدة السبات لھذه الحیوانات التي قد تتجاوز مدد سباتھا copipodidمنھ في المدتین التالیتین السیما اذا علمنا ان مدة quantitative responses] وأن مدة االضاءة لھا مرحلتین من التأثیر مرحلة 15الى ثالثة اشھر في الظالم المستمر [ ]. organism changes ]16وھذه مرحلة تغیرات عضویة qualitativeالجسم ومرحلة وھذه تؤثر في طول اما اعداد البالغات في الضوء المستمر فان الذكور نضجت باعداد ومدد زمنیة أعلى وھذا یدل على ان مدة ]. في حین عند مقارنة أعداد الذكور واالناث بین مدة الضوء المستمر مع 17مدة النضوج [ االضاءة تتسبب في تغییر االعداد فيفلم توجد فروق معنویة وھذا یدل على ان طول مدة النھار او قصرھا ال تؤثر .hr 12: الظالم .hr 12الضوء ]. كذلك النتیجة بین 19تتاثر بالمدة الضوئیة [] ولكن معدل تكون الجنسین یمكن ان 18وھذه النتیجة مشابھة لم جاء بھا [ حضنة واخرى فلم توجد فروقات معنویة وھذه مشابھة ایضا لما وجده المصدر السابق. وبشكل عام فأن معظم القشریات تتكاثر وتنمو في الموسم الدافيء من السنة لذلك فأن الیوم الطویل یكون مناسب % من العوامل المؤثرة في نمو القشریات وھذه المعلومات تكون مھمة في 50كل جداً لھا ولذلك فان تأثیر االضاءة تش ].20معرفة مدى تأقلم ومعدل توسع وانتشار االنواع وفھم الھجرة العمودیة أو النمو لمواسم المختلفة [ المصادر البحث العلمي ودوره في حمایة ). البیئة المائیة في العراق ومصادر تلوثھا. وقائع مؤتمر 1994السعدي، حسین علي (-1 .88-59. اتحاد مجالس الیحث العلمي العربیة: 28/9/1993-26البیئة من مخاطر التلوث. دمشق 2-ahangar, i.a.; saksena, d. n.; mir, m. f. and ahangar, m. a. (2012). zooplankton population variation chlorophyll-a and nutrients in anchar lake, kashmir. univer. j. env. res. & tech., 2, 4: 220-224. cyclops vernalis). تأثیر الزئبق والرصاص في دورة حیاة الحیوان القشري 2001الدوري، نبراس لفتة (-3 fischer.رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة (ابن الھیثم). جامعة بغداد . ). تأثیر عنصر الرصاص على حیاتیة 1999عیل، عباس مرتضى (باصات، صباح فرج؛ علي، زینب حسین وأسما-4 .289-282): 5(3. مجلة الفتح، daphnia magnaبرغوث الماء ). تاثیر عنصري النحاس والكوبلت في الجوانب 2000عبد االحد، صباح فرج؛ سبتي، حسن علي وعلي، زینب حسین (-5 .120-114: 13لھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة، . مجلة ابن اdaphnia magnaالحیاتیة للحیوان القشري 53 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 6-johnson, c. r.; o’brien, w. j. and macintyre, s. (2007). vertical and temporal distribution of two copepod species, cyclops scutfier and diaptomus pribilofensis, in 24 h arctic daylight. j. plankton res., 29,3: 275-289. 7-shatwell, t.; kohler, j. and nicklisch, a. (2013). temperature and photoperiod interaction with silicon-limited growth and competition of two diatoms. j. plankton res., 35: 957-971. 8-shatwell, t.; nicklisch, a. and kohler, j. (2012). temperature and photoperiod effects on phytoplankton growing under simulated mixed layer light fluctuations. limnol. oceanogr., 27,2: 541-553. 9-houlbreque, f.; tambutte, e. and ferrier, c. (2003). effect of zooplankton availability on the rate of photosynthesis, and tissue and skeletal growth in the scleractinian coral stylophora pistillata. j. exp. mar. biol. & ecol., 296, 2: 145-166. 10-negrea, s. (1983). fauna republicti socialiste, romania, crustacea, cladocera, 14, 12, editura academiei, republicii socialiste romania, bucharest. 11-alekseev, v. r. j.; shoiu, h. and meittui, t. (2006). diapause in aquatic invertebrates, what’s known and what’s next in research and medical application?. j. mar. sci. & technol., 14, 4: 269-286. 12-chinnery, f. e. and williams, j. a. (2003). photoperiod and temperature regulation of diapauses, egg production in acartia bifilosa from southampton water. mar. ecol. prog. ser., 263: 149-157. 13-rose, a. p. and lyon, b. e. (2013). day length, reproductive effort and the avian latitudinal clutch size gradient. ecology, 94, 6:1327-1337. 14arthaud, f.; mousset, m.; vallod, d., wezel, w.; robin, j. and bornette, g. (2012). effect of light stress from phytoplankton on the relationship between aquatic vegetation and the propagule bank in shallow lakes. freshwater biol., 57 (4): 666-675. 15de stasio, b. t. (2004). diapause in calanoid copepods: within-clutch hatching patterns. j. of limnol., 63, 1: 26-31. 16-alekseev, v. r. and lampert, w. (2004). maternal effect of photoperiod and food level on life history characteristics of cladocera daphnia pulicaria forbes, hydrobiologia, 526: 225-230. 17-seebens, h.; elnsle, u. and straile, d. (2009). copepod life cycle adaptation and successin response to phytoplankton spring bloom phenology. first pub. global change biology., 15, 6: 1394-1404. 18-alekseev, v; dumont, h.; pensaert, j.; baribwegure, d.; and vanfleteren, j. (2006). a redescription of eucyclops serrulatus (fischer, 1851) (crustacea: copepoda: cyclopoida) and some related taxa, with a phylogeny of the e. serrulatus-group. zoologica scripta, 35,2: 123-147. 19-spindler, k. d. (1969). significance of photoperiod for the development of cyclops voconus. freshwater biol. assoc., 33: 190-195. 20-alekseev, v. r. (2004). effect of dial vertical migration on epiphanies production in daphnia. j. limnol., 63: 1-6. 54 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 nauplei): عدد یرقات 2( رقم جدول ): عدد البیوض قبل طرح الحضنة 1(رقم جدول adult): عدد البالغات 4( رقم جدول i copipodid): عدد3( رقم جدول ←nauplei copipodid): مدة النمو من 7( رقم جدول طرح الحضنة/ ساعة ): مدة6( رقم جدول (یوم) d.:l. l. d. 42 48 29 1 40 46 28 2 41 46 27 3 43 49 30 4 42 48 29 5 40 48 31 6 41 47 28 7 43 48 30 8 41 47 30 9 44 49 31 10 المعدل 29.3 47.6 41.7 d.:l. l. d. 32 39 18 1 31 40 19 2 32 41 20 3 33 40 19 4 32 40 18 5 30 39 21 6 31 38 17 7 30 37 18 8 29 32 17 9 34 41 20 10 المعدل 18.7 38.7 31.4 d.:l. l. d. 26 30 13 1 27 28 12 2 26 22 10 3 27 31 14 4 27 31 13 5 26 30 11 6 25 29 12 7 24 30 13 8 23 28 11 9 27 32 15 10 المعدل 12.4 29.1 24.8 d.:l. l. d. 19 23 9 1 24 25 10 2 19 18 7 3 20 24 10 4 20 24 9 5 19 23 8 6 18 22 8 7 19 21 10 8 20 19 8 9 20 24 11 10 المعدل 9.0 22.3 19.8 d.:l. l. d. 9 6 13 1 8 6 14 2 9 7 11 3 10 8 14 4 9 7 15 5 8 5 11 6 10 6 12 7 9 5 13 8 8 7 14 9 5 6 13 10 المعدل 13.0 6.3 8.5 d.:l. l. d. 29 24 37 1 28 22 39 2 30 23 37 3 30 23 38 4 27 23 38 5 28 24 36 6 29 22 37 7 26 23 40 8 29 25 39 9 28 22 38 10 المعدل 37.9 23.2 28.4 55 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ): عدد الحضنات لكل 10(رقم جدول (یوم) copipodid adult←النمو من مدة): 8( رقم جدول انثى ): المدة بین حضنة واخرى/ یوم11( رقم جدول d.:l. l. d. 3 2 5 1 4 1½ 7 2 4 2 3 3 1 10 4 10 3 12 5 8 2½ 9 6 3 2 6 7 4 3 8 8 7 3½ 9 4 1 10 المعدل 5.7 2.15 5.5 ): عدد الذكور واالناث البالغات12( رقم جدول d.:l. l. d. ♂ ♀ ♂ ♀ ♂ ♀ 11 8 13 10 5 4 1 14 10 19 6 8 2 2 13 6 11 7 6 1 3 13 7 19 5 7 3 4 12 8 20 4 5 4 5 11 8 18 5 7 1 6 12 6 12 10 6 2 7 14 7 14 7 7 3 8 11 9 11 8 7 1 9 14 6 17 7 7 3 10 المعدل 2.4 6.5 6.9 15.4 7.5 12.5 d.:l. l. d. 10 7 17 1 11 5 16 2 10 6 13 3 10 7 11 4 12 8 16 5 11 6 12 6 10 7 16 7 7 5 14 8 7 5 15 9 8 6 13 10 المعدل 14.3 6.2 9.6 d.:l. l. d. 5 6 3 1 3 5 2 2 2 3 1 3 3 5 3 4 2 4 3 5 5 6 4 6 4 5 3 7 1 3 2 8 5 5 1 9 3 5 1 10 المعدل 2.3 4.7 3.3 56 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 0 10 20 30 40 50 d. l. d.:l. دد لع ا 0 10 20 30 40 50 d. l. d.:l. دد لع ا 0 10 20 30 40 d. l. d.:l. دد لع ا 0 5 10 15 20 25 d. l. d.:l. دد لع ا 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 d. l. d.:l. دد الع عدد البیوض قبل طرح الحضنة naupliiعدد یرقات copipodidعدد یرقات adultعدد البالغات d. l. d.:l. d. l. d.:l. .d., l., d.:lالضوئیة الثالث المدد): االعداد من البیوض وحتى البالغات في 5(رقم شكل )ساعة): مدة طرح الحضنة (6(رقمشكل ): عدد البیوض قبل طرح 1( رقم شكل ة ل nauplei): عدد یرقات 2( رقم شكل i copipodid): عدد 3(رقم شكل ):عدد البالغات4(رقم شكل nauplei ←copipodidالنمو من مدة): 7( رقم شكل 57 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 d. l. d.:l. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 d. l. d.:l. وم ی لكل یوم copipodi ← naupleiفترة النمو من لكل یوم adult← copipodidفترة النمو من d. l. d.:l. d. l. d.:l. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 d. l. d.:l. دد الع ♀ ♂ من طرح الحضنة وحتى البلوغالمدد ): 9(رقم شكل ): المدة بین حضنة وأخرى 11( رقم شكل ): عدد الحضنات لكل انثى10( رقم شكل ): عدد الذكور واالناث البالغات12(رقم شكل (یوم)copipodid ← adultالنمو من مدة): 8شكل ( 58 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 d. l. d.:l. عة سا ساعة/ فترة طرح الحضنة effect of photoperiod on growth and reproduction of cyclops varicans g. o. sars, 1863 (cyclopioda – copepoda ) maysaloon l. al-doori nibrass l. al-doori department of biology/ college of education and pure science (ibn-alhaitham)/ university of baghdad. received in : 22/january/2014 , accepted in : 14/april/2014 abstract the species cyclops varicans g.o.sars (which was recorded for the first time in iraq ) was chossen to study the effect of photoperiods on the species reproduction growth . the chossen photoperiods were 0:24 , 12: 12 , and 24 : 0 l.d. the data showed obvious statistical effect of photoperiods specially 24 : 0 l.d. on the mean of clutch size , produced eggs , no. of nauplei , transformation time of nauplius i to copepodid i and transformation time of copepodid i to adult stage . the data also showed uneven effects of photoperiods on the number and maturation period of both males and females . temperature , transparency , ph , and electrical conductivity also have been studied for the adoption as ideal condition in the laboratory for the growth and reproduce of this species . keywords : photoperiod , crustaceans , copepoda , zooplankton 59 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 22 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract anabolic androgenic steroids are being more popular between bodybuilders and people who are using gym to enhance their physiques. however, according to the increase of the laws prohibiting sales of these substances without physician prescription, the route of getting and administration practices have become more and more dangerous. anabolic androgenic steroids include many synthetic derivatives of testosterone its play a significant role in medical treatment. these groups of medications are extensively abused at young ages to rising lean body mass and advance the athletic quality of performance. it has been described that anabolic steroids use can cause many long and short-term side effects, this study intended to assess the level of knowledge about aas and its effects among gym users. 50 bodybuilders were using gym routinely and were using aass for at least 2 months and another who were using gym routinely but never use aas before were interviewed to show their knowledge about short and long term aass using side effects. participants used androgenic hormones for three main reasons health, social and personal, vast majority of the participants obtained the required results by using aas, the majority of participants were going into the gym five to six times weekly for an hour daily. enanthate was the main steroid abused by the participants and the gym coaches were the major source of selling steroids to the participants. the anabolic androgenic steroids had a harmful effect and abused by large number of young ages. keywords: anabolic androgenic steroids, athletes, bodybuilding, gym users, baghdad. 1. introduction sport is globally encouraged as the manifestation of excellence, health, hard work, unbiased play, and equality [1], but when human beings are positioned in competitive circumstances, mainly doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3004 article history: received 8 september 2022, accepted 27 december 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq knowledge and attitude of using anabolic androgenic steroids among male bodybuilders in al-russafa baghdad province sura mohammed challab suramohammed948@gmail.com college of pharmacy, university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq zinah m.anwer zina.ahmed@copharm.uobaghdad.edu.iq college of pharmacy, university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq heba hashim khalil heba.hashim1989@gmail.com college of pharmacy, university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:suramohammed948@gmail.com mailto:zina.ahmed@copharm.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:zina.ahmed@copharm.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:heba.hashim1989@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 23 in the sports field, they will try to gain a benefit over their challenger in order to achieve dominance and win the competition [2]. the use of drugs in athletics, for both therapeutics and improvement of performance. further, both required professional pharmacists to provide information, drug education, and counselling to athletes, parents, coaches, athletic trainers, and the public community at all levels of competition [3]. sports pharmacy defines as the training and practicing of pharmacists to authorize them actively participate in anti-doping operations. there has been an enormous need to regulate the use of drugs or acceptable medicines and supplements. therefore, a developing field, sports pharmacy has been experienced all around the world. sports pharmacy controls the utilization of these drugs for either medicinal or to enhance the quality of performance. another module of sports pharmacy is doping control. [4]. anabolic androgenic steroids use for performance improvement and shape enhancement is an increasing worry in many countries; however, information, awareness, and understanding of health harmful effects connected to aas appear to be diverse and possibly limited [5]. this has suggestions for the plan of culturally suitable health-associated involvements supported by promoting damage reduction and quitting support in the eastern mediterranean. we highlight implications for normalization of this type of drug use among gym goers, and athletes [6] there is developing evidence of the opportunity of harmful effects of long-term androgenic steroid use on the brain health of a user [7] also in the increased dose and long-period, users had a possibility of cognitive defects [8]. there is a study in saudi arabia, iraq, iran, jordan, lebanon, kuwait, united arab emirates, and pakistan that reported the main sources in these nations were friends, fitness trainers, and coaches. other finding ways included obtaining from gym users, training partners, the black markets, online sources, veterinary doctors, fitness stores, pharmacists, and physicians [5]. most eastern mediterranean participants were found to be aware of the anabolic steroid effects of aas, such as increased muscle mass, body weight, bodybuilding effects, and greater muscle power [9-11]. according to various research conducted in saudi arabia, kuwait, the united arab emirates, and iran, participants' total self-reported knowledge of detrimental consequences was insufficient [913]. the objective of the study: to detect the level of information, and attitudes towards aas usage among male gym users in baghdad. to detect the types of aas used more than other types and duration of use. to assess the ways of obtaining aas and source of informations about using. to detect the causes that lead participants to use aas. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 24 2. method in this cross-sectional, questionnaire study, the pharmacist researcher interviewed the gym members who are using aas in the time of the study with those who were never used aas before to detect their knowledge of aas users about its dangerous and possible side effects. this study was carried out in two gyms in baghdad al-russafa and data collection lasted for 3 months from the first of february 2022, until the end of april 2022. 3.1. inclusion criteria include: male >18 years of age, healthy bodybuilders using the gym, agreement all the participant in the study also the agreement of college of pharmacy university of baghdad committees had been taken. 3.2. exclusion criteria include: female gender, age under 18 years. a special sheet was designed by the research team to match the study goals, the data was collected of all participants of the study regarding their sociodemographic data, comorbidities, lab investigations, medication history, and bmi. asking the participants about their knowledge of aas and its current and future side effects the interview was done by the researcher using phone calls in the arabic language and the questionnaire obtained from a saudi study [14]. ethical concerns  this study was permitted by the scientific committee of the college of pharmacy/university of baghdad.  all of the participants’ approval has been taken before starting the samples collection.  anabolic androgenic steroids using bodybuilders were advised against substance abuse and also they were given full informations about the adverse effects. unfortunately almost all of them continued to consume steroids afterward. statistical analysis data were analyzed using spss version 21.0. descriptive statistics frequency and percentages were used to describe the categorical study and outcome variables also minimum, maximum and standard deviation for non-categorical variables. fisher's exact test was used to assess the binary outcome variable (yes/no). 3. results the participants were young men with an average age of 29.0 (±6.6) years, bmi of 27.2 (±3.5), and without chronic diseases (98.8%). the vast majority of the participants had a college education (81.5%) in non-medical specialties (91.4%). approximately 26% of the participants were alcoholics and 43% were smokers. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 25 table 1: the sociodemographic characteristics of the participants character subcategories frequency (n) % group aas not used 31 38.3 aas users 50 61.7 total 81 100 smoking yes 35 43.2 alcoholic yes 21 25.9 marital status single 49 60.5 married 32 39.5 education degree high-school 12 14.8 college 66 81.5 higher education 3 3.7 working in medical field no 74 91.4 yes 7 8.6 having chronic disease no 80 98.8 yes 1 1.2 taking chronic medication no 80 98.8 yes 1 1.2 minimum maximum mean std. deviation age (years) 18 48 28.96 6.59 bmi 20.2 37.5 27.15 3.51 the majority of participants (76.2%) were going to the gym five to six times weekly for an hour (96.3%) daily. the participants were doing four main different exercises for three main reasons: health, social and personal. more than three quarters (82%) of the user group were taking aas for non-continuous periods. table 2: the training characteristics of the anabolic steroid users more than half (56.8%) of all participants have used supplements. some participants (19, 23.4%) have used growth hormone. the vast majority (94%) of the user group have obtained the intended results after using androgenic anabolic steroids (aas). additionally, one-third of the user group (36%) advised others to use aas character subcategories frequency (n) % frequency of training weekly 3 2 2.5 4 14 17.3 5 36 44.4 6 29 35.8 duration of training (hours/day) 1 78 96.3 2 3 3.7 reasons for going to gym health 23 28.4 social 19 23.5 personal 39 48.1 exercise type (inside & outside gym) walking 47 58.0 running 65 80.2 swimming 20 24.7 playing soccer 54 66.7 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 26 table 3: the participants’ behaviors toward the abuse of androgenic anabolic hormones, supplement and growth hormone. frequency (%) behavior always often sometimes rarely never using supplements 22 (27.2) 24 (29.6) 16 (19.8) 10 (12.3) 9 (11.1) using growth hormone 7 (8.6) 12 (14.8) 9 (11.1) 7 (8.6) 46 (56.8) did you get the required results after using aas? 27 (54) 20 (40) 3.0 (6.0) do you advise others to use aas? 11 (22) 7 (14) 15 (30) 9 (18) 8 (16) figure 1: the types of anabolic steroid abused by gym users ihjpas. 36(2)2023 27 figure 2: the duration of androgenic anabolic steroids (aas) in months figure 3: the sources of anabolic steroids for gym users ihjpas. 36(2)2023 28 figure 4: the sources of information about anabolic steroids for gym users. table 4: the association between the education level and the knowledge (awareness) of the anabolic steroid adverse effects knowledge about aas adverse effects education p-value high school college or higher you know aas cause acne no count 4 17 .070 % within 19.0% 81.0% yes count 1 28 % within 3.4% 96.6% you know aas cause acne hair loss no count 1 21 .368 % within 4.5% 95.5% yes count 4 24 % within 14.3% 85.7% you know aas cause acne infertility no count 2 14 .650 % within 12.5% 87.5% yes count 3 31 % within 8.8% 91.2% you know aas cause acne cardiac diseases no count 1 18 .637 % within 5.3% 94.7% yes count 4 27 % within 12.9% 87.1% you know aas cause acne phycological diseases no count 3 21 .661 % within 12.5% 87.5% yes count 2 24 % within 7.7% 92.3% fisher's exact test there was no significant (p-value ˃ 5) association between the participant education level and their awareness of aas adverse effects. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 29 4. discussion the purpose of this study was to determine how well-informed and aware male gym members were of the health risks associated with aas misuse. this information may be useful for focusing efforts and modifying laws intended to control the use of aas from the viewpoint of the healthcare system. the study recruited 81 male gym users from two gyms in al-russafa baghdad province. the participants were categorized into two groups: 50 users were taking androgenic anabolic steroids (aass) and 31 men were not taking aas. the participants were young men with an average age of 29.0 (±6.6) years, bmi of 27.2 (±3.5), and without chronic diseases (98.8%). the majority of the participants had a college education (81.5%) in nonmedical specialties (91.4%). about 26% of the participants were alcoholics and 43% were smokers table 6-1. the majority of participants (76.2%) were going to the gym five to six times weekly for an hour (96.3%) daily. the participants were performing four main different exercises for three chief reasons: health to improve their health status also some of them followed physician instructions about using the gym, social reasons due to the community effect on the body shape standards, and personal reasons. more than three-quarters (82%) of the aas user group were taking aas for a non-continuous schedule (table 2). non-continuous dosing means common patterns for abusing androgenic steroids include cycling (regularly taking several doses in certain time periods, pausing for certain time periods, then restarting), stacking (this permits mixing of oral and injectable steroid dosage forms, and an addition of more two or three distinct steroids), pyramiding (gradually increasing the dose or strength of steroid abused until the peak is reached, then regularly weaning off to zero), plateauing (to break the dependency, overlap, alternate, or substitute with another steroid), however, there is no empirical proof that these ways of steroids application reduce the drugs' harmful effects [15]. more than half (56.8%) of all participants have used supplements with or without aass following the instruction of gym coaches without medical checking if the body needs these supplements. some participants (19.23.4%) have used growth hormones. the vast majority (94%) of the aass users group have obtained the intended results after using androgenic anabolic steroids (aas). additionally, one-third of the users group (36%) advised others to use aas table 3. also in saudi arabia study found that (77%) of participants would still recommend aas to friends in spite of self-declared knowledge of the side effects of aas [16] that’s mean that the users of aass had a full conviction about the usefulness of using it . four types of aas were abused by the gym users: enanthate was the most common type (50%) while cypionate was the least commonly used (10%) (figure 6-1). more than half (58%) of the participants have used aas for three month and one-third (34%) have used it more time (4-6 months) in order to reduce the side effects of aass on the body in long term use (figure 6-2). gym coach was the most common source of aas (78%) for the abusers (figure 6-3) although anyone who practices the profession of pharmacy without a license shall be penalized by a fine of not more than 300,000 dinars or by a term of imprisonment not to exceed three years, or by both. according to iraqi pharmaceutical profession law chapter three. also, the sourcing of aass and, how aas users are highly influenced by the availability of items in the gym and by coaches and trainers was reported and highlighted in a number of studies [17,18]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 30 social media (86%) and gym coach (76%) were the most common sources of information about aas among gym users (figure 4) this high percentage reflect the effect of social media on young ages so we can use this effect in a beneficial way to aware more about aas side effects. eighty percent of the aas users were planning to take them again in the future. lack of knowledge about aas and its side effects is not rare and has also been stated in studies in australia [19] sweden [20] there was no significant (p-value ˃ 5) association between the participant education level and their awareness of aas adverse effects (table 6-4). 5. limitations the goal of the current study was to provide more light on the factors that are contributing to an epidemic of aas usage among young people who utilize gyms for fitness and aesthetic reasons, despite the harmful side effects of these medicines. however, it is important to take into account the following study limitations when interpreting the findings: (1) the research was limited to the city of baghdad al-russafa, whose social and economic demography cannot be extrapolated to the rest of the nation, the region, or other nations. (2) the study was performed only among male gym members (3) regarding the study participants' doses or frequency schedules for using aas, no information was gathered. (4) the prevalence of aas misuse in particular gyms and the sociodemographic traits of these gyms were not compared. we think that these restrictions should be addressed in other, independent research that look into whether there is a dose-response relationship between using aas and its side effects. 6. conclusion and future directions the findings of this study provide convincing proof of a high lifetime prevalence of aas use among male gym goers. improving health policies is urgently needed to slow the growth of aas use among young adults who utilize the gym. since gym owners and coaches or trainers have been identified as one of the most significant sources of aass, these improvements may be concentrated on raising awareness among gym users and, more crucially, among these individuals. we think that stricter regulations should be put in place to prevent gyms and gym trainers from dealing with aas. abuse of illegal substances is becoming more and more recognized as a severe public health issue in iraq. however, the current study's findings suggest that the usage of aass should be a major focus of those efforts. acknowledgements further, similar studies are required for other parts of iraq, which have distinct demographics and could produce more interesting results, in order to establish a more accurate and generalizable assessment of prevalence, knowledge, and attitudes linked to aas misuse. future research examining blood levels of aass, usage patterns, and potential side effects will be more valuable in providing a better knowledge of the side effect profile of aas use in iraq. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 31 references 1. barkoukis, v.; lazuras, l.; tsorbatzoudis,h.; rodafinos,a.; motivational and sportspersonship profiles of elite athletes in relation to doping behavior, psychol sport exerc, 2011,12(3),205–12. 2. holt, rig.; erotokritou-mulligan, i.; sönksen, ph.; the history of doping and growth hormone abuse in sport, growth horm igf res, 2009,19(4),320–6. 3. ambrose, pj.; an advanced pharmacy practice experience in sports pharmacy, am j pharm educ [internet], 2008 feb,15;72(1),19. available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/18322580 4. khan, n.; noushad, s.; ahmed, s.; sports pharmacy as an emerging health science field, a perspective on the global and national scope, int j endorsing heal sci res. 2018 mar,1;6,58. 5. hearne, e.; wazaify, m.; van hout, mc.; atkinson, a.; mcveigh, j.; anabolic-androgenic steroid use in the eastern mediterranean region, a scoping review of extant empirical literature, int j ment health addict [internet], 2021,19(4),1162–89. available from: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11469-019-00217-8 6. baumann, gp.; growth hormone doping in sports: a critical review of use and detection strategies, endocr rev., 2012,33(2),155–86. 7. bjørnebekk, a.; walhovd, kb.; jørstad, ml.; due-tønnessen, p.; hullstein, ir.; fjell, am.; structural brain imaging of long-term anabolic-androgenic steroid users and nonusing weightlifters, biol psychiatry, 2017,82(4),294–302. 8. kanayama, g.; pope, jr. hg.; illicit use of androgens and other hormones: recent advances, curr opin endocrinol diabetes obes, 2012,19(3),211. 9. al bishi, ka.; afify, a.; prevalence and awareness of anabolic androgenic steroids (aas) among gymnasts in the western province of riyadh, saudi arabia, electron physician, 2017,9(12),6050. 10.al-falasi, o.; al-dahmani, k.; al-eisaei, k.; al-ameri, s.; al-maskari, f.; nagelkerke, n.; et al. knowledge, attitude and practice of anabolic steroids use among gym users in al-ain district, united arab emirates, open sport med j. 2008,2,75–81. 11.mohammad, h.; anabolic-androgenic steroids amongst kuwaiti males, coll stud j. 2014,48(1),120–9. 12. alharbi, ff.; gamaleddin, i.; alharbi, sf.; almodayfer, o.; allohidan, f.; alghobain, m.; et al. knowledge, attitudes and use of anabolic-androgenic steroids among male gym users, a community based survey in riyadh, saudi arabia, saudi pharm j. 2019,27(2),254–63. available from: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsps.2018.11.007 13. uddin, z.; iqbal, q.; haider, s.; saleem, f.; usage and perceptions of anabolic-androgenic steroids among male gym attendees in quetta city, pakistan–a descriptive analysis, res pharm heal sci. 2019,5(2),152–7. 14. althobiti, s.; alqurashi, n.; alotaibi, a.; alharthi, t.; alswat, k.; prevalence, attitude, knowledge, and practice of anabolic androgenic steroid (aas) use among gym participants, mater socio medica, 2018,30(1),49. 15. el osta, r.; almont, t.; diligent, c.; hubert, n.; eschwège, p.; hubert, j.; anabolic steroids abuse and male infertility, basic clin androl, 2016,26(1),1–8. 16. hitti, ea.; melki, jp.; mufarrij, aj.; the prevalence and determinants of anabolic steroid use among fitness centre attendees in lebanon. int sport j, 2014,15(4):391–401. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 32 17. razavi, z.; moeini, b.; shafiei, y.; bazmamoun, h.; prevalence of anabolic steroid use and associated factors among bodybuilders in hamadan, western province of iran, j res health sci. 2014,14(2),163–6. 18. fijan a, eftekhari mh, dashtabi a. the prevalence of anabolic androgenic steroid misuse and its associated factors among bodybuilders in shiraz, iran. int j nutr sci. 2018;3(3):151–6. 19. yager z, o’dea ja. relationships between body image, nutritional supplement use, and attitudes towards doping in sport among adolescent boys: implications for prevention programs. j int soc sports nutr. 2014;11(1). 20. nilsson s, spak f, marklund b, baigi a, allebeck p. attitudes and behaviors with regards to androgenic anabolic steroids among male adolescents in a county of sweden. subst use misuse. 2004;39(8):1183–97. characterization of cdo film afm and xrd diffraction using rietveld refinement tarq a. al-dhahir dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad ziad t. khodair dept.of physics /college of science / university of diala received in 19 september 2012 , accepted in16 january 2013 abstract nano particles of cadmium oxide (cdo) thin films were prepared by spray pyrolysis technique. the synthesized film is annealed at (200 , 300, 450) o c for 3 hours . the xrd and afm for the analysis of its structural and micro-structural characteristic has been preformed. the average grain size was found to be about 32.50 nm .there is a preferred orientation along (200) plane with texture coefficient 1.79, 1.644, 1.763 and 1.792 for deposited and annealed films, corresponding to grain size 57,58 ,51 and 51 nm. the variations of stress with temperature is ranged from 0.157 0.376 gpa . keywords: spray pyrolysis , preferred orientation, rietveld refinement , grain size, nano cdo 83 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction among the iib-vi compound, cdo is of special interest .while other members of cd and zn based on tetrahedral of metal cations in wurtzite and zinc blende structure, this compound adopts a face –centered-cubic rock salt structure based on octahedral coordination around (cd).it has important electronic, structural and optical properties. its occur naturally as the rare mineral monteponite, [1] and has special features such as high conductivity, high transmission and low band gap made it applicable in photodiodes, phototransistors, photovoltaic cell , transparent electrodes , liquid crystal displays, ir detectors and anti reflection coatings [2 ]. thin film technologies play the pivotal role specifically in the field of microelectronics such as cadmium plating baths, electrodes for storage batteries, cadmium salts, catalyst ceramic glazes, phosphors, optical coating, integrated optics and superconductors etc. in the last ten years, the cdo thin films were prepared by various techniques such as spray pyrolysis, oxidation of cadmium films, chemical vapour deposition etc. it was experimentally established that its properties are very sensitive to the film structure and deposition conditions [3,4]. the properties of cdo depend on their chemical composition and microstructure (volume fraction of crystalline and amorphous, type, shape, and size of the crystals), and also on the magnitude and type of residual stresses that arise on cooling below the glass transition region. these residual stresses result from the superposition of macroscopic stresses caused by temperature gradients across the sample cross section during the cooling process, the so-called thermal tempering stresses, with microscopic stresses due to the mismatch between the thermal and elastic properties of the crystalline and amorphous phases [ 5]. the phases, cell parameters and particle size are the important parameters that influence physical properties of material. several techniques could be used for the investigation of them. however, the particle size determination can be based on direct observation of particles by atomic force microscopy (afm) or scanning electron microscope (sem) techniques. in this case, we can also receive the important information on the size and shape of particles. data on particle size can be obtained by x-ray diffraction (xrd) technique as the particle size is related to the diffraction peak broadening. it is important to note that xrd and afm methods allow not only to measure the particle size, but also to identify crystalline phases, were analyzed by the rietveld refinement technique. [6 ] rietveld refinement is a technique devised by hugo rietveld for using in the characterization of crystalline materials. the neutron and x-ray diffraction of powder samples result in a pattern characterized by reflections (peaks intensity) at certain positions. the height, width and position of these reflections can be used to determine many aspects of the materials structure. the rietveld refinement is a well-known and useful tool for structure determination; it allows the determination of lattice parameters, atom positions, occupation parameters, isotropic and anisotropic temperature parameters. the method may also be used for quantitative phase analysis. because the rietveld refinement is a universal and convenient procedure of powder data analysis, it was decided to use it for resolving other problems like the determination of crystallite size. during the refinement the whole x-ray diffraction pattern is analyzed and the profile parameters describe the whole pattern. the value of the bragg reflection full-width at halfmaximum (fwhm) is a function of θ, but the shape, model of asymmetry, character of the “tails of the diffraction lines” are the same for the whole diffraction pattern. in the classical way of crystallite size determination, it is necessary to analyze the individual reflection profile fitting. in spite of these differences, the usefulness of the rietveld refinement for crystallite size determination was tested [7,8]. cdo thin films are characterized by different authors. their xrd is associated with presences of (111), (200), (220), (311), and (222) planes of the cubic structure as it is compared with standard of bulk cdo. in literature one can observe 84 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hugo_rietveld http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/crystal http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/neutron_diffraction http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/x-ray_crystallography difference in the reported data about the peak of maximum intensity .most authors [ 9-13] refer to (111) as plane of prefer orientation and texture coefficient ,while [14] reported the plane (200) for prefers orientation. so, in this work, we presented synthesis a nano particles cdo thin films with (200) plane of prefer orientation. then, characterized, its structure, morphology and microstructure at different annealing temperatures by using rietveld refinement in order to provide us accurate values of the lattice parameters in the respective phases can be related to cdo . experimental work cdo thin films were prepared by spray pyrolysis technique on a glass substrate using a homemade spray system . the subsequent reaction on the heated substrates produces the cdo thin films products by using cadmium nitrate hydrate )4.)(( 223 ohnocd material to produce thin films. the solution of cadmium nitrate hydrate with concentration (0.2m) is prepared according to the following relation; m=(wt /mwt) .(1000/v) ……………..(1) where: m: concentration molarity , v: volume of water , wt: weight of solution. mwt :molecular weight of )4.)(( 223 ohnocd material after the solution is cooled locate in the spray system to spray on the glass substrate, we can get the cdo thin films according to the chemical equation : )2.......(..........o4no cdo 2)2cd(no 22 heat 23 ↑+↑+→ it has been found that the following deposition parameters give films with good transparency and uniform surface at: (1) substrate temperature is once 550 °c, (2) spray rate 8 cm3/min , and (3) distance between sprayer nozzle and substrate of 28+1 cm the glass substrates are placed on the hot plate for about (25 min) before spraying process, so the glass substrates are nearly at the same temperature as the hot plate. each spraying period lasts for about (20s) followed by about (5 min) waiting period to avoid excessive cooling of the hot substrates due to the spraying. the thicknesses of the sprayed samples were in the range of (10+0.3 µm) which was measured by weighting method. the films were clear, transparent, brown colored having very good adhesive properties with smooth surface free from pinholes. results and discussion x-ray characterization the x-ray diffraction patterns were obtained in a (shimadzu xrd-6000) goniometer using copper target (cu kα, 1.5418 å), (40 kv, 30 ma). the thin films were mounted in an aluminum sample holder. step-scan data were collected from range 20°-100° with a step width of 0.02° and a counting time of 5 sec/step. the divergence, scattering , and receiving slits are 1.0°, 1.0° , 0.30 (mm) respectively with monochromator was used. x-ray diffraction patterns of cdo thin film is shown in fig .1. its exhibited three strong diffraction peaks at (38.336°,33.040°, 55.336°) associated with planes (200) (111), (220) and other peaks for (311), (222), (400),(331) and (420) planes. these indications are for polycrystalline nature with cubic structure (jcpds 05-0640). texture coefficient (tc) is used to quantify the preferential orientation of the film deposited using the following relation [13]: tc(hkl) = 𝐼(ℎ𝑘𝑙)/𝐼0(ℎ𝑘𝑙) 𝑁−1 𝑛 ∑ 𝐼(ℎ𝑘𝑙)/𝐼0(ℎ𝑘𝑙) …………………….(3) 85 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 where i is the measured intensity, io is the standard intensity, joint committee on powder diffraction standards, (jcpds) and n is the number of diffraction peaks. the prepared films of cdo have (200) plane as preferred orientation. this shows a good agreements with the discussion of [14]with respect to their film deposited on glass substrate . for fcc, high lattice point density on (200) plane refer to low surface energy on it ,then the growth along that plane is so easy . according to , table 1, the calculated lattice parameter(4.69184 å) of this film, very close to that of the bulk cdo 4.6958 å .this indicates ,that the prepared films were formed in an effective equilibrium state. due to high crystalline state a little pit difference in lattice parameter is observed for annealing the sample at different temperature. the effect of line broadening is primarily due to the micro residual stress and decrease in the grain size [l]. morphology afm (aa 3000 , angstrom advanced inc.) analysis of cdo thin film (fig. 2) shows that the surface is composed of crystallites with an approximate size of 32.50 nm grouped together into larger agglomerates, the rms surface roughness is found to be 3.53 nm. mean crystallite size corresponding to the cdo thin film is calculated, using scherrer’s formula [15]. d = kλ / b cosθ ……………(4) where d is the average crystallite size, λ is the wavelength of the x-ray radiation (cukα = 0.15418 nm), k is a constant taken as 0.94 , θ is the diffraction angle and b is the full width at half maximum height. texture coefficient for (200) plane is 1.79,1.644,1.763 and 1.792 (corresponding to grain size 57, 58 ,51 and 51 nm) for room temeperature,200,300 and 450 °c respectively. its seem so high as it is compared with 0.899,1.086,0.999 and 1.086 for (111) plane (corresponding to grain size 55,56 ,49 and 49 nm) at the same temperatures. this gives us an indication of preferred orientation of the films along the (200) diffraction plane. which is associated with increase of average grains size from 52nm for(111) up to 56 nm along (200)plane. the above result shows good agreements with balu et al [2] for his sample at 0.2 m. rietveld refinement and microstructural details structural analyses of as-deposited and the annealed films were carried out by x-ray diffraction patterns. their xrd patterns on glass substrate are shown in fig. 3. it can be seen that the nano particles displays the structure with high crystalline as it is compared with the standard diffraction pattern of cadmium oxide. the figure shows the change of intensity and peak angle of material before and after annealing temperatures (200 , 300, 450) o c for 3h . its also shows the rietveld plots (carried out by fullprof software )[16] for the different samples studied in this work. rietveld refinement was performed for all samples and the results are given in table 1. it is clear that, intensity is maximum for (200) plane for all the films deposited at different annealing temperatures., its sharp xrd peaks refer to grow the nanostructure at random orientation [4]. in figure 4 for raw x-ray data, the peak position shifts to lower angle for 300°c and 450°c . shifting of peak to lower angles indicates the increase in lattice constant, but for 200°c shifted to higher angle values. this may be due to a uniform compressive or tensile strain (macrostrain) ,while a non-uniform tensile and compressive strain results in broadening of diffraction lines (microstrain)[ 17].also figure 4 shows the small shift in xrd peaks of the films annealed relative to the cdo film peaks is attributed to the mechanical micro stress produced by different resources like; impurities, defects and vacancies reside in the film even after annealing.[ 13] 86 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the error in d (derror % ) [18] , elastic stress (σ) and strain are calculated from the following equations and their results are presented in table 2; derror (% ) = |𝑑𝐻−𝑑| 𝑑 ∗ 100% ……………(5) where dh , d are the measured and standard inter planer spacing , respectively. the elastic stress (σ) and strain of the films can be determined from hoffman's relation [19]: σ = -232.75 (𝑐−𝑐0) 𝑐 [𝐺𝑃𝑎] … … … … … . (6) strain (%) = (𝑐−𝑐0) 𝑐 *100% ………………………..(7) where the c, c0 are the measured and stress-free c-axis lattice constants, respectively. microstrain analysis: figure 4 shows xrd pattern for peaks (111),(200) and (220) to deposited film and annealed films at different temperatures. its depicted the peak shift and the lines broadening as a function of diffraction angle. this indicates the presence of microstrain rather than macrostrain [13]. as seen from table 2, the microstrain and the corresponding stress are varied from 0.067 to 0.161 and 0.157 to 0.376 gpa respctively with annealing temperature. then ,the stress is decreased with the grain size increase as shown in figure.5. conclusion thin film of cdo on glass substrate is prepared by homemade spray pyrolysis unit. xrd shows the films have fcc crystal structure with lattice parameter a = 4.69±0.01 å according to retiveld refinement and xrd pattern confirm cdo phase with preferential orientation along (200) plane. the average grain size was found to be about 32.50 nm .there is preferred orientation along (200) plane for deposited film and annealed films , this is indicated to the increase of grains along that plane. the peaks show shift and the lines are broadened as the function of diffraction angle. this indicates the presence of microstrain rather than macrostrain. references 1. sakthivel,s. and mangalaraj, d.(2011) cadmium oxide nano particles by sol-gel and vapourliquid-solid methods ; nano vision, 1(1) :47-53. 2. balu,a.r.;nagarethinam;v.s.; suganya,m.;arunkumar,n.and selvan,g. ( 2012) ;effect of the solution concentration on the structural, optical and electrical properties of silar deposited cdo thin films; journal electron devices; 12, 739-749. 3. jeyaprakash,b.g.; kesavan, k.; ashok kumar r.; mohan,s.and amalarani .a(2010); analysis of precursor decomposition temperature in the formation of cdo thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis method ; journal of american science 6(2):75-79. 4. zaien, m.;omar,k. and hassan, z.(2011),growth of nanostructures cdo by solid-vapor deposition. international journal of the physical sciences 6(17)4176-4180. 5. rusu, r.s . and rusu, g.i. (2005); on the electrical and optical characteristics of cdo thin film. journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials 7(3): 1511 –1516. 6. mccusker,l.b; von dreele, r. b; cox, d. e; louër, d., and scardi, p. (1999); rietveld refinement guidelines, j. appl. crystallogr. 32,36–50. 7. rietveld, h. m. (1969) a profile refinement method for nuclear and magnetic structures, j. appl. crystallogr. 2, 65-71. 8. young, r. a. (1993);introduction to the rietveld method, the rietveld method, edited by r. a. young ,oxford university press, oxford,1–38. 9. mishra, r.l.;sharma, a.k. and prakash, s. g.(2009) gas sensitivity and characterization of cdo semiconducting thin film deposited by spray pyrolysis technique , digest journal of nanomaterials and biostructures. 4(3):511 –518. 87 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 10. vigil, o.; cruz, f.; morales-acevedo, a.; contreras-puente, g. ;vaillant, l.and santana, g. (2001) ;structural and optical properties of annealed cdo thin film prepared by spray pyrolysis. materials chemistry and physics . 68:249-252. 11. dong, ju. seo. (2004); structural and optical properties of cdo films deposited by spray pyrolysis . journal of the korean physical society, 45(6):1575-157. 12. suhail ,m.h.; issam m.ibrahim and mohan rao, g.(2012); characterization and gas sensitivity of cadimum oxide thin films prepared by thermal evaporation technique . journal of electron devices . 13: 965-974 . 13. jeyaprakash, b.g.; kesavan, k. ;ashok kumar r ;mohan, s and amalarani,a.(2011); temperature dependent grain-size and micro strain of cdo thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis method; bull. mater. sci. 34(4)601-605. 14. dewei, ma.; zhizhen, ye.; lei wang; jingyun huang and binghui zhao.(2003) deposition and characteristics of cdo films with absolutely(200) preferred orientation. materials letters . 58, 128131. 15. cullity, b.d. (1978); elements of x-ray diffraction, 2nd ed; addison-wesley, ma, 102. 16. 16.rodriguez-carvajal, j.(1993);recent advances in magnetic structure determination by neutron powder diffraction. physica b 192, 55-69 . 17. sciti, d. ;celotti, g.;pezzotti, g. and guicciardi,s. (2007); on the toughening mechanisms of mosi2 reinforced si3n4 ceramics, ,appled physica materials science and processing, 86(2), 243-248. 18. yasemin, c.; muhsin, z.; mujdat, c. and salihaili,c. (2006);growth of zinc oxide nanoflowers by thermal evaporation method, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materals l8(5):18671873. 19. hoffman,r.w.(1976);physics of non-metallic thin films, eds by c.h.s. dupuy and a.cachard.plenum,new york, 273. table no.(1):micro structural analysis using rietveld analysis (hkl) unannealed 200°c 300°c 450°c d( å) 2ѳ(°) i(a.u) d( å) 2ѳ(°) i(a.u) d( å) 2ѳ(°) i(a.u) d( å) 2ѳ(°) i(a.u) (111) 2.7088 33.040 159.5 2.7085 33.045 213.1 2.7063 33.072 174.0 2.7066 33.068 186.6 (200) 2.3459 38.336 303.8 2.3456 38.342 268.0 2.3437 38.374 255.7 2.3440 38.369 255.1 (220) 1.6588 55.336 68.5 1.6586 55.344 66.3 1.6573 55.393 64.3 1.6575 55.385 64.1 a( å) 4.69184 4.69123 4.69197 4.69189 d(nm) (111) 55 56 49 49 d(nm) (200) 57 58 51 51 table no.(2) the microstrain , σ(gpa) , derror% and tc are measured as a function of temperature treatment (hkl) unannealed annealed at200°c annealed at 300°c annealed at 450°c derror% tc derr% tc derror% tc derror% tc (111) 0.118 0.899 0.129 1.056 0.210 0.990 0.199 1.025 (200) 0.132 1.79 0.145 1.644 0.225 1.761 0.212 1.792 (220) 0.132 0.734 0.398 0.774 0.223 0.829 0.211 0.807 strain% 0.067 0.080 0.161 0.145 σ(gpa) 0.157 0.187 0.376 0.338 88 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no.(1) x-ray diffraction pattern of cdo thin film asprepared figure no.(2) afm image of cdo thin film and granularity cumulation distribution report .sample area is 2μm by 2μm. 90 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no.(3) rietveld refinement pattern of cdo thin films. a)unannealed , b)annealed at 200 oc , c) 300 oc , d) 450 oc figure no.(4) peaks (111),(200),(220) for cdo thin films a)unannealed , b)annealed at 200 oc , c) 300 oc , d) 450 oc figure no.(5 ): the variation of grain size with elastic stress (σ) 91 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 لكادمیوم بوساطة مجھر القوة الذریة وحیود االشعة میزات غشاء اوكسید السینیة بإستخدام تصفیة ریتفیلد طارق عبد الرضا الظاھر جامعة بغداد/قسم الفیزیاء/كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) زیاد طارق خضیر قسم الفیزیاء/كلیة العلوم/ جامعة دیالى 2013كانون االول 16في ، قبل البحث 2012ایلول 19استلم البحث الخالصة درجة مئویة 450و 300و 200حضرغشاء نانوي من اوكسید الكادمیوم بتقنیة التحلیل الحراري. وتم تلدینھ الى ، 32.5nmلتحلیل التركیب والتركیب المایكروي . وجد ان معدل الحجم الحبیبي xrdو afmلثالث ساعات .استعمل لالغشیة الملدنة tcللغشاء المحضر. أما 1.79ھو tcوالمعامل (200)وان التوجیھ التفضیلي على طول السطح على التوالي . والحجم الحبیبي المناظر 1.79و 1.763,1.644، 1.79فمناظرة لدرجات حرارة التلدین وھي .gpa 0.376-0.157دین وكان ضمن المدى وحسب تغیر االجھاد مع درجة حرارة التل 51و 51,58,57 كلمات مفتاحیة : التحلیل الحراري ، توجیھ تفضیلي،تصفیة ریتفیلد ، حجم حبیبي ، أوكسید الكادمیوم النانويال 92 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 mwt :molecular weight of material ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 1 abstract viruses are responsible for a large proportion of lower respiratory tract infections (lrtis). other causes of lrtis are bacteria: streptococcus pneumoniae, haemophilus influenzae, klebsiella pneumoniae, and staphylococcus aureus being the most common. sputum samples are commonly used in the microbiological laboratory for diagnosing lower respiratory infections. objective: the aim of this study to evaluate the causative bacteria and antibiotics sensitivity in culture of sputum samples. patients methods: a retrospective study performed in the microbiology department of al immamin al kahdimin medical laboratory in baghdad. the results of sputum cultures collected from the files between 2016 and 2019. a total number of 131 included in the study of adults and both sexes. organisms were identified and tested for the antibiotic susceptibility did for selected cases which ordered by the doctor needed. results: the number of 131 were enrolled. the age of patients was between 17-85 years with mean age 46.69. the higher incidence of patients between ages 51-60 years (21.4 %). the female were 40.5%, the male 59.5%. 65 (49.62%) patients from the medical ward, 50 (38.17) from respiratory care unit (rcu). acinetobacter spp was the most common bacteria isolated, in forty four (33.59%) cases, which was resistant to most antibiotics. followed by streptococcus pneumonia (22.90%), pseudomonas aeruginosa (16.03%),escherichia coli in eleven (8.40) cases, with variable antibiotics sensitivity and resistance. conclusion: sputum culture and sensitivity may help in identifying the organism and choosing the antibiotic, which may be resistant to many drugs as in acinetobacter spp. key wards: bacteriological profile, antibiotic sensitivity, sputum culture 1. introduction the infections of upper and lower respiratory tract are a major cause of morbidity and mortality, particularly in patients at extremes of age, those with preexisting lung disease or with ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index haider noori dawood consultant of internal medicine and respiratory diseases al immamin al kahdimin medical, baghdad, iraq. haider_noori2001@yahoo.com luma abdalhady zwain department of biology, collage of education for pure sciences ibn al-haithem university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq lumaabdalhadee@yahoo.com luma.ah@ihcoed.uobaghdad,edu.iq haider abdulhameed alqaraghuli department of medicine college of medicine al-nahrain university, baghdad, iraq. dr.haider.abdulhameed.@gmail.com doi: 10.30526/34.3.2672 article history: received 11, may, 2020, accepted10, january,2021, published in july 2021 bacteriological profile and antibiogram of bacteria in sputum culture of iraqi patients: a retrospective study luma.ah@ihcoed.uobaghdad,edu 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 immune suppression [1]. infection can occur because of infectious agents such as bacteria, virus, fungus, and protozoa [2]. sputum is most commonly used sample for the diagnosis of lower respiratory tract infections, its easy and non-invasive procedure [3]. the gram stains and cultures of sputum specimens are performed to detect the potential respiratory pathogens [4]. role of the sputum culture has been debatable and is limited by a fact that it is difficult to get a deep cough specimen in children and elderly patients and there is a possibility of contamination by the normal upper respiratory tract flora which poses problems in culturing the specimen and has direct and indirect effect on the treatment decisions and clinical outcome of the patients [5, 6]. the yield of the sputum cultures is further diminished if antibiotics received prior to producing the specimen, which occurs in about 25 percent of cases [7]. the infectious diseases society of america/american thoracic society guidelines recommend that the sampling in hospitalized adult patients be restricted to those who are able to provide the high quality pretreatment specimen and where the quality performance measures for the sputum collection, transport and processing of samples can be met [8]. the good sputum sample depends on healthcare worker education and patient understanding [9]. the culture of goodquality sputum samples obtained from patients who received antibiotic treatment is probably not cost-effective [10]. during the management of bacterial infections, bacteria might develop resist to the one or more antibiotics [11]. the mechanisms by which organisms exhibit the resistance to antibiotics includes drug inactivation or modification, alteration of target site, alteration in the metabolic pathway, and reduced drug accumulation [12]. the patterns of microorganisms that causing infection and the antibiotic resistance pattern vary from one country to other country, as well as from hospital to hospital [13]. a crossresistance and multi resistance patterns have been observed, throughout the world [14]. the aim of this study to evaluate the causative bacteria and antibiotics sensitivity in culture of sputum samples that causes lower respiratory tract infections. 2. patient and methods a retrospective study performed in the microbiology department of al immamin al kahdimin medical city in baghdad. the results of sputum cultures collected from january 2016 and march 2019. a total of 131 ncluded in the study of adults and both sexes (female 53 (40.50%) ,and male 78 (59.50%)), their age 17-85, the mean age 46.69±20.80. information collected include the demographic data of the patient, admission unit \ department. other data collected included isolated bacteria , sensitivity pattern all the sputum samples were inoculated on blood agar, chocolate agar and mac conkey agar at 37°c for 2448 hours. the bacterial isolation and identification performed by using standard laboratory methods (15). culture sensitivity was done by a diffusion method (16). according to the growth on culture, the sensitivity testing has done. antibiotic used were: trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev). antibiotic susceptibility of isolates was performed by agar disc diffusion method (16). patients with no growth of sputum culture were excluded from the study. descriptive statistics made using statistical package for social sciences (spss) 23 and microsoft excel 2013. numerical data were described as mean and standard deviation, while, categorical data were described as count and percentage. 3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 3. results in this study a total number is 131 were enrolled. the age of patients between 17-85 years, divided into ≤20 years, 21-30 years, 31-40 years, 41-50 years, 51-60 years, 61-70 years, and >70 years with mean 46.69. the higher incidence of patients between ages 51-60 years (21.4 %). the female were 40.5% while the male 59.5%, as in table 1. table 1. demographic data of the patients value sex female 53 (40.50) male 78 (59.50) age groups <=20 years 21 (16) 21-30 years 20 (15.3) 31-40 years 14 (10.7) 41-50 years 14 (10.7) 51-60 years 28 (21.4) 61-70 years 18 (13.7) >70 years 16 (12.2) age mean± sd 46.69±20.80 minimum-maximum 17-85 the distribution of patients according to word / unit, 65 (49.62%) from the medical ward, 50 (38.17) from respiratory care unit (rcu), 13 (9.92%) from outpatients, 3 (2.29%) from hematology wards, as in table 2. table 2. distribution of patients according to word / unit ward unit no % medical ward 65 49.62% rcu 50 38.17% out-patients 13 9.92% hematology wards 3 2.29% total 131 100.00% acinetobacter spp. was the most common bacteria isolated, in forty four (33.59%) cases, followed by streptococcus pneumonia isolated in thirty (22.90%) cases. pseudomonas aeruginosa was isolated in twenty one (16.03%) cases. other less common organisms isolate were escherichia coli in eleven (8.40) cases, enterobacter spp eight (6.11%). klebsiella pneumonia seven (5.34%), moraxella catarrhalis four (3.05%), staphylococcus aureus four (3.05%), hemophlus influenza two (1.53%), the lowest are proteus one (0.76%) and pseudomonas lenteola one (0.76%), two cultures showed two bacteria as in table 3. table 3. the organism isolated from sputum culture organism no. % acinetobacter spp. 44 33.59% streptococcus pneumonia 30 22.90% pseudomonas aeruginosa 21 16.03% e. coli 11 8.40% enterobacter 8 6.11% klebsiella pneumonia 7 5.34% moraxella catarrhalis 4 3.05% staphylococcus aureus 4 3.05% hemophlus influenzae 2 1.53% proteus 1 0.76% pseudomonas lenteola 1 0.76% regarding the antibiotics resistance for acinetobacter spp, for amoxicillin\clavulinic acid (amc) 87.5%, amikacin (ak) 56.7%, cefotaxime (ctx) 100.0%, ceftriaxone (cro) 100.0%, levofloxacin (lev) 62.5%, ciprofloxacin (cip) 88.9%, gentamycin (gm) 71.1%, 4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 penicillin g (piz) 100.0%, pipracillin (pi) 100.0%, trimethoprim (tm) 95. 0%, imipenem (ipm) 83.3%, ticarcillin (tc) 100.0%, chloramphenicol (c) 91.7%, as in table 4. table 4. antibiotics sensitivity pattern for acinetobacter spp acinetobacter spp. r % s % amc 14 87.5% 2 12.5% ak 17 56.7% 13 43.3% ctx 9 100.0% 0 0.0% fox 2 100.0% 0 0.0% cro 27 100.0% 0 0.0% lev 5 62.5% 3 37.5% cip 8 88.9% 1 11.1% cd 3 100.0% 0 0.0% gm 27 71.1% 11 28.9% piz 5 100.0% 0 0.0% pi 14 100.0% 0 0.0% tm 19 95.0% 1 5.0% ipm 20 83.3% 4 16.7% tc 13 100.0% 0 0.0% amp 1 100.0% 0 0.0% c 11 91.7% 1 8.3% atm 2 100.0% 0 0.0% trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for streptococcus pneumonia: azithromycin (azm) 46.2% sensitive and 53.8% resistance, amoxicillin\clavulinic acid (amc) 37.5% sensitive and 62.5%, amikacin (ak) 75.0% sensitive and 25.0%, cefoxitine (fox) 20.0% sensitive and 80.0% resistance, ceftriaxone (cro) 80.0% sensitive and 20.0% resistance, ciprofloxacin (cip) 75.0% sensitive and 25.0% resistance, clindamycin (cd) 28.6% sensitive and 71.4% resistance, gentamycin (gm) 95.0% sensitive and 5.0% resistance, ipeminem (ipm) 90.9% sensitive and 9.1% resistance, ampicillin (amp) 90.0% sensitive and 10.0% resistance, chloramphenicol (c) 73.7% sensitive and 26.3% resistance, as in table 5. table 5. antibiotics sensitivity pattern for streptococcus pneumonia streptococcus pneumonia r % s % azm 7 53.8% 6 46.2% amc 5 62.5% 3 37.5% 5 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 ak 4 25.0% 12 75.0% ctx 1 50.0% 1 50.0% fox 4 80.0% 1 20.0% cro 2 20.0% 8 80.0% cip 2 25.0% 6 75.0% cd 15 71.4% 6 28.6% gm 1 5.0% 19 95.0% piz 1 100.0% 0 0.0% pi 1 50.0% 1 50.0% rp 0 0.0% 2 100.0% tm 3 100.0% 0 0.0% ipm 1 9.1% 10 90.9% tc 2 66.7% 1 33.3% amp 1 10.0% 9 90.0% c 5 26.3% 14 73.7% trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for pseudomonas aeruginosa: amoxicillin\ clavulinic acid (amc) 57.1% sensitive and 42.9% resistance, amikacin (ak) 76.9% sensitive and 23.1% resistance, cefotaxime (ctx) 20.0% sensitive and 80.0% resistance, ciprofloxacin (cip) 50.0% sensitive and 50.0% resistance, gentamycin (gm) 82.4% sensitive and 17.6% resistance, pipracillin (pi) 66.7% sensitive and 33.3% resistance, ipimenem (ipm) 41.7% sensitive and 58.3% resistance, ticarcillin (tc) 42.9% sensitive and 57.1% resistance, chloramphenicol (c) sensitive 100.0% as in table 6. table 6. antibiotics sensitivity pattern for pseudomonas aeruginosa pseudomonas aeruginosa r % s % azm 0 0.0% 1 100.0% amc 3 42.9% 4 57.1% ak 3 23.1% 10 76.9% ctx 4 80.0% 1 20.0% fox 1 33.3% 2 66.7% cro 1 33.3% 2 66.7% lev 2 66.7% 1 33.3% cip 3 50.0% 3 50.0% cd 1 100.0% 0 0.0% gm 3 17.6% 14 82.4% pi 3 33.3% 6 66.7% rp 3 100.0% 0 0.0% tm 1 50.0% 1 50.0% ipm 7 58.3% 5 41.7% tc 4 57.1% 3 42.9% amp 2 66.7% 1 33.3% c 0 0.0% 4 100.0% 6 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for e. coli: amoxicillin\ clavulinic acid (amc) 25.0% sensitive and 75.0% resistance, amikacin (ak) 90.9% sensitive and 9.1% resistance, cefotaxime (ctx) 20.0% sensitive and 80.0% resistance, cefoxitime (fox) 50.0% sensitive and 50.0% resistance, ceftriaxone (cro) 33.3% sensitive and 66.7% resistance, gentamycin (gm) 54.5% sensitive and 45.5% resistance, ipeminem (ipm) 75.0% sensitive and 25.0% resistance, as in table 7. table 7. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for e. coli e. coli r % s % amc 3 75.0% 1 25.0% ak 1 9.1% 10 90.9% ctx 4 80.0% 1 20.0% fox 2 50.0% 2 50.0% cro 4 66.7% 2 33.3% lev 1 100.0% 0 0.0% cip 1 50.0% 1 50.0% cd 2 100.0% 0 0.0% dxt 1 50.0% 1 50.0% gm 5 45.5% 6 54.5% pi 2 100.0% 0 0.0% tm 1 50.0% 1 50.0% ipm 1 25.0% 3 75.0% tc 1 100.0% 0 0.0% amp 3 100.0% 0 0.0% c 0 0.0% 3 100.0% atm 0 0.0% 2 100.0% trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) 4. discussion due to increasing usage of antibiotic, the antibiotic resistance became an important medical problem [17]. in this study male is higher than female which may be due to the different in social state. this is in agreement with that of akansha et al [18] in which male is higher (73.4%) than females (26.6%). in this study the highest percent in age between 5060 years, in haroon study [19] the highest percent in age between 5565 years. also in this study most of the samples from patients admitted to respiratory care unit and medical word, the infectious diseases society of america/american thoracic society consensus (idsa/ats) guidelines recognize the limitations of sputum gram stain and culture [20]. in which the expectorated sputum specimens are recommended for hospitalized patients with any of the following criteria: intensive care unit admission, failure of the antibiotic therapy (either hospitalized or outpatients patients), in addition to other criteria. regarding the organism isolated from sputum culture in this study, acinetobacter spp is the most aureus was 3.6%. haemophilus influenza in this study 1.53%, in jean-jacques study [23] haemophilus influenza 3%. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for common microorganism isolated in this study. 7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 for acinetobacter spp. this study showed very high resistance rate to most of antibiotics. alobeid study (25) for antimicrobial sensitivity of 506, 510 and 936 patients isolates a. baumannii during 2006, 2009, 2012, respectively. the resistant of a. baumannii to variety of antimicrobial drugs changed as following: 19% in (2006) to 89% in (2012) for meropenem, 36% in (2006) to 91.7% in (2012) for imipenem, common organism isolated (33.59%), this high percent may be due to large number of our patients from icu, as the risk of infection due to gram-negative organisms, including acinetobacter baumannii, increased with icu admission, increase the age of patients, use of the catheters or intubation, and prolonged hospital admission [21]. streptococcus pneumonia in this study was 22.90%, in akansha study [18] streptococcus pneumonia was 20.22%, pseudomonas aeruginosa in this study was16.03%, in akansha study [18] x9.84%. e. coli in this sudy was 8.40%, in [22] study e. coli 11.7%. enterobacter in this study was 6.11%, in jean-jacques study [23] enterobacter 3%. klebsiella pneumonia in this study 5.34%, in miriam study [24] study klebsiella pneumonia was 3.6%. moraxella catarrhalis in this study was 3.05%, in jean-jacques study [23] was moraxella 3%. staphylococcus aureus in this study was 3.05%, in [23] study study staphylococcus 54% in (2006) to 89.2% in (2012) for ciprofloxacin, 71% in (2006) to 83% in (2012) for amikacin, and 75% in (2006) to 83% in (2012) for ceftazidime. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for streptococcus pneumonia in this study showed highly sensitive to amikacin, cro, ciprofloxacin, gentamycin, imipenem, amp, while it is highly resistant to amc, cd, fox. in devanath study [25] streptococcus pneumoniae was sensitive to ampicillin, amikacin, gentamicin, co-trimoxazole, penicillin and erythromycin. in haroon study [19] streptococcus pneumoniae was sensitive to meropenem, gentamicin, linezolid followed by moxifloxacin, ceftriaxone, ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin and azithromycin. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for pseudomonas aeruginosa in this study showed highly sensitive to amikacin, pi, gentamycin, and it is highly resistant to ctx, while the resistant rate for imipenem 58.3 % and for tc 57.1%. in devanath study (26) pseudomonas aeruginosa was mainly sensitive to piperacillin, gentamicin and amikacin. in haroon study (19) pseudomonas aeruginosa was mainly sensitive to gentamicin and meropenem. the sensitivity rate was 65% for azithromycin and 28% for amoxicillin–clavulanic acid. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for e coli pneumonia in this study showed highly sensitive to amikacin, imipenem. and it is highly resistant to acm, ctx, cro. in ashis study (27) the sensitivity to ertapenem 72.91%, imipenem 85.41%, tigicycline 70.83%, chloramphenicol and amikacin 62.4%.these bacteria resistance to many antibatic because it have many mechanism such as development of enzymes ,target modification ,alternation of membrane permeability and alternation of metabolic pathway(28) 5. conclusion this retrospective study which evaluated the bacteriological found that acinetobacter spp. is the most common organism isolated in this study, which has high resistant rate. other common organism isolated were streptococcus pneumonia, pseudomonas aeruginosa, e. coli with variable antibiotics sensitivity and resistant rates. amikacin and gentamycin are most common sensitive drugs for these common bacteria references 8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 1. reid p.t.; innes. j.a. respiratory disease. in: brian r. nicki r. stuart h. et al. davidson’s principles and practice of medicine. 22th ed. philadelphia: uk; 2014, 681. 2. world health organization. infections and infectious diseases: a manual for nurses and midwives in the who european region. europe, 2001. 3. ziyade, n.; yagci, a. improving sputum culture results for diagnosis of lower respiratory tract by saline washing. marmara med j. 2010. 23, 1, 30-36. 4. chapin, k. clinical microscopy. in: murray pr, baron ej, pfaller ma, et al, eds. manual of clinical microbiology, 6th ed. washington, dc: american society for microbiology. 1995, 3351. 5. ewig, s.; schlochtermeier, m.; göke, n.; niederman, m. applying sputum as a diagnostic tool in pneumonia. chest. 2002,121: 1486-1492. 6. cordero, e.; pachón j.; rivero, a. usefulness of sputum culture for diagnosis of bacterial pneumonia in hiv infected patients. eur j clin microbiol infect dis. 2002,21, 362-367. 7. bartlett, j.g.; mundy, l.m. community-acquired pneumonia. n engl j med. 1995, 333, 1618. 8. mandell, l.a.; wunderink, r.g.; anzueto, a. infectious diseases society of america/ american thoracic society consensus guidelines on the management of community-acquired pneumonia in adults. clin infect dis. 2007, 44, s27–s72. 9. fuselier, p.a.; garcin, l.s.; procop, g.w. infections of the lower respiratory tract. in: betty af, daniel fs, alice sw, editors. bailey and scott’s diagnostic microbiology. mosby, 2002, 884-898 . 10. garcía-vázquez, e.; marcos; m. a.; mensa, j. assessment of the usefulness of sputum culture for diagnosis of community-acquired pneumonia using the port predictive scoring system. arch intern med. 2004, 164, 16, 1807-1811. 11. about antimicrobial resistance antibiotic. antimicrobial resistance cdc. 2017. http://www.cdc.gov/drugresistance/about.htm 12. katzung, b. g. basic and clinical pharmacology, lange medical books. mcgraw-hill, 9th edition, new york, usa, 2004. 13. pattanayaka, c.; patanaikb, s.k.; dattaa, p.p.; pandaa, p. a. study on antibiotic sensitivity pattern of bacterial isolates in the intensive care unit of a tertiary care hospital in eastern india. int j basic clin pharmacol. 2013, 2, 2, 153-159. 14. bolaji, a.s.; akande, i.o.; iromini, f.a.; adewoye, s.o.; opasola o.a. antibiotic resistance pattern of bacteria spp isolated from hospital waste water in ede south western, nigeria. eur. j exp bio. 2011, 1, 4, 66-71. 15.forbes ba, sahm df, weissfeld as. “bailey and scott's diagnostic microbiology”. international 12th ed, mosby, usa 2007. 16.clinical and laboratory standards institute (clsi). performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing: methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests f or bacteria that grow aerobically, 2012, 32 (2) issn 1558-6502. 17. world health organization.tackling antibiotic resistance from a food safety perspective in europe. 2011. 18. akansha, r.; archana, s.; gaganpriya, p. diagnostic value of sputum gram’s stain and sputum culture in lower respiratory tract infections in a tertiary care hospital. int j curr microbiol app sci. 2017, 6, 7, 4310-4314. 9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 19. haroon, u.; iftikhar, a. pattern of sputum bacteriology in acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. j enam med coll. 2018, 8, 80-84. 20. mandell, l.a.; wunderink, r.g.; anzueto, a. infectious diseases society of america/ american thoracic society consensus guidelines on the management of community-acquired pneumonia in adults. clin infect dis. 2007, 44 suppl 2, s27. 21. asaad, a.m.; al-ayed, m.s.z.; qureshi, m.a. emergence of unusual nonfermenting gramnegative nosocomial pathogens in a saudi hospital. jpn j infect dis. 2013, 66:, 7–11. 22. aroma, o.; aruna, a. bacteriological profile, serology and antibiotic sensitivity pattern of micro-organisms from community acquired pneumonia. jk scienc. 2006, 8, 79-82. 23. jean-jacques, l.; mohamed, i.; claude, p, anissa, l.; philippe, g. usefulness of sputum gram stain and culture for diagnosis of pneumonia in a geriatric institution. j imab, 2010, 16, 20-22 24.buenviaje, b.m. quantitative sputum culture and gram stain: pulmonary infection vs. colonization. phil j microbiol infect dis. 1989, 18,1, 28-35. 25. al-obeid, s.; jabri, l.; al-agamy, m.; al-omari, a.; shibl, a. epidemiology of extensive drug resistant acinetobacter baumannii (xdrab) at security forces hospital (sfh) in kingdom of saudi arabia (ksa). j chemother. 2015, 27, 156–62. 26. devanath, s.; saroj, g.; suhani, s. a bacteriological study of acute exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease over a period of one year. int j res med sci. 2015, 3, 11, 31413146 27. ashis, k.; payodhi, d. spectrum of antimicrobial sensitivity of escherichia coli in sputum in a tertiary medical centre in kolkata, west bengal, 7 years’ experience. int j contemp med res. 2017, 4, 2177-2180. 28.giedraitienel,a.;vitkauskiene,a.;naginiene ,r. and pavilonis ,a.antibiotic resistance mechanisms of clinically important bacteria.medicina(kaunas).2011,47(3):137-146 a theoretical study of charge transport y at au/ znse and au/zns interfaces devices hadi j. m. al-agealy mohsin a.h. hassoni mudhar sh. ahmad rafah i. noori sarab s. jheil dept. of physics /college of education seience pure ( ibn-al haitham) /university of baghdad received in: 24 november 2013, accepted in: 2 february 2014 abstract a quantum mechanical description of the dynamics of non-adiabatic electron transfer in metal/semiconductor interfaces can be achieved using simplified models of the system. for this system we can suppose two localized quantum states donor state |d› and acceptor state |a› respectively. expression of rate constant of electron transfer for metal/semiconductor system derived upon quantum mechanical model and perturbation theory for transition between |𝐷〉 and |𝐴〉 state when the coupling matrix element coefficient is smaller than 0.025 ev. the rate of electron transfer for au/ znse and au/zns interface systems is evaluated with orientation free energy using a matlap program. the results of the electron transfer rate constant are calculated for our modeas well as with experimental results . key word :charge transport theory, metal/ semiconductor interfaces 176 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction electron transfer is an integral part of many biophysics[1], physical chemistry[2] processes and technology[3], which occurs in a large variety of molecules ranging from small ion pairs up to large system [4].the theory of electron transfer reaction is the subject of persistent interest in physics [5] , over the past several decades, researchers have investigated the transfer of electron through molecule and solid state structure [6] , molecule metal interfaces [7], and metal semiconductors interfaces [8].metal semiconductor contact from interfaces that give basic features of many metal /semiconductor devices .to construct the diagram of an metal/ semiconductor contact ,we consider the energy band diagram of metal /semiconductor , and align .these et systems seen important from technological and biological ? where a metal is placed in intimate contact with a semiconductor , the electrons from the conduction band in one material ,which have higher energy ,flow into the other material until the fermi level on the two sides are brought into coincidence [9]. the energy level in the two material are rearranged relatively to the new common fermi level. however, the fermi energy of the metal and semiconductor do not change right away [10].. fundamental studies, as performed in this paper are expected to provide guidelines for design of such practically useful et system in this paper, our main theoretical model to study of electron transfer is at metal/semiconductor interface system .there orientation energy and the rate of electron transfer constant are calculated according to this model. theoretical model the fundamental starting point is the derived formula for the transition probability given by first order perturbation theory for a transition from a discrete state to continuum state the state a quantum system which is described by a wave function [11]. ψ(𝑟, 𝑡) = ∑ 𝐴𝑛n e −𝑖𝐸𝑛𝑡 ħ ψ𝑛(𝑟)……………………(1) where ψ(r, t) is the time dependent state vector in hilbert space at quantum system state, 𝐴𝑛 is the coefficient of wave founction , 𝐸𝑛 is the energy ,and 𝑡is time .model hamiltonians operator used to describe the electron transfer in donor /acceptor system can be written as [12]. 𝐻 = 𝐻𝑜𝑝 + v ………………….(2) where 𝐻𝑜𝑝is the hamiltonian before perturbation ,and v refers to the potential where the electron is either on the donor|d> or acceptor |a> , respectively ,it is given [13]. 𝐻𝑜𝑝 = |𝐷 > 𝐻𝐷 < 𝐷| + |𝐴 > 𝐻𝐴 < 𝐴|………….(3) the hamiltonian operator obeys the schrödinger equation 𝐻𝛹ᴪ(𝑟, 𝑡) = 𝐸𝑛𝛹(𝑟, 𝑡) .substituting eq.(3) and eq. (2) into eq.(1)the results �𝐻𝑜𝑝 + 𝑉��𝐴𝑛(𝑡)|ɸ(t) >= 𝑛 𝑖ħ 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 �𝐴𝑛(𝑡) 𝑛 |ɸ(𝑡) > … … . . . . (4) the first term on each side in eq.(4) is concelled that because |φ(t)>is a solusion to time dependent schrodinger eqution with hop eq. (3) becomes . 𝑖ħ∑ 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 𝐴𝑛(𝑡)𝑛 �𝛷(𝑡) > 𝑒 −𝑖𝐸𝑛𝑡 ħ = ∑ 𝐴𝑛(𝑡)𝑛 𝑉�𝛷𝑛(𝑡) > 𝑒 −𝑖𝐸𝑛𝑡 ħ …..(5) 177 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 multiply both sides of the eq.(5) by <𝛷𝑚 (t)|for the final state and integral over space , we get : 𝑖ħ� 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 𝐴𝑛(𝑡) 𝑛 < 𝛷𝑚(𝑡)|𝛷𝑛(𝑡) > 𝑒 −𝑖𝐸𝑛𝑡 ħ = � 𝐴𝑛 𝑛 (𝑡) < 𝛷𝑚(𝑡)|𝑉|𝛷𝑛(𝑡) … . (6) by normalizing the left hand side of eq. (6) all terms vanish except n=m then. 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 𝐴𝑛(𝑡) = 1 𝑖ħ ∑ 𝐴𝑛(𝑡)𝑛 𝑉𝐷𝐴𝑒 𝑖(𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 ħ ……………….(7) here𝑉𝐷𝐴is the coupling coefficient of donor and acceptor state,and 𝐸𝑚 − 𝐸𝑛 is the difference in the energy between the state m and n respectively with direct integration for eq. (7),and mathematical treatment,results. 𝐴𝑛(𝑡) = −𝑖𝑉𝐷𝐴𝑒 𝑖(𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛) 2ħ 𝑡 ħ …………………(8) the total probability of finding the particles at time (t) in the final state |m> is given by. 𝑃𝑛(𝑡) = |𝑉𝐷𝐴|2 𝑡2 ħ2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ ……………………….(9) the term 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ = 𝜋𝛿 (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ [14]. where 𝛿 is delta function 𝛿(𝑎𝑥) = 1 |𝑎| 𝛿(𝑥)𝑎 ≠ 0[14] 𝛿 (𝐸𝑚−𝐸𝑛)𝑡 2ħ = 𝛿 𝑡 2ħ (𝐸𝑚 − 𝐸𝑛) = 2ħ 𝑡 𝛿(𝐸𝑚 − 𝐸𝑛)………(10) so that eq. (9) becomes : 𝑃𝑛(𝑡) = � 2𝜋𝑡 ħ �𝑉𝐷𝐴|2𝛿(𝐸𝑚 − 𝐸𝑛)………………..(11) the rate of the probability transition per unit time is the rate constant 𝐾𝑒𝑡 of electron transfer that means [15]. 𝐾𝑒𝑡 = 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 𝑃𝑛(𝑡) = 2𝜋 ħ | 𝑉𝐷𝐴|2𝜌𝜌(𝐸)…………………..(12) such that [16]. ∫ 𝜌𝜌(𝐸)𝛿(𝐸)𝑑𝐸 = 𝜌𝜌(𝐸) ∞ −∞ …………….(13) in plase of the wave function , one in traduces the density operator [17]. 𝜌𝜌 = ∑ 𝜌𝜌𝑛𝑛 |𝛹ᴪ𝑛 >< 𝛹ᴪ𝑛| ,∑ |𝜌𝜌𝑛|2𝑛 = 1 …..(14) according to eq.(14) and mathematically the corresponding density operator becomes. 𝜌𝜌 = 𝑁 ∑ 𝑒 −�𝐸𝑑−𝐸𝑎� 𝐾𝛽𝑇 𝑛 |𝛷𝑛 >< 𝛷𝑛|𝛹 >…………(15) 178 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 eq.(15) indicates that the probability is proportional to the boltzmann's factor 𝑒 −�𝐸𝑑−𝐸𝑎� 𝐾𝛽𝑇 . in non-adiabatic metal/semiconductor interface system the energy difference ∆𝐸 = 𝐸𝑑 − 𝐸𝑎 and equals the activation free energy ∆𝐺+,and can be written eq.(15) in expression. 𝜌𝜌(∆𝐺) = 𝑁𝑒𝑥𝑝 −∆𝐺 𝑘𝐵𝑇 = 𝑁𝑒𝑥𝑝 −∆𝐺 ++ 𝑘𝐵𝑇 …………..(16) the activation energy according marcus theory is given by [18]. ∆g++ = (λ+∆g°) 2 4λ ………………….(17) inserting eq.(17) in eq.(16) results. 𝜌𝜌(∆𝐺) = 𝑁𝑒𝑥𝑝 −(𝜆+∆𝐺° ) 2 4𝜆𝑘𝐵𝑇 …………..(18) to find n we note that using definition of gamma integral [19]. ∫ 𝑒𝛼(𝜆+∆𝐺°) 2 𝑑∆𝐺° = ( 𝜋 𝛼 ) 1 2 ∞ 0 ……………(19) and for complete set │φn> we found ∑𝛷𝑛∗𝛷𝑚 = ∑|𝛷𝑛| = 1 𝑁 = ( 1 4𝜋𝜆𝑘𝐵𝑇 ) 1 2…………….(20) inserting value of n ineq.(18 ) we can get the influence of temperature on the electron transfer rate with boltzmann distribution to give the common classical expression for the franck-condon factor. 𝐹𝐶 = (4𝜋𝜆𝐾𝑇) −1 2 𝑒𝑥𝑝 −(𝜆+∆𝐺°) 2 4𝜆𝑘𝐵𝑇 ……………….(21) inserting eq(21) in eq.(12) we get e the landau-zener formula to described the rate of a nonadiabatic electron tunneling from one electronic state to another [20]. 𝐾et = 2π ћ |vda(e)|2 fc …………………………(22) where 𝑉𝐷𝐴( e ) is the electronic coupling matrix element of the donor and acceptor. the total electron transfer rate from semiconductor (donor state) ot the metal (acceptor state) can be expressed as the sum of electron transfer rates to all possible accepting states in the metal that are given by [21]. 𝐾et = 2π ћ ∫ ƒ(e, ef)|ve|2(4πλ𝑘𝐵𝑇) −1 2 exp −(λ+∆g) 2 4π𝑘𝐵𝑇 ∞ −∞ ……(23) where ƒ(𝐸, 𝐸𝐹)is the fermidirac function can be related to electron by [22]. ƒ(e, ef) = 1 1+exp �ecb−ef� 𝑘𝐵𝑇 ………………..(24) here 𝐸𝐶𝐵 is the conduction band energy and 𝐸𝐹 is the fermi level energy. inserting eq.(24) in the eq.(23) we get 𝐾et = 2π ћ ∫ 1 1+exp �ecb−ef� 𝑘𝐵𝑇 |v(k,r)|2(4πλkt) −1 2 exp −(λ+∆g) 2 4π𝑘𝐵𝑇 de ∞ −∞ ..(25) 179 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the free energy ∆𝐺 is related to occupy energy 𝐸 by [23]. ∆𝐺 = ∆𝐺° − 𝐸………………………….(26) where ∆𝐺° is the standard free energy of reaction.substituting eq.(26) in eq.(25) results. 𝐾et = 2π ћ � 1 1 + exp (ecb−ef) 𝑘𝐵𝑇 |v(k,r)|2(4πλkt) −1 2 exp −(λ + ∆g° − e)2 4π𝑘𝐵𝑇 de … … … … … … … … . . (27) ∞ −∞ the exponent exp (λ+∆g°−e) 2 4π𝑘𝐵𝑇 = exp �(λ+∆g° ) 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 − (λ+∆g° )e 2λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 + e 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 � in the integral . the activation energy ∆𝐺++is the height of the barrier of ideal potential contact between metal and semiconductor in the absence of surface state is equal the difference between the metal work function 𝛷𝑚 and the electron affinity𝜒𝜒 of the semiconductor and formulated by ∆𝐺++ = φb = �eφm−e𝜒𝜒� 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 [24]. ket = 2π ћ (4πλ𝑘𝐵𝑇) −1 2 e −�eφm−e𝜒𝜒� 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 ∫ [1 + ∞ 0 exp �ecb−evapp−ef ° � 𝑘𝐵𝑇 ]−1|v(k, r)|2e −e 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 de ……(28) whereecb , vapp, and ef ° are the conduction energy,applied voltage ,and fermi energy the fermi-dirac function in eq.(28) reduced to the boltzmann equation when 𝐸𝐶𝐵 − 𝐸𝐹 >> 𝑘𝐵𝑇 ƒ(𝐸, 𝐸𝐹)(𝐸𝐶𝐵 − 𝐸𝐹 ≫ 𝑘𝐵𝑇) ≈ 𝑒𝑥𝑝 −(𝐸𝐶𝐵−𝐸𝐹) 𝑘𝐵𝑇 ………………..(29) the square of the electronic coupling matrix element integrated over the distribution of the electronic state at the given 𝐸 is [25]. 𝐻𝐷𝐴(𝑘, 𝑟)2 = |v(k,r)|2 2𝜋𝛿(𝐸𝐾−𝐸) ……………..(30) where 𝐻𝐷𝐴(𝑘, 𝑟) denotes < 𝜓𝑘│𝐻│𝜓𝐴 > and describes the electronic coupling matrix element between the metal end semiconductor state , and 𝑘 as the electronic state. the metal density of state 𝜌𝜌(𝐸) can be defined as [17]. 𝜌𝜌(𝐸) = � 2𝜋𝛿(𝐸𝐾 − 𝐸) … … … … … … … … … (31) by substituting eq.(31) and eq.(30) in eq.(28) ,we get. ket = 2π ћ (4πλ𝑘𝐵𝑇) −1 2 e −�eφm−e𝜒𝜒� 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 ∫ ∑ exp −�ecb−evapp−ef ° � 𝑘𝐵𝑇 ∞ 0 2π|hda(k, r)| 2𝛿(𝐸𝐾 − 𝐸)𝑒 −𝐸 2 4𝜆𝑘𝐵𝑇 𝑑𝐸………………………………..(32) with recall formulated the above equation. ket = 2π ћ (4πλ𝑘𝐵𝑇) −1 2 exp evapp 𝑘𝐵𝑇 e −�eφm−e𝜒𝜒� 𝑘𝐵𝑇 ∫ ƒ(e)e −(ecb−ef) 𝑘𝐵𝑇 |h(k,r)|2e −e2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 ∞ 0 de…33) then the rate constant at semiconductor /metal contact . 180 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 𝐾et(contact) = 2π ћ (4πλ𝑘𝐵𝑇) −1 2 neq nc exp −evbi 𝑘𝐵𝑇 �𝜌𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e)|hda(k, r)| 2e −e2 𝑘𝐵𝑇 de … … … … … . . (34) thennc exp −ev𝑏𝑖 𝑘𝐵𝑇 = ∫ 𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e) v de ∞ 0 is readily evaluated being equal to[11]. where 𝑉 is the volume of the until cell of semiconductor . then eq.(34) becomes. 𝐾et(contact) = 2π ћ (4πλ𝑘𝐵𝑇) −1 2 neq v ∫ 𝜌𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e)de ∞ 0 exp −�eφm − e𝜒𝜒� 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 � 𝜌𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e)|hda(k, r)| 2e −e2 𝑘𝐵𝑇 de ∞ o …………………………………..(35) the𝐾𝑒𝑡 depend exponentially on distance with a decay constant β,the𝐾𝑒𝑡 becomes [26] 𝐾et = 1 β ket(contact)………………………..(36) the ratio of the term 𝑒 −𝐸 2 4𝜆𝑘𝐵𝑇 in eq.(3-86) to 𝐸 𝑘𝐵 is 𝐸 4𝜆 , which is very small since 𝐸 ≈ 𝐾𝐵𝑇 ,i.e,0.025 ev and λ typically is 1 ev that the term 𝑒 −𝐸 2 4𝜆𝑘𝐵𝑇 can then be ignored [18]yielding 𝐾et = 2π ћ (4πλ𝑘𝐵𝑇) −1 2 exp −�eφm − e𝜒𝜒� 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 𝑉 β ∫ 𝜌𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e)|hda(k, r)| 2de ∞ 0 ∫ 𝜌𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e)de ∞ 0 … … … … … … (37) the averaged coupling electronic coefficient of matrix element square is given by |η(𝐸, 𝑟)|2 = ∫ 𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e)|hda(k,r)| 2de∞0 ∫𝜌(𝐸)ƒ0(e)𝑑𝐸 [18].then the rate constant of electron at metal/semiconductor interface is given by. 𝐾et = 2𝜋 ћ (4πλkbt) −1 2 exp −�eφm − e𝜒𝜒� 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 𝑉 β |η(𝐸, 𝑟)|2 … … (38) whereλ is the reorientation energy,ћ ,is planck constant,φmis the work founction of metal , 𝜒𝜒 is the work founcton of semiconductor ,and β is the attenuation parameter. the reorganization energy is given by[27]. λ° = (∆e)2 4πε0 � 1 2as � 1 ns2 – 1 εs � + 1 2am � 1 nm2 – 1 εm � − 1 4ds � nm2 − ns3 nm2 + ns2 1 ns2 − εm − εs εm + εs 1 εs � − 1 4dm � ns−nm2 2 ns2 + nm2 1 nm2 − εs − εm εs + εm 1 εm � − 2 rms � 1 ns2 + nm2 – 1 εs + εm �� ………………………………………(39) where 𝑛𝑚2 𝜀𝑚, 𝑛𝑠2,𝑅𝑚𝑠, 𝑎𝑠, 𝑎𝑚, 𝑑𝑠,and, 𝑑𝑚 are the dielectric constant for semiconductor and metal, refrective index for semiconductor and metal ,distance between metal semiconductor, radii of semiconductor and metal and the distance for semiconductor and metal to electroderespectivel. 181 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 results theoretical studies for electron transfer at au/ znse and au/zns interface system are treated using quantum mechanical theory .we have applied a quantum model results under the weak coupling assumption for the matrix element coupling coefficient to the calculated rate constant of electron transfer at metal/semiconductor interface system using eq.(38). the evaluate of the rate constant of electron transfer for this system depending on calculation of many parameters, such that: the reorganization free energyλthe exponent for the decay of the square of the matrix element with distance constantβ , the radius 𝑎𝑠, 𝑎𝑚, are the effective radii of both donor and acceptor . the reorganization energy is one of the most important parameters that is calculated using eq.(39). substituting in eq.(39) the values of the static dielectric constant𝜀𝑚,and 𝜖𝑆 for metal , semiconductor and optical dielectric constant , 𝑛𝑚 ,and ,𝑛𝑆 from tables(1-2). initially of the calculate of rate constant of charge transfer in metal/semiconductor interface system is the reorganization free energy that calculated depending on marcus– hush semi classical theory eq.(39).inserting the values of𝑎𝑠,𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑚, are the radii of semiconductor ,and metal, and the distance 𝑑𝑠 = 𝑎𝑠 + 1 ,𝑑𝑚 = 𝑎𝑚 +1,and 𝑅𝑚𝑠 = 𝑎𝑠 +𝑎𝑚 with values of refractive index and static dielectric constant for semiconductor and metal 𝑛𝑠 ,𝑛𝑚,𝜀𝑠, 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝜀𝑚respectively.the results are 0.71502218 , 0.670556312, and 0.673663776, there is on agreement with the experimental result[31]. substituting these values with work function of metal4.080 [28],and affinity of semiconductor𝜒𝜒𝑠𝑒and value of coupling matrix element from table (4) in a matlab designed program to evaluate the rate constant of charge transfer eq.(38),results are summarized in table (3-5)for system au/ znse andau/zns interface systems. discussion a theory of charge transport across metal/semiconductor interface has been derived depending on quantum theory .in our theoretical model, we have been assuming the wave function for transfer of charge from donor to acceptor state describe in hilbert space, and quantum well. when the metal bring to contact with semiconductor, the fermi level for two material much be coincident at equilibrium state. the charges upon excitation has to be rapidly transfered into the metal before it can fall back to its ground state .the rate constant of charge transfer have been evaluated for znse and zns semiconductors contact with gold au metal system depending on calculation of many parameters, such that: the reorganization free energy work function of metal, affinity of semiconductor, and the coupling matrix element coefficient in table(3) .the rate constant of charge transfer in tables (3) to (5) for two systems au/ znse and au/zns interface systems indicate the rate constant dependent on the reorganization energy 𝜆°(𝑒𝑉) ,and work founction φm(𝑒𝑉) ,of metal and affinity of semiconductor 𝜒𝜒𝑠𝑒(𝑒𝑉). consequently the rate of charge transport across metal/semiconductor system has large according with large reorganization energy and vice versa.this indicates the reorganization free energy is large for large dielectric constant for semiconductor .on the other hand the shift in the reorganization free energy is≈0.1.the ratio of rate indicated the system au/znse is active media for applied in devices technology according with au/zns system. conclusion a theoretical model for charge transport across metal/semiconductor interface has been derived depending on quantum theory provided a good model that describe the foundmental charge transfer processes. also the rate constant of charge transfer at two systems au/ zn,se 182 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 and au/znsdepending on the reorganization free energy that is necessary to alignment and oriented of the configuration system .this energy is limited the ability of transfer . the rate constant is proportional exponentially with height barrier in exp −�eφm−e𝜒𝜒� 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 ,for more high ,the rate is small.in summary ,it can be concluded from the results the au/znse system are in a good matching as compare with the other system. references 1. daizadeh,i.;medvedev,e.,s.;and stuchebrukhov,a.,a.(1999) ,effectof protein dynamics on biological electron transfer. 2. anderson,m. (2000) tunning electron transfer reaction by selective excitation in prophyrin-acceptor assemblies,ph.d.thesisuppsala university. 3. wang,y.h.,zhou,h.,liu,t,and guo,x.;(2003) the et reaction between p-nitrobenzoates and dimethylaminonaphthaleue"chines , chem.lett. 14 (2):159-162. 4. hassooni,m.,a. (2009) a quantum mechanical model for electr transfer at semiconductor/dye interface at solvent" msc thesis. baghdad university college of education ibn al-haitham, physics dep. 5. zhu,x.,y. (2004) electron structure and electron dynamic molecule-metal interface surface science reports, 56, 1-83. 6. oleg,v.,p.;walter ,r.,d. and victor,v.,p. (2003) dynamics of the photoexcited electron at the chromophor-semiconductor ,phys.rev, 54 (119):1901-1913 7. chun,t.; christian ,u.;yang,w.;roberto,o;steven,l.t.;androdolfo,m.; (2010)change transfer induced structural rearran-gements at both sides of organic / metal interfaces,nature chemistry,2(10): 374. 8. altfeder,i.,b.;golovchenko,j.,a.;and narayanamurti,v.,(2001),phys.rev.lett.vol 87,no 5,pp-56801. 9. sze,s.m(198)1,physics of semiconductor devices, john wiley and sons singapove, 250. 10. hussain k.,(2011) ,study of the electric transfer a t at metal/semiconductor interface by using quantum mechanical theories msc thesis,baghdad university 11. john;w.;n; (2000),quantum mechanics” book department physics, university of wisconsin milwaulcee. 12. iraj;d.;emile;s.;h.; and alexei;a.;s.; (2004) effect of protein dynamic on biological electron transfer”j chem.phys.3(113):1234-1244. 13. andrei,tokmakoff; ( 2008) mit; charge transfer in metal-molecule"department of chemistry. 14. davies, p.;c.w.quantum mechanics (1984) routledge and kegan paul plc;london. 15. hadi;al-agealy.(2004)"quantum mechanics theory of electron transfer at q-swiched dye using quantum mecanics theory"phd thesis,baghdad university. 16. tarun ,b.(1999), quantum mechanics concept and application ,book new york university press ,new platz,new york . 17. leonard.i.s,(1968). quantum mechanics” third edition mcgraw-hill inc,pp 55. 18. andrea,m.(2008) marcus theory for electron transfer ashore introduction,mpip, j.club.mainz. 19. mohsin, a.h. (2000) a quantum mechanical model for electron transfer at semiconductor /dye interface at solvent, m.sc. in physics, baghdad university 20. gao,y.q. and marcus,r.a (200) ,on the theory of electron transfer reaction at semiconductor/liquid interface, j.chem.phys. 3( 15) . 21. hadi, j.al-agealy and rafah.i al-obaidi,. (2008) "electron transfer at semiconductor/liquid interface",j.pure and appl.sciencevol 21,no 3. 183 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 22. killian,p. (2007) charge transfer and recombination in dye semiconductor nanocrystalline,ph.d thesis bath university. 23. gao,y.q.;georgievskii,y. and marcus, r.a. (2000) on the theory of electron transfer reaction at semiconductor electrode/liquid interfaces",j.chem.phys. 112( 7): 3358. 24. amy,l.l.,lu,g.,and john ,t.y (1995) "photocatalysis on tio2 surfaces chem.rev.,95,735-758. 25. shakir,d.s (2009) quantum mechanical model for electron transfer at the interface of some dyes and semiconductors" ph.d thesis,university of basra. 26. gao,y.q.and marcus,r.a (2000) on the theory of electron transfer reaction at semiconductor/liquid interfacej.chem.phys.3,(15) . 27. r. a. marcus (1989 ) reorganization free energy for electron transfers at 28. liquid-liquid and dielectric semiconductor-liquid interfaces, chemistry california institute of technology 29. walker ,a. b.; kambili , a. and marten ,s. j. (2002) electrical transport modeling in organic electroluminescent devices" j. phys. condens. matter , 14 , 98259876. 30. thomas j. m. (2005) structural and binding studies of solvent reorganzition energy propes nanoscape 2, issue 1 97-103 31. sze, (1982) s. m ,physics of semiconductor devices , 2nd, edition john – wiley and sons publishing ,pp250 32. gosavi s.,gaoy.,androudolf m.,(2001) temperature dependent of the electronic factor of non adiabatic electron transfer ,j. of elect.chem.,500, 71-77 table no.(1) properties of semiconductors[29-30] znse zns semiconductor properties zinc blend zinc blend] crystal structure o.566 0.541 lattice constant(nm) 5.42 4.08] density(g/cm3) 9.2 8.3 dielectric constant 2.62408 2.52226 refractive index 2.6 3.6 energy gap(ev) 4.09 3.9 electron affinity(ev) table no.(2) the reorganization energy for gold metal/semiconductor interface system reorganization energy λ(ev) system =a+1.0(a0) d=a+1.2(a0) d=a+1.4(a0) d=a+1.6(a0) au-zns o.670556312 o.682074705 o.69202476 0.700700169 au-znse o.673663776 o.685728201 o.696178713 o.705299904 table no. (3) the coupling matrix element�|𝐇𝐃𝐀(𝐤, 𝐫)|𝟐� 2 for gold (au) e(ev) ||hda(e, r)|2| 2x1016 (𝑒𝑣)2 𝑚3 ||hda(k, r)|2| 2x10-11 -1.35 5.889514591 0.4 -0.90 6.625703913 0.45 -0.25 7.361893239 0.5 0 8.098082563 0.55 0.15 8.834271886 0.6 0.3 9.57046121 0.65 0.5 10.30665053 0.7 0.75 11.04283986 0.75 1 11.77902918 0.8 184 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table no.(4) rate of electron transfer between au-zns interface h(k,𝐸)│2 *1016│ (𝑒𝑉 2 𝑚3 ) 11 .7 79 02 91 8 11 .0 42 83 98 6 10 .3 06 65 05 3 9. 57 04 61 21 8. 83 42 71 88 6 8. 09 80 82 56 3 7. 36 18 93 23 9 6. 62 57 03 91 5 5. 88 95 14 59 1 rate of electron transfer ket (m 4/sec) (β a0)-1 2. 28 41 64 43 6e -1 4 2. 14 14 04 15 9e -1 4 1. 99 86 43 88 1e -1 4 1. 85 58 83 60 4e -1 4 1. 71 31 23 32 7e -1 4 1. 57 03 63 05 e14 1. 42 76 02 77 3e -` 14 1. 28 48 42 49 5e -1 4 1. 14 20 82 21 8e -1 4 0. 8 2. 03 03 68 38 8e -1 4 1. 90 34 70 36 4e -1 4 1. 77 65 72 33 9e -1 4 1. 64 96 74 31 5e -1 4 1. 52 27 76 29 1e -1 4 1. 39 58 78 26 7e -1 4 1. 26 89 80 24 2e -1 4 1. 14 20 82 21 8e -1 4 1. 01 51 84 19 4e -1 4 0. 9 1. 82 73 31 54 9e -1 4 1. 71 31 23 32 8e -1 4 1. 59 89 15 10 5e -1 4 1. 48 47 06 88 4e -1 4 1. 37 04 98 66 2e -1 4 1. 25 62 90 43 9e -1 4 1. 14 20 82 21 8e -1 4 1. 02 78 73 99 6e -1 4 9. 13 66 57 74 5e -1 5 1 1. 66 12 10 49 9e -1 4 1. 55 73 84 84 3e -1 4 1. 45 35 59 18 6e -1 4 1. 34 97 33 53 1e -1 4 1. 24 59 07 87 4e -1 4 1. 14 20 82 21 8e -1 4 1. 03 82 56 56 2e -1 4 9. 34 43 09 05 8e -1 5 8. 30 60 52 49 6e -1 4 1. 1 1. 52 27 76 29 1e -1 4 1. 42 76 02 77 3e -1 4 1. 33 24 29 25 4e -1 4 1. 23 72 55 73 6e -1 4 1. 14 20 82 21 8e -1 4 1. 04 69 08 7e -1 4 9. 51 73 51 81 8e -1 5 8. 56 56 16 63 6e -1 5 7. 61 38 81 45 4e -1 4 1. 2 185 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table no.(5) rate of electron transfer between au-znse interface reorganization energy λ (ev)=0.673663776 ev h(k,𝐸𝜖)│2 *1016│ (𝑒𝑉2 m3 ) 11 .7 79 02 91 8 11 .0 42 83 98 6 10 .3 06 65 05 3 9. 57 04 61 21 8. 83 42 71 88 6 8. 09 80 82 56 3 7. 36 18 93 23 9 6. 62 57 03 91 5 5. 88 95 14 59 1 rate of electron transfer (β a0)-1 1. 46 75 51 69 9e -1 1 1. 37 58 29 71 8e -1 1 1. 28 41 07 73 6e -1 1 1. 19 23 85 75 5e -1 1 1. 10 06 63 77 4e -1 1 1. 00 89 41 79 3e -1 1 9. 17 21 98 12 e -1 2 8. 25 49 78 30 8e -1 2 7. 33 77 58 49 6e -1 2 0. 8 1. 30 44 90 39 9e -1 1 1. 22 29 59 74 9e -1 1 1. 14 14 29 09 9e -1 1 1. 05 98 98 44 9e -1 1 9. 78 36 77 99 4e -1 2 8. 96 83 71 49 5e -1 2 8. 15 30 64 99 5e -1 2 7. 33 77 58 49 6e -1 2 6. 52 24 51 99 6e -1 2 0. 9 1. 17 40 41 35 9e -1 1 1. 10 06 63 77 5e -1 1 1. 02 72 86 18 9e -1 1 9. 53 90 86 04 4e -1 2 8. 80 53 10 19 4e -1 2 8. 07 15 34 34 6e -1 2 7. 33 77 58 49 6e -1 2 6. 60 39 82 64 6e -1 2 5. 87 02 06 79 7e -1 2 1 1. 06 73 10 32 6e -1 1 1. 00 06 03 43 1e -1 1 9. 33 89 65 35 4e -1 2 8. 67 18 96 40 4e -1 2 8. 00 48 27 44 9e -1 2 7. 33 77 58 49 6e -1 2 6. 67 06 89 54 2e -1 2 6. 00 36 20 58 7e -1 2 5. 33 65 51 63 3e -1 2 1. 1 9. 78 36 77 99 3e -1 2 9. 17 21 98 12 1e -1 2 8. 56 07 18 24 1e -1 2 7. 94 92 38 37 e -1 2 7. 33 77 58 49 5e -1 2 6. 72 62 78 62 1e -1 2 6. 11 47 98 74 7e -1 2 5. 50 33 18 87 2e -1 2 4. 89 18 38 99 7e -1 2 1. 2 186 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 نتقال الشحنة لنظام سطح معدن/ شبھ موصلأل دراسة نظریة ھادي جبار مجبل العكیلي محسن عنید حسوني ظھر شھاب احمدم نوريرفاه اسماعیل لسراب سعدي جحی جامعة بغداد بن الھیثم/للعلوم الصرفة اكلیة التربیة قسم الفیزیاء/ 2014شباط 2قبل البحث في : ، 2013تشرین الثاني 24البحث في : استلم لخالصةا شبھ موصل أعتمد باستعمال أنموذج -لوصف الكمي لحركیة االنتقال االلكتروني غیر الكظیم عند سطحي نظام معدنا على التتابع. <a|المستقبلوحالة d| <ھما حالة المانح لھذا النظام یتین متمركزتینافترضنا حالتین كم.مبسط للنظام نموذج میكانیك كمي ونظریة ال ا"تبعشبھ موصل اشتقت -عالقة ثابت معدل االنتقال االلكتروني لنظام سطح معدن . kbtالمستقبل عندما تكون معامل مصفوفة عناصر االزدواج اقل بكثیر من -راب لالنتقال مابین حالتي المانحضطاال االلكتروني حسبت مع الطاقة الحرة العادة التوصیل باستعمال برنامج ماتالب.معدل االنتقال مع نتائج االنموذج. ا"جید ا"وأظھرت تطابق .حسابات معدل االنتقال االلكتروني قورنت مع نتائج عملیة الكلمات المفتاحیة : نظریة االنتقال االلكتروني،سطح معدن /شبھ موصل 187 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 microsoft word 257-272 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1799   for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|257    the fshr polymorphisms association with polycystic ovary syndrome in women of erbil, kurdistan in north of iraq aesha sh. sh. baban aeshababan@gmail.com al rawed pharmaceutical company/ azadi park street/ azadi, erbil sabah h. korsheed dept. of biology/college of education forpure science/ universityof kirkuk anas y. al hayawi dept. of biology/college of education for puresscience/ university of tikrit abstract polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos) is an endocrine disorder in women during fertilization age that reflects changing clinical symptoms. the genetic concept of pcos is unclear and no significant genetic association with pcos has been established. the level of follicle stimulating hormone fsh is encoded by fsh receptor (fshr) and abnormal fshr affects follicle cogenesis and ovary and consist of 9 introns, 10 exons, and the region of chromosome promoter at 2p21. sample of 93pcos patients and 52 controls were collected from province of erbil in north of iraq. genomic dna was extracted from the blood and genotype dissected was improved for the two population of study using pcr-rflp with the restriction enzyme eam1105i. the genotype distributions and allele frequency of ala307thr polymorphisms of fshr were not statistically various between the controls and the pcos patients. significant elevation of body mass index with all genotype of pcos was found when compared with controls. there were statistical differences in the bmi and most of the serum hormone and lipid profile parameters including lh, total testosterone, fasting glucose, cholesterol, hdl and ldl, there were significant various in fsh and lh levels of hormones and hdl, ldl and vldl with pcos group conveying different genotypes of ala307thr polymorphisms. the variant of ala307thr was not associated with pcos in kurdistan women; there was no relationship between the pocs and gene of fshr polymorphism at codons 307. there was a significant difference in fsh and lh levels with pcos patients conveying different genotypes of ala307thr polymorphism. keywords: pcos, fshr, rs6165polymorphism, ala307thr, pcr-rflp ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1799   for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|258    1. introduction polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos) is the most common defects in endocrine system in women of fertile age. its prevalence may reach up to 18% of women of reproductive age. the syndrome is associated with irregular menstrual cycles, indications of insulin resistance and hyper-androgenism. women with pcos are at increased symptoms for developing disorders of reproductive, cardiovascular and metabolic, involving infertility, hypertension, diabetes mellitus type ii, insulin resistance and atherosclerosis. moreover, it may affect daily physical activities. management of pcos aims to lower body weight and insulin levels, restore fertility, treat hirsutism or acne, restore regular menstruation and prevent complications[1]. fsh is one of the main hormones in women of reproductive age, necessary for the development of gonads and maturation at puberty and gamete production during the fertility period of life [2,3]. the pituitary gland produces and excretes gonadotropin as an exceedingly heterogeneous glycoprotein[4]. fsh is binding with special receptors and is found mainly in the gonads. the fshr attributed to the g protein-coupled receptors family, complex transmembrane proteins features by 7 hydrophobic helices inclusion in the plasma lemma and by intracellular and extracellular domains of changeable measurements depending on the ligand type [5]. the gene for the fshr is found on chromosome 2p21 in humans consists of 10 exons, 9 introns [6]. the gene sequence of the fshr consists of about 2,080nucleotides[7]. the fsh receptor gene contains a few snp that may influence its activity. the quantity of snps differs with the species, in mice it has been discovered 25 snps, while in people it has been accounted for more than 1.000 snps.[8,9]. polymorphism have been related with ovarian function and deferred adolescence in women[10]. snp were recognized in the fsh receptor gene[11,12]. fsh receptor gene includes two great snps in exon 10, which are in linkage disequilibrium and variation two amino acids at ala307thr and ser680asn positions. ala307thr, arranged at the extracellular domain of fshr, the site responsible for high liking hormone official, has been accounted for to influence hormone trafficking, signal transduction, and subsequent fsh efficacy[13,14].the importance of fshr in the signaling transition of fsh made fshr gene one of the important candidate genes for pcos[15]. fshr mutations can prompt capture of follicle advancement at a few periods of growth[16,17]. there are various hereditary variations in the fshr that affect the phenotype; these impacts incorporate variable development of secondary sex qualities, serum levels of fsh hypoplastic ovary and primary amenorrhea[18]. the present study aim was to evaluate the association of ala307thr (rs6165) polymorphism of fshr gene with pcos and with clinical features of pcos patients in erbil, kurdistan women in north of iraq. 2. materials and methods sampling pcos sampling and controls women this study included two groups of women. the first group was the pcos group which included 93 infertile women, with mean age of 28.22 ± 8.16,samples were collected from maternity hospital in erbil within the period from “october 2015 to may 2016”and the second group was the control group, which included 52 healthy women with mean age of 29.52 ± 5.33, with regular menstrual cycles, recruited randomly from the fertility care unit, pocs patients were chosen according to the presence of polycystic ovary morphology and oligomenorrhea or an ovulation or amenorrhea for at least 6 months[19]. biochemical and clinical signs of hyperandrogenism, pcos on ultrasound ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1799   for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|259    [20].while healthy women were chosen according to normal ultrasonography, regular menstrual cycle and normal endocrinal hormones. biochemical and hormonal findings five milliliters from blood were collected from each subject after 12-h fast at two to three days after the menstruation start. 3 ml of each blood sample was used to obtain serum samples and the separated serum was stored at -80°c for further measurement of the biochemical parameters, the levels of fasting glucose and hormones, which measured fsh, lh and total testosterone were measured by a minividas (biomérieux inc., france), and lipid profile, were measured and investigated to determine the contrasts between the samples acquired from the patients and the controls and the result was shown in table 1. blood sampling and dna extraction the rest 2 ml from the peripheral blood samples were collected in tubes containing edta as an anticoagulant and were stored at 4ᵒc for genomic dna extraction and performing genotyping working. genomic dna was isolated from the venous blood of pcos patients and controls using a dna purification kit (geneaid, taiwan) as indicated by the manufacturer's guidelines. genotyping was performed without learning of the subjects' clinical status. the dna was stored at -20 c until processing. genotype analysis candidate genes candidate gene has been ensnared in the etiology of patients (see table 2).the one gene map tone distinct chromosomal locations. the regions of 2p16.3 were examined. discovery of singlenucleotide polymorphism (snp) of fshr, is shown in table 2[21]. 2.2.2. polymerase chain reaction analysis genotyping for the fshr ala307thr gene polymorphism (rs6165) was performed by polymerase chain reaction (pcr), and the regions encompassing the ala307thr polymorphisms of exon 10 within the gene of fshr were amplified by pcr and which was achieved in a 25 μl mixture includes: 2.5 μl 1x pcr buffer, 0.75 μl mgcl2, 1 μl dntp mixture, 0.7 μl of each primer, 0.5 μltaq dna polymerase, 13.85 μl double distilled h2o, and 5 μl genomic dna. a 577 bp fragment of fshr was amplified by pcr primer sequences forward and reverse were: 5'cctgcacaaagacagtgatg-3' 5'tggcaaagacagtgaaaaag-3' all reactions had an initial denaturation step of 5 min at 95 °c followed by 30 cycles of denaturation at 94 °c for 30 s, annealing at 55 °c for 1 min and 72 °c for 1 min, and a final elongation step at 72 °c for 7 min. restriction fragment length polymorphism (rflp) the ala307thr of fshr was detected by restriction fragment length polymorphism (rflp) analysis[22].the fshr fragment were digested with enzyme ahdi (eam1105i) (thermo fisher scientific inc., usa). digestion of the g allele delivered two sections with lengths 403 and 174 bp, assimilation of the a allele created three parts with lengths 403, 143 and 31 bp. the digestion products were settled after electrophoresis in 2% agarose gel (see figure 1). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1799   for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|260    statistical analysis statistical analysis was performed using spss statistics version 22.0 program on windows 10. to analyze the variance between two continuous variables, a t test was used. genotype frequencies were measured for hardy–weinberg equilibrium. the test of chi squared was used hardy– weinberg test and measured the variables in allele frequencies and genotype distribution between patients and controls by contrasting the observed genotype frequencies with the expected ones, odds ratio (or), and 95% confidence interval (ci) were done to assess the association between the groups. the results obtained were expressed as mean ± standard deviation (sd) and/or percentage. a p-value <0.05 was expressed statistically significant. 3. results hormone in this study a total of 52 controls and 93 pcos patients were recruited. all subjects were from erbil in kurdistan, north of iraq. the demographic data of the pcos patients and control women are illustrated in table 1. there was difference of statistically significant in bmi and age women with pcos when compared with healthy control pvalue (0.008) and (0.012) respectively. there was significant elevation in luteinizing hormone (lh) in (pcos) pvalue (0.002) concerning sex hormones in women with (pcos).follicular stimulating hormone (fsh) no significant reduction in mean of their level was found in women with pcos when compared with healthy control pvalue (0.436). total testosterone and fasting glucose were significant in women with pcos when compared with control group pvalue (0.050) and (0.050) respectively. lipid profile lipid profile in pcos patient’s women was measured and compared with healthy control women. this study showed highly significant elevation in cholesterol and ldl and highly significant reduction in hdl. with p-value 0.000 in pcos women and there was no significant difference in the mean of triglycerides and vldl as shown in table 1. genotype and allele frequencies in this study three patterns of genotype were obtained: aa, ag and gg, of genotyping distributions of snp rs6165 a/g of fshr gene in 93 patients with pcos and 52 controls women. fshr polymorphisms of ala307thr were analyzed by pcr–rflp, a 577bp of pcr yield might have been acquired, which for absorption with restriction enzyme eam1105i offered three distinctive patterns to 919g→ a substitution. (ala307thr variant): fragment 403bp., 143 bp. and 31 bp. band demonstrates aa genotype (for 307thr/thr); 31 bp. 143 bp. 174 bp. 403 bp., and bands indicate ag genotype (for 307thr/ala); and 403 and 174bp. bands indicate gg genotype (for 307 ala/ala) (see figure.1). the allele frequencies and genotypes distribution of fhsr in controls and pcos women were assessed (see table 3). this table explains those amounts for allele frequencies, genotype percentage (%), relative genotypes (n), and their percentage, evaluated odd ratios (or) at 95% confidence interval (ci)and heterozygosity alongside the p values. the snp of genotype frequencies were confirmed by hardy-weinberg equilibrium test principle in both pcos and controls. no statistically significant differences were observed in the distribution of the homozygote aa or gg and the heterozygote ag genotypes between the two groups and no statistically significant difference was observed in the allele frequencies between pcos group and controls (or = 0.85, 95% ci = 0.52-1.38, p = 0.45). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1799   for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|261    table 4 indicates the anthropometric and biochemical characteristics of both the control and the pcos patients’ women within their particular rs6165 genotypes. the values of age and bmi of the control group (p= 0.005 and 0.001) are higher than the pcos group (p= 0.165 and 0.771). the endocrine values, there were statistically significant differences in the fsh and lh level among the pcos patients (p= 0.031 and p=0.014) whereas the fsh and lh values in the control group are the opposite. there were no significant differences in two groups concerning the total testosterone and fasting glucose. for the lipid profile characteristics, there were no statistical differences in cholesterol and triglycerides values of the patient group and control group. however, there were significantly differences in the level of hdl, ldl and vldl in the patient group than the control. figure (1): electrogram of pcr-rflp analysis of the thr307ala fshr variant of rs6165. agarose gel (2%) electrophoresis after eam1105i digestion of the pcr. dna ladder (100-2000) lane m. lane (1,6,5,9,14,15,16,18,) samples indicate to a/a homozygote was shown by the band of 31 bp. 143 bp. and 403 bp. lane (3,12,19,20,22,24,25) samples indicate to a/g heterozygote was shown by the bands of 31 bp., 143 bp., 174 bp. and 403 bp. lane (2,4,7,8,10,11,13,17,21,23,26,27) sample indicate to g/g homozygote was shown by the bands of 174 bp. and 403 bp. lane (1-7) control and lane (8-27) pcos patient. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1799   for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|262    table (1): anthropometric characteristics and biochemical characteristics of pcos patients and controls. p value controls (n = 52) mean + sd pcos (n = 93) mean + sd characteristics *0.008 29.52 ± 5.33 28.22 ± 8.16 age (year) *0.012 21.87 ± 1.89 27.28 ± 3.30 bmi (kg/m2) serum hormone 0.436 5.70 ± 1.32 5.20 ± 1.27 fsh (miu/ml) *0.002 5.32 ± 0.90 6.17 ± 2.15 lh (miu/ml) *0.050 0.18 ± 0.08 0.24 ± 0.28 total testosterone (ng/ml) *0.050 5.58 ± 0.76 8.50 ± 1.61 fasting glucose (mmol/l) lipid profile *0.003 5.68 ± 0.48 5.05 ± 1.07 cholesterol (mmol/l) 0.160 1.86 ± 0.20 2.13 ± 1.02 triglycerides (mmol/l) *0.000 2.01 ± 0.20 1.38 ± 0.52 hdl (mmol/l) *0.001 3.29 ± 0.55 3.24 ± 1.26 ldl (mmol/l) 0.1600.37 ± 0.04 0.42 ± 0.20vldl (mmol/l) bmi body mass index, fsh follicle-stimulating hormone , lh luteinizing hormone, hdl high density lipoprotein, ldl low-density lipoprotein, vldl very low-density lipoprotein, sd standard deviations, *significant values (p <0.05). table (2): genotyping panel for pcos candidate genes. marker locus gene symbol gene id dbsnp ref. snp alleles chromosome gonadotropin action fshr (folliclestimulating hormone receptor 2492 rs6165 a>g 2p16.3 chromosome position coding dna reference position ensemble accession gene mode protein position residue change g.49191041 c.919g>a enst00000406846 missense 307 ala-thr pcos, polycystic ovary syndrome; dbsnp, single nucleotide polymorphism database; ala, alanine; thr, threonine. table (3): distribution of genotypes and allele frequencies of fshr polymorphism among women with pcos and healthy control identified in the study. pocs: polycystic ovarian syndrome; thr: threonine; ala: alanine; or: odds ratio; ci: confidence interval; h-w test: hardy-weinberg test. genotype p value h-w test a307t(rs6165) thr/thr (aa) thr/ala (ag) ala/ala (gg) pocs (n=93) 19 (20.4%) 33 (35.4%) 41 (44.1%) 0.057 0.016 control (n=52) 13 (25%) 18 (34.6%) 21 (40.3%) 0.111 0.036 allele thr (a) ala (g) or (95 % ci) pocs (n=93) 71 (38.17%) 115 (61.83%) 0.490 0.85 (0.52 ~1.38) control (n=52) 44 (42.31% 60 (57.69%) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1799   for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|263    table (4): distribution of clinical characteristics of each rs6165 genotype in patients and controls p value controls (n = 52) mean + sd p value pcos (n = 93) mean + sd characteristics gg(n=21) ag(n= 18) aa(n= 13) gg (n= 41) ag (n= 33) aa (n= 19) 0.005* 12.14±3.27 10.27±5.06 7.07 ± 4.23 0.165 28.07 ± 7.87 29.48 ± 9.11 25.10 ± 5.52 age (year) 0.001* 7.76 ± 1.57 8.33 ± 2.00 5.61 ± 1.89 0.771 27.36 ± 3.26 27.09 ± 3.56 27.78 ± 2.91 bmi (kg/m2) hormone 0.948 2.27 ± 1.20 1.84± 1.05 1.51 ± 0.11 0.031* 2.23 ± 1.38 0.96 ± 0.59 1.91 ± 0.95 fsh (miu/ml) 0.750 1.86± 1.33 1.86± 1.04 1.66 ± 0.96 0.014* 1.79 ± 0.92 2.92 ± 1.09 1.46 ± 0.71 lh (miu/ml) 0.990 0.66 ± 0.13 0.60± 0.12 0.64 ± 0.14 0.084 0.59 ± 0.07 0.17 ± 0.04 0.26 ± 0.06 t. tes. ng/ml 0.703 2.15 ± 1.62 1.86± 1.44 1.43 ± 1.00 0.361 2. 64 ± 1.33 3.53 ± 1.54 2.31 ± 1.66 f. glu. (mmol/l) lipid profile 0.560 2.04 ± 0.21 1.90 ± 1.21 1.60 ± 0.80 0.587 1.53 ± 0.12 2.00 ± 1.87 1.57 ± 0.02 chol. (mmol/l) 0.538 0.71 ± 0.32 0.61± 0.55 0.44 ± 0.16 0.082 0.72 ± 0.08 0.95 ± 0.79 0.45 ± 0.06 trig. (mmol/l) 0.273 0.99± 0.40 0.60± 0.47 0.43 ± 0.33 0.011* 0.55 ± 0.02 0.28 ± 0.20 0.51 ± 0.29 hdl (mmol/l) 0.345 0.98± 0.60 1.36± 1.17 0.87 ± 0.10 0.012* 0.86 ± 0.11 1.53 ± 1.40 0.78 ± 0.08 ldl (mmol/l) 0.100 0.10± 0.04 0.20 ± 0.19 0.70 ± 0.17 0.015* 0.12 ± 0.02 0.22 ± 0.10 0.73 ± 0.68 vldl (mmol/l) p values from one-way anova test with bonferroni post hoc and data are shown as mean + sd,* significant values (p is <0.05), bmi body mass index, fsh follicle-stimulating hormone , lh luteinizing hormone, t. tes. total testosterone (ng/ml) , f. glu. fasting glucose, chol. cholesterol, trig. triglycerides, hdl high density lipoprotein, ldl low-density lipoprotein, vldl very low-density lipoprotein. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science doi: for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/     www.ihsciconf.org chemistry|269    4. discussion the incidence of pcos gradually increased during recent years and that it is a complex polygenic disorder. this is the first investigated study on fshr gene in iraqi kurdistan women with pcos. in the present study, the age distribution, the mean age for pcos group was significantly less than those for control group. this is in agreement with another study which found pcos has been identified in much younger population (see table 1)[23]. a pcos patient has shown significant higher level of bmi when compared with controls. the bmi were higher in pcos patients than in controls. in iraqi pcos women the distribution of obesity differ in various regions of iraq, there is a significant difference between the south and north of iraqi women due to changes in temperature, food and different races[24]. the endocrine characteristics, there were all women with pcos showed high significantly serum lh, total testosterone and fasting glucose, while fsh was found to be no significantly in two groups (see table 1), which is in agreement with previous studies[25,26]. insulin resistance as one of the pcos manifestations can cause some degree of glucose intolerance or diabetes type ii in more than 40 percent of these patients, which these disorders can be intensified by obesity[27].in lipid profile of this study, we observed this significantly effect on cholesterol. when subjects were classified according to their bmi (≤ 25 and higher than 25 kg/m2), no significantly serum level of triglyceride tg was observed in pcos women (p = 0.160) and vldl. the cholesterol ester transfer protein (cetp) activity results to exchange of triglycerides for cholesterol ester in triglycerides embellished hdl particles that are catabolized additional quickly, and cholesterol enhanced vldl particles that are converted into small dense ldl particles. ldl and hdl levels in women with pcos are affected by their weight so that, obese women had higher ldl and lower hdl levels than control women[28]. the snp genotypic analysis of a307t polymorphism of fshr gene showed that the causes change alanine to threonine at position 307, the homozygous (aa) status in 20.4 % of pcos and 25% in controls. homozygous (gg) in 44.1%in pcos and 40.3% in controls. heterozygous (ag) in 35.4%in pcos and 34.6% in controls (see table 2). there were no significant differences between the values of pocs and control samples or = 0.85, 95% ci = 0.52-1.38, p = 0.490. the result may be due to differences in the samples size between the pocs and control or this may be due to the difference of race between south, middle and north of iraq and ethnicity may deeply influence the distribution of allelic variants. it is known that those living in northern iraq are descended from the aryan race and are different from those living in middle and southern iraq who are descended from the assets of the arabian peninsula. an investigation starting with china, demonstrated no significant association with pcos women’s and fshr polymorphisms (ala307thr) in the ethnic women’s of han city[29].studies are focusing on the roles of ala307of fshr in pcos, those present conclusions are either conflicting or opposing. in korean populations, gu [18] have expressed that ala307 may be not correlated with pcos patient in korean population. fu [15] studied the fshr genotype in 384 chinese pcos women and 768unselected controls furthermore discovered that fshr modification were determinedly associated with the seriousness of pcos clinical highlights, however not with disease risk. in the present study, the association of fshr ala307thr polymorphism with characteristics in pcos women was examined. pcos women with homozygotes gg, aa or heterozygote ag genotypes had comparable age and bmi, while there were significant ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science doi: for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/     www.ihsciconf.org chemistry|270    in control. no significant differences were observed between levels of total testosterone; fasting glucose, cholesterol and triglyceride among carriers of different fshr genotypes (see table 4). abdel-aziz[30]in their hereditary pocs-control reported on fshr gene polymorphism didn't indicate any statistically significant difference in genotypes distribution or allele frequency between controls and pcos, and found a significant association of rs6165 (ala307thr) genotype. fu [15] found that the distribution of clinical characteristics genotype frequencies of the ala307thr polymorphism of fshr were not different within controls and pocs women’s in chinese women. 5. conclusion the ala307thrpolymorphism of fshr is associated with pcos in the studied iraqi women and this was the first study to report fshr polymorphisms at position 307 in kurdistan women with pocs, we found no association between fshr gene polymorphisms at positions307 and pcos. this polymorphism correlates with the increased levels of lh, fasting glucose and total testosterone among pcos women. in addition, the fshr polymorphisms are associated with the levels of fsh and lh. references [1]a. kabel, polycystic ovarian syndrome : insights into pathogenesis , diagnosis , 1, 15. 2016 [2]m. simoni, and e. nieschlag, , fsh in therapy: physiological basis, new preparations and clinical use, reprod. med. rev. 4, 163. 1995 [3] s. c.chappel and c. howles, reevaluation of the roles of luteinizing hormone and follicle-stimulating hormone in the ovulatory process., hum. reprod., 6, 1206–12. 1991 [4] a. ulloa-aguirre; a. r.midgley; i. z. beitins, and v. padmanabhan, folliclestimulating isohormones: characterization and physiological relevance, endocr. rev., 16, 765–787. 1995 [5] t. gudermann,; b. nürnberg,; and g. schultz, receptors and g proteins as primary components of transmembrane signal transduction part 1. g-protein-coupled receptors: structure and function, j. mol. med., 73, 51–63. 1995 [6] j. gromoll; e.pekel, and e. nieschlag, the structure and organization of the human follicle-stimulating hormone receptor (fshr) gene., genomics, 35, 308–311. 1996 [7] m.simoni,; j. gromoll, and e. nieschlag, , the follicle-stimulating hormone receptor : biochemistry, molecular biology, physiology, and pathophysiology, endocr. rev., 18, 739–773. 1997 [8] j. gromoll and m. simoni, , genetic complexity of fsh receptor function, trends endocrinol. metab., 16, 368–373. 2005 [9] r. ochsenkühn; v. von shönfeldt, and m. simoni, , fsh receptor polymorphisms and ovarian function, médecine la reprod. gynécologie endocrinol., 11, 265–270. 2009 [10] s. s.desai,; s. k.achrekar,; b. r.pathak,; s. k. desai, and v. s. mangoli, et al., follicle-stimulating hormone receptor polymorphism (g −29 a) is associated with altered level of receptor expression in granulosa cells, j. clin. endocrinol. metab., 96, 2805–2812. 2011 [11] m. simoni ; e.nieschlag, and j. gromoll, isoforms and single nucleotide polymorphisms of the fsh receptor gene: implications for human reproduction., hum. reprod. update, 8, 413–42. 2002 [12] m. p.mayorga; c.gassner;  e. nieschlag; m. simoni, , and r. medicine, ovarian response to follicle-stimulating hormone ( fsh ) stimulation depends on the fsh ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science doi: for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/     www.ihsciconf.org chemistry|271    receptor genotype j. clin. endocrinol. metab, 85, 3365–3369. 2000 [13] t.unsal,; e.konac,; e.yesilkaya,; a.yilmaz, and  a. bideci, et al., genetic polymorphisms of fshr, cyp17, cyp1a1, capn10, insr, serpine1 genes in adolescent girls with polycystic ovary syndrome, j. assist. reprod. genet., 26, 205–216.  2009 [14] y. yan,;gong, z. zhang, l., li, y., li, x. et al., , association of follicle-stimulating hormone receptor polymorphisms with ovarian response in chinese women: a prospective clinical study, plos one, 8, 1–8. 2013 [15] l.fu, , z.zhang, , a. zhang, , xu, j., huang x., et al., , association study between fshr ala307thr and ser680asn variants and polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos) in northern chinese han women, j. assist. reprod. genet., 30, 717–721. 2013 [16] a. kuechler;b. p. hauffa; a.köninger; g. kleinau; b.albrecht, , b. horsthemke, and gromoll, j. an unbalanced translocation unmasks a recessive mutation in the folliclestimulating hormone receptor (fshr) gene and causes fsh resistance. european journal of human genetics : ejhg, 18,656–61. 2010 [17] l.casarini;  e. pignatti, and m.simoni, , effects of polymorphisms in gonadotropin and gonadotropin receptor genes on reproductive function. reviews in endocrine and metabolic disorders, 12, 303–321. 2011 [18] gu, bh., park, jm. and baek, kh., genetic variations of follicle stimulating hormone receptor are associated with polycystic ovary syndrome. int j mol med., 26, 107-112. 2010 [19] mulders, a. g. m. g. j.;  j. s. e. laven, , eijkemans, m. j. c., de jong, f. h., themmen, a. p. n. and fauser, b. c. j. m., changes in anti-mullerian hormone serum concentrations over time suggest delayed ovarian ageing in normogonadotrophic anovulatory infertility, hum. reprod., 19(2004) 2036–2042. 2004 [20] revised consensus on diagnostic criteria and long-term health risks related to polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos), hum. reprod., 19, 41–47. 2003 [21] i.liaqat,; n.jahan,; g.krikun, and taylor, h. s., genetic polymorphisms in pakistani women with polycystic ovary syndrome., reprod. sci., 22, 347–357. 2015 [22] m. e.durant,; n. s.leslie, and e. a.critch, , managing polycystic ovary syndrome: a cognitive behavioral strategy, nurs. womens. health, 13, 292–300. 2009 [23] k. f.michelmore,; a. h.balen; d. b. dunger, and m. p.vessey, , polycystic ovaries and associated clinical and biochemical features in young women, clin. endocrinol. (oxf)., 51, 779–786. 1999 [24] e. z. khosho;a. abdul-hadi, and  h. w. a. al-serrai, prevalence of polycystic ovaries on gynaecological population, med. j. basrah univ., 28, 27–32. 2010 [25] h. fakhoury,; h. tamim,; m.ferwana,; i.siddiqui,; m. adham, and  w. tamimi, , age and bmi adjusted comparison of reproductive hormones in pcos, j. fam. med. prim. care, 1, 132. 2012 [26] a.prakash,; a.nigam,; a. mishra, and saxena, p. polycystic ovary syndrome: is obesity a sine qua non? a clinical, hormonal, and metabolic assessment in relation to body mass index, indian j. endocrinol. metab., 16(6): 996–999. 2012 [27] m. rizzo; k. berneis;  e. carmina, and  g. b. rini, how should we manage atherogenic dyslipidemia in women with polycystic ovary syndrome?, am. j. obstet. gynecol., 198, 1 . 2008 [28] m.stojkovic, m.zarkovic, j. ciric;b.beleslin; s.savic, and m. drezgic, , et al., lipid profile in normal weight and obese women with polycystic ovary syndrome, endocrain abstracts, 11, 341. 2006 [29] j. du, , w. zhanga, , l. guod, , z. zhang, and shi, h., et al., , two fshr variants, ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science doi: for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/     www.ihsciconf.org chemistry|272    haplotypes and meta-analysis in chinese women with premature ovarian failure and polycystic ovary syndrome, mol. genet. metab., 100, 292–295. 2010 [30] a. abdel-aziz; a. el-sokkary;  a. el-refaeey; m.el-sokkary; h.osman, and elsaeed, r., association between follicle stimulating hormone receptor (fshr) polymorphism and polycystic ovary syndrome among egyptian women, int. j. biochem. res. rev., 5, 198–206. 2015 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 1 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: monzer.hussein1202a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract the results of the present study showed that twenty-five samples were collected for the age group 35–40 years and four samples for the age group 65–70 years for both genders. the results showed that 48 (48%) of the samples were obtained from the hands, 16 (16%) from the legs, 12 (12%) from the abdominal area, and 10 (10%) from the chest area. the four (4%) samples were obtained from burns in the back and thighs area. the samples taken according to the cause of burns were 40 (40%) due to hot water, hot liquids, or hot steam, followed by 18 (18%) due to the use of hot tools, 15 (15%) due to fires, 12 (12%) due to electric currents, 10 (10%) due to chemicals such as strong acids, alkaline lye, paint thinner, or gasoline, and 5 (5%) due to sun ray burns. sixty pathogenic bacteria were obtained from the burn samples. the number of bacteria isolated from burn wounds was 34 isolates from men and 26 isolates from women. the predominant were 15 (25%) staphylococcus aureus, 12 (20%) acinetobacter baumannii, 10 (16.7%) pseudomonas aeruginosa, 8 (13.3%) klebsiella pneumoniae, 7 (11.7%) escherichia coli, 6 (10%) proteus mirabilis, and 2 (3.3%) burkholderia cepacia. the antibiotic sensitivity test using the vitek2 compact system showed that the resistance rate was recorded in staphylococcus aureus against amikacin by 13 isolates, with a rate of 86.6%, and in acinetobacter baumannii, towards ceftazidime and piperacillin antibiotics by 12 isolates at a rate of 100%, and pseudomonas aeruginosa towards colistin and tobramycin at a rate of 6 isolates at a rate of 60%, and klebsiella pneumoniae towards colistin and tobramycin at a rate of 8 isolates at a rate of 100% and escherichia coli against amikacin, colistin, and imipenem with 7 isolates and 100%, and proteus mirabilis against colistin and tobramycin with 6 isolates and 100%, and burkholderia cepacia against 8 antibiotics with a rate of 100%. we conclude from the present study that the most susceptible age group to burns is the active age group and that the pathogenic bacteria from burn wounds are mostly resistant to antibiotics. keywords: burn wounds, pathogenic bacteria, antibiotic resistance. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3090 article history: received 28 october 2022, accepted 5 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq detection of bacteria causing burn infection isolated from several hospitals in baghdad *azzawi-mundher h. al for ioneducat of ecolleg, biology department of university of ,haytham-la ibn science pure baghdad, baghdad, iraq. esam j. alkalifawi department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. aesam365@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:monzer.hussein1202a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:monzer.hussein1202a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:aesam365@yahoo.com mailto:aesam365@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 2 1. introduction burns are one of the most destructive forms of injury. patients with effective thermal injuries need immediate specialized care in order to reduce morbidity and mortality. data from the national center for injury prevention and control in the united states indicate that roughly 2 million fires were investigated each year, resulting in 1.2 million individuals with burn wounds [1]. invasive infections caused by burns are responsible for 51% of deaths [2]. approximately 500,000 people in the united states need medical assistance for burns annually, with 40,000 patients needing hospitalizations to minimize bacterial infection [3]. the existence of microbes on the burn wound has a direct relationship with virulence factors. in theory, the high temperature disinfects the burn wound at first. normal skin flora and existing infections, on the other hand, grow fast. cultures confirm that 9–54% of patients in the pediatric burn unit are polluted with pathogenic bacteria at the time of admission [4]. despite advances in topical and intravenous antimicrobial therapies, as well as the technique of immediate transverse eradication, bacteria remain a serious problem in the treatment of burn victims [5]. moreover, due to overcrowding in burn hospitals, cross-infection occurs between different burn patients [6]. in fact, 75% of all deaths in individuals with accidental burns greater than 40% of the body surface area are due to septic shock and health difficulties caused by infection. continuous stay in the aggravating care unit, preventive and surgical procedures, and the nature of burn injury all result in excess rates of hospital infections in burn patients [7], wound inoculation is a valuable tool in wound healing and wound colonization. wound invasion occurs after 5-7 days for patients with significant burns. since the majority of early disease in burn patients is caused by endogenous bacteria, performing a primary wound culture at entry is good clinical practice [4]. despite advances in topical and intravenous antimicrobial therapies, as well as the technique of immediate transverse eradication, bacteria remain serious complications in the treatment of burn patients [8]. moreover, due to overcrowding in burn hospitals, cross-infection occurs between different burn patients [7]. several microbes can also be transferred to a patient's surroundings by contact with an infected person through the surfaces of different agents, such as water, steam, air, and the hard hands of caregivers [7]. burn wound infection is still mostly caused by s. aureus [6]. mrsa has emerged as the primary bacteria in critical care units in recent years due to the extended use of antibiotics. in an infected person, colonization with any of these pathogens is usually asymptomatic, but they are also a source of infectious agents that can cause serious illness and death [8]. antibiotic susceptibility patterns in burn infectious diseases constitute an important therapeutic problem for caretakers of burn patients [9, 10]. [11], collected 105 burn wound swabs from burn patients admitted to the burn unit of al-sadr teaching hospital in misan city, iraq. he isolated nine distinct bacterial species, of which, pseudomonas aeruginosa was the most common pathogen, followed by staphylococcus aureus, enterobacter spp., proteus vulgaris, proteus mirabilis, escherichia coli, klebsiella pneumoniae, and at last, staphylococcus lentus and aeromonas sobria. [12] took 70 burn wound swabs from patients admitted to the teaching medical al-kendi hospital in baghdad, iraq. pseudomonas aeruginosa was found to be the most common isolate, followed by staphylococcus aureus, citrobacter braakii, enterobacter spp., coagulase-negative staphylococci, proteus vulgaris, corynebacterium spp., micrococcus, proteus mirabilis, enterococcus faecalis, e. coli, klebsiella spp., bacillus spp., serratia macerscens, and serratia rubidia. [5] collected a total of 960 isolates from different sample kinds and cultured them for 615 burn patients who were hospitalized at the amir-al-momenin burn center, shiraz, iran. they found pseudomonas aeruginosa to be the most frequent pathogen, followed by klebsiella sp., acinetobacter sp., and staphylococcus aureus. [13] isolated acinetobacter baumannii, pseudomonas aeruginosa, escherichia coli, and staphylococcus aureus from 151 burn patients admitted to the burn unit of dicle university hospital in diyarbakır, turkey. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 3 [11] proved most isolates showed high resistance to tobramycin, trimethoprim, cephalothin, and imipenem, while isolates mostly had high susceptibility to amikacin, cefotaxime, and ciprofloxacin. wound burn infection still represents a serious problem for burn patients, with many bacteria developing different degrees of resistance to most known antibiotics. [12] conducted an antimicrobial susceptibility test on the bacterial isolates against 8 antibiotics, in which ciprofloxacin was found to be the most effective drug against most of the gram-negative and gram-positive isolates, followed by amikacin, while chloramphenicol and gentamicin were less sensitive to a few isolates, as well as doxycycline, as compared with the other two, mentioned previously. oxacillin was the worst of them all. [5] confirmed that the trend of resistance to meropenem was declining in p. aeruginosa isolates. klebsiella sp., the second most prevalent agent, showed a high level of resistance to the studied antibiotics. the antibiogram results for s. aureus isolates showed an increasing trend in mrsa isolates. [13] found that the most effective antibiotic against a. baumannii was colistin, followed by levofloxacin and trimethoprimsulfamethoxazole. the most effective antibiotics against p. aeruginosa were amikacin, ciprofloxacin, and levofloxacin. the most effective antibiotics against e. coli were amikacin, meropenem, and imipenem. the current study aimed to describe the epidemiological characteristics of patients with hospitalcontaminated burns in the ward of the burn department, burn center, yarmouk teaching hospital, and burns specialist hospital in the medical city, baghdad, iraq. we also identified common bacterial pathogens involved in burn wound infections and studied antibiotic resistance patterns in order to improve our therapeutic approach and prevent burn wound infections in iraqi hospitals due to the paucity of studies on this topic. 2.materials and methods 2.1.sample collection one hundred samples of burn wounds of different ages and genders were collected from the burn center, yarmouk teaching hospital, and burns specialized hospital in the medical city for the period between october 17, 2021, and january 10, 2022. the samples of burn wounds were cultured on different media for the purpose of isolation and the initial diagnosis of pathogenic bacteria. 2.2.isolation and identification of pathogens bacteria burn wound samples were inoculated on different media and incubated at 37 °c for 24 hours. for further phenotypic characteristics, isolates were subcultured on (eosin methylene blue chromagar orientation). then, isolates were subjected to gram stain and biochemical tests, including imvic (indole, vp, mr, citrate), oxidase, catalase, urease, and kligler iron agar tests. the identification of isolates was confirmed by the vitek2 compact system according to the manufacturer’s instructions [14]. 2.3. vitek-2 compact system for detection of antibiotic sensitivity test (ast) this method was carried out according to [14]. one drop of the broth was routinely subcultured on 5% sheep blood agar and macconkey agar. both plates were incubated at 37°c for 18–20 hours to obtain isolated colonies. an isolated colony was picked and added to sterile saline solution provided by the manufacturer, biomerieux, to make a suspension equivalent to a 0.5 mcfarland standard, adjusted by using densichek plus (biomerieux), and further processed as per the manufacturer’s instructions. the ast panel ast-p628 was used for gram-positive organisms and ast-n280 for gram-negative organisms. the results were given as sensitive (s), intermediate (i), and resistant (r). 2.4. statistical analysis the data were entered into a database using the spss program. the independent sample t-test was used for categorical and continuous variables, respectively. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 4 3. results 3.1.sample collection the results showed that 25 samples (25%) were collected for the age group 35–40 years and 4 samples (4%) for the age group 65–70 years. for both genders, table 1. table 1. number of samples according to age group and gender. gender age group /years total male female percentage number percentage number percentage number 14 14* 12 6 16 8 5-10 19 19 20 10 18 9 15-20 19 19* 20 10* 18 9* 25-30 25 25* 30 15* 20 10* 35-40 12 12* 10 5 14 7 45-50 7 7 6 3 8 4 55-60 4 4* 2 1* 6 3* 65-70 100 100 100 50 100 50 total *there are significant differences between the number of samples and the factors of age and sex (p≤5). the results showed that 48 of the samples (48%) were obtained from the hands, legs, abdominal area, and chest area. the 4 samples that formed (4%) were obtained from burns in the back and thighs area (table 2). table 2. number and percentage of samples taken from the affected area. the affected regions in burn patients number percentage% head and neck 6 6% the hands 48* 48% chest area 10* 10% abdominal area 12* 12% back area 4 4% thighs area 4* 4% legs 16* 16% total 100 100% *there are significant differences between the number of samples taken from affected area (p≤5). the results showed that 40 of the samples that formed (40%) according to the cause of burns were due to hot water, hot liquids, or hot steam, followed by 18 samples that formed (18%) due to the use of hot tools. and the 5 samples that form (5%) due to sun ray burns table 3. table 3. the number and the percentage of injuries according to the cause of the burns. the cause of the burn number percentage hot water, hot liquids or hot steam 40* 40% use hot tools 18* 18% electric currents 12* 12% chemicals such as strong acids, alkaline lye, paint thinner or gasoline 10* 10% fires 19* 19% sun rays 5* 5% total 100 100% *there are significant differences between the number of injuries according to the cause of the burns (p≤5). sixty pathogenic bacteria were obtained from the burn samples. which included staphylococcus aureus 15 (25%), acinetobacter baumannii 12 (20%), pseudomonas aeruginosa 10 (16.6%), klebsiella pneumoniae 8 (13.3%), proteus mirabilis 6 (10%), escherichia coli 7 (11.6%), and burkholderia cepacia 2 (3.3%), figure 1. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 5 figure1. the percentage of bacteria isolated from burn samples. the results showed that the number of bacteria isolates from burn wounds was 34 from males (56.70%), while the number was 26 from females which form (43.30%), (table 4). table 4. types, number and percentage of bacteria isolates according to gender. bacterial isolates female male no. % no. % staphylococcus aureus 5* 8.33% 10* 16.66% acinetobacter baumannii 4 6.66% 8 13.33% pseudomonas aeruginosa 3 5% 7* 11.66% klebsiella pneumoniae 5 * 8.33% 3 5% escherichia coli 6* 10% 1 1.66% proteus mirabilis 2 3.33% 4 6.66% burkholderia cepacia 1* 1.66% 1* 1.66% total 26 43.30% 34 56.70% *there are significant differences between the number of samples and the sex (p≤5). the antibiotic sensitivity test using the vitek2 compact system showed that the resistance rate was recorded in staphylococcus aureus against amikacin by 13 isolates, with a rate of 86.6%. in acinetobacter baumannii, towards ceftazidime and piperacillin antibiotics by 12 isolates at a rate of 100%, pseudomonas aeruginosa towards colistin and tobramycin at a rate of 6 isolates at a rate of 60%, and klebsiella pneumoniae towards colistin and tobramycin at a rate of 8 isolates at a rate of 100%, escherichia coli against amikacin, colistin, and imipenem with 7 isolates and 100%, proteus mirabilis against colistin and tobramycin with 6 isolates, and burkholderia against 8 antibiotics with a rate of 100% (table 5). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 6 table 5. antibiotic susceptibility test using vitek2 compact system. antibiotics types resistance intermediate sensitive no. % mic no. % mic no. % mic amikacin 2 10 >=64 3 15 32 15 75 <=2 cefepime 4 20 >=64 3 15 8 8 40 2 ceftazidime 7 30 >=64 4 20 16 9 45 4 ciprofloxacin 5 25 >=4 5 25 2 8 40 <=0.25 colistin 7 35 >=16 10 50 / 3 15 <=0. 5 gentamicin 4 20 >=16 6 30 8 10 50 <=1 imipenem 7 35 >=16 / / / 11 55 <=0.25 meropenem 15 75 >=16 / / / 5 25 <=0.25 piperacillin 6 30 >=128 5 25 / 9 45 8 piperacillin/tazobactam 5 25 / / / / 15 75 8 ticarcillin 4 20 >=128 2 / / 14 70 32 ticarcillin/clavulanic acid 7 35 >=128 2 / / 11 55 32 tobramycin 8 40 >=16 / / 12 60 <=1 4.discussion burns are tissue damage caused by prolonged exposure to scorching heat, the sun, or any other radiation, chemical, or electric current. burns can be minor or even life-threatening. the results showed that 25 samples (25%) were collected for the age group 35–40 years and 4 samples (4%) for the age group 65–70 years, for both genders. these results are in agreement with many studies [15, 16], which found that almost all samples collected were from age groups 20 to 40 because these age groups are more active compared with other age groups. the results showed that 48 of the samples (48%) were obtained from the hands, legs, abdominal area, and chest area. the four samples that form (4%) were obtained from burns in the back and thighs areas. these findings are in agreement with many studies [17]. in which the results were explained, the hands are the most used part of the body at work and are more prone to accidents, and the upper parts of the body are more susceptible to burns than the lower parts of the body. the results showed that 40 of the samples that formed (40%) according to the cause of burns were due to hot water, hot liquids, or hot steam, followed by 18 samples that formed (18%) due to the use of hot tools. and the 5 samples that form (5%) due to sun ray burns these findings are in agreement with many studies [18], where they pointed out that the frequent use of hot liquids in several fields puts them at the forefront of the causes of burns. in the present study, sixty pathogenic bacteria were obtained from the burn samples. the predominant bacteria isolated were staphylococcus aureus (15%), followed by acinetobacter baumannii (12%), pseudomonas aeruginosa (10%), klebsiella pneumoniae (8.3%), escherichia coli (7.6%), proteus mirabilis (6%), and burkholderia cepacia (2.3%). these results are in agreement with several studies [19, 20] where the same species of bacteria were isolated from burn wounds in close proportions. previous studies [21] mentioned that p. aeruginosa represented the highest percentage of bacterial species that were isolated from burn wounds, while [22] reported that the highest percentage of bacterial species that were isolated from infected burn wounds was p. aeruginosa followed by e. coli, and the lowest percentage was found in the cases of acinetobacter spp. and bacteroides spp. a similar finding was reported by other investigators [23, 24]. the results showed that the number of bacteria isolated from burn wounds was 34 in male form (56.70%), while the number was 26 in female form (43.30%). these findings are in agreement with many studies [25, 26], in which the reason for the large number of burn injuries in men ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 7 compared to women is that men are more active and motivated in dealing with burn-causing materials. the antibiotic sensitivity test using the vitek2 compact system showed that the resistance rate was recorded in staphylococcus aureus against amikacin by 13 isolates, with a rate of 86.6%, and in acinetobacter baumannii, towards ceftazidime and piperacillin antibiotics by 12 isolates at a rate of 100%, and pseudomonas aeruginosa towards colistin and tobramycin at a rate of 6 isolates at a rate of 60%, and klebsiella pneumoniae towards colistin and tobramycin at a rate of 8 isolates at a rate of 100% and escherichia coli against amikacin, colistin and imipenem with 7 isolates and 100%, and proteus mirabilis against colistin and tobramycin with 6 isolates and 100%, and burkholderia cepacia against 8 antibiotics with a rate of 100%. these results are in agreement with many studies [27, 28]. burn wound infection remains a serious problem for burn patients as many bacteria develop varying degrees of resistance to most known antibiotics. they demonstrated that most of the isolates showed high resistance to tobramycin, trimethoprim, cephalothin, and imipenem, while the isolates were mostly more sensitive to amikacin, cefotaxime, and ciprofloxacin. 5.conclusion we conclude from the current study that most types of bacteria causing burn wound contamination are gram-negative bacteria, and most of them are multiresistant to commonly used antibiotics. acknowledgment we express our thanks and appreciation to the staff of the burn center / yarmouk teaching hospital and the staff of the burns teaching hospital / medical city for their unlimited cooperation in obtaining bacterial isolates and information about patients sleeping in the burns hall. references 1.moins-teisserenc, h.; cordeiro, d.j.; audigier, v.; ressaire, q.; benyamina, m.; lambert, j.; maki, g.; homyrda, l.; toubert, a.; legrand, m.s. altered immune status after burn injury is associated with bacterial infection and septic shock. front immunol., 2021,2(12), 586195. 2.norbury, w.; herndon, d.n.; tanksley, j.; jeschke, m.g.; finnerty, c.c. infection in burns. surg infect (larchmt). 2016, 17(2), 250-255. 3.forson, o.a., ayanka, e. olu-taiwo, m.; pappoeashong, p.j.; ayeh-kumi, p.j. bacterial infections in burn wound patients at a tertiary teaching hospital in accra, ghana. ann burns fire disasters. 2017, 30(2), 116-20. 4.cambiaso-daniel j., gallagher, j.j.; norbury, w.b.; finnerty, c.c.; herndon, d.n.; culnan, d.m. 11 treatment of infection in burn patients. in: herndon dn, editor. total burn care (fifth edition): elsevier. 2018, 93-113,4. 5.hubab, m.; hayat, m.h.; rehman, a.u.m. burn wound microbiology and the antibiotic susceptibility patterns of bacterial isolates in three burn units of abbottabad, pakistan. j burn care res. 2020,41(i), 120711. 6.gonzalez, m. r., fleuchot, b.; lauciello, l.; jafari, p.; applegate, l.p. ; raffoul, w. effect of human burn wound exudate on pseudomonas aeruginosa virulence. msphere. 2016, 1(2). 7.al-taie l., hassan, s.; sharhan, q. ; talib, s. isolation and identification of bacterial burn wound infection and their sensitivity to antibiotics. department of microbiology, college of medicine, al-nahrain university, 2014, 25. 8.rajbahak, s.; shrestha, c.; shrestha, j.; singh, a. bacteriological changes of burn wounds with time and their antibiogram. scientific world. 2014, 12(12), 70-76. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 8 9.singh, n.p.; rani, m.; gupta, k.; sagar, t.; kaur, i.r. changing trends in antimicrobial susceptibility pattern of bacterial isolates in a burn unit. burns. 2017, 43(5), 1083-1087. 10. alharbi, s.a.; zayed, m.e. antibacterial susceptibility of bacteria isolated from burns and wounds of cancer patients. j saudi chem soc. 2014. 18(1), 3-11. 11. hateet, r. isolation and identification of some bacteria contemn in burn wounds in misan, iraq. arch. razi institute. 2021, 76(6), 1665-1670. 12. alwan, m.j.; lafta, i.j. ; hamzah, a.m. bacterial isolation from burn wound infections and studying their antimicrobial susceptibility. kufa j. veter. med. sci. 2011, 2(1), 121-131. 13. yolbaş, i., r. tekin, s. kelekçi, c. t. selçuk, m. h. okur, i̇. tan, ü. uluca. common pathogens isolated from burn wounds and their antibiotic resistance patterns. dicle tıp derg / dicle med j, 2013, 40(3): 364-368. 14. joyanes, p., conejo, m.; marti’nez-marti’nez, c.d.; perea, e.j. evaluation of the vitek 2 system for the identification and susceptibility testing of three species of nonfermenting gramnegative rods frequently isolated from clinical samples. j. clin. microb. 2021, 39(9), 3247-3253. 15. gatea, a.a.; niazi, s.m.; pakzad, r.; mohammadi, m.; abdullah, m.a. epidemiological, demographic and outcomes of burns among females at reproductive age in baghdad/iraq. j burn trauma. 2019, 9(2), 41-48. 16. obaid, e. m. ; baiee, h.a. epidemiological and clinical characteristics of burn injuries among hospitalized patients in babylon province. med. j. babylon. 2022, 19(1), 9-14. 17. naseer, i.m. burn scars treatment using fractional carbon dioxide. medical j. babylon. 2016,13(2), 531-539. 18. alttai, h.s. special care for hand burns. med. j. babylon. 2014, 11(1), 144-151. 19. tchakal-mesbahi, a.; abdouni, a.m. and metref, m. prevalence of multidrug-resistant bacteria isolated from burn wounds in algeria. annals of burns and fire disasters. 2021, 34(2), 150-156. 20. amshel, c.e.; fealk, m.h.; phillips, b.j. ; caruso, d.m. anhydrous ammonia burns case report and review of the literature. burns. 2000, 26(5), 493-7. doi: 10.1016/s03054179(99)00176-x. 21. brodovsky, s.c.; mccarty, c.a. snibson, g.; loughnan, m.; sullivan, l.; daniell, m.; taylor, h.r. management of alkali burns: an 11-year retrospective review. ophthalmology. 2000, 107, 1829-1835. 22. ghafil, j.a.; flieh, m.t. isolation and identification of bacterial burn wound infection in iraqi patient. idian j. forensic med. & toxicol. 2021, 15(4), 1351-1356. 23. puca, v.m.; grande, r.z.; vitale, r.; niro, i.; molinaro, a.; prezioso, g.; muraro, s.r.; giovanni, p. microbial species isolated from infected wounds and antimicrobial resistance analysis: data emerging from a three-year retrospective study. antibiotics. 2021,10(1162), 1-14. 24. al-saffar, m.f.; jarallah, e.m. isolation and characterization of pseudomonas aeruginosa from babylon province. biochem. cell. arch. 2019, 19(1), 203-209. 25. muslh, k.a., awadh, h.a.k.; al-shaibani, a.b. comparing inhibitory effect some of probiotics and antibiotics against pathogenic bacteria isolated from injuries of military operations. samarra j. pure appl. sci., 2020, 2(4), 100-113. 26. hassan, g.a. sepsis in burn patients. raf. j. sci. 2019, 28(4), 13-11. 27. datta, s.; ghosh, t.; sarkar, d.; tudu, n.k.; chatterjee, t.k.; jana, a. bacteriological profile of burn wounds and their antibiotic susceptibility pattern in a tertiary care hospital. int. j. sci. study. 2018, 4(5), 141-145. 28. lamichhane, a., nakarmi, k.k.; dahal, p.; basnet, s.j.; pokharel, p.b.; bhattarai, s. ; rai, s.m. bacteriological profile of burn patients and antimicrobial susceptibility pattern of their wound isolates at nepal cleft and burn center. j. college of medical sciences-nepal. 2019, 15(3), 160-166. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد شبه المنتظمة المغلقة  -المجموعات نادیة فائق محمد جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 2010،حزیران، 23: استلم البحث في 2010،ایلول ، 27: قبل البحث في الخالصة لقـــد قمنـــا فـــي هـــذا البحـــث بتقــــدیم ودراســـة نـــوع جدیـــد مـــن المجموعــــات المغلقـــة فـــي الفضـــاءات التبولوجیـــة یــــدعى  -قـة لان هذا النوع من المجموعـات المغلقـة تحـوي مجموعـات شـبه مغ اذشبه المنتظمة المغلقة،  -بالمجموعات مـن الـدوال المسـتمرة والمتـرددة تـدعى دالـة اجدیـد ادمنا ودرسـنا نوعـوكمـا قـ. وتكـون محتـواه فـي المجموعـات قبـل شـبه المغلقـة كمـا وجـدنا ان االسـتمراریة مـن . شـبه المنتظمـة المتـرددة  -شبه المنتظمة المستمرة ودالة من الـنمط  -من النمط .شبهالمراریة من النمط قبل واالست  -به ششبه المنتظمة تكون واقعة تماماً بین االستمراریة من النمط  -النمط ، شـبه المنتظمـة المسـتمرة --الدالة مـن الـنمط ، شبه المنتظمة المغلقة --المجموعة من النمط : الكلمات المفتاحیة .شبه المنتظمة المترددة --الدالة من النمط ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011  semi-regular closed sets n. f. mohamme d departme nt of mathematics, college of education, -ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 23, june , 2010 accepte d in: 27, septe mber, 2010 abstract in this p aper, a new class of sets, namely semi-regular closed sets is introduced and st udied for top ological sp aces. this class p rop erly contains the class of semi--closed sets and is p rop erty contained in the class of p re-semi-closed sets. also, we introduce and st udy srcontinuity and sr-irresoleteness. we showed that sr-continuity falls st rictly in between semi-continuity and pre-semi-continuity . key words: semi-regular closed set, semi-regular continuous, semi-regular irresolute. introduction najast ed [1] and levine [2] introduced -op en sets and generalized closed sets, kummar introduced -generalized regular closed set and p re-semi closed set, see [3] and [4]. alot of work was done in the field of generalized closed sets. in this p aper we emp loy a new technique to obtain a new class of sets, called -semi-regular closed sets. this class is obtained by semi--closed set and regular op en set. it is shown that the class of -semiregular closed sets p rop erly contains the class of semi--closed sets and is p rop erly contained in the class of p re-semi-closed sets. we also introduce and study two classes of map s, namely, -semi-regular continuity and -semi-regular irresoluteness, -semi-regular continuity falls st rictly in between semi--continuity and pre-semi-continuity . 1preliminaries throughout this p aper (x,) and (y,') represent non-emp ty top ological sp aces. for a subset a of a sp ace (x,), cl(a) and int(a) represent the closure of a and the interior of a resp ectively. 1.1 de fini tion: a subset a of a sp ace (x,) is called (1) an -op en set [1], [5] if a  int(cl(int(a))) and -closed if cl(int(cl(a)))  a. (2) a semi--op en set [6], [7] if a  cl(int(cl(int(a)))) and semi--closed if int(cl(int(cl(a))))  a. (3) a semi-preopen set [8], [9] if a  cl(int(cl(a))) and semi-preclosed if int(cl(int(a)))  a. (4) a regular op en set [10], [11] if a = int(cl(a)) and regular closed if a = cl(int(a)). (5) a generalized closed set (briefly g-closed) [2], [12] if cl(a)  u whenever a  u and u is op en in (x,). the complement of a g-closed set is called a g-op en set. (6) an -generalized closed set (briefly g-closed) [13] if  cl(a)  u whenever a  u and u is op en in (x,). (7) a generalized -closed set (briefly g-closed) [14] if cl(a)  u whenever a  u and u is -op en in (x,). (8) a generalized *-closed set (briefly g*-closed) [14] if cl(a)  int(u) whenever a  u and u is -op en in (x,). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 (9) an **-generalized closed set (briefly **g-closed) [14] if  cl(a)  int(cl(u)) whenever a  u and u is op en in (x,). (10) a generalized **-closed set (briefly g**-closed) [14] if cl(a)  int(cl(u)) whenever a  u and u is -op en in (x,). (11) a regular generalized closed set (briefly rg-closed) [15] if cl(a)  u whenever a  u and u is regular op en in (x,). (12) an -generalized regular closed set (briefly gr-closed) [3] if cl(a)  u whenever a  u and u is regular op en in (x,). (13) a generalized semi-p reclosed set (briefly gsp -closed ) [16] if sp cl(a)  u whenever a  u and u is op en in (x,). (14) a pre-semi-closed set [4] if sp cl(a)  u whenever a  u and u is g-op en in (x,). the semi--closure (resp . -closure, semi-p re-closure) of a in (x,) is the intersection of all semi--closed (resp . -closure, semi-p re-closure) sets of (x,) that contain a and is denoted by scl(a) (resp . cl(a), sp cl(a)). 1.2 proposi tion: (1) every -closed set is semi--closed set, not conversely, [6]. (2) every closed set is -closed set, so it is semi--closed set, not conversely, [6]. (3) every closed (resp . -closed, g-closed, g-closed) set is an gr-closed set, [3]. (4) every g*-closed (resp . **g-closed, g**-closed set is an gr-closed set, [3]. (5) every p re-semi-closed set ia gsp -closed set [4]. (6) every semi--closed set is semi-p re-closed set (the proof follows directly from the definitions). 1.3 remark: [6] let x be a top ological sp ace, a and b be two subsets of x, then (1) a is semi--closed set if and only if a = scl(a). (2) a  scl(a)  cl(a)  cl(a). (3) scl(a)  scl(b), whenever a  b. 1.4 de fini tion: a function f:(x,)  (y,') is said to be: (1) semi--continuous [6], [7] if f – 1 (v) is a semi--closed set in (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). (2) g-continuous [17] if f – 1 (v) is a g-closed set in (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). (3) g-continuous [18] if f – 1 (v) is an g-closed set in (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). (4) g -continuous [14] if f – 1 (v) is a g-closed set in (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). (5) gr-continuous [3] if f – 1 (v) is an gr-closed set in (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). (6) p re-semi-continuous [4] if f – 1 (v) is a p re-semi-closed set in (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). (7) gsp -continuous [16] if f – 1 (v) is a gsp -closed set in (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). (8) semi--irresolute [6] if f – 1 (v) is a semi--closed set in (x,) for every semi--closed set v of (y,'). (9) gr-irresolute [3] if f – 1 (v) is an gr-closed set in (x,) for every gr-closed set v of (y,'). (10) regular irresolute [19] if f – 1 (v) is a regular op en set in (x,) for every regular op en set v of (y,'). (11) semi-*-closed [6] if f (u) is a semi--closed set in (y,') for every semi--closed set u in (x,). 1.5 proposi tion: (1) every g-continuous map is gr-continuous map [3]. (2) every g-continuous (resp .g-continuous) map is an gr-continuous map [3]. (3) every p re-semi-continuous map is gsp -continuous map [4]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 (4) every gr-irresolut map is gr-continuous map [3]. (5) every continuous and op en map is semi--irresolute map [20]. 2-s emi-regul ar close d s ets in this section we introduce the class of -semi-regular closed sets and st udy some of it's basic p rop erties. 2.1 de fini tion: a subset a of (x,) is called -semi-regular closed set (briefly sr-closed) if scl(a)u whenever a  u and u is regular op en in (x,). src(x) denotes the collection of all sr-closed subset of (x,) 2.2.proposi tion: every semi--closed set is an sr-closed set. proof: let a be a semi--closed set, let u be a regular op en set of (x,) such that a  u. since scl(a) = a for any semi--closed set (by p art 1 of remark 1.3), then scl(a)  u. therefore a is also an sr-closed set. the following examp le shows that the converse of the above p rop osition is not true in general. 2.3 example: let x={a,b,c} and ={x,,{a},{c},{a,c}}. let a={a,c}, x is the only regular op en set containing a. it is clear a is an sr-closed set. but a is not semi--closed set since scl({a,c}) = x  {a,c}. thus t he class of sr-closed set p rop erly contains the class of semi--closed sets. 2.4 proposi tion: every gr-closed set is an sr-closed set. proof: let a be an gr-closed set, let u be a regular op en set of (x,) such that a  u. since a is gr-closed set and scl(a)  cl(a) (by p art (2) of remark 1.3), then scl(a)  u. therefore a is also an sr-closed set. the following examp le shows t hat t he sr-closed set need not t o be an gr-closed set. 2.5 example: let x={a,b,c} and ={x,,{a},{b},{a,b}}. let a={b}, let {b} is the regular op en set containing a. trivially a is an sr-closed set since scl(a)={b}  {b}. but a is not grclosed set since cl(a)={b,c}  {b}. 2.6 corollary: every closed (resp . -closed, g-closed, g-closed) set is an sr-closed set. proof: since every gr-closed set is an sr-closed set, then in vitue of p rop osition 1.2 part (2) the proof is over. the following examp le shows t hat t he reveres imp lications in the above corollary are not true in general. 2.7 example: let x,  and a be as in examp le 2.3. a is neither closed (since cl(a) = x  a) nor -closed (since cl(a) = x  a) and also it is neither g-closed (since a={a,c}  {a,c} whenever {a,c}  , but cl(a) = x  {a,c}) nor g-closed (since a={a,c}  {a,c} whenever {a,c}  o(x), but cl(a) = x  {a,c}). 2.8 corollary: every g*-closed (resp . **g-closed, g**-closed) set is an sr-closed set. proof: since every gr-closed set is an sr-closed set, p art (4) of p rop osition 1.2 is app licable. the following examp le shows t hat an sr-closed set needs not to be a g*-closed set. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 2.9 example: let x= � and  = u, let a=(a,b) is sr-closed set but not a g*-closed set, since (a,b)  (a,b) and (a,b) is -op en set in ( � ,u), but cl(a) = [a,b]  (a,b). 2.10 proposi tion: every r-gclosed is an sr-closed set. proof: let a be a regular generalized closed set of (x,). let u be a regular op en set of (x,) such that a  u. then cl(a)  u since a is r-g closed set. since every closed set is semi-closed set, then scl  cl(a) (p art 2 of remark 1.3). thus scl(a)  u, t herefore a is an srclosed set. the converse of above prop osition is not alway s t rue as t he following examp le shows. 2.11 example: let x and  be as in examp le 2.3, let a={c} and u={c} is regular op en set containing a. it is clear a is an sr-closed set since scl(a) = {c}  {c}. but is not r-g closed set since cl(a) = {b,c}  {c}. 2.12 proposi tion: every g-closed set is an sr-closed set proof: let a be an g-closed set, let u be a regular op en set of (x,) such that a  u. since a is g-closed and every regular op en set is an op en set, then cl(a)  u. but scl(a)   cl(a) since every -closed set is semi--closed set. therefore a is also an sr-closed set. the converse in the above p rop osition is not true as it can be seen from the following examp le. 2.13 example: in examp le 2.3 cl(a) = x  {a,c}. thus a is not g-closed set, but it is sr-closed set. 2.14 proposi tion: let a be an sr-closed set of (x,). then scl(a)-a does contain any non-emp ty regular closed set. proof: let f be any regular closed set of (x,) such that f  scl(a) – a. then f  x – a imp lies that a  x – f. since a is sr-closed and x – f is a regular op en set of (x,), then scl(a)  x – f, so f  x scl(a). therefore f  scl(a)  (x – scl(a)) = . hence scl(a) – a does not contain any non-emp ty regular closed set. 2.15 proposi tion: every sr-closed set is a p re-semi-closed set. proof: let a be an sr-closed set of (x,), let u be a regular op en set of (x,) such that a  u. then scl(a)  u since a is sr-closed set. since every semi--closed set is semip re-closed set (by p art 6 of p rop osition 1.2), then sp cl(a)  scl(a) and every regular op en set is g-op en set. thus a is p re-semi-closed set. thus the class of sr-closed set p rop erly contained in the class of p re-semi-closed sets. 2.16 corollary: every sr-closed set is gsp -closed set. proof: follows t he above prop osition and p art (5) of p rop osition 1.2. 2.17 corollary: every gr-closed set is p re-semi-closed set. proof: follows from the fact every gr-closed set is sr-closed and p rop osition 2.15. 2.18 proposi tion: if a is regular op en and sr-closed set t hen a is semi--closed set. proof: it is clear. 2.19 proposi tion: let a be an sr-closed subset of (x,). if b  x such that a  b  scl(a), t hen b is sr-closed set. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 proof: let u be a regular op en set of (x,) such that b  u. then a  u, since a is srclosed set, scl(a)  u. now, scl(b)  scl(scl(a)) = scl(a)  u. therefore b is also an sr-closed set. fig. (1) shows the relations among the different ty p es of weakly closed sets that were st udied in this section. 3-s emi regul ar conti nuous maps and -s emi-regul ar-irresol ute maps 3.1 de fini tion: a function f:(x,)  (y,') is called an -semi-regular continuous map (briefly srcontinuous if f – 1 (v) is an sr-closed set of (x,) for every closed set v of (y,'). 3.2 proposi tion: every semi--continuous map is sr-continuous. proof: follows from p rop osition 2.2. we show that the class of sr-continuous map s p rop erly contains the class of grcontinuous maps. 3.3 proposi tion: let f:(x,)  (y,') be an gr-continuous map. then f is an sr-continuous map . proof: let v be a closed set of (y,'). since f is an gr-continuous map , then f – 1 (v) is an gr-closed set of (x,). by p rop osition 2.4 f – 1 (v) is an sr-closed set of (x,). thus f is an sr-continuous map . the imp lications in p rop osition 3.3 is not reversible. follows from the following examp le. 3.4 example: let x = {a,b,c} = y,  = {x,,{a},{b},{a,b}} and ' = {y,,{a,c}}. define f:(x,)  (y,') by f(a) = c, f(b) = b and f(c) = a, {b} is a closed set of (y,') but f – 1 ({b}) = {b} is not gr-closed set of (x,). so f is not gr-continuous map . however f is an srcontinuous map. 3.5 corollary: every g-continuous map is sr-continuous. proof: follow from part (1) of p rop osition 1.5 and p rop osition 3.3. the converse of the above corollary is not true in general as we see in the following examp le. 3.6 example: let x, y,  and the definition of f as in examp le 3.4, let ' = {y,,{a},{b,c}}. f is not gcontinuous map since {b,c} is a closed set of (y,') but f – 1 ({b,c}) = {a,b} is not g-closed set of (x,). however f is an sr-continuous map . 3.7 corollary: every g-continuous (resp . g-continuous) is an sr-continuous. proof: follows from p art (2) of p rop osition 1.5 and p rop osition 3.3. the converse of the above corollary is not true in general as we see in the following examp le. 3.8 example: see examp le 3.4 f is sr-continuous map but not g-continuous map. 3.9 corollary: every gr-irresolute map is an sr-continuous. proof: necessity follows from part (4) of p rop osition 1.5 and p rop osition 3.3. the converse of the above corollary is not true in general as we see in the following examp le ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 3.10 example: let x = {a,b,c} = y,  = {x,,{a},{b},{a,b}} and '=i. define f:x  y by f(a) = c, f(b) = b and f(c) = a, {b} is an sr-closed set of (y,') but f – 1 ({b}) = {b} is not gr-closed set of (x,). so f is not gr-irresolute map. however f is an sr-continuous map . 3.11 the orem: let f:(x,)  (y,') be an sr-continuous map . then f is a p re-semi-continuous map . proof : let v be a closed set of (y,'). since f is sr-continuous map , then f – 1 (v) is an sr-closed set of (x,). by p rop osition (2.15) f – 1 (v) is a p re-semi-closed set of (x,). thus f is a pre-semi-continuous map . 3.12 corollary: every sr-continuous map is gsp -continuous. proof: follows from the above prop osition and p art (3) of p rop osition 1.5. 3.13 de fini tion: a function f:(x,)  (y,') is called an -semi-regular irresolute (briefly srirresolute) if f – 1 (v) is an sr-closed set of (x,) for every srclosed set of (y,'). 3.14 proposi tion: let f:(x,)  (y,') be an sr-irresolute map . then f is an sr-continuous map . proof: let v be a closed set of (y,'). by corollary 2.6 v is an sr-closed set of (y,'). since f is an sr-irresolute map , f – 1 (v) is an sr-closed set of (x,). therefore f is an sr-continuous map . thus the class of sr-continuous map s p rop erty continuous the class of sr-irresolute map . 3.15 corollary: every sr-irresolute map is a pre-semi-continuous. proof: follows from the above prop osition and p rop osition 3.11. 3.16 corollary: every sr-irresolute is a gsp continuous. proof: follows from p rop osition 3.14 and corollary 3.12. 3.17 the orem: let f:(x,)  (y,') be a regular irresolute and semi--irresolute map . then f is srirresolute map. proof: let a be an sr-closed set of (y,'), then there exists a regular op en set u of y such that scl(a)  u whenever a  u. by taking the inverse image we get f – 1 (scl(a))  f – 1 (u). since f is regular irresolute map , then f – 1 (u) is regular op en subset of x. since f is semi--irresolute map , then f – 1 (scl(a)) is semi--closed subset of x. this imp lies scl(f – 1 (scl(a)))= f – 1 (scl(a)) (by p art (1) of remark 1.3), then sclf – 1 (a)  scl( f – 1 (scl(a)). thus sclf – 1 (a)  f – 1 (u). therefore f – 1 (a) is sr-closed set in x. therefore f is sr-irresolute map . 3.18 corollary: every continuous, op en and regular irresolute map is sr-irresolute. proof: it is clear by p art (5) of p rop osition 1.5 and the above theorem. 3.19 de fini tion: let f:(x,)  (y,') be a function, then f is said to be: (1)-semi-regular closed (briefly sr-closed) if f(a) is an sr-closed set of (y,') for every closed set a of (x,). (2) *-semi-regular closed (briefly *sr-closed) if f(a) is an sr-closed set of (y,') for every sr-closed set a of (x,). 3.20 remark: it is clear that every closed function is -semi-closed function, but the converse is not true in general as the following examp le shows: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 3.21 example: let x={a,b,c,d},  = {x,,{a},{b},{a,b},{a,b,c}}. define f:(x,)  (x,) by f(a) = a, f(b) = b, f(c) = f(d) = d we observe f is -semi-regular closed function which is not closed function since {a,c,d} is closed set in x, but f({a,c,d}) = {a,d} is not closed set in x. hence f is -semi-regular closed function, which is not closed function. finally, we p rove the following theorem. 3.22 the orem: let f:(x,)  (y,') be a regular irresolute and semi-*-closed map . then f is *-semi-regular closed map . proof: let a be an sr-closed set of (x,), let u be a regular op en set of (y,') such that f(a)  u. since f is regular irresolute, then f – 1 (u) is a regular op en set of (x,). since a  f – 1 (u) and a is an sr-closed, then scl(a)  f – 1 (u). this imp lies f(scl(a))  u. since f is semi-*-closed map , then f(scl(a)) = scl (f(scl(a))). so scl(f(a))  scl(f(scl(a))) = f(scl(a)))  u. t herefore f(a) is an sr-closed set of (y,'). 3.23 corollary: let f:(x,)  (y,') be a regular irresolute and semi-*-closed map . then f(a) is a p re-semi-closed set of (y,') for every sr-closed set of (x,). proof: it is clear. fig. (2) exp lains the relationship s among the different ty p es of weakly continuous function. re ferences 1. njasted, olav, (1965), on some classes of nearly op en sets, pacific j. m ath., 15 (3): 961-970. 2. levine, n.( 1970), generalized closed sets in top ology rend. cire. m ath. palermo, 19(2): 89-96. 3. kumar, m . k. r. s. veera, (2002), -generalized regular closed sets, acta ciencia indica, xxviiim (2), 279. 4. kummar, m . k. r.s. veera, (2002), pre-semi-closed sets, indian journal of m ath., 44(2): 165-181. 5. pop a, valeriu and noiri, taleashi,( 2000), some prop erties of -irresolute m ultifunctions, arab j.m ath. sc., 6(2):17-26. 6. al-tabatabai, nadia m .ali, (2004), on new ty p es of weakly op en sets -op en and semi--op en sets, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 7. nasir, ahmed, ibrahem, (2005), some kind of strongly compact and pair-wise compact sp aces, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 8. andrijevic, d. (1986), semi-pere sets, m ath. vesnik, 38(1): 24-32. 9. al-m aliki, najlaa jabbar, (2005), some kinds of weakly connected and pairwis connected sp ace, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 10. adams, colin and franzosa, robert, (2008), introduction to top ology pure and ap p lied, up p er saddle river, njo4458. 11. pop a, valeriu and noiri, tokashi, (2001), on the definitions of some generalized forms of continuty under m inimal conditions, m em. fac. sci., kochi univ.(m ath.), 22:9-18. 12. nagata, j., (2002), on preclosed sets and their generalizations, houston journal of m ath., 28(4). 13. m aki, h.; devi, r. and balachandran, k. (1994), associated top ologies of generalized -closed sets and -generalized closed sets, m em.fac. sci. kohi., univ. ser. a. m ath., 15:51-63. 14. m aki, h.; devi, r. and balachdran, k. 91993), generalized -closed sets in top ology , bull. fukuoka univ. ed. part iii, 42:13-21. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 15. sundaram, p.; m aki, h. and balachandran, k. (1991), semi-generalized continuous map and semi-t1/2 sp ace, bull. fukuoka univ. fd. part iii, 40:33-40. 16. dont chev, j. (1995), on generalized semi-preopen sets, m em. fac.sci.kochi.univ.ser. a.m ath., 16:35-48. 17. balachandran, k.; sundaram, p. and m aki, h. (1991), on generalized continuous m aps in top logical sp aces, m em.fac.sci.kochi. univ. ser.a.m ath., 1: 5-13. 18. gnanambal, y. (1997) on generalized preregular closed sets in top ological sp aces, indian j. pure ap p l. m ath., 28(3):351-360. 19. palanrepp an, n. and k. c. roo, (1993), regular generalized closed sets, ky ung pook m ath. j., 33(2): 211-219. 20. m ohammed, nadia, faiq, (2010), on semi--connected subsp aces, baghdad science journal (phy sics and m athematics), 7(1), issn:1815-4808. closed  g-closed  rg-closed g-closed  gr-closed -closed g-closed **g-closed g*-closed g**-closed semi--closed  sr-closed  p re-semi-closed regular op en gsp -closed fig. (1) the rel ations among the different types of weakly closed se ts continuous op en semi--irresolute regular irresolute  sr-irresolute g-continuous  g-continuous  gr-continuous  sr-continuous g-continuous  gr-irresolute  p re-semi-continuous gsp -continuous fig. (2) the rel ationshi ps among the different types of weakly continuous function. special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 57 gene expression of microrna-370 in some iraqi women with breast cancer mohammed jasim mohammed mohamed.jasim.mj@gmail.com kindy hospital, baghdad, iraq abstract breast cancer becomes a major threat to female health, many reports refer to a high incidence of breast cancer in iraq; especially, in the last years. the micro rna-370 molecules have not been reported in iraqi cancer patients. our objective in this study was to identify the expression of micro rna-370 molecules in breast cancer patients as an early detection biomarker of breast tumors and detect its relation with clinicopathological characters of breast cancer patients. fifty fresh tissue samples were collected from benign and malignant breast patients in addition to ten normal tissue samples collected as a control group, the age ranged was(19 77) years for patients. the mir-370 gene expression level was measured by the quantitative real-time reaction (qrt-pcr). our results demonstrate a high expression ofmir370 in benign and malignant tissues. the mir‑370 expression level was inversely correlated with the age of the patients. it was a significant relation of mir‑370 gene expression on the left side of breast malignant (p0.05). in conclusion, significantly associated with high mir-370 expression were found depending on age, tumor location, tumor type, and stage of differentiation. the upregulation of mir-370 gene expression in benign lesions and breast cancer tissue can be applied as a biomarker for early breast cancer detection. keywords: gene expression, microrna-370, breast cancer, benign, iraq, qrt-pcr. 1. introduction breast cancer is the second leading cause of death among women worldwide. it is the most common tumor in the united states, accounting for 14% (1.68 million) of all newly diagnosed cancers, about 40.290% of all deaths from cancer [1]. it is the most prevalent tumor among females in iraq and it is diagnosed at advanced stages among young women causing short survival, making it a great challenge facing public health in iraq and the world [2]. breast tumors are a heterogeneity disease, and its diagnostic and clinical findings are widely divergent and biomarkers or diagnostic methods that are used to predict breast tumors may be of limited use [3]. the micrornas are small uncoded molecules of rnas consisting of 18-25 nucleotides. they regulate gene expression by partial matching with untranslated region 3 '(utr), form rna induced silencing complexes (riscs) to lyses the target mrnas or inhibit their translation respectively. they also provide a rapid mechanism to regulate the gene expression of a large number of genes [4,5]. previous studies have suggested that micrornas play a vital role in the growth and development of breast cancer. the mirnas wafaa sabri mahood wafa.sabry@yahoo.com department of biology, college of education for pure science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq maryam jasim hasan meryamej526@yahoo.com department of biology, college of education for pure science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq http://ihicps.com/ mailto:mohamed.jasim.mj@gmail.com mailto:wafa.sabry@yahoo.com mailto:meryamej526@yahoo.com special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 58 may act as diagnostic biomarkers for early detection [6,7]. different level of several mirna expressions between normal and malignant tissues was observed in different tumor subtypes of breast cancer and age groups in tsai et al., study. they are found down-regulated of mir335 and mir-145 while up-regulated expression was detected in mir-21, mir-200a, mir200c, and mir-141 for all patients [8]. quan et al. also reported up-regulated mir-206 and down-regulated mir-145 in breast cancer tissues, which may indicate the prognosis effect of mirna in patients [9]. a recent study showed that measured mirna profiles in blood facilitate early detection and less-invasive diagnosis of aggressive type triple-negative breast cancer [10]. one of the rare studies that investigated the mirna370 in breast cancer is the iranian study and which was performed by mollainezhad and his colleagues. they refer to up ‑regulation (six‑fold higher) of mir‑370 in breast cancer tissue compared with the normal adjacent tissue. patient characteristics like stage iii, larger tumor size, invasive ductal type, and other features showed a significantly high level of expression in mir‑370, suggesting that mir‑370 may have an onco‑mirna role. it may be helpful as a diagnostic biomarker and therapeutic if detect its action targets [11]. another study suggests that mir-370 is associated with gastric carcinoma progression by down-regulating of transforming growth factor -β receptor ii( tgfβ-rii) and it may be considered as onco-mirna [12]. although it has different targets, mir370 could have an essential role in the reduction of colorectal cancer tumorigenesis by independently targeting epidermal growth factor receptor (egfr) and pik3ca via overexpression of mir-370. they cause suppression of the important molecules of the pi3k/akt/mtor pathway which is important in most cancer cell characteristics as proliferation, migration, and invasion [13]. the tumor suppressor role of mir-370 also was found in osteosarcoma cells and human prostate cancer as mir-370 could directly target the 3' utr of foxm1and foxo1 genes [14.15]. the protein encoded by these genes is a member of the fox family of transcription factors [16].mir-370 enhanced endometrioid ovarian cancer cell chemosensitivity tocisplatin (cddp) as well as acts as a tumor suppressor in endometrioid ovarian cancer cells [17]. in a recent study (published in 2018) the mir-370 encoded gene stimulated apoptosis in the colon cells with a direct effect on mouse double minute-4 (mdm4). the mir-370 expression was low in the tumor tissue and the expression of mir-370 was linked conversely to the stages of the disease. the higher progression of the disease, the lower level of mir-370 expression. these results suggest a new biomarker in the diagnosis and treatment of colorectal tumors based on the mir-370 molecules [18]. the current study was aimed to identify mir-370 expression as a biomarker in some patients of iraqi women with breast cancer and its relation with clinicopathological characters. 2. materials method 2.1. patient tissue specimens the samples were obtained from breast tumor patients who underwent to the medicine city hospital in baghdad and private laboratories from october 2017 to april 2018. all received chemotherapy or radiotherapy patients were excluded. fifty tissue samples were collected, including 25 tissue samples from each benign and malignant breast cancer patient, besides ten samples from normal tissue were used as a control group. the age range of patients and control group (19-77) years and (22-76) years respectively. the samples were stored in the http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 59 deep freeze until rna extraction. the approval by the ethics committee of the ministry of health in iraq and baghdad university was obtained to conduct the research. 2.2. the mir-370 expression analyses total rna was extracted from tissue samples using (mirneasy mini kit) (qiagen, germany) (cat no. /id: 217004) according to the manufacturer’s procedure. the miscript ii rt kit and hispec buffer (qiagen germany) (cat no. /id: 218161), were used to syntheses for total rna reverses transcribed. the total volume of reaction was 10 µl including (2µl 5x miscript hispec buffer, 1µl of 10x miscript nucleics mix, 4µl of rnase-free water rnase, 1µl of miscript reverse transcriptase mix and 2µl of template). final cdna samples were stored at a -20°c. the expression level of mir-370 gene was detected by rt-qpcr technique using the master mix miscript sybr green pcr (qiagen) kit (cat no. /id: 218073). the relative amount of mir-370 was normalized against u6 small nuclear (sn) rna (as an internal control). the primers used for qrt-pcr reactions as described by saberi et al., for u6 [19] and mollainezhad et al., for mir-370 [11] (table 1). all primers were purchased from (alpha dna company, canada). the total volume of qrt-pcr reaction was 10 µl and it contained 5µl master mix, 1 µl for each forward and reverse primers, 2 µl rnase free water, and 1 µl of cdna template. the pcr condition was 95°c for 10 minutes, followed by 40 cycles at 95°c for 15 seconds for denaturation then 20 seconds at 55°c for annealing, finally 30 seconds at 72°c. the threshold cycle (ct) is described as the cycle number at which the fluorescence level will pass into the assumed threshold. to analyze mir-370 expression, the fold-change of gene expression between cancer tissues and normal breast tissue control was calculated by the 2δδct method, in which δδct = (ctmir-370 ctu6 snrna) mean tumor(ctmir-370 – ctu6 snrna) means normal. the relative expression levels of mirnas in cancer compared to normal tissue (control group) were selected and calculated using the method of 2δδct [20]. table 1. sequence-specific primers of qrt-pcr reactions. molecule sequences micrna-370 (forward) 5'-gcctgctggggtggaacctggtaa-3' micrna-370 (reverse) 5'gcgagcacagaattaatacgac-3' u6snrna (forward) 5’-ctcgcttcggcagcaca-3’ u6snrna (reverse) 5’-aacgcttcacgaatttgcgt-3’ 2.3. statistical analysis differences in the mean between mir-370 expression in the sample of the breast (benign and malignant) and control group. as well as the relation of mir-370 expression with clinical parameters was analyzed using χ2 and student’s t-test. all tests were performed using spss 16 and a p<0.05 was supposed to be statistically significant. 3. results and discussion 3.1. patients clinical characteristics clinical characteristics of breast cancer patients such as tumor type, grade, differentiation, and tumor site are shown in (table 2). the study group consists of 50 patients including 25 breast benign lesion patients with an average age of 34 years range (19-57) years and 25 breast cancer patients with an average age of 50 years, range (35-77) years. also, ten normal samples with 38 years of age means were used as the control group. depending on http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 60 age, 52% (13/25) of females less than fifty years, no significant difference was identified between the groups regarding ages (p=0.325). there was a high rate of (80% (20/25) of patients enrolled in this study with invasive carcinoma. according to tumor grade, 48% and 36% were grade 1 and grade 2 respectively. while 84% of patients were recorded with a moderately differentiated tumor. table 2. clinical characteristics of patients with breast malignancies. characteristics of patients with cancer number percentage% total number of patients 25 100 average age 50 ˂50 ˃ 50 13 12 52 48 type of tumor lobular carcinomas ductal carcinomas invasive carcinomas 2 3 20 8 12 80 grade grade i grade ii grade iii 12 9 4 48 36 16 differentiation moderately well poorly 21 4 0 84 16 0 tumor site left right un known 10 10 5 40 40 20 3.2. the mir-370 expression level in breast benign lesions the study was conducted to investigate the mir370 expression levels in breast benign and malignant tumors compared with normal breast tissues. the pcr products were pure and homogeneous; indicating by melting curves of mir-370, they are showed as sharply defined melting curves with narrow peaks (figure 1). expression of mir-370 in 25 breast benign patients (breast lesion) was detected, the results showed an increase of fold mir-370 expression in those patients. the mean of fold expression was 8.2 in comparison with 1.6 means for normal tissue with standard error (mean±se9.38±4.32) with significant differences were found depending on age (p=0.047) in breast lesion. there was a high expression level of mir-370 in the right site, the mean of fold expression was 11.38 (se 1.6±0.805) while no significant differences depending on the site of breast benign were found (p=0.2). a b figure 1. (a) melting curves (b) cycling curves of mir-370. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 61 a b figure 2. gene expression of mir-370 in benign tumors (a) high level of mir-370 expression in age below 50 years depending on age (*) significant difference (p≤ 0.05), (b): high level of mir-370 expression in right and left site depending on location compared with control group. 3.3. the mir-370 expression level in breast cancer patients the fold expression level was increased by 8.56 in less than fifty years old patients. in the older 50 years of patients, the fold expression level was 2.61 compared with the fold expression level of control samples at 1.65. it was observed that the significant difference between the control group and patients with age of fewer than 50 years (p= 0.03) was (se -6.91± 2.92). whilst the significant difference between the younger and older ages of 50 years (p = 0.05), it was (se 5.01± 2.45) compared to (1.61±0.805) for the control group, (figure 3. a). concerning the tumor site, the fold expression level of the mir-370 was 5.46 and 3.81 on the left and right side respectively compared to the fold expression of the control samples by 1.65. there was a significant difference between the left group and the control group (p = 0.05) (4.53±2.12) (figure 3. b). other tumor characteristics like tumor type and tumor grade are summarized in (figures 3. c and d). a high rate of invasive carcinoma as tumor type 80% (20/25) in breast patients showed up-regulated expression of mir-370 gene expression (mean se± 8.57 ±2.099) more than a control group. no significant association of mir-370 expression with tumor type, (p= 0.2) although high levels of fold expression (7.53 and 6.09). upregulated gene expression of mir-370, also was showed (se 7.46±3.39) comparable with the control group in tumor grade ii. results showed no significant association was observed in mir-370 expression with tumor grade (p= 0.5) despite a high level of fold expression (8.67 and 6.59) in grades 1 and 2 respectively compared to the control group. no significant differences of the mirna370 expression depending on differentiation were observed. despite the increasing level of mirna370 fold expression 7.8 (se 9.96±4.04), (p=0.4) in moderately differentiated in comparison to the control group (se 1.68± 0.77) (fig. 3. e). http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 62 age a tumor site b type of tumor c grade of tumor d differentiation e figure 3. gene expression of mir-370 in tumor patients: depending on (a) age; (b) tumor location; (c) type of tumor; (*) significant differences. (d) grade of tumor; (e) differentiation. there were no significant differences in the mirna370 expression depend on differentiation, tumor type, and grad. 3.4. comparison between the mir-370 expressions in benign and tumor breast tissues the mir-370 expression was up-regulated in 60 % (30/50) of benign and malignant breast patients tissue compared with normal tissue, with an average increase of 7.2 fold exhttp://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 63 pression with significant differences p=0.03 (figure 4). a b figure 4. comparison of mir-370 gene expression between benign, malignant and normal tissues, significant differences, p=0.03. 4. discussion the discovery of small rna fragments led to a global research effort to determine its role in cancer [21]. it has been shown to regulate molecular pathways in cancer by targeting various carcinogenic and tumor suppressor genes. it has a role in stem cell biology, vessel formation, epithelial-mesenchymal transition, proliferation, and resistance to treatment [21, 22]. molecular research on mir-370 has been controversy about its role in carcinogenesis. several studies have shown that this molecule acts as oncomirna toward advanced stages of cancer, such as wilm tumor which is kidneys cancer usually occurs in children) [23], gastric cancer [24], as well as acute myeloid leukemia (aml) [25]. all of which may occur with the mir-370 effect as an oncogene. in contrast, it may act as an inhibitor of tumors or tumor suppressor genes in laryngeal cell carcinoma and biliary duct cancer [26, 27]. this study highlights the ability of the mir-370 gene expression in benign and malignant tumors to serve as a biomarker in breast cancer patients. this work is considered as the first research conducted to investigate the level of mir-370 expression based on sybr-green quantitative qrt-pcr in benign and malignant iraqi breast patients. our previous study was showed upregulate of the mir-328 gene expression level in both benign lesions and breast cancer, suggesting a mir-328 role as a biomarker for early breast cancer detection [28]. the average age of patients with benign and malignant breast cancer in the present study was 34 and 50 years, 52% of malignant breast patients were younger than 50 years and 84% of patients were with moderately differentiated tumors. a high rate (80%) of patients were identified with invasive carcinoma, these results agree with the iranian study [11]. based on our findings, in all 25 samples of benign tumors, the fold expression level of mir-370 was increased seven times compared with the fold expression level of control samples with a significant association was found in the level of mir-370gene expression between the ages of less than 50 years and control group (p = 0.047). depending on the location of the tumor, a high level of the mir-370 fold expression was observed on the right side compared with the fold expression for control samples. there was no significant difference between the groups. alterations of mir-370 gene expression in benign and malignant breast patients give an http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 64 important vision for the mir-370 role in initiating and progressing breast cancer. significantly associated with high mir-370 expression were found depending on age, tumor location, tumor type, and stage of differentiation. the results indicated that the up-regulated mir-370 can act as oncomirna in breast cancer. the overexpression of mir-370 may be responsible for the development of a benign tumor, and the development of breast cancer. shen with his colleagues observed an increase in mir-370 expression in 60% of colorectal cancer patients depending on age [18]. mollainezhad and his group [11] showed increased expression of mir-370 in the first and second grades with no significant relation (p = 0.297) in breast cancer. these results refer to the up-regulated mir-370 that may act as oncomirna in breast cancer. the overexpression of mir-370 can be responsible for the initiation of a benign tumor and the development of breast cancer. significantly associated with high mir-370 expression were found depending on age, tumor location, tumor type, and stage of differentiation. the results indicated that the up-regulated mir-370 can act as oncomirna in breast cancer, the overexpression of mir-370 may be responsible for the development of a benign tumor, and the development of breast cancer. shen with his colleagues was observed an increase in mir370 expression in 60% of colorectal cancer patients depending on age [18]. mollainezhad and his group [11] showed an increased expression of mir-370 in the first and second grades with no significant relation (p = 0.297) in breast cancer. these results refer to the up-regulated mir-370 that may act as oncomirna in breast cancer. the overexpression of mir-370 can be responsible for the initiation of a benign tumor and the development of breast cancer. increasing evidence showed that mirnas are involved in cancer pathogens and have given new concepts in the biological pathway to cancer like induced gastric cancer by epigenetic silencing of promoter-proximal cpg island hypermethylation for mirna 9 gene [31). this mir-370-induced proliferation by down-regulation of cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitors, p27(kip1) and p21(cip1), and the up-regulation of the cell cycle regulator cyclin d1 [32]. moreover, 10 dysregulated mirnas were identified in both breast cancer cells and chemoresistant tissues, which might be biomarkers for the chemoresistance prognosis of breast cancer. it is useful for developing new strategies for targeted therapies in chemoresistant breast cancer patients [33]. another study showed that mir-370 plays an important role in the proliferation of prostate cancer cells and direct inhibition of fox1, which is associated with cellular functions including cellular growth, differentiation, apoptosis, and angiogenesis [15]. it has been known that mir-370 works either as oncomir or as a suppressor tumor. the mir-370 molecule, as oncomir, was found in the pan et al., study because increased mir-370 expression in liver cancer cell lines may inhibit cell proliferation and induce apoptosis. it may inhibit the histological invasion of the tumor, thus, mir-370 acts as a tumor suppressor in the liver cancer cell lines [34]. mollainezhad with colleagues has been reported that mir-370 could be considered as a new diagnostic factor in breast cancer as a result of its role as an oncogene, and it may be useful both as a diagnostic agent and in targeted treatment [11]. the effect of mir-370 in cancer is controversial, this may be due to its ability to regulate multiple genetic targets, which makes its function in different roles, yet the function of this molecule depends on the type of cell. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 65 5. conclusion the present study suggested that mir-370 may serve as an onco-mirna. significantly associated with high mir-370 expression were found depending on age, tumor location, tumor type, and stage of differentiation. the level of mir-370 gene expression can be used as biomarkers for breast cancer. 6. acknowledgement the authors are grateful for the valuable comments and observations we make in our work. references 1. miller kd, siegel rl, lin cc, mariotto ab, kramer jl, rowland, jh, stein, kd, alteri r. and jemal a. cancer treatment and survivorship statistics, ca cancer j. clin. 2016 ,66, 271. 2. alwan, n.a.s.; tawfeeq, f.; maallah, a.s.; sattar, s.a.; saleh, w.a. the stage of breast cancer at the time of diagnosis: correlation with the clinicopathological findings among iraqi patients. j. neoplasm. 2017 ,2, 22. 3. imani, s.; zhang, x.; hossein, h.; fu, s.; fu, j. the diagnostic role of micro rna-34a in breast cancer: asystematic review and meta-analysis oncotarget. 2017 ,8, 23177. 4. carthew. r.w.; sontheimer. e.j. origins and mechanisms of mirnas and sirnas. cell. 2009 ,136 642. 5. wang, p.; chen, l.; zhang, j.; chen, h.; fan, j.; wang, k.; luo, j.; chen, z.; meng, z.; liu, l. methylation-mediated silencing of the mir-124 genes facilitates pancreatic cancer progression and metastasis by targeting rac1. oncogene. 2014 ,33 514. 6. gao, y.; cai, q.; huang, y.; li, s.; yang, h.; sun, l.; chen, k.; wang, y. microrna-21 as a potential diagnostic biomarker for breast cancer patients: a pooled analysis of individual studies. oncotarget 2016, 7, 34498. 7. xiong, d.d.; lv, j.; wei, k.l.; feng, z.b.; chen, j.t.; liu, k.c.; feng, z.b.; tian, j.; chen, j.t.; liu, k.c.; chen, g.; luo, d.z. a nine-mirna signature as a potential diagnostic marker for breast carcinoma: an integrated study of 1,110 cases. oncol. rep. 2017, 37, 3297. 8. tsai, h.p.; huang, s.f.; li, c.f.; chien, h.t.; chen, s.c. differential microrna expression in breast cancer with different onset age. plos one. 2018, 13, e0191195. 9. quan, y.; huang, x.; quan, x. expression of mirna-206 and mirna-145 in breast cancer and correlation with prognosis. oncol. lett. 2018, 16, 6638. 10. kahraman, m.; röske, a.; laufer, t.; fehlmann, t.; backes, c.; kern, f.; kohlhaas, j.; schrörs, h.; saiz, a.; zabler, c.; ludwig, n.; fasching, p.a.; strick, r.; rübner, m.; beckmann, m.w.; meese, e.; keller, a.; schrauder, m.g. microrna in diagnosis and therapy monitoring of early-stage triple-negative breast cancer. sci. rep. 2018, 8, 11584. 11. mollainezhad, h.; eskandari, n.; pourazar, a.; salehi, m.; andalib, a. expression of microrna-370 in human breast cancer compare with normal samples. adv. biomed. res. 2016 ,5, 129. 12. lo, s.; chen, j. overexpression of mir-370 and downregulation of its novel target tgfβrii contribute to the progression of gastric carcinoma. oncogene. 2012, 31, 226. 13. el-daly, s.m.; abba, m.l.; patil, n.; allgayer, h. mirs-134 and -370 function as tumor suppressors in colorectal cancer by independently suppressing egfr and pi3k signalling. sci. rep. 2016, 20, 24720. 14. duan, n.; hu, x.; yang, x.; cheng, h.; zhang, w. microrna-370 directly targets foxm1 to inhibit cell growth and metastasis in osteosarcoma cells. int. j. clin. exper. pathol. 2015 ,8, 10250. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 66 15. wu, z.; sun, h.; zeng, w.; he, j.; mao, x. upregulation of mircorna-370 induces proliferation in human prostate cancer cells by downregulating the transcription factor foxo1. plos one. 2012, 7, e45825. 16. ye, h.; kelly, t.f.; samadani, u.; lim, l.; rubio, s.; overdier, d.g.; roebuck, k.a.; costa, r.h. hepatocyte nuclear factor 3/fork head homolog 11 is expressed in proliferating epithelial and mesenchymal cells of embryonic and adult tissues. mol cell biol. 1997, 17, 1626. 17. chen, x.p.; chen, y.; lan, j.y.; shen, z.j. microrna-370 suppresses proliferation and promotes endometrioid ovarian cancer chemosensitivity to cddp by negatively regulating eng cancer lett. 2014, 353, 201. 18. shen, x.; zuo, x.; zhang, w.; bai, y.; qin, x.; hou. n mir-370 promotes apoptosis in colon cancer by directly targeting mdm4 oncol lett. 2018, 15, 1673. 19. saberi, a.; danyaei, a.; neisi, n.; dastoorpoor, m.; birgani, m.j.t. mir-328 may be considered as an oncogene in human invasive breast carcinoma ircmj. 2016, 18, e42360. 20. livak, k.j.; schmittgen, t.d. analysis of relative gene expression data using real time quantitative pcr and the 2(-delta delta c(t)) method. methods. 2001, 25, 402. 21. johnson, s.m.; grosshans, h.; shingara, j.; byrom, m.; jarvis, r.; cheng, a.; labourier, e.; reinert, k.l.; brown. d.; slack. f.j. ras is regulated by the let-7 microrna family cell 2005, 120, 635. 22. ahmad, j.; hasnain, s.e.; siddiqui, s.m.a.; ahamed, m.; musarrat, j.; al-khedhairy. a.a. microrna in carcinogenesis & cancer diagnostics: a new paradigm. indian j. med. res. 2013, 137, 680. 23. cao, x.; liu, d.; yan, x.; zhang, y.; yuan, l.; zhang, t.; fu, m.; zhou, y.; wang, j. stat3 inhibits wtx expression through up-regulation of microrna-370 in wilms tumor. febs lett. 2013, 587, 639. 24. fan, c.; liu, s.; zhao, y.; han, y.; yang, l.; tao, g.; li, q.; zhang, l. upregulation of mir-370 contributes to the progression of gastric carcinoma via suppression of foxo1. biommd. pharmacother. 2013, 67, 521. 25. zhang, x.; zeng, j.; zhou, m.; li, b.; zhang, y.; huang, t.; wang, l.; jia, j.; chen, c. the tumor suppressive role of mirna-370 by targeting foxm1 in acute myeloid leukemia. molec. cancer. 2012, 11, 56. 26. yungang, w.; xiaoyu, l.; pang, t.; wenming, l.; pan, x. mir-370 targeted foxm1 functions as a tumor suppressor in laryngeal squamous cell carcinoma (lscc) biomed. pharmacother. 2014, 68, 149. 27. xu, w.p.; yi, m.; li, q.q.; zhou, w.p.; cong, w.m.; yang, y.; ning, b.f.; yin, c.; huang, z.w.; wang, j.; qian, h.; jiang, c.f.; chen, y.x.; xia, c.y.; wang, h.y.; zhang, x.; xie, w.f. perturbation of microrna‐370/lin‐28 homolog a/nuclear factor kappa b regulatory circuit contributes to the development of hepatocellular carcinoma. hepatology 2013, 58, 1977. 28. hasen, m.j.; mahood, w.s. evaluation of the microrna-328 gene expression in some iraqi breast cancer women. j. pharm. sci. res. 2019 ,11, 2347. 29. lu, m.; wang, y.; zhou, s.; xu, j.; li, j.; tao, r.; zhu. y. microrna 370 suppresses the progression and proliferation of human astrocytoma and glioblastoma by negatively regulating β catenin and causing activation of foxo3a. exper. therap. med. 2018, 15, 1093. 30. peng, z.; wu, t.; li, y.; xu, z.; zhang, s.; liu, b.; chen, q.; tian, d. microrna-3703p inhibits human glioma cell proliferation and induces cell cycle arrest by directly targeting β-catenin. brain res. 2016 ,1644, 53. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2652 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 67 31. li, y.; xu, z.; li, b.; zhang, z.; luo, h.; wang, y.; lu, z.; wu, x. epigenetic silencing of mirna 9 is correlated with promoter proximal cpg island hypermethylation in gastric cancer in vitro and in vivo int. j. oncol. 2014, 45, 2576. 32. fan, c.; liu, s.; zhao, y.; yang, y.; tao, g.; li, q.; zhang, l upregulation of mir-370 contributes to the progression of gastric carcinoma via suppression of foxo1. biomed. pharmacother. 2013, 67, 521. 33. lv, j.; xia, k.; xu, p.; sun, e.; ma, j.; gao, s.; zhou, q.; zhang, m.; wang, f.; chen, f.; zhou, p.; fu, z.; xie, h. mirna expression patterns in chemoresistant breast cancer tissues. biomed. pharmacother. 2014, 68, 935. 34. pan, x.p.; wang, h.x.; tong, d.m.; li, y.; huang, l.h.; wang, c. mirna-370 acts as a tumor suppressor via the downregulation of pim1 in hepatocellular carcinoma. ermps. 2007, 21, 1254. http://ihicps.com/ conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 14 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 characterization of n-cdo:mg /p-si heterojunction dependence on annealing temperature bushra kadhim hassoon al-maiyaly dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in:17/april/2016,accepted in:8/may/2016 abstract in this research, thin films of cdo: mg and n-cdo: mg/ p-si heterojunction with thickness (500±50) nm have been deposited at r.t (300 k) by thermal evaporation technique. these samples have been annealed at different annealing temperatures (373 and 473) k for one hour. structural, optical and electrical properties of {cdo: mg (1%)} films deposited on glass substrate as a function of annealing temperature are studied in detail. the c-v measurement of n-cdo: mg/ p-si heterojunction (hj) at frequency (100 khz) at different annealing temperatures have shown that these hj were of abrupt type and the builtin potential (vbi) increase as the annealing temperature increases. the i-v characteristics of heterojunction prepared under dark case at different annealing temperatures show that the values of ideality factor and potential barrier height increase with the increase of annealing temperature. keywords: thermal evaporation, heterojunction (hj), i-v characteristics, c-v measurement, cadmium oxide. physics | 15 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 introduction cadmium oxide (cdo) is n-type semiconducting having a direct band gap (2.2-2.5) ev and is one of the transparent conductive oxide (tco) thin films have attracted considerable attention for different applications such as solar cells and photodiodes [1, 2], due to its high optical transmittance in the visible and nir region of the solar spectrum, high electrical conductivity nearly metallic conductivities, and high carrier concentration. [1-5] also it finds in applications of phototransistors, gas sensors, liquid crystal displays, optical communications and ir detectors. [2, 6] cadmium oxide (cdo) doping by different elements such as cu, ga, f, in, al and sn to improve the electrical properties for optoelectronic application [7-13]. various deposition techniques are used to prepare cdo and cdo doped films such as spray pyrolysis [13], dc magnetron sputtering [14], sol-gel [9], pulsed laser deposition [15], chemical path deposition [16], vacuum evaporation[17] etc. many researchers focused on the development of heterojunction with low–cost and high efficient for photovoltaic application. the aim of the present work is to fabricate (n-cdo/p-si ) heterojunction by using vacuum evaporating technique and study the effect of annealing temperature on its characteristic. experiment sample preparation cdo: mg and n-cdo: mg/ p-si heterojunction prepared by thermal evaporation technique under high vacuum of (3x10 -6 ) torr using edward coating unit model (e 306). these films were deposited by two steps: in the first step, pure metal cadmium thin films with thickness (500 ± 50) nm was deposited on glass and on substrates of p-type single crystal (111) si wafers at room temperature (300k) from molybdenum boat were the distance from boat to sample holder was about (18 cm), then using thermal oxidation processes at temperature (673k) for one hour with exist air flow to get cdo thin films. in the second step, these films have been doped with 1% magnesium (mg) at substrate temperature (473k). then the samples were annealed at (373, 473) k for one hour by using (kilns furnaces). thermal evaporation vacuum system was used to make al electrodes on these samples as contact material for electrical and (hj) measurements. the films thicknesses were measured by using the weighing method using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity of the order (10 -4 ). characterization of samples x-ray diffractometer system (shimadzu japan xrd 600), of cukα radiation of wavelength (λ=1.5405 a ˚ ) with generator setting of current (20ma) and voltage (40kv) was used to study the structural properties for cdo:mg films by recording the intensity verses bragg’s angle θ from (10-80). from bragg's law it could be calculated the inter planer distance for different planes d (hkl): [18 ] 2dsin θ=n λ ………………………………………… (1) where n is the reflection order. the lattice constant (a) is expressed by: [ 18,19] a=d (h 2 +k 2 +l 2 ) 1/2 ………………………………………. (2) the grain size dimension (d) can be determined from diffraction line broadening using the scherrer equation [ 19 ]: d=k λ/ βcos θ ……………………………………… (3) where k is a constant (0.9), and β is full width half maximum (fwhm) of the preferential plane. for optical measurements, a double beam spectrophotometer (uv/vis) was used to record the transmittance (t) and absorbance (a) spectrum in the range of wavelengths (300 – 1100) nm. the electrical properties including the d.c. and hall effect measurements, for d.c. measurement the variation of electric resistance (r) as a function of temperature in the range physics | 16 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 (303-503) k was performed using keithly model 616. the electrical conductivity (σ) can be determined by the formula [ 20 ]:   1 c.d ………………………………………… (4) where ρ is the resistivity which is calculated from the relation:[20] l twr   ……………………………………… (5) where w is electrodes width, t is film thickness and l is distance between two al electrodes. for hall effect measurement keithly model 616 has been used to measure the hall voltage (vh) as a function of current (i) at constant magnetic field (0.11) tesla. for c-v measurement, the capacitance of n-cdo: mg/ p-si hetrojunction was examined at frequency (100 khz) as a function of the reverse bias voltage within the range (0 to -3) volt by using (lcr-meter) model gwinstek: lcr-8110g to determine the type of heterojunction, concentration, built-in potential and the width of junction. current voltage measurements (i-v) for the hetrojunction were carried out under dark case at forward and reverse bias voltage at the range (0-3) volt using d.c power supply model dazheng: ps-303d, keithley 616 digital electrometer and voltmeter. results and discussion structural properties figure (1) shows x-ray diffraction of 1%mg doped cdo thin films coated on glass substrate before and after annealing (373 and 473)k, this figure revealed that all samples are polycrystalline structure with cubic phase. the diffraction peaks corresponding to (111), (200) and (222) planes as compared with astm card no.05-0640[21], with preferential orientation along (111) and it is became sharper and more intense after annealing due to the crystallinity of these films being improved after heat treatment. the lattice constant (a), d (hkl) and grain size dimension (d) values are presented in table (1). these results are in good agreement with [1,2,3,4 and 17]. optical properties (α hν) 2 against (hν) for allowed direct transition at (α hν) 2 =0 (figure 3) according to tauc formulas: [22] (α hν) = b (hν – eg opt ) r ……………………………………… (6) where r is a constant takes values 2, 3, 1/2, 3/2 depending on the material and the type of the optical transition, b is a constant inversely proportional to amorphousity and α is absorption figure (2) shows the variation of the transmittance (t) with wavelength range (300 – 1000)nm before and after heat treatment for cdo:mg thin films. it is clear from this figure that the value of transmittance increase with increase of wavelength and have high values in nir region also these values increase with increase annealing temperature because the heat treatment causes improvement of the crystallinity in these films, growth of small grain and decrease of grain boundaries lead to increase transmittance and decrease absorbance values. the value of optical energy gap (eg opt ) for these films determined from extrapolating the straight portion of the plot of coefficient which is calculated from equation: [22 ] α = 2.303 (a / t)………………. ……………………………. (7) it is seen from figure (3) and table (2) that the values of optical energy gap for cdo:mg films increase with increase of annealing temperature, due to reduction in the number of defects in films , decrease the density of localized states in the eg after heat treatment .the value of the optical energy gap is in agreement with[2,4 and 17 ]. physics | 17 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 electrical properties the relationship of lnσ versus 10 3 /t for cdo:mg films in the temperature range (298473) k as a function of annealing temperature (r.t,373 and 473)k is shown in figure (4), observed from this figure that these films have two mechanisms for electrical conductivity characterized by two temperature ranges with different conductivity slopes lead to two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2). the conduction mechanism at higher temperature range (373-473) k is due to carriers excited into extended states beyond the mobility edge while the conduction mechanism at lower temperature range (293363) k is due to carriers excited into the localized states at the edge of the band and hopping. figures (4,5) and table (2), show that the electrical conductivity values decrease while the activation energies showed opposite trend after heat treatment, this behavior can be attributed to the decrease number of carriers available for transport, because the increase of temperature leads to the improvement in the films structure due to reducing localized states through energy gap , dangling bonds and defects like voids. the hall effect measurement shows that the cdo:mg films are n-type conductivity, this result is in agreement with references [2,3,4and17]. from hall measurement, the carrier concentration is calculated by the relation: [23,24] nh = ±1 / rh.e ………………………… (8) the mobility is related to the hall coefficient by equation: [ 24 ] μh = σ / nh .e = σ . │ rh│……………….. (9) where σ is the conductivity. the carrier concentration and hall mobility for cdo:mg films as a function of annealing temperature are presented in figures (6 and 7) respectively. it is clear from these figures and table (2) that the carrier concentration decreases while hall mobility values increase with increasing annealing temperature. this indicates that the improvement in the films structure after heat treatment is due to the decrease of defects, dangling bonds and localized states through energy gap. the values of concentration and carrier mobility are in contrast with the result obtained by reference.[4] c-v characteristic figure (8) shows the variation of the capacitance with the reverse bias voltage within the range (0 to -3) volt as a function of annealing temperatures (300, 373 and 473) k for n-cdo: mg/ p-si hetrojunction fabricated at fixed frequency (100 khz). it is noticed from this figure that in general the capacitance decreases non-linear with increasing the reverse bias voltage and annealing temperature, this behavior is in agreement with the equation capacitance per unit area for the junction of an abrupt an isotype heterojunction which is written as: [25,26]. c/a=[ q nn np εn εp/ 2(εn nn + εp np) ] ½ (vbi-va) -½ ………………..( 10 ) where εn and εp are the dielectric constant of n-type and p-type semiconductor respectively, nn and np are the donor and acceptor concentrations respectively, va is the applied voltage, vbi is the built-in junction potential and a is the area of the junction. from plots of the relation between the inverse capacitance square( 1/c 2 ) with applied reverse bias voltage as a function of annealing temperatures for n-cdo:mg/ p-si hetrojunction, see figure (9) can be determined the built-in potential (vbi) from the interception of the straight line with the voltage axis at (1/c 2 = 0). it is observed from this figure the straight line relationship which indicated that the junction was an abrupt type [25,26]. also the width of the depletion layer (w) can be calculated by using the equation: [25,26] w= εs/co ……………………………………….. (11) where co is the capacitance at zero bias voltage and εs is the dielectric constant for hetrojunction which are calculated from equations[25 and26] εs = εnεp /(εn +εp ) …………………….................. (12) physics | 18 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 from the same figure, the carrier concentration (nd) can be calculated from the slope of the straight line a according to equation: [25and26] 1/c 2 =[2(εn nn + εp np)/ q nn np εn εp] (vbi-va) ……………..(13) where [2(εn nn + εp np)/ q nn np εn εp] is the slope. table (3) represents that the capacitance values at zero bias voltage (co) for n-cdo:mg/ psi hetrojunction decrease with the increase of the annealing temperatures this behavior is attributed to the increase in the depletion region width because the surface states which lead to increase the value of built in potential. also it is found that the carrier concentration (nd) decreases with increasing annealing temperature for same reasons as we mentioned before and this result is in good contrast with our result for hall effect measurements. characteristics under dark the current-voltage (i-v) characteristics at dark condition for n-cdo:mg/ p-si hetrojunction with applied forward and reverse bias voltage (-3 to 3) volt before and after annealing (373 and 473)k are illustrated in figure (10 ). it is clear from this figure that the current increases with the increase of annealing temperature, this may be due to rearrangement of the interface atoms and reduce the dislocation ,dangling bond and surface states at interface layer between cdo:mg and c-si after heat treatment which leads to improvement of the junction characteristics. also this figure shows that the forward current has two regions with two mechanisms as voltage increase , first region at low voltage represents recombination current and the second at high voltage region represents tunneling current then the current approximately rises exponentially with the increase of voltage , this indicated that the mechanism of the forward current is subjected to the tunnelingrecombination mechanism, such observations were also seen by references.[1and 4] figure (11) shows the relation between the logarithm initial part of forward current and bias voltage at dark condition for cdo:mg/ si hj, the saturation current(is) can be determined from intercepting the straight line with the current axis at zero voltage bias. from the first region in this figure the ideality factor (β) can be calculated from the relation : [25and26] β = (q/ kb t) [vf/ ln (if/is)] ……………………………( 14 ) where q is charge of electron ,kb is the boltzmann's constant, t is the absolute temperature ,vf is the forward bias voltage ,if is the forward bias current and is is the saturation current. also the potential barrier height (φb) can be determined by the relation: [25and26] js = a * t 2 exp (-q φb /kbt).........................................................(15) where a * is the effective richardson constant. the saturation current (is) , identity factor (β) and potential barrier height (φb) values with different annealing temperatures for cdo:mg/ si hj are shown in table (4). these values indicate that the value of saturation current decreases while the value of the ideality factor and potential barrier height increases with increasing annealing temperature. this behavior is due to the improvement of crystal structure at interface layer, reduction of dangling bonds and the density of interface states. conclusion in the present work, thin films of cdo: mg (1%) and n-cdo: mg/ p-si heterojunction is synthesized successfully by thermal evaporation method, the effect of annealing temperature on the structural, optical and electrical properties of cdo: mg films deposited on glass substrate are investigated, and the effect of annealing temperature on the characteristic of ncdo: mg/ p-si heterojunction are studied in detail. xrd measurements show that the films have cubic structure oriented in (111) direction and there are no additional peaks after doping with mg which indicates the solubility of the dopant in the crystal structure as well as physics | 19 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 improvement in the films structure after heat treatment. optical measurements show that cdo: mg films have high transmittance and low reflectance at wavelengths longer than 500 nm, this makes them suitable for solar cell application as antireflection, the optical energy gap values increase when annealing temperature increases. conductivity measurements demonstrate that the films contain two types of transport mechanisms, while hall effect measurements induct that these films were n-type, we should mention that the electrical conductivity, activation energies, mobility and carriers concentration are seen to be dependent on the annealing temperature. c-v measurements of n-cdo:mg/ p-si heterojunction at fixed frequency (100 khz) deduce that the junction was an abrupt type, also it is found that the depletion region width and built in potential increase with the increase of annealing temperature. i-v characteristic under dark case indicated that the mechanism of the forward current is subjected to the tunnelingrecombination mechanism, both identity factor (β) and potential barrier height (φb) values increase with the increase of annealing temperature. references 1.ramiz,a.al-anssari;nadir,f.habubi and jinan ali abd,(2013),fabrication and characterization of n-cdo:in/p-si thin film solar cell " jed”,17,1457-1464. 2. usharani,k.; raja,n. ; manjula,n. ; nagarethinam, v. s. and balu, a.r., (2015), characteristic analysis on the suitability of cdo thin films towards optical device applications – substrate temperature effect, int. j. thin. fil. sci. tec. 4, 2, 89-96 3. zaien,m.; ahmed,n. m. and hassan ,z., (2013), fabrication and characterization of an ncdo/p-si solar cell by thermal evaporation in a vacuum," int.j.electrochem.sci", 8,69886996. 4. ghaida salman; eman kareem and asama n. naje., (2014), optical and electrical properties of cu doped cdo thin films for detector applications,”ijiset”,1, 6,147-151. 5. dixit, r;kumaravel, a.; ramamurthi, k. and krishnakumar,v., (2010), effect of indium doping in cdo thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis technique " journal of physics and chemistry of solids”, 71, 1545–1549 6. santos-crua,j.; torres-delgado ,g.; castanedo-perez, r.; jimenez-sandoval,s.; marquezmarin, j. and zelaya-angel ,o.,(2006), influence of the growth parameters of p-cdte thin films on the performance of au–cu/p-cdte/n-cdo type solar cells sol. energy, 80, 142-147. 7. yan, m. ; lane,m. ; kannewurf,c.r. and chang ,r.p.h.,(2001)"highly conductive epitaxial cdo thin films prepared by pulsed laser deposition", appl. phys. lett. 78, 2342. 8. freeman,a.j.; poepelmeier, k.r. ; mason,t.o. ; chang,r.p.h. and markst.j., (2000), "chemical and thin film strategies for new transparent conducting oxides", mater. res. soc. bull. 25, 45. 9. ghosh,p.k.; maity,r. and chattopadhyay, k.k., (2004),"electrical and optical properties of highly conducting cdo:f thin film deposited by sol-gel dip coating technique", sol. energy mater. sol. cells 81, 279. 10. lakshmanan ,t.k., (1963),"optical and electrical properties of semiconducting cadmium oxide films " , j. electrochem. soc. 110, 548. 11. dakhel, a.a., (2008),"correlated transport and optical phenomena in ga-doped cdo films", solar energy, 82, 513. 12. gupta, r.k.; ghosh,k.; patel,r.; mishra,s.r. and kahol, p.k., (2008), "structural, optical and electrical properties of in doped cdo thin films for optoelectronic applications", mater. lett. 62, 3373. 13. kumaravel,r.; menaka,s.; snega,s.r.m.; ramamurthi,k.and jeganathan, k., (2010),electrical, optical and structural properties of aluminum doped cadmium oxide thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis technique mater. chem. phys. 122, 444–449. physics | 20 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 14. subramanyam,t.k.; uthana,s. and naidu,b.s.,(1998),cdo thin films prepared by dc magnetron sputtering mater.lett. 35, 214–219. 15. gupta,r.k.;ghosh,k.; patel,r.and kahol p.k., (2011), low temperature processed highly conducting, transparent and wide band gap gd doped cdo thin films for transparent electronics j.alloys and compnds. 509, 4146 –7149. 16. hadia kadhim j.al-ogili, , (2011), effect of thickness to the structure properties of cdo thin films eng. and tech. journal, 29, 1536–1544. 17.khalid,z. and yahiya,(2008),fabrication and characterization of high efficient (cdo/si) photovoltaic solar cells, journal of al-nahrain university”,11,1,56-58 18. suryanarayana,c.andnorton,m.g.,(1998), "x-ray diffraction, a practical approach", plenum press.newyork. 19. blackmore,j.s. (1985),"solid state physics",2 nd ed cambridge, england,cambridge university press. 20. kasap, s.o.,(2002),” principles of electronic materials and devices”, 2nd edition, mc graw hill. 21. jcpds, (1997).international center for diffraction data, astm data files 5-64 card no. 05-0640. 22. tauc, j., (1974),”amorphous and liquid semiconductor”, plenums press. newyork and london. 23. kazmerski, l. l.,(1980), "polycrystalline and amorphous thin films and device", academic press, newyork. 24william, d. and callister, jr, (2003), "materials science and engineering, an introduction”, 6 th edition, john wiley & sons, inc. 25donald, a.neamen ,(2003),"semiconductor physics and devices, basic principles",3 th edition, mcgraw-hill companies,inc. 26sharma,b.l.and purohit ,r.k., (1974),”semiconductors heterojunctions”, academic prees, inc, oxford, newyork . table (1): xrd results of cdo: mg thin films at different annealing temperatures ta 2 θ (astm) d( a º ) (astm) 2 θ observe d d( a º ) observ ed a( a º ) astm a( a º ) observe d d nm)) (hkl) astm r.t 33.00 38.283 69.284 2.7120 2.3490 1.3550 33.05 38.34 69.33 2.707 2.3456 1.3542 4.695 4.689 4.691 4.6911 48.204 111 200 222 373 k 33.00 38.283 69.284 2.7120 2.3490 1.3550 33.06 38.35 69.34 2.7068 2.3450 1.3540 4.695 4.6883 4.69 4.6903 51.651 111 200 222 473 k 33.00 38.283 69.284 2.7120 2.3490 1.3550 33.08 38.35 69.36 2.7056 2.3451 1.3537 4.695 4.686 4.6902 4.689 57.848 111 200 222 physics | 21 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 table (2) : the optical and electrical properties of cdo: mg thin films at different table (3): values of zero bias capacitance, built in voltage ,depletion region width, and carrier concentrations for cdo:mg/si hj table (4): values of saturation current(is), identity factor (β) and potential barrier height (φb) for cdo:mg/si hj figure (1): x-ray diffraction pattern of cdo: mg thin films at different annealing temperatures ta (k) eg opt (ev) r.t (.cm) -1 ea1(ev) ea2(ev) carrier concentration nh ( cm -3 ) carrier mobility μh (cm 2 /v. s.) r.t 2.08 2.03 e+2 0.2143 0.6156 8.343 e+17 15.247 e+2 473 2.15 1.73 e+2 0.2789 0.6316 5.78 e+17 18.699 e+2 673 2.2 1.47 e+2 0.3259 0.6517 4.787 e+17 19.19 e+2 ta (k) c0 (nf) vbi (volt) w (cm) carrier concentration ( cm-3 ) r.t 67.42 1.48 0.999 e-5 12.77 e+20 473 57 1.6 1.1827 e-5 10.163 e+20 673 50.23 1.85 1.342 e-5 8.597 e+20 ta (k) is (µa) β φb (ev) r.t 16.147 1.405 0. 705 473 14.68 1.575 0. 707 673 12.66 2.180 0.711 (111) physics | 22 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (2): transmittance with wavelength of cdo figure (3): (α hν) 2 with photon energy of cdo: :mg films at different annealing temperatures mg films at different annealing temperatures figure (4): lnσ versus 10 3 /t of cdo: mg figure (5): activation energies of cdo: mg thin films at different annealing temperatures thin films at different annealing temperatures physics | 23 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (6): charge carrier’s concentration of cdo: mg figure (7): hall mobility of cdo: mg thin films at different annealing temperatures films at different annealing temperatures figure (8): capacitance with reverse bias voltage figure (9): 1/c 2 with reverse bias voltage of figure (8): capacitance with reverse bias voltage figure (9): 1/c 2 with reverse bias voltage of of cdo: mg thin films at different annealing cdo: mg thin films at different nnealing temperatures temperatures physics | 24 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (10): i-v characteristics of cdo: mg/si figure (11): forward current and bias voltage hj at different annealing temperatures of hj at different annealing temperatures physics | 25 2016( ػاو 3)انؼذد 22انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهؼهىو انصشفت و انخطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 n-cdo:mg /p-si اعتماد خصائص المفرق الهجيه علي درجت حرارة التلذيه كاظم حسون المياليبشرى / خايؼت بغذاد( بٍ انهٍثى ا انصشفت ) نهؼهىو كهٍت انخشبٍتقسى انفٍضٌاء / 6172/مايس/8قبل في: 6172/ويسان/ 71استلم في : الخالصت nm (50±500)وبسًك n-cdo:mg/psiانشقٍقت وانًفشق انهدٍٍ cdo: mgحى فً هزا انبحث ححضٍش اغشٍت ونذَج انًُارج نًذة ساػت واحذة ػُذ دسخاث حشاسة .باسخؼًال حقٍُت انخبخٍش انحشاسي( (k 300 دسخت حشاسة انغشفتػُذ k(373,473) . حهذٌٍ يخخهفت كذانت ػهى اسضٍاث يٍ انضخاجوانًشسبت cdo: mg)%1حى دساست انخىاص انخشكٍبٍت وانبصشٌت وانكهشبائٍت الغشٍت ) نذسخت حشاسة انخهذٌٍ بانخفصٍم. وػُذ دسخاث حشاسة حهذٌٍ 100khzػُذ حشدد n-cdo:mg/psiنهًفشق انهدٍٍ c-vاوضحج َخائح قٍاساث يخخهفت اٌ انًفشق يٍ انُىع انحاد واٌ خهذ انبُاء انذاخهً ٌضداد يغ صٌادة دسخت حشاسة انخهذٌٍ. فً حانت انظالو نهًفشق انهدٍٍ انًحضش وػُذ دسخاث حشاسة حهذٌٍ يخخهفت اٌ كم يٍ قٍى ػايم i-vاوضحج خصائض و انًثانٍت واسحفاع حاخض اندهذ حضداد يغ صٌادة دسخت حشاسة انخهذٌٍ. ., اوكسبذ انكاديٍىو c-v, قٍاساث i-v , خصائض hj, انًفشق انهدٍٍ انخبخٍش انحشاسي -: الكلماث المفتاحيت ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the corrosion behavior of different gauges of stainless steel wire use in removable partial denture and orthodontics appliances n. s. mansoor foundation of technical education,college of health and medical technology abstract wires are commonly used for the construction of orthodontic app liances and occasionally as wrought clasp s and rests on p artial dentures. the corrosion resistance is the most imp ortant p rop erties of dental alloy. corrosion p rocess reported to cause a numerous adverse effects on both living tissue and restoration .the conditions in the mouth are very suitable for the occurrence of corrosion. the main objective of this st udy was t o evaluate the corrosion behavior of different gauges of st ainless st eel wire in artificial saliva .four gauges of dental st ainless st eel wire used in orthodont ic and removable p artial denture were used in this st udy 0.6mm.,0.7mm.,0 .8mm.&1.0mm.).the sp ecimens were divided according to gauge in to four group s(a,b,c,&d ) ,ten sp ecimens in each group .each wire was cut by using wire cutter to get wire with (1cm) in length .art ificial saliva of fusayama m eyer ty p e was used as the testing solution .sensitive electronic balance was used to weight the sample before immersion in solution and recording the results.this this represents the first weight(w1).each sp ecimen was p ut inside a test tube , and held using dental floss in a way that the sp ecimen was fully immersed in the solution from all sides . the sp ecimens then were p ut inside an incubator ,which was adjusted at 37±2 and left for 14 days .at the end of immersion p eriod ; the sp ecimens were removed from the solution and then allowed to dry and were balanced then the results were recorded .this represents the second weight (w2) .aft er obtaining the (w1)&(w2) the corrosion rate was calculated . the results before and after immersion showed that the 0.6 mm.& 0.7mm st ainless st eel wire gave the highest and more corrosion resistance value than 0.8mm&1.0mm.stainless st eel wire . the result showed there is a statistical si gnificance between (w1&w2) of 0.8mm st ainless st eel wire and highly sign ificant between (w1&w2) of 1.0mm. stainless st eel wire . the comparison of t he results after calculating r esults in corrosion rate formula showed that the 1.0mm stainless st eel wire more corrosion resistance followed by 0.8mm wire ,from 0.6mm& 0.7 mm wire . introduction wires are used by the orthodontist and are some times used for clasp s in connection with p artial dentures. unt il the 1930 the only orthodontic wires available were made of gold and austenitic st ainless st eel with greater strength. [1] various wire sizes and four arch wire alloys are now available st ainless st eel, cobalt, chromium, nickel titanium and beta titanium. the ideal orthodontic wire p rop erties can be described in lay er terms of the following criteria ,but in contemporary p ractice ,no one wire meets all these requirements , and the best result is obt ained by using sp ecific wire for ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 sp ecific p urp ose ,the criteria are : st rong ,resilience , weld able , solder able ,low cost , low friction ,and bio compatibility .[2] there are essentially three ty p es of st ainless st eels. this classification is with app roximate comp ositions. the ty p e includes: ferrite st ainless st eel, martenstic st ainless st eel &aust enitic st ainless st eel. [1] bio comp atibility and corrosion resistance of alloys were related to the comp osition and elements or irons related in to surrounding medium. [3] the corrosion resistance is of great imp ortance because of p ossible biological reaction (adverse effects on both living tissues) and because of p ossible destruction of the restoration [4, 5] and lead to roughening of the surface, weakening of the app liances, and liberation of elements from the metal or alloy [6].release of elements can p roduce discoloration of adjacent soft tissues and allergic reactions in suscep tible p atients [7].corrosion can severely limit the fatigue life and ultimate st rength of the material leading to mechanical failure of the dental materials .[8] corrosion p roducts were imp licated in causing local p ain or swelling in the region of the orthodontic app liances in the absence of infection, which can lead to secondary infection. [9] this st udy aims to invest igate the corrosion behavior of st ainless st eel wire with different gauge in artificial saliva. materials and methods materials, instruments & equi pments: * dist illed water (iraq) * nacl, kcl, cacl2, 2h2o, nah2po4& urea cry st al (artificial saliva of fusay ama, m eyer type) *dental st ainless st eel wire with different gauge 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm & 1.0 mm . (china). fig (1) *acetone material * cotton * dental floss * sodium b icarbonate & nitric acid. instrument & equi pments:  sensitive electronic b alance (germany)  incubator (england )  m illimeter ruler  wire cutter  electronic p h meter (jap an)  tubes (testing tube & measuring tube)  oly mpus p hotomicroscope sy st em with exp osure control unites (japan). methods four gauges of dental st ainless st eel wire used in orthodont ic & remov able p artial denture were used in this st udy , (0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm & 1.0 mm). the sp ecimens were d ivided according to gauge into four group s, (a, b, c &d) ten sp ecimens in each group .fig (2) dental st ainless st eel wire with different gauge (d iameter) were used in this st udy 0.6 mm , 0.7 mm , 0.8 mm , &1.0 mm ) that using in removable orthodontic & removable p artial denture fig (1).each wir e was cut by used wire cutter to get wire with 1 cm in length (used ruler to measure the len gth of wire).fig (3) the finished were rinsed in distilled water to remove any att ached p articles, and then allowed to dry in air .the sp ecimen then were immersed in an acetone solution for about (5 minutes) in order to remove any adsorbed particles, and then allowed to dry in air. fig (4) ihjpas sensitive electronic balance was used to weight the samp les before immersion in solution & recording the results .t his represented the first weight (w1). preparation of the testing solution art ificial saliva of fusayamam eyer type was used as the testing solution [10] .the comp osition of artificial saliva mentioned in table (1). an electronic balance was used to p repare the required amounts of each element of artificial saliva which were mixed in one liter of distilled water. the ph of t he solution is adjust ed at (p h=6) by using sodium bicarbonate .this st imulates the ph of natural saliva. the p h of t he solution was est imated by using an electronic meter. so 2ml of nitric acid (normality = 6) was added to each sample solution in order to increase the dissolution of the ions in the solution.each sp ecimen was p ut inside a test tube, and held using a dental floss in way that the sp ecimen was fully immersed in the solution from all sides. in each test tube 30 ml of the testing solution and then the test tubes were locked, the artificial saliva was p repared as described in table (1). the sp ecimen then were p ut inside incubator which was adjust ed at 37 c ◦ ± 2 and left for 14 days [11] t he solutions were shaked for about (5 seconds ) daily in order to p revent the solution from being p recipitated. at the end of the immersion p eriod, the sp ecimen were removed from the solution &then allowed to dry & were balanced then the result was recorded .this rep resented the second weight (w2). the corrosion rate calculated by the following formula: [12] corrosion rate = δw /a.t δw = w1-w2 w1 =weight before corrosion w2 = weight after corrosion a = exp osure area t = time oly mp us p hotomicroscope device used to show t he typ e of corrosion occured in wire. fig (5) the corrosion rate data obtained were record ed and submitt ed to statistical analysis. s tatistical analyses the suitable st atist ical methods were used in order to analyze and assess the results, they include the followings: 1descriptive st atist ics: a) statistical tables including observed frequencies. b) summary st atist ic of the readings dist ribution (mean, sd, sr, minimum & maximum). c) grap hical p resentation by (bar charts). 2 – inferential statist ics: these were used to accep t or reject the st atist ical hy p otheses, they include the followings: a) (anova) analysis of variation test (f-t est). b) (lsd) less significant difference (f-t est). not e: the comparison of significant (p-value) in any test were: s= significant difference (p<0.05). hs= highly significant difference (p<0.01). ns= non significant difference (p>0.05). re sults corrosion rate test results results of corrosion rate calculated in ( ∆w/mg ) were obtained for (40) samples ,which include the four group s (t en samp les) in each group . the mean of samples, st andard deviation, slandered error, maximum &minimum for each group (before corrosion and after corrosion) are list ed in table (2)& table (3) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 grap hical p resentation by bar chart between the mean of wire weight (before and after the corrosion) of the four gauges , shown in fig (6). grap hical p resentation by bar chart between the mean corrosion rates of the four group s, is shown in fig (7). the charts represent clearly change in resp onse between the corrosion rate according to their st atist ic values. inferential statist ical methods rep resented by analysis of variance “anova” test show that there are st atist ically significant difference at p<0.05 (was recorded between at least two different group s).t able (6) the source of difference is invest igated by further comp lement analysis of data by using lsd (least significant difference) test to examine the difference between the different p airs of the four group s as shown in table (7) discussion wires often remain in the oral cavity for several months. whether they are p art of fixed or removable orthodont ic app liance. the wire should therefore have good corrosion resistance in order to remain with st and attack from oral fluid. the corrosion resistance of alloy is one of the most imp ortant factors in dental p rost hesis success, because of p ossible biological reactions and because of p ossible destruction of the restoration [4,5 ]. the oral cavity p rovides an ideal and unique environment for st udy ing the biological p rocesses involving metallic dental aids. dental materials within the mouth interact continuously with p hy siological fluids. oral tissues are exp osed to a veritable bombardment of both chemical and p hy sical st imuli, as well as the metabolism of about 30 sp ecies of bacteria (the total salivary bacterial count is said to be five thousand million/ml of saliva). saliva is a hy p otonic solution containing bioactonate, chloride, p otassium, sodium, nitrogenous comp ounds and protein [13]. the p h of saliva varies from 5.2 to 7.8. corrosion, the graded degradation of materials by electrochemical att ack, is of concern p articularly when orthodontic app liances are p laced in the host ile electrolytic environment p rovided by the human mouth [14]. factors such as temp erature, quantity and quality of saliva, p laque, p h, p roteins, p hy sical/chemical p rop erties of solids/liquids food and oral conditions may influence corrosion processes.[15,16] table (2) showed the differences in weight between different wires. this is due to the fact that t he different wire had different gauge. table (3) showed the differences between different wires. this is due to the fact that the different wire had different gauge and different corrosion behavior of the wire. comparison between w1& w2 of each gauge of wire mentioned in table (4). this table showed non st atist ical significant in mean of 0.6mm. st ainless st eel wire and non st atist ical significant in mean of 0.7mm.st ainless st eel wire ,but showed st atist ical significant in mean of 0.8mm st ainless st eel wire and highly st atist ical significant in mean of 1.0mm. st ainless st eel wire . this means that the 0.6mm and 0.7mm have more corrosion resistance than 0.8mm and 1.0mm. this may be due to the corrosion depended on surface area that exp osure to the solution (artificial saliva).thase results are also mentioned in figure (2). table (5) mentioned the mean of corrosion rate of four gauges after calculating the corrosion according to corrosion rate formula( the change in weight on exp osure area and time ) ,showed that the 1.0mm st ainless st eel has more corrosion resistance followed by 0.8mm, followed by 0.6mm and finally by 0.7mm of st ainless st eel wire the “anova” test for corrosion rate in table (6) between group s and within group showed the statist ical significant values (p <0.005). the least significant difference (lsd) of multiple comp arison test showed that o.6mm of st ainless st eel wire has non st atist ical significant comp ared with 0.7mm and 0.8mm but highly significant with 1.0mm ,this is due to the fact that (w1&w2) of 1.0mm .was more than 0.6 mm. st ainless st eel wire before and after corrosion .the 0.7mm has no significant difference as comp ared with 0.8mm but highly st atist ical significant with 1.0mm st ainless st eel but ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 0.8mm significant as comp ared with 1.0mm st ainless st eel wire. this results is in an agreement with [17]. they found that t he large surface area p rovided by wire surface p rovided favorable environment for growt h of bacteria and led to corrosion. there are different forms of corrosion occur in the alloy , uniform corrosion , pitting corrosion, crevice corrosion, fretting and erosion-corrosion , intergranular corrosion, galvanic corrosion of ort hodontic alloys, stress corrosion of ort hodontic wires, hy drogen damage,and m icrobial corrosion [18], microscopic anay lsis of the metal surface also used to detect t he ty p es of corrosion [19]. in this st udy , the ty p e of corrosion was p itt ing corrosion ty p e of all gauges of wire was examined by microscope (x4 magnification).fig (8)& (9) this result in this st udy is in an agreement with [16] but in disagreement with [19], they found that t he most ty p e of corrosion was crevice corrosion. pot entiody namic p olarization exp eriments and scanning electron microscopic oberservations of arch wires comp osed of st ainless st eel, cocr, nicr, niti and beta-ti exp osed to electrochemical corrosion in artificial saliva have shown evidence of p itt ing corrosion formed on the wire surfaces.[20] pitting corrosion is a sharp ly localized corrosion occurring on base metal such as iron, nickel & chromium, which are p rotected by a naturally thin film of an oxide .in the p resence of chlorides in the environment, the film locally breaks down and has rapid dissolution of the underly ing metal occurs in the form of p its or holes. this may be isolated or closed together that they look like a rough surface and the occur within or at the grain boundaries of alloy.[18,21] conclusions on t he basis of t he results arrived at, t he following conclusions can be drawn: 1there is no st atist ically significant difference in mean corrosion value of 0.6mm. st ainless st eel wire group (group a) also in group (b) 0.7 mm. st ainless st eel wire . 2statist icaly significant difference in mean corrosion value of 0.8mm. st ainless st eel group (group c) and highly significant difference in mean corrosion value of 1.0mm. st ainless st eel group (group d). 3 –statist ically significant difference in mean corrosion rate value was observed of different group with different gauge and the best outcome of corrosion resistance were found for the 1.0mm group and low corrosion resistance was found in 0.7 mm .group . 4the ty p e of corrosion of different group with different gauge was p itt ing corrosion. re ferences 1phillips, r.w. (1973), science of dental materials .7 th .255. 2kusy , r.p.a. (1997), " areview of contemporary arch wires: their p rop erties and chanceries tic .angle orthod : 67 :197 – 207 . 3alhiy asat, a.s.; bashabsheh; o.m . and darmni, h. ( 2003) :elements release from dental cast ing alloys and their cytotoxic effect .int .j p rost hodent .16:8-12 4geis –gerstorfer, j.;weber, h. (1987): "in vitro corrosion behavior of four ni/cr dental alloy in lactic acid and sodium chloride solution .dent matter : 3:289.295 . 5anusavice, k.j. ( 1996) , "philip 's science of dental material " 10 ed " philadelp hia , sounders ch 14 : 315 , ch 15 : 327 – 346 , ch 16 : 347 – 359 , ch 20 : 423 – 459 , ch 23 : 491 -524 , ch 27 : 619 – 630. 6. jia, w.; beatt y , m .w.; reinhardt, r.a.; petro, t .m .; cohen, d.m .; m aze, c.r.;strom ea, and hoffman, m . (1999),nickel release from orthodontic arch wires and cellular immune resp onse to various nickel concentrations. j biomed m ater res. 48:488–495. 7. kerosuo, h.; m oe, g.and kleven, e. (1995), in vitro release of nickel and chromium from different t y p es of simulated orthodontic app liances. angle ort hod. 65:2111–116. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 8. iijima, m .; endo, k.; ohno, h.; yonekura, y. and m izoguchi, i. (2001),corrosion behavior and surface structure of orthodontic ni-ti alloy wires. dent m ater j. 20:1103–113. 9. m aruthamuthu ,s. et al(2005), electrochemical behavior of microbes on orthodontic wires. urrent science, 89( 6). 10-luthy , h.;m arinceello, c.p; reclarn l, scharer p. (1996). "corrosion consideration in the 524.-:515 75brazing repair of co/cr based pd". j p rost hetics dent: 11-hump hrey, s.p., and williamson, r.t. (2001):"a review of saliva normal comp arison,flow and function" j p rost hetic dent; 85: 162-169. 12m oberg, l.e.(1985), long – term corrosion studies in vitro of gold, co/cr, and ni/cr 222.-:21543alloys in contact ". acta dental scand. 13. m artinez, j.r. and barker, s. (1987), ion transp ort and water movement. arch.oral biol. 32: 843-847. 14. m aijer, r.; smith, d.c. (1986), biodegradation of the orthodontic bracket sy st em. am ort hod dentofac ort hop .; 90:195–198. 15. brantley, w.a. (2001),ort hodontic wires. in: brantley wa, eliades t, eds. ort hodontic m aterials: scientific and clinical asp ects. stuttgart: thieme,77–103. 16-al-hiy asat, a.s. and darmani, h.(2005), the effect of recast ing on the cy totoxicity of base 163.-(2): 15893metal alloy " j p rosthet ; 17. m aruthamuthu,s.; rajasek ar,a.; sathiy anarayanan, s. ; m uthukukumar,n.and palaniswamy,n. (2005),electrochemical behav ior of microbes on ort hodontic wires. current scien ce, 89( 6):988-996. 18-noort , v. (2002): "introduction to dental material" 2 en ed. 109:61-67 19-platt , a. ;guzmen, a.;zuccari and thornburg, w .(1997):"corrosion behavior of 2205 79.-:69112dup lex st ainless st eel " amj ortho dentolac orthop ; 20. barret,r.d.; bishara, s.e. quinn, j.k. (1993),biodegradation of orthodontic app liancespart i: biodegradation of nickel and chromium in vitro. am j ort hod dentofac ort hop 103:8–14. 21benatti, o.f.m .; m iranda, w.j; m uench, a. (2000),in vitro and in vivo corrosion evaluation of ni /cr and copp er aluminum-based alloy " j p rost hetic dent, 84 (3): 360 – 363. fig. (1) wire with different gauge ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig. (2) diagram illustrates the distribution of the samples fig. (3) the specimen & ruler fig.(5) olympus photomi croscope device fig. (4) the specimen in acetone materials ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig. (6) comparison between w1 / mg (before corrosion) & w2 / mg (after corrosion) among studied groups fig. (7) mean distributi on of corrosi on rate among studied groups 0 0.00005 0.0001 0.00015 0.0002 0.00025 0.0003 m e a n o f c o rr o s io n r a te a(0.6)mm b(0.7)mm c(0.8)mm d(1)mm studied groups 0 0.00005 0.0001 0.00015 0.0002 0.00025 0.0003 m e a n o f c o rr o s io n r a te a(0.6)mm b(0.7)mm c(0.8)mm d(1)mm studied groups ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 a b c d fig. (8 ) s tainless steel wire under microscope before corrosi on (a :0.6mm;b:0.7mm; c :0.8mm ;d:0.9mm a b c d fig. (9 ) s tainless steel wire under microscope after corrosi on (a :0.6mm;b:0.7mm; c :0.8mm ;d:0.9mm ) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (1): composition of artificial saliva used in this investigation element composition in gm/ml nacl 0.4 kcl 0.4 cacl2.2h2o 0.795 na h2po4 0.69 urea 1.0 table (2): mean distribution of w1 / mg (before corrosion) among studie d groups s tudie d groups no. mean s td. de v. s td. error mini. maxi. a (0.6 mm) 10 0.021 0.0006 0.0002 0.0208 0.0223 b (0.7mm) 10 0.030 0.0001 0.00006 0.0300 0.0305 c (0.8mm) 10 0.038 0.0002 0.0001 0.0381 0.0390 d (1.0mm) 10 0.051 0.0012 0.00047 0.0494 0.0530 total 40 table (3): mean distribution of w2 / mg (after co rrosi on) among studied groups s tudie d groups no. mean s td. de v. s td. error mini. maxi. a (0.6 mm) 10 0.0207 0.000567 0.000214 0.0200 0.0218 b (0.7 mm) 10 0.0294 0.000195 0.000073 0.0292 0.0297 c (0.8 mm) 10 0.0369 0.000267 0.000101 0.0366 0.0372 d (1.0mm) 10 0.0469 0.00199 0.000752 0.0425 0.0481 total 40 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (4): comparison between w1 / mg (before corrosion) & w2 / mg (after corrosion ) among studied groups gauge of wires (groups) ∆w no. mean s td. de v. s td. error mini. maxi. a (0.6 mm) w1 10 0.021 0.0006 0.0002 0.0208 0.0223 w2 10 0.0207 0.000567 0.000214 0.0200 0.0218 total 20 p-value (0.968) non sig. (p>0.05) b (0.7mm) w1 10 0.030 0.0001 0.00006 0.0300 0.0305 w2 10 0.0294 0.000195 0.000073 0.0292 0.0297 total 20 p-value (0.973) non sig. (p>0.05) c (0.8 mm) w1 10 0.038 0.0002 0.0001 0.0381 0.0390 w2 10 0.0369 0.000267 0.000101 0.0366 0.0372 total 20 p-value (0.031) sig. (p<0.05) d (1.0mm) w1 10 0.051 0.0012 0.00047 0.0494 0.0530 w2 10 0.0469 0.00199 0.000752 0.0425 0.0481 total 20 p-value (0.00) highly sig. (p<0.01) table (5): mean distribution of corrosi on rate among studied groups s tudie d groups no. mean s td. de v. s td. error mini. maxi. a (0.6 mm) 10 0.000118 0.000056 0.000021 0.00006 0.00020 b (0.7mm) 10 0.000085 0.000011 0.000004 0.00007 0.00010 c (0.8mm) 10 0.000153 0.000036 0.000013 0.00012 0.00021 d (1.0mm) 10 0.000291 0.000209 0.000079 0.00011 0.00075 total 40 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (6): the ano va test for corrosion rate among studied groups anova test sum of squares df m ean square f p-value sig. between groups 0.0000002 3 0.00000006 4.700 0.012 sig. (p<0.05) within groups 0.0000003 24 0.00000001 total 0.0000005 27 table (7): the least si gni ficant difference (ls d) of mul tiple comparison te sts for corrosi on rate among studie d groups studied group s lsd (f-test) p-value sig. a (0.6mm) b (0.7mm) 0.583 non sig. (p>0.05) c (0.8mm) 0.564 non sig. (p>0.05) d (1.0mm) 0.007 highly sig. (p<0.01) b (0.7mm) c (0.8mm) 0.265 non sig. (p>0.05) d (1.0mm) 0.002 highly sig. (p<0.01) c (0.8mm) d (1.0mm) 0.028 sig. (p<0.05) ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة في عملفي السلك المقاوم للصدأ المستكلي في مختلف القیاسات آالسلوك الت طقم األسنان الجزئي المتحرك وأجهزة تقویم األسنان نضال صاحب منصور لطبیةكلیة التقنیات الصحیة وا، هیئة التعلیم التقني الخالصه أن . جزئــيسـنان وكمشــابك فـي صـناعة طقــم األسـنان الاألبشـكل شــائع لصـناعة اجهـزه تقــویم األســالك تسـتعمل مقاومة التاكل تعتبر من الصفات االكثر اهمیه في سبیكة األسنان لما لها من تاثیر سلبي على انسجة الجسـم الحیـه وجهـاز الهـدف مـن هـذه الدراسـه تقـیم سـلوك التأكـل فـي ، كمـا أن الظـروف فـي الفـم مناسـبه جـدا لحـدوث عملیـة التأكـل.األسـنان نفسـه حضـرت اربـع قیاسـات مـن السـلك المقـاوم للصـدأ المسـتعمل فـي . للصدأ فـي اللعـاب الصـناعي اربع قیاسات من الحدید المقاوم عشـرة عینـات فـي كـل ) a,b,c,&d(للقیاس الى اربع مجـامیع " تقویم األسنان المتحرك وطقم األسنان الجزئي وقسمت طبقا محلـول لالختبـار واســتخدم ك) fusayam mere(حضــر اللعـاب مـن نـوع ،) واحـد سـنتمیتر(مجموعـه طـول كـل عینـه بعــد ذلــك ) w1(میـزان الكترونــي حســاس لــوزن العینــه قبــل الغمــر فــي اللعــاب الصــناعي وســجلت تلــك القــراءه كــوزن اولــي لضـمان غمـر العینـه بالكامـل ومـن كــل )االسـنان تنظیـف خـیط( وضـعت كـل عینـه فـي وعـاء وعلقـت بخـیط مـن البالسـتك یوم ازیلت تلك العینات وتركت تجـف ثـم وزنـت كـل عینـه ) ۱٤(ولمدة ۲ +٣۷ه الجهات ثم وضعت في حاضنه بدرجه حرار وبعـد الحصــول علــى الـوزن االول والثــاني واخـراج الفــرق بــین الـوزن لكــل عینــه ، w2)(بـنفس الجهــاز وسـجلت كقــراءه ثانیــه وجد ا األخـتالف فـي " حصائیاوكذلك ا، ملیمتر اكثر مقاومة للتاكل من االحجام االخرى ۷،٠ملیمتر و ٠، ٦كانت النتیجه ٠،۱ملمیتـر ۸،٠( ان " وعنـد تطبیـق معادلـه التاكـل وجـد احصـائیا. ملمیتـر ٠،۱ملمیتـر و ۸،٠فـي " الـوزن كـان كبیـرا .ملمیتر۷،٠ملمیتر و ٦,٠اكثر مقاومة للتاكل من )ملمیتر ihjpas n−primary submodules small monoform modules inaam, m.a.hadi hassan k. marhun* department of mathematics/ college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham),university of baghdad received in : 5 may 2014 , accepted in : 22 june 2014 abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity, let m be a left r-module. in this paper we introduce the concept small monoform module as a generalization of monoform module. a module m is called small monoform if for each non zero submodule n of m and for each f ∈ hom(n,m), f ≠ 0 implies ker f is small submodule in n. we give the fundamental properties of small monoform modules. also we present some relationships between small monoform modules and some related modules. key words: monoform module, small monoform module, small submodule, prime module, small prime module, uniform module, non singular module, quasi-dedekind module. * this paper is a part of the thesis submitted by the second author. 229 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction throughout this article, r denotes a commutative ring with identity, and modules are unitary left r-module. we write n ≤ m to denote that n is a submodule of m. a proper submodule l of m (l < m) is called small in m (denoted by l ≪ m) if, for every proper submodule k of m, l + k ≠ m. a submodule n of m is called essential in m (denoted by n ≤e m) if n ∩ k ≠ 0 for each k ≤ m, k ≠ 0, [1]. an r-module m is called monoform module if for each non zero submodule n of m and for each f ∈ hom(n,m), f ≠ 0 implies ker f = 0 (i.e. f is monomorphism, [2]). equivalently m is monoform r-module if and only if m is uniform and prime module [3,theorem(2.3)], where m is uniform if every nonzero submodule n of m, n ≤e m, [1]. m is called prime r-module if annrm = annrn, for each nonzero submodule n of m, [4], where annrm = {r ∈ r: rm = 0}. in this paper, we introduce the concept small monoform as a generalization of monoform module, where m is called small monoform if for each n ≠ 0, n ≤ m, f ∈ hom(n,m), f ≠ 0 implies ker f ≪ n. it is clear that every monoform module is small monoform, however the converse is not true (see rem. and ex. 1.2 (1)). we give many properties of small monoform. also we see that under certain class of modules small monoform and monoform modules are equivalent. moreover, we introduce many relationships between small monoform module and other related modules such as small quasi-dedekind modules, quasi-dedekined module, compressible modules. 1main results definition 1.1: let m be an r-module. m is called small monoform if for each non-zero submodule n and for each f ∈ hom(n,m), f ≠ 0 implies ker f ≪ n. remarks and examples 1.2: (1) it is clear that every monoform module is small monoform. however the converse is not true in general for example: the z-module z4 is not monoform because there exists z-homomorphism, f : z4 → z4 such that f ( x ) = 2 x for each x ∈ z4 and ker f = < 2 > ≠ ( 0 ). but z4 is small monoform z-module since the only non zero submodule of z4 are < 2 > and z4 and the only non zero z-homomorphism from < 2 > in z4 is the inclusion mapping i and ker (i) = < 0 >. also there are three nonzero homomorphism from z4 in to z4 which are f1 = identity mapping, f2( x ) = 2 x and f3( x ) = 3 x . hence ker( fi) ≪ z4, ∀ i = 1,2,3. (2) it is clear that every chained module is small monoform, where an r-module is called chained module if the lattice of submodules is linearly ordered. in particular, each of the z-module, p z ∞ , z4, z8, z16, … is small monoform. (3) the epimorphic image of small monoform module is not necessarily small monoform, for example z as z-module is monoform since z is uniform and prime. but π:z→ z/12z ≅ z12, where π is the natural projection. however z12 as z-module is not small monoform, since 230 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 if we take n = < 2 > and f : n → z12 defined by f ( x ) = 2 x for each x ∈ n, ker f = {0 , 6} ⊆ n. but {0 , 6} + {0 , 4, 8} = n. thus ker f  n. (4) every non zero submodule of small monoform module is small monoform module. proof: let m be a small monoform r-module and let n ≤ m. for any k ≤ n, k ≠ 0, let f : k → n, f ≠ 0. k n m , 0f i i f→ → ≠ . but ker(i ∘f ) = ker f , hence ker f ≪ k. thus n is small monoform. recall that: if m is an r-module, then m is an r -submodule of m, where r = r/ann m by using the definition (r + r ann m)x = rx, for each x ∈ m. hence every r-submodule of m is an r -submodule of m, and conversely. (5) let m be an r-module. then m is small monoform r-module if and only if m is small monoform r -module proof: (⇒) let n be an r -submodule of m, let f : n → m, f ≠ 0 be r -homomorphism. it is clear that n is r-submodule of m. to show that f is an r-homomorphism. let r ∈ r, f (rx) = f [(r + annm)x] = (r + annm) + f (x) since f is an r -homomorphism = r f (x) thus f is an r-homomorphism. but m is small monoform, so ker f is small r-submodule of n. hence ker f is small r -submodule of n. the proof of the converse is similarly. remark 1.3: let m be a semisimple r-module. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is small monoform. (2) m is monoform. (3) m is simple. proof: (1) ⇒ (2) let n ≤ m, let f : n → m, f ≠ 0. since m is small monoform, then ker f ≪ n. but m is semisimple, so n is semisimple and hence n has only small submodule namely (0). thus ker f = (0) and so m is monoform. (2) ⇒ (1) it is clear by (rem. and ex. 1.2(1)). (2) ⇒ (3) let x ∈ m, x ≠ 0. since m is semisimple, then <x> is a direct summand of m. so <x> ⊕ k = m, for some k ≤ m. but m is monoform, so for each homomorphism f : <x> → m, f ≠ 0, ker f = 0. define g : m → m, by g(rx + k) = f (rx). we can show that g is well-defined as follows: let r1x + k1 = r2x + k2 where r1, r2 ∈ r, k1, k2 ∈ k (r1 – r2)x = k2 – k1 ∈ <x> ∩ k = (0). hence (r1 – r2)x = 0 = k2 – k1. thus implies r1x = r2x and k1 = k2. thus f (r1x) = f (r2x) and g(r1x + k1) = g(r2x + k2). now let rx + k ∈ ker g, then g(rx + k) = f (rx) = 0. it follows that ker g = ker f ⊕ k = 0 ⊕ k = k. but ker g = 0, so k = 0. 231 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 thus <x> = m and therefore m is simple. (3) ⇒ (2) if m is simple, then m has only two submodules (0), m. so that for each f : m → m, f ≠ 0 ker f ≤ m, hence ker f = 0. thus m is monoform. recall that an r-module m is called free if it has a basis, [1]. theorem 1.4: let m be a free z-module. then m is small monoform if and only if m is monoform. proof: (⇒) let n ≤ m, n ≠ 0, let f : n → m, f ≠ 0. since m is small monoform implies ker f ≪ n. but m is a free z-module implies n is a free z-module, [5,corollary (5.5.3)]. so, n has only (0) small submodule. thus ker f = 0; that is m is monoform. (⇐) it is clear by 1.2(1). the following proposition gives a characterization of small monoform module under the class of noetherian modules. proposition 1.5: let m be a non zero noetherian r-module. then m is small monoform if and only if every non zero 3-generated submodule of m is small monoform. proof: (⇒) it is clear. (⇐) suppose every non zero 3-generated submodule of m is small monoform. let n ≤ m, n ≠ 0 and let f ∈ hom(n,m), f ≠ 0. to prove ker f ≪ n. if ker f = (0) then ker f ≪ n. if ker f ≠ (0), let x ≠ 0 and x ∈ ker f. let y ∈ n and let f (y) = z. put l = <x,y,z>, l is 3-generated submodule of m. by hypothesis, l is small monoform, let h = <x,y>. let g = f h: h → l. hence ker g ≪ h ≤ n, since l is small monoform. this implies ker g ≪ n. but x ∈ ker g, so that <x> ⊆ ker g ≪ n. thus <x> ≪ n. since m is noetherian, ker f is finitely generated. hence ker f = rx1 + rx2 + … + rxi = <x1, x2, …, xn> for x1, …, xn ∈ m. since <xi> ≪ n for each i = 1, …, n. so n i i 1 ker rxf = = ∑ ≪ n. thus m is small monoform. recall that an r-module m is called uniform if every non zero submodule is eesential, [1]. recall that an r-module m is called quasi-dedekind if for each n ≤ m, n≠ 0, hom( m n ,m)=0, that is every nonzero submodule n of m is quasi-invertible, [6]. recall that an r-module m is called small quasi-dedekind if for each f ∈ end(m), f ≠ 0, ker f ≪ m. equivalently m is small quasi-dedekind if hom(( m n ,m) = 0 for each n  m [7], where end(m) = set of all homomorphism from m to m. 232 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 let a be a submodule of an r-module m. a relative complement for a in m is any submodule b of m which is maximal with respect to the property a ∩ b = 0 [8,p.17]. proposition 1.6: let m be an r-module if m is small monoform, then m is uniform and m is small quasidedekind. proof: by [7, rem. and ex. (3.2.9),p.109] m is small quasi-dedekind, let n ≤ m, n ≠ (0). if n ≤e m nothing to prove. suppose n ≰e m, then there exists (h ≤ m) such that h is a relative complement of n. hence n ⊕ h ≤e m by [8,proposition 1.3,p.17]. define f : n ⊕ h → m by f (a + b) = a for each a + b ∈ n ⊕ h. then ker f = (0) ⊕ h, but m is small monoform, so ker f = (0) ⊕ h ≪ n ⊕ h and this implies h ≪ h (which is impossible) unless h = (0) and hence n ≤e m. thus m is uniform. corollary 1.7: let m be an r-module. if m is small monoform, then m is uniform and r ann m = r ann n for each n  m. proof: by proposition 1.6, m is uniform. also m is small quasi-dedekind, hence for each n  m, n is a quasi-invertible [7,th. 3.1.3,p.95]. thus r ann m = r ann n for each n  m [6, proposition 1.4,p.7] recall that an r-module z(m) = {x ∈ m, annr(x) ≤e r} is called a singular submodule of m. if z(m) = m, then m is a singular module. if z(m) = 0, then m is called a non singular module, [8,p.31]. proposition 1.8: let m be a non singular r-module. then m is small monoform implies m is quasidedekind. proof: let n ≤ m. since m is small monoform implies m is uniform (by proposition 1.6). hence n ≤e m, but n ≤e m and m is a non singular implies m n is singular [8,proposition 1.21,p.32]. hence hom( m n ,m) = 0 [8,exc. 1,p.33]; that is n is quasiinvertible. thus m is quasi-dedekind. note 1.9: the condition m is nonsingular in proposition 1.8 is necessary. for example z4 as z-module is small monoform, but is not quasi-dedekind. also z4 is not a nonsingular zmodule, since z(z4) ≠ (0) (in fact z(z4) = z4). it is known that: a ring r is semisimple implies every r-module is a non singular. hence we get the following corollary. 233 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 corollary 1.10: let r be a semisimple ring, let m be an r-module, then m is small monoform implies m is quasi-dedekind. proof: since r is semisimple, m is nonsingular. hence the result follows by proposition 1.8. recall that an r-module m is called a prime r-module if r ann m = r ann n for every non zero r-submodule n of m, [4]. corollary 1.11: let m be a non singular small monoform, then m is prime. proof: by proposition 1.8, m is small monoform and non singular implies m is quasi-dedekind. thus m is prime [6,proposition 1.7, p.26]. recall that an r-module m is called fully retractable, if for every non zero submodule n of m and every non zero element g ∈ homr(n,m) we have homr(m,n)g ≠ 0, [9]. proposition 1.12: let m be an r-module such that m is fully retractable and for each n ≤ m, n ≠ (0), n is small quasi-dedekind, then m is small monoform. proof: let n ≤ m, f :n → m, f ≠ 0. since m is fully retractable, then there exists g : m → n, g ≠ 0. consider n m nf g→ → . by m fully retractable, g ∘ f ≠ 0. since n is small quasi-dedekind, ker (g ∘ f ) ≪ n. but ker f ⊆ ker (g ∘ f ) and this implies ker f ≪ n. thus m is small monoform. recall that an r-module m is called a qusi-injective r-module if for each monomorphism h: n → m, where n is any r-submodule of m and any homomorphism ϕ: n → m, there is a homomorphism ψ: m → m such that ψ∘h= ϕ i.e. the following diagram is commutative, [10,p.22]. hn m→ m recall that a submodule n of m is called coclosed if whenever k ≤ n and n m k k  implies k = n, [11]. we prove the following: ψ ϕ 234 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 proposition 1.13: let m be a quasi-injective r-module and every submodule of m is coclosed then m is small quasi-dedekind if and only if m is small monoform. proof: (⇒) let n ≤ m, n ≠ (0), let f ∈ hom(n,m), f ≠ 0 consider the following diagram n mi→ m since m is quasi-injective, then there exists g ∈ end(m) such that g ∘ i = f . hence g(n) = f (n) for each n ∈ n, which implies ker f ≤ ker g. but m is small quasi-dedekind, so ker g ≪ m. thus implies ker f ≪ m. but every submodule of m is coclosed, then n is coclosed. thus ker f ⊆ n and ker f ≪ m which implies ker f ≪ n, [12, lemma 1.1]. therefore m is small monoform. (⇐) it is clear. under the class of non singular modules, we have the following: proposition 1.14: let m be a non singular r-module. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is small monoform. (2) m is uniform quasi-dedekind (3) m is uniform prime. (4) m is uniform. (5) m is monoform. proof: (1) → (2) by proposition 1.6 m is uniform. but m is small monoform and non singular implies m is quasi-dedekind by proposition 1.8. (2) → (3) it is follows by [6, proposition 1.7, p.26]. (3) → (4) it is clear. (4) → (5) it follows by [3, theorem 2.2]. (5) → (1) it is clear by 1.2(1). recall that an r-module m is called compressible if for each n ≤ m, n ≠ 0 m can be embedded in m (i.e. there exists f : m → n, f is monomorphism), [13]. consider the following statement (∗): (∗) let m be an r-module such that r m ann n ⊈ annm, for each n ≤ m, n ≠ 0. we prove the following: proposition 1.15: ∃ g f 235 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 let m be a nonsingular r-module such that m satisfies (∗). then the following statements are equivalent (1) m is small monoform. (2) m is quasi-dedekind. (3) m is prime. (4) m is compressible. (5) m is monoform (6) m is uniform (7) endr(m) is an integral domain. (8) r/annrm is an integral domain. (9) annrm is a prime ideal in r. proof: (1) → (2) by proposition 1.8. (2) → (3) it is follows by [6, proposition 1.7, p.26]. (3) ↔ (4) ↔ (5) it is follows by [14, proposition 1.7]. (5) ↔ (6) it is follows by [3, theorem 2.2]. (5) → (1) it is clear. i.e. (1) ↔ (2) → (3) ↔ (4) ↔ (5) ↔ (6) (3) ↔ (9) it is follows by [14, proposition 1.9]. (4) ↔ (7) ↔ (8) it is follows by [14, theorem 2.5]. i.e. (6) ↔ (3) ↔ (9) ↔ (4) ↔ (7) ↔ (8). thus all statement (1) through (9) are equivalent. corollary 1.16: let m be a multiplication non singular r-module. then the statements from 1 to 9 in proposition 1.15 are equivalent. proof: it follows directly by proposition 1.15, since every multiplication module satisfies (∗). recall that an r-module m is called retractable if homr(m,n) ≠ 0 for all 0 ≠ n ⊆ m, [15]. proposition 1.17: let m be retractable and nonsingular r-module, then the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is monoform. (2) m is uniform. (3) m is small monoform. (4) m is compressible. proof: (1) ↔ (2) it follows by [3, theorem 2.2]. (1) → (3) it is clear by 1.2(1). (3) → (2) it follows by proposition 1.6. (2) → (4) it follows by [9, proposition 1.7]. (4) → (1) it follows by [3,corollary 2.5]. recall that an r-module m is called small prime if r ann m = r ann n for each n ≪ m, [16]. 236 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 proposition 1.18: let m be small monoform and small prime r-module. then m is monoform. proof: since m is small monoform then m is uniform by proposition 1.6. also r ann m = r ann n for each n  m by proposition 1.7. but by hypothesis m is small prime, so for each n ≪ m, n ≠ (0), r ann m = r ann n. thus ann m = ann n for each n ≤ m, n ≠ (0), that is m is a prime r-module. but m is uniform and prime implies m is monoform [3,theorem 2.3]. under the class of finitely generated modules, we have the following result. corollary 1.19: let m be a finitely generated r-module, then the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is monoform. (2) m is uniform prime. (3) m is quasi-dedekind. (4) m is small monoform and small prime. (5) m is is compressible. proof: (1) ↔ (2) it follows by [3, theorem 2.3]. (2) ↔ (3) it follows by [6, corollary 3.13]. (1) → (4) it is clear. (4) → (1) it follows by proposition 1.18. (5) ↔ (1) it follows by [3,lemma 1.9 and theorem 2.3]. next we turn our attention to direct sum of small monoform r-modules remark 1.20: m = m1 ⊕ m2, m1 and m2 submodule of m, m is small monoform. then m1 and m2 are small monoform. but the converse is not true in general. proof: (⇒) it is clear by rem. and ex. 1.2 (5). now, consider the following example: let m = z4 ⊕ z4 as z-module, z4 as z-module is small monoform (by remarks and examples 1.2 (1)), let n = z4 ⊕ 2< > . let f : z4 ⊕ 2< > → z4 ⊕ z4 defined by (x, y) (x, 2y)f = , 4ker {(0, 0), (0, 2)} (0) 2 z (2)f = = ⊕ < > ⊕ since 4 40 2 (z 0 ) z 2< > ⊕ < > + ⊕ < > = ⊕ < > thus the direct sum of small monoform modules need not be small monoform. recall that an r-module m is called fully stable if for each n ≤ m. n is stable; that is for each f : n → m, f is r-homomorphism, f (n) ⊆ n, [17]. now we show that under certain condition, the direct sum of small monoform is small monoform. 237 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 theorem 1.21: let m be a fully stable r-module, such that m = m1 ⊕ m2, m1, m2 ≤ m and for each rhomomorphism f : n1 ⊕ n2 → m, f ≠ 0 implies f (n1) ≠ 0, f (n2) ≠ 0 (i.e. f /n1 ≠ 0, f /n2≠0). then m1 and m2 are small monoform if and only if m is small monoform. proof: (⇒) let n ≤ m, n ≠ (0), f :n → m, f ≠ 0, to prove ker f ≪ n. snce m is fully stable, every submodule of m is stable so, n is stable and this implies n = (n ∩ m1) ⊕ (n ∩ m2) by [17,prop.4.5,p.29]. consider 1 11 1(n m ) n m m i f ρ∩ → → → , 2 22 2(n m ) n m m i f ρ∩ → → → where i1, i2 are inclusion mappings and ρ1, ρ2 are projection mappings. then ρ1∘f∘i1: (n ∩ m1) → m1, ρ2∘f∘i2: (n ∩ m2) → m2, let n1 = n ∩ m1 n2 = n ∩ m2. by hypothesis f /n1 ≠ 0, so there exists n1 ∈ n ∩ m1, n1 ≠ 0, f (n1) ≠ 0 and f /n2 ≠ 0, so there exists n2 ∈ n ∩ m2, n2 ≠ 0, f (n2) ≠ 0. on the otherhand f ∘ i1: (n ∩ m1) → m implies f ∘ i1(n1) = f (n1) ≠ 0, f ∘ i2:(n ∩ m2) → m implies f ∘ i2(n2) = f (n2) ≠ 0. thus implies f ∘ i1(n ∩ m1) ⊆ n ∩ m1, since n1, n2 are stable. hence f (n∩ m1) ⊆ n ∩ m1. similarly f (n ∩ m2) ⊆ n ∩ m2. but f (n1) ∈ n ∩ m1 and f (n1) ≠ 0 and, so that (ρ1∘f∘i1)(n1) = f (n1) ≠ 0. similarly (ρ2∘f∘i2)(n2) = f (n2) ≠ 0. thus ρ1∘f∘i1 ≠ 0, ρ2∘f∘i2 ≠ 0. since m1, m2 are small monoform, then ker(ρ1∘f∘i1)⊕ker (ρ2∘f∘i2)≪(n ∩ m1)⊕(n ∩ m2)=n. let 1 2x n n′ ′= + ∈ker f, where 1n′∈ n ∩ m1, 2n′ ∈ n ∩ m2, 1 2(n ) (n ) 0f f′ ′+ = . hence 1 2(n ) (n )f f′ ′= − ∈ (n ∩ m1) ∩ (n ∩ m2) = (0), it follows 1 2(n ) 0 , (n ) 0f f′ ′= = . this implies ρ1∘f∘i1( 1n′ )=ρ1∘f ( 1n′ ) = ρ1( f ( 1n′ ))= f ( 1n′ )= 0 ρ2∘f∘i2( 2n′ )=ρ2∘f ( 2n′ ) = ρ2( f ( 2n′ ))= f ( 2n′ )= 0. hence 1 2x n n′ ′= + ∈ ker(ρ1∘f∘i1)⊕ker (ρ2∘f∘i2) ≪ n. so that ker f ⊆ ker(ρ1∘f∘i1) ⊕ ker (ρ2∘f∘i2) ≪ n. thus ker f ≪ n. therefore m is small monoform. (⇐) it is clear by remarks and examples 1.2 (4). references 1. kasch, f., (1982), modules and rings, academic press, inc-london. 2. zelmanowitze, j.m., (1986), representation of rings with faithful polyform modules, comm. in algebra, vol.14, no.6, pp.1141-1169. 3. smith, p.f., (2006), compressible and related modules, in abelian groups, rings, modules and homological algebra, eds, p.goeters and o.m.g. jend (chapman and hull, boca raton), pp.1-29. 4. desal, g. and nicholson, w.k., (1981), endoprimitive rings, j.algebra, vol. 70, pp.548-560. 5. hazewinkel, m., gubareni, n. and kirichenka, v.v., (2004), algebras, rings and modules, vol.1, kluwer acadmic puplishers. 6. mijbass, a.s., (1997), quasi-dedekind modules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 238 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 7. ghaw al-jubory, t.y., (2010), some generalizations of quasi-dedekind modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 8. goodearl, k.r., (1976), ring theory, non singular ring and modules, marcel dekker, inc. new york and basel. 9. rodrigues, v.s. and san't ana, a.a., (2009), a problem due zelmanowitz, algebra and discrete math., pp.1-9. 10. faith, c., (1967), lectures on injective modules and qutient rings, springer-verlage, berlin, heidelberg, new york. 11. golan, j.s., (1971), quasi-semiperfect modules, quart, j.math., oxford (2), vol.22, pp.173-182. 12. keskin, d., (2000), on lifting modules, comm. in algebra, vol.28, pp.3427-3440. 13. zelmanowitze, j.m, (1976), an extension of the jacobsin density theorem, bull. amer.math.soc., vol.82, no.4, pp.551-553. 14. ahmed, a.a., (1995), a note on compressible module, abhath al-yarmouk, irbid, jordan, vol.4, no.2, pp.139-148. 15. roman, c.s., (2004), baer and quasi baer modules, ph.d. thesis, m.s.graduate, school of ohio, state university. 16. mahmood, l.s., (2012), small prime modules and small prime submodule, journal of al-nahrain university science, vol.15, no.4), pp.191-199. 17. abbas, m.s., (1990), on fully stable modules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 239 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ذات الصیغة المتباینة الصغیرةالمقاسات إنعام محمد علي ھادي *حسن خلیف مرھون ، جامعة بغداد (ابن الھیثم)كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة، قسم الریاضیات 2014حزیران 22،قبل البحث في 2014ایار 5استلم البحث خالصةال . قدمنا في ھذا البحث مفھوم المقاسات ذات الصیغة rمقاسا ً أیسر على mحلقة إبدالیة ذات محاید ولیكن rلتكن مقاس ذي صیغة متباینة صغیرة اذا كان لكل مقاس mللمقاسات ذات الصیغة المتباینة. یسمى ا ًالمتباینة الصغیرة تعمیم . nمقاس جزئي صغیر في ker fیؤدي الى f ≠ 0و f ∈ hom(n,m)ولكل تشاكل mفي nجزئي غیر صفري أعطینا الخواص االساسیة للمقاسات ذات الصیغة المتباینة الصغیرة. كذلك قدمنا بعض العالقات بین المقاسات ذات الصیغة المتباینة الصغیرة مع بعض المقاسات المرتبطة معھا. صغیرة، مقاس جزئي صغیر ،المتباینة المقاس ذي صیغة المتباینة ، المقاس ذي صیغة ال الكلمات المفتاحیة : ولي ، مقاس أولي صغیر ، مقاس منتظم ، مقاس غیر منفرد، مقاس شبھ دیدكایند.أمقاس 240 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 1main results لتكن r حلقة إبدالية ذات محايد وليكن m مقاسا ً أيسر على r. قدمنا في هذا البحث مفهوم المقاسات ذات الصيغة المتباينة الصغيرة تعميما ً للمقاسات ذات الصيغة المتباينة. يسمى m مقاس ذي صيغة متباينة صغيرة اذا كان لكل مقاس جزئي غير صفري n في m ولكل تشاكل... الكلمات المفتاحية : المقاس ذي صيغة المتباينة ، المقاس ذي صيغة المتباينة الصغيرة، مقاس جزئي صغير ، مقاس أولي ، مقاس أولي صغير ، مقاس منتظم ، مقاس غير منفرد، مقاس شبه ديدكايند. 58 solving oscillating problems using modifying runge-kutta methods zainab khaled ghazal kasim abbas hussain department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. kasimabbas@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq zkgzainab@gmail.com abstract this paper develop conventional runge-kutta methods of order four and order five to solve ordinary differential equations with oscillating solutions. the new modified rungekutta methods (mrk) contain the invalidation of phase lag, phase lag’s derivatives, and amplification error. numerical tests from their outcomes show the robustness and competence of the new methods compared to the well-known runge-kutta methods in the scientific literature. keywords: explicit runge-kutta methods, oscillating problems phase-lag properties 1. introduction this essay dealing with the system of special first-order ordinary differential equation in the following form: 𝑢′(𝑡) = 𝑓(𝑡, 𝑢), 𝑢(𝑡0) = 𝑢0. (1) such problems are often observed in various applied sciences, such as quantum chemistry, astronomy, quantum mechanics, electronics, elastics, and chemical physics (see [1,2]). conventionally equation (1) is solved by using runge-kutta (rk) methods or two-step methods [3]. several authors presented optimized numerical methods based on the phase lag characteristics (such as [4,5,6]). exact and numerical solutions produce an angle between them is known as phase-lag, and the distance of the numerical solution from the periodic solution is called amplification error. a five-stage four order runge-kutta method with phase-fitted and amplification-fitted proposed by adel et al. [7]. hussain et al. [8] proposed an optimized runge-kutta method to solve problem (1). the phase lag has the feature to develop more accurate numerical methods. this motivates us to propose the runge-kutta ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2703 article history: received 11 april 2021, accepted 30 may 2021, published in october 2021. mailto:kasimabbas@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq %20zkgzainab@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 59 methods by using phase lag properties. based on the previous work, we present a modified approach for the runge–kutta methods by combining the annulment of phase lag, phase lag's derivative, and amplification factor. the new mrk methods have been used to solve oscillation problems. the paper is orderly as follows: in section 2, the phase-lag properties of the mrk method are given. in section 3, we present how the new methods are derived. in section 4, we offer numerical results to illustrate the efficiency of the new mrk method. section 5 is dedicated to conclusions. 2. phase lag properties of mrk methods we are concerned with the numerical solution of the odes of the form (1) with an oscillating solution. the general form of explicit mrk method for solving (1) is defined as follows: 𝑢𝑛+1 = 𝑢𝑛 + ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑓(𝑡𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 , 𝑈𝑖 ) 𝑠 𝑖=1 (2) 𝑈𝑖 = 𝑑𝑖 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 𝑓(𝑡𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑈𝑗 ), 𝑖 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑠. (3) the corresponding butcher tableau for equations (2) – (3) is expressed as follows table 1. s-stage modified mrk method 0 𝑐2 𝑑2 𝑎21 𝑐3 𝑑3 𝑎31 𝑎32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 𝑐𝑠 𝑑𝑠 𝑎𝑠1 𝑎𝑠2 … 𝑎𝑠𝑠−1 𝑏1 𝑏2 … 𝑏𝑠𝑠−1 𝑏𝑠 constructing the new method depends on phase-lag and dissipation analysis proposed in [9]. to this goal, we use the following test equation, 𝑢′ = 𝑖𝑤𝑢, 𝑤 ∈ 𝑅 (4) an implementation of mrk method (2)-(3) to the test equation (4) we yield 𝑢𝑛 = 𝑞∗ 𝑛 𝑢0, 𝑞∗ 𝑛 = 𝑆(𝑧2) + 𝑖𝑧 𝑉(𝑧2) (5) where 𝑧 = 𝑤ℎ and 𝑆, 𝑉 are polynomials in 𝑧2 entirely specified by the coefficients 𝑎𝑖𝑗 , 𝑐𝑖 and 𝑏𝑖 of mrk method (2)-(3). the comparison between equations (5) and (4) produces the following definition. definition: [9] the following quantities in rk method (2)-(3) 1𝑃(𝑧) = 𝑧 − arg[𝑞∗(𝑧)] = 𝑧 − tan −1 ( 𝑧.𝑉(𝑧 2) 𝑆(𝑧 2) ) , 2𝐷(𝑧) = 1 − |𝑞∗(𝑧)| = 1 − √(𝑆 2(𝑧2) + 𝑧2 𝑉2(𝑧2)). are respectively called phase lag or dispersion error and the amplification factor or dissipation error. if 𝑃(𝑧) = ο(𝑧𝑟+1) and 𝐷(𝑧) = ο(𝑧𝑝+1), then the method is said to be of dispersion order 𝑟 and dissipation order 𝑝 . 3. derivation of new mrk methods this section proceeds to derive the modified rk method by abolishing phase lag, phase lag’s derivative, and amplification error. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 60 3.1 five-stage fourth-order method a fourth-order mrk method of five-stage is given as follows [10]: table 2. five-stage modified explicit runge-kutta method to construct a modified rk method, we set 𝑑2, 𝑑3, and 𝑑4 as free parameters and the other parameters are the same as in table 2. motivated by the approach in [8], we obtain the phase lag, phase lag derivative and the amplification factor, which depend on 𝑑2, 𝑑3 and 𝑑4 as follow: 𝑃(𝑧) = tan(𝑧) ( 1 24 𝑑2 𝑧 4 + (− 5 16 𝑑3 − 5 96 𝑑4 − 13 96 ) 𝑧2 + 1) − 𝑧 ( 1 120 𝑧4 + (− 1 16 − 5 48 𝑑3) 𝑧 2 + 7 32 + 25 48 𝑑3 + 25 96 𝑑4), (6) 𝑃′(𝑧) = (1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2(𝑧)) ( 1 24 𝑑2𝑧 4 + (− 5 16 𝑑3 − 5 96 𝑑4 − 13 96 ) 𝑧2 + 1) + tan(𝑧) ( 1 6 𝑑2𝑧 3 + 2 (− 5 16 𝑑3 − 5 96 𝑑4 − 13 96 ) 𝑧) − 1 120 𝑧4 − (− 1 16 − 5 48 𝑑3) 𝑧 2 − 7 32 − 25 48 𝑑3 − 25 96 𝑑4 − 𝑧 ( 1 30 𝑧3 + 2 (− 1 16 − 5 48 𝑑3) 𝑧), (7) 𝐷(𝑧) = 1 14400 𝑧10 + (− 1 960 + 1 576 𝑑2 2 − 1 576 𝑑3) 𝑧 8 + ( 5 1152 𝑑4 + 29 3840 + 25 1152 𝑑3 + 25 2304 𝑑3 2 − 5 1152 𝑑2𝑑4 − 13 1152 𝑑2 − 5 192 𝑑2𝑑3) 𝑧 6 + (− 25 1152 𝑑3𝑑4 + 25 9216 𝑑4 2 + 1 12 𝑑2 − 25 2304 𝑑3 2 − 83 9216 − 85 4608 𝑑4 − 5 192 𝑑3) 𝑧 4 + (− 685 3072 − 305 768 𝑑3 + 625 9216 𝑑4 2 + 625 2304 𝑑3𝑑4 + 625 2304 𝑑3 2 + 5 512 𝑑4) 𝑧 2. (8) now, solving equations (6),(7), and (8), we get the values of free parameters in terms of 𝑧, and the expressions are too complicated, we use the following taylor series expressions, 𝑑2 = 1 − 29 630 𝑧2 − 311 75600 𝑧4 − 46369 74844000 𝑧6 − 120976607 1225944720000 𝑧8 − 0 1 5 𝑑2 1 5 2 5 𝑑3 0 2 5 4 5 𝑑4 6 5 − 12 5 2 1 1 − 17 8 5 − 5 2 5 8 13 96 0 25 48 25 96 1 12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 61 1756548533 110335024800000 𝑧10 − 3475880890247 1350500703552000000 𝑧12 − ⋯, 𝑑3 = 1 − 4 1575 𝑧4 − 47 94500 𝑧6 − 1009 13365000 𝑧8 1695769 139311900000 𝑧10 − 271269671 137918781000000 𝑧12 − ⋯, 𝑑4 = 1 − 8 1575 𝑧4 − 37 47250 𝑧6 − 437 11694375 𝑧8 4558639 766215450000 𝑧10 − 32225033 34479695250000 𝑧12 − ⋯. (9) it can observe that for 𝑧 → 0, the new method reduces to an original rk method given in dormand [10]. 3.2 six-stage five-order method consider the following six-stage modified rk method which can be expressed in butcher tableau [3]. table 3. five-stage modified explicit runge-kutta method according to the method in table 3, the phase lag, phase lag derivative, and amplification factor become 𝑃(𝑧) = tan(𝑧) (1 + (− 31 90 − 1 15 𝑑4 − 4 45 𝑑5) 𝑧 2 + 1 24 𝑧4 − 1 1280 𝑧6) − 𝑧 ( 7 90 𝑑6 + + 13 30 + 2 15 𝑑4 + 16 45 𝑑5 + (− 7 90 − 1 20 𝑑4) 𝑧 2 + 1 120 𝑧4) (10) 𝑃′(𝑧) = (1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2(𝑧)) (1 + (− 31 90 − 1 15 𝑑4 − 4 45 𝑑5) 𝑧 2 + 1 24 𝑧4 − 1 1280 𝑧6) + tan(𝑧) (2 (− 31 90 − 1 15 𝑑4 − 4 45 𝑑5) 𝑧 + 1 6 𝑧3 − 3 640 𝑧5) − 7 90 𝑑6 − 13 30 − 2 15 𝑑4 − 16 45 𝑑5 − (− 7 60 − 1 20 𝑑4) 𝑧 2 − 1 120 𝑧4 − 𝑧 ( 1 30 𝑧3 + 2 (− 7 60 − 1 20 𝑑4) 𝑧), (11) 0 1 4 1 1 4 1 4 1 1 8 1 8 1 2 𝑑4 0 0 1 2 3 4 𝑑5 3 16 − 3 8 3 8 9 16 1 𝑑6 − 3 7 8 7 6 7 − 12 7 8 7 7 90 0 16 45 2 15 16 45 7 90 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 62 𝐷(𝑧) = 1 1638400 𝑧12 + 1 230400 𝑧10 + ( 19 57600 − 7 9600 𝑑4 + 1 7200 𝑑5) 𝑧 8 + ( 1 120 𝑑4 − 1 675 𝑑5 + 1 400 𝑑4 2 − 163 17280 + 7 5400 𝑑6) 𝑧 6 + (− 77 2700 𝑑4 − 2 225 𝑑4 2 − 44 2025 𝑑5 + 817 8100 − 49 2700 𝑑6 − 7 900 𝑑4𝑑6 − 16 675 𝑑4𝑑5 + 16 2025 𝑑5 2) 𝑧4 + ( 88 675 𝑑5 + 4 225 𝑑4 2 + 49 8100 𝑑6 2 + 256 2025 𝑑5 2 + 64 675 𝑑4𝑑5 + 112 2025 𝑑5𝑑6 + 14 675 𝑑4𝑑6 + + 91 1350 𝑑6 − 4 225 𝑑4 − 451 900 ) 𝑧2 (12) solving equations (10),(11), and (12), we find 𝑑4 = 1 − 25 2016 𝑧4 − 31 4536 𝑧6 − 613 221760 𝑧8 − 116287 103783680 𝑧10 − 5938297 1307643680 𝑧12 − 3273113521 17784371404800 𝑧14 − ⋯, 𝑑5 = 1 + 347 21504 𝑧4 + 67 13824 𝑧6 + 7367 3548160 𝑧8 + 2819 3354624 𝑧10 + 1827169 5364817920 𝑧12 + 13092454033 94849980825600 𝑧14 + ⋯, 𝑑6 = 1 − 247 4704 𝑧4 − 1775 84672 𝑧6 − 14143 1552320 𝑧8 − 447763 121080960 𝑧10 − 22865693 15256200960 𝑧12 − 2520658027 4149686661120 𝑧14 − ⋯. (13) it can demonstrate that for 𝑧 → 0, the new method same as the original rk method given in butcher [3]. 4. numerical results to evaluate the performance of the new modified runge-kutta methods suggested in this paper, we apply them to five oscillatory problems and then compared the numerical results with the several well-known efficient methods. we use the criteria of absolute error to measure the accuracy of the method, which is given by absolute error = max (|𝑦(𝑡𝑛) − 𝑦𝑛 |). where 𝑦(𝑡𝑛) is the true solution and 𝑦𝑛 is the numerical solution. figures 1-5 demonstrate the efficiency graphs of log 10 (max error) versus step size ℎ. integration interval is [0, 1000] for all problems with step sizes ℎ = 0.1 2𝑖 , 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 ⁄ . the following numerical methods are used in the comparison. (i)  mrk4: modified five-stage fourth-order rk method presented in table 1 and eqs. (9) in section 3 in this paper.  rk4d: the classical five-stage rk method of order four given in [10].  rk4pf: the phase-fitted and amplification-fitted rk method given in [7].  rk5s: six-stage rk method of order five given in [11].  rk4ms: the modified four-order rk method given in [9]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 63  rk4b: the five-stage rk method of fourth-order given in [3]. (ii)  mrk5: modified six-stage fifth-order rk method presented in table 2 and eqs. (13) in section 3 in this paper.  rk5b: the classical six-stage rk method of order five given in [3].  ork5t: optimized fifth-order rk method given in [4].  rk5m: optimized rk method of order five given in [12].  ork5a: optimized rk method of order five given in [5].  rk5k: optimized fifth-order rk method proposed in [6]. problem 1: [13] 𝑢′′(𝑡) = 100 𝑢(𝑡) + 99 sin(𝑡) , 𝑢(0) = 1, 𝑢′(0) = 11. whose exact solution is 𝑢(𝑡) = cos(10𝑡) + sin(10𝑡) + sin(𝑡) , and 𝑤 = 10. problem 2: [14] 𝑢′′(𝑡) = −64 𝑢(𝑡), 𝑢(0) = 1, 𝑢′(0) = −2. exact solution is 𝑢(𝑡) = 1 4 sin(8𝑡) + cos(8𝑡) , and 𝑤 = 8. problem 3: [15] 𝑢1 ′′(𝑡) + 𝑢1(𝑡) = 0.001 cos(𝑡) , 𝑢1(0) = 1, 𝑢1 ′ (0) = 0, 𝑢2 ′′(𝑡) + 𝑢2(𝑡) = 0.001 sin(𝑡) , 𝑢2(0) = 0, 𝑢2 ′ (0) = 0.9995. exact solution is 𝑢1(𝑡) = cos(𝑡) +0.0005 𝑡 sin(𝑡), 𝑢2(𝑡) = sin(𝑡) −0.0005 𝑡 cos(𝑡), and 𝑤 = 1. problem 4: [16] 𝑢′′(𝑡) + ( 101 2 − 99 2 − 99 2 101 2 ) 𝑢(𝑡) = ( 93 2 cos(2𝑡) − 99 2 sin(2𝑡) 93 2 sin(2𝑡) − 99 2 cos(2𝑡) ), 𝑢(0) = ( 0 1 ) , 𝑢′(0) = ( −10 12 ). exact solution and frequency are 𝑢(𝑡) = ( − cos(10𝑡)(𝑡) − sin(10𝑡) + cos(2𝑡) cos(10𝑡) + sin(10𝑡) + sin(2𝑡) ) , 𝑤 = 10. problem 5: [17] oscillatory system problem 𝑢′′(𝑡) + ( 13 −12 −12 13 ) 𝑢(𝑡) = ( 9 cos(2𝑡) − 12 sin(2𝑡) −12 cos(2𝑡) + 9 sin(2𝑡) ), ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 64 𝑢(0) = ( 1 0 ) , 𝑢′(0) = ( −4 8 ). exact solution and frequency are 𝑢(𝑡) = ( sin(𝑡) − sin(5𝑡) + cos(2𝑡) sin(𝑡) + sin(5𝑡) + sin(2𝑡) ) , 𝑤 = 5. (a) comparisons of the methods (i) in section 4. (b) comparisons of the methods (ii) in section 4. figure 1. the competence curves for problem 1. (a) comparisons of the methods (i) in section 4 (b) comparisons of the methods (ii) in section 4. figure 2. the competence curves for problem 2. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 65 (a) comparisons of the methods (i) in section 4. (b) comparisons of the methods (ii) in section 4. figure 3. the competence curves for problem 3. (a) comparisons of the methods (i) in section 4. (b) comparisons of the methods (ii) in section 4. figure 4. the competence curves for problem 4. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 66 (a) comparisons of the methods (i) in section 4. (b) comparisons of the methods (ii) in section 4. figure 5: the competence curves for problem 5. 5. conclusion classical runge-kutta methods are adjusted for solving the system of first-order ordinary differential equations whose solutions have a marked periodic style in this paper. the new methods are based on a fourth and fifth algebraic order given in [10] and [3], respectively. the proposed methods have nullified the phase-lag, amplification error, and phase lag’s derivative. the results demonstrate the competence and effectiveness of the newly constructed methods, while they are compared to the standard methods and efficient rk methods. it is clear that the new mrk methods are the most accurate, and especially other than existing rk methods in the scientific literature. references 1. mahmood, b. s.; gaftan, a. m.; fawzi, f. a. alternating directions implicit method for solving homogeneous heat diffusion equation. ihjpas. 2020, 33(2), 62-71, doi: 10.30526/33.2.2427. 2. al-hawasy, j. a. a.; mansour, n. f. the galerkin-implicit methods for solving nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem. ihjpas. 2021, 34(2), 119-128, doi: 10.30526/34.2.2618. 3. butcher, j. c. numerical methods for ordinary differential equations, john wiley & sons, 2nd edition, 2008, isbn: 978-0-470-72335-7. 4. tsitouras, c.; simos, t. e. optimized runge–kutta pairs for problems with oscillating solutions. journal of computational and applied mathematics, 2002, 147(2), 397-409. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0377-0427(02)00475-2. 5. anastassi, z. a.; simos, t. e. special optimized runge–kutta methods for ivps with oscillating solutions. international journal of modern physics c, 2004, 15(01), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1142/s0129183104006510. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0377-0427(02)00475-2 https://doi.org/10.1142/s0129183104006510 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 67 6. kosti, a. a.; anastassi, z. a.; simos, t. e. an optimized explicit runge-kutta method with increased phase-lag order for the numerical solution of the schrödinger equation and related problems. journal of mathematical chemistry, 2010, 47(1), 315-330. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10910-009-9571-z. 7. fawzi, f. a.; senu, n.; ismail, f.; majid, z. a. new phase-fitted and amplification-fitted modified runge-kutta method for solving oscillatory problems. global journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2016, 12(2), 1229-1242. 8. hussain, k.; ismail, f.; senu, n.; rabiei, f. optimized fourth-order runge-kutta method for solving oscillatory problems. in aip conference proceedings, 2016, 1739(1), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4952512. 9. simos, t. e.; aguiar, j. v. a modified runge–kutta method with phase-lag of order infinity for the numerical solution of the schrödinger equation and related problems. computers & chemistry, 2001, 25(3), 275-281. https://doi.org/10.1016/s00978485(00)00101-7. 10. dormand, j. r. numerical methods for differential equations: a computational approach, crc press, new york. 1996, isbn: 0-8493-9433-3. 11. sakas, d. p.; simos, t. e. a fifth algebraic order trigonometrically-fitted modified runge-kutta zonneveld method for the numerical solution of orbital problems. mathematical and computer modelling, 2005, 42(7-8), 903-920. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcm.2005.09.018. 12. ming, q.; yang, y.; fang, y. an optimized runge-kutta method for the numerical solution of the radial schrödinger equation. mathematical problems in engineering, 2012, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1155/2012/867948. 13. salih, m.; ismail, f.; senu, n. phase fitted and amplification fitted of runge-kuttafehlberg method of order 4 (5) for solving oscillatory problems. baghdad science journal, 2020. 17(2), 689-693. https://dx.doi.org/10.21123/bsj.2020.17.2(si).0689. 14. ahmad, n. a.; senu, n.; ibrahim, z. b.; othman, m. trigonometrically-fitted diagonally implicit two derivative runge-kutta method for the numerical solution of periodical ivps. asm science journal, 2019, 12(1), 50-59. 15. demba, m. a.; kumam, p.; watthayu, w.; phairatchatniyom, p. embedded exponentially-fitted explicit runge-kutta-nyström methods for solving periodic problems. computation. 2020, 8(32), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.3390/computation8020032. 16. fawiz, f. a.; gaftan, a. m.; oguntunde, p. e.; senu, n. an optimized runge-kutta method for the numerical solution of the oscillation problems. journal of engineering and appliedsciences.2019, 14(19),17077-7083. https://doi.org/10.36478/jeasci.2019.7077.7083. 17. hussain, k. a. trigonometrically fitted fifth-order explicit two-derivative runge-kutta method with fsal property. journal of physics: conference series. 2019, 1294(3), 1-10. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1294/3/032009 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10910-009-9571-z https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4952512 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0097-8485(00)00101-7 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0097-8485(00)00101-7 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcm.2005.09.018 https://doi.org/10.1155/2012/867948 https://dx.doi.org/10.21123/bsj.2020.17.2(si).0689 https://doi.org/10.3390/computation8020032 https://doi.org/10.36478/jeasci.2019.7077.7083 https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1294/3/032009 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 multipole mixing ratios of gamma rays from feγ)n,(nfe 5656 2626  reaction using constant statistical tensor method (cst). b. m. saied,h. m. yohana ,t. a. younis departme nt of physics, college of education,i bn al-haitham abstract the m ultip le mixing ratios of -transitions from levels of 56fe p op ulated in 56 56( , )fe n n fe reactions are calcu lated by using const. s.t.m . this method has been used in other works [3,7] but with p ure transition or with transitions that can be considered as p ure transitions، in our work we used this method for mixed  transitions in addition to p ure  transitions. the exp erimental angu lar d istribution coefficients a2 was used from p revious works [1] in order to calculet  values. it is clear from the results that t he values are in good agr eement or consistent, within associated errors, with those reported p reviously [1]. the discrep ancies that occur are due to inaccur acies existing in the exp erimental data of the p revious works. the p resent work results confirm the validities of c.s.t.m . in calculating the -mixin g ratios and their cap abilities in p redicting any inaccuracy in the exp erimental data and c.t.t.m . for mixed transition which are bett er than c.t.t.m. for p ure transitions because it depends only on the exp erimental results while the 2nd method dep ends on p ure and that which can be consider ed to be p ure transitions. 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة حساب نسب الخلط الشعة كاما المنبعثة من التفاعل feγ)n,(nfe 5656 2626  االحصائي الثابت باستعمال طریقة التنسر)cst( یونس تغرید عبد الجبار ،هرمز موشي یوحنا،بشائر محمد سعید جامعة بغداد فیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم ال ةـالخالص المتولـدة مـن و fe56 الحدیـد امیـة مـن مسـتویات الطاقـة فـيكلا لألنتقـاالت )(تـم فـي البحـث الحـالي حسـاب نسـب الخلـط 56التفاعل 56( , )fe n n fe cst-m( بطریقة التنسر االحصائي الثابت ethod.( ولكـن فـي حالـة وجـود انتقـاالت نقیـة او انتقـاالت ]7، 3[سبق ان اسـتخدمت فـي الدراسـات السـابقة هذه الطریقة إنذ إ قاالت تنقیة فقط اما في الدراسة الحالیة فقد استخدمت الطریقة نفسها وباالسلوب نفسه لیس فقط في حالة وجود االنوصفها یمكن إذ تــم االعتمــاد علــى النتــائج التجریبیــة ، اضــیف لهـا االنتقــاالت الكامیــة المختلطــة نقیــة فقــط بــل وصــفهاالنقیـة او التــي یمكــن التـي تـم الحصـول علیهـا ) (وقـد اتضـح ان قـیم ، ) (في حساب قـیم ]1[المنشورة لالعمال السابقة a2لمعامالت التوزیع الزاوي وسـبب وجـود بعـض التناقضـات یعـود الـى ]1[ة سـابقًا نظریًا متفقة بصورة جیدة او ضمن حدود الخطأ التجریبـي مـع تلـك المنشـور ) (وكذلك تؤكد النتائج الحالیة امكانیة هذه الطریقة لـیس فقـط علـى حسـاب قـیم ، عدم الدقة في النتائج التجریبیة للبحوث السابقة ي الثابـت لالنتقـاالت المختلطـة وان طریقـة التنسـر االحصـائ، وانما على امكانیتها علـى التنبـؤ بوجـود الخطـأ فـي النتـائج التجریبیـة علـى النتـائج التجریبیـة بینمــا وذلـك النهـا اعتمـدت بشــكل رئـیس، ة كانـت افضـل مـن التنسـر االحصـائي الثابــت لالنتقـاالت النقیـ . تعتمد الثانیة على انتقاالت نقیة وانتقاالت یمكن عدها نقیة ةـالمقدم البرم نفسه ما دامت ب ان یكون ثابتًا للمستویات التي لها ان التنسر االحصائي یج ]youhana ]3لقد الحظ mو jiمعامالت التنسر االحصائي ال تعتمد على طاقة المستوى وانما على i فقط وعلیه اقترحyauhan a طریقة التنسر دراسات اثبت وفي هذه ال، للعدید من االنتقاالت المختلطة ) ( وطبقها بنجاح في حساب قیم (cst)االحصائي الثابت y ouhana صحة هذه الطریقة بوصفها وسیلة جیدة مثل البرنامجcindy لحساب قیم فضالً لالنتقاالت الكامیة المختلطة ها على التنبؤ بوجود اي خطأ او عدم الدقة في النتائج التجریبیة لكون الطریقة تعتمد فقط على النتائج التجریبیة وال تقابلی عن ذلك فأن هذه الطریقة سهلة وتكون حاسبة الكترونیة یدویة كافیة للقیام بكل الحسابات زیادة على، ج نووي تعتمد على اي انموذ .الضروریة مستویات الطاقة في الحدید درستولقد سبق ان 56 fe باستعمال تفاعل االستطارة غیر المرنة لنیوترونات المفاعل ، مستویًا منهجیاً وقیس التوزیع الزاوي لعدد من االنتقاالت الكامیة 26نحالل انتقاًال كامیًا من ا 47الحظ إذ ،]1[السریعة 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة و 4119.4وازیل الغموض عن الیوم النووي للمستویین ، مستویًا 18من قیم الیوم النووي المحدد سابقًا لحوالي ثبتوتم الت 3ا بـ كیلو الكترون فولت وحدد برماهم 4457.2 + 4و + . على التوالي ولكن ]7-3[ان استخدمت في بحوث سابقة طریقة التنسر االحصائي الثابت التي سبق متفي البحث الحالي استخد ا الطریقة نفسها واالسلوب نفسه اما في بحثنا فقد استخدمن، نقیة فقط ت نقیة او انتقاالت یمكن وصفهافي حالة وجود انتقاال ها نقیة واعتمدنا قاالت النقیة او التي یمكن وصفاالنت عن فضالً ، یة المختلطة ایضًا لحساب قیم نسب الخلط لالنتقاالت الكام . ]1[نفسها أللدراسات a2في ذلك على النتائج التجریبیة لمعامالت التوزیع الزاوي أختزال المعطیات وتحلیلها من ρ2 (ji)قاالت الكامیة النقیة واالنتقاالت التي یمكن عدها نقیة یمكن حساب التنسر االحصائي تالنى الاسبة بالن . (1) یةتالمعادلة اال a2 (ji – jf)= ρ2 (ji) f2 (ji jf ) .................................................................................................. (1)[2] -:ان إذ ρ2(ji) یمثل التنسر االحصائي للمستوي االبتدائيji . f2 (ji jf ) ن معلومات عن تغیرات الزخم الزاوي ونسب الخلط هي معامالت تتضم وهي تعطى بالعالقة االتیة: )1( )]jllj(f)jllj(f2)jllj(f[ )jj(f 2 i22f2 2 i21f2i11f2 fi2    ............................................ (2)[8] 0jjl fi1  ان إذ ...................................................................................................................... 1ll 12  .............................................................................................................................. یمثل الزخم الزاوي الشعة كاما وهو الیساوي صفر lإذ l 0 sl l شعة كامایمثل الزخم الزاوي ال l 0,1,2,3 =یأخذ (یمثل الزخم الزاوي المداري,……… l( s 1= یمثل البرم -:یأتي امك [2]وبذلك تصبح المعادلة 0فان اوفي حالة كون االنتقال نقی )()( 1122 iffi jlljfjjf  .................................................................................................. (3) ینتج (1)ي ف (3)وبتعویض a2 (ji – jf)= ρ2 (ji) f2 (jfl1l1ji) .............................................................................................. (4) ρ2(ji)یمكن الحصول على (4)ومن المعادلة ρ2(ji) = a2 (ji – jf) / f2 (jf l1 l1 ji) ......................................................................................... (5) .مذكورة في الملحق f2 (jf l1 l1 ji)ان قیم إذ .معلومة من الجدول jfو jiوان :وبأخذ االحتماالت كافة لمثل هذه االنتقاالت تصبح هذه المعادلة كما یأتي 70711.0/)01()0111(/)01()1( 2222  afa ..................................................................... (6) 59761.0/)02()0222(/)02()2( 2222  afa ............................................................... (7) 34641.0/)23()2113(/)23()3( *22 * 22  afa ................................................................ (8) 44770.0/)24()2224(/)24()4( *22 * 22  afa ........................................................... (9) 40291.0/)46()4226(/)26()6( *22 * 22  afa ............................................................ (10) 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة – a2 (jiوذلك بأخذ قیم (1)في (2)بتعویض ρ2(ji)حصائي النتقاالت المختلطة فیمكن حساب التنسر االى الااما بالنسبة jf) وقیم المقاسة لكل انتقال بنظر االعتبار. 2 222 2 212112 22 1 )()(2)( )()(       ififif ifi jlljfjlljfjlljf jjja ............................. (11) -:وبأخذ االحتماالت كافة لمثل هذه االنتقاالت تصبح هذه المعادلة كما یأتي 2 2 22 1 12806.022476.141833.0 )2()22(a       ......................................................... (12) 2 2 22 1 12372.089738.134641.0 )3()23(a       ......................................................... (13) 2 2 22 1 30929.044338.114434.0 )3()43(a       ........................................................... (14) 2 2 22 1 47009.005944.144770.0 )4()24(a       .......................................................... (15) 2 2 22 1 26455.067082.04387.0 )4()44(a       .......................................................... (16) 2 2 22 1 30219.013960.140291.0 )6()46(a       ....................................................... (17) 2 2 22 1 9355.046292.044320.0 )6()66(a       ....................................................... (18) -:اذا تحقق الشرط االتي اً نقی او یمكن وصفه یعد االنتقال نقیاً -:مالحظة fifi jjljj  ان إذ ji ،jf =تماثل المستوي االبتدائي والثانوي على التوالي. l =زخم اشعة كاما الشعة كاما l  0وكما ذكرنا ان :كما یأتي elوفي مثل هذه االنتقاالت یكون تغیر التماثل لالشعاع الكهربائي )el()1(. lfi  mولالشعاع المغناطیسي l كما یأتي: )m l()1(. 1lfi  تماثل المستوي االبتدائي iن اإذ f تماثل المستوي الثانوي (فأذا كان لدینا االنتقال 02( نجري االتي اام مختلط اكان انتقال نقی اواردنا معرفة ماإذ: fifi jjljj  02l02  2l2  2l  اع الكهربائي الشعى الاالنسبة ب l fi )1(.  l)1()(.)(  2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ,4,2l)1()( l  فقط l=2أي تأخذ اعداد زوجیة ولكن 2eel  المغناطیسيالشعاع ى الاأما بالنسبة 1l fi )1(.  1l)1()(.)(  ,3,1l)1()( 1l   فقط l=2اي تأخذ اعداد فردیة ولكن  الیوجد أنتقال مغناطیسي e2 100%االنتقال نقي وعلیه فأن والمناقشة النتائج واالنتقاالت الكامیة النقیة واالنتقاالت التي عدت نقیة fe56مستویات الطاقة في نظیر الحدید ) 1(یبین الجدول )j(المستعملة في حساب التنسر االحصائي الثابت i2 لتلك المستویات. 3jiمن مستویات برومها اً الیوجد انتقال نقی  . 43(ولكن یمكن عد االنتقال الكامي(   2034.8 كیلو )23(االنتقال الكامي وكذلك . كیلو الكترون فولت 4119.4الكترون فولت من المستوي   3554.1 كیلو الكترون فولت لهذین االنتقالین اي ]1[ المصدرالمنشورتین في قیمتي صغركیلو الكترون فولت نقیین بسبب 4401.2من المستوي =0.02(2) و= 0.01(7) 3(وعند ذلك یمكن حساب . على التوالي(2 للمستویین كما هو مبین في الجدول)1.( 2)(نالحظ ان قیم ij هابعض من تویات المختلفة متقاربة ضمن الخطأ المرافق لها بعضهاالمحسوبة لالنتقاالت من المس .نفسها ijفي حالة المستویات التي لها قیمة االخر ي) 2(اما الجدول واالنتقاالت الكامیة المختلطة المستعلمة في حساب التنسر fe56فبین مستویات الطاقة ف .بنظر االعتبار 2aالمقاسة لها ومع قیم االحصائي بأخذ قیم متقاربة ضمن الخطأ المرافق لها لالنتقاالت من المستویات التي 2)2(ان قیم (2)نالحظ من الجدول 2jiبرومها  . 2)3(وكذلك قیم لجمیع االنتقاالت الكامیة من المستویات التي برمها ها االخربعضمن متقاربة بعضها 3ji  43(عدا االنتقال(   2)3(كیلو إلكترون فولت فان قیمتي 510.4ي كیلو إلكترون فولت من المستو 2425.5 النتقال ى الاأما بالنسبة . وهذا یؤكد مرة أخرى ان النتائج التجریبیة المقاسة لهذا االنتقال غیر صحیحة. مختلفتان تماماً )23(   المحسوبتان تشیران إلى النتائج التجریبیة لهذا 2)3(كیلو إلكترون فولت من المستوى نفسه فقیمتا 1852.8 .االنتقال صحیحة 4jiوبالنسبة إلى المستویات التي برومها  6وji  4(تشیر قیم(2 و)2)6 المحسوبة لها إلى ان النتائج .التجریبیة المقاسة لالنتقاالت الكامیة من هذه المستویات صحیحة 2)(لقیم (weighted average)المعدل الموزون (3)یبین الجدول ij (2)و (1)التي تم حسابها في الجدولین. 2)(میـة التـي تـم حسـابها باسـتعمال قـیم نسب الخلـط لالنتقـاالت الكا (4)ویبین الجدول ij (3)المبینـة فـي الجـدول. المحسوبة بطریقة التنسر اإلحصائي لالنتقاالت الكامیـة مـن المسـتویات المختلفـة متفقـة مـع قـیم ان قیم (4)نالحظ من الجدول  كیلـو إلكتـرون 4510.4كیلـو إلكتـرون فولـت مـن المسـتوى 2425.5نفسها عـدا االنتقـال ألالنتقاالت [1] لمصدرالمنشورة في ا .لهذا االنتقال [1] المصدروهذا یؤكد مرة أخرى عدم صحة النتائج التجریبیة المقاسة في . فولت 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة في حالة أخذ االنتقاالت المختلطة بنظر االعتبار في حساب قیم المحسوبة بهذه الطریقة وكذلك نالحظ ان قیم )(2 ij أكثر اتفاقًا مع قیم نفسها من قیم ألالنتقاالت [1] المصدرالمنشورة في المحسوبة في حالة أخذ االنتقاالت النقیة 2)(بنظر االعتبار في حساب قیم ij . 2)(ان االنتقاالت التي عدت نقیة لم تكن نقیة تمامًا فمثًال نالحظ ان القیم المطلقة لقیم هذا على یدل ij الموزونة 2)(بینما نالحظ في حالة حساب ، في حالة حسابها باستعمال االنتقاالت المختلطة ijتزداد بزیادة ij ت التي من االنتقاال .2)4(أكبر من 2)3(عـدت نقیة ان .)نقصد بالجذر الخیالي ان الناتج یكون سالب تحت الجذر التربیعي :ةـمالحظ اتـاالستنتاج الي حساب قیم -1 بحث الح وحسب ) 2(و) cst )1بطریقة fe56النتقاالت كامیة من مستویات الطاقة في تم في ال بقاً مع األخذ بنظر االعتبار قیم المعدل الموزون لقیم ویبین الجدول . المحسوبة في البحث الحالي والقیم المنشورة مس .fe56المتبینة لالنتقاالت الكامیة في قیم ) 5( بینما تعتمد الثانیة ،ان االولى تعتمد على النتائج التجریبیة جمیعها إذ ، cst(1)افضل من طریقة cst(2)ان طریقة -2 .یمكن عدها نقیة فقطاو انتقاالت على انتقاالت نقیة فحسب وانما على التنبؤ بوجود خطأ في من أمكانیة طریقة التنسر االحصائي الثابت لیس على حساب قیم ثبتتم الت -3 .النتائج التجریبیة كبیراً a2جمیعها صحیحیة على الرغم من كون الخطأ التجریبي المرافق للعامل ]1[المصدرلنتائج التجریبیة المنشورة في ا -4 .نسبیًا لعدد من االنتقاالت )34(5.2425والتناقض الوحید موجود في حالة االنتقال **  كیلو الكترون فولت، 4510.4كیلو الكترون فولت من المستوي .من خطأ النتائج التجریبیة لهذا االنتقال بطریقة التنسر االحصائي الثابت ثبتتم الت إذ المصادر 1. al-jeboori m .a.a., y ouhana h.m ., kamber n.y. and kaneel t. k.1999; ibn al haitham journal for pure and app lied sciences, ener gy levels in 56 fe fro m (n,n'γ) reaction, 10(2):52. 2. polett i a.r. and warburton e.k.1965; phy s. rev. 137 b:595 . 3. youhana h.m .2002; ibn al-haitham journal for pure and ap p lied,sciences e2/m 1 m ixing ratios of 2 + -2 + gamma transitions in 90,92,94 zr isotop es using anew m ethod, 15(4):33. 4. youhana h.m .2002; ibn al-hatham journal for p ure and app lied, sciences m utip ole m ixing ratios of gamma transitions from levels with sp in 4 and 3 in 90,9 2,94 40 zr isot op es using the const ant st atistical tensor m ethod, 15(4)14:ج . 5. m ohammedsaied b. 2001; ph.d. thesis, analy sis of angular dist ribution of gamma rays and gamma-gamma & particle-gamma, university of baghdad . 6. al-zuhairy m .h.m .1999; ph.d. t hesis,m ultipole m ixing ratios of gamma r ay from the heavy ion reactions by using constant statistical tensor m ethod, university of baghd ad . 7. tammy r.j. 2004 p h.d. t hesis, multip ole m ixing r atios of γ-rays from different nuclear reactions. university of al-mustansiriy ah. 8. yamazaki t.1967 ; nucl. data, section a3:1. 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )j(واالنتقاالت الكامیة المستعملة في حساب التنسر اإلحصائي fe56مستویات الطاقة في : (1)الجدول i2 في حالة االنتقاالت النقیة ie (kev) e (kev)   fi jj 2 4 a a [1] f2 (jfl1l1ji) )j( i2 3448.6 3448.6 1 + -0 + -0.117 (24) -0.023 (29) 0.70711 -0.16546+0.03394 846.7 846.7 2 + -0 + 0.304 (16) -0.068 (18) -0.59761 -0.50869+0.02677 3601.6 3601.6 2 + -0 + 0.373 (83) -0.048 (100) -0.59761 -0.62415+0.13889 2084.9 1238.2 4 + -2 + 0.311 (32) -0.100 (40) -0.44770 -0.69466+0.07148 3122.8 2276.0 4 + -2 + 0.298 (15) -0.081 (19) -0.44770 -0.66562+0.03350 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )j(واالنتقاالت الكامیة المستعملة في حساب التنسر اإلحصائي fe56مستویات الطاقة في : (2)الجدول i2 في حالة .نتقاالت النقیة والمختلطةاال ie (kev) e (kev)   fi jj 2 4 a a [1]  [1] f2 (jijf ) )j( i2 2657.4 1810.7 2 + -2 + 0.139 (26) -0.006 (33) -0.14 (4) 3.4 (4) -0.23966 -0.24699 -0.57999+0.10849 -0.56278+0.10527 2959.6 2112.9 2 + -2 + 0.270 (24) -0.068 (29) 0.05 (4) 2.0 (2) -0.47805 -0.47112 -0.56479+0.05020 -0.57310+0.05094 3369.7 2523.0 2 + -2 + 0.361 (39) 0.010 (47) 0.19 (8) 1.5 (2) -0.62389 -0.60533 -0.57863+0.06251 -0.59637+0.06443 3445.4 2598.5 3 + -2 + -0.428 (25) -0.020 (32) -0.15 (7) 0.61441 -0.69660+0.04069 1360.2 3 + -4 + 0.113 (38) -0.037 (44) -0.23 (5) -2.9 (5) -0.16267 -0.15306 -0.69466+0.23360 -0.73827+0.24827 4048.4 3201.3 3 + -2 + 0.444 (44) 0.040 (73) 0.59 (9) -0.60538 -0.73342+0.07268 1089.1 3 + -2 + 0.271 (108) -0.126 (130) 0.40 (10) -0.37270 -0.72713+0.28978 4099.7 3252.9 3 + -2 + 0.205 (166) -0.178 (205) 0.34 (14) -0.28057 -0.73066+0.59165 4119.4 3272.3 3 + -4 + -0.128 (21) 0.023 (28) 0.02 (2) 0.17326 -0.73877+0.12121 4401.2 3554.1 3 + -2 + -0.264 (89) 0.0 -0.01 (7) 0.36533 -0.72263+0.24362 4510.4 2425.5 3 + -4 + -0.372 (125) 0.056 (125) -0.02 (6) -3.0 (8) 0.11555 -0.14022 -3.21939+1.08178 2.65297+0.89146 1852.8 3 + -2 + -0.475 (178) 0.405 (212)  18.0 13.0 16.0     3.1 8.04.2  0.63068 0.61945 -0.75316+0.28224 -0.76681+0.28735 2084.9 1238.2 4 + -2 + 0.311 (32) -0.100 (40) -0.04 (4) -0.40543 -0.76709+0.07893 3122.8 2276.0 4 + -2 + 0.298 (15) -0.081 (19) -0.08 (2) -0.36363 -0.81951+0.04125 1037.9 4 + -4 + 0.267 (14) -0.064 (17) -0.15 (2) 1.30 (6) -0.32487 -0.32109 -0.82187+0.04309 -0.83154+0.04360 4457.2 1335.0 4 + -4 + 0.420 (151) -0.187 (182) ? 29.015.0   5 8.0 ?70.0   -0.52168 -0.52261 -0.80509+0.28945 -0.80366+0.28893 3388.1 1303.2 6 + -4 + 0.364 (64) -0.012 (75) -0.02 (7) -0.38009 -0.95767+0.16838 3755.9 1670.8 6 + -4 + 0.389 (68) -0.024 (84) 0.03 (8) -0.43698 -0.89020+0.15561 368.0 6 + -6 + 0.362 (83) -0.058 (98) -.08(17) -0.40172 -0.9011+0.20661 2010) 1( 23المجلد ة مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقی .في حالة االنتقاالت المختلطة (2)في حالة االنتقاالت النقیة و (1)التنسر اإلحصائي الثابت : (3) الجدول )j( i2 (2) (1)   0.16546 + 0.03394  0.57710 + 0.02577  0.51283 + 0.02629  0.71019 + 0.03241  0.85652 + 0.12660  0.81906 + 0.02349  0.67085 + 0.03033    0.91656 + 0.10000  0.93258 + 0.11567 نسب الخلط النتقاالت كامیة من مستویات متهیجة في التفاعل : (4)الجدول  fen,nfe 5656  باستعمال طریقة .في حالة االنتقاالت المختلطة (2)االت النقیة في حالة االنتق) 1(التنسر اإلحصائي الثابت e (kev)   fi jj قیم cst (1) cst (2) 846.7 2 + -0 + e2 e2 1238.2 4 + -2 + 0.01 (5) -0.06 (4) 2094.9 0 + -2 + e2 e2 2112.9 2 + -2 + 0.09 (5) 1.8 (2) 0.04 (4) 2.0 (2) 2276.0 4 + -2 + 0.00 (2) -0.08 (2) 1037.9 4 + -4 + -0.06 (3) 1.1 (1) -0.15 (2) 1.3 (1) 2523.0 2 + -2 + 17.0 10.0 29.0   1.2 (3) 09.0 07.019.0   1.4 (3) 1303.2 6 + -4 + -0.01 (7) -0.01 (7) 2598.5 3 + -2 + -0.08 (5) -3.0 (4) -0.14 (3) -2.5 (2) 1360.2 3 + -4 + -0.20 (4) -3.1 (4) -0.23 (5) -2.9 (4) 2598.4 1 + -0 + m1 m1 3601.6 2 + -0 + e2 e2 1670.8 6 + -4 + 0.02 (8) 0.02 (8) 368.0 6 + -6 + )09.0( 16.0 24.0   28.0 34.0 76.0   )09.0( 15.0 23.0    2 7.0 3 3.076.0   3201.3 3 + -2 + 0.51 (4) 8.0 6.03.4   0.61 (8) 3.2 (6) 1089.1 3 + -2 + 09.0 07.0 36.0   9.15 9.3 5.9   0.41 (11) 1 1 37   3252.9 3 + -2 + 14.0 11.0 31.0   فقط 0.35 (15) فقط 2034.8 3 + -4 + 0.00(2) )0.9( 4.2 5.1    0.02 (2) )2.11( 4.3 2.2    3554.1 3 + -2 + 0.02(6) )4.4( 6.1 0.1    -0.02 (7) )8.3( 3.1 9.0   1335.0 4 + -4 + جذور خیالیة ? 28.013.0   55.0 ?73.0   2425.5 3 + -4 + 13.0 11.0 20.0   فقط 17.0 13.027.0   5.32 3.35.6   1852.8 3 + -2 + )11.0( 1 7.0 1 2.0    )7.2( 3.1 9.0    )18.0( 20.0 14.0   )2.2( 3.1 8.0    2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة .fe56النتقاالت كامیة من مستویات الطاقة في ) adopted(نسب الخلط المتبنیة : (5)الجدول  متبنیة cst نسبةa2   fi jj (2) (1) (2) (1)  0.04(2)  0.06(4) 0.01(5)   4 +2 + 0.06(2) 1.9(1) 0.04(4) 2.0(2) 0.09(5) 1.8(2)     2 +2 +  0.05(1)  0.08(2) 0.00(2) 0.02(4) 0.0(e2) 4 +2 +  0.15(1) 1.30  0.15(2) 1.3(1)  0.06(3) 1.1(1)  0.23(3) 1.5(1)  0.17(3) 4 +4 + 0.20(20) 1.4(2) 0.19(8) 1.4(4) 0.29(14) 1.2(3)     2 +2 +  0.01(4)  0.01(7)  0.01(7)   6 +4 +  0.14(3)  2.6(2)  0.14(3)  2.5(2)  0.08(5)  3.0(4)  0.14(10)  2.5(9)   3 +2 +  0.22(2)  2.9(2)  0.23(5)  2.9(5)  0.20(4)  3.1(4)  0.23(5)  2.8(5)   3 +4 + 0.02(4) 0.02(8) 0.02(8) 0.03(11) 0.0(e2) 6 +4 +  0.09(8) 0.77(16)  0.019(19) 0.76(30)  0.09(20) 0.76(31)  0.07(18) 0.73(32)  0.12(21) 0.82(33) 6 +6 + 0.54(3) 3.7(5) 0.61(8) 3.2(6) 0.51(4) 4.3(7) 0.59(37) 3.4(32)   3 +2 + 0.39(5) 7.8(48) 0.41(11) 7.0(70) 0.36(8) 9.5(99) 0.40(11) 7.6(86)   3 +2 + 0.33(8) 0.35(15) 0.31(13)    3 +2 + 0.01(1)  9.7(16) 0.02(2)  11.2(28) 0.00(2)  9.0(20)     3 +4 + 0.00(4) 4.1(8)  0.02(7)  3.8(11) 0.02(6)  4.4(13)     3 +2 + 0.14(20) 0.72(40) 0.13(28) 0.73(55) جذور خیالیة     4 +4 + 0.23(8) **  0.27(15) 6.5(179) 0.20(12) فقط 0.24(20) فقط   3 +4 +  0.15(9)  2.4(6)  0.18(16)  2.2(11)  0.11(15)  2.7(11)     3 +2 + 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة :قـالمالح ji l l jf f2 f4 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.70711 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -1.06067 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.07071 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 0.47434 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.35355 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.10101 0.00000 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 0.37796 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.53034 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.17678 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.0 -0.59761 -1.06904 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -0.93542 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.29881 0.71269 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 -0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.61238 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.12806 -0.30544 2.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.11952 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0.65466 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.34149 0.07636 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.17075 -0.00848 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 0.50507 -0.06274 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 0.44822 -0.02970 2.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 -0.29881 0.00405 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.0 -0.86603 0.21320 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.49487 -0.44670 3.0 2.0 3.0 1.0 -0.46290 1.04463 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.64953 0.03553 3.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.34641 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.94869 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.12372 0.67006 3.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.22682 -0.44670 3.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.14434 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 0.72169 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.30929 0.14890 3.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 -0.20620 -0.02030 3.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 0.54554 -0.13430 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 0.36085 -0.05492 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 -0.36085 0.00969 4.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.78349 0.14527 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.44770 -0.30438 4.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 -0.52972 0.90036 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.47009 -0.04842 4.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.31339 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.94018 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.04477 0.60876 4.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 -0.43875 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.33541 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.26455 -0.49807 4.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.15955 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 0.75679 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28490 0.19370 4.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 -0.22792 -0.02980 4.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 0.56407 -0.18437 4.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 0.29915 -0.06874 4.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 -0.39887 0.01422 5.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.73599 0.11589 5.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.42056 -0.24281 5.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 -0.55634 0.80301 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.36799 -0.07726 5.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.29439 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.93095 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.00000 0.56556 5.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 -0.44159 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.27386 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28307 -0.52297 5.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 0.16984 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 0.77832 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.26689 0.22413 5.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 -0.24263 -0.03736 5.0 2.0 3.0 7.0 0.57416 -0.22100 5.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 0.25476 -0.07726 5.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 -0.42461 0.01783 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.70510 0.09967 6.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.40291 -0.20883 6.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 -0.56980 0.73833 6.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.30219 -0.09018 6.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.28204 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.92319 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.02878 0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 -0.44320 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 -0.23146 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.29355 -0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 7.0 0.17728 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 7.0 0.79283 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 0.25326 0.24613 6.0 2.0 2.0 8.0 -0.25326 -0.04343 6.0 2.0 3.0 8.0 0.58028 -0.24879 6.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 0.22160 -0.08292 6.0 3.0 3.0 9.0 -0.44321 0.02073 microsoft word 143-151 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|143    checklists of parasites stray cats felis catus of iraq abdul-rahman aziz al-tae dr.altae@gmail.com dept. of microbiology, college of medicine al-iraqia university abdul-razzak l. al-rubaie dept. of biological control technology, al-musaib technical college, al-furat al-awsat technical university, al-musaib, iraq abstract the literature reviews of all reports of parasites fauna cats felis catus in iraq species of including 15 protozoa (babesia spp., crptosporidium spp., c. muris, c. parvum, cytauxzoon felis, eimeria cati, entamoeba spp., giardia sp., giardia spp., isospora ssp., i. felis., i. rivolta, leishmania tropica and toxoplasma gondii), five trematoda (heterophyes aequalis, h. heterophyes, opisthorchis felineus, o. tenuicollis and paragonimus killicotti), 17 cestoda (diphyllobothrium sp., d. latum, diplopylidium acanthotetra, d. nolleri, dipylidium spp., d. caninum, d. sexcoronatum, hydatigera taeniaeformis, joyeuxiella echinorhyncoides, j. pasqualei, mesocestoides variabilis, spirometra sp., s. erinaceieuropaei, s. mansonoides, taenia sp., taenia spp. and t. taeniaeformis), 18 nematoda) aelurostrongylus abstrusus, ancylostoma spp., a. paraduodenale, a. tubaeforme, capillaria spp., c. arophilia, c. felis, dioctophyma renale, dirofilaria immitis, ganathostoma sp., ollulanus tricuspis, physaloptera praeputiale, pterygodermatites cahirensis, rictularia cahirensis, strongyloides spp., toxascaris leonine, toxocara sp. and t. cati) and seven arthropoda (ctenocephalides felis, felicola subrostratus, ixodes spp., otodectes cynotis, rhipicephalus sp., r. sanguineus and r. turanicus). keyword: felis catus, cats, parasites, iraq . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|144    1. introduction cats are widespread all over the world, because of their high capacity to adapt to live in different environments and are one of the most common domestic animals in the united states are estimated to prepare limits of 60 million cats. stray cats in iraq are widespread inside houses and public places, the source of many diseases to the public and animal health by acting as reservoirs and carriers of many endoparasites and ectoparasites by transporting worms eggs, larvae and cyst protozoa to humans and animals most common parasites zoonotic humans and cats were toxocara cati [1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12] and toxoplasma gondii [11; 12; 13; 14; 15; 16; 17; 18; 19] which transmitted to humans embryonated egg of t. cati oocyst of t. gondii through cats feces of soil houses and parks. the aim of this study is to provide research on the prevalence of stray cat parasites in iraqi provinces to identify parasitic species of protozoa, tremtoda, cestoda, nematoda and arthropoda to be a database on the seriousness of stray cats on public health. sources and methods parasites were arranged according to their taxonomic class to scientific reference [20; 21; 22] and three electronic sites concerned with parasite classification [23; 24; 25]. results and discussion the review of literature indicated that a total of 62 valid species included 15 species of protozoa, five species of trematoda, 17 species of cestoda, 18 species of nematoda and seven species of arthropoda are so far known from of stray cats in the provinces of iraq. iraq recorded parasites species classified according to their taxonomic location phylum amoebozoa class archamoebae family entamoebidae entamoeba spp. phylum euglenozoa class kinetoplastida order trypanosomatida leishmania tropica wright, 1903 babesia spp. order achromatorida family theileriidae cytauxzoon felis kier, 1979 class conoidasida order eucoccidiorida family cryptosporidiidae crptosporidium spp. cryptosporidium muris tyzzer, 1907 cryptosporidium parvum tyzzer 1912 family eimeriidae eimeria cati yakimoff, 1933 isospora felis wenyon, 1923 isospora rivolta (grassi, 1879) wenyon, 1923 isospora spp . family toxoplasma gondii (nicolle & manceaux, 1908) phylum platyhelminthes phylum sarcomastigophora class zoomastigophora order diplomonadida family hexamitidae giardia spp. phylum apicomplexa class aconoidasida order piroplasmida family babesiidae class cestoda order cyclophyllidea family dipylidiidae diplopylidium acanthotetra (parona, 1887) beddard, 1913 diplopylidium nölleri skrjabin, 1924 dipylidium caninum (l., 1758) leuckart, 1863 dipylidium sexcoronatum von ratz, 1900 dipylidium spp . family taeniidae taenia sp. taenia spp . taenia taeniaeformis (batsch, 1786) hydatigera taeniaeformis (batsch, 1786) lamarck, 1816 family dilepidida joyeuxiella echinorhyncoides (sonsino 1889) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|145    class trematoda order opisthorchiida family heterophyidae heterophyes aequalis looss, 1902 heterophyes heterophyes (siebold, 1853) order plagiorchiida family opisthorchiidae opisthorchis felineus (rivolta, 1884) blanchard, 1895 opsithorchis tenuicollis (rudolphi, 1819) stiles & hassall, 1896 family troglotrematidae paragonimus killicotti ward, 1908 phylum nematoda class adenophorea order trichurida family capillariidae capillaria arophilia (creplin, 1839) capillaria felis (diesing,. 1851) capillaria spp . class secernentea order ascaridida family dioctophymatidae dioctophyma renale (goeze, 1782) family toxocaridae toxascaris leonine (linstow, 1902) leiper 1907 toxocara cati (schrank, 1788) brumpt, 1927 toxocara sp. order rhabditida family angiostrongylidae aelurostrongylus abstrusus (railliet, 1898) family strongyloididae strongyloides spp . order spirurida family gnathostomatidae ganathostoma sp . family onchocercidae dirofilaria immitis (leidy, 1856) family rictulariidae physaloptera praeputiale von linstow, 1889 pterygodermatites cahirensis (jägerskiöld, 1909) barus, petavy, deblock et tenora, 1996 fuhrmann, 1935 joyeuxiella pasqualei (diamare, 1893) schmidt, 1986 family mesocestoididae mesocestoides variabilis müller, 1927 order diphyllobothriidea family diphyllobothriidae diphyllobothrium latum (l., 1758) lühe, 1910 diphyllobothrium sp . spirometra erinaceieuropaei (rudolphi 1819) spirometra mansonoides (rudolphi, 1819) mueller, 1937 spirometra sp. rictularia cahirensis jägerskiöld, 1904 order strongylida family ancylostomatidae ancylostoma paraduodenale biocca, 1951 ancylostoma spp . ancylostoma tubaeforme (zeder, 1800) family molineidae ollulanus tricuspis leuckart, 1865 phylum arthropoda class insecta order siphonaptera family pulicidae ctenocephalides felis (bouché, 1835) order phthiraptera family trichodectidae felicola subrostratus (burmeister, 1839) ewing, 1929 class arachnida order astigmata family psoroptidia otodectes cynotis (hering, 1838) canestrini, 1894 order ixodida family ixodidae ixodes spp . rhipicephalus sanguineus (latreille, 1806) rhipicephalus sp . rhipicephalus turanicus pomerantzev, matikashvily and lototsky, 1940 the literature review of all reports of parasites fauna of cats felis catus linnaeus, 1758 in iraq showed the occurrence of 62 valid species so far known in iraq in addition to some unidentified specimens of some genus. the following is an account of such parasites in iraq with a short profile of each parasite phylum amoebozoa class archamoebae entamoeba spp. were found as internal parasites of animals, observed in stray cats of diwaniya [26]. phylum euglenozoa ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|146    class kinetoplastida leishmania tropica wright, 1903 is a flagellate parasite that is the cause of a skin lesion (cutaneous leishmaniasis). it is transmitted by the bite of sand fly. it was recorded of cats in baghdad [27]. phylum sarcomastigophora class zoomastigophora giardia sp. found in the small intestine of man, it has also found animals as cats. it was observed in stray cats of baghdad [28] and diwaniya provinces [26]. giardia spp. different specimens of unidentified giardia were reported from different provinces of iraq, from stray cats of baghdad [28; 29], al-diwaniya [26]. al-mosul [30] and salahuddin [12]. phylum apicomplexa class aconoidasida this parasite was appeared in the cats of al-mosul [31] and aldiwaniya [11]. cytauxzoon felis kier, 1979 transmitted to cats through a tick bite, the life cycle includes all of the tissues and red blood cells. [31] found this parasite in the infected cats in mosul province. class conoidasida crptosporidium spp. are protozoan parasites cause of gastrointestinal disease infectious all mammals. this parasite was recorded from cats in baghdad [29]. lateron, it was recorded in al-mosul [30]. cryptosporidium muris tyzzer, 1907 is sporozoan that inhabits microvillus of mucous membranes of mammals. [28] found stray cats of baghdad infected with this parasite. cryptosporidium parvum tyzzer, 1912 this parasite caused a diarrhea disease in man and other vertebrates. [28] reported this parasite infected stray cats of baghdad cats and [26] pointed to infect of stray cats in al-diwaniya eimeria cati yakimoff, 1933. this parasite infected both cat and dog unknowns. isospora sp:. this parasite caused diarrhea disease in different mammals. this parasite was recorded from cats in baghdad [28; 9] and in erbil province [19]. isospora spp. that species cause coccidiosis in several mammals, especially cats and dogs. [29] said some spices infect cats in baghdad [12] found stray cats infected in salahuddin province isospora felis wenyon, 1923 this parasite infected both dogs and cats caused diarrhea that leads to the death of small cats, this parasite was reported in three provinces so far known in iraq, these are: baghdad [32], almosul [13; 15] and aldiwaniya isospora rivolta (grassi, 1879) wenyon, 1923 this parasite infected intestines of both dogs and cats. [32] recorded this parasite in baghdad. toxoplasma gondii (nicolle & manceaux, 1908) is an obligate parasite of mammals and bird caused toxoplasmosis. this parasite was reported in many provinces in iraq: mosul [13; 14; 15; 16], baghdad [7; 18; 28; 33; 34], al-diwaniya [11; 17; 34], erbil [19], kirkuk [35], north iraq [18], salahuddin [12] and west iraq [18]. phylum platyhelminthes class trematoda heterophyes aequalis looss, 1902 this parasite infects the small intestines of cats, [8] reported this parasite infected cats in the province of basrah. heterophyes heterophyes (siebold, 1853) this parasite of humans in the near and far east of the world where raw fish are eaten. it was found in the intestine of dogs, cats, foxes and humans. [8] saw recorded this parasite in stray cats of basrah. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|147    opisthorchis felineus (rivolta, 1884) blanchard, 1895. it is a parasite affects species of mammals, especially cats, it was called cat live fluke. this parasite was reported for the first time in small intestines of cats in province of basrah [8]. opsithorchis tenuicollis (rudolphi, 1819) stiles & hassall, 1896. a parasite infects vertebrates, including cats, it was found in the bile ducts and small intestines. [35] the first record was in baghdad. paragonimus killicotti ward, 1908. these parasites infect lungs of cats and dogs. adult flukes have thick oval-form bodies. [38] record these parasites in mosul. class cestoda diplopylidium acanthotetra (parona, 1887) beddard, 1913. it has a few rows of hook with the guard and handle well developed. it is found in baghdad [2; 3; 6; 10], kirkuk [2; 3], al-najaf [3], basrah [8] and diwaniya [11]. diplopylidium nölleri skrjabin, 1924. usually found in very posterior of small intestine of cat parasite was in the basrah [8; 38], mosul [1; 37], babylon [9] and diwaniya [11]. dipylidium caninum (l., 1758) leuckart, 1863 occurs in the small intestine of cats, dogs and humans. it was in baghdad [2; 3; 6; 7; 10; 29], kirkuk [2; 3], al-najaf [3], mosul [13; 15; 38], babylon [9], erbil [19], diwaniya [11] and salahuddin [12]. dipylidium sexcoronatum von ratz, 1900. occurs principally flea. [1] found in the cats of mosul. dipylidium spp. these parasites were found in cats of baghdad [7]. taenia sp. [29] these parasites in cats of baghdad. taenia spp. parasites cats of baghdad [7] and salahuddin [12]. taenia taeniaeformis (batsch, 1786) also known as: hydatigera taeniaeformis, taenia crassicollis, cysticercus fasciolaris and strobilocercus fasciolaris. it occurs in small intestine of the cat and other carnivores. it was found in mosul [1; 13; 15], baghdad [2; 3; 6; 10], kirkuk [2; 3], al-najaf [3], basrah [8; 37], babylon [9] and diwaniya [11]. joyeuxiella pasqualei (diamare, 1893) schmidt, 1986 is a tapeworm commonly found in cats. the lives in the small intestine of the cat and carnivores. these parasites in the basrah [39], mosul [1; 38], baghdad [2; 3; 6; 10] kirkuk [2; 3], al-najaf [3] and babylon [9]. mesocestoides variabilis müller, 1927. the small intestine of cat and other carnivores. [38] the mosul. diphyllobothrium latum (l., 1758) lühe, 1910 it occurs in man, cat and dog when plerocercoids produce from wild animals are taken with inadequately cooked fish. it was found in baghdad [6; 10] and diwaniya [26]. diphyllobothrium sp. was found in mosul [37] and salahuddin [12]. spirometra erinaceieuropaei (rudolphi 1819) this is found in cats and dogs this parasite was reported for the first time in basrah [8] spirometra mansonoides (rudolphi, 1819) mueller, 1937.this parasite infects in the cat, dog and bobcat. . this parasite was mosul [1, 38]. spirometra sp. this parasite was reported in basrah [41]. phylum nematoda class adenophorea capillaria arophilia (creplin, 1839) this is a nematode parasite of lungs of dog, cat and fox direct. this parasite was reported for the first time in mosul [38]. capillaria felis (diesing,. 1851) [28] reported this parasite in baghdad. capillaria spp. this parasite was reported in the cats of baghdad [29]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|148    class secernentea dioctophyma renale (goeze, 1782) this parasite is the largest nematode, of mammalians such as cat and dog in the kidneys and other organs. this parasite was reported for the first time in almosul [38]. toxascaris leonine (linstow, 1902) leiper 1907 this adult nematode infects the small intestines of dogs cats and dogs. it was reported in the baghdad [4; 5; 10; 29; 42], al-anbar (42; 43; 44; 46], al-basrah [8], al-mosul [38], babylon [9] and salahuddin [12]. toxocara cati (schrank, 1788) brumpt, 1927 this parasite infects the small intestin of cats. it was reported in al-mosul [1; 13; 15; 37], baghdad [2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 10; 28; 29; 42; 43; 47; 48], al-anbar [44; 45; 46], al-basrah [8], salahuddin [12; 47], babylon [9] and al-diwaniya [11; 26]. toxocara sp.this parasite was reported in al-mosul [49] and in erbil [19]. aelurostrongylus abstrusus (railliet, 1898) this parasite infects the lungs of cats is occur in the lungs of the cat. the adult lives in the respiratory bronchioles of cats. this parasite was reported in mosul [13; 15] and baghdad [29]. strongyloides spp. a parasite infects reptiles, amphibians, birds and mammals. this parasite was reported in al-diwaniya [11]. ganathostoma sp. this parasite affects mammals including cats. [38] reported it in the almosul. dirofilaria immitis (leidy, 1856) this parasite infects both cat and dog, it was reported in the al-diwaniya [11]. physaloptera praeputiale von linstow, 1889 this parasite infects in the stomach of the cat. this parasite was reported in the al-mosul [1; 13; 15; 38], baghdad [2; 3; 6; 10; 29], kirkuk [2; 3], al-najaf [3], basrah [8] and diwaniya [11]. pterygodermatites cahirensis (jägerskiöld, 1909) barus, petavy, deblock et tenora, 1996 (synonym) rictularia cahirensis this parasite was reported in theal-mosul [1], baghdad [2; 3; 6; ; 10], kirkuk [2; 3], al-najaf [3], al-basrah [8] and babylon [9]. ancylostoma paraduodenale biocca, 1951 this parasite infects cats of mosul [1; 13; 15]. ancylostoma spp.these parasites were reported in baghdad [29] and in al-diwaniya [26]. ancylostoma tubaeforme (zeder, 1800) this parasite infects occurs in the intestines of cats, it was reported found in al-mosul [38], babylon [9] and baghdad [28] ollulanus tricuspis leuckart, 1865 this parasite infects the stomach of cats. this parasite was reported in the al-mosul [13; 15; 38]. phylum arthropoda class insecta ctenocephalides felis (bouché, 1835) this parasite infects many species of domestic animal and represent as a vector for many parasites such as protozoa and helminthes. this parasite was reported in the cats of al-mosul [13; 14], baghdad [29] and al-diwaniya [11]. felicola subrostratus (burmeister, 1839) ewing, 1929 this parasite is the only louse that infects cats. [29] reported this parasite on the cats in baghdad. class arachnida otodectes cynotis (hering, 1838) canestrini, 1894 this parasite infects in the ears of the cat, dog and fox. it was reported in the baghdad [7]. ixodes spp. this parasite infects many species of animals and humans. [29] reported in the baghdad. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|149    rhipicephalus sanguineus (latreille, 1806) this tick was reported in the cats of baghdad [7] and al-diwaniya [11]. rhipicephalus sp. this tick is a parasite of medical and veterinary importance. being a transmit of human and animal pathogens that cause human and animal diseases. it was reported and found in the cats of baghdad [29]. rhipicephalus turanicus pomerantzev, matikashvily and lototsky, 1940 this species of tick occurs many large and medium-sized mammals of domesticated and wildgrassed animals, eating meat, such as rodents, hedgehogs and rabbits, causing some diseases and weight loss. [50] reported this parasite in the cats of babylon, baghdad, basrah, aldiwaniya, kerbala, missan, al-muthana, al-najaf, thi qar and wasit. references [1]. al-saeed, w. m. studies on parasites of public health importance from cats in mosul. m. sc. thesis, coll. med., univ. mosul: 110 (1983). [2]. salman, y. j. survey parasitic worms in the gut of cats cities baghdad and kirkuk with the study of biological worm toxocara cati (schrank, 1788). m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. baghdad: 100 pp. (in arabic) (1987). [3]. daoud, i. s.; al-tae, a. r. a. & salman, y. j. prevalence of gastro-intestinal helminthes in cats from iraq. j. biol. sci. res., 19(2): 363-368. (1988). [4]. al-sudani, n. m. l. preliminary study of the migration of histological and pathogenicity of larvae cats ascaris toxocara cati and toxascaris leonine white mice in balk / c. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 62 pp. (in arabic)(1993). [5]. al-mamori, a. l. study bio, chemical and immunological in cats ascaris toxocara cati and toxascaris leonine. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 71 pp. (in arabic) (1994). [6]. al-rubaie, a. l. s. epidemiology of the alimentary canal helminth parasites of cats from baghdad city and effect of some plant extracts on larvae and adults of cat ascarid toxocara cati. ph. d. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 108 pp (in arabic (1998). [7]. kallo, o. j. detection of ectoand endoparasites in house cats in baghdad province. iraqi j. vet. sci., 18(1): 27-30(2004). [8]. abdullaha, some helminthes parasitized on stray cats felis catus l. in basrah and epizootiological and biological studies on taenia taeniaeformis batsch, 1786. ph. d. thesis, coll. educ., univ. basrah: 174 pp. (in arabic) (2007). [9]. al-rammahi, h. m.; kareem, s. m. & hammadi, a. k. prevalence of intestinal helminthes in feral cats in babylon province/ iraq, urban and rural locations. mir. res. vet. sci. anim., 3(2): 44-52(2014). [10]. al-rubaie, a. l.; mhaisen, f. t. & al-tae, a. a. survey of some gastrointestinal cestodes and nematodes from stray cats at baghdad city, iraq. amer. j. biol. lif. sci., 3(6): 246-253 (2015). 11. naser, f. h. epidemiological and diagnostic study of external and internal parasites in domestic cats (felis catus) in al-qadisiyah province. m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. alqadisiya: 122 pp. (in arabic(2016). [12]. zangana, a. j. m. histopathological effects resulting from infection stray cats by intestinal parasites in saladin province. tikrit j. pur. sci., 21(3): 7-11(2016). [13]. al-khalidi, n. m.; al-alousi, t. i. & subber, a. h. internal and external parasites in cats in mosul, iraq. j. vet. parasitol., 2(2): 137-138 (1988). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|150    [14]. al-saeed, w. m.; hssain, s. k. & mahmoud, n. e. toxoplasma gondii: an experimental approach for isolation from stool of cats. proc. fir. sci. con. fou. tec. ins., sep. 21-22: 533-544 (1988). [15]. nihad, w.; al-khalidi, t. i. & al-alousi, s. a. h. internal and external parasites in cats in mosul, iraq. vet. parasitol., 2: 137-138(1988). [16]. al-saidya, a. m. & al-kennany, e. r. pathological and histochemical study on cats and mice experimentally with toxoplasma gondii. iraqi j. vet. sci., 20(2): 249-263(2006). [17]. dawood, k. a.; abdulrazaq, a. m. & naama, a. j. detection of toxoplasmosis in human and cats immunologically. kufa j. vet. med. sci., 1(1): 65-71 (2010). [18]. switzer, a. d.; mcmillan-cole, a. c.; kasten, r. w.; stuckey, m. j.; kass, p. h. & chomel, b. b. bartonella and toxoplama in stray cats from iraq. american j. trop. med. hyg., 89(6): 1219-1224(2013). [19]. saida, l. a. & nooraldeen, k. n. prevalence of parasitic stages in six leafy vegetables in markets of erbil city, kurdistan region-iraq. zanco j. pur. app. sci., 26(2): 25-30. (2014). [20]. yamaguti, s. systema helminthum, vol. ii: the cestodes of vertebrates. intersci. publ. inc. ltd., new york: 869(1959). [21]. yamaguti, s. systema helminthum, vol. iii: the nematodes of vertebrates, part i. intersci. publ. inc. ltd., new york: 679 (1961). [22]. soulsby, e. j. l. helminths, arthropods and protozoa of domesticated animals, 6th ed. mӧnnig's veterinary helminthology and entomology, bailliere, tindall and cassell, london: 824(1968). [23]. eol, encyclopedia of life on-line database, http//www.eol.org. (accessed april 2017). [24]. pesi ,pan-european species directories infrastructure. http://www.eu nomen.eu/portal/taxon.php. (accessed april 2017). [25]. wfe. wikipedia the free encyclopedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki. (accessed april 2017). [26]. al-aredhi, h. s. prevalence of gastrointestinal parasites in domestic cats (felis catus) in al-diwaniya province/ iraq. int. j. cur. mic. app. sci., 4(5): 166-171(2015). [27]. machattie, c.; mile, e. a. & chadwich, c. r. naturally occurring oriental sore of the domestic cat in iraq. trans. roy. soc. trop. med. hyg. 25:103-106(1931). [28]. hadi, a. m. & faraj, a. a. role of domestic cats felis catus as reservoir hosts of internal parasites and protozoa in baghdad. bull. iraq nat. hist. mus., 13(1): 89-94(2014). [29]. al-khushali, m. n. prevalence of zoonotic parasites stray cats baghdad. iraqi pos. med. j., 6(2): 152-156(2007). [30]. hadi, e. d.; suleiman, e. g.; al-obadi, q. t. & arslan, s. h. diagnostic study of cryptosporidium spp. and giardia spp. in stray dogs and cats in mosul city, iraq. iraqi j. vet. sci., 28(1): 19-24. (in arabic) (2014). [31]. dhamraa, r. j. & mohammed, j. a. seropathological diagnosis of toxoplasma gondii in stray cats in baghdad province. j. ver. med. sci., 38(1): 92–98(2014). [32]. suliman, e. g. detection the infection with babesia spp., cytauxzoon felis and haemobaronella felis in stray cats in mosul. iraqi j. ver. sci., 23(1): 49-55(2009). 33. mirza, m. y. incidence and distribution of coccidian (sporozoa: eimeriidae) in mammals from baghdad area. m. sc, thesis,coll.sci., univ. baghdad:165(1970). [34]. jalil, d. r & alwan, m. j. seropathological diagnosis of toxoplasma gondii in stray cats in baghdad province. iraqi j. vet. med., 38(1): 92 – 98. (2014). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1782 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|151    [35]. al-khalidy, k. o. h.; alekealy, k. a. d. & almialy, h. m. histopathological study of some internal organs in cats infected with toxoplasma gondii. al-qadisiyah j. ver. med. sci., 13(2): 11-15. (in arabic (2014). [36]. obaid, h. m. serological and microscopical detection of toxoplasma gondii in kirkuk cityiraq. diyala j. pur. sci., 10(4): 46-55. (2014). [37]. al-dabagh, m. a.; babero, b. b. el-hashimi, m. the zoonosis of animal parasites in iraq. iv: some unusual lesions associated with an opisthorchis tenuicollis infection. vet. rec., 76(4): 116-119(1964). [38]. al-obaidi, q. t. prevalence of internal helminthes in stray cats (felis catus) in mosul, iraq. j. anim. vet. adv., 11(15): 2732-2736(2012). [39]. albarwari, n. first record of ten species of helminth parasites from vertebrates in iraq. iraqi j. sci., 24: 101-108(1983). 40. al-waeli, a. a. a. the effect of some green algae extracts chara vulgaris l. on the eggs and the cysticercus of taenia taeniaeformis batsch, 1786. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. pure, univ. basrah: 111 pp (in arabic.(2015). [41]. babero, b. b. & al-dabagh, m. a. the zoonosis of animal parasites in iraq. xii: the dog as a reservoir for human cestode infections. j. fac. med., baghdad, (new series), 5(4): 149-158(1963). [42]. al-jumaili, s. k. a. study of the affection of vaccination with different antigens from worms toxocara cati and toxascaris leonine. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 90 pp. (in arabic) (1990). [43]. al-kubaisi, a. b. h. study of resistance infected white mice balk / c worms cats ascaris toxocara cati and toxasceris leonine. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 98 pp. (in arabic.(1992). [44]. al-kubaisi, a. b. h. effeciency immunized white mice ( balb / c ) by somatic antigen of toxocara canis and toxasceris leonine sginest infection with t. cati and t. leonina worms. al-anbar j. agr. sci., 3(1): 251-256. (in arabic) (2005). [45]. hosin, a. b.. efficiency immunization peritoneally with different antigens of toxocara canis, toxascaris leonine aganist infection with toxocara cati and toxascaris leonine larvae. iraqi j. vet. sci., 22(2): 111-118. (in arabic) (2008). [46]. al-azzawi, s. s. m. biological studies on the parasite cats ascaris toxocara cati. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 100 pp. (in arabic) (1989). [47]. hosin, a. b. using of bifferent antigens of dog ascaris toxascaris leonine and toxocara canis subcutaneously to resist cat ascsris toxascaris leonine and toxocara canis. al-anbar j. vet. sci., 2(1): 32-43. (in arabic) (2009). [48]. muhaimeed, a. a. prevalence of toxocara cati and toxocara canis in alalaam tikrit city salahuddin. tikrit j. pur. sci., 13 (1): 51-56(2008). [49]. woodruff, a. w.; salih, s.y.; de savigny, d.; baya, e. i.; shah, a. i. & dafalla, a. a. toxocariasis in sudan, ann. trop. med. parasitol., 75(5): 559-561(1981). [50]. shubber, h. w.; al-hassani, n. a. & mohammad, m. k. ixodid ticks diversity in the middle and south of iraq. int. j. rec. sci. res., 5(9): 1518-1523(2014). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 66 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. evaluating the optical properties of the schmidt cassegrain spider obscuration telescope using zemax program abstract schmidt cassegrain spider obscuration telescope (sct) is one of the types of observations operating with a concave mirror. it combines several lenses and mirrors working together as an optical system. the light rays fall into the tube from the main mirror and gather on another smaller mirror called a secondary mirror. unlike the formation of newton's telescope, no light is made from the secondary mirror out the side of the tube but is directed to the middle of the main mirror. there is an opening in the middle of the main mirror so the light beam can go out and direct the vision lens system. the secondary mirror is located in the middle of a glass slice and is installed by thin carriers. the function of this board is to correct the portrait of the significant spherical mirror and reduce this coma aberration in the system to the lowest possible score . in this research, the efficiency of design performance was studied due to image analysis tools provided by the zemax program. the results showe the image quality when using a variable field of view with a limit (0o0.5o) and for a variable focal depth as needed. keywords: telescope, spider obscuration, concave mirror, schmidt lens, zemax program 1. introduction the great human curiosity prompted him to find ways to get to know his external world, especially the world that cannot be seen with the naked eye, whether this world is very small or very far away. therefore, the need for the invention of the telescope or the microscope arose [1]. the telescope's design has evolved with the development of existing technologies in every era. it has kept pace with the growth of spherical lenses and mirror manufacturing, whether these objects are terrestrial or celestial [2]. the telescope was classified according to its function in observing these objects into two types: a ground-based telescope and an astronomical telescope [3]. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2768 article history: received 91 june 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index alaa b. hasan department of physics, college of education for pure sciences (ibn-al-haitham), university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. alaajizany@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:alaa.b.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:alaa.b.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 67 the ground telescope includes several types according to the field of use. the telescope is used in the military, industrial, scientific, touristic, and other fields. the space telescope includes various types, including fixed ones on the surface of the earth or high in orbit around the earth in the form of a satellite (such as the hubble telescope) [4]. there is another classification of telescopes according to the electromagnetic spectrum used. most telescopes use visible light to create images. while in fact, visible light is a very small part of the electromagnetic spectrum emitted by celestial bodies (especially stars and galaxies). therefore, there was a need to design telescopes that work with other spectra, such as x-rays and infrared rays (such as the james webb telescope), which need a particular thermal environment that is not found on the surface of the earth. therefore, it was sent at the lagrange point to obtain orbital stability from the earth's and sun's gravity, as well as to be away from the thermal influence of the sun [5]. the schmidt cassegrain telescope (sct) emerged over time as one of the most popular telescope designs in the world, offering major improvements over original refractor designs. their sharp, high-contrast images make them a good choice for the intermediate to the more experienced observer [6]. sct combines the corrector for two optical components (mirrors). these components' locations are free, giving the designer a large design space [7]. the advantage of sct is that it is very compact, transport, and reduces chromatic aberrations . sct is a hybrid design with a reflective and refractive type that uses a concave parabolic mirror (objective mirror), a secondary convex mirror (sometimes an aspheric surface), and a schmidt lens with a special design to eliminate aberration. the objective mirror has a central hole that allows light to pass through it to reach the eyepiece (or camera or detector) after it is reflected from the secondary convex mirror, as in figure (1) [8]. the arrangement of the telescope components gives a very compact design with a considerable focal length and a high magnification factor. in an asymmetrical telescope, the mirrors may be tilted to avoid obscuring the primary or avoid needing a hole in the primary mirror [8]. figure 1.internal components of sct the parabola shape of the primary concave mirror cancels out chromatic aberration in the image formed in the telescope. another axial aberration is eliminated by aligning the telescope's primary and secondary mirrors on the optical axis. the design of the secondary mirror in the form of a ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 68 convex hyperbola assembles the reflected rays in two foci that coincide at one point at the eyepiece lens to obtain a clear image [9]. the secondary mirror obscures the central part of the telescope aperture because it is fixed in the center. it gives an annular shape of the telescope aperture that reduces the contrast of the image due to the decrease in the value of the modified transition function (mtf) during low spatial frequencies compared to the circular aperture [10]. the radii of curvature of the primary (r1) and secondary (r2) mirrors in telescope configuration are represented by relations [11]: 𝑅1 = − 2𝐷𝐹 𝐹 − 𝐵 = − 2𝐹 𝑀 (1) 𝑅2 = − 2𝐷𝐵 𝐹 − 𝐵 − 𝐷 = − 2𝐵 𝑀 − 1 (2) where f is the effective focal length of the optical system, b is the back focal length, d is the distance between two mirrors, and m is the secondary magnification. the characteristics of telescope components are their suitability to different environmental conditions, especially temperature. the coefficient of thermal expansion is suitable for all components of the telescope to operate in a cold or hot environment. the changing temperature caused varying optical parameters of the telescope components, such as the radii curvature of the mirrors and the eyepiece lens surfaces, the refractive index of the lens, and the density of the air inside the telescope tube [12]. 2. optical design in this paper, the imaging system, represented by sct, includes a cylindrical external cover of length (72 cm) and aperture diameter (24 cm). the main components of the telescope system are primary and secondary mirrors have pupil diameters (24 cm) and (8cm), respectively. the distance between two mirrors is appropriate to ensure light focuses on the image surface (eyepiece). the telescope includes a specially designed lens called a schmidt lens. the schmidt lens has the feature of canceling spherical aberration through its design that changes the path of the non-axial rays so that they interact with the projections of the paraxial rays, thus canceling the aberration. the schmidt lens is plano-convex. the plane surface faces the incoming rays at the pupil aperture. in contrast, the convex face has a curvature radius (2.5 m) to fit the telescope's dimensions and ensure the rays' refraction to the primary mirror. this prevents some rays from escaping out of the optical system. the mirrors in sct are a pair of mirrors for which the spherical aberration is zero, a paraboloidal primary, and a hyperboloidal secondary. the former is the perfect mirror for a point object at infinity, while the latter is perfect for finite conjugate points on opposite sides of the mirror. the conic constants of the aspherical surface of the mirror are [13]: 𝑘1 = −1 (3) 𝑘2 = − (𝑚 + 1)2 (𝑚 − 1)2 (4) conic sections are important in the design of lenses and mirrors in optical imaging systems because of their geometric property that cancels out most types of aberration (axial and non-axial) that occur in the optical system. the spherical surface is characterized by the accumulation of rays in almost one point, regardless of the wide field of view, to obtain an image with suitable illumination intensity and free of aberration [14]. thus, it is possible to overcome the aberration of non-axial https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/radius_of_curvature_(optics) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 69 rays far from the center of the optical system due to the design requirements, which need a relatively large pupil aperture to enter the largest possible amount of light rays. the first mirror has a relatively large diameter and concave surface to collect the light coming from the source, which passes through the inner part of the telescope. the concave mirror acts as a light collector to project it onto the second mirror facing it at a distance of (32 cm) to obtain a complete collection of the reflected light from the mirror. the primary mirror is characterized by its annular shape, with an outer diameter (24 cm) and an inner diameter (8 cm). the function of the central aperture in this mirror is for light to pass through it after being reflected from the secondary mirror to reach the eyepiece. the secondary mirror is convex with an outer diameter (8 cm) that reflects the primary mirror's light reaching the eyepiece. its reflected surface is opposite the reflective surface of the primary mirror to change the path of the light rays in the appropriate direction. this mirror is characterized by three fixing rods in it that are fixed in the outer wall of the telescope (in the form of a spider) down to the outer frame of the secondary mirror, which is made of metal or carbon fiber according to the design. the stabilizer bars slightly affect the image quality because most of the rays from the source reach the primary mirror. the light intensity is sufficient to obtain a clear picture, as shown in figure 2. 3. imaging evaluation tools the main function of visual optical systems is image formation. therefore, the efficiency of any visual optical system is determined by the quality of the image formed in it. several tools evaluate the image based on its behavior on famous mathematical functions. these functions give a clear idea of the image quality through fixed criteria for comparing the results with the ideal image [15]. figure 2.layout window of sct in zemax program zemax program provides a lot of tools that work on accurately assessing the image. some of them depend on the macroscopic evaluation, and the other part depends on mathematical functions that work on the pattern of ray tracing through numerical mathematics or matrix representation. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 70 the most important image evaluation tool in the zemax program is the point spread function (psf). this function represents the distribution pattern of light rays in the image plane of a point source. an ideal optical system would be a spot image of the point source. this spot is assembled in the center of the image where most of the rays gather there, and the intensity of the rays gradually decreases as it move away from the center, to form a special pattern called the airy pattern, which represents a standard for the ideal image of a point object. the other tool is the ray fan aberration curve, which represents the amount of spherical aberration present in the system. spherical aberration occurs as a result of the passage of non-axial rays to the optical system, and these rays intersect at a place closer to the location of the focus, and the aberration occurs. the curve of ray aberration on the xand y-axis of the image plane is fan shaped. the shape of the fan curve varies according to the amount of aberration present in the system. the bending of the fan off the axis increases as the aberration increases, so the curve gives an idea of the amount of aberration by a certain parameter of the aberration-free system (ideal case). the use of the optical path difference shows the amount of aberration in the optical system as well. therefore, this tool can also be used to assess image quality. the wave front curve changes when the wave travels from one medium to another through refraction of light, or the light bounces back to the same medium through reflection. the shape of the wave front changes in the case of nonaxial rays than in the case of axial rays, causing aberration. the optical path difference curve determines the amount of change in the shape of the wave front when there is deviation from the ideal state. the optical transfer function (otf) represents the amount of contrast of the image in relation to the spatial frequency of the light entering the system. the function is at its highest value at low frequencies, so the value of the function gradually decreases when the spatial frequency increases. the amount of change in this function is calculated through a fixed standard for the ideal system. any change in the value of the function gives an idea of the change in the quality of the image. it is preferable to use the modified optical transfer function (mtf) with a maximum value equal to one, if the medium surrounding the optical system is homogeneous. 4. results when observing a white light source, the effect of the dispersion phenomenon that occurs in the lenses should be calculated. the schmidt lens has the advantage of eliminating spherical aberration, while it does not cancel out chromatic aberration, and this is clearly noticed in figure (3) which shows the point spread function in the x-axis of the image plane when the source wavelength changes. the figure shows the difference in the intensity distribution in the image plane for different values of wavelength. the middle wavelengths with central peaks are the largest compared to the rest of the upper and lower wavelengths. the reason for this behavior is due to the presence of the schmidt lens, which causes the dispersion according to wavelength. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 71 figure 3.psf cross section of image surface for variable wavelength in sct changing the angle of the telescope's field of view affects the image quality because the off-axis object has non-axial aberration that changes the distribution of the rays' propagation in the image plane. therefore, the object must be aligned with the telescope's optical axis to ensure a good image. figure (4) shows the psf in the image plane when the field of view angle is changed by (0o, 0.1o, 0.2o, 0.3o, 0.4o, 0.5o) values. the figure shows a decrease in the intensity value of the central peak when the field of view angle increases. therefore the object must be aligned with the optical axis of the telescope to ensure a good image. figure 4.psf cross section of image surface for variable field of view angle in sct the psf gives an overall idea of the image quality if it is three-dimensional. the intensity distribution in the image plane can be seen more clearly in the three-dimensional plot. figure (5) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) wavelength : 0.486100 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) wavelength : 0.530000 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) wavelength : 0.587600 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) wavelength : 0.610000 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) wavelength : 0.656300 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) wavelength : 0.550000 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.1000 (deg) wavelength : 0.550000 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.2000 (deg) wavelength : 0.550000 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.3000 (deg) wavelength : 0.550000 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.4000 (deg) wavelength : 0.550000 µm lin x section, center row. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 x-position in µm r e l a t i v e i r r a d i a n c e schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 psf cross section bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 field : 0.0000, 0.5000 (deg) wavelength : 0.550000 µm lin x section, center row. =468 nmλ =530 nmλ =587 nmλ =610 nmλ =656 nmλ θ=0o θ=0.1o θ=0.2o θ=0.3o θ=0.4o θ=0.5o ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 72 shows the psf of a three-dimensional pattern in the image plane when the field of view angle changes. the figure shows an apparent change in the intensity distribution due to the field of view angle variation. where the intensity gradually decreases with the increase of the angle due to the difference in the distribution of the optical intensity when the angle changes as a result of the increase in aberration until the intensity is absent at the angle (0.5o), meaning that there are no received rays in the image plane at this angle. figure 5. 3-d layout of psf at image surface for variable field of view angle in sct schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 polychromatic fft psf bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 0.5500 to 0.5500 µm at 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg). side is 49.04 µm. surface: image reference coordinates: 0.00000e+000, 0.00000e+000 schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 polychromatic fft psf bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 0.5500 to 0.5500 µm at 0.0000, 0.1000 (deg). side is 49.04 µm. surface: image reference coordinates: 0.00000e+000, 2.53015e-001 schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 polychromatic fft psf bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 0.5500 to 0.5500 µm at 0.0000, 0.2000 (deg). side is 49.04 µm. surface: image reference coordinates: -9.06882e-020, 5.06035e-001 schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 polychromatic fft psf bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 0.5500 to 0.5500 µm at 0.0000, 0.3000 (deg). side is 49.03 µm. surface: image reference coordinates: 0.00000e+000, 7.59063e-001 schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 polychromatic fft psf bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 0.5500 to 0.5500 µm at 0.0000, 0.4000 (deg). side is 49.03 µm. surface: image reference coordinates: 0.00000e+000, 1.01210e+000 schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 polychromatic fft psf bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 0.5500 to 0.5500 µm at 0.0000, 0.5000 (deg). side is 49.03 µm. surface: image reference coordinates: 0.00000e+000, 1.26516e+000 θ=0o θ=0.5o θ=0.4o θ=0.3o θ=0.2o θ=0.1o ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 73 the curve of the aberration distribution at the image plane shows the amount of deviation of the rays from their original path. when these rays are axial or non-axial, the location of their fall affects their trajectory after refraction or reflection. so, it’s ideal path is according to a specific criterion. if this path changes, it indicates the presence of aberration in the optical system. the amount of aberration is determined by the amount of change of the aberration curve from the ideal path. figure (6) shows a diagram of the ray aberration curve of the wavelengths used when the field of view angle changes. the figure shows a gradual change in the path of the aberration curves as a result of the change in the field of view angle. this is due to changing the angle of the ray projections on the schmidt lens and the inside of the telescope. there is also a discrepancy in the aberration curves for each wavelength due to chromatic aberration forming in the schmidt lens. figure 6.ray fan aberration of multi wavelength when using different field of view angle in sct. the optical transfer function shows the extent of the contrast in the image when the spatial frequency of the light rays from the source changes. the value of the modified transfer function (mtf) changes from its maximum value (1) at the lowest frequency. the function drops sharply py px exey obj: 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 transverse ray fan plot bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 maximum scale: ± 50.000 µm. 0.486 0.530 0.588 0.610 0.656 surface: image py px exey obj: 0.0000, 0.1000 (deg) schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 transverse ray fan plot bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 maximum scale: ± 50.000 µm. 0.486 0.530 0.588 0.610 0.656 surface: image py px exey obj: 0.0000, 0.2000 (deg) schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 transverse ray fan plot bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 maximum scale: ± 50.000 µm. 0.486 0.530 0.588 0.610 0.656 surface: image py px exey obj: 0.0000, 0.3000 (deg) schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 transverse ray fan plot bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 maximum scale: ± 50.000 µm. 0.486 0.530 0.588 0.610 0.656 surface: image py px exey obj: 0.0000, 0.4000 (deg) schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 transverse ray fan plot bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 maximum scale: ± 100.000 µm. 0.486 0.530 0.588 0.610 0.656 surface: image py px exey obj: 0.0000, 0.5000 (deg) schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 transverse ray fan plot bill's sc with spider obscuration 04/03/2022 maximum scale: ± 100.000 µm. 0.486 0.530 0.588 0.610 0.656 surface: image ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 74 in the frequency range of less than (75 cycles/mm), after which the value of the function begins decreasing gradually until its value reaches zero. figure (7) shows the mtf when the field of view angle is changed for the optical system. the figure clearly shows the decrease in the value of mtf when the field of view angle is increased due to the decrease in the contrast value in the image as a result of the change in the distribution of rays propagation in the image plane. figure 7. mtf of variable field of view angle of sct. 5. conclusion the telescope's design with schmidt lens improves the image quality by overcoming aberration. the shape of the schmidt lens gives a special path for the rays passing through, allowing them to focus perfectly, even if the rays are far from the axis. also, the presence of the primary and secondary mirrors in the telescope made the amount of light sufficient to obtain a good image. the study showes the importance of aligning the observed object with the telescope's optical axis due to the effect of changing the field of view angle on the image quality. references 1. marc, r. zawislak.; design optimization mode for a schmidt-cassegrain telescope. me590.final report, 2006, 12, 25-33 2. terebizh, v. yu. optimal baffle design in a cassegrain telescope. experimental astronomy,2001.11,171–191 3. ivan, k.; back to theoryray tracing by donald feder through aspherical surfaces conic sections. atm letters,2004,2, 12-22. 4. radziemski, l. j.; and cremers, d. a.; handbook of laser induced breakdown spectroscopy, wiley, west sussex, uk, 2013. 432. 35-44 5. de lucia, f.; harmon, r.;mc-nesby, k.;winkel, r.; and miziolek, a.; laserinduced breakdown spectroscopy analysis of energetic materials, appl.opt. 2003. 42, 30, 6148-6152 6. ostmark, h.; nordberg, m.; and carlsson, t. e.; stand-off detection of explosives particles by multispectral imaging raman spectroscopy, appl.opt.2011, 50, 28, 5592-5599. 0 35 70 105 140 175 210 245 280 315 350 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 spatial frequency in cycles per mm ts 0.0000, 0.0000 (deg) ts 0.0000, 0.1000 (deg) ts 0.0000, 0.2000 (deg) ts 0.0000, 0.3000 (deg) ts 0.0000, 0.4000 (deg) ts 0.0000, 0.5000 (deg) schmidt-cassegrain spider obscuration.zmx configuration 1 of 1 m o d u l u s o f t h e o t f polychromatic diffraction mtf bill's sc with spider obscuration 26/02/2022 data for 0.4861 to 0.6563 µm. surface: image ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 75 7. romano, a.; and cavaliere, r.; newtonian and cassegrain telescopes, theory and design of astronomical optical systems using mathematical method, springer international publishing, cham, 2016, 23, 107-118. 8. mullaney, j.; reflecting telescopes, buyer’s and user’s guide to astronomical telescopes & binoculars. springer london, london, 2007,54, 35-45 9. schroeder, d. j.; schmidt telescopes and cameras.astronomical optics, academic press, san diego, 2000. 34. 164-184. 10. wilson, r. n.; reflecting telescope optics basic design theory and its historical development. berlin, heidelberg, new york, springer, 2007, 234332 11. cunningham, c.; future optical technologies for telescopes. nat photon.2009, 3.239. 12. liu, x.; deng, j.; li, k.; optical metasurfaces for designing planar cassegrain-schwarzschild objectives. phys rev appl.2019, 11,54-65. 13. al-hamdani, a.h.; rashid, h.g.; hasan, a.b.; irradiance distribution of image surface in microlens array solar concentrator. arpn journal of engineering and applied sciences,2013. 8.10, 834–840 14. al-saadi, t.m.; hussein, b.h.,; hasan, a.b.; shehab, a.a; study the structural and optical properties of cr doped sno2 nanoparticles synthesized by sol-gel method. energy procedia, 2019,157. 457–465. 15. hasan, a.b.; husain, s.a; design of light trapping solar cell system by using zemax program.journal of physics. conference series. 2018,1003.1, 12-24. https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55640058200 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57197120280 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55935033100 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55935033100#disabled https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55935033100#disabled https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57202196976 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57202455088 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55935033100 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57201734935 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55935033100#disabled https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55935033100 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57214279974 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=55935033100#disabled ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 electrical properties of poly (ethylene oxide) polymer doped by mncl2 * a. a. salih § , y. ramadin and a. zihlif. departme nt of physics, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the electrical p rop erties of poly (ethy lene oxide)-m ncl2 composites were st udied by using the impedance technique. the study was carried out as a function of frequency in the range from 10 hz to 13 m hz and m ncl2 salt concentration ranged from 0% to 20% by weight. it was found that the dielectric constants and the dielectric loss of the p repared films increase with the increase of the m ncl2 concentration; the a.c. conductivity increases with the increase of the app lied frequency , and the m ncl2 content in the comp osite membrane. relaxation p rocesses were observed to take p lace for comp osites which have a high salt concentration. the observed relaxation and p olarization effects of the comp osite are mainly att ributed to the dielectric behaviour of the m ncl2 filler and p olarity of the p olymer peo. however, the results were exp lained on the basis of the interfacial (sp ace charge) p olarization dipolar p olarization and the decrease of the hundrance of the p olymer matrix with the ionic mobility and imp urities in the comp osite. keywords: electrical propertie s; peo matrix; mncl 2 filler; composite; impedance; fie ld frequency; di electric constant; ac-conductivity; polarization. introduction poly meric materials were given a gr eet interest in many industrial applications owing to their desirable char acterist ics and p rop erties which made them favorable comp ared to other commer cial materials .the vast majority of p olymers used today as p last ics, rubbers, adhesives and paints which are sy nthetic p etrochemicals [1]. the unbeatable comb ination of char acterist ics such as the ease of f abrication, low cost, light weight, ease of chemical modification and excellent insulation or good conduction p rop erties have made the p oly mer one of the most desirable materials for app lication [2]. m any studies showed that p hy sical p rop erties of p oly mers clear ly depended on many factors concernin g their p reparation methods and chemical st ructure [3]. underst anding these dependencies and their effect on conduction mechanism wi ll h elp to a large degr ee the ability for controllin g the electrical condu ctivity , which is in turn trial the p rop er app lication. poly (ethy lene oxide) or (peo) is a cry stalline, homopolymer with general formula (-h2c-o-ch2-)n . peo p oly mer is a thermop last ic water-soluble and in several or ganic solvents. the molecular conformation of it is determined by the use of x-ray diffraction techniques. the diffraction p attern of highly p rinted (peo) film was interp reted in term of a monoclinic unit cell have dimensions, a = 7.96 a o , b= 13.11 a o and c = 19.39 a o along the direction of app lied stretch, and an angle of 124 o .48` representing the inclination between the a&c axis as shown in p icture (1). *t his research was supp orted by t he deanship of academic research in universit y of jor dan. § corresponding author, e-mail:ayad_phy@yahoo .com ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the thermal stabilities of cry st alline peo-m ncl2 system depend on the salt molar ratio, the peo molecular we ight, the choice of the solvent and the concentration, and the thermal history . the melting temp eratures also, dep end on the nature of the complexion salts. [4] the peo p olymer has a wide range of app lication including the use as p harmaceutical recipients, food additives and plast icizers [5]. however, much p rogress was made in the electrical conduction in p olyethy lene (peo) since the work of wright [6]. previous st udies were centered on the enhancement of its ionic conductivity with the aim of developing the material to have the p romising electrical app lication [6,7]. considerable efforts focused on an app lied research in the field of polymer comp osites to turn these materials into useful p roducts for electronic industry . this is mainly because they p ossess interest ing p rop erties which can be utilized to develop a lot of related p otentials. recently , many reports have app eared in literature d ealing with the effects of the filler concentration, frequen cy of the app lied field and temp erature on the p hy sical p rop erties of the conductive p olymer comp osite such as i mpedance, d ielectric b ehaviour and electrical conduction [8,9,10].jamali and zihlif [11] st udied the electrical p rop erties of peo t reated by salt comp lexes of dead sea water as kcl, nacl and others. they found that salt comp lex enhances the electrical conductivity through the ion conduction p rocess. ramadin and zihlif et al [12] st udied the op toelectrical p rop erties of peo containin g 10, 20 and 30% by weight alum and they found that t he op tical ener gy gap decreases with the increase of the alum content. eid [13] studies the effect of temp erature, frequency and peo concentration on the ion-selective conduction in pvc/peo blend as membranes in electrolyte electrodes, and she found that temp erature, frequency and peo content affect the dielectric behav iour of the blended membrane. in the p resent study , the conduction p rocess by ion exchan ge in a solid peo/m ncl2 membran e is invest igated as a function of applied frequency and concentration. the main object of this study is givin g information concerning the electrical behav iour of peo/m ncl2 comp osite by using the impedance sp ectroscopy which is one of the powerful techniqu es to characterize the dielectric p rop erties as we reported in several previous p ublications [12,14]. therefore, thin films based on peo with mncl2 salt as a reinforcement filler were used in the p resent st udy .we believ e that this st udy is of gr eat interest for some app lications in the electrical industry by using some blended p olymeric membranes. experime ntal composite preparation: the resin used in this work is p oly(ethy lene oxide) of molecular weight(m w=5 millions) was obtained from cnr(nop oli-italy ).ordinarily, the salt m ncl2 was ground into fine p owder by agate mortar and sieved by a u.s. st andard sieve of size (63 m).poly meric thin films of thickness range(50-150) m with different salt concentrations (0,5,10,15 and 20)wt .% were obtained. all the p olymer comp osite films were p repared by cast ing from solution (cast ing method). peo p owder was dissolved in a suitable solvent tetrahy drofuran (thf) at (30) o c, also at the same time the salt (m ncl2) was dissolved in (thf) and at the same temperature. later, the solution of m ncl2 was added to the dissolved p olymer at a suitable viscosity . the solutions were mixed thoroughly for (4-6) hours by using a magnetic st irrer at room temp erature until a homogenous solution is obt ained. then the mixture was cast into a st ainless st eel ring resting on teflon substratum and waiting for a few day s unt il the solvents have evaporated. all the samples were dried in vacuum ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 oven at 40 o c for two day s. t he drying p rocess was rep eated until prepared membranes have fixed weight to ensure the removal of solvent t races. impedance measurements: impedance measurements were carried out using hp 4192a imp edance analyzer. the real and imaginary p arts of the comp lex dielectric constant were calculated from: (1) 22 ` zfc z o i    (2)22 `` zfc z o r    where f is the frequency, co = ( εо a/t) is the electrodes cap acitance, a the area of the disk electrode, the permitivity of the free sp ace, and t the sp ecimen thickness of the membrane. the impedance z is given by (z=z r-jzi), where zr, zi are the real and the imaginary of the imp edance, resp ectively. the ac electrical conductivity (σac) was calculated from the relation: σac=2πƒεo ε`` (3) results and discussion freque ncy dependence impedance measurements were performed on comp osite membranes of different m ncl2 salt concentrations at room temp erature, and in the frequency range from 10hz up to 13m hz. figure (1) shows the p hase angle ( ) versus frequency (on a logarithmic scale) of the app lied field at different concentrations of m ncl2 salt. it was found that all the prepared sp ecimens (thin films) have generally the same frequency effect. also, it was observed that the p hase angle is alway s negative for all the thin films of different salt concentrations; indicating that t he sy st em is cap acitive and can be represented by p arallel cap acitive and resistive (rc) networks (15). at lower frequencies (less than 300 hz ), accumulation of ionic imp urities, interfacial p olarization at sp ecimen-electrode interfaces, and sp ace charges in bulk voids cause st rong distortion [16]. the shift of p hase angle value ( ) towards higher negative values shows that the material becomes more cap acitive than resistive at high frequencies. it shows the shift of ( ) toward low negative values with the increase of the salt content indicates that the comp osites have become more resistive than cap acitive. this may be attributed to the existence of leakage (impurity ) current in the bulk comp osite, which would increase with salt content, or may be att ributed to hop p ing of ions by electron emission tunneling effect throughout the salt grains facilitated by the decreasing of the interdist ance between the p articles or grains as t he concentration is increased [17,18]. figure (2 ) rep resent s t he dependence o f imp edance (p er unit length ) on frequency at room temperature for specim ens of vario us p eo-based con cent rat ion s. at lower frequencies (less t han 300 hz), t he impedance has high values; wit h t he increase of frequency, t he imp edance decreases t o min imum values. t his behaviour is observed for mo st dielect ric mat erials as p olyst yr ene, epoxy an d p vc. t he h igh impedance values at low frequency may result fro m t he space charge in specimens o r due t o som e st ruct ure defects (p hase boundaries and grain accumulat ion s), in addit ion t o t he elect ro de po larizat ion effect [36,38]. the specim ens wit h high salt co ncent rat ion ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 show less disp ersion effects, which may be related to t he creation of conduction p aths throughout the salt network in the bulk. on t he other hand, at frequency above 300 hz , the impedance drop s very quickly to att ain relatively constant values at frequency above 50 khz. this rapid decrease of z indicates the resp onse of the bulk with the alternating electric field. this behaviour may be att ributed to the reduction of the interfacial p olarization effect, which may exist at the electrodesp ecimen surface or internally on the filter matrix interface [24]. it was found that the measured imp edance at the low frequency below 1 khz , decreases rapidly below 10 wt. % of m ncl2 concentration and slowly decreases above it at higher concentration. above 10 khz , the imp edance shows a slight decrease with the increase of m ncl2 concentration. this decrease in the imp edance is due to both the increase of salt concentration and the decrease of hindrance of p olymer matrix (14,39). on the other hand, the decrease in imp edance indicates that the material becomes more conductive. this behaviour may be att ributed to the increase in intrinsic ionic migration, which depends on the chemical st ructure of the material, and in case of peo p olymer it involves p rotonic migration where p rotons are removed from the peo molecules and transp orted through the ethereal oxy gen local segmental motions, leading to an increase in chain mobility (31). thus, p roton migration in peo and ion exchange of cl – ion in m ncl2 may lead to high electrical conduction in the comp osite membrane [13,33,34]. cole-cole p lots are usually used as a successful tool to analyze the imp edance and dielectric data of dielectric materials. we use it here to characterize the dielectric behaviour of the peo-m ncl2 comp osite [19]. a p lot of the real p art (zr) and the imaginary p art (zi) of imp edance for different salt concentrations is shown in figure 3. it can be seen from this figure that the p lots have certain shap es that characterize many dielectric solids. the cole-cole construction y ields slightly inclined and distorted semicircles. the geometrical shap e of the comp lex imp edance p lane p lots indicates that the membrane cell is electrically equivalent t o (rc) networks, which reduces to a p ure resistance at both high and low frequencies [20]. similar results were obtained by other ion-exchange electrodes [8,21,22,23]. extrapolation of these circles would intersect the real p art-axis at different zr values. the distance of the intersection from the origin rep resents the ohmic bulk resist ance at infinite frequency [16]. also it can be seen that t he bulk ohmic resist ance is reduced as the salt concentration is increased, which corresp onds to the increase in the electrical conductivity . this may be related to a p ossible increase in the number of conduction paths created in the sp ecimen in addition to a decrease in the width of the p otential barriers within the bulk regions of high conductivity . therefore, more charge carriers may be able to “hop ” by tunneling, resulting in the observed decrease in the bulk resist ance [24]. some p hy sical p arameters can be est imated to shed some light on the conduction p rocess-taking p lace in the given membrane. for examp le, the relaxation time () was found by two methods, one of them is by locating the frequencies of maximum zi by using figure (3) and the equation: m ax.=1, where  = 2. the cole-cole p lots were ap p roximated to semicircles [25] to calculate (). the other methods for locating () by p lott ing log zi verses log f, and log zr verses log f, and locating the intersection point. t he intersection point determines t he frequency at which (zr = zi), under these conditions,  = 1 (8). the values of the relaxation time () for each semicircle are calculated by this method, and they are included in the table (1). the variation of the relaxation time () with the salt concentration is shown in figure (4), where the relaxation decreases with t he increase of the salt content. consequently, the conductivity increases, because the transp ort p rocess would become more rapid due to the enhancement of ionic conduction, which increases with the increase of the salt content in the sample. figure (5) represents the disp ersion of the dielectric const ant (̀ ) of the samples calculated from equation (1) with different peo m ncl2-salt concentrations. the general trend of the curves is toward the increase of ̀ with salt concentration, similar to most conductive comp osites ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 [11,26,27]. it was observed that ̀ of all of the comp osite samples is higher than the ̀ of the p ure (peo). at frequencies below 300 hz , ̀ shows a sharp increase, with a rate of ( f –1 ) dependence. this may be associated with m axwell-wanger mechanism, esp ecially the electrode p olarization effect (28). at low frequencies, accumulation of ionic imp urities, sp ace charges, and formation of an electrode-sp ecimen interface takes p lace. these effects cause a large and rapid increase in the value of ̀ [9,28,29]. at frequency above 300 hz , ̀ decreases very slowly to att ain a constant value of ̀ . the general behaviour of ̀ , verify ing the fact that for p olar materials as (peo) and (m ncl2), the initial value of ̀ is high, but with a rate of ( f –1 ) dependence[12,30,31]. the behaviour of the dielectric loss(̀ `) which was calculated from equation(2) against frequency is shown in figure (6). at low frequencies (̀ `) has a high value and then it st arts to decrease at higher frequencies. the low-frequency disp ersion in (̀ `) is att ributed to charge carries, which leads to large losses at low frequencies. from the behaviour the dielectric constant (̀ ) and the dielectric loss (̀ `), one can observe a st rong frequency dependence esp ecially at low frequencies, which reflects the behaviour of the p olar materials. it is clearly seen that both (̀ ) and (̀ `) increase with salt concentration and decrease with the frequency of the electric field and they have a high value at low frequencies and a low value at high frequencies. these results suggest that p olar entities of the (peo) are effectively op erating under the electric field. this behaviour can be understood as follows: at low frequencies, the time interval required for the molecular dipoles of the (peo) p olymer to resp onse to the app lied electric field is sufficient. this enables these dipoles to follow the oscillating field, i.e., the orientation p olarization is high, which leads to enhance the dielectric constant values. while at high frequencies, the time interval needed for the dipoles t o resp onse to the app lied electric field is insufficient. hence, the dipoles are unable to follow the rapid alternation of the oscillating field. in other words, the dipoles of the peo p olymer are able to rotate in the direction of the app lied field at low frequencies, but at higher frequencies their rotations seems to be blocked in a p articular direction, i.e., the orientation p olarization drop s down greatly and leads to very small value of (̀ )and (̀ `) at high frequencies (11,23,32), which is similar to the behaviour for p olar p olymer and materials (33). however, the general disp ersion behaviour of the field peo films reflects t he dielectric characterist ics of t he p olar semi cryst alline p olymer [12,34,35], i.e. dipole rotation or p olar p olarization. this dielectric behaviour exp lains the increasing in the ac conductivity at high concentration [36]. the ac conductivity (σa.c) was calculated from the equation (3) and p lott ed versus frequency for sp ecimens of different salt concentrations as shown in the figure (7). it can be observed that (σa.c) for p ure peo increases slowly with frequency. but for the other comp osite samples of salt concentrations 5, 10, 15, 20 wt .%, the (σ) increases rapidly with the increase of frequency. also it can be seen that at high frequencies the conductivity (σa.c) increases rapidly with the increase of frequency, these results sup p ort the well known fact that the bulk a.c conductivity is induced at high frequency range, as reported p reviously by many researches on different comp osite materials [11,23, 37]. anot her p ossibility is that at high frequencies, the dielectric loss (̀ `) is dominated by ionic conductivity p roduced from the increased electronic and ionic mobility of the existing imp urities and more ions and charges are moved [9,26]. the observed induced conductivity at high frequencies locates the given comp osite in the semi conducting level of the electronic material. the values of the tangent loss (tan ) were calculated by using the equation (tan =̀ `/ ̀ ). the behaviour of the (tan ) as a function of frequency for different salt concentrations is shown in figure (8) .the curves indicate that certain st ructural relaxation events take p lace in the bulk of the comp osite sp ecimens. the figure shows high values of (tan ) at low frequencies. however, (tan ) exhibits some oscillatory behaviour that may be due to the structural relaxation p rocesses, ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 and the p eak depends on the relaxation time of each sp ecimen, and (tan ) decreases with the increase of the frequency when (>1), and the (tan ) decreases with the increase of the frequency when (<1). also, it can be seen that t he peak p osition ap p ear to shift monotonically toward high frequencies, while the p eak height increases with the increase of salt concentration. these characteristics may be understood through the flow of the charge carriers that exists in the comp osite bulk [24]. on the other hand, the increase of the salt content makes the comp osite difficult to p olarize, and therefore, over heating the losses are enhanced. however, the observed behaviour seems to be just ified through the prop osed argument. concentration de pendence: figure (9) shows the behaviour of dielectric constant (̀ ) with salt content (wt .%) at different frequencies. it was found that ̀ for the 100 hz increases rapidly with the increase of the salt content up to 10 wt .%. above 10 wt .% to 15 wt .%, the dielectric constant is decreased with the increase of the salt concentration; but ̀ st arts to increase rapidly above 15 wt .% salt content. for the range frequency 300 hz to 10 khz , it was found that the dielectric constant increases as salt wt .% increases at all frequencies. however, at 100 khz, the dielectric const ant is hardly increases slightly. also, as the m ncl2 concentration increases, the low frequency dielectric disp ersion effect becomes st ronger due to ions diffusion in the membrane bulk. this disp ersion is a dominant mechanism caused by conductivity enhancement due to the increase of the salt content [16]. the behaviour of the dielectric loss (̀ `) as a function of salt wt.% at different frequencies is shown in figure(10). it was observed that within the frequency range 100 hz 100 khz , the dielectric loss increases with the increase of the salt content up to 10 wt .%. but from 10 wt.% to 15 wt .% the dielectric loss is nearly indep endent of salt concentration for all the frequencies. above salt content 15wt .% the dielectric loss st arts to increase rapidly again. at frequency 100 khz , the dielectric loss remains nearly constant with t he increase of the salt content. the observed results of (̀ ) and (̀ `) indicate that up to 15 wt .% of salt in (peo) acts as an intermolecular plast icizer and is able to p enetrate the molecular bundles of p olymer, leading to chain sep aration. however, at st ill higher p ercentage of salt st ructural defects, interfacial p olarization along with the p olarization of the constituent of the comp osite sp ecimen st arts p lay ing a role, giving rise to an increase in ̀ and ̀ ` [36,39]. the sharp increase in dielectric loss (̀ `) above 15 wt.% salt concentrations may be att ributed to a p articular p rocess which takes p lace in the comp osite structure [19,29]. figure (11) shows the behaviour of the a.c. conductivity , calculated from equation (3), as a function of salt concentration at different frequencies. it was observed that the conductivity is enhanced with the increase of salt content; many authors reported the same behaviour on different comp osite sy st ems [10,11,23]. generally , the observed enhancement in the dielectric constants and ac-electric conductivity with increasing of the salt content is att ributed to the ionic interaction-taking p lace in the bulk of the double electrolyte solid membrane. the bulk effect creates an excess in the movable ions and charged p articles, esp ecially the imp urities. this behaviour is p hy sically consistent, since the peo/m ncl2 comp osite becomes more ionic with the increase of salt content. conclusion the research work p resented in this p aper deals with the electrical p rop erties of peo/m ncl2 comp osite. the electrical conductivity , dielectric behaviour and imp edance of these p olymeric membranes were st udied as a function of m ncl2 concentration and the ap p lied electrical field ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 frequency through the impedance technique. from the obtained results the following conclusions are drawn: 1. frequency and m ncl2 concentration affect on the electrical and dialectical behaviour of the comp osite membranes. 2. the p hase angle takes alway s negative values for all of the samples at different salt concentrations and frequencies which indicate that t he sp ecimens can be represented by (rc) networks. 3. both the imp edance and the dielectric behaviour showed frequency dependence, exp lained on the basis of the interfacial (sp ace charge) p olarization, dipolar p olarization and on the decrease of the hindrance of the polymer matrix. 4. the dielectric constant and dielectric loss of the comp osite membrane increases with the increase of m ncl2 content. 5. the comp lex imp edance p lots exhibit different mechanisms op erating in the bulk related to the relaxation times of the relaxations influenced by the frequency and salt content. 6. the peak value of (tan loss) is shifted to a higher frequency at higher m ncl2 concentration. 7. the ac conductivity increases with the increase of frequency, m ncl2 concentration due to enhancement of ionic conduction in the membrane bulk. re ferences 1. m ort, j. (1982) electrical prop erties of p olymer. john wiley & sons. new york. 2. kohlman, r.s.; joo, j. and ep st ein, a.j. (1997), conducting p olymers: electrical conductivity . 3. perepechko, i.i. (1981) an int roduction to p olymer p hy sics, m ir publisher, m oscow. 4. herman, f.; donald, f. and charles, g. (1982) encylobedia of chem ical technology 3rd edition . v(18). john wiley &sons .inc., new york. 5. criag, d.; newt on, j. and hill, r. (1993) j. m aterials science. new york. 6.wright, v. (1989), j. m acromolecular. science –chemistry . a26 (2&3): 519–550. 7. albinsson, i. and m ellandar, b. (1991) polymer, new york. 8. abu samra, m . m . (1982), impedance and dielectric p rop erties of ion selective pvc membrane electrodes. m .sc. thesis , university of jordan, amman. 9. hussen, f. and zihlif , a. (1993) .j. of t hermop last ic comp osite materials , 6:120-129. 10. abu hijleh, m . (1996), the electrical behavior of m ica-polyst y rene comp osite. m sc. thesis, university of jordan, amman, jordan. 11.jammalli ,r.h. (1998) electrical characterization of the treated p oly(ethy lene oxide) .m sc. thesis, university of jordan , amman , jordan . 12. ramadin, y. saq’an, s. eid, a. ahmed, m . and zihlif, a. (2000), journal of thermop last ic comp osite materials, 13: 497-508. 13. eid, a. m .,(1998), ion-selective in poly (vinyl chloride ) / p oly (ethy lene oxide ) blended membrane, m .sc. thesis , university of jordan, amman , jordan. 14. abu hijleh,m .; al-ramadin, y.and zihlif, a .(2000), j. polymeric materials, 46: 377-394. 15. serway (1992), university phy sics,3 rd edition sounders collect p ublishing. new york 16. jonscher, a.k.(1978), j. m aterials sciences, 13: 562-565 . 17. jawed ,s. a.; ahmed, m .; ramadin ,y.; zihlif, a. ;paesano ,a.; m artuscelli,e. and regost a,g.,(1993), poly mer international journal,32:23-31 18. al ani, s. al hassny , h. and al-dahan, z.,(1995), journal of m aterial science, 30: 3720-3728. 19. anderson, j. c., (1964), dielectric. 1 st edition. chap man and hall. ltd, london. 20.kelemen ,g.; lortz , a and schom ,g. (1989), journal of material science , 24:333-338. 21. brand, m . j. and rechnitz , g. a. (1969) analytical chemistry , 41: 1788-1793. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 22.ahmed, m . s.,(1991), j. m aterials science lett ers, 10 (11, 12): 509-516. 23. ghannam ,a., (1997), study of the ion-selective conduction in m ica poly(vinyl chloride) comp osite. m .sc. thesis, university of jordan .amman, jordan. 24. radhakrishnan, s. (1985), j. m ater. sci. lett. , 4 : 1445-1451. 25. linden,e.and owan ,j. r.,(1998) , british p olymer journal ,20 (3):237-241. 26. ay oub, a. m . (1991), some electrical p rop erties of a conductive comp osite. m .sc. thesis, university of jordan. 27.hussen ,f. (1992), eletrical p rop erties of conductive comp osite .m sc . thesis, university of jordan ,amman , jordan . 28. delemonte, j, (1981), t echnology of carbon and grap hite fiber composite. new york, ny : vannost rand . reinhold 29. m arton,l. and m artor,c. (1980), m ethods of exp erimental p hy sics.v.16, 1 st edition, academic p ress, london. 30. rashmi,g. ;narula,p. and pallai ,c. (1987), j. m aterials science, 22: 2006 -2010. 31. fanggao,c. ;saunders ,g.; lanbson,e. ;hamp ton,r.; carini,g.; dimarco,g. and lanza,m . (1996), j. p olymer science : part b: p olymer p hy sics, 34: 425-433 32. vanvalek, l. h. (1975), materials science for engineering ,3 rd edition , amsterdam. 33. abu samra, m . m .; bitar, r. a.; zihlif, a. m . and jaber, a. m . (1983), ap p lied phy sics communications, 3(3): 225-234. 34. giozalez, g. ;gamargo ,j. ;iriate and cast ro,j.(1994) anal letters, 27:1407 -1416 35. m omma, t.; kakuda , s. ;yarimizu, h. and oska, t. (1995), journal of electro chemical. soc.,142 : 1766-1777 36. shahin, m .; al haj – abdallah ,m .; zihlif, a. and farris , r. (1995), journal of poly mer materials, 12: 1995 – 2005 37. eid ,a. rammadin ,y. zihlif ,a.(2000), j. p olymeric mater. ,47:387-397. 38. palin ,g.r. (1982), plast ic for engineering,1 st edition . pergaman .press, oxford. 39. tripathi,a.k. and pillali, p. k.(1990), p art.1 journal of materials science,25 : 1947 – 1951 picture (1): the molecule conformation of poly(ethylene oxide). whe re: represent the me thylene group and is the oxygen atom (4). table (1): relaxation ti me as a function of mncl2 wt. %. m ncl2 ( wt.% )   10 -6 (sec) 0 160 5 61.2 10 27.9 15 16.4 20 1.6 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (1): phase angle de pendence on frequency for different s alt concentrations. fig.(2): variation of the impedance with frequency for different s alt concentrations. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (3): comple x impedance plots for different concentration of (peo/mncl2) composite. fig. (4): the relaxation time as a function of s alt concentration. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig.(5): the diele ctric constant as a function of frequency for different s alt concentrations. fig. (6): the variation of the dielectric loss as a function of the frequency for di fferent sal t concentrations. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (7): the ac conductivity of peo as a function of the frequency for di fferent sal t concentrations. fig. (8): the variation of the tangent loss as a function of the frequency for di fferent sal t concentrations. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (9): the diele ctric constant behavior as a function of different sal t concentration at different frequencies. fig. (10): the diele ctric loss as a function of different sal t concentration at di fferent frequencies. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (11): the ac conductivity behavior as a function of different sal t concentrations. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الخصائص الكهربائیة للمبلمر بولي أوكسید اإلثیلین المطعم بالملح كلورید المنغنیز عواد الزحلف، یحیى الرماضین، أیاد أحمد صالح جامعة بغدادإبن الهیثم،-قسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة الخالصة بــولي أوكســـید(ربائیــة لمبلمــر متراكــب مــن المبلمــرإن العمــل المقــدم فــي هــذا البحــث هــو محاولــة لدراســـة الخصــائص الكه وقـد تمــت . %20إلــى % 0بالمـدى كحشـوة و ذات تراكیــز مختلفـة داخــل القالـب) كلوریــد المنغنیـز(لـح مكقالـب ومــن ) األثیلـین ـــي نطــــاق دراســـة ســــلوك الممانعــــة الكهربائیــــة ـــترخاء لهــــذا المتراكــــب فـ ـــزل الكهربــــائي ومعامــــل الفقــــد و زمــــن االسـ وثابــــت العـ علـى الموصـلیة الكهربائیـة البحث تأثیر تراكیز الملح وتردد المجال الكهربائيفي هذا وقد درس ).میكا هرتز 13-رتزه10(التردد .المتناوبة وبعـد حسـاب ثابـت العـزل الكهربـائي وجـد أنـه یـزداد ، یة الكهربائیـةبـأن الملـح یعـزز و یزیـد التوصـیل مـن النتـائجولقـد وجـد یعـزى ذلـك لـبعض ظــواهر قــد و ، وقــد لـوحظ إعتمـاد ثـابتي العــزل والممانعـة الكهربائیـة علـى التـردد، بزیـادة تركیـز الملـح المسـتخدم یــؤدي إلـــى نقصــان زمـــن علـــى العینــة التــردد المســلطفزیــادة تركیــز الملـــح و . هــذا المبلمـــرالعالیــة لقطبیـــة لول اإلســتقطاب المعقــدة .لتأثیر الحركة األیونیة و وجود الشوائب في المتراكب اإلسترخاء للمتراكب المحضر مختبریاً microsoft word 45-59 45 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسجي للكلية في طائر tyto albaضاء البومة البي كاظم إسراء عدنان عودة حسين عبد المنعم داود بغداد/ جامعة )ابن الھيثم (قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014/تشرين الثاني /24في البحث قبل ، 2014/ايلول /21: في البحث استلم الخالصة . أظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن البومة tyto albaتم دراسة الوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسجي للكلية في البومة البيضاء متناظراً على جانبي العمود الفقري، وكل واحدة منھا البيضاء تملك زوجاً من الكلى الصلدة المتطاولة التي تتخذ موضعاَ تتألف من ثالثة فصوص ممثلة بفص قحفي وآخر وسطي وثالث ذيلي وتحاط ھذه الفصوص جميعاً بمحفظة من النسيج الضام. شكل أظھر الفحص المجھري أن الوحدات األساسية للكلية في البومة البيضاء تتمثل بعدد من الفصيصات التي تأخذ ال المخروطي، وكل فصيص يتكون من نسيج قشرة ونسيج لب، ويمثل نسيج القشرة مساحة أكبر من نسيج اللب، وأوضحت دراسة المقاطع النسجية بأن الكبيبات في كلية البومة البيضاء تكون ممثلة بتراكيب كروية صغيرة نسبياً لكل كبيبة قطب ضمن نسيج القشرة، وقد تكون بصورة مجاميع ثنائية أو ثالثية أحياناً، وعائي وآخر بولي، وأن الكبيبات تتوزع عشوائياً وتحاط كل كبيبة بمحفظة يطلق عليھا محفظة بومان. أوضحت الدراسة أن النبيبات تتمثل بالنبيب الملتوي الداني، والنبيب الملتوي القاصي، ويقع بينھما عروة ھنلي التي تتألف يتصل كل نبيب ملتٍو قاٍص بنبيب جامع والنبيبات الجامعة تؤدي إلى أقنية جامعة. كما من قطعة نحيفة وقطعة سميكة، و أوضحت نتائج الدراسة أن بطانة النبيبات المختلفة تتمثل بنسيج ظھاري بسيط يتراوح بين مكعبي واطئ بسيط في القطعة الملتوي القاصي والنبيبات الجامعة مع األخذ النحيفة لعروة ھنلي إلى مكعبي بسيط كما في النبيب الملتوي الداني والنبيب بالحسبان وجود حافة فرشاتية في السطح الحر لخاليا بطانة النبيب الملتوي الداني، وتكون البطانة عمودية قصيرة في األقنية الجامعة. من النسيج الظھاري أظھر الفحص النسجي أن جدار الحالب يتألف من عدة طبقات تتمثل من الداخل إلى الخارج بطبقة العمودي المطبق الكاذب المھدب تليه طبقة عضلية مؤلفة من ألياف عضلية ملساء، ثم طبقة برانية من النسيج الضام الرخو. كلية، وبومة بيضاء، وتركيب نسجي.كلمات مفتاحية: ال 46 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة في الفقريات بضمنھا الطيور فھو يؤدي دوراً حساساً في تنظيم إقتصاديات يعد الجھاز البولي أحد أجھزة الجسم األساسية الجسم، وله نفس أھمية القلب والرئتين، وعمل ھذا الجھاز يتم عن طريق عمليات متشابكة يراد منھا الحفاظ على ثبات البيئة اً مضافاً إلى عملھا في إزالة العديد من الداخلية ألجسام الفقريات، ومشاركة الكلية في ھذا العمل النظامي يعد عمالً كبير ].2، 1المواد الضارة التي تتناولھا الحيوانات عن قصد أو من دون دراية في أثناء عمليات تناول الغذاء والتنفس [ والكلى في الفقريات بضمنھا الطيور تظھر خطة بناء متماثلة، فھي ونحٍو عام تتألف من مجموعة متراصة من النبيبات تمثل تلة تأخذ موضعاً ظھرياً ضمن التجويف الجسمي وعلى جانبي العمود الفقري، وتظھر الكلى برغم تماثلھا التكويني ك ومضاھاتھا إختالفات في تفصيالت البناء التشريحي ضمن مجاميع الفقريات المختلفة، ويتمثل ھذا االختالف في التباين ].4، 3الكلوية بأجزائھا المختلفة [ الحاصل في عدد وترتيب الكبيبات وتعقيدات النبيبات أوضحت مراجعة المصادر أن الدراسات المتعلقة بالكلى والجھاز البولي بصورة عامة في الطيور الموجودة في البيئة gallus] دراسة تشريحية ونسجية مقارنة للكلى في الدجاج المحلي 5العراقية قليلة نسبياً؛ إذ قدمت العزاوي [ domesticus والوزanser anser ] في دراسته عن الكلية في صقر الحوام 6وتبعھا محمد وجماعته [buteo buteo vulpinus gloger] دراسة تشريحية ونسجية للكلية في طائر الغرة البيضاء 7، وتناول البطاح [fulica atra ودرس ، ] الكلى في زغاليل وبالغات 9العجيلي ومحمد [، ودرس aquila chrysaetos] الكلية في طائر العقاب الذھبي 8العجيلي [ ] التي درست الكلية في العصفور المنزلي.10الحمام، وتبعته العنبكي [ إن ما ذكر آنفاً يؤشر الحاجة إلى المزيد من الدراسات بھذا الجانب في الطيور العراقية وال سيما البرية منھا، وھذا ما ي أخذت بالحسبان دراسة الوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسجي للكلية في طائر البومة يمثل حافزاً إلجراء ھذه الدراسة الت وھي جزء من دراسة مقارنة موسعة للجھاز اإلبرازي في نوعين من الطيور البرية العراقية ممثلة tyto albaالبيضاء ألمل في أن تقدم ھذه الدراسة مع ا francolinus francolinusبالبومة البيضاء موضوع ھذه الدراسة وطائر الدراج إضافة وتوسيع الى القاعدة المعرفية في ھذا المجال. المواد وطرائق العمل جمع العينات استعملت في ھذه الدراسة عينات من طائر البوم البالغ، تم الحصول عليھا من األسواق المحلية ضمن الرقعة الجغرافية ] بغية الحصول على الكلى، تم تشريح 12، 11ينات باعتماد المفاتيح التصنيفية المتوافرة [لمدينة بغداد، وقد تم تصنيف الع الطيور والتعرف على موقع الكلى فيھا وصفاتھا الشكليائية، ثم استؤصلت الكلى من موقعھا، وتم إجراء بعض القياسات ساعة. 24لمدة (aqueous bouin's fluid)عليھا، ثم ثُبتت أجزاء من الكلى بواسطة المثبت محلول بوين المائي الدراسة النسجية ذي (paraffin wax)اتبعـت في تحـضير الشرائح النسجية للكلـية فـي عـينات الدراسـة طـريقة الـطمر بشمع الـبراڤين ] ولونت المقاطع النسجية بواسطة 13) درجـة سـليلزية على وفق طريقة بانكروفت وسـتيفنس [6058درجة انصھار ( ].14بحسب طريقة [ (haris's hematoxylin-eosin)أيوسين -الصبغة الروتينية ھارس ھيماتوكسلين النتائج morphological description of kidneyالوصف الشكليائي للكلية أظھر الفحص التشريحي أن البومة البيضاء تمتلك زوجاً من الكلى الصلدة الكبيرة المتطاولة التي تتخذ موضعاً متناظراً على جانبي العمود الفقري ضمن التجويف الجسمي، وكل منھا تتموضع في انخفاض عظمي ضمن منطقة العجز المتحد (synsacrum) يطلق عليه بالحفرة الكلوية(renal fossa) ًوتمتد كل كلية قحفيا .(cranially) ًإلى الرئة وذيليا (caudally) إلى نھاية منطقة العجز المتحد، ويظھر سطح فصوص الكلية الثالثة أملس، وھي تحاط بمحفظة رقيقة من .(peritoneum)وتغطى الكلى بغشاء الخلب (connective tissue)النسيج الضام الذي يكون أكبر (cranial lobe)تتكون كل كلية من كلى البومة البيضاء من ثالثة فصوص ممثلة بالفص القحفي فصوص الكلية ويظھر بيضوياً في شكله وأكثر إمتالًء من بقية الفصوص، والفص الثاني ھو الفص الوسطي الذي يكون caudal)ى أسطواني ضيق نسبياً، أما الفص الثالث فھو الفص الذيلي أصغر فصوص الكلية، ويتخذ شكالً بيضوياً إل lobe) الذي يكون أكبر من الفص الوسطي وأكثر امتالًء وأصغر من الفص القحفي، ويظھر شكالً بيضوياً تقريباً، ويبدو أن والفص الوسطي، كما أن الفص الذيلي ملتصق مع الفص الوسطي بدرجة كبيرة أكثر مما ھي عليه الحال بين الفص القحفي الفصين الذيلين للكليتين ملتحمان بنحٍو تام تقريباً عند الخط الوسطي البطني، ويظھر أن ھناك أخدوداً ضحالً يفصل بينھما جزئياً وفي اتجاه آخر تظھر الكلية في البومة البيضاء ذات لون أحمر قاٍن كما أظھر الفحص العياني أن الكلية اليسرى ).1للكلية) يكون موقعه أوطأ مستوى عن مثيله في الكلية اليمنى (شكل (الفص القحفي لكل كلية من كلى البومة البيضاء حالب ينشأ من مؤخرة الفص القحفي ويظھر أن جزأه األمامي يدخل إلى عمق الفص الخلف من فصوص الكلية القحفي في حين يمتد الحالب على السطح البطني الجانبي للفصين الوسطي والذيلي، ويمتد إلى 47 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الذي يمثل الجزء (urodeum)ليدخل إلى منطقة المجمع الواسعة في الطيور حيث يفتح مباشرةً عند المسلك البولي ) ، وكان معدل نسبة طول 1، إذ ال توجد مثانة بولية في النوع موضوع ھذه الدراسة شكل ((cloaca)الوسطي من المجمع سم، أما مدى (2.904)سم بمعدل (2.610-3.284)) سم، وتراوح مدى طول الحالب 0.842الحالب إلى طول الكلية ( ).1) سم (جدول 3.460) سم بمعدل (3.7-3.1طول الكلية فتراوح بين ( غم، وكان 3.42-1.83غم بمدى 2.580أظھرت نتائج الدراسة ان معدل وزن الكلية في الطير موضوع الدراسة يبلغ ولم يظھر أن ھناك فرقاً في وزن الكلية اليمنى عن الكلية اليسرى. %0.7لية إلى الجسم معدل نسبة وزن الك histological structure of kidneyالتركيب النسجي للكلية تغطى بمحفظة رقيقة من النسيج الضام تظھر فيھا tyto albaأظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن الكلية في طائر البومة البيضاء وكان معدل reticular fiberوبعض األلياف الشبكية fibroblastوأرومات ليفية (collagen fiber)ألياف كوالجينية ).2) (شكل μm 9.250سمك المحفظة ( الدراسة تتمثل بالفصيصات أظھر الفحص المجھري أن الوحدات األساسية للكلية في البومة البيضاء موضوع (lobules) في المقاطع النسجية وال سيما في تلك المأخوذة من الفص فصيص) 118(التي يمكن أن نالحظ العديد منھا القحفي للكلية الذي يمثل أكبر فصوص الكلية في البومة البيضاء كما أسلفنا إذ يظھر محيط مقطع الكلية انخفاضات صغيرة ) وتظھر فصيصات الكلية بصورة مساحات تقترب في شكلھا من الشكل 3فصيصات (شكل ضحلة تؤشر ھذه ال المخروطي؛ إذ تكون مقاطعھا مثلثة الشكل، وكل فصيص يتكون من نسيج قشرة ونسيج لب ويظھر نسيج القشرة في موقع ). 3نسيج اللب (شكل محيطي بالنسبة لنسيج اللب، كما أظھر الفحص النسجي أن نسيج القشرة يشغل مساحة أكبر من ، وكل مخروط لبي يتكون من (medullary cones)ويظھر أن نسيج القشرة يمتد إلى عمق الكلية بين المخاريط اللبية ).4عدد من األقنية اللبية، وأظھرت المقاطع المدروسة أن ھناك حداً فاصالً بين نسيج القشرة ونسيج اللب (شكل ت الكليـة فـي البـومة البيضاء تظھر بصورة تراكيب مخروطية منتظمة تظھر مثلثة أظـھر الفحـص المجـھري أن فصـيصا ، إذ يتخذ كل وريد بين فصيصي (interlobular veins)في مقاطعھا، ويحدد محيط الفصيصات األوردة بين الفصيصية )، ويبلغ 5قشرة (شكل الواقع عند مركز ال (interalobular vein)موقع بين قشرة الفصيص والوريد الداخل فصيصي (النـفرونات) علـى (nephrons)) تترتب الوحدات الكلوية μm 1600-2600بمدى ( )μm 2140معدل سمك القشرة ( (interlobular & intralobular veins)طول خطـوط شعـاعية بـين األوردة بيــن الفصـيصية وداخل فصيـصية (dct)والنبيب الملتوي القاصي (pct)ومقاطع للنبيب الملتوي الداني (glomeruli) يحوي نسيج القشرة كبيبات و ).6(شكل (medullary)واللبية (cortical)فضالً عن وجود الكبيبات بنوعيھا المتمثلة بالكبيبات القشرية ) perilobular collecting) ductsيـشغـل اللـب موقــعاً عند قـاعدة الفصيص وتتجمع األقـنية الجامعة حول الفصيصية واألقنية اللبية مجتمعة بصورة المخروط اللبي ويظـھر (medullary tract)للفصيصات المتجاورة لتكّون القناة اللبية losseبـصورة جزيرة صـغيرة ضمن التـركيب النسـجي للكـلية وتكون مـحـاطة بمحفـظة مـن النـسيج الضـام الـرخو connective tissue)( شكل)أظھر الفحص النسجي لمنطقة اللب أنھا تحوي مقاطع ألقنية جامعة ). و4(collecting ducts) ومقاطع للقطعة النحيفة والقطعة السميكة لعروة ھنلي(loop of henle) ويبلغ معدل سمك اللب 7(شكل ( )749.500 μm( ) 670-880بمدى μm(. nephron*الوحدة الكلوية glomerulusالكبيبة التي تتضح في (cortical glomeruli)أظھرت نتائج الدراســة وجـود نـوعين مـن الكبـيبات تتــمثل بالكبيبات القشـرية وھذه تتخذ موقعاً قريباً (medullary glomeruli)الجزء المحيطي من القشرة، أما النوع الثاني فيتمثل بالكبيبات اللبية في المنطقة القشرية أصغر حجماً من تلك التي توجد في المنطقة القريبة من اللب.من اللب، وبنحٍو عام تكون الكبيبات أظھر الفحص النسجي أن الكبيبات تتوزع عشوائياً ضمن نسيج الكلية، ويظھر أنھا تتركز بنحٍو أكثر كثافة في محيط الكلية ، وتظھر (dct)والقاصية (pct)لدانية الخارجي عما ھي عليه في المنطقة الداخلية، وتكون محاطة بمقاطع للنبيبات ا ).8نحٍو مجاميع تضم كبيبتين أو أحياناً ثالث كبيبات (شكل بالكبيبات موزعة بنحٍو منفرد أو أوضــحت دراسـة المقـاطع النسـجية أن الكبيبات في كلية البومة البيضاء تكون ممثلة بتراكيب كروية صغــيرة نسبياً مؤلفة urinary)وقطب بولي (vascular pole)وعـية الـدموية الشـعرية ولـكل كبيبة قطب وعائي من جـھاز بسيـط من األ pole)، ويتضح عند القطب الوعائي وجود خاليا مميزة ذات نوى إھليليجية تدعى الخاليا جار الكبيبة (juxtaglomerular cells) وتظھر ھذه الخاليا بتماس مع البقعة الكثيفة(macula densa) 9كل (ش.( أظھرت نتائج الدراسة وجود تباينات في عدد وقطر الكبيبات في كلية البومة البيضاء موضوع الدراسة، إذ بلغ متوسط كبيبات لكل مليمتر مربع بمدى (5.550)، وبلغ متوسط عدد الكبيبات (μm 17.500-40)وبمدى (μm 32.717)قطرھا بة محاطة بمحفظة ثنائية الطبقة يطلق عليھا محفظة بـومـان كبيبات. كما أظھر الفحص النسجي أن الكبي (8-4) (bowman's capsule)إذ يتـضح فيـھا وجـود طـبقة حـشـويـة ؛(visceral layer) وطبقة جدارية ،(parietal layer) مؤلفة من خاليا ظھارية مسطــحة(flattened epithelial cells) تســتقر علـى صفيــحة قاعدية(basal lamina) ين الكبـيبـة والمحـفظـة فسحـة تـدعى فسـحة بومان ـرقيـقة، وتـوجد ب(bowman's space) التي يبلغ متوسط ).1(جدول (μm 2.500-10)بمدى (μm 5.375)سمكھا 48 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 proximal convoluted tubule (pct)النبيب الملتوي الداني تتصل عند قطبھا البولي بالجزء األمامي من النبيب البولي والمتمثل بالنبيب أظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية أن الكبيبة simple cuboidalوالذي تتميز بطانته بكونھا مؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط (pct)الملتوي الداني epithelial) tissueامقة الصبغة مدروة ) تستند خالياه على غشاء قاعدي وتظھر الخاليا الظھارية ھرمية الشكل ونواھا غ في شكلھا مركزية الموقع ، و يتضح عند السطح الحر للخاليا الظھارية وجود زغيبات طويلة تشكل بمجموعھا ما يعرف و بمدى (μm 32.747)، ويبلغ متوسط القطر الخارجي للنبيب الداني حوالي (brush border)بالحافة الفرشاتية (42.500-25 μm) سمك الظھارة المبطنة له في حين يتراوح متوسط(13.125 μm) وبمدى(7.500-20 μm) شكل) 6.( loop of henelعروة ھنلي thick)أظـھـر الفـحـص النسجي لـمقـاطـع مـستعـرضة في كـلــية البـومـة البيضاء وجـود مقاطع للقـطعة السميكـة segment) وأخرى في القطعة النحيفة(thin segment) من عروة ھنلي، إذ ظھرت مقاطع القطعة النحيفة ذات بطانة تظھر خالياه (simple cuboidal epithelium)مؤلفة من خاليا ظھارية مسطحة مشكلة نسيجاً ظھارياً مكعبياً بسيطاً اً بياً بسيطواطئة، أما القطعة السميكة فكانت ھي األخرى ذات بطانة من خاليا ظھارية مكعبة تؤلف نسيجاً ظھارياً مكع (simple cuboidal epithelium tissue) وتكون نوى الخاليا دائرية مركزية الموقع تأخذ صبغة أفتح من نوى خاليا ، بطانة النبيب الملتوي الداني والنبيب الملتوي القاصي، ولم يظھر الفحص النسجي وجود حافة فرشاتية في السطح الحر ).7والقطعة السميكة (شكل لخاليا بطانة كل من القطعة النحيفة أمـا (μm 20-32.500)بمدى (μm 25)وأوضحت نتائج الدراسـة أن معدل القطر الخارجي للقطعة النحيفة يصل إلى .(μm 25-45)وبـمدى (μm 35)مـعـدل القطـر الخارجي للقطعة السميكة فيصل إلـى distal convoluted tubule (dct)النبيب الملتوي القاصي مبطن بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط كما (dct)أظھر الفحص النسجي لمقاطع النبيب البولي أن النبيب الملتوي القاصي ، إال أن السطح الحر للخاليا يخلو من الحافة الفرشاتية وبالتالي يبدو تجويف (pct)ھي الحال في النبيب الملتوي الداني ، ويبلغ معدل القطر الخارجي للنبيب الملتوي القاصي (pct)ملتوي الداني النبيـب أوسـع قطراً من تجويف النبيب ال (25.437 μm) بمدى(17.500-37.500 μm) في حين يبلغ متوسط سمك الظھارة المبطنة له(7.625 μm) بمدى (12.500-5 μm) 6) (شكل 1(جدول.( collecting tubules and collecting ductsالنبيبات الجامعة واألقنية الجامعة أظھـرت نتائـج الدراسة أن النـبيبات الجامعة في كلية البومة البيضاء تكــون أوسع قطراً مـن كال النبيب الملـتوي وبمدى (μm 42.290)وكـان معدل قطر النبيب الجامع الخارجي (dct)والنبـيب الملتـوي القاصـي (pct)الــداني (55-30 μm) اما معدل قطر النبيب الجامع الداخلي فيبلغ نحو ،(18.217 μm) بمدى(7.500-30 μm) ويبلغ متوسط ، .)27.500-7.500) وبمدى (14.750سمك الظھارة المبطنة له ( تكون دراسة المقاطع النسجية أوضحت أن بطانة النبيبات الجامعة تتألف من نسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط الى عمودي واطئ خالياه ذات نوى دائرية تأخذ موضعاً أقرب إلى القاعدة من المركز وتأخذ لوناً غامقاً، أما األقنية الجامعة فتكون بطانتھا مؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري عمودي بسيط وتظھر الخاليا العمودية واطئة وذات نوى بيضوية غامقة الصبغة تتخذ موضعاُ ).7قاعدياً في الخلية (شكل ureter *الحالب أظھرت نتائـج الدراسـة أن الحالب في البومة البيضاء يكون بصورة تركيب أنبوبي وتركيبه النسجي من الـداخل ciliated)إلى الخـارجي يتـمثـل بطبقــة داخلـيـة أو بطـانـيـة مؤلفـة من نـسيج ظـھاري عـمـودي مـطبـق كـاذب مـھـدب pseudostratified columnar epithelium tissue) تظھر خالياه ذات نوى غامقة الصبغة وتستند الى صفحية اصيلة (lamina propria) تلي الطبقة الداخلية طبقة عضلية من النسيج الضام(muscularis) مؤلفة من ألياف عضلية ملساء ، ويبدو تجويف (adventitia)تظھر كطبقة سميكة نسبياً، وتحاط ھذه الطبقة بنسيج ضام رخو ممثالً بالطبقة البرانية ).10على التوالي (شكل ) μm) 220 ،420الحالب بنحٍو نجمي ويصل متوسط قطره الداخلي والخارجي المناقشة تتمثل بزوج من التراكيب الصلدة الكبيرة المتطاولة tyto albaأوضحت نتائج الدراسة أن الكليتين في البومة البيضاء يطلق عليه (synsacrum)وكل منھما تتموضع في انخفاض عظمي على جانبي العمود الفقري ضمن منطقة العجز المتحد الباحثين بالحفرة الكلوية، وتحاط كل كلية بمحفظة من النسيج الضام، وتأتي ھذه المالحظات تأكيداً لما أشار إليه العديد من ]. 4]، ويأتي ذلك من أن خطة البناء النسجي مماثل في كلى الفقريات [15، 10، 9، 5الذين درسوا الكلى في طيور مختلفة [ والفص (cranial lobe)أشارت الدراسات السابقة إلى أن الكلية في الطيور تتألف من ثالثة فصوص ممثلةً بالفص القحفي وأن ھذه الفصوص تظھر تبايناً في حجمھا وشكلھا في األنواع (caudal lobe)الذيلي والفص (middle lobe)الوسطي عن ] إلى أن فصوص الكلية مفصولة16، فقد أشار ھودجس [المختلفة من الطيور بالرغم من اشتراكھا في خطة بنائھا في (femoral artery)بعض إذ إن الفص القحفي مفصول عن الفص الوسطي عن طريق أخدود يشغله الشريان الفخذي 49 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ] 17، وأورد كنك [(sciatic artery)حين يفصل الفص الوسطي عن الفص الذيلي أخدود يمر من خالله الشريان الوركي أن الكلية في الدجاج تنقسم على فص قحفي مدور ووسطي اسطواني وذيلي متسع غير منتظم الشكل، وفي اتجاه آخر قد اد معظم رتب الطيور باستثناء رتبة العصفوريات تكون فصوص الكلى فيھا مفصولة ] أن أفر15أورد كنك وميكليالند [ بوضوح، في حين يكون الفص الوسطي غير متميز بوضوح ومندمج مع الفص الذيلي في أفراد العصفوريات . وقد أكدت ر يظھر تغايراً من العديد من الدراسات المضمون آنف الذكر بخصوص فصوص الكلى في الطيور ولون الكلية في الطيو ]. إن نتائج الدراسة تتوافق بنحٍو وآخر مع الدراسات أعاله ويظھر أن 21، 20، 19، 18، 10، 9البني إلى األحمر القاني [ ھذا ذو صلة بالبناء التركيبي لمتطلبات الحاجة الوظيفية فضالً عن الخصوصية النوعية للحيوان موضوع الدراسة. الوحدات األساسية للكلية تتمثل بالفصيصات التي تظھر في المقاطع النسجية بصورة تراكيــب أظـھرت نتائـج الدراسة أن interlobular)كمثريـة الشـكل تظھـر فـي مقاطعھا مثلثة الشكل، وھي محاطة من الجانبين باألوردة بين الفصيصية veins) ويوجد عند المركز الوريد داخل فصيصي(intralobular vein) بشبكة جيبية حول فصيصية ممثال (perilobular sinus network) وتتوافق نتائج الدراسة بنحٍو كبير مع ما أورده العديد من الباحثين الذين تناولوا دراسة ، ] ومرة أخرى فأن ھذا التوافق متأٍت من 22، 16، 15، 5الوصف التشريحي والتركيب النسجي للكلية في طيور مختلفة [ بناء المستند الى الوظيفة.تماثل في خطة ال وأظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن نسيج القشرة يشغل الجزء األكبر من نسيج الكلية في البومة البيضاء، وھو يحوي قطعاً والنبيبات (proximal convoluted tubule)مختلفة من أجزاء الوحدة الكلوية ممثلة بمقاطع للنبيبات الملتوية الدانية بنوعيھا القشرية واللبية، (glomeruli)والنبيبات الجامعة فضالً عن الكبيبات (distal convoluted tubule)القاصية ]. وبالتأكيد فإن ھذا التوافق 23، 16، 15، 10، 9، 5إن ھذه النتيجة تتوافق وتأتي تأكيداً لما توصلت إليه الدراسات السابقة [ ى في الفقريات المستند باألساس إلى طبيعة الوظيفة.متأت من خطة البناء النسجي الموحدة للكل وبنحٍو عام تتكون الكلية من قشرة ولب، وتشكل القشرة الجزء األكبر من نسيج الكلية، إذ تشغل القشرة مدى يتراوح بين وھذا ما تم تسجيله في أفراد رتبة الوزيات %15-5في حين يشغل اللب جزءاً أصغر يتراوح بين 71-81% (anseriformes) ورتبة الدجاجيات(galliformes) ]23تحتوي 24، 10، 9، 5[ ] وأكد ذلك العديد من الباحثين .[ المنطقة اللبية حزماً متجمعة من النبيبات تظھر في المقاطع النسجية ممثلة بمقاطع للنبيبات واالقنية الجامعة والقطع السميكة ].18 ،25 ،26 ،27[ (loop of henel)والنحيفة وعروة ھنلي في كلية البومة البيضاء موضوع الدراسة تكون بھيئة تراكيب (glomeruli)أوضحت نتائج الدراسة أن الكبيبات كروية صغيرة مؤلفة من جھاز بسيط من االوعية الدموية الشعرية، تأتي نتائج الدراسة مؤكدة لما توصل إليه العديد من يات المختلفة بضمنھا الطيور مع األخذ بالحسبان عدم وجود توافق في نواٍح ذات صلة الباحثين الذين درسوا الكلى في الفقر ]، وال بد من اإلشارة الى ان الحجم الصغير للكبيبات 29، 28، 10، 2بحجم الكبيبات وعددھا والقياسات األخرى لھا [ ].4يؤشر تسلسالً تطورياً للطيور مقارنة بالفقريات االوطأ في سلم التطور [ ا أوضحت الدراسة أن الكبيبات تنتشر ضمن نسيج الكلية في البومة البيضاء وبنحٍو عشوائي وقد توجد ضمن النسيج بنحٍو كم مفرد أو بمجاميع ثنائية أو ثالثية، وھذا ما أورده عدد من الباحثين اللذين درسوا التركيب النسجي للكلية في فقريات مختلفة ]2 ،10 ،29.[ نسجي أن الكبيبة في كلية البومة البيضاء تحاط بمحفظة ثنائية الطبقة يطلق عليھا محفظة بومان أظھر الفحص ال (bowman's capsule) مؤلفة من طبقة جدارية(parietal layer) وأخرى حشوية(visceral layer) من النسيج وتأتي ،(bowman's space)بومان الظھاري الحرشفي البسيط وتوجد فسحة محفظية بين الكبيبة والمحفظة تدعى فسحة ھذه النتيجة متوافقة بنحٍو تام مع العديد من الدراسات التي تناولت الكلى في فقريات مختلفة وھي بالتأكيد تستند إلى خطة ].31، 30، 10، 5، 2البناء التركيبي والوظيفي المتماثلة في جميع الفقريات بدرجة عالية المستوى [ راسة النسجية للكلية البعدية في الفقريات السلوية بضمنھا الطيور توافقاً في البناء النسجي ؛ إذ أن جھاز أظھرت نتائج الد التي تكون )juxtaglomerular cellsيتألف من الخاليا جار الكبيبة ( (juxtaglomerular apparatus)جار الكبيبة وتكون (vascular pole)قع عند منطقة القطب الوعائي التي ظھر في مو (macula densa)بتماس مع البقعة الكثيفة وسايتوبالزم ھذه الخاليا محبب إذ يحتوي حبيبات سايتوبالزمية (elliptical)الخاليا جار الكبيبة ذات نوى إھليليجية ات على أن إفرازية. تأتي نتائج الدراسة في ھذا الخصوص متوافقة مع ما أورده العديد من الباحثين، فقد أجمعت الدراس (الكبيبة ومحفظة بومان) ويكون بتماس مع البقعة (renal corpuscle)الجھاز جار الكبيبة يقع قرب الجسيمة الكلوية الكثيفة وتكون الخاليا العضلية الملساء للغاللة الوسطى للشريين الوارد محورة وتدعى بالخاليا المجاورة للكبيبة ].33، 32، 5رازية [وسايتوبالزمھا مملوء بالحبيبات اإلف في كلية البومة البيضاء والذي يمثل الجزء األول من نبيب (pct)أظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن النبيب الملتوي الداني يستند إلى غشاء قاعدي (simple cuboidal epithelial tissue)الكـلية يبـطن بنـسيج ظھـاري مكـعبي بسيط (basment membrane) بأنھا ذات نوى غامقة الصبغة مركزية الموقع والسطح الحر لھذه الخاليا ذو وتمتاز خالياه .(brush border)زغيبات طويلة تمثل ما يعرف بالحافة الفرشاتية تشير مراجعة المصادر إلـى أن ھنـاك تبـايناً فــي نـوع النسـيج الظـھاري المـبطـن للنبيــب الملـتـوي الـدانــي فـي simple squamous epithelial)الفـقـريـات المختلفة، وھذا التباين يتراوح بين نسيـج ظھـاري حرشـفـي بـســيط 50 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 tissue) بـســـيط إلــى نســـيج ظــھـاري عــمــودي(simple columnar epithelial tissue) وان السطح الحر في ]، اال ان معظم الدراسات تشير الى ان بطانة النبيب الملتوي 34 ،35[ (brush border)كال الحالين مزود بحافة فرشاتية وح الحرة للخاليا مزودة الداني في الفقريات بنحٍو عام وبضمنھا الطيور تتمثل بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط وتكون السط ].37، 36، 15، 10، 5، 2[ بحافة فرشاتية وتتوافق نتائج الدراسة مع المجموعة الثانية من الباحثين، وال بد من اإلشارة ھنا إلى أن خصوصية عمل الكلية تتطلب ذا ما يمثل خصوصية وظيفية للخاليا أن تكون بطانة النبيب الداني ذات خاليا متمايزة بدرجة عالية من الكفاءة الوظيفية، وھ الظھارية المكعبة والعمودية أكثر مما ھي عليه الحال في الخاليا الحرشفية. ] في اعتماد وجود خاليا ظھارية عمودية؛ ألنھما أشارا إلى 35ويظھر أن ھناك عدم وضوح في رأي باتل وجانبادو [ ]، وربما ھي خاليا مكعبة 38، 32من صفات الخاليا الظھارية المكعبة [ أن الخاليا المبطنة ذات نوى مركزية مدورة وھذه ظھرت بصورة أعمدة متطاولة في المقاطع النسجية. أوضحت الدراسات السابقة درجة تباين عالية في قطر النبيب الداني وسمك الطبقة الظھارية المبطنة له، وذكرت الدراسات لمتطلبات الوظيفية، وما أظھرته الدراسة من تباينات في قطر النبيب وسمك الظھارة أن السبب في ھذا التباين قد يعزى إلى ا ]. 5، 2المبطنة له يمكن تفسيره ضمن ھذا السياق [ تكون مبطنة بنسيج (thin segment of henel loop)أظھر الفحص المجھري أن القطعة النحيفة لعروة ھنلي ة ونوى الخاليا تشغل حيزاً كبيراً من السايتوبالزم وتظھر غامقة الصبغة، أما ظھاري مكعبي بسيط تظھر خالياه مضغوط فتتمثل بطانتھا بخاليا ظھارية مكعبة ذات نوى غامقة الصبغة. إن (thick segment of henel loop)القطعة السميكة ، 2ناولت فقريات أخرى غير الطيور [ھذه النتيجة قد تظھر اختالفاً أو عدم توافق عما ھو عليه الحال في الدراسات التي ت ]، في حين أظھرت نتائج الدراسة توافقاً مع الدراسات التي تناولت التركيب النسجي للكلية في 41، 40، 39، 36، 35 ]، إن عدم التوافق ربما متأٍت من التباين في التركيب النسجي المستند إلى الخصوصية 42، 22، 16، 15، 5طيور مختلفة [ الوظيفية. في كلية البومة البيضاء يكون (distal convoluted tubule)وأظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن النبيب الملتوي القاصي مبطناً بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط يستند إلى غشاء قاعدي، وخالياه تكون أفتح لوناً من تلك المبطنة للنبيب الملتوي الداني الحافة الفرشاتية. إن نتائج الدراسة تتوافق بنحٍو كبير مع الدراسات السابقة التي تناولت كما أن السطح الحر لخالياه يخلو من ].45، 44، 43، 15، 10، 5، 2التركيب النسجي للكلية في الطيور المختلفة وحتى الفقريات األخرى من غير الطيور [ 33، 5وظيفية التي ينجزھا النبيب الملتوي القاصي [إن ھذا التوافق بالتأكيد متأٍت من البناء النسجي المرتبط بالخصوصية ال ].46، 4، 3]، وھو يعبر أيضاً عن خطة البناء الواحدة التي توضحھا أجھزة الجسم في الفقريات المختلفة [36، اسات وفي اتجاه آخر أظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن قطر النبيب الملتوي القاصي وارتفاع بطانته الظھارية يظھران تباينا مع الدر ].5، 2اين إلـى خـطة البناء النسجي المرتبط بالخصوصية الوظيفية [ـالسابقة، ومرة أخرى ربما يعزى ھذا التب وأظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن النبيبات الجامعة في كلية البومة البيضاء تكون أوسع قطراً من كال النبيب الملتوي الداني (pct) والنبيب الملتوي القاصي(dct)ت دراسة المقاطع النسيجية أن بطانة النبيبات الجامعة تتمثل بنسيج ، وأوضح تكون خالياه ذات نوى دائرية تتموضع أقرب إلى القاعدة من المركز وتأخذ لوناً الى عمودي واطئ ظھاري مكعبي بسيط اري عمودي بسيط؛ وتظھر غامقاً، أما األقنية الجامعة فھي أوسع قطراً من النبيبات الجامعة وبطانتھا مؤلفة من نسيج ظھ الخاليا العمودية واطئة ونواھا بيضوية قاعدية الموقع غامقة الصبغة. وأوضحت مراجعة الدراسات السابقة تبايناً كبيراً في أشكال الخاليا المبطنة للنبيبات الجامعة في كلى الفقريات المختلفة، نبيب الجامع في كلية الفأر تكون من النوع المكعبي في حين تكون ] أن الخاليا المبطنة لل36فقد أوضحت دراسة الزبيدي [ ] إلى أن بطانة النبيبات الجامعة في الخفاش الھندي نوع 35عمودية واطئة في خنزير غينيا، كما أشار باتل وجانباندو [ megaderma lyra layra تكون مؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط، في حين تكون في الخفاش الھندي آكل الثمار من ممثلة بنسيج ظھاري عمودي بسيط، إن التباين في بطانة النبيبات الجامعة يماثله تباين rousettus leschenaultiaنوع ].47، 16، 10، 5بنفس اإلتجاه في بطانة النبيبات الجامعة في الطيور المختلفة [ إن ھذا التباين في بطانة النبيبات الجامعة في الفقريات بالتأكيد يعزى إلى المتطلبات الوظيفية إذا ما أخذنا بنظر اإلعتبار (metanephros)إلى الحيوانات آنفة الذكر تنتمي إلى نفس المجاميع التصنيفية وأن الكلى في أجمعھا من النوع البعدي ]4 ،46.[ األقنية الجامعة ھي األخرى تظھر تبايناً من حيث سمك بطانتھا في الفقريات المختلفة إال أنھا تكاد تكون متشابھة في ، ووجود بطانة من خاليا ظھارية (amniotes)كونھا ممثلة بنسيج ظھاري عمودي بسيط في جميع الفقريات السلوية لبومة البيضاء ربما يؤشر تدرجاً في البناء النسجي؛ إذ تصب النبيبات مكعبة الى عمودية واطئة في النبيب الجامع لكلية ا الجامعة في األقنية الجامعة ذات البطانة المؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري عمودي بسيط. موضوع الدراسة يكون بوصرة تركيب أنبوبي يبدو tyto albaأظھر الفحص النسجي أن الحالب في طائر البومة البيضاء تركيب نجمي يتألف جداره من طبقة داخلية او بطانية من نسيج ظھاري عمودي مطبق كاذب مھدب تجويفه بصورة (ciliated pseudostratified columnar epithelium) ونوى خالياه تأخذ صبغة عميقة وتظھر بيضوية الشكل 51 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 نسيج ضام ثم طبقة عضلية وتتخذ موضعاً عند أو تماماً تحت منطقة وسط الخلية وھي تستند الى صفيحة اصيلة من (musclaris) مؤلفة من ألياف عضلية ملساء تليھا طبقة برانية من النسيج الضام(adventitia). وأظھرت مراجـعة المصـادر أن ھنـاك عـدم تـوافق في ما يخـص التـركيـب النـسجـي لجدار الحـالـب وقـد عزيت ھـذه transitional)] إلى أن بطانة الحالب مؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري متحول 48أشار [ الـمصادر اإلختالفات ألسباب عدة، فقد epithelium) ] اللذان أشارا إلى أن 49، 22مع نسيج ظھاري عمودي مطبق كاذب في حين إختلف معه لـيو وسيلر [ مثالً بخاليا عمودية ذات بطانة الحالب مؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري عمودي مطبق كاذب إذ تظھر فيه نوعان من الخاليا السائد م ] إلى أن ھذا اإلختالف ناتج من إن 16نوى بيضوية والقليل منھا تظھر خاليا مكعبة أو عمودية واطئة، وعزى ھودجس [ ] كنسيج ظھاري متحول قد تكون ھي نفسھا نسيجاً ظھارياً عمودياً مطبقاً كاذباً ولكن 49المنطقة التي وصفھا كودشيلد [ ] أن بطانة الحالب في الطيور مؤلفة من 15نسيج أظھرته كأنه نسيج متحول وقد أكد كنك وميكليالند [الزيادة في تقلص ال نسيج ظھاري عمودي مطبق كاذب. ]، وھذا 16، 15، 9وتتوافق نتـائج الدراسة مع مضمون ما توصل إليه كل من العجيلي ومحمد وھودجس وكنك وميكليالند [ لبناء النسجي المرتبطة بالوظيفة.التوافق بالتأكيد متأٍت من خطة ا المصادر 1-hickman, jr. c. p. & roberts, l. s. (1994). integrated principle of zoology (6th ed.). wcb, england. ). دراسة تشريحية ونسجية مقارنة للجھاز البولي مع تقدير بعض القيم الكيموحيوية 2013الزبيدي، نصير مرزة حمزة (-2 كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة. -للدم في ثالث فقريات عراقية. أطروحة دكتوراه، جامعة كربالء 3-kardong, k. v. (1998). vertebrates, comparative anatomy, function, evolation. (2nd ed.). mcgraw hill, new york. العراق. -لتشريح المقارن للحلبيات. مطبعة جامعة بغداد). ا2002غالي، محمد عبد الھادي وداود، حسين عبد المنعم (-4 5-al-azawy, n. h. (2005). comparative anatomical and histological study of kidney in domestic fowls and gesse (gallus domesticus and anser anser). m. sc. thesis, college of veterinary medcine, baghdad university. ) دراسة نسجية للكليتين في 2009محمد، عبد الھادي صالل؛ ماھود، أرجوان عبد الھادي و مذخور، شيماء ربيع. (-6 )، العدد 1. مجلة الكوفة لعلوم الحياة. المجلد (seteppe buzzard (buteo buteo vulpinus gloger)صقر الحوام )2.( 7-al-batah, a. l. (2012). morphological and histological study for the kindey of coot bird (fulica atra). bas. j. vet. res., 11(1): 128-136. 8-al-agele, r. a. a. (2012). study the anatomical discription and histolological observation of the kidney in golden eagle (aquila chrysaetos). the iraq j. vet. med., 36(2): 145-152. 9-al-ajeely, r. a. g. a. & mohammed, f. s. (2012). morpho-histological study on the development of kidney and ureter in hatching and adulthood racing pigeon (columba livia domestica). i. j.s. n., 3(3): 665-677. passer). الوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسجي للكلية في العصفور المنزلي 2013العنبكي، دينا عبد الرزاق زيدان (-10 domesticus والضفدع الشجيريhyla arborea.رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة، جامعة ديالى . بغداد. -ة الرابطة). طيور العراق. الجزء الثاني. مطبع1962اللوس، بشير. (-11 ). الدليل الحقلي 2006ھانسن، ب؛ كريستنسن، س والجبور، شريف (-سالم، مظفر عبد الباقي؛ بورتر، ر.ف؛ شيرميكر-12 لطيور العراق. منظمة طبيعية العراق والمجلس العالمي لحماية الطيور البرية، الطبعة األولى. 13-bancroft, j. & stevens, a. (1982). theory and practic of histological technique. (2nd ed.). churchill livingstone, london: 662-xiv. 14-humason, g. l. (1979). animal tissue technique. (4th ed.). w. h. freeman co, sanfrancisco, 661-xiii. 15-king, a. s. & mclelland, j. (1984). "bird their structure and function" 2nd ed. bailliere tindall, london: 175-184. 16-hodges, r. d. (1974). "the histology of the fowl". 1st ed. academic press inc. london: 488-523. 17-king, a. s. (1975). aves urogenital system. the anatomy of domestic animal. in: sisson and grossman's: the aves. 5th ed. r. getty edit. saunders, philadelphia, london: 1919-1962. 52 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 18-chiasson, r. b. (1984). "laboratory anatomy of the pigeon" 3rd ed. mcgraw-hill companies, inc.: 63-87. 19-casotti, g. & braun, e.j. (2000). renal anatomy in sparrows from different environments. j. morphol, 243(3): 283-291. 20-welle, k. r. (2001). avian radiographical technique. j. morphol. 260(3): 935-942. 21-widemen, r. f. ; braun, e. j. & anderson, g. l. (2005). micro-anatomy of the renal cortex in the domestic fowl. j. morphol. 168, (3) 249: 249-267. 22-siller, w. g. (1971). structure of the kidney. in physiology and biochemistry of the domestic fowl. london, academic press. pp: 197-231. 23-warui, c. n. (1989). light microscopic morphometry of the kidney of fourteen avian species. j. anat., 162: 19-31. 24-casotti, g.; linberg, k. k. & braun, e. j. (2000). functional morphology of the avian medullary cone. am. j. physiol., 279: 1722-1730. 25-william, h. d. & braun, e. j. (1980). comprative nephron function in reptiles, birds and mammales. am. j. physiol., 239(3): 197-213. 26-beuchat, c. a.; preest, m. r. & braun, e. j. (1999). glomerular and medullary architecture in kidney of anna's humming bird. j. morphol., 240(2): 95-100. 27-ritchison, g. (2008). avian osmoregulation. urinary system, salt gland and osmoregulation. j. exp. biol., 554: 17-31. 28-benoit, j. (1950). traite dozoologie. masson and co, paris (citiead by sturkie, 1976). لمظھري ). دراسة الوصف ا2013عبد اللطيف، سعد حمد و داود، حسين عبد المنعم ( ؛الزبيدي، نصير مرزة حمزة-29 العدد . مجلة جامعة كربالء، المجلد الحادي عشرpipistrella kuhliiوالتركيب النسجي للكلية في الخفاش الكحلي الثالث. 30-barbara, y. & john, w. h. (2000). functional histology text and colour atlas, third edition, london new york. academic press: 286-290. 31-carpenter, s. (2003). avian urinary system vol. iii, issue 2: 171-199. 32-ross, m. h. & pawlina, w. (2006). histology a text and atlas with correlated cell and molecular biology. fifth edition. libbincot williams: 906 pp. 33-patil, k. g. & janbandhu, k.s. (2011). study on the renal structure in indian fruit bat (rousettus leschenaulti) (desmarest). j. mult. ciplin., 1: 1-10. 34-nabipour, a. (2008). histological structure of the kidney of insectivorous bats. j. zool. london, 3(2): 59-62. 35-patil, k. g. & janbaudhu, k. s. (2012). observation on the renal morphology of indian false vampire bat (megaderm lyra lyra). asian j. biol, 1: 1-10. وخنزير غينيا mus musculus). دراسة تشريحية ونسجية مقارنة لكلى لفأر 2003الزبيدي، أسيل نجاح صبر (-36 cavia procellus ..دراسة تشريحية ونسجية. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية، جامعة القادسية 37-gartner l. p. & hiatt, j. l. (2007). color textbook of histology (3rd ed.), elsevier, philadelphia. ارة التعليم العالي والبحث ). علم األنسجة. الجزء الثاني. وز2000المختار، كواكب عبد القادر والرواي، عبد الحكيم (-38 العلمي. جامعة بغداد. 39-barrett, j. m.; kriz, w.; kaissling, b. & de rouffignac, c (1978). the ultrastructure of nephrons of the of desert rodent (psammomys obesus) kidney. i. thin limp of henle of shortlooped nephrons. amer. j. anat., 151,: 487-498. 40-barrett, j. m.; kriz, w.; kaissling, b. & de rouffignac, c (1978). the ultrastructure of nephrons of the of desert rodent (psammomys obesus) kidney. ii. thin limp of henle of longlooped nephrons. amer. j. anat., 151,: 499-514. 41-lesson, t. s. ; lesson, g. r. & parparo, a. a. (1988). text and atlas of histology (5th ed). lgaku-shion saunders. 42-sperber, i. (1960). excretion in (biology and comparative physiology of birds) 1st ed. a. j. marshall, edit. academic press. new york, 1: 469-492. 53 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 43-hall, l. w. (1983). veternary nephrology, university of combridge, girton college. first published 1983, filmest and printed by bas printer limited: 27-56. 44-morild, i.; bohle, a. and christensen, j. a. (1985). structure of the avian kidney. anat. rec.: 212(1): 33-40. 45-al-sheekly, a. g. ; waael, a. k. & harith, a. m. (1990). inclusive in chiken anatomy. al-hekma house for running and broadcasting press al-mussel. 46-kent, g. c. & carr, r. k. (2001). comparative anatomy of the vertebrata (9th ed). mcgraw hill, new york. 47-siller, w. g. (1981). renal pathology of the fowl. london academic press: 193-220. 48-goodchild, w. m. (1956). biological aspescts of the urinary system of gallus domesticus with particular reference to anatomy of the ureter. m. sc. thesis, university of bristol. 49-liu, h. c (1962). the comparative structure of the ureter. amer. j. anat., 111, 1-15. .tyto alba): متوسط ومـدى بعـض المعاييـر الشكـليائية والنـسجية لطائر البومة البيضاء 1(رقم جـدول أصغر قيمة أكبر قيمة المعدل المعايير الشكليائية والنسجية 270 356.59 308.048 وزن الحيوان (غم) 1.83 3.42 2.580 وزن الكلية (غم) 3.1 3.7 3.460 طول الكلية (سم) 2.610 3.284 2.904 طول الحالب (سم) 4 8 5.550 ملم 1عدد الكبيبات في 17.500 40 32.717 قطر الكبيبة (مايكرون) 2.500 10 5.375 فراغ فسحة بومان (مايكرون) 25 42.500 32.747 القطر الخارجي للنبيب الداني (مايكرون) 2.500 12.500 6.750 القطر الداخلي للنبيب الداني (مايكرون) 7.500 20 13.125 سمك الظھارة للنبيب الداني (مايكرون) 20 32.500 25 (مايكرون) قطر القطعة النحيفة لعروة ھنلي 25 45 35 قطر القطعة السميكة لعروة ھنلي (مايكرون) 17.500 37.500 25.437 القطر الخارجي للنبيب القاصي (مايكرون) 7.500 25 13.375 القطر الداخلي للنبيب القاصي (مايكرون) 5 12.500 7.625 سمك الظھارة للنبيب القاصي (مايكرون) 30 55 42.290 للنبيب الجامع (مايكرون)القطر الخارجي 7.500 30 18.217 القطر الداخل للنبيب الجامع (مايكرون) 7.500 27.500 14.750 سمك الظھارة للنبيب الجامع (مايكرون) 1600 2600 2140 سمك القشرة (مايكرون) 670 880 749.500 سمك اللب (مايكرون) 5 12.500 9.250 سمك المحفظة الكلوية (مايكرون) 400 450 420 القطر الخارجي للحالب (مايكرون) 200 300 220 القطر الداخلي للحالب (مايكرون) 54 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ، يتضح فيه موقع الكلية ضمن التجويف الجسمي tyto alba): المظھر العام للجھاز اإلبرازي في البومة البيضاء 1شكل رقم ( الحالب. (u)الفص الذيلي، (cal)الفص الوسطي، (ml)الفص القحفي، (cl)وفصوص الكلية الثالثة والحالب. ، تتضح فيه محفظة الكلية التي tyto albaفي أحد فصوص الكلية في البومة البيضاء مستعرض ): مقطع 2شكل رقم ( ).e &h ،x400قشرة الكلية (ملون (kc)محفظة الكلية، (cap)تحيط بھا. cap k c 55 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ، تتضح فيه فصيصات الكلية ومكوناتھا، إذ يتضح tyto alba): مقطع مستعرض في كلية البومة البيضاء 3شكل رقم ( الوريد (vj)الوريد بين الفصيصي. (vi)الفصيصات. (l)المحفظة، (cap)الوريد داخل فصيصي، الواقع في المركز. ).e &h ،x40داخل الفصيصي. (ملون ، يتضح فيه المخروط اللبي واألقنية اللبية المكونة tyto alba): مقطع مستعرض في كلية البومة البيضاء 4شكل رقم ( ).e & h ،x40) القشرة (ملون cالمخروط اللبي. ( (mc)له. cap vi vj l mc c 56 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ، يوضح ترتيب الوحدات الكلوية بصورة خطوط tyto alba): مقطع مستعرض في كلية البومة البيضاء 5( رقم شكل ).e &h،x 100(ملون )n(الوحدات الكلوية ،(vj)، داخل الفصيصية (vi)شعاعية بين األوردة بين الفصيصية ، يوضح منطقة القشرة التي تتضح فيھا الكبيبات tyto alba): مقطع مستعرض في كلية البومة البيضاء 6( رقم شكل نبيب ملتٍو قاصي. (dct)نبيب ملتٍو داني، (pct)كبيبة، (g)ومقاطع للنبيب الملتوي الداني والملتوي القاصي. (bb) ،حافة فرشاتية(bm) غشاء قاعدي. (ملونe &h،x 400.( vi vj bb bb pct bm dct g n n n 57 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ، تتضح فيه منطقة اللب وما تحويه من مقاطع tyto alba): مقطع مستعرض في كلية البومة البيضاء 7( رقم شكل القطعة السميكة، (th)القطعة النحيفة، (th)للقطع النحيفة والسميكة لعروة ھنلي فضالً عن مقاطع لألقنية الجامعة. (ct) ،النبيب الجامع(cd) القناة الجامعة (ملونe &h،400x.( ) g. (الكلية نسيج في الكبيبات توزيع يوضح ،tyto alba البيضاء البومة كلية في مستعرض مقطع): 8( رقم شكل ).e & h، 100x ملون. (كبيبة ct cd th th g g 58 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الكبيبة، (g)فسحة بومان، tyto alba .(bs)): يوضح التركيب النسجي للكبيبة في كلية البومة البيضاء 9شكل ( (md) ،البقعة الكثيفة)jgc،الخاليا جار الكبيبة ( (up) ،القطب البولي(vp) ،القطب الوعائي(pl) الطبقة ).e &h ،x1000الطبقة الحشوية (ملون (vl)الجدارية، الطبقة (cpce)، يوضح طبقات جدار الحالب tyto alba): مقطع مستعرض في حالب البومة البيضاء 10شكل ( .)e &h،x 100الطبقة الخارجية. (ملون (a)الطبقة الوسطية، (m)النسيج الضام، (ct)الداخلية، pl g bs up vl vp md cpce ct m a jgc 59 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 morphological description and histological structure of kidney in barn owl tyto alba isrra a. a. khadhim hussain a. dauod dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. receivd in:21/september / /2014 , accepted in :24 /november /2014 abstract the morphological description and histological structure of kidney in barn owl tyto alba have been invesigated. the results of present study revealed that barn owl has pair of elongated solid kidney situated symmetrically on both sides of vertebral column. each kidney consists of three lobes represented by carnial, middle and caudal lobes and all of then covered by a capsule of connective tissue. microscopical examination showed that the basic unit of kidney in barn owl represented by lobules which have conical shaped and each of them consists of cortex and medulla, and the cortex occupies more area than that of medulla. the results of the present study revealed that the glomerulus in barn owl represented by relatively small spherical structure and each glomerulus has vascular and urinary poles , and the glomeruli distributed randomly within the cortex tissue of the kidney. each glomerulus coverd by capsule called bowman's capsule. the results of the present study showed that the tubules represented by proximal convoluted tubules, distal convoluted tubules, loops of henle in addition to the collecting tubules which lead to collecting ducts. all tubules lined by simple epithelial tissue ranged from low cuboidal in thin segment of henle loop to cuboidal in other parts. it in important to note that the free surface of the cuboidal cells have brush border in proximal convoluted tubules. the collecting ducts lined by simple columnar epithelium. the histological examination revealed that the wall of ureter consists of internal layer of ciliated pseudostratified columnar epithelium then smooth muscle layer and the outer-most layer represented by the adventitia of loose connective tissue. key words: kidney, barn owl, histological structure. 17062012130412_007 17062012130412_008 17062012130412_009 17062012130412_010 17062012130412_011 17062012130531 17062012130531_001 microsoft word 9 421 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis ,characterization and study biological activity of some new 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole and pyrazolone derivatives containing indole ring khalid f. ali kadhim m. lazim jumbad h. tomma dept.of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 12 june 2014,accepted in: 29 september 2014 abstract this work involves synthesis and characterization of some new 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole or pyrazoline derivatives heterocyclic containing indole ring. the new 2-amino-1, 3, 4thiadiazole derivatives[iv] and [v]a, b were synthesized by cyclization reaction of 2-methyl1h-indole-carbothiosemicarbazide[iii] in h2so4 acid or by reaction of indole-3-acetic acid or indole-3-butanoic acid with thiosemicarbazide in the presence of phosphorous oxychloride, respectively. amide derivatives [vi]-[viii] were synthesized by the reaction equimolar of 2amino-1, 3, 4-thiadiazoles and (acetyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, anisoyl chloride and heptanoyl chloride) in dmf and pyridine as accepter. the new pyrazolone derivatives [xi]a, b were synthesized from heating under reflux equimolar from a mixture of acid hydrazides [x]a or [x]b and ethylacetoacetate in absolute ethanol. acetyl pyrazolone compounds[xii]a, b were synthesized by the reaction of pyrazolone derivatives [x]a or [x]b with acetyl chloride in 1,4-dioxane in present of calcium hydroxide to give 4-acetyl pyrazolone derivatives[xi]a, b. the new aryl hydrazone derivatives of pyrazoline [xiii] and [xiv] were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of compounds [xii]a or [xii]b with one mole of phenyl hydrazine or substituted phenyl hydrazine in ethanol. all the synthesized compounds have been characterized by melting points , ftir, 1hnmr and mass spectroscopy (of some of theme). key words : 1,3,4-thiadiazole, pyrazole, pyrazolone, indole, hydrazone. 422 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction the indole ring system has become an important structural requirement in many pharmaceutical agents[1]. indole and its derivatives occupied a unique place in the chemistry of nitrogen heterocyclic compounds because of their varied biodynamic properties [2]. most of the indole derivatives are biologically active chemicals present in microorganisms, plants and animals representing an important class of therapeutic agent in medicinal chemistry [3]. the five-member heterocyclic compounds particularly nitrogen and sulphur heterocyclic: thiadiazole, contains the five membered unsaturated ring structure composed of two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur atom. there are four isomeric types: 1,2,3-thiadiazole; 1,3,4-thiadiazole; 1,2,4-thiadiazole and 1,2,5-thiadiazole[4]. in view of the standard reference work shows that more work has been carried out on the 1,3,4-thiadiazole than all other isomers combined[5]. 1,3,4-thiadiazole moiety in which sulfur present at position-1, and two nitrogen atom at position-3 and position-4. thiadiazoles are an important class of heterocyclic compounds that exhibit diverse applications in organic synthesis, pharmaceutical and biological applications, among them 2,5-disubstituted-1,3,4-thiadiazoles are associated with divers biological activities probably by the virtue (-n=c-s-) grouping[6]. 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives possessed a wide range of therapeutic activities [7-14]. pyrazoles represent one of the most active classes of compounds possessing wide spectrum of biological activities[15]. hydrazones possessing an azomethines -nh-n=ch proton constituent an important class of compounds for new drug development. therefore, many researchers have synthesized these compounds as target structures and evaluated their biological activities[16]. in view of these facts, we decided to synthesize new 1,3,4-thiadiazole, pyrazoline and their hydrazone derivatives containing indole ring. experimental materials all chemicals were supplied from merck, gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo (ir prestige21) ftir spectrophotometer. 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company: bruker, model: ultra-shield 300 mhz origin: switzerland, and bruker model: er-av-400 mhz, origin: switzerland are reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as solvents with tms as an internal standard . measurements were made at chemistry department, al-albyat university and university of science and technology, respectively in jordan. uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus. the mass spectrum was recorded on shimadzo model: 6cms qd 1000 ex, made in japan. new compounds are synthesized according to scheme1 and scheme 2: 423 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 n h c o o ch3 c2h5ph nhnh2 ch3coch2coet n h c o nhnh2 ch3gaa nh4scn hcletoh [i] [iii] nh2nh2.h2o etoh [ii] [iv] [vi]a-d [v]a, b [vii] [viii]and scheme(1) n h (ch2)n c o oh n h c o h n ch3 h n c nh2 s n h s nn nh2 ch3 n h (ch2)n pocl3 s nn nh2 h2so4 dmf pyridine n h s nn h n ch3 c o rn h (ch2)n s nn h n c o r r = me, ph, 4-meo-c6h4 and heptyln = 1, 3 ; rcocl rcocl: dmf pyridine: nh2nhcsnh2 : rcocl ch3coch2coet n h (ch2)n c o oh et oh nh2nh2.h2o etoh h2so4 n h (ch2)n c o ome n h (ch2)n c o nhnh2 meoh n h (ch2)n c o n n o me n h (ch2)n c o n n o me c o me n h (ch2)n c o n n o me c nme h n r etoh r nhnh2 etoh r = ph, 4-o2n-c6h4, 4-br-c6h4, 2,4-dio2n-c6h4 schems (2) n = 1, 3 ; [ix] [x]a, b [xi]a, b [xii]a, b [xiii]a-d [xiv]a-dand method procedure ethyl-2-methyl-1h-indole-3-carboxylate [i] this compound was prepared according to the let. [17]. 2-methyl-1h-indole-3-carbohydrazide [ii] this compound was prepared according to the procedure method in let. [18]. yield 84%, m.p = (144-146) 0c. 2-(2-methyl-1h-indole-3-carbonyl)hydrazine carbothioamide[iii] this compound was prepared according to the procedure method in let. [19], yield 90 %; m.p.: (200-202) 0c. 2-amino-5-(2-methyl-1h-indol-3-yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole [iv] this compound was prepared according to the procedure method in let. [10 ], yield 65 %; m.p.: (190-192) 0c. 424 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 2-amino-5-(substituted-(1h-indol-3-yl)alkyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole [v]a, b a mixture of 1h-indole-3-acetic acid or 1h-indole-3-butanoic acid (0.01 mol), thiosemicarbazide (0.91g, 0.01mol) , phosphorus oxy chloride (5 ml) was refluxed gently for 6 hrs. after cooling, ice water (50 ml) was added in portions with stirring at (0-4) 0c . the precipitate was filtered, washed with water , dried and recrstalization from ethanol. synthesis of amide derivatives [vi]a-d, [vii]a-d and [viii]a-d 2-amino-1,3,4-thiadiazoles, (0.001 mol) was dissolved in mixture of pyridine and dmf (1:2 ml) on ice bath then different acid chloride (0.001 mol) was added, the mixture was stirred for 3 hrs at room temperature , afterward 10% hcl was added, the precipitate was filtered and washed with water, dried and recrystalized from ethanol. methyl substituted-(1h-indol-3-yl) alkyloate [ix] a, b this compound was prepared according to the procedure method in let. [20], compound [ii]a ; yield 94%, m.p. oily. compound [iv]a; yield 94%, m.p. (82-84) 0c. substituted-(1h-indol-3-yl)alkylhydrazide[x]a, b these compounds was prepared according to the procedure method in let. [19], compound[iv]a, yield 97%; m.p.= (142-144) 0c. compound[iv]b yield 92%; m.p. = (151153) 0c. synthesis of 1-(substituted-(1h-indol-3-yl)alkanoyl)-3-methyl-pyrazol-5(4h) -one[xi]a, b the acid hydrazides (0.0028 mol) and ethyl acetoacetate (0.364g, 0.0028 mol) in absolute ethanol(20ml) was refluxed for 3 hrs. the reaction mixture was allowed to cool and the formed precipitate was filtered off and recrystallized from methanol to give new compounds. synthesis of 1-[substituted-(1h-indol-3-yl)alkanoyl]-4-acetyl-3-methylpyrazol-5(4h)-one [xii]a, b 1,4-dioxane solution (25 ml) of compounds[xi]a or [xi]b (0.013 mol) and acetyl chloride (1.027g, 0.013 mol) was refluxed for 4 hrs on oil bath with calcium hydroxide (1.397g) and cooled to room temperature. the resulting reaction mass is added to the dilute hydrochloric acid (4.5ml conc. in 20 ml water), the cured product was collected by filtrations and washed several times with water and recrystallized from acetone. synthesis of 1-[substituted-(1h-indol-3-yl)alkanoyl]-3-methyl-4-[1-(2arylhydrazono) ethyl]-4-hydro-pyrazol-5-one[xiii]a-d and [xiv]a-d a mixture of compounds [xii]a, b (0.001 mol) and phenyl hydrazine or substituted phenyl hydrazine (0.001mol) in ethanol (5ml) was refluxed for 3 hrs. cool, pour onto water. the formed solid, was collected by filtrations and crystallized from chloroform. the physical properties of the synthesized compounds[v]-[xiv] are given in table(1). 425 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 results and discussion ethyl-2-methyl-1h-indole-3-carboxylate [i] was obtained by fischer indole synthesis from the reaction of phenyl hydrazine with ethyl acetoacetate in glacial acetic acid, following the procedure described by p. kumar et al[20]. this structure was identified by melting point and ftir spectroscopy. the characteristic ftir spectrum of compound[i], showed the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of nh2 group of phenyl hydrazine and c=o of ketone group of ethyl acetoacetate together with the appearance of a new stretching band at 1714cm-1 which is assigned to υ c═o of ester moiety in addition, two stretching bands at 1620cm-1and 3392 cm-1 due to the υ c=n(endocyclic) and n-h of indole ring, respectively. on the other hand methyl substituted-(1h-indol-3-yl) alkyloate [ii]a, b were obtained by esterification of indole-3-acetic acid or indole-3-butanoic acid in absolute methanol using conc. h2so4 as a catalyst, following the procedure described by vogel[21]. these compounds were identified by melting points and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir absorption spectra showed the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of o─h and c═o groups of (carboxylic moiety) in indole-3-acetic acid and indole-3-butanoic acid together with the appearance of a stretching bands at 1732cm-1 which is assigned to c═o of ester moiety of compound[ix]a and at 1722cm-1 of compound[ix]b, respectively. the condensation ester compounds with hydrazine hydrate produce the acid hydrazide [ii], [x]a and [x]b which are characterized by higher melting points and the ftir spectra revealed stretching vibration of (n-h, nh2) groups as well as stretching absorption at of c═o (amid) group between (3323-3200)cm-1 and (1681-1649)cm-1, respectively and disappearance of absorption stretching band due to c═o of ester moiety. neucleophilic addition reaction of acid hydrazide [ii] to ammonium thiocyanate in ethanol using hydrochloric acid as a catalyst to give 2-(2-methyl-1h-indole-3-carbonyl) hydrazine carbothioamide[iii]. the structure of this compound was identified by melting point , ftir spectroscopy. ftir spectrumindicated absorption stretching band at 1288cm-1 that could be assigned to c=s group in addition to new bands which could be attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of nh2 and n-h groups appear between (3356-3169)cm-1, also showed shifting of c═o (amid) group to 1637cm-1. cyclization 2-(2-methyl-1h-indole-3-carbonyl)hydrazine carbothioamide [iii] is carried out in conc. h2so4 followed by neutralized with liquid ammonia yielded 2-amino-5(2-methyl-1h-indol-3-yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole[iv], this compound is identified by melting point and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir absorption spectrum of this compound showed two peaks at 3296 and 3155 for stretching bands of nh2, also show the disappearance of the characteristic bands of starting material[iii], in addition of new peak at 690 for c-s-c bond. 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent) for compound [iv], showed that the singlet signal at δ2.2 ppm could be attributed to three protons of ch3 group. also, the spectrum show many signals in the region δ(6.93-7.69)ppm due to four aromatic protons and two protons of nh2 group which is in toutomerism forms (nh2↔nh) therefore nh2 protons appeared as very weak a broad peak in the region δ(3.06-5.0)ppm, while the protons nh forms appeared as a singlet signal at δ7.69 ppm. finally signal at δ11.21 ppm for one proton of n-h indole ring. the new 2-amino-1, 3, 4-thiadiazole derivatives[v]a, b, were synthesized by the reaction of indole-3-acetic acid or indole-3-butric acid with thiosemicarbazide in the presence of phosphorous oxychloride under reflux for 6 hrs. these compounds were identified by melting points , ftir, 1hnmr and mass spectroscopy. the ftir absorption spectra of compounds[v]a, b showed two peaks in the region (3400-3178) cm-1 that attributed to the nh2 group, peak at 1635 cm-1 or at 1630cm-1 of compounds[vii]a, b, respectively due to c=n of thiadiazole ring, also show new peak around 710cm-1 for c-s-c group. the ftir spectral data for these compounds are listed in table (2). 426 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent) for compound [v]a, showed the following signals: a singlet signal at δ9.82 ppm for one proton of n-h indole ring, signals in region δ(6.7-8.1) ppm that could be attributed to the five aromatic protons, also, the spectrum shows signals between δ(4.04-4.95) ppm for two protons of the nh2 group. finally, a singlet signal at δ(3.44)ppm for two protons of ch2 group. the mass spectrum, figure(1) of compound[v]b, given molecular ion at m/z = 258, which is correspond to the molecular weight of structures suggested for this compound. the results obtained from the mass spectrum suggested that fission was more easily accomplished at the carbonnitrogen bond rather than at the carbon-carbon bond such as fragments at m/z = 112, 72 and 71. this peak at m/z = 85 is characteristic for 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole ring in addition to peak at m/z= 71. this spectrum showed interesting peak at m/z = 130 due to the indole ring. the other important fragments given in scheme (3). scheme(3) n h (ch2)3 s nn nh2 n h ch2ch2ch3 s nn ch2chch3h2n n h ch2 nh s n n s ch h m/z: 258 m/z: 159 m/z: 130 m/z: 92 m/z: 65 m/z: 142 m/z: 72 s nn chch3h2n m/z: 128 s nn chch3 m/z: 112 s nn ch2 m/z: 98 s nn m/z: 85 ch2 -14 -ch2 -16 -nh2 -14 -ch2 -14 -ch2 m/z: 71 n h2 ch2ch2ch3 m/z: 160 +h m/z: 77 amide derivatives [vi]-[viii] were synthesized by the reaction equimolar of 2amino-1,3,4-thiadiazoles[iv], [v]a and [v]b and different acid chlorides in dmf and pyridine as accepter. these compounds were identified by melting points , ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra of amide derivatives[vi]-[viii], as in figure(2) showed the disappearance of bands of nh2 groups of starting material with the appearance of a new stretching band of nh group in the range (3408-3200)cm-1, also the appearance of carbonyl amide (c=o) in the range (1690-1674) cm-1, the characteristics ftir absorption bands of these compounds are given in table(2). the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent) for compound [viii]d, figure(3) showed the following signals: a weak singlet signal at δ (11.57) ppm for proton of nh indole ring, a broad signal at δ(3.49)ppm due to one proton of (nh-co) group, signals in the region δ(7.08-7.68) ppm that could be attributed to the five aromatic protons, many signals in the region δ(0.84-2.95) ppm that could be attributed to the aliphatic protons. the new pyrazolone derivatives [xi]a, b were synthesized from heating under reflux equimolar from a mixture of acid hydrazides [x]a or [x]b and ethylacetoacetate in absolute ethanol. these compounds were identified by melting points and ftir spectroscopy. ftir spectra of pyrazoline compounds[xi]a, b showed new stretching band due to c=o of 427 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 pyrazoline ring appear near 1700 cm-1, in addition of the band of the (c=o amide) group. the appearance of new absorption band between1625 cm-1 is due to c=n group (endocyclic) of pyrazoline ring . the ftir spectral data of pyrazolines [xi]a, b are listed in table (3). new 4-acetyl pyrazolone compounds[xii]a, b were synthesized by the reaction of pyrazolone derivatives[xi]a or [xi]b and acetyl chloride in 1,4-dioxane in present of calcium hydroxide. the synthesized compounds were characterized by melting points, and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectra of acetyl pyrazolines as in figure(4) showed new stretching band due to c=o (acetyl) group at 1735cm-1. the ftir spectral data of 4-acetyl pyrazolones[xii]a, b are listed in table (3). aryl hydrazone derivatives [xiii]a-d and [xiv]a-d were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of acetyl compounds[xi]a, b with one mole of phenyl hydrazine or substituted phenyl hydrazine in ethanol. the structure of these compounds were studied by melting points , ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra, as in figure(5) showed the disappearance of absorption band of the c=o(acetyl) group and appearance of new absorption stretching bands of nh and c=n groups in the regions(3408-3200) cm-1 and (1645-1618) cm-1, respectively. the ftir spectral data of aryl hydrazone derivatives [xiii]a-d and [xiv]a-d are listed in table (3). the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent ), figure(6)for compound [xiii]c showed: a singlet signal at δ10.90 ppm for one proton of nh indole ring, a singlet signal at δ9.90 ppm for one proton of (c=n-nh) group(264), another singlet signal at δ8.97 ppm for one proton of nh pyrazoline ring (the proton at c-4 is toutomerism with nh pyrazoline ring) as in scheme (3-20) (302) , signals in region δ(6.73-8.32) ppm that could be attributed to the nine aromatic protons, two signals at δ1.20 ppm and at δ1.80ppm for six protons of (ch3-c=n) and ch3 at c-3 of pyrazoline ring of pyrazoline ring. finally a signal at δ(3.60) ppm for two protons of ch2 group. 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent ), for compound[xiv]b showed: a singlet signal at δ10.18 ppm for one proton of nh indole ring, singlet signal at δ8.40 ppm for one proton of (c=n-nh) group, two doublets and mulitiple signals in region δ(6.90-7.48)ppm that could be attributed to the nine aromatic protons, singlet signal at δ(1.14-1.35)ppm for eight protons of ch3 group at c-3 of pyrazolone ring, ch3c=n and c-ch2-c groups. finally signals in the region δ(3.2-4.2) ppm for four aliphatic protons of two -ch2groups and the proton at c-4 of pyrazolone ring which is toutomerism with nh, the later proton appeared at δ7.83ppm for proton of nh form. 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent ), figure(7)for compound [xiv]c showed: a singlet signal at δ(9.94)ppm for one proton of nh indole ring, singlet signal at δ(8.98)ppm for one proton of (c=n-nh) group, two doublets and mulitiple signals in region δ(6.58-7.95) ppm that could be attributed to the nine aromatic protons, singlet signal at δ(1.3-2.00) ppm for eight protons of ch3 group at c-3 of pyrazolone ring, ch3c=n and c-ch2-c. signals in the region δ(3.4-4.1) ppm for four aliphatic protons of two -ch2groups and a proton of c-4 of pyrazolone ring which is toutomerism with nh, the later proton appeared at δ8.07 ppm. biological activity the antibacterial activity of the synthesized compounds was performed according to the agar diffusion method[21]. the synthesized compounds were tested against e.coli and staph. aureus. each compound was dissolved in dmso to give concentration 1ppm. the plates were then incubated at 370c and examined after 24 hrs. the zones of inhibition formed were measured in millimeter and are represented by (-), (+), (+ +) and (+ + +) depending upon the diameter and clarity as in table (4). the synthesized compounds exhibit the highest, moderately or low biological activity or no active of some of them against one of the organisms. compounds showed good inhibition against of the two types of the bacteria, this 428 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 could be related to the presence of the indole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, amide or pyrazolone and hydrazone units. references 1. partha, p. and chandrajit. d. (2013) "synthetic approaches for bis (indole) methanes", ijpsr, 4(4): 1312-1322. 2. doddappa, p. and biradar, j. (2013) "synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activities of 2-(5-substituted-3-phenyl-1h-indol-2-yl)-5-substituted-7h-[1,3,4]oxadiazolo/ thiadiazolo [3,2-a][1,3,5]triazine-7-thiones", j. chem. pharm. res., 5(1): 75-85. 3. srivastava, k. and singh, v., (2010) "quantum chemical studies on conformations of indoles", der. pharma. chemica, 2(6): 385-393. 4.kushwaha, n.; swatantra, k.; kushwaha, s. and rai, a. (2012) "biological activities of thiadiazole derivatives", ijcrgg, 4(2): 517-531. 5.nayak, a. (2014) "synthesis and evaluation of some new thiadiazole as antimicrobial agents", int j pharm bio sci., 5(2): 344-347. 6.hussan, f. (2012) "synthesis and biological evaluation of 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole derivative on some parameters of immunity and liver enzymes", ijrpc, 2(1): 58-65. 7. salih, n.; salimon, j. and yousif, e. (2012) "synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of some carbamothioyl-1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives", 4(2): 655-660. 8. hasmin, m.; gajjar, a.; savjani, j. and masi, i. (2011) "synthesis and anticonvulsant activity of novel 2,5-disubstituted -1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives", int. j. pharm. tech res., 3(4): 2017-2024. 9. arvind, k.; parthsarthy, r.; kshitiz, j. and geeta, m. (2011) "synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole derivatives", ijsid, 1(3):353-361. 10. seelam, n.; satya, p. and prasanthi, s. (2013) "synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some novel fused heterocyclic moieties", org. commun., 6(2): 78-85. 11. raj, m.; patel, h.; raj, l. and patel, n. (2013) "synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial evaluation of some 5-(substituted)-2-amino-thiadiazoles", int. j. res. chem. environ., 3(3): 9-15. 12. noolvi, m.; patel, h.; singh, n.; gadad, a. ; cameotra, s. and badiger, a. (2011) "synthesis and anticancer evaluation of novel 2-cyclopropylimidazo[2,1-b][1,3,4]-thiadiazole derivatives", european journal of medicinal chemistry, 46: 4411-4418. 13. dugdu, e.; unver, y.; unluer, d. and sancak, k. (2014) "synthesis and biological properties of novel triazole-thiol and thiadiazole derivatives of the 1,2,4-triazole-3(5)-one class", molecules, 19: 2199-2212. 14. abdel rahman, d. and mohamed, k. "(2014) synthesis of novel 1,3,4-thiadiazole analogues with expected anticancer activity", der. pharma chemica, 6(1): 323-335. 15. bule, s.; kumbhare, m. and dighe, p. ( 2013) "synthesis and in-vitro biological evaluation of a novel series of 4-(substituted)-5-methyl-2-phenyl-1,2-dihydro-3h-pyrazol3-one as antioxidant", j. chem. bio. phy. sci. sec. , 3(3): 1996-2005. 16. gadhawala, z.; modasiya, m.; doi, r.; harsoliiya, m. and panchbhayya, m. (2012) "synthesis and biological evaluation of some new oxime, phenyl hydrazone and 2, 4 dinitro phenyl hydrazone derivatives of ketones", ultra chemistry, 8(2): 269-272. 17. kumar, p.; subramaniyan, s.; yamini, k. and suthakaran, r. (2011) "synthesis of some novel 1-h pyrazole derivatives and their antibacterial activity studies", rasayan j. chem., 4(2): 400-404. 18kumar, p.; subramaniyan, s.; yamini, k. and suthakaran, r. (2011) "synthesis of some novel 1-h pyrazole derivatives and their antibacterial activity studies", rasayan j. chem., 4(2): 400-404. 429 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 19. patila, b.; machakanura, s.; hunoora, r.; badigera, d.; gudasia, k. and blighb, s. (2011) "synthesis and anti-cancer evaluation of cyclotriphosphazene hydrazone derivatives", der. pharma chemica, 3(4):377-388. 20. vogel i. (1974) "a textbook of practical organic chemistry", 3rd ed longman group ltd., london. 21. al-rawi, m.; tomma, j. and abdullah, r. (2013) "synthesis and study biological activity of some new isoxazoline and pyrazoline derivatives", ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci., 26(1): 208-217. table no.(1) : physical properties of synthesized compounds [v]-[xiv] comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m.p ◦c yiel d% color [v]a 2-amino-5-[(1h-indol-3-yl)methyl ]1,3,4-thiadiazole n h s nn nh2 c11h10n4s 210-212 93 brown [v]b 5-(3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propyl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-amine n h (ch2)3 s nn nh2 c13h14n4s 168-170 88 red [vi]a n-(5-(2-methyl-1h-indol-3-yl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl) acetamide n h s nn ch3 n h c o ch3 c13h12n4os 170-172 81 yellow [vi]b n-(5-(2-methyl-1h-indol-3-yl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl) benzamide n h s nn ch3 n h c o ph c18h14n4os 124-126 87 pale yellow [vi]c 4-methoxy-n-(5-(2-methyl-1h-indol-3yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide n h s nn ch3 n h c o och3 c19h16n4o2s 154-156 90 pale brown [vi]d n-(5-(2-methyl-1h-indol-3-yl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)octanamide n h s nn ch3 n h c o c7h15 c19h24n4os gummy 63 brown [vii]a n-(5-((1h-indol-3-yl)methyl )-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl) acetamide n h s nn n h c o ch3 c13h12n4os 164-166 93 brown [vii]b n-(5-((1h-indol-3-yl)methyl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide n h s nn n h c o ph c18h14n4os 175-177 87 pale brown [vii]c n-(5-((1h-indol-3-yl)methyl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)-4-methoxybenzamide n h s nn n h c o och3 c19h16n4o2s 158-160 89 brown [vii]d n-(5-((1h-indol-3-yl)methyl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)octanamide n h s nn n h c o c7h15 c19h24n4os 188-190 75 orange [viii]a n-(5-(3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propyl) -1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamide n h (ch2)3 s nn n h c o ch3 c15h16n4os 196-198 86 gray [viii]b n-(5-(3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propyl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide n h (ch2)3 s nn n h c o ph c20h18n4os 122-124 71 yellow [viii]c n-(5-(3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propyl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)-4-methoxy benzamide nh (ch2)3 s nn n h c o och3 c21h20n4o2s 144-146 76 brown [viii]d n-(5-(3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propyl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)octanamide n h (ch2)3 s nn n h c o c7h15 c21h28n4os 128-130 81 black [xi]a 1-(2-1h-indol-3-yl-acetyl)-3-methyl-4hydro-pyrazol-5(4h)-one n h c o n n o me c14h13n3o2 112-114 90 brown [xi]b 1-(4-1h-indol-3-yl-butanoyl)-3-methyl4-hydro-pyrazol-5-one n h (ch2)3 c o n n o me c16h17n3o2 154 -1 56 69 red [xii]a 1-(2-1h-indol-3-yl-acetyl)-4-acetyl-3methyl-4-hydro-pyrazol-5-one n h c o n n o me c oh3c c16h15n3o3 212-214 77 brown [xii]b 1-(4-1h-indol-3-yl-butanoyl)-4-acetyl3-methyl-4-hydro-pyrazol -5-one n h (ch2)3 c o n n o me c oh3c c18h19n3o3 268-270 87 brown 430 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(2): characteristic ftir absorption bands data of new amide compounds[v]a[viii]d table no.(3): characteristic ftir absorption bands data of new pyrazolone compounds[xi]-[xix] [xiii]a 1-(2-(1h-indol-3-yl-acetyl)-3-methyl-4[1-(2-phenylhydrazono)ethyl]-4-hydropyrazol-5-one nh c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n ph c22h21n5o2 162-164 83 yellow [xiii]b 1-(2-(1h-indol-3-yl-acetyl)-3-methyl -4{1-[(4-bromophenyl) hydrazono]ethyl}4-hydro-pyrazol-5-one nh c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n br c22h20brn5o2 128-130 82 brown [xiii]c 1-(2-1h-indol-3-yl-acetyl)-3-methyl-4{1-[(4-nitrophenyl) hydrazono]ethyl}-4hydro-pyrazol-5-one n h c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n no2 c22h20n6o4 98-100 87 dark red [xiii]d 1-(2-1h-indol-3-yl-acetyl) -3-methyl-4{1-[(2,4-dinitrophenyl) hydrazono] ethyl}-4-hydropyrazol-5-one n h c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n no2 no2 c22h19n7o6 140-142 79 red [xiv]a 1-(4-1h-indol-3-yl-butanoyl)-3-methyl4-[1-(phenylhydrazono) ethyl]-4-hydropyrazol-5-one n h (ch2)3 c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n ph c24h25n5o2 113-115 81 pale orange [xiv]b 1-(4-1h-indol-3-yl-butanoyl)-3-methyl-4-{1-[(4-bromophenyl) hydrazono] ethyl}-4-hydro-pyrazol-5-one nh (ch2)3 c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n br c24h24brn5o2 120-122 80 brown [xiv]c 1-(4-1h-indol-3-yl-butanoyl)-3-methyl4-{1-[(4-nitrophenyl) hydrazono] ethyl}-4-hydro-pyrazol-5-one nh (ch2)3 c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n no2 c24h24n6o4 108-110 76 brown [xiv]d 1-(4-1h-indol-3-yl-butanoyl)-3-methyl4-{1-[(2,4-dinitrophenyl) hydrazono]ethyl}-4-hydro-pyrazol -5one n h (ch2)3 c o n n ch3 o c nh3c h n no2 no2 c24h23n7o6 192 -194 70 orange comp. no. vn-h vc-h arom. vc-h alipha. vc=o amide vc=c arom. vc-s-c [vi]a 3446, 3151 3012 2920-2850 1684 1595 698 [vi]b 3412, 3190 3072 2950-2837 1689 1602 684 [vi]c 3400, 3200 3070 2981-2843 1685 1604 684 [vi]d 3400, 3170 3050 2956-2872 1690 1593 696 [vii]a 3392, 3167 3057 2924-2858 1683 1590 680 [vii]b 3407, 3159 3062 2926-2845 1666 1600 694 [vii]c 3398-2178 3053 2953-2843 1685 1602 698 [vii]d 3400-3180 3050 2953-2854 1683 1600 685 [viii]a 3400-2209 3055 2929-2850 1681 1600 680 [viii]b 3388-3201 3057 2927-2862 1674 1602 681 [viii]c 3398-3172 3050 2981-2843 1685 1602 698 [viii]d 3400-3184 3055 2953-2854 1689 1590 690 com. no. vn-h vc-h arom. vc-h alipha. vc=o vc=o amide vc=n pyrazolone vc=c arom. other [xi]a 3404,3287 3057 2970-2858 1795 1670 1625 1600 ____ [xi]b 3400,3273 3014 2983-2864 1701 1669 1625 1600 ____ [xii]a 342, 3280 3057 2933-2850 1735,1995 1662 1620 1591 ____ [xii]b 3400,3271 3055 2981-2866 1735,1705 1684 1638 1600 ____ [xiii]a 3400-3200 3055 2981-2850 1700 1670 1625 1602 mono-sub.: 694,746 [xiii]b 3400-3205 3053 2956-2856 1693 1662 1622 1589 p-br: 611 [xiii]c 3400-3220 3055 2954-2854 1695 1670 1625 1597 p-no2 :1520,1323 [xiii] d 3400-3250 3090 2929-2850 1699 1675 1645 1593 p-no2 :1517,1319 [xiv]a 3406-3200 3080 2929-2856 1690 1670 1635 1602 mono-sub.:694, 752 [xiv]b 3408-3263 3055 2950-2850 1699 1680 1640 1595 p-br: 615 [xiv]c 3400-3200 3055 2927-2872 1696 1665 1625 1597 p-no2 :1519,1325 [xiv]d 3383-3267 3072 2929-2856 1701 1647 1618 1593 p-no2 :1519,1309 431 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (4) : antibacterial activity of the synthesized compounds [v]a -[xix]d staphlococcus aurus (g+) e.coli(g-) comp. no. staphlococcus aurus (g+) e.coli(g-) comp. no. +++ [vii]d dmso +++ -[viii]a +++[v]a ++ [viii]b +++ [v]b +++ +++ [viii]c ++ ++ [vi]a ++ [viii]d +++ +++ [vi]b ++ [xi]a + ++ [vi]c + +++ [xi]b ++ +++ [vi]d +++[xii]b++++ [vii]a ++ +++ [xiii]b +++ ++ [vii]b +++ +++ [xiv]d +++ ++ [vii]c key to symbols: highly active = + + +(more than)15 mm. moderately active = + +(11-15) mm. slightly active = + (5-10) mm . (-)zone of inhibition. figure no. (1) :mass-spectrum of compound[v]b figure no. (2): ftir –spectrum of compound [vi]a 50.0 75.0 100.0 125.0 150.0 175.0 200.0 225.0 250.0 275.0 300.0 0 25 50 75 100 % 64 256 128 96 160 192 98 14957 71 185164111 248224 231213 285268 295 432 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (3) 1 hnmr spectrum of compound[viii]d figure no. (4): ftir –spectrum of compound [xii]b figure no. (5): ftir –spectrum of compound [xiv]d 433 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (6) 1 hnmr spectrum of compound[xiii]c figure no. (7) 1 hnmr spectrum of compound[xiv]c 434 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تشخيص ودراسة وتحضير -4, 3, 1مشتقات لبعض البايولوجي السلوك البايرازولون الجديدة التي تحتوي على حلقة االندول و ثاياديازول خالد فھد علي العلياوي الزم كاظم ماذي جمبد ھرمز توما بغداد جامعة )/ مھيثال ابن( الصرفة للعلوم -التربية كلية/ الكيمياء قسم 2014ايلول29,قبل البحث في: 2014حزيران12استلم البحث: الخالصة البايرازولون تحتوي على حلقة االندول إذ أو ثاياديازول4, 3,1ل من ھذا البحث تحضير مشتقات جديدةيتض ھايدرازين كاربونيل)-3اندول-h1-(مثيل-2من تحلق v[i[و ]a, bii]v ثاياديازول4, 3,1 امينو2حضرت مركبات اندول البيوتانويك مع 3اندول االيثانويك أو حامض 3في حامض الكبريتيك أو من تفاعل حامض [iii] كاربوثايوامايد ) بوصفه عامل مساعد. بينما حضرت مشتقات االميد الجديدة 3poclيميكاربازايد بوجود كلوريد اوكسي الفسفور (الثاياس ]viii[[vi] من تفاعل األمينات االروماتية المحضرةb,a[v][iv] مع كلوريدات الحامض الكاربوكسيلي المختلفة مع ]x[bأو ]x[a من تفاعل مشتقي الھادرازايد x]a, b]i لبوجود البردين. كما تضمن البحث تحضير مشتقي البايرازو 4-في الموقع لاثيل اسيتواستيت باستعمال االيثانول المطلق مذيبا. ومن ثم تم إدخال مجموعة االسيتايل على حلقة البايرازو v[xi[d-aو xi]h-ai]i نعن طريق التفاعل مع كلوريد االسيتايل في وسط قاعدي. أخيرا حضرت مشتقات والھايدرازو مع ھايدرازينات اروماتية مختلفة باستعمال االيثانول المطلق مذيبا. a, bi]i[xمن تفاعل مركبات البايرازولون الطيفية الطرائق عن فضال أنصھارھا درجات قياس خالل من البحث ا ھذ في المحضرة المركبات جميع شخصت كما )امنھ للبعض (, وطيف الماس البروتوني المغناطيسي النووي الرنين وطيف, الحمراء تحت األشعة بطيف المتمثلة (-). وكرام (+) كرام ھي .البكتريا من أنواع ضد المحضرة المركبات لمعظم البايولوجية الفعالية درست .ھايدرازوناندول و ،بايرازولون بايرازول, ،ثاياديازول4, 3,1 : الكلمات المفتاحية ihjpas. 36(2)2023 354 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract let ℋ be a module over a commutative ring 𝑅 with identity. in this paper we intoduce the concept of strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule, where a proper submodule ℱ of an 𝑅-module ℋ is said to be strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ if whenever 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝜘 ∈ ℋ implies that either 𝑢𝜘 ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ], this concept is a generalization of 2_absorbing submodule, semi 2absorbing submodule, and strong form of (nearly–2–absorbing, pseudo_2_absorbing, and nearly semi–2–absorbing) submodules. several properties characterizations, and examples concerning this new notion are given. we study the relation between strongly pseudo nearly semei-2-absorbing submodule and (2_absorbing, nearly_2_absorbing, pseudo_2_absorbing, and nearly semi–2–absorbing) submodules and the converse of this relation is true under certain condition. also, we introduced many characterizations of strongly pseudo nearly semei-2absorbing submodules in some types of modules. keywords:2_absorbing.submodules,.pseudo_2_absorbing.submodules,.nearly_2_absorbingsu bmodules, nearly semei-2-absorbing submodules, stpns-2-absorbing submodules. 1. introduction throughout this paper, all rings are assumed commutative with identity and all r-modules are left unitary. according darani and soheiline in 2011, we introduce a concept 2-absorbing submodule. many researchers have generalized the concept of 2_absorbing submodules in different way. recently, in 2018 reem and shwkea introduced the concept of nearly–2– absorbing submodules as new generalization of 2_absorbing submodules. also, in 2019 haibat and omer introduced the concept pseudo_2_absorbing submodules as new generalization of 2_absorbing submodules. in 1967 goodearl made a generalization of the concept of 2_absorbing which is semi-2-absorbing submodule. also, in 2019 akram and haibat, haibat and omer made a generalization of the concept of 2_absorbing an illusion nearly semi-2-absorbing and pseudo semi-2-absorbing. our goal in this paper was studied the concept strongly pseudo nearly semei2-absorbing submodules as new generalization of 2_absorbing submodule, strong form of both nearly–2–absorbing, pseudo_2_absorbing, nearly semi–2–absorbing and pseudo semi-2absorbing submodules are given several properties and characterizations of this concepts in some doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3021 article history: received 17 september 2022, accepted 6 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq strongly pseudo nearly semei-2-absorbing submodule(𝐈) mohmad e. dahash department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university / iraq. mohmad.e.dahash35391@st.tu.edu.iq haibat k. mohammadali department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university / iraq. h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mohmad.e.dahash35391@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 355 types of modules. 2. basic properties in this section we introduce the basic properties of the concept strongly pseudo nearly semei2-absorbing submodules. definition 2.1 [1]. let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ is called 2-absorbing if whenever 𝑢𝑣ℎ ∈ ℱ , for u, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑅, ℎ ∈ ℋ, then either 𝑢ℎ ∈ ℱ or 𝑣ℎ ∈ ℱ or 𝑢𝑣 ∈ [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ]. definition 2.2 [2]. 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) is the intersection of all essential submodule of ℋand a nonzero submodule ℚ of ℋ is a essential in ℋ if ℚ ∩ ℂ ≠ (0) for any nonzero submodule ℂ of ℋ. definition 2.3 [3]. 𝐽(ℋ) is the intersection of all maximal submodule of ℋ and a proper submodule ℬ of an r._module ℋ is called maximal submodule if whenever ℬ ⊆ ℒ ⊆ ℋ for some submodule ℒ of ℋ then either ℬ = ℒ or ℒ = ℋ. definition 2.4 [4]. let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ is called nearly-2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑢𝑣𝑚 ∈ ℱ , for 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑅, ℎ ∈ ℋ, implies that either 𝑢ℎ ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) or 𝑣ℎ ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) or 𝑢𝑣 ∈ [ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ)𝑅 : ℋ]. definition 2.5 [5]. let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ is called pseudo-2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑢𝑣𝑚 ∈ ℱ , for 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑅, ℎ ∈ ℋ, implies that either 𝑢ℎ ∈ ℱ + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑣ℎ ∈ ℱ + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢𝑣 ∈ [ℱ + 𝑆𝑜𝑐(ℋ)𝑅 : ℋ]. definition 2.6 [2]. let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ is called semi-2-absorbing if whenever 𝑢2𝑦 ∈ ℱ , for𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ implies that 𝑢𝑦 ∈ ℱ or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ :𝑅 ℋ ]. definition 2.7 [6]. let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ is called nearly semi-2 absorbing submodule if whenever a2y ∈ n, for a ∈ r, y ∈ m implies that ay ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) or a2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ℋr : ]. definition 2.8 [5]. a proper submodule ℱ of an r-module ℋ is called pseudo semi-2 absorbing submodule if whenever a2y ∈ n, for a ∈ r, y ∈ m implies that ay ∈ ℱ + soc(ℋ) or a2 ∈ [ℱ + soc(ℋ) ℋr : ]. lemma 2.9 [ 7, lemma. ( 2.3.15)]. let ℒ , ℚ and ℬ be submodule of an 𝑅_module ℋ with ℚ  ℬ . then ( ℒ + ℚ) ∩ ℬ = ( ℒ ∩ ℬ ) + ℚ = ( ℒ ∩ ℬ ) + ( ℚ ∩ ℬ ). lemma 2.10 [ 7, example .(12) (c)]. it well – known that an 𝑅 _ module ℋ is a semi simple if and only if for each submodule ℱ of ℋ , 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ℱ ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)+ℱ ℱ . lemma 2.11 [ 7, example(12), p. 239]. let ℱ be a submodule of a semi simple 𝑅 _ module ℋ then 𝐽 ( ℋ ℱ ) = 𝐽(ℋ)+ℱ ℱ . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 356 definition 2.12 [8]. an element 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 is an idempotent element if 𝑎2 = 𝑎. 𝑎 = 𝑎. and if every element 𝑎 of a ring 𝑅 is an idempotent, then 𝑅 is a boolean ring. lemma 2.13 [ 9, theorem(2.2)] if 𝑅 is a boolean ring, then 𝑅 is a regular ring. definition 2.14 [10]. an 𝑅-module h is called regular module if every submodule of h is a pure. lemma 2.15 [10]. if ℋ is a regular r-module, then 𝐽( ℋ) = 0. definition 2.16 [2] an r_module ℋ is said to be a semi simple , if every submodule of ℋ is a direct summand of ℋ, that is if ℱ is a submodule of ℋ , then ℋ = ℱ⨁𝐾 for some submodule 𝐾 of ℋ. lemma 2.17 [ 7, proposition . (9.14) (c)] if ℋ is a semi-simple r-module, then j( ℋ) = 0. lemma 2.18[ 5, remark (1.2)]. it is clear that every 2-absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ is pseudo 2-absorbing submodule. lemma 2.19 [ 4, proposition (2.8)]. let 𝐴 be a nearly 2-absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ with 𝐽(ℋ) ⊆ 𝐴. then 𝐴 is 2absorbing submodule. lemma 2.20 [ 6, proposition (2.11)]. let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and 𝐴 is a proper submodule of ℋ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ⊆ 𝐴. then 𝐴 is semi 2absorbing of ℋ if and only if 𝐴 nearly semi 2-absorbing of ℋ. 3. the results in this section we introduce the definition of strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule. example, characterizations, some basic properties of this concept are given: definition 3.1 a proper submodule ℱ of an 𝑅-module ℋ is said to be strongly pseudo nearly semi-2absorbing submodule of ℋ (for short stpns) if whenever 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝜘 ∈ ℋ implies that either 𝑢𝜘 ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. remarks and examples 3.2 1. let ℋ = 𝑍36 , 𝑅 = 𝑍 and the submodule ℱ = 〈4̅〉 is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉 ∩ 𝑍36 = 〈6̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍36) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉 that is for all 𝑢 ∈ 𝑍 and ϰ ∈ 𝑍36 such that 𝑢 2ϰ ∈ 〈4̅〉, implies that either 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36)) = 〈2̅〉 + (〈6̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉) = 〈2̅〉 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36))𝑅 : 𝑍36] = 2𝑍. that is 2 2. 4̅ ∈ 〈2̅〉, implies that 2. 4̅ = 8̅ ∈ 〈2̅〉 or 22 = 4 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36))𝑅 : 𝑍36] = 2𝑍. 2. every 2-absorbing submodule is stpns-2-absorbing, but the converse is not true. proof assume that ℱ is 2-absorbing submodule of ℋ and 𝑢2𝑚 ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑚 ∈ ℋ, that is 𝑢 . 𝑢. 𝑚 ∈ ℱ. since ℱ is 2-absorbing submodule, then either 𝑢𝑚 ∈ ℱ ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝑢. 𝑢ℋ = ihjpas. 36(2)2023 357 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ ℱ ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ))implies that 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ))𝑅 : ℋ]. hence ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. for the converse consider the following example: let ℋ = 𝑍36 , 𝑅 = 𝑍 and the submodule ℱ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉 ∩ 𝑍36 = 〈6̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍36) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉 that is for all 𝑢 ∈ 𝑍 and ϰ ∈ 𝑍36 such that 𝑢 2ϰ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that either 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36)) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36))𝑅 : 𝑍36] = 6𝑍. that is 2 2. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that 2. 3̅ = 6̅ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36)) = 6̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉. but ℱ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is not 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ, since 2.3. 2̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, but 2. 2̅ ∉ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 3. 2̅ ∉ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 2.3 ∉ [〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 𝑍36𝑅 : ] = 12𝑍. 3. every stpns-2-absorbing submodule is nearly-2-absorbing, but the converse is not true. proof suppose that ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋand 𝑢2𝑚 ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑚 ∈ ℋ. since ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule, then 𝑢𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ⊆ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ). hence ℱ is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. for the converse consider the following example: let ℋ = 𝑍48 , 𝑅 = 𝑍 and the submodule ℱ = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑀 since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈4̅〉 ∩ 〈8̅〉 = 〈8̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉 that is for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑍 and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍48 such that 𝑢𝑣𝑚 ∈ 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that either 𝑢𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉 or 𝑣𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉. that is 2.4. 3̅ ∈ 〈24〉, implies that 2. 3̅ = 6̅ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉 and 4. 3̅ = 12̅̅̅̅ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉. but ℱ = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 is not stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ, since 22. 6̅ ∈ 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉, but 2. 6̅ ∉ 〈24〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 2 2 ∉ [〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48))𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 24𝑍. 4. every stpns-2-absorbing submodule is pseudo-2-absorbing, but the converse is not true. proof suppose that ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋand 𝑢2𝑚 ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑚 ∈ ℋ. since ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule, then 𝑢𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ⊆ ℱ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ). hence ℱ is pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. for the converse consider the following example: let ℋ = 𝑍48 , 𝑅 = 𝑍 and the submodule ℱ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑀 since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈4̅〉 ∩ 〈8̅〉 = 〈8̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉 that is for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑍 and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍48 such that 𝑢𝑣𝑚 ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that either 𝑢𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48)) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈8̅〉) = 〈4̅〉 or 𝑣𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48)) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈8̅〉) = 〈4̅〉or 𝑢𝑣 ∈ [ℱ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48))𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 4𝑍. that is 2.2. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that 2.2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48))𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 4𝑍 . but ℱ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is not stpns-2absorbing submodule of ℋ, since 22. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, but 2. 3̅ ∉ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48)) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 22 ∉ [〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48))𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 12𝑍. 5. every semi-2-absorbing submodule is stpns-2-absorbing, but the converse is not true. proof let ℱ be a semi-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ, and 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, ϰ ∈ ℋ. since ℱ is a semi2-absorbing, then either 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ ⊆ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ ℱ ⊆ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 358 that is either 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) :𝑅 ℋ]. hence ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. for the converse consider the following example: let ℋ = 𝑍36 , 𝑅 = 𝑍 and the submodule ℱ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉 ∩ 𝑍36 = 〈6̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍36) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉 that is for all 𝑢 ∈ 𝑍 and ϰ ∈ 𝑍36 such that 𝑢 2ϰ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that either 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36)) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉 or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36))𝑅 : 𝑍36] = 6𝑍. that is 2 2. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that 2. 3̅ = 6̅ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36)) = 6̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉. but ℱ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is not semi-2_absorbing submodule of ℋ, since 22. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, but 2. 3̅ ∉ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 22 ∉ [〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 𝑍36𝑅 : ] = 12𝑍. 6. every stpns-2-absorbing submodule is nearly semi-2-absorbing but, the converse is not true. proof clear. for the converse consider the following example: let ℋ = 𝑍48 , 𝑅 = 𝑍 and the submodule ℱ = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 is nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑀 since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈4̅〉 ∩ 〈8̅〉 = 〈8̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉 that is for all 𝑢 ∈ 𝑍 and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍48 such that 𝑢 2𝑚 ∈ 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that either 𝑢𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉 or 𝑢2 ∈ [〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 𝐽(𝑍48)𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 4𝑍. that is 2 2. 6̅ ∈ 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that 2. 6̅ = 12̅̅̅̅ ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉 and 22 ∈ [〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 𝐽(𝑍48)𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 4𝑍. but ℱ = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 is not stpns-2absorbing submodule of ℋ, since 22. 6̅ ∈ 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉, but 2. 6̅ ∉ 〈24〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48)) = 〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 22 ∉ [〈24̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48))𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 24𝑍. proposition 3.3 let ℱ be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ. then ℱ is a stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ if and only if ι2ℒ ⊆ ℱ for ι is an ideal of 𝑅 and ℒ is a submodule of ℋ implies that either ιℒ ⊆ ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)) or ι2 ⊆ [ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)):𝑅 ℋ]. proof (⟹) suppose that ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ, and ι2ℒ ⊆ ℱ, for 𝛪 is an ideal of 𝑅 and ℒ is a submodule of ℋ and 𝐼2 ⊈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ].to prove that ιℒ ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ). let ϰ ∈ 𝛪ℒ, implies that ϰ = 𝑢1ϰ1 + 𝑢2ϰ2 + ⋯ + 𝑢𝑛 ϰ𝑛 for 𝑢𝑖 ∈ 𝛪, ϰ𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑖 = 1,2,3, … , 𝑛, thus 𝑢𝑖 2ϰ𝑖 ∈ ι 2ℒ ⊆ ℱ, for 𝑢𝑖 2 ∉ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ], but ℱ is stpn-2-absorbing of ℋ and 𝑢𝑖 2 ∉ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ], implies that 𝑢𝑖 ϰ𝑖 ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) for 𝑖 = 1,2,3, … , 𝑛. hence ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) it follows that 𝛪ℒ ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ). (⟸) suppose that 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱfor 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, ϰ ∈ ℋ, implies that (𝑢2)(ϰ) ⊆ ℱ, by hypothesis we have either (𝑢)(ϰ) ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) or (𝑢2) ⊆ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. that is 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. hence ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. as a direct consequence of proposition 3.3 we have the following corollaries. corollary 3.4 let ℱ be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ. then ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ if and only if u2ℒ ⊆ ℱ for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅 and ℒ is a submodule of ℋ implies that either 𝑢ℒ ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) or u2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 359 corollary 3.5 let ℱ be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ. then ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋif and only if ι2ℋ ⊆ ℱ for i is an ideal of 𝑅, implies that either iℋ ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) or 𝐼2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. proposition 3.6 let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and ℱ be a proper submodule of ℋ. then ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ if and only if [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ] ⊆ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑟ϰ] for each ϰ ∈ ℋ or 𝑢 2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. proof (⟹) let 𝜔 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ] and 𝑢2 ∉ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ], since 𝜔 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ], then 𝑢2𝜔ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ). but ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ and 𝑢2 ∉ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ], then 𝑢𝜔ϰ ∈ (ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)) + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) = ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ).that is 𝜔 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢ϰ] .thus [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ] ⊆ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢ϰ]. it is clear that [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢ϰ] ⊆ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ]. hence[ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ] = [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢ϰ]. (⟸) let 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ), for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, ϰ ∈ ℋ, then by hypothesis [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ] = [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢ϰ] or 𝑢 2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. if [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ] = [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢ϰ] and 𝑢 2ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) then [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢 2ϰ] = 𝑅, it follows that [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 𝑢ϰ] = 𝑅, hence 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ), so 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ). that is ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) is stpn-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. proposition 3.7 let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and ℱ be a proper submodule of ℋ with j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) ⊆ ℱ. then ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ if and only if [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢 2] ⊆ [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢] or 𝑢 2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. proof (⟹) suppose that ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ, let ϰ ∈ [ℱ:𝑅 𝑢 2] and 𝑢2 ∉ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. since ϰ ∈ [ℱ:𝑅 𝑢 2], implies that 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ, but ℱ is stpns-2absorbing submodule of ℋ and 𝑢2 ∉ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ], implies that 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ). since j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) ⊆ ℱ, then ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) = ℱ, implies that 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ, hence ϰ ∈ [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢], thus [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢 2] ⊆ [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢]. clear [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢] ⊆ [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢 2], hence [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢 2] = [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢]. (⟸) let 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱfor 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, ϰ ∈ ℋ, then ϰ ∈ [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢 2] = [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢], by hypothesis, implies that ϰ ∈ [ℱ:ℋ 𝑢], then 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℱ or 𝑢 2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. hence ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. remark 3.8 the intersection of two stpns-2-absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ need not to be stpns2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. the following example explains that: consider the z_module 𝑍48 and the submodules ℒ=〈3̅〉 and ℚ=〈4̅〉 are stpns_2_absorbing submodules of the z_module 𝑍48 (because 〈3̅〉 and 〈4̅〉 are 2-absorbing of 𝑍48 ), but ℒ ∩ ℚ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is not stpns_2_absorbing, since 22. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, but 2. 3̅ ∉ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48)) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 22 ∉ [〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (𝐽(𝑍48) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48))𝑅 : 𝑍48] = 12𝑍. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 360 the inverse of above remark satisfy under certain condition. proposition 3.9 let ℒ and ℱ be a proper submodules of an 𝑅-module ℋ, with 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ⊆ ℒ or 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ⊆ ℱ . if ℒ and ℱ are stpns-2-absorbing submodules of ℋ, then ℒ ∩ ℱ is stpns-2absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof assume that 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℒ ∩ ℱ for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, ϰ ∈ ℋ, implies that 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℒ and 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ . since both ℒ and ℱ are stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ, then either 𝑢ϰ ∈ ℒ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ ℒ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) and ϰ ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)thus either 𝑢ϰ ∈ (ℒ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ∩ (ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ (ℒ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ∩ (ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)). if 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ⊆ ℱ , then ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) = ℱ, hence either 𝑢ϰ ∈ (ℒ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ∩ ℱ or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ (ℒ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ∩ ℱ. thus by lemma 2.9we have either 𝑢ϰ ∈ (ℒ ∩ ℱ) + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ (ℒ ∩ ℱ) + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ). therefore ℒ ∩ ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. in similar way ℒ ∩ ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ if 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ⊆ ℒ. proposition 3.10 let ℱ be stpns_2_absorbing submodule of an r_ module ℋ and ℒ is a submodule of ℋ with ℒ ⊆ ℱ, then ℱ ℒ is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of an r_ module ℋ ℒ . proof let ℱ be stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ, and 𝑢2(𝑒 + ℒ) = 𝑢2𝑒 + ℒ ∈ ℱ ℒ for 𝑢 𝑅 and 𝑒 + ℒ ∈ ℋ ℒ , 𝑒  ℋ , implies that 𝑢2𝑒 ∈ ℱ. since ℱ is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ , then either 𝑢𝑒 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ))𝑅 : ℋ]. that is either 𝑢𝑒 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)). it follows that either 𝑢(𝑒 + ℒ) ∈ ℱ+(𝐽(ℋ)∩𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ℒ or 𝑢2( ℋ ℒ ) ⊆ ℱ+(𝐽(ℋ)∩𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ℒ . that is either 𝑢(𝑒 + ℒ) ∈ ℱ ℒ + ℱ+(𝐽(ℋ)∩𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ℒ ⊆ ℱ ℒ + (𝐽 ( ℋ ℒ ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ℒ ) or 𝑢2 ( ℋ ℒ ) ⊆ ℱ+(𝐽(ℋ)∩𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ℒ ⊆ ℱ ℒ + (𝐽 ( ℋ ℒ ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ℒ ). that is either 𝑢(𝑒 + ℒ) ⊆ ℱ ℒ + (𝐽 ( ℋ ℒ ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ℒ ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ ℱ ℒ + (𝐽 ( ℋ ℒ ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ℒ ))𝑅: ℋ ℒ ]. hence ℱ ℒ is stpns_ 2_ absorbing submodule of an r_ module ℋ ℒ . proposition 3.11 let ℋ be an 𝑅_module , and ℱ is a proper submodule of ℋ with 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ⊆ ℱ . then ℱ is stpns_ 2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ if and only if [ℱℋ : i] is stpns_ 2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ for each ideal i of r . proof (  ) let 𝑢2ℒ ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] for u  r , ℒ is a submodule of ℋ , then 𝑢 2(iℒ) ⊆ ℱ. since ℱ is stpns_ 2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ then by proposition (3.3) either 𝑢(iℒ) ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ))𝑅: ℋ]. but 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ⊆ ℱ, implies that ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) = ℱ .thus either 𝑢(iℒ) ⊆ ℱ or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ𝑅 : ℋ].that is either 𝑢ℒ ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] or 𝑢 2ℋ ⊆ ℱ ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] . it follows that either 𝑢ℒ ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ). that is either 𝑢ℒ ⊆ [ℱℋ : i] + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [[ℱℋ : i] + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)𝑅 : ℋ]. hence [ℱℋ : i] is stpns_ 2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ . (  ) suppose that [ℱℋ : i] is stpns_ 2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ for every non_zero ideal i of r . put i = r we get [ℱℋ : r] = ℱ is stpns_ 2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 361 4. the relations of stpns-2-absorbing submodules with 2-absorbing submodules and other form of submodules in this section we introduce the relations of stpns-2-absorbing submodules with 2-absorbing submodules and other form of submodules. the converse of remarks and examples 3.2 (2) is true under certain conditions where given the following propositions. proposition 4.1 let ℋ be an ɍ_module over a boolean ring 𝑅 with either 𝐽( ℋ) = 0 or 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 0, and 𝐴 is a proper submodule of ℋ. then 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing of ℋ if and only if 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let ɑ𝑏𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ. since 𝑅 is boolean ring, then (ɑ𝑏)2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 with (ɑ𝑏)2 = (𝑎𝑏) ∉ [𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)):ɍ ℋ] and 𝑏𝑦 ∉ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) or ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)). since 𝐽( ℋ) = 0, then 𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 0 so 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) = 𝐴 if 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 0, then ( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 0 so 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) = 𝐴. in both case we get (ɑ𝑏)2 = (𝑎𝑏) ∉ [𝐴:ɍ ℋ] and 𝑏𝑦 ∉ 𝐴, to prove that ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. since 𝛢 is a stpns_ 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ and (ɑ𝑏)2 ∉ [𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)):ɍ ℋ], implies that (ɑ𝑏)𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) that is ɑ(𝑏𝑦) ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)). so 𝑅 is boolean ring then ɑ(𝑏𝑦) = ɑ2(𝑏𝑦) ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)). now by lemma 2.13, we have 𝑎 = ɑ2𝑏. thus ɑ2(𝑏𝑦) = 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)), so 𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 𝐴 it follows that 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. hence 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (⇐) direct. proposition 4.2 let ℋ be an ɍ_module over a boolean ring 𝑅, 𝐴 is a proper submodule of ℋ. then 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing of ℋ if and only if 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) since 𝑅 is a boolean ring, then by lemma 2.13 and 2.15 𝐽( ℋ) = 0, so (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) = (0) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = (0). thus the proof follows as in proposition 4.1. (⇐) direct. the converse of remarks and examples 3.2 (3) is true under certain conditions where given the following propositions. proposition 4.3 let ℋ be an ɍ_module, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = ℋ. then 𝛢 is nearly_2_absorbing if and only if 𝛢 stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ, that is ɑ. 𝑎. 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 with 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ):ɍ ℋ]. since 𝐴 is nearly-2-absorbing and 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ):ɍ ℋ], then ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ) . but 𝐽( ℋ) ⊆ ℋ, so 𝐽( ℋ) ∩ ℋ = 𝐽( ℋ), that is 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + 𝐽( ℋ) ∩ ℋ. since 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = ℋ it follows that 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)). thus 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (⇐) direct. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 362 the following corollary is a direct result of proposition 4.3. corollary 4.4 let ℋ be a semi-simple, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ . then 𝛢 is nearly_2_absorbing if and only if 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proposition 4.5 let ℋ be an ɍ_module over a boolean ring 𝑅, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ . then the following are valente: 1. 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is nearly_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (1) ⇔ (2) see proposition 4.2. (2) ⇔ (3) see corollary 4.4. the converse of remarks and examples 3.2 (4) is true under certain conditions where given the following propositions. proposition 4.6 let ℋ be an ɍ_module, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ with 𝐽( ℋ) = ℋ. then 𝛢 is pseudo_2_absorbing if and only if 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ, that is ɑ. 𝑎. 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 with 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ):ɍ ℋ]. since 𝐴 is pseudo-2-absorbing and 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ):ɍ ℋ], then ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ ℋ, so ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ), that is either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ). but 𝐽( ℋ) = ℋ, it follows that 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)). thus 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (⇐) direct. proposition 4.7 let ℋ be an ɍ_module, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ 𝛢 and 𝐽( ℋ) ⊆ 𝛢 . then the following are valente: 1 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is pseudo_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 4. 𝛢 is nearly_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (1) ⇒ (2) direct by lemma 2.19. (2) ⇒ (3) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ, that is ɑ. 𝑎. 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 with 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ):ɍ ℋ]. since 𝐴 is pseudo-2-absorbing and 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ):ɍ ℋ], then ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ 𝛢 then 𝛢 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 𝛢. thus either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 ⊆ 𝛢 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) . that is 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (3) ⇒ (4) direct by remarks and examples 3.2 (3). (4) ⇒ (1) direct by lemma 2.19. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 363 the converse of remarks and examples 3.2 (5) is true under certain conditions where given the following propositions. proposition 4.8 let ℋ be a semi-simple ɍ_module, 𝐴 is a proper submodule of ℋ . then 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing of ℋ if and only if 𝛢 is semi 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ. since 𝐴 is stpns_2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ, then 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) or ɑ2 ∈ [𝛢 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)):ɍ ℋ]. since ℋ is semi-simple, then by lemma 2.17 𝐽( ℋ) = 0, so (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) = (0) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = (0). thus either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 or ɑ2 ∈ [𝛢 ∶ɍ ℋ] . hence 𝛢 is a semi 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (⇐) direct. the converse of remarks and examples 3.2 (6) is true under certain conditions where given the following propositions. proposition 4.9 let ℋ be an ɍ_module, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = ℋ. then 𝛢 is nearly semi _2_absorbing if and only if 𝛢 stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ. since 𝐴 is nearly semi _2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ, then 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + 𝐽(ℋ) or ɑ2 ∈ [𝛢 + 𝐽(ℋ):ɍ ℋ]. but 𝐽( ℋ) ⊆ ℋ, so 𝐽( ℋ) ∩ ℋ = 𝐽( ℋ), that is either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ) ∩ ℋ or ɑ2 ∈ [𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ) ∩ ℋ ∶ɍ ℋ]. since 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = ℋ it follows that either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) or ɑ2 ∈ [𝛢 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)):ɍ ℋ]. thus 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (⇐) direct. proposition 4.10 let ℋ be an ɍ_module over a boolean ring 𝑅 , and 𝛢 is a proper submodule of ℋ with 𝐽(ℋ) ⊆ 𝐴 . then the following are statement: 1 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is nearly semi _2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is semi 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 4. 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (1) ⇒ (2) direct by remarks and examples 3.2 (6). (2) ⇒ (3) direct by lemma 2.20. (3) ⇒ (4) let ɑ𝑏𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ. since 𝑅 is boolean ring, then (ɑ𝑏)2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 with (ɑ𝑏)2 = (𝑎𝑏) ∉ [𝐴:ɍ ℋ] and 𝑏𝑦 ∉ 𝐴, to prove that ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. since 𝛢 is a semi_ 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ and (ɑ𝑏)2 ∉ [𝐴:ɍ ℋ], implies that (ɑ𝑏)𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 that is ɑ(𝑏𝑦) ∈ 𝐴.so 𝑅 is boolean ring then ɑ(𝑏𝑦) = ɑ2(𝑏𝑦) ∈ 𝐴. now by lemma 2.13 we have 𝑎 = ɑ2𝑏. thus ɑ2(𝑏𝑦) = 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. hence 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (4) ⇒ (1) direct by remarks and examples 3.2 (2). the following proposition we establish the relation between stpns_2_absorbing submodules and pseudo semi 2_absorbing submodules. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 364 proposition 4.11 let ℋ be an 𝑅-module and 𝐴 ⊂ ℋ. if 𝐴 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ then 𝐴 is pseudo semi 2_absorbing submodule. proof suppose that ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ, and let 𝑢2𝑚 ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑚 ∈ ℋ. since ℱ is stpns-2-absorbing submodule, then either 𝑢𝑚 ∈ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ⊆ ℱ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) ⊆ ℱ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ). hence ℱ is pseudo semi-2absorbing submodule of ℋ. the converse of proposition 4.11 is true under certain conditions where given the following propositions. proposition 4.12 let ℋ be an ɍ_module, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ with 𝐽( ℋ) = ℋ. then 𝛢 is pseudo semi _2_absorbing if and only if 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ. since 𝐴 is pseudo semi _2_ absorbing submodule of ℋ, then 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or ɑ2 ∈ [𝛢 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ):ɍ ℋ]. but 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ ℋ then 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ∩ ℋ = 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) that is either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ∩ ℋ or ɑ2 ∈ [𝛢 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ∩ ℋ:ɍ ℋ]. since 𝐽( ℋ) = ℋ, it follows that either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) or ɑ2 ∈ [𝐴 + (𝐽( ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)):ɍ ℋ]. thus 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (⇐) direct by proposition 4.11. proposition 4.13 let ℋ be an ɍ_module over a boolean ring 𝑅, and 𝛢 a proper submodule of ℋ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ 𝐽( ℋ) and 𝐽( ℋ) ⊆ 𝐴 . then the following are statement: 1. 𝛢 is 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is pseudo_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is pseudo semi _2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 4. 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 5. 𝛢 is nearly_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 6. 𝛢 is nearly semi _2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 7. 𝛢 is semi 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. proof (1) ⇒ (2) direct by lemma 2.18. (2) ⇒ (3) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ, that is ɑ. 𝑎. 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 with 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ):ɍ ℋ]. since 𝐴 is pseudo-2-absorbing and 𝑎. 𝑎 ∉ [𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ):ɍ ℋ], then ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ 𝐽( ℋ) then (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ). thus we have either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)). that is 𝛢 is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. (3) ⇒ (4) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ. since 𝐴 is pseudo semi_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ, then 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝛢 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or ɑ2 ∈ [𝛢 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ):ɍ ℋ]. but 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ 𝐽( ℋ), then 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ∩ 𝐽( ℋ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ), so either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)) or ɑ2 ∈ [𝐴 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ)):ɍ ℋ] . that is 𝛢 is stpns_2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. (4) ⇒ (5) direct by remarks and examples 3.2 (3). (5) ⇒ (6) let ɑ2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ, that is ɑ. 𝑎. 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. since 𝐴 is nearly-2-absorbing, then either 𝑎. 𝑎 ∈ [𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ):ɍ ℋ] or ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 + 𝐽( ℋ). hence 𝛢 is nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. (6) ⇒ (7) direct by lemma 2.20 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 365 (7) ⇒ (1) let ɑ𝑏𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ɍ, 𝑦 ∈ ℋ. since 𝑅 is boolean ring, then (ɑ𝑏)2𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 with (ɑ𝑏)2 = (𝑎𝑏) ∉ [𝐴:ɍ ℋ] and 𝑏𝑦 ∉ 𝐴, to prove that ɑ𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. since 𝛢 is a semi-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ and (ɑ𝑏)2 ∉ [𝐴:ɍ ℋ], implies that (ɑ𝑏)𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 that is ɑ(𝑏𝑦) ∈ 𝐴.so 𝑅 is boolean ring then ɑ(𝑏𝑦) = ɑ2(𝑏𝑦) ∈ 𝐴. now by lemma 2.13 we have 𝑎 = ɑ2𝑏. thus ɑ2(𝑏𝑦) = 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. hence 𝛢 is 2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 5. conclusion we will present the most important propositions in this research: . let ℋ be an ɍ-module over a boolean ring 𝑅, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ. then the following are statement: 1. 𝛢 is 2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. . let ℋ be an ɍ-module, and 𝛢 ⊂ ℋ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ 𝛢 and 𝐽( ℋ) ⊆ 𝛢 . then the following are statement: 1 𝛢 is 2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 4. 𝛢 is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. . let ℋ be an ɍ-module over a boolean ring 𝑅 , and 𝛢 is a proper submodule of ℋ with 𝐽(ℋ) ⊆ 𝐴 . then the following are statement: 1 𝛢 is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is nearly semi -2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is semi 2_absorbing submodule of ℋ. 4. 𝛢 is 2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. . let ℋ be an ɍ-module over a boolean ring 𝑅, and 𝛢 a proper submodule of ℋ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐( ℋ) ⊆ 𝐽( ℋ) and 𝐽( ℋ) ⊆ 𝐴 . then the following are valente: 1. 𝛢 is 2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 2. 𝛢 is pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 3. 𝛢 is pseudo semi -2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 4. 𝛢 is stpns-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 5. 𝛢 is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 6. 𝛢 is nearly semi -2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. 7. 𝛢 is semi 2-absorbing submodule of ℋ. references 1. darani, a.y ; soheilniai. f. 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbingsubmodules, tahi journal. math, 2011,(9), 577-584. 2.goodearl, k. r. ring theory; marcel dekker, inc. new york and basel. 1976 , 206. 3.dauns, j. prime modules. journal re. angew, math, 1978,(2),156-181. 4. reem, t. shwkea, m. nearly 2-absorbing submodules and related concept, tikrit journal for pure sci, 2018, (2),(3), 215-221. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 366 5. haibat, k. omar, a. pseudo 2-absorbing and pseudo semi 2-absorbing submodules, aip conference proceedings, 2019, 2096,020006(2019),1-9. 6. haibat, k. akram, s. nearly semi-2-absorbing submodules, italian journal of pure and app. math, 2019, (41),620-627. 7. kash, f. modules and rings. london math. soc. monographs new york , academic press , 1982, (370) . 8. fraleigh, j. b. a first course in abstract algebra, (new york: addisonwesley publishing company), 2003. 9. wardayani, a. ;kharismawati, i.; sihwaningrum, i. regular rings and their properties, iop conference series, 2020, 1494, 012020,1-4. 10. mahmood, s. y. regular modules, m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad,1993. 87 fibrewise fuzzy topological spaces yousif y. yousif yoyayousif@yahoo.com yousif.y.y@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of mathematics, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad abstract we introduce and discuss the modern type of fibrewise topological spaces, namely fibrewise fuzzy topological spaces. also, we introduce the concepts of fibrewise closed fuzzy topological spaces, fibrewise open fuzzy topological spaces, fibrewise locally sliceable fuzzy topological spaces and fibrewise locally sectionable fuzzy topological spaces. furthermore, we state and prove several theorems concerning these concepts. keywords: fuzzy open, fwfts’s, fwcfts’s, fwofts’s, fw-lsl-fts’s and fw-lsefts’s. ams subject classification: 55r70, 54a40, 54c08, 54c10. 1.introduction the notion of fibrewise topology was introduced by james [6] who studied a good number of concepts and results. in recent times, many researchers studied this notion [1, 7, 16, 17]. contributions of yousif and hussain [1012], yousif and hussain [1315] and mohammed and yousif [8] in the field of fibrewise topology and related concepts are important to be mentioned. the fibrewise (written as fw) sets over an explicit set, called the base set, say b. a fw set over b push back of a set m jointly with a mapping þ : m  b, called the projection (written as proj.). the subset mb = þ –1(b) of m is the fibre over b for every point b  b. possibly, fibre will be empty since we do not require þ is a surjectve, also, the subset mb* = þ –1(b*) as a fw set over b* for every subset b*  b with the proj. fixed by þ. the notation m | b* is sometime suitable instead of mb* = þ –1(b). the cartesian product b  t, for every set t, like a fw set b by the first proj.. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2681 article history: received 28 september 2020, accepted 8 november 2020, published in july 2021. mailto:yoyayousif@yahoo.com mailto:yousif.y.y@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 88 definition 1.1. [6] a mapping  : m  n, where m and n are fw sets over b, with proj.’s þm : m  b and þn : n  b, is said to be fw mapping (written as fw-m) if þn   = þm, or (mb)  nb, for every point b  b. observe that a fw-m  : m  n over b limited by restriction, a fw-m  : mb*  nb* over b* for every subset b*  b. definition 1.2. [6] the fibrewise topology (written as fwt) on a fw set m over a topological space (b, ) signifies any topology on m for which the proj. þ is continuous (written as fwts). definition 1.3. [6] let m and n be fwts's over b, the fw-m  : m  n is said to be: (a) continuous if b  b and for every point m  mb, the pre image of every open set of (m) is an open set of m. (b) open if b  b and for every point m  mb, the image of every open set of m is an open set of (m). definition 1.4. [6] the fwts (m, ) over (b, ) is said to be: (a) fw closed (written as fwc) if the proj. þ is a closed mapping. (b) fw open (written as fwo) if the proj. þ is a open mapping. the concept of fuzzy sets was introduced by zadeh [18]. the idea of fuzzy topological spaces was introduced by chang [2]. different aspects of such spaces have been developed by several investigators. in this work, by (m, ) we will denote a fuzzy topological space (written as fts) definition 1.5. [2] a mapping  : (m, )  (n, ) is said to be fuzzy continuous if the pre image of every fuzzy open set of n is a fuzzy open set in m. this paper is mixed and devoted to the development of the theory of fibrewise topological spaces and fuzzy topological spaces. for other notions or notations not defined here, we follow closely in [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 18]. 2.fibrewise fuzzy topological spaces we will introduce the ideas of fibrewise fuzzy topological spaces, several properties on the obtained fibrewise concepts are studied. definition 2.1. the fibrewise fuzzy topology (written as fwfts) on a fw set m over fts (b, ) signifies any fuzzy topology on m for which the proj. þ is a fuzzy continuous. for example, we can assume that (b, ) like a fwfts over itself by the identity as proj.. also, the fuzzy topological product (see [5]) b  t, for every fts t, can be regarded like a fwfts's over b, by the first proj. and in the same way for every fuzzy subspace (see [4]) of b  t. remark 2.2. (a) in fwfts, we carry out over fts (b, ) as a base space. if b is a point–space, the theory changes to that of ordinary fuzzy topology. (b) a fwfts's over b is just a fts (m, ) with a fuzzy continuous proj. mapping þ : (m, )  (b, ). (c) the coarsest fuzzy topology got by þ, in which the fuzzy open sets of (m, ) are the exactly the pre image of the fuzzy open set of (b, ). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 89 (d) the fwfts over (b, ) is defined to be a fw set over b with fwfts. (e) we consider the fuzzy topological product (written as ftp) b  t, for every fts t, like a fwfts's over b by the first proj.. definition 2.3. the fw-m  : m  n where (m, ) and (n, ) are fwfts's over (b, ) is said to be: (a) fuzzy continuous if b b and for every point m  mb, the pre image of every fuzzy open set of (m) is a fuzzy open set of m. (b) fuzzy open if b  b and for every point m  mb, the image of every fuzzy open set of m is a fuzzy open set of (m). (c) fuzzy closed if b  b and for every point m  mb, the image of every fuzzy closed set of m is a fuzzy closed set of (m). if  : m  n is a fw-m where m is a fw set and (n, ) is a fwfts over (b, ). we can give m the induced fuzzy topology (see [4]), in the ordinary sense and this is necessarily a fwftopology. we may refer to it, therefore, like the induced fwf-topology and note the next characterizations. theorem 2.4. let  : m  n be a fw-m, where (n, ) a fwfts over (b, ) and m has the induced fwf-topology. then, for every fwfts (o, ) a fw-m  : o  (m, ) is a fuzzy continuous iff the composition    : o  n is a fuzzy continuous. proof. () suppose that  is a fuzzy continuous. let q  ob ; b  b and let v be fuzzy open set of (  )(q) = n  nb in n. since  is a fuzzy continuous, then  1(v) is a fuzzy open set containing (q) = m  mb in m. since  is a fuzzy continuous, then  1(1(v)) is a fuzzy open set containing q  ob in o and  1(1(v)) = (  )1(v) is a fuzzy open set containing q  ob in o. () suppose that    is a fuzzy continuous. let q  ob ; b  b and u be a fuzzy open set of (q) = m  mb in m. since  is a fuzzy open then, (u) is a fuzzy open set containing (m) = ((q)) = n  nb in n. since    is a fuzzy continuous, then (  ) 1((u)) = 1(u) is a fuzzy open set containing q  ob in o. theorem 2.5. let  : m  n be a fw-m where, (n, ) a fwfts over (b, ) and m has the induced fwf-topology. if for every fwfts (o, ) a subjective fw-m  : o  (m, ) is a fuzzy open iff the composition    : o  n is a fuzzy open. proof. () suppose that  is a fuzzy open. let q  ob ; b  b and let u be fuzzy open set of q in o. since  is a fuzzy open, (u) is a fuzzy open set containing (q) = m  mb in m. since  is a fuzzy open, then ((u)) is a fuzzy open set containing (m) =((q)) = (  )(q) = n  nb in n and ((u)) = (  )(u). () suppose that    is a fuzzy open. let q  ob ; b  b and u be a fuzzy open set of q  qb in q. since    is a fuzzy open then, (  )(u) is a fuzzy open set containing   (q)) = n  nb in n. since m has the induced fwf-topology then  1(  )(u)) = (u) is a fuzzy open containing 1(  )(q)) = (q) = m  mb in m. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 90 let us pass the general cases of theorems (2.4) and (2.5) as follows: similarly in case of families {r} of fw-m's, where r : m  nr with (nr, r) fwfts over b for every r. specially, given a family {(mr, r)} of fwfts over b, the fwf-topological product ∏b mr is defined to be the fw-product with the fwf-topology generated by the family of proj’sr : ∏b mr  mr. then for every fwfts (o, ) over b a fw-m  : o  ∏b mr is a fuzzy continuous (resp. fuzzy open). for example when mr = m for every index r we see that the diagonal  : m  ∏b m is a fuzzy continuous (resp. fuzzy open) iff the composition r   = idm is a fuzzy continuous (resp. fuzzy open). again if {(mr, r)} is a family of fwfts's over b and  : ∐b mr  m is a fw-m where (m, ) a fwf-topology over b and ∐b mr is a fwf-topological coproduct at the set-theoretic level with the ordinary coproduct fuzzy topology, also for every fwf-topology (mr, r) with the family of fw insertions r : mr  ∐b mr is a fuzzy continuous (resp. fuzzy open) iff the composition r =   r : mr  m is a fuzzy continuous (resp. fuzzy open). for example when mr = m for every index r we see that the codiagonal  : ∐b m r  m is a fuzzy continuous (resp. fuzzy open). 3.fibrewise closed and fibrewise open fuzzy topological spaces we present the ideas of fibrewise closed and fibrewise open fts’s fuzzy topological spaces over b, several property on the obtained concepts are studies. definition 3.1. the fwfts (m, ) over (b, ) is said to be fibrewise closed (written as fwcfts) if the proj. þ is a fuzzy closed. for example, trivial fwfts with fuzzy compact fibre (see [4]) is a fwcfts. theorem 3.2. let  : m  n be fuzzy closed fw-m where (m, ) and (n, ) are fwcfts's over (b, ). then m is a fwcfts if n is a fwcfts. proof. assume that  : m  n is a closed fw-m and n is a fwcfts i.e. the proj. þn : n  b is a fuzzy closed. to prove that m is a fwcfts i.e. the proj. þm : m  b is a fuzzy closed. now, let m  mb ; b  b, and let f be a fuzzy closed set of m. since  is a fuzzy closed so that (f) is a fuzzy closed set of (m) = n  n b in n. since þn is a fuzzy closed so þn((f)) a fuzzy closed set in b. but, þn((f)) = þn  (f) = þm(f) is a fuzzy closed set of b. thus, þm is a fuzzy closed and m is a fwcfts. theorem 3.3. if (m, ) is a fwfts over (b, ). assume that mj is a fwcfts for every member mj of a finite covering of m. then m is a fwcfts. proof. assume that m is a fwfts over b, then the proj. þm : m  b exist. to prove that þ is a fuzzy closed. since mj is a fwcfts, then the proj. þmj : mj b is a fuzzy closed for every member mj of a finite covering of m. let f  m be a fuzzy closed set. then þ(f) = ⋃ þj(mj ⋂ f) which is a finite union of fuzzy closed sets and so þ is a fuzzy closed, so that m is a fwcfts. theorem 3.4. let (m, ) be a fwfts over (b, ). then, (m, ) is a fwcfts iff for every fibre mb of m and every fuzzy open set u of mb  m, there is a fuzzy open set o of b where mo  u. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 91 proof. () assume that m is a fefts i.e. the proj. þ : m  b is a fuzzy closed. now, let b  b and u be fuzzy open set of mb, so we have m – u is a fuzzy closed set and þ(m – u) is a fuzzy closed set. let o = b – þ(m – u) is a fuzzy open set of b. hence, mo = þ –1(b – þ(m – u)) which is a subset of u. thus mo  u. () suppose that the assumption is hold, to show that m is a fwcfts. let f be fuzzy closed set in m. let b  b – þ(f) and every fuzzy open set u of mb  m. by assumption there is a fuzzy open set o of b such that mo  u. it’s easy to show that o  b – þ(f). so that b – þ(f) is a fuzzy open set in b. hence þ(f) is a fuzzy closed in b, þ is a fuzzy closed and m is a fwcfts. definition 3.5. the fwfts (m, ) over (b, ) is said to be fibrewise open (written as fwofts) if the proj. þ is a fuzzy open. for example, trivial fwfts's are always fwofts. theorem 3.6. let  : m  n be a fuzzy open fw-m where (m, ), (n, ) are fwfts over (b, ). if n is a fwofts, then m is a fwofts. proof. since n is a fwofts, we have þn : n  b is a fuzzy open. to prove that þm is a fuzzy open, i.e. the proj. þm : m  b is a fuzzy open. let m  mb ; b  b, and let u be a fuzzy open set of m, (u) is a fuzzy open set of (m) = n  nb  n since  is a fuzzy open. also, since n is a fwofts, then the proj. þn : n  b is a fuzzy open and þn((u)) is a fuzzy open set in b, but þn((u)) = þn  (u) = þm (u). so that þm is a fuzzy open and m is a fwofts. theorem 3.7. let  : m  n be a fw-m, where (m, ), (n, ) are fwfts's over (b, ). assume that the product: idm   : (m b m,   )  (m b n,   ) is a fuzzy open and m is a fwofts. then  itself fuzzy open. proof. consider the following figure: idm   m b m m b n 2 2  m n figure 1. diagraph of theorem 3.7. the projection on the right is surjective. while the projection on the left is a fuzzy open since m is a fwofts. thus 2  idm   =   2 is a fuzzy open and so  is a fuzzy open. our next three results apply equally to fwcfts's and fwofts's. theorem 3.8. let  : m  n be a surjection fw fuzzy continuous where (m, ), (n, ) are fwfts's over (b, ). then n is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts) if m is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 92 proof. suppose that m is a fwcfys (resp. fwofts). then the proj. þm : m  b is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open). to prove that n is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts) over b i.e. the proj. þn : (n, )  (b, ) is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open). suppose that n  nb ; b  b. let v be fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) set of n. since  is a fuzzy continuous so –1(v) is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) set of –1(n) = m  mb  m. since þm is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open), then þm( –1(v)) is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) in b, but þm( –1(v)) = þm   –1(v) = þn (v). thus þn is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open), and n is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts). theorem 3.9. if (m, ) is a fwfts over (b, ). assume that m is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts) over b, then mb*is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts) over b* for every fuzzy subspace b*  b. proof. assume that m is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts), so that the proj. þ : m  b is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open). to prove that mb* is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open), i.e. the proj. þb* : mb*  b* is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open). let m  m | b*, and g be fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) set of m, we have g ⋂ mb* is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) set of mb*. þb*(g ⋂ mb*) = þ(g ⋂ mb*) = þ(g) ⋂ þ(mb*) = þ(g) ⋂ b* which is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open ) set in b*. þb* is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open ). so that mb* is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts). theorem 3.10. let (m, ) be a fwfts over (b, ). assume that (mbj, ) is a fwcfts's (resp. fwofts's) over (bj, bj) for every member of a bj-fuzzy open covering of b. so m is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts) over b. proof. assume that m is a fwfts over b so, the proj. þ : m  b is exist .to prove that þ is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open). since mb is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts) over bj for every member of a bj-fuzzy open covering of b, then the proj. þmj: mbj  bj is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open). now, let f be fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) set of mb ; b  b, þ(f) = ⋃ þbj (f ⋂ mbj) which is a finite union of fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) sets of b. thus þ is a fuzzy closed (resp. fuzzy open) and m is a fwcfts (resp. fwofts). actually, the past theorem is true to locally finite closed covering and there are several subclasses of the class of fwofts's which induces many important examples and have interesting properties. 4.fibrewise locally sliceable and fibrewise locally sectionable fuzzy topological spaces we present the ideas of fibrewise locally sliceable and fibrewise locally sectionable fuzzy topological spaces over (b, ), several properties on the obtained concepts are studied. definition 4.1. the fwfts (m, ) over (b, ) is said to be locally sliceable (written as fw-lslfts) if for every point m  mb ; b  b, there is a fuzzy open set w of b and a section s : w  mw and s(b) = m. the condition leads to þ is a fuzzy open for if u is a fuzzy open set of m  m, then s –1(mw ⋂ u)  þ(u) is a fuzzy open set of b  w, and hence in b. the class of b fw-lsl-fts is a finitely multiplicative stated in. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 93 theorem 4.2. let {(mr, r) }𝑟=1 𝑘 be a finite family of fw-lsl-fts's over (b, ). then the fwftopological product (m = ∏b mr, ) is a fw-lsl-fts. proof. let m = (mr) be a point of mb ; b  b, so that mr = r(m) for every index r. since mr is a fw-lsl-fts, there is a fuzzy open set wr of b and a section sr : wr  mr | wr, where sr(b) = mr. then, the intersection w = w1 ⋂ … ⋂ wn is a fuzzy open set of b and a section s : w  mw is given by (r  s)(w) = sr(w) for every index r and every point w  w. theorem 4.3. let  : m  n fuzzy continuous, surjection fw-m, where (m, ) and (n, ) are fwfts's over (b, ). if m is a fw-lsl-tts, then n is so. proof. let n  nb ; b  b. then n = (m), for some m  mb. if m is a fw-lsl-fts, then there is a fuzzy open set w of b and a section s : w  mw where s(b) = m. then   s : w  nw is a section such that s(b) = n as required. definition 4.4. the fwfts (m, ) over (b, ) is said to be fibrewise discrete (written as fw-dfts) if the proj. þ is a local fuzzy homeomorphism (i.e. fuzzy continuous, fuzzy open, one to one, onto). this means, we recall, that for every point b  b and every point m  mb ; b  b there is a fuzzy open set v of m in m and a fuzzy open set w of b in b where þ maps v fuzzy homeomorphically onto w, in that case we say that w is evenly covered by v. it is clear that fwd-fts's are fw-lsl-fts there for fwofts. the class of fw-d-fts's is a finitely multiplicative. theorem 4.5. let {(mr, r) }𝑟=1 𝑘 be a finite family of fw-d-fts over (b, ). then the fwftproduct (m = b mr, ) is a fw-d-fts. proof. given a point m  mb ; b  b, there is for every index r an open set ur of r(m) in mr, where the proj. þr = þ  𝜋𝑟 −1 maps ur fuzzy homeomorphically onto the fuzzy open þr(ur) = wr of b. then the fuzzy open b ur of m is mapped fuzzy homeomorphically onto the intersection w = ⋂ wr which is a fuzzy open of b. an attractive characterization of fw-d-fts's is given by the following: theorem 4.6. if (m, ) is a fwfts over (b, ). then, m is a fw-d-fts iff (a) m is a fwofts (b) the diagonal embedding  : m  m b m is a fuzzy open proof. () suppose that (a) and (b) are satisfied. let m  mb ; b  b, then (m) = (m, m) admits a fuzzy open set in m b m which is entirely contained in (m). without real lacking in general, we may suppose the fuzzy open set is of the form u b u, where u is a fuzzy open set of m in m. then þ|u is a fuzzy homeomorphism. therefore, m is a fw-d-fts. () assume that m is a fw-d-fts. we have already seen that m is a fwofts. to prove that  is a fuzzy open, it is sufficient to prove that (m) is a fuzzy open in m b m. so let m  mb ; b  b, and let u be a fuzzy open set of m in m, where w = þ(u) is a fuzzy open set of b in b and þ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 94 maps u fuzzy homeomorphically onto w. then u b u is contained in (m) since if not then there exist distinct , *  mw, where w  w and , *  u, which is absurd. fuzzy open subset of fw-d-fts's is also fw-d-fts, actually, we have. theorem 4.7. let  : m  n be a fuzzy continuous, injection fw-m, where (m, ) and (n, ) are fwofts's over (b, ). if n is a fw-d-fts, then m is so. proof. consider the diagram shown below.  m m b m      n n b n figure 2. diagraph of theorem 4.7. since  is a fuzzy continuous so is   . now (n) is open in n b n, by theorem (4.6). since n is a fw-d-fts, then (m) = ((–1 (n))) = (  )–1((n)) is a fuzzy open in m b m. thus, theorem (4.7) follows from theorem (4.6). theorem 4.8. assume that  : m  n is a fuzzy open, surjection fw-m, where (m, ) and (n, ) are fwofts's over (b, ). if m is a fw-d-fts, then n is so. proof. in the above figure, with these fresh hypotheses on , if m is a fw-d-fts, then (m) is a fuzzy open in m b m, by theorem (4.6), so (n) = (((m))) = (  )((m)) is a fuzzy open in n b n. thus, theorem (4.8) follows from theorem (4.6) again. theorem 4.9. if ,  : m  n is a fuzzy continuous fw-m, where (m, ) is a fwfts and (n, ) is a fw-d-fts over (b, ). then the coincidence set k(, ) of  and  is a fuzzy open in m. proof. the coincidence set is precisely –1(  )–1((n)), where:      m m b m n b n n figure 3. diagraph of theorem 4.9.fig. 4.2. hence theorem (4.9) follows at once from theorem (4.6). in particular, take m = n, take  = idm and take  = s   where s is a section, we conclude that s is a fuzzy open embedding when m is a fw-d-fts. theorem 4.10. if  : m  n is a fuzzy continuous fw-m, where (m, ) is a fwofts and (n, ) is a fw-d-fts over (b, ). then the fw-graph:  : m  m b n of  is a fuzzy open embedding. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 95 proof. the fw-graph is defined in the same way as the ordinary graph, but with values in the fwft-product, therefore the diagram shown below is commutative.  m m b n    idn  n n b n figure 4. diagraph of theorem 4.10. since (n) is a fuzzy open in n b n, by theorem (4.6), so (m) = (  idn) –1((n)) is a fuzzy open in m b n as asserted. remark 4.11. if (m, ) is a fw-d-fts over (b, ) then for every point m  mb ; b  b, there is a fuzzy open set w of b a unique section s : w  mw exist satisfying s(b) = m, we may refer to s as the section through m. definition 4.12. the fwfts (m, ) over (b, ) is said to be locally sectionable (written as fwlse-fts) if for every point b  b, it admits a fuzzy open set w and a section s : w  mw. remark 4.13. the non-empty fw-lsl-fts's are fw-lse-fts's, but the converse is false. in fact, fw-lse-fts's are not necessarily fwofys, for example take m = (–1 , 1]  ℝ with (m, ), the natural projection onto b = ℝ ∣ ℤ ; (b, ). the class of fw-lse-fts's is a finitely multiplicative. theorem 4.14. if {(mr, r) }𝑟=1 𝑘 is a finite family of fw-lse-fts's over (b, ). then the fwft-product (m = b mr, ) is a fw-lse-fts. proof. given a point b of b, there exist a fuzzy open set wr of b and a section sr : wr  mr | wr for every index r. since there are finite numbers of indices the intersection w of the fuzzy open sets wr is also a fuzzy open set of b, and a section s : w  (b mr)w is given by (r  s)(w) = sr(w), for w  w. our last two result apply equally well to every of the above three theorems. theorem 4.15. if (m, ) is a fw-d-fts over (b, ). suppose that (m, ) is a fw-lsl-fts, fwd-fts or fw-lse-fts's over (b, ). then so is mb* over b* for every fuzzy open set b*  b. theorem 4.16. let (m, ) be fwfts over (b, ). assume that mbj is a fw-lsl-fts, fw-dfts or fw-lse-fts over bj for every member bj of a fuzzy open covering of b. so is m over b. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 96 remark 4.17. it is not difficult to give examples of different fw-d-fts's on the same fw-set which are equivalent, to fwfts's. for this reason, we must be careful not to say the fw-dfts. references 1. abo khadra, a. a.; mahmoud, s. s. ; yousif y. y., fibrewise near topological spaces, journal of computing, usa, 2012, 4, 5, may 223-230. 2. chang, c. l.; fuzz topological spaces. j. math. anal. appl. 24 ,1968,182-190. 3. englking, r., outline of general topology, amsterdam, 1989. 4. ghanim, m. h.; kerre e. e. ; mashhour, a. s., separation axioms, subspaces and sums in fuzzy topology, journal of mathematical analysis and applications, academic press, inc., 1984, 102 , 189-202. 5. hutton, b., products of fuzzy topological spaces, topology and its applications, northholland publishing company, 1980, 11 ,59-67. 6. james, i. m., fibrewise topology, cambridge university press, london 1989. 7. mahmoud, s. s. ; yousif, y. y., fibrewise near separation axioms, international mathematical forum, hikari ltd, bulgaria, 2012, 7,35 ,1725-1736. 8. mohammed, n. f. ; yousif ,y. y., connected fibrewise topological spaces, 2nd. isc-2019 college of science, university of al-qadisiyah scientific conference, iop conf. series: journal of physics: conf. series 1294 (2019) 032022 doi :10.1088/17426596/1294/1/032022, 24-25 april 2019, pp. 1-6. 9. willard, s., general topology, addison wesly, london ,1970. 10. yousif, y. y. ; hussain l. a., fibrewise bitopological spaces, international journal of science and research (ijsr), https://www.ijsr.net/archive/v6i2/v6i2.pdf, february 2017, 6 , 2, 978 – 983. 11. yousif, y. y. ; hussain, l. a., fibrewise ij-perfect bitopological spaces, ibn alaaitham 1st. international scientific conference, iop conf. series: journal of physics: conf. series 1003 (2018) 012063 doi :10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012063, 13-14 december 2017, 1-12. 12. yousif, y. y. ; hussain, l. a., fibrewise pairwise bi-topological spaces, 1st. scientific international conference,college of science, al-nahrain university,[doi. 10.22401/sic.1.21], 21-22 november 2017,157-165. 13. yousif, y. y. ; hussain, m. a., fibrewise soft ideal topological spaces, ibn al-aaitham 1st. international scientific conference, iop conf. series: journal of physics: conf. series 1003 (2018) 012050 doi :10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012050, 13-14 december 2017,1-12. 14. yousif, y. y. ; hussain, m. a., fibrewise soft near separation axioms, the 23th science conference of college of education, al-mustansiriyah university, 26-27 april 2017,400414. 15. yousif, y. y. ; hussain, m. a., fibrewise soft topological spaces, international journal of science and research (ijsr), https://www.ijsr.net/archive/v6i2/v6i2.pdf, february 2017, 6, 2,1010 – 1019. 16. yousif, y. y., some result on fibrewise lindelöf and locally lindelöf topological spaces, ibn al-haitham journal science, 2009, 22, 3 ,191-198. https://www.ijsr.net/archive/v6i2/v6i2.pdf https://www.ijsr.net/archive/v6i2/v6i2.pdf ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 97 17. yousif, y. y., some result on fibrewise topological spaces, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. university of baghdad – collage of education ibn al-haitham, 2008, 21, 2 ,118-132. 18. zadeh, l. a., fuzzy sets, inform. control ,1965, 8,338-353. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 continuous extraction and stripping of neptunium by fresh and degradated tributyle phosphate using co-60 cell h. h. al-taweel , a. h. al-jibori department of chemistry, college of education ibnal haitham , university of baghdad. abstract the behaviour of np-239 during the continuous extraction and stripping was followed . three continuous extraction experiments were carried out . in the first experiment the extraction and stripping were carried out by using tributyl phosphate / treated odorless kerosene as the organic phase , while the aqueous phase was uranium and neptunium-239 dissolved in 3m hno3 . in the second experiment irradiation of organic phase up to 30 m rad were carried out , while keeping the aqueous phase as it is in the first experiment. in the third experiment , the acidity of the aqueous phase was 1.5m instead of 3m and keeping the organic phase as it is in experiment 1. the results obtained in tables 1-3 show the possibility of rejection np-239 according to the conditions of run 1. the degradation product of the tributyl phosphate namely di and monobutyl phosphate plays an important role in the difficulty of np stripping. the third experiment conditions were the best. introduction in hot nitric acid solution neptunium can be existed in three valence states ( iv, v, vi ) depending on the acidity, oxidation potential of the solution , nitrous acid concentration and nitrate ion concentration. so the neptunium behaviour appears very complicated while the trivalent state can not be observed in nitric medium except as transient species . the hexavalent state is the stable form in high concentrations of nitric acid ( > 5m) while the pentavalent state is the most stable form in lower nitric acid solution < 2m [1-4] . the pentavalent state exists as npo2+ ion which disproportionates at higher acid concentration to np iv and np vi. this disproportionation reaction can be represented by the following equation which is strongly dependent on acidity . 2npo2+ +4h+ np4+ + npo22+ + 2h2o since the reduction to np4+ involves the breaking of the strong np-o bond of the npo2+ , the oxidation to npo22+ is favored in this reaction because it takes place with a simple electron transfer [4-7] it is desirable that neptunium would be rejected to the high activity waste , preferably in the first extraction cycle , but it is not clear that the necessary extent of rejection could be accomplished in one cycle . the following reaction might occur and it is not possible to control precisely the position of equilibrium npo2 + 1/2 hno2 + 1/2 h2o npo2 + 2/3 h + 1/2 no3 2+ + + the oxidation of npo2+ by no3 is favored by high acidity and low nitrous acid concentration in the 10-3 m range [4] , while even at high acidities , nitrous acid (10-2m) reduces npo22+ to npo2+. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 thus maintenance of the desired inextractable pentavalent state , depends on maintaining the nitrous acid concentration in the proper range. published work on neptunium distribution ratios of tetra and hexavalent by tbp in xylene from 3m hno3 shows that the distribution ratio of the hexavalent is much higher than tetravalent state [3]. it is well known that radiolysis is by far the greatest contributor to solvent degradation and that the main products from radiolysis of tbp are h2mbp and hdbp , and it is reported that hdbp is produced in a greater yield than h2mbp [2,4]. the presence of nitric acid increases the yield of hdbp and h2mbp. the aim of the present work is to investigate the continuous extraction and stripping behaviour of neptunium by carrying out 3 continuous extraction runs to follow the neptunium behaviour: 1in the first run , fresh 20% tbp/kerosene/3m hno3 system was used. 2in the second run , irradiated 20% tbp/kerosene/3m hno3 system was used. 3in the third run , fresh 20% tbp/kerosene/1.5m hno3 system was used. experimental three samples of u3o8 of about 20,15 and 10 mgs were irradiated separately for 72 hours in the research reactor. the neutron flux was 0.5×1013 n/cm2 .sec. and the reactor power was (5mw). the np-239 resulting from the uranium irradiation was used after a short cooling time of about two days. each sample was dissolved in 6m nitric acid and diluted with more than 20 mls of 6m nitric acid , the first two samples were refluxed for about 30 minutes , then added to the feed solution .the third sample was heated until the brown fumes of nitric acid covered the whole container. irradiation of the extractant five liters of the extractant (20%tbp/kerosene/hno3) were exposed to a γ -ray source of co-60 for 105 hours up to 30 mrad to study the effect of organic degradation products namely monobutyl phosphate and dibutyl phosphate that could be formed due to γ – rays emitters that are actually present in such a process. i.e a simulation of real conditions . this irradiated extractant was by used in the second run. the estimation of the degradation product , resulting from the above irradiation of the tbp , was analysed using hplc and found to be 0.56%. continuous extraction experiments the feed solution for the continuous extraction and then stripping run was prepared from the following constituents: a portion of the dissolved irradiated uranium sample containing np-239. 35g/l uranium as uo2. 7g/l aluminium as al(no3)3.9h2o. 7g/l magnesium as mg(no3)2.6h2o. 0.02m sodium nitrite. 3m nitric acid. hydraulic equilibrium was carried out for both extraction and stripping batteries (fig-1) according to the following parameters: aqueous phase: strip solution , 0.1m hno3 , 0.6 l/hr. scrub solution , 3m hno3 , 0.12l/hr. feed solution , 35g/l uranium in 3m hno3 , 0.36 l/hr , 7g/l aluminum and 7g/l mg as nitrate , and 0.02m nano2. organic phase. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 20% tbp – kerosene 0.6 l/hr. the above parameters were set for the first continuous extraction run. for the second run the organic phase was irradiated by using co-60 source up to 30m rad . in the third run , the same conditions and parameters as in the first continuous extraction run except the acidity of the scrub and feed solutions were made 1.5m hno3 instead of 3m. measurements np-239 activity were measured by using 277 kev γ energy with the aid of ge detector of (97) cm3 active volume and 4096 – multichannel analyser, camac adc type 9060 linked with hp-computer ( princeton-gamma tech, w. germany). result and discusion continuous extractionstripping run no.1 the result of the first continuou extraction run table 1 shows ( at the steady state i.e. after 3 hours of operation) that neptunium is almost completely extracted by tbp. only 33.9% of neptunium follows the aqueous waste stream (a.w) . this behaviour could be explained that the nitric acid morality of the extraction battery (3m hno3) is quite suitable to make np in the extractable vi and iv valence state. stripping with 0.1 hno3 is very efficient with 100% of np being stripped (a.p in table.1) and 0.2 0.7% of np in organic waste , for a couple of samples only , the remaining , samples gave undetectable activity , thus complete stripping was accomplished. continuous extractionstripping run no.2 the effect of the degradation products of the organic solution (formation of hdbp and h2mbp) was followed in this run ,the results were tabulated in table 2 , it can also be concluded that all neptunium is extracted to the organic phase , even more than the case of the non-irradiated solvent. this is also evident from the very low percentages of neptunium in aqueous waste streams between 0.9-2.0% at the steady state ( i.e. after 3hr s of operation). a major difference in results of the first continuous extraction run and the second is observed in the stripping stages , were a poor stripping was clearly noticed , ranging between 61-75%.the remaining neptunium not stripped ranging between 25-38% is left in the organic waste stream (o.w). this poor stripping may be explained on the basis that certain degradation products are forming with neptunium , difficulty stripped complexes. continuous extractionstripping run no.3 in table 3 were neptunium in the extraction stages is being separated among the aqueous waste stream (58-60% after 4 hours of operation ) and the organic product (40-44% after 4 hours of operation ). this indicates that both extractable np iv,vi valence state and non extractable v valence state were formed in solution at such low acidity (1.5m hno3) . a complete stripping of np is observed in the stripping stages. conclusion 1 almost complete extraction of neptunium in the first run made us to conclude that little amounts of the neptunium is in a pentavalent state. 2 neptunium stripping is difficult when irradiated solvent is being used . 3lowering the acidity of nitric acid from 3m to 1.5m reduced greatly the percentage of neptunium coextracted with uranium. therefore to have better results in rejection of neptunium to the high activity waste , a lower nitric acid conc.(1.5m) of the feed is recommended rather than 3m .also, more than one extraction cycle is required. references 1-siddall , t.h. ;dukes , e.k.(1959) j.am.chem.,soc.,81:790. 2-wymer , r.g ; vodra , b.l. (1981) light water reactor nuclear fuel cycle , crc press:91. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 3-patil , s.k. (1973) j.inorg.nuc.chem.,35:2357. 4-schuls, w. ; navartil , j.d.(1984) science and technology of tributyl phosphate,crc press :12 . 5-rudisill, t. s. (2002) wsrc – tr report, westinghouse savannah river company ,72 rev.1. 6-gaubert , e.t.; jobson , m ; birkett , j. e ; denniss , i.s. and i. may (2000) atalante 2 : 16. 7-may , i. ; taylor , r.j. and brown , g.(1998) j. alloys and compounds, 5:271 table (1): continuous extraction and stripping run using fresh 20% tbp-kerosene as extractant , and feed solution 35 gu/l , 7 gal/l ,7 gmg/l in 3m hno3 and 0.02m nano2, scrubbing with 3m hmo3 and stripping with 0.1 hno3. times in hours extraction stripping %np in a.w. %np in o.p. %np in a.p. %np in o.w. 1 2.0 50 2 3.4 81.1 100 nil 3 3.9 100.0 100 0.7 4 3.0 95.9 100 0.2 5 3.6 95.4 100 nil 5.5 3.8 96.1 100 nil table (2):continuous extraction and stripping run using irradiated 20% tbp-kerosene as extractant , and the feed , scrub and strip is the same as in table (1). times in hours extraction stripping %np in a.w. %np in o.p. %np in a.p. %np in o.w. 1 2 3 2.0 100 75 25 4 1.5 93 62 38 5 0.9 100 73 31 5.5 0.9 100 61 36 table(3): continuous extraction and stripping run using fresh 20% tbp-kerosene as extractant , and feed solution 35 gu/l , 7 gal/l ,7 gmg/l in 1.5m hno3 and 0.02m nano2, scrubbing with 1.5m hmo3 and stripping with 0.1 hno3. times in hours extraction stripping %np in a.w. %np in o.p. %np in a.p. %np in o.w. 2.5 43 57 100 nil 3.0 48 52 100 nil 4.0 58 42 100 nil 5.0 60 40 100 nil 5.5 56 44 100 nil where a.w. is aqueous waste stream o.p. is organic product stream a.p. is aqueous product stream o.w. is organic waste stream ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 20%tbp kerosene feed solu. scrub solu. strip solu. stripping battery extraction battery a.p. o.w. a.w. 6 table 1. continuous extraction and stripping run using fresh 20% tbp-kerosene as extractant , and feed solution 35 gu/l , 7 gal/l ,7 gmg/l in 3m hno3 and 0.02m nano2, scrubbing with 3m hmo3 and stripping with 0.1 hno3. times in hours extraction stripping %np in a.w. %np in o.p. %np in a.p. %np in o.w. 1 2.0 50 2 3.4 81.1 100 nil 3 3.9 100.0 100 0.7 4 3.0 95.9 100 0.2 5 3.6 95.4 100 nil 5.5 3.8 96.1 100 nil table 2:continuous extraction and stripping run using irradiated 20% tbp-kerosene as extractant , and the feed , scrub and strip is the same as in table 1. times in hours extraction stripping %np in a.w. %np in o.p. %np in a.p. %np in o.w. 1 2 3 2.0 100 75 25 4 1.5 93 62 38 5 0.9 100 73 31 5.5 0.9 100 61 36 table 3. continuous extraction and stripping run using fresh 20% tbp-kerosene as extractant , and feed solution 35 gu/l , 7 gal/l ,7 gmg/l in 1.5m hno3 and 0.02m nano2, scrubbing with 1.5m hmo3 and stripping with 0.1 hno3. times in hours extraction stripping %np in a.w. %np in o.p. %np in a.p. %np in o.w. 2.5 43 57 100 nil 3.0 48 52 100 nil 4.0 58 42 100 nil 5.0 60 40 100 nil 5.5 56 44 100 nil where a.w. is aqueous waste stream o.p. is organic product stream a.p. is aqueous product stream o.w. is organic waste stream final report مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد23 (1) 2010 table 1 17062012120035_009 17062012120035_010 17062012120035_011 17062012120035_012 17062012120035_013 17062012120035_014 17062012120035_015 17062012120035_016 17062012120035_017 17062012120035_018 17062012120036 17062012120248 17062012120248_001 17062012120248_002 17062012120248_003 17062012120248_004 17062012120248_005 17062012120248_006 17062012120248_007 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لتحام في نظامطاقة اعادة األ فينوع المذیب دراسة نظریة لتأثیر ) "موصله شب -صبغة( محسن عنید حسوني، العكیلي هادي جبار مجبل لتربیة ابن الهیثم ،جامعة بغدادكلیة ا ،قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة tالسافرانین (الصبغات العضویة ) ₂iot،zno(موصل هااللتحام قد أجریت لنظام شب أعادةالحسابات النظریة لطاقة االلتحام إعادةقیم طاقة أنوتبین .واألیثانول،استونترایل ، فورماماید ، بروبانول ،مثل الماء ولمذیبات مختلفة) ،الكومارین ایثانول ، 708.0اسیتونترایل ، 741.0للماء( كبیرة للمذیبات ذات القطبیة العالیة) موصل هشب_صبغة(لنظام 669.0 (وقلیلة للمذیبات ذات القطبیة الواطئة )635.0بروبانول-1(. طاقة اعادة االلتحام لنظام) صبغة سافرانین t_635741.0(قیمتها اكبر كانت )شبة الموصل  ( منها لنظام)612.0731.0( )شبة الموصل _صبغة الكومارین ( .الموصل هشب االلكترونياكثر فعالیة لتفاعل االنتقال tفرانینوهذا یشیر الى أن صبغة السا أنفسها المذیباتو ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ihjpas a theoretical study of the effect of the solvent type o n the reorganization energies of dye semiconductor system interface h.j.m.al-agealy, m.a.hassooni departme nt of physics, college of education ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a theoretical calculation of the reorganization energies is demonst rated for semiconductor (tio₂, zno) and organic dy e (safranine t, and coumarin) with a variety solvent such that (water, 1­p rop anol, formamide, acetonitrile and ethanol). the reorganization energy values for dy e –semiconductor interface sy st em are large in high p olar solvent (water 741.0 , acetonitrile 708.0 , ethanol 669.0 ) and small in low p olar solvent(1­p rop anol 635.0 . the reorganization energy in safranine t –semiconductor sy st em is larger ( 635741.0  )than in coumarin –semiconductor for with the same solvents ( 612.0731.0  ), this indicates that safranine t dy e one more electron transfer reactive towards semiconductor. introduction electron transfer ( et) between molecular adsorbaies and semiconductor h as been a subject of intense resear ch interests for many y ears [1]. the understanding of this fundamental p rocess is essential for the app lication of semiconductor in p hotography , solar energy comersion, wase degr adation, and nano_scale d evices [2]. one of these examples is the electron transfer between dy es and semiconductor p lay s a vital role in silver h alide p hotography , electrop hotography , and more recently in solar ener gy cell [3]. since the seminal work p redictin g solvent dy namical control of electron transfer reactions in the early 1980s, a great deal of theoretical effort has gone into clarify ing the salvation dy namics electron transfer connection [4]. consequently , there is a great interest in understanding how the p hy sical p rop erties control the direction and rate of electron transfer. the key factor controlling the rate of electron transfer, is the reorganization ener gy , which describes the ener gy necessary to distort the nuclear configur ation from its equilibrium donor st ate to the acceptor state without transfer of an electron. m any theories were used to calculate the reor ganization energies one of ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ihjpas these is a continuum model that is used in our r esearch to calculate the reor ganization ener gies in dy e _semiconductor sy stem for different solvents [5]. in this p aper we can use the continuum solvent model to calculate the reorganization ener gy for safranine t dy e_tio₂, zno and coumarin dy e _ tio₂, zno. theory the standard m arcus diagr am describ es the energy surface of the donor (reactant) and accep tor (p roduct) states as a function of the nuclear configuration coordinate [5]. accordin g to the m arcus cross relation the reorganization ener gy ,  , is defined as the ener gy necessary to distort the nuclear configur ation from its equilibrium donor st ate to the acceptor [6]. in figur e (1) the g is the activation ener gy , g is the free energy ,  is the reorganization ener gy .this reorganization ener gy can be broken down further into inner and outer sp here comp onents [7,8]. outin   ……………… (1) the inner sp here reorganization component ( in ) is the intra molecular or inner she ll is the ener gy required to alter bond distances and bond angles with the change in o xidation st ate. the sp here reorganization out is the energy required for reorientation of the solvent around the chan ged co mplexes [9]. the solvent indep endent term in arises from st ructural differences between the equilibrium configurations of the reactant and product states; this is the sum of all the molecular v ibrational and rotational movements [8].in t he harmonic ap p roximation, it can writt en as [10]. 2)()( )( 2 1 peq i req iiin rrk   ……………….. (2) where ik is the reduced force constant for the i –th vibration ri eq( r) and ri eq( p) are the equilibr ium bond lengths in the reactant and p roduct st ates, resp ectively, and the sum is taken over all active intra molecular. vibration which are p art to the reaction coordinate. the solvent dependent outer term out is called solvent reorganization ener gy and arises from differences between the orientation and p olarization of solvent molecules around d + a – and d a [11]. it represents the energy necessary to reorient the solvent molecules around the new equilibrium geometry of the p roduct, but neglectin g the additional effects due to electron transfer [11]. by treating the solvent as a dielectric continuum the following exp ression can be derived for out [12]. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ihjpas                         222 22 222 22 2 2 11 2 1111 42 1     sc sc sc sc ou t nnn nn rnd q  ..(3) where   is the vacuum p ermittivity ,  is the st atic dielectric constant of solvent, is the refractive index of the solvent, nsc is the refractive index of the semiconductor,  sc dielectric constant of t he semiconductor,d is the radius of the molecular dy e, and r is the dist ance between the comp lex and the se miconductor , and q is the char ge of electron. t he radius of the dye molecu le can be evalu ated from the app arent molar volumes using sp herical app roach [13].   n m d  3 3 4 …………………………. (4) where m is the molecular weight, n is avogadro number, and is the density. results to calculate the reorganization ener gies for the sy st ems safranine t­ tio2, safranine t­ zno, coumarin­tio2, coumarin­zno theoretically using the equation (3), one must initially evaluate the v alues of the radii for both dy es safranine t and coumarin fro m equation (4),resp ectively. inserting of molecular we ight sam =350.85, com =334.35, and density sa =1.5487 mg/m 3 , co = 1.326 mg/m 3 [14,15]. for safranine t and coumarin resp ectively, the values of radii are sad =4.47820 a°, and cod =4.64227 a°. inserting the value of dielectric constant  and refractive ind ex n for variety solvent, and the dielectric constant  sc and refractive index nsc for semiconductor in equation (3), with value of radius of dy e and the distance between the molecule dy e and semiconductor r ,the results have been summar ized in tables(1)and (2). discussion for both sy stems (safranine t– semiconductor) and (coumarin– se miconductor), the solvent reorganization ener gy values, λ are calcu lated according to the dielectric continuum models for electron transfer reactions. the value of reorganization ener gy for (safranine t­zno) system is lar ger than that of the (safran ine t ­tio2) sy stem with the same solvent. also the value of reorganization ener gy for coumarin –zno sy stem is lar ger than that of the coumarin –tio2 system with the same solvent. since safranin et­semiconductor and coumarin­ semiconductor system with water solvent p ossesses is a more r eorganization ener gy than the other solvent. not ably , from table (1) and table (2) the dy namic of the reor ganization energy is solvent ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 dependent, and the reorganization energy is lower in the less p olar solvent compared with higher than p olar solvent for the both sy stems (safranine t­semiconductor) and (coumarin­ semiconductor ) alternatively. formamide, one of the p olar solvent ( =111)gives sm all reorganization ener gies for both sy stem comp are with other solvents that have less  , this indicates that formamid e have lar ge refractive index n =1.4475 in comparison with other solvents .the reorganization energies in safranin e t –semiconductor is lar ger than in the coumarin­ semiconductor system with the same solvent, this indicate that the reorganization ener gy is dep ending on the radius of the dy e for safranine t ( sad =4.47820 a° , cod =4.64227 a° ). the results of the reorganization energy in table (1) and table (2) lead to suggest that electron transfer is most p robable in safranin et ­semiconductor sy stem than coumarin­ semiconductor with the same solvents. notably , the electron transfer in safraninet –zno and coumarin –zno sy stem are st ronger than in safranin et –tio2 and coumarin –tio2 sy stem with the same solvent conclusions in summary , it can be concluded fro m the p resent results that the reaction of electron transfer st rongly depends on the solvents p olarity . for high p olar solvents, the values of the reorganization ener gies are lar ge and small for low p olar solv ents, this indicates that, the reorganization energies depend on the p olarity of the solvent. consequently , large values of the reorganization energy in coumarin and safraninet dy es with zno semiconductor indicate that zno is more reactive towards safraninet and coumarin than tio2 semiconductor. re ferences 1­ neil, a.a.and tinuan, l. (2005), annu. rev .phy s .chem , 56:491–519 . 2­ hirendra,n.g. (2001), barc.news lett er.founders dy e sp ecial.issue, 94–100. 3­ tulie, m .r.; george,l. m .; yutaka. n.; keitaro, y.; jacques, m . and m ichal, g., (1996), j. phys. chem, 100: 9577–9578. 4­ horng, m . l.; dahl, k.; jones, g. m aroncelli, (1999), ch em. phy s. lett . ,315: 363–370. 5­ kim, a.s. (1998) , biophy sical journal, 73: 1241–1250. 6­ al_agealy ,h. (2004)″quantum mechanical model for electron transfer in q–switched dy e used for solid state lasers″ ph.d thesis, baghdad univ ersity . 7­ nalin,l.a. (2001)″ electron transfer in ruthenium–m anganese comp lexes for artificial p hotosy nthesis″ ph. d.thesis, acta university upp sala. 8­ m ikael anderson (2002) ″tanning electron transfer assemblies″ ph. d thesis, acta university , uppsala, ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 9­ m iche, j. (2003)″electron transfer in b lue copp er p roteins″ ph. d. thesis, caltech university . 10­ m arcus, r.a. and sutin,n.(1985), biochim. biophys. acta, 84,265. 11­ wachsmanu, ho geu (2000), ″ vibronic couplin g and ultrafast electron transfer st udied by p icsecond time resolved resonance raman and cors sp ectroscopy ″ ph. d, university at humboldt, berlin, 12­ kuciunskas , and m icheal.s . (2001), j. phy s. chem. b, 105, no 2. 13­ renne, m .w. (1996)″ falorences electron transfer accepting component in sup er molecular and covalently liked electron transfer sy stem ″ ph. d. thesis. amst erdam university , amsterdam. 14­ krishna, k.; velmur gan, d.; sh anmu ga, s. ;sund ara r aj.; fun, h.k.;sundaram, m .s. raghun athan, r. (2001), cry st. res. technol , 36: 1289–1294. 15­ zaghbani,n. ;haf iane,a. dhahi,m .( 2008), desalination, 222:348–356. 16­ ernst, w. filck,( 1998), ″industrial solvent handbook ″, fifth edition, new jeresy , u.s.a. table (1): the reorganization energies value for donor safrani net dye and acceptor se miconductor tio 2 and zno s olvent chemical formul a  [16] n [16] λ(ev) for tio 2 λ(ev) for zno water h2o 80 1.333 0.6798942561 0.7410583182 1­p rop anol c3h8o 20.33 1.3856 0.5795911754 0.6357856215 formamide hconh2 111 1.4475 0.5978483206 0.65367811001 acetonitrile c2h3n 37.5 1.3441 0.6480338344 0.7080101686 ethanol c2h6o 24.5 1.3614 0.6116580688 o.6697502622 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 table (2): the reorganization energies value for donor coumarin dye and acceptor semiconductor tio 2 and zno fig. (1):ene rgy surface and kine tic paramete rs for an electron transfer reaction, g is the free ene rgy ,  is the reorganizati on ene rgy [7] s olvent chemical formul a  [16] n [16] λ(ev) for tio 2 λ(ev) for zno water h2o 80 1.333 o.6545818996 0.7139673890 1­p rop anol c3h8o 20.33 1.3856 0.5579871463 0.6125475297 formamide hconh2 111 1.4475 0.5757477988 0.6299473232 acetonitrile c2h3n 37.5 1.3441 0.6238838374 0.6821161364 ethanol c2h6o 24.5 1.3614 0.5888491116 0.6452520583 d a reactant surface d+ a – en ergy produ ct g  surface g reaction coor dinat e ihjpas ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 solving system of linear fredholm integral equations o f second kind using open newton-cotes formulas g. h. ibraheem departme nt of mathematics, college of education, ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 27,october, 2010 accepte d in: 28, february, 2011 abstract in this p aper, the linear sy st em of fredholm integral equations is solving using op en newt on-cotes formula, which we use five different t y p es of op en newt on-cotes formula to solve this sy st em. compare the results of suggested method with the results of another method (closed newt on-cotes formula) finally, at the end of each method, algorithms and p rograms developed and written in m at lab (version 7.0) and we give some numerical examp les, illustrate suggested method. keyword: op en newt on – cotes formula, closed newt on-cotes formula, sy st em of linear fredholm integral equation. introduction the p roblem of newt on-cotes formula arises when the integration cannot be carried out exactly or when the function is known only at a finite number of data. furt hermore, newt oncotes rules are p rimary tool used by engineers and scientists to obtain app roximate answers for definite integrals that cannot be solved analy tically. [ 1 ] this p aper is organized as follows: in section 2, we introduce a brief introduction to the op en newt on-cotes and some basic definitions for integral equation. in section 3, we construct our methods to app roximate the solution of linear sy st em of fredholm integral equations. numerical examp les are given in section 4. 1review and background 1.1 s ome defini tions of inte gral e quati on de fini tion 1-1: [ 2 ] inte gral equati on is an equation in which the unknown function app ears under an integral sign. a general form of line ar integral e quati ons may be writt en as follows: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 bxadttutxkxfxuxh xb a   )( )(),()()()(  ………………..(1) where h(x) and f(x)are given function of x, t)k(x, is a function of two variables x and t called kernel of integral equation which are also known, while u(x) is to be determined and  is a scalar p arameter [in this p aper we take 1 ]. de fini tion 1-2: [ 2 ] if the function h(x) =1, then the linear integral equation (1) is said to be an equati on of the se cond ki nd (i.e.) bxadttutxkxfxu xb a   )( )(),()()( ……………………..(2) de fini tion 1-3: [ 2 ] the integral equation (1) is called fredhol m inte gral equati on (fie) if b b(x)  , where b is constant such that ab . therefore, the integral equations   b a bxadttutxkxf )(),()( bxadttutxkxfxu b a   )(),()()( represent the one-dimensional fredholm integral equation of the first and second kind resp ectively. 1.2 open newton-cotes formul a in numerical analysis, the newt on-cotes (n-c) formulas are a group of formulas of numerical integration based on evaluating the integrand at equally sp aced p oints. they are named after isaac newt on and roger cotes [ 3 ]. t here are two t y p es of n-c formulas: the (closed) ty p e which uses t he function value at all p oint in the domain. the (op en) ty p e which does not use the function value at the initial and end p oint of the domain . numerical integration formulas of the form )()()()( 00 fexfwdxxfdxxf b a n i x x ii n     where )( fe is the error, niforhixxi ,...,1,0*0  , and niwi ,...,1,0 are the weights, is called closed ne wton-cotes formul as some of the common closed n-c formulas are as follows: trapezoidal rule , simp son 1/3 rule and simp son 3/8 rule ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 numerical integration formulas of the form )()()()( 0 1 1 fexfwdxxfdxxf b a n i x x ii n       where )( fe is the error, 1,...,0,1*)1(0  niforhixxi , and niwi ,...,1,0 are the weights, is called open newton-cotes formul as. some of the common open n-c formulas with their error terms are a follows: [ 1 ] n=0 m idpoint rule ),()( 3 )(2)( 11 3 0 1 1 xxwheref h xhfdxxf x x     n=1 ),()( 4 3 )]()([ 2 3 )( 21 3 10 2 1 xxwheref h xfxf h dxxf x x     n=2 ),()( 45 14 )](2)()(2[ 3 4 )( 31 )4( 5 210 3 1 xxwheref h xfxfxf h dxxf x x     n=3 ),()( 144 95 )](11)()()(11[ 24 5 )( 41 )4( 5 3210 4 1 xxwheref h xfxfxfxf h dxxf x x     n=4 ),()( 1404 4 )](11)(14)(26)(14)(11[ 10 3 )( 51 )6( 7 43210 5 1 xxwheref h xfxfxfxfxf h dxxf x x     2s oluti on of a syste m of line ar fredholm inte gral e quati ons of the se cond ki nd usi ng open n-c formul as in this section, we use the common formula of op en n-c to solve the sy st em of linear fredholm integral equations of the second kind. consider the sy st em of linear fredholm integral equations of the second kind nrdtxutxkxfxu s n s b a rsrr ,...,2,1,)(),()()( 1    ……(3) where nsrkfnn rsr ,...,2,1,,,,  are assumed to be continuous function. sup p ose that t he interval [a, b] is divided into n+2 equal subintervals of length 2   n ab h , such that 1,1 ,   n xbxa with nihiαx i ,...,1,0,*  this imp lies that hax 0 and hbxn  and )( ir xu for nrni ,...,2,1,,...,1,0  can be determined by : nrnidttutxkxfxu n s b a sirsirir ,,2,1,,,1,0,)(),()()( 1     ………….(4) thus, we are ap p roximating each integral term by the open n-c formulas. 2.1 usi ng o pen n-c: with n=0 (midpoint rule) we replace the integral term that ap p eared in the right hand side of the above equation by the comp osite midpoint rule which illustrate in the following theorem: [ 4 ] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 the orem: let ],[2 bacf  . with )22/()(  mabh and hjαxj )1(  12,...,0,1,  mj , the midpoint rule for n=2m subintervals is: )( 6 )(2)( 20 0 2 fh ab xfhdxxf b a m j j      for some ),( ba . if the number of subinterval is even we app ly op en n-c with (n=1) rule. therefore 2/,,1,0,,,2,1, 2 nmwhereminru ir   are obtained by solving the equation:   nsnrniuxxkhfu jii s n j jirsrr ,,2,1,,,2,1,2 ,,1,0,),(2 2 2/ 0 22     )5( where ir u 2 denote the numerical solution at , m=n/2, transform all the terms involving the solution ir u 2 2/,,1,0,,,2,1, nminr   to left side of the equation (5) and ir f 2 to the right side.                                   ),(21),(2),(2),(2),(2),(2 ),(2),(21),(2),(2),(2),(2 ),(2),(2),(21),(2),(2),(2 ),(2),(2),(2),(21),(2),(2 ),(2),(2),(2),(2),(21),(2 ),(2),(2),(2),(2),(2),(21 1011101 1110111111011 0100001101001 111011 111 101 1 1111101111 1111 1011 1 0110100101 1101 1001 1 mmnnmnnmnnmmnmnmn mnnnnnnmnnn mnnnnnnmnnn mmnmnmnmmmm mnnnm mnnnm xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk                                                                                                   nm m m n nm m m n f f f f f f u u u u u u       2 1 1 21 11 2 1 1 21 11 …(6) remark: equation (6) has unique solution if the determent of t he matrix k not equal to z ero also, if the number of subintervals is odd, we get combination between op en n-c: n=1 and open n-c: n=0: midpoint rules. therefore mninru ir  )2(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 2/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the equations: 2/)1()2(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 2 2 3 2 3 )2( 3 2211      nmwheremninsnrfor ukhuk h uk h fu mn j srssrssrsrr jijiiii  ……(7) transform all the terms involving the solution mninru ir  )2(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 2/)1(  nm to left side of the equation (7) and ir f to the right side. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 finally, each of sy st em in equations (6) and (7) can be written in matrix form as fku  where k is the matrix of the coefficients, u is the matrix of solution and f is the matrix of non-homogeneous p art. to find the app roximate solution nru ir ,,2,1,  we find fku 1  . the algorithm of numerical s oluti on of a s yste m of line ar fredholm inte gral equations usi ng o pen n-c: {n=0} (s oncn0) s tep 1: comp ute 2   n ab h , nn s tep 2:  compute 2/,,1,0,,,2,1, 2 nminru ir   , using equation (6) when the number of subintervals is even.  compute mninru ir  )2(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 2/)1(  nm , using equation (7) when the number of subintervals is odd. s tep 3: solve the resulting sy st em by multiplication it with k -1 . 2.2 usi ng o pen n-c: n=1 rul e by the same st eps of condition on equation (4), use the op en n-c where n=1 formula to app roximate each integral term in equation (4). if the number of subintervals is (a multiple of three). therefore mninru ir  )2(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 3/)2(  nm are obtained by solving the equations: we app ly op en n-c with (n=1). therefore nru ir ,,2,1,  mni  )2(,,2,1,  , where 3/)2(  nm are obtained by solving the equations: where 3/)2(  nm   nsnrmniuxxkhfu jii s mn j jirsrr ,,2,1,,,2,1,)2(,,2,1,),( 2 3 )2( 1      …..(8) where ir u denote the numerical solution at , 3/)2(  nmwhere transform all the terms involving the solution m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  to left side of the equation (8) and i fr to the right side. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011                                                   ),( 2 3 1),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 1),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 1),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 1),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 1),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 ),( 2 3 1 2112111 2221221221121 1211111211111 1211111211111 2122112121122111211 1121111111121111111 mmnnmnnmnnmmnmnmn mnnnnnnmnnn mnnnnnnmnnn mmnmnmnmmmm mnnnm mnnnm xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk xxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhkxxhk                                                                                                   nm m m n nm m m n f f f f f f u u u u u u       2 1 1 21 11 2 1 1 21 11 ….....(9) also, if the number of subintervals is (a multiple of three +1), we get combination between op en n-c : n=0 m idpoint and op en n-c: n=1 rules. therefore mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 3/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the equation: 3/)1()2(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 2 3 2 )2( 2 11      nmwheremninsnrfor uk h uhkfu mn j srssrsrr jijiii  …….(10) transform all the terms involving the solution mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 3/)1(  nm to left side of the equation (10) and ir f to the right side. if the number of subintervals is (a multip le of three +2), we get combination between op en nc : n=0 (m idpoint method) and op en n-c : n=1 rules. therefore mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 3/nm are obtained by solving the equation: 3/)1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 2 3 22 )2( 3 2211 nmwheremninsnrfor uk h uhkuhkfu mn j srssrssrsrr jijiiii       ……….(11) transform all the terms involving the solution mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 3/nm to left side of the equation (11) and ir f to the right side. finally, each sy st em in equations (9), (10) and (11) can be written in a matrix form as fku  where k is the matrix of the coefficients, u is the matrix of solution and f is the matrix of non-homogeneous p art. to find the ap p roximate solution nrur i ,,2,1,  we find fku 1 the algorithm of open n-c {n=1} (s oncn1) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 s tep 1: comp ute 2   n ab h , nn s tep 2:  compute m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 3/)2(  nm , using equation (9) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 3).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 3/)1(  nm , using equation (10) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 3 +1).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 3/nm , using equation (11) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 3 +2). s tep 3: solve the resulting sy st em by multiplication it with k -1 . 2.3 usi ng o pen n-c: n=2 rul e the open n-c: n=2 formula can be used to app roximate equation (4) such that: if the number of subintervals is (a multiple of four), we app ly the op en n-c: n=2 formula to each integral term in equation (4) as the form:   4/)2()2(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 2222 3 4 )2())2(()1())1((44332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukukukuk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ……(12) transform all the terms involving the solution m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 4/)2(  nm to the left side of the equation (12) and ir f to the right side. also, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of four +1), we get combination between op en n-c: n=0, op en n-c: n=1 and op en n-c: n=2 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  where 4/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations: 4/)1()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]22[ 3 4 2 3 2 3 2 )1())1(()(5544332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukuk h uk h uk h uhkfu mnmnimnmniiiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ...(13) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 4/)1(  nm to the left side of the equation (13) and ir f to the right side. if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of four +2), we get combination between op en n-c: n=0 and op en n-c: n=2 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 4/nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 4/)1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]222[ 3 4 2 )1())1(()(44332211 nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukukuk h uhkfu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr      ………….(14) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 4/nm  to the left side of the equation (14) and ir f to the right side. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 ]also, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of four +3) we get combination between op en n-c: n=1 and op en n-c: n=2 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 4/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 4/)1()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]22[ 3 4 2 3 2 3 )1())1(()(44332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukuk h uk h uhk h fu mnmnimnmniiiii rs ii srssrssrssrssrssrr   …..….(15) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 4/)1(  nm to the left side of the equation (15) and ir f to the right side. finally, each sy st em in equations (12), (13), (14) and (15) can be written in a matrix form as fku  , where k is the matrix of the coefficients, u is the matrix of solution and f is the matrix of non-homogeneous p art. to find the app roximate solution nruir ,,2,1,  , we find fku 1 the algorithm of open n-c:{n=2} (s oncn2) s tep 1: comp ute 2   n ab h , nn s tep 2:  compute m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 4/)2(  nm , using equation (12) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 4).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 4/)1(  nm , using equation (13) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 4 +1).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 4/nm , using equation (14) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 4 +2).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 4/)1(  nm , using equation (15) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 4 +3). s tep 3: solve the resulting sy st em by multiplication it with k -1 . 2.4 usi ng o pen n-c: n=3 rul e the open n-c: n=3 formula can be used to app roximate equation (4) such that: if the number of subintervals is (a multiple of five) we app ly the op en n-c: n=3 formula to each integral term in equation (4) as the form:   5/)2()2(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 111111 24 5 )2())2(()1())1((44332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukukukuk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ……….(16) transform all the terms involving the solution m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 5/)2(  nm to the left side of the equation (16) and ir f to the right side. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 also, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of five +1) we get combination between op en n-c: n=1 and op en n-c: n=3 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 5/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 5/)1()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]1111[ 24 5 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 )1())1(()(5544332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukuk h uk h uk h uk h uhk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ...(17) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 5/)1(  nm to the left side of the equation (17) and ir f to the right side. if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of five +2) we get combination between op en n-c: n=0 and op en n-c: n=3 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 5/nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 5/)1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]1111[ 24 5 2 )1())1(()(44332211 nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukukuk h uhkfu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr      …….(18) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 5/nm  to the left side of the equation (18) and ir f to the right side. also, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of five +3) we get combination between op en n-c: n=1 and op en n-c: n=3 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 5/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 5/)1()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]1111[ 24 5 2 3 2 3 )1())1(()(44332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukuk h uk h uhk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr   …….(19) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 5/)1(  nm to the left side of the equation (19) and ir f to the right side. and, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of five +4) we get combination between op en n-c: n=2 and op en n-c: n=3 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 5/)2(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 5/)2()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]1111[ 24 5 ]22[ 3 4 )1())1(()(44332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukuk h ukukuhk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr   …(20) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 5/)2(  nm to the left side of the equation (20) and ir f to the right side. finally, each sy st em in equations (16), (17), (18), (19) and (20) can be written in a matrix form as fku  where k is the matrix of the coefficients, u is t he matrix of solution and f ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 is the matrix of non-homogeneous p art. t o find the ap p roximate solution nru ir ,,2,1,  we find fku 1 the algorithm of open n-c {n=3} (s oncn3) s tep 1: comp ute 2   n ab h , nn s tep 2:  compute m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 5/)2(  nm , using equation (16) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 5).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 5/)1(  nm , using equation (17) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 5 +1).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 5/nm , using equation (18) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 5 +2).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 5/)1(  nm , using equation (19) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 5 +3).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 5/)2(  nm , using equation (20) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 5 +4). s tep 3: solve the resulting sy st em by multiplication it with k -1 . 2.4 usi ng o pen n-c: n=4 rul e the open n-c: n=4 formula can be used to app roximate equation (4) such that: if the number of subintervals is (a multiple of six) we app ly the op en n-c: n=4 formula to each integral term in equation (4) as the form:   6/)2()2(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 11141114261411 10 3 )2())2(()1())1((5544332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukukukukuk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ….(21) transform all the terms involving the solution m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 6/)2(  nm to the left side of the equation (21) and ir f to the right side. also, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of six +1) we get combination between op en n-c: n=0, op en n-c: n=3, and op en n-c: n=4 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 6/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 5/)1()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]111411[ 10 3 1111[ 24 5 2 )1())1(()(665544332211 ]    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukuk h ukukukuk h uhkfu mnmnimnmniiiiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ....(22) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 6/)1(  nm to the left side of the equation (22) and ir f to the right side. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multip le of six +2) we get combination between op en n-c: n=0 and op en n-c: n=4 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  where 6/nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 6/)1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]1114261411[ 10 3 2 )1())1(()(44332211 nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukukuk h uhkfu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr      .….(23) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 6/nm  to the left side of the equation (23) and ir f to the right side. also, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of six +3) we get combination between op en n-c: n=1 and op en n-c: n=4 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 6/)1(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 6/)1()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]11141411[ 10 3 2 3 2 3 )1())1(()(44332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukukuk h uk h uhk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ….(24) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 6/)1(  nm to the left side of the equation (24) and ir f to the right side. if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multip le of six +4) we get combination between op en n-c: n=2 and op en n-c: n=4 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 6/)2(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 6/)2()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]111411[ 10 3 ]22[ 3 4 )1())1(()(44332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukuk h ukukuhk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ….(25) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 6/)2(  nm to the left side of the equation (25) and ifr to the right side. also, if the number of subintervals (n+2) is (a multiple of six +5) we get combination between op en n-c: n=3 and op en n-c: n=4 rules and mnimru ir  )1(,2,1,,,2,1,  , where 6/)3(  nm are obtained by solving the sy st em of equations. 6/)3()1(,,2,1,,,2,1,,,2,1 ]111411[ 10 3 ]1111[ 24 5 )1())1(()(5544332211    nmwheremninsnrfor ukukuk h ukukukuhk h fu mnmnimnmniiiiiiii srssrssrssrssrssrssrsrr   ....(26) transform all the terms involving the solution m-1)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  , where 6/)3(  nm to the left side of the equation (26) and ir f to the right side. finally, each sy st em in equations (21), (22), (23), (24), (25) and (26) can be written in a matrix form as fku  where k is the matrix of the coefficients, u is t he matrix of solution ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 and f is the matrix of non-homogeneous p art. to find the app roximate solution nru ir ,,2,1,  we find fku 1 the algorithm of open n-c {n=4} (s oncn4) s tep 1: comp ute 2   n ab h , nn s tep 2:  compute m-2)+(n,…1,2,=i,,,2,1, nru ir  where 6/)2(  nm , using equation (21) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 6).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 6/)1(  nm , using equation (22) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 6 +1).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 5/nm , using equation (23) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 6 +2).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 6/)1(  nm , using equation (24) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 6 +3).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 6/)2(  nm , using equation (25) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 6 +4).  compute mninru ir  )1(,,2,1,,,2,1,  where 6/)2(  nm , using equation (26) when the number of subintervals is (a multiple of 6 +5). s tep 3: solve the resulting sy st em by multiplication it with k -1 . 3numerical examples in this section, we test some of the numerical examp les p erformed to solving this linear sy st em of fredholm integral equations. the exact solution is used only to show the accuracy of the numerical solution which obtained with our method. example (1): consider the p roblem:          1 0 21 2 2 1 0 211 )()(1 12 19 )( )()( 3 )( 36 17 18 )( dttutuxtxxxu dttutu txx xu which is a sy st em of two linear fie's, with exact solution is [5]: 1)(,1)( 2 21  xxuxxu tables (1) and (2) p resent a comp arison between the exact and numerical solution of four ty p es of op en newt on – cotes and two ty p es of closed newt on – cotes for u1 and u2 resp ectively depending on least square error and running time with h=1/16. example (2): consider the p roblem:       1 0 3 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 3 1 0 3 1 0 2 1 0 1 22 2 1 0 3 2 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 1 )()()(3)()1( 6 11 12 7 )( )()()()2()()( 6 7 3 5 3 2 )( )()()()( 30 29 3 )( dttuxtdttudttuxxxxu dttuxdttutdttuxxxxu dttutdttutdttutx x xxu ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 which is a sy st em of three linear fie's, with exact solution is 23 2 2 2 1 1)(,)(,)( xxuxxxuxxu  tables (3)(5) p resent a comp arison between the exact and numerical solution of four ty p es of op en newt on – cotes and three ty p es of closed newt on – cotes for u1, u2 and u3 resp ectively depending on least square error and running time with h= 0.1 example (3): consider the p roblem:     1 0 2 2 1 0 1 24 2 1 0 2 2 1 0 1 2 1 )()()( 12 7 5 1 )( )()()1(1 12 25 6 5 )( dttuxtxdttuxtxxxxu dttutxdttutxxxxu which is a sy st em of two linear fie's, with exact solution is [6 ]: 42 2 1 )(,1)( xxuxxu  tables (6) and (7) p resent a comp arison between the exact and numerical solution of four ty p es of op en newt on – cotes and two ty p es of closed newt on – cotes for u1 and u2 resp ectively depending on least square error and running time with h=1/18 conclusion in this p aper we suggest op en n-c formula to solve sy st em of linear fredholm integral equations of the second kind and we obtain the following results: 1the results obtained using op en n-c formulas are more accurate than the results obtained using closed n-c formulas in general. 2op en n-c formulas are more efficient than closed n-c formulas since the op en n-c formulas have most results than closed n-c with fewer nodes in the open n-c formulas. 3the results obtained in op en n-c formula when n=4 or multiple of four is most of the results in a short time in other open n-c formulas. re ferences 1.m athews, j.h. and fink, k.d. (1999), "numerical m ethods using m at lab "; third edition, prenice-hall, inc. 2.chambers, l.i.g. (1976), “integral equation: a short course”; international textbook company limited. 3. lap idus, l. and seinfeld, j. h. (1971) “numerical solution of ordinary differential equations”; academic press new-york and london. 4.burden, r. l. and faires, j. d. (2006), “numerical analysis”; eighth edition, an international thomson publishing company. 5.vahidi, a.s. r. and m okhtari, m . (2008), “on the decomp osition m ethod for sy st em of linear fredholm integral equations of the second kind”; ap p lied m athematical sciences, iran, 2 :(2) 57-62. 6.al-dulaimi, m . y. (2008),”some m odified quadrature rules for solving sy st em of fredholm linear integral equations”; m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad, ibn-al-haitham college of education. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (1) a comparison betwee n the exact and numerical sol uti on of 4 types of open n – c and 2 types of close d n– c for u1 table (2) a comparison betwee n the exact and numerical sol uti on of 4 types of open n – c and 2 types of close d n– c for u2 closed n-c simp. 3/8 closed n-c trap. open n-c n=4 open n-c n=3 open n-c n=2 open n-c n=1 open n-c n=0 exact u1 x 1.06254649 1.06408126 1.0625000 1.06135355 1.06250000 1.05802317 61.0593592 1.0625000 0.62500 1.12505018 1.12668959 1.1250000 1.12376887 01.1250000 1.1250000 0.12500 1.31256126 1.31451459 1.3750000 1.37500000 1.36899583 1.3750000 0.37500 1.50007234 1.50233959 1.5000000 1.49826084 1.49338489 1.5000000 0.50000 1.75008711 1.75277293 1.7500000 1.74792216 1.74216302 1.7500000 0.75000 1.87509449 1.87798960 1.8750000 1.87275281 1.86655208 1.8750000 0.87500 1.038e008 1.028e005 1.972e031 e0065.437 e0311.972 e0057.662 e0053.789 l.s.e. 0.297000 0.31200 0.18800 0.172000 0.203000 0.12500 0.07800 time closed n-c simp. 3/8 closed n-c trap. open n-c n=4 open n-c n=3 open n-c n=2 open n-c n=1 open n-c n=0 exact u2 x 1.00391427 1.00418242 1.00390625 1.00370716 1.00390625 1.00312412 1.00335774 1.0039062 0.62500 1.01564105 1.01617734 1.0156250 1.01522683 1.01562500 1.0156250 0.12500 1.14067315 1.14228204 1.1406250 1.14062500 1.13593222 1.1406250 0.37500 1.25006420 1.25220939 1.2500000 1.24840733 1.24374297 1.2500000 0.50000 1.56259630 1.56581408 1.5625000 1.56011100 1.55311445 1.5625000 0.75000 1.76573735 1.76949143 1.7656250 1.76283783 1.76562500 1.75467520 1.7656250 0.87500 1.648e008 1.952e005 0 e0068.917 e0324.930 e0041.376 e0056.769 l.s.e. 0.297000 0.31200 0.18800 0.172000 0.203000 0.12500 0.07800 time ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (3) a comparison betwee n the exact and numerical sol uti on of 4 types of open n – c and 2 types of close d n– c for u1 table (4) a comparison betwee n the exact and numerical sol uti on of 4 types of open n – c and 2 types of close d n– c for u2 closed n-c simp. 3/8 closed n-c trap. open n-c n=4 open n-c n=3 open n-c n=2 open n-c n=1 open n-c n=0 exact u1 x 0.00853472 -0.0123549 0.00985664 0.00939200 0.01634641 0.07564343 0.05805579 0.010000 0.1 0.08810184 0.06074898 0.08980885 0.08918933 0.09823966 0.17608013 0.15296328 0.090000 0.3 0.24766898 0.21385289 0.24976106 0.26013291 0.35651683 0.32787077 0.250000 0.5 0.48723610 0.44695676 0.48971327 0.48878400 0.50202615 0.58277826 0.490000 0.7 0.80680323 0.76006071 0.80966549 0.80858133 0.82391940 0.95739024 0.91768575 0.810000 0.9 1.16e005 0.00285 1.118 e007 2.012 e006 1.937 e004 0.02172388 0.01159622 l.s.e. 1.172 1.188 0.15600 0.1710000 0.110000 0.110000 0.078000 time closed n-c simp. 3/8 closed n-c trap. open n-c n=4 open n-c n=3 open n-c n=2 open n-c n=1 open n-c n=0 exact u2 x 0.11102031 0.12946933 0.11008521 0.11036142 0.10543206 0.05300473 0.06875521 0.11000 0.1 0.39105674 0.40942113 0.39010194 0.39043235 0.38528876 0.33304139 0.34870102 0.39000 0.3 0.75092003 0.76661449 0.75009955 0.74590276 0.70125273 0.71460984 0.75000 0.5 1.19061016 1.20104942 1.19007805 1.19033102 1.18727406 1.16648165 1.19000 0.7 1.71012715 1.71272591 1.71003743 1.71015875 1.70940265 1.70219946 1.70431646 1.71000 0.9 3.214e008 6.102e006 1.401 e009 2.520 e008 3.568 e007 6.084 e005 3.230 e005 l.s.e. 1.172 1.188 0.15600 0.1710000 0.110000 0.110000 0.078000 time ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (5) a comparison betwee n the exact and numerical sol uti on of 4 types of open n – c and 2 types of close d n– c for u3 table (6) a comparison betwee n the exact and numerical sol uti on of 4 types of open n – c and 2 types of close d n– c for u1 closed n-c simp. 3/8 closed n-c trap. open n-c n=4 open n-c n=3 open n-c n=2 open n-c n=1 open n-c n=0 exact u3 x 0.99026659 0.99687951 0.98996416 0.98984800 0.98878499 0.97099871 0.99000000 0.99000 0.1 0.90969268 0.90749750 0.90989248 0.90954400 0.91131067 0.91867773 0.91000000 0.91000 0.3 0.74911876 0.73811548 0.74982080 0.75383634 0.78635675 0.75000000 0.75000 0.5 0.50854484 0.51000000 0.50974912 0.50893600 0.51636201 0.51000000 0.51000 0.7 0.18797093 0.19000000 0.18967744 0.18863200 0.19888768 0.28171479 0.19000000 0.19000 0.9 5.36e006 0.0012 1.040 e007 1.871 e006 7.899 e005 0.00841160 0.00450909 l.s.e. 1.172 1.188 0.15600 0.17100 0.11000 0.1100 0.07800 time closed n-c simp. 3/8 closed n-c trap. open n-c n=4 open n-c n=3 open n-c n=2 open n-c n=1 open n-c n=0 exact u1 x 1.00308849 1.00439048 1.00308641 1.00286469 1.00299173 0.99935102 1.00056628 1.0030864 0.05556 1.04939139 1.05476199 1.04938271 1.04847428 1.04899455 1.03397239 1.0493827 0.22222 1.15125043 1.16093361 1.15123456 1.14960709 1.15053877 1.12344622 1.13248750 1.1512345 0.38889 1.30866561 1.32290534 1.30864197 1.30626312 1.26777251 1.3086419 0.55556 1.52163693 1.54067718 1.52160493 1.52025143 1.46695127 1.48473476 1.5216049 0.72222 1.79016439 1.81424913 1.79012345 1.78614486 1.78841988 1.72098248 1.7901234 0.88889 2.229e009 7.634e004 4.146e029 e0051.812 e0063.324 0.00549471 0.00250056 l.s.e. 0.391000 0.359000 0.281000 0.203000 0.188000 0.157000 0.11000 time ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (7) a comparison betwee n the exact and numerical sol uti on of 4 types of open n – c and 2 types of close d n– c for u2 closed n-c simp. 3/8 closed n-c trap. open n-c n=4 open n-c n=3 open n-c n=2 open n-c n=1 open n-c n=0 exact u2 x 0.00000979 0.00031686 0.00000952 0.000045400.000013190.000865070.00058130.0000095 0.05556 0.00243999 0.00387053 0.00243865 0.00219055 0.00233587 0.00164220 0.0024386 0.22222 0.02287473 0.02573211 0.02287189 0.02238811 0.02267126 0.01471108 0.01736184 0.0228718 0.38889 0.09526463 0.09985221 0.09525986 0.09449787 0.08214541 0.0952598 0.55556 0.27207881 0.27869997 0.27207171 0.27162193 0.25312991 0.25928723 0.2720717 0.72222 0.62430494 0.63326303 0.62429507 0.62284907 0.62369401 0.59865224 0.6242950 0.88889 1.425e010 1.144e004 8.985e030 e0062.485 e0074.296 e0047.879 e0043.588 l.s.e. 0.391000 0.359000 0.281000 0.203000 0.188000 0.157000 0.094000 time 2011) 2( 24والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة صیغ عمالمنظومة معادالت فریدهوم التكاملیة الخطیة من النوع الثاني باستحل كوتس المفتوحة –نیوتن غادة حسن إبراهیم جامعة بغداد، أبن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الریاضیات 2010، تشرین األول، 27: استلم البحث في ,2011شباط ، 28: قبل البحث في الخالصة اذ ،كوتس المفتوحـة –صیغ نیوتن عمالالبحث حل منظومة من معادالت فریدهوم التكاملیة الخطیة باست هذا یتضمن . لحل هذا النظام كوتس المفتوحة –من صیغ نیوتن خمس صیغ مختلفة عملنااست .كوتس المغلقة –ق نیوتن ائق أخرى مثل طر ائالبحث مع نتائج طر كذلك قارنا نتائج الطریقة المقترحة في هذا m( را في نهایة كل طریقة ذكرنا الخوارزمیة وبرنامج للطریقة المقترحة للحل وبلغة أخی at lab (version 7.0) ( أیضا .وضحنا الطریقة المقترحة من خالل األمثلة العددیة كوتس المغلقة ، منظومة معادالت فریـدهولم التكاملیـة –كوتس المفتوحة ، صیغ نیوتن –صیغ نیوتن :الكلمات المفتاحیة .الخطیة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 1 sera level and polymorphism of interleukin-33 gene in iraqi females patients with breast cancer abstract interleukin-33 [il-33] is a specific ligand for the st2 receptor, and a member of the il-1 family. it is a dual-function protein that acts both as an extracellular alarmin cytokine, and an as an intracellular nuclear factor participates in maintaining barrier function by regulating gene expression of il-33 modulating tumor growth and anti-tumor immunity in cancer patients. the present study aimed to investigate the role of il-33 serum level and gene polymorphism in iraqi women with breast cancer. materials and methods: blood samples were collected from 66 iraqi patient women diagnosed with breast cancer, which were divided into two groups: pre-treatment [pt] and under treatment with chemotherapy [utc] patients in addition to 34 apparently healthy women who were matched with patients as a control. elisa technique was used to determine the il-33 serum level. the pcr-rflp technique was performed to determine il-33 gene polymorphisms at single nucleotide polymorphism snp [rs1929992]. results: il-33 serum level recorded lower significant in pt [182.22 ± 29.86pg/ml] and utc [129.87 ± 45.11pg/ml] patients compared with control [258.08 ± 39.54 pg/ml] under [p<0.05]. in a polymorphism study on il-33 snp [rs1929992] showed ag genotype recorded the high frequency in control than in patients [76.47, 58.46] compared to other genotypes aa, gg with no significant difference according to fisher’s exact probability. in conclusion: il-33 serum level decreased after performing surgery on breast cancer patients. there was no association between breast cancer development and il-33 snp [rs1929992]. the heterozygous genotype ag was a common genotype in the iraqi population. allele g had an environmental fraction, while allele a had preventive fraction, which related ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2547 article history: received 29may 2020, accepted 31august 2020, published in january 2021 asmaa m. salih almohaidi hazima mossa al-abassi zainab jalil abdulkareem department of biology, collage of science for women, university of baghdad department of biology / college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham / university of baghdad, iraq ministry of education, iraq zainabjalil30@gmail.com maha mhammed al-sayyid oncology teaching hospital of the medical city 2806280628062806 mailto:zainabjalil30@gmail.com mailto:zainabjalil30@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 2 to increasing the level of il-33 with both genotypes aa, ag in the healthy control group, in contrast with gg genotype which showed the highest level in the patients’ group. keywords: breast cancer, il-33, il-33 gene, il-33 polymorphism. 1. introduction breast cancer is considered the most important and frequently cancer among women worldwide and the leading cause of cancer-related deaths in developing countries [1]. in iraq breast cancer was considered the most common cancer and there were 4529 cases in 2013 considered 4422 females and 107 males, the percentage of total constitute around 18.84% with rate 12.9 for each 100000 populations, and considered the commonest ten cancers in iraq for the year 2013 [2]. a few recent studies indicated a potential role of il-33 in cancer by tumor growth and modulating anti-tumor immunity in breast cancer patients [3]. il-33 is a member of the il-1 family, playing important roles in inflammation, immune regulation, host defense and neuronal injury [4]. the human il-33 gene was located on chromosome 9p24.1 [5]. including 10 introns and 11 exons [seven coding exons], which produced protein of 270 amino acids with a weight of 31 kda. the il-33 n-terminal domains required for nuclear localization, encode by exons 1–3, whereas the c-terminal il-1-like cytokine domain encode by exons 4–7. recently, a number of the il-33 gene polymorphisms have been identified, and the relationships between some diseases and the il-33 gene polymorphisms, such as rheumatoid arthritis and systemic sclerosis have been reported [6, 7, 8]. in 2003 il-33 was identified as a nuclear protein, highly expressed in high endothelial venules [hev], and initially named nf-hev [nuclear factor from hev] [9], and identified as a ligand for st2 the orphan il-1 family receptor in 2005 [5]. il-33 was released upon cell necrosis and it drives inflammation as a damp [damage associated molecular pattern]; il-33 is expressed by many cell types and precursor form is enzymatically processed and can regulate gene transcription [10]. it is released from producing cells upon cellular stress or cellular damage, and appears to function as an alarm signal rapidly. it is constitutively expressed in lymphoid organs and epithelial barrier tissues. it plays an important role in innate immunity [11]. it is a dual-function protein that acts both as an extracellular alarming cytokine that has a crucial role in the regulation of adaptive and innate immune responses, wound healing, tissue repair. as well as the initiation of the acute local inflammation, and other function as intracellular nuclear factor participates in maintaining barrier function by regulating gene expression [12]. il-33 binding to its heterodimeric receptor st2 and il-33 accessory protein, induces synthesis of various cytokines such as il-5 and il-13. il-33 plays various but important roles in immunemediated diseases such as autoimmune diseases, infection and allergy [13]. il-33 contributes to enhanced immunosuppressive function and the abnormal expansion of mdscs [myeloidderived suppressor cells] within the microenvironment of tumor, which can be probably targeted to reverse mdsc-mediated tumor immune evasion, mdscs mediated immune dysfunction is an important mechanism that leads to tumor immune escape and the inefficacy of cancer immunotherapy [14]. the il-33/st2 axis has been implicated in numerous disease states, including cancer and asthma [15, 16], alzheimer’s disease [17] and inflammatory bowel diseases [18]. some evidence is supportive of a critical role for the il-33/st2 axis in the initiation and ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 3 maintenance of wound healing responses [19]. initially the link between cancer and il33/st2 axis was identified in breast cancer [20]. il-33/st2 signaling inducing the protumorigenic cytokine il-6, possibly contributes to intestinal tumorigenesis in mice [21]. il33/st2 pathway facilitated expression of pro angiogenic vascular endothelial growth factor [vegf] in tumor cells and attenuating tumor necrosis and that critically involved in the growth of breast tumor [22]. the aim of the present study is the association of il-33 serum level and polymorphism with breast cancer in iraqi women suffers from breast cancer. 2. materials and methods blood samples were collected from 66 iraqi patient women diagnosed with breast cancer [underwent surgery] from the oncology teaching hospital of the medical city. samples divided into two groups pre-treatment [pt] and under treatment with chemotherapy [utc] patients [surgery was performed to remove the tumor], during the period from september 2017 to december 2017, and 34 healthy women were matched with patients in age and gender. the volume of 5 ml of whole blood samples was collected under sterilized condition by using disposable syringe then distributed to two parts 2 ml in edta tube and 3 ml in gel tube left for half an hour, then centrifuged for 15 minutes at 3000 rpm serum was transferred into 2ml eppendorf tubes and stored at -20 c for further analysis. the serum level of il-33 measured by using an elisa kit [human il-33 elisa. 2.1. dna extraction and polymorphism genotyping total genomic dna extracted from the whole blood was applied using genomic dna extraction kits [geneaid, taiwan]. then, dna concentration and purity were measured by nanodrop. dna bands were visualized using uv light after electrophoresis in a 1% agarose gel in 75 volts for 1 hour. extracted dna samples were stored at -20ْc for furthered used. the polymerase chain reaction [pcr] performed in a 25µl reaction mixture, pre-mix 5µl [bioneer, korea], 2µl dna, 2µl of each primer and 11µl of distilled water. the primer sequence of il-33 snp [rs1929992] was shown in table 1. the program of pcr reaction was shown in table 2. the length of pcr products was 217bp. the polymerase chain reactionrestriction fragment length polymorphism [pcr-rflp] method was performed to determine il-33 gene polymorphisms at rs1929992. the product of pcr restricted with restriction enzyme sspi [new england biolabs, england]. the results observed, three genotypes were in the homozygote [gg] without any digest 217bp, in the heterozygote [ag] three different fragments with 217, 134 and 83bp, while in the homozygote [aa] two different fragments 134 and 83bp. table 1: sequence of the il-33 snp rs1929992 primers utilized in this study. sequences [5`→3`] size references forward: 5`gaagtcatcatcaacttggaacc-3` revers: 5`-ggattggaatcccatggtc-3` 217bp 23 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 4 table 2: pcr amplification program il-33 gene. steps temperature [ْc] time no. of cycles initial denaturation 95 10 minutes 1 denaturation 95 30 second 35 annealing 57 30 second extension 72 30 second final extension 72 5 minutes 1 3. statistical analysis the statistical analysis systemsas [2012] program was used for outcome of different factors of parameters in this study. least significant difference –lsd test [anova] was used to significant compare between means in study parameters [24]. winpepi computer programs [version 11.63] was used to calculate the statistical significance of p-value that was calculated by odd ratio as well as fisher’s exact test. hardy-weinberg equilibrium was tested by chi-squared test that was used oege online encyclopedia for genetic epidemiology studies [25]. 4. results and discussion sixty-six samples have been collected from patients with breast cancer. the median age [<40, 40-50, >50] and the number and percentages were 14 [21.21%], 34 [51.51%], 18 [27.27%], respectively. the results of the present study showed that most of the patients were in age between [40-50 year] which represents the high frequency group 51.51%. the result of the present study which agreed with severed studies indicated that there was a dramatic increase of breast cancer incidence in iraqi females over the age 40 years [26, 27, 28]. age as a breast cancer risk factor and the increasing incidence of cancer in women over than 40 years may be due to increased chromosome damage as a result of the repeated divisions, which led to the accumulation of mutation in the dna that led to cancer development and ̋the agerelated increase in chromosomal damage occurred faster in women than in men ̏ because of the increase level of aberrations, and increase in the level of x chromosome damage that was the leading contributor of aging in women [29, 30]. during the period from 1991 to 2000 in iraq in the basrah city, the mean age of women with breast cancer was 45 years and no change in the age distribution in the 10year period [31]. 4.1. interleukin-33 [il-33] concentration in serum. as shown in figure 1 which illustrated the il-33 serum level for the studied groups as compared with control, the results of the mean ± se for the pt and utc groups were [182.22 ± 29.86, 129.87 ± 45.11 pg/ml], respectively, as compared to control [258.08 ± 39.54 pg/ml] where there was a significant difference under [p<0.05]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 5 figure 1: comparisons between different groups in il-33 concentration [pg/ml]. the results of the current study showed a low level of il-33 in serum of pt, followed by utc patients compared to the high level in the serum of healthy control. this result agreed with another study indicated that il-33 serum levels was decreased after modified radical mastectomy in breast cancer patients [32]. while it was disagreed with other studies which found an elevating in il-33 serum level in breast cancer patients [23, 33, 34]. moreover saranchova et al. indicated that the cancer cell evolved over time and suffered genetic changes and it through their developers lose the ability to manufacture il-33 and reduce its expression in many metastatic carcinomas and because that immune system loses the ability to distinguish cancer cells and their start transformation and metastasis, releasing of il-33 serum level may help the immune system to recognition malignant tumor cells by expression of mhc-1 molecules [35]. according to present result, low level of il-33 in serum of current patients may relate to some limitation of the study which need a cohort study to follow the serum level of il-33 in the same patients before and after mastectomy or resection surgery and then after treated with chemotherapy. 4.2. il-33 gene amplification the region of single nucleotide polymorphism [snp] [rs1929992] from il-33 gene was amplified from extracted dna for each sample of patients with breast cancer and healthy control. by using specific primer, the polymerase chain reaction [pcr] was performed under optimum condition, then pcr product was electrophoresis on agarose gel [2%] in [100v, 1 hour] the results were a single clear band with molecular size [217bp] compare with dna ladder figure 2. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 6 figure 2: gel electrophoresis for pcr product of il-33 gene [217bp] with dna ladder [m] on agarose gel [2%] in [100v, 1 hour]. 4.2.1. genotype of il-33 gene il-33 gene pcr product digested with sspi restriction enzyme [sequence of restrictions aat/att in allele a]. the pcr-rflp product recognized on gel electrophoresis as a homozygote [gg] 217bp without any digestion, in the homozygote [aa] two different fragments 134bp and 83bp, while three different fragments in the heterozygous form [ag] its 217bp,134bp, 83bp were observed in figure3. figure 3: gel electrophoresis of pcr-rflp product which illustrated genotype of il-33 snp on agarose [3%] in [150v, 1hour]. the restriction process showed three types of genotype aa [134bp, 83bp], ag [217bp, 134bp, 83bp] and gg [217bp]. genetic polymorphism of il-33 gene [rs1929992] that was observed with three genotypes [aa, ag, gg] as shown in table 3 which illustrated the distribution of genotypes of il-33 in patients and control groups. heterozygous genotype ag showed a high frequency in the control [76.47%] than in patients [58.46%] with a highly significant difference between patients and the control. the homozygote genotype aa frequency [23.08%] showed a nonsignificant difference in patients compared to the control [17.65%], and the homozygote ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 7 genotype gg frequency [18.46%] had a significant difference in patients compared to control [5.88%]. allele frequency for a allele was [52.31%] in patients compared to control [55.88%] while for the g allele [47.69%] in patients compared with control [44.12%] with no significant difference. table 3: distribution of genotype of il-33 and allele frequency. il-33 genotype patients no [%] control no [%] chi-square pvalue aa 15 [23.08%] 6 [17.65%] 2.41 ns 0.039 ag 38 [58.46%] 26 [76.47%] 6.94** 0.0087 gg 12 [18.46%] 2 [5.88%] 5.27* 0.082 allele frequency a 68 [52.31%] 38 [55.88%] 0.822ns 0.239 g 62 [47.69%] 30 [44.12%] 0.822ns 0.239 * [p<0.05]: significant, ** [p<0.01]: highly significant table 4: expected frequencies of genotypes and allele of the il-33 using hardyweinberg equilibrium. samples aa ag gg a g ꭓ2 patients o.no [%]. 15 23.08% 38 58.46% 12 18.46% 0.52 0.48 1.92 e.no [%]. 17.78 27.35% 32.43 49.89% 14.78 22.73% control o.no [%]. 6 17.65% 26 76.47% 2 5.88% 0.56 0.44 10.32 e.no [%]. 10.62 31.23% 16.76 49.29% 6.62 19.47% *ꭓ2>3.84: the expected frequencies of genotypes, results showed no significant differences in patients and significant difference in control under [p < 0.05] between observed and expected frequencies. [o; observed. e; expected]. results of patients were agreed with expected hardyweinberg equilibrium in patients, while in the control the result was not in agreement with expected hardyweinberg equilibrium, and there was a highly significant difference between the observed and expected frequencies [ꭓ= 10.32]. this deviate may due to the small sample size overlap marriages deviated from hardy-weinberg table 4. although the heterozygous represented the most common type in patients and control groups so, it is common in the iraqi population. the present study illustrated that the genotyping distribution of il-33 [rs1929992] gene was the genotype ag, which showed the highest percentage in patients and control compared with genotypes aa, gg which recorded the lowest percentage in the patient and control, the chisquare recorded a non-significant difference for the aa genotype in patients compared to controls while genotype ag and gg recorded a highly significant difference. the results of the present study disagreed with the previous studies that showed the il-33 [rs1929992] gene was as follows, the genotypes ag, aa showed a high percentage [46%, 39%], respectively, in patients compared with genotype gg which showed the lowest percentage [15%] in patients. while in the control the genotypes ag, aa showed a high percentage [38%, 49%], respectively, compared to other genotype gg which showed the lowest percentage [13%] in control [23]. in the statistical evaluations of il-33 gene between patients and control by using fisher’s test as shown in table 5.the statistical analysis found that, in the patients the frequency of genotype aa recorded odd ratio [or] [1.40] with a confidence intervals [ci] value between [0.49 4.31] under [95%] and showed etiological [et] fraction of the diseases ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 8 [0.066] and it also showed a nonsignificant difference [0.525] according to fisher’s exact probability. the genotype ag recorded or [0.43] with a ci between [0.16 – 1.10] under [95%] and showed a preventive [pr] fraction [when or less than one] of the diseases was [0.434] and it showed a nonsignificant difference [0.064] according to fisher’s exact probability. the frequency of genotype gg recorded or [3.62] with a ci between [0.84 24.94] under [95%] and showed et fraction was [0.134] with a nonsignificant difference [0.079] according to fisher’s exact probability. the allele frequency of a showed or [0.87] with ci rang between [0.48 – 1.57] under [95%] and pr fraction [0.075] with a non significant difference [0.602], while allele g showed or [1.15] with ci rang between [0.64 2.09] under [95%] and et fraction [0.064] with a nonsignificant difference [0.602] according to fisher’s exact probability. table 5: the statistical evaluations of il-33 gene between groups. genotype or et or pr fisher’s exact probability ci 95 % aa 1.40 0.066 0.525 ns 0.49 4.31 ag 0.43 0.434 0.064 ns 0.16 1.10 gg 3.62 0.134 0.079 ns 0.8424.94 allele distribution a 0.87 0.075 0.602 ns 0.48 1.57 g 1.15 0.064 0.602 ns 0.64 2.09 ns: non-significant. the statistical evaluations of il-33 gene between patients and control by using fisher’s exact probability showed that the genotype ag was a high frequency in studying groups and recorded odd ratio value [0.43] and also showed the preventive fraction in breast cancer patients, the genotypes aa, gg record as etiological fraction in breast cancer patients with more than one odd ratio [1.40, 3.62], respectively; the frequency of a allele record preventive fraction with odd ratio was less than one [0.87]. while fluency of g allele recorded an etiological fraction with odd ratios [1.15] with a non-significant difference in the frequencies of genotypes [aa, ag, gg] and alleles a and g at il-33 snp [rs1929992] between breast cancer patients and healthy control. this result agreed with a previous study where there was no any association between breast cancer disease and il-33 snp [rs1929992] [23]. as shown of the il-33, polymorphism may have no influence of [rs1929992] on breast cancer risk. another study on non-malignant disease [36] record il-33 rs1929992 polymorphism may be a potential biomarker for susceptibility to systemic lupus erythematosus. according to the present study the conclusion was that ag genotype could be considered as a common type in the iraqi population, while gg was a lower frequency genotype in the iraqi population. 4.3. related genotype with the level of il-33 in serum the present study showed a comparison of il-33 level according of the il-33 genotype in patients and control groups. in patients the genotype aa showed a significant difference with a mean [142.27 ± 25.83] compared to control [340.07± 130.45]. as well as genotype ag recorded a significant difference in mean [136.82 ± 24.21] compared to control [242.53 ± 41.34]. while the genotype gg showed a non-significant increasing [238.27 ± 120.44] compared to control [183.24 ± 40.75] as shown in table 6. the result of the current study showed that the il-33 serum level was lowest in patients with genotypes aa, ag with a significant difference as compared to control than ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 9 patients with gg genotype and this result disagreed with the previous study, which demonstrated the mean serum level of il-33 was higher in patients with the genotypes aa, ag than patients with the genotype gg and the difference not significant between patients and control [23]. table 6: the comparison level of il-33 concentration according to type of genotype in pt patients and control. il-33 a/g genotype patients mean ±se control mean ±se pvalue aa 142.27 ± 25.83 340.07± 130.45 0.0366 * ag 136.82 ± 24.21 242.53 ± 41.34 0.0394 * gg 238.27 ± 120.44 183.24 ± 40.75 0.082 ns * [p<0.05], ns: non-significant. 5. conclusion this study found that the il-33 serum level decreased after surgery performed in patients with breast cancer. no association was found between breast cancer development and il-33 snp [rs1929992] in the iraqi population, the heterozygous genotype ag was a common genotype in the iraqi population. the g allele was an environmental effect allele, while allele a had preventive fraction, which was related with increasing level of il-33 for both genotypes aa, ag in healthy control group, in contrast with gg genotype which showed the highly level in patients’ group. this study needs a cohort study to follow the serum level of il-33 in the same patients before and after mastectomy or resection surgery and then after treating with chemotherapy. references 1.desantis, c.e.; bray, f,; ferlay, j.; lortet-tieulent, j. anderson, b.o.; jemal, a. international variation in female breast cancer incidence and mortality rates. cancer epidemiol. prevent. biomarkers. 2015, 24,10, 1495-1506. 2.ministry of health in iraq. annual statistical report. 2017. 3.liu, j.; shen, j.x.; hu, j.l.; huang, w.h.; zhang, g.j. significance of interleukin-33 and its related cytokines in patients with breast cancers. frontiers immunol. 2014, 7, 5, 141. 4.lefrançais, e.; duval, a.; mirey, e.; roga, s.; espinosa, e.; cayrol, c.; girard, j.p. central domain of il-33 is cleaved by mast cell proteases for potent activation of group-2 innate lymphoid cells. proceedings of the national academy of sciences. 2014, 28, 111, 43, 15502-15507. 5.carriere, v.; roussel, l.; ortega, n.; lacorre, d.a.; americh, l.; aguilar, l.; bouche, g.; girard, j.p. il-33 the il-1-like cytokine ligand for st2 receptor, is a chromatin-associated nuclear factor in vivo. proceedings of the national academy of sciences. 2007, 2,104, 1, 282-287. 6.schmitz, j.; owyang, a.; oldham, e.; song, y.; murphy, e.; mcclanahan, t.k.; zurawski, g.; moshrefi, m.; qin. j.; li, x.; gorman, d.m. il-33, an interleukin-1-like cytokine that signals via the il-1 receptor-related protein st2 and induces t helper type 2-associated cytokines. immunity. 2005, 1, 23, 5, 479-490. 7.lópez-mejías, r.; genre, f.; remuzgo-martínez, s.; robustillo-villarino, m.; garcíabermúdez, m.; llorca, j.; corrales, a.; gonzález-juanatey, c.; ubilla, b.; miranda-filloy, j.a.; mijares, v. protective role of the interleukin 33 rs3939286 gene polymorphism in the development of subclinical atherosclerosis in rheumatoid arthritis patients. plos one. 2015,10, 11. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 10 8.koca, s.s.; pehlivan, y.; kara, m.; alibaz-oner, f.; oztuzcu, s.; yilmaz, n.; cetin, g.y.; kisacik, b.; ozgen, m.; pamuk, o.n.; direskeneli, h. the il-33 gene is related to increased susceptibility to systemic sclerosis. rheumatol. int. 2016, 1, 36, 4, 579-584. 9.baekkevold, e.s.; roussigné, m.; yamanaka, t.; johansen, f.e.; jahnsen, f.l.; amalric, f.; brandtzaeg, p.; erard, m.; haraldsen, g.; girard, j.p. molecular characterization of nfhev, a nuclear factor preferentially expressed in human high endothelial venules. amer. j. pathol. 2003, 1, 163, 1, 69-79. 10.macdonald, t.t.; hermoso ramello, m. the il-33/st2 axis: role in health and disease. cytokine growth factor rev. 2015, 26, 615-623. 11.cayrol, c.; girard, j.p. il-33: an alarmin cytokine with crucial roles in innate immunity, inflammation and allergy. curr. opin. immunol. 2014, 1, 31, 31-37. 12.martin, n.t.; martin, m.u. interleukin 33 is a guardian of barriers and a local alarmin. nat. immunol. 2016, 17, 2, 122. 13.liew, f.y. il-33: a janus cytokine. ann. rheumatic dis. 2012, 1, 71, l 2, i101-4. 14.xiao, p.; wan, x.; cui, b.; liu, y.; qiu, c.; rong, j.; zheng, m.; song, y.; chen, l.; he, j.; tan, q. interleukin 33 in tumor microenvironment is crucial for the accumulation and function of myeloid-derived suppressor cells. oncoimmunology. 2016, 2, 5, 1, e1063772. 15.hayakawa, h.; hayakawa, m.; kume, a. soluble st2 blocks interleukin-33 signaling in allergic airway inflammation. j. biological chem. 2007, 282, 36, 26369-26380. 16.cui, g.; qi, h.; gundersen, m.d.; yang, h.; christiansen, i.; sørbye, s.w.; goll, r.; florholmen, j. dynamics of the il-33/st2 network in the progression of human colorectal adenoma to sporadic colorectal cancer. cancer immunol. immunother. 2015, 1, 64, 2, 181190. 17.chapuis, j.; hot, d.; hansmannel, f.; kerdraon, o.; ferreira, s.; hubans, c.; maurage, c.a.; huot, l.; bensemain, f.; laumet, g.; ayral, a.m. transcriptomic and genetic studies identify il-33 as a candidate gene for alzheimer's disease. molecul. psychiatry. 2009, 14, 11, 1004-1016. 17.beltrán, c.j.; núñez ,l.e.; díaz-jiménez, d.; farfan, n.; candia, e.; heine, c.; lópez, f.; gonzález, m.j.; quera, r.; hermoso, m.a. characterization of the novel st2/il-33 system in patients with inflammatory bowel disease. inflamm. bowel dis. 2010, 1, 16, 7, 10971107. 19.millar, n.l.; o’donnell, c.; mcinnes, i.b.; brint, e. wounds that heal and wounds that don’t− the role of the il-33/st2 pathway in tissue repair and tumorigenesis. seminars cell develop. biol. 2017, 61, 41-50. 20.gillibert-duplantier, j.; duthey, b.; sisirak, v.; salaün, d.; gargi, t.; tredan, o.; finetti, p.; bertucci, f.; birnbaum, d.; bendriss-vermare, n.; badache, a. gene expression profiling identifies sst2 as an effector of erbb2-driven breast carcinoma cell motility, associated with metastasis. oncogene. 2012, 31, 30, 3516-3524. 21.mertz, k.d.; mager, l.f.; wasmer, m.h.; thiesler, t.; koelzer, v.h.; ruzzante, g.; joller, s.; murdoch, j.r.; brümmendorf, t.; genitsch, v.; lugli, a. the il-33/st2 pathway contributes to intestinal tumorigenesis in humans and mice. oncoimmunology. 2016, 2, 5, 1, e1062966. 22.milosavljevic, m.z.; jovanovic, i.p.; pejnovic, n.n.; mitrovic, s.l.; arsenijevic, n.n.; markovic, b.j.; lukic, m.l. deletion of il-33r attenuates vegf expression and enhances necrosis in mammary carcinoma. oncotarget. 2016, 5, 7, 14, 18106. 23.jafarzadeh, a.; minaee, k.; farsinejad, a.r.; nemati, m.; khosravimashizi, a.; daneshvar, h.; mohammadi, m.m.; sheikhi, a.; ghaderi, a. evaluation of the circulating ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 11 levels of il-12 and il-33 in patients with breast cancer: influences of the tumor stages and cytokine gene polymorphisms. iranian j. basic med. sci. 2015, 18, 12, 1189. 24.cary, n. statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical. version 9.sas. inst. inc. usa. 2012. 25.rodriguez, s.; gaunt, t.r.; day, i.n. hardy-weinberg equilibrium testing of biological ascertainment for mendelian randomization studies. amer. j. epidemiol. 2009, 15, 169, 4, 505-14. 26.bahir, b. h., al-naqeeb, a.a., and niazy, s. m. risk factors for breast cancer in a sample of women. iraqi j. comm. 2012, 1, 4-8. 27.mahmoud, m.m. breast cancer in kirkuk city, hormone receptors status (estrogen and progesterone) and her-2/neu and their correlation with other pathologic prognostic variables. diyala j. med. 2014, 6, 1, 1-4. 28.alwan, n.a.; mualla, f.h.; ali, s.; kathum, m.n.; tawfiq, f.n. and nadhir, s. clinical and pathological characteristics of triple positive breast cancer among iraqi patients. gulf j. oncol. 2017, 1, 51-60. 29.wojda, a.; ziętkiewicz, e.; mossakowska, m.; pawłowski, w.; skrzypczak, k.; witt, m. correlation between the level of cytogenetic aberrations in cultured human lymphocytes and the age and gender of donors. j. gerontol. series a: biological sci. med. sci. 2006, 1, 61, 8, 763-772. 30.orta, t.; günebakan, s. the effect of aging on micronuclei frequency and proliferation in human peripheral blood lymphocytes. indian journal of human genetics. 2012, 18, 1, 95. 31. al saady, r. age distribution of female breast cancer in basrah 10 years study. basrah j. surgery. 2005, 28, 11, 1, 89-93. 32.lu, d.p.; zhou, x.y.; yao, l.t.; liu, c.g.; ma, w.; jin, f.; wu, y.f. serum soluble st2 is associated with er-positive breast cancer. bmc cancer. 2014, 1, 14, 1, 198. 33.yang, z.p.; ling, d.y.; xie, y.h.; wu, w.x.; li, j.r.; jiang, j.; zheng, j.l.; fan, y.h.; zhang, y. the association of serum il-33 and sst2 with breast cancer. dis. markers. 2015. 2015,1-6. 34.hu, h.; sun, j.; wang, c.; bu, x.; liu, x.; mao, y.; wang, h. il-33 facilitates endocrine resistance of breast cancer by inducing cancer stem cell properties. biochem. biophys. res. commun. 2017, 8, 485, 3, 643-650. 35.saranchova, i.; han, j.; huang, h.; fenninger, f.; choi, k.b.; munro, l.; pfeifer, c.; welch, i.; wyatt, a.w.; fazli, l.; gleave, m.e. discovery of a metastatic immune escape mechanism initiated by the loss of expression of the tumour biomarker interleukin-33. sci. reports. 2016, 13, 6, 1, 1-4. 36.xu, w.; liu, y.; ye, d. association between il-33 gene polymorphisms (rs1929992, rs7044343) and systemic lupus erythematosus in a chinese han population. immunol. investigat. 2016, 2, 45, 7, 575-583. 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة النظریات المباشرة والعكسیة لمتعددات حدود جاكسون للدوال الدوریة المقیدة القابلة للقیاس في الفضاءات المحلیة صاحب كحیط جاسم ، نادیة جاسم محمد المستنصریةالجامعة ، العلوم كلیة،قسم الریاضیات جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات الخالصة l,p (1  pتم في هذا البحث ایجاد تقدیر افضـل القتـراب الـدوال المقیـدة القابلـة للقیـاس فـي الفضـاءات < ) مـن .وفپوپالتقدیرات التي وجدها 1كذلك تم ایجاد العالقة بین نموذج القیاس p 1 (f , ) n  والفرق بین الدالةf ومتعددة جاكسون اي وجدنا ان 1 p n p 1 (f , ) f j (f ) n   ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 direct and inverse inequalities fo r jackson polynomials of 2periodic bounded measurable functions in locally clobal norms s.k.jas sim, n.j.mohamed departme nt of mathematics,college of science, unive rsity of al-mustansirya departme nt of mathematics-ibn-al-haitham, college of education, unive rsity of baghdad abstract convergence p rop erties of jackson p olynomials have been considered by zugmund [1,ch.x] in (1959) and j.szbados [2], (p =) while in (1983) v.a.pop ov and j.szabados [3] (1  p  ) have p roved a direct inequality for jackson p olynomials in lp-sp ace of 2p eriodic bounded riemann integrable functions (f  r) in terms of some modulus of continuity . in 1991 s.k.jassim p roved direct and inverse inequality for jackson p olynomials in locally global norms (l,p) of 2-p eriodic bounded measurable functions (f  l) in terms of suitable peetre k-functional [4]. now the aim of our p aper is to p roved direct and inverse inequalities for jackson p olynomials of (f  l) in (l,p) in terms of the average modulus of continuity . introduction we denote the set of 2-p eriodic bounded measurable functions with usual sup -norm by l  1.  l ( x ) l ( x )l ( x) f : f sup{ f ( x) x x} , f f          and the lp-norm (1  p < ) of f  lp by lp f  2. p p p 1 p p p l (x ) l ( x) x l (x) f : f ( f (x ) dx) ; f f              . and the direct norm is defined by : 3. p n 1pn p p n k ,n( x ) k 0 1 ( ) f : f ( f ( x ) ) , n 1               where p p n n k ,n ( x ) 2k (x ) , (k 0,1, 2, ..., n), f f n 1        . now let us consider the dirich let kernel of degree n 4. n n v 1 1 d ( u) cos(vu ) 2      ur, n=0,1,… then it is easy to get t he following: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 n 1 sin(n )u 2d ( u) u 2 sin( ) 2   and n 1 d ( u) 1      . 5. let n 0 1 n 1 k (u ) [d ( u) d (u ) ... d (u )] n 1      be the fejer kernel of degree not grater than n, also it is easy to get t he following: 2 n n n 2 k 1 u sin (n 1) 1 1 12k (u ) , k (u) (n k 1) cos(ku ) u2(n 1) 2 n 1 sin ( ) 2           and nk (u) du 1    . 6. n n k ,n n k ,n k 0 2 j (f , x ) f (x )k ( x x ) n 2      is the so called jackson p olynomial of function f  l. now we will use the so called average modulus of continuity to solve the p roblem in locally global norm (l,p). the locally modulus of continuity for (f  l) is defined by 7. n n h h (f , x, h ) sup f (x ') f (x ), x ', x x , x 2 2               , h is a constant number while k th average modulus of smoothness for flp is defined by: 8. p p k l k l (f , ) (f , , )      1  p  ,  > 0 and k . where the k th modulus of smoothness for flp, k is defined by : 9. kk h k k (f , x , ) sup f ( t) : t, t kh x , x x 2 2                    . now we set k k m k m 0h k ( 1) f ( x mh) if x or x h x f ( x) m 0 otherwise.                    then we introduce the definition of k th local modulus of lp-continuity for flp, (1p) and k . 10. 1 ( x ) p p k k p h ( x ) 1 (f , x , ( x)) f (x ) dv 2 ( x)                where (x) is an arbitrary p ositive function of x, but here we shall consider only the case (x) is constant. the k th average modulus of smoothness was first introduced by b.sendov in 1983 and p roved to be very useful in some app roximation theoretical p roblems where the ordinary modulus of continuity (f,) is defined by the following: 11. (f,)=sup {f(x') – f(x''), x' – x" , x', x"x}. while the k th ordinary modulus of continuity is defined by the following: 12.  kk h(f , ) sup f (x ) : h , x, x kh x       . now let us consider the definition of ordinary lp-modulus of continuity ((f,)p). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 13. p p l l t (f , ) sup f ( t) f ( )          for  constant and 14.  kk h p(f , ) sup f ( ) : h      also for  constant, be the k th ordinary lp-modulus of continuity of flp. now for flp instead of usual sup -norm, let us consider the family of semi norm (locally global norm) for  > 0, (1p). 15. 1 p p ,p x f f (x ) dx         ,where f(x)=sup {f(t):tu(,x)} and u(,x)={y x:x–y}. the main p rop erty of these semi norm is that they do not necessarily vanish if f = 0 lebesgue almost every where. let us denoted by l,p the set of functions from l which equip p ed with semi norm ,p  . by tn we denote the set of all trigonometric p olynomials in r of degree not greater than n. the best app roximation to a given continuous function with trigonometric p olynomials from tn on the interval x is given by : 16.  tn ne (f : x) inf f ( ) t( ) : t t     . while the best app roximation of a function flp(x) with trigonometric p olynomials from tn in the metric of the sp ace lp is given by : 17.  tn p npe (f ) inf f ( ) t( ) : t t     . we also define the best app roximation of a function fl(x) with trigonometric p olynomials from tn in the metric of the sp aces lp or l,p are resp ectively given by : 18.  tn ,p n,p ( x )e (f ) inf f ( ) t( ) : t t      . the best one sided app roximation of a function fl(x) with t rigonometric p olynomials from tn in the metric of the sp ace lp or l,p are resp ectively given by 19.  tn p n n np ( x)e (f ) inf t ( ) t ( ) : t t , t (x ) f (x ) t ( x), x x           . 20.  tn ,p n n n,p ( x)e (f ) inf t ( ) t ( ) : t t , t ( x ) f (x ) t ( x), x x            . now let f be a function defined on a domain d then the stecklov transformation is given by 21. 1 / n n 1 / n n f (x ) f ( x t)dt 2    . let f and g be two functions then we say that f(x) = o{g(x)} if f(x)<ag(x), x goes to some given limit, a is const ant and g(x)  0. in p articular, o(1) means bounded function. by f(x) = o{g(x)} we mean that (f(x) / g(x))  0 as x tends to a given limit. in p articular, o(1) means a function which tends to zero. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 let us introduce some definitions about peeter k-functionals, let 1 1 p p p pw {g : g ' l }, w {g : g ' l }      have semi norms p g ' and p g ' resp ectively, where g is the conjugate function of a function g. we shall consider the opp rop riate peetre k-functionals as follows: (t > 0), (1  p  ). 22.  1 1p p pp pk(f , t, l , w ) inf f g t g ' : g w    , 23.  1 1t,p p pt,p pk(f ;t, l , w ) inf f g t g ' : g w    , 24.  1 1 1 1p p p p pp p pk(f , t, l , w , w ) inf f g t g ' t g : g w w       , 25.  1 1 1 1t,p p p p pt ,p p pk(f , t, l , w , w ) inf f g t g ' t g ' : g w w       . next bernstein inequalities are given since we use them further on 26. 'n n n npp t n t , t t ,1 p .     27. 'n n n npp t n t , t t ,1 p .     1assertions 1.1 lemma: [3] let f  lp, then (1p) 28. p n 1 n pp n kp k 0 1 j (f , ) o(1) f ( t ) o f n            . 1.2 lemma: [5] let t  tn, then (1p) 29. 1 p ,p ( ) p ( ) t c(1 n ) t       . 1.3 lemma: [3] for f, f ' lp we have (1p) 30. p p l (f , h ) o(h ) f '  , h is constant. 1.4 lemma: [6] let f  l, then we have (1p) 31. 1 p 1 p 1(f , ) (f , ) (f , )        . 1.5 lemma: [7] let f  l, then we have (1p) 32. p m 1 ,p m f c f  , (m = 1, 2, 3, …). 1.6 lemma: [8] for f  l, we have 33. p ( ) ,p ( ) , ( ) ( ) f f f f           . 1.7 lemma: [6] let f  l and (1p) we have ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 34. p k 1 k p k l(f , ) ( 2( 1)) (f ; ) , 0         . 1.8 lemma: [6] for g, g'  lp, we have (1p) 35. 1 p p(g, ) , g '   . 1.9 lemma: [5] for f  l and (1p), we have 36. n p n 1 n p ,p n e (f ) e (f ) ce (f )   . 1.10 the orem: [6] for f  l(), we have 37. n p k k p 1 e (f ) c (f , ) n  , 1p. 38. n k k 1 k p k v p v 0 1 (f , ) c n ( v 1) e (f ) n        . 1.11 the orem: [3] for 2-p eriodic bounded reimann integrable functions we have the following: 39. n 1 p 1 pp 1 1 f j (f , x) o(1) (f , ) w ( f , ) , p 1, n n             40. n 1 pp 1 f j (f , x) o(1) (f , ) ,1 p . n      where f ( x ) is the conjugate function to f(x). 1.12 the orem: [4] for f  l, then 41. 1 11 p p 1 p 1 ,p n 1 1 1 k(f , , l , w , w ) c (f , ) w (f , ) , p 1, n n n            . 42. 1 11 p 1 p p 1 p ,p n 1 1 1 (f , ) k(f ; ;l , w , w ) c (f , ) 1 p . n n n       1.13 the orem: [9] for f  lp, we have 43. n k 1 k p v pk v 0 1 c( k) w (f , ) (1 v) e (f ) n n     . 2main results the aim of his p aper is to find a bett er estimation for the rate of convergence in l,p sp ace of (f  l) by jackson p olynomials in terms of some modulus of functions. we shall p rove direct and inverse theorems of (f  l) by jackson p olynomials in locally global norms in terms of ordinary lp-modulus of continuity and average modulus of continuity . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 2.1 the orem: (direct the orem) let f  l, then 1 p 1 p 1n ,p n 1 p 1 1 c (f , ) c (f , ) , p 1, n n f j (f ) 1 c (f , ) , 1 p . n                 2.2 the orem: (inverse the orem) let f  l, then n n s(1/ s 1),p (1/ s 1 ),p 1 p s 0 s (1/ s 1),p f j (f ) f j ( f ) , p 1,1 c (f , ) n n f j (f ) , 1 p .                     2.3 lemma: let n nt   such that tn p n n p e (f ) t t   , f  l and n nt ( x) f (x ) t (x )    then 44. n n 1 p 1 pp 1 1 t ' c ( f , ) (f , ) n n           , 1p. proof: let n 1 2 f (x ) n f ( x u) du    be the stecklov transformation n n 1 h( x) f ( x)d ( t) dt       be a trigonometric p olynomial of degree n, such that dn(t) is the dirichlet kernel, then by using bernstein inequality , we get n n pp p n pp n n pp p t ' n t h h ' n t f n f h h ' n t t n f h h '                      now let us assume that 1pf h a  and 2p h ' a then we get t n n p 1 2 p 1 n np p 1 2 n n n 1 2 n p 1 2n n np 1 2n t ' n (f ) na a 1 a f h [f ( ) f ( )]d ( t)dt 1 n [f ( ) f ( u)]dud (t )dt 1 n f ( ) f ( u) dud ( t)dt                                        this by using definition of average modulus of continuity and by (34), we get ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 1 2 2n 1 1 p n 10 2n 2 1 p n 1 p 0 1 2 n 2 n p 1 2 n p n 1 1 a n (f , ) dud ( t)dt 2n 1 1 1 (f , ) d (t )dt c (f , ) 2n 2n 1 a h ' n f '( u )dud (t )dt 1 1 1 n f '( ) f ( ) d (t )dt 2n 2n                                        then by using definition of ordinary lp-modulus of continuity we get 2 2 1 p 1 a c n (f , ) n   thus t n n p 1 1 p 2 pp 1 1 t ' n (f ) nc (f , ) c n (f , ) n n         by using (37) n n 1 p 1 pp 1 1 t ' c ( f , ) (f , ) n n           . 2.4 lemma: let f  l then we have 1p 45. 1 1n ,p , p n n j (f ) c f . proof: by using (29), (28) and (32), we get p n 1 p 1n 1 n,p p n n 2 k k 0 3 14 ,p n 1 j (f ) c (1 n ) j (f ) n 1 c o(1) f ( t ) n c f c f         2.5 lemma: let f  l then we have 1p 46. k p p(f , ) c f .   proof: by using definition of average modulus of continuity , we get k k p k hp p k i 0 p p k k (f , ) (f , ) sup f (t) ; t, t kh x , x x 2 2 k k k sup f ( ih) ; t, t kh x , x x i 2 2 c f                                              2.6 lemma: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 let t > 0, f  l, we have 1p 47. 1 1 1 1p p p t ,p p pk(f ;t; l , w , w ) k(f ; t;l , w , w )   proof: by using definition of peetre k-functional and (33), we get     1 1 1 1 p p p p pp p p 1 1 p pt, p p p 1 1 t, p p p k(f ; t; l , w , w ) inf f g t g ' t g ' ,g w w inf f g t g ' t g ' , g w w k(f ; t; l , w , w )                  2.7 lemma: let f, g be two function define on the same domain then for 1p, we have 48. k p k p k p 1 1 1 (f , ) (f g, ) (g , ) n n n      . proof: the proof follows from the definition of k(f,)p. 2.8 lemma: for t > 0, f  l, we have 49. 1 1 1p p p p pk(f ;t; l , w ) k(f ; t; l , w , w )  proof: by using definition of peetre k-functional     1 1 p p pp p 1 1 p pp p p 1 1 p p p k(f ;t; l , w ) inf f g t g ' ; g w inf f g t g ' t g ' ; g w w k(f ; t;l , w , w )              2.9 lemma: let f  l, 1p, then we have 50. t t n s (1/ s 1),p s (1/ s 1 ),p1 1 p p p t s 0 s (1/ s 1),p (f ) (f ) , p 1,1 c k(f ; ;l , w , w ) n n (f ) , 1 p                   proof: by using (49), (41), (49), (38), (43), (36) and (33), we get 1 1 1 1 p p p (1 / n),p p p 1 1 p 1 p 2 1 p ' 'n t t1 1 1 s p 1 s p s 0 ' n t1 2 s p s 0 t s (1/ s 1 1 k(f ; ; l , w , w ) k(f ; ; l , w , w ) n n 1 1 c (f , ) (f , ) , p 1, n n 1 c (f , ) , 1 p . n c c c e (f ) c e (f ) , p 1, n n c c e (f ) , 1 p . n (f )c n                                                   t n 1), p s (1 / s 1),p t s 0 s (1/ s 1), p (f ) , p 1, (f ) , 1 p                ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 proof of the orem 2.1 (direct the orem) let nt  tn such that t n p n n p e (f ) t t   then by using linearity of jackson p olynomials, (45), (29), (39), (40), (30), (44) and (46) n n n n n n n(1/ n ),p (1/ n ) ,p ( 1 / n ),p (1/ n ),p n n n n n 1 n n( 1 / n ), p (1/ n ),p (1/ n ),p t 2 n p 3 n n n p 1 n p 1 n p t 2 n p 3 1 n f j (f ) f t t j (t ) j (t f ) t t t j ( t ) c t t c e (f ) c t j ( t ) 1 1 o(1) ( t , ) (t , ) , p 1, n n c e (f ) c 1 o(1) ( t ,                                           p 4 1 n p 4 n p t 2 n p 4 1 n p 4 4 1 n p 4 1 p t 2 n p 5 1 p 1 p n p 4 1 n p 4 1 p ) , 1 p n 1 1 c (t , ) c o( ) t , p 1, n n c e (f ) 1 c (t , ) , 1 p n c1 1 c (t f , ) c (f , ) o( ) n n n 1 1 c e (f ) c (f , ) (f , ) t , p 1, n n 1 1 c (t f , ) c (f , ) , 1 n n                                                      6 n 7 1 p 8 1 pp t 2 n p 6 n 4 1 pp p 1 1 c t f c (f , ) c ( f , ) , p 1, n n c e (f ) 1 c t f c (f , ) , 1 p n                                   6 n n 7 1 p 8 1 ppt n 2 n p(1/ n ),p 6 n n 4 1 pp t 6 n p 7 1 p 8 1 p t 2 n p t 6 n p 4 1 p t 9 n 1 1 c t t c (f , ) c (f , ) , p 1, n n f j (f ) c e (f ) 1 c t t c (f , ) , 1 p n 1 1 c e (f ) c (f , ) c (f , ) , p 1, n n c e (f ) 1 c e (f ) c (f , ) , 1 p n c e (f )                                                 1 p 8 1 p p 1 0 1 p 1 p 1 p 1 p 1 1 (f , ) c (f , ) , p 1, n n c 1 (f , ) , 1 p n 1 1 (f , ) (f , ) , p 1, n n c 1 (f , ) , 1 p n                               ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 proof of the orem 2.2 let g 1pw then by using the following (48), (46), (35), (47) and (50), we get 1 p 1 p 1 p 1 p p p 1 1 1 (f , ) ((f g ), ) (f , ) n n n 1 1 c f g g ' g ' n n                now if we take the infimum of g 1pw  1 pw  , we obtain 1 1 1 p 1 p p p 1 1 1 (1/ n ),p p p t t n s (1/ s 1),p s (1 / s 1 ),p2 1 t s 0 s (1/ s 1),p s s(1/ s 1),p (1/ s 1),p s (1/ s 1),p 1 1 (f , ) c k(f ; , l , w , w ) n n 1 c k(f ; , l , w , w ) n e (f ) e (f ) , p 1,c c n e (f ) , 1 p f j ( f ) f j (f ) , p 1,c n f j ( f ) , 1 p .                                  n s 0      references 1. zugmund, a. (1959), trigonometric series, i, ii cambridge. 2. zabados, j.s. (1973), on the convergence and saturation problem of the jackson poly nomials, acta. m ath., sci. hung., 24,399-406. 3. pop ov, v.a. and szabados, (1984), on the convergence and saturation of the jackson on poly nomials in lp-sp aces ap p roximation theory and it's ap p l., 1, 1-10. 4. jassim, s.k. (1990), direct and inverse inequalities for some discrete of bounded m easurable functions, serdica. bulgaria m athematical publications, 17. 5. hrist ov, v.h. (1989), best one sided ap p roximation and m ean ap p roximations by interpolation poly nomials of periodic functions, m ath. balkanica, new series, 3,( 3-4): 418-429. 6. pop ov, v.a. and sendov, b. (1988), the average m odulus of smoothness wiley and sons. 7. jassim, s.k., (1991), one-sided ap p roximations and ap p roximations with discrete op erators, sofya university . 8. jassim, s.k. (1990), best one sided ap p roximation with algebraic poly nomials serdica bulgaria m athematics publications, 16, :263-269. 9. timan, a.f. (1960), ap p roximation theory of function, m oscow in russian language. ihjpas ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 283 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: mrs_ zena.hussein@yahoo.com abstract the focus of this paper reviewed generalized contraction mapping and nonexpansive maps and recall some theorems about the existence and uniqueness of common fixed points and coincidence fixed-point for such maps under some conditions. moreover, some schemes of different types as one-step schemes, two-step schemes, and three-step schemes (mann scheme algorithm, ishukawa scheme algorithm, noor scheme algorithm, 𝑆𝑃 −.scheme algorithm, 𝐶𝑅 − scheme algorithm modified sp scheme algorithm karahan scheme algorithm, and others. the convergence of these schemes has been studied. on the other hand, we also reviewed the convergence, valence, and stability theories of different types of near-plots in convex metric space. keywords: convergence, fixed point, nonexpansive map, pseudocontractive map and iterative methods. introduction fixed point theory is an important topic, and it has many applications in branches of mathematics various. in the year 1970, introduced takahashi the idea of convexity in m-spaces and studied it as well as common f-point theorems for nonexpansive mappings. the convex m-space is a public, important, and, expansive space with a convex structure, where the banach cone space is convex m-space. the principle of the banach contraction states that they can approximate the contraction maps f-point by picard proximal scheme. the seq ⟨𝓍𝑛 ⟩ of this scheme can be defined as follows: let ∅ ≠ ℳ be a closed-convex lies in ℋand 𝒥: ℳ → ℳ be a mapping: 𝒶0 ∈ ℳ, 𝒶𝑛+1 = 𝒥𝒶𝑛 , 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (1) picard's proximal scheme for nonexpansive mappings does not converge to a f-point. hence, to doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3006 article history: received 10 september 2022, accepted 1 november 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq a review of the some fixed point theorems for different kinds of maps zena hussein maibed* department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mrs_ zena.hussein@yahoo.com bayda atiya kalaf department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hbama75@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ about:blank http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 about:blank mailto:mrs_ zena.hussein@yahoo.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:hbama75@yahoo.com mailto:hbama75@yahoo.com mailto:hbama75@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 284 approximate the f-points of the non'expansion maps, a proximal scheme is introduced as: 𝒶0 𝜖 ℳ , 𝒶𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝛼𝑛 )𝒶𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒥𝒶𝑛 , 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (2) because the iterative mann proximal scheme [1], fails to converge to the f-points of the spurious systolic maps, and for spurious systolic maps introduced ishikawa proximal scheme to f-points. the sequence 〈𝓍𝑛〉 of the ishikawa proximal scheme[2], defined as: 𝒶0 ∈ ℳ , 𝒶𝑛+1 = ( 1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝒶𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 𝒥𝒷𝑛 , 𝒷𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝛽𝑛)𝒶𝑛 + 𝛽𝑛 ℐ𝒶𝑛 , 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (3) noor,in 2000[3] introduced proximal scheme as: 𝓌0 ∈ ℳ ,𝓌𝑛+1 = ( 1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝓌𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 ℐ𝓊𝑛 , 𝓊𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝛽𝑛)𝓌𝑛 + 𝛽𝑛 𝒥𝓋𝑛 , 𝓋𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝛾𝑛)𝓌𝑛 + 𝛾𝑛 ℐ𝓌𝑛 , 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (4) in[4],agrawal introduced for nearly non'expansive maps,two steps as: 𝓍0 ∈ ℳ, 𝓍𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝒥𝓍𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒥𝑡𝑛 , 𝑡𝑛 = (1 − 𝛽𝑛)𝓍𝑛 + 𝛽𝑛𝒥𝓍𝑛 , 𝑛 ∈ n (5) 𝑺𝑷 −iteration [5]: 𝓍0 ∈ ℳ , 𝓍𝑛+1 = 𝛼𝑛 𝒥𝑦𝑛 +( 1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝑦𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛 = 𝛽𝑛𝒥𝑧𝑛 + (1 − 𝛽𝑛)𝑧𝑛, 𝑧𝑛 = 𝛾𝑛𝒥𝓍𝑛 + (1 − 𝛾𝑛 )𝓍𝑛 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (6) 𝐂𝐑 −iteration [6]: 𝓌0 ∈ ℳ , 𝓌n+1 = ( 1 − αn)𝓊n + αn 𝒥𝓊n , 𝓊n = ( 1 − βn)𝒥𝓌n + βn 𝒥𝓋n, vn = ( 1 − γn)𝓌n + γn 𝒥𝓌n , 𝑛 ∈ n (7) modified 𝐒𝐏 iteration [7]: 𝓍0 ∈ ℳ , (8) 𝓍n+1 = 𝒥𝓎n , 𝓎n = ( 1 − αn)𝓏n + αn 𝒥𝓏n , 𝓏n = ( 1 − βn)𝓍n + βn 𝒥𝓍n 𝐊arahan iteration [8]: 𝓌0 ∈ ℳ , 𝓌n+1 = ( 1 − αn)𝒥𝓌n + αn 𝒥𝓊n , 𝓊n = ( 1 − βn)𝓌n + βn 𝒥𝓋n , , 𝓋n = ( 1 − γn)𝓌n + γn 𝒥𝓌n , n ∈ n (9) finally, [9] studied the existence of a fpoint for type of contraction-maps and the convergence of a common f-point for noor iteration in complete convex metric spaces(com con m-s). then a lot of studies were carried out on this topic,see[10-18]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 285 preliminaries in this part,we introduce some concepts which is need in this work,see[8,11and12]. 1. a mapping𝒥 is called non'expansive if: ‖𝒥𝒶 − 𝒹‖ ≤‖ 𝒶 − 𝒹 ‖ for all 𝒶, 𝒹 ∈ ℳ 2. a mapping 𝒥 is called quasi'nonexpansive if: 𝐹(𝒥) ≠ ∅ and ‖𝒥𝒶 − 𝒥𝒷 ‖ ≤ ‖𝒶 − 𝒷‖ for all 𝒶, 𝒷 ∈ ℳ and 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹(𝒥). 3. it is easy to see that if 𝒥 is non'expansive with 𝐹(𝒥) ≠ ∅, then it is quasi'nonexpansive. 4. a mapping 𝒥 is said to be e pseudocontractive if the inequality ‖𝒶 − 𝒷‖ ≤ ‖𝒶 − 𝒷 + 𝑡[(𝐼 − 𝒥)𝒶 − (𝐼 − 𝒥)𝒷 ]‖ hold for each 𝒶, 𝒷 ∈ ℳ and all 𝑡 > 0. some proximal scheme are used to approximate a fpoint of zamfirescu maps are the most general contractive maps satisfying the condition: ∀𝒶, 𝒷 𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑖𝑛 ℳ at least one of the conditions is true: (𝑖) 𝒹 (𝒥𝒶, 𝒥𝒷) ≤ 𝒫𝒹 (𝒶, 𝒷), (𝑖𝑖) 𝒹(𝒥𝒶, 𝒥𝒷) ≤ 𝒬 [𝒹 (𝒶, 𝒥𝒶) + 𝒹(𝒷, 𝒥𝒷)], (𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝒹 (𝒥𝒶, 𝒥𝒷) ≤ ℛ [𝒹 (𝒶, 𝒥𝒷) + 𝒹 (𝒷, 𝒥𝒶)]. where 0 ≤ 𝒫≤ 1, 0 ≤ 𝒬 , and ℛ ≤ 1/2 definition :let ᶂ , ᶃ : ℋ → ℋ be a two mappings. a point 𝒶 ∈ ℋ is called fpoint of ᶂ if ᶂ (𝒶) = 𝒶, a common f-point of a pair (ᶂ , ᶃ) if ᶂ (𝒶) = ᶃ(𝒶) = 𝒶 an a coincidence point of (ᶂ , ᶃ) 𝑖𝑓 ᶂ (𝒶) = ᶃ(𝒶). remarks :amappingzamfirescu is equivalent to the condition: 𝑑 (𝑇𝒶, 𝑇𝒷) ≤ ℯ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝑑 (𝒶, 𝒷) , {𝒹 (𝒶, t𝒶)+ 𝒹(𝒷,t𝒷)} 2 , {𝒹 (𝒶, 𝑇𝒷) + 𝒹 (𝒷, 𝑇𝒶)} 2 } ∀𝒶, 𝒷 ∈ ℋ, 0 < ℯ < 1. definition[12]: a mapping ℛ : ℋ × ℋ × [0,1] → ℋ is called convex structure on m-space,if for each (𝒶, 𝒷, 𝜆 ) ∈ ℋ × ℋ × [0,1] and 𝑢 ∈ ℋ, 𝒹(𝑢, ℛ(𝒶, 𝒷, 𝜆 )) ≤ 𝜆𝒹(𝑢, 𝒶) + (1 − 𝜆 )𝒹(𝑢, 𝒷). definition [13]: letᶃ : ℋ → ℋ be a mappings, {𝒦𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ ⊂ ℋ,and 𝜀𝑛 = 𝑑(𝒦𝑛+1, ᶂ (ᶃ, 𝒦𝑛 )), 𝑛 = 0,1,2, … .then 𝒦𝑛+1 = ᶂ (ᶃ, 𝒦𝑛 ) is said to be 𝑇-stable or stable with respect to ᶃ if and only if ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 286 lim 𝑛→∞ 𝜀𝑛 = 0 implies lim 𝑛→∞ 𝒦𝑛 = 𝒫. definition [14]: let{ 𝒶n }0 ∞, { 𝒷n }0 ∞ ∈ 𝑅 and converge to 𝒶 and 𝒷 a,respectively, and 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ |𝒶𝑛−𝒶| |𝒷𝑛−𝒷| = 𝓈, if 𝓈 = 0 , then { 𝒶n }0 ∞ ⇢ 𝒶 faster than{ 𝒷𝑛 }0 ∞ ⇢ 𝒷and if 0 ˂𝓈˂∞ , then it can be said that 𝒶𝑛 and { 𝒷𝑛 }0 ∞ have the same rate of convergence. lemma : [15]. if 0 ≤ 𝒬 < 1 and {𝒩n}n ∞=0 is a positive r-sequence such that lim n→∞ 𝒩n = 0, then for any positive r-sequence {𝒽n}n ∞=0 satisfying 𝒽𝑛+1 ≤ 𝒬𝒽n + 𝒩n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . ⟹ lim n→∞ 𝒽n = 0. there are many studies on the iterations in other spaces see[18-21] previous results one of the most important previous results on this topic theorem: in any metric space if 𝒥 satify the condition 𝒹(𝒶, 𝒥𝒷) + 𝒹(𝒷, 𝒥𝒷) ≤ 𝑞𝒹(𝒶, 𝒷), (1) for all 𝒶, 𝒷 ∈ ℳ, where 2 ≤ q < 4. then,𝒥has at least one fixed point. theorem: let 𝒥 be a mappingsatisfy the condition 𝒹(𝒥𝒶, 𝒥𝒷) + 𝒹(𝒶, 𝒥𝒷) + 𝒹(𝒷, 𝒥𝒷) ≤ 𝑟𝒹(𝒶, 𝒷) ∀ 𝒶, 𝒷 ∈ ℳ (2) then, 𝒥 has at least one f-point. theorem: consider a com con m-s. suppose that ᶂ , ᶃ are mappings of ℳ, and there exist ᶏ, ᶀ, ḉ, m as: 2ᶀ – |ḉ| ≤ m < 2(ᶏ + ᶀ + ḉ) – |ḉ|, ᶏ𝒹(ᶃ(x), ᶂ (x)) + ᶀ𝒹(ᶃ(y), ᶂ(y)) + ḉ𝒹(ᶂ (x), ᶂ(y) ) ≤ md(ᶃ(x), ᶃ(y)) then f has at least one f-point. in appreciably, a f-point iteration is useful for applications if it satisfies the following requirements: (a) study data dependence results. (b) it converges to fpoint. (c) it is 𝔍 -stable. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 287 theorem: consider each of proximal processes noor, karhan and modifiedsp.scheme converge to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 contraction map.then the modifiedsp.iteration converges faster than noor and karhan scheme. theorem: consider each of proximal processes mann, ishikawa and modified 𝑆𝑃-scheme converge to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 contraction map.then the modifiedsp.iteration converges faster than mann, ishikawa scheme . theorem:in a com con m-s consider the mann proximal processes , converge to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 contraction map.then the mann scheme is t stable scheme . theorem:in a com con m-s consider the ishikawa proximal processes , converge to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 contraction map.then the ishikawa scheme is t stable scheme theorem:in a h-s consider the ishikawa and mann proximal processes such that converge it to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 quasi δ -contraction map.then the ishikawa scheme⇢ 𝒶 iff mann scheme ⟶ 𝒶. theorem:in a h-s consider the ishikawa and modified𝒮𝒫.proximal processes such that converge it to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 quasi δ -contraction map.then modified𝒮𝒫. iteration scheme⟶ 𝒶 iff mann scheme ⇢ 𝒶. theorem:in a h-s consider the cr and mann proximal processes such that converge it to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 quasi δ -contraction map.then the cr a scheme⇢ 𝒶 iff mann scheme ⇢ 𝒶. theorem:in a h-s consider the noor and mann proximal processes such that converge it to 𝒷 ∈ 𝔍 where 𝔍 quasi δ -contraction map.then the noor a scheme⟶ 𝒶 iff mann scheme⟶ 𝒶. conclusion a generalized review of contractionary mapping and non-expansion maps has been reviewed and some theories are recalled about the existence and uniqueness of the common fixed point and congruent fixed point of such maps under some conditions. moreover, we also inferred the convergence and acceleration range of some schemes of different types such as one-step schemes, two-step schemes, and three-step schemes in convex metric space. references 1. w. mann, "mean value methods in iteration," proc. am. math. soc,1953, 4, 506–510. 2. s. ishikawa, "fixed points by a new iteration method," . proc. am. math. soc, 1974, 44, 147– 150. 3. m. noor, " new approximation schemes for general variational inequalities," . j. math. anal. appl,2000, 217–229. 4. d. agrawal, "iterative construction of fixed points of nearly asymptotically," . j. nonlinear convex anal, 2007,8, 61–79. 5. o. popescu," picard iteration converges faster than mann iteration for a class of quasicontractive operators ", mathematical communications, 2007, 12, 195-202. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 288 6. r .change, v. kumar, and s. kumar."strong convergence of a new three step iterative scheme in banach spaces ", american journal of computational mathematics, 2012, 2, 345357, (). 7. n. kadioglu, and i. yildirim, " approximation fixed points of nonexpansive mapping by a faster iteration process". http:// arxiv.org/abs/1402, 2014. 8. r. agarwal, , d. oregan and r. sahu, " fixed point theory for lipschitzian-type mappings with applications". springer,heidelberg ,2009. 9. m. moosaei, " fixed point theorems in convex metric spaces,” fixed point theory and applications ", springer open journal, 2012, 164,1-6 . 10. c. chidume, , m.osilike, " fixed point iterations for strictly hemicontractive maps in uniformly smooth banach spaces. numer. funct. anal. optim. 1994, 15, 779-790. 11. t. zamfirescu, “fixed point theorems in metric spaces,” archiv der mathematik, 1972, 23, 292–298. 12. m. osilike, " stability results for fixed point iteration procedures , " journal of the nigerian mathematical society, 1995, 14,15,. 17–29. 13. a. harder and t.hicks, " stability results for fixed point iteration procedures ", math. japonica, 1988, 33 (5), 693-706. 14. v. berinde, " picard iteration converges faster than mann iteration for a class of quasicontractive operators," fixed pointtheory and applications, no. 2, pp. 94–105, (2004). 15. a. r. khan, v. kumar, and n. hussain, "analytical and numerical treatment of jungck-type iterative schemes, " applied mathematics and computation, 2014, 231, pp. 521–535. 16. z z. jamil and m. b. abed," on modified sp-iterative scheme for approximating fixed point of contraction mapping", iraqi journal of science 2015, 56, 4b, pp: 3230-323. 17. m. olatinwo , "stability results for some fixed point iterative processes in convex metric space, "annals of faculty engineering hunedora-international journal of engineering, 2011, l.9, 3, pp103-106,. 18. s.rathee andm.swami, "convergence rate of various iterations with sm-iteration for continuous functi savita ratheel. " j. math. comput. sci, 2020, 10, 6, pp. 3074-3089, (). 19. z.maibed anda. thajil, "zenali iteration method for approximating fixed point of za quasi contractive mappings"., haitham journal for pure and applied science, oct 20 2021. 20. j. daengsaen and a. khemphet, "on the rate of convergence of p-iteration, sp-iteration, and d-iteration methods for continuous nondecreasing functions on closed intervals, " hindawi abstr. appl. anal., 2018, pp. 6. 21. k. ullah and a. muhammad, "new three-step iteration process and fixed point approximation in banach spaces," linear topol. algebra.07, no. 02, pp. 87–100, (2018). 22. z.maibed and. a.thajil, "equivalence of some iterations for class of quasi contractive mappings", j. phys.: conf. ser,1879 022115, 2021. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i . vo l.23 (2) 2010 on the riesz means of expansion by riesz bases formed by eigen functions for the ordinary differential ope rator of 2mth order a. a. aswhad departme nt of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract: the aim of this p aper is to p rove a theorem on the riesz means of exp ansions with resp ect to riesz bases, which extends the p revious results of [1] and [2] on the schrödinger op erator and the ordinary differential op erator of 4-th order to the op erator of order 2m by using the eigen functions of t he ordinary differential op erator. s ome s ymbols that used in the paper: the uniform norm. <,> t he inner product in l 2 . g t he set of all boundary elements of g. û the dual function of u. 1. introduction the theory of non-self adjoint differential op erators has gr eat imp ortance in several applications, many mathematicians worked on the equiconvergence theorem for this op erators like ilin, joó, komornik and tahir for the schrödinger op erator see [3], [4] and for laguerre functions see [5]. by using the method and r esults of this p apers, we shall p rove un equiconvergence theorem for the ordinary differential op erator of order 2m. let g  r be an arb itrary finite open interval q(x)l 1 (g) an arbitaray comp lex function and consider the op erator lur:= (2m ) ru +q(x)ur, where m . given a complex nu mber , the function u – 1:gc, u – 10 is called an eigenfunction of order – 1 of the op erator l with the eigenvalue . a function u r:gc, u r0 (r=0,1,…) is said to be an eigenfunction of order r of the op erator l with the eigenvalue  if ur together with its derivative is absolutely continuous on ev ery comp act subinterval of g and if for almost all xg the equation lur(x)=ur(x) –ur – 1(x) ho lds, where ur – 1(x) is an eigenfunction of order (r – 1) with the same . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 let us now give a riesz bases (ur(x))l 2 (g) of the op erator l. let r (resp .0r) denote the eigenvalue (resp . the order) of ur and assume that t he following conditions are satisfied : r sup 0r< ...(1) in case 0r > 0, ur – lur = ur – 1 …(2) sup p ose the biorthogonal sy stem (vr) of the sy stem (ur) have the prop erty r 2 r r l ( g ) 1 v v         …(3) now, consider the riesz mean of the biorthogonal ser ies r 2 s sr r r 2 ( f , x) : f , v u (x )(1 )          …(4) (fl 1 (g), xg, >0, 0 s <1/2), where (vr) is the du al sy st em of (ur), i.e., (vr)l 2 (g) and <vr,uj>=rj . given any comp act interval kg, denote by r an arbitrary number from the interval (0,dist(k,g)), where dist(k,g)=inf{d(a,b), ak,bg}. now fix xk arb itrary and define srw :gr by s 1/ 21 / 2 s s s 1 / 2 r a(s) t j ( t ) if t r, w ( t) 0 otherwise           …(5) where a(s):=2 s (2) – 1/2 (s+1). m oreover, for any function fl 1 (g), x  rg def ine x r s s r x r s (f , x ) : w (t)( y x)f ( y)dy     …(6) denote by  s (x,y ,) the sp ectral function of the riesz means (i.e.) r 2 s sr r r 2 ( x, y, ) : u ( x) v ( y)(1 )         …(7) where x,y  g. introduce the operation 0r d :l 1 (g) r 0 0 0 r r r0 2 2 d [f ] : f (r )dr r   …(8) where r0(0,dist(k,g)). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 2. main results here we will prove the following theorem 2.1 the orem: given any comp act interval kg, for all 0s<1/2, >0 and fl1(g) t he est imate s s s( f , x) s (f , x) o(1)     …(9) holds uniformly on the compact interval kg. for the p roof of this theorem we shall choose the 2m-th roots r,i (i=1,2,…,2m) of r such that re r,1  re r,2… re r,m 0 re r,m +1 … re r,2m and put r = r,m , r=re r, r=im r . now, we have from ([3]) r r r r r r r 1 r 1 r 1 r 2 r 2 r 2 r m r m r m r ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆu ( x) u (x t) u (x t) u (x 2 r) u ( x 2r ) u ( x m) u ( x m) 1 2ch t 2ch 2 r 2ch m r d 1 2ch t 2ch 2 r 2ch m r 1 2ch t 2ch 2 r 2ch m r                                      by exp anding this determinant according to the first row with t he definition of rû we get t he followin g equation [ur(x – t) +ur(x+t) – 2ur(x) ch rt]d(r,r)= x mr k r r r r 0 k m x mr k 1 d ( , r , t)[u ( x kr ) u ( x kr ) d( , r , t, x )q( )d                …(10) where m m p p r p p r k r k r2m 1 2 m 1 2 k m p 1 p 1r r m p p r r k r 2m 1 2 k m p 1 r p p r k r 2m 1 r s h (kr x ) sh (t x ) d ( , r, t ) d ( , r) , if x m m s h (kr x ) d( r, t, x ) d ( , r, t ) , if t x 2 m sh (k r x ) d ( , r, t) , i f ( j 1)r x m                                                                 m j k m p 1 jr, 3 j                 we want to p rove the following estimate s s s r( x, y, ) w ( y x ) o(1)      …(11) by using equation (10), we count t he fourier coefficients of the function srw (y – x) with resp ect to the sy stem (ur): ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 0 0 0 r s s r r r r r r r 0 r s k r r r r r r r 0 k m r0 k 1 x mr r r x mr u , d w d w ( t)[u (x t) u ( x t)]dt d ( , r, t) d w ( t)[ 2u ch t {u ( x kr ) u ( x kr )} d( , r ) 1 d( , r, t, x )q( )d ]dt d ( , r )                             then 0 0 0 0 r r s s s k r r r r r r r r r r r r 0 k m r0 0 k 1 r x mr s r r r r0 x mr d ( , r, t) u , d w d w (t ) 2u (x )ch tdt d w (t) {u (x kr) u (x kr)}dt d( , r) 1 d w (t) d( , r, t, x )q( )d dt ...(12) d( , r)                            now, we want to find  s (x,y ,) – srw (y –x), by using the definition of  s (x,y ,) and the relations 0 s s s r r r r r r w ( t) v (y) u , d w o(1)    and 2 s sr r r 2 r0 w ( t) cos dt (1 )       , see ([1],[2]). we have the followin g  s (x,y ,) – srw (y –x)= s r r r o(1) u ( x) v ( y)  2 sr 2 r (1 )     0 s r r r r r v ( y) u , d w   s (x,y ,) – srw (y –x)= 0 r s s r r r r r r 0 o(1) u (x)v (y) d w (t ) cos tdt     0 0 0 r r s s k r r r r r r r r r r r r 0 k m r0 0 k 1 r x mr s r r r r r r r0 x mr d ( , r , t) 2 v ( y)u (x )d w ( t)ch tdt v ( y) d w (t) {u ( x kr) d( , r ) 1 u ( x kr )}dt v (y ) d w ( t) d( , r , t, x )q( )d dt ...(13) d ( , r )                            by using the interval transformation r 0 0 r       , we have 0 0 0 0 s s s r r r r r r r r r r s s k r r r r r r r r r r r 0 k m r0 0 k 1 r s r r r r r r0 x (x, y, ) w ( y x ) o(1) u (x) v (y)[d w (t ) cos tdt d ( , r, t ) d w (t )(cos t 2ch t)dt] v (y)d w (t ) {u (x kr) u ( x kr )}dt d( , r ) 1 v ( y)d w (t ) d( , r, t, x d( , r )                                      x mr mr )q( )d dt     now, we want to find the estimates of the integrals in the right hand side, so we will denote to this integrals by a1,…,a4 resp ectively. first ly , we know from [1] ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 s 0 1 2 r r c(r , s) a 1       0 r s 2 r r r r 0 a d w ( t)(cos t 2ch t)dt   by the relations in [4] r r r t r 1 1 0 t cos t 1 e t              and r r r r t r 1 c t 0 t c h t 1 ce t               we have the followin g inequ ality r r r r r t r 1 1 c t 0 t cos t 2ch t 1 ce t                  then r r 0 r r r r r 1 r ts s 2 r r r r 10 rs s s 1 s 0 1 2 31 1 1 0 t 0 t t r a d w ( t) (1 c t) dt c w (t) e dt c c max t c max t c e max t                                      since rr0, we get r 0 r r r 0 r 0 rs s 1 s 2 0 31 1 0 t t r rs s 1 s 0 0 3 0 r s 0 a c c max t c e max t c [cr c e r ] c(r , s) e                                  0 r s k r 3 r r r r 0 k m r0 k 1 d ( , r , t) a d w (t) {u ( x kr ) u ( x kr )}dt d( , r )         by using the following inequality in [4] r r, m 1re( 2 )r0 r r d ( , r , t) ce d ( , r)     …(14) and ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 r, m 1 r, m 1 r, m k 1 r, m k 2 r ,m 2 r ,m 1 r, m 1 r ,1 r, 2 r, m 2 re ( t 2 r ) re t re( ... ) rk r r r re ( t 2 r ) re( .. . ) s ce if k 2 d ( , r , t) min(1, t) ce if 2 k m d( , r ) ce if k m                                           …(15) where r,1 r, m 1 re( m .. . ) r rq( , r ) e        and d(r,r)=q(r,r). hence 0 r s k r r r 0 k m r0 k 1 d ( , r, t) d w ( t) dt d( , r )      0 r 1 1 s s k r2 2 r 1 s 0 k m r20 k 1 d ( , r , t) d a(s) t j ( t ) dt d( , r )              r 0 r 1 1 1 s s k r2 2 r 1 s 0 k m r0 2 k 1 r 1 1 s s k r2 2 1 s 0 k m1 r2 k 1 d ( , r, t) d a(s) t j ( ( t)) dt d ( , r ) d ( , r , t) a(s) t j ( (t)) dt d( , r)                                      0 r s k r r r 0 k m r0 k 1 d ( , r, t) d w ( t) dt d( , r )      r r r 13 ss ts 1 s22 1 1 0 t t r c(s) max t 3c(s) e max t               r r r 13 ss ts 1 s22 1 1 0 t t r c(s) max t 3c(s) e max t               from (14), (15) r r r r 0 r 0 r 0 3 1 ts s 1 s2 2 1 1 0 t t r 3 1 rs s 1 s2 2 0 0 3 1 rs s 2 2 0 0 rs 0 c(s) ( max t 3 e max t ) c(s) ( r 3 e r ) c(s) r ( r 3 e ) c '( r , s) e                                       then r 0 r 0 rs 3 0 r l ( k ) a c '( r , s) e u   ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 to find the estimate of a4 0 r x mr s 4 r r r r0 x mr 1 a d w ( t) d( , r , t, x )q( ) d dt d( , r )           0 r 0 r x m r s 4 r r r r0 x m r r x mr 1 2m rs r r r r 0 x mr 1 a d w (t) d( , r, t, x )q( ) d dt d( , r ) d w (t) c min{1, t }e q( ) d dt                      from [5]. by using the argument in [6],   2s 2s x 2 s l ( k ) l (k ) x 2 s q( ) d c u u *        we have 4a  r0 mr mr r 1 2 m rs r r r r r rl ( k ) l ( k ) 0 ˆd w ( t) min{1, t }e u u dt         r r 0 0mr mr r 1 r 1 2 m r s s r r r r r r r rl ( k ) l ( k ) 10 ˆc e u u d w ( t) tdt d w ( t) dt                            r mr mr r r r mr mr r 0 mr mr 3 1 1 2 m s sr s 1 s2 2 4 r rl ( k ) l ( k ) 1 1 0 t t r 3 1 rs s 1 s2 2 r r 0 0l (k ) l ( k ) rs 0 r rl ( k ) l ( k ) ˆa c '(s) e u u max t max t ˆc '(s) e u u r r ˆc '( r , s) e u u                                                     now, from (3) and ([7],lemma (3)) and cauchy -schwartz inequality we obtain the followin g estimates s r r i r v (y ) u (x ) a o(1) (i=1,2) s r i r v (y ) a o(1) (i=3,4) from this we obtain  s (x,y ,) – srw (y –x)= so(1) …(16) proof of the the orem (2.1) consider the op erator s s sl (f , x ) [ (f , x) s (f , x )]     ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 from l 1 (g) into c(k) for any comp act kg we know that r 2 s sr r r 2 ( f , x) f , v u (x )(1 )          s s r r r r s (f , x ) f , v u , w     then s s s s s s r r r r r ( f , x) s (f , x) f , w f , v u , w            by using cauchy -schwartz inequality and the p revious result in (16), we obtain c(k) l (f , x) m  for any fixed kg. furt her there exists hl 1 (g) s.t . h =l 1 (g) and the relation l(h,x)0 holds un iformly in x on the k for any hh. hence the result follows by the banach-steinhaus theorem. re ferences 1. loi, n.h.,(1987), on the riesz m eans of exp ansion by riesz bases formed by eigenfunctions of the schrödinger op erator, periodica, m ath., hung, 18(1):59-71. 2. tahir, m .b., (1993), on equiconvergence of riesz m eans of eigenfunction exp ansions, acta. m ath.,hung., 30: 314-328. 3. komornik, v., (1984), on the equiconvergence of exp ansions by riesz bases formed by eigen functions of a linear differential op erator of order 2n, acta. m ath.hung. 44(3-4): 311-325. 4. tahir, m .b., (1992), on the convergence of some eigenfunction exp ansions, ph.d. thesis, budapest, hung. 5. stemp ak، k. (1996), equiconvergence for laguerre function series, studia m athematica, 118 (3). 6. joo', i. and komarnik,v., (1983), on t he equiconvergence of exp ansions by riesz bases formed by eigenfunctions of the schrödinger op erator, acta. sci.m ath.,46: 357-375. 7. horva'th, m ., joo', i. and komarnik, v., an equiconvergence theorem, ann. univ.sci. budapest, sect., m ath., 31: 19-26. ihjpas 2) 2( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 010 حول متوسطات ریس للتوسیعات بواساطة قواعد ریس المصاغة باستخدام 2mالدوال الذاتیة للمؤثر التفاضلي االعتیادي من الرتبة د عصوادأسماء عب جامعة بغداد،ابن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات الخالصة ھدف ھذا البحث برھنة نظریة حول متوسطات ریس للتوسیعات بالنسبة الى قواعد ریس التي توسع النتائج السابقة لـ المتحققة على مؤثر شرودنكر والمؤثر التفاضلي االعتیادي من الرتبة الرابعة الى مؤثر تفاضلي من الرتبة ) لوي وطاھر( 2m العتیاديباستخدام الدوال الذاتیة للمؤثر التفاضلي ا. ihjpas 17062012130531_002 17062012130531_003 17062012130532 17062012130532_001 17062012130532_002 17062012130532_003 17062012130532_004 17062012130532_005 17062012130532_006 17062012130532_007 17062012130532_008 17062012130532_009 17062012130532_010 17062012130532_011 17062012124036_003 17062012124036_004 17062012124036_005 17062012124036_006 17062012124036_007 17062012124036_008 17062012124207 17062012124207_001 17062012124207_002 17062012124207_003 17062012124207_004 17062012124207_005 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 multiproduct mathematical model for productive company s.a. fahad departme nt of computer scie nce, college of education i bnalhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 30, march , 2011 accepte d in : 30, may , 2011 abstract this model is an extension to h.m .m .s and related developments models of a single p roduct. t hese models will be converted to deal with m ultip roduct for p roductive comp any. this model executed by comp uter programming technique to maximize p rofits. key words : m ulti p roduct, comp any, factory , m aximize. introduction there are many comp anies p roduce more than one p roduct each manufactured by p lant or firm each one is indep endent from the others. the management of t he comp any needs such a sy st em to make a control on p roduction, inventory , work–force, sales and p rices for all p roducts and provide an optimal solution to maximize p rofit. holt, m odigliani, m uth and simon (h.m .m .s) developed a dy namic model to p lan aggregate control of p roduction, inventory and work – force for a single – item (p roduct) which fully reported in their text [1] . it was develop ed under the assump tion that t he receip t of orders would be erratic and fluctuating and it would therefore need to eradicate any excessive movements in the rates of p roduction , inventory and work – force , in order to cut down t he costs of running a manufactory in mathematical terms and , to that end, h.m .m .s subdivided the tot al cost as follows : aregu lar p ayroll costs = c1wt + c13 …(1.1) bhiring and layoff costs = c2 (wt –wt-1 – c11 ) 2 …(1.2) cover time and idle time costs = c3 ( pt c4 wt ) 2 + c5 pt c6 wt + c12 pt wt …(1.3) d – inventory related costs = c7 [ it – ( c8 + c9 st ) ] 2 …(1.4) the tot al cost function to be minimized is t he summation of the above cost s . multiproduct model this model will depend on the original model of h.m .m .s [1] and [2] and also last developments on t heir model were done by the researchers [3] and [4] , all above models were dealing with a single p roduct and will be converted to deal with multip roduct , as follows : m odify the equation (1,1) to eq. (1.4) to be : regular p ayroll costs = c1i wti + c13i …(2.1) hiring and lay off = c2i (wti -w(t-1) i c11i) 2 …(2.2) overtime and idle time cost s = c3i ( pti c4i wti ) 2 + c5i pti c6iwti + c12i pti wti …(2.3) inventory related costs = c7i (iti ( c8i + c9i sti)) 2 …(2.4) where wti = level of work – force for product i in period t pti= p roduction rate for p roduct i in period t ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 iti = level of inventory for p roduct i at t he end of p eriod t. sti= shipment of p roduct i in period t = oti the order level for that month. c1i – c13i numerical constants which must be evaluated from hist orical costs for each p roduct (see [2]) . price variable have introduced to h.m .m .s model to influence on the ordering p att ern (see [3]) to move heavy demand away from peak p eriods and smoothing pt, it and wt and reducing costs. for each product is writt en as follows: oti = ai bti p ti …(2.5) where oti = forecast ed order for p roduct i ai = m aximum productive capacity for p roduct i bti the measure of change in demand p er unit change in p rice for each p roduct p ti = variable p rice for product i ai = op timal value of labour p roductivity x initial level of work – force x p ossible maximum shift ratio xv i.e. ai= c4i woi xni x vi …(2.6) where i number of shifts possible per day n number of shifts worked per day  vi = a factor to comp ensate for unknown components in the p roductive capacity and for any large forecasted demands in the interval t = 1 to t = 12 by substitut ing equation (2.6) in to equation (2.5) we obtain: oti = c4i woi x ni x vi bti p ti …(2.7) by substitut ing equation (2.7) into equation (2.4) we obtain: inventory connected costs = c7i [ iti c8i c9i ( c4i woi x ni x vi bti p ti)] 2 …(2.8) the variable p rice policy will bear the manufacturer the following cost: op p ortunity cost = qi . pci – t ti t 1 p   (c4i woi x ni x vi bti p ti ) …(2.9) where pci = the (const ant) salling p rice for product i qi = the tot al quantity . that would have been sold during the period t = 1 to t = t the tot al cost function for all products is a summation of the equations (2.1), (2.2), (2.3), (2.8) and (2.9) n t t i 1 t 1 c     [( c1i c6i ) wti + c13i + c2i ( wti w(t-1) i c11i ) 2 + c3i( pti c4i wti ) 2 + c5i pti + c12ipti wti+c7i [iti-c8i -c9i(c4i woi x ni x vi – bti p ti)] 2 – p ti (c4i woi x ni x vi– bti p ti )+ qi . p ci ] …(2.10) subject t o the following restriction iti = i(t-1) i + pti – c4i woi x ni x vi + bti p ti …(2.11) by differentiating ct with resp ect to wti , iti and pti result a linear decision rules as follows : pti = g1i – g2i w(t-1) i + g3i wti – g2i w(t+1)i …(2.12) iti = c26(t)i + c27(t)i w(t-1) i – c28(t)i wti + c29(t)i w(t+1)i – c30(t)i w(t+2)i …(2.13) p ti = c36(t)i – c37(t)i w(t-1) i + c38(t)i wti – c39(t)i w(t+1)i + c40(t)i w(t+2)i …(2.14) where ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 1i 6i 2i 1i 2i 3i 4i 3i 4i c c c g , g 2c c c c    andg3i = 2g21 + c4i c26(t)i = c8i + c9i ( c4i ( c4i woi x ni x vi–c5i bti) – bti c10i)/ 2c4i c27(t)i = c2i (1+ c7i c9i bti (c9i + 1)) / (c4i c7i ) c28(t)i = c2i (3+ c7i c9i bti (3c9i + 2)) / (c4i c7i ) c29(t)i = c2i (3+ c7i c9i bti (3c9i + 1)) / (c4i c7i ) c30(t)i = c2i (1+ c7i c9i bti ) / (c4i c7i ) c36(t)i = (c4i woi x ni x vi + bti (c10i + c4i c5i ))/(2c4i bti) c37(t)i = c2i (c9i + 1 ) / c4i c38(t)i = c2i ( 3c9i + 2 ) / c4i c39(t)i = c2i ( 3c9i + 1 ) / c4i c40(t)i = c2i c9i / c4i by substitut ing the decision variables pti , iti and p ti above in equation ( 2.11 ) obtain for t > 1 c27(t)i w(t-2) i -c41(t)iw(t-1) i +c42(t)i wti c43(t)iw(t+1)i + c44(t)iw(t+2)i = c4i woi x ni x vi – c45(t)i …(2.15) and for t = 1 c47(1) i w1i c48(1) i w2i + c49(1) i w3i = c4i woi x ni x vi – ioi + c46(1) i woi c50(1) i …(2.16) from equations (2.15) and (2.16) we have got 12-p eriods of simultaneous linear equations and imposing to end condition w10 = w11 = w12. by app lying the gauss – jordan method t o the sy st em above, we have got the optimal values of wti, ti = 1 to 14. characteristics of the model aop timize the p roduction rats, inventory rats, work–force, sales quantity and p rices to maximize p rofit for each month within a year until n y ears. b the computer p rogram was written which was referred to as the (p red 3) which designed to execute the model above. this p rogram will accep t any number of p roducts or factories, see [5]. ccan run the p rogram in any month within each y ear by giving the input variable ii value represents the difference between t = 1 and the new p eriod (month ) d the p arameter vi in equation (2.7) have given many values and selected value caused a smallest variation in the work – force p er each y ear and smoothing the decision variables (see equation (2.12), (2.13) and (2.14)) according to the p rinciples of initiating h.m .m .s model. ethere are two subrout ines in (p red 3) to forecast future demands, the first is moving average demand and the second is exp onential weighted average see [ 6 ] , [ 7 ] , [ 8 ] , [ 9 ] . fto obtain values for the decision variables for one month we would need 12 monthly values of forecasted demand and execute the sy st em of equations (2.15) and (2.16) for each t, and select wti , w( t+1)i , w(t+2)i, see equations ((2.12) (2.13)(2.14)). gthis model can be used for a single p roduct where p roduced by different factories belong to one comp any , each factory indep endent from the other in term of costs and demand and this case is ap p licable in the international comp anies. hthe most difficult decision face the manager is firing man-p ower. the idle p eople are international p roblem. such sy st em like this model will reduce number of idle p eople. for examp le, in the table (4.8) for p roduct (factory ) 2 in the month 11 must fire one work–force but the manager can hire him in factory (p roduct) 1 in the same month. see table (4-1). so changes work–p lace for the work–force help s t o reduce the lay off workers. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 results obtained from program ( pred 3) this p rogram has given many values for number of y ears and number of p roducts and the execution was succeeded. but to reduce the number and areas the tables as outp ut of this p rogram for this research paper i chose (2) y ears and (2) p roducts as input values to run the p rogram. the value of vi determine the p roductive cap acity (see eg.(2.6)). this p arameter has a p ositive relationship with maximum and minimum work-force, p roduction rate and sales levels, and also with revenue and p rofit. so it is easy to get better results than another models by increasing the value of vi. but it is not fair to do so. for this reason value of vi will be chosen according to 3.d above the set of vi for p roduct 1 will be (0.9 , 1) and for p roduct 2 ( 1,1 ) . the out p ut of p rogram is as follows: athe results of each p roduct will be printed out according to the sequence of input data of p roducts. bprint out the inp ut data for each product in the beginning of its results. cthree tables for each y ear, first table for decision variables (pt, it, wt, p t) for each month and yearly total of pt and it. see tables ((4-1), (4-3)) for p roduct 1 and ((4-8), (4-10)) for p roduct 2. second table is for monthly basic costs and total of them in each month, and tot al each of them in a y ear. these 4 tables are not imp ortant t o be listed in this research while the table of the yearly cost in d below is a good breviary. the third table contains the sales, revenue, other cost and profit for each month and their total for each y ear, see tables ((4-2), (4-4)) for p roduct 1 and ((4–9), (4–11)) for p roducts 2 dthree tables for each p roduct represent the y early totals, first table to inventory , p roduction and sales, see table (4–5) for p roduct 1 and table (4–12) for product 2. second table contains y early total of each kind of cost and their summation for n y ears, see table ( 4 – 6 ) for p roduct 1 and table (4–13) for product 2. third table contains y early total of revenue, other cost and p rofit for n y ears and their summation, see table (4-7) for product 1 and table (4–14) for product 2. e four t ables for the comp any (all products or all factories) as final results of all p roducts. the first table (4–15) contains the total of each basic cost for every p roduct and their totals for t he company. the second table (4–16) contains the total of revenue, other cost and p rofit for each p roduct and their summation for the comp any. the third table contains the monthly total of each basic cost for all p roducts as well as monthly summation. see table (4–17). the fourth t able (4–18) contains the monthly total of revenue, other cost and profit for all p roducts. comparison with h.m.m.s model: one of the main p urp oses of these models concerned is to smooth out the raw time–series representing fluctuations in workforce, production, inventory and sales levels. in table (4–19) blew shows the maximum and minimum and variation for the decision variables of h.m .m .s and pred 3. it is clearly that variation in p red3 is considerably less than h.m .m .s model and this smoothing is effective in increasing the profit and reducing costs. main steps of pred. 3 program this p rogram is written in general to accep t any number of p roducts and any number of y ears. execution time is 5 seconds for two y ears and two p roducts. it consists 525 p rogramming instructions and st atements. 1definition for integer and real variables. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 2read no. of y ears, no. of p roducts and forecast ing selection variable. 3declaration for 57 dimensions. 4m ain loop for number of p roducts. 5read c1 to c43, w0, io and ii. 6read historical demand. 7compute g1 to g5 and c10 to c18 8k = 1, m = 12 . 9print c1 to c13 and initial values. 10selection the method of forecast ing 1 moving average forecasting subroutine forca 2 exp onential weighted average 3 forecasted sales equal to actual demands     11read pc shn and n. 12m ain loop for number of y ears. 13loop for monthly comp utations. 14compute productive capacity and bt. 15compute c41 to c45 and c46 to c50. 16build up the matrix by using equations (2–15) and (2–16). solve the sy st em of equations by gauss jordan method to obtain wt , t = 1 to 14 and select wt , wt+1 and wt+2 .this st ep will be executed 12 times p er each y ear. see [10] , [11] , [12] . 17compute c26 to c40 and compute pt, it and pt. 18compute the basic costs t hen revenue, other cost and profit. 19accumulate monthly costs for all p roducts. 20accumulate monthly revenue, other cost and profit for all p roducts. 21compute check which rep resent equation (2.11) and must equal zero otherwise there is an error in mathematical op erations of this model or in p rogramming this model. 22k = k + 1 , m = m + 1 then step 13 to comp ute another month . 23if the reminder of k 0 12  st ep 24. 24print 3 tables in 4.c above for each y ear. 25go back to step 13. 26in end of yearly loop p rint 3 t ables as y early totals for each p roduct see 4.d. 27go back to step 4 to comp ute another product. 28when finished from the last p roduct p rint out 4 tables for the company. see 4.c. re ferences 1. holt, c.; m odigiliani, f.; m uth, j. and simon, h.a. (1960), planning, p roduction, inventories and work–force, prentice–hall, englewood cliffs, n.j. 2. holt, c.m odigiliani, f., and simon, h. a., (1955), a linear decision rule for production and emp loyment scheduling, m anagement science, 2(1). 3. fahad, s.a., (2008), m athematical m odel for one year planning of a m anufactory , ibn–alhaitham journal for pure and ap p lied sciences, baghdad university , 21(4). 4. fahad, s.a. (2009), m onth–to–m onth unt il n years prediction for planning a productive firm, ibn–alhaitham journal for pure and ap p lied sciences, baghdad university , 22(4). 5. lynwood, a.; johnson, douglas, c. m ontgomery , (1973), op erations research in production planning, scheduling and inventory control, johnwiley & sons, inc; new york, london. 6. brown, r.g. (1967), decision rules for inventory m anagement. holt, rinehart and winst on, new york. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 7. m ontgomery , d.c., (1968), an introduction to short – term forecast ing, journal of indust rial engineering, xix (10). 8. brown, r.g. (1959), statist ical forecast ing for inventory control, m c graw–hill, new york. 9. winters, p.r. (1960), forecast ing sales by exp onentially weighted m oving averages, m anagement science, 6 (3). 10. philip s and taylor, (1973), theory and ap p lications of numerial analysis, academic press, london and new york. 11. fox, l. (1964), an introduction to numerical linear algebra, new york: oxford university press. 12. forsuthe, g. and m oler, c. b. (1967), computer solution of linear algebraic sy st ems, englewood, n. j. p rentice – hill. product 1 table: ( 4 1 ) year 1 whe n v = 0.9 95.64 81 314 443 2 96.09 81 319 440 3 96.60 81 319 438 4 94.90 80 320 437 5 94.93 80 319 436 6 94.43 80 319 435 7 92.75 80 321 434 8 94.18 80 320 435 9 94.37 80 318 435 10 93.62 81 318 436 11 91.86 81 320 437 12 3806.6 5256.34 tot. product 1 table :( 4 – 2 ) year 1 v = 0.9 check profit other cost revenue sales month 0 18776.94 2873.44 39973.62 414 1 0 20654.84 2817.10 41075.4 429 2 0 21261.13 2796.73 41867.89 436 3 0 21546.68 2786.25 42333.13 438 4 0 21357.3 2776.15 41322.93 435 5 0 21434.87 2770.13 41379.92 436 6 0 21424.47 2764.67 41099.93 435 7 0 21277.02 2759.88 40062.01 432 8 0 21453.31 2763.28 41023.98 436 9 0 21491.12 2767.5 41206.88 437 10 0 21449.65 2771.6 40884.56 437 11 0 21314.12 2777.43 39935.58 435 12 253441.5 33425.04 492165.8 5200 tot. prices work force inventory production month 96.53 81 301 452 1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 product 1 table : ( 4 – 3 ) year 2 v = 1 prices workforce inventory production month 91.97 83 318 456 13 93.48 84 318 464 14 94.94 86 317 471 15 95.97 67 318 478 16 96.38 88 322 485 17 97.79 90 332 493 18 114.18 91 328 506 19 124.08 92 321 516 20 125.62 93 318 522 21 129.36 94 312 526 22 123.16 95 312 526 23 115.49 95 318 525 24 3834.71 5965.57 tot. product 1 table :( 4 – 4 ) year 2 v = 1 check profit other cost revenue s ales month 0 23365.42 2898.80 42040.88 457 13 0 23314.33 2948.27 43385.64 464 14 0 23415.02 2994.15 44737.17 471 15 0 23545.81 3037.43 45789.96 477 16 0 23502.12 3081.24 46315.7 481 17 0 23280.44 3135.14 47205.07 483 18 0 29194.28 3215.03 58246.94 510 19 0 34802.34 3278.55 64822.94 522 20 0 35616.1 3317.59 65871.08 524 21 0 38662.92 3342.54 68732.15 531 22 0 34610.28 3345.35 64868.23 527 23 0 30103.43 3340.96 59968.2 519 24 343412.5 37935.04 651984 5967 tot. yearly total for product 1 table ( 4 5) y. s ales y. pro duction y. inventory year 5200 5256.34 3806.60 1 5967 5965.57 3834.71 2 11167 11221.9 7641.31 tot. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table :( 4 6 ) yearly total of each basi c cost (regular payroll, hiring and layoff, overtime , inventory related, opportuni ty cost and their total for each year) table ( 4 – 7 ) product 2 table: ( 4 – 8 ) year 1 whe n v = 1 prices work-force inventory production year month 67.74 61 1055 965 1 60.49 61 1103 964 2 66.73 61 1107 968 3 71.71 62 1095 972 4 66.09 62 1114 971 5 77.57 62 1088 972 6 67.39 61 1096 964 7 65.33 61 1100 956 8 65.65 60 1093 949 9 60.52 60 1100 940 10 60.95 59 1099 934 11 59.74 59 1099 929 12 13149.6 11484 tot. product 2 table: ( 4 – 9 ) year 1 v = 1 check profit other cost revenue s ales month 0 8803.79 6139.54 54906.19 811 1 0 16302.23 6131.35 55398.61 916 2 0 21696.19 6155.92 64380.03 965 3 0 26414.2 6178.32 70495. 95 983 4 0 20235 6176.08 62946.85 952 5 0 32968.37 6178.14 77356.66 997 6 0 21465.23 6130.85 64436.26 956 7 0 20467.57 6080.84 62217.14 952 8 0 21157.27 6032.80 62740.37 956 9 0 18316.63 5978.37 56452.17 933 10 0 18807.27 5938.37 57022.35 936 11 0 18394.71 5906.46 55458.17 928 12 245028.5 73027 743810.8 11284.84 tot. y. totc y. opc y.inc c y.otc y. hlc y. rpac year 205299.3 27009.5 34.33 376.40 24.76 231873.3 1 270636.4 7806.80 29.97 3081.91 1168.52 258549.2 2 475935.7 19202.7 64.30 3458.31 1193.28 490422.6 tot. y. profit y. othe r cost y. re venue year 253441.5 33425.04 492165.8 1 343412.5 37935.04 651984 2 596854 71360.08 1144150 tot. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 product 2 table: ( 4 – 10 ) year 2 v = 1 prices work force inventory production month 59.35 59 1098 926 13 58.06 59 1099 925 14 58.18 59 1096 927 15 56.36 59 1101 931 16 56.88 60 1116 941 17 65.94 61 1120 956 18 79.28 61 1099 970 19 77.76 62 1090 975 20 72.38 62 1085 972 21 62.76 61 1103 965 22 65.52 61 1104 961 23 67.80 61 1095 956 24 13206.25 11403.44 tot. product 2 table: ( 4 – 11 ) year 2 v = 1 check profit other cost revenue s ales month 0 18441.12 5887.189 55045.98 927 13 0 18251.19 5880.17 53613.3 923 14 0 18524.47 5891.97 54074.24 929 15 0 18320.85 5921.99 52190.63 926 16 0 17820.99 5982.39 52657.44 926 17 0 20650.28 6077.57 62780.7 952 18 0 33997.01 6168.14 78589.18 991 19 0 31541.62 6199.37 76520.95 984 20 0 26272.06 6181.34 70696.24 977 21 0 18790.4 6136.57 59415.46 947 22 0 20990.19 6108.59 62892.4 960 23 0 22739.99 6079.16 65411.82 965 24 266340.2 72514.46 743888.3 11407 tot. yearly total for product 2 table :( 4 – 12 ) y .sal s y .production y . inventory year 11284.84 11484.04 13149.6 1 11407.44 11403.44 13206.25 2 22692.28 22887.48 26355.85 tot ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table: ( 4 – 13 ) yearly total of each basi c cost ( regular payroll , hiring and layoff , overtime , inventory related , opportuni ty cost and their total for each year ) y.totc y.opc y.incc y.otc y.hlc y.rpac year 425755.3 59921.03 250.61 801.51 191.86 364590.3 1 405033.7 41921.11 108.16 610.57 138. 362210.8 2 830789 101842.14 358.77 1412.08 374.86 726801.1 tot table: ( 4 – 14 ) y. profit y. othe r cost y. revenue year 245028.5 73027.03 743810.8 1 266340.2 72514.46 743888.3 2 511368.7 145541.49 1487699.1 tot final results for company ( all products ) table :( 4 – 15 )total each basi c cost for product ( factory ) ( regul ar payroll , hiring and layoff , overtime , inventory related , opportuni ty cost and their total for each product ) c.totc c.opc c.l ncc c.otc c.hlc c.rpac product 475935.7 -19202.7 64.30 3458.31 1193.28 490422.6 1 830789 101842.11 358.77 1412.08 374.86 726801.1 2 1306724.7 82639.43 423.07 4870.39 1568.14 1217223.7 tot table: ( 4 – 16 )total of revenue , other cost and profit for each product and for the company c. profit c. other cost c. revenue product 596854 71360.08 1144150 1 511368.6 145541.5 1487699 2 1108222.6 216901.6 2631849 tot ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table: ( 4 – 17 )monthly total of each basi c cost for the company ( all products ) tote opc incc otc hlc rpa c month 58286.08 7400.53 233.74 557.87 91.08 49982.86 1 50567.59 462.26 3.61 45.91 4.66 50051.15 2 54337.96 4155.09 4.47 53.16 6.28 50118.95 3 55903.62 5655.34 2.6 74.88 4.83 50165.97 4 53725.26 3514.94 19.38 58.86 1.78 50130.29 5 55385.08 5200.0 13.74 106.26 1.57 50063.5 6 53750.98 3829.87 1.52 65.95 13.42 49840.22 7 51693.85 2027.3 0.06 52.80 18.2 49595.47 8 52357.7 2909.61 4.83 52.48 18.87 49371.91 9 49105.43 -109.07 0.23 30.39 21.91 49161.98 10 48940.01 -134.52 0.67 31.71 17.65 49024.49 11 47001.03 -1999.84 0.08 27.63 16.37 48956.8 12 46494.33 -3111.33 0.82 196.4 164.72 49243.72 13 46604.98 -3288.11 0.52 167.2 146.82 49578.55 14 47985.81 -2272.75 2.09 131.95 136.04 49988.47 15 47154.51 -3550.47 0.52 81.45 135.12 50487.89 16 48586.4 -2764.64 27.13 56.5 150.83 51116.58 17 56842.32 4590.24 52.67 152.23 178.21 51868.98 18 64261.65 11050.96 5.03 464.22 163.16 52578.28 19 65522 11759.66 10.8 620.08 102.54 53128.92 20 65180.23 11262.12 22.10 609.38 68.41 53217.32 21 61215.17 7385.73 5.77 533.75 52.84 53237.07 22 62706.22 9028.44 7.14 406.24 31.35 53233.05 23 63116.48 9638.04 2.64 273.08 21.47 53181.24 24 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table :( 4 – 18 ) monthly total of revenue , other cost and profit for the company ( all products ) profit other cost revenue month 27580.75 9012.97 94879.81 1 36957.07 8949.34 96474.01 2 42957.32 8952.64 106247.9 3 47960.88 8964.57 112829.1 4 41592.29 8952.23 104269.8 5 54403.23 8948.27 118736.6 6 42889.7 8895.52 105536.2 7 41744.59 8840.72 102279.2 8 42610.58 8796.07 103764.4 9 39807.75 8745.87 97659.05 10 40256.91 8709.98 97906.9 11 39708.83 8683.89 95393.75 12 41806.54 8785.99 97086.85 13 41565.52 8828.44 96998.93 14 41939.49 8886.12 98811.41 15 41866.66 8959.43 97980.59 16 41323.11 9063.62 98973.13 17 43930.72 9212.72 109985.8 18 63191.29 9383.17 136836.1 19 66343.96 9477.92 141343.9 20 61888.16 9498.93 136567.3 21 57453.32 9479.11 128147.6 22 55600.47 9453.94 127760.6 23 52843.42 9420.12 125380 24 table :(4-19) comparison pred .3 with h.m.m.s model in terms of smoothing of wt , pt , it and sales as well as cost and profit profit total-cost sales inventory produ ction work-force p red 3 h .m .m .s p red 3 h .m .m .s p red 3 h .m .m .s p red 3 h .m .m .s p red 3 h .m .m .s p ed 3 h .m .m .s 5 9 6 8 5 4 3 4 8 7 7 6 .7 5 4 7 2 9 5 .7 8 8 0 7 7 3 6 .9 531 414 117 725 284 441 332 301 31 455 216 239 526 434 92 661 360 301 95 67 28 109 65 44 max. min. var. 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لشركة إنتاجیة نموذج ریاضي لمنتوجات متعددة فهد سمیر عبد الوهاب ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد –قسم الحاسبات ، كلیة التربیة 2011، اذار،30:استلم البحث في 2011 ،یار، ا30: قبل البحث في الخالصة h.mنموذج انموذج امتداد إلى ھذا اال .m .s تج واحـد ذه النمـاذج سـتغیر . والنماذج المطورة لھ التـي تتعامـل مـع مـن ـھ . نموذج نفذ بتقنیة برمجة الحاسوب لتعظیم األرباحھذا اال. لتتعامل مع منتجات متعددة لشركة إنتاجیة .متعدد ، شركة ، مصنع ، تعظیم: الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 the study o f serum got(glutamic oxalacetic transaminase) activity and so me kinetic parameters in patient with pulmo nary tuberculosis p. a.ismahil , l. m.hassan departme nt of chemistry ,college of education science,unive rsity of salahaddin abstract in the p resent st udy , serum got(glutamic oxalacetic transaminase) was p urified, the p urified enzy me showed the maximum activity at 37ºc and p h 7.5. during p urification of serum got ion exchange chromatography lead to four sep arate forms (termed i, ii, iii and iv). got ii with the highest sp ecific activity was p ure after chromatography on sephacry l s300. . s.got levels were invest igated in serum samples from p atient with p ulmonary tuberculosis .the s.got levels were determined at and 37ć .the st udy revealed that the serum got activity was higher in p atient of tuberculous p ulmonary than in control subjects.t he mean serum got activity in the p atients group was(90±8 iu/l) as compared to control group (27±0.65iu/l) showing a highly significant (p <0.001)difference .the study was concentrated to comp rehensive measurement of the rate reaction kinetics(km,vmax,hill coefficient),the first order forward rate constant k1 and half life t1/2 of the enzy me reaction in both normal and tuberculosis serum to evaluate any change in the number and st ructure of the active site then the rate of enzy me –substrate binding. key words :glutamic o xalacetic transaminase.tuberculosis introduction tuberculosis is a chronic bacterial infection caused by m y cobacterium tuberculosis and characterized by the formation of granulomas in infected tissue and by cell –mediated hy p ersensitivity . the usual site of diseases is the lung ,but other organs may be involved [1,2,3],tuberculosis has emerged as one of the most lethal diseases man has sever faced in short sp an of time become a major health p roblem in the third word. the severity of the diseases can be judged by the fact that it affects all ages [4,5,6].m y cobacterium tuberculosis is resp onsible for more morbidity in humans than any other bacterial diseases.m y cobacterium infects 1.1 billion p eople p er year which is equal to 33% of the entire word p op ulation [7,8,9] glutamic oxalacetic transaminase is a tissue enzy me that catalyzes the transfer of amino and keto group between alp ha-amino acid and alp ha-keto acid .the got exist in the tissues of many organs .necrotic activity in these organs causes a release of abnormal quantities of enzy me into the blood .an increase in serum got activity has been described in several diseases as myocardial infarction. got activity is also increased with various t y p es of liver diseases like viral hepatitis or in liver damage and some time with renal diseases .ast or necrosis and inflammation of heart,liver and muscle cells [10,11,12,13] experime ntal *s amples collection and s eparation blood analysis is usually done on venous of cap illary blood.60 samples of the blood were through out the investigation of got enzy me activity ,35 of these samp les were of ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 tuberculosis ,while 25 of these samples were of healthy individuals .5 ml of blood has been collected and allowed st anding at room temp erature until it has clotted. restriction of the clot may be assist ed by gentle loosing it from the walls of the container. the serum was sep arated by centrifugation at 3000 r.p .m for 15 minutes.separated serum was used on the same day of determination chemicals all chemicals used were of high analysis grade and p arched from bdh ,fluka *instruments and apparatus -sepctrop hotometer, sup ertonic 601 -philip s p h-meter -thermost atic water bath -centrifuge t.5 *methods aesti mation of s.got activity s .got activity was determined by measurement of oxaloacetate p roduced during the assay according to the method of bergmey er and bernt (1965). the samples were incubated at 37◦c for 1 h in tubes containing 100 μm asp artic acid, 2μm α-ketoglutaric acid, 20mm sodium phosp hate buffer, ph 7.5 and app rop riate amount of enzy me to give a final volume of 1.0ml. the reaction was st op p ed by the addition of 1ml 2,4-dinitrop henylhydrazine reagent and allowed to incubate 20min at room temp erature and 10ml 0.4n sodium hy droxide was added. the absorbance was recorded at 505 nm. the enzy matically liberated oxaloacetate was calculated from a st andard curve absorbed at 510 nm ,using series concentration of substrate[s] fig(3). purifi cation of aspartate transaminase s tep 1: freshly drawn, heparinized human blood is centrifuged at 5000 rp m for 30 min, and the p lasma is treated with ammonium sulfate. the protein fraction p recipitating between 30 and 80% saturation is collected s tep 2: the p ooled sup ernatants (630ml) were p laced in a 60°c water bath for 40min with frequent mixing and then centrifuged at 100oog for 30min. s tep 3: the sup ernatant from st age 2 was further p urified by (nh4)2so4 p recipitation. op timum precipitation occurred between 64 and 72% saturation, with an overall p urification factor of 69 and a y ield of 37%. and a y ield of 30% were obtained. prot ein p recipitating overnight in the op timum range was collected and redissolved in 0.01 m -sodium p hosp hate buffer, ph7.4, dialy zed against the same buffer s tep 4:deaecel lulose chromatography the dialyzed sup ernatant from step 3 was app lied directly to a deaecellulose column (20×2.6 cm i.d.) equilibrated with 50mm sodium p hosp hate buffer, p h 7.5. the adsorbed material was eluted with a st epwise gradient ranging from 0 to 0.4m nacl p repared in the same buffer at a flow rate of 60ml/h and 10ml fractions were collected. prot ein fractions exhibitingast activity were eluted with 0.0, 0.05, 0.1 and 0.2m nacl, resp ectively and designated ast i, ii, iii and iv, according to elution order. s tep 5: se phacryl chromatography ast ii was app lied to a sephacry l s-300 column (95×1.6 cm i.d.) equilibrated with 50mm sodium p hosp hate buffer, p h 7.5 and developed at a flow rate of 60ml/h and 3ml fractions were collected. the ast ii was eluted withthe same buffer. protein determination prot ein was determined either by measuring the absorbance at 280 nm (warbur g and christian, 1942) or by the method of bradford (1976) using bovine serum albumin as a st andard ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 b-esti mation of physi cal constant (km& vmax) value s the values of km &vmax was determined in normal and tuberculosis cases the same exp erimental p rotocol of activity was app lied and the only difference is the use of different substrate concentration .the data obtained were examined for km & vmax by using different methods of p lott ing data .theses were of 1-m ichaeles-m entin p lot in which the rate of reaction(v)is p lott ed vs [s],directly 2-lineweaver-burk p lot a reciprocal plot of 1/v vs 1/[s] has been app lied c-esti mation of the rate association constant (k1),hal f-life time (t1/2) following time course reaction ,the order of the enzy matic reaction (k1) and half life times(t1/2) were determined .the same p rotocol of the activity was ap p lied at const ant [s] but the time of incubation was varied (fig5,6) d-esti mation of the activation ene rgie s(ea*) the same p rotocol of got determination was adop ted and the only difference is the use of various incubation temperature (fig7) results and discussion the p urification of ast is summarized in table 1. from the elution p rofile of the chromatography on deae-cellulose (figure 1a), it can be seen that ast activity was detected in four peaks: the negative adsorbed fractions and the fractions eluted with 0.05, 0.1 and 0.2m sodium chloride and designated as got i, ii, iii and iv, resp ectively. furt her p urification was rest ricted to got ii. a sephacry l s-300 column (figure1b) was used to obtain got ii. with the highest p ossible sp ecific activity (3.63 units/mg p rotein). the activity of got in tuberculosis was estimated quantitatively and compared with that of normal using developed calorimetric method .data obtained revealed sp ecific elevation of got activity (90±8.1 iu/l) in case of tuberculosis fig(2) comp aring with normal individuals (27±0.65 iu/l) .this is due to that serum got level p ositively corrected to the diseases extent in tuberculosis of immunocomptenl p atients .the presence of elevated enzy me activity in the p lasma may indicate tissue damage accomp anied by increased release of intracellular enzy mes. m any diseases that cause tissue damage result in an increased release of intracellular enzy me in to the p lasma .the level of sp ecific enzy me activity in the p lasma frequently correlates with the extent of tissue damage. thus ,the degree of elevation of a p articular enzy me activity in p lasma is often useful in evaluating the p rognosis of the p atient [15].the km values for the serum got decreased in tuberculosis p atient( 0.64 ±0.5mm )fig.4 table2) as comp ared to normal group (1.03 ±0.8mm ) .this means that the affinity of the enzy me for their substrate was affected by the diseases and chemical structure (ionic state ) of the active sites become more suitable for the substrate for binding [16].while the vmax for the serum got increased in tuberculosis p atients (90±8 iu/l) (iu/l) (fig 3 table2) as comp ared to normal(27±0.65 iu/l) these results are accep table because there is an increase in lymphocytes and macrophages activities and concentration in tuberculosis p atient which affect the rate of general metabolism [17].so increasing got activities and concentration (number of active site).(fig 5 table 3 )indicates that the got enzy me reaction in both normal and tuberculosis p atients reaction are of the p seudo first order ty p e from these figures, the forward reaction rate constant(association rate constant)(k1) and half time (t1/2) were estimated in both cases using the following equation the results showed that the (k1) for serum got increased in tuberculosis p atient but (t1/2) decreased as comp ared with normal group (fig 6 table3), so one can conclude that the diseases may affect equilibrium constant(keq) of (ea*)comp lex formation through out increasing the association const ant [18,19]. ihjpas ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 the results also showed that the tuberculosis affected (decreased) the half life time of serum got enzy me reaction . this may be due to the acceleration of their activities by increasing the got concentration and the affinity of the got to their substrate .the hill coefficient(n) value of the serum enzy me binding site to their substrate was estimated from hill p lot fig6.the results (table3) revealed that there were no cooperation and no significant change in (n)value in the case of tuberculosis comp aring with that of normal group s.( fig7 table4) rep resent the arrhenius p lot for the serum got enzy me in normal and tuberculosis p atient from the figures the energy of activation of the enzy me substrate reaction were estimated (table4).the results show that (ea*)for enzy me reaction decreases in tuberculosis case .these results indicate that the diseases may affect the mechanism of the enzy me reactions, this p redicts that there is another p athway for the enzy me-substrate comp lex((ea*)[20] ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 references 1-braunwald,b ; martin ,m and kasper,d.(1998).harrisons principles of internal medicine.2: 14 ed..mc.applet inlang.usa 2-meena,v ; sanjeev;ashsh,m andakshra,v(2004) "study of adenosine deaminase activity in pulmonary tuerculosis and other common respiratory diseases ".ind. j. of clinical biochemistry 193(1) 129-131 3-antonisks,d; amin ,k and barnes, p(1990) "pleuritis as a manifestation of reactivation tuberulosis.am.j.med. 89:447-450 4-chan, c;arnold mand mak, t(1987)"clinical and pathological features of tuberculous pleural effusion and its long term consequences." respiration 91:106-109 5-dunla, n pand brile ,de(1992). "immunology of tuberculosis .med.clin.north am;77:1235-51 6-sudre, p;dam, gt and koch ,a(1992)"tuberculosis a global overview of the situation today .bull who;70:149-159 7-ellioh, a;luo, n and tembo, g(1990) "impact of study b m j; 31.412-415 8-modilesky ,t;sattler, f and barnes, p(1991)"myobacterial disease in patient with human immunodeficiency virus infection"arch inter. med ,149: 22012205 9-jonathen,e.g(2001)"t ransmission of myobacterium tuberculosis through casual contact with infectious.archives of internal medicine .161(8):2254-63 10-iodar, k;(2002)."tuberculosis scientific report.university of wisconsin 11-banks,b and vernon ,c(1961)"transaminating part 1 .the isolation of apoenzyme of glutamic-aspartic transamminase from pig heartmuscl.j.chen. socc.1698-1705 12-dumitrn, i. ;iordahescu, d. and niculesu ,s.(1961)"l-alanine:2oxo glutaratetransfesrase chromatographi purification and cryst allization of the enzyme 44-:317from seed of glycine hisp ida var ch eep ear"rev.roum.biochem. 13-tonhazy ,n. ;white, n. and umbreite, w.(1960) "a rapid method for t he est imation of the glutamic-asp artic transaminase in tissue and its app lication of radation." arch. 42-6:.328biohem. 14bergmey er, h.u. and bernt, e.(1965). glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase. in: m ethod of enzy matic analysis, h.u. bergmey er (ed.), p p . 837–853. acad p ress, new york. 15-chmpe,p.c.and harrvey ,r.a. (1994)"lipp incotts illustrated ".reviews biochemist ry .2 nd ed.lipinott .j.b. usa ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol. 23 (3) 2010 ed th ,52varly ,h.;alan,h. and m aurice,b.(1980)."p ractical clinical ch emistry ,vol -16 .willam hein mann m edical books ltd .london 17-gyt on,a.c.(1991) "text book of medical physiology 8 th ed .w.b.saunders.usa 18-ross,e. ;m aguire,m . and stugll,t.(1977)."relationship between the β-adrenergi 75-:576252receptor and adenylate cy clase.j.biol.chem. 7407-:7736254waelbo eck,m .;vanobber gh, e. and demeyte ,d.(1979) j.biol.chem. -19 1789-:177366nemthy ,g. and cheraga, t.(1972) j.phy s.chem -20 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (1): purification sche me for serum got ii recovery % fold purification speci fic activity(units/ mg) protein t otal protein mg t otal units purific ation step 7.8 3.3 0.4 10 0.4 deae-cellulose 0.01 m nacl (i) 32.1 5.25 0.63 26 16.4 0.05 m nacl (ii) 22.5 2.1 0.25 46 11.5 0.1 m nacl (iii) 25.5 1.44 0.173 75 13 0.2 m nacl (iv) 27 30.25 3.63 3.8 13.8 sephacryl s -300 ast ii ∗one unit of got activity was defined as the amount of enzyme p roducing 1 μmol oxaloacetate (pyruvate) p er h under st andard assay conditions. table(2):km and vmax value of normal& tuberculosis s got normal tuberculosis enzy me vmax(iu/ l) km(mm ) vmax(iu/ l) km(mm ) got 27 1.03 90 0.64 table(3):enz yme reaction parameters of normal and tubercul osis s got hil coefficient (n) t1/2 k1(min-¹) enzy me tuberculosis normal tuberculosis normal tuberculosis normal 1.9 7 1.09 15.4 24.75 0.045 0.028 ِ◌got ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table(4):activation e nergy of normal and tubercul osis s got activation energy ea enzy me tuberculosis normal 7925.18 8882.18 got fig. (1) (a): a typical e luti on profile for the chromatography of. s erum got on deaecel lul ose column (20×2.6 cm i.d.) previously equi librated with 20mm sodium phosphate buffe r, ph 7.5 at a flow rate of 60 ml/h and 10ml fractions. (b) a typical eluti on profil e for the chromatography of s erum got ii deae-cel lul ose fraction on s ephacryl s -300 column (95×1.6 cm i.d.) previously equi librated with 20mm sodium phosphate buffe r, ph 7.5 at a flow rate of 60ml/h and 3 ml fractions. absorbance at 280 nm (•—•)got ,activity ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig(2):ser um got l eve ls in norm al and tuber cu losi s gr oup 0 20 40 60 80 100 1 2 s .g o t a c ti v it y ( iu \l ) no rm al tub er cul osis 27 90 fi g(3):michae lism ente n plot for both no rma l and tuber culosi s 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 [s]m m v i u /l tubercul osis normal fig(4): linw e ave r-bur k pl ot s. got for both tuber culosi s and nor m al se r um -0.1 -0 .05 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 1\[s] m m 1 \v i u \l normal tuberculosis ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig(7): arr hen ius plot for s.got in both n or mal an d tub er culosis 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0.0029 0. 003 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 0.0036 1\t (k) l o g (v ) (i u \l ) normal tuberculosi fif(5):psed o firs t o rd er plo t for s.got in both nor m al an d tu ber cul osis 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 time (min ) l in (v m a x \v m a x -v ) tuberculosis normal fi g(6):hill plo t for s.got in both nor mal and tu ber cu losi s 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0.7 0.8 l og [s] l o g (v \v m a x -v ) tuberculosi s normal ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد و بعض الدوال الحركیة فى مصول المرضى (got) دراسة نشاط االنزیم المصابین بالتدرن الرئوى بروین عبد الصمد اسماعیل، لطفیة محمد حسن ح الدیناالةسام العلمیة، جامعة صال/كلیة التربیة،قسم الكیمیاء االةسام العلمیة،جامعة صالح لدین/قسم الكیمیاء ،كلیة التربیة الخالصة و اس 37بـدى االنـزیم المنقـى اعظـم فعالیـة فـى حـرارةاذ افى المصل got فى الدراسة الحالیة تم تنقیة االنزیم تبــادل اال یـــونى الــى فصــل االنـــزیم الــى اربعـــة درجــة و خـــال ل عملیــة التنقیــة ادى كروموتوغرافیـــا ال 7.4الهیــدروجینى فى مصول المرضى المصابین بالتدرن الرئوى و اظهرت الدراسة gotمستویات االنزیم تو قد بحث. اشكال ان معـدل نشـاط االنــزیم فـى مجموعــة اذن نشـاط االنـزیم فــى مصـول المرضـى اعلــى مـن معـدال تــه فـى المصـول الطبیعیــة وبینـت (0.65iu/l±27)مقارنـة بالمجموعـة الطبیعیـة والبالغـة (iu/l iu/l 8±90))ت مرضـى التـدرن الرئـوى بلغـ ودرجـة الحـرارة 7.4قمـة نشـاطه فـى اس الهیـدروجینى gotكمـا ابـدى االنـزیم (p<0.001ارتفاعـا معنویـا 37ć.شـملت ،اذ) الطبیعى و التدرن الرئوى (جین \ولقد ركزت الدراسة على متابعة میكانیكیة التفاعل االنزیمى فى كال النمو لتقـیم اى تغیـر حاصـل فـى عـدد /t1/2)()(وزمـن العمـر النصـفى ((k1)معدالت ثابت التكـوین ، km,vmaxقیم (دراسة تغیر معدل سرعة التفاعل االنزیمى من ثم وتركیب المواقع النشطة الموجودة على االنزیم و ihjpas microsoft word 181-190 181| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 للمنطقة المرئية محاكاة لتصميم مرايا متعدد الطبقات الماتالبباستعمال لغة فؤاد عبد الكريم أسماعيل كلية التربية /الجامعة المستنصرية/قسم الفيزياء fouaddd.1956@gmail.com حركات محسن رومي قسم الفيزياء /كلية العلوم للبنات / جامعة بغداد 2014حزيران 2قبل في : 2014نيسان 21أستلم في : الخالصة قدم ھذا البحث دراسة نظرية تم فيھا تصميم مرايا ذات أنعكاس عاٍل في المنطقة المرئية من الطيف الكھرومغناطيسي للطول الموجي لحالة دالةً ) وأستقصاء خصائص األداء البصري المتمثلة باألنعكاسية بوصفھا nm 700-400 بيــــن ( ص، والتشتت بشكل أغشية رقيقة على ركيزة زجاج باستعمال نظم السقوط العمودي للضوء لمواد مھملة االمتصا المصفوفات وباعتماد برنامج الماتالب . ) في تصميم المرايا باعتماد التناوب في معامالت alas) ، (2tio) ، (sic) ، (4n3siأستعملت المواد العازلة ( عالي والواطئ للحصــــــــول على مرايا ذي خسائر االنكسار وبشكل سالسل مرتبة في أكوام ربع موجة ذات ترتيب ال منخفضة ذات عكس عاٍل. . أوضحت النتائج أن االختالف العالي في دليل معامل االنعكاس يعطي أنعكاسية عالية وبأقل عدد في الطبقات .الماتالب، برنامج ة ـ، مراياعازل زةـفوفة المميـالمص طالء متعدد الطبقات , :الكلمات المفتاحية 182| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة مايعرف مرشحات االنعكاس ، ان من اھم المرشحات التداخلية التي تم انتاجھا بتقنية الطالء البصري لالغشية الرقيقة أنعكاسية السطوح لمدى مــــــحدد من الطول الموجي لما لھا أھمية وبشكل واسع في العالي كونھا أداة تعمل على زيادة ] .1التطبيقات الليزرية بأقل أمتصاصية وتشتت [ ،)agاالول مرايا معدنية تكون االغشية الرقيقة فيھا من الفضة (، تصنف مرشحات األنعكاسية العالية الى نوعين )،ھذا النوع ذات مشــــــــاكل تقيد في التطبيق بسبب االمتصاصية العالية المالزمة ألغلب alوااللمنيوم ( ،)auوالذھب ( في للمرايا اً ) قد يسبب ضررsofterيا المعــــدنية تتميز بنعومة (اعن أن أغلب المر المعادن وحساسيتھا لألكسدة فضالً ) bragg reflector] أوماتسمى بأنعكاسية براك (2[ اد عازلةأثناء التنظيف الدوري لھا مقارنة بالنوع الثاني مرايا الـــمو ) التي لھا اھمية متزايدة في عالمنا اليوم لما لھا من stackطبقات العازلة تعرف بالكومــــــة (الذات التركيب المتعدد من ]. من 3[ ة الليزر البصريةالستعمالھا الناجح في الكثيرمن أنظم تطبيقات واسعة في العديد من فروع العلم والتكنولوجيا ] . 1[ ) طبقات المواد العازلة بطبقة معدن لزيادة األنعكاسيةboostingالممكن أن تدعم ( كون بتــــــــــركيب طبقـــــــــــــات الكومة ذات ترتيب دوري متنـــــــــاوب تمرشحات االنعكاسية العاليـــــــــة )alternately periodic structures of) بسمك ربع طـول موجة (/4 التي تتضمن تناوب معامالت ) للطبقة للطبقـــــات وبشكل دوري ))highest and lowest refractive indices) (ln) والواطئة (hnاالنكسار العاليــة ( ]:4حيث يرمز للصيغة العـــــــــــامة للكومة [ وسط السقوط] s]hlاالساس مثل السمك البصري بربع طول موجة للمادة ذي الدليل العالي والواطئ على التوالي ي] hlالزوج المترتب والمتمثل [ ).1) من المرات بين وسط السقوط والركيزة كما في شكل (sالتي تتكرر ( ـات البناء االساسيــــــة للتصميــــــــم ن أعلومـــــــــــم مرشح االنعكاسية العاليـــــة يتضمـــان تصميـ )construction parameters ( التوھين وعدد الطبقات، ومعامل وسمكھا البصري ، معامل أنكسار المواد ،بوصفھا )extinction coefficient إذ تعد مرحلة التصميم الي اداء بصري مرحلة أساسية نظرا لترابط ھذه المتغيرات،ويمثل، ( ].5اللبنة االولى في بناء المرشح البصري[التصميم يعتمد األداء البصري المتمثل باألنعكاسية العالية في األغشية الرقيقة ذات ترتيب متراكب من طبقات مواد عازلة ذات ر تسلسل لذلك أختيا ،معامالت أنكسار مختلفة على التداخل البناء لألشعة المنعكسة عند السطوح الفاصلة بين ھذه الطبقات وأختيار المواد العازلة وسمكھا البصري شرط ضروري في تحقق االستجابة الطيفية ، الترسيب التراكمي للطبقات وعددھا ].6المطلوبة [ الجزء النظري يعتمــــد أســـــاس عمـــــل طـــالءات .متعــــددة الطبقــــات تــــراكيب تداخليــــةالءات البصــــرية ـــــــن الطإ ) واألتـــــــــالفي constructive interferenceاالغشيــــة الرقيقــــــة على مـــــــبدأ التـــــــداخل البنـــــاء ( )destructive interference ( من طبقات الطالء الرقيقة بعد أن تعاني أنعكاسات داخلية بين االشعة الضوئية الخارجة ]1[ ) لھذه الطبقاتinterfacesمتكررة على السطوح الداخلية ( مسار الشعاع في الحزمة التي تحديدحساب تأثيرات التداخل فيما يتعلق بنظام االغشية الرقيقة ببساطة من خالل ينجز ) ھذه االشعة steady stateة (ــــــالة الثابتـــــوح الداخلية لطبقات الطالء .ففي الحتنعكس ذھابا" وأيابا" بين مختلف السط .]7[ ) لتنتج محصلة بشكل شعاع نافذ أومنعكس التي تكون مبسطة جدا" في الحسابات العدديةcombineتوحد ( فعند سقوط الشعاع two-stage process)يوظف ھذا االسلوب في المعالجة عادة ليتضمن عملية بمرحلتين ( ابيـــــــــــــيجإالولى ذھاب ا ةن جزئييـ) الى موجتreduced( زلــــــاء رقيق يختــــــــــــي على كل غشــالكھرومغناطيس )positive-going) واالخرى ذھاب سلبى (negative-going) ھذه االمواج الجزئية تنقل (transfer مجموع المجال ( 2×2بمصفوفة مربعة نوع رياضياً ، التي تعالجوالمغناطيسي عند السطح الخلفي لكل طبقة الى السطح االماميالكھربائي ].1[لكل طبقة تصف خواص تلك الطبقة وحساب خواص متعدد الطبقات يمكن أن يمثل بضرب سلسلة من المصفوفات التي تقدم الطالء ذات األنعكاس العالين طبقات ن أسلوب المصفوفة البصرية أعتمد في الدراسة الحالية لتصميم عدد مإ ) matchingنسجام (إ الىتستند الفكرة االساسية لھذه الطريقة ، إذلمنظومة االغشية الرقيقة واالرضية االساس دقيقاً وصفاً 183| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 لطالءات لات ــــلة بين الطبقــــــدود الفاصــعند مختلف الحللضوء الساقط hوالمجال المغناطيسي eالمجال الكھربائي من االغشية الرقيقة مرسبة على أرضية ) layered structure قي (ـــ) تركيب طب2كل (ـــ. يوضح الش]8[رية ــــــالبص اس . ار إذأس ل أنكس ة بمعام ل طبق اورة . وأن الستك ة المج ن الطبق ف ع ـختل ) optical thicknessري (ـمك البصــ يكون من مرتبة ربع موجة الضوء الساقط ، بحيث أن الموجات المنعكسة والنافذة من طبقات الطالء الرقيقة تتداخل للطبقات .بعضھا مع البعض وتكون عادة متشاكھة ] :1[كما يأتي ن تعبير المصفوفة لمنظومة االغشية الرقيقة يكونإ    2 cossin /sincos 2221 1211 1 1 2221 1211 1                                    jj ijjm j sub i yi mm mm where ymm mm c b   1i )3.....(..................../2  jjj dn ين cو b إذ ردد مع د ت ط عن الل الوس ر خ وء المنتش ي للض ائي والمغناطيس ال الكھرب عات المج ثالن س وأن ،يم jjjsub dny ,,,والسماحية البصرية للركيزة على التوالي . ،وسمك الطور ،ومعامل االنكسار ،يئ,تمثل السمك الفيزيا : االتيوأن السماحية البصرية تعطى بالعالقة …… (4)b /c =y : r واالنعكاسية rويمكن التعبير عن معامل االنعكاسية rالمرافق العقدي لمعامل االنعكاسية rإذ * ة ــــــــــالداخل دةــــالشالى ة ــــــمن االغشية الرقيق (output intensity)إن نفاذية المنظومة ھي نسبة الشدة الخارجة (input intensity): )sn(re وبالتعبير عن سمك الطور لكل الساس ،اة ـــالرضيانكسار اي لمعامل ــــيمثل الجزء الحقيق ) 2طبقة في المعادلة ( كمايأتي :بداللة الدالة االسية العقدية )6.....(.......... ))(( )re(4   cbncbn nn t s   2 cos 2 sin rr rr ii r ii r ee i ee           )5......(.......... 2                       yn yn yn yn r rrrr yn yn r      184| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 : اآلتيةة ــــــالعالق عمل] نستstop band( ، ]9ة (ـــــالوسطي للمنطقة اـــــــنظري يـــــالطيف العرض لحساب  7sin4 1  lh lh nn nn        والمناقشة النتائج ) alasثالثة نماذج لمرايا عازلة أعتمدت مادة الطبقة العالية معامل األنكسار ثابتة وھي ( ُصّممتفي الدراسة الحالية ) 2tio)، (sic)،(4n3siكانت (فر ـلمواد متغايرة بين تصميم وآخوللثالث مرايا ،أما الطبقة الواطئة معامل األنكسار ستخدام برنامج اب بأستخدام الحاسب ية البصريةألنعكاسا قيم حسبت ،للنماذج األول والثاني والثالث على التوالي، )matlab1ي الكلي لمجموع مواد الطالء اليتجاوز (ئلفيزيا) مع األخذ بنظر األعتبار أن السمك اµm. ( تم تھيئة البرنامج الخاص بتصميم المرايا ذي الترتيب المتناوب في معامالت األنكسار لمواد الطالء بتغذية بيانات لمنطقة الطيفية األطوال الموجية التي تحدد ا فضال عن ومواد الطالء معامل أنكسار أرضية األساس ووسط السقوط لألشعة ) الذي يكون مركز المنطقة البصرية المرئية المحددة ضمن nm= 550طول موجة التصميم ( مع تحديدالمطلوبة قيمة األنعكاسية في تلك المنطقة. فيالدراسة الحالية لما له من أھمية في تحديد الموقع وأتساع منطقة التصميم دون التأثير مواد الطالء عند طول لفي حساب قيم معامالت األنكسار interpolation )ستكمال الرياضي (الأعتمد برنامج ا .) 1جدول رقم (وكما موضح في موجة التصميم ث ـــ، الثال( alas / sic )، الثاني alas / tio )2 (إن النماذج التي صممت منھا المرايا العازلة كانت :األول ) 4n3alas / siمواده ، مقدار اإلنعكاسية ، ، االنموذج ( 2 )ويوضح الجدول ، . كانت نتائج التصميم جيدة )على التوالي نعكاسية المحسوبة للتصميم فضال عن مقدار عرض طيف األنعكاسية لكل االعدد الطبقات ، السمك البصري للطبقات لمقدار تصميم. طبقة على شكل يمثل كل ( 19 )الى الطول الموجي للتداخالت البصرية الى دالةً اإلنعكاسية ( 3 )يمثل الشكل طبقة بشكل مرحلة ( 19 )الى الطول الموجي الى دالةً اإلنعكاسية ( 4 )الشكل يمثل نموذج األول، مراحل التداخالت لال .ة لكل التداخالت الناتجة عن طبقات النموذج األولواحدة لكل الطبقات وھو يمثل المحصلة النھائي ل كل ــــــطبقة على شكل يمث ( 21 )الى الطول الموجي للتداخالت البصرية الى اإلنعكاسية كدالةً ( 5 )يمثل الشكل طبقة بشكل مرحلة ( 21 )الى الطول الموجي الى اإلنعكاسية دالةً ( 6 )نموذج الثاني ، يمثل الشكل مراحل التداخالت لال نموذج الثاني.طبقات اال منواحدة لكل الطبقات وھو يمثل المحصلة النھائية لكل التداخالت الناتجة طبقة على شكل يمثل كل مراحل ( 18 )الى الطول الموجي للتداخالت البصرية الى نعكاسية دالةً اال (7 )يمثل الشكل طبقة بشكل مرحلة واحدة لكل ( 18 )للطول الموجي الى اإلنعكاسية دالةً ( 8 )نموذج الثالث، يمثل الشكل التداخالت لال .نموذج الثالثن طبقات االمالطبقات وھو يمثل المحصلة النھائية لكل التداخالت الناتجة خل كل الطبقات ذات السمك البصري ربع نالحظ من النماذج الثالث لتصاميم المرايا أن مايميز طيف األنعكاسية لتدا ) ذات أنعكاسية متزايدة مع زيادة عدد الطبقات كون الحزم stop bandطول موجة يحوي منطقة وسطية رئيسة ( فعندما تصل السطح األمامي توحد األشعة المنعكسة ، بالطور نفسهالمنعكسة والمتداخلة بين مختلف السطوح الداخلية تكون ء التي تناظر طول موجة التصميم .بشكل تداخل بنا تحاط منطقة األنعكاسية العالية بعدد من القمم أو األطياف الثانوية متناقصة األنعكاسية على جانبي منطقة األنعكاسية العالية يعتمد عددھا وقيم أنعكاسيتھا على عدد الطبقات للطالء التي تعمل على تضييق وتحديد عرض طيف األنعكاس . ما من نموذج الثاني ذو حزمة أعرض نوعاً نموذج األول ذو حزمة ضيقة ، بينما االوبتحليل األشكال نالحظ أن اال لكبالنماذج األخــــرى ، والسبب في ذ مقارنةً نموذج الثالث فكان ذو حزمة عريضة جداً نموذج األول ، أما االحزمة اال من منحنيات األشكال نستنتج أنه كلما كان معامل اإلنكسار للطبقة ، وقة الثانية يعزى الى القيم العددية لمعامل إنكسار الطب على حزمة عريضة من اإلنعكاسية لألطوال الموجية حول طول موجة التصميم للمرآة العازلة .كذلك أن حصلناالثانية أقل من ثُمَّ وھو ما يؤثر في مقدار عدد الطبقات والقيمة العددية لمعامل اإلنكسار للطبقة الثانية تؤثر في مقدار السمك البصري الطالءات البصرية ذات األنعكاسية العالية تركيب تداخلي يتحدد أداءه إذسيؤثر في مقدار اإلنعكاسية لمتعدد الطبقات المھمة ئيةكون أغلب المعلمات الفيزياتالبصري بتأثيرات التداخل لالمواج المنعكسة المتعددة بين مختلف حدود الطبقات و قيمة الالطبقة وسمكھا ، كذلك فأن لمادة ھي االطوار والسعات لتلك االمواج وھذه بدورھا معتمدة على معامل االنكسار 185| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 قد تأثير في مقدار اإلنعكاسية لمتعدد الطبقات ولكننا في ھذا البحث لم نلحظھا إلننا له معامل اإلنكسار للطبقة األولى العددية ل ولى لكل النماذج المصممة .لطبقة األامادة ثبتنا                                                                                     األستنتاجات تحقيق الى لمتطلبات التصميم وسياق الحل وصوال اً وتثبيت الطول الموجي المركزي تبعاختيار عدد الطبقات إن -1 المطلوبة وبدقة عالية. الطيفية األستجابة فضالًعنأي تغيير في السمك البصري الكلي الطبقات ب تأثر جدايمثل في بناء المرايا ن االداء البصري األإ2 العازلة. المواد انتقاء الطبقات، تلك عدد للطبقات، التراكمي الترسيب اختيارتسلسل مستندة الى مواد عدة بمعامالت بناء مرشحات األنعكاسية العالية يمكن الحصول على حلول للمسائل المطروحة في3 انكسار مختلفة يمكن الوصول الى تصميم طالءات بصرية معقدة تلتقي ومواصفات االمثلية لالداء البصري بأقل عدد من والفيزيائية.البصرية لخصائصھا اً تبعالمواد وبأقل كلفة وبمواد متاحة مختارة من الممكن تصميم طالءات بصرية معقدة التي تلتقي مع مواصفات االداء البصري االمثل بأعتماد مادتين بصرية ذات -4 ) والتي تعرض تغيير حاد في معامالت انكسارھما. فكلما كانت نسبة التغيير في معامالت hn،lnمعامالت انكسار متناوبة ( على أداء بصري أمثل ناحصل اليتجاوز سمك الغشاءلطبقات الطالء قليل سمك بصري مجموعولبير ) كln /hnاالنكسار( يمتد لمدى عريض من الطيف المختار عند أضافة طبقات جديدة اليؤثرفي عرض منطقة األنعكاسية، لكن األنعكاسية تزداد داخلھا وتزداد عدد الذبذبات على 5 جانبي التصميم. ) فضال عن كونھا مرايا وعند band passمن الممكن الحصول على مرشحات بصرية تمرر حزم طيفية بنسب معينة ( 6 طول موجة التصميم المختار. المصادر 1macleod, h.a.( 2001),thin -film optical filters,(3rd ed.). bristol and philadelphia institute of physics publication. 2dobrowliski, j.a.(1976), modern computational methods for optical thin film systems, thin solid films, 34, 313. 3dobrowolski, j. a. ( 2010), optical properties of films and coatings, handbook of optics, chapter7. mcgraw-hill. new york. 4ozlem duyar,and h¨useyin zafer durusoy (2004) , design and preparation of antireflection and reflection optical coatings, turk j phys , 28, 139 -144. 5-dobrowolski, j. a. (1997), numerical methods for optical thin films, opt. and phot. news, 72(6), 24-33. 6kheraj,v. a. ( 2009), simulation of reflectivity spectrum for non-absorbing multilayer optical thin films, pramana journal of physics , indian academy of sciences , 72(6) , 10111022 . 7-yang,j.m,and kao. c.y, (2000), arobust evolutionary algorithm for optical thin-film designs, , proceedings of the 2000 congress on evolutionary computation, (cec00). la jolla, california, usa, 978-985. 8rashid, h. gh.(1996), design and optimization of thin-film optical filters with applications in the visible and infrared regions, ph.d. thesis al-mustansiryiah university. 9. sheppard. c.j.r, (1995), approximate calculation of the reflection coefficient from strained medium", pure and applied optics, journal of the european optical society, part a4, 665, 10tropf. w. j., thomas. m. e., and harris t. j. (1995), handbook of optics, volume ii devices, measurements, and properties, 2nd ed. edited by m. bass, mcgrawhill, newyork. 11nasser mahmud ahmed (2006), design and experimental studies of multilayer coatings for applications in gallium nitride emitting devices, ph.d. thesis, universiti sains malaysia. 186| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ]10[ قيم معامالت اإلنكسار لمواد التصميم: (1)رقم جدول alas tio2 sic si3n4 المادة 2.0327122 2.663 2.803627 3.252 معامل اإلنكسار الحسابات لنماذج المرايا العازلة المصممةيمثل نتائج : ( 2 ) رقم جدول الطيفــي العــــرض )nmالسمك( عدد الطبقات (%r)اإلنعكاسية المواد االنموذج  alas /tio2 96.09 19 864 0.51 األول alas / sic 98.94 21 981 0.54 الثاني alas /si3n4 99.94 18 989 1.63 الثالث   ]11) :يوضح تــــــــركيب طبقـــــــــــــات الكومة ذات ترتيب دوري متنـــــــــاوب [1رقم ( شكل 187| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ]11[ ترتيب منظومة من غشائين مرسبين على أرضية أساس: ) 2( رقم شكل قةطب ( 19 )بشكل يمثل كل المراحل الى نموذج األول لتداخل كل الطبقاتطيف اإلنعكاسية لأل: ( 3 )رقم شكل 188| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 طبقة ( 19 )بشكل بمرحلة واحدة الى نموذج األول لتداخل كل الطبقاتطيف اإلنعكاسية لأل: ( 4 ) شكل رقم طبقة ( 21 )بشكل يمثل كل المراحل الى ت نموذج الثاني لتداخل كل الطبقاطيف اإلنعكاسية لأل:( 5 )رقم شكل طبقة ( 21 )بشكل بمرحلة واحدة الى تنموذج الثاني لتداخل كل الطبقااإلنعكاسية لألطيف : ( 6 )رقم شكل 189| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ةطبق ( 18 )بشكل يمثل كل المراحل الى نموذج الثالث لتداخل كل الطبقاتطيف اإلنعكاسية لأل: ( 7 )رقم شكل ةـــطبق ( 18 )نموذج الثاني لتداخل كل الطبقات بشكل بمرحلة واحدة الى طيف اإلنعكاسية لأل: ( 8 ) رقم شكل 190| physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 simulation of multilayer mirror design for visible region using matlab language fouad a.asmail dept. of physics / college of education / university of mustansiryiah fouaddd.1956@gmail.com harkat m. roomy dept. of physics / college of science for women / university of baghdad received in:12 april 2014 accepted in:2june 2014 abstract in this work, the theoretical study for designing of dielectric mirrors of high reflectance in the visible region of electromagnetic spectrum between wavelength of 400-700 nm is presented, and searching on the performance properties of the design, like there reflectance as a function to the wavelength, as beam incident in a normal form, for the materials of neglected absorbance, and scattering, in the form of thin film deposition, which are deposited on glass substrate, and by using matrix system in the study, which are used as computer simulation in matlab code. the materials which are used in this study are represented by ( alas ), (tio2 ),( sic ), and (si3n4 ), which used in the designing mirrors alternating on the refractive index in the form of stacks series of quarter wavelength with high and low refractive index to get dielectric mirrors of low losses and high reflectance. from the results, the high difference of refractive index gave high reflectance with lower number of layers. key words: multilayer optical coating, matrix system, dielectric mirrors, matlab program . الدیھاید بنز(ثنائي (اورثو _ھیدروكسیل التحلل الضوئي للمعقد كلورو _ اوكسو لعضویة افي المذیبات )(vاورثو _فنلیین ثنائي ایمینو ) فنادیوم ) علي آالء عیسى سلطان جامعة دیالى /كلیة العلوم /قسم الكیمیاء 2013 أیلول 24، قُبِل في 2011تموز 20 :استلم في الخالصة كلورو اوكسو ((ثن�ائي (اورث�و _ھیدروكس�یل بن�ز الدیھای�د ) اورث�و _فنلی�ین معقد قاعدة شف جدید ُحّضر و ُشّخص م�ذیبات عض�ویة مختلف�ة القطبی�ة ةالمعقد في ثالث�) تحت دراسة الكیمیاء الضوئیة لھذا volcl) (vثنائي ایمینو) فنادیوم ( ف�ي ھ��ذه اَ ض��وئی اَ الخماس��ي یتحل�ل كیمیائی� ن�ادیومھ�ي (االس�یتون _بری��دین _والكلوروف�ورم ) لق��د وج�د ان المعق�د المخلب��ي للف عق�د تتب�ع الدراسة المركبة اظھ�رت ان التحل�ل الكیمی�ائي الض�وئي للمالمذیبات خالل عملیة اكسدة واختزال ضمني لینتج جذر فن�ادیومقاع�دة ش�ف والمعق�د المخلب�ي لل ان�دح�ر مش�تق ف�ي لكفي المرتبة االولى والتفاعل یظھر ببساطة خالل انش�طار تفاعالَ الرباعي . )ونسبة الفعالیة التعتمد على طبیعة المذیب.dфوقد وجد ان الناتج الكمي الضوئي لتحلل المعقد ( .) (vivol الرباعي نادیوم) ویعطي معقد الف •ci) لینتج جذر حر ھو ( v_clمتجانس الصرة( 188 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة وذل�ك باس�تخدام ii (voمعق�د الفن�ادیوم الثن�ائي ( ُحّض�ربالكیمی�اء التناس�قیة للفن�ادیوم فق�د الب�احثین لقد زاد اھتم�ام ھ�ذا و ُش�ّخصالسن الناتجة عن تكثیف اورثو فنیلین ثنائي امین مع اس�یتو اس�تانیالید ف�ي وس�ط كح�ولي ، رباعیةقاعدة شف ) vمعق�دات الفان�دیوم الخماس�یة ( حض�رتالمعقد بالطرائق الطیفیة وقیاس الحساسیة المغناطیسیة والتوصیلیة الموالری�ة كم�ا دیھاید مع المركب امینو دایوكس�ي كلوك�وز ف�ي وس�ط حامض�ي . عن طریق استخدام قاعدة شف المشتقة من تكاثف السالیسال كما حضرت معقدات اخرى للفنادیوم بحاالت تاكسدیة مختلفة منھا ثالثیة ورباعیة وخماسیة عن طریق استخدام قاعدة شف ]n,n-ethylene-bis(sali cylidene amime ) ]1مشتقة من السالیسالدیھاید مع االثیلین ثنائي وتمت دراسة ھذه المعقدات بالطرائق الطیفیة وقی�اس التوص�یلیة والخ�واص المغناطیس�یة . وف�ي الجان�ب الص�ناعي بع�ض و تس�تعملتستخدم معقدات الفنادیوم لقواعد ش�ف ف�ي البلم�رة المش�تركة لالثل�ین _ ب�روبلین بطریق�ة زیكلر_نات�ا . كم�ا االكس��دة الكبری��ت ال��ى سلفوكس��اید وال��ذي یلع��ب دورا ب��ارزا ف��ي معق��دات الفن��ادیوم الرباعی��ة والخماس��یة لقواع��د ش��ف ف��ي osi اكرلیت مثل المعق�د میكاكبادئات ضوئیة لبلمرة مثیل بعض معقدات الفنادیوم درست. كما ]9[ الصناعات الدوائیة. ph3)3( voو المعقد (oc2 h5)3 vo .]3[ طریقة العمل ) v) (vocl3( فنادیومتحضیر ثالثي كلورو _اوكسو ) v2o5م�ن خماس�ي اوكس�ید الفان�دیوم ( )0.1mole,20gm) باض�افة (v( فنادیومثالثي كلورو_اوكسو ُحّضر ) س��اعات م��ع 10) لم��دة (°75c) ث��م ص��عد الم��زیج عن��د درج��ة ح��رارة (socl2) م��ن ثن��ائي كلوری��د الثایونی��ل (24mlال�ى ( عن�د vocl3 ز التص�عید ، بع�د ذل�ك ت�م تقطی�ردخ�ول الرطوب�ة ال�ى جھ�اوضع انبوب ممتلئ بكلورید الكلس�یوم الج�اف لمن�ع . ) في ظروف جافة وجمع الناتج في دورق جاف ومحكم وحفظ في الثالجة في مك�ان مظل�م °126c-125 درجة حرارة ( ]4[ تحضیر اللیكاند ف�ي وإذابت�ھ) o-hydroxybenzyldehede) م�ن السالیس�الدیھاید (gm)9.75اللیكاند وذلك بوزن ح�والي ُحّضر )15ml 4.4( إلی��ھ) م��ن االیث��انول ث��م یض��افgm) م��ن (o-phenylene diamine وبع��د االض��افة مباش��رة حص��لنا عل��ى ( ]5[ بلورتھ باالیثانول المطلق. إعادةفف الراسب وتم جراسب برتقالي مصفر. ) volclتحضر المعقد ( – n,n – bis (o-hydroxy benzyldehed ) o) م�ن اللیكان�د ( 0.001mole( المعق�د وذل�ك باذاب�ة ُحّض�ر phenylenediamine) ) 20فيml( ـم ) نccl4( ثم اضیف ھذا المحلول بشكل ت�دریجي م�ع التحری�ك المس�تمر ال�ى )0.001mole م��ن ()vocl3 () 10الم��ذاب ف��يml .ُرّش��ح) م��ن راب��ع كلوری��د الك��اربون اذ یتك��ون راس��ب اخض��ر مص��فر ) ث�م حف�ظ ف�ي مك�ان مظل�م °25cاالعتی�ادي ف�ي درج�ة ح�رارة ( ) ثم جفف تحت الض�غط الج�وي ccl4ب( ُغِسلالراسب و ]256c° .( ]6وجاف تم قیاس درجة االنصھار للمعقد وجد انھ ( النتائج والمناقشة تحت الحمراء األشعةدراسة طیف (n,n-bis (o-hydroxy benzyldehed )o-phenylenediamine) تحت الحمراء للیكاند األشعةدراسة طیف ) . حیث اظھرت 1) للیكاند المحضر والموضح في الشكل رقم (i.rتمت دراسة طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء ( ) الفینولیة كما c−o) تعود الى التردد االمتصاصي االصرة ( 1180cm-1طیف االمتصاص حزمة امتصاص قویة عند ( ) االروماتیة . كما c=cي لالصرة (طاط) تعود الى التردد االمت 1510cm-1(اظھر الطیف حزمة اخرى قویة عند ) . c=nي لمجموعة االزومیثین (طاط) تعود الى التردد االمت 1570cm-1وظھرت حزمة امتصاص اخرى قویة عند ( ]7[ ) الفینولیة .ohلمجموعة ( االنحنائي) تعود الى التردد 1360cm-1( اظھر طیف االمتصاص حزمة قویة عندكما تحت الحمراء للمعقد المحضر األشعةطیف الدراسة ة لرئیس��الحزم�ة ا إزاح�ة) 2اظھ�ر طی�ف االمتص�اص لالش�عة تح�ت الحم�راء للمعق�د المحض��ر كم�ا ف�ي الش�كل رق�م ( ل م�ن خ�ال الفن�ادیوم) وھذا دلیل عل�ى تناس�ق اللیكان�د م�ع ای�ون 15cm-1) نحو تردد اوطا بمقدار ( c=nالعائدة لمجموعة ( ) تابعة الى تردد 975cm-1ذرة النتروجین. كما اظھر طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمعقد المحضر حزمة امتصاص عند ( ي طاط��ت��ردد االمت إل��ى)عائ��دة 450cm-1اص حزم��ة جدی��دة عن��د (ر طی��ف االمتص��كم��ا اظھ��).v=oي لالص��رة (طاط��االمت ) تع�ود 540cm-1عن�د ( اخ�رى .كم�ا ظھ�رت حزم�ة ن�ادیوم) مایدل على تناسق ذرة النتروجین م�ع الفv←o( لآلصرة 189 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 . كم�ا ل�وحظ ازاح�ة ت�رددن�ادیومم�ع ای�ون الف األوكس�جین) وھ�ذا ی�دل عل�ى تناس�ق ذرة v−n( لآلصرةي طاطتردد االمت إلى ]20cm-1 . ( ]7) نحو التردد االعلى بمقدار(c−oي لالصرة الفینولیة (طاطاالھتزاز االمت كترونیة دراسة االطیاف االل االلكترونیة للیكاند األطیاف اظھ�ر ).3م�ذیب البری�دین وكم�ا موض�ح ف�ي الش�كل رق�م ( باس�تعمالعند دراسة الطیف االكتروني للیكاند المحض�ر ) *╥ → ╥ ي تع�ود ال�ى االنتق�ال االكترون�ي () والت�270nmة الحزمة االولى تظھر عند المنطقة (ثالث حزم رئیسطیف ال ) *╥ → ╥تع�ود ال�ى االنتق�ال االلكترون�ي () والت�ي 302nmلمجموعة الفنیل في اللیكاند . كما ظھ�رت حزم�ة ثانی�ة عن�د ( ) لمجموع�ة → n *╥تع�ود ال�ى االنتق�ال االلكترون�ي ( ) الت�ي333nm) ، اما الحزمة الثالثة فتظھر عند (c=nلمجموعة ( ]c=n. ( ]8االزومیثین ( للمعقد المحضر االلكترونیة األطیاف دراسة ) اظھرت مجموعتین م�ن 4في المذیب البریدین وكما موضح في الشكل رقم ( لفنادیومان المعقد الخماسي المحضر ل یكان��د وتظھ��ر عل��ى ش��كل ث��الث ح��زم تظھ��ر االول��ى عن��د الط��ول الم��وجي لتع��ود اساس��ا ال��ى الالح��زم ، المجموع��ة االول��ى )296nm) ام�ا الحزم�ة الثانی�ة فھ�ي تظھ�ر یكان�د .ل) لمجموع�ة الفنی�ل ف�ي ال*╥ → ╥) وھي عائدة ال�ى االنتق�ال االلكترون�ي ) ،ام��ا c=nلمجموع��ة االزومیث��ین () *╥ → ╥ تابع��ة ال��ى االنتق��ال االلكترون��ي () وھ��ي 310nmعن�د الط��ول الم��وجي ( لمجموع���ة ) → n *╥) وھ��ي عائ��دة ال��ى االنتق���ال االلكترون��ي (340nmالحزم��ة الثالث��ة فتظھ��ر عن��د الط���ول الم��وجي ( واللیكان�د وتس�مى ن�ادیوم). اما المجموعة الثانیة من الحزم فھي تشمل االنتقاالت التي تحدث مابین ذرة الفc=nاالزومیثین ( د اللیكان�دف�ي ةاكسد عالیھ لھ�ذا یح�دث انتق�ال الش�حنتو بما ان الفنادیوم في حالھ ]ct. ( ]9باطیاف نقل الشحنة ویرمز لھا ( )743nm(. كما تظھر حزمة اخ�رى عن�د الط�ول الم�وجي )nm 395الى ایون الفنادیوم و التي تظھر عند الطول الموجي ( ] . و ل�م تظھ�ر ف�ي اطی�اف المعق�د أي حزم�ة ف�ي المنطق�ة 9[الكل�ور ال�ى ای�ون الفن�ادیوم م�ن ةالش�حنث انتق�ال وحد إلىتشیر ) بس�بب حال�ة التاكس�دیةd-dخاصة بانتق�ال اللیكان�دي ( حزمھ)مما یدل على عدم وجود nm 400-800المحصورة ما بین ( )d 0( ) 5للفنادیوم (+ یبات عضویة التحلل الضوئي للمعقد المحضر في مذ -بری�دین–) في مذیبات عضویة مثل (اسیتون vاوكسو (قاعدة شیف ) فنادیوم ( -التشعیع الضوئي للمعقد كلورو تم المعق�د المحض��ر تش��عیعكلوروف�ورم) لغ��رض ایج�اد مرتب��ة التفاع�ل وثاب��ت الس�رعة التفك��ك الض�وئي لھ��ذا المعق�د . حی��ث ت�م تغی�ر ل�ون المحل�ول م�ن ل�وحظ) و °25c() ودرج�ة ح�رارة 365nmλ =في م�ذیب االس�یتون عن�د الط�ول الم�وجي ( ضوئیاً -وم��ن الل��ون االخض��ر ال��ى االص��فر الغ��امق ف��ي حال��ة الم��ذیبات االخ��رى (بری��دین الل��ون االخض��ر ال��ى االص��فر الف��اتح . ُس�ّجللمعقد ولغرض ایجاد مرتبة التفاعل وثابت السرعة كلوروفورم) ، ان ھذا التغیر باللون یدل على التحلل الضوئي لھذا ا ]10[ طیف االمتصاص لالشعة فوق البنفسجیة والمرئیة للمحالیل اثناء التشعیع الضوئي بفترات زمنیة مختلفة . یوض�ح التغی��ر ) حی��ث5,6فق�د ل�وحظ ان الطی��ف االمتص�اص لھ�ذه المحالی��ل تتغی�ر م�ع زم��ن التش�عیع كم�ا ف��ي الش�كل رق�م ( ف�ي طی�ف ان س�رعة التغی�ر المحضر ف�ي البری�دین قب�ل وبع�د عملی�ة التش�عیع الض�وئي . امتصاص المعقدالحاصل في طیف اعلى قطبیة مث�ل ( البری�دین المستعمل فكلما كان المذیب المستعمل االمتصاص عن ازمان التشعیع تعتمد على نوع المذیب الزمنیة االولى م�ن التش�عیع طیف االمتصاص اكبر وھذا یمكن مالحظتھ في الفترات ، كلوروفورم ) كانت سرعة التغیر في وم�ن خ�الل أبط�أون ) یالحظ ان سرعة التغیر ف�ي طی�ف االمتص�اص یك�ون یتمثل ( االساقل قطبیة مذیب استعمالعند .اما ) تكون عائدة الى 550nmند المدى (جدیدة في المنطقة المرئیة ع ھ) ساعة تظھر حزم30زمنیة طویلة ( لمدةعملیة التشعیع ذي یحص�ل ف�ي الحال�ة المش�تق ان ظھ�ور ھ�ذه الحزم�ة یوض�ح التغی�ر ال� الرب�اعي فن�ادیوم) لمعق�د الd-dاالنتقال االلكترون�ي ( اخت�زال -أي ح�دوث عملی�ة اكس�دة) d 1الفاندیوم الرباعي نظ�ام ( الى أیون ) •d(نظام الفاندیوم الخماسي التاكسدیة الیون ]11[ .الخماسي في المذیب (االسیتون) فنادیوم) اثناء عملیة التشعیع لمعقد الv−clداخلي وانشطار متجانس لالصرة ( ) وھ�ذا vo+l) س�الب الش�حنة ال�ى االی�ون الموج�ب ( ¯clیح�دث انتق�ال داخل�ي لاللكت�رون ف�ي االی�ون ( جھة اخرى ومن ي ت�الكلی) ivالرب�اعي ( ن�ادیوم) ومعق�د الف¯clیحدث اثن�اء عملی�ة التحل�ل الض�وئي مم�ا ی�ؤدي ال�ى انت�اج ج�ذر الكل�ور ( و عیع ش�و المعقد قبل عملیة التالمحضر للیكاند الموحیة األطوالقیم یوضح األتي و الجدول . ) 7وكما موضح في الشكل ( بعدھا . d-d l→m(ct) v-n l→m(ct) vshiffbase n→ ╥* azome thine → ╥* ╥ azomethine → ╥* ╥ benzenoid المركب اللیكاند 270 302 333 ------ المعقد المحضر 296 310 340 395 374 -- 190 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 البنفسجیة فوق الدراسات الحركیة باستخدام مطیافیة االشعة ب�ة تالمذیبات العضویة یؤدي الى ح�دوث تحل�ل ض�وئي لھ�ذا المعق�د ولغ�رض تحدی�د رعند تشعیع المعقد المحضر في ثاب�ت ) ولحس�اب atاطی�اف االش�عة ف�وق البنفس�جیة والمرئی�ة للمحالی�ل بفت�رات زمنی�ة معلوم�ة ( س�جلتالتفاعل لھ�ذا المعق�د خدم في ھذا البحث ال التش�عیع المست نادیوم) كان من الضروري تعریض محالیل معقد الفkdسرعة التفكك الضوئي للمعقد ( نحص�ل عل�ى ln ( a at) , (t)عند رسم العالق�ة ب�ین زم�ن التش�عیع) وa طویلة واعتبارھا االمتصاصیة النھائیة ( لمدة . ]12[ مما یدل على ان التفكك من المرتبة االولى -) kdخط مستقیم المیل لھ یمثل القیمة ( -رسم الشكل الھندسي للمعقد بالشكل االتي :و من المعلومات التي تم ذكرھا یمكن h h c n n c c o o v cl المصادر 1. aliwi, s.m and bamford , c.h. (1995) photo decompohipion of chloro – oxo (dis(orthohydroxy penzal dehyde) , chemistry of coordination compounds,57 ( 9):212 2. aliwi, s.m and bamford,c.h. (1988) , photochemical conversion symp processes polytechniques , 44(147):1293. 3. davidson,r.s. (1993) facile synthesis of heterocyclic compounds contaning diazepam , polymer plastic technology and engineering , 33 (503) : 142-144 . 4. sultan , a.e. (2005) , m . sc thesis collage of science , almistinsiria univ . 5. otsu, t.s. and kiriyama .t.(1988) principles of photochemistry of coordination compounds,j.of sciences ,islamic republic of iran ,8(2):125-128. 6. turner,s.r. and .blevins,r.w(1990) ,syinthesis of new schiff base complex ,aguide bookto mechanism in oryanic chem.,99 (25):1230 . 7. houwink, r.h.(1988) , the chemistry of carbon nitrogen double bond j.appl . pdym . symp . 157(15):351 . 8. hatchar ,c.g. and parker,c.a. (1996) , photodecompohipon of ortho – phenylene diiminato,in organic chemistry,235(518):294 – 296. 9. niami,e.j.(2004),m.sc.thesis, collage of scince,al-mistinsiria univ. 10. saade ,a.m and mihson , a.n (1988) photo decompohipio of some schiff base,inorganic and coordination chemistry,10(1):149-151. 11. smith p.d. and rosen, a.m. (1989) photodecompohipion of bromo-meta(dis(orthohydroxy pen zaldehyde) ortho-phenylene diiminato)vanadium (v) complex ,an introd uction to chemical analysis, 81(35):2037 .. 12. ali,m.a.(2000) m.sc thesis ,collage of science,al-mistinsiria univ . 191 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 192 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 مذیبات مختلفة القطبیة) في kdیوضح ثابتة السرعة الضوئي( :)1جدول رقم( المركب االسیتون كلوروفورم البریدین المعقد المحضر 1.52 1.77 2.86 ): یمثل طیف األشعة تحت الحمراء للیكاند المحضر1شكل رقم ( ): یمثل طیف األشعة تحت الحمراء للمعقد المحضر2شكل رقم ( 193 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 البنفسجیة والمرئیة للیكاند المحضر) :یمثل طیف األشعة فوق 3شكل رقم ( ) :یمثل طیف األشعة فوق البنفسجیة والمرئیة للمعقد المحضر4شكل رقم ( ): یمثل طیف االمتصاص للمعقد المحضر في مذیب البریدین قبل التشعیع 5شكل رقم ( 194 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ) یمثل طیف االمتصاص للمعقد المحضر بعد عملیة التشعیع في مذیب البریدین 6شكل رقم ( ) :یمثل طیف االمتصاص للمعقد المحضر في مذیب االسیتون7شكل رقم ( في مذیب البریدین ) وزمن التشعیع للمعقد المحضر ln (a ∞ at)بین العالقة بین ( :)8شكل رقم ( photodecomposition of chloro – oho ( bis (ortho hydrxohy penzaldehyde) ortho phenylene piiminatio) vanadium (v) complex organic solvents ala e. sultan department of chemistry / college of science / university of diala received in : 20 july 2011, accepted in : 24 september 2013 abstract a new schiff base complex was prepeard and characterized: chloro –oxo (bis(ohydroxy benzaldehyde) o-phenylene di imination ) vanadium (v) with general formula (volcl). complex was studied by using three different organics organic the photo chemistry of this solvent with different polarity . these solvents were ( acetone,pyridinest chloro form) . it was found that the chelate vanadium (v) complex decomposed photochemically in these solvents during . in the tra oxidation –reduction reaction leading to free radical derived in the ligand of shiff base ℓ .vanadium iv chelate complex . it was also found that the quantum yield of photo decomposition (фd) and activity ratio did not depend on the nature of solvent . the study revealed that the photo decomposition of complex was first order reaction and it is simply delected during the hemolytic scission of the band (v-cl) to produce free redical which is (cl) and give vanadium iv complex (vol). keywords: (photodecompohipion , ohydrxohy penzaldehyde , ophenylene diiminatioorganic solvents) 195 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 تصميم نظري لعدسة كهروستاتيكية احادية الجهد معجلة ومبطئة تعمل تحت ظروف التكبير المختلفة theoretical design of electrostatic lens accelerating and decelerating operated under different magnification conditions bushra h. hussein dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science( ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad receivd in: 5 november 2012, accepted in: 1 april 2013 abstract in this paper, design computationl investigation in the field of charged-particle optics with the aid of numerical analysis methods under the absence of space charge effects. the work has been concentrated on the design of three-electrode einzel electrostatic lens accelerating and decelerating operated under different magnification conditions. the potential field distribution of lens has been represented by exponential function. the paraxial-ray equation has been solved for the proposed field to determine the trajectory of charged-particles traversing in the lens. from the axial potential distribution and its first and second derivatives, the optical properties such as the focal length and the spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients have been computed, the electrode shape of lens has been determined by using simion computer program . in this research , design electrostatic einzel lens three-electrode accelerating and decelerating l=2mm, 20mm operated under different magnification conditions (zero, infinite, finite). the electrode shape of the electrostatic lens was then determined from the solution of the laplace's equation. the results showed low values of spherical and chromatic aberrations which are considered as good criteria for good design. keywords. electron optics, einzel lens, accelerating and decelerating , aberrations, simion computer program 60 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction electrostatic lenses are the principal components in the overwhelming majority of electron optical devices. both electrostatic and magnetic lenses are used to focus charged particles. electrostatic lenses are used with applications in many areas of science and technology. for example, electrostatic devices are used to shape ion microprobe beams for secondary ion mass spectroscopic studies. more recently, with the aid of electrostatic lenses ion probes are employed in ion implantation to change the local properties of semiconductors[1] . electrostatic cylinder lenses are widely used to control beams of charged particles with different energies and directions in several fields, especially in electron spectroscopy were designed by using the simion programs[2] . the development of computer programs was accompanied by the need of more application for such ion and electron instruments in various kinds [3-4] . in the present work ,we have a design of accelerating and decelerating electrostatic einzel lens for different applications in electron optical instruments. the einzel lens has the same constant potential at both the object and image sides i.e. the chargedparticle energy remains unchanged [5]. the design and implementation of a purely electrostatic deceleration lens are used to obtain beams of highly charged ions at very low energies is presented [6]. theory the present computational investigation is aimed to design electrostatic lens using analytic expression (exponential model) that would describe the axial potential distribution of einzel lens with electron optically acceptable aberrations. the following expression is suggested to represent the potential distribution along the optical axis of an einzel lens[7]: ( )[ ]2exp11)( zduzu ±+= (1) where u1 is the voltage applied on the outer electrodes, d is a constant affecting the value of voltage applied on the central electrodes, the negative (-) sign denotes for an accelerating mode of operation .and the positive (+) sign is denoted for the decelerating mode. the paraxial-ray equation in rotationally symmetric field is given by[7] 0 )(4 )( )(2 )( 2 2 = ′′ + ∂ ∂′ + ∂ ∂ r zu zu z r zu zu z r (2) simion is an electrostatic lens analysis and design program that is capable of modeling charged particle optics problems with electrostatic and/or magnetic potential arrays. this program is used to simulate electrostatic and static magnetic device for accelerating, transporting and otherwise manipulating beams of charged particles . for the purposes of this article, only electrostatic fields were modeled. the shape of the electrodes for electrostatic lens is determined from the solution of laplace , s equation [7]. 4 )()(),( 2r zuzuzru ′′−= (3) the spherical aberration is one of the most important geometrical aberrations and can be defined as follows: the beam passing within the lens area at a considerable distance from the axis are more (or less) refracted than the paraxial beams so that they intersect closer to (or farther form) the image plan .the spherical and chromatic aberrations are dominant in an electrostatic lens [8]. the coefficients of spherical aberration and chromatic aberration referred to the object space cso and cco expressed in the following form [9]. 61 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 3 4 42 4 2/1 )( )( 3 14 )( )( )( 24 5 )( )( 4 5 16        ′ +                   ′ +      ′′ ′ = ∫ − ο zu zu zr zu zu zu zu r u cs zi zoο } dz (z)u)()( )( )( 2 3 )()( 1/222 2 3 zrzr zu zu zrzr ′      ′ −′ (4) dzzur zu zu zrzr zu zu r zu cc zi zo )( )(4 )( )()( )( )( 2 1)( 2/12 2 2/1 − ο ∫       ′′ +′ ′ ′ = ο ο (5) in the image space , the spherical aberration coefficient csi and chromatic aberration coefficient cci is expressed in a similar form of equations (3) and (4) , where u-1/2(zo) and respectively. )(2/1 izu and 4 ir′ are replaced by 4 οr′ in general, the focal length f of a lens at various values voltage ratio is determined from the gradient of the beam trajectory of the point where the charged particles enter or emerge from the lens field region. the object and image-side focal lengths fo and fi respectively have been computed from the following equation [9]:. (6) )(/)( oi zrzrf ′=ο (7) the magnifications are calculated form following equation [10]. ο = r r m i a computer program for computing the beam trajectory , the optical properties[11] and electrode shape by using simion computer program [12]. results and discussion the axial field distribution u(z) given in equation (1) for an einzel lens is shown in figure (1a) with its first derivative )(zu ′ . the axial field distribution of an einzel lens whose central electrode is at higher voltage for accelerating mode; the distribution in figure (1b) is for an einzel lens whose central electrode is at voltage lower than the equal voltage applied on the first and the third electrodes for decelerating mode. since the potential distribution u(z) is constant at the boundaries, then its first derivative )(zu ′ is zero. this indicates that there is no electric field outside the lens i.e. there is a field free region away from the lens terminals where the trajectory of the charged particles beam is a straight line due to the absence of any force acting on it. the profile of three electrodes forming an electrostatic einzel lens is shown in figure (2). three-element electrostatic lens systems as a function of the lens voltages and their dimensions. lens systems, which consist of cylindrical electrodes, each spaced 0.1 diameter apart, were designed by using the simion programs studied to form an image at a specific position for use in experimental studies. we also discussed the line-shape profile of a threeelement, the lens is symmetrical about its center in addition to the rotational symmetry. the lens geometry is independent of the mode of operation and magnification conditions. the central electrode is hole of a radius equivalent to 0.001l where l is the length of the lens )(/)( io zrzrfi ′= 8)( 62 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 field. the three electrodes have equal outer radius o about 0.25l. the two outer electrode are geometrically identical having the same shape. two equal gaps of 0.05l are found to separate each of the outer electrodes from central electrodes. table (1) shows properties the electrostatic einzel lens accelerating and decelerating operated under different magnification conditions. the spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients have been computed for electrostatic einzel lens accelerating and decelerating with length l=2mm using the equations (4), (5), (6), (7),(8). 1zero magnification conditions the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients cs/fi and cc/fi respectively in the image side at accelerating and decelerating mode are shown in figure (3) as a function of the electrodes voltage ratio u2/u1 under zero magnification condition. the cs/fi has two minima of 0.8 at u2/u1= 1000 (accel) and 0.058 at u2/u1=0.3 (decal). the cc/fi has two minima of 0.1 at u2/u1= 1000 (accel) and 1.5 at u2/u1=0.9 (decal). in the fig (3) the cs/fi and cc/fi decrease with the increase of u2/u1in a accelerating mode , cs/fi decrease and cc/fi increase with increase u2/u1 in decelerating mode. the spherical aberration is dominant in zero magnification condition. 2infinite magnification conditions. the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients cs/fo and cc/fo respectively in the object side as a function of the electrodes voltage ratio u2/u1 in figure (3) , when accelerating lens the cs/fo decrease with the increase of u2/u1 (u2/u1 =50 ,cs/fo=0.2) while the cs/fo increase with the increase of u2/u1. the main reason for chromatic aberration is the fact that particles with higher initial energy are less influenced by the imaging field than the lower energy particles. in decelerating lens the cs/fo and cc/fo decrease with the increase of u2/u1. 3finite magnification condition in figure, (3) the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients cs/m and cc/m respectively as a function of the electrodes voltage ratio u2/u1, in accelerating lens u2/u1 >1 the csi/m and cci/m decrease with the increase of u2/u1 in low magnification while the cso/m and cco/m increase with increase of u2/u1 in high magnification. in decelerating lens u2/u1 <1 all the aberration coefficients decrease with the increase of value of u2/u1. in the decelerating mode, the lens acts as a series of three lenses, namely, from left (object side) to right (image side), a diverging, a converging, and a diverging lens. since the charged particles slow down in the central electrode region. however, the trajectory spreads out from the axis initially before entering the central electrode region. for this reason, the spherical aberration coefficient of a lens with u2/u1 is always less than that of he corresponding lens with u2/u1 [13]. the best lens in this research that is high magnification condition where u2/u1 =5, cs/m=0.011 and cc/m=0.077 u2/u1 =0.9, cs/m=0.019 and cc/m=0.23. table (1) shows the best optical properties the electrostatic einzel lens accelerating and decelerating operated under different magnification conditions . figure(4) and table (2) show a comparison between the values of the relative aberration coefficients for a three electrode einzel lens operated under different magnification conditions with length l=2mm, l=20mm when u2/u1=5. . the effect of lens length l on the relative aberration coefficients increase with the increase of l. 63 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 conclusion 1-the spherical aberration coefficient is decreased in zero , infinite and finite (low mag.) with increases of the electrodes voltage ratio, while it increases in finite (high mag.) with the electrodes voltage ratio increases. 2the chromatic aberration coefficient is decreased in zero, infinite and finite (low mag.) with increases of the electrodes voltage ratio, while it increases in finite (high mag.) with the electrodes voltage ratio increases. 3the optical properties of the electrostatic einzel lens accelerating and decelerating which are determined from the electrodes voltage ratio. 4the best optical properties in this research that are in high magnification condition where u2/u1=5, cs/m=0.011 and cc/m=0.077 u2/u1=0.9, cs/m=0.019 and cc/m=0.23. 5the aberration coefficients increase when lens length increase. references 1baranova, l. a. and yavor, s. ya., (1984), electrostatic lenses, sov. phys. tech. phys, 29, 827-848. 2sise, o.; ulu, m.and dogan, m. (2007), characterization and modeling of multi-element electrostatic lens systems, radiation physics and chemistry ,76 , 593–598. 3abdelrahman ,m.m. (2010) ,two and three electrostatic lens systems for focusing of charged particles, j. eng. technol. res. 2 (2):219-225. 4 litovko, i. and oks , e., (2006), 33rd eps conference on plasma phys rome , 19-23 june , eca 301, 2.104. 5 szilagyi, m. (1988), electron and ion optics, (plenum press: new york). 6rajput, j.; roy, a.; kanjilal, d. ,; ahuja, r. and safvan, c. p. (2010), an electrostatic deceleration lens for highly charged ions, rev. sci. instrum., 81 (4):1-5. 7hawkes p. w. and kasper e., (1989), principles of electron optics ,1 (academic press: london). 8zhigarev, a., (1975) , electron optics and electron-beam devices, (mir publisher: moscow) 9kiss, l.(1988), computerized investigation of electrostatic lens potential distribution, 12th imacs world congress, ed. r. vicheretsky, paris. 10rempfer ,g. f. (1999), the relationship of lens aberrations to image aberrations in electron optics, optik, 110, 17-24. 11ahmad, a. k. (1993), computerised investigation on the optimum design and properties of the electrostatic lens, ph.d. thesis, nahrain university , baghdad , iraq. 12-david, j. munra and dahl, d. daho, (2008), simion 3d vesion 8.0 user’s manual, scientific instrument services. 13el-kareh, a. b. and sturans, m. a. (1971), analysis of the 3-tube symmetrical electrostatic unipotential lens, j. appl. phys., 42, 1870-1876. 64 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table no. (1) shows the best optical properties the electrostatic einzel lens accelerating and decelerating operated under different magnification conditions cc/f u2/u1 cs/f u2/u1 magnification 0.1 0.1 1000 0.0025 0.8 0.058 1000 0.3 zero mag. 2.6 0.37 5 0.6 0.2 0.77 50 0.6 infinite mag. cc/m u2/u1 cs/m u2/u1 0.077 0.024 5 0.6 0.011 0.019 5 0.9 finite [high] 0.14 0.018 1000 0.9 3.6 0.015 1000 0.9 finite [low] table no. (2) shows the optical properties the electrostatic einzel lens operated under different magnification conditions when u2/u =5. the chromatic aberration coefficient(mm) the spherical aberration coefficient(mm) lens of length (mm) magnification 1.5 2 31 52 l=2 l=20 zero mag. 2.6 3.3 12 15 l=2 l=20 infinite mag. 0.077 0.1 0.011 0.03 l=2 l=20 finite [high] 4.5 14 77.5 24398 l=2 l=20 finite [low] figure no. (1) the axial potential distribution u (z) and its first derivatives e(z) of three electrode einzel lens (a) accelerating mode (b) decelerating mode 1 . 0 0 . 5 0 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 0 z ( m m ) 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 a u ( z ) v e ( z ) v / m m 1 . 0 0 . 5 0 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 0 z ( m m ) 1 . 0 0 . 8 0 . 6 0 . 4 0 . 2 0 . 0 0 . 2 0 . 4 0 . 6 0 . 8 1 . 0 b u ( z ) v e ( z ) = v / m m 65 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(2) shape of three electrodes einzel lens with best of optical properties u2/u1=5 66 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(3)the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients as a function of the electrodes voltage ratio for einzel lens operated under different magnification conditions 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 1000.0 c so /f & c co /f infinite magnifigcation cso/f cco/f 0.000 0.001 0.010 0.100 1.000 10.000 100.000 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 c si/ f & c ci /f zero magnification csi/f cci/f 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 1000.0 10000.0 100000.0 c si/ f & c ci /f low mag. csi/f cci/f 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 1000.0 c so /f & c co /f high mag. cso/f cco/f u2/u1 u2/u1 u2/u1 u2/u1 figure no. (4)the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients as a function of the electrodes voltage ratio at various value of the lens length for einzel lens operated under different magnification conditions 0 1 10 100 1000 0 1 10 100 c so /f & c co /f infinite mag. cso/f (l=2mm) cco/f (l=2mm) cso/f(l=20mm) cco/f(l=20mm) 1 10 100 1000 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 c si/ f & c ci /f zero mag. cs/fi (l=2mm) cc/fi (l=2mm) cs/fi (l=20mm) cc/fi (l=20mm) 0 1 10 100 1000 0.1 1.0 10.0 c so /m & c co /m high mag. cso/f (l=2mm) cco/f (l=2mm) cso/f(l=20mm) cco/f(l=20mm) 1 10 100 1000 0 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 c si/ m & c ci /m low mag. csi/f (l=2mm) cci/f (l=2mm) csi/f(l=20mm) cci/f(l=20mm) u2/u1 u2/u1 u2/u1 u2/u1 معجلة ومبطئة تعمل تحت ظروف التكبیر كھروستاتیكیةعدسة تصمیم نظري ل المختلفة بشرى ھاشم حسین جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثم(للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013نیسان 1قبل البحث في ،2012تشرین الثاني 5استلم البحث خالصةال ق التحلیل العددي بطرائ باالستعانةالمشحونة الجسیمات م بحث حاسوبي في مجال بصریات صمفي ھذه الدراسة معجلة ثالثیة األقطاب أحادیة الجھد . لقد تركز البحث على تصمیم عدسة كھروستاتیكیة عند انعدام تأثیرات شحنة الفراغ ومبطئة تعمل تحت ظروف التكبیر المختلفة. ان توزیع مجال الجھد للعدسة تم تمثیلھ بالدالة األسیة. تم حل معادلة األشعة المحوریة للمجال المقترح ألیجاد مسارالجسیمات المشحونة المارة في العدسة. ومن توزیع الجھد المحوري ومشتقتیھ األولى والثانیة حسبت الخواص امج بأستخدام احد بر ومعامل الزیغین الكروي واللوني. كذلك تم ایجاد شكل األقطاب للعدسة،كالبعد البؤري ،البصریة .المحاكاة المعروفة بأسم (سیمیون) l= 2mm, 20 mm بطول ثالثیة االقطاب معجلة ومبطئة احادیة الجھد عدسة تمفي ھذا البحث صم تم الحصول على شكل االقطاب لھذه العدسة باستخدام حیث تعمل تحت ظروف التكبیر المختلفة (صفري، النھائي، نھائي) ة تصمیم یالتي تعطي مؤشراً على كفاین الكروي واللوني حلول معادلة البالس. وقد بینت نتائج البحث قیم قلیلة للزیغ العدسة. . برنامج المحاكاة (سیمیون) ، الزیغ: بصریات الكترونیة ،عدسة أحادیة الجھد ، معجلة ومبطئة، ة یحتاالمف الكلمات 69 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@i@öü»€a2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 10rempfer ,g. f. (1999), the relationship of lens aberrations to image aberrations in electron optics, optik, 110, 17-24. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1783 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org biology|153 the effect of larinus maculates f. cocoon aqueous extract in some immunological aspects of male albino mice zainab thamer alasady hanady s. a. al-shmgania muna shukri mahmod jwad dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad. abstract traditional folk medicine is applied in the treatment of diversity chronic and acute conditions all over the worlds. this study was carried out to assess the capability of aqueous beetle cocoon extract (lorinus maculates f.) commonly known as (tihan) in stimulating immune response. adult mice (5 in each group) were divided into two groups: the first one orally administered with 150 mg/kg and the second group received normal saline as a control group for 14 days. bone marrow and spleen were proceed for mitotic index and phagocytosis estimated. the results showed a significant increase in mitotic index and phagocytosis in treaded mice in comparing with the negative control. these results concluded that tihan has a potential role in innate immune response. key words: larinus maculates f, phygocytotic index, mitotic index. https://doi.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1783 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org biology|154 introduction over years, the expansion and mass syntheses of chemically drugs have developed health care all over the word. however, wide section in many countries still uses traditional physicians for their primary care. the most reasons for using folk remedy are that it is more affordable, economical and alleviates concerns about the adverse effects of chemical drug. moreover, usage of folk medicine increases when conventional medicine is unsuccessful in the cure of illness, such as in cancer [1]. traditional treatment provide valuable health care facility whether individuals have physical or economic admission to allopathic prescription, and it is a prosperous universal saleable enterprise [2]. cocoon shell produced by salivary glands beetle larva of larinus maculates f from curculionidae family. known in iraq as (tihan) and in other countries (iran and syria) known as trehala manna (shekar tighal). people commonly use it in treatment of respiratory system diseases and viral or bacterial infection because of its potential ability in activation of immune system [3]. additionally to its ability in purgative, antitussive, antiasthmatic, febrifuge, anti-infective, and antioxidant properties which make it largely used in iranian folk treatment [4]. karam and hamedi [5] have reported the contains of water trehala manna which is a different water soluble polysaccharides with variety structure and molecular weight. however, there is incomplete understanding regarding its analysis compound and its effects in immune system. for our knowledge, this is the first study in this aspect by using iraqi tihan and farther studies are needed to elucidate its different properties. materials and methods: beetle cocoon extract preparation tihan cocoon shells were obtained from local shelf market (iraq/baghdad), identified by expert in iraqi natural history museum (figure 1). for hot aquatic extract [6]; cocoons were firstly emptied from inside insect, grounded using a laboratory electric grinder. 10 g from the powder dissolved in 100 ml of distal water using heating stirrer for two hour. the solution was centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 30 min and the supernatant then filtered and dried using incubator at temperature of 37º c for two days. a dose of 150 mg/kg were prepared and kept at 4c. figure (1): morphology of cocoon shell (tihan) and larinus maculates f https://doi.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1783 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org biology|155 experimental design: adult male albino mice (6-8 week age) were obtained from college of education for pure sciences / ibn al-haitham animal house for department of biology. all animals were housed for 7 days for adaptation before beginning the experiments. the animals were maintained at a temperature of 23 – 25°c with 12 hours light provided per day. they had free excess to food (standard pellets) and water. animals mice were divided into two groups; the first group were administered 0.2 ml of normal saline (0.9%nacl) as a control group, while the second group administered 150 mg/kg/bw for 14 days of tihan aquatic extract. determination of mitotic index: mitotic index was determined for cells obtained from bone marrow and spleen; according to allen et al., [7]. the cells of bone marrow and spleen collected using insulin syringe and gently suspended, centrifuged at 2000 rpm/min for 10 minutes). cell pellet was then suspended in 5 ml of kcl; 0.075 m and incubated in a shaking water bath at 37°c for 30 min. after centrifuging at 3000 rpm/min for 10 min. pellet was fixed and 3-4 drops of cells were dropped on the slide and stained with giemsa stain. slides were observed under oil emersion lens (100x), and the percentage of mitotic index was calculated as the following: 𝑀1 = number of dividing cell / total number of cells  100 determinations of phagocytotic index: macrophages were isolated from peritoneum as described by lin et al., [8]. macrophages were collected from peritoneum by syringe and placed in tube, centrifuged at 2000 rpm/min for 5 minutes. the supernatant was discarded and pellet washed 3 times with hanks buffer and phagocytotic index was calculated as the following: 𝑃1 = number of phagocytic cells / total number  100 statistical analysis the statistical analysis was performed using minitab 16 (minitab ltd, coventry, uk). differences between groups were determined using students t-test. data were expressed as mean and standard error and difference were accepted at p ≤ 0.05. results determination of mitotic index: the mitotic index of spleen cells in control mice was significance increased (58% ± 0.49) compared with control group (30% ± 0.63) as shown in figure 2. https://doi.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1783 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org biology|156 figure (2): mitotic index from bone marrow cells in albino male mice treated with aqueous extract of tihan (larinus maculates) and control group (normal saline). data express as mean ± standard error. in bone marrow cells no significance difference between treatment (48% ± 0.37) and control group (54% ± 0.44) was as shown in figure 3 figure (3): mitotic index from spleen cells in albino male mice treated with aqueous extract of tihan (larinus maculates) and control group (normal saline). data express as mean ± standard error. * p ≤ 0.05 https://doi.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1783 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org biology|157 determinations of phagocytotic index: the results of phagocytotic index shown interesting highly significant increased 26.81% ± 0.92 compared with control group 6.19 ± 1.05 as shown in figure 4 figure (4): phagocytotic index of peritoneum macrophages in albino male mice treated with aqueous extract of tihan (larinus maculates) and control group (normal saline). data express as mean ± standard error. * p ≤ 0.01 discussion the results of this study showed a significant increase in the phagocytosis index (pi) after treatment with the aqueous extract of cocoon larinus maculates ( tihan) (150 mg / kg) for 14 days. the (pi) was( 26.81%) compared with control group (6.19%). this increase can be attributed to the effect of the active component of the extract in stimulating the phagocytosis by stimulating the release of some attractive cellular mediators specifically tnf and il-1 which stimulates macrophage cells, including neutrophiles to leave the bloodstream to the peritoneal cavity [9]. the extract contains polysaccharide acids (data not show) which several studies have indicated the role of polysaccharides in increasing the phagocytotic index, whether these polysaccharides derived from plant extracts [10] or edible fungus [11]. these results agree with present study ,that reflect the therapeutic application of aqueous extract of tihan especially against infectious diseases. the results of this study showed that there was a significant increase in splenic cell division in the group of mice treated with aqueous extract of tihan (58%) compared with 30% in control group. this indicates the role of polysaccharides in the extract of the cocoons in stimulating the mitotic activity of the spleen cells, as many studies have indicated the role of polysaccharides, including pha in stimulating the divisional activity of tlymphocytes https://doi.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1783 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org biology|158 as its role is similar to the role of il-2, which stimulates the t-lymphocytes division and multiplication [12]. the effects of polysaccharides are also shown to stimulate the production of il-2, which also plays a role in the activation of nk cells [13] as well as its role in t cell division. this indicates the role of polysaccharides in the development of immune function and its potential for therapeutic applications such as bacterial infections and cancer diseases [14; 15]. the results of this study showed a non significant decrease in bone marrow mitotic index compared with control (48% and 54%) respectively. this may be due to the concentration of the extracted dose used in this study, which significantly affected splenic cell division comparing with the division of bone marrow cells, and that such effects can be a kind of privacy to a particular organ without the other organs because of the difference in the location of immune cells in different lymphatic tissues [16]. thus, we concluded that the high pi of phagocytes and the mi of splenic cell after treatment with the aqueous extract of tihan can provide an indication of its role in modulating the immune response and it can be used in therapeutic applications against many pathogens. references [1] p.a. cohen ; ernst, e., safety of herbal supplements: a guide for cardiologists, cardiovasc ther., (28), (4),. 246-53. 2010 [2] m. evans; a. shaw, e. a.thompson; s.falk; p.turton; t.thompson, and d. sharp, , decisions to use complementary and alternative medicine (cam) by male cancer patients: information-seeking roles and types of evidence used, bmc complem. and altern. medic., (7), 25-29. 2007 [3]a. hamedi ; s. farjadian ; m.r. karami, immunomodulatory properties of trehala manna decoction and its isolated carbohydrate macromolecules. j. ethnopharmacol., (13),.121-126. 2015 [4] m.s.amiri; m.r. joharchi,; ethnobotanical investigation of traditional medicinal plants commercialized in the markets of mashhad, iran. avicen. j. phytom., (3),. 254-271. 2013 [5] m. karam; a. hamedi,; structure elucidation of water-soluble polysaccharides of trehala manna, res. pharm. scien., (7),. (5). 2012 [6] g. defoliart, south west asia. in: defoliart,g. (ed), the human use of insects as food resource :a bibliographic account in progress. wisconsin-madison., 1-23. (2002) [7] j.w. allen; c.f. shuler; r.w. menders; s.a. olatt,; a simplified technique for in vivo analysis of sister chromatid exchange using 5bromodeoxy uridine tablets. cytogenet. cell, genet., (18),. 231-237. 1977 [8]lin j.j.; lu k.w.; ma y.s.;tang n.y.; wu p.p.;wu c.c.; lu h.f.; lin j.g., chung j.g., alpha-phellandrene, a natural active monoterpene, influences a murine wehi-3 leukemia model in vivo by enhancing macrophague phagocytosis and natural killer cell activity, in vivo, , (28),.583-588. 2014 https://doi.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=cohen%20pa%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20633025 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ernst%20e%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20633025 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20633025 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hamedi%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25571848 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=farjadian%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25571848 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=karami%20mr%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25571848 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1783 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org biology|159 [9] a. matsukawa; t.yoshimura; t. maeda; t.takahashi ; s. ohkawara; m. yoshinaga; analysis of the cytokine network among tumor necrosis factor. interleukin1 , interleukin8, and interleukin1 receptor antagonist in monosodium urate crystalinduced rabbit arthritis, lab. invest., (78),. 559. 1998 [10] f.yang; y.shi; j.sheng; q. hu,; in vivo activity of polysaccharides derived from chlorella pyrenoidosa, euro.food res.technol., (224),. (2),. 225-228. 2006 [11] y.yin; w.fu; m.fu; g.he; l.traore, , the immune effects of edible fungus polysaccharides compounds in mice, asia pac j clin nutr., (16),. (1),.258-1260. 2007 [12] m. johnson and b.a. forres regulation of lymphokine production by arginine vasopressin and oxytocin: modulation of lymphocyte function by neurohypophyseal hormones, j. immunol., (135), 773775. 1985 [13] j.chen; x. zhu; l yang; y. luo; m.wang; x.liu; k.liang and x. gu, effect of glycyrrhiza uralensis fisch polysaccharide on growth performance and immunological function in mice in ural city,xinjiang, asian pac. j.trop.med., (9), (11), 1078-1083. 2016 [14]wachtel-galor s, benzie iff, herbal medicine: an introduction to its history, usage, regulation, current trends, and research needs. in: benzie iff, wachtel-galor s, editors. herbal medicine: biomolecular and clinical aspects. 2nd edition. boca raton (fl), crc press/taylor & francis, 2011. [15] s. h. mutlag; m. n. hamad; i. s. abbas and s. h. ismael the evaluation of ethyl acetate fraction of cressa cretica effect on mitotic index and micronucleus frequency in mice, int.j.pharm.sci.rev.res., (45). (1).147-150. 2017 [16] a.m. stanisz; d. befus and j. bienenstock differential effects of vasoactive intestinalpeptide, substance p, and somatostatin on immunoglobulin synthesis and proliferation by lymphocytes from peyer's patches, mesenteric lymph nodes, and spleen, j. immunol., (136), 152156. 1986 https://doi.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المقاسات الجزئیة األولیة المضادة هادي انعام محمد علي جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 2010 ،شباط ،28: استلم البحث في 2010 ،نیسان، 25: قبل البحث في الخالصة یقـال عـن . mمقاس جزئـي فعلـي مـن nلیكن . rمقاساً احادیاً على mحلقة ابدالیة ذو محاید ولیكن rلتكن n مقاساً جزئیاً اولي مضاد اذا كان المقاس   اولي مضاد، حیث ان المقاس   rیسمى اولي مضاد اذا كـان لكـل  r اما ،o     r أو     r. .في هذا البحث درسنا المقاسات الجزئیة األولیة المضادة واعطینا العدید من الخواص المتعلقة بهذا المفهوم المقاســات -)المضـادة االولیـة(قاســات الجزئیـة الثانیـة المقاسـات الثانیــة الم -المقاسـات الجزئیــة االولیـة المضـادة :الكلمـات المفتاحیـة .الثانویة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 coprime submodules i. m. a. hadi departme nt of mathematics, ibn-al-haitham, college of education , unive rsity of baghdad received in: 28, february, 2010 accepte d in: 25, april, 2010 abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m be a unitary r-module. let n be a p rop er submodule of m , n is called a coprime submodule if   is a coprime r-module, where   is a cop rime r-module if for any r  r, either o     r or      r . in this p aper we st udy coprime submodules and give many p rop erties related with this concept. key words: cop rime submodules, second submodule, second (coprime) module, secondary module. introduction let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m be a unitary r-module. it is wellknown t hat a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is called p rime if whenever rr, xm , rxn implies xn or r  [n:m ], where [n:m ]={rr: rmn}. m is called a p rime module if r ann m = r ann n for all nonzero submodule n of m , equivalently m is a p rime module iff (0) is a prime submodule. s.yassem in [7], introduced the notions of second submodules and second modules, where a submodule n of m is called second if for any r r, the homothety r*end m , is either zero or surjective, where r*(m) = r m,  m  m . it follows that n is a second submodule iff for each r r, either rn = 0 or rn = n. m is called a second module if m is a second submodule of itself. for an r-module m , the following st atements are equivalent: (1) m is a second module. (2) for each r r, either rm = 0 or rm = m . (3) ann m = ann   for all prop er submodules n of m . (4) ann m = ann   for all fully invariant sub3 (5) modules n of m . (6) ann m = w(m ), where w(m )={r r:r*end m , r* is not surjective}. not ice (1)  (2) is clear, (1)  (5) [7,lemma 1.2], (1)  (3) [3, theorem 2.1.6], (3)  (4) [6, theorem 1.3.2]. not ice that st atement (3) and st atement (4) are used to define coprime module by s. annin in [2] and i.e wijayart in [6], resp ectively. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 m oreover rasha in [3] st udied coprime modules and give some generalizations of these modules, (see [3]). j.abuhilail in [1], introduced the notion of coprime submodule, where a p rop er submodule n of m is called coprime if ann   = w(   ); that is n is a coprime submodule if   is a cop rime r-module. our aim in this p aper is t o st udy coprime submodules, we give the basic prop erties about this concept. also, we study coprime submodules in certain classes of modules. 1coprime s ubmodul es we give the basic p rop erties related with coprime submodules. also, we st udy their behaviour in certain classes of modules. following j.abuhilail in [1], a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is called coprime if   is a cop rime r-module. an ideal i of a ring r is called coprime ideal iff r  is a coprime r-module. 1.1 remarks and examples: (1) n is cop rime submodule iff for each r  r either o     r = n or      r , that is n is a cop rime submodule if for each r r, either r  [n:m ] or for any m  m , there exists m'  m such that m – r m'  n. (2) z is a coprime submodule of the z-module q, since q z is a coprime z-module [4], [6]. not e that z is not coprime z-module, since when r = 2  0, 2z  z. (3) every submodule n of the z-module p is a coprime submodule, since p /n  p and p is a cop rime z-module, hence p /n is a coprime z-module. (4) let m be a coprime r-module, then every p rop er submodule n of m is a coprime submodule. proof: since m is a coprime r-module, then by [3,cor. 2.1.12],   is a coprime rmodule, for all n < m . hence n is a coprime submodule. (5) if n is a maximal submodule of an r-module m , then n is a cop rime submodule. proof: since n is maximal,   is a simple r-module, hence   is a coprime rmodule. thus n is a coprime submodule. (6) the converse of (4) is not true in general for examp le, z is a coprime submodule of the zmodule q (see 1.1 (2)) but z is not a maximal submodule of q. (7) let m be an r-module, let i be an ideal of r such that i  ann m , let n < m . then n is a coprime r-submodule of m  n is a coprime r -submodule of m , where r =r / i.   ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 proof: () let n be a cop rime r-submodule. then   is a coprime r-module and hence by [3, cor. 2.1.9],   is coprime r -module. thus n is a cop rime r -module. () the proof is similarly. 1.2 proposi tion: if n is a coprime submodule, then [n:m ] is a prime ideal. proof: since n is a coprime submodule,   is coprime r-module. hence ann   is a p rime ideal of r [3, note 2.1]. but ann   = [n:m ], so [n:m ] is a prime ideal. recall that an r-module m is called secondary if for each r  r, either r m = 0 or r n m = m , for some n  z+. [7]. we have the following: 1.3 proposi tion: let m be a secondary r-module, let n < m . then n is a cop rime submodule iff [n:m ] is a prime ideal of r. proof: () it follows by p rop . 1.2. () since m is a secondary r-module, then   is a secondary r-module. but [n:m ] = ann   is a p rime ideal, so by [3,p rop .1.2.6],   is a coprime r-module, hence n is a coprime submodule. 1.4 proposi tion: let n be a p rop er submodule of an r-module m . then n is a coprime submodule iff [n:m ]=[w:m ] for all w  n. proof: if n is a coprime submodule, then   is a coprime r-module. hence ann   = ann w    for all wn. it follows that ann   =ann w  ; that is [n:m ]= [w:m ]. if [n:m ] = [w:m ], for all w  n, then ann   =ann w  . but w   w    , so ann   =ann w    and   is a cop rime r-module. thus n is a cop rime submodule. 1.5 proposi tion: let w be a coprime submodule of m and let n < m such that n  w. then n is a coprime submodule of m and w  is a cop rime submodule of m w .   ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 proof: since w is a coprime submodule, then m w is a coprime r-module. hence by [rem and ex. 1.1 (4)], w  is a coprime submodule of m w . also m w is a coprime r-module imp lies (m /w) / (n/w) is a cop rime r-module [3,cor. 2.1.12]. but (m /w) / (n/w)  m / n, hence m / n is a coprime module by [3, cor. 2.1.14]. thus n is a cop rime submodule of m . 1.6 proposi tion: let m be an r-module, let n, w be p rop er submodules of m , n  w such that w  is a coprime submodule of m w .then n is a cop rime submodule of m . proof: since w  is a coprime submodule of m w , we have (m /w) / (n/w) is a coprime module. thus m / n is a cop rime module and so n is a coprime submodule of m . the following results follow directly by p rop osition 1.5. 1.7 corollary: if n is a coprime submodule of an r-module m , i an ideal of r. then [n :  i] is a coprime submodule of m . 1.8 corollary: let a, b be p rop er submodules of an r-module m . if a or b is a coprime submodule and a + b  m . then a + b is a coprime submodule of m . 1.9 proposi tion: let i be a p rop er ideal of a ring r. then i is a coprime ideal iff i is a maximal ideal of r. proof: if i is a coprime ideal of r, then r/i is a cop rime r-module. but r/i is a multiplication r-module, so by [3,rem. and ex. 2.1.3(5)] r/i is simple r-module. thus i is a maximal ideal of r. the converse follows by (rem. and ex. 1.1.(5)). 1.10 corollary: let r be a ring. the following are equivalent: (1) (0) is a cop rime submodule of r. (2) r/(0) � r is a cop rime ring (that is r is a field). (3) (0) is a maximal ideal of r. 1.11 corollary: let r be a pid, let i be a nonzero prop er ideal of r. then the following are equivalent: (1) i is a cop rime ideal of r. (2) i is a maximal ideal of r. (3) i is a prime ideal of r. 1.12 note : if n is a coprime submodule of an r-module m . then it is not necessary that [n:m ] is a coprime ideal of r, as the following examp le shows: z is a cop rime submodule of the z-module q but [z:q] = (0) is not a maximal ideal of z, that is (0) is not coprime ideal of z. 1.13 proposi tion: let m be a multiplication r-module, let n be a p rop er submodule of m . then n is a coprime submodule iff [n:m ] is a cop rime ideal of r. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 proof: if n is a coprime submodule of m , then   is a coprime r-module. but m is a multiplication r-module imp lies   is a multiplication r-module. hence by [3,rem. and ex. 2.1.3(5)]   is a simple r-module. thus n is a maximal submodule of m which imp lies that [n:m ] is a maximal ideal. then by p rop . 1.9, [n;m ] is a cop rime ideal. conversely , if [n:m ] is a cop rime ideal of r, then by p rop . 1.9, [n:m ] is a maximal ideal of r. now m is a multiplication module and [n;m ] is a maximal ideal of r imp lies that n=[n;m ]m is a maximal submodule of m . thus by rem. and ex. 1.1 (5), n is a coprime submodule of m . 1.14 corollary: let m be a multiplication r-module and let n < m . the following are equivalent: (1) n is a coprime submodule of m . (2) [n:m ] is a cop rime ideal of r. (3) [n:m ] is a maximal ideal of r. (4) n is a maximal submodule of m . proof: (1)  (2) it follows by p rop . 1.13. (2)  (3) it follows by p rop . 1.9. (4)  (1) by rem. and ex. 1.1 (5). (3)  (4) since m is multiplication, and [n:m ] is a maximal ideal, then n is a maximal submodule of m . the following result shows that a homomorp hic image of a coprime submodule is a coprime submodule. 1.15 the orem: let :m  be an r-ep imorp hism, let n < m . if n is a coprime submodule of m , then (n) is a coprime submodule of  . proof: to p rove (n) is a cop rime submodule of  , we must p rove ( )    is a cop rime rmodule, so we must show that ( ) ( )         r for all ann ( )     r . first ann ( )     r , means that [ ( ) : ]   r . it is easy to check that [n:m ]  [ ( ) : ]   . hence [ : ] ann       r . on the other hand n is a coprime submodule, imp lies   is a coprime r-module. hence      r since ann [ : ]       r . now, let y + (n)  ( )    , so y = (m) for some m  n, since  is an ep imorp hism. thus y + (n) = (m) + (n) = ( m + n). hence there exists m'  m such that. m + n = r m +n, so y + (n) = ( r m' +n) = r (m') + n = r ((m') + n)    r . thus ( ) ( )         r and so ( )    is a coprime rmodule. hence (n) is a coprime submodule of  . now, we turn our att ention to direct sum of cop rime submodules. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 1.16 the orem: let m 1, m 2 be r-modules, let n1 < m 1, n2 < m 2 such that 1 2 ann ann 1 2      . then n = n1n2 is a coprime submodule of m iff n1 is a coprime submodule of m 1, n2 is a coprime submodule of m 2. proof: () let p 1:m 1m 2  m 1, p 2:m 1m 2  m 2 be the natural p rojection. hence p 1(n1n2) = n1, p 2(n1n2) = n2 and so by theorem 1.15, n1 is a cop rime submodule of m 1, n2 is a cop rime submodule of m 2. conversely , to p rove n1n2 is a coprime submodule of m 1m 2. since n1, n2 are coprime submodules of m 1, m 2 resp ectively, then 1 1   and 2 2   are coprime r-module and since 1 2ann ann 1 2      it follows that 1 2 1 2      is a coprime r-module (see [7], [3,p rop . 2.3.3). but it is easy to check that 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2           � . hence by [3,cor. 2.1.14], 1 2 1 2       is a coprime r-module. thus n1n2 is a coprime submodule of m 1m 2. 1.17 remark: the condition 1 2ann ann 1 2      is necessary condition in th. 14, as the following examp le shows: consider the z-module z. let n1 = 2z, n2 = 3z, n1, n2 are maximal submodules of z, so n1, n2 are coprime submodules of z (see rem. 1.1(5)). let n = n1  n2 = 2z  3z < zz. it is clear that ann ann 1 2      . now 2 3 6 1 2 1 2                � � . but z6 is not a cop rime z-module, so 1 2      is not a cop rime z-module. thus n1  n2 is not a cop rime submodule of zz. the following p rop erty exp lains the behaviour of coprime submodules under localization. 1.18 proposi tion: let s be a multiplicative subset of a ring r. let n be a p rop er submodule of an rmodule m such that s – 1 n  s – 1 m . if n is a coprime submodule of m , then s – 1 n is coprime sbmodule of s – 1 m . proof: n is a coprime submodule of m imp lies   is a coprime r-module, then by [3,p rop .2.1.38], s – 1         is a cop rime s – 1 r-module. but [5,lemma 9.12,p .173], ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 1 1 1 s s s            , so 1 1 s s     is a coprime s – 1 r-module. hence s – 1 n is a coprime submodule of s – 1 m . recall that an r-module m is antihop fian if m = m /n for all n<m (4). hence we get t he following result directly. 1.19 remark: let m be an antihop fian r-module. then every submodule of m is coprime submodule. proof: since m   � , ann m = ann   , that is m is coprime r-module. then by (rem. and ex. 1.1(4)) every p rop er submodule is cop rime submodule. 1.20 proposi tion: let m be a finitely generated r-module, let n<m . if n is a cop rime submodule, then n is p rime. proof: since n is a coprime submodule, m /n is a coprime r-module. but m is a finitely generated r-module, so m / n is finitely generated. hence by [3,th. 2.4.8], m /n is a prime rmodule and hence om/n = n is a p rime submodule of   . it follows that n is a p rime submodule of m . 1.21 remark: the condition m is finitely generated in p rop . 2.1 is necessary condition, as the following examp le shows. z is a coprime submodule of the z-module q and q is not finitely generated. also z is not a prime submodule of q. 1.22 corollary: let m be a noetherian cop rime r-module, then every p rop er submodule of m is p rime. proof: it follows directly by p rop . 1.20. 1.23 proposi tion: let m be an r-module such that rm  n = rn for all r  r and for all n < m . then every p rime submodule is a coprime submodule. proof: let n be a prime submodule of m . let w  n. we shall prove that: w w       r r as follows: let x w     r , so x = w + n=r (m + n) for some ww, m  m . hence r m – wnw. thus r m  w, which imp lies that rmrmw=rw and hence r m=r y for some yw. then rm + n=r y + n, that is r (m + n) = r (y + n) w  r . thus w w       r r . on t he other hand, n is a prime submodule of m imp lies   is a prime rmodule. then by [3,p rop . 2.4.1,p .54]   is a coprime r-module and hence n is a coprime submodule. 1.24 corollary: let r be a regular ring (in sence of von neumann), let m be an r-module. then every p rime submodule of m is a cop rime submodule of m .    ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 proof: since r is a regular ring, imp lies rmn=rn for all r r and for all n<m , then the result is obt ained by p rop .1.23. re ferences 1. abuihlail, j. (2007), zariski-like top ologies for m odules over commutative ring, accep ted (ar x iv, math.ra), p p .1-19. 2. annin, s. (2002) associated and at tached primes over non commutative rings, ph.d. thesis university of berkeley . 3. khalaf, r. i. (2009), dual notions of prime submodules and prime m odules, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 4. hirano,y.and m ogami, i. (1987), m odules whose prop er submodules are non-hop f kernels", communications in algebra, 15:1549-1567. 5. sharp, r.y. (1990), steps in commutative algebra, cambridge university press. 6. wijay anti, i. e. (2006), cop rime m odules and comodules, ph.d. thesis, heinrich-heine universität, düsseldorf. 7. yassemi, s.m . (2001), the dual not ion of prime submodules, arch. m ath. (bron), 37: 273-278. 68 some topological and polynomial indices (hosoya and schultz) for the intersection graph of the subgroup of 𝒁𝒓𝒏 alaa j.nawaf akram s.mohammad alaagamilnawaf@gmail.com akr-tel@tu.edu.iq department of mathematics, college of computer and mathematics, tikrit university ,tikrit, iraq. abstract let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be any group with identity element (e) . a subgroup intersection graph of a subset 𝑍𝑟𝑛 is the graph with v (ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 𝑍𝑟𝑛 e and two separate peaks c and d contiguous for c and d if and only if |〈𝑐〉∩ 〈𝑑〉| > 1, where 〈𝑐〉 is a periodic subset of 𝑍𝑟𝑛 resulting from 𝑐 ∈ 𝑍𝑟𝑛. we find some topological indicators in this paper and multiborder (hosoya and schultz) of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) , where 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1 ,𝑟 is aprime number. keyword: hosoya polynomial, schultz polynomial. , connectivity index, sum connectivity index, forgotten index, first zagreb index, harmonic index. 1.introduction a topological index is a real number associated with the graph, which must be structurally constant. topological index sometimes called molecular structure descriptor[1]. many topological indicators have been identified and many applications have been found as a means of nemuls chemical, pharmaceutical and other molecular properties. the weiner index is the first topological indicator used in chemistry. more precisely, in 1947, harold weiner presented and developed this interesting indicator to determine the physical properties of the hens known as paraffins. in this paper we examine some topological indicators that depend on the degree of examples of eccentric connectivity index[2], connectivity index[3], sum connectivity index[4], zagreb index[5], forgotten index[6], the index of geometricarithmetic [3], index of atom-bond connectivity [3] and harmonic index[7]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2704 article history: received 26 january 2021, accepted 29 march 20 12 , published in october 2021. mailto:nawaf@gmail.com mailto:akr-tel@tu.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 69 in (2019),abdussakir [8] introduced topological indices about symmetric group graph, also in (2020) g. r. roshini [9] studied topological indices of transformation graphs , and in (2021) alaa .j and akram.s [10] studied topological indices and (hosoya and schultz) polynomial about subgroup intersection graph of a group 𝑍𝑟 . one of the graphic concepts obtained from the group is the concept of a subset cross chart of a group introduced by [11]. in refere to the subgroup intersection graph definition by [11], let graph group be the intersection (g) where g is a graph with v (ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝐺))= g-e and two distinct peaks a and b are adjacent in the ᴦ𝑆𝐼 (g) if |〈a〉∩〈b〉|> 1, where〈a〉is a periodic subset of g resulting from a ∈g. 2. method and materials in an existing article, all graphs are simple, limited, connected and :directed. for 𝐺 = (𝑉(𝐺),𝐸(𝐺)) graph, the order of 𝐺 is 𝑝(𝐺) = 𝑉(𝐺) and the scale of 𝐺 is 𝑞(𝐺) = 𝐸(𝐺). let 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢) denote the degree of vertex 𝑢 in 𝐺. if 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢) = 0, then u is an isolated vertices. let 𝑑(𝑢,𝑣)indicatex the distance between the peaks 𝑢 and 𝑣 in 𝐺. the eccentricity 𝑒𝑐𝑐(𝑢) of the vertex 𝑢 is 𝑒𝑐𝑐(𝑢) = 𝑠𝑢𝑝{𝑑(𝑢,𝑣):𝑣 ∈ 𝑉(𝐺)}. the following definition refers to a graph 𝐺 = (𝑉(𝐺),𝐸(𝐺)). eccentric connectivity index of 𝐺 is [2] 𝜉𝐶(𝐺))) = ∑ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑒(𝑢)𝑢∈ 𝑉(𝐺) the index of connectivity of 𝐺 is[3] 𝑋(𝐺) = ∑ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(𝐺) sum the index of connectivity of 𝐺 is [4] 𝑆(𝐺) = ∑ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) 𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(𝐺) a first zagreb index of g is [5] 𝑀1(𝐺) = ∑ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)) 2 𝑢∈ 𝑉(𝐺) a second zagreb index of 𝐺 is [5] 𝑀2(𝐺) = ∑ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣 𝐸𝐺) the forgotten index of 𝐺 is [6] 𝐹(𝐺) ) = ∑ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢))3 𝑢∈𝑉(𝐺) atom bond connectivity index of g is [3] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 70 𝐴𝐵𝐶(𝐺)) = ∑ √ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)−2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(𝐺) geometric-arithmetic index of 𝐺 is [3] 𝐺𝐴(𝐺) = ∑ 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(𝐺) harmonic index of 𝐺 is [7] 𝐻(𝐺) = ∑ 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(𝐺) 3. the main result to get a good look ,: 𝑟 ≥ 2,𝑛 > 1 , a subgroup intersection graph of a group 𝑍𝑟𝑛 is (ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) a graph with v (ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 𝑍𝑟𝑛 − 𝑒 , any two different vertices a and b are adjacent:|〈a〉 ∩ 〈b〉| > 1, where 〈a〉 is the subset created by a ∈ 𝑍𝑟𝑛. theorem 3.1 let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1,:then the eccentric connectivity index of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is 𝜉 𝑐(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = (𝑟 𝑛 − 1)(𝑟𝑛 − 2) proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . ,𝑟 𝑛 − 1 e (𝑣) = 1 ,∀𝑣 ∈ v( ᴦsi(z𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . ,𝑟 𝑛 − 1 𝜉𝐶(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛))) = ∑ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑒(𝑢) 𝑢∈ 𝑉(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑒(1) + ⋯+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1).𝑒(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−1)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 =(𝑟𝑛 − 1)(𝑟𝑛 − 2) theorem 3.2 let z𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2 , n > 1 then the connectivity index of ᴦsi(z𝑟𝑛) is 𝑋(ᴦ𝑆𝐼 ((𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 1 + ∑ (𝑟𝑛−𝑖)𝑟−1𝑖=3 (𝑟𝑛−2) proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . ,𝑟 𝑛 − 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 71 𝑋(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = ∑ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + ⋯+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−2)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(2).𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) +⋯+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(3).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−3)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(3).𝑑𝑒𝑔(4) + ⋯+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(3).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−4)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 +⋯..+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 2).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) = (𝑟𝑛 − 2) (𝑟𝑛 − 2) + (𝑟𝑛 −3) (𝑟𝑛 −2) + (𝑟𝑛 − 4) (𝑟𝑛 − 2) + ⋯+ 1 (𝑟𝑛 − 2) = 1 + ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=3 (𝑟𝑛 − 2) theorem 3.3 let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2,𝑛 > 1,:then the sum connectivity index of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is s(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = ∑ (𝑟𝑛−𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=2 √2𝑟𝑛−4 proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑟 𝑛 − 1 𝑆(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = ∑ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(1)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + ⋯+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(1) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−2)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) + ⋯+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(3)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−3)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(4) + ⋯+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(3)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−4)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 +⋯..+ 1 √𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 72 = (𝑟𝑛 − 2) √2𝑟𝑛 −4 + (𝑟𝑛 −3) √2𝑟𝑛 − 4 + (𝑟𝑛 − 4) √2𝑟𝑛 − 4 + ⋯+ 1 √2𝑟𝑛 − 4 = ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=2 √2𝑟𝑛 − 4 theorem 3.4 let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2,𝑛 > 1 then the first zegrab index of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is 𝑀1(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) =(𝑟 𝑛 − 1)(𝑟𝑛 − 2)2 proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . ,𝑟 𝑛 − 1 𝑀1(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = ∑ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)) 2 𝑢∈ 𝑉(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) (𝑑𝑒𝑔(1))2 + ⋯+(𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1))2⏟ (𝑟𝑛−1)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 = = (𝑟𝑛 − 1)(𝑟𝑛 − 2)2 theorem 3.5 let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1 then the second zegrab index of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is 𝑀2(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = (𝑟 𝑛 − 2)3 +(𝑟𝑛 − 2)2 ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=3 proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑟 𝑛 − 1 𝑀2(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = ∑ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣 𝐸(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔(2)+ ⋯+𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−2)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) .𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) + ⋯+𝑑𝑒𝑔(2).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−3)times + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) .𝑑𝑒𝑔(4) + ⋯+𝑑𝑒𝑔(3).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−4)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + ⋯+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 −2).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) = (𝑟𝑛 − 2)3 + (𝑟𝑛 − 3)(𝑟𝑛 − 2)2 + (𝑟𝑛 − 4)(𝑟𝑛 − 2)2 + ⋯+ (𝑟𝑛 −2)2 = (𝑟𝑛 − 2)3 + (𝑟𝑛 − 2)2 ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖) 𝑟𝑛−1 𝑖=3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 73 theorem 3.6 let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be a group with r ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1 then the forgotten index of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is f(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = (𝑟 𝑛 − 1)(𝑟𝑛 − 2)3 proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑟 𝑛 − 1 f(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) ) = ∑ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)) 3 𝑢∈𝑉(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = (𝑑𝑒𝑔(1))3 + ⋯+ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1))3⏟ (𝑟𝑛−1) 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 =(𝑟𝑛 − 1)(𝑟𝑛 − 2)3 theorem 3.7 let z𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1,:then the atom bond connectivity index of ᴦsi(z𝑟𝑛) is abc(ᴦsi(z𝑟𝑛))) = √2𝑟 𝑛 − 6+ √2𝑟𝑛 − 6∑ (𝑟𝑛 − i)𝑟 𝑛−1 i=3 (𝑟𝑛 − 2) proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑟 𝑛 − 1 𝐴𝐵𝐶(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = ∑ √ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = √ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + ⋯+√ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 −1) ⏟ (𝑟𝑛−2)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 +√ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2).𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) + ⋯+ √ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) .𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) ⏟ (𝑟𝑛−3)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 +√ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(4) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3).𝑑𝑒𝑔(4) + ⋯+ √ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) .𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) ⏟ (𝑟𝑛−4)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + ⋯ +√ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) − 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 2).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 74 = √2𝑟𝑛 − 6+ (𝑟𝑛 − 3)√2𝑟𝑛 − 6 (𝑟𝑛 − 2) + (𝑟𝑛 −4)√2𝑟𝑛 − 6 (𝑟𝑛 − 2) + ⋯+ √2𝑟𝑛 − 6 (𝑟𝑛 − 2) = √2𝑟𝑛 − 6 + √2𝑟𝑛 − 6∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=3 (𝑟𝑛 − 2) theorem 3.8 let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1 then the geometric –arithmetic index of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is 𝐺𝐴(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = (𝑟 𝑛 − 2)+ ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=3 proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑟 𝑛 − 1 𝐺𝐴(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛))) = ∑ 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢).𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔 (2) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (2) + ⋯+ 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(1).𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 −1) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−2)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(2).𝑑𝑒𝑔 (3) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (3) + ⋯+ 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(2).𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−3)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(3).𝑑𝑒𝑔 (4) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (4) + ⋯+ 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(3).𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−4)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + ⋯.+ 2√𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 2).𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1) 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1) = 2(𝑟𝑛 − 2)2 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 + 2(𝑟𝑛 − 3)(𝑟𝑛 − 2) 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 + 2(𝑟𝑛 − 4)(𝑟𝑛 − 2) 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 + ⋯+ 2(𝑟𝑛 − 2) 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 = (𝑟𝑛 − 2)+ ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖) 𝑟𝑛−1 𝑖=3 theorem 3.9 let 𝑍𝑟𝑛 be a group with 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1 then the harmonic index of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is 1 + 2 2𝑟𝑛−4 ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=3 𝐻(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛))) = proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . ,𝑟 𝑛 − 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 75 𝐻(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛))) = ∑ 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢) +𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣)𝑢𝑣∈ 𝐸(ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (2) + ⋯+ 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(1)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−2)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (3) + ⋯+ 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−3)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (4) + ⋯+ 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1)⏟ (𝑟𝑛−4)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + ⋯.+ 2 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1) = 2(𝑟𝑛 − 2) 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 + 2(𝑟𝑛 − 3) 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 + 2(𝑟𝑛 −4) 2𝑟𝑛 −4 +⋯+ 2 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 = 1+ 2 2𝑟𝑛 − 4 ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖) 𝑟𝑛−1 𝑖=3 4.( hosoya and schultz) polynomial of ᴦ𝑺𝑰(𝒁𝒓𝒏) in this section, we find the (hosoya and schultz ) polynomial of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) . definition 4.1(12): let g be a connected graph , then a hosoya polynomial of graph g is defined by h(g;x) = ∑ 𝑑(𝐺,𝑘) xk 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚(𝐺) k=0 , where 𝑑(𝐺,𝑘) is the number of pairs of vertices of a graph g that are at distance k apart , for 𝑘 = 0,1,2,…,𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚(𝐺),where 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚(𝐺) = maxu,v∈v(g)d(u,v). 𝑑(𝐺,0) = 𝑝(𝐺) -1 :note 4.2(13) 2𝑑(𝐺,1) = 𝑞(𝐺) definition 4.3(14): let g be a connected graph , then a schultz polynomial of a graph g is defined by sc(g;x) = ∑ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣))xd(u,v)u,v∈v(g) u≠v , where 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢) is the degree of the vertices u and 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) is the degree of vertices 𝑣, 𝑑(𝑢,𝑣) is the distance between 𝑢 and 𝑣. theorem 4.4: h( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛);𝑥) = 𝑐0 + 𝑐1𝑥 , where 𝑟 ≥ 2 , 𝑛 > 1, 𝑐0 = 𝑟 𝑛 − 1, 𝑐1 = ∑ (𝑟 𝑛 −𝑖)𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 76 proof: for every 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1 , we note that every vertices of graph ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) is adjacent of all vertices of graph ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) , then diam( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = 1 , its mean is h( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛),𝑥) = 𝑐0 + 𝑐1𝑥 where 𝑐𝑖 = 𝑑( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛), 𝑖) ,∀ 𝑖 = 0,1 it is clear that 𝑐0 = 𝑑( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛),0) = | ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)| = 𝑟 𝑛 − 1 now we find the size of ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) , we note that there is 𝑚𝑟𝑛−1 of edges s.t 𝑚1 = 𝑟 𝑛 − 2 ,𝑚2 = 𝑟 𝑛 − 3,…. ,𝑚𝑟𝑛−1 = 1 then,: 𝑐1 = 𝑚1 + 𝑚2 + ⋯+ 𝑚𝑟𝑛−1 we can write: 𝑐1 = ∑ (𝑟 𝑛 − 𝑖 𝑟𝑛−1 𝑖=2 ) theorem 4.5: 𝑆𝑐( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛);𝑥) = ∑ (𝑟 𝑛 − 𝑖)(2𝑟𝑛 − 4)𝑥𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑖=2 , where 𝑟 ≥ 2 , 𝑛 > 1. proof: 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣) = 𝑟𝑛 − 2 ,∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)), 𝑣 = 1,2, . . . ,𝑟 𝑛 − 1 𝑑(𝑢,𝑣) = 1 ,∀𝑢,𝑣 ∈ 𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛) 𝑆𝑐( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛);𝑥) = ∑ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑢)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑣))𝑥 𝑑(𝑢,𝑣) 𝑢,𝑣∈𝑉( ᴦ𝑆𝐼(𝑍𝑟𝑛)) = (𝑑𝑒𝑔(1)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(2))𝑥 + ⋯+(𝑑𝑒𝑔(1) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1))𝑥⏟ (𝑟𝑛−2)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 + (𝑑𝑒𝑔(2)+ 𝑑𝑒𝑔(3))𝑥 + ⋯+ (𝑑𝑒𝑔(2) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 1))𝑥⏟ (𝑟𝑛−3)𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 +⋯ + (𝑑𝑒𝑔(𝑟𝑛 − 1) + 𝑑𝑒𝑔 (𝑟𝑛 − 2))𝑥 = ∑ (𝑟𝑛 − 𝑖)(2𝑟𝑛 − 4)𝑥 𝑟𝑛−1 𝑖=2 5. conclusions this article has presented the formulae of some degree-based and eccentric-based topological indices of subgroup intersection graph of a group 𝑍𝑟𝑛 , where 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1. for further research, revise on subgroup intersection graph of a group 𝑍𝑟𝑛 , where 𝑟 ≥ 2 ,𝑛 > 1, 𝑟 is a prime number. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 77 references 1. h.q u ; s. cao. on the adjacent eccentric distance sum index of graphs . plos one , 1-12 2015 2. morgan, m .j., mukwembi s. and swart h.c. on the eccentric connectivity index of graph , discrete mathematics . 2011 , 311. 2009, 1229-1234. 3. abdelgader, m.s.; wang, c. ; mohamed, s.a. computation of topological indices of some special graphs , mathematics . 2018,6(33). 4. kinkar, ch.d; das, s. ; zkou, b. sum-connectivity index of graph, frontiers of mathematics in china . 2016, 11(1),47-54. 5. khalifeh, m.h.; yousefiazari, h. ; ashrafi, a.r . the first and second zagreb indices of some graph operations , discrete applied mathematics .2009, 157, 2008, 804-811. 6. khaksari, a.; ghorbain, m. the forgotten topological index, iranian journal of mathematical chemistry . 2017, 8(3), 327-338. 7. zhong, l. the harmonic index for graphs, applied mathematics letters, 2012,25(3),561566. 8. abdussakir, some topological indices of subgroup graph of symmetric group, mathematics and statistics,2019,7(4),98-105. 9. roshini, g. r. some degree based topological indices of transformation graphs, bull. int. math .virtual inst. 2020, 10(2), 225-237. 10. alaa, j. nawaf ; akram, s. mohammad, some topological indices and ( hosoya and schultz) polynomial of subgroup intersection graph of a group 𝑍𝑟 , journal of al-qadisiyah for computer and mathematics .2021, 13(1),120-130. 11. tamizh chelvam,t. ; sattanathan , m. subgroup intersection graph of a group .j . adv. research in pure math (doi: 10.5373/ jarpm. 2011, 3(4),44-49. 594.100910, issn:19432380). 12.hosoya,h.on some counting polynomials in chemistry , 𝟏𝟗𝟖𝟓. 13. chartrand, g.; lesniak ., graph and diagraphs , 6th ed ., wadsworth and brooks/cole . california. 2016. 14.gutman.selected properties of the schultz molecular topological index, .j.chem. inf. comput. sci. 𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒,34, 1087-1089 . special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 68 evaluation of ceruloplasmin oxidase activity in sera of breast cancer individuals in kurdistan region/ iraq shahlaa shafiq rozoqi shahla.biochem@epu.edu.iq department of medical laboratory technology, erbil health technical college, erbil polytechnic university, erbil, iraq. abstract ceruloplasmin is considered the main copper transport protein which is proposed to have a role in cancer. ceruloplasmin is an acute phase reactant and antioxidant enzyme, has been found to be increased in sera of patients with several types of cancers including breast cancer. the aim of present study was to determine of ceruloplasmin oxidase activity, specific activity, iron concentration in sera of patients with breast cancer and comparing with healthy group, and the ability of using enzyme as a tumor marker for breast cancer. this study was performed from november 2018 to january 2019, blood samples were collected from breast cancer patients in nanakeli hospital in erbil city. study was included (65) female patients with breast cancer and (20) healthy donors as control group. ceruloplasmin activity, specific activity, serum total protein concentration, serum total iron concentration levels were estimated for all samples by colorimetric methods. the results shown that there was a significant increase in ceruloplasmin activity level for patients with breast cancer ( 227.8 u/l) compared with control group (101.1 u/l) while total protein level for breast cancer patients (6.592 g/dl) showed no significant change compared to control group(7.127 g/dl) likewise the result shown that there was a significant increase in specific activity of ceruloplasmin and total iron concentration level for patients with breast cancer (34.74 u/mg) (334.2 mg/dl) compared to control group (14.14 u/mg) (128.6 mg/dl) the conclusion of this study was the concentration of ceruloplasmin activity, serum total iron concentration and specific activity of ceruloplasmin significantly increase in breast cancer patients while total protein level revealed no significant change. serum ceruloplasmin oxidase activity and specific activity were highly significant elevated in patient group when compared with control group. also the total iron concentration results showed significant increasing (p˂0.0001) between of patient with breast cancer and control group. key words: ceruloplasmin oxidase activity, breast tumor, iron. 1. introduction breast cancer is one of the most common cancers among women around the world, accounting for about 570,000 deaths in 2015 [1]. more than 1,5 million women (25% of all individuals with cancer) were diagnosed with breast cancer worldwide each year [2] . breast cancer is a metastatic cancer which can usually spread to distant organs such as the bone, liver, lung and brain, which are primarily responsible for its incurability [3]. early diagnosis of the illness can lead to the best prognosis and increase the chance of survives [4]. breast http://ihicps.com/ mailto:shahla.biochem@epu.edu.iq special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 69 cancer has two main types: non-invasive breast cancer and invasive breast cancer [5] .ceruloplasmin (cp) is an enzyme that may play a significant role in the progression of breast cancer [6]. the cp is an acute-phase protein that is typically produced by hepatic cells [7] and is primarily secreted in the plasma [8], whereas cp mrna was found in cell lines of breast cancer patients [9]. it is comprised of angiogenesis and neovascularization thus it has a role in cancer [10]. cp plays a significant role in iron homeostasis[8], consequently, it has a contribution to the antioxidant mechanism by preventing the formation of free radicals [11] or in oxidative damage mechanisms [12] ceruloplasmin has two major functions: oxidase and ferroxidase activities [13], by its oxidase activity, play an important role in a variety of processes relevant to the copper metabolism [14] , some organic amines that produce in the body [15], and nitric oxide [16], on the other hand, iron is one of the sources of free radicals which release from fenton/haber-weiss or autoxidation reactions, that lead to the formation of reactive oxygen species (ros) and lipid peroxidation [17]. cp acts as an antioxidant by oxidizing iron from its ferrous to ferric state, thus preventing oxidative damage induced by ferrous mediated free radical generation by the fenton reaction [18]. by ferroxidase activity, cp assists the export of iron from the cell because only ferric iron can be incorporated with transferrin in the bloodstream [19]; extracellular ferroxidases that included cp are essential in ferroxidation, which is therefore required for the optimal export of iron, possibly through the production of ion gradients [20]. the present study aimed to find the relation between the oxidase activity of cp and the specific activity of this enzyme with breast cancer. also, the relation between the iron concentrations which can cause a high amount of free radicals in breast cancer and ceruloplasmin activity. in addition, the ability to use cp as a tumor marker for the early diagnosis of breast cancer is possible. 2.materials and methods 2.1.patients and sample age this study is concerned with malignant breast cancer patients from nanakeli hospitalerbil/kurdistan region of iraq from november 2018 to january 2019. the diagnosis of breast cancer was confirmed by 15-3 (ca 15-3) cancer antigen which is a protein formed by normal breast cells; which were carried in the laboratories of the hospital mentioned above. eighty-five (85) females were involved in this study. 65 of the human breast cancer patients with age between 20-60 years as a patient group and 20 subjects as a control group with age between 22-56 years old, the distribution of patients age is shown in figure (1). shows that there were 33% (n=28) of patients in age between (20-35) years & 54% (n=46) of patients in age between (36-55) years and 13% (n=11) of patients (up to 56) years. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 70 figure 1. distribution of patients’ age including in this study 2.2. sample collection blood samples were collected by taken 3 milliliters of venous blood from patients was put in a gel tube and left to clot then the serum was separated immediately from the cells by centrifugation at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes, stored until used. the sera which were obtained from blood sample should be un hemolyzed and non-jaundice to avoid any interference with the obtained results. any case with chronic diseases or chemotherapy treatment were excluded. 2.3.methods ceruloplasmin oxidase activity was performed by using the modified rice method and pphenylene diamine -2hcl as a substrate [21]. colorimetric method described by gornall and et al.[22.23] was used to determine the concentration of total protein in the specimen. the specific enzyme activity is described as follow: specific activity (unit/g) = activity of enzyme (u/l) / protein concentration (g/l) the colorimetric method was used to estimate the total iron concentration in sera which depend on the dissociation of iron-transferrin bound in an acidic medium, ascorbic acid reduces ferric to ferrous and then to a colored complex of 3-(2pyridyl)-5,-6difuryl-1,-2,-4triazine-disulfonate (ferene) [24]. 2.4.statistical analysis statistical analysis for this study was done using the graph pad prism 7.1 software. the unpaired t-test descriptive statistics was used which is important to test for a statistical significance of the difference in original data. 3.results and discussion 3.1.total protein concentration and total iron concentration the level of serum total protein concentration was measured in all study groups sera. the results of statistical analysis showed no significant difference (p 0.0108) between the mean total protein concentration of the breast cancer patients (6.596 g / dl) and the mean total protein concentration of the control group (7.127 g / dl), as shown in table (1). http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 71 the level of serum total iron concentration was measured in all study groups. according to statistical analysis, the results show a significant increase (p˂0.0001) in the patient group compared with the control group as shown in table (1). table 1. the concentration of serum total protein and serum total iron in control and patient group. parameters mean±sd of control group mean(g/dl) ±sd of patient group p value total protein (g/dl) 7.127 ± 0.3527 (n=20) 6.592 ± 0.8926 ( n=65) 0.0108 serum total iron (µg/dl) 128.6 ± 46.02(n=20) 338.2 ± 137.7 ( n=65) (p˂0.0001) 3.2. oxidase activity and specific activity ceruloplasmin the level of serum cp activity was measured in sera of all study groups, and the statistical analysis of the findings showed a significant difference between the mean concentration of cp in patients with breast cancer (227.8 u / l) and the mean activity of cp in the control group (101.1 u / l) as shown in table (2). cp specific activity was calculated in all study groups. the results appeared a significant increase in enzyme-specific activity for the patient group compared with the control group as shown in table (2). table 2: oxidase activity and specific activity of ceruloplasmin in patient and control group parameters mean±sd of control group mean±sd of patient group p-value cp oxidase activity (u/l) 101.1 ± 27.08 227.8 ± 54.99 <0.0001 specific activity of cp (u/mg) 14.14 ± 3.665 n=20 34.74 ± 9.525 n=65 <0.0001 3.3.the relation between smoking and ceruloplasmin oxidase activity. figure (2) was shown a slight significant increase (<0.05) between smokers (mean (u/l) 218.7 ±sd 56. 64) and nonsmoker (mean (u/l) 229. 6 ±sd 55.) of the patient group. figure 2. ceruloplasmin activity in smoker and nonsmoker of the patient group. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 72 in the last decade, researchers have confirmed a significant elevation in free radicals and their role in the micro-environmental tumor[25]. antioxidants are the major preservation of the body against free radicals and other oxidants, being the substances that stop the attack and the production of radical species inside the cells [26]. the increase of iron concentrations after menopause could be an important etiological factor in the development of breast cancer [27]. the cp is considered one of important antioxidant that prevents the formation of free radicals by inhibiting fenton reaction, it can change fe2+ to fe3+ which represent a very important step to load apo transferrin with iron [18], furthermore, it stimulates the reoxidation of copper i to copper ii [28]. iron imbalance is a distinct physiological phenomenon in women, which is probably to affect their health before, during, and after menopause [27]. there is a possibility that iron deficiency may contribute to a high recurrence of breast cancer in premenopausal women, while iron load may play a role in the incidence of breast cancer in postmenopausal women [28] high concentrations of iron, calculated as plasma iron, transferrin saturation and total iron-binding capacity (tibc), have been correlated in human studies with elevated overall cancer risk [29] and increased risk of death from any form of cancer[30] . ceruloplasmin plays a critical role in maintaining the iron level thus it has potential influences in the development of breast cancer [31]. furthermore, plasma copper rises in the case of malignant tumors level [32], contributes to an increase in the concentration of ceruloplasmin [33] . there is also an increase in the rate of synthesis and secretion of this glycoprotein by the liver[32] in the tumor state. tumor cells are capable of absorption from plasma so that they contain a relatively large amount of copper that affects pathogenic angiogenesis [34]. ceruloplasmin was also reported to be associated with different types of cancers [35]. increased glycoconjugates can be the product of an inflammatory reaction correlated with neoplasm since serum cp is an acute phase reactant [36], it is also increased in patients of the uterine cervix [37]. several studies were occurred on sera and solid tumor tissue to figure out the concentration of cp and some analytes that correlated with this enzyme in cancer patients which emphasizes there is a relation between cp and prostate, colon cancer patients [38] and with bile duct cancer [35]. the increase of cp activity in this study has agreed with a study by ozour et al which found increasing in cp concentration in breast disease [39]. further study confirmed that cp concentration increased in patients with metastatic breast cancer (36) and patients with primary breast cancer [40]. in addition, the result in the current study agrees with research by jing fan et al which studied the relationship between serum level of copper and cp concentration in sera of patients with early breast cancer patients by using atomic absorption spectroscopy and immunoturbidimetry assay [41]. on the other hand, the result in the current study disagrees with debek jt et al which found the cp activity was significantly decreased in postmenopausal stage i and ii breast cancer patients [42]. 4.conclusions according to the results of this study, serum cp oxidase activity and specific activity were highly significantly elevated in-patient group when compared with the control group. likewise, the results showed a significant increase (p˂0.0001) between the total iron concentration means of a patient with breast cancer and the control group. protein concentration was increased but insignificantly (p 0.0108) in the patient group when compared with control group. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 73 we propose that ceruloplasmin can use as a tumor marker to diagnose or the follow-up patients with breast cancer. further study can occur for ceruloplasmin in malignant and benign groups like determination of molecular weight and finding the isomers or forms of this enzyme to find the ability to use this enzyme as a tumor marker. and determine other activities of ceruloplasmin. finally measure other parameters such as copper, transferrin that related to ceruloplasmin. acknowledgment thanks to all cancer patients in nanakali hospital-erbil city-kurdistan region/iraq as participants. references 1.zohre , m.; hamid s. epidemiological characteristics of and risk factors for breast cancer in the world, breast cancer: targets and therapy. 2019, 11, 151–164. 2.stewart b,w.; wild c,p. world cancer report .2014. geneva, switzerland: who press. 3.yi-sheng, s.; zhao ,z.; zhang-nv ,y.; fang ,x.; hang-jing , l.; zhi-yong , z.; wen , s.; jianmin , j .; ping-ping , y.; han-ping , z.; risk factors and preventions of breast cancer, int j biol sci. 2017, 13(11) , 1387–1397. 4.wang, l. early diagnosis of breast cancer. sensors. 2017,17(7):1572-1600. published 2017 jul 5. doi:10.3390/s17071572 5.ganesh , n.; sharma, r. d.; jyotsana , s.; piush , s .; sharma ,k.k. various types and management of breast cancer: an overview, j. adv. pharm. technol. res. 2010, 1(2), 109– 126. 6.ryszard , k .; bernadeta , d.; tomasz ,k . the infuence of radiotherapy on ceruloplasmin and transferrin in whole blood of breast cancer patients. radiat. environ. biophys. 2017 , 56 , 345-352. 7.podolsky , d . k .; isselbacher , k .j. derangements of hepatic metabolism. harrison's principles of internal medicine, 12thed, mc graw-hill co, new york ,1991, p1311-1317. 8.gitlin, j. d. aceruloplasminemia. pediatr. res.1998 , 44,271–276. 9.kunapuli, s.p. ceruloplasmin gene expression in human cancer cells, life sci.1987, 40(23),2225–2228. 10.stivens, m.d.; di silvestro, r.a.; harris, e.d.; specific receptor for ceruloplasmin in membrane fragments from aortic and heart tissues, biochemistry , 1984 ,23(2), 261–266. 11.gutteridge, j. m. antioxidant properties of caeruloplasmin towards ironand copperdependent oxygen radical formation. febs lett.1983, 157(1) ,37–40. 12.mukhopadhyay, c . k. b.; mazumder , p .f .l.; fox, p . l . identification of the prooxidant site of human ceruloplasmin: a model for oxidative damage by copper bound to protein surfaces. proc natl acad sci u s a.1997, 94 (21),11546–11551. 13.bento , i .; peixoto , c .; zaitsev , v.n.; lindley , p .f. ceruloplasmin revisited: structural and functional roles of various metal cationbinding sites. acta cryst. d, 2007 , 63(2), 240–248. 14.harris, e. d. the transport of copper review. prog. clin. biol. res. 1993, 380:163–179. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 74 15.zaitsev, v.n.; zaitseva, i.;papiz, m. ; lindley, p.f. an x-ray crystallographic study of the binding sites of the azide inhibitor and organic substrates to ceruloplasmin, a multi-copper oxidase in the plasma. j. biol. inorg. chem. 1999, 4(5), 579 –587. 16.bianchini, a.; musci, g.; calabrese , l. inhibition of endothelial nitric-oxide synthase by ceruloplasmin. j. biol. chem. 1999 , 274(29) , 20265–20270. 17.huang , x. iron overload and its association with cancer risk in humans: evidence for iron as a carcinogenic metal. mutat res-fund mol m. 2003 ,533(1-2), 153–171. 18.osaki, s. kinetic studies of ferrous ion oxidation with crystalline human ferroxidase (ceruloplasmin). j. biol. chem . 1966 , 241(21), 5053–5059. 19.osaki, s. ; johnson, d . a. ; frieden, e. the possible significance of the ferrous oxidase activity of ceruloplasmin in normal human serum. j. biol. chem. 1966, 241(12), 2746–2751 20.sarkar, j. ; seshadri, v. ; tripoulas, n. a. ; ketterer, m . e. ; fox, p . l. role of ceruloplasmin in macrophage iron efflux during hypoxia. j. biol. chem.2003 , 278(45), 4401844024. 21.rice, e.w. standardization of ceruloplasmin activity in terms of international enzyme units. anal. biochem.. 1962, 3(6),452-456. 22.gornall, a. g.; bardawill, c. j.; david, m. m. .; determination of serum proteins by means of the biuret reaction. j. biol. chem.1949, 177(2), 751-766 . 23.tietz , n . w. text book of chlinical chemistry, 3rd ed. c.a. curtis, e.r. silverman l. m., christensen r. h.1995, p. 523-524. 24.hennessy, d.j.; reid, g.r.; smith, f.e. ; thompson, s.l. ferene—a new spectrophotometric reagent for iron. can. j. chem.. 1984 , 62(4). 721-724 25.ríos-arrabal, s.; artacho-cordón, f.; león, j.; román-marinetto, e.; del mar salinasasensio, m.; calvente, i. ; núñez, m.i. involvement of free radicals in breast cancer. nvolvement of free radicals in breast cancer. springerplus. 2013, 2(1), 1-12. 26.teixeira ,v .; valente ,h.; casal , s.; marques , f.; moreira , p. blood antioxidant and oxidative stress biomarkers acute responses to a 1000-m kayak sprint in elite male kayakers. j sports med phys fitness. 2013 , 53(1),71–79. 27.huang, x. does iron have a role in breast cancer. lancet oncol .2008, 9(8) , 803–807. 28.wherland, s.; farver, o. ; pecht, i. multicopper oxidases: intramolecular electron transfer and o2 reduction. j. biol. inorg. chem. 2014 , 19(4-5) ,541-554. 29.mainous, a.g.; wells, b.j.; koopman, r.j.; everett, c.j. ;gill, j.m., 2005. iron, lipids, and risk of cancer in the framingham offspring cohort. am. j. epidemiol.2005,161(12),1115– 1122. 30.amber , b.m.; jackilen , s .; david , b. t .dietary and stored iron as predictors of breast cancer risk: a nested case–control study in shanghai. int j cancer. 2009 , 125(5), 1110–1117. 31.vaidya ,s.m .; kamalakar , p.l. copper and ceruloplasmin levels in serum of women with breast cancer. indian j. med. sci. 1998 , 52(5),184-187. 32.zowczak, m.; iskra, m.; torliński, l. ;cofta, s.,analysis of serum copper and zinc concentrations in cancer patients. biol. trace elem. res. 2001, 82(1),1–8. 33.varela, a.s.; saez, j.b.l. ; senra, d.q. serum ceruloplasmin as a diagnostic marker of cancer. cancer lett.,1997 ,121(2),139–145. 34.pan, q.; kleer, c.g. ; van golen, k.l. ; irani, j. ; bottema, k.m. ; bias, c. ; de carvalho, m. ; mesri, e.a. ; robins, d.m. ; dick, r.d. ; brewer, g.j., copper deficiency http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2653 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c h e m i s t r y | 75 induced by tetrathiomolybdate suppresses tumor growth and angiogenesis. cancer res. 2002 , 62(17), 4854–4859. 35. han, i.w.; jang, j.y.; kwon, w.; park, t.; kim, y.; lee, k.b. ; kim, s.w. ceruloplasmin as a prognostic marker in patients with bile duct cancer ,oncotarget. 2017, 8(17) , 2902829037. 36.schapira , d .v .; schapira , m . use of ceruloplasmin levels to monitor response to therapy and predict recurrence of breast cancer. breast cancer res. treat.1983, 3(2),221-224. 37.upadhya, s.; upadhya, s. ;prabhu, k.s. serum glycoconjugates and ceruloplasmin in cancer of uterine cervix. indian j. clin. biochem. 2002, 17(1):20-24. 38.nayak, s.b.; bhat, v.r.;upadhyay, d. ;udupa, s.l. copper and ceruloplasmin status in serum of prostate and colon cancer patients. indian j. physiol. pharmacol. 2003, 47(1), 108110. 39. ozyilkan, o.; baltali, e.; ozyilkan, e.; tekuzman, g.; kars, a. ; firat, d. ceruloplasmin level in women with breast disease preliminary results. acta oncol.1992 , 31(8), 843-846. 40.çiğdem , y.; meral , f.; banu , ö. serum copper and ceruloplasmin concentrations in patients with primary breast cancer. biochem. soc. trans. 1996, 24(2) , 321s. 41.fan, j.; wan, y.; wang, y.;wei, h.; zhao, g.;li, s.; li, m.; huang, m. ; wang, t. the relationship between serum level of copper and ceruloplasmin and pathologic and clinical characteristics in early breast cancer patients. j. clin. oncol. 2018 , 36(15), e13504-e13504. 42.dabek , j .t.; hyvönen ,d . m.; härkönen , m .; adlercreutz , h. evidence for increased non-ceruloplasmin copper in early-stage human breast cancer serum. nutr. cancer. 1992 , 17(2),195-201. http://ihicps.com/ حساب نسب الخلط لأشعة كاما المنبعثة من التفاعل باستعمال طريقة نسبة a2 لالنتقاالت الكامیة المنبعثة من المستویات المتھیجة في التفاعل δقیم 32 70 70 33( , )ge p n a sγ ستعمال طریقة نسبة باa2 تغرید عبد الجبار یونس جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013كانون الثاني 21قبل البحث في ، 2012ایار 20استلم البحث في الخالصة 70a م�ن مس�تویات الطاق�ة لل�زرنیخ لالنتقاالت الكامیة لقد تم في البحث الحالي حساب نسب الخلط s المتول�دة م�ن 3270التفاعل 7033( , )ge p n a sγ طریقة نسبة بa2 ح�التین االول�ى عن�دما یك�ون االنتق�الین غی�ر . إذ طبق�ت ھ�ذه الطریق�ة ف�ي ویتض�ح م�ن سابقا. المنش�ورة δوقیم�ة a2، إذ تم االعتماد على النتائج التجریبی�ة لمع�امالت التوزی�ع ال�زاوي نقیین (مختلط) جریبي م�ع النت�ائج التجریبی�ة للبح�ث الخطأ التالتي تم الحصول علیھا متفقة بصورة جیدة او ضمن حدود ) δ( النتائج ان قیم للبحث المنشور سابقا . النتائج التجریبیة في وسبب وجود بعض التناقضات یعود الى عدم الدقة سابقا المنشور a2الكلمات المفتاحیة : انتقاالت اشعة كاما، نسب الخلط، طریقة نسبة 93 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة والناتج����ة م����ن التفاع����ل 70as] بدراس����ة المس����تویات المتھیج����ة ف����ي الن����واة 1وآخ����رون مع����ھ [ podolyokق����ام 70 70( , )ge p n a sγ فول�ت ( إلكت�رونملیون 8.7و 7.59. إذ كانت طاقة البروتون الساقط تتراوح بینmevوقیس�ت .( لھا ، واستعمل في تحلیل δنسب الخلط مستویا متھیجاً. وقیست (42)انتقاال كامیا من حوالي )(113الشدة النسبیة لحوالي س�تعمال التفاع�ل با]10,11 [ مع�ھ وأخرینten brink من قبل وقد درست . ایضاً cindy [9]النتائج البرنامج الدولي 70 70( , )ge p n a sγوع��ن طری��ق انح��الل الب��وزترون للن��واةse س��تعمال تف��اعالت االی��ون الثقی��ل باوك��ذلك تم��ت دراس��تھا ف�ي 1993لح�د الع�ام asقد جمع المعلومات المتوفرة عن مس�تویات الطاق�ة واالنتق�االت الكامی�ة ف�ي bath] وكان 12,13[ الث�اني نق�ي او ف�ي حال�ة ك�ون االنتق�ال أیض�ا [8,7,6,5,4] ف�ي دراس�ات س�ابقة لطریقھ قد طبقت ھذه ا و ] .14المرجع [ نفسھا في حساب ق�یم للدراسة [1]في المصدر a2استخدمنا في البحث الحالي معامالت التوزیع الزاوي یمكن عده نقیا فقط . 70المتول��دة م�ن التفاع��ل 70asلالنتق��االت الكامی��ة ل��ـ δنس�ب الخل��ط 70( , )ge p n a sγ بطریق��ة نس��بةa2 م��ن اج��ل تأكی��د لالنتق�����االت الكامی�����ة م�����ن المس�����تویات المتھیج�����ة م�����ن التفاع�����ل δص�����حة ھ�����ذه الطریق�����ة لحس�����اب نس�����ب االخ�����تالط 70 70( , )ge p n a sγ. المعطیات وتحلیلھا اختزال م�ن ρ2(ji)بالنسبة الى االنتقاالت الكامیة النقیة او االنتقاالت التي یمكن عدھا نقیة یمكن حساب التنسر االحص�ائي [2]اآلتیة: المعادلة a2(ji jf)= 2 ( )ijρ f2(ji jf δ )……………………..… …(1) إذ إن 2 ( )ij ρ یمثل التنسر االحصائي الثابت للمستوى االبتدائيji .f2(jijfδ ھي معامالت تتضمن معلومات عن تغیرات ( -:اآلتیةالزخم الزاوي ونسب الخلط وھي تعطى بالعالقة 2 2 f 1 1 i 2 f 1 2 i 2 f 2 2 i 2 i f 2 [f (j l l j ) + 2 f (j l l j ) + f (j l l j )] f (j j ) = ...........(2)[3] (1+ ) δ δ δ δ إذ إن : l1=ji jf≠ 0 l2=l1+l یمثل الزخم الزاوي ألشعة كاما وھو ال یساوي صفر lإذ l = l + s ≠ 0 -ألن : s . البرم البرمي ویساوي واحد = l الزخم الزاوي ألشعة كاما = l یمثل الزخم المداري (ویأخذ =l = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3, …….( )، فأن اً نقی الكامي وفي حالة كون االنتقال 0)δ -كما یأتي: (2)وبذلك تصبح المعادلة = ( )2 i f 2 f 1 1 if (j j ) f j l l j .........................(3)δ = ینتج : (1)في (3)وبتعویض a2(ji jf) = 2 ( )ij ρ f2(jf l1l1 ji)…………(4) ]2[-اما في حالة وجود انتقالین كامیین فنستعمل المعادلة اآلتیة: 1 1 11 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 12 2 2 2 2 f2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ) 2 ( ) ( ) /(1 )( ) ...............(5) ( ) ( ) 2 ( ) ( ) /(1 ) f i f i f ii f i f i f i f i f j l l j f j l l j f j l l ja j j a j j f j l l j f j l l j f j l l j δ δ δ δ δ δ  + + +−  = −  + + +  إذ إن 2 ( )ij ρ .متساویة للمستوى نفسھ )2االنتقال الثاني نقي فنعوض قیمة إذا كان و 0)δ فینتج: = 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 ( ) ( ) 2 ( ) ( ) ...............(6) ( ) ( )(1 ) i f f i f i f i i f f i a j j f j l l j f j l l j f j l l j a j j f j l l j δ δ δ − + + = − + 94 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 وعن�د تطبی�ق ھ�ذه المعادل�ة ف�ي حال�ة . )2) و (1( معلوم�ة ف�ي الج�داول a2وق�یم ] ،7[) 1مذكورة في الملحق ( f2إن قیم إذ ینتج: نتقالین نقیاً كون أحد ھذین اال 2 2 2 2 a (1 1) 0.35355 2.12134 0.35155 ..........(7) a (1 2) 0.07071(1 ) δ δ δ∗ − − − − = − + 2 2 2 2 a (2 2) 0.41833 1.22476 0.12806 ..............(8) a (2 1) 0.41833(1 ) δ δ δ∗ − − − + = − + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 a (1 2) 0.07071 0.94868 0.35355 ................................(9) a (1 2) 0.07071(1 ) a (2 1) 0.41833 1.22476 0.12806 ............................(10) a (2 1) 0.59761(1 ) δ δ δ δ δ δ ∗ ∗ − + + = − + − − − + = − − + 2δعل��ى اعتب��ار ان قیم��ة [5]المعادل�ة نتق��االن كامی�ان غی��ر نقی��ین فنس��تخدمام�ا بالنس��بة ال��ى المس�تویات الت��ي لھ��ا ا -معلومة وكما یأتي : (مقاسة تجریبیاً) 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 a (1 2) (0.07071 0.94868 0.35355 ) /(1 ) ........................(11) a (1 1) ( 0.35355 2.12134 0.35355 ) /(1 ) a (1 1) ( 0.35355 2.12134 0.35355 ) /(1 ) a (1 2) (0.07071 0.94868 0.35355 δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ − + + + = − − − − + − − − − + = − + + 2 22 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ........................(12) ) /(1 ) a (1 2) (0.07071 0.94868 0.35355 ) /(1 ) .........................(13) a (1 2) (0.07071 0.94868 0.35355 ) /(1 ) δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ + − + + + = − + + + 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 a (2 1) (0.41833 1.87084 0.29881 ) /(1 ) ..................(14) a (2 1) (0.41833 1.87084 0.29881 ) /(1 ) a (2 1) (0.41833 1.87084 0.29881 ) /(1 ) a (2 2) ( 0.41833 1.22476 0.12806 ) / δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ δ − − − + = − − − + − − − + = − − − + 22 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 .................(15) (1 ) a (2 2) ( 0.41833 1.22476 0.12806 ) /(1 ) .................(16) a (2 1) (0.41833 1.87084 0.29881 ) /(1 ) δ δ δ δ δ δ δ + − − − + + = − − − + النتائج والمناقشة وانتقاالت نقیة a2طریقة نسبة لصغر نقیاً عدهُ التي لھا انتقاالن على االقل احدھما نقي او یمكن 70as للزرنیخ) مستویات الطاقة 1یبین الجدول ( لالنتقال اآلخر. δلھ، واستعمل في حساب قیم δ ةقیم [1]المنشورة في المرجع δ=−01.0ال تكون نقیة عادة، غیر ان (+1-+2)و (+2-+1)من المعروف ان االنتقاالت كیلو إلكترون فولت صغیرة جداً. وھذا یعني ان 234.73كیلو إلكترون فولت من المستوى (+2-+1) 202.66لالنتقال . e2 0.01%و m1 99.99%االنتقــال یكون كیلو إلكترون فولت (+1-+2) 244.10المنشورة في المرجع نفسھ لالنتقال δ=03.0 )3(وكذلك بالنسبة إلى كیلو إلكترون فولت من المستوى (+2-+1) 160.89لالنتقال δ=(28)0.05 كیلو إلكترون فولت و 325.65من المستوى 95 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 و m1 99.75%واالنتقال الثاني ،e2 0.09%و m1 99.91%یكون االنتقال األول إذ كیلو إلكترون فولت. 328.64 e2 0.25%. صحیحة كما یجب [1]المنشورة لھا في المرجع δعلى فرض ان قیم (m1)وعلیھ عـدت ھذه االنتقاالت نقیة حیث نالحظ (1)لالنتقاالت األخر من المستویات نفسھا كما ھي مبینة في الجدول δأن تكون واستعملت في حساب قیم المنشورة لھذه االنتقاالت δوقیم a2لالنتقاالت نفسھا. وھذا یدل على ان قیم [1]انھا ال تتفق مع القیم المنشورة في المرجع یجب إذ (ji=1)أو االنتقاالت التي عـدت نقیة غیر صحیحة. وإنھا كذلك فعالً بالنسبة إلى االنتقاالت من مستویات برومھا .لمثل ھذه االنتقاالت صفراً a4أن تكون كیل�و إلكت�رون 383.32كیلو إلكت�رون فول�ت م�ن المس�توى 148.57و (+1--2) 301.8أما بالنسبة إلى االنتقالین δوج�دنا ان قیم��ة (e1). وعن��دما ُع�ـدَّ االنتق��ال الك�امي األول نقی��اً (e1)فول�ت ف��المفروض أن یك�ون ك��ل منھم�ا انتق��االً نقی�اً .[1]المذكورة في المرجع δلالنتقال الثاني متفقة مع قیمة لالنتقال األول. وھذا یعني ان االنتقال الث�اني ال δحصلنا على جذور خیالیة لقیمة (e1)ولكن عندما ُعـدَّ االنتقال الثاني نقیاً عل�ى اعتب�ار ان m2 2%و ،e1 98%بنس�بة (e1+m2)یمك�ن أن یك�ون نقی�اً وإنم�ا یك�ون انتق�االً مختلط�اً 1e 2m2 =δ و e1+m2=100% وھذه النسبة معقولة إلى حد ما، غیر ان مقدار الخطأ في قیمة .a2 لالنتقال الثاني كبیر جداً مقارن�ة بقیم�ة a2 نفسھا وھذا یدل على ان قیمةa2 لھذا االنتقال لیست دقیقة وعلیھ ال یمكن أن یكون مقدار الخطأ في قیمةδ لالنتقال نفسھ .[1]كما ھو مذكور في المرجع )+(0.07صغیراً وانتقاالت مختلطة a2نسبة طریقة كیلو إلكترون فولت م�ن (+2-+1)202.66لالنتقال الكامي δوقیمة a2عندما أخذنا قیمة ) 2نالحظ من الجدول ( كیل��و إلكت��رون فول��ت م��ن 153.18لالنتق��ال δ االعتب��ار ف��ي حس��اب قیم��ةفول��ت بنظ��ر كیل��و إلكت��رون 234.73المس��توى لالنتقال δو a2لالنتقال نفسھ. وعندما أخذنا [1]المنشورة في المرجع δالنتائج ال تتفق مع قیمة المستوى نفسھ وجدنا ان لالنتق�ال األول حص��لنا عل�ى ج�ذور خیالی��ة. وھ�ذا ی�دل عل��ى ان النت�ائج المنش�ورة ف��ي δالث�اني بنظ�ر االعتب�ار لحس��اب قیم�ة (+2-+1)لالنتقالین a4ألحد ھذین االنتقالین على األقـل غیر صحیحة إن لم یكن لالنتقالین كلیھما. إن قیمتي [1]المرجع لالنتقالین. a2لیستا صحیحتین إذ یجب أن تكون كل واحدة منھما صفراً وھذه بالتأكید تؤثر في قیمتي (+1-+1)و كیل��و 328.64لالنتق��االت الكامی��ة م��ن المس��توى [1]المنش��ورة ف��ي المرج��ع δوق��یم a2وباألسـ��ـلوب نفس��ھ نالح��ظ ان ق��یم إلكترون فولت لیست صحیحة. المحس�ـوبة لالنتق�الین م�ن δكیلو إلكت�ـرون فول�ت نالح�ظ ان قی�ـم 383.32و 325.65مستویین ما بالنسبة الى الأ . وھذا یدل على صحة النتائج التجریبیة.[1]المنشورة في المرجع δالمستویین متفقة ضمن الخطأ التجریبي مع قیم االستنتاجات غی��ر ص��حیحة ع��دا ji=1لالنتق��االت الكامی��ة م��ن المس��تویات الت��ي برومھ��ا [1]النت��ائج التجریبی��ة المنش��ورة ف��ي المرج��ع .1 النت�ائج ال�ى ح�د م�ا. ام�ا كیل�و الكت�رون فول�ت فأن�ھ ص�حیح 328.64 كیل�و الكت�رون فول�ت م�ن المس�توي 160.89 االنتق�ال التجریبیة لالنتقاالت االخرى فأنھا صحیحة ضمن الخطأ التجریبي. حس�ب وانم��ا عل�ى التنب�ؤ بوج��ود أي خط�أ م�ن النت��ائج δل�یس عل�ى حس��اب ق�یم a2م��ن امكانی�ة طریق�ة نس��بة التثب�ت ت�م ا .2 التجریبیة. المصادر 1. podolyak, zs.; fenyes, t. and timar, j.( 1995), structure of the 70as nucleus. nuclear physics ,a 584,60. 2. poletti a.r. and warburton e.k. (1965), study of the low –lying levels of f18 by means of the o16(he3 ,pγ) f18 reaction; phys. rev. b595. volume 137 ,issue 3b. 3. yamazaki, t. (1967), nucl. data, tables a3, 1. 4. youhana, h.m.( 2002), e2/m1 mixing ratios of 2+-2+ gamma transitions in 90,92,9440zr isotoper using anew methd, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences 15 (4), 33. 5. youhana ,h.m. (2002), multiple mixing ratios of gama transitions from levels with spin 4 and 3 in 90,92,94zr isotopes using the constant statistied tensor method, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences 15 (46): 14. 96 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 6. mohammed-saied, b.( 2001), analysis of angular distribution of gamma rays and gamma-gamma & particle-gamma, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. 7. al-zuhairy, m.h.m. (2002),multiple mixing ratios of gamma ray from the hevy ion reactions by using constant statistical tensor methad, ph.d. thesis university of baghdad. 8. tammy, r.j. (2004), multiple mixing ratios of rays from different nuclear ructions, ph.d. thesis university of al-mustansiriyah. 9. sheldon, e. and regers, v.c.(1973),computation of total and differential cross section for compound nuclear reactions of the type (a,a),(a, a˴ ),(a,b),(a,γ),(a,γ-γ),(a,bγ) and (a,bγ-γ) . volume 6 ,issue 3 ,pages99. 10. ten brink, b.o.;vis ,r.d.,kalshoven, a.w.b.and verheul, h.(1974),the decay of70se37, phys.volume 270,issue 2,pages 83. 11. ten brink b.o.,akkemans j.,van nes p., and verheul h.(1979), on the stracture of 70,72as . volume 330,issue 2,a330,409. 12. filevich, a.;behar,m.;garcia bermudez, g.;mariscott, m.a.j.;der mateosian, e.and thieberger, p.(1978), nucl.phys.a,v. 309,issue 1-2,pages 285-300. 13. bedica , t.;cojocaru, v.,;pantelica , d.;pope scu, i. and scintei, n. (1991),high-spin states in 70as .nucl. phys. sectiona volume 535, issue 2 ,pages 425. 14. bhat, m.r. (1993),nucl.data sheets update for a=70 ,68(1),117 . )نسب الخلط النتقاالت كامیة من مستویات متھیجة في التفاعل (1) : رقم جدول ) asn,pge 70337032 γ وانتقاالت نقیة a2بطریقة نسبة ei (kev) γ e (kev) ππ − fi jj 4 2 a a [1] δ [1] δ )a2(نسبة 234.73 202.66 1+-2+ 0.142 (58) 0.125 (46) -0.01 (27) m1 153.18 1+-1+ -0.126 (106) -0.278 (115) 0.52 0.250.28 + − 0.14 (3) 1.8 1.3(7.2 ) + −− 325.65 293.63 2+-2+ 0.304 (90) 0.024 (75) 0.15 (4) ? 0.330.30 + − 1.3 ?1.2 + − 244.10 2+-1+ -0.179 (69) -0.003 (70) 0.03 (3) m1 328.64 296.64 1+-2+ -0.040 (87) -0.043 (67) -0.19 (24) -0.04 (8) 0.9 0.6(2.9 ) + −− 247.11 1+-1+ -0.229 (165) -0.264 (174) -0.16 (40) 0.12 0.09(0.26 ) + −− 2.0 1.1(3.7 ) + −− 160.89 1+-2+ -0.091 (59) -0.086 (62) 0.05 (28) m1 383.32 301.8 2--1+ -0.165 (53) 0.010 (54) 0.03 (3) e1 جذور خیالیة 148.57 2--1+ -0.051 (235) 0.027 (185) 0.14 (7) 0.35 0.330.15 + − e1 97 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ei (kev) γe (kev) ππ − fi jj 4 2 a a [1] δ [1] δ )a2(نسبة 234.73 202.66 1+-2+ 0.142 (58) 0.125 (46) جذور خیالیة 0.01(27) 0.01 153.18 1+-1+ -0.126 (106) -0.278 (115) 0.52 0.250.28 + − -0.14 (3) 1.5 1.0(6.9 ) + −− 0.28 325.65 293.63 2+-2+ 0.304 (90) 0.024 (75) 0.15 (4) 0.15 ? 0.260.18 + − 1.3 ?1.5 + − 244.10 2+-1+ -0.179 (69) -0.003 (70) 0.03 (3) 0.04 (9) 1.2 0.7(2.9 ) + −− 0.03 328.64 296.69 1+-2+ -0.040 (87) -0.043 (67) -0.19 (24) -0.19 0.25 0.18 1.5 0.9 (0.16 ) (2.1 ) + − + − − − -0.02 (13) 2.2 1.0(3.1 ) + −− 247.11 1+-1+ -0.229 (165) -0.264 (174) -0.16 (40) ? 0.930.09 + − فقط -0.16 0.27 0.16 2.8 1.3 (0.34 ) (2.9 ) + − + − − − 160.89 1+-2+ -0.091 (59) -0.086 (62) 0.05 (28) ? 0.60 10.2 ? (0.39 ) (1.3 ) + − + − − − ? 0.20 1.0 ? (0.28 ) (1.6 ) + − + − − − 0.05 383.32 301.8 2-1+ -0.165 (53) 0.010 (54) 0.03 (3) 0.03 -0.03 (?) 148.57 2--1+ -0.051 (235) 0.027 (85) 0.14 (7) 0.16 (29) 0.14 فقط 98 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 appendix i [7] ji l1 l2 jf f2 f4 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.70711 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -1.06067 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.07071 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 0.47434 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.35355 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.10101 0.00000 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 0.37796 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.53034 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.17678 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.0 -0.59761 -1.06904 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -0.93542 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.29881 0.71269 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 -0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.61238 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.12806 -0.30544 2.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.11952 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0.65466 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.34149 0.07636 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.17075 -0.00848 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 0.50507 -0.06274 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 0.44822 -0.02970 2.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 -0.29881 0.00405 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.0 -0.86603 0.21320 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.49487 -0.44670 3.0 2.0 3.0 1.0 -0.46290 1.04463 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.64953 0.03553 3.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.34641 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.94869 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.12372 0.67006 3.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.22682 -0.44670 3.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.14434 0.00000 ji l1 l2 jf f2 f4 3.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 0.72169 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.30929 0.14890 3.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 -0.20620 -0.02030 3.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 0.54554 -0.13430 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 0.36085 -0.05492 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 -0.36085 0.00969 4.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.78349 0.14527 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.44770 -0.30438 4.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 -0.52972 0.90036 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.47009 -0.04842 4.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.31339 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.94018 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.04477 0.60876 4.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 -0.43875 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.33541 0.00000 99 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 4.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.26455 -0.49807 4.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.15955 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 0.75679 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28490 0.19370 4.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 -0.22792 -0.02980 4.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 0.56407 -0.18437 4.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 0.29915 -0.06874 4.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 -0.39887 0.01422 5.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.73599 0.11589 5.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.42056 -0.24281 5.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 -0.55634 0.80301 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.36799 -0.07726 5.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.29439 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.93095 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.00000 0.56556 5.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 -0.44159 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.27386 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28307 -0.52297 5.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 0.16984 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 0.77832 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.26689 0.22413 5.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 -0.24263 -0.03736 5.0 2.0 3.0 7.0 0.57416 -0.22100 5.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 0.25476 -0.07726 5.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 -0.42461 0.01783 ji l1 l2 jf f2 f4 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.70510 0.09967 6.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.40291 -0.20883 6.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 -0.56980 0.73833 6.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.30219 -0.09018 6.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.28204 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.92319 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.02878 0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 -0.44320 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 -0.23146 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.29355 -0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 7.0 0.17728 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 7.0 0.79283 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 0.25326 0.24613 6.0 2.0 2.0 8.0 -0.25326 -0.04343 6.0 2.0 3.0 8.0 0.58028 -0.24879 6.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 0.22160 -0.08292 6.0 3.0 3.0 9.0 -0.44321 0.02073 100 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 multiple mixing ratios of gamma rays reaction 32 70 70 33( , )ge p n a sγ using a2-ratio method. taghreed a. younis dept. of physics/ college of education for pure scinces (ibn a haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :20may 2012 accepted in :21january 2013 abstract the δ-mixing of γ-transitions in 70a s populated in the 3270 7033( , )ge p n a sγ reaction is calculated in the present work by using the a2-ratio methods. in one work we applied this method for two cases, the first one is for pure transition and the sacend one is for non pure transition, we take into account the experimental a2-coefficient for previous works and δ -values for one transition only.the results obtained are, in general, in a good agreement within associated errors, with those reported previously , the discrepancies that occur are due to inaccuracies existing in the experimental data of the previous works. key word : (gamma transition , mixing ratios , a2 – ratio method ) 101 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 جذور خيالية appendix i [7] 98 weighted residual method for the system of nonlinear volterra integral equations of the second kind using an exponential function chinar sh. ahmed department of mathematics /college of education / university of garmian chinar.shahab@garmian.edu.krd abstract the numerical resolve nonlinear system of volterra integral equation of the second kind (nlsviek2) has been considered. the exponential function is used as the base function of the collocation method to approximate the resolve of the problem. arithmetic epitome are performed which have already been solved by weighted residual manner, taylor manner and blockbyblock(2, 3, 5). keywords: collocation method, system of nonlinear volterra integral equation, exponential function. 1. introduction solving the system of (linear and nonlinear) vie of the second kind, many methods with enough accuracy and efficiency have already been used by many researches [1 9]. we use widened manner to approximate the resolve of the nlviek2 since one of its uses is to exchange intricate careers by some unpretentious careers so that integrated processes can be more unpretentious uttered. the approximate manners provide analytical practice for obtaining resolves in the form of careers, which are close in some sense to the accurately resolve of the given problem [10]. a collocation manner (cm) has been used for solving integral and integro-differential equations by many authors and researchers [3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17]. the nonlinear sviek2 is defined as follows:    )1(1],,[;))(,),(,,()()( 1    bahdk a (1) ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2682 article history: received17,march,2021, accepted 11 april 2021, published in july 2021. mailto:chinar.shahab@garmian.edu.krd ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 99 where  (denotes )1(1 , k and ],[; bac  )1(1,;  natural number)  given continuous careers on }:),{( ba   , while )( , )1(1 are the unknown careers. 2. resolve a system of non-linear viek2 by a collocation manner: a collocation manner is based on approximating the resolve  )1(1 ),(  by a partial sum      0 )()(    s , )1(1 (2) where )( naturally be choosing linearly independent ( in this work, we choose    ))(exp()(  ,  )1(0 ) is a weighted function and its widening coefficients 0 , 1 , ...,  , )1(1 are to be determined uniquely [19, 20]. so by putting equation (2) in equation (1) for  )1(1 ),(  we get the residual equation ),...,,,( 10   e such that:    x a dssskse )())(...,),(),(,,()(),0;,( 21    , )1(1  (3) the considerations 0 , 1 , ...,  , )1(1 must establish by forcing that the residual ),...,,,( 10   e disappears at a certain set of 1 numbers in the ambit d. so by choosing 1 distinct nodes d   ,...,, 10 substituting in equation (3) with the approximate resolve in equation (2), we get )1(   simultaneous equations so 0),...,,,( 10    e 0)))(exp(...,,))(exp(,))(exp(,,()())(exp( 00 0 21 0                            dk ka  ; )1(1 (4) where  )1(0,  h and h is to be chosen. equation (4) leads to the following non-linear system of equations )()))(exp(...,,))(exp(,))(exp(,,())(exp( 00 0 21 0                              dk ka )1(1 ,  )1(1 . (5) here, we need to determine  coefficients  (1)1 , q ,  )1(0q . we construct   system of equations from equation (5) to located coefficient 0 , 1 , 2 , ...,  , and substitute the values of the coefficients into the equation (2), we obtain the approximate resolve equation (1). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 100 3. illustrative epitome: to illustrate the application of the collocation method we use some examples of nonlinear system of viek2’s in the following epitomes: epitome 3.1: the nonlinear system of viek2     0 21 2 1 ))()(()( d   d))()(( 3 1 2 1 )( 2 0 2 1 32 2   have the following accurate resolves   )(,)( 21 resolve: we have the accurate resolve   )(,)( 21 . table 1 shows the estimate error of the current manner (manner 1) with taylor manner (manner 2) [2], weighted residual manner using the polynomial function (manner 3) [5] and the block-by-block manner (manner 4) [4, 8] for  =2, 3. table 1. comparison of the errors of epitome 1. manners  =2  =3 )( 1  )(2  )(1  )(2  manner 1 91833 2 10   4.7934 3 10   5.7732 2 10   8.6877 3 10   manner 2 0 0 0 0 manner 3 0 0 0 0 manner 4 mblm2 0 0 0 0 mblm3 7.6115 2 10   7.3900 2 10   2.5163 3 10   1.2612 3 10   mblm5 6.4110 02 10   6.0717 02 10   2.2870 03 10   1.0959 03 10   epitome 3.2:     d  0 2 2 2 11 ))(())(()sec()(     d  0 2 2 2 12 ))(())(()tan(3)( we have the accurate resolve )sec()(1   and )tan()(2   . table 2 shows the estimate error of the current manner (manner 1) with taylor manner (manner 2) [2], weighted residual manner using polynomial function (manner 3) [5] and the block-by-block manner (manner 4) [4, 8] for  =2, 3. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 101 table 2. comparison of the errors of epitome 2. manners  =2  =3 )( 1  )(2  )(1  )(2  manner 1 5.5729 3 10   2.4367 2 10   8.2236 2 10   4.2749 3 10   manner 2 1.8302 1 10   5.2323 1 10   1.8302 1 10   6.8365 2 10   manner 3 8.0421 2 10   1.5473 2 10   5.0644 2 10   3.5296 3 10   manner 4 mblm2 3.4937 1 10   1.0005 1 10   4.6744 3 10   3.9331 3 10   mblm3 5.1058 1 10   3.2951 1 10   1.2311 2 10   1.2225 2 10   mblm5 1.1904 02 10   6.9640 02 10   3.3693 03 10   4.7832 03 10   epitome 3.3: solve a system of non-linear viek2’s:      0 2 2 2 1 )()( 4 1 4 1 )( de    deee    0 )(2 2 112)( the exact resolve of this system are  5.0)(1  and   e)( 2 . table 3 shows the estimate error of current manner (manner 1) with taylor manner (manner 2) [2], weighted residual manner using polynomial function (manner 3) [5] and the block-by-block manner (manner 4) [4, 8] for  =2, 3. table 3. comparison of the errors of epitome 3. manners  =2  =3 )( 1  )(2  )(1  )(2  manner 1 2.4932 3 10   7.3509 3 10   1.1968 3 10   6.4439 4 10   manner 2 0 1.1914 0 8.9917 2 10   manner 3 5.2255 4 10   7.9235 4 10   2.2115 4 10   1.0035 5 10   manner 4 mblm2 5.9824 2 10   5.4301 2 10   1.5734 3 10   2.0101 4 10   mblm3 7.7723 3 10   2.2726 2 10   6.5937 5 10   8.5190 4 10   mblm5 7.8419 02 10   7.8582 02 10   1.7864 03 10   9.7120 04 10   4. conclusion many authors solved non-linear system viek2 approximately and analytically. it is enough to obtain the approximate resolves. since the analytical resolve is very complicated, so we proposed the offered manner to find the approximate resolve. in practice, we get the good accuracy if we choose n sufficiently large n and a suitable choice of collocation point. we compare the present manner and those from aforementioned manners in order to choose the best manner to get the approximate resolve for the problem of this system where it is difficult to find the accrue resolve. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 102 references 1. babolian, e.; biazar, j., resolve of a system of nonlinear volterra integral equations of the second kind. far east j. math. sci. (fjms), 2000, 2, 6, , 935-946. 2. saeed, r., k.; ahmed, c.s. approximate resolve for the system of nonlinear volterra integral equations of the second kind by taylor series expansion. indian journal of natural sciences, 2019, 9, 53. 3. saeed, r. k.; computational manners for solving system of linear volterra integral and integro-differential equations. phd. thesis, university of salahaddin, department of applied science, 2006. 4. saeed, r., k.; ahmed, c.s. approximate resolve for the system of non-linear volterra integral equations of the second kind by using block-by-block manner. australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 2008, 2, 1, 114-124. 5. saeed, r., k.; ahmed, c.s. approximate resolve for the system of nonlinear volterra integral equations of the second kind by weighted residual manners. journal of kirkuk university –scientific studies , 2009, 5, 1. 6. şahin,n.; yüzbaşı, ş.; gülsu, m. a collocation approach for solving systems of linear volterra integral equations with variable coefficients. computers and mathematics with applications, 2011, 62, 755–769. 7. wazwaz, a.-m., the modified decomposition manner for analytic treatment of nonlinear integral equations and systems of non-linear integral equations. international, 2005. 8. ahmed, chinar s. approximate resolve for the system of non-linear volterra integral equations of the second kind by five block-by-block method. open science repository mathematics online, 2013, e70081992. doi:10.7392/openaccess.70081992. 9. al-faour, o. m. a.; saeed r. k. resolve of a system of linear voltera – integro differential equations by weighted residual method. journal of al-nahrain university, 2007, 10, 1, 84-93. 10. boyed, j. p. chebyshev and fourier spectral manner; dover publications, inc., minneola, new york, 2000. 11. calio, f.; marchetti , e.; pavani, r.; micula, gh. about some volterra problems solved by a particular spline colocation. studia univ. “babes¸–bolyai”, mathematica, volume xlviii, 2003, 3. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 103 12. hendi, f.a.; albugami, a.m. numerical resolve for fredholm–volterra integral equation of the second kind by using collocation and galerkin methods. journal of king saud university (science), 2010, 22, 37–40. 13. bazm , s. resolve of nonlinear volterra-hammerstein integral equation using alternative legendre collocation method. sahand communications in mathematical analysis (scma), 2016, 4, 1, 57-77. 14. saeed, r., k.; hassan, j.s., solving singular integral equations by using collocation method. math. sci. lett., 2014, 3, 3, 185-187. 15. agbolade, o.a. and anake, t.a. resolves of first-order volterra type linear integro differential equations by collocation method. journal of applied mathematics, article id 1510267, 2017, 5. 16. shahsavaran, a. numerical approach to solve second kind volterra integral equation of abel type using block-pulse careers and taylor expansion by collocation method. applied mathematical sciences. 2011, 5, 14, 685 – 696. 17. ghadle , k.p.; hamoud, a. a. on the numerical resolve of volterra-fredholm integral equations with exponential kernal using chebyshev and legendre collocation methods. applied mathematics, elixir appl. math. 2016, 95, 40742-40746. 18. shahsavaran, a. numerally approach to solve second kind volterra ntegral equation of abel type using block-pulse careers and taylor expansion by collocation manner. applied mathematical sciences, 2011, 5, 14, 685 – 696. 19. delves, l. m. and walsh, j. numerally resolve of integral equations; claredon press oxford, 1974. 20. polyanin, a. d.; manzhirov, a. v. handbook of integral equations; crc press llc, 1998. n−primary submodules δ-hollow modules inaam m. a. hadi sameeah hasoon aidi* department of mathematics/ college of education for pure science, (ibn al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 8 may 2014 , accepted in: 22 june 2014 abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity and m be a non zero unitary left r-module. m is called a hollow module if every proper submodule n of m is small (n ≪ m), i.e. n + w ≠ m for every proper submodule w in m. a δ-hollow module is a generalization of hollow module, where an r-module m is called δ-hollow module if every proper submodule n of m is δ-small (n δ  m), i.e. n + w ≠ m for every proper submodule w in m with m w is singular. in this work we study this class of modules and give several fundamental properties related with this concept. key words: small submodule, δ-small submodule, hollow module, δ-hollow module, singular module, nonsingular module. * this paper is a part of the thesis submitted by the second author. 241 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction throughout this article all rings are commutative rings with identity, and all modules are unitary left r-module. a proper submodule l of a module m is called small (denoted by l ≪ m), if for every proper submodule k of m, l + k ≠ m. a module m is called hollow if every proper submodule of m is called small, [1]. as a generalization of the concept small submodule, zhou in [2] introduce the concept δ-small submodule, where a submodule n of an r-module m is called δ-small (denoted by n δ  m) if whenever n + k = m and m/k is singular module, then k = m. in fact an r-module m is called singular (non singular) if z(m) = {m ∈ m: r ann (m) is an essential ideal of r} = m ((0)), [3], and a submodule n of an r-module m is called essential in m (denoted by n e ≤ m or n ∗→ m) if n ∩ w ≠ (0) for any non zero w ≤ m, [4]. the concept of δ-hollow module appeared in [5], where an rmodule m is called δ-hollow, if every proper submodule of m is a δ-small in m. hence hollow module is δ-hollow, but the converse is not true. the aim of this work is to give a comprehensive study of the class of δ-hollow modules. it is of interest to know how far the old theories of hollow module extend to the new situation. 1preliminary in this section, we give some definitions and propositions which are useful in our work. definition 1.1: a non zero module m is called a hollow module if every proper submodule n of m is a small submodule of m (n ≪ m) that is n + w ≠ m for every w < m, [1]. definition 1.2: let m be an r-module. a submodule a of a module m is called a δ-small submodule of m (denoted by a δ  m) if m ≠ a + b for any proper c-singular b of m, (where b is c-singular if m b is singular module), see [2].. an r-module m is called δ-hollow if every proper submodule is δ-small in m, [5]. an r-module m is called semisimple if every submodule of m is a direct summand of m [3], [4]. proposition 1.3: [2] let m be an r-module and a be a submodule of m. then the following are equivalent (1) a δ  m. (2) if m = a + b, then m = y ⊕ b, for projective semisimple submodule y of a. (3) if m = a + b with m b goldie torsion, then m = b, where r-module m is called goldie torsion if z2[m] = m, and z2(m) is defined by 2 z (m) m z(m) z(m) = , (see [3]). proposition 1.4: [2] (1) let a and b be submodules of an r-module m such that a ≤ b. if a δ  b then a δ  m. 242 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 (2) let a and b be submodules of an r-module m such that a ≤ b. if b δ  m then a δ  m. (3) let a and b be submodules of an r-module m such that a ≤ b, then b δ  m if and only if a δ  m and δ b m a a  . (4) let m and n be an r-modules and let f : m → n be a homeomorphism. if a is a submodule of m such that a δ  m, then f (a) δ  n. (5) let a and b be submodules of an r-module m. then a + b δ  m if and only if a δ  m and b δ  m. (6) let m = m1 ⊕ m2 be an r-module, let a1 ≤ m1 and a2 ≤ m2. then a1 ⊕ a2 δ  m1 ⊕ m2 if and only if a1 δ  m1 and a2 δ  m2. proposition 1.5: [6] let a and b be submodules of an r-module m such that a ≤ b. if b is a direct summand of m and a δ  m then a δ  b. recall that an r-module m is called indecomposable if the only direct summand of m are (0), m, [4]. an r-module m is called a prime module if r ann m = r ann n, for each non zero submodule of m, [7]. a non zero r-module is called uniform module if every non zero submodule of m is essential in m (n e ≤ m), [4]. proposition 1.6: let m be an r-module, then: (1) let a be a proper submodule of an indecomposable r-module m. then a δ  m if and only if a ≪ m, [6, proposition 1.2.13]. (2) let a be a submodule of singular r-module m. then a δ  m if and only if a ≪ m, [6, proposition 1.2.14]. (3) let m be torsion module over an integral domain r and a be a submodule of m. then a δ  m if and only if a ≪ m, [6, corollary 1.2.16], where an r-module over integral domain r is called torsion if t(m) = {m ∈ m : ∃ r ∈ r/{0}, rm = 0} = m, [4]. (4) let m be a prime r-module with z(m) ≠ 0 and a be a proper submodule of m. then a δ  m if and only if a ≪ m, [6, proposition 1.2.17]. (5) let m be a uniform r-module and a be a submodule of m. then a δ  m if and only if a ≪ m, [6, proposition 1.2.18]. (6) let m be an r-module. then every non singular semisimple submodule a of m is δ-small in m, [6, proposition 1.2.3]. 243 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 2basic properties of δ-hollow modules in this section, we give the basic properties about δ-hollow modules. we see that under certain conditions hollow modules and δ-hollow modules are equivalent. also we noticed that some properties of hollow modules can be generalized to δ-hollow modules. remarks and examples 2.1: (1) it is clear that z6 is non singular semisimple, so every submodule of z6 is non singular semisimple, hence every submodule is small by proposition (1.6 (6)). thus z6 is a δ-hollow module. but z6 is not hollow. also notice that z6 is decomposable. (2) it is clear that every hollow module is a δ-hollow module. hence each of the z-module z4, z8 and pz ∞ are δ-hollow. (3) z12 as z-module is not a δ-hollow module since 3 4< > ⊕ < > = z12 and 12 4 z z 4< >  and z4 is a singular z-module. however 4< > ≠ z12. by using proposition (1.6) hollow modules and δ-hollow modules are coincident under certain class of modules. theorem 2.2: let m be an r-module. then: (1) if m is an indecomposable module, then m is a hollow module if and only if m is a δhollow module. (2) if m is a singular module, then m is a hollow module if and only if m is a δ-hollow module. (3) if m is a prime module with z(m) ≠ 0, then m is a hollow module if and only if m is a δhollow module. (4) if m is a uniform r-module then m is a hollow module if and only if m is a δ-hollow module. (5) if m is a torsion module over a commutative integral domain r then m is a hollow module if and only if m is a δ-hollow module. proposition 2.3: epimorphic image of δ-hollow module is δ-hollow. proof: let m be a δ-hollow module, let m' be a module and let f : m → m' be an epimorphism. suppose n' is a proper submodule of m' with n' + k' = m' and m ' k ' is singular. this implies f – 1(n) ≨ m because if f – 1(n) = m then f f – 1(n') = f (m) = m' and n' = m' which is a contradiction. thus f – 1(n') δ  m. also n'+k'= m' implies that f – 1(n')+ f – 1(k')=m. to check 1 m (k)f − is a singular r-module. we show that 1 1 m m z( ) (k) (k)f f− − = . 244 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 let m + f – 1(k') ∈ 1 m (k)f − . we must prove r ann (m + f – 1(k')) e ≤ r. since f (m) + k'∈ m ' k ' (which is singular). thus f (m) + k' ∈z( m ' k ' ). so r ann ( f (m) + k') e ≤ r. let j be any ideal of r, j ≠ 0 so r ann ( f (m)+ k') ∩ j ≠ 0. thus there exists j ∈ j, j ≠ 0 and j ( f (m) + k') = m k ' 0 , then j f (m) + k' = k'. thus j f (m) ∈ k', which implies f (jm) ∈ k', hence jm ∈ f – 1(k'). thus j(m + f – 1(k')) = f – 1(k') = 1 m ( k ') 0 f − , that is j ∈ r ann (m + f – 1(k')) ∩ j, and hence r ann (m + f – 1(k')) e ≤ r. thus m + f – 1(k') ∈ z( 1 m (k )f − ′ ), that is 1 m (k )f − ′ is singular. since f – 1(n') δ  m and 1 m (k )f − ′ is singular, we get f – 1(k') = m (since m is δ-hollow). it follows that f ( f – 1(k')) = f (m) = m', hence k' = m'. thus m' is a δ-hollow module. corollary 2.4: let m be an r-module. if m is a δ-hollow module then m n is a δ-hollow module for every proper submodule n of m. proof: let n be a proper submodule of a δ-hollow m. let π: m → m n be the natural epimorphism, then m n is a δ-hollow module by proposition (2.3). corollary 2.5: a direct summand of a δ-hollow module is a δ-hollow module. proof: let m be a δ-hollow r-module and n be a direct summand of m. hence m = n ⊕ k for some submodule k of m. by second isomorphism theorem m k ≃ n. but m k is δ-hollow by corollary (2.4). thus n is δ-hollow. proposition 2.6: let m be an r-module and k δ  m. if m k is a δ-hollow module then m is a δ-hollow module. proof: let n < m with m = n + l, where l is a submodule of m and m l is singular r-module then m n l n k l k k k k k + + + = = + . but m (l k) m / k k l k + +  by third fundamental theorem. we shall prove m l k+ is singular. 245 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 let m m l k ∈ + , so m = m + (l + k). but r ann (m + l) ≤ r ann (m + (l + k)), since if r ∈ r ann (m + l), then rm + l = m l 0 = l implies that rm ∈ l ≤ l + k. therefore rm + (l + k) = l + k = m l k 0 + , which implies that r ∈ r ann (m + (l + k)). but m l singular implies r ann (m + l) e ≤ r, hence r ann (m + (l + k)) e ≤ r. thus m + (l + k) ∈ m z( ) l k+ , so m l k+ is singular. hence l k m k k + = since m k is δ-hollow. it follows that l + k = m. but k δ  m, implies l = m. therefore m is δ-hollow. 3δ-hollow modules and other related modules in this section, we give some relationships between δ-hollow modules and other related modules. let m be a module, then: m is called amply supplemented module if for any two submodules u and v of m with u + v = m, v contains a supplement of u in m, where a submodule a of m is called a supplement of b (b ≤ m) if m = a + b and a ∩ b ≪ a. equivalently a is a supplement of b if a + b = m and b is a minimal element in the set of submodules l ≤ m with b + l = m, [8]. recall that every hollow module is amply supplemented, see [11,proposition (1.3.5)]. we shall give analogus statement for δ-hollow, but first recall that an r-module is called δ-amply supplemented if for any two submodules u and v of m with u + v = m, v contains a δ-supplemented of u in m, where a submodule n of m is called δ-supplement of a submodule w of m if n + w = m, n ∩ w δ  n, [9], [10]. proposition 3.1: every δ-hollow module is a δ-amply supplemented. proof: let u proper submodule of m and u + m = m. since u + m = m and m (0) m = singular and u ∩ m = u. but u δ  m, since m is δ-hollow. recall that a submodule n of a module m is called δ-coclosed in m (briefly n scc ≤ m) if n k is singular and δ n m k k  implies n = k for any submodule k of m contained in n, [12]. proposition 3.2: let m be a module and l be a non zero submodule of m which is δ-hollow, then either l is δ-small submodule of m or a δ-coclosed submodule of m, but not both. proof: suppose l is not δ-coclosed submodule of m, so there exists k < l such that δ l m k k  and l k is singular . but l is δ-hollow and k < l, hence k δ  l and δ l m k k  . hence 246 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 l δ  m. if l δ-coclosed submodule of m, and suppose that l δ  m then δ l m m (0) (0) = , and hence l = 0, which is a contradiction. proposition 3.3: every non zero δ-coclosed submodule of a δ-hollow module is δ-hollow. proof: let m be a δ-hollow module and let n be a non zero submodule of m such that n δcc ≤ m . to show that n is δ-hollow. let l < n ≤ m then l < m and so l δ  m. but l < n and n is δ-coclosed implies that l δ  n by [12, corollary (2.6)]. thus n is a δ-hollow module. proposition 3.4: let m be a δ-hollow module and let n be a direct summand of m. then n is δ-hollow. proof: let a be a proper submodule of n. since m is δ-hollow, a δ  m and by proposition (1.5) a δ  n. therefore n is δ-hollow. proposition 3.5: let m be a singular r-module, let n δ  m. if m n is a finitely generated r-module, then m is finitely generated. proof: as m n is finitely generated, m n = r(x1 + n) + … + r(xn + n) for some x1, …, xn ∈ m. we claim that m = rx1 + … + rxn. let m ∈ m then m + n = r1(x1 + n) + … + rn(xn + n), so that m – r1x1 – … – rnxn ∈ n. this implies m = r1x1 + … + rnxn + n for some n ∈ n. thus m = <x1 , …, xn> + n. but m / <x1 , …, xn> is singular (since m is singular) and n δ  m by hypothesis m = <x1 , …, xn>. corollary 3.6: let m be a singular r-module and n be a proper submodule of module m. if m is a δhollow module and m n is finitely generated then m is finitely generated. proof: it is clear by proposition (3.5). corollary 3.7: let m be an r-module with every factor of m is singular and let n < m. if m is a δhollow and m n finitely generated, then m is finitely generated. proof: it is clear by proposition (3.5). note: let m be an r-module. if every non zero factor of m is indecomposable, then by [13,41.4(1)] m is hollow module, which implies that m is δ-hollow. but the converse is not 247 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 true, for example z6 as z6-module is δ-hollow but does not imply that every non zero factor of z6 is indecomposable, since 6 6 z z (0)  is not indecomposable. recall that, an r-module. m is called δ-lifting, if for every submodule n of m, there exist submodules k, k' ≤ m such that m = k ⊕ k' with k ≤ n and n ∩ k' δ  m, [8]. it is clear that every lifting is δ-lifting. proposition 3.8: every indecomposable and δ-lifting module is δ-hollow. proof: let m be indecomposable and δ-lifting module and n be a proper submodule of m. since m is δ-lifting, then m= k ⊕ k' where k ≤ n and n ∩ k' δ  k'. but m is indecomposable, so k' = 0 and m = k. then m ≤ n < m which is a contradiction. hence k' = m and so n ∩ k' = n ∩ m = n. thus n δ  m. it follows that m is δ-hollow. proposition 3.9: every δ-hollow module is δ-lifting. proof: let n be a proper submodule of δ-hollow module m, then m = (0) ⊕ m and {0} ≤ n where n ∩ m = n δ  m. thus m is δ-lifting. proposition 3.10: let m be an r-module. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is indecomposable and δ-lifting. (2) m is δ-hollow and indecomposable. (3) m is hollow. proof: (1) ⇒ (2) let n < m. since m is δ-lifting then m = k ⊕ k' with k ≤ n and n ∩ k' δ  m. as m is indecomposable, then k' = 0 or k = 0. if k' = 0, then k = m, which implies that m ≤ n. that is a contradiction. so k = 0, hence k' = m and n ∩ k'=n ∩ m=n δ  m. thus m is δ-hollow. (2) ⇒ (3) it is clear by proposition (2.2(1)). (3) ⇒ (1) if m is hollow, then m is indecomposable by [11,proposition 1.3.9]. but m is hollow, hence m is lifting by [11, proposition 1.3.16], which implies that m is δ-lifting. the following is needed for the next result. definition 3.11: [2] a pair (p, f ) is a δ-projective cover of an r-module m, if p is a projective module and f :p→m is an epimorphism and ker f δ  p. proposition 3.12: let (p, f ) be δ-projective cover of m. then m is δ-hollow if and only if p is δ-hollow. proof: 248 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 (⇒) since m is δ-hollow module and since f :p→m is an epimorphism, then p m ker f  by the first fundamental theorem and hence p ker f is δ-hollow. but p ker f is δ-hollow and ker f δ  p. so by proposition (2.6), p is δ-hollow. (⇐) let n be a proper submodule of m, then f – 1(n) is a proper submodule of p. since p is δ-hollow, then f – 1(n) δ  p, and hence f f – 1(n) δ  m by proposition (1.3(4)). but f f – 1(n) = n, so n δ  m. thus m is δ-hollow. references 1. fleury, p. (1974), hollow modules and local endomorphism rings, pac.j.math., 53, 379-385. 2. zhou, y.q. (2000)generalizations of perfect semiperfect and semiregular rings, algebra collog, 7, 305-318. 3. goodearl ,k.r. (1976), ring theory, nonsingular rings and modules, marcel dekkel. 4. kasch, f. (1982) modules and rings, academic press, inc-london. 5. nematollah, m.j. (2009) on δ-supplemented submodules, tarbiat modlen univ., 20th seminar on algebra 2-3 ordibehesht, 1388 (apr 22-23), 155-158. 6. hassan, s.s. (2011) some generalizations of δ-lifting modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 7. desale,g.and nicholoson,w.k.(1981)endoprimitive ring, j.of algebra, 70: 548-560. 8. mohamed,s.h. and muller,b.j. (1990)continuous and discrete modules, cambridge univ. press, cambridge. 9. wang, y. (2007)δ-small submodules and δ-supplemented modules, international j. math. and mathematical sciences, 1-8. 10. kosan ,m.t. (2007) δ-lifting and δ-supplemented modules, algebra colloguim, h (1), 5360. 11. ali, p.m.h. (2005) hollow modules and semihollow modules, m.sc. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 12. lomp, c. and büyükasik, e. (2009) when δ-semiperfect rings are semiperfect, turk.j.math., 33, pp.1-8. 13. wisbauer, r. (1991) foundations of modules and rings theory, gordon and breach science publisher reading. 249 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 δالمقاسات المجوفھ من النمط إنعام محمد علي ھادي سمیعھ حسون عیدي جامعة بغداد / (ابن الھیثم)كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الریاضیات 2014حزیران 22،قبل البحث في 2014ایار 8استلم البحث خالصةال مقاسا ً مجوفا ً اذا كان m. یُدعى rمقاسا ً غیر صفري أیسر أحادي على mحلقة إبدالیة ذات محاید ولیكن rلتكن مقاس جزئي wلكل n + w ≠ m، ھذا یعني (n ≪ m)مقاسا ً جزئیا ً صغیرا ً mفي nكل مقاس جزئي فعلي اذا s –من النمط مقاسا ً مجوفا ً mیُدعى ، إذ ،تعمیماً للمقاس المجوفδ –. ندرس المقاس المجوف من النمط mفعلي في (δ m -مقاس جزئي صغیر من النمط mفي nكان كل مقاس جزئي فعلي δ  (n ھذا یعني انn + w ≠ m لكل بحیث mمن wمقاس جزئي فعلي m w في ھذا العمل الصنف من المقاسات ونعطي العدید من ندرس مقاس منفرد. الخواص االساسیة المتعلقة بھذا المفھوم. ، δ، مقاس مجوف ، مقاس مجوف من النمط δمقاس جزئي صغیر ، مقاس جزئي صغیرة من النمط الكلمات المفتاحیة : مقاس منفرد ، مقاس غیر منفرد. 250 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 1preliminary 2basic properties of (-hollow modules 3(-hollow modules and other related modules لتكن r حلقة إبدالية ذات محايد وليكن m مقاسا ً غير صفري أيسر أحادي على r. يُدعى m مقاسا ً مجوفا ً اذا كان كل مقاس جزئي فعلي n في m مقاسا ً جزئيا ً صغيرا ً (n ≪ m) ، هذا يعني n + w ( m لكل w مقاس جزئي فعلي في m. ندرس المقاس المجوف من النمط – (... الكلمات المفتاحية : مقاس جزئي صغير ، مقاس جزئي صغيرة من النمط (، مقاس مجوف ، مقاس مجوف من النمط (، مقاس منفرد ، مقاس غير منفرد. 2010 )1( 32 مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الدممستویات بعض المعادن في مصل فيلتدخین تأثیر ا قیس احمد ابراهیم جامعة بغداد ة،كلیة الزراعقسم الكیمیاء ، الخالصة ة الجسم وانخفاض مستویات العواملیحتوي دخان السكائر على عوامل سامة ومؤكسدة كثیرة التي تؤدي الى سمی من العوامل المضادة لألكسدة دمستویات الزنك والنحاس التي تع تقیس. امراض كثیرة جداً مؤدیة الى لألكسدهالمضادة د المدخنین مقارنة بغیر المدخنین ألن اوكسید النایتروجین عند المدخنین وغیر المدخنین ولوحظ انخفاض مستوى الزنك عن )no (ك تبین انخفاض مستوى النحاس الذي استهلك ، الزنك فقدانوجود ضمن مكونات دخان السكائر یعمل على الم كذل .محتویات دخان السكائر من هوو في تخلیص الجسم من سموم الكادمیوم ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 effect of smoking on serum level of some mineral q. a. ibraheem departme nt of chemistry ,collage of agriculture, baghdad unive rsity, abstract cigarett e smoke contains a lot of toxic and o xidizing materials which causes body toxicity and reduces antioxidant t hat results in many diseases. in t his st udy , levels of z inc and copp er (which are antioxidant) were measured in serum of smokers and nonsmokers. it was found that the level of zinc in serum of smokers was significantly lower than nonsmokers because nitric oxide which is one of cigarette contents acts to increase zinc loss, also a significantly lower cop p er levels were found in smokers than nonsmokers due to consumption of copper in reducing cadmium toxicity which is a cigarette smoke content. keywords: s moki ng, copper, zinc introduction tobacco smoking is a known cause of app roximately 25 diseases, and even the who declared that its imp act on world health is not fully assessed [1,2]. also it is resp onsible for app roximately 3.5 million deaths worldwide every y ear, p rimarily from vascular diseases, cancer and multiple sclerosis. [3,4]. the number of smokers in the world equal to 1/5 of its p op ulation. the cigarette smoke contains at least 3500 identified chemical constituents, many of which have toxic or carcinogenic p rop erties [5]. it results in the formation of more than a billion oxy radicals in each p uff [6]. develop ing countries st art to st rengthening of national p rograms and initiatives for smoking p revention and cessation is needed to reduce smoking-related mortality and morbidity [7, 8]. in smokers, the mitochondrial resp iratory chain function of lymphocyte is disturbed; and it correlates with the degree of oxidative damage of membranes, and thus mitochondrial dy sfunction could contribute to increase endogenous p roduction of reactive oxy gen sp ecies (ros) [9]. the p resence of oxidants, which include free radicals in cigarettes smoke, has been reviewed. zinc is one of essential elements in human, it is necessary for cell division and cellular immunity and it is considered as antioxidant. diet is the main source of zinc, the adequate amount of daily dietary intake is 5mg which is p resent in meat, marine organisms, and p oor in grain vegetables and fruits. essential level of zinc in 70 kg man is 1.4 -2.3 g [10]. intake of dietary zinc is associated with a decreased risk of both p roximal and dist al colon cancer [11]. zinc and various antioxidants have been p rop osed as treatments for age-related macular degeneration [12] cop p er is considered as an imp ortant element in defense against oxidant so it p rotects the body from cancer, heart disease and aging. it has a role in merge iron in hemoglobin and also facilitate absorp tion of iron. daily need of copp er in adult is 30µg /kg body weight, while children require 40µg/kg body weight. cop p er is p resent in liver, kidney , raisin and mother milk that contains (1.05-0.6) mg/l [13].the cop p er value in venous p lasma is (13-24) µmol/l [14]. cop p er deficiency decreased the final body weight of the rats by 5% comp ared to copp er-adequate control rats. severe copp er-deficient st ate in the rats fed decrease of ceruloplasmin activity in serum (by 97%) [15] ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 aim of the study determine the danger of smoking that contains many oxidizing agents and their effect on the levels of antioxidant in the body which become more liable of having a lot of medical p roblems. subjects, materials and methods s moke r and nonsmoker (control) subjects samp les were obtained from 31 healthy subjects (male) as nonsmokers, aged between 20-35 y ears and 37 smokers (male), aged 20-35 y ears. the samples were obtained from national center of blood transfer / baghdad. blood sampli ng blood samples (3ml) were withdrawn from both subjects after overnight fasting with abstinence for 4 hours before test. samp les then transferred to metal free p last ic centrifuge tubes. blood samples were left to clot for one hour, then centrifuged at 3000×g for 10 min. using janetz ki k23 centrifuge. serum (1.5 ml) was sep arated and used for further measurements. de termination of serum metal level serum metal levels (zn +2 and cu +2 ) were measured by atomic absorp tion sp ectrometer (aas), ty p e shimadzu aa – 646 (japan) at sp ecific wave length (copp er at 324.7nm and zinc at 213.9nm). generated by hollow cathode lamb this is absorbed by the sample (after conversion into atomic vapor). elements p resent in serum in µg/ml level can be determined by flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrometer (faas), serum cu and zn concentration were determined after sett ing the optimal conditions for each element. results in this st udy , data obtained ref lects a serum zinc lev el of (105.01±28.78µ g/dl) and for copper level of (128.20±22.32µg/dl). these levels were found to be significantly lowered (p <0.05) in smokers, than those found in nonsmokers group (129.13±33.71 µg/dl, 148.60±34.34 µg/dl) resp ectively. the statistic of the results is done by using t – test. discussion the majority of the health risks are correlated with cigarette consumption. however, natural antioxidant systems are thought to p rovide p rotection against free radicals and increased activity of antioxidant sy stem is associated with reduced risk of certain disease [16]. cigarett es smoke reduces the activity of antioxidant sy stem; these may lead to imbalance between oxidant-antioxidant in favor of the p rooxidant leading to p otential damage and dominant risk factor of many diseases [17]. nitric oxide (no) is found in cigarett e smoke whi ch has b een considered as h ealth hazards t he concentrations of it reached up to 600 p g/cigarette [18]. the data in this st udy show that the level of zinc in serum of smokers was significantly lower compared with nonsmokers. changes in intracellu lar zinc were critically dep endent on (no) p roduction which p roduce changes in zinc homeostasis, and increase in labile zinc [19] the reaction of (no) with metallothionein has been invest igated p reviosly , and literatures reflects that no mediates zinc release from metallothionein by destroy ing zincsulp hur clust ers [19,20,21]. aravindakumar, etal observed that the percentage loss of zn 2+ and thiolate group s after 3hours of no treatment are 62% and 39%, resp ectively [20]. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 indeed, the rate of att ack by no on metallothionein do main is intuitively exp ected to increase with the extent of reaction(at the level of this domain), by a decrease in st eric hindrance as a result of gradual unfoldin g of the protein as zn 2+ -thiolate bonds are broken. a further increase with resp ect to zn 2+ release may be exp ected to result from the fact t hat such zn 2 + release p robably only occurs efficiently when several zn 2+ -thiolate bonds are broken.[20,22,23] there was significant (p<0.05) decrease in serum copper level in smoker if comp ared with nonsmoker. cadmium is one of toxic elements in tobacco smoke and it is copper antagonist [24,25]. the accumulation of cadmiu m in the cell lay er was sign ificantly decreased by copper; however, it was therefore suggested that copper significantly p rotects cadmiuminduced cytotoxicity p rimarily through decreasin g the cellular cadmium accumulation [26]. so that cadmium up take into the body has a comb ined st ronger effect in d ecreasing copp er and zinc levels [27]. ant ioxidants in smokers consumed for neutralization of free radicals p resent in cigarette smoke. re ferences 1benowitz , n.l.; hansson, a. and jacob, p. (2002) cardiovascular effects of nasal and transdermal nicotine and cigarette smoking. : hyp ertension. 39(6): 1107-12. 2butler, r.; m orris, a.d. and struthers, a.d. lisinopril imp roves endothelial function in chronic ci garette smokers. (2001): clinsci. (lond) 101(1): 53-8. 3robert, j. and fox, m .d. (2009 m ay )smoking and m s progr ession.:journal watch medicine that matters, 26, 4hernán, m .a., brain, (2005 jun) cigarette smoking and the p rogression of multiple sclerosis. : 128:1461-5. 5. hecht, s.s. (ed) (1997):carcinogenesis due to t obacco. m olecular m echanism. in: ency clop edia of cancer, (1): 221. 6. borck, c., (1997)antioxidant and cancer. : sci. m ed, 112: 52-61 7gu, d., kelly , t.n., wu ,x., chen, j., samet, j.m ., huang, j.f., zhu, m ., chen, j.c., chen, c.s., duan, x., klag, m .j.and he, j., (2009 jan) m ortality attributable to smoking in china.: -n engl j m ed.: 360(2):150-9. 8harlan, m . and krumholz, s.m ., (january 7, 2009) smoking and m ortality in china. ,journal watch cardio logy ,25:34 9m iro, o.; alonso, j.r. and jarreta, d., (1999) smoking disturbs mitochondrial resp iratory chain function on human cir culatin g lymphocytes. carcinogenesis. 20(7): 133-6. 10. ericson, s. p.; m chaslsky , m . l. and rabinow, b. e. (1986):chem. 32(7) : 1350, 11. lee,d-h., anderson,k.e.and harnack,l.j., (2004 m ar): j-natl-cancer96(5): 403-7, 12brett , a.s., antioxidants and zinc for age-related ey e disease . (2009 m arch 14): watch medicine that matt ers, 23: 13. al-seba'e, l. (2000):m alnutrition disease, hisy , j (ed).al-ma'aref, 44 sa'ad sagh lol st reet al-ramla st ation, pp 174 14.davidson,s. (1992) princip les and practice of m edicine , 6 th (ed).christop her ,r.w.and ian,a.d.,(ed). churchill livingst one le bs pp 989, 15kralik, a.; kirchgessner, m . and eder, k. (1996sep) concentrations of t hy roid hormones in serum and activity of hep atic 5' monodeiodinase in cop p er-deficient rats: ernahrun gswiss, 35(3):288-91 16m ichiels, c.; raes, m .; toussan, o. and remacie, j. (1994) imp ortance of se glutathione, peroxidase, catalase and cu-zn-sod for cell survival against oxidative st ress: free readical biolo gical m edicin e. 17: 235-248. 17ross, r. (1996):atherosclerosis. in: cecil textbook of medicine. 18 th (ed).wy ngarrden, j.b. and smith, l.h. (eds). w.b.saunders pup lishing company. pp . 320. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 18freeman, g.; dy er, rl.; juhos, l.t.; john, g.a. and anbar, m . (1978) identification of nitric oxide (no) in human b lood. archives of environmentalhealth january/february 33: 19-23, 19paula j. b.; karanee l.; eileen b.; rong, c. ; annett e, w.; karla, j.; wasserloos, s. c.; watkins, r.p. and claudett e, m . st., (2008) croix nitric oxide–m ediated zinc release contributes t o hyp oxic regu lation of pulmonary vascular tone., circulation research. 102: 1575. 20aravindakumar, c.t.; ceu lemans,j. and de ley , m ., (1999) nitric oxide induces zn2+ release fro m metallothionein by destroy ing zinc-sulp hur clust ers without concomitant formation of s-nitrosothiol. biochem j. 344 (p t 1): 253–258. 21stitt m .s., wasserloos, k.j., tang, x., liu, x., pitt, b.r.and croix, c.m ., (2006 m ar)nitric oxide induced nuclear translocation of the metal r esp onsive transcription factor,mt f-1 is mediated by zinc release from metallothionein.: 44(3):149-55 22kroncke, kd.; fehsel, k.; schmidt, t.; zenke ft.; dasting i.; wesener jr.; bettermann, h.; breunig, k. d. and kolb-bachofen, v., (1994) nitric o xide dest roy s zinc-sulfur clust ers inducing zinc release from metallothionein and inhibition of the zinc finger type yeast transcrip tion activator lac9.: biochem biophy s res commun. 200: 1105– 1110. 23st croix, c.m .; wasserloos, k.j.; dineley , k.e.; rey nolds, i.j.; levitan, e.s. and pitt , br. (2002): nitric oxide-indu ced changes in intracellu lar zinc homeostasis are mediated by metallothionein/thionein. am j phy siol lung cell m ol physiol. 282: 185–192. 24-hendrick, d. j. smokin g, cadmium, and emp hy sema. (2004):thorax 59:184-185 25m annino d.m .; holguin, f. and greves, h. (2004): urinary cadmium levels p redict lower lun g function in curr ent and former smokers: data from the third national health and nutrition examination surv ey. thorax, 59:194. 26kaji,t.; fujiwara, y.; koy anagi, e.; yamamoto, c.; m ishima, a.; sakamoto, m . ;kozuka, h.and m ishima, a., sakamoto, m .,and kozuka, h., (1992 oct) prot ective effect of copper against cadmium cytotoxicity on cultured vascular endothelial cells.: toxicol lett, 63(1):13-20 27gill sh arma, g.; sandhir, r. and nath, k., (1991 jan): effect of ethanol on cadmium uptake and metabolism of zinc and cop p er in rats exp osed to cadmium. j nut r, 121(1):87-91 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 app endix * p <0.05 * p <0.05 fig. (2): effect of smoking on serum level of copper fig. (1): effect of smoking on serum level of zinc * * ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 elevated levels of sialic acid and lipid-associated sialic acid in plasma of rheumatoid arthritis patients n. s. hamad departme nt of chemistry, college of science, unive rsity of sulaimani abstract the objective of this st udy is to evaluate plasma levels of total sialic acid tsa and lip id –associated sialic acid lsa as a marker of rheumatoid art hritis ar. plasma sialic acid is known as a parameter of inflammation. in the p resent study , in order to exp lore the p otential role of sialic acid in arthritis rheumatoid, p lasma sialic acid levels, p lasma lsa and total p rotein in p atients with arthritis rheumatoid were measured. a total 40 p atients were comp ared with 40 healthy control subjects. plasma tsa, lsa and tp level were determined sp ectrop hotometrically in p lasma samples. plasma sialic acid levels were significantly increased in ra (88.48±14.15 mg/dl, p<0.05) and lsa level were significantly increased in ra (26.37±2.25 mg/dl, p <0.05). by contrast there wasn’t any significant elevation of tp in ra p atients, comp ared with healthy control (tsa,53.31±7.58 mg/dl, p<0.05), (lsa,18.46±1.45 mg/dl) and (tp, 7.39±0.34 g/dl). key word: sialic acid, lip idassociated sialic acid. introduction sialic acid (n-acety lneuraminic acid nana)are acety lated derivatives of neuraminic acid .they are att ached to non reducing residues of the carbohy drate chains of glycoproteins and glycolipids. the suggested biological functions of sialic acid are as following:(a)st abilizing the conformation of glycoproteins and cellular membranes;(b)assisting in cell to cell recognition and interaction ; (c)contributing to membrane transp ort;(d)affecting the function of membrane receptors by p roviding binding sites for ligand ;(e)influencing the function st ability and survival of blood glycoproteins ;and (f) regulating the p ermeability of the basement membrane of glomeruli[1].sialic acid concentration varies p hy siologically with age, but its level may also be influenced by such acondition as inflammation [2].neop last ic tumors or inborn genetic disorder which cause abnormal sialic acid metabolism[3].sialic acid and its derivatives were used in the treatments of several diseases, including neuropathic and inflammatory diseases as well as certain tumors[4].lip id-associated sialic acid(lsa)is a useful adjunct in the management of a variety of malignancies [5]. elevation in blood lsa level was rep orted in p atients with mammary(63%),gastroenteric(65%),p ulmonary(79%)and ovarian(94%) neoplasms as well as those with leukemia(91%),lymphoma(87%),melanoma(84%),and hodgkin disease(91%).[6 – 11].sialic acid level do not app ear to be a good marker for discriminating malignant from non malignant disease of the lung[12]. higher levels of total sialic acid were found in women with metabolic gestation sy ndrome [ 13]and during p eriodontal disease [14]. esr is the most commonly p erformed laboratory test for inflammation in rheumatic disorder reactive protein,transferrin, ceruloplasmin,albumin,α1-antitry p sin were similarly used[15, 16]. .the p resent st udy was undertaken to evaluate the utility of tsa and lsa as an index to measure the disease activity and inflammation in rheumatoid art hritis(ra).tsa, lsa and ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 total protein tp were studied in patients with rheumatoid art hritis .these were comp ared with normal healthy controls. materials and methods chemicals: standard solution for sialic acid 500micro gram/ml concentration was p repared by dissolving 50 mg of st andard n-acety lneuraminic acid in 100ml of distilled water, and on the day of determination, the stock solution was diluted with p hosp hate buffer saline at p h 7.4 to give the following st andard solutions(5,10,15,20,25,30 micro gram/ml)for calibration curve measurement. patie ns: plasma for the measure ment of tsa , lsa and tp levels was obt ained from 40 p atients with rheumatoid arthritis of subjects followed at the central lab in su laimania for the p eriod from dec. 2007 to ap r.2008.the diagnosis of t his case was sp ecified by consultants. plasma preparation: venous blood was collected from fast ing p atients in the early morning. the samples were taken in tubes containing anticoagulant, their p lasma were sep arated and used immediately ,otherwise , plasma samp les were st ored at [-15]until analysis. biochemical methods: 1-total s ialic ac id a-principle the principle of this method dep ends on the formation of chromo gen from the add ition of resorcinol rea gent in to the test tube. the chromogen formed was e xtracted by butyl acetate/methanol r eagent and measured at 580 nm[17]. b-reagents reagent i: resorcinol st ock: made up by dissolving 2 gm of resorcinol in 100 ml of deionized water. this reagent is stable for many months in the refrigerator. reagent ii: resorcinol hcl: 10 ml of the stock solution is added to the mixture of 80 ml of concentrated hcl and 0.25 ml of 0.1m cuso4. the volume is then made up to 100ml with deionized water. this should be p repared at least four hours before use and st able for two weeks in the refrigerator. reagent iii: buty l acetate/methanol: 85ml of buty l acetate is added to 15ml of methanol. c-procedure: the reaction was p erformed in 180×150mm pyrex test tube labeled as test, standard and blank, into which the following reagents were pipettes as follows: blank µl standard µl test µl reagent 20 sample 980 980 980 d.w 20 standard 1000 1000 1000 reagent ii 2000 2000 2 000 reagent iii ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the tubes were capp ed with glass bulbs and heated for 15 min in a boiling water bath (100c) and then cooled in tap water bath or ice for 10 min.vortexes and centrifuged for 10min at 3000 rp m, the extracted chromophore was read at 580nm. lsa dete rmination: lsa was measured according to the method described by katop odis and his co-worker [18, 19] fifty µl p lasma aliquots were p laced in screw-cap p ed tubes,3ml of cold of (4c)chloroform/methanol(2:1v/v)mixture was added to each tube for total lip id extraction, the tubes were then cap p ed and vortexes for 30 secons,0.5ml of cold water was added to each tube and the tubes were centrifuged for 5 min. at 2500 rp m at room temp. the up p er p hase (aqueous lay er containing lsa) was transferred to another screwcap p ed tube and 50micro ml of p hosp hotungst ic acid (1g/ml) was added to each tube. the tubes were vortexes again and allowed to st and at room temp . for 5min.then the tubes were centrifuged at room temp for 5min.at 2500rp m.after that, the sup ernatants were decanted and the remaining p ellets were redissolved in 1ml of water at 37 ہ c by vigorously vortexing them for 1min and sialic acid content was determined as mentioned for tsa. tp dete rmination: colorimetric method was described by gornall etal[20, 21]. the p eptide bonds of p rotein react with cu 2+ in alkaline solution to form a colored comp lex whose absorbance is p rop ortional to the concentration of the total p rotein in the sp ecimen, and was measured at 550 nm. the biuret reagent contains sodium p otassium tartrate to comp lex cupric ions and maintain their solubility in alkalin solution. re agents: reagent i: sodium hy droxide 370 mmo l/l+ na-k t artrate 10 mmol/l + potassium iodide 3 mmol/l +copp er sulfate 3 mmol/l standard solution –bovine albumin 6 gm/d l. procedure: let st and reagent and sp ecimens were left at room temp erature test µl standard µl blank µl pipette into test tube 1000 1000 1000 reagent 20 standard 20 specimen 20 d.w the above components in the tubes were mixed, left to stand for 10 minutes at room temp erature. record absorbance's at 550nm against reagent blank. calculation result = abs(assay)÷abs(standard) ×standard conc. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 results the levels of p lasma sialic acid tsa indicate significant st atist ical differences in the rheumatoid arthritis p atients group comp ared to the control group (p<0.05).there is also a significant st atist ical difference (p<0.05) with the resp ect to the levels of p lasma-associated sialic acid between the control group and rheumatoid arthritis p atients group (table-1)(fig3,fig-4).figs (1 and 2) show the p ercent of tsa,lsa and tp in rheumatoid arthritis and control group . tp not changed in this rheumatoid fig-5. table (1) also shows the m ean+sd, variance , p-value, confidence interval ,selectivity and sensitivity for all tests(t sa,lsa and tp). the correlation coefficient equals -0.27, indicating a relatively weak relationship between the variables tsa and lsa (fig -6-a). the correlation coefficient equals 0.25,indicating a relatively weak relationship between the tsa and tp(fig-6-b),where the correlation coefficient equals 0.10 ,indicating a relatively weak relationship between the variables lsa and tp (fig-6-c).the p resent st udy shows that the magnitude of the selectivity varies between (60% for tp )for p atients with ra ,while equals 82.5% for tsa and 85% for lsa for p atients with ra. discussion several st udies were p erformed about the determination of a new marker for the diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis. the p resent data confirms the p revious evidence that tsa and lsa are significantly higher in p atients with rheumatoid arthritis(ra).ra which is along –term disease that causes inflammation of joints and surrounding tissues. it can also affect other organs .m ost glycoproteins contain mannose ,galactose, fucose, sialic acid and in some instances glucose as the carbohydrate moiety . sp iro, in 1959 established that liver is the major organ involved in the normal sy nthesis of glycoproteins [22].all the tsa and lsa were significantly elevated in the p lasma of p atients with(ra),t p from p atients of ra which showed minimal but st atist ically insignificant elevation . tsa and lsa may ,thus be able to differentiate an inflammatory arthritis from a dehydrative ,non-inflammatory arthritis .our results are sup p orted with p reviously p ublished work [23]. previous st udies were centered largely around the demonst ration of increased levels of carbohy drates of the carbohy drate-p rotein comp lex and carbohy drate – lip id comp lex in p lasma of ra. m ore over, elevated p lasma or serum levels of tsa and / or lsa were observed in many cases (23 25). there was a positive correlation of esr with glycoproteins st udied, the best correlation being with hexosamine followed by sialic acid and other hexose in that order[26].the elevation of p lasma tsa and lsa in ra p atients is of note and we believe our data add to the literature showing changes in tsa and lsa st atus in ra. the mechanisms are unclear and we can only sp eculate as to the reason . in conclusion, the increase of p lasma tsa and lsa levels is associated p ositively with the p resence of inflammation and app ears t o be a consequence of the disease itself, and could be suggested as one of the newly discovered marker for ra. re ference 1schauer r .and kelm s,etc (biochemistry and role of sialic acid .rosenberg a eds. biolojy of the sialic acid 1995,plenum publishin g crop .new y ork01 2novak, j.; tomana, m.;shah, gr.; brow n, r.and mestecky, j. (2005), j. 901.-(10): 89784dent. res., 52-:4735 )1997(clin c hem. clin b iochem,.sg ,rsherki-fang -3 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 4-witczak,z.j.and nieforth.k. (1997) carbohydrate in drugs design, marcel dekker, new york, 5mahmood ,t.j. and ahmed, s.a. (2008), jmcz, hawler medicinal univ. (in press). :94030 clin c hem., )1984( et al,. k.a ,bhargava-6 42-(2):13713, ann clin lab sci,)1983( .k.m,and sc hwartz .m.a,dinstrian -7 9-(2):40455,,cancer )1985(,et aljones jd and .m.k ,erbil-8 5-(12):527042, ,ecr,cancer )1982(et al .y ,hirshaut.and n ,odiskatop-9 6-(3):16323 j surg oncol,(1983)et al.hj. ,keller.;u ,khanderia-10 11wivedi, c.d.; dixit, m.et al, (1990) cellular and molecular life sciences 94-91:(1)46, :41 bmc plum med)2001( ,et al.i ,gulba.and i ,turgut-21 1335.-: 133125etal (2002), diabetes, .j.a ,reichelt .m,srihana -13 9. –(6): 1 40hygiene, (2006), and j. dent..c .j ,lux –14 15-kulkarni, a.v.and engineer, j.j. (1986)et al, inflammation in rheumatoid 93-(2):8932,ournal of postgraduate med.disorder,j 672-:6646j.rheumatol.,)1979( .p ,.and garbrilw.denko,c-61 11-:60424svenneehlom,l.(1957).biochemica biophysica acta.-71 180.-:17130(1980)res commun chem. path phrmacol.,n.stock cckatopodis8.1 5275-:527042al,caner res (1982) n;hirshaut,etkatopodis-91 751:177j.biol.chem.,)1949( bardawill,et al,and .c.gorna-20 21-tietz, n .w. (1999)text book o clinical c hemistry ,3 rd ed.a.c.burtis,e.r.ashwood,w.b.s ounders;p 477-530 748-:742234 j.biol.c hem)1959(.spiro,r,g-22 23alturfan a. ata .and uslu e. et al, 2007 the tohoku . j.of experimental 248-:241213 medicine, 495-:49450 j.clin.pathol.) 1997( et al, .s ,constable .andm ,rookc -42 9-(3):17410 ,int.j.biol.marker.)1995(lopez,seaz,et al-52 2283-(11):227964, cancer,)2006( m.d,et al. , rudolf voigtmann-62 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 f ig -4 -l e v e ls o f l s a f ro m p la s m a o f r a a n d c o n tr o l g ro u p 5 3 .1 3 8 8 .4 8 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 n o rm a l rh e u m a to id a rt hr it is lsa mg/dl f ig -3 -l e v e ls o f t s a f ro m p la s m a o f r a a n d c o n tr o l g ro u p 5 3 .1 3 8 8 .4 8 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 no rm a l rh e u m a to id a rt h ri ti s tsa mg/dl ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig-1-percent of tsa, lsa and tp from pl asma of control gro up tsa 68% t p 9% lsa 23% fig -2-p ercent o tsa, lsa an d tp from plasma of ra patients tsa 72% l sa 22% tp 6% fi g-5 -le vels o f tp from plas ma o f r a pa teints and c ontrol grou p 7. 35 7.39 7.33 7.34 7.35 7.36 7.37 7.38 7.39 7. 4 normal rh eumatoi art hriti s t p g /d l series1 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 3 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 tp g/dl fi g 6:-correlation between tsa and lsa 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 l sa mg/dl t s a m g /d l 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 tp g/dl f ig 6 -c :-c o o re la tio n b e tw e e n l s a a n d t p l s a m g /d ll f ig -6 -b -c o rre la tio n b e tw e en t s a a n d t p t s a m g /d l ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (1): data obtained revealing different statistical parameters sensitivity selectivity pvalue confidence –interval variance m ean+_sd mg/dl range m g/dl disease parameter %10 %82.5 p<0.05 %95 200.34 88.48+_14.15 52.65122.33 rheumatoid art hritis n=40 tsa %95 57.48 53.31+_7.58 35.48 69.41 normal n=40 %12.5 %85 p<0.05 %95 5.08 26.37+_2.25 23.0230.85 rheumatoid art hritis n=40 lsa %95 2.11 18.46+_1.45 15.3321.96 normal n=40 %22.5 %60 p<0.05 %95 0.11 7.39+_0.34 g/dl 7.018.02 g/dl rheumatoid art hritis n=40 tp %95 0.11 7.35+_0.33 g/dl 7.048.0 g/dl normal n=40 17062012124208 17062012124208_001 17062012124208_002 17062012124208_003 17062012124208_004 17062012124208_005 17062012124208_006 17062012124208_007 17062012124208_008 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 148 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license o nanoparticle structural 2the effect of annealing temperatures on cu properties karrar.ameen1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq :corresponding author* abstract in this study, the effect of the annealing temperature on the material properties and the structural properties of cuprous oxide was studied in order to investigate how the annealing temperature affects the material properties, and the temperature varied between 200℃, 300℃, 400℃ and 500 ℃ and was unannealed. the physical properties of the cuprous oxide were measured by x-ray diffraction (xrd). the xrd patterns showed that the cu2o nanoparticles were highly pure, crystalline, and nano-sized. from the xrd results, we found the pure cuprite (cu2o) phase. the values of crystal size were discovered and calculated by the halder-wagner and size-strain plot (ssp) methods, respectively. the crystallite size increased as the annealing temperature increased. as a result, it was discovered that annealing temperature has a significant impact on structural and morphological aspects. in order to calculate physical and microstructural parameters such as internal strain, dislocation density, surface area, and consequently the number of unit cells, the sample was taken into consideration. keywords: cu2o, originpro, xrd, halder-wagner, size-strain plot. 1. introduction great importance is given to the preparation of nanoparticles (nps) and the study of their properties [1]. their physical and chemical properties attract the current scientific field over bulk materials [2]. cuprous oxide (cu2o) is a p-type transparent semiconductor material with a unit cell containing four oxygen and two copper ions with a cubic structure belonging to the pn3m space group. the lattice parameters are a,b and c = 4.2696 å [3]. many processes have been used for the synthesis of cu2o nanostructures. is currently attracting considerable interest within the fields of both condensed matter physics and materials chemistry. this interest is especially to do with its rich doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3116 article history: received 27 november 2022, accepted 18 january 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq khalid h. harbbi department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. khalid.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdadmedu.iq karrar a. alsoltani* department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. karrar.ameen1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:karrar.ameen1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:khalid.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdadmedu.iq mailto:khalid.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdadmedu.iq mailto:karrar.ameen1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:karrar.ameen1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 149 excitonic structure and potential applications in solar energy conversion, catalysis, sensing, magnetic storage medium, and electrode materials in lithium-ion batteries, etc.[4-5]. in this work nanopowder of cu2o with different annealing temperatures cu2o powder that has not been annealed as well as powder that has been annealed at 200, 300, 400, and 500°c have been used to explore the impact of annealing temperature on structural characteristics using x-ray diffraction (xrd), and the results have been compared and discussed. 2. theory 2.1. method of halder-wagner in the method of halder-wagne where gauss and lorentzian describe the strain and crystallite size profiles [6]. ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ ) 2 = ( 1 d ) ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 2 ) + ( ε 2 )2 (1) where the wavelength of the x-ray plot was ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ ) 2 against ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 2 ) is a straight line. where β*hkl = β cos 𝜃 / λ and d*hkl = 2sinθ /λ. the inverse slope of the line was used to get the mean diameter. the y-intercept yields the strain distortions.[7-8]. 2.2. size-strain plot method the low and medium angle ranges are given more weight in this method, which is advantageous because the overlap between the diffraction peaks is greatly decreased. now, the relationship between lattice strain and crystal size is provided by [9] using the size-strain plot technique. (dhklβhklcosθ) 2 = ( k d ) (dhkl 2 βhklcosθ) + (2ε) 2 (2) where (𝛽h𝑘𝑙 / 𝑑h𝑘𝑙)2 denotes the x axis and (𝛽h𝑘𝑙 /𝑑2h𝑘𝑙)2 denotes the y axis. the slope yields the mean crystal size value, and the intersection yields the strain. 3. results and discussion according to the xrd patterns shown in figure 1, the xrd pattern is shown with angles ranging from 10 to 80. obtained from source <x>, shows in situ for samples 1-5. through a program (webplotdigitizer-4.5), we obtain data for intensity and 2𝜃 of cu2o nanoparticles to all profile lines it is possible to index five peaks at 2θ = 29.78°, 36.56°, 42.39°, 62.51°, and 73.46° at the (110), (111), (200), (220) and (311) planes of the cubic phase cu2o with a lattice constant of equal 0.426 6 nm [10]. these values are very close to those values in international centre for diffraction data jcpds (pdf, powder diffraction file, no. 0 5–0 6 6 7, 1996) [10]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 150 figure1. xrd patterns of cu2o nanoparticles were un and annealed at 200℃, 300℃, 400℃ and 500 ℃ in addition, this data is used to draw the shape of the peaks using an analytical program (origin pro lab) to calculate the area under the curve and the fwhm is calculated by the program and then calculate integral breadth was the integral breadth which is [11]: β = a / io (3) where a was the area under the curve and the io was the highest intensity of the peak for each sample and for the different peaks respectively. the below figures and tables get from an (origin pro lab). these findings will be used to apply the previous equations to compute each crystal's sizes and strains in order to understand how the annealing temperature affects them. table 1. result of cu2o nps unannealed by originpro figure2. xrd patterns of cu2o nanoparticles unannealed by originpro ( h k l ) 2θ un area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0) 29.78 28.64926 0.76338 33.53435 0.854326 ( 1 1 1 ) 36.56 437.6825 0.97852 369.031 1.186032 ( 2 0 0 ) 42.39 138.7683 0.83286 113.909 1.218239 ( 2 2 0 ) 62.51 94.84389 0.75674 88.90931 1.066749 ( 3 1 1 ) 73.46 23.95065 0.42235 55.96132 0.427986 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 151 table 2. result of cu2o nps annealed at 200°c by originpro figure3. xrd patterns of cu2o nanoparticles annealed at 200° c by originpro table 3. result of cu2o nps annealed at 300°c by originpro figure4. xrd patterns of cu2o nanoparticles annealed at 300° c by originpro table 4. result of cu2o nps annealed at 400°c by originpro figure5. xrd patterns of cu2o nanoparticles annealed at 400° c by originpro ( h k l ) 2θ 200°c area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0) 29.78 8.1628 0.1946 20.209 0.4039 ( 1 1 1 ) 36.56 403.51 1.0999 345.43 1.1681 ( 2 0 0 ) 42.39 117.91 0.6298 115.74 1.0187 ( 2 2 0 ) 62.51 175.00 0.9893 103.06 1.698 ( 3 1 1 ) 73.46 74.599 1.7634 37.541 1.9871 ( h k l ) 2θ 300°c area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0) 29.78 56.228 0.4707 63.832 0.8809 ( 1 1 1 ) 36.56 611.52 0.8144 601.74 1.0163 ( 2 0 0 ) 42.39 212.6 0.8646 203.99 1.0421 ( 2 2 0 ) 62.51 134.82 1.2737 92.909 1.4511 ( 3 1 1 ) 73.46 103.05 2.2347 53.819 1.9147 ( h k l ) 2θ 400°c area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0) 29.78 26.471 0.1204 119.63 0.2213 ( 1 1 1 ) 36.56 955.57 0.4433 1985.1 0.4814 ( 2 0 0 ) 42.39 386.95 0.4426 598.64 0.6464 ( 2 2 0 ) 62.51 222.64 0.5325 386.44 0.5761 ( 3 1 1 ) 73.46 168.43 0.6323 231.32 0.7281 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 152 table 5. result of cu2o nps annealed at 500°c by originpro figure6. xrd patterns of cu2o nanoparticles annealed at 500° c by originpro 3.1. determination of crystallite size and the lattice strain 3.1.1. halder-wagner method after calculate the integral breadth of all peak for all five sample then we use equations d*hkl = 2sinθ /λ and β*hkl = β cos 𝜃 / λ where λ the wavelength of the x-ray (0.15046) and plot ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ ) 2 against ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 2 ) then fitting the data by straight line to compare eq (1) by getting straight line equation to obtained crystallite size and the lattice strain. the outcomes are presented in tables (6). ( h k l ) 2θ 500°c area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0) 29.78 50.235 0.1890 156.85 0.3203 ( 1 1 1 ) 36.56 1080.1 0.2808 2632.6 0.4103 ( 2 0 0 ) 42.39 349.25 0.4257 708.92 0.4927 ( 2 2 0 ) 62.51 323.47 0.6781 432.18 0.7485 ( 3 1 1 ) 73.46 175.41 0.5114 304.68 0.5757 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 153 figure 7. halder-wagner method for each sample respectively table 6. result of crystallite size and the lattice strain by halder-wagner method for all cu2o nps sample sample d nm 𝛆 strain cu2o un-annealed 8.69 0.008 cu2o at 200°c 9.73 0.034 cu2o at 300°c 17.69 0.056 cu2o at 400°c 19.6 0.01 cu2o at 500°c 40.27 0.022 from the above five graphic figures, it is clear that by increasing the integrated width, it leads to an increase in the slope of the curve for each of the shapes, and this was actually found by calculating the particle size in this method. the annealing of cu2o nanoparticles shows that the higher the annealing temperature, the more highly oriented (111) planes could be formed with increasing annealing temperature. i. size-strain plot method each diffraction line's crystallite size is calculated using this method, and equation (2) represents we can see in this technique an inverse relationship between crystal size and strain where (𝛽h𝑘𝑙 / 𝑑h𝑘𝑙)2 represents the x axis, (𝛽h𝑘𝑙 /𝑑2h𝑘𝑙)2 represents the y axis, and d2hklbhklcos θ computed in ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 154 radians and utilizes a wavelength of x-ray equal to 0.15046 as shown in figure 8. the outcomes were computed and are shown in table (7). figure 8. size-strain plot method for each sample respectively ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 155 table 7. result of crystallite size and the lattice strain size-strain plot method for all cu2o nps sample sample d nm strain cu2o un-annealed 7.76 0.001 cu2o at 200°c 8.66 0.005 cu2o at 300°c 15.74 0.009 cu2o at 400°c 16.19 0.001 cu2o at 500°c 38.41 0.004 also, in this method, the integral intensity change depends on the change in the temperature of each curve, and therefore there is a change in the value of the particle size, but here the effect of the shape coefficient value appears on the result. from xrd we can work out the density of x-ray of the powders by using this equation [12]: ρ =z mw /v nav (4) where ρ: the density (g/cm3), mw: molar mass 143.091 (g/mol) for cu2o, z: the number of atoms: unit cell volume (cm3), and nav: avogadro number (1/mol) [13] to calculate volume for the cubic structure, lattice parameters can be calculated from: 1 dhkl 2 = (h + k + l ) 1 𝑎2⁄ ⁄ (5) where dhkl=λ/(2sinθ) d-spacing (å) and h, k, and l are all integers, (hkl) is the lattice plane index, and a is lattice constants. so the volume of cu2o is equal 76.96263 å3 and density 6.03 (g/cm 3) the surface area can be determined by following equation [14]: s.a=6 *103/d ρ (6) and we can find dislocation density (δ) and number of unit cells (n) is calculated using the relation [15,16]: δ=1/d2 (7) n = π d3 /6 v (8) their calculated values will be presented in table 8. table 8. shows lattice parameter, x-ray and dislocations density, surface area, and number of unit cells for all cu2o nps sample sample cu2o un-annealed cu2o at 200°c cu2o at 300°c cu2o at 400°c cu2o at 500°c s.a (m2/g) 114.5 102.26 56.25 50.77 24.71 δ(1/m2) *1016 1.32422 1.05627 0.319554 0.260308 0.0616647 n 4464.55 6266.96 37661.9 51225.59 444287 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 156 4. conclusions we can conclude from the results obtained for both methods (halder-wagner and size-strain plot) that increasing the temperature has a clear effect on the width of the middle of the intensity and thus an effect on increasing the particle size for both methods combined, but the increase in particle size in the t method is less due to the presence of a direct effect of the shape factor in the mathematical formula in this way. also, there is a regular increase in the strain when observing the calculated values for this strain and for three temperatures in both methods. however, the high temperature and the last two values led to irregular strain (variation in strain values), which appears clearly in the results. it also appears that there is a clear decrease in the surface area and dislocation density with increasing temperatures due to the increase in particle size. references 1. nath, s. s.; chakdar, d.; gope, g.; avasthi, d. k.; characterization of cds and zns quantum dots prepared via a chemical method on sbr latex. journal of nanotechnology online, 2008, 4, 1-6. 2. 2. wang, x.; zhuang, j.; peng, q.; li, y.; a general strategy for nanocrystal synthesis. nature, 2005,437(7055), 121-124. 3. 3.] habubi, n. f.; mishjil, k. a.; rashid, h. g.; rasheed, b. g.; computation of optical energy gap of cu2o thin film: theoretical estimation. iraqi journal of applied physics letters, 2008,1(1). 4. xia, y.; yang, p.; sun, y.; wu, y.; mayers, b.; gates, b.; yan, h.; one‐dimensional nanostructures: synthesis, characterization, and applications. advanced materials, 2003,15(5), 353-389. 5. ren, x.; chen, d.; tang, f.; shape-controlled synthesis of copper colloids with a simple chemical route. the journal of physical chemistry b, 2005,109(33), 15803-15807. 6. 6.gholizadeh, a.; x-ray peak broadening analysis in lamno3+ δ nano-particles with rhombohedral crystal structure. journal of advanced materials and processing, 2015,3(3), 7183. 7. kamil, m. k.; jasim, k. a.; investigation the crystalline size and strain of perovskite (yba2cu3o6) by variant method. test engineering and management, 2020,83, 8719-8723. 8. kamil, m. k.; jasim, k. a.; calculating of crystalline size, strain and degree of crystallinity of the compound (hgba2ca2cu3o8+σ) by different method. in iop conference series: materials science and engineering. 2020, 928(7), 072109 iop publishing. 9. 9.rabiei, m.; palevicius, a.; monshi, a.; nasiri, s., vilkauskas, a.; janusas, g.; comparing methods for calculating nano crystal size of natural hydroxyapatite using x-ray diffraction. nanomaterials, 2020, 10(9), 1627. 10. xiong, l.; xiao, h.; chen, s.; chen, z.; yi, x.; wen, s.; yu, h.; fast and simplified synthesis of cuprous oxide nanoparticles: annealing studies and photocatalytic activity. rsc advances, 2014, 4(107), 62115-62122. 11. langford, j. i.; the use of the voigt function in determining microstructural properties from diffraction data by means of pattern decomposition. nist spec. pub, 1992, 846, 110-126. 12. 12.musa, k. h.; investigating the structural and magnetic properties of nickel oxide nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2022, 35(4). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 157 13. ramanathan, c.; subramanian, s.; valantina, r.; structural and electronic properties of cuo, cuo2 and cu2o nanoclusters–a dft approach. materials science, 2015, 21(2), 173-178. 14. antony, j.; nutting, j.; baer, d. r.; meyer, d.; sharma, a.; qiang, y.; size-dependent specific surface area of nanoporous film assembled by core-shell iron nanoclusters. journal of nanomaterials, 2006, 12,23-34 15. ajar, s. h.; ahmad, e. y.; hussein, e. a.; habib, a. a.; study the effect of irradiation on structural and optical properties of (cdo) thin films that prepared by spray pyrolysis. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017,28(2), 4151. 16. singh, p.; kumar, a.; kaushal, a.; kaur, d.; pandey, a.; goyal, r. n.; in situ high temperature xrd studies of zno nanopowder prepared via cost effective ultrasonic mist chemical vapour deposition. bulletin of materials science, 2008,31(3). 10050210 10050211 10050212 10050213 10050214 10050215 10050216 10050217 10050218 10050219 10050220 10050221 10050222 10050223 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 error analysis in numerical algorithms shawki. a. abbas department of mathematics / college of science / university of baghdad received in: 9 may 2012 , accepted in : 20 november 2012 abstract in this paper, we applied the concept of the error analysis using the linearization method and new condition numbers constituting optimal bounds in appraisals of the possible errors. evaluations of finite continued fractions, computations of determinates of tridiagonal systems, of determinates of second order and a "fast" complex multiplication. as in horner's scheme, present rounding error analysis of product and summation algorithms. the error estimates are tested by numerical examples. the executed program for calculation is "matlab 7" from the website "mathworks.com" key words : horner's scheme's, tridiagonial systems, linearization method 265 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 primarily horner's method can be used to convert between different positional number systems. in which case x is the base of the number system, and the aj coefficients are the digits of the base x representation of a given number and can also be used if x is a matrix, in which case the gain in the computational efficiency is even greater. in fact when x is a matrix, further acceleration is possible which exploits the structure of matrix multiplication, and only n instead of n multiplies are needed (at the expense of requiring more storage) using the 1973 method of paterson and stockmeyer [1]. for example, to find the product of two numbers , (0.15625)and m. (0.15625) m = (0.00101b) m = (2-3+2-5) m = (2-3) m + (2-5) m = 2-3 (m + (2-2) m) = 2-3 ( m +2-2 (m) ). introduction in a series of textbooks and papers the linearization method is explained and applied to simple examples, in particular, associated error estimates had been missing. these questions have now been thoroughly studied and answered in our perturbation theory for evaluation algorithms of arithmetic expression [2]. the theortical results are applied in this paper to a series of elementary but important algorithms and, at the same time, tested numerically. the results show that our new condition numbers yield much more detailed informations on possible errors than wilkinson's [3] backward analysis. we analyze the computation of sequences of partial products and sums. the computation of partial products is always a well – conditioned algorithm, while in the class of elementary one – step algorithms is introduced. in particular the associated absolute and relative a priori and a posteriori, condition numbers are established. the error analysis of horner's scheme shows that our posteriori condition numbers in essence, coincide with error bounds described by adams [4]. the taylor & the newton form of a polynomial. another important member of the class of elementary onestep algorithms is the horner like algorithm for evaluating finite continued fractions. a first numerical example deals with rounding errors in the evaluation of partial fractions for )tan(z z . next the recursive computation of determinates of tridiagonal matrices is analyzed and the error estimate tested numerically with success by a matrix of l00 rows. in comparison with the stability constants of babuska [5] for solving tridiagonal linear system. our condition numbers constitutes explicit measures for the accumulated errors. finally, with the evaluation of determiants of second order. as an application the numerical stability of the common complex multiplication and a "fast" complex multiplication are analyzed and compared. the detailed rounding error analysis of numerically solving two linear equations in two unknowns has already been established [6]. an error analysis of gaussian elimination for general linear systems is in preparation. the rounding error analysis of difference and extrapolation schemes is found by our method [7]. the study of numerical algorithms proceeds in the following way first the sequence ),,( 0 nfff = of input and arithmetic operations is determined, specifying the algorithm. then the graph of the functional dependences, the paths of error propagation, and associated weights are described. the system of linear error equations can easily be read from the graph of the algorithm. its solutions yield approximations of the absolute and relative a priori and a posteriori errors, respectively. that in this case the condition numbers can easily be determined by recursion formulae. 266 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 let ),,(),,,( 00 nnuuu υυυ  == denote the sequences of input data, intermediate and final results and their numerical approximations. by ttt uu −=∆ υ are meant the absolute and by ttt uupu /∆= the relative a priori errors of the approximations tt uofυ . the fundamental a priori error estimates then read ),(,)( 22 ηηρηησ tttttt opuou +≤+≤∆ t=0,…,n …(1) where tt ρσ , are the absolute and relative a priori condition numbers and η is the floating point accuracy constant. the numerical examples in the paper are computed in the decimal floating point arithmetic. the symmetric rounding function nrd is performed by rounding the 10 digit results to n decimal places. n digits decimal floating point arithmetic is realized by rounding to n places after each operation. the constant η in the numerical examples is thus specified by n−×= 105η …(2) in general, 1<η such that the remaindes terms )( 2ηto in (1) can be neglected against the first order terms. in applying the error estimate in (1) to numerical examples, it should be noticed that the condition numbers yield optimal bounds of the possible errors. the actual errors, as a rule, are significantly smaller than indicated by ηρησ tt , . by variation of the parameters, however, we have in most cases, found examples where the actual maximal errors are over estimated at most by factor 5 to 10 such that the magnitude of the error is described correctly. the sign • = indicates that the numerical result has been computed in higher precision than the given digits show. a priori condition numbers and a priori errors have always been computed with the highest precision of 10 decimal places. computation of products algorithm the methods of our error analysis differ essentially in the number of steps of the idea of algorithm from wilkinson's rounding error analysis (see wilkinson [3]). therefore, the usual product algorithm are discussed thoroughly in this paper. in particular, the condition numbers for perturbations by rounding errors in the arithmetic operations and for data perturbations will be determined and the general error estimates (1) be tested by selected numerical examples. 2.1 sequences of partial products a finite or infinite product is computed by means of sequence of partial products ntububu ttt ,,2,1,, 100 === − …(3) such that ∏ = = t j jt bu 0 …(4) introducing the indeterminate steps t t bu = − 2 1 , this algorithm is defined, analogously by the sequence of functions ntforxxxfbxfbxf t t tt t ,,1,)(,)(,)( 1 2 1 2 100 ==== − −− …(5) the associated linear relative a priori error equation read 267 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 x tt t t b t t b errrerer ++=== − −− 1 2 1 2 10 ,,0 , or nteerrer xt b ttt b ,,1,, 10 0 =++== − ...(6) to simplify notation, as here so in the following by ,, ct b t ee are meant relative errors ,, 1pcpbt and by ,,, tt x t eee ′ + the relative rounding errors of the floating point operations ,/,, +× the graph of this algorithm is a tree, all non zero weights reltkb are equal to one (see fig 1.1). obviously, the linear system (6) has the solution nteeer t j x j b j b t ,,1,)( 0 0 =++= ∑ = …(7) from this representation one immediately derives the associated relative a priori condition numbers dtρ of data perturbations only ( ,0= x je )η≤bje , and r tρ of perturbations by rounding errors in the arithmetic operations only ( ,0=bje )η≤ x je : 12,,1 +=+==+= ttt rt d tt r t d t ρρρρρ …(8) consequently ntdt r t ,,1,1 =−= ρρ , …(9) so that the computation of partial products is wellconditioned algorithm. 1. numerical examples example 3.1 ,2,1,)01.(exp == tu tt …(10) this sequence of powers is established by the above algorithm for 01.101.exp,10 ==== bbb t we compute the sequence numerically in 2 digits decimal floating points. the basis b rounded to 2 digits, becomes 01.1=′b having the relative error 51093.4 −×== bbt ee . in this case, (7) yields the representation ∑ = − +××= t j x jt etr 1 51093.4 ...(11) table 1.1.1 contains the relative errors tpu divided by t for t=10,20,…,300. it turns out that tpu increases, in essence. linearly with t as te b. the relative errors xte seem not to participate in the growth of the error. table 1.1.1 shows that the mean values over xte cancel to can be estimated by 75 1 1051093.4 11 −−• = ×≤×−=∑ t t j x j put e t …(12) for t= 120,…,300. thus it is seen that mean value sequence ( xje ) are by a factor of 2101 −× less than the floating point accuracy constant 5105×=η . that is, randomly distributed rounding errors xte cancle to a considerable extent. 268 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 example 3.2 ∏ ∞ = −= 1 2 2 )1( )sin( k k x x x π π …(13) (see abramowitz-stequn [7,p.75]). the associated sequence of partial products is computed for 21035.7 13 3sin ,17.2 −×=== ππ π x x x in the form ,2,1,1,))((,1 2 2 10 =−=== − tt x bbrdrd tttnnt υυυ , …(14) in 6digit decimal floating point such that 6105 −×=η . the exact partial products ut are computed approximately in 10 – digit decimal floating point. table 1.1.2 lists, blockwise, the index t, the numerical approximation tυ , the associated relative error tttt uuu /)( −= υρ and the error sums ∑∑∑∑ ==== t j x j t j x j t j b j t j b j eeee 1111 ,,, …(15) the numerical results show that the absolute error sums of the sequences ( bje ) , ( x je ) increase, in essence, linearly with t. in the error sums, however, the errors bje , x je again cancel to a large extent. accordingly, the relative errors tpu do not grow systematically but remain bounded in modulus by about 51048 −×=η . in addition, it is easily verified using the listed results that the linear error approximations rt in (7) approximate the relative error tpu very accurately. 2.1 the summation algorithm the algorithm ntcuucu ttt ,,1,, 100 =+== − …(1) yields the sequence of partial sums ∑ = = t j jt cu 0 ...(2) specifying the input of coefficients by intermediate steps t t cu = − 2 1 , the algorithm is defined by the sequence of functions ntforxxxfcxfcxf t ttt t ,,1,)(,)(,)( 2 11 2 100 =+=== − − − …(3) the linear absolute a priori error equations read ntforeuecssecs tt c tttt c ,,1,, 1000 =++== + − …(4) the associated graph (see fig 1.2) is a tree, all nonvanishing weights abstkb are equal to one. the absolute a priori condition number tσ are determined according to refences, with weights ,, 2 1 t ttt c tt t uc γαγα == − recursively by ntucc ttt c tttt c ,,1,, 1000 =++== − γγσσγσ …(5) these condition numbers have the expicit representation ∑ = ++= t j t jj c jj c t ucc 1 00 )( γγγσ …(6) 269 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 when the errors in the coefficients ej have the same order of magnitude as rounding errors in the arithmetic operations, the partial condition numbers rt d t σσ , of the summation algorithm under data perturbations only, assuming exact arithmetic operations ( 0,1 == +j c j γγ ), and under rounding errors in the arithmetic operations, assuming exact data ( 1,0 == +j c j γγ ), become ,, 10 ∑∑ == == t j j r t t j j d t uc σσ …(7) the associated relative a priori condition numbers are ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑ = = = = == t j j t j j r tt j j t j j d t c u c c 0 0 0 0 , ρρ … (8) such that r t d t t t t u ρρ σ ρ +== …(9) as an example, consider the partial sums of the exponential series ∑ ∞ = =+++= 0 2 !2!1 1exp j jc xx x  then ∑ ∞ = = 0 exp j j xc and for sufficiently large n one has    < ≥ === 0,2exp 0,1 exp exp ,exp xx x x x x dn d n ρσ …(10) hence for negative x the condition numbers increase exponentially with increasing x . forsythe [13] discuss the example of computing 31008.4)5.5(exp −×=− where the terms cj of the series are computed exactly in floating point to five decimal places such that 5105 −×=≤ηρ jc . the summation is extended over so many terms until the first five digits of the partial sums remain unchanged, that is, )()( 155 += nn rdrd υυ , thus n=25, 31064.2 −×=nυ and the associated condition number 21045.25.5exp ×==dnσ . from the error estimate (1)in the introduction we obtain that 21022.1 −×=≤∆ ησ dnnu whereas the actual absolute error 31045.1 −×=∆ nu . analogous conditions are met in computing partial sums of the series for xxx ln,cos,sin etc and similar alternating series. example 3.3 in the same way as above, partial sums of the bessel functions ∑ = −= j j j j x xj 2 2 0 )!( )4()1()( …(11) as simultaneously, the absolute a priori condition numbers 270 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 )( )!( )4( 0 0 2 2 xi j xn j j d n == ∑ = σ …(12) are computed table 1.2.1 shows some values of )(0 ′xj and the absolute errors )()()( 000 xjxjxj −′=∆ in the neighborhood of the fourth zero 11.79 … . the function 0i increases from 41054.1 × to 4106.1 × in this interval. hence 8.105106.1 54 =××× − is the approximate a priori bound for the absolute errors )(0 xj∆ . this bound is six times the largest error at 11.82 when the terms cj of the sum (2) are positive we have trt d t ≤= ρρ ,1 …(13) and thus ntt dt r t ,,1, =≤ ρρ …(14) hence the computation of sums with positive terms is always quasi-well-conditioned. in contrast to the condition numbers dtρ , the condition numbers r tρ are not independent of the ordering of the terms c0 ,…, ct . in computing the sums (2) in the floating point arithmetic of a computer, the ordering of the terms should be so chosen that the condition numbers rnσ , r nρ and thus the bounds in the error estimates (1) become as small as possible. for a sum with positive terms this is achieved if the terms cj constitute an increasing sequence. note that the ordering by increasing absolute values is commonly recommended with out any restrictions. however, if both positive and negative terms cj occur in the sum, this is in general, no longer true as in the following example shows. in this case the terms have to be ordered with respect to a smallest sum of the absolute values of the partial sums. example 3.4 3233 109315.0109663.0109123.010025.1 ×−×−×−×=s …(15) where 3 3 3 0 109315.0,,10025.1 ×−=×= cc  see wilkinson [3,i.25]. adding 9315.0,,1025 30 −== cc  one obtains the partial sums and, by (7), (9), the condition numbers 06.20,5.135,755.6,07.16,7.112 33321 • ===== rruuu ρσ …(16) in 4digit decimal floating point the summation is performed without rounding errors and gives the result 76.633 == uυ in converse order 1025,,315.9 30 =−= cc  , the terms are arranged with respect to increasing absolute values. then 4.167,1130,755.6,245.1018,945.105 33321 • ===−=−= rruuu ρσ …(17) these condition numbers are more than eight times larger than the above condition numbers (16). in 4digit decimal floating point now the approximate sum 000.73 =υ is computed having the relative error 23 106.3 − • ×=uρ and the approximate error bound 23 104.8 − • ×=rρ . 271 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 example 3.5 ∑ = + = n k n k u 0 2)1( 1 …(18) we compute this partial sum of the infinite series of 645.16/3 =x for n=1023 in 6digit decimal floating point. the exact partial sum rounded to six places in un=1.6439. the associated absolute a priori condition numbers + − ++== tt c tttt c ucc γγσσγσ 1000 , t=1,…,n are computed recursively from the equation tttt cuc ++== −100 , σσσ t=1,…,n …(19) the relative a priori condition number is finally determined by nnn u/σρ = . the numerical summation in natural ordering yields partial sums which are constant for t ≥ m=446. vm =1.64308 , 41029.2,445 − •• ×== mm uρρ …(20) the error bound 31023.2 − • ×=ηρm overestimates the error muρ by factor of about 10. in converse order of increasing terms the algorithm computes vn =1.644 , 57.5 • =nρ …(21) this value coincides with the above rounded value of un in all decimal places. we observe considerable differences in the magnitude of the condition numbers (20), (21). in context, let us refer already to the result dealing cascade summation. there we shall compute vn =1.643 , 11 • =nρ …(22) this approximation differs by one unit of the last decimal place from the rounded un. the last condition number (22) lies between the two condition numbers above such that the second summation procedure is best for this series. conclusion the perturbations of function values p(z), due to perturbations of the argument z, have been described already. hence we limit the further study to the case of unperturbed arguments, realized in practice by the input of machine numbers as arguments z. the bound for the absolute a posteriori error ηυ /i∆ has been stated by tsao [12,(5.5)]. who also proposes the recursive computations of the bound. a similar result is found in adams [4]. where it is attributed to kahan. the theortieal results of the paper have been applied to a series of concrete algorithms, and have proved to be very effective means of both a priori and a posteriori error analysis. references 1. higham, n. j. (2002), " accuracy and stability of numerical algorithms" , by the society for industrial and applied mathematics. 2. stummel, f., (1981), "perturbation theory for evaluation algorithms of arithmetic expression", math. comput, 37, p. 435-473. 3. wilkinson, j. h., (1963), "rounding error in algebraic processes", prentice hall, englewood cliffs: prentice hall. 4. adams, d. a., (1967), "a stopping criterion for polynomial root finding", comm. acm 10, p. 655-658. 272 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 5. babuska, i., (1969), "numerical stability in numerical analysis", amstrdam. north holland. proc. ifip congress, 1968 11-23. 6. stummel, f., (1982), "rounding errors in numerical solutions of two linear equations in two unknowns", math. methods appl. sci. 4,p. 549-571. 7. stumnel, f., (1985), "forward error analysis of gaussian elimination part i : error and nesidual estimates", numer, math. 46,p. 365-395. 8. abramowitz, m. and stegun, i. a., (1967), "hand book of mathematical functions", new york, dover 1968. 9. wilkinson, j. h., (1968), "a priori error analysis of algebraic processes", proc. int. congress. math. moscow, p. 629-640. 10. marcozzi, m. choi, s. and chen, c. s., (2001), "on the use of boundary conditions for variational formulations arising in financial mathematics", appl. mat. comput, 124, p. 197-214. 11. kaya, d. and el-sayed, s. m., (2004), "a numerical solution of the klein-gordon equation and convergence of the decomposition method", appl. math. comput, 156, p. 341353. 12. dehghan, m., (2006), "a computational study of the one-dimensional parabolic equation subject to nonclassical boundary specifications", numer, methods partial differential equations, 22, p. 220-257. 13. tsao, n. k., (1974), "some a posteriori error bounds in floating point computations", j. acm, 21, p. 6-17. 14. forsythe, g. e. & moler, c. b., (1967), "computer solution of linear algebraic systems", englewood cliffs: prentice hall. 15. fox, l., (1964), "introduction to numerical linear algebra", clarendo press, oxford. 16. schonauer, w., (1987), "scientific computing on vector computers, north holland, amstrdam. 17. thomas, h. cormen, charles, e. leiserson, roland l. rivest and clifford stein (2009)" introduction to algorithms " 3rd ed. m. t. press, pp 41, p. 900,990. fig 1: graph of the linear relative a priori error equations for sequences of partial products fig 2: graph of the linear absolute error equations for the summation algorithm b1 bt-1 bt b0 u1 ut-1 ut x x x c1 ct c0 u1 ut-1 ut + + 273 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table( 1.1.1): relative errors in the computation of (exp.01)t t tput 510 t tput 510 t tput 510 10 3.9 110 4.9 210 4.9 20 4.5 120 4.9 220 4.9 30 4.6 130 4.9 230 4.9 40 4.7 140 4.9 240 4.9 50 4.8 150 4.9 250 4.9 60 4.8 160 4.9 260 4.9 70 4.8 170 4.9 270 4.9 80 4.8 180 4.9 280 4.9 90 4.8 190 4.9 290 4.9 100 4.9 200 4.9 300 4.9 table( 1.1.2): computation of partial products for 17.2, )sin( • =x x x π π 100 200 300 400 500 7.69 210−× 7.51 210−× 7.46 210−× 7.43 210−× 7.41 210−× -6.21 610−× -1.10 510−× -1.46 510−× -2.30 510−× -3.17 510−× -3.48 610−× -1.61 610−× -4.07 610−× -3.43 610−× -2.48 610−× 2.38 510−× 5.05 510−× 7.71 510−× 1.02 410−× 1.27 410−× -2.72 610−× -9.43 610−× -1.05 510−× -1.96 510−× -2.93 510−× 5.37 510−× 8.59 510−× 1.20 410−× 1.53 410−× 1.86 410−× 600 700 800 900 1000 7.40 210−× 7.39 210−× 7.39 210−× 7.38 210−× 7.38 210−× -2.73 510−× -1.69 510−× -3.74 510−× 5.87 610−× -1.49 510−× -5.35 710−× -2.54 610−× -1.36 610−× 8.69 710−× -1.08 610−× 1.52 410−× 1.77 410−× 2.04 410−× 2.25 410−× 2.49 410−× -2.69 510−× -1.44 510−× -3.61 510−× 5.00 610−× -1.39 510−× 2.23 410−× 2.56 410−× 2.84 410−× 3.25 410−× 3.71 410−× table( 1.2.1): numerical computation of j0(x) x )(0 xj )(0 ′xj )(0 xj∆ 11.78 -2.68 310−× -5.21 210−× -4.95 210−× 11.79 -3.56 410−× 7.52 210−× 7.52 210−× 11.80 1.97 310−× -9.17 210−× -9.37 210−× 11.81 4.29 310−× -2.47 210−× -2.89 210−× 11.82 6.61 310−× 1.38 110−× 1.32 110−× 11.83 8.93 310−× 3.72 210−× 2.83 210−× 274 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تحلیل األخطاء في الخوارزمیات العددیة شوقي عبد المطلب عباس قسم الریاضیات / كلیة العلوم / جامعة بغداد 2012تشرین الثاني 20قبل البحث في : ، 2012أیار 9أستلم البحث في : الخالصة واالع�داد الش�رطیة الجدی�دة الت�ي ، مف�اھیم تحلی�ل االخط�اء ال�ذي اس�تخدمت فی�ھ الطریق�ة الخطی�ة طبقتفي ھذا البحث یم االخطاء المحتملة. تقدیر الكسور المستمرة المحدودة وحس�اب االنظم�ة الثالثی�ة المح�دودة للمح�ددات یتشكل الحد االمثل لتق والضرب السریع المركب كما في طریقة ھ�ورنر، بوج�ود تحلی�ل اخط�اء الت�دویر لخوارزمی�ات الض�رب ،من الدرجة الثانیة والجمع. " .matlab 7اما اسم البرنامج الذي استخدم في الحساب فھو " ،تقدیرات االخطاء قد اختبرت بأمثلة عددیة ة.مخطط ھورنر، النظام الثالثي ، الطریقة الخطی: الكلمات المفتاحیة 275 | mathematics microsoft word 29-41 29 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 increase the intelligibility of multispectral image using pan-sharpening techniques for many remotely sensed images israa j.m. al-rubiey dept. of physics, college of science, university of baghdad received in:7 october 2015 ,accepted in :15 november 2015 abstract pan sharpening (fusion image) is the procedure of merging suitable information from two or more images into a single image. the image fusion techniques allow the combination of different information sources to improve the quality of image and increase its utility for a particular application. in this research, six pan-sharpening method have been implemented between the panchromatic and multispectral images, these methods include ehlers, color normalize, gram-schmidt, local mean and variance matching, daubechies of rank two and symlets of rank four wavelet transform. two images captured by two different sensors such as landsat-8 and world view-2 have been adopted to achieve the fusion purpose. different fidelity metric like mse, rmse, psnr, cc, ergas and rase have been used to achieve the comparison among the fusion methods. the results show that daubechies wavelet (db2) transform was good method for pan sharpening images. where good statistical values have been obtained, when it is applied on the first and second image that are captured by different sensors with different spatial resolution. keyword: images pan sharpening, ehlers, gram-schmidt, wavelet, local variance matching. 30 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction pan-sharpening or fusion is defined as the process of combining substantial information from several sensors using mathematical techniques in order to create a single composite image that will be more comprehensive and thus, more useful for a human operator or other computer vision tasks. image fusion provides an effective way of reducing this increasing volume of information by extracting all the useful information from the source images. it provides an effective method to enable comparison and analysis of multi-sensor data having complementary information about the concerned region [1, 2]. image fusion takes place at three different levels i.e. pixel, feature and decision. pixel level is a low level of fusion, which is used to analyze and combine data from different sources before original information is estimated and recognized. feature level is a middle level of fusion, which extracts important features from an image like shape, length, edges, segments and direction. decision level is a high level of fusion that points to actual target [3]. most optical remote sensing satellites carry two types of sensors – the panchromatic and the multispectral sensors. the multispectral sensor records signals in narrow bands over a wide instantaneous field of view (ifov) while the panchromatic sensor records signals over a narrower ifov and over a broad range of the spectrum. thus, the multispectral (ms) bands have a higher spectral resolution, but a lower spatial resolution compared to the associated panchromatic (pan) band, which has a higher spatial resolution and a lower spectral resolution. before applying pan sharpening methods between the images, these images must be registered and resized, where the registration is the process of geometrically aligning two or more images of the same scene acquired at different times, or with different sensors, or from different viewpoints [4]. it is one of the crucial image processing operations in remote sensing. in this research, different pan sharpening methods have been adopted such as ehlers, color normalize, gram-schmidt, local mean and variance matching, daubechies and symlet wavelet transform. as well as many fidelity criteria have been used for results evaluation. studied area and variable data in this research, two set of image have been used to perform the pan sharpening methods between them, the first image was captured by landsat -8. geographically, its apart of baghdad city capital of iraq, located between longitude (432637.5 m 438577.5 m) e and latitude (3712147.5 m 3706192.5 m) n table (1) lists the spectral and spatial resolutions of the landsat-8 etm+ sensor [5]. the second image is captured by worldview-2. geographically, it’s a part of alabama state in southeastern of the united states, located between longitude (335635.5 m -335832.00 m) e and latitude (6250443.5 m 6250245.000 m)n. table (2) gives the same information for the wordview-2 sensor [6]. the landsat-8 multispectral bands have a spatial resolution of 30 m while the panchromatic band has a 15 m resolution, the word view-2 have 2m spatial resolution for multispectral bands and 0.5m for panchromatic band. the first and second image can be shown in figure (1 & 2) respectively. image registration image registration of different images has been done to make the image unified to same coordinate system. registration is used to establish a spatial correspondence between the sensor images and to determine a spatial geometric transformation, called warping, which aligns the images. registration techniques align the images by exploiting the similarities between sensor images. the mismatch of image features in multispectral images reduces the similarities between the images and makes it difficult to establish the correspondence between the images [7]. in this research the nearest neighbor interpolation method has been adopted to resize and register the multispectral image to be the same size pixel of the panchromatic image pixel. 31 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 pan sharpening methods this section describes some pan sharpening algorithms implemented in practice along with their properties. image fusion methods that can be used for high-resolution satellite image fusion have been reviewed and analyzed, such as those for fusion of panchromatic and multi-spectral images: 1. ehlers transform the ehlers fusion is based on an ihs transform coupled with a fourier domain filtering. this technique is extended to include more than 3 bands by using multiple ihs transforms until the number of bands is exhausted. a subsequent fourier transform of the intensity component and the panchromatic image allows an adaptive filter design in the frequency domain [8]. the basic idea behind this method is to modify the input pan image to look more like the intensity component [9]. in the first step in order to manipulate his components, three low resolution multispectral rgb bands are selected and transformed into the ihs domain. then, the intensity component and the panchromatic image are transformed into the spectral domain via a two-dimensional fast fourier transform (fft). low pass (lp) and high pass (hp) filter were directly performed in the frequency domain on the intensity component and the high resolution panchromatic image respectively [10]. the idea is to replace the high frequency part of the intensity component with that from the pan image. to return both components back into the spatial domain an inverse fft transform was used. then the high pass filtered panchromatic band and low pass filtered intensity are added and matched to the original intensity histogram. finally, an inverse ihs transform converts the fused image back into the rgb color domain to obtain the high resolution multispectral image [11]. 2.color normalize color normalized sharpening technique used a mathematical combination of the color image and high resolution image. each band in the color image is multiplied by a ratio of the high resolution data image divided by the sum of the color bands. the nearest neighbor interpolation has been used for re-sampling of the three color bands to the high-resolution pixel size. the output rgb images will have the pixel size of the input high-resolution data. the cn transform is defined by the following equation [12]: ∗ ∗ ∑ 1 ---------------------(1) where ms is multispectral image, pan is panchromatic image and cni, is the output color normalized band. 3.the gram-schmidt pan-sharpening method pan-sharpening algorithms are used to sharpen multispectral data using high spatial resolution panchromatic data. an underlying assumption of these algorithms is that you can accurately estimate what the panchromatic data would look like using lower spatial resolution multispectral data. gram-schmidt is typically more accurate because it uses the spectral response function of a given sensor to estimate what the panchromatic data. the low spatial resolution spectral bands are used to simulate the panchromatic band must fall in the range of the high spatial resolution panchromatic band or they will not be included in the resampling process [13, 14] step one: simulating a panchromatic band from the lower spatial resolution spectral bands. ∑ --------------------------(2) where wk is the weight of pixel and msk is the multi-spectral image. 32 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 step two: performing a gram-schmidt transformation on the simulated panchromatic band, as the first band and the spectral bands. step three: replacing the high spatial resolution panchromatic band with the first gramschmidt band. step four: applying the inverse gram-schmidt transform to form the pan-sharpened spectral bands. 4.local mean and variance matching the local mean and variance matching (lmvm) filter applies a normalization function at a local scale within the images in order to match the local mean and variance values of the high resolution panchromatic image with those of the original low resolution spectral channel. the small residual differences remaining correspond to the high spatial information stemming from the high resolution panchromatic image. this type of filtering fusion of earth image data drastically increases the correlation between the fused product and the low resolution channel. the local mean and variance matching filter is given by [15]: , , , , . , , , , , , -------------(3) where fi,j is the fused image at pixel coordinates i, j, h , is the high spatial resolution image at pixel coordinates i, j, l , , is the local mean of the low spatial resolution image calculated inside the window of size (w, h) at pixel coordinates i, j, h , , is the local means of the high spatial resolution image calculated inside the window of size (w, h) at pixel coordinates i, j, σ l , , is the local standard deviation of the low spatial resolution image calculated inside the window of size (w, h) at pixel coordinates i, j, and σ h , , is the local standard deviation of the high spatial resolution image calculated inside the window of size (w, h) at pixel coordinates i, j [16,17]. 5.daubechies and symlets wavelet transform discrete wavelet transforms a discrete time signal into a discrete wavelet representation. in the case of dwt, there is a time-scale representation of the digital signal which is obtained using digital filtering techniques. the signal to be analyzed here is passed through filters with different cutoff frequencies at different scales [18]. the dwt can be interpreted as signal decomposition in a set of independent, spatially oriented frequency channels. the signal is passed through two complementary filters and emerges as two signals, approximation and details. this is called decomposition or analysis. the components can be assembled back into the original signal without loss of information. this process is called reconstruction or synthesis see figure (3). the mathematical manipulation, which implies analysis and synthesis, is called discrete wavelet transform and inverse discrete wavelet transform. the wavelet transforms w of the two registered input images i1(x, y) and i2(x, y) are computed and these transforms are combined using some kind of fusion rule φ then the inverse wavelet transform w is computed and the fused image i x,y is reconstructed, see below equation [19]: , , , , --------(4) in this research, two wavelet models of wavelet families have been used symlets and daubechies wavelets. the symlets were proposed as modifications to the daubechies family with the difference that whereas the daubechies wavelets have maximal phase, the symlets have minimal phase. the symlets are designed so that they have the least asymmetry and maximum number of vanishing moments for a given compact support [18]. the daubechies 33 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 wavelets are a family of orthogonal wavelets defining a discrete wavelet transform and characterized by a maximal number of vanishing moments for some given support. the daubechies wavelet (db2) decomposed up to five levels has been used here for image fusion. these wavelets are used here because they are real and continuous in nature and have least root-mean-square (rms) error compared to other wavelets [20, 21]. the steps of the wavelet based image fusion are explained as follows: step 1: register and resize the low resolution image to be the same size of high resolution panchromatic image using nearest neighbor interpolation. step 2: read the two registration images. step3: apply wavelet decomposition on both the images using (daubechies or symlet) filter. step 3: extracts from the wavelet decomposition structure the horizontal, vertical, or diagonal detail. step 4: perform average of approximation coefficients of both decomposed images step 5: compare horizontal, vertical and diagonal coefficient of both the images and apply maximum selection scheme to select the maximum coefficient value by comparing the coefficient of the two images. perform this for all the pixel values of image. step 6: the inverse wavelet transform is then applied to the combined coefficient map to produce the fused image step 7: display the final fused image. image quality metrics the metrics are used to evaluate and for comparing the value of fused image and the original image. the different metrics are defined here which can be used for the evaluation of the image quality: 1.mean square error (mse): the mathematic equation of mse is given by: ∑ ∑ --------------(5) where ref is the reference image, fus is the fused image, ij row and column pixels, mn number of row and column pixels [22]. 2.root mean square error (rmse): a commonly used reference based assessment metric is the root mean square error (rmse). the rmse between a reference image (ref) and a fused image (fus) is given by the following equation [19]: ∑ ∑ , , --(6) where , and , are the reference and fused images, respectively, m and n are image dimensions. smaller the value of the rmse, better the performance of the fusion algorithm. 3.peak signal to noise ratio (psnr): psnr is the ratio between the maximum possible power of a signal and the power of corrupting noise that affects the fidelity of its representation. the psnr of the fusion result is defined as follows [19]: 10 -------------------------------(7) where is the maximum gray scale value of the pixels in the fused image. higher the value of the psnr, better the performance of the fusion algorithm. 4.correlation coefficient (cc): the correlation coefficient measures the closeness or similarity in small size structures between the original and the fused images. it can vary between (-1 and +1). values close to +1 indicate that they are highly similar while the values close to -1 indicate that they are highly dissimilar [23]. 34 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ∑ ∑ , , ∑ ∑ , ∑ ∑ , --------(8) are the value and mean value of multispectral, is the value and mean value of fused image, ij are coordinates pixel values. 5.ergas: which means relative dimensionless global error in synthesis. is the normalized average error of each band. the ergas index for the fusion is expressed as follows: 100 ∑ -------------------------(9) where n is the number of bands involved in fusion, h / l is the ratio of the spatial resolution of original pan and ms images. is the mean value for the original spectral image b [24]. 6.relative average spectral error (rase): the relative average spectral error is a metric which monotonically depends on the rmse in each band. it is given by: ∑ ----------------------(10) where m is the mean radiance of the n spectral bands (b ) of the original ms bands [24]. result, discussion and conclusions image pan sharpening techniques are originally devised to allow integration of different information sources, may take advantages of the complementary spatial and spectral resolution characteristics typical of remote-sensing imagery. in this research six pan sharpening method have been applied on two types of image. the first image (baghdad city) captured by landsat-8 with spatial resolution 15 m and 30 m for panchromatic and multispectral bands respectively. the second image (alabama state) captured by world view 2 with spatial resolution 0.5 m and 2 m for panchromatic and multispectral image respectively. the metric quality measures on the difference between the original and synthesized images for the first image are presented in table (3). subjectively, the results of ehlers, color normalize, gram-schmidt methods give high quality and more clarity than local variance and wavelet transform which can be shown in figure (4). but objectively, the statistical results of the gram-schmidt and daubechies (db2) wavelet give better results than the other pan sharpening methods, approximately, both gram-schmidt and daubechies wavelet gave low value of (rmse), high value of (cc), low value of (ergas) and suitable value of (rase). in general, there is a rate of similarity of the all fusion methods quality metric which applied on the first image. this similarity of results belongs to that the spatial resolution of the panchromatic band of the first image is larger twice than the spatial resolution of the multispectral bands. in the other hand, the quality metric of the pan sharpening methods for the second image, which can be seen in table (4), have a high quality metric such as (mse), (rmse), and (ergas) for ehlers, color normalize and gramschmidt methods, as be shown in figure (5). on the contrary, the good statistical measures such as (psnr) and (cc) can be noticed, when the local mean and variance matching, daubechies wavelet (db2), and symlets wavelet (sym4) fusion methods have been used. in general, there is a simple difference between the values of the quality metric of the all applied fusion techniques on the second image, due to that the spatial resolution of the panchromatic band of the second image is larger 4 times than the spatial resolution of the multispectral bands. a another important notice can be conclude from the tables no.(3) and no.(4) is that the mean square error (mse) of fusing image using ehlers, color normalize, gram-schmidt and local mean and variance matching of the image 35 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 captured by word view-2 is large compared with the mean square error of the same fusion methods applied on image captured by landsat-8. finally, the most important conclusion that can be recommended in this research was the daubechies wavelet (db2) transform considered to be good method for pan sharpening images. the good statistical values have been obtained, when its applied on the first and second image that captured by different sensors with different spatial resolutions.    references 1. priya, r.m.(2013), development and implementation of image fusion algorithm based on wavelets, m.sc. thesis, department of electronics & communication engineering national institute of technology, rourkela odisha, india. 2. dhore, a. and veena, c. (2014) a new pan-sharpening method using joint sparse fi image fusion algorithm, international journal of engineering research and general science 2, 4. 3. mahajan, s. and singh, a. (2014), a comparative analysis of different image fusion techniques, ipasj international journal of computer science (iijcs), 2(1). 4. gang, h. (2007), image fusion, image registration, and radiometric normalization for high resolution image processing. ph.d. dissertation, department of geodesy and geomantic engineering, technical report 247, university of new brunswick, fredericton, new brunswick, canada, (198). 5. peters, j.(2015) the many band combinations of landsat 8, exelis visual information solution. 6. nikolakopoulos, k. and oikonomidis, d. (2015), quality assessment of ten fusion techniques applied on worldview-2, european journal of remote sensing, 48, (141-167). 7. canga, e. f. (2002), image fusion, signal & image processing group department of electronic & electrical engineering. 8. klonus, s. and ehlers, m. (2009), performance of evaluation methods in image fusion, 12th international conference on information fusion seattle, wa, usa. 9. ling, y.; ehlers,m.; usery, l. and madden, m. (2007), fft enhanced ihs transform method for fusing high-resolution satellite images, isprs journal of photogrammetry and remote sensing, 61 (6), (381–392). 10. riyahi, r.; kleinn, c. and fuchs, h.comparison of different image fusion techniques for individual tree crown identification using quick bird images, www.isprs.org/ proceedings/ xxxviii/1_4_7-w5/.../riyahi-210.pdf. 11. ehlers, m.(2005)beyond pan sharpening: advances in data fusion for very high resolution remote sensing data, proceedings, isprs workshop ‘high-resolution earth imaging for geospatial information’, hannover. 12. vrabel, j.(1996) multispectral imagery band sharpening study, photogrammetric engineering & remote sensing, 62(9):1075-1083. 13. envi 4.5 guide, (2008), www.hppt\\itt visual information solutions website, envi4.5 help. 14. maurer , t. (2013), how to pan-sharpen images using the gram-schmidt pan-sharpen method – a recipe, international archives of the photogrammetry, remote sensing and spatial information sciences, xl-1/w1, isprs hannover workshop, 21 – 24 hannover, germany. 15. karathanassi,v.; kolokousis, p. and ioannidou,s.(2007), a comparison study on fusion methods using evaluation indicators”, international journal of remote sensing, 28 (10), 2309–2341. 36 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 16. de béthume, s.; muller, f. and donnay, j. p.(1998) fusion of multi-spectral and panchromatic images by local mean and variance matching filtering techniques, fusion of earth data, sophia, antipolis, france, (28-30). 17. naidu, v., (2012), discrete cosine transform based image fusion techniques, journal of communication, navigation and signal processing, 1 (1), (35-45). 18. dhawan, r.and garg, n. k., (2014), a comprehensive review on different techniques of image fusion, international journal of engineering and computer science issn: 2319-7242, 3 (3), 5098-5101. 19. reddy, b. r. and ramashri, t.(2013), image fusion algorithms using different wavelet methods and improvement techniques, international journal of advanced research in electrical, electronics and instrumentation engineering, 2 (12). 20. gonzalo, p. and de la cruz j. m. (2004), a wavelet-based image fusion tutorial, pattern recognition, 37, 1855 – 1872. 21. ma, h.; jia, c. and liu, s., (2005), multisource image fusion based on wavelet transform, int. journal of information technology, 11 (7). 22. sahu, d. k. and parsai, m. p.(2012), different image fusion techniques –a critical review, international journal of modern engineering research (ijmer), issn: 2249-6645, 2 (5), 4298-4301. 23. wald, l. (2002), data fusion: definitions and architectures: fusion of images of different spatial resolutions, .presses de l'ecole, ecole des mines de paris, paris, france. 24. zhou, j; civico, d. l. and silander, j. a. (1998), a wavelet transform method to merge landsat tm and spot panchromatic data, international journal of remote sensing, 19 (4), (403-415). table (1): the characteristic of landsat -8 bands [5] band wavelength (µm) resolution (m) band1-coastal aerosol 0.43-0.45 30 band2blue 0.45-0.51 30 band3green 0.53-0.59 30 band4-red 0.64-0.67 30 band5nir 0.85-0.88 30 band6-swir1 1.57-1.65 30 band7-swir2 2.11-2.29 30 band8-panchromatic 0.50-0.68 15 band9-cirrus 1.36-1.38 30 band10tirs1 10.60-11.19 100 band11-tirs2 11.50-12.51 100 table (2): the spectrum of the worldview-2 bands [6] band name center wavelength (nm) min. lower band edge(nm) mix. upper band edge(nm) panchromatic 632 464 801 coastal 427 401 453 blue 478 447 508 green 546 511 581 yellow 608 588 627 red 659 629 689 red edge 742 704 744 nir1 831 772 890 nir2 908 862 954 37 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table(3): the quality metric of the first image (baghdad city) captured by landsat-8 mse rmse psnr cc ergas rase ehlers 33.374 5.777 32.896 0.9313 1.652 15.825 color normalize 39.368 6.274 32.179 0.926 1.904 15.07 gram-schmidt 22.414 4.713 34.664 0.944 1.359 16.308 local mean and variance matching 49.185 7.013 31.212 0.966 2.514 9.235 daubechies wavelet (db2) 31.871 5.645 33.096 0.984 1.988 8.052 symlets wavelet (sym4) 46.451 6.815 31.460 0.956 2.337 11.346 table. (4):  the quality metric of the second image(alabama state) captured by world view-2 mse rmse psnr cc ergas rase ehlers 59.994 7.745 30.349 0.890 2.359 15.271 color normalize 63.378 8.085 29.976 0.887 2.728 13.095 gram-schmidt 75.292 8.671 29.363 0.891 3.076 12.170 local mean and variance matching 42.47 6.517 31.849 0.96 2.330 8.8109 daubechies wavelet (db2) 32.938 5.739 32.953 0.964 1.953 11.315 symlets wavelet (sym4) 43.133 6.567 31.782 0.923 2.119 13.704 apanchromatic image (15 m) bmultispectral image (30 m) figure(1): the panchromatic and multispectral of baghdad image captured by landsat-8 38 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 apanchromatic image (0.5 m) bmultispectral image (2 m) figure. (2):the panchromatic and multispectral of alabama state captured by worldview-2 figure (3): process of wavelet transform [19] 39 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 a b c d e f figure (4): results fused image of the first image captured by landsat-8 using a) ehlers, b) color normalize, c) gram-schmidt, d) local mean and variance matching, e) daubechies wavelet, and f) symlets wavelet 40 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 a b c d e f figure (5) :results fused image of the second image captured by world view-2 using a) ehlers, b) color normalize, c) gram-schmidt, d) local mean and variance matching, e) daubechies wavelet, and f) symlets wavelet 41 | physics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 عدد زيادة الحدة (الدمج) ل اناتتق تعمالسإزيادة وضوح الصورة المتعددة الحزم ب فضائيةالمن الصور الربيعي سراء جميل محسنا جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الفيزياء 2015تشرين الثاني 15، قبل في : 2015تشرين األول 7استلم في: الخالصة زيادة الحدة (دمج الصور) ھي عملية تركيب المعلومات المناسبة من صورتين أو أكثر للحصول على صورة منفردة. ان تقنيات دمج الصور تسمح بتركيب معلومات من مصادر مختلفة وذلك لتحسن كفاءة الصورة وزيادة فائدتھا للتطبيقات وتشمل ھذه الحزمة،ة المتعددة الحزم مع الصورة األحادية ست تقنيات لدمج الصور تطبيقالعملية. في ھذا البحث تم ,ehlers, color normalize, gram-schmidt, local mean and variance matchingالتقنيات على daubechies wavelet, symlet wavelet . طة القمر الصناعي انوعين من الصور األولى تم التقاطھا بوس عمالتم است landsat-8 طة القمر الصناعي اوالثانية تم التقاطھا بوس world view-2 كما تم اعتماد معايير دقة مختلفة مثلmse, rmse, psnr, cc, ergas, rase .تظھر النتائج طريقة التحويل المويجي وذلك لتقييم الصور الناتجة daubechies ير دقة عالية عندما طبقت ھذه الطريقة ھي افضل طريقة لدمج الصور الفضائية، إذ تم الحصول على معاي على انواع من الصور ملتقطة بمتحسسات فضائية مختلفة الدقة الحيزية. gram-schmidt ،ehlers، تحوبل wavelet، مطابقة التغاير المحدد. ،زيادة الحدة (دمج الصور)الكلمات المفتاحية: microsoft word 86-102 86 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 corrosion inhibition of aluminium in acidic medium using amino acid (methionine) wisal a. isa zainab w. ahmed dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure sciences (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 26/march/2015, accepted: 7/june/2015 abstract corrosion behavior of aluminium in 0.6 mol. dm-3 nacl solution in acidic medium 0.7 was investigated in the absence and presence of different concentrations of amino acid, methionine, as environmentally – friendly corrosion inhibitor over temperature range (293-308)k. the investigation involved electrochemical polarization method using potentiostatic technique and optical microscopy, the inhibition efficiency increased with an increase in inhibitor concentration but decreased with increase in temperature. results showed that the inhibition occurs through adsorption of the inhibitor molecules on the metal surface and it was found to obey langmuir adsorption isotherm. some thermodynamic parameters ∆ . and activation energy were calculated to elaborate the mechanism of corrosion inhibition. the polarization measurements indicated that methionine is of mixed type. the surface characteristic of the inhibited and uninhibited metal samples were investigated by optical microscopy. keywords: corrosion inhibition, aluminium, methionine, adsorption mechanism thermodynamic parameters. 87 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction aluminium and its alloys have a remarkable economic and attractive materials for engineering applications owing to its low density, high thermal and electrical conductivity, attractive appearance and relatively good corrosion resistance. alumininum is actually a very active metal, meaning that its nature to oxidize is very quickly, while a weakness for most metals; this quality is in fact the key to its ability to resist corrosion. the combination of these properties makes it a preferred choice for many industrial applications such as automobiles, aviation, aerospace, food handling, containers, electronic devices, buildings, etc[1]. corrosion is the deterioration of metal by chemical attack or reaction with its environment. it is constant and has continuous problem, often difficult to eliminate completely. prevention would be more practical and achievable than complete elimination[2]. corrosion of metal is caused by electrochemical reaction between a metal (or an alloy) and aqueous phase. it proceeds according to a complex electrochemical process that is related to the atomic structure of matter. the corrosion of metal is the result of two simultaneous reactions that are in electrical equilibrium, i.e. oxidation of metal to ions and reduction of hydrogen to hydrogen gas [3]. hydrochloric acid and sulphuric acid solutions are used for pickling of aluminium or for its chemical or electrochemical etching. it is very important to add corrosion inhibitors to decrease the rate of metal dissolution using organic compounds. it is known that the organic compounds are effective corrosion inhibitors due to their ability to form an adsorbed protective film at the metal surface[3,4]. unfortunately, most of the inhibitors available in the markets are not only expensive but also toxic to living beings. again, the safety of environmental issues of corrosion inhibitors which may be arise industry has always been a global concern[5]. to avoid toxicity of numerous compounds tested as inhibitors[6,7], natural compounds, regarded as environmentally friendly inhibitors. amino acids have been tested as inhibitors of corrosion of a variety of metals, for example copper, aluminium and steel corrosion in acid media. they are relatively easy to produce with high purity at low cost, non-toxic and soluble in aqueous media[6,7]. in the present work, the inhibitive effectiveness of amino acid (methionine), have been studied in retarding corrosion of aluminium in 0.2m by use of electrochemical polarization measurements. furthermore, this study aim to throw some light on the role of the functional groups of the inhibitors used in the adsorption process as well as the influence of the nature of the medium on the corrosion mechanism. optical microscopy was employed to observe the surface morphology of the aluminium corroded in test solution. 88 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2. experimental part 2.1 materials the experiments were performed with aluminium sheets (99.8% purity) of 2mm thickness, which was mechanically press-cut into circular form 2cm diameter. all chemicals and reagents used are with analytical grade and use without further purification, they include: a. sodium chloride, was used for preparation of the aggressive solution of 0.6 . b. sulphuric acid. c. the amino acid (l-methionine) tested as inhibitor (>99% purity). its structure is shown below. h2n ch cooh s 2.2. solution the aggressive solution used was made of a.r. sodium chloride to prepare 0.6 concentration in 0.7 . doubled distilled water was used for the preparation. for each experiment a freshly solution was made. three concentrations of the inhibitor (methionine) were used 10 ,5 10 10 . . 2.3 potentiostatic polarization measurements the polentiostatic polarization measurements were carried out with aluminium sheets (explained before) having an exposed surface area of 1 to corrosive medium [in absence and presence the inhibitor]. the open side of the working electrode (aluminium sheet) was grinded and polished mechanically using wheel machine. all samples were grinded via a series grades of emery papers [100, 200,400,800,1200 and 2000] and polished with smooth cloth to a mirror finish. the specimen were degreased with acetone and thoroughly washed with distilled water then dried and kept in a desicator until use. polarization measurements were performed in a three electrodes cell with aluminium specimen of 1 exposed area, a platinum electrode and silver-silver chloride in saturated kcl solution were used as working, auxiliary (counter) and reference electrodes respectively. the measurements were carried out using m lab potentionstat / galvanostat 200 germany obtained from bank electronic intelligent controls gnb h. it was connected to personal computer desktop the mlab software cares for controlling the potentiostat, recording and processing data. it provides electrochemical calculations like tafel line evalution, re-scalling the potential and integrating. the experiments were preformed in 0.6 solution of 0.7 in absence and presence of three different concentrations of the inhibitor (methionine) over the temperature range (293-308)k. the experiments were carried out at a scan rate of 2 / . corrosion current density and corrosion potential were determined from the polarization curve, in addition other informations were obtained such as tafel slopes weight loss and penetration values. in order to test the reproducibility of the results, the experiments were done in triplicate. 3.results and discussion 3.1 tafel polarization measurements the effect of 0.6 mol. dm-3 nacl solution in acidic medium on the corrosion of aluminium sample was studied using tafel polarization technique. figure 1 represents the potentiostatic 89 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 polarization curves of aluminium at four temperature in range of (293-308)k. corrosion parameters such as corrosion potential , corrosion current density , anodic slope and cathodic slope are obtained from the tafel polarization curves. results are tabulated in table 2. the results indicate the increase in the corrosion current density with an increase in temperature. the negative shift in the corrosion potential with the increase in temperature indicates that the anodic process is much more affected than the cathodic process, this observation is in accordance with other published results[1,2] which proposed the dependence of and on solution parameters. the change in and reflects the mechanism of corrosion process. the electrochemical cathodic and anodic reactions of aluminium in acidic solution can be described as follows[8]. → 1 5 → 6 2 2 → 3 → 4 thus soluble complex ion formed leads to the dissolution of the metal. 3.2 effect of temperature the effect of temperature on the corrosion rate of aluminium (expressed by ) was studied by measuring the corrosion at the temperature range of (293-308)k. the dependence of the corrosion current density on temperature followed arrhenius equation[9]. ≡ / (5) which can be expressed in logarithmic form: ≡ ln (6) where a and are repectively the pre-exponential factor and the activation energy of corrosion reaction. a typical linear plot relating values of ln to the reciprocal of temperature as shown in figure 2 was obtained . the values of could be derived from the slope of the line, and when the linear plot of figure 2 was extrapolated to ln value at 0, the value of a could be obtained. table 3 represents the values of ,∆ ∗ and the pre-exponential factor for aluminium sample in 0.7 . entropy of activation ∆ ∗ was calculated from the value of using the relationship: exp ∆ ∗ (7) were is boltzman constant, is plank constant, is the universal gas constant and the absolute temperature of the solution[10,11]. 90 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the entropy of activation is negative, this implies that activated complex in the rate determining step represents association than dissociation, indicating that a decrease in disorder takes place, in going from reactants to the activated complex. figure 3 shows the typical polarization curves of aluminium in 0.6 solution containing three different concentrations of amino acid (methionine) as a green inhibitor over the temperature range (293-308)k. table (4) presents the polarization data and from these data it can be noticed that the addition of methionine caused a decrease in corrosion current densities of aluminium, the inhibition effect of methionine increases as the concentration of the inhibitor increases in the range 10 10 at all temperatures of study. table (5) shows the values of inhibition efficiencies % which were calculated from equation(8): ≡ (8) where and are corrosion current densities in absence and presence of the inhibitor respectively. 3.3: corrosion inhibition of aluminum\\ by methionine the essential effect of corrosion inhibition is because of the presence of electron donor groups (s,n,o) in the molecular structure of the methionine. it is well known that the presence of heteroatoms, for nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur in the inhibitor structure results in better inhibition[12]. also the most organic substance employed as corrosion inhibitors can adsorb on the metal surface through heteroatoms. its inhibition efficiency should follow the sequence [13] . electron pairs on the heteroatoms can be shared with metal orbitals, forming an insoluble complex that protect the surface from the aggressive ions by blocking of its corrosion sites and hence decreasing the corrosion rate [14]. the presence of pairs of free electrons on sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen atoms favours adsorption of methionine and, thus , the best efficiency of this inhibitor. the activation parameters such as activation energy ∗ and the entropy of activation ∆ ∗ in the range of the studied temperatures (293-308)k for corrosion inhibition of aluminium in 0.6 solution in the presence of various concentrations of methionine were calculated using arrhenius equation: ≡ (9) the calculated values ∗ and ∆ ∗ are summarized in table (6). in the presence of the inhibitor, an increase in ∗ values were observed, the variation of activation energy ∗ in the presence of different concentrations of methionine can be illustrated as follows[15]: higher values of ∗ were found in presence of the inhibitor than those without inhibitor, i.e., the addition of methionine raise the energy barrier for the corrosion process of aluminium in chloride acid solution[16]. it was found that there is a direct relation between the values of and a, i.e. simultaneous increase or decrease in and ln for a particular system which can be ascribed to the compensation effect which describes the kinetics of catalytic and tarnishing reaction on the metal. the entropy values of activation, ∆ ∗, in the presence of methionine are negative implying the rate determining step for the activated complex which is the association rather than 91 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 dissociation step, in addition the adsorption process is accompanied by an increase in entropy which is the driving force for the adsorption of methionine on to the aluminium surface[17]. 3.4: thermodynamic parameters of the adsorption isotherm the efficiency of organic compounds as good corrosion inhibitors depends mainly on their adsorption ability on the metal surface. basic information about the interaction between inhibitor and metal can be provided by the adsorption isotherm. the investigation of the relation between corrosion inhibition and adsorption of inhibitor is of great importance. the surface coverage table (7) and the concentration of methionine solution were tested by fitting to various isotherms like: langmuir, tempkin and freundlich. however, the fit was obtaind with langmuir isotherm as shown in figure (4) which is given by the following equation[18]. 1 (10) where is the equilibrium constant of the adsorption / desorption process, and it reflects the affinity of the inhibitor molecules towards surface adsorption sites. from the intercepts of the straight lines on the ⁄ axis fig (4) leads to the equilibrium constant for the adsorption / desorption of methionine process, table (8). the high value of reveals that the methionine molecule possesses strong adsorption ability on to the aluminium. however, decreased with an increase of temperature indicating that adsorption of methionine on to the metal surface was favorable at lower temperatures. the equilibrium constant of the adsorption / desorption was related to the standard free energy of adsorption according to the equation. ∆ 55.5 (11) where r is the universal gas constant, t is the absolute temperature, and 55.5 is concentration of water in solution. the standard free energy of adsorption was calculated and is given in table (8). generally the standard free energy of adsorption values 25 . or less negative are associated with an electrostatic interaction between charged metal surface or more negative involves charge sharing or transfer from the inhibitor molecules to the metal surface to form a coordinate covalent bond. so it can be concluded that adsorption of methionine on to aluminium surface takes place through both physical and chemical adsorption[19]. from table (4) it was clearly seen that the presence of methionine reduces the corrosion rate of aluminium in sulphuric acid solution. as its well known that different substituents on the organic molecules polarize the functional group in a different manner[11]. this indicates that the protective effect of methionine is not solely due to their reactivity with sulphuric acid in acidic media, of amino acid molecule is readily protonated to form . also the addition of amino acids with aliphatic radical r leads to decrease corrosion current density but when the radical contains heteroatom as n,o or s a decrease of corrosion current densities in the presence of methionine at 10 ,5 10 and 10 . was noted. shifts to little more negative values in the presence of methionine tested-as shown in table (7). this result indicates that the inhibitors have been adsorbed to both cathodic and anodic areas. that means methionine is mixed type inhibitor. the same results have been reported by other authers[20,21]. 92 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 then the addition of amino acids molecules in sulphuric acid solution seems that no effect on anodic behavior is observed. this result shows that the inhibitory action of these compounds depends on the potential for higher potential inhibitory character disappears. it is generally accepted that the first step in the adsorption of methionine on the metal surface usually involves the replacement of one or more water molecules adsorbed at the metal surface[22]. ⇌ 12 the inhibitor methionine may then combine with freshly generated ions on the aluminium surface, forming metal inhibitor complex[23] ⟶ 3 13 ⟶ 14 valuable information about the mechanism of corrosion inhibition can be provided by the values of thermodynamic parameters for the adsorption of inhibitor. thermodynamically, ∆ were related to the standard enthalpy, ∆ and standard entropy, ∆ according to[8]. ∆ ∆ ∆ (15) and the standard enthalpy of adsorption can be calculated on basis of the van't hoff formula: ln ∆ (16) a plot of ln .1⁄ gives a straight line as shown in fig (5). the slope of straight line is ∆ . the negative sign of ∆ reveals that the adsorption of inhibitor molecules is an exothermic process. generally, an exothermic adsorption process suggests either physisorption or chemisorption while endothermic process is attributed to chemisorption. the unshared electron pairs in investigated molecules may interact with p-orbitals of aluminium to provide a protective chemisorbed film[16]. the values of ∆ in the presence of inhibitor are negative that is accompanied with exothermic adsorption process. ∆ of inhibitor can be calculated from equation (8) according to[8] following formula . ∆ ∆ ∆ 17 3.5: optical microscopy observation the surface morphology of aluminium specimens exposed to acid chloride solution in absence and presence of methionine for two hours was examined by optical microscope technique. figure (6) showed the image of aluminium surface which immersed in the aggressive solution with and without the addition of 10 mol. dm-3 of methionine. it can be observed that the specimen surface was strongly damaged in absence of inhibitor due to metal dissolution in the aggressive solution. a number of pits distributed over the surface are seen figure (6c). however, no pits and cracks were observed in the micrograph after the addition of inhibitor to the aggressive solution figure (6b). inhibitor molecules adsorbed on active 93 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 sites of al and a smoother surface was observed when compared to the surface treated with uninhibited acid chloride solution. references 1. nasim ziaifer, jila talatmehrabad and farzad arjomendirad (2011). "aluminium corrosion inhibitors in acidic media", j.basic appl. sci. res, 1(12) 2886-2888. 2. sahaya. a. raja, rajendean, s.; sathiyabama, j. and angel p. (2014). "corrosion control by aminoactic acid (glycine) an over view, international journal of innovatine research in science, engineering and technology. 3, 4, 11455-11467. 3. panchal, v.a.; patel, a.s.; trivedi, p.t. and shah, n.k. (2012). "corrosion inhibition of al-mg alloy in hydrochloric acid using benzylamine n. (p-methoxy benzylidene" j. mater. environ. sci 3(2) (360-373). 4. musa, a.y.; mohamad, a.b.; kadhumand, a.a.h., and tabal, y.b.a. (2011) "inhibition of aluminium alloy corrosion in 0.5 nitric acid solution by 4-4-dimethyloxalidine-2thione jounrnal of mater. engin. and per for, 20(3), 294. 5. ingrid milosev, jasminka pavlinac, milan hodosceek and antonija lesar (2013). "amino acids as corrosion inhibitors for copper in acid medium: experimental and theoretical study" j. serb. chem. soci. 78(12) 2069-2086. 6. ashassi-sorkhabi, h.; ghasemi, z., and scifzadeh, d. (2005). "the inhibition effect of some amino acids towards the corrosion of aluminium in 1m hcl+1m h2so4 solution", applied surface science 249, 408-418. 7. zhang, d.q.; cai, q.r.; he, x.m.; gao, l.x. and kim, g.s. (2009). "corrosion inhibition and adsorption behavior of methionine on copper in hcl and synergistic effect of zinc ions", materials chemistry and physics, 114 (612-617). 8. deepa prabhu and padmalatha rao (2014). "corrosion behavior of 6063 aluminium alloy in acidic and in alkaline media" arabian journal of chemistry, (1-9). 9. murgulesen, l.g. and rdovi, o. (1961). "metal corrosion", int. congr. 10-5 april, london, 202-205. 10. zarrouki, a.; warad. i. and hamouti. b. (2012), "kinetic parameters of activation, int, j. electrochem. sci, 5, 1516-1526. 11. trowsdale, a. j.; nabel, b.; harris, s.j.; gibbins, i.s.r.; thompson ,g.e. and wood, g.c., (1996). "the influence of silicon carbide reinforcement on the pitting behavior of aluminium" corros. sci. 2,. 177-191. 12. mihit., m.; bazzi, l.; salghi. r.; hammouti b.; elissami s. and ait adds., e. (2008). "some tetrazolic compounds as corrosion inhibitors for copper in nitric acid medium" int. sci. althern. energ. ecology 62, 173 . 13. moretti, g.; guidi ,f. (2002) '' tryptophan as copper corrosion inhibitor in 0.5 m aerated sulfuric acid' corros. sci. 44, 1995. 14. khaled, k.f.; fadl-allah., s.a. and hammouti., b. (2009) ""some benzotriazole , drivatives as corrosion inhibitors for copper in acidic medium : experimental and quantum chemical molecular dynamics approach" materials chemistry and physics 117 148-155. 15. barouni, k.; kassale, a.; albourine,a.; jbara, o.; hammouti, b. and bazzi l. (2014). "amino acids as corrosion inhibitors for copper in nitric acid medium: experimental and theoretical study" j.mater. environ. sci. 5(2),. 456-463. 16. aplya,s. ;fakrudeen, p.; ananda murthyh, c. and bheema ratu. v., (2012). "corrosion inhibition of aa 6061 and 6063 alloys in hydrochloric acid medium by schiff base compound", journal of the chilean chemical society, 57, 4, 1364-1370. 17. fouda, a. s.; shalabi, k. and mohamed. n.h. (2014). "corrosion inhibition of aluminium in hydrochloric acid solutions using some chalcone derivatives" international j. of innovative research in science, engineering and technology, vol 3, 9861-9875. 18. kliskic, m.; radosevic, j. and gridic. s.(1997)."pyridine and its derivatives as inhibitors of aluminium corrosion in chloride solution". j. appl. electrochem.. 27, 947-952. 94 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 19. ghongli, x.; deng., sh. and huifu (2011). "sodium molbydate as corrosion inhibitor for aluminium in solution j. corrosion science. 53 (2748-2753). 20. achutha kini, u.; prakash shctty, divakara shetty, s. and arun isloor., m. (2011). "corrosion inhibition of 6061 aa/sicp composite in hydrochloric acid medium using. 3chloro-1-benzothiophene-2-carbohydrazide". 18, 439-445. 21. sorkhabi, a.; majidi, h. and seyyedi., m.r., k. (2004). "investigation of inhibition effect of some aminoacids against steel corrosion in hcl solution", applied surface science,.225 (1-4), 176-185. 22. lebe nnanna, a.; onyinyechi, nwadiuko, c.; nneka ekekwe., d.; chibneze ukpadi., f., solomon udensi., c., kelechukwu okema., b., beniah onwugba., n. and ihebrodike mejeha m. (2011). "adsorption and inhibitive properties of leaf exract of new bouldia leavis as green inhibitor for aluminium alloy in ", american journal of materials science 1(2), 143-148. 23. shrier., l.l. (1976). "over potential, corrosion metal/ environments reactions", newnes, butterworths, boston,. 1, 35. table (1): the chemical composition of pure aluminium si fe cu mn mg cr ni zn ga v 0.07 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.001 0.009 0.005 table (2): data of polarization curve for corrosion of pure aluminium in . . solution at . over the temperature range (293-308)k. t/k .⁄ ⁄ ⁄ decade-1 ⁄ decade-1 weight loss/ . . penetration loss/ .year-1 293 129 634 528.3 47.1 10.3 1.4 298 163 678 777.6 44.2 13.1 1.78 303 203 696 303.1 44.5 16.3 2.21 308 326 739 195.9 64.7 26.2 3.55 table (3): activation energy , pre-exponential and entropy of activation ∆ ∗ for pure aluminium corrosion in . . solution in . . .⁄ ∆ ∗ . . a/molecule . 44.86 57 602300000001023 95 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (4): values of , with different concentrations of methionine at temperature range (293-308) k in . t/k inhibitor . . ⁄ .⁄ 293 0 634 129 1 10 667.9 59.98 5 10 630 54 1 10 624 43.73 298 0 678 163 1 10 654 82.44 5 10 654 74.75 1 10 622 58 303 0 696 203 1 10 645.9 103.66 5 10 685 94 1 10 654 76 308 0 739 326 1 10 674 179.96 5 10 688 171 1 10 678 131.7 96 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (5): values of inhibitor efficiencies (ie%) calculated from . for pure aluminium in . conc. of methionine t/k ie% from . 1 10 293 53.6 298 50 303 49 308 45 5 10 293 58.2 298 54.2 303 53.7 308 48 1 10 293 66.2 298 64.5 303 62.6 308 60 table (6): activation energy ,pre-exponential factor and entropy of activation ∆ ∗ for the corrosion of pure aluminium in the value 0.7 in . . solution and different concentrations of l-methionine. conc.of l-methionine . .⁄ ∆ ∗ . . a/molecule . 1 10 45.96 52.25 954581169801023 5 10 48.83 48.45 1697512040001023 1 10 51.7 37.62 60230000001023 table (7): chosen corrosion parameter, degree of surface coverage and corrosion inhibition efficiency for pure aluminium in . . solution in . with different concentrations of methionine at various temperature. t/k . meth. . ⁄ .⁄ ie% 293 0 634 129 1 10 667.9 59.98 0.53 53.6 5 10 630 54 0.58 58.2 1 10 624 43.73 0.66 66.2 298 0 678 163 1 10 654 82.44 0.50 50 5 10 654 74.75 0.54 54.2 1 10 622 58 0.64 64.5 303 0 696 203 1 10 645.9 103.66 0.49 49 5 10 685 94 0.53 53.7 1 10 654 76 0.62 62 308 0 739 326 1 10 674 179.96 0.45 45 5 10 688 171 0.48 48 1 10 678 131.7 0.60 60 97 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (8): equilibrium constant adsorption / desorption, standard free energy, enthalpy and entropy of adsorption onto pure aluminium in . . solution in . in the presence of methionine at various concentrations. t/k k ∆ . ∆ . ∆ . . 293 1666.7 26.75 26 180.03 298 1428 27.20 178.83 303 1111 27.70 177.23 308 1000 28.12 175.7 98 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (1): polarization curves of pure al corrosion in ph=0.7 with (0.6 mol.dm-3) nacl solution at four temperatures in the range of (293-308)k. fig. (2): arrhenius plot relating log (icorr) to 1/t for the corrosion of pure al in the ph = 0.7 in presence of (0.6 mol.dm-3) nacl over the temperature range (293 – 308) k. 3.2e-3 3.2e-3 3.3e-3 3.3e-3 3.4e-3 3.4e-3 3.5e-3 1/t 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 l o g ( ic o rr ) y = -2057.14 * x + 9.09428 r-squared = 0.999691 99 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (a) (b) (c) fig. (3): the typical polarization curves of pure al in with (0.6 mol.dm-3) nacl solution containing of l-methionine as inhibitor (a= 110-3, b = 510-3, c =110-2 mol.dm-3) over the temperature rang (293-308)k. 100 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (4): langmuir adsorption plots of l-methionine on the pure al in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution at various temperature. fig. (5):van't hoff plot pure al in 0.6 mol. dm-3 nacl solution containing l-methionine in ph = 0.7 3.2e-3 3.2e-3 3.3e-3 3.3e-3 3.4e-3 3.4e-3 3.5e-3 1/t 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 l n ( k a d s .) 101 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (a)before any treatment (b)with inhibitor 110-2 . . (c) 0.6 . solution at 0.7 fig. (6): typical microstructure of pure aluminium in the corroded medium at . , magnification power 400 102 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 اعاقة تآكل األلمنيوم في المحيط الحامضي باستعمال الحامض االميني المثيونين وصال عبد العزيز عيسى زينب وجدي احمد الكيمياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم) / جامعة بغداد قسم 2015/حزيران/7قبل البحث في:، 2015/نيسان/26استلم البحث في: الخالصة لكلوريد 0.7يتناول موضوع البحث دراسة كھروكيميائية لسلوك تآكل االلمنيوم في محلول حامضي 0.6الصوديوم بتركيز بغياب ووجود تراكيز مختلفة من الحامض االميني المثيونين كمثبط صديق للبيئة . ) كما اشتملت الدراسة على طريقة االستقطاب الكھروكيميائي باستعمال جھاز 308k-293على مدى درجات الحرارة ( المجھاد الساكن والمجھر الضوئي. كيز المثبط لكنھا تقل بزيادة درجة الحرارة. اظھرت النتائج ان التثبيط يحدث من خالل وجد ان كفاءة التثبيط تزداد بزيادة تر langmuirامتزاز جزيئات المثبط على سطح الفلز (االلمنيوم) ووجد بأنھا تتبع مسار درجة الحرارة لالمتزاز لالنكمير ( isotherm for adsorption وطاقة التنشيط ∆). وقد تم حساب بعض المعلمات الثرموديناميكية∆ mixed type)لتوضيح ميكانيكة تثبيط التآكل. قياسات االستقطاب اوضحت بأن المثيونين مثبط من النوع المختلط inhibitor) ) وقد تم تمييز سطح الفلز قبل وبعد التثبيط بواسطة المجھر الضوئيoptical microscope.( المثيونين، ميكانيكية تثبيط التآكل ، المعلمات الثرموديناميكية.: االلمنيوم، الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 141-151 141 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 cyclops scutifer g. o. sarsتسجيل جديد للنوع (copepodacycolpoida) ودراسة تأثير نوعية الغذاء في دورة حياة النوع لفتة الدوريميسلون نبراس لفتة الدوري / جامعة بغداد(ابن الھيثم) – قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014/ تشرين الثاني /24, قبل البحث في : 2014/حزيران /24استلم البحث في : الخالصة .cyclops scutifer g. oلغرض دراسة تأثير نوعية األغذية في نمو وتكاثر القشريات تم اوالً اختيار النوع sars الذي ُصنف بأنه اول تسجيل في العراق لذلك وإلجراء التجربة عليه تمت تربيته وتصنيفه. ولمعرفة تأثير نوعية، غذية، المجموعة األولى كلوروفيل فحسب والمجموعة الثانية الغذاء على ھذا النوع فقد أختيرت ثالث مجاميع من األ والمجموعة الثالثة كانت كلوروفيل مع يرقات البعوض في مراحلھا األولى. وبعد جمع parameciumكلوروفيل مع وانات وانتاجھا، أظھرت النتائج ان لنوعية الغذاء تأثيراً كبيراً في نمو الحي (f test)النتائج واجراء االختبار االحصائي لھا فكان تأثيرھا واضحا على مراحل النمو والتحوالت من مرحلة الى أخرى وعدد البيوض والمدة بين حضنة وحضنة واستمرار حياتھا واعدادھا. القشريات و مجذافية األقدام و نوعية الغذاء و الھائمات الحيوانية.الكلمات المفتاحية: 142 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة التي تعيش في مجتمع واحد، وھذا copepoda ھناك اختالف بيئي وتركيبي واضح بين مجذافبة األقدام االختالف يجعلھا تختلف ايضاً من ناحية التكيف للظروف البيئية المختلفة كالعوامل الكيميائية والفيزيائية وكذلك نوعية ھنا جاءت أھمية ھذه الدراسة، أذ انھا من الدراسات النادرة في ]. من1وكثافة الغذاء وھذا يؤثر في انتاجھا ودورة حياتھا [ العراق وھي دراسة تأثير نوعية الغذاء في حياتية ونمو نوع من القشريات لما تمثله ھذه الحيوانات من أھمية كبيرة في بيئة ]. 4، 3، 2فيزيائية والسلوكية [المياه العراقية فكانت الدراسات تتركز على تصنيفھا وتأثير بعض العناصر الكيميائية وال ھو اول cyclops scutifer g. o. sars 1863وتجدر اإلشارة الى ان النوع الذي أجريت عليه التجارب )ْ م 19-10تسجيل في العراق. وتم اختيار ھذا النوع لمدى تحمله الواسع لدرجات الحرارة فھو يتحمل درجات حرارة من ( ]. وله ظھور 6خالل الموسم [ naupliiأشھر الى سنة كاملة ويتكاثر شتاء" وتظھر يرقات 6] ويعيش مدة طويلة من 5[ ]، يتغذى ھذا النوع على صغار يرقات 7بنحو واضح ولم توثق عليه حالة السبات [ resting eggsللبيوض الساكنة والطحالب، وتعد dinoflagellidaوقديرة االسواط artemiaو cladoceraالحشرات الصغيرة والمتفرعة اللوامس ].8، فعند فحص قناتھا الھضمية وجدت بقايا ھذه االبتدائيات والحيوانات [omnivorousطريقة تغذيته قارتة المواد وطرائق العمل 2013اعتمدت ھذه الدراسة على عينات جمعت من بحيرة جزيرة بغداد الصناعية في شھر كانون الثاني للعام . ُعزلت اناث انواع مجذافية األقدام phميالدي وبعد قياس درجة حرارة الماء والھواء والشفافية واالس الھيدروجيني copepoda تحت المجھر المركبcompound microscope وعزل منھا 9عتماد المفتاح التصنيفي [شخصت بأ ،[ ، وتمت تربيته في المختبر بظروف مشابھة لبيئته، ُعزلت حوامل ھذا النوع cyclops scutifer sars 1863النوع ، ُعلقت 335µووضعت كل واحدة في انبوبة مفتوحة الطرفين وبعد غلق احد األطراف بقطعة من شبكة الھائمات الحيوانية ، وبعدد ثالثين water tap over nightيحتوي على مياه الحنفية المتروك ليلة كاملة 3سم 50بيكر سعة االنبوبة في ]، ثُبتت 10ساعة للمحافظة على نسبة ثابتة لالوكسجين [ 48بيكرا" الجراء التجربة مع مالحظة تبديل مياه البيكر كل ) واضافة aوذلك باضافة الكلوروفيل فقط لعشرة بيكرات (م. تمت عملية التحكم بالغذاء °1± م °15درجة الحرارة الى ) واضيفت يرقات البعوض (المراحل األولى) bوالكلوروفيل لعشرة بيكرات أخرى ( parameciumالبرامسيوم ). وجرت متابعة العينات الثالثين في اثناء مراحل النمو وتسجيل مالحظات عن cوالكلوروفيل الى عشرة بيكرات أخرى ( بين جميع النتائج عند fا ونموھا وانتقالھا من مرحلة الى مرحلة أخرى لمدة ستة أشھر، وقد تم اجراء اختبار اعدادھ 0.05مستوى داللة والمجموعة التي تغذت على aلغرض تسھيل قراءة النتائج سميت المجموعة التي تغذت على الكلوروفيل فقط بـ . cة التي تمت تغذيتھا على يرقات البعوض األولى والكوروفيل بـ والمجموع bالبرامسيوم والكلوروفيل بـ النتائج -0.9أول تسجيل في العراق، فكانت االنثى بطول يتراوح بين بوصفهcyclops scutifer تضمنت النتائج دراسة النوع قطعة. 17بعدد قطع antennuleملم، اما من الناحية المظھرية فله لويمسات 1.4-0.8ا الذكر فكان بطول ملم، ام 1.6 زوائد ذنبية ويصل طولھا الى أربع مرات العرض، الرجل caudal ramiفي الجھة الظھرية لقطعة ridgeوھناك جسر apical -subوشوكة تحت القمية apical setaا" مكونة من قطعتين الخارجية منھا تحمل ھلبا" قمي legth 5الخامسة spine .ًالتي ھي بطول القطعة تقريبا ) ھي i ،ii ،iii ،ivلألرجل األربع األولى ( endopoditeوالداخلي exopoditeعدد القطع للجزء الخارجي . exopoditeلألرجل الثالث فھي خمسة اھالب في القطعة األخيرة الخارجية setaeثالث قطع جميعھا. أما عدد االھالب ويمكن ان تميز ھذا النوع من بين عدد كبير من األنواع عن طريق ظھور للحلقتين األخيرتين للمنطقة الرأسية ة، وتجدر في قاعدة الرجل الرابع setaeمع وجود كثيف لالھالب highly pointedالصدرية بصورة بروز واضح . اإلشارة الى ان لونه شفاف في الحاالت الطبيعية عند دراسة تأثير نوعية الغذاء في انتاج ھذا النوع فقد ُحسب عدد البيوض اوالً قبل طرحھا ،فوجد معدل أعدادھا ). 1، شكل 1بيضة (جدول 24.3فھي cبيضة وللمجموعة 18.8فكانت bاما في aبيضات للمجموعة 8.6لكل حضنة بيضة واناث أخرى 16كانت تحمل كيسا" واحدا" فحسب فيه aوتمت مالحظة ان بعض اناث الجيل الثاني في المجموعة بيضة. 13بيضة واآلخر 18تحمل كيسين في احدھما يرقة 19.6و bيرقة للمجموعة 14.4و aيرقة للمجموعة 4.6كانت بمعدل naupliiأما حساب عدد يرقات 4.5فكانت اعدادھا بمعدل copipodid). اما اليرقات التي نجحت بالوصول الى مرحلة 2، شكل 2جدول ( cللمجموعة ) التي نجحت بالوصول الى البالغات فكانت 3، شكل 3(جدول cللمجموعة 20.4و bللمجموعة 13.5و aللمجموعة ) الى 5). ويشير الشكل (4، شكل 4(جدول cللمجموعة 19.4و bللمجموعة 10.3و aفرد للمجموعة 1.2بمعدالت 3.7مقارنة واضحة بين االعداد من مرحلة البيوض وحتى البالغات. وعند حساب مدة طرح الحضنة باليوم وجد انھا بمعدل 143 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ). اما عند حساب مدة 6، شكل 6(جدول cيوم كمعدل للمجموعة 1.15و bيوم للمجموعة 1.7بمعدل aأيام للمجموعة يوما" على التوالي 18.5، 18.9، 19.4ھي cو bو aباليوم فكانت معدل المجاميع copipodidالى naupliiالنمو من على cو bو aأيام للمجاميع 9.8، 13.6، 32باليوم كانت adultالى copipodid) ومدة النمو من 7، شكل 7(جدول bو aحضنات للمجاميع 5.0، 2.6، 0.5). وتم حساب عد الحضنات لكل انثى فكانت بمعدل 8، شكل 8التوالي (جدول ).10، شكل 10على التوالي (جدول cو 4.6، 12.2، 0.0، وكانت cو bو aاما الُمدد بين حضنة وحضنة أخرى فتم حساب معدالتھا للمجاميع الثالث ). وُعزلت اعداد الذكور واالناث الفراد الجيل الثاني للعينات تحت التجربة ، فكان 11، شكل 11ول أيام على التوالي (جد 10.9، 5.3، 1.0اما اعداد االناث فكانت بمعدالت cو bو aذكور للمجاميع الثالث 6.4، 3.5، 0.6معدل اعداد الذكور فشلت في aاإلشارة الى ان افراد من المجموعة ) وتجدر 12، شكل 12على التوالي (جدول cو bو aاناث للمجاميع المتقدمة ولم تستطع الوصول الى مرحلة copipodidالوصول الى البالغات ، فتم تسجيل موت بعضھا في المراحل الـ ). كما تم تسجيل نمو سريع للذكور مقارنة مع االناث. 4، شكل 4البالغات اال بأعداد قليلة جداً (جدول ل اإلحصائية كانت أجمعھا ذات فروقات معنوية واضحة بين كل القياسات ما عدا التحليل االحصائي نتائج التحلي ، ومدة طرح 0.05فكانت أجمعھا فروقات غير معنوية عند مستوى الداللة copipodidالى naupliiلحساب ُمدة النمو من مستوى الداللة نفسه.ايضاً فروقات غير معنوية عند cوالمجموعة bالحضنة بين المجموعة م واالس °19م ودرجة حرارة الھواء °16وعند قياس درجة حرارة المسطح المائي عند جمع العينات منه كانت م.1.74والشفافية 7.8فكان phالھيدروجيني المناقشة foodتختلف بينھا في عادات التغذية copipodidو naupliiبنحو عام ويرقاتھا cyclopsبالغات انواع جنس habits فالبالغات اما مفترسةcarnivorous أو قارتةomnivorous في حين اليرقاتnauplii وحتىcopipodid iii ] وبخالف 5]، ومن الممكن ان يھبط نمو أي حيوان سريعاً بسبب تحديد نوع الغذاء له [11تتغذى على الطحالب عادة [ ع الغذاء فأن استجابة نمو الحيوان تكون أوسع بشرط ان يكون ھذا التنوع مفيداً، وقد وجد ان االناث اكثر ذلك عند تعدد نو ].، كذلك حجم المادة الغذائية مھم ايضاً والسيما للمراحل اليرقية 12خصوبة في أثناء الربيع بسبب تنوع المادة الغذائية [ nuaplii فھي تتغذى عادة على حجم غذاء اقل منµm 40 وباستعمال غذاء اكبر فأن ھذه اليرقات ،nauplii قد تفشل ].copipodid ]13بالنمو الى مرحلة ھذا يدعم النظرية التي تقول ان cوھذه عن المجموعة bعند المجموعة aان نقص عدد البيوض في المجموعة مصادر الغذاء يتناسب طردياً مع معدل انتاج ] فان تتعدد14معدل انتاج البيوض محدد بنحو كبير بنوع الغذاء وتركيزه [ يجعل انتاجھا للبيوض أعلى bكغذاء مع الكلوروفيل في المجموعة paramecium]. وان وجود البرامسيوم 15البيوض [ يجعلھا األفضل في انتاج البيوض وذلك الن نسبة المواد c، وجود يرقات البعوض األولى في المجموعة aمن مجموعة ].19، 18نية تتناسب طردياً مع اإلنتاج فكلما زادت ھذه النسبة تزداد اإلنتاجية [البروتي لم تسجل فروق معنوية بينھا ، copipodidالتي نجحت في الوصول الى naupliiوعند حساب مدة نمو يرقات يبات المتمثلة بالبرامسيوم ذلك الن وجود الھد cو bو aولكن لوحظت الفروق المعنوية بين اعدادھا في المجاميع الثالث paramecium في المجموعةb ] اما 20جعلھا تنمو بنحو أفضل فھي تمدھا بالكاربون الضروري لھذه المرحلة ،[ التي تتغذى على المراحل األولى iv copipodidو vفكانت أفضل الجميع وھذا يعود الى اعداد مراحل cالمجموعة تتغذى على الحيوانات الصغيرة تنمو بنحو افضل ونوع الغذاء يؤثر في نسبة المواليد ليرقات البعوض، فالمجذافيات التي في الجداول cو bو a]. وھذا يفسر الفروقات المعنوية الواضحة بين المجاميع الثالث 21والوفيات الي مجتمع سكاني [ الغات على الحيوانات الصغيرة تتغذى مع الب iv copipodidو v) فان المجذافيات في المراحل 8، 5، 4واالشكال ( يتأثر بنحو copipodid]. وھناك فرضية تقول ان نمو المراحل المتأخرة من 23، 22ويرقات الحشرات كغذاء متكامل [ وھذا يعود الى نقص كمية a) يظھر موت البالغات في المجموعة 4] وفي الشكل (16كبير بتراكيز المواد البروتينية [ ].24البروتين التي تعد ضرورية الستمرار نموھا وحياتھا بنحو طبيعي [ ) فھذا يعني ان نوع 11، 10، 9، 6في الجداول واالشكال ( cو bو aالفروقات المعنوية بين المجاميع الثالث الحضنة فغذاء المجذافيات على كائنات الغذاء يؤثر كذلك في عدد الحضنات والمدة بين حضنة وحضنة أخرى ومدة طرح ] ويزيد 25وفيتامينات يجعلھا تتكاثر بشكل اسرع وافضل [ amino acidو sterolesو fatty acidتحوي اجسامھاً ]، ويعتمد االنتاج ايضاً على حجم المادة 26انتاج البيوض والقابلية على التكاثر عند إضافة يرقات البعوض الى غذائھا [ لغذاء على اليرقات األولى للبعوض يعطي كتلة حيّة فعلية اكبر من الغذاء على الھدبيات فحسب وبالتالي يؤثر ھذا الغذائية فا ].27في األنتاج [ ]. ھذا النوع 28بلغت اعداد االناث اعلى من اعداد الذكور، وھذه النسبة طبيعية في المجذافيات بشكل عام [ ات الحرارة اذ انه يوجد في مناطق منجمدة وھو يتحمل الدرجات الحرارية يستطيع ان يتحمل ظروفا" مختلفة من درج ] ، ويزداد نشاطه عند ارتفاع درجة الحرارة اكثر فتتحول مرحلة 29م [°15الدافئة و يتحمل درجات حرارية أعلى من nauplii الىcopepodid 30م [°20أيام عندما تكون درجة الحرارة 54في مدة.[ 144 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 قطعة، والرجل الخامسة مكونة 17له لويمسات مكونة من cyclops scutifer] الى ان ھذا النوع 31وقد أشار [ وھي بطول القطعة تقريباً. sub-apical spineوشوكة تحت القمية apical setaمن قطعتين الخارجية تحمل ھلب قمي عيش على أعماق متوسطة ، فھو وت omnivorous] ان ھذا النوع من الحيوانات تقتات غذاءھا 32وقد سجل [ ] ان من الواضح تمييز ھذا النوع عن طريق البروز الواضح للحلقتين 33. وقد أكد [meta-hypolimnionيعيش األخيرتين للمنطقة الرأسية الصدرية ولونه شفاف وقد يتحول لبعض األسباب الى األحمر أو األخضر وكذلك طول االنثى .1.00.8اما الذكر 1.60.9بين المصادر 1neves, p.; nogueira, g and serafim, m. g. (2010). size variation in the morphological structure of thermocyclops decipiens (kiefer 1929) (copepoda: cyclopoida) from south-east brazilian rivers. braz. j. aquat. sci. technol., 14(2): 105-107. ). تأثير عنصر الرصاص على حياتية 1999باصات، صباح فرج؛ علي، زينب حسين وأسماعيل، عباس مرتضى ( -2 .289-282): 5(3. مجلة الفتح، daphnia magna strausبرغوث الماء daphnia). تأثير عنص الكادميوم والكروم في بعض جوانب الحياة لبرغوث الماء 2008الرديني، وشاح منير ( -3 pelix .واستخدام الزنك كمثبط لسميتھا. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية /ابن الھيثم، جامعة بغداد macrocyclops abidus). دراسة كفاءة االفتراس من قبل القشري 2011العبادي، فاطمة علي غانم ( -4 (copepoda: cyclopoida) (jurine) ليرقات البعوضculex quinquefasciatus say تأثير نوع الفريسة في و الجوانب الحياتية. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية /ابن الھيثم، جامعة بغداد. 5-waervagen, s. b. and nilssen, j. p. (2010). life histories and seasonal dynamic of common boreal pelagic copepods (crustaceae, copepoda) inhabit on oligotrophic fennoscandian lake. j. limnd, 69(2): 311-332. 6boers, j.j. and cater, j. c. (2011). life history of cyclops scutifer sars (copepoda, cyclopoida) in small lake of matmaek river system, quebec. can. j. zool., 56(12): 26032607. 7elgmor, k. k. and aringre (2004). life cycle of the freshwater, planktonic copepod cyclops scutifer sars on a north south gradient in north america. j. hydrobiologia, 529: 3784. 8niehoff, b. (2004). the effect of food limitation on gonad development and egg production of the planktonic copepod calanus finmarchicous. j. exper. marine biol., 307: 237-259. 9harding, j. p. and smith, w. a. (1974). a key to the british freshwater cyclopoid and calanoid copepods 2nd ed. freshwater biolog. assoc. scient. pupl., no. 18: 54 pp. daphnia). تأثير بعض العوامل البيئية في بعض الجوانب الحياتية لبرغوث الماء 1980االحد، صباح فرج ( عبد -10 lumholtzi sars (crustacea: cladocera).رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد . 11freyer, g. (1986). the food of some freshwater cyclopid-copepods and itʼs ecological significance. amar. mid. & naturalist, 115 (2). 12czeczaga, b. and kozlowska, m. (2002). fertility of eudiaptomus, bosmina and daphnia (crustacea) representatives in lakes of varied tropic state in suwalki district. polish j. enver. stud., 11(1): 23-31. 13kumar, r. and roshan, t. r. (1998). post-embryonic development rates as a function of food type in the cyclopoid: copepod mesocyclops thermocyclopoides harada. j. plankt. res., 20: 271-287. 145 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 14santhanam, p.; jeyaraj, n. and jothiraj, k. (2013). effect of temperature and algal food on egg production and hatching of copepod, paracalanus parvus. j. envir. biol., 34: 243-246. 15bonnet, d. and carlotti, f. (2001). development and egg production in centropages typicus (copepoda: calanoida) fed different food types, a laboratory study. marine ecolog. progr. ser., 224: 133-148. 16-sanders, r. w. and wickham, s. a. (1993). planktonic protozoa and metazoa: predation food quality and population control. marine microb. food web., 7(2): 197-223. 17vehmaa, a.; kermp, a.; tamminen, t.; hogfors, h.; spilling, k. and engstrom, j. (2012). copepd rebroduction success in spring-bloom communities with modified diatom and dinoflagellates dominance. j. marine sci., 69:351-357. 18hanno, s.; dietmar, s.; rainer, h. bernd, s. h. and ulrich, e. (2007). population dynamic of freshwater calaoid copepod; complex responses to changes in tropic status and climate variability. limnol. & oceanogr. j., 52: 2364-2372. 19nandini, s. and sarma, s. (2007). effect of algal and animal diets on life history of the freshwater copepod eucyclops serrulatus (fisher, 1851). aquat. ecol., 41: 75-84. 20jones, r. h. and flynn, k. j. (2005). nutritional status and diet composition affect the value of diatomus as copepod prey. sci. magaz., 307(5714): 1457-1459. 21hansen, a. m. (2000). response of ciliates and cryptomonas to the spring cohort of a cyclopoid: copepod in a shallow hyper eutrophic lake. j. plankt. res., 22: 185-203. 22santer, b. and hansen, a. m. (2006). diapaus of cyclops vicinus (uljanin) in lake sobygard indication of a risk-spreading stratygy. hydrobiologia, 560: 217-226. 23charllys, b. c.; do silva, b. g.; de assis, t. b. and lopez, l. s. (2013). effect of predation by the copepod mesocyclops ogunnus on the six ratio of mosquito aedes albopicuts. hydrobiologia, 705(1): 55-61. 24argaiz, v.; medina, m. j. m. and carrillo, p. (2002). linking life history strategies and ontogenyin crustacean zooplankton. j. ecol., 83: 1899-1914. 25müller-navarra, d. c. (2008). food web paradigms the biochemical view on tropic interaction. j. hydrobiol., 93:489-505. 26phong, t. v. and tuno, n. (2008). coparative evolution of fecundity and survivorship of six (copepod a-cyclopoida) species, in relation to selection of candidate biological control agent aedes aegypti.j. americ. mosquito contr. assoc., 24(1): 6169. 27brandle, z. and ferand, c. h. (1975). food consumption and utilization in two freshwater cyclops copepods (mesocyclops edxa and cyclops vicinus). j. hydrobiol., 60: 471-494. 28andrews, t. f. (1948). seasonal variation in relative abundance of cyclops vernalis fischer, cyclops bicuspidatus claus and mesocyclops leuckarti in western lake erie. ohio j. sci., 53: 91-100. 29nauwerck, a. (1994). cyclops scutifer sars in lake latnjajaure, swedish lapland. j. hydrobiol., 274: 101-114. 146 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 30pasternak, a. f. and arashkerich, e. (1999). resting stages in the life cycle of eudiaptomus graciloides (lill). copepoda-calanoid in lake glubokoe. j. plankt. res., 21: 309-325. 31strikler, j. r. and ball, a. k. (1973). seta of the first antenna of copepod cyclops scutifer (sars) their structure and importance. proc. nall. acad. sci. usa, 70: 2656-2659. 32allain, b. and beisner, b. e. (2007). zooplankton biodiversity and lake trophic state. explantion in vo king resource abundance and distribution. ecol. j., 88: 1675-1686. 33johnson, c. r.; oʼbrien, w. j. and macintyre, s. (2007). ventricle and temporal distribution of two copepod species, cyclops scutifer and diaptomus pribilofensis, in 24 h. arctic day light. j. plankt. res., 29: 275-289. nauplei): عدد يرقات 2(رقمجدول د البيوض قبل طرح الحضنة ): عد1(رقم جدول adult): عدد البالغات 4(رقم جدول copipodid ): عدد3(رقم جدول c b a 19 14 8 1 21 16 6 2 22 14 6 3 24 13 4 4 20 12 5 5 19 18 7 6 22 16 5 7 19 14 4 8 26 13 2 9 22 14 3 10 المعدل 4.6 14.4 19.6 c b a 22 18 9 1 24 19 8 2 26 17 11 3 26 20 7 4 22 18 9 5 25 21 11 6 24 21 8 7 22 19 9 8 28 18 6 9 24 17 8 10 المعدل 8.6 18.8 24.3 c b a 19 14 7 1 21 15 6 2 20 14 5 3 23 12 4 4 18 10 4 5 18 16 6 6 21 16 5 7 18 13 4 8 26 11 1 9 20 14 3 10 المعدل 4.5 13.5 20.4 c b a 18 12 3 1 20 12 0 2 19 10 2 3 22 9 0 4 20 8 2 5 17 10 0 6 19 14 1 7 16 9 0 8 24 8 3 9 19 11 1 10 المعدل 1.2 10.3 19.4 147 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 nauplei ←copipodid):مدة النمو من 7(رقم جدول ): مدة طرح الحضنة/ يوم 6(رقم جدول ): عدد الحضنات لكل انثى10(رقم جدول (يوم) copipodid adult←): مدة النمو من 8(رقمجدول ): المدة بين حضنة واخرى/ يوم11(رقم جدول c b a 21 20 18 1 18 21 19 2 19 22 21 3 14 19 20 4 17 18 21 5 21 14 18 6 20 18 17 7 17 21 19 8 18 20 21 9 20 16 20 10 المعدل 19.4 18.9 18.5 c b a 1.5 2 4 1 1.5 1.5 4 2 1 1.5 3 3 0.5 1 4 4 1 1 5 5 2 3 2 6 1 137 1 2.5 4 8 0.5 2.5 5 9 1.5 2 3 10 المعدل 3.7 1.7 1.15 c b a 11 15 30 1 12 13 0 2 11 12 27 3 10 14 0 4 10 14 20 5 9 13 0 6 8 15 28 7 11 16 0 8 7 13 29 9 9 11 26 10 المعدل 32 13.6 9.8 c b a 6 4 1 1 7 3 0 2 6 4 1 3 5 3 0 4 4 2 5 4 4 0 6 6 2 7 4 2 0 8 4 1 1 9 4 1 10 المعدل 0.5 2.6 5 c b a 5 7 1 4 9 2 48-3 5 11 4 5 13 5 3 8 6 3 14 7 6 13 8 5 19 9 6 20 10 المعدل 12.2 4.6 148 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ): عدد الذكور واالناث البالغات12(رقم جدول c b a ♂ ♀ ♂ ♀ ♂ ♀ 6 9 4 6 1 2 1 7 11 4 5 2 6 9 1 7 0 2 3 6 11 4 5 4 7 10 3 4 1 1 5 5 11 3 5 6 7 12 5 8 1 0 7 4 11 3 4 8 7 15 4 4 1 1 9 7 10 4 5 0 1 10 المعدل 1 0.6 5.3 3.5 10.9 6.5 a ، تتغذى على كلوروفيل فقطb تتغذى علىparamecium ،كلوروفيل +c تتغذى على يرقات البعوض+ كلوروفيل ال يوجد -ميت، 0 االشكال 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 a b c دد لع ا 0 5 10 15 20 25 a b c دد لع ا 0 5 10 15 20 25 a b c دد لع ا 0 5 10 15 20 25 a b c دد لع ا ): عدد البيوض قبل طرح 1(رقم شكل الحضنة nauplei): عدد يرقات 2(رقم شكل ):عدد البالغات4(رقم شكل copipodid): عدد 3(رقم شكل 149 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 0 5 10 15 20 25 a b c دد لع ا نةعدد البيوض قبل طرح الحض naupliiعدد يرقات copipodidعدد يرقات adultعدد البالغات 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 a b c دد لع ا 18 18.2 18.4 18.6 18.8 19 19.2 19.4 19.6 a b c دد لع ا 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 a b c دد لع ا ): االعداد من البيوض وحتى 5(رقم شكل الغا ال ): مدةة طرح الحضنة (يوم)6(رقم شكل ): مدة النمو من 7(رقم شكل nauplei ←copipodid ( ) (يوم)copipodid ← adult): مدة النمو من8(رقمشكل 150 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 a b c وم ي يوم/ مدة طرح الحضنة لكل يوم  copipodi ← naupleiمدة النمو من لكل يوم adult← copipodidمدة النمو من 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 a b c دد لع ا 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 a b c دد لع ا 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 a b c دد لع ا ♀ ♂ من طرح الحضنة وحتى البلوغ ): المدد9(رقمشكل ): عدد الحضنات لكل انثى10(رقم شكل ): المدة بين حضنة وحضنة 11(رقم شكل ): عدد الذكور واالناث البالغات12(رقمشكل 151 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 new record of the specis cyclops scutifer g. o. sars (copepodacyclopoida) and study the effect of food quality on its life cycle maysaloon l. al-doori nibrass l.al-doori dpet. of biology/ college of education for pure sciences(ibn-al-haitham )/ university of baghdad receivd in:24 /june/2014, accepted in :24/november/2014 abstract for the purpose of studying the effect of the quality of food on the growth and reproduction of crustaceans the type of cyclops scutifer were used which ranked as the first record in iraq and the test was bred and classification. to find out the effect of the quality of food on this type it has been selected three groups of food. the first group was chlorophyll, the second group was chlorophyll with paramecium and the third group was chlorophyll with larvae of mosquitoes in its early stages. after collections the results and conduct statistical test (f test), the results found that the quality of food had great influence on the growth of animals and productivity the impact was clear on the stages of growth and transition from one stages to another, and the number of eggs and the time between its lap and the continuation of life and preparation. key words: crustacean, cyclopoida, food quality, zooplankton. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 372 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: sajidak.mohammed@uokufa.edu.iq abstract in previous our research, the concepts of visible submodules and fully visible modules were introduced, and then these two concepts were fuzzified to fuzzy visible submodules and fully fuzzy. the main goal of this paper is to study the relationships between fully fuzzy visible modules and some types of fuzzy modules such as semiprime, prime, quasi, divisible, f-regular, quasi injective, and duo fuzzy modules, where under certain conditions it has been proven that each fully fuzzy visible module is fuzzy duo. in addition, there are many various properties and important results obtained through this research, which have been illustrated. also, fuzzy artinian modules and fuzzy fully stable modules have been introduced, and we study the relationships between these kinds of modules and fully fuzzy visible modules. many other intersecting results we found. keywords: fully fuzzy visible modules , fully fuzzy stable modules, fuzzy artiain modules, fuzzy regular rings, fuzzy quasi injective modules. 1. introduction. the notion of fuzzy set has been presented by zadeh in 1965[1].the fuzzy groups have been introduced by rosenfeld in 1971 [2]. then, many other researchers studied different applications of fuzzy sets of algebra. the concept of fuzzy modules was presented by negoita and relescn in 1975 [3]. the notion of fuzzy visible submodules was introduced by sajda k.m. and buthyna n. s. 2021 [4]. the concept of fully fuzzy visible modules has been introduced by sajda k.m. and buthyna n.s. in 2022 [5]. in this paper, the relationships between fully fuzzy visible modules and other different modules have been explained, like fuzzy (prime, semiprime, semisimple, and fegular). also, the notions of stable submodules, fully stable modules, and quasi-injective modules doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3092 article history: received 30 october 2022, accepted 19 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq fully fuzzy visible modules with other related concepts *sajda k.mohammed department of mathematics faculty of education for girls, university of kufa, iraq department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. sajidak.mohammed@uokufa.edu.iq buthyna n. shihab department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. bothaina.n.s@ihcoedu.uobaghda.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:sajidak.mohammed@uokufa.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:sajidak.mohammed@uokufa.edu.iq mailto:sajidak.mohammed@uokufa.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:bothaina.n.s@ihcoedu.uobaghda.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 373 are fuzzyified. many important properties and results between these above concepts and fully fuzzy visible modules have been proven. through this paper will be a unitary module over a commutative ring with identity and for each fuzzy ideal ʉ of 𝔽, ʉ (0)=1. 2. preliminaries. this section contains some definitions and properties that will be needed in our work. 2.1 definition: let 𝔽 ≠ ∅ be a set and ɨ = [0, 1] of the real line (real numbers). let ɦ: 𝔽 → ɨ is a function. then, ɦ is known as a fuzzy set in 𝔽 (a fuzzy subset of, [1]. let fsf(𝔽) = {ɦ: ɦ: 𝔽 → ɨ is a function }. 2.2 definition. let 𝕐 ≠ ∅ and ℭ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(𝕐) . a level set of 𝕐 with respect to ℭ denoted by the set ℭ𝑡 , where ℭ𝑡 ={x∈ 𝕐 ∶ ℭ (x)≥ t} ∀𝑡 ∈ [0,1], [ 68] . 2.3 definition: suppose that 𝕄 be an 𝔽 –module and ₮ ∈ 𝐹𝑆𝐸(𝕄) . ℙ is known as a fuzzy module of an 𝔽 -module if, 1₮ (ʑ ƫ)≥min { ₮ (ʑ), ₮ (ƫ) }, for all ʑ ,ƫ∈ 𝕄, 2₮ (rʑ)≥ ₮ (ʑ), for all ʑ∈ 𝕄, r∈ 𝔽, 3₮ (0)=1 [9-10] . let 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄 ) = {₮: ₮ is 𝑎 fuzzy modules of an 𝔽 − module 𝕄 }. 2.4 definition: let ℭ , ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄). ℭ is known as a fuzzy submodule of ℙ if ℭ ⊆ ℙ [1113] . let fus(ℙ) = {ℭ: ℭ ∈ fum(𝕄 ) and ℭ ⊆ ℙ }. 2.5 definition: let 𝔽 be a ring and ί ∈ 𝐹𝑆𝐸(𝔽). ί is referred to as a fuzzy ideal of 𝔽, if ∀ ʑ, ƫ∈ 𝔽 : 1-ί (ʑ -y)≥ min {ί (ʑ), ί (ƫ)} 2-ί (ʑ.y)≥ max {ί (ʑ), ί (ƫ)}, [14] . fui(ℝ ) will be used to represent the set of all fuzzy ideals of 𝔽 . 2.6 definition: let ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄),ℭ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) and ί ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝐼(𝔽).the product (ί ℭ)(x) = { 𝑠𝑢𝑝 {𝑖𝑛𝑓 {ί (𝑟1), … , ί (𝑟𝑛), ℭ(𝑥1), … , ℭ(𝑥𝑛)𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑜𝑚𝑒 𝑟𝑖 ∈ 𝔽, 𝑥𝑖 ∈ 𝕄, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁, 0 𝑜. 𝑤. 𝑥 = ∑ 𝑟𝑖 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 ,[9] . note that ί ℭ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) if ί (0)=1, [9]. and (ί ℭ)𝑡 = ί 𝑡 ℭ𝑡for each 𝑡 ∈ [0,1], [15]. 2.7 definition let ᵮ be a mapping from a set 𝕄 into a set n, let 𝔸 ∈ fse(𝕄) and 𝔹 ∈ 𝐹𝑆𝐸(𝑁). the image of 𝔸 denoted by ᵮ (𝔸) ∈ 𝐹𝑆𝐸(𝑁) defined by : ᵮ(𝔸)(ℯ) = { {𝑠𝑢𝑝 {𝔸(𝑧): 𝑧 ∈ ᵮ−1(ℯ), 𝑖𝑓 ᵮ−1(ℯ) ≠ ∅, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 ℯ ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜. 𝑤. , and the inverse image of 𝔹 denoted by 𝑓 −1(𝔹) ∈ 𝐹𝑆𝐸(𝕄)𝑖𝑠 defined by: ᵮ−1(𝔹)(𝑥) = 𝔹(ᵮ(𝑥)), for all ∈ 𝕄 [15-16] . 2.8 definition: let 𝕏 ∈fum(𝕄1) and 𝕐 ∈fm(𝕄2). ℊ ∶ 𝕏 → 𝕐 is called a fuzzy homomorphism if ℊ: 𝕄1 → 𝕄2 is 𝔽-homomorphism and 𝕐(ℊ(𝒽) = 𝕏(𝒽) for each 𝒽 ∈ 𝕄1 [15] . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 374 2.9 definition: let ∅ ≠ ℭ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ). the fuzzy annihilator of a denoted by f-ann ℭ is defined by: (f-ann ℭ)(r)=sup{t∶ t ∈[0,1],𝑟𝑡 ℭ ⊆ 01 },for all r∈ 𝔽 [17-18] . note that that f-ann ℭ =(01∶ ℭ) ," [16]. "hence ((𝐹 − 𝑎𝑛𝑛 ℭ))𝑡 ⊆ ann ℭ𝑡 [19]. 2.10 remark: for a ∈ fum(𝕄).we let ℭ∗ = {𝑥 ∈ 𝕄: ℭ(𝑥) = 1}[20 − 21] . 2.11 proposition: let ℙ ∈ fum(m) .then 𝐹 − 𝑎𝑛𝑛 ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝐼(𝔽)[9] . 2.12 definition: let ҡ ∈fui(𝔽). ҡ is called a principle fuzzy ideal if ∃𝓀𝑡 ⊆ ҡ such that ҡ = (𝓀𝑡 ) for each 𝒾𝑠 ⊆ ҡ , ∃ a fuzzy singleton ℯ𝑙 of 𝔽 such that 𝒾𝑠 = ℯ𝑙 𝒽𝑡 , where 𝑠, 𝑙, 𝑡 ∈ [0,1] , which is ҡ = (𝓀𝑡 ) = {𝒾𝑠 ⊆ 𝐻: 𝒾𝑠 = ℯ𝑙 𝓀𝑡 for some fuzzy singleton 𝑎𝑙 of 𝔽} [22] . 2.13 definition: let ϯ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄) and ϯ≠ đ∈fus (ϯ).then đ is known to as a fuzzy visible submodule if đ=ɨđ ∀ non-empty ɨ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝐼(𝔽). ɬ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝐼(𝔽) is defined visible if it is visible of a fuzzy 𝔽 -module 𝔽 [4]. 2.14 definition: let 𝕐 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄). then 𝕐 is said to be fully fuzzy visible module if for any 𝕐 ≠ ℨ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆 (𝕐) is a fuzzy visible [5]. 2.15 proposition: let 𝕐 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄) . then ℙ is fully fuzzy visible module if and only if 𝕐t is fully visible module,∀ 𝑡 ∈ (0,1] [5] . 2.16 definition: let 𝕏 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄). 𝑋≠ ℭ∈fus(𝕏), ℭ is termed as a semiprime fuzzy submodule if for each fuzzy singleton 𝑟𝑙 of 𝔽, 𝑥𝑠 ⊆ 𝕏, 𝑟𝑙 2𝑥𝑠 ⊆ ℭ implies 𝑟𝑙 𝑥𝑠 ⊆ ℭ [23] . 2.17 remark: we assume that if ℭ∗ = 𝔔∗ . then , ℭ = 𝔔 is called condition ( *) [20] . 3. fully fuzzy visible modules with different modules: in this section, the relationships between fully fuzzy visible modules and other fuzzy modules such as (semiprime, prime quasi prime, fully stable, artiain, essential and quasi injective) have been investigated. many interesting outcomes were identified. 3.1 proposition: let ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄) over principle fuzzy ideal ring. then ℙ is fully fuzzy visible if and only if every proper fuzzy submodule of ℙ is fuzzy semiprime. proof: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible, then ℙt is a fully visible, where 𝑡 ∈ (0,1] by [5,proposition 3.2] and let ℙ ≠ 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) . then 𝔚t is a proper submodule of ℙt and hence 𝔚t is a semprime submodule by [ 24 , proposition 2.6.1 ] . therefore 𝔚 is a fuzzy semiprime by [23 , proposition 3.2.6] . conversely, let ℙ ≠ 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) , then 𝔚 is a fuzzy semprime and hence 𝔚t is semiprime by [23, proposition 3.2.6], therefore ℙt is a fully visible by [ 24 , proposition 2.6.1] and hence ℙ is fuzzy fully visible. 3.2 proposition: let ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄) over principle fuzzy ideal ring and ℙ ≠ 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ). then, 𝔚 visible if and only if 𝔚 divisible. proof: assume that 𝔚 is visible then ∀ 𝑟𝑙 ≠ 01, we have < 𝑟𝑙 > 𝔚 = 𝔚 , then 𝑟𝑙 𝔚 = 𝔚.therefore 𝔚 is divisible. conversely, clear. 3.3 proposition: let 𝕐 be a fully fuzzy visible module over 𝔽. then every proper fuzzy submodule of 𝕐 is divisible. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 375 proof: let 𝕐 be a fully fuzzy visible module, then every proper fuzzy submodule of 𝕐 is visible and hence is divisible by above proposition. 3.4 proposition: if ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible module, then ℙ is f – regular fuzzy module. proof: by using definition( 2.14) and [4, proposition 3.17], the result is true. the converse of the above proposition is not correct as we see in the following example. consider 𝕄 = 𝑍6 and 𝔽 = 𝑍. let ℙ: 𝑍6 → [0,1], as ℙ(𝑥) = 1 ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑍6. 𝑍6 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − module is fregular by [24, p97 ] and hence ℙ is f-regular by [25 , proposition 3.1.3]. but 𝑍6 is not fully visible by [24, p97] and hence ℙ is not fully visible . 3.5 proposition: let ℙ be a fuzzy divisible module over a field, then ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible module. proof: from [25, proposition 3.1.8], we have ℙ is an fregular fuzzy module, then ℙt is a f regular module, for every 𝑡 ∈ (0,1] by [25, proposition 3.1.2]. ℙt is divisible because ℙ is a fuzzy divisible module by [ 23, proposition 2.2.12] and hence every proper pure submodule of ℙt is visible by [26 , proposition 1.11]. therefore ℙt is fully visible, then ℙ is fuzzy fully visible. 3.6 corollary: suppose that ℙ is a non-constant fully fuzzy visible module over a fuzzy integral domain 𝔽. then, ℝ is a fuzzy field. proof: depending on proposition (3.4) and [ 22, remark and examples 1.3.4(4) ], we get the result. 3.7 corollary: let ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄). if ℙ is fully visible, then 𝐹 − 𝐽(ℙ) = 01, where ℙ satisfies condition(∗). proof: ℙ∗ is a fully visible because ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible by [5, proposition3.2] and hence𝐽(ℙ∗) = {0} = (01)∗, by [ 24, corollary 2.6.6]. but 𝐽(ℙ∗) = (𝐹 − 𝐽(ℙ))∗ = (01)∗, then 𝐹 − 𝐽(ℙ) = 01. 3.8 definition: let ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄). then ℙ is called fuzzy artiain module if every descending chain fuzzy submodules of ℙ is finite. 3.9 theorem: if ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄) artiain 𝔽 -module, then ℙ∗ is artiain modules. proof: let ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑀(𝕄) artiain ℝ -module and 𝐴1 ⊇ 𝐴2 ⊇ ⋯ be descending chain of submodules of ℙ∗. for each positive integer i, we define the mapping ℙ𝑖 : 𝕄 → [0,1] by ℙ𝑖 (𝑥) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴𝑖 0 𝑜. 𝑤 , clearly, ℙ𝑖 ∈ fs(ℙ) . then ℙ1 ⊇ ℙ2 ⊇ ⋯ is descending chain of fuzzy submodules of ℙ, so there exist a positive integer m such that ℙ𝑚 = ℙ𝑚+ℎ for every positive integer h. it is clear that (ℙ𝑖 )∗ = 𝐴𝑖 . now, let h be a positive integer and 𝑎 ∈ 𝐴𝑚+ℎ so, ℙ𝑚(𝑎) = ℙ𝑚+ℎ (𝑎) = 1, hence 𝑎 ∈ 𝐴𝑚. thus 𝐴𝑚 ⊇ 𝐴𝑚+ℎ ⊇ 𝐴𝑚. therefore ℙ∗ is artiain. the converse of above theorem is not true as in the following example. let 𝕄 = 𝔽 and 𝔽 = ℝ . express ℙ: 𝕄 → [0,1] by ℙ(x) = 1 ∀x ∈ 𝕄. clearly, ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄). describe ℙ: 𝕄 → [0,1] by ℙ𝑚 (𝑥) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0 1 2𝑚 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 0 , 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍+. clear that ℙ𝑚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) for each m. then ℙ1 ⊇ ℙ2 ⊇ ⋯ is an infinite strictily descending chain of fuzzy submodules of ℙ. thus ℙ is not fuzzy artiain. but, ℙ∗ = 𝕄, is artiain 𝔽 −module. 3.10 corollary: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible artiain module on 𝔽. then ℙ is fuzzy semisimple module provided that ℙ satisfies condition (∗). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 376 proof: ℙ∗ is a fully visible module since ℙ is fully fuzzy visible and ℙ∗ is artiain by theorem 3.9. therefore ℙ∗ is semisimple by [24, proposition 2.6.7]. then, ℙ is fuzzy semisimple by [20, proposition 2.8(1)]. 3.11 definition: a fuzzy ring 𝔽 is called regular if and only if every fuzzy singleton in 𝔽 is fuzzy regular, i.e. ∀ fuzzy singleton 𝑥𝑡 of 𝔽, 𝑡 ∈ (0,1], there exist a fuzzy singleton 𝑦𝑘 of 𝔽 such that 𝑥𝑡 = 𝑥𝑡 𝑦𝑘 𝑥𝑡 . 3.12 proposition: a fuzzy ring 𝔽 is regular if and only if 𝔽 is regular ring. proof: suppose that 𝔽 is regular, then ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝔽, ∃𝑦 ∈ 𝔽, s.t. 𝑥 = 𝑥𝑦𝑥 , hence 𝑥𝑡 = (𝑥𝑦𝑥)𝑡 = 𝑥𝑡 𝑦𝑡 𝑥𝑡 , where 𝑥𝑡 , 𝑦𝑡 fuzzy singleton of 𝔽, 𝑡 ∈ (0,1]. therefore, a fuzzy ring 𝔽 is regular. conversely, let 𝑀𝔽 be a fuzzy ring over 𝔽 , then ∀ fuzzy singleton xt of 𝔽, ∃𝑦𝑘 fuzzy singleton of 𝔽 such that 𝑥𝑡 = 𝑥𝑡 𝑦𝑘 𝑥𝑡 = (𝑥𝑦𝑥)𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑡,𝑘}, hence 𝑥 = 𝑥𝑦𝑥 and 𝑡 = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑡, 𝑘}. therefore 𝔽 is a regular. 3.13 corollary: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible and artiain module on 𝔽, satisfied condition(*), then 𝑀𝔽/(𝐹 − 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑡 )∗ is fuzzy regular ∀𝑥𝑡 ⊆ ℙ. proof: ℙ∗ is fully visible and artiain module as in corollary (3.10). then 𝔽/(𝐹 − 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑡 )∗ is regular by [24, corollary 2.6.10], then m𝔽/(f − 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑡 )∗ is fuzzy regular by [27, theorem 3.2.10] and proposition (3.12) . 3.14 proposition: let ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝑀) over principle fuzzy ideal ring. if every ℙ ≠ 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) over 𝔽 is divisible, then ℙ is fuzzy fully visible and hence ℙ is fregular fuzzy. proof: by using proposition 3.2, we have ℙ a is fuzzy fully visible, then ℙ is f-regular by proposition (3. 4). 3.15 proposition: let 𝔽 be a principle fuzzy ideal ring and ℙ is a fuzzy divisible, then the following is equivalent: 1. ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible module. 2. each ℙ ≠ ᵹ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) is pure. 3. each ℙ ≠ ᵹ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) is divisible. 4. each ℙ ≠ ᵹ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) is visible. proof:1 ⟹ 2 directly from [4, proposition 3.17]. 2 ⟹ 3 since 𝔽 be a principle fuzzy ideal ring and ℙ is a fuzzy divisible, then by[4, proposition 3.19] we have each proper submodule of ℙ is visible and hence divisible. 3 ⟹ 4 directly from proposition 3.2. 4 ⟹ 1 clear. 3.16 proposition: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible module over a local ring, then ℙ is a fuzzy semisimple module such that ℙ satisfied condition (∗). proof: ℙ∗ is a fully visible module by [5, proposition 3.2], then ℙ∗ is semisimple by [24 , proposition 2.6.13], hence ℙ is a semisimple by [20, proposition. 2.8(1)]. 3.17 proposition: let ℙ be a fuzzy divisible over principle fuzzy ideal ring, then ℙ is fully visible. proof: depending on [4, proposition 3.19], every proper fuzzy submodule of ℙ is visible and hence ℙ is fully visible. 3.18 proposition: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible module over 𝔽, then ℙ is a fuzzy torsion free. proof: ℙt is fully visible ∀ 𝑡 ∈ (0,1] by [5, proposition 3.2], then ℙt torsion free by [ 24 ,proposition 2.6.16]. therefore ℙ is fuzzy torsion free by {17, proposition 2.2.23]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 377 3.19 proposition: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible module, ℙ ≠ 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ). then, 𝔚 is a prime submodule. proof: because ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible module and ℙ ≠ 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ), then 𝔚 is pure, hence 𝔚 is weakly pure fuzzy submodule of ℙ. therefore 𝔚 is a prime fuzzy by [17, proposition 2.2.22]. 3.20 corollary: if ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible module, then every proper fuzzy submodule 𝔚 of ℙ is quasi prime. proof: depending proposition 3.19 and [23, proposition 3.2.2], the result hold. 3.21 corollary: every fully fuzzy visible module is fuzzy t-regular. proof: depending on proposition (3.4) and [22, remark and examples 2.1.5(1)]. the converse of the corollary (3.21) is not true as we see in the following example: let 𝕄 = 𝑍4, 𝔽 = 𝑍. define 𝑃: 𝕄 → 𝑍4 as ℙ(𝑥) = { 1 if 𝑥 ∈ 𝑍4 0 𝑜. 𝑤 , clearly, ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄), then ℙt = z4 , ∀ 𝑡 ∈ (0,1] as z-module is t-regular by [ 24 , p99 ], then ℙ is fuzzy t-regular by [22, proposition 2.1.2]. but z4 as z-module is not fully visible module by [24, remark and examples 2.1.2], then ℙ is not fully fuzzy visible. 3.22 definition: let ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄) , 𝔚 ∈fus(ℙ). we say that 𝔚 is stable if 𝑓(𝔚) ⊆ 𝔚 for each fuzzy 𝔽 -homomorphism 𝑓: 𝔚 → ℙ. 3.23 proposition: let ℙ ∈ fum(𝕄) and 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) constant on 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓. then 𝔚 is fuzzy stable if and only if 𝔚∗ is stable and ℙ satisfies condition (∗). proof: let 𝔚 be a fuzzy stable. then, 𝑓(𝔚) ⊆ 𝔚 by definition (3.21). since 𝔚 is constant on ker 𝑓, then 𝑓(𝔚∗) ⊆ 𝔚∗ by [27, lemma 3.2.5]. therefore 𝔚∗ is stable. conversely, let 𝔚∗ is stable. then 𝑓(𝔚∗) ⊆ 𝔚∗ and hence (𝑓(𝔚 ))∗ ⊆ 𝔚∗ by [27, lemma 3.2.5], since 𝔚 satisfies condition( ∗), then 𝑓(𝔚) ⊆ 𝔚. therefore 𝔚 is fuzzy stable. 3.24example: let 𝕄 = 𝔽 and 𝔽 = ℝ. define ҡ: 𝔽 → [0,1] by ҡ(𝑥) = 1 ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝔽 . consider 𝔛: 𝔽 → [0,1] as 𝔛(𝑥) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ q 0 𝑜. 𝑤 . clear that 𝔛 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ҡ). ҡ∗ = ℝ , 𝔛∗ = q . we know that 𝑄 is stable of 𝔽, then 𝔛 is a fuzzy stable of ҡ by proposition (3.22), where 𝔛is coustant on 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓. 3.25 example: let 𝕄 = 𝑍 and 𝔽 = 𝑍. define ℙ: 𝑍 → [0,1] by ℙ(𝑥) = 1 ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑍. suppose that 𝔚: 𝑍 → [0,1] defined as 𝔚(𝑥) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 2𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤 . it is clear that 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ), ℙ∗ = 𝑍 and 𝔚∗ = 2𝑍. then 𝔚∗ is not stable by [28, example and remarks 1.2(a)], and, hence, 𝔚 is not fuzzy stable by proposition 3.23. 3.26 definition: let ℙ ∈ fum(m). ℙ is termed to be fuzzy fully stable if and only if every ɮ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) is fuzzy stable. 3.27 proposition: let ℙ be a fuzzy 𝔽 –module, such that every fuzzy submodule of ℙ constant on 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓 and satisfies condition(*). then ℙ is a fuzzy fully stable if and only if ℙ∗ is fully stable. proof: in a similar way of proposition (3.23). 3.28 proposition: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible 𝔽 -module and endℝ(ℙ∗) is commutative. then ℙ is fuzzy fully stable such that ∀ 𝔚 ⊆ ℙ constant on 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓 and satisfies condition (*). proof: ℙ∗ is a fully visible by[3, proposition 3.2], then ℙ∗ is fully stable by [24, proposition (2.6.22) ], and hence each submodule of ℙ∗ will be stable, then ∀ 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑆(ℙ) , 𝔚∗ will be stable, then by proposition 3.22, 𝔚 is a stable fuzzy submodule. therefore, ℙ is fuzzy fully stable. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 378 3.29 proposition: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible module over 𝔽. then each jℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ) is an essential submodule of ℙ for each non-emptyj ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝐼(𝔽). proof: let ξ be a non-trivial fuzzy submodule of ℙ such that jℙ ∩ 𝔛 = 01. but 𝔛 is visible and hence ξ is pure. then jξ = jℙ ∩ ξ = 01, so jξ = 01 and hence ξ = 01. therefore jℙ is a fuzzy essential. 3.30 proposition: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible multiplication module, then every non-empty fuzzy submodule of ℙ is an essential of ℙ. proof: because ℙ is fully fuzzy visible, then every fuzzy submodule jℙ is an essential for each non-empty j ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝐼(𝔽) by proposition (3.29). but ℙ is fuzzy multiplication, then every non – empty fuzzy submodule of ℙ is essential. 3.31 proposition: let ℙ be a fully fuzzy visible module over a domain 𝔽 and endr(ℙt) is commutative ring. then ℙ is fuzzy divisible. proof : since ℙt is fully visible, then ℙt is divisible by [ 24, proposition 2.6.42(2)]. then ℙ is divisible by [17]. let 𝔓 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄) and 𝔊 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝑁). if ᵮ ∶ 𝕄 → 𝑁 is a 𝔽 –module homomorphism and 𝔊(ᵮ(𝑥)) ≥ 𝔓(𝑥), ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝕄, then ᵮ is called a fuzzy homomorphism and denoted by ᵮ: 𝔓 → 𝔊 [29].this definition can be used to introduce the following concept. 3.32 definition : let ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄). ℙ is termed to be fuzzy quasi injective if for each submodule n of 𝕄 and each fuzzy homomorphism ᵮ ∶ 𝔚 → ℙ, where 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝑁) can be extended to fuzzy endomorphism ᶃ such that ᵮ = ᶃ ∘ i, where i: 𝔚 → 𝕄 inclusion homomorphis. 3.33 proposition: let 𝕍 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄). ℙ is fuzzy quasi injective iff 𝕄 is quasi injective and 𝕍(ℯ) = 1 ∀ℯ ∈ 𝕄. proof: let 𝕍 be a fuzzy quasi injective 𝔽 -module and n be a submodule of 𝕄. define 𝔚: n → [0,1] by 𝔚(𝓆) = { 1 if 𝓆 ∈ n 0 o. w , then ∀ ᵮ: 𝔚 → 𝕍 be a fuzzy homomorphism ∃ ᶃ: 𝕍 → 𝕍 s.t. ᵮ = ᶃ ∘ i and hence ∀ submodule n of 𝕄 and ᵮ: n → 𝕄, there exist g: 𝕄 → 𝕄 such that ᵮ = ᶃ ∘ i.now, if 𝕍(𝓆) ≠ 1, since 𝕍(ᶃ(𝓆)) ≥ 𝕍(𝓆) by definition of fuzzy homomorphism, then 𝕍(ᶃ(𝓆)) ≥ 𝕍(𝓆) = 𝕍(i(𝓆)) ≥ 𝔚(𝓆) = 1, hence 𝕍(𝓆) = 1 ∀𝓆 ∈ 𝕄. conversely, let 𝕄 be a quasi-injective, n be a submodule of 𝕄 and 𝕍(𝓆) = 1 ∀𝓆 ∈ 𝕄, let 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝑁). then ∀ ᵮ: n → m ∃ ᶃ: 𝕄 → 𝕄s.t. ᵮ = ᶃ ∘ i, i: n → 𝕄 inclusion homomorphism, hence ∀ ᵮ ∶ 𝔚 → 𝕍 ∃ ᶃ: 𝕍 → 𝕍 s.t. ᵮ = ᶃ ∘ i, where (ᶃ ∘ i)(𝓆) = 𝕍(ᶃ ∘ i)(𝓆) = 𝕍(ᶃ(𝓆)) = 𝕍(𝓆) = 1 ≥ 𝕍(𝓆) = 1 ≥ 𝔚(𝓆) . 3.34 definition: a fuzzy ring 𝔽 is self injective if it is fuzzy injective 𝔽 -module. 3.35 corollary: suppose that ℙ is a fuzzy fully visible 𝔽 module 𝕄 and endr(p∗) is commutative, where ℙ satisfies condition (∗). if ℙ is a fuzzy quasi injective module and ℙ (x)=1 ∀ x ∈ 𝕄, then 1. every fuzzy submodule 𝔚 of ℙ constant on ker ᵮ is fuzzy duo module. 2. every homomorphism image constant on ker ᵮ is duo module. 3. a fuzzy ring γ on end𝔽(ℙ∗) is self injective. proof: 1. since ℙ is fully fuzzy visible and endr(ℙ∗) is commutative, then ℙ∗ is fully visible. but ℙ is fuzzy quasi injective, then 𝕄 is a quasi injective and ℙ(x) = 1 ∀x ∈ 𝕄. therefore ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 379 ℙ∗is duo by [5, proposition 3.8]. let 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑆(ℙ), then 𝔚∗ submodule of ℙ∗, then 𝔚∗ is duo which implies that 𝔚 is duo by [5, proposition 3.8 ]. 2. since every fuzzy homomorphic image is a fuzzy submodule of ℙ, then by (1), we get the result. 3. since end𝔽(ℙ∗) is end𝔽(ℙ∗) −injective by [24, proposition 2.6.25], then γend𝔽 (ℙ∗) is a fuzzy self injective [29, proposition 4.3(i)]. 3.36 corollary: let ℙ be a finitely generated fully visible module over dedkined domain, then ℙ is fuzzy duo multiplication module, where ℙ satisfies condition (∗) and every fuzzy submodule of ℙ constant on ker f. proof : ℙ∗ is finitely generated module, then ℙ∗ is duo multiplication module by [24, corollary 2.6.26], but ℙ∗ is fully visible, then ℙ is duo multiplication by [25] and [ 5,proposition 3.8 ] . 3.37 proposition: if ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄) over a fuzzy principle ideal ring and 𝔚 ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(ℙ) be a such that ∀𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝔚 and a fuzzy singleton 𝑟ℓ of 𝔽 , 𝑥𝑡 = 𝑟ℓ𝑠𝑘 𝑥𝑡 for some fuzzy singleton 𝑠𝑘 of ℝ , then ℙ is a fully visible fuzzy module . proof: let 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝔚 and fuzzy singleton 𝑟ℓ of 𝔽. then 𝑥𝑡 ⊆< 𝑥𝑡 >⊆ 𝔚, then 𝑥𝑡 = 𝑠𝑘 𝑥𝑡 for some 𝑠𝑘 ⊆ 𝑅. then for each 𝑟ℓ ⊆ 𝔽, we get 𝑠𝑘 𝑥𝑡 = 𝑟ℓ𝑠𝑘 = 𝑟ℓ𝑠𝑘 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟ℓ𝔚. therefore, 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝑟ℓ𝔚, but 𝔽 is a fuzzy principle ideal ring, then 𝑥𝑡 ⊆ 𝐽𝔚 and hence 𝔚 ⊆ 𝐽𝔚, but 𝐽𝔚 ⊆ 𝔚. therefore 𝔚 = 𝐽𝔚 for each nonempty fuzzy ideal j of 𝔽and hence 𝔚 is a fuzzy visible submodule, thus the result holds. 3.38 proposition: let 𝔽 be a principle ideal field and 𝔚 be a fuzzy submodule of a fuzzy module of an 𝔽 -module 𝕄. then 1. ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible. 2.γ𝔽/(f − annxt)∗ is fuzzy negular ring ∀xt ⊆ ℙ, where γ𝔽 is a fuzzy ring of 𝔽. 3.∀ xt ⊆ ℙ ∃rℓ fuzzy singleton of 𝔽, xt = rℓhkxt, k ∈ (0,1]. proof: 1 ⇒ 2 p∗ is fully visible by propositon (2.15) and hence 𝔽/(f − annxt)∗ is regular ring by [24, proposition 2.6.27].therefore γ𝔽/(f − annxt)∗ is fuzzy negular ring by [27, theorem 3.2.10] and proposition 3.12. 2 ⟹ 3 since γ𝔽/(f − annxt)∗ is fuzzy regular, then 𝔽/(f − annxt)∗ is regular ring by [24,theorem 3.2.10], hence ∀x ∈ ℙ𝑡 , r ∈ 𝔽, x = rhx for some h ∈ 𝔽 by [ 24 ,proposition 2.6.27]. therefore, ∀ xt ⊆ ℙ, ∃γℓ fuzzy singlet of 𝔽 s.t. xt = rℓhkxt , t = min{ℓ, k, t} . 2 ⟹ 3 directly from proposition 3.37 3.39 corollary: if 𝔽 is a principle ideal field, then 𝕄𝔽 is fuzzy regular, if and only if 𝕄𝔽is a fuzzy 𝔽 -module is fully visible. proof: let 𝕄𝔽 be a fuzzy regular ring, then 𝔽 is regular ring by proposition 3.12, then 𝔽 is fully visible by [ 24, corollary 2.6.28], and hence m𝔽 is fully visible. 3.40 corollary: if 𝔽 is a field and ℙ ∈ 𝐹𝑈𝑀(𝕄) such that 𝕄𝔽 is a fuzzy ring on 𝔽, then ℙ is fully fuzzy visible module, if 𝕄𝔽/(f − ann ℙ) 𝑡 is a fuzzy regular ring , where (f − annℙ)t = annℙt , ∀ 𝑡 ∈ (0,1]. proof: since 𝕄𝔽/f − annℙ is a fuzzy regular, then 𝔽/(f − annℙ)t is a regular ring by [27,theorem 3.2.10] and proposition 3.15, but (f − annℙ)t = annℙ𝑡, ∀ 𝑡 ∈ (0,1] , then ℙ𝑡 is fully visible by [24 ]. therefore ℙ is fully fuzzy visible. 3.41 proposition: if ℙ is divisible over p.i.d. and d f-ann ℙ is semimaximal ideal of 𝔽. then ℙ is a fully fuzzy visible, where (f − annℙ)∗ = annℙ∗. and ℙ(x) = 1 ∀x ∈ 𝕄. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 380 proof: p∗ is divisible module by [23], since (f − annℙ)∗ = annℙ∗ and f − annℙ is semimaximal, then annp∗ is semimaximal ideal by [20, proposition (2.4)]. then ℙ∗ is fully visible [ 24 ,proposition 2.6.38]. therefore ℙ is fuzzy fully visible. 3.42 proposition: let γ𝔽 be a fuzzy visible ring defined as γ𝔽(r) = 1 ∀r ∈ 𝔽, if ℙ is a fuzzy 𝔽 module m, then ℙ is flat. proof: since (γ𝔽)t = 𝔽, then 𝔽 is visible, then m is flat by [ 24, proposition 2.6.39]. therefore ℙ is fuzzy flat by [ 29, theorem 3.15] 4. conclusion: in this paper, a number of characteristics and properties that explain the relationship of fully fuzzy visible modules with other modules are proved. in addition many useful examples with a collection of important results are obtained. references 1. zadeh, l. a.. "fuzzy sets", information and control, 1965, 8, 338-353. 2. rosenfeld, a. "fuzzy groups", journal of mathematical analysis and applications. 1971,35, 512-517. 3. negoita c.v.; ralescu, d.a. "applications of fuzzy sets and system analysis"(birkhauser ,basel). 1975. 4. sajda, k.m.; buthyna, n.s. "fuzzy visible submodules with some results" ,int.j.nonlinear anal. appl. 2021, 12,special issue , 2231-2241. 5. sajda, .k.m.; buthyna, n. s. "fully fuzzy visible modules with distinguishing result", accepted for publication in journal of discrete mathematical sciences and cryptography,2022. 6. john. n. m. ; malik, d. s. "fuzzy maximal, radical,and primary ideals of a ring", information sciences. 1991, 53, 237-250 . 7. hassan. k. m.; hatam. y. k. "some properties of the essential fuzzy and closed fuzzy submodules", iraqi journal of science. 2020, 61, 890-897. 8. asmaa z.m.; mahmood, r.d. and marwa m.f. "on fuzzy essential ideals of rings", international mathematical form. 2020, 15, 383-391. 9. zahedi, m. m."on l-fuzzy residual quotient modules and pprimary submodules", fuzzy sets and systems. 1992, 51, 333-344, 10. saad s.m.; hatam.y.k, "fuzzy soc-t-abso sub-modules", iraqi journal for computer science and mathematics . 2022, 3 , 124-134. 11. mashinchi, m.; zahedi, m.m. "on l-fuzzy primary submodules", fuzzy sets and systems, 1992,49, 843-857, . 12. maysoun a. h.; hatam, h.y. "fuzzy maximal sub-modules", iraqi journal of science.2020, 61, 1164-1172. 13. shaheed, j.k ; hatam, h.y., "loc-hollow fuzzy modules with related modules", ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2022, 35, 84-96. 14. kumar, r. "fuzzy semiprimary ideal of rings", fuzzy sets and systems. 1991, 42, 263-272. 15. kumar, r. s.; bhambri k.; kumar, p. "fuzzy submodules: some analogues and deviations", fuzzy sets and systems. 1995, 70, 125-130. 16. nimbhorkar, s.; khubchandani, j. "fuzzy essential submodules with respect to an arbitrary fuzzy submodules", twms j. app. and eng. math. 2022, 12, 435-444. 17. rabi, h. "prime fuzzy submodules and prime fuzzy modules", msc thesis, university of baghdad. 2001. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 381 18. hadi,g.r; hatem, y.k., "quasi-fully cancellation fuzzy modules", ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017, 30, 192-207. 19. inaam m. h.; maysoun, a. h. "cancellation and weakly cancellation fuzzy modules", journal of basrah reserches ((sciences)). 2011,37 4d, 20. maysoun, a. h; hatam h.y. "fuzzy semimaximal submodules", ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science . 2020,33(4), 137-147. 21. hasan, k.m.; hatem, y.k., "weak essential fuzzy submodules of fuzzy modules", ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science,30, 2020, 65-72. 22. shymaa, a. m. "new types of regular fuzzy modules and pure fuzzy submodules", msc thesis, college of education for pure science(ibn-al-haitham), university of baghdad. 2018. 23. hatam, y.k. "fuzzy quasi prime modules and fuzzy quasi – prime submodules", ms.c. thesis, college of education for pure science(ibn-al-haitham), university of baghdad, 2001. 24. mahmood, s. f. "visible(w-visible) submodules and fully visible(w-visible) modules with some of their generalizations", ph.d thesis, college of education for pure science(ibn-alhaitham), university of baghdad, 2019. 25. maysoun, a. h. "f-regular fuzzy modules", m.sc.thesis, college of education for pure science(ibn-al-haitham), university of baghdad, 2002. 26. s. f., mahmood; n.s. buthyna, "behavior of visible submodules in the class of multiplication modules". aviable online :https://www.researchgate.net/publication/3327113 92, (2019). 27. mordeson, j. n.; malik, d. s. , "fuzzy commutative algebra"; world scientific publishing co.pre.ltd: usa, 1998; isbn 981-02-3628-x. 28. mahdi, s. a. "on fully stable module", ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, 1991. 29. zahedi, m.m.; ameri, r.a. "fuzzy flat and faithfully flat r-modules", the journal of fuzzy mathematics. 1997, 5, 855-864. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 367 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. zena hussein maibed mrs_ zena.hussein@yahoo.com department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abstract the goal of this article is to study a new explicit iterative processes method approach to zeroes for solving maximal monotone(m.m ) multivalued operators in hilbert spaces, utilizing a finite family of different types of mappings as nonexpansive map,contraction map, resolvent operator and nearest point metric projection map. on the other hand, the results in this paper are develop and extend the main and important findings of previous studies. then, utilizing various structural conditions in hilbert space and variational inequality problems, also,we examine the strong convergence to nearest projection map for these explicit iterative processes methods under the presence of two important conditions for convergence, namely closure and convexity. the findings reported in this research strengthen, improve and extend key previous findings from the literature. keywords: projection mapping, iterative method, nonexpamsive mapping, monotone operators ,s-convergence, fixed point. 1.introduction assume𝛨 is a true hilbert space and m is the biggest monotone mapping. many scholars have explored the challenge of finding zeroes, including [1] and [2]. the proximal method algorithm is a popular approach for solving 0 ∈ mx. rockafellar demonstrated w-convergence of the peripoint technique in 1976, but it did not s-converge [3]. the human-like iterative approach is properly arranged in the fpoint process to solve numerous nonlinear issues [4]. however, mannlikealgorithm processes in hilbert space are only wsmoothed. [5] presented a viscosity,for resolving fpoint of a nonlinear maps . the contour of hilbert space identifies common solution sconvergence theorems. the fpoint theory solutions have been demonstrated to be a successful and influential way for addressing a wide range of real-world problems that can be broken down into identical fpoint problems.in order to get a rough resolution of f-point difficulties, many algorithm procedures must be devised [618]. the purpose of this paper is to expand and improve the proximal methods of multivalued operators. one of the most important examples of fpoint theory is the challenge of solving zero of (v.i) problem as doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3023 article history: received 18 september 2022, accepted 12 december 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq convergence to approximate solutions of multivalued operators https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ about:blank http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 368 { 𝑎2𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛𝑏 + 𝛿𝑛𝑎2𝑛 + 𝛾𝑛𝑅𝑒𝑠𝛽𝑛 𝑁 (𝑎2𝑛) + ℯ𝑛 𝑛 ≥ 0 𝑎2𝑛 = 𝜆𝑛𝑏 + 𝜌𝑛𝑎2𝑛−1 + 𝛿𝑛𝑅𝑒𝑠𝜇𝑛 𝑀 (𝑎2𝑛−1) + ℯ𝑛 ′ 𝑛 ≥ 0 for given u , a0 ∈ 𝛨, where (ℯ n) and (ℯ𝑛 ′ ) are sequences of calculation mistakes , n and m are m.m operators and 𝑎𝑛 , 𝛿𝑛 , 𝛾𝑛are seq lies in (0,1) and 𝛽𝑛, 𝜇𝑛 ∈ (0, ∞) . here 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝛽 𝑁 = (𝐼 + 𝛽𝑁 )−1 , 𝛽 > 0 ( the resovent operator of n) . now, we will review some concepts and lemmas known . let ∅ ≠c be a closed,convex in h and proc denote the nearest mapping from h onto c,a mapping 𝐾is called nonexpansive if ‖𝐾𝑢 − 𝐾𝑣 ‖ ≤ ‖𝑢 − 𝑣‖, ∀𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐻 and 𝛼 −inverse strongly monotone if there exist α > 0 such that 〈𝑆𝑢 − 𝑆𝑣 , 𝑢 − 𝑣〉 ≥ 𝛼‖𝐾𝑢 − 𝐾𝑣 ‖ 2, ∀𝑢, 𝑣 ∈h . lemma 1 . [16] let {𝑎𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ be a sequence in 𝑅+ satisfying the following relation : 𝑎𝑛+1 ≤ (1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝑎𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝛿𝑛 , 𝑛 ≥ 𝑛𝑜 where{𝛼𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ ⊏ (0,1) and{𝛿𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ ⊂ 𝑅 satisfy the following condition : ∑ 𝛼𝑛 ∞ 𝑛=1 = ∞ and lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛿𝑛 ≤ 0 or ∑ 𝛼𝑛 ∞ 𝑛=1 𝛿𝑛 = ∞ . then lim 𝑛→∞ 𝛼𝑛 = 0 . lemma 2 [18] let 𝑎 ∈ 𝐻 be given . the nearest mapping is characterized by: (i) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝐶 𝑎 ∈ 𝐶, 〈𝑎 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝐶 𝑎, 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝐶 𝑎 − 𝑐〉 ≥ 0 , for all 𝑐 ∈ 𝐶 . (ii) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝐶 is firmly nonexpansive. lemma 3 [19] let{𝑎𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ and {𝑏𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ be bounded sequence in h and let{𝛽𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ be a sequence in (0,1) with 0 ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝛽𝑛 ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛽𝑛 ≤ 1. suppose 𝑎𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝛽𝑛)𝑏𝑛 + 𝛽𝑛𝑎𝑛 for all integers 𝑛 ≥ 0 and lim 𝑛→∞ sup (‖𝑏𝑛+1 − 𝑏𝑛‖ − ‖𝑎𝑛+1 − 𝑎𝑛‖) ≤ 0 .then lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑏𝑛 − 𝑎𝑛‖ = 0 . 2 .main results in this part, we introduced a new methods and we study the sconvergence, theorem : 2.1 let ℳ𝑖 : 𝛨 ⟶ 2 𝐻 be a m.m. operators such that 𝐹(𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑠) ⋂ ℳ𝑖 −10 ≠ ∅𝑙𝑖=1 .if the sequences {𝜉𝑛 𝑖 } 𝑛=2 ∞ , {𝘙𝑛𝑖 }𝑛=1 ∞ , {𝘚𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ 𝑎𝑛𝑑{𝘘𝑛}𝑛=1 ∞ are seqs in (0,1)satisfy the following conditions : (i) ∑ |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 | < ∞ 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑖 = 1,2, … 𝑙∞𝑛=1 . (ii) ∑ |𝘙𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛 𝑖 | < ∞ for all 𝑖 = 1,2, … 𝑙∞𝑛=1 . (iii) ∑ |𝘘𝑛+1 − 𝘘𝑛| ∞ 𝑛=1 < ∞ . ‖𝘚(𝑛+1)𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛+1) − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛)‖ ≤ 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ‖𝑓(𝑥𝑛+1) − 𝑓(𝑥𝑛)‖and ‖(1 − 𝘚(𝑛+1)𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛+1) − (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛)‖ ≤ (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) ‖ 𝑔(𝑥𝑛+1) − 𝑔(𝑥𝑛)‖.then the sequences {𝑥𝑛 } defined by 𝑥 ∈ 𝐶 and 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 = 𝘚𝑛𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛) + (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛) 𝑦𝑛 𝑚 = 𝘙𝑛1 𝑦𝑛 0 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1𝑙 𝑖=2 where 𝑓 , 𝑔: 𝐻 → 𝑆 is nonexpansive 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝘘𝑛𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚, 𝑛, 𝑚 ≥ 0 is s-converges to 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹 𝑥 . proof : let 𝑒 ∈ 𝑆. then we have ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑒‖ = ‖𝘘𝑛𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ = ‖𝘘𝑛𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹 𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − [(1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑒 + 𝘘𝑛𝑒]‖ ≤ 𝘘𝑛‖𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 − 𝑒‖ + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)‖𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ ≤ 𝘘𝑛‖𝑥 − 𝑒‖ + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)‖𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ (2.1) ‖𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ = ‖𝘙𝑛1 𝑦𝑛 0 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 𝑙 𝑖=2 − 𝑒‖ ihjpas. 36(2)2023 369 = ‖𝘙𝑛1 𝑦𝑛 0 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1𝑙 𝑖=2 − [𝘙𝑛1 𝑒 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑒 𝑚 𝑖=1 ]‖ = ‖(𝘙𝑛1 )𝑦𝑛 0 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 𝑙 𝑖=2 − [𝘙𝑛1 𝑒 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑒 𝑚 𝑖=2 ] ‖ ≤ (𝘙𝑛1 )‖𝑦𝑛 𝑜 − 𝑒‖ + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖ 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖ 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖ 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 − 𝑒‖ = ‖ 𝘚𝑛𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛) + (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛) − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝘚𝑛𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛) − 𝑒‖ + 𝑘(1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 )‖ 𝑔(𝑥𝑛 ) − 𝑒‖ ≤ 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑒‖ + (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 )‖ 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖ 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ (2.2) from (2.1) and (2.2) . we get ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑒‖ ≤ 𝘘𝑛‖𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 − 𝑒‖ + (1 − 𝘘𝑛) ‖ 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑒‖ ≤ max{‖𝑥 − 𝑒‖, ‖ 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑒‖ } . . ≤ max{‖𝑥 − 𝑒‖, ‖𝑥0 − 𝑒‖} hence ,{𝑥𝑛 }𝑛=1 ∞ is bounded . so {𝑦𝑛 𝑚}𝑛=1 ∞ and {𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖 } 𝑛=1 ∞ is bounded . now , ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖 ‖ ∀ 𝑖 = 1,2, … 𝑙 . ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ = ‖𝘙𝑛1+1 𝑦𝑛+1 0 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1𝑙 𝑖=2 − 𝘙𝑛1 𝑦𝑛 𝑜 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖ = ‖ ‖ 𝘙𝑛1+1𝑦𝑛+1 0 − 𝘙𝑛1+1𝑦𝑛 0 + 𝘙𝑛1+1𝑦𝑛 0 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 𝑙 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 𝑙 𝑖=2 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 𝑙 𝑖=2 − 𝘙𝑛1 𝑦𝑛 0 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖ ‖ ≤ 𝘙𝑛1+1‖𝑦𝑛+1 0 − 𝑦𝑛 0‖ + |𝘙𝑛1+1 − 𝘙𝑛1 |(‖𝑦𝑛 0‖) + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ + ∑ 𝑙 𝑖=2 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙 𝑛𝑖+1)|‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ ≤ 𝘙𝑛1+1‖𝑦𝑛+1 0 − 𝑦𝑛 0‖ + (∑ 𝑙 𝑖=2 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1)|‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ + |𝘙𝑛1+1 − 𝘙𝑛1 |(‖𝑦𝑛 0‖)) + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ ≤ 𝘙𝑛1+1‖𝑦𝑛+1 0 − 𝑦𝑛 0‖ + ((∑ 𝑙 𝑖=2 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1)| + |𝘙𝑛0+1 − 𝘙𝑛0 |) 𝐾) + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ ihjpas. 36(2)2023 370 ≤ 𝘙𝑛1+1k + ((∑ 𝑙 𝑖=1 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1)| + |𝘙𝑛1+1 − 𝘙𝑛1 |) 𝐾) + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ 𝐾 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖, ‖𝑦𝑛 0‖, ‖𝑦𝑛+1 0 − 𝑦𝑛 0‖} next , to find, ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ for 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ≥ 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 , we have ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ = ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛 ( 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 + (1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ) 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 ) − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ ≤ ‖ 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 + (1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ) 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ = ‖ 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 + (1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ) 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 + (1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ) 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 ‖ = ‖ 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 + (1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ) 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 + (1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ) 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ ≤ 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ +|1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 | (‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 + 𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 )‖) ≤ ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ +|1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 | (‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 + 𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 ‖) ≤ ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ +|1 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 | 𝑆 where 𝑆 = sup {‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛+1𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 + 𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 ‖, 𝑛 ≥ 0} ≤ ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ +| 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 −𝜉𝑛 𝑖 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 | 𝑆 ≤ ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ + 𝑆 𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 | ≤ ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖−1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ + 𝑠 𝜉 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝑟𝑛 𝑖 | ≤ ‖𝘚(𝑛+1)𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛+1) + (1 − 𝘚(𝑛+1)𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛+1) − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛) + (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛)‖ + 𝑆 𝜉 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 | ≤ ‖𝘚(𝑛+1)𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛+1) − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 𝑓(𝑥𝑛)‖ + ‖(1 − 𝘚(𝑛+1)𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛+1) − (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) 𝑔(𝑥𝑛)‖ + 𝑆 𝜉 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 | ≤ 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ‖(𝑥𝑛+1) − (𝑥𝑛)‖ + (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 )‖ (𝑥𝑛+1) − (𝑥𝑛)‖ + 𝑆 𝜉 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 | ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + 𝑆 𝜉 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 | ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ ≤ 𝘙𝑛0+1k + ((∑ ( 𝑙 𝑖=1 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1)| + |𝘙𝑛0+1 − 𝘙𝑛0 |)𝐾) + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 ( 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + 𝑆 𝜉 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 |) ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + 𝘙𝑛0+1k + ((∑ ( 𝑙 𝑖=1 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1)| + |𝘙𝑛0+1 − 𝘙𝑛0 |)𝐾) + 𝑆 𝜉 ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 |𝑙𝑖=1 (2.3) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 371 now,we have ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑖 ‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛 ‖ + 𝑆 𝜉 ∑ (|𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 |)𝑙𝑖=1 + 𝘙𝑛0+1k + ((∑ ( 𝑙 𝑖=0 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1)|)𝐾) now, we estimate ‖𝑥𝑛+2 − 𝑥𝑛+1‖ . since 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝛼𝑛 𝑥 + (1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚 = ‖𝑥𝑛+2 − 𝑥𝑛+1‖ = ‖𝘘𝑛+1𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛+1)𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 − 𝘘𝑛𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ ≤ 1 − 𝘘𝑛 )‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ + |𝘘𝑛+1 − 𝘘𝑛|(‖𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥‖ + ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 ‖) ≤ (1 − 𝘘𝑛)‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ + l|𝘘𝑛+1 − 𝘘𝑛+1| where l =‖𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥‖ + ‖𝑦𝑛+1 𝑚 ‖ .so, we get ‖𝑥𝑛+2 − 𝑥𝑛+1‖ ≤ (1 − 𝘘𝑛)‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + 𝘙𝑛0+1k + ((∑ ( 𝑙 𝑖=0 |( 𝘙𝑛𝑖 − 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1)|)𝐾) + 𝑆 𝜉 ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖+1 |𝜉𝑛+1 𝑖 − 𝜉𝑛 𝑖 |𝑙𝑖=1 + l|𝘘𝑛+1 − 𝘘𝑛+1| so, ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + ‖𝘘𝑛 𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ = ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + ‖𝘘𝑛𝑥 + 𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝘘𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ = ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + ‖𝘘𝑛𝑥 − 𝘘𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛‖ + 𝘘𝑛 ‖𝑥 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚‖ we have ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛 𝑚 ‖ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ . now , we show that ‖𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ → 0 for all 𝑖 = 1,2, . . 𝑀 . in fact , let {𝑥𝑛𝑘 } be a subsequence of {𝑥𝑛} such that lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1‖ = lim 𝑘→∞ ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘 𝑖−1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘 𝑦𝑛𝑘 𝑖−1‖ , and let {𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 } be a subsequence of {𝑥𝑛𝑘 } such that lim 𝑘→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘 − 𝑒‖ = lim𝑙→∞ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖ . then we have ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖ = ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 + 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + ‖𝘙𝑛0 𝑦𝑛 𝑜 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + ‖𝘙𝑛0 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑜 − 𝑒‖ + ‖∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=2 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + 𝘙𝑛0 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑜 − 𝑒‖ + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + 𝘙𝑛0 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑜 − 𝑒‖ + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑒‖ ihjpas. 36(2)2023 372 ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + 𝘙𝑛0 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 1 − 𝑒‖ + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + 𝘙𝑛0 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 1 − 𝑒‖ + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=2 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑒‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 ‖ + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=0 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖=‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑀 ‖ + ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖ therefore lim 𝑙→∞ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖ ≤ lim 𝑙→∞ ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑚 − 𝑒‖ 2 = ‖𝘙𝑛0 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 1 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 𝑙 𝑖=2 − 𝑒 ‖ 2 = (1 − ∑ 𝛽𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑚𝑙 𝑖=1 ) ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 1 − 𝑒‖ 2 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑒‖ 2 − (1 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ) ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 ‖ 2 ≤ (1 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ) ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑒‖ 2 − (1 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ) ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 1 ‖ 2 ≤ ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖−1 − 𝑒‖ 2 − (1 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ) ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 ‖ 2 ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖ 2 − (1 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ) ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 1 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 ‖ 2 hence,(1 − ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ) ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖𝑘𝑙 𝑙 𝑖=1 ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 ‖ 2 ≤ ‖𝑥𝑛𝑘𝑙 − 𝑒‖ 2 − ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑒‖ 2 → 0 , as 𝑙 → ∞ therefore, we have ‖𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑦𝑛𝑘𝑙 𝑖 ‖ → 0 . which implies that lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖𝑦𝑛 𝑖 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖 ‖ = 0. hence ‖𝑦𝑛 𝑖 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖 ‖ → 0 , for all i . as the same way, we obtain ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑥𝑛‖ → 0.next we show that lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 < 𝑥 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑥) , 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑥) > ≤ 0. let {𝑥𝑛𝑘 } be a subsequence of {𝑥𝑛} ⇀ 𝑥 ∗ and 𝑥 ∗ ∈ 𝑆 lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 < 𝑣 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣) , 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣) > = lim 𝑘→∞ < 𝑣 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣) , 𝑥𝑛𝑘 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣) > . = < 𝑣 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣), 𝑥 ∗ − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣) ≤ 0. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 373 finally , we show that ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣)‖ → 0 . from lemma, we have ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑠(𝑣)‖ 2 = ‖𝘘𝑛𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹 (𝑣)‖ 2 = ‖𝘘𝑛𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹 𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − [(1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣) − 𝘘𝑛 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣)]‖ 2 ≤ ‖𝘘𝑛(𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑥 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑠(𝑣) + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)(𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑠(𝑣)) ‖ 2 ≤ (1 − 𝘘𝑛)‖𝑦𝑛 𝑚 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣)‖ 2 + 𝘘𝑛 ‖ 𝑥 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣)‖ 2 ≤ (1 − 𝘘𝑛 )‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣)‖ 2 + 𝘘𝑛‖ 𝑥 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹(𝑣)‖ 2 that ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹 (𝑣)‖ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. this completes the proof . corollary : 2.2 .if ℳ𝑖 are m.m. operators such that 𝐹(𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑠) ⋂ ℳ𝑖 −1 0 ≠ ∅𝑙𝑖=1 under (i-ii) in theorem (3.1). then {𝑥𝑛} defined by 𝑥 ∈ 𝐶 and { 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 = 𝘚𝑛𝑖 (𝑥𝑛 ) + (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) (𝑥𝑛) 𝑦𝑛 𝑚 = 𝘙𝑛1 𝑦𝑛 0 + ∑ 𝘙𝑛𝑖 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1𝑙 𝑖=2 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝘘𝑛𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚, 𝑛, 𝑚 ≥ 0 convergess to 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝛹𝑥 . corollary : 2.3 .if ℳ𝑖 are m.m. operators such that ℳ𝑖 −1 0 ≠ ∅.under (i-ii) in theorem (3.1). then the sequences {𝑥𝑛} defined by 𝑥 ∈ 𝐶 and { 𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1 = 𝘚𝑛𝑖 (𝑥𝑛 ) + (1 − 𝘚𝑛𝑖 ) (𝑥𝑛) 𝑦𝑛 𝑚 = 𝘙𝑛1 𝑦𝑛 0 + ∑ 𝘙 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑖,𝑛𝑦𝑛 𝑖−1𝑙 𝑖=2 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝘘𝑛 𝑥 + (1 − 𝘘𝑛)𝑦𝑛 𝑚, 𝑛, 𝑚 ≥ 0 s-converges to 𝑥 . 3. conclusion in this article, a new iterative methods of approximation fixed point are presented. on the other hand, the s-convergence by using multivalued operators also proven. references 1. bruck, e., a strongly convergent iterative solution for a maximal monotone operator in hilbert space, j. math. anal. appl. 1974,48,114 -126 . 2. rockafellar, t., monotone operator and the proximal point algorithm, siam j. control optim. 1976, 14,877 – 898. 3. rockafellar.t., monotone operators and proximal point algorithm, siam j. control optim., 1976,14 ,887-897. 4. fattorini,o. , infinite-dimensional optimaization and control theory, cambridge university press, cambrige, 1999. 5. moudafi. a., viscosity approximation methods for fixed-point proplems, j. math. anal. appl. 2000, 241, 46-55,. 6. hugh. r.; malik, p.; kumar, v. on a new faster implicit fixed point iterative scheme inconvex metric space . j. funct. spaces 2015. 7. khan,r.; kumar, v.;nawal, s.; chugh, r., random iterative algorithms and almost surestability in banach space, filomat,2017, 31, 3611-3626. 8. kumar, v.; hussain, n.; malik, p.; chugh, r.jungck-type implicit iterative algorithms with numerical example , filomat, 2017,31, 2303-2320. 9. zena ,m ; alaa, a, on the convergence of new iteration schemes by resolvent za-jungck mapping,journal of interdisciplinary mathematics, to appear, 2022. 10. maibed , h. ; hussein, s. , approximation fixed point theorems via generalized like contraction mappings, aip conference proceedings 2022, 2398, 060081. https://aip.scitation.org/author/maibed%2c+zena+hussein https://aip.scitation.org/author/hussein%2c+saad+shakeir ihjpas. 36(2)2023 374 11. dadashi, v.;postolache, m. forward-backward splitting algorithms for fixed point problems and zeros of the sum of monotone operators, arab. j. math. 2019, 1-11. 12. maibed, z. ; thajil, a, zenali iteration method for approximating fixed point of za – quasi contractive mappings, haitham journal for pure and applied science, oct 20, 2021. 13. jamil ,z. ; abed, b., on a modified sp-iterative scheme for approximating fixed point of a contraction mapping, iraqi journal of scienceno. 2015, 56, 4b, 3230-3239,june. 14.boikanyo. a. and morosanu g., a contraction proximal point algorithm with two monotone operators, nonlinear anal. (tma), 2019, 75, 5686-5692. 15.cholamjiak, p.;suparat, k., p. nattawut, weak and strong convergence theorems for the inclusion problems and fixed point of nonexpansive mappings, mathematics , (mdpi), 2019, 7(167). 15.jong ,k. ; truong ,m.new iterative methods for finding a common zero of a finite familiy of monotone operators in hilbert space, bull. korean math. soc. 2017, 54 ,4, 1347-1359, 16.xu.k., viscosity approximations method for nonexpansive mappings, j. math. anal. appl. 2004, 298, 1, 279-291. 17.chang ,s. on chidume's open equestions and approximate solutions of multivalued strongly accretive mapping equations in banach space, j. math. anal. appl 1997, 216, 1, 94-111. 18. xu, g.,weak and strong convergence theorems for strict pseudo-contraction in hilbert space , j. math. anal. appl. 2017,329, 336-346. 19.suzuki, t.,strong convergence of krasnoselskii and mann's type sequences for oneparameter nonexpansive semigroups without bochner integrals, j. math. anal. appl. 2005, 305, 227-239. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 323 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: raghad.i.sabri@uotechnology.edu.iq abstract the study of fixed points on the maps fulfilling certain contraction requirements has several applications and has been the focus of numerous research endeavors. on the other hand, as an extension of the idea of the best approximation, the best proximity point (ɓƥƥ) emerges. the best approximation theorem ensures the existence of an approximate solution; the best proximity point theorem is considered for addressing the problem in order to arrive at an optimum approximate solution. this paper introduces a new kind of proximal contraction mapping and establishes the best proximity point theorem for such mapping in fuzzy normed space (�̃�𝑁 space). in the beginning, the concept of the best proximity point was introduced. the concept of proximal contractive mapping in the context of fuzzy normed space is then presented. following that, the best proximity point theory for this kind of mapping is established. in addition, we provide an example application of the results. keywords: fuzzy normed space, �̃�– �̃� −proximal contractive mapping, best proximity point, best proximity point theorems, proximal contractive mapping . 1. introduction and preliminaries according to the renowned banach's contraction principle[1], any contraction self-mapping in a complete metric space has a unique fixed point. this idea has been expanded and generalized in numerous approaches. consider 𝛬: 𝐿 ̃ → 𝐷 ̃ to be a non-self mapping, 𝐿 ̃ and 𝐷 ̃ are subsets of a metric space (𝑄, 𝑑). there may or may not be a solution to the equation 𝛬𝜔 = 𝜔. the presence of an approximate solution that is optimum is examined via the best proximity point (𝐵𝑃𝑃) theorems. an optimum approximation solution 𝜔 is one for which the error d(𝜔; 𝛬𝜔) is small, and this is the goal of 𝐵𝑃𝑃 theorem. these optimal approximation solutions are referred to as the best proximity points (𝐵𝑃𝑃) of 𝛬. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3080 article history: received 19 october 2022, accepted 12 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq best proximity point theorem for �̃�– �̃� −proximal contractive mapping in fuzzy normed space *sabri .raghad i mathematics and computer applications, department of applied sciences, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. raghad.i.sabri@uotechnology.edu.iq buthainah oa. a. ahmed department of mathematics, college of science, university baghdad, baghdad, iraq. buthaina.a@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:raghad.i.sabri@uotechnology.edu.iq mailto:raghad.i.sabri@uotechnology.edu.iq mailto:raghad.i.sabri@uotechnology.edu.iq mailto:buthaina.a@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:buthaina.a@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 324 on the other hand, katsaras [2] was a pioneer in establishing fuzzy norms in linear spaces. numerous articles on fuzzy normed spaces have been published; see [3–9]. in this paper, the notion of �̃�– �̃� − proximal contractive mapping (briefly, �̃�– �̃� − 𝑃𝐶 mapping) in a fuzzy normed space is presented, as well as the proof of the best proximity point theorem for this mapping. an illustration, in the form of examples, is offered to demonstrate how significant the results are. for completeness, we provide some fundamental notions. definition 1.1[10]: let 𝑄 be a vector space over a field 𝑅. a fuzzy normed space (briefly, �̃�𝑁 space) refers to the triplet (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛) where ⊛ represents a t-norm, �̃�𝑁 is a fuzzy set on 𝑄 × 𝑅 fulfilling the requirements below for each 𝜔, 𝜌 ∈ 𝑄. (�̃�𝑁 1)�̃�𝑁 (𝜔, 0) = 0, (�̃�𝑁 2)�̃�𝑁 (𝜔, 𝜏) = 1, ∀𝜏 > 0 if and only 𝑖𝑓 𝜔 = 0, (�̃�𝑁 3)�̃�𝑁 (𝛾𝜔, 𝜏) = �̃�𝑁 (𝜔, 𝜏/|𝛾|), ∀ 0 ≠ 𝛾 ∈ 𝑅, 𝜏 ≥ 0 (�̃�𝑁 4) �̃�𝑁 (𝜔, 𝜏) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔, 𝑠) ≤ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 + 𝜌, 𝜏 + 𝑠), ∀𝜏, 𝑠 ≥ 0 (�̃�𝑁 5) �̃�𝑁 (𝜔, . ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑢𝑜𝑢𝑠 for each 𝜔 ∈ 𝑄, and �̃�𝑁 (𝜔, 𝜏) = 1 . definition 1.2[11]: let (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛) be a �̃�𝑁 space. a sequence {𝜔𝑛} is called convergent if ∃𝜔 ∈ 𝑄, such that �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔, 𝜏) = 1 for each > 0 . and {𝜔𝑛} is called cauchy sequence if �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+𝑗 − 𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) = 1 for each 𝜏 > 0 and 𝑗 = 1,2, … definition1.3[11]: if (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛) is a �̃�𝑁 space. then, if each cauchy sequence in q is convergent in q, the �̃�𝑁 space (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛) is termed to be complete. in a fuzzy metric space (𝑄, 𝐹𝑀 ,⊛), c. vetro and p. salimi [12] presented the notion of fuzzy distance. consider 𝐿 ̃𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷 ̃ be nonempty subsets of (𝑄, 𝐹𝑀 ,⊛) and 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏) , 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏) denoted by the sets: 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏) = {𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃ ∶ 𝐹𝑀 ( 𝜔, 𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝐹𝑀 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) for some 𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃} 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏) = {𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃ ∶ 𝐹𝑀 (𝜔, 𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝐹𝑀 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) for some 𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃} where, 𝐹𝑀 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) = sup {𝐹𝑀 ( 𝜔, 𝜌, 𝜏): 𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃, 𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃}, the aforementioned notion is proposed in this paper in a �̃�𝑁 space as follows: ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 325 suppose that 𝐿 ̃ and 𝐷 ̃ are nonempty subsets of (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛) and 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏) , 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏) are denoted by the following sets: 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏) = {𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃ ∶ �̃�𝑁 ( 𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏),for some 𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃}; 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏) = {𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃ ∶ �̃�𝑁 ( 𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏), for some 𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃}; where, 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) = 𝑠𝑢𝑝{�̃�𝑁 ( 𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏): 𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃, 𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃}. 2. main results in this section, a new class of proximal contraction mapping, known as �̃�– �̃� − 𝑃𝐶 mapping is presented, followed by the proof of the 𝐵𝑃𝑃 theorem for such a mapping in fuzzy normed space. definition 2.1: let (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛) be a fuzzy banach space and 𝐿 ̃ and 𝐷 ̃ be nonempty closed subsets of (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛). an element 𝜔 ⋆ ∈ 𝐿 ̃ is termed as ɓpp of a mapping 𝛬: 𝐿 ̃ → 𝐷 ̃ if it meets the criteria �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬𝜔⋆, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑(𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) for each 𝜏 > 0. let �̃� represent the set of all functions �̃�: [0, ∞) → [0, 1] for which �̃� is a lower semicontinuous function and �̃�(𝛿) = 1 if and only if 𝛿 = 1. let �̃� represent the set of all functions �̃�: [0, ∞) → [0, 1] where �̃� is continuous and nondecreasing and �̃�(𝛿) = 1 if and only if 𝛿 = 1. definition 2.2: let (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 , ⊛) be a fuzzy normed space with two nonempty subsets 𝐿 ̃ and 𝐷 ̃. then 𝐷 ̃ is said to be approximatively compact with respect to 𝐿 ̃ if each sequence {𝜌𝑛 } in 𝐷 ̃, meeting the condition �̃�𝑁 ( 𝜔 − 𝜌𝑛, 𝜏) → 𝑁𝑒 ( 𝜔, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) where 𝑁𝑒 ( 𝜔, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) =𝑏∈𝐷 ̃ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 {�̃�𝑁 ( 𝜔 − 𝑏, 𝜏)} for all 𝜏 > 0 and some 𝜔 in 𝐿 ̃ , has a convergent subsequence. definition 2.3: let 𝐿 ̃ and 𝐷 ̃ be nonempty subsets of a fuzzy normed space (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛) and let 𝛬: 𝐿 ̃ → 𝐷 ̃ be a given mapping. a mapping 𝛬 is called �̃�– �̃� − 𝑃𝐶 mapping if �̃�𝑁 (𝑢 − 𝛬𝜔, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) �̃�𝑁 (𝑣 − 𝛬𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃ , 𝜏) } ⇒ �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝑢 − 𝑣, 𝜏)) ≥ �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏)) + �̃� ( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 − 𝑦, 𝜏)) (1) holds for each 𝜔, 𝜌, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 ̃, 𝜏 > 0, �̃� ∈ �̃� and �̃� ∈ �̃�. below, we provide and illustrate our study results. theorem 2.4: let 𝐿 ̃and 𝐷 ̃be nonempty subsets of a fuzzy banach space (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛), 𝐿 ̃° is nonempty and 𝐷 ̃ is approximatively compact with respect to 𝐿 ̃. let 𝛬: 𝐿 ̃ → 𝐷 ̃ be �̃�– �̃� − 𝑃𝐶 mapping such that 𝛬(𝐿 ̃°(𝜏)) ⊆ 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏) for all 𝜏 > 0.then 𝛬 possesses a unique ɓpp, that is, a unique 𝜔⋆ ∈ 𝐿 ̃ exists such that �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬𝜔⋆, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏). proof: since 𝐿 ̃° is not empty, we choose 𝜔° in 𝐿 ̃°. taking 𝛬𝜔° ∈ 𝛬(𝐿 ̃°(𝜏)) ⊆ 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏) into account, we can find 𝜔1 in 𝐿 ̃° such that �̃�𝑁 (𝜔1 − 𝛬𝜔°, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑(𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃ , 𝜏). further, since 𝛬𝜔1 ∈ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 326 𝛬(𝐿 ̃°(𝜏)) ⊆ 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏), consequently, an element 𝜔2 exists in 𝐿 ̃° such that �̃�𝑁 (𝜔2 − 𝛬𝜔1, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏). by repeating the process, we get a sequence {𝜔𝑛} in 𝐿 ̃° fulfills �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝛬𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑(𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏); for each 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 ∪ {0}. (2) now employing (2) and using (1) with 𝑢 = 𝜌 = 𝜔𝑛 , 𝑣 = 𝜔𝑛+1 and 𝜔 = 𝜔𝑛−1 yields the following result: �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏)) ≥ �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛−1 − 𝜔𝑛, 𝜏)) + �̃� ( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛−1 − 𝜔𝑛, 𝜏)) (3) which implies �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛−1 − 𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 and hence { �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏)} is an increasing sequence. hence, 𝑙(𝜏) ∈ (0, 1] exists such that �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏) = 𝑙(𝜏) for every 𝜏 > 0. we will verify that 𝑙(𝜏) = 1 for every 𝜏 > 0. assume that 0 < 𝑙 (𝜏° ) < 1 where 𝜏° > 0; then limiting as 𝑛 → ∞ in (3) yields, �̃�(𝑙(𝜏° )) ≥ �̃� (𝑙(𝜏° )) + �̃�(𝑙(𝜏° )) and as a result, �̃�(𝑙(𝜏° )) ≤ 0, which is contradictory. this means that for every 𝜏 > 0, 𝑙 (𝜏) = 1. hence, �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏) = 1 (4) next, we demonstrate that {𝜔𝑛} is a cauchy sequence. contrarily, consider {𝜔𝑛} is not cauchy sequence. then 𝑧 ∈ (0,1) and 𝜏° > 0 exists such that, for each 𝜅 ≥ 1, 𝑚(𝜅), 𝑛(𝜅) ∈ 𝑁 exists with 𝑚(𝜅) > 𝑛(𝜅) ≥ 𝜅 and ≤ 1 − 𝑧 consider 𝑚(𝜅) is the least integer surpassing 𝑛(𝑘) meeting the preceding inequality, which means 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 > 1 − 𝑧 so, for every 𝜅, 1 − 𝑧 ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑚(𝜅)−1, 𝜏°) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅)−1 − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°) > �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑚(𝜅)−1, 𝜏°) ⊛ 1 − 𝑧 in the preceding inequality, if we take the limit to be 𝜅 → ∞ and use (4), we acquire the following: �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°) = 1 − 𝑧 (5) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 327 now from �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅)+1 − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅)+1, 𝜏°) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅)+1 − 𝜔𝑚(𝜅), 𝜏°) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅)+1, 𝜏°) and, �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑚(𝜅)+1, 𝜏°) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅)+1 − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅)+1, 𝜏°) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛(𝜅)+1 − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°) it follows that �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅)+1 − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅)+1, 𝜏°) = 1 − 𝑧 (6) from (2), we know that {�̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅)+1 − 𝛬𝜔𝑚(𝜅), 𝜏°) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏°) �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛(𝜅)+1 − 𝛬𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°) = 𝑁𝑑(𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏°) (7) therfore , by (1) and (7), we have �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅)+1 − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅)+1, 𝜏°)) ≥ �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°)) + �̃� ( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑚(𝜅) − 𝜔𝑛(𝜅), 𝜏°)) using 𝜅 → ∞ as the limit in the previous inequality, we acquire: �̃�(1 − 𝑧) ≥ �̃�(1 − 𝑧) + �̃�( 1 − 𝑧) which is a contradiction. now, if �̃�( 1 − 𝑧) = 1, �̃�'s property implies that 𝑧 =0, which is a contradiction. hence, {𝜔𝑛} is a cauchy sequence. the sequence {𝜔𝑛} converges to some 𝜔 ∗ ∈ 𝑄 because of the completeness of (𝑄, �̃�𝑁 ,⊛), which is, �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏) = 1 for each 𝜏 > 0. on the other hand, we can write: 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) = �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝛬𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝛬𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) = �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏) ⊛ 𝑁𝑑(𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) which indicates ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 328 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) ≥ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏) ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝜏) ⊛ 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) using 𝑛 → ∞ as the limit in the previous inequality, we acquire: 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) ≥ 1 ⊛ �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬𝜔𝑛, 𝜏) ≥ 1 ⊛ 1 ⊛ 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) meaning, �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬ҳ𝑛, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) since 𝐷 ̃ is approximatively compact with respect to 𝐿 ̃, the sequence {𝛬𝜔𝑛} has a subsequence {𝛬𝜔𝑛𝑘 } that converges to some 𝑏 ∈ 𝐷 ̃ . therefore, �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝑏, 𝜏) =�̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛𝑘+1 − 𝛬𝜔𝑛𝑘 , 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑(𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃ , 𝜏) and, so 𝜔⋆ ∈ 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏). since 𝛬𝜔 ⋆ ∈ 𝛬(𝐿 ̃°(𝜏)) ⊆ 𝐷 ̃°(𝜏), there exists 𝑧 ∈ 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏) such that �̃�𝑁 (𝑧 − 𝛬𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏). accordingly, inequality (1) with 𝑢 = 𝜔𝑛+1, 𝑣 = 𝑧, 𝜔 = 𝜔𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜌 = 𝜔 ⋆ demonstrates that �̃�( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛+1 − 𝑧, 𝜏)) ≥ �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏)) + �̃�( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔𝑛 − 𝜔 ⋆, 𝜏)). letting 𝑛 → ∞ then we get �̃�( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝑧, 𝜏)) ≥ �̃�(1) + �̃�( 1) ≥ 1. this implies �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝑧, 𝜏) = 1 for each 𝜏 > 0, that is, 𝜔⋆ = 𝑧 𝑎𝑛𝑑 �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬𝜔⋆, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏). now to prove uniqueness, suppose that 𝜁 ∗ ≠ 𝜔⋆, such that �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝛬𝜔⋆, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) and �̃�𝑁 (𝜁 ∗ − 𝛬𝜁∗, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏). now, using (1) with 𝑢 = 𝜔 = 𝜔 ⋆ and 𝑣 = 𝜌 = 𝜁∗ we acquire, �̃�( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜁∗, 𝜏)) ≥ �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜁∗, 𝜏)) + �̃�(�̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜁∗, 𝜏)). and so �̃� ( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜁∗, 𝜏)) ≤ 0 which is a contradiction. thus �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 ⋆ − 𝜁∗, 𝜏) = 1 for all 𝜏 > 0 and so 𝜔⋆ = 𝜁∗. example2.5: consider 𝑄 = 𝑅 and �̃�𝑁 : 𝑄 × 𝑅 → [0,1] be a fuzzy norm specified by: �̃�𝑁 ( 𝜔, 𝜏) = 𝑒 (− ‖𝜔‖ 𝜏 ) , where 𝜔 ∈ 𝑄 and 𝜏 > 0, and ‖𝜔‖: 𝑅 → [0, ∞) such that ‖𝜔‖ = |𝜔|. let 𝐿 ̃ = { 5,6,7} 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷 ̃ = { 2,3,4}. so that, 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) = 𝑠𝑢𝑝{�̃�𝑁 (𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏): 𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃, 𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃ } = 𝑒 (− 1 𝜏 ) . then 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏) = 5 and 𝐷 ̃ °(𝜏) = 4. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 329 also, define 𝛬: 𝐿 ̃ → 𝐷 ̃ by 𝛬(𝜔) = {4, 𝑖𝑓 𝜔 = 5 𝜔 − 2 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 observe that 𝛬(𝐿 ̃°(𝜏)) ⊆ 𝐷 ̃ °(𝜏). also, assume that { �̃�𝑁 (𝑢 − 𝛬𝜔, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑(𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) �̃�𝑁 (𝑣 − 𝛬𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) then we have 𝑢 = 𝑣 = 3. now, we define �̃�, �̃� ∶ [0, ∞) → [0,1] by �̃�(𝛿) = 1 − 𝛿 and �̃�(𝛿) = 𝛿 2 for each 𝛿 ∈ [0, 1] then we have �̃�𝑁 (𝑢 − 𝑣, 𝜏) = 𝑒 (− ‖𝑢−𝑣‖ 𝜏 ) = 𝑒 (− |3−3| 𝜏 ) = 1 ≥ �̃� (�̃�𝑁 (𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏)) + �̃�( �̃�𝑁 (𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏)) for all 𝜏 > 0. as a result, all of the requirements of theorem 2.4 are met and the mapping 𝛬 possesses a unique ɓ𝑃𝑃. the unique ɓpp of 𝛬 in this example is 𝜔⋆ = 3. example2.6: consider 𝑄 = 𝑅 and �̃�𝑁 : 𝑄 × 𝑅 → [0,1] be a fuzzy norm specified by: �̃�( 𝜔, 𝜏) = 𝜏 𝜏+‖𝜔‖ , 𝜔 ∈ 𝑄 and 𝜏 > 0, where ‖𝜔‖: 𝑅 → [0, ∞) and ‖𝜔‖ = |𝜔|. let 𝐿 ̃ = { 2,3,4} 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷 ̃ = { 6,7,8,9,10} , 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) = 𝑠𝑢𝑝{�̃�(𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏): 𝜔 ∈ 𝐿 ̃, 𝜌 ∈ 𝐷 ̃ } = 𝜏 𝜏 + 2 also, define 𝛬: 𝐿 ̃ → 𝐷 ̃ by 𝛬(𝜔) = {6, 𝑖𝑓 𝜔 = 4 𝜔 + 4 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 observe that 𝐿 ̃°(𝜏) = {4} and 𝐷 ̃ °(𝜏) = {6}, 𝛬(𝐿 ̃°(𝜏)) ⊆ 𝐷 ̃ °(𝜏). assume that { �̃�(𝑢 − 𝛬𝜔, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) �̃�(𝑣 − 𝛬𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝑁𝑑 (𝐿 ̃, 𝐷 ̃, 𝜏) then 𝑢 = 𝑣 = 4. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 330 now, we define �̃�, �̃� ∶ [0, ∞) → [0,1] by �̃�(𝛿) = 𝛿 and �̃�(𝛿) = 𝛿 2 for all 𝛿 ∈ [0, 1] then we have �̃�(𝑢 − 𝑣, 𝜏) = 𝜏 𝜏+|4−4| = 1 ≥ �̃� (�̃�(𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏)) + �̃�( �̃�(𝜔 − 𝜌, 𝜏)) for all 𝜏 > 0. as a result, all of the requirements of theorem 2.4 are fulfilled and the mapping 𝛬 possesses unique ɓpp. the unique ɓpp of 𝛬 in this example is 𝜔⋆ = 4. 3. conclusions this paper introduces the notion of �̃�– �̃� − 𝑃𝐶 mapping in a fuzzy normed space and proves the ɓpp theorem for this mapping. to demonstrate the significance of the results, an example is provided. this work may be seen as the basis for future research that studies the applications of this kind of mapping within the framework of the notion of a fuzzy normed space. references 1. banach, s. sur les opérations dans les ensembles abstraits et leur application aux équations integrals, fundamenta mathematicae, 1922, 3, 133–181. 2. katsaras a. k. fuzzy topological vector spaces i, fuzzy sets and systems, 1981, 6(1), 85–95. 3. bînzar, t.; pater, f.; nădăban, s. a study of boundedness in fuzzy normed linear spaces, symmetry, 2019, 11(7),923. 4. sabri, r. i. fuzzy convergence sequence and fuzzy compact operators on standard fuzzy normed spaces, baghdad science journal, 2021, 18(4), 1204–1211. 5. kider, j. r.; kadhum, n. a. properties of fuzzy norm of fuzzy bounded operators. iraqi journal of science, 2021, 58(3a), 1237–1281. 6. bînzar, t.; pater, f.; nădăban, s. fixed-point theorems in fuzzy normed linear spaces for contractive mappings with applications to dynamic-programming, symmetry, 2022, 14(10), 112. 7. sharma, m.; hazarika, d. fuzzy bounded linear operator in fuzzy normed linear spaces and its fuzzy compactness, new mathematics and natural computation, 2020, 16(1), 177-193. 8. rassias, j.; karthikeyan, s.; ganapathy, g.; suresh, m.; kumar, t. generalized ulam-hyers stability results of a quadratic functional equation in felbin’s type fuzzy normed linear spaces, international journal of analysis and applications, 2022, 20, 15. 9. rana, a.; buthainah, a.; fadhel, f. on fixed point theorem in fuzzy normed space, journal of al-nahrain university, 2015, 18(4), 138-143. 10. nadaban, s.; dzitac, i. atomic decompositions of fuzzy normed linear spaces for wavelet applications, informatica (netherlands), 2014, 25(4), 643–662. 11. bag, t.; samanta, s. k. finite-dimensional fuzzy normed linear spaces, journal of fuzzy mathematics, 2003, 11(3), 687–705. 12. vetro, c.; salimi, p. best proximity point results in non-archimedean fuzzy metric spaces, fuzzy information and engineering, 2013, 5(4), 417–429. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 effects of temperature on thermodynamic parameters and carbon nanotubes growth rate on aluminum electrode in electrochemical deposition process received in : 11 april 2010 accepte d in : 27 september 2010 a. i. rasheed departme nt of chemistry , college of science ,al-mustansiriyah unive rsity abstract the op timum p rocess conditions of the electrochemical deposition of carbon nanotubes (cnt ) have been established by using developed, cheap and simp le sy st em. it has been found that t emp erature affects on t he rate, purity and the y ield of cnt obtained in this p rocess. the electrochemical behavior of cnt deposition, kinetic and thermody namic p arameters were also discussed. key words: thermodynamic parame ters, carbon nanotubes, electrochemical deposition introduction since the discovery by sumio iijima [1], cnt s has a great deal of att ention, and a number of app lications have been p rop osed and demonst rated [2-5] carbon nanotubes have increasingly been st udied in recent y ears owing to their imp ortant p rop erties and a wide variety of p otential app lications [6]. elemental carbon has sp 2 hy bridization can form a variety of amazing st ructures [7]. it is well known that graphite carbon can build closed and op en cages as a honeycomb atomic arrangement. the nanotubes consisted of one (so called single-walled carbon nanotubes (swcnts) with diameters range from~1nm) or several cylindrical lay ers of rolled up grapheme sheets (so called multi-walled carbon nanotubes (m wcnts)) with inter lay er sp acing of (0.34-0.36) nm and diameter to~30nm.the length of nanotube is usually over 1µm.these lay ers are in most cases helical i.e., the carbon bonds form a sp iral around the cylinder [8]. the carbon nanotubes may be used, for examp le, as cataly st sup p ort or semiconductor [9-10]. several main methods are currently used for sy nthesis of carbon nanotubes, i.e. carbon sy nthesis [11]; chemical vapor deposition (cvd)[12] m icrowaves technique [13] laser vaporization [14] electrochemical deposition [15].although the production of cnt s is quite simple, it is up -to-now very difficult to obtain samples of good quality , containing as less contaminating material (nanoparticales, amorp hous or graphitic microparticales) as p ossible, with tubes showing well-defined graphitized lay ers and tips. the effect of the reaction temp erature on growt h rate, thermody namic p arameters and on the quality and quantity of carbon nanotubes formed in the electrochemical deposition have been studied. experime ntal all chemicals were reagent grade or the highest available commercial grade and were used as received. deionized water was obtained from an auto st ill water sy st em (yam at o co., ltd. wg25). cnts were sy nthesized by electrolysis using acetonitrile and de-ionized ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 water (1% v/v) as electrolyte. electrolysis was carried out at atmosp heric p ressure and the temp erature was varied as (288, 298, 308, 318, 328, 338 and 348) k using hotp late st irrer. carbon nanotubes were deposited onto aluminum sheet size (0.5x30x100mm) att ached to a copp er cathode. grap hite was used as the counter electrode (anode). before mounting the substrates on t he cathode, they were thoroughly cleaned and rinsed with de-ionized water and ethanol solution resp ectively. the electrodes were sep arated by a distance of ~10mm. the app lied d.c. voltage between the electrodes was kep t ~24 v using a d.c. p ower sup p ly cap able of generating stabilized voltage (24 v, 24a).6264b dc p ower sup p ly hewlett .packard. the deposition was carried out for ~ (4-6) h. the deposit was characterized by x-ray diffraction (xrd) (shim adzu xrd-6000) fourier transform infra red sp ectroscop y (ft ir) (shimadzu 8400s). m icroscop e (nikon eclipse m e600), scanning electron m icroscop e (sem ). results and discussion in our p revious st udy , we found that t he hy drocarbon deposition on the nanocry st alline aluminum oxide hy droxide cataly st is created in two forms: one as single-walled carbon nanotubes in colloidal and p recipitant forms and second as a multi-walled carbon nanotubes deposit on aluminum substrate [16] as shown in figure .1. it was found that acetonitrile can be an effective carbon source for the growt h of multi-walled carbon nanotubes. the quantity and quality of these materials depended on different p arameters, such as: temp erature, reaction time and the ch3cn:h2o ratio. fig. 2. illust rates the relation between the cnt s growt h with the time at different temp eratures varying from (288-348) k and have a similar shap es but with different characterist ics and behaviors at all temp eratures of exp eriments. it is an indication that the reaction rate of cnt s deposit formation varies in direct p rop ortion with variation of cell temp erature. from this figure we can see that low temp erature deposition p rocesses need about 45 minutes to st art flowing ions between electrodes due to p reparing aluminum oxide hy droxide film on aluminum substrate, while high temp erature p rocesses need about 15 minutes to st art cnts dep osition . in this work, also the relationship between varying temp erature of the electrolyte with the rate of cnt s growt h and with electrolyte conductivity have been st udied as shown in figures ( 3 and 4) resp ectively. the results indicated that as the temp erature rising from 288 k to 318k the cnt s growt h rate or electrolyte conductivity caused no significance, while above 318 k the rate of cnt s growt h and electroly te conductivity rise vigorously till 338 k and then drop vigorously with rising temp erature because of the growing of the reversible reaction in the electrolyte at high temp eratures. the effect of temp erature on the p urity of cnt s obtained during this p rocess has been followed by ir sp ectroscop y . the ir sp ectra shown in figure 5(a & b) app eared that cnt s sample p repared at (308 k) the absorp tion band (1350 cm -1 ) which related to t he absorp tion of carbonaceous imp urities (amorp hous carbon) was very st rong, and the absorp tion band (1637cm -1 ) which related to the absorp tion of carbon nanotubes surrounded with imp urities absorp tion bands. while in fig. 4(b) where the sample p repared at (338 k) cnts absorp tion band (1637cm -1 ) clearly app ears and imp urities absorp tion bands disap p ears. t hat’s due to the vigorously rising of the rate of reaction with rising cell temp erature and this means that reaction at high temp erature consumes all the amorp hous carbon in building cnt s while at (308 k) the reaction rate was very slow and there is a large amount of non used amorp hous carbon. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 the rate constants at temp erature range (288-348) k for this p rocess were determined by p lott ing in current versus. time of cnt s growt h, these different results were tabulated in table(1). these results indicate that the values of rate constant increase with the increase of temp erature as p reviously shown in figure (2). this st udy indicates that t he optimum temperature was 338 k and the amount of cnts decrease after reaching at 348 k. plotting ln (t1/2) against ln (current) in fig.6. shows a linear relationship which p rove that the reaction is first order. the kinetic and thermody namic p arameters were studied in this work. from slop and intercep t of arrhenius p lot shown in figure -7get the activation energy and the pre-exp onantional value (a) which equal to 34.8 kj.mole -1 and 194.9 s -1 resp ectively. from these values the thermody namic p arameters ∆ * h, ∆ * s and ∆ * g were calculated according to equation below [17]: ∆ * h = ea – rt (1) and ∆ * s from a = e (kbt/h) e (∆*s/ r) (2) therefore ∆ * g is calculated at different temp eratures from 288 k to 348 k from equation ∆ * g = ∆ * h t ∆ * s -------------------------(3) all results are listed in table .2. entrop y changes (∆ * s) calculated from p lott ing of gibbs free energy against temp erature (fig. 7.), it was found equal to -209.6 jmole -1 k -1 the p ositive values of ∆ * g gives an indication of non-sp ontaneous p rocess as one exp ected. the p rocess was endothermic due to p ositive values of ∆ * h (increasing temp erature during p rocess) i.e., that higher temp eratures are favored for enhanced removal of carbon ions from graphite electrode to growt h cnt s. therefore the ∆ * s was negative and small values suggest the decrease in adsorbate concentration in solid-solution interface indicating thereby the increase in sorbate concentration onto the solid p hase, means that the formation of cnts is less disorder. conclusion from this work, one can conclude that the reaction temp erature play s a critical role on the rate, y ield and p urity for p roducing cnt . the thermody namic values indicate the nonsp ontaneous, endothermic and more regular sy st em. re ferences 1. iijima, s. (1991) "helical microstructures of graphitic carbon", nature; 354: 56-57. 2. cao, s.; tao-zu, z.; lemaitre, m . g.; xia, m . g.; shim, m . and rogers, j. a. (2006) "transp arent flexible or ganic thin-film transistors that use p rinted single-walled carbon nanotube electrodes" app lied physics letters, 88: 1135111-1135113. 3. yoo, e.; habe, t. and nakamura, j. (2005) "possibilities of atomic hy drogen st orage by cabon nanotubes or graphite materials", science and technology of advanced m aterials; 6: 615-619. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 4. sear, k.; dumee, l.; schütz , j.; she, m .; huy nh, c.; hawkins, d.m . and gray , s. (2010) " recent develop ments in carbon nanotubes membranes for water p urification and gas sep aration", m aterials; 3: 127-149. 5. baughman, r.h.; zakhidov, a.a. and de heer, w.a. (2002) "carbon nanotubesthe route toward ap p licationsreview ", sience; 297: 787-297. 6. m orinobu, e.; takuay a, h.; yoong, a.k.; m auricio, t. and m ilred, s.; d., (2004): "ap p lications of carbon nanotubes in the twenty -first century ", phil. trans. r. soc. lond. a 362: 2223–2238. 7. dong, q.; gregory , j.w.; wing, k.l.; m in-feng, y. and rodney, s.r. (2002) "m echanics of carbon nanotubes", ap p l. m ech. rev 55: 495-533. 8. bonard, j.; m .; forro, l.; ugate, d.; de heer, w.a. and chatelain, a, (1998) "phy sics and chemistry of carbon nanostructures", europ ean chemisrty chronicale 3: 9-16. 9. chen, g.x.; kim, h.s.; park, b.h. and yoon, j.s., (2006) "m ulti-walled carbon reinforced nanotubes ny lon 6 composites" poly mer; 47: 4760–4767. 10. samal, s.s.; bal, s. (2008) "carbon nanotube reinforced ceramic matrix comp osite-a review" m inerals and m aterials charactization and engineering; 7(4): 355-370. 11. babanejad, s.a.r.; m alekfar, r. and seyy ed hosseini, s.m . r., (2009): "disp ersive m icro raman backscatt ering sp ectroscop y investigation of arc discharge sy nthesized cnt s dop ed by boron and nitrogen", acta phy sica polonica a.; 116: 217-220. 12. arjmadi, n.; sasanpour, p. and rashidian, b., (2009): "cvd sy nthesis of smalldiameter single-walled carbon nanotubes on silicon" computer science & engineering and electrical engineering 16(1): 61-64. 13. kharissova, o.v.; catanon, m .g.; pinero, h.j.l. and m endez, u.o., (2009): "fast p roduction method of fe-filled carbon nanotubes"m echanics of advanced m aterials and structures, 16: 63-68. 14. puretzky a. a.; schittenhelm, h.; fan, x.; lance, m .j.; allard, jr.l. f. and geohegan, d.b., (2002): "investigations of single-wall carbon nanotube growt h by time-rest ricted laser vaporization" the american phy sical society .; 65: 245-425. 15. pal, a.k.; roy , r.k.; m andal, s.k. and deb, g.b., (2005): electrodeposited carbon nanotubes t hin films", t hin soild films.; 476: 288-294. 16. hussain, d.h.; rasheed, a.i. and faisal, a.d., (2010): "sy nthesis of carbon nanotubes by electrochemical deposition using aluminu m subst rate", sp ecial edition researchers of t he 6 th confer ence college of science al-m ust ansiriy ah university from 9-10 februray , al-m ustansiriy ah journal of science.; 21(5) : 168-174. 17. laidler, k.j.; m eiser, j.h. and sauctuary, b.c., (2003): "phsical chemist ry ", 4 th edition houghton m ifflin comp any bost on new york pp 383-394. table(1): the values of rate constant. 348 338 328 318 308 298 288 temp . k 0.0004 0.0008 0.00069 0.00028 0.00026 0.00016 0.0001 kobs.s -1 0.9909 0.9300 0.9170 0.9524 0.9471 0.9923 0.9565 r 2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 table (2): thermodynami c paramete rs of ∆ * h, ∆ * s and ∆ * g. temp . k ∆ * h kj.mole -1 ∆ * s j.mole -1 .k -1 ∆ * g kj.mole -1 288 32.405 -209.10 92.597 298 32.322 -209.39 94.723 308 32.239 -209.66 96.814 318 32.156 -209.92 98.910 328 32.073 -210.19 101.015 338 31.989 -210.44 103.033 348 31.906 -210.68 105.222 fig.(1): s chematic diagram and a photo of cnt deposi t on aluminum electrode form s em. fig. (2): rel ationship between cnts growth with deposi tion ti me of different temperatures (288-348) k. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig. (3): the effect of temperature on cnts fig.(4): the effect of temperature on growth rate during deposition process. ele ctrolyte conductivity during cnts growth process. wavenumber (cm -1 ) t ra n sm it ta n ce % ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 w fig. (5): ir s pectra of prepared cnts sample (a) at 308 k (b) at 338 k. fig. (6): rel ationshi p between l n t1/2 vs. l n current at 288 k. t ra n sm it ta n ce % b ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig. (7): plot of arrhe ni us rel ationshi p for cnts growth. fig. (8): changes of gibbs free ene rgy against te mperature. 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة القیم الثرمودینامیكیة ومعدل سرعة نمو األنابیب فيتأثیرات درجة الحرارة النانونیة للكربون المترسبة على قطب األلمنیوم بطریقة الترسیب الكهربائي 2010نیسان 11:استلم البحث في 2010أیلول 27: قبل البحث في عبدالجبار إبراهیم رشید الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة العلوم ،قسم الكیمیاء الخــالصـــة cnt( هذا البحث تثبیت ظروف العمل المثلى لترسیب االنابیب النانویـة للكربـون تم في s ( باسـتخدام cnt)(ص وبسیط في عملیة الترسیب الكهروكیمیائي للـجهاز مطور ورخی s.اوجد في هذا العمل إن لدرجـة الحـرارة تـأثیر ،اذ cnt(سرعة التفاعل والنقاوة وكمیة الناتج من الــ في s .( ولهذا السبب فإَن مـن الظـروري التحقـق مـن السـلوك الكهروكیمیـائي .ودینامیكیة ودراسة القیم الحركیة والثرم) cnt(لعملیة ترسیب الـ ، األنابیب النانونیة للكاربون،طریقة الترسیب الكهربائي القیم الثرمودینامیكیة : الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 studies o n the relationship between chromium(iii) ion and thyroid peroxidase activity in sera of patients with thyroid dysfunctio n h. g.hasan, t. j.mahmood, p. a. ismael departme nt of chemistry ,college of education, i bin-alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad college of medicine, halwer medical unive rsity departme nt of chemistry ,college of education science, salahuddin unive rsity received in :27 october 2010 accepte d in :8 february 2011 abstract the objective of this st udy was to determine the concentration of trace element chromium(iii) and thy roid p eroxidase activity in human serum , and to find a relationship between the concentration of chromium(iii) and thy roid p eroxidase activity in serum of p atients with hy p othy roidism, hy p erthy roidism and healthy subjects. serum thy roid p eroxidase was measured by enzy me linked radioimmunoassay(elisa) method and chromium determination was by atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer .comparing the values of chromium concentration and thy roid peroxidase activity in both samples showed that there were significant p ositive correlations between chromium levels and thy roid p eroxidase activity (p<0.01, r=0.11). the results showed that serum thy roid p eroxidase activity and chromium levels were significantly higher in hy p erthy roidism p atients (152.0±4.6 iu/l) (2.159±0.15 p p b) resp ectively than normal (51.0±1.8 iu/l) (0.378±0.024 p p b) resp ectively and lower than normal in hy p othy roidism p atients (35.0±0.31 iu/l)(0.099±0.011 p p b) resp ectively. key word : chromium(iii), thy roid peroxidase, thy roid dy sfunction introduction the biosy nthesis of thy roid hormone from thy roglobulin is cataly zed by thy roid p eroxidase (tpo), an integral membrane p rotein. tpo is also a major autoantigen in autoimmune thy roid diseases [1]. large quantities of p urified tpo are essential for elucidating its st ructure and understanding its role in diseases activity [2]. failure of organification could result from deficient thy roglobulin accep ter, p eroxidase enzy me defect and lack of h2o2. altaration in the p rocess of iodide organification has been detected in almost all thy roid diseases [3]. the qualitative abnormalities in the enzy me tpo sy st em have been p roved in p atients with congenital thy roid diseases, and quantitative disturbances were observed in multinodular goiter, toxic adenoma, thy roiditis, and carcinoma [4]. trace elements are known to influence hormones at levels of action, including hormone secretion and activity and binding to target tissue [5]. conversely , hormones influence trace element metabolism at several levels of action, including excretion and transp orts of trace metals [6,7,8]. hence trace elements assay in biological fluid can be used as diagnost ic or p rognost ic aid in p atients with different hormonal disturbance alongside with other biochemical p arameters[9]. chromium(iii) is an essential trace element for human. chromium(iii) is an ion needed for nutritional sup p ort for the thy roid gland to help insulin through reducing body ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 weight since insulin blocks p hosp hory lation and therefore op p oses the action of epinep hrine and can imp ede thy roid hormone p roduction [10,11]. chromium(iii) also help s to control cholesterol levels that oft en elevate in hy p othy roidism p atients as well as control blood sugar levels which are challenged by p oor adrenal and thy roid gland health [12]. serum chromium concentration are likely to be increased above the reference range in p atients with metallic joint p rost hesis, longevity , increased lip id quantity , imp aired glucose metabolism, hy p erglycemia, and glycosuria [13,14]. the aim of this st udy was conducted to verify the relation of the thy roid dysfunction and tpo activity together with cr (iii) ion. m aterial and m ethod subjects 92 p atients with hy p erthy roidism and 82 p atients with hy p othy roidism for both sexes were involved in the st udy they were 27-68 y ears of age. 92 healthy p erson for both sexes aged 19-54 y ears were p articip ated in this study and rep resented the control group . s amples collection and preparation volume of five milliliters of venous blood from patients and healthy subjects were drawn by utilizing disp osable p last ic sy ringes and transferred into st erile test tube. the blood was allowed to clot and centrifuged at 4000 rp m for 10 minutes. sera were separated and stored at 20 cº until analysis . esti mation of trace element chromium serum chromium was determined using flame at omic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer .standards. samp les and blanks for estimation of chromium were asp irated into a ( perkin elmer 6000) atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer utilizing along-p ath air/acety lene burner and cathode lamp for chromium metal. each sample was read three times at 1 second. the concentration of chromium was found by st andard addition method[15,16]. esti mation of thyroid peroxidase (tpo) activity serum thy roid p eroxidase activity was measured by enzy me linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) using orgentec thy roid p eroxidase (tpo) (elisa) kit. the activity of tpo was assayed from calibration curve by interp olation . results and discussion the results and comp arisons of serum chromium levels and tpo activity between hy p erthy roidism, hy p othy roidism and control group s were demonst rated in table (1,2).there was p ositive correlation between serum chromium levels and tpo activity . the results of the p resent st udy revealed that serum chromium levels of hy p othy roidism p atients were significantly lower (0.099±0.011 p p b) than the levels in normal subjects (0.378±0.024 p p b) as shown in table (1). a significant increase in serum chromium levels was demonst rated in hy p erthy roidism p atients (2.159±0.15 p p b) as comp ared with that of normal subjects. chromium is an essential mineral that is required in the maintenance of our health and it is essential to the metabolism of lip ids, p roteins, carbohy drates and insulin regulation [17,18]. thy roid activity may directly or indirectly affect chromium st atus, low thy roid function may allow increased insulin secretion resulting in chromium loss or increased insulin p roduction sup p ress t hy roid function[19,20]. in this st udy significant decrease in the levels of cr in hy p othy roidism p atients were observed .one p ossible exp lanation for these finding, that gastrointest inal absorp tion of chromium is severely imp aired in hy p othy roidism subjects [21,22,23,24]. anot her exp lanation is due to the significant influence of tsh in the variation of the concentration of chromium in normal and altered human thy roid tissue [25]. high serum chromium levels have been reported in hy p erthy roidism and serum chromium concentrations have been noted to correlate well with thy roid gland activity [26]. data obtained showed an increased serum chromium levels in p atients with hy p erthy roidism and positively correlation between serum chromium levels and tpo activity . changes in body metabolic rate have been shown to be reflected in altered chromium metabolism [27]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the increase in serum chromium levels in hyp erthy roidism p atients is in agreement with the st udies of other researchers indicating the imp ortant role of chromium in controlling the thy roid gland function [28,29,30]. goncharo and ametov [31], st udied the effect of chromium sup p lementation on the function of thy roid gland in exp eriment on albino male rats. the results of t heir st udy illustrated that chromium sup p lementation (3m g/body weight) imp rove thy roid activity in albino rats . table (2), showed that the tpo activity in hy p othy roidism p atients was significantly decreased (35±0.31 iu/l), p robably due to a destruction that could occurs in thy roid tissue and rep lacement with fibroblast and ly mphocyte [32]. it has been reported that serum tpo activity decreases in patients with hy p othy roidism [33]. in hashimotos t hy roiditis a variable degree of infiltration with lymphocytes and fibroblalst s is commonly seen in the thy roid gland, therefore, the activity of tissue enzy me is p robably affected by the degree of tissue damage. the slight decrease of enzy me activity in the thy roid gland is somewhat intriguing considering the degree of tissue destruction which caused hyp othy roidism [34] . defects of tpo are both quantitative and qualitative the alter include imp aired binding to heme, imp aired binding to thy rogobuline or iodine substrate, abnormal localization in the erythrocyte, and abnormal suscep tibility to inhibition [35]. thy roid p eroxidase gene mutations have been identified causing either abnormal thy roid p eroxidase or absent enzy matic activity or comp lete absence of tpo p rotein formation [36]. as shown in table (1), tpo activity in hy p erthy roidism p atients was significantly elevated (152±4.6 iu/l) in comp arison with the normal subjects (51±1.8 iu/l). one p ossible exp lanation for these finding , that chronic tsh st imulation leads to increased iodide binding because of increased gland p eroxidase content [37], increased iodide trapp ing , and p resumably increased h2o2 generation [38]. hence increase tpo activity [39]. anot her exp lanation is due to the significant influence of tsh in the concentration of iodine and chromium in normal and altered thy roid tissue. thy roid p eroxidase activity was grossly elevated in toxic goiter. this may be of significance in the p athogenesis of graves diseases [40]. the relation between tpo activity and serum chromium levels is shown in figure (2). a significant p ositive correlation was obtained between tpo activity and serum chromium levels in hy p erthy roidism and hy p othy roidism (r=0.11), when chromium levels were decreased by more than (70 %) the tpo activity was markedly decreased . statist ically significant correlation were found among indexes of chromium st atus and indexes of tpo. concomitants deficiency of both key p arameters are esp ecially dangerous. in other st udies, using animals chromium deficiency in rats inhibited the p roduction of t3 and t4 [41]. anot her st udies revealed that chromium deficiency in animals can exert both a direct effect on the metabolic p rocess and an indirect one disturbing iodine metabolism. the results of this st udy indicated that chromium deficiency in animals enhances the effect of hy p othy roidism [42]. as shown in figure (3), from a tot al of 260 p atients with thy roid diseases the most common genders are females. it can be seen from figure (2), that 92 p ersons were male and 170 were females. hi gh lev el of chromium was found in females. our results are consistent with other studies such as who found by lien et al [43], that t hey p roved thy roid disease affects female three times more than male . re ferences 1dunn, j.t. and dunn, a. d. (2001).up date on intrathy roidal iodine metabolism .thy roid 414 -407:(5)11 2-taur, a.m . (2000).hormone sy nthesis.thy roid iodine metabolism.in "the thy roid.a fundamental and clinical text",8 th ed .lip epincott williams&wilkins,p hiladelphia. 3-swain, m ; swain, t; kumar m ohanty b. .(2005) aut oimmune thy roid disorders-an up date. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 17. -: 920indian journal of clinical bio chemistry , 4larry , j. ; weetman, a.p. (2001) disorders of the thy roid gland. in: brunwald , fauci a. harrison’s p rinciples of internal medicine.15th ed. vol.2, hiladelphia: m cgraw-hill publication;. p. 2060-84 5-tapiero, h. and tew, k.d. (2003) trace elements in human p hy siology and pathology : zinc and metallothioneins. biomedicine and pharmocotherapy 57 (9): 399-411. 6-stefanidou, m .; m aravelias, c.; dona, a. and sp iliopoulou, c. (2006) zinc: a multip urp ose trace element. arch toxicology , 80 (1): 1-9. 7-schomburg, l. and köhrle, j. (2008) on the importance of selenium and iodine metabolism for thy roid hormone biosy nthesis and human health. m ol nutrition food research 52 (11): 1235-46. 8-aschner, m . (2006) m anganese as a potential confounder of serum prolactin. environ health persp ective 114(8):a458. 9-kvicala, j. and zamrazil, v. (2003) effect of iodine and selenium up on thy roid function. cent-eur-j-public-health. 11(2): 107-13. 10-stevinson, m .h.and ernst e. c., (2003): chromium picolinate for reducing body weight: m eta-analysis of randomized trials. int ernational journal of besity , 27:522–529. 22-pitler 11devlin, t. (1997).textbook of biochemistry .5th ed . p. 880, 883. 12-vincent, j.b (2000)eludicating abiological role for chromium at a olecular level .acc chem res ,33(7):503-510 13-liu, t.k ;chang, c.h, and yang, r.s .(1998),concentration of metal element in the blood and urine in the patients with cementtless total knee arthrop lasy toohoku j exp m ed,185:253-262 14franklin, m . and odontiadis, j. (2003) effects of t reatment with chromium p icolinate on p erip heral amino acid availability and brain monoamine function in the rat.pharmacop sy chiatry ; 36: 176-180 15-m anser, w.w. and altaf, k.m .(1989).trace elements studies on karachi p op ulation .j.pak.m ed. 39:43-49 16-clegg, m .s.; keen,c.l.; lonnerh, b. and hurely , l.s. (1981).influence of ashing techniques on t he analy sis of t race elements in animal tissue .biol .trace elem.res.3:107-115 17bry an, m .a.; socha, m .t. and tomlinson, d.j. (2004): sup p lementing intensively grazed late-gestation and early lactation dairy cattle with chromium. journal of dairy science, 87: 4269–4277. 18-m athison, g.w. and engst rom, d.f. (1995) chromium and protein sup p lements for growing-finishing beef st eers fed barley-based diets. canadian journal of animal science, 75:549–558. 19-stahlhut, h.s. ;whisnant, c.s. and sp ears, j.w. (2006b): effect of chromium sup p lementation and cop p er status on p erformance and reproduction of beef cows. animal feed science and technology , 128: 266–275 20-sun, y.j. ; ramirez, j.; woski, s.a. and vincent, j.b. (2000): the binding of trivalent chromium to low-molecularweight chromium-binding substance (lm wcr) and the transfer of chromium from transferrin and chromium p icolinate to lm wcr. journal of biological inorganic chemistry , 5: 129–136. 21-lindemann, m .d.; carter, s.d.;chiba l.i., dove, c.r.; lem ieux, f.m .and southern, l.l. (2004) a regional evaluation of chromium tripicolinate sup p lementation of diets fed to reproducing sows. journal of animal science, 82: 2972–2077. 22-m cnamara, j.p. and valdez, f. (2005): adipose tissue metabolism and p roduction resp onses t o calcium p rop ionate and chromium p rop ionate. journal of dairy science, 88: 498–507. 23bhuloka reddy ,s.;charles, j.m .; kumar, r.m . ;seetharami, s. and anjaney ulu, c.(2002) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 trace elemental analysis of adenoma and carcinoma thy roid by pixe method nuclear inst ruments and m ethod in phy sics research 196: 333-339 24-. bhuloka reddy, p. ; venkateswarlu, k. ; bhaskara rao, v. ; seshagiri rao, k. ramachandra rao, y. ramakrishna, g.j and naga raju, proc. ap(2001) akad. sci. 5 : 185. 25-swanson, k.c.; harmon, d.l.;jacqu es, k.a.; larson, b.t.;richards, c.j.; bohnert d.w. and paton s.j. (2000) efficacy of chromium-y east supp lementation for growin g beef st eers. animal feed and science techno logy , 86: 95–105. 26-way lan, a.t .; o’quinn, p.r.; goodband, r.d.; unruh, j.a.; nelssen, j.l.; woodwort h j.c. and tokach m .d. (2003) effects of dietary additions of modified tall oil, chromium nicotinate, and l-carnitine on growt h p erformance, carcass characterist ics, and bacon characterist ic of growing-finishing p igs. canadian journal of animal science, 83:459– 467 27-stahlhut, h.s.; whisnant, c.s.; lloy d, k.e.; baird, e.j.; legleiter, l.r.; hansen, s.l. and sp ears j.w. (2006) effect of chromium sup p lementation and cop p er status on glucose and lipid metabolism in angus and simmental beef cows. animal feed science and technology , 128: 253–265. 28-anatoly, l. ;gorbacheva-anatoly , v. ;skalny b-roman, v.; koubassova, l. (2007) bioelement effects on thy roid gland in children living iniodine-adequate territory ) journal of trace elements in m edicine and biology 21 s1: 56–58 29-m ohamedshah, f.y.; m oser-veillon, p.b.; yamin, i.s.; douglass, l.w.;anderson, r.a. and veillon c. (1998): dist ribution of a stable isot op of chromium (53cr) in serum, urine, and breast milk in lactating woman. american journal of clinical nut rition, 67: 1250–1255. 30-lifschitz , m .l.; wallach, s. and peabody , r.a. (1980) radiochromium distribution in thy roid and p arathy roid deficiency. american journal of clinical nut rition, 33:57–62. 32-lee, c.r.; yoo, c.i.; lee, j.h. and kang, s.k. (2002) nasal sep tum perforation of welders. industrial health, 40: 286– 289. 31goncharov, a.t and ametov, a.s(1977) thy roid gland morphological and functional indices in the exp erimental action of chromium .p robl e ndokrinol ,23(6):59-61 33valenta, l.j: (1976) thy roid peroxidase, thy roglobulin, cam p and dna in human thy roid. j clin endocrinol m etab 43:466469, 34-m asahiro, s, ; roy, l. ; harri, l. and ann, m .(1984) thy roid t4–deiodinase activit in normal and abnormal human thy roid gland .m etabolism,33(4)332-336 35-rapop ort, b. and m clachlan, s. a(2001).t hy roid autoimmunity .j.clin.invest .108:1253 1259. 36-m arcocci, c. and chiovato, l.( 2000) thy roid–directed antibodies. in: braverman le, ut iger rd. the thy roid: a fundamental and clinical text. 8th ed. philadelphia: williams & wilkins, p . 414-31. 37. nagataki, s.; uchimura, h. and m atsuy ama, y. (1973) et al: thy rotrop in and thy roidal p eroxidase activity . endocrinology 92:363-371 38-. yamamoto, k. and degroot , l.j. (1974) peroxidase and nadphcytochrome c reductase activity during thy roid hyp erplasia and involution. endocrinology 95:606-612, 39-. nataf, b.m .; fragu, p. and ot hman, s.b.(1978) relationship between p eroxidase activity and serum tsh. t 4 and t, levels in rats in the course of iodine deficiency. acta endocrinol (kbh) 88:499-505, 40-pechova, a.; illek, j.; sindelar, m . and pavlata, l. (2002): effects of chromium sup p lementation on growt h rate and metabolism in fattening bulls. acta veterinaria brno, 71:535–541. 41-jut uru, v.; komorowski, j.r.; devine, j.p. and cap en, a. (2003) absorp tion and excretion of chromium from orally administ ered chromium chloride, chromium acetatate and ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 chromium oxide in rats. t race elements and electroly tes,20: 23–28. 42canarism anowitz , n.r.; m ayor, g.j.g. and ridgway , e.c.( 2000) the colorado thy roid disease p revalence st udy . arch intern m ed.;160:526-34. 43-lien, t.f.; yang, k.h. and link, k.j. (2005) effects of chromium p rop ionate sup p lementation on growt h p erformance, serum traits and immune resp onse in weaned p igs. asian-aust ralasian journal of animal sciences, 18: 403–408.283. table (1): the mean ± s e of se rum levels of chromium and thyroid peroxidase(tpo) activity in hyperthyroidism patients and normal subjects p-value normal subjects hyp erthy roidism p atients parameters 0.001 51.0 ±1.8 152.0± 4.6 thy roid peroxidase (tpo) iu/l 0.003 0.35±0.0241 2.159±0.15 chromium pp b table(2): the mean ± s e of se rum levels of chromium and thyroid peroxidase(tpo) activity in hypothyroidism patie nts, and normal subjects p-value normal subjects hyp othy roidism p atients parameters 0.006 51.0 ±1.8 35.0± 0.31 thy roid peroxidase (tpo) iu/l 0.001 0.35±0.0241 0.09±0.011 chromium pp b y=0.0216x – 1.2734 r =0.12 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 y=0.0028x – 0.0027 r=0.11 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة الكروم الثالثي وفعالیة انزیم بیروكسیدیز دراسة عن العالقة ما بین تركیز ایون الدرقي في امصال المصابین باختالل الوظیفة الدرقیة ور جلیل محمود ، بروین عبد الصمد اسماعیلفحامد غفوري حسن ، طی جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة قسم الكیمیاء ، جامعة هاولیر الطبیة،كلیة الطب الدین جامعة صالح،كلیة التربیة 2010تشرین األول 27:استلم البحث في 2011شباط 8: قبل البحث في الخالصة تتلخص اهداف هذه الدراسة في تقدیر تركیز ایون العنصر الضئیل الكروم الثالثي وكذلك تقدیر فعالیة انزیم الوظیفة الدرقي، ومن ثم ایجاد عالقة تربط ما بین البیروكسیدیز الدرقي في مصول االشخاص المصابین بمرض اختالل ق مطیافیة االمتصاص الذري في تقدیر تركیز الكروم في عینات المصول المرضیة والطبیعیة كما ائت طر لمعاست. االثنین eliت تقنیة ال لمعواست sa ا اوجدت النتائج ان هناك زیادة معنویة. في تقدیر فعالیة انزیم البیروكسیدیز الدرقي وارتفاع pp 0.15±2.159(ملحوظین في مستویات الكروم وفعالیة البیروكسیدیز b ) (152.0±4.6 iu/l ( على التوالي في 0.024pp±0.378(مصول المرضى المصابین بالفرط الدرقي عنه في المصل الطبیعي b ) (51.0± iu/l1.8 .( كما ة نانخفضا ا بینت النتائج ان تركیز الكروم وفعالیة البیروكسیدیز قد خفاضا ملحوظا في مصول قصور الدرقی )0.099±0.011 pp b ) (35.0±0.31 iu/l (ة . وعلى التوالي ومقارنة في امثالها عند الطبیعیین كما بینت النتائج العالق . نعند مقارنة تركیزالكروم وفعالیة البیروكسیدیز عند المرضى والطبیعیی ) p<0.001, r=0.11( المعنویة واالیجابیة 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ومقدر بیزتجریبیة بین المقدرات التقلیدیة مقارنة لمعلمة التوزیع االسي نادیة هاشم النور یةالجامعة المستنصر قسم الریاضیات ، كلیة العلوم ، الخالصه مقـدر االمكــان االعظــم ، المقــدر (المتمثلــة بـــ معلمــة التوزیــع االسـيالتقلیدیــة لت مقـدراالاداء اهـتم البحــث بمقارنــة فــي حالـــة خلــو البیانــات مــن المشــاهدات الشــاذة وفــي حالــة احتـــواء ومقــدر بیــز) تبــاین صــغرالمنــتظم غیــر المتحیــز ذو اال .البیانات على نسبة من تلك المشاهدات مقیـاس )mse(واعتمـاد متوسـط مربعـات الخطـأ ) monte carloطریقـة (توظیـف اسـلوب المحاكـاة مـن خـالل ــــة احصـــــائي ــــین للمقارنـ ــــة اداء بـ ـــرة المقـــــدرات الثالثــ ــــطة والكبیـــ ــــت مـــــابین الصـــــغیرة ، المتوسـ ـــام عینـــــات تراوحــ ـــد احجــ عنــ (n=5,10,25,50,100) تــم التوصـل الــى ان مقــدر بیـز هــو االفضــل ) تجربــة لكــل حالـة 1000بتكـرار (ولحـاالت مختلفــة . ,لـ المدروسة عند قیم محددة االسي التوزیع تلجمیع حاال المقدمة او تقـدیر بعــض خصائصــه او معالمـه التــي غالبــًا اســتداللان الهـدف االســاس مـن دراســة اي مجتمــع یكمـن فــي .ماتكون مجهولة ونرغب في تقدیرها ویضـم طرائـق متعـددة ) الكالسـیكیة(ول بالمدرسة التقلیدیـة خذت عملیة التقدیر اتجاهین مختلفین یعرف االتجاه االتا maximum likelihood methodطریقة االمكان االعظـم و ، moment methodطریقة العزوم( :منها ،في التقدیر uniformly minimum variance unbiased تبــاینذي االصــغر غیــر المتحیــز طریقـة المقــدر المنــتظم و ، estimator ،(.....، راد تقدیرها لمجتمع معین عبارة عن كمیة ثابتة غیر معلومة التي یالمعلمة أنفترض هذا االتجاه اذ ی فیـرى امـا االتجـاه الثـاني الـذي یعـرف بالمدرسـة البیزیـة . بوصفها المصدر الوحید للمعلومات تقدر في ضوء معطیات العینة لـذا یجــد ضـرورة االعتمــاد علــى ؛اف لعمــل التحلـیالت االحصــائیةفرة مـن العینــة غیـر كــاان االعتمـاد علــى المعلومـات المتــو عشـوائیة البـد مـن الحصـول علـى معلومــات ) متغیـرات(راد تقـدیرها عبـارة عــن متغیـر التـي یـ) المعلمـات(المعلمـة أنافتـراض prior)قســاب(اولیــة عنهــا مــن خــالل البیانــات والتجــارب الســابقة وتصــاغ تلــك المعلومــات بشــكل توزیــع احتمــالي اولــي probability distribution الالحـق االحتمـالي التقـدیر باالعتمـاد علـى التوزیـع یتم من ثم وposterior probability distribution . هــذاسـتحوذ موضـوع تقـدیر معلمـة نظـرًا الهمیـة التوزیـع االسـي وتطبیقاتـه المتعـددة فـي شــتى مجـاالت الحیـاة ، فقـد ا اداء قریــب مــن اداء التوصـل الــى مقــدرات حصـینة تكــون ذافضـًال عــن االهتمــام بمــن البــاحثین التوزیـع علــى اهتمــام العدیـد التـي تعــرف بكونهــا امــا ]1[ منهــا خلــو البیانـات مــن المشــاهدات الشــاذة"الطرائـق التقلیدیــة عنــد تحقــق االفتراضـات المحــددة بالمخالفة تلك المشاهدة التي تظهر ویقصد) contaminant(او مشاهدات ملوثة ) discordant(مشاهدات مخالفة 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة وافضـل " ]2[بشكل غیر منسجم مع بقیة البیانـات امـا الملوثـة فهـي المشـاهدة التـي ال تكـون ضـمن المجتمـع المحـدد البحوث االكثر حداثة التي تناولت موضـوع تقـدیر معلمـة التوزیـع االسـي من و .منها في حالة االنحراف عن تلك االفتراضات :نذكر ومقـدرات ،مـن خـالل اعتمـاد مقـدرات االمكـان االعظـمالتوزیع معلمة ]tso ]3و siuكل من اوجد 1996في عام shrinkage . االســي مـن وجهـة نظــر لتوزیـع لمعلمـة االمقـدرات التقلیدیــة ]reineke ]4و elfessiقـدم كــل مـن 2001فـي عـام المقـدرات صـیغ اوضحا امكانیـة اسـتخالص كما مشاهدة 20بیزیة وتم تقدیر تلك المقدرات عددیًا من خالل اعتماد بیانات لـ .مقدر بیزصیغة التقلیدیة من مسألة تقدیر معلمة التوزیع االسـي باعتمـاد ]hussein ]5و ahmed ،volodinناقش كل من 2005في عام عنــد احتــواء monte carloوبتوظیـف اســلوب المحاكـاة بطریقــة weighted likelihoodالمكــان الموزونـة طریقـة ا .البیانات على نسبة من المشاهدات الشاذة مع اقتراح مقدر حصین للمعلمة bayes and empiricalباشـتقاق مقـدرات بیـز وبیـز التجریبـي ]asgharzadeh ]6اهـتم 2009فـي عـام bayes estimators لمعلمة التوزیع االسي. مقـدر االمكـان االعظـم (المقدرات التقلیدیة لمعلمة التوزیع االسي والمتمثلـة بــ بعض بمقارنة وقد اهتم البحث الحالي ومقــدر بیـز فــي حالـة خلــو البیانــات مـن المشــاهدات الشـاذة وفــي حالــة ) تبــاینصـغر ، المقـدر المنــتظم غیـر المتحیــز ذو اال واعتمـاد متوســط ) monte carloطریقـة (یانـات علــى نسـبة مــن تلـك المشــاهدات وتـم توظیــف اسـلوب المحاكــاة احتـواء الب بــین المقــدرات الثالثـــة مـــن اداًء لتحدیــد االفضــل اً احصـــائی اً مقیاســ mean square error (mse)مربعــات الخطــأ . المدروسة التوزیع االسي تـه دالـة كثافتتمثـل و تجـارب الحیـاة تمرة الواسعة االستخدام السـیما فـي مجـال یعد التوزیع االسي احد التوزیعات المس بالصیغة االتیة االحتمالیة ]8،7،4[ : … (1) 0, 0 ; e );(     xxf x .معلمة التوزیع : اذ ان :كل من سیتناول البحث الحالي ددة لتقدیر معلمة التوزیع كما ذكر آنفًا هناك طرائق متع  صــغراال لمتحیـز ذيغیــر االمنـتظم الطرائـق التقلیدیـة المتمثلــة بطریقـة االمكــان االعظـم وطریقـة المقــدر . تباین  طریقة بیز . مقدر االمكان االعظم ـــم x1,x2,….,xnلــــــیكن ـــــوائیة بحجــــ ــــة عشـ ــــ nعینــ ــــــین مــــــع دالــ ـــــع معـ ــــحوبة مــــــن مجتمـ ــــة مســ ــــة احتمالیـــ ة كثافــ  ; );( xf ،) :فضاء المعلمة space parameter (]8[ . بمـا یعظـم دالـة االمكـان التـي هـي عبـارة عـن دالـة الكثافـة ن مبدأ طریقة االمكان یتمثـل بایجـاد مقـدر للمعلمـة إ :]8[العشوائیة والتي تعطى بالصیغة االتیة االحتمالیة المشتركة للعینة …(2)    n i inn xfxfxfxfxxxl 1 2121 );();(. .... ).;().;();,...,,(  2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ایمكن اسـتنادًا الـى وبما ان قیمة المعلمة التي تجعل دالة االمكان اكبر مایمكن هي نفسها التي تجعل لوغـاریتم الدالـة اكبـر مـ التوصــل الــى مقــدر االمكـــان یمكــن لــذا monotonic increasingصــفة تزایدیــة رتیبــة أن الدالــة اللوغارتمیــة ذوحقیقــة تفاضـل نسـبة الالمتضـمنة اخـذ لوغـاریتم دالـة االمكـان و ادنـاه و )3(بالصـیغة الموضـحة حـل المعادلـة مـن االعظـم للمعلمـة .والمساواة بالصفر الى …(3) 0 );,...,,( 21      n xxx ),,...,;(ln ),,...,;( : اذ ان 2121  nn xxxlxxx  : المكان تكون بافتراض دالة التوزیع االسي فأن دالة او …(4)      n i x n in n i i exfxxxl 1 21 1 );();,...,,(   : االتیةوفق الخطوات على و للمعلمة mleنحصل على بأخذ لوغاریتم الطرفین ومن ثم التفاضل -ln );,...,,( ln);,...,,( 1 2121    n i inn xnxxxlxxx  );,...,,( 1 21      n i i n x nxxx   0 ˆ 0 );,...,,( 1 21      n i i n x nxxx   ……5    n i ix n 1 ml ˆ  المقدر المنتظم غیر المتحیز ذو االصغر تباین المتمثلـة بالصــیغة و exponential familyتنتمـي الـى العائلــة االسـیة احـد الـدوال التــي دالـة التوزیـع االســي تعـد ]8[ : …(6)   );( )()()( )(  qxsxkpexf  :التي ابالشكل یمكن اعادة كتابة دالة التوزیع االسي اذ    ln)(,0)(,)(,)( );( ln    qxsxxkp eexf xx )( :فـأن و من ثم 11    n i i n i i xxkt یمثـل احصـاءة كافیـة كاملـةcomplete sufficient statistic للمعلمـة  . 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ( بأخذ التوقع الریاضي لالحصاءة الكافیة الكاملة 1    n i ixt ( فیهیش -نالیم ةــبالرجوع الى نظریوlehmann scheffe فأنumvue للمعلمة  :ة التیوفق الخطوات ا على كن ایجادهیم                         ) 1 (e 1 )1(1 )( );()(e 1 )(e)e()(e 0 1)1( 1 0 1 t n n n dt n et n n dt n et t n dttf t n t n n tn xt tnn tnn t n i i …(7)       n i ix n t n 1 umvu 11ˆ  مقدر بیز متغیـرًا عشـوائیاً بوصفها یعتمد اسلوب بیز كما ذكر آنفًا على استخدام معلومات مسبقة عن المعلمة غیر المعروفة یعــرف بدالـة الكثافــة االحتمالیــة للمعلمـة مســبقة یمكــن صـیاغتها علــى شـكل توزیــع احتمــالياللومـات وبـافتراض ان هــذه المع مـن النظریـة التـي تحكـم تلـك الظـاهرة، ویجـري التعـرف علـى هـذه المعلومـات مـن بیانـات وتجـارب سـابقة أو )السـابقة(االولیـة الخاصة بالمشاهدات، وعلیه الة األمكانالحالیة المتمثلة بد وكذلك یعتمد اسلوب بیز على معلومات العینة )x/(مع دالة األمكان )(للمعلمة االولیة بدمج دالة الكثافة االحتمالیة f یتم الحصول علـى دالـة الكثافـة ، )/(االحتمالیة الالحقة للمعلمة xf  للمعلمة وزیع احتمالي مشروطالتي تمثل ت 9[ بشرط الحصول على العینة[. :يوفق االتعلى ریاضیًا مویمكن تلخیص ما تقد )()/x()x()x/(  fff  : اذ ان     dfdff )()/x(),x()x( :وعلیه فان       df f f f f )()/x( )()/x( )x( )()/x( )x/( )()/x( )x/(  ff  .تشیر إلى إن الكمیة تناسبیة ن العالقة إإذ مجلة :فأن دالة الكثافة االحتمالیة الالحقة تعطى بالصیغة xn،...،2x1,xعمومًا ، عند وجود عینة عشوائیة ة ابن 2010) 1( 23المجلد الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقی             dxxxl xxxl dxf xf xxxf n n n i i n i i n )();,...,,( )();,...,,( )();( )();( ),...,,/( 21 21 1 1 21 یــتم وللوصــول إلــى الهــدف الـرئیس المتمثــل بتقــدیر المعلمــة ، بعـد الحصــول علــى دالــة الكثافــة االحتمالیـة الالحقــة )ˆ(التي یرمز لها عادًة بـ loss functionبدالة الخسارة فتحدید ما یعر   10[ تيكما یأعرف تو[ :   ,ˆ 0)ˆ(    ˆ 0)ˆ(  :، بمعنى التي تقلل توقع الخسارة ̂التقدیر النقطي بأسلوب بیز یعتمد على إیجاد قیمة ان       dxfminemin )/()ˆ()ˆ( ˆˆ  quadraticمــن دوال الخسـارة، والنــوع األكثـر شــیوعًا واســتخدامًا هـو دالــة الخسـارة التربیعیــة یـدةهنـاك أنــواع عد loss function ]10[: 2)ˆ(),ˆ(  2]x/)ˆ[( ]x/),ˆ([   ee     df )x/(.)ˆ( 2    dfdfdf )x/()x/(ˆ2)x/(ˆ 22 ومســاواتها إلــى الصــفر ̂للحصـول علــى أقــل توقــع خســارة یــتم أخــذ المشــتقة األولـى للمعادلــة اعــاله بالنســبة إلــى : نحصل على 0)x/(2)x/(ˆ2    dfdf )x/(ˆ0)x/(1.ˆ  ee  الـذي یكـون امثـل عنـدما یكـون مسـاویًا لتوقـع دالـة الكثافـة للمعلمـة توضح التقدیر النقطـي السابقة الصیغة وعلیه ف ، وبعبـارة أخـرى إن تقـدیر المعلمـة بموجـب أسـلوب بیـز، وباالعتمـاد علـى دالـة خسـارة تربیعیـة الالحقة للمعلمـة االحتمالیة .یكون مساویًا إلى الوسط الحسابي للتوزیع الالحق للمعلمة ]4[ لیة االولیة بالصیغةدالة الكثافة االحتما كنتل : 0, 0, ; )( 1     e 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة :وفق الخطوات االتیة ا میمكن ایجاده ومقدر بیز للمعلمةفأن دالة التوزیع الالحق 1 1 1 0 1 )( 1)1(1 1 )( 11 0 2121 )( 1 )1( )( )( )( )( )( )( ),...,,/( ),...,,/(eˆ                                  nn i i nn i i n i ix n nn i i n i ix n nn i i nnbayes x n n x de n x de n x dxxxfxxx                      …(8)]     n i i bayes x n 1 ˆ    فعنــد ,باعتمـاد قــیم معینــة لكــل مــنوذلــك تقلیدیــةیمكـن اســتخالص صــیغ المقــدرات الومـن صــیغة مقــدر بیــز اعــاله 0  ینتجmle 0,1وعند   ینتجumvue. 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة الجانب التجریبي )( )( )( 1 )( ),...,,/( 1 )( 11 1 1 )( 1 0 1 )( 1 1 )( 1 0 11 11 21                                       n i ix n nn i i nn i i n i ix n n i ix n n i ix n n i ix n n i ix n n e n x x n e de e dee ee xxxf                          :االتیة الثالثة مقدرات للمقارنة بین ال monte carlo"طریقة "تم اعتماد اسلوب المحاكاة . ))5(الصیغة ( ml̂، مقدر االمكان االعظم .1 . ))7(الصیغة ( umvu̂، غیر المتحیز ذو االصغر تباینالمقدر المنتظم .2 : تي یأ اموك ,قیم مختلفة لـ ختیار أب، )) 8(الصیغة ( bayes̂، مقدر بیز .3 4 ،1 :   4,1   ،4,0   ،1,0   :  1,4   ،0,4   ،0,1   :  الذي یساوي مربع مقـدار mse( mean square error(لیل النتائج باالعتماد على قیمة متوسط مربعات الخطأ تم تح var)ˆ(مضافًا الیه مقدار التباین ) b(التحیز θ بمعنى ، : )ˆ(var2 θbmse  : اذ ان i ˆ )ˆ( ; )ˆ( 1   i i iθ θeθeb     i 1 2 )1i/())ˆ(ˆ()ˆvar( i i e  i: المحاكاةعدد مرات تكرار تجربة . : تي یأ اماما الحاالت المدروسة فتمثلت ب : تي یأ امكو للمعلمة ارة قیم مختفق و على السي التوزیع ا. 1 ) 5.0 x ~ exp ( ) 2 x ~ exp ( :تي یأ اموك% 20لملوث بنسبة ا االسيالتوزیع . 2 ) 10 20% exp ( +) 5.0 x ~ 80% exp ( ) 5.0 20% exp ( +) 2 x ~ 80% exp ( :تي یأ اموك% 40بنسبة لملوث االسي االتوزیع . 3 ) 10 40% exp ( +) 5.0 x ~ 60% exp ( ) 5.0 40% exp ( +) 2 x ~ 60% exp ( ) n = 25(المتوسـطة و ، ) n =5,10(مـابین الصــغیرة المتراوحــة حجـام العینـات الالمــذكورة سـتوتـم تطبیـق الحــاالت ال .) i=1000(قداره وبتكرار م) n = 50,100(والكبیرة تحلیل النتائج :بالنقاط اآلتیة ) 6)...(1(والواردة في الجداول التي توصلنا الیها خالل الجانب التجریبي تحلیل النتائج یمكن 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ء كل تقارب ادابعض نالحظ مع بعضهما umvueو mle تمثلة بـعند مقارنة اداء المقدرات التقلیدیة الم .1 (عند حجوم العینات المتوسطة والكبیرة منهما 25n عند التعامل mleعلى umvueالحظ تفوق اداء نو ) كذلك الحال عند )) 2(جدول( 2وعند ،))1(لجدو ( 5.0عند مع حالة التوزیع االسي غیر الملوث عندما تكون قیمة معلمة التوزیع )) 4(جدول(% 40و ،))3(جدول(% 20بنسبة التعامل مع التوزیع الملوث یتضح العكس عند التعامل مع حالة التوزیع الملوث في حین الملوث اكبر من قیمة المعلمة للتوزیع االساسي زیع الملوث اصغر من قیمة المعلمة للتوزیع االساسي بمعنى تراجع اداء لتو لمعلمة العندما تكون قیمة umvue فوق علیه اداء تلیmle )6(و) 5(الجدولین (( . لطبیعة الحالة یتغیر تبعاً ء تلك المقدرات بعض یتضح ان ادا مع عند مقارنة اداء المقدرات البیزیة بعضها .2 : موضح ادناه اوكمقیمة معلمة التوزیع فضًال عن ,لقیمة المحددة لـ واالمدروسة ، حجم العینة  5.0وعند االسي عند التعامل مع الحالة غیر الملوثة للتوزیع )ولحجوم العینات الصغیرة )) 1(جدول )10n=5, ( 4,1نالحظ تفوق اداء مقدر بیز عند   ،اذ تنخفض قیمة mse مقارنة ببقیة التقدیرات ، 4,0في حین یتفوق ذلك المقدر عند   25لحجوم العینات المتوسطة والكبیرةn .  2وعند االسي الحالة غیر الملوثة للتوزیع عند التعامل مع )ولحجوم العینات الصغیرة )) 2(جدول )10n=5, ( 1نالحظ تفوق اداء مقدر بیز عند  ، اذ تنخفض قیمةmse في ،مقارنة ببقیة التقدیرات 4حین یتفوق ذلك المقدر عند  50(لحجوم العیناتn=25, ( اما عندn=100 ء فیالحظ تفوق االدا 4,1عند  .  وعندما تكون معلمة التوزیع الملوث اكبر من قیمة % 20بنسبة االسي لة الملوثة للتوزیع عند التعامل مع الحا 4,0نالحظ تفوق اداء مقدر بیز عند )) 3(جدول(االساسي االسي معلمة التوزیع   حجوم لجمیع ازداد في هذا المقدر قد نجد ان )) 4(جدول% (40وعند مضاعفة نسبة التلویث لتكون n=5بأستثناء العینات .دون استثناء من تفوقه لیشمل جمیع حجوم العینات  معلمة التوزیع الملوث اصغر من قیمة قیمة وعندما تكون % 20عند التعامل مع الحالة الملوثة للتوزیع بنسبة 0,4نالحظ تفوق اداء مقدر بیز عند )) 5(جدول(معلمة التوزیع االساسي   ة جوم العینات لح المتوسط تفوقه لیشمل جمیع ازداد فينجد ان هذا المقدر قد )) 6(جدول(% 40وعند مضاعفة نسبة التلویث لتكون والكبیرة . n=5بأستثناء حجوم العینات  یكون 0.5عمومًا ، ان افضل اداء لمقدر بیز عند التعامل مع التوزیع غیر الملوث وبقیمة معلمة مساویة الى عندما  ملوث وبقیمة معلمة اكبر من قیمة معلمة التوزیع االساسي كذلك الحال عند التعامل مع التوزیع ال من قیمة معلمة التوزیع االساسي لیكون وینعكس الحال عند التعامل مع التوزیع الملوث بقیمة معلمة اصغر افضل اداء عندما  . بعض نجد ان مقدر بیز قد احتل دائمًا المرتبة االولى والثانیة في مع المدروسة بعضهاارنة اداء المقدرات عند مق .3 .,افضلیة االداء عند التعامل مع الحالة غیر الملوثة والحالة الملوثة على حد سواء تبعًا للقیمة المحددة لـ .المرتبة الثالثة في بعض االحیان اما المقدرات التقلیدیة فقد احتلت والتوصیات االستنتاجات :يأتیمكن تلخیص أهم اإلستنتاجات التي اوضحتها نتائج المحاكاة بما ی .بزیادة حجم العینة عمومًا mseتنخفض قیم .1 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة . لمقدرات بیز اصغر من قیمها المناظرة للمقدرات الكالسیكیة mse غالبًا ماتكون قیم .2 عند حجوم العینات المتوسطة بعض مع بعضهما umvue و mle یتقارب اداء المقدرات التقلیدیة المتمثلة بـ .3 .والكبیرة تباین في حین ی ،عند التعامل مع البیانات الخالیة من المشاهدات الشاذة mleعلى umvueیتفوق اداء .4 . ادائهما عند التعامل مع البیانات بوجود تلك المشاهدات تبعًا لقیمة معلمة التوزیع الملوث خلو البیانات من /احتواء(یتغیر اداء المقدرات البیزیة تبعًا لقیمة معلمة التوزیع االسي ، حالة التوزیع المدروسة .5 . ,والقیمة المحددة لـ ، حجم العینة ) المشاهدات الشاذة . ,محددة لـ القیم تبعًا للاالفضل لجمیع حاالت التوزیع االسي المدروسة هو قدر بیز ان م .6 نوصي بدراسة سلوك المقدرات عند حجوم العینات الصغیرة بشكل منفرد كما نوصي باعتمـاد مقـدر .. د ضوء ماور في . ,االسي عند قیم محددة لـ بیز لتقدیر معلمة التوزیع المصادر 1. barnett, v. and lewis, t. (1984). "out liers in statist ical data”. 2 nd edition, new york, john wiley. 2. beckman, r. j. and cook, r. d. (1983). "outlier…….s". technometrics, 25: 119-149. 3. siu, k. t. and tso, g. (1996). "shrinkage estimation of reliability for exp onentially dist ribution lifetimes". comm. statist . simula., 25: 415-430. 4. elfessi, a. and reineke, d. m . (2001). "a bayesian look at classical estimation: the exp onential dist ribution". journal of statist ics education, 9: 1. 5. ahmed, e. s.; volodin, a. i. and hussein a. a. (2005). "robust weighted likelihood estimation of exp onential parameter". ieee transactions on reliability , 54: 389-395. 6. asgharzadeh, a. (2009). "on bayesian estimation from exp onential distribution based on records". journal of the korean statist ical society , 38: 125-130. 7. cohen, a. c. and helm f. r. (1973). "estimation in exp onential dist ribution". technometrics, 15: 415-418. 8. hogg, r. v. and craig, a. t . (1978). "introduction to m athematical statist ics". 4 th edition, new york. 9. klugman, s. a. (1992). "bayesian statist ics in actuarial science". kluwer academic publishers, usa. 10. m ood, a. m .; gray bil, f. a. and boes, d. c. (1985). "introduction to the theory of statist ics". 3 rd edition, m egraw-hill. bayes umvu ml n 1,4   4,1   0,4   0,1   4,0   1,0   4 1 0.20238 0.01733 0.333745 0.079875 0.02883 0.02883 0.04828 0.04301 0.03615 0.04546 5 0.05815 0.01246 0.078002 0.025171 0.01590 0.01555 0.02391 0.01890 0.01712 0.01843 10 0.02077 0.00679 0.024506 0.01189 0.00643 0.00829 0.01254 0.01009 0.00808 0.00952 25 0.00524 0.00183 0.006006 0.00294 0.00169 0.00209 0.00344 0.00256 0.00198 0.00235 50 0.00482 0.00221 0.005241 0.003306 0.00182 0.00251 0.00372 0.00300 0.00231 0.00278 100 bayes umvu ml n 1,4   4,1   0,4   0,1   4,0   1,0   4 1 0.42406 0.01439 0.70502 0.18267 0.01509 0.04267 0.10483 0.09241 0.04036 0.09092 5 0.23118 0.02704 0.31161 0.12292 0.01655 0.05412 0.09540 0.08470 0.05030 0.08129 10 0.02986 0.00703 0.03526 0.01601 0.00528 0.00949 0.01761 0.01306 0.00849 0.01172 25 0.04296 0.02058 0.04692 0.03143 0.01719 0.02421 0.03265 0.02839 0.02286 0.02697 50 0.01358 0.00890 0.01433 0.01116 0.00815 0.00967 0.01154 0.01055 0.00937 0.01023 100 bayes umvu ml n 1,4   4,1   0,4   0,1   4,0   1,0   4 1 1.17749 1.05461 7.56693 1.66207 1.41131 0.24916 0.30664 0.15382 0.34543 0.74176 5 0.50889 0.63870 1.68781 0.61758 0.81732 0.27793 0.25518 0.24354 0.37855 0.45062 10 0.18972 0.20525 0.36126 0.18677 0.25404 0.11836 0.10552 0.11829 0.14108 0.15686 25 0.13807 0.12512 0.18596 0.13961 0.13948 0.11368 0.09683 0.11512 0.12558 0.13091 50 0.05454 0.02485 0.07317 0.05041 0.02611 0.03416 0.02564 0.03796 0.03973 0.04462 100 bayes umvu ml n 1,4   4,1   0,4   0,1   4,0   1,0   4 1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 0.91162 0.02715 1.56863 0.46372 0.00753 0.10791 0.22221 0.23239 0.09676 0.24327 5 0.52741 0.07159 0.72208 0.32326 0.04165 0.15028 0.21678 0.22222 0.14758 0.22640 10 0.13426 0.04806 0.15459 0.09346 0.03785 0.06464 0.08734 0.07948 0.06181 0.07673 25 0.12533 0.07308 0.13525 0.10231 0.06521 0.08479 0.09941 0.09418 0.08292 0.09236 50 0.08857 0.06660 0.09227 0.07914 0.06293 0.07181 0.07827 0.07583 0.07098 0.07500 100 bayes umvu ml n 1,4   4,1   0,4   0,1   4,0   1,0   4 1 1.54498 1.79287 5.25954 2.25861 2.08106 1.44158 1.11952 1.28825 1.89192 1.83187 5 0.82218 1.61669 0.74299 1.06932 1.78244 1.37456 1.18049 1.20980 1.39948 1.22314 10 1.02680 1.42566 0.96000 1.16957 1.49939 1.31218 1.21660 1.2371 1.32274 1.24481 25 1.22230 1.42811 1.18930 1.30153 1.46596 1.37256 1.31757 1.33416 1.37922 1.34009 50 0.99860 1.11206 0.97958 1.03678 1.13153 1.07532 1.05473 1.05585 1.07590 1.05624 100 bayes umvu ml n 1,4   4,1   0,4   0,1   4,0   1,0   4 1 0.19479 1.52624 0.70719 0.35957 1.85484 0.94525 0.74126 0.61652 0.93073 0.56486 5 1.40757 1.31256 2.95456 1.95178 1.47242 1.27743 0.93430 1.24465 1.85502 1.76622 10 0.42448 0.81723 0.37346 0.51366 0.89022 0.64911 0.62199 0.58490 0.63725 0.57245 25 0.56339 0.78911 0.52428 0.62272 0.82668 0.70042 0.68251 0.66440 0.69454 0.65801 50 0.55942 0.66827 0.54054 0.58817 0.68582 0.62479 0.61749 0.60794 0.62165 0.60474 100 experimental comparison between classical and bayes estimators for the parameter of exponential distribution n. h. al-noor departme nt of mathematics, college of sciences, unive rsity of al-mustanseriya abstract this p ap er is interest ed in comp aring the p erformance of the traditional methods to estimate p arameter of exp onential distribution (m aximum likelihood estimator, uniformly m inimum variance unbiased estimator) and the bay es estimator in the case of data to meet the requirement of exp onential distribution and in the case away from the distribution due to the presence of outliers (contaminated values). through the employment of simulation (m onte carlo method) and the adoption of the mean squar e error (m se) as criterion of st atistical comp arison between the p erformance of the three estimators for different sample sizes ranged between small, medium and lar ge (n=5,10,25,50,100) and different cases (with 1000 replications), it was reach ed that the bay es estimator " with specific values of  and  " is the best for all cases st udied . ( : mseقیم )1(جدول 5.0 (x ~ exp ( : mse قیم )2(جدول 2( x ~ exp :( mse قیم )3(جدول 10 ) + 20% exp ( 5.0 ( exp x ~ 80% ( : mseقیم )4(جدول 10 )+ 40% exp ( 5.0 ( x ~ 60% exp 5.0 (: mse قیم) 5(جدول )+ 20% exp ( 2 x~ 80% exp ( msقیم ) 6(جدول e : ) 5.0 ) + 40% exp ( 2 ( : x ~ 60% exp ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 dual no tions of prime modules i. m. ali, r. i. khalaf departme nt of mathematics, college of education i bn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract let r be a commutative rin g with unity .m an r-m odule. m is called cop rime module (dual notion of prime module) if ann m =ann m /n for every p rop er submodule n of m in this p aper we study cop rime modules we give many basic p rop erties of this concept. also we give many characterization of it under certain of module. introduction let r be a commutative rin g with unity . m an r-m odule. n is called p rime submodule of an r-modules m if n ≠ m and whenever rx  n such that r  r, x  m , then either x n or r  [n: m ], see [1], [2] .m is called a p rime modu le if ann m = ann n for every non-zero r r submodule n of m , see [3],[4] .it is clear that m is p rime iff <0> is prime submodule of m . yassemi.s. in [5], introduced the notion of second submodule (as dual notion of p rime submodule) as follows: n is second submodule of an r-modu le m if for every r  r, the homothety r* on n is either zero or surjective, where if m is an r-module and r r, then an r-endomorp hism r* is called homothety if r*(x) = rx for all x  m . m is second module if it is second submodule of m . annin. s. in [6] introduced the notion of coprime modu les (as dual notion p rime modules) as follows: an r-modules m is called cop rime if ann m =ann m /n for every r r p rop er submodule n of m .not that [n: m ] = ann m /n .sp ecially a rin g r is coprime iff r is r r coprime r-module. abuhilail j.in [7] in introduced a notion coprime submodules (as dual notion p rime submodules) as follows: n is called cop rime submodule of an r-module m if ann m =w r (m /n) = {a  r; the homothety r* on m /n is not surjective}, see [5].we notice that m is coprime module iff m is second module iff (0) is cop rime submodule. the main p urp ose of this p ap er is t o give basic p rop erties of coprime (second) modules and study the relationships between coprime modules and other modules . we show that a submodule of coprime module n eed not be cop rime modu le and we give certain conditions to make a submodu le of coprime module is coprime. m oreover we obtained the relationships between coprime modules and d ivisible modules, p rincipally injective and injective modules. finally we invest igate the behavior of cop rime modu les under localization. defini tion 1:[6] an r-module m is called coprime if for every p rop er submodule n of m , r ann n = r ann (m / n). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 sp ecially , a ring r is coprime iff r is a coprime r-module. recall that a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is called invariant if for each f  r nd (m ), f (n)  n. m is called ful ly invariant if every submodule of m is invariant, see [8]. .wijay anti i.e in [9], gave the following characterization for coprime modules. the orem 2: [9] let m be an r-module, then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a cop rime r-module. 2. r ann m = r ann (m / n) for every p rop er invariant submodule n of m . proof: (1)  (2) is obvious. (2)  (1). to p rove m is a cop rime r-module. assume that r ann (m / n)  r ann m for some prop er submodule n of m . let i = r ann (m / n). then i  r ann m and i m  n. but i m is invariant, since for each f  r nd (m ), f (i m ) = i f (m )  i m . hence i  r ann (m / i m ) = r ann m , which is a contradiction. ■ not e that, st atement (2) in theorem (2) is used to define coprime modules in [27, definition 1.3.1]. first , we give some remarks and examp les of coprime modules. remarks and examples 3: 1. z as z-module is not coprime. 2. q as z -module is cop rime module. 3. p z  as a z-module is a cop rime module [9]. 4. every simple r-module is a coprime module, however the converse is not true for examp le: q as z -module is cop rime and not simple. recall that an r-module m is called multiplication if for any submodule n of m , there exist an ideal i of r such that im =n, equivalently for every submodule n of m , n= [n: m ]m, see [10]. 5. if m is a multip lication cop rime module, then m is simple, and hence m is p rime. proof: since m is a coprime r-module, then r ann m = [n r : m ] for all p rop er submodule n of m . hence ( r ann m )m = [n r : m ]m . thus (0) = [n r : m ]m . but m is a multiplication r-module, so [n r : m ]m = n, and hence n = (0). thus m is a simp le r-module, and m is a prime r-module. ■ the condition "m is multiplication" can not be drop p ed from p revious remark for examp le: p z  is a coprime z-module, and by [2, remark 1.1.3(11)] p z  is not p rime and not multiplication. 6. if m is a cy clic coprime r-module, then m is simple and so p rime. 7. r is a cop rime ring if and only if r is a field. proof: the proof follows by (rem. and ex. 2. (5), (4)). ■ 8. zn is a cop rime z-module iff n is a prime number. proof: the proof follows directly by (rem. and ex. 3 (4), (5)). ■ 9. for any n, m  z; n  m, the z-module m = z n zm is not coprime. 10. every vector sp ace m over a field r is a coprime r-module. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 we have the following p rop osition: proposi tion (4): let m be an r-module. consider the following st atements: 1. m is a cop rime r-module. 2. r ann m = [x r : m ] for every x  m such that (x) is a prop er submodule of m . 3. for every ideal i of r and for every x  m , (x) is a p rop er submodule of m such that i  ( )x  = (x), imp lies i = 0 or i m = 0. then (1)  (2)  (3), and (2)  (1) if i r r i [ : ] [ r : ] i i x x       , where xi m and  is any index set. proof: (1)  (2). it is clear. (2)  (3). let i  ( )x  = (x) and assume i  0, then i m  (x), that is i  [x r : m ] and by (2) i  r ann m . thus i m = (0). (3)  (2). let r  [x r : m ]; x  m and (x) p rop er submodule of m . then r  r ann ( )x  , that is (r) ( )x  = 0, hence by (3), either r = 0 or (r) m = 0. thus r  r ann m . (2)  (1). let n be a prop er submodule of m . then n = r xi, xi  n. so that [n r : m ] = [r xi r : m ] = i r [ : ] i x n x    = r ann m . ■ the following p rop osition is a characterization of coprime module under the class of finitely generated (multiplication) modules. proposi tion (5): let m be a finitely generated (or multiplication) r-module, then m is a coprime rmodule if and only if r ann m = [n r : m ], for every p rime submodule n of m . proof: () it is clear. to p rove the converse, let w be a p rop er submodule of m . since m is finitely generated (or multiplication) r-module, then by [15], [1] there exists a maximal submodule n of m (which is p rime by [30, corollary 2.5, ch.1]) such that w  n m . hence [w r : m ]  [n r : m ]. but [n r : m ] = r ann m by assump tion. thus [w r : m ]  r ann m , and so r ann m = [w r : m ]. recall that a submodule n of an r-module m is called second submodule if for every r  r, the homothety r* on n is either zero or surjective, where if m is an r-module and r r, then an r-endomorp hism r* is called homothety if r*(x) = rx for all x  m ; see [29, definition 2.1. (b)]. m is second module if it is second submodule of m remark (6): it is clear that n is a second submodule of an r-module iff for every rr, r≠0, either rnn or rn0. the following result is an interesting characterization of coprime modules. the orem (7): ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 let m be an r-module, then m is coprime r-module iff m is a second r-module. proof: () let m be a cop rime r-module. let r  r such that r  0. sup p ose the homothety r* on m is not surjective, so r m  m . let r m = n, then it is clear that r  [n r : m ]. since m is a cop rime, then [n r : m ] = r ann m . hence r  r ann m , that is r m = 0. thus r * = 0. () to p rove r ann (m / n) = r ann m for every p rop er submodule n of m . let r  [n r : m ], then r m  n  m . since m is a second submodule, then the homothety r * on m is either zero or surjective. if r * is surjective, then r *(m ) = r m = m , imp lies m  n which is a contradiction. thus r m = 0 and so r  r ann m . therefore r ann   = r ann m . ■ the following result is an immediate consequence of theorem (7) and [16, rem. and ex. 1.1.4 (3)). note (8): if m is a cop rime r-module, then r ann m is a p rime ideal, and r / r ann m is an integral domain. so that we shall say that m is p-coprime if m is coprime with r ann m = p. a series of results follows by using theorem (7). corollary (9): [28] let m be an r-module, then m is coprime iff for every r  r, r  0, either r m = 0 or r m = m (i.e. m is a second module). proof: it follows directly by theorem (7) and remark (6). ■ corollary (10): let m be an r-module, let i be an ideal of r such that i  r ann m . thus m is a coprime r-module if and only if m is a cop rime r / i-module. proof: it follows by theorem (7) and [16, rem. and ex. (1.1.4(8)). ■ corollary (11): let m be an r-module. then m is a coprime r-module iff m is a coprime r = r / r ann m -module. proof: it follows directly by p revious corollary. ■ corollary (12): if r is an integral domain, then q(r) [the total quotient field of r] is a coprime rmodule. proof: is obvious. corollary (13): the homomorphic image of coprime r-module is coprime. proof: it follows by theorem (7) and [16.rem. and ex. (1.1.4(5)]. ■ not e that,wijayanti i.e. p roved that if m is a coprime r-module and n is an invariant submodule of m , then m / n is a coprime r-module, see [9, prop . 1.3.8]. hence the following corollary is a stronger result. corollary (14): if m is a cop rime r-module, then m / w is a cop rime r-module. proof: let : m  m / w be the natural p rojection. hence the result follows by p revious corollary . ■ corollary (15): ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 let m , w be two r-modules such that m  w, then m is coprime iff w is cop rime. proof: it is immediate by corollary (14). ■ by considering (rem. and ex. 3 (1), (2)) a submodule of coprime r-module (second module) need not be cop rime r-module. however, in the following p rop osition, this is t rue under certain condition. proposi tion (16): let n be a non-zero p rop er submodule of an r-module m such that r m  n = r n, for every r  r, then m is p-cop rime iff n and m / n are p-cop rime r-modules. proof: if m is a p-coprime r-module, then m is coprime with r ann m = p. thus by corollary (14) m / n is coprime. since p = r ann m = r ann (m / n), then m /n is p-cop rime. now, to p rove n is a p-cop rime module. since m is coprime, then for any r  r, r  0, either r m = 0 or r m = m . if r m = 0, then r m  n = 0. but r m  n = r n, t hen r n = 0. if r m = m , so r m  n = n. but r m  n = r n, hence r n = n. t hus n is second. to p rove n = p = r ann m . it is clear that r ann m  r ann n. let r  r ann n, t hus r n = 0. if r m = 0, there is nothing to p rove. if r m = m , then r m  n = n. but r m  n = r n. thus r n = n and so n = (0) which is a contradiction. conversely , if n and m / n are p-cop rime. then p = r ann n = r ann   and r n = n, r   =   for every r  p. t o p rove m is p-cop rime. it is clear r ann m  r ann n = r ann   = p. let r  p, so r n = 0 and r m  n. hence r m  n = r m , but r m  n = r n, so r m = r n = 0. thus r  r ann m , hence p = r ann m . let r  r ann m = p and let m  m , then m + n    = r   , hence m + n=r (m+n) for some m  m . thus m – r m  n = r n, so m – r m = r n for some n  n and hence m = r (m + n)  r m . thus m = r m for every r  p, and so m is p-cop rime. ■ recall that a ring r is said to be regular (in sense of von neumann) if for each x  r, there exists a  r such that x = x 2  a, see [6]. corollary (17): let m be a module over a regular ring (in sense of von neumann) and let n be a submodule of m . then m is a p-cop rime module iff n and m /n are p-cop rime rmodules. proof: since r is a regular ring, then for every r  r, r m  n = r n. hence the result follows by p rop osition (16). ■ now, we have the following result. proposi tion (18): let n be a finitely generated submodule of an r-module m such that r ann n = r ann m . if n is a coprime r-module, then m is a cop rime r-module. proof: let r  r and r  r ann m . since n is a coprime module and r ann n = r ann m , r n = n. but n is a finitely generated submodule, so by [25, p .50], there exists r   r such that (1 – r r ) n = 0. hence (1 – r r ) m = 0, and so m = r m . therefore m is coprime. ■ not e that, the condition r ann n = r ann m can not drop p ed from the previous p rop osition as the following examp le shows: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ( 2 ) in z6 as z-module is coprime module, and ann  ( 2 ) = 3z  ann  (z6) = 6z. however z6 is not coprime z-module, see (rem. and ex. 3 (8)). next, we can give the following p rop osition. proposi tion (19): let n be a finitely generated submodule of m and r ann m is a prime ideal. if n is a coprime module, then r ann m = [n r : m ]. proof: let r  [n r : m ], then r m  n. it is clear that r  r ann n or r  r ann n. if r  r ann n, then r n = 0 and hence r 2 m  r n = 0; that is r 2  r ann m . since r ann m is p rime, then r  r ann m . if r  r ann n, t hen r n = n because n is a coprime r-module. on t he other hand, n is finitely generated, there exists r   r such that (1 – r r) n = 0, see [25, p.50]. it follows that r (1 – r r  ) m  (1 – r r  ) n = 0. thus r (1 – r r  ) m = 0 and so r (1 – r r  )  r ann m , which implies either r  r ann m or (1 – r r  )  r ann m . if (1 – r r )  r ann m , then m = r m  n which is a contradiction. thus r  r ann m and so [n r : m ] = r ann m . recall that an r-module m is said to be noetherian if every submodule of m is finitely generated, see [19, prop . 6.2, p .75]. the following result is an immediate consequence of p rop osition (19). corollary (20): let m be a noetherian r-module such that r ann m is a p rime ideal of r, if every submodule of m is a cop rime r-module, then m is coprime. recall that a submodule n of an rmodule m is called primary if for every rr, xm such that rxn, then either xn or r  r [ : ]  = {s  r; s n  r [ : ]  for some n  z+}, see [20]. we know that every p rime submodule is p rimary; however the converse is not true in general. the following result shows that the two concepts are equivalent in the class of coprime modules. proposi tion (21): let m be a cop rime r-module, let n be a prop er submodule of m , then n is p rimary iff n is p rime. proof: let n be a primary submodule of m , since m is coprime, then r ann m = [n r : m ], so [n r : m ] is a prime ideal, hence by [14, prop . 2.10, ch.1], we have n is p rime. ■ s.yassem in [5] gave the following result. we give its p roof for the sake of comp leteness. recall that a submodule n of an r-module m is called se condary submodul e if for each rr,the homothety r* on n is either surjective or nilpotent, where r* is nilpotent if there exist kz+ such that (r*) =0,see[21]. proposi tion (22): let n be a submodule of an r-module m such that m is p-second (pcoprime), then n is p-secondary iff n is p-second (p-cop rime). proof: () since m is p-cop rime, r ann m = p. sup p ose that n is p-secondary, then p = r ann  . thus p = r ann  = r ann  . to p rove n is p-second. since n is a submodule of ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 m , then p = r ann  r ann n, but r ann n  r ann  = p which is a p rime ideal. thus by p rop osition (7) n is a second submodule with p = r ann n; that is n is p-second submodule. the converse is obvious by [15, rem. and ex. 1.2.2 (1)]. ■ recall that if m is an r-module, then j(m) is the intersection of all maximal submodules of m (if exist) or j(m ) = m if m has no maximal submodule, see [12, definition 9.1.2,p .214]. the following result ap p eared in [27]. however we give another p roof. proposi tion (23): if m is a coprime r-module and j(m )  m , then r is a coprime ring, where r = r / r ann m . proof: since j(m )  m , then there exists a maximal submodule n of m . by [15, prop o. 2.2, ch. 1] the ideal [n r : m ] is a maximal ideal of r. since m is coprime, then [n r : m ] = r ann m and so r ann m is a maximal ideal of r, so r = r / r ann m is a field. thus r is a coprime ring. ■ we note that the condition j(m )  m in prop osition (23) is necessary for examp le: q as z-module is coprime module, which has no maximal submodule; that is j(q) = q and z is not a field. recall that an r-module m is called divisi ble if for each non zero divisor r of r, rm =m ,see[22]. the following p rop osition is an immediate result by theorem (7) and [16, p rop 1.1.7]. proposi tion (24): let m be an r-module, then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a cop rime r-module. 2. m is a divisible r / r ann m -module. 3. r m = m for every r  r \ r ann m . 4. i m = m for every ideal i  r ann m . 5. w(m ) = r ann m . not e that st atement (5) in prop osition (24) was given as definition of coprime module by abuihlial j. in [7].he defined that an r-submodule n of m is a cop rime submodule if for each homothety r * on m / n is either zero or surjective. then it is clear that m is a coprime rmodule if and only if (0) is a coprime submodule. by combining this result with theorem (7) we have the following corollary . corollary (25): let m be an r-module, then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a cop rime r-module. 2. m is a second submodule of itself. 3. (0) is a cop rime submodule of m . the following remark is clear. remark (26): let n be a p rop er submodule of an r-module m . then n is a coprime submodule of m iff m / n is a cop rime r-module. the following result follows by remark (26) and not e (8). corollary (27): let n be a p rop er submodule of an r-module m , if n is a coprime submodule then r ann (m / n) is a prime ideal. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 recall that an r-module m is called divisibl e if for each non zero divisor r of r, rm =m , see [22]. now, we list some consequences of p rop osition (24). corollary (28): every faithful cop rime r-module is divisible. proof: is clear. ■ remark (29): every divisible module over an integral domain is faithful coprime. by combining corollary (28) and remark (29) we get: corollary (30): let m be a module over an integral domain r. then m is a faithful coprime r-module iff m is a divisible r-module. recall that an r-module m is called principally injective if for every p rincipal ideal i of r and every monomorp hism f: i  m , there is a homomorphism g: r  m such that g / i = f, see [23]. proposi tion (31): let m be a module over an integral domain r. then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a faithful coprime r-module. 2. m is a divisible r-module. 3. m is a principally injective r-module. proof: (1)  (2) follows by corollary (30). (2)  (3) follows by [12, exc. 9(a), p.104]. recall that an r-module m is said to be injective if and only if for any monomorp hism f: a  b where a and b are any two r-modules and for any homomorp hism g: a  m there exists a homomorp hism h: b  m such that h ○ f = g, see [24, p.28]. corollary (32): if r is pid and m is an r-module, then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a faithful coprime r-module. 2. m is a divisible r-module. 3. m is an injective r-module. proof: (1)  (2) follows by corollary (.30). (2)  (3). by [26, th 2.8, p.35]. ■ corollary (33): let m be an injective module over an integral domain, then m is coprime. proof: since every injective r-module is divisible by [26, theorem 2.6, p . 33]. hence the result obt ained by remark (29). ■ recall that a module m over an integral domain is called torsion free if (m ) = 0, where (m ) = {m  m ;  r  r, r  0; r m = 0}, see [19, p .45]. under the class of torsion free modules over an integral domain, we have the following result. proposi tion (34): let m be torsion free over an integral domain r. then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a cop rime r-module. 2. m is a divisible r-module. 3. m is an injective r-module. proof: (1)  (2). since m is torsion free, then m is faithful. thus the result follows by corollary (30). (2)  (3) follows by [26, th 2.7, p .34]. ■ ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 recall that an integral domain r is called a dedekind domain if every non-zero ideal of r is invertible and an ideal i is called invertibl e, when i – 1 = {x  rs: x i  r} and s is the set of non-zero divisors of r, t hen i – 1  i = r, see [25]. next, we p rove the following. proposi tion (35): if r is a dedekind domain and m is an r-module. then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a faithful coprime r-module. 2. m is a divisible r-module. 3. m is an injective r-module. proof: (1)  (2) follows by corollary (30). (2)  (3) follows by [24, prop . 2.10, p .36]. ■ yassemi s. in [5] introduced the following result without p roof. we give its p roof for sake of completeness. the orem (36): let m be a p rime r-module. the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a cop rime r-module. 2. m is an injective r/ r ann m -module. proof: since m is a prime r-module, then by [2, rem. and ex. (1.1.3 (3)], r ann m is a p rime ideal, so r is an integral domain and m is a torsion free r = r / r ann m -module, see [20], [11]. (1)  (2). since m is a cop rime r-module, then by corollary (10) m is a cop rime r module. hence by p rop osition (34) m is an injective r -module. (2)  (1). if m is an injective r -module, then by corollary (33) m is a coprime r module. hence by corollary (10) m is a cop rime r-module. ■ recall that an r-module m is called flat if n k k =1 k a = 0, where k  r, ka  m , then there exist b1, …, bn  m and {u i k}  r, i = 1, …, n, k = 1,2,…,r such that n i k i =1 i u b = ka and r i k k =1 k u  = 0, see [2]. the following theorem app eared in [18], we give the details of the p roof for comp leteness. recall that a subset a of an r-module m is called a basis of m , if a generates m and a is r-linearly indep endent. m is said to be a free r-module, if m has a basis [25, p .190]. the orem (37): let m be a coprime r-module. then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is a prime r-module. 2. -m is a flat r -module, where r = r / r ann m . proof: since m is a coprime r-module, then r = r/ r ann m is an integral domain. also by p rop osition (24), m is a divisible r -module. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 (1)  (2). since m is a p rime r-module, then m is a torsion free r -module, where r = r / r ann m . now, we can show that m is a vector sp ace over k = the total quotient field of r as follows: let + ann m s + ann m r  k, where r, s  r, s  r ann m . let m  m , m = (s + r ann m ) m, for some m m since m is a divisible r -module. it follows that + ann m s + ann m r  m = (r + r ann m ) m = r m  m . thus m is a vector sp ace over k, so it has a basis. it follows that m is a free k-module, hence m is a flat k-module [25, prop 1.26, p .22]. then k is a flat r -module by [27, ex. 20, p .319]. thus by [19, exc. 9(a), p .32] m is flat r -module. (2)  (1). [the proof is different from the proof given in [29]. since r is an integral domain, ( 0 ) is a p rime ideal of r . hence by [30, corollary 4.9, ch.1] ( 0 ) m = (0) is a prime r -submodule of m . thus (0) is a prime r -submodule. then it is easy to check that (0) is a prime r-submodule of m and hence a prime r-module. finally, we turn our att ention to the localization of coprime modules. first we have. proposi tion (38): let m be a coprime r-module, then m s is a coprime r s -module, where s is a multip licatively closed subset of r. proof: it follows by theorem () and [16, p rop 1.1.20]. we notice that the converse of p rop osition (38) is not true as the following examp le shows: let m be z-module z and s = z – {0}, it is clear that s is a multiplicatively closed subset of z . z s = q and q as q-module is coprime, but z is not coprime z-module. the following corollary follows immediately from prop osition (38). corollary (39): let m be a coprime r-module,then m p is a cop rime rp-module for any p rime ideal p of r. next, we have the following result. corollary (40): let m be a finitely generated r-module. let s be a multiplicatively closed subset of r. if m is p-cop rime r-module, then m s is ps coprime rs –module. proof: since m is p-cop rime, then m is coprime with r ann m = p.t herefore by p rop osition (2.1.38), m s is coprime rs –module. now, r ann m = [0 r : m ] = p, that is [0 r : m ] s = ps and by [28, p .152], [0s: m s] = ps. thus sr ann m s = ps. therefore m s is ps-coprime rs-module. ■ re frences 1c.p.lu, (1984),"prime sub module of m odules" comment, m ath.univ.st.p aul, vol.23, 1, (61-69). 2-bhraany , b.al (1969)"a note on prime m odules and pure submodules", j.science, vol.37, (1431-1441). 3desale g., nicholson w.k.,(1981),"endoprimitive rin gs",j.algebra,.70, (548-560). 4beachy j.a., (1976) "some asp ects of non-commutative localization "lecture not es in m athematics,.545, sp ringer verlage,heildelber g,new york. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 5yassemi s., (2001),"the dual not ion of prime submodule", arch.m ath. (born), 37 (273278). 6annin s., (2002),"associated and at tached primes over non commutative rings", ph.d.thesis, univ. of baghdad 7abuihlail j.,"z ariski-like top ologies for m odules over commutative rings", int ernet. 8faith c., (1973),"algebra: rings: m odules and catgories 1", sp ringer-verlag, berline, heidelber g, new york. 9wijay anti i.e., (2006),"coprime m odules and comodules",ph.d.thesis,heinrich-heine univ.dusseldorf. 10barand a., (1981),"m ultip lication m odules", j.algebra, 71, (174-178). 11h.m .abbdule-razak, (1999),"quasi-prime m odules and quasi prime submodules"m .d.thesis, univ. of baghdad 12kasch f.,(1982),"m odules and rings",acadimic press,london. 13abdul-baste z. and smith p.f., (1988),"m ultip lication m odules",comm. in algebra, 16, (755-779) ،رسالة الماجستیر،جامعة "المودیوالت الجزئیة األولیة والمودیوالت الجزئیة الشبھ أولیة)"1969(،إیمان علي ؛عذاب-14 . بغداد 15khakaf r.i.,"dual not ions of prime submodules and prime m odules", m .d.thesis, univ.of baghd ad. 16yaseen s.m ., (2003),coquasi-dedekind m odules",ph.d.thesis,univ.of baghdad 17anderson f.w and fuller k.r., (1973),"rin g and categories of m odules", ph.d.thesis, univ.of berkeley . 18sahai v. and bist , v. "al gebra",narosa publishing gouse ,new delhi m adras bombay calculate.. 19at iy ah m .f. and m acdonald i.g., (1969),"int roduction to commutative algebra",univ.of oxford 20c.p.lu, (1989),"m -radicals of submodules in m odules", m ath.jap onica, 34, (211-219) 21m acdonald, l.g. (1973),"second ary representation of m odules over a commutative ring"sy mpos. m ath.xi,pp.(23-43). 22c.p.lu, (1995),"comm in alg.", 23, no.10, (3741-3752). 23nicholson w.n. and yousif m .f., (1995), "principally injective rin gs", j.algebra, 174, (77-93). 24sharp d.w. and vamous p., (1972)"injective m odules",cambrid ge univ.press,london 25larsen m .d., m c carthy pj.,(1971),"m ultiplication theory of ideals,acadimec p res,new york and london 26dauns j., (1980)"prime m odules and one-sided ideals in ring theory and agebra iii""(proccedin gs of t he third oklahoma conference),b.r.m cdonald (editor) (dekker,new y ork), (301-344). 14kap lanskj i, (1974),"commutative rings",t he univ. of chicago p ress,chicago & london. 27.lam t.y, (1999)"lecture on m odules and rings"gtm 189,sipringer verla ge ,new york. 28nort heoit d.g., (1968),"lessons on ring,m odules and m ultip lication",cambrid ge univ.p ress,london. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المفھوم الردیف للمقاسات االولیة رشا ابراھیم خلف ، انعام محمد علي جامعة بغداد ، ابن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الریاضیات خالصةال ؛ r لتكن دالیة ذات محاید إذا كان ) د للمقاس األولي مضا كمفھوم(أولیا مضادا مقاسا mسمى یr.على مقاسا mحلقة إب m تآلف r= تآلف r   . m في n لكل مقاس جزئي فعلي لھذا المفھوم وكذلك أعطینا عددا ساسیة في ھذا البحث درسنا المقاسات األولیة المضادة ةأعطینا عددا من الخواص األ ن الممیزات لھ تحت أصناف معینة من المقاسات م ihjpas 17062012120248_008 17062012120248_009 17062012120248_010 17062012120249 17062012120249_001 17062012120249_002 17062012120401 17062012120401_001 17062012120401_002 17062012120402 17062012120402_001 17062012120402_002 17062012120458 17062012120733 10050224 10050225 10050226 10050227 10050228 10050229 10050230 10050231 10050232 10050233 10050234 10050235 structure,rietveld refinement study of bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 ferrite using powder xrd analysis farouq i. hussain qader dept.of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haithm) university of baghdad received in: 4 april 2013 accepted in : 24 june 2013 abstract bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 (x=0.1, 0.5, 0.7, 0.9, 1.7) were prepared using powder technology technique . x-ray diffraction with diffractometer cukα radiation analysis and rietveld refinement of the samples were studied and showed a single phase of hexagonal structure with sp63/mmc space group . lattice parameters, cell volume , crystallite size and x-ray density were determined .the hexagonal structure was represented by using powdercell program showing the atomic positions of co ,ti, and fe ions. keywords: m-type hexaferrite-xrd analysis-rietveld refinement 70 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction barium hexaferrite with a chemical formula bacoxtixfe12-2x o19 is one of the most important compositions for perpendicular magnetic recording due to its large saturation magnetization; and good stability [1] .m-type barium hexa-ferrite has been investigated as a material for microwave absorber devices and also in various applications [2]. because of the industrial relevance of barium hexa-ferrite ,scientific interest ,they have been extensively studied because of their large intrinsic uniaxial anisotropy and high coercively ,which make them widely used in various applications [3].in order to reduce the anisotropy field which causes poor overwrite modulation[1-5] and satisfy the desired applications many studies were taken out to modify the magnetic properties of barium hexaferrite by the substitution of the fe3+ ion with cations such as (sn4+, ni2+ ,co2+ ,co3+ ti4+…..) [1-5] .the structure of m-type barium hexaferrite with the formula bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 has been studied in the present work using powder x-ray diffraction analysis technique and we have investigated the advantages of this technique to study and measure the most important features and properties of our ferrite [4-15] such as the average grain size ,x-ray density ,lattice parameters of the unit cell and the cell volume of samples and the atomic positions sites in the lattice structure[6-15].the structure of the m-type barium ferrite (bafe12o19) with space group sp63/mmc is symbolically described (rsr*s*)where r is three layers block (two o4 containing one bao3) with composition ba2+fe62+o11)2and s is two layers o4-layer block with compositions ( fe63+o8)2+ when the asterisk means that the corresponding block has been turned 180° around the c-axis.in this structure the metallic cations are distributed within three different kinds of octahedral sites (2a , 4fvi , and 12k sub lattice) ,one tetrahedral site (4fvi sub lattice ) and one pseudo tetrahedral site (4e(1/2) sub lattice as shown below:[8,9] spin direction no. of ions/fu block coordination sub lattice cations up 1 s octahedral 2a m1 up 1 r pseudo-tetrahedral 4e(1/2) m2 down 2 s tetrahedral 4fiv m3 down 2 r octahedral 4fiv m4 up 6 r-s octahedral 12k m5 71 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 in this work we report the intrinsic structure of the classical bacoxtixfe12-2x 1o19 doping scheme. experimental procedures the synthesis of polycrystalline bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 samples (x=0.1 0.5 ,0.7 ,0.9 ,1.7)were prepared by powder technology method with different sintering temperatures listed in tab.1 . x-ray diffraction analysis was carried out using shimadzu6000 diffractometer with cukα radiation. the obtained xrd data was compared with standard pattern of jcpds-icdd (international center for diffraction data).powder diffraction (pxrd) is a technique used to characterize the crystal structure, grain size, volume, x-ray density and lattice parameters and used to identify unknown substances by comparing diffraction data by the (icdd) [10-15]. first we calculated the lattice parameters using the well-known relation bellow:-[10] for hexagonal structure a=b≠ c, α=β=90° γ=120° 𝟏 𝒅𝒉𝒌𝒍 𝟐 = 𝟒 𝟑 (𝒉 𝟐 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒉𝒌 𝒂𝟐 + 𝑲 𝟐 𝒂𝟐 )𝒍 𝟐 𝒄𝟐 …….(1) volume of hexagonal unit cell: v=(√𝟑 𝟐 ) a2c=0.886 a2c……( 2) x-ray density for hexagonal structure is: x-ray= z.m / v.na ………(3)ρ m=molecular weight , v=x-ray volume , z=2 for hexa-unitcell , na=avogadro number and to calculate the crystallite grain size we used scherrer 's equation from the diffraction peaks broadening. d=0.94.λ / β.cosθ ……..(4) where: β=fwhm in radiant , d=polycrystalline grain size(nm) λ forcukα =0.154059 (nm) , θ=brag angle. wavelength porosity ratio for the prepared samples was calculated using the relation: p= 1(ρbulk/ρx-ray) ……….(5) where ρbulk=mass/volume (gram/cm2). rietveld analysis: rietveld refinement data of all the prepared hexa-ferrite carried out by using the fullprof and unitcell programs and studied very carefully and from rietveld refinement data we calculated the atomic positions of our samples (x,y,z) and exihibited the structure of our hexagonal m-type barium ferrite doped with co-ti using the powdercell program. results and discussion fig.1 shows xrd patterns of co-ti doped barium hexa-ferrite (bacoxtixfe12-2xo19) with different concentrations ,comparing with the standard pattern of (bafe12o19) with space group sp63/mmc (jcpds file no. 043-0002)all the xrd patterns have been indexed (hkl) manually and by using equations (1-5) we calculated lattice parameters, x-ray cell volume and x-ray density .table.1 summarizes the composition dependence of lattice parameters determined by x-ray diffraction analysis . all the patterns showed single phase hexagonal structure with sp63/mmc and from these data we may propose that the lattice parameter (c-values) increases due to greater ionic radii of co-ti than the ionic radius of iron ions (~0.55 a°) and the average crystallite size decreases with doped barium ferrite (coti).the rietveld refinement data is shown in fig.2 and the refined lattice parameters are summarized in table.2. fig.3 shows the hexagonal structure representation and the atomic positions (xyz) by using data information from the refinement file and powdercell programs. the samples possess a hexagonal structure sp63/mmc with two molecules in unit cell (z-z). 72 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 conclusions bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 (x=0.1, 0.5, 0.7, 0.9, 1.7) were synthesized by powder technology technique. the x-ray diffraction analysis and rietveld refinement for all the prepared samples revealed existence of single phase identified by jcpds file no. hexagonal phase with space group sp63/mmc in agreement with the data reported in most scientific researches. we also showed that xrd analysis is a very powerful tools in material science and technology researches. references 1ibrahim bsoul,(2009) , preparation of nano crystalline bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 by ball milling method and there magnetic properties ,jordan journal of physics 2 (2): 95102. 2aylin gurbus , nurhan onar , ismail ozdemer , abdullah cahit karaoglani and erdal celik ( 2012) ,structural , thermal and magnetic properties of barium – ferrite powders substituted with mn, cu, or co and x( x= sr and ni) prepared by sol-gel method , material and technology 46 (3):305 – 310. 3-. williams, j. m.; adetunji, j. and gregori, m. (2000), mӧssbauer spectroscopic determination of fe3+and co2+ in substituted barium hexaferrite ba(coti)xfe12-2xo19 journal of magnetism and magnetic materials ,220,124-128. 4taiki nakanishi , maki okube , takeshi toyoda , akiko nakao and satoshi sasaki,(2008), site occupancy in batimnfe10o19 hexa-ferrite , photon factory activity report2007 # 25 part b 5ashima, sujata sanghi , ashish agarwal, reety, (2012) rietveld refinement , electrical properties and magnetic characteristics of casr substituted barium hexaferrite, journal of alloys and compounds( 513),436-444. 6bahadur d., fischer w.and rane m. v. (2012) , insitu high temperature x-ray diffraction studies of non-stoichiometric ni-zr substituted barium hexagonal ferrites prepared by citrate precursor route , internet articals 7gairola ,s. p. ; vivek verma, singh a. ; purohit ,l p.and. kotnala, r. k.(2009) ,modified composition of barium ferrite to act as microwave absorber in x-band frequencies , solid state communications. article in press. 8batlle x. , obradors x., rodrriguez j., pernet m. , cabanas m. v. and vallet m. (1991) " cation distribution and intrinsic magnetic properties of co-ti doped mtype barium ferrite" j. appl. phys. 70(3), 1. 9-ramachandran, b.(2010) , structural , optical ,electrical , magnetic and magneto electric properties of undoped and doped polycrystalline bismuth ferrite, phd thesis , department of physics , indian institute of technology , madras. 10christopher hammond(2009) the basic of crystallography and diffraction, 3rd edition , international union of crystallography . oxford science puplicatio. 11katerina seleznera e. (2008) magnetoelectric composites based on hexagonal ferrite universidade de aveiro departamento de engenharia ceramica edovidro. 12-salvi s. v. & joshi v.h. (2009) effect of dopants on barium hexaferrite , indian journal of pure & applied physics.(47). 277281. 13ravinder, d.; mahesh, p. ;koteswara rao, k.; vitha,l m. and boyanov, b. s. (2004) electrical conductivity of bacoti – hexagonal ferrite " journal of alloys and compounds. 364) ,17-22.( 14the, g.b.and saravanan, n. and jefferson, d. a.(2007), a study of manetoplumbite – type (mtype ) cobalttitanium – substituted barium ferrite bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 (x=16), materials chemistry and physics . (105),253259. 15bsoul, i. and. mahmood, s. h,(2009), structural and magnetic properties of bafe12xalxo19 , prepared by milling and calcination , jordan journal of physics. 2(.3), 171 – 179. 73 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table no(1): lattice parameters and average crystallite size with x-ray volume and density of bacoxtixfe12-2xo19 measured by xrd. sample x bac0xtixfe12-2xo19 t sintering℃ a=b a0 c a0 c/a ρx-ray gm/cm 3 dnm vol. of the cell x1024 cm3 b1 0.1 baco0.1 ti0.1fe11.8o19 1450 5.89 23.21 3.94 5.091 52 697.306 b2 0.5 baco0.5 ti0.5fe11 o19 1250 5.9 23.27 3.94 5.24 58.17 701.4848 b3 0.7 baco0.7 ti0.7fe10.6o19 1350 5.89 23.28 3.952 5.25 52 699.409 b4 0.9 baco0.9 ti0.9fe10.2o19 1450 5.89 23.3 3.95 5.091 42 720.94682 b5 1.7 baco1.7 ti1.7fe8.6o19 1450 5.9 23.16 3.92 5.23 42.822 699.1688 table no( 2): lattice parameters of prepared samples after refinements using fullprof programs space group (gm/cm2)ρ c (a°) a =b (a°) samples p63/mmc 5.092 23.176 5.883 b1 p63/mmc 5.124 23.186 5.886 b2 p63/mmc 5.25 23.213 5.887 b3 p63/mmc 5.12 23.231 5.889 b4 p63/mmc 5.23 23.321 5.891 b5 figure no(1): xrd patterns of bac0xtixfe12-2xo19 with different dopant concentrations 74 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no(2): the rietveld refinement data of prepared sample b10 by fullprof program 75 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(3): structure representation for barium hexa-ferrite doped with co-ti by using powdercell programs 76 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 -bacoxtixfe12دراسة تركیب وتصفیة ریتفیلد للفیرایت السداسي بصیغة 2xo19 ) باستخدام تحلیل حیود االشعة السینیةpxrd( قادر فاروق ابراھیم حسین التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھیثم، جامعة بغدادقسم الفیزیاء، كلیة 2013حزیران 24قبل البحث 2013نیسان 4استلم البحث في: الخالصة باستخدام تقنیة تكنولوجیا المساحیق وبنسب تطعیم bacoxtixfe12-2xo19تم تحضیر الفیرایت ذو الصیغة الكیمیائیة فحوصات حیود االشعة السینیة وممقارنتھا مع واجریت) x=0.1 0.5 ,0.7 ,0.9 ,1.7( الكوبلت والتیتانیوم مختلفة لكل من االبعاد وقیست) واظھرت جمیع النماذج طور سداسي واحد icddالتابعة للمركز الدولي لبیانات الحیود ( jcpdsملفات االشعة السینیة لھا والمعادالت الخاصة بھذا فة باستخدام تحلیل ) وكذلك الحجم الحبیبي والكثاa=b , c, c/aالبلوریة لھا ( واعادة القیاسات باستخدام تصفیة ریتفیلد ودراسة المواقع للذرات في شبیكة الباریوم فیرایت المطعم بالكوبلت ، التحلیل .powdercellو fullprofوالتیتانیوم ورسم الشبیكة باستخدام البرامج الحاسوبیة باریوم فیرایت السداسي –تصفیة ریتفیلد –االشعة السینیة حیود -: الكلمات المفتاحیة 77 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 1 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. design of truncated hyperboloid solar concentrator by using zemax program department of physics, college of education for pure sciences, university of baghdad, iraq. abstract a hyperboloid solar concentrator (hsc) was designed with a truncation angle side to the entrance aperture by simulation in the zemax optical design software. the (hsc) has a wide exposure range to solar radiation due to the relatively large entrance aperture. the design consists of an entrance aperture facing the sun to obtain the largest possible amount of solar radiation, and a small exit aperture compared to the entrance aperture whose mission is to receive solar radiation after it enters the entrance aperture and reflects it from the inner reflective walls of the (hsc). in the exit aperture, there is a detector to measure the number of rays incident on it, which is a measure of the optical efficiency of the sample. a hybrid sample has been designed with an angular truncation at the front of it. this feature contributes to a greater absorption of solar radiation for greater efficiency. the results showed a slight change in the value of optical efficiency when changing the truncation angle, and the values of optical efficiency were superior to designs that had a small concentration ratio, and optical efficiency increased with increasing the concentrator length. keywords: solar concentrator, truncated hyperboloid, acceptance angle, concentration ratio, zemax 1.introduction the topic of solar concentrators has great importance because of consideration of the exploitation of solar energy. the solar concentrators intercept solar radiation and convert it into another form of thermal or electrical energy. the need to use solar concentrators as an ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.1.2780 article history: received 9, may, 2021, accepted 13, july, 2021, published in january 2022. hassanein nouri hamza hasanein.nouri1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq alaa badr hasan alaajizany@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hasanein.nouri1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:alaajizany@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 2 important part of renewable energy production has increased, and thus it has a prominent role in compensating the traditional energy and preserving the environment from pollution resulting from fossil fuels [1]. the desirable characteristics of solar concentrators are prolonged use without the need for a solar tracking system. due to the industrial and engineering complexities of these systems, the solar center has the ability to reflect the solar radiation to the receiver with different angles of incidence until it reaches the acceptance angle that gives an acceptable optical efficiency (80%) [2]. the solar concentrators consist of major parts: it is the reflecting surface that reflects and redirects solar rays to the receiver that collects and stores solar energy, the entrance aperture that controls the amount of radiation entering the concentrator, and the solar tracking system that contributes to directing the concentrator to the direction of the sun to obtain the largest amount possible from solar radiation [3]. the concentration ratio, defined as the ratio between the areas of the entrance aperture to the area of the exit aperture, has a major role in the performance of the solar concentrator. this percentage increases to more than one in most solar concentrators, especially in large projects that produce high electrical energy [4]. the concentration ratio has the range (1 – 2) in the most solar collectors. where increasing in the concentration ratio is associated with the increase in the temperature acquired by the sun. while the concentration that have a higher concentration of solar ovens are used in studying materials at high temperatures. solartrough concentrators are commonly used in the field of solar energy exploitation due to the peculiarity of this design in terms of ease of manufacture, transportation and high efficiency. these concentrators are distinguished by their different shapes according to the purpose of the design, as they are in the form of a rectangular trough or a collector with a conical cross (parabolic or hyperbolic) or dish [5]. the hyperbolic concentrator is one of the important designs that have taken a great deal of attention and research by designers and researchers.i. m. salehet. focused on the optical performance evaluation of a 3-d elliptical hyperboloid concentrator (ehc) designed by using ray tracing tool, the opticsworks software. an extensive theoretical ray tracing technique has been adopted to calculate the optical efficiency of the novel 3-d ehc. the performance parameters such as optic concentration factor, optical efficiency and geometric concentration ratio are also evaluated for different aspect ratios of the elliptical profile [6]. v.chittalakkotteet. al. attempt is made to design, develop and experimentally analyze the performance of adesalination unit with a hyperboloid concentrator and a helical copper coil receiver. the elliptic hyperboloidconcentrator is a special design for concentrating and capturing radiation over a wide incidentangle and thus eliminates tracking. further a cfd analysis was carried out to design and optimize thehelical coil receiver dimensions. the optimized receiver was then fabricated [7]. k.s. reddyet. al. use an elliptic hyperboloid concentrator and a helical receiver along with a multi-tray desalination unit to purify water in themost effective manner. the helical receiver proposed in the present work aims at the dean flow effect in order to enhance heat transfer inlaminar flow. the effectiveness of this property with respect to various physical parameters has been observed and an optimum design has been suggested based on this [8]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 3 2.optical design the solar center consists of an entrance aperture, capturing the solar radiation and redirecting it into the solar concentrator system. an exit aperture of thermal warehouse is placed to transfer heat to a suitable place to be used for the purposes of designing the concentrator [9]. the concentrator also consists of reflective inner walls with a hyperbola shape to redirect the solar radiation to the receiver. this sample is characterized by the presence of an angular truncation of the front edge of concentrator. the function of this truncation is to extend the range of ray capture by the entrance aperture. figure (1) illustrates the scheme of hyperbolic solar concentrator. the design has two focuses (b, b') that collect the reflected radiation from inner surfaces of the (hsc). figure (2) illustrates 3d layout of truncated (hsc) that is provided by the zemax program to give the designer flexibility in using the tools, giving a broad idea about the design and handling errors. the concentration ratio of the design has been changed to the values of (c=1, 2, 3… 10), which are considered one of the important factors affecting the design performanceby controlling the amount of rays entering and leaving it. as for the angle of truncation, specific values were chosen within the range (θ=10o, 20o, 30o, 40o, 50o) to show the effect of this efficiency angle of the optical system. the length of concentrator has been changed the range (100, 200, 300, 400, 500 mm) to evaluate the system performance. the length of the concentrator controls the amount of internal reflections of the rays at the inner surfaces, as well as the concentration ratio because the geometrical design of the (hsc) limits this ratio according to the length of the (hsc). the angle of incidence is the main criterion for determining the performance of solar concentrators, because it is the main factor discovering the amount of radiation entering the system. changing is according to the angle of incidence throughout the period of daylight hours due to the change in the position of the sun in the sky. the importance of the acceptance angle is that it is used in solar concentrators that do not contain a solar tracking system. the important factor is the time period in using the solar concentrator at daytime and its rush hour, which gives the maximum efficiency. figure1. scheme of hyperbolic solar concentrator [10] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 4 figure2. 3d layout of truncated hyperbolic solar concentrator in zemax program 3.results figure (3) shows the optical efficiency of the design when the angle of incidence changes to different values of the truncation angle of the design. the figure shows a slight change in the efficiency curve when the truncationangle changes, although we note the preference for small truncationangles. the reason for this function to behave is due to the decrease in the internal surface area of the reflector when the truncationangle is increased. so the amount of wasted radiation will be increased. in general, the figure shows the efficiency slope clearly when the angle of incidence changes, as the design gives a value of the acceptance angle equal to (3o) approximately for all the samples used. figure (4) shows the optical efficiency of the design when the angle of incidence changes into different values of the concentration ratio. the figure illustrates the preference of the low concentration ratios (c=1-5) over the rest of the values (c=6-10). the efficiency begins in the first samples with high efficiency (100%), while the other samples, the efficiency decreases to less than (50%). the reason behind this behaviour is that the geometric design of the sample, which has a low concentration ratio, has a little inclination in its reflecting walls, which leads to the reflection of the incoming rays at a large angle that allows it to be delivered to the exit aperture without many repeated reflections. this reduces the lost radiation. consequently, it increases the amount of radiation received by the receiver, thus it leads to increase the efficiency. figure (5) shows the optical efficiency when the angle of incidence changes into different values of concentration length. the figure shows the extent to which the optical efficiency is affected by the concentration length, where the sample that has a greater length gives greater efficiency. increasing the concentration length gives a greater opportunity to capture the largest possible number of solar rays to reach the receiver. this illustrates the behaviour of the function in figure (5). however, the impact of the angle of incidence remains obvious on the optical efficiency because it is the most important factor in determining the efficiency of all solar concentrators. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 5 figure3. the optical efficiency of (hsc) at different incident angle for samples have different truncation angles figure 4. the optical efficiency of (hsc) at different incident angle for samples have different concentration ratio 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 (ƞ%) angle(ɵ0) angle(10) angle(20) angle(30) angle(40) angle(50) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ƞ(%) angle ɵ c=1 c=2 c=3 c=4 c=5 c=6 c=7 c=8 c=9 c=10 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 6 figure 5. the optical efficiency of (hsc) at different incident angle for samples has different concentration length 4. conclusion the design shows priority of first sample comparing with other samples. this feature contributes to a greater absorption of solar radiation for greater efficiency. the results showed a slight change in the value of optical efficiency when changing the truncation angle, the values of optical efficiency were superior to designs that have a small concentration ratio, and optical efficiency increased with increasing concentrator length. references 1. islam, m. t.; huda n.; abdullah, a. b.; saidur r. a comprehensive review of stateof-the-art concentrating solar power (csp), renew. sustain. energy rev. 2017, 91. 987–1018. 2. o’gallagher, j. j. nonimaging optics in solar energy. synth. lect. energy environ. technol. sci. soc. 2008, 2, 1–12. 3. atheaya, d.; tiwari, g. n. review on solar thermal power concentrators, moj sol. photoenergy syst. 2017, 3, 23-33. 4. garcia, a.; fernandez, a. a.; vázquez d.; bernabeu e. ideal 3d asymmetric concentrator. sol. energy, 2009, 83,1, 113–117. 5. saleh, i. m.; o’donovan, t. s.; reddy, k. s.; mallick, t. k. an optical analysis of a static 3-d solar concentrator. sol. energy, 2013, 88, 57–70. 6. saleh, i. m.; vikram, t. s.; o’donovan, t. s.; reddy, k. s.; mallick, t. k. design and experimental analysis of a static 3-d elliptical hyperboloid concentrator for process heat applications. sol. energy. 2014, 102, 257–266. 7. chittalakkotte, v.; vincent, v. l.; valiyaparambil, p. development of a solar energy based desalination system using a hyperboloid concentrator. mater. today proc. 2020,22,1–15. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ƞ(%) angle ɵ l=100 l=200 l=300 l=400 l=500 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 7 8. imhamed, m. s.; mallick, t. k.; kew, p. a.; o’donovan, t. s.; reddy, k. s. optical performance evaluation of a 2-d and 3-d novel hyperboloid solar concentrator. world renewable energy congress xi, abu dhabi, uae, 2010, 21, 1–16, 9. ameer, s. a.; shahad, h. a. characteristics review of optical concentrators. int. j. curr. eng. technol. 2017, 7, 1, 168–182, 10. khamooshi, m.; salati, h.; egelioglu, f.; faghiri, a. h.; tarabishi, j.; babadi, s. review of solar photovoltaic concentrators. hindawi publishing corporation international journal of photo energy. 2014, 11, 17-22. study mechanical properties for unsaturated polyester campsite reinforced by micafiber a study mechanical properties for bark fiber reinforced polyester composit hann h. salman dept. of physics/collage of edducation/university of al-qadssia received in :27 september 2012 accepted in:17 marcl 2013 abstract bark fiber has high potential use for composite reinforcement in biocomposite material. the aim of this study is the mechanical properties of bark fiber reinforced polester composite with varying fiber weight fraction (0% , 5% , 10% , 20%, 30% and 40%) hand lay-up technique which was used to prepare the composite , specimens for tensile , flexural and impact test according to the astm d638 , astmd790 , and iso-179. the over all results showed that the composite is reinforced with bark fiber at weight (10%) higher mechanical properties , and the composite showed improved mechanical (flexural). key words: natural fibre;polyester composite; mechanical propperties 102 | physics @ñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœä27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction natural fiber reinforced polymer composite have rasid great interest among material scientists and engineers in recent years due to the need for developing an environmentally friendly material[1]the use of panels made of natural fibre-reinforced compositeswhich are increasing in the automobile indusry[2],it has been observed that natural fibre reinforced composites have properties similar to traditional synthetic fibre reinforced composites. natural fibre composites have been studied and reviewed by a number of researchers(dufresne 1997;dufresne and vignon 1998;mao et al 2000;kaith et al 2003;nakagaito et al 2004;2005;bhanagar and sain 2005).one of the most appropriate examples of this is the substitution of inorganic fibres such as glass or aramid fibres by naturral fiber(bledzkiandgassan 1999;chauhan et al 1999;chakraborty et al 2006).all these properties have made natural fibres very attractive for various industries currently engaged in searching for new and alternate prducts to synthetic fibre reinforced composite[3] . new environmental regulation and uncertainty about petroleum and timber resources have triggered much interest in developing composite material from natural fiber [4] . significant research efforts have been made and currently being spent in developing natural fiber reinforced composites . natural fibers have advantages over synthetic or man made fibers such as galss and carbon due to these reasons : low cost , low density , acceptable specific strength properties , ease of sepration , carbon dioxide sequestration and biodegradability [5] , for household's applications ,furniture composite panels are made from chopped natural fiber that produces wood-replacement products [6] , one of the most widely used natural fibers is bark fiber which has been successfully incorporated in variety of applications . bark fiber is the outermost layers of stems and roots of woody plants , plants with bark include trees , woody vines and shrubs [7] material and method the fibers was bark fiber obtained from pine bark and the matrix used was polyester , and used the method hand lay-up technique for manufacturing the composite with varying fiber weight fraction (5%, 10%, 20% , 30%, 40%) the tensile and flexural tests were carried out using testing machine , instron 1195 tensile , while impact test used type charpy test , the tensile flexural and impact tests were in accordance to the astm d638 , astd790 , and iso179[810] . results and discussion the experimental results of tensile strength are shown in figure 1 , the general conclusion can be said that the fiber loading significantly affects the mechanical properties of the composites . the fiber has proven its function by the increase of the tensile strength as compared to neat polyester . it also can be observed that the composite of (20%) fiber content showed the highest tensile strength . fig2 shows that the addition of fiber significantly affects the flexural strength of the composite . it also can be noticed that the optimal fiber content in order to obtain the highest flexural strength for composite was (10%) wt . the addition of break fiber in the composite also shows significant effect of the impact strength . based on the results, there is asimilar trend as shown fig. (1,2) and (3) where the properties for composite showed steep decline beyond their optimum values . this was due to higher fiber content load to higher fiber to fiber contact . as a result, it led to poor interfacial bonding between the fiber and the matrix and hence adecrease in the 103 | physics @ñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœä27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 mechanical properties . thus , it can be said that the maximum fiber content to allow the fiber to fully moistened is by the matrix for compositeswhich were subjected to the optimum fiber content , this explains why beyond the optimum weight fraction , the mechanical properties composites were experiencing steep decline. the size of the fiber affects the interfacial shear , normal stress and fracture characteristics dramatically [11] . references 1. liy,maiyw (2006) interfacial characteristics of sisal fiber and polymeric matrix , j, of adhesion , 82 , 527 – 554 . 2. mopleston, p. (1997)natural fiber reinforced composites , modern plastic internotional,may,39. 3. singa s.,vijay kumar, (2008) mechanical properties of natural fibere reinforced polymer composite,31,791-799. 4. leman, z. sapuan sm , saifol am ,and maleque ma , ahmed , (2008) moisture absorption behavior of sugar plam fiber reinforced epoxy composite material and design ,29 , 1666 – 1670. 5. monanthy, a. k .; misra, m .; drzalt , (2002) sustainable bio-composites from renewable resources opportunities and challenges in the green materials world , j. of polymer & environmrnt,10 , 19 – 26 . 6. weinheimv , verlag , gmbhvch , goack , (2006) cars from bio-fiber , 449 – 457 . 7. 7-ravein , peter h , evert , rayf . curt, (1981) is , helenan biology of plants new york , n.y. worth publishers , 641. 8. ives , mead and rily , (1971) hand book of plastics test method , some details of standard test , london. 9. han, k. s. and ovtsky, j. k . (1983) astm composite ,14(1):67 – 70. 10. pilling, m. w. ;byatesand , m. a. black , (1979) , journal of material science , chapman on hally.14 (9): 1326 – 1338. 11. 11bismarck, a.; araberr , i.spring ,j. ;lampke ,t. ;wielage, b.; stamboulis ,a. shenderovich, i.and limbach, h. (2000) surface characterization of flax hemp and cellulose fibers , surface properties and the water uptake behavior j. of polymer composites , 23 , 872 – 894 . figare no.(1): variation of the tensile strength of polestar with weight of bark fiber 104 | physics @ñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœä27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figare no.(2 ): variation of the flexural strength of polestar with weight of bark fiber figare no.(3): variation of the impact strength of polestar with weight of bark fiber 105 | physics @ñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœä27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 دراسة الخواص المیكانیكیة لمتراكبات البولي استر المدعمة بلحاء الشجر ھناء حسین سلمان جامعة القادسیة /كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013اذار17قبل البحث 2012 ایلول 27استلم البحث الخالصة لحاء الشجر من االلیاف التي تتحمل اجھادات عالیة عند تدعیمھا في المواد ، لذلك فالھدف من ھذه الدراسة تدعیم مادة %) 0% ، 5% ، 10%،20% ، 30% ، 40البولي استر التي تعد مادة اساس باللحاء الشجر بنسب وزنیة مختلفة ھي ( و استخدمت الفحوصات المیكانیكیة كل من الشد ،الصدمة (hand lay-up)وحضرت العینات بتقنیة التصنیع الیدوي .كل النتائج اظھرت ان (astm d638,astm d790,iso-179)و حسب المواصفات (flexural)،متانة القوة %) من اللیف اما بصورة عامة فقد كانت 10ھناك تحسنا في الخواص المیكانیكیة والسیما عندما تكون النسبة الوزنیة( أو متانة القوة و السبب في ذلك یعود إلى عملیة التصنیع و توزیع اللیف (flexural)فضل النتائج المیكانیكیة ھو الفحص ا داخل العینة . :االلیاف الطبیعیة،متراكبات البولي استر،الخواص المیكانیكیة للمتراكبات مفتاحیةالكلمات ال 106 | physics @ñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœä27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 microsoft word 71-86 71| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 في phragmites australisدراسة التنوع الوراثي للقصب البري rapdتقنية بإعتمادالعراق نضال نعمة حسين عبد الكريم ميرتغريد عبد األ بغداد ةجامع/ )إبن الھيثم( -للعلوم الصرفة كلية التربية قسم علوم الحياة / محمد عبد عادل حرب وزارة الزراعة/ دائرة وقاية المزروعات 2014/تشرين الثاني /24, قبل البحث في :2014/ايلول/23استلم البحث في : خالصةال معت من أھوار العراق جُ phragmites australis) عينة من القصب البري 31التنوع الوراثي لـ (ُدرس ما بينھا وذلك بغداد لتحديد درجة القرابة في ةعينات من محافظفضالً عن ذي قار , وميسان , والبصرة يالمنتشرة ف . rapd random amplified polymorphic dna)متعدد األشكال ( dnaللـ التضاعف العشوائي انةتق اعتمادب ونجم عن , بين العينات المدروسة polymorphismفعاليتھا بإعطاء تعددية شكلية عملةالمستالسبعة أثبتت البادئات ) منھا % 6.86( ;عينة قصب 31 بين) حزمة توزعت 102ھذه البادئات مجتمعة عدد من الحزم بلغ ( عمالإست تراوحت التيشكال أو متباينة متعددة األ polymorphic) البقية فكانت % 93.13ا الـ (, أم monomorphicكانت ) حزمة , 17) أعطى أعلى عدد من الحزم متعددة االشكال (ubc1) حزمة للبادئ الواحد . البادئ (10-17أعدادھا بين ( بلغ معدل الحزم متعددة , وحزم ) 10شكال (عدد من الحزم متعددة األ أقل) m13, op-b01البادئان ( في حين أعطى فقد كانت polymorphism ) حزمة لكل بادئ . أما معدل النسبه المئوية للتباين أو التعدد الشكلي 13.5شكال (األ . أوضحت نتائج التحليل op-b11 ,ubc1للبادئان %100و m13للبادئ %71.42) تراوحت بين 92.67%( ست مجاميع رئيسة ينضمام عينات القصب فا upgmaطريقة عتمادبإ rapdالعنقودي المعتمد على تحليل بيانات بيَن مخطط التحليل العنقودي (شجرة القرابة) أن ھناك توافقاً ما بين المجموعات , كماألغلب العينات %60بدرجة تشابه األكثر تجمعت في فيالمتشكلة والموقع أو البعد الجغرافي لھا وأن العينات المعزولة من موقع واحد أو محافظة واحدة العينات . إن ھذه ةعن بقي صرة)من المسحب والصالل (الب أخوذةنعزال عينات القصب الما فضالً عنمجموعة واحدة المواد عمالمن حيث إست نباتسلوب مكافحة ھذا الا ياالختالفات بين عينات القصب البري قد يكون لھا أھميه كبيرة ف ق أخرى للسيطرة عليه.ائالكيميائية أو طر تنوع الوراثي . ال , rapdأھوا ر العراق , , phragmites australis: القصب البري ةالكلمات المفتاحي 72| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ةـالمقدم ينتمي اليھا بعض أھم يالت gramineaeالى العائلة النجيلية (common reed)نبات القصب البري يينتم كل يينتشر القصب ف [1].العالم كالقمح والشعير والرز وبعض الحشائش الضارة ينباتات المحاصيل االقتصادية ف األھوار يواسع ف بنحوٍ العراق يھذا النبات ف . وينتشر [2]ةعدا القارتين القطبيه الشمالية والجنوبي القارات ما يينمو فونتشاره ليشمل المنطقة الوسطى والشمالية االمنطقة الجنوبية وعلى ضفاف شط العرب ويمتد يوالمستنقعات ف . [3]المياه الضحلة وفي الترب الطينية وفي غابات المناطق الجبلية في الشمال وفي الحقول والبيئات شبه الملحية الرطبة من مجاميع مختلفة وكذلك بين القصب إختالفات مورفولوجية كبيرة ومميزة بين نباتات القصب المعزولةووجدت القصب يسبب ھذه االختالفات الى وجود ظاھرة التعدد الكروموسومي ف عرج, وقد أنفسھا المعزول من المجموعة [7];[6];[5];[4] . في السيماإن دراسة الصفات الشكلية لتحديد التنوع ضمن النوع الواحد غير كافية نظراً لتأثرھا بالظروف البيئية و ات جديدة تعتمد انالوقت الحالي تق يدخلت ف .ق أكثر دقة ائلى طربد من اللجوء ا , لذا ال [8]النباتات المتقاربة مورفولوجياً ات ھي المؤشرات الجزيئيةانوھذه التق [9]دون أن يكون ھناك تأثير للبيئة من على دراسة التركيب الوراثي بحد ذاته molecular markers . كيفية دراسة التنوع الوراثي يوفتحت أفاقاً جديدة ف , اتتربية النبات في كبيرةالمؤشرات الجزيئية ذات أھمية دتع فضالً إسراع عمليات االنتخاب والتربية , يأنھا تعد مؤشرات مساعدة ف فضالً عنالكائنات , شتىوالعالقات التطورية بين . الدراسات في التنوع الوراثي لنبات القصب البري محدودة ما تزالومع ذلك , [10]المادية الكلفخفضھا عن مناطق مختلفة من العالم ينات جزيئية عديدة لدراسة التغايرات الوراثية بين نباتات القصب الموجودة فاتقإعتمدت rflps [18];[19]و rapd ssr , [17];[16] aflps , [15] [11];[12];[13];[14] طريقة إذ إعتمدت تتصف بفاعلية في دراسة العالقة بين الجماعات في النوع نفسه يمن المؤشرات الجزيئية الت rapdطريقة دتع لتحديد الھوية الوراثية , وللتحري عن الھجن وفي رسم الخرائط الوراثية عتمدت. كما إ[20]أو األنواع القريبة الى بعض . [21]معرفة العالقة الوراثية بين نباتات النوع الواحد يف فضالً عن إعتمادھا بين ومداه حتمالية نجاح مكافحة غزو نباتات القصب بالمبيدات العشبية قد يزداد مع فھم طبيعة التنوع الجيني اإن . أوضحت الدراسات عملةمستمختلف الى المبيدات ال نحوٍ مستعمرات القصب , فالكلونات المختلفة وراثياً ربما قد تستجيب ب أوروبا والواليات المتحدة . يوجود إختالفات وراثية بين نباتات القصب المنتشرة ف أھوار جنوب يالتباين الوراثي بين نباتات القصب المنتشرة ف تحديدل rapd )ھذه الدراسة طريقة ( يفإعتمدت العراق . يى التنوع الجيني بين مستعمرات القصب المنتشرة فالعراق وكذلك القصب المنتشر في بغداد لمعرفة مد المواد وطرائق البحث جمع العينات من مناطق متعددة من أھوار جنوب p.australisوراق الفتية والقريبة من القمة النامية لنبات القصب ُجمعت األ تم جمع ثالث الى أربع عينات من كل موقع وكانت . ) 1(الجدول , وكذلك من مناطق متعددة من محافظة بغداد , العراق تقل عن أمتار , أما المسافة بين المواقع المختلفة كانت ال10) تقل عن ( المسافة بين العينات المأخوذة من الموقع الواحد ال ) . وضعت العينات / 2013 كانون االول –ما بين شھر ( أيلول مدةبطريقة عشوائية للالعينات ُجمعت رات .مت) كيلو(10 في أكياس ورقية التي بدورھا وضعت في أكياس بالستيكية محكمة اإلغالق ووضعت في صندوق مبرد لحين نقلھا الى بالطريقة بالقطن ومن ثم حفظت مرة أخرى جففتو, ثم بالماء المقطر, تم غسل العينات في المختبر بماء الحنفية .المختبر لحين االستعمال .° م 20-درجة حرارة تحتووضعت السابقة نفسھا وتنقيته dnaستخالص الـ ا عتماد على باال p.australisوراق الفتية لنبات القصب ) من األdna )genomic dna تمت عمليات عزل الـ .[23]المعتمدة على طريقة [22]) وذلك وفقاً لطريقة ctab( عمالستخالص المعتمدة على إستطريقة اال 73| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 وتقدير نقاوته dnaقياس تركيز الـ ـ اً ل متصاص العينة ا وقراءة مقدار te مرات بمحلول 10تخفيف العينة عن طريق [24]تم قياس التركيز وفق ة لأل وجيين المخفف د الطولين الم ة الضوئية عن انوميتر 280 , 260شعة فوق البنفسجية بجھاز قياس الكثاف و يحسب اً ن -: تيةحسب المعادلة اآلب dnaتركيز الـ مليلتر من العينة 1لـ اً نانوميتر 260/ مليلتر = مقدار االمتصاصية عند الطول الموجي dnaـتركيز ال( )50 ×معكوس التخفيف ×المخففة نانومتراً)280 االمتصاصية عند الطول الموجي /نانومتراً 260طول الموجي النقاوة = االمتصاصية عند ال(أما وذلك بالتوازي مع مؤشر الدليل ھالم اآلكاروز )%1( ترحيل عينة منه على عن طريق dnaوتم تقدير نوعية الـ . ladderالحجمي random amplification polymorphicنة اتق اعتمادبdna تفاعل التضخيم العشوائي لقطع الحامض النووي dna )rapd-pcr( المجھزة لبعض مواد التفاعل . وقد وتوصيات بعض الشركات [25]ورد في حسب مابتم إعداد ھذا التفاعل لكل اً مايكروليتر 25حجم قدره ي) . أجري تفاعل البلمرة المتسلسل ف2موضحة بالجدول ( ةبادئات عشوائي سبعة استُعمل األربعة من كل من النيوكليوتيدات ميكروموالً 250 وdna من الـاً نانوغرام50 والمتكون من عينة (dttp/datp/dctp/dgtp) البلمرةأنزيم من كل بادئ ووحدة واحدة من بيكومول 10وtaq dna polymerase . thermocycler tc(5000)techne الحراري تدويرفي جھاز ال amplification ضخيم الت عملية أجريت (pcr) تية : البرامج اآل وفقعلى ubc1 , ubc16 , ubc76 [26]البرنامج الخاص بالبادئات عدد الدورات المدة الزمنية / دقيقة° مدرجة الحرارة / الخطوات denaturation initial denaturation annealing extension final extension 94 92 35 72 72 4 1 1 2 5 دورة واحدة دورة 36 دورة واحدة m13 , opb11 , opb01 [27]البرنامج الخاص بالبادئات عدد الدورات المدة الزمنية / دقيقة °درجة الحرارة / م الخطوات denaturation initial denaturation annealing extension final extension 94 92 35 72 72 4 1 1 2 5 دورة واحدة دورة 40 دورة واحدة 74| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 opd20 [28]البرنامج الخاص بالبادئ عدد الدورات المدة الزمنية / دقيقة °درجة الحرارة / م الخطوات denaturation initial denaturation annealing extension final extension 94 92 35 72 72 2 2 10 دورة واحدة دورة 40 دورة واحدة حسب ب % 1.5مئوية أو تحمل مباشرة على ھالم اآلكاروز بتركيز 4درجة تحتالعينات تنتھاء التفاعل حفظاوبعد . [24]طريقة تحليل النتائج : [24] تيبالقانون اآل polymorphismتم قياس النسبة المئوية للتعدد الشكلي -1 ) 100 × polymorphism % = ( np / nt ) ( np) (number of polymorphic bands of random primer ) عدد الحزم المتعددة األشكال =polymorphic ( للبادئ العشوائي = total number of bands of the same primer (nt) عدد الحزم الكلي لنفس البادئ ) 0( ) وغيابھا1وجود الحزمة (بالذي يعمل ver.1.91 pastبرنامج عتماد بإ اإلحصائي أجري التحليل -2 لرسم مخطط jaccard’s coefficientعتمد على نسبة التشابه الوراثي لمعامل جاكارداإلجراء التحليل العنقودي الذي وذلك لرسم شجرة past [29]برنامج بإعتماد) cluster analysisالتحليل العنقودي . أجري التحليل العنقودي ( . ) لتعكس درجة التشابه بين العينات المدروسةdendrogramعنقودي ( بنحوٍ القرابة الوراثية ةالنتـائـج والمناقش نبات القصب البري أن العدد الكلي للحزم المضخمة ل dnaلعينات pcrأظھرت نتائج الترحيل الكھربائي لنواتج , أما الـ monomorphicكانت التي) % 6.86(منھا بنسبة عينة قصب . سبع 31 بينتوزعت التي ) حزمة 102بلغ ( ) 10-17( ) , تراوحت أعدادھا بين% 93.13(بنسبة باينة متعددة األشكال أو مت polymorphicالبقية فكانت حزمة 95 البادئان في حين, حزمة) 17) أعلى عدد من الحزم متعددة األشكال (ubc1حزمة للبادئ الواحد . أعطى البادئ ( )op-b01, m13 (متعددة األ وعدد من الحزم المتباينة أ أعطيا أقل) الوراثية ختالفاتاال على يدل مما) حزم 10شكال ) حزمة لكل بادئ , أما معدل النسبة المئوية للتعدد 13.5شكال (بلغ معدل الحزم متعددة األ .المدروسة العينات بين الكبيرة op-b11 , نيللبادئ %100و m13للبادئ %71.42) تراوحت بين polymorphism )92.67%الشكلي أو التباين ubc1 اً بادئ 16لـ %83.1ج مع نتائج دراسات أخرى كان معدل نسبة التعدد الشكلي النتائھذه ) . عند مقارنة 3(جدول أن القصب البري من الجدير بالذكر . [26]كانت متعددة االشكال حزمة 123حزمة متضخمة للقصب في إيران , 149و ھذه الدراسة . يلعراق وصف جزيئياً للمرة االولى فا يالذي ينتشر طبيعياً ف التمييز بين ينة فاھذه التق ةختالفات الوراثية مما يؤكد فعاليعام وجود نسبة كبيرة من اال بنحوٍ و أظھرت النتائج من أخوذةختالفات الوراثية (عينات القصب الممن اال ةالعراق حتى عند وجود درجات منخفض ينباتات القصب المنتشرة ف لى تمييز النباتات التي تختلف عن بعض بحزمة واحدة وتتفق ھذه النتائج مع نة كانت قادرة عاالتقھذه منطقة واحدة ) فإن بيه حيث تميز ونتائج ھذه الدراسة مع أغلب الدراسات األور تناغمت كما. [27];[12];[30];[4]العديد من الدراسات . كما أظھرت بادئات [31];[32];[19]بيه بوجود مستويات عالية من التباين الوراثي والقارة االور يالقصب المنتشر ف rapd من الحزم المميزة اً عدد)unique bands ( لتلك العينات اً مؤشر تعدفي بعض العينات التي من الممكن أن ذات تربة منطقة جمعت من يأربع منھا ميزت عينات أبو غريب (بغداد) الت حزم مميزة , 10)وكان عددھا (, المميزة شكال أل) وا4الجدول (كما في , وحزمتان ميزت عينات المسحب والصالل (البصرة) ) ليست مغمورة بالماء(رطبة )2 . (7 75| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 عينات القصب لالتحليل العنقودي ومعامل التشابه الوراثي في تقدير البعد الوراثي بين العينات المدروسة لنبات القصب rapdبادئات الـ جميعإستثمرت نتائج p.australis البرنامج االحصائي طريقعن past ver.1.91 عتماداً على نسبة التشابه لمعامل جاكارد (اوjaccard̛s coefficient( , 5وتمثلت النتيجة بالجدول) وبين 3والحسيجي 2). كان أقل بعد وراثي بين (المسحب والصالل ( كان بين فقد بعد وراثي على) . أما أاً بلغ (صفر إذ) 2ومسحب وصالل 2) وبين ( الدوب 3والحسيجي 2(الدوب ) وبين (مسحب 2وكرماشية 2) وبين (مسحب وصالل 3والحسيجي 3) وبين (كرماشية 3والحسيجي 2(كرماشية وتراوحت , ) (4.899) حيث بلغ 3وكرماشية 2) وبين (الدوب 2وكرماشية 2) وبين ( الدوب 3وكرماشية 2وصالل ذلك . بقية العينات بينقيم rapdنة الـ االبادئات العشوائية لتق استعمالعتماداً على النتائج المتحصلة من اشجرة القرابة الوراثية إعدادتم ) بأن العينات أُدرجت 1للتشابه الوراثي . يتضح من الشكل ( jaccardمقياس استعمالعلى عينات القصب المدروسة و ب : (ميسان) , المجموعة الثانية 3مجاميع رئيسة : المجموعة االولى : وضمت الحسيجي ) (ستضمن التحليل العنقودي في تشاركت آنفة الذكر(ميسان) (المجاميع الثالث 2(البصرة) , المجموعة الثالثة : ضمت الدوب 2ضمت المسحب والصالل ت مجموعة , تحت المجموعة األولى : ن) تحيالمجموعة الرابعة : وضمت (إثن في أقل بعد وراثي أال وھو صفر) , الوادية , 1الوادية , 1وضمت كل من مؤخر بريدة , تحت المجموعة الثانية : (بغداد) 2(ميسان) ودجلة 3وضمت الدوب كل فضالً عنوجميع ھذه المواقع في محافظة ميسان , , 2أبو عجل , 3أبو عجل , 2مؤخر بريدة , 3مؤخر بريدة 2, ن) تحت مجموعة , تحت يبغداد). المجموعة الخامسة : وضمت (إثن جنوب( 1المصب العام , 2عام من المصب ال 3,من الوادية (بغداد) , تحت المجموعة الثانية : ضمت كالً 3ودجلة , (ميسان) 1المجموعة األولى : وضمت الحسيجي من ذي قار , كلھاو, 1الكرماشية , 2الكرماشية , 3ميسان , الكرماشية يف كلھاو1 والدوب , 2 يوالحسيج 1,ابو عجل مسحب وصالل و في بغداد) , كلھا(و 4غريب أبو , 3أبو غريب , 2أبو غريب , 1غريب أبو , 1دجلة , 3المصب العام و .(البصرة) 3, المجموعة السادسة : وضمت عينة واحدة ھي المسحب والصالل (البصرة) 1 ن مخطط غلب العينات . وبيَ أل %60نضمام عينات القصب في ست مجاميع رئيسة وبدرجة تشابه اأوضحت النتائج وأن العينات , التحليل العنقودي (شجرة القرابة) أن ھناك توافقاً ما بين المجموعات المتشكلة والموقع أو البعد الجغرافي لھا ة من موقع واحد أو محافظة واحدة على األكثر تجمعت في مجموعة واحدة فمثالً (تحت المجموعة الثانية من أخوذالم مع وجود بعض %72شكلت نسبة عدد عينات محافظة ميسان , إذالمجموعة الرئيسة الرابعة ) جمعت أكثر عينات ميسان ( بغداد) في تحت مجموعة واحدة (تحت المجموعة االولى 2ة ودجل, (ميسان) 3الدوب اجتمعت عينتااالستثناءات , فمثالً ثم , ربما يعود السبب الى أن األھوار قد ُجففت وبقيت جافة ألكثر من عقدين من الزمن من المجموعة الرئيسة الرابعة) , و دجلة الى وباألخص مياه نھر, يمكن إغفال فكرة الرايزومات والبذور المنقولة بواسطة المياه تم إعادة إغمارھا بالماء لذا ال األھوار لذلك نالحظ في أغلب األحيان إجتماع عينات من ميسان مع عينات من دجلة (بغداد) , كما تم إنعزال عينة المسحب , قد يعود السبب في إنعزال عينات ھذه المنطقة عن باقي المناطق ھو موقعھا والصالل (البصرة) في مجموعة مستقلة افظة البصرة القريب من دول الجوار وانتشار ووصول البذور الى ھذا الموقع من تلك الدول , وھذا يتفق الجغرافي في مح بأن القصب يمكن أن يتكاثر خضرياً بالرايزومات أو بالبذور التي يمكن أن تنقل بواسطة الرياح أو طافية [33]مع رأي [34] مخطط التحليل العنقودي مع النتائج التي توصل اليھا كل منالنتائج الحالية لتتفق على الماء الى مسافات طويلة . ھما قديمة احدإالذي درس التباينات المظھرية والوراثية لنبات القصب في جمھورية التشيك لبحيرتين صناعيتين منفصلتين , محافظات من إيرانختالفات المظھرية للقصب في عدة الذي قام بدراسة التباين الوراثي واال[26] خرى حديثة وواأل عتماداً على األصول الجغرافية . اأكدا أن التحليل العنقودي المعتمد على درجة التشابه الوراثي جمع عينات القصب اللذين  المصادر ي ( -1 وكت عل ة 1989شودري , ش اث الزراع ز االقليمي ألبح عودية . المرك ة الس ة العربي ي المملك ) .الحشائش ف وزارة الزراعة والمياه . الرياض . المملكة العربية السعودية .والمياه بالرياض 2nguyen,l.x.;lambertini,c.;sorrell,b.k.;eller,f.;achenbach,l. and brix,h. (2013). photosynthesis of co-existing phragmites haplotypes in their non-native range : are characteristics determined by adaptations derived from their native origin ?. aob plants 5:plt016;doi:10.1093/aobpla/plt016 . 76| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ) .النباتات المائية في العراق . منشورات مركز الخليج العربي . جامعة (1983السعدي , حسين والمياح ,عبد الرضا . -3 صفحة . 192البصرة . 4hansen, d.l.; lambertini, c.; jampeetong, a. and brix, h. (2007). clone-specific differences in phragmites australis: effects of ploidy level and geographic origin. aquat. bot., 86: 269-279. 5clevering, o.a.; brix, h. and lukavská, j. (2001). geographic variation in growth responses in phragmites australis .aquat. bot., 69: 89-108. 6clevering, o.a. (1999). betweenand withinpopulation differences in phragmites australis. the effects of nutrients on seedling growth . oecologia, 121: 447-457. 7björk, s. (1967). ecological investigation in phragmites communis: studies in theoretic and applied limnology. folia limnol. scand., 14:1–248 . 8degani, c.; rowland, l. j.; levi, a.; hortynski, j.a. and galletta, g. j. (1998). dna fingerprinting of strawberry (fragaria x ananassa) cultivars using randomly amplified polymorphic dna (rapd) markers. euphytica, 102:247-253 . 9migdadi, h. m.(2001). genetic variation in some aegilops species as revealed by morphological and molecular techniques, ph. d. thesis, university of jordan, amman. نتخاب مورثات المقاومة لألمراض في الشعير, افي dnaستخدام مؤشرات من الدنا .ا) .(2001سيد , محمود ھيثم -10 ., سوريا جامعة دمشق كلية الزراعة , اطروحة دكتوراه , 11curn, v.; kubatova, b.; vavrova, p.; krivackova-sucha, o. and cizkova, h. (2007). phenotypic and genotypic variation of phragmites australis: comparison of populations in two human-made lakes of different age and history. aquat . bot., 86:321-330 . 12keller, b.e.m. (2000). genetic variation among and within populations of phragmites australis in the charles river watershed. aquat. bot., 66:195–208. 13koppitz, h. and kühl, h. (2000).to the importance of genetic diversity of phragmites australis in the development of reed stands. wetland ecol. manag., 8:403–414 . 14kühl, h.; koppitz, h.; rolletschek, h., and kohl, j.g. (1999). clone specific differences in phragmites australis stands. i. morphology, genetic and site description. aquat. bot., 64:235–246. 15lambertini, c.; gustafsson, m.h.g.; frydenberg, j.; lissner, j.; speranza, m. and brix, h. (2006). a phylogeographic study of the cosmopolitan genus phragmites (poaceae) based on aflps. plant syst. evol., 258: 161-182 . 16saltonstall, k. (2003b). microsatellite variation within and among north american lineages of phragmites australis. mol. ecol., 12:1689–1702. 17saltonstall, k. (2002). cryptic invasion by a non-native genotype of the common reed, phragmites australis into north america. proceedings of the natural academy of sciences, usa,99: 2445-2449 . 18saltonstall, k. (2003a). a rapid method for identifying origin of north american phragmites populations using rflp analysis. wetlands, 23:1043–1047. 77| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 19koppitz, h.; kühl, h.; hesse, k. and kohl, j. g. (1997). some aspects of the importance of genetic diversity in phragmites australis (cav.) trin. ex steudel for the development of reed stands. bot. acta., 110:217–223. 20gonzalar, j.m. and ferrer,m. (1993). random amplified polymorphic dna analysis in hordeum species. genome, 36:1029-1031. 21adam, r.p.; hsieh, c.; murata, j. and pandey, r.n. (2002). systematics of juniperus from eastern asia based on random amplified polymorphic dnas (rapds). bioch. syst. eco., 30:231–241. 22weigand, f.; baum, m. and udupa, s. (1993). dna molecular marker techniques. technical manual. no.20. international center for agricultural research in the dry areas. aleppo, syria. 23saghaimaroof, m. a., soliman, k. m., jorgensen, r. a. and allard, r. w. (1984). ribosomal dna spacer length polymorphisms in barley: mendelian inheritance, chromosomal location and population dynamics proc. natl. acad. sci., usa. 81: 8014-8018. 24sambrook, j., fritch, e. f. and maniatis, j. (1989). molecular cloning , a laboratory manual. 2nd edition. cold spring harbor laboratory press, new york. 25williams, j.g., kubelik a.r., livak k.j., rafalski j.a. and tingey s.v. (1990). dna polymorphisms amplified by arbitrary primers are useful as genetic markers. nucl. acids res.,18: 6531-6535 . 26diyanat,m.;booshehri,a.a.s.;alizadeh,h.m.;naghavi,m.r.and mashhadi, h.r. (2011) . genetic diversity of iranian clones of common reed (phragmites australis) based on morphological traits and rapd markers .weed science, 59:366-375. 27koppitz, h. (1999). analysis of genetic diversity among selected populations of phragmites australis world-wide. aquat. bot., 64:209–221. 28al-hadeithi,z.s.m.(2012). molecular characterization for iraqi barley (hordeum vulgare) varieties using random amplification polymorphic dna technique .m.sc.thesis. baghdad university .iraq.112 pp. 29hammer, ø.; harper,d.a.t and ryan,p.d.(2001). past: palaeontological statistics software package for education and data analysis. paleontologia eletronica 4(1):1-9. 30bussell, g. d.; waycott, m. and chappill, j. a. (2005). arbitrarily amplified dna markers as characters for phytogenetic interference. perspect. plant ecol. evol. syst., 7:3–26 . 31kühl, h. and neuhaus, d. (1993). the genetic variability of phragmites australis investigated by random amplified polymorphic dna. seeuferzerstorung and seeferrenturierung in mitteleeuropa-limnologie aktuell., 5:9–18 . 32zeidler, a.; scheneiders, s.; jung, c.; melchinger, a. e. and dittrich, p. (1994). the use of dna fingerprint in ecological studies of phragmites australis (cav.) trin. ex steudel. bot. acta., 107:237–242 . 33mccormick , m. k. ; kettenring , k. m. ; baron , h. m. and whigham, d. f. (2010). extent and reproductive mechanisms of phragmites australis spread in brackish wetlands in chesapeake bay, maryland (usa). wetlands , 30 : 67 –74 . 78| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 34krivackova-sucha,o.;vavrova,p.;cizkova,h.;curn,v. and kubatova, b. (2007). phenotypic and genotypic variation of phragmites australis :a comparative study of clones originating from two populations of different age .aquat. bot., 86:361-368 . ) مواقع وإحداثيات العينات المدروسة 1(رقم جدول االحداثيات المحافظة الموقع المسحب والصالل الدوب الوادية ابو عجل الحسيجي مؤخر بريدة الكرماشية المصب العام دجلة أبو غريب البصرة ميسان ميسان ميسان ميسان ميسان ذي قار بغداد جنوب بغداد غرب بغداد 38r 0756507 utm 3394047 38r 0740710 utm 3499327 38r 0687948 utm 3485863 38r 0719629 utm 3478056 38r 0737379 utm 3495096 38r 0675816 utm3502949 38r 649763 utm 3413422 38s 441039 utm 3660135 38s 440988 utm 3682147 38s 427466 utm 3686000 ة مع تتابعاتھا عمل) البادئات العشوائية المست 2(جدول رقم 3 5 تتابع البادئ اسم البادئ ت 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ubc1 ubc16 ubc76 m13 op-b01 op-b11 op-d20 cct ggg ctt c ggt ggc ggg a gag cac cag t gagggtggcggttct gtt tcg ctc c gta gac ccg t acc cgg tcac 79| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 والنسبة المئوية عددة االشكال, الحزم المت ) نواتج البادئات العشوائية المستعملة في ھذه الدراسة3(رقم جدول للتعدد الشكلي عدد الحزم البادئ ت الرئيسة عددة عدد الحزم المت االشكال النسبة المئوية للتعدد الشكلي % 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ubc76 ubc16 ubc1 m13 op-d20 op-b11 op-b01 17 13 17 14 14 16 11 16 12 17 10 14 16 10 94.11 92.30 100 71.42 100 100 90.90 المجموع المعدل 102 14.5 95 13.5 ـــــــــــ 92.67 مميزة لھذه العينات مع الوزن الجزيئي لھذه الحزم اً ) العينات والبادئات التي أظھرت حزم4(رقم جدول الوزن الجزيئي للحزم اسم البادئ اسم العينة ت / bp المميزة m13 1450 1أبو عجل 1 m13 450 1الوادية 2 op-d20 1600 3كرماشية 3 4 1مسحب وصالل m13 ubc16 1200 770 m13 1700 1دجلة 5 m13 850 1غريب أبو 6 7 2غريب أبو ubc1 op-d20 2000 550 3غريب أبو 8 op-d20 2000 80| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 قصب ال لعينات rapdعتماداً على نتائج تقانة الـ ا dendrogram) شجرة القرابة الوراثية 1(رقم شكل حسب معامل جاكارد للتشابه الوراثيالمدروسة ب 81| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ول جد قم ر ) 5 ية راث لو د ا عا الب م ا قي ( سة رو مد ال ب ص لق ت ا نا عي ل ب اد تم ع ا ة ني تق ج ائ نت r a p d و اب ب ري غ 4 0 و اب ب ري غ 3 0 1 .7 3 2 1 و اب ب ري غ 2 0 2 .2 3 6 1 2 و اب ب ري غ 1 0 1 .7 3 2 1 2 2 .2 3 6 1 ى عل أ عد ب ل أق ب دو ال 3 0 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .2 3 6 1 ب دو ال 2 0 4 .1 2 3 1 4 .5 8 2 6 4 .6 9 0 4 4 .7 9 5 8 4 .6 9 0 4 ب دو ال 1 0 4 .4 7 2 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 2 ة جل د 3 0 3 5 3 .1 6 2 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .8 2 8 2 .6 4 6 ة جل د 2 0 2 .8 2 8 2 .2 3 6 4 .3 5 9 2 2 .4 5 2 .2 3 6 2 .8 2 8 2 .2 3 6 ة جل د 1 0 2 .4 5 2 .8 2 8 2 .2 3 6 4 .5 8 3 2 .8 2 8 2 .8 2 8 2 .6 4 6 2 1 .7 3 2 ب ص لم ا م عا ال 3 0 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .2 3 6 1 5 2 .8 2 8 4 2 2 .2 3 6 1 2 2 .2 3 6 1 ام لع ب ا ص لم ا 2 0 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .4 4 9 5 3 .4 6 4 1 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .3 5 8 9 2 2 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 ام لع ب ا ص لم ا 1 0 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .6 4 5 8 3 .3 1 6 6 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .4 7 2 1 2 .2 3 6 1 1 .7 3 2 1 2 2 .2 3 6 1 2 ب ح س م ل ال ص و 3 0 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 3 .3 1 6 6 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .6 4 5 8 3 .6 0 5 6 2 .4 4 9 5 3 .7 4 1 7 2 .2 3 6 1 3 3 .1 6 2 3 3 2 .8 2 8 4 ب ح س م ل ال ص و 2 0 3 .7 4 1 7 4 .4 7 2 1 4 .3 5 8 9 5 4 .5 8 2 6 4 .3 5 8 9 5 4 .4 7 2 1 0 4 .1 2 3 1 4 .5 8 2 6 4 .6 9 0 4 4 .7 9 5 8 4 .6 9 0 4 ب ح س م و ل ال ص 1 0 4 .7 9 5 8 3 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 2 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 1 .7 3 2 1 4 .7 9 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 2 1 ة شي ما ر ك 3 0 2 .2 3 6 1 4 .8 9 9 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .6 4 5 8 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .8 9 9 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .2 3 6 1 2 2 .2 3 6 1 2 ية ش ما ر ك 2 0 1 .4 1 4 2 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .8 9 9 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .6 4 5 8 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .8 2 8 4 4 .8 9 9 3 2 .2 3 6 1 2 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 ة شي ما ر ك 1 0 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .8 2 8 4 4 .5 8 2 6 3 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .8 2 8 4 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .2 3 6 1 4 .5 8 2 6 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .4 4 9 5 3 2 .4 4 9 5 3 ة دي وا ال 3 0 1 .7 3 2 1 2 2 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .6 9 0 4 2 .8 2 8 4 2 2 .2 3 6 1 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .6 4 5 8 3 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .6 9 0 4 3 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .4 4 9 5 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .4 4 9 5 ة دي وا ال 2 0 3 2 .8 2 8 4 3 3 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .3 5 8 9 3 2 .2 3 6 1 2 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .8 2 8 4 2 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .3 5 8 9 2 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 ة دي وا ال 1 0 2 3 .3 1 6 6 3 .1 6 2 3 3 3 .3 1 6 6 2 .8 2 8 4 4 .1 2 3 1 3 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 3 .1 6 2 3 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .8 2 8 4 3 .4 6 4 1 3 4 .1 2 3 1 2 .4 4 9 5 3 .1 6 2 3 3 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 ر خ مؤ ة يد بر 3 0 1 .4 1 4 2 1 .4 1 4 2 3 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 3 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .3 5 8 9 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .2 3 6 1 2 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .4 4 9 5 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .3 5 8 9 2 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 ة يد بر ر خ مؤ 2 0 1 .4 1 4 2 2 1 .4 1 4 2 3 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 3 2 .8 2 8 4 4 .1 2 3 1 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .2 3 6 1 2 2 .8 2 8 4 3 .1 6 2 3 2 3 .4 6 4 1 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .1 2 3 1 2 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 ر خ مؤ ة يد بر 1 0 2 2 2 2 .4 4 9 5 3 2 .8 2 8 4 3 3 .3 1 6 6 3 .1 6 2 3 3 .8 7 3 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 3 .1 6 2 3 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .8 2 8 4 3 .7 4 1 7 2 .6 4 5 8 3 .8 7 3 2 .4 4 9 5 3 .1 6 2 3 3 2 .8 2 8 4 3 ل ج ع و اب 3 0 2 2 2 2 2 .4 4 9 5 3 2 .8 2 8 4 3 3 .3 1 6 6 3 .1 6 2 3 4 .1 2 3 1 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .2 3 6 1 2 3 .1 6 2 3 3 .4 6 4 1 2 .8 2 8 4 3 .4 6 4 1 3 4 .1 2 3 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 3 3 .1 6 2 3 3 ل ج ع و اب 2 0 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .2 3 6 1 1 .7 3 2 1 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .2 4 2 6 2 .4 4 9 5 1 .4 1 4 2 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .6 4 5 8 3 2 .6 4 5 8 3 .3 1 6 6 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .2 4 2 6 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 ل ج ع و اب 1 0 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .4 4 9 5 1 .7 3 2 1 2 .4 4 9 5 1 .7 3 2 1 1 .7 3 2 1 2 4 .7 9 5 8 3 1 .7 3 2 1 2 1 .4 1 4 2 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .2 3 6 1 4 .7 9 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 1 .4 1 4 2 1 .7 3 2 1 1 .4 1 4 2 1 .7 3 2 1 ي ج سي ح 3 0 4 .7 9 5 8 4 .2 4 2 6 4 .1 2 3 1 3 .8 7 3 4 .1 2 3 1 4 .3 5 8 9 4 .1 2 3 1 4 .3 5 8 9 4 .6 9 0 4 4 .5 8 2 6 4 .8 9 9 4 .8 9 9 4 .7 9 5 8 0 3 .7 4 1 7 4 .4 7 2 1 4 .3 5 8 9 5 4 .5 8 2 6 4 .3 5 8 9 5 4 .4 7 2 1 0 4 .1 2 3 1 4 .5 8 2 6 4 .6 9 0 4 4 .7 9 5 8 4 .6 9 0 4 ي ج سي ح 2 0 4 .1 2 3 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .6 4 5 8 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .8 2 8 4 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .8 2 8 4 3 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .1 2 3 1 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .8 2 8 4 2 .8 2 8 4 2 2 3 .1 6 2 3 1 .7 3 2 1 4 .1 2 3 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 ي ج سي ح 1 0 2 .6 4 5 8 4 .6 9 0 4 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .8 2 8 4 3 3 3 3 3 .3 1 6 6 3 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .4 4 9 5 3 4 .6 9 0 4 3 .1 6 2 3 2 .8 2 8 4 3 2 .6 4 5 8 3 3 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 4 .6 9 0 4 3 2 .6 4 5 8 2 .4 4 9 5 2 .2 3 6 1 2 .8 2 8 4 ي ج سي ح 1 ي ج سي ح 2 ي ج سي ح 3 ل ج ع و اب 1 ل ج ع و اب 2 ل ج ع و اب 3 ة يد بر ر خ مؤ 1 ة يد بر ر خ مؤ 2 ة يد بر ر خ ؤ م 3 ة دي وا ال 1 ة دي وا ال 2 ة دي وا ال 3 ة شي ما ر ك 1 ة شي ما ر ك 2 ة شي ما ر ك 3 ل ال ص و ب ح س م 1 ل ال ص و ب ح س م 2 ل ال ص و ب ح س م 3 م عا ال ب ص لم ا 1 م عا ال ب ص لم ا 2 م عا ال ب ص لم ا 3 ة جل د 1 ة جل د 2 ة جل د 3 ب دو ال 1 ب دو ال 2 ب دو ال 3 ب ري غ و اب 1 ب ري غ و اب 2 ب ري غ و اب 3 ب ري غ و اب 4 ي راث و عد ى ب عل أ ي راث و عد ل ب أق 82| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ladderمع الدليل الحجمي %1.5المرحلة على ھالم اآلكاروز ubc1) نواتج تضاعف البادئ 2( رقم شكل 1 marker =m أبو 7, 3الحسيجي 6, 2الحسيجي -5, 1الحسيجي -4, 3الدوب -3, 2الدوب 2, 1الدوب , 1الوادية 13, 3بريدة مؤخر 12, 2مؤخر بريدة -11, 1مؤخر بريدة -10, 3عجل أبو -9, 2عجل أبو 8, 1عجل , 2المصب العام -20, 1المصب العام -19, 3دجلة -18, 2دجلة -17, 1دجلة -16, 3الوادية -15, 2الوادية -14 -26, 1 كرماشية -25, 3مسحب وصالل -24, 2مسحب وصالل -23, 1 مسحب وصالل -22, 3المصب العام -21 . 4غريب أبو 31, 3غريب أبو -30, 2غريب أبو -29, 1غريب أبو -28, 3كرماشية -27, 2كرماشية ladder1 الحجمي الدليل مع %1.5 اآلكاروز ھالم على المرحلة ubc16 البادئ تضاعف نواتج) 3(رقم شكل marker =m , 1مؤخر بريدة -7 ,3عجل أبو -6, 2عجل أبو -5, 1عجل أبو -4, 3الحسيجي -3, 2الحسيجي -2, 1الحسيجي دة -8 ؤخر بري ؤخر -9, 2م دة م ة -10, 3بري ة -11, 1الوادي ة -12, 2الوادي ية 13, 3الوادي -14, 1كرماش المصب -19, 3مسحب وصالل -18, 2مسحب وصالل -17, 1مسحب وصالل -16, 3كرماشية -15, 2كرماشية -26, 1الدوب -25, 3دجلة -24, 2دجلة -23, 1دجلة -22, 3المصب العام -21, 2المصب العام -20, 1العام 4غريب أبو -31, 3غريب أبو -30, 2غريب أبو -29, 1غريب أبو -28, 3الدوب -27, 2الدوب 83| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ladderمع الدليل الحجمي %1.5المرحلة على ھالم اآلكاروز ubc76) يمثل نواتج تضاعف البادئ 4(رقم شكل 1 -1 marker =m3عجل أبو -6, 2عجل أبو -5, 1عجل أبو 4, 3الحسيجي 3, 2الحسيجي 2, 1الحسيجي , كرماشية 13-, 3الوادية -12, 2الوادية -11, 1الوادية -10, 3بريدة مؤخر -9, 2مؤخر بريدة -8, 1مؤخر بريدة -7 -19, 3مسحب وصالل 18, 2مسحب وصالل 17, 1مسحب وصالل 16, 3كرماشية 15, 2كرماشية 14 ,1 , 1الدوب 25, 3دجلة -24, 2دجلة -23, 1دجلة -22, 3المصب العام 21, 2المصب العام 20, 1المصب العام 4غريب أبو 31, 3غريب أبو -30, 2غريب أبو -29, 1غريب أبو -28, 3الدوب -27, 2الدوب -26 كل م ش ادئ 5(رق اعف الب واتج تض ل ن اروز op-b01) يمث الم اآلك ى ھ ة عل ي %1.5المرحل دليل الحجم ع ال م ladder 1 marker =m3عجل أبو -6, 2عجل أبو -5, 1عجل أبو -4, 3الحسيجي -3, 2الحسيجي -2, 1الحسيجي, دة -7 ؤخر بري دة -8, 1م ؤخر بري ؤخر -9, 2م دة م ة -10, 3بري ة -11, 1الوادي ة -12, 2الوادي 13-, 3الوادي ية ية -14, 1 كرماش ية -15, 2كرماش الل -16, 3 كرماش حب وص الل -17, 1مس حب وص حب -18, 2مس مس 3دجلة -24, 2دجلة -23, 1دجلة -22, 3المصب العام -21, 2المصب العام -20, 1المصب العام -19, 3وصالل أبو -31, 3غريب أبو -30, 2غريب أبو -29, 1غريب أبو -28, 3الدوب -27, 2الدوب -26, 1الدوب -25, 4غريب 84| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ladderمع الدليل الحجمي %1.5المرحلة على ھالم اآلكاروز op-b11) يمثل نواتج تضاعف البادئ 6(رقم شكل 1 marker =m7, 3عجل أبو -6, 2عجل أبو -5, 1عجل أبو -4, 3الحسيجي -3, 2الحسيجي -2, 1الحسيجي ,1 كرماشية 13-, 3الوادية -12, 2الوادية -11, 1الوادية -10, 3بريدة مؤخر -9, 2مؤخر بريدة -8, 1مؤخر بريدة المصب -19, 3مسحب وصالل -18, 2مسحب وصالل -17, 1مسحب وصالل -16, 3كرماشية -15, 2كرماشية -14 ام ام -20, 1الع ب الع ام -21, 2المص ب الع ة -22, 3المص ة -23, 1دجل ة -24, 2دجل دوب -25, 3دجل -26, 1ال 4غريب أبو -31, 3غريب أبو -30, 2غريب أبو -29, 1غريب أبو -28, 3الدوب -27, 2الدوب ladderمع الدليل الحجمي %1.5المرحلة على ھالم اآلكاروز m13) يمثل نواتج تضاعف البادئ 7(رقم شكل 1 marker =m3عجل أبو -6, 2عجل أبو -5, 1عجل أبو -4, 3الحسيجي -3, 2الحسيجي -2, 1الحسيجي, دة -7 ؤخر بري دة -8, 1م ؤخر بري ؤخر -9, 2م دة م ة -10, 3بري ة -11, 1الوادي ة -12, 2الوادي 13-, 3الوادي ية ية -14, 1كرماش ية -15, 2كرماش الل -16, 3كرماش حب وص الل -17, 1مس حب وص حب -18, 2مس مس 3دجلة -24, 2دجلة -23, 1دجلة -22, 3المصب العام -21, 2المصب العام -20, 1المصب العام -19, 3وصالل أبو -31, 3غريب أبو -30, 2غريب أبو -29, 1غريب أبو -28, 3الدوب -27, 2الدوب -26, 1الدوب -25, 4غريب 85| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 كل م ش ادئ 8(رق اعف الب واتج تض ل ن اروز op-d20) يمث الم اآلك ى ھ ة عل ي %1.5المرحل دليل الحجم ع ال م ladder 1 marker =m3عجل أبو -6, 2عجل أبو -5, 1عجل أبو -4, 3الحسيجي -3, 2الحسيجي -2, 1الحسيجي, دة -7 ؤخر بري دة -8, 1م ؤخر بري ؤخر -9, 2م دة م ة -10, 3بري ة -11, 1الوادي ة -12, 2الوادي 13-, 3الوادي ية ية -14, 1كرماش ية -15, 2كرماش الل -16, 3كرماش حب وص الل -17, 1مس حب وص حب -18, 2مس مس 3دجلة -24, 2دجلة -23, 1دجلة -22, 3المصب العام -21, 2المصب العام -20, 1المصب العام -19, 3وصالل أبو -31, 3غريب أبو -30, 2غريب أبو -29, 1غريب أبو -28, 3الدوب -27, 2الدوب -26, 1الدوب -25, 4غريب 86| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 genetic diversity of iraqi of common reed phragmites australis by using rapd technique nidhal n. hussain taghreed a. abdul.karim dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad harb a. abed mohammad directorate of plant protection/ ministery of agriculture receivd in:23/septemper/2014, accepted in :24/november/2014 abstract genetic diversity was studied in 31 iraqi common reed samples , which were collected from iraqi marshes in basrah , messan and thi-qar provinces and also from different areas in baghdad province . random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd) technique was used for evaluation of genetic diversity between collected samples . seven primers were used for polymorphism detecting between common reed samples . the results revealed 102 bands for the all samples when rapd-pcr was used . the percentage rate for the monomorphic bands is 6.86% , while the percentage rate for the polymorphic bands is 93.13% , and the numbers of these bands are ranging between 10 to 17 for each used primer . the ubc1 primer gave the highest number of polymorphic bands with 17 bands , while the m13 and op-b01 primers gave the lowest number of polymorphic bands with 10 bands . the mean value of polymorphic bands is 13.5 for each used primer , while the percentage mean ratio for polymorphism is 92.67% , ranging between 71.42% for m13 primer and 100 % for ubc1 and op-b11 primers . the results of dendrogram analysis for the rapd data by using unweighted pair-group method with arithmetic average (upgma) were showed that almost common reed samples were distributed in six main groups with 60% in similarity . these six groups showed coincidence with their geographic area . the samples which collected from one location or from same province were clustered in one group , while the meshab and sallal (basrah) isolated samples were segregated from the other samples . the genetic variations between isolated common reeds have advantage in weeds control by using chemical or other methods . keywords : common reed phragmites australis , iraq marshes , rapd , genetic diversity ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 excess molar volumes and viscosities of mixtures containing dimethylformamide (dmf) with benzene, oxylene, 1, 4dioxane and tetrahydrofuran at 298.15 k. a.a. kadhem departme nt of chemistry, collage of education, unive rsity of of alqadisiya abstract m easurements of excess molar volumes v e , viscosities η , excess viscosities δ ln η and excess molar activation energies of viscous flow δg e , are reported for binary mixtures of dimethy lformamide (dm f) with , benzene , o-xy lene , 1,4dioxane and tetrahy drofuran are reported from density and viscosity measurements at 298.15 k and at atmosp heric p ressure over the entire comp osition range . the excess values are p ositive for the mixture (dm f+ p olar solvent) and negative deviation from ideality for the mixture (dm f + non-p olar solvent) over the whole comp osition range and discussed in the light of molecular interaction in the mixture. introduction obviously , the st arting materials of many chemical p roducts are aromatic comp ounds therefore the p etroleum industry is interested in finding way s and means of extracting and recovering these aromatic comp ounds in p ure form from oil. consequently , wide research was carried out to find a solvent that is highly selective as well as maintaing sufficient solvent p ower to p revent the sep aration of p hases during the extractive distillation p rocess. solvents that are highly p olar with high boiling p oints p ossess such prop erties[1]. dimethy lformamide as p ure solvent is certainly to some extent associated by means of nonsp ecific dipole-dipole interaction , and is of p articular interest because any significant st ructural effects are absent due to the lack of hy drogen bonds ; therefore it may work as an aprotic p rotop hilic solvent of large dipole moment and high dielectric constant ( μ=3.24 d and ε=36.70 at 298.15 k) .it has been used in the sep aration of saturated and unsaturated hy drocarbons and serves as a solvent for many p olymers [2-5]. the p hy sical and thermody namic p rop erties of binary mixtures containing dm f as a common solvent with different organic liquids have been st udied by many authors [6-11] . although a large number of invest igations are carried in liquid mixtures having dm f as one of the comp onents , it is found that no work has been made so for to the description of the thermody namic p rop erties of ( dm f + p olar solvents ) and ( dm f + nonp olar solvents ) . in general, excess volume depends mainly on two effects: a) the variation of the intermolecular forces when two comp onents come in to contact, and b) the variation of the molecular p acking as a consequence of the differences in the size and shap e of the molecules of the components [12-14]. theoretical and exp erimental interest has increased in recent y ears in the thermody namic p rop erties of liquid mixtures containing associated comp ounds. the majority of the theoretical models, generally based on a rigid lattice concept, are not suitable for the p rediction of volumetric prop erties such as v e .thus, t he model of nitta [15] permits the ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 p rediction of several prop erties of p ure compounds and mixtures, simultaneously , including v e [16] . an ideal solution may be defined as one in which no sp ecific forces of att ractions exist between the comp onents of solution and no change occur in the p rop erties of the comp onents when mixed. thus in an ideal solution , the total solution volume equal to the sum of volumes of the components and the other phy sical prop erties such as refractive index , fluidity and vapor p ressure can be calculated by taking the molal average of the comp onents p rop erties [17] . thermody namic and transp ort p rop erties of binary and ternary mixtures with different organic liquids have been st udied by many authors [18-20]. in this p aper the exp erimental values of excess molar volumes , excess viscosities and excess molar activation energies for dm f + benzene ,+ o-xy lene , + 1-4 dioxane and tetrahy drofuran at 298.15 k and at atmosp heric p ressure which are calculated from the density and viscosity measurements of binary liquid mixtures over the entire comp osition range are reported and has been used to obtain a comp lete p icture of the volumetric and viscometric behaviour of dimethy lformamide in polar and nonpolar solvents experimental all the organic liquids used were of analar grade and obtained from bdh chemicals .the density measurements for the pure comp onents are summarized and comp ared with the corresp onding literature values in table i. since the agreement is good, further p urification of the employed compounds was not p erformed. the invest igation of sources of errors in v e by lep ory et.al., [21], showed namely , that p urity of substances was not a crucial factor in v e measurements. the comp ositions of the binary mixtures were determined by weighing the app rop riate amounts of the p ure comp onents with a m ett ler mass balance with an accuracy ±10 -4 g , and st ored them into suitably st op p ered flasks in the dark at constant humidity and temp erature in order to p revent the samples from p referential evap oration. the excess molar volumes were calculated from the densities of the p ure liquids and mixtures. the densities were measured with the help of st andard bicapillary p y knometer technique used by other workers [22].t he py knometer was self-filling in ty p e and offers accuracy up to 1 to 4 p arts in 10 4 , this p y knometer was immersed in the thermost atic bath maintained at 298.15 k . the viscosities of the p ure liquids and mixtures were determined by using a susp ended-level ubbelohde viscometer. an electronically op erated constant temp erature water bath is used to circulate water through the double walled measuring cell made up of st eel containing the exp erimental solution at the desired temp erature in a bath controlled to ±0.01 k at 298.15 k . the flow time was determined electronically by using an electronic timer with a p recision ±0.01 s. . before each series of measurements , the instrument was calibrated with doubly distilled water and dry air at atmosp heric p ressure . the accuracy of the technique described was checked by measuring the v e data for the test binary mixture benzene + cyclohexane at 298.15 k , which nearly ideal solutions has been used as reference sy st em , the results agree satisfactorily with those of other authors. result and discussion the excess molar volumes v e , excess viscosities δ ln η and molar excess gibbs energies for t he activation of viscous flow δg e of the binary dm f + benzene ,+ o-xy lene , + 1-4 dioxane and tetrahy drofuran mixtures were determined at 298.15 k. the excess molar volumes were calculated from the density measurements using the equation: v e (cm 3 mol -1 ) = [( x1m 1 + x2m 2 ) / ρ ] – [(x1m 1)/ ρ1] – [(x2m 2) / ρ2] (1) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 where x1 and x2 the mo le fraction of the components , m 1 and m 2 rep resents t he molar mass and ρ1, ρ2 st and for the densities of the p ure components and the liquid mixture , resp ectively .the imprecision of the determination of the v e is estimated to be less t han 2 x 10 -4 cm 3 mol -1 . the exp erimental values of v e are given in table 3 and presented gr aphically in figs 1,2 . exp erimental viscosities η are list ed in table 3 . excess molar viscosities δ ln η and excess molar activation energies δg e were calculated from the following equations: δ ln η(cp) = ln η– ( x 1 ln η1 + x2 ln η2 ) (2) δg e (j.mol -1 ) = rt [ln η m vm – (x1 ln η1v1 + x2 ln η2v2)] (3) where ηm and vm are resp ectively of the viscosity and molar volume of the binary mixture, η1 and v1 represent t he viscosity and molar volume of the comp onent (x1) dm f, η2 and v2 represent the viscosity and molar volume of p ure liquids ( benzene, o-xy lene , 1,4dioxane and tetrahy drofuran ) (x2) . t temp erature (k), r gas constant. the obtained results of the exp erimental and calculated p rop erties for the binary mixture are list ed in table 3 and illustrated in figs 3, 4 resp ectively over the whole mole fraction range. the x e p rop erties ( v e , δ ln η and δg e ) were fitted to variable degree fun ction using the redlich-kister equation [23]: x e = x1 x2 σ ai ( x1x2 ) (4) where x1 (dm f) and x2 (p ure liquids) are the mole fraction. the n ai coefficients were processed by unweighted least –squares fitt ing and are list ed in table 2 . volumetric behaviour in order to understand more about the nature of interaction between the comp onents of liquid mixtures, it is necessary to discuss the same in terms of excess p arameters rather than actual values. they can y ield an idea about the non linearity of the sy st em as association or other ty p e of interactions. the excess molar volumes v e for the binary mixtures (dm f+ benzene ,o-xy lene) fig. 1 were negative over the whole mole fraction range at 298.15 k. the p olar molecule may associate with the non-p olar solvent molecules it is p rop osed that the molecular association rise because of the interaction of the p ositive fractional charge at t he sight of carbon atoms in dm f and π-delocalized electron cloud in the benzene ring of the benzene molecule [8]. the v e values were p ositive for the binary mixtures (dm f + dioxane , tetrahy drofuran ) (fig.2) can be exp lained by the p redominance of exp ansion in volume , caused by the loss of dipolar association and difference in size and shap e of comp onent molecules , over contraction in volumes , due to t he dip ole –dipole and dip ole-induced dip ole interactions . viscometric behaviour the exp erimental data of the mixing viscosities and excess free energies are p lott ed in figs.(3,4,5) as a function of the mole fraction x of a polar and nonpolar solvent . all mixtures deviate from ideality . the δ ln η (cp ) values were negative deviation for all the mixtures in fig. 3, this might reflect the effect of several factors, i.e. inductive, st eric, geometrical and orientational disordered. the δg e ( j.mol -1 ) values were positive for the mixtures ( fig. 4 ) often as a sign of st rong association by h-bonding or as a singn of fitt ing of one molecule into the cavities of the other or as a consequence of both , the dm f molecules behave similarly if surrounded by 1,4dioxane and tetrahy drofuran molecules or by other dm f molecules [24] interaction between the carbonyl group in the n,n-dimethy lforamide and the benzene ring is ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 greater than the dipole breaking interaction . interaction of the dimethy lforamide molecule with 1,4dioxane and tetrahy drofuran molecules can occur through the free electron p air of the dm f oxy gen atom only , since the electron p air on the nitrogen atom is p rotected by two methy l group s . fig. (5 ) shows negative deviation from ideality , negative values can be exp lained by the p redominance of exp ansion in volume, caused by loss of dipolar association and difference in size and shap e of comp onent molecules, over contraction in volume, due to the dip ole-dipole and dipole-induced dip ole interaction . the δ ln η (cp ) and δg e (j.mol-1 ) values determined at different comp ositions reflect the ty p e of intermolecular interaction , and are app roximately p rop ortions to the extent of t he interactions , t hese two magnitudes may also be considered as a reliable measure of the extant of t he interaction between unlike molecules . conclusions the excess molar volumes v e , excess viscosities δ ln η and molar excess gibbs energies for the activation of viscous flow δg e for all binary mixtures st udied are p ositive with ( dm f + p olar solvent ), and negative with ( dm f + non-p olar solvent ) over the whole mole fraction range . such behaviors in these binary mixtures may arise due to dipole-dipole interaction and the polar nature of different molecular entities in the mixture. re ferences 1kanbour , f. ; awwad , a.m . (1980), iraqi . j. sci. 4 , 21 . 2kannapp an, an. ; kesavasamy , r. and ponnuswamy , v. ( 2008), j. of eng. ap p l. sci. ; 3 :( 4), 41 . 3venkatesu , p. and rao , m . v. p. (1998 ) j. chem. thermo. 30 :207 . 4garcia , b. ; alcalde , r. ;leal j. m . and m atos j. s. ( 1997) j. chem. soc. farady trans. , 93 , 1115 . 5m orrison, r.t. and nelson b.r. (2001) , organic chemist ry , prentice hall of india pvt . ltd. , new delhi , 6 th ed. pp .1071 . 6zielkiewicz , j. (1998),j. chem. eng. data , 43 : 650-653 . 7zielkiewicz , j. (1994) , j. chem. thermo. 26 : 1317-1322 . 8sandeep, k.; sharma, d.r. ; thakur, n. ;negi n.s. and rangra v.s. (2006) j. ap p l. phy s. 44 : 939-942 . 9petong p. ;pot tel r. and kaatze u. (2000),j. phy s. chem. a ,104 , 7420 . 10zielkiewicz, j. (1995)j. chem. thermo. 27 :1275-1279 . 11zielkiewicz, j. (1997)j. chem. thermo. 29 :229-237 . 12m aham ,y. ; boivienau, m . and m ather, a.e. (2001), j. chem. thermo. 33, 1725 . 13ivonar g. ; aleksadar z.t. ; bojan d.d. and m irjanalj k.(2002) , j. serb. chem. soc. ; 67 , 581 . 14peter, a. and dolecek, v. (2000),acta. chem. slov. 45 , 153 . 15nitta, t. ; turek, e.a. , and greenhorn, r.a. (2000), j. ami. chem. eng., 7 , 5 . 16ort ega, j. and susial, p. (1989), can. j. chem., 67 , 1120 . 17glasst one, s. (1977) thermody namics for chemist s , 1 st ed. , d.van nostard co., inc. newy ork ,. 18kannapp an, a.n. ; kesavasamy , r. and ponnuswamy v. (2008),arpn j. of eng. and ap p . sci. 3 , 4. 19aralagup p i , m .i. :and barragi j.c. (2006), j. chem. therm. , 38 , 434 . 20kannapp an, a.n . and rajendran, v. (2005),j. pure. ap p l. phy s. 43 , 750 . 21lep ori,l.; m engheri, m .; m ollica v. (1983), j. phy s. chem., 87: 3520-3525. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 22m agazir, s. ; m agliardo, p.; m usclino, a.m . and sciorction m . t. (1997)j. phy s. chem. 101 , 2348 . 23redlich, o. and kist er, t.a., (1948 ),ind.eng. chem. 40 , 345 . 24kinart, c.m . ; kinart ,w.p. ;kolasinski, a. (1998), phy s. chem . liq. 36 , 133 . 25heric, e.l. and couresy , b.m . (1972),j. chem. eng. data , 17 , 41 . 26awwad, a.m . and al-dujaili ,a.h. (2001), j. chem. eng. data , 64 , 1349 . 27handa, v.p. and beuson , g,c. (1979), fluid p hase equili. 3 , 185 . table (i): de nsi ties ρ (g.cm -3 ) and viscosi ties (cp), of the pure compone nt liquids used in this wok, measured at 298.15 k. component ρ (g.cm 3 ) η (cp) obs. lit. obs. lit. benzene 0.78447 0.78452 (a ) 0.611 0.599 (a ) o-xy lene 0.89705 0.89714 (a ) 0.832 0.811 (a ) 1,4dioxane 1.03014 1.03008 (b) 1.083 1.087 (c ) tetrahy drofuran 0.88596 0.88591 (b) 0.456 0.451 (c ) dm f 0.9213 0.92230 0.900 0.920 (c ) (a) = [20] (b)= [21] (c)= [22] table (2): coefficients ai of eq. [4] and standard deviations s d in cm 3 . mol -1 for binary systems m ixture a0 a1 a2 a3 sd dm f+benzene 0.781 -0.8382 0.8941 2.095 0.0007 dm f+o-xy lene 0.653 -0.4563 0.4753 1.678 0.0002 dm f+ 1-4 dioxane 0.342 2.9540 3.8760 1.043 0.0003 dm f+tetrahy drofuran 1.103 -0.4350 0.5620 2.851 0.0008 ihjpas ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table( 3): excess mol ar volumes v e , viscosi ties η , excess viscosities δ ln η and excess molar activation ene rgies of viscous flow δg e of x dmf + (1-x) ( benzene , o-xylene , 14 di oxane and tetrahydrofuran ) at 298.15 k. ihjpas x ve (cm3 mol -1 ) η(cp ) δ ln η (cp ) δg e (j.mol-1 ) 0.0 000 0.03817 0.11354 0.24118 0.32218 0.45213 0.5 212 0.59987 0.6 895 0.74581 0.82541 0.89632 0.98152 1.0 000 0.0 000 0.05693 0.09896 0.18962 0.29654 0.38411 0.47581 0.55412 0.65432 0.73215 0.82132 0.89991 0.95891 1.0 000 0.0 000 0.11254 0.17432 0.22987 0.29635 0.33544 0.41257 0.49856 0.56423 0.63513 0.75623 0.84236 0.95623 1.0 000 0.0 000 0.11211 0.19845 0.25812 0.32115 0.41265 0.49625 0.52418 0.63213 0.78412 0.85413 0.95324 0.98926 1.0 000 xdmf + (1-x) benzene at 298 .15 k 0.00 00 10.01 8 0.0 00 0 -0.1391 9.819 -0 .02 01 -0.3748 8.120 -0 .06 52 -0.5918 7.653 -0 .08 91 -0.7135 6.901 -0 .12 1 -0.8965 5.452 -0 .15 2 -1.0539 4.653 -0 .15 9 -1.1412 3.379 -0 .13 2 -1.0972 2.438 -0 .11 2 -0.9954 1.217 -0 .07 89 -0.7945 0.963 -0 .06 48 -0.6682 0.791 -0 .04 32 -0.2852 0.579 -0 .01 06 0.0 000 0.00 00 0.00 00 xdmf + (1-x) o-xylene at 29 8.15 0.000 0 9.87 1 0 .00 00 -0.2452 7.991 -0 .04 52 -0.4512 6.841 -0 .06 99 -0.7825 5.783 -0 .09 32 -0.9996 4.863 -0 .12 3 -1.2996 3.874 -0 .14 61 -1.4521 2.986 -0 .18 2 -1.6451 1.975 -0 .19 2 -1.8364 0.987 -0 .17 9 -1.9912 0.842 -0 .13 2 -1.73 0.783 -0 .08 4 -0.932 0.687 -0 .06 3 -0.59 0.601 -0 .03 21 0.0 0 0.00 0.000 xdmf + (1-x) 1-4 di oxane at 2 98.15 0.00 00 10.94 1 0.0000 0.0 755 9.7 41 -0.0221 0.0 899 8.9 41 -0.02 53 0.1 085 7.5 41 -0.02 81 0.1 524 6.0 31 -0.04 23 0.1 653 5.7 21 -0.05 45 0.1 763 4.9 10 -0.06 68 0.1 632 3.8 73 -0.05 46 0.1 582 2.5 43 -0.04 51 0.1 421 1.3 28 -0.03 01 0.1 256 0.9 52 -0.02 78 0.1 058 0.7 01 -0.01 21 0.0 21 0.6 82 -0.00 5 0. 00 00 0.00 00 0 .00 00 xdmf + (1-x) tetrahydrofuran at 298.15 0 .00 00 10 .051 0.0 000 0.0 958 9.04 2 -0.0318 0.1 218 8.96 4 -0.0431 0.1 601 7.97 6 -0.0525 0.1 893 6.55 2 -0.0673 0.2 128 5.64 4 -0.0837 0.2 317 4.43 2 -0.0942 0.2 291 3.65 1 -0.0879 0.1 972 2.98 6 -0.0600 0.1 65 1.03 2 -0.0364 0.1 00 0.98 1 -0.0247 0.0 798 0.85 4 -0.0156 0.0 122 0.70 1 -0.004 0.0 00 0.00 0 0.00 00 0.0 0 -82 -198 -300 -374 -402 -436 -442 -380 -325 -275 -228 -56 0.0 0 0.0 0 -156 -200 -380 -476 -596 -662 -631 -587 -432 -384 -299 -88 0.0 0 0.0 0 -94 -245 -394 -468 -686 -761 -783 -728 -628 -542 -434 -112 0.0 0 0.0 0 -27 -138 -295 -382 -496 -677 -680 -556 -460 -321 -165 -30 0.0 0 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 -2. 5 -2 -1. 5 -1 -0. 5 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 fig.( 1) excess mol ar volumes, for x an dmf + (1-x) benzene (♦); o-xylene (■) at 298.15 k. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 fig. (2) excess mol ar volumes, for x an dmf + (1-x) 1-4 dioxane (♦); tetrahydrofuran (■)at 298.15 k. x1 x1 v e ( cm 3 m o l1 ) v e ( cm 3 m o l1 ) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 -0.25 -0.2 -0.15 -0.1 -0.05 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 fig.(3) excess mol ar viscosi ties δ ln η(cp) for x an dmf + (1-x) benz ene (■ ) , o-xylene (♦) , 1,4di oxane ( x ) , and tetrahydrofuran (▲) at 298.15 k . 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 fig.( 4) excess mol ar gibbs free energy of activation of viscous flow, δge for x an dm (1-x) 1-4,di oxane (♦); tetrahydrofuran (■) at 298.15 k. x1 δ g e (j .m o l1 ) x1 δ ln η ( cp ) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 -900 -800 -700 -600 -500 -400 -300 -200 -100 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 fig. (5 ) excess mol ar gibbs free energy of activation of viscous flow, δg e for x an dmf+(1-x) benzene1-4 dioxane (♦); o-xylene (■) at 298.15 k . x1 δ g e (j .m o l1 ) ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة الحجوم المولیة الفا ئضة واللزوجة للمخالیط الثنائیة للدایمثیل فوراماید مع 298.15دایوكسان وتیترایهیدروفیوران عند درجة -4,1 ،اورثوزایلین،البنزین مطلقة عباس عبداالمیر كاظم جامعة القادسیة،كلیة التربیة ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة یــد مـع البنـزین والورثــوزایلین اثیـل فـورم امواللزوجــة لمخـالیط مختلفـة مــن دایم البحـث قیـاس كــل مـن الكثافـة ذاتـم فـي هــ اللزوجـة الفائضــة و ، الحجـوم الفائضـة كمـا حســبت. مطلقـة 298.15حـرارة تراهیـدروفیوران فـي درجــة داي اوكسـان والت 1,4و م ي تـتبـین مـن النتـائج التـ. یبات النقیـة ومخالیطهـا ذعملیـا للمـ التـي تـم قیسـتوطاقـة التنشـیط الفائضـة مـن الكثافـة واللزوجـة مــع ي مخـالیط داي مثیــل فــورم امیــد لموجــب فــاتجــاه البحـث أن هنــاك حیــودأ عــن المثالیـة باال ذاالحصـول علیهــا فــي هــ ییات الالقطبیـة وقـد تــم ذیبات القطبیـة وحیـودا عـن المثالیـة باالتجـاه السـالب فـي مخــالیط داي مثیـل فـورم امیـد مـع المـذالمـ .یبات في المزیج ذخالت الجزیئیة بین جزیئات الماضوء التد فيلك ذتفسیر ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 on-line navigatio nal problem of a mobile robot using genetic algorithm w. n. abdullah departme nt of computer science, college of educationibn alhaitham,unive rsity of baghdad abstract m anufacturing sy st ems of t he future foresee the use of intelligent vehicles, op timizing and navigating. the navigational p roblem is an imp ortant and challenging p roblem in the field of robotics. t he robots oft en find themselves in a situation where they must find a trajectory to another p osition in their environment, subject to constraints p osed by obst acles and the cap abilities of t he robot itself. on-line navigation is a set of algorithms t hat p lans and executes a trajectory at t he same time. the sy st em adopted in this research searches for a robot collision-free trajectory in a dy namic environment in which obst acles can move while the robot was moving toward the target. so, the robot must op erate in real-time such that the sy st em reacts to unexp ected obst acles. genetic algorithms that have been used successfully in many search p roblems are used to solve the on-line navigation p roblem with less comp utational cost. the sy st em uses genetic algorithm as a search method for an optimal trajectory . key words navigational problem, on-line navigational problem, genetic algorithm. introduction planning is an important asp ect of the effort to design robots t hat p erform their task with some degree of flexibility and resp onse to the outside world [1]. navigational p roblems would involve a worksp ace that cap tures all p ossible actions that could exist [2]. hence, p lans are created by searching through the worksp ace of p ossible actions until the sequence necessary to accomp lish t he task is discovered [1]. a successful action plan allows t he robot t o comp lete the task without violating any p hy sical const raints of t he robot or t ask [3]. m any ai p lanning p roblems involve navigational p lanning. in navigational p lanning p roblem, a mobile robot has to identify the trajectories between a starting and a goal p osition within its environment. t he robot environment includes many obst acles (p ortions of the world that are p ermanently occup ied; for examp le, the walls of a building) and thus finding the short est trajectory without touching the obst acles in many cases is an extremely comp lex p roblem [4]. the object of this p aper is to identify the sequence of st eps and ty p e of p rocesses necessary to imp lement a navigational sy st em using genetic algorithm that can generate op timal or near-op timal trajectory according to a given worksp ace that does not make any p rior assumptions about feasible knot p oints. the rest of this p aper is organized as follows: the on-line navigational p roblem, the genetic algorithm p rocess, the design of the sy st em of p lanning on-line trajectory using genetic algorithm including the representation of the chromosome, and finally , the results of t he sy st em and some concluding remarks are given. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 on-line navigational problem navigational p lanning is the science of directing the course of a mobile as it traverses the environment and reaching a dest ination without gett ing lost or crashing into any obst acles [5] in the worksp ace. the requirement t hat t he navigational p lanning must meet is finding quickly an optimal trajectory due to some imp osed criteria for the solution of the problem (which are referred to as trajectory metrics). for examp le, trajectory length, evaluation of clearance between the robot and obst acles, and others [6, 7]. the on-line navigational reacts in real-time to unforeseen obst acles such as human, and it cap able of changing the motion direction while the robot is moving and can adjust the direction commanded by the p lanner based on sensing readings [8] where there is no p rior information about the environment which the robot is sup p orted to travel the p roblem of finding a trajectory between a start p oint and a target p oint. the initial data are in this case only the coordinates of the two p oints or equivalently the direction and distance to the target. the p roblem can be solved only if the robot is equip p ed with some sensor sy st em which can detect the obstacles around. examp les of such sensors are: touch sensors, range finding sensors (based on triangulation or time of flight techniques), or video cameras [9]. in on-line navigation, the robot can p erform a sequence of actions with resp onding to changes in its environment and would be able to detect and correct errors in its own p lans as it executes the navigation [1]. the task of on-line navigation is to navigate the robot to sub-goals generated by the navigator while avoiding collisions with obst acles [8] and reacting to sensory data as quickly as p ossible while driving towards a sub-goal. genetic algorithm genetic algorithms (gas) are st ochast ic search algorithms based on evolutionary and biological p rocesses that enable organisms t o adap t more to their environment. they are being successfully app lied to p roblem in business, engineering and science [10]. ga works on a set of p ossible solutions, which is called the p op ulation. a ga encodes a p otential solution to a sp ecific p roblem on a chromosome-like data st ructure and app lies recombination op erators to these st ructures in a manner that p reserves critical information. reproduction op p ortunities are app lied in such a way that those chromosomes representing a bett er solution to the target p roblem are given more chances to reproduce than chromosomes with p oorer solutions. ga is a promising heurist ic app roach for locating near-op timal solutions in large search sp aces [11]. ty p ically, a ga is composed of two main comp onents, which are problem dependent: the encoding problem and the evaluation function. the encoding problem involves generating an encoding scheme to represent the p ossible solutions to the op timization p roblem. in this p aper, a candidate solution (i.e., a chromosome) is encoded to represent a trajectory from the st art p osition to t he goal p osition. the evaluation function measures the quality of a p articular solution. each chromosome is associated with a fitness value, which in this case is the length of the chromosome. for t his p aper, the smallest fitness value rep resents the better solution. chromosomes evolve through successive iterations, called generations. to create the next generation, new chromosomes, called offsp ring, are formed by (a) selecting chromosomes to be merged (b) merging two chromosomes from the current p op ulation together using a crossover op erator and (c) modify ing a chromosome using a mutation op erator. selection is the p rocess of keep ing and eliminating chromosomes in the p op ulation based on their relative quality or fitness. there are several possible selection strategies. one of them is tournament selection which is adopted in this p aper. in tournament selection, s chromosomes are taken at random, and the bett er chromosome is selected from them. the winner of the tournament is t he chromosome with the lowest fitness of the s tournament ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 comp etitors, and the winner is inserted into mating p ool. the mating p ool, being filled with tournament winners, has a lower average fitness than the average p op ulation fitness. crossover generates valid offsp ring by combining features of two p arent chromosomes. chromosomes are combined together at a defined crossover rate, which is defined as the ratio of the number of offsp ring p roduced in each generation to the p op ulation size. m utation p roduces random changes in various chromosomes. m utation serves the critical role of either replacing the chromosomes lost from the p op ulation during the selection p rocess or introducing new chromosomes that were not p resent in the initial p op ulation. the mutation rate controls the rate at which new chromosomes are introduced into t he pop ulation. on-line navigational problem using genetic algorithm the design of the sy st em adopted here is based on on-line navigation. the general st eps of this sy st em and the details description of its steps are presented in the following: before app lying genetic algorithm op erations, the robot worksp ace must be translated in a form that comp uter p rograms can deal with. so, two-dimensional array of grids is used for representing the map of the worksp ace with a given st art and goal p oints and obstacles are represented by rectangular shap es. re presentation and initialization the first st ep in this navigational p roblem is to set up the initial p op ulation. for this p urp ose, we have taken the sensor information into account and the coordinates obt ained from those sensors are used to set up the initial p op ulation. in this case, it is assured that all the initial p op ulation are feasible, in the sense they are obst acle-free p oints and the st raight line trajectories between the st arting and the selected next p oints are obst acle-free. the chromosome representation is extremely simple due to that in one genetic iteration, we p lan the trajectory up to the selected next p oint. the data st ructure to represent the chromosome consists of four fields (xi , yi , xj ,and yj ). the first two fields (xi , yi) are the coordinates of the starting p oint and the second two fields (xj , yj ) are the coordinates of one of the 2d p oints, obtained from the sensor information. for examp le, the starting p oint is (30,50), the robot sensing range=10, and the coordinates of some points sensed by the robot are (40,40),(20,60),(40,60). then, the chromosomes corresp ond to those p oint are formed as (30,50,40,40), (30,50,20,60), and (30,50,40,60) resp ectively. all these chromosomes form the initial pop ulation. checking the feasibility the p rocess of evaluating the feasibility of the trajectory includes two asp ects: (a) checking that t he trajectory does not fall on an obst acle. to do so, t he sy st em should check the feasibility of each trajectory p oints. the sy st em modifies digital differential analyzer (dda) algorithm [13] to check each trajectory p oint if it is feasible or not (b) checking that it is sufficient sp aces between obst acles in the environment for the easy movement of the robot through the trajectory (the sp ace should be greater than the robot size). if any trajectory p oint is on an obst acle or if there insufficient sp ace between obst acles around the trajectory then this t rajectory is infeasible genetic algorithm operators to create a sequence of p op ulations that will contain the next p oints to the current p oint as time goes on, the main genetic op erators (crossover, m utation and selection) are app lied iteratively on each pop ulation. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the integer crossover op eration is emp loyed in this sy st em. the crossover p oint should be selected such that most of the offsp rings generated in this p rocess are feasible. the crossover p oint is set between the third and the fourth integer for every chromosome [12]. aft er making crossover between all p airs of p op ulation, we will get the new p op ulation. for this new p op ulation, we will find the feasibility , i.e.; they are reachable from the starting p oint by the straight line or not. if t he trajectory resulted from crossover operation is not feasible, this trajectory will not st ore in the new p op ulation in order not t o comp ete with the other trajectories stored in the mating p ool. the next st ep of the algorithm is making the mutation. in this p rocess a binary bit is randomly selected on the bit stream of the sensor coordinates and alters that binary bit value, such that t he feasibility should not be lost for that chromosome. evaluation of fitness value the next task is estimating the fitness of each chromosome of the total p resent p op ulation (both for the initial and new p op ulations). calculation of the fitness involves finding the sum of the straight line dist ance from the st arting p oint to the coordinate obtained from the sensor information and the distance from the current p oint t o the goal p oint. the formula of fitness function is: fitness of chromosome (xi,yi,xj 1,yj 1)= 1/((xj 1 xi) 2 + (yj 1 yi) 2 + (xg – xj 1) 2 + (yg – yj 1) 2 ) where: (xi,yi) is the coordinate of the st arting p oint, (xj 1,yj 1) is the coordinate of the current p oint, and (xg,yg) is the coordinate of the goal p oint. evaluation of best fit chromosome aft er finding the fitness value of the chromosomes, we will evaluate the best chromosome, i.e.; for which the fitness is the best. in this case, the best fit chromosome represents the predicted short est trajectory from the st arting p oint t o the goal. in the first generation itself, we are gett ing a near-op timal intermediate p oint to move that third and fourth integer field of the best fit chromosome that will become the next intermediate point t o move. then, we update the starting p oint with t his bett er point. termination criteria the whole p rocess of the genetic algorithm, from setting up the initial p op ulation, is repeated until the best fit chromosome will have its third and fourth field equal to the xand y -coordinates of t he goal location. the algorithm is formally p resented below. the algorithm {(xi,y i)=starting p oint; (xg,y g)=goal p oint} add-t rajectory list (xi,y i) repeat i) intialization get sensor information in all possible directions (xj 1,y j 1) , (xj 2,y j 2) , … , (xj n,y j n) form chromosomes like (xi,y i,xj ,y j ) ii) crossover select crossover p oint on t he third and the fourth fields of the chromosome. allow crossover between all chromosomes and get new p op ulation as (xi,y i,xj 1,y j 1) , (xi,y i,xj 2,y j 2) , (xi,y i,xj 1 i ,y j 1 i ) , (xi,y i,xj 2 ii ,y j 2 ii ). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 iii) m utation select a mutation point in bit stream randomly and complement that bit p osition for every chromosome. iv) selection discard all chromosomes (xi,yi,xj ,yj ) from pop ulation whose line segment on obst acle region. for all chromosomes in p op ulation: find fitness using fitness(xi,y i,xj ,y j ) = 1/ ((xj xi) 2 + (y j y i) 2 + (xg – xj ) 2 + (y g – y j ) 2 ); identify the best fit chromosome (xi,y i,xbf,y bf); add-t rajectory list (xbf,y bf) xi = xbf ; yi = y bf ; end for, unt il (xi = xg)) and (yi = y g); end. experimental results the sy st em was run on many different cases. these cases are taken from different p ersp ectives: number and distribution of obst acles, size of obst acles, the value of robot sensing range, number of exp eriments p er a worksp ace, and robot size. as samples, the figures -represented by case1, case2, and case3show some of the cases of t hese exp eriments. each figure of each case shows the robot location after some generations while some obst acles move randomly within the environment (i.e., in each case, the distribution of obst acles will be changed form figure to another because of the movement of some obst acles). in each case, the values of robot size (rsize) in square grid unit, robot sensing range (sr) in grid unit, and maximum number of generations at which the robot reaches to the goal (m axgen) are given. the sy mbols "s", "g", and "r" refer to st art p osition, goal p osition, and the location of robot after some generations resp ectively. conclusions from the previous results, we can conclude the following: 1the sy st em op erates on entire free sp ace and does not make any p rior assump tions about feasible knot p oint of t he trajectory . 2the sy st em can deal with any moving obst acles while avoiding collisions with the robot. 3at each generation, the robot moves to a new p osition toward the goal. 4as the robot ability of sensing the environment (sensing range) becomes bigger, the trajectory p oints become less and consequently the time of reaching the goal becomes less and vice versa. 5at each iteration, the p lanner produces a trajectory which is based on the obstacle most recently sensed p ositions and assumes t hat t he obstacles are now fixed. 6the sy st em does not give an acceptable trajectory if the robot's environment contains a very large number of obst acles and there is no sufficient sp ace to move the robot through it. re ferences 1.lugar, g. f. and stubblefield, w. a. (1989), art ificial intelligence and the design of exp ert sy st ems. redwood city , ca: benjamin /cummings. 2.lavalle, s.m . (2003): planning algorithm. university of illinois. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 3.farritor, s. and dubowsky , s. (2002), a genetic planning m ethod and its app lication to planetary exp loration. cambridge, m a 02139 u.s.a. 4.rich, e. and knight, k.(1991): artificial intelligence, m c-graw hill, inc. 5.m ichalewicz, z.(1999), genetic algorithms + data structures =evolution programs. new york: sp ringer verlag. 6.podsedkowski, l.(1999), very well inform ed a*searching algorithm and its applicat ion for nonholonom ic m obile robot m ot ion planning. international journal of science & technology (1999), 10(2) & 11(1,2), 3343. 7.m chenry , m . c.(1998), slice – based path planning, ph.d. dissertation, faculty of the graduate school, university of southern california. 8.kort enkamp, d.; bonasso r. p., and m urp hy , r.(1997), art ificial intelligence and m obile robot: case studies of successful robot sy st ems. 9. lazea, gh. and lupu, as. e. (1996), asp ects on p ath p lanning for mobile robots. 10.goldberg, d. e. (1994), “genetic and evolutionary algorithms come of age”, communication of the acm, 37(3): 113-119, m arch. 11.wang, l.; siegel, h. j.; roy chowdhury , v. p., and m aciejewski, a. a. (1997), “task m atching and scheduling in heterogeneous computing environments using a geneticalgorithm-based ap p roach,” journal of parallel and distributed computing, sp ecial issue on parallel evolutionary computing, 47( 1): 8-22, nov. 25, 12.konar a. (2000), art ificial intelligence and soft computing: behavioral and cognitive m odeling of the human brain. 13.salmon, r. and slater, m . (1987), computer grap hics: sy st ems & concep ts. reading, m a: addison-wesely . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 figures: case 1 rsi ze = 9 s r= 15 maxgen = 43 (a) (b) (c) (d) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 case 2 (a) (b) rsi ze = 20 s r= 6 maxgen = 80 ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مشكلة التجول المباشر لإلنسان اآللي باستخدام الخوارزمیة الجینیة واثق نجاح عبداهللا إبن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد –كلیة التربیة قسم علوم الحاسبات، الخالصة التجـول مشـكلة مهمـة وصـعبة فـي إّن مشـكلة، تتوقع أنظمة التصنیع المستقبلیة إستخدام العربات الذكیة للتحسین والتجـول إلـى الموقـع اآلخـر "ااألنسان اآللي یجد نفسه فـي أغلـب األحیـان فـي حالـة یجـب أن یجـد فیهـا مسـار . حقل علم اإلنسان اآللي المباشـر هـو جـولالت .في بیئته، تلـك الحالـة تكـون خاضـعة لقیـود تتمثـل بـالحواجز داخـل البیئـة وقابلیـات اإلنسـان اآللـي نفسـه .هنفس الخوارزمیات التي تخّطط المسار وتنّفذه في الوقت مجموعة وهـي البیئـة التــي -النظـام المقتـرح فــي هـذا البحـث یحــاول ایجـاد مسـار للروبــوت خـالي مـن التصــادم فـي بیئـة دینامیكیــة الوقـت الحقیقـي یمكن ان تتحرك الحواجز فیها بینما یواصل الروبوت حركته بأتجاه الهـدف، لـذا فـالروبوت یجـب أن یعمـل فـي .بحیث یكون النظام قادرا على التعامل مع حركة الحواجز غیر المعروفة مسبقا بكلفــة ) التجــول المباشـر(أسـتخدمت لحــل مشـكلة -التـي أثبتــت نجاحهـا فــي كثیـر مــن مشـاكل البحــث -الخوارزمیـة الجینیــة .طریقة بحث عن أفضل مسارأستخدم نظام الخوارزمیة الجینیة . حساب قلیلة ihjpas case 3 rsi ze = 20 s r= 6 maxgen = 80 (c) (d) (a) (b) ihjpas ihjpas. 36(2)2023 224 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract asprosin was a novel adipokine hormone released by white adipose tissue as the main source. it was activated by fasting and attracted to the liver, which allowed the liver to rapidly release glucose into the bloodstream. when people go on a fast, their blood sugar levels drop, which causes levels of the hormone asprosin to rise. it does this by binding to a g-protein-coupled receptor in the liver known as or4m1, which in turn activates a cascade that involves the gprotein-camp-pka pathway. because of this, the glucose that is stored in the liver is released.we anticipate that by investigating the changes that occur in asprosin levels in hypothyroidism patients, we will be able to make a significant addition to the area and fill a gap that has been left unexplored in other research. eighty patients (women ) ranging in age from 25 to 65 were collected from the national diabetes center al-mustansiriyah university (iraq) for this study, which was designed as a cross-sectional study to determine the concentrations of serum ( asprosin, thyroid hormone t3 t4 tsh, fasting blood glucose fbg, and lipid profile ( total cholesterol t.cho,triglycride tg, high density lipoprotein hdl, low density lipoprotein ldl, very low density lipoprotein vldl) . in the period beginning in december 2021 and continuing until march 2022. this particular study included of 80 females, 40 of whom had hypothyroidism, and 40 healthy females who served as controls. when compared to the control group, the findings of this study indicate that the levels of total cholesterol t.cho, triglyceridetg, and low-density lipoprotein (ldl) have dramatically increased, whilst the levels of hdl have significantly decreased . a substantial increase in (fasting blood glucose fbg and body mass index bmi) the levels was also observed, in contrast to the group that served as the control . in patients with hypothyroidism, the levels of thyroid-stimulating hormone tsh were considerably greater, while doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3008 article history: received 11 september 2022, accepted 17 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq evaluation of asprosin hormone in hypothyroidism patients nedaa a.lefta department of chemistry, college of science for woman, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. nedaa.atiea1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ahmed y. abed department of chemistry, college of science for woman, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ahmed_aljnaby@yahoo.com baydaa a.abed national diabetes center, mustansiriyah university, iraq. bayaaahmed@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ahmed_aljnaby@yahoo.com mailto:bayaaahmed@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 225 the levels of t3 were significantly lower .the t4 level, however, revealed no significant differences when compared to the control group. in addition, the level of asprosin was found to be high in the hypothyroidism group only in contrast to the control group that participated in this research. this current study indicates the hormone asprosin could be helpful in early diagnosis in monitoring hypothyroidism patients. hormone asprosin is a marker of glucose homeostasis, so it may be a surrogate novel biomarker for all other traditional biomarkers for the prediction of risk factors of diabetes and thyroid dysfunction . keywords : asprosin ,thyroid dysfunction, hypothyroidism, lipid profile. 1. introduction in humans, thyroid hormones play a role in regulating metabolic functions, development, and growth ,thyroid dysfunction affects various vital activities [1]. conditions that can be either benign or malignant and that change the structure and function of the thyroid gland are referred to as thyroid diseases. the incidence of thyroid illness is second only to that of diabetes mellitus, and it is estimated to account for between 30 and 40 percent of all endocrine diseases. thyroid disease is the most frequent kind of endocrine condition [2]. hypothyroidism affects around 5 percent of the population, with an additional 5 percent of cases going undetected. the majority of patients (99 percent) suffer from primary hypothyroidism. hashimoto's disease, also known as chronic autoimmune thyroiditis, is the most prevalent cause of thyroid failure in areas where there is an adequate supply of iodine [3] . hypothyroidism is more common among women than males [4]. asprosin is a novel glucogenic adipokine . during periods of fasting, this hormone is produced by white adipose (wt) tissue. which is harmful to persons who are insulin resistant, obese, and have diabetes mellitus . asprosin hormone controls glucose homeostasis, it was discovered in patients with nps (newborn progeroid syndrome) is a rare hereditary disorder characterized by severe leanness and a lack of appetite, as well as low-calorie intake and low energy expenditure. additionally, they have areas of their bodies that are under-fat. where cleavage asprosin from the c-terminal of profibrillin (encoded by fbn1) leads to a unique metabolic dysregulation that involves partial lipodystrophy, along with a reduction in plasma insulin while maintaining normal blood sugar levels [5].asprosin, once secreted, goes to the liver, where it activates or4m1, an olfactory g-protein–coupled receptor. it penetrates the blood-brain barrier to trigger appetitemodulating neurons in the hypothalamus via an undiscovered receptor[6]. in contrast, plasma asprosin concentrations in persons who are overweight or obese can be up to four times greater than those of those who have a healthy body mass index (bmi). as a result of this relationship between asprosin and body composition, which is assumed to be generated by the effects of asprosin on hunger, asprosin is a very significant target for managing energy balance and, consequently, illness in persons who are diabetic or obese [7] adipokines are a kind of cytokine that is secreted by adipose tissue and have the ability to influence many different biological processes. insulin action in the body's peripheral tissues (especially the liver and skeletal muscles) is inhibited as a result of this compound's presence, which leads to the development of insulin ihjpas. 36(2)2023 226 resistance. on the other hand, adiponectin improves a person's sensitivity to insulin. it is theorized that adipokines play a crucial role in modifying insulin sensitivity by changing the equilibrium between insulin and its other receptors [8]. asprosin is not only involved in the metabolism of glucose and lipids, but it also has a role in insulin resistance(ir), obesity, and inflammation. it also plays a part in other conditions connected to metabolic syndromes, such as diabetic retinopathy and polycystic ovarian syndrome (pcos) [9].additionally, asprosin decreases insulin sensitivity in muscle cells by increasing inflammation. this route is responsible for the reduction in insulin sensitivity [10]. 2. materials and methods the verbally informed assent was acquired from all participants in the study conducted at the national diabetes center/al-mustansiriyah university (iraq) and the college of science for women/university of baghdad/iraq. during the period of december 2021 march 2022. the range of their ages was all the way from 25 to 65 years. forty individuals have been given a diagnosis of hypothyroidism after consulting with a seasoned medical professional, we selected forty healthy volunteers to serve as healthy controls over the time. in-person interviews were performed with respondents to gather data on their way of life as well as demographic information on the respondents, it is possible to attach the questionnaire form or the nature of the questions in it. to count towards the hypothyroidism group, the majority of those with hypothyroidism were actively managing their condition with medication (levothyroxine) the daily doses varied from 50 to 150 mg .the exclusion criteria were women who have had their thyroid glands surgically removed (thyroidectomy), hyperthyroidism, diabetes mellitus , thyroid cancer, smoking women, and pregnant. the blood sample was collected from the individual after they had fasted for ten to twelve hours . a disposable syringe capable of holding 10 milliliters was used to withdraw 10 milliliters of blood from each patient as well as the control group. the blood was collected and placed of a gel tube. after that, the serum was separated by spinning it for 15 minutes at a speed of 3000 rpm. one milliliter of the patient's serum was analyzed for fasting blood glucose levels and lipid profiles, and 1.5 milliliters of the patient's serum was analyzed for thyroid function ( t3, t4, and tsh). the remainder was transferred to an eppendorf tube before being stored in a deep freezer at a temperature of -20 degrees celsius until it was time to measure the amount of asprosin. by using an enzyme-linked immunoassay sandwich approach with a final fluorescent detection, the function of thyroid hormones was assessed (vidas, biomeriux ). also utilized the kit provided by the manufacturer to determine asprosin using enzyme-linked immunoassay (mybiosource ). the kit provided by (cecil ce1011, linear )was used to determine (fbg, t. cho, tg, and hdl) using an enzymatic colorimetric technique. 2.1.an examination of the statistics: a statistical analysis program called spss-25 was used to get the analysis of the data that was wanted. we used the independent sample t-test to compare parameter means between groups, and we used the more general descriptive statistic to get a high-level look at what we found. the pvalue was considered statistically significant if it was less than 0.05. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 227 3. result and discussion to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to investigate whether or not serum asprosin levels are correlated to hypothyroidism. therefore, our results will contribute to the expanding body of knowledge already established about asprosin . according to the data in the table, when comparing those with hypothyroidism to control group. the levels were significantly higher in (asprosin,tsh,bmi,fbg, t.cho,t.g,ldl,vldl) in patient with hypothyroidism as compared to control. the levels of t3 significantly higher in control group compared to hypothyroidism patients. the t4 level, however, revealed no significant differences when compared to the control group. hypothyroidism that gets worse causes a state called hypo-metabolism, which is marked by less energy use, higher cholesterol levels, less lipolysis and gluconeogenesis, and weight gain [11 ].the results of this study were similar to the ones that hashim, et al. [12], due to hypothyroidism that gets worse causes a state called hypometabolism, which is marked by less energy use [13 ] . table 1: a comparison of laboratory and demographic factors in the research population. p-value control (n=40) (mean±sd) hypothyroidism (n= 40) (mean ±sd) test 0.001 2.61 ±1.06 9.51± 3.95 asprosin (ng /ml) 0.014 1.4748±0.39 1.3675±0.33490 t3 (nmol/l) 0.248 84.843±14.54 89.138±21.2075 t4 (nmol/l) 0.012 2.080±0.758 8.34013±10.527417 tsh (uui / l) 0.001 23.649 ±1.7881 30.361±5.7811 bmi(kg/m²) 0.001 89.93±8.856 93.03±9.699 fbg (mg/dl) 0.001 154.40±16.022 186.25±45.599 t. cho (mg/dl) 0.001 90.10±29.864 121.27±68.902 tg (mg/dl) 0.003 48.15±5.709 46.98±9.261 hdl (mg/dl) 0.001 87.58±12.068 114.98±40.620 ldl (mg/dl) 0.001 18.15±6.904 24.23±13.628 vldl (mg/dl) in the present study, the asprosin levels in women with hypothyroidism are considerably greater than in healthy controls. where the mean±sd of serum asprosin concentration was 9.51± 3.95 ng/ml in sera of women with hypothyroidism and 2.61 ±1.06 ng/ml in sera of the control group .asprosin releases glucose from the liver in fasted state via the or4m1 receptor[6] . asprosin is crucial for controlling hunger, glucose metabolism, pcos, obesity, and ir. asprosin levels rise in obese people[14 ] [15 ] [16 ] [10 ] , as well as in people with ir [17 ] [18] , type1diabetes mellitus [19 ] , and type2diabetes mellitus [8 ] . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 228 fig. 1: average of asprosin for both groups . the table1and figure1 show, those with hypothyroidism showed a substantial rise in asprosin. perhaps this suggests the combined role of both asprosin and hypothyroidism on metabolic rates in the body. the thyroid hormone regulates many aspects of growth and metabolism, and it also helps with the development of many organs [1] . hypothyroidism lowers basal metabolic rate, oxygen consumption, and lipolysis and may impair adipose tissue action [20]. furthermore, hypothyroidism lowers the susceptibility of white fat cells to lipolysis and slows the production and metabolism of fatty acids[21]. thebmi was highly a significant difference at (30.361±5.7811) kg/m2 than with the control group (23.649 ±1.7881) kg/m2. reduced resting energy expenditure, reduced lipolysis, weight gain, and a higher body mass index are all symptoms of hypothyroidism, which causes the metabolic rate to slow down [22] . similar findings were found in a research by du et al. [23],on the prevalence of hypothyroidism in people with central obesity. as another piece of evidence, åsvold bo et al. [24] ,found that hypothyroidism was associated with increased body mass index and obesity prevalence. in the present investigation, women with hypothyroidism who have high bmi had elevated blood asprosin levels. a rise in bmi was a sign that the body had accumulated too much fat. as a result, asprosin secretion rises as a result of the buildup of these lipids [25] . these study are in agreement with studies agree with ugur et al. [26] , proposed that asprosin might be a potential biomarker for obesity, at least for adults, because their study results demonstrated a similar increase in asprosin levels with bmi across underweight, normal, overweight, and obese people. in the group of hypothyroidism, the levels of tc, tg, ldl, and vldl all increased, whereas the levels of hdl significantly decreased. all were compared with one another and with the control group. insufficient thyroid hormone production causes hypothyroidism, a common endocrine condition that has a profound impact on lipid synthesis, mobilization, and metabolism [27] .the current findings are consistent with those of alsalmi et al. [28], who showed substantially higher tc, ldl, vldl, and tg levels in hypothyroidism patients as compared to control group and in other hand hypothyroidism patients, hdl levels were lower than in the control group. furthermore, the findings of the current investigation contradicted those of aati et al. [27] , who showed that the hdl value in hypothyroid individuals was normal. 0 2 4 6 8 10 controlpatients m e a n o f a s p r o s in (n g / m l) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 229 gaining weight is one of the signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism. this has a direct correlation with an increase in the total amount of fat mass found in the body.white adipose tissue is the primary location of asprosin secretion in the body [29]. obesity is associated with an abnormally high level of glucose release from the liver, which is stimulated by asprosin [30] . as a direct consequence of this, its levels are significantly greater in those who are overweight or obese[31]. therefore, this explains why there was an increase in asprosin in individuals with hypothyroidism since the patients had a high body mass index. 4. conclusions: hormone asprosin could be helpful early diagnosis in monitoring hypothyroidism patients. hormone asprosin is a marker of glucose homeostasis, so it may be surrogate novel biomarkers for all other traditional biomarkers for prediction of risk factors of diabetes and thyroid dysfunction ethical approval :all procedures used in this research followed guidelines set out by the ministry of health in iraq and the 1964 declaration of helsinki or were otherwise authorized by the committee of the university of baghdad's college of science for women. all people who took part in the study gave their informed consent before taking part. acknowledgments :to the college of science for women at the university of baghdad, we owe an enormous debt of appreciation. author contributions :ahmed y. abed, nedaaa.lefta, and baydaa a. abed conceived of the present idea, nedaaa.lefta and, ahmed y. abd carried out the experiments, ahmed y. abed, nedaaa.lefta, and baydaa a. abed contributed to the final version of the manuscript. ahmed y. abed supervised the project. references 1. al-shaibani, ab,; al-a’araji, sb.; al-mofarji, st. studying association between thyroid disorders and helicobacter pylori infection in iraqi patients. baghdad science journal. 2014,11,1528-14. 2. toyib, s.; kabeta, t.; dendir, g.; bariso, m.; reta, w. prevalence clinical presentation and patterns of thyroid disorders among anterior neck mass patients visiting jimma medical center, southwest ethiopia. biomed. j. scient. tech. res. 2019,18,13431-5. 3. chiovato, l.; magri, f.; carlé, a. hypothyroidism in context: where we’ve been and where we’re going. advances in therapy. 2019,36,47-58. 4. kar, k.; sinha, s. variations of adipokines and insulin resistance in primary hypothyroidism. journal of clinical and diagnostic research: jcdr. 2017,11,bc07. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 230 5. romere, c.; duerrschmid, c.; bournat, j.; constable, p.; jain, m.; xia, f.;saha, pk.; del solar, m.; zhu, b.; york, b.; sarkar, p. asprosin, a fasting-induced glucogenic protein hormone. cell. 2016, 165,566-79. 6. hoffmann, jg.; xie, w.; chopra, ar. energy regulation mechanism and therapeutic potential of asprosin. diabetes. 2020, 1;69,559-66. 7. leonard, an.; shill, al.; thackray, ae.; stensel, dj.;bishop, nc. fasted plasma asprosin concentrations are associated with menstrual cycle phase, oral contraceptive use and training status in healthy women. european journal of applied physiology. 2021,121,793-801. 8.naiemian, s.; naeemipour, m.; zarei, m.; larinajafi, m.; gohari, a.; behroozikhah, mr.; heydari, h.; miri, m. serum concentration of asprosin in new-onset type 2 diabetes. diabetology& metabolic syndrome. 2020, 12,1-8. 9. luís, c.; fernandes, r.; soares, r.; von hafe, p. a state of the art review on the novel mediator asprosin in the metabolic syndrome. porto biomedical journal. 2020, 5(6). 10. janoschek, r.; hoffmann, t.; morcos, ya.; sengle, g.; dötsch, j.; hucklenbruch-rother ,e. asprosin in pregnancy and childhood. molecular and cellular pediatrics. 2020, 7,1-5. 11. sue, ly.; leung, am. levothyroxine for the treatment of subclinical hypothyroidism and cardiovascular disease. frontiers in endocrinology. 2020, 11,591588. 12. hashim, mf.; dawood, sa.; ahmad, yi. evaluation of some biochemical parameters in serum patients with thyroid gland dysfunction. basrah j. sci. 2018, 36,42-51. 13. cicatiello ,ag.; di girolamo, d.; dentice, m. metabolic effects of the intracellular regulation of thyroid hormone: old players, new concepts. frontiers in endocrinology. 2018 , ,9,474. 14. wang, cy.; lin, ta.; liu, kh.; liao, ch.; liu, yy.; wu, vc.; wen, ms.; yeh, ts. serum asprosin levels and bariatric surgery outcomes in obese adults. international journal of obesity. 2019, 43,1019-25. 15. deng, x.; zhao, l.; guo, c.; yang, l.; wang, d.; li, y.; xia, h.; wang, c.; cai, z.; li, l.; zhao, z. higher serum asprosin level is associated with urinary albumin excretion and renal function in type 2 diabetes. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy. 2020, 13,4341. 16.sünnetçisilistre, e.; hatipoğl, hu. increased serum circulating asprosin levels in children with obesity. pediatrics international. 2020, 62,467-76. 17.wang, y.; qu, h .; xiong, x .; qiu, y.; liao, y.; chen, y.; zheng, y.; zheng, h. plasma asprosin concentrations are increased in individuals with glucose dysregulation and correlated with insulin resistance and first-phase insulin secretion. mediators of inflammation. 2018, 7,2018. 18.alan, m .; gurlek, b .; yilmaz, a .; aksit, m.; aslanipour, b.; gulhan, i.; mehmet, c.; taner, ce. asprosin: a novel peptide hormone related to insulin resistance in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. gynecological endocrinology. 2019, 4,35,220-3. 19.groener, jb.; valkanou, a.; kender, z.; pfeiffenberger, j.; kihm, l.; fleming, t.; nawroth, pp.; kopf, s. asprosin response in hypoglycemia is not related to hypoglycemia unawareness but rather to insulin resistance in type 1 diabetes. plos one. 2019, 14,e0222771. 20.el amrousy, d.; el-afify, d.; salah, s. insulin resistance, leptin and adiponectin in lean and hypothyroid children and adolescents with obesity. bmc pediatrics. 2022, 22,1-6. 21. duntas, lh.; brenta, g. a renewed focus on the association between thyroid hormones and lipid metabolism. frontiers in endocrinology. 2018, 9,511. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 231 22.mullur, r .; liu, yy .; brent, ga. thyroid hormone regulation of metabolism. physiological reviews. 2014, 94, 355-382. 23.du, fm.; kuang, hy.; duan, bh.; liu, dn.;yu, xy.effects of thyroid hormone and depression on common components of central obesity. journal of international medical research. 2019, 47,3040-9. 24.åsvold, bo.; bjøro, t.; vatten, lj. association of serum tsh with high body mass differs between smokers and never-smokers. j clinendocrinolmetab. 2009, 94,5023–7. 25.ameen, mr.; sulaiman, dm.; muho, kh. serum asprosin levels in women with polycystic ovary syndrome in duhok city, kurdistan region of iraq. journal of life and bio sciences research, 2021, 2, 36-41. 26.ugur, k.; aydin, s. saliva and blood asprosin hormone concentration associated with obesity. international journal of endocrinology. 2019, 27,2019. 27. aati, ek.; al-ali, za. effect of hypothyroidism on lipid profile in women at misan city/iraq. medical journal of babylon. 2020, 17,1. 28. alsalmi,wm .; shaglouf, lh.; azab, ae. correlation between hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, and lipid profile in thyroid dysfunction patients. clin med j. 2018, 4,6-14 29. yuan, m .; li, w.; zhu, y.;yu, b.; wu, j. asprosin: a novel player in metabolic diseases. frontiers in endocrinology. 2020, 11,64. 30. alobaidi, mb.; al-samarrai, rr. correlation between serum asprosin level and oxidative stress in iraqi patients with type ii diabetes mellitus. systematic reviews in pharmacy. 2020,11,1729-33. 31.mazur-bialy,ai. asprosin—a fasting-induced, glucogenic, and orexigenicadipokine as a new promising player. will it be a new factor in the treatment of obesity, diabetes, or infertility? a review of the literature. nutrients. 2021, 13,620. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 d.c. conductivity of a-inas films prepared at different thickness b. k.h.al-maiyaly departme nt of physics ,college of education , unive rsity of baghdad abstract the behaviour of the electrical conductivity (σ) and the activation energies (ea1, ea2) have been invest igated on a-inas t hin films as a function of thickness (250,350,450,550,650) nm, before and after heat treatment. the films were annealed at (373, 423, 473) k for one hour. the films contain two ty p es of transp ort mechanisms, and the electrical conductivity (σ) increases whereas the activation energy (ea) would decrease as the films t hickness increases. introduction the method of p reparation p lay s an important role in preparing inas films [1] because of the tendency of the material to dissociate at its melting p oint, which makes it difficult to obtain st oichiometric films [2-7]. several authors have used co-evaporation [3], sp uttering [4, 5], electro deposition [6], flash evap oration [2, 8], chemical deposition and heating with a vacuum deposited [9] etc. in the p resent p aper, thermal evap oration technique for a-inas films formation as it ensures st oichiometric was used. detailed measurements are made on electrical conductivity and activation energies of this material , by varying thickness for both as deposited and annealed films at (373, 423, 473) k for one hour. we have already reported [10] on the hall effect measurements on ainas films p repared at different thickness. experiment amorp hous inas films were p repared onto a glass slide substrate (using a suitable mask) in a vacuum of (3*10 -6 ) torr by using edward coating unit model e 306 a. the alloy was obt ained by fusing the mixture of the app rop riate quantities of the elements in evacuated fused quartz amp oules at (1273) k. the amp oules quenched rapidly in cold water. film thickness varied from 250 nm to 650 nm. the distance from moly bdenum boat to substrate was about 15 cm. the deposition rate was about 1nm/s for all the films. al electrodes were used as contact material for making the electrical connections. for d.c. measurement keithly model 616 was used to measure the variation of electric resistance (r) with temp erature range (298-503) k, then calculated the resistivity (ρ) by the formula [11]: l tbr   ……………………………………… (1) where t is film thickness, b is electrodes width; l is the distance between two al electrodes. the conductivity (σ) is related to t he resist ivity by equation [11]: ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010   1 c.d ………………………………………… (2) re sults and discussion fig.1 shows t he lnσ of ainas film versus 10 3 /t results obt ained for different thickness on a various samples for as-deposited films. this figure also shows two mechanisms for electrical conductivity at lower and higher temp eratures with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2) for all films, which means that there is two mechanism of transp ort, at a higher temp erature range (383-503) k the conduction mechanism of this st age is due to carriers excited into extended st ates beyond the mobility edge .at other range of temp erature (298383) k the conduction mechanism due to carriers excited into t he localized st ates at the edge of the bands and hop p ing. fig.2 (a, b) shows the variation of the electrical conductivity (σ) of an inas film, as a function of thickness and annealing temp erature. in conclusion, it is seen that the films with lower thickness had lower conductivities than those with higher thickness. we should p oint out that t he electrical conductivity (σ) increased dramatically with increasing (t) and reached the maximum value (1.6 *10 -3 ) ohm -1 .cm -1 at t=650 nm for film ta=298 k. the increasing trend in σ up on increasing thickness is due to the decreasing scatt ering at grain boundaries in thicker films [12]. we believe that the increase in film thickness (t) decreases t he trapp ing centers of charge carriers, this is, p erhap s, duo of the decreases of the grain boundary scatt ering, moreover it y ields more p acking density , this result is in an agreement with sharma and reddy [2], who p repared inas films by the different method and different dep osition parameters. fig.3 (a, b) shows the activation energies (ea1, ea2) of an inas film, as a function of thickness for different films, before and after heat treatment. it is clear from these figures that both ea1 and ea2 decrease with increasing thickness (t ). it is clear from figures (2, 3) that σ decreases after heat treatment, while the activation energies showed op p osite trend for all films p repared because of the decreased number of carriers available for transp ort, this behaviour can be att ributed to the decrease of the density of st ates in the gap, the reduce of the dangling bonds, and defects like vacancy sites in the films st ructure with the increasing ta. conclusions the electrical conductivity and activation energies of thin a-inas films, p repared by thermal evap oration, are seen to be dependent on the film thickness. the electrical conductivity shows an increasing behaviour with an increasing thickness before and after heat treatment, whereas the activation energies decrease as the thickness increases. the films contain two ty p es of transp ort mechanisms, and the electrical conductivity decreases with t he increasing ta while the activation energies decrease. references 1sharma, a.k. and reddy , p.j., (1984), ap p l.phy s.a, 34: 69-71. 2sharma, a.k., (1984), czech.j.phy s.b, 34(7): 705-711. 3howson, r.p.and m alina, v., (1970), j.phy s.d. 3: 854-861 . 4jha, k.n.and korgaonkar, a.v., (1972), thin solid films, 9:133-139. 5szczy rbowski, j.; czap la, a.and jachimowski ,m ., (1977) thin solid films, 42: 193-198. 6valentin, m .; benedett o, b. and luisa, p. (2004), journal of alloys and comp ounds, 366 (1):152-160. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 7m y ers, h. p. (1997) introductory solid state phy sics, second edition, chalmers university of technology , sweden. 8sharma, a.k.and reddy , p.j. (2006), phy sica status solidi (a), 61(1):295-299. 9botha, l.; shamba, p.and botha, j.r., (2006), semicond.sci.technol., 21: 450-461. 10 al-m aiy aly , b.k.h.,(2000), j.ofcol.ofeducation",al-m ust ansiriy ah university , 2:15-20. 11william, d. callist er, (2003), m aterials science and engineering, an introduction, 6 th edition, john wiley & sons, inc. 12sharma, a.k. and reddy , p.j., (1983), “phy s.stat.sol.(a)”, 78(1):k27. fig.(1): electrical conductivity behaviour as a function of temperature for a-inas thi n films as-deposited at different thicknesses. (a) (b) (a) (b) fig.(2): electrical conductivity of a-inas thi n films as a function of: (a) thi ckne ss at different annealing te mperature. (b) annealing temperature formed at different thicknesses. -9 -7 -5 -3 -1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 1000/t ( k ) -1 ln  ( o h m .c m ) -1 t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm t=650 nm 1.e-05 1.e-04 1.e-03 1.e-02 150 250 350 450 550 650 750 thickne ss (t) nm  ( o h m .c m ) -1 r.t ta=373 k ta=423 k ta=473 k 1.e-0 5 1.e-0 4 1.e-0 3 1.e-0 2 273 323 373 423 473 523 ta ( k )  ( o h m .c m ) -1 t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm t=650 nm ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 (a) (b) fig.3 fig.(3):activation e nergies versus thi ckness of a-inas thin films at different annealing temperatures 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 150 250 350 450 550 650 750 thickne ss (t) nm e a 1 ( e v ) r.t t a=373 k t a=423 k t a=473 k 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 150 250 350 450 550 650 750 thickness ( t) nm e a 2 ( e v ) r.t t a=373 k t a=423 k t a=473 k 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد العشوائیة inasالتوصیلیة المستمرة ألغشیة المحضرة عند أسماك مختلفة كاظم حسون المیالي بشرى جامعة بغداد ،أبن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة قسم الفیزیاء، الخالصة العشـوائیة دالــة inasیهـدف هـذا البحـث الـى دراسـة سـلوك التوصـیلیة الكهربائیـة وحسـاب طاقـات التنشـیط الغشـیة ولـدنت بـدرجات حـرارة تلــدین ، nm (250,350,450,550,650)حضـرت االغشـیة بأسـماك مختلفـة وقـد، لتغیـر السـمك (373, 423, 473) k ومدة ساعة واحدة. ولـوحظ زیـادة التوصـیلیة الكهربائیـة مـع نقصـان طاقـات التنشـیط بزیـادة ،وقـد أظهـرت االغشـیة آلیتـین لالنتقـال االلكترونـي .سمك االغشیة المحضرة simulation expirment for proofing the theoretical assumption of time complexity for binary search tree muna m. salih technical college of management/baghdad munaouceal@yahoo.co.uk received in:28 april 2013 , accepted in 14 december 2013 abstract it is frequently asserted that an advantage of a binary search tree implementation of a set over linked list implementation is that for reasonably well balanced binary search trees the average search time (to discover whether or not a particular element is present in the set) is o(log n) to the base 2 where n is the number of element in the set (the size of the tree). this paper presents an experiment for measuring and comparing the obtained binary search tree time with the expected time (theoretical), this experiment proved the correctness of the hypothesis, the experiment is carried out using a program in turbo pascal with recursion technique implementation and a statistical method to prove the above hypothesis. search time is estimated by the number of comparisons needed. keywords: time complexity, binary search tree, big o notation, recursive method, chi square. 251 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 mailto:munaouceal@yahoo.co.uk introduction a binary tree is a special kind of tree, one that limits each node to no more than two children. a binary search tree, or bst, is a binary tree whose nodes are arranged such that for every node n, all of the nodes in n's left subtree have a value less than n, and all nodes in n's right subtree have a value greater than n. in the average case bsts offer log (n) to the base 2 asymptotic time for inserts, deletes, and searches[1]. binary search tree is a fundamental technique of programming, the advantage of using a binary search tree over an array is that a tree enable search, insertion, deletion operation to be performed efficiently [2]. using simple calculation we can see that o(logn) is better than o(n) (the search time for an array). (in computer science, big o notation is used to classify algorithm by how they respond (e.g. in their processing time or working space requirements) to changes in input size)[3]. so let’s say that we have 8 items that we place into an array and a binary tree. in the array, search time will be o (8) = 8. in the binary tree, search time will be o(log 8) = 3. we can see that 3 < 8 here. so the binary tree would be a better choice. hypothesis 1for reasonably well balanced binary search trees the average search time (to discover whether or not a particular element is present in thhe set) is o(log n) to the base 2 where n is the number of element in the set(the size of the tree). 2a binary search tree requires approximately 1.39(log(n)) comparisons if keys are inserted in random order[4]. searching technique searching a binary tree for a specific value can be a recursive or iterative process. this paper covers a recursive method (a recursive object is one that is defined partially in terms of itself)[5]. by examining the root node four cases arise. if the tree is null, the value we are searching for does not exist in the tree. otherwise, if the value equals the root, the search is successful. if the value is less than the root, search the left subtree. similarly, if it is greater than the root, search the right subtree. this process is repeated until the value is found or the indicated subtree is null. if the searched value is not found before a null subtree is reached, then the item must not be present in the tree [6]. the shape of the binary search tree clearly determines the efficiency of the binary search algorithm. the optimal binary tree for a given set of entries has minimal height (the height of the binary search tree equals the number of links from the root node to the deepest node) and is well balanced in the sense that the root of every subtree of binary tree has as many left descendants as it has right descendants. in practice when there are dynamic insertions and deletions we are unlikely to maintain a perfectly balanced search tree [5]. proposed design and data structure for binary search tree a range of randomly generated sets of suitably different sizes each of which is tested for the presence of a range of randomly generated integers. a set is represented by a pointer, named p therefore; the sets variable is p which points to a record consist of three fields namely: left: a pointer to a set of records. right: a pointer to a set of records. value: the value that the user is interested in. 252 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 in this section we shall work out the algorithms based on the best strategy to solve the problems, and compute the time complexity of the algorithms. this problem is related to searching recursively. figure no.(1) shows the flowchart of the search technique. a package (i.e. collections of functions and procedures) is developed; this package when declared at the outermost level of a program together with appropriate type declarations would make the following standard set operations available within the program: create: create an empty set (function). insert: insert a given element into a given set (procedure), (do nothing if the element is already in the set). comsion: detect if a given element is present in a given set (function). size: return the size of a given set (function). writeset: write out the contents of a given set in ascending numerical order (procedure). the package implements the sets using binary search trees. once the binary tree is created, its elements can be retrieved in-order by recursively traversing the left subtree of the root node, accessing the node itself, then recursively traversing the right subtree of the node, continuing this pattern with each node in the tree as its recursively accessed. the package obtains the store required from the sets from the pascal heap (i.e. the free store system), the domain of the sets provided is the positive integers available in pascal, a pseudo-random number sequence is set up by declaring functions random and randint. and declaring and initializing the sequence carrier c. a comparison is made each time the value at a node of the binary search tree is inspected, figure no.(2) shows part of the program code. statistical method the chi-square method is used here to test the ‘goodness of fit’ of a function. the value of chi-square is calculated by the following formula [7]: chi-sq = summation (sqr (oi-ei)/ei) where oi = obtained value in the ith observation; ei = expected value in the ith observation our tested hypothesis is: for reasonably well balanced binary search trees the average search time is o (log n) to the base 2. that means if it is balanced, worst casew is o( ln( n ) / ln( 2 ) ).where n is the number of values and the ln(2) comes from a base 2 logarithm. if it is an unbalanced binary tree, o( ln( n ) / ln( 2 ) ) is best-case. worst case is o (n). the mathematical expression o( ln( n ) / ln( 2 ) ) is used to compute the expected search time according to the size of the tree. this value is compared with the obtained time (average number of comparisons). the result after running the program is listed in table no.(1) below. the curve of obtained time (time obtained from the experiment) compared to the expected time is shown in figure no. (3). conclusion the first hypothesis, the conclusion is that binary search is said to run in a number of steps proportional to the logarithm of the length of the list being searched, or in o(log(n)),not exceeding this value if the tree is balanced and this value could be as average if it is unbalanced. the value of chi-square for sample of size 20 (d.f. 19) is (30.1), with 5% level of confidence. it means that if our chi-square value is found to be greater than (30.1), we shall reject the above hypothesis. by doing so, we have a probability of 5% of making a wrong rejection. 253 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 calculating our chi-square value yield the value (9.5), therefore we shall not reject the above hypothesis so we accept it to be true. table no. (1) below shows the test is quite good where the size of the tree is 5,10,15,30,65, this leads us to assume that these trees are well balanced or almost balanced. in this experiment we have not ensure that all the trees are well balanced. however, since 20 trees have been taken (which is not too small sample) and those inserted elements were generated from a pseudo random number, there is reason to believe that the trees are not too unbalanced, and the above hypothesis can be tested by the experimental result. for the seconed hypothesis, a binary search tree requires approximately 1.39(log (n)) comparisons if keys are inserted in random order. therefore, the average number of comparisons is only about 40% higher than the best possibl (see table no.(1) the column obtained/expected which shows this fact), figure no.(3) shows the comparisons between the obtained and the expected time of the binary search tree. however there was only one odd value and this is where the size of the tree is 85 which resulted in 56% higher and this is due to imbalance of the tree. references 1. scott mitchell and update january(2005) ’an extensive examination of data structure using c# 2.0’, visual studio 2005,4guyfromrolla.com. 2. aaaron m tenenbaum, moshe j. augenstein, data structures using pascal, 438,439, by prentice-hall, inc.englewood cliffs,n.j.07632. 3. big o, notation, lastmodified on 1 september (2011). from wikipedia,the free encyclopedia. 4. suri pushpa1, prasad vinod2, august (2007).binary search tree balancing methods: a critical studyijcsns international journal of computer science and network security,7: (8). 5. derek coleman, (1981) ‘a structured programming approach to data, the macmillan press ltd, london and basingstoke companies and representatives (p124, p126, p173). 6. ( gilberg, r.; forouzan, b. (2001), "8", data structures: a pseudocode approach with c++, pacific grove, ca: brooks/cole, 339, (from wikipedia, the free encyclopedia) 7. ppa 696 research methods tests for significance, www.csulb.edu/msaintg.htm. 254 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table no.(1): obtained time (obtained from the proposed method) compared with the expected time, the ratio between the two shows that the obtained time is about 40% higher as a maximum tree size obtained time expected time obtained/expected 5 2.10e+00 2.32e+00 9.04e-01 10 3.60e+00 3.32e+00 1.08e+00 15 4.20e+00 3.91e+00 1.08e+00 20 5.00e+00 4.32e+00 1.16e+00 25 6.70e+00 4.64e+00 1.44e+00 30 5.00e+00 4.91e+00 1.02e+00 35 6.10e+00 5.13e+00 1.19e+00 40 6.20e+00 5.32e+00 1.16e+00 45 7.70e+00 5.49e+00 1.40e+00 50 7.30e+00 5.64e+00 1.29e+00 55 7.30e+00 5.78e+00 1.26e+00 60 8.00e+00 5.91e+00 1.35e+00 65 6.10e+00 6.02e+00 1.01e+00 70 7.80e+00 6.13e+00 1.27e+00 75 8.20e+00 6.23e+00 1.32e+00 80 9.00e+00 6.32e+00 1.42e+00 85 1.00e+01 6.41e+00 1.56e+00 90 8.00e+00 6.49e+00 1.23e+00 95 7.60e+00 6.57e+00 1.16e+00 100 9.00e+00 6.64e+00 1.35e+00 255 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 no yes figure no.(1):flowchart of the proposed binary search technique program exp; start generate random numbers using the expression trunc(500*random(c))+1 create 20 trees using the procedure new, insert random numbers into the 20 trees with different sizes generate 10 numbers, search for them into one tree using binary search count the number of comparisons until number is found or end of list find the average of comparisons for the 10 elements find the log of size of the tree using the expression ln n/ln 2 compare log of size with the average of comparisons 20 trees being searched? write result into file end 256 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 type p=^node; node=record left:p; right:p; value:integer; end; var somesets:array[1..20] of p; count,c,i,j:integer; totcount,xx,ff:integer; f:text; ch:char; average,loog,cott:real; function random(var c:integer):real; begin c:=26317*c+1; random:=abs(c/32767) end; function randint:integer; begin randint:=trunc(500*random(c))+1 end; function create:p; begin create:=nil; end; procedure insert(n:integer;var t:p); var u:p; begin if t=nil then begin new(u); u^.left:=nil; u^.right:=nil; u^.value:=n; t:=u; end; if n<t^.value then insert(n,t^.left); if n>t^.value then insert(n,t^.right); end; function comsion(n:integer;t:p):integer; var found:boolean; begin found:=false;count:=0; while(not found) and (t<>nil) do begin if t^.value=n then begin found:=true; count:=count+1; end else if t^.value>n then begin t:=t^.left; count:=count+1; end else begin t:=t^.right; count:=count+1 end; end; comsion:=count; end; figure no. (2): part of binary search program code 257 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 258 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(3) comparisons between the obtained and the expected time of the binary search tree technique النظري لتعقیدات الوقت للبحث الثنائي تجربھ محاكاة لبرھنة االفتراض الشجري منى مھدي صالح بغداد /الكلیھ التقنیھ االداریة/ ھیئھ التعلیم التقني munaouceal@yahoo.co.uk 2013كانون االول 4قبل البحث في ،2013نیسان 28استلم البحث في الخالصھ القائمة ةعلى تطبیق تقنیة مجموعة ما لھ افضلی ةرى لمعالجالبحث الثنائى الشج ةان تطبیق تقنی لطالما تم التاكید انھ فى البحث الشجرى الثنائى المتوازن فان معدل وقت البحث (للتحري عن وجود عنصر معین فى اذ ،الموصولة ھو عدد العناصر فى الشجرة او حجم الشجرة. n اذ 2لالساس o(log n) ھو )المجموعة توقع(نظریا) ،ھذه التجربة ھذا البحث یقدم تجربة لقیاس ومقارنة وقت البحث الثنائى الشجرى المستحصل مع الوقت الم دام تخواس،تربو باسكال مع تطبیق تقنیة االستدعاء الذاتي ، نفذت ھذه التجربھ باستخدام برنامجةاثبتت صحھ الفرضی ةالعملی عدد المقارنات المطلوبة. ساطةاعاله، تم تقدیر وقت البحث بو ةالثبات الفرضی ةطریقة احصائی ,time complexity, binary search tree, big o notation, recursive methodمفتاحیة:الكلمات ال chi-square. 259 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 mailto:munaouceal@yahoo.co.uk the shape of the binary search tree clearly determines the efficiency of the binary search algorithm. the optimal binary tree for a given set of entries has minimal height (the height of the binary search tree equals the number of links from the... references 1. scott mitchell and update january(2005) ’an extensive examination of data structure using c# 2.0’, visual studio 2005,4guyfromrolla.com. 2. aaaron m tenenbaum, moshe j. augenstein, data structures using pascal, 438,439, by prentice-hall, inc.englewood cliffs,n.j.07632. 3. big o, notation, lastmodified on 1 september (2011). from wikipedia,the free encyclopedia. 4. suri pushpa1, prasad vinod2, august (2007).binary search tree balancing methods: a critical studyijcsns international journal of computer science and network security,7: (8). 17062012124208_009 17062012124208_010 17062012124208_011 17062012124357 17062012124357_001 17062012124357_002 17062012124357_003 17062012124357_004 17062012124357_005 17062012124357_006 17062012124357_007 17062012124357_008 17062012124357_009 17062012124357_010 17062012124357_011 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i . vo l.23 (2) 2010 chained fuzzy modules s. b.semeein departme nt of mathematics, college of education i bn-al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity . in this p aper we introduce the notion of chained fuzzy modules as a generalization of chained modules. we invest igate several characterizations and p rop erties of this concept introduction in this p aper we introduce the concept of chained fuzzy modules as a generalization of the concep t (chained modules) in ordinary algebra .this p aper consist s of t hree sections in section one, we recall some basic definitions and results which we needed later. in section two, we give some results about chained fuzzy modules such as it's relationship with it levels. section three is devoted for study ing the direct sum of chained fuzzy modules. finally , we st udy the homomorphic image and inverse of chained fuzzy modules. 1. preliminaries the following definitions and results are needed later. 1.1 de fini tion, [1] let m be a nonempty set and i be the closed interval [0,1] of the real line (numbers). a fuzzy set a in m (a fuzz y subset a of m ) is a function from m into i. 1.2 de fini tion, [2] let xt:m  [0,1] be a fuzzy set in m , where xm , t[0,1] defined by: t t if x y x ( y) 0 if x y     for all ym , xt is called a fuzz y singleton or fuzzy p oint in m , if x=0 and t=1, then 1 1 if y 0 0 ( y) 0 if y 0     we shall call such fuzzy singleton the fuzz y zero singleton. 1.3 definition , [2] let a and b be two fuzzy sets in m , then 1. a = b i f a n d o n l y i f a ( x ) = b ( x ) , f o r a l l x  m . 2. ab if and only if a(x)  b(x), for all xm . 3. (ab)(x)=min{a(x),b(x)} for all xm . 4. (ab)(x)=max{a(x),b(x)} for all xm . 1.4 de fini tion, [3] let a be a fuzz y set in m and t[0,1]. the set at={xm ,a(x)t} is called level subset of a. 1.5 remark (1) the following p rop erties of level subsets hold for each t[0,1] 1. (ab)t=at  bt 2. a=b if and only if at=bt, for all t[0,1]. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 where a and b are fuzzy sets. now, we can give the definition of image and inverse image of a fuzz y set. 1.6 de fini tion, [4] let f be a map p ing from a set m into a set n, a be a fuzzy set in m and b be a fuzz y set in n. the image defined by : 1 1sup{a(z) z f (y)} if f (y) f ( ) for all y n 0 otherwise            where f – 1 (y )={x:f(x)=y } and the inverse image of b, denoted by f – 1 (b), is the fuzz y set in m defined by: f – 1 (b)(x)=b(f(x)), for all xm . 1.7 de fini tion, [5] let f be a map p ing from a set m into a set m '. a fuzzy subset a of m is called finvariant if a(x)=a(y ) whenever f(x)=f(y ), where x, y m . the following lemma is needed in section three. 1.8 lemma, [5] if f is a function defined on a set m , a1 and a2 are fuzzy subset of m , b1 and b2 are fuzzy subset of f(m ). then the following are true: 1. a1=f – 1 (f(a)), whenever a1 is f-invariant. 2. f(f – 1 (b1))=b1 3. if a1a2, then f(a1)f(a2) 4. if b1b2, then f – 1 (b1)f – 1 (b2). 1.9 de fini tion, [6] let (r,+,) be a ring and let x be a fuzzy set in r. then x is called a fuzzy ring in ring (r,+,) if and only if, for each x, y  r 1. x(x+y )  min{x(x), x(y )} 2. x(x) = x(– x) 3. x(xy )  min{x(x), x(y )}. 1.10 de fini tion [7] a fuz zy subset x of a ring r is called a fuzzy ideal of r, if for each x, y  r 1. x(x–y )  min{x(x), x(y )} 2. x(xy )  max{x(x), x(y )}. 1.11 de fini tion [2] let m be an r-module. a fuzzy set x of m is called a fuzzy module of m if 1. x(x–y )  min{x(x), x(y )}, for all x, y m . 2. x(rx) x(x), for all xm and rr. 3. x(0)=1. 1.12 de fini tion [6] let x and a be two fuz zy modules of an r-module m . a is called a fuzzy submodule of x if ax. 1.13 proposi tion [7] let a be a fuzz y set of m . then the level subset at, t(0,1] is a submodule of m if and only if a is a fuzz y submodule of x where x is a fuzzy module of m such that a(x)x(x), xm . 1.14 de fini tion [8] a fuz zy module x of an r-module m is called fuzz y simple if and only if x has no fuzzy p rop er submodules. 1.15 de fini tion [8] a fuz zy module x of an r-module m is called fuzzy cyclic module, if there exists xtx such that each y kx writt en as y k=rℓxt for some fuzz y ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 singleton rℓ of r where k, ℓ, t[0,1]. in this case, we shall write x=(xt) to denoted the fuzzy cyclic module generated by xt. 1.16 de fini tion [6] let x and y be two fuzzy modules of r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, f:xy is called a fuzzy homomorp hism if f:m 1m 2 is r-homomorp hism and y(f(x))=x(x) for each xm 1. 1.17 remark [9] 1let m and m ' be two r-modules, f:mm ' be an epimorp hism. if a is a fuzzy submodule of m , then f(a) is a fuzz y submodule of m '. 2let m and m ' be two r-modules, f:mm ' be a homomorp hism. if b is a fuzzy submodule of m ', then f – 1 (b) is a fuzz y submodule of m . 1.18 de fini tion [2] sup p ose a and b be two fuzzy modules of r-module m . we define (a:b) by: (a:b)={rt:rt is a fuzz y singleton of r such that rtba} and (a:b)(r)=sup {t[0,1]rtba, for all rr}. if b=(bk), (a:(bk))={rtrtbka, rt is a fuzzy singleton of r}. 1.19 de fini tion [10] let x and y be two fuzzy modules of m 1, m 2 resp ectively. define xy:m 1m 2[0,1] by (xy)(a,b)=min{x(a),y(b)} for all (a,b) m 1m 2. xy is called a fuzzy external direct sum of x and y. 1.20 proposi tion [10] let x and y are fuzzy modules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, then xy is a fuzz y module of m 1m 2. 1.21 proposi tion [10] let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of a fuzzy module x such that x=ab, then xs=asbs, for all s (0,1]. 2. chained fuzzy module in this section we introduce the concept of chained fuzzy module . some basic results of this concept are considerate 2.1 de fini tion, [11] an r-module m is called chained module if for each submodules a, b of m , either a  b or b  a. we fuzzify this definition as follows: 2.2 de fini tion let x be a fuzzy module of an r-module m then x is called a chained fuzzy module if for each fuzz y submodules of x either a  b or b  a. to p rove our next theorem, first we p rove the following lemma: 2.3 lemma let a and b be two fuzzy subset of r t hen a  b if and only if at  bt, for each t[0,1]. proof: it is easy so it is omitted. the following theorem characterizes chained fuzzy module in terms of it is level module. 2.4 the orem a fuz zy module x of an r-module m is a chained if and only if xt is a chained module,  t(0,1]. proof: if x is chained fuzzy module. to p rove xt is chained module  t(0,1]. let i, j be submodules of xt. define : t x (x) 0 x      , t x j b(x ) 0 x j    ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 a, b are fuzz y submodules of x. but at=i, bt=j since x is chained fuzzy module, then either a  b or b  a. hence at  bt or bt  at (by lemma (2.3)). thus i  j or j  i. conversely , if xt is chained module, to p rove x is a chained fuzzy module, let a, b fuzzy submodules in x. then at, bt are submodules in xt, for all t(0,1] since xt is chained rmodule then at  bt or bt  at which implies a  b or b  a (lemma (2.3)). 2.5 examples 1. let x(x)=1 for all xz8 xt=z 8 for all t[0,1]. but z8 is chained. hence by theorem (2.4) x is a chained fuzzy module. 2. every fuzzy simple module is a chained fuzzy module. 2.6 remark if yx and x is a chained fuzzy module then y is chained fuzzy module. proof: let a, b be two fuz zy submodules of y then a, b are fuzz y submodules of x, since x is chained fuzzy module. then ab or ba which imp lies y is a chained fuzz y module. 2.7 de fini tion, [10] a fuz zy module x is called uniform fuzzy module if ab01 for any nontrivial fuzzy submodules a and b of x. 2.8 proposi tion a fuz zy module x of an r-module m is uniform if and only if xt is a uniform module,  t(0,1]. proof: if x is uniform fuzzy module, to p rove xt is uniform module  t(0,1]. let i, j be submodules of xt. define t x (x) 0 x      , t x j b(x ) 0 x j    a, b are fuzzy submodules of x. but at=i, bt=j since x is uniform fuzzy module, then ab01. hence (ab)t01 which implies atbt01 (by remark 1.5). this ij01. conversely , if xt is uniform module, to p rove x is a uniform fuzzy module, let a, b fuzzy submodules in x. then at, bt are submodules in xt, for all t(0,1], since xt is uniform rmodule then atbt01 which implies (ab)t01 (by remark 1.5). thus ab01. now, we shall show the relationship between uniform fuzzy module and chained fuzzy module as t he following p rop osition: 2.9 proposi tion every chained fuzzy module is a uniform fuzzy module. proof: let x be a chained fuzzy module of an r-module m then ab or ba if ab then ab= a if ba t hen ab=b which implies ab=01. 2.10 remark the converse of prop osition (2.9) is not true for the following examp le shows: 2.11 example let m =z as a z-module x:m[0,1] such that x(x)=1 xm xt=z for all t[0,1]. but z is uniform. hence by p rop osition (2.9) x is a uniform fuzzy module. but x is not chained fuzzy module since  a, b fuzzy submodules of x defined by 1 x (2) (x) 1 x (2) 4      , 1 x (5) b(x ) 1 x (5) 4      and a  b and b  a. recall that if a and b are two submodules of an r-module m , then a and b are called comp arable if ab and ba. we shall fuzzify this concept as follows: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 2.12 de fini tion let a, b be two fuz zy submodules of a fuzzy module x of an r-module m , then a and b are called comp arable if ab and ba. 2.13 proposi tion a fuz zy module x of an r-module m is chained iff every two cy clic fuzzy submodules of x are comparable. proof: let a and b be fuzz y submodules of x. sup p ose a  b, we show ba since a  b, there exists xta and xtb <xt>a and <xt>  b. let y kb, then <y k>b, <xt>, <y k> are cyclic fuzzy submodules of x, then either <xt>  <y k> or <y k>  <xt>. if <xt>  <y k> implies <xt>  b (since <y k>b). thus xtb is a contradiction. if <y k>  <xt> implies that <y k>  a (since <xt>  a). t hus ba so x is chained. the converse is obvious. 2.14 remark a chained fuzz y module is indecomposable. proof: sup p ose x is decomposable, then x=ab for some fuzzy submodule a and b of x. thus ab=o1 is a contradiction (p rop osition 2.9). now, we introduce the notion of chained fuzzy ring. first we have the following definition. 2.15 de fini tion, [11] a ring r is called chained if and only if for each fuzzy ideals i, j of r either ij or ji. 2.16 de fini tion a fuz zy ring x of a ring r is called chained if and only if for each fuzzy ideals i, j of x either ij or ji. 2.17 remark a fuz zy ring x is chained if and only if xt is chained ring  t(0,1]. proof: it is easy so it is omitted. 2.18 de fini tion, [8] a fuzzy module x of an r-module m is called multiplication fuzzy module if for each nonemp ty fuzzy submodule a of x, there exists a fuzzy ideal i of r such that a=ix. 2.19 proposi tion let x be a multiplication module of an r-module m if r is a chained ring then x is a chained fuzzy module. proof: let a and b be fuzzy submodules of x. then there exists fuzzy ideals i and j of r such that a=ix and b=jx, since it and jt ideals of r and r is chained, therefore it  jt or jt it. thus ij or ji (by remark 2.3) implies that ixjx or jxix. t hus ab or ba. 2.20 de fini tion let x be a chained fuzzy module of an r-module m and let v(x)={(o1:xt)xtx}. 2.21 de fini tion, [10] let x be a non empty fuzzy module of r-module m . the fuzz y annihilator of a denoted by (f-anna) is defined by {xt:xr,xtao1},t[0,1], where a is a prop er fuzzy submodule of x. not e that: (f-anna)(a)=sup {t :t[0,1],atao1}, for all ar; that is f-anna=(o1:a). 2.22 de fini tion, [10] a fuz zy module x is called faithful if f-annx=o1. 2.23 remark if x is chained faithful fuzzy module then 1 to x x   (o1:xt)=o1, xtx. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 proof: if 1 to x x   (o1:xt)o1 then there is rℓr, rℓo1 such that rℓxt = o1, xtx t hen rℓx=o1 a contradiction. 2.24 de fini tion, [13] a fuz zy ideal a of a ring r is called fuzz y p rime ideal, if a is non-constant and for any fuzzy ideals b and c of r such that b ca, t hen either ba or ca. equivalently , a fuzzy ideal a of a ring r is called fuzzy p rime ideal if a is a non-constant and for all aℓ, bh fuzzy singletons of r such that aℓbha implies that either aℓ a or bha, ℓ, h[0,1]. 2.25 remark if x is a chained fuzzy module of an r-module m then, 1. v(x) is a linearly ordered set of fuzzy ideals of r. 2. p= 1 to x x   (o1:xt) is a fuzz y p rime ideal of r. proof: (1) let a, b  v(x) t hen a=(o1:xt) and b=(o1:yt) for some xto1, y t=o1 and xt, y tx since x is chained fuzzy module then xt is chained module (by theorem (2.4)) imp lies that v(xt) is a linearly ordered set of ideals of r (see [12,remark (1.9)). thus v(x) is a linearly ordered set of fuzzy ideals of r. (2) p= 1 to x x   (o1:xt) is a fuzz y ideal of r. to show that p is a fuzz y p rime ideal, let aℓ, bhr such that aℓbhp, t hen there is o1 xtx such that aℓbh(o1:xt). then aℓbh xt=o1. this imp lies that aℓ(o1: bhxt). now if bhxt= o1 then bh(o1:xt). thus bhp and if bhxt o1 then bhxt o1x, and hence aℓp. 3. di rect sum of chained fuzzy modul e we turn att ention to the direct sum of chained fuzzy modules. 3.1 remark if x and y are two chained fuzzy modules of an r-module m 1 and m 2 resp ectively then xy is not necessary chained fuzzy module of m 1  m 2 as the following examp le shows: 3.2 example let x:z6{0, 1 3 } such that 1 if a 2 x (a) 3 0 i f a , 2         let y:z6{0, 1 3 } such that 1 if a 3 y (a) 3 0 i f a , 3         it is clear that x and y are chained fuzzy modules of z6. hence xy is not a chained fuzzy module of z6z6. since  a,b fuz zy submodules of xy, where 1 i f (a, b) 2 0 a (a, b) 3 0 if (a, b) , 2 0              and 1 if (a, b) 0 3 b(a, b) 3 0 if (a, b) , 0 3               ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 but a(2,0)= 1 3 , b(2,0)=0, that is a  b. alaso a(0,3)=0, b(0,3)= 1 3 , that is b  a. thus xy is not a chained fuzzy module of z6z6. 3.3 the orem let x and y be a fuzzy modules of an r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, if xy is a chained fuzzy module of m 1m 2 then x is a chained fuzz y module of m 1 and y is a chained fuzzy module of m 2. proof: by similar p roof of theorem (4.10) in [14]. next, we shall indicate the behaviors of chained fuzzy modules under homomorphism. 3.4 the orem let x and y be a fuzzy modules of an r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. let f:xy be a fuzzy epimorp hism. if x is a chained fuzz y module, then y is a chained fuzz y module. proof: let a, b are fuzzy submodules in y. then f – 1 (a), f – 1 (b) are fuzzy submodules in x (remark (1.17),(2)), since x is chained fuzzy module, then either f – 1 (a) f – 1 (b) or f – 1 (b) f – 1 (a). now, if f – 1 (a) f – 1 (b), then f(f – 1 (a)) f(f – 1 (b)) (by lemma (1.8),(2)). similarly , if f – 1 (b) f – 1 (a), t hen ba. t herefore y is a chained fuzzy module. 3.5 proposi tion let x and y be two fuzzy modules of an r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. let f:xy be a fuzzy homomorp hism and every submodule of y is f-invariant. if y is a chained fuzzy module, then x is a chained fuzzy module. proof: let a, b are fuzzy submodules in x. hence f(a), f(b) are fuzzy submodules in y (remark (1.17),(1)), since y is a chained fuzzy module then f (a) f (b) or f (b) f (a). now, if f (a) f (b), then f – 1 (f (a))f – 1 (f (b)) (by lemma (1.8),(4)). hence ab (by lemma (1.8),(1)). similarly , if f (b) f (a), t hen ba. t herefore x is a chained fuzz y module. references 1. zahdi, l.a., (1965), fuz zy sets, information and control, 8, 338-353. 2. zadehi, m . m ., (1992), on l-fuzzy residual quot ient m odules and p -primary submodules, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 51:, 331-344. 3. m ashinchi, m . and zahedi, m . m ., “on l-fuz zy primary submodules”, fuz zy sets and sy st ems,.49:, pp .231-236, (1996). 4. zadehi, m . m ., (1991), a characterization of l-fuzzy prime ideals, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 44:, 147-160. 5. kumar, r., (1991), fuz zy semi-primary ideals of rings, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 42:, 263-272. 6. m artinez, l., (1996), fuz zy m odules over fuzzy rings in connection with fuzzy ideal of fuz zy ring, j. fuzzy m ath., 4:, 843-857. 7. qaid, a., (1999), some results on fuz zy m odules, m .sc., thesis, university of baghdad. 8. khalaf ,y.k., (2001), fuz zy quasi-prime m odules and fuz zy quasi-prime submodules, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 9. gada, a.a., (2000), fuzzy sp ectrum of a m odules over commutative ring, m sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 10. jari. h.r ., prime fuz zy submodules and prime fuz zy m odules, m sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 11. shores t.s., and .iewis w.j., (1974), serial m odules and endomorphism rings, duke m ath. j. ,41:, 889-909. 12. m ohmad, a.a., (1997), chained m odules, m .sc. thesis, university of bghdad. ihjpas 13. m ukhrjee, t.k., (1989), prime fuz zy ideals in rings, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 32:, 337-341. 14. hadi, i.m .a., (2002), some ty p es of fuz zy rings, m athematics and phy sics j. i(17)(1), 1-17. ihjpas 2010) 2( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المودیوالت الضبابیة المسلسلة شروق بهجت جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة، قسم الریاضیات الخالصة حلقة أبدالیة ذا عنصر محاید rلتكن لقـد أعطینـا العدیـد . في هذا البحث قـدمنا مفهـوم المودیـوالت الضـبابیة المسلسـلة تعمیمـا لمفهـوم المودیـوالت المسلسـلة .من التمیزات والخواص األساسیة لهذا المفهوم ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 an ftir study o f characterization of neat and uv stabilized nylo n 6,6 polymer films h. a. mahdi departme nt of physics , college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in august 22 2010 accepted in nev. 9 2010 abstract the work is concerned with the characterization of as cast films of neat and u v-st abilized ny lon 6,6 by emp loy ing ft ir measurements. band assign ment is made for neat and uvst abilized ny lon 6,6 using ft ir sp ectra confirm their molecular st ructure. uv-stabilizer added to ny lon 6,6 has caused reduction in the absorbance of the vibrational b ands and thus st abilizes the behavior of the poly mer in the end and uses sp ecially in harsh environment. keywords: ny lon 6,6, uv-st abilizer, ftir sp ectra. introduction poly mer characterization is an essential st ep in working with p oly mers. the main characterization techniques involve the use of fourier transform infrared and x-r ay diffraction methods. as a rule, such efforts are directed toward a sp ecific p urp ose. the st ructure and molecu lar conformation of the macromolecules ultimately determine the mechanical, p hysical and chemical p rop erties of p oly mers [1]. t hus p recise characterization of molecu lar ord er is a p rimary p rerequist to understandand macroscopic p rop erties of p oly meric materials [2,3]. ny lon is a generic designation for a family of sy nthetic p olymers known as p olyamides (pa), and ny lon 6,6 is one of the most imp ortant engineering thermop last ics often used in adverse environ ment. the nature of the chemical repeat unit (p resented in figur e 1) p ose the p oly mer in many industrial app lications such as ny lon fibers for carp eting, clothing, tire cord and solid ny lon for bearings and gears due to its good abrasion resistance and self-lubricating p rop erties and ny lon ribbons for ty ing cables due to its good creep modulus [4]. the p oly mer is sy nthesized by condensation p olymerization of hexamethy lenediamine and adip ic acid. it is semicryst alline and the cryst als melt at high temp erature. in sp ite of its sup erior p rop erties, ny lon 6,6 is very sensitive to moist ure absorp tion and moist ure content must be controlled durin g melt p rocessing of ny lon 6,6 [5]. the aim of the present work is directed in the key p oints of characterization of p oly mers emp loying ft ir technique. experime ntal ribbons of ny lon 6,6 were obt ained from local market. t he ribbons were dissolved in a mixture of 1:1 weight ratio of formic acid and p henol at ambient temp erature. the mixture was cast into a glass mold and left to dry at ambient temp erature. the cast ny lon films were p eeled from the mold and the ft ir sp ectra have been record ed in the r ange 400-4000 cm -1 using shimadzu 8400 series at ibn-sina chemical indust rial center. the st andard samples were ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 made by mixing finely chopped polymer with kbr and comp ressing the mixture in a p elletmaking p ress. t he kbr discs with p olymer were placed in the ft ir cell and the sp ectra were recorded. the ft ir sp ectrum is a useful tool to identify the chemical nature of the p olymer and to determine its comp osition. results and discussion ft ir sp ectroscopy has been applied in the identification of the basic st ructural units of ny lon 6,6 and uv stabilized ny lon 6,6. the ft ir sp ectra of the two t yp es of p oly mers are p resented in figures 2 and 3. band p ositions in the sp ectra are utilized in confirming the molecu lar st ructure of the poly mer [6,7]. absorbance was calculated as: abs = log t = log (i/io) where t is the transmittance and i/io is the relative intensities of sample and st andard resp ectively. the vibrational frequencies of all the fundamental bands alon g with their relative intensities and p robable assignments are given in tables 1 and 2 for both the neat and uv st abilized nylon 6,6. comparison of t he frequency bands of ny lon 6,6 with t he referen ce ny lon 6,6 [8] confirm that the cast neat films are those for ny lon 6,6 with band shifts not exceeding ± 5 cm -1 . this is characterized by the major band: the amide bands at 1639 and 1539 cm -1 and n-h, ch2 (a sy mmetric st retching) and ch2 (sy mmetric st retching) at 3306, 2932 and 2862 cm -1 resp ectively. these bands are indicative of their high absorbance (see table 1). for t he uv st abilized cast ny lon 6,6 films however, the amid e bands have shifted fro m those of the neat ny lon 6,6 sample by about 20 cm -1 due to the effect of uv st abilizer. it is also noted from the absorbance results in table 2 that the uv st abilized materials tend to reduce the absorbance of all the bands assign ed a consequence that characterization is useful in identify ing the chemical nature of the polymer. conclusion the characterization st udy on neat and uv-stabilized ny lon 6,6 has been carr ied out using imp ortant exp erimental technique. their molecular st ructures were confirmed by ftir sp ectra from assignment of absorbance bands. once the molecu lar st ructure is understood, it becomes easy for a p oly mer scientist to relate the p olymer structure to its p erformance p rop erties in end use. re ferences 1.sandler, s; karo, w; bonesteel, j and pearce, e.m . (1998) ,poly mer sy nthesis and characterization: a labor atory manual, academic p ress, finland. 2. carraher, c. (2003), polymer chemist ry 6th ed. dekker, new york. 3.bicerano, j. (2002) ,prediction of polymer p rop erties”, dekker, new york. 4. m odern plastic ency clop edia handbook, (1994) m cgraw hill, new york. 5. m elvin, i. kohan, (1973) ,ny lon plastics” john wily and sons, usa. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 6.nakamoto, k. (1997) ,infra red and rawan sp ectra of inorganic and coordination comp ound, 5th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 7. charles, j.; ramkumar, g.r.; az hagiri, s. and gunase karan (2009) ,ftir and thermal st udies on ny lon 6,6 and 30% glass fiber reinforced ny lon 6,6, e-journal of chemist ry , 6(1): 23-33. 8.dongwood ,jung (2004) ,new methods for p roducing ny lon 6,6 fibers with enhanced mechan ical prop erties, ph.d thesis, north carolina st ate university , usa. table (1): assignment of ftir spectrum of ne at nyl on 6,6 wa ve number (cm -1 ) absor bance assignment 3410 3306 3082 2932 2862 1639 1539 1469 1269 1200 934 691 579 0.34 0.38 0.18 0.28 0.25 0.53 0.46 0.31 0.34 0.29 0.17 0.20 0.18 n-h stretching i n-h stretching ii c-h stretching (asy m) ch2 st retching (asy m) ch2 st retching (sy m) amide i st retching amide ii st retching/ ch2 (asy )(mdef) n-h deformation/ ch2 scissoring amide iii st retching cch bending (sy m)/ ch2 twist ing c-c st retching c-c bendin g c-c deformation table (2) :assignment of ftir spectrum of uv sta bilized nyl on 6,6 wa ve number (cm -1 ) absor bance assignment 3414 3240 2928 2855 1686 1612 1516 1431 1304 1261 1173 1122 1018 922 667 575 0.28 0.14 0.09 0.08 0.19 0.22 0.14 0.15 0.17 0.19 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.05 0.08 0.06 n-h stretching i n-h stretching ii ch2 st retching (asy m) ch2 st retching (sy m) amide i st retching ch2 deformation (asy m) amide ii st retching n-h deformation ch2 wagging amide iii st retching ch2 twisting c-c st retching (sy m) c-c st retching c-c st retching c-c bendin g c-c deformation ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig.( 1): chemical structure of nyl on 6,6 fig.( 2): ftir s pectrum of neat nylon 6,6 fig. (3): ftir s pectrum of uv-stabil ize d nylon 6,6 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة النظیفة والمستقرة لالشعة فوق 6,6لتشخیص افالم بولیمر نایلون ftirدراسة البنفسجیة مهدي هند عبدالمجید ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغدادقسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة 2010 اب 22 في استلم البحث 2010 تشرین الثاني 9 في قبل البحث الخالصة ت 6,6 للنایلون یعني العمل بتشخیص افالم مصبوبة النظیفة والمستقرة لالشعة فوق البنفسجیة باستخدام قیاسا النظیف والمستقر لالشعة فوق 6,6تم عمل تعین الحزم لكال من النایلون . ftirر لالشعة تحت الحمراء فوریتحویل تبین ان اضافة المواد المستقرة لالشعة فوق . التي ثبتت التركیب الجزیئي للبولیمر ftirالبنفسجیة باستعمال اطیاف د 6,6البنفسجیة إلى النایلون یؤدي إلى نقصان في امتصاصیة حزم االهتزاز وبذلك تؤدي إلى استقرار سلوك البولیمر عن .في البیئات القاسیة یماالساالستخدام 10880006 10880007 10880008 10880009 10880010 10880011 10880012 10880013 microsoft word 523-538 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |523    comparison of features extraction algorithms used in the diagnosis of plant diseases mohammed a.hussein mohammed.alsraf@gmail.com amel h.abbas dr.amelhussein2017@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq2 computer science/ college of science/ university of mustansiriyah abstract the detection of diseases affecting plant is very important as it relates to the issue of food security, which is a very serious threat to human life. the system of diagnosis of diseases involves a series of steps starting with the acquisition of images through the pre-processing, segmentation and then features extraction that is our subject finally the process of classification. features extraction is a very important process in any diagnostic system where we can compare this stage to the spine in this type of system. it is known that the reason behind this great importance of this stage is that the process of extracting features greatly affects the work and accuracy of classification. proper selection of the right features leads to high accuracy in the system diagnostics and vice versa. the proposed system collect images of different crop (rice, cotton and tomato) disease, we will enter the images of cropping them , then re-size the images to fixed size, then improve the image through fuzzy histogram equalization (fhe) , then perform image segmentation using color based k-means and finally compare the methods of features extraction (percentage of leaf area infected (pi),texture-based features, color moments, features obtained by color co-occurrence method and shape based features) we found that the use of 4 methods together (percentage of leaf area infected (pi),texture-based features, color moments and shape based features) produce excellent result.. keywords: plant leaf, feature extraction, texture, color moments, and segmentation. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |524    1. introduction there are many diseases that affect crops and lead to significant production losses, which threaten the issue of food security. human visual examination with the naked eye is the way most widely used and common. this method gives a large room for error depending on where the farmers trying to detect the disease through visual inspection as a big chance of error in some cases resorting to experts, this thing needs a lot of time, effort and money. another problem in iraq, said most of the crop fields is located in rural areas, which requires farmers to go long distances to find experts [16]. image processing gives accuracy, high-speed, do not require large sums of money have been spent and timeconsuming as in the case brought experts [17] features extraction is an important task and key in the plant disease detection algorithm. the extraction of features simplifies the amount of data required to describe the large amount of data contained in the image. the large amount of information consumes memory and processor time therefore we need the smallest possible quantity of information able to describe the picture as best as possible this can be done by using features extraction. given the importance of features extraction in the process of classification of plant diseases, there is a lot of research that focused on the details of this subject as [7], [13], [14] etc. there are many ways to extract features, in this research the focus was on comparing the most important methods used in this topic 1percentage of leaf area infected (pi) 2texture-based features gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm) 3color moments(cm) 4features obtained by color co-occurrence method (ccm) 5shape based features (sf) the steps followed for the proposed comparison process appear in figure 1 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |525    figure (1): research block diagram 2. image acquisition this paper uses the most important agricultural products in iraq (rice, cotton and tomatoes)  the images were obtained from the internet. twelve images were used in this paper; with two images per disease. all images obtained are rgb color space and jpg format. two diseases were used for each of the three crop types. figure (2) shows some examples of this image. (a) (b) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |526    (c) (d) (e) (f) figure (2): (a) rice brown spot, (b)rice leaf smut, (c) cotton bacterial blight, (d) cotton spider mite, (e) tomato septoria leaf spot and (f) tomato target spot 3. preprocessing in the pre-processing phase, a set of operations will be performed in order to prepare the image for the segmentation process, this operation include 3.1 crop the image: the captured image containing about 30% of the infected plant leaf information and the remaining 70% of the rest of the information is not important because it represents the background. this background is unnecessary consumption of memory, and also in the treatment time in the cpu during the process of retail segmentation in order to gain efficiency in the storage and speed of processing is important, we deduct the portion of the image through a process of cropping as shown in the figure (3). 3.2 image resize: resize all images that will be used to a fixed size (300*400). this fixed size was used for all imported images because the accuracy of the feature extraction process is affected if the images are of different sizes. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |527    (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure (3): ((a), (b) rice diseases after resize and crop,(c) , (d) cotton diseases after resize and crop ,(e) and (f)tomato diseases after resize and crop 3.3 image enhancement: for enhance the image the paper using fuzzy histogram equalization using the equation (1) as shown in figure 4. fuzzy histogram equalization (fhe) is proposed for image contrast enhancement [1]. the fhe contains two periods. first, fuzzy histogram is computed based on weird set theory to manage the inexactness of grey level values in an improved way in comparison to classical clean histograms. second stage, the fuzzy histogram is divided into two sub histograms based on the median value of the initial image and then equalizes them independently to preserve image brightness computed as (1) where h(i) is a sequence of real numbers ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |528    , is the fuzzy membership function (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure (4): ((a), (b) rice diseases after fhe, (c) ,(d) cotton diseases after fhe,(e) and (f) tomato diseases after fhe 4. segmentation image segmentation is an important and fundamental process where the process of features extraction depends on the process of segmentation. the process of image segmentation is to separate the region of interest (roi) from the rest of the parts of the image. this research used the color based k-means segmentation algorithm using the equation (2) as shown in the fig 5 adopted on the color because the plant diseases can clearly distinguish them through the colors and this facilitates the process of separating the affected parts from the rest of the parts of the image. k-means is one of the simplest unsupervised learning algorithms that solve the well-known clustering problem [3]. k-means clustering algorithm is used to segment the leaf image into one cluster [4, 6] or more than one [5] ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |529    (2) where ‘||xi vj||’ is the euclidean distance between xi and vj. ‘ci’ is the number of data points in ith cluster. ‘c’ is the number of cluster centers. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure (5): ((a), (b) rice diseases after k-mean segmentation, (c), (d) cotton diseases after k-mean segmentation, (e) and (f) tomato diseases after k-mean segmentation. 5. features extraction 5.1 percentage of leaf area infected (pi): image segmentation by the methods mentioned previously, characterize some pixels in the image as that of the diseased part of the leaf, as the others lay in the undispersed section. thus we can analyze ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |530    values of portion of diseased part and the full total section of the leaf. then, we estimate ratio of area attacked, using equation (3) as [7]. (3) where (ad) is the diseased part, (al) is the leaf total area. this value of pi has been used as one of the features in many of the previous researches we mention some of them. the following are the scientific names of the agricultural crops that have been worked on cassava [7], pomegranate [8] and sugarcane [9] leaf images. 5.2 texture-based features: in case of feature extraction based on texture of the image, we used gray level co-occurrence matrix [10, 11]. the co-occurrence matrix c (i,j) counts the number of co-occurrence of pixels with graylevels i and j respectively, at a given distance d. the matrix [12] is given by: (4) where d is the distance defined in polar coordinates (d,) with discrete length and orientation. takes values 0, 45, 90, 135, 180, 225, 270 and 315. cord {} represents the number of elements present in the set. equations (5), (6), (7) and (8) represent the features extracted from glcm matrix [13]. contrast feature (5) correlation feature (6) energy feature (7) homogeneity feature ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |531    (8) where: pij= element i,j of the normalized symmetrical glcm n = number of gray levels μ = the glcm mean (being an estimate of the intensity of all pixels in the relationships that contributed to the glcm), σ 2 = the variance of the intensities of all reference pixels in the relationships that contributed to the glcm, calculated as: 5.3 color moments: in order to extract the features based on color [28], we have used the 4 color moments. (mean, standard deviation, kurtosis and skewness) as [14] mean (9) standard deviation (10) kurtosis (11) skewness ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |532    (12) 5.4 color co-occurrence: using the same texture feature but not gray image its use hue, saturation, value (hsv) color image h component only. 5.5 shape features: there are various processes and techniques for shape representation that are summarized in [15]. normally shape descriptors such as the number of the area of an object, no of objects, centroid of object, perimeter are important characteristics to describe the object shape and it will be used in this research. 6.compare results of features extraction in this research, we used images of three types of crops, two types of diseases per crop two images for each disease. the research compares five types of feature extraction methods (pi) table 1, glcm table 2, color moments table 3, color co-occurrence method table 4 and shape based features table 5. 1-percentage of leaf area infected (pi) table (1): percentage of leaf area infected (pi) results pi .image no rice brown spot 6.1586 1 5.0381 2 rice leaf smut 10.8805 1 17.7698 2 cotton bacterial blight 8.6376 1 8.989 2 cotton spider mite 47.1679 1 66.5836 2 tomato septoria leaf spot 8.746 1 14.4644 2 tomato target spot 21.4469 1 10.4172 2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |533    2texture-based features table (2): texture-based features (contrast, correlation, energy and homogeneity) results hom. ener. cor. con. image no. rice brown spot 0.98 0.86 0.89 0.08 1 0.99 0.86 0.88 0.07 2 rice leaf smut 0.95 0.72 0.8 0.24 1 0.94 0.62 0.88 0.31 2 cotton bacterial blight 0.99 0.79 0.92 0.08 1 0.98 0.84 0.9 0.18 2 cotton spider mite 0.84 0.38 0.76 2.33 1 0.84 0.29 0.86 1.6 2 tomato septoria leaf spot 0.98 0.79 0.95 0.07 1 0.94 0.74 0.83 0.44 2 tomato target spot 0.95 0.59 0.94 0.21 1 0.98 0.82 0.97 0.06 2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |534    3color moments table (3): color moments features (skewness, kurtosis, standarddeviation and mean) mean sd kurt skewn image no. rice brown spot 6.1586 23.36 24.0356 4.5139 1  5.0381 19.677 23.8195 4.5248 2  rice leaf smut 10.881 28.26 16.5848 3.5172 1  17.77 39.89 15.8211 3.3723 2  cotton bacterial blight 8.6376 27.33 20.4906 3.9337 1  8.989 34.11 26.9211 4.6906 2  cotton spider mite 47.168 72.71 3.3453 1.3519 1  66.584 79.24 1.9852 0.7062 2  tomato septoria leaf spot 8.746 28.3 19.621 3.9957 1  14.464 39.37 15.4118 3.5136 2  tomato target spot 21.447 45.86 7.09 2.2133 1  10.417 34.26 20.4903 4.114 2  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |535    4-features obtained by color co-occurrence method table (4): features obtained by color co-occurrence method for hue component only (homogeneity, energy, correlation and contrast) con cor ener hom image no. rice brown spot 0.757 0.81 0.71 0.956 1  0.7752 0.78 0.6873 0.952 2  rice leaf smut 1.675 0.75 0.434 0.894 1  1.982 0.75 0.332 0.88 2  cotton bacterial blight 0.395 0.94 0.749 0.979 1  0.423 0.81 0.828 0.974 2  cotton spider mite 1.405 0.69 0.297 0.89 1  0.926 0.75 0.39 0.924 2  tomato septoria leaf spot 0.642 0.82 0.611 0.954 1  1.507 0.75 0.337 0.893 2  tomato target spot 0.33 0.81 0.799 0.975 1  0.458 0.82 0.694 0.972 2  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |536    5-shape based features table (5): features obtained by shape (centroid, number of object,object, piremeter and area) results area pirm obj.number cent(x,y( image no. rice brown spot 10468 3269 369 192.07 148.68 1  9391.1 2620 268 182.72 185.96 2  rice leaf smut 23624 9636 877 213.26 118.19 1  34355 14181 1240 218.29 107.3 2  cotton bacterial blight 14195 2174 193 237.28 209.29 1  11032 2793 341 234.97 162.8 2  cotton spider mite 53336 15025 2106 230.72 164.82 1  68006 12773 1547 188.47 154.48 2  tomato septoria leaf spot 15501 3852 274 210.45 108 1  27024 10266 818 229.41 141.42 2  tomato target spot 29170 1533 205 264.45 150.77 1  21604 3112 110 164.62 186.76 2  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |537    7. discussion of results results were discussed in each method based on the number of features that give good results and we mean the good results of those features that give a clear difference between the two diseases for the same crop if the method gives good results in all the features in both two images say this way is 100% good, but if the way gives good results in three features out of four we say this method is good by 75% and so on. 7.1 rice disease 1. the pi feature gave us good results by 100% 2. the glcm features gave us good results by 75% 3. the color moment features gave us good results by 75% 4. color co-occurrence features gave us good results by 50% 5. the shape features gave us good results by 75% 7.2 cotton disease 1. the pi feature gave us good results by 100% 2. the glcm features gave us good results by 75% 3. the color moment features gave us good results by 100% 4. color co-occurrence features gave us good results by 50% 5. the shape features gave us good results by 75% 7.3 tomato disease 1. the pi feature gave us good results by 100% 2. the glcm features gave us good results by 50% 3. the color moment features gave us good results by 50% 4. color co-occurrence features gave us good results by 50% 5. the shape features gave us good results by 75% 7.4 all diseases in order to calculate the accuracy of this method in all diseases in general, we collect their proportions and divide them into three (number of crops) results in all diseases were as follows pi (100%) in all disease, glcm (66.6%), color moment (66.6%), 4. color co-occurrence (50%), shape features (75%) 8. conclusion in this research found the use of the following mix of features pi, glcm, color moment, shape features give excellent results in all types of plants that were taken in this research. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1785 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   computer |538    9. future work comparisons between other methods have never been used in this type of research. references [1] v. magudeeswaran and ravichandran c,(2013)," fuzzy logic-based histogram equalization for image contrast enhancement",  mathematical problems in engineering,  013 (2013), article id 891864, 10 pages. [2] sheet d, garud.h, suveer a, chatterjee j and mahadevappa m, (2010), "brightness preserving dynamic fuzzy histogram equalization", ieee trans consumer electronics, 56, no. 4, 2475 – 2480. [3] majumdar d, kumar d, chakraborty a and dutta d,(2014)," detection & diagnosis of plant leaf disease using integrated image processing approach ",  international journal of computer engineering and applications, vi –iii. [4] s, sannaki, v. rajpurohit, v. nargund, a. kumar ,and p, yallur (2010), " leaf disease grading by machine vision and fuzzy logic" . int. j. comp. tech. appl., 2 (5), 1709-1716:2229-609. [5] bashish d., braik m., bani-ahmad s,(2010), "a framework for detection and classification of plant leaf and stem diseases" ieee. [6] m. badnake, p. deshmukh,(2012), "infected leaf analysis and comparison by otsu threshold and k-means clustering", international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering, 2, 3. [7] k. powbunthorn, w. abudullakasim, unartngam j,(2012), "assessment of the severity of brown leaf spot disease in cassava using image analysis" , the international conference of the thai society of agricultural engineering. [8] s. sannaki, v. rajpurohit, nargund, v. kumar a, yallur p ,(2010) , "leaf disease grading by machine vision and fuzzy logic" . int. j. comp. tech. appl., 2 (5) 1709-1716:2229-609. [9]. s.patil , s. bodhe ,(2011), "leaf disease severity measurement using image processing". international journal of engineering and technology,.3 (5), 297-301. [10] d. majumder, b. chanda,(2007), "digital image processing and analysis", prentince hall of india private limited. [11] r, haralick. k. shanmugam. and dinstein.i, (1973),"textual features for image classification", ieee trans. syst. man cybern., 3,.6, 610–621, nov. 1973. [12] zhang, zhang f,(2008) ,"congress on image and signal processing", ieee computer society, 773-776. [13] k. xu and y. li. ,(2005),"an image search approach based on local main color feature and texture feature", journal of xi'an shiyou university (natural science edition), 20 (2): 77 79. [14] yu h, li m, zhang h, feng j,(2002), "color texture moments for content-based image retrieval", proc. ieee intl conf. on image processing, pp. 929-932. [15] s.patil, s. bodhe,(2011) ,"leaf disease severity measurement using image processing",international journal of engineering and technology,.3 (5), 297-301. [16] m.saade,(2012), "iraq agriculture sector note" ,food and agriculture organization of the united nations (fao). [17] s. pramod, a. sushil, dhanashree s, omkar d, utkarsha g,(2013),"  automatic detection and classification of plant disease through image processing",international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering, 3, 7. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 276 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract chromene is considered a fused pyran ring with a benzene ring, which is found in many plants and is part of many important compounds such as anthocyanidins, anthocyanins, catechins, and flavanones. these compounds are included under the headings "flavonoids" and "isoflavonoids." these compounds are well known as bioactive molecules with wide medicinal uses. according to these pharmacokinetic characteristics, many researchers are giving more attention to this type of compound and its derivatives. many chromene derivatives have been synthesized to study their biological effects for the treatment of many diseases. furthermore, the researcher displayed wide interest in finding new methods for synthesizing chromene derivatives. these methods depend on utilizing a new catalyst to increase the yield of this reaction or reduce the time of the reaction. on the other hand, new methods were found by using a new reactant and a new substrate. this review will present the most recent important methods for the synthesis of chromene derivatives as well as an examination of their biological activity. keywords: chromene, flavanones, synthesis, biomolecular, introduction 2h-1-benzopyran and 4h-1-benzopyrean are commonly known as chromene, and they can be realized as a fused result from merging the benzene ring with pyran, as depicted in figure 1. figure 1. structure of 2h-1-benzopyran and 4h-1-benzopyrean. doi.org 10.30526/36.2.3180 article history: received 19 january 2023, accepted 5 february 2023, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq a brief review: some interesting methods of synthesis chromene derivatives as bioactive molecules zainab sallal abdulsahib department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn-al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. zainabsallal57@gmail.com raied mustafa shakir department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn-al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. raiedalsayab@yahoo.co.uk https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:zainabsallal57@gmail.com mailto:raiedalsayab@yahoo.co.uk ihjpas. 36(2)2023 277 chromene and its derivatives exist in many plants [1]. for instance, koeberlinia spinosa was found to contain nine compounds containing chromene as bioactive compounds [2]. furthermore, chromene structure was found in polyphenolic compounds, which are known for their biological activity. hesperidine derivatives, for example, demonstrated antitumor [3] and antioxidant activity [4, 5]. furthermore, flavonoids demonstrated a broad range of biological activity [6, 7], with antioxidant being one of the major bioactivities. chromene derivatives have also shown anticancer [8, 9], antioxidant [9], antibacterial [10], anticonvulsant [11], antiinflammatory [12], and antitubercular [13] properties. figure 2 displayed some natural and synthetic chromene known for their biological activity [14]. figure 2. natural and synthetic chromene derivatives with interesting biological activity. these interesting and variable biological activities inspire the researcher to find new methods for the synthesis of chromene derivatives using either a new catalyst to increase the yield of these derivatives and reduce the time of synthesis or a new substrate and new conditions. this work will review the recently developed methods for synthesizing chromene derivatives and the biological activity of these compounds. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 278 methods of synthesis of chromene a large number of synthesis methods was found to synthesize 2h-chromene and 4h-chromene. these methods reflected the value of these derivatives. this section will discuss the most important methods for synthesis of chrome as well as the most intriguing catalysts that have been used. i-oxo-chromenyl xanthenone and indolyl xanthenone derivatives were synthesized and tested for anti-hiv-1 rt inhibitory activity using an ionic liquid ([hmim] hso4 as a catalyst) [15]. this reaction took 45-60 minutes at room temperature to produce a high yield, as shown in scheme 1. scheme 1. synthesis chromene by ionic liquid [hmim]hso4 as catalyst. ii2-amino-the 4-(p-chloro or bromophenyl)-4h-chromene-3-carbonitri substituted of amine in position four and hydroxyl group at position seven were synthesized from a three-component subsetrate of resorcinol, chlorobenzaldehyde or 4-bromobenzaldehyde, and malononitrile in a mixture of ethanol and piperidine with reflux for one hour, as depicted in scheme 2. these compounds displayed anticancer activity. [16] . scheme 2. synthesis 2-amino-4-(aryl)-7-hydroxy-4h-chromene-3-carbonitri using piperidine and ethanol. iiithe green method has been implemented by utilizing reactions between four compounds as displayed in scheme 3. in this method, catalytic amounts of ag@kf/natrolite nps were used as catalysts, and the reaction was performed at water and ambient temperature for two hours. these compounds were tested as antioxidants and antimicrobial agents [17]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 279 scheme 3. synthesis chromene derivatives by using ag@kf/natrolite nps as catalyst ivchromene derivatives were synthesized by a pot reaction utilizing nanoporous na+montmorillonite perchloric acid as an improved natural soil, as shown in scheme 4. the antioxidant capacity was investigated. these compounds had significant antioxidant properties [18]. scheme 4. synthesis chromene derives by utilizing nanoporous na+-montmorillonite perchloric acid. v2amino-4h-chromene-3-carbonitriles containing a 5-hydroxypyrazol ring were synthesized from the reaction of four compounds with a free catalyst. as shown in scheme 5, this reaction was carried out in water at 30 °c for 5-10 mints [19]. . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 280 scheme5.without catalyst four-substrates synthesis of 4h-chromenes 4-pyrazolyl moity. via new efficient method for synthesizing ethyl 4-(2-oxo-2-arylethyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-4hchromene was developed by using bf3.oet2 (10 mol%) as a catalyst by [3, 3] sigmatropic rearrangement [20], as demonstrated in scheme 6. scheme 6. synthesis chromene derivatives by using bf3.oet2 (10 mol %) as catalyst. viia new one-pot method of synthesis of 3,4-dihydrocoumarin derivatives utilizing salicylaldehyde, meldrum’s acid, and isocyanides this condensation reaction is accomplished by a free catalyst in dichloromethane at room temperature [21], as displayed in scheme 7. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 281 scheme 7: synthesis chromene derivatives in dcm without catalyst. viii2-amino-4h-chromene derivatives were synthesized using silica gel-supported polyamine as a heterogeneous catalyst [22]. this reaction was performed in aqueous ethanol with reflux for 2– 3 hours to obtain a high yield. as displayed in scheme 8. scheme 8: synthesis chromene derivatives utilizing silica gel – polyamine. ixindolyl-4h-chromene derivatives were synthesized in a pot reaction using triethylamine as a catalyst, and the reaction was achieved under microwaves in the absence of solvent. the reactions ihjpas. 36(2)2023 282 accord was between 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde, n-methyl-1-(methylsulfanyl)-2-nitroethenamine, and indoles [23], as depicted in scheme 9. scheme9. synthesis chromene derivatives by using triethylamine(10%) in microwave. x-4h-chromene derivatives were synthesized using ni(ii)–bis(oxazoline) complex with ptsoh to obtain a yield of more than 90%[24], as depicted in scheme 10. scheme 10. synthesis chromene derivatives by using ni(ii)–bis(oxazoline) and p-tsoh. xias shown in scheme 11, 2-amino-4h-chromene derivatives were synthesized in one-pot reactions between three compounds derived from 4-hydroxycoumarin using recyclable nanocatalyst (mnps@cu) in the absence of solvent [25]. scheme 11. synthesis chromene derivatives by using nano catalyst (mnps@cu) in free of solvent. xii-[3,2-c] chromenes were synthesized in two steps, the first one by refluxing 4-hydroxy coumarin, aryl aldehydes and malononitrile in ethanol for one hour, and the second step was accomplished by treating the resulting product with n-chlorosuccinimide in ethyl alcohol at ambient temperature [26], as depicted in scheme 12. the antimicrobial activity of compounds was screened, and most of these compounds showed extraordinary antimicrobial activity. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 283 scheme 12: synthesis chromene derivatives by using n-chlorosuccinimide (ncs). xiiinew 2-amino-4h-chromene-3-carboxylate derivatives were synthesized by a reaction substituting salicylaldehyde with ethyl cyanoacetate in ethanol at room temperature in the presence of 3a molecular sieves [27], as depicted in scheme 13. these compounds exhibited anticancer activity. scheme 13. synthesis chromene derivatives by using 3a molecular sieves. xivin an aqueous medium, thiourea dioxide was used as a catalyst to synthesize new 3,4dihydropyrano[c]chromene and 6-amino-substituted-4h-pyrans [28]. as depicted in scheme 14. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 284 scheme 14. synthesis chromene derivatives by using thiourea dioxide in aqueous medium. xvas shown in scheme 15, sodium carbonate (10% mmol) was used as a catalyst in a fusion reaction at 110 °c in the absence of a solvent [29]. the synthesized compound showed antibacterial activity. scheme 15. synthesis chromene derivatives by using sodium carbonate (10% mmol) with out solvent. xvisilica linked with sbppsp (sodium slot of n-propylpiperazine n-propionate ) used as novel catalyst for synthesis 3,4-dihydropyrano[c]chromene derivatives and biscoumarins[30], as demonstrated in scheme 16. scheme 16. synthesis chromene derivatives by using sbppsp. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 285 xviihexamethylenetetramine (10% mmol) was utilized to synthesize dihydropyrano [3,2-c] chromene derivatives with a high isolated yield [31]. as displayed in scheme 17. scheme 17. synthesis chromene derivatives by using hexamethylenetetramine (10% mmol). conclusion seventeen methods were exhibited for the synthesis of either 2h-chromene or 4h-chromene or both of them. most of these methods depend on reacted three or four components in one pot or in stages. the majority of these methods made use of a new catalyst to increase the yield of the reaction or shorten the reaction time. acknowledgement the authors would like to thank university of baghdad and college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham for supporting this work. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 286 references 1. malquichagua salazar, k. j.; delgado paredes, g. e.; lluncor, l. r.; young, m. c.; kato, m. j., chromenes of polyketide origin from peperomia villipetiola. phytochemistry 2005, 66, (5), 573-9. 2. presley, c. c.; valenciano, a. l.; fernández-murga, m. l.; du, y.; shanaiah, n.; cassera, m. b.; goetz, m.; clement, j. a.; kingston, d. g. i., antiplasmodial chromanes and chromenes from the monotypic plant species koeberlinia spinosa. j. nat. prod. 2018, 81, (3), 475-483. 3. al-shmgani, h. s.; shakir;, r. m.; naser;, a. w., design, synthesis, docking, antitumor screening, and absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion prediction of new hesperdin derivative. asian j pharm clin res 2020, 13, 24-31. 4. mohammed, z. h.; ibraheem, r. m., anti-oxidant activity of methanol extracts of arum maculatum l. and physalis peruviana l. plants. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences 2017, 28, (2), 1-7. 5. de mello andrade, j. m.; fasolo, d., chapter 20 polyphenol antioxidants from natural sources and contribution to health promotion. in polyphenols in human health and disease, watson, r. r.; preedy, v. r.; zibadi, s., eds. academic press: san diego, 2014; pp 253-265. 6. darweesh, a. s., antifungal activity of propolis ethanol extract against botrytis cinerea, altrnaria sp which caused many plant diseases. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences 2017, 23, (1), 68-80. 7. al-assa;, i.; khazem, m., antioxidant activity of total phenols and flavonoids extracted from echinops polycerasroots grown in syria. iraqi j pharm sci. 2021, 30, (2), 261-268. 8. braga, t. c.; silva, m. m.; nascimento, e. o. o.; dantas da silva, e. c.; de freitas rego, y.; mandal, m.; alves de souza, z.; tasca góis ruiz, a. l.; ernesto de carvalho, j.; martins, f. t.; figueiredo, i. m.; mendonça de aquino, t.; moreira da silva, c.; mandal, b.; brahmachari, g.; caldas santos, j. c.; de fátima, â., synthesis, anticancer activities and experimental-theoretical dna interaction studies of 2-amino-4-phenyl-4h-benzo[h]chromene-3-carbonitrile. european journal of medicinal chemistry reports 2022, 4, 100030. 9. anaikutti, p.; selvaraj, m.; prabhakaran, j.; pooventhiran, t.; jeyakumar, t. c.; thomas, r.; makam, p., indolyl-4h-chromenes: multicomponent one-pot green synthesis, in vitro and in silico, anticancer and antioxidant studies. j. mol. struct. 2022, 1266, 133464. 10. mirza‐aghayan, m.; mohammadi, m.; boukherroub, r., fullerene‐c60/nh2: a recyclable heterogeneous catalyst for the green synthesis of chromene and pyrimidine derivatives and antibacterial evaluation. j. heterocycl. chem. 2022, 59, (6), 1102-1115. 11. andreeva-gateva, p.; tchekalarova, j.; angelova, v.; marchev, s.; voynikov, y.; vassilev, n.; vlaskovska, m.; surcheva, s., preclinical screening of coumarin and 2h-chromene substituted hydrazide-hydrazone derivatives, as potential anticonvulsants. clinical therapeutics 2017, 39, (8, supplement), e78-e79. 12. kakumu, y.; thi nguyen, m. t.; mitsunaga, t., molecular networking-based discovery of anti-inflammatory chromene dimers from melicope pteleifolia. phytochemistry 2022, 202, 113322. 13. khan, g. a.; naikoo, g. a.; war, j. a.; sheikh, i. a.; pandit, u. j.; khan, i.; harit, a. k.; das, r., an efficient green synthesis of some functionalized spiro chromene based scaffolds as potential antitubercular agents. j. heterocycl. chem. 2018, 55, (3), 699-708. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 287 14. oliveira-pinto, s.; pontes, o.; baltazar, f.; costa, m., in vivo efficacy studies of chromenebased compounds in triple-negative breast cancer – a systematic review. eur. j. pharmacol. 2020, 887, 173452. 15. kasralikar, h. m.; jadhavar, s. c.; bhusare, s. r., synthesis and molecular docking studies of oxochromenyl xanthenone and indolyl xanthenone derivatives as anti-hiv-1 rt inhibitors. bioorganic & medicinal chemistry letters 2015, 25, (18), 3882-3886. 16. halawa, a. h.; elaasser, m. m.; el kerdawy, a. m.; abd el-hady, a. m. a. i.; emam, h. a.; el-agrody, a. m., anticancer activities, molecular docking and structure–activity relationship of novel synthesized 4h-chromene, and 5h-chromeno[2,3-d]pyrimidine candidates. medicinal chemistry research 2017, 26, (10), 2624-2638. 17. najar, a. h.; hossaini, z.; abdolmohammadi, s.; zareyee, d., green synthesis and investigation of biological activity of chromene derivatives. polycyclic aromat. compd. 2022, 42, (8), 5104-5122. 18. mashhadinezhad, m.; mamaghani, m.; rassa, m.; shirini, f., a facile green synthesis of chromene derivatives as antioxidant and antibacterial agents through a modified natural soil. 2019, 4, (17), 4920-4932. 19. kumaravel, k.; vasuki, g., four-component catalyst-free reaction in water: combinatorial library synthesis of novel 2-amino-4-(5-hydroxy-3-methyl-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-4h-chromene-3carbonitrile derivatives. green chemistry 2009, 11, (12), 1945-1947. 20. kuchukulla, r. r.; desagoni, m.; narra, s. r.; goutham, s. k.; banda, n., regioselective synthesis of 2-(trifluoromethyl)-3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-(2-oxo-2-arylethyl)-4h-chromene derivatives by [3, 3] sigmatropic rearrangement. 2017, 2, (35), 11545-11547. 21. shaabani, a.; sarvary, a.; soleimani, e.; rezayan, a. h.; heidary, m., a novel method for the synthesis of substituted 3,4-dihydrocoumarin derivatives via isocyanide-based threecomponent reaction. molecular diversity 2008, 12, (3), 197. 22. magar, r. l.; thorat, p. b.; jadhav, v. b.; tekale, s. u.; dake, s. a.; patil, b. r.; pawar, r. p., silica gel supported polyamine: a versatile catalyst for one pot synthesis of 2-amino-4hchromene derivatives. j. mol. catal. a: chem. 2013, 374-375, 118-124. 23. gampa, m.; padmaja, p.; aravind, s.; reddy, p. n., an efficient one-pot synthesis of indolyl4h-chromene derivatives. chemistry of heterocyclic compounds 2021, 57, (12), 1176-1180. 24. yu, x.; lan, w.; li, j.; bai, h.; qin, z.; fu, b., enantioselective one-pot synthesis of 4hchromene derivatives catalyzed by a chiral ni(ii) complex. rsc advances 2020, 10, (72), 4443744441. 25. ma, w.; ebadi, a. g.; sabil, m. s.; javahershenas, r.; jimenez, g., one-pot synthesis of 2amino-4h-chromene derivatives by mnps@cu as an effective and reusable magnetic nanocatalyst. rsc advances 2019, 9, (23), 12801-12812. 26. kale, a.; bingi, c.; sripada, s.; ganesh kumar, c.; atmakur, k., a simple, one pot synthesis of furo[3,2-c]chromenes and evaluation of antimicrobial activity. bioorg. med. chem. lett. 2016, 26, (20), 4899-4902. 27. doshi, j. m.; tian, d.; xing, c., structure-activity relationship studies of ethyl 2-amino-6bromo-4-(1-cyano-2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-4h-chromene-3-carboxylate (ha 14-1), an antagonist for antiapoptotic bcl-2 proteins to overcome drug resistance in cancer. journal of medicinal chemistry 2006, 49, (26), 7731-9. 28. mansoor, s. s.; logaiya, k.; aswin, k.; sudhan, p. n., an appropriate one-pot synthesis of 3,4-dihydropyrano[c]chromenes and 6-amino-5-cyano-4-aryl-2-methyl-4h-pyrans with thiourea ihjpas. 36(2)2023 288 dioxide as an efficient, reusable organic catalyst in aqueous medium. journal of taibah university for science 2015, 9, (2), 213-226. 29. gholipour, s.; davoodnia, a.; nakhaei-moghaddam, m., synthesis, characterization, and antibacterial evaluation of new alkyl 2-amino-4-aryl-4h-chromene-3-carboxylates. chemistry of heterocyclic compounds 2015, 51, (9), 808-813. 30. niknam, k.; jamali, a., silica-bonded n-propylpiperazine sodium n-propionate as recyclable basic catalyst for synthesis of 3,4-dihydropyrano[c]chromene derivatives and biscoumarins. chinese journal of catalysis 2012, 33, (11), 1840-1849. 31. wang, h.-j.; lu, j.; zhang, z.-h., highly efficient three-component, one-pot synthesis of dihydropyrano[3,2-c]chromene derivatives. monatshefte für chemie chemical monthly 2010, 141, (10), 1107-1112. microsoft word 13-22 biology | 13 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the synergistic effect of zinc, coumestrol, genestein and daidzein on proinflammatory cytokines production and receptor activator of nfκb ligand expression that implicates in bone resorption sahar s. karieb dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in :12 january 2016,accepted in :5march2016 abstract several observations have showed the synergistic effect of nutrients elements and phytoestrogens on bone resorption elimination. zn is one of the trace elements found to increase the stimulatory effect of phytoestrogens including genestein, coumestrol and daidzein on bone formation; however the synergistic modulation of zn, genestein, coumestrol and daidzein on proinflammatory-producing t-cells and receptor activator of nfκb ligand (rankl) expression that implicated in osteoclast formation is still open area to debate. this study found that zn enhanced the inhibitory effect of genistein, daidzein and coumestrol on tnf-α expression; however the same effect was shown with daidzein on il-1β expression while there is no further effect found with other compounds. zn is only in combination with genistein decreaseil-6 expression; moreover zn had additional effect on the inhibitory effect of all test phytoestrogens on rankl expression in dose-dependent manner. in conclusion, zn alone or in combination with phytoestrogens has an inhibitory effect on the expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines and rankl that play an important role in the promotion of bone resorption. keywords: zinc, phytoestrogens, t cells, pro-inflammatory cytokines biology | 14 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction recently it has become clear that the interactions between the immune system and bone have a key role in osteoporosis after aging. estrogen plays an important role in the balance of bone remodeling and its deficiency causes bone loss and fractures after aging especially in women [1]. moreover, estrogen deficiency increases t-lymphocytes population and tnf production by activated t-cells that act a key factor promote osteoclastogenesis [2,3]. receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa-b (nfκ-b) ligand (rankl) (also called osteoprotegerin ligand (opgl)) is a member of the tumor necrosis factor superfamily and plays an important role in bone remodeling and osteoclast formation.tnf acts a major key in bone resorption and can induce osteoclast formation through several mechanisms involving rankl-inducing mechanism which in turn directly promote osteoclastogenesis [4]. in addition, estrogen deficiency can modulate the production of several cytokines by t-cells such as tgf-β and ifn-γ [5]. recent studies found that ovarictomy mice with tlymphocytes-deficient nude did not induce bone resorption, while the wild type of overctomy mice with t-cells induce bone loos [6,7]. osteoclast formation is controlled by appropriate changes in osteoblast derived rankl and osteoprotegerin (opg) expression [8]. resorptive stimuli increase rankl expression and decrease levels of the rankl antagonist opg [9]. this enables the initiation of osteoclast formation. changes in immune status can disrupt this balance and excessive osteoclastic bone loss which causes several disorders such rheumatoid arthritis and osteomyelitis [10]. genestein, daidzein and coumestrol are phytoestrogens (pes) which are a diverse group of plant derived compounds with a structure and function similar to oestradiol, have been examined as an alternative therapeutic agent. diets with high phytoestrogen content are associated with a more robust skeleton [11,12]. phytoestrogens directly inhibit the response of osteoclast precursors to rankl and tnf-α [13, 14, 15, 16], and genistein also reduce osteoblast rankl expression and elevate opg [17]. interestingly, phytoestrogens also reduce lymphocytes number and activity for instance genistein and daidzein reduce t cells number and thymus weight in ovariectomised mice [18, 19]. cytokines such as tnf-α, il-1 and il-6 and rankls as well [20]. thus, the anti-steoclastic action of phytoestrogens involved in an inhibitory effect on t cells number and cytokine production. furthermore, phytoestrogens that is found could further protect against post-menopausal bone loss through the modulation of pro-inflammatory cytokines expression produced by t-cells. however the effect of zinc on t cell derived cytokines is not well established. zn deficiency was found to affect on the immune system function including increases in proinflammatory cytokines in the patients. the previous study observed under zn deficiency, tnf-α and il-1β expression in hl-60 cells via redox-mediated mechanism and also recommended to use zn supplemented as a treatment in several inflammatory diseases [21] and tnf-α and il-6 as well [22]; zn that is found can modulate pro-inflammatory cytokines expression via a mechanism involving effect on nf-κb, a transcriptional gene is important for the biosysnthesis of proinflammatory cytokines [22]. moreover, a low level of zn was found after aging which can cause a disruption in in inflammatory response result in several diseases including atherosclerosis [23]. previously, zinc has been found induced osteoblast differentiation, mineralization and bone matrix formation and reduced rankl/opg ratio expressed by mature osteoblast [24] with the no effect on osteoclast formation. pro-inflammatory cytokines produced by t cells such as tnf-α and il-1β play an important role in osteoclast differentiation. however, zinc has no direct effect on osteoclast formation but it may modulate t-produced pro-inflammatory cytokines involved in osteoclast formation. thus, the effect of zinc alone or in combination with pes on cytokine expression produced by t cells was not studied yet. therefore this study investigated the effect of the zinc alone or in combination with pes on t cell-producing pro-inflammatory cytokines and rankl expression that promote bone resorption. biology | 15 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 material and methods media and reagents jurkat e6.1 t cells a human leukemic t cell line (ecacc ,uk) cultured in phenol red free rpmi medium supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum (autogen bioclear, uk) 2 mmol/l glutamine, 100 iu/ml benzylpenicillin and 100 mg/ml streptomycin. culture incubated at 37oc in 5% co2 in a humidified incubator till using in experiments [25]. real time quantitative pcr analysis of inflammatory cytokine expression t cells were cultured for four days with genistein (10-6-10-9 m), daidzein (10-6-10-9 m) or coumestrol (10-6-10-9 m) in the presence of con a (10 μg/ml). total rna was extracted and reversed transcribed with m-mlv reverse transcriptase, and real time-pcr performed on a step one pcr system (applied biosystems, uk) using the dna-binding dye sybr green as a fluorophore. a total of 2 μl of external plasmid standard or cdna was added to a final reaction volume of 25 μl containing 0.05 u/μl taq, sybr green and specific primers (0.2 μm). primers used are shown in (table 1). the concentration of dna plasmid stock was determined by od at 260 nm. the progress of the pcr amplification was monitored by realtime fluorescence emitted from sybr green during the extension time. reaction conditions were 94oc for two minutes, followed by 35 cycles of 94oc for 30 seconds, 60oc for 30 seconds and 72oc for 30 seconds. at the end of each pcr run a melt curve analysis was performed to show the absence of non-specific bands. for each sample mrna level was expressed in comparison to control group normalized against β-actin. by the instrument’s software. samples were analysed in triplicate. the data were analyzed based on the differences between the reference (control group) and the treatment groups using a comparative ct analysis according to the following formula: δct sample = ct sample − ct reference gene δδct = δct sample − δct reference control amount of target (rq) = 2 −(δδct) where ct is a threshold cycle. results this study found that tnf-α expression augmented in the presence of cona while it is decreased in the presence of zn (figure 1). phytoestrogens compounds; genistein (10-5-10-7 m) (figure 1a), coumestrol 10-5 m (figure 1c) and daidzein (10-5, 10-7 m) (figure 1b) decreased tnf-α expression, however zinc significantly enhanced down-regulation of tnf-α mrna expression of pes in dose-dependent manner; however, coumestrol at 10-6 and 10-7 m in the presence of zn increased this expression. the expression of il-1β was significantly increased by stimulated t-cells and this expression is not affected in the presence of zinc alone or in combination with phytoestrogens (figure 2 a, b, c). however, zinc suppressed the stimulatory effect of daidzein (10-5 m) on il-1β expression (figure 2b) and this concentration is similar to that decreased osteoclast formation as found previously [15]. the effect of zinc on il-6 expression was opposite to its effect on tnf-α and il-1β expression. il-6 expression is significantly enhanced by stimulating t-cells while this expression is not affected by zinc treatment alone (figure 3). while the combination of zinc and genistein (10-5-10-7m) decreased il-6 production versus stimulated t-cells but still higher than control group (figure 3a), while the treatment of zinc and daidzein (10-5 m) decreased the stimulatory effect of daidzein on il-6 expression (figure 3b) referring to the suppression effect of zinc and no further effect on other concentrations but still lower in comparison to control group. similar effect had been shown with zinc in combination with coumestrol (10 biology | 16 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 5m) while the presence of zinc increased il-6 expression with coumestrol (10-6 m) (figure 3c). genistein (10-5-10-7 m) also decreased receptor activator of nfκb ligand (rankl) expression but this expression is more suppressed in the presence of zinc at all concentration that is used in this study (figure 4a). moreover, coumetrol (10-5-10-7 m) decreased rankl expression with higher levels in the presence of zinc than coumestrol alone (figure 4c) refers to the additional inhibitory effect of zinc on this expression which can modulate osteoclast formation. in addition, daidzein at anti-osteoclastic dose (10-5m) suppressed rankl expression in the presence of zinc due to the inhibitory effect of this element in combination with pes on rankl expression (figure 4b). discussion t cells are evaluated to produce a wide range of pro and anti-inflammatory cytokines that play a critical role in the initiation of inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and post-menopausal bone resorption. tnf-α is a key cytokine that trigger osteoclast differentiation. several studies found that osteoclastogenic cytokines -producing t cell plays an important role in the progression of osteoporosis [26] such as tnf-α, il-1β, il-6 and rankl and the latest expressed on t-cell surface and all of these factors can induce osteoclast formation. accumulated observations determined the implication of t-cells in inducing bone loss after menopause due to the absence of estrogen [27,19,28]. furthermore, it was found that after aging the function of lymphocytes was increased which associated with high levels of proinflammatory cytokines [23]. in addition, it was found that t-cells are implicated in bone resorption and disorders due to its ability to produce rankl on its surface that plays an important role in osteoclast formation. previous study found that pes alone reduced tnf-α, il-1β, il-6 and rankl expression by t-cells, while in opposite way increased osteoblast differentiation [20, 24]. moreover, zinc has been shown to induce osteoblast differentiation and bone matrix formation alone or in combination with pes [24]. thus, this study aimed to determine if any further effect of zinc on t-cells; the current study revealed that zinc can reduce bone resorption through effect on pro-inflammatory cytokines and rankl expression in t cells that promote osteoclastogenesis. this study found a direct effect of zinc alone on the cytokines expression especially on tnf-α and rankl; moreover pes compounds that are used in this study reduced the expression of theses cytokines while the addition of zinc enhanced the inhibitory effect of pes on the mrna expression of the examined cytokines. zinc significantly showed an augmentative effect on the suppressive effect of genistein, daidzein and coumestrol on the mrna expression of proinflammatory cytokines-producing t cells including tnf-α, il-1β and il-6 which are trigger osteoclast differentiation in dosedependent manner and this is consistent with previous study that found t cells enhanced the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines that induces bone loss after inducing osteoclast formation [29]. in addition, the results of this study showed that cona did not induce rankl expression significantly versus control group, although the results revealed that zinc alone suppressed rankl expression induced by stimulated t-cells with cona and in comparison to control group. the inhibitory effect of genistein, daidzein and coumestrol on tnf-α and rankl mrna expression was significantly enhanced in the presence of zinc, while there is no further effect has been shown on il-1β and il-6 expression, and all of the results conducted that the main mechanism that mediated the synergistic effect of zinc with pes including increases the anti-osteoclastic action of pes through decrease tnf-α and rankl expression; main keys that switch on osteoclast differentiation. however, the high levels of il-6 induced by daidzein were reduced in the presence of zinc and this included a new effect biology | 17 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 of daidzein on il-6 expression that also could trigger osteoclast formation, and no effect of zinc was seen on il-1β at all. this study observed the synergistic effect of zinc with pes that reduced the level expression of osteoclastogenic cytokines-producing t cells which in turn decrease osteoclast formation; moreover, zinc alone reduced the expression of tnf and rankl and thus it is could participate partially to reduce osteoclast formation and bone resorption. references 1pacifici, r. (2008). estrogen deficiency, t cells and bone loss. cellular immunology, 252, 68-80. 2pacifici, r. (2012). role of t cells in ovariectomy induced bone loss-revisited, j. bone miner. res. 27 231–239. 3 komine, m.; kukita, a.; kukita, t.; ogata, y.; hotokebuchi, t. and kohashi, o. (2001). tumor necrosis factor-[alpha] cooperates with receptor activator of nuclear factor [kappa]b ligand in generation of osteoclasts in stromal cell-depleted rat bone marrow cell culture. bone, 28, 474-483. 4zhang, y.-h.; heulsmann, a.; tondravi, m. m.; mukherjee, a. and abu-amer, y. (2001). tumor necrosis factor-alpha (tnf) stimulates rankl-induced osteoclastogenesis via coupling of tnf type 1 receptor and rank signaling pathways. the journal of biological chemistry, 276, 563-568. 5d'amelio, p.; grimaldi, a.; di bella, s.; brianza, s. z. m.; cristofaro, m. a.; tamone, c.; giribaldi, g.; ulliers, d.; pescarmona, g. p. and isaia, g. (2008). estrogen deficiency increases osteoclastogenesis up-regulating t cells activity: a key mechanism in osteoporosis. bone, 43, 92-100. 6cenci, s.; toraldo, g.; weitzmann, m.n.; roggia, c.; gao, y.; qian, w.p.; sierra, o. and pacifici r. (2003). estrogen deficiency induces bone loss by increasing t cell proliferation and lifespan through ifn-î³-induced class ii transactivator. proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america; 100:10405-10. 7cenci, s.; weitzmann, m.n.; roggia, c.; namba, n.; novack, d.; woodring, j. and pacifici r. (2000). estrogen deficiency induces bone loss by enhancing t-cell production of tnf-α. j clin invest; 106:1229-7. 8yasuda, h.; shima, n.; nakagawa, n. et al. (1998). osteoclast differentiation factor is a ligand for osteoprotegerin/osteoclastogenesis-inhibitory factor and is identical to trance / rankl. proc natl acad sci usa; 95:3597-2. 9ma, y.l.; cain, r.l.; halladay, d.l. et al. (2001). catabolic effects of continuous human pth (1--38) in vivo is associated with sustained stimulation of rankl and inhibition of osteoprotegerin and gene-associated bone formation. endocrinology; 142:4047-4. 10redlich, k. and smolen j.s. (2012). inflammatory bone loss: pathogenesis and therapeutic intervention. nature reviews drug discovery; 11:234-50. 11kim, m.k.; chung, b.c.; yu, v.y.; nam, j.h.; lee, h.c; huh, k.b. and lim s.k. (2002). relationships of urinary phyto-oestrogen excretion to bmd in postmenopausal women. clin endocrinol; 56:321-8. 12mei, j.; yeung, s.s.c. and kung, a.w.c. (2001). high dietary phytoestrogen intake is associated with higher bone mineral density in postmenopausal but not premenopausal women. j clin endocrinol metab; 86:5217-21. 13gao, y.h. and yamaguchi m. (2000). suppressive effect of genistein on rat bone osteoclasts: involvement of protein kinase inhibition and protein tyrosine phosphatase activation. int j mol med; 5:261-7. 14garcia palacios, v.; robinson, l.j.; borysenko, c.w.; lehmann, t.; kalla, s.e. and blair, h.c. (2005). negative regulation of rankl-induced osteoclastic differentiation in raw264.7 cells by estrogen and phytoestrogens. j biol chem; 280:13720-13727. biology | 18 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 15karieb, s,and fox, sw. (2011). phytoestrogens directly inhibit tnf-alpha-induced bone resorption in raw264.7 cells by suppressing c-fos-induced nfatc1 expression. j cell biochem; 112:476-87. 16uchiyama, s. and yamaguchi, m. (2007). genistein and zinc synergistically stimulate apoptotic cell death and suppress rankl signaling-related gene expression in osteoclastic cells. j cell biochem; 101:529-42. 17chen, w.f. and wong, m.s. (2006). genistein modulates the effects of parathyroid hormone in human osteoblastic saos-2 cells. br j nutr; 95:1039-47. 18yellayi, s.; naaz, a.; szewczykowski, m.a. et al. (2002). the phytoestrogen genistein induces thymic and immune changes: a human health concern? proc natl acad sci u s a; 99:7616-21. 19tyagi, a.m.; srivastava, k.; sharan, k.; yadav, d.; maurya, r. and singh, d. (2011). daidzein prevents the increase in cd4+cd28null t cells and b lymphopoesis in ovariectomized mice: a key mechanism for anti-osteoclastogenic effect. plos one; 6:e21216. 20karieb, s. and fox, s. w. (2013). suppression of t cell-induced osteoclast formation. bioch. biophysic. res. comm., 436: 619–624. 21wessels, i.; haase, h.; engelhardt, g.; rink, l. and uciechowski, p. (2013). zinc deficiency induces production of the proinflammatory cytokines il-1β and tnfα in promyeloid cells via epigenetic and redox-dependent mechanisms. j nutr biochem., 24(1):289-297. 22 vasto, s.; mocchegiani, e.; malavolta, m.; cuppari, i.; listì, f.; nuzzo, d.; ditta, v.; candore, g. and caruso, c. (2007). zinc and inflammatory/immune response in aging. ann n y acad sci., 1100:111-122. 23vasto, s.; mocchegiani, e.; candore, g.; listì, f.; colonna-romano, g.; lio, d.; malavolta, m.; giacconi, r.; cipriano, c. and caruso c. (2006). inflammation, genes and zinc in ageing and age-related diseases. biogerontology, 7(5-6):315-327. 24karieb, s. and fox, s. w. (2012). zinc modifies the effect of phyto-oestrogens on osteoblast and osteoclast differentiation in vitro. british journal of nutrition, 108: 17361745. 25perussia, b. and loza m. j. (2005). purification of peripheral blood natural killer cells. in: human cell culture protocols (picot, j. ed.). human press, totowa, new jersy. 26pacifici, r. (2010). the immune system and bone. archives of biochemistry and biophysics, 503, 41-53. 27tyagi, a., k. srivastava, et al. (2012). premature t cell senescence in ovx mice is inhibited by repletion of estrogen and medicarpin: a possible mechanism for alleviating bone loss. osteoporosis international 23(3): 1151-1161. 28gao, y, ;qian w-p.;dark, k, et al. (2004). estrogen prevents bone loss through transforming growth factor î² signaling in t cells. proc natl acad sci usa; 101:16618-3. 29kawai, t.; matsuyama,t. et al. (2006). b and t lymphocytes are the primary sources of rankl in the bone resorptive lesion of periodontal disease. the american journal of pathology 169(3): 987-998. biology | 19 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table(1):primer sequences genes 5´-3´ forward primer 3´-5´ reverse primer human β-actin gcgcggctacagctt cacca tggccgtcaggcagctcgta human tnf-α gctccagtggctgaa ccgcc agcacatgggtggaggggca human il-6 tcaatgaggagacttgcctgg tga tctgcaggaactggatcaggactt human il-1β acgctccgggactca cagca tgaggcccaaggccacaggt human rankl acaggcctttcaaggagctgtgc accagatgggatgtcggtggc r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n t n f  0 10 20 30 40 50 control cona gen -5m gen -6m gen -7m zinc r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n t n f  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 pes pes+zn r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n t n f  0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 control cona zinc control cona zinc dai -5m dai -6m dai -7m cou -5m cou -6m cou -7m a b c * * * * * * *   figure (1): the synergistic effect of zinc with phytoestrogens (pes) compounds a: genestein, b: daidzein, c: coumestrol on tnf-α gene expression. * values are significantly different (p<0.05) from phytoestrogens treatment alone. biology | 20 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n o f il -1  0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n o f il -1  0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 pes pes+zn r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n o f il -1  0 2 4 6 8 10 12 control cona gen -5m gen -6m gen -7m zinc control cona zinc dai -5m dai -6m dai -7m control cona zinc cou -5m cou -6m cou -7m a b c * * * figure (2): the synergistic effect of zinc with phytoestrogens (pes) compounds a: genestein, b: daidzein, c: coumestrol on il-1β gene expression. * values are significantly different (p<0.05) from phytoestrogens treatment alone. r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n o f il -6 0 5 10 15 20 25 pes pes+zn r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n o f il -6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 control cona gen -5m gen -6m gen -7m zinc control cona zinc dai -5m dai -6m dai -7m control cona zinc cou -5m cou -6m cou -7m r e la tiv e e x p re s s io n o f il -6 0 1 2 3 4 a b c * * * *   figure (3): the synergistic effect of zinc with phytoestrogens (pes) compounds a: genestein, b: daidzein, c: coumestrol on il-6 gene expression. * values are significantly different (p<0.05) from phytoestrogens treatment alone. biology | 21 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 r e la ti ve e x p re s s io n o f r a n k l 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 r e la ti ve e x p re s s io n o f r a n k l 0 2 4 6 8 pes pes +zn r e la ti ve e x p re s s io n o f r a n k l 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 control cona gen -5m gen -6m gen -7mzinc control cona zinc control cona zinc dai -5m dai -6m dai -7m cou -5m cou -6m cou -7m a b c * * * * * * * * *   figure (4): the synergistic effect of zinc with phytoestrogens (pes) compounds a: genestein, b: daidzein, c: coumestrol on receptor activator oof nfκb ligand (rankl) gene expression. * values are significantly different (p<0.05) from phytoestrogens treatment alone. biology | 22 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 التاثير التازري للزنك مع الجنستين، الكومسترول والدايدزين في انتاج الوسائط الخلوية البادئة لاللتهاب وتعبير المستقبل المنشط لرابط العامل النووي كابا المرتبطين بتنخر العظام سحر سعدي غريب كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد /قسم علوم الحياة 2016اذار 5، قبل في : 2016كانون الثاني 12استلم في: الخالصة دعناصر الغذائية مع الفايتوستروجينات في تقليل تنخر العظام. يعلبينت الكثير من الدراسات التاثير التازري لكل من ا إن، العظاموجد انه يزيد من القدرة التحفيزية للفايتوستروجينات في زيادة نسبة تكوين ذالزنك واحدا من اهم هذه العناصر إ لوسائط الحركية البادئة ل في التعبير الجينييدزين دالتاثير التازرري لعنصر الزنك مع الجنستين، الكومسترول والدا او مع مركبات الفايتوستروجينات ردهبمفالدراسة ان الزنك ت. بينهو قيد المناقشة لحد االن ranklلاللتهاب و -ilانتاج في نفسه بينما وجد التاثير tnf-α النتاج للفايتوستروجينات انه زاد من القابلية التثبيطية عملة في البحثالمست 1β فقط مع الدايدزين. ايضا فان الزنك مع الجنستين قلل من التعبير الجيني للوسيطil-6 بيطيةالقدرة التث زيادة في وايضا ان الزنك نستنتج من الدراسة الحاليةفي وسط معتمد على الجرعة. rankl على التعبير للجيني للـ لفايتوستروجيناتل دورا ؤدياو مع مركبات الفايتوستروجينات زاد من تثبيط التعبير الجيني للوسائط الحركية البادئة لاللتهاب والتي ت بمفرده خر العظام. نيقلل من ت ان ن تناول هذه العناصر مع بعضها ممكنتنخر العظام وازيادة مهما في الزنك، الفايتوستروجينات، الخاليا التائية، الوسائط الحركية البادئة لاللتهاب.الكلمات المفتاحية: 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد التمثیل العددي لبعض خصائص سیلیكات االلمنیوم المغنیسیوم للسیرامیك الزجاجي ایسر جمعة ابراهیم جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة -0 (د المغنیســـیوم تتـــراوح بــــینفـــة مـــن فلوریـــات مختلعلـــى كمیـــ مغنیســـوم منیـــوم الســـیلیكات االللزجـــاج ا حتـــويی 13.2.%( معتمــد بشــكل يزجــاج الســیرامیكنمــاذج الللزجــاج االساســي و الدقیقــةتمــدد الحــراري والصــالبة یالحــظ ان معامــل ال نوعــا مـا مــع زیــادة ویالحــظ ان السـلوك معقــد تــدخل فـي التركیــب، یــدةعدتـداخلي علــى بعضـهما لكــون هنــاك مركبـات .فلورید المغنیسیوممحتوى lطریقـة خدمتمـع نقصـان الصـالبة، والتمثیـل فـي هـذه الدراسـة اسـت ادزدیـمعامـل التمـدد الحـراري ن ا 2 -regress .والمحسوبة بالطریقة الریاضیة عملیا للتمثیل العددي لهذین المتغیرین للمقارنة بین الكمیة المقاسة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 numerical estimation o f some properties of magnesium aluminum silicate glass ceramic a. j. ibrahiem departme nt of physics., college of education – ibn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract m agnesium aluminum silicate of glass ceramic having different amounts of magnesium fluoride in the range (0-13.2)%. thermal exp ansion coefficient and micro hardness of the base glass and glass ceramic samples are seen to be interdep endent but due to t he multi – comp onent sy st em, the behaviour is seen to be somewhat complex, with an increase in m g f2 content. the thermal exp ansion coefficient increase and micro harness decrease, numerical simulation of thermal exp ansion and hardness is useful in this study , l 2 – regression is used to calculate the two p arameters associated with each glass comp onent, by comp aring the measured p arameters and the calculated p arameters ,it is useful to use such a method to calculate the quantity of the component used in manufacturing the glass & class ceramic. introduction the glass ceramics based on the magnesium aluminum silicate (m as) sy st em belong to an imp ortant class of advanced technological material, having a wide range of app lications[1] .some of their interesting features are mach inability , st ability , high electrical insulation, vacuum comp atibility , etc. coeff, conductivity … etc depend on the comp osition and microstructure, [2] in some p apers carried out some st udies on thermal p rop erties of li2o-m go – al2o3 – sio2 glass and glass ceramic, [3] in the preparation and st udy of thermal exp ansion and micro hardness of (m as) glass and glass ceramic having different comp osition p repared under different conditions [4], the concentration of m gf2 was varied from 0-13.2% mole. due to t he multi comp onent nature of material the behavior was found t o be some what comp lex. the knowledge of thermal and mechanical p rop erties of glass ceramic needed for the app lication in the field of glass ceramic to metal, generally the glass ceramic exhibits a wide range of thermal exp ansion depending up on the comp osition the consolidated st udy of thermal exp ansion coefficient, and micro hardness of m as glass ceramic of a function of p rocessing temp erature which seems not to be rep orted. the average thermal exp ansion (30-300)c of base glass samples decreases from (8.387.93610 6 ), with the increase of m gf2,the content of the micro hardness of base glass without m gf2 is higher than (6.822 gp a) as compared to 13.2% mole of m gf2 (6.32 gp a). in all cases, thermal exp ansion coefficient (tec) increases & micro hardness decreases when glass is transformed to glass ceramic by controlled cryst allization at different p rocessing temp erature. numerical simulation in some research[4], simple model is used to interp ret the contribution. of glass comp onent to the thermal exp ansion of certain temp erature, the model assumes linear contribution of glass comp onent to glass p rop erty i.e. thermal exp ansion and hardness chemical the simulation model at hand (l 2 regression) related linearity the glass p rop erty to weight p ercentage or mole fraction of each chemical comp onent of glass, to fundamental of linear algebra are essential p resenting matrices model. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 reliance on such model comes from that, t his st udy aims to assist in solving p roblems in glass industry which is mainly originated from minor change in composition of iraqi ores. let ai be the ith component (e.g wt%) of t he chemical comp osition that contributes to the glass p rop erty p as follows  n i iixap >…………………………………………..(1) where xi are numerical coefficients and n is t he number of comp osition components. if there are m measures for the p rop erty , each for different comp osition for the glass tehn  mn ji ixjiajp , , ,, ……………………………………….(2) where j = runs on the composition numbers aij is the value of the ith comp onent of the jth comp osition and pj is the value of the glass p rop erty fo jth composition in matrix notation, the sy st em of linear equation can be exp ressed in term of matrix c. cx = p ………………………………………………(3) c is the matrix of numerical values aij x is a column factor containing the coefficient xi and p is also a column vector containing the measurement value p i so in order to obtain the values of the coefficients xi the above equation can be written as [5]. x= c -1 p……………………………………………(4) the solution of the linear sy st em linear sy st em equ (4) utilizing l 2 – regression is as follows: x= (c t .c) -1 c t p ………………………………….(5) where c t = the transp ose of matrix c (ct c) -1 is the inverse of matrix resulting form the dot – p roduct c t c. the exp erimental data is used to comp ose the materials, a comp uter p rogram for mathematical op eration m atlab installed on pc comp uter has been used to handle matrix op eration and obtaining the coefficient table and p lots are done by using m icrosoft excel, the measured coefficient of tec & hardness, and the calculated are p lott ed for different batches at different temp . re sults the thermal exp ansion and micro hardness for different batches samples after p rocessing at different temp eratures are summarized in tables from (110) and the measuring data of such kind of base glass and ceramic [4]– glass have been used for calculating thermal exp ansion & the micro hardness by using l 2 regression. table (1) represents the batches used to calculate the two p arameters and tables (2-5) represent each batch with different temp eratures, and we can see the measure p arameters and the calculated p arameters. while the tables (6-10) show the two p arameters both measured and calculated at constant t emp erature with different batches. conclusion from the tables (2-9) result for both of the measurements of the calculated data, it can be seen that the differences are too small which were excep ted due to the measurement occurring for chemical comp osition, therefore, it is always better to have alarge amount of ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 data and optimizing the solution by using an advance technique such as l 2 –regression used in this study . re ferences 1.crossman,d. q., (1972) m achinable glass ceramics based on tetrasilicamica, j. am, cerma, soc. 55: 446-450. 2.elshennawi, a. w. a.; omar, a. a.and el – channam, a. r., (1991). exp ansion characterist ic of some li2o-m go –al2o3-sio2 glasses and glass ceramic, cerma. int.17: 25-29, 3.goswami, m .; m irza, t.and sarka, a. ..etc. (2002). prep aration and characterization of magnesium –aluminum –silicate glass ceramics, bull. m ater sci. 23: 377-382, 4.gawley,j. d.and lee, w. e., (1994) material science and technology , 11: 69. 5.conte, s. d.and carl de boor, (1980) m cgraw – hill book of company third edition., table (1):nominal composi tion of diffe rent batch samples batch sio2/m -oxide m go (mol%) m gf2 (mol %) batch i 1.137 12.85 0.00 batch ii 1.127 12.85 6.6 batch iii 1.129 12.82 13.2 batch iv 0.764 25.7 6.6 m= al+b+k+m g. table (2-5): s hows the difference between the measure and calculation of the two paramete rs (tec & mi cro hardne ss) table (2) batch1 t o c m icro hardness m eas (gp a) har tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 / o c) (calcu) 600 5.84 5.81 7.936 7.84 725 5.74 5.67 8.211 8.101 850 5.67 5.56 8.266 8.230 950 5.57 5.51 8.413 8.391 1050 5.43 5.20 8.6 8.621 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (3) table (4) table (5) table from (6-10) shows the difference of the two paramete rs (tec) and hard ne ss at constant temperature with different batches table (6) at 600c (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) b1 5.84 5.81 7.963 7.84 b2 6.03 5.98 8.53 8.56 b3 6.32 6.24 9.285 9.311 b4 6.82 6.752 7.463 7.352 batch2 tc (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) 600 6.03 5.98 8.53 8.56 725 5.82 5.79 9.255 9.311 850 5.74 5.71 9.553 9.492 950 4.59 5.10 9.591 9.583 1050 4.25 4.42 9.618 9.611 batch3 t c (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) 600 6.32 6.24 9.285 9.311 725 6.25 6.134 9.56 9.461 850 5.02 5.131 9.821 9.793 950 4.67 4.63 9.873 9.821 1050 4.22 4.31 10.159 10.063 batch4 t c (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) 600 6.82 6.752 7.463 7.352 725 6.38 6.27 7.583 7.471 850 5.22 5.20 9.376 9.151 950 5.37 5.29 9.587 9.643 1050 5.36 5.34 9.643 9.512 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (7) t= 725c (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) b1 5.74 5.67 8.211 8.101 b2 5.82 5.79 9.255 9.311 b3 6.25 6.13 9.56 9.461 b4 6.38 6.27 7.583 7.471 table (8) t=850c (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) b1 5.67 5.56 8.266 8.230 b2 5.74 5.7 9.553 9.492 b3 5.02 5.131 9.84 9..793 b4 5.22 5.202 9.376 9.151 table (9) t= 950  c (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) b1 5.57 5.51 8.413 8.56 b2 4.59 5.10 9.591 9.583 b3 4.67 4.36 9.873 9.82 b4 5.37 5.29 9.587 9.643 table (10) t=1050c (op a) m icro hardness m eas (gp a) hard (calc) tec m eas tec (30-300) (10 -6 /c) (calc) b1 5.43 5.20 8.6 8.621 b2 4.25 4.42 9.618 9.611 b3 4.22 4.31 10.159 10.063 b4 5.36 5.34 9.643 9.512 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the effect of [2-(9-anthryl) -3(1,3,4triazole -1yl) -2,3 dihydro -5,6ene – 1,3oxazepine4,7-dione] on serum ast and alt activities h. s. jasim departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn – alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this study , the effect of an organic comp ound p rep ared as derivative of o xazep ine tested on the activities of asp artate amino trasferase (ast) and alanin amino transferase (alt). the kinetic study of such enzy mes is in the p resence of oxazepine derivative. the results revealed that the organic comp ound is a non comp etitive inhibitor for both enzy mes. the km value for a st is 1.3 × 10 -3 m and vmax for the uninhibited is 200 u/ml and for the inhibited is 111.1 u/ml while km valu e for alt is 2.5 × 10 -3 m and vmax are 89.66 u/ml and 56.77 u/ml for the uninhib ited and inhibited enzy me resp ectively. introduction aspartate amino transferase (ast) is an enzy me belonging to the class of transferases. it is commonly reffered to as a transaminases and is involved in the transfer of an amino group between asp artate and αketo acids. the older terminolo gy , serum glutamic o xalo acetic transaminases ( sgot or got), may also be used. the transamination reaction is important in intermediary metabolism because of its function in the sy nthesis and degredation of amino acids. the keto acids formed by the reaction are altimatly oxidized by the tricarboxy lic acid cycle to p rovide a source of ener gy [1,2]. asp artate amino transferase is widely distributed in human tissue. the highest concentrations are found in card iac tissue, liv er and ske letal muscle, with smaller amounts found in the kidney , p ancrease and erythrocytes.the clinical use of a st is limited mainly to the evaluation of hepato cellular disorders and skeletal muscle involvement[3]. alanin amino transferase (alt) is a transferase with enzy matic activity similar to ast. sp ecifically, it c atalyzes the transfer of an amino group from alanin to α keto glutarate with the formation of glutamate and py ruvate. the older terminology was serum glutamic p y ruvic transaminase (sgpt or gpt).it is distributed in many tissues , with comp aratively high concentrations in the liver. it is consid ered more liver sp ecific enzy me of the transferases.clinical applications of alt assays are confined mainly in evaluation of hepatic disorders. hi gher elevations are found in hepato cellular disorder, then in extra hep atic or intrahepatic obstructions of the liver.the elevation of alt activity are frequently higher than those of ast and tend to remain elevated longer as a r esult of t he longer half-life of alt in serum[1,2,4]. derivative of oxazep ine organic comp ound was used to study its effect on liver enzy me's function (i.e a st and alt). t he compound [2(9-anthry l)-3-(1,3,4triazole -1-yl) -2,3-dihy dro – 5,6-ene -1,3-o xazep ine -4,7dione] is amon g tricy clic antidepressant comp ounds. m any of these comp ounds are adminstrated orally for the treatment of dep ression as well as anxiety or agitation associated with depression , through blocking p ost sy naptic dop amine receptors in the central nervous sy stem. m any of the metabolic products formed have therap eutic actions. t he ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 rate of metabolism of these agents is variable and influenced by a wide variety of factors. as a result, the half-life of tricarboxy lic acid v aries considerably among p atients. the rate of elimination can also be influenced by the co adminstration of other drugs t hat are eliminated by hepatic metabolism. the toxicity of tricarboxy lic acids are dose dep endant[5,6] . experime ntal preparation of organic solutions : thirty seven mg of the organic comp omd was dissolved in 10 ml absolute ethanol to p rep are 10 -2 m stock solution . series of dilutions were mad e to p rep are [10 -3 , 10 -4 , 10 -5 and 10 -6 m ] solutions. the enzyme activities were measured according to biomghreb kit no. 20039 france. principle of got (as t) activity measurment : colorimetric d etermination of got activity according to the following reaction : lasp artate + α ketoglutarate oxalo acetate + lglutamate the oxalo acetate formed is measured from derivative with 2,4 dinitrop heny l hydrazone at 505nm [7]. principle alt (gpt) acti vity measurment : colorimetric d etermination of gpt activity according to the following reaction lalanine + αketo glutarate p y ruvate + lglutamate. the py ruvate formed was measured from derivative with 2,4 – dinitrop heny l hy drazone at 505 nm [6]. the effect of ethanol used as a solvent and diluent was determined by adding a quantity equivalent to the samp le and all st eps completed as in the p rocedure used for the determination of got and gpt activities [6]. de termination of the percentage of inhi bition : using the series of dilutions p rep ared (10 -6 -10 -2 m) of the organic comp ound, while the concentration of the subst rate was kept fixed to get the percentage of inhibition according to the equation :(the [s] according to the kit is ) activity withinhibitor % inhibition = 100 ( 100) activity without inhibitor  the inhibitor concentration which is closer to the km value obtained from the m ichaelis – m enten plot of the uninhibited enzy me is used for determination of the type of inhibition which was p erformed by using different concentrations of substrate with t he fixed concentration of the organic compound. the same method of got and gpt,activities used by utilizing the same concentrations of substrate without the addition of 10 -3 m organic compound as inhibitor. results and discussion the conc. of substrate was obtained by multiply ing the volume p ipetted times the total conc. (202 mmole/l)divided by total volume (24.4).the f actor of conversion from ml p ipeted to conc.is 8.28(202/24.4) for obtaining the activities of got and gpt in u/ml , a st andard curve was dr awn accordin g to the instruction in the kit. the y axis is the absorbance and the xaxis for the activity in u/ml. figures 1a and 1b represented the got and gpt calibration curves resp ectively. to obtain u/ml from calibration curve the followin g equation was app lied g pt ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 slope =abs/(u/ml) slope=434.78 for got ; slope=170.36 for gpt figures 2 and 3 showed m ichaelis-m enten p olt for got and gpt resp ectively. from fig.2 the km value was found to be 1.32 × 10 -3 m , and vmax is 195.7 u/ml for the reaction cataly zed by got. from fig.3 the km value is found to be 1.16 × 10 -3 m and vmax 68.1 u/ml for gpt. table 1 and 2 showed the effect of differ ent concentrations of t he organic comp ound on got and gpt activities resp ectively. figures 4 and 5 were the lineweaver-burk p lot for the effect of organic comp ound on got and gpt activities. it is clear that the organic comp ound has a non-comp etitive inhibitory effect on bot h enzy mes. the km value for got is 1.3 × 10 -3 m and the vmax for the uninhib ited got is 200 u/ml.vmaxapp. for the inhibited got is 111.1 u/ml in a non-comp etitive inhibitors. the km value for gpt is 2.5 × 10 -3 m for both uninhibited and inhibited enzy me and the vmax is 89.66 u/ml for the uninhibited enzy me. vmaxapp. for the inhibited gpt is 56.77 u/ml in a non – comp etitive inhib itors, the vmax for a reaction catalyzed by the enzy me is reduced in the presence of inhibitor even if subst rate were saturating ( s >> km),the observed vmax will be lower than it would be in the absence of the inhibitor because the non-comp etitative inhibition, the inhibitor binds to enzy me e and (es) enzy me substrate complex[8]. noncompetitive inhibition occurs when the inh ibitor and subst rate bind at different sites on the enzy me. non –competitive inhibition can not be overcome by incr easin g the con centration of substrate thus non-comp etitive inhibitors decrease the app arent vmax of the reaction , since non-comp etitive inhibitors donot interfere with the binding of substrate to enzy me. thus t he enzy me shows the same km in the p resence or absence of the non-comp etitive inhibitor[9,10]. there are no studies in the literature about the effect of oxazep ine derivatives on ast and/or alt. the variable inhib itory effect of the sy nthesized derivative under st udy on serum ast and alt may be due to t he change in the st ereost ructure of the enzy me in the presence of such derivative or the binding of this derivative to some side chains of the amino acids p resent in the active site. re ferences 1bishop ,m .l.; fody , e.p. and schoeff, l (2005)″ clin ical chemistry ″ 5 th ed . lip p incott williams and wi lkins, philadelp hia. 2m urray ,r.k.; granner, d.k. and rod well, v.w.(2006)″ harp er ◌ُs illust rated biochemist ry ″ 27 th ed. the m c graw hill . u.s.a. 3m ahe shwari , n. (2008)″ clinical biochemistry ″ jayp ee brothers medical publishers (p) ltd new delhi. 4berg, j.m .; ty moczko, j.l. and stry er, l. (2007)″bioch emistry ″, 5 th ed . w.h. free man and company new york. 5linder, m .w.; keck p.e.; standards of laboratory p ractice : antidep ressant drug monitoring . national ac ademy of clinical biochemistry (1998)clin. chem. 44:10731084. 6schatzbery ,a.f.; (2002),p harmacological p rinciples of antidepressant efficacy . human p sy cop harmacol (supp l 2 ) : 17-22. 7britman, s. ;frankel, s. (1957)am.j. clin. path. 28,56-63. 8voet, d .and voet, j. g. (2004)″ biochemistry ″ , 3 rd ed. wiely international cdition u.s.a. ihjpas 9devlin ,t.m . (2006)″ text book of biochemistry with clinical correlations ″ 6 th ed. a.john wiley and sons inc ., p ublication , u.s.a. 10champ e, p.c.; hawey, r.a and ferrier, d.r. (2008)″ illustrated reviews biochemist ry ″ 4 th ed. lipp incott williams and wilk ins , philadelphia. table: (1) effect of different concentrations of the organic compound on got activity conc. 1*10 -5 1*10 -4 1*10 -3 1*10 -2 %got 22 17.1 9.8 26.8 table: (2) effect of different concentrations of the organic compound on gpt acti vity conc. 1*10 -5 1*10 -4 1*10 -3 1*10 -2 %gpt 9.05 6.91 10.6 16.4 table: (3) kinetic paramete rs of as t and alt before and after the addition of oxazepine derivative. before aft er vmax u/ ml km vmaxapp. u/ml kmapp. ast 200 1.3×10 -3 m 111.1 1.3×10 -3 m alt 89.66 2.5×10 -3 m 56.77 2.5×10 -3 m enzyme s kinetic paramet ers ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig.(1a)calibration curve of got fig. (1b)calibration curve of gpt fig.(2) michaelis-menten polt of got fig.(3) michaelis-menten polt of gpt 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 10 a b s. 5 0 5 n m u/m 0 0. 05 0. 1 0. 15 0. 2 0. 25 0. 3 0. 35 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 u/m a b s. 5 0 5 n m v u /m l (a b s.× 4 3 4 .7 8 ) 0 0. 05 0.1 0. 15 0.2 0. 25 0.3 0. 35 0.4 0. 45 0.5 0 0. 5 1 1.5 2 2.5 10 v u /m l (a b s.× 1 7 0 .3 6 ) [s ]=ml×8.28 [s ]=ml×8.28 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig.(4) line weaver-burk plot for the effect of organi c compound on got activity fig.(5) line weaver-burk plot for the effect of organi c compound on gpt activity 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 (1 /v u /m l )× 1 7 0 .3 6 1/[s ] 10 -3 with out inhibitor with inhibitor 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0 .2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1/[s ] 10 -3 1/v 10 -3 with out inhibitor with inhibitor ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة اي د– 3، 2 –) یل – 1 –ترایازول 4، 3، 1( -3-)انثریل -9(-2 [تأثیر فعالیة في ]دایون – 7، 4 –بین اوكساز – 3، 1 –ین ی – 6، 5 –ھایدرو في مصل دم االنسان ast ،altانزیمات حسام سلمان جاسم ، جامعة بغدادابن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة فعالیة انزیمات اسبارتیت امینو ترانسفریز في االوكسازبین مشتق مثل الدراسة دراسة تأثیر مركب عضويتم في هذه (ast)، ینو ترانسفریز واالنین ام(alt) . خاصة ان الدراسة الحركیة لهذه االنزیمات بوجود مشتقات االوكسازبین لها اهمیة ملیة ازالة هذه العقاقیر یتم بصورة واسعة تستعملالن بعض هذه المشتقات عملیات أیض من خالل مضادات للكآبة وبما ان ع .عمل الكبد تحتل اهتمام خاص یةكفا الكبد لذا فأن تأثیر هذه العقاقیر على kmوان قیمة ثابت مایكلس . النزیمین الى اضوي مثبطًا ال تنافسیًا بالنسبة ن المركب العاأظهرت نتائج الدراسة 10هي astالنزیم -3 ×1.3 m وان السرعة القصوىvmax 200لالنزیم غیر المثبط هي u/ml واالنزیم المثبط هي 111.1 u/ml قیمة بینما كانتkm النزیمalt 10هي -3 u/ml 56.77و u/ml vmax 89.66 و، 2.5× . لالنزیم غیر المثبط والمثبط على التوالي ihjpas ihjpas. 36(2)2023 181 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract the structural properties of the cuo nanopowder oxide prepared reflux technique without any templates or surfactant, using copper nitrate hydrate (cu(no)3 3h2o) in deionized water with aqueous ammonia solution are reported. the xrd analysis data and processing in origin pro program used to get fwhm and integral width to study the effect of different synthesis times was studied on the structural properties. it was found that values of crystal sizes are 17.274nm, 17.746nm, and 18.560nm, the size of nanoparticles is determined by halder-wagner, and 15.796 nm, 15.851nm, and 16.52nm, were calculated by size-strain plot (ssp) method. the sample was considered to determine physical and microstructural parameters such as internal strain, dislocations density, surface area, and the number of unit cells and then to compare the results. keywords: cuo, originpro, xrd, halder-wagner, size-strain plot . 1. introduction in the past few decades, nanoparticles of a variety of sizes, shapes, and compositions, have been found, their physical and chemical properties attract the current scientific field over bulk materials [1]. quite possibly of the main boundary in the combination of these nanoparticles is the control of molecule size, morphology, and crystallinity and to accomplish this objective, so were developed different synthesis methods ; some of the most investigated approaches include the sonochemical , sol-gel method, laser removal, the electrochemical , substance precipitation and surfactant-based procedures [2]. nanostructured transition metal oxides have attracted considerable attention from researchers in recent years [3]. copper (ii) oxide, cuo, also known as cupric oxide has drawn in much consideration lately due to its promising applications as cuo is an appealing p-type metal oxide semiconductor that has extraordinary electrical, optical and synergist properties, solar-cells, and sensors espithaly gas type. [4-7]. copper oxide is a compound of two elements, copper and oxygen, which are d and p block elements in the periodic table respectively. in a crystal, the copper ion is coordinated by four oxygen ions [8]. (cuo) is has a doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3024 article history: received 21 september 2022, accepted 17 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq effect of the synthesis time on structural properties of copper oxide karrar a. alsoltani department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham,university of baghdad, baghdad-iraq. karrar.ameen1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq khalid h. harbbi department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham,university of baghdad, baghdad-iraq. khalid@ircoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:karrar.ameen1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:khalid@ircoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 182 monoclinic construction and is a special monoxide compound for both essential examinations and commonsense applications [9]. the lattice parameters are a= 4.6850 å, b = 3.4230 å and c = 5.1320 å [10]. in this work nanopowder of cuo was prepared at different synthesis times. samples for different of synthesis times 6hours, 12hours, and 24hours have studied the effect of synthesis times on the structural parameters by studying x-ray diffraction (xrd) and comparing and discussing the result. 2. theory  method of halder-wagner in the method of halder-wagner where strain and crystallite size profiles are described by gauss and lorentzian [11]. ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ ) 2 = ( 1 d ) ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 2 ) + ( ε 2 )2 (1) where, βhkl ∗ = β cos 𝜃 / λ and dhkl ∗ = 2sinθ /λ and λ the wavelength of the x-ray plot was ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ ) 2 against ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 2 ) is a straight line. the mean diameter was obtained by the inverse slope of the line, while the strain distortions are obtained from y-intercept [12,13].  size-strain plot method this method is an advantage that peaks in the low and middle angle ranges are given more weight as overlap between the diffraction peaks are much less. according to the process of sizestrain plot, the relationship between lattice strain and crystal size is given by [14] (dhklβhklcosθ) 2 = ( k d ) (dhkl 2 βhklcosθ) + (2ε) 2 (2) where (βℎ𝑘𝑙/ dℎ𝑘𝑙 ) 2 represents x axis and (βℎ𝑘𝑙/dhkl 2 )2 represents y axis. the mean crystal size value is calculated from the slope while the intersection gives the strain ε. 3. results and discussion according to xrd patterns of copper oxide (cuo) nnps developed on copper foils for various syntheses, times are shown in figure1. were observed different peaks at ( 2θ ) = 31.19° ( 110 ), 34.72° ( 002 ), 38.51° (111 ), 50.48° ( -202 ), 56.26° ( 020 ), 62.03° ( 202 ), 66.12° ( -113 ), 71.94° ( -311 ) and 74.23° ( 220 ) relates to various planes of the monoclinic phase of cuo [15], shows in situ for samples 1-3. through a program (webplotdigitizer-4.5), we obtain data for intensity and 2θ of cuo nanoparticles to all profile lines with nine peaks. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 183 figure1. xrd patterns of cuo nps prepared at different synthesis times. [15] in addition, this data is used to draw the shape of the peaks using an analytical program (origin pro lab) to calculate the area under the curve and the fwhm is calculated by the program and then calculate integral breadth was the integral breadth which is [16]: β = a / io (3) where a was the area under the curve and the io was the highest intensity of the peak for each sample and for the different peaks respectively. by processing the data used originpro to get the below figures and tables. through these results, the above equations will be applied to calculate each of the crystal sizes and strains by the above methods in order to distinguish the effect of synthesis times on it. figure2. xrd patterns of cuo nps prepared at 6 hour synthesis time by originpro. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 184 table 1. result of cuo nps prepared at 6 hours by originpro. ( h k l ) 2θ area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0 ) 31.089 13.235 0.104 118.134 0.112 ( 0 0 2 ) 34.597 272.214 0.246 1101.241 0.247 ( 1 1 1 ) 38.468 395.599 0.338 1166.384 0.339 ( -2 0 2 ) 50.444 109.108 0.628 172.221 0.634 ( 0 2 0 ) 56.129 24.198 0.371 62.571 0.387 ( 2 0 2 ) 61.935 53.185 0.696 74.966 0.709 ( -1 1 3 ) 66.048 76.801 0.624 121.415 0.633 ( -3 1 1 ) 71.976 120.136 0.942 126.479 0.95 figure3. xrd patterns of cuo nps prepared at 12 hour synthesis time by originpro. table 2. result of cuo nps prepared at 12 hours by originpro. ( h k l ) 2θ area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0 ) 31.154 32.701 0.563 56.325 0.581 ( 0 0 2 ) 34.718 466.623 0.62 750.63 0.622 ( 1 1 1 ) 38.468 400.479 0.492 812.328 0.493 ( -2 0 2 ) 50.444 124.019 0.659 186.672 0.664 ( 0 2 0 ) 56.25 32.861 0.549 58.027 0.566 ( 2 0 2 ) 62.013 52.383 0.735 69.919 0.749 ( -1 1 3 ) 66.169 88.908 0.693 126.774 0.701 ( -3 1 1 ) 71.976 127.039 1.031 122.195 1.04 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 185 figure4. xrd patterns of cuo nps prepared at 24 hour synthesis time by originpro. table 3. result of cuo nps prepared at 24 hours by originpro. ( h k l ) 2θ area fwhm height β ( 1 1 0 ) 34.839 50.105 0.524 93.699 0.535 ( 0 0 2 ) 38.589 427.655 0.651 655.394 0.653 ( 1 1 1 ) 50.565 472.581 0.631 747.106 0.633 ( -2 0 2 ) 56.394 119.626 0.759 156.365 0.765 ( 0 2 0 ) 62.137 32.325 0.754 41.566 0.778 ( 2 0 2 ) 66.133 37.797 0.647 59.963 0.63 ( -1 1 3 ) 71.855 72.658 0.847 86.946 0.836 ( -3 1 1 ) 74.395 126.554 1.097 116.241 1.089 determination of crystallite size and the lattice strain halder-wagner method after calculating the integral breadth of all peaks for all three samples then we use equations βhkl ∗ = β cos 𝜃 / λ and dhkl ∗ = 2sinθ /λ where λ is the wavelength of the x-ray (0.15046) and plot ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ ) 2 against ( 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 ∗ 2 ) then fitting the data by a straight line to compare with eq (1) by getting straight line equation to obtained crystallite size and the lattice strain. the results are shown in table (4). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 186 figure 5. halder-wagner method for each sample respectively. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 187 table 4. result of crystallite size and the lattice strain by halder-wagner method for all cuo nps sample time hours d nm 𝛆 strain cuo 6 hour 17.274 0.002 cuo 12 hour 17.746 0.018 cuo 24 hour 18.560 0.023 size-strain plot method equation (2) in this method is used to calculate particle size for each diffraction line and equation (2) represents where (𝛽h𝑘𝑙 / 𝑑h𝑘𝑙) 2 represents x-axis and (𝛽h𝑘𝑙 /dhkl 2 )2 represents y-axis and d2hklbhkl cos𝜃 calculated in radians and uses a wavelength of x-ray equal to 0.15046 as shown in figure 6, we can see in this method inverse relationship between crystal size and strain. the results were calculated and included in table (5). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 188 figure 6. size-strain plot method for each sample respectively table 5. result of crystallite size and the lattice strain size-strain plot method for all cuo nps sample time hours d nm 𝛆 strain cuo 6 hour 15.796 0.001 cuo 12 hour 15.851 0.003 cuo 24 hour 16.52 0.004 the surface area (s.a) can be calculated by the following equation [17]: s.a=6*103/dρ (3) from xrd we can calculate the x-ray density of powder by using this equation [18]: ρ =z mwt/v na (4) where ρ: density (g/cm3), mwt: molar mass 79.545 (g/mol) for cuo, z: the number of atoms: unit cell volume (cm3), and na: avogadro number (1/mol) [19]. the dislocation density (δ) and the number of unit cells (n) are calculated using the following relations [20,21]: δ=1/d2 (5) n = π d3 /6 v (6) their calculated values will be presented in table 6. table 6. shows lattice parameter, x-ray and dislocations density, surface area, and number of unit cells for all cuo nps sample. sample cuo for 6 hours cuo for 12 hours cuo for 24 hours s.a (m2/g) 55.046 53.582 51.232 δ(1/m2) *1015 3.351 3.175 2.902 n 33928.49 36786.39 42084.26 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 189 4. conclusions we review the current knowledge about cuo and added new experimental and theoretical results which provide a better understanding of the structure and effect of synthesis time. increased preparation time saw that all plane peaks of cuo are marginally moved to higher angles indicating a little decrease in the size, more essential to notice the lower peak intensity is particularly in the case of prepared cuo in 24hours. the change nanoparticles size depends on the synthesis time. however, the size of particles increases by increasing synthesis times, dislocation density, and specific surface area decreases as increasing preparation times. the number of unit cells steadily increases with time. these current perceptions can assist with working on how we might our understanding of physical properties and the formation of cuo nanoparticles. when comparing the two analysis methods that were used in this study noticed that the halder-wagner method gave high accuracy in results, because the equations used in this method put points in locations as close as possible to the straight line in the diagram. there is a convergence in the results of the halder-wagner method with the results of the ssp methods, and the two methods are also close because the results are within the nanoscale. references 1. wang, x.; zhuang, j.; peng, q.; li, y.; wang, xun.; et al. a general strategy for nanocrystal synthesis. nature, 2005, 437.7055 121-124. 2. grigore, m. e.; biscu, e. r.; holban, a. m.; gestal, m. c.; grumezescu, a. m. methods of synthesis, properties and biomedical applications of cuo nanoparticles. pharmaceuticals, 2016, 9.4, 75. 3. narayan, h.; alemu, h.; jaybhaye, s. copper oxide nanoparticles: synthesis and characterization. proceedings of the aatmc-2018, kalyan, india, 2018, 43-47. 4. dindar, a.; kim, j. b.; fuentes-hernandez, c.; kippelen, b. metal-oxide complementary inverters with a vertical geometry fabricated on flexible substrates. applied physics letters, 2011, 99.17, 172104. 5. sahay, r.; sundaramurthy, j.; kumar, p.s.; thavasi, v.; mhaisalkar, s.g.; ramakrishna, s. synthesis and characterization of cuo nanofibers, and investigation for its suitability as blocking layer in zno nps based dye sensitized solar cell and as photocatalyst in organic dye degradation. journal of solid state chemistry, 2012, 186, 261-267. 6. gao, s.; yang, s.; shu, j.; zhang, s.; li, z.; jiang, k. green fabrication of hierarchical cuo hollow micro/nanostructures and enhanced performance as electrode materials for lithium-ion batteries. the journal of physical chemistry c, 2008, 112.49, 19324-19328. 7. comanac, a.; de’medici, l.; capone, m.; millis, a. j. optical conductivity and the correlation strength of high-temperature copper-oxide superconductors. nature physics, 2008, 4.4, 287-290. 8. guajardo-pacheco, m. j.; morales-sánchez, j. e.; gonzález-hernández, j.; ruiz, f. synthesis of copper nanoparticles using soybeans as a chelant agent. materials letters, 2010, 64.12, 1361-1364. 9. rajagopalan, s.; koper, o.; decker, s.; klabunde, k. j. nanocrystalline metal oxides as destructive adsorbents for organophosphorus compounds at ambient temperatures. chemistry–a european journal, 2002, 8.11, 2602-2607. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 190 10. file, p. d.; jcpds-icdd, 12 campus boulevard. newtown square, pa, 2001, 247: 19073-3273. 11. kamil, m. k.; jasim, k. a. investigation the crystalline size and strain of perovskite (yba2cu3o6) by variant method. test engineering and management, 2020, 8719, 8719-8723. 12. sadiq khasro, f.; mahmood, h.s. enhancement of antibacterial activity of face mask with gold nanoparticles. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2022. 35(3), 25-31. 13. kamil, m. k.; jasim, k. a. calculating of crystalline size, strain and degree of crystallinity of the compound (hgba2ca2cu3o8+ σ) by different method. in: iop conference series: materials science and engineering. iop publishing, 2020, 072109. 14. rabiei, m.; palevicius, a.; monshi, a.; nasiri, s.; vilkauskas, a.; janusas, g. comparing methods for calculating nano crystal size of natural hydroxyapatite using x-ray diffraction. nanomaterials, 2020, 10.9: 1627. 15. bouazizi, n.; bargougui, r.; oueslati, a.; benslama, r. effect of synthesis time on structural, optical and electrical properties of cuo nanoparticles synthesized by reflux condensation method. advanced materials letters, 2015, 6.2: 158-164. 16. langford, j. i. the use of the voigt function in determining microstructural properties from diffraction data by means of pattern decomposition. nist spec. pub, 1992, 846: 110-126. 17. antony, j.; nutting, j.; baer, d. r.; meyer, d.; sharma, a.; qiang, y. size-dependent specific surface area of nanoporous film assembled by core-shell iron nanoclusters. journal of nanomaterials, 2006, 2006. 18. musa, k. h. investigating the structural and magnetic properties of nickel oxide nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2022, 35(4). 19. ramanathan, c.; subramanian, s.; valantina, r. structural and electronic properties of cuo, cuo2 and cu2o nanoclusters–a dft approach. materials science, 2015, 21.2, 173-178. 20. gaber, a.; abdel-rahim, m. a.; abdel-latief, a. y.; abdel-salam, m. n. influence of calcination temperature on the structure and porosity of nanocrystalline sno2 synthesized by a conventional precipitation method. int j electrochem sci, 2014, 9.1, 81-95. 21. singh, p.; kumar, a.; kaushal, a.; kaur, d.; pandey, a.; goyal, r. n. in situ high temperature xrd studies of zno nanopowder prepared via cost effective ultrasonic mist chemical vapour deposition. bulletin of materials science, 2008, 31.3, 573-577. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 on semi-p-proper mappings narjis. a.u. dawood dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:3 july 2012 accepted in:21 january 2013 abstract the aim of this paper is to introduce a new type of proper mappings called semi-p-proper mapping by using semi-p-open sets, which is weaker than the proper mapping. some properties and characterizations of this type of mappings are given. keywords : proper mapping, semi-p-open sets. 290 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction one of the important concepts in topology and in mathematics in general is the concept of mapping, in this paper we give a new class of mappings. the class of proper mappings was first introduced by valnsteln in 1947 and studied by lary in 1950 and bourbaki in 1951, who defined the proper mapping as (if f : x → y is continuous and f × iz is closed for each space z then f is called a proper mapping). for more details see [1], [2], [3], [4], [5] and [6]. in this paper we introduced and studied semi-p-proper mappings. 2semi-p-open sets throughout this paper x, y and z are topological spaces or space only with no separation axioms assumed unless otherwise stated. the interior and closure of a subset a of a topological space will be denoted by inta and cla respectively. in this section we shall recall some needed definitions, propositions, and properties of semi-p-open sets and pre-open sets which we shall use to define semi-p-proper mapping, some of these propositions or definition are given for the first time by the author. definition 2.1: a subset a of a space x is called (1) pre-open if a ⊆ int(cla), [7]. (2) semi-p-open if u ⊆ a ⊆ pre-cl u for some pre-open set u in x and pre-cl u is the smallest pre-closed set which contains u, [8]. the complement of pre-open (respectively semi-p-open) set is called a pre-closed (respectively semi-p-closed) set. remarks 2.2: [9] (1) x and φ are pre-open (semi-p-open)sets. (2) the union of any family of pre-open (semi-p-open) set is a pre-open (semi-p-open) set. (3) the intersection of two pre-open (semi-p-open) sets need not to be pre-open (respectively semi-p-open). examples 2.3: [9], [4] and [10] (1) if x is any infinite set and τco is the cofinite topology on x, then the family of pre-open sets po(x) and the family of semi-p-open sets s-po(x) are equal and po(x) = s-po(x) = {u ⊆ x:u is an infinite set or u = φ}. (2) in the discrete space (x,d) we have po(x) = spo)x) = d = ℙ(x) = the family of all subsets of x. (3) in the indiscrete space (x,i) where i = {x, φ}, po(x) = spo(x) = ℙ(x). (4) in the space (ℝ,τu) where ℝ is the set of real numbers and τu is the usual topology on ℝ, po(x) = spo(x) = τu ∪ {q, irr} where q is the rationals and irr is the irrationals. proposition 2.4: [11] let a be any subset of the space x, then (1) (inta)c = clac. (2) (cla)c = intac. proposition 2.5: [4] let a be any subset of a space x, then a is semi-p-open set iff a ⊆ pre-cl(pre-inta) where pre-cla is the smallest pre-closed set which contains a, and pre-inta is the largest preopen set contained in a. 291 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 corollary 2.6: let a be a subset of a space x. a is semi-p-closed set iff pre-int(pre-cla) ⊆ a. proof: (⇒) let a be a semi-p-closed subset of x, then pre-cla = a, which implies pre-int(pre-cla) ⊆ a since pre-inta ⊆ a. (⇐) suppose pre-int(pre-cla) ⊆ a. to prove a is semi-p-closed set. since pre-int(pre-cla) ⊆ a, so we get ac ⊆ [pre-int(pre-cla)]c = pre-cl(pre-cla)c = pre-cl(pre-intac) hence ac is a pre-open set by proposition 2.5 which means a is pre-closed. ■ corollary 2.7: let a be a subset of a space x. a is semi-p-open set iff a ⊆ cl(pre-inta). proof: since pre-cla ⊆ cla and by proposition 2.5. ■ proposition 2.8: [9] let a and b be subsets of a space x, then pre-int(a ∩ b) = pre-inta ∩ pre-intb. proposition 2.9: let a be an open set in a space x and b is a semi-p-open set, then a ∩ b is a semi-popen set. proof: we shall use corollary 2.7 to prove this proposition; that is we must show that a ∩ b ⊆ cl(pre-int(a ∩ b)). let x ∉ cl(pre-int(a ∩ b)) which implies ∃ u open in x s.t. x ∈ u and u ∩ pre-int(a ∩ b) = φ. then u ∩ (pre-inta ∩ pre-intb) = φ (by proposition 2.8) so we get (u ∩ pre-inta) ∩ pre-intb = φ hence (u ∩ a) ∩ pre-intb = φ since a is open which means u ∩ a is open in x now if x ∈ a then x ∈ u ∩ a and (u ∩ a) ∩ pre-intb = φ which means x ∉ cl(pre-intb) but b ⊆ cl(pre-intb), since b is semi-p-open so x ∉ b ⇒ x ∉ a ∩ b. ■ proposition 2.10: if a is closed in x and b is semi-p-closed then a ∩ b is semi-p-closed set in x. proof: (a ∩ b)c = ac ∪ bc where ac is open and bc is semi-p-open so ac ∪ bc is semi-p-open. ■ proposition 2.11: let a be a pre-open subset of the space x, and let b be a pre-open subset of the space y then a×b is pre-open in the product space x×y. proof: a ⊆ int(cla) and b ⊆ int(clb), a×b ⊆ int(cla) × int(clb) = int(cl(a×b)). so a×b is pre-open in x×y. ■ proposition 2.12: let a be a subset of a space x, and b a subset of a space y then 1) pre-cl(a×b) = pre-cla × pre-clb. 2) pre-int(a×b) = pre-inta × pre-intb. proof: obvious. ■ 292 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 corollary 2.13: the product of any two semi-p-open sets in x and y respectively is semi-p-open in x×y. proof: let a be a semi-p-open subset of x, and let b be a semi-p-open subset of y, then a ⊆ pre-cl(pre-inta) and b ⊆ pre-cl(pre-intb) by proposition 2.5 which implies a×b ⊆ pre-cl(pre-inta) × pre-cl(pre-intb) = pre-cl(pre-inta×b) by proposition 2.12. ■ corollary 2.14: if a is a nonempty subset of x, and b a non empty subset of y then: (1) if a is pre-closed subset of x and b is pre-closed subset of y then a×b is pre-closed subset of x×y. (2) if a is a semi-p-closed subset of x and b is a semi-p-closed subset of y then a×b is semi-p-closed subset of x×y. proof: the proofs of parts (1) and (2) are similar, so we prove part (2) because our work about semi-p-closed sets. (2) a is semi-p-closed subset of x means pre-int(pre-cla) ⊆ a. by corollary 2.14 on the other hand b is semi-p-closed subset of y implies pre-int(pre-clb) ⊆ b. so we have pre-int(pre-cla) × pre-int(pre-clb) ⊆ a×b. hence pre-int(pre-cl a×b) ⊆ a×b. ■ it known, that a mapping f : x → y is continuous if the inverse image of each closed set in y is closed in x. on the other hand f is an open (closed) mapping if the image of each, open (closed) subset of x is open (closed) in y, [12]. now, we shall recall two definitions of a mapping using semi-p-closed sets, these are known by, semi-p-closed and semi-irresolute mappings. definition 2.15: [9] let f : x → y be a mapping, f is called: (1) semi-p-closed if f (a) is semi-p-closed in y whenever a is closed in x. (2) semi-p-irresolute if f – 1(b) is semi-p-closed in x whenever b is semi-p-closed in y. remarks 2.16: [9] (1) the composition of two semi-p-closed mappings need not be semi-p-closed in general. (2) the composition of a semi-p-closed and continuous mappings is semi-p-closed. (3) every homeomorphism is a semi-p-closed mapping. in the following definition we give a new type of homeomorphisms named semi-phomeomorphism which is weaker than the concept homeomorphism. definition 2.17: a mapping f : x → y is called semi-p-homeomorphism if it is bijective, continuous and semi-p-closed. remark 2.18: it is clear that every homeomorphism is semi-p-homeomorphism, but not converse. for example: let f: (ℝ,d) → (ℝ,i ) be a mapping defined by f (x) = x ∀ x ∈ ℝ. it is clear that f is not closed, which means that f is not a homeomorphism. 293 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 on the other hand f is semi-p-homeomorphism, since it is bijective, continuous and semi-pclosed mapping, since s-po(ℝ,i) =ℙ(ℝ) by examples 2.3 (3). proposition 2.19: let x, x′, x″ be three topological spaces, and let f : x → x′, g: x′ → x″ be two mappings, then: (1) if g∘f is semi-p-closed and if f is continuous and surjective, then g is semi-p-closed. (2) if g∘f is semi-p-closed and if g is semi-p-irresolute and injective, then f is semi-p-closed. proof: we have (1) x x xf g g f→ ′ ′′→ →  let b be a closed subset of x′ to prove g(b) is semi-p-closed in x″. now b closed in x′ and f is continuous, then f – 1(b) is closed in x, but g∘f is semi-p-closed, so (g∘f )( f – 1(b)) is semi-pclosed in x″, but (g∘f )( f – 1(b)) = g(b) since f is surjective, hence g is semi-p-closed. (2) let a be a closed subset of x to prove f (a) is semi-p-closed in x′. since a is closed in x and g∘f is semi-p-closed, we get (g∘f )(a) is semi-p-closed in x″, but g is semi-p-irresolute, which implies g– 1((g∘f )(a)) is semi-p-closed subset of x′, but g– 1((g∘f )(a)) = f (a) since g is injective, which means that f is semi-p-closed mapping. ■ 3semi-p-proper mapping in this section we shall define a new type of proper mappings named semi-p-proper mapping by using the concept of semi-p-open set which depends on the, pre-open set. recall that a mapping f from a topological space x into a topological space y is called proper if f is continuous and f × iz : x×z → y×z is closed for every topological space z, [3]. definition 3.1: let f be a mapping from a topological space x into a topological space y, then f is called a semi-p-proper mapping if f is continuous and f×iz:x×z→y×z is semi-p-closed for any topological space z. remarks 3.2: (1) every proper mapping is semi-p-proper since every closed mapping is semi-p-closed, but the converse is not true in general. for example: let ℝ be the set of real numbers with the usual topology then i: q → ℝ is semi-p-proper mapping which is not proper because it is not closed, because q is semi-p-closed subset of ℝ which is not closed. (2) let x be any topological space, and f be a closed subset of x, then the inclusion mapping i: f → x is semi-p-proper since it is a proper mapping, i is proper because it is a closed mapping since f is closed in x and, so every closed subset of f is closed in x. (3) the identity ix: x → x is proper and so it is semi-p-proper, ix is proper since it is 1-1 and a closed mapping.. in the following theorem, we give a characterization for semi-p-proper mappings. theorem 3.3: let f : x → y be a continuous injection mapping, then the following statements are equivalant: (1) f is semi-p-proper. (2) f is semi-p-closed. 294 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 (3) f is semi-p-homeomorphism from x onto a semi-p-closed subset of y. proof: (1) ⇒ (2) let f be semi-p-proper. to prove f is semi-p-closed mapping. take z = {p} then by hypothesis the mapping f×iz:x×{p}→y×{p} is semi-p-closed, but x×{p} and y×{p} are homeomorphic to x and y respectively, then f is semi-p-closed mapping. (2) ⇒ (3) f is continuous, injection and semi-p-closed by hypothesis, so it is semi-phomeomorphism from x onto f (x) which is semi-p-closed subset of y. (3) ⇒ (1) let f be semi-p-homeomorphism mapping from x into a semi-p-closed subset of y, i.e. f : x → f(x) is semi-p-homeomorphism mapping. now, let z be any topological space, so iz: z → z the identity mapping on z is homeomorphism, which implies f×iz:x×z→y×z is semi-p-homeomorphism from x×z onto the closed subspace f(x)×z of y×z and therefore is a semi-p-closed mapping. ■ proposition 3.4: the composition of two semi-p-proper mapping is semi-p-proper. proof: let x, x′ and x″ be topological spaces, and let f : x → x′ and g: x′ → x″ be two semi-p-proper mappings. to prove g∘f is semi-p-proper. g∘f is a continuous mapping, since f and g are continuous. now let z be any topological space, then f×iz is semi-p-closed mapping since f is semi-p-proper by hypothesis, on the other hand g×iz is continuous since g and iz are continuous by [3,p.44], so (g×iz)∘(f×iz) is semi-p-closed mapping by remarks 2.16 (2) which implies (g∘f )×iz is semi-p-closed. ■ proposition 3.5: let x, x′ and x″ be three topological spaces, and let f : x → x′ and g: x′ → x″ be mappings, then: (1) if f is continuous surjective mapping, g is continuous and g∘f is semi-p-proper, then g is semi-p-proper. (2) if f is continuous, g is semi-p-irresolute injective mapping and g∘f is semi-p-proper then f is semi-p-proper. proof: (1) let z be any topological space, then f×iz is continuous and onto since f and iz are so, on the other hand (g∘f )×iz is semi-p-closed since g∘f is semi-p-proper which implies that g×iz is semi-p-closed by proposition 2.19(1). (2) le z be any topological space, then the mapping g×iz: x′×z → x″×z is semi-pirresolute injective mapping since g and iz are so. on the other hand (g∘f )×iz: x×z → x″×z is semi-p-closed since g∘f is semi-p-proper, which implies that f×iz: x×z → x′×z is semi-p-closed by proposition 2.19(2). ■ proposition 3.6: let x1, y1, x2 and y2 be topological spaces, and let f1: x1 →y1, f2: x2 →y2 be mappings, then f1× f2 is semi-p-proper if f1 and f2 are semi-p-proper mappings. proof: suppose f1 and f2 are semi-p-proper mappings to show that f1× f2 is semi-p-proper. let z be any topological space, then: f1× f2×iz = (f1× 2y i ×iz)∘( 1x i ×f2×iz) as shown in the following diagram x 2 z 1 y z1 2 1 2 z i i i i 1 2 1 2 1 2 i x x z x y z y y zf f f f × × × × → × × × × → × × → × × 295 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 but f1× 2y i ×iz is continuous since f1, 2y i and iz are continuous. on the other hand 1x i ×f2×iz is semi-p-closed since 1x i is semi-p-closed and f2×iz is semi-p-closed since f2 is semi-p-proper mapping, hence by remarks 2.16(2) f1× f2×iz is semi-p-closed which means that f1× f2 is semip-proper. ■ 4future work (1) we can use the concept of semi-p-compactness to characterize semi-p-proper mappings. (2) we can use the concept of semi-p-proper mapping to define a new kind of spaces called semi-p-proper g-spaces. references 1. al-aubaidy, a.i., (2003), on semi-proper g-spaces, m.sc. thesis, university of almustansiriyah. 2. al-saidy, z.a.d., (2005), a weak form of proper actions, m.sc. thesis, university of al-mustansiriyah. 3. bourbaki, n., (1989), elements of mathematica, general topology, springer-verlage berlin heidelberg, newyork, london, paris, tokyo, 2nd edition. 4. gasim, s.g., (2006), on semi-pcompact spaces, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 5. mustafa, h.j. and ali, h.j., (2002), on proper mapping, j.babylon, 6, no.3. 6. wahid, a.h.a., (2005), on l-proper actions, m.sc. thesis, university of al-mustansiriyah. 7. mashhour, a., abd-monsef, m. and hasanein, i.a., (1984), on pretopological spaces, bull. math.soc.sci.r.s.r. 28, no.76:39-45. 8. navalagi, g.b., (1991), definition bank in general topology, 54g. 9. al-khazraji, r.b., (2004), on semi-p-open sets, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 10. steen, l.a. and seebach, j.a., (1970), counter examples in topology, holt rinehart wilson, new york. 11. sharma, l.j.n., (2000), topology, krishma prakashan medis (p)ltd. india, twenty fifth edition. 12. د.سمیر بشیر حریر، مقدمة في التبولوجیا العامة، جامعة الموصل 296 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 p– حول الدوال شبھ السدیدة من النمط داود نرجس عبد الجبار جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / قسم الریاضیات 2013كانون الثاني 21قبل البحث في: ، 2012تموز 3: البحث فيستلم أ ةصالخال ، باستخدام p –الھدف من ھذا البحث ھو اضافة نمط جدید من الدوال السدیدة و تسمى الدالة شبھ السدیدة من نوع سة بعض خواص ھذه الدوال وھي أضعف من الدوال السدیدة. تم برھنة ودرا p-المجموعات شبھ المفتوحة من نمط ومكافئاتھا. . p –الدوال السدیدة، المجموعات شبھ المفتوحة من النمط : الكلمات المفتاحیة 297 | mathematics 104 cascade-forward neural network for volterra integral equation solution shymaa akram hantoush alrubaie middle technical university, continuous education centre, baghdad-iraq shymmaakram35@mtu.edu.iq abstract the method of solving volterra integral equation by using numerical solution is a simple operation but to require many memory space to compute and save the operation. the importance of this equation appeares new direction to solve the equation by using new methods to avoid obstacles. one of these methods employ neural network for obtaining the solution. this paper presents a proposed method by using cascade-forward neural network to simulate volterra integral equations solutions. this method depends on training cascade-forward neural network by inputs which represent the mean of volterra integral equations solutions, the target of cascade-forward neural network is to get the desired output of this network. cascade-forward neural network is trained multi times to obtain the desired output, the training of cascade-forward neural network model terminal when there is no enhancement in result. the model combines all training cascade-forward neural network to obtain the best result. this method proved its successful in training and testing cascade-forward neural network for obtaining the desired output of numerical solution of volterra integral equation for multi intervals. cascade-forward neural network model measured by calculating mse to compute the degree of error at each training time. keywords:volterra integral equation (vie), cascade-forward neural network (cfnn), artificial neural network (ann). 1. introduction volterra integral equation (vie) represents as a special state in mathematics science and various methods are introduced to solve it, base of this equation depends on it a model of several science field such as in physics, engineering, biology etc. vie solved by multi numerical methods which are based as a linear or nonlinear converting system of integral equation that have direct or iterative methods solutions. many different techniques have been presented to solve vies of the second kind by adopting the linear property of it. the base ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2683 article history: received 13 december 2020, accepted 31 january 2021, published in 2021. mailto:shymmaakram35@mtu.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 105 technique of integral equation field depends on numerical quadrature rules, while the trapezoidal rule is the most popular technique to solve numerical integration which gives authenticated solutions [1]. the development in parallel processing affect all fields of knowledge, one of them is mathematics science methods, there are multi parallel techniques employed to take the typical solutions, examples of these are: genetic learning systems, artificial neural network, simulated annealing systems, associative memories, and fuzzy learning systems [2]. the recent papers that are interested of solving the integral equations have been employed some models of artificial neural network (ann) to take the desired solutions. the comparison between ann and numerical methods as techniques used to solve vie appears many features of ann, the solution by ann models is characterized as different and continuous [3]. the structure of (ann) inspired from information processing by getting the form of directed-graph structures. simple mathematical operations managed in nodes to be processed, while the numerical weights with the links between nodes symbolized to be associated within them to create information. the nodes in one layer connected to nodes in next layer to flow the information through the structure and patterned by using activated function to get the outputs of nervous systems [2]. cascade forward neural network (cfnn) is a model inspired from feed forward neural network (ffnn) model. there is a major distinction of cfnn from other ffnn; cfnn contains direct connection between the input layer and the output, in addition to the indirect connection through the hidden layer, which means "in cfnn each neuron in the input layer is attached to each neuron in the hidden layer and each neuron in the output layer" [3]. these connections of cfnn are useful by its adapt nonlinear relationship of input and output and not eliminating the linear relationship between them that depended on the background, and this feature is not available in ffnn that contains only nonlinear relationship of input and output, by this feature cfnn conforms to be suitable to solve problems that requires to build prediction time series data that depends on the probable state with a high level of accuracy [4]. . in this paper, cfnn model focuses on simulation procedure, it is used to predict the time series data of vie from both the generated data and the real data. the organization of this paper contains six component: literature review in section 2, theoretical in section 3 & 4, & methodology, performance measure & experimental results in section 5, and conclusions in section 6. 2. literature review several methods were used to solve vie and extract the best results, where for each method features which differs from the rest of the methods but the evolution in the use of parallel processors showed new methods to solve the equation. tahmasbi [5] utilize the power series method to solve linear vie of the second kind, the method used the exact solution of taylor expansion of the integral equation computes with approximate solution acceptable, the method proved its effectiveness and appropriately compared with other methods. isaacson et al. [6] develop collocation methods to solve linear, scalar, vie of the second kind by employee partitioned quadrature depending on the qualocation framework, with smooth kernels containing sharp gradients and many examples were examined, the method appears the efficient of getting the numerical solution of equation. mirzaee [7] presents the adaptive simpson’s quadrature method for solving linear vie of the second kind, its considered as simple method and has proved its efficiency and accuracy in obtaining results. rahman et ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 106 al. [8] use the galerkin weighted residual method to solve a vie of first and second kind by using a very few “laguerre polynomial”, the approximate results of tested examples present the convergence from the numerical solutions. kolk et al. [9] utilize suitable smoothing methods and polynomial splines on mildly graded or uniform grids to solve linear vie of the second kind, the method obtained the appropriate numerical results. aigo [1] applied the quadrature method to solve linear integral equations of the second kind by utilizing simpson's and trapezoidal quadrature rule to get accurate solution, this method achieved a good degree of accuracy according to obtained results of the illustrative examples. costarelli et al. [10] develop numerical collocation method depending on approximate of the exact solution of superposition of sigmoidal functions to solve linear and nonlinear vie of the second kind, the algorithm is characterized by low cost that allowing addition of more number of collocation points n , thereby this method increasing the accuracy of the obtained results. 3. volterra integral equation solution the most standard form of volterra integral equation is given as in equation (1) 𝑦(𝑡) + ∫ 𝐾(𝑡, 𝑠) 𝑦 𝑡 0 (𝑠)𝑑𝑠 = 𝑔(𝑡), 𝑡 ∈ [0, 𝑇] (1) when assuming that the solution is required over a finite interval [0, t] that t belongs to this interval with t < ∞, k(t,s) is continuous in 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ t, also g(t) is continuous finite (i). with these assumptions, the solution y(t) to (1) exists, is unique and y(t) is continuous in [0,t] [6]. trapezoidal rule is a distinguished case of newton–cotes’ formulas based on its formula that states. the trapezoidal rule is considered more saving to compute a sequence of approximations. vie solving by the trapezoidal approximation by dividing the interval [a,b] into equal subinterval, then the trapezoidal rules will be applied on equation(2): ∫ 𝑓( 𝑏 𝑎 x)dx = ℎ [ 𝑓(𝑎)+𝑓(𝑏) 2 + ∑ f(𝑥𝑘 ) 𝑛−1 𝑘=2 ] (2) where h represents equal subinterval of [a,b], h calculated by equation ( h = 𝑏 − 𝑎 /𝑁) 𝑁 ∈ n∗, while (xk=a+ k−1 h , 1 ≤ k ≤ n+1). [1] 4. cascade-forward neural network (cfnn) cfnn structure component of input, output and one or more hidden layers, there is a connection from the input to each layer in the network, and a connection from each layer to the successive layers in the network as shown in figure (1) [11]. this allows the inputs to directly, influence the output nodes by embedding additional information and features to it [12]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 107 figure 1.structure of cfnn cfnn are similar in structure to multilayer feedforward neural network except cfnn which has a direct weighted connection from its input to output layer with two additional connections. cfnns with more layers might learn complex relationships, while in ffnn the connection formed between input and output is indirect relationship of sample relationships. [11] cfnn model equation can be formed as equation (3): 𝑦 = ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑤𝑖 𝑖 𝑥𝑖 + 𝐴 𝑜 (∑ 𝑤𝑗 𝑜 𝐴𝑗 ℎ (∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑖 ℎ𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝑘 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 )) (3) where ai is the activation function from the input layer to the output layer, xi is an input sample, wi i is weight from the input layer to the output layer, ao is the activation function of output layer, and the activation function of the hidden layer is ah. when the bias wb is added to the input layer and the activation function of each neuron in the hidden layer ah then equation formed as equation (4) [11]: 𝑦 = ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑤𝑖 𝑖 𝑥𝑖 + 𝐴 𝑜 (𝑤 𝑏 + ∑ 𝑤𝑗 𝑜 𝐴𝑗 ℎ (𝑤𝑗 𝑏 + ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑖 ℎ𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝑘 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 )) (4) after construct cfnn, the training process of the cfnn will be done, in the train state the samples inputs to the network to obtain the target output. in this state the weight and the bias based to be used, cfnn need inputs, target result, weight and bias to begin training process. there are many types of activation functions used in training process of neural networks, the training activation function “trainlm” considers the fastest backpropagation algorithm in network training function that updates weight and bias values according to levenbergmarquardt optimization. the number of hidden layers depend on the size of input samples and the number of neurons in each hidden layer depend on the number of target output [13]. cfnn performance like any neural network can be measured, thus the mean squared error (mse) is very commonly used as a perfect general purpose error metric for numerical predictions [12]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 108 5. methodology the mechanism of the proposed method is in three steps: the first step extracts the exact numerical solution of vie using trapezoidal quadrature rule and then gets the mean of each solution which represents features that input to cfnn, these features saved in fixed database to use it in the second step. the second step, cfnn model is created then training multi times to obtain the same numerical solutions of the quadrature method. in the third step, the simulation cfnn model test the values to obtain the vie solutions. the model of this method is illustrated in block diagram as in figure (2). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 109 figure 2.block diagram of the proposed model 5.1.design and implementation in the proposed method, selected values from 1 to 20 to extract the numerical solution of vie to be an example to prove the work, solutions of vie for 20 values are calculated, then trapezoidal quadrature rule mean for each vector save matrix of vie solutions vector testing process values training process simulation of vie return vie solution cfnn model cfnn model cfnn training vie solution cfnn training vie solution cfnn training vie solution cfnn training vie solution ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 110 the mean of each of solution is calculated to be a vector of solution for each value. these vectors will saved to be inputs for cfnn, this process is explained in algorithm (1): algorithm 1: trapezoid rule for volterra integral equations (vie): input: numerical values output: vectors of mean of vie -------------------------------------------------------------------- step1. select 20 values as an examples of the proposed method [1 .. 20]. step2. calculate vie by use trapezoid rule. step3. find mean of each vie vector. step4. save output of vie. step5: repeat steps (2-4) 20 times. cfnn building based on the entered inputs to get the target value of the desired solution of vie, cfnn structure contains one input layer, one hidden layer which contains 20 neurons, and one output layer. in cfnn used defaults parameters for weights and bias values that update by useing “trainlm” as activation function of cfnn, cfnn structure creates in algorithm (2), while figure (3) shows the structure of cfnn which builds in this work. algorithm2: create cfnn input: numbers of vectors in matrix of mean of vie output: cfnn -------------------------------------------------------------------- step1. select network structure type “cascade forward neural network”. step2. determine no. of layers depend on numbers of vectors in matrix of mean of vie [one input layer – one hidden layer – one output layer]. step3.no. of neurons in input layer (no.i) equal the value of vector. step4.no. of neurons in hidden layer (no.h) depend on the number of input vectors. step5.no. of neurons in output layer (no.o) depend on the number of target vectors. step6. calculate weight and bias values:  iw: {2x1 cell} containing 2 input weight matrices.  lw: {2x2 cell} containing 1 layer weight matrix.  b: {2x1 cell} containing 2 bias vectors. step7. create ( cfnn, no of layers, no.i, no.h, no.o, iw, lw,b). figure 3. structure of cfnn ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 111 the proposed method of training cfnn explained in algorithm (3), it depends on train cfnn multi times then combine the results of training cfnns to exceed the errors in training results of cfnn and gets the optimum performance, the training process terminated after there is no enhancement in their performance. in this work the performance of cfnn stopped improving after four training of cfnn, four cfnn training is combined and saved to be simulated the result in test state. the training process of cfnn can be seen in figure (4) which appears the training progress of cfnn for each time. algorithm3: training process input: cfnn, vectors of mean of vie output: cell of cfnns model -------------------------------------------------------------------- step1. call algorithm1 “trapezoid rule for volterra integral equations (vie)” with 20 values. step2. call algorithm2 “create cfnn” with 20 neurons. step3. train cfnn with inputs (vectors of mean of vie). step4. evaluate network outputs by given inputs. step5. save cfnn with performance value. step6. evaluate the performance of cfnn if there are errors in simulation results repeat the steps from (3 to 6). step7. save cfnn as “netno attempt” step8. after 4 attempts (repeat steps 3 to 7), the best performance would been done by get the target result. step9. save net-1, net-2, net-3 and net-4 as “cell of cfnns model”. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 112 a. cfnn training1 b. cfnn training2 c. cfnn training3 d. cfnn training4 figure 4.training process of cfnns: a. cfnn training1, b. cfnn training2, c. cfnn training3, d. cfnn training4 the four cfnn training are collected in one programming state to get all the target solutions successfully. then the final models of cfnn are stimulated their results to get the target solutions of vie, the algorithm of the proposed model of testing process can be seen in algorithm (4). algorithm4: testing process input: cell of cfnns model output: solutions of vie -------------------------------------------------------------------- step1. input any value from [1 .. 20] step2. return the vector of mean of vie of the same input value step3. call cfnns cell. step4. simulate nets of cfnns cell with input value as following :  if result of net-1 equal the input value, the solution of vie return and go to the 5 step.  if result of net-2 equal the input value, the solution of vie return and go to the 5 step.  if result of net-3 equal the input value, the solution of vie return and go to the 5 step. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 113  if result of net-4 equal the input value, the solution of vie return and go to the 5 step. step5. get the solution of vie for this value. 5.2.performance measures this paper shows the efficiency of cfnn in obtain the target solution of vie by measuring the performance of cfnn model to test their work, mse used to measure the quality of neural network, the mse of training cfnn for four training attempts appear in table (1). table (1) the results of training cfnn for four attempts no. of training attempt mse 1 0.0293 2 0.0445 3 0.0165 4 0.0227 this method can calculate the best validation performance of each cfnn training by extracting the mse for each iterations of cfnn training, this process calculates for four cfnn training, the best value of validation performance obtained for four cfnns training shown in figure (5), this figure contains chart for each cfnn describes the relation between the number of iteration and mse for cfnn training. after four cfnn training attempts, all the target output would have been returned exactly, thus the training process will be stopped and save cfnns. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 114 a. performance of cfnn1 b. performance of cfnn2 c. performance of cfnn3 d. performance of cfnn4 figure (5) performance of cfnn for four training networks: a. performance of cfnn1, b. performance of cfnn2, c. performance of cfnn3, d. performance of cfnn4 6. conclusions this paper used a proposed technique for getting volterra integral equations (vie) solutions by useing cascade-forward neural network model. cfnn would have been built to simulate vie solutions, cfnn represents an appropriate network to solve integral equation because its structures is nonlinear and nonparametric, thus makes it more flexible to get the predictions of time series. in this work, cfnn is trained four times to get the target results with the best performance, then get the results of cfnns training models to be in one cfnn simulation model for simulating values of vie solutions. in this method exceeding the training errors in output result, so the simulation process of cfnn with values of vie would been more reliability. cfnn model that is proposed in this search can simulate more values of vie that training on it with no errors percentage because cfnn is trained multi times until the target results would be getting, then all the cfnns training combined to be one cfnn model in simulation process. thus the results of the proposed method appeared that cfnn model simulated the values of vie solutions with 100% percentage. 7.acknowledgment i would like to thank the university that facilitated the task of researcher prepared for the research and affiliated to it, which are: middle technical university (www.mtu.edu.iq). http://www.mtu.edu.iq/ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 115 references 1. aigo mu. on the numerical approximation of volterra integral equations of the second kind using quadrature rules, international journal of advanced scientific and technological research.. 2013,1, 558-64. 2. yadav, n.; yadav, a.; kumar, m. an introduction to neural network methods for differential equations. netherlands: springer. 2015, e-issn 2191-5318. 3. al-allaf on. cascade-forward vs. function fitting neural network for improving image quality and learning time in image compression system. in proceedings of the world congress on engineering. 2012, 2, 4-6. 4. warsito b, santoso r, yasin h. cascade forward neural network for time series prediction. inj. phys. conf. ser. 2018, 1025, 012097. 5. tahmasbi a. a new approach to the numerical solution of linear volterra integral equations of the second kind. int. j. contemp. math. sciences. 2008. 3, 32, 1607-10. 6. isaacson sa, kirby rm. numerical solution of linear volterra integral equations of the second kind with sharp gradients. journal of computational and applied mathematics. 2011, 235, 14, 4283-301. 7. mirzaee f. a computational method for solving linear volterra integral equations. applied mathematical sciences. 2012, 6, 17, 807-14. 8. rahman ma, islam ms, alam mm. numerical solutions of volterra integral equations using laguerre polynomials. journal of scientific research. 2012, 4, 2, 357. 9. kolk m, pedas a. numerical solution of volterra integral equations with singularities. frontiers of mathematics in china. 2013, 8, 2, 239-59. 10. costarelli d, spigler r. solving volterra integral equations of the second kind by sigmoidal functions approximation. the journal of integral equations and applications. 2013, 25, 2, 193-222. 11. warsito b, santoso r, yasin h. cascade forward neural network for time series prediction. inj. phys. conf. ser. 2018, 1025, 012097. 12. alkhasawneh ms, tay lt. a hybrid intelligent system integrating the cascade forward neural network with elman neural network. arabian journal for science and engineering. 2018, 43, 12, 6737-49. 13. yusoff y, zain am, sharif s, sallehuddin r, ngadiman ms. potential ann prediction model for multiperformances wedm on inconel 718. neural computing and applications. 2018, 30, 7, 2113-27. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المقاسات الجزئیة شبه االولیة التامة والمقاسات شبه االولیة التامة بثینة نجاد شهاب هادي و انعام محمد علي جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 2010 ،اب، 23: استلم البحث في 2010،تشرین الثاني، 9: قبل البحث في الخالصة في هذا البحـث درسـنا مفهـومي المقاسـات الجزئیـة . مقاساً احادیا ً mحلقة ابدالیة ذا عنصر محاید ولیكن rلتكن انـه مقـاس جزئـي شـبه wالتـام شبه االولیة التامة والمقاسات شبه االولیة التامة إذ یقال عن المقاس الجزئـي الفعلـي المتغیـر مقاسـاً شـبه اولـي تـام اذا mویسـمى xwمقاس جزئي متغیر تام یـؤدي الـى ان xلكل xxwاولي تام اذا كان اعطینــا الخــواص االساسـیة لهــذین المفهـومین وكــذلك درسـنا العالقــات بــین . مقــاس شـبه اولــي تـام (0)كـان المقــاس الجزئـي ذات ) المقاسـات(مع انواع اخـرى مـن المقاسـات الجزئیـة ) المقاسات شبه االولیة التامة(المقاسات الجزئیة شبه االولیة التامة .العالقة معهما المقاســات شــبه االولیــة التامــة المقاســات الجزئیــة مــن الـــنمط -ولیــة التامــةالمقاســات الجزئیــة شــبه اال :الكلمــات المفتاحـیـة invarian المقاسات االولیة التامة -التامة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 on fully semiprime submodules and fully semip rime modules i.m.a.hadi and b.n. shihab departme nt of mathematics, ibn-al-haitham, college of education , unive rsity of baghdad received in: 23, august, 2010 accepte d in: 9, november, 2010 abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m be a unitary r-module. in this p aper we st udy fully semip rime submodules and fully semip rime modules, where a p rop er fully invariant r-submodule w of m is called fully semip rime in m if whenever xxw for all fully invariant r-submodule x of m , imp lies xw. m is called fully semip rime if (0) is a fully semip rime submodule of m . we give basic p rop erties of these concepts. also we st udy the relationship s between fully semip rime submodules (modules) and other related submodules (modules) resp ectively. key words: fully semip rime submodule, fully semip rime modules, fully invariant submodule, fully p rime modules. introduction j.abuihlail in [1], suggested the definition of fully semip rime submodule and fully semip rime module as p rojects, where a p rop er fully invarianr r-module w  m is fully semip rime in m , if whenever xxw for all fully invariant r-submodules xm , it follows that xw. an r-module m is called fully semip rime if whenever xx=0 for all fully invariant rsubmodule x of m , it follows t hat x=0; that is m is a fully semip rime module if 0  m is fully semip rime. also for r-submodules x, y  m , the internal p roduct xy is defined by {f(x):fhom(m ,y)}. not ice that, if ym is fully invariant, then xym is also fully invariant, and if xm is fully invariant, then xy xy. the internal p roduct of submodules of a given module over an associative not necessarily commutative ring was first introduced by bican et.al, [2] to p resent the notion of p rime modules. the definition is modified in [3], where arbitrary submodules are replaced by fully invariant ones. to avoid any p ossible confusion, such modules are referred to as fully p rime modules, where a p rop er fully invariant submodule w  m is fully p rime, if whenever xyw, for all fully invariant r-submodule xm , ym , it follows t hat xw or yw. an r-module is called fully p rime if (0)   m is a fully p rime submodule; that is whenever xy=(0) for all fully invariant r-submodules xm , ym , it follows t hat x=(0) or y=(0). in this p aper we give a comprehensive study of the concep ts fully semip rime submodules and fully semip rime modules, where this p aper consists of two sections. in section one, we give the basic p rop erties of fully semip rime submodules and fully semip rime modules. section two is devoted to st udy the relationships between fully semip rime modules and other modules such as uniform module, chained module, z-regular module, quasi-dedekind module, multip lication module and retractable module. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 next throughout this p aper, r is commutative ring with unity and m be a unitary r-module. 1fully s emiprime s ubmodul es and fully s emiprime modul es-basic results in this section we st udy the concep ts of fully semip rime submodules and fully semip rime modules which are introduced in [1] as p rojects. the concepts are generalizations of fully p rime submodules and fully p rime modules which are st udied in [3]. we give characterizations about theses concepts and establishe some basic p rop erties about t hem. we begin with the following definition. 1.1 de fini tion, [2]: let k, l be two fully invariant submodules of r-module m . then kl={f(k): f:ml} a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is called invariant if for each f r end(m) , f(n)n. m is called fully invariant if every submodule of m is invariant, see [4]. invariant submodule is called fully invariant submodule by some authors, see [3,p .14]. 1.2 de fini tion, [3]: a fully invariant submodule n of an r-module m is called fully p rime if for all fully invariant submodules k and l of m such that kln, implies kn or ln. now, we give the following concept. 1.3 de fini tion, [1]: a fully invariant submodule n of an r-module m is called fully semip rime if for all fully invariant submodules k of m such that kkn, implies kn. we call m fully p rime (fully semip rime) module if (0) is fully p rime (fully semip rime) submodule, see [1]. recall that:an r-module m is said to be a prime module if annrm =annrn for every nonzero submodule n of m , where annrm ={rr:rx=0 for each xm }, see [5]. an r-module m is called semip rime if and only if annrn is a semip rime ideal of r for each non-zero r-submodule n of m , see [6]. next, we give some remarks and examp les. 1.4 note : consider r as a left r-module, let i, j be two ideals of r. then ij=ij, since every ideal of r is a fully invariant r-submodule. thus i is a fully semip rime ideal if and only if i is a semip rime ideal. 1.5 remarks and examples: 1. let n be a submodule of an r-module m . if n is a fully p rime submodule, then n is a fully semip rime submodule. 2. if an r-module m is fully p rime module, then m is p rime module. 3. a submodule n of an r-module m is semip rime, if n is fully semip rime submodule. proof: sup p ose that rr, xm such that r 2 xn. let k=<rx>, k is a fully invariant submodule, then kk={f(k): f:mk= <rx>}. now, f(k)=f<rx>=r<f(x)><r 2 x>n. t hus kkn, implies kn, so rxn. 4. if an r-module m is a fully semip rime module, then m is a semiprime module. 5. z6 as a z-module is fully semip rime, since for all submodule n, n(0), then nn(0). thus z 6 is a semiprime z-module. but it is not a fully p rime because it is not p rime. 6. z4 as a z-module is not semip rime module, since annzz4=4z is not a semiprime ideal of z. hence z4 is not fully semip rime. 7. 6z as a z-submodule of z is semiprime, so it is fully semip rime. 8. let r be an integral domain and k be the quotient field of r. then k is an r-module and the zero r-submodule of k is the only semip rime in k. that is (0) is the only fully semip rime submodule in k, because if  n<k, n(0), n is fully semip rime submodule, then n is semip rime, which is a contradiction. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 9. p z  as a z-module has no fully semip rime submodule. 10. the homomorp hic image of a fully semip rime module need not fully semip rime module, for examp le: z as a z-module is a fully p rime. then z is fully semip rime. now, let :zz/(4) z4. z4 as a z-module is not a fully semip rime. now, we have the following p rop osition. 1.6 proposi tion: if n is fully semip rime r-submodule of m , then [n r : k] is a semip rime ideal of r for all n   k. proof: we have n is fully semip rime submodule, then n is semip rime submodule (by remarks and examp les (1.4),3). then it is easy to show that [n r : k] is semip rime ideal for all kn. the following result is a consequence of p rop osition (1.6). 1.7 corollary: if n is a fully semip rime submodule of an r-module m , then [n r : m ] is a semip rime ideal. the following result is a characterization of fully semip rime submodule, but first the following lemma is needed. 1.8 lemma: let k be a fully invariant submodule of an r-module m . then i(kk)ikik for every ideal i of r. proof: ikik={f(ik):f:mik} = i{f(k):f:mikk} since kk=={g(k):g:mk}. it follows that ikik  i(kk) 1.9 proposi tion: let n be a submodule of an r-module m . then n is a fully semip rime submodule if and only if [n m : i] is a fully semip rime submodule of m for every ideal i of r. proof: () sup p ose that n is a fully semip rime submodule of m , let k be a fully invariant submodule of m such that kk[n m : i], imp lies i(kk)n, t hen by lemma (1.8), ikik n, but n is a fully semip rime submodule. thus ikn. therefore k[n m : i]. hence [n m : i] is a fully semip rime submodule. the converse follows by taking i=r, because [n m : r]=n. next, we have the following p rop osition. 1.10 proposi tion: let n be a fully invariant submodule of m . if n is a fully semip rime submodule, then m /n is fully semip rime module. proof: let k/n be a fully invariant submodule of m /n such that k/nk/n=n=om/n. then k is a fully invariant submodules of m , with k m  kn [3, corollary (1.1.21)]. hence kn (since n is a fully semip rime submodule). that is m / n k o n  . the converse of prop osition (1.10) holds under the condition m is self projective. 1.11 proposi tion: let m be a self p rojective module and let n be a fully invariant submodule of m . if m /n is fully semip rime, then n is a fully semip rime submodule in m . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 proof: let k be a fully invariant submodule of n such that kkn. then k'= k n n  is a fully invariant submodule of m n [3, lemma (1.1.20)(ii)] and k' m / n  k'=0. hence k'=0, that is k+nn and so kn. t hus n is a fully invariant semip rime submodule. as an ap p lication of prop osition (1.10) we give the following corollary . 1.12 corollary: let :m m ' be an epimorp hisim. if ker  is a fully semip rime submodule, then m ' is a fully semip rime module. proof: since  is an epimorp hisim, then m /ker  m '. but ker is a fully semip rime submodule, so by p rop osition (1.10), m /ker is a fully semip rime module. this comp letes the p roof. before we give the next result, we introduce the following lemma. 1.13 lemma: let :mm ' be an isomorphism, where m , m ' be two r-modules, let k be a fully invariant submodule of m . then (kk)(k)(k). proof: (kk) = ({f(k):f:mk}) = {f(k):f:mk} = {( f)(k):f:mk}. but  1 :m 'm is an isomorphism and km , so there exists k'm ' such that  1 (k')=k; that is (k)=k'. hence (kk)={ f  1 (k'):f:mk}. but 1 fm ' m k        , hence ( f  1 ):m 'k'=(k). hence (kk)={ f  1 (k'):  f  1 :m '(k)=k'}. now (k)(k)=k'k'={h(k'):h:m 'k'=(k)}. it follows that (kk)(k)(k). however, we get t he following p rop osition. 1.14 proposi tion: if m and m ' are two isomorphic r-modules, then m ' is fully semip rime module if and only if m is fully semip rime module. proof: let :mm ',  is an isomorp hism, and let l be a fully invariant submodule of m ' such that ll=0. to p rove l=0. let k= 1 (l), that is (k)=l. then ll=(k)(k)(kk) (by lemma (1.13). but (k)(k)=0 (since ll=0), imp lies (kk)=0. since  is one to one, we have kk=0 and since m is fully semip rime, we get k=0. this imp lies (k)=(0)=0. t herefore l=(0) and hence m ' is a fully semip rime module. 1.15 proposi tion: let n and k be two fully semip rime submodules of an r-module m . then nk is a fully semip rime submodule of m . proof: let l be a fully invariant submodule of m such that llnk. but nkk and nkn. llk and lln. thus lk and ln (since k and l are fully semip rime). therefore lnk. hence nk is a fully semip rime submodule of m . by using the mathematical induction, we obtain the following result. 1.16 corollary: the intersection of a finite collection of fully semip rime submodules of an r-module is a fully semip rime submodule. 1.17 proposi tion: let m be an r-module. then m is fully semip rime module if and only if for all mm , (m)(m)=(0), imp lies m=0. proof: () it is clear. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 to p rove the other side, let nn=(0). sup p ose n(0), so t here exists mn, m(0) such that (m)n, implies (m)(m)nn=(0). then (m)(m)=(0). hence m=0, which is a contradiction. thus n=0 and this comp letes the proof. for our next p rop osition, the following lemma is needed. 1.18 lemma: if m 1, m 2 are two r-modules and n1, n2 are two fully invariant submodules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, then (n1n1)(n2n2)(n1n2)  (n1n2). proof: (n1n1)(n2n2) = {(f(n1),g(n2)): f:m 1n1, g:m 2n2}. for any f:m 1n1, g:m 2n2, define h: m 1m 2  n1n2 by h(x,y )=(f(x),g(y )) for all (x,y ) m 1m 2. it is clear that h is well defined homomorp hism. now, h(n1n2)=(f(n1),g(n2)). but (n1n2)  (n1n2)={(n1n2):: m 1m 2 n1n2}.it follows that h(n1n2)=  (f(n1),g(n2)) be in (n1n2)  (n1n2). thus we have (n1n1)(n2n2)(n1n2)(n1n2). 1.19 proposi tion: let m 1, m 2 be two r-modules and m =m 1m 2 such that annm 1+annm 2=r. if n1 and n2 are fully semip rime r-submodules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, then n1n2 is also fully semip rime. proof: to p rove n1n2 is fully semip rime, let n be a fully invariant submodule of m such that nnn1n2. but n=kl for some km 1, lm 2, by [4,theorem (4.2),ch.1]. then (kl) kln1n2. thus by lemma (1.15), we get (kk)  (ll)  n1n2 so kkn1, lln2. but n1 and n2 are fully semip rime, then kn1, ln2. thus kln1n2 and hence n1n2 is fully semip rime. the converse of prop osition (1.16) holds if (n1n2)  (n1n2)= (n1n1)(n2n2). 1.20 proposi tion: let m 1, m 2 be two r-modules, let (n1n2)  (n1n2)= (n1n1)(n2n2) for each n1m 1, n2m 2. then n1n2 is fully semip rime implies, n1 and n2 are fully semip rime. proof: let km 1, lm 2 such that kkn1 and lln2. hence (kk)(ll)n1n2. it follows that (kl)(kl)n1n2. since n1n2 is fully semip rime, kln1n2. hence kn1 and ln2. thus k and l are fully semip rime. 1.21 proposi tion: let m 1, m 2 be two r-modules such that annm 1+annm 2=r. then m 1m 2 is fully semip rime module if and only if m 1 and m 2 are fully semip rime modules. proof: let n be a fully invariant submodule of m 1m 2.if nn=0, to p rove n=0. since n= n1n2 [4,theorem (2.4)], then nn=(n1n2)  (n1n2). by lemma (1.15). (n1n1)(n2n2)(n1n2)  (n1n2)=(0)(0). then (n1n1)(n2n2)=(0)(0), imp lies n1n1=(0) and n2n2=(0). therefore n1=(0) and n2=(0) (because m 1, m 2 are fully semip rime). thus n1n2=(0)(0) and hence m is fully semip rime. conversely , sup p ose that m 1m 2 is a fully semip rime module, let n1 be a fully invariant submodule of m 1 such that n1n1=(0). we can show that t here is one to one corresp ondence between n1n1 and (n1(0))(n1(0)) as follows. for any f:m 1n1, f(n1) n1n1, f can be extended to f : m 1m 2 n1(0) by f  (m1,m2)=(f(m1),0) for all (m1,m2) m 1m 2 it is clear that f (n1(0))=f(n1)(0), hence if f(n1)=0, then f  (n1(0))=(0). similarly , if g: m 1m 2 n1(0), g(n1(0))(n1(0))(n1(0)), then we define g :m 1n1 by g (m1)=g(m1,0),  mm 1, hence g (n1)=g(n1(0)) and so g (n1) n1n1. thus n1n1=0  (n1(0))(n1(0))=0. it follows that (n1(0))(n1(0))=0, and hence n1(0)=0. t hus n1=0. similarly if n2 is an invariant submodule of m 2 such that, n2n2=0, imp lies n2=(0) and hence m 2 is fully semip rime. next, we p rove the following. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 1.22 proposi tion: let m =m 1m 2 be a direct sum of two r-modules m 1 and m 2 such that annm 1+annm 2=r. if l1 is a fully semip rime submodule of m 1. then l1m 2 is a fully semip rime submodule of m . proof: let n be a fully invariant submodule of m = m 1m 2 such that nnlm 2. by [4,theorem (4.2),ch.1], there exists n1m 1, n2m 2 such that n=n1n2. hence (n1n2)  (n1n2)l1m 2. but (n1n1)(n2n2)(n1n2)  (n1n2) by lemma (1.15). therefore (n1n1)(n2n2)l1m 2. it is clear that n1n1l1, but l1 is fully semip rime submodule, then n1l1. thus n1n2l1m 2. therefore l1m 2 is fully semip rime submodule of m . 2the relationshi ps between fully s emiprime modul es and ce rtain types of modul es in this section, we establishe some relationship s between fully semip rime submodules and some ty p e of modules. recall that an r-module m is said to be uniform module if every non-zero submodule of m is essential see [7], where a submodule n of an r-module m is essential p rovided that nk0 for every non-zero submodule k of m , see [7]. hence, we have the following p rop osition. 2.1 proposi tion: let m be a uniform r-module. then m is a fully semip rime module if and only if m is a fully p rime module. proof: sup p ose that m is a fully semip rime r-module, let k, l be two fully invariant submodules of m such that kl=(0). assume that k(0), l(0). then kl(0) (since m is uniform). on the other hand klk, kll. also, note that k, l are fully invariant, imp lies kl is fully invariant. then (kl)(kl)kl=(0). thus (kl)(kl)(0). but m is fully semip rime so kl=(0) which is a contradiction. thus either k=(0) or l=(0). then m is fully p rime. the converse is obvious. the following results are consequences of p rop osition (2.1), but first we need to recall the following definition. an r-module m is said to be chained module if and only if every non-emp ty set of submodule of m is ordered by inclusion, [8]. hence, we have the following consequence of (2.1). 2.2 corollary: let m be a chained r-module. then m is fully semip rime if and only if m is fully p rime. proof: it is known that every chained r-module m is uniform, then the result follows from p rop osition (2.1). an r-module m is called quasi-dedekind if every submodule n of m is quasi-invertible [9,definition (1.1), ch.2], where a submodule n of m is called quasi-invertible if hom(m /n,m )=0 [9,definition (1.1),ch.1]. 2.3 corollary: if m is a uniform fully semip rime r-module, then m is a quasi-dedekind r-module. proof: from p rop osition (2.1) and remark (1.4), we get m is a p rime module. thus by [6,theorem (3.11),ch.3], m is quasi-dedekind. as an ap p lication of corollary (2.3), we give the following examp le. 2.4 example: z as a z-module is uniform and fully p rime module, also it is quasi-dedekind. recall that an r-module m is called z-regular if and only if each cyclic submodule of m is p rojective direct summand of m . equivalently if for each am , fm *=hom(m ,r) such that a=f(a)a, [10]. by using this concept, we give the following p rop osition. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 2.5 proposi tion: if m is a z-regular r-module, then m is fully semip rime module. proof: let k be a fully invariant submodule of m such that kk=(0). sup p ose k0. then there exists xk, x0. since m is z-regular, then there exists f:mr such that x=f(x)x. define g:rk by g(r)=rx for each rr. then f gm r k  , so g f:mk such that (g f)(x)=g(f(x))=f(x)x0. thus 0g f and hence kk0 which is a contradiction. thus k=0. now, we have the following p rop osition. 2.6 proposi tion: let i be an ideal of r. then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. i is a fully semip rime submodule in r. 2. i is a semiprime submodule of r. 3. r/i is a semip rime ring. proof: 12, let j be an ideal of r such that j 2 i. then jji (by note (1.4)). thus ji, by (1). 21, let jji. then j 2 i (by note (1.4)) implies ji. 23, it is obvious. 2.7 note s, [11]: 1. for any r-module m and for any ideals i, j of r. then (im )(jm )(ij)m . and t he reverse inclusion is also easily established p rovided m is self generator, t hat is t rac(m ,jm )=jm . 2. the multiplication modules over commutative ring are self generator whose submodules are fully invariant. recall that an r-module m is called multiplication if for every submodule n of m , there exists an ideal i of r such that n=im , equivalently for every submodule n of m , n=[n r : m ]m , [7]. 2.9 corollary: let m be a multiplication r-module. then (im )(jm )=(ij)m . 2.10 proposi tion: let m be a faithful multip lication r-module m . then m is fully semip rime if and only if r is semip rime ring. proof: let i be a prop er ideal of r such that i 2 =0, let n=im , n is a fully invariant submodule of m . then nn=i 2 m =0 by corollary (2.9), so nn=0. but m is fully semip rime, imp lies n=0 and so im =0. then iann(m )=0, since m is faithful. thus i=0. conversely , let n be a fully invariant submodule and nn=0, since, n=im for some ideal i of r. implies that nn=i 2 m , so i 2 m =0. thus i 2 ann(m )=0. therefore i=0 (since r is semip rime), and hence n=im =(0). now, we have the following p rop osition. 2.11 proposi tion: let m be a multiplication r-module with annr(m ) is semip rime. then m is fully semip rime module. proof: let n be a fully invariant submodule of m such that nn=0. but n=im for some ideal i of m , since m is multiplication module. hence imim =0 which imp lies that i 2 m =0. thus i 2 annr(m ) and hence iannr(m ).then im =0. therefore n=(0). t his comp letes the proof. the following is an immediate consequence of p rop osition (2.11). 2.12 corollary: let m be a multiplication r-module. then m is a semip rime r-module if and only if annr(m ) is semip rime ideal. proof: assume that m is semip rime r-module. then (0) is a semip rime submodule, so (o:m )=annr(m ) is semip rime ideal. conversely , let annr(m ) be a semiprime ideal. then by p rop osition (2.11), we get m is fully semip rime and hence m is semip rime by remarks (1.4), see [4]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 by p rop osition (2.11), we have the following. 2.13 corollary: let m be a faithful multip lication r-module. the following are equivalent: 1. m is fully semip rime. 2. r is semip rime ring. 3. m is semip rime module. proof: 12 it is obvious. 23 r is semip rime ring  (0) is semip rime ideal  annr(m ) is semip rime ideal  m is semip rime module (by p rop osition (2.11)). an r-module m is called coprime if for every p rop er submodule n of m , annr(m )=annr(m /n), [2]. recall that an r-module m is called a scalar module if for all fendr(m );f0, there exists rr, r0 such that f(m)=rm, see [12]. by using these concep ts, we can prove the following. 2.14 proposi tion: let m be a coprime scalar and fully semip rime r-module. then m is simple. proof: assume that n be a p rop er r-submodule of m , let f:mn. then there exists rr such that f(m)=rm for all mm (since m is a scalar module). therefore f(m)=rm  n, imp lies r[n r : m ]. but m is a cop rime module, so annrm =[n r : m ]. thus rannrm . then rm =0. thus f(n)=rn=0. hence {f(n):f:mn}=0. then nn=0 and since n is a fully semip rime, we get n=0. recall that an r-module m is called retractable if hom(m ,n)0, for every non-zero submodule n of m , see [13]. now, we st ate and prove the following result. 2.15 the orem: let m be an r-module, if m is fully semip rime, then m is retractable and the converse is true if endr(m ) is semip rime. proof: assume that m is fully semip rime and let n be a submodule of m , n0. assume m is not retractable, that is hom(m ,n)=0, then nn=0 and so n=0 which is a contradiction. hence m is retractable. conversely , if m is retractable and endr(m ) is semip rime , let n be a fully invariant submodule of m such that nn=0. sup p ose n0. since m is retractable, then there exists f:mn, f0. but 0= nn={f(n):f:mn}=0, hence f(n)=0. then for any mm , f 2 (m)=f(f(m))=0. then f 2 =0 and hence f=0 which is a contradiction. thus n=0. therefore m is a fully semip rime r-module. we end this section by the following corollary . 2.16 corollary: let m be a finitely generated multiplication r-module. the following are equivalent: 1. m is retractable and endr(m ) is semip rime. 2. m is fully semip rime. 3. m is semip rime. 4. annr(m ) is semip rime. proof: it is obvious. re ferences 1. abuihlail, j. (2007), zariski-like top ologies for m odules over commutative rings, research project submitted to king fahad univ. of petroleum and m inerals, deanship of scientific research, from internet. 2. bican, l.; jambor, p.; kep ka, t. and nëmec, p. (1980), prime and cop rime m odules, fund. m ath. 107(1), 33-45. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 3. wijay anti, e.i. (2006), cop rime m odules and comodules, p h.d. thesis heinrich-heine universität, düsseldorf. 4. abass, m . s. (1999), on fully stable m odules, p h.d.t hesis, univ. of baghdad. 5. desale, g. and nicholson, k.w.( 1981), endop rimtive ings, j.algebra, 70, 548-560. 6. al-sharide, f. a. f. (2008), s-compactly packed submodules and semiprime m odules, m s.c.thesis, univ. of tikrit. 7. abdul-rahman, a. and al-hashimi, b. (1994), on submodules of m ultip lication m odules, iraqi j. sci., 35, 4. 8. m ccasland, l. r. and m oore, e. m . (1992), prime submodules, commutative in algebra, 20(6), 1803-1817. 9. m ijbass, a.s. (1997), quasi-dededkind m odules and quasi-invertible submodules, p h.d.t hesis, univ. of baghdad. 10. naoum, g. a. (1995), regular m ultip lication m odules, periodica m athematica hungarica, 31(2), 155-162. 11. lamp chirstian, (2004), prime elements in partially ordered group oids ap p lied to m odules and hop h algebra actions. http ://www.fc.up.p t/cmup. 12. shihab, n.b. (2004), scalar reflexive m odules, p h.d. t hesis, univ. of baghdad. 13. romans, s.c. (2004), baer and quasi-baer m odules, p h.d. thesis, the ohio state university . 17062012120733_001 17062012120733_002 17062012120733_003 17062012120733_004 17062012120733_005 17062012120733_006 17062012120733_007 17062012120733_008 17062012120733_009 17062012120851 17062012120851_001 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 field study of ecological factors influencing visceral leishmaniasis foci s. a. salman and h. a. mohammed departme nt of biology ,college of sciences , unive rsity of baghdad college of medicine al -nahrain , unive rsity of al-nahrian abstract the main elements of traditional foci of visceral leishmaniasis in the endemic area were st udied. the comp lex relationship s between biotic and abiotic factor in the st udy foci. also the presence of possible reservoirs of disease with density of sandflies were examined. introduction the central region of iraq is a traditional endemic area with visceral leishmaniasis [1,2,3,4]. baghdad is considered as a center of a circle of this disease with a diameter of about 100-km [5,6]. the main traditional foci are taji, hooralbasha, in the north of baghdad. abougreb, radwaniy a in the west of baghdad. m oussiab, latifiy a, m ahmodiya, in the sout hwest of baghdad. nomaniy a, az izia, sowera, m edain, in the sout h of baghdad, jasserdiala, in sout h east of baghdad, and khan bani sa`ad in the east of baghdad [1,2,5,7]. also t he cases were reported in many districts in m eesan p rovince in the sout h east of iraq, and thi-qar p rovince in the south of iraq [1,5,6,8]. incidences of cases were reported also in ninava p rovince in the dist rict of al-shikhan in the north of iraq. the epidemiological map of visceral leishmaniasis may be due to many ecological variables such as the distribution of p ossible vectors, soil st ructure, and kind of vegetation, p revalence of p ossible reservoir, climate, and man activities [8,9,10,11] the sp ecies of iraqi sandflies are fifteen [1]. their distribution is widely depending to the geographical features of iraq [1,10,12,13,14,15]. the fauna of five zoogeographical zones exist in iraq, this is because the vectors and reservoirs are p robably distinct from those of m editerranean basin [6,7,8,13]. seven sp ecies of sandflies occurred in central region of iraq [1,2,3]. these sp ecies belong to the genera phlebotomus and sergentomiya. the dominant sp ecies is phlebotomus papatasi with about 95% of the total density of sp ecies [1,2,5,6,11,13,14,15,16,17,18]. the sp ecies of p.papatasi is the first susp ected sp ecies as a vector of disease in this region [1,3,6,10,13,14]. also flagellates were isolated from this sp ecies[19,20,21,22,23,24]. recently the leishmania sp . was identified from a smear taken from the fore and mid guts of few infected females of the same sp ecies collected from traditional focus of infantile leishmaniasis in the central region of iraq [25]. the central region of iraq is a wide alluvial p lain with elevation varies from 36 – 300 m. a. s.l. the orchards of date p alms trees disp erse among the area covering many kinds of fruited trees. while the kinds of vegetation varies. villager’s dwellings are mostly near the orchard in-group s or they are scatt ering in op en-land. dwellings are mostly cements made; those of animal shelters are mainly of mud made. the climate is continental (very dry and hot in summer, wet and cold in winter). the mean average of annual rain full is about 200 mm. (iraqi meteorological service) the y ears of1998, 1999,and 2000 are dry seasons in iraq (m inist ry of irrigation).in two large rivers cross iraq, tigers and euphrates; water level was decreased in the last p eriod. villagers widely used p umps t o irrigate their farms and animals from canals and artisan wells. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 m any invest igators p erformed st udies on p ossible reservoirs in 20 th century the results were negatives. the studies were oriented toward dogs, jackals, foxes and rodents [18]. sp raying insecticides were st op p ed since 1991.deficiency in medicaments, health facilities, quality of food and vitamins, deep ly influenced the life of children of the study area. method and materials two stations were selected durin g 1998 and 1999 in the endemic area with both visceral and cutaneous leishman iasis. first one was abougreb about 30-km west of baghdad; second one was m ahmodiya about 50-km south of baghdad. the st ations were selected because of the followings: 1-the high density of sandflies. 2the post and p resent rep orted cases of viscer al leishmaniasis. 3-the possible canine leishmaniasis and high number of rod ents 4to use all the p revious studies, which were conducted in this area as a base line data. entomological st udies p erformed by using st icky p apers, and cdc light traps of malaria. sticky traps offered very imp ortant information about density , feeding, restingp laces, and behavior, in/outdoor. the collection of sand flies was achieved in human dwellings, and animal shelters. identifications of male sp ecimens were based on the genitalia; those of female were identified on sp ermathecae, cibrium, and pharynx. females p assed about 24 h in 1% solution of detergent, t o remove fat and ova. dissection of females were done to search for p ossible natural infection with p arasites, this technique is long and delicate. using 25 live traps, with bread and onion for trapp ing rodents. identification, blood, liver, sp leen smears were taken off, in addition to small portions of sp leen and livers in nnnmedia. m eteorological information was p rovided from iraqi meteorology (baghdad st ation), in addition to p ortable thermo-hy grograph meter. also the main sp ecies of vegetation was identified by a sp ecialist . all children less than 15 y ears were examined by a p hy sician, also blood samples were taken off from 10% of them during two sep arated visits. hist ory of one of the focus from 1965 was reported carefully during the visits, in addition to the names and ages of all the p ositive cases including the dead (unfortunately two new clinical cases were reported in february and m arch 2000 in two neighbour dwellings in al-m ahmodiya focus). results and discussion the comp lex p athogen (p arasite –vectorreservoir) was influenced by the ecological factors in this traditional endemic area of infantile visceral leishmaniasis science 1967[14]. also the p ossible biotic and a biotic factors were examined during this st udy . variations in temp eratures in summer were very wide from day to night, when it p assed (45 o c) in shaded p laces during the day of july and august .the variations were also very wide between winter and summer. however the rh% ranged from 10 %to 80%. also it varies from day to night, the maximum values were (00 h-4h). these extreme variations of temp erature select t he biota of the area [6,15]. therefore mesop hilic sp ecies are found in scatt er microclimate area out from these factors [14] only the euy retherme sp ecies as phlepotomus papatasi existing in high numbers t able (1) [6,8]. the climate is continental and the rainfall in the area is less than 200 mm. few rainy days were registered during the last three y ears. dry season limit the cultivated area across the country . thus the wild rodents migrated toward the dwellings of villagers, where are a favorable p laces for survival and breeding. if the reservoirs is one or more of the sp ecies of these rodents, its very imp ortant to exp lain the sensible increasing of incidences during 2000 in the area unfort unately in central iraq the incidence of visceral leishmaniasis ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 not influenced by this natural phenomena and the number of cases still high. this is due to the increasing of new artisan wells in the area to grow the p lantations and the arbored area with different kinds of fruited trees. as a result of that the numbers of rodent’s p op ulations are relatively st able. also the p ossible reservoirs in central iraq may be different from north region table (2) [1,6,15]. it was found also that the canine p op ulations don’t influenced by the dryness. t hus the vectors density (sand flies) st ay without change in the study area [2,3] . phlepotomus papatasi can be found with a very high density in the open land (not cultivated) invaded by alhagi sp. and others wild sp ecies, where are many new rodents barrows can be seen easily [6,7,14]. henceforth any epidemiological st udy concerning this disease in iraq should take in p riority the ecolo gical factors in different re gions as a main controllin g factor [12,17]. re ferences 1.abul-hab, j. ahmed, s.a. (1984).revision of the family phlepotominae (dip tera) in iraqi. j.biol. scie.res .7,1-64, 2.abul-hab, j. al-baghdadi, r. (1972 a),seasonal occurrence of man biting phlebotomus (dip tera, psy chodidae) in the baghdad area. iraqi. annl. trop . m ed. parasitol .66: 165166, 3.aul-hab, j&al-baghdadi, r , (1972b) seasonal occurrence of five sp ecies, phlebotomus (dip tera p sy chodidae) sand fly in baghdad area. iraq. bull. end. dis. baghd.13 (4), 55-75. 4.abul-hab ,j. and al-hashimi, w. (1988)night –biting activities, phlibotomus papatasi scolp i. (diptera phlibotomidae) in suwira iraq. bull. end. dies. baghd.29, 5-16. 5.abul-hab, j.& m ehdi,t.(1970). seasonal occurrence of phlebotomus (dip tera, psy chodidae) sandfly of baghdad area. iraq.bull. end. dis. bagh.12, 81-94 6.adler, s. & theodor, o. (1929 a), the distribution of sandfly and leishmaniasis in palest ine, sy ria and m esop otamia.ann. t rop . m ed. parasitol. 23, 269-303. 7.adler ,s.; theodor, o.& lourie, e.m .(1930)., sand fly from persia &palestine. bull .end. res. 21: 529-539 8.m esghali, a. (1965), phlebotomina (dip ) in iran. 111 st udies on sand flies in the area of bandr abbass and jaks. bull.soc. path. exotic 58:259-276. 9.m ohsen, z.h. and abulhab j. (1975).lab.st udies on the bio of p.papatasi scolpidiptra psy chodidae) bull .end. dis, 16:33-26. 10.m arinkelle, g . (1975) visceral leishmania in central iraq. (who, em .dd 17.p.s) 11.pringel, g. (1952) t he sand flies (phlebotominae) of iraq. bull.ent.res 43:707-734, 12.pringel, g. (1956). kala-azer in iraq: preliminary epidemiological consideration. bull.end.dis.bagh. (4): 275-294. 13.pringel, g. (1957),oriental sore in iraq. hist orical and epidemiological problems. bull.end.dis.bagh, 2:44-294. 14.sukker, f. (1972),visceral leishmaniaes in iraq. bull.end.dis.bagh.13 (4) :77-83, 15.sukker, f. (1974),study on sandflies as vectors kala-azar in iraq bull.end.dis.bagh. 15(2): 85-104, 16.sukker, f.al-m ahdawi, s. (1981),isolation of leishmaniaes from the sp leen of a dog in iraq. trans.roy .soc.trop .m ed.hy g.75 (6) :859-860. 17.sukker, f.; al-m ahdawi s.& al-doori, n. (1982),a st udy on sand flies in a focus of infantile kala-azar iniraq during 1978. bull.end.dis.bagh.20 (4): 67-73. 18.sukker, f. (1983),epidemiology of leishmaniasis in iraqbull.end.dis.bagh. 22(4): 35-41. 19.sukker, f. (1985), the p ossible vectors of infantile vl in iraq.bull.end.dis.bagh.26 (2736). 20.rioux, j.a; croset, h. & lanotte, g. (1974),ecologie d`un foy er mediterraneen de leishmaniose viscerale essai de modelisation.collegue intrenationux du c.n.r.s, no.39 m ontp ellier, 295-305. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 21.croset, h . (1974),les methods d`echantillonage des p op ulations du phlebotomies en region m editerranean. collogue internationaux c.n.r.s. (39) m ontp ellier, pp : 139-151, 22.al-alak, s.s. (1996),study in the epidemiology of visceral leishmaniasis (kala-azar) in al-m agger dist rict m issan p rovince. m s. t hesis .vet. college. bagh.p p .77. 23-jawdat, s .z; ali n .a; rifaat, l. kh; ruth ,k. y and al m ahdawi ,s. k.(1985),serioepidemiological st udies of leishmaniasis in central iraq. j.b. s.r. 16(1): 185-202 24-jawdat, s. z.; ali, n .a.; rifaat, l. kh. and rutha, k.y.(1983), the incidence of kala – azar in an endemic focus in central iraq.j.biol.sci.res, 148:81-87 25-salman, sh.a.& al-shanwi, f.(2001), natural promastigotes infection of sandflies (phlepotomus papatasi scolp i). m ust .uni .j.sci.12(2):25-29 table (1) : s andflies species collected during the study species density 1ndoor outdoor phlebotomus papatasi +++ + + p.alexendri ++ + + p.sergenti + ? + sergentomiya sinton i + + + s. palestinensis + + + s. baghdadis ++ + + s. sequamiploris + + + table (2): s pecies and numbers of rodents were trapped in this study s pecies numbers % 1-tatera indica 192 31.3 2-merionus lybicus 32 5.2 3-m.crusus 29 4.6 4-rattus rattus 164 26.7 5-r. norvogicus 166 27 6-nesokia indica 6 0.9 7-mus musculus 24 3.9 total 613 100% 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد اللشمانیا االحشائیة لمرض بؤر فيدراسة میدانیة للعوامل البیئیة المؤثرة ، حمید عبد محمد شهاب احمد سلمان جامعة بغداد،كلیة العلوم ، قسم علوم الحیاة كلیة طب النهرین ،جامعة بغداد لخالصةا إضــافة . شـمانیا االحشـائیة للالمـرض التقلیدیـة العوامـل البیئیـة التـي تـؤثر علـى العناصـر األساسـیة فـي البـؤرسـت در كثافـة و الخازنـة العالقـة الموجـودة بـین القـوارض و، ر هذه البـؤلللعالقات المعقدة القائمة بین العوامل الحیاتیة و الالحیاتیة . له الحشرات الناقلة 11200006 11200007 11200008 11200009 11200010 11200011 11200012 11200013 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 univariate and simplex optimization for the spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine and erythromycin ethylsuccinate drugs using bromothymol blue via ion-pair formation s. b. dik ran, a. k. mohammed ,a. k.m. al-jumaily departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the ion-pair formation method has been app lied for the sp ectrop hotometric determination of cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate, in bulk samples and in dosage form. the methods are accurate, simple, rapid, inexp ensive and sensitive dep ending on the extraction of the formed ion-pair with brompthy mol blue (btb) as a chromogenic reagent in chloroform, use p hthalate buffer of p h 5.5 and 4.0 for cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate resp ectively. the formed comp lexes show absorbance maxima at 427.5 nm and 414.5 nm for cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate resp ectively against reagent blank. the calibration graphs are linear in the ran ges of 0.5-15 µ g.ml -1 with detection limit of 0.222 µg.ml -1 for cimetidine and 0.5-50 µg. ml -1 with detection limit of 0.286 µg.ml -1 for erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate. the results show the absence of interferences from the excipients on t he determination of these drugs. t he prop osed methods have been successfully applied for the determination of cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate (with two of its derivatives) in pharmaceutical p reparations. key words, simplex, sp ectrop hotometric, cimetidine, erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate, ion-pair. introduction cimetidine was the first histamine h2-recep tor antagonist app roved by the food and drug administ ration, usa, for the treatment of duodenal ulcers, zollinger-ellison sy ndrome, and othergastric hy p ersecretory st ates [1] . it ' s also indicated for the relief heartburn in p eptic, duodenal ulcers and p revents rebleeding in p atients which reduce the secretion of gastric acid [2] , cimetidine, due to its effects on the immune sy st em and as an h2-recep tor antagonist, can inhibit growt h of carcinogen-induced colonic tumors in rats, as well as the in vitro human colon cancer cell lines[1]. the chemical st ructure of cimetidine are given in (scheme 1), which shows the imidazole ring on it. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 ihjpas n h nh3c s n h n h h3c n cn scheme 1: the ch emical structure of cimetidine erythromy cin is the most emp loy ed macrolide antibiotic for treating a myriad of infections caused by gr am-p ositive bacteria such as anthra x, tonsillitis, otits media and syp hilis [2], it is oft en prescribed as an alternative for p atient allergic to p enicillin [2-3]. it has been also emp loyed a as p art of therap eutic cocktails together with amino glycoside antibiotics that covers gr am-negative microor ganisms [3]. the chemical st ructure of erythromy cin is given in (scheme 2), which shows t he lactone rin g on it. scheme 2: the ch emical structure of erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate sever al methods have b een r eported for the determination of c imetidine and erythromy cin in bulk and p harmaceutical dosa ge forms, t hese methods include titrimetry [4], high p erformance liquid chromato graphy [5], high p erformance thin lay er chro matogr aphy [6], liquid chromato graphy [7], cap illary electrop horesis[8,9] and chemiluminesence[10].so me of these methods are time-consuming, tedious, and/or dedicated to sop histicated and exp ensive analytical instruments. sp ectrop hotometry [11,12]and fluorimetry [13] are most convenient techniques because of their inherent simplicity , adequate sensitivity, low cost and wide availability in all quality control laboratories. in exp erimental chemistry , the op timization of technical sy st em is the p rocess of adjust ing the control variables to find the levels that achieve the best op timization. usually, many conflicting resp onse must be op timized simultaneously . in lack of syst ematic approaches the optimization is done by trial and error, or by changing one control variable at a time while hold ing the rest constant, such methods require a lot of e xp eriments t o be carried out. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 ihjpas simp lex op timization of exp erimental p arameters was first introduced by sp endley[14], and then modified by nelder[15] and aber g[16]. a si mplex is a geometric f igure in whi ch there are n +1 vertices, where (n) represents t he number of variables [17], the method found a lot of applications in field of analy tical chemist ry [18-20], because it offers the cap ability of optimizing several factors simultaneously dep ending on a st atistical design search to find out the maxima or minima of resp onse, by rejecting the point p roducing the worst resp onse and a replacement of it by the new p oint which is obtained st atist ically. the present work describes the utility of bromothy mol blue (btb) r eagent for sp ectrop hotometric determination of cimetidine and erythromy cin in p ure form as well as in these dosage form. in addition , the optimization of chemical dependent variables of affecting absorbance h ave b een st udied by using modified simplex method (m sm ) via comp uter p rogram. apparatus a cintra 5 sp ectrop hotometer with 1 cm quartz cells was used for absorbance measurements. ph-meter dw-9421 from philip s instrument, a sartorius bl 210s balance, and a pentium 4 comp uter (dell) was used for data p rocessing. experime ntal material and reagents: all chemicals used were of analy tical reagent grad un less otherwise is mentioned, cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate st andard p owders (p urity 99.8%) were kindly p rovided by the state company for drug indust ries and m edical app liances, samara-iraq (sdi). bromothy mol blue(btb) (aldrich), 0.1% (w/v) solution is p repared by dissolving 0.1 g of the dye in 5 ml of methanol and then the solution was diluted to a fin al vo lume of 100 ml with distilled water. working solutions were freshly p repared by subsequent dilutions. hy drochloric acid (aldrich), ~ 0.1 m , a 0.85 ml of concentrated hy drochloric acid (sp .gr1.18.37%) was added to 50 ml distilled water and diluted to the mark in a 100 ml calibr ated flask . pot assium hy droxide (fluka), ~ 0.1 m , p repared by dissolving 0.56 g of p otassium hy droxide in 25 ml d istilled water and d iluted to 100 ml in volumetric flask with distilled water. pht halate buffer 0.2m solution was p rep ared by dissolved 4.08 g of p otassium hy drogen p hthalate (m erck) 25 ml distilled water and diluted to 100 ml in volumetric flask with distilled water, the ph was adjust to 5.5 by using few drop s of 0.1m hcl and\or 0.1m koh [21] . s tandard drugs solutions: cimetidine st ock solution (250 µg. ml -1 ), was p repared by dissolving 25 mg of cimetidine in 5ml methanol and diluting to 100ml in a vo lumetric flask with dist illed water . workin g solutions were freshly p rep ared by subsequent dilutions. erythromy cin st ock solution (250 µ g.ml -1 ), was p repared by dissolving an accurate weigh ed 25 mg of erythromycin ethy lsuccinate in 5 ml methanol and diluting to 100ml in a ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 volumetric flask with distilled water. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. general procedure assay procedure for pure ci metidine 1 ml aliquots of cimetidine standared solution containing (2.5-75) μg were transferred into a series of 50 ml separating funn els, t o each funnel 0.5 ml of p hthalate buffer of p h 5.5 and 1 ml of 0.038% btb reagent solutions were added. the separating funnels were shaken vigorously with 5 ml chloroform for 6 mints. the two p hases were then allowed for clear sep aration and the absorbance of the yellow color ed organic p hase was measured at 427.5 n m against a reagent blank p repared similarly without addition of cimetidine. the calibration graph was constructed by p lotting the measured absorbance of the or ganic p hase against the drug concentration. assay procedure for pure erythromycin ethylsuccinate 1 ml aliquots containin g (2.5-250) μg erythromycin ethy lsuccinate were t ransferred into a series of 50 ml separating funnels and to each one, 0.5 ml of p hthalate buffer of p h 4.0 and 1 ml of 0.02% btb reagent were added. the sep arating funn els were shak en vigorously with 5 ml chloroform for 3 mints. t he two p hases were then allowed for clear sep aration and the absorbance of the y ellow colored or ganic p hase, measured at 414.5 nm against a r eagent blank, was p lotted against the concentration of the drug. anal ysis of cime tidine and erythromycin e thylsuccinate in pharmaceutical preparations i. in table ts and capsules: the content of 10 tablets or capsules were mixed we ll and a certain amount of fine p owder was accurately weighted to give an equivalent to 200 mg for tablets and 250 mg for cap sules was dissolve in 5 ml of methanol and diluted to 100ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water. the solution was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or un dissolved material b efore use. working solutions were freshly p repared by subsequent dilutions with distilled water and analyzed by the recommended procedure. ii. in ampoul es: the volume of 10 ampoules were quantitatively transferred into 250 m l volu metric f lask and diluted to the mark with distilled water. an accurately measured vo lume (2.5ml) was transferred into 100 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with distilled water. workin g solutions were freshly p repared by subsequent dilutions with distilled water and analyzed by the recommended procedure. results and discussion extractive sp ectrop htometric p rocedures are p op ular for their sensitivity in the assay of drugs and h ence, ion pair extractive sp ectrop hotometry has received considerable att ention for the quantitative determination of many p harmaceutical co mpounds [2224] . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate reacts with btb in acidic buffer to give y ellow color chloroform solub le ion-pair complex, which exhibits absorp tion maxima at 427.5 and 414.5 nm r esp ectively against their reagent blanks (fi gur e1). under the exp erimental conditions the reagent blank showed in both cases ne gligible absorbance thereby p ermit good analytical conditions for quantitative determination of cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate in p harmaceutical dosage forms. optimization of experimental variable s: i. uni variable method: the exp erimental variables affecting the development and st abilities of both ion-p air comp lexes were achieved throu gh a number of preliminary exp eriments. such factors includ e p h, reaction time, reagent concentration, order of mixing, shaking time and the type of organic solvent used for extraction. for this reason, a variable was modif ied while maintainin g the other variables at their constant values, t hen by maintainin g that variable at its optimized value, another was modif ied; all variables were op timized via this method. effect of ph in order to establish the op timum ph range, cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate were mixed sep arately with sp ecified volumes of btb. the p h was then adjust ed to a value between (4.5 -7.5) and (3-6.0) with few drop s of 0.1m naoh or 0.1m hcl for cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate resp ectively. it was noticed that maximu m color intensities and const ant absorbance values wer e found at p h 5.5 and 4.0 for c imetidine and ery thromycin ethy lsuccinate resp ectively (figure 2). low absorbencies were observed in solutions with higher or low p h than the optimum values for each dru g. hen ce, a p h of 5.5 and 4.0 was used in all the subsequent e xp erimental work. effect of reaction time the optimum reaction times for both dru gs were determin ed by followin g the color development at ambient temp erature (25±2). it was found that both reactions were instantaneous. hence the products attained maximu m and constant absorbancies immediately after the cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate have been mixed with btb and the developed color, in each case, remained strictly unaltered for at least 24 hours. effect of reagent concentration the influences of reagent concentration on the absorbancies of both comp lexes are illustrated in (figure 3). 0.038% and 0.020% solutions of btb were found to be optimum to develop the maximum color intensities for cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate ionp air comp lexes r esp ectively, after which no more in crease in absorban ce v alues was obt ained; therefore, the cited concentrations of bt b solution were used. effect of t he order of mixing: the effect of order of addition of the reactant was also studied. it was found that best results were obtained in both cases by p lacin g the cited dru g, the buffer and fin ally the reagent instead of any other orders of addition. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 effect of shaking time the optimum shaking times for the complete extraction of the formed ion pair comp lexes with chloroform were st udied for the period of 1-8 minutes (table 1). it was found that the minimu m shaking times for complete extraction of cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate complexes, at room temp erature, were 6 and 3 minutes resp ectively. effect of the extraction sol vent sever al or ganic solvents, namely toluene, carbon tetrachloride, methy lene chloride, 1, 2dichloroethane, benzene in addition to chloroform, were examined for their ability to extract the drug-dy e ion-p airs. the latter was found to be the most suitable solvent in terms of extraction efficiency (table 2). on the other hand, it was observed that only a sin gle extraction with 5 ml p ortion of chloroform was adequate to achiev e a quantitative recov ery of both comp lexes. ii. si mplex me thod simp lex method is used to confirm the optimum conditions, which were obtained by the univariate p rocedure. three major p arameters (p h, reagent concentration, and shaking time) were optimized by the simp lex p rocedure, while t he other minor p arameters were obtained by the univariate method. to set simplex p rogram for the three studied variables (table 3), four arbitrary exp erimental conditions should be chosen. the v alues of these p arameters wer e selected within sp ecified boundaries for each at which they affected the measured absorption signal of the colored products. the absorbencies of these four exp eriments were measured and the results were feed to the simplex p rogram. points (1 to 4) in tables 4 and 5 rep resent the first four exp eriment cycle with t heir measured absorbencies. the simplex p rogram starts to reflect the worst p oint through the centroid of other p oints to obtain a new p oint 5. an exp eriment was then p erformed utilizing the variable setting as a ref lected p oint; because this value was b ett er than that at p oint 3, the latter was rejected and replaced by p oint 5. a measured absorp tion signal was feeding again to the p rogram and the p rocess is repeated successively until optimum conditions were obtained similarly to those obtained by the univariate method. s toichiometry of the complexes to establish molar ratio between cimetidine and erythromycin ethy lsuccinate with btb, job's method of continuous variation has b een used (fi gure 4). the r esults showed that 1:1 comp lexes were formed with btb through the electrostatic attraction between the p ositive p rotonated cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate with the anion of btb [25, 26] . the formation of the ion-pair comp lex can be represented by taking cimetidine as an examp le (scheme 3): ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 scheme 3: prop osed reaction p athway between cimetidine and btb. calibration graphs emp loying the exp erimental conditions, linear calibration graph for cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate was obtained (figure 5 a and b), which showed that beer's law was obeyed in the concentration range of 0.5-15 and 0.5-50 µ g. ml -1 for cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate resp ectively. s pectral characteristics of the propose d methods accordin g to the op timum exp erimental conditions of the p rop osed methods, the regr ession p lots showed linear dependence of absorban ce signals on the con centrations of t he st udied drugs in the range given (table 6). the regression equations, correlation coeff icients, molar absorp tivities, detection limits and sandell sensitivities in addition to other p arameters are given in table 5. accura cy and precisi on the accuracies of the p rop osed methods were confirmed by analyzing three r eplicate analyses of t hree different amounts of each drug (within beer's law) by calculating the relative error percentage (table 7). t he results indicated good accuracies of the method for both cited drugs. the p recision was determined in each case by calcu lating the p ercentage relative st andard deviation (rsd %) for three determin ations at each of the st udied concentration level and were found to be in the range of 1.158-2.003% and 0.173-2.276% for c imetidine and ery thromy cin ethy lsuccinate resp ectively. the p rop osed method was comp ared st atistically with other methods found in the literature and the results are shown in tables 10 and 11. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 inte rferences s tudy the results showed that no interferences were found in the p resence of 1000 μg of the st udied excipients (lactose, sucrose, st arch, glucose, magnes ium st earate and sodium citrate) in the determination of cimetidine and erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate (table 9). anal ysis of dosage forms it is evident from the aforementioned results that the prop osed method gave satisfactory results with the investigated dru gs. t hus, t heir p harmaceutical dosage forms were subjected to analysis of their contents of the active ingredient by the p rop osed method (ion-p air formation). the results given in table 8 were satisfactory . the recommended method was st atist ically comp ared with official, st andard and other methods, no significant differences were found between the calculated and theoretical values of ttest at 95%and ftest at 99.5%, 99.5% and 95% (tables 12 and 13). re ferences 1. slobodan, r. (1999) drug interactions of h2-recep tor antagonists involvin g cytochrome( p450 -cyps) enzymes from the laboratory t o the clinic, journal of the croatian m edical, 40( 3, 1):4 2. alwan, ala , dine, a. s. and abou, yousif, z.(1990) iraqi drug guide, 1 st edition, nbsd , iraq, 40-41,100-102, 115. 3. kanfer, i.; skiner, m . f. and walker, r. b. (1998) analy sis of macrolide antibiotics , journal of chromatogr aphy a, 812 (1/2): 255-286. 4. girish-kumar k. and karp aselvi, l. (1994) determination of cimetidine in p ure form and in dosage forms using n,n-dibromo,dimethy lhy dantoin journal of analyst,119(6):1375-1376. 5. griessmann , k.; kaunzinger, a.; schubert-z silavecz m .and abdel-tawab,m . (2007) a rapid hplc-uv method for the quantification of ery thromy cin in dermatologica l p rep arations, journal of pharmazie,die, 62 (9) :668-671. 6. kelani, km.; az iz, am.; hegazy , m a. and farrah, la. (2002) determination of cimetidin e, famotidine, and ranitidin e hy drochloride in the p resence of their sulfoxide derivatives in p ure and dosa geforms by high-p erformance thin-layer chromato graphy and scanning densitometry , journal of aoac int, sep -oct,85(5):1015-1020. 7. deubel, a.; frand ino, as.; sor gel, f. and holzgggrabe, u. (2006) determination o f erythromy cin and related substances in commercial samples using liquid chromatogr aphy /ion trap mass sp ectrometry , journal of chromatogr a.; dec; 1136(1):39-47. 8. thanh, ha. pt.; van schpdael, a.; rots e. and hwgmartens,j (2004) invest igating th e p otential of erythromycin and derivatives as chiral selector in capillary electrop horesis journal of phrm. biomed anal. m ar 10 34(5): 861-870. 9. luo, j-w.; chen, h-w. and he, q-h. (2001) originals electrop horesis determination of cimetidine in human plasma by use of coup led-flow injection, solid-phase extraction, and capillary zone electrop horesis, journal of chromatographia., 53:295-300. 10. jennifer, s. ; ridlen ; david, r. skotty ; peter t. kissinger and timothy a. nieman (1997) determination of ery thromy cin in urine and p lasma using microbore liquid chromatogr aphy with tris(2,2′-bipy ridyl)ruthenium(ii) electrogenerated ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 chemilumin escence detection, journal of chromatography b, volume 694, issue 2, 4 july , pages 393-400. 11. dabrowska, d.; regosz , a.; piekos, r.; m ierzwa, m .;and paruch, b.(1990) a st udy of ion-pair formation between erythromy cin and bromothy mol blue, methy lthy mol blue, and thy mol blue and their use for assay ing erythromy cin in dosage forms, journal o f microch emical, 41, 210-218. 12. darwish, ia; husein, sa. ; m ohmoud am. and hassan, ai.(2008) sp ectrop hotometric determination of h (2)-recep tor antagonists via their oxidation with cerium (i v) , journal of sp ectrochim acta a m ol biomol sp ectrosc; jan; 69(1): 33-40. 13. virginata, de l. m . finete; m arcia, aissawa and ricardo, q. aucelio (2008) fluorimetric method for the determination of erythromycin using a p hotochemical derivatization approach, journal of beazilian chem. soc. volume 19(7) : 1418-1422. 14. sp endley,w.; hext, g.r.; and himusworth, f.r.t . (1962) application of simp lex designs in op timisation and evolutionary sequential op eration, journal of technometrics. 4: 441-462. 15. nelder, j. a.; and m ead, r. a. (1965) asimp lex m ethod for function m inimization, computer journal, 7: 308-313. 16. aberg, e. r. ; and gustavsson, a.g.t. (1982), journal of analytica chemica acta. 144: 39-53. 17. walters, f. h.; parker, l. r.; m organ, s. l.; and demin g, s. n. (1991) sequential simp lex op timization, 1 st , crc press,inc., boca raton, florida, 44. 18. m omenbeik, f.; m omeniz, z. and kharasani, h., j.,(2005) separation and determination of vitamins e and a in multivitamin sy rup using micellar liquid chromatogr aphy and simp lex op timization, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, , 37( 2): 383-387. 19. m urillo pulgarn, j.a.; alanon m olina, a.; alanon pardo. m .t.(2002) the use of modified si mplex method to optimize the room temp erature p hosp horescence variables in the determination of an antihyp ertensive drug, journal of talanta, 57, 795-805. 20. tinoi, j.; rakariy atham, n. and demin g, r.l. (2005) simplex op timization of carotenoid p roduction by rhodotorula glutinis using hy drolyzed mung bean wast e flour as subst rate, journal of process biochemistry 40, issue 7: 2551-2557. 21. basavaiah, k.; and shakunthala,c., v.(2004) ion-p air complexometric determination of cyp roheptadine hy drochloride using bromophenol blue, journal of scienceasia, 30 :163-170. 22. julic, m .; cardso, s. c. (2005) sp ectrop hotometric determination of oxiconazole in top ical lotion using methy lorange, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedica l analysis, 37, issue 4, 1 : 639-642. 23. siddap p a, k.; m allikarjun, m .; reddy t. and tambe m . (2008) simp le and sensitiv e extractive sp ectrop hotometeric m ethod for the assay of m ebeverine hy drochloride in pure and pharmaceutical formulations journal of the chinese chemical society , 55: 1062-1068. 24. basavaiah, k.; prameela, h. c. ; somashek ar, b. c. (2007) sp ectrop hotometric determination of p efloxacin mesy late in p harmaceuticals, journal of acta pharm., 57:221–230. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 25. taha elham, a., soliman susan, m . abdellatef hisham, e. and ay ad m agda, m . (2002)colorimetric methods for the determination of some tricy clic antidepressant drugs in their p ure and dosa ge forms), journal of m icrochim. acta, 140:175-182. 26. .shah, j. ; r asul, m . and m anzoor s. (2008) extractive sp ectrop hotometric m ethods for determination of clarithromy cin in pharmaceutical formulations using bromothy mol blue and cresol red, journa l of the chinese chemical society 55(5): 1107-1112. 27. darwish, ia; husein, sa. ; m ohmoud am. and hassan, ai.(2008) a sensativ e sp ectrop hotometric method for the determination of h2receptor antagonists by means of nbrmosuccin imide and paminophenol, j. of acta pharm. 58: 87-97. 28. darwish, ia; husein, sa. ; m ohmoud am. and hassan, ai.(2007) sensativ e sp ectrop hotometric method for the determination of h2receptor antagonists in pharmaceutical formulation, international j. of biomed ical science, 3(2): 123-130. 29. helali , n. and m onser, l.(2006)simultaneous determination of cimetidine and related compounds in pharmaceuticals by hplc on a porousgraphitic carbon column, j.of chromamatogr aph:a 63(9-10): 425-430. 30. kelly , mt .; m cguirk, d. and bloomfield, fj.(1995) determination of cimetidine in human p lasma by high-p erformance liqu id chromato graphy following liquid-liquid extraction j chromato gr b biomed app l. jun 9;668(1):117-23. 31. kelani, k. m . ; az iz, a. m . ; hegazy , m . a. and laila, abde l f. (2002), different sp ectrop hotometric methods for the determin ation of cimetidine, ranitidine hy drochloride, and famotidine. j. of sp ectroscopy letters 35, n o 4: 543-563. 32. ratt ay a, r.; wachiranee, v. ; worap ot s. and leena, s. (2007) simp le and r apid sp ectrop hotometric m ethod for the analysis of erythromy cin in pharmaceutica l dosage forms, journal of food and dru g analysis, 15(1): 10-14. 33. kiy oshi tsuji and m ichael p. kane (2006) improved high-p ressure liquid chromatogr aphic method for the analysis of erythromy cin in solid dosa ge form, j. o f pharmaceutical sciences, 71 (10): 1160-1164. 34. issa, y. m . and amin, a.s. (2001) extraction-colirenetric m ethod for the determination of erythromy cin and its east er dosage formsusing chromtop ic acid az o dy es, j.of analytical letters, 34, issue 7 : 1163 – 1173. 35. lijun, liu. m ei, du and xi ang-yan, li. quan-m ina(2009) charge transfer reaction between erythromycin ethy lsuccinate and salicyl fluorone, j. of chines e journal of sp ectroscopy laboratory , issue 3: 519-523. 36. pakinaz, y. khashaba (2002) sp ectrofluorimetric analysis of certain macrolid e antibiotics in bulk and p harmaceutical formulations, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical ana lysis, 27, issue 6: 923-932. 37. zhao yanqin g, li hua m ccain, gui-zhi zhao(2005) sp ectrop hotometric determination of erythromycin ethy lsuccinate based on the char ge transfer reactio n between erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate and quinalizarin, j. of china m odern app lied pharmacy, volume 22, (3), 229-303. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 38. sun, shu-guang (2004) sp ectrop hotometric determination of erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate with charge transfer reaction between erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate and alizarin, j. of spectroscopy laboratory , 21(06): 1115-1116. 39. british pharmacop eia (1998), cd-rom her m ajesty , s stationary office, london. 40. british pharmacop eia (2002), cd-rom , bp, co.-uk. table(1): effect of shaking time on e xtraction of 5 µg.ml -1 ci mitidine; (0.038%btb, ph5.5) and 10µg.m l -1 erythromycin ethylsuccinate (0.02%btb, ph 4) m ixing time/mint absorbance cimetidine absorbance erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate 1 0.272 0.247 2 0.274 0.249 3 0.268 0.255 4 0.269 0.243 5 0.294 0.242 6 0.298 0.242 7 0.264 0.241 8 0.264 0.240 table (2): effect of type of organic phase on extraction of 5 µg.ml -1 cimetidine and 10 µg.ml -1 erythromycin e thylsuccinate organic p hase absorbance of drug-btb ion pair comp lex cimetidine erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate chloroform 0.298 0.255 toluene 0.014 0.168 carbontetrachloride 0.022 0.066 benzene 0.002 0.185 1,2-dichloro ethane 0.089 0.097 dichloro methane 0.077 0.067 table(3): boundary conditi ons for the studied variable s variable range for cimetidine range for ery thromycin p h 5.0-8.5 3-6 reagent conc.(%) 0.01-.038 0.01-0.025 shakin g time (min.) 1-8 1-5 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (4): multivariate experiments (si mplex) for determination of cimitidine exp . no. p h %reagent conc. m ixing time a 1 5.5 0.038 5 0.532 2 8.0 0.020 4 0.267 3 6.5 0.010 1 0.226 4 7.0 0.030 3 0.290 5 5.5 0.038 8 0.531 6 5.0 0.038 8 0.445 7 6.5 0.036 4 0.322 8 5.5 0.038 7 0.532 9 6.0 0.038 5 0.528 10 5.5 0.038 4 0.530 11 5.5 0.038 6 0.534 12 5.5 0.038 6 0.534 table( 5): multivariate experiment (si mplex) for determinati on of erythromycin ethylsuccinate exp . no. p h %reagent conc. m ixing time a 1 4.0 0.010 1 0.164 2 5.5 0.020 2 0.229 3 6.0 0.015 4 0.023 4 3.0 0.025 3 0.226 5 6.0 0.025 5 0.239 6 6.0 0.020 5 0.200 7 4.5 0.025 4 0.246 8 5.0 0.025 5 0.235 9 4.0 0.025 5 0.254 10 3.0 0.025 5 0.210 11(8) 5.0 0.025 5 0.235 12 5.0 0.025 5 0.210 13(7) 4.5 0.025 4 0.246 14 3.5 0.025 5 0.240 15(7) 4.5 0.025 4 0.246 16(14) 3.5 0.025 5 0.240 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (6): s pectral characteristi cs and statistical data of the regression equati ons for determination of ci metidine and erythromycin e thylsuccinate using i on–pair formation parameter cimetidine erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate λm ax (nm) 427.5 414.5 color yellow yellow linear ity range (µg.ml -1 ) 0.5 – 15.0 0.5 – 50.0 m olar absorp itivites (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) 13172 18103 regr ession equation a = 0.052 [ cim. µg.ml -1 ] + 0.013 a = 0.021[ ery. µg.ml -1 ] + 0.018 calibration sensitivity 0.052 0.021 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm -2 ) 19.157 47.620 correlation of lin earity (r 2 ) 0.9970 0.9985 correlation coeff icient (r) 0.9984 0.9992 detection limit (µg. ml -1 ) 0.222 0.286 table (7): evaluati on of accuracies and precisi ons of the two propose d procedure drug concentration ((µg.ml -1 ) relative error % r.s.d.* % taken found* cimetidine 2 1.971 -0.145 1.538 4 3.972 -0.700 1.158 10 9.936 -0.640 2.003 erythromy cin 5 4.921 -1.580 2.276 20 19.858 -0.710 1.695 40 40.272 +0.680 0.173 average of three determin ations* ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (8): s pectrophotome tric determination of cimetidine and erythromycin ethyl succinatein pharmaceutical compounds using ion –pair formation samp le amount (mg) concentration (µg.ml 1 ) relative error % r.s.d.* % labeled found taken found* tagadin e (cimetidine) 200mg/ tablet sdi/iraq 200 204.840 5 5.121 +2.400 0.937 200.760 10 10.038 +0.380 0.508 cimedne r (cimetidine) 200mg/ tablet dad jordan 200 180.320 5 4.508 -9.840 0.615 179.820 10 8.991 -10.090 0.316 hist ale (cimetidine hy drochloride) 200mg/amp oule ibh/sy ria 200 199.000 5 4.975 -0.500 0.582 198.840 10 9.942 -0.580 1.579 erythrosam (erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate) 250mg/ tablet sdi/iraq 250 255.150 10 10.206 +2.060 0.970 256.35 20 20.508 +2.540 0.353 erythronin (erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate) 250mg/ tablet ndi/iraq 250 253.575 10 10.143 +1.430 0.473 254.363 20 20.349 +1.745 0.359 zithrorive (az ithromy cin dehydrate) 250mg/ tablet r.p/egy p t 250 249.600 10 9.984 -0.160 1.202 246.588 20 19.727 -1.365 0.487 erythromy cin stearate (p ure p owder) sdi/iraq 250 249.200 10 9.968 -0.320 1.204 246.375 20 19.710 -1.450 0.639 *average of three determin ations ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (9): percent recovary for 10 µg.m l -1 of ci metidine and 20 µg.ml -1 of erythromycin ethyl succinate in the presence of 1000 µg.ml -1 of excipie nts excipients cimetidine con c. taken10 µg.ml -1 erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate conc. taken20 µg.ml conc. fundµg.ml -1 %recovery conc. fundµg.ml -1 %recovery lactose 9.928 99.280 19.829 99.145 sucrose 9.934 99.340 19.842 99.210 st arch 9.932 99.320 19.857 99.285 glucose 9.929 99.290 19.857 99.285 m agnesium stear ate 9.935 99.350 19.839 99.195 sodium c itrate 9.933 99.330 19.843 99.215 average of three determin ations* table(10): anal ytical parameters for the anal ysis of cime tidine by the propse d and othe rs methods ref. no. methods linear range µg.ml -1 ε l.mo l . cm 1 correlation coefficient ( r) recoveri es range% rs d% range proposed method 0.5-15.0 13172 0.9984 98.550-99.36 1.158-2.003 12 spectrophotometric 1-20 0.9994 98.3-102.6 27 spectrophotometric 8-30 6710 99.8-100.2 0.81-0.84 28 spectrophotometric 2-16 13660 0.9989 99.8-100.7 0.74-0.92 6 h.p.t l.c. 5-50 100.39 ± 1.33 29 h.p.l.c 0.25-83 0.998 99.2 100.8 30 h.p.l.c 50-3000 71 -81 less than 6% 31 spectrophotometric 1 st derivative 25-150 100.27±0.679 spectrophotometric complex formation 10-60 99.84±0.858 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table(11): anal ytical parameters for the anal ysis of erythromycin ethyl succinate by the propse d and others methods ref. no. methods linear r ange µg.ml -1 εl.mo l . cm -1 correlation coefficient ( r) recovery % rsd% prop osed method 0.5-50 18103 0.9992 98.4100.6 0.17-2.27 32 sp ectrop hotometric direct uv 1 st derivative 3-15 37.43 0.98360.9892 97.6 0.48 3-15 44.03 0.99170.9967 106.5 0.65 11 sp ectrop hotometric ion-pair 2-61 98.4103.6 1.4-4.4 33 high-p ressure l.c. 60-120 99.9 lees than1% 34 extraction 0.4-56 1.,3 35 charge transfer 1.724-129.3 8500 98.3 36 sp ectroflurimetric 0.0426-1.2 98.3100.8 0.0140.058 37 charge transfer 5-60 11410 98 0.82 38 charge transfer 0-80 9910 97 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table(12): tand fvalue s for analysis of ci metidine in pharmaceytical copmpounds cimetidine prop osed m ethod, (s.d.i) t-values a f-values b ot her m ethods (n=5) s.d ref. no. ion-pair 0.671 157.692 official 0.640 27,39 n=3 0.567 357.692 ot her 0.930 28 s.d = 0.051 0.177 1.727 stander 0.167 40 a theoretical values for t-test at 95% confidence limit were n=6 (2.447). * b theoretical valu es for f-t est at 99.5% (199.25), 99.9%(999.25) and 95% (19.274) confidence limit resp ectively, were n=(4,2). table(13): tand fvalue s for analysis of erythromycin ethyl succinate in pharmaceytical copmpounds erythromy cin ethy lsuccinate prop osed m ethod, (s.d.i) t-values a f-values b ot her m ethods ref. no. n s.d ion-pair 0.388 200 (n=9) 1.400 11 n=3 1.735 13.151 (n=8) 0.359 35 s.d = 0.099 2.832 2 (n=6) 0. 140 38 * a theoretical values for t at 95% confidence limit were n=10(2.228), 9(2.262) and 7(2.365)resp ectively b theoretical valu es for f at 99.9%were n=(8,2)(999.31), 95% were n=(7,2)(19.353) and 95% were n = (5,2)(19.296) confidence limit resp ectively. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig.(1): absor ption spectra of (a) 4 µg.m l -1 ci metidine-btb ion-pair complex, (b) 10 µg.ml -1 erythromycin e thylsuccinate-btb ion-pair complex. fig.(2): effect of ph on the absor bance of: (a) 5 µg.m l -1 ci metidine; 0.04% btb. (b) 10 µg.ml -1 erythromycin e thylsuccinate ; 0.04 % btb. fig.(3): effect of reagent concentration on the absorbance of: (a) 5 µg.m l -1 ci mitidine ph 5.5, (b) 10 µg.ml -1 erythromycin e thylsuccinate ph 4. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol. 23 (3) 2010 fig. (4): continuous variati on of (a) 9.907*10 -5 m cimetidine, 9.907*10 -5 m btb (b) 1.740*10 -4 m erythromycin ethylsuccinate, 1.740*10 -4 m btb. fig.(6): calibration graph of (a) cimetidine, (b) erythromycin e thylsuccinate; underder optimum e xperimental conditions. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دوائيایجاد الظروف المثلى بدراسة المتغیرات االحادیة وبطریقة السمبلكس لتقدیر دین یالسمت واالرثرومایسین ایثایل سوكسینیت بأستخدام الكاشف بروموثایمول االزرق ج االیونياو االزدتكوین معقدات ب سرمد بهجت دیكران، عالء كریم محمد، علي خلیل محمود بغداد جامعة ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة طریقة طیفیة باالعتماد على تكوین معقدات أزدواج ایوني لتقدیر السمتیدین واالرثرومایسین ایثایل تلقد استخدم ة ،غیر مكلفة و سریعة، و بسیطة ، وكانت الطریقة دقیقة ،. صیدالنیةسوكسینیت في عینات نقیة ومستحضرات وحساس ستخالص معقدات االزدواج االیوني المتكونة بین العقارین قید الدراسة مع اتعتمد باالساس على استخدام الكلوروفورم في ت 4.0و 5.5الكاشف بروموثایمول االزرق من وسط مائي وبدوال حامضیة للسمیتیدین واالرثرومایسین ایثایل سوكسینی ظم امتصاص لها عند االطوال المتكونة للسمیتیدین واالرثرومایسین ایثایل سوكسینیت اعلقد اظهرت المعقدات . على التوالي واظهرت منحنیات المقایسة عالقات .على التوالي مقابل محالیل الخلب لها نانومتر 414.5و،نانومتر 427.5الموجیة 0.222وبحدود كشف مل / میكروغرام) 50 – 0.5( و ،مل/ مایكروغرام ) 15 – 0.5( خطیة في المدیات من أظهرت الدراسة أیضآ أن الطریقتین . مل للغقارین المذكورین على التوالي /مایكروغرام 0.286و ،مل/ مایكروغرام لهذین العقارین، وقد أمكن ةفي المستحضرات الصیدالنی غالباالمقترحتین خالیة من تأثیر المتداخالت المعروفة التي تتواجد في بعض ) ن من مشتقاته یع أثنم( تطبیق الطریقتین بنجاح لتقدیر السمتیدین واالرثروةمایسین ایثایل سوكسینیت .المستحضرات الصیدالنیة ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 evaluation of the nuclear data on(α,n)reaction for natural molybdenum h. m.t. hama dani ,t.a.younis ,s. a. ebrahiem departme nt of physics , college of education i bn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghda abstract the cross section evaluation for (α,n) reaction was calculated according to the available international at omic energy agency (iaea) and other exp erimental p ublished data . these cross section are the most recent data , while the well known international libraries like endf , jendl , jeff , etc. we considered an energy range from threshold to 25 m ev in interval (1 m ev). the average weighted cross sections for all available exp erimental and theoretical(jendl) data and for all the considered isotop es was calculated . the cross section of the element is then calculated according to the cross sections of the isotop es of that element taking into account their abundance . a mathematical representative equation for each of the element and their isotop es are "formulated" they represent the variation of the cross section with energy . the evaluated (α,n) cross sections which was used to calculate the neutron y ield for (m o) for the first time ,which are very imp ortant in nuclear technology . introduction when two charged nuclei , overcoming their coulomb repulsion , a rearrangement of the constituents of the nucleus may occur . thus t he nuclear reaction takes p lace when an initial st ate involving nucleons is converted into different final st ate involving nucleons similar to the rearrangement of atoms in reacting molecules during a chemical reaction . nuclear reactions are usually p roduced by bombarding a target nucleus with a nuclear p rojectile, in most cases a nucleon (neutron or p roton ) or a light nucleus such as a deuteron or an α-particle ….. etc [1]. if a target nucleus x is bombarded by a p article a , and result in a nucleus y with emitt ed particle b , this is written as (2) : byax  -----( 1) to short en the notation a reaction of ty p e ( 1 ) is designated by : ybax ),( ------(2) in some cases b and y have comp arable masses ( sp allation or fission ) , or are identical . in most cases in which more than two p roducts app ears , it is p ossible to describe the p rocess as a rap id sequence of two – p roduct reactions [2] 11 ybxa  221 yby  332 yby  ------(3) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the excited product nucleus usually decays very quickly to the ground st ate with the emission of γ-rays [3] . the ory for bombarding energies below 100 m ev, nuclear reactions usually p roduce two p roducts [1]. they are of the ty p e : byax  ------(4) where x = t arget (at rest in the lab. sy st em) a = bombarding p article y = heavy reaction p roduct b = light reaction product since the number of p rotons and neutrons remain unchanged in a reaction , all masses can be writt en as atomic masses if electron binding energy differences (of a few ev) are ignored . conservation of energy , therefore gives for the above reaction: yybbxaa tcmtcmcmtcm  2222 ------(5) where t rep resents the laboratory kinetic energy of each particle . the q– value of the reaction is defined as the difference between the final and initial kinetic energies: ayb tttq  -------(6) or 2 ][ cmmmmq ybxa  -------(7) if q is p ositive , the reaction is said to be exo-ergic p rocess , if q is negative , it is endoergic p rocess [1] . a reaction cannot take p lace unless p articles b and y emerge with p ositive kinetic energies , that is , 0 yb tt -------- (8) 0 atq ------- (9) in figure (1) the lab. sy st em tx= 0 , pa = (2mata) 1/2 and a = (2t a/ma) 1/2 ,while in the c.m . sy st em: pc.m . = pa + px -----(10) and vc.m . = pa / (ma+ mx) -----(11) qo = m ac 2 + mxc 2 – m bc 2 – my c 2 = t b + ty – ta -----(12) where qo is the q-value of the reaction with the product nucleus y (in the ground st ate) . on t he other hand, many reactions leave y in excited st ates, in that case: q = m ac 2 + mxc 2 – m bc 2 – my * c 2 = t b + ty ta -----(13) then for ; q>0 mac 2 + m xc 2 > m bc 2 + my * c 2 ; tb + ty – ta >0 ----(14) and for ; q<0 mac 2 + m xc 2 < m bc 2 + my c 2 ; tb + ty – ta <0 ---(15) so the q < 0 p rocess cannot occur sp ontaneously , which means that there is a threshold energy ta( thr) given by [1]: ta( thr) = ethr = q (1 + ma/m x) ------(16) in general, the q-value of reactions in terms of ta, tb, m a, m x, m b, m y , and angle ( )is given by ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 cos)( 2 )1()1( 2/1 bbaa yy a a y b b tmtm mm m t m m tq  -----(17) which is called the q equation. the yield of neutron detected per incident p article , yn , for an id eal , thin , and uniform target and monoener getic beam of energy eb is given by [4] : )()()( bbn eenty  ------- (18) where : (nt) is the a real number density of target atoms  is the reaction cross section  is the neutron-detection efficiency for t arget which is not infinitesimally thin , the beam loses energy as it p asses through the target , and the yield is then given by :     b thr e e n e dx de edfee y )( )()(  ---------- (19) in which ( ethr = eb ∆e ) where : ∆e is the energy loss of t he beam in the target f is the number of target atoms in each target molecule )( e dx de  is the stopp ing p ower p er target molecule . if the target is sufficiently thick, and there exists one atom p er each molecule (i.e., f = 1) and taking the efficiency  (e`) = 1, then the resulting y ield is called the thick-target y ield which is given by [4] :  b th r e e b dxde dee ey )/( )( )(  -----(20) where ( ethr ) is the reaction threshold ener gy . the sets of exp erimental data were comp ared in given ener gy intervals . first , averaged cross-section values were determined by taking the characteristics of the excitation function of the reaction in equation into account , namely the st ructural characteristics of their alp ha p article energy dependence . the averagin g was done over energy intervals of 0.5 m ev in general for alp ha particle energies up to 25 m ev. valu es for the weighted average cross-sections based on (n) measured v alues wer e determined for each en ergy interval using the exp ression for σ-bar[5] :     n i i n i ii w w 1 1   -------(21) , where : 2)( 1 i iw   is the weight given to the exp erimental value on the basis of the fractional st andard deviation[5] ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010    n i i fsd w 1 1  -------(22) result and discussion cross s ection of 92 mo(α,n) 95 ru reaction : the reaction q-value and threshold energy are (-9.0016 m ev,9.3936 m ev) resp ectively for the neutron emission reactions on ( 92 m o) by α-particle bombardment. the latest cross sections of 92 m o(α,n) 95 ru reaction available in literature have been measured and declared by denzler [6] , esterlund [7] , levkovskij [8] and graf [9] . these data have been plott ed , sp line interpolated and recalculated in steps of (1 m ev) from threshold energy to (25 m ev) of the α-particle energy by using m atlab p rogram . the weighted average cross sections and the corresp onding error are calculated by using eq. (21) , (22) resp ectively . the evaluated cross sections from ref. [6] , [7] ,[8] and [9] are list ed too in table (1) . fig. (2) shows t he corresp onding cross sections with an empirical formula . cross s ection of 94 mo(α,n) 97 ru reaction : the reaction q-value and threshold energy are (-7.94387 m ev, 8.28246 m ev) resp ectively for the neutron emission reactions on ( 94 m o) by α-particle bombardment. the cross sections of the 94 m o(α,n) 95 ru reaction have been p ublished as a function of αenergy by levkovskij [8] and graf [9] . these data have been p lott ed , sp line interp olated and recalculated in st eps of (1m ev) from threshold energy to (25 m ev) of the α-p article energy by using m atlab program . the weighted average cross sections and the corresp onding error are calculated by using eq. (21) , (22) resp ectively . the reproduced cross sections from ref.[8] and [9] are list ed too in table (2) . fig. (3) shows t he corresp onding cross sections with an empirical formula . cross s ection of 100 mo(α,n) 103 ru reaction : the reaction q-value and threshold energy are (-4.57193 m ev,4.75509 m ev) resp ectively for the neutron emission reactions on ( 100 m o) by α-particle bombardment, and the cross sections of the 100 m o(α,n) 103 ru reaction have been p ublished as a function of α-energy by graf [9] and est erlund [7] . these data have been plott ed , sp line interpolated and recalculated in steps of (1 m ev) from threshold energy to (25 m ev) of the α-particle energy by using m atlab p rogram . the weighted average cross sections and the corresp onding error are calculated by using eq. (21) , (22) resp ectively . the rep roduced cross sections from ref. [9] and [7] are list ed too in table (3) . fig. (4) shows t he corresp onding cross sections with an empirical formula . the natural molybdenum natural m olybdenum composed of (14.84%) of 92m o , (9.25 %) of 94m o , (15.92%) of 95 m o , (16.68%) of 96 m o , (9.55%) of 97 m o , (24.13%) of 98 m o , and (9.63%) of 100 m o . the threshold energies of 92 m o(α,n) 95 ru reaction , 94 m o(α,n) 97 ru reaction and 100 m o(α,n) 103 ru reaction lies in the range of our work . the isot op es 95 m o , 96 m o , 97 m o and 98 m o does not reacte with α-particle , for this reason t he cross section of nat m o(α,n)ru are calculated from the cross sections of 92 m o , 94 m o and 100 m o and the results are list ed in table (4) in st ep of (1 m ev) . fig. (5) shows the corresp onding cross sections with an emp irical formula. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the neutron y ields of the following (α ,n ) reactions have been obtained using equation ( 21) ,and the results are p lott ed in fig. (6) re ference 1. bowler , m .(1973) , " nuclear phy sics " , pergamon press ltd , oxford . 2. m ey erhof , w. (1967) " element of nuclear p hy sics " m c graw – hill book inc . 3. smith , c . (1964) , " nuclear p hysics 4. norman , e. and chupp , t. (1984) , p hy s. rev. c 30 , 239 . 5. audi , g. and wap st ra , (1995), a . " nuclear physics " , a 595 , 4 , 409 . 6. denzler , f. and roesch , f. (1995), excitation function of alpha-particle induced nu clear reactions on hi ghly enriched m o-92: comparative evaluation of p roduction routes for tc 94m. j. radiochimica acta , 68,13 . 7. esterlund , r. and pate , b. (1965), analysis of excitation functions via the comp ound st atistical model. j. nucl. phy . , 69,401 . 8. levkovskij , v. and levkovskij , act. (1991), activation cross section unclides of average masses (a=40-100) by p rotons and alp ha-p articles with average ener gies (e=10-50 m ev). cs. by prot ons and alp has , moscow . 9. graf , h. and m uenzel , h. (1974), excitation functions for alph-p article reactions with moly bdenum isotop es., j. of inorganic and nuclear chemistry , 36 , 3647 . table (1) : the cross se ction of 92 mo(α,n) 95 ru reaction as afunction of α-particle eα(m ev) cross section (mb) weighted average cross section(mb) error(mb) denzler 15%[6] esterlund 12%[7] levkovskij 10%[8] graf 10%[9] 9.0 ---0.55 34.4286 ---0.5624 0.066 10.0 ---3.01 62.2308 ---3.2088 0.3606 11.0 ---5.47 98.3846 ---5.8818 0.6549 12.0 36.6 21 .1773 161.5 6 7.334 0.5803 13.0 75.2222 50 .1318 193.8182 32 41.361 2.7136 15.0 28 6 163.1789 31 3 175.5 198.1799 11.61 16.0 327.4286 226.6667 366.2 30 2.2857 290.0498 16 .6522 17.0 459.0667 278.3333 43 3 443 373.4472 21 .5654 18.0 41 4.25 324.0588 486.9 532 421.6858 24 .2863 19.0 626.6 365.8235 463.2 553 461.3275 26 .4888 20.0 479.8 36 5.5 445.3333 574 448.0994 25 .6441 21.0 498.3333 35 8 47 0 554 451.1607 25 .8257 22.0 346.2857 312.2857 376.8 45 3.0909 367.9672 20 .9695 23.0 32 7 26 1.2 29 0 35 2.1818 300.557 17 .0776 24.0 296.0000 207.6923 250.0000 27 8.00 248.2944 14 .1265 25.0 162.0000 164.6154 193.2857 21 0.50 183.7526 10 .4315 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 table (2) : the cross se ction of 94 mo(α,n) 95 ru reaction as afunction of α-particle eα(mev) cross section (mb) weighted average cross section(mb) error( mb) levkovskij 10%[8] graf 18%[9] 12 203.5 11 12.8053 1.9707 13 236 53.5 79.5498 8.9163 14 374 96 144.9056 15.6866 15 379.9091 283 345.2724 30.4541 16 391.2 470 405.0812 35.5076 17 507.25 686 533.0592 46.9203 18 528.6 702 554.4254 48.765 19 515.8 678 540.3828 47.5108 20 472.3333 654 497.5242 43.8364 21 401.8 583.4444 424.9937 37.5272 22 347.6 512.8889 368.1227 32.5306 23 258 442.3333 275.516 24.5436 24 247.6 370 262.4631 23.208 25 221.2857 295 232.1932 20.4259 table (3) : the cross se ction of 100 mo(α,n) 103 ru reaction as afunction of α-particle eα(mev) cross section (mb) weighted average cross s ection(mb) error( mb) graf 10%[9] esterlund 18%[7] 10.8 64 22.4256 34.2574 3.4142 11 66.0909 25.8412 39.1738 3.8038 12 76.5455 42.9189 59.8871 5.4375 13 87 56.124 73.8521 6.5923 14 88 68.5432 81.4393 7.1643 15 89 74.0185 84.3775 7.4007 16 82 65.7194 76.7161 6.7392 17 75 55.7701 68.1114 6.0083 18 64.4444 42.8749 55.583 4.9466 19 54.4706 33.8233 45.291 4.0595 20 46.8235 27.4323 37.6425 3.3976 21 39.75 22.7893 31.5364 2.8546 23 28.6957 ---28.6957 2.8696 24 26.087 ---26.087 2.6087 25 23.6364 ---23.6364 2.3636 table (4) : the cross se ction of nat mo(α,n)ru reaction eα(mev) cross section (mb) mo-92 mo-94 mo-100 mo-nat 9 0.5624 ------0.0835 10 3.2088 ------0.4762 11 5.8818 ---39.1738 4.6453 12 7.334 12.8053 59.8871 8.04 13 41.361 79.5498 73.8521 20.6083 14 75.6147 144.9056 81.4393 32.4676 15 198.1799 345.2724 84.3775 69.4731 16 290.0498 405.0812 76.7161 87.9012 17 373.4472 533.0592 68.1114 111.2867 18 421.6858 554.4254 55.583 119.2152 19 461.3275 540.3828 45.291 122.8079 20 448.0994 497.5242 37.6425 116.1439 21 451.1607 424.9937 31.5364 109.3011 22 367.9672 368.1227 26.2536 91.1859 23 300.557 275.516 28.6957 72.8513 24 248.2944 262.4631 26.087 63.6369 25 183.7526 232.1932 23.6364 51.0229 ihjpas mb mb p` pb mx p -p ma pa ma mx my py -p ̀ my (a) la boratory system. (b) c.m. system. fig. (1):the nuclear reaction observed in l aboratory and cente r of mass coordinates fig.(2): cross se ctions of 92 mo(α,n) 95 ru reaction    ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 fig.(3): cross se ctions of 94 mo(α,n) 95 ru reaction fig.(4):cross se ctions of 100 mo(α,n) 103 ru reaction ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 fig.(5): cross se ctions of nat mo(α,n)ru reaction fig.(6): neutron yield for nat mo ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الخاصة لعنصر) α,n(تقییم المعطیات النوویة لتفاعالت یومدالمولب سمیرة احمد ابراهیم ،تغرید عبدالجباریونس ،الحمداني دى مجید توفیقه جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهیثم-كلیة التربیة ،قسم الفیزیاء الخالصه قد تم حسابها وفقا للمعلـن مـن سـجالت الوكالـة الدولیـة للطاقـة الذریـة وهـي ) α,n( ان قیمة المقاطع العرضیة لتفاعالت ، endfمثــل ،بینمـا تؤشـر ســجالت المكتبـات العالمیـة المشـهورة، ادر المقــاطع العرضـیة احـدث وادق مصـدر مـن مصـ jendl ،jeff الى ان بعض المقاطع العرضیة للنظائر التي تم تناولها قد تم اعدادها في زمن سابق. m(القیاســـات المطلوبـــة للمقــاطع العرضـــیة للمـــدى الطــاقي مـــن طاقـــة العتبــة والـــى تخــذأ ev25 (طـــوات طاقیـــة وبخ )1m ev ( ومن ثم ایجاد المعدل الموزون للمقاطع العرضیة لكل طاقة من طاقات جسیمات الفا السـاقطة وتـم جدولـة جمیـع .كافة البیانات المستحصلة النظائر للعناصـر باالعتمـاد علـى المقـاطع العرضـیة المحسـوبة لكـل نظیـر مـن العنصـر وعلـى وفــرة المقـاطع العرضـیة حسـبت المعادالت الریاضیة لكل نظیر قید الدراسة والتي تمثل تغیـر المقطـع العرضـي بداللـة واستبطت. نظائر في الطبیعة لهذه ا .الطاقة ـــــــیلة ال ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــاب الحصــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــتحدثة لحســـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــیة المســـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــــاطع العرضــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــذه المقـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــتخدمت هــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــةاســ ــــ ــــ ــــ . نیوترونیــــ ihjpas ihjpas ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 synthesis of new schiff bases and 2,3-disubstituted 1,3-thiazolidin-4-one derivatives containing benzothiazole moiety j. h. tomma departme nt of chemistry , college of education i bn alhaitham unive rsity of baghdad received in : 21 january 2008 accepte d in : 16 june 2011 abstract two series of schiff bases and 2,3-disubst itut ed-1,3-thiazolidin-4-one derivatives were sy nthesized . reaction of 2-mercap tobenzot hiazole with α-chloro acetic acid gave comp ound[i]. esterification of carboxy lic moity of comp ound [i] , using absolute methanol in the presence of conc . h2so4 y ielded acorresebonding ester [ii] , wich was condensation with hy drazine hy drate to give acid hy drazide [iii] . the new schiff bases [v]n were sy nthesized by reaction of acid hydrizide with dialdehy de [iv]n in the p resence of glacial acetic acid . the thiazolidinone derivatives [vi]n have been obtained from the azomethines through the addition of thioglycolic acid . their chemical st ructures have been confirmed by melting p oints , ft ir and 1 hnm r (of some of them) . benzot hiazole , thiazolidinone. introduction thiazolidin-4-one derivatives have att racted a great deal of interest due to their antibacterial [1-3] , anti-infammatory [4] , fungicidal activity [5], ant ifeedant activity , acaricidal activity , contact toxicity , and stomach toxicity [6]. over views of their sy nthesis , p rop erties reactions and app lications have been p ublished [7,8] . benzot hiazole derivatives have been reported to have broad range of biological activities [9-11] . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 these findings focused p articular interest on incorp orating thiazolidinone and 2 mercap tobenzot hiazole in one framework , which could be useful for biological and p harmacological screening. experime ntal materials : m ost of chemicals used were sup p lied from fluka , m erck and bdh chemicals co. and used as received . techni que s: uncorrected melting p oints were determined by using hot -stage, gallen kamp melting p oint app aratus. ft ir sp ectra in the range 500-4000cm -1 were obtained by using p otassium bromide discs on ft ir instrument m odel 8000 shimadzu sp ectrop hotometer, jap an . 1 hnm r sp ectra were taken on comp any : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 m hz sp ectrop hotometer using dmso as a solvent with tm s as an internal standard and element al analysis (c.h.n) were carried out by ea-017. synthesis of compounds the reaction sequence leading to the formation of new compounds [v]n and [vi]n are outlined in scheme 1. 2-mercap t o aceti c acid ben zot h i azol e [i] to a st irred mixture of -chloro acetic acid (0.01mol) and 10% aqueous sodium hy droxide (10 ml), a solution of 2-mercap tobenzot hiazole (0.01mol) in 10% aqueous solution of sodium hy droxide( 10 ml) was added . the mixture was refluxed for three hours. aft er cooling, the solution was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid. the p recipitate was filtered and recry st allized from ethanol [12] to y ield 90%, m.p =155 o c. 2-(methy lthioacetate) benzot hiazole ester[ii] : was p repared following the p rocedure described by a. vogel [13]. 2-(thi oacetyl hydrazide) benz othi azole [iii] this comp ound was p repared according to references [14 ] . polyme thyl ene -α,ω-bis-4-oxybenzaldehyde [iv]n in a 100 ml flask ,4-hy droxy benzaldehy de (2.44gm , 0.02 mol) was dissolved in 15ml of dm f. anhy drous sodium carbonate ( 0.025mol) and (0.01mol) of the app rop riate α,ω –dibromo or dichloro alkane were added to the reaction flask . the st irred mixture was refluxed for 4hrs , allowed to cool , and then p oured into 400 ml of cold water , cooled at 5 o c overnight , and then filtered , washed well with water , dried in air , recry st alized from ethanol(15), yield 88-98% . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 n sh s clch 2coo h [i] n s sch2coo h n s sch2con hn h2 [iii] [v] n n s sch2 con hn hc n s [ii] n s sch2 coo me [vi] n n s sch2 con h n s n s n s o hn coch 2 s o hc o o ch hsch2 co2h [iv] n o(ch 2)n o c h nhnco ch2 s o(ch 2 ) n o nh2nh2.h2 o meo h h2so4 10%n aoh 2 glacial acetic acid o(c h2)no n= 2-4 , 10, 12 scheme 1 α,ω-bis-[(2-thioacetyl hydrazidebenz othi azole-2-yl)benz ylidene -4-oxy]alkane [v]n a mixture of comp ound[iii] (0.02mmol) , dialdehy de [vi]n=2 (0.01mmol) , three drop s of glacial acetic acid and absolute ethanol (10ml) was refluxed for 4 hours. the reaction mixture was concentrated , cooled and the formed p recipitate was filtered off , dried and then recry st allized using chloroform to give p ale yellow [16], yield (80%) , m.p=210 o c. likewise other comp ounds [v] with n=3,4,10,12 (were p repared in a same way using dialdehy de [iv]n with different n=3,4,10,12) .characterization data are p resented in table 1. poly methy lene-α,ω-bis-[n-(2-t hioacety lhydrazinebenzothiazole) -4-oxo-1,3-thiazolidin-2-(poxy benzene)] [vi]n a mixture of schiff base [v]n( 0.01mmol), thioglycolic acid (0.022mmol) was refluxed in dry benzene 6ml for 6 hours . the solvent was evaporated and the reaction mixture was ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 neutralized with cold dilute sodium bicarbonate solution , the formed p roduct was filtered off and recryst allized from acetone to y ield 70% , m.p =188-190 o c. likewise other comp ounds [vi] with n=3,4,10,12 (were prepared in a same way using schiff bases [v]n with different n=3,4,10,12) .characterization data are presented in table 3. results and discussion the reaction between 2-mercap tobenzot hiazole and -chloroacetic acid in alkali media was used to p repare the comp ound [i]. the -halogroup in -chloroacetic acid is good leaving group and sulfur comp ounds are a good nucleophile. thus, the reaction is a ty p ical of the nucleophilic substitut ion reaction of the thiol group , where the -halo group could be replaced easily in this reaction to get good y ield[17]. the mechanism of this reaction may be outlined as follows, scheme (2). n sh s cl ch 2co ohnaoh na clsc h2coo h n s n s + s na + + + s chem 2 h2o the structure of this comp ound [i] was studied by its melting p oint 155 o c and ftir sp ectrum , which showed broad band at 2750-3390cm -1 due to νo-h group , sharp p eak at 1690 cm -1 assigned to carbony l group of carboxy lic moity and the aliphatic c-h st retching at 2950 cm -1 . also showed significant bands in the region (3060 , 1575 , 1454 and 750) cm -1 that indicated the p resence of benzot hiazole moiety . 2-(m ethy lthioacetate) benzot hiazole[ii] was obtained by esterification of the carboxy lic acid moity of comp ound [i] using absolute methanol with conc. h2so4 was identified by ft ir sp ectrum . ft ir sp ectrum showed disapp earance of two p eaks of ν oh and νc=o of carboxy lic moiety of comp ound [i] together with the app earance of good p eak at 1705 cm -1 which could be att ributed to νc=o of ester group . condensation of ester [ii] with hy drazine hy drate y ielded the 2-(thioacety l hy drazide)benzothiazole [iii] which is characterized by its melting p oints 120 o c . ft ir sp ectra , showed the following absorp tion bands: νc=o of amide group at 1645 cm -1 , bands in the regions (3460, 3282, 3197) cm -1 due to asy mmetric and sy mmetric stretching vibration of nh , nh2 group s , resp ectively. the sp ectra showed band at 2928 cm -1 assignable to the st retching of aliphatic (c-h). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the schiff bases of series [v]n were p repared by refluxing of comp ound [iii]n with dialdehy de [iv]n (which are obtained from the reaction of 4-hy droxy benzaldehy de with α,ωdibromo or dichloro alkane using dm f as the solvent in na2co3 medium) in glacial acetic acid as a cataly st . these compounds series [v]n are characterized by ft ir and 1 hnm r sp ectroscop y . ft ir sp ectra showed the disapp earance of two absorp tion bands due to nh2 st retching of comp ound [iii] together with the app earance of a band at (1614-1616) cm -1 assignable to imine group (ch=n) . the sp ectra also shows the bands at (2840-2954) cm -1 is due to aliphatic c-h st retching . table 2 exhibited the characterist ic ft ir absorp tion bands of these comp ounds 1 hnm r sp ectrum of compound [v]n=2 (dm so as a solvent) showed single broad peak at  9.15 p p m that could be att ributed to the two p rotons of nh , a multip let signal at  7.07.55 p p m for eight aromatic p rotons of the p henyl rings of benzot hiazole moiety and a doublet of doublets at  7.8-8.25 p p m for eight aromatic protons of two benzene rings . the imine p rotons ap p eared at  4.92 p p m . the 1 hnm r sp ectrum also showed the a singlet at  4.65 p p m assigned for four p rotons of the mercap to methy lene group s to (sch2) and triplet signal between  3.80-3.92 p p m that could be assigned to t he four protons of methy lene group (o-ch2) 2,3-disubstitut ed-1,3-thiazolidin-4-ones[vi]n were obtained by reacting the schiff bases [v]n with thioglycolic acid acid in dry benzene and reflux for 6hrs. the mechanism of this reaction may be outlined as follows, schem (3). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 n s sch2conhn hc n s n s sch 2conh n s n s n s hnc och 2s o ar = o o n s sch2conhn hc n s sh ch 2 hs ohho o och 2 c c n s sch2conhn hc n s s ch 2 s oh 2h 2o o och2 c c ho c ch 2s h hsch 2 c oh c h n hn c och 2 s -2h 2o ch n hn coc h 2s ch nhn co ch2s o ar ar ar ar [v ]n o( c h2)no [ v i]n sche me 3 the structural assignments of t hese compounds [vi]n was based on sp ectral data ft ir and 1 hnm r sp ectroscop y . the ftir exhibited significant bands at 3210 cm -1 and 1730 cm -1 which could be att ributed to nh st retching and c=o st retching of thiazolidinone ring , resp ectively . besides this , a band about 1660 cm -1 is due to c=o (amide) st retching and disapp earance of absorp tion st retching band due to imine group . table 4 exhibited the characterist ic ft ir absorp tion bands of t hese compounds. 1 hnm r sp ectrum of comp ound [vi]n=2 , figure (1) showed the following characterist ics chemical shifts (dm so as a solvent) singlet at  11.5 p p m could be att ributed to the two p rotons of nh group s , a multiplet signal at  7.05-7.5 p p m for eight aromatic p rotons of t he phenyl rings of benzothiazole moiety and a doublet of doublets at  7.65-8.2 p p m for eight aromatic p rotons of two benzene rings . a sharp singlet was abserved at  4.80 p p m that could be assingned to the four p rotons of the mercap to methy lene group s (sch2) . a singlet signal app eared at  4.65 p p m for four p rotons of h-5 thiazolidinone . the triplet signal observed between  4.2-4.49 p p m was assinged to four p rotons of methy lene group (o-ch2) showed singlet signal at  6.66 p p m that could be attributed to the two p rotons of h-2 thiazolidinone (2). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 references 1el-m as ry ,a. h.; f ahmy ,h. h. and ali a bdal wah ed, s. h. (2000) “ sy nthesis and ant imicrobial activity of some new benzimidazole derivatives ” , molecu les 5:1429 1438 . 2ko hli ,p.; srivastav a ,s. d. and srivastav a ,s. k. (2007) “ sy nthesis and biological activity of m ercaptobenzimidazole based thiazolidinons and their acry lidenes” j . of the c hinese chemical soci ety , 54 :10 03-1010. 3ab od elhafez ,o. m.; el kh arsy ,e. a.; b adria ,f. and fat hy, a. e. (2003) “ sy nthesis and biological investigation of new t hiazolidinone and oxadiazoline coumarin deriv atives” ,a rch pham res . , 26(8):686-696. 4va zzan a , i.e. ;terrano va , f.; m attioli and f. sp ar atore (2004) “ aromatic schiff bases and 2,3-disubst ituted 1,3-thiazolidin-4-one derivatives as ant i-inflammatory agents” ,arkivo c , v , 364-374. 5ling liu ,h.; li ,z. and anth onsen ,t . (2000) “ sy nthesis and fungicidal activity 2 imino-3(4-ary lthiazole-2-yl) thiazoliden-4-ones and their acry lidene derivatives” ,molecules, 5 :1055-1061. 6pareek,d. ; chaudhary , m .; pareek , p. k. ; kant, r.; ojha , k. g. ; pareeka, r. and pareeka, a. (2011) “ sy nthesis and biological evaluation of 4-thiazolidinone d erivatives incorp orating benzot hiazole moiety ”, der pharmacia sinica , 2 (1): 170-181 . 7br own ,f. c. (1 961) “ th iaz olidin-4-ones” . chem. revs. 61 :46 3-521. 8n ew co me, g. r. and n ayak, a. (1961), “th iazo lidin-4-ones ”. adv . het erocycl. chem. 25 : 8 3-112. 9al i , e. ; tomma , j. and m ubbrik, s . (2008) “ sy nthesis of study the biological activity of some schiff-bases deriv ed from 2-aminobenzot hiazole and vanillin derivatives ” , ibn al-haitham journal for pure and app lied sciences , 21(1):73-80. 10argy rop oulou , i. ; geronikaki, a.; vicini,b. p. and zanib, f. (2009) “sy nthesis and biolo gical ev aluation of sulfonamide thiazole and benzothiazole derivatives as antimicrobial agents ” , arkivoc , (vi) :89-102. 11 kaur, h.; kumar, s. i. ; singh, k.k. ;saxena, a. and kum ar ,(2010), “synthesis, characterization and biolo gical activity of various substitut ed benzothiazole derivatives” di gest journal of nanomaterials and biostructures , 5(1): 67 76 12tomma, j. h.; rouil, i. h. and al-dujaili ,a. h. (2009) “ ٍ◌sy nthesis and m esomorphic behavior of some nove l comp ounds cont aining 1,3,4-thiadiazole and 1,2,4-triazole rings ” , m ol. cryst. liq. cry st. , 501 :3-19. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 13vogel , i. (1974) “a text book of pract ical organ ic chemistry ” , longman group lt d., london 3 rd ed.m , 781. 14smith , p. a. (1946) “ organ ic reactions” 3(9) : 3 66. 15griffin , a. and havens, s. (1981) “ m esogenic polymers . iii . t hermal prop erties and sy nthesis of three homologus series of t hermotrop ic liquid crystalline “backbone”poly esters” , j. of poly m. sci. poly mer phy sics edition , 19: 951-969. 16tomma , j. h. (2010) “ sy nthesis , characterization and study the liquid cry stalline prop erties of n-acy l , thiourea and imidazole der ivatrives” , ibn al-haitham j. for pure and app l. sci., 23(3):134-151. 17m arch, j. (1992) “ advanced organic chemistry reaction m echanism and structure” , 4 th . ed., wiley and sons. inc. new-york . ta ble ( 1): physi cal an d c. h .n da ta o f s chi f f base s [ v] n. com p no. mol ecul ar for mul a yi el ds % colo r m.p 0 c t heoriti cal cal c. c% h % n % c% h % n % [v]2 c34h28n6s4o4 80 pal e yall o w 210 [v]3 c35h30n6s4o4 82 yall o w 175 57.8 5 4.13 2 11.5 7 57.8 2 4.05 11.8 2 [v]4 c36h32n6s4o4 85 yall o w 202 [v]10 c42h44n6s4o4 80 pal e yall o w 198 61.1 6 5.33 10.1 9 61.2 5 5.68 10.4 9 [v]12 c44h48n6s4o4 84 pal e yall o w 184 186 61.9 7 5.63 9.85 61.8 8 5.85 9.96 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (2): ftir data of s chi ff bases [v]n co m p n o . ch a ract eri st ic b an ds ft i r sp ect ra ( c m -1 ) ν n -h ν ch al ip h . ν c= o a m ide ν c= n im ine ν c-o e the r [ v]2 3 2 1 1 2 8 8 3 -2 9 3 2 1 6 6 2 1 6 1 4 1 2 4 4 [ v]3 3 2 1 0 2 8 8 5 -2 9 3 0 1 6 6 0 1 6 1 4 1 2 4 2 [ v]4 3 2 1 0 2 8 8 2 -2 9 3 2 1 6 6 2 1 6 1 4 1 2 4 2 [ v]10 3 2 0 8 2 8 8 5 -2 9 3 2 1 6 6 2 1 6 1 6 1 2 4 2 [ v]12 3 2 0 8 2 8 8 5 -2 9 3 0 1 6 6 0 1 6 1 6 1 2 4 4 table (3): physi cal and c.h.n data of se ries [vi] n com p. no. mol ecul ar for mul a yi e ld % colo r m.p 0 c t heoriti cal cal c. c% h % n % c% h % n % [vi]2 c38h32n6s6o 6 70 y allo w orang e 188 -19 0 53.0 2 3.72 9.76 53.2 4 3.6 6 9.8 2 [vi]3 c39h32n6s6o 6 75 yall o w 165 [vi]4 c40h36n6s6o 6 82 orang e 176 54.0 5 4.05 9.45 54.1 4 4.4 5 9.8 9 [vi]10 c46h48n6s6o 6 85 yall o w 154 -15 6 [vi]12 c48h52n6s6o 6 86 y allo w orang e 149 57.6 5.2 8.4 57.8 4 5.4 5 8.6 9 table( 4): ftir data of se ries [vi]n com p no. ch ara ct eristi c b ands ft ir sp ect ra (c m -1 ) νnh νch alip h. νc =o ketone νc =o ami d e νc -o ethe r [vi]2 314 0 288 5 -2 96 2 173 0 166 4 123 6 [vi]3 313 8 289 0 -2 96 4 173 0 166 2 123 6 [vi]4 314 5 288 8 -2 96 4 173 0 166 4 123 6 [vi]10 314 2 288 5 -2 96 0 173 0 166 2 123 2 [vi]12 314 0 288 6 -2 96 6 173 0 166 2 123 2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig.(1): 1 hnmr spectrum of compound [vi]2 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 4-ثایازولدین -3,1 -ثنائیة التعویض3 , 2تحضیر قواعد شف ومشتقات ون جدیدة تحتوي على وحدة البنزوثایازول جمبد هرمز توما جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ،قسم الكیمیاء 2008كانون الثاني 21:استلم البحث في 2011 حزیران 16 :قبل البحث في الخالصة -ثایازولـدین-1,3-ثنائیـة التعـویض -3, 2تم في هذا البحث تحضیر سلسلتین جدیـدة مـن قواعـد شـف ومشـتقات الـذي تـم تحویلـه الـى [i]كلورو حـامض الخلیـك یعطـي المركـب -مركبتوبنزوثایازول مع الفا -2ان تفاعل المركب .ون -4 مـن [iii]حضـر حـامض الهیدرازیـد. باسـتعمال المیثـانول المطلـق وبوجـود حـامض الكبریتیـك المركـز [ii]االسـتر المقابـل n[iv]تكثیـف االسـتر المحضـر مـع الهیـدرازین المـائي ومـن ثـم مفاعلــة حـامض الهیدرازیـد النـاتج مـع االلدیهیـدات الثنائیـة 3 , 1امــا مشــتقات . n[v] دیــدةة مــن حــامض الخلیــك الثلجــي لنحصــل علــى قواعــد شــف جیــدبوجـود قطــرات عد .مركبتو حامض الخلیك الى مجموعة االزومیثین -2نحصل علیها من اضافة ف n[vi]ون -4-ثایازولدین ftواالشعة تحت الحمراء ،د رجات االنصهار المعاثبت التركیب الكیمیائي لهذه المركبات المحضرة باست ir، لمغناطیسي وطیف الرنین النووي ا 1 hnm r بعض منها ل. ثایازولدینون ,بنزوثایازول : الكلمات المفتاحیة substrate temperature effect on the structure, morphological and optical properties of cuo/sapphire thin films prepared by pulsed laser deposition afnan k. yousuf laser and optoelectronics/ applied science dept./ university of technology e-mail: afnan_kamal@yahoo.com received in : 27 may 2013, accepted in: 24 september 2013 abstract this paper addresses the substrate temperature effect on the structure, morphological and optical properties of copper oxide (cuo) thin films deposited by pulsed laser deposition (pld) method on sapphire substrate of 150nm thickness. the films deposited at two different substrate temperatures (473 and 673)k. the atomic force microscopy (afm), fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) and uv-vis transmission spectroscopy were employed to characterize the size, morphology, crystalline structure and optical properties of the prepared thin films. the surface characteristics were studied by using afm. it is found that as the substrate temperature increases, the grain size increased but the surface roughness decreased. the ftir spectra showed strong band at about 418 cm-1and 530 cm-1related to cuo. from the uv-vis transmission, the energy band gap decreased from 2.2ev to 1.7ev as the substrate temperature was increased 473 and 673k. keyword: thin films, copper oxide, pulsed laser deposition, effect of substrate temperature 78 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 mailto:afnan_kamal@yahoo.com introduction among other compound semiconductors, copper oxide is of great interest in semiconductor physics. copper forms two well-known stable oxides, cupric oxide (cuo) and cuprous oxide (cu2o)[1]. these two oxides have different physical properties, different colors, crystal structures and optical properties. cuo is a black semiconductor with a monoclinic structure belongs to space group 2/m, it displays a wealth of interesting properties, it is abundant, nonhazardous source materials. because of their optical and electrical properties (1.2–1.5 ev band gap) [1-3], cuo have attracted interest as promising materials for solar cells and gas sensor. in practice, solar cells require proper layering of very-high-quality thin films with optimised surface morphology and crystallinity to prevent the surface roughness from affecting carrier transport in the cells. many researchers had reported on the structural analysis and characterization of the physical properties of copper oxide thin films, using different methods. the most important deposition techniques used are sputtering [4,5], thermal evaporation, oxidation [6], molecular beam epitaxial [7], and electrochemical deposition [8]. although pld is widely used for the growth of oxide films because of its advantage in the stoichiometry conservation of complex materials, only few studies have grown cupric oxides by this technique. the pld of cuo can yield films with improved qualities; however, there is no straightforward theoretical or experimental model for the deposition processes or the resulting film properties. in this work we report the fabrication of copper oxide films on sapphire (0001) substrates at different temperatures by pld technique. the results show that the single-phase cuo and cu2o thin films can be obtained. furthermore, the morphology of the deposited films was characterized by atomic force microscopy (afm).the optical transmittance and reflectance spectra, fouriertransform infrared spectroscopy were used to investigate the optical properties of the films. experimental work crystalline cuo films were grown on polished sapphire substrates (0001) (from mti corp.) by pulsed laser deposition with different substrate temperatures (473and 673) k, at an oxygen background pressure of 20 × 10-2 mbar, and a laser fluence of 1.5 j/cm2. before deposition, each substrate was cleaned with acetone and ethanol and dried under nitrogen gas flow.then the substrate was loaded into the pld chamber. the substrates were placed at 4 cm distance from cuo target. the chamber was kept at vacuum pressure of 10-3 mbar. the cuo target was ablated by 10 to 100 pulses through (10–20) min to get a singlelayer thin films. during the deposition,nd: yag laser (532 nm, pulsed width 7 ns and the repetition rate 10 hz),which was operated at various energies, was used to ablate a commercial cuo target (99.99% from mti corp.). the laser beam was focused on the target at an incidence angle of 45◦through a uv-grade quartz window. the ablated species of cuo were ejected with high kinetic energies and deposited on thesapphire substrates. during deposition, o2 gas (99.99% purity) was purged into the chamber through a mass flow controller and a variable leak valve at various pressure ranges. the structure of the grown films was determined by fourier transform infrared (ftir) measurements. film transmission measurementis performed at spectral range (200–1100) nm by using uv–vis-pv-8800 (perkin elemer company) spectrophotometer.the surface morphology was examined by atomic force microscopy (afm). 79 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 results and discussion the present study focused on the investigation of the surface morphology for the prepared cuo films deposited at both substrate temperatures to establish the dependence of their surface quality on the growth conditions of the pld process. atomic force microscopy the afm image is obtained for the cuo films grown at both substrate temperatures (473 and 673) k as shown in fig.(1) which indicates that the average surface roughness decreased dramatically as the growth temperature is decreased [7]. this improvement occurs because the film species at high temperatures have enough kinetic energy to collide strongly with each other and simultaneously re-evaporate because of the low melting point of cuo as compared to the temperature of the pld plume. a binary feature (formed of small and large grains) is observed on surfaces of the substrate which was heated to temperature 473k, while the size of the grains is approximately the same and the grains are distributed uniformly at 673k that can be attributed to the increase of surface energy at high temperature[9] . in addition, this result can explaine low roughness of surface at high temperature. ftir analysis the ftir spectra were taken on the two deposited films which shown in fig.(2): the substrate temperature (a) at 473k and (b) at 673k. the strong band is at about 418 cm-1 and 530 cm-1 which can be associated to cuo, this result is good agreement with ref. [10], whereas the wide absorption band around 640cm-1 is attributed to cu2o which is in an agreement with ref.[11]. for the film deposited at substrate temperature 473k, there are two peaks at wave number of about 418 cm-1 and 530 cm-1 (the phonon spectrum of cuo) and 620cm-1 (the phonon spectrum of cu2o), but the films deposited at substrate temperature 673k broader peaks at about 535cm-1 are also attributed to the cuo stretching. it was also observed that an obvious peak is at about 1120cm-1. optical properties uv-vis figure (3): showed the combination of optical transmittance spectra of copper oxide thin films deposited at both substrate temperatures with 150nm films thickness, for the range of wavelength (200-1100)nm because of the crystallinity and higher transparency, the copper oxide films are suitable for optical analysis from which the absorption coefficient and energy band gap may be determined. the conversion of cu2o into cuo can also be shown by the determination of the optical band gap. for this, in the fundamental absorption region, the optical absorption coefficient (α) was evaluated by using the eq. 𝛼 = 𝑙𝑛𝑇 − 1 𝑡 (1) 𝛼 = 2.303𝐴 𝑡 (2) 𝐴 = log 1 𝑇 (3) where t is the film thickness and t is the transmittance [6]. the best linear relationship is obtained by plotting α2 against hυ, based on eq. (4) below. αhυ= α(hυ– eg)r (4) 80 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 a is constant (independent from υ) and r is the exponent that depends upon the quantum selection rules for the particular material. the energy gap can be calculated by using the equation: 𝐸(𝑒𝑣) = 1240 𝜆(𝑛𝑚) (5) a straight line as showed in fig.4 is obtained when (αhυ)2 is plotted against photon energy (hυ), which indicates that the absorption edge is due to a direct allowed transition (r = 1/2 for direct allowed transition). the intercept of the straight line on hυ axis corresponds to the optical band gap (eg). the band gaps of films that were obtained at both substrate temperatures had different microstructures which do not differ significantly. however, the band gap values are in the expected range for copper oxide thin films [12]. in the case of the films deposited at 473k, the band gap is shifted to lower energies due to the change in the composition from cu2o to cuo, the optical band gap at 2.40 ev is due to their possess of similar cuprite structure with cu2o phase. the films deposited at substrate temperature at 673k and possessing cuo composition show a band gap of 1.7ev, corresponding to an optical absorption threshold of ～900 nm. cuo is the predominant phase at 673k. conclusions copper oxide thin films at 150nm thickness were produced by pulsed laser deposition on sapphire substrate at both substrate temperatures (473k and 673k). the morphology, roughness and grain size were investigated by atomic force microscopy (afm). the result obtained of afm showed the increase of the size of the grains. the surface roughness decreases by the increase of substrate temperatures. the ftir spectroscopic measurements further proved that the conversion from copper (ii) oxide into copper (i) oxide at (673k) substrate temperature. optical band gap of the films, measured by employing a uv-vis spectrophotometer, lies at 2.2 ev and 1.7 ev. references 1. jayatissa, a.; guo, k. and jayasuriya, a.(2009) fabrication of cuprous and cupric oxide thin films by heat treatment, applied surface science, 9474–9479. 2. rocquefelte, x.;whangbo, m.;villesuzanne, a.;jobic, s.; tran, f.; schwarz, k. and blaha, p. (2010) short-range magnetic order and temperature-dependent properties of cupric oxide, journal of physics: condensed matter, 045502. 3. hoa, n.; an, s.;dung, n.; van quy; n.and kim, d. synthesis of p-type semiconducting cupric oxide thin films and their application to hydrogen detection,(2010), sensors and actuators b: chemical 146, 239–244. 4. darma, t.; ogwu, a. and placido, f. (2011) effects of sputtering pressure on properties of copper oxide thin films prepared by rf magnetron sputtering, materials technology: advanced performance materials 26, 28–31. 5. lu, h.; chu, c., lai, c. and wang, y.,(2009) property variations of direct-current reactive magnetron sputtered copper oxide thin films deposited at different oxygen partial pressures, thin solid films, 4408–4412. 6. papadimitropoulos, g.;vourdas, n.;vamvakas, v. and davazoglou, d. (2006) optical and structural properties of copper oxide thin films grown by oxidation of metal layers, thin solid films, 2428–2432. 7. muthe, k.; vyas, j.;narang, s.; aswal, d.; gupta, s.; bhattacharya, d.; pinto, r.; kothiyal, g. and sabharwal, s.(1998) a study of the cuo phase formation during thin film deposition by molecular beam epitaxy, thin solid films, 37–43 81 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 8. morrison, e.;gutiérrez-tauste, d., domingo, c.; vigil, e. and ayllón, j. (2009) one step room temperature photodeposition of cu/tio2 composite films and its conversion to cuo/tio2, thin solid films, 5621–5624. 9. khojier ,k. and behju, a. (2012) annealing temperature effect on nanostructure and phase transition of copper oxide thin films, int .j. nano dim: 185-190. 10. balamurugan, b.mehta b.r., avasthi d.k., singh f. and modifying a. k.,(2002) the nanocrystalline characteristics—structure, size, and surface states of copper oxide thin films by high-energy heavy-ion irradiation j appl phys., 3304-3308 11. joha, m. r. ; mohdsuan, m. s. and hawari1,n. l. (2011) annealing effects on the properties of copper oxide thin films prepared by chemical deposition, int. j. electrochem. sci., 6094 6104 12. banerjee, a.n. and chattopadhyay, k. (2005) progress in crystal growth and characterization of material., 50, 52-105. 82 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 (a) (b) figure no.(1): 3d afm pictures of cuo/sapphire a) at 473k b) at 673k 83 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(2) ftir spectra of cuo/sapphire a) at 473k b) at 673k b a figure no.(3): optical transmittance spectra of cuo/sapphire films at different substrate temperature figure no.(4): plot of (αhυ)2 versus hυ curve of cuo/sapphire deposited at both substrate temperatures 85 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 الخصائص التركیبیة والطوبوغرافیة والبصریة الغشیة في القاعدةتأثیر حرارة cuo/sapphire الرقیقة المرسبة باللیزر النبضي أفنان كمال یوسف اللیزر والكھروبصریات / قسم العلوم التطبیقیة / الجامعة التكنولوجیة afnan_kamal@yahoo.comالبرید االلكتروني : 2013أیلول 24وقبل البحث في 2013أیار 27استلم البحث في: الخالصة درس تأثیر درجة حرارة القاعدة في الخصائص التركیبیة والطوبوغرافیة والبصریة الغشیة في ھذا البحث، نانومتر. رسبت 150) على قواعد االلومینا بسمك غشاء pldبتقنیة الترسیب باللیزر النبضي (اوكسید النحاس المحضرة )، مطیاف فوریر لالشعة تحت الحمراء، afm) كلفن. استخدم مجھر القوة الذریة (673و 473االغشیة بدرجات حرارة ( الحجم و المورفولوجي والبناء البلوري ) لتحدید خصائص uv-visفوق البنفسجیة (–ومطیاف النفاذیة لالشعة المرئیة وكذلك الخصائص البصریة لالغشیة المحضرة. درست خصائص السطح باستخدام مجھر القوة الذریة وقد وجد ان البناء حزمة ftirمتعدد التبلور والحجم الحبیبي یزداد بزیادة درجة حرارةالقاعدة، بینما تقل خشونة السطح. أظھرت اطیاف وتحت النبفسجیة حسبت فجوة –. ومن قیاس طیف االشعھ المرئیة cuoالعائدة لـcm-1 530 و cm-1 418قویة عند عند تغیر درجات حرارة 1.7evالى 2.2ev الطاقة من طیف االشعة وتبین انھا تقل بزیادة درجة حرارة القاعدة من كلفن . 673الى 473القاعدة من الكلمات المفتاحیة: االغشیة الرقیقة ، اوكسید النحاس، الترسیب باللیزر النبضي، تاثیر درجة حرارة القاعدة 86 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 mailto:afnan_kamal@yahoo.com 10. balamurugan, b.mehta b.r., avasthi d.k., singh f. and modifying a. k.,(2002) the nanocrystalline characteristics—structure, size, and surface states of copper oxide thin films by high-energy heavy-ion irradiation j appl phys., 3304-3308 microsoft word 2 333 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 studying the biological activity of some oxazepine derivatives against some g(+) and g(-) bacteria. husam s. jasim anwor f.muslim warka'a t. al-sa'adi dept of chemistry / college of education for pure science/ (ibn alhaitham) university of baghdad received in: 24 march 2013,accepted in: 18 march 2014 abstract the preliminary test of the compounds n [2– (3,4–dimethoxy nitrobenzene oxazepine– 2,3–dihydro–4,7–dione]–5–mercupto–2–amino–1,3,4–thiadiazol [a] and n [ 2–anthralidene– 5– ( 2–nitrophenyl ) –1,3–oxazepine–4,7–dione–2–d](5–mercapto–1,3,4–thiadiazole–2–amin) [b] , showed that they possess high activity against some positive and negative bacteria , like pseudomonas aeruginosa (pseudo.), escherichia coli (e-coli), staphylococcus aureus (sta.) and bacillus subtilis (ba.) and finally there is a study of the effect of some antibiotics like streptomycin (s), gentamycin (gn), chloramphenicol (c) and nalitixic acid (na) in order to compare the differences in effects. in the present study, results concerning the activity of oxazepines derivatives of compound [a] and [b] are reported. key words: activity of 1,3–oxazepine , pseudomonas aeruginosa , e-coli, staphylococcus aureus, bacillus subtilis., streptomycin, gentamycin, chloramphenicol, nalitixic acid. 334 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 o2n n ch r o o o dry benzene o2n r 1,3-oxazepine c c o chn o o maleic anhydrideschiff's bases r,r1,r2,r3 = diff. sub. n ch r3 o o o dry benzene 1,3-oxazepine c c o h cn o o schiff's bases r1 r2 phthalicanhydride r1 r2 r3 introduction the thiadiazole nucleus is important in compounds with antimicrobial and antitumer activity [1,2,3,4] . preperation of oxazepine–dione from reaction of schiff's bases with maleic or phthalic anhydride to give 3–aryl–2,3– dihydro–1,3–oxazepine–4,7–dione–2–yl in dry benzene, according to pericyclic reaction[5]. oxazepine derivative is an antidepressant with a mild sedative component to it's action. the mechanism of its clinical action in man is not well understood. in animals, amoxapine reduced the uptake of noradrenaline and serotonine and blocked the response of dopamine receptors to dopamine[6]. . the compounds n[2–(3,4–dimethoxy nitrobenzene oxazepine -2,3–dihydro–4,7–dione] –5–mercupto–2-amino–1,3,4–thiadiazol [a] and n[2–anthralidene–5–(2–nitrophenyl)–1,3– oxazepine–4,7–dione–2–(5–mercapto–1,3,4–thiadiazole–2–amine) [b] were investigated for their antibacterial activity as prepared and identified earler[7].these compounds are effective in inhibiting the growth of bacteria. heterocyclic rings are considered an important class of compounds having a wide range of biological activity , the heterocyclic compounds are well known for their antibacterial and antifungal activities[8]. pseudomonas aeruginosa (pseud.) is a gram negative rod, motile, non-spore forming. pseudomonas aeruginosa is often a major cause of hospital acquired (non-social) infections. infection can occur at many sites and can lead to urinary tract infections, sepsis, pneumonia, pharyngitis and wound infection[9] . these bacteria are clinically important because they are resistant to antibacterial agents and consequently are an important potential contaminant of pharmaceutical and cosmetic preparations. escherichia coli (e-coli) is a gram negative bacilli, non-motile, capsulated and nonspore forming. it is present in the respiratory tract and feces of about (5%) of normal individuals. it caused a small proportion about (1%) of bacterial pneumonias. it occasionally produces urinary tract infection and bacterium with focal lesions in debilitated patients[10]. staphylococcus aureus (sta.) is a gram positive cluster form, non-motile and non-spore forming. it is a leading cause of soft tissue infection, as well as toxic shock syndrome and scalded skin syndrome. it has been found to be the causative agent in such illness as pneumonia, meningitis, boils, arthritis and osteomyelitis (chronic bone infection)[11]. bacillus subtilis (ba.) is a gram positive bacilli, motile with lateral flagella, spore forming non capsulated. it is one of the commonest saprophytes in contaminant in foods, clinical specimens and laboratory cultures [12] . 335 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 experimental part compounds were synthesized by the cyclization schiff bases into the corresponding oxazepines (seven member ring) derivatives was accomplished by the reaction of the schiff bases with maleic anhydride in dry benzene[13]. the structures of these compounds were characterized by usual methods (m.p and ft.ir spectrum )[7]. the in vitro antibacterial activity tests were performed using the agar plate diffusion method[14]. the test samples of required concentration [75mg/ml] in ethanol were added in their respective wells. other wells were supplemented with reference drugs i:e. streptomycin (s), gentamycin (gn), chloramphenicol (c) and nalitixic acid (na) seving as the positive controls[15]. experimental plates then incubated at 37°c for 24hrs. and zone of inhibition were measured in mm and compared with positive control. the effect of ethanol (solvent) was tested on each bacteria, the effect of ethanol was negligible[15]. results and discussion compounds containing –n–c=s linkage are reported as antirritant agents and fungicides. this group is included in many basic structures of drugs either to be a part of an open chain, e:g. thio carbamates isothiocynates and thiosemicarbazides or involved in heterocyclic ring, e:g, mercapto derivatives of oxadiazoles[16]. the gram-positive bacteria and gram-negative bacteria utilized in the study were staphylococcus aureus, bacillus subtilis, pseudomonas aerugiuosa and escherichia coli. in this study the effect of antibiotics were also studied, as shown in table (1) and (2). for pseud.(g-),compound a showed more inhibition activity than compound b, that may be due to the presence of nitro group(with drawing group) while compound (b) containing alkyl groups or (donating group) which less active than nitro group.besides ,the compound b containing aromatic ring fused with oxazepine ring while compound a doesnˊt. while for ecoli and bac. ,the compound b is more inhibition activity than a, but with sta. (g+) both compounds exhibited the same activity in ethanol as shown in table (1). in table (2), the effect of (chloramphenicol) is more against bacillus, while with staphylococcus, the effect of streptomycin is the strongest, while with e-coli, the effect of gentamycin was more effective. the results of the present study show that some of the prepared compounds have a relatively strong deactivating capacity against the spacimen of bacteria. bacteria is known to be anti-toxic and enjoys a resistance to anti-biotic for blasma. the lack of deactivation areas for compounds with e-coli may be due to the lack of the suitable carrier in the cell or the necessary energy to have access to the internal target[17] .on one hand. the results ,on the other hand, show that compounds have a good deactivating capacity against staphylococcus aureus and bacillus subtilis. this is due to the percentage of active material solved in the ethanol . ethanol is known to be the most common solvent. it can solve many compounds. the study showed also many evidences of other active anti-biotics that can be put to further use in the system of bioresistense against the causes of several plant diseases inorder to avoid the excessive use of the chemical pasteyciedes that cause environumental problems and are very expensive. 336 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1.mishra, r.k; tewri, r.k.(1991) syntheses and biological activity of heterocycles derived from 3-methoxy-1-phenyl-1h-pyrazole-5-carboxylate, j.indian chem..soc., 68: 110. 2.tasaka.n.tamura; hatashi.r. and itoh. k. (1993) optically active antifungal azoles. i. synthesis and antifungal activity of (2r, 3r)-2-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-3-mercapto-1-(1h1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-2-butanol and its stereoisomers, chemical and pharmaceutical bulletin, 41(6): 1035-1042. 3.abdon, n.a. and amin, f.m. (1990) synthesis and biological activity of certain 5-mercapto 3[3-pyridyl] 4h-1,2,4-triazole derivatives, mansoura j.pharma sci., 6(2): 9-25. 4. khal, m.h. and nizamuddin, h. (1997) synthesis of e)-2,4'-(3'-chloro-2'-azetidinon)-1'yl]-1,3,4-oxa (thia) diazoles and-(4'-thiazolidinon)-3'-yl]-1,3,4oxa(thia) diazoles as antimicropial agents, indian j.chem. , 36b, 625-629. 5. abdullatieef, m. (2010) ph.d.thesis, college of education for pure science ibn-alhaitham, baghded university. 6.huan-m ing chen and ramachandra s.hosmane (2000) 6-amino-2-phenylimidazo[4,5e][1,3]diazepine-4,8(1h,5h)-dione, j.molecules, 5:m164. 7. saoud, s.a.(2007) msc.thesis, college of education for pure science al-haitham, baghded university. 8.hassan, s.s. (2006) msc.thesis, college of science, al-nahrain university. 9.al-jobonry, n.r.(1987) msc.thesis, college of pharmacy, baghdad university. 10.dart, j. k. and seal, d. v. (1988) pathogenesis and therapy of pseudomonas aeruginosa keratitis, eye, 2 :46-55. 11.lowy, f.d.(1998) staphylococcus aureus infections, n.engl j.med., 339(6): 520-539. 12.cacic, m.; trkovnik, m.; cacic, f. and has-schon, e. (2006) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some derivatives of (7-hydroxy-2-oxo-2h-chromen-4-yl)-acetic acid hydrazide, molecule,11:134-137. 13.hussein, f.a.;mahmoud, m.j. and tawfig, m. t.(2006) synthesis of substituted 1,3oxazepine-4,7-diones via schiff bases (part 1),al– mustansirya j. sci., 17 (1). 14.dutta, m.m.;goswami, b.n. and kateky, j.s. (1986) studies on biologically active heterocycles. part i. synthesis and antifungal activity of some new aroyl hydrazones and 2,5disubstituted-1,3,4-oxadiazoles, j.heterocyclic chem., 23,793. 15.gunav, v.i;mikhailopulo, i.a.; ovechkina, l.f. and zavyalov, s.i., chem.abst., 67, 5497, 1967. 15.atto, a.t.;mahmoud, m.j. and ayad.s.homeed (2000) synthesis , spectroscopy and studyof some new 1,3,4-o xadiazole derivatives, iraqi.j.of chem., 26,1:86-93. 16.wilson and gisold,s. (textbook of organic medical and pharmaceutical chemistry) tenth edition , lppincott williams & wilkins p 444 446 . 337 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(1): diameters of deactivation of bacteria by using compound a and b psend.= psendomonas aerugiuosea g-ve sta. = staphylococcus aureus g+ve e-coli = escherichia coli g-ve bac. = bscillus subtilis g+ve table no. (2): diameters of deactivation of bacteria by using some antibiotic diameters of deactivation mm c [con. 75mg/ml] gn [con. 75mg/ml] s [con. 75mg/ml] na [con. 75mg/ml] bac. 30 24 25 22 stap. 25 28 28 20 e-coli. 22 12 12 16 c= chloromphenicol gn= gentamycin s= streptomycin na= nalitixic acid diameters of deactivation mm compound a [con. 75mg/ml] compound b [con. 75mg/ml] ethanol psend. 20 12 5 sta. 24 24 5 e-coli. 12 14 5 bac. 20 25 5 338 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 دراسة الفعالية البايولوجية لبعض مشتقات االوكسازبين ضد بعض انواع g)-(والسالبة (+g)البكتريا الموجبة حسام سلمان جاسم أنوار فاروق مسلم الطائي وركاء طعمة السعدي / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم(قســــم الكيميـــاء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014اذار 18,قبل البحث في : 2013اذار 24استلم البحث في: الخالصه -ثنائي ھايدرو -3,2اوكسازبين 3,1-نايتروبنزينثنائي ميثوكسي -n2-)4,3[من الدراسات االولية للمركبين 7,4اوكسازبين -3,1نايتروفنيل) -2(-5انثرالدين -n2[& [1]ثايادايزول 4,3,1-امينو -2مركبتو -5-]دايون-7,4 ) g+.بينت لھا فعالية مضادة لبعض انواع البكتريا الموجبة ( ] [2]امين) -2ثايادايزول -4,3,1مركبتو -5(2-دايون escherichia coli(e ,staphylococcus-(pseudomonas aeruginosa(pseudo.) ,coli) مثل:(g-والسالبة ( aureus(sta.) و bacillus subtilis(ba.) :وقورنت فعاليتھا البايولوجية مع فعالية بعض المضادات الحيوية مثل streptomycin(s) ,gentamycin(gn) ,chloramphenicol(c) وnalitixic acid(na) . [2,1].وتم التركيز في ھذه الدراسة على فعالية مشتقات االوكسازبين . pseudo. , ,e-coli ,sta. ,ba. , s ,gn ,c ,naأوكسازبين -3,1فعالية الكلمات المفتاحية: الخواص المیكانیكیة للبولي استرفي بعض al2o3تأثیر استخدام مضافات غیر المشبع سعاد حامد العیبي جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة/قسم الفیزیاء 2013اذار 17قبل البحث في 2012تشرین الثاني 18في استلم البحث الخالصة تضمنت ھذه الدراسة تحضیر نماذج من البولي استر غیر المشبع واخرى من البولي استر غیر المشبع المدعم بدقائق المستعملة في البحث %) للمادة االساس 6%،4%،2تم اضافتھا بكسور حجمیة مختلفة (التي al2o3)(اوكسید االلمنیوم –تضمنت اختبار (الصالدة التي ة یوھي مادة البولي استر غیر المشبع وقد اجریت على العینات بعض االختبارات المیكانیك البلى ). –االنضغاطیة ك زیادة من النتائج المستحصلة تبین ان ھنالك زیادة في الصالدة ومقاومة االنضغاط للعینات بعد التدعیم كما ان ھنال فقدفي قیمة الصالدة واالنضغاطیة بزیادة الكسر الحجمي ،اما عن اختبار البلى الذي اجري بظروف تغییر الحمل المسلط النتائج ان تبین من دورة/ دقیقة ) 500( نیوتن بثبوت الزمن وسرعة القرص, 10 , 15 ) 5( االحمال الثالثة اعتمد -5.4)التدعیم ومن بزیادة الحمل المسلط ولجمیع العینات قبل gm/cm (10.6-18.6)ھنالك زیادة في معدل البلى 15.2)gm/cm , gm/cm (4.7-12.9) , (4-8.1)gm/cm كما بینت النتائج ان بعد التدعیم ولكسور حجمیة مختلفة .للمادة المضافةالكسر الحجمي بزیادة ھنالك نقصان في معدل البلى الكسر الحجمي ، االنضغاطیة الصالدة ، الكلمات المفتاحیة : 107 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة وخواص االداء ،تعد راتنجات البولي استر غیر المشبع اكثر االنظمة المرغوبة حالیا في العمل بسبب كلفتھا البسیطة الخواص الكھربائیة والفیزیائیة الجیدة من اھم ممیزات البولي استر فضال عن وتعد،سریعة والتشغیل بمعدالت ،العالي بالثبات الجید في االبعاد ومقاومة للتاكل ان راتنجات البولي استر تمتاز زیادة على ذكر ما المادة ھذ ه سھولة تداولھ وتمتاز فھي لذلك عالعزل كھربائي ذ وبانھ وتتمیز بانھا لون مضى فضال عن انھا صلبة ومقاومة للماء والمواد الكیمیائیة ذ بانھا في تستعملمتراكبة وموادواالفالم ،وصناعة الرقائق ،المواد البالستیكیة المختلفة مثل صناعةفي كثیر من التطبیقات تدخل 0[1,2] والجسورت وھیاكل البناء والطائراصناعة ھیاكل الزوارق الصغیرة دقائق اوكسید االلمنیوم الى المادة االساس البولي استر غیر المشبع لكونھ من االكاسید السیرامیكیة المھمة اضیفت والمقاومة ،والصالدة العالیة ،والثبات الحراري العالي مثل المقاومة،صناعیا لما تمتلكھ من خواص میكانیكیة وحراریة 0والعوازل الكھربائیة،والقواشط ،الحراریات مثل صناعةالمیكانیكیة العالیة ھو یدخل في كثیر من التطبیقات الصناعیة اضافة الدقائق السیرامیكیة درساذ افیما یخص اختبار الصالدة الباحثان من ضمن الدراسات التي اجریت ما قام بھ المادة اللدائنیة وتوصال الى ان اضافة الدقائق بنسب قلیلة تؤدي الى تقلیل الصالدة وذلك بسبب وكسرھا الحجمي في صالدة .[3]تركز االجھادات عند العیوب المتولدة باضافة الدقائق وتصبح الصالدة اعلى بزیادة الكسر الحجمي ذات مادة حیویة متراكبة دراسة و تحضیرمجموعة من الباحثین من من ضمن الدراسات التي اجریت ما قام بھ كذ لك ان الخواص المیكانیكیة التي تضمنت (مقاومة االنضغاط الدراسةبدقائق سیرامیكیة وبینت بولیمري مقواةاساس 0[4]والصالدة ومقاومة الشد ومتانة الكسر قد ازدادت بزیادة الكسر الحجمي لحشوات التقویة من دراسة للخواص المیكانیكیة والحراریة لمادة مدعمة ایناس ومن ضمن الدراسات التي اجریت ما قامت بھ الباحثة وھي اوكسید االلمنیوم التجاري واوكسید االلمنیوم النقي وكاربید السلیكون وبكسور من الدقائق السیرامیكیة بثالثة انواع باستعمال االطوارالربط بین كفایةودرست اثر )m µ 53-150راوح بین ( توحجم دقائق ی ) 0.3 0مختلفة (حجمیة 0[5]مركب سلیكوني عضوي من مسحوق اوكسید االلمنیوم على الخصائص المیكانیكیة للبولي الھدف من البحث تحضیر ودراسة تاثیر نسب المضاف استر غیر المشبع الجانب العملي تقنیة تحضیر العینات ) یتحول gm\cm31.2 اساس للمادة المتراكبة وھو سائل لزج بكثافة ( مادةراتنج البولي استر غیر المشبع استعمل كیتون اوكسید) اما االثیل مثیل) (emkpفي درجة حرارة الغرفة الى مادة صلبة بعد اضافة المصلد الیھ وھو من نوع ( ومعدل مقاس ،) 3.72g\cm3( ذي كثافة د االلمنیوم بشكل مسحوقبارة عن اوكسیع فكانت المستعملةالدقائق المدعمة تم اضافتھا الى البولي استر غیر المشبع وتم الحصول على مصبوبة ذ ا)(%99.99ودرجة نقاوة ،) 30µm(حبیبي دقائق اوكسید االلمنیوم بكسور حجمیة مختلفة واضیفت قوام جالتیني ذامتجانسة بصب المزیج قبل ان یصبح -:[6] االتیة%) وباالعتماد على العالقات %6،%4،2( wc =wf +wm……….(2) …………………(1) %100 ×wf\wc=ψ 𝜙 = 1 1 + 1 − 𝜓𝜓 . 𝑝𝑓 𝑝𝑚 ψ. الكسر الوزني لمادة التدعیم في المادة المتراكبة : :wc, wm ,wf المتراكبة والمادة االساس والمادة المدعمة.وزن المادة fρ, mρ.كثافة المادة االساس والمادة المدعمة : ø . الكسر الحجمي لمادة التدعیم : صب الراتنج المخلوط مع دقائق واستعملت طریقة القولبة الیدویة في تحضیر النماذج باستعمال قالب من االلمنیوم وخلطت المكونات بصورة جیدة في القالب وبعد االنتھاء من القالب للحصول على مصبوبة متجانسة ودوراوكسید االلمنیوم من خالل الضغط بصورة عمودیة على مستوى القالب للمادة وذ لكعملیة الصب تم التخلص من الفقاعات المتكونة ) ساعة لغرض التصلب 24( مدةالب المصبوبة بفرشاة مسننة وكذلك لغرض الحصول على السمك المطلوب وبعد ترك الق العینات لغرض اجراء الفحوصات وحسب المواصفات القیاسیة . وقطعتالمصبوبة استخرجت فقد اما في اختبار االنضغاطیة ) (shored ) نوع durometer hardnessجھاز ( باستخداماجري فحص الصالدة ا ذودلك بتسلیط الحمل حتى حصول الفشل للعینة )(lay bold harris no3611 لھیدرولیكي نوع استخدم المكبس ا 0جھاز البلى االنزالقي اجري باستخدام اختبار البلى فقد ایمثل اقصى حمل قیمة مقاومة االنضغاط ،ام 108 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 النتائج والمناقشة لة لقیاس قیم الصالدة المستحص ومن النتائج تعرف الصالدة بانھا مقاومة المادة لتشوه السطح او الثلم او الخدش ، اذ تبینللكسر الحجمي دالة)والذي یوضح عالقة الصالدة 1بدقائق اوكسید االلمنیوم والتي یمثلھا الشكل (المدعمة للعینات من الشكل ان ھنالك زیادة في قیمة الصالدة بزیادة الكسر الحجمي ویعزى السبب في ذلك الى زیادة التشابك والتراص اذ (الذي یقلل من حركة جزئیات البولیمر )مما ادى الى زیادة مقاومة المادة للخدش والقطع فتزداد مقاومتھا للتشوه اللدن قیمة الصالدة ازدادتبط بین الذرات او الجزئیات في المادة فكلما كان الرابط اقوى صالدة المواد على القوى التي ترتعتمد .[7]ولذلك فان الربط القوي عند السطح البیني بین الطورین (الراتنج والمادة المدعمة) ادى الى صالدة المواد اذ نالحظ اھتم بدراستھا العدید من الباحثین یعد السلوك االنضغاطي للمواد المتراكبة من الخواص المیكانیكیة المھمة التي االنفعال )للعینات المستعملة في البحث ولكسور حجمیة مختلفة –العالقة بین (االجھاد ) التي توضح (5,4,3,2االشكال من الذي یمثل ) 6ان المادة بعد التدعیم اظھرت قیمة اعلى لمقاومة االنضغاط مما في حالة المادة قبل التدعیم ، اما الشكل ( ھنالك زیادة في مقاومة االنضغاط بزیادة الكسر الحجمي ویمكن تفسیر ذلك فالعالقة بین مقاومة االنضغاط والكسر الحجمي على النحو االتي ان اضافة أي مادة متعلقة بصورة اساسیة بوجود العیوب التي تحتویھا المادة ومن الجدیر بالذكر ان متانة فھنالك لسیطرة علیھا والتحكم بھا وذلك عن طریق السیطرة على خصائص بدایة نمو العیب ، المادة المتراكبة یمكن ا ) الذي ینمو shear mode) ونمط القص (buckling modeللفشل االنضغاطي تمثلت بنمط االنبعاج (حالتان نظریتان وجدتشوه القص وقد لزیادةتتابع نتیجة عبر الطبقات الداخلیة ضمن المادة المتراكبة مما یؤدي الى حصول الفشل بشكل م ان احد اسباب حصول ھذا النوع من الفشل یعود الى وجود بعض العیوب في المادة التي تشكل مناطق لتركیز االجھادات .[8]من غیر الممكن ان تصنع مادة خالیة من العیوب بصورة تامة اذ لذلك فان تاثیر التدعیم بالدقائق لھذه التراكیب البولیمریة یمكن وصفھ بوساطة التوزیع االحصائي للعیوب في المادة المتراكبة فعند اضافة الدقائق الى راتنج البولي استرغیر المشبع فان ذلك یؤدي الى زیادة عدد الحواجز المانعة او المعیقة لدقائق الحشویة ویؤدي الى زیادة في عدد الحواجز المانعة او المعیقة لنمو الفجوات لنمو الفجوات التي ربما تلتقي مع ا .[9]وكذلك فان ھذه الدقائق تعمل على اعاقة وتاخیر االنھیار للمادة ثة تم اعتماد االحمال الثالاذ التدعیم وبعده عینات البولي استر قبل فيتمت دراسة تاثیر الحمل المسلط في معدل البلى تاثیر الكسر درس )،كما 269(hb) دقیقة وصالدة القرص الحدیدي 2على التوالي وكانت مدة االختبار ()15 (10,5, وقد اظھرت النتائج ان ھنالك زیادة في معدل البلى .وبعده الحجمي على قیمة معدل البلى لعینات البولي استر قبل التدعیم ) ویمكن ان تعزى 7بدقائق اوكسید االلمنیوم والذي یوضحھ الشكل (وبعده بزیادة الحمل المسلط لجمیع العینات قبل التدعیم )nة (زیادة معدل البلى بزیادة الحمل المسلط الى زیادة قوة االحتكاك الذي یعود سببھ الى زیادة القوة الضاغط fαn f= μn كال اذ ) تابت التناسب وھو معامل االحتكاك فضال عن ارتفاع درجة الحرارة بین سطح العینة والقرص μتمثل (اذ المسلط للحملمن النتؤات الحادة وعند اتصال ھذه النتؤءات بین السطحین نتیجة اكبیر ایمتلكان عدد نالسطحین المحتكی النقاط فياوالسرعة اما یحدث تشوه لدن او تبقى في حالة اتصال مرن ولكن عندما تكون النتؤات حادة فان تاثیر االجھاد تاثیرا اذ ان لقیمة الحمل المسلط ،الحادة ربما یكون اكثر من االجھاد المرن وبذلك یحدث تشوه لدن عند كل النقاط الحادة اذ تتجمع الشقوق مع بعضھا مؤدیة الى ،الذي یحدث عند قمم النتؤءات والمنطقة القریبة من السطحفي التشوه اللدن مباشرا حدوث ازالة او قشط الطبقات السطحیة مكونة بذلك حطام البلى والذي یكون على شكل صفائح رقیقة لذا فان التشوه اللدن عالقة تناقصیة فھي القة بین معدل البلى والكسر الحجمي ) الذي یوضح الع8اما الشكل (.[10]یزداد بزیادة الحمل المسلط یمكن تفسیرھا بان اضافة دقائق اوكسید االلمنیوم یزید من مقاومة البلى بسبب صالدة الدقائق العالیة اذ كلما زادت نسبھا یمتلك اقل معدل للبلى من المتراكب بالكسر الحجمي %6كان المتراكب المنفرد بالكسر الحجمي اذ زادت صالدة العینة وان مقاومة البلى مرتبطة مع الصالدة السطحیة للمادة اذ تزداد بزیادتھا فضال عن ذلك فان الدقائق تعمل على انھا 4% ة والقرص عناصرحاملة للثقل واالجھاد داخل المادة االساس اذ تعمل على تقلیل او عدم حدوث التالمس مابین سطح العین [11]. االستنتاجات ان اضافة دقائق اوكسید االلمنیوم الى المادة االساس البولي استر غیر المشبع ادى الى زیادة الخواص 1 .1 میكانیكیة (الصالدة ،االنضغاطیة)ال في اوال مع زیادة الكسر الحجمي لدقائق اوكسید االلمنیومقیم الخواص المدكورة تزداد 2 .2 اوكسید االلمنیوم لدقائققیم مقاومة االنضغاط تزداد بزیادة الكسر الحجمي ان 3 .3 تزداد بزیادة الحمل المسلط التدعیم وبعده قیمة معدل البلى لجمیع العینات قبل ان 4 .4 ید االلمنیوم مقاومة البلى تزداد للمواد المتراكبة المنفردة المحضرة في البحث باضافة دقائق اوكس یمةق 5 .5 مقاومة البلى تزداد بزیادة الكسر الحجمي لدقائق اوكسید االلمنیوم المضافة ا انكم .6 109 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المصادر 1. mark, h.f. and kroschwitz, j.i.( 1988), encyclopedia of polymer science and engineering , john wiely &sons,new york. 2. lubin, g .(1982) hand-book of composite, van nostrand reinhold,new ,york. 3. hague ,z.u. and turner, d.t.,(1986), influnce of particulate fillers on the indenation hardness of glass cross –lincked polymer ,journal of materials science,22, 3379. 4. khtan ,k, waleed aand rabab a.,(2010), preperation and characterization of polymer ceramic composite bio-material.eng&tech journal,28,(13). ) دراسة الخواص المیكانیكیة والحراریة للبولي استر غیر المشبع المدعم بدقائق 1999(اسماعیل ،ایناس محي .5 .یةماجستیر، قسم العلوم التطبیقیة، الجامعة التكنولوج سیرامیكیة" رسالة 6. hull ,d .(1981) an introduction to composite materials ,cambridge university press, first published inc. 7. gibson, r.f.(1994), principle of composite material mechanics,m.c.graw hill,inc,new york 8. kharkhardin , a.n. (1989) density of packing of filler particles in composite, international journal polymer science and technology 16. 9. lipatov ,y .u.s. (1981), mechanism of the reinforcing action of fillers.international polymer science and technology,8(8),434. 10. ajappa, s.b., chandromhani .gand subramanlan . r,( 2006) ,materials science – poland,24 11. (2l1) 12. suresh.b, chandramohan . g and sampathkumaran .p, (2007), investigation of the friction and wear behavior of glassepoxy with and without graphite 13. filler, j. reinforced plastic and comp. 26,(81). للعینات المستعملة في البحثیمثل العالقة بین الصالدة والكسر الحجمي : ) 1( شكل رقم 80.5 81 81.5 82 82.5 83 83.5 84 84.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 volume fraction % h ar dn es s (s ho re -d ) 110 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 االنفعال لعینات البولي استر قبل التدعیم–یمثل العالقة بین االجھاد : ) 2(رقم شكل 2% حجمي االنفعال لعینات البولي استر بعد التدعیم بكسر –یمثل العالقة بین االجھاد : ) 3(رقم شكل 4حجمي %االنفعال لعینات البولي استر بعد التدعیم بكسر –) یمثل العالقة بین االجھاد 4(رقمشكل 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 strian( ) st re ss (n \m m 2 ) up 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 strian( ) st re ss (n \m m 2 ) 2%(up+al2o3) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 strian st re ss (n \m m 2 ) 4%(up+al2o3) 111 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 6حجمي %االنفعال لعینات البولي استر بعد التدعیم بكسر –) یمثل العالقة بین االجھاد 5( رقم شكل للعینات المستعملة في البحثاالنضغاط والكسر الحجمي ةمقاوم) یمثل العالقة بین 6( رقم شكل وبعده التدعیم البولي استر قبل لعیناتالبلى والحمل المسلط معدل) یمثل العالقة بین 7(رقم شكل 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 strian() st re ss (n \m m 2) 6%(up+al2o3) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 2 4 6 8 volume fraction % co m pr es si ve s te ng ht ( n \m m 2 ) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 load(n) w ea r r at e ×1 88 ( gm \c m ) up 2%(up+al2o3) 4%(up+al2o3) 6%(up+al2o3) 112 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 مختلفةللعینات المستعملة في البحث والحمال معدل البلى والكسر الحجمي ) یمثل العالقة بین 8(رقمشكل 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 volume fraction% w ea r ra te × 10 -8 (g m \c m ) 5n 10n 15n 113 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the effect of al2o3 additives on some mechanical properties of un saturated polyester resin suad hamed leabi dept. of physics /college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad receiverd in : 18 november 2012 accepted in : 17 march 2013 abstract this study included preparation for the unsaturated polyester samples before and after reinforced by the alumina oxide powder of different volume fraction amounting (2%,4%,6%). and this research included the study of some of mechanical properties such as (hardness,compressive,wear). the results showed that the increase of the hardness and compressive strength after the reinforced and the increase with the volume fraction increase. as the wear test shows that the wear rate increases with applied load increase(5,10,15) from (10.6-18.6) gm/cm befor reninforced and from(5.4-15.2)gm/cm,(4.7-12.9)gm/cm,(48.1)gm/cm,after reinforced from the different volume fraction, and the wear rate decrease with the volume fraction increase. keywords : hardness , compressive , volume fraction 114 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 8 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. evaluation of the ti6al4v alloy plasma nitride for orthopedic implants: in vitro biocompatibility study in simulated body fluid abstract in view of this work, plasma nitriding was executed on ti-6al-4v and the effect of nitriding by using glow discharge with 2 mbar of ar+n2 gas on corrosion resistance with different nitriding time and studied. the structure properties and the external appearance for alloys were performed with x-ray diffraction and optical microscopic. the investigation of xrd indicates the ti alloys are polycrystalline with a cubic type (bcc). when the external appearance of the surface indicates was of β+α structure which have been better technical properties on biomedical application. the biocompatibility investigation of nitride alloys in vitro medium containing human body fluid: we showed a layer of hydroxyapatite hap which might be considered in good biocompatible ceramic with the expected ability for chemical bonding with bone. key words: plasma nitride, corrosion, biocompatibility, ti alloys. 1. introduction ti transiently allows a deficient shell in its electronic structure to power onward form solid explanation with might substitution aspect receive a magnitude factor inward ±20%. in its rudimental form titanium gets an immense thawed point (1678°c), illustrate a hcp crystal arrangement α up to the beta (882.5°c), reconstruct to a bcc structure β raised by this temperature. ti alloys whatever has been broadly enforced in militant, biomedical and ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index article history: received 13, july, 2021, accepted 26, september, 2021, published in january 2022. zainab t.abdulhamied zenabtarq@yahoo.com directorate of materials research, ministry of science & technology, baghdad, iraq. doi: 10.30526/35.1.2793 hanaa k. khalaf omhanaakhaled55@gmail.c directorate of materials research, ministry of science & technology, baghdad, iraq. shahlaa j. ashour shfrash@gmail.com directorate of materials research, ministry of science & technology, baghdad, iraq. aqeel f.hassan aqeelhasan65@gmail.com directorate of training, ministry of science & technology, baghdad, iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:zenabtarq@yahoo.com mailto:hanaakhaled55@gmail.com mailto:shfrash@gmail.com mailto:aqeelhasan65@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 9 chemical business [1]. this is primarily associated to its admirable corrosion defiance and outstanding biocompatibility. the ti6al4v and ti6al7nb alloys have a bio-inert layer, whatever has low hardness and indigent wear resistance [2]. that one may reform its outer equity and attribute, a number of outer medication alteration operation were case [3].so maintain accomplished quality in ti alloys and advance the neurological properties of exterior expanse, assorted expanse conversion approach are hired, being plasma spraying, physical vapor deposition plasma nitriding [4]. amid the assorted materials accessible in the retail, metallurgic biomaterials like titanium alloys are generally used are the instill surgery operation as a result of their good corrosion defiance. there are many reports in improving the bioactive coatings, as well as the enormous use of nitride on the surface of biomaterials [5]. ti6al4v has outstanding corrosion resistance to physical fluids and good comparability, due to its nitriding film passivation stability. thus it is not only widely used in dental implants and bone wounds but also has become a paramount material for human body hard tissue substitutes [6]. corrosion of humanoid mineral implant is demanding by virtue of it can negatively involve biocompatibility and habitual integrity [7]. there is handful senses tigger revision in joint replacements. firstly, enduring going off society has carried an ever-increasing demand for materials individually for personal torso. it has been predicted 90% of community over the age of 40 experiences from retrogressive malady and the elderly people culture has heightened exceedingly newly [10]. 2. experimental affecting materials used in the present investigation were ti6al4v (all compositions are in weight %) as shown in table 1. all alloys were accepted in from about rods as regards aspect 2.5 cm diameter also cutting rod by diamond cutter (struers denmaek) to pellet 0.5 cm thickness. they were procured from anna university, india. the variety was than scrubbed in infuse water pursue by ultrasonic cleaning in ethanol. the materials used as regards present investigation were ti6al4v (all compositions were in weight %) as shown in table 1. all alloys were received in from of rods of aspect 2.5 cm diameter and cutting rod by diamond cutter (struers denmaek) to pellet 0.5 cm thickness. they were procured from anna university, india. the variety was washed in distilled water followed by ultrasonic cleaning in ethanol. the microstructures of the surfaces bare for electrochemical trial abide were again calculated using an optical microscope (nikon type 120/faban 50-1000x). the obtained ti6al4v samples were used as a substrate, and nitriding with 90% nitrogen gas. the substrate was not intentionally heated during the deposition. sputtering on ti alloy, the experiments process, adverse bias was added to boost the energy of particles; the sputtering parameters were listed in table (2). table 1. nitriding condition for ti6al4v alloy parameter condition pressure 5x10-1mbar substrate ti6al4v sputtering 90%n2+10%ar deposition time 15-25 hour applied voltage 600 volt discharge current 0.63 a inert electrode spacing 4 cm ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 10 the obtained samples were examined by route of an x-ray diffraction (xrd) amount. in this research, x-ray diffractrometer kind shimadzu, power diffraction arrangement along cu-kα xray duct (λ = 1.54056 ǻ) was worn. the x-ray checks were performed betwixt binary angles 30° also 80°. the electrochemical studies abide attend accepting a (elektonic germany bank) potentiostat, blend to a computer. the electrolyte was used for simulating human body fluid accustom, willing using laboratory, as shown in table 2. the ph of quick fix was upheld at 7.4. of late prepared quick fix was nearly new for each analysis. table 2. chemical composition for simulated body fluid constituent weight (gm/l) 1 nacl 8.036 2 kcl 0.225 3 cacl2 0.293 4 nahco3 0.352 5 k2hco3 0.230 6 mgcl2.6h2o 0.311 7 na2so4 0.072 3. result and discussion affecting obtained images of the microstructures of samples tested are shown in figure (1). etching solution contains 5ml hcl: 10ml hno3:85ml h2o, impressed alloys in solution for 1 min then cleaned with dissolute water. we can observe two phases the base structure from beta-ti and (beta+alpha) structure, that bcc structure. (α+β) structure has excellent applied properties in surgical implants. the typical topography of nitride intermediate layer tin+ti2n+α (tin), originated by glow discharge nitriding scheme, is shown in figure2. the blanket is characterized by great solid, structural homogeneity, and well-being glue with a metal basement. macroscopic samples of ti6al4v produced by these methods are shown in figure 3. figure 1. microstructure of ti6al4v ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 11 figure 2. ti6al4v alloy before and after nitriding figure 3. microscopy photo for alloys after nitriding 15, 20 and 25 hours the xrd reasoning (see figure.4) settled the habitation of commixture 3-zone expanse layer subsist of δ-tin, ξti2n, and α-tin phase. it is admitted matter that the nitriding of metal expanse revises its mechanical estate [10] and corrosion resistance. consequently, tin+ti2n+αtin the layers on titanium and their alloys reform their corrosion resistance. apart from that, tin+ti2n+αtin layer feasible symbolize by biocompatibility and shortfall of cytotoxicity [9].it has also been established that the limited nitriding of ti installment in nitride/ti amalgam coatings revised the bond vitality of blanket on ti substrate [8]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 12 figure 4. xrd of ti6al4v before figure 5. potential curves for ti6al4v before and after nitriding nitriding the potentiodynamic emission curves of the nanocrystalline ti6al4v alloys in sbf before and after nitriding are shown in figure 5. the corrosion potentials and corrosion current quantity of each specimen were resolute from the potentio dynamic polarization curves by the tafel extrapolation approach and are epitomize in table 3. according to table 1 and fig. 3, the nanocrystalline ti6al4v alloy after 25 hours nitriding was more corrosion resistant (ic=4x10 -7 amp/cm2) than before nitride (ic=0.19x10 -6). as reveal by a variation of the polarization curve (figure. 5) to the right down of the microcrystalline ti6al4v curve betwixt untreated and nitriding at different times. operation of nanocrystalline ti-based materials also focused on other attentions on the biocompatibility of incorporate alloys; corrosion defiance is one of the director wealth an implant should possess. the success of an embed bet on the genuine review of this property, whatever is straight it related to its capacity to proceed along with the relentless body environment. bad corrosion defiance in the carcass liquid will element the clemency of irreconcilable mineral ions from the fix, which is a duct aspect leading to allergic along with toxic attitude [10]. table 3. corrosion characteristics current densities (ic) and corrosion potentials (ec) of studied ti alloys. corrosion rate (mm/year) icorr(amp/cm 2) ecorr(mv) nitride time(hours) 0.055 0.19x10-6 -754.1 untreated 1.634x10-3 1.801x10-7 -360.281 15 1.503x10-3 1.65x10-7 -375.2 20 3.662x10-3 4x10-7 -334.36 25 2θ degree ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 13 table 4. toxic metals in ti6al4v alloys before and after nitride v (ppb) al (ppb) sample 2.5 123 untreated 0.058 62.5 15 hr 0.111 36.25 20 hr 0.098 26.25 25 hr stimulated body fluid (sbf) laboratory prepared as a medium for biocompatibility of ti6al4v alloys before and after nitriding. fig.4 shown toxic metals compounds in alloys and the effect of nitriding times after being impressed for one month. annealed alloys at 400c for 4 hours after impressing the alloys in sbf, then used optical microscopy to showed the layer of hydroxyapatite (ha) (ca10(po4)6(oh2)) on the surface of the alloys. biocomposite materials accept been matured that one may associate bioactivity of ceramics. hydroxyapatite (ha) is familiar for its deficiency and frail [11] but has an exceptional biocompatibility and bioactive substantial. though ha is coated on titanium, an renovation of the biomaterial chemical properties crop up from the perspective of potential bio-applications, the opportunity of ha surge in the corporeal habitat is more momentous that the fact of its presence on the surface of an implant. the bio-activity tests of inventing composite structure signify not e only that the ha layer dissolves, but it quickens the ha growth. it upholds reap familiar bioactivity ownership by conglomerate layers. fig. 6 showed micro optical scope for alloys after nitride at 15,20 and 25 hours; we can see the ha layer on the ti6al4v surface, which covered almost the surface point of for bone growth ability on the surface of treatment alloys. figure 6. optical microscope photo for ti6al4v after impressed in sbf for one month 10hr ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 14 4. conclusion xrd analyses show that a polycrystalline structure film with the cubic structure of ti6al4v and the nitride peaks show growth tin+ti2n+αtin and δ-tin, ξti2n. xrd patterns are good in agreement with the standard patterns. advancement of implants with great corrosion and wear intransigence is of great emphasis for the durability of a biomaterial in our human scheme. the inability of an implant emerge to harmonize with the adjoining bone and other tissues by virtue of micro motions can also event in implant detachment. increase passivity effect on corrosion behavior and make alloys more compatibility to be used in the human body. decrease the amount of (al and v) metals after nitride and impressed for one month in sbf because of bioactive ha layer. references 1.pan tao , jiangwei zhong , huaixue li , quandong hu , shuili gong and qingyan xu , microstructure, mechanical properties, and constitutive models for ti–6al–4v alloy fabricated by selective laser melting (slm), metals 2019, 9, 447,1-16 2.weifuwang and chao han,microstructure and wear resistance of ti6al4v coating fabricated by electro-spark deposition, metals 2019, 9, 23,1-11 3. chander prakash , sunpreet singh , catalin iulian pruncu , vinod mishra , grzegorz królczyk , danil yurievich pimenov and alokesh pramanik surface modification of ti-6al-4v alloy by electrical discharge coating process using partially sintered ti-nb electrode” materials 2019, 12, 1006,1-16 4.tao chen , defu liu , fan wu and haojun wang ,effect of ceo2 on microstructure and wear resistance of tic bioinert coatings on ti6al4v alloy by laser cladding, materials. 2018, 11, 58,1-14 5. sajjad jafari, mehdi mazar atabaki , jamaliah ,comparative study on bioactive coating of ti-6al-4v alloy and 316 l stainless steel, association of metallurgical engineers of serbiametall. mater. eng. 2012, 18 (2) , 145-158 6. wei liu , shifeng liu ; liqiang wang ,surface modification of biomedical titanium alloy: micromorphology, microstructure evolution and biomedical applicationscoatings, 2019, 9, 249,1-23 7.animesh choubey, bikramjit basu and r. balasubramaniam electrochemical behavior of ti-based alloys in simulated human body fluid” environmenttrends biomater. artif. organs, 2005,18 (2), january ,64-72 8. czarnowska, e. ; wierzcho, t.; maranda-niedba, a.; karczmarewicz, e. improvement of titanium alloy for biomedical applications by nitriding and carbonitriding processes under glow discharge conditions, journal of materials science: materials in medicine, 2000,11, 73-81. 9. inagaki, m.; yokogawa, y. ; kameyama, t. bond strength improvement of hydroxyapatite/titanium composite coating by partial nitriding during rf-thermal plasma spraying, surface and coatings technology . 2003,1 , 1-8. 10.yuhua li, chao yang , haidong zhao, shengguan qu, xiaoqiang li ;yuanyuanli, new developments of ti-based alloys for biomedical applications, materials. 2014, 7, 17091800. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 15 11.carlos oldani ; alejandro dominguez ,titanium as a biomaterial for implants, recent advances in arthroplasty, 2012. special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2650 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 47 physiological changes of thyroid hormones in women with osteoporosis in iraq / basra province abstract osteoporosis is described as sickness due to fading bone mass and microarchitecture spoilage of bone tissue leads to consolidation bone fragility and increase risk of fracture. the relationship between osteoporosis and thyroid is important by of the skeleton bones in turnout of circulating physical thyroid hormone and tsh condensation to reduced bone mineral loss in osteoporosis patients, also researcher derives that hormone thyroid and tsh scale increased bone resorption, by increase bone mineral deposition. (110) patients female transfer from provincial and civilian habitation, their ages between (55-75) years old, they pay a visit to dexa station to measure the density. the samples of blood after diagnosis of disease were taken, then the thyroid hormones were gauged by the modern vidas automated quantitative device according to the methods which assay serum or plasma. the outcome appeared to decrease significantly (p≤0.05) in tsh, t3, and t4 in osteoporosis women compared with healthy women, also no significant changes occur between housing status. thyroid hormones have significant changes in osteoporosis women matched with good health women in iraq / basra province. keywords: thyroid hormones, osteoporosis, low mineral density. 1. introduction osteoporosis is an important disease associated with increased mortality after fractures [1]. osteoporosis will be defined as a sickness in bone specialized with bone mass deformity and microarchitecture analysis of tissue bone lead to enhance fragility of bone and rise a percent of the risk of fracture [2]. the percent of high fractures risk in people have decreased in bone mineral density, the fractures majority will be found in patients with decrease density of bone rather than osteoporosis because the individuals with bone mass in this range are a high number [3]. thyroid hormones excess the rate of basal metabolic, affect the synthesis of protein, assist to long bone growth regulation (growth hormone synergy with it), uptight maturation, and increase the sensitivity of the body to catecholamine’s, these hormones also arrange fat, protein, and metabolism of carbohydrate [4]. thyroid problems are significantly more common in women, in the time leading up to menopause, estrogen levels fall significantly, which would undoubtedly affect thyroid levels [5]. the osteoporosis associated with thyroid function for immediate effects of tsh on both components of osteoblastic bone formation, osteoclastic bone resorption, and skeletal remodeling, with move a role for tsh as mustafa a almajeed abdalmajeed46@yahoo.com department of physiology, basrah medical college, basrah university, iraq. sami j kathim sami.kadhim@uobasrah.edu.iq department of biology, college of education pure sciences, basrah university , iraq. http://ihicps.com/ mailto:abdalmajeed46@yahoo.com mailto:sami.kadhim@uobasrah.edu.iq special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2650 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 48 a molecular single switch in the independent control of both bone resorption and formation [6]. the relationship between osteoporosis and thyroid is important by of the skeleton bones in the existence of normal thyroid hormone circulating and concentration of tsh to reduced bone mineral loss in osteoporosis patients, also researcher derives that thyroid hormone standard and tsh increased bone resorption, with rising mineral bone deposition [7]. 2. materials method this study was conducted between february 2019 to november 2019 in basra province / iraq to include (110) women referring from rural and urban placing, (68) of them considered osteoporosis women while (42) determined as healthy. the age between (55-75) years old and weighing between (50-70 kg) while the length of this patient about (145-165 cm). those patients visited al zahraa clinic in ibnalbetar private hospital to quantum the density of bone mineral by measure the hips and lumbar spine density using lunar prodigy (version 16) a dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (dexa) from (usa). according to the who criteria the patients are divided into normal, osteopenia, and osteoporosis, also the main outcome measure is low bone mineral density (t-score). 2.1. human models the women are divided into two groups according to age and residing of housing status: (43) women age between (55-75) years old residing in urban and this category are subdivided into two categories: (15) healthy patients, (28) osteoporosis patients. (67) women age between (55-75) years old residing in rural, also subdivided into two subgroups: (31) healthy patients, (36) osteoporosis patients. 2.2. dual energy x-ray absorptiometry the technique of choice to diagnose osteoporosis and to monitor the response to treatment is called (dxa, dexa) dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry figure (1). it is considered a useful for also body composition measuring. the (who) known as world health organization has assign criteria for assessing the risk of fracture after diagnosis of osteoporosis by employ dxa screening, bone mineral density value at the hip or spine that is above 2.5 sds under the optimal average health young people of the same perspiration and genus clarifies individuals have osteoporosis (tscore ≤ -2.5) [8]. figure 1. dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry. 2.3. sample collection http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2650 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 49 after diagnosing the disease by using a dexa machine, four milliliters of venous blood sample was drawing from each patient. also, blood samples were collected from healthy persons. blood transfused into a disposable gelatin tube, left at room temperature for at least 30 minutes for clotting, centrifuged (3500 r/m for 10 minutes) then the produced serum was removal into the special tube and stored at (– 20 ºc) unless used directly. 2.4. measurement of thyroid hormone for the determination of thyroid hormone (tsh, t3, t4) the modern vidas automated quantitative device, these trials were examined in a specialist laboratory according to the methods which assay by using the enzyme-linked fluorescent assay (elfa) technique to plasma or serum [9]. 2.5. statistical analysis according to spss16 program in the computer, the analysis of variance table (anova) was used in this study, and then the least significant differences test (l.s.d) was used to determine the significant differences among the categories at a significant level (p≤ 0.05). 3. results thyroid hormones in healthy and osteoporosis women aged between (55-75) years old. the results in table (1) clarify a decrease (p≤ 0.05) in thyroid hormones tsh, t3, t4 in women who suffers from osteoporosis disease compared with healthy women. table 1. thyroid and growth hormone in healthy and osteoporosis women (mean ± sd). hormones healthy women (n=46) osteoporosis women (n=64) tsh (mic. iu/ml) 3.43 ± 1.33 *2.02 ± 0.38 t3 (nmol/l) 1.89 ± 0.64 *0.48 ± 0.42 t4 (nmol/l) 81 ± 5.31 *62 ± 6.08 *indicates significant changes at the level of probability (p≤ 0.05) compared with healthy women 3.1. thyroid hormones in healthy and osteoporosis women aged between (55-75) years old living in (urban). the results in table (2) show the changes in thyroid hormones which include a significant decreased (p≤ 0.05) in all criteria for women with osteoporosis disease compared to women from the healthy group and residents in the urban. table 2. thyroid hormones in healthy and osteoporosis women living in (urban) (mean ± sd). hormones healthy women (n=15) osteoporosis women (n=28) tsh (mic. iu/ml) 3.38 ± 1.37 *1.95 ± 0.44 t3 (nmol/l) 1.85 ± 0.64 *0.43 ± 0.36 t4 (nmol/l) 80 ± 5.79 *61 ± 4.35 * indicates significant changes at the level of probability (p≤ 0.05) compared with healthy women. 3.2. thyroid hormones in healthy and osteoporosis women aged between (55-75) years old and living in (rural). the results in table (3) show a decrease (p≤ 0.05) in thyroid hormones (tsh, t3, t4) in women with osteoporosis disease who is living in the rural areas compared with healthy women living in the same area. table 3. thyroid hormones in healthy and osteoporosis women living in (rural) (mean ± sd). http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2650 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 50 hormones healthy women (n=31) osteoporosis women (n=36) tsh (mic. iu/ml) 3.48 ± 1.30 *2.10 ± 0.42 t3 (nmol/l) 1.93 ± 0.64 *0.53 ± 0.43 t4 (nmol/l) 81 ± 5.02 *63 ± 4.79 *indicates significant changes at the level of probability (p≤ 0.05) compared with healthy women. 4. discussion data of our study suggested a significant decrease in thyroid hormonal levels in osteoporosis women which include tsh, t3, t4 compared with healthy women in the same age. also, results showed changes but not significant between housing status of osteoporosis women compared with control women in the same area. the functions of the thyroid have prevalent systemic semblance include effect metabolism of bone mineral contain a clinical disease have received enormous solicitude from scientist through the bygone century with be the paramount cause of secondary osteoporosis [10]. thyroid hormone is required for regulates bone turnover and mineralization in adults, these results suggested that osteoporosis women have decreased in thyroid hormones may be due to that mechanism of t3-action in bone include receptors of t3 which expressed in growth plate chondrocytes and osteoblasts, that represent t3 primary target cells of the skeleton and increase the resorption of osteoclastmediated bone leading to loss of bone density [11, 12]. furthermore, (tsh) act a significant role in the metabolism of bone by rising bone bulk and recover microarchitecture for bone and intensity at least partially by osteoclastogenesis restrain [13]. the hormones of the thyroid include catabolic direct effect on homeostasis mineral bone, the inhibition in these hormones due to excess resorption of mineral bone, and calcium deprivation through kidneys which consider a basic reason for cause major abnormality in mineral bone density of osteoporosis patients [14, 15]. in addition, tsh, t3, t4 restrain bone lack and catalyze the formation of bone by preventing osteoclast activity, also tsh has stimulated the formation of bone osteoblast target receptors by motivating osteoblastogenesis, likewise, animate osteoblasts to make osteoprotegerin (opg) production that reduces osteoclastic resorption for maintaining the health of bone [16]. the results of our study found that thyroid hormones are associated with abnormalities in the markers of bone turnover and density of mineral bone, osteoporosis women have a decrease in tsh, t3, t4 hormones with effect in bone turnover by a role in the maintenance of osteoblast cell and prevent loss bone density [17]. on the other hand, the role of estrogen levels affects thyroid receptors, these receptors are the molecules that allow thyroid hormones to enter cells when estrogen levels decrease they might affect this receptor and lead to a decrease in thyroid hormones [18]. 5. conclusion the osteoporosis women have significant changes in thyroid hormones compared with healthy women in iraq / basra province. references 1. nguyen, j.r.; schneider, d.; sambrook, p.n., eisman, j.a. mortality after all major types of osteoporotic fractures in men and women: an observational study. lancet 2009, 353, 878. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2650 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 51 2. kanis,j.a. assessment of fracture risk and its application to screening for postmenopausal osteoporosis: synopsis of a who report. osteoporosis int. 2013 ,4, 368. 3. johnell, o.; kanis, j.a. an estimate of the worldwide prevalence and disability associated with osteoporotic fractures. osteoporosis int. 2016 ,17, 1726. 4. grozinsky, s.; fraser, a.; nahshoni, e.; weizman, a .; leibovici, l. thyroxinetriiodothyronine combination therapy versus thyroxine monotherapy for clinical hypothyroidism: meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. j. clin. endocrinol. metab. 2016 ,91, 2592. 5. jacobson, m.h.; howards, p.p.; darrow, l.a. thyroid hormones and menstrual cycle function in a longitudinal cohort of premenopausal women. paediatr. perinat. epidemiol. 2018 ,32, 225. 6. marians, r.c.; yu, w.; wu, x.b.; ando, t.; li. y.; zaidi, m. tsh is a negative regulator of skeletal remodeling. cell 2013 ,115, 151. 7. bassett, j.h.; oshea, p.j.; rabier, b.; boyde, a.; howell, p.g.; weiss, e. thyroid hormone excess rather than thyrotropin deficiency induces osteoporosis in hyperthyroidism. mol. endocrinol. 2015 ,21, 1095. 8. vondracek, s.f.; linnebur, s.a. diagnosis and management of osteoporosis in the older senior. clin. interv. aging. 2009 ,4, 121. 9. freidberg, a.; baldach, c.; mestre, b.; smadja., v.; morel, f. vidas tsh3 (biomerieux): approche analytic performance diagnostic thyroid panel immuno-anal. biol. specialisee 2001 ,14, 339. 10. dinesh, k. thyroid disorders and bone mineral metabolism. indian j. endocrinol. metab. 2011 ,15, 107. 11. williams, g.r. thyroid hormone actions on bone and growth. endocr. j. 2002 ,4, 51. 12. tsai, k.s.; lai, s.m.; huang, k.m.; chieng, p.u.; su, c.t.; chen, f.w. decreased bone mineral density in patients with prolonged thyrotoxicosis before and after treatment. j. formos med. assoc. 2015 ,90, 250. 13. zhang, w.; zhang, y.; liu, y.; wang. j. thyroid-stimulating hormone maintains bone mass and strength by suppressing osteoclast differentiation. j. biomech. 2014 ,47, 1307. 14. dhanwal, d.k.; kochupillai, n.; gupta, n.; cooper, c. dennison, e.m. bone mineral metabolism and bone density in hypothyroidism. j. clin. densitom. 2010 ,13, 462. 15. mosekilde, l.; christensen, m.s. relationship between serum parathyroid hormone, calcium phosphorus metabolism and thyroid function. acta endocrinol. (copenh) 2016 ,84, 566. 16. baliram, r.; latif, r.; berkowitz, j.; frid, s.; colaianni, g.; sun, l. tsh acts directly on osteoblasts to increase bone production. j. bone key rep. 2012 ,1, 16. 17. fairfield, w.p.; sesmilo, g.; katznelson, l.; pulaski, k.; freda, p.u. effects of a thyroid hormones and growth hormone receptor antagonist on bone markers. clin. endocrinol. (oxf). 2012, 57, 385. 18. mochizuki, y.; shacha, n.; aborey, y.; mollen, t. correlation between thyroid hormone and biomarkers of bone metabolism in postmenopausal women. hormone res. 2016 ,66, 236. http://ihicps.com/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 124 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license simulation and analysis the attenuation effect of atmospheric layers on a laser beam within the visible range *corresponding author: mohammed1985kamal@gmail.com abstract the power and the size of the final spot of the laser beam reaching the target are very important requirements in most of the laser applications and fields such as medical, military, and scientific, so studying laser propagation in the atmosphere is a very important topic. the propagation of the laser beam through the atmosphere is subject to several attenuation processes that deplete the power and expand the beam. through the simulation results of the free electron laser within the visible region of the electromagnetic spectrum (400-700nm), it was found that the attenuation increases with decreasing wavelength. laser propagation in the presence of rain and snow leads to a very large loss of power compared to propagation in normal weather conditions free of rain and snow. atmospheric turbulence depends largely on changes in temperature, so the turbulence decreases with altitude from sea level, which makes laser work at high altitudes, such as the stratosphere, a good option with better results. keywords: free electron laser, attenuation coefficient, m2, gaussian beam, atmospheric turbulence 1. introduction in recent years, lasers have been used in many aspects of our lives, including communications, defense, industry, and scientific research. studying the variables that influence the laser beam's power, beam diameter, and other characteristics is therefore crucial and necessary. the propagation of laser beams and the final spot size are important factors in most laser applications. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3093 article history: received 31 october 2022, accepted 21 november 2022, published in july 2023. mohammed kamal saleh* department of physics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mohammed1985kamal@gmail.com ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq thair abdulkareem khalil al-aish department of physics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. thair.ak.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mohammed1985kamal@gmail.com mailto:mohammed1985kamal@gmail.com mailto:mohammed1985kamal@gmail.com mailto:thair.ak.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:thair.ak.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 125 the propagation of laser beams in atmospheric layers is subject to attenuation operations (scattering, absorption, rain, snow, etc.) and atmospheric turbulence. the final power of the laser and beam divergence are affected by these phenomena [1,3]. the primary determinants of the performance quality of light effects are the features of the light source's beam and how they change along the optical axis of propagation and throughout the beam. the transverse mode (tem00), which is similar to the output light for single-mode optical devices, defines the output of many laser devices built and used to produce or emit this mode (tem00). the ideal (tem00) beam is distinguished by the symmetry and revolution of the optical axis, in addition to having the maximum intensity in the center. its intensity is consistent with that of the gaussian beam [2]. in this study, laser beam propagation in the atmosphere will be examined, and the effects of attenuation operations on laser beams in the visible range (400–700 nm) will be calculated in terms of power loss and beam divergence. 2.theory in this study, the laser is obtained within the visible range through the free electron laser system (fel). an fel consists of three important components: (an electron accelerator, an undulator, and an optical resonator. fel has important and unique features, as it can obtain a laser of any wavelength within the range from ir to x-rays. the following equations are used to calculate the required wavelength [4-5]: 𝜆 = 𝜆𝑤 𝛾 2 ( 1 2 + 𝐾2 4 ) (1) 𝐾 = 𝑒 𝜆𝑤 𝛽𝑤 2𝜋𝑚𝑒 𝑐 = 93.22 × 𝜆𝑤 × 𝛽𝑤 (2) where e: charge of electron, 𝑚𝑒 : mass of electron, λw the undulator period length , 𝛾 the relativistic factor , 𝛽𝑤 intensity of magnetic field c: velocity of light and 𝐸𝑏𝑒𝑎𝑚 the energy of the beam. the magnetic field of an undulator 𝐵𝑤 can be calculated by[6]: 𝐵𝑤 = 4.22 𝑒𝑥𝑝 [− 𝑔𝑤 𝜆𝑤 (5.08 + 1.54 𝑔𝑤 𝜆𝑤 )] (3) where 𝑔𝑤 is the distance between the poles of the undulator. the output power 𝑃𝑤 from the undulator can be calculated by[6][7]: 𝑃𝑤 = 𝑃𝑖𝑛 𝑁 𝑒𝑥𝑝( 𝐿𝑤 𝐿𝑔 ) (4) where 𝑃𝑖𝑛 is initial power, 𝑁 the number of coherent photon per electron, 𝐿𝑤 length of undulator and 𝐿𝑔 the gain length finally, the following equation determines the total power of the free electron laser that emerges from the optical resonator[7],[9]: 𝑃 = 𝑃𝑤 𝑒𝑥𝑝(−𝜎𝑑) (5) p: is the total power of laser, pw is the output power from the undulator, σ is attenuation coefficient and d is the path length[10]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 126 note: saturation power 𝑃𝑠𝑎𝑡 given in this relation 𝑃𝑠𝑎𝑡 = 𝜒 (𝐸𝑏𝑒𝑎𝑚 × 𝐼𝑏𝑒𝑎𝑚) = 0.001(1250 × 106 × 10000) = 12.5𝐺𝑤). where, 𝜒 is pierce parameter and 𝐼𝑏𝑒𝑎𝑚 is the current of electron beam. when the laser beam exits the aperture of the mirror and propagates in the atmosphere, it undergoes a deviation from the axis of propagation according to diffraction theory. as a result, depending on the atmosphere's density, length of the propagation axis, and interactions with components of the atmosphere, the final spot size of the laser changes due to wave propagation. in this paper, the propagation of a gaussian tem00 laser beam in the atmosphere within the visible spectrum (400–700 nm) will be investigated and simulated. the basic radius of a laser beam wo can be calculated by[11]–[13] 𝑊𝑜 = [ 𝐿 𝜆 𝜋 ] 1/2 (6) the final radius of central gaussian beam in near-mid field given by[14] can be as follows: 𝑊 = 𝑊𝑜 [[1 + ( 𝑑 𝜆 𝜋𝑊𝑜 2 ) 2 ]] 1/2 (7) in far field, the final radius of laser beam is given by[11]: 𝑊 = 𝑊𝑜 + 𝑑 𝜆 𝜋𝑊𝑜 (8) according to diffraction theory, as the propagation axis length increases, so does the diameter of the laser beam. the laser beam divergence can be calculated using the following equation[2], [10]: 𝜃 = 𝑀2𝜆 𝜋𝑊𝑜 (9) the rayleigh range is an important parameter in determining the propagation field of the laser beam in the near, mid, and far field, and the rayleigh range value can be calculated using the following equation[2], [11]: 𝑍 = 𝜋𝑊𝑜 2 𝜆 (10) the quality factor, which is the ratio between the theoretical gaussian beam and the actual, is utilized to determine the performance quality of any optical device. the quality factor can be calculated by[11-12]: 𝑀2 = 𝑊 𝑊𝑜 (11) the atmosphere is composed of a variety of gases, some of which are present in varying amounts; the main gases are hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, and so on, which are drawn to the earth by gravity. the density of the atmosphere varies with altitude, temperature, and pressure. the atmosphere is divided into five layers based on pressure and temperature. interactions with atmospheric particles and gases influence laser beam propagation in the atmosphere. laser beam power is lost as a result of these interactions, and beam divergence occurs[15-16]. the propagation of laser beams through the atmosphere is a topic that has been of considerable theoretical and practical interest for a long time. when a laser beam propagates through the atmosphere, it subject to attenuation operations such as absorption, scattering, rainfall, ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 127 snowfall, and turbulence. the laser beam interacts with atmospheric components such as gases, particles, dust, smoke, and so on, and the amount of absorption and type of scattering depend on the relationship between the size of the atmospheric components and the wavelength of the laser beam. as a result of these interactions, the final laser power is reduced. the following equation is used to calculate the amount of absorption and scattering attenuation[9], [15]: 𝜎𝑎𝑏+𝑠𝑐 = 3.912 𝑑 [ 550 𝜆 ] 𝑞 (12) where, d altitude and λ laser wavelength in (nm). attenuation also occurs when it snows and rains. since the size of the snowflake is larger than the raindrops, the loss in power of the laser transmitted during snowfall is more significant compared to the beam transmitted during rain. thus, it represents a significant obstacle in the path of the laser beam. the amount of attenuation coefficient due to snowfall can be calculated by the equation[11-12]: 𝜎𝑠𝑛 = 𝑞𝑆 𝑢 (13) where s is the snow rate in millimeters per hour and (q, u) represents the value of dry and wet snow. the attenuation coefficient due to rainfall can be calculated by the following equation[11], [12]: 𝜎𝑟𝑎 = 1.076 𝑆 0.67 (14) the movement of air between the layers of the atmosphere and close to the earth's surface causes large fluctuations in air density and refractive index, which result in turbulence in the air. these fluctuations are caused by the change in temperature and pressure with altitude. atmospheric turbulence greatly affects the propagation of light waves. the amount and strength of atmospheric turbulence decrease with altitude above sea level. the refractive index is a function of temperature and pressure, and can be calculated by[11], [15]: 𝑛 = 1 + [ 77.6 × 10−6 × 𝑃 𝑇 ] [1 + 7530 𝜆2 ] (15) 𝜆 is laser wavelength in (nm). the amount of turbulence can be calculated from the structural refractive index parameter 𝐶𝑛 2 with the following equation[11], [15], [17]: 𝐶𝑛 2 = 〈(𝑛2 − 𝑛1) 2〉 × 𝑑 − 2 3 (16) where, 𝑛1: the refractive index of first area, 𝑛2 : the refractive index of second area and d the distance between two areas. the fried parameter is a crucial variable when examining how turbulence in the atmosphere affects the propagation of a gaussian laser beam. it represents the circular diameter over the beam that preserves coherence in the propagation path length. strong turbulence is indicated by the fried parameter's highest value, and vice versa. the fried parameter can be calculated by[11], [15][18]: 𝑟𝑜 = 0.33 × 𝜆 6 5 × (𝑑 3 5 × 𝐶𝑛 2) − 3 5 (17) 3. results and discussion the results for this paper were obtained using matlab software in version r2018b, where a program was developed to simulate the spread of a gaussian beam from a free electron laser in the visible range. to generate a visible laser, a free electron laser was simulated using the designed implementation simulation program (400-700nm). a variety of factors, including the undulator ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 128 period, relativistic factor, static magnetic field, undulator gap, and others, have an effect on the laser's wavelength, according to the simulation. the table below depicts a portion of the simulation of a free electron laser for obtaining the required laser. table 1: shows the simulation of free electron laser. e (pj) relativistic ɣ λ fel (nm) pfel (gw) 40 487.864 760.822 312.928 42 512.258 690.086 345.003 44 536.651 628.777 378.645 46 561.044 575.29 413.847 48 585.437 528.348 450.619 50 609.83 486.926 488.95 52 634.224 450.189 528.85 54 658.617 417.46 570.314 56 683.01 388.174 613.342 58 707.403 361.865 657.933 60 731.797 338.142 657.933 figure 1. the relation between e beam and ɣ. figure 2. the relation between λ fel and e beam. the amount of electron beam energy that affects the wavelength of the free electron laser system is shown in table 1 and figures 1 and 2. according to equation 1, the laser wavelength is inversely proportional to the relativistic factor. the relativistic factor increases as the energy of the electron beam increases, implying that the laser wavelength is inversely proportional to the energy of the electron beam. figure 3. the relation between λ fel and λw figure 4. the relation between λ fel and k. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 r e la ti vi st ic ɣ e beam (pj) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 λ f e l (n m ) e beam (pj) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 .0 4 0 .0 3 9 0 .0 3 8 0 .0 3 7 0 .0 3 6 0 .0 3 5 0 .0 3 4 0 .0 3 3 0 .0 3 2 0 .0 3 1 0 .0 3 λ f e l (n m ) λw(m) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 2 4 6 λ f e l (n m ) k ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 129 the undulator period is the second factor in calculating the fel. figure 3 shows that the fel increases as the undulator period increases and vice versa. where the electron is accelerated and decelerated as it moves between the poles of the undulator. when it moves up and down, it emits energy in the form of a photon. according to eq 1, reducing the undulator period results in a decrease in the wavelength fel generated by the undulator as well as an increase in power. the undulator parameter is also an important factor in calculating the wavelength of the laser. the wavelength is directly proportional to the magnitude of the undulator parameter, i.e., the greater the value of the undulator parameter, the greater the wavelength, and vice versa. the other factor that affects the amount of laser wavelength is the undulator parameter, which is directly proportional to the wavelength according to equation 1, where the higher the value of the undulator parameter, the greater the amount of wavelength generated from the free electron laser system and vice versa, as shown in figure 4. figure 5. the relation between g w and λfel figure 6. the relation between g w and β . according to equation 3, the strength of the static magnetic field (β) is proportional to the magnitude of the gap between the two poles, where the magnetic field strength decreases (i.e., inversely proportional) with an increase in the gap of the undulator, as shown in figure 5, and since the value of the undulator parameter (k) is proportional to the strength of the static magnetic field(β) according to equation 2, it turns out to behave similarly (i.e., inversely proportional according to eq. 1, the laser wavelength is proportional to the magnitude of the undulator gap; the wavelength decreases as the undulator gap decreases. the propagation of the laser beam through the atmosphere is critical, and according to diffraction theory, the propagation laser beam will be subject to deviation in its path, resulting in beam expansion due to a variety of factors such as density, attenuation processes, and atmospheric turbulence. eq. 8 calculates the radius of the laser beam produced by the mirror aperture. with a 10m optical resonator length and λfel (690.086 nm), the basic radius of the laser is equal to 0.00148247 m, as illustrated in table 2. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 1 0 .0 1 2 0 .0 1 3 0 .0 1 4 0 .0 1 5 0 .0 1 6 0 .0 1 7 0 .0 1 8 0 .0 1 9 0 .0 2 λ f e l (n m ) g w (m) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 1 0 .0 1 2 0 .0 1 3 0 .0 1 4 0 .0 1 5 0 .0 1 6 0 .0 1 7 0 .0 1 8 0 .0 1 9 0 .0 2 β g w(m) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 130 table 2: shows the gaussian beam propagation in altitude (1-11km). figure 7. the relation between m2 and height d. figure 8.the relation between w (m) and height d. figures 7 and 8 show the divergence of the fundamental laser beam as well as the quality factor values of the laser beam traveling through the atmosphere, in accordance with table 2. in this example, the expanded laser beam radius has deviated from the ideal value of the basic beam radius because it grows as the propagation path length (height) does. additionally, because the quality factor depends on how much of the expanded radius is present, as determined by eq. 13, its value has deviated from the ideal value. the value of the quality factor indicates (m2=101) an increase in the base laser beams radius at altitude (d=1km). the amount of quality factor present is determined by the extended beam radius, which is determined by the rayleigh field. the greater the rayleigh field, the greater the distance the beam can travel without deviating from the ideal value, and the less power is lost. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 10 20 30 m 2 d (km) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 0 10 20 30 w ( m ) d (km) λ nm initial wo (m) d (km) final w (m) m2 divergence 690.086 0.00148247 mean sea level 0.00148247 1 0.000148248 690.086 0.00148247 1 0.14973 101 0.014973 690.086 0.00148247 2 0.297978 201 0.0297979 690.086 0.00148247 3 0.446225 301 0.0446227 690.086 0.00148247 4 0.594473 401 0.0594476 690.086 0.00148247 5 0.74272 501 0.0742723 690.086 0.00148247 6 0.890968 601 0.0890971 690.086 0.00148247 7 1.03922 701 0.103922 690.086 0.00148247 8 1.18746 801 0.118746 690.086 0.00148247 9 1.33571 901 0.133572 690.086 0.00148247 10 1.48396 1001 0.148397 690.086 0.00148247 11 1.63221 1101 0.163222 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 131 divergence power figure 9. shows the divergence and power of gaussian beam of felin 2d and 3d. figure 9 depicts the divergence cone of the free electrode laser's gaussian beam as well as the amount of power. the divergence grows with height, and the cone contains approximately 87% energy. to achieve high directional beams, short wavelengths with a large spot size must be used. as the wavelengths get longer, the divergence gets smaller. the power, on the other hand, is largely determined by the amount of frequency and the rayleigh field, as it is directly proportional to the frequency and inversely proportional to the wavelength. when it comes to the rayleigh field, it is highly dependent on the distance traveled, in the case of constant distance, as well as the amount of the rayleigh field. figure 9 represents the divergence and power of a gaussian beam with a frequency of (434241ghz) i.e. (690.086nm) in 2 and 3 dimensions. figure 10. the relation between t and height d . figure 11. the relation between p and height d. figures (10 and 11) show the correlation between altitude above sea level and temperature and pressure. as the altitude increases above sea level, the temperature in the troposphere, the first layer of the atmosphere, will decrease by a fixed amount known as the decreasing constant, which equals 6.5 kelvin per kilometer (temperature is inversely proportional to altitude). the relationship is inverse because pressure decreases as altitude increases. as altitude above sea level rises, the atmospheric pressure decreases because a drop in temperature causes a drop in the kinetic energy 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 10 20 30 t ( k ) d (km) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 10 20 30 p ( m b a r) d (km) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 132 of the atmosphere's gaseous constituents. as you ascend above sea level, density will behave similarly because it is influenced by temperature and pressure. table 3. the attenuation coefficient of various visible wavelength with intial power (1000mw) d (km) 𝜆 = 690.086 𝑛𝑚 𝜆 = 528.348 𝑛𝑚 𝜆 = 417.46 𝑛𝑚 σ(sc+ab) (1/km) power (mw) σ(sc+ab) (1/km) final p (mw) σ(sc+ab) (1/km) final p (mw) 1 3.42573 32.5255 4.005 18.2243 4.59675 10.0846 2 1.6548 36.5308 2.01476 17.7829 2.39675 8.28341 3 1.07681 39.5405 1.34894 17.4779 1.64554 7.17882 4 0.792199 42.0542 1.01516 17.238 1.26339 6.38656 5 0.623526 44.2619 0.814474 17.037 1.0309 5.77337 6 0.51227 46.2534 0.680439 16.863 0.874057 5.27729 7 0.4161 54.3288 0.588811 16.2173 0.799784 3.70346 8 0.364088 54.3286 0.51521 16.2172 0.699811 3.70346 9 0.323634 54.3285 0.457964 16.2173 0.622055 3.70343 10 0.29127 54.3288 0.412168 16.2172 0.559849 3.70345 11 0.264791 54.3288 0.374698 16.2173 0.508954 3.70344 table 3 displays the attenuation coefficients for three wavelengths of visible light (the study area) due to absorption and scattering. it is evident that the attenuation coefficient increases as the laser wavelength decreases (inverse proportion), according to equation 12. furthermore, it is evident from table 3 that the amount of loss power of a laser varies depending on the laser wavelength, which is related to the amount of attenuation. it has been observed that the final power will decrease with each of the three wavelengths as they get shorter. table 4. the final power after attenuation for laser beam d (km) q without snow & rain attenuation with snow & rain attenuation σ(sc+ab) (1/km) final p (mw) σ tot(1/km) final p (w) 1 0.585 3.42573 32.5255 6.213433 2002360 2 0.737 1.6548 36.5308 4.442503 138450 3 0.8437 1.07681 39.5405 3.864513 9225.58 4 0.9287 0.792199 42.0542 3.579902 603.283 5 1.00034 0.623526 44.2619 3.411229 39.2231 6 1.063 0.51227 46.2534 3.299973 2.51795 7 1.3 0.4161 54.3288 3.203803 0.182075 8 1.3 0.364088 54.3286 3.151791 0.0112088 9 1.3 0.323634 54.3285 3.111337 0.000690017 10 1.3 0.29127 54.3288 3.078973 0.00004248 11 1.3 0.264791 54.3288 3.052494 0.000002615 figure 12. the relation between (σ) and altitude d without snow & rain attenuation figure 13. the relation between power and d (km) without snow & rain attenuation 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 10 20 30 σ (s c+ a b ) 1 /k m d (km) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 f in a l p o w e r (m w ) d (km) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 133 figure 14. the relation between (σ) and altitude d with snow & rain attenuation. figure 15. the relation between power and d (km) with snow & rain attenuation. table 4 and figures (12-15) show the magnitude of the loss power of the laser beam (𝜆𝐹𝐸𝐿 = 690.086𝑛𝑚 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑃𝑜 = 1000𝑀𝑊) with and without snow and rain attenuation. from figures 12 and 13, we see that the amount of loss in the final laser power that reaches the target depends largely on the amount of the attenuation coefficient, which in turn depends on the wavelength of the laser beam. as we explained earlier and in figures 13 and 14, we see that the amount of loss due to attenuation without adding rain and snow attenuation will gradually decreases with increasing altitude, as the greatest loss is in the first 1 km due to the high density and abundance of particles, such as dust grains, dust, etc., that increase the amount of attenuation. at a height of 8 km or more, the attenuation coefficient begins to stabilize at very close values, as in figures 14 and 15. the attenuation coefficient and power loss with the presence of rain and snow attenuation show that the amount of power coming out of the device, which is 1000 mw, has greatly diminished with altitude. this is due to the fact that the attenuation of snow is greater than the attenuation of rain, which in turn is greater than the attenuation of absorption and scattering because the size of the snowflake is very large and causes a large attenuation of the laser power. table 5. show the change of main parameters of atmosphere turbulence with altitude d (km) temp k p mbar n cn2 (m -2/3)×10-12 ro (m) 1 281.65 898.661 1.000251513 5.670571469 0.006209001 2 275.15 794.801 1.0002277 4.861187818 0.006810082 3 268.65 700.883 1.000205652 4.15180548 0.0074861 4 262.15 616.162 1.000185276 3.532029414 0.008248656 5 255.65 539.933 1.000166483 2.99263363 0.009110992 6 249.15 471.527 1.000149183 2.524397765 0.010090278 7 242.65 410.317 1.000133295 2.120009731 0.011204567 8 236.15 355.706 1.000118735 1.771712976 0.012478483 9 229.65 307.137 1.000105424 1.473187291 0.013939366 10 223.15 264.084 1.000093287 1.218339357 0.015622007 11 216.65 226.055 1.000082249 1.438072696 0.014142601 12 216.65 193.096 1.000070257 1.04925766 0.017087106 13 216.65 164.943 1.000060014 0.765580238 0.020644453 14 216.65 140.895 1.000051264 0.55867665 0.024940289 15 216.65 120.352 1.000043789 0.407604096 0.030133854 16 216.65 102.805 1.000037405 0.297417499 0.036406413 17 216.65 87.8162 1.000031951 0.217015223 0.043984907 18 216.65 75.0127 1.000027293 0.158348272 0.05314101 19 216.65 64.0759 1.000023314 0.115539666 0.064203564 20 216.65 54.7337 1.000019915 0.088903992 0.075135476 21 217.65 46.7536 1.000016933 0.064259327 0.09129271 22 218.65 39.937 1.000014398 0.046449308 0.110920099 23 219.65 34.1142 1.000012243 0.033575819 0.134766464 24 220.65 29.1404 1.00001041 0.024271411 0.163734722 25 221.65 24.8918 1.000008852 0.017555733 0.198859533 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 5 10 15 σ t o ta l (1 /k m ) d (km) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 5 10 15 f in a l p ( m w ) d (km) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 134 figure 16. the relation between cn2 and d (km) in troposphere figure 17. the relation between cn2 and d (km) above troposphere figure 18. the relation between ro(m) and d (km) in troposphere figure 19. the relation between ro(m) and d (km) above troposphere figure 20. the relation between n and d (km) in troposphere figure 21. the relation between n and d (km) above troposphere table 5 shows the main parameters that go into calculating atmospheric turbulence. figures 16 and 17 show that the value of the structural refractive index 𝐶𝑛 2 decreases with increasing altitude from sea level due to the decrease in temperature with altitude, where fluctuations in temperature are a major cause of turbulence, as shown in equation 16. figures 18 and 19 show the values of a fried parameter that increases with height inversely proportional to the structural refractive index, as shown in equation 17. the amount of air refractive index depends 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 5 10 15 c n 2 ( m 2 /3 )× 1 0 -1 2 d (km) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 c n 2 ( m 2 /3 )× 1 0 -1 2 d (km) 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.014 0.016 0.018 0 5 10 15 ro ( m ) d (km) 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 ro ( m ) d (km) 1.00008 1.0001 1.00012 1.00014 1.00016 1.00018 1.0002 1.00022 1.00024 1.00026 0 5 10 15 n d (km) 0.99997 0.99998 0.99999 1 1.00001 1.00002 1.00003 1.00004 1.00005 1.00006 1.00007 1.00008 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 n d (km) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 135 largely on the amount of temperature, and therefore the refractive index will decrease with increasing height, which is linearly proportional to the temperature according to equation 15. as shown in figures 20 and 21, the structural refractive index is linearly proportional to pressure. from the above, it proves to us that temperature is the main factor in everything that occurs during turbulence in the atmosphere. 4.conclusions through the simulation results in this study, we conclude that the laser can be produced in the free electron laser system at any desired wavelength by changing and manipulating the basic factors involved in calculating the wavelength, such as the energy of the beam, the undulator period, the undulator gap, etc. also, the attenuation coefficient increases with short wavelengths, so, blue light is more susceptible to attenuation compared to red light. the greatest amount of absorption is near the surface of the earth due to the high density of air as well as the presence of particles and suspended objects such as dust, which increases the attenuation and thus the increase in the loss in the final power. the amount of atmospheric turbulence depends largely on the temperature fluctuation, so the atmosphere is more turbulent near the sea surface, and this turbulence decreases with an increase in altitude. the radius of the laser beam increases with the increase in height, which leads to an increase in the beam divergence. references 1. carlos, b.; gómez, g.; poliak, i. j.; laser beam shaping, master’s thesis, brno university of technology, 2012. 2. de prado, r. p.; garcía-galán, s.; muñoz-expósito, j. e.; marchewka, a.; computer-aided laser-fiber output beam 3d spatial and angular design, symmetry, 2020, 12, 1. doi: 10.3390/sym12010083. 3. fahey, t.; islam, m.; gardi, a.; sabatini, r.; laser beam atmospheric propagation modelling for aerospace lidar applications, atmosphere (basel)., 2021, 12, 7, 918, doi: 10.3390/atmos12070918. 4. lateef, r. t.; al-aish, t.; design and simulate a new defense system of free electron laser dsfel, eng. technol. j. 2017, 53, 2, 166–172. 5. al-aish, t. a. k.; jawad, r. l.; kamil, h. a.; design and simulation a high-energy free electron laser hefel, in aip conference proceedings, 2019, 2123, 020068. doi: 10.1063/1.5116995. 6. mahmood h. k.; al-aish, t. a. k.; design and stimulated the detectors of high-power lasers dhpl, in aip conference proceedings, 2020, 2307, 020025. doi: 10.1063/5.0032989. 7. dhedan, z. a.; al-aish, t. a. k.; kamil, h. a.; design and simulation of a new system for producing laser beams without resonator ‘nsplbr, in aip conference proceedings, 2022, 2437, 1, 20012. 8. ali, m. a.; al-aish, t. a. k.; kamil, h. a.; a simulation breakdown the blood clot using a free electron laser system, in aip conference proceedings, 2022, 2437, 1, 20021. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 136 9. al-aish, t. a. k.; kamil, h. a.; simulation and analysis the effect of the lorentz force in a free electron laser, ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci., 2022, 35, 2, 7–16, 10. kamil, h. a.; ahmed, m. s.;. al-aish, t. a. k.; rain formation by free electron laser pulse system felps, in aip conference proceedings, 2019, 2190, 020084. doi: 10.1063/1.5138570. 11. jawad, r. l.; calculating and analysing of some atmospheric effects on the beam of free electron laser, master thesis ,university of baghdad , iraq, 2017. 12. al-bassam, h. a. k.; theoretical study for the design of a free electron laser system to produce artificial rain in iraq, master thesis ,university of baghdad, iraq, 2020. 13. alda, j.; laser and gaussian beam propagation and transformation, in encyclopedia of optical and photonic engineering, second edition, taylor & francis, 2019, 34, 1–15. doi: 10.1081/eeoe2-120009751. 14. al-aish, t. a. k.; design and analysis the fiber laser weapon system flws, adv. phys. theor. appl., 2015, 47, 59–69. 15. al-aish, t. a. k.; analysis and study of the effect of atmospheric turbulence on laser weapon in iraq, baghdad sci. j., 2017, 14, 2, 427–436, doi: 10.21123/ bsj.2017. 14.2.0427. 16. kulikov, v. a.; vorontsov, m. a.; analysis of the joint impact of atmospheric turbulence and refractivity on laser beam propagation, opt. express,. 2017, 25, 23, 28524,. doi: 10.1364/oe.25.028524. 17. xu, m.; shao, s.; liu, q.; sun, g.; han, y.; weng, n.; optical turbulence profile forecasting and verification in the offshore atmospheric boundary layer, appl. sci., 2021, 11, 18, 8523, doi: 10.3390/app11188523. 18. shao, s.; qin, f.; xu, m.; liu, q.; han, y.; xu, z.; temporal and spatial variation of refractive index structure coefficient over south china sea, results eng. 2021, 9, 100191, doi: 10.1016/j.rineng.2020.100191. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 description of a new species belong to the genus hemicypris sars , 1903 (crustacea/ostracoda ) from iraq h. z. m. al-da’amy departme nt of biology ,college of education,unive rsity of karbala’a taxonomy of crustacean (ostracoda) abstract the p resent study introduces description of a new sp ecies of class ostracoda genus hemicypris sars, 1903. external morphological char acters p articularly shap e, size and st ructure of left and right valves of carap ace and body appendages were discussed and illustrated. locality and date of collection were given. introduction m embers of the class ostracoda are small tiny organisms , the majority are freshwater sp ecies in which the length of adults is ranging from 0.5-2.5 mm [1,9] . usually, they are found in every aquatic habitates includin g marine and non-marine , while others appear as semi – terrest rial , but no sp ecies known to be terrest rial [10] . it was found that the occurrence of ostracods is related to water nature, air temp erature and even water chemist ry [4,6,7,8] . the taxono my of freshwater ostracods is based mainly on shap e and size of left and right carapace [12] . sp ecies of the genus hemicyp ris sars 1903 are characterized by the followings: car apace relatively st out laterally , left valve of carapace is crenulated anteriorly and p osteriorly , right valve lar ger and ov erlapp ing the left one [10] . material and methods sp ecimens were collected by using zoop lankton net during m ay , 2004, from different regions of karbala'a governorate. they were preserved in vials contain 70% alcohol with few drop s of glycerol . for d issection , both right and left valves wer e removed carefully by using fine dissection needles and the ap p endages . the dissected body p arts were isolated from each other and mounted on microscopic sl ide with a drop of glycerine . t hey were drawn by usin g comp ound microscope with ocular micrometer. key s for identification were used according to [3,5,10,11] . results and dissection hemicypris irarkensis sp . nov. this sp ecies was firstly described to t he science . it s name was derived fro m the name of our country . carapace:fig.1 oval, total length 0.65mm; light brown and hy aline. out er surface is smooth and covered with regular ly distributed small hairs; its p osterior end is rounded, much bro ader in the middle and would become narrower gradually toward the anterior end whi ch is d istinctly p ointed. right valve lar ger than left valve and ov erlapp ing the latter ventrally and anteriorly , the free mar gins of the two valves overlap to realize a tight closure . eyes fused. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 right valve:fig.2 the right valve is larger and broader than the left one. app roximately oval app roximately, outer surface smooth and hairy . posterior mar gin n arrowly rounded, ant erior mar gin is broadly rounded with hair on two long mar gins. adductor muscles scar f ive differently arran gements. left val ve:fig.3 app roximately oval, outer surface smooth and hairy. ant erior margin is rounded mar e than the p osterior end with small p ustules and hair. five adductor muscles scar variable arran gements. first antenna:fig.4 eight segmented; first (basal) segment p olygonal is bearing one long setae on its inner mar gin, second segment is the lar ger bear ing two lon g setae on bot h inner and outer margins, third segments to eighth are graduating in size toward the smallest terminal ( eight) se gment which bears long terminal setae . there are ten long p lumose natatory setae att ached to the segments five to eight. se cond ante nna:fig.5 five segments , terminal se gment subdivided . first segment (basal) is elon gated and enlarged hummer –shap ed; second se gment is enlar ged with l ine shap ed letter t ,bearin g on e long setae att ached to the lower narrow mar gin. endopod comp osed two segments, the first bear two short sensory setae and lon g other setae, the end of the segment which is att ached to the second segment bears(5+1) ntatory setae well developed distinctly extendin g beyond the base of the terminal claws. terminal se gment subdivided, last bearing 5 terminal unequal claws and two terminal equal setae, at the lower(inner)margin att ached with three setae. exop od; reduced to small lobe bearing one very long seta and other small. mandible:fig.6 basal se gment elongated, much broader in the middle and narrowing gradually toward the apex which bears two identical setae, its base would p rotrude to form short broad p rocess bears five sharp identical teeth and one terminal short seta . palp consists of four segments, the first elongated and bear ing single seta on the outer margin and vibratory p lat which is consist of four long identical p lumose filaments and one short p lumose filament and all are att ached to t he basal segment of the mandibular p alp , second segment of the mandibular p alp is a small triangular with three long identical setae, third segment elon gated, its outer margin with single short setae in addition to four long identical seta , there are two group s of setae consist of three p lumose setae, setal group 1 is attached to the inner mar gin of the first mandibular p alp segment and setal group 2 is att ached to the inner mar gin of the third mandibular p alp segment, fourth segment is very small square like and its apex bears three identical setae. maxilla:fig.7 two segmented, the v ibratory p late elongated and curved, its apex b ears 12 p lumose setae four of them are long identical whi le the others eight are short er, the base of the vibratory p late bears five equal setae, the basal segment short and swollen, its outer margin is much curved and bears two setae ending basally with three mast igatory p rocesses which contain short setae arran ged 3-3-5 r esp ectively, the maxillary p alp narrow and elongate endin g with six setae, with three long setae on the inner mar gin. first thoracopod: fig.8 triangular in shap e ,the mast igatory p rocess is slightly elongated endin g with eight setae, the two on both sides are longer than the others which are equal in length, its outer margin bears one long setae, the mast igatory p rocess jointed p alp -like endopode endin g with three setae, two long setae and one short and vibratory p late bear five slightly equal plumose setae. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 se cond thoracopod: fig.9 five segmented , basal segment approximately square ,second segment bears in apex a single long seta and the inner margin contains few irregularly distributed small hairs, third and fourth segments bear a sin gle long setae ,fifth se gment is the smallest one triangu lar in shap e and bears a well develop ed ap ical claw and two short setae on its sides. thi rd thoracopo d:fig.10 three segmented. basal se gment elon gated and narrow forming right angle with the other two segments, there are two reversed long setae at the junction between the basal(first ) and second segments, the inner margin of the basal se gment bears sin gle p lumose seta . second segment is slightly winding its apex which bears lon g sin gle seta, third segment more winding its apex which bears long lateral seta and other small swollen one . uropod: fig.11 consist s of t-shap ed apical rod representing the apical half of the whol e urop od . the other basal half appears as an elongated p late much narrow in the middle , its free end bears four unidentical claws. comparisi on notes : the new sp ecies is closely related to the sp ecies hemicypris posterotruncata sars,1903 ,but differ by the following notes: 1-posterior margin narrowly rounded. 2-surface smooth and hairy . 3-adductor muscle scars five diff erently arrangements. 4-second antenna,a2-endopod terminal segment is subdivided mate rials examined *1 female holoty p e *1 female al lotyp e *4 females paraty p e *karbala’a _ir aq coll ,m ay.2004.(leg.hanan zwair) acknowledgme nts i would like to introduce my app reciation to dr. wajeeh aljumaily / university of m arkab / liby a and dr. richard m . forester university of denver united states , for their favor in identification of sp ecies and to certify the new species . re ferences 1-bowman,t. e.& abele, lg.(1982).cl assification of the recent crust acean in the biology of crustacea,vo l.1.ed.d.e.bliss,academic press london. 2bate, r. h. (1970) . anew sp ecies of hemicypris(ostracoda) from ancient beach sediments of lake rudolf ,keny a .palaeontology ,13 (2): 289-296. 3bronsht ein, z. s. (1947). fresh water ost racoda. translat by indira nay ar, oxonian press pvt . ltd., new delhi: 470pp . 4-delorme, l. d. and zoltai, s. c. (1984). dist ribution of an arctic ostracoda fauna in sp ace and time, quaternary research ,21(1):65-73. 5-edmondson, w. t. (1959). freshwater biology .2nd. ed john wiley &sons, inc. newy ork: 124 pp . 6-forest er , r . m . (1991) . ost racode assemblages from in the western united states ; ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 implications for p aleohydrology . m em . ent . soc . can , 155 : 181 201. 7-forest er, r . m . (1986) . determination of the dissolved anion co mposition of anceint lakes from fossil ost racodes . geology .14 :746 798 . 8-forest er , r . m . (1983) . relationship of two lacust rine ostracode sp ecies t o solute comp osition & salinity : imp lications for p aleohydrochemist ry , geology , 11 : 435 _ 438 . 9-henderson, p. a. (2002). freshwater ostracodes. pisces conservation ltd: 258pp . 10-m eisch, c. (2000), freshwater ostracoda of western & central europ e. sp ektrum akademisher verlo g gmbh. heid elberg, b erlin: 513pp . 11-pennak, r. w. (1978). fresh water invertebrates of the united states. 2nd. ed. john wiley & sons, inc. 2nd. ed.,803pp . 12-victor, r. (2004). crust acea: ost racoda. in: y ule, c. m & sen, y.h. (eds). fresh water invertebrates of t he m alaysian region. acad emy of sciences m alaysion: 225 – 252. tab le i sympols english t erm a1 a2 am ams ac as bs ca cl de dm e exp enp fi h l lv md mp mx 1 st antenna 2 nd antenna anterior margin addactor muscle scars apical claw anterior s etae basel segment carapace claws distal end dorsal margin eye exopod endopod filaments hairs loop left valve mandible masticatory p rocess maxilla 3 rd mp ns pa pm ps pu rv sg1 sg2 sc ss t 1 t 2 t 3 t e t s ua u ur vp vm t herd masticatory p rocess natatory setae palp posterior margin posterior s etae pustuls right valve setal group 1 setal group 2 scale sensory setae 1st thoracopod 2nd t horacopod 3rd t horacopod t eeth t erminal segment uropodal attachment uropod uropodal ramuse vibratoru p late ventral margin e h lv rv 0.1mm fig.(1): s urface view of carapace(female) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 h am s fig.(2): lateral view of right valve(femal e) h am s pu fig.(3): lateral view of left valve(female) s pecies: hemicypris iraken sis sp.no v ns ts bs 0.5mm fig.(4): first ante nna ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 exp enp ss ts bs bs cl fig.(5) s econd ante nna ( s pecies:hemicypris irakensis sp.no v) bs p vp pa sg1 sg2 te 0.5mm fig.(6): mandible ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 vp bs pa 3 rd m p fig.(7): maxilla s pecies:hemicypris iraken sis sp.no v vp bs pa mp ds cl fig.8 first thoracopod fig.(9): s econd thoracopod 0.5mm de au ts pes ur ps bs as ac fig.(10): third thoracopod fig.(11): uro pod sp ecies: hemicypris irakensis sp .nov 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد hemicypris sars , 1903وصف نوع جدید یعود للجنس )crustacea / ostracoda (من العراق یر مخلف الدعميحنان زو جامعة كربالء، كلیة التربیة الخالصة تم . hemicypris sars,1903 یعود للجنس صنف الدرعیات تقدم الدراسة الحالیة وصفا لنوع جدید من القشریات .لواحق الجسم وباقيدرع لل واألیسر األیمنكیب المصراعین االمظهر الخارجي وخاصة شكل وحجم وتر دراسة صفات 78 zenali iteration method for approximating fixed point of a 𝜹𝓩𝓐 − quasi contractive mappings zena hussein maibed ali qasem thajil department of mathematics, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, iraq. mrs_zena.hussein@yahoo.com ali.qasem1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract. this article will introduce a new iteration method called the zenali iteration method for the approximation of fixed points. we show that our iteration process is faster than the current leading iterations like mann, ishikawa, noor, d iterations, and 𝒦* iteration for new contraction mappings called 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mappings. and we proved that all these iterations (mann, ishikawa, noor, d iterations and 𝒦* iteration) equivalent to approximate fixed points of 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction. we support our analytic proof by a numerical example, data dependence result for contraction mappings type 𝛿𝒵𝒜 by employing zenali iteration also discussed. keywords: mann and 𝒦* iteration, 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mappings. 1. introduction the fixed point theory is one of the most important theories that play an important and fundamental role to solve many problems in various fields of science and knowledge such as geometry, game theory, chemistry, etc. numerical calculation of fixed points for nonlinear operators is also an active research problem at present for nonlinear analysis due to its applications in balance problems, variable inequality, image coding, computer simulation and more. for that, many authors have created a large number of algorithms to approximate the fixed point for different types of applications for example see [1-9]. the well-known banach contraction theorem uses the picard iteration mechanism for fixed point approximation. this paper consists of three sections section one converges the zenali iteration with all these iterations. in section two rate of converge, section three equivalent, section four numerical example with real datasets. many of the other well-known iterative methods are those of mann [10], ishikawa [11], diteration [12], picard s iteration [13] , 𝒦*-iteration [14] , noor iteration [15]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2705 article history: received 15 april 2021, accepted 30 may 20 12 , published in october 2021. mailto:mrs_zena.hussein@yahoo.com mailto:ali.qasem1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 79 let ℳ be a uniformly convex banach space, ∅ ≠ 𝒞 be a closed-convex subset of ℳ. we recall some definitions of those iterations as: 1let < 𝓈𝑛 >, < 𝓉𝑛 > and < 𝓊𝑛 > are sequences lies in (0,1). the following iteration 〈dn〉 is called 𝐷iteration and defined as follows: d0 ∈ 𝒞, sn = ( 1 − 𝓊n)dn + 𝓊n 𝒯dn , tn = ( 1 − 𝓉n)𝒯dn + 𝓉n 𝒯sn, dn+1 = ( 1 − 𝓈n)𝒯sn + 𝓈n 𝒯tn. 2 let 𝓏𝑛 ∈ 𝒞. the following iteration 〈𝓏𝑛 〉 is called 𝑃icard iteration and defined as follows: 𝓏𝑛+1 = 𝒯𝓏𝑛 , 𝑛 𝜖 𝑁. 3let < 𝓈𝑛 > be a sequence in (0,1). the following iteration is called mann iteration and defined as follows: 𝑟0 𝜖 𝒞, 𝑟𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑟𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑟𝑛 , 𝑛 𝜖𝑁. 4let < 𝓈𝑛 >, < 𝓉𝑛 > and < 𝓊𝑛 > be real sequences in (0,1). the following iteration is called ishikawa iteration and defined as follows 𝑤0 ∈ 𝒞, 𝑤𝑛+1 = ( 1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑤𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑑𝑛 , 𝑑𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑤𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑤𝑛 , 𝑛 ∈. 5 let < 𝓈𝑛 > and < 𝓉𝑛 > are sequences lies in (0,1). the following iteration is called picard 𝒮 iteration and defined as follows: ℎ𝑛 ∈ 𝒞, ℎ𝑛+1 = 𝒯𝑙𝑛 , 𝑙𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝒯ℎ𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑒𝑛 , �̆�𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝓉𝑛 )ℎ𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯ℎ𝑛. 6let < 𝓈𝑛 >, < 𝓉𝑛 > and < 𝓊𝑛 > are sequences in (0,1). the following iteration 〈𝑞𝑛 〉 is called 𝒦*-iteration, and defined as follows: 𝑞0 ∈ 𝒞, 𝑞𝑛+1 = 𝒯𝑝𝑛 , 𝑝𝑛 = 𝒯(( 1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑜𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑜𝑛 ) and 𝑜𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑞𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑞𝑛. 7let < 𝓈𝑛 >, < 𝓉𝑛 > and < 𝓊𝑛 > are sequences in (0,1). the following iteration 〈yn〉 is called noor iteration and defined as follows: 𝑦0 ∈ 𝒞, 𝑦𝑛+1 = ( 1 − 𝓈𝑛)𝑦𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑞𝑛, 𝑞𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝓈𝑛)𝑦𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑝𝑛, 𝑝𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝓊𝑛 )𝑦𝑛 + 𝓊𝑛 𝒯𝑦𝑛 , n ∈ 𝑁. definition1.1 [16]: let < 𝒱𝑛 >, < 𝒰𝑛 > are sequences lies in r converge to 𝒱 and < 𝒰𝑛 > converge to 𝒰, and let < 𝒱𝑛 > such that 𝒵 = lim 𝑛→∞ |𝒱𝑛−𝒱| |𝒰𝑛−𝒰| 1. if 𝒵= 0. then the sequence < 𝒱𝑛 > is converge to 𝒱 faster then < 𝒰𝑛 > converge to 𝒰. 2. if 0 ≺ 𝒵 ≺ ∞ → < 𝓍𝑛 > and < 𝒰𝑛 > have the same rate of convergence. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 80 lemma 1.2 [17]: let ℳ be a uniformly convex banach space and 〈ℐ𝑛〉𝑛=0 ∞ be any sequence such that 0 < 𝓅 ≤ ℐ𝑛 ≤ 𝓇 < 1, for some 𝓅 , 𝓇 ∈ 𝑅 and for all 𝑛 ≥ 1, let 〈𝒱𝑛〉𝑛=0 ∞ and 〈𝒰𝑛 〉𝑛=0 ∞ , be a nonnegative real sequences of ℳ such that lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ║ 𝒱𝑛║ ≤ 𝓇, lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ║ 𝒰𝑛║ ≤ 𝓇 and 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║ ℐ𝑛 𝒱𝑛– (1 − ℐ𝑛) 𝒰𝑛║ = 𝑟 for some 𝓇 ≥ 0. then, 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║ 𝒱𝑛 – 𝒰𝑛║ = 0. lemma 1.3 [18]: let 〈𝒱𝑛 〉𝑛=0 ∞ and 〈𝒰𝑛 〉𝑛=0 ∞ be nonnegative real sequences satisfying the following condition: 𝒱𝑛+1 ≤ (1 − 𝑛 )𝒱𝑛 + 𝒰𝑛, where 𝑛 (0,1), for all 𝑛 ≥ 𝑛0, ∑ 𝑛 = ∞ ∞ 𝑛=1 and 𝒰𝑛 𝑛  0 as n  . then 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝒱𝑛 = 0. 2. main results in this section, we introduced a new iteration process known as zenali iteration and new contraction mappings called a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mappings. definition 2.1: let < 𝓈𝑛 >, < 𝓉𝑛 > and < 𝓊𝑛 > are sequences in (0,1) and 𝒯: 𝒞 → 𝒞. the following iteration is called zenali iteration and defined as follows 𝑥0 ∈ 𝒞, 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝒯𝑦𝑛 𝑦𝑛 = 𝒯(( 1 − 𝓈𝑛)𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛), 𝑧𝑛 = 𝒯(( 1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛 ). definition 2.2: let 𝒯 be a self mapping on 𝒞, then 𝒯 called a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction for all 𝓍 , 𝓎 ∈ 𝒞, if || 𝒯𝓍 – 𝒯𝓎 || ≤ 𝛿|| 𝓍– 𝓎 || + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝓍, 𝓂𝓎) where 𝒜(𝓃𝓍, 𝓂𝓎) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝓍 − 𝒯𝓍║, 𝓂║𝓎 − 𝒯𝓎║, 𝓃𝓂║𝓍 − 𝒯𝓎║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓎 − 𝒯𝓍║} for some 0 < 𝛿 ≤ 1, 𝒵 ≥ 0 and 𝓃, 𝓂 ≥ 0 . lemma 2.3 : let 𝒞 be a nonempty convex and closed subset of a banach space ℳ and let 𝒯: 𝒞 → 𝒞 a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mapping. suppose that 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 the zenali iteration in 𝒞. if ℱ(𝒯 ) ≠ ∅, then 1 ║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ and ║𝑦𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║. 2𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑥𝑛– 𝓅 ║ exists, for all n ∈ n. proof. let 𝓅 be a fixed point of 𝒯. then the following inequalities hold ║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ = ║𝒯[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛]– 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝛿║(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛– 𝓅 ║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛], 𝓂 𝓅). since ║𝒯𝓅– 𝓅 ║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞ then, 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛], 𝓂 𝓅) = 0 ║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ (1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑥𝑛– 𝓅║ + 𝛿𝓉𝑛║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ + 𝓉𝑛 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 81 ≤ (1 − 𝓉𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ + 𝒵 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑥𝑛– 𝒯𝑥𝑛║ , 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║} ║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ (2.1) and, ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ = ║𝒯[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛] − 𝑝 ║ ≤ 𝛿 ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛], 𝓂𝓅) since║𝒯𝓅– 𝓅 ║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞. then, 𝒵𝒜(𝓃[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛 ], 𝓂𝓅) = 0 ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ ≤ (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ + 𝓈𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) ≤ (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ + 𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑧𝑛– 𝒯𝑧𝑛║ , 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║} ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ ≤ ║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║. (2.2) using inequality (2.1) in (2.2), it follows that: ║𝑦𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ (2.3) and, ║𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝓅║ = ║𝒯𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ 𝛿║𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑦𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) ≤ ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ (2.4) using inequality (2.3), inequality (2.4) becomes ║𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝓅║ ≤ ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ for all n ∈ n. (2.5) so, {║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║} is decreasing, for each 𝓅 ∈ ℱ(𝒯 ), this implies that the sequence 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ exists. ∎ theorem 2.4 : let ℳ be a uniformly convex banach space, 𝒞 be nonempty convex and closed subset of ℳ and let 𝒯: 𝒞 → 𝒞 a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mapping. suppose that 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 the zenali iteration in 𝒞. then f(𝒯 ) ≠ ∅ if and only if 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 is bounded and 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝒯𝑥𝑛 ║ = 0. proof. since 𝓅 ∈ f(𝒯 ), from (2.5) we get ║𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝓅║ ≤ ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ ⋯ ≤ ║𝑥0 − 𝓅║ for all n ∈ n.thus, 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 is bounded set in 𝒞. put, 𝑟 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ (2.6) and, 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝒯𝑥𝑛– 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ( 𝛿║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅)) ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ( ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑥𝑛– 𝒯𝑥𝑛║ , 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║}) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 82 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝒯𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ (2.7) using inequality (2.6) in (2.7) becomes, 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝒯𝑥𝑛– 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝑟 (2.8) from equations(2.3) and (2.6), we have 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓║y𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ r. (2.9) similarly by using (2.1) and (2.6),we have 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝║z𝑛– 𝓅 ║ ≤ r (2.10) now, 𝑟 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓║𝑥𝑛+1– 𝓅 ║= 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓║𝒯y𝑛– 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓( 𝛿║𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑦𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅)) ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓( ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑦𝑛 – 𝒯𝑦𝑛║ , 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║}) then, we get 𝑟 ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓║𝑦𝑛– 𝓅 ║. (2.11) having in mind (2.2), inequality (2.11) becomes, 𝑟 ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ (2.12) from eqs (2.10) and (2.12), we obtain 𝑟 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑧𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ (║𝒯((1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛 )– 𝓅 ║ ) ≤ 𝛿 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )(𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅 ) − 𝓉𝑛 ( 𝒯𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅) ║ +𝒵𝒜 (𝓃[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛] , 𝓂 𝓅). since║𝒯𝓅– 𝓅 ║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞ then, 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛] , 𝓂 𝓅) = 0 ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝛿(1 − 𝓉𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ + 𝒵min {𝓃║𝑥𝑛– 𝒯𝑥𝑛║ , 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║} ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑥𝑛– 𝓅 ║ = 𝑟 so, 𝑟 ≤ ║(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )(𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅 ) − 𝓉𝑛 ( 𝒯𝑥𝑛 – 𝓅) ║ ≤ 𝑟 then ║(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )(𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅 ) − 𝓉𝑛 ( 𝒯𝑥𝑛– 𝓅)║ = 𝑟 (2.13) thus from eqs (2.6), (2.8), (2.13) and lemma(1.2 ) we obtain, 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝒯𝑥𝑛 ║ = 0. now, we prove that f(𝒯 ) ≠ ∅ let 𝓅 ∈ a(𝒞 , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) ⇒ r(𝒞 , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) = r(𝓅 , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 83 r(𝒯𝓅 , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ║𝑥𝑛 – 𝒯𝓅║ = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝[║𝑥𝑛 – 𝒯𝑥𝑛 ║ + ║𝒯𝑥𝑛 – 𝒯𝓅 ║] ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝[𝛿║𝑥𝑛 – 𝒯𝑥𝑛 ║ + 𝒵𝒜(𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝║𝑥𝑛– 𝓅 ║ = r(𝓅 , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) = r(𝒞 , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) 𝒯𝓅 ∈ a(𝒞 , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) c a uniformly convex ⇒ a(c , 〈𝑥𝑛 〉 ) is a singleton ⇒ 𝓅 = 𝒯𝓅 ⇒ 𝓅 ∈ f(𝒯 ) ⇒ f(𝒯 ) ≠ ∅. ∎ lemma 2.5: let 𝒞 be a nonempty convex and closed subset of a banach space ℳ and let 𝒯: 𝒞 → 𝒞 a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mapping. suppose that 〈𝑟𝑛〉 the mann iteration in 𝒞 if ℱ(𝒯 ) ≠ ∅, then 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑟𝑛– 𝓅 ║ exists. proof: let 𝓅 be a c fixed point of. the following inequalities hold ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝓅 ║ = ║(1 − 𝑎𝑛 )𝑟𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝑎𝑛║𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿𝑎𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝑎𝑛 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝓅) ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛 (1 − 𝛿)║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝓅 ║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ (2.14) so, {║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║} is decreasing, for each 𝓅 ∈ ℱ(𝒯 ), this implies that the sequence 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑟𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ exists. ∎ theorem 2.6: let ℳ be a uniformly convex banach space, 𝒞 be nonempty convex and closed subset of ℳ and let 𝒯: 𝒞 → 𝒞 a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mapping. suppose that 〈𝑟𝑛〉 the mann iteration in 𝒞. then f(𝒯) ≠ ∅ if and only if 〈𝑟𝑛〉 is bounded and 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑟𝑛– 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ = 0. proof. since 𝓅 ∈ f(𝒯 ), from(2.14) we get : ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝓅║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ ⋯ ≤ ║𝑟0 − 𝓅║ for all n ∈ n. thus, 〈𝑟𝑛 〉 is bounded set in 𝒞. put, 𝑟 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑟𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ (2.15) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝║𝒯𝑟𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝(𝛿║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝓅)) ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝║𝑟𝑛– 𝓅 ║ (2.16) having in mind (2.15), inequality(2.16)becomes: 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝║𝒯𝑟𝑛 – 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝑟 (2.17) now, 𝑟 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑟𝑛+1– 𝓅 ║ = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑟𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 84 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )(𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅 ) + 𝓈𝑛( 𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅)║ (2.18) thus from eqs (2.15), (2.17), (2.18) and lemma(1.2) we obtain, 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ║𝑟𝑛– 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ = 0. now, we prove that f(𝒯 ) ≠ ∅. by the same proof way of the previous theorem. ∎ now, we will study the equivalent between many of iterations by using a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mappings. theorem 2.7: let 𝒞 closed a nonempty convex and subset of a banach space 𝑋, 𝒯 be a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mapping on 𝒞 and has a unique fixed point 𝓅. consider the zenali iteration and mann iteration with real sequences. then the following a assertions are equivalent: the mann iteration converges to 𝓅 . the zenali iteration converges to 𝓅. proof. we show that (i) → (ii) that is, if the mann iteration converges, then the zenali iteration does too. since, the mann iteration converges to 𝓅 ⟹ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 ⟶ ∞. now, consider mann and the zenali iterations, we have: ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛+1 ║ = ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑟𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║ ≤ (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛║ + 𝓈𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑦𝑛 ) ≤ (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛║ +(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝐿𝓂 (𝑟𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛 ) + 𝛿𝓈𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛║ + 𝓈𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑦𝑛 ) = (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑦𝑛 ) (2.19) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛 ║ = ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑧𝑛 − 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛]║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + ║𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑧𝑛 − 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛]║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿║𝑟𝑛 − (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑧𝑛 − 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛║ +𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛]) ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑧𝑛║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ +𝛿 2𝓈𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑧𝑛║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝑧𝑛 ) + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛]) = (1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 ) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + ( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛)║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑧𝑛║ +𝛿𝓈𝑛 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝑧𝑛 ) + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛]) (2.20) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑧𝑛║ = ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛 ]║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + ║𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛 ]║ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 85 ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿║𝑟𝑛 − (1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝑥𝑛 − 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑥𝑛 ) ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ + 𝛿𝓉𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑥𝑛 ) ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ + 𝛿𝓉𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ +𝛿 2𝓉𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ + 𝛿𝓉𝑛 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑥𝑛 ) + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑥𝑛 ) = (1 + 𝛿 𝓉𝑛 ) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + ( 𝛿(1 − 𝓉𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓉𝑛)║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ +(1 + 𝛿𝓉𝑛 )𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝑥𝑛 ) (2.21) substituting (2.21) in (2.20), we obtain ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑦𝑛 ║ ≤ (1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 ) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + ( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛) (1 + 𝛿 𝓉𝑛 ) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ +( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝑎𝑛)( 𝛿(1 − 𝓉𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓉𝑛)║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ +( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛)(1 + 𝛿 𝓉𝑛 )𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑥𝑛 ) +(1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 )𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑧𝑛 ) (2.22) substituting (2.22) in (2.19), we obtain ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛+1 ║ ≤ (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿(1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 ) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ +𝛿( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛 ) (1 + 𝛿 𝓉𝑛 ) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ +𝛿 2(1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))(1 − 𝓉𝑛(1 − 𝛿))║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ +𝛿( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛)(1 + 𝛿 𝓉𝑛 )𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝑥𝑛 ) +𝛿(1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 )𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛, 𝓂𝑧𝑛 ) + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝑦𝑛 ) ≤ [(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿(1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛)(1 + 𝛿𝓉𝑛 )] ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ +( (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿)║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ + 𝛿( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛)(1 + 𝛿𝓉𝑛 ) 𝒵 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║, 𝓂𝓃║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} +𝛿(1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 )𝒵 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║ , 𝓂𝓃║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} + 𝒵 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║ , 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║, 𝓂𝓃║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} let 𝜇𝑛 = 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿) 𝜖 (0 , 1), 𝒱𝑛 = ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ 𝒰𝑛 = [(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿(1 + 𝛿𝓈𝑛) + 𝛿(𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛)(1 + 𝛿𝓉𝑛 )]║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ +𝛿( 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛 )(1 + 𝛿 𝓉𝑛 )𝒵 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║ , 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║, 𝓂𝓃║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} + 𝛿(1 + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 )𝒵 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ , 𝓂║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║ , 𝓂𝓃║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 86 +𝒵 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║ , 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║, 𝓂𝓃║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} furthermore, using 𝒯𝓅 = 𝓅 and ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ → 0, we have ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛 ║ = ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅 + 𝒯𝓅 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) = (1 + 𝛿)║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║ , 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} then, ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛 ║ → 0. now, because of these results, we get 𝒰𝑛 → 0 by applying lemma( 1.3), we obtain 𝒱𝑛 = ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛║ → 0 as 𝑛 → 0. consequently , ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛+1║ → 0 as 𝑛 → 0. therefore, ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛 ║ + ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞ now, we show that, (ii) ⇒ (i). since, the zenali iteration converges to 𝓅 ⟹ ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 ⟶ ∞. now, consider the following ║𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑟𝑛+1 ║ ≤ ║𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝓅║ + ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝓅║ = ║𝒯𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ + ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑟𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ 𝛿║𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑦𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) + (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ +𝛿𝓈𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝓈𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) = 𝛿║𝑦𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑦𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) + (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ +𝓈𝑛𝐿𝓂 (𝑟𝑛 , 𝓅) (2.23) ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ = ║𝒯[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛] − 𝑝 ║ ≤ 𝛿 ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) 𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) ≤ 𝛿 (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑧𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿 2𝓈𝑛║𝑧𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) ≤ 𝛿 (1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿))║𝑧𝑛 − 𝓅║ + (𝛿𝓈𝑛 + 1)𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅 ) (2.24) ║𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ = ║𝒯[(1 − 𝓉𝑛 ) 𝑥𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛] − 𝑝 ║ ≤ 𝛿 ║(1 − 𝓉𝑛 ) 𝑥𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃((1 − 𝓉𝑛 ) 𝑥𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑥𝑛), 𝓂𝓅) ≤ 𝛿 (1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿 2𝓉𝑛║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿𝓉𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) ≤ 𝛿 (1 − 𝓉𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + (𝛿𝓉𝑛 + 1) + 𝛿𝓉𝑛 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) (2.25) substituting (2.25) in (2.24), we obtain ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 87 ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ ≤ 𝛿 2 (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿)) (1 − 𝓉𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿 (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿)) (𝛿𝓉𝑛 + 1)𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) + (𝛿𝓈𝑛 + 1)𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) (2.26) substituting (2.26) in (2.23), we obtain ║𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑟𝑛+1 ║ ≤ 𝛿 3 (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿)) (1 − 𝓉𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + (1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿)) ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛 + 𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿 2 (1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿))(𝛿𝓉𝑛 + 1)𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) +𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) + 𝛿(𝛿𝓈𝑛 + 1)𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) + 𝓈𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝓅) ≤ [(1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿)) + (1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿))]║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))║𝑥𝑛 − 𝑟𝑛║ + 𝛿 2 (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))(𝛿𝓉𝑛 + 1) 𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║ , 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║} +𝒵min {𝓃║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║} +𝛿(𝛿𝓈𝑛 + 1)𝒵min {𝓃║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║ , 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║} + 𝓈𝑛𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║ , 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} let 𝜇𝑛 = 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿) 𝜖 (0 , 1), 𝒱𝑛 = ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝑟𝑛║ 𝒰𝑛 = [(1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿)) + (1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿))]║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿 2 (1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿))(𝛿𝓉𝑛 + 1) 𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑥𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑥𝑛║} +𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑦𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑦𝑛║} +𝛿(𝛿𝓈𝑛 + 1)𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑧𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑧𝑛║} +𝓈𝑛𝒵𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} since, ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞. so, we get 𝒰𝑛 → 0, thus from lemma (1.3), we get 𝒱𝑛 = ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝑟𝑛║ → 0 as 𝑛 → 0. consequently;║𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑟𝑛+1║ → 0 as 𝑛 → 0 therefore, ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ ║𝑟𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛 ║ + ║𝑥𝑛 − 𝓅║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞. ∎ now, we will prove that our new iteration is faster than many know iterations by using new contraction mappings. theorem 2.8: let 𝒯 be a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mapping on 𝒞. suppose that the iterations zenali iteration, ishikawa iteration and mann iteration converge to 𝓅 ∈ ℱ(𝒯 ) where 0 < 𝓋 ≤ 𝓊n, 𝓈n , 𝓉n < 1, ∀n ∈ n. then the zenali iteration converges faster than of mann iteration and ihikawa iteration. proof. consider zenali iteration, we obtain ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 88 ║�̃�𝑛+1 − 𝑝 ║ = ║𝒯𝑦𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ ≤ 𝛿 ║𝑦𝑛 − 𝑝 ║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑦𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝) = 𝛿 ║𝒯 ((1 − 𝓈n )𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈n𝒯𝑧𝑛) − 𝑝 ║ ≤ 𝛿 2║ ((1 − 𝓈n )𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈n𝒯𝑧𝑛 ) − 𝑝 ║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃(1 − 𝓈n )𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈n𝒯𝑧𝑛 ), 𝓂𝑝) since ║𝒯𝓅– 𝓅 ║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞ then, 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃(1 − 𝓈n )𝑧𝑛 + 𝓈n𝒯𝑧𝑛), 𝓂 𝓅) = 0 = 𝛿 2║ ((1 − 𝓈n )(𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝) + 𝓈n(𝒯𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝) ║ ≤ 𝛿 2 [ (1 − 𝓈n )║𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝║ + 𝛿 𝓈n║𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑧𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝)] = 𝛿 2 [ ((1 − 𝓈n ) + 𝛿 𝓈n] ║𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝║ = 𝛿 2 [ (1 − 𝓈n(1 − 𝛿) ] ║𝒯 ((1 − 𝓉n )𝑥𝑛 + 𝓉n𝒯𝑥𝑛) − 𝑝║ ≤ 𝛿 2[ (1 − 𝓈n(1 − 𝛿) ] 𝛿║ ((1 − 𝓉n)(𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝) + 𝓉n(𝒯𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝)║ +𝒵𝒜 (𝓃(1 − 𝓉n )𝑥𝑛 + 𝓉n𝒯𝑥𝑛), 𝓂𝑝) ≤ 𝛿 3 [ (1 − 𝛼𝑛 (1 − 𝛿)] [ ((1 − 𝓉n)║𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝║ + 𝛿𝓉n║𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑥𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝)] = 𝛿 3 [ (1 − 𝓈n(1 − 𝛿) ] [ ((1 − 𝓉n ) + 𝛿𝓉n]║𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝║ ≤ 𝛿 3 [ (1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿) ] 2║𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝║ ⁞ ≤ (𝛿 3 [ 1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿) ] 2)𝑛║𝑥0 − 𝑝║ suppose that 𝑍𝐴𝑛 = (𝛿 3 [1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿) ] 2)𝑛║𝑥0 − 𝑝║ consider the mann iteration, we have ║𝑟𝑛+1 − 𝑝 ║ = ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝑟𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ = ║ ((1 − 𝓈𝑛 )(𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅) + 𝓈𝑛(𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅) ║ ≤ (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝓈𝑛║𝒯𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ≤ (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑟𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝) ≤ [1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿)]║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ + 𝒵min {𝓃║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║, 𝓂║𝓅 − 𝒯𝓅║ , 𝓃𝓂║𝑟𝑛 − 𝒯𝓅║, 𝓂𝓃║𝓅 − 𝒯𝑟𝑛║} =[ 1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿)]║𝑟𝑛 − 𝓅║ ⁞ ≤ [ 1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿)]𝑛║𝑟0 − 𝓅║ suppose that 𝒮𝑛 = [ 1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿)] 𝑛║𝑟0 − 𝓅║ here, after simple compute, we have ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 89 𝑍𝐴𝑛 ℳ𝑛 = (𝛿3 [1−𝓋(1−𝛿) ] 2)𝑛║𝑥0−𝑝║ [ 1−𝓋(1−𝛿))]𝑛║𝑤0−𝓅║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞. then, the zenali iteration converges to 𝓅 faster than ishikawa iteration and mann iteration. ∎ theorem 2.9 : let 𝒯 be a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction selfmapping on 𝒞. suppose that the zenali iteration and d iteration converge to the same fixed point 𝓅 of 𝒯 where 0 < 𝓋 ≤ 𝓊𝑛, 𝓈𝑛 , 𝓉𝑛 < 1, ∀𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. then, the zenali iteration converges faster than d iteration. proof. form d iteration, we obtain ║d𝑛+1 − 𝓅 ║ = ║(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝒯𝑠𝑛 + 𝓈𝑛 𝒯𝑡𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ ≤ 𝛿(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑠𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + (1 − 𝓈𝑛 )𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑠𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝) +𝛿𝓈𝑛║𝑡𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝓈𝑛𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑡𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝) = 𝛿[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑠𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝓈𝑛║(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )𝒯𝑑𝑛 + 𝓉𝑛 𝒯𝑠𝑛 − 𝓅 ║] ≤ 𝛿[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 )║𝑠𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛 ((1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛 𝓉𝑛║𝑠𝑛 − 𝓅 ║)] + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑠𝑛, 𝓂𝑝) + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑑𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝) ≤ 𝛿[(1 − 𝓈𝑛 ) + 𝛿𝓈𝑛 𝓉𝑛)║𝑠𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║] = 𝛿[((1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿𝓉𝑛 ))║(1 − 𝓊𝑛 )𝑑𝑛 + 𝓊𝑛 𝒯𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ +𝛿𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝓉𝑛)║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║] ≤ 𝛿[((1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿𝓉𝑛 ))((1 − 𝓊𝑛 )║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝛿𝓊𝑛║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║) +𝛿𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝓉𝑛)║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝒵𝒜 (𝓃𝑑𝑛 , 𝓂𝑝)] ≤ 𝛿[((1 − 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝛿𝓉𝑛 ))((1 − 𝓊𝑛 ) + 𝓊𝑛 ))║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝛿𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║] ≤ 𝛿[((1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿𝓉𝑛 ))║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║ + 𝛿 𝓈𝑛 (1 − 𝓉𝑛 )║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║] = 𝛿[((1 − 𝓈𝑛(1 − 𝛿))║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║] ≤ 𝛿((1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿))║𝑑𝑛 − 𝓅 ║] ⁞ ≤ [ 𝛿((1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿))]𝑛║𝑑0 − 𝓅 ║ let 𝐷𝑛 = [ 𝛿((1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿))] 𝑛║𝑑0 − 𝓅 ║ form zenali-iteration, we have, 𝑍𝐴𝑛 = (𝛿 3 [1 − 𝓋(1 − 𝛿) ] 2)𝑛║𝑥0 − 𝑝║ 𝑍𝐴𝑛 𝐷𝑛 = (𝛿3 [1−𝓋(1−𝛿) ] 2)𝑛║𝑥0−𝑝║ [ 𝛿((1− 𝓋(1−𝛿))]𝑛║𝑑0−𝓅 ║ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞. thus < 𝑥𝑛 > converges to 𝓅 faster than < 𝑑𝑛 >. so, the zenali-iteration converges faster than d iteration. ∎ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 90 we proof other iterations by the same proof way of the previous theorem. example 2.10: let 𝒩 = 𝑅 and 𝒞 = [0,100]. and 𝒯 be a mapping on 𝒞 defined by �̃� = √�̃�2 − 9�̃� + 54 , for all 𝑥 𝜖 𝒞, such that 𝒯 is a 𝛿𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction 𝓂apping and unique fixed point say 𝓅 = 6. take < 𝓈𝑛 > =< 𝓉𝑛 > = < 𝓊𝑛 > = 3 4 ,𝑣 = 1 2 with initial value 30. table 1. comparison speed of convergence among various iteration methods. n zenali k* dishikawa mann 1 30 30 30 30 30 2 13.9156 17.1404 21.1334 25.0120 27.1150 3 6.1717 7.9203 13.2989 20.2548 24.2908 4 6.0006 6.0388 7.8776 15.8509 21.5421 5 6.0000 6.0004 6.1725 12.0133 18.8893 6 6.0000 6.0087 9.0688 16.3607 7 6.0007 7.2820 13.9954 8 6.0000 6.4668 11.8476 9 6.1601 9.8476 10 6.0537 8.4901 11 6.0179 7.4083 12 6.0060 6.7247 13 6.0020 6.3468 14 6.0007 6.1587 15 6.0002 6.0709 16 6.0001 6.0313 17 6.0000 6.0137 18 6.0011 19 6.0005 20 6.0001 21 6.0000 3.conclusion ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 91 in this section, a new iteration method for approximation of fixed points and a new contraction mappings called δ𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction mappings are introduced. also, we proved that our iteration process is faster than the existing leading iterations like mann, ishikawa, noor, d iterations and 𝒦* iteration and proved that all these iterations are equivalent to approximate fixed points of δ𝒵𝒜 − quasi contraction. references 1. maibed, z. h.generalized tupled common fixed point theorems for weakly compatibile mappings in fuzze metric space,(ijciet) 2019,10,255-273. 2. maibed, z. h. strong convergence of iteration processes for infinite family of general extended mappings, iop conf. series: journal of physics, 2018. conf. series 1003, 012042 doi :10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012042. 3. maibed, z. h., some generalized n-tuplet coincidence point theorems for nonlinear contraction mappings, journal of engineering and applied sciences, 2018,13, 10375-10379. 4. maibed, z. h. common fixed point problem for classes of nonlinear maps in hilbert space , iop conf. series: journal of physics: conf. series 871, 2020, 871 012037. 5. maibed, z.m, a new iterative methods for a family of asymptotically severe accretive mappings, iop conf. series: journal of physics: conf. series 1591, 2020, 012087. 6. thajil ,a q ; maibed. z h,2021. the convergence of iterative methods for quasi δcontraction mappings ,journal of physics: conference series 1804 ,2021, 012017. 7. hussein, s. s.; maibed, z. h..2021. "iterative methods for approximation of fixed points via like contraction mappings, journal of physics: conference series 1818 ,2021, 012152. 8. maibed,z. h.; hussein, s. s. some theorems of fixed point approximations by iteration processes, journal of physics: conference series 1818, 2021, 012153 9. berinde, v. iterative approximation of fixed points. springer, berlin. 2007. 10. mann w. r., mean value methods in iteration, proc, am.math.soc. 1953, 4, 506-510. 11. ishikawa s.fixed point by a new iteration method ,proceedings of the american, soc.44,1974.147-150. 12. daengsaen, j, ; khemphet ,a. on the rate of convergence of p-iteration, sp-iteration, and d-iteration methods for continuous nondecreasing functions on closed intervals. hindawi abstract and applied analysis. 2018 ,6. 13. picard, e. memoire sur la theorie des equations aux derivees partielles etla methode des approximations successives, j. math. pures appl. 6: 1890.145-210. 14. ullah, k. ; arshad, m. new three-step iteration process and fxed point approximation in banach spaces. linear. topological. algebra. 2018. 87-100. 15. noor, m. a. new approximation schemes for general variational inequalities , journal of mathematical analysis and applications 251: 2000,217-229. 16. berinde, v.picard iteration converges faster than mann iteration for a class of quasi contractive operators,fixed point theory and appl2, 2004,97-105. 17. schu, j. weak and strong convergence to fixed points of asymptotically nonexpansive mappings, b. aust. math. soc., 1991,43, 153–159. 18. weng, x., fixed point iteration for local strictly pseudocontractive mapping, proc. amer. math. soc., 1991, 113, 727. microsoft word 81-94   81  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       on semisecond submodules zainab saadi      ghaleb ahmed   abstract let 𝑀 be a right module over a ring 𝑅 with identity. the semisecond submodules are studied in this paper. a nonzero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is called semisecond if 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅. more information and characterizations about this concept is provided in our work. keywords: semisecond submodules, weak semisecond submodules, 𝑆-semisecond submodules, regular modules. 1. introduction 𝑅 is indicated a ring with identity and 𝑀 is viewed as a non-zero 𝑆𝑅-bimodule where 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 the endomorphism ring of 𝑀. we use the notation ʻʻ ⊆ ʼʼ to denote inclusion. a non-zero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is said to be a second submodule if for any 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, the endomorphism 𝑓 : 𝑁 → 𝑁 defined by 𝑓 𝑛 𝑛𝑎 for each 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁, is either surjective or zero (that is 𝐼𝑚𝑓 𝑁𝑎 𝑁 or 𝐼𝑚𝑓 𝑁𝑎 0) [1]. equivalently 0 𝑁 is a second submodule of 𝑀 if 𝑁𝐼 𝑁 or 𝑁𝐼 0 for every ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 [1]. in that situation, 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 is a prime ideal of 𝑅[1]. a non-zero module 𝑀 is second (or coprime) if 𝑀 is a second submodule of itself [1]. as a new type of second submodules, the concept of weakly second submodules is presented in [2]. a non-zero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is weakly second submodule whenever 𝑁𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 implies either 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 or 𝑁𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 [2]. equivalently, a non-zero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is called weakly second if 𝑁𝑎𝑏 𝑁𝑎 or 𝑁𝑎𝑏 𝑁𝑏 for every 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 [2]. more characterizations of the weakly second concept are provided in [3]. in fact this idea as a dual notion of the concept weakly prime (sometimes is called classical prime) submodules. a proper submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is wekly prime whenever 𝐾𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝑁 where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 implies either 𝐾𝑎 ⊆ 𝑁 or 𝐾𝑏 ⊆ 𝑁 [4]. in [5]. we define the idea of weakly secondary as a generalization of weakly second concept and the same time, it is a new class of secondary submodules and a dual notion of classical primary submodules respectively. a nonzero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is weakly secondary submodule if ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2429 zoozaih89@gmail.com ghaleb.a.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq article history: received 2 june 2019, accepted 15 july 2019, published april 2020. department of mathematics, college of science, university of mustansiriyah   82  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝑁𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑀 implies either 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 or 𝑁𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 for some positive integer 𝑡. a nonzero submodule 𝑁 is a secondary submodule of 𝑀 if for any 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, the endomorphism 𝑓 : 𝑁 → 𝑁 defined by 𝑓 𝑛 𝑛𝑎 for each 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁, is either surjective or nilpotent ( that is 𝐼𝑚𝑓 𝑁𝑎 𝑁 or 𝐼𝑚𝑓 𝑁𝑎 0 for some positive integer 𝑡 ) [1]. equivalently, 0 𝑁 is a secondary submodule of 𝑀 if for every ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅, 𝑁𝐼 𝑁 or 𝑁𝐼 0 for some positive integer 𝑡 [1]. in this case, 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 is a primary ideal of 𝑅 (that is 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 is a prime ideal of 𝑅) [1]. a proper submodule 𝐾 of 𝑀 is classical primary if 𝑁𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑁 is a submodule of 𝑀 then 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 or 𝑁𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 for some positive integer 𝑡 [6]. a proper submodule 𝐾 of 𝑀 is called completely irreducible when 𝐾 ⋂ 𝐻∈∧ where 𝐻 ∈∧ is a family of submodules of 𝑀 implies that 𝐾 𝐻 for some 𝑖 ∈∧ [2]. it is not hard to see that every submodule is an intersection of completely irreducible submodules of 𝑀 consequently the intersection of all completely irreducible submodules of 𝑀 is zero. 𝑁 is called simple (sometimes minimal) submodule of a module 𝑀 if 𝑁 0 and for each submodule 𝐿 of 𝑀 and 𝑁 contains 𝐿 properly implies 𝐿 0 [7]. 𝑀 is coquasi-dedekind if all nonzero endomorphism of 𝑀 is epimorphism (in other word, 𝑓 𝑀 𝑀 for every 0 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 ) [8]. let 𝑅 be a commutative integral domain, 𝑀 is called divisible module over 𝑅 if 𝑀𝑎 𝑀 for each 0 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 [7]. a proper submodule 𝑁 is maximal if it is not properly contained in any proper submodule of 𝑀 [7]. a proper submodule 𝑁 is called prime if 𝑚𝑟 ∈ 𝑁 implies 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 or 𝑀𝑟 ⊆ 𝑁 [9]. 𝑀 is called a prime module if the zero submodule is prime. a proper ideal 𝐼 is prime if 𝑎𝑏 ∈ 𝐼 where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 implies 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼 or 𝑏 ∈ 𝐼 [10]. equivalently, a proper ideal 𝐼 is prime if 𝐴𝐵 ⊆ 𝐼 where 𝐴 and 𝐵 are ideals of 𝑅 implies 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐼 or 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐼 [10]. a ring in which every ideal prime is called fully prime [11]. equivalently, a ring 𝑅 is fully prime if and only if it is fully idempotent (a ring in which every ideal is an idempotent that is 𝐼 𝐼 for each ideal 𝐼 of ) and the set of ideals of 𝑅 is totally ordered under inclusion [11]. a proper submodule 𝑁 is called primary if 𝑚𝑟 ∈ 𝑁 implies 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 or 𝑀𝑟 ⊆ 𝑁 for some positive integer 𝑡 [6]. 𝑀 is called a primary module if the zero submodule is primary. a proper ideal 𝐼 is primary if 𝑎𝑏 ∈ 𝐼 where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 implies 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼 or 𝑏 ∈ 𝐼 for some positive integer 𝑡 [6]. 0 𝑀 is called an 𝑆-second module if for every 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 implies 𝑓 𝑀 𝑀 or 𝑓 𝑀 0 [12]. 0 𝑀 is called an s-weakly second module whenever 𝑓𝑔 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾, where 𝑓, 𝑔 ∈ 𝑆 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 implies either 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 or 𝑔 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 [3]. equivalently, 𝑀 is an s-weakly second module if and only if for each 𝜁, 𝜗 ∈ 𝑆 implies 𝜁𝜗 𝑀 𝜁 𝑀 or 𝜁𝜗 𝑀 ⊇ 𝜗 𝑀 [3]. 𝑀 is called multiplication when each submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀, we have 𝑁 𝑀𝐼 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 [13]. we able to take 𝐼 𝑁 : 𝑀 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑀𝑟 ⊆ 𝑁 is an ideal of 𝑅 [13]. 𝑀 is called faithful if 0: 𝑀 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑀𝑟 0 0. 𝑀 is a scalar module when for each 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 there is 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑓 𝑚 𝑚𝑎 for all 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 [14]. the aim of this research is to continue studying the concept of semisecond submodules. a nonzero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is called semisecond if for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 [2]. a nonzero module 𝑀 is said to be semisecond if 𝑀 is semisecond submodule of itself. in fact this idea is the dual notion of the concept semiprime submodules. a proper submodule of 𝑀 is called semiprime if for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 such that 𝑚𝑎 ∈ 𝑁 implies 𝑚𝑎 ∈ 𝑁 [9]. a proper ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 is semiprime if for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼 implies 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼 [7]. equivalently, a proper ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 is semiprime if for each ideal 𝐴 of 𝑅 such that 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐼 implies 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐼 [7]. it is well-known that 𝑅 is fully semiprime (that is 𝑅 in which every ideal is   83  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 semiprime ) if and only if 𝑅 is von neumann regular ( that is for every 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, there is 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑎 ) [15]. it is well-known if 𝑅 is commutative then 𝑅 is von neumann regular if and only if 𝑎𝑅 𝑎 𝑅 if and only if every ideal of 𝑅 is pure ( that is 𝐼 ∩ 𝐽 𝐼𝐽 for each ideal 𝐼 and 𝐽 of 𝑅 ) if and only if 𝑅 is fully idempotent. and 𝑀 is called regular if for every 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 and for every 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 we have 𝑚𝑎 𝑚𝑎𝑟𝑎 for some 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅. if 𝑀 is regular then every submodule of 𝑀 is pure (that is every submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 satisfying 𝑁𝐼 𝑀𝐼 ∩ 𝑁 for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅) [15]. if 𝑅 is commutative then 𝑀 is regular if and only if for every 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 and for every 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 we have 𝑚𝑎 𝑚𝑎 𝑟 for some 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅. also 𝑅 is boolean ring if 𝑎 𝑎 for every 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 [7]. thus a boolean ring is von neumann. we call a module 𝑀 is rickart when for every 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 is a direct summand of 𝑀 [16]. 𝑀 is a dual rickart module when for every 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , im 𝑓 is a direct summand of 𝑀 [16]. it is wellknown that for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 we can define 𝑓 : 𝑅 → 𝑅 by 𝑓 𝑟 𝑎𝑟 for each 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 then 𝐼𝑚𝑓 𝑎𝑅. this means 𝑅 is von neumann regular if and only if 𝑅 is dual rickart as 𝑅module. a nonzero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is weak semisecond whenever 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 implies either 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 or 𝑎 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 [17]. a nonzero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is called a strongly 2-absorbing second submodule if for each 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, we have 𝑁𝑎𝑏 𝑁𝑎 or 𝑁𝑎𝑏 𝑁𝑏 or 𝑁𝑎𝑏 0 [18]. a module 𝑀 is called cacellation if 𝑀𝐼 𝑀𝐽 implies 𝐼 𝐽 for each ideal 𝐼 and 𝐽 of 𝑅 [19]. other works within [20-23]. is related topics. the paper contains five branches and better say “sections”). in second part, we give other descriptions of the semisecond submodules idea (theorem 2.2, theorem 2.4, and proposition 2.8). more examples and information about this idea are provided (remarks and examples 2.3). we study the homomorphic image and the direct sum of this class of modules (proposition 2.5 and propsition 2.6). section three includes (theorem 3.1) is the most important tool to describe semisecond submodules. more characterizations are supplied (corollary 3.9 and theorem 3.12). section four is devoted to finding any relationships between semisecond submodules and related modules. among other observations, we see that every nonzero regular module over a commutative ring is semisecond (theorem 4.1). the semisecond and von neumann regular concepts are coincident in the commutative rings (theorem 4.7). in section five, we present the concept s-semisecond submodules and the basic properties of this modules is investigated.    in what follows, ℤ, ℚ, ℤ , ℤ ℤ ℤ and 𝑀𝑎𝑡 𝑅 we denote respectively, integers, rational numbers, the 𝑝-prüfer group, the residue ring modulo 𝑛 and an 𝑛 𝑛 matrix ring over 𝑅 . 2. semisecond submodules we give a characterization of semisecond submodules, first we recall the main definition. definition (2.1) [2]. a nonzero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑅-module 𝑀 is called semisecond if 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅. theorem (2.2): the following assertions are equivalent (1) 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 (2) 𝑁 0 and whenever 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 implies 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾   84  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 proof. (1)  (2) let 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 with 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾. because 𝑁 is semisecond then 𝑁 0 and 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 implies 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 as desired. (3)  (1) assume 𝑁 0 and 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 then 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝑁𝑎 . by hypothesis 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝑁𝑎 and hence 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 as required. remarks and examples (2.3) (1) obviously semisecond submodules are weak semisecond but the converse fails for more information see [17]. (2) it is clear that weakly second submodules are semisecond. the converse is not hold in general, ℤ as ℤ-module is semisecond since ℤ . 𝑎 ℤ . 𝑎 for each 𝑎 ∈ ℤ but ℤ is not weakly second because ℤ . 3 ℤ . 2.3 0 ℤ . 2. (3) as another example of (2), let 𝑁 ℤ ⊕ ℤ be a submodule of 𝑀 ℤ ⊕ ℤ as ℤ-module where 𝑝 and 𝑞 prime numbers. then 𝑁 is semisecond since 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 for each 𝑎 ∈ ℤ but 𝑁 is not a weakly second submodule of 𝑀 because 𝑁. 𝑝. 𝑞 0 while 𝑁. 𝑝 0 ⊕ ℤ and 𝑁. 𝑞 ℤ ⊕ 0. (4) clearly every module over boolean ring is semisecond. (5) secondary and weakly secondary submodules not necessarily semisecond. consider ℤ as ℤ-module is secondary (and hence weakly secondary) see [4]. but 𝑀 is not semisecond because ℤ . 2 ℤ . 2 . (6) semisecond submodules also need not be secondary or weakly secondary submodules. for example: ℤ as ℤ-module is semisecond by (2) but ℤ is not weakly secondary and hence it is not secondary see [4]. (7) it is obvious that coquasi-dedekind (or simple or divisible) submodule  second submodule  strongly 2-absorbing second submodules  weakly second submodules  semisecond submodules  weak semisecond submodules. the converse is not true in general, 𝑀 ℤ ⊕ ℤ as ℤ-module is semisecond but it is not strongly 2 absorbing second,(and hence not weakly second ) since 𝑀. 3 𝑀2.3 0 ⊕ ℤ 𝑀. 2 and 𝑀. 2.3 0 . (8) if 𝑁 is a maximal (and hence prime ) submodule then 𝑁 may not be semisecond. for example, 𝑁 𝑝ℤ is a maximal submodule of ℤ as ℤ-module but 𝑁 is not semisecond since 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 for every 𝑎 ∈ ℤ and any prime number 𝑝. (9) let 𝑁and 𝐻 be submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 with 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐻 ⊆ 𝑀. if 𝑁 is a smisecond submodule of 𝑀 then 𝐻 needs not be a semisecond submodule of 𝑀. let 𝑁 ℤ . 2 and 𝐻 ℤ 𝑀 submodules of 𝑀 ℤ as ℤ-module where 𝑁 is a simple submodule so it is semisecond while 𝐻 is not semisecond by (5). (10) let 𝑁 and 𝐻 be submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 with 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐻 ⊆ 𝑀. if 𝐻 is a sermisecond submodule of , then 𝑁 needs not be a semisecond submodule of 𝑀. let 𝑁 ℤ be a submodule of 𝑀 ℤ as ℤ-module. since 𝑀 is a divisible module then 𝑀 is semisecond but 𝑁 is not semisecond because 𝑁. 𝑝 0 𝑁𝑝 ℤ . (11) as another example of (10), ℚ as ℤ-module is divisible so it is semisecond but the submodule ℤ is not semisecond.   85  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 theorem (2.4): the following assertions are equiavalent (1) 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀. (2) 𝑁 0 and for each 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a finite intersection of completely irreducible submodules of 𝑀 with 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 implies 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾. proof. (1)  (2) it is clear. (3)  (1) let 0 𝑁 and 𝐾 are submodules of 𝑀 with 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅. suppose 𝑁𝑎 ⊈ 𝐾 implies 𝐾 ∩ ∈∧ 𝐻 for some collection 𝐻 ∈∧ of completely irreducible submodules of 𝑀. we have 𝑁𝑎 ⊈∩ ∈∧ 𝐻 . so there exists 𝑖 ∈∧ such that 𝑁𝑎 ⊈ 𝐻 . on the other hand, 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 ∩ ∈∧ 𝐻 and hence 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 ⊆ ⋂ 𝐻 for some positive integer 𝑛 because 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐻 for each 𝑖 ∈∧. by hypothesis, 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ ⋂ 𝐻 .then 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐻   which is a contradiction as required. proposition (2.5): every nonzero homomorphic image of semisecond submodule is smisecond. proof. let 𝐴 and 𝐵 be 𝑅-modules and 0 𝑓: 𝐴 → 𝐵 an 𝑅-homomorphism. let 𝑁 be a semisecond submodule of 𝐴. firstly, since 𝑓 0 implies 𝑓 𝑁 0. for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 then 𝑓 𝑁 𝑎 𝑓 𝑁𝑎 𝑓 𝑁𝑎 𝑓 𝑁 𝑎 . proposition (2.6): let 𝑁 and 𝑁 be non-zero submodules of 𝑀 and 𝑀 𝑅-modules respectively. then 𝑁 𝑁 ⊕ 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of 𝑀 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 if and only if 𝑁 and 𝑁 are semisecond submodules of 𝑀 and 𝑀 respectively. proof. () let 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 then 𝑁 ⊕ 𝑁 𝑎 𝑁 ⊕ 𝑁 𝑎 and hence 𝑁 𝑎 ⊕ 𝑁 𝑎 𝑁 𝑎 ⊕ 𝑁 𝑎 implies 𝑁 𝑎 𝑁 𝑎 and 𝑁 𝑎 𝑁 𝑎 as required. () it is clear. corollary (2.7): every non-zero direct summand of a semisecond module is semisecond. proposition (2.8): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of 𝑅-module 𝑀. (2) is a semisecond submodule of 𝑅-module for each submodule 𝐻 of 𝑀 contained in 𝑁. proof. (1)  (2) let 𝑁 be a semisecond submodule 𝑀 and 𝜋: 𝑀 → be the natural homomorphism for each submodule 𝐻 of 𝑀 contained in 𝑁 so by proposition 2.5, 𝜋 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule . (2)  (1) it is clear by taking 𝐻 0. 3. more characterizations and facts about semisecond submodules theorem (3.1): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀. (2) 𝑁 0 and 𝐾: 𝑁 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑅 for each submodule 𝐾 ⊉ 𝑁 in 𝑀. proof. (1)  (2) assume 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 such that 𝑁 ⊈ 𝐾 implies 𝐾: 𝑁 𝑅. let 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁 implies 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 thus 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 and hence 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁 as required.   86  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 (2)  (1) let 𝑁 and 𝐾 be submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 such that 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅. in case 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐾 then already 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾. if 𝑁 ⊈ 𝐾 then 𝐾: 𝑁 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑅 by hypothesis and 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁 implies 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 as desired. corollary (3.2): every submodule of a module over a fully semiprime (that is von neumann regular) ring is semisecond. proof. directly via theorem 3.1. corollary (3.3): if 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 then 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑅. proof. directly via theorem 3.1. examples (3.4): 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 0 is a semiprime ideal of ℤ for every nonzero submodule 𝑁 of the ℤ-module ℤ while 𝑁 is not semisecond. corollary (3.5): if 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 then for every submodule 𝐾 ⊉ 𝑁 in 𝑀 we have 𝐾: 𝑁 𝐾: 𝑁𝑏 for each 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅. proof. let 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁 then 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 implies for each 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 𝑁𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 so 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁𝑏 . conversly, let 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁𝑏 then 𝑁𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 implies 𝑎𝑏 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁 and we can take 𝑏 𝑎 then 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁 . via theorem 3.1, 𝐾: 𝑁 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑅 implies 𝑎 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑁 as required. corollary (3.6): if 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 then 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁𝑏 for each 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅. proof. directly by corollary 3.5. theorem (3.7): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀. (2) 𝑁 0 and for each ideals 𝐼 of 𝑅 such that 𝑁𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾 implies 𝑁𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾. proof. (1)  (2) first since 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 then 𝑁 0. let 𝐼 be an ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀. if 𝑁 ⊈ 𝐾 we have either 𝑁𝐼 ⊈ 𝐾 and so nothing to prove or 𝑁𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾 it follows 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾: 𝑁 and by theorem 3.1, 𝐾: 𝑁 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑅 so 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾: 𝑁 and hence 𝑁𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾. in case 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐾 then the result already is obtained. (2)  (1) let 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀, then 𝑁 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾. by hypothesis 𝑁 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 where 𝑎 is the principal ideal generated by 𝑎 and hence 𝑁𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 as dsired. corollary (3.8): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀. (2) 𝑁 0 and for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 such that 𝑁 ⊈ 𝐾 and 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾: 𝑁 implies 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾: 𝑁 . proof. directly via corollary 3.7. corollary (3.9): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀. (2) 𝑁 0 and for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 implies 𝑁𝐼 𝑁𝐼. proof. (1)  (2) first since 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 then 𝑁 0. let 𝐼 be an ideal of 𝑅 then 𝑁𝐼 ⊆ 𝑁𝐼 so by theorem 3.7, we have 𝑁𝐼 ⊆ 𝑁𝐼 and thus 𝑁𝐼 𝑁𝐼.   87  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 (2)  (1) it is clear. theorem (3.10): let 𝑁 be a submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀. if for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑎 𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 then 𝑁 is semisecond. proof. assume for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑎 𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑐 for some 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 implies 𝑎 𝑎 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 and hence 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎. theorem (3.11): if 𝑁 is a semisecond finitely generated submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 then for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑎 𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 . proof. let 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 then 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 that is 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑅 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 . by hypothesis 𝑁 is finitely generated. it is not hard to see that 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 is also finitely generated. via [23, corollary 2.5], it follows that 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝑅𝑎 and 𝑁𝑥 𝑎𝑅 0. let 𝑥 1 𝑎𝑡 for some 𝑡 ∈ 𝑅 then 𝑥 𝑎𝑡 1 implies 𝑁 𝑎𝑡 1 𝑎 0. this means 𝑎 𝑡 𝑎 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 so 𝑎 𝑡 𝑎 𝑏 for some 𝑏 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 implies 𝑎 𝑎 𝑡 𝑏 and hence 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 ⊆ 𝑎 𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 . then 𝑎 𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 . theorem (3.12): let 𝑁 be a finitely generated submodule of a module 𝑀 over a commutative ring 𝑅. the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑁 is semisecond. (2) for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑟 𝑁𝑟 for some 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅. proof. (1)  (2) by theorem 3.11, for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑎 𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 . then 𝑎 𝑡 𝑏 𝑎𝑠 𝑐 for some 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 . by choosing 𝑠 1 we have 𝑎 𝑎 𝑡 𝑑 for some 𝑑 𝑏 𝑐 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 thus 𝑎𝑅 ⊆ 𝑎𝑡𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 implies 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 ⊆ 𝑎𝑡𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 hence 𝑎𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 𝑎𝑡𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 . put 𝑟 𝑎𝑡 it follows 𝑎 𝑟 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 . therefore 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑟 but 𝑎𝑡 𝑎 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 that is 𝑟 𝑟 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑁 thus 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑟 𝑁𝑟 as desired. (2)  (1) for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎𝑎 𝑁𝑟𝑎 𝑁𝑎𝑟 𝑁𝑟𝑟 𝑁𝑟 𝑁𝑎 implies 𝑁 is semisecond. 4. semisecond submodules and related concepts let us start by the following observation (observation) theorem (4.1): every non-zero regular module over a commutative ring is semisecond. proof. let 𝑀 be a nonzero regular 𝑅-module. we show 𝑀𝑎 𝑀𝑎 for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅. let 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀𝑎 implies 𝑥 𝑚𝑎 for some 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 it follows 𝑚𝑎 𝑚𝑎𝑟𝑎 𝑚𝑎 𝑟 ∈ 𝑀𝑎 for some 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅. example (4.2): (1) every regular ideal 𝐼 of commutative ring 𝑅 is a semisecond as 𝑅-module. (2) ℤ and ℚ as ℤ-modules are semisecond but not regular. corollary (4.3): every non-zero module over commutative von neumann regular ring is semisecond. proof. since every module over von neumann regular ring is regular so the result follows by theorem 4.1. corollary (4.4): every nonzero submodule of a regular module over commutative ring is semisecond. proof. since every submodule of a regular module is regular, so by theorem 4.1 we already have the result.   88  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 corollary (4.5): every nonzero semisimple module over commutative ring is semisecond. corollary (4.6): every submodule of a semisimple module over commutative ring is semisecond. theorem (4.7): the von neumann regular and semisecond notions in the commutative rings are the same. proof. it is clear by definitions both notions. examples (4.8): (1) the commutativity condition in theorem and theorem cannot be dropped. consider the ring 𝑅 ℤ ℤ ℤ ℤ as a right 𝑅-module. by simple calculation, we see that 𝑅 is von neumann regular and 𝑅 is not commutative. on the other hand, if we take 𝑎 0 1 0 0 ∈ 𝑅 implies 𝑎𝑅 𝑎 𝑅 0 0 0 0 , what follows 𝑅 is not a semisecond ring. (2) consider the ring 𝑅 ℤ ℤ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 as a right 𝑅module where 𝑅 is not commutative. by simple steps, we have 𝑎𝑅 𝑎 𝑅 for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 it follows that 𝑅 is semisecond but 𝑅 is not von neumann regular since 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 𝑏 0 1 0 0 for each 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅. (3) semisecond modules may not be semisimple. consider 𝑅 ∏ 𝔽∈∧ is commutative von neumann regular ring ( 𝑅 is a regular as 𝑅-module ) and hence 𝑅 is semisecond but 𝑅 is not semisimple since the submodule 𝑅 ⊕ ∈∧ 𝔽 is not a direct summand of 𝑅. proposition (4.9): let 𝑅 be a commutative ring then we have the equivalent (1) 𝑅 is von neumann regular. (2) 𝑅 is fully semiprime. (3) 𝑅 is fully idempotent. (4) 𝑅 is a dual rickart as 𝑅-module. (5) 𝑅 is semisecond (6) 𝑅 is cosemisimple. proof. (1)  (2)  (3)  (4) as we mentioned before where the commutativity condition is not necessary, (1)  (5) by theorem 4.4 and (1)  (6) via [7]. proposition (4.10): every nonzero module over semisecond ring is semisecond. proof. let 0 𝑀 be a module over a semisecond ring 𝑅 implies 𝑅𝑎 𝑅𝑎 and thus 𝑀𝑎 𝑀𝑎. example (4.11): let 𝑅 ℤ ℤ 0 ℤ and 𝑀 0 ℤ 0 ℤ be considered as a right 𝑅module. by simple steps, we see that 𝑀𝑎 𝑀𝑎 for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 that 𝑀 is semisecond but 𝑅 is not semisecond since if we take 𝑎 0 1 0 0 we have 𝑅𝑎 𝑅𝑎 . in fact if 𝑅 is semisecond, then 𝑀 is semisecond which is a contradiction by proposition 4.3. moreover, 𝑀 is not semisimple since 0 ℤ 0 0 is a cyclic submodule of 𝑀 which is not a direct summand   89  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 of 𝑀. also, 𝑀 is not regular since 0 ℤ 0 ℤ 0 0 0 1 ∩ 0 ℤ 0 0 0 ℤ 0 0 0 ℤ 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 thus 0 ℤ 0 0 is not a pure submodule of 𝑀. corollary (4.12): let 𝑀 be an 𝑅-module and 𝐼 be an ideal of 𝑅 such 𝐼 ⊆ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 . if is a semisecond ring then 𝑁 is semisecond. proof. since 𝑁 is considered as –module so by proposition 4.10, the result is obtained. proposition (4.13): let 𝑀 be an 𝑅-module and 𝐼 be an ideal of 𝑅 such that 𝐼 ⊆ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 . then 𝑀 is a semisecond 𝑅-module if and only if 𝑀 is a semisecond -module. proof. it is clear. examples (4.14): (1) ℤ and ℚ as ℤ-modules are semisecond but ℤ ℤ ℚ ≅ ℤ ≅ ℤ ℤ ℤ is not semisecond. (2) consider ℤ as ℤ-module implies ℤ ℤ ℤ ℤ is semisecond but 𝑅 ℤ is not semisecond. proposition (4.15): if 𝑁 is a cancellation semisecond submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 then 𝑅 is semisecond. proof. for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, we have 𝑎 𝑁 𝑎𝑁, then 𝑎 𝑅 𝑁 𝑎𝑅 𝑁 and since 𝑁 is cancellation implies 𝑎 𝑅 𝑎𝑅 as desired. corollary (4.16): if 𝑀 is a finitely generated faithful multiplication semisecond 𝑅-module then 𝑅 is fully idempotent (and hence semisecond). proof. let 𝑀 be a semisecond 𝑅-module then 𝐼 𝑀 𝐼𝑀 for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. since 𝑀 is a finitely generated faithful multiplication so by [13], 𝑀 is cancellation then 𝐼 𝐼 thus 𝑅 is fully idempotent. corollary (4.17): if 𝑀 is a cancellation (or finitely generated faithful multiplication) semisecond 𝑅-module such that the set of ideals of 𝑅 is totally ordered under inclusion then 𝑅 is fully prime. proof. by corollary 4.15, 𝑅 is fully idempotent so by [11]. 𝑅 is fully prime. theorem (4.18): let 𝑀 be a multiplication 𝑅-module. if 𝑁: 𝑀 is a semisecond ideal of 𝑅 then 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of 𝑀. proof. by hypothesis, 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 then 𝑀 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 𝑀 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 . by hypothesis 𝑀 is multiplication thus 𝑁𝐼 𝑁𝐼 so 𝑁 is semisecond. theorem (4.19): let 𝑀 be a finitely generated faithful multiplication 𝑅-module. if 𝑁 is a semisecond submodule of 𝑀 then 𝑁: 𝑀 is a semisecond ideal of 𝑅. proof. since 𝑁𝐼 𝑁𝐼 for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 then 𝑀 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 𝑀 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 because 𝑀 is multiplication. but 𝑀 is finitely generated faithful implies 𝑀 is cancellation and hence 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 𝑁: 𝑀 𝐼 thus 𝑁: 𝑀 is semisecond. remark (4.20): if 𝐼 is a semisecond ideal of 𝑅 then 𝐼 𝐼 . proof. since 𝐼𝐽 𝐼𝐽 for each ideal 𝐽of 𝑅 so if we choose 𝐽 𝐼 implies 𝐼 𝐼 . proposition (4.21): every nonzero pure submodule of a semisecond module is semisecond.   90  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 proof. let 𝑁 be a nonzero pure submodule of a semisecond 𝑅-module 𝑀. then for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 implies 𝑁𝐼 𝑁 ∩ 𝑀𝐼 𝑁 ∩ 𝑀𝐼 𝑁𝐼 as desired. the following result is appeared in [2]. without proof proposition (4.22): every sum of second submodules is semisecond. proof. let 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑁 and 𝐻 be second submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 implies either 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 𝑁𝑎 𝐻𝑎 𝑁𝑎 𝐻𝑎 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 or 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 𝑁𝑎 𝐻𝑎 0 𝐻𝑎 𝐻𝑎 ⊆ 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 or 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 𝑁𝑎 𝐻𝑎 0 0 0 ⊆ 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 and hence 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 𝑁 𝐻 𝑎 . example (4.23): the sum of second submodules may not be second. the submodules ℤ . 2 and ℤ . 3 are simple and hence second of ℤ as ℤ-module while ℤ . 2 ℤ . 3 ℤ is semisecond but not second. proposition (4.24): every semisecond submodule of prime module is second. proof. let 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑁 be a semisecond submodule of a prime 𝑅-module 𝑀 implies 𝑁𝑎 𝑁𝑎 then for each 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 we have 𝑛𝑎 𝑚𝑎 for some 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 implies 𝑛 𝑚𝑎 𝑎 0. but 0 is a prime submodule in, it follows either 𝑛 𝑚𝑎 ∈ 0 implies 𝑛 𝑚𝑎 and hence 𝑁 𝑁𝑎 or 𝑎 ∈ 0 : 𝑀 ⊆ 0 : 𝑁 implies 𝑁𝑎 0 as desired. proposition (4.25): every semisecond submodule of primary module is secondary. proof. similarly of proposition 4.24. 5. 𝑺-semisecond modules definition (5.1): a nonzero 𝑅-module 𝑀 is called 𝑆-semisecond whenever 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾, where 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 implies 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾. theorem (5.2): the following are equivalent (1) 𝑀 is a 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module. (2) 𝑀 0 and 𝑓 𝑀 𝑓 𝑀 for each 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆. proof. (1)  (2) assume 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module implies 𝑀 0. since 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝑓 𝑀 implies 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝑓 𝑀 and hence 𝑓 𝑀 𝑓 𝑀 for each 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 as desired. as desired. (2)  (1) assume 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾, where 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 implies 𝑓 𝑀 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 as required. proposition (5.3): every semisecond multiplication module is 𝑆-semisecond. proof. let 𝑀 be a semisecond multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 with 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 for some 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀. since 𝑀 is multiplication then 𝑓 𝑀 𝑓 𝐼𝑀 𝐼𝑓 𝑀 𝐼𝐼𝑀 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 and hence 𝐼 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾. by theorem 3.6, we have 𝐼𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 it follows 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 that is 𝑀 is 𝑆-semisecond. corollary (5.4): every semisecond cyclic module is 𝑆-semisecond. remarks and examples (5.5): (1) every 𝑆-semisecond module is semisecond. proof. let 𝑀 be an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module, then 𝑀 0. let 𝑀𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 for some 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀. define the endomorphisms 𝑓 : 𝑀 → 𝑀 by 𝑓 𝑚 𝑚𝑎 for each 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀. then, 𝑓 𝑀 𝑓 𝑓 𝑀 𝑓 𝑀𝑎 𝑓 𝑀 𝑎 𝑀𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾. by hypothesis, we have 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 that is 𝑀𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 as desired. (2) the converse of (1) is not true in general. for example, 𝑀 ℤ ⊕ ℤ as ℤmodule is semisecond where   91  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 (3) 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ ⊕ ℤ 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ 𝐻𝑜𝑚ℤ ℤ , ℤ 𝐻𝑜𝑚ℤ ℤ , ℤ 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ ≅ 𝑀𝑎𝑡 ℤ ℤ ℤ ℤ ℤ is not semisecond ring by example 4.8(1) and ℤ ⊕ ℤ ≅ , , , so if we take 𝑓 0 1 0 0 ∈ 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ ⊕ ℤ implies 𝑓 𝑀 0 1 0 0 , 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℤ , 𝑓 𝑀 0 0 0 0 , 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℤ it follows that 𝑀 is not semisecond as 𝑆-module that is, 𝑀 is not 𝑆-semisecond as ℤ-module. (4) if 0 𝑀 is not a divisible ℤ-module, then 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 can not be an 𝑆-semisecond ℤmodule. proof. let 𝑀 be a not divisible ℤ-module. suppose that 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond ℤ-module. we can define the maps 𝑓: 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 → 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑦 𝑦2, 𝑥 for each 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑀. it is clear that 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 implies 𝑓 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 𝑓𝑓 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 𝑓 𝑀2 ⊕ 𝑀 𝑀2 ⊕ 𝑀2 𝑓 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 𝑀2 ⊕ 𝑀 which is a contradiction. (5) as another example of the converse of (1), we have ℤ ⊕ ℤ , ℤ ⊕ ℤ as ℤ-modules are semisecond but they are not 𝑆-semisecond by (2). in fact, 𝑆 is not semisecond ring so any module over 𝑆 cannot be semisecond by proposition 4.10 as we mentioned in proposition. (6) the direct sum of 𝑆-semisecond modules needs not be 𝑆-semisecond. for example, ℤ ⊕ ℤ , ℤ ⊕ ℤ are not 𝑆-semisecond as ℤ-modules (7) it is clear every that 𝑆-weakly second module is 𝑆-semisecond. the converse is not hold in general, ℤ as ℤ-module is 𝑆-semisecond since ℤ is multiplication and semisecond and hence it is 𝑆-semisecond but not weakly second and hence not 𝑆weakly second. (8) as another example of (6), consider 𝑀 ℚ ⊕ ℤ as ℤ-module. then 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℚ ⊕ ℤ ≅ 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℚ 𝐻𝑜𝑚ℤ ℤ , ℚ 𝐻𝑜𝑚ℤ ℚ, ℤ 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ ℚ 0 0 ℤ is a commutative von neumann regular ring and hence 𝑆 is semisecond so by proposition 4.10, ℚ ⊕ ℤ is semisecond as 𝑆-module; that is, ℚ ⊕ ℤ is 𝑆-semisecond as ℤ-module. but ℚ ⊕ ℤ is not 𝑆-weakly second as ℤ-module since if we take 𝑓 1 0 0 0 , 𝑔 0 0 0 1 then 0 ⊕ ℤ 𝑔 𝑀 𝑓𝑔 𝑀 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 𝑥 𝑦  𝑥 ∈ ℚ, 𝑦 ∈ ℤ 0 0 0 0 𝑓 𝑀 ℚ ⊕ 0 (9) we have the implication coquasi-dedekind modules  𝑆-second modules  𝑆-weakly second modules  𝑆-semisecond modules. proposition (5.6): every semisecond scalar module is 𝑆-semisecond. proof. let 𝑀 be a semisecond scalar 𝑅-module and 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆 with 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 for some 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀. since 𝑀 is scalar, then there exist 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝑓 𝑚 𝑚𝑎 for all 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀. then 𝑓 𝑀 𝑀𝑎 implies 𝑀𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 and hence 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 as desired. theorem (5.7): let 0 𝑀 be an 𝑅-module such that 𝑆 is commutative. if 𝑀 is a regular 𝑆module then 𝑀 is 𝑆-semisecond. proof. similarly proof of theorem 4.1. corollary (5.8): every rickart and dual rickart module has a commutative endomorphism ring is 𝑆-semisecond.   92  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 proof. by [16]. the endomorphism ring of rickart and dual rickart modules is von neumann regular so by theorem 5.7, the result is obtained. remark (5.9): the commutativity condition in theorem 5.7 or corollary 5.8 can not (cannot) (be) dropped as follows, 𝑀 ℤ ⊕ ℤ as ℤ-module is rickart and dual rickart and hence 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ ⊕ ℤ 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ 𝐻𝑜𝑚ℤ ℤ , ℤ 𝐻𝑜𝑚ℤ ℤ , ℤ 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ ≅ 𝑀𝑎𝑡 ℤ ℤ ℤ ℤ ℤ is von neumann regular, but 𝑀𝑎𝑡 ℤ not commutative ring. on the other hand, ℤ ⊕ ℤ ≅ , , , , so if we take 𝑓 0 1 0 0 ∈ 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑ℤ ℤ ⊕ ℤ implies 𝑓 𝑀 0 1 0 0 , 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℤ , 𝑓 𝑀 0 0 0 0 , 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℤ it follows that 𝑀 is not semisecond as 𝑆-module that is, 𝑀 is not 𝑆-semisecond as ℤ-module. proposition (5.10): every non-zero direct summand of 𝑆-semisecond module is 𝑆semisecond. proof. let 𝑁 be a direct summand of an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module 𝑀 then 𝑀 𝑁 ⊕ 𝐻 for some submodule 𝐻 of 𝑀. let 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑁 with 𝑓 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐾 for some 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑁. we can define 𝛼 𝑛 ℎ 𝑓 𝑛 where 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 and ℎ ∈ 𝐻. it is easy to see that 𝛼 ∈ 𝑆, 𝛼 𝑀 𝑓 𝑁 implies 𝛼 𝑀 𝑓 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐾. it follows 𝛼 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 implies 𝛼 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 and hence 𝑓 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐾 as desired. theorem (5.11): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑀 is a 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module. (2) 𝑀 0 and 𝐾: 𝑀 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑆 for each proper submodule 𝐾 of 𝑀. proof. similarly, proof of theorem 3.1. corollary (5.12): if 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module 𝑀 then 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆: 𝑓 𝑀 0 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑆. proof. directly by theorem 5.11. examples (5.13): the opposite result is not held in general for example ℤ is not semisecond and hence not 𝑆-semisecond while 𝑎𝑛𝑛 ℤ 0 is a semiprime ideal of 𝑆. corollary (5.14): if 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module then for every proper submodule 𝐾 of 𝑀 we have 𝐾: 𝑀 𝐾: 𝑔 𝑀 for each 𝑔 ∈ 𝑆. proof. similarly, proof of corollary 3.5. corollary (5.15): if 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module then 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑔𝑀 for each 𝑔 ∈ 𝑆. proof. directly by corollary 5.14. theorem (5.16): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module. (2) 𝑀 0 and for each ideals 𝐼 of 𝑆 and 𝐾 a submodule of 𝑀 such that 𝐼 𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾 implies 𝐼𝑀 ⊆ 𝐾. proof. similarly, proof of theorem 3.7. corollary (5.17): the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module. (2) 𝑀 0 and for each ideals 𝐼 of 𝑆 and 𝐾 a proper submodule of 𝑀 and 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾: 𝑀 implies 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐾: 𝑀 . proof. directly via theorem 5.16. proposition (5.18): the following statements are equivalent   93  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 (1) 𝑀 is an 𝑆-semisecond 𝑅-module. (2) 𝑀 0 and for each ideal 𝐼 of 𝑆 implies 𝐼 𝑀 𝐼𝑀. proof. by using theorem 5.10 and theorem 5.2. 6. conclusion in this research we present comprehensive study of semisecond submodules. we show that every regular module is semisecond, and the semisecond and regular concepts in the commutative rings are the same. comprehensive study in this type of modules is introduced and numerous examples and basic properties are provided. references 1. yassemi, s. the dual notion of prime submodules. arch. math. (brno).2001, 37, 273– 278. 2. ansari-toroghy, h.; farshadifar, f. the dual notions of some generalizations of prime submodules, comm. algebra.2011, 39, 7, 2396-2416. 3. saadi, z.; ahmed, g. on weakly second submodules. iraqi journal of science.2019, 1791-1801. 4. behboodi, m.; koohi, h. weakly prime submodules, vietnam j. math.2004, 32, 2, 185– 195. 5. ahmed, g.; saadi, z. weakly secondary submodules. journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics.2019, 11, 3, 50. 6. baziar, m.; behboodi, m. classical primary submodules and decomposition theory of modules, j. algebra appl.2009, 8, 3, 351-362. 7. wisbauer, r. foundations of modules and rings theory. philadelphia: gordon and breach, 1991. 8. yaseen, s.m. coquasi-dedekind modules. ph.d thesis, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq, 2003. 9. dauns, j. prime submodules. j. reine angew. math.1978, 298, 156–181. 10. larsen. m.d.; mccarthy, p.j. multiplicative ideal theory, academic press1971. 11. tsutsui, h. fully prime rings, comm. algebra.1996, 24, 2981–2989. 12. shireen ouda.s-prime submodules and some related concepts. m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq, 2010. 13. el-bast, z.a., smith, p.f. multiplication modules, commutative in algebra.1988, 6, 755-779. 14. shihab, b.n. scalar reflexive modules. ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq, 2004. 15. yaseen, s.m. f-regular modules. m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. 1993. 16. lee, g.; rizvi, s.t.; roman, c.s. dual rickart modules, comm. algebra.2011, 39, 4036-4058. 17. ghaleb ahmed; zainab saadi. new types of second submodules,  journal of mathematical and fundamental sciences, to appear. 18. ansari-toroghy, h.; farshadifar, f. some generalizations of second submodules, arxiv:1609.08054v1, 2016.   94  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 19. ali, s. mijbass on cancellation modules. m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq, 1992. 20. al-mothafar, n.s.; humod, g.a. 2-regular modules ii. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 28, 3, 235-244. 21. nuhad, s. al-mothafar, g.a. 2-regular modules ii, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2015, 28, 3, 235-244. 22. ahmed, g. coclosed rickart modules. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 452-462. 23. atiyah, m.f.; macdonald, i.g. introduction to commutative algebra, addisonwesley. reading, ma, 1969. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 assessment of leucocytes migration inhibition in tuberculosis patients t.s. khalid , s. k. al-agidi, w.zuhair collage of medicine, unive rsity of baghdad ibn albaitar research center al-mansour technical institute re cei ve d in ,31,may,2010 accepted in , 17, june ,2010 abstract leucocy tes m igration inhibition test in agarose was carried against ppd and mycobacterium tuberculosisantigen . the p rop ortion of different kinds of migrating leucocy tes was calculated and exp ressed as a function of the migration distance . ap p lication of this test to clinical p roblem revealed that with ppd as antigen , a highly significant inhibition was obtained in ppd skin test – p ositive normal individual , as well as, a high significant inhibition was recorded in individuals recovered from tuberculosis . these results demonst rated the suitability of this test for routine detection for cell mediated immunity . introduction when lemphocytes are activated , either by mitogens or antigen , they p roduce a range of soluble mediators , in addition to antibody , these mediators are known collectively as lymphokines irresp ective of the mode of generation or their subsequent action .the various lymphokines are classified according to their mode of action , as : lymphotoxin – kills nucleated cells .m acrop hage activating factor – enhances macrophages mobility and phagocytois. m itogenic factor-stimulates mitosis in lymphocyte pop ulations . m igration-inhibition factor (m i f ) inhibits macrop hages migration. the inhibition of macrophages migration by lymphokines from activated lymphocytes had been st udied in detailed and showed an ap p roximate correlation with invivo immune st atus . [1] cell mediat ed imm unit y can be detect ed inv it ro by several met hods. in leucocyt es migrat ion inh ibit ion t est ( lmit ) , a t ot al pop ulat ion of human leucocyt es is incubated in a capillary t ube in t he presence o f ant igen , an d the size of t heir migrat ion out of t he cap illary is measured . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 several modifications were performed , one of them utilizing agarose gel lay er was used to demonst rated the lm it in p resence of purified prot ein derivative (ppd) in p atients with p ositive ppd skin test [2] . this st udy demonst rates t he phenomenon of leucocytes migration in agarose gel with sp ecial att ention to the nature of the migrating leucocy tes and the dy namic of this ty p e of migration as a function of time . materials and methods a t otal of 40 adults were tested . ppd was carried out by intradermal tests . t he reaction was considered as p ositive when erythema was larger than 4mm in diameter [4] . the p atients were divided into four group s : group -1 : normal individual with p ositive skin test to tuberculin , and without history of tuberculosis which showed a negative test serologically and bacteriological tests for the p resence of mycobacterium tuberculosis . group -2 : normal individual with negative skin test to tuberculin and without history of tuberculosis and showed a negative serological and bacteriological tests for mycobacterium tuberculosis . group -3 : individuals with p revious history of tuberculosis ( between 6 – 12 months ) but they were healthy at the time of invest igation which gave negative bacteriological and serological tests for mycobacterium tuberculosis. all individuals of this group had a positive skin test for ppd. group -4: included p atients with p roven infection with mycobacterium tuberculosis .all showed a positive skin test for ppd. mycobacterium was p urified and isolated from sp utum of tuberculosis p atients using a p rocedure that was described by [3],the p rocedure included a p recipition by ammonium sulp hate, filtration on sep hadix g200,electrop horesis and ultracentrifugation on sucrose gradient .ant igen was then concentrated by vacuum dialy ser in tc medium 199 all exeriments were p erformed under a st erile condition according to [5] . venous blood was mixed with p reservative-free heparin at a concentration of 12 u of heparin /ml of blood. leucocy tes were then sep arated by adding 7.0 ml of dexran 250(6%).aft er one hour of sedimentation 37 ᴏ c , the sup ernatant was taken , and centrifuged at 300 g for min and washed 3x in tc medium 199. the leucocy tes were counted and the p rop ortion between lymphocytes , neutrop hils and eiosinop hils . was established ,rbcs – contamination was exp ressed as p ercentage of the number of leucocy tes. leucocy tes (10 x10 5 ) were susp ended in 50 ul of each of the following solutions : tc 199 and 10% fetal calf serum (fcs ). tc 199; 10% fcs and 25 ug of ppd. tc 199; 10% fcs and purified my cobacterium antigen at a final concentration of 1:3 agaros 30 0 mg was heat ed at 100 0 c in 32 ml of distilled wat er , t hen incubat ed in a water bath at 50 0 c , and mixed wit h 4ml fet al calf serum (fcs) , 4 ml of 10x t c 19 9; 0.5 ml of t issue cult ure t c ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 bicarbonat e . t he final pro duct was a gel wit h 0.75% agarose and 10% fcs in t c 19 9 (ph 7.4 ) . t he gel was poured in pet ri dishes , when solidified , 4 wells were punched . leucocy tes (2 x 10 5 ) were in cubated for 18 hours at 37 0 c in humid atmosp here containin g 2% co2in order to keep p h constant . the area of migr ation was measured after 8 , 18 and 24 hours of incubation . the migration index (m i) was calculated as : ( area of migration with ant igen) m i=_________________________________ x100 [4] ( area of migration with ant igen) results the average number of migrating cells was 108 x 10 2 (st andard deviation 51 x10 2 ). the value rep resented about 4-8% of leucocytes introduced into the well. table (1) showed the p rop ortion of the different kinds of leucocy tes introduced into well ; into zone of dense migration and in zone of non – dense migration . figure (1) shows that the p rop oration of the cells within the zone of dense migration varied greatly according to the distance from the wells . this distance was exp ressed as the p ercentage of the longest distance of migration . eosinophils could not be seen further than 25% of the maximum distance , lymphocyte-monocyte could be seen as far as 75% of the maximum distance but their p rop ortion was very low when counted so far from the well. the average of the control migration (without ag) was 155 mm 2 , this corresp onds to a surface of 10 mm 2 . a correlation could be demonst rated between the prop ortion of p olymorph nuclear cells (pm ns) and size of area of migration (r=0.47 , p =0.001 ) . the contamination by rbcs was on the average 18.3% of total number of leucocy tes and this contamination did not influence the size of migration area (r=0.04) . table (2) shows t he results of migration inhibition in individuals with negative and p ositive p urified protein derivative (ppd) skin test . the results showed that t he negative ppd skin test group characterized by a migration index greater than 80. in contrast , all (ppd) – p ositive healthy individuals had a migration inhibition less than 80 . figure (2) the average migration and the average migration inhibition as a function of inoculation time in individuals with p ositive ppd at 18 and 24 hours intervals . both curves showed that the migration was negligible between 18 th and 24 th hour . table (3) showed that migration inhibition was higher in control group in comp arison with p atients group . this difference was significant (p <0.05 ) . discussion: leucocy tes migration inhibition test is regarded as a rapid economical and simple with reproducible results and used as a tool to reflect the immune resp onse [5]. a good correlation could be obtained between the ppd skin test and the inhibition of leucocy tes migration by ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 ant igen in the control group and lesser degree in the p atients group . this suggests t hat this test represents a state of delayed ty p e hyp ersensitivity . such correlation couldnot be obtained during the course of tuberculosis due to depression of lymphocytes activity by the bacteria concerned [6] . the dep ression might p revent migration inhibition by pm n but insufficient to p revent p ositivity of ppd skin test [3] . it was demonst rated that leucocy tes migration inhibition test (lm it) was happ ened , after 6 hours of incubation . the areaof migration in the p resence of ant igen remained the same . while the migration in control sp ecimens continued . this might suggest that this p henomenon reflect cell-mediated immunity rather than the effect of cy top hlic antibody [7] when mycobacterium antigen was used as an antigen a highly significant inhibition was observed from tuberculosis [7] . the inhibition was indep endent of the p resence of antibody , which suggests that the lm it detect cell – mediated immunity rather than the effect of cell-bound ab[5] . in the majority of cases , it can be concluded that lymphocytes inoculate in blood in the p resence of mycobacterium antigen which may saturate their binding cap acity for an antigen , so they are unable to react ( a few hours later ) with weaker concentration of ant igen . while for ppd , are due to action of bacteria or liberation of inhibitors of lymphokines . [8] re ferences 1-oy ey inka-go;salimonu-ls;ladip o-oa and sshay c-ao.(1995). leukocytes migration inhibitition studies and neutrop hil cell function during aging in nigerians .m ech-agenin g – dev.85:83. 2-anderson , ; m unk , m.e.; j .m .pollock and doherty t.m .(2000).sp ecific immune-b ased diagnosis of t uberculosis. the lancet.1099:356. 3-richard ,a.g. ; thomas , j.k.,and barbara , a.o. (2000)kuby ” immunology”4 th ed w.h.freeman and comp any. new york. 4-knechel ,n.a.(2009), t uberculosis: pathop hy siology , clinical features , and diagnosis, crit care nurse 29:34-43. 5-erad p. (1974) t echnical study of leucocytes migration inhibition test in agaros .clin .exp . immunol.18:439. 6-agapova – rk; bogadel’n ikovai v; sergeev-as; and perel’manm i. (1999) discriminant analysis of clinical laboratory date for diagnosis and treatment of tuberculosis and lun g cancer vestn-rossakadm ed-nauk. 1(1) :47-51. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 7-enarson , d.a.; rieder, h.l.; arnadottir, t. and trebucq, a.(1996) . t echnical guide for sp utum examination for tuberculosis by directs microscopy . in” tuberculosis guide for low income countries “ .4 th ed. pp:49-64. 8-tieman r, de audreals s, nihik as , (aug /7/2007)development of new tuberculosis vaccines : aglobal p ersp ective on regular issues . p ublic library of science (pols m edicine). table (1) morphol ogical se paration of leucocytes expressed as percentage (± sd) cell suspension before mi gration none of migration dense non-dense ne utrophils 45±7.0 89 ±2.0 100 eosi nophils 7 ±2.2 2± 0.6 0 lym phomonocytes 28± 3.5 9± 1.0 0 t he results are the mean of 15 experiments table (2) leucocytes migration inhi bition test in presence of ppd group 1 2 3 group (a+b): controls 154 158 103 group b 134 90 68 group c ( convalescence ) 179 137 73 group d (patients ) 170 153 93 1-migration in tc199 2-migration in tc199+myco.ag 3-migration index table(3) leucocytes migration in presence of mycobaterium ag group 1 2 3 controls group (a+b) 130 124 105 group c 199 126 71 group q 168 178 103 1-migration in tc199 2-migration in tc199+myco.agenl.1500x 3-migration index ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 قیة المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبی 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم تقییم كبح ھجرة خالیا الدم البیض لمرضى السل ورقاءزھیر، سعد خالد العكیدي ،طیبة سعد خالد غدادجامعةب –كلیةالطب مركز ابن البیطار للبحوث المنصور ،المعھدالتقني الفني الخالصة .mycobacteiumtuberculosis، ppdالسل نفذاختیارمنع ھجرة كریات الدم البیض في االكاروزتجاه مستضد رةخالیا الدم البیض بوصفھا وظیفـة لفـعل مســافة ـ ي وضح تطب. الھجرة حسب نسبة اختالف وتنوع ھـج یق ھذا االختبار ف الجلدي ppd یثبط بشكل معنوي عالیا في االفراد الطبیعیین ذوي فحص ،عالٍ مستضداً ppd المشاكل السریریة باستخدام ــافین من السل الموجب وكذلك تبین ان التثبط عالیاً ـــائج ھذا االختبار مالئمتھ للكشف . معنـویا في االفراد المتع وضـحت نتـ .المناعة تتوسطھا الخالیا الروتیني عن . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 ij----pppeeerrrfffeeecccttt fffuuunnnccctttiiiooo nnnsss bbbeeetttwwweeeeeennn bbbiiitttooo pppooo lllooo gggiiicccaaalll ssspppaaaccceeesss y. y. yousif and n. s. jassim de partment of mathe matics, college of educationibn alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p aper we introduce a lot of concepts in bitop ological sp aces which are ij-ωconverges to a subset, ij-ω-directed toward a set, ij--closed functions, ij--rigid set, ij-continuous functions and the main concept in this p aper is ij--p erfect functions between bitop ological sp aces. several theorems and characterizations concerning these concepts are st udied. 1. introduction and preliminaries a set x with two top ologies 1 and 2 is called bitop ological sp ace [1] and is denoted by (x, 1, 2). the closure and interior of a in (x, i) is denoted by i-cl(a) and i-int(a), where i=1, 2. for ot her notions or not ations not defined here we follow closely r. engelking [2]. de fini tion: 1.1. [3]. a filter  on a set x is a nonempty collection of nonemp ty subsets of x with the prop erties: (a) if f1, f2, then f1∩f2, (b) if f and ff*x, t hen f*. de fini tion: 1.2. [3]. a filter base  on a set x is a nonemp ty collection of nonemp ty subsets of x such that if f1, f2 then f3f1∩f2 for some f3. de fini tion: 1.3. [3]. if  and g are filter bases on x, we say that g is finer than  (written as  < g) if for each f, there is gg such that gf and that  meets g if f∩g for every f and gg. de fini tion: 1.4. [3]. a p oint x of a sp ace x is called a condensation p oint of the set ax if every nbd of the point x contains an uncountable subset of this set. clearly the set of all condensation points of a set a is closed. de fini tion: 1.5. [4]. a subset of a sp ace x is called ω-closed if it contains all its condensation p oints. also cl ω (a) will denote the intersection of all ω-closed sets which contains a. i.e., cl ω (a)=∩{f: f is ω-closed and af}, then a is ω-closed iff a=cl ω (a). 2. ij--perfect functions between bitopological spaces in this section a number of useful results about ij-ω-converges to a subset, ij-ωdirected toward a set, ij--closed functions, ij--rigid set, and ij--continuous functions are derived and used to obtain characterization theorem for an ij--p erfect functions between bitop ological sp aces. de fini tion: 2.1. a p oint x in bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is called an ij-ω-condensation p oint of a subset a of x iff for any i-op en nbd u of x, (j -cl ω (u))a. the set of all ij-condensation p oints of a is called the ij-ω-closure of a and denoted by ij-ω-cl ω (a). a set ax is called ij-ω-closed if a=ij-ω-cl ω (a). de fini tion: 2.2. a p oint x in bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is called an ij-ω-condensation p oint of a filter base  on x if it is an ij-ω-condensation point of every number of . the set of all ij-ω-condensation p oints of  is called ij-ω-condensed of  and is denoted by ij-ωcod. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 de fini tion: 2.3. a filter base  on bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is said to be ij-ω-converges to a subset ax (written as   ij a) if for every i-op en cover a of a, there is a finite subfamily b a and f such that f{i-cl ω (b) : bb}. we say  ij-ω-converges to a p oint xx (written as   ij x) iff   ij {x} or equivalently , i-cl ω (u) of every iop en nbd u of x contains some member of . the orem: 2.4. a p oint x in bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is an ij-ω-condensation of a filter base  on x if there exists a filter base * finer than  such that *  ij x. proof: () let x be an ij-ω-condensation p oint of a filter base  on x, then every i-op en nbd u of x, the j -ω-closure of u contains a member of  and thus contains a member of any filter base * finer than , so t hat *  ij x. () sup p ose that x is not an ij-ω-condensation p oint of a filter base  on x, t hen there exists an i-op en nbd u of x such that j -ω-closure of u contains no member of . denote by * the family of sets f*=f∩(xj -cl ω (u)) for f, then the sets f* are nonemp ty . also * is a filter base and indeed it is finer than , because given f1*=f1∩(xj -cl ω (u)) and f2*=f2∩(xj cl ω (u)), there is an f3f1∩f2 and this gives f3*=f3∩(xj -cl ω (u))f1∩f2∩(xj cl ω (u))=f1∩(xj -cl ω (u))∩f2∩(xj -cl ω (u)), by construction * not ij-ω-convergent to x. this is a contradiction, and thus x is an ij-ω-condensation p oint of a filter base  on x. de fini tion: 2.5. a filter base  on bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is said to be ij-ω-directed toward a set ax, written as     dij a, iff every filter base g finer than  has an ij-ωcondensation p oint in a. i.e., (ij-ω-codg)a. we write     dij x to mean     dij {x}, where xx. the orem: 2.6. let  be a filter base on bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) and a p oint xx, then   ij x iff     dij x. proof: () if  does not ij--converge to x, then there exists a i-op en nbd u of x such that fj -cl  (u), for all f. then g={(x-i-cl  (u)f : f} is a filter base on x finer than , and clearly xij--codg. thus  cannot be ij--directed towards x. () clear. de fini tion: 2.7. a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is said to be ij--p erfect if for each filter base  on f(x), ij--directed towards some subset b of f(x), t he filter base f -1 () is ij-directed towards f -1 (b) in x. in the following theorem we show that only p oints of y could be sufficient for the subset b in definition (2.7) and hence ij--direction can be replaced in view of theorem (2.4) by ij--convergence. the orem: 2.8. let f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) be a function. then the following are equivalent: (a) f is ij--p erfect. (b) for each filter base  on f(x), which is ij--convergent to a p oint y in y, f 1 ()    dij f -1(y ). (c) for any filter base  on x, ij--cod f ()f(ij--cod ). proof: (a)(b) follows from theorem (2.6). (b)(c) let yij--cod f (). then by theorem (2.4), there is a filter base g on f(x) finer than f () such that g  ij y . let u ={f-1(g)f : g g and f}. t hen u is a filter base on x finer than f -1 (g). since g    dij y , by theorem (2.6) and f is ij--p erfect, f 1 (g)    dij f -1(y ). u being finer than f -1(g), we have f -1(y )(ij--cod u). it is then clear that f -1 (y )(ij--cod ). thus yf(ij--cod ). (c)(a) let  be a filter base on f(x) such that it is ij--directed towards some subset b of f(x). let g be a filter base on x finer than f -1 (). then f(g) is a filter base on f(x) finer than ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010  and hence b(ij--cod f(g)). thus by (c) bf(ij--codg) so that f -1 (b)(ij--cod g). this shows t hat f -1 () is ij--directed towards f -1 (b). hence f is ij--p erfect. de fini tion: 2.9. a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is called ij--closed if the image of each ij--closed set in x is ij--closed in y. the orem: 2.10. a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is ij--closed if ij--cl ω f(a)f(ij-cl ω (a)), for each ax. proof: straightforward. the orem: 2.11. the ij--p erfect function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is ij--closed. proof: follows from theorem (2.10) and theorem (2.8 (a)(c)) by taking ={a}. de fini tion: 2.12. a subset a of bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is said to be ij--rigid in x if for each filter base  on x with (ij--cod)a=, there is ui and f such that au and j -cl  (u))f=, or equivalent, iff for each filter base  on x whenever a(ij--cod )=, then for some f, a(ij--cl  (f))=. the orem: 2.13. if a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is ij--closed such that for each yy, f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid in x, t hen f is ij--p erfect. proof: let  be a filter base on f(x) such that   ij y in y, for some yy. if g is a filter base on x finer than the filter base f -1 (), then f(g) is a filter base on y, finer than . since     dij y by theorem (2.4), yij--cod f(g), i.e., y{ij--clf(g) : gg}and hence y{f(ij--cl  (g) : gg} by theorem (2.10), since f is ij--closed. then f -1 (y )ij-cl  (g), for all gg. hence for all ui with f -1 (y )u, j -cl  (u)g, for all gg. since f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid, it then follows that f -1 (y )(ij--codg). thus f -1 ()    dij f -1(y ). hence by theorem (2.8 (b)(a)), f is ij--p erfect. de fini tion: 2.14. a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is called ij--continuous if for any siop en nbd v of f(x), there exists a i-op en nbd u of x such that f(j -cl  (u))sj -cl  (v). the orem: 2.15. if an ij--continuous function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is ij--p erfect t hen f is ij--closed and for each yy, f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid in x. proof: by theorem (2.11) f an ij--p erfect function is ij--closed. to p rove the other part, let yy, and sup p ose  is a filter base on x such that (ij--cod )f -1 (y )=. then yf(ij--cod ). since f is ij--p erfect, by theorem (2.8 (a)(c)) yij--cod f(). thus there exists an f  such that yij--cl  f(f). there exists an si-op en nbd v of y such that sj -cl  (v)f(f)=. since f is ij--continuous, for each xf -1 (y ) we shall get a i-op en nbd ux of x such that f(j cl  (ux)sj -cl  (v)y-f(f). then f(j -cl  (ux)f(f)=, so that j -cl  (ux)f=. then xij-cl  (f), for all x f -1 (y ), so t hat f -1 (y )(ij--cl  (f))=, hence f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid in x. from theorems (2.13) and (2.15) we obtain. corollary: 2.16. an ij--continuous function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is ij--p erfect if f is ij--closed and for each yy, f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid in x. we show that the above theorem remains valid if ij--closedness of f is replaced by a st rictly weaker condition which we shall call weak ij--closedness of f. thus we define as follows. de fini tion: 2.17. a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is said to be weakly ij--closed if for every yf(x) and every i-op en set u containing f -1 (y ) in x, there exists a si-op en nbd v of y such that f -1 (sj -cl  (v))j -cl  (u). the orem: 2.18. the ij--closed function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is weakly ij--closed. proof: let yf(x) and let u be a i-op en set containing f -1 (y ) in x. by theorem (2.10) and since f is ij--closed, we have ij--cl  f(x-j -cl  (u))f[i-cl  (x-j -cl  (u)]. now since yf[icl  (x-j -cl  (u)], yij--cl  f(x-j -cl  (u)) and thus there exists an si-op en nbd v of y in y such that sj -cl  (v)f(x-j -cl  (u))= which imp lies that f -1 (sj -cl  (v))(x-j -cl  (u))=, i.e., f -1 (sj -cl  (v))j -cl  (u), and thus f is weakly ij--closed. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the converse of the above theorem is not true, which is shown in the next examp le. example: 2.19. let 1, 2, s1 and s2 be any top ologies and f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) be a constant function, then f is weakly ij--closed for i, j=1 and 2 (ij). now, let x=y=ir. if s1 or s2 is the discrete top ology on y, then f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) given by f(x)=0, for all xx, is neither 12--closed nor 21--closed, irresp ectively of the top ologies 1, 2 and s2 (or s1). the orem: 2.20. let f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) be ij--continuous. then f is ij--p erfect if (a) f is weakly ij--closed, and (b) f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid, for each yy. proof: sup p ose f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is an ij--continuous function satisfy ing the conditions (a) and (b). to p rove that f is ij--p erfect we have to show in view of theorem (2.13) that f is ij--closed. let yij--cl  f(a), for some non-null subset a of x, but yf(ij-cl  (a). t hen β ={a} is a filter base on x and (ij--codβ)f -1 (y )=. by ij--rigidity of f 1 (y ), there is a i-op en set u containing f -1 (y ) such that j -cl  (u)a=. by weak ij-closedness of f, there exists an si-op en nbd v of y such that f -1 (sj -cl  (v))j -cl  (u), which imp lies that f -1 (sj -cl  (v))a=, i.e., (sj -cl  (v))f(a)=, which is imp ossible since yij-cl  f(a). hence yf(ij--cl  (a)). so f is ij--closed. from theorems (2.18) and (2.20) we get. corollary: 2.21. let f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) be an ij--continuous function. then f is ij-p erfect if (a) f is weakly ij--closed, and (b) f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid, for each yy. de fini tion: 2.22. a subset a in bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is called ij--set in x if for each i-op en cover α of a, there is a finite subcollection β of α such that a{j -cl  (u) : bβ}. the orem: 2.23. a subset a of a bitop ological sp ace (x, 1, 2) is an ij--set if for each filter base  on a, (ij--cod)a. proof: () clear. () let α be a i-op en cover of α such that the j --closed of the union of any finite subcollection of α is not cover a. then ={a\j -cl  x(β uβ) : β is finite sub collection of α} is a filter base on a and (ij--cod)a=. this contradiction yields that a is ij--set. the orem: 2.24. if f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is ij--p erfect and by is an ij--set in y, then f -1 (b) is an ij--set in x. proof: let  be a filter base on f -1 (b), then f() is a filter base on b. since b is an ij--set in y, bij--codf() by theorem (2.23). by theorem (2.8 (a)(c)), bf(ij--cod()), so that f -1 (b)ij--cod(). hence by theorem (2.23), f -1 (b) is an ij--set in x. the converse of the above theorem is not true, is shown in the next examp le. example: 2.25. let x=y=ir, 1 and 2 be the cofinite and discrete top ologies on x and s1, s2 resp ectively denote the indiscrete and usual top ologies on y. sup p ose f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is the identity function. each subset of either of (x, 1, 2) and (y, s1, s2) is a 12--set. now, any non-void finite set ax is 12--closed in x, but f(a) (i.e., a) is not 12--closed in y (in fact, t he only 12--closed subsets of y are y and ). the theorem (2.24) and the above examp le suggest the definition of a st rictly weaker version of ij--p erfect functions as given below. de fini tion: 2.26. a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is said to be almost ij--p erfect if for each ij--set k in y, f -1 (k) is an ij--set in x. by analogy to theorem (2.13), a sufficient condition for a function to be almost ij-p erfect, is p roved as follows. the orem: 2.27. let f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) be any function such that ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 (a) f -1 (y ) is ij--rigid, for each yy, and (b) f is weakly ij--closed. then f is almost ij--p erfect. proof: let b be an ij--set in y and let  b e a filter base on f -1 (b). now f() is a filter base on b and so by theorem (2.23), (ij--cod())b. let y[ij--cod()]b. sup p ose that  has no ij--condensation p oint in f -1 (b) so that (ij--cod())f -1 (y )=. since f -1 (y ) is ij-rigid, there exists an f and a i-op en set u containing f -1 (y ) such that fi-cl  (u)=. by weak ij--closedness of f, there is a si-op en nbd v of y such that f -1 (sj -cl  (v))j -cl  (u) which implies that f -1 (sj -cl  (v))f=, i.e., sj -cl  (v)f(f)=, which is a contradiction. thus by theorem (2.23), f -1 (b) is an ij--set in x and hence f is almost ij--p erfect. we now give some app lications of ij--p erfect functions. the following characterization theorem for an ij--continuous function is recalled to this end. the orem: 2.28. a function f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, s2) is ij--continuous if f(ij--cl  (a))ij-cl  f(a), for each ax. proof: () sup p ose that xij--cl  (a) and v is si-op en nbd of f(x). since f is ij-continuous, there exists a i-op en nbd u of x such that f(j -cl  (u))sj -cl  (v). since j cl  (u)a, then sj -cl  (v)f(a). so, f(x)ij--cl  f(a). this shows that f(ij-cl  (a))ij--cl  f(a). () clear. the orem: 2.29. let f : (x, 1, 2)(y, s1, r2) be ij--continuous and ij--p erfect. then f -1 p reserves ij--rigidity . proof: let b be an ij--rigid set in y and let  be a filter base on x such that f -1 (b)(ij-cod())=. since f is ij--p erfect and bf(ij--cod())= by theorem (2.8 (a)(c)) we get b(ij--cod f())=. now b being an ij--rigid set in y, there exists an f such that bij-cl  f(f)=. since f is ij--continuous, by theorem (2.28) it follows that bf(ij--cl  (f))=. thus f -1 (b)(ij--cl  (f))=. this p roves that f -1 (b) is ij--rigid. re ferences 1. kelly j. c. (1963), bitop ological sp aces, proc. london m ath. soc., 13,71-89. 2. englking r., (1989), out line of general top ology , amst erdam. 3. bourbaki n., 1975, general top ology , part i, addison-wesly, reding, mass. 4. hdeib h. z., (1982), ω-closed map p ings, revist a colombian a de m athematics, xvi, 6578. ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ثنائیةالتبولوجیة الفضاءات البین ij--الدوال التامة من النمط و نیران صباح جاسم یوسف یعكوب یوسف ابن الھیثم، جامعة بغداد -قسم الریاضیات، كلیة التربیة الصةالخ التـي هیـة االقتـراب لمجموعـة جزئیـة في هذا البحث نحن قدمنا العدید من المفاهیم في الفضاءات التبولوجیة الثنائیـة -ijصـالبة مجموعـة مـن الـنمط ،,ij-الـدوال المغلقـة مـن الـنمط ،-ij-االتجاه المباشر لمجموعة من الـنمط، -ij-من النمط -مــن الـنمط دوال المسـتمرة، الـij--، والمفهــوم الرئیسـي فــي هـذا البجـث هــو الـدوال التامــة مـن الــنمطij- بـین الفضــاءات .هیم درستاكذلك العدید من المبرهنات و الممیزات المتعلقة بهذه المف. التبولوجیة الثنائیة ihjpas 84 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. loc-hollow fuzzy modules with related modules abstract the concept of a small fsubm was presented in a previous study. this work introduced a concept of a hollow fmodule, where a module is said to be hollow fuzzy when every subm of it is a small f subm. some new types of hollow modules are provided namely, lochollow fmodules as a strength of the hollow module, where every lochollow fmodule is a hollow module, but the converse is not true. many properties and characterizations of these concepts are proved, also the relationship between all these types is researched. many important results that explain this relationship are demonstrated also several characterizations and properties related to these concepts are given. keywords:fmodules, small fsubm, maximal f-subm, hollow fmodules, lochollow fmodules. 𝟏. 𝐈ntroduction call m is l-hollow module where a module has a unique maximal submodule that contains all small submodules of m [10]. in this paper, we fuzzify these concepts from l-hollow module to loc hollow fmodules. moreover, we generalize numerous properties of lochollow fmodules. this work contains four parts. 𝜤n part one, we recollect several 𝑑efinitions and 𝜌roperties that are useful are needed later. 𝜤n part two, several fundamental ρroperties of l-hollow fmodules are argued. part three includes the relation between hollow fmodules, and lochollow fmodules. finally part four, we shall give the relation between loc-hollow fmodules and different modules like as amply supplemented fmodules, indecomposable fmodules, and lifting fmodules 1. preliminaries: 1.1 definition [1] let m ≠ ∅ , let ɨ be the closed interval [0, 1] on the real line (real number), f set a in m (a fsubset a of m) is fun from x to ɨ.'' the following example describes the above definition: ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2731 article history: received 21, november, 2021, accepted,25 ,january, 2022, published in april 2022. shaheed jameel kharbeet depatment of mthmatics, college of education of pure science, ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad – iraq. almaarif university college, ramadi – iraq. jkharbeet@uoa.edu.iq hatam yahya khalf depatment of mthmatics, college of education of pure science, ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad – iraq. dr.hatamyahya@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:kharbeet@uoa.edu.iq mailto:dr.hatamyahya@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 85 1.2 example [1] let m be the real line r and a be a fuzzy set of numbers that is much greater than i. then one can accord an accurate characterization of a specifying: a(x) = { 1 − 1 𝑥2 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > 1 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≤ 1 '' 1.3''definition [2] let xt: m → [0, 1] be a fuzzy set in m, where x ∈m, t ∈ (0,1] defined by xt (y) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑡 = 𝑦 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑡 ≠ 𝑦 ∀y∈ m. xt is said a fuzzy singleton where x= 0, t = 1, therefor 01 (y) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 = 0 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ≠ 0 , is fuzzy singleton fuzzy zero singleton '' 1.4 definition [3] let u and p be two fsets inμ, then: 1( u ⋃ p )(x)= max {u(x), p(x)}, ∀x ∈ m. 2( u ⋂ p )(x)= min {u(x), p(x)}, ∀ x ∈ m. (u ⋃ p ) a, (u ⋂ p ) are fuzzy sets in m in general if { ua , a ∈ a }, is u family of fuzzy sets in m , then (( ⋂ a ∈ a )𝑣𝑎) (x) = inf {ua (x), a ∈ a}, ∀ x ∈ s. (( ⋃ a ∈ a )𝑣𝑎) (x) = sup {ua (x), a ∈ a}, ∀x ∈ s.'' 1.5 definition [5] [4] if u is fset in m ,for all t ∈ (0,1].the set ut = { x ∈ m., u(x) ≥ t }, is named a level subset of u. note that, ut is a subset of m in the ordinary sense.'' 1.6 remark [1] let v, p are two fsets inμ, then: 1-(u ⋃ p ) t = ut ⋃ pt }, for any t ∈ (0, 1]. 2-(u ⋂ p )t = ut ⋂ pt for any t ∈ (0, 1]. 3u = p if and only if ut = pt for any t ∈ (0, 1].'' 1.7 definition [1] let u is fsets inμ, u is named empty fuzzy set, denoted by 𝜃 if ⟺ u(x) =0, ∀ x∈ 𝑀.'' 1.8 d𝒅efinition [2] [4] let m be an řmodule, a fsets x of m is named is fmodule where: 1a (0) = 1. 2-a(x – y) ≥ min {a (x), a(y)}. 3-a (rx) ≥ a (x), ∀x ∈ m, 𝛾 ∈ ř. '' 1.9 definition [5][4] let a, b be two fmodules of an rmodule m. b is named fmodule of a, if a ⊆ b.'' 1.10 definition [2] let a, c are fsubm of an fmodule x, then a+c is fmodule m.'' 1.11 definition [7] let x be fmodule, x is named simple fmodule if x has only one proper fsubm, which is 01.'' ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 86 1.12 definition [12] let a and b be two fmodules of an r-module x1 and x2. let 𝑓 : a→b be a fuzzy homomorphism. if 𝜐 and 𝜎 are two fsubms of a, b, therefore 1 𝑓(𝜐) is fuzzy submodules of b, whenever 𝑓 is an epimorphism. 2-𝑓-1(𝜎) is fuzzy submodules of a'' 1.13 definition [11] let 𝐴 be a proper fsub of m. then 𝐴 is named a maximal fuzzy submodule of m. whether to any other proper fuzzy submodule 𝛽 of m containing 𝐴 then 𝐴 = 𝛽.'' 1.14 definition [8] a proper fuzzy subm 𝐴 of an r-module x, is named a small fuzzy if 𝐴 is a fuzzy subm of 𝜒 , then 𝐴 is named a small fuzzy in 𝜒 if every fuzzy submodule 𝛽 of 𝜒 , s.t 𝐴 + 𝛽 = 𝜒. implies 𝛽 = 𝜒 '' 1.15 definition [13] let a be fmodule of an rmodule m. a is named finitely generated fm odule if there exists xt1 , xt2, , , , , , xt n ⊆ a such that a= { a1 (xt)t1 + a2 (xt)t2 + . . . + an (xn)tn}, where ai ∈r , a(x)t = (ax)t , ∀ t ∈ (0,1] , (ax) t (y) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 '' 1.16 definition [5] let µ, 𝛶be two fmodules, 𝑓: x1 → x2 is a homomorphism between x1 and x2 respectively.then fkernel of 𝑓 , f-kernel 𝑓 is the fuzzy subset of m1, defined by? f-ker 𝑓(x) = { µ(0) 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∉ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓 '' 1. characterization of lochollow fuzzy module throughout the part, we introduce the definition of lochollow fmodules and study the basic properties of these kinds of modules. 2.1 definition an r-module x is lochollow fuzzy module if x has a unique maximal fuzzy submodule that contains each a small fuzzy submodule of x. 2.2 example let m= z4, r = z, define x: m → [ 0,1] 𝑎𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 x(x) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 and define a: m → [ 0,1] 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 a(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , t ∈ (0, 1] ,where n= 2z4 clear that x is a fuzzy module and at =n is a submodule in xt , since at is only the maximal submodule of xt by [9 ], therefore a is only the maximal fuzzy submodule of x and it is a fuzzy small submodule in x by [8 ] , which contains all fuzzy small submodule. on the other side 1 let m=𝑍6 as z-module, r=z. define x: m⟶ [0, 1] by xx) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 a: m⟶ [0, 1] by a(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ n 0.75 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0,1] , n=2z ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 87 b: m⟶ [0, 1] by b (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 0,25 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0,1] , l=3z clear that x is fuzzy module and xt=m, at=⟨2̅⟩, bt =⟨3̅⟩ aare submodules in xt. but at, bt are two maximal submodules in xt by [9], therefore a, b are two fuzzy maximal submodules in x . thus x =z6 is not a loc-hollow fuzzy module. 2.3 𝝆roposition let x be a fmodule. then x is loc-hollow fmodules ⇔xt is loc-hollow fmodules ∀ t ∈ (0,1]. proof: ⟹ suppose that x is a loc-hollow fmodules, then there exists a unique maximal fuzzy submodule a which contains all a small f -subm in x. suppose that 𝑨 is a f -subm in 𝜒, therefore a+b=x for some f -subm b in a of x, and (a+b)t=xt ∀ t ∈ (0,1] by [ 6] . but at is a unique maximal f -subm in xt, by [10]. therefore at is a unique maximal submodule in xt. thus xt is a loc-hollow module ∀ t ∈ (0,1]. ⟸ let xt be a loc-hollow module, suppose that bt be a submodule of xt and (a+b)t=xt for some f -subm bt in at of xt ∀ t ∈ (0,1] , hence a+b=x or some f -subm b in a of x. and bt is a f subm in xt by [8] . but a is a unique maximal fsubm of x which contains all a small f-subm by our assumption. therefore x is lochollow fmodules. (2.4) remark and example 1every lochollow fmodule is hollow fmodule. proof suppose that x is a loc-hollow fmodule, then there exists a unique maximal fsubm containing all a small f-subm say b in x. and since b is f -subm of x. therefore b contain in x. by definition of hollow fmodule. this implies that x is a hollow fmodule. 2the convers remark (2.4) (1) is not true in general for instant let m=z p∞ . r=z , define x: m → [ 0,1] 𝑎𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 x(x) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 clear that 𝜒 is fmodule and xt = z p∞ = m. but z p∞ has a small submodule by [5], and it is a fuzzy small by [1].then xt =𝑍𝑝 ∞ is a hollow module. but not lochollow module. then x is not loc hollow module by proposition: (2.3) the 3-every local fuzzy module is lochollow fmodule, while the converse is not true in general. proof: let m= z2 ⊕ q, r = z, define by x: m → [ 0,1] 𝑎𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 x(x, y) = { 1 ∀(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 such that x ∈ 0̅, y ∈ q ∀ t ∈ (0,1]. clear that 𝜒 is fmodule and m=xt , z2 ⊕ q is lochollow module. but not local module since xt = {0̅1} ⊕q ≅ q is a unique maximal submodule of z2 ⊕ q and {01} ⊕ {01} is a small submodule of z2 ⊕ q and contained in {01} ⊕ q ≅ q. but z2 ⊕ {01} is a proper submodule of z2 ⊕ q, also z2 ⊕ {01} is not contained in {01} ⊕ q. thus x is lochollow fuzzy module but a local fuzzy module. 4-every simple fuzzy submodule is not lochollow fuzzy module. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 88 proof: let m=z5, r=z, 𝜒 : m → [ 0,1] 𝑎𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝜒 (x) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , t ∈ (0, 1], a(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 t ∈ (0, 1], n=0̅. clear that x is a simple fuzzy module. but not local fuzzy module since m= {0̅1} ⊕z5 =z5 is a unique maximal fuzzy submodule of z5 and {01} is only one proper fuzzy submodule, which is a small submodule of z5 and contained in {01} ⊕ z5 =z5. also z5 ⊕ {01} is not contained in {01} ⊕ z5.that is x is a simple fuzzy module and not lochollow fuzzy module. 5-every lochollow fmodule is not a simple fuzzy submodule: proof: let m= z8 , r = z, define x: m → [ 0,1] 𝑎𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 x(x) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 and define a: m → [ 0,1] 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 a(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , t ∈ (0, 1]. n= 2z8 b: m → [ 0,1] 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 b(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , t ∈ (0, 1]. l= 4z8 consequently, x fuzzy module. and at =n , bt =l are two submodules of xt and at a small submodule of xt by [5 ], then a is a small submodule of x by [ 9], which is a maximal submodule of 𝜒 . but ( ⊕ 𝑩)t =xt by [10] are two direct sum submodules of xt. and a ⊕ b = 𝜒 .this implies that x is not a simple fmodule. 2.5 𝝆roposition: epimorphic image of lochollow fmodule is lochollow fmodule. 𝝆roof: let x1 be lochollow fmodule and let f: x1 → x2 be an epimorphism with x2 is a fmodule [9]. suppose that at be a unique maximal submodule of x2 with at + ct =( x2)t where ct proper submodule of (x2)t =xt, ∀ t ∈ (0, 1], but a is a unique maximal submodule [10 ].then a + c = x2. hence at+ ct =(x1)t .now. f -1 (a) is a unique maximal fuzzy submodule of x1 since otherwise f -1 (a)= x1= xt , ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] and hence f (ωf-1 (a) )= f (x1) = x2 implies that a= x2 , which is a contradiction, with a is a unique maximal fuzzy submodule of x2, thus f -1 (a) is a unique maximal fuzzy submodule of x1 and since x1 is lochollow fuzzy module, therefore f -1 (a) contains all a fuzzy small submodule of x1 and hence f (f -1 (a)) is a fuzzy small submodule of f (x1) . this a is a fuzzy small submodule of x2, where at is an f small submodule of (x2 )t, ∀ t ∈ )0, 1]. therefore x2 is lochollow fuzzy module. the next proposition appears more particulars of lochollow fuzzy modules. 2.6 proposition: let c be a small ƒuzzy submodule of fmodules x. whether 𝜒/c is loc-hollow fmodules then x is lochollow fmodules. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 89 proof let x/c is lochollow fmodules, where c is a small ƒuzzy submodule of x. then there exists a unique maximal small ƒuzzy submodule a/c in 𝜒 /c, with x=b+ d and xt=bt+ dt, ∀ t ∈ (0,1] by [6]. where b is a small ƒuzzy submodule of 𝜒 and d is a proper ƒuzzy submodule of 𝜒x. then (d+𝑩)/c= 𝜒 /c implies that( (d+c/c)) + (b+c)/c= 𝜒 /c, since (d+c/c) is a ƒuzzy submodule of a/c , 𝜒 /c is loc-hollow fmodules ,then (d+c/c) is a small fuzzy of x/c. thus (b+c)/c =x/c, so b+c=x. since ct is a submodule of xt, bt =xt by [9]. therefore c is a fsubm of x, and b=x. thus, x is lochollow fmodules. 2.7 corollary: suppose that 𝜒 be fmodules. if x be a loc-hollow fmodules then 𝜒 /𝑨 is lochollow f modules for every proper fsubm 𝑨 of𝜒. proof: suppose that 𝜒 is loc-hollow fmodules. then there exists a unique maximal fsubm a contains all a small fsubm. let 𝑨 be a proper ƒuzzy submodule of loc-hollow fmodules 𝜒 and let 𝜋: 𝜒 → 𝜒 /𝑨 be nature epimorphism then 𝜒 /𝑨 is loc-hollow fmodules by proposition (2.5). 2.8 𝝆roposition: let a be a proper fsubm of an r-module x. if x is loc-hollow fmodule and x/a is finitely generated then x is finitely generated fmodule. proof: let a be a proper fuzzy submodule of loc-hollow fuzzy module x with x/a is finitely generated then x/a=a1( (xt)t1) +a ) + a2( (xt)t2 +a) + . . . + an ((xn)tn +a)}, where ai ∈r and a(x)t = (ax)t , ∀ t ∈ (0,1] , xi ∈ x, for all i= 1,2, , ,n , where (ax)t (y) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t∈ (0,1] . we claim that x =a1( (xt)t1) + a2( (xt)t2 + . . . + an ((xn)tn ∀ ai ∈r. let x ⊆x ,then x +a ∈ x/a , implies that c+ a= a1(x1+a)+ a2(x2)+a +. . . + an(xn +a)= a1(x1)+ a2(x2) +. . . + an(xn )+a . thus implies that c= a1(x1) + a2(x2) + . . . + an (xn) +u for some u ⊆ a. thus x = a1(x1)+ a2(x2) +. . . + an(xn )+u , and since x is loc-hollow fmodules., therefore x is hollow fuzzy module by remark( (2.1.4)(1) ). then a is a small fsubm of x which implies that x= a1(x1) + a2(x2) + . . . + an (xn) where ai ∈r. thus x is finitely generated fmodules. 3. relation between hollow fuzzy module and lochollow fuzzy modules we introduce the following definition let 𝜒 be an fmodule of an r-module x. x is named hollow f module if every proper fsubmodule of x is a small fmodule of x. hence we can say every loc hollow fuzzy module is hollow fuzzy module, and we introduced an examples display that the converse is not true. in this section, we discuss conditions under which hollow fuzzy modules could be lochollow fuzzy modules. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 90 3.1 proposition: let x be a fmodule of an r-module, x is a loc –hollow fmodule ⟺x is a hollow and cyclic fmodule. proof; ⟹ suppose that x is loc –hollow fmodules then there exists a unique maximal fuzzy submodule a which contains all a small fsubmodule of x. this mean there exists at is a small submodule of xt, ∀ t∈ (0,1]. let xt ⊆x with xt ⊈ a, (xt) is a submodule of xt. then rx is a f submodule of x. we claim that x = (xt) such that ys ⊆ x has written ys= xt 𝑎ℓ for some fuzzy singleton 𝑎ℓ of r where t, s , ℓ ∈ (0, 1] , rx = x , so rxt = xt , ∀ t∈ (0,1].if rx ≠x then rx is proper a small fsubmodule of x and hence rx is a small fuzzy submodule of a which implies that x ∈a , which contradiction. thus rx =x then x is cyclic modules. now since x loc –hollow fmodules then x is hollow fmodules by remark (2.4) (1). ⟸ suppose that x is hollow cyclic fmodules and then it is finitely generated fmodules and hence x has maximal fsubmodule suppose that x is hollow cyclic fmodules and then it is fuzzy finitely generated module and hence x has maximal fsubmodule contained all proper a small fsubmodule say a, let b fsubmodule of x. if b is not contained in a, then b+a =x, but x is a loc –hollow f modules. thus a =x hence at =xt where t ∈ (0, 1] by [8], which contradiction. this implies that every proper fsubmodule of x is contained in a, which implies that x has a unique maximal f submodule that contained all proper fsubmodules of x. therefore x is a local fmodule. 3.2 corollary: let x be a fmodules an ř – module. x is a lochollow fmodule ⟺ x is a hollow and finitely generated fmodule. proof: ⟹ suppose that x is lochollow fmodules, then x is hollow fmodules and cyclic by proposition (3.1), and since x is cyclic fmodules,. thus x is finitely generated ⟸ let x finitely generated hollow module the x = { ra1 (xt)t1 + ra2 (xt)t2 + . . . + ran (xn)tn}, where ai ∈r , a(x)t = (ax)t , ∀ t ∈ (0,1] .if x ≠ ra1 (xt) t1 then rxt1 is proper fuzzy submodule of x which implies that r xt1 is fuzzy small submodule of x. hence x = {ra1 (xt) t1 + ra2 (xt) t2 + . . . + ran (xn) tn}.so, we delete the summand one by until we have x= ra1 (xt) ti for some i .thus x is cyclic fmodules and by proposition (3.1). therefore x is lochollow f modules. 3.3 𝝆roposition: suppose that 𝜒 be fmodules of an 𝑅 – module m, 𝜒 is a lochollow fmodule⟺ x is hollow and has a unique maximal fuzzy submodule. proof ⟹ suppose that x is lochollow fuzzy module then x is hollow a fmodules by remark (2.4) (1). and by definition (2.1), then x has a unique maximal fuzzy submodule fuzzy module. ⟸ let x be t hollow fmodules which have unique maximal fuzzy submodule fuzzy module, say a, we only have to show that x is a cyclic fuzzy module, let xt ⊆ x and xt ⊆ a clear that x ∈ xt and x ∉ at, ∀ ∈ (0,1], then rxt + at=xt و ∀ t ∈ (0,1]. but 𝜒 is a hollow fmodule s then 𝑨 small fuzz ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 91 submodule of 𝜒 and hence x= rx. therefore x is cyclic fuzzy module, and by proposition (3.1). therefore x is lochollow fmodules. 3. 4 𝝆roposition let x be fmodule, x is a lochollow fmodule ⟺x is cyclic and x/a is indecomposable. proof: ⟹ suppose that x is lochollow fmodule then x is hollow and cyclic fmodule by proposition (2.1). then x/a indecomposable. ⟸ let x be a cyclic fmodule and every x/a is indecomposable, then by part one. x is hollow f module and proposition (2.1). thus x lochollow fmodule. 3.5 proposition let x be a fuzzy module of an r – module m, x is a lochollow fmodule⟺ x is a hollow f module, and f-rad(x)≠ x. proof: ⟹ suppose that x is lochollow fmodule, then x is x hollow and cyclic fmodule by 𝜌proposition (2.1). xt is cyclic module and it’s finitely generated, ∀ t ∈ (0,1] by [9]. hence frad(x)≠ x. ⟸ let x hollow fuzzy module and f-rad(x)≠ x is a small fsubmodule of x. f-rad(x) is unique maximal fsubmodule of x and this x/ rad(x) is a simple fuzzy module and hence cyclic. implies that x/ rad(x) = <x +rad(x)> for some x ⊆ x. we clam that x= rx. let u ∈ x then u+ rad(x) ∈ x/ rad(x), therefore a ∈ r such that u+ rad(x) = a (u+ rad(x)) = au+ rad(x), implies that uax ∈ rad(x) which implies that uax = b for some b ∈ rad(x). thus u= ax + b ∈ rx +rad(x), hence x= rx +rad(x). but f-rad(x) is fuzzy small submodule of x implies that x= rx. thus x is cyclic fmodule by 𝜌roposition (2.1).we get x is a lochollow fmodule. 4. the relationships between lochollow fuzzy module and other types of modules in this section, we shall give the relation between the loc-hollow fuzzy module and different modules like as amply supplemented modules, indecomposable modules and lifting modules. we shall fuzzify the following definitions: 4.1 definition: let a, b are fsubmodules of fuzzy module x then a is named a fuzzy supplement of b in x , if a is minimal with a + b = x. equivalently, a is named fsupplement of b ⟺ 𝑨 + 𝑩= 𝜒 and 𝑨 ∩ 𝑩 is a small fsubm of 𝑨. an fsubm a of x is named fsupplement, if there is fsubm b of x such that a is f-supplement of b. 4.2 example let m =z4 , define x: m → [0, 1] and define: a: m → [0, 1], define by a (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] , n =2z and let b: m → [0, 1], define by ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 92 b (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0, 1], l=⟨0̅⟩ clear that at = ⟨2̅⟩ , bt = ⟨4̅⟩ are two submodules of 𝜒 t , 𝜒 t = m = z4. hence (a+b)t = (𝜒)t of 𝜒 t , ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] by[3 ],therefor a+b = 𝜒 ∀ a,b 𝛼re a fsubm of 𝜒. but bt is a supplement in at of 𝜒 t by [9], hence b= 01 of 𝜒 is fsupplement in a of𝜒. on the other side, a is not fsupplement because 01 is a minimal in 𝜒 =z4. 4.3 definition: let a, b are fuzzy submodules of fmodule x. then x is called amply fsupplemented with a + b = x if there is a supplement u of a such that u ⊆ b in x. 4.4 example let m=z12 as z-module, define x: m → [ 0,1] 𝑎𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 , x(x) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 define a: m → [ 0,1] 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 a(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , t ∈ (0, 1]. n= 3z also b: m → [ 0,1] 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 b(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , t ∈ (0, 1], l= 2z c: m → [ 0,1] 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 b(x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , t ∈ (0, 1], k= 4z clear that x is fuzzy module and xt =m ,at =3z , bt=2z and ct=4z are submodules in xt with (a + b)t=( 𝜒)t , ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] ,therefore 𝑨 + 𝑩= 𝜒 where 𝑨 , 𝑩 are fuzzy submodules of x . but 𝑨 is fuzzy supplement of b in x .also we have a + c = x where c is a fsubmodule in x, again at is a supplement of ct in xt ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] therefore a is fsupplement of c in x. thus x is amply f supplemented. 4.5 remark each a direct summand of fmodule is fsupplement submodule of x. proof let a be fsubmodule of x, then there exist b of x such that (a ⨁ b)t= xt then (a+b )t= xt by [ 6] , therefore a ⨁ b = x then a + b = x and b∩ a is a proper fsubmodule of a. to prove that a is supplement of b in x .suppose that there exist c be a fsubmodule in a such that c+b= x. then a= x∩ a= (c+b) ∩ a but ((c+b) ∩ a)t = (ct+ bt) ∩ at ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] implies that c+ ( b∩ a) by [14] .but by our assumption (b∩ a) is a proper fsubmodule in a implies that a=c . thus a is supplement of b in x . 4.6 proposition every lochollow fuzzy module is an amply supplemented (supplement fuzzy) is a ƒuzzy submodule. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 93 proof: suppose that 𝜒 is a lochollow fmodule, is a unique maximal ƒuzzy submodule of 𝜒. since 𝜒 is lochollow fmodule, then we have at+ xt=)x)t, t∈ (0,1] .this leads a+x=x and a∩x= a is a small fuzzy submodule of x by [9]. therefore x is an amply supplemented module. 𝜍onverse of 𝜌roposition (4.6) is not satisfied by the following 4.7 example let m =z6 , define 𝜒: m → [0, 1] and define by: a: m → [0, 1], define by a (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] , n =2z and let b: m → [0, 1], define by b (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0, 1], l=3z clear that at = ⟨2̅⟩ , bt = ⟨3̅⟩ are two submodule of x and xt = m = z6. hence (a+b)t = (x)t direct summand of xt is fuzzy submodule of x by[3 ] and there exists a supplement xt of a in xt such that xt ⊆bt , ∀ t ∈ (0, 1]. then x =z6 amply supplemented module. but z6 is not lochollow y module. since z6 has no unique maximal submodule. thus x is supplemented fuzzy module but not loc hollow fuzzy module 4.8 proposition every lochollow fmodule is an indecomposable fmodule. proof: suppose that 𝜒 be a lochollow fmodule. ∃ a unique maximal fuzzy submodule say a which contains all fuzzy small submodule of x , let x is decomposable , then there exists c,b are a proper fuzzy submodules of x and a,b≠ 01 , such that c , 𝑩 are ƒsubms of a and 𝜒= c ⊕ 𝑩 hence (x)t= ct ⊕ bt , ∀ t ∈ (0, 1],but x is hollow then either b is a small fuzzy of x with b is fsubm of a implies that x=c or c is a small fuzzy of x with c is fsubmodule of a implies that x=b, which contradiction. then x is indecomposable module. 4.9 remark: the convers of proposition (4.8) it is not always true, as well as, in the next example. 4.10 example let m = z –module z, and a = 5z x: m → [0, 1] s.t x (x) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ m 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , ∀ t ∈ (0, 1]. clear that xt =m and m is indecomposable module but lochollow module[ 5] . therefore x is indecomposable module but not lochollow fuzzy module. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 94 recall that if x finitely generated fm odule then x/c is finitely generated fmodule for every c a fsubm x. but the converse is not true. the following proposition shows if x is a hollow f module and x/c a finitely generated fmodule. then x also a finitely generated fmodule. 4.11 proposition every lochollow fmodule is lifting fmodule. 𝝆roof: let x be a lochollow fuzzy module. ∃ a unique maximal fuzzy submodule says a which contains all fuzzy small submodule of x. so x= x ⊕ {01} where {01} is a fuzzy submodule of a, 𝑨 ∩ 𝜒= 𝑨 . but x lochollow fmodules. then 𝑨 𝜒 = 𝑨 is a ƒuzzy small submodule by [8] implies that x is lifting a fuzzy module. 4.12 remark: the convers of proposition (4.11) it is not satisfy we can show that by the following 4.13 example: let x =z10 , define x: m → [0, 1] define by: 𝑨: m → [0, 1], s.t a (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁 0.5 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] , n= ⟨0̅⟩ and let b: m → [0, 1], define by b (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 0.3 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] , l= 2z c (t) = { 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 0.25 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] , k= 5z clear that xt = m = z10 is fuzzy module, at = 𝑁 , bt = l and ct = 𝐾 are submodules in xt .hence( a ⨁ x)t=(x)t is only direct summand of xt is fuzzy submodule of xt, and xt ∩ at = 01 is a small submodule in bt = ⟨2̅⟩ . but z10 has no unique maximal fuzzy submodule. the convers of proposition (4.12) is achieved if the following condition is hold 4.13 proposition: let x be a cyclic fuzzy indecomposable module of an r-module m .if x is lifting fuzzy module, then x is lochollow fuzzy module. proof: let a be a proper fsubmodule of x, but 𝜒 is lifting fmodule. then 𝜒 = 𝑨+b, where b is f submodule and a ∩ b is a small fsubmodule of a. but x is an indecomposable fuzzy module, implies that b=01 and hence at = xt, ∀ t ∈ (0, 1] by [9], since xt is a hollow fuzzy module and hence a= x. which implies that a ∩ x = a, clear that we have at ∩ xt= at, ∀ t ∈ (0, 1]. then a is a small fsubmodule of x. so x is hollow fuzzy module and since x is cyclic fuzzy module. then x is lochollow fuzzy module through proposition (3.1). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 95 4.15 proposition let c be a maximal fsubmodule of a fuzzy module x. if b is a fsupplement of c in x, therefore b is a lochollow fuzzy module. proof: let b is fsupplement of c, let b1 be a proper fsubm of b with b1+b2= b for some f-submodule b2 of b and (b1+b2)t= (b)t, ∀ t ∈ (0, 1]. let c+b = x = c+ b1+b2= x and b1 is a fsubmodule of c, b1= x , by [1],also c is a maximal fsubm of x therefore b1=b, which contradiction with our assumption .thus c +b=x and since c is a maximal fsubmodule of x so we have b2=b implies that c is a hollow fuzzy module. to prove that c is a cyclic fuzzy module, let xt ⊆x and xt ⊆ c, so there exists (xt ) a small submodule of xt, ∀ t∈ (0,1]. rx +c =x and this implies that rx= c, where (rx)t = ct ∀ t∈ (0,1] through dependent on minimality of c and by proposition (3.1). thus b is lochollow fuzzy module. . conclusion: 5 in this work, we introduced a concept of a hollow fmodule, where a module is said to be a hollow fuzzy when every subm is a small f-subm. also, fuzzify these concepts l-hollow module to lochollow fmodules. moreover, we generalized numerous properties of loc-hollow fmodules and got several results and fundamental properties of l-hollow fmodules which are argued. includes the relation between hollow fmodules and loc-hollow f-modules. however, allocated the relation between loc-hollow fmodules and different modules like amply supplemented fmodules, indecomposable fmodules, and lifting fmodules. finally, it is significant to remark that the characterizations and properties that are fundamentally related to these concepts are introduced. references 1. zadehi,l.a .fuzzy sets information and control. 1965, 8, 333-353. 2. zadehi ,m. m. on lfuzzy residual quotient modules and p. primary submodules, fuzzy sets and systems. 1992,5, 331-344. 3. zadehi, m.m. a characterization of lfuzzy ideals, f-sets and systems. 1991, 44,147 -160. 4. mashinchi, m. ;zadehi, m. m. on l-fuzzy primary submodule , fsets and system, 1995,49, 231236 5. martinez, l. fuzzy module over fuzzy rings in connection with fuzzy ideals of rings, fuzzysets and system. 1996,4 ,843-857. 6. rabi, h. j. prime fuzzy submodules and prime fuzzy modules.2001, m.sc. thesis,university of baghdad. 7. mayson, a.h ; hatam, y. khalaf. fuzzy regular fmodules. 2002. m.sc thesis of university baghdad. 8. buthyna, n.sh. ; hatam,y.kh. fuzzy-small submodules with study of most important relevant results. (2020),2nd alnoor international conference for science and technology, august 28-29, baku, azerbaijan, 137-140. 9. thear z.kh ; nada, k, a, some generalization of l –hollow modules. 2019. m.scthesis university of tikrit. 10. hassan, k. marhon ;hatam ,y. khalaf, . fuzzy closed submodule and fuzzy w-closed submodules with of their generalization. 2020. ph.d. thesis of baghdad 11. yahya, t.a. darzi, on fuzzy supplement submodules. february. annals of uzzymathematics and informatics, 2015, 9, 2, 205-213. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 96 12. kumar, r, s. k. bhambir, kumar p. fuzzy submodule of some analogous and deviation, fsets and system. 1995, 70, 125-130. 13. inaam ,m. hadi, myson, a, hamill. cancellation and weakly cancellation fuzzymodules. basrah research's (sciences) , 2011,37 ,4.d. 14. hamel, m.a. and khalaf, h.y., fuzzy semimaximal submodules. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2020,33(4), 137-147. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 retrieving image from noisy version depending on multiwavelet soft-thresholding with smo othing filter s. a. fahdel departme nt of computer science, college of education ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity ofbaghdad abstract in this p aper, we describe a new method for image denoising. we analyze p rop erties of the m ultiwavelet coefficients of natural images. also it suggests a method for comp uting the m ultiwavelet transform using the 1 st order approximation. this p aper describes a simple and effective model for noise removal through suggesting a new technique for retrieving the image by allowin g us t o estimate it from the noisy image. the p rop osed algorithm depends on mixing both soft -thresholds with m ean filter and apply ing concurrently on noisy image by dividing into blo cks of equal size (for concurrent p rocessed to increase the p erformance of the enhancement p rocess and to decease the time that is needed for imp lementation by app ly ing the p rop osed algorithm on all four blocks concurrently ) which are emp loy ed in order to remove the noise. the p rop osed method of image retrieving and smoothing outp erforms the conventional methods t hat are used for image enh ancement. the su ggested al gorithm and the evaluation test carried usin g delphi v.5 p ackage. introduction digital ima ges are p ronr to a v ariety of typ es of noise. noise is the r esult of errors in the image acquisition p rocess that result in p ixel values t hat do not reflect the true intensities of the real sc ene. there are several way s that noise can be introduced into an ima ge, d epending on how t he image is created . for e xamp le [1], if the image is scanned from a photograph made on film, the film grain is a source of noise. noise can also be the result of damage to t he film, or b e introduced by the scanner itself. also, if the image is acqu ired directly in a digital for mat, the mechan ism for gathering the data (such as a ccd detector) can introduce noise, and electronic transmission of image data can introduce noise. in p ractice, image d enoisin g is used when y ou somehow obtain a noisy image, and y ou want to remove as many of the sp eckles from the image as p ossible, without removing or distorting any features in it. both denoising and enhancement are imp ortant field in digital image p rocessing. transforms p lay a great ro le in this field since they offer a new representation for the data in which features to be processed become more distinct [2]. there are two p owerful techniques to reduce the noise lev el in a si gn al:m ean filterin g and m ultiwavelet soft-thresholding. m ean filterin g is a lin ear p rocedure while m ultiwavelet soft-thresholding is nonlinear. classical versions of both methods tend to blur edges in images. we try to blend these two approaches in order to imp rove the p erformance. our idea is to divide the input image (no isy version) into four blocks of equal size then app ly m ultiwavelet soft-thresholding for each distinct block and the result that achieved from this st ep will be enh anced by using m ean filter, then group the four dist inct resultant blocks t o get the final retrieval image. m ultiwavelet transformation is directly app licable only to onedimensional si gnals, but images are two-dimensional signals, so there must be a way to ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 p rocess them with a one-dimensional transform [1]. the next section will describ e how to make this t yp e of transformation to work with images. types of thresholding and its selection rules: thresholding is non-linear operation p erformed on the m ultiwavelet coefficients of noisy signal [5]. it is widely used in noise reduction, signal and image comp ression or recogn ition [3]. this can be done by comp aring the absolute value of the emp irical m ultiwavelet coefficients with a value called threshold value (thv). it is clear that if the m ultiwavelet coefficient is equal to or less than the threshold valu e, then one can not sep arate the signal from the noise. in this case, a good estimation for that m ultiwavelet coefficient is zero. in the case of an emp irical m ultiwavelet coefficient is greater than the threshold value, then a natural estimation for this m ultiwavelet coefficient is emp irical m ultiwavelet coefficient itself. this idea is called thresholding. 2.1 hard-thresholding:which can be computed by [5]: whe re thv is the threshold value or the gate value. 2.2 soft-thresholding:can be comp uted as [8]: ______ (1)           thv j k g thv j k g j k g thv), j k (g h t j k a 0 ˆ            01 00 01 -: j k g j k g j k g j k (g sign where ) ______ (2)           thv j k g thv j k gthv j k g j k (g sign thv), j k (g h t j k a 0 ) ˆ ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the graphical representation for the two types of thresholding (hard and soft threshloding) is shown in figures (1 and 2 resp ectively). threshold selection rules: in thresholding p rocess, coefficients smaller than threshold value thv are judged negligible, or noise other than signal. hence, threshold value thv controls the degree of noise rejection, but also of valid signal rejection. one hop es, to set thresholds which are small, but which are very likely to exceed every coefficient in case of a p ure noise signal [3, 5]. two rules are used to select threshold values as follows:  select t he threshold by estimating the standard deviation zσ of the noise at each scale, and takin g into account that the threshold values have to be differ ent on each scale level. the thresholds in this case are calculated as zσbthv  where b is a p arameter, typically between 2 and 4.  the choice of the threshold is a very delicate and imp ortant statistical p roblem. a b ig threshold thv leads to a large bias of the estimator. on the other hand, a small threshold increases the variance of the smoother. donoho and johnstone have p rop osed the following v alue of the suitable value of threshold: a proposed algorithm for retrieving image from noisy version depending on multiwavelet soft-thresholding with using equal size block divide with me an filte in this section, new method is p rop osed for retrieving image from noisy version by dividing the noisy image into four equal size blocks and usin g m ultiwavelet softthresholding then enhances the result through an enhancement filter of type mean filter which is applied two times on some p arts of the p rocessed image, as shown in the figur e (2).the step s of the p rop osed method are as follows: 1. divide the input noisy image into four blocks of equal size, and then obtain the m ultiwavelet transformation coefficients )( jkg for the four divided blocks concurrently . 2. compute the threshold value (thv) by equation (3) or any other one of the threshold selection rules mentioned in p revious section (2.3) then filter the m ultiwavelet transform coefficients )( jkg by equation (2) which is used to comp ute the softthresholding since the work of this research depends on the softthresholding typ e, then replace the m ultiwavelet transform coeff icients )( jkg by applying the si gn function on it and multip ly the result by the absolute value of the coefficients then subt ract the value of thv fro m the final r esult if the absolute value for m ultiwavelet transform coefficients )( jkg is greater than the threshold value (thv), else replace it with a zero value. 3. app ly enhancement app roach on the high p ass region for each resultant by using mean filter and leave the low-p ass components as it is. 4. inverse the m ultiwavelet transform threshold coefficients )( jkâ to retrieve the image, and smooth each resultant block by using mean filter, then group the resultant four ______ (3) si gnal .input the of length the is whe re ))(2( n n e log z σsqrtthv 2 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 blocks with each other to form the denoised smoothing ima ge which r epresents the final result from this algor ithm. figure (3) shows the block diagr am for this p rop osed algorithm. syste m implementation and re quireme nts the sy stem is design ed by dividing into four main p arts: 1. dividin g the noisy image into four blocks, as shown in figure (4.a.1). 2. m ultiwavelet transforms and it's inverse, as shown in figure (4.a.2 and 4.b.1). 3. computing soft-thresholding values, as shown in figure (4.a.3). 4. smoothin g filter which is app lied two times, as shown in figure (4.a.3 and 4.b.2). by using the sp ecified sy stem requirements, figur es (4.a and 4.b) will illust rate how the suggested algorithm has been work here is t he table of valu es for comp arin g between the initial noisy image and the r esultant final enhanced image to imp rove the efficiency of the prop osed algorithm, note that the value of snr (sign al to noise ratio) is comp uted using the following equation: where:  cri ,ˆ represents the signal (the denoised i mage) with r-row of size equal to m and ccolumn of size equal to n.  crx , represent t he errors (the noisy image) with r-row of size equal to m and c-column of size equal to n. not e that the large numb er for the value of snr means we get a bett er image conclusions this p aper p resents a new t echnique for image denoisin g throu gh the use of m ultiwavelet soft-thresholding. using this method, ima ge noise can be reduced effectively and litt le image detail is lost. m ultiwavelet transform have a great and imp ortant role in image denoising and enhancement due to its multi-resolution analy sis. it dep ends on the same principles of wavelet transform with different two-dimensional filters and with p re/p ost p rocessing mechan isms. from the work in this p ap er, the following p oints are concluded : 1. dividin g image into blocks of equal size not for i mproving the enh ancement p rocess but to imp rove the p erformance of the algor ithm by reducing the time of p rocessing. the purp ose from dividin g the image into four blo cks of equal sizes is to concurr ent p rocessed in order to incr ease the p erformance of the enhancement p rocess and to decease the time that is needed for imp lementation by apply ing the p rop osed algorithm on all four blocks concurrently (at the same time). this will led to reduce the time of imp lementation to a rate equal the numb er of blocks, i.e., if the image is divided into 16 blocks of equals size, the time needed to p erform this algorithm is reduced to t he number of blocks which is here 8 units of time. 2. by comp uting the value of snr we can conclude that the value of snr for t he noisy image (initial noisy image) is equal to 0.0783, this value is the same for each b lock after dividing p rocess, while this value will be 3.0938 and the same for each block after applying the prop osed algor ithm. this will led to show that the value of snr ______ (4)                                     1 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 0 2 10 ,, ,ˆ log10 m r n c m r n c crcrx cri snr ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 3. could not be chan ged dependin g on d ividing b locks and the p roof for this is snr st ill have the same valu e, but snr will be chan ged after app ly ing the algor ithm and table (1) shows that. 4. sever al p apers and researches d eal with wavelet t ransformation that is used in image denoisin g and comp ression due to the prop erties of this transform. these prop erties are orthogonality , comp act supp ort, linear p hase, and high approximation/vanishin g moments of the basis function, are found to be usefu l in image p rocessing techniques. unfort unately, the wavelets can never p ossess all the above mentioned p rop erties simultaneously m ultiwavelet p ossesses more than one scaling functio n offer the p ossibility of sup erior p erformance and high degree of freedom for ima ge p rocessing app lications, comp ared with scalar wavelets. m ultiwavelet can achieve bett er level of p erformance than scalar wavelets with similar comp utational comp lexity . dealing with image denoisin g usin g m ultiwavelet transform, gives an idea that m ultiwavelet eliminates the no ise from ima ges bett er than usin g th e wavelet t ransform. 5. there are two imp ortant p arameters in m ultiwavelet thresholding denois ing algorithm namely the threshold valu e (thv) and the m ultiwavelet basis. for the first p arameter, it is found that the op timal threshold value can be comp uted as bz, where b is a constant. re ferences 1. strang, g. and strela, v. (1995), short wavelets and m atrix dilation equations, ieee trans. sign al proccessing, 43, 108-115. 2. strela, v. (1996).m ultiwavelet: theory and app lications transforms, ph.d. thesis, dep . of m ath., m assachusetts institute of technology , june 3. m ohammed, z. j. (2004). video i mage compression based on m ultiwavelet transforms, university of baghdad, computer science and information sy st em dep . 4. saleh, z. j. m . (2004), image video compression using multi-wavelet transform, ph.d thesis, university of baghdad, baghd ad. 5. donoho, d. (1995), de-noising by soft -thresholding, i eee trans. on info. theory, 43, 613–627. 6. xia, x.-g., geronimo, j. s. hardin, d. p., and suter, b. w. (1995), on computations of m ultiwavelet t ransforms, proc. spie, pp .27-38. 7. hadi, a. h (2004), wavelet-domain reconstruction of lost blocks in image,” m .sc. thesis, university of technology , baghd ad. 8. taubman, d. and m arcellin, m . (2002), “jpeg 2000 image co mpression, fundamentals, standards, and practice”, kluwer aczdemic publishers, 1st edition. 9. alkachouch, z. and bellanger, m . (2000), fast dct-based sp atial domain interpolation of blocks in images, ieee transactions on image proc essing, 9 (4): 729–732. 10. lu,y. do, m . n. a.(2005). directional extension for m ultidimensional wav elet transforms, eee transactions on image processin g, submitt ed; 11. wan g lin g, (2000). ort hogon al m ultiwavelet transform for image denoising”, proceedings of icsp2000, p p . 987-991, ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 ini tial noi sy image block1 block2 block3 block4 final enhanced image size h =256 w = 256 h = 64 w = 64 h = 64 w = 64 h = 64 w = 64 h = 64 w = 64 h = 256 w = 256 snr before app lying algorithm 0.0783 0.0783 0.0783 0.0783 0.0783 snr after app lying algorithm 3.0938 3.0938 3.0938 3.0938 3.0938 th e difference between the results th e difference b etween the results can b e comuted by 3.0938 0.0783 = 3.0155 (three times of the denoisin g degree). th at means the advan tage of this algorithim is to get a greate value for snr which leds to get b etter image. th e time needed for the processing th e same for all since these b locks are runn ing concurrently (at the same time), so the time n eeded for implementation is redu ced to the f our times (the nu mber of blocks) that is is n eeded when process the image without dividing. fig. (1) hard threshol ding fig. (2) soft threshol di ng table (1):comparing between the results before and after applying the algorithm ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig. (3) a flow diagram for the propose d image retrieving method by using multiwavelet soft-thresholding with enhancement mean filte r mul tiwavel et coefficients noisy input image divided to four bl ocks smooth high-pass components with mean fil ter compute thv usi ng ))(2( nlogσsqrtthv e 2 z filter the coefficients usi ng soft-threshol d dmwt idmwt group the four blocks smoothing the resultant blocks with mean fil ter the retrieval enhanced final image ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 noisy input image 2comput e mwt for each block block no.4 block no.3 block no.2 block no.1 1divided the noisy i mage into four equal size bl ocks block no.4 block no.2 block no.1 block no.3 fig. (4.a) a step by step i mpl ementation for image retrieving method by usi ng mul tiwavel et soft-threshol di ng with smoothing mean filter block no.4 block no.3 block no.2 block no.1 3fil tering with smoothing ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig. (4.b) the reminder step by step impl ementation for image retrievi ng method by using mul tiwavel et soft-threshol di ng with smoothing mean fil ter. block no.4 block no.3 1comput e id mwt coeff icients for each resul tant block block no.2 block no.1 block no.4 block no.3 2smooth each resultant block by usi ng mean fil ter block no.2 block no.1 3group the four blocks ihjpas مع soft-thesholdingمن النسخة المشوهة باستخدام استرجاع الصور تحویل متعدد المویجة شیماء عباس فاضل جامعة بغداد ،أبن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم علوم الحاسبات الخالصة ویل متعدد یقترح هذا البحث طریقة السترجاع وازالة التشویه من الصور الملونة وتحسینها من خالل استخدام تح عن طریق االستفادة من الخصائص الممكن الحصول علیها من ) discrete multiwavelet transform(المویجة .خالل تطبیق هذا النوع من التحویالت 1(طریقة لكیفیة حساب نوع من انواع تحویالت متعدد المویجة الذي یعرف بالنظام التقریبي االول ایضاً یقترح هذا البحث st order approximation .( ح ویوضح هذا البحث طریقة مبسطة وذا فاعلیة في ازالة التشویه من الصور من خالل اقترا -soft(الخوارزمیة التي تم اقتراحها في هذا البحث تعتمد على مزج كل من . تقنیة جدیدة السترجاع الصور thresholding ( مع)mean filter (ة باالعتماد على تحویل متعدد المویج)discrete multiwavelet transform dm wt (ء علىیتم تطبیقها بشكل متزامن على الصورة عن طریق تقسیم وتجزئة الصورة اذ اربعة اجزا وتتم معالجة كل جزء بشكل انفرادي ومتزامن مع االجزاء االخرى ) equal size block divide(متساویة االحجام ان . رعة المعالجة في ازالة وتحسین الصور الملونة وبشكل متزامن لكل اجزاء الصورةوالغرض من هذا التقسیم هو لزیادة س ق التقلیدیة المستخدمة والمتعارف علیها في ائالطریقة المقترحة في عملیة استرجاع وازالة التشویه والتحسین تفوق الطر .عملیات تحسین الصور الملونة delphi v.5(ذا البحث من خالل استخدام لغة باسكال المرئیة المعروفة بـ تم تقییم الخوارزمیة التي تم اقتراحها في ه package (االصدار الخامس يذ. ihjpas detect the infected medical image using logic gates baydaa j. al-khafaji computer science/college of education for pure science(ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :5 may 2014,accepted in : 1 september 2014 abstract this paper determined the difference between the first image of the natural and the second infected image by using logic gates. the proposed algorithm was applied in the first time with binary image, the second time in the gray image, and in the third time in the color image. at start of proposed algorithm the process images by applying convolution to extended images with zero to obtain more vision and features then enhancements images by edge detection filter (laplacion operator) and smoothing images by using mean filter ,in order to determine the change between the original image and the injury the logic gates applied specially x-or gates . applying the technique for tooth decay through this comparison can locate injury, this difference may be tooth decay or a broken bone , cancerous cells or infected gums, the x-or gate is the best gates uses in this technique. simulation program using visual basic has been in order to determine final results. keyword: image processing, logic gets, x-ray imaging, ct scanner, laplacion operator, mean filter convolution. 260 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction imaging technology in medicine made the doctors able to see the interior portions of the body for easy diagnosis. it also helped doctors to make keyhole surgeries for reaching the interior parts without really opening too much of the body. ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging took over x-ray imaging by making the doctors to look at the body's elusive third dimension. with the ct scanner, the diseased areas can be identified without causing either discomfort or pain to the patient. converts scanner data into revealing pictures of internal organs. image processing techniques developed for analyzing remote sensing data may be modified to analyze the outputs of medical imaging systems to get best advantage to analyze symptoms of the patients with ease [1] . image processing is computer imaging where application involves a human being in the visual loop. in other words the image is to be examined and acted upon by people. the major topics within the field of image processing include: image restoration, image enhancement, image compression and image restorations, the process of taking an image with some known, or estimated degradation, and restoring it to its original appearance. image restoration is often used in the field of photography or publishing where an image was somehow degraded but needs to be improved before it can be printed. image enhancement involves taking an image and improving it visually, typically by taking advantages of human visual systems responses [2] . one of the simplest enhancement techniques is to simply stretch the contrast of an image. enhancement methods tend to be problem specific. for example, a method that is used to enhance satellite images may not be suitable for enhancing medical images. although enhancement and restoration are similar in aim, to make an image look better. they differ in how they approach the problem. restoration method attempts to model the distortion to the image and reverses the degradation, where enhancement methods use knowledge of the human visual systems responses to improve an image visually. image compression involves reducing the typically massive amount of data needed to represent an image. this done by eliminating data that are visually unnecessary and by taking advantage of the redundancy that is inherent in most images. image processing systems are used in many and various types of environments, such as: medical community, computer aided design, virtual reality, and image processing [3] . medical imaging characteristics imaging is the technique and process used to create images of the human body (or parts and function thereof) for clinical purposes (medical procedures seeking to reveal, diagnose, or examine disease) or medical science (including the study of normal anatomy and physiology). although imaging of removed organs and tissues can be performed for medical reasons, such procedures are not usually referred to as medical imaging, but rather are a part of pathology.[4] as a discipline and in its widest sense, it is part of biological imaging and incorporates radiology (in the wider sense) nuclear medicine, investigative radiological sciences, endoscopy, (medical) thermography,medical photography, and microscopy (e.g. for human pathological investigations).[5] advantages of digital processing for medical applications 261 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 digital data will not change when it is reproduced any number of times and retains the originality of the data. offers a powerful tool to physicians by easing the search for re-preventative images. displaying images immediately after acquiring. enhancement of images to make them easier for the physician to interpret. quantifying changes over time. providing a set of images for teaching to demonstrate examples of diseases or features in any image. quick comparison of images. preprocessing of medical image the preprocessing algorithm techniques and operators are used to perform initial processing that makes the primary data reduction and analysis task easier. they include operations related to: performing basic algebraic operations on image. enhancing specific image features. reducing data in resolution and brightness. preprocessing is stage where the requirements are typically obvious and simple such as removal of artifacts from image or eliminating of image information that is not required for the application for example in one application we needed to eliminate borders from the image that have been digitized from film [7] . image algebra for medical image there are two primary categories of algebraic operations applied to image: 1. arithmetic operations. 2. logic operations. addition, subtraction, division and multiplications comprise the arithmetic operations, while and, or and not make up the logic operations tthese operations which require only one image and are done on a pixel by -pixel basis. to apply the arithmetic operations to two images, we simply operate on corresponding pixel value [11] . addition is used to combine the information in two images. applications include development of image restoration algorithm for molding additive noise and special effects such as image morphing in motion pictures. subtraction of two images is often used to detect motion consider the case where nothing has changed in a sense the image resulting from subtraction of two sequential image is filled with zero a black image. if something has moved in the scene subtraction produces a nonzero result at the location of movement. applications include object tracking medical imaging law enforcement and military applications. multiplication and division are used to adjust the brightness of an image. one image typically consists of a constant number greater than one. multiplication of the pixel values by number greater than one will darken the image (brightness adjustment is often used as processing step in image enhancement). 262 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 the logic operation and, or and not form complete sat meaning that any other logic operation (xor, nor, nand) can be created by a combination of these basic elements. they operate in abet wise fashion on pixel data. a logic and is performed on two images suppose the two corresponding pixel values are (111) "10" one image and (88) "10" in the second image. the corresponding bit strings the logic operation and and or are used to combine the information in two images. they may be done for special effect, but a more useful application for image analysis is to perform a masking operation. use and and or as a simple method to extract a region of interest from image, if more sophisticated graphical methods are not availed. a white square and with an image will allow only the oprtion of the image coincident with the square to appear in the output image with the background turned block, and a black square or with an image will allow only the part of the image corresponding to the black square to appear in the output image but will true the rest of the image white. this process is called image masking. the not operation creates a negative of the original image, by inverting each bit within each pixel value. a proposed technique for medical imaging processing the proposed algorithm three times was applied in the first time with binary image the second time in the gray image in the end was applying with the color image we apply the technique for tooth decay. 1loading two images the first one is the natural and the second is the injury. 2-applying convolution (image extended with zero to obtain more vision and features from the image). 3enhancement both images by applying edge detection filter (laplacion operator). 4smoothing the images by using mean filter (to reduce the effects of noise on images). 5applying (xor, or, and) between the two images. 6-final images (the result locates injury). conclusions there is a number of conclusions can be derived from this paper the first one presents a new technique for medical imaging processing by using logic gates to determine injury . convolution can be used to implement many different operators, particularly spatial filters and feature detectors such as smoothing to reduce the effects of noise on images eliminate small details. and blurred image produced by the pinhole camera. we note that the error area detected after applying (and) in color image but( x-or) with binary and gray images references 1. gonzales, r.c. and woodr.e. (2002 ): digital image processing,second edition, prentice hall,. 2. belkacem-boussaid, k. and beghdadi, a., , (2005) “non linear smoothing method based on the just-noticeable contrast,” ieee conference, 843-847. 3. sundareshan, t. –l. ji, m. k., and . roehrig, h.(2008) “adaptive image contrast enhancement based on human visual properties,” ieee transactions on medical imaging, 13( 4) december, 573-586,. 263 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 4. proceedings of 2nd singapore international conference on imageprocessing( 2000). 5. digital image wrapping, george wolbergieee computer society press (1999). 6. biomedical instrumentation – m. arumugam ,anuradha agencies, publisherskumbakonam (2002). 7. http://www.cts.bilkent.edu.tr/ctp108/ctp108_in_w1.pbf. 9http://www.wikipedia.org/wiki/medical_imaging. 10ludwig, jamie (n.d.), "image convolution". portland stateuniversity. http://web.pdx.edu/~jduh/courses/archive/geog481w07/students/ludw ig_imageconvolution.pdf 11 mccane, b. (2001) “ edge detection” , new zealand :department of computer science, university of otago, mccane @ cs. otagoac.nz. 12 pratt, w. k. (1978) digital image processing, awiley-interscience publication by john wiley & sons, inc. 13 rosenfeld, a. and . kak a. c, (2006) digital picture processing,academic press. 14 dmitrij csetverikor, "basic algorithms for digital image analysis" http://visual.ipan.sztaki.hu./ 15gomes, j. and velho, l. (1997), image processing for computer graphics" translated by silvio l., springer, inc. 264 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 http://www.cts.bilkent.edu.tr/ctp108/ctp108_in_w1.pbf http://www.wikipedia.org/wiki/medical_imaging http://web.pdx.edu/%7ejduh/courses/archive/geog481w07/students/ludwig_imageconvolution.pdf http://web.pdx.edu/%7ejduh/courses/archive/geog481w07/students/ludwig_imageconvolution.pdf figure no. (1) a proposed technique for medical imaging processing 1-convolution 2-edge detection 3smoothing enhancement applying or applying and applying x-or load image 2 decay load image 1 normal final imag final imag final imag start end 265 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (2) implementation technique 266 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 الكشف عن االصابة في الصورة الطبیة باستخدام البوابات المنطقیة بیداء جعفر صادق الخفاجي جامعة بغداد \)ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفةكلیة التربیة \قسم علوم الحاسبات 2014ایلول 1، قبل في 2014ایار 5استلم في الخالصة الخوارزمیة. المنطق بوابات باستخدام المصابة الثانیة والصورة، الطبیعیة األولى الصورة بین الفرقحدد الورقة، ھذه في كان المطاف نھایة فيو ،الرمادیة الصورة في ثانیة مرةو ،الصورة الثنائیة مع األولى المرة في مرات ثالث طبقت المقترحة لحصولل للصور االلتواء تطبیق طریق عن الصور معالجة علینا المقترحة الخوارزمیة بدایة في الصورة الملونة في تطبیق الصور وتجانس ، )البالسیون عامل( التصفیة حافة عن الكشف طریق عنتحسین الصور ثم ،والمیزات الرؤیة من مزید على ھذه خالل من. المنطق بواباتباستخدام صابةالم والصورة األصلیة الصورة بین التغییر تحدید بغیة ، تصفیة عامل باستخدام ،اللثة إصابة أو، سرطانیة خالیا أو، العظام كسر أو، األسنان تسوس یكون قد الفرق وھذا اإلصابة، موقع تحدید یمكن المقارنة .لغة البرمجة الفجوال بیسكاستخدام بو التسوس في االسنان حدد فیھا على صورة التطبیقاجري البلیسیون،’االشعة السینیة’التصویر الماسح الضوئي،البوابات المنطقیة’معالجة الصور،االلتواء :المفتاحیة الكلمات 267 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2654 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ m a t h e m a t i c s | 76 a new approach of morgan-voyce polynomial to solve three point boundary value problems bushra esaa kashem bushra_eesa@yahoo.com , 100047@uotechnology.edu.iq department applied sciences, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. abstract in this paper, a new procedure is introduced to estimate the solution for the three-point boundary value problem which is instituted on the use of morgan-voyce polynomial. in the beginning, morgan-voyce polynomial along with their important properties is introduced. next, this polynomial with aid of the collocation method utilized to modify the differential equation with boundary conditions to the algebraic system. finally, the examples approve the validity and accuracy of the proposed method. keywords: morgan-voyce, three-point boundary value problem, collocation method, approximation method. 1.introduction the three point boundary value problem belongs to the seeming nonlocal or multipoint boundary value problem. this local boundary value problem has a major role in physics, engineering and many phenomena in applied mathematical. an amount of research has been studying the three-point boundary value problem, for example, the positive solution [1], existence and stability [2], discrete first order [3], and variational principle [4]. in this study, we consider the linear three point boundary value problem is: �̈�𝑍(𝑥) + 𝐹(𝑥)𝑍(𝑥) = 𝐺(𝑥) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑍(𝑎) = 𝑍(𝑏) = 𝐴 𝑎𝑛𝑑 �̇�(𝑐) = 𝐵 𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏) (1) where f, g is a continuous function. a, b, c ∈ r. a, b real constant. the main purpose of this work is to modify a new algorithm for an approximate solution to three point boundary value problems based on the special case of morgan-voyce polynomial. the properties and the method for using are explored. this method decreased the differential equation with its initial and boundary conditions to a system of algebraic equations in the unknown expand coefficients. 2. morgan-voyce polynomial diametrical polynomial morgan-voyce which is introduced recently in 1959 [5] at was used in many interesting papers such as, functional integro [6], pantograph equation [7], differential-difference equation [8], and nonlinear ordinary differential equation [9]. http://ihicps.com/ mailto:bushra_eesa@yahoo.com mailto:100047@uotechnology.edu.iq special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2654 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ m a t h e m a t i c s | 77 the morgan-voyce polynomials 𝑀𝑛(𝑥) defined by:[10] 𝑀𝑛+2(𝑥) = 𝑀𝑛+1(𝑥) − 𝑀𝑛 (𝑥) (2) with 𝑀0(𝑥) = 2 , 𝑀1(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 2 and explicit formulation (𝑛 ≥ 1, 𝑛 > 𝑘) 𝑀𝑛 (𝑥) = ∑ 2𝑛 𝑛−𝑘 ( 𝑛+𝑘−1 𝑛−𝑘−1 ) 𝑥𝑘 + 𝑥𝑛𝑛−1𝑘=0 …(3) on other hand, by using eq.(2) & eq.(3) the first seven morgan-voyce polynomials are given: 𝑀0(𝑥) = 2 , 𝑀1(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 2 𝑀2(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 2 𝑀3(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 + 6𝑥2 + 9𝑥 + 2 𝑀4(𝑥) = 𝑥 4 + 8𝑥3 + 20𝑥 2 + 16𝑥 + 2 𝑀5(𝑥) = 𝑥 5 + 10𝑥4 + 35𝑥3 + 50𝑥 2 + 25𝑥 + 2 𝑀6(𝑥) = 𝑥 6 + 12𝑥5 + 54𝑥4 + 112𝑥3 + 105𝑥2 + 36𝑥 + 2 𝑀7(𝑥) = 𝑥 7 + 14𝑥6 + 77𝑥5 + 210𝑥4 + 294𝑥3 + 196𝑥2 + 49𝑥 + 2 3important properties of morgan-voyce polynomial: [11,12] 1connection with chybechev and lucas polynomial 𝑻𝒏(𝒙), 𝑳𝒏(𝒙) 𝑀𝑛(𝑥) = 2𝑇𝑛( 𝑥 + 2 2 ) 𝑀𝑛(𝑥 2) = 𝐿2𝑛 (𝑥) 2orthogonality 𝑀𝑛 (𝑥) is an orthogonal polynomial over [0,-4] with weight function 1 √4−(𝑥+2)2 3. integration http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2654 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ m a t h e m a t i c s | 78 ∫ 𝑀2𝑛+1(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 0 0 −4 ∫ 𝑀2𝑛 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 8 (2𝑛 + 1)(2𝑛 − 1) 0 −4 4-zeros 𝑀𝑛 (𝑥): 𝑥𝑟 = −4 𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 [ 2𝑟 − 1 2𝑛 ∗ 𝜋 2 ] , 𝑟 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 3. morgan-voyce collocation method in this section, the solution of three-point boundary value problem can be abstracted by the following steps. step 1 the function �̈�(𝑥) in eq.(1) developed approximately using morgan-voyce polynomial: �̈�(𝑥) = ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑀𝑖 (𝑥) 𝑛 𝑖=0 (4) step 2 integrating eq.(4) twice from 0 t0 x depending the boundary condition to get : 𝑍(𝑥) = 𝑍(0) + �̇�(0)𝑥 + ∬ ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑀𝑖 (𝑥) 𝑛 𝑖=0 𝑥 0 (5) step 3 substituting the boundary condition into eq.(5) to reduce the morgan-voyce coefficient differential equation. step 4 rewriting eq.(1) by substituted eq.(5) &(4) to get ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑀𝑖 (𝑥) 𝑛 𝑖=0 + 𝐹(𝑥)[𝑍(0) + �̇�(0)𝑥 + ∬ ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑀𝑖 (𝑥) 𝑛 𝑖=0 𝑥 0 ] = 𝐺(𝑥) (6) step 5 by consider the collocation point 𝑥𝑗 = 𝑗−0.5 2𝑛 j=1,2,3,… can be resulting algebraic system which is solved to find the unknown coefficient 𝑀𝑖 . step 7 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2654 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ m a t h e m a t i c s | 79 substituted the calculated coefficients into eq.(5). the solution for eq.(1) will be obtained. 4. examples illustrations: for showing the accuracy and activity of our approximate method, we consider the following examples. example (1): �̈� − 12 𝑥−2𝑍 = 0 𝑍(1) = 𝑍(−1) = 1 , 𝑍(0) = �̇�(0) = 0 (7) exact solution x4 for assume �̈�(𝑥) ≅ ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑀𝑖 (𝑥) 4 𝑖=0 (8) by integrating eq.(8) twice time and applying the steps studied in section(3), the approximate coefficient will be c0=36 , c1=-48 , c2=12 , c3=c4=0. applying the approximate coefficient into eq.(8) , we obtain the exact solution 𝑍(𝑥) ≅ 𝑥4 example (2): �̈� − 𝑍 = (4𝑥6 + 12 𝑥2)𝑒 𝑥 2 𝑍(1) = 𝑍(−1) = 𝑒1 , 𝑍(0) = �̇�(0) = 0 exact solution 𝑥4 𝑒 𝑥 2 assume that �̈�(𝑥) ≅ ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑀𝑖 (𝑥) 6 𝑖=0 by applying the same method and solve a system of equations we approximate the solution. table 1 reflects the comparison between the approximate solution with the exact solution and absolute error. table 1 x approximate exact absolute error -1 2.718282 2.718282 0 -0.75 0.555381 0.555310 0.000071 -0.5 0.080242 0.080252 0.00001 -0.25 0.004157 0.004158 0.0000001 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2654 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ m a t h e m a t i c s | 80 0 0 0 0 0.25 0.004157 0.004158 0.0000001 0.5 0.080242 0.080252 0.00001 0.75 0.555381 0.555310 0.000071 1 2.718282 2.718282 0 example (3): �̈� − 1 𝑥 �̇� + 𝑍 = (4𝑥 + 1)𝑒 𝑥 2 + 𝑥2 𝑍(1) = 𝑍(−1) = 1 + 𝑒1 , 𝑍(0) = 1, �̇�(0) = 0 exact solution 𝑥2 + 𝑒 𝑥 2 let �̈�(𝑥) ≅ ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑀𝑖 (𝑥) 8 𝑖=0 the comparison between the approximate and exact solution are showing in table 2. table 2 x approximate exact absolute error -1 3.718282 3.718282 0 -0.8 2.536470 2.536481 0.000011 -0.6 1.793318 1.793329 0.000011 -0.4 1.333511 1.333511 0.000000 -0.2 1.080812 1.080811 0.000001 0 1 1 0 0.2 1.080812 1.080811 0.000001 0.4 1.333511 1.333511 0.000000 0.6 1.793318 1.793329 0.000011 0.8 2.536470 2.536481 0.000011 1 3.718282 3.718282 0 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2654 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ m a t h e m a t i c s | 81 4.conclusion in this article, a new general formula for morgan-voyce polynomial collocation method is employed to solve the three-point boundary value problems. the approached plane is tested by some examples and the results are satisfied in comparison with approximate with existing. references 1. yang, c. positive solutions for a three-point boundary value problem of fractional qdifference equations. symmetry. 2018, 10(9), 358; doi:10.3390/sym10090358. 2. ali, z.; zada, a.; shah, k. existence and stability analysis of three point boundary value problem. international journal of applied and computational mathematics, 2017, 3(1), 651664. doi:101007/s40819-017-0375-8. 3. mohamed, m. ; thompson, h.; jusoh m. discrete first-order three-point boundary value problem. journal of mathematics research, 2019, 1, 2. doi:10.5539/jmr.v1n2p207. 4. liu h.; he j.; li z. variational principle for a three-point boundary value problem. j. nonlinear sci. appl. 2016, 9(8):5169—5174. doi:10.22436/jnsa.009.08.02. 5. morgan-voyce,a.ladder-network analysis using fibonacci numbers. in ire transactions on circuit theory.1959, 6, 3, 321-322, , doi: 10.1109/tct.1959.1086564. 6. özel m, k; kürkçü, ö; sezer m. morgan-voyce matrix method for generalized functional integro-differential equations of volterra type. journal of science and arts ,2019, 47 (2): 295310. available from: https://search.proquest.com /openview/04dd41f26209638 eae2f4f2 486d359d7/1?pq-origsite=gscholar&cbl=105793. 7. i̇lhan, ö.an improved morgan-voyce collocation method for numerical solution of generalized pantograph equations. journal of scientific and engineering research, 2017, 4(10):320-332. available from: http://oaji.net/articles/2017/4834-1525935151.pdf. 8. türkyılmaz, b; gürbüz, b; sezer, m. morgan-voyce polynomial approach for solution of high-order linear differential-difference equations with residual error estimation. düzce university, journal of science and technology, 2016, 4 (1), 0-0. available from :https: // dergipark org.tr/tr/pub/dubited/issue/24381/258462. 9. tarakçi, m.,;özel, m.; sezer, m. solution of nonlinear ordinary differential equations with quadratic and cubic terms by morgan-voyce matrix-collocation method. turkish journal of mathematics, 2020, 44, 906-918,doi:10.3906/mat-1908-102. 10.swamy ,m.; bhattacharyya ,b.a study of recurrent ladders using the polynomials defined by morgan-voyce. in ieee transactions on circuit theory, 1967, 14, 3, 260-264, doi: 10.1109/tct.1967.1082705. 11. horadam a.f.new aspects of morgan-voyce polynomials. in: bergum g.e., philippou a.n., horadam a.f. (eds) applications of fibonacci numbers. springer, dordrecht.1998. doi:10.1007/978-94-011-5020-0_20. http://ihicps.com/ https://doi.org/10.3390/sym10090358 https://doi.org/10.5539/jmr.v1n2p207 http://dx.doi.org/10.22436/jnsa.009.08.02 special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2654 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ m a t h e m a t i c s | 82 12. swamy, m. rising diagonal polynomials associated with morganvoyce polynomials. fibonacci quarterly , 200,)38(1), ams classification available from: https://www..fq.math.ca/scanned/38-1/swamy2.pdf 0. http://ihicps.com/ 17062012124357_012 17062012124357_013 17062012124357_014 17062012124357_015 17062012124357_016 17062012124357_017 17062012124358 17062012124358_001 17062012124507 17062012124507_001 17062012124508 17062012124508_001 17062012124508_002 17062012124508_003 17062012124508_004 17062012124508_005 17062012124508_006 17062012124508_007 17062012124508_008 microsoft word 159-166 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|159    very high q-factor based on g-shaped resonator type metamaterial absorber khalid saeed lateef al-badri saaedkhalid@gmail.com dept. of physics / college of education / computer center / university of samarra. abstract high q-factor based on absorption can be achieved by tuning (the reflection and the transition percentage). in this work, the simple design and simulated in s-band have been investigated. the simulation results of g-shape resonator are shown triple band of absorption peaks 60%, 91.5%, and 70.3%) at resonance frequency 2.7 ghz, 3.26 ghz, and 4.05 ghz respectively. the results exhibited very high of the q-factor (271) at resonance frequency (3.26 ghz). the high q-factor can be used to enhance the sensor sensing, narrowband band filter and image sensing. keywords: metamaterial, q-factor, s-band; absorber and triple band absorber. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|160    1. introduction in ten years ago, there has been a new technique used to produce perfect absorption based on left handed material (lhm) or metamaterial [1] because it has interest properties not found in nature such as negative refractive index, backward waves [2&3], sub of operating wavelength, in homogeneities medium, and small unit cells thickness [11]. the specials properties of metamaterial open the way for many range of applications such as: perfect metamaterials absorber [1, 2 &4], negative refraction index [5], sensing applications [6], and modulator [6&7]. meanwhile, metamaterials become hot topic because of frequency scalability property [1, 2 & 3-7] from microwave [6] to thz [4&7]. in the past, one important disadvantage point of electromagnetic devise based on metamaterials structure is absorption loss. this loss lead to a weakening the sensitivity of devise and power dissipated, thus due to limiting the practical application which depend on metamaterial [12]. until the moment, when landy, n. i. et.al. mention to use metamaterial as a perfect absorber in 2008 [1]. they showed perfect absorption for the incidence electromagnetic wave by carefully engineered metamaterial structure. generally, many metamaterials structures consisting from three layers as a sandwich structures. one substrate layer with high permittivity and very low loss tangent. it is bounded by two metallic layers. the front is resonator. the back layer is ground plane. however, metamaterial absorber was able to overcome the disadvantage of traditional absorbing materials problems, such as: complex structure and low absorption ratio. therefore, perfect metamaterial plays important role in great applications, for example reduce radar cross [13], sensing [6], thermal image [1&4], and stealth material [13]. unfortunately, we can note this advantage the metamaterial absorbers suffer from some weak points narrow band of absorption because of the strong em resonances [12]. meanwhile, the narrow bandwidth later become key point in sensing applications [14] . in order to describe the mechanism of metamaterials, the researchers used equivalent medium theory. the complex permittivity ε(ω) and complex permeability μ(ω) are explained as the eq. (1 & 2). 𝜀 𝜔 𝜀 𝜔 𝑖𝜀 𝜔 (1) 𝜇 𝜔 𝜇 𝜔 𝑖𝜇 𝜔 (2) where the real parts (𝜇 𝜔 , 𝜀 𝜔 ) describe the degree of polarization and magnetization of electromagnetic wave. in the other hands the losses of electromagnetic wave can be explained by (𝜇 𝜔 and 𝜀 𝜔 ). in the investigation of metamaterial absorber, many scientists pay attention to study the effect of real parts, and decrease the tangent loss as much as possible by reducing the imaginary parts [12 & 15]. however, for the perfect absorber based on metamaterials, the tangent loss of substrate is very beneficial. according to electromagnetic transmission theory, many principle of the absorber structure can be investigating. the good explanation for physical reason of absorption depends on input impedance of the structure. when the structure impedance z match the surrounding impedance, the perfect absorption by carefully tuning the parameters of structure can be get. in this study, the very simple design, that is consist of three layers has been used to generate very high q-factor in s-band frequency. the results show three absorption peaks ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|161    60%, 91.5%, and 70.3% at frequencies 2.7 ghz, 3.26ghz, and 4.05ghz respectively. the high q-factor is achieved 271 at resonance frequency 3.26 ghz . by compared with previous studies, this structure promise in many advantages of very high q-factor comparing with study in reference [8], ability to scaling to thz regime and sensing applications that due to the very sharp of q-factor. 2. design the g-shaped structure consists of two conductive layers separated from each other by 1.5 mm fr-4 substrate as a dielectric spacer. the top layer is a two symmetric g-shaped resonators; the back side layer is continuous metallic (as a mirror) to reflect all transmitted wave. the fr-4 chosen as the dielectric spacer with their permittivity constant 3.4 and tangent losses 0.025. the all conductive layers are choosing as copper with conductivity 5.8×107 s/m. the design dimensions and unit cell dimension are listed in table i. in order to examine the simulation results the commercial software cst microwave studio was chosen, which is based on the finite integration technique [16]. the simulation is applied under periodic boundary condition of planner unit cell in fig. 1. to calculate the two scattering parameters. the electromagnetic wave is normally incident the e electric field polarization, h magnetic field polarization and propagation vector are set along y, x and –z respectively. the q-factor was calculated from resonance frequency of absorption peak divided by hpbw. meanwhile, the absorption [1,17] was found from eq. (3). 𝐴 1 𝑅 𝑇 (3) where a, r, and t is absorption, reflection= |s11|2 and transmission = |s21|2 respectively. the absorption is depending on the reflection only, because the back side was fully covered by copper. therefore, the input of proposed structure can be calculated from scattering parameters according to eq. (4). 𝑍 1 𝑆 𝑆 1 𝑆 𝑆 4 table (1): design dimensions. parameter value (mm) lx 34.036 ly 34.036 r 12 l1 17.4 l2 6.8 g1 0.6 g2 0.6 w 0.6 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|162    figuer (1): g-shaped metamaterial absorber, (a) cst simulation setup based on periodic boundaries and(b) schematic view. 3. results in order to investigate the performance of the g-shaped as a high q-factor resonator, (s) parameters of a g-shaped is simulated. additionally, the influences of the geometry parameters such as the r radius of structure, the width of metal (w) and finally length of l2 are compared with absorption level and resonance frequency. however, fig. 2 shows the absorption response of g-shaped when the parameters as in table 1. the high q factor (271) excited at high absorption peak (91.5%) at resonance frequency (3.26) ghz. the structure at this orientation does not depend on symmetry broken as in [9&10]. fig. 3 shows the simulated surface currents at resonance frequency (3.26) ghz, which it approves the resonance type of the electric dipole. figure (2): absorption response of g-shaped ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|163    figure (3): surface current simulated at resonance frequency 3.26 ghz the influences of different parameters in q-factor and resonance frequency are investigated. firstly fig. 4 shows the absorption as a function of frequency for different radiuses (r). evidently, when the radiuses of g-shaped structure increase, the resonance frequency is decrease (red-shift). additionally, the q-factor increases when (r) increase nonlinearly and the highest q-factor (204) at (r = 12.5 mm). the next parameter investigated is width of metallic resonator (w). the result shown increasing in (w), which it leads to distinctly decrease in hpbw, with increase in q-factor and resonance frequency. the relation between (w) and resonance frequency, as shown in figure 5. figure (4): absorption of the g-shaped resonator for the change of the radius r from 11 mm to 13 mm, step 0.5 mm. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|164    figure (5): absorption of the g-shaped resonator for the change of the w from 0.3 mm to 0.9 mm, step 0.2 mm. finally, figure 6 shows the absorption as a function of frequency for different l2. the increasing length of l2 lead to decrease in g1 and vies versa. when the l2 decrease, the resonance frequency and hpbw are increase (i.e. q-factor decrease). from 5.6 mm 2shaped resonator for the change of the l-absorption of the g :6)( figure to 7.4 mm. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|165    4. conclusions in this paper, the very high q-factor (271) metamaterial structure is presented. three absorption bands at 2.7 ghz, 3.26 ghz and 4.05 ghz are formed with the absorption peaks levels 60%, 91.5%, and 70.3% respectively. the proposed g-shaped resonator has significant potential in practical applications, especially when it scaling to thz such as detection, imaging and sensing references [1]. n. landy, i., s. sajuyigbe, , s. x, mock, smith,., & d. r, padilla,and w. j. : 'perfect metamaterial absorber', physical review letters, (2000), 100 (20), 207402, doi: 10.1103/physrevlett.100.207402. [2].  c.m., watts, x., liu, w.j. padilla,:'metamaterial electromagnetic wave absorbers'. advanced materials. 24,( 23), pp. op98-op120, doi: 10.1002/adma.201200674. ,( 2012) [3]. v. g., veselago, 'electrodynamics of substrates with simultaneously negative values of and μ ' , 1968, sov. phys. usp., 10,( 4),. 509-514, apr.. [4]. b. x. wang, , zhai, , x. wang, g. z., huang, w. q., & wang, l. l. : 'a novel dualband terahertz metamaterial absorber for a sensor application', journal of applied physics, 117(1), 014504, doi:10.1063/1.4905261,( 2015). [5]. r. a. shelby, , d. r. smith,., s. schultz,: 'experimental verification of a negative index of refraction', 2001, science 292 (5514), pp, 77-79,. [6]. k. al-badri, , a. cinar, , u. kose, , ertan, o., ekmekci, e.: 'monochromatic tuning of absorption strength based on angle dependent closed ring resonator type metamaterial absorber' 2016 ieee antennas wirel. propag. lett., doi: 10.1109/lawp.2016. 2620599 . [7]. h.-t. chen, , w. j padilla,. , j. m. o. zide, , , a. j gossard,. taylor, averitt, r. d.: 'active terahertz metamaterial devices'nature, 444, (7119), ,( 2006) [8]. b.-x. wang, , x. zhai, , g. z wang,., huang, , w.-q. wang,and l. l.: 'a novel dualband terahertz metamaterial absorber for sensor application'j. appl. phys., 117 (1),. 014504,doi: 10.1063/1.4905261. ,( 2015). [9]. b.-x. wang, , x. zhai, , g. z wang,., huang., , w.-q wang,and l. l.: 'a novel dualband terahertz metamaterial absorber for sensor application', (2015), j. appl. phys., 117 (1),. 014504,doi: 10.1063/1.4905261. [10]. v. a fedotov,., rose, m., prosvirnin, s. l., papasimakis, n., zheludev, n. i. : ' sharp trapped-mode resonances in planar metamaterials with a broken structural symmetry',( 2011), physical review letters, 99(14), 147401, doi: 10.1103/physrevlett.99.147401. [11]. p. v.. tuong, j. w. , park, , rhee, j. y. kim, k. w., jang, w. h., h. cheong, , and y. p. lee,: polarization-insensitive and polarization-controlled dual-band absorption in metamaterials'appl. phys. lett., 102, 081122. ,( 2013), [12]. x,  wang., b, zhang., wang., w, wang j., and duan j.: ' design, fabrication, and characterization of a flexible dual-band metamaterial absorber ', ieee photonics journal 4(9), 4600512, (2017), [13]. c.,  sabah, f. dincer, , m. karaaslan, , unal, e., akgol, o., demirel, e. ‘perfect metamaterial absorber with polarization and incident angle independencies based on ring and cross-wire resonators for shielding and a sensor application’, optics communications, 322, 137-142. ,( 2014). [14]. f. hu, , y., li qian, , z., j., nie, k., xiong, x., zhang, w., peng, z., ‘design of a tunable terahertz narrowband metamaterial niu, absorber based on an electrostatically ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1788 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                   physics|166    actuated mems cantilever and split ring resonator array’, , journal of optics, 15(5), 055101. (2013). [15]. w. j.,   padilla, a. j., taylor, c highstrete,., lee, m., averitt, r. d., ‘dynamical electric and magnetic metamaterial response at terahertz frequencies’,), physical review letters, 96(10), 107401. (2006). [16].  walter., and i. munteanu, , ‘fit for emc,” in proceeding of the 17th international zurich symposium on electromagnetic compatibility’ (zurich, switzerland),. 15–17( 2006). [17].  k.al-badri, , & ekmekçi, e. ‘a numerical study with various intersecting twin structures on tuning the absorption spectra in s-band’, ursi-türki̇ye’(2016) viii. bilimsel kongresi, 1-3 eylü, odtü, ankara l( 2016). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 modeling of the effect of mgo and zro2 on sintering of alumina h. k.h.al.mayaly departme nt of physics, college of education i bnal-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in april 18 , 2010 accepted in june 17, 2010 abstract this research study ies the effect of m go and zro2 as additives in sintering al2o3 . the exp erimental results are modeled usin g ( l 2 _ r egression) technique , sintered density and grain size rate measurments were accounted by utilizing exp erimental r esults of undop ed , m go dop ed and zro2 dop ed alumina imp regrated with sp herical lar ge p ores in final st age of sintering . the effect of each additive is inhibitian of the grain growt h and increasing the densification r ate which enhances t he kinietics of densification and the removal of large and sm all pores. introduction alumina ceramic (al2o3) is a hard refractory ceramic, which has been used in high temp erature, st ructural and substrate app lications because of its good st rength and low thermal exp ansion cofficient . nevertheless , like other mono lithic ceramics, al2o3 is aptto suffer from low ductility and low fracture toughnees[i]. dop ed samples were st udied fro the influence of varying the grain growt h rate of the alumina , m go is a st rong solid-solution grain growt h inhibitor in high p urity alumina [2] , and zro2 when added in high enough concentrations, is an even st rong second-phase grain growt h inhibitor [3] . the intension of this st udy to was model mathematically the densification and grain size rate of dop ed al2o3 sy st em using regression modeling technique utilizing m go and zro2 as additives sep erately . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 theoretical background the p ores are calassified into two basic ty p es , there are the so-called matrix or first generation p ore and the second ty p e, large so-called second-genertion p ores which originate from p articale agglomeration and p articale p acking irregularities within the p owder comp act [4] .the large pores are alway s more difficult to eleminate large voide for two basic reasons . first , simple kinietics dictates alonger time to fill a larger void by diffusion [5] , second a large p ore can be thermody namically st able depending on the value of dihedral and p ore size : grain size ratio (for a given dihedrol angle and pore size, there is a critical grain size above which the p ore is unst able and can sinter ),while below where it is st able and can not sinter. the models which are used in this st udy have asimp lifiying a ssump tions in order to p erform the calculations. 1) pore shrinkage is controlled by lattice diffusion 2) the grain size is fixed at t he critical grain size which was taken to be 0.68 times the p ore size [6]. 3) the p ores are assummed to be sp herical with no thermody namic barrier for shrinkage [4,7]. the large-pore volume will st art to decrease (once the critical grain size is reached), the matrix grain growt h rate (dg/dt) can be given by [8] max 13.4 (1 ).....(1)b dg g mpg dt n g    where n is the number of p ores surrounding each grain , m p is the average p ore mobility , g is the grain size , b  is the grain boundary energy , ε is the grain growt h rate factor and (g/gm ax) is the ratio of average grain size over maximum grain size. the densification rate(dρ/dt) depends on the diffusion cofficient resp onsible for densification (dlattice or d boundar y ) and the grain size [9]. / ...... ...( 2 ) nd cd g dt   where c is a constant and d is t he diffusion cofficient . the grain size exp onent, n, is 3 for latticediffusion controlled densification which is used in this st udy .[5] in this st udy (reported in ref [5]). ultra-high-p urity α-alumina p owder for which the manufaturar claimed a(99.995%) p urity size of p owder was 0.45 μm and 97% of the p articles were less t han 1μm . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 the following three comp ositions were chosen for this st udy (i) p ure alumina ; (ii) 250p p m-m go-dop ed alumina , and (iii) al2o3 +10 vol % zro2 . large mono size p ores were introduced in to each comp osition by incorp orating latex sp heres (5.6 μm ) into the p owder mix before sintering .the ratio of the sp here volume / the sum of the sp here volume and the solid volume in each comp osition was (5%) .the p owder was cold-p ressed into p ellets of app roximately the same green density (47.5%) using a high-p urity alumina p unch and die set . the p ellets calcined at 1000 o c in air for 48 h , large p ores were p roduced after calcination as a result of burning out of the latex sp heres. the processing p rocedure for all comp osition was kept as consistent as p ossible to ensure similar initial microstructures . sintering was conducted under flowing nitrogen gas in a furnace heated with graphite elements, the sp ecimens were heated at a constant rate of (60 o c/min) up to the sintering temp erature of 1620 o c (oxy gen p artial p ressure < 10 -11 atm <10 -6 p a ). regression modeling technique the equation of l 2 _ regression which is used in this st udy can be exp ress as follows [10] 1 ( ) .. . .. . . .. . (3 ) t t x a a a b   where a is the matrix , a t is the transp ose of matrix a , b is random abserv ation and x is the fixed p art of equation but unknown. the integral for m of the gr ain growt h rate equation (1) [4]. max 13.4 ln ln (1 ) ..........(4) t t t p b g g g m y t n g      � � and the integral form of densification rate equation (2) ( 1 ) .. .. .. .( 5 ) (1 ) n t t t c d g t n       � � aft er simp lifing the integr al exp ression for equation (4) and (5) we get a suitable form of equation (3) that can be adop ted to l 2 _ regression . 1 1 m a x ln (1 ) ........(6 )t t g g z t y g    � ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 (1 ) 2 2........(7) n t t z g t y    � where z1 is the grian size rate p arameter and equals t o 13.4 [ ]p bm y n  ,z2 if the densification rate parameter and equals to [cd / (1-n)] , y1 is the grain size rate coff icient and equals to [ 1 m a x l n (1 )t o g g z t g   ] and y2 is densification rate cofficient and equals to [ 1 2 n t op z g t  ] the grain size and d ensity value were measured using model of l 2 _ regression (see-ref ii) results and disussion figs . (1) and (2) showed the effect of m go and zro2 dop ed alumina which have a large ( � 5 μm ) model sp herical pores on the density date as a function of time at 1629oc . as can be seen that both m go and zro2 increased the desification rate of al2o3 . zro2 had more effective in enhanced densification rate than m go . the calculatedion by model sintered densites of sample with zro2 addition was ranged between [ 92 and 97.9% ] and for samples with m go addition was ranged between [ 91 and 97.2 % ] . the zro2-dop ed samples did reach a slightly higher density than the m go-dop ed samples , however , this does imp ly that a fraction of the p ores were indeed thermody namically unst able and cabable to shrink . such pores would be able to shrink at a faster rate than those in the m go – dop ed samp les due to smaller grain size and associated fast er kinetics. fig. (3) and fig. (4) are showed the grain size versus t ime date for m go-dop ed , and zro2dop ed aluminas which imregnated with large ( � 5 µm ) model sp herical p ores at 1620 oc . m go and zro2 were very effective in inhibiting grain growt h in the sy st em (zro2 more so than m go), t he grain sizes for undop ed and m go-dop ed samples well beyond the critical grain size and the large p ores do not readily disapp er even when thermodynamics is p ermitt ing . the degree of grain growt h inhibition was fast er with t he zro2-dop ed samp les , where the small grain size of these samp les showed that not all the p ores were necessarily thermody namically unst able for any reasonble lenght of sinterin g time. in table (1) we can see the grain size rate p arameter of doping samples increases , this can be exp lained in terms of t he number of pores which increase with dop ing and this may naturally decreases densification rate parameters . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 table (2) lists t he grain size rate cofficient and densification rate cofficient , t he doping lowers both the densification and gr ain size rate cofficient resp ectively where the dop ent p articals may form barriers along the diffusion p ath and reduce the densification conclusion the modeling technique shows that the calculated results using l 2 _regression technique agr ees with exp erimental results, and m go-dop ed alumina imp ragnated with lar ge pores have effective in inhibitin g grain growt h rate and increases the densification rate , while the effect of zro2 dop ed alumina was fast er than m go , z ro2 dop ed samp les have more effective in enhanced densification and inhibition the grain growt h rate. re ferences 1. nanchou,s. ;hwalu,h. fwulii ,d. and huang, j.l. (2009), proc essing and physical p rop erties of al2o3/alumina alloy comp osites. ceramics international 35: 7-12 2. bennison ,s.j. and harmer, m .p . (1985),grain growt h kinetics alumina in the absence of aliquid p hase.j.am.ceram.soc.68(1) :22-24. 3. lan ge ,f.f. and hirlin ger, m .m . (1984),hindrance of grain growt h in al2o3 by zro2 inclusions . j.am.ceram. soc.67(3) :68-164. 4. zhao ,j. and harmer ,m .p. (1988),effect of p ore dist ribution on microst ucture development. i, matrix p ores.j.am.ceram. soc. 71(2):20-113. 5. zhao ,j. and harmer ,m .p. (1988),effect of p ore dist ribution on microst ructure development. ii, first and second gener ation p ores . j .am.ceram.soc,71(7) :39-530. 6. kingery, w.d. and francois ,b. (1967), sintering of cry st alline oxides.i.int eractions between grain boundaries and pores,(98-471) in sintering and retated phenomena,edited by g.c.ky czy nski,n.a.hooton,and g.f.gibbon,gordon breach,newy ork. 7. coble ,r.l. (1961),sintering cryst alline solids i.int ermediate and final st age diffusion models,j.app l.p hy s(32): 92-787. 8. brook ,r.j. (1976),cont rolled grain growt h in ceramic sy st ems .(64-331).intreatise on materials science and technolo gy , 9.edited by f.f.y.wong academic p ress.newy ork. 9. berry ,k.a. and harmer ,m .p. (1986),effect of m go solute on microstructure development in al2o3 .j.am.ceram.soc.69(2): 49-143. 10. robert.j.vander bei (2001), linear programming.foundations and extensions,second edition ,copy right c. 11. m aly aly ,h.k. (2005),analysis t he three st age of sintering usin g lin ear p rogrammin g. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 table (1):grain size and densification rate paramete rs in three case , undoped, mgodoped an d zro2-do ped alumi na impregte d with large model pores undop ed m go-dop ed zro2-dop ed grain size rate p arameter (z1) 90.583 93.964 94.651 desification rate p arameter (z2) 1.574 1.102 0.578 table (2): grain size and densification rate cofficient in three case , undoped , mgo-doped and zro2 –doped alumi na i mpregnated with l arge model pores undop ed m go-dop ed zro2-dop ed grain size rate cofficient (y1) 0.00559 0.00511 0.00238 densification rate cofficient (y2) 4.397 0.6562 0.0604 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig (1) density data of undope d a nd mgo dope d a lumina s impregnated w ith large pores a s a function of time 90 92 94 96 98 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 time (min) d e n s it y (g m /m ^ 3 ) undoped exp undoped cal mgo doped ex p mgo doped ca l fig(2) densi ty data of undoped an d zro2 doped al umi nas i mpregnated with la rge pores as a function of time 90 92 94 96 98 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 time (min) d e n s it y ( g m /m ^ 3 ) undoped exp undoped c al zro2 doping exp zro2 doping c al ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة في تلبید االلومینا zro2و mgoثیر نموذج تأأ حنان كاظم حسون جامعة بغداد ،ابن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ،قسم الفیزیاء 2010نیسان 18استلم البحث في 2010حزیران 17قبل البحث في -:الخالصة ،l2-regressionبأستخدام تقنیة نمذجت النتائج التجریبیة تم.في تلبید االلومینا zro2,mgoتأثیر اضافة درس والمطعمة ب mgoالمطعمة ب ،بأستخدام نتائج تجریبیة لأللومینا غیر مطعمة معدل كثافة التلبید والحجم الحبیبي حسب و zro2 و منع النمو الحبیبي وزیادة ه ان تأثیر نوعي التطعیم.عملیة التلبید بالفجوات الكبیرة في المرحلة النهائیة من والمشبعة .حركیات التكاثف وحركة الفجوات الكبیرة والصغیرة زیادةمعدل التكاثف حیث microsoft word 115-129 chemistry | 115 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 synthesis and characterization of schiff base derived from chitosan and its complexes with (co+2, ni+2 and cu+2) mahmoud a. al-issa ayat a. abbas dept. of chemistry / college of science for women / university of baghdad fadhel s. matty dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in: 25/ may/2015, accepted in :10/june/2015   abstract in this research, new schiff base is derived from chitosan o-nitrobenzyldehyde and its complexes were synthesized. all compounds were characterized by ft-ir, uv-visible, tga, dta, tg and molar conductivity with melting point. the results showed that schiff base was coordinated via nitrogen atom azomethine with the center metal ions co+2,ni+2 and cu+2 behaving monodentate ligand and forming complexes with molecular formula [m(l)cl2h2o] the tetrahedral geometrical was suggested for all prepared complexes based on the characterization data for all techniques. +2,cu+2, ni+2m = co key words: chitin, chitosan, schiff base, complexes.                                                chemistry | 116 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016     introduction chitosan is typically obtained by deacetylation of chitin under alkaline conditions [1]. chitosan displays interesting properties such as biocompatibility, biodegradability [2,3] and its degradation products are non-toxic, non-immunogenic and noncarcinogenic[4,5].therefore, chitosan has prospective applications in many fields such as biomedicine, waste water treatment. recently, there has been a growing interest in the chemical modification of chitosan in order to improve its properties and widen its application [6,7].schiff base containing imine groups can be prepared from reaction between active carbonyl groups and amino groups[8]. schiff bases and their metal complexes have received a great deal of attention during the last decade in order to prepare new sets of these bases and their transition metal complexes [9].these complexes have proved that it is antitumer and has carcinostatic activities [10]. in this study we report the grafting modification of chitosan with o-nitrobenzyldehyde, the complexes were synthesized from modified chitosan and (co+2,ni+2 and cu+2) metals ions. experimental polymer and reagents chitosan with 85% degree of deacetylation was obtained from j&k iran and all reagents and solvents were obtained from bdh and used without further purification. synthesis of chitosan schiff base (csb) [11] 0.5 gm chitosan was dissolved in a mixed 10 ml of methanol with 5 drops of acetic acid and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. then, 0.015gm onitrobenzaldehyde was added to the mixture. the mixture was stirred and heated at 60°c for 12 h under water bath heating. chemistry | 117 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 after cooling, the crude product was washed with methanol to the point of colorless filtrate. the product was dried at 60°c in vacuum for 24 h. the synthetic route of target compounds is shown in scheme. scheme synthesis of chitosan schiff base (l) preparation of chitosan schiff base of (co+2, ni+2 and cu+2) complexes 0.2 gm of schiff base ligand mixed with 0.2 gm of (cocl2.6h2o nicl2.6h2o,cucl2.2h2o,) were dissolved in dmso, and stirred and heated at 60°c for 12 h under water bath heating. after cooling, the crude complex was washed with dmso, subsequently washed to colourlessness by excess amounts of water, and then dried at 60°c in vacuum for 24 h. the synthetic route of target compounds is shown in scheme . scheme (1) chemistry | 118 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 instruments ftir spectrophotometer of shimadzu company as kbr disc in the wavelength range f (4000-400) cm-1 were recorded using ir prestige – 21, single beam path laser. electrical conductivity measurement of the complexes was recorded at (25c0) with 0.001m, all complexes were dissolved in dmso. the electronic spectra were measured in the range of 2001100 nm for 10-3 by usig dmso solvent by using uv-visible spectrophotometer type shimadzu uv-160a using quartz cell of (1.0 cm) length. tg-dsc were carried out by sta pt-1000 (linseis) instrument. results and discussion firstly chitosan and the target productions were characterized by ftir, uv-visible spectroscopy and thermal analysis. the yellow ligand were formed and soluble in dmso solvent. table (1) shows physical behavior of the ligand and its complexes with metal ions (co+2, ni+2 and cu+2). ftir – characterization of chitosan schiff –base ligands and their metal complexes the ftir spectra for prepared ligand and its (co+2, ni+2 and cu+2) complexes are shown in figure [(1) and (2)]. the assignment of the characteristic band are summarized in table (2). the (ft-ir) spectrum for the ligand (l), figure (1) shows bands at (3037) cm-1, (1022) cm-1, (2885) cm-1 and (3105) cm-1 due to stretching frequency ѵ(o—h), ѵ(c—o—h), ѵ(c—h) aldehydic and ѵ(c—h) aromatic. the new band at (1643) cm-1 was due to ѵ(c=n) group of the azomethine stretching frequency of the ligand (l3), this refers to formation of schiff base compound [12,13]. the ir spectra of all prepared complexes exhibited broad band at range (3379 – 3444) cm-1, that may be attributed to (o-h)due to starting material (polymer), and the band ant range (36703750) cm-1, that may be attributed to ѵ (o-h) water molecules in molecular formula of all complexes [14,15] the stretching frequency of azomethine group ѵ (c= n) of the free ligand was shifted to lower or high frequency at range (+8 to -4) cm-1 with ligand complexes , this shift to lower or high frequency may be due to involved nitrogen atom of azomethine group in coordination with metal ions and delocalization of metal electronic density to the ligands (π –system)[16,17],(homo→ lumo) ,where: homo = highest occupied molecular orbital lumo = lowest unoccupied molecular orbital assignment of proposed coordination sites is further supported by the appearance of medium bands at range (432-459) cm-1 which could be attributed to ѵ(m—n)[18]. the ir spectra of ligand and all prepared complexes, suggested that the ligand behaves as monodentate ligand via n atom of azomethine group. electronic spectra of the ligand and its metal complexes the uv-vis. spectrum of ligand, figure (3), displayed one absorption peak, the peak at [(262nm,38167cm-1)] were attributed to (π →π*)electronic transition [19]. the electronic spectra of co+2 complex figure (4) showed three additional absorption peaks. the first peak at range (496nm-20408cm-1) the second peak at [(569 nm,17574cm-1),(859 chemistry | 119 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 nm,11641cm-1) and (569nm,17574cm-1)], were attributed to (d-d) spin –allowed electronic transition type 4t2f→4t1p, 4a2f→4t1f and 4a2f→4t1f, respectively, characteristic tetrahedral geometry around co+2[20,21]. the uv-vis spectra of ni+2 complexes with all, figures (5) display two additional absorption peaks. the first peak at [(601nm,16638cm-1)] and the second peak at [(846nm,11820cm-1)] respectively, were due to (d-d) spin-allowed electronic transition type 3t1f→1t2 and 3t1f→3t1p respectively, which was a good agreement for tetrahedral geometry of ni+2 complex [22,23].the uv-vis spectra of cu+2 complexes with ligand display one additional absorption peak (750nm, 13333 cm-1) for ligand complexes,were attributed to (d-d) spin-allowed electronic transition type (2t2→2e), confirming tetrahedral geometry about cu+2[24]. the electronic spectra for ligand complexs are summarized in table (3) together with electronic transition and suggested geamotrics. 3-3molar conductance the molar conductance values, table (3) of the soluble complexes in dmso solvent in (103m) solution at room temperature refers to non-electrolytic nature [25]. thermal analysis the tg-dta curves of chitosan ,modified chitosan, their complexes were obtained at the heating rate of 10c0 min-1 under nitrogen, figures from [(6) to (8)]and the detailed data are shown in table (4). the tg and dtg curves figure (6) of chitosan show relatively rapid decomposition in the first (29.3-99.3 0c) and second (215.8-3395 0c) steps with tdtg peaks at 67 0c and 270 0c. the very large and strongly sharp tdtg peak observed for the first step at 67 0c is preceded by a sharp endothermic peak (tdta) in dta curve at 70.7 0c 1.97% and 46.46% mass losses in the first and second steps correspond to the release of (2h2o)and (co2+c2h3nn) fragments[cal.2.10% and 45.8%] respectively. the tg and dtg curves of modified chitosan (ligand) curves figure (7) show the dtg peak (tdtg) of the first (28.1-130 0c) and second (245-349.8 0c)steps at 60.8 0c and 249 0c. the strongly sharp exothermic peak (tdta) observed for the first-step at 60.8 0c was due to a rapid release of (h2o) fragment (found 1.14%,cal. 1.18%). 91.6% mass loss of the second (245-349.8 0c)step with tdtg peak at 249 0c and tdta at 248.5 0c is to the (cqh8n2o+co2)fragment (cal. 90.96%). the tg thermogram of co-ligand complex was characterized by two decomposition steps in the range [(35-197) and (197-349) c0 ]. the first steps at tdtg of (1300c) ill-defined are consistent with the evolution of (cl2) only with one coordinated water molecule [(cal.24.15, found 23.38٪) ].the final ill-defined residue are [(c8h7n2o2)] fragments [(cal.63.03٪, found 63.23٪ respectively]. the tg thermogram of niligand complex figure (8) is characterized by two decomposition steps in the range [(60-160) and (160-320)0c]. the first steps at tdtg of (1150c), ill-defined are consistent with the evolution of (co2+clc2ho) only with two coordinated water molecule (cal 38.01٪, found 37.95٪) and their overlapping peaks. the final ill-defined residue is(c10h8n2onicl) fragments [(cal.61.77, found 61.61٪) respectively]. chemistry | 120 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the tg thermogram of cu-ligand was characterized by one decomposition steps in the range [47-1460c] . the first steps at tdtg of (74.50c) respectively, ill-defined are consistent with the evolution of [(co2+c6h6n2cl2)] only with one coordinated water molecule (cal 75.15٪, found 74.5٪)]. the broad endothermic peaks at 1340c of cu-l, , which do not due to correspond to any weight losses in the tg curve, may be due to some rearrangement in the structure of the complexes [26]. according to the above mentioned analysis, the suggested structures for the prepared complexes are illustrated below o-nitrobenzyldehyde chitosan complex o]2h2suggested structure of prepared complexes [m(l)cl +2,cu+2, ni+2m = co references 1-. tomihata ,k. and ikada, y.(1997).biomaterials (18) 567–575. 2kumar, r.; muzzarelli, m.n.v.; .muzzarelli, r.a.a.; sashiwa, c.h.and domb, a. (2004) j. chem. rev.: 104 6017–6084. 3. sanford, p.a in: skjak-braek, g.; anthonsen, t.and sanford ,p.a. (eds.) 1989, chitin and chitosan-sources, chemistry, biochemistry, physical properties and applications, elsevier, london,. 51–70. 4muzzarelli, r.a.a. (1997) cell mol. life sci. (53) 131–140. 5bersch, p.c.; nies, b. and a. liebendorfer, (1995) j.mater. sci. mater.med.( 6 )231–240. 6kurita, k.; kojima,t. ; munakata,t; akao, h.; mori, t.and nishiyama, y. (1998) et al., chem. lett. 27 317–318. 7. heras, a.; rodriguez, n.m.; ramos,v.m. (2001) carbohydr. polym. (44 )1–8. chemistry | 121 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 8saeed,a. a. h.; al–zagoum, m. n. and watton, m. h. (1980)can, j. spectrosc., 25, 137. 9mohomad ,a.z.; m.sc.thesis , (1992) university of mosul. 10 echhor , g.l “inorganic biochemistry”, elsevier scientific puplishing company , amusterdam , p.1137 , (1993). 11jian,t.f.; zhoul, j.; gao, i.; xing, y. and li, x. (2011),"synthesis and characterization of chitosanbased schiff based compounds with aromatic substituent group" iranian polymer journal 20(2), 123-136 12al-hamdani, a.a.s, and shaker, sh.a. (2011) orient .j. chem., 27(3):835 – 845. 13silvers tein, r.m c.; bassler, gc. and. morill, t.c"spectrometric identification of organic compound" 4th ed, john wiley and sons, lnc.new york,(1978). 14al-hamdani ,abbas,a.s,balkhi ,a.m.,falah,a.and shaker ,sh.a., j.chil chem .soc.,59(4) (2014) : 2248 – 2259. 15nakamoto, k., (1978)"infrared and raman spectraof inorgaic and coordination compounds" 3rd ed., john wiley & sons, new york. 16ali, mirza, m.a. .; nazimuddin, a.h. ;dhar, m. p.k.and putcher, r.j., (2002)transition 14 et.chem .27: 27 – 33. 17anupama, b.; padmaja, m. and. kumari, c.g .e-j .of chem. (2012), 9(1): 389 -400. 18moamen, s.r.; el-deen, m.i. ibrahim, k.h. and el-ghool, s. (2006) spectrochimica acta part, a., 65:1208-1220. 19manjula, b. and antony, s.a. (2013)꞉ asianj.of biochem.and pharm.res., issue1.,3168178. 20anitha, c.; sumathi, s.; tharmaraj, p. and sheela,c.d. (2011) international d.inorganic chemistry., article id493942,8. 21lever, a.b.p.,(1984) "inorganic electronic spectroscopy",2nded elsevier, new york. 22kalyoncuoglu, n, rollas, s. sur-altiner, d. yegenoglu,y. and ang, pharmazie.,o. (1992) 47,769. chemistry | 122 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 23al-mukhtar, s.e. and. mustafa, i.a (1988) "inorganic and coordination chemistry"., iraq.musal611-646. 24el-asmy, a.a.; al-ansi, t.y. and shaiba, y.m (1989)trans.meta.chem., 14 446. 25el-rhaman , g.a.a. (2003) ((msc. thesis))., al-azhar university, egypt. 26manjula, b. and antony, s.a. (2013)asian j.of biochem.and pharm.res., issue1.,3꞉168178. table (1): shows physical behavior of the ligand with metal ions (co+2, ni+2 and cu+2). table (2) :infrared spectral data (cm-1) for the ligands and complexes symbol colors melting point chitosan off white 284 nbc(l) yellow 250 col light red 266 nil light green 232 cul olive green 210 f ig s. m -n c -h a ro m . c -h a ld . c = n c -h -o h 2 o o h r o h c o m p . 3 -5 ---3105 2885 1643 1022 ----3437 nbc(l) 3 -6 432 3090 2916 2881 1643 1026 3720 3750 3417 col 3 -7 451 3008 2916 1647 1022 3680 3740 3444 nil 3 -8 459 3005 2916 1651 1026 3750 3394 cul chemistry | 123 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (3) electronic spectral data of ligand and it ̓s complexes and molar conductance for all complexes table (4) characterization parameter of thermal decomposition (100min-1) for compound compound ʎ(nm) ѵ-cm-1 abs assignment ∆ohm-1 cm2.mol-1 suggested structure fig. nbc(l) 262 38167 1.727 π →π* ---------3-5 col 260 342 490 569 859 38461 29239 20408 17574 11641 1.220 1.310 0.062 0.146 0.140 π →π* c.t 4t2f→4t2p 4a2f→4t1f 4a2f→4t1f 9.70 tetrahedral 3-6 nil 274 325 601 846 36496 30769 16638 11820 1.509 1.701 0.231 0.211 π →π* c.t 3t1f→1t2 3t1f→3t1p 4.09 tetrahedral 3-7 cul 272 750 36764 13333 1.680 0.196 π →π* 2t2→2e 9.66 tetrahedral 3-8 f ig u re s total mass loss٪ reaction dta tga step comp. h∆ dtat weight mass loss٪ dtgmaxt c0/ft c0ti/ 3-9 47.73(47.9) o)22(hend 70.7 1.27(2.10) 67 99.3 29.3 stage1 chitosan -(co2)+c2h3n exo 283.8 46.46(45.8) 270 339.5 215.8 stage2 3-10 92.74(92.14) -h2o end 60 1.14(1.18) 60.8 130 28.1 stage1 nbc(l) -c9h8n2+co2 exo 248.5 91.6(90.96) 249 349.8 245 stage2 3-11 86.61(87.18) -h2o+cl2 end 55 23.38(24.15) 130 197 35 stage1 [co l] -c8h7n2o2 exo 261 63.23(63.03) 259.6 349 197 stage2 3-12 99.56(99.8) -2h2o+co2+ c2hocl end 120 37.95(38.01) 115 160 60 stage1 [ni l] c10h8n2onicl exo 232 61.61(61.77) 221.8 320 160 stage2 3-13 74.5(75.15) h2o+co2+cl2+ c6h6n2 end 89 74.5(75.15) 130 146 47 stage1  [cu l] rearrangement to complex end 134      rearrangement to complex exo 205.1      chemistry | 124 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (1): ftir spectrum of nbc (l) chemistry | 125 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (2): ftir spectrum of col complex figure (3): electronic spectrum of nbc (l) chemistry | 126 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (4): electronic spectrum of col chemistry | 127 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (6): thermal analysis of chitosan chemistry | 128 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (7): thermal analysis of nbc(l) figure(8): thermal analysis of ni chemistry | 129 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 تحضير وتشخيص قاعده شيف مشتقه من كيتوسان ومعقداته مع االيونات +2and cu +2, ni+2co محمود عبد الجبار العيسى عبد المنعم عباس آيات قسم الكيمياء / كليه العلوم للبنات / جامعه بغداد فاضل سليم متي بغداد/ جامعه )ابن الهيثم ( للعلوم الصرفة التربيةقسم الكيمياء / كليه 2015/حزيران/10:قبل في ، 2015/أيار/25:استلم في الخالصة تحضير قواعد شيف بتفاعل التكثيف من الكيتوسان و اورثو نايترو بنزيلديهايد وكذلك تحضير الرسالةتضمنت . ةالحرارمعقدات هذه الليكندات تحت تاثير لظروف التفاعل مثل درجه ) وطيف ftirتحت الحمراء ( ةطيف االشع ةبوساط ةشخصت مركبات الكيتوسان قواعد شيف ومعقداتها المحضر واظهرت النتائج بأن الليكند أحادي المخلب من ةالموالري ة) والتوصيليuv-visible( ةوالمرئي ةفوق البنفسجي عةاالش ووفقا لطرائق التشخيص المشار اليها cu +2,ni+2co,2+ونات الفلزات خالل تناسق ذره النتروجين االزوميثين مع اي . رباعي السطوح cu +2,ni+2co,2+اعاله فأن الشكل الهندسي المقترح لمعقدات الكيتوسان قواعد شيف مع ايونات لكيتوسان والكيتونات المحور لقواعد شيف والمعقدات وجد هناك اختالف في ةالحراري ةاالستقراري ةوتم دراس .لهذه المركبات بسبب اختالف التركيبة الحراري ةاالستقراري .معقداتقواعد شيف -كيتوسان -: كايتينالمفتاحيةالكلمات ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the invariant moments based with wavelet used to decide the authintication and originality o f images h.l. hussein departme nt of computer science, college of education, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the digital image with the wavelet tools is increasing nowadays with m at lab library, by using this method based on invariant moments which are a set of seven moments can be derived from the second and third moments , which can be calculated after converting the image from colored map to gray scale , rescale the image to (512 * 512 ) p ixel , dividing the image in to four equal p ieces (256 * 256 ) for each piece , then for gray scale image ( 512 * 512 ) and the four p ieces (256 * 256 ) calculate wavelet with moment and invariant moment, t hen store the result with the author ,owner for this image to build data base for the original image to decide the authority of these images by using comp arison using m ean square error (m se) as shown below : the moments value of any image will be comp ared with the original data base images moment. t he exp eriments were performed on a pentium iv, 1.6 ghz p rocessor, running m icrosoft windows xp and the programs were imp lemented by matlab . index terms— wavelet, digital image, moment introduction searchin g a digital libr ary having lar ge numbers of digital images or video sequences has become imp ortant in this visual age. every day, large numbers of p eople are using the internet for searching and browsin g through d ifferent multimedia databases. image feature vector indexing has b een d eveloped and imp lemented in several multimedia database sy stems such as the ibm qbic sy st em developed at the ibm almaden resear ch center, the virage sy st em develop ed by virage, inc., and the phot o book sy st em developed by the m it m edia lab[1]. for each image inserted into the database, a feature vector on the order of 500 elements is generated to rep resent accurately the content of the image. this vector is much smaller in size than the original image. the difficult p art of t he problem is to construct a vector that both p reserves the image content and yet is efficient for search ing. once the feature vectors are gener ated, they are then stored in p ermanent st orage. to answer a query, the image search engine scans through the previously comp uted vector indexes to 2 1 0 1 0 ),(),( m y n x   1  yxfyx n* m mse         ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 select t hose with shortest distances to the image query vector. in this p roject, the research develops a new algor ithm to make se mantically -meanin gfu l comp arisons of images efficient and accurate. fi gure 1 shows the basic structure of the system. to accurately encode semantic features of images we emp loy wavelets based. using these wavelets and st atistical moments' analysis, the algorithm p roduces feature vectors t hat p rovide much bett er frequency localization than other traditional color lay out coding algorithms. the libraries can use the digital ima ge p rocessing to decide the authority of each picture in them by using simple algorithm by extracting the moment of each p icture and st ore that values in term of data base to comp are these values with any unknown p icture. as a result, millions of p ictures flow on the internet every day. nowadays, the interchange of ima ges becomes mor e and more frequent. m any techniques op erating on images formats have been p ublished and become p ublicly available. to answer a query, the image se arch engine scans through the p reviously comp uted vector indexes t o select t hose with short est moment t erms to the image query vector. m any color image formats are currently in use, e.g., gif, jpeg, ppm and tiff are the most widely used formats. because images in the image database can have different formats and different sizes. for t he test database of relatively small images, a rescaled thumbnail consisting of 512 x 512 p ixels in red-green-b lue (rgb) color sp ace is adequate for the p urp ose of comp uting the feature vectors, and then convert the inp ut image from color ed image to the gray-scale image. the original gray scale ima ge (512 * 512) will be divid ed into four equal divisions ,each part is ( 256 * 256 ) p ixel as shown in fig. 2 . wavelet wavelets are mathematical functions that cut up data into different frequency comp onents, and then study each comp onent with a resolution matched to its scale. wavelets were develop ed indep endently in the fields of mathematics, quantum p hy sics, electrical engineer ing, and seism ic geology . interchanges between these fields during the last ten years have led to many new wavelet applications such as image compression, turbulence, hu man v ision, radar, and earthquake p rediction [2]. so that , this p roject use the haar as a type of wavelet with matlab lan guage as a function of image co mpression. the haar wavelet is the oldest and simp lest transform and based on the haar scaling and wavelet functions. the decomp osition and reconst ruction filter for a haar b ased transform are of len gth 2 and obtained as followes : >> [ lo_d, hi_d, lo_r, hi_d] = wfilters('haar') lo_d = 0.7071 0.7071 hi_d = -0.7071 0.7071 lo_r = 0.7071 0.7071 hi_d = 0.7071 -0.7071 invariant moments invariant moments which ar e a set of sev en moments can be deriv ed from the second and ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 third moments. m oment features used in this p aper can p rovide the p rop erties of invarian ce to scale, p osition, and rotation. we used moment analy sis t o extract invar iant features from tessellated cells in an roi. this section gives a brief des crip tion of the moment analysis. for a 2-d continuous function f(x, y ), the moment of order (p+q) is defined as [3,4] : ∞ ∞ μpq = ∫ ∫ x p y q f(x,y ) dxdy for p ,q = 0,1,2,……….. (1) -∞ -∞ a uniqueness theorem states that if f(x, y ) is p iecewise continuous and has nonzero values only in a finite p art of the xy -p lane, moment of all ord ers exist, and the moment sequence (μpq) is uniquely determined by f(x, y ). conversely , (μpq) is uniquely determined by f(x, y ). the central moments are def ined as: ∞ ∞ μpq = ∫ ∫(x xbar) p (y –y bar) q f(x, y ) dx dy ………………...….(2) -∞ -∞ where xbar =( µ10 / µ00) and y bar = (µ01/ µ00). i.e. moments where the centre of gravity has been moved to the origin (i.e. µ10 = µ01 = 0). if f(x, y ) is a digital image, then eq. (2) becomes μpq =∑ ∑ (x – xb ar ) p (y – y bar) q f (x , y ) ……………..(3) x y and the normalized central moments, denoted ŋpq ,are defined as: ŋp q = μp q / μ00 ; where y bar = (p + q) / 2 + 1 for p + q = 2 , 3 , . . . …(4) a set of seven invariant moments can be derived from the second and third mo ments (4), it shows the derivation of exp ressions from algebraic invariants app lied to the moment generating function under a rotation transformation. the moments consist of group s of nonlinear centralized moment e xp ressions. t he result is a set of absolute orthogonal moment invariants that can be used for scale, p osition, and rotation invariant p attern identification, by using the invariant moments which are a set of seven moments can be d erived from the second and third moments as below[5]. ø1 = ŋ20 +ŋ02 ø2 = (ŋ20 ŋ02) 2 + 4ŋ 2 11 ø3 = (ŋ30 3ŋ12) 2 + 3(ŋ 21 + ŋ03 ) 2 ø4 = (ŋ30 + ŋ1 2) 2 + (ŋ21 + ŋ0 3) 2 ø5 = (ŋ30-3ŋ12) (ŋ30+ŋ12) [(ŋ3 0+ŋ12) 2 -3(ŋ21+ŋ03) 2 ] + (3ŋ2 1ŋ03) (ŋ2 1+ŋ03)[3(ŋ3 0+ ŋ12 ) 2 (ŋ21+ ŋ03 ) 2 ] ø6 = (ŋ20-ŋ02) [ (ŋ30+ŋ12) 2 (ŋ21+ŋ03) 2 ] +4ŋ11 (ŋ 30+ŋ12)(ŋ21+ŋ0 3) ø7 = (3ŋ21-ŋ03)(ŋ30+ŋ12)[(ŋ30+ŋ12) 2 -3(ŋ21+ŋ03) 2 ] +(ŋ303ŋ12) (ŋ21+ŋ03 ) [3(ŋ30 + ŋ12) 2 (ŋ21+ŋ03) 2 ] central moments have the advantage of bein g invar iant to translation. it is well known that a small nu mber of moments can characterize an image fairly well; it is equally known that moments can be used to reconstruct t he original image (1). in order to ach iev e invar ian ce to common factors and op erations such as scale, rotation and contrast , rather than using the moments themselves algebraic comb inations there of known as moment invariants are used that are independent of these transformations. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 experime ntal re sults and discussion the moment invariant descrip tors described above were used to index an image d atabase of many images (10 images as a sample). an example of an image of a flower was used to p erform image retrieval on the whole dataset. the result of this query is given which shows the descendin g similarity from other st ored images data. unfort unately , due to the lack of enough samples of images, we are in the p rocesses of collecting a lar ge number of images, this documented dataset will then provide a test for the evaluation of our method p rop osed in this p ap er as well as fut ure app roaches. as p ublic databases, were established with the aim of p roviding acquired sy st em by using scanners. here the p rop osed algorithm was evaluated on image taken fro m the database which contains five distinctive databases: db1, db2, db3, db4 and db5. each d atabase consists of many images data in gr ay scale levels. a series of exp eriments was conducted to evaluate the p erformance of the p rop osed method. conclusions we have invest igated the app lication of content-based image r etrieval to the domain images. each image is characterized by a set of moment invariants which are indep endent to translation, scale, rotation and contrast as shown in table (1,2). retrieval is p erformed by returnin g those images whose moments are most similar to t he ones of a given query image. a moment based object reco gnition sy st em is p rop osed. in a given sc ene, an object may be occlud ed due to various re asons and hence reco gn ition of original ob ject beco mes necessary for machine vision sy st ems. the invariant moments as well as som e of the lower order mo ments are used to authorize of unknown ima ges owner. in this p aper the search for known image is more accurate than the comp arison of two colored images as p ixel to p ixel, because the use of moment and invar iant moment is done by comp aring little values of moments. re ferences 1james z e wang1, gio wiederhold2, oscar firsch ein2, sha xin wei3 content-based image indexing and searching usin g daub echies' wavelets 1 dep artment of comp uter science and school of m edicine, stanford university , stanford, ca 94305, usa 2 dep artment of comp uter science, stanford university , stanford, ca 94305, usa 3 stanford university libraries, stanford university , stanford, ca 94305, usa international journ al on di gital libraries , sp ringer-verle g 1007 .int j digit l ibr(1997) 1: 311-328 2 asmara graps , an introduction to wavelets. 3shao yin g zhu and gerald schaefer , thermal med ical image retrieval by moment invariants. 1app lied comp uting, university of derby , derby , u.k., e-mail: s. y.zhu@derby.ac.uk 2school of co mputing and informatics, not tingham trent university , nottingham,u.k., e-mail: gerald.schaef er@ntu.ac.uk 45saib al dut ta and p.k.nanda , m oment based object recogn ition using art ificial neural network .http://dsp ace.nitrk1.ac.in/dsp ace 5rafael, c. gonz ales & richard, e. (2004), woods. digital image p rocessing usin g matlab, ,by pearson education . inc,pearson prentice hall. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table( 1): example of calcul ating the moment of the image moments origin first quarter se cond quarter thi rd quarter fourth quarter μ00 0 0 0 0 0 μ10 3.783863e+007 4.938875e+006 5.871984e+006 3.908114e+006 4.200341e+006 μ01 8.913924e+009 2.514108e+008 2.944227e+008 3.014090e+008 3.480867e+008 μ20 9.738164e+009 2.690497e+008 3.935360e+008 2.041220e+008 2.833067e+008 μ02 2.277567e+012 1.214415e+010 2.021076e+010 1.672020e+010 2.333748e+010 μ11 3.204147e+012 1.214415e+010 2.062193e+010 2.905460e+010 3.337624e+010 μ30 3.475306e+012 2.176426e+010 3.441361e+010 1.629083e+010 2.486389e+010 μ12 1.379838e+015 2.060579e+012 3.370046e+012 1.534540e+012 2.446069e+012 μ21 8.146100e+014 9.409422e+011 1.800647e+012 1.354361e+012 2.033085e+012 μ03 8.214088e+014 8.776290e+011 1.437899e+012 1.662394e+012 2.235337e+012 table( 2):example of retrieving the set of seven invariant moments of the i mage fig. (1a) illustrates the overview of the system to build the database . phi origin first quarter se cond quarter thi rd quarter fourth quarter ø1 1.448088e-003 5.644571e-004 4.030901e-004 7.489013e-004 5.829668e-004 ø2 9.441665e-009 1.652168e-008 4.767174e-009 1.652238e-008 5.077208e-009 ø3 2.284418e-011 1.643365e-011 4.770410e-013 2.653920e-011 6.309182e-012 ø4 3.304694e-011 8.909984e-012 1.111096e-012 2.546404e-011 1.096206e-011 ø5 3.087560e-022 -7.821719e-23 4.962452e-025 -5.997825e-22 8.625016e-023 ø6 3.191786e-015 -1.032175e-15 -7.380705e-17 -3.010348e-15 -7.610436e-016 ø7 8.538908e-022 -7.420455e-23 6.388198e-025 2.801038e-022 -2.952706e-023 read the image preprocessing (convert to divide the image into fou r equal divisions wavelet t ransform ation on the divisions of image extract moment store the moments of the image in the database ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig. (1b) illustrates the overview of the comparison syste m of image information with the database . fig.(2.a) the g ray scale of the origin al image fig.(2.b) the fou r e qu al di visions read the image preprocessing (convert to grayscale + resize) divide the image into fou r equal divisions wavelet trans formation on the divisions of image extract moment terms compare the result with database final result (f ound or not found) ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة اللحظات الثابتة الموجي التحویل إستندْت َمع ُیسَتعمُل لَتْقریر عائدیة واصالة الصوِر الرقمیة حسین لفتة حسین جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الحاسبات الخالصة التحویــل المــوجي مــع لغــة مــاتالب تزایــد فــي الوقــت الحاضــر إســتعمال الصــوِر الرقمیــِة وبــأدواِت ة مســتندة علــى اللحظــاِت الثابتــِة وهــي مجموعــة ِمــْن ســبع لحظــاِت ُیْمِكــُن َأْن تُشــَتقَّ ِمـــْن وباســتخدام هــذه التقنیــ ــابها بعــد قــراءة الصـــورة الرقمیــة وتحویلهــا مـــن الصــور الملونــة الـــى اللحظــاِت الثانیــِة والثالثـــِة ، التــي یمكــن حسـ وتقســیم هـذه الصــورة ، ) 512 * 512(ثـم تحجــیم الصـورة وجعلهـا ثابتــة بقیـاس ، الصـور ذي التـدرج الرمــادي 512(التحویل المـوجي للصـورة ثم عمِل ، لكل جزء منها ) 256* 256( على اربعة اجزاء متساویة بقیاس لغـرض ضـغط الصـورة مـع ازالـة ، ) 256* 256( التدرج الرمادي و االجـزاء االربعـة االخـرى يذ) 512* الثالثة وخزن النتیجِة لِبنـاء قاعـدِة البیانـات ) ø( مشتقتها مع احتساب اللحظات االولى و ، الضوضاء منها .للصوِر األصلیِة لَتْقریر اصالة هذه الصور عند مقارنتها مع صور اخرى حیث تبین ان عملیة المقارنة بین الصور الرقمیة تكون صعبة وتاخذ وقتا كبیرا نتیجة لكمیة البیانات التي تعمل علیها عملیة المقارنة ولكن باسـتخدام هـذه الخوارزمیـة اصـبحت العملیـة اسـرع وادق الن المقارنـة تعتمـد علـى قـیم یـد اقـل نسـبة االخطـاء المقبولـة وكمـا مبـین فــي اللحظـات بعـد ضـغط الصـورة باسـتخدام مربـع معـدل الخطـأ لتحد ) .2و 1(الجدولین ihjpas 144 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 a survey of face recognition systems 2hanjane jaleel step 1ihab amer abdullah informatics institute for postgraduate university of information technology studies & communications baghdad iraq baghdad iraq ihab9321@gmail.com janejaleel@uoitc.edu.iq abstract with the quick grow of multimedia contents, from among this content, face recognition has got a lot of significant, specifically in latest little years. the face as object formed of various recognition characteristics for detect; so, it is still the most challenge research domain for researchers in area of image processing and computer vision. in this survey article, tried to solve the most demanding facial features like illuminations, aging, pose variation, partial occlusion and facial expression. therefore, it indispensable factors in the system of facial recognition when performed on facial pictures. this paper study the most advanced facial detection techniques too, approaches: hidden markov models, principal component analysis (pca), elastic cluster plot matching, support vector machines (svm), gabor waves, artificial neural networks (ann), eigen face, independent component analysis (ica) and 3d morphable model. additionally to the above works, mentioned various testing facial databases including jafee, fei, yale, lfw, at&t(formerly termed as orl) and ar (aleix martinez and robert benavente) etc to analyze the results. even so, the goal of this survey is to present a comprehensive literature review for the face recognition besides its applications after a deepness discussion, some of the experimental results was introduced in the end. keywords face recognition, aging, illuminations, pose variation, partial occlusion 1.introduction the twenty one century is considered a recently and scientific era in which great strides have been made acceleration people in the finishing of their missions. in supporting to the above statement, at the present time the using of computer technology has being an essential part that cannot parted from the life. the computers are utilizing in pyramids of the applications that ranging from the simple to the complicated problem-solving ways. from between these contributions, the face recognition technological has appeared as a beneficial tool for recognizing features of the faces based on their inherent features. and it was one from the most researched fields in domain of computer vision and pattern recognition. even so, because of it’s widen use in a many applications for example biometrics, surveillance system, police access control, information security and smart cards. but there is several challenges to ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2620 article history: received 17, november, 2020, accepted 16,february,2021, published in april 2021 mailto:ihab9321@gmail.com file:///c:/users/ihab/desktop/janejaleel@uoitc.edu.iq 145 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the researcher that need be solved. such as partial occlusion, aging, pose variance, illuminations, and facial expression. face recognition issue can be classified into two major stages: 1. face verification and 2. face identification. in first stage, specifies a face in a picture. and in second stage, features are extracted from the facial in the picture in order to distinguish. then they are compared with the pictures in the face database for recognizing the correct face picture. even so, some present recognition ways for the authentication suffer from a shortage of reliability. for example, wallets, smart cards, tokens and keys use passwords and pins that are so hard to recall. in addition, these codes and passwords can be easily forget; those magnetic cards also can be lost, stolen or reproduced. as a consequence, this make them illegible. unlike the biological traits and characteristics of a person, they not possible to be misplaced, loss, or forgotten [1]. the system of biometric recognition can be constructed by different techniques. even so, the most common ways used are the iris and fingertips. these require the participation of the person in order to accessing the system. furthermore, the newest systems provide participants with access without their intervention. among these ways, face recognition are one of most practicable technologies that can easily detect and surveillance a person over the system. the face recognition databases ranging from controllable pictures to noncontrollable videos, like using (youtube faces) ytf [2] for videos and (labeled faces in the wild) lfw [3] for pictures. 2. databases many databases with faces public nor private for research purposes are available. these databases are differentiated from one another according to various criteria. the most important are on the following: the number of photos contained in every database is the most crucial standard. the number of photos for every unique class: knowing that each person is characterized by a class c, the number of pictures in a class stand for the number of representative pictures of the person. in fact, the pictures are taken under various conditions (aging, facial expression ...etc.). the existence of occlusion (beards, glasses, etc.). gender of the obtained persons. the volume of the pictures. the existence of static pictures or videos. the time among recordings. face alignments and pose. the changing in lighting. the existence of a unified background. so, recommended to choice the suitable database while the testing of the algorithm. in fact, some having well defined protocol permitting directly comparison of results. furthermore, the choose should depends on the issue to be tested: aging, facial expressions, illumination, etcetera. the availability of several different pictures for every person can be critical argument to the correct performance to the algorithm. table 1. show the major 2d faces databases. those databases progress several differentiations in terms of : gray or rgb picture, number of pictures by person, number of people, differentiations of the picture [occlusions (o), aging (a), pose (p), facial expression (e) and illumination (i)]. 146 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 table 1. the main 2d face databases (the picture differences are represent through (e) facial expression, (p) pose, (a) aging, (i) illumination and (o) occlusion) 3. structure of face recognition system three main phases are utilized for develop a strong face recognition system: 1) face detection 2) feature extraction 3) face recognition [12,13]. the face detection phase is utilized for detecting and locating the person face picture got by the system. and the feature extraction phase is used for extract feature vectors to whatever person face detected in first phase. lastly, the face recognition phase comprises features extracted from a person face so in order to compared against all model face databases to determine identity of the person face. the structure of face recognition are illustrated in the figure 1. figure 1. face recognition structure [14] 3.1. face detection a face recognition system first starts with localizing human faces in a specific picture. as illustrative in the figure 2. the purpose from this phase is to determination whether the input picture contains person faces or not. changes in facial expressions, illumination and ...etc. can block correct facial recognition. to simplify the development of face recognition system and makes it further strong, preprocessing steps are executed. numerous techniques are used for detect & locate the picture of a person face, for instance the histogram oriented gradient (hog) [15,16], viola-jones detector [17] and principal component analysis (pca) [18]. as well , the face detection phase can be used to object detection [19], region of interest detection [20], picture and video classification and etc. database rgb color/grey number of pictures/persons no. of persons pictures size variation yale [4] gray 165 15 (14 men and 1 woman) 320 × 243 i,e at&t [5] gray 10 ( pictures per person) 40 92 × 112 i,a xm2vts [6] rgb 2360 295 576 × 720 p ar database [7] rgb 4,000 126 (56 women and 70 men) 576 × 768 o,e,i,a cvl [8] rgb 7 (pictures per person) 114 (6 women and 108 men) 640 × 480 e,p oulu physics [9] rgb 16 for every person (and additional 16 if have glasses) 125 428x569 i jafee [10] gray 213 10 256 × 256 e fei database[11] rgb 2800 200 640x480 p,e,i lfw [3] rgb 13,233 5749 250 x 250 p,i,e,o,a 147 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 2. example of the face detection [21] 3.2. extraction of features the major function of this phase is for extract features of facial picture detected at the detection phase. as illustrative in the figure 3. this phase represent a facial with group of vector features named "signature", which describes the eminent features of the picture of the face, like: eyes, mouth and nose with their geometric distribution [22,14]. every face is characterized via its own size, shape and structure, that allowing to identify it. many techniques include extracting shape of the nose, mouth or eyes for identifying the face by using distance and size [12]. for instance: local binary pattern (lbp) [12], fourier transforms [22], local phase quantization (lpq) [23], scale-invariant feature transform (sift) [13], linear discriminant analysis (lda) [24], eigenface [25], and histogram oriented gradient (hog) [15] are wide used for extract facial features. figure 3. face component 3.3. face recognition this phase considers the extracted features from background while the feature extraction phase and compares them to known faces saved in a specified database. generally there are two steps to the face recognition, the first termed identification and the second is verification. at identification step, the test facial are compared with the faces set, for find the most similarly match. at verification step, the test face are compare with a known facial in the database for make a decision on rejection or acceptance [26]. k-nearest neighbor (k-nn) [27], convolutional neural network (cnn) [28] and correlation filters (cf) [29] are known for treating effectively this task. the face recognition phase illustrated in the figure 4. 148 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 4. illustrate the face recognition [30] 4. models of face recognition there are three various methods that are utilized in face recognition applications: 2d, 3d and video. will review the face recognition issues in these fields in the next departments. 4.1. face recognition in 2d face recognition have been good studied with 2d still pictures for more than decade [31]. in facial recognition systems based 2d fixed picture, a capture of a user is captured and compared to a database of captures to identify a person. in this method, the user is predicted to cooperating and present a front facial picture with a simple background under uniform lighting conditions to enable high quality capture and segmentation of facial picture. even so, it is now known that little deffrences in illumination and pose can dramatically decrease the performance of facial recognition systems based on a 2d single-shot image [32]. 2d face recognition is generally classified according into the number of pictures used for identical, as explained in table 2. table 2. face recognition scenarios in 2d domain gallery probe single still picture many still pictures single still picture many still pictures one-to-one many-to-one one-to-many many-to-many and some of the known algorithms for 2d face recognition are depend on linear discriminant analysis (lda) [33], correlation-based matching [34], the elastic graph model (egbm) [35] and principle component analysis (pca) [36]. 4.2. face recognition in 3d 3d face recognition ways use the geometry of the facial surface [37]. as opposed to 2d face recognition, 3d face recognition is strong against differences in illumination and posture due to the immutability of the 3d shape in relation to these differences. the 3d facial picture captured by the 3d sensor spans approximately 120 ± from right to left. this picture is called 2.5d. a full 3d model covering 360 ± face faces is created by combining multiple (3 to 5) 2.5d scans. usually the probe is a 2.5d picture, and the database can be a 2.5d picture or a 3d picture. identification can executed among two range (depth) pictures [37] or among a 2d picture and a 3d face model [38]. table 3. expands table 2. to include 2d and 3d face mod 149 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 els. table 3. face recognition scenarios across 2d and 3d domain gallery probe 2d pictures 3d models or 2.5d pictures 2d pictures 2.5 pictures 2d to 2d 3d to 2d 2d to 3d 3d to 3d there are also many approaches are based on 3d models that has been reconstructed from a set of 2d pictures [39]. the reconstructed 3d model is used to get several 2d projection pictures corresponding to the probe pictures [38]. alternatively, the reconstructed 3d model can be used to create a front view of the probe picture in any pose and lighting conditions. recognition done by identical the synthesized probe in ahead pose. in figure 5. shows a 3d model of a face and its correspondent 2d projection pictures in various positions and lighting conditions [21]. figure 5. a 3d face model and its 2d projections [21] 4.3. face recognition in video although traditional face recognition systems are depend on still pictures, there is considerable interesting in developing strong face recognition systems that take video as input. face recognition video has generated interest because of wide prevalence use of monitoring cameras. the capability to automatically identify faces in the real time from the video will facilitate it, between other things, a secret way of identifying people using an existent network of monitoring cameras. however, facial pictures in videos are frequently in off-frontal poses and can be subject to significant changes in lighting, which lead decay the performance of majority commercial face recognition systems. two characteristic features of video are the provideablity of: i) multi frames for the same topic and ii) time information. multi frames granteed pose variation that allow the suitable choose of a well quality frame (for instance, an excellent quality face picture in semi front pose) for excellent recognition performance. the temporal info in the video is considered information included in the dynamic movement of the face in the video. however, it is hard to establish if there is any information regarded to identity in the movement of the face further work is require to gain benefit the temporal information. using video capabilities can improve the performance of the face recognition system. figure 6. shows 4 frames in an ideal video that was recorded for face recognition research [21]. 150 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 6. four frames from a video [21] 5. challenges and difficulties in spite of the evolution of numerous facial recognition algorithms, there are still many difficulties. these challenges are still challenging these algorithms, as described below [40]: 5.1. several databases of facial pictures, such as references. have been grouped to test faces recognition algorithms. every database is designed for test determined aspects like occlusion, pose, facial expression and illumination. prior research work has shown that face recognition has matured under controlled conditions. even so, facial recognition in an outdoor environment becomes challenging. 5.2. face recognition is special and difficult state from object recognition. the difficulty of facial recognition stems from the reality that in the front view, the facial pictures look the same, and the differences between it are significant to be analyzed. a research conducted the latest face recognition technologies, on the standard database (like fat, feret, and frvt) have identified detecting illumination, age and pose as the main issues of the facial recognition algorithm. 5.3. the algorithms of face recognition are selected as desired by the application. for instance, feature-based methods not possible be applied to low-resolution (for instance, 15×15 pixels and below) facial pictures. other issue is: where to use (lda) and when to use (pca/ica) when developing the system. 5.4. implementation details usually specify the performance of the system. for instance, several times input pictures are normalized with regard to in plane rotation, masking, affine warping and scale for align the shape. 5.5. low resolution is an significant factor in face recognition when taking pictures from a far distance. in addition, closing the eyes too affects the recognition exactness of most facial recognition systems because they normalize & rescale the pictures before recognition. 5.6. when the face occluded, the recognition rate drops rapidly. likewise, structural components like mustaches, glasses and beards too significantly impact the recognition rate. 5.7. for good recognition performance, accurate feature location is critical. as the face rotates to a specific angle, the facial features will change, and several face recognition algorithms have difficulty processing them. age, illumination and pose are the main issues that current facial recognition algorithms plaguing. 6. factors affecting of face recognition identifying human faces from pictures and videos is a very difficult problem. there are many ways to solve this problem, but none can perform it with 100% accuracy because of the many problems that this system faces. these factors fall into 2 categories: internal and external factors [41]. internal factors include, for example, the physically condition of the person's face are facial expressions, aging, etc. that affect the system, while external factors are factors that cause changes in the appearance of the face, for instance illumination state causing variation. 6.1. aging aging is one of the substantial factors that affect face recognition techniques where it convert into clutter for algorithms. stability is a basic quality to any biologic measurement to be deal 151 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 with it as a biometrics. the face is mixture of skin tissue, bones and face muscles. when muscles contracting, they cause deformation of the facial features. even so, aging causes very much changes in the face appearance of a person such as illustrative in the figure 7. e.g. face texture (wrinkles, ...etc.) and the face shape over time [42]. face recognition systems must adequately meet this requirement. several researches whose primary goal is to solve this problem have been conducted [43]. due to slow aging process, it is becoming hard to gather data to training the system for cope with the aging factor to recognition purposes [44]. so, age-related researches is gained great popularity. figure 7. pictures of the same subject at age (a) 5, (b) 10, (c) 16, (d) 19 and (e) 29 [21] 6.2. facial expression facial expression is a non-verbal form of communication as it transports messages by use the expressions. even so, dissimilarity in facial expression create ambiguity for the face recognition systems. several face recognition systems are evolved that work good with pictures in a controllable environment. various face expressions show various situations and moods of people and change facial geometry such as illustrative in the figure 8. and with small different in the picture, it is becomes hard for the system to identify the face. researchers had worked on face recognition with take a consideration of face expressions [45]. there are various approaches that can used for handle with this problem, such as muscle-base approaches, motion-based approaches, model-base approaches [46]. figure 8. examples of some facial expressions from a daily life 6.3. pose variation another obstacle to the success of a facial recognition system is the variance of pose. people pose are different every time they capture a picture, such as illustrative in the figure 9. there is no similar standard pose. therefore, this makes it hard to recognize and the distinguish faces in pictures with different poses. most systems operate under not flexible picturing conditions. in depend on the type of pictures used in the gallery, ways associated with changing the pose can be partitioned into two types: facial recognition by pose and multi view face recognition. multi view face recognition can be thought of as a front-face recognition annexure in which consider gallery picture of each pose. on other hand, through the pose of facial recognition, consider the face in a situation that the recognition system has not seen before. a good faces recognition approach must have good pose toleration and ability to recognize various poses. many problems in this regard remain open. in which several researchers are working to address this problem [47]. even so, there is not yet a system with 100% accuracy. there are 152 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 some various approaches and methods that can be used for solve the issue of variable face recognition and pose change, which are partitioned into three categories, involving 2d approaches, general algorithms and 3d models [48]. figure 9. examples of some pose variations from feret database 6.4. partial occlusion occlusion indicates to artificial or natural obstacles in the picture. the face recognition approaches with partial occlusion classified into various classes, involving fractal-based methods, feature-based methods and part-based methods [49]. partial occlusion has affected many picturing areas, like ear identification is occluded because earrings. occlusion have an affect on the system performance when people mislead it by using scarves, sunglasses, veil, or putting mobile hands or phones in front of their faces such as illustrative in the figure 10 and figure 11. sometimes another factors, such as shadows because of strong illumination, too act as occluded factors. to solve the issue of partially occluded faces. analytical approaches are used which split the faces into various parts [50]. this issue can be solved by removing some of features that make it difficult to exactness recognize the face in the picture. frequently, analytical approaches are depend on feature analysis, where best enabled features are discovered, and then they are merged. other approach that can be taken to this purpose is an almost holistic approach in which the occluded features are removed and the remaining of the face as valuable information is used. researchers are developing various techniques to deal with this issue [51,52]. figure 10. example of the partial occlusion [21] figure 11. faces with occlusion effect as presented in hand2face [53] 6.5. effect of illumination variation in illumination strongly affect the facial recognition system such as illustrative in 153 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the figure 12. and therefore has become the focus of several researchers. it become hard to recognize one or further person from still pictures or video. it is very easy for extract the desired information from pictures taken under controlled environment in which the background is uniform. even so, the face in uncontrolled environment need to be recognize from different backgrounds. it include variation because shadows, under exposure and over exposure. researchers have worked hard to solve this problem. there are three ways to treat with this problem: face reflection field estimation technique, gray level, and gradient. the gray level conversion technique executes in-depth mapping with linear or non-linear function. extraction approaches of the gradient are used for extract the edges of picture in gray level. since illumination is a factor that considerably affecting of the faces recognition from videos or pictures, the techniques have been development to ignore the impact resulted by this problem [54]. figure 12. example of some illumination variation from yale database b [55] 7. advantages of face recognition 1. high success rate today's facial biometric technology has a high success rate, particularly with the appear of 3d facial recognition technology. it is very difficult to cheat the system, so you can rest assured that system you have will successfully track attendance and time with offering better security. 2. easy integration also easy to integrate your biometric facial systems into your company. usually will work with the exist software you having. 3. automatic system many companies like the fact that biometric face recognition systems are automated. you not need to worry to having someone there for surveillance the system. 4. better security with a facial biometrics system you’ll sweet better security. not just can you trace employees, but can be added into the system any visitant and traced throughout the area also. will not be given access to anyone that is not in the system. 5. time fraud not exist one of the great advantages of using face biometrics systems to your association is that don't need to worry for time fraud. it will not be possible to proxy between friends, as everyone needs a face scan to register its attendance. [56] 8. result in this section, present a detailed comparison of various experimental results, in the table 4. that showed difference in databases, techniques, years, authors, and results that got it. 154 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 table 4. the experimental results no. author/s year technique database result 1 vankayalapati et al. [57] 2009 cnn orl 95% 2 k ong, rui et al. [58] 2011 ica, svm orl 96% 3 bellakhdhar et al. [59] 2013 magnitude phase of gabor, pca, svm orl, frgcv2 99.90% 4 jameel, s. [60] 2015 pca + dct orl 95.122% 5 fathima et al. [61] 2015 gabor wavelet and linear discriminant analysis (lda) at&t, mit-india and faces94 datasets 88–94.02% 6 ghorbel et al. [62] 2016 eigenfaces and dog filter feret 84.26% 7 bhaskar, a. et al [63] 2016 svm yale faces 97.78% 8 fu et al. [64] 2017 guided convolutional neural network, the loss function casiawebface, lfw 91.9–97.1% 9 khan et al. [65] 2018 pca ncr-iit facial database and realtime video stream 69–86% 10 banerjee et al. [66] 2018 supervised learning, viola–jones, generic 3d model pasc videos and cw images, cmu multi-pie dataset 88.45–97.28% 10. applications of face recognition as know efforts are continuously being made for develop the face recognition system to maximum accuracy, this is due to its relevance in several domains. it uses some of it's applications in: 10.1. law enforce the face recognition systems proven that it is a very efficacious tool for the law enforce bodies for finding to missing persons or identify criminals. the investigation manually for hours in the video for person identification is a rather tedious mission for law enforce administrators. for instance, it was newly reported [67] that it took chinese law enforce administrators only 7 minutes for determine bbc newsman "john sudworth" utilizing its strong cctv cameras network of further more over 170 million camera and the face recognition technique. facial recognition research fetch a novel generation of smart and efficient investigation abilities to law enforce bodies [68]. overstaying and unlawful citizenship is another difficult issue for populous communities around world. advances in facial recognition technology have made it possible to identify and capture the illegal immigrants and foreigners who have exceeded their length of stay. in addition, facial recognition technology is too used for immigration. [69], counter terrorism [70], crime investigation [71, 72], voter identification [73] and banking [74]. 10.2. entertainment the face recognition has been noticed that is growing popularity in the entertainment field also. the most exciting domains are theme park gaming zones, training, human computer interaction, human robot interaction, mobile games and virtual reality [75] etc. moreover, t. feltwell et al. presented recently an interest game in which ask the gamers to snap the similarities of the audience. it is from motivated of free for play models like the celebrated pokemon go game, yet they suggested a variant experience were players can practically hunt and capture the members in realty world [76]. 155 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 10.3. surveillance surveillance system is one from the most significant and challenge missions for fully automatic and smart monitoring systems, the surveillance are defined as monitoring or close observation, especially for a criminal spy or suspect. this is one of the mostly significant and widely popularity applications. those systems are generated to meet the security goals of both the outdoor and indoor general audience like: geographic boundaries, banks, airport halls, monitoring public regions etc. because of the huge data size have been obtained by camera networks, so detection algorithms of brute force spy are non adequate for smartly recognize terrorists and suspects in sensitive regions. latest research in facial recognition provide a platform for smart video monitoring systems including software and hardware aspects, like machine learning algorithms, signal processing, pattern recognition and automatic interfaces for achieve extremely optimistic results [77]. in addition, the ability of machine techniques for recognition have been shown to be further efficiency than humans in applications of the real world. for make the beneficial of the abilities of machines and humans, the solutions of face recognition in monitoring systems can be efficaciously utilized as tool for supporting human employees in performing recognition tasks and complex monitoring. in spite of, the latest ways for the monitoring systems has been achieved acceptable results, there are remain much challenges for the effective surveillance like: limited training data, occlusion and blur subject pictures [78,71]. 10.4. access controlling with growing the vogue of the face recognition systems, they had been adopted by many auto access controlling mechanisms to the human-machine interact. as too been replaced with another authentication controlling ways like iris verification, password protection, fingerprints, etc. moreover, cctv cameras and smart phones widespread, and the use of face authentication has become possible for several real world applications. the hardware based validation systems are quick expanding for control the facial based authorization for the single login into the network multi services. thus, facial based automatic access for automatic teller machine, access to the cipher text and online money transfers are also becoming popular in various social practices [79]. 10.5. face authentication in mobile the authentication of the face is become further popularity on the mobiles, permitting mobile applications for validate user's identity in order to give access sensitive mobile phone services like e-banking. various aspects of face recognition, involving deployment constraints and presentation attacks, must investigated, especially in mobile environments [80,81]. 10.6. another common applications kwon and lee [82] recently, presented a inclusive group of face recognition technologies in the software applications. likewise, salici and ciampini [83] introduce facial recognition applications for the forensic investigation section. identification experiences in 130 real-life status are proven were successful and confirmed through forensic experts. other modern application is presented by calo et al. [84] to control privacy in the view, update and destruction of digital information. 10.7 face recognition in smart cities according for (2018) market researching report [85], the biometrics market are expected to growth from $ 13.89 billion in (2018) to $ 41.80 billion in (2023), where face recognition have significant growth potential through that interval. the facial recognition market will have tremendous potential in emergent application domains regarded to the identification of persons in the smart cities, including smart homes, smart education and notably electronic administration, from between many others [85]. along with technical challenges, the utilize 156 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 of publicly available facial recognition systems may create ethical dilemmas and challenges associated with question of how the snapped data, as especial class of privacy data, perhaps utilized and manipulated. those concerns are increasingly recognized via data protection regulations like the (eu general data protection regulation (gdpr)) [86], which aims to protect people from third parties processing their information without their approvement. thus, there is an urgent need for protect biometric data through the adoption of new laws regulating the use of facial recognition techniques [87]. 11. conclusion for many years, the research of face recognition stay a striving field for researchers. it has attracted widespread attention because of its many applications in several practical world domains, such as computer graphics, pattern recognition, security and computer vision. in this survey, we first time presented face recognition as biometrical technology. next, we introduced the face recognition models categorized to three part; we introduced a faces databases use by the researchers in this domain for test their facial recognition approaches and stages, and lastly a table (table 4.) that summarize the experimental results. this paper has introduced a comprehensive survey over the eminent researches of face recognition in different backgrounds. the goal of those literature review for help youth researchers in the domain of facial recognition via compiling the important methods, techniques and models, and to stimulate there to further research. references 1. muhammad, s.; et al. face recognition: a survey. journal of engineering science and technology review, 2017, 10, 2, 166177. 2. youtube faces with facial key points database. available online: https://www.kaggle.com/selfishgene/youtube-faces-with-facial-keypoints (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 3. the lfw face database. available online: http://vis-www.cs.umass.edu/lfw/ (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 4. the yale database. available online: http://vision.ucsd.edu/content/yale-face-database (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 5. the at & t database of faces. available online: https://www.kaggle.com/kasikrit/att-database-of-faces (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 6. the xm2vts database. available online: http://www.ee.surrey.ac.uk/cvssp/xm2vtsdb/ (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 7. ar faces databases. available online: http://www2.ece.ohio-state.edu/~aleix/ardatabase.html (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 8. the cvl database. available online: https://zenodo.org/record/1492287#.x6jfylbrxiv (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 9. the oulu physics database. available online: http://www.ee.oulu.fi/research/imag/color/pbfd.html (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 10. the jafee face database. available online: https://www.kaggle.com/srv133034/jafee-dataset (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 11. the fei face database. available online: https://fei.edu.br/~cet/facedatabase.html (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 12. napoléon, t.; alfalou, a. pose invariant face recognition: 3d model from single photo. opt. lasers eng, 2017, 89, 150–161. 13. vinay, a.; hebbar, d.; shekhar, v.s.; murthy, k.b.; natarajan, s. two novel detectordescriptor based approaches for face recognition using sift and surf. procedia comput. sci, 2015, 70, 185–197. 14. kortli, y.; jridi, m.; al falou, a.; atri, m. a. al falou, and m. atri, “face recognition systems: a survey. in sensors, 2020, 20, 2. 15. ouerhani, y.; alfalou, a.; brosseau, c. road mark recognition using hog-svm and corhttps://www.kaggle.com/selfishgene/youtube-faces-with-facial-keypoints http://vis-www.cs.umass.edu/lfw/ http://vision.ucsd.edu/content/yale-face-database https://www.kaggle.com/kasikrit/att-database-of-faces http://www.ee.surrey.ac.uk/cvssp/xm2vtsdb/ http://www2.ece.ohio-state.edu/~aleix/ardatabase.html https://zenodo.org/record/1492287#.x6jfylbrxiv http://www.ee.oulu.fi/research/imag/color/pbfd.html https://www.kaggle.com/srv133034/jafee-dataset https://fei.edu.br/~cet/facedatabase.html 157 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 relation. in optics and photonics for information processing xi; international society for optics and photonics; spie: bellingham, wa, usa, 2017, 10395, 103950q. 16. jens, r.; andrew, b.; diana, g. hw/sw co-design of the hog algorithm on a xilinx zynq soc. j. parallel distrib. comput, 2017, 109, 50–62. 17. manal, e. r.; arsalane, z.; aicha, m. comparative study of harris and active contour using viola-jones algorithm for facial landmarks detection. transactions on machine learning and artificial intelligence, 2017,5. 4. 18. shah, j.h.; sharif, m.; raza, m.; azeem, a. a survey: linear and nonlinear pca based face recognition techniques. int. arab j. inf. technol, 2013, 10, 536–545. 19. du, g.; su, f.; cai, a. face recognition using surf features. in mippr 2009: pattern recognition and computer vision. international society for optics and photonics; spie: bellingham, wa, usa, 2009, 7496, 749628. 20. calonder, m.; lepetit, v.; ozuysal, m.; trzcinski, t.; strecha, c.; fua, p. brief: computing a local binary descriptor very fast. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell, 2011, 34, 1281–1298. 21. unsang, p. face recognition: face in video, age invariance, and facial marks. citeseer, 2009. 22. smach, f.; miteran, j.; atri, m.; dubois, j.; abid, m.; gauthier, j.p. an fpga-based accelerator for fourier descriptors computing for color object recognition using svm. j. realtime image process, 2007, 2, 249–258. 23. hussain, s.u.; napoléon, t.; jurie, f. face recognition using local quantized patterns. hal: bengaluru, india, 2012. 24. annalakshmi, m.; roomi, s.m.m.; naveedh, a.s. a hybrid technique for gender classification with slbp and hog features. clust. comput, 2019, 22, 11–20. 25. turk, m.; pentland, a. eigenfaces for recognition. j. cogn. neurosci, 1991, 3, 71–86. 26. wang, q.; alfalou, a.; brosseau, c. new perspectives in face correlation research: a tutorial. adv. opt. photonics , 2017, 9, 1–78. 27. kambi beli, i.; guo, c. enhancing face identification using local binary patterns and knearest neighbors. j. imaging, 2017, 3, 37. 28. schroff, f.; kalenichenko, d.; philbin, j. facenet: a unified embedding for face recognition and clustering. in proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, boston, ma, usa, 2015, 815–823. 29. napoléon, t.; alfalou, a. local binary patterns preprocessing for face identification/verification using the vanderlugt correlator. in optical pattern recognition xxv; international society for optics and photonics; spie: bellingham, wa, usa, 2014, 9094, 909408. 30. xuemei, z.; chengbing, w. a real-time face recognition system based on the improved lbph algorithm. in 2017 ieee 2nd international conference on signal and image processing (icsip), 2017,72–76. 31. wenyi, z.; et al. face recognition: a literature survey. acm computing surveys (csur), 2003, 35,4, 399–458. 32. stan, z. l.; anil, k.j. handbook of face recognition. springer-verlag, secaucus, nj, 2005. 33. fisher, r. a. the statistical utilization of multiple measurements. annals of eugenics, 1938, 8,376-386. 34. john, p. l. fast normalized cross-correlation. vision interface, 1995, 120-123. 35. laurenz, w.; jean-marc, f.; norbert, k.; christoph, v. face recognition by elastic bunch graph matching. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 1997, 19,7, 775-779. 36. michael, k.; lawrence, s. application of the karhunen-loeve procedure for the characterization of human faces. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 1990,12,1, 103-108. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37086256714 158 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 37. xiaoguang, lu.; anil, k. j.; dirk, c. matching 2.5d face scans to 3d models. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 2006,28,1, 31–43. 38. mun, w. l.; surendra, r. pose-invariant face recognition using a 3d deformable model. pattern recognition, 2003,36:1835-1846. 39. volker, b.; thomas, v. face recognition based on fitting a 3d morphable model. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 2003,25,9, 1063-1074. 40. zahid, m.; nazeer, m.; nargis, b.; tauseef, a. a review on state-of-the-art face recognition approaches. fractals, 2017,25, 02, 1750025. 41. shaogang, g.; stephen, j.m.; alexandra, p. dynamic vision: from images to face recognition. imperial college press,2000. 42. unsang, p.; yiying, t.; anil, k.j. age-invariant face recognition. pattern analysis and machine intelligence, ieee transactions on, 2010, 32,5, 947-954. 43. dihong, g.; et al. hidden factor analysis for age invariant face recognition. computer vision (iccv), 2013 ieee international conference on. ieee, 2013. 44. andreas, l.; chris, j.t.; timothy, f.c. toward automatic simulation of aging effects on face images. pattern analysis and machine intelligence, ieee transactions on, 2002, 24,4, 442-455. 45. hayet, b.; et al. face recognition under varying facial expression based on perceived facial images and local feature matching. information technology and e-services (icites), 2012 international conference on. ieee, 2012. 46. marryam, m.; et al. analysis of face recognition under varying facial expression: a survey. international arab journal of information technology (iajit), 2013, 10,4. 47. shah, j. h.; sharif, m.; raza, m.; azeem, a. face recognition across pose variation and 3s problem. in tübi̇tak academic journals, 2012. 48. xiaozheng, z.; yongsheng, g. face recognition across pose: a review. pattern recognition, 2009, 42,11, 2876-2896. 49. aisha, a.; muhammad, s.; mudassar, r.; marryam, m. a survey: face recognition techniques under partial occlusion. int. arab j. inf. technol, 2014, 11,1,1-10. 50. francesc, t.; antonio, r. a novel method for face recognition under partial occlusion or facial expression variations. proc. 47th int’l symp. elmar, 2005. 51. zihan, z.; et al. face recognition with contiguous occlusion using markov random fields. computer vision, 2009 ieee 12th international conference on. ieee, 2009. 52. hongjun, j.; aleix, m.m. face recognition with occlusions in the training and testing sets. automatic face & gesture recognition, 2008. fg'08. 8th ieee international conference on. ieee, 2008. 53. nojavanasghari, b.; hughes, ce.; baltrusaitis, t.; morency, lp. hand2face: automatic synthesis and recognition of hand over face occlusions. seventh international conference on affective computing and intelligent interaction (acii), 2017, 209–215. 54. xingjie, w.; chang-tsun, l.; yongjian, h. robust face recognition under varying illumination and occlusion considering structured sparsity. digital image computing techniques and applications (dicta), 2012 international conference on. ieee, 2012. 55. the yale b database. available online: http://vision.ucsd.edu/~leekc/extyaledatabase/extyaleb.html (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 56. sakshi, g.; akhil, k.; kirtika, g. a review paper on biometrics: facial recognition. international journal of scientific research engineering & technology (ijsret), 2012,1,5, 012-017, www.ijsret.org issn 2278 – 0882. 57. vankayalapati, h.d.; kyamakya, k. nonlinear feature extraction approaches with application to face recognition over large databases. in proceedings of the 2009 2nd international workshop on nonlinear dynamics and synchronization, klagenfurt, austria, 20–21 july 2009; ieee: piscataway, nj, usa, 2009, 44–48. 58. rui, k.; bing, z. a new face recognition method based on fast least squares support vector machine. physics procedia, 2011, 22, 616-621. https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=7mzpvlyaaaaj&hl=ar&oi=sra https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=qqpxofeaaaaj&hl=ar&oi=sra https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=kvbnf9aaaaaj&hl=ar&oi=sra https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=fprc6esaaaaj&hl=ar&oi=sra https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=nzlxktmaaaaj&hl=ar&oi=sra http://vision.ucsd.edu/~leekc/extyaledatabase/extyaleb.html 159 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 59. faten, b.; kais, l.; mohamed, a. face recognition approach using gabor wavelets, pca and svm. ijcsi international journal of computer science issues, 2013,10,2, 201-206. 60. jameel, s. face recognition system using pca and dct in hmm. int. j. adv. res. comput. commun. eng, 2015, 4, 13–18. 61. fathima, a.a.; ajitha, s.; vaidehi, v.; hemalatha, m.; karthigaiveni, r.; kumar, r. hybrid approach for face recognition combining gabor wavelet and linear discriminant analysis. in: ieee international conference on computer graphics, vision and information security, 2015, 220–225. 62. ghorbel, a.; tajouri, i.; aydi,w.; masmoudi, n. a comparative study of gom, ulbp, vlc and fractional eigenfaces for face recognition. in proceedings of the 2016 international image processing, applications and systems (ipas), hammamet, tunisia, 5–7 november 2016; ieee: piscataway, nj, usa, 2016, 1–5. 63. bhaskar, a.; prashant, k.s. face recognition using surf features and svm classifier. issn 09756450, 2016, 8,1, 1-8. 64. fu, t.; chiu, w.; wang, y.f. learning guided convolutional neural networks for cross resolution face recognition. in: 2017 ieee 27th international workshop on machine learning for signal processing (mlsp), 2017. 65. khan, a.; et al. forensic video analysis: passive tracking system for automated person of interest (poi) localization. ieee access, 2018, 6, 43392–43403. 66. banerjee, s.; et al. to frontalize or not to frontalize: do we really need elaborate preprocessing to improve face recognition ?. in ieee winter conference on applications of computer vision, 2018, 20–29. 67. https://techcrunch.com/2017/12/13/china-cctv-bbc-reporter/?guccounter=1. (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 68. sajjad, m.; nasir, m.; ullah, fum.; muhammad, k.; sangaiah, ak.; baik, sw. raspberry pi assisted facial expression recognition framework for smart security in law-enforcement services. inf sci, 2019, 479, 416–431. 69. kim, k. intelligent immigration control system by using passport recognition and face verification. in: international symposium on neural networks. springer, 2005, 147–156. 70. fianyi, i.; zia, t. biometric technology solutions to countering today’s terrorism. int j cyberwarf terror, 2016, 6,4, 28–40. 71. heng, w.; jiang, t.; gao, w. how to assess the quality of compressed surveillance videos using face recognition. ieee trans circ syst video techn, 2019, 29,8 , 2229–2243. 72. becerra-riera, f.; morales-gonz˙alez, a.; m˙endez-v˙azquez, h. a survey on facial soft biometrics for video surveillance and forensic applications. artif intell rev, 2019, 52,2, 1155–1187. 73. mandavkar, aa.; agawane, rv. mobile based facial recognition using otp verification for voting system. in: 2015 ieee international advance computing conference (iacc), 2015, 644–649. 74. qianmu, l.; tao, l.; bin, x.; ming, n.; xiaoqian, l.; qifeng, z.; yong, q. face identity recognition in smart bank. int j seman comput, 2016,10,4, 569. 75. de carrera, pf.; marques, i. face recognition algorithms. master’s thesis in computer science. universidad euskal herriko, 2010. 76. feltwell, t.; wood, g.; linehan, c.; lawson, s. an augmented reality game using face recognition technology. in: proceedings of the acm conference companion publication on designing interactive systems, 2017, 44–49. 77. zhang, y.; shao, j.; ouyang, d.; shen, ht. person re-identification using two-stage convolutional neural network. in: 24th international conference on pattern recognition. icpr, beijing, 2018, 3341–3346. 78. bashbaghi, s.; granger, e.; sabourin, r.; parchami, m. deep learning architectures for face recognition in video surveillance. corr, arxiv:1802.09990, 2018. 79. qian, j. a survey on sentiment classification in face recognition. j phys conf ser, https://techcrunch.com/2017/12/13/china-cctv-bbc-reporter/?guccounter=1. 160 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 2018,960:012030. 80. brandon, a.; bartosz, l.; mahadev, s. openface: a general-purpose face recognition library with mobile applications. carnegie mellon university, pittsburgh, pa, usa, jun, 2016. 81. yiran, s.; mingrui, y.; bo, w.; chun, t.c.; wen, h. learn to recognise: exploring priors of sparse face recognition on smartphones. ieee transactions on mobile computing, 2017, 16, 6, 1705-1717. 82. kwon, b.; lee, k. an introduction to face-recognition methods and its implementation in software applications. int j inf technol manag, 2018,17,1/2,33–43. 83. salici, a.; ciampini, c. automatic face recognition and identification tools in the forensic science domain. in: international tyrrhenian workshop on digital communication. springer, 2017, 8–17. 84. calo, sb.; ko, bj.; lee, k.; salonidis, t.; verma, dc. controlling privacy in a face recognition application. in: us patent app, 15/876,307. google patents, 2018. 85. biometrics technology market analysis report by end-use. grand view research, san francisco, ca, usa, sep, 2018, https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industryanalysis/biometrics-industry (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 86. the general data protection regulation. european union, apr, 2016. available online: mailto:https://eurlex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:32016r0679&from=en (accessed on nov.8, 2020). 87. julia , o.; katrin a.; martina, z. all eyes on you! impact of location, camera type, and privacy-security-tradeoff on the acceptance of surveillance technologies. in international conference on smart cities and green ict systems, porto, portugal, apr, 2017. https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/biometrics-industry https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/biometrics-industry mailto:https://eurlex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:32016r0679&from=en mailto:https://eurlex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:32016r0679&from=en ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 observations o n the age and growth of shank (acanthopagrus latus (houttuyn, 1782)) from al-razzazah lake h.a.m. dauod, r. a. al-aamery, a. i. ali*,*f. m. chabuk * and *k. m. abbas* departme nt of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham,unive rsty of baghdad *general board for fish resources development, al-wazeria abstract from february 2007 to january 2008, monthly samples of shank (acanthopagrus latus) were taken from three st ations at al-razz azah lake,by using a range of gill nets and seine nets. a t otal of 318 fish were taken from all st ations. the age data determined from the scales showed that there were eight age classes p resent in st ation 1 and 2 and seven age classes in st ation 3. the increment in length of a. latus at t he area of st udy showed a tendency to decrease with the increase in age after the fourth y ear of life. the lengthweight relationship s of both sexes sp ecimens are exp ressed by the following equations: log  = -1.93 + 2.67 log  ….. for st ation (1) fish log = -2.08 + 2.74 log  …. for station (2) fish log = -2.02 + 2.39 log  …. for station (3) fish it seems from the above equations that the growt h of a. latus in the area of st udy is allometric. introduction decreased catches of different fish sp ecies from al-razz azah lake have caused anxiety among the general board for fish resources development (gbfrd) during the y ear 1996. the (gbfrd) suggested to introduce some fish sp ecies from shatt al-arab, sout h of iraq, in an attemp t to cultivate mugil sp ., in the lake, since then a. latus which was introduced randomly with mugil sp . became the most abundant fish sp ecies available in the lake [1]. a. latus is one of marine fish belonging to the family sp aridae, which is represented by more than 120 sp ecies. it is an economic fish in west indian ocean countries. it is represented in arabian gulf by several sp ecies including the sp ecies under invest igation [1,2]. the p resent p aper reports p art of an extensive st udy which was carried out in an att emp t to st udy the biological asp ects of the sp ecies under invest igation. one of the major drawbacks with t he current invest igation is almost the lack of the scientific data about t he age and growt h of this fish in al-razz azah lake with the excep tion of the p reliminary data reported by m ansour[1] who used the length frequency distribution to determine the age. it is hop ed that the information obtained would be of interest to ichthy ologists who are looking to cultivate suitable sp ecies of fish in al-razzazah lake as it is subjected to sever water level fluctuation which affects the hy drological condition in the lake and community st ructures of t he contained macro invertebrates. area of study al-razz azah lake is one of the largest water body in iraq. it is situated in nort h west of karbala city at 4354 & 4322' e, and 3213 & 339' n. the maximum length of the lake ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 is about 76km from the beginning of al-m ajarah channel to the white valley near karbala city , while the maximum width is about 40km[3]. the area of the lake is in between (1050-1700)km 2 , and the cap acity of the lake is (4.85-250.25)km 3 . the maximum dep th is 17.0m, and the mean depth is (4.6-11.9)m [3]. the geology of the area is the sandstone underlying clay[4]. several fish sp ecies occur in the lake, barbus xanthopterus, b. grypus, b. esocinus, b. luteus, b. sharpeyi, aspius vorax and liza abu [3]. al-razz azah lake is subjected to water level fluctuation which leads to sever changes in the hy drological condition of the lake and the community st ructures of the contained macroinvertabrates. it is not p ossible to say how much damage has been caused to the flora and fauna by the fluctuating water levels nor is it p ossible to surmise neither or not community st ructures have altered. materials and methods acanthopagrus latus fish was obt ained from three st ations at al-razz azah lake within karbala province area fig.( 1) m onthly samples were taken during the p eriod from february 2007 to january 2008, by using gill & sein netting. the sp ecimens were measured by using total length (tl) and wet weight of each fish were recorded to the nearest 1mm and 0.1g resp ectively. the numbers measured and aged fishes are list ed in table (1). scales of each fish were removed, cleaned, dried and fixed between two glass slides, and then the age read from them. re sults and discussion age distribution: the age st ructure of the p op ulation revealed that there were eight age classes at the area of st udy . these results agree with the data reported by m ansour [1] who used lengthfrequency distribution to determine the age. the results of the p resent st udy showed that the pop ulation of a. latus in the area of st udy was dominated by four and five y ears. the dominance of four and five y ears through the p eriod of invest igation, is difficult to exp lain but is though related to the fact that nets missed some of the small fishes which were able to escape by swimming under stones at some sites, or p erhap s due to the gear selectivity [5, 6, 7]. length and growth: treasurer [8] has indicated that the length measurements are more reliable indicator of growt h than weight data since they are less suscep tible fluctuation. the number of fish examined, the mean length p er age class and their ranges at the sites of st udy are shown in tables (2,3 and 4). the average growt h of fishes in the area of st udy is illustrated in figures (2,3 and 4). it seems from the above tables and figures that the highest increment in length app ear during the 2 nd , 3 rd and 4 th y ears and then showed a tendency to decrease with the increase in age after the 4 th y ear of life. it is imp ortant to note that there is no scientific data about the age and growt h (increment of length) of a. latus in al-razz azah lake to discuss and comp are the p resent results. the growt h of a. latus in the area of study seems t o be poor. this is not unexp ected as the lake is oligotrop hic (4). several workers including [6, 9,10,11] agree that the best fish growt h is achived in alkalin water. it is also generally accep ted that where fishes are p lentiful, as well as fast growing invertebrates are p resent in abundance[6,9,10]. the poor ionic content of water and the p aucity of the invertebrate fauna are militate against al-razz azah fishes. one further complication in al-razz azah lake is t he fluctuation ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 of water levels which lead to marked changes in the p roductivity of the water body [6, 11,12, 13]. in the p resent st udy , results obtained for the age and growt h of a. latus showed low growt h rate in comp arison with the data reported from other water bodies [14,15,16]. this low growt h rate may be related to the different environmental factor such as the temp erature, availability of food and/ or the ionic content of water [6, 9,10]. the relationship s between the length and weight of a. latus at the different st ations, derived by fitt ing st raight lines to the logarithms of the two variables, were exp ressed by the following equations: log = -1.93 + 2.67 log  ….. for st ation (1) (al-shuaib) fish  = 0.99 log w= -2.08 + 2.74 log  …. for station (2) (al-rahalia) fish  = 0.78 log w= -2.02 + 2.39 log  …. for station (3) (ain temer) fish  = 0.93 it seems from the above equations that the growt h of a. latus at al-razz azh lake is allometric as the regression coefficient (b) values are less than 3 [17]. the results of t he present study differ numerically from that reported by m ansour [1]. review of the literature showed that there are several factors affected the lengthweight relationship such as age, maturity of gonads, sex and the time of catch [18,19]. it seems that the above factors may be militated agains the relationship in the p resent study in comp arison with the data rep orted by m ansour[1]. in conclusion, it app ears that a. latus fish have managed to maintain themselves naturally in al-razz azah lake, which means that they introduced to a suitable environment. nevertheless it would p rovide bett er returns and should at least be given a trial as it is the only course of action which will imp rove the current situation until the fluctuating water levels are corrected. re ferences 1.m ansour, r.h. (2004). some biological characterist ics of silver sheim (shank) acanthopagrus latus (hout tuy n, 1782) in razzaza lake. m . sc. thesis, t echnical college of al-m ussayib. (in arabic). 2.aldaham, n.k. (1979). fishes of iraq and arabian gulf. vol. 2. albasrah university press, 406 p p (in arabic). 3.anon (1985). state and p rosp ective of fisheries in razz azah lake. polservice consulting engineers. a rep ort of st ates fisheries organization. 4.alsaadi, h. a.; al-tamimi, a.a. and alghafily , a.a. (1995). basrah j. sci. 13(1): 4148. 5.samuel, m .; bawazer, a.s. and m atheus, c.p. (1984). ann. res. kuwait inst . sci. research. 1: 52-61. 6.dauod, h.a.m . (1986). studies on some asp ects of t he biology of brown t rout (salmo trutta l.), minnow (phoxinus phoxinus (l.) and the threesp ined st ickleback (gasterosteus aculeatus l.) from an up land reserovoir sy st em, co. wiklow. ph.d. thesis, national university of ireland. 7.dauod, h.a.m .; al-rubai, r.k.s. and al-douri, t.y. (1999). the veternarian, 9(3): 64-79. 8.treasurer, j.w. (1976). j. fish biol. 8: 241-253. 9.kennedy, m . and fitz maurice, p. (1971).proc. r. ir. acad. 71 b: 269-352. 10.o'grady, m .f. (1981). a st udy of brown t rout (salmo trutta l.) p op ulations in selected irish lakes. ph.d. thesis, national university of ireland. 11.dauod, h.a.m . and al-rubai, r.k.s. (1996). j. ibn al-haitham pur. ap p l. sci. 7(2): 1-21. 12.grimas, u. (1961).rep. inst . freshwat. res. drottingham, 42: 183-237. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 13.hy nes, h. b. n. (1961).verh. internat. verein. limnol. 14: 652-656. 14.jasim, f.k. (2002). a st udy on gonads histology and fecundity of acanthopagrus latus (hout tuy n, 1782) in iraqi sea water. m .sc. thesis, college of agricultur, basrah university (in arabic). 15.al-aareky, m .k. (2001). biology of acanthopagrus latus (hout tuy n, 1782) in iraqi sea waterm . sc. thesis, college of agricultur, basrah university . ( in arabic). 16.samuel, m . and m athews.c.p. (1987).bull. m ar. sci. 9: 159-171. 17.bagenal, t.b. and tesch, f.w. (1978). age and growt h. in "m ethods for assessment of fish p roduction in freshwater". (ed. t.b. bagnal). i.b.p. no. 3: 101-136. 18.le cren, e.d. (1951). j. anim. ecol. 20: 201-219. 19.bagenal, t.b. (1978). m ethods for assessment of fish p roduction in freshwaters. 3 rd ed. blackwell scientific p ublication oxford, london. i.b.p. hand book no. 3: 365. table (1): numbers of fish caught and ae d on each sampling data at each site month s tation (1) (alshuaib) number aged s tation (2) (alrahal ia) number aged s tation (3) (ain tamr) number aged february 2007 10 11 9 m arch 10 12 10 ap ril 12 11 10 m ay 13 11 12 june july 12 13 13 august september october 7 12 9 november 14 15 12 december 13 12 14 january 2008 14 14 13 total 105 111 102 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 tab le (2): mean(…) and range of length of a. latus at the end of each growth period (station 1alsh uaib). age number of fish length at age 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 (5.25) 4.4-6.0 (8.75) 5.5-12 (14.0) 11.015.0 (19.0) 14.523.5 (23.0) 20.525.5 (26.5) 24.029.0 (29.5) 28.031.0 (32.0) 30.533.5 7 5 (5.5) 4.5-7.0 (9.2) 7.5-12.5 (13.5) 12.017.5 (18.5) 17.024.0 (23.2) 22.025.0 (26.2) 23.528.0 (29.7) 27.031.5 6 9 (5.5) 4.5-8.5 (10.22) 8.0-13.0 (14.5) 11.517.0 (19.5) 16.022.5 (23.5) 21.025.0 (26.3) 23.528.5 5 25 (6.0) 4.0-9.0 (10.0) 7.5-12.0 (16.5) 12.519.5 (21.5) 18.024.0 (24.0) 22.026.5 4 34 (6.25) 4.5-8.0 (10.5) 7.0-12.0 (17.5) 11.519.5 (22.5) 17.524.0 3 22 (5.5) 5.0-8.0 (10.5) 7.0-12.5 (16.25) 12.017.5 2 8 (5.25) 5.0-7.5 (10.0) 7.0-13.0 1 over all 105 (5.8) 4.0-9.0 (9.9) 5.5-13.0 (15.4) 11.019.5 (20.2) 14.524.0 (24.3) 21.026.5 (26.3) 23.529.0 (29.6) 27.031.5 (32.0) 30.533.5 increment of mean length (cm) 5.8 4.1 5.5 4.8 4.1 3.0 3.3 2.4 table (3): mean(…) and range of length of a.latus at the end of each growth period (s tation 2al-rahalia) age number of fish length at age 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 1 (4.0) 4.0-4.0 (7.5) 7.5-7.5 (10.5) 10.510.5 (16.2) 16.216.2 (21.5) 21.521.5 (24.5) 24.524.5 (26.5) 26.526.5 (29.0) 29.029.0 7 3 (6.0) 5.5-6.5 (10.0) 6.0-12.0 (14.5) 9.5-18.0 (19.7) 17.524.0 (23.36) 23.027.0 (26.3) 25.528.0 (29.0) 27.030.0 6 7 (5.78) 5.0-6.5 (10.36) 6.0-14.5 (15.36) 13.018.0 (20.36) 18.027.5 (24.17) 24.530.0 (27.8) 26.032.0 5 29 (5.97) 4.5-8.0 (11.0) 7.0-15.0 (15.5) 14.516.0 (20.0) 14.526.5 (24.0) 23.029.5 4 33 (6.5) 5.0-8.5 (11.5) 8.0-14.5 (14.5) 13.015.5 (19.5) 14.527.0 3 25 (5.5) 4.5-8.0 (11.5) 7.5-15.0 (15.5) 14.021.0 2 12 (5.4) 4.5-10.0 (10.3) 9.5-14.0 1 over all 111 (5.6) 4.0-10.0 (10.3) 6.0-15.0 (14.3) 9.5-18.0 (19.2) 14.527.5 (23.3) 21.530.0 (26.2) 24.532.0 (27.7) 26.530.0 (29.0) 29.029.0 increment of mean length (cm) 5.6 4.7 4.0 4.9 4.1 2.9 1.5 1.25 table (4): mean(…) and range of length of a.latus at the end of each growth period (s tation 3ain-tamr) age number of fish length at age 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 7 2 (6.5) 5.0-8.0 (9.5) 7.5-12.0 (14.5) 11.018.0 (20.25) 16.524.0 (24.0) 23.025.0 (26.5) 25.028.0 (28.75) 27.5-30.5 6 11 (5.8) 4.5-8.5 (8.5) 7.0-11.5 (14.12) 10.017.5 (20.27) 16.023.0 (24.12) 21.026.0 (27.89) 24.029.0 5 24 (5.97) 4.5-8.0 (9.48) 7.5-13.0 (15.21) 12.519.0 (20.48) 18.023.0 (24.2) 22.026.0 4 36 (5.79) 4.5-9.0 (10.28) 9.5-13.0 (15.38) 12.519.0 (20.73) 17.025.5 3 15 (5.93) 5.0-8.0 (10.2) 6.5-13.5 (15.47) 11.019.5 2 14 (5.87) 5.0-9.0 (10.5) 9.5-12.5 1 over all 102 (5.9) 4.5-10.0 (10.6) 6.5-13.5 (14.9) 10.019.5 (20.1) 16.525.5 (24.2) 21.026.0 (27.2) 24.029.0 (28.75) 27.0-30.5 increment of mean length (cm) 5.9 4.7 4.3 5.2 4.1 3.0 1.5 fig. (1): location of study area. * sampling station fig.(2) : mean length and increment of mean length in a. latus at station (1). (al-shuaib) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 mean length increment of mean length t .l . (c m ) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 at stati on (2). a. latus(3) : mean length and increment of mean length in fig. (al-rahal ia) fig. (4) : mean length and increment of mean length in a. latus at station (3).(ain tamr). 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 mean length increment of mean length 2 3 4 5 6 7 m ean len gth increment of mean length t .l . (c m ) t .l . (c m ) t .l . (c m ) 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مالحظات عن العمر والنمو في سمكة الشانك acanthopagrus latus (houttuyn, 1782) في بحیرة الرزازة وكامل محمد *د جابك، فراس مجی*عیسى علي حسین عبد المنعم داود، رنا عالء العامري، علي *عباس ، جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم قسم علوم الحیاة الهیئة العامة لتنمیة الثروة السمكیةالوزیریة* الخالصة ألســماك ) سـمكة 318(جمــع عینـات شـهریة 2008الـى كـانون الثـاني 2007ة الممتـدة مــن شـباط یـتم خـالل المـد مـن ثــالث محطـات علــى بحیـرة الـرزازة، واســتخدمت فـي عملیـة الصــید شـباك خیشــومیة acanthopagrus latusك الشـان القشــور لحســاب العمــر إن هنــاك ثمـــان لاج الدراســة الحالیـــة ومــن خــالل اســتعمأظهــرت نتــائ. مختلفــة الســعة وشــباك كرفــة ).عین تمر(مجامیع في المحطة الثالثة ، وسبع)الشعیب والرحالیة(لثانیة مجامیع عمریة في المحطتین االولى وا تـم التعبیــر . أظهـرت معـدالت الزیـادة فـي الطـول إشـارة إلـى النقصـان مـع زیـادة العمـر بعـد السـنة الرابعـة مـن العمـر -:یةعالقة الطول بالوزن بالمعادالت اآلتعن log  = -1.93 + 2.67 log  أسماك المحطة األولى ..… log = -2.08 + 2.74 log  أسماك المحطة الثانیة .… log = -2.02 + 2.39 log  أسماك المحطة الثالثة .… ـــي ــــ ــــ ـــــــر قیاســــ ــــ ـــــوًا غیــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــر نمـــ ــــ ــــ ــا یؤشــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــو مـ ــــ ــــ ـــــــل ال(allometric) لوهــ ــــ ــــ ـــــاط اقـ ــــ ــــ ــــــل االرتبــ ــــ ــــ ن معامـ ).3(من microsoft word 428-436 الفيزياء | 428 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 اخاديد ذات شكل نصف كروي على ستعمالتحسين اداء الخلية الشمسية بأ )zemaxبرنامج ( أستعمالسطحها ب عالء بدر حسن مريم ازهر علي )ابن الهيثم (قسم الفيزياء / جامعة بغداد / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2016 /كانون الثاني /7قبل في : ، 2015/تشرين الثاني/3استلم في : الخالصة استعمل في هذا البحث خلية شمسية من مادة السيليكون تحتوي اخاديد على سطحها لتحسين الكفاءة عن طريق تقليل انعكاس االشعة وزيادة طول المسار البصري لالشعة المارة خالل الخلية. تم تصميم نموذج خلية شمسية عن طريق برنامج لشعاع ولتقييم النموذج بأستعمال كاشف اسفل الخلية. النموذج الذي يمتلك زيماكس للتصاميم البصرية عن طريق تقنية تتبع ا .)05ͦ ( . واحسن زاوية قبول )0ͦ ( الزاوية له اعلى كفاءة بصرية عند )a.r = 0.2(نسبة مظهر )zemaxبرنامج (خلية شمسية ، نسبة مظهر ، اخاديد كروية ، : كلمات مفتاحيةال الفيزياء | 429 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 المقدمة في تصميم الخاليا الشمسية .ان كفاءة الخلية الشمسية ( هي مقدار ما عملسيليكون افضل العناصر التي تستال ديع الخلية الشمسية إثناء (parameters) يتحول من طاقة شمسية إلى كهربائية ) وهذا يتم بتغيير و محاولة تحسين معلمات القصيرة. ولتحسينيها معنى المعلمات هي مقدار كل من القدرة العظمى وفولطية الدائرة المفتوحة وتيار الدائرة تصنيعها نتيجةنظمة ذات الفجوة المفردة وبالاألنظمة المتعددة الفجوات لكونها أكثر تناسباً مع الطيف الشمسي من األ عمالايضآ است المركزات الشمسية فالمركزات هي أجزاء بصرية تزيد من كمية اإلشعاع عمالت. ولتحسينيها ايضآ اس[1]تكون الكفاءة أعلى وتعد المرايا وعدسات فرينل أهم ما يستخدم لهذا الغرض إذ ، [2]ما كالخلية شمسية أو ماٍص حراري الساقط على سطح رض أو كالهما معاً. وكذلك تستخدم العدسات لزيادة التركيز وليس للحصول على صورة معينة أو تستخدم المرايا لهذا الغ ثة الشكل اومستطيلة تستخدم االخاديد على السطح العلوي او السفلي للخلية الشمسية وتكون هذه االخاديد اما هرمية مثل او كروية لتقليل نسبة انعكاس االشعة وزيادة طول المسار البصري ومن ثم زيادة امتصاص الفوتونات داخل اوقطع مكافيء نية اضافة اخاديد لسطح الخلية من المواضيع الحديثة المهمة كونها اسهمت في تطوير كفاءة الخاليا بصورة الخلية. تعد تق .[3]واضحة وكذلك سهولة تصنيعها عن طريق عمليات القولبة وهي التؤثر في حجم التصميم كونها متداخلة مع الخلية حققت اذقامت بأضافة طيات للسطح اذاحادية التبلور مسية سليكونية خلية ش (2006)في m. s. muradفقد صممت .[4] 5.5%الى 4.1زيادة في كفاءة الخلية بعد اضافة الطيات للسطح من % بتطوير نموذج مركزات (2010)في jason h. karp, eric j. tremblay and joseph e. fordكذلك قام .[5] وية)مست –مصفوفة عدسات (محدبة عمالة عن طريق استة الخلية الشمسيشمسية مع دليل موجة لتحسين كفاء زيادة الكفاءة للخاليا الشمسية بتقليل االنعكاس الضوئي من سطح الخلية الضوئية وكان (2000)في s.a.hammilقام العلوي المعدنية طب وزيادة امتصاص الضوء في الخلية ، وتقليل الخسائر الضائعة في شبكة الق 81%تقليل النعكاسية بنسبة .[6] ظمةتصاميم جديدة للشبكة مثل الهرمية منتظمة وغير منت عمالنتيجة است قام بتطوير سطح الخاليا الشمسية السيليكونية ذات خصائص الخاليا الشمسية و) 2007في سنة ( c.w.ruggieroدرس مرة اخرى متوازية لالخاديد بصورة مائلة وشكل شبه دائري او قطع مكافيء مع عامل المظهر للسطح وتتبع مسار الضوء .zemax [7] برنامج عمآلمست ) بتحسين كفاءة الخاليا الشمسية ودراسة نماذج من االخاديد للخاليا الشمسية مع اكثر من 2008في ( m. geethaقام .zemax [8] برنامج عمآلالكفاءة مستقيمة لعامل المظهر لتحسين أداء تقييم معلمات في تأثيره و دراسة المرايا نوع ثنائي جديد حوضي مركز وبناء تصميم (2008)في a.hadiعمل من ازدادت قد الخلية هذه أداء كفاءة إن لوحظ,ووجوده تبريد نظام وجود عدم حالة في كافة السيليكونية الشمسية الخلية دراسة تمت كما %16.40 إلى %13.3من األداء كفاءة ازدادت فقد التبريد مع أما تبريد بدون %15.46إلى 11.94% أداء افضل على الحصول تم اذ الشمسية الخلية أداء على المركز هذا مع فرينيل عدسات من مختلفة أنواع بين الجمع تأثير .[9]بريدت نظام بوجود %26.6 مقداره أداء وعلى أفضل تبريد بدون %24 وقدره للخلية التصميم ذات متعدد التبلور عبارة عن شريحة من مادة السيليكون (zemax)برنامج عمالالخلية الشمسية بأستان تصميم وذج صمم النم ،التي تكون ذات شكل نصف كروي مقعريوجد على سطح الخلية االخاديد اذ cm (x 10 x 0.5 10)ابعاد كاشف عمالم عن طريق استيع لتقييم كفاءة التصمنظام تتبع الشعا عمالللتصاميم البصرية واستفي برنامج زيماكس نظريآ صل نسبة االشعة الواصلة الى اسفل الخلية اذ يوضع ت اذ) 0.2اسفل الخلية. وقد وجد ان افضل نسبة مظهر كانت هي ( ) شعاع قيد الفحص 100اسقاط شعاع على الكاشف نسبة الى العدد االصلي الواصل الى الخلية وهو () 350الى (الكاشف يتحسس االطوال يوجد اسفل الخلية كاشف وهذا الكاشف الذي ). 06ͦ ( وافضل زاوية قبول عند الزاوية 0ͦ الزاوية عند التي تمثل الى الخلية لكشف عدد االشعة التي تصلالذي يتوافق مع نفاذية السيليكون، irالموجية من الضوء المرئي الى نسبة كفاءة الخلية هذا الكاشف ذو ابعاد تعادل ابعاد الخلية من الطول والعرض. تعتمد كفاءة الخلية الشمسية في هذا البحث وهي (aspect ratio (a.r))على شكل االخاديد ودرجة تقعرها وهذا يتم عن طريق حساب نسبة المظهر لالخاديد االخدود ويمثل المعادلة افة بين حافتي االخدود الواحد وارتفاع هذه الحافة عن قعرعبارة عن قيمة معينة تعتمد على المس )1 (: (a.r = z / w) … … … (1) (w = 2r) … … … (2) )3) … … … ())2)2 / r2 / (1 + (r 2z = (1 / r ) * (r( r نصف قطر فتحة االدخال لكل اخدود = z ارتفاع حافة االخدود عن القعر = w المسافة بين حافتي االخدود = r نصف قطر التكور للعدسة = الفيزياء | 430 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 ان نسبة المظهر تعطينا درجة تقعر االخاديد حيث الفائدة من هذه االخاديد هي زيادة االنعكاسات الداخلية وتقليل االنعكاسات ) يمثل 1الخلية . الشكل (الخارجية للضوء وزيادة طول المسار البصري وبذلك زيادة فرصة امتصاص الفوتونات داخل شكل االخاديد على سطح الخلية الشمسية : الذي يتوافق مع مدى امتصاص مادة السيليكون والضوء المرئي شعة تحت الحمراء االفي هذا البرنامج مصدر عملاست دية على شعاع تسقط على الشريحة بحالتين : مرة بصورة عمو 100المصنوعة منها الخلية وكان العدد االفتراضي كفاءة الخلية فيان تأثير ميالن الشعاع الشمسي ) لتبي 80ͦ 10ͦ الشريحة ومرة بصورة مائلة توازي االخاديد بزوايا من ( عملالقبول الخاصة بالنموذج المست ومعرفة زاوية النتائج والحسابات زيادة تكور االخاديد وبالنتيجة زيادة نسبة من ثم) و0.12 – 1.1ة (نموذج لالخاديد بنسبة مظهر مختلف عمالتم است امتصاص االشعة وزيادة عددها عند الكاشف فيكون زيادة عدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف يمثل زيادة عدد االنعكاسات زيادة معدالت امتصاص الفوتونات داخا الخلية حسب العالقة : من ثمالداخلية الكلية لالشعة و )4... … … () /l = 2r( l عدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف = /r عدد االنعكاسات الداخلية الكلية على جانبي الخلية = الذي بدوره يمثل نسبة زيادة كفاءة الخلية.وعدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف ) يمثل العالقة بين عامل المظهر 2والشكل ( كفاءة) عند زيادة عامل المظهر الذي يمثل النسبة بين ارتفاع اذ نالحظ زيادة عدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف (زيادة ال حافة االخدود على عرض حافة االخدود. زاوية صفر وقيم تم حساب الكفاءة عند ال اذالخلية الشمسية لثالث اضعافها نستنتج من هذا التصميم حدوث زيادة في كفاءة ير عامل المظهر تغيبين قيم كفاءة الخلية مع )1(خاديد والجدول لال آلزوايا موازييكون اتجاه ميل هذه ا اذاخرى للزوايا الشريحة : لالخاديد في ) نالحظ تفاوت في قيمة االشعة 80ͦ 10ͦ زاوية ميالن للشعاع الساقط غير عمودية اي ذات قيمة ( تعمالعند اسف محور الميالن موازي لالخاديد لتبيان تأثير زاوية السقوط بغض النظر عن ستعملعلى الكاشف (الكفاءة) وقد ا الساقطة تأثير االخاديد. ) يبين عدد االشعة 3نماذج لنسبة المظهر للمقارنة بينهما لقيم مختلفة من زاوية السقوط. فالشكل ( ةخمس عملتوقد است ).a.r=1.1بة مظهر (نس يمختلفة من زاوية السقوط لنموذج ذالساقطة على الخلية عند قيم total hit = t.h t.h اي عدد االشعة الواصلة الى الكاشف = تمثل كفاءة الخلية الشمسية عدد بينما تقل ) 10ͦ 0ͦ ( ) عند زاوية200تصل الى ( لعدد االشعة الواصلة للكاشفوقد بينت النتائج ان اقصى قيمة ). ونالحظ زاوية القبول على البياني 80ͦ ى قيمة عند ( تدريجيآ الى ان تصل ادن االشعة الواصلة للكاشف ).100) اي عند الحصول على كفاءة (40ͦ هي ( عند ) 300تصل الى قيمة ( عدد االشعة الواصلة للكاشف) زيادة في 0.8) ذو نسبة المظهر (4( تصميمنجد في البينما .)05ͦ ( عند زاوية القبول )001(وتقل تدريجيآ الى ان تصل الى )0ͦ ( الزاوية عند الزاوية ) 250الى قيمة اعلى من ( عدد االشعة الواصلة للكاشف) تصل 0.5) الذي نسبة المظهر له (5اما في الشكل ( ).100) والتي تعادل (40ͦ ( اما زاوية القبول تكون عند الزاويه )0ͦ ( ) اما عند زوايا 300تصل الى ( د االشعة الواصلة للكاشفعدن تكو) 0.4) ذو نسبة المظهر (6بينما بين الشكل ( ) اما زاوية القبول نالحظها عند الزاوية 250اعلى من ( عدد االشعة الواصلة للكاشف) تكون قيمة 30ͦ -20ͦ -10ͦ ( السقوط ) ͦ50.( وافضل )350( الواصلة للكاشفعدد االشعة ) االفضل بالمقارنة مع بقية النماذج لكونه يعطي افضل قيمة ل6ويعد الشكل ( ).60ͦ ( زاوية قبول ) ولكن عند زيادة 300تبدأ بقيمة اقل من ( عدد االشعة الواصلة للكاشف) ان 0.2) ذو نسبة المظهر (7نجد في الشكل ( ممكن ان تصلها الى اعلى قيمة عدد االشعة الواصلة للكاشف) تصل 50ͦ -40ͦ -30ͦ ( ميالن الزاوية ووصولها الى الزاويا ).60ͦ ) اما زاوية القبول نالحظها عند الزاوية ( 350تكون قريبة من ( اذفي هذه النماذج الفيزياء | 431 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 المصادر 1. ferlauto,c,;ferreira,a.; chen,g. and koh,c. (2003), "evolution of microstructure and phase in amorphous, protocrystalline, and microcrystalline silicon studied by real time spectroscopic ellipsometry", solar energy materials and solar cells, 78(8), 1–4. 2. pall, r. (2009)., " high temperature solar concentrator ", eolss,13(1), 12-23 .  3. bakshi,u. and godse,a., (2011). "basic electronics engineering and technical publications", isbn, 21(3), 8–10.  4.  sargon murad.m ،(2006) ،''effect of surface texturing on silicon solar cell absorption''.iraq 5. jason, h.; karp, eric, j.; tremblay and joseph, e. ford )،2010( ، ''radial coupling method for orthogonal concentration within''. tamilnadu, india 6. hammil,s.a )،2000 ،( ''texturing and top grid effects to enhance the local solar cells efficiency''.iraq 7. ruggiero,c.w )،2007 ،( '' aray tracing investigation of ligh trapping due to grooves in solar cells''.massachusetts institute of technology 8. geetha,m.; senthil kumar.p.; govindan,r.; ramu,p.; arivuselvam,l.and anbarasan,p. m. )،"2010 ،( recent research in science and technology "،issn: 2076-5061 ، 2(10) ، 05-08. مركب حوضي لمركز جديدة تصاميم باستخدام الشمسية الخاليا أداء )، تحسين2009(الحمداني، هادي علي .د .9 .5 -1، 3، 27جلة الهندسة والتكنولوجيا، م، فرينيل بعدسات المغطى المرايا ثنائي v نوع الفيزياء | 432 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 الشريحة ير عامل المظهر لالخاديد فيقيم كفاءة الخلية مع تغيبين :) 1الجدول ( a.r 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.302 0.2 0.15 0.12 t.h 203 233 268 288 295 325 277 266 119 على سطح الخلية الشمسيةشكل االخاديد ) 1(الشكل يمثل العالقة بين عامل المظهر وعدد االشعة الساقطة) 2(الشكل 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.302 0.2 0.15 0.12 t.h a.r w z detector الفيزياء | 433 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 )a.r=1.1يمثل عدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف عند تغير زاوية سقوط االشعة لنموذج ذو نسبة مظهر ( )3(الشكل )a.r=0.8الكاشف عند تغير زاوية سقوط االشعة لنموذج ذو نسبة مظهر (يمثل عدد االشعة الساقطة على ) 4 ( الشكل 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 θ  t.h 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 θ  t.h الفيزياء | 434 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 )a.r=0.5يمثل عدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف عند تغير زاوية سقوط االشعة لنموذج ذو نسبة مظهر ( )5 ( الشكل )a.r=0.4لنموذج ذو نسبة مظهر ( يمثل عدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف عند تغير زاوية سقوط االشعة )6 ( الشكل 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 θ  t.h 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 θ  t.h الفيزياء | 435 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 )a.r=0.2يمثل عدد االشعة الساقطة على الكاشف عند تغير زاوية سقوط االشعة لنموذج ذو نسبة مظهر ( )7 ( الشكل 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 θ  t.h الفيزياء | 436 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 improve performance of solar cell by using grooves which have semicircular shape on the surface by using program (zemax) alaa b. hasan maryam a. ali dept. of physics / college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in :3/november/2015, accepted in :7/january/2016 abstract in this work silicon solar cell has been used with semicircular grooves to improve its efficiency by reducing reflection of rays and increasing optical path through the cell. software program for optical design (zemax) has been used by ray tracing mode to evaluate prototype efficiency when using detector beneath the cell. the prototype has aspect ratio (a.r=0.2) which is the best efficiency at incident angle (θ=0ͦ) and the best acceptance angle (θ=50ͦ). key words : solar cell , acpect ratio , semicircular grooves , program (zemax). ihjpas. 36(3)2023 109 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license theoretical analysis of the photon production rate in the quark-gluon interaction according to the quantum cromodynamic qcd theory sabamustafa@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq :uthora corresponding* abstract in this work, we have used the qcd dynamic scenario of the quark gluon interaction to investigate and study photon emission theoretically based on quantum theory. the qcd theory is implemented by deriving the photon emission rate equation of the state of ideal qgp at a chemical potential. the photon rate of the quark-gluon interaction has to be calculated for the anti up-gluon interaction in the �̅�g →�̅� γ system at the temperature of system (180 ≤ 𝑇 ≤ 360) 𝑀𝑒𝑉 with critical temperature (𝑇𝑐 =132.38, 158.86, 178.72 and 198.57) mev and photon energy (1 ≤ 𝐸 ≤ 10) gev. we investigated a significant effect of critical temperature, strength coupling, and photon energy on the photon rate contribution. here, the increased photon emission rate and decreased strength coupling of the quark-gluon reaction due to the decrease in temperature of the system from 360 mev to 180 mev are predicted. photon energy in the range (1 to 10) gev and the rate spectrum of four varieties of critical temperatures are presented. the interesting point in our results is the minimum value of photon rate, especially in the photon energy e=10 gev of 𝑛𝑓 = 3 flavor which reflects the poor coupling between quark and gluon in the the �̅�g →�̅� γ system which was already expected. the features of qcd results are achieved in the case of 𝑛𝑓 = 3 flavors for the photon energy e=1 to 10 gev, the strength coupling and the doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3084 article history: received 23 october 2022, accepted 18 january 2023, published in july 2023. saba mustafa hussein* department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. qsabamustafa@uomustansiriyah.edu.i ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq hadi j. m. al-agealy department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hadi.j.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq al-rubaiee a. a. department of physics, college of science, mustansiriyah university dr.rubaiee@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:sabamustafa@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:sabamustafa@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:sabamustafa@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:hadi.j.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hadi.j.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:dr.rubaiee@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:dr.rubaiee@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 110 photo meason rate are calculated theoretically. we can notice that the asymptotic behavior, which was characterized by a hadronic phase limit, will be satisfied. keywords: photon production rate, quark-gluon interaction, qcd theory. 1.introduction photon production is an important tool for probing the strong interaction matter in the large hadronic collision (lhc) at cern and relativistic heavy-ion collisions (rhic) at bnl [1]. all the photons are divided into decay photons, which come from hadron decays, and direct photons. furthermore, the direct photons are divided into prompt photons and thermal photons [2]. mostly the quark-gluon has been created at relativistic heavy-ion collision experiments at the relativistic heavy ion collider (bnl) and the lhc at cern [3]. high temperatures are not an extreme feature of the quark-gluon interaction that's produced in heavy ion collisions [4]. the strong interaction of quark-gluon undergoes a transition from one phase to another at an approximated temperature of 150 mev [5]. the medium below the transition temperature is characterized by hadrons as having primary degrees of freedom. on the other hand, the medium above the transition temperature is characterized by quarks and gluons, the element degrees of freedom of qcd [6]. the standard model is an important theory that establishes the study of the dynamics and characteristics of quarks in nuclear matter [7]. the qcd is known to undergo the transition temperature at which partial deconfinement is restored. the nature of the qcd transition is discussed because of its relevance to heavy ion collisions [8]. the standard model of elementary particles in physics is the mathematical framework that describes the interactions of elementary particles: electromagnetism, weak interactions, and strong interactions [9]. hadi, j.m., al-agealy et al. (2016) evaluated the rate of the photon for quark-gluon collisions produced at compton scattering using quantum consideration with different photon energy spectra [10]. in 2018, hadi j. m. al-agealy et al. discussed the behavior of photons emitted from quark-gluon systems with different fugacity coefficients at high energy collisions using color quantum theory [11]. in 2020, ahmed m. ashwiekh et al. studied the flow rate of hard photon emission from quark-antiquark interaction at high temperatures using the lowest-order approximation of qcd theory. results show an increase in flow rate with an increase in temperature of the media, which indicates a logarithmically divergent thermal effect on the photon product [12]. elaf mohammed et al. in 2022 calculated and analyzed the photon rate produced from the interaction of the quark with the antiquark during the annihilation process depending on the phenomenology of qcd [13]. this paper aims to analyze and study the photon production rate from the interaction of quark and gluon via qcd theory simulations and investigate the effect of critical temperature, strength coupling, and photon distribution energy on its rate. 2.theory the hard photon rate produced by the quark-gluon interaction with momentum p and energy e is given via qcd theory [14]. r𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = − 1 (2𝜋)3 f𝐵 (e)im ∏ 𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) (1) where f𝐵 (e) is the bose-einstein distribution function and the imaginary part im∏𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) of the retarded self-energy polarization of photons at finite temperature is given by [15]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 111 im∏𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = (−1) 𝑁𝑐𝐶𝑎 𝜋4 𝑔𝐸 2𝑔𝐻 2 𝑇 𝐸2 |it,𝐿 | ∫ (𝑓𝑞 (𝑃) − 𝑓𝑞 (𝐸 − 𝑃)) (𝑃 2 + (𝐸 − 𝑃)2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑃 (2) where 𝑁𝑐 is color number, 𝐶𝑎 is the casimir operator, 𝑔𝐸 is the quantum electrodynamics coupling,, 𝑔𝐻 is the quantum chromodynamic coupling, 𝑓𝑞 (𝑃) is the fermi distribution function of a quark, |it,𝐿 | is the self-integral of the system equal it,𝐿 = it − il where it and il are dimensionless constants [16]. the eq. (3-6) together with eq.(3-3 ) and for all electric charges ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 for quarks leads to im ∏ 𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = (−1) 𝑁𝑐𝐶𝑎 𝜋4 𝑔𝐸 2𝑔𝐻 2 𝑇 𝐸2 |it − il| ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 ∫ (𝑓𝑞 (𝑃) − 𝑓𝑞 (𝐸 − 𝑃)) (𝑃 2 + (𝐸 − ∞ 0 𝑃)2) 𝑑𝑃 (3) the juttner distribution function 𝑓𝑞 (𝑃) and 𝑓𝑞 (𝑝 − 𝐸) as function of the fugacity coefficient 𝜆𝑞 for quarks and writs [17] 𝑓𝑞 (𝑃) = 𝜆𝑞 𝑒 (𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 +𝜆𝑞 (4) 𝑓𝑞 (𝑝 − 𝐸) = 𝜆𝑞 𝑒 (𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 +𝜆𝑞 (5) where 𝜇𝑞 is the chemical potential coefficient. obviously, the chemical potential with fugacity of quarks and gluons isλq,g = e μq,g t [18]. substituting both eq.(4) and eq.(5) in eq.(3) and expanding (𝑃2 + (𝐸 − 𝑃)2) = 𝑃2 + 𝐸2 − 2𝐸𝑃 + 𝑃2 = 2𝑃2 + 𝐸2 − 2𝐸𝑃 to results . im∏𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = (−1) 𝑁𝑐𝐶𝑎 𝜋4 𝑔𝐸 2𝑔𝐻 2 𝑇 𝐸2 |it − il| ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 [∫ (2𝑃2+𝐸2−2𝐸𝑃) ( 𝑒 (𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 +1) 𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 − ∫ (2𝑃2+𝐸2−2𝐸𝑃) ( 𝑒 (𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 +1) 𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 ] (6) we assume that 𝐴1 = ∫ (2𝑃2+𝐸2−2𝐸𝑃) ( 𝑒 (𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 +1) 𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 = ∫ [ 𝑒 −(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −1 − 𝑒 −2(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −2 + 𝑒 −3(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −3 − 𝑒 −4(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −4 − ∞ 0 ⋯ . . 𝑒 −𝑛(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −𝑛 ](2𝑃 2 − 2𝐸𝑃 + 𝐸2)𝑑𝑃) (7) 𝐴2 = ∫ (2𝑃2+𝐸2−2𝐸𝑃) ( 𝑒 (𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 +1) 𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 = (8 ) to solve both integrals eq.(7) and eq.(8), we can simply write both integrals in six terms; 𝐽1 = ∫ [ 𝑒 −(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −1 − 𝑒 −2(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −2 + 𝑒 −3(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −3 − 𝑒 −4(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −4 + 𝑒 −5(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −5 − ⋯ . . 𝑒 −𝑛(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −𝑛 ] (2𝑃 2)𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 (9 ) the second integral is 𝐽2 = ∫ [ 𝑒 −(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −1 − 𝑒 −2(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −2 + 𝑒 −3(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −3 − 𝑒 −4(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −4 + 𝑒 −5(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −5 − ⋯ . . 𝑒 −𝑛(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −𝑛 ](2𝑃𝐸)𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 (10) the third integral is 𝐽3 = ∫ [ 𝑒 −(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −1 − 𝑒 −2(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −2 + 𝑒 −3(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −3 − 𝑒 −4(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −4 + 𝑒 −5(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −5 − ⋯ . . 𝑒 −𝑛(𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −𝑛 ](𝐸 2)𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 (11 ) the fourth term is ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 112 𝐽4 = ∫ [ 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −1 − 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −2 + 𝑒 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −3 − 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −4 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −5 − ∞ 0 ⋯ … . . 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −𝑛 ](2𝑃 2)𝑑𝑃 (12 ) the fifth integral term is 𝐽5 = ∫ [ 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −1 − 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −2 + 𝑒 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −3 − 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −4 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −5 − ∞ 0 ⋯ … . . 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −𝑛 ](2𝑃𝐸)𝑑𝑃 (3) the final integral term is 𝐽6 = ∫ [ 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −1 − 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −2 + 𝑒 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −3 − 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −4 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −5 − ∞ 0 ⋯ … . . 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 𝜆𝑞 −𝑛 ](𝐸 2)𝑑𝑃 (14) the solutions of the six term are given by . 𝐽1 = 2𝑇 3 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 13 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 23 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 33 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 43 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 53 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 ] γ ( 3) (15) the second term in term 𝐽2 is. 𝐽2 = 2e𝑇 2γ( 2) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 12 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 22 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 32 − 𝜆𝑞 4𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 42 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 52 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 𝑛2 ] (16 ) the third integral term in 𝐽3 is 𝐽3 = 𝐸 2𝑇[ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 5 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 𝑛 )𝛤( 1 ) ( 17) on the other hand, the fourth term is 𝐽4 = = 2𝑇 3γ(3) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 13 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 23 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 33 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 43 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 53 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] (18) the fifth integral term is 𝐽5 = 2e𝑇 2γ(2) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 12 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 22 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 32 + 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 42 − 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 52 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛2 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] (19) the sixth integral term gives 𝐽6 = 𝐸 2𝑇γ(1) ( 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 5 … … … + 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) .( 20) inserting the results of 𝐽1 , 𝐽2 ,and 𝐽3 in eq.(7) gives 𝐴1 . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 113 𝐴1 = ∫ 𝜆𝑞(2𝑃 2+𝐸2−2𝐸𝑃) 𝑒 (𝑝+𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 +𝜆𝑞 𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 = 2𝑇3 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 13 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 23 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 33 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 43 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 53 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 ] γ( 3) + 2e𝑇2γ( 2) [[ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 12 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 22 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 32 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 42 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 52 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛2 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 ]] + 𝐸2𝑇 [ [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 5 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 ]) 𝛤( 1 ) (21) on the other hand, we insert the 𝐽4 , 𝐽5, and 𝐽6 in eq.(8) to give the integral term 𝐴2 . 𝐴2 = ∫ 𝜆𝑞 (2𝑃 2 + 𝐸2 − 2𝐸𝑃) 𝑒 (𝐸−𝑝−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 + 𝜆𝑞 𝑑𝑃 ∞ 0 = 2𝑇3γ(3) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 13 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 23 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 33 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 43 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 53 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] +2e𝑇2γ(2) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 12 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 22 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 32 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 42 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 52 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛2 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] + 𝐸2𝑇γ(1)[ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 5 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] (22) we assume 𝐽 = 𝐴1 + 𝐴2, then with using eq.(21) and eq.(22), we get 𝐽 = 2𝑇3 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 13 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 23 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 33 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 43 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 53 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 ] γ ( 3) + 2e𝑇2γ( 2) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 12 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 22 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 32 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 42 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 52 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛2 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 ] + 𝐸2𝑇 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 5 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 ) 𝛤( 1 ) + 2𝑇3γ(3) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 13 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 23 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 33 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 43 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 53 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] +2e𝑇2γ(2) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 12 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 22 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 32 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 42 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 52 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛2 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] + 𝐸2𝑇γ(1)[ 𝜆𝑞 1 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 5 + ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ] (23) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 114 then, we have 𝐽 = 2𝑇3 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 13 (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 2 23 (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 3 33 (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 4 43 (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 5 53 (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 )] γ ( 3) + 2e𝑇2γ( 2) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 12 (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 2 22 (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 3 32 (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 4 42 (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 5 52 (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛2 (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 )] + 𝐸2𝑇 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 1 (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) … 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) ) 𝛤( 1 ) (24) inserting eq.(24) in eq.(6) to give im∏𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = (−1) 𝑁𝑐𝐶𝑎 𝜋4 𝑔𝐸 2𝑔𝐻 2 𝑇 𝐸2 |it − il| ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 × 2𝑇3 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 1 3 (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 3 (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 3 (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 3 (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 3 (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 3 (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 )] γ ( 3) + 2e𝑇 2 γ( 2) [ 𝜆𝑞 1 1 2 (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 2 (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 2 (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 2 (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 2 (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 2 (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 )] + 𝐸2𝑇 [ 𝜆𝑞 1 1 (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) … 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) ) 𝛤( 1 ) (25) we have im∏𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = (−1) 𝑁𝑐𝐶𝑎 𝜋4 𝑔𝐸 2𝑔𝐻 2 𝑇 𝐸2 |it − il| ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 × [2𝑇3γ ( 3) ( 𝜆𝑞 1 1 3 − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 3 + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 3 + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 3 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 3 ) + 2e𝑇 2 γ( 2) ( 𝜆𝑞 1 1 2 − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 2 − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 2 + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 2 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 2 ) + 𝐸2𝑇𝛤( 1 )( 𝜆𝑞 1 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 )] [ (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) … + (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) ) (26) we assume that 𝛾(𝐸, 𝑇, 𝜆𝑞 , 𝜇𝑞 ) = [2𝑇 3γ ( 3) ( 𝜆𝑞 1 13 − 𝜆𝑞 2 23 + 𝜆𝑞 3 33 − 𝜆𝑞 4 43 + 𝜆𝑞 5 53 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛3 ) + 2e𝑇2γ( 2) ( 𝜆𝑞 1 12 − 𝜆𝑞 2 22 + 𝜆𝑞 3 32 − 𝜆𝑞 4 42 + 𝜆𝑞 5 52 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛2 ) + 𝐸2𝑇𝛤( 1 )( 𝜆𝑞 1 1 − 𝜆𝑞 2 2 + 𝜆𝑞 3 3 − 𝜆𝑞 4 4 + 𝜆𝑞 5 5 − ⋯ 𝜆𝑞 𝑛 𝑛 )] [ (𝑒 −𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −2𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −2(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −3𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −3(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −4𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −4(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) + (𝑒 −5𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −5(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) … + (𝑒 −𝑛𝜇𝑞 𝑇 + 𝑒 −𝑛(𝐸−𝜇𝑞) 𝑇 ) ) (27) the eq.(26) together eq.(27) give im∏𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = (−1) 𝑁𝑐𝐶𝑎 𝜋4 𝑔𝐸 2𝑔𝐻 2 𝑇 𝐸2 |it − il| ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 𝛾(𝐸, 𝑇, 𝜆𝑞 , 𝜇𝑞) (28) inserting the casimiro operator𝐶𝑎 = (𝑁𝑐 2−1) 2𝑁𝑐 = 4 3 relative to the color number 𝑁𝑐 = 3 [19] and the effective strength coupling parameter for qcd theory is 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 (𝜇 2) = 𝑔 𝐻 2 4π [20] and quantum electrodynamics qed coupling constant is 𝛼qed= 𝑔𝐸 2 4𝜋 [21] in eq.(28) to become im∏𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = (−1)4 𝑁 𝜋2 16 3 𝛼qed𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷(𝜇 2) ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 |jt − jl| 𝑇 𝐸2 𝛾(𝐸, 𝑇, 𝜆𝑞 , 𝜇𝑞) (29) inserting eq.(29) in eq.(1) to result r𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = 8𝑁 3𝜋5 𝛼qed𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 (𝜇 2) ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 |j t − j l | 𝑇 𝐸2 f𝐵(e) 𝑇 𝐸2 𝛾(𝐸, 𝑇, 𝜆 𝑞 , 𝜇 𝑞 )(30) the bosonic function distribution for gluon f𝐵 (e) = 𝜆𝑔 𝑒 𝐸 𝑇 −𝜆𝑔 [22],then eq.(30) becomes r𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) = ( 8𝑁 3𝜋5 ) 𝜆𝑔 𝑒 𝐸/𝑇−𝜆𝑔 𝛼qed𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 (𝜇 2) 𝑇 𝐸2 |it − il| ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 𝛾(𝐸, 𝑇, 𝜆𝑞 , 𝜇𝑞 ) (31) the strong coupling constant is [23]. 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 (𝜇 2) = 6𝜋 (33− 2 𝑁𝐹) 𝑙𝑛 8𝑇 𝑇𝑐 (32) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 115 where 𝑁𝐹 is the flavor number of quarks, 𝑇 is the temperature of system and 𝑇𝑐 is the critical temperature for the quark – gluon interaction; it is given by [24]. 𝑇𝑐 = ( 90𝐵 𝜋2𝑑𝑔𝑞 ) 1 4 (33) where 𝐵 is the bag coefficient and 𝑑𝑔𝑞 is the degeneracy factor for gluons and quarks. it can be given by expression [25 ]. 𝑑𝑔𝑞 = 𝑑𝑔 + 7 8 (𝑑𝑞 + 𝑑�̅� ) (34) where 𝑑𝑔 is the number of gluons degrees of freedom as a function of the gluons spin state 𝑛𝑠 and gluons color states 𝑛𝑐 and 𝑑𝑞 is the number of quark degrees of freedom as function of the number of quark colour 𝑛𝑐 , spin 𝑛𝑠 and flavour degrees of freedom 𝑛𝑓 . inserting eq.(34) in eq.(33) to result 𝑇𝑐 = ( 90𝐵 𝜋2[(𝑛𝑠×𝑛𝑐)+ 7 4 (𝑛𝑐×𝑛𝑠×𝑛𝑓)] ) 1 4 (35) 3.results an essential estimation of the critical temperature is predicted near the phase transition scale, which is called the hadronic phase. one of the most technical predictions of the calculation of the critical temperature depends on the bag coefficient b in eq.(33) and the degeneracy factors for gluons and quarks 𝑑𝑔𝑞 in eq.(34) relative to the spin state 𝑛𝑠, color states 𝑛𝑐 and flavour degrees 𝑛𝑓 . inserting 𝑛𝑠 = 2 together with 𝑛𝑐 = 8 for gluons and 𝑛𝑐 = 3 , 𝑛𝑠 = 2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑛𝑓 = 3 for quarks system and the bag constant (200,240,270 and 300)mev in eq.(35) to give the results listed in table (1) table 1 . result of critical temperature uses the bag mode of the quark –gluon system for �̅�g →�̅� γ system. critical temperature 𝑇𝑐 𝑀𝑒𝑉 bag constant 𝐵 1 4⁄ 𝑀𝑒𝑉 132.38 200 158.86 240 178.72 270 198.57 300 to evaluate the strength coupling from eq.(32), we inert the critical temperature of the �̅�g →�̅� γ system from table (1), taking the temperature of �̅�g →�̅� γ system in range (t=180, 210, 240, 270, 300, 330 and 360) mev and 𝑛𝑓 = 3, the results of strength coupling are shown in table 2. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 116 table 2 . strength coupling for �̅�g →�̅� γ system at different critical temperature with variety temperature of system .. for simplicity in calculating the rate of the photon produced from the interaction of the quarkgluon system, we estimate the total quark charge and total flavour number in the quark system. the quark charge is the summation charge of ∑ 𝑒𝑞 2 = 5 9⁄ of �̅�g →�̅� γ system where the charge of the up quark is + 2 3⁄ and the anti-down is − 1 3⁄ ,. while the net favor is 𝑛𝑓 = 3 for the interaction system. the photon rate produced from the interaction of the anti-up with the antidown system is calculated using eq. (31) by inserting the photon energy from experimental data in range 𝐸 = 1 𝑡𝑜 10𝐺𝑒𝑉 [26], critical temperature from table 1, strength coupling 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 (𝜇 2) from table 2, and fugacity of 𝜆𝑞=0.02 for quark, 𝜆𝑔=0.06 for gluon [23], taking the self-integral constants it = 4.45 and il = −4.26 [15] and using the chemical potential 𝜇𝑞 = 500 𝑀𝑒𝑉 [27] and 𝛼qed = 1/137 and 𝑁 = 3. results are shown in tables (3), (4), (5), (6) and figures (1), (2), (3) and (4) taking it = 4.45 and il = −4.26 with 𝜆𝑔=0.06 for gluon , 𝜆�̅�=0.02 for quark in �̅�g →�̅� γ system . table 3. rate of photon production at 𝑇𝑐 =132.38 𝑀𝑒𝑉 , it = 4.45 and il = −4.26 with 𝜆𝑔=0.06, 𝜆�̅�=0.02 in �̅�g →�̅� γ system . 𝐸𝛾 𝐺𝑒𝑉 r𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉 2𝑓𝑚4 t=180mev t=210mev t=240mev t=270mev t=300mev t=330mev t=360mev 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.29 25 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.27 48 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.26 10 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.25 00 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.24 09 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.23 33 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.22 67 1 8.0004e-12 3.7264e-11 1.2547e-10 3.3889e-10 7.8194e-10 1.6049e-09 3.0106e-09 2 1.2629e-14 1.2604e-13 7.4724e-13 3.1194e-12 1.0159e-11 2.7551e-11 6.5013e-11 3 4.5519e-17 9.8877e-16 1.0445e-14 6.7986e-14 3.1444e-13 1.1319e-12 3.3708e-12 4 1.7034e-19 8.1351e-18 1.5491e-16 1.5921e-15 1.0596e-14 5.1299e-14 1.9529e-13 5 6.4597e-22 6.7993e-20 2.3400e-18 3.8075e-17 3.6571e-16 2.3886e-15 1.1663e-14 6 2.4658e-24 5.7269e-22 3.5661e-20 9.1982e-19 1.2766e-17 1.1263e-16 7.0626e-16 7 9.4472e-27 4.8446e-24 5.4620e-22 2.2347e-20 4.4845e-19 5.3484e-18 4.3101e-17 8 3.6278e-29 4.1093e-26 8.3919e-24 5.4486e-22 1.5816e-20 2.5509e-19 2.6430e-18 9 1.3952e-31 3.4919e-28 1.2920e-25 1.3315e-23 5.5925e-22 1.2201e-20 1.6258e-19 10 5.3715e-34 2.9708e-30 1.9919e-27 3.2592e-25 1.9811e-23 5.8476e-22 1.0023e-20 𝑇𝐶 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 t=180me v t=210me v t=240me v t=270me v t=300me v t=330me v t=360me v 132.386068274 0.2925 0.2748 0.2610 0.2500 0.2409 0.2333 0.2267 158.863281928 8 0.3167 0.2960 0.2801 0.2675 0.2571 0.2484 0.2409 178.721192169 9 0.3346 0.3116 0.2940 0.2801 0.2688 0.2593 0.2512 198.579102411 0.3524 0.3269 0.3077 0.2925 0.2801 0.2698 0.2610 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 117 figure1. the rate of photon produces as afunction to gamma energy produced at 𝑇𝑐 =132.38𝑀𝑒𝑉 table 4. rate of photon production at 𝑇𝑐 = 158.86 𝑀𝑒𝑉 , it = 4.45 and il = −4.26 with 𝜆𝑔=0.06, 𝜆�̅� =0.02 in system �̅�g →�̅� γ system . 𝐸𝛾 𝐺𝑒𝑉 r𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉 2𝑓𝑚4 t=180mev t=210mev t=240mev t=270mev t=300mev t=330mev t=360mev 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.31 67 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.29 60 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.28 01 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.26 75 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.25 71 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.24 84 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.24 09 1 8.6621e-12 4.0145e-11 1.3465e-10 3.6256e-10 8.3445e-10 1.7090e-09 3.2001e-09 2 1.3674e-14 1.3579e-13 8.0190e-13 3.3373e-12 1.0841e-11 2.9338e-11 6.9104e-11 3 4.9284e-17 1.0652e-15 1.1209e-14 7.2736e-14 3.3555e-13 1.2053e-12 3.5829e-12 4 1.8443e-19 8.7640e-18 1.6625e-16 1.7033e-15 1.1308e-14 5.4627e-14 2.0757e-13 5 6.9940e-22 7.3250e-20 2.5112e-18 4.0735e-17 3.9026e-16 2.5436e-15 1.2397e-14 6 2.6697e-24 6.1696e-22 3.8270e-20 9.8408e-19 1.3623e-17 1.1994e-16 7.5070e-16 7 1.0229e-26 5.2191e-24 5.8616e-22 2.3909e-20 4.7856e-19 5.6954e-18 4.5814e-17 8 3.9278e-29 4.4270e-26 9.0059e-24 5.8292e-22 1.6878e-20 2.7163e-19 2.8093e-18 9 1.5106e-31 3.7618e-28 1.3865e-25 1.4245e-23 5.9680e-22 1.2993e-20 1.7281e-19 10 5.8157e-34 3.2005e-30 2.1377e-27 3.4869e-25 2.1141e-23 6.2269e-22 1.0654e-20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 -35 10 -30 10 -25 10 -20 10 -15 10 -10 10 -5 e (gev) lo g (r h q g ) 1 /g e v 2 f m 4 t =180 mev t =210 mev t =240 mev t =270 mev t =300 mev t =330 mev t =360 mev ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 118 figure2. the rate of photon produces as afunction to gamma energy produced at 𝑇𝑐 = 158.86𝑀𝑒𝑉 . table 5. rate of photon production at 𝑇𝑐 = 178.72 𝑀𝑒𝑉 , it = 4.45 and il = −4.26 with 𝜆𝑔=006, 𝜆�̅� =0.02 in �̅�g →�̅� γ system. 𝐸𝛾 𝐺𝑒𝑉 r𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉 2𝑓𝑚4 t=180mev t=210mev t=240mev t=270mev t=300mev t=330mev t=360mev 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.33 46 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.31 16 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.29 40 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.28 01 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.26 88 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.25 93 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.25 12 1 9.1511e-12 4.2255e-11 1.4133e-10 3.7970e-10 8.7229e-10 1.7837e-09 3.3357e-09 2 1.4446e-14 1.4292e-13 8.4169e-13 3.4951e-12 1.1332e-11 3.0621e-11 7.2032e-11 3 5.2066e-17 1.1212e-15 1.1765e-14 7.6174e-14 3.5077e-13 1.2580e-12 3.7347e-12 4 1.9484e-19 9.2247e-18 1.7450e-16 1.7838e-15 1.1820e-14 5.7016e-14 2.1637e-13 5 7.3888e-22 7.7100e-20 2.6357e-18 4.2661e-17 4.0796e-16 2.6549e-15 1.2922e-14 6 2.8204e-24 6.4939e-22 4.0168e-20 1.0306e-18 1.4240e-17 1.2518e-16 7.8251e-16 7 1.0806e-26 5.4935e-24 6.1524e-22 2.5039e-20 5.0026e-19 5.9445e-18 4.7755e-17 8 4.1495e-29 4.6597e-26 9.4526e-24 6.1047e-22 1.7643e-20 2.8352e-19 2.9283e-18 9 1.5959e-31 3.9595e-28 1.4553e-25 1.4919e-23 6.2387e-22 1.3561e-20 1.8013e-19 10 6.1440e-34 3.3687e-30 2.2437e-27 3.6517e-25 2.2100e-23 6.4993e-22 1.1105e-20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 -35 10 -30 10 -25 10 -20 10 -15 10 -10 10 -5 e (gev) lo g (r h q g ) 1 /g e v 2 f m 4 t =180 mev t =210 mev t =240 mev t =270 mev t =300 mev t =330 mev t =360 mev ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 119 figure 3.the rate of photon produces as afunction to gamma energy produced at 𝑇𝑐 = 178.72 𝑀𝑒𝑉. table 6. rate of photon production at 𝑇𝑐 = 198.57 𝑀𝑒𝑉 , it = 4.45 and il = −4.26 with 𝜆𝑔=0.06, 𝜆�̅� =0.02 in �̅�g →�̅� γ system . 𝐸𝛾 𝐺𝑒𝑉 r𝑞𝑔 𝐻 (𝐸, 𝑃) 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉 2𝑓𝑚4 t=180mev t=210mev t=240mev t=270mev t=300mev t=330mev t=360mev 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.35 24 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.32 69 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.30 77 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.29 25 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.28 01 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.26 98 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.26 10 1 9.6378e-12 4.4340e-11 1.4789e-10 3.9646e-10 9.0917e-10 1.8564e-09 3.4671e-09 2 1.5214e-14 1.4998e-13 8.8077e-13 3.6494e-12 1.1811e-11 3.1868e-11 7.4870e-11 3 5.4834e-17 1.1765e-15 1.2312e-14 7.9536e-14 3.6560e-13 1.3093e-12 3.8818e-12 4 2.0520e-19 9.6798e-18 1.8260e-16 1.8626e-15 1.2320e-14 5.9338e-14 2.2489e-13 5 7.7817e-22 8.0904e-20 2.7581e-18 4.4544e-17 4.2521e-16 2.7630e-15 1.3431e-14 6 2.9704e-24 6.8143e-22 4.2034e-20 1.0761e-18 1.4843e-17 1.3028e-16 8.1334e-16 7 1.1381e-26 5.7645e-24 6.4381e-22 2.6144e-20 5.2141e-19 6.1866e-18 4.9636e-17 8 4.3702e-29 4.8896e-26 9.8916e-24 6.3742e-22 1.8389e-20 2.9506e-19 3.0437e-18 9 1.6807e-31 4.1549e-28 1.5229e-25 1.5577e-23 6.5024e-22 1.4113e-20 1.8723e-19 10 6.4707e-34 3.5349e-30 2.3479e-27 3.8129e-25 2.3034e-23 6.7640e-22 1.1543e-20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 -35 10 -30 10 -25 10 -20 10 -15 10 -10 10 -5 e (gev) lo g (r h q g ) 1 /g e v 2 f m 4 t =180 mev t =210 mev t =240 mev t =270 mev t =300 mev t =330 mev t =360 mev ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 120 figure4. the rate of photon produces as afunction to gamma energy produced at 𝑇𝑐 = 198.57𝑀𝑒𝑉 . 4.discussion due to the photon rate expression in eq. (31), we can find that the rate relates to many parameters such as strength coupling, temperature of the system, photon energy, fugacity of quark and gluon, quark charge, flavour number of the system, critical temperature, and strong coupling 𝛾(𝐸, 𝑇, 𝜆𝑞 , 𝜇𝑞 ). the critical temperature is influenced by the bag constant and flavour number. the critical temperature 𝑇𝑐 in table 1 increases with increasing the bag constant.it reaches a minimum of 132.38 at minimum bag constant of 200mev and a maximum of 198.57 at a maximum bag constant 300mev. this indicates that we consider the bag constant dependent on the density of quark-gluon matter in the �̅�g →�̅� γ system and this agrees with the results of the cern sps on the formation of a quark-gluon [28]. on the other hand, one of the main motivations for performing the calculation with different critical temperatures is to know the effect of the critical temperature on the photons that are produced. however, the critical temperature is the main factor affecting the rate of photons through its effect on strength coupling. the strength coupling result in table 2 shows that it increases with an increase in the critical temperature. moreover, the strength of coupling decreased with the increased in temperature of the system from 180 mev to 360 mev because the coupling between quarks and gluons decreases with increasing the temperature from 180 mev to 360 mev in �̅�g →�̅� γ system. however, the strength coupling is related to the critical temperature and the temperature of the �̅�g →�̅� γ system due to eq. (34). it can be seen from table 2 that the strength coupling increases with increasing the critical temperature from 132.38 mev to 198.57 mev and decreases with increasing the temperature of the system from 180 mev to 360 mev. due to eq.(31), the calculation of photon rate produced from interaction in �̅�g →�̅� γ system at the temperature system in range 180 mev ≤ t and 𝑇 ≤ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 -35 10 -30 10 -25 10 -20 10 -15 10 -10 10 -5 e (gev) lo g (r h q g ) 1 /g e v 2 f m 4 t =180 mev t =210 mev t =240 mev t =270 mev t =300 mev t =330 mev t =360 mev ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 121 360 has been done in tables (3), (4), (5) and (6) and is plotted in figures (1), (2), (3) and (4), respectively. in the theoretical calculation of photon rate in order of 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 for anti-up gluon–anti down photon interaction with different critical temperatures and strength couplings 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.2925, 0.2748, 0.2610, 0.2500, 0.2409, 0.2333 and 0.2267 in range of temperature of the system from 180 to 360 mev. the maximum photon rate in all tables (3), (4), (5) and (6) is a maximum 𝑜𝑓 3.0106e − 09 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 for 𝑇𝑐 =132.38 𝑀𝑒𝑉, 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 = 3.2001e − 09 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 , for 𝑇𝑐 = 158.86 𝑀𝑒𝑉, 3.3357e − 09 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 for 𝑇𝑐 = 178.72 𝑀𝑒𝑉 and 3.4671e − 09 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 for 𝑇𝑐 = 198.57 𝑀𝑒𝑉 at 𝐸 = 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉 and t=360 mev with a minimum strength coupling of 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 =0.2610, while the photon rates are minimum in tables (3),(4),(5) and (6) for a minimum of 5.3715e − 34 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 for 𝑇𝑐 =132.38 𝑀𝑒𝑉, 5.8157e − 34 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 , for𝑇𝑐 = 158.86 𝑀𝑒𝑉, 6.1440e − 34 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 for 𝑇𝑐 = 178.72 𝑀𝑒𝑉 and 6.4707e − 34 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚4 for 𝑇𝑐 = 198.57 𝑀𝑒𝑉 at 𝐸 = 10 𝐺𝑒𝑉 and t=180 mev with a maximum strength coupling of 𝛼𝑄𝐶𝐷 = 0.2925. figures 1, 2, 3 and 4 indicate the behavior of photon emission rate. there is a decrease with increased photons energy e(gev) at a critical temperature of 132.38, 158.86, 178.72 and 198.57 𝑀𝑒𝑉 and variety temperatures of the system with flavors number 𝑛𝑓 = 3. the photon emission rate increases with the increase in temperature of the system and decreases with the strength of coupling at the critical temperature of �̅�g →�̅� γ system. moreover, the rate of photon emission in table 6 and figure 4 with the critical temperature (𝑇𝑐 = 198.57 )𝑀𝑒𝑉 is larger than the photon rate in other tables (3), (4), and (5). as we can see, the contribution of rate produced from interaction �̅�g →�̅� γ system in all tables (3), (4), (5), and (6) and four figures (1), (2), (3), (4), and (5) reach the maximum at the photons energy 𝐸 ≤ 2𝐺𝑒𝑉 comparing the minimum at 𝐸 ≥ 2𝐺𝑒𝑉 and reach the minimum at e=10 gev. in fact, the theoretical calculation of the photon rate increases in the high and is affected by increasing the temperature of the system and decreasing the coupling between quark and gluon for all critical temperatures in tables (3), (4), (5) and (6) for all four critical temperatures in the �̅�g →�̅� γ system with 𝑛𝑓 = 3. 5.conclusion in the present work, the photon rate is calculated. it also studies the effect of the critical temperature and strong coupling of massless quark flavors at chemical potential 𝜇𝑞 = 500 𝑀𝑒𝑉 at the interaction of �̅�g →�̅� γ system. the equations of photon rate, critical temperatures and strength coupling are derived for the quark-gluon state consisting of an anti-up quark interacting with a gluon to produce an anti-down with photons gamma. also, the total flavour number of the quark gluon state is 𝑛𝑓 = 3. we can conclude that there is a significant influence on the strength coupling and critical temperature term in the case of the study of the photon rate properties of the quark-gluon interaction. the strength coupling and critical temperature are the main pure features of the qcd effect on the photon rate of the anti up -gluon interaction at the range of temperature system 180-360 mev. the qcd features of the critical temperature, strength coupling, and photon energy distribution for the photon emission state were quantitatively achieved in the system for 𝑛𝑓 = 2 + 1. this is a ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 122 unique feature of the photon rate spectrum. the interesting point in our results is the minimum value of photon rate, especially in the photon energy e=10 gev of 𝑛𝑓 = 3 flavor, which reflects the weak correlation between quarks and gluons already expected. we conclude that the photon emission rate production at high energy is a good tool to study nucleon structure. references 1. al-agealy, h.j.; ghadhban, r.q.; hassooni, m.a.; theoretical study of the photons production kinetic in hot quark-gluon plasma matter. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2020, 33(4),34-41. 2. sinyukov, y.; shapoval, v.; direct photon production in high-energy heavy ion collisions within the integrated hydrokinetic model. j, 2022, 5(1), 1-14. 3. aarts, g.; allton, c.; hands, s.; jäger, b.; praki, c.; skullerud, j. i.; nucleons and parity doubling across the deconfinement transition. physical review d, 2015, 92(1),014503. 4. wang, x.; shovkovy, i.a.; yu, l.; huang, m.; ellipticity of photon emission from strongly magnetized hot qcd plasma. physical review d,2020, 102(7), p.076010. 5. bhattacharya, t.; buchoff, m.i.; christ, n.h.; ding, h.t.; gupta, r., jung, c., karsch, f., lin, z., mawhinney, r.d., mcglynn, g. and mukherjee, s. qcd phase transition with chiral quarks and physical quark masses. physical review letters,2014, 113(8),.082001. 6. cè, m.; harris, t.; meyer, h.b.; steinberg, a.; toniato, a.; rate of photon production in the quark-gluon plasma from lattice qcd. physical review d, 2020,102(9),091501. 7. al-agealy, h. j.; hussein, h. h.; hussein, s.m.; may. theoretical estimation of photons flow rate production in quark gluon interaction at high energies. in journal of physics: conference series. iop publishing. 2018, 1003, 1, 012119. 8. bonati, c.; de forcrand, p.; d’elia, m.; philipsen, o.; sanfilippo, f.; chiral phase transition in two-flavor qcd from an imaginary chemical potential. physical review d,2014, 90(7),.074030. 9. yi y.; cheng-wei l.; search for axion(-like) particles in heavy-ion collisions. jhep,2022,7,28-33. 10. hadi, j. m.; al-agealy , al attabi h. d.; hassan, a. a. theoretical calculation of the photons rate for the quark-gluon system at compton scattering, international journal of science and research (ijsr) , 2016, 5 , 8, 1770-1775, 11. hadi, j. m.; al-agealy, hyder, h. h.; saba, m. h.; theoretical estimation of photons flow rate production in quark gluon interaction at high energies, iop conf. series: journal of physics: conf. series 1003. 2018, 10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012119. 12. ahmed, m. a.; saba, m. h.; hadi, j. m.; al-agealy, mohsin a. h.; flow production rate of hard photons probes of quark–anti quark annihilation processes at plasma phase " iop conf. series: materials science and engineering 871. 2020. 012089 iop publishing doi:10.1088/1757-899x/871/1/012089 13. elaf, m. a.; hadi, j. m.; al-agealy, nada, f. k.; theoretical calculation of photon emission from quark-antiquark annihilation using qcd theory. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, ihjpas. 2022, 35(4), 22-34. 14. gale, c.; j. i.; kapusta, nucl. phys. b357, 65: p. aurenche"photon production in heavy ion collisions"november 4, 2018, laboratoire de physique th´eorique lapth1, bp110, fihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 123 74941, annecy le vieux cedex, france, lapth-conf-893/2001, umr 5108 du cnrs, associ´ee a` l’universit´e de savoie. 1991, 23, 45-55 15. aurenche, p.; gelis, f.; zaraket, h.; kobes, r.; bremsstrahlung and photon production in thermal qcd. physical review d, 1998, 58(8), p.085003. 16. dutta, d.; sastry, s.v.s.; mohanty, a.k.; kumar, k.; hard photon production from unsaturated quark–gluon plasma at two-loop level. nuclear physics a, 2002, 710(3-4), 415438. 17. long, j. l.; he, z. j.; ma, y.g.; liu, b.; hard photon production from a chemically equilibrating quark-gluon plasma with finite baryon density at one loop and two loop. physical review c, 2005, 72(6), p.064907. 18. al-agealy, h. j.; hussein, h. h.; hussein, s. m.; theoretical estimation of photons flow rate production in quark gluon interaction at high energies. in journal of physics: conference series iop publishing. . 2018, 1003, 012119. 19. peskin, m.e.; an introduction to quantum field theory. crc press. 2018. 20. cottingham, w.n.; greenwood, d.a.; an introduction to the standard model of particle physics. cambridge university press. 2007. 21. bkmurd, r.i.; al-agealy, h. j.; ashwiekh, a.m.; investigation and study of photonic current rate in bremsstrahlung process. in journal of physics: conference series. 2021, 1879, 3, 032094. iop publishing. 22. biro, t.s.; van doorn, e.; müller, b.; thoma, m.h.; wang, x.n.; parton equilibration in relativistic heavy ion collisions. physical review c, 1993,48(3),.1275. 23. ahmed, e. m.; al-agealy, h. j.; kadhim, n. f.; theoretical study of photons spectra around high energy of quark-antiquark using qcd theory. neuroquantology, 2022, 20(4), 58. 24. saleh, m.s.; theoretical study of the fugacity effect on the photons emission at annihilation quarks interaction(doctoral dissertation, ms thesis, baghdad university). 2018. 25. begun, v.v.; gorenstein, m. i.; mogilevsky, o.a.; equation of state for the quark gluon plasma with the negative bag constant. arxiv preprint arxiv:2010,1001.3139. 26. kasmaei, b.s.; strickland, m.; photon production and elliptic flow from a momentumanisotropic quark-gluon plasma. physical review d, 2020. 102(1), p.014037. 27. peitzmann, t.; thoma, m. h.; direct photons from relativistic heavy-ion collisions. physics reports, 2002,364(3), 175-246. 28. yazdizadeh, t.; bordbar, g.h.; the effect of a density-dependent bag constant on the structure of a hot neutron star with a quark core. astrophysics, 2013, 56(1), 121-129. microsoft word 18-28 18 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 images segmentation based on fast otsu method implementing on various edge detection operators hameed m. abdul jabar amal j. hatem taghreed a. naji dept. of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 3 may 2015, accepted in: 30 june 2015 abstract the present work aims to study the effect of using an automatic thresholding technique to convert the features edges of the images to binary images in order to split the object from its background, where the features edges of the sampled images obtained from first-order edge detection operators (roberts, prewitt and sobel) and second-order edge detection operators (laplacian operators). the optimum automatic threshold are calculated using fast otsu method. the study is applied on a personal image (roben) and a satellite image to study the compatibility of this procedure with two different kinds of images. the obtained results are discussed. keywords : edge detection, image segmentation, and fast otsu method. 19 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction image segmentation plays an important role in image analysis and computer vision systems. however, it is still considered being one of the most difficult and challenging tasks in image processing and object recognition, and determines the quality of results of the image analysis. it is the process of dividing an image into regions according to its characteristic e.g., color and objects present in the image. these regions are sets of pixels and have some meaningful information about object. as a result of image segmentation more meaningful image is obtained, that is easier to understand and easier to analyze [1 & 2 ].segmentation can also be obtained through detection of edges of various regions, which normally tries to locate points of abrupt changes in gray level intensity values [3]. edge detection is an important part of the digital image processing. the edge is the set of the pixel, whose surrounding gray is rapidly changing. the internal characteristics of the edge-dividing area are the same, while different areas have different characteristics. the edge is the basic characteristics of the image. there is a lot of information of the image in the edge. edge detection is to extract the characteristics of discrete part by the difference in the image characteristics of the object, and then to determine the image area according to the closed edge. edge detection is widely used in computer vision, image analysis, etc… [4]. otsu thresholding method otsu's method is one of thresholding methods and frequently used in various field. this is used to automatically perform histogram shape-based image thresholding, or the reduction of a gray level image to a binary image. this method is characterized by its nonparametric and unsupervised nature of threshold selection by the discriminate measure of separately of the resultant classes in gray levels [1, 5 & 6]. the basic idea for otsu method is to find the threshold that minimizes the weighted within-class variance. the assumptions made in otsu's model are [7]: histogram (and the image) is bimodal. there is no use of spatial coherence, nor any other notion of object structure. assumes stationary statistics, but can be modified to be locally adaptive. assumes uniform illumination (implicitly), so the bimodal brightness behavior arises from object appearance differences only. this paper has proposed a method that confirms a best threshold value through the fast otsu method, which is used with four operators (robert, sobel, prewitt and laplacian) operators of edge detection. the operators of the edge detection a number of edge detectors of first order and second order derivative edge detectors as robert, prewitt, sobel and laplacian respectively chosen to study the effect of the determination of a threshold depending on the different technique detectors.  first order derivative edge detection there are two fundamental methods for generating first-order derivative edge gradients. the first method involves generation of gradients in two orthogonal directions in an image; while the second utilizes a set of directional derivatives. 20 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 an edge in a continuous domain edge segment i(x, y) can be detected by forming the continuous one-dimensional gradient g(x, y). if the gradient is sufficiently large above some threshold value, an edge is deemed present. the gradient along the line normal to the edge slope can be computed in terms of the derivatives along orthogonal axes according the following [8]: , , , , , ……..(1) the row and column gradients can be computed by the convolution relationships: x,y , ⊗ , …………..(2) x,y , ⊗ , …………..(3) where hx(x, y) and hy(x, y) are (3 × 3) row and column mask impulse response arrays. the edge magnitude and edge direction are found by the following formals [8 & 9]: edge magnitude …………..(4) edge direction tan …………(5) 1. roberts operator the roberts operator marks edge points only; it does not return any information about the edge orientation. it is the simplest edge detection operator and works best with binary images. the mask of this operator is defined as [10]: 0 1 1 0 , 1 0 0 1 there are two forms of the robert edge detection, the first is by using eq.(4) and the second is by using the sum of the absolute value of its gradients as follows [10]. g x,y | x,y | | x,y |…………..(6) roberts’s operator differs from the rest first order derivative edge detection operators in the calculation of the orientation of the image gradient, which is [11]: edge direction tan …………..(7) 2. prewitt operator the prewitt has introduced a (3 × 3) pixel edge gradient operator described by the pixel numbering convention. the reason that the prewitt operator visually appears to be better delineate object edges than the roberts operator which is attributable to their larger size, which provides averaging of small luminance fluctuations. the mask of this operator is defined as [8 & 9]: 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 , 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 each of these masks are convolute with the image. the edge magnitude and edge direction, are defined in eq. (4 & 5) [8 & 9]. 21 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 3. sobel operator the sobel edge detection masks look for edge in both the horizontal and vertical direction and then combine this information into signal metric. the masks are as follows [11]. hx = 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 , = 1 0 1 2 0 2 1 0 1 each of these masks is convolute with the image. the edge magnitude and edge direction, are defined in eq. (4 & 5). the sobel edge detector operator differs from the prewitt edge detector operator in the values of the north, south, east and west pixels that are doubled. the motivation for this weighting is to give equal importance to each pixel in terms of its contribution to the spatial gradient [8].  second order derivative edge detection second-order derivative edge detection technique employs some forms of spatial secondorder differentiation to accentuate edges. an edge is marked if a significant spatial change occurs in the second derivative [8]. two of the laplacian edge detection masks are considered. 1. laplacian operator the laplacian operators described here by the two laplacian masks that follow represent different approximations of the laplacian operator. unlike compass masks, the laplacian masks are rotationally symmetric which means edges at all orientations contribute to the result. they are applied by selecting one mask and convolving it with the image. the sign of the result from two adjacent pixel locations provides directional information, and tell us which side of the edge is brighter [9]. l1 0 1 0 1 4 1 0 1 0 , l2 = 1 2 1 2 4 2 1 2 1 test images the scene that is used in this research is al-ramadi city, which is located in al-anbar provenience of the iraq region, and it covers (581.72) km2 west of baghdad. geographic location of al-ramadi region was shown in fig. (1). the available scene was tm exposure at march 04, 1990,this region lies between latitudes 33° 27' 21.44" n to 33° 14' 14.05" n and longitudes 43° 29' 17.91" e to 43° 44' 36.64" e. this region represents alluvial plain; the hot desert climate prevails in the sedimentary plain and the western plateau. it contains some vegetation cover, many soil and rock erosion noticed. robin image is used also as a standard image. methodological approach for the edge detection operators that are adopted in this research, the following steps are performed to apply the 1d fast otsu thresholding method: 1chose the test image. 2apply various edge detection operators (robert, sobel, prewitt, and laplacian), to find the edge detection of the image using 3×3 slide window. 22 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 3apply the 1d fast otsu method on the product image of step 2, to calculate the best threshold value for each operator. 4apply the threshold values on the product images of the step 2 to produce the final binary images. results and discussions in order to study the fast otsu method as an automatic thresholding method to create binary images, the fast otsu method had been implemented and applied on the test images (robin and al-ramadi region). this study was performed using 64-bit computer platform of core 2 due 2.2 ghz processor and matlab version 2009. from the results of applying the fast otsu method as thresholding method which deprecated in fig. (1 & 2), the following points can be noticed: 1calculating the threshold value for the adopted edge detection operators, give an efficient way to find the thresholding value. 2the thresholding via otsu was able to recognize the main edges of the objects in the image and eliminate the minor edge due to the fain details that disruption on the main edge. 3 for the ordinary image, the prewitt, sobel and robert edge detection operators were compatible with the automatic thresholding via otsu. 4for the satellite image, the prewitt and sobel edge detection operators were compatible with the automatic thresholding via otsu. 5 the laplacian incompatible with the automatic thresholding via otsu are due to the weak edges (faint) that produce. conclusions according to the results the use of fast otsu method to calculate the thresholding value for the operators prewitt, sobel are recommended for both ordinary images and satellite images for its ability to separate the main edges from the minor edge, which make it easier to separate the main object from the background. for robert edge detection operator and the laplacian edge detector masks are recommended to be used with the automatic thresholding of otsu with satellite image only. references 1-zhang, j. and hu, j. (2008), image segmentation based on 2d otsu method with histogram analysis, ieee, international conference on computer sciences and software engineering: 105. 2-saif, j. a.; al-kubati, a. a.; hazaa, a. s. and al-moraish, m. (2012), image segmentation using edge detection and thresholding, the 13th international arab conference on information technology acit, dec. (10-13). 3-pal, n. r.and pal, s. k. (1993), a review on image segmentation techniques, pattern recognition, 26 (9):1277-1294. 4-zhou, p.; ye, w.; xia, y. and wang, q. (2011), an improved canny algorithm for edge detection, 7(5), 1516-1523. 23 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 5naji, t. a. (2012), the effect of window size changing on satellite image segmentation using 2d fast otsu method, ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied science, 25(1):143-152. 6-otsu, n. (1979), a threshold selection method from gray-level histograms, ieee transactions on system, man, and cybernetics, smc-9 (1), january. 7priyadharshini,k.s.(2012)research and analysis on segmentation and thresholding techniques, international journal of engineering research &technology (ijert), 10 (1):1-8. 8-pratt w. k. (2007), digital image processing, 4rd edition, john wiley & sons, inc., (chapter 15). 9-conzalez, r. c.and woods, r. e.(2002), digital image processing, second edition, prentice hall. 10-solomon, c. and  breckon, t. (2011), fundamentals of digital image processing: a practical approach with examples in matlab, john wiley & sons, (chapter 4). 11-scott, e. (1998), computer vision and image processing: a practical approach using cvip tool, prentice hall ptr, a simon & schuster company. table :(1) threshold values of the operators images via fast otsu method for robin image threshold values of operators edge line detection operators soblel operator prewitt operator robert operator laplacian operator 53 53 47 mask_1 mask_2 52 34 table :(2) threshold values of the operators images via fast otsu method for al-ramadi image threshold values of operators edge line detection operators soblel operator prewitt operator robert operator laplacian operator 45 53 32 mask_1 mask_2 53 53 24 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015                                                         robert operator with fast otsu roben image robert operator sobel operator sobel operator with fast otsu 25 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015                                                 figuer (1): edge detection operators with and without thresholding using fast otsu method for roben image prewitt operator prewitt operator with fast otsu otsu laplacian _1 operator laplacian _1 operator with fast otsu laplacian _2 operator laplacian _2 operator with fast otsu 26 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015                                                       al-ramadi image robert operator robert operator with fast otsu sobel operator sobel operator with fast otsu 27 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015                                               figuer (2): edge detection operators with and without thresholding using fast otsu method for al-ramadi image prewitt operator prewitt operator with fast otsu otsu laplacian _1 operator laplacian _1 operator with fast otsu laplacian _2 operator laplacian _2 operator with fast otsu 28 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 كشف تقسيم الصور باالستناد على تطبيق طريقة أوتسو السريعة على معامالت الحواف المختلفة حميد مجيد عبد الجبار آمال جبار حاتم تغريد عبد الحميد ناجي الهيثم/ جامعة بغداد ابن-قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015حزيران 30 ، قبل في:2014ايار 3 استلم في: الخالصة االلي لتحويل معلم الحواف للصور الى صور ثنائية لفصل يهدف العمل الحالي الى دراسة تأثير استخدام العتبة الجسم عن خلفيته، حيث تم الحصول على معلم الحواف لعينات الصور بوساطة مؤثرات كشف الحواف من الدرجة األولى (روبرت، بريوت، سوبل) ومؤثرات كشف الحواف من الدرجة الثانية (مؤثرات البالس). تم تطبيق هذه الدراسة على ة شخصية (روبن) وصورة لقمر صناعي لدراسة توافق الطريقة مع نوعين مختلفين من الصور، وقد تم مناقشة صور النتائج. كشف الحواف، تقسيم الصورة، طريقة أوتسو السريعة. الكلمات المفتاحية: 1 histopathological effects of pesticideimidacloprid insecticide on the liver in male rabbits abstract excessive use of pesticides has led to increasing concern about undesirable effects on human health and the environment. imidacloprid is an internationally used neonicotinoid insecticide due to its significant toxicity to insects. its residues may reach the food chain, which is important for examining the potentially harmful properties of imidacloprid exposure. the current study aimed to characterize the histopathological effects of imidacloprid on the liver of male rabbits. the imidacloprid administration daily at the two chronic oral doses of (45 mg/kg and 90 mg/kg, daily) for 37 days. treated male rabbits groups for treatment concentrations revealed many histopathological changes in the liver, such as congestion of blood vessels, hemorrhage, inflammation, ballooned hepatocytes, steatosis, infiltration, vasodilatation, necrosis and fibrosis. the study results established that imidacloprid was significantly worse in specific organs in the digestive system (liver) of male rabbits. keywords: imidacloprid, histopathology, liver, toxicity, male rabbits. 1.introduction worldwide, the use of pesticides has altered the properties of acute and chronic poisoning, with variable risk effects on human health, from minor effects to death [1]. internationally, about 3 million cases are described each year that occur due to acute pesticide poisoning. cut 3 million cases of pesticide poisoning, 2 million are reckless efforts, and the rest are due to work-related or accidental poisoning [2]. the term pesticide includes many compounds that contain insecticides, fungicides, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2695 article history: received 16, july, 2021, accepted 19, september, 2021, published in october 2021. ateeq m.j. al-arami department of biology, faculty of science, university of thamar, yemen histo.a2015@gmail.com abdulwahab.s.m.al-sanabani department of biology, faculty of science, university of thamar, yemen drabdulwahab18@gmail.com mailto:histo.a2015@gmail.com mailto:drabdulwahab18@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 2 herbicides, rodenticides, plant growth hormones, and others [3]. pesticides play a dynamic role in agricultural production; however, due to their toxicity, they also cause particular health concerns for humans and other animals [45]. indeed, pesticide information is a multifaceted compilation and toxicity evidence on active ingredients alone is not satisfactory for assessing the risks of conflicting health effects of commercial pesticides [6]. imidacloprid was discovered in 1984 by nihon bayer agrochem in japan by demonstrating new synthetic mixtures with a great affinity for the nicotinic achrs of insects, with little toxicity to vertebrates [7]. imidacloprid is an organic compound used as a pesticide [8]. chemically, it is [1-(6-chloro-3-pyridylmethyl)-nitroimidazolidin-2-ylideneamine] as well as a new neonicotinoid insecticide and is currently the most widely used insecticide in contrast to a broad spectrum of sucking and chewing pests [911]. it is used to control sucking insects and some biting insects. it can be useful topically for pets for flea control, as well as for formulations, crops, soil, and seed treatments [12]. imidacloprid is used to protect seedlings from root and leaf pests, in addition by managing leaves in the late season [13]. imidacloprid causes near-complete and irreversible blockade of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nachrs) in the central nervous system (cns) of insects, and these receptors are located within the central nervous system. globally, imidacloprid is increasingly being sold as an insecticide because it has a high selectivity for insects and appears to be safe for humans [14]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 3 imidacloprid can enter in the body via oral, dermal, nd inhalation routes. more than 90% of its excretion occurs within 24 hours, thus very less residual effect [1516]. hepatotoxicity is the primary effect observed in the imidacloprid toxicity [17]. the toxicity of imidacloprid refers to the mutagenic and carcinogenic effects in humans and animals [18]. long-term exposure to imidacloprid leads to genotoxic effects and oxidative stress in rabbits [1921]. the liver is a significant goal organ for the toxicity of drugs and xenobiotics owed to its joining with the gastrointestinal tract as well as for the singularity and difficulty of its anatomical construction and metabolic functions. it can be considered a target organ of numerous chemicals either in the workplace or at home [22]. histological techniques are widely used as a potential toxicity marker for different environmental pollutants, including insecticides [23]. the current study was designed to study the histopathological effects of the insecticide imidacloprid, widely used in some agricultural areas in yemen, on specific organs of laboratory animals. 2.materials and methods chemicals generic name: imidacloprid (20% ec) trade names: admire, acidor, comodor, commando (by arab pesticides & veterinary drugs mfg. co.), confidate, confidor, gaucho (gustafson llc.); imadate, marathon (by olympic horticultural produces). chemical names: cas name: 2-imidazolidinimine, 1-((6-chloro-3-pyridinyl)methyl)-n-nitro iupac name: 1-(6-chloro-pyridin-3-yl-methyl)-nnitromi dazolidine 2 ylidniamine cas number 138261-41-3 molecular formula: c9h10cln5o2 molecular weight: 255.66 solubility: 0.58 gm/l of water at 20c. solvable in each of acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dmso and methylene chloride. ally purchased from authorized dealers of agrochemical company, produced by the kingdom jordan. figure 1. chemical structures of imidacloprid [24-25]. the median lethal dose (ld50 ) oral dose for male rabbits used in the current research is 450 mg kg was determined based on the toxicology method [26;27] and categorized imidacloprid as abstemiously hazardous. imidacloprid was dissolved and diluted to the compulsory dosages by distilled water. 3.experimental design a total of eighteen healthy domestic male rabbits (oryctolagus cuniculus domesticus ) of ages range (3-4 months and weight ranges (900-1100 g). all animals were housed in the animal house, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 4 department of biology, college of applied sciences, thamar university, yemen. the animals were healthy and conditioned for 15 days before the start of the study. the animals were continued in the animal house on daily clarifications they well fed by rabbits under good ventilation conditions of humidity at room temperature and a regular photoperiod of 12 h/day. these animals were given the same amount of ad-libitum food and water through the study. the experimental animals were divided into three groups (each group had six rabbits). the first group was the control group, and they were given normal saline daily with a disposable syringe. the second group was treated with an oral dose equal to 1/10 ld50 (45 mg/kg body weight) of imidacloprid each day however the third group was treated with a high oral amount equal to 1/5 ld50 (90 mg/kg body weight) body weight).) of imidacloprid alone every day with a disposable syringe the treatment continued for 37 days. 4.histopathological studies after the end of the experiment, all rabbits were dissected. the liver was separated, washed with normal saline, fixed in 10% formalin for 24 hours. the liver was washed in tap water; dehydrated with ascending concentration of ethanol, and cleared in a xylene solution embedded in paraffin wax (melting point of 50-56 ° c). paraffin sections after that were cut at 6μm thicknesses using a rotary microtome device made in britain; the sections finally were stained with harris haematoxylin and eosin stain. the histopathological examination were investigated using an optical compound light microscope and images were captured using an automatic microscopy imaging system [2830]. 5.results and discussion histopathological aterations in the liver the basic structure of normal liver sections showed numerous hepatic lobules. each of which contains cords of regularly organized hepatocytes enclosing the sinusoidal network. the central vein is positioned in the middle of the lobule. hepatocytes are polygonal with granular eosinophilic cytoplasm and a central nucleus with one or two nucleoli and fine strands of chromatin. also, kupffer cells appeared among the hepatocytes as spindle-shaped cells (figure 2). the liver histological sections of group 2 of the treated animals (1/10 ld50 of imidacloprid) appeared liver hemorrhage (figure-3), congestion and ballooned hepatocytes (figure-4) inflammation (figure5) and steatosis (figure6). figure 2. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver of group 1 (control) shows: outwardly decided hepatic cords round the central vein. normal hepatocytes with centrally located nuclei, (h&e stain, 20x). figure 3. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 2, treated with 45 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day, shows: hemorrhage, (h&e stain, 20x ). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 5 figure4. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 2, dosage with 45 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day, shows: congestion and ballooned hepatocytes, (h&e stain, 20 x). figure 5. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 2, treated with 45 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day, shows: inflammation, (h&e stain, 20 x). figure 6.transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 2, treated with 45 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day showing steatosis (h&e stain, 40x ). furthermore, liver histological sections of the group 3(1/5 ld50 of imidacloprid) displayed infiltration (figure7 and 9), foci necrosis (figure8), liver hemorrhage, ballooned hepatocytes and necrosis (figure8 and 9) and vasodilation, foci necrosis and fibrosis (figure10). figure7. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 3, treated with 90 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day, shows: infiltration (h&e stain, 20x ). figure 8. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 3, dosage with 90 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day, shows: liver hemorrhage, foci necrosis, ballooned hepatocytes and necrosis, (h&e stain, 20 x ). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 6 figure 9. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 3, dosage with 90 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day, shows: liver hemorrhag, ballooned hepatocytes and infiltration, (h&e stain, 40 x ). figure-10. transverse section (t.s.) from rabbit liver, of group 3, dosge with 90 mg/ kg/ day imidacloprid for 37 day, shows: vasodilation, foci necrosis and fibrosis, (h&e stain, 10x ). the histopathological investigation effects in this study confirmed the treated group with the 1/10 of ld50 of imidacloprid for 37 days caused on by degenerative alterations in the liver with hemorrhage, congestion, ballooned hepatocytes, inflammation and steatosis. similarly, liver section of rabbits in this group was treated with a high dose (1/5 ld50) of imidacloprid displayed infiltration, hemorrhage, ballooned hepatocytes, necrosis, vasodilation, foci necrosis, and fibrosis. the effect at higher doses was more harmful. the liver was a wellrecognized target organ for toxicological influence in connection with its utility in biotransformation and elimination of xenobiotics [31]. these results correspond with many authors; [32] observed that japanese quails treated with 1/50 ld50 of imidacloprid for 3 and 6 weeks showed degenerative changes in the liver. the previous studies also reported that after three weeks of the recovery period liver revealed the irregular arrangement of hepatocytes with abnormal architecture, large area of necrosis, dilated sinusoidal spaces, large and small areas of degeneration with faintly stained cytoplasmic nuclei. [33] observed that 90-day oral intoxication in female rats with 20 mg/kg/day caused mild focal necrosis of hepatocytes with swollen nuclei in the liver. it was also noted that oral administration of imidacloprid at a dose of 139 mg/kg resulted in hemorrhage and pallor in the kidneys. [17] microscopically, the liver tissues of the intoxicated chicken showed congestion, hemorrhage, degeneration of hepatocytes, coagulative necrosis, and mild dilation of the hepatic sinuses. the observations in this study agree with [34] that imidacloprid doses at 80 mg/kg bw/day in an oral dose for 28 days in male rats caused marked dilation, congestion of the central vein, portal vein, sinus spaces, lumen, fatty change and degenerated hepatocytes in the liver. while ultrathin sections of the liver showed swollen nuclei, different sizes, and different features of mitochondria, disturbed chromatin, and rough endoplasmic reticulum. the companion with [35] observed that oral administration of doses of 25, 50, and 75% ld50 in female albino mice caused deterioration of hepatocytes, dilation of sinuses, arrangement of irregular hepatic cords, leukocyte infiltration, necrosis, and hemorrhage in the liver. the severity of the lesions was more significant with increasing imidacloprid dose. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 7 6.conclusion this study concluded that exposing male rabbits to the insecticide imidacloprid with different concentrations has led to histopathology changes in the rabbit's liver. the effect has increased with increased dose concentration chronic exposure to this pesticide may be an important factor in the overall vulnerability of these animals to pathogens, which facilitates and accelerates their diseases and the economic productivity of mammalian animals. references 1. dawson, a.h.; eddleston, m.; senarathna, l.; mohamed, f.; gawarammana,i. ; bowe,s.j. ; manuweera,g. ; buckley,n.a. acute human lethal toxicity of agricultural pesticides: a prospective cohort study.plos medicine.2010,7(10) :110.www.plosmedicine.org 2. singh, b. ;mandal, k. environmental impact of pesticides belonging to newer chemistry. integr. pest manag. 2013,152-190. 3. cope, w.g.; leidy, r.b. ; hodgson, e.classes of toxicants: use classes. in: textbook of modern toxicology. 3rd ed, john wiley and sons, inc., new jersey, 2004,58-70. 4. maroni, m.; colosio, c.; ferioli, a.; fait, a. biological monitoring of pesticide exposure: a review. introd.toxicol.2000,143, 1-118. 5. bjorling-poulsen, m.; andersen, h.r ; grandjean, p.potential developmental neurotoxicity of pesticides used in europe. env. health. 2008, 7, 50,1-23. 6. mansour, s.a ; mossa, a.h.comparative effect of some insecticides as technical and formulated on male rats.j.egypt.soc. toxicol. 2005,32, 41-54. 7. kagabu, s. chloronicotinyl insecticides-discovery, application and future prospective. rev. toxicol. 1997,1, 75-129. 8. california environmental protection agency (cal epa).(2006).risk characterization document for imidacloprid. availableat:http://www.cdpr.ca.gov/docs/risk/rcd/imidacloprid. pdf. 9. wismer, t.novel insecticides. clinical veterinary toxicology; plumlee, k. h., ed.; mosby: st. louis, mo. 2004,184-185. 10. tomlin, d.s.the pesticide manual, a. world compendium, 14edition: british crop protection council: surry, england, 2006, 598-599. 11. yeh, i.j.; lin, t.j. ; hwang, d.y. acute multiple organ failure with imidacloprid and alcohol ingestion. taiwan, am j emerg med. 2010,28, 2, 255. 12. national pesticide information center (npic).imidacloprid: technical fact sheet. 2010. 13. morrissey, c.a.; mineau, p.; devries, j.h. ; sanchez-bayo, f.; liess ,m.; cavallaro, m.c. and liber, k.neonicotinoid contamination of global surface waters and associated risk to aquatic vertebrates: a review. environ int. 2015,74, 291-303. 14. matsuda, k.; buckingham, s.d.; kleier, d.; rauh, j.j.; grauso, m.and sattelle, d.b. neonicotinoids: insecticides acting on insect nicotinic acetylcholine receptors. trends pharmacol. sci. 2001,2, 11, 573-80. 15. klein, o. ; karl, w. methylene-[14 c] imidacloprid:metabolism part of the general metabolism study in the rat. bayer ag. leverkusen-bayerwerk, germany, study. 1990, (87264), 51950-0021. http://www.cdpr.ca.gov/docs/risk/rcd/imidacloprid.%20pdf http://www.cdpr.ca.gov/docs/risk/rcd/imidacloprid.%20pdf ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 8 16. broznić, d.; marinić, j.; tota, m.; čanadijurešić, g. ;milin, č. kinetic evaluation of imidacloprid degradation in mice organs treated with olive oil polyphenols extract. croaticachemicaacta. 2008, 81, 1, 203-209. 17. kammon, a.m.; brar, r.s.; banga, h.s. ; sodhi, s.pathobiochemical studies on hepatotoxicity and nephrotoxicity on exposure to chlorpyrifos and imidacloprid in layerchickens. veterinarskiarhiv. 2010,80, 5, 663-672. 18. karabay, n.u.; oguz, m.g.cytogenetic and genotoxic effects of the insecticides,imidacloprid and methamidophos.genet. mol. res. 2005, 4,653–662. 19. stivaktakis, p.; kavvalakis, m.;goutzourelas, n.; stagos, d.; tzatzarakis, m.; kyriakakis, m.; rezaee, r.; kouretas, d.; hayes, w. and tsatsakis, a.evaluation of oxidative stress in long-term exposed rabbits to subtoxic levels of imidacloprid.toxicol. lett. 2014, 228-229. 20. stivaktakis, p.d.; kavvalakis, m.p.; tzatzarakis, m.n.; alegakis, a.k.;panagiotakis, m.n.; fragkiadaki, p.; vakonaki, e. ; ozcagli, e. ; hayes, w.a.;rakitskii, v.n. and tsatsakis, a.m.long-term exposure of rabbits to imidaclorpid as quantified in blood induces genotoxic effect.chemosphere. 2016, 149,108–113. 21. vardavas, a.i. ; ozcagli, e. ; fragkiadaki, p. ; stivaktakis, p.d. ; tzatzarakis, m.n. ; kaloudis, k. ; tsardi, m. ; datseri, g. ; tsiaoussis, j. ; tsitsimpikou, c. ; carvalho, f. and tsatsakis, a.m.dna damage after long-term exposure of rabbits to imidacloprid and sodium.tungstate. 2016, 258,247–248. 22. arafa, u.a.; fujiwara, y.; higuchi, k.; shiba, m.; uchida, t.; watanabe ,t.; tominaga, k.; oshitani, n.; matsumoto, t. and arakawa, t.no additive effect between helicobacter pylori infection and portal hypertensive gastropathy on inducible nitric oxide synthase expression in gastric mucosa of cirrhotic patients. dig dis sci. 2003, 48, 1, 162-168. 23. bhuiyan, a.s.; nesa, b. and nessa, q.effects of sumithion on the histological changesof spotted murrel, channapunctatus (bloch). pakist. j.biol. sci. 2001, 4, 10, 12881290. 24. kramer, f. and mencke, n. flea biology and control: the biology of the cat flea,control and prevention withimidacloprid in small animals. springerverlag, berlin,heidelberg,new york. 2001 25. world health organization (who).the who recommended classification of pesticides by hazard and guidelines to classification, geneva. ipcs. 2005 26. weil, c.s.tables for convenient calculation of median effective dose (ld 50 or ed50) and instructions in their use. biometrics. 1952,8, 249. 27. memon, s.a.; memon, n.; mal, b.; shaikh, s.a. ;shah, m.a.histopathological changes in the gonads of male rabbits (oryctolagus cuniculus) on exposure to imidacloprid insecticide. j. entomol.zool. studies. 2014, 2, 4, 159-163. 28. jaber, a.t. nawar r. and al-bakri, n.a.effect of carbamazepine drug on liver ultrastructure in female white mice (musmusculus). int.j.pharmac.res. 2018,10, 4. 29. al-hamawandy,h. and al-bakri, n.a. analysis of fatty acids of liver in embryoand adult of domesticated chicken gallus gallusdomesticus. j. global pharma technol. 2020,11, 5, 62-68. 30. jaber, a.t. nawar r.; al-bakri, nahla, a. ; al-bhadly, a. t.association between carbamazepine toxicity, liver bile duct injury, granuloma and inflammatory cells infiltration in female mice. indian j. foren. med &toxicol. 2020, 14, 4, 1773-1778. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 9 31. roganovic, z. d. ;jordanova, m. liver lesions in bleak (alhurnusalburnusalborellafilippi) collected fromsomecontaminatedsites on lake ohrid. a histopathological evidence.ekol.zast.zivot.sred. 1998, 6, 11-18. 32. eissa, o.s.protective effect of vitamin c and glutathione against thehistopathological changes induced by imidacloprid in the liver and testis of japanese quail. egypt.j.hosp. med. 2004, 16, 39-54. 33. bhardwaj, s.; srivastava, m.k.; kapoor, u. and srivastava, l.p. a. 90 days oral toxicity of imidacloprid in female rats: morphological, biochemical and histopathological evaluations.food chemical toxicol. 2010, 48, 5, 1185-1190. 34. soujanya, s.; lakshman, m.; kumar, a.a. ;reddy, a.g. evaluation of theprotective role of vitamin c in imidacloprid-induced hepatotoxicity in male albino rats. j. nat. sci., biol.med. 2013,4, 1, 63-67. 35. kumar, a. ; tomar, m. ; kataria, s.k. effect of sub-lethal doses of imidacloprid on histological and biochemical parameters in female albino mice. isor j environ scit oxicol food technol. 2014,8, 9-15. the calculation of binding energies for even-even mg(a=20,22,28 and 30) isotopes the calculation of binding energies for even-even mg(a=20,22,28 and 30) isotopes ahmad m. shweikh dept. of physics/ college of education ibnal-haitham for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in :3 february 2013, accepted in :10 october 2013 abstract the rotational model symmetry is a strong feature of 1d shell nuclei, where symmetry breaking spin-orbital force is rather weak. the binding energies and low-lying energy spectra of mg (a=20,22,28 and 30) even-even isotopes have been calculated. the interaction used contains the monopole-monopole, quadrupole-quadrupole and isospin dependent terms. interaction parameters are fixed so as to reproduce the binding of 8 nucleons in n=8 orbit for z=12 isotope. key words: binding energy, even-even isotopes, rotational model symmetry, shell nuclei, spin. | physics87 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction the spin and parity for the ground state for even-even mg (a=20, 22, 28 and 30) isotopes are verified experimentally. the values of spin and parity for the ground states of these isotopes predicted by the shell model is − 2 1 and − 2 3 to be compared with experimental values of + 2 1 and − 2 1 respectively [1]. in the region of n=1 the single particle orbits, gives an explanation of experiment values of spin and parity. as a result, the intruder states are expected to be found in low lying spectra for mg (a=20, 22, 28 and 30) isotopes [2,3]. the rotational model was proposed and used by elliott to describe rotational bands in light nuclei [2,4]. the quantum members λµ are the appropriate repress notations of symmetry group are used in this model, to create many basis states for mg nucleus. the four parameter residual interaction with monopole-monopole, quadrupole-quadrupole and isospin dependent interaction terms with strength parameters (po, p1), χ and β respectively are used in the calculations of binding energies and law-laying spectra for 20mg, 22mg, 28mg and 30mg eveneven isotopes. the ground state band is described by the quantum number λµ that extended the ground state binding energy for a given strength χ of quadrupole-quadrupole interaction. interaction parameters χ and po are fitted to experimental ground state binding energy and excitation energy of +12 state in mg (a=20, 22, 28 and 30) even-even isotopes. interaction parameters p1 and β are adjusted to give a best fit to experimental ground state binding energies of mg isotopes with a=20,22,28 and 30. the calculated energy spectra are compared with available experimental data. the new mass formula [5], is also used to calculate the residual interaction. a comparison of our calculations and experimental data shows the reasonable agreement. theory in this article we will write down the main equations of rotational model of elliott [2], explaining the generators, subgroups and casimir operators. the representation of rotational bands is characterized by quantum numbers ( λµ ), that which determine the eigenvalue of casimir operator for symmetry group of rotational bands. in spherical basis, three components of orbital angular momentum operator l, and five components quadrupole moment operator q constitute the eight generators of system group of rotational bands. a components of quadrupole moment, is defined as; ))p̂(y p )r̂(yr( 5 4 q q,22 2 q,2 22 q α +α π = …(1) where 2,1,0q ±±= ,  ω =α m2 and q,2y are the spherical harmonics. the eight generators are satisfy the following commutation relations.        ′+′=′ ′+′−=′ ′+′−=′ ′+ ′+ ′+ )l)qq1qq22(103]q,q[ )q)qq2qq21(6]l,q[ )l)qq1qq11(2]l,l[ qqqq qqqq qqqq …(2) | physics88 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 the casimir operator, casimir operator eigenvalues and corresponding quantum numbers for symmetry group of rotational states are listed in the following table. su(3) casimir operators ll3qq ⋅+⋅ eigenvalues )33( 3 2 22 µ+λ+λµ+µ+λ quantum numbers ( λµ ) the quantum numbers ( λµ ) characterize the permutation symmetry between harmonic oscillator quanta and λ is proportional to the number of quanta in xy plane for case 0=µ [6]. the definition of the binding energy of isotope a in residual interaction zero state i(a) as: )8,21(s12a)9,21(s2)8,20(b)z,a(b)a(i np −−−−= …(3) where )z,a(b is the binding energy of the nucleus with z protons and za − neutrons, )9,21(sp is one proton separation energy of ne 21 and )8,21(sn is one neutron separation energy of al21 . an interaction hamiltonian used here containing monopole-monopole, quadrupolequadrupole and isospin dependent interaction terms that is; )1t(tqq)n(fh o +β+⋅χ−−= …(4) where n is the number of active nucleons (n=a-p). the isospin dependent interaction is repulsive while the monopole-monopole and quadrupole-quadrupole interaction are attractive. the strength of monopole-monopole interaction for nucleons in the same shell is po and for nucleons in different shells is p1. we write the monopole-monopole interaction for n1 and n2 ( 21 nnn += ) nucleons in oscillator shells n=1 and n=2, respectively,[7] as: 211 22 o 11 oo nnp2 )1n(n p 2 )1n(n p)n(f + − + − = the quadrupole-quadrupole interaction operator may be expressed as: )llc2(3qq )3(su ⋅−χ−=⋅χ− where )3(suc is the casimir operator of the rotational group. the ground state isospin is defined as 2 pn t − = , where n and p are the number of neutrons and protons respectively. a fortran routine has been used in the calculations of c's and matrix elements of q.q operator between relevant good l states. to compare the mass formula of bethe-weizsacker [8] with the new mass formula, which has a new parameter )z,n(∆ and has redefinition of the pairing term newδ , as: )z,n( a )z2a( a a )1z(z aaaaa)z,a(b new 2 symcsnew 3 1 3 2 ∆+δ+ − − − −−= υ …(5) where mev85.15a =υ | physics89 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 mev34.18a s = mev71.0a c = mev21.23a sym = δ−−=δ )) c z exp(1(new 2ln 6c = nucleiaoddfor0 nucleioddoddfora12 ,nucleievenevenfora12 2 1 2 1 = −−= −=δ − − 45.0kwith) 3 z exp(znz 3 4 n)z,n( k =−−=∆ using the new mass formula to calculate the binding energy we obtain the residual interaction )a(inew for mg isotopes as: )n,1a(s)na()p,1a(s2)n,p(b)p,a(b)a(i npnewnew +−−−−−= …(6) results and discussion table 1, listed mg(a=20,22,28 and 30) even-even isotopes, besides the isotopes of a-1 (na) and a+1 (al) nuclei. half-life time, q-value, spin ( π ) and decay mode for mg isotopes are listed in the table also. the mg(a=24,25 and 26) are stable. figure 1, shows the variation of q-value with mg even-even isotopes for a=20,22,28 and 30. the valley between a=22 and a=28 isotopes, belongs to mg(a=24 and 26), where they are stable isotopes and not including this study because they have a closed shell for neutron and proton. table 2: lists the representations ( λµ ) that maximize the quadrupole-quadrupole interaction and the possible l values for the ground state band. in figure 2, shows the plotting of the ground state binding energies in table 3 for (a=20,22,28 and 30) isotopes, due to residual interaction active nucleons, the calculation based on the rotational band model and new mass formula (eq. 3). the value of parameter χ is chosen to reproduce the excitation energy +12 state in mg isotopes. the interaction parameters 1p and β are used to find the best fit with the experimental ground states binding energies of mg isotopes with a=22,24,28 and 30. table 4, lists the calculated and experimental excitation energies of +10 , + 12 and + 20 states for comparison. figure 3, shows the fitting with experimental data, which is obtained with parameters 8.2p1 = mev and 8.5=β mev. the calculated binding energies show a reasonable agreement with the others. no intruder states are found in mg(a=20,22,28 and 30) even-even isotopes from na(a=19,21,27 and 29) and isotopes al(a=21,23,29 and 31) isotopes. references 1. national nuclear data center.http://www.nndc-bnl.gov/nndc/ensdf/. 2. elliott,j.p.(1958), collective motion in the nuclear shell model. i. classification schemes for states of mixed configurations, proc. r. soc., (london) a245, 128. | physics90 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 3. hammermesh ,m.(1962) group theory and its applications to physical problems, addisonwesley publishing company , reading ma. 4. bohr,a. and mottelson,b. r.(1969), nuclear structure, v.i, w.a, benjamin, inc, new york,. 5. samanta ,c. and adhikari ,s. (2002), extension of the bethe-weizsäcker mass formula to light nuclei and some new shell closures, phys. rev. c, 65, 03708. 6. guillemaud-mueller ,d.; detroz ,c.; langerin ,m.; naulin ,f.; desaint-simon, m.; thiboult, .c.; touchard, f.and epherre ,m. (1984), β-decay schemes of very neutron-rich sodium isotopes and their descendants, nucl. phys. a, 426. 37. 7. firestone ,r. b. and shirley ,v. s. (1998), table of isotopes, wiley-interscience; 8th edition. 8. fayache. m. s., moya de gura .e., p., sarriguren .y., sharon y., and zamick. l., (2000), erratum: reply to comment on question of low-lying intruder states in 8be and neighboring nuclei, phys. rev. c, 61, 059901. table (1): the mg(a=20-30) even-even isotopes with their neighbor nuclei no. isotopes isotopes [7] a-1 mgeveneven a+1 21t q-value mev spin ( π ) decay mode 1 na19 mg20 al21 95 ms 10.730 +0 ec 2 na21 mg22 al23 3.857 s 4.725 +0 ec 3 na27 mg28 al29 20.910 h 1.832 +0 −β 4 na29 mg30 al31 0.335 6.990 +0 −β table no.( 2): values of ( 111 lµλ ) for active nucleons no. ground state band isotopes 11µλ 1l 1 mg20 20 0,2 2 mg22 30 0,2,4 3 mg28 22 0,2,3,4 4 mg30 22 0,2 table no.(3): values of binding energies b(a,z) and i(a) mev no. isotopes b(a,z) i(a) mev 1 mg20 130.066 11.404 2 mg22 162.487 12.747 3 mg28 245.447 15.666 4 mg30 244.274 15.629 table no.( 4): excitation energies of +10 , +12 and +20 states in mg20 , mg22 , mg28 and mg30 nuclei in mev spin mg20 mg22 mg28 mg30 | physics91 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 calc. exp. calc. exp. calc. exp. calc. exp. + 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 + 12 3.26 3.26 3.21 3.67 3.14 3.48 3.22 2.89 + 20 17.88 18.75 16.91 6.78 9.87 13.78 18.81 14.27 figure no.(1): the variation of q-value with mg (a=20,22,28 and 30) isotopes. | physics92 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.( 2): the comparison between results of the present calculations, new mass formula and experimental data figure no.( 3): calculated of rotational model and new mass formula and experimental ground state binding energy in mg isotopes | physics93 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 30و 28، 22، 20حساب طاقات الربط لنظائر المغنیسیوم ذات األعداد الكتلیة الزوجیة-الزوجیة أحمد موسى أشویخ قسم الفیزیاء/ كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة/جامعة بغداد 2013الثاني تشرین 10، قبل البحث 2013شباط 3استلم البحث في الخالصة ب�رم ض�عیف، –یكون قوة تناظر تكسر المدار إذ، 1dنموذج التناظر الدوراني وصفا جیدا لالنویة ذات الغالف إیعتبر –الزوجی�ة mg (a=20,22,28 and 30)طاقات الربط واطیاف طاق�ات المس�تویات الواطئ�ة لنظ�ائر المغنس�یوم حسبت رباعي القط�ب واالیزوس�بن –احادي القطب، رباعي القطب –الزوجیة تم حسابھا. استخدم التفاعل المتضمن احادي القطب .z=12و n=8لھذه النظائر، معامالت التفاعل تم حلھا العادة حساب طاقة الربط لثمان نیكولیونات وعدد ،غالف النواة ،برم. جیة ، نموذج التناظر الدورانيزو–الكلمات المفتاحیة : طاقة الترابط ، النظائر زوجیة | physics94 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 calculation of the radionuclide concentrations in samples of condiments by using gamma spectroscopy system qabas a. j. yaseen auday t. subhi ala a. hadi dept. of physics / college of education for pure sciences ( ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 7january 2012, accepted in : 5may 2013 abstract the aim of this work is to evaluate concentrations of natural and artificial radionuclide in nine different samples of condiments from local markets. the concentrations of 238 u , 232 th ,40k and 137cs were measured by using gamma spectroscopy with a highpurity germanium detector. the concentrations of 238 u, 232 th ,40k and 137cs were found to be in a range of (21.4 91.13), (15.7 88.11) , (285.56 – 1100) and (5.1 27.5) bq.kg-1 respectively. these concentrations are not hazardous to public health and the activities are within the allowed levels . key words : artificial radioactivity , natural radioactivity , condiments , gamma spectroscopy . 115 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction natural radionuclide concentrations in environmental samples varies according to geographical and geological factors [1] and appear at different levels in soil of each region in the world [2]. natural sources of radioactivity in the environment are called naturally occurring radioactive materials, and categorized as being of terrestrial or cosmicorigin [3]. humans are exposed to both internal and external radiation from these natural sources. internal exposure occurs through the intake of terrestrial radionuclides through inhalation or ingestion. inhalation exposure does result from the existence of dust particles in the air including radionuclides from 238 u and 232 th decay series. the biggest contribution to inhalation exposure comes from short half life decay products of radon. ingestion exposure dose mostly results from 238 u , 232 th series radionuclides , 40k in drinking water and food stuff. in addition 137cs is the most important fission product released to the environment as a result of nuclear activities, because this radionuclide rapidly passes to food stuffs and creates dose effect.[4,5] they tend to accumulate in various tissues of the human body, for instance, thorium accumulates in lung, liver and skeleton tissues, uranium in lungs and kidneys, and potassium in muscles.[6] materials and methods the samples were collected from the local markets; each of the samples was blended into powder and placed into a 0.5 l marinellibeaker. activity measurement of the samples was done by using coaxial semiconductor detector with highpurity germanium crystal which has energy resolution (2.2)kev at 1.33 mev 60co and detection efficiency of 50%. the detector was shielded by (10cm) of lead to achieve a background level as low as possible, and also shielded with (1mm) aluminum, (1mm) of cadmium and (1mm) of iron. an empty marinelli beaker (0.5l,capacity ) was counted for subtracting the background energy calibration was performed by using 152eu source to measure the efficiency of radionuclides. the activity of the sample (a) was measured by using the following equation : s.a (bq.kg -1) = c ε .m .pɤ where c is the gamma ray count (number per second), ε is the detector efficiency of the specific gamma ray,pɤ is the absolute transition probability of gamma decay and m(kg) is the mass of the sample.[7] results and discussion for the studied samples, the gamma transitions at energies 352 kev 214pb , 609.3 kev 214bi were used to determine the concentrations for the 238u series. the gamma transitions of energy at(238)kev 212bi was used to determine the concentration of the 232th series. also 1460 kev gamma transitions of 40k and 662.kev gamma transitions of 137cs in all of the samples were considered. table-1 shows the natural and artificial radionuclide activity concentrations measured in samples of condiments consumed in the regions of iraq which are frequently consumed by local residents. the highest concentration in the samples studied for a series of u-238 was in the form of cumin up to 91.13 bq.kg -1 due to geographical and geological factors of the soil and less concentration in the form of the fenugreek by 21.4 bq.kg -1 and the average of these 116 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 concentrations by 55.86 bq.kg-1, either for a series of th-232 was the highest concentration is in the form of curcuma by 88.11 bq.kg -1 and the lowest concentration in the form of the fenugreek by 15.7 bq.kg -1 and the rate was up to 44.29 bq.kg -1 , for either nuclide k-40 was the highest concentration in the form of black pepper by 1100 bq.kg -1 and less concentration in the sample cloves up 285.56 bq.kg -1 at a rate of 874.06 bq.kg -1 , the highest concentration of the nuclide cs-137 was in the form of curcuma increased by 27.5 bq.kg -1 and less concentration in the sample fenugreek by 5.1 bq.kg -1 and the rate was up to 14.04 bq.kg -1. conclusion calculation of the concentration for natural and industrial radioactive elements samples condiments the consumed frequently in the local markets in iraq , the results of concentrations that is found in the proportion of medium and within the allowable limits , and figures from 1 to 4 show concentrations for 238 u, 232th,40k and 137cs in the samples . references 1. badran, h.m. ; sharshar, t. and elnimer ,t. (2003) , levels of 137cs and 40k in edible parts of some vegetables consumed in egypt , j. radioanal nucl. chem. , 67 ,181-190 . 2. jevremovic, m. ; lazarevic, n. ; pavlovic, s. and orlic, m. (2011) , radionuclide concentrations in samples of medicinal herbs and effective dose from ingestion of 137cs and natural radionuclides in herbal tea products from serbian market ,isotopes in environmental and health studies ,47(1):87-92 . 3. kathren, r.l. (1998) , norm sources and their origins , appl. radiat. isot. 49 (3) :149168 . 4. unscear , (2000) , sources and effects of ionizing radiation report of the united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation to the general assembly , with scientific annexes united nations , new york . 5. cumhur, c.l. and mahmut, d.h. (2013) preliminary study on 226ra , 232th , 40k , and 137cs activity concentrations in vegetables and fruits frequently consumed by inhabitants of elazig region ,turkey , j. radioanal. nucl. chem., v(295) , p (1245-1249). 6. akhter, p. ; rahman, k.; orfi, s.d. and ahmed, n. (2007) radiological impact of dietary intakes of naturally occurring radionuclides on pakistani adults , j. food chem. toxical , v(45) , p(272-277) . 7. baykara, o. and dogru, m. (2009) , determination of terrestrial gamma , 238u , 232th and 40k in soil a long fracture zones , radiat. meas. , 44,116-121 . 117 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=jevremovic%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21390990 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=lazarevic%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21390990 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=pavlovic%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21390990 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=orlic%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21390990 table no. (1) : concentrations of radioactive elements 238u , 232th , 40k and 137cs in sample of condiments sample no. sample origin s.a (bq.kg -1) 238u 232th 40k 137cs 1 rosemary syrian 67.92 72 887.8 12.78 2 cinnamon syrian 61 19.5 571.13 8.57 3 curcuma indian 51.05 88.11 1078.2 27.5 4 coriander iraqi 57.17 69.9 934.5 20.1 5 cumin iraqi 91.13 20.64 1099.5 12.85 6 cloves iraqi 55.07 25.66 285.56 12.78 7 nutmeg syrian 32.69 64.04 778.81 18.77 8 fenugreek iraqi 21.4 15.7 771.02 5.1 9 black-pepper indian 65.39 23.09 1100 7.99 average 55.86 44.29 874.06 14.04 figure no. (1) the concentration of 238u for the samples of condiments. figure no. (2) the concentration of 232th for the samples of condiments 0 20 40 60 80 100 s. a . of 2 38 u ( b q. kg -1 ) sample 0 20 40 60 80 100 s. a . of 2 32 t h ( b q. kg -1 ) sample 118 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no. (3) the concentration of 40k for the samples of condiments figure no. (4) the concentration of 137cs for the samples of condiments 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 s. a . of 4 0 k (b q. kg -1 ) sample 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 s. a . of 1 37 c s (b q. kg -1 ) sample 119 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 مطیافیة اشعة حساب تراكیز النویدات المشعة في نماذج من التوابل باستعمال كاما قبس عبد الجبار یاسین عدي طارق صبحي عالء عبد ھادي / جامعة بغداد) ابن الھیثم (قسم الفیزیاء / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2013، قبل البحث في ایار 2012كانون الثاني 7استلم البحث في الخالصة تم في ھذه الدراسة حساب تراكیز النویدات المشعة الطبیعیة والصناعیة في تسعة نماذج من التوابل الموجودة في االسواق المحلیة. لقیاس تراكیز hpge)استخدمت لھذا الغرض منظومة مطیافیة اشعة كاما مع كاشف الجرمانیوم العالي النقاوة ( في التوابل . 137csو 40kو 232th و 238u النویدات المشعة بكرل / (88.11-15.7) بین 232 –بكرل / كغم ، و للثوریوم (91.03-21)تتراوح بین 238 -كانت تراكیز الیورانیوم كغم . كغم /بكرل (27.5 5.1)بكرل / كغم ، وللسیزیوم (1100 285.56)بین 40 –وللبوتاسیوم مستویات اشعاعیھ التشكل خطورة على الفرد العراقي وكانت ضمن المستویات المسموحة .نستنتج من ھذه القیم ، انھا .النویدات المشعة الصناعیة ، النویدات المشعة الطبیعیة ، مطیافیة كاما ، التوابل -الكلمات المفتاحیة : 120 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2651 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 52 the effect of cigarette smoking on serum liver enzymes in baghdad wasan qasim turki wasan.turki@almustafafauniversity.edu.iq department of medical laboratory techniques, al-mustafa university college, baghdad, iraq. abstract smoking is the most noticeably horrible human conduct; it is rehearsed by individuals dependent on nicotine numerous hurtful sicknesses, for example, cancer and liver disorder are brought about by smoking cigarettes. so this study aimed to study some of the liver function represented by the enzymes aspartate aminotransferase (ast or got) and alanine aminotransferase (alt or gpt) in smokers and non-smokers for 50 persons in a group consists of 25 smokers and 25 non-smokers of different ages and to study the effectiveness of cigarette smoking on liver enzymes by checking the secretion of (ast) (35.84± 4.1)u/ 1 (alt)(51.08±7.286 ) u/1(p<0.05) relative to non-smokers were significantly correlated with heavy cigarette smoking. keywords: smokers, liver enzyme, cigarette, tobacco. 1. introduction many diseases are caused by smoking, and because of the risk of smoking, one person dies in the world per six minutes [1]. more than 4000 chemicals are present in tobacco smoke [2] and various hazardous substances like nicotine, free extremists, carbon monoxide, and other gaseous materials are submitted to a cigarette smoker [3]. that can lead to various degenerative pulmonary cardiovascular diseases and cancer. cigarette smoking has been embroiled as a huge danger factor for the tobacco smoke contains various mixes, huge numbers of which are oxidants and favorable to oxidants fit for creating free extremists and improving the oxidative stress in vivo [4] (preston, 1991). the liver, which has several duties, is an essential organ. the liver is responsible, among other things, for removing narcotics, alcohol, and other toxins from the body to remove them. the liver is one of the organs that are not directly affected by smoking so heavy smoking creates toxins that stimulate necroinflammation and rise the dangerousness of hepatic lesions (fibrosis and activity scores) that related to hepatitis c virus (hcv) or hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection [5, 6]. three main adverse effects on the liver are caused by smoking: direct or indirect harmful impact, immunological effects, and tumorigenesis effects. smoking can cause a direct toxic effect when produced chemicals with the potential for cytotoxicity [7]. some chemicals caused by smoking lead to oxidative stress linked to lipid peroxidation [8, 9]. where it stimulates the production of stellar cells and the growth of fibrosis. cigarette smoke also helps in the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines that are related to liver cell damage (il-1, il-6, and tnf-alpha) [10]. heavy cigarettes are related to carboxyhaemoglobin and lowered ability of red blood cells (rbc) to carrying oxygen, contributing to tissue hypoxia. hypoxia promotes the development of erythropoietin, which causes bone marrow hyperplasia. this leads to the production of secondary polycythemia, which in turn increases the mass and turnover of red cells. this enhances catabolic iron resulting from both old red blood cells and iron produced http://ihicps.com/ mailto:wasan.turki@almustafafauniversity.edu.iq special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2651 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 53 from elevated red cell destruction associated with polycythemia [11, 12]. in addition, erythropoietin promotes iron absorption from the intestine. both elevated catabolic iron and high iron absorption lead to its concentration in macrophages over time and then in hepatocytes, inducing oxidative stress in hepatocytes [13]. subsequently, the reason for this examination is to inspect the differences of liver enzymes among smokers than non-smokers in males and clarify the negative impacts of tobacco when smoking for long periods and the extent of its impact on the liver. 2. materials method blood samples are taken during february from (50) healthy male subjects in baghdad, alrusafa whose ages ranged from 20 to 55 years of age and divided into two groups, with 25 smoking persons and 25 non-smoking persons with varying smoking durations in the second group. we had to make sure that the volunteer had no illness before taking the sample to prevent cases that could rise liver enzyme secretion and interfere with the results of our study. the two groups (smoking persons and non-smoking persons) were chosen at close ages to be appropriate for the statistical study. people under the test are divided into smokers (who are smoking more than (20) cigarette daily) (n=25) and non-smokers (n=25). 5.0 ml of blood were taken from each participant, and this 5.0 ml of venous blood were drowning by venipuncture using antiseptic for the skin (70%alcohol), and then the samples placed in a heparinized tube, after that we made centrifugation to the blood samples at about three thousand, then the enzymes ast and alt were estimated. in current experiments used abbott c4000 chemistry analyzer to detect ast and alt. to determine substantial differences and all the differences, the statistical assessment was carried out by statistical package for social sciences (spss) 26.0 and found the significant differences between the values (mean± sem) of the test and the control groups, t-test (at p<0.05) was applied. 3. results and discussion the results showed that high concentrations of aspartate aminotransferase (ast or got) and alanine aminotransferase (alt or gpt) compared to non-smokers p<0.05 (table 1) were significantly associated with heavy cigarette smoking (alt). table 1. concentrations ast and alt enzymes of smokers compared with non-smoker. significant p<0.05 p-value non-smoking n= 25 smoking n= 25 parameters s* 0.006 19.20±1.534 35.84±4.1 ast or got (u/i ) s* 0.001 25.72±1.837 51.08±7.286 alt or gpt (u/i ) *s= significant figure (1) and figure (2) show that both ast and alt have a higher level in smokers if we compare them with non-smokers where (p<0.05). according to the results in figure (1). height of the concentrations of aspartate aminotransferase (ast or got) and alanine aminotransferase (alt or gpt) because of the intensity of tobacco smoke and its harmful substance affected on liver cells, prompting the emission of liver enzyme (ast) and (alt) through inflammatory pathways or exacerbating the pathogenic effects of other compounds on http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2651 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 54 the liver [14]. furthermore, that may occur due to nitrosative stress, which is a disorder that arises when the processing of chemicals containing highly reactive, such as nitrous oxide, exceeds the human body`s capacity to neutralize and remove them. nitrosative stress able to run the reactions that convert the structure of proteins so interfere with normal body functions [15, 16]. cigarette smoke contains a large number of hepatotoxic chemicals, like nicotine [7]. figure 1. concentrations (ast or got) enzymes of smokers compared with non-smoker. figure 2. concentrations (alt or gpt) enzymes of smokers compared with a non-smoker. important changes in the activity concentrations of ast and alt liver enzymes in smokers relative to non-smokers, and increases in proportion to the duration of smoking. so the liver enzymes ast and alt in which increased due to exposure to smoke or duo to release a high level of the cellular oxidative radicals as reported in [17, 18]. the enzyme that is important for producing energy is alanine aminotransferase (alt or gpt), this enzyme is found in the liver and other tissues besides the liver but in fewer concentrations than its http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2651 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 55 concentration in the liver, it is found for example in the heart and the skeletal muscles. in comparison to other liver enzymes can be used to diagnose liver diseases, such as in the diagnosis of hepatitis and cirrhosis [19]. 4. conclusion the results show that cigarette smoking has an effect on the liver function that is expressed in the amount of liver enzyme secretion in the blood serum, so smoking can affect liver functions by affecting the secretion of ast and alt liver enzymes, causing liver injury in the community of smokers compared to non-smokers. shows that the level of ast and alt enzymes are higher in cigarette smokers when we compare them with non-smokers, and this may be related to the effect of smoking on the liver. references 1. mathers, c.d.; loncar, d. 2006 projections of global mortality and burden of disease from 2002 to 2030. plos med. 2006, 3, e442. 2. yeh, c.c.; barr, r.g.; powell, c.a.; mesia-vela, s.; wang, y.; hamade, n.k.; austin, j.h.; santella. r.m. no effect of cigarette smoking dose on oxidized plasma proteins. environ. res. 2008 106, 219. 3. aula, f.a.; qadir, f.a. effects of cigarette smoking on some immunological and hematological parameters in male smokers in erbil city jordan. j. biol. sci. 2013, 147, 1. 4. preston. a. 1991. cigarette smoking-nutritional implications. progr. food nut. sci. 1991 15, 183. 5. pessione, f.; ramond, m.j.; njapoum, c.; duchatelle, v.; degott, c.; erlinger, s.; rueff, b.; valla, d.c.; degos, f. cigarette smoking and hepatic lesions in patients with chronic hepatitis c. hepatology, 2001, 34, 121. 6. yu, m.-w.; hsu, f.-c.; sheen, i.-s.; chu, c.-m.; lin, d.-y.; chen, c.-j.; liaw. y.-f. prospective study of hepatocellular carcinoma and liver cirrhosis in asymptomatic chronic hepatitis b virus carriers. am. j. epidemiol. 1997, 145, 1039-1047. 7. yuen, s.t.; gogo, jr. a.r.; luk, i.s.; cho, c.h.; ho, j.c.; loh, t.t. the effect of nicotine and its interaction with carbon tetrachloride in the rat liver. pharmacol. toxicol. 1995, 77, 225. 8. husain, k.; scott, b.r.; reddy, s.k.; somani, s.m. chronic ethanol and nicotine interaction on rat tissue antioxidant defense system. alcohol ,2001, 25, 89. 9. watanabe, k.; eto, k.; furuno, k.; mori, t.; kawasaki, h.; gomita, y. 1995 effect of cigarette smoke on lipid peroxidation and liver function tests in rats. acta medica okayama, 1995, 49, 271. 10. el-zayadi, a.r. heavy smoking and liver. world j. gastroenterol. wjg 2006, 12, 6098. 11. young, c.j.; moss. j.smoke inhalation: diagnosis and treatment. j. clinical anesth. 1989 1, 377. 12. heimbach, d.m.; waeckerle, j.f. inhalation injuries. ann. emerg.med. 1988, 17, 1316. 13. gutteridge, j.m.; halliwell, b. iron toxicity and oxygen radicals bailliere's. clin. haematol. 1989, 2, 195. 14. farsalinos, k.e.; romagna,g.; allifranchini, e.; ripamonti, e.; bocchietto, e.; todeschi, s.; tsiapras. d.; kyrzopoulos. s.; voudris. v. 2013 comparison of the cytotoxic potential of cigarette smoke and electronic cigarette vapour extract on cultured myocardial cells. int. j. environ. res. public health 2013 10, 5146. 15. chakraborty, a.; selvaraj, s. differential modulation of xenobiotic metabolizing enzymes by vanadium during diethylnitrosamine-induced hepatocarcinogenesis in sprague-dawley rats. neoplasma ,2000, 47, 81. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2651 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 56 16. padmavathi, p.; reddy, v.d.; varadacharyulu, n. influence of chronic cigarette smoking on serum biochemical profile in male human volunteers. j. health sci. 2009, 55, 265. 17. abdul-razaq, s.n.; ahmed, b.m. effect of cigarette smoking on liver function test and some other related parameters zanco. j. med. sci. 2013, 17, 556. 18. dhahir, n. k.; noaman, a. a. 2017. study effect of cigarette smoking on the liver functions and electrolytes. iraqi j. sci. 2017 ,58, 211-215. 19. aubin, h.j.; rollema, h.; svensson, t.h.; winterer, g. smoking, quitting, and psychiatric disease: a review neurosci. biobehav. rev. 2012 ,36, 271. http://ihicps.com/ ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 image improvement using the combination of wavelet and multiwavelet transform b.j. al-khafaji departme nt of computer ,college of education ibn-al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract this p aper introduces method of image enhancement using the combination of both wavelet and m ultiwavelet t ransformation. new t echnique is p rop osed for image enhancement using one smoothing filter. a criticallysamp led scheme of p reprocessing method is used for comp uting the m ultiwavelet.it is the 2 nd norm ap p roximation used to sp eed the p rocedures needed for such comp utation. an imp rovement was achieved with the p rop osed method in comp arison with the conventional method. the performance of this t echnique has been done by comp uter using visual baisec.6 p ackage. introduction image imp rovement is a technique which reduces image noise, removes artifacts, and p reser details. in this p aper, wavelet transform is used as a sub-step of this technique. the wavelet transform [1] has a long and successful history as an efficient image p rocessing tool. however, as a result of a sep arable extension from 1-d bases, wavelets in higher dimensions can only cap ture very limited directional information. different directions are mixed in certain wavelet sub-bands. for instance, 2-d wavelets only p rovide three directional comp onents, namely horizont al, vertical, and diagonal. furt hermore, the 45◦ and 135◦ directions are mixed in diagonal sub-bands. with the directional extension for wavelets p rop osed in [2] that mixing p roblem can be imp roved, but not totally resolved. however, the wavelet transforms is st ill very att ractive for image p rocessing app lications. m ultiwavelets are a relatively new addition to the wavelet theory, and have received considerable att ention since their introduction [3]. contrary to ordinary wavelets, m ultiwavelet offers simultaneous orthogonal, sy mmetry , and short sup p ort. similar to p erforming wavelet decomposition with filters, m ultiwavelet decomposition can be realized with filter-banks. the filter coefficients in this case are, however, matrices instead of scalars. therefore, two or more input st reams to the m ultiwavelet filter-bank are required to p erform the decomp osition. several methods have been developed for obtaining multiple input st reams from a given single input st ream [3]. this p aper uses a critically samp led scheme of prep rocessing 2 nd norm ap p roximation with its inverse as one ap p roach of m ultiwavelet. discrete wavelet transform the transformation is a process that translates one object from a given do main to another in order to have some imp ortant imp licit information, which can be used for its recognition [4]. one of the conventional transformations is the fourier transform which usually transforms the signal from its time domain to the frequency domain [5]. the next form of the fourier transform develop ed to an efficient t ransform is called the wav elet t ransform (wt) [6]. the ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 wavelet can be regarded as the most efficient transform that deals with image, sound, or any other pattern since it p rovides a p owerful time-sp ace (time-frequen cy) representation [7]. the effect of the wavelet transform on image is defined as” it abstracts the image in universal sp ace, this contains all information into an app roximately orthogonal (st atist ical indep endent) sp aces (represent p rojection of the subject) contained in this universal sp ace. by chan ging the scale in each p rojection, the algebraic sum of all these p rojections gives the original subj ect before abstraction process” [8,9]. this ty p e of transformation can be app lied on one as well as on two dimensional signals by using a sp ecial transformation matrix which is known as a filter denoted by d4 wavelets. d4 wavelet or (transformation matrix) can be reconstructed by using four coefficients: c 0 = (1+√3) /4√2 c 1 = (3+√3) /4√2 c 2 = (3 -√3) /4√2 c 3 = (1-√3) /4√2 dep ending on the p revious four coefficients d4 the transformation matrix must be a square matrix nn and depends on the dimension of the input signal which must be also a square matrix nn).[6] multiwavelet transform m ultiwavelet filter banks require a vector-valued inp ut signal. there is a number of ways to p roduce such a signal for 2-d signal image data. one of the methods is to sp lit first each row or column into two half-length signals, and then use these two half signals as the channel inputs into the multi-filter. a native app roach is to simply take the odd samples for one signal and the even samples for the second signal. as strela points out (strela, 1996), [4]. this app roach does not work well because it destroy s the assumed characterist ics of the input signal. it is generally p resumed that image data will be locally well-app roximated by low-order polynomials, usually constant, linear or quadratic. the high p ass filters are designed to give a uniformly zero outp ut when the input has this form. taking alternative data p oints as the filter input alters the character of the input signal. hence the filter outp ut will no longer be forced to zero, reducing comp ression p erformance. around this p roblem: one may first p re-filter the two-half length signals before p assing them into t he multi-filter. discrete multiwavelet transform using a criticallysampled scheme of preprocessing 2 nd norm approximation) by using this method of p reprocessing (app roximation-based sch eme of p reprocessing), the dm wt matrix has the same dimensions of the input image which should be a squar e matrix nn where n must be power of 2.[2][8] transformation matrix dimensions which should be equal to image dimensions after p reprocessing will be nn for a criticallysampled scheme of preprocessing. a computer test: a general comp uter p rogram comp uting a single-level dm wt using a critical-samp led scheme of prep rocessing (2 nd norm app roximation) are written using visual basic v.6.0 for a general nn image as shown in figure (1). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 mean filter :m ean filterin g is a simp le, intuitive and easy to imp lement method of smoothing images, i.e. reducin g the amount of intensity variation between one pixel and the next. it is often used to reduce noise in images.[11] how it work s :the idea of mean filterin g is simply to replace each pixel value in an image with t he mean (` average') value of its neighbors, includ ing itself. this has the effect of eliminatin g p ixel values which are unrepresentative of their surroundings. m ean filtering is usually thought of as a convolution filter. like other convolutions it is based around a kernel, which rep resents the shape and size of the neighborhood to be samp led when calculating the mean. often a 3×3 square kernel is used, as shown in figur e 1, althou gh lar ger kernels (e.g. 5×5 squares) can be used for more sev ere smoothing. (not e that a small kernel can be app lied more than once in ord er to p roduce a similar but not identical effect as a sin gle pass with a lar ge kern el.)[12] 3×3 averaging kernel often used in mean filtering computing the straightforward convolution of an image with t his kernel carries out the mean filterin g p rocess. m ean filterin g is most commonly used as a simp le method for reducing noise in an image. in general the mean filter acts as a low p ass frequency filter and, therefore, reduces t he sp atial intensity derivatives p resent in the image.[12] a technique for image enhancement using dmwt and dw t with smoothing in this section, a new t echnique is p rop osed for image enhan cement using one smoothin g filter of typ e mean filter which is app lied two times on some parts of the p rocessed image with a combination between dm wt and dwt, as shown in the figure (3).the st eps of the p rop osed method are as follows: 1. ap p ly m ultiwavelet t ransformation on the input image, as shown in figure (3-a). 2. ap p ly mean filter on sp ecific p arts (high p ass components) of the resultant image (l1h1, l1h2, l2h1, l2h2, h1l1, h1l2, h1h1, h1h2, h2l1, h2l2, h2h1, h2h2), as shown in figure (3-b), and leave the low-p ass components as it is which is used in the next st ep. h1h1 l1l1 l2l1 h1l1 h2l1 l1l2 l2l2 h2h1 l2h1 h2h2 h1h2 l2h2 l1h2 l1h1 h1l2 h2l2 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 3. obt ain the wavelet t ransformation coefficients for each p art of the low-p ass comp onents (l1h1, l1l2, l2l1, l2l2), as shown in figure (3-c). each p art will give four sub-band (ll,lh,hl,hh) as shown below: 4.each part will be p rocessed as the p revious way then repeat st ep (2) on the resultant highp ass components only (l1h1, l1h2, l2h1,l2h2, h1l1, h1l2, h1h1, h1h2, h2l1, h2l2, h2h1, h2h2) by app lying mean filter on that comp onents and leave the low-p ass comp onents, as shown in figure (3-d). 5.inverse the wavelet t ransformation coefficients, as shown in figure (3-e) 6.inverse the m ultiwavelet transformation coefficients of the resultant image from the p revious step two t imes to get t he reconstructed image, as shown in figure (3-f). figure (2) will illustrate the fill block diagram for the prop osed algorithm. evaluation te sts the goal of this sy st em is to enhance a color image (using the bm p image format). bm p (bitmap) file format is used for bitmap graphics on t he window p latform only .[10] unlike other file format, which st ores image data from top to bottom and p ixels in red, green, blue order, the bm p forma st ores image data from bottom to top an p ixels in blue, green, red order. this means that if memory is tight, bm p graphics will sometimes app ear drawn from bottom to top . bm p files are usually very large, and when saving a file of bm p format, it should be add “.bm p” files extension to t he end of its file name. dep ending on the m ultiwavelet t ransform with an enhancement filter (mean filter). the sy st em is designed by dividing into t hree main parts:  m ultiwavelet transform way using a critical-samp led scheme of prep rocessing (2 nd norm ap p roximation) and it's inverse, as shown in figure (3-a and 3-f).  wavelet t ransforms way and its inverse, as shown in figure (3-c and 3-e).  smoothing filter which is app lied two times, as shown in figure (3-b and 3-d). the running of this technique is shown in figure (3). conclusion this p aper mixed two transforms wavelets and m ultiwavelet uses to obtain enhancement image. wavelets are a useful tool for signal p rocessing app lications such as image comp ression, enhancement, and denoising.[1] unt il recently , only scalar wavelets were known: wavelets h1h1 l1l1 l2l1 h1l1 h2l1 l1l2 l2l2 h2h1 l2h1 h2h2 h1h2 l2h2 l1h2 l1h1 h1l2 h2l2 ll lh hh hl ll lh hh hl ll lh hh hl ll lh hh hl ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 generated by one scaling function. but one can imagine a situation when there is more than one scaling function. this leads to the notion of m ultiwavelet, which have several advantages in comp arison to scalar wavelets. such features as short sup p ort, orthogonality , sy mmetry , and vanishing moments are known to be imp ortant in signal p rocessing.[5] a scalar wavelet cannot p ossess all these prop erties at t he same time. on t he other hand, a m ultiwavelet system can simultaneously p rovide p erfect reconst ruction while p reserving length (orthogonality ), good p erformance at the boundaries (via linear-p hase sy mmetry ), and a high order of app roximation (vanishing moments). thus m ultiwavelet offers the p ossibility of sup erior p erformance for image p rocessing app lications, comp ared with scalar wavelets. during a single level of decomposition of an image using a scalar wavelet, the two-dimensional data is replaced with four blocks. t hese blocks corresp ond to the sub-bands that rep resent either lowp ass filtering or high-p ass filtering in each direction. the p rocedure for wavelet decomposition consists of consecutive op erations on rows and columns of the two dimensional data. from this p aper above we study and conclude that gated image passes t hrow many step s of enhancement. every st ep increases t he enhance of the image. re ferences 1. m allat, s. (1999) “a wavelet tour of signal processing” 2nd ed. san diego: academic press;pp .322-350 2. lu, m . n.and do, y. (2005) “a directional extension for m ultidimensional wavelet transforms”, ieee transactions on image processing, submitt ed;.132-200 3. m ariantonia cotronei, laura, b. m ontefusco, and luigia puccio, (1998), m ultiwavelet analysis and signal processing”, ieee transactions on circuits and sy st ems-2: analog and digital signal processing ,45(8) 4. thesis (ph. d.)-strela. (1996) m assachusett s inst itut e of technology , dep t. of m athematics 5. strang, g. and ngy en, t. (1995). “wavelet and filter banks”, wellesley , m a: wellesley -cambridge press.12-50 6. lucchese, l.s. k. ;m itre, & j. m uk herjee, (2001),a new algorithm based on saturation and desid eration in the xy chromati city diagram for enh ancement and re-rendition of cooler images, proc. 8th ieee conf. on image processing, thessalonik i,greece,4548 7. toet, a. (1992), m ultiscale color image enhan cement, pattern recognition letters, 13(3),. 8. lu, j.& hearly , d. m . (1994), contrast enhancement via multi-scale gradient transformation, spie conf. on wavelet application，orlando，fl，u sa，p p 345-365. 9. brown, t . j. (2000), an adaptive st rategy for wavelet based image enhancement, proc. imvi conf. on irish machine vision and image processing, belf ast, nort hern ireland,pp 55-67, 10. ledley , m . buas, r. s. &. colab, t. j 1988 fundamentals of true-color. r. boy le and r. thomas computer vision: a first course, blackwell scientific publications, , pp 32 34. 11. davies, e. (1990), m achine vision: theory, algorithms and practicalities, academic press, chap. 3. 12. vernon, d. (1991), m achine vision, prentice-hall, ch ap. 4. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 fig. (1) :(a) original, (b) after a single-level of dmwt usi ng a critical-s ampled s cheme of preprocessing (2 nd norm approximati on), (c) after applying the inverse of dmwt (a) (b) (c) un-enhanced image mean filter dmwt dwt mean filter inverse dwt inverse dmwt enhanced image multiwavelet coefficients wavelet coefficients fig. (2) : a block diagram for the implemented algorithm. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 input image a. dmwt (2nd) b. smo othing of high-freq. c. dwt on low freq. l1l1 l1l2 l2l1 l2l2 d. smo othing of high-freq. e. inverse dwt f. inverse dmwt (final image) fig. (3): a step by ste p of implementing the algorithm ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد نتحسین الصورة باستخدام التحویلی wavelet و multiwavelet معا بیداء جعفر الخفاجي جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم، كلیة التربیة، قسم الحاسبات الخالصة " فضال multiwaveletو wavelet نالتحویلی ة لتحسین الصورة باستخدام تركیب منیتضمن البحث طریقة مقترح في حساب الحرجة التقریبیة استخدمت طریقة العینة (mean filter)استخدام احد فالتر التنعیم للصورة وهو عن multiwaevelet قبل المعالجة. ان التحسین المستخدم في الطریقة المقترحة في ، اذالتقریب من الرتبة الثانیة استخدم لتسریع االجراءات والحسابات .ق التقلیدیة االخرى عند المقارنة بینهمائالبحث افضل بكثیر من الطر visual b ستخدام الكومبیوتر ولغة البرمجةا أاداء هذه التقنیة وتطبیقه aisec.6 package ihjpas @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 complete arcs in projective plane pg (2,11) over galois field mahmood s. fiadh department of computer/ college of education / the iraqi university received in: 19 september 2012 , accepted in:3 february 2013 abstract in this work, we construct complete (k, n)-arcs in the projective plane over galois field gf (11), where 122 ≤≤ n ,by using geometrical method (using the union of some maximum(k,2)arcs , we found (12,2)-arc, (19,3)-arc , (29,4)-arc, (38,5)-arc , (47,6)-arc, (58,7)-arc, (68,6)-arc, (81,9)-arc, (96,10)-arc, (109,11)-arc, (133,12)-arc, all of them are complete arc in pg(2, 11) over gf(11). key words : algebraic geometry, complete arcs, galois field. 298 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction yasin 1986, [8] gave the construction and classification of(k,3)-arcs over the galois field gf(8), ahmed (1999) [1] studied the complete arcs in projective plane over galois field gf (9), also sawan (2001) [2], studied the construction of (k ,n)-arcs form (k , m)-arcs in pg(2,p) the aim of this paper is to find the complete arcs in projective plane pg (2, 11) over galois field gf (11).this paper is divided into twelve sections, section one consists of the basic theorems and definition of projective plane.from in section two to section twelve, the construction of complete (k, n)-arcs for 122 ≤≤ n in pg (2, 11) is given 1.1definition [3]: a projective pg(2, p) over galois field , where p is a prime number , consists of 12 ++ pp points and 12 ++ pp lines, every line contains 1+p points and every point is on 1+p lines. any point a of the plane has the form of a triple ( ),,( 210 xxx , where 210 ,, xxx are elements in gf(p) with the exception of a triple consisting of three zero elements. two triples ),,( 210 xxx and ),,( 210 yyy represent the same point if there exists λ in gf (p) \ {0}, s.t. ),,( 210 yyy = λ ),,( 210 xxx . there exists one point of the form (1,0,0) , there exists p points of the form ,)0,1,( x there exists 2p points of the form ,)1,,( yx similarly for the lines . a point p ),,( 210 xxx is incident with the line [ ],, 210 yyy iff : 0221100 =++ yxyxyx the projective plane pg(2, p) satisfying the following axioms : a) any two distinct lines intersected in a unique point. b) any two distinct points are contained in a unique line. c) there exists at least four points such that no three of them are collinear. the projective plane pg(2, 11) contains 133 points , 133 lines , every line contains 12 point and every points is on 12 lines. let ip and il , i= 1, 2,… ,133 be the points and lines of pg (2, 11) respectively , all the points and lines of pg (2, 11) are given in table (1). 1.2definition [5]: a (k, n)-arc k in pg (2, p) is a set of k points such that some n, but no n+1 of them are collinear. 1.3definition [5]: (a k, n)-arc in pg (2, p) k is complete if it is not contained in a (k+1,n)-arc . 1.4definition [3]: an (n-secant) of a (k,n)-arc is a line intersects k in n points . a o-secant is called an external line of k, 1-secant is called unsecant line, a 2-secant is called a bisecant line and 3-secant is called a trisecant line. 1.5definition [3]: a point which is not on a (k, n)-arc k has index i denoted by in , if there are exactly i ( nsecant) of k thought n i . let ic = in be the number of the points in of index i. 1.6remark [4]: 299 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the (k, n)-arc k is complete if and only if 00=c , thus k is complete if every point of pg(2, p) lies on some n-secants of k. 1.7definition [5]: a k, n)-arc k in pg(2. p) is maximal arc if k =(n-1)p+n. 1.8definition [3]: the maximum number of points that can be a (k, 2)-arc in pg(2, p) is m(2, p)this arc called an oval. 1.9definition [5]: a polynomial f in ],...,[ 21 nxxxk is called homogenous or a form of degree d if all its terms have the same degree d. a subset v of pg (n, k) is variety over k if there exists forms rfff ,...,, 21 in ],...,[ 21 nxxxk such that v = {p(a) in pg(n, k), ).,...,,(}0)(...)()( 2121 rr fffvafafaf ===== 1.10definition [5]: a variety v(f) in pg(n, k) is called a primal. the order or degree of a primal v(f) is the degree of f. 1.11definition [5]: a quadric q in pg(n-1, p) is a primal of order two , so if q is a quadric then q=f(v) where f is quadric form , that is 22112 2 111 1, ... nnnj n ji ji iij xaxxaxaxxa +++=∑ = ≤ 1.12definition [5]: let q(2, p) be the set of quadrics in pg(2, p) that is the varieties v(f), where 322331132112 2 3332 2 22 2 111 xxaxxaxxaxaxaxaf +++++= if                 = 33 3231 23 22 21 1312 11 22 22 22 a aa a a a aa a a is non-singular, then the quadric is a conic. 1.13theorem [3]: in pg (2, p) , with p odd, every oval is a conic. 1.14theorem [6]: let m be a point of a (k, 2)-arc k and let t(m) be the number of unisecants through m in pg(2p) then kpmtt −+== 2)( 1.15corollary [6]: if k is an oval then t(m) =1 300 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 1.16theorem [5]: let k be a (k, 2)-arc in pg (2, p) and let it be the number of i-secants of k in the plane, that is 2t is the number of bisecants, 1t is the number of unisecant, and 0t is the number of external line kpt −+= 2 , then: a) 2 )1( 2 − = kk t b) ktt =1 c) 2 )1( 2 )1( 0 − + − = ttpp t 1.17lemma [7]: let ic be the number of points q of index i . then a) kppci −++=∑ 12 β α b) )1(2 )1( − − =∑ p kk ici β α where α is smallest i for which 0≠ic , and β is the largest i for which 0≠ic . 1.118theorem [2]: a (k, n)-arc k is maximal if and only if every line in pg (2, p) is a 0-secant or n-secant, 2. complete (k, 2)-arc in pg(2, 11) let a={1,2,13,25} be the set of unit and reference points in pg(2,11) as in the table (1) such that : 1=(1,0,0) , 2=(0,1,0), 13=(0,0,1), 25=(1,1,1), a is (4,2)-arc, since no three points of a are collinear, the general equation of the conic is: 0326315214 2 332 2 2 2 11 =+++++= xxaxxaxxaxaxaxaf … (1) by substituting the points of the arc a in (1), so (1) becomes: 0326315214 =++ xxaxxaxxa … (2) if 04 =a , then the conic is degenerated. therefore 04 ≠a , similarly 05 ≠a and 06 ≠a dividing equation (2) by 4a , we get: 0323121 =++ xxxxxx βα …(3) where 4 5 a a =α , 4 6 a a =β , so that 1+ 0=+ βα (mod.11) β = (1+ α ), then (3) can be writer as: 0)1( 323121 =+−+ xxxxxx αα where 0≠α and 10≠α for 0=α or 10=α , we degerenated conics, can be obtaiened thus .9,8,7,6,5,4,3,2,1=α the ovals in pg(2,11) throught the reference and the unit points has the following points : }116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25,13,2,1{1 =c which are the points of )9( 3231211 xxxxxxv ++ }131,110,96,84,78,59,50,42,25,13,2,1{2 =c which are the points of )82( 3231212 xxxxxxv ++ 301 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 }132,115,95,89,76,64,48,41,25,13,2,1{3 =c which are the points of )73( 3231213 xxxxxxv ++ }125,118,108,82,72,65,56,44,25,13,2,1{4 =c which are the points of )64( 3231214 xxxxxxv ++ }127,119,103,99,71,67,51,43,25,13,2,1{5 =c which are the points of )55( 3231215 xxxxxxv ++ }126,114,105,98,88,62,52,45,25,13,2,1{6 =c which are the points of )46( 3231216 xxxxxxv ++ }129,122,106,94,81,75,55,38,25,13,2,1{7 =c which are the points of )37( 3231217 xxxxxxv ++ }128,120,111,92,86,74,60,39,25,13,2,1{8 =c which are the points of )28( 3231218 xxxxxxv ++ }130,117,107,93,83,70,66,54,25,13,2,1{9 =c which are the points of )19( 3231219 xxxxxxv ++ thus there are nine compelete (12,2)-arcs (conics) in pg(2,11). hence each arc is a maximum arc, since each line is 0-secant or 2-secant. 3.the construction of compelete (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,3)-arc throught following steps. a) we take the union of two maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c and 2c denoted by e , }96,78,59{21 −= cce  , we notice that }131,110,84,50,42,116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25,13,2,1{=e is incompelete (k,3)-arc since there exists the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,3 7,38,39,41,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,51,52,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,64,65,66, 67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,78,79,80,81,82,83,85,86,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96, 97,98,99,101,102,103,105,106,107,108,109,111,112,113,114,115,117,118,119,120, 121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,132,133} which are the points of index zero for e . b) we add two points of index zero which are {3,46}. then }131,116,110,104,100,87,84,77,63,53,50,46,42,40,25,13,3,2,1{=′e is a compelete (19,3)-arc since 00 =c . 4.the construction of compelete (k,4)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,4)-arc through following steps. a) we take the union of three maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c , 2c and 3c denoted by 1e , }132,89,64,48{3211 −= ccce  , we notice that }115,95,76,41,131,110,96,84,78,59,50,42,116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25,13,2,1{1 =e is incompelete (k,4)-arc since there exists the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,3 7,38,39,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,51,52,54,55,56,57,58,60,61,62,64,65,66,67, 68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,79,80,81,82,83,85,86,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,97,98,99,101,102, 103,105,106,107,108,109,111,112,113,114,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124, 125,126,127,128,129,130,132,133} which are the points of index zero for 1e . 302 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 b) we add five points of index zero which are {3,33,34,38,108}. then }.131,116,115 ,110,108,104,100,96,95,87,84,78,77,76,63,59,53,50,42,41,40,38,34,33,25,13,3,2,1{1 =′e is a compelete (29,4)-arc since 00 =c . 5.the construction of compelete (k,5)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,5)-arc throught following steps. a) we take the union of four maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c , 2c , 3c and 4c denoted by 2e , }118,108,82,56,44{43212 −= cccce  , }125,72,65,132,115 ,95,89,76,64,48,41,131,110,96,84,78,59,50,42,116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25,13,2,1{2 =e 2e is incompelete (k,5)-arc since there exists the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,3 7,38,39,43,44,45,46,47,49,51,52,54,55,56,57,58,60,61,62,66,67,68,69,70 ,71,73,74,75,79,80,81,82,83,85,86,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,97,98,99,101,102,103,105 ,106,107,108,109,111,112,113,114,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,126,127,128 ,129,130,133} which are the points of index zero for 2e . b) we add seven points of index zero which are {9,10,12,19,31,39,68}. then }.132,131,125,116,115,110,104,100,96,95 ,89,87,84,78,77,76,72,68,65,64,63,59,53,50,48,42,41,40,39,31,25,19,13,12,10,9,2,1{2 =′e 2e′ is a compelete (38,5)-arc since 00 =c . 6.the construction of compelete (k,6)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,6)-arc through following steps. a) we take the union of five maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c , 2c , 3c , 4c and 5c denoted by 3e , , }118,82{543213 −= ccccce  , }.127,119,103,99,71,67,51,43,125,108,72,65,56,44,132,115,95 ,89,76,64,48,41,131,110,96,84,78,59,50,42,116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25,13,2,1{3 =e 3e is incompelete (k,6)-arc since there exists the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,3 7,38,39,45,46,47,49,52,54,55,57,58,60,61,62,66,68,69,70,73,74,75,79,80,81, 82,83,85,86,88,90,91,92,93,94,97,98,101,102,105,106,107,109,111,112,113,114,117,118,120, 121,122,123,124,126,128,129,130,133} which are the points of index zero for 3e . b) we add six points of index zero which are {9,10,12,15,16,85}. then }.132,131,127,125,119,116,115,110,108,104,103,100,99,96,95,89,87,85,84,78 ,77,76,72,71,67,65,64,63,59,56,53,51,50,48,44,43,42,41,40,25,16,15,13,12,10,9,2,1{3 =′e 3e′ is a compelete (48,6)-arc since 00 =c . 7.the construction of compelete (k,7)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,6)-arc through following steps. a)we take the union of six maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c , 2c , 3c , 4c , 5c and 6c denoted by 4e , 6543214 cccccce = , 303 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 }.126,114 ,105,98,88,62,52,45,127,119,103,99,71,67,51,43,125,118,108,82,72,65,56,44,132,115,95 ,89,76,64,48,41,131,110,96,84,78,59,50,42,116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25,13,2,1{4 =e 4e is incompelete (k,6)-arc since there exists the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34 ,35,36,37,38,39,46,47,49,54,55,57,58,60,61,66,68,69,70,73,74,75,79,80,81,83,85,86 ,90,91,92,93,94,97,101,102,106,107,109,111,112,113,117,120,121,122,123,124,,128 ,129,130,133} which are the points of index zero for 4e . b) we add six points of index zero which are {4,19,27,31,34,81}. then }.132,131,127,126,125 ,119,118,116,115,114,110,108,105,104,103,100,99,98,96,95,89,88,87,84,82,81,78,77,76,72 ,71,67,65,64,63,62,59,56,53,52,51,50,48,45,44,43,42,41,40,34,31,27,25,19,13,4,2,1{4 =′e 4e′ is a compelete (58,7)-arc since 00 =c 8.the construction of compelete (k,8)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,8)-arc through following steps. a) we take the union of seven maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c , 2c , 3c , 4c , 5c 6c ,and 7c denoted by 5e , 76543215 ccccccce = , }129,122,106,94,81,75,55,38,126,114 ,105,98,88,62,52,45,127,119,103,99,71,67,51,43,125,118,108,82,72,65,56,44,132,115,95 ,89,76,64,48,41,131,110,96,84,78,59,50,42,116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25,13,2,1{5 =e 5e is incompelete (k,8)-arc since there exists the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,3 7,39,46,47,49,54,57,58,60,61,66,68,69,70,73,74,79,80,83,85,86,90,91,92,93,97,101,102,107,1 09,111,112,113,117,120,121,123,124,,128,130,133} which are the points of index zero for 5e . b) we add eight points of index zero which are {3,4,5,6,7,11,19,31}. then }132,131,129,127,126,125,122,119,118,116,115,114,110 ,108,106,105,104,103,100,99,98,96,95,94,89,88,87,84,82,81,78,77,76,75,72,71,67,65,64 ,63,62,59,56,55,53,52,51,50,48,45,44,43,42,41,40,38,31,25,19,13,11,7,6,5,4,3,2,1{5 =′e ′ 5e is a compelete (68,8)-arc since 00 =c . 9.the construction of compelete (k,9)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,9)-arc through following steps. a) we take the union of eight maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c , 2c , 3c , 4c , 5c 6c , 7c and 8c denoted by 6e , 876543216 cccccccce = , 6e ={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,,104,116,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131,41,48,64,76, 89,95,115,132,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125,43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127,45,52,62,88, 98,105,114,126,38,55,75,81,94,106,122,129,39,60,74,86,92,111,120,128} 6e is incompelete (k,9)-arc since there exist the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15, 16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,37,46,47,49,54,57,58, 61,66,68,69,70,73,79,80,83,85,90,91,93,97,101,102,107,109,112,113,117,121,123, 124,130,133} which are the points of index zero for 6e . 304 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 b) we add thirteen points of index zero whichare{4,5,6,7,10,11,12,18,22,37,49,61, 109}then 6e′ ={1,2,4,5,6,7,10,11,12,13,18,22,25,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,48,49,50,51,52,53,55,56,59,6 0,61,62,63,64,65,67,71,72,74,75,76,77,78,81,82,84,86,87,88,89, 92,94,95,96,98,99,100,103,104,105,106,108,109,110,111,114,115,116,118,119,120, 122,125,126,127,128,129,131,132}is complete (81,9) –arc,since 00 =c . 10.the construction of compelete (k,10)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we try to get a compelete (k,10)-arc through following steps. a)we take the union of nine maximal (k,2)-arcs, say 1c , 2c , 3c , 4c , 5c , 7c 8c and 9c denotedby 7e , 9876543217 ccccccccce = , 7e ={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,,104,116,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131, 41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125,43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127, 45,52,62,88,98,105,114,126,38,55,75,81,94,106,122,129,39,60,74,86,92,111,120,128,54,66,7 0,83,93,107,117,130} 7e is incompelete (k,10)-arc since there exists the points {3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,3 7,46,47,49,57,58,61,68,69,73,79,80,85,90,91,97,101,102,109,112,113,121,123,124,133} which are the points of index zero for 7e . b) we add twenty points of index zero which are{3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,14,15,16,22,23,61 69,73,85,97,109,124}then 7e′ ={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,13,14,15,16,22,23,25,38,39,40, 41,42,43,44,45,48,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,69,70,71,72,73, 74,75,76,77,78,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,100,103,104,105, 106,107,108,109,110,111,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,122,124,125,126,127,128, 129,130,131,132}is complete (96,10) –arc,since 00 =c . 11.the construction of compelete (k,11)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we take (96,10)-arc 7e′ which is incomplete (k,11)-arc, since there exist points of index zero for 7e′ which are{11,12,17,18,19,20,21,24,26,27,28 ,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,37,46,47,49,57,58,68,79,80,90,91,101,102,112,113,121,123, 133} ,i.e. 00 ≠c . now ,we add to 7e′ thirteen points of index zero which are {11,17,18,19,20,26,27,35, 36,47,102,121,133}. then 8e′ ={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,22,23,25,26,27,35,36,38,39,40,41,42,43,44 ,45,47,48,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,69,70,71, 72,73,74,75,76,77,78,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,100,102, 103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,124, 125,126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133}is a complete (109,11) –arc,since 00 =c . 12.the construction of compelete (k,12)-arcs in pg(2,11) in this section, we take from 8e′ the complete (109,11)-arc which is incomplete (k,12)-arc 8e′ since there exist points of index zero for 8e′ which are{12, ,21,24,28,29, 30,31,32,33,34,37,46,49,57,58,68,79,80,90,91,101,112,113, 123,} ,i.e. 00 ≠c . 305 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 we add the points of index zero to 8e′ denoted by 9e′ then 9e′ contains all the points of the plane i.e., 9e′ ={1,2,3,…,131,132,133} is a complete (133,12)-arc since 00 =c . this arc is the whole plane pg(2,11), since each line in it contains 12 points . hence this arc is maximal. references 1. ahmed, a.m (1999). "complete arcs in projective plane over gf(9)", accepted to puplish , ibn al-hitham, iraq. 2. swsan,j.k (2001). m.sc.thesis,university of baghdad, ibn-al-haitham college, iraq. 3. hirschfeld, j.w.p (1979). "projective geometries over finite fields", oxford press. 4. saleh,r.a (1999). "complete arcs in projective plane over galois filed",m.s.c.thesis,college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad,iraq. 5. hughes,d.r. and piper, f.c (1973)."projective plane", springer village,new york, inc. 6. al-mukhtar, a.s (2001). mathematics and physics.j.vol.17. رسالة ماجستیر ، جامعة الموصل. ،arc-(k,n)) القید األعلى لالقواس 2001. بان عبد الكریم ، (7 8. yasin, a. l (1986). "cubic arcs in the projective plane of order eight", ph.d. thesis, uinversity of sussex, england. table (1):points and lines of pg(2,11) i pi li 1 (1,0,0) 2 13 24 35 46 57 68 79 90 101 112 123 2 (0,1,0) 1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 3 (1,1,0) 12 13 34 44 54 64 74 84 94 104 114 124 4 (2,1,0) 7 13 29 45 50 66 71 87 92 108 113 129 5 (3,1,0) 9 13 31 38 56 63 70 88 95 102 120 127 6 (4,1,0) 10 13 32 40 48 67 75 83 91 110 118 126 7 (5,1,0) 4 13 26 39 52 65 78 80 93 106 119 132 8 (6,1,0) 11 13 33 42 51 60 69 89 98 107 116 125 9 (7,1,0) 5 13 27 41 55 58 72 86 100 103 117 131 10 (8,1,0) 6 13 28 43 47 62 77 81 96 111 115 130 11 (9,1,0) 8 13 30 36 53 59 76 82 99 105 122 128 12 (10,1,0) 3 13 25 37 49 61 73 85 97 109 121 133 13 (0,0,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 (1,0,1) 2 23 34 45 56 67 78 89 100 111 122 133 15 (2,0,1) 2 18 29 40 51 62 73 84 95 106 117 128 16 (3,0,1) 2 20 31 42 53 64 75 86 97 108 119 130 17 (4,0,1) 2 21 32 43 54 65 76 87 98 109 120 131 18 (5,0,1) 2 15 26 37 48 59 70 81 92 103 114 125 19 (6,0,1) 2 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 110 121 132 20 (7,0,1) 2 16 27 38 49 60 71 82 93 104 115 126 21 (8,0,1) 2 17 28 39 50 61 72 83 94 105 116 127 22 (9,0,1) 2 19 30 41 52 63 74 85 96 107 118 129 23 (10,0,1) 2 14 25 36 47 58 69 80 91 102 113 124 24 (0,1,1) 1 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 25 (1,1,1) 12 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 93 103 113 123 26 (2,1,1) 7 18 34 39 55 60 76 81 97 102 118 123 27 (3,1,1) 9 20 27 45 52 59 77 84 91 109 116 123 306 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 28 (4,1,1) 10 21 29 37 56 64 72 80 99 107 115 123 29 (5,1,1) 4 15 28 41 54 67 69 82 95 108 121 123 30 (6,1,1) 11 22 31 40 49 58 78 87 96 105 114 123 31 (7,1,1) 5 16 30 44 47 61 75 89 92 106 120 123 32 (8,1,1) 6 17 32 36 51 66 70 85 100 104 119 123 33 (9,1,1) 8 19 25 42 48 65 71 88 94 111 117 123 34 (10,1,1) 3 14 26 38 50 62 74 86 98 110 122 123 35 (0,2,1) 1 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 36 (1,2,1) 11 23 32 41 50 59 68 88 97 106 115 124 37 (2,2,1) 12 18 28 38 48 58 68 89 99 109 119 129 38 (3,2,1) 5 20 34 37 51 65 68 82 96 110 113 127 39 (4,2,1) 7 21 26 42 47 63 68 84 100 105 121 126 40 (5,2,1) 6 15 30 45 49 64 68 83 98 102 117 132 41 (6,2,1) 9 22 29 36 54 61 68 86 93 111 118 125 42 (7,2,1) 8 16 33 39 56 62 68 85 91 108 114 131 43 (8,2,1) 10 17 25 44 52 60 68 87 95 103 122 103 44 (9,2,1) 3 19 31 43 55 67 68 80 92 104 116 128 45 (10,2,1) 4 14 27 40 53 66 68 81 94 107 120 133 46 (0,3,1) 1 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 47 (1,3,1) 10 23 31 39 47 66 74 82 90 109 117 125 48 (2,3,1) 6 18 33 37 52 67 71 86 90 105 120 124 49 (3,3,1) 12 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 111 121 131 50 (4,3,1) 4 21 34 36 49 62 75 88 90 103 116 129 51 (5,3,1) 8 15 32 38 55 61 78 84 90 107 113 130 52 (6,3,1) 7 22 27 43 48 64 69 85 90 106 122 127 53 (7,3,1) 11 16 25 45 54 63 72 81 90 110 119 128 54 (8,3,1) 3 17 29 41 53 65 77 89 90 102 114 126 55 (9,3,1) 9 19 26 44 51 58 76 83 90 108 115 133 56 (10,3,1) 5 14 28 42 56 59 73 87 90 104 114 132 57 (0,4,1) 1 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 58 (1,4,1) 9 23 0 37 55 62 69 87 94 101 119 126 59 (2,4,1) 11 18 27 36 56 65 74 83 92 101 121 130 60 (3,4,1) 8 20 26 43 49 66 72 89 95 101 118 124 61 (4,4,1) 12 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 91 101 121 132 62 (5,4,1) 10 15 34 42 50 58 77 85 93 101 120 128 63 (6,4,1) 5 22 25 39 53 67 70 84 98 101 115 129 64 (7,4,1) 3 16 28 40 52 64 76 88 100 101 113 125 65 (8,4,1) 7 17 33 38 54 59 75 80 96 101 117 133 66 (9,4,1) 4 19 32 45 47 60 73 86 99 101 114 127 67 (10,4,1) 6 14 29 44 48 63 78 82 97 101 116 131 68 (0,5,1) 1 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 69 (1,5,1) 8 23 29 35 52 58 75 81 98 104 121 127 70 (2,5,1) 5 18 32 35 49 63 77 80 94 108 122 125 71 (3,5,1) 4 20 33 35 48 61 74 87 100 102 115 128 72 (4,5,1) 9 21 28 35 53 60 78 85 92 110 117 124 73 (5,5,1) 12 15 25 35 56 66 76 86 96 106 116 126 74 (6,5,1) 3 22 34 35 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 131 75 (7,5,1) 6 16 31 35 50 65 69 84 99 103 118 133 76 (8,5,1) 11 17 26 35 55 64 73 82 91 111 120 129 307 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 77 (9,5,1) 10 19 27 35 54 62 70 89 97 105 113 132 78 (10,5,1) 7 14 30 35 51 67 72 88 93 109 114 130 79 (0,6,1) 1 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 80 (1,6,1) 7 23 28 44 49 65 70 86 91 107 112 128 81 (2,6,1) 10 18 26 45 53 61 69 88 96 104 112 131 82 (3,6,1) 11 20 29 38 47 67 76 85 94 103 112 132 83 (4,6,1) 6 21 25 40 55 59 74 89 93 108 112 127 84 (5,6,1) 3 15 27 39 51 63 75 87 99 111 112 124 85 (6,6,1) 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 82 92 102 112 133 86 (7,6,1) 9 16 34 41 48 66 73 80 98 109 112 130 87 (8,6,1) 4 17 30 43 56 58 71 84 97 110 112 125 88 (9,6,1) 5 19 33 36 50 64 78 81 95 109 112 126 89 (10,6,1) 8 14 31 37 54 60 77 83 100 106 112 129 90 (0,7,1) 1 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 91 (1,7,1) 6 23 27 42 46 61 76 80 95 110 114 129 92 (2,7,1) 4 18 31 44 46 59 72 85 98 111 113 126 93 (3,7,1) 7 20 25 41 46 62 78 83 99 104 120 125 94 (4,7,1) 3 21 33 45 46 58 70 82 94 106 118 130 95 (5,7,1) 5 15 29 43 46 60 74 88 91 105 119 133 96 (6,7,1) 10 22 30 38 46 65 73 81 100 108 116 124 97 (7,7,1) 12 16 26 36 46 67 77 87 97 107 117 127 98 (8,7,1) 8 17 34 40 46 63 69 86 92 109 115 132 99 (9,7,1) 11 19 28 37 46 66 75 84 93 102 122 131 100 (10,7,1) 9 14 32 39 46 64 71 89 96 103 121 128 101 (0,8,1) 1 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 102 (1,8,1) 5 23 26 40 54 57 71 85 99 102 116 130 103 (2,8,1) 9 18 25 43 50 57 75 82 100 107 114 132 104 (3,8,1) 3 20 32 44 56 57 69 81 93 105 117 129 105 (4,8,1) 11 21 30 39 48 57 77 86 95 104 113 133 106 (5,8,1) 7 15 31 36 52 57 73 89 94 110 115 131 107 (6,8,1) 8 22 28 45 51 57 74 80 97 103 120 126 108 (7,8,1) 4 16 29 42 55 57 70 83 96 109 122 124 109 (8,8,1) 12 17 27 37 47 57 78 88 98 108 118 128 110 (9,8,1) 6 19 34 38 53 57 72 87 91 106 121 125 111 (10,8,1) 10 14 33 41 49 57 76 84 92 111 119 127 112 (0,9,1) 1 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 113 (1,9,1) 4 23 25 38 51 64 77 79 92 105 118 131 114 (2,9,1) 3 18 30 42 54 66 78 79 91 103 115 127 115 (3,9,1) 10 20 28 36 55 63 71 79 98 106 114 133 116 (4,9,1) 8 21 27 44 50 67 73 79 96 102 119 125 117 (5,9,1) 9 115 33 40 47 65 72 79 97 105 122 129 118 (6,9,1) 66 22 26 41 56 60 75 79 94 109 113 128 119 (7,9,1) 7 16 32 37 53 58 74 79 95 111 116 132 120 (8,9,1) 5 17 31 45 48 62 76 79 93 107 121 124 121 (9,9,1) 12 19 29 39 49 59 69 79 100 110 120 130 122 (10,9,1) 11 14 34 43 52 61 70 79 99 108 117 126 123 (0,10,1) 1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 124 (1,10,1) 3 23 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 125 (2,10,1) 8 18 24 41 47 64 70 87 93 110 116 133 308 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 126 (3,10,1) 6 20 24 39 54 58 73 88 92 102 122 126 127 (4,10,1) 5 21 24 38 52 66 69 83 97 111 114 128 128 (5,10,1) 11 15 24 44 53 62 71 80 100 109 118 127 129 (6,10,1) 4 22 24 37 50 63 76 89 91 104 117 130 130 (7,10,1) 10 16 24 43 51 59 78 86 94 102 121 129 131 (8,10,1) 9 17 24 42 49 67 74 81 99 106 113 131 132 (9,10,1) 7 19 24 40 56 61 77 82 89 103 119 124 133 (10,10,1) 12 14 24 45 55 65 75 85 95 105 115 125 309 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 حول حقل كالو pg(2,11) االسقاطيى األقواس الكاملة في المستو محمود سالم فیاض الجامعة العراقیة / كلیة التربیة / قسم الحاسوب 2013شباط 3قبل البحث في: ، 2012ایلول 19استلم البحث في: الخالصة ≥n≥2 12عندما gf(11)األسقاطي على حقل كالوا ىفي المستو (k,n)في ھذا البحث قمنا بإنشاء األقواس الكاملة ) و (19,3و (12,2) . وجدنا األقواس(12,2)باستخدام الطریقة الھندسیة عن طریق اتحاد بعض األقواس العظمى ) أقواس (133,12) و (109,11) و(96,10) و (81,9) و(68,8) و(58,7) و (47,6) و(38,5) و (29,4 pg(2,11)االسقاطي ىكاملة في المستو الھندسة الجبریة ، االقواس الكاملة ، حقل كالوا .: الكلمات المفتاحیة 310 | mathematics ihjpas. 36(2)2023 375 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract a cap of size 𝑘 and degree 𝑟 in a projective space, (briefly; (𝑘, 𝑟)-cap) is a set of 𝑘 points with the property that each line in the space meet it in at most 𝑟 points. the aim of this research is to extend the size and degree of complete caps and incomplete caps, (𝑘, 𝑟)-caps of degree 𝑟 < 12 in the finite projective space of dimension three over the finite field of order eleven, which already exist and founded by the action of subgroups of the general linear group over the finite field of order eleven and degree four, to (𝑘 + 𝑖, 𝑟 + 1)-complete caps. these caps have been classified by giving the 𝑡𝑖-distribution and 𝑐𝑖-distribution. the gap programming has been used to execute the designed algorithms and computations. keywords: cap, complete (incomplete) cap, companion matrix, projective space, 𝜏𝑖 distribution, 𝑐𝑖-distribution. 1. introduction in finite projective space, one of the important objects which has been many mathematicians did research on was (𝑘, 𝑟)-cap. the operator 𝑘 is the size of cap, and 𝑟 is the degree of cap. these operators were the central of research, theoretically and by computer computations, where the researcher attempted to find the upper bound and lower bound of the size 𝑘 for fixed degree 𝑟. also, the classification of the caps as projectively distinct was their aim, but this goal is so difficult in the space of dimension greater that two. let 𝐹11 = {0,1,2, 2 2, … , 29} be the galois field of order eleven, and 𝐶𝑓 be the 4 × 4 matrix, 𝐶𝑓=( 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 28 2 0 1 1 22 ) which is called the companion matrix over 𝐹11. the points of the finite doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3025 article history: received 19 september 2022, accepted 29 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq extension of cap by size and degree in the space 𝑷𝑮(𝟑, 𝟏𝟏) jabbar sharif radhi department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. e.b.abdulkrareem@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq emad bakr al-zangana department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. jabbarsharif13@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:e.b.abdulkrareem@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:jabbarsharif13@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 376 projective space σ11 = 𝑃𝐺(3,11) are constructing using 𝐶𝑓 in the formula 𝑃(𝑖) ≔ [1,0,0,0]𝐶𝑓 𝑖−1 , 𝑖 = 1,2, … ,1464, where 1464 = 𝜃(3,11) = 113 + 112 + 11 + 1 is the order of space. this matrix is cyclic of order 𝜃(3,11), so to refer to the space’s points we can use numeral form 𝑖 ≔ 𝑃(𝑖), 𝑖 = 1, … 𝜃(3,11). the lines in the space are found using the following formula: let 𝑋 = [𝑥0, 𝑥1, 𝑥2, 𝑥3] and 𝑌 = [𝑦0, 𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3] be two point in σ11 on a line 𝑙. a coordinate vector of 𝑙 is 𝐿 = (𝑙01, 𝑙02, 𝑙03, 𝑙12, 𝑙31, 𝑙23), where 𝑙𝑖𝑗 = 𝑥𝑖 𝑦𝑗 − 𝑥𝑗 𝑦𝑖. then 𝐿 is determined by 𝑙 up to a factor of proportion. we will write 𝑙 = 𝐈(𝐿) to refer to 𝑙. to find points 𝑍 = [𝑧0, 𝑧1, 𝑧2, 𝑧3] on 𝑙, the following equation must be satisfied [1]: 𝑍 × ( 0 −𝑙23 𝑙23 0 −𝑙31 −𝑙12 −𝑙03 𝑙02 𝑙31 𝑙03 𝑙12 −𝑙02 0 −𝑙01 𝑙01 0 ) = 0. definition 1.1:[2] a(𝑘, 𝑟)-cap in 𝑃𝐺(𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑞) is the set of 𝑘 points such that no 𝑟 + 1 points are collinear, but at most 𝑟 points of which lie in any line. here 𝑟 is called degree of the (𝑘, 𝑟)-cap. the (𝑘, 𝑟)-cap is called complete cap if it is not contained in (𝑘 + 1, 𝑟)-cap. definition 1.2:[2] let 𝐾 be a cap of degree 𝑟, an 𝑖-secant of a 𝐾 in 𝑃𝐺(𝑛, 𝑞) is a line such that |𝑘 ∩ 𝜋| = 𝑖. the number of 𝑖-secants of 𝐾 denoted by 𝜏𝑖. definition 1.3:[2] let 𝑄 be a point not on the (𝑘, 𝑟)-cap, 𝐾. the number of 𝑖-secant of 𝐾 passing through 𝑄 denoted by 𝜎𝑖 (𝑄). the number 𝜎𝑟 (𝑄) of 𝑟-secants is called the index of 𝑄 with respect to 𝐾. definition 1.4:[2] the set of all points of index 𝑖 will be denoted by 𝐶𝑖 and the cardinality of 𝐶𝑖 denoted by 𝑐𝑖. the sequence (𝑡0 , … , 𝑡𝑟 ) will represented the secant distribution and the sequences (𝑐0, … , 𝑐𝑑) refer to index distribution. definition 1.5:[2] the group of projectivities of 𝑃𝐺(𝑛. 𝑞) is called projective general linear group, and denoted 𝑃𝐺𝐿 (𝑛 + 1, 𝑞). the elements of 𝑃𝐺𝐿(𝑛 + 1, 𝑞) are non-singular matrices of dimension 𝑛 + 1. the matrix 𝐶𝑓 is belong to σ11, so the 𝐻 = 〈𝐶𝑓 〉 is cyclic subgroup of 𝑃𝐺𝐿(4,11) of order 𝜃(3,11), and for any integer 𝑡 divided 𝜃(3,11), 𝐻𝑡 = 〈𝐶𝑓 𝑡 〉 is cyclic subgroup of 𝐻 of order 𝑘 such that 𝑡 ∙ 𝑘 = 𝜃(3,11). [3] found caps using the action of fourteen subgroups 𝐻𝑡 on the space σ11, where 𝑡 = 2,3,4,6,8,12,24,61,122,183,244,366,488,732. these caps were just orbits come from action of the groups 𝐻𝑡 on σ11, and these orbits denoted by 𝑂𝑡 [𝑡, 𝑘]. also, they classified these caps by secant distribution and index distribution. their results are summarized as in table 1. let inco:=incomplete cap, and co:=complete cap. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 377 table 1. caps from subgroups 〈𝑇𝑡 〉 action on 𝑃𝐺(3,11) 〈𝑇𝑡 〉 (𝑘, 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑎𝑝) 𝑂𝑡 [𝑡, 𝑘] type 1 〈𝑇2〉 (732,12) {2𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,731} inco 2 〈𝑇3〉 (488,7) {3𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,487} co 3 〈𝑇4〉 (366,6) {4𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,365} co 4 〈𝑇6〉 (244,4) {6𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,243} co 5 〈𝑇8〉 (183,4) {8𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,182} inco 6 〈𝑇12〉 (122,2) {12𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,121} co 7 〈𝑇24〉 (61,2) {24𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,60} inco 8 〈𝑇61〉 (24,12) {61𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,23} inco 9 〈𝑇122〉 (12,12) {122𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,11} inco 10 〈𝑇183〉 (8,4) {183𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,7} inco 11 〈𝑇244〉 (6,6) {244𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,5} inco 12 〈𝑇366〉 (4,4) {366𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,3} inco 13 〈𝑇488〉 (3,3) {488𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0, … ,2} inco 14 〈𝑇732〉 (2,2) {732𝑛 + 1|𝑛 = 0,1} inco the goal of this paper is to do extensions of the size of the orbits 𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡] and compute the 𝜏𝑖distribution and 𝑐𝑖-distribution to it. concerning the recent works on the caps resulting from the action of groups on the space 𝑃𝐺(3, 𝑞), there are some papers appear recently for example, [4,5], where they just find caps which exactly the orbits of group actions. the same idea has been used on the plane [6], and on the line 𝑃𝐺(1,27) [7]. to do extension of the size of (complete, incomplete) (𝑘, 𝑟)-caps, 𝑂𝑡 [𝑡, 𝑘] in the projective space 𝑃𝐺(3,11), we follow the following steps: 1. determine the line 𝐈(𝐿) that meets the orbit 𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡] in 𝑟 points. 2. find the extension points to 𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡] which are the set 𝐿\𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡] = 𝐸𝑥. 3. adding the first point say 𝑝1 of 𝐸𝑥 to 𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡]. let 𝑄𝑖 𝑝1 = 𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡]⋃{𝑝1}. 4. check the set 𝑄𝑖 𝑝1 is (complete, incomplete) cap. 5. find the 𝜏𝑖-distribution and 𝑐𝑖-distribution of 𝑄𝑖 𝑝1 . 6. the incomplete caps 𝑄𝑖 𝑝1 are extended to complete caps. a system for computational discrete algebra, gap [8] is used to implement the above steps. let 𝑌 = {2,3,4,6,8,12,24,61,122,183,244,366,488,732} be the divisors of 𝜃(3,11). 2. extension of caps theorem 2.1: let 𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡] be the (𝑖, 𝑟)-caps as in table 1, 𝑖, 𝑡 in 𝑌 and 𝑟 ≠ 12. then there exist (𝑗, 𝑟 + 1)-complete caps, 𝑟 = 2,3,4,6,7 and = 636,505,313,304,139,90,260,650, 267,218,118. proof: to do an extension of the size of each (𝑖, 𝑟)-cap we first find a line that meets the cap in 𝑟 points, and then choose the first point belong to 𝐿\𝑂𝑖 [𝑖, 𝑡]. if the new cap is in complete, then we will add points of the index zero points to make it complete. 1. the line 𝐈(1,1,0,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂3[3,488] in 7 points, so we have five extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 95,287,308,1167,1172. let 𝑄3 𝑝1 = 𝑂3[3,488]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1 = 95. the 𝑡𝑖 -distribution is (𝑡1 , 𝑡 2, 𝑡3 , 𝑡4 , 𝑡5 , 𝑡6 , 𝑡 7 , 𝑡8) =(965,2909,997,6422,1022, 2917,989,5 ), so 𝑂3 𝑝1 is (489,8)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 955, 𝑐1 = 20. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, ihjpas. 36(2)2023 378 then 𝑂3 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (489,8)-cap will be complete when adding 147 points to it, and the points are 2,3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30, 32, 33, 35, 36, 38, 39, 41, 42, 44, 45, 47, 48, 50, 51, 53, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 62, 63, 65, 66, 68, 69, 71, 72, 74, 75, 77, 78, 80, 81, 83, 84, 86, 87, 89, 90, 92, 93, 95, 96, 98, 99, 101, 102, 104, 105, 107, 108, 110, 111, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 122, 123, 125, 126,128, 129, 131, 132, 134, 135, 137, 138, 140, 141, 143, 144, 146, 147, 149, 150, 152, 153, 155, 156, 158, 159, 161,162, 164, 165, 167, 168, 170, 171, 173, 174, 176, 177, 179, 180, 182, 183, 185, 186, 188, 189, 191, 192, 194, 195,197, 198, 200, 201, 203, 204, 206, 207, 209, 210, 212, 213, 215, 216, 218, 219, 221, 222. 2. the line 𝐈(25, 1,0,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂4[4,366] in 6 points, so we have six extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 239,346,542,766,955,1058. let 𝑂4 𝑝1 = 𝑂4[4,366]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1=239. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution is ( 𝜏0, 𝜏1 , 𝜏 2, 𝜏3 , 𝜏4 , 𝜏5 , 𝜏6 , 𝜏 7 )= (785,1460,5082,1506,5106 1482,800,5), so 𝑂4 𝑝1 is (367,7)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1077, 𝑐1 = 20. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂4 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (367,7)-cap will be complete when adding 138 points to it and the points are 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 58, 59, 60, 62, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68, 70, 71, 72, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 82, 83, 84, 86, 87, 88, 90, 91, 92, 94, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100, 102, 103, 104, 106, 107, 108, 110, 111, 112, 114,115, 116, 118, 119, 120, 122, 123, 124, 126, 127, 128, 130, 131, 132, 134, 135, 136, 138, 139, 140, 142, 143, 144,146, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 154, 155, 156, 158, 159, 160, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 170, 171,172, 174, 175,176, 178, 179, 180, 182, 183, 184. 3. the line 𝐈(28, 26, 1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂6[6,244] in 4 points, so we have eight extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 16,338,422,716,776,891,988,455. let 𝑂6 𝑝1 = 𝑂6[6,244]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1 = 16. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution is ( 𝑡0, 𝑡1, 𝑡 2, 𝑡3 , 𝑡4 , 𝑡5 )= (2958,1485,7270,1510,2985,18), so 𝑂6 𝑝1 is (245,5)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1093, 𝑐1 = 126. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂6 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (245,5)-cap will be complete when adding 68 points to it, and the points are 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38,39, 40, 41, 42, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 80, 81, 82, 83. 4. the line 𝐈(27, 26, 1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂8[8,183] in 4 points, so we have eight extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 318,860,1032,1158,1176,1252,1287,1444. let 𝑂8 𝑝1 = 𝑂8[8,183]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1=318. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution is ( 𝑡0, 𝑡1 , 𝑡2, 𝑡3 , 𝑡4, 𝑡5)= (3683,4394,5487,1553,1100,9), so 𝑂8 𝑝1 is (184,5)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1217, 𝑐1 = 63. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂8 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (184,5)-cap will be complete when adding 120 points to it, and the points are 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127,128, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 138. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 379 5. the line 𝐈(1,0,1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂12[12,122] in 2 points, so we have ten extension points can be adding to it in the following orders:2,58,120,144,315,1252,452,506,788, 1108,1426. let 𝑂12 𝑝1 =𝑂12[12,122]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1 = 2. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution is (𝑡0, 𝑡1, 𝑡2, 𝑡3) =(7315,1518,7338,55), so 𝑂12 𝑝1 is (123,3)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 846, 𝑐1 = 495. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂12 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (123,3)cap will be complete when adding 16 points to it, and the points are 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. 6. the line 𝐈(1,0,1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂24[24,61] in 2 points, so we have ten extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 2,58,120,144,315,1252,452,506,788,1108, 1426. let 𝑂24 𝑝1 =𝑂24[24,161]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1 = 2. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution is (𝑡0, 𝑡1, 𝑡2, 𝑡3) = (9859,4500,1855,12), so 𝑂24 𝑝1 is (25,3)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1294, 𝑐1 = 108. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂24 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (25,3)-cap will be complete when adding 65 points to it, and the points are 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63 64, 65, 66,67,68,69. 7. the line 𝐈(22, 23, 1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂183[183,8] in 4 points, so we have eight extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 123,245,611,855,315,977,1221,1343. let 𝑂183 𝑝1 =𝑂183[183,8]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1 = 123. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution of this orbit is (𝑡0 , 𝑡1, 𝑡2, 𝑡4, 𝑡5) = (15056, 1148, 20,1,1), so 𝑂183 𝑝1 is (9,5)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1448, 𝑐1 = 7. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂183 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (9,5)-cap will be complete when adding 251 points to it, and the points are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61,62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254. 8. the line 𝐈(22, 23, 1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂244[244,6] in 6 points, so we have six extension points can be adding to it in the following orders:123,367,611,855,1099,1343. let 𝑄244 𝑝1 = 𝑂244[244,6]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1=123. the 𝑡𝑖 -distribution of this orbit is (𝑡0 , 𝑡1, 𝑡7) = (15301, 924, 1), so 𝑂183 𝑝1 is (7,7)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1452, 𝑐1 = 5. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂244 𝑝1 is incomplete the (7,7)-cap will be complete when adding 515 points to it and the points are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59,60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, ihjpas. 36(2)2023 380 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136,137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159,160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182,183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 2224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 439, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 446, 447, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 459,460, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 470, 471, 472, 473, 474, 475, 476, 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 490, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497, 498, 499, 500, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506,507, 508, 509, 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, 518. 9. the line 𝐈(22, 23, 1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂366[366,4] in 4 points, so we have eight extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 123,245,489,611,855,977,1221,1343. let 𝑂366 𝑝1 = 𝑂366[366,4]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1=123. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution is (𝑡0 , 𝑡1, 𝑡5) =(15565, 660, 1), so 𝑂366 𝑝1 is (5,5)cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1452, 𝑐1 = 7. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂366 𝑝1 is incomplete. the (5,5) will be complete when adding 262 points to it, and the points are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61,62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162,163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185,186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254,255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264. 10. the line 𝐈(22, 23, 1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂488[488,3] in 3 points, so we have nine extension points can be adding to it in the following orders 123,245,376,611, 733,855, 1099,1221,1343. let 𝑂488 𝑝1 = 𝑂488[488,3]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1=123. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution of this orbit is (𝑡0 , 𝑡1, 𝑡4)= (15697, 528, 1), so 𝑂488 𝑝1 is (4,4)-cap and𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1452, 𝑐1 = 8. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂488 𝑝1 is incomplete. the(4,4)-cap will be complete when adding 214 points to it from the index points 𝑐0 , and the ihjpas. 36(2)2023 381 points are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185,186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216. 11. the line 𝐈(22, 23, 1,0,0,0) meet the cap 𝑂732[732,2] in 2 points, so we have ten extension points can be adding to it in the following orders: 123,245,367,489,611,855,977,1099, 1221,1343. let 𝑂732 𝑝1 =𝑂732[732,2]⋃{𝑝1}, 𝑝1=123. the 𝑡𝑖-distribution of this orbit is (𝑡0 , 𝑡1, 𝑡3) =(15829, 396, 1), so 𝑂732 𝑝1 is (3,3)-cap and 𝑐𝑖 values are 𝑐0 = 1452, 𝑐1 = 9. since 𝑐0 ≠ 0, then 𝑂732 𝑝1 is incomplete. the(3,3)-cap will be complete when adding 115 points to it, and the points are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 3233, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,116. 3. conclusion all the extension caps 𝑂3 𝑝1 , 𝑂4 𝑝1 , 𝑂6 𝑝1 , 𝑂8 𝑝1 𝑂12 𝑝1 , 𝑂24 𝑝1 , 𝑂183 𝑝1 , 𝑂244 𝑝1 ,𝑂366 𝑝1 , 𝑂488 𝑝1 , 𝑂732 𝑝1 are incomplete caps, and can be completed by adding some points of index zero. the details are summarized intable 2. let # denoted to the number of adding points to the incomplete cap to be complete. table 2. details about the extension complete caps. 𝑂𝑖 𝑝1 𝜏𝑖 -distribution 𝑐𝑖 distribution # 1 𝑂3 𝑝1 (𝜏1, 𝜏2 , 𝜏3 , 𝜏4 , 𝜏5 , 𝜏6, 𝜏7, 𝜏8) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 147 (965,2909,997,6422,1022,2917,989,5) (955,20) 2 𝑂4 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏2 , 𝜏3 , 𝜏4 , 𝜏5 , 𝜏6, 𝜏7) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 138 (785,1460,5028,1506,5106, 1482,800,5) (1077,20) 3 𝑂6 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏2 , 𝜏3 , 𝜏4 , 𝜏5) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 68 (2958,1485,7270,1510 , 2985,18) (1093,126) 4 𝑂8 𝑝1 (𝜏0 , 𝜏1 , 𝜏2, 𝜏3 , 𝜏4 , 𝜏5) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 120 ( 3683,4394,5489, 1553,1100,9) (1217,63) 5 𝑂12 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏2 , 𝜏3 ) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 16 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 382 (7315,1518,7338,55) (846,495) 6 𝑂24 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏2 , 𝜏3) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 65 (9859,4500,1855,12) (1294,108) 7 𝑂183 𝑝1 (𝜏0 , 𝜏1 , 𝜏2, 𝜏4 , 𝜏5) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 251 (15056,1148,20,1,1) (1448,7) 8 𝑂244 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏7) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 515 (15301,924,1) (1452,5) 9 𝑂366 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏5) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 262 (15565,660,1) (1452,7) 10 𝑂488 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏4) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 214 (15697,528,1) (1452,8) 11 𝑂732. 𝑝1 (𝜏0, 𝜏1, 𝜏3) (𝑐0 , 𝑐1) 115 (15829,396,1) (1452,9) acknowledgment the authors would like to thanks the university of mustansiriyah, department of mathematics in the college of science for their motivation and support. references 1. hirschfeld, j.w.p, finite projective spaces of three dimensions, new york: ox-ford mathematical monographs, the clarendon press, oxford university press, 1985. 2. hirschfeld, j.w.p, projective geometries over finite fields. 2nd edn., new york: ox-ford mathematical monographs, the clarendon press, oxford university press, 1998. 3. radhi, j.sh.; al-zangana, e.b.. complete (𝑘, 𝑟)-caps from orbits in 𝑃𝐺(3,11). iraqi journal of science (ijs), to appear. 2022, 64(1). 4. al-seraji, n.a.; al-rikabi, a.j.; al-zangana, e.b.. caps by groups action on the 𝑃𝐺(3,8). iraqi journal of science (ijs), 2022, 63(4),1755-1764. 5. al-zangana, e.b.;kasm yahya, n.y.. subgroups and orbits by companion matrix in three dimensional projective space. baghdad sci. j., 2022, 19(4), 805-810. 6. al-zangana, e.b.; joudah, s.a.. action of group on the projective plane over field 𝐺𝐹(41). j. phys. conf. ser., 2018, 1033(1):012059. 7. al-seraji, n.a.; alnussairy, e.a.; jafar, z.s. the group action on the finite projective planes on order 53,61,64. journal of discrete mathematical sciences and cryptography, 2020, 23(8), 1573-1582. 8. the gap group. gap. reference manual. version 4.11.1 released on 02 march 2021. [online]. https://www.gap-system.org. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl sc i. vol.23 (2) 2010 mmeeaassuurreemmeenntt oo ff uurraanniiuumm ccoo nncceennttrraattiioo nnss iinn hhuummaann bblloooo dd iinn ssoo mmee tthhee rreeggiioo nnss oo ff bbaagghhddaadd ggoo vveerrnnoo rraattee m. s. karim, a.h. mohamme d and a.a. abbas departme nt of physics, college of education, unive rsity of almustansiriyah abstract the aim of this research is to determine the concentrations of uranium in human blood in some regions of baghdad governorate and to determine the level of contamination with uranium for these regions during the (2003) war. the results obtained have shown that the maximum uranium concentration in blood samples was found (0.256 p p m) in al-zaifranea region and al-sader city ,,while the minimum in al-shab region (0.052 p p m) ,the minimum of uranium concentration in the blood samp les was found to be (0.008 p p m) (male,39 y ears old) lived in al-shab region, while the maximum of uranium concentration in the blood samples was found t o be (0.44 pp m) (female, 55 y ears old ) lived in al-sader city . introduction the function of the blood is to deliver nutrients, hormones and oxy gen to t issues, collect and disp ose of the wast es from cellular metabolism, deliver sp ecialized cells to tissues for p rotection agent the external environment, and p revent leakage by closing holes in blood vessels [1]. the blood consists of cells surrounded by a liquid matrix, which circulates through the heart and blood vessels. t otal blood volume in females is (4-5) litters, males is (56) litters, cells and cells fragments it is about (55%) [2]. all blood cells develop from st em or p recursor cells that are produced p rincipally in the bone marrow [3] the uranium enters the bodies through the food, water and air. when y ou breathe uranium dust , some of it is exhaled and some st ays in lung. the size of the uranium dust p articles and how easily they dissolve determines where in the body the uranium goes and how it leaves y our body [4]. the uranium inside the body by absorp tion of inhaled uranium into the circulation sy st em depends on the rate at which the p article is dissolved in the lung and on their interactions with lung legend [5]. soluble depleted uranium p articles deposited in the lung usually dissolve, and the depleted uranium moves into t he blood within days or weeks, while the insoluble p articles tend to remain in the lung or lymph nodes for months or y ears [6]. the soluble p articles will be absorbed in the blood and remove from it t o other organs where these p articles accumulate .absorp tion through the gut depends up on the availability of various depleted uranium comp ounds t o which an individual has been exp osed [3]. uranium dust may consist of small, fine p articles and coarse, big p articles. the big p articles are caught in the nose, sinuses, and upp er p art of the lung where they are blown out or p ushed to the throat and swallowed. the small p articles are inhaled down t o the lower p art of lung. if they do not dissolve easily, they st ay there for many y ears and cause most of the radiation dose to lung from uranium; they may gradually dissolve and go into blood. if the p articles do dissolve easily , they go into t he blood more quickly [4]. experime ntal part the present study of uranium concentration in human blood from different ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl sc i. vol.23 (2) 2010 regions of baghdad (al-zaifranea, al-al-binuq , haiy-diyala, al-taji, al-mansur, al-shab, abu-ghreab, al-sader city, al-doura and al-ameen) is made by using nuc lear track detectors (cr-39) thickness (250 μm) and area approximate to (1×1 cm 2 ), and taking a special data such as (age, gender and place) were also recorded. the pow dered blood samples (0.4 g) weight were pressed into a pellet of (1c m) diameter and (1mm) thickness, the pellets were covered with (cr-39) detector and put in a plate of paraffin wax at a distance of (5 cm ) from the neutron sourc e ( 241 am9 be) as shown fig. (1). after the irradiation time (one month), the (cr-39 ) track detectors were etched in (6.25n) (naoh) solution at temperature of (60 0 c) for (6 h) ,and the tracks density were recorded using the optical microscope w ith magnification (400 x). the density of the fission tracks (ρ) in the samples was calculated according to the following relation [7]. track density (ρ) = average number of total pits (tracks) …..… (1) area of field view the uranium concentrations in the blood samples were measured by the comparison between track densities registed on the detectors of the sample pellet and that of the standard blood sample pellets [8] from the relation as shown fig. (2). cx = ρx . (cs / ρs) …... (2) when: slope = (ρs / cs) where: cx: uranium concentration in the unknow n sample (ppm). cs: uranium concentration in the standard sample (ppm). ρx: track density of the unknow n sample (tracks/mm 2 ). ρs: track density of the standard sample (tracks/mm 2 ). results and discussion in this st udy (50) blood samples of injured people males and females were taken from (10) regions in baghdad governorate as shown in fig. (3) p resent the locations of collected blood samples from all regions, all samples had been collected from the histop athology department and sp ecialized surgical hosp ital from histop athology department for education laboratories in the medical city and sp ecialized surgical hosp ital in teaching yarmook hosp ital. from table (1) it that: 1.the average of highest uranium concentrations found regions in al-zaifranea region and al-sader city (0.256 p p m), while the lowest average uranium concentration was in al-shab region (0.052 pp m) as shown in fig. (4) . 2.the minimum of uranium concentrations in the blood samples for males and females is (0.008 p p m), for a male ( 39 y ears old ) who has been living in al-shab region, and the maximum of uranium concentration in the blood samples for males and females were (0.44 p p m) for a female ( 55 years old ) has been living in al-sader city as shown fig. (4). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl sc i. vol.23 (2) 2010 3.the uranium concentrations for females blood samples are larger than for males blood samples because the total blood volume in females is (4-5) litters, while in males is (5-6) litters [2]. 44 .. results show that t he uranium concentration in the blood is below the allowed limit from (international commission radiation prot ection) (icrp) agency (0.115 p p m) [4], and if we comp are the results with other st udies that has been measured, the uranium concentration in injured human blood by using (cr-39) nuclear track detector, in baghdad, ranged between (0.22-0.073 p p m) [4] and in sout heast of baghdad measured the uranium concentration in human blood from area situated in sout heast of baghdad ranged between (0.24-0.0521 p p m) [8] .. the results show that the uranium concentration in the blood in al-zaifranea city and alsader city is higher than the other regions and the other results regions show that t he uranium concentration in the blood samples is below the allowed limit from other st udies. re ferences 1. emmanu el, c.b. (992),"hematology ; introduction and princip les of hematological diagnosis ", london, sy dney, 2. berence, m .r. and veny, m (1987), " physiology ", sanders comp any, 3. world health organization, who, (2001), “dep leted uranium sources, e xp osure and health effects ". 4. hassan, s.f. (2006), “determination of uranium concentration in human blood in some governor ates of iraq ", m sc in science of phy sics, alnahrain university . 5. harley , n.h.; foulkes, e.c.; hilborne, l.h.; hudson, a. and ant boy , c.r. (1999), " a review of the scientific literature as it pertains to gulf war illnesses ", 7, dep leted uranium, rand, national defense research inst itut e, washington, usa. 6. rost ker, b environmental exp osure report, (2000), “depleted uranium in the gulf(ii) ", office of the seduced assistant t o the secretary of defense for gulf war illnesses, osagwi, department of defense, december, 13. 7. amalds, o. custball, n.h. and nielsen, g.a. (1989), “cs-137 in m ontarq soils”, health physics, 57 no.6,p. 955-958. م كاشف تحدید (2008)،” محمود سالم ،كریم .8 تراكیز الیورانیوم في الدم لمناطق من جنوب شرق بغداد باستخدا .,266 -259ص، األول العدد، التربیةبحث منشور في مجلة كلیة “(cr-39)األثر النووي ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl sc i. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (1): uranium concentrations in blood s amples in all regions in baghdad governorate ihjpas no. of region region samples mean 1 2 3 4 5 1 alzaif ranea uranium concentration(ppm) o.39 0.32 0.28 0.19 0.1 0.256 track density (track . mm – 2 ) 27 22.3 19.5 13 7 17.75 gender female female male female female age ( year) 45 60 47 55 49 2 al-bin uq uranium concentration(ppm) o.25 0.14 0.092 0.075 0.011 0.11 track density (track . mm – 2 ) 17.4 7.9 6.4 5.2 0.76 7.8 gender female female male female male age ( year) 55 38 61 45 56 3 haiy-diyala uranium concentration(ppm) o.21 0.11 0.092 0.062 0.061 0.107 track density (track . mm – 2 ) 14.6 7.5 6.4 4.3 4.2 7.4 gender female female male female female age ( year) 50 47 59 65 59 4 al-taji uranium concentration(ppm) o.18 0.13 0.082 0.061 0.022 0.095 track density (track . mm – 2 ) 12.5 9.0 5.7 4.2 1.5 6.58 gender male female female female female age ( year) 46 54 54 60 47 ihjpas 5 al-mansur uranium concentration(ppm) o.18 0.12 0.091 0.072 0.029 0.098 track density (track . mm – 2 ) 12.5 8.3 6.3 5.0 2.0 6.82 gender male female female female male age ( year) 47 60 34 36 34 no. of regio n region samp les m ean 1 2 3 4 5 6 al-shab uranium concentration(pp m) o.09 0.08 0.053 0.013 0.008 0.052 track density (track .mm – 2 ) 6.3 5.6 3.6 0.9 0.9 3.38 gender female female female male male age ( year) 42 55 44 38 39 7 abu-ghreab uranium concentration(pp m) o.13 0.11 0.08 0.064 0.044 0.085 track density (track .mm – 2 ) 9.0 7.6 5.7 4.45 3.0 6.0 gender female female male female male age ( year) 39 44 56 34 30 8 al-sader city uranium concentration(pp m) o.44 0.38 0.27 0.11 0.08 0.256 track density (track .mm – 2 ) 30.6 26.4 19.8 7.6 5.6 18.0 gender female female female female male age ( year) 55 47 57 39 41 9 al-doura uranium concentration(pp m) o.14 0.12 0.091 0.077 0.011 0.087 track density (track .mm – 2 ) 9.7 8.2 6.3 5.3 0.8 6.06 gender female female male male male age ( year) 41 42 58 60 35 10 al-ameen uranium concentration(pp m) o.23 0.21 0.13 0.094 0.081 0.149 track density (track .mm – 2 ) 16.0 14.6 9.0 6.5 5.6 10.34 gender female female female male male age ( year) 43 54 66 30 36 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl sc i. vol.23 (2) 2010 ihjpas fig. (1) the irradiation of the detectors and blood s amples to the neutron s ource 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 fig. (2)the relation between track density and uranium concentration for standard s amples ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl sc i. vol.23 (2) 2010 t ra ck d en si ty ( tr ac k / m m 2 ) uran ium concentration (ppm) slope = 69.66 (track /ppm .mm 2 ) ihjpas fig.(3)the locations of collected blood sample s from different sites in baghdad governorate 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 al-za if rane a al-b in uq ha iy-d iya la al-ta ji al-mans ur al-s hab al-d oura al-s ader c ity abu-g hre ab al-a m een fig.(4) maximum and minimum of uranium concentrations (ppm) in blood samples in all regions studies 2010) 2( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ihjpas قیاس تراكیز الیورانیوم في الدم البشري لبعض المناطق في محافظة بغداد عباس علي عباس ، ، عدنان هاشم محمد محمود سالم كریم قسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة ، الجامعة المستنصریة الخالصة الهدف من هذا البحث هو ایجاد تركیز الیورانیوم في الدم البشري لبعض المناطق في محافظة بغداد وللتعرف على بأن أعلى التي حصلنا علیها أوضحت النتائج .) 2003(تلك المناطق بعد أحداث الحرب على العراق عام لمدى تلوث ي منطقة الزعفرانیة p 0.256)بلغ ،اذو مدینة الصدر ،تركیز للیورانیوم في نماذج الدم كان ف p m) ، بینما كان اقل تركیز pp 0.052في منطقة الشعب حیث بلغ m)( ، 0.008)نیوم في نماذج الدمااقل تركیز للیور pp m) 39(كان لرجل عمره ( سنة تسكن في مدینة )55(نیوم في نماذج الدم كان ألمرأة عمرها الى تركیز للیور بینما أع ،سنة یسكن في منطقة الشعب .الصدر ihjpas 7 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. simulation and analysis the effect of the lorentz force in a free electron laser abstarct due to the scientific and technical development in the free electron laser devices and the accompanying industrial and technological progress in various fields of civil and military life, it became necessary to expand the understanding of the mechanism of interaction of electrons (as an effective medium) with the magnetic field that they pass through to form coherent photons. in this paper, the lorentz force effect is simulated and analysed. the results showed that the lorentz force originates from the magnetic field, making the electron move through it oscillate. this sinusoidal motion of the electron causes it to emit two photons for every electron wavelength. it has been concluded that the electron velocity directly affects the lorentz power and the wavelength and power of the output laser. keywords free electron laser, lorentz force, wavelength, power. 1. introduction at the beginning of the seventies the last century, john madey [1] invented the free electron laser fel, a new type of laser, that differs in its mechanism of action from the common lasers. a free electron beam is passed through an opposite periodic magnetic field, which causes the electron to oscillate by the force of lorentz, to produce coherent photons that make up the laser beam. through a wide review of the literature dealing with the subject of the free electron laser, it was noted that the effect of the lorentz force did not receive enough attention despite its great importance in making the electron's oscillatory motion and thus generating the coherent ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2775 thair abdulkareem khalil al-aish thair.ak.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of physics, college of education for pure sciences ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received,16, january, 2022, accepted,20, february, 2022, published in april 2022. hanady amjed kamil hanadyamjedkamil@gmail.com directorate of education of first karkh, ministry of education, baghdad, iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:thair.ak.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hanadyamjedkamil@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 8 photons. therefore, the focus of this work was on analyzing the lorentz force in terms of its origin and its effect on the path of electron movement through the undulator [2-6]. in this work, an executable program elffel was constructed using matlab 2019 software it as shown in figure (1). contained several parameters to simulate the change in the movement electrons from accelerated linear motion to sinusoidal motion of the synchrotron beam formation. all factors affecting lorentz force formation were studied. this was done by dividing the electron wave movement into regions that differed according to the direction of the magnetic field. figure 1: the implementation of executable program elffel to simulation and analysis the effect of the lorentz force in a free electron laser. 2. theory of the free electron laser fel a free electron laser has an effective medium represented by a beam of electrons, which distinguishes it from other conventional lasers. that led to its possession of important advantages, including the ability to tune the wavelength of the external laser to cover a wide range of the electromagnetic spectrum, as well as the high power of the laser beam. the free electron laser consists of four main components, as shown in figure (2).[7-10] * the electrons gun. * the linear accelerator for electrons. * the undulator is a set of magnets arranged oppositely. * the resonator is two mirrors, one of which is fully reflective and the other partially reflective. the electrons are launched from the gun to be accelerated through the linear accelerator. when entering the undulator, the magnetic field of the magnet will be affected by the force of lorentz, which causes it to oscillate in a sine wave to emit the coherent photons and form the output laser beam, which will be explained later in detail. [10-13] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 9 figure 2. components of free electron laser fel after performing several calculations, the equations for the wavelength 𝜆 and power p of the output laser beam are derived as shown below:[2,6,7,8] 𝜆 = 4.095 × 10−14 × ( 𝜆𝑢 𝐸𝑒 2 ) (1 + (4354.77 × 𝜆𝑢 2 𝐵2)) (1) 𝑃 = 1.67 × 1023 𝐸𝑒 2 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (2𝐿𝑟 +0.021( 𝐿𝑢 𝜆𝑢 )) (2) where: 𝜆𝑢 is the wavelength of the electron, e is the energy of the electrons beam; b is the magnetic field, 𝐿𝑢 is the length of the undulator and 𝐿𝑟 is the length of the resonator. 3. results and discussion of simulation the electron is launched from the electronic gun to be accelerated by a linear accelerator to reach values 𝑣 close to the speed of light, then it enters the undulator towards the index finger according to the rule of the left hand as shown in figure (3-a). figure 3. the rule of the left hand figure (4) represents an undulator part divided into four regions to analyze and simulate the movement of an electron through two rows of magnets, arranged periodically and oppositely. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 10 figure 4. an electron oscillates through the undulator. in region (1) of the undulator, the direction of the magnetic field 𝐵 is towards the thumb according to the rule of the left hand as shown in figure (3-a), so the electron will be deflected as a result of being affected by the lorentz force 𝐹. lorentz force 𝐹 acts on an electric charge 𝑞 moving in a magnetic field, which is discovered by dutch scientist hendrik lorentz. in a magnetic field, the lorentz force is the most significant when the direction of electron motion is perpendicular to the magnetic field lines. if the electron moves in a direction parallel to the direction of the magnetic field lines, the lorentz force does not arise. the lorentz force is always perpendicular to the direction of the electron's motion 𝑣 and the magnetic field lines𝐵. the lorentz force value is given by the following equation:[1420] 𝐹 = 𝑞(𝑣 × 𝐵) = 𝑒𝑣𝐵 sin ∅ (3) where ∅ is the angle between the 𝑣 and 𝐵. the lorentz force causes the electron to move in a sine wave due to the presence of the term (sin ∅ ). when the angle is 900 at point a, the lorentz magnetic force will be at its greatest value, causing a large deviation in the electron's motion at the beginning of its entry into the undulator, but the velocity direction remains perpendicular to the direction of the lorentz force. as a result of changing the angle from 900 to 450, the lorentz magnitude will decrease to a minimum value at point c, causing a change in the electron's motion to make 450 with the magnetic field lines. consequently, the electron's velocity slows down, and the electron loses part of its energy in the form of a photon. after point c, due to the momentum and continuity of the electron, the electron will enter region 2 as shown in figure (4). the poles of the magnet will be reversed, and thus the direction of the magnetic field will be reversed. according to the left-hand rule (figure(3-b)), the velocity is towards the index finger and is perpendicular to the direction of the magnetic field. therefore, the lorentz magnetic force will form, which is of great value at the point where the angle is 90 between the velocity of the electron and the lorentz force. it causes the electron to deflect, after which the value of lorentz force decreases due to a change the angle is from 90 to 45 down to ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 11 point d. the lorentz magnitude will decrease to a minimum value at point d, causing a change in the electron's motion to make 450 with the magnetic field lines. consequently, the electron's velocity slows down, and the electron loses part of its energy in the form of a photon. after point d, due to the momentum and continuity of the electron, the poles of the magnet will be reversed and thus the direction of the magnetic field will be reversed electron will enter region 3 as shown in the figure (4), the same simulations are repeated in region 1. as a result, the electron will oscillate in a sine wave and have a wavelength λu. moreover, a new photon is released due to the slowing down of the electron. thus, a photon will be emitted in every undulator region (1, 2, 3, and 4).. for a certain wavelength λu of the electron, two photons will emit within that distance. the number of the emitted photons is determined according to what the electron traverses from regions along the undulator (each region emits one photon) or what the electron possesses of one wavelength (every single wavelength through which two photons are emitted), as shown in figure (4). since each region is similar to the other region inside the undulator, as each has similar values for both the magnetic field and the electron velocity, the same magnetic force will be created in each region according to equation (3), which notes that the reversal of the electron’s direction as a result of the polarity reflection of the magnets which closely resembles the electron's behavior (its wavelength and the loss of its energy in each region), will produce coherent photons in each region. these coherent photons are faster than an electron because they have the speed of light, so they will precede the electrons that produced them, gather in the resonator, and then leave the partial reflection mirror to produce the laser beam at a certain threshold. the electron energy ee value is a function of the electron path in the undulator. high-energy electrons have a shorter path than low-energy electrons, so coherent photons will be generated faster as the electron energy increases. the total energy of an electron 𝐸𝑒 represents the sum of the electron's kinetic energy 𝐸𝐾 and its rest energy𝐸0, as shown in the equation below:[16-19] 𝐸𝑒 = 𝐸𝐾 + 𝐸0 = 𝛾 𝑚𝑒 𝑐 2 (4) where the ( 𝛾 = 1 √1− 𝑣2 𝑐2 ) is the relativistic factor. 𝐸𝑒 = 𝑚𝑒 𝑐 2 √1 − 𝑣 2 𝑐2 (5) 𝑣 = 𝑐 √1 − 𝑚𝑒 2 𝑐4 𝐸𝑒 2 (6) table (1), shows the effect of changing the electrons’ velocity 𝑣 about the lorentz force 𝐹 upon entering the magnetic field. as the energy 𝐸𝑒 of the electrons increases as a result of an increase in electrons velocity 𝑣 according to the equation (5), the values of the lorentz force 𝐹 will increase according to the equation (3). figure (5) shows the sinewave behavior of the lorentz force for different velocities of electrons. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 12 table 1: the values of lorentz force 𝐹 in the undulator. 𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑣 = 2.9 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑣 = 2.5 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 parameters 𝐹 parameters 𝐹 ∅ 3.19874e-13 𝐸𝑒 𝐽 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 1.48163e-13 𝐸𝑒 𝐽 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 90 0.0407825 𝐵 𝑇 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 0.0407825 𝐵 𝑇 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 105 0.02 m uλ 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 0.02 m uλ 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 120 6.70054e-07 m λ 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 0.000658896 m λ 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 135 1.06253e+19 w p 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 23844.5 w p 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 150 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 165 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 0 ( b=0 out undulator) 180 -4.89765e-13 -4.22212 e-13 195 -9.46154e-13 -8.1565 e-13 210 -1.33806e-12 -1.1535 e-12 225 -1.63879e-12 -1.41275 e-12 240 -1.82783e-12 -1.57571 e-12 255 -1.89231e-12 -1.6313 e-12 270 -1.82783e-12 -1.57571 e-12 285 -1.63879e-12 -1.41275 e-12 300 -1.33806e-12 -1.1535 e-12 315 -9.46154e-13 -8.1565 e-13 330 -4.89765e-13 -4.22212 e-13 345 0 (sin360=0) 0 (sin360=0) 360 4.89765e-13 4.22212e-13 375 9.46154e-13 8.1565e-13 390 1.33806e-12 1.1535e-12 405 1.63879e-12 1.41275e-12 420 1.82783e-12 1.57571e-12 435 1.89231e-12 1.6313e-12 450 1.82783e-12 1.57571e-12 465 1.63879e-12 1.41275e-12 480 1.33806e-12 1.1535e-12 495 9.46154e-13 8.1565e-13 510 4.89765e-13 4.22212e-13 525 0 (sin540=0) 0 (sin540=0) 540 figure 5: shows the sinewave behavior of the lorentz force for different ∅ in figure (6), it can be seen that increasing the electron's velocity and approaching the speed of light will lead to an exponential increase in the electron's energy ee and the power p of the output laser according to equation (5) and equation (2), respectively. while the increase is linear -3.00e-12 -2.00e-12 -1.00e-12 0.00e+00 1.00e-12 2.00e-12 3.00e-12 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 f ( n ) (degree) ∅ e1 e2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 13 and gradual in lorentz's force according to equation (3). finally, the wavelength of the output laser will decrease linearly and gradually according to equation (1). figure 6: the effects of increasing the electron's velocity. now, the analytical methods will be illustrated below to show the effect of the lorentz force in fel. the beam-radiation interaction in the undulator is described by classical physics while in quantum physics effects are expected to be small. consider an ultra-relativistic electron traversing in the undulator magnetic field described by the equation below. 𝐵 = 𝐵0 sin( 𝑘𝑢𝑥) (7) where (𝑘𝑢 = 2𝜋 𝜆𝑢 ) and 𝐵0 is the magnetic pole field. when the velocity 𝑣 is assumed to be equal to the speed of light c, and based on equations (3,4 and 7), we obtain 𝛾 𝑚𝑒 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑡 ≈ −𝑒(𝑣 × 𝐵) yields two coupled equations 𝑑𝑣𝑥 𝑑𝑡 ≈ − 𝑒𝑣𝑧𝐵𝑦 𝛾 𝑚𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑𝑣𝑧 𝑑𝑡 ≈ − 𝑒𝑣𝑥𝐵𝑦 𝛾 𝑚𝑒 (8) 0.00e+00 5.00e-13 1.00e-12 1.50e-12 2.00e-12 2.50e-12 3.00e-12 3.50e-12 2.40e+08 2.80e+08 3.20e+08 e e j v m/s ee 0.00e+00 5.00e-13 1.00e-12 1.50e-12 2.00e-12 2.50e-12 2.40e+08 2.80e+08 3.20e+08 f n v m/s f -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 2.00e+08 2.50e+08 3.00e+08 3.50e+08 p w v m/s p -0.0005 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 0.002 0.0025 0.003 0.0035 2.00e+08 2.50e+08 3.00e+08 3.50e+08 λ m v m/s λ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 14 integrating equation (8) and (𝑣𝑧 ≈ 𝑣 = 𝛽𝑐 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡) , ( 𝑣𝑥 ≪ 𝑣𝑧) , ( 𝑑𝑣𝑧 𝑑𝑡 ≈ 0) , leads to obtaining the transverse velocity and the solution for 𝑥(𝑡), 𝑧(𝑡) . 𝑣𝑥 ≈ 𝑒𝐵0 𝛾 𝑚𝑒 𝑘𝑢 cos( 𝑘𝑢𝑧) (9) 𝑥(𝑡) ≈ 𝑒𝐵0 𝛾 𝑚𝑒 𝛽𝑐𝑘𝑢 2 sin( 𝑘𝑢𝛽𝑐𝑡) (10) 𝑧(𝑡) ≈ 𝛽𝑐𝑡 (11) from the equations above, an important dimensionless undulator parameter k has been obtained, which is equal to 𝐾 = 𝑒𝐵0 𝑚𝑒𝑐 𝑘𝑢 = 𝑒𝐵0 𝜆𝑢 2𝜋 𝑚𝑒𝑐 𝑘𝑢 = 0.934 𝐵0(𝑇𝑒𝑠𝑙𝑎 𝑢𝑛. ) 𝜆𝑢(𝑐𝑚 𝑢𝑛. ) (12) in figure (7), it can be seen that increasing the magnetic field will lead to an exponential increase in the wavelength of the output laser and a linear increase in the undulator parameter k according to equation (1) and equation (12), respectively. while an exponential decrease in the power p of the output laser according to equation is observed (2). figure 7: the effects of increasing the magnetic field. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 4 k (t m ) b (t) b vs k 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 2 4 𝝀 𝑭 𝑬 𝑳 (𝒏 𝒎 ) b (t) b vs λ fel 0 50000 100000 150000 200000 250000 0 2 4 p 𝑭 𝑬 𝑳 (w ) b (t) b vs p fel ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 15 4. conclusions from the simulation results obtained, it can be concluded that the lorentz force is responsible for generating the laser beam in the free electron laser. coherent photons are emitted as the electron gains an oscillatory movement that accelerates and decelerates it according to the direction of the magnetic field. lorentz's power can be controlled by the velocity of the electrons released from the electron launcher and the resulting change in the wavelength power of the output laser. references 1. madey, j.m. stimulated emission of bremsstrahlung in a periodic magnetic field. journal of applied physics. 1971,42(5),1906-13. 2. al-aish, t.a.k., design and simulate a new defense system of free electron laser dsfel. engineering & technology journal. 2017, 35, 2 part b,166-172. 3. zhang, t., et al., numerical investigations of transverse gradient undulator based novel light sources. mopso84, fel. 2013; 35th int. free laser conf, 152–155 4. varro s, editor. free electron lasers. bod–books on demand; 2012 isbn: 978-953-510279-3. 5. hannon, f.e. a high average-current electron source for the jefferson laboratory free electron laser. lancaster university (united kingdom); 2008. 6. mahmood, h.k. ; al-aish, t.a.k., december. design and stimulated the detectors of high-power lasers dhpl. in aip conference proceedings 2020, aip publishing llc. 2307, 1, 020025. 7. al-aish, t.a.k., analysis and study of the effect of atmospheric turbulence on laser weapon in iraq. baghdad science journal. 2017,14,2, 427-436. 8. kamil, h.a.; ahmed, m.s. ; al-aish, t.a.k., december. rain formation by free electron laser pulse system felps. in aip conference proceedings, 2019, aip publishing llc. 2190, 1, 020084. 9. mansfield, r.p., high energy solid state and free electron laser systems in tactical aviation. , 2005, naval postgraduate school monterey ca. 10. steiniger, k.; debus, a.; irman, a.; jochmann, a.; pausch, r.; schramm, u.; cowan, t. ; bussmann, m., 2014. all-optical free-electron lasers using traveling-wave thomsonscattering. wepro053. 11. pflueger, j. undulator technology, cern yellow reports sch. proc., 2018 , 1, 2018, 55– 77. 12. freund, h.p., antonsen tm. principles of free-electron lasers. london: chapman & hall; 1992 jan. 13. feng, c. ; deng, h.x. review of fully coherent free-electron lasers. nuclear science and techniques, 2018, 29,11, 1-15. 14. colson, w. b. theory of a free electron laser. physics letters a ,1976,59, 3, 187-190. 15. romaniuk, ryszard s., polfel-free electron laser in poland. photonics letters of poland, 2009, 1, 3, 103-105. 16. colson, w. b.; john l. richardson. multimode theory of free-electron laser oscillators. physical review letters,1983, 50, 14, 1050. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 16 17. al-aish, t.a.k.;jawad, r.l. ; kamil, h.a. design and simulation a high-energy free electron laser hefel. in aip conference proceedings aip publishing llc. 2019, 2123, 1, 020068. 18. mohammad, a.a.;harby, k.h. ;al-aish, t.a.k. a new design of fractal optical modulation. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2011,24,3, 78-92. 19. mohammad, a.a.; harby, k.h. ; al-aish, t.a.k., the effect of spot size on the fractal optical modulation. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2011, 24,2, 40-52. 20. van tilborg, j.; barber, s.k.; isono, f.; schroeder, c.b.; esarey, e. ; leemans, w.p., march. free-electron lasers driven by laser plasma accelerators. in aip conference proceedings, aip publishing llc, 2017, 1812, 1, 020002. لإلیبوكسي المدعم باأللیافدراسة بعض الخصائص المیكانیكیة والفیزیائیة حیاة خلف حمید جامعة بغداد /كلیة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفیزیاء 2014حزیران 22:،قبل البحث في 2004نیسان 14استلم البحث في : الخالصة یمري بطریقة الصب الیدوي، حضرت المواد مواد متراكبة ھجینة ذات أساس بولتم في ھذا البحث تحضیر pvcوألیاف ،(%13)مادة أساس مدعمة بألیاف الجوت الحصیریة كسر حجمي ثابت epالمتراكبة من راتنج اإلیبوكسي (%17 ,%12 ,%7) ةالحجمی ة. وتضمن البحث دراسة تأثیر الكسورواأللیاف الزجاجیة الحصیریة بكسور حجمیة مختلف الختبارات المیكانیكیة عند درجة اخصائص المواد المتراكبة المحضرة، أجریت بعض فيوألیاف الزجاج pvcأللیاف نتائج أن قیمة (معامل مرونة االنحناء ومتانة الكسر) تزداد مع ال حرارة الغرفة (اختبار الصدمة، اختبار االنحناء) وأظھرت زیادة الكسر الحجمي لأللیاف، وكذلك أجریت مجموعة من االختبارات الفیزیائیة (اختبار الموصلیة الحراریة واختبار ثابت العزل الكھرباالحراریة وثابت زیادة الكسر الحجمي تزداد الموصلیة عند العزل)، وأظھرت نتائج البحث أن ، بولیمر، تدعیماإلیبوكسي الكلمات المفتاحیة: راتنج 136 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 لمقدمةا اھتم العدید من الباحثین بدراسة الخصائص المیكانیكیة والفیزیائیة للمواد المتراكبة بینھا مقاومة الصدمة واالنحناء والموصلیة الحراریة والعزل الكھربائي لما لھا من أھمیة بالغة في تحدید نوعیة المادة المالئمة للتطبیقات الصناعیة حول دراسة تأثیر الكسر الحجمي أللیاف 2008] في عام 1[ (mohamad)أجریت الدراسة من الباحث إذالمختلفة، ، إذصنعت العینات من مادة البولي استر غیر المشبع المدعم بألیاف الزجاج إذالزجاج وبنسب مختلفة للمادة المتراكبة، نسیاب الحراري. صنعت العینات من مجموعتین: المجموعة األولى كانت فیھا ألیاف الزجاج مرتبة بشكل یوازي لال في فحص العینات وأثبتت النتائج أن الترتیب الموازي لأللیاف یعطي لموصلیة (lee disk)استخدمت طریقة قرص لي ] بتحضیر 2[ (ali)قام الباحث 2008تزداد مع زیادة الكسر الحجمي لأللیاف. وفي عام إذ ،الحراریة أكبر للمادة المتراكبة فردة مع ألیاف تقویة ثنائیة االتجاه والزجاج من (90-0)اتنج اإلیبوكسي شملت ألیاف الجوت مواد مركبة بولیمیریة من ر ة مع مقارنة معامل المرونة ومتانة المادة ھو متانة الكسر للمواد المركبة مع راتنج نیوسویة لتكوین مادة مركبة ھج ,co (0 واد المركبة عند درجات حراریة مختلفةخواص الم فياإلیبوكسي غیر المدعم وذلك لمالحظة تأثیر عملیة التدعیم ، وقد كانت نسبة الكسر الحجمي أللیاف التدعیم للنماذج المدعمة بألیاف الزجاج والمدعمة بألیاف الجوت ھي (60 ,40 ,25 بألیاف ألیاف الجوت للمواد المتراكبة الھجینة. أظھرت النتائج أن الخواص المیكانیكیة لإلیبوكسي المدعم (15%)، (30%) أقل من اإلیبوكسي المدعم بألیاف الزجاج. نفسھ الجوت أعلى بكثیر من األیبوكسي غیر الدعم، لكنھ في الوقت ن إ: تعرف المرونة مقدرة المادة على االنحناء تحت الحمل المسلط، إذ (bending test)اختبار االنحناء -1 تمثل إحدى أھم الخواص التي تتمتع بھا البولیمرات من غیرھا من المواد سواء أكانت مطاوعة أم متصلدة حراریاً. المرونة ضعف أو تحطم ھي میزة مھمة جداً تعتمد علیھا وكذلك تعرف المرونة بأنھا قابلیة المادة على الحمل. التشوه المرن دون ائرات والسفن. كذلك یمكن تعریف مقاومة االنحناء بأنھا قدرة المادة على الكثیر من التطبیقات مثل العجالت المسننة والط واتجاھیة الجزئیة للمتراكبات معامل راكبة تتأثر بعدد من العوامل (نسقمقاومة الفشل، وأن معامل المرونة للمواد المت ].3[)مرونة األلیاف المدعمة اختبار الرباعي النقطة. آلخرألولى اختبار الثالثي النقطة، وا: الطریقة الحساب متانة االنحناء یمكن اعتماد طریقتین ل اختبار الثالثي النقطة لسھولتھ في حساب متانة االنحناء. فعند تسلیط حمل باالتجاه العمودي على مركز العینة ولقد استعم الختبار یمكن حساب معامل الموضوعة تحت االختبار تحدث انحناء لھا تحت تأثیر قوى الشد واالنضغاط، وباستعمال ھذا ا ]:4من المعادلة [ (e)مرونة 𝐸 = 𝐿 3 48𝐼 × (𝑚) … (1) ن:إ إذ )mمیل الخط المستقیم ( (mass-deflection) ،(l) المسافة بین نقطتي االرتكاز(m) ،(i) حناء یمثل عزم االن ]:5اآلتیة [ الذي یعطى بالمعادلة (m4)الھندسي 𝐼 = 𝑏𝑑 3 12 ……………… (2) ن:إإذ (b) عرض األنموذج )m( ،(d) سمك األنموذج (m) : عند تعرض المادة لحمل مفاجئ (حمل حركي) أي بمعدل انفعال عاٍل فإنھا (impact test)اختبار الصدمة -2 مسلطیختلف عن سلوكھا عند تعرضھا لحمل ساكن، فقد تسلك المادة سلوكاً مطیلیاً عند تعرضھا لحمل اً ستسلك سلوك ، ویمكن الحصول منلحمل حركي (اختبار الصدمة) قد تسلك سلوكاً ھشاً ھتعرضعند تبار االنحناء) ولكن (اختبار الشد، اخ :على اآلتياختبار الصدمة ]:5: وتستخرج قیمتھا من العالقة اآلتیة [(impact strength)مقاومة الصدمة )1( 𝐺𝑐 = 𝑈𝑐 𝐴 … (3) ن: إ إذ )(gc مقاومة الصدمة للمادة(j/m2) ،uc طاقة الصدمة(j) ،a مساحة المقطع العرضي للعینة(m2) ]:5ویمكن الحصول علیھا من تطبیق العالقة اآلتیة [: (fracture toughness)متانة الكسر للمادة )2( 𝐾𝑐 = �𝐺𝑐𝐸 … (4) ن:إذ إ (kc) متانة الكسر للمادة(mpa.m0.5) ،(gc) مقاومة الصدمة للمادة(j/m2) ،(e) معامل المرونة للمادة(mpa) : الموصلیة الحراریة لمادة ما یمكن أن تعرف على (thermal conductivity)اختبار الموصلیة الحراریة )3( أنھا مقیاس لقابلیة المادة لتوصیل الحرارة. ففي المواد العازلة مثل البولمیرات تنتقل عبرھا بآلیة مختلفة بموجات مرنة (elastic waves) ناتجة من تذبذب الجزیئات التي تنقل ھذه الذبذبة إلى الجزیئات التي تجاورھا نتیجة الرتباطھا وذلك باستخدام المعادلتین اآلتیتین (lee disk)یمكن حساب الموصلیة الحراریة باستخدام قرص لي إذ ،]6باألواصر [ ]7:[ 137 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 𝐾 � 𝑇𝐵−𝑇𝐴 𝑑𝑠 � = 𝑒�𝑇𝐴 + 2 𝑟 �𝑑𝐴 + 1 4 𝑑𝑠�𝑇𝐴 + 1 2𝑟 𝑑𝑠𝑇𝐵�… (5) :إذ إن (e) تمثل كمیة الطاقة الحراریة المارة عبر وحدة مساحة مادة القرص لكل ثانیة(w/m2.co) وتحسب من العالقة اآلتیة: 𝐼𝑣 = 𝜋𝑟2𝑒(𝑇𝐴 + 𝑇𝐵) + 2𝜋𝑟𝑒 �𝑑𝐴 × 𝑇𝐴 + 𝑑𝑠 1 2 (𝑇𝐴 + 𝑇𝐵) + 𝑑𝐵 × 𝑇𝐵 + 𝑑𝑐𝑇𝑐�…(6) (ta, tb, tc) تمثل درجة حرارة القرص(a, b, c) على التوالي وتقاس بوحدة(oc) ،(ds) سمك القرص (mm) ،)r ( نصف قطر القرص(mm) ،(i) التیار المار(amper) ،(v) الفولتیة المجھزة(volt). جھاز من خدام: لقیاس ثابت العزل الكھربائي، تم است(dielectric constant)) اختبار ثابت العزل الكھربائي 4( شكل دائري مثبت على قاعدة استناد، وأحد المصنع في المانیا وھو من صفیحتي متسعة ذات (ley bold heraeus)نوع وتتكون أیضاً من ملف نة الموضوعة بین ھاتین الصفیحتینھذین القرصین مربوط على مسطرة مدرجة لقیاس سمك العی د المصدر الھواء لعازل بین صفحتي ومقاومة وأمیتر ومجھز قدرة تربط ھذه المكونات بدائرة كھربائیة. یتم تغییر ترد في (fr)المتسعة إلى أن نحصل على التردد الرنیني (أي التیار یسجل أعلى قیمة لھ) نعوض عن قیمة التردد الرنیني ].8بوجود الھواء [ cالمعادلة اآلتیة الستخراج قیمة 𝐶 = 1 4𝜋2𝑓𝑟𝐿 … (7) (fr) التردد الرنیني(hz) ،(l) حثیة الملف(h) ،(c) سعة المتسعة(colulombs/volt) بعدھا نعوض عن قیمة c في المعادلة اآلتیة الستخراج قیمة سماحیة (∈𝑜) ] 8الفراغ[ 𝐶 = ∈𝑜 𝐴 𝑑 … (8) :إذ إن (a) المساحة لكل صفیحة (m) ،(d) المسافة بین الصفیحتین (m) ،(r) نصف قطر الصفیحة (m). ]:8سماحیة المادة العازلة المعبر عنھا بالمعادلة اآلتیة [وبالطریقة السابقة نفسھا تستخرج قیمة 𝐶̅ =∈ 𝐴 𝑑 … (9) نحصل على ثبات العزل (𝑜∋)إلى سماحیة الفراغ سماحیة المادة العازلة. وبقسمة سماحیة المادة العازلة (∋) ]:8الكھربائي [ 𝜖𝑟 = ∈ ∈𝑜 … (10) الجانب العملي المواد المستعملة -1 المحتوى على مجامیع االیبوكساید (thortex)المادة األساس المستعملة في ھذا البحث ھي راتنج األیبوكسي نوع (epoxides) یتمتع اإلیبوكسي الذي یرمز لھ ،(ep) ن باقي األنواع وھي مالمستعمل في ھذا البحث بخواص تمیزه ما بین المادة األساس یدة لحین الوصول إلى التشبع التاملزوجیتھ الواطئة التي تسمح بخلطھ مع مواد التدعیم بصورة ج أما المصلد ومادة التدعیم، كذلك فھو یمتلك خاصیة التصاق عالیة، فضالً عن عدم حدوث انكماش بعد صب القالب وتصلبھ، ى الراتنج بنسبة فھو مادة سائلة خفیفة القوام ذات لون شفاف. یضاف المصلد إل mpdaمین ین داي الالمستعمل فھو میتافین في ھذا البحث فھي ثالثة أنواع من عملة) ویحدث بینھما التفاعل عند درجة حرارة الغرفة. أما مواد التدعیم المست1: 3( 1040)كثافتھا juteوألیاف الجوت (kg/m2 2600)التي تمتلك كثافة مقدارھا (e-glass)األلیاف وھي ألیاف زجاجیة kg/m2)، وألیافpvc كثافتھا(1390 kg/m2) أما شكل ھذه األلیاف فتكون بھیئة حصیرة .(woven roving) باتجاه (0→90o). تحضیر العینات: -2 ة قالب خاص لعملیة الصب مصنوع من عینات في ھذه المرحلة، إذ تم تھیئاتبعت تقنیة القولبة الیدویة في تحضیر ال ة القالب أجریت لھ عملیة تنظیف دقیقة ثم تبعتھا عملیة تجفیف، ثم بعد تھیئ). وبعد cm25×cm25الحدید المغلون وبأبعاد ( مواد وصنعتذلك ولضمان عدم التصاق الراتنج على القالب بوصفھ مادة عازلة أصبح القالب جاھزاً لعملیة الصب، جاج معاً ذات كسور وألیاف الز pvcمع ألیاف (%13)متراكبة من اإلیبوكسي المدعم بألیاف الجوت بكسر حجمي ثابت تكون (%7)متساویة أي الكسر الحجمي e-glassوألیاف pvcأي أن نسب ألیاف (%17 ,%12 ,%7)حجمیة مختلفة ي تب األلیاف في القالب بنظام طبائقتترو وكذلك بالنسبة للكسور الحجمیة الباقیة e-glass (3,5%)و pvc (3,5%)نسبة صنعت ھذه المواد المتراكبة ذات الكسور الحجمیة المختلفة من خالل إذ (e-glass-pvc-jut-pvc-e-glass)متعاقب ].9العالقات [ 𝜓𝜓 = 𝑊𝑓 𝑊𝑐 × 100% … (11) 138 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 𝑊𝑐 = 𝑊𝑓 + 𝑊𝑀 … (12) 𝜙 = 1 1+1−𝜓 𝜓 . 𝜌𝑓 𝜌𝑚 … (13) ن:إإذ (𝜓𝜓) ،الكسر الوزني لمادة التدعیم(ϕ) ،الكسر الحجمي لمادة التدعیم(𝜌𝑓) ،كثافة مادة التدعیم(𝜌𝑚) كثافة مادة وزن المادة المتراكبة. (wc)وزن مادة األساس، (wm)وزن مادة التدعیم، (wf)األساس، النتائج والمناقشة حسب ) وباالعتماد على النتائج المستحصلة من قیاس الكتلة ومقدار االنحراف 1بتطبیق المعادلة (اختبار االنحناء: -1 لوحظ زیادة في معامل المرونة بزیادة الكسر ) 1وشكل () 1كما ھو مبین في الجدول (معامل مرونة االنحناء للعینات وأن معدل الزیادة یزداد قلیالً مع زیادة ،الحجمي وذلك ألن النظام الطبقات في التدعیم أدى إلى زیادة في معامل المرونة لیاف الزجاجیة تعطي دوراً أكثر أھمیة عندما تكون العینات طبقاتھا الخارجیة على ذلك أن األ فضالً التسلیح، عدد طبقات ].10مسلحة بھذا النوع من األلیاف وذلك لقابلیتھا على تحمل قوة الشد واالنضغاط [ من ثمإن عملیة التدعیم باأللیاف لمادة األیبوكسي أدت إلى زیادة في طاقة الكسر الالزمة لكسر المادة واختبار الصدمة: -2 زیادة في مقاومة الصدمة لھا، ھذه الزیادة كانت مختلفة اعتماداً على نوعیة األلیاف الداخلة في تركیبھا وعلى مقدار الكسر نالحظ أن أكبر زیادة في طاقة إذھذه األلیاف تعمل على إعاقة نمو الكسر بصورة عامة، إذ إنفي المادة الحجمي لأللیاف وذلك یعود السبب أن زیادة عدد الطبقات من األلیاف التي تكون بشكل حصیرة یقلل (%17)الصدمة في الكسر الحجمي من عدد الكسور وتقوم بتحویل طاقة الصدمة إلى إجھادات مستویة تتحول فیھا كسور شعاعیة وعدم حدوث كسور حلقیة رجیة مسلحة بھذا النوع من األلیاف وذلك ] وإن األلیاف الزجاجیة تعطي دوراً إیجابیاً عندما تكون طبقات العینات الخا11[ الصدمة كلما زاد الكسر الحجمي وزیادة في متانةكذلك نالحظ زیادة بسبب تحملھا القوة المسلطة على المادة المتراكبة. .)2وشكل ( )1) كما ھو مبین في الجدول (4متانة الكسر الحجمي ومتانة الكسر التي حصلنا علیھا من المعادلة ( عند وجود الموصلیة الحراریة: التوصیل الحراري یعد عملیة مماثلة لعملیات انتقال الطاقة األخرى ویحصلاختبار -3 مساویة الذي یقود إلى تولد فیض حراري یستمر حتى یصبح مقدار االنحدار في درجات الحرارةفرق في درجات الحرارة حرارة في المواد اریة األعلى. إن المسؤول عن انتقال النتقال الطاقة في الجانب ذات الدرجة الحرالإلى الصفر نتیجة ون مع آخر تعد عملیة مھمة عند تلكشبكیة، لذا فإن عملیة تصادم الفونونات التي تمثل اھتزازات الالعازلة ھي الفون ونات المشاركة في عملیة التصادم، وھذا یعني أن التوصیلة الحراریة في ھذه الحالة یزداد عدد الفون الدرجات التي عندھا ]. ولقد لوحظ 12ون بین تصادمین متتالیین) [(معدل المسافة التي یقطعھا الفون وناتكلیاً على معدل المسار الحر للفونتعتمد عمل دائماً على رفع كسر الحجمي لأللیاف الزجاجیة تال أن بزیادة الكسر الحجمي تزداد الموصلیة الحراریة وذلك ألن زیادة .)3وشكل ( )2] كما ھو مبین في جدول (12قیمة التوصیلیة الحراریة للراتنجات [ اختبار ثابت العزل: ثابت العزل ھو مقیاس للطاقة المخزونة في مادة موضوعة تحت جھد كھربائي. إن أعلى قیمة لثابت -4 یعود السبب في ھذه الحالة یدخل تحت تأثیر %7ثم %12یلیھ %17ذات الكسر الحجمي العزل الكھربائي كانت للمتراكب من المعروف تأثیر إذ ،كیفیة تصرف المواد بعضھا مع بعض من حیث اتجاه االستقطاب فياالستقطاب للمجال الكھربائي لجزیئات (االستقطاب) ھنا یؤدي دوراً تجمع األیونات أو ا یعّرفالمواد العازلة عادة عند وضعھا في مجال كھربائي مما كبیراً في تحدید خاصیة السماحیة وبالنتیجة خاصیة العزل الكھربائي وھذا یعتمد على شدة الترددات وشدة المجال الكھربائي وع یكون االستقطاب توجیھیاً معتمداً على ن إذ ،وإن االستقطاب في النماذج قید البحث مختلفة (التدعیم والنسب والمواد) ] بزیادة مواد التدعیم تزداد قیمة ثابت العزل أكثر من قیمة للراتنج النقي وكثافة 13المادة ونوع التدعیم ونسبة التدعیم [ بسبب زیادة كل من یادة الكسر الحجمي یزید من خسارةزفضالَ عن المادة تزداد بزیادة قوة التدعیم وبذلك تزداد قیمة ثابت، .)4) والشكل (3كما ھو مبین في الجدول ( ]14خسارات االستقطاب والتوصیلیة الكھربائیة [ االستنتاجات من النتائج التي تم التوصل إلیھا یمكن أن نلخص االستنتاجات اآلتیة: إن زیادة في الكسور الحجمیة للمواد المتراكبة أدى إلى زیادة معامل المرونة. -1 ادة في الكسور الحجمیة أدى إلى زیادة طاقة الصدمة ومتانة الصدمة وكسر الصدمة.إن زی -2 تزداد التوصیلیة الحراریة بزیادة الكسر الحجمي للمواد المتراكبة. -3 ثابت العزل یزداد بزیادة الكسور الحجمیة للمواد المتراكبة. -4 المصادر 139 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 1hamza. m.s. (2008),studing the effect of volume fraction of glass fiber son thermal conductivity of polymer composite materials" journal "al-khawarizmi engineering journal". 3(2) 95-97. 2haleem. a.h. (2008),effect of jute fibers on the mechanical properties of epoxy resin. iraqi journal of mechanical and material engineering. 8(1) 59-67. ). دراسة تأثیر درجة الحرارة على بعض 2011. (، بلقیسالدباغوعبدالحمید الصراف، ،مصطفى زیدعبدهللا، -3 .79-69: )2( 24فة والتطبیقیة، "، مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرمنفردة وھجینةانیكیة لمتراكبات الخواص المیك 4hamzah, a. m. and al-dabbagh, d. (2013), study the physical properties of polymer blends reinforced by metal laminates and micro cotton power, tech. journal, 3(3):49-65. 5grawford. r.j. (1987). "plastic engineering. 2nd ed., pergomol press, u.k. ). دراسة تأثیر الغمر باإلیثانول والتولوین في الخواص المیكانیكیة والتوصیل الحراري 2011ھناء شكر. (محمود، -6 .99-91 ):2 (24لمادة متراكبة من راتنج البولي أستر غیر المشبع، مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة، المجلد 7price. d.m. (2000). thermal conductivity of ptee & ptef compost, north american thermal analysis, florida. ). دراسة بعض الخصائص الكھربائیة العزلیة والعوامل المؤثرة فیھا لمواد 2007روال عبد الخضر. (عباس، -8 .8، 25متراكبة من راتنج النوفوالك، مجلة الھندسة والتكنولوجیا، 9hull , d. (1980). an introduction to composite materials", 1st edition, first published, cambridge university press. u.k. )، دراسة الخصائص المیكانیكیة والفیزیائیة لمتراكبات البولي أستر غیر المشبعة 2006(. لمیس عليخلف، -10 ماجستیر، الجامعة التكنولوجیة. والمدعمة بألیاف الزجاج وألیاف النایلون، رسالة 11marom, g. drukker, e. weinberg a. and banbaji, j. (1986), "composite", v. 17, no. 2, pp. (150-153). 12hall, d. (1981), introduction to composite materials", cmabridge university press. )، تحضیر ودراسة بعض الخصائص الفیزیاویة والمیكانیكیة لمتراكبات اإلیبوكسي 2008( .سعاد حامدلعیبي، -13 الدقائقیة الھجینة، رسالة دكتوراه، جامعة بغداد. نبتونایت والعوامل المؤثرة -)، دراسة الخصائص الكھربائیة لمتراكب بولي ستایرین2011( .وسن كاملحسن، -14 .2، 3فیھا"، مجلة الكوفة، ومتانة الكسر عند كسور حجمیة مختلفةومعامل المرونة قیم طاقة الصدمة ومتانة الصدمة :) 1( رقم جدول fraction volume % uc (j) gc (j/m 2) e (mpa) kc (mpa.m-0-5)10-3 7% pvc (3,5%), e-glass (3,5%) 2.05 3.7 876.16 539.3 12% pvc (6%), e-glass (6%) 2.35 4.2 818.9 586.6 17% pvc (8,5%), e-glass (8,5%) 2.6 4.7 850 632.2 یبین قیم الموصلیة الحراریة باختالف الكسور الحجمیة :)2( رقم جدول fraction volume % 7% pvc (3,5%), e-glass (3,5%) 12% pvc (6%), e-glass (6%) 17% pvc (8,5%), e-glass (8,5%) k(w/m.co) 0.313 0.314 0.332 یبین قیم ثابت العزل الكھربائي باختالف الكسور الحجمیة:) 3(ر قمجدول fraction volume % 7% pvc (3,5%), e-glass (3,5%) 12% pvc (6%), e-glass (6%) 17% pvc (8,5%), e-glass (8,5%) 𝜖𝑟 79.34 81.75 85.33 140 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 حجمیة مختلفة): یبین العالقة بین متراكبات االیبوكسي عند كسور 1(رقم شكل ): یبین العالقة بین طاقة الصدمة، مقاومة الصدمة، ومتانة الصدمة ومعامل المرونة عند كسور حجمیة2(رقم شكل مختلفة ): یبین العالقة بین الموصلیة الحراریة للمتراكبات اإلیبوكسي عند كسور حجمیة مختلفة3( رقم شكل 0 200 400 600 800 1000 defection *10 -̂2 (mm) 0 40 80 120 160 200 m as s ( gm ) 17% 7% 12% 1 10 100 1000 7% 12% 17%i m pa ct s tr en gt h (j /m ^2 ) volume fraction % uc(j) gc (j/m3) e(mpa) kc(mpa*m^-0.5)*10^-3) 0.3 0.305 0.31 0.315 0.32 0.325 0.33 0.335 7% 12% 17% th er m al c on du ct iv it y (w /m .° c) volume fraction % ): یبین العالقة بین قیم ثابت العزل للمواد المتراكبة عند كسور حجمیة مختلفة4( رقم شكل 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 7% 12% 17% d ie le cr ti c co ns ta nt (є r) volume fraction % 142 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 study of some mechanical and physical pproperties for epoxy rreinforced by ffibers hayat k. hameed dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in :14april2004,accepted in :22june2014 abstract in this research, we prepared a hybrid composite material of polymeric matrix hand cast method, composite material has been attended from epoxy resin ep as matrix materials reinforced woven roving fiber jute is constant volume fraction (13%), pvc fibers and woven glass fiber with different fraction on the properties of prepared composite materials to pvc fiber and glass fiber, some of mechanical tests were done at room temperature (impact test and banding test). result shows that the values of (modulus bending elastic and fracture toughness) increase fraction of fiber with the increase of pvc, e-glass, there include (thermal conductivity and dielectric constant). also experimental result indicated that the (thermal conductivity and dielectric constant) increase with the increase of fiber volume fraction. key words: epoxy resin, polymer, reinforcement 143 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees consequences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees hassan h. ali basim a. abd ali natural history research center and museum / baghdad university received in : 9/1/2012 , accepted in : 19/5/2013 abstract to enlighten the extent of crude oil pollution effects on some anatomical characteristics of olive plant (olea europaea ). two years old seedlings were chosen to grow under 5 levels of pollution (0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0, liter/ plant). the experiment has been conducted in the experimental field of natural history research center and museum, university of baghdad. it was designed as crd experiment. testing wood specimens were prepared after 2.5 years of growth. fiber length, width, wall thickness, and wood specific gravity were measured. results showed that olive plants could not resist the highest level ( 3 liters / plant ) of pollution .fiber length was the most affected property by treatment. all fiber dimensions were decreased with the increase of pollution level. the reduction was unsystematic. 12% of the fiber length was reduced as a result of pollution. wood specific gravity of polluted plants showed few higher values than that of control. lower parts of stem seemed to be more affected, that may be because these parts are fare away from crown ( the source of oxen ). keywords: olive, wood, soil, pollution, properties, crude, oil. 1 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction the continuous growth of environmental pollution and anthropological disturbances to ecosystem has made the study of abiotic stress responses in plant become increasingly more important in agriculture, forest management , and ecosystem restoration strategies (1). crude oil pollution is perhaps the most publicly recognized as serious pollutant despite much of the world depends on the production, trade, or manufacturing of oil. although oil hydrocarbons are common pollutants and their biodegradation is the subject of numerous studies, information on their toxicity to the plant in the soil is limited. the reaction of some plants after the contamination of ground and water with oil products was studied by petukhov et.al.( 2 ). they discussed the negative effects of oil contamination on seed germination, reduction of the total biomass and the length of the roots . the presence of petroleum in the soil affects its diversity, canopy and productivity. little is known about the chronic effect of oil pollution ( 3 ). michel et. al. ( 4 , 5 ) stated that petroleum constitutes a pollutant that can persist in the environment for a long period until the vegetation recovers completely , and its persistence can be explained by the slow biodegradation of hydrocarbons . according to green et al . (6) , a variety of reports , patents and scientific papers have addressed the problems of fuel contamination in soil , including chemical characterization and treatment , bioremediation by bacteria metabolism and the impact on biological organisms in the contamination soil . the poisoning mechanism and its dose – response are the biggest concern for toxicologists. the inhibition of germination and the reduction of plant growth as well as its death are indication of the toxicity of hydrocarbons ( 7 ) . the study of plant behavior in petroleum contamination soils allows the identification and selection of oil – pollution – indicating species . petuchov et. al., ( 2 ) recommended that tested species could be used as test organisms in analyzing the toxicity of this pollutant in soil and water. comparison of the podocarpus lambertii trees exposed to petroleum with the control set , showed that the length , diameter and cell wall width of the tracheids of the polluted trees were smaller than that of control ( 8 ) . olive tree ( olea europaea linn )was introduced to iraq since a long time ago and extensively cultivated in different parts of iraq ( 9 ) especially in the upper parts of the country. the tree is considered as a tolerant for drought , and for nitrogen deficiency (10). recently , iraqi ministry of agriculture considers the tree as one of the important economic plants and adopted many projects to expand planting areas and encouraged farmers for planting the tree in their private plantation . although oil is the main product of olive tree, it is considered as a good source for high quality timbers .wood is the result of a biological process and grows under a wide range of genetic and environmental influences. environmental conditions play an important role in tree growth and wood characteristic . though , any factor having an influence on one or more of these conditions could have an effect on the growth and wood properties . thus the present study intends to focus on the effects of crude oil pollution on some of olive wood properties . materials and methods olive seedlings nearly two years old were brought from local nursery in baghdad and planted at experimental area of natural history research center . six months later, the uniform and nearly equal lengths seedling were chosen and exposed to five levels of crude oil pollution. the experiment was designed as a complete randomized experiment with 5 levels, and 4 replications. amounts of pollution for each level were as follows ; 0, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0 and 3 liter of basra light crude oil ( obtained from ministry of oil ) for l0 , l1, l 2 , l3 2 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 and l4 respectively .accordingly, measured quantities of crude oil was poured around selected seedling . then, uniform irrigation processes were applied to all experimental units . plants were left to grow for a period of thirty months. after that, the developed shrubs were harvested from the ground . two disks from the main stem were cut, the first from the base , the second from the uppermost where it was possible to obtain a disc with sufficient diameter. each disc was divided into two equal parts, one of them was further divided into small sticks for maceration, the other was used for preparing samples of specific gravity. maceration has done according to ( 11). 40 readings were taken for any of fiber length, fiber diameter, lumen diameter and wall thickness for each level of experimental combinations. specific gravity was measured for the upper and lower parts of stem separately, and it was determined by immersion method where each mean value represented a mean of 4 measurements. the experiment was designed and conduced by using complete randomized design ( c.r.d ) , and the treatments were replicated four times . the results were statistically analyzed by using statistica program ( 99 edition ) . results and discussion the experiment showed that olive plants of two years old could not survive after pollution by the highest level l4 ( 3 liters / plant), therefore they were excluded from statistical analysis, and the levels of pollution became 4 ( l0, l1, l2, and l3 ) only. fiber length was the only property of fiber dimensions that significantly affected ( p<o.o1) by crude oil pollution ( table 1) . fiber diameter and wall thickness did not appear significant differences that might be because of their small values, accordingly changes would be smaller. all fiber dimensions generally decreased as a result of oil addition . mean value of the three treated levels ( 0.710 mm ) showed a reduction in fiber length of about 12% as compared to control ( table 2 ). l1, unexpectedly, gave the lowest length. micro environmental conditions under which a specific plant grows could be a reason. although fiber diameter and wall thickness did not show statistical response to pollution, it was an evidence that some reduction has been occurred in both properties with the addition of oil. similar results were obtained by maranho et.al., 2009 when exposed podocarpus labertii trees to petroleum. the inhibition or reduction of plant growth as well as its death were regarded as indication of hydrocarbons toxicity ( powell, 1997). an interest result could be observed, that's the treatment having shortest fibers (l1) showed the highest values of diameter and wall thickness. specific gravity was affected by pollution levels ( table3). results of significances showed that most of effects were obtained at lower parts of stem (p<0.01), while upper parts did not affect significantly. it is known that there is a direct relation between specific gravity and both of fiber diameter and wall thickness. narrower fibers give higher density when they have approximate equal wall thicknesses . this fact could be observed when comparing results of table 4 with that of table 2 especially for l2 treatment. in general specific gravity of treated plants had some higher values than that of control. it seems that one liter / plant is the level at which fiber diameter and lumen were severely affected. this effect led to have higher specific gravity for the same levels. wood of higher specific gravity corresponded to specific level of pollution could be explained by inhibition or retarding effect of oxen's which accelerate division of cells with a wider cavities. similar explanations could explain why the lower wood was more significant, when we know that upper wood is nearer than lower one to the crown ( the source of oxen). 3 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 references 1. alkio, m.; tabuchi, tm.; wang, x; and colon carmona, a., (2005). stress responses to polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in arabidopsis include growth inhibition and hypersensitive response-like symptoms. journal of experimental botany, 56, 421: (29832994). 2. petuchov, vn.; fomchenkov, vm.; chugunov, va and kholodenko, vp., (2000). plant biotests of soil and water, polluted with petroleum and petroleum products. applied and environmental microbiology, 36, 6: (652-5). 3. strickland, rm., (1990). the pacific northwest coast: fossil fuel frontier. environment journal, 6, 4: (25-77). 4. michel, j.; henry, jr. cb; and thumm, s., (2002). shoreline assessment and environmental impacts from the m/t westchester oil spill in the mississippi river. spill science & technology bulletin, 7, 3-4: (155-161). 5. michel, j.; trevor, g.; waldron, j.; blocksisidge, ct.; etkin, ds and urban r., (2005). potentially polluting wrecks in marine waters. in annals of the 2005 international oil spill conference, maio 16. miami: oil spill response. p. 1-84. 6. green, bt.; wiber, ct.; woodruff, jl.; miller, ew.; poage, vl.; cildress, dm.; feulner ja.; prosch, sa.; runkel, ja.; wandersheid, rl.; wierma, md.; yang, x.; choe, ht. and mercurio, sd. (1996). phytotoxicity observed in tradescantia correlates with diesel fuel contamination in soil. environmental and experimental botany, 36, 3: (313-321). 7. powell, r., (1997). the use of plants as "field" biomonitors. in wang, w., gorsuch, j. and hughes, j. (eds.). plants for environmental studies. lewis: boca raton. p. 47-61 . www.scielo.br. 8. maranho, lt.; dziedzic, m.; muñiz, gib.; kuniyoshi, ys. and galvão, f.(2009). effects of the pollution by petroleum on the tracheids along the stem of podocarpus lambertii klotzsch ex endl., podocarpaceae , braz. j. biol. 69, 2: issn 1519-6984. 9. chakravarty, h.i. (1976). plant wealth of iraq. vol (1), botany directorate, ministry of agriculture & grarian reform, baghdad, iraq. 10. fernandez-escobar r.; sanchez-zamaro ma.; uceda m. and beltran g. ( 2002). the effect of nitrogen over fertilization on olive tree growth and oil quality. acta hort. 1, 586; 429-431. international symposium; 4th, olive growing. 11. franklin,g.l.(1937).permanent preparation of macerated wood fibers. tropical woods, 49: (21 – 22). 4 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://www.scielo.br/ table no. (1): analysis of variance of crude oil pollution effects on olive wood properties . wood property df effect ms effect df error ms error f fiber length 3 202.08 8 27.33 7.393** fiber diameter 3 3.14 8 1.15 2.712 wall thickness 3 0.0422 8 0.0316 1.333 * significant at p< 0.05 , ** at p < 0.01. table no.(2): means of fiber dimensions as affected by different levels of crude oil pollution wood properties level of pollution liter / plant wall thickness (µm) lumen diameter (µm) fiber diameter (µm) fiber length (µm) 2.33 10.94 15.60 813.3 l0 ( 0.0 ) 2.67 10.36 15.70 620.0 l1 ( 0.5 ) 2.10 10.10 14.30 750.0 l2 ( 1.0 ) 2.10 10.77 14.97 760.0 l3 ( 2.0 ) note: each value represents mean of 40 measurements. table no.(3): analysis of variance ( anova ) of crude oil pollution effects on olive wood specific gravity. specific gravity df effect ms effect df error ms error f upper 3 1331.68 8 526.06 2.531 lower 3 2271.35 8 319.89 7.100** mean 3 1718.75 8 337.83 5.087* * significant at p< 0.05 , ** at p < 0.01. table no.(4) : mean values of olive wood specific gravity as affected by different leves of oil pollution. level of pollution (liter / plant) specific gravity lower upper mean l0 ( 0.0 ) 594.7 571.0 583.0 l1 ( 0.5 ) 591.0 570.0 580.7 l2 ( 1.0 ) 611.5 598.5 605.0 l3 ( 2.0 ) 601.2 584.3 592.9 5 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 بعض صفات خشب الزیتون فيالنفط الخام ب تأثیرات تلویث التربة حسن حسین علي علي عبد باسم عباس بغدادجامعة / مركز بحوث ومتحف التاریخ الطبیعي 19/5/2013 : ، قبل البحث في 9/1/2012استلم البحث في : الخالصة أجری�ت التجرب�ة ف�ي الحق�ل لخش�ب الزیت�ون تسلیط الضوء على مدى تأثیر التلوث النفطي في بعض الصفات التشریحیة ل ش�باط 15 بت�أریخ وزرع�تتین ختی�رت ش�تالت بعم�ر س�نالتجریبي لمركز بحوث ومتحف التاریخ الطبیعي، جامع�ة بغ�داد. أ ترك�ت الش�تالت لت�ر / ش�تلة. ) 3,0، 2,0، 1,0 ، 0,5 ، 0,0( إلى خمسة مس�تویات م�ن التل�وث . عرضت2009 قط�ر و، قط�ر اللی�ف و ،ط�ول اللی�ف ت دراس�ة الت�أثیر ف�ي ك�ل م�ن:م�ت للنمو مدة س�نتین ونص�ف الس�نة تح�ت ت�أثیر التل�وث. 4مس�تویات ، 5حلل�ت النت�ائج عل�ى وف�ق التص�میم العش�وائي الكام�ل ( .لوزن النوعي للخشبوا سمك الجدار،والتجویف ، دى إل�ى أللتل�وث مم�ا لتر/ش�تلة) 3( االعل�ى المس�توى ان شتالت الزیتون لم تتمكن من مقاوم�ة ظھر من النتائجمكررات). .ھالكھا خالل الموسم األول أبعاد األلیاف ( الطول ، القطر ، وسمك الجدار ) م�ع زی�ادة التل�وث عل�ى ال�رغم م�ن أن التن�اقص ل�م یك�ن منتظم�ا تناقصت ضافة النفط الخام . الوزن النوعي للخشب اظھ�ر % نتیجة ال12قل طول اللیف بمعدل فقد وقد كان طول اللیف أكثرھا تأثرا األكث�ر بع�دا ع�ن الت�اج (المص�در المجھ�ز م�ن الس�اق السفلیةاألجزاء في ال سیما زیادة طفیفة للمعامالت المعرضة للتلوث و ألوكسینات).با : الزیتون، خشب، تلوث، التربة، نفط خام. الكلمات المفتاحیة 6 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a27@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 33 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract a skin condition known as chronic spontaneous urticaria (csu), which lacks an obvious triggering factor, is characterized by recurrent transient wheals, angioedema, or both for longer than six weeks. the current study was focused to study compared and diagnosis csu by using heamatological and immunological parameters as (white blood cell count, eosinophils (eo), il-6 and total-ige, in chronic urticaria patients were clinically diagnosed by dermatologists in specialized center of allergy in baghdad/al-rusafa with age ranged between (11-60), as well as a control group included 40 with age ranged between (11-60). the results of demographic and clinical characteristics displayed the rate of female patients was higher than male which represented by 56.3 and 43.8% respectively. the results showed there was highly significant differences between the patients and the control in wbc , total-ige ,il-6 the results showed eo was higher than control but no significant difference at p ≤ 0.05. the eosinophils percentage was high in age 51-60 and 21-30 year while those with age 41-50 and 51-60 year had highest, totalige level 211.7 ±38.96 iu/ml, 211.69 ±38.71iu/ml respectively but il-6 level was highest 26.4 ±1.77 pg/ml in patients with age group 21-30 year. wbc count in age 41-50 and 51-60 year showed highest count 9.2 ±1.34 cell/cm³blood, 9.3±1.21 cell/cm³blood respectively. in same time doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3010 article history: received 12 september 2022, accepted 23 october2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq evaluation of il-6 and ige levels in iraqi patients with chronic spontaneous urticaria (csu) in baghdad, iraq. riyam ahmed saber al-sofy department of biology, college of science for women, university of baghdad, iraq. rayam.ahmed1202a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq talib abdullah hussein department of biology, college of science for women, university of baghdad, iraq. talibah_bio@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq suaad almas. brakhas department of immunology –allergy specialized center, baghdad / iraq. su_azimmune@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rayam.ahmed1202a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:talibah_bio@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:su_azimmune@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 34 the values of parameters were various between patients without treatment and in patients who undergoes into treatment, finally the roc showed the il-6 and total-ige were discriminated as accurate biomarkers for csu. keywords: wbc, eosinophils (eo), il-6 and total-ige, cus and age. 1.introduction chronic urticaria (cu) is the occurrence of symptoms for more than 6 weeks [1]the chronic urticaria is classified into two subclasses, the first class is chronic inducible urticaria (cindu), while the second one is chronic spontaneous urticaria (csu) is marked by angioedema and the appearance of wheals for more than six weeks in both adults and children. this subtype is appear spontaneously without unknown causes [2].there are many mechanisms that may be contributed to the pathogenesis of csu such as infections, food allergy, coagulation cascade and autoimmunity [3 ]. in csu type i hypersensitivity (also define autoallergy, hypersensitivity of type i is also known as anaphylactic hypersensitivity or acute hypersensitivity [4] is involved when antigen crosslink the immunoglobulin e (ige) on mast cells and basophils to take out the vasoactive mediatorss [5 ]. ige have a roles in allergic reactions, and its strong effecting function activated when this antibodies bind to fc receptors fcεri and fcεrii/cd23 [6]. increased serum levels of igm-antifcεriα are common in patients with csu and linked to features of autoimmunity [7]. interleukin 6 is pro-inflammatory cytokines, which deregulated with auto-immune disorders and chronic inflammations [8] . currently, alasandagutti et al.,[9] who reported that family of il-6 plays a vital role in csu pathogenesis. the aim of the study was evaluate of il-6 and totalige in chronic spontaneous urticaria (cus) patients. 2.material and methods patient diagnosis eighty patients with chronic urticaria diagnosed by dermatologists in the specialized center of allergy in baghdad/al-rusafa and forty healthy control samples was involved in the study from november 2021 to april 2022, divided patients into pre-treatment and post-treatment patients. all patients and controls samples underwent basic laboratory tests in addition to evaluation the levels of total ige and il-6 in their serum. collection blood samples eight ml of venous blood were drawn from each subject using 10 ml disposable plastic syringes in sterile conditions. (2ml) of blood was collected in edta tube for hematological assay beckman analyzer counter. in the gel tube, 6 ml of blood was obtained and allowed to coagulate at room ihjpas. 36(2)2023 35 temperature (20-25°c). after blood clotting, centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 5 minutes to obtain serum before being separated into equal parts into 3 sterile eppendrof tubes which tightly closed and stored at-20°c for immunological testing of total-ige (euroimmun,germany), il-6 (mybiosource, usa) by using elisa technique. statistical analysis the data was analyzed using spss statistical approach (statistical package for the social sciences) version-26. for quantitative variables, tested had been data for normality (shapiro-wilk and kolmogorov-smirnov tests), and the levels have given as, (mean ± stander error(. significant differences between medians were assessed by the nonparametric tests (mann-whitney and kruskal-wallis) probability value < 0.05 roc curve (receiver operating characteristic curve), this graph was used to discriminate whether all immunological and hematological are biomarkers or not. 3.results and discussion demographic characteristics of study: the results of demographic and clinical characteristics showed the rate of female patients was higher than male which represented by 56.3 and 43.8% respectively, also showed 20% of patients were smoking. finally, the mean ages of, patients 34.8±1.5 as in table 1. table 1. demographic and clinical characteristics of the participants. demographic characteristics patients n (%) controls n (%) groups 80 (50%) 40 (50%) gender: male female 35 (43.8%) 45 (56.3%) 24 (60%) 16 (40%) treatment : yes no 58 (72.5%) 22 (27.5%) 0 (0%) 40 (100%) smoke: no yes 64 (80%) 16 (20%) 40 (100) 0 (0%) age (mean± s.e.) 34.8±1.5 34.65±2.25 this findings were similar with uysal et al. [10] who revealed, the 19% of patients were smoking and the female was high than male 24/7 and age mean 47.19, also the results agreed with hatif et al. [11] that found the female patients were higher than male maurer et al. [12] report that the rates of chronic spontaneous urticaria that varies across europe central and south america, with a greater rate of females and a statistically significant difference. with an average female to male ratio of about 2-1/4, cu is one of the skin conditions with a notable female prevalence [13]. vascular hyperpermeability has been linked to this phenomenon, which is caused by estrogenihjpas. 36(2)2023 36 induced enhanced tissue expression of endothelial nitric oxide synthase. it is well-known that androgens typically have an immunosuppressive activity through a variety of mechanisms, and progesterone similarly appears to suppress immunity and inflammation. contrarily, estrogens can promote antibody production and humoral immunity [14]. biomarkers between csu patients and control subject the results showed there was highly significant difference between the patients and the control in wbc, total-ige, il-6 but eo was higher than control but no significant differences at (p≤ 0.05) table 2 table 2. comparison the immunological biomarkers between study groups groups n wbc mean± s.e eo mean± s.e total-ige mean± s.e iu/ml il-6 mean± s.e pg/ml patients 80 a0.34± 8.14 a0.27± 2.22 a±12.6 198.49 23.92 ± 0.75a controls 40 b0.22± 6.7 a±0.19 1.89 b±3.8 32.96 8.7708 ± 0.57b p-value 0.011 0.548 0.0001 0.001 the different letters mean there was a significant difference while the similar letters mean there was not a significant difference. the obtained results generally agreed with góra et al.[15]mentioned the parameters (wbc,eo,ige,il-6 ) higher in patient with acute and chronic urticarial than control group , as well as agreed with jang et al. [16] the serum ige higher in the patients ige modulates mast cell activation and releases histamine, lipid mediators, kinins, and cytokines, which contributes to the development and severity of csu by interacting with a high-affinity ige receptor (fcri) found on cutaneous mast cells and basophils [17]. the results of immunological markers and age showed in table (3), the patient with age 5160 and 21-30 year had highest eosinophils count while those with age 41-50 and 51-60 year had highest total-ige level 211.7 ±38.96 iu/ml, 211.69 ±38.71 iu/ml respectively but patients with 21-30 and 51-60 year showed highest il-6 level 26.4 ±1.77 pg/ml, 25.03±2.39pg/ml respectively however the patients with different ages recorded high value levels than the control with same ages with significant differences except wbc count in age 41-50 and 51-60 year showed highest count 9.2 ±1.34 cell/cm³ , 9.3±1.21cell/cm³ respectively and eosinophils count in age 51-60 and 21-30 had highest count 2.4± 0.6, 1.99 ±0.45 respectively with no significant difference at (p≤ 0.05) table 3 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 37 table 3. biomarkers and age distribution in patients and control groups age group n wbc mean± s.e. eo mean± s.e. total-ige mean± s.e. il6 mean± s.e. patients 11-20 13 7.9 ±0.6 3.48±1.21 177.95 ±28.20 23.38 ±1.81 21-30 21 7.65±0.42 1.99 ±0.45 201.79 ±22.28 26.4 ±1.77 31-40 22 7.47±0.53 1.87 ±0.28 193.07±24.04 21.38±1.12 41-50 12 9.2 ±1.34 1.67±0.43 211.7 ±38.96 23.63±1.126 51-60 12 9.3±1.21 2.4± 0.6 211.69 ±38.71 25.03±2.39 controls 11-20 5 7.02±0.85 1.49±0.28 29.44±8.93 6.67±1.4 21-30 18 7.028±0.33 1.96 ±0.27 38.63±7.36 11.09±0.78 31-40 4 6.52±0.59 2.7±1.03 20.98±2.28 5.53±1.11 41-50 5 6.22±0.45 1.98±0.77 26.36±5.35 6.5±1.50 51-60 8 6.56±0.62 1.42±0.26 28.5±5.7 8.01±0.87 p value 0.292 0.971 0.001 0.001 p value ≤0.05 means there was a significant difference between the patients and the control in same age range. p value > 0.05 means there was not a significant difference between the patients and the control in same age range. the results were in agreement with chuamanochan et al. [18]. the most frequent cause of cu was chronic spontaneous urticaria in both groups of patients, those 67 (60-83) years old and those 35.6 (15-59) years old. however, without a statistically significant difference, the aging group had higher rates of positive autologous serum skin tests, anti-thyroid and antinuclear antibodies, increased wbc, and eosinophils than the non-aging group did. in addition, mast cells, basophils, eosinophils, and ige are crucial elements in allergic inflammation [18]. additionally, hussein et al. [19] indicated that il-17a may be induced by stress and may have an influence on an increase in acute urticaria patients' total wbc. immediate hypersensitivity responses are started and spread by antigen-specific ige synthesis, which is followed by ige fixation to fc ri receptors on mast cells and basophils. mast cells, eosinophils and basophils are key effector cells in both innate and adaptive immunity as well as allergic inflammation [20]. this explained the patients with high eosinophils count had high ige level too, finally same result between il6 and eosinophils noticed in patient with same age due to il-6 produced from eosinophils [21]. the results of total-ige between patients pre-treatment and post-treatment showed various results , the total-ige in patients pre-treatment was higher than patients post-treatment which represented 220.80 ±28.80 iu/ml and 190.03 ± 13.58iu/ml) respectively and higher than the ihjpas. 36(2)2023 38 control group (32.96 ±3.80 iu/ml) with significant difference between those group at (p ≤ 0.05) and il-6 between patients pre-treatment and patients post-treatment showed various results as well as il-6 concentration in patients pre-treatment was lower than post-treatment patients (22.46±1.04 pg/ml and 24.47±0.96pg/ml) respectively but higher than the control group (8.77 ±0.57pg/ml) with significant difference between those group at p ≤ 0.05 but wbc and eo count recorded in patients pre-treatment was lower than patients post-treatment significant difference between those group at p ≤ 0.05 in table 4 table 4 . the comparison between pre and post treatment patients and controls group n total-ige il-6 wbc eo count patients pre treatment 22 220.80 ±28.80 22.46±1.04 7.64±0.42 2.59± 0.36 patients posttreatment 58 190.03 ± 13.58 24.47±0.96 8.32±0.44 2.08± 0.34 controls 40 32.96 ±3.80 8.77 ±0.57 6.78±0.22 1.89±0.19 p-value a, c= 0.001 b=0.6 a, c= 0.001 b=0.4 a= 0.10, b=0.62 c=0.013 a=0.1 b=0.029, c=0.4 a-patient's pre-treatment compared with controls, b-patients pre-treatment compared with patients posttreatment, c=parameters level in patients post-treatment compared with controls. during this study the patients were selected regardless how long have been on medicine which the section below there will be disagreement and agreements with different study due to the level of ige will be low after treatment in month, the results showed agreement with jang et al. [16] showed blood levels of free/total ige were considerably greater in csu patients than in healthy subjects. serum free and total ige levels change when using omalizumab (omalizumab is intended to be used as second-line therapy for the treatment of chronic spontaneous urticaria that is refractory to oral antihistamines). the levels of serum total ige tended to rise 1 month posttreatment (p = 0.06) and gradually fall throughout the course of the 12-month treatment period without differing significantly. however, the serum total ige level after 6 months is noticeably greater than the baseline level, suggesting that omalizumab therapy may cause a rise in serum total ige levels. insignificant changes were seen in serum free ige levels throughout the course of the 12-month therapy period. the classification of individuals with csu who are appropriate for omalizumab treatment was made easier by comparing preand post-treatment ige levels and their ratios [22]. the higher quantity of allergen-specific ige antibodies on effector cells (including basophils and mast cells) and the higher percentage of attachment to effector cells in csu may be indicated by the higher ratio of specific ige to serum ige [23]. moreover, the current results disagreed with recent study [24] showed that the serum levels of il-6 and ccl8 pre-treatment were significantly higher than post-treatment. wang et al [25] ihjpas. 36(2)2023 39 reoprted the level of tnf-α, il-6 and il-10 in group were significantly lower after treatment . moreover, these findings agreed with those of fujii et al. [26], who observed that patients were resistant to traditional antihistamine therapy and required systemic steroids for full wheal suppression. their increased il-6 and crp levels returned to normal once the urticaria subsided.. as an allergic disease, chronic urticarial is accompanied by an inflammatory reaction that secretes a large amount of inflammatory factors. tnf-α, il-6 and il-10 are important inflammatory factors, all of which will change to varying degrees after having an inflammatory response [27]. on the other hands, this outcome was agreed upon by [28]. the median pre-treatment ige level in the patients was substantially lower [189.0 (1.0-1824.0)] than the post-treatment level [561.0 (2.0-4301.0)]. (p<0.001). there was no significant difference in eosinophils before and after omalizumab therapy. the patients' mean uct score was determined to be 11.5 (3.9). furthermore, celik et al.[29] revealed the eosinophil count was greater in the post-treatment and pre-treatment groups than in the control group. in patients with csu who required long-term omalizumab treatment, the eosinophil-basophil ratio was high and reduced after treatment. the only statistically significant difference between the two groups that improved with omalizumab medication in a short period of time and required long-term treatment was the eosinophil-basophil ratio. the receiver operating characteristic (roc) the roc results of il-6 showed cut-off value is (15.0), in roc curve validity test for il-6 dependent on clinical diagnosis and found greatest sensitivity (97.5%), specificity (95.0%), ppv(97.5%)npv (97.4%), accuracy (93.7%) and area under curve (0.995). overall, there is a highly significant differences between studied groups (p<0.001) as in figure 1 figure 1. the roc curve of il-6. 1.00.80.60.40.20.0 1 specificity 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 se ns itiv ity roc curve ihjpas. 36(2)2023 40 the findings were agreed to [15], the largest area under the curve (auc) was found for ip-10 (auc= 0.98; p 0.001), for which the optimal cut-off value determined by the youden index was 55.10. the sensitivity and specificity of ip-10 as a biomarker of urticaria incidence were determined to be 92% and 100%, respectively. at il-6, whose auc was 0.96 (p 0.001) and reported same sensitivity and specificity (92% and 100%, respectively, for a cut-off point of 9.85) were demonstrated. according to roc analysis, il-6 has a high sensitivity and specificity as a predictor of urticarial incidence. on the other side, the roc results of total ige showed cut-off value is (78.58), in roc curve validity test for total ige dependent on clinical diagnosis and found greatest sensitivity (91.3%), specificity (95.0%) ppv (97.3%), npv (85.4%), accuracy (87.4%) and area under curve (0.960). overall, there is a highly significant differences between studied groups (p<0.001) as in figure 2 figure 2. the roc curve of t-ige the roc observed that [16] in their study that revealed et al. jangthe result agreed with the area values under auc curve with optimum specificity and sensitivity of serum levels of ige for determining atopic case in patients with csu were 0.691 and 0.730 with; -and free -total .specificity without considerably variations . 72.7% sensitivity;vs . 100.0% 33.3%vs 64.7% 4.conclusion the obtained results showed the female was higher than male in risk of csu which this was agreed with different previous studies , also the study showed the csu patient had high hematological and immunological values than patients in same time the values of biomarkers was various between patients without treatment and in patients whose under goes into treatment 1.00.80.60.40.20.0 1 specificity 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 se ns itiv ity roc curve ihjpas. 36(2)2023 41 however during the study revealed the age from 30 to 60 year showed higher value in biomarkers than other ages finally the roc showed the il-6 and ige were discriminated as accurate biomarkers for csu . references 1. gonzalez-diaz, s.n.; sanchez-borges, m.; rangel-gonzalez, d.m.; guzman-avilan, r.i.; canseco-villarreal, j.i.; arias-cruz, a. chronic urticaria and thyroid pathology. world allergy organ. j. 2020, 13, 100101. 2. choi, j.-h.; lee, d.h.; song, w.-j.; choi, m.; kwon, j.-w.; kim, g.-w.; kim, m.h.; kim, m.a.; kim, m.-h.; kim, b.-k. the kaaaci/kda evidence-based practice guidelines for chronic spontaneous urticaria in korean adults and children: part 2. management of h1-antihistaminerefractory chronic urticaria. allergy. asthma immunol. res. 2020, 12, 750. 3. kolkhir, p.; church, m.k.; altrichter, s.; skov, p.s.; hawro, t.; frischbutter, s.; metz, m.; maurer, m. eosinopenia, in chronic spontaneous urticaria, is associated with high disease activity, autoimmunity, and poor response to treatment. j. allergy clin. immunol. pract. 2020, 8, 318–325. 4. lawton, s. identifying, diagnosing and managing skin allergies. prim. heal. care 2016, 26. 5. rorsman, h. basophilic leucopenia in different forms of urticaria. allergy 1962, 17, 168– 184. 6. sutton, b.j.; davies, a.m.; bax, h.j.; karagiannis, s.n. ige antibodies: from structure to function and clinical translation. antibodies 2019, 8, 19. 7. altrichter, s.; zampeli, v.; ellrich, a.; zhang, k.; church, m.k.; maurer, m. igm and iga in addition to igg autoantibodies against fcɛriα are frequent and associated with disease markers of chronic spontaneous urticaria. allergy 2020, 75, 3208–3215. 8. kaur, s.; bansal, y.; kumar, r.; bansal, g. a panoramic review of il-6: structure, pathophysiological roles and inhibitors. bioorg. med. chem. 2020, 28, 115327. 9. alasandagutti, m.l.; ponnana, m.; sivangala, r.; thada, s.; joshi, l.; hussain, h.; ansari, s.s.; valluri, v.; gaddam, s.l. role of ifn-γ and il-6 cytokines and their association in determining susceptibility to chronic idiopathic urticaria. genet. test. mol. biomarkers 2014, 18, 804–809. 10. uysal, p.i̇.; hayran, y.; akdoğan, n.; öktem, a.; atılan, a.; aksoy, g.g.; yalçın, b. effect of omalizumab therapy on coagulation parameters and total immunoglobulin e levels in patients with chronic idiopathic urticaria and bullous pemphigoid. turk dermatoloji derg. 2018, 12, 159. 11. hatif st, ;hussein ta, ; muhieldden aa. ;evaluation of il17-a serum levels in iraqi patients with alopecia areata and alopecia universalis. biochem. cell arch. 2020, 20,6419-25. 12. maurer, m.; houghton, k.; costa, c.; dabove, f.; ensina, l.f.; giménez-arnau, a.; guillet, g.; konstantinou, g.n.; labrador-horrillo, m.; lapeere, h. differences in chronic spontaneous urticaria between europe and central/south america: results of the multi-center real world aware study. world allergy organ. j. 2018, 11, 32. 13. cassano, n.; colombo, d.; bellia, g.; zagni, e.; vena, g.a. gender-related differences in chronic urticaria. g. ital. di dermatologia e venereol. organo uff. soc. ital. di dermatologia e sifilogr. 2015, 151, 544–552. 14. hox, v.; desai, a.; bandara, g.; gilfillan, a.m.; metcalfe, d.d.; olivera, a. estrogen increases the severity of anaphylaxis in female mice through enhanced endothelial nitric oxide synthase expression and nitric oxide production. j. allergy clin. immunol. 2015, 135, 729–736. 15. góra, a.; przybył, m.; świętochowska, e.; machura, e. assessment of selected interleukins (il-6, il-17a, il-18, il-23) and chemokines (rantes, ip-10) in children with acute and chronic urticaria. 2022. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 42 16. jang, j.-h.; yang, e.-m.; lee, y.; ye, y.-m.; moon, j.; ryu, m.s.; park, h.-s. increased serum free ige levels in patients with chronic spontaneous urticaria (csu)☆. world allergy organ. j. 2022, 15, 100629. 17. yu, y.; blokhuis, b.r.j.; diks, m.a.p.; keshavarzian, a.; garssen, j.; redegeld, f.a. functional inhibitory siglec-6 is upregulated in human colorectal cancer-associated mast cells. front. immunol. 2018, 9, 2138. 18. chuamanochan, m.; kulthanan, k.; tuchinda, p.; chularojanamontri, l.; nuchkull, p. clinical features of chronic urticaria in aging population. asian pacific j. allergy immunol. 2016, 34. 19. hussein ta, brakhas sa, dawood sm. immunological study in patients with allergic asthma. research journal of pharmaceutical biological and chemical sciences. 2018 , 1,9(1),421-7. 20 . stone, k.d.; prussin, c.; metcalfe, d.d. ige, mast cells, basophils, and eosinophils. j. allergy clin. immunol. 2010, 125, s73–s80. 21. ghaffar, o.; lavigne, f.; kamil, a.; renzi, p.; hamid, q. interleukin-6 expression in chronic sinusitis: colocalization of gene transcripts to eosinophils, macrophages, t lymphocytes, and mast cells. otolaryngol. neck surg. 1998, 118, 504–511. 22. ertas, r.; ozyurt, k.; atasoy, m.; hawro, t.; maurer, m. the clinical response to omalizumab in chronic spontaneous urticaria patients is linked to and predicted by ige levels and their change. allergy 2018, 73, 705–712. 23. di lorenzo, g.; mansueto, p.; pacor, m.l.; rizzo, m.; castello, f.; martinelli, n.; ditta, v.; bianco, c. lo; leto-barone, m.s.; d’alcamo, a. evaluation of serum s-ige/total ige ratio in predicting clinical response to allergen-specific immunotherapy. j. allergy clin. immunol. 2009, 123, 1103–1110. 24. liu, z.; al-quran, l.; tong, j.; cao, x. analysis of clinical features and inflammatory related molecules with the disease in acute infectious urticaria. 2022. 25. wang, s.; liu, y.; wang, j.; zhang, j. clinical efficacy of levocetirizine combined with ebastine in the treatment of chronic urticaria and their effect on serum cytokines. int j clin exp med 2019, 12, 11675–11683. 26. fujii, k.; konishi, k.; kanno, y.; ohgou, n. acute urticaria with elevated circulating interleukin‐6 is resistant to anti‐histamine treatment. j. dermatol. 2001, 28, 248–250. 27. papadopoulos, j.; karpouzis, a.; tentes, j.; kouskoukis, c. assessment of interleukins il-4, il-6, il-8, il-10 in acute urticaria. j. clin. med. res. 2014, 6, 133. 28. gokcek ge, solak eö, çölgeçen e. the effect of omalizumab treatment on hematological inflammatory parameters and immunoglobulin e levels in patients with chronic spontaneous urticaria. turkish journal of dermatology. 2021 ,1;15(4):95. 29. celik e, ; dirican e. ; can we predict the duration of treatment requirement by complete blood count in chronic spontaneous urticaria patients receiving omalizumab?. dicle tıp dergisi. 2020, 1;47(3),568-77. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 16 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. calculate the thermal properties of (s2f2) using semi-empirical quantum mechanics (mndo / pm3) abstract in this paper, thermal properties were performed by using semi-empirical theoretical calculations to study the molecular structure of a nonlinear molecular system, the (s2f2) molecule in the infrared region, by using semi-empirical quantum programs in the (mndo / pm3) method. this study is under the condition of obtaining the stable structure of the molecule in which the molecule obtains the minimum value of the total energy. the thermodynamic properties were also calculated, including the heat of formation, whose value was (-61.002kcal / mol), the entropy and its value (78.2916 cal / mol.k), as well as the heat capacity (15.9454 cal / mol.k) and the enthalpy (3763.434 cal /mol), gibbs free energy, it was valued at (-19567.5 cal / mol), these values were taken at the standard temperature 298 k, withdrawing these relationships in graphs and showing the changes in the state that the molecule passes through, and comparing these values with the experimental results. key words: s2f2, pm3, thermal properties, molecular structure, semi-empirical. 1. introduction the sulfur halide molecules are of great scientific and industrial importance. made scientists interested in studying their properties theoretically and practically. all molecules have three main spectral transitions: (electronic transitions, their frequencies are located in the visible and ultraviolet regions, vibrational transitions and their frequencies are located in the near and middle infrared region, and rotational transitions and their frequencies are located in the far-infrared region and microwave). ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index haider m.j. haider hayderm.alhayderi@uokufa.edu.iq department of physics, faculty of education for girls, kufa university , najaf, iraq. doi: 10.30526/35.1.2794 article history: received,1 august, 2021, accepted,4 october, 2021, published in january 2022. nada j. resan nadajassim84@gmail.com iraq_alkarkh education directorate3, baghdad, iraq. ruaa s. abdullhussein ruaaalzubaidy83@gmail.com college of health and medical technology, middle technical university, baghdad, iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hayderm.alhayderi@uokufa.edu.iq mailto:nadajassim84@gmail.com mailto:ruaaalzubaidy83@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 17 the molecule of sulfur fluoride (s2f2) is one of the semiconducting substances treated with halogen (f), as its molecular weight is (molecular weight = 102.117 amu), and its melting point reaches the limits of (-120.5 oc), the boiling point reaches the limits of (-38.4oc) [1]. it was prepared from the reaction of silver fluoride with sulfur at a temperature of 200 oc. s2f2 is rapidly dissociating, and therefore it is difficult to obtain it in the pure state [2]. haider m.j. haider studied spectral and thermal characteristics utilizing theoretical semi-empirical calculations to examine the molecular structure for non-linear systems, that moleculer (s2f2) in infrared, using semi-empirical programs and methods (mndo/pm3). the aim of this paper thermal properties is achieved by using semi-empirical theoretical calculations to study the molecular structure of a nonlinear molecular system, which is the (s2f2) molecule in the infrared region, by using semi-empirical quantum programs in the (mndo / pm3) method. 2. theoretical background to study the molecular spectra for any molecule, however complex, there are two main methods: raman spectra, which depend on the principle of electromagnetic rays scattering, and the second is infrared frequencies, which depend on the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with the molecules of the material, where the molecule absorbs infrared radiation and converts its energy into vibrational energy for the atoms that form the molecule. according to quantum laws, this energy is quantized (meaning it takes specific values according to energy levels), and then the molecule moves from one level to another higher [3]. the approximation methods used in solving the schrödinger equation for systems that are important for the chemical and physical point of view usually lead to complex calculations that could not be achieved, as the theoretical quantum calculations were complicated due to the complexities associated with mathematical solutions in terms of the high cost of huge calculations and the slow calculation speed that lasts for months to solve the particles simple and years of solving medium particles. because of the rapid development in the past few years in the field of high-speed electronic computers, approximation methods have been developed to provide solutions that sometimes come close in terms of accuracy to the approximate solutions of the schrödinger equation. the calculations of the semi-empirical methods are characterized by the speed of implementation, as quantum scientists have resorted to methods of approximation, and among these advanced semi-empirical methods that were used in the research is the mndo-pm3 method, as this method rises to somewhat advanced levels, especially when dealing with molecules that contain electron-electron effects. electrons or electron pairs, which are the property of all high-energy molecules (hem). therefore, the mndo-pm3 method calculated within the winmopac7.21 program made there is a great convergence between the results of this method and the experimental values measured experimentally, this convergence is the motivation for using the pm3 method. in this research, three basic mathematical programs were used [2]: 2.1. pcmodel program a program in the form of molecular mechanics (mm)) that uses analytical functions (r, θ, φ) represent the interior coordinates such as the length of the bond, the curvature of the angle, and the angle of the surfaces. (angle dihedral). compared with the appropriate method for reducing energy to an optimum (geometry improvement), by correcting the geometry of the molecule. in this program, a file is obtained that contains the internal coordinates of the position that have been ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 18 distributed in the form of a geometrically or spatially formed particle. this file is in an image and is wrapped and through it the lengths of the bonds, the values of the interaction angles, the values of the angles of the surfaces, etc. this file is a gateway to the following program, winmopac7.21. 2.2. winmopac 7.21 such other molecular modeling software, the applications of this software have grown in recent years, it has become a large presence in many research and studies and in various scientific fields. substances due to their sensitivity, danger, and speed of reaction. these programs have also provided many efforts in the field of scientific research, including determining the curves of the band surfaces [5], determining the geometry of polymers, and the relative energies of other complex molecules [6], and others. we have also calculated, through this program, some properties and thermal functions of the molecules, such as heat of formation, heat capacity, enthalpy, and entropy, in addition to gibb's free energy, with a graphical relationship for each state. of thermal states. winmopac7.21 reads the values generated from the pcmodel program and thus calculates many quantities and molecular properties such as vibrational spectra, thermodynamic quantities, force constants .... and others. 2.3. hyper chem program this program is considered a supplementary program to calculate the remaining features. after drawing the molecule and identifying the atoms with specific dimensions, the preference for molecular engineering is performed to obtain the stable shape with the lowest voltage energy by choosing one of the quasi-experimental methods, as this program was based on the mndo-pm3 method then, the properties are calculated [5]. 3. results and discussion to clarify the molecular structure, the calculation of the internal coordinates (r,θ,φ) is adopted through a pc-model program, the angle between the joints and its amount (113o) was drawn, and figure (1) shows the schematic figure for (s2f2) molecule and the angle between the bonds, indicating the internal axes of the molecule. figure 1. represents the molecular structure of (s2f2) molecule with an indication of the internal axes and the angle between the bonds as the number of atoms that constitute the molecule is (n = 4), so the number of degrees of freedom is (3n = 12) degrees, the number of vibrational patterns according to the rule (3n-6) for being a non-linear molecule is (6) degrees; there are (3) degrees for rotational motion and (3) degrees for translational motion. the structural shape of the molecule has been drawn through the ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 19 hyper chem program, which is the geometric shape at the equilibrium state of the molecule; that is, the lowest level of energy is standard in stable shape. after drawing the molecule using the internal coordinators of the molecule (r,θ,φ), (where (r) represents the length of the bond, and (θ) is the angle between three atoms, which is measured (in degrees), while ()φ is the angle of surfaces (dihedral angle), which is also measured by degree, and obtaining the preference for the best geometrical position of the molecule (optimization) by using a program of (pc-model). we get the elementary matrix of the molecule, as in table (1), which contains the atoms that constitute the molecule, the distance between these atoms, the best position of these atoms (opt.), and the values of the angles between the bonds and the angles of the surfaces [6]. table 1. initial matrix of (s2f2) molecule atom distance (r) (å) opt. angle (θo) opt. dihedral (φo) opt. a b c f 0.00000 0 0.000000 0 0.000000 0 0 0 0 s 1.462062 1 0.000000 0 0.000000 0 1 0 0 s 1.625056 1 113.058400 1 0.000000 0 2 1 0 f 1.502882 1 114.009300 1 180.000000 1 3 2 1 after obtaining the initial matrix and inserting it into the winmopac7.21 program, the final matrix shown in table 2 is obtained, then the main window is reopened again and the final matrix is copied instead of the primary matrix and then an execution instruction is given to the program to start the calculation. table 2. final matrix of (s2f2) molecule atom distance r(å) opt. angle (θo) opt. dihedral (φo) opt. a b c charge f 0.000000 0 0.000000 0 0.000000 0 0 0 0 -0.225 s 1.5770059 1 0.000000 0 0.000000 0 1 0 0 0.2295 s 1.7497311 1 137.255868 1 0.000000 0 2 1 0 0.2294 f 1.5769474 1 137.348768 1 180.000000 1 3 2 1 -0.2295 3.1. calculation of heat of formation (s2f2) the temperature of the formation of the particle was calculated using the (win mopac7.21) program and by the method (mndo / pm3), and for different values of temperature ranging from (100k) to (1000k) as in table (3), a relationship was drawn between the two variables as in the figure ( 2) the relationship was linear, indicating the dependence of the formation energy of the molecule on the temperature. as the temperature increases, the formation energy increases during the three phases. also, the temperature of the formation of the molecule was calculated at the standard temperature (298k), which is then equal to (-61.002 kcal / mol)[6]. figure 2. the relationship between the temperature of s2f2 formation and the temperature. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 20 3.2. calculation of entropy for (s2f2) molecule the distribution and regularity of the atoms that constitute the molecule are closely related to this thermal property, so the entropy of the molecule, symbolized by the symbol (so), was calculated through the winmopac 7.21 program for a some of temperatures shown in table 3, and the entropy of the molecule was calculated at the standard temperature was 78.291 cal / k / mol, which is close from the experimentally measured value (76.25 cal / k / mol)[6]. figure 3. the relationship between entropy and temperatures of s2f2 for the two experimental and practical values. temp (k) entropy(so) (cal/k*mol) cal. entropy(so) (cal/k*mol) exp. 100 63.3731 150 68.4005 200 72.3005 250 75.5630 298 78.2916 76.25 300 78.3984 76.36 350 80.9142 400 83.1757 81.14 450 85.2281 500 87.1047 85.1 550 88.8317 600 90.4299 88.44 650 91.9163 700 93.3046 91.33 750 94.6065 800 95.8318 93.86 850 96.9885 900 98.0838 96.11 950 99.1237 1000 100.1133 98.13 table 3. the entropy values of the molecule and the corresponding temperatures ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 21 it noticed through figure 3 the positive relationship between entropy and temperature and the observed increase in entropy. since the entropy is a measure of the randomness of the atoms that constitute the molecule, so the entropy value increases with the increase in temperature, and the entropy of the gas state is greater than the liquid, and the liquid is greater than the solid with a variation in values, but in the s2f2 molecule, the entropy effect was large in the liquid phase approximately, i.e., at a temperature between (300k-100k) and gradually reduced until it reached a gaseous state. also, we notice an approximation between the practically measured value (cal.) and calculated by (mndo / pm3) and the experimentally measured values (exp.) taken from the literature. and since the entropy signal is a positive signal indicating that the process is automatic for the transformation of (s2f2) because it changed from the state of the system to the form of irregularity when it transformed from solid to liquid, and also when it changed from the state of the system (liquid) to disorder (gas). 3.3. calculation of heat capacity of (s2f2) molecule the heat capacity of the molecule, symbolized by cp, was calculated utilizing (win mopac 7.21), from (100k-1000k) temperature. as well as the expense of its thermal capacity at room temperature was equal to (15.9454 cal / k / mol) is close to the experimental value where (15.67 cal / k / mol) [6]. figure 4 shows the graphical relationship between heat capacity and the corresponding temperature, as we notice the rise in temperature, and it is proportional to it as the temperature increases. every pattern has a vibration. the temperature ranges from (100k-350k), an increase in heat capacity in the phase and the liquid, and afterward by stability. figure 4. the graphical relationship between the heat capacity of s2f2 and the temperatures of the two experimental and practical values ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 22 3.4. enthalpy calculation of (s2f2) molecule from (winmopac7.21) program, the enthalpy of the molecule was calculated for different values of temperature ranging from (100k-1000k) as in figure 6. the enthalpy value of the molecule was calculated at the standard temperature and was (3.7634 kcal / mol) as in table 5. the amount of change in enthalpy 𝐻298 ° for each degree of temperature was calculated by subtracting the enthalpy value at room temperature from its value at the degree to which the change is to be found. we notice through figure 5 that the relationship between enthalpy and temperature is a direct one, as the amount of change in the enthalpy increases with the increase in temperature. we cannot find the absolute values of the enthalpies of materials experimentally, but we can measure changes in the amounts of enthalpy following the laws of thermodynamics [8]. temp (k) heat capacity (cal/k*mol) cal. heat capacity (cal/k*mol) exp. 100 11.8223 150 13.0288 200 14.1304 250 15.1299 298 15.9454 15.67 300 15.9761 15.72 350 16.6619 400 17.2071 17.14 450 17.6389 500 17.9821 17.82 550 18.2570 600 18.4791 18.29 650 18.6603 700 18.8097 18.74 750 18.9340 800 19.0383 18.93 850 19.1266 900 19.2019 19.17 950 19.2665 1000 19.3224 19.28 and the corresponding temperatures 2f2represents the heat capacity of s .4table ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 23 figure 5. the graphical relationship between the enthalpy of s2f2 and the temperature temp (k) enthalpy (kcal/mol) cal. (δho) cal. (δho) exp. 100 0.9835 -2.779 150 1.6056 -2.157 200 2.2844 -1.478 250 3.0170 -0.746 298 3.7634 0 0 300 3.7953 0.032 0.034 350 4.6119 0.848 400 5.4561 1.693 1.698 450 6.3307 2.567 500 7.2216 3.458 3.47 550 8.1278 4.364 600 9.0464 5.283 5.31 650 9.9750 6.211 700 10.911 7.148 7.18 750 11.855 8.091 800 12.805 9.042 9.07 850 13.759 9.995 900 14.717 10.95 10.98 950 15.679 11.91 1000 16.643 12.88 12.91 and the corresponding temperatures and 2f2of sthe enthalpy values .5table the amount of change in enthalpy (ho) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 24 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 c h a n g e in e n th a lp y ( k ca l/ m o l) temp.(k) cal. exp. figure 6. the graphical relationship between the change in enthalpy and temperature for the two experimental and practical values 3.5. calculation of the gibbs free energy (s2f2) molecule after calculating the enthalpy and entropy of the s2f2 molecule, and for different degrees of temperature, they were linked to compute an important function through which we know whether the reaction takes place automatically or not, which is the gibbs free energy symbolized by the symbol g and is equal to: (g = h-ts) and therefore the amount of change in gibbs free energy equal to: (δg = δh-tδs). the gibbs free energy of the molecule was calculated for different temperature values starting from 100 k up to 1000k, and the change was calculated for it. the practical value was compared with the experimental value, and these values were close to each other, as in table (6). as for the energy value of gibbs at the standard temperature (-19567.5 kcal / mol). it noticed through figure 7 that the relationship between free gibbs energy and temperature is a stable linear inverse relationship, as gibbs energy decreases with increasing temperature. we also note from figure 8 that the relationship between the change in the free energy of gypsum (δg) and the temperature is also a linear inverse relationship, and we also notice a great convergence between the practical and experimental values of the amount of change in the energy of gibbs [9,10]. temp (k) g.f.e. (kcal/mol) (δgo) cal. (δgo) exp. 100 -5353.74 1489 150 -8654.40 1481 200 -12175.6 1196 250 -15873.7 681 298 -19567.5 0 0 300 -19724.2 -32.0 -32.9 350 -23708.0 -874 400 -27814.1 -1951 -1954 450 -32021.9 -3115 500 -36330.7 -4403 -4421 550 -40729.6 -5792 600 -45211.5 -7277 -7308 650 -49770.5 -8846 700 -54401.2 -10501 10548 750 -59099.2 -12224 800 -63860.4 -14027 -14078 850 -68681.0 -15876 900 --73558.0 -17802 -17867 table 6. free gibbs energy values and thecorresponding temperature and the amount of change in free energy ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 25 -25000 -20000 -15000 -10000 -5000 0 5000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 c h a n g e i n g .f .e . (k c a l/ m o l) temp.(k) cal. exp. figure 8. the graphical relationship between the change in gibbs energy and the experimental and practical temperature 3.6. comparison of semi-empirical methods in calculating some of the physical properties of s2f2 some optical spectral and thermal properties of s2f2 have been calculated by various methods winmopac7.21 took these calculations when the equilibrium condition r = req (in the stable shape of the molecule) is achieved, as shown in table 8. 950 -78488.3 -19776 1000 -83469.3 -21808 -21867 molecule 2f2the graphical relationship between gibbs energy and temperature of s figure 7. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 26 table 7. represents the calculation of some thermal properties of s2f2 by different semi-empirical methods when the equilibrium condition r = req is achieved. mndo mindo/3 mndo-am1 mndo-pm3 physicalproperties -41.26043 -49.88321 -46.80588 -61.00164 final heat of formation (kcal/mol) 13 13 13 13 no.of field levels 102.117 102.117 102.117 102.117 molecular weight (amu) 17.12569 16.01254 16.2458 15.9454 heat capacity (cal/mol.k) at 298 kº 3325.236 3486.245 3658.356 3763.433 enthalpy(cal/mol) at 298 kº 77.6632 78.98542 79.02453 78.2916 entropy(cal/mol.k) at 298 kº 4. conclusion by studying the thermal properties of (s2f2) molecule, the following could be concluded: 1. the temperature of the formation of the molecule was at (-61.00164cal / mol), and the negative sign for the amount of the formation energy indicates that the molecule is exothermic. 2. the thermal properties increase with the increasing complexity of the molecule, so the entropy, heat capacity, and difficulty of the molecule were, respectively, (78.2916cal / mol * k), (15.9454cal / mol * k), (3.7634cal / mol), respectively. 3. to find out the extent of this molecule being more stable, one can observe the value of gibbs energy (-19567.5cal / mol), through which it can be known that the less negative particle is more stable. 4. the stable position of (s2f2) molecule makes it take the shape of a boat (boat) or the shape of a chair (chair), as the balanced geometry and spectral and thermal properties of (s2f2) molecule have been calculated as it is more stable than other molecules. references 1. yun-bo duan, li wang, kojiro takagi, journal of molecular spectroscopy, 1999,193, issue 2, february, 418-433. 2. dewar m.j.s. ; ramsden c.a., journal of the chemical society.perkin trans. 1974, 1,1839. 3. haider, m.j. haider. calculation of spectrum characteristics for molecular (s2f2) in infrared rays by using quantum mechanics of semi empirical, journal of kerbala university. 2015,13.1 4. andrew,r.l..molecular modeling principles and applications,63 ,2nd ed., prentice hall, london. 2001 5. haider, m.j. haider. calculation of vibrational frequencies of a molecular system of sulfur halides in the infrared region by quasi-experimental programs, journal of al-qadisiya pure scienes, 2015, 20, 1, issn 1997-2490, 6. ruaa, s. abdullhussein, haider, m.j. haider, nada, j. resan, , solid state technology, 2020 ,63 issue: 6. 7. a. f. jalbout, j. of molec. struct. theochem. 585, 199-203. 8. haider, m.j. haider , calculation of spectrum characteristics for molecular (s2f2) in infrared rays by using quantum mechanics of semi empirical, journal of kerbala university, 2015. 13, issue: 1 pages: 38-49. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 27 9. yungster, shaye, rabinowitz, martin j., ntrs – nasa technical reports server, conference paper, 19930065786. 1993. 10. jeanne m. buccigross and stephen a. glover, journal of the chemical society, perkin transactions, 1995, 2,issue 3. https://pubs.rsc.org/en/journals/journal/p2?issueid=p21995_0_3&type=archive&issnprint=0300-9580 microsoft word 337-349 الفيزياء | 337 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 الخصائص الكھربائية فيدراسة تاثير التعويض الجزئي والتلدين المتكرر الفائق التوصيل الكھربائي δo3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl+10للمـــــركب المحضر بتقنية النانو قـاد علــي شــفيــھــــن جامعة تكريت /طوزخورماتو -كلية التربية /قسم الفيزياء عبــد الكريم دھش علــي جـــــــــخــالد حمدي رزي جامعة تكريت /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء ٢٠١٥حزيران١٠قبل في : ٢٠١٥شباط ١١استلم في: الخالصة بطريقة تفاعل الحالة الصلبة ومن ثم تم تحويل δo3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl+10تم تحضير العينات المركب وتم كبس (x,y=0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5) اذا x,yطاحونة نانوية وبتراكيز مختلفة لـ وساطةعناصرھا الى حجم النانوي ب ) ساعة. لوحظ ٧٢لمدة ( c0850ومن ثم تم تلدين النماذج بدرجة حرارة ton/cm ٢8مكبس ھيدروليكي ستعمالالعينات با x,y=0.3عند kct (141)=ان افضل درجة حرارة تحول ھي اذ 0.3ھي x,yمن خاللھا ان افضل نسبة تعويض لـ عند nm 91.75بان افضل معدل البعد النانوي ھي afmمجھر القوة الذرية ساطة،واظھرت دراسة وفحص النماذج بو لمعرفة نسبة العناصر وتبين (edx)المجھر االلكتروني الماسح و ساطةاذج بو. ومن ثم تم فحص النم 0.3نسبة التعويض من خالل تصوير العينات ھنالك مناطق داكنة ومناطق فاتحة يدل على وجود عناصر ثقيلة وعناصر خفيفة على التركيب. تلدينتوصيلية فائقة ، درجة الحرارة الحرجة ، نانو تكنولوجي ، مفتاحية : الكلمات ال الفيزياء | 338 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة ة نسبيا) تصبح مقاومتھا للكھرباء ضالموصالت فائقة التوصيل سميت ھكذا نظرا النھا عند درجة حرارة معينة (منخف انه اذا ما وجد تيار كھربائي في حلقة متصلة من ھذه المادة فانه اذمساوية للصفر ،وتصبح قدرتھا على توصيل فائقة جدا سوف يسري داخل الحلقة بدون وجود مصدر للجھد الكھربائي .: كان االعتقاد السائد ان جميع المواد تصبح فائقة التوصيل الكھرباء فقط عند درجة الحرارة الصفر 1911قبل عام مطلق 4.2السنة لوحظ ان الزئبق النقي تصبح مقاومته مساويه للصفر عند درجة حرارة . ولكن في تلك c0273المطلق اي . c0[1]269اي بالھند (shivaji)بجامعة شيفاجي s.h.pawar,p.m.shirage,d.d.shivagan) قام العلماء ١٩٩٤في عام ( ct المحضر بتقنية نانو وحصلوا على درجة حرارة حرجة o)-cu-ca-ba-2223/ag(tl-tlبدراسة خواص المركب k35عند بعد نانوي ١٢٧nm[2] . أةفائق التوصيل على ھي zo3cu2ca2ba2tlتم تحضير المركب [3]) ١٩٩٧( yang & liberوفي دراسة لقضيب نانوي وقد اوضحت الدراسة المجھرية للمركب وجود قضبان mgoاغشية سميكة وتم اضافة تركيز عال من ھذه الطريقة دور في تحسين كثافة التيار الحرج ان لوك 2cuo نانوية على شكل عيوب من دقائق حبيبات اوكسيد النحاس . 1)كما مبين في الشكل ( لدراسة التركيب للمركب (tem)كتروني النافذ المجھر االل ستعمالبا [4]) ٠٧٢٠( przybylski et.alوقام العالم ) ycuo2ca0.2ba0.8)(sr0.5pb0.5tlشية رقيقة وظھرت النتائج تحت المجھر االلكتروني الماسح أة أغ) المحضر على ھي ) .١٠٠وجود عيوب سطحية وانخالعات ظاھرة على محور( ةان المعادن شبه موصل (ag/tl-ba-ca-cuo/cdse)في بحثه على [5]) ٢٠٠١( shirag et. alوقد استنتج طريقة تعمال والتوصيل الفائق تشكل معا ثورة في عالم االجھزة االلكترونية واالجھزة ذات القدرة االنتقالية العالية وذلك باس dc electro-deposition مركبات كيميائية مثل عمالباستkoh 1بعياريةn . فقد شملت تاثير التلدين لالغشية الرقيقة للمركب [6]) ٢٠١٢( suzan et.alاما دراسة 10o0.8zn2.2cu2ca2sr0.4pb1.6bi المحضر بطريقة النبضات الليزرية تحت درجات حرارية مختلفة c0(820,840,860,880) 2وبتوافر االوكسجين بمعدلliter/min وبمعدل حرارةc/min015 وتم فحص االغشية ، four-probeفضال عن قياسات المقاومة الكھربائية والمقاسة بطريقة xrd(x-ray defraction)الرقيقة بواسطة technique . الجانب العملي تحضير العينات : تيةمن اجل تحضير العينات وجب توفير المواد والمستلزمات اال في تحضير العينات عملةالمواد المست وكاربونات الباريوم cuoواوكسيد النحاس 3o2tl التاليوموھي اوكسيد %٩٩٫٩. مواد كيمياوية ذات نقاوة تصل الى ١ 3co ba 3وكاربونات الكالسيومco ca 3(٢ونترات السنتروينومsr(no 3واوكسيد الفضةo2ag .(الماني المنشأ) . propanol-2ويسمى ايضا o)3h3isopropanol (c. كحول االيزوبروبانول ٢ وقد استخدم لتوفير الجو المشبع بھذا الغاز اثناء عملية التلدين. 2o. غاز االوكسجين ٣ في تحضير العينات : عملةاالجھزة المست ) .0.0001) ذو دقة مقدارھا (g.m.b.a. ميزان حساس نوع (١ ceramic boat. بودقة خزفية ٢ gate mortar. ھاون صغير من العقيق ٣ ) . c01150. فرن حراري ذو درجة حرارية بحدود (٤ )furnace controlling. منظم لدرجات الحرارة العالية (٥ . furnace. فرن من النوع المبطن بالخزف والفخار ٦ .٢طن / سم ١٥الى ١) ذو مدى من hydraulic press. مكبس ھيدروليكي (٧ الفيزياء | 339 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 طريقة تحضير العينات طاحونة نانوية المطلوبة لھذه عمالتم تحضير العينات بطريقتين طريقة تفاعل الحالة الصلبة وطريقة نانوية باست الدراسة وذلك باخذ اوزان معينة ومناسبة وحسب االوزان الذرية من المواد االتية : مواد كيمياوية ذات نقاوة تصل الى ca وكاربونات الكالسيوم 3co baوكاربونات الباريوم cuoوكسيد النحاس وا 3o2tl التاليوموھي اوكسيد %٩٩٫٩ 3co 3(٢ونترات السنتروينومsr(no 3واوكسيد الفضةo2ag أتي(الماني المنشأ) كما ي. x)/2)[2(204.383)+ 3(15.999)]=456.763 g/mole-)=((23o2w(tl )=x/2[2(107.868)+3(15.999)]=263.673 g/mole3o2w(ag y)/2)[87.62+2(14.007)+6(15.999)]=211.61 g/mole-)=((2 2)3w(sr(no )=y/2[137.33+3(15.999)+12]=197.327 g/mole3w(baco )=2[40.08+12.011+3(15.999)]=200.176 g/mole3w(caco w(cuo)=3[63.546+15.999]=238.635 g/mole 6w5++w4+w3+w2+w1w المساحيق وذلك للحصول على المركبات المطلوبة للدراسة ، ومن ثم وضع ھذه المواد داخل بودقة ثم يتم مزج ھذه ) لمدة نصف ساعة لكي يصبح الخليط متجانسا gate mortar( عقيقطاحونة مصنعة من مادة التعمال تطحن طحنا جيدا باس لتفادي تساقط او فقدان اجزاء من المسحوق اثناء ) اثناء عملية الطحن وذلك o8h3c. يتم اضافة كحول االيزوبروبانول ( ) وذلك للتخلص من c0 ) 60– 050 راوح بينـــــــــعملية الطحن . وتوضع في داخل فرن كھربائي وبدرجة حرارة تت ) وتوضع ھذه االقراص في فرن wg1كحول االيزوبروبانول ثم توضع داخل بودقة خزفية ويتم وزن المادة اوال ( في جو من الھواء وترفع درجة carboliteبريطاني الصنع من نوع c01100نظم حراريا تصل مداھا الى كھربائي م ) ثم 0850) ساعة عند درجة حرارة (١٢) يبقى ھذا النموذج لمدة ( hr c0 120 /) وبمعدل تسخين ((c0850 حرارتھا الى ) .rc/ h0 30ينزل النموذج ليبرد الى درجة حرارة الغرفة وبمعدل ( منظم حراري ومن ثم يتم اخراج النموذج من الفرن الحراري ثم يوزن عمال ويتم السيطرة على درجة حرارة الفرن باست ).1whالمسحوق ويرمز له بالرمز ( ) ويعطى بالصيغة االتية :1wان الفرق بين الوزنين قبل التسخين وبعد التسخين يسمى بـ ( …………………………………. ……… (1) 1wh – 1= wg 1w وبعد ذلك يمزج ويطحن المسحوق مرة ثانية ولمدة نصف ساعة متواصلة مع اضافة قطرات من مسحوق االيزوبروبانول وللمحافظة على دقائق وذرات المسحوق من التطاير او الفقدان ومن ثم يتم رفع درجة حرارة المسحوق ) ثم يوزن مرة ثانية.c060الى c050رن كھربائي الى درجة حرارة من (فساطة بو وبعد ذلك يتم وضع المسحوق في بودقة خزفية داخل الفرن الحراري في جو مشبع من االوكسجين ذي المنظم الحراري ) ١٢حرارية لمدة () ويبقى النموذج عند ھذه الدرجة الc /hr0120) وبمعدل ( (c0850ويتم رفع درجة الحرارة الى ) c / hr030) الموجود في المركب ومن ثم يترك النموذج ليبرد وبمعدل (2coساعة للتخلص من ثاني اوكسيد الكاربون ( . الى درجة حرارة الغرفة ) وعلى ھذا فان الفقدان الثاني في الكتلة يتمثل بالمعادلة االتية: 2whبعد ذلك يوزن المسحوق مرة ثانية ( :اما الفقدان الكلي خالل المعاملة الحرارية فتتمثل في المعادلة االتية ) المتحرر من المركب نتيجة التفاعالت 2coيتمثل بفقدان غاز ثاني اوكسيد الكاربون ( losswان الفقدان في الكتلة الكيمياوية التي تحدث اثناء عملية التسخين والتبريد . وبعدھا يطحن مرة ثانية لمدة نصف ساعة ومن ثم يجفف تحت درجة حرارة تتراوح بين c050 الىc060 ) 28وبعد ذلك يتم تحضير ھذا المسحوق على شكل اقراص تحت ضغط ton / cm وكان قطر ھذه ( قة خزفية ) . ومن ثم توضع العينات داخل البودmm 1.2) الى (mm 0.8) وبسمك (mm 12االقراص مساويا الى ( ) وتترك ھذه العينة c / hr060عدل (ــ) وبمc0850وتوضع داخل فرن حراري مبرمج ويتــــــم رفع درجة حرارتھا الى ( ) الى ان c / hr030) ساعة بعد ذلك يتم خفض درجة الحرارة تدريجيا وبمعدل (٢٤عند ھذه الدرجة الحرارية ولمدة ( لتسخين والتبريد في جو مشبع من االوكسجين وتسمى ھذه العملية بعملية التلبيد تصل الى درجة حرارة الغرفة تتم عملية ا )sintring. ( )3...(......................................................................21 wwwloss  )2.........(............................................................222 whwgw  الفيزياء | 340 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 nano techniqueتقنية النانو : (gate motar)ھاون من العقيق ساطةبعد تحضير العينات بطريقة تفــــــــاعل الحالة الصلبة طحن النمــاذج بو طاحونة ساطة بو طحن النماذج فرن حراري وكبس العينات باستخدام مكبس ھيدروليكي تم اجراء عملية وساطة وتلدينھا ب مكبس عمالنانومتر. تم كبس العينات باست ١٠٠وية لكي يتحول جزيئات العناصر الى ابعاد نانوية البعد اي اقل من ان واصبح جاھزا الجراء الفحوصات . ٢طن/سم ٨ھيدروليكي 2srxagx-2tl-للمـــــــــــــــركب اومة الكھربائية بوصفھا دالة لدرجة الحـــــــرارة قياس المق 10+& o3cu2caybay . تم تحضير العينات الخاصة بقياسات المقاومة الكھربائية وذلك بقطع االقراص على شكل متوازي مستطيالت ذات ابعاد ) ثم يتم عمل اربع نقاط grindingجھاز التنعيم ( ساطة صقل وتنعيم السطح بو) وقبل عملية القياس يتم ١×٣×12تقريبية ( النقطتان في الداخل لقياس فرق تعمل) تسsilverpasteمعجون الفضة ( عمال للتوصيالت الكھربائية على سطح العينة باست ). اذ يرتبطان بمجھز قدرة aالمرار التيار الكھربائي( عمالن) اما النقطتان القريبتان من الحافة فيستvالجھد ( millimeter digital power supply وتجري عملية القياس تحت . في قياس فرق الجھد والتيار الكھربائي تعملة) يوضح الدائرة الكھربائية المس٢) والشكل (mbar 4-10( ضغط واطئ بحدود . ويمكن ايجاد المقاومة الكھربائية من العالقة االتية : اما المقاومة النوعية فتعتمد على مساحة المقطع العرضي للعينة وطول العينة كما في العالقة االتية : ) تمثل طول العينة الواقعة بين نقطتي l ) تمثل مساحة المقطع العرضي للنموذج ، (a) تمثل مقاومة العينة ، (rاذ ان ( . ]٧[ جھدقياس فرق ال scanning-electron-microscopicالمجھر االلكتروني الماسح يعد المجھر االلكتروني الماسح ذا تقنية عالية جدا في عملية حساب نسبة العناصر الوزنية والذرية في المركبات والسبائك الصور المجھرية وبتكبير عال جدا والي نقطة وتحديد نوعية المركبات تحويھا من خالل تحليل النتائج وله قدرة على اخذ تقنيتين ھما : عمالعلى سطح النموذج باست . الطيف الناتج عن االلكترونات الثانوية المنبعثة ١ secondary electron emission spectrum . الطيف الناتج عن االلكترونات المتشتتة ٢ back scatter electron spectrum والمناقشة النتائج 2tl-تضمن النتائج دراسة الخواص التركيبية والسطحية والكھربائية وكذلك دراسة الخواص النانوية للمركب ت 10+δ o3cu2caybay-2srxagx الفائق التوصيل عند درجات الحرارية العالية وبنسب مختلفة لـx,y 0.5الى 0.1من بطريقة تفاعل الحالة ton/cm 28ت ضغط ــــــــوتح c0850عند درجة حرارة تلدين والذي تــــــــــــــــــــــــم تحضيره الصلبة وتم تحويله الى بعد نانوي باستخدام طاحونة . (afm)جھـــــــــــــــاز مجھر القــــــــــــوة الذرية عمالكذلك تمت دراسة الخصائص النانـــــوية للمركب باست وذلك للحصـــــــول على افضــــــــــــــــل بعــــــــــــــــد نانوي وللحصول على درجة حرارية حرجة للمـــــــــــركب 10+δ o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl. تقنية جھاز المجھر عمالوايضا تمت دراسة الخصائص السطحية للمركب وتحديد نسب العناصر من خالل است وذلك لمعرفة المناطق ذات الكثافة العالية والمناطق ذات الكثافة القليلة التي تحتوي على مواد (sem)لماسح االلكتروني ا )4..(................................................................................ i v r  )5.......(...................................................................... l ra  الفيزياء | 341 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 علما ان التوصيل الكھربائي الفائق عادة 3o2tl [9][8]واوكسيد الثاليوم cuoذات توصيل الفائق مثل اوكسيد النحاس على قيمة درجة الحرارة الحرجة للمركب . يحدث عبر السطح وليس في عمق المادة ومن اجل التعرف تمت دراسة الخصائص الكھربائية بوصفھا دالة لدرجة الحرارة لھذه النماذج وذلك لحساب قيمة درجة الحرارة الحرجة )tc (critical temperature يمة لھا ولمعرفة مدى تاثير التركيب البلوري والبعد النانوي على ھذه النماذج في زيادة ق ) .tcدرجة الحرارة الحرجة ( o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10دراسة الخصائص الكھربائية للمركب o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10تمت دراســـة تاثير الخصائص الكھــــــــــــــربائية للمركب 8، بينت الدراسات للنماذج المحضرة بطريقة تفاعل الحالة الصلبة وتحت ضغط ھيدروستاتيكي x,yبنسب مختلفة لـ 2ton/cm ودرجة حرارة تلدين ،c0850 تبين عند نسبة تعويض لـ اذx,y (0.1) بان درجة حرارة التحولct للعينة ازدادت درجة حرارة التحول (0.2) وعند زيادة نسبة التعويض الى (3)كما مبين في الشكل k )c(t 128=تساوي كذلك ازدادت درجة الحرارة الحرجة للمركب عند زيادة نسبة (3)كما في الشكل (tc=135 k)للعينة الى .ولكن عنــد زيادة k)c(t 141=فاصبحت درجة الحرارة الحرجة تســـــــــــــــــــــاوي (0.3)التعــــــــــــــــــــويض الى ويعود السبب الى . c(t(k 131=الى t)k)c 141=انخفضت درجة الحرارة الحرجة من (0.4)الى نسبة تعويض . وعند زيادة نسبة تعويض (c)عدم االنتظام فــــــي البنيـــة البلورية التي ادت بدورھا الى انخفــــــــــاض قيمــة محــور ويعود السبب الى عدم (1)وكما مبين في الجدول (tc=110 k)انخفضت درجة الحرارة الحرجة الى (0.5)الى اذ (b)و (a)وعدم تطابق قيمة (c)االنتظام فــــــي البنيـــة البلورية التي ادت بدورھا الى انخفــــــــــاض قيمــة محــور 11]ة ــــــبق مـع دراسات سابقائم ان ھذه الدراسة تتــطاــــــــتحول المركب عندھا من التركيب رباعي قائم الى معيني ق ][10 ] . مجھر القوة عمالباست o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10الخصاص النانوية للمركب (afm)الذرية تعمالالمجھر القوة الذرية بعد تحضير العينات بطريقة تفاعل الحالة الصلبة وباس ساطةلقد تم تصوير العينات بو تم تصوير المركب (8)الى (4)طاحونة نانوية تم تحويل عناصر النماذج الى ابعاد صغيرة ومن مالحظة االشكال من 10+&o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl بنسبة تعويضx=0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5 نالحظ ان ھنالك تعرجات ومناطق ذات ة مختلقة من موقع داخل العينة الى موقع اخر وبشكل اوضح ويتحقق الكثافة العالية ومناطق ذات الكثافة القليلة وابعاد نانوي . [6]من ذلك بواسطة المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 0.1بنسبة x,yنالحظ عند تعويض الجزئي لـ 0.2بنسبة x,y. اما عند تعويض الجزئي لـ (4)كما في الشكل nm 139.28المجھر التحققي ھي عمالالنانوي باست المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد النانوي ھي عمالالحظنا من خالل است o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 104.58 nm اذوھذا يدل على تحسين المركب يعتمد على البعد النانوي بالمقارنة مع نتائج اشعة اكس (5)كما في الشكل والمركب احتفظ بتركيبھا الرباعي القائم. cزيادة ثابت الشبيكة ادت الى الحظنا من خالل o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 0.3بنسبة x,yاما عند تعويض الجزئي لـ ب يعتمد وھذا يدل على تحسين المرك (6)كما في الشكل nm 91.75المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد النانوي ھي عمالاست والمركب احتفظ بتركيبھا الرباعي القائم. cادت الى زيادة ثابت الشبيكة اذعلى البعد النانوي بالمقارنة مع نتائج اشعة اكس الحظنا من خالل o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 0.4بنسبة x,yاما عند تعويض الجزئي لـ وھذا يدل على ان البعد النانوي قد (7)كما في الشكل nm 107.70المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد النانوي ھي عمال است .0.3ھي x,y ازداد عند زيادة نسبة تعويض وھذا يفسر بان احسن تعويض جزئي لـ عمال خالل است الحظنا من o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 0.5بنسبة x,yوعند تعويض الجزئي لـ وھذا يدل على ان البعد النانوي قد ازداد عند (8)كما في الشكل nm 124.96المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد النانوي ھي .0.3 [12] ھي x,y زيادة نسبة تعويض وھذا يفسر بان احسن تعويض جزئي لـ الفيزياء | 342 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 بوساطة المجھر o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10دراسة الخصائص السطحية للمركب االلكتروني الماسح ) . اذ c0850طن ودرجة حرارة تلدين ( ٨لقد تمت دراسة المسح االلكتروني للمركب تحت ضغط ھدروستاتيكي ) المناطق المضيئة او الفاتحة والمناطق nm 100الحظنا من خالل دراسة المسح االلكتروني للعينة وعند درجة تكبير ( ونسبة التجانس بالنسبة لھذا المركب .الداكنة المظلمة واوكسيد النحاس اما المناطق الفاتحة تمثل نسبة العناصر tlان المناطق الداكنة تمثل زيادة نسبة العناصر الثقيلة مثل والسبب في ذلك يعود الى الوزن الذري لھذه العناصر . ca ،baالخفيفة مثل لبلوري ودرجة الحرارة الحرجة ان زيادة درجة الحرارة الحرجة لھذا المركب تعود الحظنا من خالل دراسة التركيب ا ) وزيادة نسبة االوكسجين.cuo) واوكسيد النحاس(tlالى زيادة نسبة تركيز العناصر الثقيلة مثل ( تروني بقوة تكبير المجھر االلك عمالتمت عملية المسح االلكتروني للمناطق المظلمة الداكنة والمناطق المضيئة باست 2srxagx-2tl-للمــــــــركب (13))الى 9(من وكما مبينة في االشكال (edx)مختلف وتحليل العناصر بواسطة 10+&o3cu2caybay عندماx=0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5 وتبين العالقة بين شدة االشعة الساقطة وبين الطاقة لاللكترون .]١٣] [١٤) [kevفولت ( االستنتاجات 2tl-للمـــــــــــــــــــــركب srفي العنصر baو tlفي العنصر agعند التعويض الجــــزئــــــــي للعنصر 10+&o3cu2caybay-2srxagx وبنسب مختلفة لـx,y 128(لقد ازداد قيمة درجـــــــــــــة الحرارة الحرجة من k ( )الى 135 k ( عندما كانت نسبة التعويض لـx x= 0.1 , 0.2 وتحسن درجة الحرارة الحرجة واصبحk 141 عند نسبة انخفضت قيمة درجة الحرارة الحرجة الى x = 0.4 , 0.5ولكن عند زيادة نسبة التعويض اكثر من ذلك أي 0.3تعويض 131 k 110ومن ثم الى k . وبنسب مختلفة لـ o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب afmالمجھر القوة الذرية ساطة وتم فحص العينات بو x,y وتبين ان معدل البعد النانوي عندماx,y=0.1 139.28المجھر التحققي ھي تعمالباس nm اما عند تعويض . المجھر التحققي ان عمالل استالحظنا من خال o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 0.2بنسبة x,yالجزئي لـ وھذا يدل على تحسين المركب يعتمد على البعد النانوي بالمقارنة مع نتائج اشعة nm 104.58معدل البعد النانوي ھي والمركب احتفظ بتركيبھا الرباعي القائم وتحسن قيمة درجة الحرارة الحرجة. cادت الى زيادة ثابت الشبيكة اذاكس الحظنا o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10ــركب للم 0.3ة ــبنسب x,yلـ baو alاما عند تعويض الجزئي كل من وھذا يدل على تحسين المركب يعتمد على nm 91.75المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد النانوي ھي عمالمن خالل است والمركب احتفظ بتركيبھا الرباعي القائم cزيادة ثابت الشبيكة البعد النانوي بالمقارنة مع نتائج اشعة اكس حيث ادت الى وكانت افضل قيمة درجة الحرارة الحرجةعند ھذه النسبة. الحظنا من خالل o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 0.4بنسبة x,yاما عند تعويض الجزئي لـ وھذا يدل على ان البعد النانوي قد ازداد عند زيادة nm 107.70المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد النانوي ھي عمال است .0.3ھي x,y نسبة تعويض وھذا يفسر بان احسن تعويض جزئي لـ عمالالحظنا من خالل است o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10للمركب 0.5بنسبة x,yوعند تعويض الجزئي لـ . 0.3وھذا يدل على ان افضل نسبة تعويض ھي nm 124.96المجھر التحققي ان معدل البعد النانوي ھي المجھر االلكتروني الماسح ومعرفة نسب العناصر في المركب ومدى تاثير ساطةتم تحديد نسب مركبات العناصر بو يز درجة حرارة التلدين والضغط المسلط وكذلك مدى تاثير التعويض الجزئي في العناصر في المركب وتحديد نسبة الترك الكمي للعناصر في المركب . تم فحص النماذج بقوة تكبير مختلف وتبين من خاللھا ھنالك مناطق داكنة ومناطق فاتحة وھذا يدل على ان المركبات يحتوي على عناصر ذات الكثافة العالية وذات الكثافة المنخفظة. المصادر 1. onnes, k. (1911) further experiments with liquid helium. d. on the charge of electric resistance of pure metals at very low temperature, etc.v. the disappearance of the resistance of mercury. comm.phys. lab. univ. leiden; no. 122b. 2. pawar,s.h. ; ubale, m.j. and kullcarni, mater (1994). lett.20,279. الفيزياء | 343 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 3. yang,p. and lieber, c.m.(1997) colummar defect formation in nanorod/tl2ba2ca2cu3oz superconducting composities, appl.phys. lett. 70(23). 4. przybylski,k.;heiml,o.and gritzner,g.(2007)the irreversibility field of (tl0.5pb0.5)(sr0.85ba0.15)2ca2cu3oz film on polished silver substrate".act.phys. polonica, 111, (737-743). 5.shirage,p.m.;shivagan,d.d.;ekal,l.a.;desai,n.v.;mane,s.b.and,dawar,s.h.(2001)fabrica tion of (ag/tl-ba-ca-cuo/cds)nanostructure by electro-deposition technique.(2001).appl surface science,182,403-406. 6. suzan, m.;ghazala, y.h. and mahdi, h.s.(2012)fabrication of bi1.6pb0.4sr2ca2cu3xznxo10+s superconducting thin film prepared by pld method" university of baghdad dep. of physics. iraq journal of physics: 328,. 7. abbass,m.m.(2003)effect of the electron beam and laser radiation on tc of y1x(gd,br)xba2-ysrycu3.7-s compound" ph.d. thesis,baghdad university college of science. 8.kadham,a.m. and ali,a.d.(2000) study the partial subistituation of au,sr on the compound yba2ca2o6-δ superconducting). jounal of kustantina. 9.nazzal,a.l.;huang,t.c.;gorman,g.;savoy,r. and beyers,r.(1988). phy. rev.lett,60,2539. 10. purenr p.;schaf j.;gusmao, m.a. and kunzler physicam, j.v.c.(1991) resistive transition and fluctuation of the conductivity in yba2cu3o7 superconductors : effect of inhomogeneities;176(4),357-367. 11. chesca, b.(1994). on the theoretical study of an rf-squid operation taking into account the noise influrnces, j.low temp. phys. 94,515-538. 12. jannah,a.n.;halim,s.a. and abdullah,h.(2009)superconducting properties of bscco thin filems by pulsed laser deposition. european j.scientific research,29(4):438-446. 13. eliashberg, g.m. (1970), jetp let, 11,114. 14. wang et al.(2001), y.y. phys. rev. lett. 88, 257003 (2002) ; phy. rev. b 64, 224519. .تعويضبين نسبة التعويض ودرجة الحرارة الحرجة ونسبة ال : (1) رقم جدول x,yنسبة التعويض لـ ctدرجة الحرارة الحرجة 128 k 0.1 135 k 0.2 141 k 0.3 131 k 0.4 110 k 0.5 الفيزياء | 344 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 2cuoقضيب نانوي على شكل عيوب من دقائق حبيبات اوكسيد النحاس :(1)رقم شكل .[7]يبين الدائرة الكھربائية لقياس فرق الجھد والتيار للمركب في الدرجات الحرارية المنخفضة :)٢( رقم شكل o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10عالقــــــــــة بين درجـــــة الحــــرارة والمقـــــــــاومية للمــــركب :)٣(رقمشكل الفيزياء | 345 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 مجھر القوة الذرية عمالباست o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl&+10صورة فوتوغرافية للمركب (8)) الى ٤االشكال ( (afm) عندماx,y=0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5. الفيزياء | 346 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 والعالقة بين x=0.1عندما o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl &+10صورة فوتوغرافية للمركب :) 9( رقم شكل (edx) عمالالطاقة والشدة باست والعالقة بين الطاقة x=0.2عندما o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl &+10صورة فوتوغرافية للمركب :)10(رقم شكل (edx)عمال والشدة باست الفيزياء | 347 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 والعالقة بين x=0.3عندما o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl &+10 صورة فوتوغرافية للمركب :)11( رقم شكل (edx)عمال الطاقة والشدة باست والعالقة بين x=0.4عندما o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl &+10صورة فوتوغرافية للمركب :)12(رقم شكل (edx) عمالالطاقة والشدة باست الفيزياء | 348 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 والعالقة بين x=0.5عندما o3cu2caybay-2srxagx-2tl &+10صورة فوتوغرافية للمركب :)13( رقم شكل . (edx) عمالالطاقة والشدة باست الفيزياء | 349 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 study the partial subistituation and annealing on electrical properties of compound tl2-xag2-ysrybayca2cu3o10+& superconductor fabricated by nano technique nihad a. shafeek dept. of physics /college of education – tuzkhurmatu/ university of tikrit abdul kareem d. ali khalid h. razzeg dept. of physics/college of education for pure science/ university of tikrit received in:11february 2015,accepted in:10june2015 abstract the crystal compounds tl2-xag2-ysrybayca2cu3o10+& are successfully prepared in different concentrations (x, y=0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5) by solid state reaction process. the samples were then subjected to nano technique under hydrolic pressure 8 ton/cm2. samples have been annealed in (850 c0) for 72 hours. the results show a best value at x, y=0.3 ratio of ag, ba. electrical resistivity at x, y= 0.3 of ag, ba are obtained when the best value of tc= 141 k. samples morphology were also observed by afm (in three dimensions), the best value of nano is 91.74 nm at x, y= 0.3. morphological structures of the surface were also observed by (sem) and (edx) show that there are dark regions and light which indicate the presence of heavy elements and light elements on the installation. keywords : superconductor,critical temperature,nano technique,annealing ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 comparative study of fucose, protein, protein bound fucose and protein bound hexose in sera o f hyperprolactinemia human female and healthy female receivd in : 11 november 2008 accepte d in : 30 june 2010 w.f. al-taie and m. a. al-iqabi departme nt of chemistry, college of education, ibn al-haitham, baghdad unive rsity abstract this st udy was conducted in the sp ecialized center of endocrinology and diabetic (alkindy hosp ital from june 2004 to ap ril 2005). sera of 80 women (include 40 diagnosed hy p erprolactinemia (hpro) and 40 healthy women as control) were used to estimate some biochemical p arameters which include p rolactin (prl),total fucose (tf), total p rotein (tp) and protein bound fucose (pbf), and p rotein bound hexose (pbhex), also tp tf , tp pbf and tp pbhex ratios. a significant elevation in tp and pbhex, in sera of hpro p atients comp ared to control was found while pbhex/tp ratio showed a slight non significant increase in sera of p atients comp ared to control. on the other hand a significant decrease in tf, tf/tp and pbf/tp in sera of hpro comp ared to control was found. total fucose level (tf) in sera of hpro comp ared to control are (6.54  1.52), (10.66 4.00) mg/dl resp ectively. prot ein bound fucose level (pbf) in sera of hpro comp ared to control are (3.88  1.25), (4.48 1.63) mg/dl resp ectively, while p rotein bound hexose (pbhex) level in sera of hpro comp ared to control are (131.111.43) (123.640.497) mg/dl resp ectively. the significant increase in prl levels in sera of p atients was correlated with the significant reduced level of fucose in sera of patients comp ared to control. the low t f levels in patients could be due to the requirements of prl variants to different ratios of monosaccharides including fucose and manose for glycosy lation of prl which may alter the biological activity in different sp ecies and variety of mammalian. key words: fucose, fucose bound protein , hyperprolactine mia introduction prolactin (prl) is a p olyp eptide hormone that is sy nthesized in and secreted from sp ecialized cells of the anterior p ituitary lobe the lactotrop hs [1]. the most relevant actions of p rolactin in the mammalian body are [2] lactation, luteal function, female receptivity [3] and parental behavior [4]. prl-r are also p resent in a wide range of p erip heral organs like the p ituitary gland, heart, lung, thy mus, sp leen, liver, p ancreas, kidney , adrenal gland, uterus, skeletal muscle, and skin[5]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 m arkedly raised blood prl levels (>30ng/ml), might interfere with both endometrial p roliferation and follicle growt h and development and thereby reduce the likelihood of a successful pregnancy occurring [6]. fucose (6-deoxy -l-galactose), a mono saccharide is p resent in low concentrations in normal circulation [7]. fucose is found in a wide variety of natural substances from many different sources and occurs in abundance in glycoproteins and glycolipids in animals and humans [8]. gly coconjugates are p resent in sy naptic junction areas where nerve cells meet, imp lying a role in sy naptic membrane involvement in nerve imp ulse transmissions. human test es germ cells are rich in fucose and glucose glycoconjugates, which are altered during germ cell differentiation [9]. gly cosy lated prl has been found in the p ituitary glands of a wide variety of mammalian, amp hibian, and avian sp ecies. the degree of glycosy lation varies from 1 to 60% among sp ecies and may also vary between reproductive states within sp ecies [10]. the aim of the present st udy is to measure tf, pbf, pbhex, tp levels and verify the data obtained to each other by estimation the ratio of tf/tp, pbf/tp, pbhex/tp , also try to find correlations between(prol. and tf), (prol. and pbf), (prol. and pbhex), (tf and pbf). s ampling (s ubjects) in a p lane tube (no anti coagulant),10 ml of venous blood was p laced, which was taken from the group s, left for (15 min) at room temperature, then centrifuged (at 2500 rp m for 10min) to get t he serum, which is stored at (-20 o c) unless used immediately . col lection of blood the samples were collected from women p atients with hpro at the diagnosis time at (sp ecialized center of endocrinology and diabetes, al-kindy hosp ital). they were classified into two group s as follows: 1) control group : includes (40) healthy women whose ages ranged between (15-43) y ears old, with no p revious diseases, which may interfere with the p arameters analyzed in this st udy . 2) hy p erprolactinemia women group : includes (40) women whose ages ranged between (16-53) y ears old suffering from hpro. la boratory work. -an automated quantitative test was used on the vidas instruments, for the enzyme immunoassay determination of prl in human serum or plasma (lithium heparinate) usin g enzy me linked fluorescent assay (elfa). the assay p rinciple combines an enzy me immunoassay sandwich method with a final fluor escent detection (elfa) [11,12]. -total p rotein (tp) was determined accordin g to biuret methods[13] which depends on the reaction of peptide bond of the p rotein with copp er ion (cu ++ ) in alkaline medium to form colored products, whose absorbance is measured by (uv-vis) at (540nm). -total fucose (tf) was determined by using dische and shett les methods [14] in a direct reaction of concentrated sulp huric acid with serum comp onents. the reactants were combined with cyst eine, and the colored p roduct was measured at (390 and 430nm). the differences in absorbance were directly p rop ortional to -l-fucose content of the solutions. -prot ein bound fucose (pbf) was determined according to dische and shett les methods [14] based on colored p roduct (chromophor) was formed by fucose in st rong acid medium, which ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 combined with color developer (cy st ein hy drochloride). the colored p roduct with cyst eine measured at 390 nm, and 430nm resp ectively. -the orcinol reaction [15] is used to determine p rotein bound hexose (pbhex), by p recipitating the hexose moiety of p rotein-carbohy drate conjugate with ethanol (95%) at room temp erature, which measured at 520 nm. s tatistical anal ysis data p resented were the means and st andard deviations; st udent-t -test was used to comp are the significance of the difference in the mean values of any two group s. (p0.05) was considered statist ically significant [16]. the overall p redictive values for the results in all st udied group s were p erformed according to p rogram of office xp 2002. results and discussion the results of serum p rolactin in hyp erp rolactinemia f emales and control are shown in the table (1). m any factors control, the secretion of prl p hy siologically, prl levels are controlled by the hyp othalamus [17]. hy p erprolactinemia (hpro) has been recognized as a cause of infertility p roblems in men and women [18]. the three etiological forms of hpro are iatrogenic hpro associated with the use of certain medications (e.g. anti-depressants, tranquilizers), p rimary hpro associated with p ituitary tumors[19], and secondary hpro (hy p erthy roidism, renal insufficiency )[20]. the release of prl is assessed at the single-cell level, the p att ern of prl secretion of individual lactot rop hs shows sexual dimorp hism. in general, sl ightly more than half, the lactot rop hs of female rats secrete prl in a continuous p attern[21]. several invest igations have been concluded that, calcitonin-like p eptides are effective in inh ibiting prl secretion when ad ministered in vivo [22] . from the table(2) there was a significant increase in tp level between hpro group and control with p value equals 0.003. a significant decrease in tot al fucose was found between hpro and control, also a significant decrease in tf/tp ratio. for hpro comp ared to control was found. the plasma levels of p roteins dep end on the balance between their sy nthesis and their degr adation[23]. since prl is a p rotein hormone of the anterior p ituitary gland and can be sy nthesized and secreted which is not restricted to the anterior p ituitary gland, but other organs and tissues in the body have this cap ability [24] .some st imulators of p ituitary prl secretion also affect hy p othalamic prl p roduction, for examp le, ovarian st eroids modulate hy p othalamic sy nthesis and release of prl[25,26]. fucosy lated glycans have been amp licated in the p athogenesis of several human diseases[27]. high levels of fucose were reported in sera of hepato cellular carcinoma p atients and diabetes mellitus[28,29], and in leukemic p atients[30]. the reduction in tf for hpro p atients could be due to the high biological activity of the anterior p ituitary which required higher glycosy lation. where the carbohydrate residues contain varying ratios of sialic acid, ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fucose, manose and galactose which differ considerably between sp ecies, p hy siological and p athological and p athological st ates[31,32,10]. the disturbance in the level of pbf and pbhex in p atients could be due to the fucoligands in the cells of interest[10]. gly cosy lation of the asp aragy l residues (asn 35 , asn 80 , asn 108 ) of the extracellular domain of the prl-r is crucial, although not absolute requirement for prl-r activation. although prlr is mainly a cell-surface receptor, deglycosy lated forms of prl-r can be accumulated in the golgi ap p aratus[33]. nitric oxide activates n-acety lglucosamine transferase, which is resp onsible for glycosy lation of these intracellular receptors and p romotes migration of these newly glycosy lated recep tors t o the cell surface[34]. correl ation relation the correlation coefficient (r) test is used to describe the association between the different st udied p arameters, p<0.01 was considered st atist ically significant. 1correlation relation between p rolactin prl and tot al fucose tf figures (1-a) and (1-b) showed a high significant p ositive correlation between prl and tf marker with p value 0.0001 for hy p erprolactinemia (hpro) and control group s with correlation coefficient (r) values (0.775), (0.789) resp ectively. 2. correlation relation between prl and p rotein bounded fucose pbf. figures (2-a) and (ii-b) showed a high significant p ositive correlation between prl and pbf marker with p value 0.0001 for hpro and control group s with correlation coefficient (r) value (0.923), (0.769) resp ectively. 3. correlation relation between tf and pbf figures (3-a) and (iii-b) showed a high significant p ositive correlation between tf and pbf marker with p value 0.0001 for hpro and control group s with correlation coefficient (r) value (0.893), (0.862) resp ectively. re ferences 1. riddle, o.; bates, r.w. and dy kshorn, s.w. (1933) am j p hy siol; 105: 191-216, 2. bole-fey sot , c.; goffin, v.; edery, m .; binart, n. and kelly, p.a. endocr rev; 19: 225268, (1998). 3. dut t, a.; kap litt, m .g.; kowl, m . and pfaff, d.w. neuroenocrinology ; 59: 413-419, (1994). 4. bridges, r.s. acta paediatr; sup p l 397: 33-39 (1994). 5. nagano, m . and kelly, p.a. (1994). j biol chem; 269: 13337-13345, 6. m erchenthalar, i.; lennard, d.e.; cianchetta, p.; m erchenthalar, a. and bronst ein, d. (1995).endocrinology 136: 2442-2450, 7. srefani, m .r., dunlap, j.a., and yorek, m .a.: j. cell: phy siol; nov, 153(2): 321-331, (1992). 8. flower, h.m . (1981) adv. carbohy dr chem. biochem; 39: 279-345 9. m almi, r., kallajoki, m ., and suominer, j. (1987).andrologia' m ay 19: 322-332 10. sinha, y.n. (1995) endocr rev, 16: 354-369 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 11. hermin, l. m . (1976) "prolactin hormone assays and their clinical ap p lication" 4eme ed. edite p ar loraine, j. a., and bell, e.t. churchill living st one, edinburg pp. 293332, 12. bardin, c.w. and paulsen, c.a. (1981) "textbook of endocrinology " 6eme ed williams, h.r. and saunders, w.b. philadelphia, 13. oser, b.l. (1968) hawk’s phy siological chemistry .14 th ed .m c. graw-hill, new york, pp 179-181, 14. dische, z., and shett les, l.b. (1948) j. biol. chem; 176: 595-603, 15. rimingto, c. (1990) j. biochem, 34: 931 16. bailey , n.i. (1974) "statistical m ethods in biology ", ltd. press, 17. ben-jonathan, n. (1985)dop amine: a p rolactin –inhibiting hormone. endocr rev 6: 564-589 [isi] [m edline]. 18. djiane, j. and kelly , p.a. (1984) flammanon m edecine-sciences-p resses del universite de m ontreal, pp 141-146, 19. allolo, b.; hoep p ener, a. and leohardt, u. (1987). acta endocrinological (cop enh) 114: 475-482, 20. franks, s. (1983) "prolactin hormones in blood" 4, 3eme ed. edite p ar gray c.h. et james v.h.t. academic p ress pp. 109-136, 21. castano, j.p. and frawley , l.s. (1995) am j phy siol endocrinol m etab; 269: e 814e 819 22. fahim, a.; rellori, v. and m .c. cann, s.m . (1990) neuroendocrinology ; 51: 688-693, 23. zilva, p.m . and philip, d.m . (2002) "clinical chemist ry in diagnosis and treatment" 6 th ed. pp. 159-160, 165-233 24. bern, h.a. and nicoll, c.a. (1968) rec prog horm res; 24: 681-720 25. devito, w.j.; avakian, c.; stone, s. and ace, c.l. (1992) endocrinology ; 131: 21542160, 26. devito, w.j.; stone, s. and vakian, c.a. (1997) neuroendocrinology ; 54: 391-398 (1991). 27. kim, y.j. and varki, a. (1997) glycoconj. j. 14: 569-576, 28. hassan, h.g.(2004) ibn-al-haitham j. for p ure and ap p l. sci. 17(3):71-79, 29. al-haidary , s.m . (2004) "evaluation of -l-fucose and related p arameters in different ty p es of diabetes mellitus" m sc. thesis; college of education, baghdad university , 30. leweza b.a. (2004) "changes in alp ha-l-fucose and related parameters levels in leukemia" ph.d. thesis college of m edicine university of salahaddin-erbil, 31. m arkoff, e., sigel, m .b., lacour, n., seavey, b.k., friesen, h.g., and lewis, u.j. (1988) endocrinology ; 123: 1303-1306, 32. sinha y.a., dep aolo, l.v., haro, l.s., singh, r.n.p, jacobsen b.p, scott , k.e., and lewis u.j.(1991) m olcell endocrinol; 80: 203-213, 33. buteau, h., pezet, a., ferrag, f., perrot-ap p lanat, m ., kelly , p.a., and edery , m . (1998) m ol endocrinol; 12: 544-555, 34. bolander, f.f. (1999) m ol cell endocrionl; 149: 85-92, ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 table (1):levels of prl in sera of hyperprolactine mia patients and control group descrip tion no. age prl. m .i.u/ml meansd p control 40 15-43 14.20  5.75 hy p erprolactinemia 40 16-53 45.74  36.88 < 0.05 table (2):levels of tp, tf and tf/tp ratio in sera of hyperprolactine mia patients and control group descrip tion no. tp g/dl meansd p tf mg/dl meansd p tf/tp mg/g meansd p control 40 6.44  0.20 10.66  4.00 1.65  0.61 hy p erprolactinemia 40 6.71  0.54 0.003 6.54  1.52 0.05 0.98  0.22 < 0.05 table (3):levels of pbf, pbhex and pbf/tp, pbhex/tp ratio i n sera of hyperprolactine mia patients and control group description no. pb f mg/dl meansd p pb f/tp mg/g meansd p pb hex mg/dl mean sd p pb hex/tp mg/g meansd p control 40 4.48  1.63 0.70  0.25 123.64  0.49 19.22  0.59 hyperprol actinemia 40 3.88  1.25 0.07 0.58  0.18 0.02 131.11  1.43 0.00 19.66  1.67 0.12 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig. (1-a): correlation relati on between prl an d tf in control group fig. (1-b): correlation relation between prl and tf in hyperprolactine mia patients group r control 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 5 10 15 20 25 prolactin tf hyperprolactinemia 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 50 100 150 200 250 prolactin tf r=0.775 r=0.789 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig (ii-a): correlation relation between prl and pbf in control group fig .(2-a): correlation relati on between prl an d pbf in control group fig. (2-b): correlation relation between prl and pb f in hyperprolactine mia patients group control 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 prolact in pbf hyperprolactinemia 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 50 100 150 200 250 prolactin pbf r=0.923 r=0.769 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig (3-a): correlation relati on between tf and pbf in control group fig. (3-b): correlation relation between tf and pbf in hyperprolactine mia patients group control 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 tf pbf r= 0.893 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة فوكوز المرتبط بالبروتین والسكریات ، البروتین، سة مقارنة لسكر الفوكوزدرا المرتبطة بالبروتین في مصول دم النساء المصابات بأرتفاع هرمون البروالكتین والنساء االصحاء 2008تشرین الثاني 11:استلم البحث في 2010حزیران 30: قبل البحث في اس العقابيمنتهى عب،وفاء الطائي جامعة بغداد ،الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ابن ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة الـى 2004ة مـن حزیـران مـدلاهذه الدراسة في المركز التخصصـي للغـدد الصـم والسـكري التـابع لمستشـفى الكنـدي یت إجر .2005غایة نیسان امـرأة مـن األصــحاء 40البـروالكتین و مـنهن مصـابات بارتفــاع فـي إفـراز هرمـون 40امـرأة 80مصـل دم لمعلقـد اسـت والبــروتین (tf)،والفوكـوز الكلــي ،(prl)مجموعـة ســیطرة لتقـدیر بعــض الـدوال الكیموحیویــة التــي تضـم هرمــون مولـد الحلیــب نســـبة تكــذلك حســب pbhex)(والســكریات السداســیة المرتبطــة بـــالبروتین (pbf)والفوكــوز المــرتبط بـــالبروتین ،(tp)الكلــي (الكلـي إلـى البـروتین الكلـي الفوكـوز tp tf ( لكلـياونسـبة الفوكـوز المـرتبط بـالبروتین إلـى البـروتین ) tp pbf ونسـبة السـكریات ) (السداسیة المرتبطة بالبروتین إلى البروتین الكلي tp pbhex . ( . روتین الكلـــي والبـــروتین المـــرتبط بالســــكریات السداســـیة والكالســـیوم الكلــــيلقـــد وجـــدت زیـــادة معنویــــة فـــي مســـتوى البــــ بینما ،البروتینات الدهنیة العالیة الكثافة في مصول دم النساء المصابات بارتفاع في الهرمون المولد للحلیب مقارنة مع األصحاء لبــروتین الكلــي ارتفاعــًا غیــر معنــوي مقارنــة مــع أظهـر مســتوى الكولســترول ونســبة البــروتین المــرتبط بالســكریات السداســیة إلـى ا .مجموعة السیطرة و tfلقد وجد انخفاض معنوي في مستوى الـ tp tf و tp pbf في مصول دم النساء المریضات مقارنة مع مجموعة .قلة غیر معنویة في مصول دم المریضات مقارنة بمجموعة السیطرة) pbf(كما أظهرت مستویات ال،السیطرة رمـون المولـد للحلیـب مقارنـة مـع األصــحاء إن مسـتوى الفوكـوز الكلـي فـي مصـول دم المریضـات المصــابات بارتفـاع اله .مل على التوالي100/ملغم (10.664.00)و (6.541.52)هي مــل 100/ملغــم (4.481.63)و (3.881.25)إن مسـتوى البــروتین المـرتبط بــالفوكوز فــي مصـول المریضــات هـي فـي مصـل دم المریضـات المصـابات بارتفـاع هرمـون البـروالكتین (pbhex)على التوالي والبروتین المرتبط بالسكریات السداسـیة (131.111.43) و(123.640.49) مل على التوالي الزیادة المعنویة في مستوى البروالكتین في 100/غممل 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مقارنـة مـع أنفسـهن مع المسـتویات المنخفضـة معنویـًا للفوكـوز فـي مصـول المریضـات مصل دم المریضات تم ربطها .مجموعة السیطرة یعــزى االنخفــاض فــي مســتوى الفوكــوز الكلــي فــي مصــول دم المریضــات لمتطلبــات البــروالكتین بمختلـــف األوزان وقــد glyالجزیئیـــة إلـــى اخــــتالف نســـب الســـكریات األحادیــــة والتـــي تشــــمل الفوكـــوز والمـــانوز لعملیــــة تســـّكر cosy lation هرمــــون .ف واألنواع المختلفة من اللبائنالبروالكتین الذي قد یغیر من الفعالیة البیولوجیة له في األصنا البروتین المرتبط مع الفوكوز، فرط هرمون البروالكتین، الفوكوز :الكلمات المفتاحیة ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 9 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abbas7wandawy@gmail.com :uthoracorresponding * abstract 313 blood samples were collected from bacteremia patients, including 146 samples (30 from patients and 116 from outpatients) from azadi teaching hospital, 36 samples from the dialysis unit at kirkuk general hospital, 126 samples (42 from inpatients and 84 from outpatients) from the children's hospital, and 5 samples from the women's and obstetrics hospital in kirkuk province, for the period from january 24, 2022, to september 10, 2022. the study, including the isolation and diagnosis of bacteria and the study of their resistance to antibiotics, the results show that 32 (17.87%) positive growth cultures were obtained from febrile patients, 3 (8.33%) from dialysis patients in the dialysis unit, and 15 (65.21%) from burn and wound patients. fifty bacterial isolates were obtained, all of which were gram-positive. staphylococcus was the highest with 28 isolates, including [(11) s.homoinis, (4) s.epidermidis epidermidis, (2) isolates each of s.haemolyticus and s. wagner, and (9) staphylococcus spp.], while enterococcus faecalis was one isolate. the gram-negative bacteria were [(11) pseudomonas aeruginosa, (5) escherichia coli, (2) isolates of enterobacter cloacae, and followed by one isolate of raoultella terrigena, acinetobacter spp., and klebsiella spp.). staphylococcus spp. resistance to 20 antibiotics was studied, and the species s.homoinis showed 100% resistance to (oxacillin, benzylpenicillin, and amoxicillin). whereas s.epidermidis epidermidis was 100% antibioticresistant (oxacillin, benzylpenicillin, and amoxicillin). s. hemolyticus was resistant to (erythromycin, benzylbeniclin, amosiclin, amikachin, gentamicin, torramichin, and tetracycline) doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3097 article history: received 5 november 2022, accepted 27 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq isolation and diagnosis of bacteria in bacteremia patients and study their resistance to antibiotics in kirkuk hospitals *wandawy-abbas hameed al department of biology, college of education for pure science, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abbas7wandawy@gmail.com luma abdulhady zwain department of biology, college of education for pure science, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. luma.ah.z@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq dalia maher khidher directorate of health of kirkuk/ azadi-teaching hospital ministry of health/iraq. drdalialb@yahoo.com peter f. farag department of microbiology, faculty of science, ain shams university, abbasia 11566, egypt. peter_jireo@sci.asu.edu.eg https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:abbas7wandawy@gmail.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:abbas7wandawy@gmail.com mailto:abbas7wandawy@gmail.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:luma.ah.z@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:luma.ah.z@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:drdalialb@yahoo.com mailto:drdalialb@yahoo.com mailto:drdalialb@yahoo.com mailto:peter_jireo@sci.asu.edu.eg mailto:peter_jireo@sci.asu.edu.eg ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 10 by 100%. s. warneri was resistant to (oxacillin, benzylpenicillin, amoxicillin, and dusidic acid) at a rate of one hundred percent. keywords: bacteremia, dialysis unit, burns, wounds, infants. 1. introduction blood in healthy people does not contain bacteria, so the presence of infection can affect the patient's life [1]. bacterial infection is the most common cause of bacteremia, as the infection is limited to a specific place in the body and is helped by the movement of bacteria in the blood [1]. bloodstream infection (bsi) is a growing public health concern worldwide and represents a serious infection with significant morbidity and mortality rates, especially in children and the elderly [2]. bacteremia is one of the most common causes of death for patients in the hospital, and despite health progress, mortality rates remain unacceptably high. some medical procedures can allow bacteria to pass into the blood of healthy patients from places that are usually colonized by bacteria, such as bladder urinary catheters or colonoscopies [1]. septicemia due to bacterial infections is a leading cause of child mortality worldwide [3]. severe septicemia can lead to severe organic weakness or septicasis, as well as irreversible low blood pressure by reviving fluids [4]. bloodstream infections are associated with a high mortality rate [5], and [6] indicated that bacteremia may reach more than 200,000 patients per year, with the possibility of high prevalence and mortality, and that the method of blood culturing is the most sensitive way to detect bacteremia and is commonly obtained in patients with fever, chills, an increased number of white pellets, and peripheral infections. [1] indicated that the most frequent bacteremia causing infections are urinary tract (prostatitis or pyelonephritis), respiratory tract (pneumonia), blood vessels (infected catheters), digestive tract (cholecystitis or cholangitis), skin and soft tissues (cellulitis or myositis), or bones (osteoarthritis). [7] noted that multiple factors make cirrhosis patients vulnerable to bacteremia or sepsis with a high mortality rate. according to [8], the respiratory system (18.0%), the digestive system (16.2%), and the urinary reproductive system (36.0%) were the three most common sources of bacteremia. data obtained from 592 hospitals in japan show positive blood culture samples in children, reaching 98,295 in 2010 and 109,611 samples in 2011, 115,172 samples in 2012 and 115,172 samples in 2013, 120,561 samples in 2014, 131,297 samples in 2015, and 138,452 in 2016 [9]. one of the genera causing bacteremia is staphylococcus spp. bacteria, as the diagnosis of staphylococcii is largely based on the outward appearance of the colony as well as the production of various pigments varying from white to dark yellow [10]. colonies on solid media are round, smooth, high, and radiant, but microscopic colonies are spherical cells with a diameter of about 1 micrometer arranged in irregular groups, appearing individually or appearing in pairs or quadrants and in chains in liquid culture media, and they are facultative anaerobic organisms [11]. coagulase-negative staphylococci (cons) has received considerable attention in recent years as a pathogen, causing infection in both human and veterinary medicine, especially in weakened immunity, critical cases, long-term lying in the hospital, and in those cases containing medical devices in their bodies, such as catheters [12]. cons bacteria are able to cause clinically important bacteremia due to their natural environment on human skin and their ability to adhere to vital substances and form biofilm [13]. others cause suppuration, abscesses, a variety of purulent infections, and even fatal septicemia [11]. although staphylococcus bacteria are in many cases harmless, many of the ferocity factors they possess ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 11 make them an opportunistic pathogen and one of the leading causes of hospital-acquired infections around the world [14]. [7] noted that multiple factors make cirrhosis patients vulnerable to bacteremia or sepsis with a high mortality rate. according to [8], the respiratory system (18.0%), the digestive system (16.2%), and the urinary reproductive system (36.0%) were the three most common sources of bacteremia. data obtained from 592 hospitals in japan show positive blood culture samples in children, reaching 98,295 in 2010 and 109,611 samples in 2011, 115,172 samples in 2012 and 115,172 samples in 2013, 120,561 samples in 2014, 131,297 samples in 2015, and 138,452 in 2016 [9]. staphylococcus hominis is a component of natural human bacteria and an opportunistic pathogen that can cause a variety of infections. s. hominis bacteria cause bacteremia, endocarditis, and endophthalmitis. however, abscesses rarely cause abscesses [15]. staphylococcus epidermidis accounts for the majority of neonatal bacteremia cases. in addition, they have been shown to be associated with diseases of newborns such as bronchopulmonary dysplasia (bpd), white matter injury (wmi), necrotizing enterocolitis, and retinopathy of prematurity (rop), which affect shortand long-term neonatal outcomes [16]. s.warneri has sometimes been isolated from bacteremia and endocarditis, which are commonly associated with prosthetic devices such as dialysis catheters [17]. while s. haemolyticus causes severe injuries such as meningitis, endocarditis, prosthetic joint infections, bacteremia, septicemia, peritonitis, and otitis, especially in patients with immunodeficiency [18]. 2. materials and methods 2.1. collecting samples [7] noted that multiple factors make cirrhosis patients vulnerable to bacteremia or sepsis with a high mortality rate. according to [8], the respiratory system (18.0%), the digestive system (16.2%), and the urinary reproductive system (36.0%) were the three most common sources of bacteremia. data obtained from 592 hospitals in japan show positive blood culture samples in children, reaching 98,295 in 2010 and 109,611 samples in 2011, 115,172 samples in 2012 and 115,172 samples in 2013, 120,561 samples in 2014, 131,297 samples in 2015, and 138,452 in 2016 [9]. three hundred and thirteen blood samples were collected, including: 146 samples (30 patient samples and 116 samples of outpatients) from azadi teaching hospital; 36 samples from the dialysis unit at kirkuk general hospital; 126 samples (42 patient samples and 84 samples) from the children's hospital; and 5 samples from the women's and obstetrics hospital in kirkuk province, for the period from january 2022 to september 2022. 2.2. diagnosis of the sample blood samples from patients' were cultured in brain-heart infusion broth and incubated at 37°c for 24 hours. they were cultured on blood agar and macconkey agar and incubated at 37 °c for 24 hours. all isolates were identified depending on their macroscopic size and diagnosed with the use of the api staph. kit, the compact system vitek-2 for gram-positive bacteria, and the api 20e kit for gram-negative bacteria. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 12 2.3. resistance of antibiotic bacteria sensitivity was tested using the compact system vitek –2 ast580. 3. results and discussion 3.1. samples collection [7] noted that multiple factors make cirrhosis patients vulnerable to bacteremia or sepsis with a high mortality rate. according to [8], the respiratory system (18.0%), the digestive system (16.2%), and the urinary reproductive system (36.0%) were the three most common sources of bacteremia. data obtained from 592 hospitals in japan show positive blood culture samples in children, reaching 98,295 in 2010 and 109,611 samples in 2011, 115,172 samples in 2012 and 115,172 samples in 2013, 120,561 samples in 2014, 131,297 samples in 2015, and 138,452 in 2016 [9]. samples were collected from patients infected with or suspected of bacteremia and cultured in brain-heart infusion broth, and the results in figure 1 showed the percentage of positive and negative cultured growth. the percentage of positive growth culture was 15.97%, while the percentage of negative growth culture was 84.03%. figure1. the percentage of positive and negative growth culture. [7] noted that multiple factors make cirrhosis patients vulnerable to bacteremia or sepsis with a high mortality rate. according to [8], the respiratory system (18.0%), the digestive system (16.2%), and the urinary reproductive system (36.0%) were the three most common sources of bacteremia. data obtained from 592 hospitals in japan show positive blood culture samples in children, reaching 98,295 in 2010 and 109,611 samples in 2011, 115,172 samples in 2012 and 115,172 samples in 2013, 120,561 samples in 2014, 131,297 samples in 2015, and 138,452 in 2016 [9]. this was noted by [19] in their study of 158 patients, including 107 cultured growth positives (80 bacterial, 27 fungal) and 51 cultured growth negatives. [20] showed that 1,425 blood cultures were registered, with 179 (12.6%) positive cultures and 1.246 (87.4%) negative cultures. while [21] showed that 101 patients included 62 negative and 39 84.3 % 15.97% negative growth positive growth ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 13 positive cultures in the bloodstream, table 1 shows the distribution of positive growth cultures according to the source of bacteremia, as the number of positive cultures was 32 (17.87%) from febrile patients, 3 (8.33%) from dialysis patients in the dialysis unit, and 15 (65.21%) from burn and wound patients. table 1. distribution of positive growth culture according to the source of bacteremia . source of bacteremia total number of samples number of positive grown culture percentage % febrile 179 32 17.87 dialysis patients (dialysis unit) 36 3 8.33 burns and wounds 23 15 65.21 3.2. diagnosis of positive-growth culture positive-growing cultures were cultured on blood agar and macconkey agar, and all isolates were diagnosed macroscopically. some of the isolates were shown in pink on macconkey agar and the others were colorless depending on their fermentation and non-fermentation of lactose, while white and creamy isolates appeared on blood agar medium. then the pure colonies were diagnosed with the use of a microscope; the gram-negative isolates were red, while the gram-positive isolates were seen in violation. table 2 shows the number and proportions of positive and negative bacterial species of gram stain isolated from bacteremia patients, of which 29 (58%) were gram positive and 21 (42%) were gram negative bacteria. table 2. the number and percentage of gram positive and negative bacterial species isolated from bacteremia patients number of total cultures positive isolates gram positive gram negative number percentage% number percentage % 50 29 58 21 42 as a result of an additional study done by [18], of 158 bacteremia patients, 45 (29%) were grampositive bacteria, 35 (22%) were gram-negative bacteria, 27 (17%) were fungi, and 51 (32%) were negative growth. al-rawazq et al. (2012) [22] indicated that 25% of blood culture samples from children with bacteremia were positive and 75% were negative. [23] ibraheem (2005) noted that 15.5% of blood cultured samples from newborns showed positive growth. while [21] indicated 101 patients had 39 blood cultures that were growth-positive, of which 16 (41%) were gram-negative, 18 (46.2%) were gram-positive bacteria, and 5 (12.8%) contained both positive and negative gram stains. [24] noted in his study that the most people with bacteremia among children were in the age group (1 day–1 year) at 64.89% percent. 3.3. biochemical tests for isolates from bacteremia patients the following biochemical tests were carried out for gram-positive cocci: cocci (oxidase, catalase, hemolysin, coagulase, urease, and dnase (table 3), and api e20 kit tests were conducted for negative gram stains [25]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 14 table 3. biochemical tests for staphylococcus spp. isolated from bacteremia patients. catalase oxidase hemolysis coagulase urease dnase mannitol salt agar symbol isolates free bound + + + + s6 + + + + s8 + + + s 9 + + + s 24 + + + + s 25 + + + + s 29 + + + + s 30 \ + \ \ \ 31 + + + + + s 39 + + + + + s 41 + + + s 54 + + + + s 73 + + + + + s 83 + + + + + s 86 + + + + + s 88 + + + + s 90 + + + + s 97 + + + + s 104 + + + + + s 106 + + + + s 113 table (3) shows that all isolates were positive for the dnase test except isolate (31), which was negative and catalase tested and all grew on mannitol salt agar. all isolates were negative for oxidase testing and free coagulase and bound coagulase tests. the isolates (s 31, s 39, s 41, s 73, s 83, s 86, s 88, s 104, and s 106) were positive for hemolysis, but isolates (s 6, s 8, s 9, s 24, s 25, s 29, s 30, s 54, s 90, s 97, and s 113) were negative, and the urease test was positive for all positive isolates except those (s 9, s 24, s 31, s 54, s 73, and s 104) that were negative. table 4. number and percentage of isolated bacterial species of bacteremia patients. reaction with the gram stains genus species number percentage% gram positive bacteria staphylococcus warneri( 6,88) 2 6.89 haemolyticus(73,104) 2 6.89 hominis(8,9,24,25,30,39,41,54,86,106,113), 11 37.93 29,83,90,97 epidermidis 4 13.79 spp. 9 31.03 enterococcus faecalis (31) 1 3.44 gram negative bacteria raoultella terrigena 1 4.76 pseudomonas aeruginosa 11 52.38 enterobacter cloacae 2 9.52 escherichia coli 5 14.28 klebsiella spp. 1 4.76 acinetobacter spp. 1 4.76 table (4) shows the number and percentage of staphylococcus spp. isolates from bacteremia patients that are negative for coagulase. the gram-positive bacteria were staphylococcus hominis and s. epidermidis (37.33% and 13.79%), respectively; s. warneri and s. warneri and s. haemolyticus were 6.89%; and enterococcus faecalis was 3.44%. while the gram-negative ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 15 bacteria were presented by pseudomonas 52.38% and escherichia coli 14.28%, enterobacter cloacae 9.52%, raoultella terrigena, klebsiellaspp. and acinetobacter spp. were 4.76%. [26], showed in their study that the main bacterial pathogens of gram positive bacteria in the bacteremia of newborns were s. haemolyticus (9.1%), s. epidermidis (7.1%) and s. hominis (5.1%), noted that the coagulase-negative staphylococci (cons) accounted for the majority of gram positive bacteria and showed s. haemolyticus of the most visible species. [26] showed in their study that the main bacterial pathogens of gram positive bacteria in the bacteremia of newborns were s. haemolyticus (9.1%), s. epidermidis (7.1%), and s. hominis (5.1%). they noted that the coagulase-negative staphylococci (cons) accounted for the majority of gram-positive bacteria and showed s. haemolyticus as the most visible species. [27] showed in their study that bacterial isolates from newborns were 21.23% of the gram-positive bacterium, followed by bacillia gram negative and yeasts, while [24] indicated that the percentage of s.epidermidis isolated from bacteremia patients was 54.78%. 3.4. resistant staphylococcus spp. isolated from bacteremia for antibiotics figure 2 shows the resistance of staphylococcus hominis ssp. hominis, where all isolates were resistant to (benzylpenicillin, amoxicillin, and oxacillin) by 100%, were resistant to (fusidic acid, erythromycin, tetracycline, levofloxacin, clindamycin) by (81.81, 63.63, 27.27, 54.54, and 18.18%), respectively, and resistant to (amikacin, gentamicin, tobramycino sulfamethoxazole/ trimethoprim) by 36.36%, and resistant to (moxifloxacin, teicoplanin, vancomycin, and rifampicin) by 9.09%. figure 2. resistance staphylococcus hominis for antibiotics. in staphylococcus epidermidis isolates, all isolates were resistant to (benzylpenicillin, amoxicillin, oxacillin) by 100%, (amikacin, tobramycin, erythromycin, tetracycline and fusidic acid) by 50%, and (gentamicin, levofloxacin, moxifloxacin, trimethoprim/ sulfamethoxazole) by 25%, (table 3). 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% p e rc e n ta g e o f re si st a n ce % antibiotics ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 16 figure 3. resistance of staphylococcus haemolyticus for antibiotics. figure 4 shows resistance of staphylococcus haemolyticus to (benzylpenicillin, amoxicillin, amikacin, gentamicin, tobramycin, erythromycin, tetracycline) 100%, and (oxacillin, levofloxacin, moxifloxacin, fusidic acid and trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole) by 50%. figure 4. resistance of staphylococcus warneri for antibiotics. figure 5 shows the resistance of staphylococcus warneri isolates to (benzylpenicillin, oxacillin, amoxicillin and fusidic acid) by 100% and antibiotics (erythromycin and clindamycin) by 50% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% b a c te r ia r e si st a n c e % antibiotics 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% r is it a n c e p e r c e n ta g e % antibiotics ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 17 figure 5. resistance of staphylococcus warneri for antibiotics. [26] indicated that the s. hominis isolated from blood prematurely were resistant to antibiotics (gentamicin, ciprofoxacin, levofoxacin, moxifoxacin, erythromycin, clindamycin, linezolid, vancomycin, tetracycline, tigecycline, nitrofurantoin, rifampicin, trimethoprim/ sulfamethoxazole by (37.5, 8, 25, 25, 0, 75, 50, 0, 25, 37.5, 0, 12.5,12.5, 25)%, respectively. [28] showed that most clinical isolates in their study of s. haemolyticus and s. hominis were resistant to beta-lactams, lincosamides, macrolides, aminoglycosides as well as tetracycline, ciprofloxacin, trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole, and also showed that most s.warneri isolates were resistant to macrolides and lincosamides and considered (cross-resistance) as well as tetracycline, and 36.8% were resistant to beta-lactams. [26] indicated that s. epidermidis were resistant to (gentamicin, ciprofoxacin, levofoxacin, moxifoxacin, erythromycin, clindamicin, linzolid, vancomycin, tetracycline, tegisislin, nitrofurantoin, rifampicin, trimthoprim/sulfamthoxazole, and by (9, 9, 90 , 0 , 27.3, 36.3, 36.3, 9, 36.3, 45.4, 0, 0, 9, 54.5) ) % respectively. s. hemolytic bacteria were resistant to (gentamicin, ciprofoxacin, levofoxacin, moxifoxacin, erythromycin, clindamicin, linzolid, vancomycin, tetracycline, tigecycline, nitrofurantoin, rifampicin, trimthoprim/sulfamthoxazole, and by (43, 10, 0, 0, 28.5,0, 28.5, 92.8, 50,90,90,85), respectively. staphylococcus spp. resistance to antibiotics is due to the presence of β-lactamase enzymes, targeting some bacterial ribosomes, leading to a reading pattern during the translation process, or because they have enzymes that are coded by genetic mobile elements, which may be involved in the genetic change of the topoisomerase enzyme as well as increased expression of the internal pump efflux [2933]. 4. conclusions the results showed that most patients with clinical symptoms of bacteremia were febrile, while the highest positive culture was in wounds and burns patients, then febrile, followed by patients in the dialysis unit, and the negative coagulase staphylococcus was prevalent for all positive cultures. 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% b e n z y lp e n ic il li n a m o x ic il li n o x a c il li n + a m ik a c in g e n ta m ic in t o b ra m y c in l e v o fl o x a c in m o x if lo x a c in e ry th ro m y c in c li n d a m y c in l in e z o li d t e ic o p la n in v a n c o m y c in t e tr a c y c li n e t ig e c y c li n e n it ro fu ra n to in f u si d ic a c id r if a m p ic in t ri m e th o p ri m / s u lf a m e th o x a z o le r e si st a n c e p e r c e n ta g e % antibiotics ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 18 references 1. garnica, o.; gómez, d.; ramos, v., hidalgo, j. i.; ruiz-giardín, j. m. diagnosing hospital bacteremia in the framework of predictive, preventive and personalised medicine using electronic health records and machine learning classifiers. epma journal 2021, 12(3), 365– 381. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13167-021-00252-3. 2. duan, n.; sun, l.; huang, c.; li, h.; cheng, b. microbial distribution and antibiotic susceptibility of bloodstream infections in different intensive care units. frontiers in microbiology 2021, 12(december). https://doi.org/10.3389/fmicb.2021.792282 3. agyeman, p.k.a.; schlapbach, l.j.; giannoni, e.; stocker, m.; posfay-barbe, k. m.; heininger, u.; schindler, m.; korten, i.; konetzny, g.; niederer-loher, a.; kahlert, c. r.; donas, a.; leone, a.; hasters, p.; relly, c.; baer, w.; kuehni, c. e.; aebi, c.; berger, c. epidemiology of blood culture-proven bacterial sepsis in children in switzerland: a populationbased cohort study. the lancet child adolesc. health 2017, 1(2), 124–133. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2352-4642(17)30010-x. 4. dellinger, r.p.; levy, m.; rhodes, a.; annane, d.; gerlach, h.; opal, s.m.; sevransky, j.e.; sprung, c.l.; douglas, i.s.; jaeschke, r.; osborn, t. m.; nunnally, m.e.; townsend, s.r.; reinhart, k.; kleinpell, r.m.; angus, d.c.; deutschman, c.s.; machado, fr.; rubenfeld, g.d.; zimmerman, j.l. surviving sepsis campaign: international guidelines for management of severe sepsis and septic shock, 2012. intensive care med. 2013, 39(2), 165–228. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00134-012-2769-8. 5. rothe, k.; spinner, c. d.; ott, a.; querbach, c.; dommasch, m.; aldrich, c.; gebhardt, f.; schneider, j.; schmid, r.m.; busch, d.h.; katchanov, j. strategies for increasing diagnostic yield of community-onset bacteraemia within the emergency department: a retrospective study. plos one, 14(9), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0222545 6. long, b. ; koyfman, a. (2016). best clinical practice: blood culture utility in the emergency department. j. emerg. med. 2019, 51(5), 529–539. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jemermed.2016.07.003 7. johnson, a.l.; ratnasekera, i.u.; irvine, k.m.; henderson, a.; powell, e.e.; valery, p.c. bacteraemia, sepsis and antibiotic resistance in australian patients with cirrhosis: a population-based study. bmj open gastroenterol. 2021, 8(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjgast-2021-000695 8. chiang, h.y.; chen, t.c.; lin, c.c.; ho, l.c.; kuo, c.c.; chi, c.y. trend and predictors of short-term mortality of adult bacteremia at emergency departments: a 14-year cohort study of 14 625 patients. open forum infectious diseases, 2021, 8(11). https://doi.org/10.1093/ofid/ofab485. 9. kusama, y.; ito, k.; fukuda, h.; matsunaga, n.; ohmagari, n. national database study of trends in bacteraemia aetiology among children and adults in japan: a longitudinal observational study. bmj open 2021, 11(3), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2020043774 10. cornelissen, c.n.; fisher, b.d.; harvey, r.a. lippincott’s illustrated reviews: microbiology. third edition. lippincott williams & wilkins, a wolters kluwer business: m 2013, 450pp. 11. riedel, s.; morse, s.a.; mietzner, t.; miller, s. jawetz, melnick, ; adelberg’s medical microbiology. twenty-eighth edition. mcgraw-hill education, new york, 2019, 827pp. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13167-021-00252-3 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 19 12. regecová, i.; výrostková, j.; zigo, f.; gregová, g.; pipová, m.; jevinová, p.; becová, j. detection of resistant and enterotoxigenic strains of staphylococcus warneri isolated from food of animal origin. foods 2022, 11(10), 1496. https://doi.org/10.3390/foods11101496. 13. golińska, e.; strus, m.; tomusiak-plebanek, a.; więcek, g.; kozień, ł.; lauterbach, r.; pawlik, d.; rzepecka-węglarz, b.; kędzierska, j.; dorycka, m.; heczko, p.b. coagulasenegative staphylococci contained in gut microbiota as a primary source of sepsis in low-and very low birth weight neonates. j. clin. med., 2020, 9(8), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm9082517 14. kranjec, c.; angeles, d.m.; mårli, m. t.; fernández, l.; garcía, p.; kjos, m.; diep, d. b. staphylococcal biofilms: challenges and novel therapeutic perspectives. antibiotics 2021, 10(2), 1–30. https://doi.org/10.3390/antibiotics10020131 15. zhao, z.-h.; fan, y.-c. ; wang, k. pyogenic liver abscess caused by staphylococcus hominis. infect. microbes dis. 2021, publish ah. https://doi.org/10.1097/im9.0000000000000078. 16. dong, y.; speer, c.p.; glaser, k. beyond sepsis: staphylococcus epidermidis is an underestimated but significant contributor to neonatal morbidity. virulence, 2018, 9(1), 621– 633. https://doi.org/10.1080/21505594.2017.1419117. 17. kuvhenguhwa, m.s.; belgrave, k.o.; shah, s. u.; bayer, a. s.; miller, l. g. a case of early prosthetic valve endocarditis caused by staphylococcus warneri in a patient presenting with congestive heart failure. cardiol. res. 2017, 8(5), 236–240. https://doi.org/10.14740/cr588w 18. eltwisy, h.o.; twisy, h.o.; hafez, m.h.r.; sayed, i.m.; el-mokhtar, m.a. clinical infections, antibiotic resistance, and pathogenesis of staphylococcus haemolyticus. microorganisms. 2022, 10(6),1130. doi: 10.3390/microorganisms10061130. pmid: 35744647; pmcid: pmc9231169. 19. park, k.h.; park, s. j.; bae, m.h.; jeong, s.h.; jeong, m.h.; lee, n.; han, y.m.; byun, s. y. clinical and laboratory findings of nosocomial sepsis in extremely low birth weight infants according to causative organisms. j. clin. med. 2022, 11(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm11010260. 20. iqbal-mirza, s.z.; estévez-gonzález, r.; de ávila, v.s.r.; gonzález, e. de r.; herederogálvez, e; julián-jiménez, a. predictive factors of bacteraemia in the patients seen in emergency departments due to infections. revista espanola de quimioterapia 2020, 33(1), 32–43. https://doi.org/10.37201/req/075.2019 21. gille, j.; jocovic, j.; sablotzki, a.; kremer, t. the predictive role of interleukin 6 in burn patients with positive blood cultures. international journal of burns and trauma, 2021, 11(2), 123–130. 22. al-rawazq, h. s.; al-rawazq, h.s.; mohammed, a. k.; al-zubaidy, r. h. bacterial isolates in blood culture of children with septicemia. journal of the faculty of medicine baghdad. 2012, 54(1), 96–99. 23. ibraheem, a. h. bacterial septicemia in neonates. j. fac. med. baghdad. 2005, 47(2),162-164. 24. rasool, l.m. prevalence of bacteremia among children complaining different kinds of infections under 12 years old in baghdad. baghdad sci. j. 2011, 8(2), 280–285. https://doi.org/10.21123/bsj.8.2.280-285. 25. macfaddin, j.f. biochemical tests for identification of medical bacteria.lippincott williams and wilkins, a wolters kluwer company. new york, 2000. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 20 26. salah, a.; al-subol, i.; hudna, a.; alhaj, a.; alqubaty, a.r.; farie, w.; sulieman, d.; alnadhari, o.; alwajeeh, t.; alobathani, f.; almikhlafy, a.; mahdy, m.a.k. neonatal sepsis in sana’a city, yemen: a predominance of burkholderia cepacia. bmc infect. dis. 2021, 21(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12879-021-06808-y 27. abbas, k.k.; wifaq, m.; al-wattar, m.a.; jasim, a.a. the common bacterial pathogens isolated from blood culture in paediatric patients. baghdad sci. j. 2014, 11(2), 861–864. https://doi.org/10.21123/bsj.11.2.861-864. 28. szemraj, m., grazul, m., balcerczak, e.; szewczyk, e. m. staphylococcal species less frequently isolated from human clinical specimens are they a threat for hospital patients? bmc infect. dis. 2020, 20(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12879-020-4841-2 29. hooper, d.c. fluoroquinolone resistance among gram-positive cocci. lancet infect. dis. 2002, 2: 530–538. 30. jensen, s.o.; lyon, b.r. genetics of antimicrobial resistance in staphylococcus aureus. future microbiol. 2009, 4(5), 565-582. 31. hooper, d.c.; jacoby, g.a. (2015). mechanisms of drug resistance: quinolone resistance. ann. n y. acad. sci. 2015, 1354(1), 12–31. 32. foster, t.j. antibiotic resistance in staphylococcus aureus. current status and future prospects. fems microbiol. rev. 2017, 41(3), 430–449. 33. al-wandawy, a.h.sh. bacteriological study of meningitis patients in children. msc. thesis. college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham). university of baghdad 2019, 119. https://doi.org/10.21123/bsj.11.2.861-864 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol. 23 (3) 2010 use of partial purified lipase from local chicken kidney for improvement the flavor o f butter fat a. n. al-hasnawi, m. a. al-soufi ,r. a. aziz departme nt of science, college of basic education, unive rsity of almustansiriya *center for market research and consumer protection, unive rsity of baghdad abstract lip ase was extracted by sodium acetate buffer (p h=6; 0.05m ) containing 0.1m nacl. enzy me content of crude extract was concentrated by gradual addition of ammonium sulfate at 30-60% saturation. the dialyzed extract was p urified on ion-exchange chromatography through deae–cellulose and gel-filtration chromatography through sep hacry l s-200 column. the sp ecific activity , enzy me y ield and fold p urification were 54.06 unit/mg, 42.6% and 10.88 resp ectively. the molecular weight of the lip ase was 43.651 kda as determined by gel-filtration chromatography through sep hacry l s-200 column. partial p urified lip ase used for the imp rovement of t he flavor of butt er fat after 12 hours for storage. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المنقى جزئیا من كبد الدجاج المحلي في تحسین خواص استعمال أنزیم الالیبیز الدھن الحر ، رغد أكرم عزیز*نوري الحصناوي، محمد عبد الرزاق الصوفيعلي الجامعة المستنصریة –كلیة التربیة األساسیة / قسم العلوم جامعة بغداد –مركز بحوث السوق وحمایة المستھلك * الخالصة دروجیني مقـ 0.05استعمل محلول خـالت الصودیوم الـدرائ بتركیز الر ذي اس ھـی د 6داره مو ــى كلورـی والحـاوي عل دجاج، 0.1الصـودیوم بتركیـز د اـل ـن كـب وم بنسـبة إشـباع ومــوالر السـتخالص األنـزیم ـم رسـب األنـزیم بملـح كبریتـات األمونـی ــراوحت بــین ــادل االیــوني % 30-60ت ــتعمال المرشــح deae-celluloseتـــالھا امــراره علـى المب ــي باس ــم الترشـیح الھالم ث sephacry l s-200 وعیة مقـدارھا لل ـة بلغـت /وحدة 54.06حصول علـى األنزیم بفعالیـة ـن وبعـدد مـرات % 42.6ملغم وحصیـل ي لألنـزیم 10.88تنقیـة وزن الجزیـئ ــغ اـل ــتعمال 43.651مـرة، وبل ـره باتبـاع تقانـة الترشـیح الھالمـي باس د تقدـی و دالتــون عـن كیـل sephacryالمرشح الھالمـي l s-200ن خـالل متابعـة ، وجـرى اختبار األنزیم دھن الحـر ـم ي تحسـین خـواص اـل المنقى جزئیا ـف دھن مقبولـة بعـد مـرور 12التغیر الحاصل في أنموذج الدھن الحر الحاوي على أنزیم الالیبیز المنقى جزئیا، إذ أصـبحت رائحـة اـل . ساعة على الخزن المقدمة hy(للة الالیبیز إلـى مجموعة االنزیمات المح أنـزیم نتمـيی drolases (hy drolytic enzy mes الذي یمتلك التسـمیة ي أیـ[1]وفقا للتصنیف المعتمد من االتحاد العالمي للكیمیاء الحیاتیة ec: 3.1.1.3النظامیة ن ض، ویؤدي دوراً مھماً ـف الخلیـة ـم ي خالل التفاعالت التي یعمل بھا على كسر رابطة معینة في جزیئات المادة المتفاعلة وإضـافة ى المـواد الناتجـة الـت جزیئـة مـاء إـل ل األواصـر esterases، ویقع أنزیم الالیبیز ضمن مجموعة أنزیمات [2]غالبا ما تكون تفاعالت عكسیة ـى تحلـی التي تعمـل عـل ـ carboxyاالستریـة في الدھون والزیـوت والتي یطلـق علیھـا ـب lic esteraseل ، كمـا یعـرف الالیبیـز بأنـھ أحـد أنزیمـات التحلـ المائي السترات الكلیسیرول الذي یعمل على تحلیل األواصر االستریة للدھون، ویتطلب عمـل أنـزیم الالیبیـز وجـود الكلیسـیریدات ل األواصـر االسـتریة [3]درجة الذوبان الواطئة في الماء مادة أساس يالثالثیة ذ ، وینتج عن فعل أنزیم الالیبیز بعد أن یقوم بتحلـی د فقـدان المـاء لیكـون الكلیسـیریدات في الظروف الطبیعیة س التفاعـل عـن وم بعـك كال من الكلیسیرول واألحماض الدھنیة، إال انھ یـق ع [4]الثالثیة من الكلیسیرول واألحماض الدھنیة الحرة بعملیة االسترة ، ویقوم أنزیم الالیبیـز بعملـھ ھـذا عـن طریـق تعرفـھ للمواـق ون بشـكل منفـرد المحددة في جزیئة الكلیسیریدات الثالثیة ـع الكرـب ـع األول والثالـث مـن مواق ومھاجمتھ لألحماض الدھنیة في الموق ع األحمـاض ذي ینتقـل إلـى موقعـھ ـم ي جزیئـة الكلیسـیرول اـل أو مجتمع معا، إال انھ ال یھاجم الحامض الدھني في الموقع الثـاني ـف دھني الدھنیة من خالل قیام جزیئة الكلیسیرول األحادیة بتنظیم نفسھا والتخ ى لص من الحامض اـل ق دفعـھ إـل ق لھـا عـن طرـی المراـف . [5]األحماض الدھنیة المنفصلة عن جزیة الكلیسیریدات الثالثیة یتواجد األنزیم بشكل واسع في الكائنات الحیـة ویـتم اسـتخراجھ وإنتاجـھ علـى المسـتوى التجـاري مـن مصـادر مختلفـة، إذ 4و 8و 25اج العالمي في حین تشكل المصادر البكتریـة والحیوانیـة والنباتیـة نسـب مقـدارھا من اإلنت% 50تمثل الفطریات نسبة المي لھـذا األنـزیم % ــة، إذ [6 ; 7]علـى التـوالي مـن اإلنتـاج الـع الت التطبیقیـة المختلف ي المجـا الت واسـعة ـف ، ولألنـزیم اسـتعما وزیـادة ظھـور نكھـة الجـبن ،مساھمتھ في تحلیل دھن الحلیـبصناعة األلبان من خالل مثل یستعمل في مجال الصناعات الغذائیة ن الرائحـة غیـر [8]واإلسراع في عملیة اإلنضاج ، دھن الحـر مـن خـالل الـتخلص ـم مقبولـة ال، كما یستعمل في تحسـین خـواص اـل ز وجعلـھ ا[9]لھذا النوع من الدھون ى صـفات الخـب م والمحافظـة عـل ــي ، كما یستعمل في صناعة الخبز لتحسـین الطـع كثـر ثباتـا ف ى عجینة الخبـز الت األخـرى یسـتعمل الالیبیـز [10]درجات حرارة الخزن عـن طریق إضافتھ مـع أنزیم االمیلیز إـل ي المجـا ، وـف ي صـناعة دة، فضـال عـن اسـتعمالھ ـف بشكل واسع في صـناعة الزیـوت الصـناعیة وإنتـاج صـابون ذي نوعیـة عالیـة وصـفات جـی ــى م ــافتھ إل ــن طریــق إض ــات ع ــة المنظف ـف التجاری ــرات التنظـی ــناعات الصــیدالنیة [11]ستحض ــال الص ــي مج ــتعمل ف ــا یس ، كم ونظراً الحتواء كبد الدجاج على نسبة عالیة من ھذا األنزیم من خالل ، [13]وإنتاج الوقود الحیوي [12]ومستحضرات التجمیل 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ihjpas ي ي واسـتعمالھ ـف ن كبـد الـدجاج المحـل المقارنة مع المصادر األخرى، لذا فقد ھدف ھذا البحث إلى إنتـاج الالیبیـز وتنقیتـھ جزئیـا ـم .تحسین خواص الدھن الحر المواد وطرائق العمل :تحدید المحلول االمثل الستخالص األنزیم داسـتعملت محالیـل اسـتخالص عد نـی ى ة شـملت كـل ـم د 0.1مـاء المقطـر ومـاء المقطـر الحـاوي عـل مـوالر مـن كلورـی دارئ بتركیـز ،الصودیوم داره 0.05ومحلول خـالت الصـودیوم اـل دروجیني مـق الر ذي اس ھـی ومحلـول خـالت الصـودیوم ، 6مـو داره 0.05الدارئ بتركیز دروجیني مـق الر ذي اس ھـی ى 6مـو د 0.1والحـاوي عـل ــن كلوریـد الصـودیوم لتحدـی ول مـوالر م المحـل م االسـتخالص باسـتعمال ى قطـع صـغیرة بمسـاحة 10األمثل الستخالص األنزیم، وـت دجاج المحلـي الـذي قطـع إـل د اـل غـم مـن كـب دة 50سم لكل قطعة واضیف لھ 0.5حوالي مللتر من محلول االستخالص المبرد وجرى استخالصـھ بوسـاطة خـالط كھربـائي ـم تخلص مـن الشـوائب بو 5 ذ المركـزي المبـرد بدرجـة حـرارة دقائق، بعدھا تم اـل م اجـري النـب ن قمـاش الملمـل ـث م 4سـاطة قطـة ـم دة /دورة 5000وبسـرعة مقـدارھا ــة ـم ــل 15دقیق ق الـذي یمث ــى الراـئ تخلص مــن الراسـب والحصـول عل م اـل دقیقـة للمســتخلص وـت . المستخلص األنزیمي الخام :تقدیر الفعالیة االنزیمیة pباستعمال [14]یمیة وفقا للطریقة التي قام بوصفھا قدرت الفعالیة األنز -nitro p henyl buty rate (p npb) مادة ى قیـاس االمتصـاص الضـوئي للمــادة الناتجـة عنـ تأسـاس، و قـدر ــاد عـل ــداره دالفعالیـة األنزیمیـة باالعتم وجي مق 410طـول ـم ول واحـد مـن مـادة نانومتر، وعـرفت وحـدة الفعالیـة األنـزیمیة بأنھـا كمیـة األنـزیم ا pلـالزمة لتحریـر ملـي ـم -nitro p henyl .م 40دقیقة بدرجة حرارة 15خالل الدقیقة الواحدة تحت ظروف التفاعل المتمثلة بحضن األنزیم لمدة :تقدیر تركیز البروتین ــن ـة م ـا للطریقــة الموصوـف ــروتین وفـق ـركیز الب ــن الم [15]قـدر ـت ـال ألبومی bsa (bovine(صــل البقـري باستعـم serum albumin روتین خـالل خطـوات الفصـل الكرومـاتوكرافي باسـتعمال اقیاسی ابروتین ، في حین تم الكشف عـن تـركیز الـب المتصاص الضوئي على موجة مقدارھا .نانومتر 280ا :تحدید الطریقة المثلى لتركیز االنزیم :التركیز باستعمال ملح كبریتات االمونیوم -أ م %20-90استعملت نسب إشباع تراوحت بین ، وذلك بإیصال المستخلص األنزیمي الخام إلى نسبة اإلشـباع المطلوبـة ـث دارھا 4فصل الرواسب المتكونة بعد كل إضافة بوساطة النبذ المركزي المبرد بدرجة حرارة دقیقـة /دورة 10000م وبسـرعة مـق الر ذي 0.01ب المتكونة بعد كل إضافة بوساطة محلول خالت الصودیوم الدارئ بتركیـز دقیقة، وجرى إذابة الرواس 15مدة مـو ى فعالیـة إنزیمیـة، جمعـت الرواسـب المتكونـة وأذیبـ6اس ھیدروجیني مقداره ي ت، وبعد تحدید نسب اإلشباع التي أعطـت أعـل ـف دة ھ واجریت لھ عملیة التنافذ الغشائي حیال المـاء المقطـنفسالمحلول الدارئ ـع اسـتبدال المـاء 4سـاعة بدرجـة حـرارة 24ر ـم م م .ساعات، تالھا تجفید األنزیم 6المقطر كل :التركیز باستعمال الكحول االثیلي المبرد -بـ ك % 98تم تركیز المستخلص األنزیمي بإضافة أحجام معینة مـن الكحـول االثیلـي المبـرد ذي تركیـز ـع التحرـی درجیا م ـت د كـل إضـافة %20-80ل على نسب مئویة متدرجة من الكحول تراوحت من المستمر للحصو ـلت الرواسـب المتكونـة بـع م فص ، ـث دة /دورة 10000م وبسرعة مقدارھا 4بالنبذ المركزي المبرد بدرجة حرارة دقیقـة وأذیـب الراسـب المتكـون مـن كـل 15دقیقة ـم .یة وتركیز البروتین فیھمرحلة في اقل كمیة من دارئ الفوسفات وقدرت الفعالیة األنزیم :تنقیة االنزیم deae-ceتنقیة االنزیم بأستعمال المبادل االیوني -أ llul ose: ى مع إجراء بعض التحویر، إذ [16]نقي األنزیم وفقا لما وصفھ ن الخطـوة السـابقة عـل ألنزیمي المركز ـم مرر المحلول ا ــي ــود المبـادل االیون ول سـم، x 30 1.5 أبعـادذي deae-celluloseعم د غسـل المبـادل بضـعف حجمـھ بوسـاطة محـل وبـع ــز الموازنـة ــالت الصــودیوم الـدارئ بتركی ــداره 0.05خ دروجیني مق الر ذي اس ھـی ــة بســطح 6مــو ــتردت األجـزاء المرتبط ، اس ول بالمبادل بوساطة التدرج الملحي الخطـي دارئ بتركیـز محـل درو 0.05خـالت الصـودیوم اـل الر ذي اس ھـی ــو ــداره م 6جیني مق ـوم بتـــراكیز متدرجـــة مـــن ــت األجــزاء المنفصـلة بواقــع 0-1والحـاوي علـــى كلوریـــد الصودـی ــر 3.5مـوالر، وجمع ــزء /مللت ج د طـول مـوجي /مللتر 42وبسرعة جریان مقدارھا درج الملحـي الخطـي، بعـدھا قـیس االمتصـاص الضـوئي عـن ساعة بوساطة الـت وجمعت األجزاء القریبـة مـن قمـة منحنـى الفعالیـة ،مللتر/لة وقدرت الفعالیة األنزیمیة وحدةنانومتر لألجزاء المنفص 280مقداره روتین ملغـم ،مللتـر/وقیست الفعالیة األنزیمیـة لھـا وحـدة، د رسـم /واسـتخرجت الفعالیـة النوعیـة وحـدة ،مللتـر/وتركیـز الـب ملغـم بـع مرتبطة والمرتبطة حیال كـل من الفعالیة األنزیمیة وقراءة العالقة الخطیة بین رقم الجزء المنفصل لكل من األجزاء غیر ال 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ihjpas ول الموازنـة 280البروتین عند طول موجي مقداره نانومتر، بعدھا أجریت عملیة التنافذ الغشائي لألجزاء التي جمعت حیـال محـل .تالھـا تـركیز المحلول األنزیمي بالتجفید 6موالر ذي اس ھیدروجیني مقداره 0.05یوم الدارئ بتركیز خالت الصود sتنقیة االنزیم بأستخدام المرشح الھالمي -بـ ephacryl s -200: ــي [17]أجریت خطوة التنقیـة وفقـا لمـا وصفـھ ـح الھالم sephacryبأستعمـال عمود الترشـی l s-200 1.5ابعـاد ذي x ول األنزیمـي المحضـر بتركیـز 5إذ مـرر سم، 60 ن المحـل دارئ /ملغـم 20مللتـر ـم مللتـر باسـتعمال محلـول خـالت الصـودیوم اـل ول إذابـة وموازنـة 0.15والحاوي على كلورید الصودیوم بتركیز 6موالر ذي اس ھیدروجیني مقداره 0.05بتركیز موالر محـل سـاعة، وبعـد غسـل عمـود الترشـیح /مللتـر18 جزء وبسرعـة جریان مقـدارھا /مللتر3 صلة بواقع واسترداد وجمعت األجزاء المنف رأت األجـزاء المنفصـلة عنـد موجـة ضـوئیة طولھـا ول الموازنـة، ـق نـانومتر وقیسـت 280الھالمي بضعف حجمـھ بوسـاطة محـل ن القمـة الحاویـة ع/الفعالیة األنزیمیة وحـدة ر، ثـم جمعـت األجـزاء القریبـة ـم اس الفعالیـة مللـت ز وجـرى قـی ى فعالیـة أنـزیم الالیبـی ـل ین /مللتر واستخرجت الفعالیة النوعیة وحدة/مللتر وتركیز البروتین ملغم/األنزیمیة وحدة د رسـم العالقـة الخطیـة ـب ملغـم لألنـزیم بـع المتصاص الضوئي عند موجة طولھـا ألنزیمیـة و 280رقم الجزء المنفصل حیال كل من ا مللتـر، بعـدھا /حـدةنـانومتر والفعالیـة ا د 12أجریت عملیة التنافذ الغشائي للمحلول األنزیمي حیال الماء المقطر مدة ظ بدرجـة حـرارة التجمـی زیم وحـف م جفـد األـن سـاعة ـث .م-18 :تقدیر الوزن الجزیئي ي لألنـزیم المنقـى جزئیـا وفقـا للطریقـة ال ام بوصـفھا اتبعت تقانة الترشیح الھالمي في تقدیر الوزن الجزیـئ ي ـق ع [18]ـت ـم ــي ــل باسـتبدال مــادة الترشـیح الھالم ــھ أعـاله بمــادة sephadex g-100إجـراء تحـویر تمث ــن المصــدر المشـار إلی ــتعملة م المس sephacry l s-200 وزن أنفسـھاوباعتماد ظروف الفصـل د اـل ــي خطـوة التنقیـة بالترشـیح الھالمـي، وجـرى تحدـی ي اتبعـت ف الـت ي ألنـزیم الال ـ الجزیـئ ة تمثلـت ـب ـ ــوجود بروتینـات قیاسیــة مختلـف lysozو ovalbuminو lactoferinو igyیبیز ب y me يذ . كیلودالتون على التوالي 14.4و 42و 81و 180أوزان جزیئیھ تبلغ :استعمال انزیم الالیبیز في تحسین نكھة الدھن الحر دھن الحـر، إذ إذاستعمال أنزیم الالیبیز الفي [19]اتبعت الطریقة الموصوفة من ا لتحسـین نكھـة اـل 250یـب منقى جزئـی ن قمـاش الملمـل حاویـة علـى طبقـات قطنیـة غم من الزبد المنتج محلیا بوساطة التسخین، ثم رشح الدھن المذاب باستعمال قطعة ـم ین محكمـي الغلـیدعد ي دورـق دھن المرشـح ـف ع ة للتخلص من الشوائب المتبقیة والرواسب غیر المرغوب بھا، ووزع اـل 50ق وبواـق دوارق /مللتر ى أحـد اـل ى جزئیـا بتركیـز 5دورق، بعدھا أضیف إـل ر مـن اإلنـزیم المنـق ي /ملغـم 10مللـت مللتـر عـن طریـق إذابتـھ ـف دارئ بتركیـز داره 0.01محلـول خـالت الصـودیوم اـل دروجیني مـق الر ذي اس ھـی ــر 6مــو 0.22وتعقیمـھ باسـتعمال مرشـح بقط دارئ 5ني مایكرون، في حین أضیف للدورق الثا م ضـخ نفسـمللتر من المحلول اـل ى جزئیـا، ـث ي إذابـة األنـزیم المنـق ھ المسـتعمل ـف ي، تـاله الحضـن بدرجـة حـرارة ع النشـاط المیكروـب دة 37غاز النتروجین لكال الدورقین لمـن ك المسـتمر ـم ـع التحرـی سـاعة 48م م . ساعة على التوالي 48و 24و 12و 6موذج السیطرة خالل جرى خاللھا تقدیر الفعالیة األنزیمیة وتقییم رائحة الدھن المعامل وأن النتائج والمناقشة :تحدید المحلول االمثل الستخالص األنزیم ن كبـد الـدجاج ) 1(یبین الشكل روتین والفعالیـة النوعیـة ألنـزیم الالیبیـز المسـتخلص ـم اختالف الفعالیة األنزیمیة وتركیز الـب د باختالف محالیل االستخال ز كلورـی ادة تركـی ـد زـی ادة فـي الفعالیـة النوعیـة بشـكل واضـح عـن ص المستعملة، إذ یالحظ حصول زـی درائ بتركیـز ول االسـتخالص خـالت الصـودیوم اـل د أظھـرت النتـائج تفـوق محـل الصودیوم المضاف إلى محلول االسـتخالص، وـق ل االسـتخالص، 0.1بتركیز والحاوي على كلورید الصودیوم 6موالر ذي اس ھیدروجیني مقداره 0.05 موالر على بقیـة محالـی ول فعالیـة نوعیـة مقـدارھا و/وحـدة 3.55إذ أعطـى ھـذا المحـل ل االسـتخالص األخـرى محـل ي حـین أعطـت محالـی م ـف ــالت لملـغ خ درائ بتركیـز داره 0.05الصـودیوم اـل دروجیني مـق الر ذي اس ھـی د الصــودیوم 6مــو ى كلورـی ــاوي عـل ــول مـاء المقطـر الح ومحل .ملغم على التوالي/وحدة 1.41و 1.74و 2.22موالر ومحلول ماء المقطر فعالیة نوعیة مقدارھا 0.1ز بتركی ن المصـدر المسـتھدف، لـذا ـن األنـزیم بصـورتھ الحـرة والمرتبطـة ـم ى اكبـر كمیـة ـم ى الحصول عـل تھدف عملیـة االستخالص إـل م افضل تركیز لألنزیم و یجب أن یتم استعمال محلول استخالص یمكن من خاللھ الحصول على ى فعالیـة من ـث الحصـول علـى أعـل ل االسـتخالص قـدرتھا فـي تحریـر األنزیمـات مـن المصـادر المتواجـدة فیھـا و[20]نوعیـة ــجة السـیما ، وتسـتمد محالـی فـي األنس ل فضـال عـن تركیـز الري لألمالح المستعملة في تحضیر ھذه المحالـی كلوریـد الصـودیوم الحیوانیة والنباتیة من خالل التركیز المو ــا زاد التركیـز المـوالر ــن األنزیمـات المرتبطـة بنســیج يالـذي یضـاف إلیھـا، فكلم ى فـك ارتبـاط اكبــر قـدر ممكـن م أدى ذلــك إـل ى حصـول انخفـاض فـي الفعالیـة النوعیـة لألنـزیم يالمصدر، إال أن الزیادة في التركیز الموالر د یـؤدي إـل لمحالیل االسـتخالص ـق ى األنـزیم المستھدف نتیجة لتح ـج الحـاوي عـل ـي النسـی استخالصـھ الـذي یـراد رر كمیة كبیرة من البروتینات األخرى المتواجـدة ـف ي تحدیـد كفا) ملغـم/وحـدة(، لذا یجب أن تكون الفعالیة النوعیـة [21] د علیـھ ـف ة عملیـة االسـتخالص، كمـا یـؤدي یـالمعیـار المعتـم ي محلـول االسـتخالص وجعلـھ قلقـا و فين خالل تأثیره االس الھیدروجیني لمحلول االستخالص دورا مھما م زیم ـف ن ثبـات األـن ـم . [22]یسھل فك ارتباطھ من النسیج الحاوي علیھ ثم 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ihjpas :تحدید الطریقة المثلى لتركیز االنزیم ى لترسـیب وتركیـز أنـزیم الالیبیـز استعمل الترسیب بمل د الطریقـة المثـل ح كبریتات األمونیوم والكحول االثیلي المبـرد لتحدـی حصـول ازدیـاد واضـح فـي الفعالیـة النوعیـة للراسـب یرافقـھ انخفـاض مالحـظ ) 2الشكل، (من المستخلص األنزیمي الخام، ویبین وم، ویالحـظ أن افضـل نسـبة إشـباع كانـت بمـدى في الفعالیة النوعیة للرائق عند تركیز األنـزیم باسـتعمال ملـح كبریتـات األمونـی ین راوح ـب ي حـین یشـیر %30-60یـت ى عـدم حصــول ازدیـاد واضـح فـي الفعالیـة النوعیـة للراسـب رافقـھ عــدم ) 3الشـكل، (، ـف إـل د ذا فـق ي، ـل طریقـة الترسـیب تاعتمـدحصول فقدان مالحظ للفعالیة النوعیة للرائق عنـد ترسـیب األنـزیم باسـتعمال الكحـول االثیـل ین ى فعالیـة نوعیـة مقـدارھا % 30-60بكبریتات األمونیوم لتركیز األنزیم بنسبة إشـباع تراوحـت ـب م مـن خاللھـا الحصـول عـل ـت .مرة 4.46في حین كان عدد مرات التنقیة % 62.74ملغم وحصیلة أنزیمیة بلغت /وحدة 22.19 تخلص تستعمل طرائق التركیز بملح كبریتات األ مونیوم والكحـول االثیلـي بشـكل واسـع فـي أول خطـوات التنقیـة لغـرض اـل أعلى كمیـة مـن المسـتخلص الخـام، یعقبھـا إجـراء ى األنـزیم ـب ن المـاء والبروتینـات المرافقـة والحصـول عـل من اكبر قدر ممكن ـم وة االیونیـةمثل التنقیة باالعتماد على خصائص األنـزیم داخل الكـاره للمـاء ،الـق ي ،واأللفـة ،والـت وزن الجزیـئ ، إال أن [3 ; 16]واـل ن األحمـاض األمینیـة نفسألنزیم یتباین حسب نوع المستخلص الخام واألنزیم اتأثیر ھذه المواد المستعملة في ترسیب ھ ومحتواه ـم م لترسـیب األنـزی ـز المالـئ ى والتركـی د الطریقـة المثـل ي تحدـی ــل [23]م واختالف شحناتھـا التي یكون لھا األثر الكبیر ـف د استعم ، فـق ن % 0-70ملح كبریتات األمونیوم بنسبة إشباع تراوحت بین [17] ن المستخلص الخام لعـف rhizopلترسیب اإلنـزیم ـم us sp . ي حـین اسـتعمل 1.4وعدد مرات تنقیة % 49.7وحصال على األنزیم بحصیلة مقدارھا رة ، ـف وم [24]ـم ـح كبریتـات األمونـی مـل ــ ـــت ب ــباع تراوح ــب إش ــر % 35-60ینبنس ــن فط ــزیم م ــدارھا trichoderma virideلترســیب األن ــة مق ـة نوعی 328بفعالـی . ملغم/وحدة وني ى المبـادل االـی ــونیوم عـل ــح كبریتــات األم ـاستعمال مل ــرسیب ـب ـة الت -deaeامرر األنـزیم المستحصـل علیـھ بعملـی cellulose ـروتینیة عد) 4الشكل، (، ویشیر ـم ـب ـور قـم دإلـى ظـھ 0-1ة عنـد اسـترداد األنـزیم بالتـدرج الملحـي الخطـي بتركیـز ـی ن القمـة وتحدیـد الفعالیـة ع األجـزاء القریبـة ـم مـوالر من كلورید الصودیوم مع ظھور قمة واحـدة للفعالیـة األنزیمیـة، وجـرى جـم ن خطـوة التنقیـة ھـ ى األنـزیم ـم م وحصـیلة مقـدارھا /وحـدة 35.79ذه بفعالیـة نوعیـة بلغـت وتركیز البروتین وتم الحصول عـل ملـغ ــى عمـود الترشـیح الھالمـي 7.20وعدد مرات تنقیة % 60.52 ــرر الجـزء المستحصـل علیـھ عل sephacry، ثم ام l s-200 إذ ، ى األنـزی) 5الشكل، (یظھر م الحصـول عـل روتین ترافقھـا قمـة واحـدة للفعالیـة األنزیمیـة، وـت م بفعالیـة نوعیـة وجود قمة واحدة للـب ن ) 1الجـدول، (مرة، ویبین 10.88وبعدد مرات تنقیة % 42.6وحصیلة بلغت 54.06مقدارھا خطـوات تنقیـة أنـزیم الالیبیـز ـم . كبد الدجاج المحلي ق عـد ــل یداستعملت طراـئ ـرشیح الھالمـي بمـادة [25]ة لتنقیة األنـزیم مـن مصادر مختلفـة، فقد استعم -sephadex g الـت رة 200 ن خمـی dm(لتنقیـة األنـزیم ـم -2031(candida rugosa ملغـم /وحـدة 64.35وحصـال علیـھ بفعالیـة نوعیـة مقـدارھا ألنزیم من الجراد باستعمـال الترشـیح الھالمـي بمـادة [18]مرة، كذلك استطاع 43وعدد مرات تنقیة -sephadex gمن تنقیة ا من تنقیة األنزیم مـن سمك البوري باسـتعمال [16]مرة، في حیـن تمكن 0.81ت تنقیة وعدد مرا% 21.84بحصیلة بلغت 100 ــادل االیـــوني بمــادة cmو deae-celluloseالتب -cellulose ــدارھا ــى % 2.95بحصــیلة مق ــل إل ــة وص وعــدد مــرات تنقی . مرة 18.55 تقدیر الوزن الجزیئي در الوزن الجزیئي ألنزیم الالیبیز با ح الھالمي باستعمال مادة ـق sephacryتباع تقانة الترشـی l s-200 ــوجود بروتینـات ب ة تمثلـت بـــ ــ lysozو ovalbuminو lactoferinو igyقیاسـیة مختلف y me 14.4و 42و 81و 180أوزان جزیئیـة تبلــغ يذ الشـكل، (للبروتینـات القیاسـیة ) ve(للدكسـتران األزرق وحجـم االسـترداد ) vo(كیلودالتون على التوالي، وبعد تعیین حجم الفراغ ــترداد ، )6 ــم االس ــة بـین حج ــة الخطی ــم الفـراغ /veرسـمت العالق ــیة voحج ــات القیاس ــي للبروتین وزن الجزیئ ــاریتم اـل ــل لوغ مقاب .)7الشكل، (كیلودالتون 43.651الستخراج الوزن الجزیئي ألنزیم الالیبیز الذي بلغ ي الذي أشار إلى [16]جده جاءت ھذه القیمة مقاربة لما و وري كـان وزنـھ الجزیـئ ن سـمك الـب 46.5أن األنـزیم المنقـى ـم ــد تقــدیره ــا بلــغ كیلودالتــون عن ــل الماســخة، بینم ــائي بھــالم متعــدد االكریــل امایــد بوجــود العوام ــل الكھرب ــة الترحی 41.2بطریق ــد التقدیـــر ون عن ـح الھالمـــي كیلودالـت ـة الترشـی ود بطریـق ــد sephadex g-50بعـم أن األنـزیم المنقــى مـن خمیــرة [26]، ووج yarrowia lip olitica ي ــھ الجزیـئ ـغ وزن ین 48بل ي حــین ـب أن الـــوزن [27] كیلودالتــون مقـدرا بوسـاطة الترشــیح الھالمـي، ـف penicillium cyclopالجزیئي لألنزیم المنقى من فطر ium غ ـة الترشـیح الھالمـي، 36بـل ــره بطریـق بینمـا كلیودالتون عنـد تقدی رة [28]أشـار ن خمـی ي لألنـزیم المنقـى ـم وزن الجزیـئ ى أن اـل kurtإـل zmanomyces sp غ . ــة 49بـل دراً بطریق ون مـق كیلودالـت ي حـین وجـد ــى [29]الترحیل الكھربائي بھالم متعدد االكریل اماید بوجود العوامـل الماسـخة، ـف ي لألنـزیم المنق وزن الجزیـئ أن اـل bacillus spمن بكتریا الكریل اماید بوجـود العوامـل كیلودالتون عند تقدیره 46 یبلغ . بطریقـة الترحیل الكھربائي بھالم متعدد ا .الماسخة 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ihjpas :استعمال انزیم الالیبیز في تحسین نكھة الدھن الحر ي التغیر الحاصـ) 2الجدول، (یبین ن كبـد الـدجاج المحـل ى جزئیـا ـم ى أنـزیم الالیبیـز المنـق دھن الحـر الحـاوي عـل ي أنمـوذجي اـل ل ـف داره 0.01واألنموذج الحاوي على محلول خالت الصودیوم الدارئ بتركیز دة 7موالر ذي اس ھیدروجیني مـق 48بعـد الخـزن ـم ساعات على الحضن مـع عـدم حـدوث تطـور محسـوس 6ساعة، إذ یالحظ حدوث ارتفاع طفیف في الفعالیة األنزیمیة بعد مرور ملغـم رافقھـا /وحـدة 2.67سـاعة ارتفعـت الفعالیـة األنزیمیـة بشـكل ملحـوظ لتصـل 12في تغیر رائحة الدھن الحر، وبعد انقضـاء ي االرتفـاع لتصـل ب عـد حصول تغیر محسوس في رائحة الدھن الحر التي أصبحت رائحـة مقبولـة، وازدادت الفعالیـة األنزیمیـة ـف ى 12ملغم مع بقاء تطور رائحة الدھن الحر على حالھا التي وصلت إلیھا بعد مـرور /وحد 4.07ساعة إلى 24مرور سـاعات عـل ى 48الخزن، وبعد استمرار عملیة الحضن مدة ملغـم /وحـدة 0.07ساعة لوحظ حصـول انخفـاض فـي الفعالیـة األنزیمیـة لتصـل إـل .ساعة 12الذي تم الحصول علیھ عند الخزن مدة مع بقاء رائحة الدھن على حالھا المقبول دھن مـن خـالل یعود التغیر الحاصل في رائحة الدھن الحر المعامل باألنزیم إلى فعل أنزیم الالیبیز وتأثیره في تحسـین خـواص اـل ى إنتاجـھ لألحمـاض الدھنیـة والكلیسـیرول تحـت الظـروف الطبیعیـة دھن ممـا یـؤدي إـل ل المـائي لـل ، إال إن [30 , 4]قیامـھ بالتحـل د مـن األنزیمـات ذ 48انخفاض الفعالیة األنزیمیـة بعـد مـرور ى أن الالیبیـز یـع ود إـل ى اإلضـافة والخـزن یـع التفاعـل يسـاعة عـل ــة ــیریدات الثالثیـة مـن األحمـاض الدھنی ؤدي إلـى تكـوین الكلیس ــا ـی س التفاعـل عنــد عـدم وجـود المـاء مم وم بعـك المتعـاكس، إذ یـق .[5 , 2]االسترة الكلیسیرول بعملیة المصادر 1. sammour, r. h. (2005). purification and p artial characterisation of an acid lip ase in germinating lip idbody linseedlings. turk. j. bot . 29: 177-184. 2. jaeger, k. e. and eggert, t. (2002). lip ases for biotechnology . current op inion in biotechnology . oxford. 13: 390-397. 3. vakhlu, j. and kou, a. (2006). yeast lip ases: enzy me p urification, biochemical p rop erties and gene cloning. electronic journal of biotechnology . 9(1): 69-85. 4. shimizu, s. and nakano, m . (2003). structural characterization of triacy lglycerol in several oils containing gamma-linolenic acid. biosci. biotechnol. biochem. 67: 60-67. 5. saxena, r. k.; sheoran, a.; giri, b. and davidson, w. s. (2003). purification st rategies for microbial lip ase. j. m icrobiol. m ethods. 52(1): 1-18. 6. kademi, a.; lee, b. and houde, a. (2003). production of heterologous microbial lip ases by y east s. indian journal of biotechnology . 2(3): 346-355. 7. yang, x.; wang, b.; cui, f. and tan, t. (2005). production of lip ase by repeated batch fermentation with immobilized rhizop us arrhizus. process biochemist ry . 40: 2095-2103. 8. hiol, a.; jonzo, m . d.; rugani, n.; druet, d.; sarda, l. and comeau, l. c. (2000). purification and characterization of an extra cellular lip ase from a thermop hilic rhizop us ory zae st rain isolated from p alm fruit. enzy me and m icrobial technology . 26: 421-430. 9. fomuso, l. b. and akoh, c. c. (2001). enzy maticalic modification of high laurate canola to p roduce margarine fat. j. agric. food. chem. 49(9): 4482-4487. 10. leon, a. e.; duran, e. and benedito, b. c. (2000). utilization of enzy me mixtures to retard bread crumb friming. j. agric. food. chem. 50(6): 1416-1419. 11. cox, m .; gerritse, g.; dankmey er, l. and quax, w. j. (2001). characterization of the p romoter and up st ream activating sequence from the pseudomonas alcaligenes lip ase gene. j. biotechnol. 86(1): 9-17. 12. lopez-amay a, c.; m arangoni, a. g.; haard, n. f. and simp son, b. k. (2001). lip ase: seafood enzy me. ut ilization and influence on postmorten fish quality . m arcel dekker, ny. 121-146. 13. park, e. y. and pizarro, a. v. l. (2003). lip ase-catalysed p roduction of biodiesel fuel from vegetable oils contained in waste activated bleaching earth. process biochemist ry . 38: 1077 1082. 14. lin, s. f.; chiou, c. m . and tsai, c. y. (1995). effect of t riton x-100 on alkaline lip ase p roduction by pseudomonas p seudoalcaligenes f-111. biotechnology letters. 17(9). 959-962. 15. bradford, m . m . (1976). a rap id and sensitive method for the quantitation of microgram 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ihjpas quantities of p rotein utilizing the principle of p rotein-dy e binding. anal. biochem. 72: 248 254. 16. islam, m . a.; absar, n. and bhuiy an, a. s. (2008). isolation, p urification and characterization of lip ase from grey mullet (liza parsia hamilton,1822). asian. j. biochem. 3(4): 243-255. 17. koblitz , m . g. b. and past ore, g. m . (2006). purification and biochemical characterization of an extracellular lip ase produced by a new strain of rhizop us sp . cienc. agrotec. lavras. 30(3): 494-502. 18. orscelik, o.; akp inar, m . a. and gorgun, s. (2007). partial purification of tot al body lip ase from gry llus camp estris l. (orthop tera: gry llidae). fen. bilimleri. dergisi. 28(2): 1-10. lipبعض التطبیقات العملیة النـزیم الالیبیـز ). 2005. (التمیمي، سحر غازي عمران عبد الواحد. 19 ase ن المسـتخ لص مـن عـف asp ergillus niger .الجامعة المستنصریة. كلیة العلوم. رسالة ماجستیر . 20. kornberg, a. (1990). why purify enzy mes. in: m ethods in enzy mology . (eds, m . p. deutscher). academic press. new york. 182: 1-5. 21. m unoz, r. and barcelo, r. a. (1995). enzy mes. in: hand book of food analy sis. (eds, nollet, l. m . l.). m arcel dekker. new york. 2: 317-319. 22. whitaker, j. r. (1972). principle of enzy mology for food sciences. m arcel dakker, irc. new york. 23. beisson, f.; tiss, a.; rivire, c. and verger, r. (2000). m ethods for lip ase detection cnd assay : a critical review. european journal of lipid science and technology . 133-153. 24. kashmiri, m . a.; adnan, a. and butt, b. w. (2006). production, p urification and p artial characterization of lip ase from trichoderma viride. african journal of biotechnology . 5(10): 878-882. 25. benjamin, s. and pandey, a. (2001). isolation and characterization of three distinct forms of lip ases from candida rugosa p roduced in solid st ate fermentation. brazilian archives of biology and technology . 44(2): 213-221. 26. aloulou, a.; rodriguez, j. a.; puccinelli, d.; m ouz, n.; leclaire, j.; leblond, y. and carriere, f. (2007). purification and biochemical characterization of the lip2 lipase from yarrowia lip olytica. biochem. biophy s. acta. 1771: 228-237. 27. yu, m . s. q. and tan, t. (2007). purification and characterization of the extracellular lip ase lip 2 from yarrowia lip olytica. process biochem. 42: 384-391. 28. kakugawa, k.; shobayashi, m .; suzuk, o. and m iyakawa, t. (2002). purification and charecterization of lip ase from glycolipid p roducing y east kurt zmanommy ces sp . biosa. biotechnol. biochem. 66(5): 978-985. 29. helist o, p.; akt uganov, g.; galimzianova, n.; m elentjev, a. and korp ela, t. (2001). ly tic enzy me comp lex of an antagonistic bacillus sp . x-b: isolation and purification of component. j. chromatograph. 758: 197-205. 30. gandhi, n. n. and m ukherje, k. d. (2000). papaya (carica papaya l.) lip ase with some distinct acy l and alky l sp ecificities as compared. biochem. soc. ttans. 28(6): 977-987. 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ihjpas الدجاج خطوات تنقیة إنزیم الالیبیز من كبد): 1(جدول الخطوة الحجم )مللتر( ــــة ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ الفعالی األنزیمیة )مللتر/وحدة( ـــز ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ تركیــ البروتین )مللتر/وحدة( ــــة ــ ــ ــ ــ الفعالیــ النوعیة )ملغم/وحدة( ـــة ــ ــ ــ الفعالی الكلیة )وحدة( ــدد ــ عـــ مـــرات التنقیة الحصیلة (%) 100 1 343 4.97 0.69 3.43 100 المستخلص الخام ـــات الترســــیب بكبریـت )30-60%(األمونیوم 10 21.52 0.97 22.19 215.2 4.46 62.74 التبادل االیوني deae-cellulose 52 20 10.38 0.29 35.79 207.6 7.20 60.52 الترشیح الھالمي sephadex g-100 15 9.73 0.18 54.06 145.95 10.88 42.6 .تأثیر اضافة االنزیم في تحسین خواص الدھن الحر): 2(جدول الرائحة )مللتر/وحدة(الفعالیة لنماذجا الوقت ساعات 6بعد بدون تغیر دھن حر مع دارئ الخالت بدون تغیر 1.75 دھن حر مع األنزیم ساعة 12بعد بدون تغیر دھن حر مع دارئ الخالت مقبولة 2.67 دھن حر مع األنزیم ساعة 24بعد بدون تغیر دھن حر مع دارئ الخالت مقبولة 4.07 األنزیم دھن حر مع ساعة 48بعد بدون تغیر دھن حر مع دارئ الخالت مقبولة 0.07 دھن حر مع األنزیم :تحدید الطریقة المثلى الستخالص أنزیم الالیبیز من كبد الدجاج المحلي باستعمال محالیل استخالص عدة شملت): 1(شكل a :ماء مقطر. b : موالر 0.1على كلورید الصودیوم بتركیز ماء مقطر حاوي. c : 6موالر ذي اس ھیدروجیني مقداره 0.05كمحلول خالت الصودیوم الدرائ بتركیز. d : ز درائ بتركـی ــودیوم اـل ـول خـالت الص دروجیني مقـداره 0.05محل ــودیوم 6مــوالر ذي اس ھـی ــاوي علـى كلوریـد الص والح . موالر 0.1بتركیز 2010) 3( 23 لوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للع 0 1 2 3 4 5 وكوز كل سكروز لكتوز كا لتوز ما ركیز (%2.5) ون بت رب الكا ر مصد الفعالیة النوعیة ) مللتر/ملغم(تركیز البروتین ) مللتر/وحدة(الفعالیة ص محالیل االستخال a b c d ة لی عا لف ا ) دة ح و / تر ملل ( ة عی و لن ا یة عال لف ا ) دة ح و / غم مل ( كی تر ن تی و بر ال ز ) غم مل / تر ملل ( ihjpas الترس�یب الت��دریجي ألن�زیم الالیبی��ز م�ن مس�تخلص كب��د ال�دجاج باس��تعمال مل�ح كبریت�ات األمونی��وم بنس�ب إش��باع ): 2(ش�كل %.20-90تراوحت بین �ن مس�تخلص كب�د ال�دجاج باس�تعمال الكح�ول االثیل�ي المب�رد ذي تركی�ز الترسیب الت�دریجي ألن�زیم الالیبی�ز): 3(شكل % 98م %.20-80للحصول على نسب مئویة متدرجة من الكحول تراوحت من 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 8 0 9 0 100 (%)نسبة التركیز نتاتاالبا ع و لن ا یة عال لف ا ق ائ لر ل یة ) دة ح و / غم مل ( ب س را لل یة ع و لن ا یة عال لف ا ) دة ح و / غم مل ( ب ق الفعالیة النوعیة للراس الفعالیة النوعیة للرائ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 (%)نسبة اإلشباع نتاتاالبا ق ائ لر ل یة ع و لن ا یة عال لف ا ) دة ح و / غم مل ( ب س را لل یة ع و لن ا یة عال لف ا ) دة ح و / غم مل ( قالفعالیة النوعیة الفعالیة النوعیة للرائ %60-30 ihjpas deae-ceز من كبد الدجاج باستعمال كروماتوغرافي التبادل االیوني بعمود تنقیة أنزیم الالیبی): 4(شكل llul ose .جزء منفصل/مللتر 3.5ساعة بواقع /مللتر 42سم وسرعة جریان مقدارھا x 30 1.5 ذي أبعاد sالم�ي بعم�ود تنقیة أنزیم الالیبیز من كبد الدجاج باستعمال كروم�اتوغرافي الترش�یح الھ): 5(شكل ephacryl s ذي 200 .جزء منفصل/مللتر 3ساعة بواقع /مللتر 18سم وسرعة جریان مقدارھا x 60 1.5 أبعاد 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 نتاتاالبا 0 0 .1 0 .2 0 .3 0 .4 0 .5 0 .6 0 .7 0 .8 0 .9 1 رقم الجزء المنفصل نومتر 208االمتصاصیة على )مللتر/وحدة(الفعالیة األنزیمیة نا ى عل ة صی صا مت ال ا 2 8 0 تر وم ان ن ة می زی الن ا یة عال لف ا ) ح و /دة ر لت مل ( 1 0 x ي ط خ ال ي ح مل ال ج در لت ا 0 0.5 1 1.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15 ى عل ة صی صا مت ال ا 2 8 0 تر وم ان ن ة می زی الن ا یة عال لف ا ) دة ح و / ر لت مل ( رقم الجزء المنفصل نومتر 208االمتصاصیة على )مللتر/وحدة(الفعالیة األنزیمیة نا ihjpas lactoferinو igyللبروتین�ات القیاس��یة ) ve(زرق وحج��م االس�ترداد للدكس�تران األ) vo(تعی�ین حج��م الف�راغ ): 6(ش�كل ovalbumiو n وlysoz yme وlipase. sالمنحنى القیاسي لتقدیر الوزن الجزیئي ألنزیم الالیبیز المنقى جزئیا بتقنیة الترشیح الھالم�ي بم�ادة ): 7(شكل ephacryl s ovalbumiو lactoferinو igyبوجود 200n وlysoz yme كبروتینات قیاسیة . 0 0.5 1 1.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15 ى عل ة صی صا مت ال ا 2 8 0 تر وم ان ن ة می زی الن ا یة عال لف ا ) دة ح و / ر لت مل ( رقم الجزء المنفصل lysozyme ovalb umin lactoferin igy lipase blue dex tran نومتر 208االمتصاصیة على )مللتر/وحدة(الفعالیة األنزیمیة نا 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 4 .0 4 .1 4 .2 4. 3 4. 4 4. 5 4. 6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5 .2 5 .3 5 .4 5 .5 5 .6 5 .7 5 .8 )log m.w(لوغاریتم الوزن الجزیئي د ردا ست ال ا جم ح ) v e / ( غ را لف ا جم ح ) v o ( ovalb umin lactoferin lysozyme igy lipase ihjpas ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 on pairwise semi-p-separation axioms in bitopological spaces r. n.majeed departme nt of mathematics,college of education ibn alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 10 october 2010 accepte d in : 13 march 2011 abstract in this p ap er, we define a new type of p airwise sep aration axioms called p airwise semi-p sep aration axioms in bitop ological sp aces, also we st udy some prop erties of these sp aces and relationship s of each one with t he ordinary sep aration axioms in the bitop ological sp aces. keywords: bitop ological sp ace, pairwise semi-p sp ace, pairwise semi-p sp ace, p airwise semi-p sp ace, pairwise semi-p sp ace, pairwise semi-p normal sp ace. 1-introduction the theory of bitop ological sp aces st arted with the p ap er of kelly in [1]. a set equipp ed with two top ologies is called a bitop ological sp ace. since then several authors continued invest igatin g such sp aces. furt hermore, kelly extended some of the st andard results of sep aration axioms in a top ological sp ace to a bitop ological sp ace, such extensions are p airwise regu lar, p airwise hausdorff and p airwise nor mal, concep ts of p airwise and p airwise were introduced by m urdeshwar and naimpally in [2]. the p urp ose of this p ap er is to introduce and invest igate the notion of p airwise semip sep aration axioms in bitop ological sp aces and st udy some p rop erties of these sp aces and relationship s of each one with t he ordinary sep aration axioms in the bitop ological sp aces. 2preliminaries in this section, we introduce some definitions and p rop ositions, which is necessary for the p ap er. de finition 2.1[3]: a subset a of a top ological sp ace is called a pre-open set if . the comp lement of p re-open set is called pre-closed set. the family of all p re-open subsets of x is denoted by po(x). the family of all p re-closed subsets of x is denoted by pc(x). proposi tion 2.2 [4]: let be a top ological sp ace, then: 1-every op en set is a pre-op en set. 2-every closed set is a pre-closed set. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 but the converse of (1) and (2) is not true in general. proposi tion 2.3 [4]: the union of any family of p re-op en sets is a p re-op en set. de finition 2.4[3]: the union of all p er-open sets contained in a is called the pre-interior of a, d enoted by p re-int a. the intersection of all p re-closed sets containin g a is called the per-closure o f a, and is denoted by p re-cl a. proposi tion 2.5 [4]: let be a top ological sp ace and a, b be any two subsets of x, t hen: p re-cl a de finition 2.6 [4]: a subset a of a top ological sp ace is said to be semi-p-open set if and on ly if there exist s a p re-op en set in x, say u, such that the family of all semi-p -op en sets of x is denoted by s-p(x). the complement of semi-p -op en set is called semi-p-closed set. the family of all semi-p -closed sets of x is denoted by s-p-c(x). proposi tion 2.7 [4]: 1every op en (closed) set is semi-p-op en (closed) set resp ectively. 2every p re-op en (p re-closed) set is semi-p-op en (semi-p-closed) set resp ectively. also, t he converse of (1) and (2) is not true in gener al. proposi tion 2.8: the union of any family of semi-p -op en sets is semi-p -op en set. proof: let be any family of semi-p -op en sets in x, we must p rove is a semi-p -op en set, since is semi-p -op en set, for all , which implies there exists a p reop en set such that . thus and from (prop osition 2.3 and 2.5) we have a pre-open set such that hence is a semip-op en set. ■ de finition 2.9 [4]: let be a top ological sp ace and let a be any subset of x, then: 1the union of all semi-p -op en sets contained in a is called the semi-p-interior of a, denoted by semi-p -int a. 2the intersection of all semi-p -closed sets containing a is called the semi-p-closure of a, and denoted by semi-p -cl a. de finition 2.10 [4]: let be a top ological sp ace and let . a subset n of x is said to be semi-pneighborhood of x if and only if there exist s a semi-p -op en set g, such that we shall use the sy mbol nbd. instead of the word neighborhood. if n is semi-p -op en subset of x, then n is a semi-p-op en nbd of x. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 proposi tion 2.11: let be a top ological sp ace, then every semi-p -nbd is a semi-p-op en set. proof: let n be any semi-p -nbds for each of its p oints, t hat is means for each , there exist s a semi-p op en set g such that now we must prove n is a semi-p -op en set, since and since n is a semi-p nbd for all . thus , and fro m (prop osition 2.8) we have n is a semi-p-op en set. ■ de finition 2.12 [1]: let x be a nonemp ty set, let be any two top ologies on x, then is called a bitop ological sp ace. note 2.13: in the sp ace , we shall d enote to the set of all semi-pop en sets in ) by s-p(x, (s-p(x, )) resp ectively. de finition 2.14 [2]: a bitop ological sp ace is said to be: 1pairwise if for every p air of p oints x and y in x such that there exist s a -op en set containing x but not y or y but not x or a -op en set containing y but not x or x but not y . 2pairwise if for every p air of p oints x and y in x such that there exist s a -op en set u and a -op en set v such that de finition 2.15[1]: a bitop ological sp ace is said to be: 1pairwise if every two dist inct p oints in x can be sep arated by disjoint op en set and -op en sets. 2pairwise regul ar spa ce, if for each p oint and each -closed set f not containin g x, there exists a -op en set u and -op en set v such that where 3pairwise normal space, if for each -closed set a and -closed set b such that there exist sets u and v such that u is -op en, v is -op en, 3-pairwise semi-p-separation axioms we begin with t he definition of pairwise semi-p sp aces. de finition 3.1: a sp ace is called pairwise semi-pspace if for any p air of distinct p oints x and y in x, there exists a -semi-p -op en set or -semi-p -op en set which contains one of them but not the other. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 proposi tion 3.2: if a sp ace is p airwise sp ace, then is p airwise semi-p sp ace. proof: for any such that , we must p rove there exists a semi-p -op en in which contains one of them but not the other. now, let in x, since is p airwise sp ace, then there exist s op en set u in such that but from (prop osition 2.7 p art (1)) there exists semi-pop en set u such that thus is p airwise semi-p sp ace. ■ remark 3.3: the converse of (prop osition 3.2 ) is not true in general, as the following example shows: exam ple 1: let x={1, 2, 3}, , po(x, = s-p(x, = { , po(x, = s-p(x, = { . then, clear ly the sp ace is p airwise semi-p sp ace, but not p airwise sp ace, since 2 in x but there is no op en set u or u such that 2 the orem 3.4 : for a sp ace , the following are equivalent : (1) is p airwise semip sp ace . (2) for every (3) for every the intersection of all and all is {x} . proof: sup p ose x≠ y in x, there exists a semipop en set u containing x but not y or a semipop en set v containin g y but not x .that means mean either or hence for a p oint x, y .thus {x} . sup p ose there exist s y ≠ x such that y belongs to the intersection of all and all .hence is not p airwise semipsp ace, implies semi p cl {x} which is a contradiction, thus the intersection of all and all let x ≠ y in x, since {x} = the intersection of all and hence, there exists either on not containin g x or a not containing x .therefore is p airwise semip sp ace.■ ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 the orem 3.5: the product of an arbitrary family of p airwise semi psp aces is p airwise semi p sp ace. proof: let be the p roduct of an arbitrary family of p airwise semi psp aces, where and are the product top ologies on x generated by resp ectively and x = . let and be two distinct p oints of x. hence for some . but is p airwise semi p sp ace, therefore, there exists either a -semi-p -op en set containing but not or a -semi-p -op en set containing but not . define and then u is a semi-p -op en set and v is semi-p -op en set, also, u contains x but not y . hence is p airwise semi p sp ace. ■ de finition 3.6: a sp ace is called pa irwise semi-pspace, if for any p air of d istinct p oints x and y in x, there exists a -semi-p -op en set u and -semi-p -op en set v such that and proposi tion 3.7: if a sp ace is p airwise sp ace, then is p airwise semi-p sp ace. proof: for any in x, since is p airwise sp ace, then there exists -op en set u and -op en set v such that and and since every op en set is semi-p -op en set ( by prop osition 2.7 p art (1)), which imp lies u is se mi-p -op en set in containin g x but not y and v is semi-p -op en set in containing y but not x. hence is p airwise semi-p sp ace. ■ remark 3.8: the converse of (prop osition 3.7) is not true in general as the following example shows: consider examp le 1, where: x={1, 2, 3}, , po(x, = s-p(x, = { , po(x, = s-p(x, = { . then, clearly that the sp ace is p airwise semi-p sp ace, but not pairwise sp ace, since in x, but there is no -op en set containing 2 but not containin g 3 and there is no -op en set containin g 3 but not 2. the orem 3.9: the product of an arbitrary family of p airwise semi psp aces is p airwise semi p sp ace. proof: similar to t he proof of ( theorem 3.5). ■ ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 de finition 3.10: a sp ace is called pa irwise semi-pspace, if for any p air of d istinct p oints x and y in x, there exists a -semi-p -op en set u and -semi-p -op en set v such that and . proposi tion 3.11: if a sp ace is p airwise sp ace, then is p airwise semi-p sp ace. proof: similar of the p roof of (prop osition 3.7). ■ remark 3.12: the converse of (prop osition 3.11) is not true in general; consider examp le 1: x={1, 2, 3}, , po(x, = s-p(x, = { , po(x, = s-p(x, = { , clearly is p airwise semi-p sp ace, but not p airwise sp ace, since in x, but there is no two disjoint op en sets in and , which contain 2 and 3 resp ectively. the orem 3.13: for a sp ace , the following are equivalent: 1 is p airwise semi-p sp ace. 2for each and for each such that , there exists a -semi-p -op en set u containin g x such that -semi-p clu. 3for each , -semi-p clu: and u is -semi-p -op en set}. 4the diagon al is a semi-p-closed subset of proof: let such that , since is p airwise semi-p sp ace, there exists -semi-p -op en set u and -semi-p -op en set v such that and . hence -semi-p clu, since we h ave a se mi-p -op en set v such that , but . sup p ose that there exists in x, such that -semi-p clu; and u is semi-p -op en set}; imp lies -semi-p clu; for all -semi-p -op en set u, which is a contradiction, thus for each , -semi-p clu: and u is -semi-p -op en set}. to p rove is a semi-p -closed subset of , that is mean we must p rove is semi-p -op en subset of let , which imp lies that in view of (3), there exists a -semi-p op en set u containing x and -semi-p clu. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 we know that -semi-p clu) = . also, we have -semi-p clu). so -semi-p cl u) . but -semi-p clu) is a semi-p op en set, so is a -semi-p -nbd of each of its p oints. thus is -semi-p closed set. let in x, hence . since is -semi-p -closed set, is a semi-p -nbd of each of it is p oints. therefore, there exists a -semi-p -op en set containin g and contained in then u is -semi-p -op en set and v is -semi-p op en set, also and , since , . thus is p airwise semi-p sp ace. ■ de finition 3.14: a space is said to be pairwise semi-p-regularspace, if for each -closed set f and for each p oint , there exist semi-p -op en set u and semi-p -op en set v such that and , where i, j=1, 2 , . proposi tion 3.15: every p airwise regular sp ace is p airwise semi-p -regularsp ace. proof: let f be any -closed set and let , such that , since is p airwise regu lar sp ace, there exist op en set u and op en set v such that and . and from (prop osition 2.5 part (1)), we have semi-p -op en set u and semi-p -op en set v such that and . hence is p airwise semi-p -regularsp ace. ■ remark 3.16: the converse of (prop osition 3.15) is not true in general, as the following example shows: let x={1, 2, 3}, , then s-p(x, = { , s-p(x, = { . then x is p airwise semi-p-regular sp ace, but not p airwise regular sp ace since {3} is closed set in and {3}, but for any op en set containing 1 and for any -op en set containing {3}, its intersection is not empty. the orem 3.17: a sp ace is p airwise semi-p -regularsp ace if and only if for each p oint x in x and every closed set f not containing x there is a semi-p -op en set u such that and ( proof: sup p ose is p airwise semi-p -regularsp ace, let and f is any closed set such that , imp lies is -op en set containing x and since is p airwise ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 semi-p -regularsp ace, there is a semi-p -op en set u such that hence ( conversely , let f be any closed set and then there exists a semi-p -op en set u such that and ( let v= ( then v is -semi-p -op en set such that and , thus is p airwise semi-p -regularsp ace. ■ de finition 3.18: a sp ace is said to be pairwise semi-p-normalspace, if for each -closed set a and closed set b disjoint from a, there exist semi-p -op en set u and semi-p -op en set v such that and , where i, j=1, 2 , . proposi tion 3.19: every p airwise normal sp ace is p airwise semi-p -normalsp ace. proof: let a, b be two closed disjoint sets in (resp ectively), since x is p airwise normal sp ace, there exist op en set u and op en set v such that and but from (prop osition 2.4 part (1)) u, v semi-p-op en sets which contains a and b resp ectively. thus is p airwise semi-p -normalsp ace. ■ remark 3.20: the converse of prop osition 3.19 is not true in general, as the following example shows: consider examp le 2, where: x={1, 2, 3}, , s-p(x, = { , s-p(x, = { . then is p airwise semi-p -normalsp ace, but not p airwise normal sp ace, since {3} and {2} are closed disjoint sets in resp ectively but for any op en set in which containin g {3} and any op en set in which containing {2}, its intersection is not empty. re ferences 1. kelly , j. c. (1963), bitop ological sp aces, proc. london m ath. soc. 13: 71-89. 2. m urdeshwar, n. g. and naimp ally, s. a. (1966), quasi-uniform compact sp aces, p. noordhoff, groningen. 3. nour, t. m . (1995), a note on five separation axioms in bitop ological sp aces, indian j. p ure app l. m ath., 26(7): 669-674. 4. al-kazragi, r. b. (2004), on semi-p-op en sets, m . sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education ibn-alhaitham. رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص على الفضاءات التبولوجیة – p –حول بدیھیات الفصل شبھ الثنائیة رشا ناصر مجید جامعة بغداد ،ابن الھیثم –قسم الریاضیا ت، كلیة التربیة 2010تشرین االول 10: استلم البحث في 2011 اذار 13 :في قبل البحث خالصةال في هذا البحث قمنا بتعریف نوع جدید من بدیهیات الفصل على الفضاءات التبولوجیة الثنائیة التي اسمیناها بدیهیات كل نوع مع بدیهیات الفصل االعتیادیة في سنا بعض خواص هذه الفضاءات وعالقاتكذلك در ، p –الفصل شبه . ات التبولوجیة الثنائیةالفضاء p–الفضاء شبه ، p–الفضاء شبه ، p–الفضاء التبولوجي الثنائي، الفضاء شبه :یةفتاحالكلمات الم .االعتیادي – p–الفضاء شبه القیاسي، – p–الفضاء شبه ، 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الخصائص البصریة والتركیبیة ألغشیة sno2 المحضرة بطریقة الترذیذ صالح قدوري ھزاع قسم الفیزیاء ،كلیة التربیة ،الجامعة المستنصریة الخالصة ـــر ـــیة ت حضـ ـــذ الرقیقــــة وبســــمكین مختلفــــ sno2أغشـ ـــى ســــطوح زجاجیــــة باســــتخدام طریقــــة الترذیــ ین علـ لمحضـره ذات ا لنمـاذجاوأظهرت النتـائج بـان . درس التركیب البلوري واتجاه األغشیة باستخدام طیف األشعة السینیة المغناطیسي ساويیوجد بأنه و حسب حجم الحبیبة . متعددة التبلور تركیب nm (25.35, 28.8) باسـتخدام لغشــاء ومكوناتـهلقیق لـددرس التركیــب السـطحي اsem ألسـطح كلهــا اوكانـت edx و بعــض الثوابــت البصـــریة مثــل معامـــل و )ev (3.85 كانــت مســـاویةفجــوة الطاقــة المباشـــرة و تحســـب. متجانســة ومرصوصــة -nm )300معامل الخمود والمركبة الحقیقیة والخیالیة لثابت العزل الكهربائي من خـالل طیـف النفاذیـة ضـمن المـدى ،االنكسار 900(. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.23 (1) 2010 optical and structural prope rties of sno2 thin films prepare d by sputte ring method s. k. haza’a departme nt of physics , college of education, al-mustansiriyah unive rsity abstract sno2 thin films of different two thicknesses were p repared an glass substrate by dc magnetron sp uttering. the cryst al st ructure and orientation of the films were invest igated by xrd p att erns. all the deposited films are polycryst alline. the grain size was calculated as 25.35, 28.8 nm. m orp hological and comp ositions of the films were p erformed by sem and edx analyses resp ectively. the films app eared comp act and rougher surface in nature. the allowed direct band gap was evaluated as 3.85 ev, and other op tical constants such as refractive index, extinction coefficient, real and imaginary p arts of dielectric constants were determined from transmittance sp ectrum in the wavelength range (300-900) nm and also analyzed. introduction transp arent conducting oxide thin films are of great interest, due to their variety of app lication. consequently , thin films with high op tical transp arency and electrical conductivity have been a subject of invest igation since last century [1-3]. thin oxide is one of the most p romising materials for op toelectronic and sensor app lications owing to its high transmittance and electrical conductivity . the sno2 films are n-ty p e semiconductors with a direct op tical band gap of about (3.87-4.3) ev [4-5]. the structure of the material in its bulk form is tetragonal rutile with lattice parameters a=b=4.737 o a and c= 3.816 o a [6]. however in thin film form depending on the deposition technique its st ructure can be p olycryst alline or amorp hous [7]. the grain size is ty p ically (200-400) o a, which is highly dependant on deposition technique, temp erature, dop ing level etc. [4-5]. sno2 films close to st oichiometric condition have low free carrier concentration and high resistivity , but non-st oichiometric sno2 films have high carrier concentration, conductivity and transp arency. this comes about from an oxy gen vacancy in the st ructure so that the formula for the thin film material in sno2-x, where x is the deviation from st oichiometry [4]. there are several dep osition techniques t o grow sno2 thin films including chemical vapor depositions [8], magnetron sp uttering [9], sp ray p y rolysis [10] etc. in this work, we have invest igated the op tical p rop erties of sno2 thin films p repared by sp uttering techniques. experime ntal the sno2 films were p repared by dc magnetron sp uttering. fig.(1) is the schematic diagram of the equip ment. the glass substrate is p ositioned obliquely above the target. the substrate heater is p ositioned in the anode, and substrate temp erature is controlled by a thermocouple, and held constant at 200 o c. the substrate makes thermal contact with the anode through the cop p er subst rate holder, and the target anode dist ance is kep t at about 30mm. tine oxide sno2 was carried out by using magnetron sp utter source coupled to 60w dc p ower sup p lies. the vacuum was evacuated by an edwards 306 p umping sy st em , the vacuum ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.23 (1) 2010 chamber was exhausted by an oil-diffusion p ump at 2x10 -6 torr in around 30 minutes, in an atmosp here of argon and oxy gen ar 95% and o2 5% resp ectively, and magnetic field 370 gauss. tin oxide was sp uttered from targets on the glass substrate at temp erature 200 o c. the targets material are in the form of p lates with 60mm diameter and 2mm thickness and made from sno2 p owder. the cryst al st ructure, surface morphology , and thickness of the films were analyzed by using x-ray diffraction (xrd) and scanning electron microscope (sem ). the op tical transmittance measurements were p erformed with uv/vis/nir sp ectrop hotometer with a double beam in the wavelength range of (300-900) nm. re sults and discussion fig. (2) shows the diffraction patt erns of sno2 thin films. as seen in this figure, the films are p olycryst alline, and characterized by the p resence of stronger but broader characteristic p eaks located at 2 = 26.6, 33.9, 37.8, 46.4, 51.7, 61.9, 65.4, arising out of reflection from (110), (101), (200), (210), (211), (310), and plan (301) resp ectively. the average grain size g can be estimated by using scherreris formula. [11] g = 0.9 λ/ β cos (1) where β is the full width at half maximum (fwhm ) of distinctive p eak (read),  the braggs angle, and λ = 0.154 nm cukα. the cry st allite size is estimated about 25.35, 28.8 nm for 0.802, 0.705 nm thickness resp ectively. the increase in films thickness enhances the p referred orientation with an increase in grain size and intensities the edx sp ectra of the films are shown in fig. (3), these sp ectra show that t he exp ected elements exist in the solid films. fig.(4) shows scanning electron microscopy sem of films at 20000x magnification. the films app eared to be compact and rougher surface in nature, the average grain size was measured between ( 200-250) nm to calculate the thickness of t he films, we used sem p icture of the cross sections of the films as shown in fig. (5). the films t hickness was found to be 0.802 and 0.705 nm ap p roximately. for most app lications, high transmission in the visible range is very imp ortant. fig. (6) shows transmittance of sno2 films. the average transmittance value of the films is >80 in the visible range, and it is evident that the transmittance decreases with the increase of thickness .t his is due to a decrease in light scatt ering losses. the absorpt ion coefficient α was calculated by using the following exp ression [12]  t t ln 1 a (2) where t is transmittance, t is the films thickness. t he direct op tical band gap eg was determined by using equation  2 1 gehh  uua (3) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.23 (1) 2010 where β is a const ant, eg is determined by extrapolating the straight line portion of the sp ectrum to (αhυ) 2 =0. from this drawing, the optical energy gap, eg = 3.85 ev is deduced and indep endent on the film thickness, as shown in fig. (7). this value is very close to the p reviously reported data of sno2 thin films ( 3-5). the complex op tical refractive index of the films is describ ed by the following relation [12] )()(  iknn  (4) where n is t he real and k is the imaginary p art (extinction coefficient) of comp lex refractive ind ex. the refractive index and extinction coefficient of the films were determined from the followin g relations [12] 2 1 2 2 1 )1( 1 1 1 1                      k r r r r n (5)  a 4 k (6) where r is t he reflectance. the n and k value decrease up to certain value with t he increasing wave length λ as shown in fig. (8) and fig. (9). this result is in a good agreement with earlier results [3،10] the dielectric constant ε is defined as [13] )()()( eee ir i (7) the real εr and imaginary p arts εi of dielectric const ant are related to t he n and k values, the εr and εi values were calculated by using the formulas [13] )()()( 22 e knr  (8) )()(2 e kni  (9) both εr and εi values decrease with the increasing wavelength as shown in fig.(10) and fig.(11). it is clear that t he op tical constant has the same behavior, decreases up to certain value with the increasing wavelength and the effect of t hickness is only at log wave length. conclusions the x-ray diffraction analysis showed that the sno2 films are p olycryst alline in nature, and the increase, in film thickness enhances the preferred orientation with an increase in the grain size and intensities. op tical measurements show that the film possesses high transmittance over 80% in the visible region and sharp absorp tion edge near 325 nm. the film has a direct band gap of 3.85 ev which is indep endent on the thickness. op tical constants slitly depend on the film thickness. re ferences 1.penza, m .; cozzi, s.; tagliente, m .a.; m irenghi, l.; m artucci, c. and quirini, a. (1999) thin solid films., 71:349 2.ishibashi, s.; ota ,y. and nakamura, k. (1998), j. vac. sci technol., a8 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.23 (1) 2010 3.joseph, j.; m athew, v.; m athew, j.and abraham, k.e., (2009), turk. j. p hy s. , 33 4.chop ra, k.l.; m ajor, s. and pandya, d.k. (1983) thin solid films, 102 5.coutts, t.j.; young, d.l., and li ,x. (2000)m rs., bull., 25:58. 6.dawar, a.l. and joshi, j.c., (1984) m ater j., sci., 19: 91. 7.bagh eri, m .m . m ohagheri and m . shokooh saremi, (2004), j. p hy s. d: app l. phys., 37:1248. 8. kojima, m .; kato, h.; lmai ,a.and yoshid a, a., (1988) j. app l. phys. 64:1902 9.stjerma, b. ; olsson,e. and granqrist c.g., (1994), j. app l. phy s., 76:3797. 10.shamala, k. s., bull. (2001), m ater. sci., 27 :295 11.yang, x.c., (2002), m ater. sci. eng. b 93: 249 12.gümüs, c.; oz kendir, o. m .; kavk h.and ufuktepe, y. (2006) op toelectronics j. and advanced materials, 8:299. 13.ilican, s.; caglar, x.; c aglar, m .; demirici, b. (2008), j. of op toelectronics and advanced materials, 10:2592 fi g. (1 ) :schem ati c di agram of s pu tte rin g e quipmen t fig. (2): x-ray spectra of s no 2: a0.702 nm b0.805 nm thi ckness. dc-diode subst rate anode sno2 target m agnet cathode bell-jar ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.23 (1) 2010 fig.(3): edx spectra of s no 2 fig. (4): s em image of s no2 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.23 (1) 2010 fig. (5): s em picture of s no2 thickness fig. (6 ) optica transmittance of sno2 vs. wav e length. 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 4 00 5 00 600 7 00 800 900 wavelength nm t % t=0.805 nm t=0.702 nm fig.( 7 ) (ahu)2vs. photon en ergy. 0.0e+00 2.0e+10 4.0e+10 6.0e+10 8.0e+10 1.0e+11 1.2e+11 2.5 3 3.5 4 hu ev ( a h u )2 ( c m -1 e v )2 t=0.805 nm t=.0702 nm ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.23 (1) 2010 fig. ( 8) re fractive index v s.wave length. 0 2 4 6 8 10 300 500 700 900 wavelength nm n t=0 .805 nm t=0 .702 nm fi g. ( 9 ) extinction coefficie nt vs . wave length. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 300 4 00 500 600 7 00 800 9 00 wavelen gth n m k t=0.805 nm t=0.702nm fig.( 10 ) real part of dielectric constant vs. wavel ength. 0 20 40 60 80 100 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 wavelength nm e r t=0.805 nm t=0.702 nm fig.(11 ) imaginary part of dielectric constant vs. wavele ngth. 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 300 500 700 900 wavelength nm e i t=0.805 nm t=0.702 nm microsoft word 152-163 152 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 myrtle (myrtus communis)الفطريات المستنبتة في نبات اآلس وفعاليتھا األنزيمية الخارج خلوية بتول زينل علي ھدى محمد كاظم جامعة بغداد )/بن الھيثما ( كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحياة 2014/تشرين الثاني /24, قبل البحث في 2014/ ايلول/ 15استلم البحث في : الخالصة myrtle (myrutusاستھدفت ھذه الدراسة عزل وتشخيص الفطريات المستنبتة في أوراق نبات اآلس communis) قطعة أوراق 500الفطريات المستنبتة في ودراسة فعاليتھا األنزيمية الخارج خلوية. أظھرت نتائج عزل نوعاً أو عزلة سادت فيھا 23. تعود ھذه الفطريات إلى %20.4فطراً مستنبتاً وبنسبة استيطان كلية 99الحصول على على ھذه األنواع، a. niger ،a. flavus، وساد النوعان %14) نوعاً بنسبة استيطان aspergillus )11أنواع جنس ، .penicillium spp. ،cladosporium spp. ،cunninghamella spيات أخرى تعود لألجناس كما عزلت فطر drechslera sp. ،alternaria sp. ،paecilomyces sp. .وفطريات عقيمة أما فعالية ھذه الفطريات في إفراز األنزيمات الخارج خلوية، فقد أظھرت النتائج تباين ھذه الفطريات في إفراز األنزيمات %69.5من ھذه الفطريات قابلية إلفراز أنزيم االميليز ونسبة %91.3وأظھرت نسبة ،في الوسط الصلب نوعاً وفعالية قابلية إلفراز السليوليز، %13و %73.9و %82.6إلفراز البكتينيز، وأظھرت نسبة %86.9منھا إلفراز اليبيز كذلك البروتييز والالكيز على التوالي. وقد أظھرت بعض العزالت فعالية عالية إلفراز بعض ھذه األنزيمات مما يعطي إشارة إلى إمكانية استغالل أنزيمات ھذه الفطريات في تطبيقات عديدة بعد فصلھا وتوصيفھا. .myrtleة االنزيمية ونبات اآلس الفطريات المستنبتة والفعاليكلمات مفتاحية: ال 153 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة الفطريات المستنبتة ھي الفطريات التي تغزو األنسجة الحية للنبات من دون إحداث أي ظاھرة مرضية لھا، وقد أشير إلى أن جميع النباتات ]. 2، 1وتتواجد إما داخل أو بين الخاليا بعالقة تكافلية متوازنة بين الفطر والنبات العائل [ نبات تحوي ما ال يقل عن مليون فطر مستنبت 300.000الموجودة على سطح الكرة األرضية التي تقدر بما يزيد على ]3.[ لقيت الفطريات المستنبتة حديثاً الكثير من االھتمام وذلك ألن أغلبيتھا تتصف بإنتاجھا للعديد من المركبات الفعالة احيائياً ، 4لتي تكسب النبات العائل دفاعات اتجاه الممرضات المختلفة فضالً عن جعلھا تتكيف وتقاوم الظروف البيئة المتطرفة [ا ]. وقد وجد أن أغلب ھذه المركبات التي تنتجھا الفطريات المستنبتة تكون مشابھة لما ھي عليه في نباتاتھا العائلة وذلك 5 ]. لذلك أشار العلماء إلى أن الفطريات 7، 6اً بحيث تؤدي إلى انتقال الجينات بينھما [نتيجة تطورھا ومعيشتھا المتبادلة مع المستنبتة قد تكون مصدراً يعتمد عليه في إلنتاج مركبات لھا فعالية دوائية أو صناعية أو تدخل في الزراعة كبدائل ]. وبالرغم من أن أغلب الدراسات عن 8ن [للمركبات والمضادات الصناعية التي تزداد مقاومة األحياء لھا بمرور الزم الفطريات المستنبتة ركزت على فعاليتھا المضادة لألحياء المجھرية واستعمالھا كمصادر ألغراض طبية، إال أن القليل من زيمات ] أن إنتاج األن9ھذه الدراسات اھتمت بالتطبيقات الزراعية والصناعية السيما إنتاج األنزيمات. في ھذا المجال ذكر [ بواسطة الفطريات المستنبتة لألغراض الصناعية يعد من المجاالت غير المكتشفة ويمثل مصدراً حديثاً للحصول على أنزيمات لھا فعاليات مختلفة، ومن المعروف أن الفطريات بصورة عامة تعد مصادر للعديد من األنزيمات التي تدخل في د، واألنسجة، الورق، وغيرھا من الصناعات، كما تعد أنزيمات الفطريات الصناعات الغذائية والمشروبات وصناعة الجلو ]. وأشار عدد من الدراسات أن بإمكان 9أكثر ثباتاً مقارنة بمصادر األنزيمات األخرى (حيوانية، أو نباتية أو بكتيرية) [ ممرضات فضالً عن الحصول على الفطريات المستنبتة إنتاج العديد من األنزيمات الخارج خلوية كميكانيكية لمقاومة ال ]. فضالُ عن ذلك 11، 10الغذاء من العائل، ومن ھذه األنزيمات ھي االميليز، والبكتينيز، والسليوليز، والالكيز والبروتييز [ فإن عمليات التحول الحيوي باعتماد نظام أنزيمات األحياء المجھرية ومنھا الفطريات المستنبتة لقيت اھتماماً كبيراً من لباحثين في الوقت الحاضر مما يعطي إشارة إلى إمكانية استعمال ھذه الفطريات في إزالة السمية مثالً أو في عمليات ا ].11للمخلفات الصناعية والزراعية وغيرھا من المركبات الملوثة للبيئة [ bioremediationالتحول الحيوي ات من أھمية طبية وسعة انتشار، إذ يستخلص منه زيت طيار يدخل استعملت اوراق نبات اآلس في ھذه الدراسة لما لھذا النب في صناعة العطور، كما يستعمل مستخلص األوراق كمعقم ومضاد لاللتھابات في الطب الشعبي، كما يحوي المستخلص راق على بعض المركبات التي أظھرت فعالية مضادة لألكسدة، ومضادة للخاليا السرطانية. كما يستعمل مستخلص األو والثمار والزيت الطيار في عالج العديد من الحاالت المرضية منھا قرحة المعدة، واإلسھال الديزانتري، والروماتزم ].12وغيرھا من االستعماالت الطبية [ المواد وطرائق العمل متفرقة من : تم جمع أوراق نبات اآلس سليمة وخالية من أي تبقعات أو أعراض مرضية من مناطقعينات نبات اآلس . جمعت األوراق في أكياس بالستيكية نظيفة ونقلت إلى المختبر 2013كانون األول بغداد خالل المدة تشرين الثاني لعزل الفطريات المستنبتة فيھا التي تمت في يوم الجمع نفسه. مية كبيرة من ماء ]، إذ تم غسل األوراق بك13اتبعت في ذلك طريقة [عزل الفطريات المستنبتة في أوراق اآلس: سم، بعدھا عقمت سطحياً بالكحول 1-0.5الحنفية إلزالة األتربة والغبار، ثم قطعت األوراق إلى قطع صغيرة بأبعاد 4لمدة %2.5أوالً لمدة دقيقة واحدة، ثم غمرت بعد ذلك في محلول ھايبوكلورات الصوديوم بتركيز %75االثيلي بالماء المقطر المعقم ثالث مرات، ثانية، ثم غسلت 30لمدة %75الثيلي بتركيز دقائق، بعدھا اعيد غمرھا بالكحول ا المضاف إليه صبغة pdaوجففت القطع بأوراق ترشيح معقمة، ثم زرعت القطع في أطباق بتري حاوية على وسط لوسط بعد التعقيم، لتر) الذي أضيف إلى ا /غم 0.5لتر) قبل التعقيم ومضاد الكلورامفنيكول ( /ملغم 50الروزبنكال ( وحضنت بدرجة parafilmلكل طبق بأبعاد متجانسة، غلفت األطباق بشريط شمعي 5ووزعت قطع األوراق بعدد أسابيع مع مراقبة نمو المستعمرات يومياً. عزلت المستعمرات النامية من قطع النسيج النباتي 4-3م لمدة °2±25حرارة ، 16، 15، 14ية والمظھرية الدقيقة باالعتماد على المصادر التصنيفية [لتشخيصھا باالعتماد على الصفات المزرع ]، وتم حساب النسبة المئوية لالستيطان باالعتماد على: 17 عدد مستعمرات النوع أوالجنس عدد القطع الكلية % . . تم الكشف عن قابلية الفطريات المستنبتة الكشف عن فعالية الفطريات المعزولة في إنتاج األنزيمات الخارج خلوية: المعزولة إلنتاج األنزيمات الخارج خلوية على الوسط الصلب بوجود مواد األساس الخاصة بكل أنزيم. ضمت األنزيمات: 154 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 غم، 0.1غم، ومستخلص خميرة 1(كلوكوز gypلى الوسط ]، إذ نميت الفطريات ع9: اتبعت طريقة [االميليز -1 نشأ ذائب وضبط اآلس الھيدروجيني إلى %0.2غم، وماء مقطر لتر)، أضيف إليه 16غم، وآكار 0.5وببتون ph=6 زرعت األطباق بعد تعقيمھا وتصلبھا بأقراص مأخوذة من حافة مزارع الفطريات النامية على وسط . pda ة أٌقراص في كل طبق بمسافة متجانسة وعدت كمكررات. حضنت األطباق بدرج 3أيام، بعدد 7بعمر دقيقة، ثم سكب 20-15أيام، بعدھا أخرجت األطباق من الحاضنة وغمرت بمحلول اليود لمدة 5-3م لمدة 27° يم االميليز. تم قياس قطر المحلول الزائد، إن ظھور ھالة شفافة حول المستعمرة النامية دليل على إنتاج أنز المستعمرة الفطرية وحدھا، كما قيس قطر المستعمرة مع منطقة التحلل لتحديد النسبة المئوية للتحلل عن طريق المعادلة: ملم قطر المستعمرة الفطرية لوحدھا منطقة التحلل قطر المستعمرة الفطرية النسبة المئوية للتحلل فتكون العزالت 0.69وأكبر من 1ت غير قادرة على إفراز األنزيم، وإذا كانت أقل من فيعني أن العزال 1إذا كانت القيمة فيعني أنھا جيدة لإلنتاج، وإذا كانت القيمة 0.3وأكبر من 0.69منخفضة اإلنتاج لھذا األنزيم، أما إذا كانت القيمة أقل من ].18فتكون القابلية عالية جداً [ 0.3أٌقل من ] في ذلك، إذ نميت عزالت الفطريات بصورة أقراص مقلوبة حاوية على النمو 3بعت طريقة [: اتأنزيم الالبيز -2 غم، nacl 5غم، كلوريد الصوديوم 10الفطري بالطريقة نفسھا لألنزيم السابق على وسط الببتون آكار (ببتون كمصدر للدھن الذي عقم وحده، وتم تعديل قيمة tween 20غم، ولتر ماء مقطر) الذي أضيف إليه 16وآكار . حضنت األطباق بالطريقة السابقة نفسھا، بعد الحضانة النتيجة الموجبة ph=6الرقم الھيدروجيني للوسط إلى إلفراز األنزيم تظھر بصورة ھالة من ترسبات ملحية محيطة بالمستعمرة بصورة ترسبات بلورية تمثل أمالح ]. حسبت نسبة التحلل باالعتماد على المعادلة السابقة نفسھا آخذين lauric acid ]19الكالسيوم لحامض بالحسبان األمور نفسھا في األنزيم السابق. غم، مستخلص 5]، إذ نميت العزالت بصورة أقراص على وسط البكتين (بكتين 9اتبعت طريقة [أنزيم البكتينيز: -3 ، بعد مدة الحضانة ph=5ھا تم ضبط الرقم الھيدروجيني إلى غم، وماء مقطر لتر) بعد 6غم، وآكار 1خميرة دقيقة ثم 3020لمدة hexadecyl trimethyl ammonium bromideغمرت األطباق بالمحلول المائي سكب الفائض في المحلول. يدل ظھور ھالة شفافة حول المستعمرات النامية على إيجابية إفراز ھذا األنزيم التي ل كما ذكر آنفاً.قدرت نسبة التحل من %5المضاف اليه gyp]، إذ نميت أقراص الفطريات على وسط 9اتبعت طريقة [: laccaseأنزيم الالكيز -4 . بعد مدة الحضانة فحصت األطباق. تدل إيجابية إفراز ph=6، وعدل الرقم الھيدروجيني إلى l-naphtholمادة أزرق بنفسجي نتيجة أكسدة النافثول بواسطة ھذا األنزيم.ھذا األنزيم على ظھور منطقة تحيط بالمستعمرة بلون من مركب %0.5المضاف اليه gyp]، إذ نميت العزالت على وسط 3اتبعت طريقة [أنزيم السليوليز: -5 (cmc) carboxy methyl cellulose أيام غمرت األطباق 53كمصدر للسليليوز، وبعد مدة الحضانة ) لعدة دقائق، ثم سكب المحلول، وغمرت cango red )0.2%أحمر الكونكو الحاوية على المستعمرات بمحلول لعدة دقائق ثم سكب المحلول الزائد. إن ظھور ھالة nacl (1m)األطباق مرة ثانية بمحلول كلوريد الصوديوم شفافة بلون أخضر فاتح حول المستعمرات النامية مقارنة باللون الوردي للوسط الزرعي داللة على فعالية األنزيم المفرز. جيالتين %0.4الحاوي على gyp] إذ نميت العزالت الفطرية على وسط 3اتبعت طريقة [أنزيم البروتييز: -6 ، وبعد مدة الحضانة ph=6ر للبروتين الذي عقم وحده في المؤصدة، وعدل الرقم الھيدروجيني للوسط إلى كمصد دقيقة، ثم سكب 30-15أيام) غمرت األطباق بمحلول مشبع من كبريتات األمونيوم لمدة 5-3للفطريات النامية ( فراز األنزيم بواسطة الفطر. الفائض، دل ظھور منطقة شفافة حول المستعمرات النامية على إيجابية إ النتائج والمناقشة أشارت العديد من الدراسات إلى أھمية عزل الفطريات المستنبتة في أوراق نبات اآلس وتشخيصھا: التحري عان الفطريات المستنبتة في النباتات الطبية التي تعد مصادر مھمة لھذه الفطريات، إذ يمكن أن تنتج مركبات لتلك الموجودة في عائالتھا النباتية، ويمكن أن تكون بديلة عنھا. أظھرت نتائج عزل الفطريات المستنبتة فعالة مشابھة فطراً مستنبتاً 99قطعة أوراق، الحصول على عدد كلي للعزالت بواقع 500في أوراق نبات اآلس ومن مجموع ) سادت فيھا أنواع جنس 1نوعاً او عزلة (جدول 23، تنتمي ھذه الفطريات إلى %20.4وبنسبة استيطان كلية بلغت aspergillus )11 وساد فيھا النوعان %14نوعاً) بشدة استيطان كلية ألنواع ھذا الجنس بلغتa. niger ،a. 155 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 flavus 0.2للنوعين على التوالي، وظھرت بقية األنواع بنسب تراوحت بين %3و %7.4بشدة استيطان% ونوع واحد أو أكثر لكل من penicillium. كما أمكن الحصول على عدة عزالت من جنس 1.6% cladosporium ،cunninghamella، drechslera ،alternaria ،paecilomyces بنسب استيطان دراسات ، بصورة عامة تعد شدة االستيطان العامة منخفضة نسبياً لكنھا تتفق مع نتائج %2 – 0.2تراوحت بين ] قد تعزى إلى عدد من العوامل منھا احتواء النبات 22، 21، 20أخرى عن الفطريات المستنبتة في نباتات أخرى [ على مركبات مضادة للفطريات، كما يتأثر تنوع وكثافة الفطريات المستنبتة بطبيعة الغطاء النباتي القريب منھا فضالً فعال في ذلك، إذ إن األجزاء القديمة من النبات تحوي مجاميع أكثر من عن توافر الرطوبة وأن عمر النبات له دور ]. إن أغلب الفطريات 23الفطريات مقارنة باألجزاء الفتية كما أن لتلوث الھواء تأثيراً سلبياً في وجود ھذه الفطريات [ طريات مستنبتة في قد تم عزلھا في دراسات أخرى كف aspegillusالمعزولة في ھذه الدراسة ومنھا أنواع جنس ].26، 25، 24، 20نباتات طبيبة اخرى [ أظھرت نتائج الكشف عن قابلية : األنزيمات المفرزة بواسطة الفطريات المعزولة في الوسط الصلب الفطريات المعزولة إلفراز األنزيمات الخارج خلوية التي ضمت أنزيمات االميليز، والاليبيز، والبكتينيز، والالكيز، منھا %69.3من ھذه الفطريات أفرزت أنزيم االميليز ونسبة %91.3). إن نسبة 2والسليوليز والبروتييز (جدول أنزيم البروتييز، %73.9أنزيم السليوليز ونسبة %82.6أفرزت أنزيم البكتنيز و %86.9أفرزت أنزيم الاليبيز كذلك .d) كذلك الفعالية الضعيفة للفطر 2يالحظ من الجدول ( فقط قابلية إلنتاج أنزيم الالكيز. %13كما اظھرت نسبة australiensis في إنتاج األنزيمات كافة تحت االختبار بالمقابل الفعالية العالية لبعض ھذه الفطريات ومنھا a. niger ،a. glaucus ،pen. sp.2 ،mycelia sterilia hyaline في إنتاج اغلب األنزيمات، أما الفطرa. terreus .فقد تميز في إفراز أنزيم الاليبيز بكفاءة عالية وبالرجوع إلى النسب المئوية لتحليل ھذه األنزيمات وفعالية كل أنزيم التي تؤكد تباين الفطريات في نسب تحليلھا ن أضعفھا )، فقد تراوحت نسبة التحلل ألنزيم االميليز الكلية للفطريات بي6-1لمواد األساس الخاصة بكل أنزيم (األشكال أ)، 1أ، صورة 1) (شكل %0.44) إلى أعالھا فعالية (النسبة المئوية للتحلل %0.97قابلية (النسبة المئوية للتحلل > 0.69 <قابلية جيدة إلفراز ھذا األنزيم (نسبة التحلل pen. sp.2 ،a.candidus ،a.wentii وأظھرت العزالت ] أن فعالية أنزيم االميليز للفطريات المستنبتة تساعد على تحطيم النشأ الموجود في النبات العائل عند 9وقد ذكر [ )،0.3% الشيخوخة . ب) فقد تراوحت النسبة المئوية للتحلل الكلية له من قبل جميع الفطريات 1ب، صورة 1أما أنزيم الاليبيز (شكل .a) والتي مثلتھا عزلة الفطر %0.27) إلى أعالھا فاعلية (نسبة التحلل %0.98حلل المنتجة بين أقلھا فاعلية (نسبة الت terreus ،] 1ج، صورة 1]. أما أنزيم البكتينيز [شكل 21وھذا يشير إلى قابلية ھذا الفطر الستعمال الدھون كمصادر طاقة اوح معدل نسب التحلل للفطريات اجمعھا بين ج] فقد أظھرت النتائج كذلك اختالف العزالت في إنتاجھا لھذا األنزيم، وتر ] أن فعالية أنزيم 9، وقد ذكر [c. cladosporoidesأظھرھا الفطر %0.41وأعالھا نسبة %0.96أوطئھا نسبة تحلل فضالً البكتنيز يعد مھماً للعملية اإلمراضية للفطريات اتجاه النباتات كذلك في عملية التكافل بين النباتات واألحياء المجھرية، ] أنه في حالة أن الفطر المستنبت ثبتت قابليته على إنتاج ھذا 27عن أھميته في تحليل مخلفات النباتات الميتة، وذكر العالم [ األنزيم؛ يدل على أن ھذا الفطر يمكن أن يكون ممرضاً كامناً. فة إلنتاجه تمثلت ) قابلية ضعي%13( 23عزالت فقط من مجموع 3) فأظھرت 2أما أنزيم الالكيز (جدول ولم تنُم بقية الفطريات على الوسط الغذائي الخاص بھذا d. austraiensis ،p. variotii ،mycelia steriliaباألنواع األنزيم. وتتفق ھذه النتيجة مع العديد من الدراسات التي أشارت إلى أن الفطريات بطبيعتھا تكون فاقدة لھذا األنزيم إذ أنه ]. 28، 9دي إلى ھالك النبات العائل [يمكن أن يضر ويؤ د) فقد ظھرت نسبة التحلل الكلية للفطريات بين أضعفھا قابلية (نسبة 1د، صورة 1أما أنزيم السليوليز (شكل ) التي أظھرتھا عزلة الفطر العقيم الشفاف كذلك أظھرت العزلة %0.42) إلى أعالھا فاعلية (نسبة التحلل %0.94التحلل a. terreus وقد أشير إلى أن الفطر المستنبت الذي له قدرة جيدة %0.45قابلية جيدة إلفراز ھذا األنزيم (نسبة التحلل .( إلفراز ھذا األنزيم مع أنزيم البكتنيز يدل على أن الفطر له القدرة الجيدة على اختراق خاليا العائل الحية فضالً عن قابليته ].9على تحليل المكونات الميتة [ من الفطريات المختبرة فعالية ضعيفة إلى %52ھـ) فأظھرت نسبة 1ھـ، صورة 1زيم البروتييز (شكل أما أن من ھذه الفطريات فعالية جيدة %21.8) بالمقابل أظھرت نسبة %0.69 > 1 <متوسطة إلفراز ھذا األنزيم (نسبة التحلل ، alternaria raphani ،pen sp.1و pen. sp.4) وضمت العزالت %0.3 > 0.69 <إلفراز األنزيم (نسبة التحلل p. variotii ،a. niger تؤدي أنزيمات البروتييز دوراً فعاالً في إمراضية الفطريات، إذ تعمل على تحليل البروتينات . روتين الموجودة في األنسجة الحية كما تساعد الفطريات المستنبتة في التغلغل داخل أنسجة العائل وذلك بتحطيم الكاليكوب في الجدار الخلوي. fibrous glycoproteinالليفي تشير نتائج الكشف عن األنزيمات المفرزة من الفطريات المستنبتة في أوراق اآلس إلى الفعالية العالية لبعض ھذه الفطريات في إفراز أنزيمات لھا أھمية اقتصادية يمكن أن تستغل في تطبيقات عديدة بعد فصلھا وتوصيفھا. 156 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 صادرالم 1-kogle, k. h.; franken, p. & hückelhoven, r. (2006). endophyte or paratsite -what decides? current opinion in plant biology., 9(4): 358-363. 2-li, e.; tian, r.; liu, s.; chen, x.; guo, l. & che, y. (2008). pestalothelos a-d, bioactive metabolites from the plant endophytic fungus pestalotiopsis theae. j. nat. prod., 71(4): 644668. 3-amirita, a.; sindhu, p.; swetha, j.; vasanthi, n. s. & kannan, k. p. (2012). enumeration of endophytic fungi from medicinal plants and screening of extracellular enzymes. world. j. sci. & technol., 2(2): 13-19. 4-yu, h.; zhang, l.; li, l.; zheng, c.; guo, l.; li, w.; sun, p. & qin, l. (2010). recent developments and future prospects of antimicrobial metabolites produced by endophytes. microbiol. res., 165(6): 437-449 5-ramesha, a. & srinivas, c. (2014). antimicrobial activity and phytochemical analysis of crude extracts of endophytic fungi isolates from plumeria acuminta l. and plumeria obtusifolia l. eurp. j. experental. biol., 4(2): 35-43. 6-prabavathy, d. & nachiyar ,v. (2013). cytotoxic potential and phytochemical analysis of justucia bedomei and its endophytic aspergillus sp. asian j. pharma & clinic. res., 6(5): 159-161. 7-selvi, k. b.; & balagengatharathilagam, p. (2014). isolation and screening of endophytic fungi from medicinal plants of virudhunagar district for antimicrobial activity. inter. j. sci. & nat., 5(1): 147-155. 8-sadrati, n.; daoud, h.; zerroug, a.; dahamna, s. & bouharati, s. (2013). screening of antimicrobial and antioxidant secondary metabolites from endophytic fungi isolated from wheat triticum durum. j. plant. port. res., 53(2): 128-136. 9-sunitha, v. h.; nirmala, d. & srinivas, c. (2013). extracellular enzymatic activity of endophtic fungi strains isolated from medicinal plants. world j. agric. sci., 9(1): 1-9. 10-selim, k. a.; el-beih, a. a.; abdel-rahman, t. m. & el-diwany, a. i. (2012). biology of endophytic fungi. curr. res. environ. & appl. mycol., 2(1): 31-82. 11-sathish, l.; pavithra, n. & ananda, k. (2012). antimicrobial activity and biodegrading enzymes of endophytic fungi from eucolyptus. inter. j. pharmac. sci. & res., 3(8): 25742583. 12-sumbul, s.; ahmed, m. a.; asif, m.; & akhtar, m. (2011). myrtus communis linn. a review. ind. j. nat. prod. & resorc., 2(4): 395-402. 13-al-mahi, i. m.; al-tahir, i. & idris, e. (2013). antibacterial activity of endophytic fungi extracts from medicinal plant kigelia africana egypt. acad. j. biol. sci., 5(1): 1-9. 14-raper, k. b. & fennel, d. i. (1965). the genus aspergillus. baltimore: williams & wikins. 15-barnett, h. l. & hunter, b. b. (1970). illustrated genera of imperfect fungi: 3rd ed., burgess. publ. co. minnesota. 16-ellis, m. b. (1971). dematiaceous hyphomycites. comman wealth mycological institute, england. 17-samson, r. a.; noonim, p.; merjer, m.; houbraken, j.; frisvad, j. c. & varga, j. (2007). diagnostic tools to identify black aspergillai. stud. mycol., 59:129-145. 18-price, m. f.; wilkinson, i. d. & gentry, l. (1982). plate method for detection of phospher lipase activity in candida albican. sabouraudia., 20: 7-14. 19-maria, g. l.; sridhar, k. r. & raviraja, n. s. (2005). antimicrobial and enzyme activity of mangrove endophytic fungi of southwest coast of india. j. agric. technol., 1: 67-80. 20-khan, r.; shahzad, s.; choudhary, m. i.; khan, s. a. & ahmed, a. (2010). communities of endophytic fungi in medicinal plant withania somnifera. pak. j. bot., 42(2): 1281-1287. 157 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 21-anitha, d.; vijaya, t.; pragathi, d.; reddy, n. v.; mouli, k. c.; venkateswarulu, n. & bhargav, d. s. (2013). isolation and characterization of endophytic fungi from endemic medicinal plants of tirnmala hills. int. j. life sci. bt. & pharm. res. 2(3): 367-373. 22-selvanathan, s.; indrakumar, i. m. & johnpaw. (2011). biodiversity of endophytic fungi isolated from calotropis gigantea (l.). rec. res. sci & tchenol., 3(4) : 94-100. 23-arnold, a. e.; mejia, l. c.; kyllo, d.; rojas, e. i.; maynard, z.; robbins, n. & e. a. herre (2003). fungal endophytes limit pathogen damage in a tropical tree. proc. nat. acad. sci., 100(26): 15649-15654. 24-pharamat, t.; palaga, t.; piapukiew, j.; whalley, a. j. s. & sihanonth, p. (2013). antimicrobial and anticancer activities of endophytic fungi from mitrajyna javanica. koord & val. afr. j. microbiol. res., 7(49): 5565-5572. 25-darbha, n. s.; & tikole, s. s. (2013). studies on endophytic fungi of ayurvedic medicinal plant gymnema sylvestre. int. j. curr. sci., 7: 118-127. 26-goveas, s. w.; madtha, r.; nivas, s. k. & souza, l. d. (2011). isolation of endophytic fungi from a red listed endangered medicinal plant. eur. asian j. biosci. 5: 48-53. 27-choi, y. w.; hodgkiss, i. j. & hyde, k. d. (2005). enzyme production by endephytes of brucea javanica. j. agric. technol., 1: 55-66. 28-devi, n. n; prabakaran, j. j. & wahab, f. (2012). phytochemical analysis and enzyme analysis of endophytic fungi from centella asiatica. asian pac. j. trop. biomed., 2(3): 12801284. 158 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 والنسب المئوية الستيطانها m. communis): الفطريات المستنبتة المعزولة من أوراق نبات اآلس 1(رقم جدول عدد المستعمراتالفطريات المستنبتة النسبة المئوية لالستيطان c.f% alternaria raphani1 0.2 aspergillus spp.70 14 a. candidus2 0.4 a. clavatus1 0.2 a. flavus15 3 a. glaucus1 0.2 a. niger37 7.4 a. ornatus1 0.2 a. parvulus8 1.6 a. raperi1 0.2 a. sclerotioniger1 0.2 a. terreus1 0.2 a. wentii1 0.2 cladosporium sp.10 2 cladosporium cladosporoides2 0.4 cunnighamella sp.1 0.2 drechslera australiensis1 0.2 paecilomyces variotii3 0.6 penicillium spp.8 1.6 pen 12 0.4 pen 22 0.4 pen 32 0.4 pen 42 0.4 mycelia sterilia3 0.6 mycelia sterilia (hyaline)1 0.2 mycalia sterilia (white)2 0.4 20.4 99العدد الكلي  6.226** قيمة مربع كاي **)0.01 ≤  p( 159 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المستنبتة على الوسط الصلب.): الفعالية األنزيمية للفطريات 2(رقم جدول البروتييز السليوليز الالكيز بكتيزالالبيز اإلميليز الفطريات المستنبتة alternaria raphani + ++ ++ aspergillus candidus++ + + a. clavatus+ ++ + + a. flavus+ + + a. glaucus+ ++ + + + a. niger+ ++ + + ++ a. ornatus+ + + ++ + a. parvulus+ + + + a. raperi+ + + + + a. sclerotioniger+ ++ + + + a. terreus+ +++ + ++ a. wentii++ ++ ++ ++ cladosporium sp.+ + ++ c. cladosporoides+ ++ ++ + cunnighamella sp.+ + + + d. australiensis+ + + p. variotii+ + + ++ ++ pen 1+ + + + ++ pen 2++ + + ++ + pen 3+ + + + pen 4+ ++ + ++ mycelia sterilia (hyaline) + ++ + ++ + mycelia sterilia (white)+ + ++ + %73.91 %82.6 %13 %86.9 %69.5 %91.3 النسبة المئوية ضعيف إلى متوسط =+ جيد ++ = عالٍ =+++ غير قادر على اإلنتاج = 160 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 أ ب ج 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 ل حل لت ة ل وي مئ ال بة س لن ا % 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 ل حل لت ة ل وي مئ ال بة س لن ا % 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 ل حل لت ة ل وي مئ ال بة س لن ا % الوسط ): الفعالية االنزيمية الخارج خلوية للفطريات المستنبتة المعزولة من أوراق نبات اآلس على1(رقم شكل الصلب 161 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 د ھـ ): الفعالية االنزيمية الخارج خلوية للفطريات المستنبتة المعزولة من أوراق نبات اآلس على الوسط الصلب 2(رقمشكل انزيم السليوليز د انزيم البروتيز -ھـ 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 ل حل لت ة ل وي مئ ال بة س لن ا % 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 ل حل لت ة ل وي مئ ال بة س لن ا % 162 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ): الفعالية االنزيمية الخارج خلوية للفطريات المستنبتة المعزولة من أوراق نبات اآلس على الوسط 1صورة ( -أ انزيم البروتيز. -انزيم السليوليز ھـ -انزيم البكتينيز، د -انزيم الاليبيز، جـ انزيم االميليز، بالصلب أ ب أ د ج ه 163 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 endophytic fungi of myrtle (myrtus communis) and their extracellular enzyme activity batool z. ali huda m. kadhoam dpet. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. receivd in:15/september/2014, accepted in :24/november/2014 abstract the study was aimed to isolate and identify endophytic fungi from myrtle (mrtus communis) leaves and study their extracellular enzymes activity. results revealed isolation of 99 species or ioslated of endophytic fungi obtained from 500 leaves fragment, which represented colonization frequency (cf) of 20.4%. those fungi were related to 23 species or isolates, aspergilli were dominated over all species (11 species) with cf 14%. moreover a. niger and a. flavus showed the higtest cf values over all. other isolated fungi were related to the genera: penicillium spp., cladosporium sp., cunninghamella sp., derchslera sp., alternaria sp. paecilomyces sp. and sterile fungi (mycelia sterilia). extracelluar enzymes activity showed varation in type and activity of secreting these enzymes in solid media. the percentage of 91.3% of these fungi were able to secrete anylase, while 69.5% produced lipase and 86.9% produced pectinase, as well as 82.6%, 73.9% and 13% were able to secrete cellulase, protease and laccase respectively. some isolated showed a high affinity to secret some of tested enzymes which give indication of the possibility of using these enzymes in many applications after isolation and characterization . key words: endophytic fungi, enzyme activity, myrtle. 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة وهجینة منفردة لمتراكبات البلى معدل ودراسة تحضیر ** الدباغ محمد بلقیس ،* الصراف رحیم الحمید عبد ، احمد حمید عدي بغداد جامعة یثم،اله ابن ،كلیة الفیزیاء قسم* التكنولوجیة ،الجامعة التطبیقیة العلوم قسم** الخالصة س مادة بوصفهما انثیوری والبولي ،االیبوكسي راتنج من مكونة متراكبة لمواد البلى معدل دراسة البحث هذا في تم اسا االتجاه ثنائیة محاكة حصیرة ئةبهی) aℓ.f(االلمنیوم الیافو ،pvc بألیاف ومدعمة) ep/pu( 90:10)( ةوزنی بنسبة في مختلفة زمنیة مدد العینات غمر وبعد المختبریة الظروف: شملت مختلفة ظروف في% 15 مقداره حجمي وبكسر و ،)al.f +ep+pu( و ،)ep+pu+pvc(و ،)ep+pu: (هي المواد من أنواع اربعة تر اذ حض. االعتیادي الماء )ep+pu+pvc+al.f.(المتراكبة للمادة كانت االعتیادیة الظروف في بلى مقاومة افضل ان النتائج اظهرت وقد . النتائج ولجمیع الغمر مدد زیادة مع یزداد البلى معدل وان )ep+pu+pvc+al.f( الهجینة المقدمة فقـد لهندسـیة،ا التطبیقـات مجـال فـي المعنیـین والعلمـاء البـاحثین مـن العدیـد اهتمام البولیمریة المتراكبة المواد احتلت لقد المــواد هــذه علــى الضـوء تســلیط اجــل مــن العلمیـة بحــوثهم وجــاءت المــواد، مـن النــوع هــذا تحضــیر علـى مــنهم العدیــد عكـف ) الكیمیائیــة والمحالیـل والرطوبـة، حـرارة، درجــة( مـن بهـا المحیطـة المختلفـة الظــروف وتـأثیر والمیكانیكیـة الفیزیائیـة وخواصـها ــــل مـــــن وغیرهـــــا ـــر المـــــؤثرة العوامـ ــأت وفیمـــــا ،ىاألخـــ ـــبعض إشـــــارة يیـــ ــــي: البحـــــوث هــــــذه لــ ـــام ففـ ـــام) (1983عــ ـــــث قــ الباحـ )wonchang([1] البلــى خاصــیة بدراســة )wear (ومدعمـــة أســاس مــادة بوصــفه االیبوكســي مــن متكونــة متراكبــة لمــادة إن إلـى وتوصـل األلیـاف، توجیـه علـى بقـوة تعتمـد المتراكبة للمادة البلى خاصیة إن إلى توصل وقد المستمرة، الكرافیت بألیاف 30 هـو األلیـاف اتجــاه یكـون عنـدما علیهـا الحصــول یـتم للبلـى نسـبة اقـل ◦ لأللیــاف الكسـر درجـة أن ووجـد االنــزالق اتجـاه مـع .البلــى خاصــیة فــي مهمــا دورا تـؤدي االیبوكســي مــن متكونـة متراكبــة لمـادة والجــاف االلتصــاقي البلـى مقاومــة [2]حامـد رغــد الباحثــة درسـت) 2001( عــام وفـي ومــادة) 5 : 1 ( الزجـاج إلــى الكـاربون ألیـاف طبقـات عــدد وبنسـبة% 30 حجمـي بكسـر والزجــاج الكـاربون بألیـاف المـدعم الهجینــة المتراكبـة للمـادة البلــى مقاومـة أن إلـى وتوصـلت ،نفســه لحجمـيا لكسـرل و النقـي األلمنیــوم بمسـحوق مدعمـة متراكبـة . الدقائقیة المتراكبة للمادة البلى مقاومة من أعلى تكون االیبوكســـي تلمتراكبـــا) wear( البلـــى بدراســة [3])praskash( و) suresha( الباحثــان قـــام (2006) عـــام وفــي إلــى الســیلكون كاربیــد مــادة بإضـافة ثانیــة ومــرة المتراكــب إلـى الكرافیــت بإضــافة أخــرى ومـرة مــرة، الزجــاج بألیــاف المدعمـة والسـیلكون الكرافیـت إن إلـى وتوصـال. والسـرعة الحمـل، وبزیـادة الجافـة، الظـروف عنـد الدراسـة یـتإجرا تـم وقد أیضا، المتراكب .الزجاج بألیاف المدعم االیبوكسي لمتراكب) wear rate( البلى معدل من قلال قد ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ي رالنظ الجزء (wear) البلى نسبیة، حركة تأثیر تحت یكونان عندما كلیهما أو السطحین احد مادة من التدریجي الفقدان انه على البلى یعرف ث البلى فان عامة وبصورة األخر، إلى المحتكین السطحین احد من لمادةا انتقال البلى عملیات یرافق أن ویمكن یحد نتیجة تحدث التي العملیة انه على یعرف أن یمكن أو [4] نسبیة حركة بینهما توجد متالمسین سطحین أي بین طبیعیا غیر إلى....... والغازات والسوائل الحرارة درجة مثل المحیطة الظروف مع الصلب المادة سطح بین تفاعل حصول .[5]ذلك :[4]رئیسة عدیدة أنواععلى البلى تقسیم ویمكن . (abrasive wear) القشطي أو الحكي لىالب ). (erosive wear لتعریةا بلى ). (corrosive wear التأكیل بلى surface fati السطح كالل بلى gue wear). ( ).(fretting wear التقرح بلى ).(adhesive wear االلتصاقي بلى )(methods of wear measurements البلى قیاس طرائق :قائالطر هذه بعض يیأت وفیما البلى معدل لقیاس ائقالطر من العدید هناك )(weight method ألوزنیة الطریقه وبعده االختبار إجراء قبل األنموذج وزن لطریقةا هذه وتتضمن البلى معدل لقیاس والشائعة لسهلةا ائقالطر من هي :[6]اآلتیة المعادلة من البلى معدل ویحسب الوزن في الفرق حساب یتم ثم ومن ………………….…..(1) :نا علما wδ :الوزن في الفرقg) .( sd :االنزالق مسافةcm) .( )(mechanical method المیكانیكیة ریقهالط mمایكرومیتر استعمال یتم فیها icrometer) (إلى یصل تصمیمي حد ذي "انموذجا )0.001cm (سطحیة ومساحة 0.01cm( قدرها 2 ت اآلالت اسطوانات مثل الحجم كبیرة األجزاء في البلى لقیاس الطریقة هذه وتستعمل) .7]،[6والسیارا )(optical method الضوئیة الطریقة ، البلى معدل قیاسالذي یرید األنموذج سطح على الدقیقة للصالدة صغیرة انبعاجات بعمل لطریقةا هذه تتلخص له .7]،[6البلى معدل حساب یتم االنبعاجات حجم في النقصان حساب ومن )radiotracers method( الشعاعیة الطریقة في البلى معدل قیاس الطریقة بهذه ویمكن. ىاألخر الطرائق من أكثر دقة وتمتلك البلى لقیاس متطورة طریقة هي هذه وتستعمل. ىاألخر التقلیدیة الطرائق في كما وبعده التشغیل قبل والقیاسات الفحوصات إجراء من بدال حدوثه ثناءا في بقیاسه المسموح من اقل قدارم وذا جدا صغیرا المطلوب البلى قیاس یكون عندما األولى. الدراسات من لنوعین الطریقه .7]، [6وصفاته األثر خصائص لمعرفة حاجة هناك یكون عندما تستعمل والثانیة. ىاألخر الطرائق ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة العملي الجانب المواد المستعملة في البحث quick mast( نوع االیبوكسي راتنج عمالاست البحث هذا في تم kg\m 1040 كثافته سائلة مادة وهو) 105 3 ة الراتنج إلى ویضاف شفاف، سائل هیأة على یكون الذي) hardener( المصلد إضافة عند الصلبة الحالة إلى یتحول بنسب ع باقي نم تمیزه بخواص لبحثا هذا في المستعمل االیبوكسي ویتصف الغرفة، حرارة درجة عند) 5 : 1 ( مقدارها األنوا نوع من فهو یوریثان البولي مطاط اما قلیل، زحف بمعدل یتمیز كما عالیة، التصاق خاصیة ویمتلك الواطئة لزوجته وهي )tuf bond 10 (شركة من المصنع )saog (،الغرفة، حرارة درجة عند شفاف اصفر سائل بهیأة یكون اذ اإلماراتیة kg\m 1140 كثافته 3 هیأة على یكون الذي اإلماراتیة) saog( شركة من المصنع) hardener( المصلد إلیه یضاف ، المذیبات ألغلب الجیدة بمقاومته یوریثان البولي مطاط ویتصف1:5) (مقدارها إضافة بنسبة شفاف، سائل العضویة .المخففة والقلویات والحوامض ، وهذه األلیاف بشكل حصیرة ومحاكة )المادة األساس(لخلیط البولیمري بوصفها مادة تدعیم ل pvcوتم استعمال ألیاف (بزاویة ◦ 0→ ◦ 1390kg/mوبكثافة مقدارها ) 90 3 ارة العالیة وتكون اقل مطاطیة التي تمتاز بمقاومتها الجیدة لدرجات الحر ، (محاكة بزاویة التي تم استعمالها فكانت بشكل حصیرة و ) al.f(اما الیاف االلمنیوم .قوة شد قلیلة يوذ ◦ 0→ ◦ ر ). 90 وقط 2700kg/m، وبكثافة مقدارها )0.15mm(السلك المستعمل في تشكیل الحصیرة 3 ، ه،الذي یتصف بكثافت المنخفضة نسبیًا . ومقاومته الجیدة للتآكل وصالبة عالیة في درجات الحرارة المرتفعة النماذج تحضیر ة خاص قالب وتهیئة بااللیاف، التدعیم وبعد قبل العینات تحضیر عملیة في الیدویة القولبة طریقة استعمال تم لعملی اجل ومن دقیقة، تنظیف عملیة له أجریت القالب تهیئة وبعد) .21cm×16cm(وبإبعاد المغلون الحدید من مصنوع الصب الب على الراتنج التصاق عدم ضمان ة الجدران على الالصق الفابلون وضع یتم المصبوبة استخراج ولسهولة الق الداخلی : االتیة العالقات على االعتماد خالل من وذلك% 15 حجمي بكسر متراكبة مواد تصنیع وتم. للقالب φ = 1 / (1+(1-ψ) /ψ). ρf/ρm . . . . . . . . . . .( 2 ) : إن حیثاذ ψ :المتراكبة المادة في لأللیاف ألوزني الكسر . ρm , ρf :التوالي على األساس والمادة األلیاف كثافة . φ :المتراكبة المادة في لأللیاف لحجميا الكسر . االبعاد (1) الشكلیوضح و القیاسیة لالبعاد وفقا للتقطیع خاص جهاز بأستخدام المصبوبات تقطیع ویتم بحث هذا في وتم البلى، وجهازاختبار لعینات فوتوغرافیة وصور البلى لعینات القیاسیة ب الوزنیة الطریقة اعتماد ال لحسا ).1( العالقة استخدام خالل من البلى معدل والمناقشة النتائج الخلیط( األساس للمادة وكذلك والهجینة المنفردة المتراكبة للمواد البلى معدل في المسلط الحمل تأثیر دراسة تمت من لقرص دقائق) 10( االختبار مدة وكانت التوالي على نیوتن) 40 ,10,20,30( األحمال اعتماد تم إذ) البولیمري . الحدید ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة نتیجة البلى معدل زیادة إلى یؤدي المسلط الحمل زیادة أن ) (2والشكل )1( بالجدول الموضحة النتائج أظهرت وقد ). n( العمودیة الضاغطة القوة مع تتناسب نیوتن) f( االحتكاك قوة إن ذلك في والسبب االحتكاك قوة لزیادة f α n :فان االحتكاك معامل μ كان فإذا f = μ n . والقرص العینة سطح بین الحرارة درجة ارتفاع عن فضال السطحین هذین بین التالمس بدایة وان واألخادید، الحادة النتؤات من كبیرا عددا یمتلك المحتكین السطحین كال ان أو لدن تشوه أما یحدث السرعة أو الحمل تأثیر تحت السطحین بین النتؤات هذه اتصال وعند الحادة النتؤات عند یحدث اإلجهاد نم أكثر یكون ربما الحادة النقاط في اإلجهاد تأثیر فان حادة النتؤات تكون عندما لكن. مرن اتصال حالة في تبقى ث الذي اللدن التشوه في مباشرا تأثیرا المسلط الحمل لقیمة إن إذ ،الحادة النقاط كل عند لدن تشوه یحدث وبذلك المرن یحد إزالة أو قشط حدوث إلى مؤدیة بعضها مع الصغیرة الشقوق تتجمع إذ ،السطح من القریبة والمنطقة النتؤات قمم عند بزیادة یزداد سوف اللدن التشوه فان لذا رقیقة صفائح شكل على یكون الذي البلى امحط بذلك مكونة السطحیة الطبقات . [8]المسلط الحمل القرص وسطح العینة سطح بین مزیتة طبقة تكون بسبب البدایة في قلیال یكون القلیلة األحمال عند البلى معدل ان وتزال بالتكسر تبدأ سوف الطبقة هذه فان العینات على لطةالمس األحمال زیادة عند ولكن البلى معدل تقلیل على تعمل التي السطحین بین االحتكاك قوة وان هذا. أیضا المزالة الطبقات هذه في تؤثر االنزالق سرعة وان ،والقرص العینة سطح من تسبب تاالنفعاال وهذه الحمل تسلیط بسبب الضغطي اإلجهاد عن ناتجة قص انفعاالت تتولداذ ،البلى معدل في تؤثر االحتكاك قوة في زیادة یسبب بدوره الذي االحتكاك معامل قیمة من یرفع مما القرص سطح إلى العینة سطح من جزء انتقال ه القرص سطح إلى القرص لسطح مالمساً یكون الذي العینة سطح من المزالة المادة كمیة في زیادة عنها ینتج التي نفس تالمس مساحة فان لذلك ونتیجة . 9] ،[4البلى معدل من یزید مما باستمرار تزداد سوف ال االلتصاق زیادة إلى یؤدي وهذا المادة لیونة من یزید الحرارة درجة ارتفاع ان،اذ الحرارة بدرجة البلى معدل ویتأثر لمسلطا جهادلال نتیجة البلى معدل في انخفاض یحصل وقد. البلى معدل زیادة ومن ثم السطحین نتؤات بین ما الحاصل تتكون المسلط الحمل بزیادة ولكن البلى معدل تقلیل إلى یؤدي مما الحادة النتؤات تسطح على یعمل سوفالذي المادة على . [10]البلى معدل یزداد ومن ثم أخرى مرة حادة نتؤات ةال المادة تلیها للبلى مقاومة أعلى) ep + pu + pvc + al.f( الهجینة المتراكبة المادة أبدت اذ متراكب )ep + pu + al.f (المتراكبة المادة ثم ومن )ep + pu + pvc (البولیمري الخلیط وأخیرا )ep + pu .( تتراوح غمر ولمدد االعتیادي الماء في العینات غمر نتائج 4-و -3والشكالن ،-3-و -2الجدوالنیوضح و ب وان الغمر، مدة زیادة مع یزداد سوف البلى معدل أن نالحظ اذ ،نیوتن) 20و 10( األحمال وعند أسابیع) 5-1( بین سب ة في المحتكین السطحین بین ما المتكون الغشاء نا: منها عدیدة عوامل إلى یعزى أن یمكن البلى معدل في الزیادة الحال یعمل سوف الماء وجود نفا الماء في العینات غمر حالة في أما البلى، معدل تقلیل على یعمل سوف االختبار من الجافة . [11]البلى معدل زیادة إلى یؤدي سوف وهذا المحتكین السطحین بین ما الغشاء تكون منع على ت داخل في تنتشر سوف الماء جزیئات فان الماء في تغمر عندما المتراكبة المادة أن فهو الثاني العامل أما الفجوا اذ ،التصنیع عملیة أثناءفي تنشأ التي األساس المادة طوري وبین لیافواأل األساس المادة بین البیني والسطح والشقوق الغمر مدد عند المادة تحلل وأخیرا واللدونة والتفاعل االمتصاص منها العملیات من مجموعة االنتشار هذا عن نتجی المادة داخل وفي لسطحا على المتكونة والفجوات الشقوق هذه فان المتراكبة المادة على الحمل تسلیط وعند الطویلة، المادة إلى الماء جزیئات دخول وان الماء امتصاص عملیة حدوث السهل من یكون سوف وبذلك تندمج سوف المتراكبة ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة وهذا البولیمریة السالسل بین ما األواصر وارتخاء ائیةاالبتد الوحدات حركة بسبب وذلك المادة سطح تلدین على یعمل . [12]البلى معدل زیادة على یعمل سوف بدوره :االستنتاجات .البلى مقاومةإن التدعیم باأللیاف قد حسن بشكل كبیر من +ep(لمتراكبة الهجینة ان معدل البلى یزداد مع زیادة األحمال المسلطة ولجمیع النماذج وان أقل معدل بلى یكون للمادة ا pu+ pvc+al.f ( وأعلى معدل بلى یكون للمادة األساس)في الظروف االعتیادیة) الخلیط البولیمري . . ان معدل البلى یزداد لجمیع النماذج مع زیادة مدة الغمر ولجمیع النماذج المصادر 1. wonchang, h. (1983), "wear", 85 (1): 81 – 91. رسالة ،"لدائنیة متراكبة لمواد الجاف االلتصاقي والبلى واالنضغاطیة الزحف مقاومة دراسة"2001)( ، حامد رغد،هالل 2. . التكنلوجیة الجامعة التطبیقیة، العلوم قسم ماجستیر، 3. suresha, b. and praskash, j.(2006)" j.of m inerals and m aterials characterization and eng.", 5 (1) : 87–101. 4. sarkar, a.(1980) "friction and wear", acad emic press, inc., london. العلوم قسم ماجستیر، ،رسالة" حراریا متصلدة بولیمریة لخالئط البلى مقاومة" )2008(، جبار هدى،الحسین عبد 5. . التكنلوجیة ةالجامع التطبیقیة، 6. owicy , r.( 1965),"friction and wear of m aterials", john wiley and sons, inc., new york. 7. chiai, s.(1994),"m echanical prop erties of m etallic composites", sp ace technology research group , elsevier. 8. ajappai, s.; chandromh ani, g. and subramanlan r.(2006), "m aterials science – pol and", 24: (2/1). 9. lee, g.; ritchie, r. and hdharan, c.( 2002),"j.w ear", 252:322 – 331. 10. eiss, n. and zichos, h.(1986), "the last wear",111: 347– 361. 11. trantin ,g. and nimmer, r.(1990), "structural analysis of thermol plastic component", new york. 12.comyn, j.( 1985), "poly mer permeability ", elsevier ap p lied science publishers, ltd, london and new york. ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة النماذج ولجمیع المسلط الحمل تغیر مع البلى معدل قیم تغیر یستعرض ):1( ولجد wear rate x 10 -9 ( g / cm) load (n) ep+pu+pvc+al.f ep+pu+al.f ep+pu+pvc ep + pu 1 2 12 20 10 3.5 4 16 174 20 5.5 6 19 363 30 15 42 25 1298 40 نیوتن) 10( حمل عند االعتیادي الماء في الغمر وبعد قبل النماذج جمیعل البلى معدل قیم یستعرض): 2( جدول wear rate x 10 -9 ( g /cm) time of immersion (week) ep+pu+pvc+al. f ep+pu+al.f ep+pu+pvc ep + pu 1 2 12 20 0 8 4 24 15 1 10 14 30 20 2 21 16 35 23 3 23 17 72 30 4 28 25 76 33 5 ن) 20( حمل عند االعتیادي الماء في الغمر وبعد قبل النماذج لجمیع البلى معدل قیم یستعرض): 3(جدول نیوت wear rate x 10 -9 ( g /cm) time of immersion (week) ep+pu+pvc+al.f ep+pu+al.f ep+pu+pvc ep + pu 3.5 4 16 174 0 9 8 33 36 1 12 13 43 40 2 28 21 93 43 3 37 25 117 67 4 44 40 120 87 5 ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة -a البلى لعینات القیاسیة االبعاد .– b البلى عینات .c-البلى جهاز. as نظام وفق على البلى لعینات القیاسیة االبعاد a :( 1) – شكل tm) ( bالبلى لعینات فوتوغرافیة صورة. cصورة فوتوغرافیة لجهاز البلى. النماذج لجمیع المسلط والحمل البلى معدل بین العالقة یوضح :(2) شكل 10mm 10mm 2 0 m m ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ن 10 حمل عند االعتیادي بالماء الغمر وبعد قبل النماذج لجمیع البلى معدل قیم تغیر یوضح (3): شكل نیوت ن 20 حمل عند االعتیادي بالماء الغمر وبعد قبل النماذج لجمیع البلى معدل قیم تغیر یوضح (4):شكل نیوت ihjpas ibn alhait ham j. for pure & app l. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 prepare and study wear rate of single and hybrid composites o. h. ahme d , a. r. al-sarraf * , b. m. al-dabagh ** *departme nt of physics,college of education ibn-al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad. **department of applied science ,unive rsity of technology abstract this research study ies wear rate of comp osite materials by using epoxy resin and poly urethane rubber as a matri x of weigt p ercentage (90:10) (ep/pu) and reinforced by pvc fibers and alu minum fibers two dimension kn itt ed mat with fractional vo lume(15 %), in different conditions like: lab conditions and after submerge the samples in water for different p eriods of time. . four kinds of materials were p rep ared: (ep+p u), (ep +pu+pvc), (ep+pu+al.f), (ep +pu+pvc+al. f) .and the results have shown that the best wear resistance are for the hy brid comp osite material (ep + pu+ pvc + al. f) and wear rate of all samp les increased when it was submerged in water ihjpas special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2655 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 82 improved certificate-based encryption scheme in the big data: combining aes and (ecdsa – ecdh) omar salah f. shareef ali makki sagheer omar.alshareef@uofallujah.edu.iq prof.ali@alqalam.edu.iq university of fallujah, fallujah, iraq qalam university college, kirkuk, iraq abstract big data usually running in large-scale and centralized key management systems. however, the centralized key management systems are increasing the problems such as single point of failure, exchanging a secret key over insecure channels, third-party query, and key escrow problem. to avoid these problems, we propose an improved certificatebased encryption scheme that ensures data confidentiality by combining symmetric and asymmetric cryptography schemes. the combination can be implemented by using the advanced encryption standard (aes) and elliptic curve diffie-hellman (ecdh). the proposed scheme is an enhanced version of the certificate-based encryption (cbe) scheme and preserves all its advantages. however, the key generation process in our scheme has been done without any intervention from the certificate issuer and avoiding the risk of compromised ca. the elliptic curve digital signature algorithm (ecdsa) has been used with the ecdh to handle the authentication of the key exchange. the proposed scheme is demonstrated on a big dataset of social networks. the scheme is analyzed based on security criteria that have been compared with the previous schemes to evaluate its performance. keywords: big data security; certificate-based encryption; ecdsa; ecdh; aes. 1.introduction the term ‘big data’ has been become an essential part of people's lives. the appearance of big data has brought new challenges regarding data security. the collecting, storage, manipulation and retention of huge quantities of data have led to critical security and privacy considerations (cheng et al.,2017). accessing the data needs to be controlled to affirm that the non-eligible entities cannot tamper with or access the data. improving the security and authentication of sensitive data can give the companies new businesses opportunities. therefore, close attention has been drawn to secure data firmly from any unauthorized access. the main challenge in big data that are using a complicated distributed system, is the multifaceted nature of overseeing wide usage. verification ought to be overseen by an adaptable, hearty and versatile framework that denies a malevolent client from access big data. accordingly, new ways to deal with security are required to defeat the security blemishes in the current usage. however, there are two methods to design a secure system and protecting the privacy of the receivers in a communication system; symmetric and asymmetric keys. the secure cryptosystem is based on effective key management. however, the security of any cryptosystem is dependent upon how securely its keys are managed? public key infrastructure (pki) generates and handles a pair of keys in addition to the certificate. the main challenge of managing the digital certificate in public key infrastructure is when we have many nodes in a distributed environment. http://ihicps.com/ mailto:omar.alshareef@uofallujah.edu.iq mailto:prof.ali@alqalam.edu.iq special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 83 to cope with this issue, shamir (a shamir, 1984) produced the concept of identity-based encryption (ibe) where the identity was used as a public key, and a third party generates a secret key for the user. this approach eliminates the demand for digital certificates. however, ibe suffers from a key escrow problem, the third party holds the private keys of clients, as a result, it can peek at all communication data of users and successfully disguise himself as any user to sign a message. alternatively, certificate-based encryption (cbe) overcomes the drawbacks of pki and ibe. in 2003, gentry (gentry, 2003) presented the idea of cbe. this scheme merges publickey encryption (pke) and ibe while safeguarding the highlights of schemes. as in conventional pke, every client produces a pair of keys then asks for a certificate from the certificate authority (ca). the significant matter in cbe is a certificate works as a partial private key as well as its work as a certificate. this function produces an effective implicit certificate, thus a recipient wants the certificate together with his/her private key to decrypt a ciphertext, whilst the senders do not need to be concerned about the certificate revocation problem. however, the cbe copes with the limitations of ibe and pke. the cbe can ignore third-party queries. then, disregarding a secure channel among the ca and clients. furthermore, it is avoiding the key escrow problem (since ca does not know the private keys of users). finally, it fixes the certificate revocation problem. in recent years, cbe has attracted considerable interest in the community of research and several schemes in cbe have been proposed (liu and zhou, 2008; lu et al., 2008; galindo et al., 2008; hyla et al., 2015; lu and li, 2014; le, kim and hwang, 2016; hwang and le, 2018). in this paper, we propose an efficient certificate-based encryption scheme that ensures data confidentiality by combining symmetric and asymmetric cryptography schemes. particularly, using the advanced encryption standard (aes) and elliptic curve diffiehellman (ecdh). moreover, the elliptic curve digital signature algorithm (ecdsa) has been used with ecdh to handle the weakness of authentication between the nodes whilst using the ecdh approach. when the system is on a large scale, the task will be computationally intensive. moreover, the proposed scheme can be supported distributive processing in large-scale key management within a distributed environment. 1. preliminaries 2.1 ecdsa ecdsa is the elliptic curve analog of the digital signature algorithm dsa (johnson et al., 2001). vanstone proposed the ecdsa scheme as an answer to the request of the national institute of standards and technology (nist) for feedback on their proposal about the digital signature scheme (dss) (s. vanstone, 1992). dss is similar to handwritten signatures. the digital signature represents a number based on the private key known only by the signer and on the contents of the signed message, as well as, the signatures should be verified without gain access to the secret key of the signer (langford, 1995). ecdsa algorithm is defined as follows: setup 1. alice and bob select a finite field fq and an elliptic curve e over fq (e(fq)). 2. they choose a random base point b ∈ e with order n, such that b generates a large subgroup of e, preferably of the same order as that of e itself. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 84 key generation 1. choose a secret random integer d in the interval [2, n] 2. computes q = db 3. make q public and keep d secret signature generation alice sends the signed message to bob as follows 1. select random integer k in the interval [2, n] 2. compute (x, y) = kb 3. compute r = x mod n 4. compute e = h(m) 5. compute s = k−1(e + d r) mod n 6. the signature for m is (r, s) signature verification bob verifies alice’s signature (r, s) on message m as follows 1. compute e = h(m) 2. compute w = s−1mod n 3. compute u1 = e w mod n 4. compute u2 = r w mod n 5. compute (x, y) = u1b + u2q. if (x, y) = o then reject the signature 6. otherwise, compute v = x mod n 7. accept the signature if and only if v = r 2.2 ecdh ecdh is a key agreement algorithm that lets two entities generate a shared secret key based on ecc (anoop, 2001). the following example illustrates how the key establishment will be made. suppose a wants to generate a shared key with b through a channel that may be eavesdropped on by a third party. initially, each entity should agree upon elliptic curve domain parameters (q, a, b, g, n, h). each has a pair of keys; 𝑑 is a secret key (which is a random integer < 𝑛, where 𝑛 is the order of the curve, a domain parameter of the elliptic curve) and a public key 𝑄 = 𝑑 ∗ 𝐺 ( where g is the generator factor, a domain parameter http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 85 of the elliptic curve). suppose 𝑑𝐴 ∙ 𝑄𝐴 are the secret/public key of a, and 𝑑𝐵 ∙ 𝑄𝐵 are the secret/public key of b. 1. a computes e = (𝑋𝐸 , 𝑌𝐸 ) = 𝑑𝐴 ∙ 𝑄𝐵 2. b computes f = (𝑋𝐹, 𝑌𝐹) = 𝑑𝐵 ∙ 𝑄𝐴 3. since 𝑑𝐴 ∙ 𝑄𝐵 = 𝑑𝐴 ∙ 𝑑𝐵 ∙ 𝐺 = 𝑑𝐵 ∙ 𝑑𝐴 ∙ 𝐺 = 𝐷𝐵 ∙ 𝑄𝐴 4. thus e = f and subsequently 𝑋𝐸 = 𝑋𝐹 5. as a result, the shared secret is 𝑋𝐸 because of difficulties regarding discovering the secret key 𝑑𝐴 or 𝑑𝐵 from the public key e or f, it's difficult to get the shared secret for an outsider. the algorithm of ecdh key exchange is described as following: goal: generate a secure shared key input: elliptic curve parameter domain output: secure shared key e step 1: 1. client a chooses secret random number x < n 2. client b chooses the secret random number y < n step 2: 1. client a computes pu a = x ∗ g 2. client b computes pu b = y ∗ g the two parties share their public keys and the common base point g step 3: 1. client a compute e = x ∗ pu b 2. client b compute e = y ∗ pu a step 4: return (e) 3. the proposed scheme in this research, an improved certificate-based encryption scheme has been proposed, and that ensures data confidentiality by combining symmetric and asymmetric cryptography schemes. particularly, using the advanced encryption standard (aes) and elliptic curve diffie-hellman (ecdh). moreover, the elliptic curve digital signature algorithm (ecdsa) was used with ecdh to handle the weakness of authentication between nodes while using the ecdh approach. when the system is on a large scale, the task will be computationally intensive. the proposed scheme will be reduced the workload of the ca by delegating the task of ca to the user level. in other words, the key generation process is done without any intervention from the certificate provider. the keys are generated using the ecdh algorithm and it's derived from the parameters that generate the keys of the certificate and hence avoiding the risk of compromised ca. accordingly, it can also resolve the problem of violation of any privacy of customers because it resolves the key escrow problem. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 86 figure 1 .the block diagram of the proposed model moreover, the proposed scheme can be supported distributive processing in large-scale key management within a distributed environment. the overview of system layers is shown in more detail in figure 1, which presents the block diagram of system operations using the improved cbe. by utilizing the benefit of ecdsa, our proposed scheme was built by applying the ecdsa with ecdh that generating the encryption keys. in particular, we designed the setup and certification algorithm by utilizing the key generation as well as the signature generation algorithms of ecdsa. additionally, by using the key generation algorithm of ecdh, we design the setkeypair algorithm. symmetric algorithm aes is used for http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 87 constructing encryption and decryption algorithms, in this research aes-128 is used. ecdsa and ecdh are based on some parameters for all network participants. which: q = order of the prime field fq e = an elliptic curve y2 = x3 + ax + b defined over the prime field fq g = a random non-zero base point in e(fq ) n = the order of g, typically a prime h = the cofactor |e(fq)| n the improved cbe scheme consists of six algorithms: 1. setup: ecdsa and ecdh are based on some parameters (params) common for all network participants. setup run by the ca. it takes the security parameter as input and returns the ca’s master secret key msk. 2. certificate setkeypair: input: id, domain parameters. output: private key 𝑑 and secret key 𝑄 and master secret key e for encryption/decryption. private key: 𝑑 ∈ 𝑅[1, 𝑛 − 1] public key: 𝑄 = 𝑑𝐺 ∈ 𝐸(𝐹𝑞) 3. encryption/decryption setkeypair: this process has been performed by users without the intervention of the certificate provider. the keys that have been generated will be using the same parameters that are used to generate certificate keys. the shared key is generated using ecdh. 4. certification: ecdsa takes id, params, msk, 𝑄 and additional identifying information, such as name, as input, and the output is the certificate cert to the user. a. ecdsa signature generation input: domain parameters, the secret key of the signer 𝑑 and message 𝑀 output: ecdsa signature (𝑟, 𝑠) k = a haphazardly picked component in [1, 𝑛 − 1] (the session key) 𝑅 = 𝑘𝐺 𝑟 = 𝑥(𝑅) (the x-coordinate of r) reduced module 𝑛 𝑠 = 𝑘 = 1(𝐻(𝑀) + 𝑑𝑟)𝑚𝑜𝑑 𝑛, h is a cryptographic hash function b. ecdsa signature verification input: domain parameters, signature (𝑟, 𝑠) message 𝑀 and the public key of signer 𝑄. output: accepted or rejected. 𝑤 = 𝑠 − 1 𝑚𝑜𝑑 𝑛 𝑢 = 𝐻 (𝑀)𝑤 𝑚𝑜𝑑 𝑛 𝑣 = 𝑟𝑤 𝑚𝑜𝑑 𝑛 𝑅 = 𝑢𝐺 + 𝑣𝑄 ∈ 𝐸(𝐹𝑞 ) accept the signature if and only if 𝑥(𝑅) = 𝑟 𝑚𝑜𝑑 𝑛 5. encryption: input: id, params, 𝐸, and plain 𝑀. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 88 output: cipher 𝐶 . aes generate series of aes round keys from 𝐸 and return (aes_round_key). initial step: nb ← 4 (data blocks are of 128 bits) nr← number of rounds in the cipher (nr =10 for aes-128) step 1: state ←plain addroundkey (state, w (0, nb 1)) step 2: for all round do where {1 ≤ round < nr} subbytes (state) shiftrows (state) mixcolumns (state) addroundkey (state, w (round * nb, (round + 1) * nb 1)) end for step 3: subbytes (state) shiftrows (state) addroundkey (state, w [nr * nb, (nr+1) * nb 1]) cipher_text ← state step 4: return (cipher) 6. decryption: input: id, params, cert, 𝐸, and cipher 𝐶 output: plain 𝑀 initial step: nb ← 4 (data blocks are of 128 bits) nr← number of rounds in the cipher (nr = 10 for aes-128) step 1: state ←cipher addroundkey (state, w (nr * nb, (nr + 1) * nb 1)) step 2: for all-round do where {nr > round ≥ 1} decrement round by 1 invshiftrows (state) invsubbytes (state) addroundkey (state, w (round * nb, (round + 1) * nb 1)) invmixcolumns (state) end for step 3: invshiftrows (state) invsubbytes (state) addroundkey (state, w (0, nb 1)) plain← state step 4: return (plain) http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 89 however, the algorithm of the proposed model is described in detail in table 1. table 1: the algorithm of proposed model http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 90 4. cryptographic tool and dataset the proposed model was coded in the c# programming language. also, the open code library "bouncy castle" has been used to compose the code. this library is created by the legion of bouncy castle and is a c# usage of cryptographic algorithms. friendster social network and ground-truth communities have been used as a dataset for our model (yang and leskovec, 2015). friendster is an online gaming network where clients can create friendship edges with each other. the dataset includes a lot of groups of nodes, each node is either linked to at least one group or is linked to other nodes that belong to different groups. the dataset contains 65,608,366 nodes and 1,806,067,135 edges. 5.system analysis and performance security proof there are two attacks against digital signatures regarding the ecdsa algorithm: a key attack wherein the adversary has a knowledge of the public key and a message attack wherein the adversary has got right of entry to signatures earlier than cracking the function. however, there are various understandings of break a digital signature: recovering the private key, producing an alternative algorithm of signature with a corresponding private key, and then forge a signature for a specific message (goldwasser et al., 1988). there are fundamental conditions for ecdsa to make it hard to break and have powerful security (vaudenay, 2003):  the discrete logarithm inside the subgroup spanned with the aid of 𝐺 is difficult. this makes sure it is difficult to resolve the discrete logarithm problem and consequently not possible access the private key.  the used hash function is a one-way collision-resistant. when could not specify 𝑚 from (𝑚) = 𝑦 , we can say one-way collision-resistant. however, collision-resistant function has a little opportunity of mapping different messages to be equivalent (𝑖. 𝑒. 𝐻 (𝑚1) = 𝐻 (𝑚2)).  the generator for 𝑘 is could not predict. else, the private key can be acquired using 𝑘, 𝑟, and 𝑠. concerning ecdsa, there are two major attacks that either versus the hash function used within the signature generation or against ecdlp (johnson, menezes, and vanstone, 2004). if the algorithm no longer comprises the second bullet point from above, the attacker can discover a collision in the hash function by two messages, and sign a message but claim his signature on the other. ecdlp is described as solving for 𝑑 in 𝑄 = 𝑑𝐺 within the key generation algorithm. there are common attacks versus ecdlp involving the “pohlighellman”, “exhaustive seek” and “baby-step giant-step” algorithms. besides these attacks, pollard’s rho algorithm has a running time of (√nπ) / 2, in which n is the order of point 𝐺. however, this algorithm parallelized and run on r various processors, hence the new running time is (√nπ)/2r. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 91 6.encryption time consummation in this section, a comparative test of the time consumption of our proposed cbe scheme against the rsa algorithm is discussed. key generation and encryption/decryption of 40 bits’ string of characters is tested based on the pc of core i7 with frequency 2.2ghz, ram 8gb, and the operating system is windows10 with 64bit. these comparisons show the time consumption of the key generation when using ecc of the proposed cbe scheme against rsa as shown in table 2, and the encryption/decryption when using aes of the proposed cbe scheme against rsa algorithm as shown in table 3. table 2: time consumption of key generation (ms) key length key pair generation rsa ecc 1024 / 160 237 218 2048 / 224 1440 232 3072 / 256 3377 234 7680 / 384 108718 278 15360 / 512 925284 375 table 3: time consumption of encryption/decryption (ms) and (µs) key length encryption decryption total (encryption & decryption) rsa aes rsa aes rsa aes 1024 / 160 680 µs 230 µs 4 1 5 2 2048 / 224 870 µs 440 µs 16 2 17 3 3072 / 256 3 1 32 2 35 3 7680 / 384 6 2 559 2 565 4 15360 / 512 19 3 3456 4 3475 7 although aes is faster than rsa in encryption, it is noticeable that the gap between ecc and rsa systems grows rapidly as the key sizes increase in key pair generation. subsequently, the rsa system is much more time-consuming than the ecc system. hence to obtain an efficient and higher security level, especially in the big data environment, the key sizes must expand and it is advisable to select the ecc-based system. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 92 7.statistical analysis big data has a characteristic of the variety, so it may contain images. therefore, several tests were performed to encrypt the image using the proposed scheme. however, to resist statistical attacks, the encrypted images should possess certain random properties. independence and uniformity are two properties that should be satisfied by any encryption scheme to ensure high resistance against statistical attacks. to prove the performance of the improved cryptosystem and verify these properties, a statistical analysis has been performed by calculating the correlation, ssim, mse, and histograms for the plain image and the encrypted image. several images have been tested, and it has shown that the intensity values are good as illustrated in table 4. table 4. results of differential analysis image correlation ssim mse original image encrypted image lena 0.9959 0.0009 0.1061 0.3346 airplane 0.9948 0.0004 0.1112 0.3347 pepper 0.9966 0.0021 0.1067 0.03345 tulips 0.9981 0.0061 0.0933 0.3384 the experimental result of the plain image and its corresponding cipher image and their histograms are shown in figure 2. the figure shows the original plain image and its cipher image encrypted by the improving scheme. the result reveals that the improved scheme has reliable encryption and decryption effect. the histogram of the encrypted image is nearly uniformly distributed and significantly different from the respective histograms of the original images, which means that the improved algorithm has an excellent performance in resisting statistical attacks. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 93 figure 2. (a) original image (b) histogram of original image (c) encrypted image (d) histogram of encrypted image 8.conclusion an improving algorithm of certificate-based encryption has been presented to using it in the big data environment. the system can handle the risks of the compromised ca and key escrow problem, as well as ensure the privacy of communications between clients because the key generation is done at the user level without any intervention from the certificate provider using ecdh, and hence the private key cannot be illegally obtained. the combining of ecdsa as well ecdh will build a strong system that ensures secure communication among the entities. the key exchange process takes place after the completion of the authentication process, where the authentication is done by verifying the certificate. as a result, the key exchange operation is secured. the keys are then exchanged to generate a shared secret key, which is used as a key to encrypt and decrypt the data. consequently, this ensures that two-way data security each one completes the other. the certificate provider cannot decrypt the ciphertext, and at the same time, the user can not send the data without a verified certificate approved by the certificate provider. the proposed scheme tested on a big dataset of social networks. a comparison of the time consumption of the model has been tested and shown to be fast in key generation, encryption, and decryption. however, since the variety is a characteristic of big data, several tests were performed to encrypt the images using the proposed scheme and it has shown that the intensity values are acceptable. references 1.ahmed, h. e. h.; kalash, h. m., ; farag allah, o. s. (2007). encryption efficiency analysis and security evaluation of rc6 block cipher for digital images. 2007 international conference on electrical engineering,icee. https://doi.org/10.1109/icee.2007.4287293. 2.a shamir ,identity based cryptosystem and signature schemes, advances in cryptology proceedings of crypto, 1984, 84, 7–53. available at: http://ihicps.com/ https://doi.org/10.1109/icee.2007.4287293 special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 94 http://discovery.csc.ncsu.edu/courses/csc774-s08/reading-assignments/shamir84.pdf. 3.anoop, m. s. elliptic curve cryptography – an implementation tutorial elliptic curve cryptography an implementation guide. 2001 ,1–11. available at:http://www.infosecwriters.com/text_resources/pdf/elliptic_curve_annopms.pdf. 4.cheng, l., liu, f. ; yao, d. d. enterprise data breach: causes, challenges, prevention, and future directions, wiley interdisciplinary reviews: data mining and knowledge discovery, 2017, 7(5), 1–14. doi: 10.1002/widm.1211. 5.galindo, d., morillo, p. ; ràfols, c. improved certificate-based encryption in the standard model, journal of systems and software, 2008, 81(7), 1218–1226. doi: 10.1016/j.jss.2007.09.009. 6.gentry, c. certificate-based encryption and the certificate revocation problem, international conference on the theory and applications of cryptographic techniques: advances in cryptology — eurocrypt, 2003, 272–293. doi: 10.1007/3-540-39200-9_17. 7.goldwasser, s., micali, s., ; rivest, r. l. a digital signature scheme secure against adaptive chosen-message attacks, siam journal on computing, 1988,17(2), 281–308. 8.daoud, a. o., tsehayae, a. a.; fayek, a. r. a guided evaluation of the impact of research and development partnerships on university, industry, and government. canadian journal of civil engineering, 2017,44(4),253–263. 9.hwang, s. o. ; le, m. h. efficient certificate-based encryption and hierarchical certificatebased encryption schemes in the standard model, journal of intelligent and fuzzy systems, 2018, 35(6), 5971–5981. doi: 10.3233/jifs-169838. 10. hyla t., maćków w., pejaś j. implicit and explicit certificates-based encryption scheme. in: saeed k., snášel v. (eds) computer information systems and industrial management. cisim 2015. lecture notes in computer science, vol 8838. springer, berlin, heidelberg. 2014, 651-666. doi:10.1007/978-3-662-45237-0_59. 11.johnson, d.; menezes, a. ; vanstone, s. the elliptic curve digital signature algorithm validation system ( ecdsavs ).2004, 56. available at: http://cs.ucsb.edu/~koc/ccs130h/notes/ecdsa-cert.pdf. 12.langford, susan k. threshold dss signatures without a trusted party." annual international cryptology conference. springer, berlin, heidelberg, 1995. 13.lehmann, e. l.; casella, g. theory of point estimation , second edition springer texts in statistics in design. 1998,41. https://doi.org/10.2307/1270597 14.le, m. h., kim, i. ; hwang, s. o. ‘efficient certificate-based encryption schemes without pairing’, security and communication networks. 2016, 9(18), 5376–5391. doi: 10.1002/sec.1703. 15.liu, j. k. ; zhou, j. efficient certificate-based encryption in the standard model, lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 5229 lncs, 2008, 144–155. doi: 10.1007/978-3-54085855-3_10. 16.lu, y. ; li, j. efficient certificate-based encryption scheme secure against key replacement attacks in the standard model, journal of information science and engineering, 2014,30(5), 1553–1568. 17.lu, y., li, j. and xiao, j. (2008) generic construction of certificate-based encryption, proceedings of the 9th international conference for young computer scientists, icycs http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ c o m p u t e r | 95 2008,1589–1594. doi: 10.1109/icycs.2008.11. 18.s. vanstone, responses to nist’s proposal, communications of the acm, 35, july 1992, 50-52 (communicated by john anderson). 19.yang, j., ; leskovec, j. defining and evaluating network communities based on groundtruth. knowledge and information systems, 2015, 42(1), 181-213.retrievedfrom https://snap.stanford.edu/data/com-friendster.html 20.vaudenay, s. (2002) the security of dsa and ecdsa: bypassing the standard elliptic curve certification scheme, public key cryptography — pkc 2003, 2567, 309–323. http://ihicps.com/ https://snap.stanford.edu/data/com-friendster.html ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 synthesis, spectroscopic and biological studies of some metal complexes with 2,3,5,6o,o,o,o-tetraacetic acid lascorbic acid j. s. sultan, a. a. mukhlus, f. h. musa departme nt of chemistry, college of education, ibn alhaitham ,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 11 august 2010 accepte d in : 8 february 2011 abstract the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with the chloroacetic acid in p resence of p otassium hy droxide has been invest igated. the new p roduct l (2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o-tetraacetic acid l-ascorbic acid) was isolated and characterized by elemental analysis(c.h), 1 h, 13 c-nm r. m ass sp ectrum and fourier transform infrared (ft -ir). the reaction of the ligand (l) (where l = h4l), m +2 = (co, ni, cu, cd, pb, hg, ca, m g) has been invest igated and was isolated and characterized by ft -ir, uvvisible, conductivity , at omic absorp tion and molar ratio (cd, co) comp lexes. sp ectroscop ic evidence showed that the binding of the m (ii) ions are throughy the o-1 lacton, o-2-och2cooh and o-6-och2cooh resulting in a sixcoordinated metal ion, , kf, m ax, for co, cd comp lexes, were estimated,  for co, ni, comp lexes were calculated too. the study of biological activity of the ligand (l) and its comp lexes (cu +2 , cd +2 , ca +2 ) showed various activity toward st aphy lococcus aureu and escherichia coli, excep t ca comp lex didn't show any effect. key word : sy nthesis, sp ectroscop ic , biological studies introduction ascorbic acid h as been reported to act in a number of ways. it acts as a biological hy drogen carier for redox enzy me sy stems in cell metabolism[1], as a food preservative by oxidative rancidity of fatty oily foods or to p revent discoloration of p reserved fruits and vegetables[2,3]. although ascorbic acid has a wide ran ge of antimicrobial effects, some of its, oxidative products are toxic[4]. l-ascorbic acid molecule has four hy droxy l group s and all these group s are active for classical esterification[5,6] and formation schiff b ase with amines complexes[7]. some metal ions have been p repared and characterized[8]. in view of this, we have sy nthesized, and characterized, new l igand (l) and its complexes with m ii ions where m ii = (co +2 , ni +2 , cu +2 , cd +2 , pb +2 , hg +2 , ca + and m g +2 ) with biological studies of ligand and its comp lexes (cu +2 , cd +2 , ca +2 ). experimental materials all chemicals were p urchased from bdh, and used without further purifications. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 instrumentati on 1. infra-red sp ectra between (400-4000 cm –1 ) 8300 (ft -ir) shimadzu spectrop hotometer. 2. the electronic sp ectra were recorded on the uv-visible sp ectrop hotometer ty p e (sp ectra 190-900) nm cecil, england, using water as a solvent. 3. the melting p oint was recorded on "gallen kamp m elting p oint ap p aratus". 4. the conductance m easurements were recorded on w. t. w. conductivity m eter. 5 the characterize of new ligand l is acheaved by : a: elemental analysis for carbon, hy drogen was using a euro vector ea 3000 a elemental analysis (it aly ). b: 1 hand 13 c nm r sp ectra were recorded by using a bruker 300 m hz (5witzerland). chemical shift of all 1 hand 13 c-nm r sp ectra were recorded in  (p p m) unit downfield from internal reference tetramethy lsilane (tm s), using d2o solvent. c: gcm s sp ectrum was p erformed gcm s solution/ m sc/ m sc-diunk, 9gm, comp any a shimadzu model carried out qp 505 a, orgin: jap an. d: all these analysis were done in at al-al-bay t university , alm afrag, jordan. 6. thin lay er chromatography (tlc): the (tlc) was p erformed on aluminum p lates coated with (0.25 mm) lay er of silica gel f254 (fluka), and were detected by iodine. s ynthesi s 1. sy nthesis of 2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o-tetraacetic acid l-ascorbic acid to a solution of 0.176 gm (0.001 mole) of l-ascorbic acid in 20 ml aqueous ethanol (15 ml ethanol + 5ml water) were added a solution of 0.224 gm (0.004 mole) of p otassium hy droxide in 5 ml of ethanol, after which the mixture was st irred for 30 minutes. to this mixture was added solution of 0.380 gm (0.004 mole) of chloroacetic acid in 10 ml of ethanol. then the solution was st irring for one hour. the solution was evap orated slowly to bring down the orange p recipitate. the p roduct was recry st allized from (ethanol + water) in the ratio (15:5). the analytical results showed the comp osition (l) of c14h16o14.3h2o. etoh.4kcl. rf (0.526) in ethanol benzene (9:1). 2. sy nthesis of 3,5-o,o,-diacetic acid-2,6o,o diacetato lascorbic acid aqua metal (ii), (m ii =co, ni, cu, cd, pb, hg, ca and m g) all comp lexes were p repared as follows: to a solution of (1 m mole) of l in 20 ml ethanol was added a solution of (4 m mole) of p otassium hy droxide in 5ml of ethanol. the mixture was st irred at room temp erature for half hour. to this mixture was added solution of (1 m mole) of metal chloride in 20 ml of ethanol. then the solution was st irring for one hour. the solution was evap orated slowly to bring down the comp lex. the comp lex was recry st allized from ethanol. the p hy sical p rop erties for all sy nthesized ligand l and its comp lexes are shown in table (1-1) re sults and discussion 1. sy nthesis of 2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o-tetea acetic acid l-ascorbic acid (l) in the present work of the ligand (l) was sy nthesized by reacting l-ascorbic acid with chloroacetic acid in presence of potassium hydroxide. 1 2 .3h2o. etoh.4kcl 1 2 o o ho ho ohho o ch2o ch2o oo 4c lc h2c ooh hooc hooc h2c cooh ch2 cooh o 4koh ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the infrared sp ectrum of the (l) lacked absorp tions caused by (ho–ch2) which app eared in the sp ectrum of l-ascorbic acid at 3525, 3410, 3313 and 3213 cm –1 fig. (1) resp ectively[9]. this confirms the disp lacement of the o–h hy drogen by mean of acetic group o–ch2cooh fig. (2) (l). in the same trend broad band centered at 3421 cm –1 and bands in the range 2700-2500 cm –1 , are related to carboxy lic oh st retching. the band at 2954 cm –1 st retching is att ributed to c–h alip hatic. the strong band at 1608, 1404, 941 and 570 cm –1 are att ributed to the o=c–o st retching vibration[10,11]. the carbony l (lactone c–i=o) st retching vibration ap p eared as band medium intensity at 1755 cm –1 . anot her medium broad band observed at ca. 1380cm –1 is assigned to c(3)–o – and the p eak at 1319cm –1 , (o(2)–h) for free acid shifted from the sp ectrum of l at 1311cm –1 which st rongly indicates the binding of och2cooh with c–2 and c–3 in a new ligand (l)[12], fig. (2). the mass sp ectrum of the ligand (l) fig. (3a) showed a highest m ass m /e at 167 with signal intensity (3%), (relative to the base p eak at m /e (44)) which may due to c8h7o4. the detailed decomp osition path ways are summarized in the reaction scheme; s cheme (1): the fragmentation sequence of the ligand (l) with relative abundance nmr spectrum for the ligand (l) 1 h–nm r. sp ectrum of the l in d2o exhibited (d) at  4.2 p p m for (ih) lactone ring and o–ch2– at 4.8 p p m. carboxy lic acids usually absorbs in the region (8–9.5) p p m and this is out of scale. evidence for the carboxy lic of l has been observed from the 13 c-nm r. sp ectra. the sp ectrum of l measured in d2o showed resonances ty p ical for c=o at 177 and p eak at 43 p p m is due to o–ch2 [8,9] , as in table (1–2), (1–3), figs. (5a), (5b). c h hch2o c hooc ch2oho oc h o o oo h ch2 co oh ch2 co oh o o o h 97 c4ho3 (8%) o o o h 111 c5h3o3 (6%) ch2 o o o h 125 c6h5o3 (4%) hh ch2 o o h 167 c 8h7o4 (3%) hh ch2 57 27% co2 44 (90%) oo hc ch 408 hc2o2 -c 6 h 9 o 10 -c2 h 2o -ch 2 -ch2 -c 2 o -c h ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the prepared complexes reaction of the ligand (l) with metal salts m xn.yh2o, {where y = h2o}, (x=cl, no3 with lead only), were carried out in ethanolwater under st irring in p resence of potassium hydroxide. all complexes are st able, the analytical and phy sical data, in table (1–1) and sp ectral data, in table (1–4). all comp lexes are dissolving in water, dm so and dm f solvents. ir spectra the comparative ir sp ectral st udy of the ligand l fig. (2), and its comp lexes fig. (3) (co– comp lex as examp le). reveals the interesting coordination of the ligand during comp lex formation. the imp ortant ir bands with t heir p ossible assignment are depicted in table (1–4). in general up on metal ion interaction, the p resence broad band is observed at  3400 cm –1 , weaks bands in the range 2700–2500 cm –1 and band at 1605 cm –1 are related to h–bonded– oh of acetic acid and carboxy lic[23]. the carbony l (c–i=o) st retching vibration is shifted towards a lower frequency at (1740–1730) cm –1 due to coordinate metal ion with lacton (c– i=o) and this band is assigned to (o–c=o) of lacton ring st rongly suggest that the ligand acid ring is not rup tured in the course of the comp lexation. for instance the i.r. sp ectrum of [p t(dp p m)asc–o 2 ,o 3 ] diphosp hine (p  p) t he position of the (c=o) band of ascorbic acid at 1745 cm –1 shifts to lower frequency by between 30 and 50 cm –1 up on coordination to p latinum[14]. this value comp are favourably with that found for l–complexes. all comp lexes exhibits a broad absorp tion bands at 1593–1635 cm –1 due to the st retching vibration of c=c and (coo – ). the ap p earance of new t wo bands in the 1495–1530 cm –1 range due to as(coo – ) and another one in the 1408–1427 cm –1 range assigned to s(coo – ). accordingly, the antisy mmetric and sy mmetric st retching vibration modes as(coo – ) and s(coo – ) of the group should help in elucidating the st ructure of our comp lexes[15]. the direction of the frequency shift of the as(coo – ) and the s(coo – ) bands with resp ect to those of the free ion depends on the coordination mode of the coo – group with the metal ion. nakamoto and m c carthy [16,17] claimed that if the coordination is monodentate the as(coo – ) and s(coo – ) will be shifted to higher and lower frequencies resp ectively. whereas, if the coordination is chelating bidentate or bridging bidentate both as(coo – ) and s(coo – ) frequencies will change in the same direction. this is because the bond orders of both c=o bonds would change by the same amount. based on these facts and comp aring the as(coo – ) and s(coo – ) frequencies of the l comp lexes by the as(coo – ) and s(coo – ) frequencies of ruh(ac)(pph3)2 (1582, 1449)[18], as shown in table (1–4) and fig. (3). one can say that all the p repared comp lexes are metal chelates, because both as(coo – ) and s(coo – ) frequencies changed in the same direction and the  – values [as(coo – )–s(coo – )  (87–111) cm –1 which are significantly less than ionic values indicates that l–complexes contains carboxy lic and bidentate carboxy lato group in a molecule. the two carboxy lic group in 2, 6 are bidentate coordinate and at in 3, 5 are carboxy lic acid. several other sharp absorp tion bands at 941 and 570 cm –1 of the free acid, which att ributed to the coo – st retching vibration exhibited considerable shift and sp litting up on metal ion interaction. the band characteristic of coordinated water are seen in all comp lexes in the range (825–763) cm – 1 . the sharp absorp tion bands observed around 400 cm –1 [23], have been assigned to m –o st retch vibrational bands. t hese assignments are based on the fact t hat t he m –o stretch bands for the most metal comp lexes occur within this region[15,16]. electroni c s pectra the electronic sp ectral data of free ligand and its comp lexes are summarized in table (1–5). the p eak at 246 nm (40650 cm –1 ) in the electronic sp ectrum of free lignad l fig. (6) was shifted to lower frequency with tail start at 300–400 nm indicated to charge transfer were noticed in the electronic sp ectra of pb, hg, cd, m g and ca[19]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 lcu; six coordinate comp lexes, the ground st ate in an octahedral field is 2 eg, it is subject to considerable jahn– teller distortion and in p ractice, the majority of copp er (ii) comp lexes which are usually green or blue are tetrgonally distorted. such comp lexes give rise to one absorp tion band in the visible region near 13000 cm –1 [11,27]. the sp ectrum of the green lcu comp lex is shown only a brood absorp tion band centered at 800 nm (12500 cm –1 ) due to the transition 2 eg  2 t2g. lco complex the most octahedral co(ii) comp lexes[28-30] are p ink or reddish while the most tetrahedral co(ii) complexes are blue or green. these colour may indicate to st ereochemist ry . the lco comp lex gives reddish colour and its uv–visible sp ectrum fig. (7) is shown bands within range octahedral st ereochemist ry [8,9,11,17] and as follows; 2 = 680 nm (14706 cm –1 ) 4 t1g  4 a2g 3 = 590 nm (16949 cm –1 ) 4 t1g  4 t1g(p ) the absorp tion within range 440 nm (22220 cm –1 ) which is assigned to charge transfer t2g   * . the transition 1, dq, b and  are calculated theoretical limits, from the graphs fig. a and fig. b. 2 = 18 dq 1-cm817 18 14706 dq  1470 = 18 dq 1 = 8 dq = 8  817 = 6536 cm –1 3= 6dq + 15 b – 16949 = 6  817 + 15 b – = 4902 + 15 b – 15 b – = 16949 – 4902 15 b – = 12047 803 15 12047 b cmoplex  0.827 971 803 ionfree b complex b β  ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (a) energy level diagram (tanabesugano) for d 7 ions in an octahedral field (c=4.633b) fig. (b) a2 and t1 ground st ates, transition energy ratios versus e(v3)/b (range 16-47). not e that the left-hand ordinate refers to e(v3)/b (16-24.6) and the right-hand ordinate to e(v3)/b (24.6-47) co and ni comp lexes lni complex six coordinate comp lex nickel (ii) comp lexes exhibit a simple sp ectrum involving three sp in allowed transitions t o the 3 t2g, 3 t1g(f) and 3 t1g(p ) levels[8,9,11,17]. these occur in range 7000– 13.000, 11.000–20000 and 19000–27000 cm –1 regions resp ectively. in addition, two sp in forbidden bands to 1 eg and to 1 t2g are frequently observed. when dq/ b is nearly unity the 2 transition 3 t1g(f) app ears as a well defined doubletthis may be consequence of the transition to the 1 eg level gaining intensity through configurational interaction with the 3 t1g(f)[24,25] although other authors p refer to interp ret t he structure in terms of sp in– orbital coupling[26]. from the above the l1ni comp lex app ears as a well defined doublt due to 3 a2g 3 t1g(f) 2776 nm (12987 cm –1 ) and 660 nm (15151 cm –1 ) due to 3 a2g  1 eg. the third sp in allowed transitions to the 3 t1g(p) 3 at 22000 cm –1 from the graph fig. b. b, , 10q may be calculated in the following way s; 1.69 12987 22000 υ υ from 2 3  28b / )e(υand0.89 b δq hence 3  b = 785.7 cm –1 10q = 6990 cm –1 = 1( 3 t2g  3 a2g) 0.76 1030 785.7 β  b for free ion ni = 1030 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 s oluti ons chemistry molar ratio the comp lexes of the ligand (l) with selected ions (co +2 , cd +2 ) were st udied in solution using water as solvents, in order to determine (m :l) ratio in the prepared comp lexes, following molar ratio method[21]. a series of solutions were p repared having a constant concentration (c) 10 –3 m of the hy drated metal salts and the ligand (l). the (m :l) ratio was determined from the relationship between the absorp tion of the observed light and mole ratio (m :l) found to be (1:1). the result of comp lexes formation in solution are shown in table (6), table (7) and table (8), fig. (8) and fig. (9). m olar conductivity for the complexes of ligand (l) the molar conductance of the comp lexes in (water), table (9) lie in the (90– 177.6) s.cm 2 molar –1 range, indicating their electrolytic nature with (1:1) ratio, excep t for the comp lexes, ni, cd, pb, and m g which their molar conductance lie in the (6.6– 42) scm 2 m olar –1 range, indicating their non– electrolyte nature[20]. biologcal e ffect of new ligand l and its complexes indicatin g that t he new ligand and its complexes exhibited antibacterial activity against both gram p ositive and gr am negative bacteria[31-34], except ca–complex has no effect on bot h bacteria. table (10), fig. (10) and fig. (11). conclusion a series of comp lexes of co +2 , ni +2 , cu +2 , cd +2 , pb +2 , hg +2 , ca +2 , m g +2 with 2,3,5,6– o,o,o,o–tetraacetic acid l–ascorbic have been p repared and characterized. the ligand (l); two bidentate acetate 2,6 and o–1 lacton are binding to metal ions and one molecule water forming octahedral st ructure leaving two group s of acetic are uncoordinated as follow: references 1. gilula, n. b.; epst ein, m .l. and beers, w.h. (1978), cell– to–cell–communication and ovulation. a. study of the cumulus– oocy te comp lex–j–ce biol. 78 (1): 58 – 75. 2. pauling, l. (1972) "vitamin c the common cold and the flu", ed., w. h. free man and comp any, san francisco, pp. 33– 46 . 3. lewin, s. (1976), "vitamin c its molecular biology and m edical pot ential". ed. a cademic p ress, london, new york, san francisco, pp. 11– 14. 4. halli, b. (1996), vitamine c: antioxidant or p ro – oxidant in vitro; free rad. res 25: 439– 454. 5. m asuo, m . and hidenori, i. (1970), yamanouchi pharmacentical co., ltd., jap an.8031, 661 (c1. c07d, a61k, a23l). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 6. fodor, c. ;arnold, r. and m ohacsi, t. (1983), a new role for l-ascorbic acid m ichael donor to alp ha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl compounds. t etrahedron 39:2137-2145 . 7. m agdi, f. ;iskander m ohamed, a.e.; shaban, susan m . el-badry (2003), carbohydrate research, sugar hy drazonemetal comp lexes , 338:2341-2347. 8. tajmirriahi (1990), coordination chemistry of vitamin c. p art i. interaction of lascorbic acid with alkaline earth m etal ions in the cry st alline solid and aqueous solution, j. inorg. biochem; 40:181-188. 9. tajmirriahi (1991), coordination chemistry of vitamin c. p art (ii). interaction of l ascorbic acid with zn(ii), cd(ii), hg(ii), and m n(ii) ions in the solid st ate and in aqueous solution, int. j. inorg. biochem; 42:47-55. 10. john, r. dy er, (1965), ap p lications of absorp tion sp ectroscop y of organic comp ounds, englewood by p rentic– hali, inc. 11. kazvo nakamoto (1986), john wiley & sons, inc., infrared and raman sp ectra of inorganic and coordination compounds fourth edition. 12. birgül zümreogh– karan, ahmet n– ay and canan ünaleroglu, (2005), (st ructural and magnetic st udies on mono-and p olynuclear chromium ascorbate comp lexes. transition m etal chemist ry , 30:451– 459. 13. parikh, v. m . (1985),"absorp tion sp ectroscop y of organic m olecules". 14. m alcolm, j.; arendse, gordonkanderson and nigam, p. rath,(1999), sy nthesis and characterization of platinum (ii) complexes of lascorbic acid, inorg. chem., 38:5864-5869. 15. m esubi, m . a. (1982), "an infrared study of zinc, cadmium and lead salts of some fatty acids", journal of m oleculular st ructure, vol. 81:no. 1–2, pp. 61– 71. 16. washed, m . g. a.; refat, m . s. and el m egharbel, s. m . (2009), "sy nthesis sp ectroscop ic and thermal characterization of some transition metal comp lexes of folic acid", sp ectrochimia acta a, vol. 70(4): 916– 922 . 17. nakamato, k. and m ccarthy , p. j. (1968), john wiley & sons. new york, ny, usa, sp ectroscop y and structure of m etal chelate comp ounds. 18. john, r. dy er, (1965), inc ap p lication of absorp tion sp ectroscop y of organic comp ound, p rentichall, 19. williamkemp (1987), "organic sp ectroscop y " 2 nd , edition. 20. kettle, s. f. (1975), "coordination comp ounds", thomas nelson and sons, london, p. 165. 21. skoog d.a., donald m . west (1974), fundamentals of analytical chemistry altoit london edition. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 22. farrington daniels and robert alberty , a. (1975), "physical chemistry" 4 th , ed. 23. clegg, d. e. and hall ,r. j. (1969), decomp osition of ascorbic acid in the p resence of cadmium ions leads to formation of a p olymeric cadmium oxalate sp ecies with p eruliar st ructural features, j. organ metal chem., 17: 175. 24. holmes, o. g. and m c clure, d. s. (1957), sy nthesis and characterization of some metal comp lexes of vitamic c. part 1,2 –ascorbate complexes of m n(ii), fe(iii) and co(ii), j. chem. phy s., 26. 25. sutton, d. (1968), electronic sp ectra of transition m etal comp lexes m c graw-hill., london. 26. geary, w.j. (1970), "coorination chemistry reviews" elsevier p ublishing comp any amst erdam. 27. lever, a. b. p. (1968), elsevier p ublisihing comp any "in organic electronic sp ectroscop y ". 28. rakesh, k. ;sharma, m unirathnam nethaji and ashoka, g. sumuleson, (2008), asy mmetric allylic alky lation by p alladium – bisp hosp hinites, tetrahedron; asy mmetry , 19: 555–663. 29. khen, f. and khanam, a. (2008), study of complexes of cadmium with some lamino acids and vitamin-c by voltammetric technique, ecl. quim, saopaulo, 33, numero 2:29–36. 30. tahereh rohani, m ohammed ali taher (2009), talanta, anew method for electrocataly tic oxidation of ascorbic acid at the cu(ii) zeolite-m odified electrode, 78: 743 – 747. 31. anacona, j. r. (2001), sy athesis and antibacterial activity of some metal comp lexes of lactams antibiotics, j. coord. chem., 54: 355–365. 32. petra, d. ;tetjana, z. and boris, p. et al., (2005), "m ixedvalence cu(ii)/ cu(i) comp lex of quinolone cip rofloxacin isolated by ahydrothermal reaction in the p resence of l– histidine comp arison a biological activities of various copp ercip rofloxacin comp ounds", journal of inorganic biochemistry , 99(2): 432– 442. 33. tauber, s. c. and nau,r. (2008), "immunomodulatory p rop erties of antibiotics", current molecular p harmacology , vol. 1, pp. 68–79. 34. sultana, n. and aray ne, m . s. (2007), "in vitro activity of cefadroxil, cep halexin. cefatrizine and cefp irome in presence of essential and trace elements", pakistan tournal of p harmaceutical sciences, 20(4): 305–310. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (1) :the physical properties for synthesized ligand (l) and its complexes d = decomposition table (2): 13 c-nmr chemical shifts for l-ascorbic acid, l (ppm in d2o) practically and theoretically are comptable table (3) 1 h-nm r, chemical s hifts for l (ppm in d2o) compounds h–4 h–5 o=c–oh practical (l)  4.2 p p m 4.8 8–9.5 p p m no. compound colour m.pc or (d) yield % c% h% m% theo. pract. solubility 1 l orange 138-139c 85.7 (22.1) 21.5 (3.04) 3.08 wa ter, dmf, dmso 2 [lco.h2 o].3h2 o da rk re d 118-120c 74 – – (16.80) 16.05 wa ter, dmf, dmso 3 lni.h2 o pale gre en 148-150c 88 – – 12.60 13.45 wa ter, dmf, dmso 4 lcu.h2 o gree n 168-170c 80 – – (13.40) 14.22 wa ter, dmf, dmso 5 lcd.h2 o pale brown 212-220d 82.2 – – (21.60) 22.30 wa ter, dmf, dmso 6 [lp b.h2 o].9h2 o.3eto h.4kcl white 218-220d 85 – – (16.60) 16.84 wa ter, dmf, dmso 7 [lh g.h2 o].9h2 o.4kc l pale brown 130-131d 80.3 – – (18.50) 18.30 wa ter, dmf, dmso 8 [lca.h2 o].9h2 o.5eto h.3kcl. white 185-186c 61.6 – – (3.70) 3.80 wa ter, dmf, dmso 9 [lmg.h 2 o].9h2 o.5et oh.4k cl white 100-101c 66 – – (2.10) 1.89 wa ter, dmf, dmso compounds c–1 c–3 c–2 c–4 c–5 c–6 c=o o–ch2 (pract)l 173.74 156 118 76 69 62 177 42.8 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (4): characteristic vibrarational frequencies (cm –1 ) located in the ft-ir of the ascorbic acid, l, and its complexes compounds (o–h) (c– h) aliph. (c=o )  cm – 1 a sy m.  sy m. coo –  cm – 1 (m – o) additional pea ks l-asc orbic ac id 3525(s) 3410(s) 3315(s) 3213(s) 2916(s) 1755(s) lacton e 1319  (o 2 –h) enolic 1138(s), 1118(s), 1072(s), 1026(s) 987 (s) (c–o, c–c) ring l 3421(br ) 27002500 2954(w) 1755(s) (1608) s o=c–oh 1149, 1114, 1080, 1049, 941 (c–o– c), (c–c–c)  (1404) , (1400) m (c–3–o) l complexe s [lco.h2 o].3h2 o 3417(br ) 3383(br ) 2958(w) 1730 25 (1500) w (1408) s 92 455 (1600) s c=o and c=c coupling (867740)s coor dinated wa ter lni.h2 o 3414(s) 2950 1730 25 (1515) w (1408) s 107 443 (1608) s c=o a nd c=c (867702)s coor dinated wa ter lcu.h2 o 3425(br ) 2962 1732 23 (1530) w (1419) s 111 439 (1635) s c=o a nd c=c (790– 666)s coor dinated wa ter lcd.h2 o 3431(br ) 2929 1741 14 (1530) w (1427) w 103 453 (1593) s c=o a nd c=c (773–570) coor dinated wa ter [lp b.h2 o].9h2 o.3etoh.4k cl 3441(br ) 2920 1732 23 (1500) w (1411) s 89 420 (1593) s c=o a nd c=c (825702)s coor dinated wa ter [lh g.h2 o].9h2 o.4kcl 3422 2943 1743 12 (1520) w (1425) w 95 441 (1598) br c=o and c=c (763675)s coor dinated wa ter [lca.h2 o].9h2 o.5etoh.3k cl. 3421 2958 1728 27 (1500) w (1408) s 92 459 (1597) s c=o a nd c=c (937694)s coor dinated wa ter [lmg.h 2 o].9h2 o.5etoh.4 kcl 3352 3249 2966 1720 35 (1495) w (1408) s 87 455 (1600) s c=o a nd c=c (775638)s coor dinated wa ter recorder as kbr disk br = broad, s = strong, w = weak, m = medium,  = bending, aliph. = ali phati c, asym. = asymme tric, sym. = symme tric ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (5) electroni c spectral data of ligand (l) and its metal complexes compounds  nm  – wave num ber cm – 1 mex m olor –1 cm –1 assignment bands propose d structure l 246 40650 1175  * [lco.h2 o].3h2 o 440 590 680 22220 16949 14706 110 650 600 t2 g * 4 t1 gt1 g(p) 4 t1 g 4 a2 g octa hedr al lni.h2 o 656. 5 776 15232 12987 100 90 3 a2 g 1 eg 3 a2 g 3 t1 g(f ) octa hedr al lcu.h2 o 808 12376 662 2 egt2 g octa hedr al lcd.h2 o 300 400 33333 25000 500 200 l.f.c.t octa hedr al [lp b.h2 o].9h2 o.5etoh.4 kcl 300 400 33333 25000 700 150 l.f.c.t octa hedr al [lh g.h2 o].9h2 o.4kcl 300 400 33333 25000 1300 750 l.f.c.t octa hedr al [lca.h2 o].9h2 o.5etoh.4 kcl 300 400 33333 25000 800 250 l.f.c.t octa hedr al [lmg.h 2 o].9h2 o.5etoh.3 kcl 300 400 33333 25000 1500 250 l.f.c.t octa hedr al l.f.c.t = ligand field charge transfe r ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (6): vm, vl and absorption of ligand (l), vm = volume of metal in ml, vl= volume of ligand in ml [l–cd.h2o] [l–co.h2o].3h2o vm vl abs vm vl abs 1 ml 0.25 1.315 1 ml 0.25 1.320 1 0.50 1.330 1 0.50 1.340 1 0.75 1.354 1 0.75 1.397 1 1 1.352 1 1 1.383 1 1.25 1.374 1 1.25 1.386 1 1.50 1.382 1 1.50 1.386 1 1.75 1.375 1 1.75 1.386 1 2 1.377 1 2.0 1.392 1 2.25 1.406 1 2.25 1.381 1 2.50 1.395 1 2.50 1.367 1 2.75 1.404 1 2.75 1.410 1 3 1.400 1 3.0 1.400 1 3.25 1.422 1 3.25 1.414 1 3.50 1.401 1 3.50 1.406 1 3.75 1.384 1 3.75 1.410 1 4 1.412 1 4 1.408 k= m l/ [m ] [l] (1)  = (am – as) / am (2) k = the equation (1) is written to mol ratio (1:1) as the following kf = (1-)/  2 c (3)  = m ax.b.c (4) kf = stability constant  = decomposition degree m = m etal ion l = the ligand [ ] = concentration as = the absorpt ion at the equivalent p oint of mole ratio am = the maximum absorp tion of the mole ratio c = the complex concentration (mole. l –1 )  g = – 2.303 rt log k [22] r = 8.303 t = 273 + 25 = 298 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 compounds as am  k log k 1/k g [lcd.h2o] 1.352 1.377 0.018 3×10 9 9.5 0.11 54.2 [lco.h2o].3h2o 1.383 1.392 0.0065 2×10 9 9.3 0.11 53 [lcd.h2o]  [lco.h2o].3h2o table (7) :the absorbance values against mole– ratio values of complex [lcd.h2o] in solution (1×10 –3 mole.l –1 ) in water at ( 271 nm) no. l:m absorbance 1 0.5:1 1.330 2 1:1 1.352 3 2:1 1.377 4 3:1 1.400 5 4:1 1.412 table (8) :the absorbance values against mole– ratio values of complex [lco.h2o].3h2o in solution (1×10 –3 mole.l –1 ) in water at ( 263 nm) no. l:m absorbance 1 0.5:1 1.330 2 1:1 1.383 3 2:1 1.392 4 3:1 1.400 5 4:1 1.408 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (9) the molar conductance of the complexes compound fragment i ons m s . cm 2 molar –1 ratio [lco.h2o].3h2o 141 1:1 lni.h2o 24 neutral lcu.h2o 113.5 1:1 lcd.h2o 6.6 neutral [lpb.h2o].9h2o.5etoh.4kcl 7 neutral table (10): effect of li gand and its complexes on staphylococcus aureu a exherichia coli compound 100 mg/ ml diameter of inhib ition zone (mm) at concentration 1 mg/ ml staphy lococcus escherich ia coli l 27 26 l cd 25 22 l cu 24 24 l ca 0 0 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (1): the ir of l-ascorbic aci d fig. (2):the ir of the ligand (l) 2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o-tetraacetic acid l-ascorbic acid fig. (3) the ir of lco ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (3a): the mass spectrum of (l) fig. (4) suggested structure of (lm +2 ) fig. (5a): 1 h-nmr for the ligand l fig. (5b): 13 c-nmr for the ligand l o o m o o oh2 o o c c h2c o o ch2co h o o c o h o h o h 2 ch h h2c h 3 1 2 4 6 5 m +2 = c o, ni , cu, c d, pb, hg, ca, mg ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (6) the u.v of the ligand (l) fig. (7) the u.v of lco ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (8): the mole ratio curve of complex [lcd.h2o] in solution (1×10 –3 mole. l –1 ) at ( = 271 nm) fig. (9) :the mole ratio curve of complex [lco.h2o].3h2o in solution (1×10 –3 mole. l –1 ) at ( = 263 nm) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 ca cu cd l concentration of ligands and its complexes (1mg/ml) d im et er o f in h ib it io n z o n e (m m ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 ca cu cd l d im et er o f in h ib it io n z o n e (m m ) concentration of ligands and its complexes (1mg/ml) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (10): effect of staphyl ococcus gram posi tive fig. (11): effect of esche richi a coli gram negative 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تحضیر ودراسة طیفیة وبایولوجیة لبعض المعقدات الفلزیة مع 2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o رباعي حامض الخلیك-l-حامض اسكوربك جاسم شهاب سلطان،عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص، فالح حسن موسى ابن الهیثم،جامعة بغداد-كلیة التربیةقسم الكیمیاء، 2010آب 11:استلم البحث في 2011شباط 8: قبل البحث في الخالصة l اجدیـد ااسكوربك مع كلورو حامض الخلیك بوجـود هیدروكسـید البوتاسـیوم معطیـًا لیكانـد-lدرس تفاعل حامض )2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o ربـاعي حـامض الخلیـك-l-تحلیـل العناصـر : ألتیـةطة التقنیـات اابوسـ، وشـخص )حـامض اسـكوربك )h, c( ،طیـف الكتلــة مـع طیـف الــرنین النـووي المغناطســيو المرئیـة، -األشـعة فـوق البنفســجیةو ، األشـعة تحـت الحمــراء البروتون 1 h والكاربون 13 c. ، co ،ni ،cu ،cd ،pb(كما حضرت وشخصت منه معقدات أمالح بعض ایونـات العناصـر الثنائیـة التكـافؤ hg ،ca ،m g.( ـــراء، لمعاســـت والمرئیـــة، التوصـــیلیة الكهربائیــــة، -األشـــعة فـــوق البنفســــجیةو ت تقنیـــات طیــــف األشـــعة تحـــت الحمـ االمتصاصیة الذریة، والنسبة المولیة لمعقدات الكادمیوم والكوبلت، واسـتنتج مـن التحالیـل ان تناسـق ایـون الفلـز الثنـائي التكـافؤ ثمـــاني معطیــًا شــكال o–2–o–ch2cooh ،o–6–o–ch2cooh، )كتــونال( c–1=oمــع اللكانــد مــن خـــالل  ،kf ،mقـیم توقــد حســب. السـطوح ax للمعقــدین الكوبلــت والكـادمیوم وحســاب تكمــا درســ. لمعقــدین الكوبلـت والنیكــل ، وقـد أظهــرت النتـائج امتالكهـا فعالیــة متباینـة تجــاه )النحـاس، الكــادمیوم، الكالسـیوم(ومعقداتـه lالفعالیـة البایولوجیـة للكانــد staphy lococcus aureu وescherichia coli لـــم یظهــر أي فعالیــة تجــاه البكتریـــا الــذي مــا عـــدا معقــد الكالســیوم .المذكورة أعاله وجیة تحضیر ،مطیافیة ، الدراسات البایول: الكلمات المفتاحیة 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تأثیر استخدام البوراكس كمصدر للبورون في صفات ثمار العنب صنف بالك .vitis viniferal lمونكا انتصار حسین مهدي جامعة القادسیة، كلیة التربیة، قسم علوم الحیاة 2009 ،نون االولكا، 15: استلم البحث في 2010،حزیران ، 30: قبل البحث في الخالصة أجریـت هـذه الدراســة فـي بســتان عنـب فـي منطقــة الصـویرة التابعــة لمحافظـة واسـط لدراســة تـأثیر الــرش بـالبوراكس فــي وصـفر (بتراكیـز عمل البـوراكس مصـدرًا للبـورون والـذي اسـت اذ اسـتعمل صفات العنقود والحبات للعنـب صـنف بـالك مونكـا ــاء وزیـــادة امتصـــاص المـــواد مـــن . )لتـــر/ غـــم 0.5و 0.4و 0.3و 0.2و 0.1 ولتقلیـــل الشـــد الســـطحي لجزیئـــات المـ لتر مـع البـوراكس إلحـداث الرغـوة وتـم الـرش بموعـدین األول قبـل / غم 0.05بتركیز ) تاید(مسحوق الغسیل استعمال األوراق . بعد العقد خرتفتح األزهار واال وعـدد الحبـات ، بینت النتائج إن الرش بالبورون سبب زیادة وزن وحجم الحبات معنویًا وزیادة وزن العنقود وطولـه وقطـره زیــادة نسـبة المـواد الصـلبة الذائبــة الكلیـة وقلـة نسـبة الحموضـة وكــذلك زیـادة عـدد البـذور بالحبــة ووزن فضـًال عـن فـي العنقـود اسـتخدم تصـمیم . لتـر قـد أظهـرت تـأثیرًا معنویـًا فـي كـل الخصـائص المدروسـة/ غـم0.5وكانـت المعاملـة )بذرة 100(البذور مثلـت كـل كرمـة وحـدة تجریبیـة اذكرمـة 18فـي الدراسـة المسـتعملةالقطاعـات العشـوائیة الكاملـة وكـان عـدد الكرمـات الكلیـة باسـتخدام اقـل فــرق [4]وحسـب طریقــة وحللـت النتــائج احصـائیًا )أي ثالثـة كرمـات لكــل معاملـة (مكــررات ةواحـدة، وبثالثـ .للمقارنة بین المتوسطات 0.05عند مستوى معنوي lsdمعنوي vitis v ,: الكلمات المفتاحیة iniferal , blank monika boron , borax المقدمة مـن الفاكهـة واسـعة االنتشـار فـي العـالم والعـراق فهـو یحتـل مرتبـة متقدمـة مـن ) .vitis viniferal l(یعـد العنـب ألــف هكتــار یبلــغ إنتاجهــا 7.333.400حیـث المســاحة المزروعــة واإلنتــاج إذ تقــدر المســاحة المزروعــة بالعنـب فــي العــالم تعـد صــفة . ألـف طــن 274ألـف شــجرة وٕانتـاج مقــداره 15223وفـي العــراق یبلـغ عــدد أشـجار العنــب . [1]ألـف طــن 57397 انخفاض نسبة عقد الثمار ظاهره سلبیة في إنتاجیة بعض أصناف عنب المائـدة المهمـة تجاریـًا فتجعـل العناقیـد مفككـة وعـدد . [2]الثمار فیها قلیًال مع صغر حجم الثمار فتقل قیمتها التسویقیة یـة البـورون فـي هـذه التـرب وذلـك بسـبب ترسـب علـى تعد الترب العراقیة من الترب القاعدیة ونتیجة لذلك تسبب قلة جاهز ، لـذلك البـد مـن تـوفیره بطرائـق أخـرى للنبـات ومـن ضـمنها وأكثرهـا انتشـارًا [3]شكل معقد غیر ذائب مع األلمنیـوم والسـلیكون هـي رش مركبــات البـورون ومــن ضـمن هــذه المركبـات البــوراكس علــى المجمـوع الخضــري، كمـا یعــد البـورون مــن العناصــر اً كیمیائیـ اسـمادً عمالةذائیة الصغرى الضروریة لجمیع النباتات وعلى الرغم من أهمیته في نمو وتطـور النباتـات إال إن اسـتالغ مازال قید الدراسة والبحث ألسباب قد تتعلق بقابلیة معظم الترب على تجهیز البورون بما یوازي االحتیاج الضئیل لمعظم 2011) 2( 24والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة عامـًا لكـن دوره فــي فسـلجة النبـات ال یــزال غیـر واضــح 70المحاصـیل االقتصـادیة وقــد عرفـت ضـرورته منــذ أكثـر مــن .[4]تمامًا الحدیـد و النحـاس و الزنـك(إن إضافة العناصر الغذائیة الصغرى تكـون مفیـدة جـدًا كمـا فـي حالـة العناصـر الصـغرى ) 8.3 – 7.4(مـابین phإذ تتـراوح ،ظـروف العـراقالـى في الترب القاعدیـة كمـا هـو الحـال بالنسـبة ) و المنغنیز والبورون إن للبـــورون تــأثیرات فســلجیة متعـــددة فــي العنــب إذ انـــه یســاعد علــى تقویـــة [5].وحســب محتواهــا مـــن معــادن الكاربونــات كمـا ]. 1[ولتسـهیل عملیـة انتقـال السـكریات فـي النبـات مـن خـالل اتحـاده بهـا المجموعة الجذریة وتنشیط الكامبیوم الوعائي نـه إنتــاج من نقـص البـورون ینــتج أوقـد وجــد ] 6[انـه یسـاعد فــي نمـو حبـوب اللقــاح ونمواالنبوبـة اللقاحیــة فتـزداد نسـبة العقــد شـقق الغـالف ممـا یـؤدي الـى خـروج كما إن نقص البورون یضعف من بنـاء الثمـرة ومـن ثـم یت]. 7[ثمار صغیرة يعناقید ذ كما وجد إن العنب من أشجار الفاكهة التي تسـتجیب للـرش بالمغـذیات وقـد وجـد إن رش العنـب صـنف دیـس ] . 8[العصارة العنز لمرتین قبل التزهیر وبعد العقد بالبورون وبتركیز جزء واحـد بـالملیون أثـر فـي زیـادة كمیـة الحاصـل ووزن وحجـم الحبـات العنقـــود والنســبة المئویـــة للمـــواد الصــلبة الذائبـــة فــي عصـــیر الحبـــات والــى خفـــض وزن البــذور والنســـبة المئویـــة ووزن وحجــم جــزء بــالملیون مقارنــة بعــدم ) 20و 15و 10( كمــا اتضــح ان الــرش بــالبورون لمــرتین بتركیــز ] 12و8. [للحموضــة الكلیــة الملیون على بقیة المعامالت كما أثر ایجابیًا فـي زیـادة جزء ب 20الرش على صنف شدة بیضاء أدى إلى تفوق الرش بتركیز حبــة والنســبة المئویــة للمــواد الصــلبة الذائبــة الكلیــة وحقــق انخفاضـــًا 50كمیــة الحاصــل ووزن وطــول وقطــر العنقــود ووزن 14و 5[ألوراق ملحوظا في النسبة المئویة للحموضة الكلیـة فـي العصـیر وتحسـین نوعیـة الثمـار وزیـادة تركیـز البـورون فـي ا كما للبورون أهمیة كبیرة في تنظیم عمل األغشیة الخلویة ونمو حبوب اللقـاح وتكـوین الكاربوهیـدرات والبروتینـات والفینـوالت ] الفسلجیة في النبـات هونظرًا ألهمیت]. 13و 9 [فضًال عن مساهمته في نقل السكریات من أماكن تكوینها إلى مناطق النمو العملیات ظهر تأثیره في نمو وتطور معظم النباتات، كانت هذه الدراسة التي تهدف الـى اختبـار مـدى تـاثیر ولدوره في هذه فـي مواصـفات الحبـات والعناقیـد فـي صـنف العنـب بـالك مونكـا وتعـویض الـنقص اً تسمید ورقیـمصدر للبورون رش البوراكس .الحاصل في جاهزیة البورون في الترب العراقیة المواد وطرائق العمل في احـد بسـاتین العنـب التابعـة للقطـاع الخـاص فـي محافظـة واسـط علـى صـنف 2010-2009أجریت هذه الدراسة للعام علـى مواصـفات الحبـات والعناقیـد فـي صـنف بـالك مونكـا، انتخبـت اً العنب بالك مونكا لمعرفة تأثیر الرش بالبوراكس مصـدر متجانســـة بــالحجم ونفـــذت علیهــا اذ جـــرى الــرش حتـــى البلــل الكامـــل ) علـــى القمریــات كانــت طریقـــة التربیــة (كرمــة 18 14/6/2009ریخ ابعـد شـهر مـن العقـد بتـ خـرواال 2/5/2009للمعامالت بموعدین األول قبـل تفـتح األزهـار بأسـبوع بتـاریخ املـة هـذه التراكیـز للبـورون مع)لتـر/ غـم 0.5و0.4 و 0.3و 0.2 و (0.1شـملت المعـامالت الـرش بـالبوراكس بتركیـز] 8[ 0.05إلحداث رغـوة بتركیـز )تاید(والرش بالماء فقط معاملة مقارنة كما أضیف مسحوق غسیل عملولیس للبوراكس المست عــدت كــل كرمــة وحــدة ] 6[لتــر وتقلیــل الشــد الســطحي لجزیئــات المــاء بهــدف زیــادة األمتصــاص عــن طریــق األوراق /غــم ،الحجـممثـل عشوائیة من كل كرمة لكل معاملة عند النضـج اعتمـادًا علـى الصـفات المظهریـة تجریبیة وأخذت خمسة عناقید متوســط عـــدد حســبكمــا )ســـم(وطــول وقطــر العنقــود )غـــم(والطعــم لهــذا الصـــنف واســتخرج متوســط وزن العنقــود ، واللــون دها فـي الحبـة الواحـدة ووزن حبـة وحسـب متوسـط عـد 100حبة واسـتخرجت البـذور مـن 100الحبات في العنقود ووزن وحجم أمـا نسـبة المـواد . وأُسـتخرج المتوسـط لكلتـي الصـفتین )سـم(حبة أخرى وقیس لهـا طـول وقطـر الحبـة 100وأخذت . بذرة 100 قیســت بمعایرتهــا مــع محلـــول )%(والحموضــة الكلیــة hand refractometerالصــلبة الذائبــة الكلیــة فقــدرت بجهــاز 10[بأسـتخدام دلیـل الفینونفثـالین علـى أسـاس حـامض الترتاریـك هـو الحـامض الســائد 0.1هیدروكسـید الصـودیوم ذي عیاریـة مثلت اذ،كرمة 18تم أستخدام تصمیم القطاعات العشوائیة الكاملة وكان عدد الكرمات الكلیة المستخدمة في الدراسة . ] رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 11 وحللـت النتـائج إحصـائیًا وحسـب )أي ثالثـة كرمـات لكـل معاملـة (كـل كرمـة وحـدة تجریبیـة واحـدة، وبـثالث مكـررات . للمقارنة بین المتوسطات 0.05عند مستوى معنوي lsdبأستخدام أقل فرق معنوي [4]طریقة النتائج والمناقشة ـــد ) 1(یبـــین الجــــدول زیــــادة معنویــــة لــــوزن العنقــــود باســــتخدام البــــورون بجمیــــع التراكیــــز وكــــان اكبــــر العناقیــــد وزنــــا عنـ 04لتــر و/غــم 0.3لتــر كمــا انــه یبــین عــدم وجـود فــروق معنویــة بــین اســتخدام التركیــز /غــم 0.5المعاملـةبالبورون بتركیــز كمـا یبـین الجـدول ان اسـتخدام البـورون .لتـر /غم 0.5لتر و/غم 0.4لتر وكانت هناك فروق معنویة بین استخدام التركیز /غم لتر لم یؤثر معنویا في زیـادة طـول العنقـود ولكـن التراكیـز الباقیـة كلهـا اثـرت معنویـا فـي زیـادة طـول العنقـود /غم 0.1بتركیز لتـر فیمـا بیـنهم ،امـا قطـر /غـم 0.5لتر و/غم 0.4لتر و /غم 0.3ولم تكن هناك فروق معنویة بین استخدام البورون بتراكیز الخاصـة بطـول العنقـود والسـبب یعـود لـدور البـورون فـي نقـل السـكریات وتحسـین انفسـها العنقـود فقـد اعطـى هـو اآلخـر النتـائج ] 1،12[بناء األوعیة الناقلة في العنقود ز المسـتخدمة وكـان اكثرهــا كمـا اثـر اسـتخدام البـورون فـي زیـادة عـدد الحبـات فــي العنقـود بشـكل معنـوي بجمیـع التراكیـ 0.2لتـر و/غـم 0.1لتر ولم تكن هناك فـروق معنویـة بـین اسـتخدام البـورون بتراكیـز /غم 0.5تأثیرا باستخدام البورون بتركیز لتـر إن /غم 0.5لتر و/غم 0.4لتر فیما بینهم بینما كان هناك فروق معنویة بین استخدام البورون بتركیز /غم 0.3لتر و/غم المعنویة لعددالحبات في العنقود تعود لدور البورون في تشجیع إنبات حبـوب اللقـاح ونمـو اإلنبوبـة اللقاحیـة فیـؤدي هذه الزیادة وهـذا یتفـق مـع النتـائج التـي حصــل ] 6[ عـدد الحبـات فـي العنقـود مـن ثـمذلـك لزیـادة نسـبة اإلخصـاب فـي بویضـات األزهـار و .لرش بالبورون لنتیجة إذ زاد عدد الحبات للعنب صنف كمالي ] 7[ علیها حبـــة معنویــا بجمیــع التراكیــز المســتخدمة وكــان اكثـــر 100ان الــرش بــالبورون ادى الــى زیــادة وزن ) 2(الجــدولویبــین أمـا حجــم . مة فیمـا بینهـاعللتـر وكانـت هنـاك فـروق معنویـة بـین التراكیـز المسـت/ غـم0.5التراكیـز المـؤثرة معنویـا هـو التركیـز 0.5التركیــز عمالجمیــع التراكیــز مــن البــورون أیضــًا وكــان أكثرهــا تــأثیرًا هــو اســت عمال نویــا باســتحبــة فقــد ازداد مع 100 لتر إذ أن هذه النتائج متوقعة طالما أن للبورون دورا مهما بتسـهیل انتقـال السـكریات الـى الثمـار مـن خـالل إتحـاد البـورات /غم تحـدة بـالبورات فـي األوعیـة الناقلـة مـن األوراق الـى الثمـار تكـون مع جذر الهیدروكسیل في السكریات وأن حركة السكریات الم .]11[أسهل من انتقال السكریات المستقطبة بمفردها لتــر بینمــا أثــر /غـم0.2لتــر و /غــم0.1كمـا یبــین الجــدول إن طـول الحبــة لــم یتـأثر معنویــا باســتخدام البــورون بتركیـزي لتـر ولـم تكـن هنـاك فـروق معنویـة /غـم0.5لتـر و /غـم 0.4لتـر و /غم0.3یز إستخدام البورون بزیادة طول الحبة معنویا بتراك لتـر وكــان /غـم0.5لتـر و /غـم 0.4لتـر وبـین إسـتخدام البـورون بتركیــز /غـم0.4لتــر و /غـم0.3بـین إسـتخدام البـورون بتركیـز داد معنویـا باســتخدام أمـا قطـر الحبـة فقـط أز . لتـر/غـم0,5لتـر و /غـم0.3هنـاك فـروق معنویـة بـین اسـتخدام البـورون بتركیـز بـین ةلتـر كمـا وجـدت فـروق معنویـ/غـم0.5البورون بجمیع التراكیـز وكـان أكثرهـا تـأثیرًا معنویـًا هـو أسـتخدام البـورون بتركیـز أن هــذه النتــائج الحاصــل علیهــا تعــود لتــأثیر البــورون فــي زیــادة االنقســام المتجــانس . ة فیمــا بینهــا جمیعــاتعملالتراكیـز المســ زیــادة لأن زیـادة الـوزن والحجــم نتیجـة oblateالیــا اللـب للثمـار، ممــا أدى الـى ظهــور الثمـار بشـكل مضــغوط للخالیـا فـي خ .]5،14[دون الطول یتوافق مع النتائج التي حصل علیها من العرض ز إن الــرش بــالبورون قــد اثــر معنویــا فــي زیادتهــا فــي جمیــع التراكیــ ]3[بــین الجــدول یفیمــا یخــص عــدد البــذور بالحبــة ف بـین الجـدول عـدم وجـود فـروق معنویـة بـین التراكیــز یلتــر كمـا /غـم0.5التركیـز عمالالمسـتخدمة وكـان أكثرهـا تـأثیرًا هـو باسـت بــذرة فقــد تـأثر هــو األخــر بزیادتـه معنویــا بأســتخدام 100أمـا وزن . لتـر فیمــا بینهــا/غــم0.5لتــر و /غـم0.4لتــر و /غـم0.3 إن هذه الزیادة المعنویة تعـود . ق معنویة بین التراكیز المستخدمة جمیعها فیما بینهاالبورون بجمیع تراكیزه ولم یكن هناك فرو .]6[لدور البورون في زیادة حركة نواتج التمثیل الضوئي للثمار فتنمو جمیع مكونات الثمار بما فیها البذور فیزداد وزنها 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد عملةكمـا بـین الجـدول إن نسـبة المـواد الصـلبة الذائبـة الكلیــة فـي عصـیر الحبـات قـد أزدادت معنویـا بجمیـع التراكیـز المســت فیمـا بینهــا وان زیـادة هـذه النسـبة تعنـي زیـادة الطعــم عملةمـن البـورون كمـا بـین عـدم وجـود فــروق معنویـا بـین التراكیـز المسـت أمـا النسـبة المئویـة للحموضـة انخفضـت ]2[الحلو في الثمار إذ إن اغلـب مكونـات المـواد الصـلبة الذائبـة الكلیـة هـي سـكریات و لتـــر /غـــم0.3لتـــر بینمـــا انخفضـــت معنویـــا بتراكیـــز /غــم0.2لتـــر و /غـــم0.1البـــورون بتركیـــزي عمالغیــر معنـــوي باســـت إن هـذه النتـائج تتفـق مـع النتـائج التـي . لتر كما وجدت فـروق معنویـة بـین التراكیـز األخیـرة فیمـا بینهـا/غم0.5لتر و /غم0.4 .]9و7و6[حصلوا علیها من النتائج أعاله تبین إن الرش بالبورون قد اثر معنویا عند التراكیـز العالیـة مقارنـة بـالتراكیز الواطئـة منـه فـي زیـادة وزن لزیـادة نسـبة المـواد الصـلبة الذائبـة الكلیـة فضـًال عـنحبات وزیادة وزن العنقـود وطولـه وقطـره وعـدد الحبـات فـي العنقـود وحجم لتــر وكـل هــذه الصـفات مــن الصــفات /غـم0.5التراكیــز عمال أي زیـادة حــالوة الثمـار وقلــة نسـبة الحموضــة والسـیما عنــد اسـت لمرغوبــة مـن قبـل المسـتهلك فضــال عـن زیـادة عــدد البـذور بالحبـة ووزن البــذور التسـویقیة المهمـة وتـدل علــى النوعیـة الجیـدة وا . معنویا وهي صفات مهمة من الناحیة االقتصادیة للزراعة المستقبلیة للعنب المصادر 1. fao (1998 ) fao year book. united nation rome italy. ت الحكمـة، وزارة الـتعلم 382 -376: ، إنتاج األعنـاب، ص) 1989(محمد عباس ، ،سلمان حسن، جبار عباس و. 2 ، بـی . العالي والبحث العلمي، بغداد ، العراق ــف عبـد هللا ، العیتـاوي حسـن یوسـف و ،الــدلیمي ;حسـن، نـوري عبـد القـادر. 3 ــمدة، ). 1990(لطی خصـوبة التربـة واألس .العالي والبحث العلمي، بغداد، العراق مطابع دار الحكمة للطباعة والنشر، جامعة بغداد، وزارة التعلیم وزارة التعلـیم العـالي والبحـث . تطبیقات في تصمیم وتحلیل وتجارب). 1990(وھیب كریمة محمد الساھوكي، مدحت و. 4 .جامعة بغداد ، العراق –العلمي ول. ) 1994(ألمحمد، حسین . 5 vicia تشخیص ونقص وسـمیة عنصـر البـورون وأسـبابھا علـى النبـات الـف l faba ،25-20: 12مجلة وقایة النبات العربیة . ن . )1997(أبو ضاحي، یوسف محمد . 6 وى األوراق ـم تأثیر الرش بالبورون في كمیة الحاصل وخصائص الثمـار ومحـت . 68 -61: ) 1( 28، مجلة العلوم الزراعیة العراقیة، l. visit viniferaالبورون لصنف العنب شدة بیضاء -97تغذیة النبات التطبیقي، بیت الحكمة، وزارة التعلـیم العـالي والبحـث العلمـي، ص). 1989(الصحاف، فاضل حسین . 7 . ، بغداد، العراق 104 تـأثیر البـورون فـي الحاصـل ). 1994(إحسـان عبـد الوھـاب ،شـاكر زھیر عز الدین و ،داود ;ألسعیدي ،إبراھیم حسن . 8 . 29 -24: ) 3( 24ذي اإلزھار المؤنثة فسلجیاً، مجلة زراعة الرافدین )الصنف الكمالي(ة العنب ونوعی ي كمیـة ). 1997(جبار عباس ،الدجیلي أبو ضاحي، یوسف محمد و .9 ورون ـف رین والـب تأثیر التغذیة الورقیـة بسـماد النـھ وم الزراعیـة . نـز ومحتـواه مـن بعـض المغـذیاتللصنف دیـس الع ) (visit vinifera lونوعیة حاصل العنب مجلـة العـل . 40 -31): 1( 28العراقیة ، م. 10 تأثیر الرش بتراكیز مختلفة من ). 1995(رائدة إسماعیل ،الحمداني جاسم محمد و ،علوان ;علوان، عبد عون ھاش رافدین، . 42—30: ) 4( 27البور ون على كمیة الحاصل ونوعیتھ لصنف العنب الكمالي، مجلة زراعة ال gupt a, m . (1997 ) boron nutrition of crop s. adv. agron., 31: 27330 .11 2011) 2( 24 تطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة وال 12. sakala, r.; singh, b. p.; singh, a. p. and singh, r. b. (1985). critical limit of boron in soils and p lant for the resp onse of black gram to app lied boron in calcareous sil. j. indian soc soil sci., 33: 725727. 13. george, c. b. (2006). effect of app lying zinc, and boron to three cultivar of grape. j. p hy siolplant (usa) 90:116-124. 14. jones, r. p. (2008). the role of boron in the translocating of organic comp ounds in p lant. j. of res. punjap agraic., 86:55-67. 15. edwards, k.w. (2008). effect of excess boron on grape y ield , fruit size and vegetative growt h. j. am. soc. hort. sci., 300(5):244-260. .تأثیر الرش بتراكیز مختلفة من البورون في مواصفات العنقود في ثمار العنب صنف بالك مونكا): 1(جدول ات الص�������������������ف المعامالت وزن العنقود )غم ( عنقود/ عدد الحبات )سم(قطر العنقود )سم(طول العنقود 0.0المقارنة لتر/ غم 531.1 27.1 7.01 101.1 0.1 612.4 32.1 8.10 140.0 0.2 693.1 38.2 9.17 141.0 0.3 870.2 42.0 9.20 170.3 0.4 860.1 44.0 10 .40 200.1 0.5 890.0 44.0 10 .71 240.1 lsd 0.05 81 6.0 1.80 30 .تأثیر الرش بتراكیز مختلفة من البورون في مواصفات الحبات في ثمار العنب صنف بالك مونكا )2(جدول الصفات ت المعامال حبة100وزن )غم( حبة 100حجم سم( 3 ( طول الحبة ) سم( ة قطر الحب )سم( 0.0المقارنة لتر/غم 28 8 27 1 1. 89 1.36 0.1 31 7 29 7 1.94 1.48 0.2 34 5 323 1.95 1.56 0.3 37 3 35 4 1.96 1.63 0.4 38 6 37 8 1.97 1.71 0.5 41 5 39 8 2.03 1.87 lsd 0.05 14 11 0.07 0.06 2011) 2( 24 مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ورون ) 3(جدول ة مـن الـب ز مختلـف عـدد البـذور ووزن البـذور فـي الحبـات ونسـبة المـادة الصـلبة فـيتأثیر الرش بتراكـی .الذائبة والحموضة في عصیر ثمار العنب صنف بالك مونكا الصفات المعامالت ــذور ثمرة/ عدد البذور ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ / وزن الـب )غم(ثمرة tss% الحموضة% 0.336 15.10 4.30 2.20 0.0المقارنة 0.1 2.99 5.62 19.00 0.305 0.2 3.70 5.58 21.50 0.305 0.3 3.99 5.95 23.30 0.300 0.4 4.42 5.99 23.90 0.260 0.5 4.60 5.99 24.00 0.224 lsd 0.05 0.71 0.9 3.5 0.33 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 effect of borax as source of boron in the characteristics of grape (visit vinifera l) cultivar blank monika. i. h. mahdy departme nt of biology , collage of education , unive rsity of alqadisya received in: 15, december, 2009 accepte d in: 30 , june , 2010 abstract a study was carried out in the vineyard at alsowayra in the waset province to study the effect of boron sp ray on clust er and fruits traits characterist ics of grape cultivar . borax used was as a source of boron at the concentrations (0.0 , 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4 and 0.5 ) g / l . water p lus wetting agent (0.05 g/l detergent) was sp rayed to induce faom and reduce water surface tension. the sp ray was imp lemented twice, first was one week before blooming and the second was after fruit set. results showed that sp ray treatment by boron increased. weight and volume of berries and increased clust er's weight bunch length and diameter besides the increased number of fruits in bunch also total soluble solids (tss%) was increased while total acidity was decreased by borax sp ray . the number and weight of seed increased by boron treatment. the concentration 0.05 g/l had a greater effect on all the studied characters . randomized comp ete block design was used, the number of total which used in st udy was 18 vines where each vine represented an exp erimental unit adopted with three replicates results was analy sied by (4) used lsd t est in 0.05 leves t o comp are between means. , vitis v iniferal , blank monika boron , borax key words : 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد العنب من المركبات الفینولیة أصنافبعض وأوراقتقدیر محتوى هیكل عنقود ، مهدي ضمد القیسي وزینب صباح المالكي ةفاروق فرج جمع كلیة الزراعة، جامعة بغداد ، بغدادوزارة الزراعة الزراعة، جامعة السلیمانیة كلیة الخالصة عشـــرةكـــاتیكین فــي هیكــل عنقــود واألبــي ،والكــاتیكین ،وانثوســیاندینر اســتخالص وتقــدیر الفینــوالت الكلیـــة والب جــرى بــالك ، حلـواني، كمــالي ،7روسـي ،رش میــو، المزروعــة محلیـا وهــي شـدة سـوداء .vitis vinifera lأصـناف مـن العنــب بینــت النتـائج احتــواء عنقـود أصــناف العنــب ،خـالل موســمین مــن الزراعـة سوتــوم 5روسـي ، بهــرزي، لعنـزدیــس ا، مونیكـا ) 3322.26و2233.01(و) 2119.89و 1458.18(و) 2957.59و 2079.76(المذكورة أعاله على فینوالت كلیـة بتراكیـز ) 6202.90و4163.11(و) 2548.59و 1668.88(و) 4739.05و 3251.15(و) 4613.43و 3106.22(و ــــم) 1502.27و1035.45(و) 4915.36و 3359.03(و) 5848.17و 3922.22(و ـــى /ملغــ ــــة علــــ ـــــمي الزراعــ كغــــــم لموسـ ، وتبــین احتــواء هیكــل عنقــود األصــناف البیضــاء علــى مركبــات فینولیــة أعلــى مــن مــا موجــود فــي هیكــل األصـــناف التــوالي .واألبي كاتیكین ،والكاتیكین ،انثوسیاندیناألصناف قید الدراسة من البرو عنقودكما تباین محتوى . الملونة واألبـي كـاتیكین، ،و البروانثوسـیاندین والكـاتیكین ،كما تم تقدیر محتوى أوراق أصناف العنب هذه من الفینـوالت الكلیـة .وخةمصــدرا غنیــا بالمركبــات الفینولیــة قیاســا بــاألوراق فــي مرحلــة الشـــیخ ج أن األوراق كاملــة االتســاع تعــدأظهــرت النتــائو والكـــاتیكین ،البروانثوســیاندینو ،یتضــح مــن هــذه الدراســة أن أوراق العنــب احتــوت علــى كمیــات عالیــة مــن الفینــوالت الكلیــةو .واألبي كاتیكین بالمقارنة مع هیكل العنقود ولكافة أصناف المقدمة تـــأثیر إلــىطان تعــود بشــكل كبیـــر أمـــراض القلــب والســـر الســیمارهـــا الفاكهــة والخضـــر لإلنســان و الحمایــة التــي توف نا antالمركبـات المضـادة لألكسـدة i-oxidant لــبعض أنوقـد لـوحظ ،التـي تشـمل الفیتامینـات والفالفونویـدات ومركبـات أخـرى لفــظ ، ویطلـقcو eمـن فیتـامین أكثـرالتـي تـؤثر الجـذر الحــر للبیروكسـید السـیماالفالفونویـدات فعالیـة عالیـة ضـد األكسـدة و باهتمـام كبیـر خاصـة تحظیـعلـى المركبـات المضـادة لألكسـدة التـي free radical scavengersور الحـرة الجـذ منقیـات فـي الوقــت الحاضـر ألنهــا تحمـي جســم اإلنسـان مــن مخــاطر الجـذور الحــرة التـي تســبب العدیـد مــن األمـراض ومــن ضــمنها .]2، 1[من عملیات الشیخوخة للخالیا اإلسراع إلىالسرطان والتي تؤدي وقــد توجـــه االهتمـــام فــي الســـنوات األخیـــرة نحـــو الفالفونویــدات التـــي تشـــمل مركبــات عدیـــدة منهـــا البروأنثوســـیانیدین الموجــودة بشــكل واســع فــي kampferolوالكــامفیرول ، catechinكین یوالكــات، rutinوالــروتین ، quercetinالكورسـتین glucoseشـكل كالیكوسـیدات بارتباطهـا مـع سـكر الكلوكـوز علـى flavanolوتوجد مجموعة الفالفانول . الفواكه والخضر تخلیق هذه أنالذي یجعل من هذه المركبات تكون بصورة ذائبة في العصیر الخلوي، c3في الموقع 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد سـي، لــذا بشـكل عــام فـان أعلـى التراكیــز لهـذه المركبــات موجـودة فــي المركبـات یعتمـد علــى فعالیـة الضــوء بشـكل أسا .]3[أشعة الشمس، بینما توجد بتراكیز قلیلة جدًا في األجزاء النباتیة الموجودة تحت التربة إلىالمعرضة األوراق واألجزاء أمـا ،مـا انـه یزیـل الترهـلالعطـش ك وإلزالـةیستعمل العنب األخضر لعالج التهاب البلعـوم واللـوزتین، قـابض، للصـداع فـي حـین أوراق العنـب الفتیـة تسـتعمل وصـفات لعـالج ،عصیر الفروع الخضـراء فیسـتعمل فـي عـالج الـدزنتري ویسـكن المعـدة البــول وقـــابض إلدرارأوجــاع الــرأس والتهابــات األورام وحرقـــة المعــدة وأمــراض المفاصـــل، أمــا شــاي أوراق العنـــب فیســتعمل فضـًال عـن ذلـك كلـه یمكـن اسـتعمال القشـرة واألوراق الجافـة فـي مختلـف المحالیـل لعـالج البواسـیر ،ريوالدزنت اإلسهالولعالج الرمـاد لتنشـیط نمـو الشـعر فـي حالـة الحـروق، أمـا زیـت بـذور یسـتعمللتهابات األخرى، والحروق ولسـعات العقـرب، كمـا االو العنـب مفیــد للجمیــع األصـحاء مــنهم والمرضــى أنق یتبــین ممـا ســب. ]4[العنـب فانــه یسـتعمل فــي عــالج األجـزاء الرحمیــة .وللریاضیین والعمال الذین یعملون بمشقة، یعینهم على استعادة قواهم ومرونة عضالتهم وطاقاتها یحتـوي علـى نسـب عالیـة مـن المكونـات الفعالـة كثرة أصناف العنـب تتـیح لنـا فرصـة اختیـار الصـنف الـذي أنولوحظ ن ال .الـخ..البـذرة والـى األوراق، وهیكـل العنقـود والسـاق إلـىمفیـدة وشـافیة، فهـو یفیـد مـن القشـرة تحتـوي علـى خـواص وجمیعهـا لـذا فقـد تركـزت الدراسـة حـول ،العنب یعد واحدًا من أقدم محاصیل الفاكهة زراعة في العراق ونظرًا لوجود أصناف عدیـدة منـه ، هــاتحدیـد تراكیز و الفعالـة مـن هیكـل وأوراق العنـب سـتخالص وفصـل وتشــخیص المركبـاتالالمحلیـة مجموعـة مـن األصـناف الزبیـب أو و النضـج التجـاريو بدایـة التلـون: هـيمقارنة محتوى هذه المركبات في األجزاء النباتیة سابقة الذكر بثالثـة مواعیـد و .الكشمش المواد وطرائق العمل شـدة سـوداء ورش میـو اللــون وهـيفـة مختل وبـألوانأصـناف بذریـة منهـا سـبعةعشـرة أصـناف عنـب، تضـمنت الدراسـة ،وبهـرزي ،فـي حـین اختیـر دیـس العنـز ،صـناف الحمـراء فقـد وقـع االختیـار علـى حلـواني وكمـاليالالـى اأمـا بالنسـبة األسـود، وبـالك مونیكــا احمـر اللــون ،اســود اللـون 5، أمـا األصــناف عدیمـة البــذور فهـي روسـي لیمثلـوا األصــناف البیضـاء 7وروسـي .اللونوتومس ابیض ، . ورقــة لكـل مكــرر 50أخـذت النمـاذج الورقیــة بصـورة عشــوائیة مـن جمیـع أجــزاء الكرمـات المنتخبــة للدراسـة وبمعـدل full exp( جمعت األوراق بموعدین األول صیفي، في مرحلـة اكتمـال اتسـاع الورقـة anded leaf( وقـد ،قبـل نضـج الحبـات أو األصــفرني فـي الخریــف قبــل تســاقط األوراق وعنــد تلونهــا بــاللون والموعــد الثــا. ]12-8[الورقــة مــا بــین النمــاذج تجمعـ فـي فـرن كهربـائي ذي تیـار هـواء متــداور ، وجففـتاألوراق أعنـاق توقطعـ توفـق الصـنف، بعـد جمـع األوراق نظیفـ األحمـر رون مـــایك 0.016ْم لحــین الجفــاف، بعــدها طحنـــت بطاحونــة كهربائیــة ونخلــت بمنخــل ســعة فتحاتــه 30علــى درجــة حــرارة (m esh)بعد اخذ حبات جمعتأما نماذج العناقید فقد .لحین االستعمال ، ثم وضعت في قناني زجاجیة معتمة في الثالجة . ، وجرى تجفیفها وطحنها كما ورد أعالهأجزاء صغیرة إلىوقطعت العنب منها .bourzeix et alتـي وصـفها حسـب الطریقـة ال العنـب وعناقیـد أوراقالفینـوالت فـي نمـاذج تـم اسـتخالص المركبـات مــل مـــن االیثـــانول المطلـــق30 لهـــاأضـــیف كـــل علــى انفـــراد، و المجففـــة النمـــاذجمســحوق غـــم مـــن 10اســـتعمل ، فقــد[5] (absolute ethanol) ْم، فصـل الراسـب عـن الراشـح وأضـیف 18حـرارةساعة علـى 24وترك األنموذج في المجمدة لمدة إلـىسـاعات فـي درجـة حـرارة الغرفـة، بعـدها جمـع الراشـح ثـم أضـیف 4مـدة وتـرك %80مـل میثـانول تركیـز 30سب الرا إلى ساعات في درجة حرارة الغرفة، بعد ذلك استخلص 4مدة وترك % 50مل میثانول تركیز 30ب الراس 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مـدة سـاعتین فـي وتـرك % 75تركیـز األسـیتونمـل مـن 30اسـتخلص بــ وأخیـرا ،لمقطـرمـل مـن المـاء ا30الراسب بـ بعــدها جمعـت المستخلصــات المتتابعــة ورشـحت بــورق ترشــیح .الخطـوة مــرتینهــذه كــررت و درجـة حــرارة الغرفــة االعتیادیـة لنهـائي بطریقــة فـولن كمــا فــي المسـتخلص ا ةالكلیـ تر الفینـوالیقــدجـرى تو ،وتــم قیـاس حجـم المســتخلص الكلـي 1واتمـان رقـم and sridhar m وصفها ahadevan ]6[ وذلـك باسـتعمال كاشـف فـولن(folin cioculate reagent) بجهـاز المطیـاف .نانومیتر 650طول موجي عندو الضوئي rotary evap) جهـاز المبخـر الـدوار مباستخدا من المذیبات العضویةوبعد التخلص orator) نـوع büchi re 121 تقطیـرالمـاء معـاد ف یضـأ، مْ 30تحـت الضـغط المخلخـل علـى حـرارة)(redist illed water لمسـتخلص المركـز ل نمـاذج العنـب بعـد أن وعناقیـد أوراقالمركبـات الموجـودة فـي مسـتخلص تفصـل .حجمـه االبتـدائي قبـل التبخیـربمقدار لیصل sep-pأجریـــت لهــــا عملیــــة فصــــل بكروموتوكرافیـــا العمــــود ack c18 ، ــیاندین كمــــي لالتقــــدیر الوتـــم الكشــــف و لبروانثوســ )proanthocyanidin (، ــاتو ـــي epicatechin)(كـــاتیكین واألبــــي، )(chatechinكین یالكـ ـــل التـ حســــب ظـــروف الفصـ bilyذكرهــا k et al. [3] ــائل عــالي خدامباســت high performance liquidاألداء جهــاز كروموتــوكراف السـ chromatography (hplc) نوع cecil 1100 ل ـعمود فصالمركبات بوساطة فرنسي الصنع لفصلbonda pack µ )250 (وطـور متحـرك ) ملـم 4.6× ملـمm obile p hase( مـاء وبالنسـب : حـامض الخلیـك: میثـانولهـو)42:8:50 ( .رنـانومیت 254طول موجي عند .u.vكاشف و ،م30ودرجة حرارة ،دقیقة/مل flow rate 0.5)(جریان بسرعةو ،ح/ح بالمركـ ظهـور زمـنمـع )retention time(ظهـور المركـب زمـنفي الجهاز وقورن نموذجاال مایكرولیتر من 5حقن تم .القیاسي هـــا مركباتالفینـــوالت الكلیــة و العنـــب مــن فأصــنابعـــض وعناقیــد أوراق لدراســة محتـــوى اإلحصـــائيالتحلیــل اســتخدم وباســتعمال اقــل فــرق معنـــوي )crd( التــام التعشــیةالعشــوائي وفــق التصـــمیم علــى ومالحظــة االختالفــات بــین األصــناف (lsd) least significant difference باسـتخدام البرنــامج اإلحصــائي 0.05عنــد مســتوى احتمالیــة sas لتحلیــل .[7] البیانات النتائج والمناقشة كمیـة الفینــول أن یــد الدراسـةق معـدل كمیــة الفینـول الكلـى لمسـتخلص هیكــل العنقـود ألصـناف العنـب) 1(یبـین جـدول دیـس العنـز الــذي السـیماو األصــناف البذریـة البیضـاء علـى أعلـى القـیم ، فقـد احتـوتالكلـي تعتمـد وبشـكل كبیـر علـى الصـنف واقــل القـیم كانــت ،واألصـناف عدیمــة البـذور ،ثـم األصـناف الســوداء ،اظهـر تفوقـه المعنــوي تلیهـا األصــناف الحمـراء البذریــة .یم البذورللصنف تومسن عد 4163.11(دیـس العنـز : هیكل العنقود كان كمـا یـأتي فيوفق محتواها من الفینول الكلي على ترتیب األصناف نا ،)4739.05و 3251.15(وحلواني ،)4915.36و 3359.3( 7وروسي ،)5848.17و 3922.22(وبهرزي ،)6202.90و وبـــالك ،)2957.59و 2079.76(دة ســوداء شـــو ،) 3322.26و 2233.01( 5وروســي ،)4613.43و 3106.22(وكمــالي )1502.27و 1035.45(عـدیم البـذور سوتـوم ،)2119.89و 1458.18(ورش میـو ،)2548.599و 1668.88(مونیكـا حلـواني فـي الموســم األول صــنف وبفــروق معنویـة واضـحة عــن بعضـها باسـتثناء ،كغـم ولموسـمي التجربــة علـى التـوالي/ملغـم .7ن الروسيالذي لم یختلف معنویا ع المراحـل فـي محتواهـا مـن المركبـات الفینولیـة التـي أغنـىوكما هو الحال مع بقیة أجزاء العنقود فان الموعد األول كـان وبفـرق معنـوي عــن كغـم/ملغـم )3180.00و 2149.85(یتبعهـا الموعـد الثـاني ،كغـم/ملغـم) 6166.74و 4219.91(بلغـت كذلك نالحظ تفوق الموسم الثاني .كغم/ملغم )2284.12و 1513.35(ث أما اقل القیم فكانت للموعد الثال ،األول 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد سـبب تفــوق نا. تقریبــا لجمیـع األصــناف قیـد الدراســة% 42 إلـى% 52علـى نتــائج الموسـم األول بنســبة تتـراوح بــین لـذا فــان هـذه األصـناف غیــر ملونـة أن إلـىلبیضــاء فـي محتواهـا مـن المركبــات الفینولیـة ربمـا یعــود هیكـل عنقـود األصـناف ا .]8[ لذا تبقى هذه المركبات متركزة في هیكل العنقود ،اللب فیها قلیل إلىلمركبات الفینولیة اسحب ه لمحتواهـا مـن الفینـول الكلـي تقریبـا لقد سلكت النتائج المتعلقة بمحتوى هیكل العنقود مـن البروانثوسـیاندین السـلوك نفسـ إذ تفــوق الصـنف دیـس العنـز فــي محتـواه مـن هـذا المركــب ،لهـذا عالقــة بلـون األصـناف البذریـة أن) 2(إذ یبـدو مـن جـدول ، الـذي یحـوي علـى اقـل معــدل عــدیم البـذور سعلـى جمیـع األصـناف وبفـروق معنویـة واضــحة وبمعـدل زیـادة عـن صـنف تـوم وبفـرق معنـوي واضـح عـن الصـنف 7لموسمي التجربـة علـى التـوالي، یلیـه روسـي%) 330.06و 313.51(وهذه الزیادة بلغت 2427.6(معـدًال بلـغ حـوالي أعطـىبهرزي فـي الموسـم األول فقـط إذ الصنف سابق الذكر وعن األصناف التي تلیه باستثناء كغـم لموسـمي التجربـة علـى التـوالي، /غـممل) 2876.24و 1984.50(كغـم الـذي بـدوره تفـوق علـى حلـواني /ملغـم) 2425.83و ـــي ــااللــــذان 5أمــــا صــــنفا شــــدة ســــوداء وروسـ )2632.93و 1808.08(و ) 2643.13و 2827.82(تركیــــز حــــوالي أعطیــ درجـة المعنویـة وبـدورهما لـم یختلفـا معنویـا عـن بـالك مونیكـا فـي الموسـم إلـىفكانـت بینهـا فـروق طفیفـة لـم تصـل كغم/ملغم وأخیــرا كغـم/ملغــم )1470.03و 1021.52(و الـذي لـم یختلــف معنویـا عـن األصــناف وهـي كمـالي یلیـه رش میــ ،األول فقـط .كغم/ملغم )1141.31و 802.61(عدیم البذور الذي بلغ تركیزه حوالي ستوم نخفـض تـدریجیا او ) 4592.78و 3109.92(أعلـى التراكیـز للبروانثوسـیاندین كانـت فـي الموعـد األول أنكذلك نالحظ لمركبـات الفینولیـة اسـحب إلـىربمـا یعـزى تفـوق األصـناف البیضـاء علـى بقیـة األصـناف و .الموعـد الثالـث إلـى صـلو أن إلـى .]8[ لذا تبقى هذه المركبات متركزة في هیكل العنقود ،اللب فیها قلیل إلى التــي ثوسـیاندینالبروانو كین یكـات واألبــيیكین تلكـامركبـات افصــل األداء لجهـاز الكروموتــوكراف السـائل عـالي خدماسـت 5.41و 4.45 كین كــانیكـات واألبـيكین یلكـاتاوان زمـن ظهـور ، ) (standardsتـم تحدیـدها باسـتعمال المركبـات القیاسـیة 1737.02(بـــین تــراوحكین فـــي مســتخلص هیكـــل العنقــود قـــد یتركیـــز الكــات أن) 3(ویبــدو مـــن جــدول . علــى التـــواليدقیقــة .غم لموسمي التجربة على التوالي، وبفرق معنوي واضح بین األصنافك/ملغم) 689.30و 487.64(و ) 2551.90و ،)2551.90و 1737.02(دیــس العنـــز : كمــا یـــأتي كـــانكین یوفـــق محتواهــا مـــن الكــات علــى ترتیــب األصـــناف نا ــــي ــــي ،)1394.49و 962.64(وحلـــــواني ،)1459.24و 1019.50(وبهـــــرزي ،)1579.47و 1102.74( 7وروسـ 5وروسـ ـــــا ، )1295.49و 886.18( ـــــالك مونیكـــ ـــــوداء ،) 1220.30و 842.74(وبــ ـــــدة ســـ ــــالي ،)1128.57و 767.32(وشـــ وكمــــ كغــم /ملغــم) 689.30و 487.64(عــدیم البـذور ستـوم وأخیــرا ،)748.89و 525.40(ورش میـو ،)1030.60و 716.64( .لموسمي التجربة على التوالي ) 2347.58و 1621.31(تركیـــز بلــــغ أعلـــى بإعطائهـــاوفیمـــا یخـــص المواعیـــد لـــوحظ تفـــوق الموعــــد األول معنویـــا 295.14(إذ بلغــت ،كغـم واقـل القــیم كانـت فـي الموعــد الثالـث/ملغــم) 1151.64و 797.89(كغـم یلیــه الموعـد الثـاني /ملغـم بـدوره المركـب الـرئیس للمركبـات واألخیـركین یعد هو المركب الرئیسـي للبروانثوسـیاندین یالكات أنبما . كغم/ملغم) 430.25و كین والفینوالت الكلیـة والبروانثوسـیاندین لـذا فـان زیـادة الكـل یاالرتباط قوي جدًا ومعنوي ما بین الكات أنفي العنب بما الفینولیة .هذا السبب إلىلذا فربما یعزى سبب زیادة تركیز هذا المركب في األصناف البذریة البیضاء ،زیادة تركیز الجزء إلىیؤدي ،كین تبعـا للصـنفیكـات األبـيمسـتخلص هیكـل العنقـود قـد اختلـف فـي محتـواه مـن نأ) 4(لقد بینت النتائج في جدول األبـــيصــنفي العنــب دیــس العنــز وشــدة ســوداء علــى بقیــة األصــناف باحتوائهــا علــى أعلــى معــدل لتركیــز معنویــا إذ تفــوق موسـم األول فلــم یظهــر أمــا ال. بهــرزي الــذي لـم یختلــف معنویـا عــن بــالك مونیكـا فــي الموسـم الثــانيصـنف كین، یلیهــا یكـات . خالل الموسم الثاني 5لموسمي التجربة، وهذا بدوره لم یختلف معنویا مع حلواني وروسي 7مع روسي "امعنوی "ااختالف 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد أمــا الفـروق فــي . ش میـو وكمــالي فـي الموســم الثـانيفلـم یختلــف معنویـا عــن كـل مــن الـر 5أمـا الموسـم األول لروســي عـدیم سأمـا اقـل القـیم فكانـت للتـوم. درجـة المعنویـة إلـىفلم تصـل عدیم لبذور سوالموسم الثاني للتوم ،الموسم األول لكلیهما لموعـد الثـاني وجـاءت النتـائج لتؤكـد تفـوق الموعـد األول علـى ا. البذور للموسم األول وبفرق معنوي واضح عن بقیـة األصـناف ــات األبــيإذ بلــغ تركیــز ،وهــذا بــدوره علــى الموعـــد الثالــث وبفــروق معنویــة واضـــحة 187.31و 452.35و 911.90(كین یكـ ) 4(كــذلك یظهــر جــدول .للمواعیــد الثالثــة ولموســمي التجربـة علــى التــواليكغــم /ملغـم) 271.20و 672.29و 1332.19و عــدیم سوكمـالي وتـوم 5مـن رش میــو وروسـي وبفـرق معنـوي واضــح فـي كـل تفـوق نتـائج الموسـم الثـاني علــى الموسـم األول . البذور ، لقـد كــان لوجـود أو عــدم وجـود البــذور فـي ثمــار العنـب دور واضــح فـي تركیــز المركبـات الفینولیــة فـي أوراق العنــب یتقــدمها الصــنف الفینولیـة المركبــاتاألصــناف عدیمـة البــذور تحـوي علــى أعلـى المعــدالت مـن أن) 5(مــن جـدول ویالحـظ عـدیم سیلیه بالك مونیكـا یتبعـه شـدة السـوداء وتـوم ،أعلى قیمة وبفرق معنوي واضح عن جمیع األصناف بإعطائه 5روسي أمـا بقیـة األصـناف فقـد اختلفـت تراكیـز المركبـات الفینولیـة . البذور اللذان لم یختلفـا معنویـا عـن بعضـهما خـالل الموسـم األول أمـا فـي السـنة الثانیـة فكـان ترتیـب األصـناف مـن حیـث . األولـىدرجـة المعنویـة خـالل السـنة إلـىفیها ولكن الفروق لم تصل ، بهرزي باختالفات معنویة واضـحة 7رش میو، حلواني، كمالي، دیس العنز، روسي :محتواها من الفینوالت الكلیة كما یأتي .7عن بعضها باستثناء صنفي دیس العنز وروسي تركیـز الفینــول الكلـي قیاســا بـاألوراق المــأخوذة أضــعاف) 5-3(الصــیفي قـد احتــوت علـى أوراق الموعـد أنكمـا وجــد لكــال الموعــدین كغــم/ملغــم )5757.50و 3991.95(و ) 14286.70و 15791.63(إذ كــان التركیـز ،فـي الموعــد الخریفــي أن إلــىعلـى مـن الفینـوالت الكلیـة ربمـا یعـزى سـبب احتـواء أوراق أصـناف العنـب العدیمـة البـذور علـى تراكیـز أو .علـى التـوالي ــًا ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــرفًا قویـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــد مصـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــذور تعــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــواتج strong sinkالبــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــحب نـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ لســـ لــذا تكــون أوراق األصــناف البذریـة ذا تركیــز مــنخفض مـن هــذه المركبــات وان انعــدام ،عملیـة التركیــب الضــوئي مـن األوراق البـذور لـذا یكـون تركیزهـا فـي األصـناف عدیمـة ،احتفـاظ األوراق بمحتواهـا مـن المركبـات الفینولیـة إلىالبذور في الحبة یؤدي et al. mلیه اواتفقت نتائجنا مع ما توصل . من البذریة ىأعل ayr [8] نوعـًا مـن المركبـات الفینولیـة فـي 15عنـد تقـدیرهم لــ .أعلى التراكیز موجودة في األصناف عدیمة البذور أنفوجدوا عدیدة األجزاء النباتیة المختلفة للعنب في أصناف ــــي أن) 6(یوضــــح جـــــدول ـــى معــــدل للبروانثوســـــیاندین بلـــــغ 5صــــنف الروسـ ــــه علــــى أعلــ ـــز باحتوائـ 7574.04(تمیـ مـنخفضأوراقهـا محتـوى أظهـرتبهـرزي وكمـالي فقـد كغم لموسمي التجربة علـى التـوالي، بینمـا صـنفي/ملغم) 15831.81و لموسـمي التجربـة علـى التـوالي، یلیـه كغـم/ملغـم )6139.52و 6382.83و 3855.51و 1959.61(مـن البروانثوسـیاندین بلـغ .ثاني أعلى قیمة لهذا المركب أعطیاإذ ،صنفا شدة سوداء وبالك مونیكا فـي الموسـم األول وبفـروق معنویـة واضـحة 7أما بقیة األصناف فكان ترتیبها دیس العنز، حلـواني، رش میـو، روسـي ، دیـس العنـز، حلــواني، 7عــدیم البـذور، رش میـو، روســي سأمـا فــي الموسـم الثـاني فترتیبهــا اختلـف فكـان تـوم ،عـن بعضـها .درجة المعنویة إلىكمالي، بهرزي، وبفروق لم تصل مـــن "لأوراق األصـــناف كافـــة كانــت ذا محتـــوى عـــا أنالموعـــد فـــي هــذه الصـــفة فقـــد وجــد بتــأثیرأمــا فیمـــا یتعلـــق وقـد . راق وبفـرق معنـوي واضـح عـن الموعـد الخریفـيالبروانثوسیاندین في الموعد الصیفي، أي في مرحلـة االتسـاع الكامـل لـألو ة عملیـة التركیـب الضــوئي یــكفا أن إلـىمــن البروانثوسـیاندین "یعـزى سـبب احتــواء األوراق الكاملـة االتسـاع علــى تركیـز عـال هذه المرحلة ومن ثم فان تصنیع المركبات الفینولیة یكون أعلـى مـا یكـون وبالنتیجـة إلىعندما تصل األوراق أوجهاتكون في وفضًال عما ذكر سـابقًا فـان هـذه المركبـات حساسـة ،فان تركیز الفینوالت في هذه المرحلة عالي جدًا مقارنة بالموعد الخریفي تكسیر هذه إلىجدًا الرتفاع درجات الحرارة، لذا فان الحرارة العالیة في الصیف أدت 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .et alألیــه واتفقـت نتائجنــا مـع مـا أشـار . فصــل الخریـف إلـىوصـلت أن إلـىالمركبـات وانخفـاض تركیزهـا تــدریجیًا m eyer ]9[ راكیــز بعــدها تبـدأ باالنخفــاض بزیــادة عمــر األوراق فــي مرحلــة االتسـاع الكامــل تحــوي علــى أعلـى الت أنمـن .الورقة وان ،آخـركین یوجد في أوراق األصناف قیـد الدراسـة بتراكیـز أعلـى مـن أي مركـب منفصـل یالكات أن) 7(یبین جدول 4661.06(بـالك مونیكــا :مـن أوراق العنــب كـان كمـا یــأتي األحــاديكین یوفـق محتواهــا مـن الكـات علــى ترتیـب األصـناف ــــي) 6597.41و ـــــذور ،) 5945.86و 3730.02( 5وروســ ـــدیم البـ ـــــوداء ،)4770.42و 3337.76(وتومســـــــن عــــ ــــــدة ســ وشـ ــــي ،)4415.15و 3069.11( ــــــز ،)228.68و 1894.28( 7وروســــ ــــــس العنــ ــــو ،) 2680.46و 1807.11(ودیــ ــــ ورش میـ .ليعلـى التـواكغـم /ملغم )1462.78و 1015.71(وحلواني ،)1502.26و 1067.02(وبهرزي ،)1821.99و 1301.20( ،كین وبفـرق معنـوي عـن الخریفـيیتفوق الموعد الصیفي على الخریفـي باحتوائـه علـى أعلـى معـدل للكـات )7( كذلك یبین جدول ربمـا . للموعـدین علـى التـواليكغـم /ملغـم) 1123.36و 668.96(و ) 5546.37و 3908.96(أوراق العنب تركیز أعطتإذ البروانثوسـیاندینكین یعد هـو المركـب الـرئیس فـي یالكات أن إلىكاملة االتساع كین في األوراق الییعود سبب زیادة تركیز الكات زیـادة تركیـز إلـىلذا فان زیادة تركیزهما یـؤدي ،والفینوالت الكلیة نالبروأنثوسیانیدیمع "اجدًا ومعنوی "االرتباط عال أنوبما ، .هذا المركب قید الدراسة ) 8(تـم تقـدیره فـي األجـزاء النباتیـة قیـد الدراسـة وتوضـح النتـائج فـي جــدول أحـاديمركـب أهـمكین ثـاني یكـات األبـيیعـد ــات أنإذ یظهـــر ،تـــأثیر هـــذا المركـــب بلـــون الحبــــة 2173.75(كین وجـــدت فـــي صـــنف شـــدة ســــوداء یأعلـــى القـــیم لألبـــي كــ ) 3360.77و 2131.78(قیمـا بلغـت أعطیاورش میو اللذان 5یلیه وبفرق معنوي الصنفین روسي ،كغم/ملغم )3682.29و ودیــس ،عـدیم البـذور سوتـوم،وحلـواني ،علـى التـوالي، یلیهـا األصـناف بـالك مونیكـاكغـم /ملغـم) 3063.80و 2171.64(و وان هــذا المركــب تغیــر بشــكل .اإلحصــائیةوبهــرزي التــي هــي األخـرى اختلفــت عــن بعضــها مــن الناحیـة ، 7العنـز وروســي یتبعـه انخفـاض ،كغـم/ملغـم) 3523.83و 2399.61(موعـد الصـیفي أعلـى معـدل لـه فـي ال إلـىفـنالحظ انـه یصـل ،ملحـوظ ربمــا یعـزى ســبب احتــواء أوراق . لموســمي التجربـة علــى التـواليكغــم /ملغـم) 927.27و 553.3(واضـح فــي الموعـد الخریفــي ن أوراق هــذه األصــناف تحتــوي علــى صــبغة االنثوســیانی أن إلــىكین یكــات اآلبــيمــن "لاألصــناف الملونــة علــى محتــوى عــا .ومركبات فینولیة أخرى وبزیادة تركیز هذه الصبغة یزداد تركیز المركبات الفینولیة فیها هیكـل عنقــود األصـناف البیضـاء یحـوي علـى مركبـات فینولیــة أعلـى مـن هیكـل عنقـود األصــناف مـن مـا تقـدم أن دلیسـت لــذا یمكــن .اســًا بــاألوراق فــي مرحلـة الشــیخوخةتعــد األوراق الكاملــة االتسـاع مصــدرًا غنیــًا بالمركبــات الفینولیـة قیو .الملونـة أغنــىاسـتعمال األوراق فـي مرحلـة االتسـاع الكامـل لكونهـا و ،االسـتفادة مـن هیكـل العنقـود فـي اسـتخالص المركبـات الفینولیــة یفضـل السـبب لهـذاالحالـة الغذائیـة للكرمـة، في◌ً سیؤثر سلباالمرحلة هذه المركبات ها في استعمال أن أالبالمركبات الفینولیة .استعمال األوراق في مرحلة الشیخوخة المصادر 1. cao, g.; sofic, e. and prior, r. l. (1996). ant ioxidant cap acity of tea and common vegetables. j. agric. food. chem., 44, pp . 3426-3431. 2. teissedre, p.l.; frankel, e.n.; water house, a.l.; peleg, h. and german, j.b. (1996). inhibition of in vitro human ldl oxidation by p henolic ant ioxidants from grap es and wines. j. sci. food. agric., 70, 55-61. 3. bily k, a.; coop er, p. l. and sapers, g. m . (1984). varietal differences in distribution of quercetin and kaempferol in onion. j. agric. food chem., 32, 274-276. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ـــث العلمـــي. األعنــــاب أنتـــاج. )2000(. حســــن إبـــراهیمالســـعیدي، . 4 جامعــــة . كلیــــة الزراعـــة. وزارة التعلـــیم العـــالي والبحـ .الموصل 5. bourzeix, m .; d. wey land and n. heredia. (1986). a st udy of chatechins and p rocyanidins of grape clust ers, the wine and other by -p roducts of the vine. bull. o. i. v., 59, 11711254. 6. m ahadevan, a. and sridhar, r. (1986). m ethods in p hy siological p lant p athology . sivakami p ublications, indira nagar, india. 7. sas/inst itut e. (2001). user’s guide for p ersonal comp uter, released 6.12. sas inst itut e inc., cary , nc, usa. 8. m ayer, u.; treutt er, d.; santos-buelga, c.; bauer, h. and feught, w. (1995). develop mental changes in the p henol concentrations of “golden delicious” app le fruits and leaves. phy tochemist ry , 38(5): 1151-1157. 9. m eyer, a. s.; yi, o. s.; pearson, d. a.; waterhouse, a. l. and frankel, e. n. (1997). inhibition of human lowdensity lip op rotein oxidation in relation to comp osition of p henolic antioxidants in grapes (vitis vinifera l. ). j. agric. food chem., 45, 16381643. ، تمثل القیم العلیا)كغم/ملغم(تركیز الفینوالت الكلیة في مستخلص هیكل العنقود لموسمي التجربة :)1(جدول یم السفلى الموسم الثانيالموسم األول والق الموعد الصنف المعدل الموعد الثالث الموعد الثاني الموعد األول ء شدة سودا d 3462.56 i 1922.06 lm 854.67 f 2079.76 ef 5003.43 kl 2727.21 o 1142.12 f 2957.59 رش میو f 2849.66 kl 1038.66 n 486.21 h 1458.18 h 3985.51 n 1668.28 p 705.89 h 2119.89 5روسي d 3494.44 hi 1993.08 jk 1211.52 e 2233.01 d 5310.18 k 2880.75 n 1775.86 e 3322.26 كمالي c 5.32.96 g 2374.28 i 1911.43 d 3106.22 c 7477.52 ij 3466.35 k 2896.42 d 4613.43 حلواني c 5243.81 g 2565.99 ji 1943.64 c 3251.15 c 7660.56 i 3603.51 k 2953.08 d 4739.05 ك مونیكا بال f 2860.44 j 1361.08 m 785.12 g 1668.88 g 4362.18 m 2147.99 o 1135.61 g 2548.59 دیس العنز a 6393.74 d 3521.96 g 2573.62 a 4163.11 a 9031.55 de 5187.82 g 4389.33 a 6202.90 بهرزي b 5870.26 e 3091.73 f 2804.67 b 3922.22 b 8658.17 f 4913.22 h 3973.13 b 5848.17 7روسي c 5151.53 f 2779.92 h 2145.64 c 3359.03 c 7558.51 h 3925.99 j 3261.58 c 4915.36 ستوم i 1839.66 lm 849.74 n 416.96 i 1035.45 l 2619.81 o 1278.84 p 608.16 i 1502.27 معدل الموعد a 4219.91 b 2149.85 c 1513.35 a 6166.74 b 3180.00 c 2284.12 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في مستخلص هیكل العنقود لموسمي التجربة، تمثل ) كغم/ملغم(تركـیز البروانثوسیاندین :)2(جدول األول والقیم السفلى الموسم الثانيالقیم العلیا الموسم الموعد الصنف ول ي الموعد األ المعدل الموعد الثالث الموعد الثان اء c 32 شدة سود 45.08 hi 14 64.48 jk l 77 3.91 d 18 27.82 e 47 09.72 k 21 25.32 o 1094.35 e 26 43.13 رش میو f 21 98.36 jk 825 .52 lm 57 4.83 f 11 99.57 g 3584.78 o 11 56.18 p 87 2.05 g 18 71.00 c 33 5روسي 63.16 hi 13 10.79 jk l 75 0.28 d 18 08.08 e 47 71.63 l 19 88.42 o 1138.75 e 26 32.93 كمالي g 19 18.42 jk l 774 .46 mn 37 1.68 g 10 21.52 i 27 33.15 o 11 42.15 a 53 3.48 h 14 70.03 حلواني c 32 43.19 hi 14 70.98 i 1239.33 c 1984.50 e 46 69.24 jk 21 65.86 m 1793.63 d 28 76.24 ا d 29 بالك مونیك 14.74 hi 13 96.14 kl 66 9.59 e 16 60.16 f 41 32.75 l 19 81.08 p 97 1.31 f 23 61.71 ز a 51 دیس العن 83.76 c 33 61.56 hi 1411.36 a 33 18.89 a 78 75.62 d 48 91.88 l 1957.46 a 49 08.32 b 38 بهرزي 29.83 e 24 79.81 j 97 1.54 b 24 27.06 c 54 85.95 h 34 39.47 n 1325.08 c 34 25.83 7روسي b 37 19.81 g 18 05.27 hi 1429.63 b 23 18.24 b 57 68.75 i 27 41.75 j 2245.52 b 35 85.34 ستوم h 14 82.87 kl 659 .88 n 26 5.07 h 802.61 jk 21 95.51 p 942 .96 r 28 5.45 i 11 41.31 وعدمعدل الم a 31 09.92 b 15 54.89 a 45 92.78 b 22 57.57 في مستخلص هیكل العنقود لموسمي التجربة، تمثل القیم العلیا) كغم/ملغم(كین یتركیز الكات :)3(جدول .الموسم األول والقیم السفلى الموسم الثاني الموعد الصنف المعدل الثالثالموعد الموعد الثاني الموعد األول ء شدة سودا g 1395.16 n 648.74 s 258.04 g 767.32 g 2016.73 m 685.53 u 383.44 g 1128.57 رش میو j 1012.76 p 410.04 t 153.88 i 525.40 j 1458.56 r 563.04 v 225.09 i 748.89 5روسي e 1618.48 mn 664.39 r 312.66 e 886.18 d 2497.22 o 943.58 t 445.67 e 1295.49 كمالي i 1127.89 m 703.64 r 318.38 h 716.64 i 1629.01 mn 979.98 s 482.82 h 1030.60 حلواني e 1670.25 mn 682.92 o 534.75 d 962.64 e 2424.25 m 1005.48 p 753.75 d 1394.49 ك مونیكا بال f 1531.65 mn 660.85 qr 335.11 f 842.74 f 2227.55 no 954.99 s 478.35 f 1220.30 دیس العنز a 2996.57 c 1804.97 p 409.53 a 1737.02 a 4419.05 c 2642.59 q 594.05 a 2551.90 بهرزي d 1741.72 h 1181.23 t 135.55 c 1019.50 d 2477.82 h 1707.98 w 191.91 c 1459.24 7روسي b 2114.67 l 818.75 p q 374.81 b 1102.74 b 3007.25 l 1165.75 r 565.42 b 1579.47 ستوم k 940.96 p 403.38 t 118.56 j 487.64 k 1318.38 qr 567.49 w 182.02 j 689.30 معدل الموعد a 1621.31 b 797.89 c 295.14 a 2347.58 b 1151.64 c 430.25 قیة ا 2010) 1( 23لمجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبی في مستخلص هیكل العنقود لموسمي التجربة، تمثل القیم ) كغم/ملغم(كین یكات األبيتركیز :)4(جدول .العلیا الموسم األول والقیم السفلى الموسم الثاني لموعد ا الصنف ول الموعد األ ي المعدل الموعد الثالث الموعد الثان شدة سوداء b 1217.01 g 647.68 k 407.09 a 757.26 b 1751.08 g 1031.97 m 562.73 a 1115.26 رش میو h 586.42 o 237.64 rs 116.75 f 313.27 i 904.29 op 342.77 s 170.45 e 472.50 5روسي d 978.16 j 462.88 q 163.35 e 534.80 d 1413.98 kl 644.66 qr 248.65 d 769.10 كمالي kl 379.89 m 321.52 o 231.950 f 311.12 m 575.71 n 450.68 p 326.55 e 450.98 حلواني e 890.64 i 450.48 op 208.12 le 546.41 e 1311.14 o 759.75 pq 301.61 cd 790.63 بالك مونیكا c 1169.16 k 421.77 qr 149.95 c 580.49 b 1805.19 k 671.62 r 240.68 b 905.83 نزدیس الع a 1391.72 f 750.76 pq 173.68 a 772.05 a 1954.06 f 1101.96 qr 266.16 a 1107.39 بهرزي c 1135.92 g 627.48 rs 115.96 b 626.45 c 1581.44 h 968.26 s 166.88 b 905.53 7روسي d 1016.52 k 410.27 n 277.63 cd 568.14 d 1427.96 lm 594.36 o 386.82 c 803.05 سمتو lm 352.97 s 103.96 t 28.66 g 161.86 lm 597.08 s 157.44 t 41.49 f 265.34 معدل الموعد a 911.90 b 452.35 c 187.31 a 1332.19 b 672.29 c 271.20 تركیز الفینوالت الكلیة في مستخلص أوراق العنب لموسمي التجربة وتمثل القیم العلیا :)5(جدول .األول والقیم الدنیا الموسم الثاني الموسم الموعد الصنف المعدل خریفي صیفي شدة سوداء def 8449.35 efg 6998.90 c 77 24.13 c 17 590.51 h 10 026.08 c 13808.30 رش میو d 10 689.34 j 2271.12 cd 64 80.23 e 15 765.53 o 3183.08 e 94 74.31 5روسي b 15 860.27 ghi 4852.72 b 10356.49 a 22 213.59 k 6759.04 a 14486.32 كمالي efgh 6505.36 hij 4321.78 de 54 13.57 j 9136.55 l 6152.63 g 76 44.59 حلواني a 70 657.98 ghi 4889.94 a 37772.46 g 10 737.81 k 6843.21 f 87 90.51 بالك مونیكا c 13 068.25 fgh 6061.67 b 95 64.96 b 18750.25 j 9273.16 b 14011.71 دیس العنز efg 6961.96 j 3445.47 de 52 03.72 i 9777.08 m 5001.23 h 73 89.16 بهرزي fgh 6301.25 j 2153.72 e 42 27.49 h 10 084.53 op 3031.56 i 65 58.05 7روسي de 8984.28 j 2075.65 de 55 29.96 f 12 108.53 p 2902.51 gh 75 05.52 ستوم d 10438.25 ij 2851.48 cd 66 44.87 d 16 702.66 n 4402.51 d 10552.59 معدل الموعد a 15 791.63 b 3991.95 a 14 286.70 b 5757.50 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ي مستخلص أوراق العنب لموسمي التجربة وتمثلف) كغم/ملغم(تركیز البروانثوسیاندین :)6(جدول القیم العلیا الموسم األول والقیم الدنیا الموسم الثاني الموعد الصنف المعدل خریفي صیفي شدة سوداء b 1174.25 j 2403.32 b 6788.79 ab 16229.09 efgh 3826.94 bc 10028.02 رش میو c 7429.66 q 434.34 f 3932.00 bcd 11830.95 h 659.74 cde 6245.35 5روسي a 13433.46 m 1714.62 a 7574.04 a 20415.37 bcd 11248.45 a 15831.91 كمالي i 3855.51 n 1039.75 i 2447.63 defgh 6139.52 fgh 1663.91 e 3901.72 حلواني g 4527.08 f 4917.84 e 4722.46 defgh 6986.21 fgh 3214.53 de 5100.37 بالك مونیكا k 2192.46 b 11158.16 c 6675.39 ab 15672.18 defg 7766.79 b 11719.49 دیس العنز f 4877.12 e 5215.71 d 5046.42 f 7926.81 fgh 2983.94 de 5455.38 بهرزي l 1959.61 h 4416.83 h 3188.22 defgh 6382.83 h 1054.75 e 3718.79 7روسي b 740.21 d 5994.86 j 3367.53 cde 9591.68 gh 1468.14 de 5529.91 ستوم o 921.36 n 1001.75 j 961.55 bc 14468.75 fgh 2505.75 bcd 8487.25 معدل الموعد a 5111.07 b 3829.72 a 11564.34 b 3639.29 لتجربة وتمثل القیم العلیافي مستخلص أوراق العنب لموسمي ا) كغم/ملغم( تركیز الكاتیكین :)7(جدول الموسم األول والقیم الدنیا الموسم الثاني الموعد الصنف المعدل خریفي صیفي شدة سوداء d 5048.53 j 1089.68 d 30 69.11 d 7090.19 k 1740.11 d 44 15.15 رش میو g 2495.87 o 10 6.53 g 13 01.20 h 3494.55 r 14 9.42 g 18 21.99 5روسي a 7364.55 o 95 .48 b 37 30.02 a 10 446.11 l 1445.60 b 59 45.86 كمالي i 1401.72 l 61 0.88 i 10 06.30 j 1990.43 o 85 6.99 j 14 23.71 حلواني i 1406.04 l 62 5.38 i 10 15.71 j 1975.45 n 95 0.11 i 14 62.78 بالك مونیكا b 6816.96 g 2505.16 a 46 61.06 b 9574.33 g 3620.48 a 65 97.41 دیس العنز f 3258.13 n 35 6.08 f 18 07.11 f 4783.74 q 57 7.18 f 26 80.46 بهرزي h 2054.24 o 79 .79 h 10 67.02 i 2886.02 s 11 8.49 h 15 02.26 7روسي e 3352.12 m 4036.43 e 18 94.28 e 4817.54 p 63 9.81 e 27 28.68 ستوم c 5891.38 k 78 4.14 c 33 37.76 c 8405.38 m 1135.45 c 47 70.42 معدل الموعد a 3908.96 b 66 8.96 a 5546.37 b 1123.36 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في مستخلص أوراق العنب لموسمي التجربة وتمثل) كغم/ملغم(كاتیكین اآلبيتركیز :)8(جدول القیم العلیا الموسم األول والقیم الدنیا الموسم الثاني الموعد الصنف المعدل خریفي صیفي ء شدة سودا a 4261.93 o 85.56 a 2173.75 a 6156.26 h 1208.32 a 3682.29 رش میو b 4107.96 n 235.33 a 2171.64 b 5769.55 l 358.04 c 3063.80 5روسي c 3696.75 l 566.81 b 2131.78 b 5914.99 j 806.55 b 3360.77 كمالي j 690.94 m 341.49 i 516.21 h 1124.28 kl 473.71 i 799.00 حلواني d 2388.21 i 980.76 d 1684.49 c 3398.09 g 1476.63 e 2437.36 ك مونیكا بال d 2394.94 f 1472.62 c 1933.78 c 3461.03 e 2132.70 d 2796.86 دیس العنز ef 1510.04 k 647.93 ef 1078.98 e 2115.36 ij 948.94 g 1532.15 بهرزي h 1294.91 n 273.76 h 784.33 f 1842.00 kl 415.72 h 1128.86 7روسي g 1429.25 m 382.26 g 905.71 e 2287.56 k 583.00 g 1435.28 ستوم e 2221.16 l 543.75 e 1382.46 d 3169.16 j 869.11 f 2019.14 معدل الموعد a 2399.61 b 553.03 a 3523.83 b 927.27 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 determination of phenol components in rachis and leaves of some grape varieties (vitis vinifera l.) f. f. jamea , m. t. al-kaisey and z. s. al-malik y college of agriculture, unive rsity of baghdad ministry of agriculture, baghdad college of agriculture, unive rsity of sulaimaniya abstract total p henols, proanthocyanidin, catechin and epicatechin wrer extracted and determined in ten rachis and leaves of grape varieties (vitis vinifera l.) namely : shadda soudda, rush m eo, rossi 5, kamali, halawani, black m onica, dase al-anz , buhrizi, rossi 7 and thomp son. through two seasons. t he results indicated that the rachis of the tested varieties contain total p henol in concentration (2079.76 and 2557.59), (1458.18 and 2119.89), (2233.01 and 3322.26), (3106.22 and 4613.43), (3251.15 and 4739.05), (1668.88 and 2548.59) and (4163.11 and 6202.90). (3922.22 and 5848.17), (3359.03 and 4915.36) and (1035.45 and 1502.27) mg/kg for the tow seasons, resp ectively. the rachis of the white grape varieties contain the higher p henolic comp onents. the rachis of the tested varieties were variable in proanthocyanidin, catechin and ep icatechin content. the total p henol, proanthocyanidin, catechin and epicatechin of leaves were determined in all tested grape varieties. the full exp anded leaf was rich in p henolic comp ounds in comp erisan with maturity st age. the results shows the grape leaves contain higher total p henolic comp onents, proanthocyanidin, catechin and epicatechin in comp arison with t he rachis of all tested varieties. microsoft word 72-85 72 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 synthesis and characterization of some new complexes with new schiff base type (n2o2) derived from glyoxylic acid and ethylenediamine. rehab k. al-shemary jassim s. sultan sajid m. lateef dept. of chemistry/college of education for pur sciences (ibn -al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 2 /february/2015,accepted in:7/june/2015 abstract new tetradentate schiff base [h2l] namely [2,2׳ -(ethane-1,2diylbis (azan-1-ylylidene) diacetic acid)] was prepared from condensation of ethylenediamine with  glyoxylic acid in ethanol as a solvent in presence of drops of 48% hbr .the structure of ligand (h2l) was characterized by,f-ir, u.v-vis.,1h-,13c-nmr, pectrophotometer,melting point and elemental microanalysis c.h.n. metal complexes of the ligand (h2l) in general molecular formula [m(l)(h2o)2], where m= co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), mn(ii) and hg(ii); l=(c6h8n2o4) were synthesized were characterized by, atomic absorption, f-ir, u.v-vis. spectra, molar conductivity and magnetic susceptibility.it was found that all the complexes showed octahedral geometries.and in vitro tests for antibacterial activity showed that most of the prepared compounds display a good activity to (staphylococcus aureus),(bacillus cereus ) ,(escherichia coli) and (pseudomonas). keywords: tetradentate schiff base, glyoxylic acid, enylenediamine and biological activity. 73 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction compounds containing an azomethine group (-ch=n-) are known as schiff-bases. the schiff bases are derived from the condensation reaction of aromatic/aliphatic aldehydes/ketones and aromatic/aliphatic primary amines[1]. the schiff bases can be used in photochemical, catalytic, biological and electrochemical applications[2]. these are generally bi, tri, tetra-dentate ligands capable of forming very stable complexes with transition metals. the easy preparation and variable geometries of the metal complexes obtained makes them important stereochemical models in transition metal coordination chemistry[3]. tetradentate schiff bases type n2o2 are chelating ligands containing o and n donor atoms .it is well known that several schiff base complexes have anti-inflammatory, antipyretic, analgesic, antidiabetic, anti-bacterial, anti-cancer and anti-hiv activity [4-7].and they have attracted many authors[8] because of variety of ways to coordinate them with metal ions. glyoxilic acid and its derivatives play an important role in natural processes, participating in glyoxylate cycle which functions in plants and advancement of inorganic biochemistry[9] . the presnce of aldehyde group in glyoxylic acid allows numerous acyclic derivatives containing (c=n) bondazomethine and hydrazones [10]. in this paper we rported synthesis of new schiff base by condinsation glyoxlic acid with ethylenediamine, and it's complexes with mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and hg(ii) were prepared. also  the antimicrobial and antifungal studies of the schiff base and the complexes were done by disc diffusion method. experimental glyoxylic acid and ethylenadiamine were purchased from sigma chemical co.(usa). hydrobromic acid (hbr) (48%) reagent and all other solvents were of high purity (asigma) and were used without further purification).the metal salts used for complexation:copper(ii) chloride dihydrate; cobalt(ii) chloride hexahydrate; nickel(ii) chloride hexahydrate ; manganese (ii) chloride tetrahydrate and mercury (ii) chloride were obtained from british drug house (bdh) chemical limited company. instrumentation melting point was determined on "gallen kamp melting point apparatus".elemental microanalys c.h.n. were carried out using euro vector ea 3000 a elemental analysis (italy).ft-ir measurements were recorded on shimadzu8300 spectrophotometer in the range of (4000-400cm-1) as kbr disc. electronic spectra were recorded using u.v-vis. spectrophotometer type cecil, england, with quartz cell of (1cm) path length in range (2001000)nm in h2o at room temperature.1h and13c-nmr spectra were recorded by using a bruker 300 mhz (switzerland),chemical shift was recordedin δ(ppm) unit downfield internal reference (tms),using dmso as a solvent.conductictivity measurements were obtained from wtw conductivity meter by using distilled water as a solvent of 10-3m concentration at room temperuture. magnetic susceptibility measurements were obtained at room temperuture on the solid state applying faraday's method using bruker bm6 instrument. metal analysis of comlexes were determined by atomic absorption(a.a.) technique. using a shimadzu pr5.oraphic printer atomic absorption spectrophotometer. 74 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 synthesis of [2,2۔ -(ethane -1,2diylbis (azan-1-yl-ylidene )diacetic acid) (h2l) to a solution of ethylenediamine (0.06g. 1mmole) in (5ml) of ethanol, a solution of glyoxylic acid (0.148g. 2 mmole) in (5 ml) of ethanol with presence of drops of 48% hbr, was added. the mixture was refluxed at 80oc for 3 hrs. upon cooling a dark brown precipitate formed,was filtered off and recrystallized from a hot mixture of [(5ml) methanol, (5ml) acetone and (2ml) distilled water].a pale brown precipitate, yield 90%, melting point 171°c, and elemental microanalysis c.h.n were listed in table(1). synthesis of [cu(l)(h2o)2] complex to a solution of ligand (h2l) (0.172g. 1mmole) in (5 ml) of ethanol, a solution of cucl2.2h2o (0.170g. 1mmole) in (5 ml) of ethanol ,was added. the precipitate immediately formed, stirring at 50°c for (30 min.), filtered off, recrestallized from a hot of (10ml) methanol, a dark brown precipitate was formed , yield 88%, decomposed at 110 °c .some physical properties of complex was listed in table (1). synthesis of [mn(l)(h2o)2], [co(l)(h2o)2], [ni(l)(h2o)2] and [hg(l)(h2o)2] complexes a similar method to that mentioned in preparing of [cu(l)(h2o)2] complex was used to prepare the complexes: [mn(l)(h2o)2], [co(l)(h2o)2], [ni(l)(h2o)2] and[hg(l)(h2o)2] complexes. table (1) shows some physical properties of all prepared complexes and their reactants quantities. results and discussion the schiff base (h2l) was synthesized in one step. the structure of (h2l) was checked and confirmed by elemental miocranalyses data which are in good agreement with proposed formula c6h8n2o4. ir spectrum of the ligand (h2l) the ir spectrum of the (h2l)fig.(1) shows disappearance of two bands of υnh2 at (3500,3400) cm–1 which due to υasy.nh2 and υsy.nh2 and of appearance new strong bands at (1734, 1647) cm1 are due to υ(hc=n imine)[8-9] compared with precursors . the new two bands at (1436, 1319)cm1 are attributed to υasym.(coo-) and υsym. (coo-) respectively[14-15].the stretching band of middle intensity at (3446) cm-1 attributed to υ (oh) of carboxylic group, which indicates the ligand (h2l) has been obtained. electronic spectrum of the ligand (h2l) the u.v-vis spectrum of ligand (h2l) fig.(3) displayed two absorption peaks,the first peak at (222)nm (45045)cm-1 was assigned to π–π* electronic transition. the second peak at (356)nm (28089)cm-1 were attributed to n–π* electronic transition.the u.v-vis spectral data of the ligand (h2l) were given in table(5) . nmr spectrum for the ligand (h2l) 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand (h2l) in dmso–d6 table(2), fig. (5) is characterized by the appearance of chemical shift related to the proton of the protons aliphatic (-ch2-ch2-) at (2.50) ppm. the characteristic signals at (8.32-8.51)ppm. are assigned to hc=n. the cooh signal is found at (11.62 )ppm. .the dmso signal appeared at (2.77-3.87) ppm. [13] . 75 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 13c–nmr of the free ligand(h2l) table (3)fig (6) shows the hc=n peak at (43.50) ppm., the cooh peak at (162.44 )ppm, and carbon peaks for aliphatic are detected at (15.2018.50) ppm.the peak at (40.25) ppm. assigned to dmso [7-8]. the ir spectra for the complexes the ir spectra provide valuable information regarding the nature of the functional group attached to the metal ion. the ir data are presented in the table(4). the (ir) spectra of the complexes showed band at the range (1589-1643) cm-1 were assigned to azomethine υ(c=n) groups., which shifted to a lower frequency in comparison with that of the free ligand, indicating the involvement of –c=n nitrogen in coordination to the metal ion[18,19]. accordingly, the ligand acts as a tetradentate chelating agent, bonded to the metal ion via the nitrogen (–c=n) atoms and the oxygen atoms of carboxylic groups of the schiff base.the υasym. (coo-) and υsym. (coo-) stretching vibrations of the carboxylate o are observed at (1436,1319) cm-1 for the free ligand (l), these stretching vibrations are shifted to lower or higher frequencies at (1450-1471) cm-1 and (1327-1392) cm-1 for all the complexes, (δ υasym. δ υsym.)=(79-123) cm-1, supporting the idea that the ligand coordinate through deprotonated oxygen of carboxylate [14-15]. the broad bands at range (3402-3444)cm-1 and the weak bands at (925968 cm-1) were due to ν(oh) and δ(oh) for all the complexes refer to presence to coordinate aqua (h2o)[20-22]. the new bands at range (594-570) cm-1 were assigned to υ(m-n) mode[18] .the other new bands at (482-465)cm–1 were assigned to (m-o) mode[18] ].therefore from ir spectra, it is concluded that the ligand behave as anion tetradentate and bind to the metal ions via the two imine n and two carboxylate-o. as shown in fig(2), the table(4) the (ir) spectra of the [ni(l)(h2o)2] complex υ(c=n) (1629-1618), υasym. (coo-) (1450), υsym. (coo-) (1327), ν(oh) (3429) ,δ(oh) (968), υ(mn)(594) and (m-o)(468) the electronic absorption spectral and magnetic studies the u.v-vis spectrum of the co(ii) complex table(5),fig(4) displayed four absorption peaks. the first peak at (212)nm (47169 cm–1) was assigned to ligand field, while the second peak at(350) nm (28571) cm–1 refers to charge transfer electronic transition.the third peak at (793)nm (12610) cm–1 and the fourth peak at (817)nm (12240) cm–1 was attibuted to (d-d) electronic trasition type 4t1g(f) →4a2g(f) and 4t1g(f) →4t2g(f) respectively, suggesting high spin octahedral geometry around co(ii) central ion [20]. the magnetic susceptibility measurement for the solid co(ii) complex is (5.42) b.m. also is indicative of four unpaired electron per co(ii) ion suggesting consistency with its octahedral environment[21]. the u.v-vis spectrum of the cu(ii) complex exhibited three absorption peaks .the first peak at (215) nm (46511 cm–1)   was assigned to ligand field, while the second peak at(357) nm (28011 cm–1)  referred  to  charge transfer electronic transition. the third peak at (741)nm (13495 cm–1) was attributed to (d-d) electronic transtion type 2b1g→2b2g, that is a good suggestment with high spin octahedral geometry [24].the magnetic susceptibility measurement of cu(ii) complex is (1.81) b.m., which suggests the presence of one unpaired electron with its octahedral environment[25]. the u.v-vis spectrum of the ni(ii) complex displayed four absorption peaks .the first peak at (222)nm (45045cm–1) was refer to ligand field ,  while the second peak at (356)nm (28089cm–1) referred to charge transfer electronic transition.  the third peak at (625)nm (16000cm–1) and  the fourth peak at (892) nm (11210cm–1), were attributed to (d-d) electronic transtion type 3a2g(f) →3t1g(f), 3a2g(f) →3t2g(f), respectively, that is agood 76 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 suggestment with high spin octahedral geometry [22] fig(4). the magnetic susceptibility measurement for the solid ni(ii) complex is (2.95) b.m. also is indicative of two unpaired electron per ni (ii) ion suggesting consistency with its octahedral geometry[23]. the u.v-vis spectrum of the mn(ii) complex exhibits four absorption peaks. the first peak at (210) nm (47619 cm–1) was due to ligand field, while the second peak at (354) nm (28248 cm–1) was refer to charge electronic transtion. the third peak at (400)nm (25000cm–1) and the fourth peak at (744) nm (13440 cm–1 ) were assigned to (d-d) forbbiden electronic transtion type 6a1g(f) →4t2g(g) and 6a1g →4t1g(g) respectively,which suggested a high spin octahedral geometry around mn(ii) centeral ion [20]. the magnetic susceptibility measurement of mn(ii) complex is (5.72) b.m.,which suggests the presence of one unpaired electron with its octahedral environment[26]. the u.v-vis spectrum of the hg complex displayed two absorption peaks. the first  peak at(212) nm (47619 cm–1)  was assigned to    ligand field , while  the second peak (350) nm referred (28571 cm–1)  was refer to charge electronic transtion only [27,28]. the u.vvis spectrum of the hg(ii) complex showed no d-d transitions in the visible region, indicating for  hg(ii), this means electronic transitions happened octahedral geometry has been assigned to the hg(ii) complex. table(2) and table-3.according to the elemental analysis table(1) and ft-ir spectra, the structures of these complexes can be suggested octahedral[29]. molar conductivity the molar conductance values of the the complexes in h2o lie in the range 107 to 35 s.cm2mol-1 which is quite lower than that expected for an electrolyte and reveal their nonelectrolytic nature as in table(6) . biological activities the biological activities of the prepared ligand and its complexes were studied by using inhibition method [24,25] for four types of pathogenic bacteria. two types of bacteria were gram positive which are staphylococcus aureus and bacillus, the second two were gram negative which are escherichia coli and pseudomonas. the data reveal that all compounds have good biological activity and some complexes have higher activities than the free ligand. this may be due to that the chelation considerably reduces the polarity of the metal ion mainly because of partial sharing of its positive charge with the donor groups and possible electron delocalization over the whole chelate ring such, chelation could also enhance the lipophilic character of the central metal atom, which subsequently favors its permeation through the lipid layer of the cell membrane [26,32] . diameter of zone of inhibition table (7) and (figures.8,9,10,11) conclusion the new schiff ligand (h2l) and metal complexes were aprepared [mn(l)(h2o)2], [co(l)(h2o)2], [ni(l)(h2o)2],  [cu(l)(h2o)2] and [hg(l) (h2o)2].the metal (ii) ions are coordinated by two carboxylateo atoms and two imine(h-c=n) atoms.spectroscopic, structurical and magnetic data show that all complexes are sixcoordinate metal complexes owing to the lgation of tetradentate schiff base moieties with two coordinated water as fellows in scheme(1): 77 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 scheme (1) references 1. dominik, c. and branko, k. (2011) schiff base derived from 2-hydroxyl-1naphthaldehyde and liquidassisted mechanochemical synthesis of its isostructural cu(ii) and co(ii) complexes, crysteng-comm, 13, 4351-4357. 2. piotr, p.; grzegorz, s.; and bogumil b.;(2004) the schiff base of gossypolwith 2(aminomethyl)-18-crown-6 complexes and h+, li+, na+, k+, rb+, cs+ cations studied by esi ms, 1h nmr, ft-ir and pm5 semiempirical methods, j.molec.strc.,699,65-77 . 3. cemal,s.; zeliha, h. and hakan, d.; (2011), synthesis, characteri-zations and structure of no doner schiff base ligands and nickel (ii) and copper(ii) complexes, j. molec. strc., 977, 5359. 4. zhang.,l.z.; ding.,t.;chen,c.l.; li.m. x., zhang, d. and niu.j. y.; (2000) ,biological activitiesof pyridine-2-carbaldehydeschiff bases derived from s-methyland sbenzyldithio carbazate and their zinc(ii) and manganese(ii)complexescrystal structure of the manganese (ii) complex ofpyridine-2-carbaldehydesbenzyldithiocarbazate, j.inorg. biochem., 78, 167. 5. mahalakshmi,n.; and rajavel., r.;(2011) synthesis, spectroscopic characterization, dna cleavage and antimicrobial activity of binuclear copper(ii), nickel(ii) and oxovanadium(iv) schiff base complexes, a. sen, j. am. chem. soc. 2 (1) ,231-2560 6. jacobsen, en.;(2000)asymmetric catalysis of epoxide ring-opening reactions acc. chem. res, 33(6), 421431 7. mishchenco,a. v.; lukov, v. v. and popov, l. d.; (2011) synthesis and physico chemical study of complexation of glyoxylic acid arolhydrazone, with cu (ii) in solution and solid phale, j. coord. chem., 64, (11), 19631976. h2n nh2 + ethylene diamine c h c oho o glyoxylic acid ethanol /3-drops hbr ref lex 3hrs. n n hcch o o oh ho 1 2 2,2'-(ethane-1,2-diylbis(azan-1-yl-1ylidene))diacetic acid mcl2 ethanol n n m o o c c c c h h o ooh2 oh2 78 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 8. jasim, sh. s.;(2012) synthesis, characterization of new schiff base and some metal complexes derived from glyoxylic acid and o-phenylenediamine, ibn-alhaitham,journal for pure and appllied science, 25,264-275 . 9. silverstein, m. r.; bassler, g. c. and morrill, t. c.; (1981)"spectrometric identification of organic compounds", 4th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 10. sajjad, m.; shokoh, b. and asad, sh.; (2011) hetero trinuclear manganese (ii) and vanadium (iv) schiff base complexes, as epoxidation catalysts, transition met chem., 36, 425-431. 11. tajmir, r.; (1990) coordination chemistry of vitamin c part i. interaction of l-ascorbic acid with alkaline earth metal ions in the crystalline solid and aqueous solution, j. inorg. biochem, 40, 181-188. 12. tajmir, r.; (1991) coordination chemistry of vitamin c. part (ii). interaction of l ascorbic acid with zn(ii), cd(ii), hg(ii), and mn(ii) ions in the solid state and in aqueous solution, int. j. inorg. biochem, 42, 47-55. 13. raj, k. d. and sharad, k. m.; (2011) synthesis, spectroscopic and antimicrobial studies of new iron (iii) complexes, containing schiff bases and substituted benzoxazole ligands, j. . coord. chem., 64 (13), 2292-2301. 14. fleming and williams, d. h.; (1966)"spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry",ed. mc graw hill publishing company ltd, london. 15. geeta,b.and ravinder,v.;(2011)synthesis,characterization and biological evaluation of mono nuclear co(ii) ,ni(ii) and pd(ii) complexes, with new n2o2 schiff base ligand, chem., pharm. bull., 95 (2), 166-171. 16. arif, m.; qurashi, m. m. r. and shad, m. a.;(2001) metalbased antibacterial agents; synthesis, characterization, and in vitro biological evaluation of cefiximederived schiff bases and their complexes with zn(ii), cu(ii), ni(ii) and co(ii), j. coord. chem. 64, (11), 1914-1930. 17. orgel, l. (1966); "an introduction to transition metal chemistry", 2nd ed, wiley, new york 18. lever, p. a. b. (1968). "in organic electronic spectroscopy", elsevier publishing company, new york, 6, 121. 19. william, k.; (1987) "organic spectroscopy", mcgraw hill publishing company ltd, london 2nd, edition. 20. washed,m.g.; refat, m.s. and megharbel s. m.;(2009)"synthesis spectroscopic and thermal characterization of some transition metal complexes of folic acid", spectrochimia acta a, 70(4), 916–922. 21. sutton, d.; (1986) electronic spectra of transition metal complexes mc graw-hill., london. 22. malcolm, j. a.; gordonk, a. and nigam, p. r.; (1999) synthesis and characterization of platinum (ii) complexes of lascorbic acid, inorg. chem., 38, 5864-5869. 23. kamellia, n. and razie, s.; (2011) synthesis and mesomorphic of symmetric tetradentate shicff bases based on azo-containing salicylaldimines and their copper (ii) complexes, j. coord. chem., 64 (11), 1859-1870. 24. choi, k. y.; jeon, y. m.;lee, k. c.; ryu, h.,suh m.; park ,h. s.; kim, m. j. and song y. h.; (2004) preparation and characterization of a bidentate carboxylate bridged dinuclear 79 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 cadimium(ii) complex with bis(2-pyridyl methyl) amino-3-propionic acid, j. chem. cryst., 34 (9), 591-596. 25. rakesh, k. sh., munirathnam, n. and ashoka, g. s. ; (2008) asymmetric allylic alkylation by palladiumbisphosphinites, tetrahedron asymmetry, 19, 555–663. 26. skoog, d. a. and donald,m.(1974) fundamentals of analytical chemistry altoit london edition. 27. farrington daniels and robert alberty a. (1975)"physical chemistry", 4th ed. 28. kettle s. f.(1975) "coordination compounds", thomas nelson and sons, london, p. 165. 29. anjaneyula, y and rao, rp. ;(1986) preparation, characterization and antimicrobial activity studies on some ternary complexes of cu(ii) with acetylacetone and various salicylic acids. , synth react inorg met-org chem.;16:257–272. 30. hankare, pp;patil, rk;chavan, ss; jagtap,ah and battase ps.;(2001)synthesis, characterization and biological studies of bivalent metal complexes of schiff bases derived from aminothiazole and substituted azosalicylaldehyde. ind. j. chem., 40a:1326– 1329. 31. raman, n; kulandaisamy, a; shunmugasundaram, a and jeyasubramanium ,k.;(2001)synthesis, spectral,redox and antimicrobial activities of schiff base complexes derived from1-phenyl-2,3-dimethyl-4-aminopyrazol-5-one and acetoacetanilide transition met. chem.,26: 131–135. 32. al-sha'alan,n.h.; (2007) antimicrobial activity, spectral, magnetic and thermal studies of some transition metal complexes of aschiff base hydrazone containing aquinoline miety.molecules.,12: 1080–1091. 80 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 l) and it's complexes2(1): some physical properties of prepared lignad (h table and weight of metal salts solubility found)calc% (. weight (g) 1mmole metal salt colour m.p ºc yi el d % empirical formula metal n h c water ,dmso dmf (15.88) 16.27 (4.65) 3.94 (41.12) 41.86 pale brown 173 90 l2h = (22.09) 21.80 0.238 o2.6h2cocl dark brown <256 89 ]2o)2(h2[co(l) = (23.38) 22.91 0.170 o2.2h2cucl dark brown 110 88 ]2o)2(h2[cu(l) = (22.09) 21.80 0.238 o2.6h2nicl greenth brown 204 94 ]2o)2(h2[ni(l) = (15.88) 16.27 o2.4h2mncl white <256 88 ]2o)2(h2[mn(l) = (15.54) 16.12 2hgcl brown 123 91 ]2o)2(h2[hg(l) table (2): 1h-nmr chemical shifts for ligand (h2l) (ppm in dmso) dmso aliphatic protons hc=n cooh 2.5 ppm 2.77-3.87ppm. 8.42ppm 11.62ppm table (3):13c-nmr chemical shifts for ligand (h2l) (ppm in dmso) dmso aliphatic crobons hc=n cooh 40.25ppm 15.20-18.50 ppm 143.50ppm 162.44ppm table (4): infrared spectral data (wave number υʹ) cm–1for the ligand (h2l), precursors and its complexes compound υ(oh) υ(c=o) υ(nh2) υ(hc=n)imine υassm.coo – υsymm.coo– ∆υ cm–1 δ(oh)rokin g m–n m–o glyoxylic acid 3361 1745 ethylene diamine 3387 3363 h2l 3446 1647 1616 1436 1319 117 [co(l)(h2o)2] 3419 1635 1618 1456 1338 118 966 570 478 [cu(l)(h2o)2] 3407 1623 1597 1455 1339 116 928 574 468 [ni(l)(h2o)2] 3429 1629 1618 1450 1327 123 968 594 468 [mn(l)(h2o)2] 3444 1620 1589 1471 1392 79 925 582 482 [hg(l)(h2o)2] 3402 1643 1624 1454 1341 113 926 577 450 81 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (5): electronic spectral data of the ligand (h2l) and its metal complexes compound µeff ᴧm s.cm 2 molar -1 λnm υ–wave number cm–1 (εmax molar–1 assignments h2l 222 45045 2295 π→π* [co(l)(h2o)2] 5.42 83 212 47169 1909 l.f 350 28571 264 c.t 793 12610 22 4t1g(f)→4a2g(p) 817 12240 21 4t1g(f)→4t2g(f) [cu(l)(h2o)2] 1.81 79 215 46511 2031 l.f 357 28011 392 c.t 741 13495 32 4eg →4t2g [ni(l)(h2o)2] 3.23 70 222 45045 2281 l.f 356 28089 238 c.t 625 12610 16 3a2g(f)→3t1g(f) 892 12240 4 3a2g(f)→3t2g(f) [mn(l)(h2o)2] 5.72 92 210 47619 1821 l.f 354 28248 124 c.t 400 25000 106 6a1g(f)→4t2g(g) 744 13440 8 6a1g(f)→4t1g(g) [hg(l)(h2o)2] 72 212 47169 1888 l.f 350 28571 242 c.t table (6) diameter of zone of inhibition (mm)       fig. (1): the ir spectrum of the ligand (h2l) ]2o)2[hg(l) (h ]2o)2[ni(l)(h ]2o)2[mn(l)(h ]2o)2[cu(l)(h ]2o)2[co(l) (h l2h comp. 9 10 13 7 8 2 escherichia. coli 18 7 17 15 10 6 staphylococcus aureus 11 13 22 25 12 5 bacllus 11 20 12 10 23 1 pseudmonas 82 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015   fig.(2) :the ir spectrum of [ni(l)(h2o)2]complex fig.(3): electronic spectrum of the ligand(h2l)  fig.(4):electronic spectrum of [ni(l)(h2o)2]complex 83 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig.(5): the1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand (h2l) fig.(6): the 13c-nmr spectrum of the ligand (h2l)  fig. (7) :effect of escherichia .coli gram negative  84 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (8): effect of staphylococcus aureus   fig.(9): effect of bacllus gram fig.(10): effect of pseudmonas gram 85 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2o2(n تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات الجديدة مع قاعدة شف جديدة نوع( مشتقة من حامض الكاليوكسيلك مع إثيلين ثنائي أمين رحاب كاظم الشمري جاسم شھاب سلطان ساجد محمود لطيف /قسم الكيمياء )أبن الھيثم (جامعة بغداد /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015/حزيران/7،قبل البحث في:2015/شباط/2استلم البحث في: الخالصة يليدين) ثناثي حامض يل -1دايل بس (أزان -1،2(أيثان -ʹ2،2[تم تحضير قاعدة شف رباعية السن جديدة أسمھا من تكثيف حامض كاليوكسيلك مع إثيلين ثنائي أمين في االيثانول كمذيب بوجود بعض قطرات من حامض ]الخليك فوق البنفسجية ، –بوساطة أطياف (االشعة تحت الحمراء، المرئية l]2[h) شخص تركيب الليكاند%48الھايدروبروميك ( الرنين النووي المغناطيسي) و التحليل الكمي الدقيق للعناصر وقياس درجة االنصھار .كما تم تحضير معقدات لليكاند شخصت l4o2n8h6= m; (c (ii)co ,(ii), mn(ii),cu(ii)hg= ( أذ h)2o)2[m(l) [بالصيغة الجزيئية العامة فوق البنفسجية و االمتصاص –المعقدات المحضرة بوساطة أطياف تحت الحمراء ، طيف االشعة ، طيف االشعة المرئية وقد وجد أن الشكل الھندسي لجميع المعقدات المحضرة ھو ثماني .الذري التوصيلية الموالرية والحساسية المغناطيسية لبعض أنواع من البكتريا ھي جيدة فعالية مضادة ا ذومركبات المحضرة أغلبھوقد وجد أن ال.السطوح :(escherichiacoli),(bacillus), (staphylococcus aureus) و(pesudomonas). .قاعدة شف رباعية السن ، حامض كاليوكسيلك ،اثيلين ثنائي امين والفعالية البايولوجية : كلمات مفتاحيةال 10 design and evaluation of polygonal trough solar concentrator yasser yassin khudair alaa badr hasan department of physics, college of education for pure sciences, university of baghdad, iraq. yaser.yassin@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq alaajizany@yahoo.com abstract in this paper, a solar concentrator is designed in the form of a concave half-cylindrical mirror consisting of polygonal reflective surface plates. the plates are arranged to give a hemispherical shape to the design. these surfaces work to receive solar radiation and focusing by reflecting it to the receiver that is placed in front of the reflecting surfaces. the results are compared with a system consisting of a concave reflecting surface of the same dimensions to obtain a good criterion for evaluating the design performance. the results showed a low acceptance angle for the design for all the samples used due to the geometrical design nature. the optical efficiency affected by the angle of incidence greatly by all the samples used, which differ in the concentration ratio, width and location of the receiver. keywords: solar concentrator, polygonal trough, incidence angle, zemax, concentration ratio 1.introduction the idea of using solar concentrators is very vital in our time, because of the necessity to use renewable energy sources that are alternative to traditional sources,and reduce the effects of using fossil fuels from pollution and global warming. therefore, solar energy is very important at this time, especially with the development of technologies contribute to the development of tools used in this field. solar concentrators are very important in increasing the efficiency of solar systems by increasing the amount of radiation received and reducing the effective area in proportion to the size of the solar system used. the idea of using reflective mirrors came as an effective tool for directing and focusing solar rays of all kinds (spherical, aspherical and plane) [1]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2696 article history: received 10 may 2021, accepted 13 julay 20 12 , published in october 2021. mailto:yaser.yassin@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:alaajizany@yahoo.com mailto:alaajizany@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 11 the use of a reflective polygon surface that forms a concave surface is characterized by ease of design and manufacture. where possible to replace the curved surface which is difficult industrially. and the replacement of the reflective rectangular panels that combine with each other. in the form of a curved surface, that reflects the light to a specific point (the focus). these panels shall be affixed together with special glue or fixed with a metal backing to take the desired shape. this design is characterized by a rectangular shape placed in a place that allows receiving the largest possible amount of solar radiation during daylight hours. the design does not require a solar tracker because it is designed to receive and reflect an appropriate amount of solar radiation with a relatively large acceptance angle. this means obtaining relatively large optical efficiency over a wide range of solar incidence on the design [2]. many studies have generally dealt with solar concentrators and with reflective trough concentrators in particular because of the importance of the topic in the field of solar energy exploitation. a numerical model based on finite volume method (fvm) balance is presented to predict the thermal behavior of a parabolic trough solar collector used for hot water and steam generation. the realistic non-uniform solar flux is calculated in a preprocessing task and inserted into the general sample. a numerical-geometrical method based on ray trace and fvm techniques is usedto determine the solar flux distribution around the absorber tube with high accuracy [3]. s. yanget al. present a dynamic three-dimensional volume element model of a parabolic trough solar collector coupled to an existing semi-finite optical model for simulation and optimization. the spatial domain in the volume element model is discretized with lumped control volumes (i.e., volume elements) in cylindrical coordinates according to the predefined collector geometry. therefore, the spatial dependency of the model is therefore taken into account without the need to solve partial differential equations[4]. the mathematical model of a parabolic trough collector (ptc) is described in details and tested by comparing the efficiency predicted by the model with the efficiency measured through outdoor tests on a ptc prototype. the model accounts for optical and thermal losses, thus allowing the calculation of optical, thermal, global efficiencies and all working parameters such as temperatures or heat fluxes on all parts of the receiver. the model is presented in details and its implementation in a specific ambient for technical computation is also described [5]. the transparent daptsc is improved by applying reflective coating on the upper half of the inner tube outer surface. the optical path length is doubled compared to the transparent daptsc; thus, the absorption coefficient of the nano fluids can be reduced accordingly. the coated daptsc has an obvious advantage compared to the transparent daptsc at an absorption coefficient below 0.5 cm−1 for a receiver with inner tube diameter of 7 cm [6]. 2.optical design the design consists of five reflective panels stacked together to form a curvedconcave rectangular surface. the solar radiation is reflected back to the receiver that is placed in front of the reflecting surface. the receiver consists of a hollow metal tube that contains a liquid with high thermal conductivity (for example, brine). the brine transfers the heat to a thermal ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 12 warehouse to be used for the purpose for which the model is designed. the one reflecting plate has dimensions (20 x 500 mm), and it connects with other panels to form a solar concentrator with dimensions (100 x 500 mm) shown in figure (1). zemax software program was used in designing the model. it has multiple tools for evaluating design performance, as well as has high design flexibility. an optical detector is used in the program instead of the receiver that has the ability to sense all the rays incident on it. the model was designed without a solar tracking system because it was designed to receive an appropriate amount of radiation from the sun over daylight hours and with a relatively large angle of acceptance. the reason for this characteristic is due to the geometric shape of the design, which has a large radiation receiving capacity. there is a set of visual parameters in this model that influence its performance. it was used in this research to evaluate the performance of the model by calculating its visual efficiency with the change of these parameters. these parameters are acceptance angle, concentration ratio, and receiver width. 1concentration ratio (cr) the concentration ratio in this model depends on the dimensions of the reflecting panels aligned to form the solar center, and on the surface area of the recipient. the concentration ratio represents the ratio between the area of the input hole (the area of the reflective surface) and the area of the output hole (the area of the recipient). this ratio can be changed by changing the recipient surface area and keeping the reflective surface area constant. the mathematical formula for this relationship is [7]: 𝐶𝑟 = 𝐴𝑎 𝐴𝑟 (1) where aα is the area of the input aperture, and ar the area of the output aperture.this relationship can be represented by another mathematical formula in terms of the edge angle and acceptance angle, as in equation (2) [8]. 𝐶𝑟 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛∅𝑟 𝜋𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃𝛼 (2) whererrepresents the edge angle and α is half of the acceptance angle. 2-acceptance angle (2α) the acceptance angle is the maximum incidence angle that gives an optical efficiency of (80%) in the solar system, regardless of the type of this system. therefore, the acceptance angle varies according to the design. designs that have a relatively large acceptance angle do not need a solar tracking system due to the wide field of receiving solar radiation throughout the day. while the other type of designs that have a relatively small acceptance angle, they need a solar reception system due to their limited work in a small field of receiving solar radiation during the daytime period.[9]. 3.results ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 13 the results show a variation in the values of optical efficiency when the design parameters changed, and this indicates its role in affecting the efficiency of the system performance. optical efficiency curves were used with varying angle of incidence for all results, because the angle of incidence is what determines the efficiency of the system for solar concentrators that operate on the basis of receiving solar radiation. figure (2) shows the optical efficiency when the angle of incidence changes for different concentration ratio. the figure shows the decrease in the optical efficiency values when increasing the angle of incidence for all samples. so its highest value is at efficiency (37%) for the sample that has a concentration ratio (c=5). the rest of the samples are followed by a obevios digredation of efficiency values. figure (3) shows the change of optical efficiency with the angle of incidence for different samples in the width of the receiversurface, which represents the area of the receiving surface of the rays after reflected from the sample. the figure shows the preference of the sample that has the largest surface area for the receiver. this behavior of the function is due to the increase in the receiving area of the beams on the detector when the width of the receiver is increased. the change in the position of the receivergreatly affects the amount of radiation received after being reflected by the concentrator, thus affecting the optical efficiency. figure (4) shows the change in optical efficiency with the change of the incidence angle for different samples at the receiversite. if the position of the receiverchanges towards the optical axis, that is, the receiver’s movement is near or far from the reflecting surface. notice that in figure (3) the preference of the sample that has a receiverposition equal to (100 mm) far from the reflecting surface. the efficiency gradually decreases as the receiversite gradually approaches the reflecting surface. this is a result of the concentration of most of the reflected rays at the site (100), because they are close to the focus of the curved surface. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 14 figure 1. 3-d layout of polygonal trough solar concentrator that designed by zemax figure 2. the optical efficiency changing with the incidence angle of different concentration ratio of polygonal trough solar concentrator 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 )%(  c=5 c=10 c=20 c=30 c=40 c=50 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 15 figure 3. the optical efficiency changing with the incidence angle of different reciever width of polygonal trough solar concentrator figure 4. the optical efficiency changing with the incidence angle of different reciever position of polygonal trough solar concentrator 4.conclusion the design of the polygon trough solar concentrator gives relatively low efficiency due to the nature of the geometric design that scattered rays after reflection. that is, they do not focus in one location, such as curved surfaces. despite that, the study showed the preference of the design that has a lower concentration ratio, and the reciever that has a larger width, as 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 (%) (degree) w=5mm w=10mm w=15mm w=20mm w=25mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 (%) (degree) z=-20 z=-30 z=-40 z=-50 z=-60 z=-70 z=-80 z=-90 z=-100 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 16 well as the ideal location for the recieverat a distance of (100 mm) from the reflective surface. the design is greatly affected by the angle of incidence, so the greater the angle of incidence, the lower the optical efficiency. in general, the design has an acceptance angle of less than (40o) for all samples used. references 1.goswami, j. f.; kreith, d. y.; kreider, f. principles of solar engineering. crc press, 2000, 1,18,190-195. 2.john, w. a. a.; beckman, a. solar engineering of thermal processes, 2nd edition. wiley, new york, 1991,2,21,122-130. 3.hachicha, a. a. numerical simulation of a parabolic trough solar collector for hot water and steam generation. aip conference proceedings, may 2016,4, 3, 18-29. 4.yang, s.; sensoy, t.s.; ordonez, j.c. dynamic 3d volume element model of a parabolic trough solar collector forsimulation and optimization, applied energy 2018, 217, 509–526. 5.coccia, g.; latini, g.; sotte, m. mathematical modeling of a prototype of parabolic troughsolar collector, journal of renewable and sustainable energy. 2012, 4, 23-30. 6.qin, c.; kim, j. b.; lee, b. j. performance analysis of a direct-absorption parabolic trough solar collector, international j. energ. 2018,13-25. 7.andraka, c. e. solar heat pipe testing of the stirling thermal motors 4-120 sterling. 1996, 15, 123-130. 8.ghodbane, b. m. a parabolic trough solar collector as a solar system for heating water: a study based on numerical simulation mokhtar. international j. energ. (ijeca), 2017. 2, 2937. 9.hamidi, s. t.; mohammed, j. a. thermal performance analysis of parabolic trough solar concentrator with helical tube receiver. 2018,21, 3, 374–383. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 260 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *coressponding author: khalilibrahimalabid@gmail.com abstract graphene-carbon nitride can be synthesized from thiourea in a single step at a temperature of four hours at a rate of 2.3 ℃/min. graphene-carbon nitride was characterized by fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir), energy dispersive x-ray analysis (edx), scanning electron microscopy, and spectrophotometry (uv-vis). graphene-carbon nitride was found to consist of triazine and heptazine structures, carbon, and nitrogen. the weight percentage of carbon and the atomic percentage of carbon are 40.08%, and the weight percentage of nitrogen and the atomic percentage of nitrogen are 40.08%. therefore, the ratio and the dimensions of the graphene-carbon nitride were characterized by scanning electron microscopy, and it was found that the radius was within the range of (2 µm-147.1 nm). in addition, it was found that it absorbed light in the visible field (vis). the objective of the manufacture and characterization of graphene-carbon nitride for use in the manufacture of a selective electrode for an organic pollutant (currently used in the manufacture of a selective electrode for the analysis of organic dye). keywords: graphene-carbon nitride, structural characterization, carbon sheets, polymer, thermal method. 1. introduction increasing interest in the field of nanotechnology, especially graphene and graphene-carbon nitride g − c3n4 is due to their interesting electrical, thermal, and mechanical properties. graphene-carbon nitride g − c3n4 is a two-dimensional sheet(2d) [1-2] metal-free [3-6], and semiconductor [7]. band gaps are ( 2.7 ev) [8-9], hybridization sp2 − hybridized [10] and π − conjugated [11] . graphene-carbon nitride g − c3n4 can be prepared from several materials in the presence of temperature: melamine [12-13], dicyandiamide [14-15], trithiocyanuric acid [1617], urea [18-21], thiourea [22-23], cyanamide [24], as shown in figure1: doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3103 article history: received 11 november 2022, accepted 30 march 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq synthesis and characterization graphenecarbon nitride nanostructure in one step *khalil ibrahim alabid department of chemistry ,analytical chemistry , faculty of science , tishreen university ,lattakia ,syria. khalilibrahimalabid@gmail.com hajar naser nasser department of chemistry ,analytical chemistry , faculty of science , tishreen university ,lattakia ,syria. hajar.n.nasser@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:khalilibrahimalabid@gmail.com mailto:khalilibrahimalabid@gmail.com mailto:khalilibrahimalabid@gmail.com mailto:hajar.n.nasser@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 261 figure 1. materials that can be used in the synthesis for 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 graphene-carbon nitride g − c3n4 is used in many applications, including: solar cells [25-26], super-capacitors [27-28], energy storage [29-30], and in the manufacture of electrochemical sensors, such as the mercury sensor [31]. the nitro sensor 𝑁𝑂𝑋 [32], the hydrogen sulfide sensor h2s [33], which is sensitive to silver ions 𝐴𝑔 + [34]. it is also used in fuel cells [35-36], the pharmaceutical and medical sides [37-38]. recently, many studies have focused on the optical applications of g − c3n4 photo catalytic applications [39-44]. the g − c3n4 can be used in the removal and dissolution of many organic pollutants [45-47], also used to remove 𝐶𝑂2 gas from the air [48]. recently, the g − c3n4 is used to generate hydrogen and oxygen from water according to the following potentials and equations (1-2-3) [49]: full reaction: 2h2o(l) → o2(g) + h2(g) ∆e 0 = 1.23 v. (1) half-reaction: oxidation reaction: 2h2o(l) → o2(g) + 4h +(aq) + 4e− ∆e0 = 1.23 v vs. she(2) reduction reaction: 4h+(aq) + 4e− → 2h2(g) ∆e0 = 0.00 v vs. she(3) 𝐸0 is the equilibrium potential under the standard conditions and 𝑆𝐻𝐸 is the standard hydrogen electrode the g − c3n4 is a semiconductor used to increase its effectiveness. it is mixed with other materials; this doping is a suitable and effective technique to modify the band gap reducing the resistance of the large interface layer, enhancing the photocatalytic activity of g − c3n4 and removing to improve its properties as well. one of the strategies to improve the band gap, and enhance the photo catalytic activity of graphene-carbon nitride is to add doping, as shown in figure 2 [50]. figure 2. band gap positioning with respect to conduction and valence band potentials of bare 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 and nonprecious metal doped 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 262 the formation of g − c3n4 from its materials depends on time and temperature affects the spacing of the graphene-carbon nitride layers from each other, as in figure 3: figure 3. a schematic diagram of the formation of 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 nanosheets and their thermal effect at 𝟓𝟎𝟎 ℃ in air [51]. to confirm the fabrication of graphene-carbon nitride, measurements are done by fouriertransform infrared spectroscopy (ftir), [52-64] and energy dispersive x-ray analysis (edx) [6568]. the objective of the manufacture is at 580 ℃ degrees, which is a critical point for its manufacture. the objective of the manufacture and characterization of graphene-carbon nitride is performed for use in the manufacture of a selective electrode for an organic pollutant, (currently it is used in the manufacture of a selective electrode for the analysis of organic dye). 2. chemical, instruments and method the chemicals used in this research are high-purity materials: thiourea ch₄n₂s, thermal furnace (carbolite), energy dispersive x-ray analysis (edx), which is company namel; edax, scanning electron microscopy (sem), which is a company name; tescan model vega ii xmu; spectrophotometer (uv-vis) d-lab model sp-uv1000; fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir); balance sartorius type te64, porcelain crucible; and agate mortar. graphene-carbon nitride 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 is made by an easy, one-step method, through the direct polymerization process of thiourea, approximately 5.0016 g of thiourea is placed in a covered crucible of 50 ml, and then heated at 580 ℃ for 4 ℎ in a muffle furnace. the temperature is gradually increased at a rate of 2.3 ℃/𝑚𝑖𝑛, and then left to cool to reach the temperature of the laboratory. then it is ground in an agate mortar, and we get a yellow powder, as in figure 4. when it is manufactured at 580 ℃ which is a critical point for its manufacture, when the temperature 600 ℃ , it is noted that there is disappearance in the porcelain crucible, which denotes the decomposition of thiourea. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 263 figure 4. photographs of the formation stages of carbon nitride sheets 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 a) thiourea weight b) incineration at a temperature of 580 ℃ for four hours at a rate of 2.3 ℃/min c) after cooling d) grinding the product in an agate mortar 3. results and discussion: the graphene carbon nitride 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 was characterized using ftir spectroscopy based on molecular vibration within the range of (500 − 4000) 𝑐𝑚−1 shown in figure 5. figure 5. ftir spectroscopy for 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 peaks at 808.7 𝑐𝑚−1and 888.2 𝑐𝑚−1 correspond to the presence of s-triazine in 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4. this bending is caused by the vibration of the tri-s-triazine (heptazine) ring. the peaks from 1242.6 𝑐𝑚−1 to 1632.5 𝑐𝑚−1 are attributed to the expansion vibration of the heterocyclic 80 8. 7 88 8. 2 12 42 .6 13 19 .5 13 85 .0 14 11 .9 15 68 .1 16 32 .5 23 61 .5 34 26 .9 4 04 2 4gc 3n4 ( 58 0) re p 2-t hu s ep 2 3 0 1:0 5:1 0 2 0 10 (g mt+0 3 :00 ) 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 % tr an sm itt an ce 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 wavenum bers (cm -1) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 264 aromatic c6n7 heptazine. peaks are observed at 1319.5 𝑐𝑚 −1, 1385.0 𝑐𝑚−1, 1411.9 𝑐𝑚−1, and 1568.1𝑐𝑚−1 sticking together due to stretching vibrations of the c − n bonds, while a peak appears at 1632.5 cm−1 related to the expansion vibration of the c − n bond with heptazine units. peaks between 900 cm−1 and 1800 cm−1 are attributed to the trigonal c – n (– c) – c or c − nh − c in ring. the absorption band centered at 3426.9 cm−1 corresponds to the vibrational stretching of the n − h bond which denotes the presence of nh and nh2 groups at edges in the g − c3n4 . the broad peaks between 3000 cm −1 and 3500cm−1 are contributed by the lengthening of n –h [52-64]. so, graphene-carbon nitride is consisted the triazine and tri-s-triazine (heptazine) [69-74], as in figure 6. figure 6. tri-s-triazine (heptazine) and triazine structures of 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 the process of manufacturing g − c3n4 depends on the formation of a polymer from thiourea after exposure to temperature, as is shown in figure 7. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 265 figure 7. the stages of 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 polymerization from thiourea the 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 is characterized by energy dispersive x-ray analysis (edx) as in table (1) and figure 8 : figure 8. spectrum for 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 by (edx) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 266 table1. elemental analysis 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 by energy dispersive x-ray analysis (edx) element weight atomic error net int. k ratio z r a f c k 36.45% 40.08% 3.77% 2795.78 0.2654 1.0132 0.9936 0.719 1 n k 63.55% 59.92% 9.85% 1065.86 0.0854 0.9921 1.0035 0.1356 1 the energy dispersive x-ray analysis (edx) showed that there is a peak at 0.27𝑘𝑒𝑉 indicating the presence of 𝐶 − 𝐾 carbon, and a peak at 0.39 𝑘𝑒𝑉 indicating the presence of n-k nitrogen, the weight percentage of carbon is 36.45 %, and the atomic percentage of carbon is 40.08%, and the weight percentage of nitrogen is 63.55 %, and the atomic percentage of nitrogen is 59.92 %, so the ratio is 3 𝐶 and 4 𝑁 .the 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 is characterized using scanning electron microscopy (sem) as shown in figure 9 . figure 9. sem scanner for 𝒈 − 𝑪𝟑𝑵𝟒 sheet sheet ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 267 from the sem scanning and using the image j program, it is found that the shape is 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 graphene-carbon nitride sheets, which are lamellar interfaces (sheet) with a radius within the range of (2 µm -147.1 nm). the optical spectrum is studied for the graphene carbon nitride g-c3n4 sheets, as shown in figure 10: figure 10. scanning spectrum of 0.005 g/5ml of 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 the solution is absolute a) ethanol b) distilled water it is noted that 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 is not soluble in solutions (water ethanol) and it has a superior ability to absorb visible light 𝑔 − 𝐶3𝑁4 [8,9]. this is due to its band gap of 2.7 ev [8, 9, 75] by spectrophotometry 4. conclusion graphene-carbon nitride can be synthesized from thiourea in a single-step. graphene-carbon nitride is characterized. it is found to consists of triazine and heptazine structures. it also consists of carbon and nitrogen. the atomic percentage of carbon is 40.08%, and the atomic percentage of nitrogen is 59.92 %, so the ratio is 3𝐶 and 4𝑁. the dimensions of the graphene-carbon nitride are characterized by (sem) , and it is found that the radius is within the range of (2 µm147.1 nm). references: 1. ong, w. j.; 2d/2d graphitic carbon nitride heterojunction nanocomposites for photocatalysis: why does face-to-face interface matter?. frontiers in material, 2017, s, 4, 11. 2. zhang, z.; jiang, d.; li, d.; he, m.; chen, m.. construction of snnb2o6 nanosheet nanosheet two-dimensional heterostructures with improved photocatalytic activity: synergistic effect and mechanism insight. applied catalysis b: environmental, 2016, 183, 113-123. 3. starukh, h.; praus, p.. doping of graphitic carbon nitride with non-metal elements and its applications in photocatalysis. catalysts, 2020, 10,2019 4. dong, g.; zhang, y.; pan, q.; qiu, j. a fantastic graphitic carbon nitride material: electronic structure, photocatalytic and photoelectronic properties. journal of photochemistry and photobiology c: photochemistry reviews, 2014, 20, 33-50. 5. bai, l.; huang, h.; zhang, s.; hao, l.; zhang, z.; li, h.; zhang, y. photocatalysis‐assisted co3o4/g‐c3n4 p–n junction all‐solid‐state supercapacitors: a bridge between energy storage and photocatalysis. advanced science, 2020, 7, 22,, 2001939. a b ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 268 6. shi, m.; xiao, p.; lang, j.; yan, c.; yan, x. porous g‐c3n4 and mxene dual‐confined feooh quantum dots for superior energy storage in an ionic liquid. advanced science, 2020, 7, 2,, 1901975. 7. hayat, a.; al-sehemi, a. g.; el-nasser, k. s.; taha, t. a.; al-ghamdi, a. a.; syed, j. a. s.; nawawi, w. i.. graphitic carbon nitride (g–c3n4,–based semiconductor as a beneficial candidate in photocatalysis diversity. international journal of hydrogen energy, 2021. 8. yang, z.; xing, z.; feng, q.; jiang, h.; zhang, j.; xiao, y.; zhou, w.. sandwich-like mesoporous graphite-like carbon nitride (meso-g-c3n4)/wp/meso-g-c3n4 laminated heterojunctions solar-driven photocatalysts. journal of colloid and interface science, 2020, 68, 255-263. 9. hu, t.; dai, k.; zhang, j.; zhu, g.; liang, c.. one-pot synthesis of step-scheme bi2s3/porous g-c3n4 heterostructure for enhanced photocatalytic performance. materials letters, 2019, 257, 126740. 10. mohamed, m. a.; zain, m. f. m.; minggu, l. j.; kassim, m. b.; amin, n. a. s.; salleh, w. n. w.; hir, z. a. m. constructing bio-templated 3d porous microtubular c-doped g-c3n4 with tunable band structure and enhanced charge carrier separation. applied catalysis b: environmental, 2018, 236, 265-279. 11. xiong, t.; cen, w.; zhang, y.; dong, f. bridging the g-c3n4 interlayers for enhanced photocatalysis. acs catalysis, 2016, 6,4, 2462-2472. 12. gashi, a.; parmentier, j.; fioux, p.; marsalek, r. tuning the c/n ratio of c‐rich graphitic carbon nitride (g‐c3n4) materials by the melamine/carboxylic acid adduct route. chemistry–a european journal, 2022, 28,14, e202103605. 13. yi, y.; wang, j.; niu, y.; yu, y.; wu, s.; ding, k. exploring the evolution patterns of melem from thermal synthesis of melamine to graphitic carbon nitride. rsc advances,2022, 12,37, 24311-24318. 14. yao, g.; liu, y.; liu, j.; xu, y. facile synthesis of porous g-c3n4 with enhanced visiblelight photoactivity. molecules, 2022, 27 ,6, 1754. 15. wang, j.; yin, s.; zhang, q.; cao, f.; xing, y.; zhao, q.; wu, m. single-atom fe-n4 sites promote the triplet-energy transfer process of g-c3n4 for the photooxidation. journal of catalysis, 2021, 404, 89-95. 16. jia, z.; zhang, h.; yu, y.; chen, y.; yan, j.; li, x.; zhang, h.. trithiocyanuric acid derived g–c3n4 for anchoring the polysulfide in li–s batteries application. journal of energy chemistry, 2020, 43, 71-77. 17. guan, k.; li, j.; lei, w.; wang, h.; tong, z.; jia, q.; zhang, ssynthesis of sulfur doped gc3n4 with enhanced photocatalytic activity in molten salt. journal of materiomics,2021, 7 ,5, 1131-1142. 18. hu, c.; chu, y. c.; lin, y. r.; yang, h. c.; wang, k. h. photocatalytic dye and cr (vi) degradation using a metal-free polymeric g-c3n4 synthesized from solvent-treated urea. polymers, 2019, 11 ,1, 182. 19. tapo, a.; busabok, c.; sujaridworakun, p.; ngernchuklin, p.; influence of air and nitrogen atmosphere on g-c3n4 synthesized from urea. khongwong, wthai journal of nanoscience and nanotechnology, 2022, 7 ,1. 20. khan, m. e.; khan, m. m.; cho, m. h.. environmentally sustainable biogenic fabrication of aunp decorated-graphitic gc3n4 nanostructures towards improved photoelectrochemical performances. rsc advances, 2018,8,25, 13898-13909. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 269 21. wen, j.; xie, j.; chen, x.; li, x. a review on g-c3n4-based photocatalysts. applied surface science, 2017, 391, 72-123. 22. hong, y.; liu, e.; shi, j.; lin, x.; sheng, l.; zhang, m.;chen, j.. a direct one-step synthesis of ultrathin g-c3n4 nanosheets from thiourea for boosting solar photocatalytic h2 evolution. international journal of hydrogen energy, 2019, 44 ,14, 7194-7204. 23. bhat, s. s.; jun, s. e.; lee, s. a.; lee, t. h.; jang, h. w.. influence of c3n4 precursors on photoelectrochemical behavior of tio2/c3n4 photoanode for solar water oxidation. energies, 2020, 13,4, 974. 24. piao, h.; choi, g.; jin, x.; hwang, s. j.; song, y. j.; cho, s. p.; choy, j. h. monolayer graphitic carbon nitride as metal-free catalyst with enhanced performance in photo-and electro-catalysis. nano-micro letters, 2022, 14 ,1, 1-14. 25. gkini, k.; martinaiou, i.; falaras, p. a review on emerging efficient and stable perovskite solar cells based on g-c3n4 nanostructures. materials, 2021, 14 ,7, 1679. 26. yang, x.; zhao, l.; wang, s.; li, j.; chi, b. recent progress of g-c3n4 applied in solar cells. journal of materiomics, 2021, 7,4, 728-741. 27. ragupathi, v.; panigrahi, p.; subramaniam, n. g. g-c3n4 doped mns as high performance electrode material for supercapacitor application. materials letters, 2019, 246, 88-91. 28. thiagarajan, k.; bavani, t.; arunachalam, p.; lee, s. j.; theerthagiri, j.; madhavan, j.; choi, m. y. nanofiber nimoo4/g-c3n4 composite electrode materials for redox supercapacitor applications. nanomaterials, 2020, 10,2, 392. 29. ngo, y. l. t.; chung, j. s.; hur, s. h. multi-functional nio/g-c3n4 hybrid nanostructures for energy storage and sensor applications. korean journal of chemical engineering, 2020,37 ,9, 1589-1598. 30. liu, p.; zhang, z.; hao, r.; huang, y.; liu, w.; tan, y.; liu, k. ultra-highly stable zinc metal anode via 3d-printed g-c3n4 modulating interface for long life energy storage systems. chemical engineering journal, 2021, 403, 126425 31. zhang, j.; zhu, z.; di, j.; long, y.; li, w.; tu, y. a sensitive sensor for trace hg2+ determination based on ultrathin g-c3n4 modified glassy carbon electrode. electrochimica acta, 2015,. 186, 192-200. 32. cai, z.; chen, j.; xing, s.; zheng, d.; guo, l. highly fluorescent g-c3n4 nanobelts derived from bulk g-c3n4 for no2 gas sensing. journal of hazardous materials, 2021, 416, 126195. 33. zeng, b.; zhang, l.; wan, x.; song, h.; lv, y. fabrication of α-fe2o3/g-c3n4 composites for cataluminescence sensing of h2s. sensors and actuators b: chemical,2015, 211, 370-376. 34. alizadeh, t.; rafiei, fan innovative application of graphitic carbon nitride ,g-c3n4) nanosheets as silver ion carrier in a solid state potentiometric sensor. materials chemistry and physics, 2019, 227, 176-183. 35. yuda, a.; kumar, a. a review of g-c3n4 based catalysts for direct methanol fuel cells. international journal of hydrogen energy,2021. 36. liu, q.; zhang, jgraphene supported co-g-c3n4 as a novel metal–macrocyclic electrocatalyst for the oxygen reduction reaction in fuel cells. langmuir, 2013,29 ,11, 38213828 37. li, x.; yuan, y.; pan, x.; zhang, l.; gong, j. boosted photoelectrochemical immunosensing of metronidazole in tablet using coral-like g-c3n4 nanoarchitectures. biosensors and bioelectronics, 2019, 123, 7-13. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 270 38. thurston, j. h.; hunter, n. m.; wayment, l. j.; cornell, k. a. urea-derived graphitic carbon nitride, (g-c3n4) films with highly enhanced antimicrobial and sporicidal activity. journal of colloid and interface science, 2017, 505, 910-918. 39. zhao, x.; zhang, y.; zhao, x.; wang, x.; zhao, y.; tan, h.; li, y. urea and melamine formaldehyde resin-derived tubular g-c3n4 with highly efficient photocatalytic performance. acs applied materials interfaces, 2019, 11 ,31, 27934-27943. 40. chidhambaram, n.; ravichandran, k. single step transformation of urea into metal-free gc3n4 nanoflakes for visible light photocatalytic applications. materials letters, ,2017, 207, 44-48. 41. khan, m. e.; han, t. h.; khan, m. m.; karim, m. r.; cho, m. h. environmentally sustainable fabrication of ag@ g-c3n4 nanostructures and their multifunctional efficacy as antibacterial agents and photocatalysts. acs applied nano materials, 2018, 1,6, 2912-2922. 42. reddy, k. r.; reddy, c. v.; nadagouda, m. n.; shetti, n. p.; jaesool, s.; aminabhavi, t. m. polymeric graphitic carbon nitride ,(g-c3n4)-based semiconducting nanostructured materials: synthesis methods, properties and photocatalytic applications. journal of environmental management, 2019, 238, 25-40. 43. iqbal, n. ; tailoring g-c3n4 with lanthanum and cobalt oxides for enhanced photoelectrochemical and photocatalytic activity. catalysts, 2021, 12 ,1, 15. 44. ye, l.; chen, s. fabrication and high visible-light-driven photocurrent response of g-c3n4 film: the role of thiourea. applied surface science, 2016, 389, 1076-1083. 45. kolesnyk, i.; kujawa, j.; bubela, h.; konovalova, v.; burban, a.; cyganiuk, a.; kujawski, w. photocatalytic properties of pvdf membranes modified with g-c3n4 in the process of rhodamines decomposition. separation and purification technology, 2020, 250, 117231. 46. mirzaei, h.; ehsani, m. h.; shakeri, a.; ganjali, m. r.; badiei, a. preparation and photocatalytic application of ternary fe3o4/gqd/g-c3n4 heterostructure photocatalyst for rhb degradation. pollution, 2022, 8,3, 779-791.ehj hguq,dm wfhy 47. song, x.; tao, y.; liu, j.; lin, j.; dai, p.; wang, q.; zheng, cphotocatalytic-induced bubblepropelled isotropic g-c3n4-coated carbon microsphere micromotors for dynamic removal of organic pollutants. rsc advances, 2022, 12 ,21, 13116-13126. 48. li, x.; xiong, j.; gao, x.; huang, j.; feng, z.; chen, z.; zhu, yrecent advances in 3d gc3n4 composite photocatalysts for photocatalytic water splitting, degradation of pollutants and co2 reduction. journal of alloys and compounds, 2019, 802, 196-209. 49. kotbi, a.; imran, m.; kaja, k.; rahaman, a.; ressami, e. m.; lejeune, m.; jouiad, m. graphene and g-c3n4-based gas sensors. journal of nanotechnology, 2022, 2022. 50. hasija, v.; raizada, p.; sudhaik, a.; sharma, k.; kumar, a.; singh, p.; thakur, v. krecent advances in noble metal free doped graphitic carbon nitride based nanohybrids for photocatalysis of organic contaminants in water: a review. applied materials today, 2019,15, 494-524. 51. niu, p.; zhang, l.; liu, g.; cheng, h. m. graphene‐like carbon nitride nanosheets for improved photocatalytic activities. advanced functional materials, 2012, 22 ,22, 4763-4770. 52. jürgens, b.; irran, e.; senker, j.; kroll, p.; müller, h.; schnick, w. melem (2, 5, 8-triaminotri-s-triazine), an important intermediate during condensation of melamine rings to graphitic carbon nitride: synthesis, structure determination by x-ray powder diffractometry, solid-state nmr, and theoretical studies. journal of the american chemical society, 2003, 125 ,34, 10288-10300. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 271 53. lotsch, b. v.; döblinger, m.; sehnert, j.; seyfarth, l.; senker, j.; oeckler, o.; schnick, w. unmasking melon by a complementary approach employing electron diffraction, solid‐state nmr spectroscopy, and theoretical calculations—structural characterization of a carbon nitride polymer. chemistry–a european journal, 2007, 13 ,17, 4969-4980. 54. hong, y.; liu, e.; shi, j.; lin, x.; sheng, l.; zhang, m.; chen, j. a direct one-step synthesis of ultrathin g-c3n4 nanosheets from thiourea for boosting solar photocatalytic h2 evolution. international journal of hydrogen energy, 2019, 44 ,14, 7194-7204. 55. zhou, d.; qiu, c. study on the effect of co doping concentration on optical properties of gc3n4. chemical physics letters, 2019, 728, 70-73. 56. ye, l.; liu, j.; jiang, z.; peng, t.; zan, l. facets coupling of biobr-g-c3n4 composite photocatalyst for enhanced visible-light-driven photocatalytic activity. applied catalysis b: environmental, 2013, 142, 1-7. 57. nguyen, h. p.; nguyen, t. n.; lee, s. w.; hoang, m. h. the use of g-c3n4/mofs (fe) as a photocatalyst for remediation of pharmaceutics in water. materials research express. 2022. 58. lin, h.; yang, y.; shang, z.; li, q.; niu, x.; ma, y.; liu, a. study on the enhanced remediation of petroleum-contaminated soil by biochar/g-c3n4 composites. international journal of environmental research and public health, 2022,19,14, 8290. 59. nasri, m. s. i.; samsudin, m. f. r.; tahir, a. a.; sufian, s. effect of mxene loaded on gc3n4 photocatalyst for the photocatalytic degradation of methylene blue. energies, 2022, 15,3, 955. 60. lökçü, e.; kaçar, n.; çayirli, m.; özden, r. c.; anik, m. photoassisted charging of li-ion oxygen batteries using g-c3n4/rgo nanocomposite photocatalysts. acs applied materials interfaces.;2022. 61. su, y.; su, l.; liu, b.; lin, y.; tang, d. self-powered photoelectrochemical assay for hg2+ detection based on g-c3n4-cds-cuo composites and redox cycle signal amplification strategy. chemosensors, 2022, 10,7, 286. 62. yuan, x.; qu, s.; huang, x.; xue, x.; yuan, c.; wang, s.; cai, p. design of core-shelled gc3n4@ zif-8 photocatalyst with enhanced tetracycline adsorption for boosting photocatalytic degradation. chemical engineering journal , 2021, 416, 129148. 63. sun, e.; wei, h.; zhang, s.; bi, y.; huang, z.; ji, g.; zhao, c. adsorption coupling photocatalytic removal of gaseous n-hexane by phosphorus doped g-c3n4/tio2/zn ,oac) 2-acf composites, 2022. 64. yang, z.; xing, z.; feng, q.; jiang, h.; zhang, j.; xiao, y.; zhou, w. sandwich-like mesoporous graphite-like carbon nitride (meso-g-c3n4)/wp/meso-g-c3n4 laminated heterojunctions solar-driven photocatalysts. journal of colloid and interface science, 2020, 568, 255-263. 65. zada, a.; khan, m.; hussain, z.; shah, m. i. a.; ateeq, m.; ullah, m.; dang, a. extended visible light driven photocatalytic hydrogen generation by electron induction from g-c3n4 nanosheets to zno through the proper heterojunction. zeitschrift für physikalische chemie, 2022, 236 ,1, 53-66. 66. deiminiat, b.; rounaghi, g. h. a novel visible light photoelectrochemical aptasensor for determination of bisphenol a based on surface plasmon resonance of gold nanoparticles activated g-c3n4 nanosheets. journal of electroanalytical chemistry, 2021, 886, 115122. 67. ma, b.; zhao, j.; ge, z.; chen, y.; yuan, z. 5 nm nicop nanoparticles coupled with g-c3n4 as high-performance photocatalyst for hydrogen evolution. science china materials,2020, 63 ,2, 258-266. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 272 68. agha beygli, r.; mohaghegh, n.; rahimi, e. metal ion adsorption from wastewater by gc3n4 modified with hydroxyapatite: a case study from sarcheshmeh acid mine drainage. research on chemical intermediates, 2019, 45,4, 2255-2268. 69. mančík, p.; bednář, j.; svoboda, l.; dvorský, r.; matýsek, d. photocatalytic reactivation of gc 3 n 4 based nanosorbent. nanocon ,2017, 289-294. 70. kroke, e.; schwarz, m.; horath-bordon, e.; kroll, p.; noll, b.; norman, a. d. tri-s-triazine derivatives. part i. from trichloro-tri-s-triazine to graphitic structures. new journal of chemistry, 2002, 26 ,5, 508-512. 71. cook, a. m. biodegration of s-triazine xenobiotics. fems microbiology reviews, 1987,3,2, 93-116. 72. hosmane, r. s.; rossman, m. a.; leonard, n. j. synthesis and structure of tri-s-triazine. journal of the american chemical society, 1982. 104 ,20, 5497-5499. 73. zhou, x.; shi, y.; xu, w.; wang, y.; zhang, y.; wang, y.; zhong, w. ultra-thin deaminated tri-s-triazine-based crystalline nanosheets with high photocatalytic hydrogen evolution performance. journal of alloys and compounds, 2020, 827, 154307. 74. rao, m. h.; d ghule, v. i. k. a. s.; muralidharan, knitrogen-rich compounds: s-triazine and tri-s-triazine derivatives as high energy materials. journal of chemical sciences, 2022, 134. 75. wang, k.; li, q.; liu, b.; cheng, b.; ho, w.; yu, j.. sulfur-doped g-c3n4 with enhanced photocatalytic co2-reduction performance. applied catalysis b: environmental, 2015,176, 44-52. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 role of omeprazole in enhancement of antibiotic resistance in e. coli s. a. al-bak ri, r. r. jabri, e. a. ajeel departme nt of biotechnology, school of applied science, unive rsity of technology. abstract e. coli was isol ated, and it was gram-negative rod bacteria that was colony circular, regu lar edged, thick somewhat glitter and viscous(less). it was lactose fermenter bacteria and belon gs t he family of enterobacteriaceae. e. coli showed sensitivity to all used antibiotics except ery thromy cin (e), cloxacellin (cx), rifamp in (ra), cephalothin (kf), amp icillin (am ), and penicillin (p). the exp erimental r esults of antibiotic sensitivity of e. coli in media containin g different concentrations of omep razole, a p roton p ump inhibitor, showed an enhancement of resist ance by decreasing the sensitivity of e. coli inverse ly with drug concentration against the antibiotics that e. coli was sensitive to. it seems t hat omep razole changed cell membran e potential of e. coli which led to depolarization of cell membran e as a result of inhibition of the proton p ump mechanism. this made the bacterial cell not willin g to uptake antibiotics. introduction escherichia coli is a member of the genus escherichia that includes in the family of enterobacteriaceae [1]. it is a gram-negative, nonsp oring, facultative rod that ferments lactose with gas formation within 48 hour, at 35°c [2]. e. coli is the best st udied bacterium and the exp erimental organism of choice for many microbiologists. it is a major inhabitant of the colon of human and other worm-blooded animals[3,4]. it is the major causative agent of urinary tract infection (ut i). ut i is treated by antimicrobial drugs that destroy p athogenic microorganisms at low concentration called m inimum lethal concentration (m lc) or inhibit their growt h at low concentration called m inimum inhibitory concentration (m ic) [5,6]. over the p ast several y ears, the medical community has become incr easin gly concerned over the ability of certain bacteria to dev elop resistance to antibiotics [7,8]. accordingly , there is a dan ger of losing the batt le against certain p athogens (disease causin g or ganisms) by using the antibiotics in the treatment[7]. bacteria do not beco me resistant to antibiotics without p resence of mechanisms by which resistance may be conferred [9,10]. there are four main mechan isms by which microorganisms can exhibit resistance to antimicrobials which: dru g inactivation or modification, alteration of target site, alteration of metabolic p athway, or reducing dru g accumulation [7]. furt hermore, there are several means throu gh which the uptake of a dru g into a cell can be reduced: changes in the st ructure of the cell membrane, loss, or mutations of p orins in the cell membranes, and active efflu x of the drug fro m the cell [11,12]. the drug efflu x sy stems are membrane transp ort p roteins. proton motive force (p mf) system is one of the drug efflux mechanisms, is p rincipally found in bacteria and yeasts. t he p mf is also known as the electrochemical p roton gradient, and a chemical p roton gradient. it functions as antip orter, and therefore mediates dru g efflu x in exchange with p roton translocation into t he cell [13]. current study dealt with the role of proton motive force mechanism in dru g efflu x p ump in e.coli, a b acterial model, by using omep razole, an inhibitor of p mf mechan ism. omeprazole is one of the most widely p rescribed drugs internationally and is used in the ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 treatment of dy sp ep sia, p ep tic ulcer disease (pud), gastroesop hageal reflu x disease (gord/gerd) and zollinger-ellison sy ndrome [14]. materials and methods isol ation of e. coli: an e. coli was isolated from p atient with uti, cutivated in m acconkey agar (him edia) p late, and then cultivated in nut rient agar (him edia), and then its shap e was identified [15]. anti biotic se nsitivity (disk diffusion method): ant ibiotic sensitivity for isolated bacteria was don e by using a combination of antibiotics d isks (bioanalyse); including cloxacellin (cx) 1μg, erythromy cin (e) 15 μg, tetracycline (te) 30 μg, amp icillin (am ) 10μg, gentamicin (cn) 10 μg, na lidixic ac id (na) 30μ g, cephalothin (kf) 30μ g, neomycin (n) 30μg, penicillin (p) 10 μg, lincomycin (l) 2μg, cephotaxime (ctx) 30μg, trimethop rime 1.25μg + sulfamethorazole 23.75 μg ( sxt ) 25 μg, chloramp henicol (c) 30 μg, nitrofurantion (f) 300μg, rifamp in (ra) 5μg, and tobramy cin (tob) 10μg. these disks were st ored at 4°c using disk diffusion method as the following: 0.1ml of each st rain was cultured by sp reading on the suface of nutrient agar p late, and then antibiotic d isks were p laced on the surface of agar using st erile forceps and incub ated at 37°c for 24 hr. the results were indicated according to formation of inhibition zone around the disk for sensitive or not formation of inhibition zone around the disk for resistance. [16]. se nsi tivity to omeprazole: two different concentrations of omeprazole (stock solution of omep razole of 1 mg/ml. was p repared by dissolving the gr anules of 1 cap sule [20mg] of omep razole [ajanta] in 20ml of distilled water and st ored at -20°c) were p repared (100 and 300 μg/ml), and each concentration was added to 20ml of nut rient agar and left to solidify , and then e. coli was cultivated by streaking, and left to incubate at 37°c for 24 hr. then the sensitivity of e.coli to omep razole different concentrations was detected. [17,18]. testing the role of omeprazole in anti biotic se nsitivity: each of the p repared concentrations of omep razole (100 and 300 μg/ml) was added to 20 ml of nut rient agar and left to solidify . e. coli was inoculated on the surface of each p lates of nutrieint agar (the p lates that contain omep razole). the antibiotic disks (same antibiotic disks that were used in antibiotic sensitivity test) were added to t he surface of nutrient agar of each p late. plates were incubated at 37°c for 24 hour. the results were detected and recorded according to formation, absence, in creasing, or d ecreasing of inhib ition zone around the disk .[17,18]. results and discussion isol ation of e. coli : e. coli was p urified by cultivation on m acconkey agar med ia, the morphological characteristics and p rop erties of e. coli wer e determined as: cir cular, regular edge, thick somewhat, glitt er pink, viscous, and lactose fermenter [2]. anti biotic s ensitivity: the sensitivity to antibiotics was determined and the results indicated that e. coli was sensitive to 10 antibiotics and resistant t o 6 antibiotics from 16 typ es of antibiotics used (table 1). these results were used as a control for further comp arison (table 3). se nsi tivity to omeprazole: the recommended dosa ges for p atients taking omep razole are 10mg, 20mg, or 40mg. but the most frequent side effects of omep razole are headache, diarrhea, abdominal p ain, nausea, dizz iness, trouble awakening and sleep deprivation [19]. omeprazole may be associated with a greater risk of hip fractures [20], clostridium difficile diarrhea, and heart p roblems, including card iac arrest [21]. the study dealt with minimum concentrations (100, and 300 μg/ml) (m ic) of omep razole to minimize its side effect on human and ensure its activity on e. coli. (17,18). e. coli was cultivated in each concentration of omep razole containing agars after 24 hr. of incubation at 37°c. the st udy found that e. coli grew at both omep razole concentrations (table 2) and this drug showed no killin g effect on e. coli [22,23]. for t his reason t his ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 research used omep razole to find out its role in modu lation of antibiotic resistance in e. coli. since omep razole is a p roton p ump inhibitor [13,22]. omeprazole anti biotic sensi tivity test: results in (table 3) illustrate the antibiotic sensitivity of e. coli in petridishs containing two concentrations of omeprazole; 100 μg/m and 300 μg/ml. there wer e obvious decreasing in the diameters of inhibition zones of the most antibiotic typ es that e. coli was sensitive to reverse ly with omep razole concentrations as comp ared with control group in (table 3). in addition, e. coli exhibited its resistance against te and f at 300μg/ml of omep razole. accordin gly, the tot al antibiotic types that e. coli was resistant t o, had increased at 300μg/ml of omeprazole containing medium to become 8 fro m 16 antibiotic typ es (table 3). these results p rop osed that omep razole had an imp ortant role in the enhancement of resistance of e. coli against antibiotics [24]. omeprazole is a p roton p ump inhibitor [13,22]. the proton p ump sy stem is an integral membran e p rotein that is cap able of grabbin g p rotons from the matrix (the sp ace enclosed by the two membranes) and releasing the protons into the inter-membran e sp ace. the confined p rotons create a difference or gr adient in both p h and electric charge and establish an electrochemical p otential. because there's a high er concentration of p rotons in the inter-membran e sp ace compared to inside the cell, there's p ressure to return p rotons down the concentration gradient to restore the balance. this p ressure is called the p roton motive force (p mf) [25]. in current st udy , after treatment of e. coli with omeprazole, a gradient in electric char ge might be created, the concentration of p rotons inside the bacterial cell was higher than its concentration in the inter-membran e sp ace [26]. there was no way to restore the balance by p ump ing the p rotons outside the cell [27] due to the action of omep razole as a p roton p ump inhibitor. blocking the p assage of p roton p umping seemed to create a decr easin g in cellular membran e potential (dep olarization of cell membran e) [28]. depolarization of cell membrane may make e. coli not willing to up take the antibiotics into the cell [29]the results of antibiotic sensitivity in omep razole containing media give an indir ect suggestion that there were no effect of gradient in ph [30] on t he downsizing of p orins to make the p ermeability of cell membrane se lectable [31] for the antibiotics of low molecular we ight [32]. this suggestion depends on that te and f don’t have larger molecular weight than the other antibiotics (table 4) to let e. coli showed resist ance or decreasing the sensitivity against them after the treatment with 100 μg/ml omep razole as found in (table 3), while the antibiotic sensitivity has been decreased against the other types of antibiotics at 100 μg/ml and 300 μg/ml o mep razole containing media. these results are in agreement with the st udy of perlin, and his colleagu es [24]. they reported the electrogenic behav ior of p roton transp ort by the h + -atpase in saccharomyces cerevisiae. h + -at pase is encoded by pma1 gene. the study found that mutations within pma1 may alter st eady -st ate membran e p otential formation, p ossibly through a chan ge in the electro genicity of the h + -atpase. this make the mutant exh ibited its resistance to hy gromycin b that may be mediated via depolarization of the cellu lar membrane potential. conclusion the exp erimental results revealed that the treatment of e. coli with omep razole, a p roton p ump inhibitor, did not modulate the resistance phenomenon in e. coli but it enhanced the resistance by decreasing the sensitivity of e. coli inversely with the drug concentration against the antibiotics t hat e. coli was sensitive to (before the treatment with omep razole). the study suggested that the decreasing in the sensitivity may mediate by depolarization of cellu lar membrane v ia a p otential change in cell membrane as a result of p roton p ump inhibition by omep razole. accordin gly, the modulation of antibiotic r esistance by a p roton p ump inhibitor is not recommended because the treatment of bacterial infection may become more comp licated. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 re ferences 1. ewing, w.h. (1986). “edwards and ewing's identification of enterobacteriacea e”, 4th ed. elsevier, new york. 2. feng, p., weagant, s.and grant, m . (2002). “enumeration of escherichia coli and the coliform bacteria”. bacteriolog ical analytical manual (8th ed.). fda/center for food safety & app lied nutrition. 3. m adigan m tand m artinko jm (2006). “brock biology of m icroorganisms”, 11th ed., pearson 4. conway , p.l. (1995). “m icrobial ecology of the human large intestine”. in: g.r. gibson and g.t . m acfarlane, eds. p .1-24. human colonic bacteria: ro le in nutrition, p hy siology , and pathology . crc press, boca raton, fl. 5. andrews, j. m . (2001). “determination of m inimum inhibitory concentrations”. journal of antimicrobia l chemotherapy 48 ( sup p l. 1):5-16. 6. stanley h. kleven, david p. anderson (1971). “in vitro activity of various ant ibiotics against my cop lasma sy noviae”, avian diseases,. 15,. 3,. 551-557. 7. soulsby , e.j. (2005). "resistance to antimicrobials in humans and animals". bmj 33 1 (7527): 1219–20. 8. ochiai, k., yamanaka, t., kimura, k., and sawada, o., (1959). "inheritance of dru g resistance (and its tranfer) between shigella st rains and b etween shigella and e. coli st rains". hihon iji shimpor 1861: 34. 9. ho, m . w., (2001). “horizontal gene transfer – the hidden hazards of genetic engineer ing third world network”. isis and twn report. www.i-sis.org.uk. 10. ho, m . w., traavik, t., olsvik, o., m idtvedt, t., tapp eser, b., howard, c. v., weizacker, c. v.and m cgavin, g. c., (2004). gene technology in the etiology of drug – resistant diseases.www-biosaf ety info-net/p ubart.p hp ?p id=44 11. silv a, j. (1996). “m echanisms of antibiotic resistance” curr. ther. res., 57, 30. 12. franklin, t. j. and snow, g. a. (1989). “biochemistry of antimicrobial action”. (4th edn.), chapamn and hall, london and new york. 13. griffith, j. and sansom, c. (1998). “the transp orter facts book”. harcourt brace and company, london and san diego. 14. stedman ca and barclay m l (2000). "review article: comp arison of t he pharmacokinetics, acid supp ression and efficacy of p roton p ump inhibitors". aliment pharmacol ther 14 (8): 963–78. 15. jose l. alonso, adela soriano and oscar carbajo, inmaculad a amoros, and hemda garelick, (1999). “comparison and recov ery of escherichia coli and thermotolerant coliforms in water with a chromogenic m edium incub ated at 41 and 44.5°c”. applied and environmental microbiolog y,. 65,. 8, p . 3746-3749. 16. report of the working party on antibiotic sensitivity testing on the british society of ant imicrobial chemotherapy. a guide to sensitivity testing (1991). journal of antimicrobia l chemotherapy 27 sup p l d, 1-50. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 17. winst anley, t., edwards, c, limb, d., m egson, k. and sp encer, r. j. (1994). “evaluation of a surfactant, disp ersol ln, as an anti-swarming a gent in agar dilution susceptibility testing”. journal of antimicrobial chemotherapy 33, 353-6. 18. national committ ee for clinical labor atory standards. (1997). sp ecialty collection: susceptibility testing. sc21-l. m 7-a4. nccls, wayne, pa. 19. rxlist.com, (2007). "prilosec side effects & drug interactions".www.healthcentral-cem gerd/ /heartbum 20. yang, y. x., lewis, j.d., epst ein, s., m etz, d. c. (2006). "long-term prot on pump inhibitor therapy and risk of hip fracture". jama 296 24: 2947–53. 21. cunningh am ,r., et a l. (2003). “prot on p ump inhibitors as a risk factor for clostridiu m difficile diarrhea”. journal of hospita l infection 54 : 243-245. bandolier:htt p ://www.medicine.o x.ac.uk/bandolier/booth/pharmacy/ppicdiff.html 22. kuhler, t., fry klund, j., bergman, n. a., weilitz , j., lee, a., and larsson, h. (1995). “structure-activity relationship of omep razole and analogu es as helicobacter pylori ureas e inhibitors”. j. m ed. chem. 38: 4906-4916. 23. bayerdoerffer, e., m annes, g. a., sommer, a., hoe chter, w., wein gart, j., hats, r., lehn, n., ruckdeschel, g., dirschedl, p., and stolte, m . (1992). “high dose omeprazole treatment combined with amo xicillin erad icates helicobacter p ylori”. eur. j. gastroenterol. hepatol. 4:697-702. 24. perlin, david s., brown, colett e l., and haber, james e. (1988). “m embrane pot ential defect in hy gromycin b-resistnat p ma1 m utants of saccharomyces cerevisiae”. th e journal of bio logical chemistry. 263, 34: 18118-18122. 25. nicholls d, ferguson s. (1992).”bio ener getics 2”. london,academic press. 26. nagle, j.f., and h.j. m orowitz. (1978). “m olecular mechanisms for p roton transp ort in membran es”. proc. natl. acad. s ci. usa. 75:298-302. 27. decoursey , t.e. (2003). “voltage-gated p roton channels and other p roton transfer p athways”. physiol. rev. 83:475-579. 28. thomas, r.c., and r.w. m eech. (1982). “hy drogen ion currents and intracellu lar p h in depolarized voltageclamped snail neurons”. nature. 299 :826-828. 29. erdogan, seref ; oz gunen, ker em tuncay ; oz gunen, tuncay . (2004). “effects of h+-k+ at pase inhibitors (omeprazole and lansop razole) on fertilization-induced bioelectrical pot ential changes in the egg of the fro g, rana cameranoi”. turk j. vet. anim. sci. 28 : 329-336. 30. demaurex, n., grinst ein, s., jaconi m ., schlegel, lew,w. d.p. and k. h. krause. (1993). “proton currents in human granulo cytes: regulation by membrane p otential and intracellular p h”. j. physiol. (lond.). 466:329-344. 31. todt, jell c., rocque, warr en j., and m cgroarty , estelle j. (1992). “effects of p h on bacterial porin function”. biochemistry. 31: 10471-10478. 32. danilchank a, olga; pavlenok, m ikhail;and niederweis, m ichael (2008). “role of porins fo r upt ake of antibiotics by mycobacterium stnepnatik”. ant imicrobial agents and chemotherapy . 52, n o 9: 3127-3134. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 table 1. s usceptibili ty of e. coli to se veral anti biotics ant ibiotic e. coli susceptibility diameter/mm e 0 cx 0 ra 0 kf 0 am 0 p 0 f 6 te 11 sxt 20 ctx 20 tob 15 l 10 c 23 n 26 na 26 cn 24 0 = resistan t, erythromycin ( e), cloxacellin (cx) , rifampin (ra), cephalo thin (k f), ampicillin (am), pen icillin (p), nitrofurantion (f), tetracyclin e (te), trimethoprime + sulfamethorazole (sxt), cephotaxime (ctx), tobramycin (tob), lincomycin (l), chloramphenicol (c), neomy cin (n), nalidixic acid (na), gentamicin (cn). table 2. s usceptibili ty of e. coli to omeprazole ome prazole μg/ml e. coli growth 10 0 + 30 0 + + = growth. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 table 3. suscepti bili ty of e. coli to se ve ral an ti bi otics in ome prazole containin g me dium a n ti bi o ti c e. coli susceptibility diameter/mm control omepra zole -μg/ml 100 300 e 0 0 0 cx 0 0 0 ra 0 0 0 kf 0 0 0 am 0 0 0 p 0 0 0 f 6 6 0 te 11 7 0 sxt 20 15 15 ctx 20 15 10 tob 15 15 9 l 10 11 9 c 23 15 11 n 26 18 10 na 26 28 26 cn 24 20 9 0 = resistant, erythromycin ( e), clo xacellin ( cx) , r ifampin (ra), cephalothin ( kf), ampicillin (am), penicillin (p), nit rofurantion (f), tetracycline ( te), trim ethoprime + sulfam ethorazol e ( sxt), cephotaxime ( ctx), tobramycin ( tob), lin comycin ( l), chloramph eni col ( c), neomycin ( n), nalidixic acid ( na), gentamicin ( cn). tab le 4. molecular weight of used antib iotics (en.wikipedia.org) antibiotic molecular weight g/mol ra 882.940 e 733.930 n 614.644 sxt 543.599 cn 477.596 tob 467.515 ctx 455.470 te 444.435 cx 435.880 l 406.538 kf 396.440 p 350.391 am 349.406 c 323.132 f 238.160 na 232.235 rifampin (ra), erythromycin (e), neomycin ( n), trimethoprim e + sulfam ethorazol e (sxt), gentamicin ( cn), tob ram ycin ( tob), cephotaxime ( ctx), tetra cycline ( te), cloxa cellin ( cx) , lin com ycin ( l), cephalothin ( kf), penicillin ( p), ampicillin ( am), chlorampheni col ( c), nit rofurantion (f), nalidixic acid ( na). ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد e. coliفي الحیاتیة ومبرازول في تعزیز مقاومِة المضاداتدوراأل سراء عطیة عجیلأ، ریا رعد جبرائیل جبري، البكريعبد الرضاصالح جیھالجامعة التكنولو، قسم العلوم التطبیقیة، حیائیةفرع التقنیات األ الخالصة منتظمـة و، مسـتعمراتھا دائریـة و،عصـویة سـالبة لملـون كـرامبكتریـا :عتماد على صفاتھا التشخیصـیة باأل e.coliبكتریا عزلت ــيء و،المظھـر لقـة متأو،الحـواف ى قلیلـة اللزوجـة لزجـةو،سـمیكة بعـض الش وز و و،اـل ــرة لالكـت ود بكتریـا مخم ــة تـع ى عائل ھـذه العزلـة اـل enterobacteriaceae. ار الحساسـیة ضـد المضـادات الحیاتیـةأظھرت نتائج اخت أن ـب ت حساسـة ل e. coliـب عكاـن المسـتعملة عـدا المضـادات الحیاتیـة جمـی نیالسیفالوث و ،)rifampin (ra)(الرفامبین و،(cloxacellin (cx))و كلوكساسلین ، )erythromycin (e)(رثرومایسین ألا )cephalothin(kf) (، ـلین amp(و االمبس icillin (am ـلین ، )( ــیة) . penicillin (p)(و البنس ار حساس و قـد بینـت تجربـة أختـب e. coli ــــة ــ ــ ــ ـــز مختلـف ــ ــ ــ ــ ـــى تراكی ــ ــ ــ ــ ـــة عل ــ ــ ــ ــ ـــة حاوی ــ ــ ــ ــ ـــاط زرعی ــ ــ ــ ــ ــي أوس ــ ــ ــ ــ ـــة ـف ــ ــ ــ ــ ـــادات الحیاتی ــ ــ ــ ــ ــد المض ــ ــ ــ ضـــ omepمن دواء األومبرازول razole ،ون الل قلـة حساسـیة ،الدواء المثبط لضـخ البروـت لـى المضـادات أ e. coli تعزیـز المقاومـة مـن ـخ .التي كانت حساسة لھا عكسیا مع تركیز الدواء omepومبرازول األوضحت النتائج ان أ razole ي د غیّـَر إمكانیـةَ الغشـاِء الخلـوِي ـف ن خـالل إزالـِة إسـتقطاب غشـاِء e. coliـق ـم .الى داخل الخلیة البكتریة الحیاتیةمما عرقل نفوذیة المضادات ، ونَ الخلیِة نتیجة لتثبط عمل آلیِة ضخِّ البروت ihjpas microsoft word 167-178 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|167   fabrication and study the effect of the laser on the properties of the compound tl2-xhgxba2-ysryca2cu3o10+δ superconductor a. kareem dahash ali nihadshafeek@yahoo.com university of tikrit/college of education for pure science nihad ali shafeek nihadshafeek1963@gmail.com university of tikrit/college of education/tuzkurmatu abstract this study included the fabrication of compound (tl2-xhgxba2-ysryca2cu3o10+δ) in a manner solid state and under hydrostatic pressure (8 ton/cm2) and temperature annealing(850°c), and determine the effect of the laser on the structural and electrical properties elements in the compound, and various concentrations of x where (x= 0.1,0.2,0.3). observed by testing the xrd the best ratio of compensation for x is 0.2 as the value of a = b = 5.3899 (a °), c = 36.21 (a °) show that the installation of four-wheel-based type and that the best temperature shift is tc= 142 k .when you shine a co2 laser on the models in order to recognize the effect of the laser on these models showed the study of xray diffraction of these samples when preparing models with different concentrations of the values of x, the best ratio of compensation is 0.2 which showed an increase in the values of the dimensions of the unit cell a=b = 5.3929 (a °), c = 36.238 (a°). and the best transition temperature after shedding laser is tc=144 k. keywords: superconductor,critical temperature,laser,tetragonal ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|168   1. introduction the superconducting material is a material that allows electrical current entry into force without resistance, as well as characterized by the complete absence of magnetic flux, when it is cool these materials to a certain temperature called the thermal-class critical (tc), this feature is important in many applications in the science of electronics and connectivity , and medical equipment. [1] [2]. the superconducting materials can be divided into several sections according to (tc) own, its structure, and the nature of the superconducting characteristics: conventional superconducting materials such as (hg), and materials superconducting organic (k₃co₆), heavy elvirmionat (cecu₂ si₂) superior material delivery is based on copper o₃ ba pb₁₋xbix, superior materials based on copper with a high temperature oxide delivery ybco)) compounds carbide quadrilateral superconducting (ln nl₂ b₂ c) and in recent years has been the discovery of a number of superior materials and new plug-and perhaps the most recent is the discovery based on the presence of iron arsenide materials [3]. 2. superconductivity applications superconnectors are many benefits and applications in our daily lives, including 1. used in wires of power transmission over long distances and without loss, and about 9% of the generated electric power generating stations dissipated as heat in the regular wires carried by stations to the consumer, as well as use the connecting wires high in the same energy generators to provide the largest portion energy [4]. 2.the use of superconductors in electronic computers makes it smaller and more speed as it can slide closer to each other due to generate heat. 3. use in the medical field in the imaging magnetic resonance imaging machines (mri), which uses magnetic energy to generate the necessary fields that help doctors to see objects without surgical interference, though the use of superconductors cradles to build a very strong mganat can supply us with pictures and clear the various changes that occur in cells the body or tissues [5]. 4. use in the manufacture of a link called link josvensen josephnson (consisting of two connections of superconducting materials separated by a link buffer is too thin) and use this link in: adetect magnetism generated by the movement of blood in the brain and heart, without exposure to harmful rays. this enables physicians to accurate knowledge of pathological cases. banomalies in the earth's magnetic survey, which facilitates the discovery of the mavi ground of ores and oil and water. celectromagnetic radiation frequencies detected in the infrared spectrum (hz-1013 hz1011) can be used in high-discrimination radar and satellite communications industry and the discovery of what is going into outer space [6]. hovercraft trains that run above the ground as if they were flying, being this train very quickly using magnetic repulsion force over by prompt, as the train containing superconducting materials, while large magnets are available on the road and inside the train cooling device is available and that all necessary terms utilized the power of repulsion with magnets themselves to push the train and run it speeds exceeding 550 km per hour as shown in figure (1) [7]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|169   3. literature survey he studied researcher r. awad in 2001 [8] add silver component of the compound superconducting agx (tl₀.₈ pb₀.₁ bi₀.₇) ba₂ cu₃ o δ where x (0≤ x≤0.4). and attended a composite manner solid state reaction and found that the addition of the silver component of the compound tl1223 to aigr quadruple installation because the silver component excludes the installation of the lattice, while the lattice parameters (a, b) less, though adding silver element works to improve the granular size and interdependence between them when x = 0.2 the temperature has improved from 111.5k to 114k and observed that the annealing oxygen serves to reduce the critical temperature of 119k to 111k when x = 0, while annealing oxygen to improve the critical temperature of 114k to 117k works when x = 0.2 because the element silver works to absorb oxygen from khaznat shipment layer (tl, bi, pb, o) the emergence of any voids (oxygen) and transmits the samples from the case of overkill vaccination to the ideal vaccination. and researcher kayed ts and his group in 2003 [9] studied the effect of adding li by adding different amounts of li₂ co₃ to compound tl1-xba₂ ca₂cu₃ o₁₀₊ δ and ahoudoa highest temperature when you add 1% of the atomic weight of lithium li₂ co₃ of carbonate, and the data xray showed that the sample has a complex four-way place and a high proportion of (tl 2223), while the critical temperature equal to (tc = 125k) as well as the resistance is zero when (tc = 117k). the researcher and his group f.ahmed year [10] 2005 preparing samples of tl-ba-ca-cuo system, which has the structural formula (n = 1,2) tl₂ba₂ ca₂ncu₃ + no δ and then tldenha under different conditions to study the impact on the formation of phases of superconductors, in this study it was found that all of the samples have been prepared largely 8500c temperature showed dominance phases not excessive conductivity while a sample that was prepared degree 6000c temperature showed formation phase with tc low system tbcco (tc = 80k) and also was determined values for a, b = 3.84a0, 5.450a0 . attended researcher abed [11] in 2011 composite tl2-xagxba2ca2cu3o10 + δ superior electrical conductivity for different values ˩x as 0≤x≤0.5 found that tc = 134k, 139k, 146k when x = 0.1,0.2,0.3 respectively under conditions ideal (annealing temperature of 1123k and hydrostatic pressure 8 ton/cm2) goes down to tc (122k, 105k) for the values of x (0.4 and 0.5), respectively, under the same circumstances. the study suzan and his group (2012) [12] has included the effect of annealing of thin films of a compound bi1.6pb0.4sr2ca2cu2.2zn0.8o10 record laser pulses in a manner under different temperatures cº (820, 840,860,880) the availability of oxygen at a rate of 2liter / min and a rate of temperature c / min º 15, were examined by thin-film (x-ray defraction) xrd as well as measurements of the electrical resistance and measured manner four probe technique. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|170   4. materials techniques and procedures the following materials were used in the preparation of the samples: 1. high purity chemicals up to 99.999%, which tl2o3 thallium oxide and copper oxide, cuo and barium carbonate ba co3 and calcium carbonate ca co3 nitrate alsnetzoinom (sr (no3)) 2 and mercury oxide hgo (german origin). 2. alcohol isopropanol isopropanol (c3h3o) for the purpose of keeping materials of precipitation is crushed when conducting solid-state reaction.   3. 2. (o2) oxygen gas has been used to provide air saturated with this gas during the sintering process (sintring) and the process of annealing (annealing)   5. devices used in the preparation of samples the devices during sample preparation process use of the following   1. balance sensitive type (g.m.b.a) with a precise amount (0.0001 gm), german origin. 2. ceramic boat.  3. gate mortar.  4. heat oven with a degree of thermal limits (1423 k).  5. regulator to high temperatures (furnace controlling) oven type lined with clay and pottery.  6. furnace hydraulic piston hydraulic  7. press template for cbs samples.  the weight ratios of the elements of the account the gravimetric ratios of the materials involved in the complex formation tl2-xhgxba2-ysryca2cu3o10++δ account +δ by taking molecular weights of these materials relative to the weight of each component of the base material and composite (sample) to be prepared. and found the following weights of chemicals used in the preparation of table different vehicles. annealing samples after obtaining the samples prepared in tablets from the preceding paragraph. placed in an electric oven and raise the temperature from room temperature to (600˚c) rate (120˚c / hr) and then the sample is kept at this thermal class for a period of 12 hours and is then lifted from the oven temperature (600˚c ) to ((850˚c rate (120˚c / hr) and remain at this temperature for 24 hours in an atmosphere saturated with oxygen is then reduced degree of temperature model (850˚c) to (600˚c) rate (30˚ c / hr) and remain at these thermal class also for two (12) hours, after which it is lowering the temperature of the (600˚c) to room ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|171   temperature at a rate of (30˚c / hr) and shape figure (2 ) shows the annealing of the composite process [13] to make sure that the degree of annealing temperature (850˚c) is the best degree annealing temperatures were prepared several samples (tablets) and varying annealing temperature, different (810˚c, 830˚c, 850˚c, 870˚c, 890˚c. 6. results & discussion study characteristics of the compound tl2-xhgxba2-y sry ca2 cu3 o10 + δ superior electrical conductivity.  we have studied the structural characteristics of the compound under the volumetric temperature annealing (8500c). under pressure (8 ton / cm2) it showed x-ray diffraction study of these samples in the preparation of models in different proportions to the values of x. when compensation was valued at x = 0.1 shows regularly in the crystal structure and the emergence of a clear peaks as shown in figure (3). through the use of the law in the diffraction barak was dhkl values are calculated by dhkl law (2d sinɵ = nλ), the distance between the parallel levels and through reflection angles (2ɵ) found miller transactions (hkl) and using the basic language program has been found values the dimensions of the unit cell, as in the table (4). a = b= 5.432 (a°) , c = 35.16 (a°) when increasing the proportion of compensation to 0.2 showed an increase in the values and the regularity with an increase in the dimensions of the unit cell a = b = 5.3899 (a °), c = 36.21 (a °), as shown in figure (4) has noticed regularly in the crystal structure of the compound when increasing the ratio of compensation and took the boat the best role in the crystal structure as in table (4). while showing a decrease in the intensity of the peaks and clearly when you increase the percentage of compensation to 0.3, as shown in figure (5), which refers to the case of irregularities that occurred due to the increase in the proportion of compensation on the sample was equal to the dimensions of the lattice a = b = 5.532 (a °), c = 35.98 (a °) with a clear decrease in dimension. it is therefore concluded that the best ratio of compensation that should be used is 0.2 .these results are consistent with previous studies and research [14,15]. has been shed on the co2 laser models in order to recognize the effect of the laser on these models showed x-ray diffraction study of these samples in the preparation of models in different proportions to the values of x. it shows that when increasing the proportion of the value of x to 0.1 notice that the diffraction values and be of rules offer less and be more clear indicating a further improvement of the crystal structure or crystal structure as shown in figure (6). but it showed an increase in the dimension (c) which indicates an increase in the regularity of the crystal structure and became the values of a = b = 5.411 (a°), c = 36.211 (a°). when increasing the ratio of compensation to 0.2 increase in values and regularity emerged with an increase in the dimensions of the unit cell a = b = 5.3929 (a °), c = 36.238 (a °), as shown in figure (7) has noticed regularly in the crystal structure of the compound when increasing the ratio of compensation and took the boat the best role in the crystal structure. while showing a decrease in the intensity of the peaks and clearly when you increase the percentage of compensation to 0.3, as shown in figure (8), which refers to the ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|172   case of irregularities that occurred due to the increase in the proportion of compensation on the sample was equal to the dimensions of the lattice a = b = 5.562 (a °), c = 35.71 (a °) with a clear decrease in dimension c as in table (5). the study of the electrical properties of the compound tl2-xhgxba2-ysryca2cu3o10+δ superior electrical conductivity. has been studied the electrical properties of the compound tl2-xhgxba2-ysryca2cu3 o10 + δ different rates for (x) as the value of x = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, as shown in figure (9). the study showed the models prepared when the ratio of compensation x = 0.1 the critical temperature (138 k), as well as increased critical temperature of the compound when increasing the ratio of compensation to x = 0.2 became critical temperature equal to (142 k) and that this result can be interpreted that the compound taking the role of the perfect crystal structure and the proportion of the compensation led to increase the critical temperature, as shown in the table (6). while we noticed a decline in the critical temperature when it increased the proportion of compensation by = x = 0.3, it has a critical temperature of the compound decreased to 140 k. the reason for the lower critical temperature is due to the decrease in the length of the axis (c), which in turn leads to a reduction in the value of the critical temperature tc any increase compensation for (x) the biggest in 0.2 is causing a change in the crystal structure of the compound, if this value is consistent with earlier research [16]. these results are interpreted on the basis of high and good regularity in the crystal structure of the compound. the superior electrical conductivity these results coincide with previous research [17,18]. when you shine a co2 laser on the prepared forms and at different rates to compensate for the value of x = 0.1 note the increase in critical temperature, where it was found when the ratio of compensation for x = 0 that the critical temperature is equal 140 k pound as well as increased when increasing the ratio of compensation for x = 0.2 became critical temperature equal to (144k) as shown in figure (10). this result can be explained on the basis that the boat will continue in the case of regularity in the crystal structure and the crystal structure of the growing proportion of oxygen in the compound. but when increasing the ratio of compensation to x = 0.3 lower critical temperature (143k) this is due to the lack of regularity in the crystal structure, which in turn led to a decline in the value axis (c) and that this study coincide with previous studies [19]. composite powders when x = 0.1+ δ 10o3cu2ca ysr y-2baxhgx-2eights tlw: )1(table symbols weight/gm powder w1 0.433 3o2tl w20.21162sr(no3) w30.20013caco w40.2386cuo w50.02165hgo w60.1973ba co ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|173   table (2): weights tl2-xhgxba2-y sry ca2cu3o10 + δ composite powders when x = 0.2 symbols weight/gm powder w1 0.411 3o2tl w2 0.2116 2sr(no3) w3 0.2001 3caco w4 0.2386 cuo w5 0.0433 hgo w6 0.197 3ba co table (3): weights tl2-xhgxba2-y sry ca2cu3o10 + δ composite powders when x = 0.3 symbolsweight/gmpowder w1 0.388 3o2tl w20.21162sr(no3) w30.20013caco w40.2386cuo w50.0649hgo w60.1973ba co table (4): values axes a,b,c of the samples under temperature annealing 850 ºc for δ10+o3cu2caysry-2baxhgx-2compound tl 3)°volume (a c (a°) b (a°) a (a°) x 1050.800 35.16 5.432 5.432 0.1 1112.402 36.21 5.3899 5.3899 0.2 1011.522 35.98 5.532 5.532 0.3 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|174   table (5): values axes a, b, c of the reticule samples under temperature annealing 2after irradiation lazer co10 + δ o 3cu 2ca ysry -2baxhgx-2c for compound tl0)850( 3)°volume (a c (a°) b (a°) a (a°) x 1057.801 36.211 5.411 5.411 0.1 1121.407 36.238 5.3929 5.3929 0.2 1012.922 35.71 5.562 5.562 0.3 table (6): the relationship between the ratio of compensation and the critical temperature and the percentage of oxygen  ct x 10.26 138 k 0.1 10.30 142 k 0.2 10.40 140 k 0.3 table (7): the relationship between the ratio of compensation and the critical temperature and the percentage of oxygen  ct x 10.35 140k 0.1 10.45 144 k 0.2 10.52 143 k 0.3 figure (1): the installation of a train using superconductivity technology ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|175   figure (2): annealing process of the compound in an atmosphere saturated with oxygen the purpose of this exercise is to get as much regularity in the crystal structure of the compound for a quadruple installation based tetragonal. when x= 0.1 10+δo3cu2caysry-2baxhgx-2on for compound tlray diffracti-xfigure (3): when x= 0.2 10+δo3cu2caysry-2baxhgx-2ay diffraction for compound tlr-figure (4): x 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 intensity  s/c 2ɵ (degree) (1112) (112) (0018) (1011) (201) (219)(1114)(203) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 intensity  s/c 2ɵ (degree) ( 1112) (112) (0018) (1011) (201) (219)(1114) (203) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|176   when x= 0.3 10+δo3cu2caysry-2baxhgx-2ay diffraction for compound tlr-figure (5): x figure (6): x-ray diffraction for compound tl2-xhgxba2-y sry ca2 cu3 o10 + δ after co2 laser irradiation when x = 0.1 after δ + 10o 3cu 2ca ysr y-2baxxhg-2ray diffraction for compound tl-x :(7) figure laser irradiation when x = 0.2 2co 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 intensity  s/c 2ɵ (degree) (1112) (112) (0018) (1011) (201) (219) (1114) (203) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 (008) (0010) (116) (219) (020) (101) (0020) (203) 2ɵ (degree) intensity s/c (222) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 (008) (0010) (116) (219) (020) (101) (0020) (203) 2ɵ (degree) intensity s/c (222) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|177   2after co 10+δo3cu2caysry-2baxhgx-2ray diffraction for compound tl-x :figure (8) laser irradiation when x = 0.3 figure (9): relationship between the resistivity and the critical temperature of the when (x) equals x =0.1,0.2, 0.3 10+δo3cu2caysry-2baxhgx-2compound tl figure (10): rrelationship between the resistivity and the critical temperature of the after 3when (x) equals x = 0.1, 0.2, 0.10 + δ o 3cu 2ca ysry -2baxhgx-2compound tl irradiation lazer co2 0 200 400 600 800 1000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ((101)(008) (020) (0010) (116) (0020) (219) (222) (203) intensity   s/c 2ɵ (degree) 0 0.5 1 1.5 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 ρ m ω .c m t/k  series1 series2 series3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 ρ /m ω .c m t/k series1 series2 series3 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1789 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|178   7. conclusions the x-ray diffraction study of tl2-xhgxba2-ysryca2cu3 o10 + δ showed that the compound had a tetragonal structure and there was an increase in the c axis with an increase in the value of tc, but the increase decreased with increased mercury inhibition. the samples were then tested by x-ray after laser irradiation. we found the dimenations of the lattice where the crystalline structure became more uniform and thus obtained a more complete and coordinated crystalline system. this cryslalline arrangement provides secure pathways for cargo carriers. cooper pairs in superconducting materials. references [1]. k.a. gschneidner, jr. l. exring and m.b.mapale, hand book on the physics and chemistry of . rare earths, elsevier scince b. v , 30,(2000). [2]. hat field. and j.h. miller, , jr. “high temperature super conductor materials” marcel dekker, inc., 37, (1988). [3]. r . abdshukor. ‘‘high-temperature superconductors: materials, mechanisms and applications’’ akdemi sains malaysia, (2009). [4]. v. z. kresin& s. a. wolf,"fundamentals of superconductivity", ch – 1 , plenum press , new york ,( 1990). [5]. f. steinmeyer , siemens , epo : 947 – 949 a2 , (1999). [6]. y. nakmura , c. j. hamans& j. e. mooje : science 299 ,.1869 ,( 2003). [7]. r. kleiner& w. buckel ,"superconductivity fundamentals & applications", wiley – vch , (2004). [8]. r. awad, j. e gypt. sol. ,. 24.. 1, (2001). [9] .t. s. keyed , cryst . ros. technal. ,.38,. 11,.946.(2003). [10] f.ahmed., a.m.samadder, h.r.sultan and m.abul hossain and a.h.khan, miramaretrleste , 091, (2005) abed. a. m. , m. sc. thesis , university of tikrit ,( 2011). [11] [12] . suzan malike , y. ghazala hermiz and mahdi h.suhail.university of baghdad . dep of physics. iraq journal of physics no:328,(2012) . [13]. s.e jassim., m.sc., thesis university of musul, (1996). [14] . bian coni a., solid state commune, 65, 1135, (1988). [15]. m.n. fathulua, ph.d. thesis university of baghdad (1997) [16]. r. beyers, s. s .p. parkin, v. y. lee and hnawg t. c., 'appl. phys.leet.' , 53, 432,(1988). [17]. p. purenr, j. schaf, 'm. a. gusmao and kunzler physican j.v.c.',.176,.357,(1991). [18]. r. m. hazen, 'phys. rev. lett.',.60,.1657,(1988). [19]. chesca. b, annalen der , phys, 8511 , (1990). empirical formula for neutron yield for (α,n) reactions from 63cu and 65cu maher nasir sarsam department of engineering computing technologies, college of alsalam university bashair mohammed saied aeshah ali hussein department of physic/ college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad inaam noori ibrahim ministry of education received in 9 july 2013, accepted in 10 october 2013 abstract the calculated neutron yields from (α, n) reactions are very important in analyzing radiation shielding of spent fuel storage, transport and safe handling. the cross sections of 63cu (α, n) 66ga and 65cu (α, n) 68ga reactions are calculated for different α-energies using different sets of programs using matlab language. the values deduced energy is from threshold to eα= 30 mev and to eα= 40 mev for 63cu (α, n) 66ga and 65cu (α, n) 68ga respectively. the weight average cross section was then used to calculate the neutron yields y0 (n/106α) for each reaction .the empirical formula was then suggested to calculate total neutron yield to each isotope. keywords: neutron yield, cross section ,empirical formula. 95 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction the nuclear data on (α,n) reactions play an important role in the fields of radiation shielding and critically safety relating to storage,transport and handling of spent fuel [1],as well as for the design and operation of a nuclear fuel cycle facility and particle accelerator facility [2]. the cross section for 63cu (α, n) 66ga has been measured for eα= (7.846) mev by levkovskij. (1991) [3] and the cross section for 63cu (α, n) 66ga reaction has been measured for (8-37) mev by zhukova at. et al [4] and for (7.8-42.5) mev by bryant at .et al [5] and for (8-40) mev by porile and morrison [6] and for (8-38) mev by zweit at .et al [7] and for (8-38) mev by singh at .et al [8] . the cross section for65cu (α, n) 68ga reaction has been measured for eα= (9 45) mev by bhardwai [9] , and measured for (7.846) mev by levkovskij. (1991) [3], and for (7.846) mev by bryant at. et al [5], and for (7.840) mev by porile at. et al [6], and for (7.841.7) mev by bonesso. et al [10], and for (8.940) mev by singh at. et al [8], and for (8.5-36.3) mev by szelecsenyi. et al [11]. in jendl the total cross section and neutron yield for these reactions have been presented [12 ].the cross sections evaluations for (α,n) reactions for63cu and65cu target elements are calculated according to the available international atomic energy agency (iaea) libraries and other experimental published data[12]. the stopping power depends on the type and energy of the incident particle and on the properties of the materials it passes. in passing through matter ,fast charged particles ionize the atoms or molecules which they inter. the yield for a target having any thickness can be defined as the ratio of the number of nuclei formed in the nuclear reaction to the number of particles incident on the target. thick target yield is defined for a fixed macroscopic energy loss ,ein -eth, in a thick target. integral yield is defined for a finite energy loss down to the threshold of the reaction ,ein-eth .the recommended cross sections discussed in the present work and the target stopping powers of srim program 2003 [srim 2003] were used to calculate the alpha yield for a target of significant thickness . data reduction and analysis the q-values and threshold energies of these reactions were calculated by using the atomic mass obtained from the following equations [13] : q=931.5 [mα +mx mn-my]…………..(1) eth=-q [1+mα/mx]…………………… (2) where mn represents the mass of neutron and mα,mx and my are the atomic mass (in amu ) of 4he ,target and product nucleus respectively. the cross section data of 63cu(α,n) 66ga were published by [ 3-8] and of 65cu(α,n) 68ga were published by [3,5-6,8-10]. these data are plotted, interpolated and recalculated in steps of 1 mev from threshold to 30 mev for 63cu and from 9 to 40 mev for 65cu by using different sets of programs using matlab language to obtain weighted average values for each reaction. *the normalization for the statistical distribution of cross sections errors to the corresponding cross section values for each another has been done . *the interpolation for the nearest data for each energy interval as a function of cross sections and their corresponding errors have been done using matlab program. *the interpolation values were calculated to obtain the adopted cross section which is based on the weighted average calculation according to the following expressions [13] : 𝜎𝑤.𝑎.= ∑ 𝜎𝑖 (∆𝜎𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∑ 1 (∆𝜎𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 …………………………… (3) where the standard deviation error is 96 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 𝑆. 𝐷= 1 �∑ 1 (∆𝜎𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ………………………….(4) where 𝜎𝑖 is the cross section value, ∆𝜎𝑖 is the corresponding error for each cross section value. neutron yields for an accelerating beam trans versing a target ,the occurred nuclear reactions produce n light particles per unit time and is given by [13] : 𝑌 = 𝐼𝑂 𝑁 𝑑 𝜎𝑥 … … … … . . … … (5) experimentally the yield of neutrons detected per incident particle 𝑌𝑛 for an ideal ,thin and uniform target and mon energetic beam of energy e is given by [13] : 𝑌𝑛 = (𝑁𝑑𝑥)𝜎(𝐸𝑏)𝜂(𝐸𝑏) … … …. (6) where 𝑁𝑑𝑥 is the areal number density of target atom and 𝜂 is the neutron –detection efficiency for a target which is not infinitesimally thin, the beam loses energy as it passes through the target and the yield is then given by [14]: 𝑌𝑛 = ∫ 𝜎(�́�)𝜂(�́�)𝑓𝑑�́� −𝑑𝐸 𝑑𝑋 (�́�) 𝐸𝑏 𝐸𝑡 … ………….(7) where et is (𝐸𝑏 − ∆𝐸) where e∆ is the energy loss of the beam in the target, f is the number of target atoms in each molecule, and 𝑑𝐸 𝑑𝑋 (�́�)is the stopping power per target molecule, if the target is sufficiently thick, and there exists one atom per each molecule (i.e.f=1) and taking 𝜂(𝐸) = 1 ,then the resulting yield is called the thick –target yield which is given by [15]: 𝑌(𝐸𝑏)=∫ 𝜎(𝐸)𝑑𝐸 𝑑𝐸 𝑑𝑋 𝐸𝑏 𝐸𝑡ℎ𝑟 ……………………(8) where 𝐸𝑡ℎ𝑟 is the reaction threshold energy. thus by measuring the yield at two closely spaced energies e1 &e2,one can determine the average value of the integrand over this energy interval as follows [15]: [ 𝜎(𝐸) 𝑑𝐸 𝑑𝑋 ]𝐸𝑏 = 𝑌(𝐸2) − 𝑌(𝐸1) 𝐸2 − 𝐸1 … … … … … … … … . . (9) where 𝐸𝑏 is the average of e1 &e2,if 𝜎(𝐸) is the cross section which is available in the literature as a function of projectile energy 𝐸𝑏 for natural elements, then the neutron yield can be calculated using equation (9) results and discussion a-cross section calculation the q-value and threshold energies for 63cu(α,n) 66ga and 65cu(α,n) 68ga are presented in the table (1). the adopted value of cross section which is calculated in the present work are presented in the figures (1,2) from threshold to eα=30 mev and to eα=40 97 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 mev for 63cu(α,n) 66ga and 65cu(α,n) 68ga respectively. in each figure, the cross sections are compared with those deduced from the previous measurements. b-yield calculation neutron yields for 63cu(α,n) 66ga and 65cu(α,n) 68ga reactions calculated from reproduced cross section refs. [3-8], and [3,5-6,8-10] are presented in figures (3,4) together with the calculated weighted averages. the results obtained are consistent with each other. the neutron yields calculated in the present work have been considered as adopted neutron yield values by using the adopted neutron yields as an input data ,a matlab computer program have been executed to obtain the fitting parameters a& b for the power which fits formula equations for 63cu(α,n) 66ga reaction is: f(x) = a1*exp(-((x-b1)/c1)^2) + a2*exp(-((x-b2)/c2)^2) + a3*exp(-((x-b3)/c3)^2) + a4*exp(((x-b4)/c4)^2) + a5*exp(-((x-b5)/c5)^2) + a6*exp(-((x-b6)/c6)^2)………………(10) a1 = 70.51 b1 = 31.18 c1 = 1.435 a2 = -403.3 b2 = 28.16 c2 = 3.197 a3 = -918.5 b3 = 24.83 c3 = 3.953 a4 = -55.09 b4 = 21.07 c4 = 2.537 a5 = 1879 b5 = 26.03 c5 = 6.429 a6 = 120.3 b6 = 15.81 c6 = 4.015 and for 65cu(α,n) 68ga reaction is: f(x) = a1*exp(-((x-b1)/c1).^2) + a2*exp(-((x-b2)/c2).^2) + a3*exp(-((x-b3)/c3).^2) + a4*exp(-((x-b4)/c4).^2)…………(11) a1 = 4547 b1 = 21.55 c1 = 5.059 a2 = -4067 b2 = 21.57 c2 = 4.947 a3 = 843.9 b3 = 31.69 c3 = 8.037 a4 = 48.48 b4 = 14.23 c4 = 3.291 98 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 conclusions in the present work, the more recent cross section of (α,n) reactions for intermediate nuclei are reproduced and used to calculate the neutron yields at different α-particle energies .the obtained n-yields have been formalized using fitting procedure, as well as empirical formula has been established which combines the variation of n-yields with projectile kinetic energy and target atomic . references 1. yamamuro,n. and matsunobu,h., (2002) , evaluation of the nuclear data on( α,n) reaction for f,na,al,cr,fe,niandcu,nucl.sci.and technol,1(2):188-191. 2. murata,t. and shibata,k. ,(2002), evaluation of the (α,n) reaction nuclear data for light nuclides,nucl.sci and technol,1(2):76-79. 3. levkovskij,v. n.(1991), activation cross section nuclides of average masses (a=40-100) by protons and alpha-particles with average energies (e=10-50 mev),book: levkovskij, moscow. 4. zhukova,o. a.;kanashevich,v. i.;laptev,s. v. and chursin,g. p. , (1970),excitation functions of reactions induced by alpha particles with maximum energy of 38 mev on copper isotopes, j,izk,4:1-8. 5. bryant, e.a.; cochran,d.r.f. and knight, j.d., (1963) ,excitation functions of reactions of 7 to 24 mev 3he ions with 63cu and 65cu, j, pr, 130:1512. 6. porile,n. t. and morrison,d. l., (1959),reactions of 63cu and 65cu with alpha particles, j,pr, 116:1193-1200. 7. zweit,j.; sharma,h.and downey,s.,(1987),production of gallium-66 ,a short lived positron emitting radio nuclide,j,ari,38:499-501. 8. singh,b. p.;manoj; sharma, k.;musthafa, m. m.;bhardwaj,h. d. and prasad,r.,(2006), a study of pre-equilibrium emission in some proton and alpha –induced reactions, j,nim/a, 562: 717. 9 .bhardwai,h.d.;gautam, a.k. and prasad,r., (1988),measurement and analysis of excitation functions for alpha-induced reactions e in copper, journal pramana, 31:109. 10. bonesso ,o.; ozafran, m. j.; mosca, h. o.; vazquez, m. e.;capurro ,o. a. and nassiff ,s. j., (1991),study of pre-equilibrium effects on α-induced reactions on copper, journal of radio analytical and nuclear chemistry, 152(1): 189-197. 11. szelecsenyi,f.; kovacs, z. and nagatsu,k., (2012), investigation of direct production of 68ga with low energy multi particle accelerator, j,rca, 100:5. 12. "jendl (japanese evaluated nuclear data library version 3 revision-3, (2002),j. nucl. sci. technol, 39(11):1125-1136. 13. audi,g. and wapstra,a.h.,(1995),the1995update to the atomic mass evaluation,nucl phys. a 595:409-480. 14. wrean,p.r.(1998) ph.d thesis, california institute of technology u.s.a. 15 norman,e.b.;chypp,t.e.;lesko,k.t.;grant,p.j.andwoodruff,g.l.,(1984),22na production cross sections from the 19f(α,n) reaction,phys.rev c,30( 4):1 339-1340. table no.(1):q-values and threshold energies for (α,n) reactions with 63cu , 65cu reaction threshold energy (mev) q-value(mev) 63cu(α,n) 66ga 8.16±0.03 -7.513±0.032 65cu(α,n) 68ga 6.16±0.04 -5.843±0.12 99 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no .(1) : cross sections of 63cu (α, n) 66ga reaction figure no.(2) : cross sections of 65cu (α, n) 68ga reaction 100 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(3) : total neutron yield of 63cu (α, n) 66ga reaction 101 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(4) : total neutron yield of 65cu (α, n) 68ga reaction 63cuالصیغة التجریبیة للحصیلة النیوترونیة لتفاعالت (ألفا،نیوترون) من 65cuو ماھر ناصر سرسم الحاسبات ، كلیة السالم الجامعةقسم ھندسة تقنیات بشائر محمد سعید عائشة علي حسین قسم الفیزیاء ،كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھیثم ،جامعة بغداد. انعام نوري ابراھیم وزارة التربیة 2013تشرین االول 10البحث ، قبل 2013حزیران 9 استلم البحث الخالصة مھمة جدا في تحلیل االشعاع الناتج من تدریع للوقود المستنفذ (α, n)النیوترونیة لتفاعالتان حسابات الحصیلة عند 65cu (α, n) 68gaو 63cu (α, n) 66gaالمقاطع العرضیة لتفاعالتحسبت وتخزینھ ونقلھ والمعاملة اآلمنة لھ . طاقات الفـــــــــــــا المختلفة باستعمال مجموعة برامج بلغة ماتالب ، وقد تم االخذ بعین االعتبار طاقات الفا من طاقة على التوالي ، واستخدمت ھذه 65cu (α, n) 68gaو 63cu (α, n)66gaلتفاعل 40mevوالى mev 30 العتبة الى (نیوترون/ملیون الفا) لكل تفاعل ، بعد ذلك اقترحت y0الحصیلة النیوترونیة القیم للمقاطع العرضیة الموزونة في حساب الصیغة التجریبیة لحساب حصیلة النیوترون الكلیة في كال النظیرین . الحصیلة النیوترونیة ، المقطع العرضي ،الصیغة التجریبیة .:الكلمات المفتاحیة 102 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 10 abstract alphatocopherol is a vitamin and antioxidant compound that plays a crucial role in amelioration of biotic and abiotic stresses and protects plants from stress – induced cellular oxidation .the experiment was carried out in a green garden of the department of biology, college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham ,university of baghdad during 2018 – 2019 to evaluate the potential effects of foliar application with (0 ,50 ,100 ,150 ,200 mg.l-1) alphatocopherol on growth, yield components and the activity of antioxidant system of wheat plant under sodium chloride stress(0 ,75 , 150 ,225mm.l-1) .results indicated that sodium chloride caused reduction in shoot dry weight and some yield components (biological yield , no. spikelet .spike-1 and 1000 grain weight)and a significant increase in the endogenous proline acid and alphatocopherol concentration and raised catalase activity. foliar spray of alphatocopherol improved salt stress tolerance in wheat plant by increasing all the parameters. keywords: wheat plant, antioxidant defense, alphatocopherol, salinity tolerance 1.introduction wheat (triticum aestivum l.)is one of the most strategic crops in the world grains production, and is consumed as the main food by more than 36% of world population, wheat productivity is adversely affected by salinity stress[1]. salinity is a major threat and global problems that negatively affect crops productivity. it impairs plant growth and development through water stress caused by an osmotic imbalance and ion toxicity due to uptake of ions such as sodium and chloride , and nutritional imbalance[2,3]. plants are subjected to variety of abiotic and biotic stresses such as salinity which trigger oxidative stress within plant cells due to the high leakage of the electrons toward oxygen molecule during the metabolic processes of photosynthesis and respiration. as a result, there are over production of reactive oxygen species and these free radicals attack nucleic acids ,cell membranes , proteins, lipids, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2673 article history: received 29, november, 2020, accepted 3, march, 2021, published in july 2021 foliar spraying alphatocopherol enhances salinity stress tolerance in wheat plant triticum aestivum l. amel ghanim muhmood al-kazzaz department of biology college of education for pure sciences ibnal-haitham university of baghdad, iraq. amelkazzaz61@gmail.com inas hasseb khamees al-kareemawi ministry of education, iraq. inas.haseeb@yahoo.com mailto:amelkazzaz61@gmail.com* inas.haseeb@yahoo.com 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 leading to cell death. plants have developed a defense system that protects the cell and limits the oxidative stress. this system includes enzymatic and nonenzymatic antioxidants[4]. vitamin e belongs to the chemical family of tocochromanols (tocopherols and tocotrienols) which are mostly produced by plants, algae and some cyanobacteria[5]. alphatocopherol is one of the nonenzymatic antioxidants , it is considered as the most active form of vitamin e , it is amphipathic molecule in which the polar chromanol head group are exposed to the membrane surface ,while the hydrophobic prenyl tail associates with membrane lipids [6]. the research is taken from the second researcher’s master thesis the strong oxidative properties of alphatocopherol due to its ability to deactivate photosynthesis derived reactive oxygen species mainly single oxygen and interact with polyunsaturated acyl groups and scavenge lipid peroxyl radicals, thus protecting membrane fatty acid from lipid peroxidation [7]. several studies recorded an increase in the antioxidant content in wheat plant grown under salt stress in response to alphatocopherol application [8,9]. in our study, we aim to evaluate the extent to which wheat plant al-baraka cultivar can overcome sodium chloride stress and determine the alphatocopherol concentration that minimizes the harmful effect of salinity stress . 2.materials and methods the experiment was conducted in a green garden of the department of biology ,college of education for pure sciences, ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, during the growth season 2018-2019 to a access the influence of alphatocopherol (0 ,50 ,100 ,150 ,200 mg.l-1)as a foliar spray on wheat plant c.v. albaraka irrigated with sodium chloride (0 ,75 ,150 ,225 mm.l-1 ). the experiment was laid out in a completely randomized design (crd) with three replications. healthy grains were sown in pots (with capacity 11kg soil) on november 21,2018, thinning of plants was done in two weeks after germination. plants were irrigated with sodium chloride concentrations on december 30,2018 and continued until the end of the experiment. plants were sprayed with alphatocopherol concentrations on january 9,2019 in the early morning and four randomly plants were harvest per pots on january 22,2019. plants samples were oven dried (65co to constant mass)and pulverized ,the dry mass of shoots and leaves were measured. fully expand leaves for each treatment were used to quantified proline acid, using the ninhydrin reagent[10]and for determination endogenous alphatocopherol [11]and catalase enzyme activity[12]. six plants were harvest on april 11, 2019 and some yield components of wheat plant were calculated (biological yield, number of spikelet.spike-1 ,weight of 1000 grain).statistical analyses were carried out and the difference between the means were detected according to(> 0.05)using test [13]. 3. results and discussion data presented in (table 1) showed reduction in the shoot dry weight average at the concentration 225 mm.l-1 sodium chloride by 33.90% in comparison with control. in contrast, alphatocopherol foliar spray from 0200 mg.l-1 caused significant increase for shoot dry weight average and the best increase was at 150mg.l-1 by 52.62% .regarding the combination between the two factors ,150 mg.l-1 alphatocopherol can minimize the adverse effects of 225 mm.l-1 sodium chloride on the shoot dry weight with the value 4.59 mg comparison with shoot dry weight value 2.70 gm. at the same sodium chloride concentration but without alphatocopherol spray and in comparison with 5.00 gm. at the control treatment . 12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 table 1: effect of sodium chloride and alphatocopherol and their interactions on shoot dry weight (gm)of wheat plant sodium chloride concentrations (mm.l-1) alphatocopherol concentrations (mg.l-1) sodium chloride average 0 50 100 150 200 0 5.00 5.22 6.18 6.69 6.40 5.90 75 3.83 4.35 5.11 5.79 5.44 4.90 150 3.01 4.07 4.89 5.10 5.20 4.45 225 2.70 3.71 4.18 4.59 4.30 3. 90 alphatocopherol average 3.63 4.34 5.09 5.54 5.34 lsd(0.05) sodium chloride concentrations=0.10 alphatocopherol concentrations=0.11 interaction=0.22 to determine whether proline acid and alphatocopherol accumulates in plants leaves in response to sodium chloride stress , the endogenous concentration for both of them was measured . data in (table 2 ) showed an increase in proline acid average by 77.04% with increasing sodium chloride concentration from to 225 mm.l-1 . application of alphatocopherol up to 200mg.l-1 as foliar spray increased proline acid average with the superiority to 150mg.l-1 for giving the highest average with increase ratio 47.64%.the combination between the dual factors was significant, the value of proline acid at the treatment 225 mm.l-1 sodium chloride and 200 mg.l-1 alphatocopherol was 120.52 µg.mg-1 in comparison with its value 115.45 µg.gm-1 at 225 mm.l-1 sodium chloride but without alphatocopherol spray and with the control value 33.93 µg.gm-1 . table 2: effect of sodium chloride and alphatocopherol and their interactions on proline acid concentration (µg.mg-1) of wheat plant leaves sodium chloride concentrations (mm.l-1) alphatocopherol concentrations (mg.l-1) sodium chloride average 0 50 100 150 200 0 33.93 40.28 57.23 102.33 99.67 65.69 75 63.98 98.31 105.23 115.37 101.21 96.82 150 95.44 106.23 116.32 118.61 116.92 110.70 225 115.45 116.97 117.82 119.60 120.52 118.07 alphatocopherol average 77.20 90.45 99.15 113.98 109.58 lsd(0.05) sodium chloride concentrations=2.47 alphatocopherol concentrations=2.76 interaction=5.52 data in(table 3) showed that endogenous alphatocopherol average increased significantly due to sodium chloride concentrations from 0 to 225 mm.l-1 by 38.99%, alphatocopherol foliar spray up to 200mg.l-1 increased parameter average by 44.87% .the combination between both factors was demonstrated, 100 mg.l1 alphatocopherol can reduce the adverse effect of 225 mm.l-1 sodium chloride and raized the endogenous alphatocopherol concentration with the value 24.90 µg.gm-1 in comparison with its value 21.79 µg.gm-1 at the same concentration of sodium chloride but without adding alphatocopherol and with a control value 8.22 µg.gm-1. table 3: effect of sodium chloride and alphatocopherol and their interactions on endogenous alphatocopherol concentration(µg.mg-1) of wheat plant leaves sodium chloride concentrations (mm.l-1) alphatocopherol concentrations (mg.l-1) sodium chloride average 0 50 100 150 200 0 8.22 13.34 17.62 20.40 22.61 16.44 75 14.21 16.82 19.41 20.29 18.84 17.91 150 16.57 19.20 20.48 24.50 23.41 20.83 225 21.79 22.93 24.90 22.87 21.77 22.85 alphatocopherol average 15.20 18.07 20.60 22.02 21.66 lsd(0.05) sodium chloride concentrations=1.08 alphatocopherol concentrations=1.21 interaction=2.42 catalase is one of the most potent catalysts known, data in (table 4) indicated that in response to sodium chloride concentrations up to 225 mm.l-1 average of catalase activity enhances by about 13 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 50.75%. alphatocopherol foliar spray up to 200 mg.l-1 improved average of enzyme activity by about 66.23% . the combination between the two factors was significant ,the value for enzyme activity at the treatment 225 mm.l-1 sodium chloride and 200 mg.l-1 alphatocopherol was 44.20 unit.ml-1 in comparison with the value 37.33 unit.ml-1 at the same sodium chloride concentration but without spray alphatocopherol and with the value 15.33 unit.ml-1 at control treatment. table 4: effect of sodium chloride and alphatocopherol and their interactions on catalase enzyme activity (unit.ml-1) of wheat plant leaves sodium chloride concentrations (mm.l-1) alphatocopherol concentrations (mg.l-1) sodium chloride average 0 50 100 150 200 0 15.33 20.67 23.00 38.34 39.33 27.33 75 18.67 22.02 25.22 39.40 42.67 29.60 150 32.67 35.67 40.00 42.67 46.67 39.54 225 37.33 39.33 41.33 43.80 44.20 41.20 alphatocopherol average 26.00 29.42 32.39 41.05 43.22 lsd(0.05) sodium chloride concentrations=2.44 alphatocopherol concentrations=2.73 interaction=5.45 the yield components of wheat plant severely affected by sodium chloride treatment. data in (table 5, 6, 7) showed reduction in averages of biological yield, number of spikelet. spike-1 and 1000 grain weight coincided with the increase in sodium chloride concentrations up to 225 mm.l-1 by (26.05 ,32.95 ,14.17)%,respectively. adding alphatocopherol from 0 to 200 mg.l-1 foliar spray improved yield component averages and there is clear superiority to 150 mg.l-1 for giving the highest average for them with an increase ratio (45.82 ,50.05 ,34.49)% respectively .a significant interaction occurred between the two factors, the treatment 150 mg.l-1 alphatocopherol and 225 mm.l-1 sodium chloride gave the best values for biological yield (12.69 gm.), number of spikelet. spik-1 (13.56)and 1000 grain weight (57. alphatocopherol(7.67 gm,7.80,44.76gm), and with their controls. table 5: effect of sodium chloride and alphatocopherol and their interactions on biological yield(gm) of wheat plant .52gm)in comparison with their values at the same concentration of sodium chloride but without sodium chloride concentrations (mm.l-1) alphatocopherol concentrations (mg.l-1) sodium chloride average 0 50 100 150 200 0 11.95 13.40 14.88 15.67 15.72 14.32 75 10.63 12.55 13.03 14.65 13.78 12.93 150 8.50 10.42 12.33 13.52 12.25 11.41 225 7.67 9.73 11.28 12.69 11.56 10.59 alphatocopherol average 9.69 11.53 12.88 14.13 13.33 lsd(0.05) sodium chloride concentrations=0.34 alphatocopherol concentrations=0.38 interaction=0.76 table 6: effect of sodium chloride and alphatocopherol and their interactions on number of spikelet. spike-1 of wheat plant sodium chloride concentrations (mm.l-1) alphatocopherol concentrations (mg.l-1) sodium chloride average 0 50 100 150 200 0 13.43 16.00 18.45 19.80 18.80 17.30 75 11.80 14.42 15.60 16.55 15.22 14.72 150 9.66 11.43 13.68 14.12 13.32 12.44 225 7.80 10.84 12.26 13.56 13.52 11.60 alphatocopherol average 10.67 13.17 15.00 16.01 15.22 lsd(0.05) sodium chloride concentrations=0.34 alphatocopherol concentrations=0.38 interaction=0.76 table 7: effect of sodium chloride and alphatocopherol and their interactions on1000 grain weight (gm) of wheat plant . sodium chloride concentrations (mm.l-1) alphatocopherol concentrations (mg.l-1) sodium chloride average 0 50 100 150 200 14 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 0 50.00 58.90 66.40 69.34 62.69 61.47 75 48.39 56.83 60.77 65.02 61.54 58.51 150 46.50 53.75 58.80 63.16 64.06 57.25 225 44.76 52.02 54.97 57.52 54.54 52.76 alphatocopherol average 47.41 55.37 60.23 63.76 60.71 lsd(0.05) sodium chloride concentrations=1.65 alphatocopherol concentrations=1.84 interaction=3.68 the reduction in wheat plant growth under the adverse effects of salt (sodium chloride) could be attributed to the osmotic effects, increases in growth inhibitors and reduction in growth promoters, disturbances in water balance of stress plants which they lead to stomata closure, ionic imbalance and reduction in photosynthesis [14]. accumulation of toxic ions as (sodium and chloride)in plants tissue consequently caused inhibition in plants growth which was reflected in yield component [15].the negative effects of salinity occur by stimulating the overproduction of reactive oxygen species[16].to cope with oxidative stress plants have developed several protective mechanisms including the synthesis of antioxidant molecules (proline acid, alphatocopherol etc. )and several of anti-oxidative enzymes ( superoxide dismutase catalase etc.) [17]. during salinity stress conditions, plants need to maintain internal water potential, cell turgor and water uptake. this requires to synthesis of compatible osmolytes such as proline acid that accumulates in cytosol where it contributes to cytoplasmic osmotic adjustment, it is a key signaling molecule , participates in protein membrane stabilization, elimination of free radicals, and balance of redox [18,19].proline acid may act to avoid loading na+ in xylem and prevent it to transport to shoot so it is a key role in plant tolerance to salinity [20].alphatocopherol is most powerful non-enzymatic antioxidants, that is synthesized in plants in response to stress ,it acts as a recyclable chain reaction terminators of polyunsaturated fatty acid free radicals which generated by lipid oxidation [21].alphatocopherol is implicated in the maintenance of psii function against the photo inhibition and control d1 protein degradation by scavenging singlet oxygen and protect thylakoid membrane against photo oxidative stress by controlling lipid peroxidation and it is accumulation in plants leaves can eliminate the effects of reactive oxygen species induced by salinity stress [22]. plant cells possess defense strategies against oxidative injury caused by salinity. such strategies involve antioxidant enzymes as catalase, this enzyme is an important scavenger of reactive oxygen species induced by salinity stress that plays a vital role in oxidative protection by elimination h2o2 and producing h2o and o2 ,catalase can prevent hydroxyl radicals formation which are responsible for lipid peroxidation of cell membrane [23]. application of alphatocopherol on plants has gained considerable attention and enabled wheat plant to tolerate salinity sterss ,it has a clear role in scavenging reactive oxygen species and minimize the adverse damage caused by oxidative processes through synergic function with several enzymatic and non-enzymatic antioxidant thus can alleviate the adverse effects of salinity stress on plant in term of plant growth and yield quantity and quality [24,25]. in our study, sodium chloride stress caused significant accumulation for proline acid, alphatocopherol and catalase in wheat leaves , alphatocopherol foliar spray had a clear function and can be minimized the adverse effects of salt stress through improving the activity of the antioxidant defense which was reflected on strong growth and satisfying yield. 4.conclusion 15 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 it could be concluded that exogenous application of alphatocopherol 150 mg.l-1 used as a foliar spray solution can remarkably increase the tolerance of wheat plant to survive under severe stress of sodium chloride 225 mm.l-1 .alphatocopherol improved the anti-oxidative defense system (i.e., non-enzymatic and enzymatic antioxidants) which reflects in improving plant growth and yield under sodium chloride stress. references 1.hasanuzzaman, m .; nahar, k; rahman , a .; anee, t.i.; ul alam, m.; bhuiyan, t. f.; oku, h. and fujita, m. approaches to enhance salt stress tolerance in wheat, wheat improvement ,management and utilization. ruth wanyera and james owuoche. 1st ed: publishing by intech, janeza trdine 9,51000, rijeka, croatia,2017. 2. isayenkov, s. v. physiological and molecular aspects of salt stress in plants. cytol. genet. 2012, 46, 5, 302–318. 3.al-saidi,a. j. h. ; al-kazzaz, a. g. m. the tolerance of wheat plant triticum aestivum l. grown in saline media (sodium chloride) affected by foliar application with proline acid. journal of university of babylon, special issue – proceding of 5th international conference of environmental science 2013, 227-237. 4.al-aloosy, y.a.m.; al-tameemi, a.j.h. ; jumaa, s.s. the role of enzymatic and non enzymatic antioxidants in facing the environmental stresses on plant: a review. plant archiv. 2019, 19,1, 1057-1060. 5.mene-saffrane, l. vitamin e biosynthesis and its regulation in plants. antioxidants j. 2018, 7 ,2, 1-7. 6.mene-saffrane, l. ; pellaud, s. current strategies for vitamin e biofortification of crops. curr. opin. biotechnol. 2017, 44, 189–197. 7.fritsche, s.; wang , x. ; jung , c. recent advances in understanding of tocopherol biosynthesis in plants: an overview of key genes, functions, and breeding of vitamin e improved crops . antioxidants 2017, 6 ,99, 1-18. 8.sakr, m. t. and el-metwally, m. a. alleviation of the harmful effects of soil salt stress on growth ,yield and endogenous antioxidant content of wheat plant by application of antioxidants. pak. j. biol. sci. 2009, 12,8 , 624-630. 9.farouk , s. ascorbic acid and α-tocopherol minimize saltinduced wheat leaf senescence. j. stress physiol. biochem. 2011,7,3, 59-79. 10.bates, l. s.; waldren, r. p. ; teare, i. d. rapid determination of free proline for water-stress studies. plant and soil 1973, 39,1, 205-207. 11.rosenberg, h.r. chemistry and physiology of vitamins. int. sci. pub., inc., new york 1992. 12.aebi, m. catalase. in: bergmeyer hu, ed. methods of enzymatic analysis, verlag chemie‐ academic press. inc., weinheim. new york, 1974 2, 673–680. 13.sas statistical analysis system , user,s guide statistical version 9.1th ed .,sas. institute inc. cary , n. c., usa, 2012 14.taiz, l. and zeiger , e. plant physiology. 5th ed . sinauer associates, sunderland, uk. 2010 , 629. 16 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 15.alsaedy, a. j. h; al-kazzaz, a. g. m. ; yahya, s. s. role of proline acid on some growth parameters and yield of wheat plant triticum aestivum l. as affected by sodium chloride . journal of the college of basic education 2012, 18,76, 801 -812. 16.sairam, r.k.; snvastava, g.c.; aganwal, s. ; meena, r.c. differences in antioxidant activity in response to salinity stress in tolerant and susceptible wheat genotypes. biologia plantarum 2005, 49,1, 8591. 17.ahmad, p. ; jaleel, c.a.; salem, m.a.; nabi , g. ; sharma ,s. roles of enzymatic and nonenzymatic antioxidants in plants during abiotic stress. critic. rev. biotech. 2010, 30,3, 161– 175. 18.al-kazzaz, a. g. m. influence of foliar application proline acid in tolerance of wheat plant triticum aestivum l. irrigated with saline water. m.sc. thesis, college of education ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, iraq 2010. 19.kavi kishor, p.b. ; sreenivasulu, n. is proline accumulation perse correlated with stress tolerance or is proline homeostasis a more critical issue?. plant cell environ. 2014, 37 ,2, 300311. 20.assaha, d.v.m.; ueda, a.; saneoka, h.; al-yahyai, r. ; yaish, m.w. the role of na+ and k+ transporters in salt stress adaptationin glycophytes . front. physiol. 2017, 8, 1-19. 21.nimse, s.b. and pal, d. free radicals , natural antioxidants, and their reaction mechanisms. rsc adv. 2015, 15, 5, 27986-28006. 22. kruk, j.; hollander-czytko, h.; oettmeier, w.; trebst, a. tocopherol as singlet oxygen scavenger in photosystem ii. j. plant physiol. 2005, 162,7, 749–757. 23.abogadallah, g.m. antioxidative defense under salt stress . plant signal behav. 2010, 5,4, 369-374. 24.sadiq, m.; akram, n.a.; ashraf, m.; al-qurainy, f. ; ahmad, p. alpha-tocopherol-induced regulation of growth and metabolism in plants under non-stress and stress conditions. j. of plant growth regul. 2019, 38, 4, 1325-1340. 25.al-kareemawi,i. h. k. ; al-kazzaz, a.g. m. α-tocopherol foliar application can alleviate the adverse effect of salinity stress on wheat plant triticum aestivum l. biochem. cell. arch. 2019, 19, 2, 3495 – 3499. 42 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the effect of individuals asymptomatic (carrier) on the dynamical behavior of a covid-19 virus abstract in this paper, a novel coronavirus (covid-19) model is proposed and investigated. in fact, the pandemic spread through a close contact between infected people and other people but sometimes the infected people could show two cases; the first is symptomatic and the other is asymptomatic (carrier) as the source of the risk. the outbreak of covid-19 virus is described by a mathematical model dividing the population into four classes. the first class represents the susceptible people who are unaware of the disease. the second class refers to the susceptible people who are aware of the epidemic by media coverage. the third class is the carrier individuals (asymptomatic) and the fourth class represents the infected individuals. the existence, uniqueness and bounded-ness of the solutions of the model are discussed. all possible equilibrium points are determined. the locally asymptotically stable of the model is studied. suitable lyapunov functions are used to investigate the globally asymptotical stability of the model. finally, numerical simulation is carried out to confirm the analytical results and to understand the effect of varying the parameters of how the disease spreads. keywords: n-coronavirus, covid-19, stability, awareness, asymptomatic people. 1. introduction in november 2002, the severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus emerged in china causing global anxiety as the outbreak rapidly spreads, and by july 2003, had resulted in over 8000 cases in 26 countries. the sars epidemic of 2003 reported 8098 cases with 774 deaths, and was eventually brought under control by july 2003, in a period of 8 months [1,2]. ahmed et al [3] gives a review of china response in comparison with other sars-affected countries. riley et al [4] studied the transmission dynamics of sars in hong kong. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2624 article history: received,15,june,2020, accepted 20,julay ,2020, published in april 2021 husseiny-hassan f. al hassan.fadhil.r@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of mathematics, college of science, university of baghdad, iraq. ahmed a. mohsen aamuhseen@gmail.comdepartment department of mathematics, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, iraq xueyong zhou xueyongzhou@xynu.edu.cn school of mathematics and statistics, xinyang normal university, xinyang 464000, henan, p.r. china mailto:aamuhseen@gmail.comdepartment mailto:xueyongzhou@xynu.edu.cn 43 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 since december 2019, a novel corona virus, named (covid-19), emerged in wuhan, china and the epidemic has globally spread, updated on january 30, 2020, covid-19 was declared a public health emergency of international concern. it caused more than 200,000 deaths out of 3,177,500 cases in the world among which 1,434,000 in europe, 1,291,000 in americas, 148,000 in western pacific and other cases in asia and africa [5]. the number of the total cases, total death, new confirmed cases and recovery for some countries in the world are shown in figure 1. figure 1. the number of total cases, total death, new confirmed cases and recovery of some countries in world from 20 january to 05 may 2020. there are some factors that complicate the infection dynamics of novel coronavirus and add challenges to how to control the epidemic. first, the clinical evidence shows that the incubation period of this epidemic ranges from 7 to 14 days. during this period of time, infected individuals may not develop any symptoms and may not be aware of their infection, yet they are capable of transmitting the disease to other people. secondly, the virus is new and there are no vaccines currently available for treatment. thirdly, many people do not take into account prevention measures. fourthly, the origin of the infection is still uncertain although it is widely speculated that wild animals such as bats, civets and minks are responsible for starting up the epidemic [6]. a number of modeling studies have already been performed for the covid-19 epidemic. feng et al. [7] studied a covid-19 model in uk with the effects of media and quarantine.yang and wang [8] have proposed a mathematical model for covid19 epidemic in wuhan, china. wu et al. [9] have introduced epidemic model with (seir) type to study the transmission dynamic and global spread of the disease depending on reported data from december 31, 2019 to january 28, 2020. mohsen et al. [10] have introduced a mathematical model for covid-19 pandemic involving the quarantine strategy and media coverage effects. abdulkadhim and alhusseiny [11] have studied the global stability and bifurcation of a covid-19 virus modeling with possible loss of the immunity. kucharski et al. [12] have discussed early dynamics of transmission and control of covid-19 in a mathematical model. 44 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 in this study, the researchers have proposed and studied the mathematical model of the novel coronavirus involving awareness programs. details about the mathematical modeling of the novel coronavirus are shown in section 2. some basic properties (existence equilibrium points and calculated reproduction number ) of the model are discussed in section 3. the local stability analysis is studied by using gersgorin theorem in section 4. the cases of the backward bifurcation occurrence are shown in section 5. by using lyapunov functions, the researchers have also studied the global stability of the proposed model at all equilibrium points as shown in section 6. finally, the effect of media coverage to raise the people's awareness to the risk of the coronavirus and the effect of the direct contact with carrier individuals on breaking out the covid-19 among people are shown by numerical simulation of the proposed model. 2. model formulation the researchers have formulated the coronavirus mathematical model involving awareness. it is assumed that the total population denoted by n is subdivided into four compartments: unaware susceptible individuals denoted by (𝑆𝑢) , aware susceptible individuals denoted by (𝑆𝑎), asymptomatic individuals (carrier) denoted by (𝐶), and infected individuals (symptomatic) denoted by (𝐼), recovery individuals denoted by 𝑅(𝑡). thus, 𝑁 = 𝑆𝑢 + 𝑆𝑎 + 𝐶 + 𝐼 + 𝑅. let (𝑣) be the coronavirus resources in (host). this model describes covid-19 virus by the following equations: 𝑆�̇� = 𝜓 − 𝛼𝑆𝑢 − 𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 − 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑢 𝑆�̇� = 𝛼𝑆𝑢 − 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 − 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑎 �̇� = 𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 + 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − (𝜇 + 𝜃 + 𝛾 + 𝛿1)𝐶 𝐼̇ = 𝛾𝐶 − (𝜇 + 𝜃 + 𝛿2)𝐼 �̇� = 𝛿1𝐶 + 𝛿2𝐼 − 𝜇𝑅 �̇� = 𝑟𝑣(1 − 𝑣 𝑘 ) − 𝑑𝑣 (1) with initial conditions: 𝑆𝑢 > 0,𝑆𝑎 ≥ 0,𝐶 ≥ 0,𝐼 ≥ 0,𝑅 ≥ 0,𝑣 ≥ 0 . in system (1) the birth rate of individuals is given𝛹 > 0. the awareness rate is given𝛼 ≥ 0. the parameters 𝛽 > 0,𝛽1 > 0,𝜎 > 0 and 𝜎1 > 0 respectively measure the contact rate between susceptible with carrier, and coronavirus with the prevention of disease that is given a rate of (0 ≤ 𝜖 ≤ 1). the death rate is 𝜇 > 0. the death rate due to the disease is 𝜃 > 0. after 14th days, symptoms of the disease begin to appear on the carrier that is given a rate of 𝛾 > 0. the recovery rates from carrier and infected individuals are 𝛿𝑖 > 0 , 𝑖 = 1,2 respectively. 𝑟 > 0,𝑘 > 0 and 𝑑 > 0 respectively, represent the spread rate of the virus, the carrying capacity of coronavirus and the removal rate of virus. theorem (1): all solutions of system (1) which initiate in 𝑅+ 5 are uniformly bounded. proof: let 𝑤(𝑇) = (𝑁(𝑡), 𝑣(𝑡)) where n(t) = su(t) + 𝑆𝑎(t)+ c(t),+i(t) + r(t); then 𝑑𝑊 𝑑𝑡 = ( 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 , 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑡 ) = (𝜓 − 𝜇su − 𝜇𝑆𝑎 − (𝜇 + 𝜃)𝐶 − (𝜇 + 𝜃)𝐼 − 𝜇𝑅,𝑟𝑣(1 − 𝑣 𝐾 ) − 𝑑𝑣) 45 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 we know that 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝜓 − 𝑞𝑁, where 𝑞 = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇 ,𝜇 + 𝜃,𝑑} which implies that lim 𝑡→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑁(𝑡) ≤ 𝜓 𝑞 while, the last equation of system (1) it follows that sup(𝑟𝑣(1 − 𝑣 𝑘 )) ≤ 𝑟𝑘 4 hence 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝑟𝑘 4 − 𝑑𝑣 so that lim 𝑡→∞ sup𝑣(𝑡) ≤ 𝑟𝑘 4𝑑 this completes the proof of theorem ■ 3. existence of equilibrium points it is easy that the infected and recovery population i and r, are related with carrier population only . hence for fixed value of c, the values of i and r can be determined directly by solving the fourth equation in system (1). then, we can calculate the values of i and r the following form 𝐼 = 𝛾𝐶∗ 𝜇+𝜃 (2a) 𝑅 = 𝛿1𝐶∗+𝛿2𝐼∗ 𝜇 (2b) consequently, for simplifying, system (1) can be reduced to the following system, in which we can determine the values of i and r, by solving it, 𝑆�̇� = 𝜓 − 𝛼𝑆𝑢 − 𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 − 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑢 𝑆�̇� = 𝛼𝑆𝑢 − 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 − 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑎 �̇� = 𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 + 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − (𝜇 + 𝜃 + 𝛾 + 𝛿1)𝐶 �̇� = 𝑟𝑣(1 − 𝑣 𝑘 ) − 𝑑𝑣 (3) now, we can compute the reproduction number for the given system (3) that is denoted by ℛ0, such that ℛ0 = 𝜎𝜓 𝜇(𝜇+𝜃+𝛾+𝛿1) (4) therefore, system (3) has at most two biologically feasible points, namely, 𝐸𝑖 = (𝑆𝑢𝑖,𝑆𝑎𝑖,𝐶𝑖,𝑣𝑖), 𝑖 = 0,1. the existence conditions for each of these equilibrium points are discussed in the following:  in the absence of covid-19 virus, that is 𝑆𝑎 = 𝐶 = 𝑣 = 0. then, system (3) has a unique positive equilibrium point, namely covid-19 free equilibrium point, which is denoted by 𝐸0 = (𝑆𝑢0,0,0,0) where 𝑆𝑢0 = 𝜓 𝜇 (5a) provided that the following condition holds 𝛼 = 0 (5b) 46 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021  the endemic equilibrium point or covid-19 equilibrium point, which is denoted by 𝐸1 = (𝑆𝑢1,𝑆𝑎1,𝐶1,𝑣1), where 𝑆𝑢1 = 𝑟ψ 𝑟𝛼+𝛽(𝑟−𝑑)𝑘+𝑟𝜇+𝑟𝜎𝐶1 ; 𝑆𝑎1 = 𝛼𝑟2ψ 𝐴1 𝐶1 2+𝐴2𝐶1+𝐴3 ; 𝑣1 = (𝑟−𝑑)𝑘 𝑟 (6a) here 𝐴1 = 𝜎1 (1 − 𝜖)𝑟 2𝜎 𝐴2 = 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟𝜎 + 𝜎1 (1 − 𝜖)𝑟[𝑟𝛼 + 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘 + 𝑟𝜇] + 𝑟 2 𝜇𝜎 𝐴3 = [𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘 + 𝑟𝜇][𝑟𝛼 + 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘 + 𝑟𝜇] exists under the condition 𝑟 > 𝑑 (6b) now, substituting the equation (6a) in 3rd equation of system (3), and simplifying that result, we get 𝐷1𝐶 4 + 𝐷2𝐶 3 + 𝐷3𝐶 2 + 𝐷4𝐶 + 𝐷5 = 0 (7a) where 𝐷1 = −(𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1)𝑟 2𝜎𝐴1 < 0 𝐷2 = 𝜎𝑟 2𝜓𝐴1 − (𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1)(𝑟 2𝛼 + 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟 + 𝑟2𝜇)𝐴1 −(𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1)𝑟 2𝜎𝐴2 𝐷3 = 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟𝜓𝐴1 + 𝜎𝑟 2𝜓𝐴2 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝛼𝑟 4𝜓𝜎 −[𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 − (𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1)𝑟 2𝜎𝐴2](𝑟 2 𝛼 + 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟 + 𝑟2𝜇)𝐴2 −(𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1)𝑟 2𝜎𝐴3 𝐷4 = 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟𝜓𝐴2 + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝛼𝑟 3𝜓𝜎 + 𝜎𝑟2𝜓𝐴3 +𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝛼𝑟 3𝜓(𝑟𝛼 + 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟 + 𝜇𝑟) −(𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1)[𝑟 2𝛼 + 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟 + 𝑟2𝜇] 𝐷5 = 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘𝑟𝜓𝐴3 + 𝛽1𝑘𝛼𝑟 2𝜓(1 − 𝜖)(𝑟 − 𝑑)[𝑟𝛼 + 𝛽(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑘 + 𝑟𝜇] > 0 obviously, the endemic equilibrium point exists unique if and only if the following condition holds 𝐷3 > 0 ,𝐷4 > 0 (7b) or 𝐷2 < 0 ,𝐷3 < 0 (7c) 4. local stability analysis in this section, the local stability analysis of the all equilibrium points 𝐸𝑖, 𝑖 = 0,1 of system (3) studied as shown in the following theorems. theorem (2): the covid-19 free equilibrium point 𝐸0 of the system (3) is locally asymptotically if the following condition is satisfied ℛ0 < 1 (8a) 𝑟 < 𝑑 (8b) proof: the jacobian matrix of system (3) at 𝐸0 can be written as 47 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝐽(𝑆𝑢0,0,0,0 ) = ( −𝜇 0 −𝜎𝑆𝑢0 −𝛽𝑆𝑢0 0 −𝜇 0 0 0 0 𝜎𝑆𝑢0 − (𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1) 𝛽𝑆𝑢0 0 0 0 𝑟 − 𝑑 ) thus, the eigenvalues of 𝐽(𝐸0) are given by 𝜆1 = 𝜆2 = −𝜇 < 0 𝜆3 = 𝜎𝑆𝑢0 − (𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1) 𝜆4 = 𝑟 − 𝑑 it is easy from above to verify that conditions (8a) and (8b) guarantee that the eigenvalue 𝜆3 and 𝜆4 are negative respectively. then, 𝐸0 is locally asymptotically stable. however, it is a saddle point otherwise. ■ theorem (3): the endemic equilibrium point 𝐸1 of the system (3) is locally asymptotically if the following conditions are hold 2𝜎𝑆𝑢1 + 2𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1 < γ + θ + μ + 𝛿1 (9a) 𝑘 [2𝛽𝑆𝑢1 + 2𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1 + 𝑟] < 2𝑟𝑣1 + 𝑘𝑑 (9b) proof: the jacobian matrix of system (3) at 𝐸1 can be written as 𝐽(𝑆𝑢1,𝑆𝑎1,𝐶1,𝑣1) = ( 𝑏11 0 𝑏13 𝑏14 𝑏21 𝑏22 𝑏23 𝑏24 𝑏31 𝑏32 𝑏33 𝑏34 0 0 0 𝑏44 ) here 𝑏11 = −(𝛼 + 𝛽𝑣1 + 𝜎𝐶1 + 𝜇) ; 𝑏13 = −𝜎𝑆𝑢1 ; 𝑏14 = −𝛽𝑆𝑢1 ; 𝑏21 = 𝛼 ; 𝑏22 = −[𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑣1 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝐶1 + 𝜇] ; 𝑏23 = −𝜎1 (1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1; 𝑏24 = −𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1 𝑏31 = 𝛽𝑣1 + 𝜎𝐶1 ; 𝑏32 = 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑣1 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝐶1 ; 𝑏33 = 𝜎𝑆𝑢1 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1 − (𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1); 𝑏34 = 𝛽𝑆𝑢1 + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1 𝑏44 = −2𝑟𝑣1 𝑘 + (𝑟 − 𝑑); 𝑏12 = 𝑏41 = 𝑏42 = 𝑏43 = 0 now, according to gersgorin theorem [13], if the following condition holds: |𝑏𝑖𝑖| > ∑|𝑏𝑖𝑗| 4 𝑖=1 𝑖≠𝑗 = 𝑃𝑖 then all eigenvalues of 𝐽(𝐸1) exist in the region: ω =∪ { 𝑈∗𝜖 𝐶 ∶ |𝑈∗ − 𝑏𝑖𝑖| < ∑|𝑏𝑖𝑗| 4 𝑖=1 𝑖≠𝑗 } then, all the eigenvalues of 𝐽(𝐸1) exist in the disc centered at 𝑏𝑖𝑖 with radius 𝑃𝑖. thus if the diagonal elements are negative and the condition (9a) holds, all the eigenvalues will be exist in the left half plane and the 𝐸1 of system (3) is locally asymptotically stabile. clearly conditions (9a)-(9b) guarantee the existence of all eigenvalues in the left half plane and the proof follows. ■ 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 5. global stability analysis the propose of this section is to investigate the global stability of covid-19 virus mathematical model given by equations in system (3) near covid-19 free and covid-19 points respectively given by 𝐸𝑖, 𝑖 = 0,1. we obtain the result in the following theorems theorem (4): 𝐸0 is globally asymptotically stable provided that the following conditions hold: ℛ0 < 1 (10a) 𝛽𝑆𝑢0 < 𝑑 − 𝑟 (10b) proof: consider the following function 𝑉0(𝑆𝑢,𝑆𝑎,𝐶,𝑣) = (𝑆𝑢 − 𝑆𝑢0 − 𝑆𝑢0 ln 𝑆𝑢 𝑆𝑢0 ) + 𝑆𝑎 + 𝐶 + 𝑣 clearly, 𝑉0: 𝑅+ 4 → 𝑅 is a continuously differentiable function such that 𝑉0(𝑆𝑢0,0,0,0) = 0 and 𝑉0(𝑆𝑢,𝑆𝑎,𝐶,𝑣) > 0, ∀ (𝑆𝑢,𝑆𝑎,𝐶,𝑣) ≠ (𝑆𝑢0,0,0,0) . further, we have 𝑑𝑉0 𝑑𝑡 = ( 𝑆𝑢 − 𝑆𝑢0 𝑆𝑢 )[ψ − 𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 − 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑢] + [−𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 − 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑎] +[𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 + 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − (𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1)𝐶] +[(𝑟 − 𝑑)𝑣 − 𝑟 𝑘 𝑣2] now, by doing some algebraic manipulation and using the conditions (8), (10a) and (10b), we get 𝑑𝑉0 𝑑𝑡 ≤ −𝜇 𝑆𝑢 (𝑆𝑢 − 𝑆𝑢0) 2 − 𝜇𝑆𝑎 − [(𝛾 + 𝜃 + 𝜇 + 𝛿1) − 𝜎𝑆𝑢0]𝐶 − 𝑟 𝑘 𝑣2 − [(𝑑 − 𝑟) − 𝛽𝑆𝑢0]𝑣 obviously, �̇�0 = 0 at 𝐸0 = (𝑆𝑢0,0,0,0), moreover �̇�0 < 0 otherwise. hence, �̇�0 is negative definite and then the solution starting from any initial point that satisfies the conditions (8b) with (10a) and (10b) will approach asymptotically to covid-19 free equilibrium point. hence, the proof is complete. ■ theorem (5): 𝐸1 is global asymptotically stable if ℛ0 > 1. proof: for the covid-19 equilibrium 𝐸1 = (𝑆𝑢1,𝑆𝑎1,𝐶1,𝑣1); 𝑆𝑢1,𝑆𝑎1,𝐶1 and 𝑣1 satisfies equations 𝜓 − 𝛼𝑆𝑢 − 𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 − 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑢 = 0 𝛼𝑆𝑢 − 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 − 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − 𝜇𝑆𝑎 = 0 𝛽𝑆𝑢𝑣 + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝑣 + 𝜎𝑆𝑢𝐶 + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎𝐶 − (𝜇 + 𝜃 + 𝛾 + 𝛿1)𝐶 = 0 𝑟𝑣(1 − 𝑣 𝑘 ) − 𝑑𝑣 = 0 (11) by applying (11) and putting 𝑆𝑢 𝑆𝑢1 = 𝑥 , 𝑆𝑎 𝑆𝑎1 = 𝑦 , 𝐶 𝐶1 = 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑣1 = 𝑢 49 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 we have 𝑥′ = 𝑥[ 𝜓 𝑆𝑢1 ( 1 𝑥 − 1) − 𝛽𝑣1(𝑢 − 1) − 𝜎𝐶1(𝑧 − 1)] 𝑦′ = 𝑦[𝛼 𝑆𝑢1 𝑠𝑎1 (𝑥 − 1) − 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑣1(𝑢 − 1) − 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝐶1(𝑧 − 1)] 𝑧′ = 𝑧[ 𝛽𝑆𝑢1𝑣1 𝐶1 ( 𝑥𝑢 𝑧 − 1) + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1𝑣1 𝑐1 ( 𝑦𝑢 𝑧 − 1) + 𝜎𝑆𝑢1(𝑥 − 1) + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)(𝑦 − 1)] 𝑢′ = 𝑢[ −𝑟𝑣1 𝑘 (𝑧 − 1)] (12) define the lyapunov function 𝑉1 = 𝑆𝑢1(𝑥 − 1 − ln𝑥) + 𝑆𝑎1(𝑦 − 1 − ln𝑦) +𝐶1(𝑧 − 1 − ln𝑧) + 𝑣1(𝑢 − 1 − ln𝑢) (13) the derivative of 𝑉1 is given by 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑆𝑢1 𝑥−1 𝑥 𝑥′ + 𝑆𝑎1 𝑦−1 𝑦 𝑦′ + 𝐶1 𝑧−1 𝑧 𝑧′ + 𝑣1 𝑢−1 𝑢 𝑣′ 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 = (𝑥 − 1)[𝜓( 1 𝑥 − 1) − 𝛽𝑆𝑢1𝑣1(𝑢 − 1) − 𝜎𝑆𝑢1𝐶1(𝑧 − 1)] +(𝑦 − 1)[𝛼𝑆𝑢1(𝑥 − 1) − 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1𝑣1(𝑢 − 1) − 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1𝐶1(𝑧 − 1)] +(𝑧 − 1)[𝛽𝑆𝑢1𝑣1 ( 𝑥𝑢 𝑧 − 1) + 𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1𝑣1 ( 𝑦𝑢 𝑧 − 1) +𝜎𝑆𝑢1𝐶1(𝑥 − 1) + 𝜎1(1 − 𝜖)𝐶1(𝑦 − 1)] + (𝑢 − 1)[ −𝑟𝑣1 2 𝑘 (𝑧 − 1)] furthermore, by simplifying the resulting terms, we get that 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 = 𝜓(2 − 𝑥 − 1 𝑥 ) + 𝛽𝑆𝑢1𝑣1 (𝑥 + 𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑥𝑢 𝑧 ) + 𝛼𝑆𝑢1(𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 1) +𝛽1(1 − 𝜖)𝑆𝑎1𝑣1 (𝑦 + 𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑦𝑢 𝑧 ) − 𝑟𝑣1 2 𝑘 (𝑧𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑢 + 1) since the arithmetical mean is greater than, or equal to the geometrical mean, then, 2 − 𝑥 − 1 𝑥 ≤ 0 for 𝑥 > 0 and 2 − 𝑥 − 1 𝑥 = 0 if and only if 𝑥 = 1;𝑥 + 𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑥𝑢 𝑧 ≤ 0 for 𝑥,𝑧,𝑢 > 0 and 𝑥 + 𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑥𝑢 𝑧 = 0 if and only if 𝑥 = 1,𝑧 = 𝑢; 𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 1 ≤ 0 for 𝑥,𝑦 > 0 and 𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 1 = 0 if and only if 𝑥 = 𝑦 = 1;𝑦 + 𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑦𝑢 𝑧 ≤ 0 for 𝑦,𝑧,𝑢 > 0 and 𝑦 + 𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑦𝑢 𝑧 = 0 if and only if 𝑦 = 1,𝑧 = 𝑢; 𝑧𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑢 + 1 ≤ 0 for 𝑧,𝑢 > 0 and 𝑧𝑢 − 𝑧 − 𝑢 + 1 = 0 if and only if 𝑧 = 𝑢 = 1. therefore, 𝑉1 ′ ≤ 0 for 𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑢 > 0 and 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡⁄ = 0 if and only if 𝑥 = 𝑦 = 1,𝑧 = 𝑢 = 1, the maximum invariant set of system (3) on the set {(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑢):𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡⁄ = 0} is the singleton (1,1,1,1). thus, for system (3), the covid-19 equilibrium point 𝐸1 is globally asymptotically stable if ℛ0 > 1 by lasalle principle [14]. 50 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 6. numerical simulation in this section, we present the numerical simulation results and effect of the parameters of the analytic results of system (3). using matlab version 8 and c++ software, we begin the simulation with a set outbreak data published daily by who and other sources [8, 15-20], as shown in table 1 which are described in section 2. table 1: definitions and values of parameters in system (3) parameter definition estimated mean values reference 𝜓 𝛼 𝛽 𝛽1 𝜎 𝜎1 𝜇 𝛾 𝜖 𝜃 𝑟 𝑘 𝑑 𝛿1 birth rate awareness rate contact rate between 𝑆𝑢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 contact rate between 𝑆𝑎 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 contact rate between 𝑆𝑢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶 contact rate between 𝑆𝑎 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶 natural death rate transmission asymptomatic to symptomatic prevention rate death rate due to the disease spread rate of the virus carrying capacity in environment removal rate of virus recovery rate from carrier 271.23 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑎𝑦 𝛼 ≥ 0 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑎𝑦 1.555 × 10−8 /𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛/𝑑𝑎𝑦 3.1 × 10−7/𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛/𝑑𝑎𝑦 1.555 × 10−8/𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛/𝑑𝑎𝑦 3.1 × 10−7/𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛/𝑑𝑎𝑦 3.01 × 10−4/𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛/𝑑𝑎𝑦 7 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠 0.03/𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛 0.01 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑎𝑦 2 0.5 3 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑎𝑦 0.03 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑑𝑎𝑦 [8] [8,19] [8,19] [8,19] [8,19] [18] [8] [20] clearly, the initial point for 𝐼(0) = 25, we assume that the 𝐶(0) = 10, 𝑆𝑎 = 10, 𝑆𝑢 = 15 and 𝑣 = 20. using this initial point and simulated the system (1), we get the values of parameters shown in table 1, whereas the basic reproduction number is estimated ℛ0 = 0.914 < 1 with condition (8b), we obtain the dynamical behavior of system (3) converge to covid-19 free equilibrium point 𝐸0 = (901096,0,0,0,0), illustrating its asymptotical stability that is stated in theorem (2). this is shown in figure 2. 51 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 2: a simulation result for the dynamics of coronavirus model using the parameters from table 1. the reproduction number ℛ0 = 0.07 and the behavior coronavirus converge to covid-19 free equilibrium point. however, for the same data given by table 1. with 𝑑 = 1, (i.e. the condition 6b is holds), and 𝜎 = 1.555 × 10−5 (i.e. the contact rate between 𝑆𝑢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶 will increase). it is observed that, although system (3) is solved with the same initial point, the dynamical behavior of system (3) converge to covid-19 equilibrium point 𝐸1 = (979,2734,1752,24299,0,25), illustrating its asymptotical stability that is stated in theorem (3), and reproduction number is estimated ℛ0 = 7.77 > 1. this is shown in figure 3. 52 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 3: a simulation result for the dynamics of coronavirus model using the parameters from table 1 with 𝑑 = 1 and 𝜎 = 1.555 × 10−5. the reproduction number ℛ0 = 7.77 and the behavior of coronavirus converge to covid-19 equilibrium point. similarly, if the increase effect of the contact rate between 𝑆𝑢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 (𝛽), as well as used the values of parameters shown in table 1 with 𝑑 = 1, (i.e. the condition 6b is holds), and 𝛽 = 1.555 × 10−4 (i.e. the contact rate between 𝑆𝑢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 will increase)., we obtain the dynamical behavior of system (3) still converge to covid-19 equilibrium point 𝐸1 = ((61636,170389,25,334,0.25)), illustrating its asymptotical stability that is stated in theorem (3). this is shown in figure 4. 53 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 4: a simulation result for the dynamics of coronavirus model using the parameters from table 1 with 𝑑 = 1 and 𝛽 = 1.555 × 10−4. the dynamical behavior of coronavirus model converge to covid-19 equilibrium point. 7. discussions and conclusions in this manuscript, a coronavirus model is proposed and discussed. this model has two feasible equilibrium points which are covid-19 free equilibrium point and epidemic equilibrium point. the results of the proposed work may be used to show and understand the effect of awareness rate, prevention rate of disease and contact rate between asymptomatic people and other. the stability (local and global) of the model has been analyzed at all equilibrium points. it has been obtained that covid-19 free is locally asymptotically stable if the conditions (8a) and (8b) are hold and it is global stable under the conditions (10a) and (10b) are hold. while, the epidemic point it has been obtained under certain conditions for locally as well as globally asymptotically stable under the conditions (9a-9b) and (11a-11g) are hold respectively. to validate the analytical results, we have executed the numerical simulations for investigating the dynamics of a coronavirus mathematical model. we conclude if the removal rate of virus is increased through used the sterilization materials could us to decrease virus rate and hence, we get the basic reproduction number less than one (i.e. satisfied the condition 10a and 10b). also caution should be exercised against asymptomatic people who are the source of the risk, so direct contact should be reduced with them. finally, a rapid health examination to detect the infected is one of the important factors in the control to spread of the epidemic. 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 acknowledgements the authors are thankful to acknowledge the reviewers for their valuable suggestions and comments have contributed to the improvement of the authors work. references 1. tan, c. c. sars in singapore key lessons from an epidemic. annals academy medicine singapore, 2006, 35, 345-349. 2. tsang, t.; lam, t., sars public health measures in hong kong. respirology journal, 2003, 8, 46-48. 3. ahmed, a.; krumkamp, r.; reintjes, r. controlling sars a review on china response compared with other sars-affected countries. tropical medicine international health, 2009, 14, 36-45. 4. riley, s.; fraser, c.; donnelly, c. transmission dynamics of the etiological agent of sars in hong kong impact of public health interventions. science mag journal, 2003, 300, 1961-1966. 5. who novel coronavirus (2019-ncov) situation reports. available from https://www.who.covid19.int/detail/01-05-2020. 6. zhou, p.; yang, x. l.; wang, x. g.; hu, b.; zhang, l.; zhang, w. a pneumonia outbreak associated with a new coronavirus of probable bat origin. nature journal, 2020, 579, 270–273. 7. feng, l; jing, s; hu, s. modeling the effects of media coverage and quarantine on the covid-19 infections in the uk. math. biosci. eng, 2020, 17, 3618-3636. 8. yang, c.; wang, j., a mathematical model for the novel coronavirus epidemic in wuhan, china, math. bio. and eng. j., 2020, 17, 3, 2708-2724. https://doi:10.3934/mbe.2020148. 9. wu, j. t.; leung, k.; leung, g. m., now casting and forecasting the potential domestic and international spread of the 2019-ncov outbreak originating in wuhan, china: a modeling study, lancet, 2020, 395, 689-697. 10. mohsen, a. a.; al-husseiny, h. f.; zhou, x.; hattaf, k. global stability of covid-19 model involving the quarantine strategy and media coverage effects. aims public health, 2020, 7, 3, 587-605. doi:10.3934/publichealth.2020047. 11. abdulkadhim, m. m.; al-husseiny, h. f., global stability and bifurcation of a covid19 virus modeling with possible loss of the immunity. aip conference proceedings 2292, 030003, 2020. doi.org/10.1063/5.0030669. 12. kucharski, a. j.; russel, t. w.; diamond, c., early dynamics of transmission and control of covid-19 mathematical model study. lancent infected disease, 2020, 20, 1-7. doi.org10.1016/s1473-3099(20)30144-4. 13. horn, r. a.; johnson, c. r., matrix analysis. cambridge university press, 1985. 14. lasalle, j. p. the stability of dynamical systems, society for industrial and applied mathematics, philadelphia, pa., 1976. 15. wikipedia on the timeline of the 2019-20 wuhan coronavirus outbreak. available from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/timeline_the _2019\0t1\textendash20_wuhan_coronavirus_outbreak. 16. national health commission of china delay reports on novel coronavirus (in china). available from: http://www.nhc.gov.cn/yjb/pzhgli/new_list.shtml. 17. sina news real-time reports on novel coronavirus (in chinese). available from: https://news.sina.cn/zt_d/yiqing0121. 18. the government of wuhan homepage. available from: http://english.wh.gov.cn/. https://www.who.covid19.int/detail/01-05-2020 https://www.nature.com/nature https://doi:10.3934/mbe.2020148 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/timeline_the http://www.nhc.gov.cn/yjb/pzhgli/new_list.shtml https://news.sina.cn/zt_d/yiqing0121 http://english.wh.gov.cn/ 55 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 19. tang, b.; wang, x.; li, q.; bragazzi, n. l.; tang, s.; xiao, y., estimation of the transmission risk of 2019-ncov and its implication for public health interventions, journal of clinical medicine, 2020, 9, 462-475. 20. geller, c.; varbanov, m.; duval, r. e., human coronavirus. insights into environmental resistance and its influence on the development of new antiseptic strategies, viruses journal, 2012, 4, 3044-3068. ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 23 (1) 2010 identification of adenosine-3', 5'-cyclic monophosphate purufied from leukaemic human urine h. g. hasan, k. a. mohammad department of chemistry, college of science,university of sulaimani department of chemistry, college of science , university of baghdad abstract human urinary adenosine-3',5'-cyclic monophosphate (camp) was studied in 90 normal healthy volunteers (49 males and 41 females) aged between (11 months -55 years), and 86 leukemia patients (48 males and 38 females) of four types (25 all, 28 aml, 14 cll, 19 cml) aged between (11 months 65 years). the study includes the following: extraction and purification of urinary camp from the interfering nucleotides, proteins, phosphates and pyrophosphates, by using zinc sulphate –barium hydroxide precipitation. the extracted camp was purified by using dowax 50w-h+ hydrogen form column chromatography (1x5 cm). identification of the purified camp, this was achieved by applying the following techniques: au.v analysis: scanning the samples and standard camp at (220-300 nm) in acidic, basic and neutral ph by using (helios alpha type) spectrophotometer. shifts in the wave length were found in acidic and basic mediums comparing with the neutral ph for all of standard, normal and leukemia camp. btlc analysis: using silica gel g60 (20 x 20 cm) tlc plates with solvent system (n butanol: glacial acetic acid: water, (2:5:3 v/v). the rf value for standard was 0.44 cm and for purified normal and leukemia camp were found to be closer to the standard value (0.43 and 0.45 cm respectively). chplc analysis: using hplc 10avp consist of two deliver pumps, with methanol: water 50:50 v/v as mobile phase and flow rate of 1ml/min, the separation was performed on reversed phase (250 x 4.6 mm column). the eluted chromatogram was monitored by u.v-vis 10avspd detector the retention time of urinary camp obtained from normal healthy and leukemic patients was 3.02 min which was close enough to the standard retention time. the results of the study showed that the level of purified normal and leukemia camp are of the values 15.87 ± 2.4 μmole/24 hours and 20.13 ± 0.881 μmole/24 hours respectively. keywords : camp, human urine. introduction the second messenger concept of hormone action was proposed by sutherland et al. [1] who described the hormone as the first messenger and camp as an intracellular second messenger. the intercellular response to a large number of extra cellular signals was found to be due to the change in the camp level, as in the situation with adrenaline secreted from the adrenal glands in to the blood stream of mammals. this occurs in response to a number of stimuli, such as fear, shock and stress, and leads to glycogen breakdown to glucose in the liver for energy supply. the interaction between the hormone and its receptor, adenylate cyclase activity is affected in such a way as to cause increased or decreased production of intercellular camp [2]. it is the altered level of intracellular camp that then changes the metabolic behavior of the cell so that it exhibits the characteristic response to the hormone. ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 the increased level of camp leads to a variety of responses .this type of response is dependent on the nature of the target cell, for example, stimulation by catecholamine of liver [3], muscle [4] and adipose tissue [5], causes the activation of glycogen phosphorylase and lipolysis in these tissues. on the other hand, the increased concentration of camp by catecholamine stimulation in smooth muscle led to the muscle relaxation [6]. changes in the intracellular concentration of camp indirectly bring about alteration in the activity of many different enzymes. increased camp in cells can diffuse to extarcelluar fluid. hormones that increase hepatic (glycogen) or renal (parathyroid hormone) camp bring about an increased level of the cyclic nucleotide in blood and urine, respectively. although this may be useful for diagnostic purposes, extracellular camp has little or no biologic activity in mammals [7]. several studies have demonstrated that determination of camp in 24 hour urine specimens might be useful for the clinical investigation of endocrine disorders, especially of the parathyroid [8-13] and thyroid gland [14,15 ]. the evaluation of urinary camp provides an index of parathyroid activity, which is useful for clinical discrimination between patients with pth and non-pth-mediated hypercalcaemia [16,17]. an increased urinary camp has been found in hypercalcaemic patients that secreted a pthlike peptide (ectopic pth) [10,19]. it has been stated that, when patients with malignant lesions and hypercalcaemia have normal urinary camp output, the pathogenesis is not pth-related. in these cases hypercalcaemia is probably due to prostaglandins or other osteolytic factors [20,21]. plasma and urine camp levels are generally unchanged in normocalcemic cancer patients; however, increased or decreased cyclic nucleotide levels have also been reported [22-24]. on the other hand, increased cgmp levels and reduced camp / cgmp molar ratios in plasma and urine seem to be a more constant feature of cancer patients, with a relatively low frequency of false-negative values in the properly controlled studies [22,25]. experimental specimen collection twenty four hours urine samples of the human leukemia patients and normal healthy control were collected. eighty six samples of the leukemia patients were used throughout the project and they were admitted to the center cancer hospital of sulaimania. these samples include 48 males and 38 females, aged between 0.11-65 years with all four types of leukemia (25 all, 28 aml, 14 cll, 19 cml).these samples were under treatment for variety of periods. urine samples of 90 normal healthy volunteers, 49 males and 41 females, aged between 0.11-55 years in the sulaimania city were used. this selection was used in order to determine the camp concentration in different age groups in normal and leukemia patients and comparing the normal and leukemia patient of the same age. each person was provided with a clean reagent bottle containing chloroform to inhibit bacterial growth. urine samples collected were brought to the laboratory, its volume was measured, then 10 ml of the sample was pipette from the bottle and then centrifuged at 3000 r.p.m for 10 minutes to remove any impurity or crystalline forms in the urine samples. the camp concentration in the supernatant was assayed in the same day and the remain sample was stored in the refrigerator. isolation of camp ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 the procedure adopted consisted of the following steps: 1-elimenation of impurities and crystalline forms: this was carried out by taking 10 ml of the urine sample to test tube and then centrifuged at 3000 r.p.m for 10 minutes. 2precipitation of proteins, phosphates, pyrophosphates and all other nucleotides: a protocol of brooker [26] was adopted so that camp was isolated in the supernatant. the procedure was used by taking 3 ml of centrifuged urine sample to the test tube and then the addition of 0.4 ml of 5% znso4 ( 5gm of zinc sulphate dissolved in 100ml distilled water ) was followed, then 0.4 ml of 0.3n ba(oh)2 ( 4.725gm of dissolved in 100ml distilled water ) was added. mixed well and then centrifuged for 10 minutes at the 3000 r.p.m, this would precipitate protein, phosphates , pyrophosphates and all nucleotides except camp [26-28]. 3column chromatography purification: the technique was used to purify the extracted camp; a volume of 3 ml of the supernatant (containing camp) from step 2 was loaded on a dowex 50w hydrogen form of the dimension (1 x 5 cm) and elutated with distilled water at flow rate of 3ml/min. the eluted fractions of 3 ml were collected [29] (fig-1). 4after the collection of 15 fractions, it was found that fraction no.2 contains the highest activity of the purified camp as shown in the figure (1). same results were obtained in which fraction no.2 represents the activity of camp purified from normal and leukemia urine. identification ultraviolet spectrophotometry: camp has a strong characteristic u.v spectrum with a maximum λ at 258 nm at ph 7. regular use of this property was made in identification and quantification. to prepare standard solution, approximately 1 milligram of camp was dissolved in 25 ml distilled water, the ph was adjusted to 7, where 3 ml of cuvette has been used as a sample container and after the appropriate dilution, scanned the absorbance using (helios alpha type) ultraviolet spectrophotometer [30]. absorption at neutral ph: after the neutralization of the standard solution, 3ml of the standard camp solution was scanned by spectrophotometer between 220 – 300 nm. a maximum absorbance at 258 nm was obtained. the same protocol was used for normal and leukemia urinary extracts of camp. in which fraction no.2 contained separated and purified camp and reflected a sharp peaks at λ=258 nm [31.] (fig-2). absorption at acidic and basic ph: three ml of standard camp solution and same volumes of extracted camp from normal and leukemic urine were acidified at ph=2 by the addition of 1n hcl. these fractions were scanned using spectrophotometer between 220 – 300 nm. maximum absorbances were obtained at the wave length of 256 nm. same protocol was used but the fractions were made basic at ph=12 using 1n naoh and scanned by using spectrophotometer between the 220 – 300 nm. maximum absorbances were obtained at wave length of 260 nm [31,32]. tlc analysis: tlc plate: ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 a uniform thin layer silica gel g60 was used as the stationary phase in the project to separate camp. silica gel g60 was mounted at the thickness of 300μm on the glass plate and the area of (20 x 20 cm). the silica gel g60 plate was kept at 100 c for 60 minutes for reactivation before the application of samples. sample preparation: the extracted camp (fraction 2) was evaporated to dryness under vaccum at 55c, after dryness cooled and then mixed with 20 micro liter distilled water [33]. sample application: a micropipette was used for applying spotting 2 (cm) from the edge of the plate. typical spot sizes were 5 μl. drying of the spots was achieved by using an air blower; more samples were then applied if necessary. plate development: development of the plate was achieved in a glass tank in which the inside wall has been covered by filter-paper (whatman no. 1) in order to ensure equilibration after saturation of the atmosphere within the tank by the solvent vapor. developing solvent was added to a depth of about 1.5 cm of the tank. the tank top was covered to reach the equilibrium within 60 minutes and the plate was then placed vertically in the tank. spot detection: ultraviolet light absorbing spots were visualized by spraying with 0.01% ethanolic solution of 2, 7-dichlorofluresceine; this was used for nucleotides, cyclic nucleotides which appeared as dark areas on a fluorescent background. several solvent systems were used, but n-butanol: glacial acetic acid: distilled water; 2:5:3 v/v was the major system used as previously suggested [34, 35]. the rf values for the standard and sample are shown in table (1). hplc analysis: hplc 10avp consist of two deliver pumps, 10 avp controller, the injection was reodyne 7125 usa, the eluted chromatogram was monitored by uv-vis 10 av-spd detector. the separation was performed on a reversed phase (250 x 4.6 mm h.d). column 5μm particle size, type db-c-18. mobile phase: methanol: water 50/50 v/v. flow rate: 1ml / min. temperature: 25 c . detection: uv set at 260 nm. firstly 5 μl of mobile phase without standard and samples was injected to compare with another chart. the standard was tested by taking 1ml of standard and added to 1ml of mobile phase. after mixing in vortex, 5 μl was injected into hplc and by the detector recording the chromatogram chart and measuring the retention time. for the normal and leukemia patient samples repeating the same method as shown above for the standard , after recording the result measuring the retention time and for the identification of the standard and the samples comparing the retention time of them [33, 36]. results and discussion identification of camp using u.v analysis: it is known that cyclic adenosine 3', 5'nucleotides contains hetero nitrogenous bases, and the basic principle of uv analysis for such type of compounds depends on the presence of such nitrogenous bases [37,38]. as camp and other derivatives contain an adenosine base which is a conjugated ring system, these compounds have a strange characteristic uv spectrum with a maximum wave length of 258 nm at ph 7.0 [38]. regular use of this property was made in identification and quantification. ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 fraction 2 was identified as camp. absorption spectra in the uv region (230-320nm) are shown in fig (2) . the sample which contains fraction 2 and the standard were found to have maximum wave length of 256,258 and 260 nm at ph 2, 7 and 11 respectively (fig-3). these results were similar to those previously described [32] in which camp fractions were purified from different tissues. the uv spectrum of the standard camp was compared with the spectra of extracted camp of normal and leukemic patient. figures (2and3) illustrate the close similarity between the standard and extracted camp samples and confirm that fraction 2 contains the highest activity of camp . this is in consistence with the findings of krstulovic et al [36]. the close similarity between those spectra shown in fig (3-1) tends to confirm the identity and the purity of standard and urine extracted camp. no interferences were seen from other naturally occurring constituents in the gradients elution separation of the camp extract. the analysis does not require any pre-concentration and its sensitivity is of considerable importance in analyzing limited amounts of samples for the exceedingly low concentration of this compound. the alternative isocratic elution mode optimized for the selective analysis of camp, offers a rapid and reliable method for the determination of this important compound in the biological samples. the method of analysis employed in this study lend themselves easily to several simple identification methods , which are necessary if the identity of the components of complex mixtures of biological compounds is to be determined valuably and unambiguously. this method coupled with on appropriate sample preparation can be used for biological samples of different origin. identification of camp using tlc analysis: thin layer chromatography analysis has been routinely used for the analysis and identification of camp and its derivative, in which the rf values were for the comparison between standard and samples. as shown from table (1) the rf value for standard camp is 0.44 cm. the same results were obtained when applying tlc identification technique on the purified peaks of camp for both normal and leukemic patient ( 0.43 and 0.45 cm respectively). the chances that chromatographic peak is a compound other than camp seem remote. bases or nucleosides would be eliminated by the other extractions. the zinc-barium precipitation, the dowex-50w column and by thin layer chromatography were used for this purpose. similar results were reported by kuo et al [82] and brooker [33]. identification of camp using hplc technique: high performance liquid chromatography is the most versatile and widely used type of elution chromatography, the technique is used by chemists to separate and determine a variety of organic, inorganic and biological materials [40]. figure (4) shows the hplc chromatogram of standard, extracted normal and leukemic patient urinary camp at the retention times of 3.02 min respectively. the values of retention time confirm the successful extraction of both normal and leukemic patient urinary camp as they are the same as that of the standard. the retention times obtained in this study differed from that previously reported by newton [32], brooker [33] and krustolovic [36], whose findings also show different retention times. these variations can be explained by differences in the type of hplc model, length of column, types of mobile phase and its flow rates, and the type of packed column material. data obtained from the three techniques used for the analysis and identification of camp provide strong evidence for the similarity between the standard and extracted urinary camp, despite slight differences between them, which we believe may be due to differences in purity, sensitivity of the instruments and methods used. ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 the results of this study showed that the level of the purified normal and leukaemic camp are of the values 15.87 ± 2.4 μmole/24 hour and 20.13 ± 0.881 μmole/24 hour respectively. references 1.sutherland ,e. w.; oye, i. and butucher, r. w. (1965)recent. prog. horm. res.. 12: 623 – 646. 2.seeley, r. p.; stephens, t. d. and tate p, (1996). “essential of anatomy and physiology”, 2 nd ed, mcgraw hill company usa. 3.northrop, g. and parks, r. e. (1969 a). j. pharmacol. ther. 145:87. 4.hess, m .e.; hottenstein, d.; shanfield, j. and haughard, n. (1963). j. pharmacol. exp. ther, 141: 274. 5.vaughan, m. and steinberg, d. (1963). j. lipid. res. 4: 194. 6.lundholm, l.; lundholm, e. m. and svedmyr, n. pharmacol. rev, 18:255. 7.matin, d. w.; mayes, p. a. and rodwell, v. w. (1966) in: harper`s review of biochemietry, 18 edition (1981), pp171:464. 8.alston, w. c.; allen, k. r. and tovey, j. e. (1980) clin. indocrinol (oxf). 13:17. [140]broadus, a. e.; mahaffey j e, barter f c, and neer r m, j. clin. invest. (1977) 60:771. 9.broadus, a. e.; mahaffey, j. e.;barter,f. c. and neer, r. m. (1977) j. clin. invest. 60:771. 10.drezner, m. k.; neelon, f. a.; curtis, h. b. and lebovitz, h. e. (1976)metabolism,. 25: 1103-1112. 11.kaminisky, n. i.; broadus, a. e.; hardman, j. g.; jones, jr. d. j.; ball, j. h.; sutherland, e. w. and sutherland, e. w. (1970) j. clin. invest. 49:2387. 12.neelon, f. a.; drenzer, m.; birch, b. m. and lebovitz, h, e. (1973) lancet, 1:631-634. 13.pak, c. y. c. (1980) adva. cycl. nucleo. res. 12:393. 14.gutter, r. b.; shaw, j. w.;otis, c. l.; nicoloff, j. t. (1975) j. clin. endocrinol metab. 41. 15.carter ,d. j. and heath, d. a. (1977) acta endocrinol (copenh) 84:542. 16.dohan, p. h.; yamashita. k.; larsen,p. r.;davis, b.; deftos, l. and field, j. b. (1972) journal of clinical endocrinology and metabolism, 35:775-784. 17.murad, f. and pak, c. y. c. (1972) new england journal of medicine, 286:1382-1387. 19.shaw, j. w.; oldham, s. b.; rosoff, l.;bethune ,j. e. and fichman, m. p. (1977) journal of clinical investigation, 59:14-21. 20. mundy, g. r.; luben, r. a.; raisz, l. g.; oppenheim, j. j.and buell, d. n. (1974) new england journal of medicine, 290:867-871. 21. seyberth, h. w.; segre, g. v.; morgan, j .l.; sweetman, b .j.; potts, j. t. jr. and oates, j .a. (1975) new england journal of medicine, 293:1278-1283. 22. scavennec, j.; carcassone, y.; gastaut, j. a.; blanc, a. and cailla, h. l. (1981) cancer res. 41:3222. 23. gennari, c.; francini, g.; galli, m. and lore, f. (1978) j. clin. pathol. 31:735. 24. peracchi, m.; lombardi, l.; toschi ,v.; bamonti-catena, f.; mandelli, v.; maiolo, a. t.; baldini, l. and polli ,e .e.(1984) cancer 54:3028. 25.dusheiko, g. and levin, j. (1981) kew m, cancer 47:113. 26. brooker, g. (1974) method of biochemical analysis 22:95. 27.raij ,k. and harkonen, m.(1976) scand. j. clin. lab. invest. 36(2): 161. 28. chase, l. r.; melson, g. l. and aurbach, g. d. (1969) j. clin. invest. 48: 183 29. abdulla ,y. h. and hamadah, k. (1970) lancet 21:378. 30. mohamad ,a. l. (1991).msc thesis mosul university 31. budavari, s.the merk index, an encyclopedia of chemicals, drugs and biologicals eleventh edition (2003) published by merk and co inc p-2718. ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 32. newton, r. p.; chiatante, d.; ghosh ,d.; brown ,a .g.; walton, t. j.; harris, f. m. and brown, e .g. (1989) phytochemistry 28(9):2243-2254. 33. brooker, g. (1971) j. boil. chem. 246(24):7810-7816. 34.smith, c. j.; little ,j. p. and milton, m. j. (1989) biochem. soc. trans. 17:199-200. 35.aurbach, g. d.; potts, j. t. ; chase ,l. r. and melson, g. l. (1969) ann. intern. med. 70: 1243. 36.krstulovic, a. m.; hartwick, r. a. and brown ,p. r. (1979) clin. chem. 25(2):235-241. 37.hassan, h. g. (1990) phd thesis, university of wales., p: 3: 10. 38.robinson, g. a.; butcher, r. w. and sutherland, e. w. (1971) eds. camp publ. academic. press new york and london, 150-151. 39.kuo, j. f. and greengard, p. (1972) adv. cyc. nuc. res. 2:41. 40.skoog, d. a.; west, d. m.; holler, f. j. and crouch, s. r. (2004)in:” fundamentals of analytical chemistry” eighth edition, p-973. table(1): tlcanalysis for standard cam p and normal and leukaemic urinay camp. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 fraction number a b s o rb a n c e normal leukemia standard fig .(1) : elution profile of standerd camp and normal and leukaemic urinary camp using dowex 50w column chromatography parameter rf value st. camp 0.44 un. camp 0.43 ul. camp 0.45 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (2) : uv – analysis of the standard camp and the purified camp (fraction 2) from normal and leukaemic urine using neutral p h . fig .(3) : uv – analysis of the purified leukaemic cam p (fraction 2) at basic (a), neutral (b), and acidic ph (c). ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol. 23 (1) 2010 a b c d fig . (4) : hplc – analysis of standard camp and normal and leukaemic urinary camp. analysis reflects same retention times of all (3.02). a. standerd camp. b. purified camp from normal urine. c. purified camp from leukaemic urine. d. m obile phase (blank) m eoh / h2o 50:50 v/v. 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة (camp) 49 411155 4838 cml 19 cll 14 ,aml 28 ,all 25 1165 dowex 50w-h + 1x5camp 200300nm g60 253v/vrf hplc hplc 10a vp 50:50v/v1250x4.6mm uv-visible 10av – spd detector camp 3.02 camp15.872.420.13 0.8824 الخلاصة دراسة بعض الخصائص الكھربائیة الغشیة التلیریوم الرقیقة المشابة بالكبریت ө= 700 مائلة المرسبة بزاویة فرح جواد كاظم ھناء صالح سبع قسم الفیزیاء/ كلیة العلوم/ الجامعة المستنصریة 2014ایار 5، قبل البحث في 2012شباط 1البحث في استلم الخالصة (وكانت نس�بة التش�ویب بم�ادة الكبری�تالرقیقة . s: te ة غشفي ھذا البحث جرى دراسة الخصائص الكھربائیة ال s( ) عل��ى ش��رائح زجاجی�ة ألس��ماك مختلف��ة الفراغ�ي س��تخدام طریق�ة التبخی��ر الح��راريحض�رت العین��ات با%1.2) بح�دود )1575, 1400, 1225, 1050 nm. من دراسة حی�ود االش�عة الس�ینیة الغش�یة ) للعیناتte:s . تب�ین انھ�ا متع�ددة التبل�ور ـة درج��ة الح��رارة وك��ذلك حس��اب معام��ل س��یبیك ودراس�� مقاب��ل )r (المقاوم��ة الكھرب��ائيو التوص��یلیة الكھربائی��ةقیس��ت كم��ا (طاقة التنش�یط الكھربائی�ة تبحسذلك فضال عن ) . θ = (70º المرسبة بزاویة مائلة ) لألغشیةi-vجھد ( -خصائص تیار ea( وطاقة التنشیط الكھروحراریة)es( . لجمیع االغشیة الترسیب المائل لالغشیة ، te:sاغشیة مفتاحیة: الكلمات ال 121 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة لم�ا تمتلك�ھ م�ن خص�ائص مث�ل فج�وة الطاق�ة الواطئ�ة والم�دى الطیف�ي ال�ذي یمت�د اھمی�ة كبی�رة لھ�ا غشیة التلیریومأ shieldsin التبری�د الس�لبي االش�عاعي◌ً ثالم، واستعماالتھ الواسعة في تطبیقات كثیرة 1] [ ضمن المنطقة تحت الحمراء passive radiative cooling)(، ومتحسس���ات الغ���از(gas sensors) 2] [3] [ ًوخ���زن المعلوم���ات بص���ریا ، (optical information storage ) [4] وكواش�ف االش�عة تح�ت الحم�راء ir-detectors وف�ي الخالی�ا الشمس�یة ، وك��ذلك ی��دخل ف��ي تص��نیع االلی��اف (peizo-electric device)االجھ��اد الكھرب��ائي ي. وك��ذلك ف��ي تص��نیع اجھ��زة ذ[5] electro صور الرسم الكھربائي ة لتصنیععملغشاء في المواد المستوتدخل اھمیتھ بوصفھ ) optical fibers(البصریة photo graphic) (، الص�ور ومس�تقبالت photo receptors . [ 6 ] ھ�ذا الن�وع م�ن االغش�یةte:s ومت�از بأن�ھ ذی ھ��ذه التقنی��ة ان ل��ذلك اس��تخدم الترس��یب بطریق��ة التبخی��ر الح��راري الفراغ��ي ، ج�ة انص��ھار منخفض��ة وض��غط بخ��اري ع��الدر الخص�ائص الكھربائی�ة الي ان [7]. لبخار یختلف لكل تركیز في الغش�اءتعطي اغشیة متدرجة في عمق االنتشار الن ضغط ا اثن�اء في ودرجة حرارتھا منھا نوع المادة وتركیب الغشاء وسمكھ ونوع القاعدة عدیدة غشاء رقیق تتأثر بشكل كبیر بعوامل زی�ادة التوص�یلیة الح�ظ عند دراسة الخصائص الكھربائی�ة الغش�یة التلیری�ومhaudhuri .[9] وقد وجد ] 8[ الترسیب ...الخ ) σة ( ـة الكھربائی�ـالزی�ادة ف�ي التوصیلی� dinnoet [10]والح�ظ .مع زیادة س�مك االغش�یة ونقصان المقاومة الكھربائیة ) .a ° )350-1430منالتغیر باسماك االغشیة المحضرة مع ان الترس��یب المائ��ل یرف��ع م��ن قیم��ة االمتصاص��یة cdsعن��د دراس��تھ الغش��یة ] ridha ]11لق��د وج��د الباح��ث ] عن�د saied ]12وك�ذلك فق�د وج�د الباح�ث . 70o =өومعامل االمتصاص وافضل الحاالت تحصل عند زاوی�ة الترس�یب والبزموث واالنتیمون المرس�بة بتقنی�ة الترس�یب المائ�ل ان االغش�یة تحس�نت االمتصاص�یة ومعام�ل دراستھ الغشیة التلیریوم االمتصاص�یة لالط�وال الموجی�ة القص�یرة فض�ال ع�ناالمتصاص فیھا بشكل واضح وتزاح باتجاه االطوال الموجی�ة الطویل�ة وھ�ذا 70o =өلمدى المدروس مقارنة مع الترسیب العم�ودي وكان�ت افض�ل امتصاص�یة ھ�ي عن�د زاوی�ة الترس�یب ضمن ا ] ان جمی��ع munaf ]13م��دیات طیفی��ة عریض��ة . واثب��ت الباح��ث يلص��ناعة كواش��ف ذی��دفع ال��ى اس��تخدام ھ��ذه التقنی��ة ) ترس��یبا م��ائال انھ��ا تش��ترك ف��ي زی��ادة اس��تجابیتھا م��ع زی��ادة زاوی��ة sb,bi,teالكواش��ف المص��نعة م��ن ترس��یب الم��واد ( . بالھبوطتبدا بعدھا 70o =өالترسیب لتبلغ قیمة عظمى عند الزاویة حراریة مالئم�ة للعم�ل الكھروالعناص�ر كث�رم�ن أ تع�دوكھ�رو حراری�ة و لةشبھ موص ا"خصائص te:sان الغشیة تی�ار تعم�ل عل�ىالت�ي تس�خینالتبری�د والیستفاد من تلك العناصر في تصنیع اجھ�زة ،اذ حرارة الجو الطبیعیة ضمن درجات . 14][كھربائي مباشر = 70ºب��التبخیر الح��راري الفراغ��ي وبزاوی��ة ترس��یب مائل��ة s: teتص��نیع غش��اء الدراس��ة الحالی��ة ال��ى تھ��دف θ1575,1400,1225,1050س�مك يالغشیة ذ)nm ( الت�ي ف�ي الخص�ائص الكھربائی�ة ت�اثیر تغی�ر س�مك االغش�یة دراس�ةو قی�اس طاق�ة وك�ذلك دالة لدرجة الحرارة وحساب معامل سیبیك . rتضمنت قیاس التوصیلة الكھربائیة والمقاومة الكھربائیة . التنشیط الكھربائیة وطاقة التنشیط الكھروحراریة الجانب العملي ص وقطع�ت حس�ب ن�وع الفح� )( microscopic glass slides ش�رائح المجھ�ر البص�ري الزجاجی�ة تاس�تخدام base 370الفراغ�ي ن�وع الح�راري ف�ي منظوم�ة التبخی�ر )( sabstratesا" قواع�دالمطل�وب وبع�د تنظیفھ�ا اس�تخدمت balzers تبخیر من المولبدنیوم (حویض واستخدامmo) 6-10) في حجرة التفریغ بحدودtorr( وثبتت القواع�د عل�ى حامل�ة الطریق��ة اعتم��دت عل��ى الخ��ط الواص��ل ب��ین ان��اء التبخی��ر ومرك��ز حامل��ة القواع��د وق��د 70o =өوی��ةالقواع�د الت��ي تمی��ل بزا ) تقریب�اً . وأجری�ت 200nmاقطاب من االلمنیوم بسمك ( تبوالجراء القیاسات الكھربائیة رسالوزنیة لتقدیر سمك االغشیة : تیةاال القیاسات ودراسة عالقة التیار المار عبر الغشاء مقابل فرق الجھد بین طرفي الغشاء . : i-vخصائص .1 ) : لقیاس التوصیلیة الكھربائیة تحسب المقاومیة الكھربائی�ة للغش�اء المرس�ب وتح�دد م�ن σالتوصیلیة الكھربائیة ( .2 : المعادلة االتیة ) 1 ( ........ ) 1/a ( = p r وم�ن ث�م mm2)وتق�اس بوح�دات ( لغش�اءمساحة المقط�ع العرض�ي ل a ، االوم)وتقاس بوحدات ( : مقاومة الغشاء rان إذ : ]15[ ةـیمكن حساب التوصیلیة من المعادلة االتی )2 (………… ...........p 1/ =σ قواع�د زجاجی��ة) اس�تخدمت sوألج�راء قیاس��ات الق�درة الكھروحراری�ة وحس�اب معام��ل س�یبیك ( -معام�ل س�یبیك : .3 ة م�ن ـمثب�ت عل�ى طرفیھ�ا اتص�االت اومی� ) 4mm × 43( ) لترس�یب اغش�یة وبابع�ادmm 75×125وبابع�اد ( ( درج��ة ح��رارة الم��اء )t1ة ح��رارة (ـاء ب��ارداً عن��د درج��ـطرف��ي الغش�� ) ویك��ون اح��د200nmااللمنی��وم بس��مك ( ) وثب�ت علی�ھ م�زدوج t2بینم�ا س�خن الط�رف الث�اني ال�ى درج�ة ح�رارة ( ،الجاري الذي یمر عند الطرف الب�ارد ) لم�دى الف�رق نحدار الحراري ب�ین طرف�ي الغش�اءمع تسجیل الجھد الناشيء نتیجة لال حراري لقیاس درجة الحرارة 122 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ف�ي اي م�ادة ین�تج انح�دار ف�ي /dx ( dt، وان وجود االنح�دار الح�راري ( )k 293 343 ( في درجة الحرارة . 16] [ة) لتلك المادs) وان النسبة بین ھذه الكمیات تمثل معامل سیبیك ( dv/dxالجھد ( s= dv/dx /dt/dx ≈ ∆v /∆t. …. …………… (3) عند تغی�ر درج�ة الح�رارة قیاسات تغی�ر درج�ة الح�رارة م�ع مقاوم�ة االغش�یة ی�تم قی�اس التغی�ر ف�ي مقاوم�ة االغش�یة .4 ) . oc 150-10للمدى ( النتائج والمناقشة ) . م�ن حی�ود االش�عة الس�ینیة 70o =өالمرس�ب بزاوی�ة ( te:s حی�ود االش�عة الس�ینیة لغش�اء ) 1الش�كل ( یب�ین )vالمار عبر االغشیة تحت تاثیر الجھد المس�لط ( i)عالقة التیار () 2الشكل (ویبین یظھر ان االغشیة متعددة التبلور. ) یس�لك س�لوكاً s:teالغش�اء ( عالق�ة خطی�ة ف�وق م�دى الجھ�د المس�لط . وھ�ذا ی�دل عل�ى ان طرفي االغشیة وتظھ�ر لدینا في ص��غیرة ش�بھ موص��لة المتالكھ�ا فج��وة طاقة ص��ائصاالغش�یة خ ديادن وم��ع ذل�ك تب��قریب�اً م��ن المع�ادن كون��ھ م�ن اش��باه المع� ویالح�ظ ایض�اان التی�ار ی�زداد م�ع زی�ادة الفولتی�ة المس�لطة وھ�ذا دالل�ة واض�حة ال�ى ان المقاوم�ة الكھربائی�ة .] [17,18ج�داً وھ�ذا مواف�ق لم�ا ورد ف�ي ان التی�ار الض�وئي ی�زداد كلم�ا زاد س�مك االغش�یة ایض�ا الم�ار ونالح�ظتتناقص بزیادة شدة التی�ار اً للمقاوم�ة انخفاض�اً س�ریعن�ال ح�ظ ) te:sألغش�یة ( tو r ) الذي یوض�ح العالق�ة ب�ین 2ومن الشكل ( . 19] [ المصدر (150oc30س ثم ینخفض بشكل تدریجي بسیط الى نھایة المدى الحراري الم�درو )oc 30-15( عند الدرجات الحراري ائب وارتفاع تركی�ز الح�امالت اي ان الح�رارة تس�اعد ف�ي انتق�ال وذلك ان ارتفاع درجات الحرارة تسبب زیادة في تأین الش ) یحصل نقصان في المقاومة من ثمااللكترونات من حزمة التكافؤ الى حزمة التوصیل و م�ع ونالح�ظ ایض�ا م�ن الش�كل نقص�ان قیم�ة المقاوم�ة بش�كل ع�ام ] 17[ و ]6 [ الكھربائیة وزیادة ف�ي التوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة ) م�ع زی�ادة س�مك σمن حصول زی�ادة ف�ي التوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة ( ]10[زیادة سمك االغشیة وھذا موافق لما ذكره الباحثون ونج�د ان التغی�ر ف�ي التوص�یلیة م�ع درج�ة الح�رارة ك�ان t/1000 و σ ln) نالح�ظ العالق�ة ب�ین 3وم�ن الش�كل ( االغش�یة . نتیجة لتغیر كل من تركیز حامالت الشحنة وتحركیة الح�امالت ذل�ك ان تحركی�ة الح�امالت تتغی�ر اس�یاً م�ع درج�ات الح�رارة :وكما في العالقة )4 (……..... ........ kbt)/exp(-e=µ : ] 20[ اما في منطقة درجة الحرارة الواطئة فأن التوصیلیة تخضع للعالقة σ= σ0 exp(-ea/kbt) …. ..... .. .. .. . (5) : σ0 تمثل اقل توصیلیة معدنیة ea طاقة التنشیط للتوصیلیة الكھربائیة: kb 23-10*1.38)(:ثابت بولتزمان j/k t بوحدات :درجة الحرارة المطلقةk0 ، ه الموص�التتزداد مع زیادة درجة الحرارة وھذه صفة من صفات اشباكافة غشیة ان التوصیلیة أوقد تم مالحظة ف�أن قیم�ة التوص�یلیة زی�ادة التوص�یلیة . م�ن ث�مفج�وة ) المتول�دة و –بازدیاد درجات الحرارة ی�زداد ع�دد ازواج (الكت�رون إذ [21] لزیادة في تحركیة الحامالتل تزداد بزیادة درجات الحرارة وذلك نتیجة الت�ي ) 1وكما مبین ف�ي الج�دول( )eaطاقة التنشیط الكھربائیة ( تبحس t/1000و σ) lnبین( ومن میل الخطوط المستقیمة م�ع طاق�ة التنش�یط الكھربائی�ةنالح�ظ زی�ادة إذ ،) j 0.017688 ,0.012943 ,0.0862 ,0.0604تي (مای�أكان�ت قیمھ�ا ك . ]22[وھذا موافق لما توصل الیھ بعض الباحثین ) 4زیادة سمك االغشیة وھذا ما یوضحھ الشكل ( ة الح�رارة وبأس�ماك ترس�یب مختلف�ة ) ومقل�وب درج�sالق�درة الكھروحراری�ة ( الذي یب�ین عالق�ة) 5ومن الشكل ( وك�ذلك زی�ادة الق�درة الكھروحراری�ة بش�كل ، نالحظ ازدیاد قیمة القدرة الكھروحراریة مع ازدیاد الفرق في درجات الح�رارة ) n-type( ان االغش��یة م��ن الن��وع ع��ام م��ع زی��ادة س��مك االغش��یة بح��دود الم��دى الم��دروس واالش��ارة الس��البة ت��دل عل��ى 2)وكمامبین في الج�دول ()esطاقة التنشیط الكھروحراریة( تبحسt/1000) و sومن میل الخطوط المستقیمة بین (.[23] ). 3.6j ,3.4 ,3.31 ,3.25ي (ما یأتوالتي كانت قیمھا ك زی��ادة طاق��ة نالح��ظ إذ م��ع االس��ماك المختلف��ة لالغش��یة ) es( ) عالق��ة طاق��ة التنش��یط الكھروحراری��ة6الش��كل ( یب��ین [16] التنشیط الكھروحراریة مع زیادة سمك االغشیة وھذا موافق لما ذكره الباحثون االستنتاجات ) انھ�ا تس�لك س�لوكاً s:teالمقاومة الكھربائیة ألغش�یة ( في ودراسة تأثیر الحرارة ) i-vتبین عند دراسة خصائص ( معادن واشباه الاقرب الى سلوك المعادن مع انھا تبدي خصائص شبھ موصلة في بعض االحیان فھي تسلك سلوكاً وسطاً بین الموصالت كونھا من اشباه المعادن . 123 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ) sالح�رارة ، وان قیم�ة (ومن نتائج القدرة الكھروحراریة تبین ان معامل سیبیك ( سالب ) وقیمتھ عالیة وتعتمد على درجة یمكن استخدامھ في صناعة كواشف االشعة تحت الحمراء . من ثمتزداد مع زیادة السمك و المصادر 1. martin , m.and cook, j. (1989) mit press,cambridge,ma, chap 4. 2. tsiulyanu, d.and marian , s. (2001),impedance spectroscopy of sensitive to harmful gases tellurium thin films ,journal of nonoxide glases,37(2 ):43-50. 3. okuyama,k. and kudo ,h.(1989) single – crystalline te microtubes: synthesis and no2 gas sensor application, jpn. j.appl. phys.28 (2):770. 4. lou, d.y.;blom, g.m. and kenny,g.c. (1981) growth mechanism of te nanotubes by a direct vapor phase process and their room –temperature co and no2 sensing properties j.vac. sci. technol,24(18):78. 5. ph.ott, guenter, j.r.(2000)(on the electrical and optical properties of the stratified te thin films), thin solid films, 366 (1-2):100 6. engelhard, e.d.,viney mastai, y. and hodes, g. (2000) deposition of te films by decomposition of electrochemically-generated h2te:application to radiative cooling devices, thin solid films, 370(1-2):101-105. 7. maissel, l.i. and glang, r. (1970) hand book of thin film technology, mc graw –hill, newyork, 1-75 . 8. biswas, d.r.(1986) deposition processes for films and coatings, journal of matrials science, 21(7):2217. 9. haudhuri, s.c. and pal,a.k.(1981) thermoelectric power of te thin films and its thickness and temperature dependence,thin solid films16(5):3331-3334. 10. dinno, m.; schwartz, m. and giammara, b. (1974) thermoelectric characterization of sputter –deposited bi/te bilayer thin films), j. appl. phys.,45(23):3328. 11. ridha , h. (2010) astudy of the optical properties of obliquely deposited cds thin films, ph.d. thesis. , university of technology. 12. 12.saad , r.(2001) study in to some structural optical and electrical properties of obliquely deposited antimony, bismuth, tellurium films) ph.d.thesis. , university of technology. 13. munaf ,r.(2000) fabrication and characterization of laser induced diffusion and obliquily deposited thin film detectors for spectral range (0.4-10.6)μm)ph.d. thesis, university of technology. 14. wiley, j.and inc, s. (1980) hand book of encyclopedia of chemicalec 22, 658. 15. zeghbroeck,b.v.(2007) principle of semiconductor device,hand book of bart van zeghbroeck. 16. morigaki,k. and yamaguchi,m.(1999) physics of amorphous semiconductor,word scientific publishing company. 17. chandhuri, s.;chakrabarti, b. and pal , a.k. (1981) thermoelectric power of tellurium films )(thin solid films) 82(3):217. 18. petersen ,c.l.; grey, f.,and siraky, i. (2002) micro-point probe for studing electronic transport through surface states,appl. physics letters, 77(23): 3782-3784. 19. athwal, i.s.;kaur, j. and bedi, r.k.(1988) transport properties of te films prepard by hot wall epitaxy,thin solid films,162(1):1-6. 20. trackalo, m.;moore, c.j.; lesh, j.d. and brodie ,d.e. (1984) appartus for measuring seebeck coefficients of high – resistance semiconducting films ,(rev sci., instrum) 55(5):1243-1245. 21. chen, e. (2004)theoretical phonon thermal conductivity of si/ge super lattice nanowires), thin film deposition, 95(23)682-693. 124 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 125 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 22. mehta ,n.; kumar, d. and kumar, a.(2005)(applicability of kissingers relation in the determination of activation energy of glass transition),journal of physical studies,7(9):1473-1479). 23. marria,p.gutierrez, haiyong,l(2002)thin film surface resistivity)thin solid films,2: (10)65 )t) مع سمك االغشیة(eaیبین قیم طاقةالتنشیط الكھربائیة (:) 1( رقم جدول )t(nmسمك االغشیة )j)eaطاقة التنشیط الكھربائیة 0.0604 1050 0.0862 1225 0.012943 1400 0.017688 1575 )t) مع سمك االغشیة (esالتنشیط الكھروحراریة() یبین قیم طاقة 2(رقمجدول )t(nmسمك االغشیة es)(jطاقة التنشیط الكھروحراریة 3.25 1050 3.31 1225 3.4 1400 3.6 1575 70o=өالمرسبة بزاویة te:s) یبین اطیاف حیود االشعة السینیة الغشیة 1(رقم شكل vبالجھد المسلط على الغشاء iاالغشیةعالقة التیار المار عبر 2)(رقمشكل ) t/1000 قابلم ( lnσ بینعالقةال) 3( رقم شكل tاء غشوسمك ال ea طاقة التنشیط الكھربائیةبین عالقة ال) 4( رقم شكل -6.5 -6 -5.5 -5 -4.5 -4 -3.5 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 linear (1400nm) linear (1575nm) linear (1225nm) linear (1050nm) l n( σ) (ώ .c m )-1 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 v(v) i(m a) 1225nm 1400nm 1050nm 1575nm 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 t(nm ) ea (j ) 126 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 tالغشاء سمك فيتغیرال مقابل es ) عالقة القدرة الكھروحراریة6( رقم شكل 3.2 3.25 3.3 3.35 3.4 3.45 3.5 3.55 3.6 3.65 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 t(nm ) es (j) 127 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 a study of some electrical properties of te:s thin films deposited at angle ө=70o farah j. khadum hanaa s. sabaa dept. of physics/ college of science / university of almustanseriya received in :1st. february 2012 , accepted in :5th. may 2013 abstract in this research a study of some electrical properties of (te) thin films with(s) impurities of(1.2%) were deposited at( ө=700)by thermal evaporation technique .the thicknesses of deposited films were (1050 , 1225 , 1400 , 1575 nm) on a glass substrates of different dimensions . from x-ray diffraction spectrum, the films are polycrystalline .a study of (i-v) characteristic for thin films, the measurements of electrical conductivity (σ)and electrical resistance(r )vs. temperature( t) are done. further a measurement of thermoelectric power, see beck coefficient and activation energies ( ea, es) were computed. keyword :te s films, obliquely deposited films 128 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (1) 2011 dynamics of double chaos a. m. ahmed, s. noori department of mathematics, -ibn-al-haitham college of education ,university of baghdad received in sept,24,2000 accepted in july,11,2001 abstract this paper includes studying (dynamic of double chaos) in two steps: first step:applying ordinary differential equation have behaved chaotically such as (duffing's equation) on (double pendulum) equation system to get new system of ordinary differential equations depend on it next step. second step:we demonstrate existence of a dynamics of double chaos in duffing's equation by relying on graphical result of poincare's map from numerical simulation. key word: chaos, duffing equation introduction dynamical system defined as a map  such that :kxx where x is a nonempty set and entire k = � or k = � which satisfies the following conditions (0,x) = x (s,(t,x)) = (s+t,x) for all s,t  k, x x, [1] chaotic dynamic is a study of such systems behavior and dispite the unpredictability of chaotic motion. 1.1 definition: let f:j  j be any function where j is an open set then f has (sensitive dependence on initial condition) (xj) if (yj) and (n� ) such that if x – y <  then f (n) (x) – f (n) (y) > . raughly speaking the iterates of neighboring points separate from one another, [2]. 1.2 definition: let j be a boundary open set, and f:j  j be a continuous differentiable function on j (xj), (x) = n lim  (1/n) lnf (n) (x) and the limite exists, (x) is the (lyapunov exponent) of f at x, [2]. 1.3 definition: a function f is chaotic if it satisfies at least one of the following conditions: i. f has positive lyaponov exponent at each point of its domain (i.e. eventually periodic). ii. f has sensitive dependence on initial condition of its domain, [2]. 2poincare's map: let p a map which is defined as the following: p: such that  is a two dimensional cross with coordinates x and y the time dimension t of this map which takes the path orbits of the point x0 lies on  onto its image p(x0) by the map p. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (1) 2011 therefore poincare map treats the non autonomous ordinary differential equation system x �� =f(x, x � ,t) for dx x y dt   � and dy y f (x, y, z) dt   � where z = t with z 1 � and for the autonomous system of ordinary differential equation x f (x, x) �� � for dx x y dt   � and dy x y f (x, x, 0) f (x, y, 0) f (x, y) dt      �� � where z = t = 0, [1]. duffing's equation: duffing's equation was first given in 1918 is a non linear oscillator differential equation of second order non-autonomous type, take the form: x �� + h x � – x + x 3 = c cos(wt) …(1) for , , h > 0. its significance comes from representing chaotic behavior of non linear ordinary differential equation, [3]. according to equation (1) we first let x = x1 1 2 x x x  � � 1 2 x x x  �� �� � then we have the system 1 2 2 3 1 2 1 x x x x hx x c cos(wt)        � � …(2) in [4] obtained that for c(1.08,2.45). the average results fail completely and the solution behave in a complex and erratic manner, i.e. chaotic, these results came out by examining successive iterates of poincare map with non-autonomous ordinary differential equation system 2 1 2 x x f (x , x , t)  �� � . while in [5] obtained chaotic behavior of system (2) for different values of the parameters h and c with  = 0,  = 1. double pendulume problem: [5] the problem is a direct application of newton's law to the motion of simple systems and in this paper it is about the following simple system: g 2 2 0 1 g 0 1         �� �� �� �� …(3) where ,  are the angles of the first and second pendulum respectively. 3double duffing's oscillators: for the ordinary differential equation in (3) if both of the first and the second pendulum correspond to the motion of duffing equation). by letting  = x = x1  = x = x2 then 1 1 11 y x x y x x     � � � �� �� ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (1) 2011 2 2 22 y x x y x x     � � � �� �� and z1 = t  1z 1 � z2 = t  2z 1 � the above assumption would give us the following ordinary differential equation system. 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 g g g x [(a 2 )x 2 x 2 x x c cos(wz )] / b 1 1 1 g g y 2 x 2 x 1 1 z 1 g g x [(a 2 )x x x c cos(wz )] / b 1 1 g g y 2 x x 1 1 z 1                   � � � � � � …(4) with boundary conditions: x1(0) = 0, x2(0) = 0 y1(0) = 1, y2(0) = 1 z1(0) = 0, z2(0) = 0. graphical results the results come out by examining the successive iterates of pioncare map for (4) which treat both of 1 2 x f (x , x , t) �� and 1 2 y f (x , x ) �� . using the track hold device the computer record the values of (x2,y2) represent the chaotic motion of second one, therefore the next phaseplane plots show double chaos for eight different cases. in table (1) each line shows a chaotic case defer from one to another depending on the value of i, a and b, in order to distinguish between the phase plan plotes of the points (x1,y1) as a solution values of the second pendulum which appear as a solid line and the values of the first one for (x2,y2) which appear as a dotted line. references 1. al-karagolly, s.n. (1997), some applications of dynamical system-chaotic behavoir of duffing's equation with moving boundary, m.sc. thesis, baghdada university. 2. gulik, d.(2007), encounters with chaos 2 nd addition, mcgra-hill, inc., new york, 84-91 3. ku, y.h. and sun, x. (1990), chaos and limit cycle in duffing's equation, journal of the franklin institute, pergamon press inc., 327 (3), 165-195. 4. holmes, p. (1979), a non-linear oscillator with a strange attractor, phil, trans.r.soc.a. 292, 419-448. 5. ott, e. (2002), chaos in dynamical systems (2 nd edition), cambridge university press. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (1) 2011 table (1) parameters of chaotic behavior cases for equation (4) i a b c d 20 10 1 0.3 1 20 1 1 0.3 1 20 10 10 0.3 1 20 1 10 0.3 1 20 1 25 0.3 1 5 10 10 0.3 1 5 2 10 0.3 1 5 3 4 0.3 1 fig. (1) chaotic case 1 for a = 10, b = 1, c = .3, d = 1, ℓ = 20 x1, x2 y1, y2 y1, y2 x1, x2 fig. (2) chaotic case 2 for a = 1, b = 1, c = .3, d = 1, ℓ = 20 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig. (3) chaotic case 3 for a = 10, b = 10, c = .3, d = 1, ℓ = 20 fig. (4) chaotic case 4 for a = 1, b = 10, c = .3, d = 1, ℓ = 20 x1, x2 y1, y2 y1, y2 x1, x2 fig (5) chaotic case 5 for a = 1, b = 25, c = .3, d = 1, ℓ = 20 fig (6) chaotic case 6 for a = 10, b = 10, c = .3, d = 1, ℓ = 5 fig (7) chaotic ase 7 for a = 2, b = 10, c = .3, d = 1, ℓ = 5 fig (8) chaotic case 8 for a = 3, b = 4, c = .3, d = 1, x1, x2 x1, x2 y1, y2 y1, y2 x1, x2 x1, x2 y1, y2 ) ( مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 242000 112001 17062012120851_002 17062012120851_003 17062012120851_004 17062012120851_005 17062012120851_006 17062012120851_007 17062012120852 17062012120852_001 17062012120852_002 17062012120852_003 17062012121521 17062012121521_001 17062012121521_002 17062012121521_003 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 454 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract "watermarking" is one method in which digital information is buried in a carrier signal; the hidden information should be related to the carrier signal. there are many different types of digital watermarking, including traditional watermarking that uses visible media (such as snaps, images, or video), and a signal may be carrying many watermarks. any signal that can tolerate noise, such as audio, video, or picture data, can have a digital watermark implanted in it. a digital watermark must be able to withstand changes that can be made to the carrier signal in order to protect copyright information in media files. the goal of digital watermarking is to ensure the integrity of data, whereas steganography focuses on making information undetectable to humans. watermarking doesn't alter the original digital image, unlike public-key encryption, but rather creates a new one with embedded secured aspects for integrity. there are no residual effects of encryption on decrypted documents. this work focuses on strong digital image watermarking algorithms for copyright protection purposes. watermarks of various sorts and uses were discussed, as well as a review of current watermarking techniques and assaults. the project shows how to watermark an image in the frequency domain using dct and dwt, as well as in the spatial domain using the lsb approach. when it comes to noise and compression, frequency-domain approaches are far more resilient than lsb. all of these scenarios necessitate the use of the original picture to remove the watermark. out of the three, the dwt approach has provided the best results. we can improve the resilience of our watermark while having little to no extra influence on image quality by embedding watermarks in these places. keywords: image security, image watermarking, watermarking based securing in digital images. doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3088 article history: received 24 october 2022, accepted 6 march 2023, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq secured mechanism towards integrity of digital images using dwt, dct, lsb and watermarking integrations mohammed hassan abd department of computer sciences, college of education pure and applied science ibn alhaitham, university baghdad, iraq. mohammed.h@uobaghdad.edu.iq osamah waleed allawi al kalam high secondary school, baghdad, basmayah iraq. osamahwaleed@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mohammed.h@uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:osamahwaleed@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 455 1. introduction there has been a dramatic reduction in the cost and time required to generate and disseminate digital snaps and images due to image processing technology and the internet. data privacy and security are at risk as a result of the rapid advancement of network technologies [1]. because of the current and future dangers to digital information, content authentication, copyright protection, and protection against duplication are needed. digital image watermarking is the process of adding a digital watermark to an image in order to protect it from tampering, prove ownership of intellectual property, and make multimedia documents more secure. digital stuff, including images, music, and video, can conceal information. a physical transmission media may readily be used to unlawfully obtain and distribute digital content, as well as process, store, and transmit it. when watermark data is integrated into a multimedia product, it can be recovered from the watermarked product or identified by the watermarked product itself. there are several ways to protect the image from tampering: authentication, content verification, and image integration. transforming watermarked data into another file format is not a simple way to get rid of the watermark. as a result, following an assault, the watermark might provide insight into the change. the ability to distinguish between digital watermarking and other methods, such as encryption, is crucial [2]. digital image watermarking techniques can also withstand digital-to-analog conversion, compression, file format changes, re-encryption, and decryption. it's an alternative (or supplementary) to cryptography because of these tasks. when you use the material, you can't erase the information because it's incorporated into the content. an embedded, communication channel and a detector are the three essential components of a watermarking system. it is possible for the detector to extract watermark information since it is not tucked away in the file header or encrypted like other security measures. before the watermarked signal [3] is transferred via a communication channel, a watermark is inserted into the host signal to allow the watermark to be recognized at the detector. there are optional components that may or may not be necessary depending on the application. the dotted lines represent these components. first, a watermark wo is formed by the watermark generator, which may use a secret watermark generation key kg to generate this watermark. a logo or a pseudorandom signal can be used as the watermark wo. in order to strengthen the watermark's resistance against probable signal processing procedures or its imperceptibility, the watermark wo might be pre-coded instead of being embedded directly into the host signal. an information encoder may need the original signal to do this task; a watermark may be encoded using the spread spectrum method [4]. 2. materials and methods a 1-d binary string containing just the values 0 and 1 is generated from the offline handwritten signature of the owner for the purpose of authentication. in order to watermark the image, these two values must be entered. 2.1 watermark embedding the following are the stages involved in inserting a watermark: •the first step is to divide the color picture into three channels. •synchronized registration information may be saved by utilizing sift to calculate feature points in the red channel and saving them. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 456 •use bi-orthogonal wavelet transforms to perform a two-level dwt on the carrier image's blue and green components. •create a pseudorandom sequence equal to the watermark's length using a private key. •this mask is used to choose wavelet coefficients from the lh sub-bands of the decomposed image's blue and green channels. pseudorandom sequences generated with a private key are used in this method. •add a watermark to the host picture by embedding it in the blue component. a wide variety of methods exist for concealing information in digital material , hidden data might be stored in unallocated memory space or in unused portions of files. unused header file sections may contain little amounts of data. if a partition isn't accessible under normal circumstances, there are a few tools that can grant you complete access to that disc. the technique based on substitution uses secret data to replace unnecessary elements of the picture. the stenographic holder structure and the rgb (red-green-blue) systems are crucial to comprehending this idea .the rgb color system uses the relative intensities of red, green, and blue to represent each color. an octet, or 8-bit sequence, determines the intensity of each of the three colors, which can range from 0 to 255 for each component. using the three components of the rgb system, we get a 24-bit scheme that offers 16,777,216 distinct colors. the 24-bit method is supported by the majority of today's image processing and display software, although an 8-bit technique can be used to reduce the picture size. however, a palette that defines the colors to be utilized in the image is employed in conjunction with 24-bit color pixels in this system. an 8-bit value is assigned to each pixel and used to represent the chosen color in the palette. in order to maintain an 8-bit color palette, this approach caps the number of colors utilized in the image at 256. gif (graphics interchange format) is a lossless image compression format that uses an 8-bit pattern. discrete cosine transform (dct): the 8x8 block values are coded by means of the discrete cosine transform. this part is an image of an 8x8 area of a black-white frame. the normal way is to determine the brightness of each of the 64 pixels and to scale them to some limits, say from 0 to 255, so «0» means «black» and «255» means «white». we can also represent the values in form of an 8x8 bar diagram. normally the values are processed line by line. this requires 64 byte of storage. but, you can define all the 64 values by only 5 integers if you apply the following formula called discrete cosine transform (dct) with: where f(x,y) is the brightness of the pixel at position [x,y]. the result is f an 8x8 array: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 457 the decoder can reconstruct the pixel values by the following formula called inverse discrete cosine transform (idct): figure 1. the figure shows the algorithm for adding a watermark to the image and hiding the information using dwt 2.2 substituting only the most essential elements the most popular steganography approach in multimedia steganography is the substitution of the least significant bits (lsb substitution). the "minimum important bit" (or "mib") refers to the octet's least significant eight bits. the most critical bit has an arithmetic value of 12810, ihjpas. 36(2)2023 458 whereas the least critical bit has an arithmetic value of 0. (110). all octets in a multimedia file are affected by a change in the minimum number of bits. however, because of our limited ability to detect subtle alterations in hue, the previously mentioned theory is considerably more successful. using stenographic techniques, it is possible to replace the least important bits in selected octets with the most significant ones by breaking the secret messages encoded in the bits. by inserting bytes through secret messages in an easy way, like a series of adjacent bytes at the beginning of the file, it's very likely that this section will have statistics that differ from those of the rest of the image, attracting attention and compromising the privacy of any secret messages that may be contained within it. as a result, the random selection of the destination octet is one of the aspects that make steganography message detection exceedingly difficult. using the supplied approach, the integration followed the example of concealing one image over another. people can use steganography's high-tech techniques to hide and safeguard their communications. an extra layer of security on top of cryptography protects the data even further. as stenographic technology is exceedingly difficult to detect, it is extremely easy to employ. there have been several debates in recent years about the potential misuse of steganography, particularly by terrorists. steganography has been the topic of a number of debates in recent years about its misuse, particularly in the context of terrorist activity. the use of steganography to distribute unlawful material via multimedia files on the internet is becoming a rising issue for various legal agencies. steganography's sister discipline, steganalysis, is substantially more recent. today, we have a variety of stage techniques at our disposal that allow us to identify and prevent such crimes. as steganography has several advantages in legal contexts, such as digital watermarking to establish copyright ownership or more secure means of keeping critical and secret information, the technology will continue to be developed and its application possibilities will expand in future years. matlab offers a wide range of options for visualizing data in the form of vectors and matrices, as well as for notating and printing these representations. animation, data visualization, image processing, and other high-level operations are available in a single package. in today's world, the internet has become an essential element of everyday life, and digital media has grown exponentially as a result. the emergence of large-capacity digital recording devices has increased the possibility of piracy. watermarking's fast rise in popularity is most likely the result of heightened awareness about the importance of copyright protection for digital work. it is possible to watermark audio, picture, and video files. embedding and recovering information from other digital data is a sort of information concealing, and digital watermarking is one example of this type of information hiding. other methods of concealing information include covert communication (steganography) and the incorporation of additional data into multimedia files. if the encoded information can be read even after a/d and d/a conversion, the latter use is particularly fascinating. a digital watermark must be imperceptible to the human eye, such that the watermarked data and the original data are indistinguishable to the eye. this means that the watermarked data cannot be damaged or even destroyed during processing without causing the processed data to be rendered ineffective. permission-based access means that only those with the proper credentials may access the embedded data. watermarking can be used in a variety of ways, including: instead of exploiting a specific section of the broadcast signal, watermarking is included in the program itself. when it comes to owner identification, watermarks may be better than text because they may be rendered invisible and impossible to remove from the work they are attached to. as long as watermark detectors are provided to customers, they can identify watermarked works even if textual copyright notices have been removed from them. the watermark records one or more transactions in the history of the copy of a work in which it is contained. each copy of the work would have a unique watermark applied by the piece's creator. in the event that the work is misused, the owner will be held accountable. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 459 content authentication: watermarking provides localized authentication and checks for lossy compression of the file. using watermarks is a great way to ensure that the content cannot be reproduced without permission. the detection of a never-copy watermark at the input of a recording device might be made to prevent recording if the device was equipped with a watermark detector. we classify applications like copy control under the umbrella term "device control." printed and disseminated graphics, such as magazine adverts, tickets, etc., are encoded with a unique identification. using a digital camera to capture the image again, the watermark is read by pc software, and the identification is used to route a web browser to an associated web page. this technique, known as picture watermarking, is used to hide information inside an image by making small changes to its pixels. watermarking is highly secure, however, there are still a number of potential attack vectors that might be exploited: enhancement: sharpness, contrast, and color correction. gaussian, uniform, and speckle noise are examples of additive and multiplicative noise, respectively. the low pass, high pass, and band pass are all examples of linear filtering. morphological and nonlinear filtering are examples of nonlinear filtering. measuring perceptibility and robustness is more challenging. the table shows a system proposed by petit colas and others for evaluating perceptibility. table 1 shows a preliminary set of reliability and robustness measures provided by petit colas; they are presented below. figure 2. the figure shows the use of the water footprint to hide information using the dct and dwt compression algorithms ihjpas. 36(2)2023 460 table 1. robustness analytics. low level level zero moderate standard jpeg compression quality 100 – 75 100 – 90 100 – 50 color reduction (gif) 256 256 16 cropping 100 75% 100 90% 100 50% gamma correction 0.7-1.2 0.5-1.5 scaling 2 3 2 1  2 3 1  rotation +/0 2 deg. +/0 5 deg. 90 deg. horizontal flip yes yes uniform noise 1-5% 1-15% contrast +/0 10% +/0 – 25% brightness +/0 – 10% +/0 – 25% median filter 3 x 3 figure 3. filtering based approach figure 4. detection of forger with geometric attacks ihjpas. 36(2)2023 461 figure 5. image composition figure 6. image security analytics fl fm figure 7. analytics patterns ihjpas. 36(2)2023 462 figure 8. dct integration with watermark dwt: discrete wavelet transform is a technique to transform image pixels into wavelets, which are then used for wavelet-based compression and coding. discrete wavelet transforms (dwt), which transforms a discrete time signal to a discrete wavelet representation.  it converts an input series x0, x1, ..xm, into one high-pass wavelet coefficient series and one low-pass wavelet coefficient series (of length n/2 each) given by: figure 9. 2 scale 2 dimensional dwt ihjpas. 36(2)2023 463 figure 10. secured approach with waveforms ihjpas. 36(2)2023 464 2.3 least significant bit modification (lsb modification): embed the watermark into the cover object's least important bits. that's the simplest way to go about embedding it. using the entire cover as a transmission channel, a smaller item may be inserted numerous times because of the enormous channel capacity. although many of them have been destroyed, a single watermark that is still intact is still considered a success. the gray scale image's bit-planes are shown on the left, with the msb at the top. bit-plane pixels have binary values of 0s and 1, which are represented by the dark and bright boxes, respectively. it is substituted with concealed data in the center, which becomes the lsb plane of the stage-cover image's image lsb-plane. the lsb plane discrepancies between the cover and stage pictures are shown in the bottom-right map. there are circles that indicate the flipped bits; with an average of 50 percent modified, it's visually identical to the cover with stego imaging. lsb substitution, despite its simplicity, has a slew of downsides that must be considered. the watermark may be able to withstand cropping and other changes, but any noise or lossy compression is likely to destroy it. in order to completely remove the watermark, all that is needed is to change the lsb bits of each pixel to one. once the technique is found, the encoded watermark may be simply changed by an intermediary party. 2.4 techniques in the frequency domain sift it is a technique for detecting salient, stable feature points in an image. due to their universality and ease of use, the spatial approaches described above may be applied to any image (whether they survive this processing, however, is a different matter entirely). spatial approaches may have the drawback of preventing the further processing needed to boost the watermark's resilience from being utilized. adaptive watermarking methods are even more challenging to implement in the case of spatial data. if the features of the cover picture could be similarly leveraged, the watermark's resilience and quality may be increased. watermarking information should be hidden in areas with a lot of noise and edges rather than smoother areas of a picture. both the hvs and lossy compression algorithms benefit from this because the degradation in the smoother portions of a picture is more obvious. due to all of these factors, working in some form of frequency domain becomes quite appealing. the discrete-cosine-transform, or dct, is an image processing classic that is still widely used today. with the dct, images may be divided into many frequency bands, making it easier to incorporate watermarking information into the image's intermediate frequency bands. as a result, the intermediate frequency bands are selected such that they avoid the most visually significant elements of the image (low frequencies) while not overexposing themselves to elimination through compression and noise assaults (high frequencies).for example, comparing middleband dct coefficients can be used to encode only one bit into a whole block of dcts. in order to begin, we need to establish the 8x8 dct block's middle-band frequencies (fm). the lower frequency components of the block are designated as fl, while the higher frequency components are designated as fh. embedding in fm avoids large changes in the cover picture while providing further resilience to lossy compression approaches. 2.5 problem the security and integrity of digital images and multimedia content are quite important and are the main focus of this work. many frequent signal and geometric processes impact the image's perceptually inconsequential portions (or spectrum), which is why the watermark shouldn't be put ihjpas. 36(2)2023 465 there. an image watermark applied in the high-frequency range may be readily removed with little harm to the picture using any low-pass filtering procedure. watermarking in the most perceptually important parts of the spectrum while maintaining integrity is a challenge. as long as the change is minimal, any spectral coefficient can be adjusted. on the other hand, noise has a tendency to amplify even the tiniest adjustments. watermarks can be considered as a signal delivered across the frequency domain of the picture or sound at hand in order to address this problem. these inadvertent errors are treated as noise by the submerged signal and must be protected against. watermarks can be hidden in data, but the same logic can be used to transmit any kind of message via media data [5]. first, we drew inspiration from spread spectrum communication. broadcasting a narrowband signal over a much greater bandwidth, the signal energy existing in any particular frequency is completely unnoticeable in spread spectrum communications, similarly, the watermark's energy is dispersed across a large number of frequency bins, making it very impossible to detect. there are numerous weak signals that may be concentrated in a single output with a high signal-to-noise ratio because of the watermark verification process' knowledge of the watermark's position and content. it is, nevertheless, necessary to introduce noise of large amplitude to every frequency bin in order to remove a watermark [6]. unintentional or intended attacks can be greatly reduced by using a watermark that covers the whole image. to begin with, it's hard to see where the watermark is. it's also important to set frequency zones in a way that assures substantial deterioration of original data if the watermark is breached. a well-placed watermark in the frequency domain of a picture or sound recording will be nearly hard to detect. unless the watermark energy is infinitesimally small, this will always be the case. there are ways to amplify specific frequencies by using the human auditory and visual systems' understanding of masking events. to put it another way, perceptual masking may be used to describe any circumstance where information in certain parts of an image or a sound is obliterated by more prominent information elsewhere in the picture. for low-bit-rate data encoding in digital waveform coding, frequency domain (and, in certain situations, time/pixel domain) masking is used extensively. high-energy, low-frequency spectrum areas of an auditory or visual picture have been shown to have more resolution than lower frequencies [7]. the majority of the information in images and sounds may be found in the low-frequency ranges, as can be seen by doing a spectrum analysis of the data. 2.6 image watermarking system needs and tradeoffs security: depending on the intended use, a watermarking system's security requirements may change somewhat. security in watermarking means that the watermark should be difficult to remove or modify without causing harm to the host signal. watermarking security may be defined as the capacity to ensure the secrecy and integrity of watermark information and to resist harmful assaults since all watermarking systems attempt to safeguard watermark information without losing generality [8]. the watermark's perceptual transparency is what we mean by its "imperceptibility" ideally, there should be no discernible change between the watermarked signal and the original signal. embedment into an undetectable section of a host signal is an easy approach to decrease distortion during the watermarking process. as a result, a hacker may easily modify the watermark data without being detected. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 466 it is important to note that watermarking capacity refers to the quantity of information that can be encoded into a host signal. imperceptibility and robustness, as well as the capacity needed, are often at odds with each other [9]. higher capacity is frequently achieved at the price of either strength or imperceptibility. 2.7 low pass filtering a difference map is created by applying a low-pass filter to the watermarked picture. as a general rule, any alterations that alter the shape of the image (such as flipping, rotating, or cropping) should be recognizable. the figure depicts a cropping assault from the right side and the bottom of the image [10]. 2.8 geometric attacks the tampering can be clearly visible in the difference map where two noisy stripes surround the picture. to distinguish cropping attacks from global manipulations like scaling, low-pass filtering, or histogram equalization that would result in a completely noisier difference map when used in conjunction, the suggested method is capable of doing just that [11]. changing the scene's backdrop or adding or removing objects as a result of forgery attempts is equivalent to replacement. as a result, the forgery attacks discussed above may be reduced to a single replacement assault. to counter a replacement attack, the following experiment replaces the watermarked picture component with a different, unwater marked portion of the identical image [12]. in terms of watermarks and watermarking processes, there are a number of subcategories. depending on the type of document to be watermarked, watermarking techniques may be split into four groups: it may be used for a variety of purposes, including tagging images and audio, as well as for video watermarking [13]. 3. results wavelet-based watermarking: wavelet embedding is another alternative watermark embedding domain. images may be divided into approximation (ll), detail (hl), and approximation images (ll) using the dwt, a discrete wavelet transform. afterward, it is possible to do numerous "scale" wavelet decompositions, such as seen in the image below. when compared to the fft or dct, one of the wavelet transform's numerous advantages is that it is thought to better simulate the hvs. using higher energy watermarks in locations where the hvs is known to be less sensitive, such as high-resolution detail bands lh, hl, and hh, is possible. we can improve the resilience of our watermark while having little to no extra influence on image quality by embedding watermarks in these places. 4. discussion it is important to note that feature points are components of information that are intrinsically related to the content. large picture distortions have a high possibility of matching these local invariant characteristics. as a result, following an assault, the relative location of a feature point like this remains constant, making it useful for synchronization purposes [14]. however, david lowe's sift method has shown to be quite effective in the extraction of features. local features based on sift will remain unchanged even if the image is zoomed, rotated, brightened, or affine transformed. sift operator retrieves features and their attributes such as the location (x,y), scale s, and orientation è based on the local picture characteristics. by identifying ihjpas. 36(2)2023 467 stable points in the scale space, the sift is possible to extract features using staged filtering that selects candidates for features by looking for peaks. the difference of the gaussian (dog) function is used to determine the scale spacing d(x,y,) in order to extract potential feature locations [15]. pictures are smoothed with a variable-scale gaussian kernel to produce scale-space images, which are then subtracted from each other. the gaussian function's variance (also known as its scale) serves as the parameter. it is possible to locate local maximum and minimum values by examining the eight scales immediately adjacent to them, as well as the nine scales above and below. extreme (x,y) and scale 's' (invariant to scale and orientation change) establish the sift features' position (x,y) and scale [15]. biometric characteristics such as a handwritten signature can be included in color images using the watermarking approach provided here. the separation of red, blue, and green colors into their respective channels occurs in a color picture. in order to identify watermarks, feature points are extracted from the red channel using sift and recorded as synchronous registration information. for aesthetic reasons, we choose to place our watermark in blue instead of other colors. stable features are achieved by purposely separating the channels for feature point extraction and watermark insertion. geometric distortion may be estimated from feature points in the original picture without needing the original. as a result, the algorithm is semi-blind in nature. before embedding, an offline user's handwritten signature is preprocessed and transformed into a binary bit string. a total of four processes are involved in the proposed watermarking method: preparation, embedding, geometric attack estimate, and detection . 5. conclusion this work focuses on strong digital image watermarking algorithms for copyright protection purposes. watermarks of various sorts and uses were discussed, as well as a review of current watermarking techniques and assaults. the project shows how to watermark an image in the frequency domain using dct and dwt, as well as in the spatial domain using the lsb approach. when it comes to noise and compression, frequency domain approaches are far more resilient than lsb. all of these scenarios necessitate the use of the original picture to remove the watermark. out of the three, the dwt approach has provided the best results. algorithms in the future are projected to be able to extract watermarks from images that have been damaged by various geometric and signal processing methods, such as cropping, rotation, scaling, and translation, without the need for the original picture. it's possible to utilize feature points as a reference for both embedding and detecting the watermark in watermarking. the feature points are identified via feature point detectors, and these detectors should extract the feature points that are resistant to different distortions (compression, filtering, geometric distortions, etc.). both detectors performed quite well when it came to jpeg and jpeg 2000 filtering and compression. sift descriptors were computed for each feature point that was retrieved using the sift detector. the correlation coefficient between the sift descriptors was used to determine the correspondences between the points. as soon as one image's correspondence to another is established, it is possible to estimate the parameters of the geometric transformation that took place and compute an inverse geometrical transformation that may be applied to it. this method has the advantage of not requiring the original or watermarked image to be present. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 468 references 1. arrasyid, a. a.;soeleman, m. a.; sari, c. a.; rachmawanto, e. h. november. image watermarking using triple transform (dct-dwt-svd) to improve copyright protection performance. in international seminar on research of information technology and intelligent systems (isriti) 2018 , 522-526. ieee. 2. zhang, l.; wei, d. dual dct-dwt-svd digital watermarking algorithm based on particle swarm optimization. multimedia tools and applications, 2019,78(19), 28003-28023. 3. begum, m.; ferdush, j.; uddin, m. s. a hybrid robust watermarking system based on discrete cosine transform, discrete wavelet transform, and singular value decomposition. journal of king saud university-computer and information sciences. 2021. 4. hamidi, m.; el haziti, m.; cherifi, h.; el hassouni, m. a hybrid robust image watermarking method based on dwt-dct and sift for copyright protection,journal of imaging, 2021,7(10), 218. 5. singh, p. k. robust and imperceptible image watermarking technique based on svd, dct, bemd and pso in wavelet domain. multimedia tools and applications, 2021,1-26. 6. chacko, a.; chacko, s. deep learning‐based robust medical image watermarking exploiting dct and harris hawks optimization. international journal of intelligent systems. 2021. 7. garg, p.; kishore, r. r. an efficient and secured blind image watermarking using abc optimization in dwt and dct domain. multimedia tools and applications, 2021, 1-18. 8. dhaked, d. k. combined dct-dwt color image digital watermarking technique. in emerging trends in data driven computing and communications, springer, singapore.2021 ,169-177. 9. ernawan, f.; ariatmanto, d.; firdaus, a. an improved image watermarking by modifying selected dwt-dct coefficients. ieee access, 2021, 9, 45474-45485. 10. varghese, j.; razak, t. a.; hussain, o. b.; subash, s. a hybrid digital image watermarking scheme incorporating dwt, dft, dct and svd transformations. journal of engineering research, 2021. 11. zainol, z.; teh, j. s.; alawida, m. an fpp-resistant svd-based image watermarking scheme based on chaotic control. alexandria engineering journal. 2021. 12. lydia, e. l.; raj, j. s.; pandi selvam, r.; elhoseny, m.; shankar, k. application of discrete transforms with selective coefficients for blind image watermarking. transactions on emerging telecommunications technologies, 2021,32(2), e3771. 13. sisaudia, v.; vishwakarma, v. p. copyright protection using kelm-pso based multi-spectral image watermarking in dct domain with local texture information based selection. multimedia tools and applications, 2021, 80(6), 8667-8688. 14. amine, k.; fares, k.; redouane, k. m.; salah, e. medical image watermarking for telemedicine application security. journal of circuits, systems and computers, 2021, 2250097. 15. khare, p.; srivastava, v. k. a novel dual image watermarking technique using homomorphic transform and dwt. journal of intelligent systems, 2021,30(1), 297-311. 28 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. effect of the number of dipping cycles for a cadmium oxide film prepared by silar method abstract the thin films of cadmium oxide (cdo) were deposited using the silar (successive ionic layer absorption and reaction) method at various deposition cycles. cdo thin films were made on glass substrates at a temperature of 95°c, using a cadmium acetate source material and an ammonium hydroxide solution. one of the main criteria that impact the quality of thin films is the number of deposition cycles. the size of the crystals decreases with the increase in the number of cycles from 33.7 nm at the immersion cycle 10 to 22.7 nm at the immersion cycle 20, as shown by the x-ray diffraction results. the optical band gap energy of the films reduces as the number of deposition cycles increases, while the transmittance of the cadmium oxide film increases as the dipping cycle increases. ftir analytics of the sample showed that the transmittance increases with the immersion cycles. the thickness of the sample measured by the michelson method increases with the increase in sedimentation. keywords: thin films, silar, x-ray diffraction 1. introduction in recent years, transparent conductive oxides have attracted many researchers because of their high transparency in the visible region of the electromagnetic spectrum [1]. among these tcos are the following cadmium oxide (cdo) has been effectively employed for a variety of applications gas doi: 10.30526/.35.2.2807 article history: received,3, february, 2022, accepted, 22, february, 2022, published in april 2022. nathera abass ali al-tememee department of physics/college of science university of baghdad/ baghdad, iraq. nathera_2007@yahoo.com ashwaq.a.jabor materials research ministry of science and technology/ baghdad, iraq. ashwak.alobaidy@yahoo.com fahmy k. jawad department of physics/college of science university of baghdad/ baghdad, iraq. fahmekhazem67@gmail.com ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nathera_2007@yahoo.com mailto:ashwak.alobaidy@yahoo.com mailto:fahmekhazem67@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 29 sensors [2], photovoltaic photodiodes [3], and other uses. due to its low resistivity and high conductivity, it can be used to make transparent electrodes, among other things [4 for cadmium oxide (cdo) is a widely used substance for its electrical and optical properties. with a direct band gap of roughly 2.3 ev, cdo is an n-type semiconductor [5]. several processes can be used to make cdo thin films, including sol-gel method [6], pulsed laser deposition[7], and chemical bath deposition[8]. spray pyrolysis method [9], the growth of the solution method[10], and ionic layer adsorption and reaction in consecutive layers silar method[11]. in 2018, chile prepared thin films of cadmium oxide (cdo) borosil glass substrates by successive ionic layer adsorption and a reaction method. the films were found to be amorphous. the thickness of the films increased with the sedimentation cycles and focus source solutions. the band gap of film a dropped from 2.7ev to 2.5 ev was found [12]. in 2017 shamim et al. preparing cadmium oxide (cdo) thin films with different molar concentrations on a glass substrate with a simple and low-cost silar method (successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction) [13]. a goal of this research is to see how the number of deposition cycles affects the structural, optical, and morphological properties of as-deposited films. the silar method is frequently referred to as a modified variant. of chemical bath sedimentation. silar has several benefits, including low cost and low temperature [14]. silar is a two-step chemical bath deposition process. the silar method is used in this study to prepare cdo thin films for various dip cycles at ph = 7.2. 2. experimental the steps for making cadmium oxide film are shown in the methods below: i) glass substrates are washed with chromic acid and rinsed with distilled water for 15 minutes in an ultrasonic bath. ii) cadmium acetate cd(ch3coo)2.2h2 o, this material, which is a colorless, soluble in water substance with a molecular weight (266.52) g / mol (99 percent e-merck) at the molar concentration (0.1 mol / l), where a certain weight of cadmium acetate is gradually dissolved in (100) ml distilled water using a magnetic mixer for (two) hours. finally, a clear, homogenous solution was obtained; it is worth noting that the liquid solutions are prepared using the relationship below [15]. m= wt/mwt×1000/v (1) where: m: molar concentration. wt: the weight required to melt. v: volume of distilled water. mwt : molar weight of matter. then, with a ph of 7.2, gradually add ammonium hydroxide with a molecular weight of 17.03 g/mol (manufactured in belgium), and precipitate at a bath temperature of 90°c under optimum conditions. the glass substrates are immersed in baker one for 30 a second before being immersed in baker two containing hot water at 100 °c. the duration of the immersion cycle of the glass substrate in the cadmium acetate solution is 30 seconds and in the water bath is 15 seconds. finally, the glass substrate is prepared in this way for the purpose of annealing for an hour until it turns a dark yellow color; this represents the cadmium oxide film. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 30 3. results and discussion the produced cdo thin films were characterized using a variety of analytical techniques, including an x-ray diffraction (xrd), scanning electron microscopy (sem), and atomic force microscopy (afm) a) the film thickness a helium-neon laser (he-ne) with a continuous optical power of 1 mw is used to determine the thickness of the prepared films, using equation2. ∆x: width for which was fringe dark, x: width for bright fringe t= λ/2 ∆x/x (2) where, λ= 632nm, the wavelength of the helium-neon laser, and the measured thickness=118 nm,136 nm. b) x-ray diffraction the intensity increases with the increase in the number of sedimentation cycles, which shows a clear improvement in crystallization. the scherer relationship is used to estimate the crystal size [16]: d= κλ/(β cosθ ) (3) where k: is a constant of 0.94, and λ is the wavelength of cukα line, and equal to 1.54 nm, θ: is the bragg’s angle, and β is full width half maximum (fwhm) of the preferential plane. the structural parameters of cdo thin films are given in table 1. the crystallite size is calculated using scherrer’s formula. figure 1 shows typical xrd patterns for films containing on different immersion cycles. the diffraction peaks can be indexed to cubic cdo phases (jcpds card number: 05-0640 for cdo). the highest intensity is at (111), then the patterns begin to shift downward. table 1. the structural parameters of cdo thin films with different dipping cycles number. figure1.xrd pattern s of cdo thin films at 0.1 m, ph=7.2 for different dipping cycles number no.of. dipping (𝛽 ×10-3 ) rad bragg’s angle(2𝜃) miller indices(hkl) crystallite size (nm) dip10 7.27 32.88 (111) 33.7 7.26 38.18 (200) 21.2 7.97 55.08 (220) 20.6 dip20 6.73 32.84 (111) 22.7 7.29 38.13 (200) 21.1 8 55.07 (2200 20 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 dip10 dip20 in te n si ty ( 2theta(degree) (1 1 1 ) (2 0 (2 2 (3 1 1 ) (2 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 31 c) scanning electron microscopy of cdo thin films in figure 2 (a, b) show the sem micrograph of the surface topography of the cdo films. figure 2 (a) shows the sem image with 10 dipping cycles. it also shows the collimation of particles, indicating a large particle size, while figure 2 (b) has spaced particles with small particle sizes. as the number of deposition cycles increased, the grain size shrank. all sem images appear homogeneous and dense surfaces. surface shape and grain size. the cdo films are largely changed as a function of changing the number of immersion cycles. the change in particle size is indicative of decreased total particle boundary in films. a: (dip10) b:(dip20) figure 2 (a,b). shows the scanning electron microscopy taken in a 10,20 dipping for a concentration of 0.1m at ph 7.2 d. atomic force microscopy (afm) figures (3, 4) show the atomic force micrographs in two and three dimensions of the pure cadmium oxide with a different number of dipping. table 2 shows the surface roughness and the root means square of the roughness rate of pure cadmium oxide films. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 32 table (2). average diameter size, roughness, and root mean square of pure cdo membrane figure3.afm of cdo thin films at dip=10 for a concentration of 0.1m at ph 7.2 figure4.afm of cdo thin films at dip=20 for a concentration of.0.1m at ph 7.2. 4. optical properties under ambient conditions, the optical properties of cdo thin films are investigated, using a singlebeam uv-vis spectrophotometer in the wavelength range from (300-900) nm. the transmittance spectra of cdo thin films deposited for different immersion times are shown in figure 6. the plot indicates a dramatic increase in transmittance near the band edge, related to the good crystallinity [12] increasing the number of deposition cycles shows a narrow range of variation it is a useful material for optical coatings because of its high transmittance. using tauc's plot, the optical energy band gaps of the films are determined from the transmittance spectra. the equation is used to compute the absorption coefficient (4) [17]: 𝛼 = ln (1/t) /𝑑 (4) average diameter (nm) surface roughness(nm) root mean square(nm) no.of.dipping 76.5 nm 4.92 5.8 dip10 82.4 nm 4.74 5.4 dip20 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 33 where d is the coating thickness and t: is the transmittance. the following formula indicates the relation between the absorption coefficient (α) and the incident photon energy (hv): (𝛼ℎν) 2 = (ℎν − 𝐸𝑔) (5) fiureg5. the transmittance of cdo thin films at different number of deposition cycle figure 6 shows the spectral data of cdo produced at 90°c with a varied number of deposition cycles as a function of the wavelength range (300-900) nm with glasses as the reference (6). it depicts the optical absorbance values, indicating that the film's absorbance decreases with increasing wavelength. in the visible regions, all the films deposited at the various deposition cycles had good transparency, with little or no change in optical transparency. figure6.the absorbance of cdo thin films at different number of deposition cycle figure 7 clearly shows that increasing the number of dipping cycles does not influence on the band edge in the visible region. this means that the fundamental crystal structure remains unchanged. figure 7 (a,b) shows a typical plot of (hv)2 against h for cdo thin films produced 0 5 10 15 20 25 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 dip10 dip20 wavelengh(nm) t ra n sm it ta n ce 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 dip10 dip20 a b so rb a n ce wavelengh(nm) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 34 on a glass substrate with a number of dipping cycles. it is observed that an increase in dipping cycles of cdo precursor yields a slight decrease in optical bandgap from 2.3ev to 2.15ev. (a) (b) figure7 (a,b). cdo sample the optical gap energy for different dipping cycles 5. ftir spectroscopy the goal of ftir spectroscopy is to investigate multi-component functional groups to gain insight into the mechanism of contact and determine the composition of the material phase in a variety of bond types seen in all samples. figure (8a, b) shows the ftir spectra of the pure cadmium oxide film at different immersion cycles, and the spectra of their nanocomposites, displaying the properties of different vibration bands for stretching and bending and, shifts at some band sites and intensity changes at others. peaks at: 3377.61 cm-1 correspond to oh stretching; 30577.17cm-1 (dip10) and 2924.09 cm-1 (dip20) corresponds to c-h stretching; 1631.78cm−1(dip10)and1627.92cm-1 corresponds to the characteristic vibration of c = n 1427.32cm−1(dip10) and 1423.47cm−1 represent the characteristic vibration of c = n and c−c stretching and/or ch2 deformation, respectively. the oh stretching vibration of the hydroxyl groups causes a large peak at 3446.79 cm-1(dip10) and 3446.79cm-1(dip20). in addition, the peak at 1654.92 cm-1 has dwindled in intensity and broadened in scope. 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 dip10 (𝛼 ℎ 𝜈 )^ 2 energyphoton( ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 35 (a) (b) figure8(a,b). ftir of the cadmium oxide film at different immersion cycles for a concentration of0.1m at ph 7.2 6. conclusion in this study, using a simple chemical process known as the chain layer ion absorption reaction (silar), polycrystalline cdo films are produced. the sample is void of voids according to scanning electron microscope images. xrd analysis revealed that the cubic polycrystalline phase of the cdo is formed on a glass substrate at 90°c. afm micrographs of the nanostructure film reveal that the thin film is homogeneous upon changing the immersion cycle, the optical band gap of the cdo film is changed from 2.3 ev to 2.15 ev, and transmittance values for films are changed with the increase in the number of sedimentation cycle. references 1.yusuf, g t, babatola b k,ishola science and engineering applications. 2016,1(7) ,929,. 2 pathan, h. m., ; c. d. lokhande. deposition of metal chalcogenide thin films by successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction (silar) method. bulletin of materials science .2004 ,27.2, 85-111. 3. thirumoorthi, m.; joseph prakash, j, t. a study of tin doping effects on physical properties of cdo thin films prepared by sol–gel spin coating method, j. of asian ceramic societies,2016, 39-45. 4.ahmed, s, obaid; khalil, t.hassan, abdul-muneam m.ashij, bashar m.salih, m. bououdina, growth nanostructured cdo thin film via solid-vapor deposition, j. of university of anbar for pure science. 2014,8,2,53-57. 5.abdulhussein k. elttayef ; ahmed, k. abbas;huda, m. mutlak, the structural and surface morphology properties of cdo thin films prepared via r.f.magnetron sputtering, i. journal of application or innovation in engineering & management, 2015, 4, issue 7 ,1-5. t ra n sm it ta n c e % ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 36 6. ferro, r. ; rodriguez, j.a. thin solid films 347 (1999) 295-298. 7. zhao, z.; morel, d.l. ; ferekides, c.s. thin solid films 413 (2002) 203-211. 8.vijay. sanap , b. h. pawar, influence of annealing temperature on properties of nanocrystalline cdo thin films synthesized via thermal oxidation process, int. j. thin film sci. tec. 2013, 2 ,2, 107111 . 9. jeyaprakash, b.g.; kesavan, k. ;ashok kumar r ;mohan, s and amalarani,a,temperature dependent grain-size and micro strain of cdo thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis method, bull. mater. sci.2011, 34(4),601-605. 10. gurumurugan, k.; mangalraj, d. ; narayanandas, s.k. correlations between the optical and electrical properties of cdo thin films deposited by spray pyrolysis, thin solid films, 1994,251, 7. 11. beevia, m.;m. anusuyab m.; saravananc ,characterization of cdo thin films prepared by silar deposition technique,j. chemical engineering and applications, 2010, 1, 2, 150-154. 12. schelza, c. mandrakis, growth and characterization of cdo films by chemical silar,in. journal of scientific engineering and technology,2018,7, 1, 5-6. 13. shameem, a.;devendran , p.; siva, v.; raja, m.;asath bahadur, s.; manikandan, a. preparation and characterization studies of nanostructured cdo thin films by silar method for photocatalytic applications, j inorg organomet polym,2017. 14.al-sabayleh m.a.,the effect of substrate temperature on the optical properties of spray deposited zns thin films prepared from non-aqueous media, al-qura univ. j.sci.med.engg. 2008,20,17. 15. radhi devi , k.; selvan , g.; karunakaran, m.; kasirajan, k. nh3 sensor based silar coated undoped and aluminium doped zno thin films, compliance engineering journal , 2020, issn no: 0898-3577, 11, issue 1, , 249-263. 16. desai, s.p.; suryawanshi, m.p.;gaikwad, m.a. ; mane,a.a.;kim,j.h.;moholkar,a.v.; investigations on the thickness dependent structural, morphological, and optoelectronic properties of sprayed cadmium based transparent conducting oxide, thin solid films, 2017,628, 196-202. 17. mahaboob beevi , m.; anusuya , m.; saravananc , v. characterization of cdo thin films prepared by silar deposition, technique, international journal of chemical engineering and applications, 2010, 1, 2,151-145. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 an experimental study o f collection ,separation , enumeration and cryopreservation of umbilical cord blood stem cells b. h. mutlak, i. m. mnati departement of biology,college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract umbilical cord blood (ucb) contains hematop oietic and mesenchymal st em cells(hscs,m scs) t hat have proven useful clinically to reconst itut e the hematop oietic sy st em in children and some adults . fifteen cord blood samples were collected from placenta of newly delivered women in alkadhemia hosp ital in baghdad for normal vaginal delivery . m ono nucleated cells (m ncs) were isolated by using density gradient centrifugation and the m ncs count and viability were determinated by try p an blue.m ncs were cry op reserved using the cryop rotectant solution of 10% concentration of dimethy l sulfoxid (dm so)using slow cooling and rap id thaw. the aim of the p resent st udy is to collect, sep arate and enumerate the st em cells in cord blood(cb) and st udy the effect of cryop reservation on stem cells count and viability . the results of the present st udy showed that t he average cord blood volume collected was 81.66 ml. m ononuclear cell count ranged from 5.6-14.6 x10 6 .viability count of mononuclear cells was 93.9%.aft er three months of cryop reservation , the viability count on revival was 73.9%.this st udy represents an attemp t to isolate the st em cells from ucb. the results of the p resent st udy confirmed that ucb p rovides a great source of st em cells for using in medical app lications. introduction transp lantation of ucb was successfully p erformed for the first time in 1989[1], the p otential of ucb as a source of hscs and m scs for transp lantation rapidly became an area of intense clinical and scientific interest [2]. in order to effectively utilize cord blood(cb) clinically ,it must be frozen and banked .the p rotocols used for this have largely been adap ted from those originally designed for bone marrow (bm )st em cells ,and there is no consensus on op timal p rocedures for cb cells [3] . cry op reservation p rocessing that y ields consistent recovery of functionally viable cells is crucial for the further successful use of this important cell resource [4] . to develop a successful cell cryop reservation st rategy ,the key events inherent t o freezing a biological cell must be considered and each p otential source of damage should be mitigated if at all possible.a simple way to organize these st eps includes: a:-determining the cry op rotectant (cpa)t y p e and concentration . b:-determining the cooling and warming rats. c:-preparation of cells for use including any washing p rocedures [4,5] . the closest consensus considering cb st em cells is p resented as 5-10% concentration of dimethy l sulfoxide (dm so) using slow cooling and rap id thaw[5]. previous st udies have examined factors that influence the viability and recovery of cells obtained from ucb after st orage .shlebak and colleagues [6] observed that liquid st orage of cb for 9 h resulted a decline in p ost thaw recovery of colony forming unit-granulocytes monocy tes (cfu-gm ).rogers and colleagues [7] observed that the post thaw viability of cb ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 decreased when it was st ored for 24 h of st orage p rior to cryop reservation.in contrast ,beaujean and colleagues observed that p erip heral blood (pb)stem cells could be effectively st ored for 24 h p rior to cryop reservation without significant loss of p ost –thaw viability [8].the recent series of st udies have examined op timal liquid st orage conditions and duration for pb, bm and cb. in general ,these st udies showed that dilution the p roduct with st orage solution imp roved recovery of mononuclear cells .furt hermore, favorable recovery was observed using st orage solutions app rop riate for human use [4 ,5]. thus ,t he aim of the present st udy were to develop technique for collection of cb and to sep arate ,enumerate the st em cells in the cord blood and st udy the effect of cryop reservation on st em cells count and viability .this information would be essential in establishing p rocessing guidelines for the p rocessing of cb that ensures op timum recovery and reduces costs associated with the operation of cb processing centers. material and methods fifteen ucb samples were obtained freshly from p regnant women undergoing full term vaginal deliveries were randomly selected at the time of admission for delivery from alkadhmia hosp ital in baghdad .all volunteers were asked to sign informed consent forms p erior to collection of cb .women with known hist ory of hepatitis , diabetes mellitus ,severe hy p ertension ,abortions or bad obst etric hist ory were excluded from the study . umbilical cord blood samples were obtained from normal full term vaginal deliveries as p er the st andard method [9].the collections were made after delivery of the infant and ligation of the cord ,p rior to the exp ulsion of the p lacenta. the ucb was collected while the placenta was still in utero .using st rict aseptic techniques the umbilical vein was cleansed with alcohol ,the umbilical vein was p ierced and ucb collected in the st andard anticoagulant treated blood collection bags .since total collection was app roximately( 65-100) ml. the details of the delivery and the new born were recorded ,ucb was t ransp orted immediately from maternity units and p rocessed within 6 h .laminar flow cabinet was cleansed with 70% ethanol and volume of ucb was measured .a volume of 5 ml of ucb was kept in aliquots for routine testing of blood group , rh group ing and revival st udies . cord blood was diluted 1:1 with p hosp hate buffer saline (pbs) then carefully over laid on ficoll-paque at a ratio of 3:1 in 10 ml st erile conical tubes .the sp ecimens were centrifuged on a cooling centrifuge for 20 min at 2000 rp m at 4c 0 .aft er density gradient centrifugation ,the resulting mononucleated cells (m ncs) were retrieved from buffy coat lay er by p ipeting and washing [1-2]times with pbs .m ononucleated cells counts and viability were done by using try p an blue dy e exclusion test .ucb mononuclear cells were cryop reserved using the cryop rotectant solution which comp osed of (10% dimethy l sulfoxide (dm so) +40% minimum essential medium (m em )+50% fetal calf serum (fcs).the cells disp ensed into st erile freezing amp oules (p last ic cryo vials)with 1ml p er ampoules. the ampoules (which had been labeled with the name of the cells and the date of freezing ) were sealed and p laced in +4c 0 for 12 h then -4c 0 for 12 h . the frozen vials were transferred into -20 c 0 for 24h then -70 c 0 for 24 h and in -196c 0 in liquid nitrogen tank for long –term st orage [10]. aft er a minimum of three months of st orage in liquid nitrogen , one ampoule of each sample was thawed in a 37 c 0 water p ath for viability assessment .the resulting solutions containing the thawed cells were centrifuged in a cooling centrifuge .aft er removal of the sup ernatant ,cells were re-diluted for analy sis. re sults 15 samples of ucb were collected and cryop reserved. information regarding the antenatal history ,delivery ,newborn and any comp lications were noted in table (1). the average volume of cb collected was 81.66 ml with arrange of 65-100 ml table( 2). the volume of cb collected was analyzed for correlation with the haemoglobin of mother ,birth weight of child ,sex of the child table (1) and figure( 1).the coefficient of correlation ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 in this study was -0.78,-0.51 and 0.57 resp ectively ,showing thereby that t hese parameters do not effect the volume of cb collected .the effect of volume of cb collected on nucleated cell count figure (2) was analyzed using single tailed p aired (t)test. the (t) was 0.786 and was found to be statist ically significant; p<0.10. the average nucleated cell count /ml of cb was 9.88x10 6 and with a range of 5.6-14.6 x10 6 and an average viability count of 93.9% p rior to p reservation of the sample table (2). one ml of each samp le was revived after a variable p eriod of time but within three months of p reserving the sample. the average nucleated cell count /ml of the revived sample was 0.68 x10 6 (i.e 68%) with a range of 42% to 99% and average viability count of 73.9% of p rogenitor cells table (3). this indicated an average loss of 20% of p rogenitor cells table (4) and figure (3). discussion unt il recently ,blood that remained in the umbilical cord and p lacenta after delivary was routinely discarded .human ucb is now considered a valuable source for st em cells ,this blood is known to contain both hscs and m scs [11] .since the first cord blood transp lant p erformed in 1989 [1],there has been a substantial increase in the clinical use and research invest igation of ucb in haemopoietic transp lantation and regenerative medicine [12]. this st udy was p rompted by the demonstration that ucb can be used as a source of st em cell for transp lantation .ucb is abundantly available and easy to collect ,and frozen ,cb is immediately available for transp lantation .ucb is normally discarded ,it can be readily collected without danger to the mother or infant and technical feasibility of using ucb for transp lantation has been established [13]. a number of different p rocedures have been p rop osed for ucb collections ,including op en sy st ems in which cb is collected by gravity in bottles or closed sy st ems in which modified blood collections are used [14] .data collected in the p resent study indicated that the closed sy st em allows an average collection of 81.66 ml of cb. as our exp eriments have demonst rated that collection of increased volume of cb results in increased number of recovered cells ,the ability to routinely harvest large amounts of cb should result in more cells available for use in transp lantation [13]. in the p resent st udy ,the haemoglobin of the mother ,birth weight of child ,six of children did not affect the volume of cb sample collected or the nccs of the sample which comp ares well with other st udies . increased volume of cb sample resulted in increased recovery of nccs ,an imp ortant surrogate marker of hscs and in turn of the transp lant p otential of the cb sample [14,15]. it app eared that cell losses did not occur in frozen samples but were due to variables in freezing and thawing p rocedures that were not under direct control .however ,it should be noted that it was rout inely p ossible to obt ain cell recoveries of more than 73.9% viability and cell recoveries of 68% on an average ,which though slightly similar to those in the p revious st udies ,were comp arable [16]. re ferences 1broxmeyer,h.e.;douglas ,g.w. ;hangoc,g.and cooper,s .(1989) . proc .natl.acad.sci.u sa,86:3828-3832. 2-hows,j.m.(2001).j.clin.pathol.,54:428-434. 3-hubel,a.;carlquist ,d.;clay ,m .and cullough,j.(2003). cy tother. 5 (5) :370-376. 4-berz,d.;cormack,m .and peter ,j.(2007).am.j.hematol.,110:645-650. 5-woods,e.j.;pollok,k.e.;byers,m .and perry ,b.c.(2007). transfus .m ed. hemother. 34:276-285. 6-shleb ak,a.a.;m arley,s.b.and roberts,i.a.(1999).bone m arrow transp lant . 23:131136(abstract). 7-rogers,i.;sutherland,d.and holt,d. (2001).cy tother. 3:269-276. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 8-beaujean,f.;pico,j.and norol,f.(1996).j.hematother. 5:681-686. 9-rubinstein,p.;dorila,l.and rosenf ield,r.e.(1995).proc .acad.natl . sci.u sa,1995:10119-10122. 10-al-az awi,i.n.(2003).exp erimental st udy on culture of mammalian embry onic st em cells .ph.d.,thesis ,college of science ,al m ust ensiriy a univ.:70-72. 11-m utlak,b.h.(2007).in vitro study of ucb-derived st em cells and their neurogenic differentiation.ph.d.thesis,college of education /ibn –al haitham,baghd ad univ.:62-88. 12-m oise,k.j.(2005).obst.gy ne. 106(6):1393-1407. 13-dhot ,c.p.;sirohi,m .d.and swamy,b.g.(2003).mjafi,59:298-301. 14-cairo,m .s.and wagner,j.e.(1997).blood,90(12):4665-4675. 15rubinstein,p.(1994).blood cells,20:587-600. 16-shp all,e.;lima,m .;jones,r.and champlin,r.(2007).blood 110(8):3064-3066. table( 1):age of mother, blood group, haemoglobin , weight of child and sex of child. weight kg child m/ f hb g/dl blood group age years sample no. 3.5 m 10 a + 18 1 2.6 m 9.5 ab + 27 2 3.1 f 10 o + 22 3 2.25 m 12.5 o + 19 4 2.8 f 10.5 b + 21 5 2.2 m 11.5 a + 25 6 3.2 m 10 ab + 20 7 3 m 12.5 o + 19 8 2.4 f 8 a+ 23 9 2.8 m 12 a + 22 10 2.75 m 11.5 b + 25 11 2.9 m 10.5 b + 26 12 3.2 m 12 b + 18 13 2.7 f 12.5 a + 21 14 2.3 f 9 o + 23 15 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 table (2): volume of cord blood coll ected, nucleated cell count (ncc) ,and viability count table( 3): volume of cord blood cryo preserved, nucle ated cell count (ncc) ,and viability count viability count % ncc\ml x10 6 volume collected (ml) s ample no. 94 10.1 80 1 91 8.2 65 2 91 7.4 85 3 95 12.8 90 4 90 8 80 5 95 8.7 70 6 96 10.4 95 7 94 8.8 80 8 96 13.75 90 9 93 14.6 95 10 94 13.8 100 11 93 8.6 75 12 95 5.6 65 13 96 9 75 14 95 8.5 80 15 93.9 9.88 81.66 m ean vi ability count % ncc /ml x1 0 6 volume prese rve d s am ple no. 85 0.99 59 1 82 0.91 44 2 77 0.60 37 3 65 0.57 44 4 72 0.58 60 5 52 0.45 36 6 78 0.54 37 7 67 0.42 40 8 85 0.9 42 9 80 o.8 55 10 78 0.74 53 11 80 0.73 58 12 69 0.4 9 25 13 59 0.69 40 14 79 0.80 50 15 73 .9 0.68 45 .3 mean ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 table (4): comparative pre-cryo preservation and post –cryo preservation nucleate d cell count and viability. cell c ounts before and after preservation post-cryopreservation pre-cryopreservation 0.68x10 6 (range 0.42 to 0.99 x10 6 9.88x10 6 (range 5.6 to 14.6x 10 6 nucleated cell count/ml 73.9% 93.9% viability 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 123456789101112131415 wieght hb volume of cord blood fig.( 1): histogram depiciting the haemoglobin ,weight of the child and volume of the cord blood collected for the 15 samples ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 020406080100120 volume of cord blood (ml) n u c le a te d c e ll c o u n t* 1 0 ^ 6 fig.( 2): scatter diagram depiciting the nucleated cell count against the volume of cord blood 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 viability ncc post-cryopreservationpre-cryopreservation fig.( 3): histogram depiciting the comparative pre-cryo preservation and post-cryo-preservation nucle ated ce ll count and viability 2010) 1( 23لتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة وا للخالیا الجذعیة المشتقة وتعداد والحفظ بالتجمید فصلو دراسة تجریبیة لجمع من دم الحبل السري بیداء حسین مطلك وانتظار محمد مناتي جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم-كلیة التربیة ،قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة السـري علـى الخالیـا الجذعیـة المكونـة للــدم والخالیـا الجذعیـة اللُحمیـة التـي اثبتـت فائـدتها مـن الناحیــة یحـوي دم الحبـل . السریریة ألعادة تكوین النظام المكون للدم لدى األطفال وبعض البالغین ــًا فــي مستشـــفى لــدم الحبـــل الســري مـــن مشــیمة الــوالدات الحدیثـــة لألمهــات اللـــواتي ولــدن طب "انموذجـــأ 15تــم جمــع یعیـ .الكاظمیة في بغداد حیویــة واعـداد الخالیــا بأســتخدام تد، وتـم حــدعزلـت الخالیــا األحادیــة األنویـة بأســتخدام النبــذ المركـزي المتــدرج الكثــافي dm) % 10محلـول الحفـظ بالتجمیـد والمكـون مـن حفظـت الخالیـا بأسـتعمال. ل األزرق صـبغة المثیـ so) وبأسـتعمال .واألذابة السریعة ، التجمید البطيء المشـتقة مـن دم الحبــل السـري ودراسـة تـأثیر الحفــظ هاوتعـداد ان هـدف الدراسـة الحالیـة هــو جمـع وفصـل الخالیـا الجذعیــة . بالتجمید في حیویة واعداد الخالیا الجذعیة امــا اعــداد الخالیــا األحادیــة النــواة فقــد ،مــل 66.81هــو جمــع بینـت نتــائج الدراســة الحالیــة إن معــدل حجــم الــدم الــذي 14.6x -5.6 تراوحـت بـین 6 وبعـد مـرور ثالثـة اشـهر مـن %.93.9فـي حـین كانـت حیویـة الخالیـا األحادیـة النـواة هـي ، 10 %.73.9الحفظ بالتجمید فأن حیویة الخالیا التي تم اعادة انعاشها هي الجذعیــة مـن دم الحبــل الســري واكـدت نتــائج الدراسـة الحالیــة ان دم الحبــل تعـد الدراســة الحالیـة محاولــًة لفصــل الخالیـا فـي كثیـر مـن األسـتخدامات ذعیـة التـي یمكـن حفظهـا واسـتعمالالتالسري یعد مصدراً سهل المنال للحصول على الخالیا الج .الطبیة theoretical calculations for sputtering yield of iron bombarding by (h, d, t, he) ions enas a . jawad mustafa k. jassim huda m . tawfeek dept. of physics /college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham )/ university of baghdad received in : 20 march 2014 , accepted in : 8 july 2014 abstract extended calculations for sputtering yield through bombed iron – target by ( h,d ,t ,he ) ions plasma are accomplished .the calculations include changing the input parameters : the energy of ( h,d ,t ,he ) ions plasma, the hit target angle of iron, change atomic mass of incident ion. the program trim is used to accomplish these calculations. the results show that sputtering yield is directly dependent on these parameters. it can change the incident angle of ( h,d ,t ,he ) ions and energy lead to a significant change in sputtering yield on the other hand. the sputtering yields are highly affected by changing of incident ion mass at fixed other target parameters. it can be shown from calculation that whenever increased incident ion mass increase sputtering yield, increases with incident ions energy and then begins to decline, sputtering will not occur , at incident ion energies below the threshold energy . in this study we found that the sputtering yield depends on incidence angle, incident ions energy and atomic mass of target. key words: sputtering process, trim program, hydrogen ions, deuterium ions, tritium ions, helium ions, iron 144 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction sputtering is a process whereby atoms are ejected from a solid target material due to bombardment of the target by energetic particles .several possible processes may occur in a solid target material whose surface is bombarded by energetic particles. the colliding energetic particles may be single atoms, ions, or molecules, but the outcome of the collision is determined mostly by the kinetic energy of the incident particle [1,2]. sputtering begins when an energetic particle strikes a target surface atom. this particle is predominantly called the incident, primary, or projectile particle. the energetic incident particle loses energy to the target through two mechanisms[3] : elastic nuclear collisions ( kinetic energy conserved , atom-on-atom “ billiard ” ball collisions ), and inelastic electronic loses ( electronic excitation , ionization and electron-electron collisions) . sputtering processes are classified into three qualitative regimes. these regimes are distinguished by the behavior of the displaced atoms, which is a function of the energy transferred to them. lattice atoms that are displaced by the ion are called primary knock-on atoms or pkas [4].the pkas can displace other atoms from the lattice creating secondary knock on atoms , tertiary knock on atoms , and higher order knock-on atoms . sigmund has identified three sputtering regimes that can be classified by the incident ion energy . 1.the single knock-on regime 2. the linear cascade regime 3. the spike regime in the single knock-on regime, collision cascades are not created. they are created by undergoing a collision with the primary particle and having a very small number of collisions which direct it toward the surface[5]. sputtering occurs as the result of a series of elastic collisions within a collision cascade region. of the simulation program which employs sputtering process is a trim program. the name comes trim program from the first letters of the phrase "transport of ion in matter ", it is the most comprehensive, and included in the general program labeled srim. trim program is a monte carlo simulation method [6]. trim uses monte carlo calculations to make detailed calculations of the energy transferred to every target atom collision . incident ions and recoils are tracked through their slowing down process until their energy falls below a predetermined energy or they are so far from the surface that they are no longer candidates for sputtering [7,8]. in this research we use trim program to calculate the sputtering yield of fe by ( h, d ,t , he ) ions ,when we change the most important input parameters in the sputtering process , such as kinetic energy of bombarding ions and incidence angle, also change the incident ion parameters such as mass. theory sputtering is quantified by the sputtering yield, y, the mean number of atoms removed per incident particle, as stated in eq. (1). a bombarding particle must have a kinetic energy above the sputtering threshold, eth, is defined as the minimum kinetic energy of the bombarding particle for sputtering to occur [3]. (1) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/atom http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ejected http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/particle http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/monte_carlo_method if the bombarding particle transfers kinetic energy greater than the lattice displacement energy, ud, of the target atoms, surface damage takes place. the lattice displacement energy is the energy a target atom needs to move more than one atomic spacing away from its original lattice position [7]. the sputtering yield is dependent on properties of both the incident particle and the target as follows [9]: • incident particle properties energy. mass. incidence angle. • target properties atomic mass. surface binding energy. surface texture . crystal orientation. the definition sputtering yield is assumed that the number of atoms removed proportional with the number of incident particles while all the other factors remains constant and where the target a solid material, the package ions bombard energy e0 and incident angle θ0 , it leads to a series of elastic collisions when neglecting electronic excitation of the target [10]. the atom of target atoms will make movement recoil , after gaining energy of the collision process and can cause recoil movement of other atoms , which can be expressed as a sputtering yield [10]. (2) as that λ is factor associated with target material, associated only with advantages target, such as the surface binding energy. expression of equation fd(0,e0,θ0)is in numerical calculations [10]. (3) where α is the correction factor , which is a function of the mass ratio between bombarding target mass to the mass of the particle projectile m 2 / m1 , and n is atomic volume (atoms / volume), and θ0 is initial angle of incidence, and sn(e0) is a nuclear stopping power, so it can be described sputtering yield [10]. (4) as ƞ is a generic parameter of energy. in order to accurately calculate the sputtering yield, it can be used for nuclear stopping cross-section, a given sn(e0) equation [10]. (5) as the z1 , z2 their atomic numbers for each of the incident particle and material target is bombard respectively, and that ε its reduced energy , which is given by equation [10]. (6) the energy unit of the ion incident e is kev, and sn(e0) limit the decline in the nuclear cross section. pack of ions energy ε ≤ 30 it is described by equation [10]. 146 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 (7) results and discussion 1. sputtering yield dependence on incidence angle. figure (1) shows the relationship between sputtering yield and incidence angle for fixed width target 1000 ao , and number of ions 5000, from light incidence ions ( h,d ,t ,he ) to a target of iron, at energy of incident ions is 0. 5 kev. the sputtering yield depends on the angle of incidence, measured from the surface normal. the sputter yield increases with the increase of angle of incidence (as the collision cascade moves closer to the surface) , reaches a maximum (typically between 55° and 80°, depending on the projectile target system), and decreases for glancing angles of incidence due to the increase of the particle reflection coefficient and the fitting process are subject to the following relationship from ( h,d ,t ,he ) respectively: y = p1z6 + p2z5 + p3z4 + p4z3 + p5z2 + p6z + p7 (8) as shown that p1 , p2,… … p6 are constants vary from one curve to another, the table (1) gives the values of these constants according to the different incident ions ( h,d ,t ,he ) angle (00 890 ) . show in figure (1) a maximum sputtering yield for ( h, d ,t , he ) incident ions angle from a target of iron in 75o incident ion angle. sputtering yield dependence on mass of incident ion. we notice from the figure (1) that the sputtering yield increases with the increase of mass incident ion. we observe that the sputtering yield (0.357 atom/ion in incident angle 75o)is the largest from helium which has the biggest mass of incident ion, and less sputtering yield (0.012 atom /ion in incident angle 75o)from hydrogen which is less than a mass of incident ion , the sputtering yield from deuterium ions is 0.1 atom / ion in incident angle 75o, from tritium ions is 0.175 atom /ion. between the four ions , we observe whenever increased incident ion mass increase sputtering yield. effect of incident ions energy in sputtering yield : sputtering will not occur , at incident ion energies below the threshold energy . the sputter yield exhibits a threshold below which the amount of energy transferred to the target atoms is too small for them to overcome the surface barrier. with the increase of energy of the projectiles the sputter yield increases, reaches an maximum and decreases again. this decrease at higher energies is caused by the increasing depth of the collision cascade, moving away from the surface. whereas the collision kinetics is governed by the mass ratio of target atom mass to projectile mass , each element has its specific surface binding energy. figure (2) shows the relationship between sputtering yield and hydrogen ion energy from iron target using the equation (7), figures (3 ,4 and 5 ) from (h, d ,he) ion respectively , sputtering yield increases with incident ions energy and then begins to decline ,the reason for this is attributable to the incident ions of high energy because it does not happen sputtering , but implemented ions from the target. sputtering will not occur , at incident ion energies below the threshold energy[11] , illustrates the comparison from four light ion using the equation(7) , in figure (6). figures (7,8,9) show the relationship between sputtering yield and ion energy from (h, d, he) respectively using the calculator [12 ]. figures (10,11,12) show the relationship between sputtering yield and (h, t, he) ion energy respectively using the equation (9) [ 13 ]. 147 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 f (e) = k *exp(-β/(e-eth) ɤ *(log(e/emax)2)) (9) as that k, β, eth , ɤ , emax are constants vary from one curve to another, the table (2) gives the values of these constants according to the different incident ions ( h,t ,he ) angle (00 890 ) . in all previous figure a maximum sputtering yield for ( h,d ,t ,he ) ions incident energy from a target of iron in 1000 ev. conclusions the calculations are carried using simulation program trim , to study sputtering yield of iron target , when the bombarding ion ( h,d ,t ,he ) to change input parameters to pack incident ions as well as to see how the effect of outputs sputtering yield , in this study we found that the best angles for these incident ions when close to the angle 800 , sputtering yield increases with increase of mass incident ion , sputtering yield increases with incident ions energy and then begins to decline ,we found in this study that sputtering yield depends on incidence angle , incident ions energy, mass of incident ion . a maximum sputtering yield for ( h, d ,t , he ) incident ions angle from a target of iron in 75o incident ion angle. and for ( h,d ,t ,he ) ions incident energy from a target of iron in 1000 ev. reference 1. sigmund , p. (1969) theory of sputtering . i. sputtering yield of amorphous and polycrystalline target", physical review, (148), (2), 383 – 416. 2. leon, i. maissel and reinhard glang,(1970). handbook of thin filmtechnology. new york ,mcgraw-hill book company. 3. kirk, a. zoerb,( 2007), differential sputtering yield of refractory metals by ion bombardment at normal and oblique incidences ,colorado state university . 4. michael nastasi, james w. mayer, and james k. hirvonen. (1996) ion-solid interactions: fundamentals and applications", cambridge university press, cambridge solid state science series. 5 .betz, g. and wien, k. ( 1994), energy and angular distributions of sputtered particles, international journal of mass spectrometry and ion processes, 140, 3, 1-110. 6. ziegler ,j . f.; biersack j. p. and ziegler , (2012) srim: the stopping and range of ions in matter, chester, md. : srim co. [2012], ©2008. 7. ziegler .j.f and srim (2003), (program and documentation). http:/ /www.srim.org. 8. biersack .j.p. and eckstein .w.,( 1984) sputtering studies with monte carlo program trim.sp". journal of applied physics ,120, 34,73–94, 9. behrisch, r. ( 1981),“introduction and overview ,sputtering by particle bombardment i, ed. behrisch, r., springer-verlag, berlin,97,20, 1-8, 10. guping ,d.; tingwen ,x. and yun, l . (2012) , preferential sputtering of ar processing sio2 mirror, the 6th spie international symposium on ion advanced optical manufacturing and testing technologies ,volume 8416 11. matsuanmi ,n.; yamamura ,y.and itikawa ,y. (1983) energy dependence of sputtering yield of monatomic solid ",institute of plasma physic , nagay university ,japan. 12. matsunami ,n. ;yamamura,y.; itikawa ,y.; itoh ,n.; kazumata ,y.; miyagawa, s.; morita .k.; shimizu ,r. and tawara ,h. (2007) calculator based on empirical equations for sputter yields at normal incidence, in energy dependence of the sputtering yields iap/tu wien surface physics group 13. igor pro, copyright 2007 wave metrics, inc.http://www.wavemetrics.com/. 148 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 http://proceedings.spiedigitallibrary.org/volume.aspx?conferenceid=2891&volumeid=14860 http://www.iap.tuwien.ac.at/www/index http://www.tuwien.ac.at/ http://www.iap.tuwien.ac.at/www/surface/index table no. (1): constants fitting equation (8) plotted in figure (2) from light incidence ions (h, d, t, he) from target of iron table no. (2): constants fitting equation (9) plotted in figure (10,11,12) from light incidence ions (h, t, he) from target of iron ion p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 p7 h 0.0013194 -0.00036 -0.003946 -0.001372 0.000194 0.003247 0.016444 d 0.012484 -0.00907 -0.052439 0.010669 0.051213 0.017962 0.067294 t -0.007421 -0.00374 0.0048303 -0.021024 0.012207 0.065199 0.12223 he -0.013084 -0.03480 0.0013172 0.034915 0.0245 0.067529 0.2769 ion k β eth ɤ emax h 0.059979 487.74 145.37 0.35826 75 t 0.18632 260.84 24.678 0.4394 160 he 0.42886 300.22 1.9516 0.59477 650 149 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(1): relationship between sputtering yield and incidence angle from light incidence ions (h, d, t, he) from target of iron figure no.(2): relationship between sputtering yield and hydrogen ion energy from iron target . 150 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (3): relationship between sputtering yield and deuterium ion energy from iron target 151 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (4) :relationship between sputtering yield and tritium ion energy from iron target figure no (5): relationship between sputtering yield and helium ion energy from iron target. 152 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (6): illustrates the comparison from four light ion . figure no. (7): relationship between sputtering yield and hydrogen ion energy from iron target 153 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (8): relationship between sputtering yield and deuterium ion energy from iron target figure no (9): relationship between sputtering yield and helium ion energy from iron target 154 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (10): relationship between sputtering yield and hydrogen ion energy from iron target figure no. (11): relationship between sputtering yield and tritium ion energy from iron target 155 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (12): relationship between sputtering yield and helium ion energy from iron target 156 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 طة حزمة من احسابات نظریة لحاصل ترذیذ (الرش) سطح من الحدید بواس الدیوتیریوم و التریتیوم والھلیوم ایونات الھیدروجین و ایناس احمد جواد مصطفى كامل جاسم ھدى مجید توفیق جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھیثم ( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفیزیاء 2014تموز 8، قبل البحث في : 2014اذار 20استلم البحث في : الخالصة الھیدروجین و بالزما ایونات طة قصفارذیذ(الرش) لھدف من الحدید بواسلقد أنجزت حسابات لعملیة الت مل الحسابات على تغییر معلمات اإلدخال لكل من طاقة ایونات الھیدروجین تش. ت الدیوتیریوم و التریتیوم والھلیوم حاصل في.وزاویة سقوطھا على ھدف من الحدید ، و كتلة االیونات وتأثیرھا الدیوتیریوم و التریتیوم والھلیوم و على اٌ مباشر اٌ ین النتائج إن حاصل الترذیذ یعتمد اعتمادتب النجاز الحسابات. trimف برنامج وظّ الترذیذ . لقد تؤدي إلى تغیر محسوس في نتائج حاصل الترذیذ . ونات البالزما وطاقتھاسقوط ای ر زاویةن تغیإإذ ھذه المعلمات یتأثر حاصل الترذیذ بشدة عن طریق تغییر كتلة االیون الساقط بثبوت وكتلة االیون لھ تأثیر مباشر في حاصل الترذیذ. یذ . الزیادة معلمات الھدف االخرى . تظھر من الحسابات التي اجریناھا انھ كلما زادت كتلة االیون الساقط زاد حاصل الترذ في طاقة االیون الساقط تبدا باالنخفاض . الترذیذ الیحدث عندما تكون طاقة االیون الساقط اقل من طاقة العتبة. في ھذه الدراسة وجدنا أن حاصل الترذیذ یعتمد على زاویة السقوط ، طاقة االیون الساقط و الكتلة الذریة لمادة الھدف. . ، الحدید الھلیوم ،التریتیوم ،الدیوتیریوم ،ایونات الھیدروجین ، trim برنامجرذیذ ،: حاصل الت الكلمات المفتاحیة 157 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 2010) 2( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الجیب تمام الرقميتحویل لواصف ال بوساطةفسیفساء الصور الفضائیة عبد الجبار حمید مجید ، كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم، جامعة بغداد قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة معدلـة عـن بوسـاطة الواصـف لتحویـل الجیـب تمـام الرقمـي الصـور الفضـائیة طریقـة لفسیفسـاء قّدمت في هذا البحث النتـائج المستحصــلة مــن قورنــت. تسـریع عملیــة الفسیفسـاءلطرائـق جدیــدة اذ قــّدمت، للتشـابه ]1[معیـار الباحــث عبـد الكــریم ــابه جــذر معـــدل مربــع الخطـــاء تطبیــق الواصــف لتحویـــل الجیــب تمـــام الرقمــي مـــع طریقــة الفسیفســاء باســـتخدام معیــار التشـ rm seاثبت طریقة الفسیفساء المعدلة بوساطة الواصف لتحویل الجیب تمام الرقمي هي طریقة سریعة ودقیقة ، اذ. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 satellite image mosaics using digital cosine transform (dct) descriptor h. m. abdul jabar departme nt of physics,college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this research work, a modified dct descrip tor are p resented to mosaics the satellite images based on abdul kareem [1] similarity criterion are p resented, new method which is p rop osed to sp eed up the mosaics p rocess is p resented. the results of app lying the modified dct descrip tor are comp ared with the mosaics method using rm se similarity criterion which prove that the modified dct descrip tor to be fast and accurate mosaics method. introduction satellite image mosaics is essential p reprocessing st ep to obtain a large view of the interest location from number of scenes that t aken from one or different satellites, where each scene cover fragment of the complete view. t he main obstacle in such task is to find criterion that can find the match locations in the different scenes in order to mosaics them, using the regular distance metric (like m se, m ae, …) will not detect t he similar location if any change happ ened in either locations, since the regular distance metric is variant for scaling, transition, flip p ing and rotation operations or if some kind of noise is p resent in the scenes, and it utilizes huge computation to find the matched location between two scenes. m any researchers t ry to use other distance metrics that invariant to scaling, transition, flip p ing and rotation op erations, where metrics that work in sp aces other than the sp atial domain are suggested such as zhang and lu [2], they try to use fourier coefficients as descrip tor shap e-based image retrieval, they suggested to use the p olar form of the fourier transform and use the new domain coefficients as descrip tors and use rational matching criterion to find the matching locations, where the matching criterion will be invariant to scaling, rotation and transition, the main obst acle in this criterion is that it is variant to flip p ing and every image should be convert to p olar form before app lying fourier transform on it and it uses 36 features to decide if the two location matches or not, therefore it needs a huge computations. while poly akov et al. [3] uses fouri er descrip tor to identify the objects boundary to classify the human sign atures. folkers and samet [4] use the same poly akov techniques but with one difference, they decompose the target shape to simp le elementary shap es (rectangle, p oly gon, ellipse, and b-sp line) then use its boundary . these algorithms can't be used for raster since it ori ginally design ed for boundary vector. dct de scriptor like other transforms, the discrete cosine transform (dct ) att emp ts to decorrelate the image data. aft er decorrelation each transform coefficient can be encod ed indep endently without losing comp ression efficiency. [5] nearly all forms of invariants, whether p rojective or not, involve ratios. by constructing ratios, even if one quantity changes und er a transformation, as long as another quantity changes p rop ortionally under the same transformation, their ratio stay s the same. [6] ihjpas ),( ),( dccoff bacoff f  ………………..………………… (1) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 where a, b, c, and d are the coefficient location, abdul kareem [1] in his thesis p resents a new method to find the similarity between two slid windows using dct coefficients as descrip tors, he uses the following rational equation to achieve the similarity metric invariant for scaling, translation, rotation, flipp ing and noise addition. 22 22 , ),(),( ),(),( ijdctjidct ijdctjidct f ji    ………………..…… (2) the coefficients p airs [dct (0,1), dct (1,0)], [dct (0,2),dct (2,0)], and [dct (1,2),dct (2,1)] are used individually , and comp are the time that each p air need to find the match slide window for fractal compression p urp ose. new dct descriptor one of the dct p rop erties is the energy comp actness; it has t he ability to p ack input data into as few coefficients as p ossible near the dc coefficient (left top corner). using coefficients p airs with high energy comp actness in the abdul kareem dct descrip tor equation (eq. 2) will give bett er results in the match p rocess. in this research work, a developed dct descrip tor criterion had been made based on the abdul kareem method, where in the new dct descrip tor equation more than one dct coefficient p air are involved, but with maintaining the p rop erty that t he coefficient that closer to the dc coefficient has higher energy , this has been done by giving each f factor exp onent increase with its distance from the dc coefficient. using more than four f factors (dct coefficient p airs) is not recommended since the value of the f factor will be very small when the exp onent is larger than four as illust rated by .    4 1i i iff …..……………………………………. (3) research procedures the images that view the international airp ort, baghdad, iraq used to mosaics and form the fall view; the images were collected multisp ectral image using ikonos figure (1), four p airs of the dct coefficients are used in eq. 3 which are [dct (0,1), dct (1,0)], [dct (0,2),dct (2,0)], [dct (0,3),dct (3,0)], and [dct (1,2),dct (2,1)] therefore eq. [3] become in the following form: 4 2,1 3 3,0 2 2,01,0 fffff  ………………………………. (4) to sp eed up the matching p rocess, the f factor for the two images is calculated in advance for each slide window and taking the lowest difference between the f factors of the two images as the matched windows. beside that, the effects of calculating the dct transform using the waveform method [5] which calculates the dct transform faster than the regular way , this method is called in this research the fast new f factor method. re sults and discussions scenes that cover the baghdad international airp ort, baghdad, iraq cap tured using ikonos satellite figure (1), are used to evaluate the new f factor method (the regular and fast way ) it is comp ared with the root mean square method (rm se) by calculating the total time needed to find the matched slide window between the two images to mosaics the comp lete view using different sizes for the slide window, figure (2). the rm se record the highest comp utational time comp ared with the other methods and it has inverse relationship with the slide window size because it will reduce the number of windows that are needed to exam, while the new f factor records comp utational time less than the rm se method but it has forward relationship with the window size because when window size increases the ihjpas comp utation time to calculate the dct transform is increased exp onentially, the two method intersect at window size equals to 25 p ixel. the fast new f factor, as shown in the figure (2), ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 does notnave any effect with the changing of the size of the slide window and records the lowest comp utational time for all methods. since the total comp utational time to find the match window is vary from set image to mosaics to another, therefore another criterion used to show the results which is invariant to changing the images set and it is illustrated in figure (3). the new criterion is time needed to comp lete the search for one slide window (time p er window) and it is calculated by dividing the total comp utational time by the number of the examined windows until finding the matched window. the behavior for the new f factor (the regular and the fast way ) is the same, but for the rm s mosaics method the behavior is changed where the computational time p er window has foreword relationship with the size of the slide window instead of the inverse relationship for the tot al comp utation time. conclusions from the results that obtained by app lying the new f factor methods, the following conclusions are driven:  the f factor method is invariant to the scaling, translation, rotating and flip p ing op erations, which will be more accurate to calculate the similarity to mosaics different images.  participating the f factors of other dct coefficients in the calculation of the final f factor and giving each of them weight according to its energy p ickiness ability (equation 3) is more reliability than using f factor for one p air with regarding to its energy p ickiness ability .  using the new f factor criterion with satellite images as similarity measurement is recommended because it is fast er than the other criteria and more accurate.  the computational time for the f factor (the regular way ), is very sensitive to the size of the slide window after 25 p ixels.  the fast way is recommended to be used to mosaics the satellite images because it is very fast and invariant t o the size of the slide window. re ferences 1. abdul-kareem, a. s.(2006), phd. thesis, baghdad university , college of education ibn al-haitham, phy sics dep artment. 2. zhang, d, lu g.(2002), icm e, p roceedin gs, 1, 425-428. 3. poly akov, et al,( 2000), united states patent, patent number 6,144,171. 4. folkers, a. and samet ,h. (2002), proc of the 16th int. conf. on pattern recognition, iii, 521-524, quebec city , canada. 5. khay am, s. a. (2003), department of electrical & computer engineering, m ichigan state university , p 4. 6. m orse, b. s.(2000), brigham youn g university , p7. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 window siz e c o m p u ta ti o n a l t im e ( s e c *e -6 ) rms new f factor fast new f factor 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 4 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 window size c o m p u ta ti o n a l t im e ( s e c *e -6 ) rms new f factor fast new f factor c fig. (1) the scene of baghdad inte rnationals airport a) first view b) se cond view c) the merged complete view a b fig. (2) the total computati onal time to find the match window for the three methods ihjpas fig. (3) the computati onal time needed to complete search one window for the three methods ihjpas @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 s-coprime submodules inaam m.a. hadi rasha i. khalaf dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:23 september 2012 , accepted in: 3 february 2013 abstract in this paper, we introduce and study the concept of s-coprime submodules, where a proper submodule n of an r-module m is called s-coprime submodule if m n is s-coprime rmodule. many properties about this concept are investigated. key word: s-coprime submodules, coprime submodules, s-coprime modules and coprime modules. 311 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m be an r-module. annine in [1] introduce the concept coprime module, where an r-module m is called coprime if r r m ann m ann n = for all n ≨ m. wijayanti in [2], khalaf in [3] studied this concept. also ali and khalaf in [4] introduced and studied the concept of s-coprime r-module where an rmodule m is called s-coprime if r r m ann m ann n = , for all small submodules n of m (n ≪ m); that n ≪ m if n + w ≠ m for all w ≨ m. hence it is clear that every coprime module is s-coprime module. ali in [5], studied the concept of coprime submodule, where a proper submodule n of m is called coprime submodule if m n is coprime r-module. in this paper, we introduce the concept of s-coprime submodule, a proper submodule n of an r-module m is called scoprime submodule if m n is s-coprime module. moreover, we study and give the basic properties related with these concepts. also we give many relationships between this concept and other related concepts. s.1 basic properties of s-coprime submodules first we give the following definition. definition 1.1: let n be a proper submodule of an r-module m. n is called s-coprime submodule if m n is s-coprime r-module. a proper ideal of a ring r is s-coprime ideal if r i is s-coprime r-module. remarks and examples 1.2: (1) it is clear that every coprime submodule is s-coprime submodule. however the converse is true as the following example shows: the submodule <0> in the z-module z is an s-coprime submodule since z/<0> ≃ z is s-coprime module [4, rem. and ex.2.1], but <0> is not coprime submodule, since z z 0 ≅ < > is not a coprime z-module. (2) every proper submodule n of a coprime r-module m is s-coprime submodule. proof: since m is coprime r-module, then by [5, rem and ex.1.1(4)], every submodule n of m is an coprime submodule. thus the result is followed (1). (3) any small submodule of s-coprime module is an s-coprime submodule. proof: let n be a small submodule of s-coprime r-module m. then by [4, th.12], m n is scoprime module and hence n is s-coprime submodule note that the converse of (3) is not true in general, for example the submodule 2< > of the z-module z6 (which is s-coprime) is s-coprime submodule, but it is not small. 312 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 (4) any submodule of hollow (or chained) s-coprime r-module is a s-coprime submodule, where an r-module m is called hollow if every proper submodule of m is small [6]. an r-module m is called chained if the lattice of submodules of m is linearly ordered by inclusion [7]. proof: it follows directly by (3). (5) if n is a square free integer then <n> is an s-coprime submodule of the z-module z. proof: if n is a square free, then by [8], z n< > is semisimple, hence by [4, rem. and ex. (2)], z n< > is s-coprime z-module. thus <n> is an s-coprime submodule. (6) if w ≤ n < m such that n is an s-coprime submodule, then it is not necessarily that w is an s-coprime submodule, for example: n = <2> in the z-module is an s-coprime submodule but w = <4> ⊂ n is not an s-coprime submodule, since 4 z z w  which is not an s-coprime z-module. (7) if a is an s-coprime submodule of an r-module m and b is an s-coprime submodule in a, then it is not necessary that b is an s-coprime submodule of m as the following example shows: consider the z-module z24. a = 2< > is an scoprime submodule in z24. b = 4< > ≤ a, b is an s-coprime submodule in a, since 2 a z b ≅ which is an s-coprime module. however b is not an s-coprime submodule of z24 because 24 4 z z b ≅ which is not an s-coprime z-module. recall that an r-module m is s-coprime module iff for each r ∈ r – {0}, rm ≪ m implies rm = (0), [4, th.3]. the following results are characterizations of an s-coprime module. proposition 1.3: let n < m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is an s-coprime submodule. (2) for each r ∈ r – {0}, rm n m n n +  implies r ∈ [n:m]. (3) [n:m] = [w:m] for all w m n n  . proof: (1) ⇔ (2) n is an s-coprime submodule equivalent to m n is an s-coprime r-module, which is equivalent to ∀ r ∈ r – {0}, m n m m m r r 0 n n n ⇒  by [4, th.3], that is rm n m n n +  implies rm + n = n and hence r ∈ [n:m]. 313 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 (1) ⇔ (3) n is an s-coprime submodule means that m n is an s-coprime module, which means m n w n m ann ann n = for all w m n n  ; that [n:m] = [w:m] for all w m n n  . corollary 1.4: let i be an ideal of a ring r. then i is an s-coprime ideal iff i = j for all ideal j of r s.t. j r i i  . recall that an r-module m is called antihopfian if m m n ≅ for all n ≨ m, [9]. proposition 1.5: every submodule n of an antihopfian r-module is an scoprime submodule. proof: since m is antihopfian module, then by [3], m is an coprime module. hence the results follows by rem. and ex. 1.2(2). remark 1.6: if a < b ≤ m such that a is an s-coprime submodule in m, then it is not necessarily that a is an s-coprime submodule in b; for example: consider the z-module p z ∞ , if 2 1 z p α =< + > and 4 1 z p β =< + > . since p z ∞ is an antihopfian, a is an s-coprime submodule of p z ∞ by prop.1.3. but 2pz β ≅ α which is not an s-coprime module. thus a is not an s-coprime submodule in b. the following result shows that the concepts coprime submodule and s-coprime submodule are equivalent under the class of hollow (chained) modules. proposition 1.7: if m is a hollow (or chained) r-module, n < m. then n is an s-coprime submodule iff n is an coprime submodule. proof: (⇒) if m is hollow r-module, then it is clear that m n is hollow. since n is an s-coprime submodule, then m n is an s-coprime r-module. by [4,prop.7], m n is an coprime r-module and hence n is an coprime submodule of m. (⇐) it is clear (see rem. and ex. 1.2(1)). if m is a chained, then the result follows obviously, since every chained module is hollow. recall that a proper submodule n of an r-module m is called semimaximal if m n is a semisimple r-module [10]. remark 1.8: 314 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 every semimaximal submodule n of an r-module m is an s-coprime, but not conversely. proof: since n is semimaximal, then m n is a semisimple r-module, then by [4, rem. and ex.2(2)], m n is s-coprime module. thus n is an s-coprime submodule. note that <0> in the z-module is an s-coprime submodule (see rem. and ex. 1.2(11)) but <0> is not a semimaximal submodule, since z z 0< >  is not semisimple. proposition 1.9: let m be an r-module, let i be an ideal of r such that i ⊆ r ann m and let n be a submodule of m. then n is an s-coprime r-submodule of m iff n is an s-coprime r -submodule, where r r / i= . proof: (⇒) let n be an s-coprime r-submodule. then m n is an s-coprime r-module. hence by [4 , prop.5], m n is an s-coprime r -module. thus n is s-coprime r -module. (⇐) the proof is similarly, so it is omitted. proposition 1.10: let f: m → m′ be an r-epimorphism and let n < m such that n is an s-coprime submodule of m and ker f ⊆ n. then f (n) is an s-coprime submodule of m′. proof: since n is an s-coprime submodule, then m n is an s-coprime r-module. to prove f (n) is an s-coprime submodule of m′, we must prove m (n)f ′ is an s-coprime r-module. define g: m n → m (n)f ′ by g(m + n) = f (m) + n for all m + n ∈ m n . it is easy to check that g is an isomorphism; that is m m n (n)f ′ ≅ . thus m (n)f ′ is an s-coprime r-module and hence f (n) is an s-coprime submodule of m′. corollary 1.11: let n, k be submodules of an r-module m such that n ⊇ k. then n is an s-coprime submodule of m iff n k is an s-coprime submodule of m k . proof: (⇒) since n is an s-coprime submodule, m n is an s-coprime r-module. but m k n k m n ≅ , thus m k n k is an s-coprime r-module; that is n k is an s-coprime submodule of m k . (⇐) the proof of the converse is similarly, so it is omitted. proposition 1.12: 315 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 let n, w be submodules of an r-module m such that w ⊇ n. if n is an s-coprime submodule of m and w ≪ m, then w is a s-coprime submodule of m. proof: since n is an s-coprime submodule, then m n is an s-coprime r-module. but w ≪ m implies w m n n  .hence by [4,th.12], m n w n is an s-coprime module. but m n w n m w ≅ , thus m n is an s-coprime module and hence w is an s-coprime submodule. corollary 1.13: let n ≪ m, w ≪ m. if n is an s-coprime (or w is an s-coprime) submodule of m, then n + w is an s-coprime submodule of m. proof: by [8], n + w ≪ m. hence the result is followed prop.1.12, directly. next, we consider the direct sum of s-coprime submodules. proposition 1.14: let n1 and n2 be s-coprime submodules of r-modules m1, m2 respectively. then n1 ⊕ n2 is an s-coprime submodule in m1 ⊕ m2. proof: since n1 and n2 are s-coprime submodules of m1, m2 respectively, then 1 1 m n and 2 2 m n are s-coprime r-modules. hence by [4,prop.18], 1 2 1 2 m m n n ⊕ is an s-coprime r-module. but 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 m m m m n n n n ⊕ ≅ ⊕ ⊕ , it follows that 1 2 1 2 m m n n ⊕ ⊕ is a s-coprime r-module. therefore n1 ⊕ n2 is an s-coprime submodule of m1 ⊕ m2. s.2 s-coprime submodules and multiplication modules: first we have the following result: proposition 2.1: let m be a multiplication r-module and let n ≪ m. then n is an s-coprime submodule if and only if n is a maximal small submodule of m. proof: (⇒) assume there exists a small submodule w such that w ⊇ n. hence w m n n  . but n is an s-coprime submodule, [n:m] = [w:m] by prop.1.3(1⇔3). on the other hand, m is a multiplication r-module, so n = [n:m]m = [w:m]m = w. thus n is a maximal small submodule of m. (⇐) to prove n is an s-coprime submodule. let w m n n  . since n ≪ m by hypothesis, so that w ≪ m. thus w = n because n is a maximal small submodule of m. then it is clear that [w:m] = [n:m] and hence by prop.1.3(1⇔3), n is an s-coprime submodule. corollary 2.2: let i ≪ r. then i is an s-coprime ideal of r if and only if i is a maximal ideal of r. 316 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 theorem 2.3: let m be a faithful finitely generalted multiplication r-module and let n ≨ m. then n is an s-coprime submodule if and only if [n:m] is an s-coprime ideal. proof: (⇒) since n is an s-coprime submodule of m, then m n is an s-coprime r-module. but m is a multiplication module implies m n is a multiplication r-module. hence (0) is the only small submodule in m n by [4, rem. and ex. 2(7)]. but m is finitely generated rmodule, so m n is finitely generated. also m n is a faithful r r r / ann m r= ≅ . it follows that r m [0 : ] r n  [11, prop.1.1.8]; that is m ann r n  ; i.e. r [n : m] r . again by [11, prop.1.1.8], n ≪ m and hence by prop.2.1, n is a maximal small submodule of m. it follows that r [n : m] is a maximal small ideal of r. to see this: suppose there exists a small ideal i of r such that i ≠ ⊃ r [n : m] . then by [12, th.3.1], im ≠ ⊃ [n:m]m = n and by [12], im ≪ m. thus we get a contradiction, since n is a maximal small submodule of m. therefore r [n : m] is a maximal small ideal of r and so r [n : m] is an s-coprime ideal of r. (⇐) to prove n is an s-coprime submodule, we shall prove r [n : m] = r [w : m] for all w m n n  . since m is multiplication w = [w:m]m, n = [n:m]m, we claim that [w : m] r [n : m] [n : m]  . to see this: assume that [w : m] k r [n : m] [n : m] [n : m] + = , hence [w:m] +k = r. it follows that w + km = m and so w km m n n n + = .hence km m n n = , which implies that km = m and hence k = r, since m is a faithful finitely generated multiplication. thus k r [n : m] [n : m] = and so [w : m] r [n : m] i  . but [n:m] is an s-coprime ideal of r, so by cor.1.4, [n:m] = [w:m]. then by prop.1.3(1⇔3), n is an s-coprime submodule. corollary 2.4: let m be a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module and let n < m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is an s-coprime submodule in m. (2) [n:m] is an s-coprime ideal in r. (3) n = im for some s-coprime ideal i of r. proof: (1) ⇔ (2) it follows by th.2.3. (2) ⇒ (3) it is clear, since n = [n;m]m and [n:m] is an s-coprime ideal of r. (3) ⇒ (2) since m is a finitely generated faithful multiplication module, then m = ± n and we can take i = [n:m] by [12]. thus [n:m] is an s-coprime ideal of r. ali in [13], introduced the concept s*-coprime module, where an r-module is an s*coprime if for each f ∈ end(m), im f ≪ m implies f = 0. 317 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 corollary 2.5: let m be a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module and let n < m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is an s-coprime submodule of m. (2) m n is an s-coprime r-module. (3) r is an s-coprime ring. (4) m is an s-coprime r-module. (5) m n is an s*-coprime r-module. proof: (1) ⇔ (2) it is clear. (3) ⇔ (4) by [4, prop.11]. (2) ⇔ (3) by [4, prop.11]. (2) ⇔ (5) by [13, prop.1.1]. proposition 2.6: let m be an r-module such that j(m) ≪ m. then j(m) is an s-coprime submodule of m, where j(m) is the intersection of all maximal submodules of m, if m has maximal submodules and j(m) = m if m has no maximal submodule, [8]. proof: it is easy to check that m j(m) has no nonzero small submodule, since j(m) ≪ m. it follows that m j(m) is an s-coprime module and hence j(m) is an s-coprime submodule. corollary 2.7: let m be a multiplication r-module. then j(m) is an s-coprime submodule of m. proof: by [12, cor.2.6], j(m) ≪ m. hence the result is followed prop.2.6. corollary 2.8: for any ring r, j(r) is an s-coprime ideal of r. s.3 s-coprime and other related concepts: proposition 3.1: if m has a finite number of maximal submodules, then j(m) is an s-coprime submodule. proof: let l1, l2, …, ln be the maximal submodules of m. then j(m) = n ii 1 l = ∩ and so that m j(m) ≅ submodule of n i 1 i m l= ⊕ [14]. it follows that m j(m) is a semisimple r-module and so scoprime module. thus j(m) is an s-coprime submodule. recall that an r-module m is called local if m has a unique maximal submodule, [9]. corollary 3.2: if m is a local ring then j(m) is an s-coprime submodule. 318 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 recall that an r-module m is called weakly supplemented if for each a ≤ m, there exists b ≤ m such that a + b = m and a ∩ b ≪ m, [15]. proposition 3.3: if m is a weakly supplemented, then j(m) is an s-coprime submodule. proof: since m is a weakly supplemented r-module, then m j(m) is a semisimple r-module by [4,rem. and ex. 1.2(2)]. hence m j(m) is an s-coprime module. thus j(m) is an scoprime submodule. proposition 3.4: let m be a weakly supplemented r-module and let a < m. if a is an s-coprime submodule, then there exists b ≤ m such that a + b = m, a ∩ b is an s-coprime in b. proof: since m is weakly supplemented and a < m, then there exists b ≤ m such that a + b = n and a ∩ b ≪ m. but a is an s-coprime submodule, so m a is an s-coprime r-module. on the other hand, m a b b a a a b + = ≅ ∩ . thus b a b∩ is an s-coprime module and hence a ∩ b is an s-coprime submodule in b. proposition 3.5: let m be an s*-coprime r-module. then every small submodule of m is an s-coprime submodule. proof: let n ≪ m. since m is an s*-coprime module, then m is an s-coprime module [13,rem. and ex. 1.2(1)], and hence n is an s-coprime submodule by rem. and ex. 1.2(3). recall that an r-module m is called scalar module if for each f ∈ end(m), there exists r ∈ r – {0}, such that f (x) = rx for all x ∈ m [16]. a ring r is called regular ring (in the sense of von neumann) if for each x ∈ r, there exists y ∈ r such that x = xyx [9]. to prove our next result, we prove the following lemma. lemma 3.6: let m be a scalar module over a regular ring r. then m is an s-coprime module. proof: to prove m is an s-coprime r-module. let r ∈ r – {0} and suppose that rm ≪ m. so that to show rm = (0). since m is a scalar r-module, then r r end(m) r / ann m≅ [17]. but r is a regular ring implies that r r / ann m is a regular ring. thus r end(m) is a regular ring. let f ∈ end(m) such that f (m) = rm for each m ∈ m. then f (m) = rm. but by [9, exc 17(a), p.272] r end(m) rm ker f= + , hence ker f = m. since rm ≪ m. thus f = 0 and then rm = 0. therefore m is an s-coprime r-module. theorem 3.7: let m be a scalar r-module over a regular ring r. then every small submodule of m is an s-coprime submodule. 319 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 proof: it follows by lemma 3.6 and rem. and ex. 1.2(3). to prove the next result we need the following lemma which is proved by ali and khalaf in [4] lemma 3.8: let m be a chained module over a regular ring r, then the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is an s-coprime r-module. (2) m is coprime r-module. (3) m is a prime r-module. (4) m is a quasi-dedekind r-module. theorem 3.9: let m be a chained module over a regular ring and let n < m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is an s-coprime submodule in m. (2) n is a coprime submodule in m. (3) n is a prime submodule in m. we end our paper by this result: proposition 3.10: let n < m. if n is an s-coprime e-submodule in m, then n is an s-coprime rsubmodule in m, where e = r end(m) . proof: since n is an s-coprime e-submodule, then m n is an s-coprime e-module. hence by [4, prop.2.5], m n is an s-coprime r-module. thus n is an s-coprime r-submodule in m. references 1. annin, s. (2002) associated and attached primes over non commutative rings, ph.d. thesis, univ. of berkeley. 2. wijayanti, i.e. (2006) coprime modules and comodules, ph.d. thesis, heinrich-heine universitat, düsseldorf. 3. khalaf, r.i. (2009) dual notions of prime submodules and prime modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 4. ali, i.m. and khalaf, r.i. (2011), s-coprime modules,journal of basrah researchars.34. (4). 5. ali, i.m. (2011), coprime submodule, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,24 (2).248-256. 6. fleury, p., (1974), hollow modules and local endomorphism rings, pac. j.math.53 ,(2)..379-385. 7. osofsky, b.l. (1991), a contraction of non standard uniserial modules over valuation domains, bulletin amer. math.soc.,25,89-97. 8. kasch, f., (1982), modules and rings, academic press, london. 9. hirano, y. and mogani, i., (1986), on restricted anti-hopfian modules, math. j. okayama univ.,28,.119-131. 320 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 10. khalaf, y.h., (2007), semimaximal submodules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. )، المقاسات الجزئیة األولیة والمقاسات الجزئیة شبھ األولیة، رسالة ماجستیر، جامعة 1996. عذاب، إیمان علي، (11 بغداد. 12. abdul-bast, z. and smith, p.f, (1988), multiplication modules, comm. in algebra, vol.16, pp.755-779. 13. ali, i.m, s*-coprime module, to appear. 14. goodearl, k.r., (1976), ring theory, von singular, marcel dekker, newyork. 15. zoschinger, h., (1978), invarianten wesentlicher librede ckungen, math. annalen, vol.237, pp.193-202. 16. shihab, b.n., (2004), scalar reflexive modules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. 17. ali, i.a.m., (2006), on ikeda-nakayama modules, ph.d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 321 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 s النمط المقاسات الجزئیة االولیة المضادة من أنعام محمد علي ھادي رشا إبراھیم خلف جامعة بغداد) /ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة ( كلیة التربیة /الریاضیات علوم قسم 2013شباط 3، قبل البحث في : 2012ایلول 23: استلم البحث في الخالصة ، حیث یكون المودیول الجزئي s –في ھذا البحث قدمنا ودرسنا مفھوم المقاسات الجزئیة االولیة المضادة من النمط اذا كان s، مقاسا جزئیا اولیا ًمضادا من النمط rعلى mمن مقاس nالفعلي m n . وقد s–من النمط rمقاسا ًعلى اعطیت العدید من الخواص المتعلقة بھذا المفھوم. ، s، المقاسات الجزئیة المضادة، المقاسات المضادة من النمط sالمقاسات الجزئیة المضادة من النمط الكلمات المفتاحیة: المقاسات المضادة. 322 | mathematics s.1 basic properties of s-coprime submodules s.2 s-coprime submodules and multiplication modules: s.3 s-coprime and other related concepts: أنعام محمد علي هادي رشا إبراهيم خلف قسم علوم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الهيثم) /جامعة بغداد في هذا البحث قدمنا ودرسنا مفهوم المقاسات الجزئية الاولية المضادة من النمط – s، حيث يكون الموديول الجزئي الفعلي n من مقاس m على r، مقاسا جزئيا اوليا ًمضادا من النمط s اذا كان مقاسا ًعلى r من النمط –s. وقد اعطيت العديد من الخواص المتعلقة بهذا ... المقـدمة introduction @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ti42-44 وىــللنة ــالطاق مستویاتاب ــحستطبیــق أنمــوذج القشــرة النــووي ل نــف حســلي خلــع ةــة الكوفــجامع /كلیــة الــتربیة للبــنات / قســم الفیزیــاء أفــراح حســون عریــبي جامعــة الكوفــة /كلیــة الھندسة /قســم الكھرباء 2012تموز 2قبل البحث في : ، 2011ایلول 11أستلم البحث في : ة ـالخالص لدراس��ة تركیبھ��ا ti42-44ف�ي ھ��ذا العم�ل ، طبقن��ا أنم��وذج القش�رة الن��ووي باس��تخدام جھ�د دلت��ا الس�طحي المع��دل عل��ى الن�وى النووي من خالل حساب قیم الطاقات وقیم الزخوم الزاویة الكلیة المناظرة لھا . بینھم��ا كم��ا ت��م تحدی��د ق��یم زخ��م زاوي كل��ي ومقب��والً اً جی��د اً وبع��د أن قورن��ت نت��ائج البح��ث م��ع النت��ائج العملی��ة وج��دنا تطابق�� .لم تكن مؤكدة عملیاً التي القیم انھ تم تأكید بعضفضالً عن لمستویات طاقة لم تحدد عملیاً أنموذج القشرة النوویة ، جھد دلتا السطحي المعدل ، الزخوم الزاویة الكلیة.الكلمات المفتاحیة: 76 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة الن�وى دراسة تركی�ب لإن كمیات ھائلة من المعطیات والمعلومات النظریة والتجریبیة المتعلقة بالنوى قد تراكمت نتیجة م�ن واج�ب الفیزی�اء النووی�ة النظری�ة وض�ع أص�بحھ�ذا الت�راكم فق�د لالمعج�الت الذری�ة . ونتیج�ة اس�تعمالب بإثارتھاالمختلفة لفھ�م المعطی�ات المالحظ�ة والمقاس�ة وال�ربط بینھ�ا واس�تخالص النت�ائج الت�ي ی�تم األول�ىالخط�وة یع�د وھو مانماذج للنوى ، . 1 ] [التوصل إلیھا إل�ى نم�اذج نووی�ة تھ�دف أظھ�رتنال التركیب النووي اھتمام الكثیر من الباحثین ، إذ أجروا العدی�د م�ن الدراس�ات الت�ي وقد نموذج النووي ھو صورة مبسطة للتركیب النووي الذي یض�م أس�س الفیزی�اء فاأل ، ] 2 [ وتركیبھا وخصائصھا تفسیر النواة [1]والمفیدة المھمة ھو واحد من النماذج النوویة( nuclear shell model ) النووي نموذج القشرةأو . ] 1,3 [النوویة single particle ) فردــ�یم المـموذج الجس�ـن�أمى ـیس� أول�ينم�وذج أیاغتھ عل�ى ـدایة ص�ـنم�وذج ف�ي ب�ھذا األ دـــاعتم إذ . model ) 4 ] [داخل النواة حرة الذي یفترض فیھ أن النیوكلیونات تتحرك حركة . نموذج القشرة تتمثل بوجود جھد نووي تتحرك فیھ جمی�ع النیوكلیون�ات الت�ي قام�ت ھ�ي نفس�ھا أل األساسإن الفرضیة ف�ي ھ�ذا إن ك�ل نیوكلی�ون ، .بخلقھ . وان معدل الجھد لجمیع النیوكلیونات ھو الذي یتحكم بحركة أي نیوكلیون عل�ى انف�راد التفاع��ل ب��ین النیوكلیون��ات الموج��ودة ف��ي إن. ووزخ��م زاوي مح��ددین بش��كل دقی��ق الجھ��د المرك��زي ، یمث��ل م��داراً ذا طاق��ة ، ( low – lying excited states )الواطئ�ة اإلث�ارة) أو ف�ي مس�تویات ground state( األرض�يالمس�توى . ] 1[ مة المستقلةینموذج الجسأجداً ولھذا السبب یسمى أحیاناً ب اً ضعیف نموذج القشرة یكون تفاعالً أحسب ح�د ألكون فیھا عدد البروتونات أو عدد النیوترون�ات مس�اویاً استقراراً ھي التي ی األكثرالنوى أن إلىوتشیر الحقائق العملیة [) magic numbers( الس�حري باألع�داد) والت�ي س�میت لھ�ذا الس�بب 2,8,20,28,50,82,126اآلتی�ة ( األع�داد . ] 9 [ ) 180,246,324( اً ھيــة حدیثــالمتوقع األخرىالسحریة واألعداد، ] 1,5,6,7,8 ال�ذي ) core ( معرفة القل�بو ) model space(نموذج نموذج القشرة یتطلب تحدید فضاء األأولمعرفة حسابات . ] 10 [ أعلىمدارات إلىتكون مداراتھ مملوءة ومشبعة بالنیوكلیونات وغیر مسموح لھا بالتھیج واالنتقال أو لتفاع�ل اإلش�عاعيلنش�اط نحالل االنموذج القشرة في حساب احتمالیة االنتقال بین المستویات نتیجة أ استعمالیمكن surface delta ) منھ��ا جھ��د دلت��ا الس��طحيعدی��دة جھ��ود نووی��ة باس��تعمالك��ذلك ف��ي تحدی��د الب��رم والتماث��ل ي ن��وو interaction ) (sdi) ،دلت�ا الس�طحي المع�دلجھ�د و ( modified surface delta interaction ) ( msdi ) ] 12, 11 , 1 [ . الت�ي ti42-44 ( titanium ) لثالث�ة نظ�ائر للتیت�انیوم msdi ف�ي بحثن�ا ھ�ذا طبقن�ا أنم�وذج القش�رة الن�ووي باس�تخدام توضح حساباتھا ونتائجھا في البنود الالحقة . ة ــالنظری (residual interaction)یمكن إیجاد عنصــر المصفوفة الھـــاملتوني عـــن طـریق إدخــــال التــــأثیر المتبـــقي مؤثر ھ�املتن فيحدوث اضطراب إلىویُعرف بأنھ القوة الناتجة من التصادم بین النیوكلیونات ، وھذا التأثیر المتبادل یؤدي ∑نیوكلیون�ات ویس�اوي جم�ع جھ�د جس�یمتین ویعب�ر عن�ھ ب�ـ الذي یمثل بجھد الطاقة لل < ji ijv .نعب�ر ع�ن الھ�املتن للحال�ة إذن -:] 6,10,12,13,14یر المتبادل ) بالشكل اآلتي [المضطربة ( بعد إضافة طاقة التأث ∑ ∑ < +=′ ji ijn vhh )1..(..........)(  إن الجسیمات تتفاعل فقط عن�دما تك�ون عن�د س�طح إذ ،) sdi( جھد دلتا السطحي ھنالك العدید من التفاعالت المتبقیة ومنھا 8,9,15[ویعط�ى بالمعادل�ة (zero – range interaction) النواة وعند ذلك فقط یُعرف التفاعل بتفاعل المدى الصفري [ : )2.().........()()(),( ijjiji rrrrgrrv ω−−−= δδδ  -:إن إذ ro نصف القطر النووي :. ri , rj :النیوكلیون إحداثیات . g : تمثل قوة التفاعل. ijω . الزاویة بین نیوكلیونین : عملی��اً ف��ي الطی��ف الن��اتج المالحظ��ةمس��تویات الطاق��ة إل��ىونتیج��ة لوج��ود بع��ض االختالف��ات واالنحراف��ات المنظم��ة نس��بة إذ إنھ سھل ریاض�یاً ونج�ح ف�ي وص�ف وحس�اب الكثی�ر م�ن الخ�واص ، لذلك وجد جھد دلتا السطحي المعدلsdi باستعمال 77 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 )4.(.......... 1.......... 0.......... 1       = = = ° ta ta at بالص��یغة اآلتی��ة [ msdiویكت��ب f7/2ف��ي القش��رة aب��ل حت��ى الن��وى الفردی��ة aالنووی��ة ل��یس فق��ط للن��وى الزوجی��ة 3,10,11,12,13: [ -إن :إذ )r( 2 , r( 1 ) تمثل متجھات الموقع للجسیمات المتفاعلة :. t : عدد الكم للبرم النظیري الكلي. °′′ aa على التوالي . t=1,0تمثل مؤثرات قوة التفاعل عندما 1, . ro إلىعدد موجب نسبة c(ro)و ta′ قوة التفاعل لزوج من النیوكلیونات ذات برم نظیري :t : إذ الفضاء إحداثیاتكالً من الحدود المضافة تحددھا إن والنت���ائج نس���تطیع تلخیص���ھا ب���القیم التقریبی���ة اآلتی���ة aع���دد الكتل���ي لل دال���ةً cو bو atیمك���ن الحص���ول عل���ى الق���یم [5,11,12,14] : )5.........(0,/25 ≈≈≈ camevbat .: العدد الكتلي aإن إذ -: ] [ 5,11,12,14 تعطى بالشكل اآلتينفسھ معادلة عنصر المصفوفة عندما تتفاعل جسیمتین في المدار 2|0إذ 1 2 1 jjj . (c.g) كوردن –یمثل معامل كلبش − باالس�تعانة بطاق�ة msdiمن الجسیمات باستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي المعدل n=3یمكن إیجاد قیم طاقة المستویات التي لھا -: ] 5,11,12[ تین كما في المعادلة اآلتیةجسیم -إن :إذ n عدد النیوكلیونات ،ρ المدار،γ من تمثل كلt وj ،ε حالة إلىرمز یشیرj . -من الجسیمات وكما یأتي : n = 3) یمكننا إیجاد قیمة الطاقة لــ 7 باستعمال المعادلة ( )(),(),(  rcccrcbbrcaa tttt ′=′=′= 3)1(2)2().1( −+= tt t ττ ∑ −−γ εγ−=ε ε ε ρερρρ )7......().........(| 2 )( 1 21 nnnn n n )3.....())2().1(())1(())2()1((4)2,1( cbrrrrav t msdi ′+′+−−′−= ττδδπ  )6......(..........0| 2 1 2 1 )12(2 )12( |)2,1(| 22 1, 22 cbjjj j j ajvj ttj msdi ++− + + −= = } { }∑ ε+ε=ε εε εεοεε tj xtj tjftjfjff )8.(..........)()(|2 3 |3)( 2 2/71, 2 2 2/7 3 2/7 3 2/7, 78 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 )10....().........()(|})1( 2 1 )( 2 222 ρδργρρρ δ γδ εγ−=ε ∑ −γ nnn nn -إن :إذ } εεtjfjf 2 2/73 2/7 |2 3 fractional parentage coefficientیمثل معامل الفصل الجزئي | )( 2 2/71, fοε یمثل الطاقة لجسیمتین في المدارf7/2 و )( εεtjxε. یمثل طاقة التھیج )(إن الطاقة لجسیمتین 2 2/7f 1,οε : یمكن إیجادھا من خالل العالقة اآلتیة -إن :إذ bε تمثل طاقة الترابط ، ep طاقة الجسیمة المفردة في المدارρ و)(||)( 22 ρvp . یمثل عنصر المصفوفة ) نحصل على قیمة الطاقة األرضیة التي تمثل قیمتھا المطلقة أكب�ر قیم�ة للطاق�ة 8وبعد تعویض القیمة الناتجة في المعادلة ( قیم طاق�ة فنستطیع إیجاد n>3للحصول على قیم الطاقة للمستویات المطلوبة ، أما في حالة األخرىوتطرح من قیم الطاقات -:] 5,11,12المستویات كما یأتي [ -إن :إذ δ: ال��زخم ال��زاوي للحال��ة المحس��وبة إل��ىرم��ز یش��یر ،γ ( األس��بقیة ) و : األقدمی��ة)( 2ρδε طاق��ة التفاع��ل ألثن��ین م��ن . الجسیمات -:] 6 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 14[ منھازاوي للنواة الزخم اللحساب عدیدة ھنالك نظریات أعظم زخم زاوي . j2و jiتمتلك جسیمتین في حاالت الجسیمة المفردة -1 -قیم الزخم الزاوي المسموحة تكون : j2و j1لجسیمتین في الحاالت -2 ق�یم إل�ىأنص�اف أع�داد ص�حیحة ) یمك�ن ازدواج برمیھم�ا j )jنیوترونان أو بروتونان في مدار الجسیمة المف�ردة نفس�ھ -3 زوجیة . i = 0 , 2 , 4 ,………….. ( 2j – 1 ) ………( 13 ) ھنالك بعض النظریات یمكن اشتقاقھا لتالئم حاالت الزخم الزاوي المسموحة لنیوكلیونات متــماثلة ( أما بروتون�ات أو -: ] 6,11,12,14[ ھي n>2نیوترونات ) في مدار الجسیمة المفردة نفسھ في حالة -یكون : jnینشأ من الترتیب imأعظم زخم زاوي ممكن أ im = n { j – (n – 1 )/2} ………… ( 14) -تعطي : jnال توجد حالة للترتیب ب ………… ( 15 ) i = im – 1 -توجد حالة واحدة تعطي : jnفي الترتیب -ج i = im – 2 ………… ( 16 ) )11........(21max jji += )12........(||,........,2,1, 21212121 jjjjjjjji −−+−++= )9.(..........)(||)(2)( 2221,0 ρρ vpe pb ++ε=ε 79 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ج ــات والنتائــالحساب -:ti42نــواة ( بروت�ونین ) خ�ارج القل�ب ) أي إنھ�ا تحت�وي عل�ى نیوكلی�ونین n = 20) و ( z = 22عل�ى ( ti42تحت�وي ن�واة . f7/2) یحتالن القشرة closed core )ca40 المغلق -) فان قیم الزخم الزاوي الكلي والتماثل تكون : 13وحسب المعادلة ( یمة المف�ردة للبروت�ون ولحساب قیم الطاقات المرافقة لكل حالة من الحاالت المذكورة في أعاله نعتم�د عل�ى قیم�ة طاق�ة الجس� -التي تساوي : وكذلك نعتمد على قیمة عنصر المصفوفة 2 2/7 2 2/7 || fvf msdi حاسوبي لحسابھ . وباالستعانة ببرنامج -: االتیةطبقت بالقیم at , b , cالمعامالت at = b = 0.740 mev c = 0 مع مقارنتھا بالقیم األرضیةالحالة إلىنسبة ti42سوف نحصــل على قیم مستویات الطاقة لنواة ) 9( وباستعمال المعادلة . ) 1 الشكل (و ) 1بالجدول ( موضح العملیة كما -: ti43نــواة أي أنھ��ا تحت��وي عل��ى ثالث��ة ، ) n= 21نی��وترون أي ( 21) و z= 22بروت��ون أي ( 22تحت��وي عل��ى ti43إن ن��واة . f7/2) تمثل القشرة ca40القلب المغلق (نیوكلیونات ( نیوترون وبروتونین ) خارج -: لي المسموحة والتماثل تكون كما یأتيوبتطبیق النظریات ( أ ، ب ، ج ) فإن قیم الزخم الزاوي الك ولكي نحصل على قیم الطاقات المقابلة لكل قیمة من قیم الزخم الزاوي والتماثل π i نعتمد عل�ى قیم�ة طاق�ة الجس�یمة المف�ردة -على انفراد وھي : لكل من النیوترون والبروتون كل التي حسبناھا -قیم المعامالت التي تم تطبیقھا فتكون مساویة إلى :أما at = b = 1.2 mev c = 0 ) نجد أن قیمة عنصر المصفوفة المستعملة ھنا ھ�ي قیم�ة واح�دة فق�ط یمك�ن حس�ابھا م�ن 9) و ( 8وبالنظر إلى المعادلتین ( 2ألج�ل الحص�ول عل�ى قیم�ة الطاق�ة ألثن�ین م�ن الجس�یمات ( j = 0) لحالة 6المعادلة ( 2/7f (1,0ε الت�ي نس�تفید منھ�ا ف�ي الحصول على قیم مستویات الطاقة باستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي المعدل نسبة إلى الحالة األرضیة والتي تم مقارنتھا م�ع الق�یم ) . 2) والشكل ( 2العملیة وكما موضح بالجدول ( -: ti44نــواة ) أي إنھ�ا تحــ��ـتوي عل��ى أربع��ة نیوكلـ��ـیونات ( بروت��ونین n=22 ) و ( z= 22تحـ��ـتوي عل��ى ( ti44إن ن�واة . ولكي نح�دد ح�االت ال�زخم ال�زاوي الكل�ي المس�موحة f7/2) متواجدة في القشرة ca40ونیوترونین ) خارج القلب المغلق ( -النظریات ( أ ، ب ، ج ) التي من خاللھا تكون قیم الزخم الزاوي الكلي والتماثل للنواة كما یأتي : نستعمل ++++= 6,4,2,0 π i mevpf 575.0)(2/7 −=ε mevpf 575.0)(2/7 −=ε mevnf 363.8)(2/7 −=ε 2 15 , 2 11 , 2 9 , 2 7 , 2 5 , 2 3 − − − − − − = π i ++++++++ ===== 86,5),4(4),2(4),4(2),2(2,0 andi γγγγ π 80 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المرافق لبعض قیم الزخم الزاوي الكلي یمثل عدداً كمیاً أدخل لتحدید بعض الحاالت ویدعى باألسبقیة . γن الرمزإإذ ولغرض حساب قیم الطاقات لكل حالة من الحاالت أعاله للزخم الزاوي تعتمد عل�ى قیم�ة طاق�ة الجس�یمة المف�ردة والمس�اویة ( لبروتونین ونیوترونین ) . mev 17.882 –إلى -التي طبقت فھي : at , b , c قیم المعامالتأما at = b = 1.8 mev c = 0 ] لكل حالة نحصل على ق�یم مس�تویات الطاق�ة المقابل�ة 6) وتعویض قیم معامالت الفصل المزدوجة [ 10وبتطبیق المعادلة ( ) 3نس��بة إل��ى الحال��ة األرض��یة والموض��حة بالج��دول ( msdiلحـ��ـاالت ال��زخم ال��زاوي الكل��ي المس��موحة باس��تعمال ) مع مقارنتھا بالقیم العملیة . 3والشكل ( المناقشــة واالستنتاجــات من دراسة أنموذج القشرة النووي باستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي المعدل ومن خالل القیم التي حصلنا علیھ�ا للطاق�ات -ما یأتي :والزخم الزاوي الكلي نشیر إلى تم تحدید الزخم الزاوي الكلي والتماثل لبعض مستویات الطــاقة التي لم تحــدد عمــلیاً مثل المســتویات -1 mevtititi )}(520.10,388.9,74.6);(438.2,483.1);(730.2{ 444342 }4,2/3,2/11,6)2,(8,5{بزخوم زاویة وتماثل +++−−+ =γ . على التوالي ُحدد الزخم الزاوي والتماثل للمستویات 2mevtiti )}(590.10,361.9,534.8);(066.3,313.0{ 4443 { +8 ,+5 , ( 4 = ) +4, -5/2 , -11/2 }بـ ت�����������������م تأكی�����������������د ق�����������������یم ال�����������������زخم ال�����������������زاوي الكل�����������������ي والتماث�����������������ل لمس�����������������تویات الطاق�����������������ة -3 mevtititi )}(987.8,848.6,41.5);(951.2);(676.2,395.2{ 444342 }2,2/15,4,2)2,(2,6)4{(المحددة بالزخـم الــزاوي والتماث�ـل == +++−++ γγ مؤك�دة الغی�ر عل�ى الت�والي عملیاً . }mevti)}(640.2تم تحدید التماثل لمستوي الطاق�ة -4 والمح�دد عملی�اً ب�الزخم ال�زاوي فق�ط وم�ن خ�الل الدراس�ة 43 .} 9/2 -{حدد بـ وجدنا تقارباً كبیراً جداً لقیم مستویات الطاقة بین قیمنا النظریة والقیم العملی�ة ، أم�ا الفروق�ات القلیل�ة ج�داً فتع�زى إل�ى ق�یم -5 والى اعتمادنا على بعض المعامالت المستعملة في الحسابات ومنھا معامالت الفص�ل ،التي تم اختیارھا at , bالمعامالت التي اعتمدناھا من مصادر وبحوث أخرى . نم�وذج ن�اجح ف�ي حس�ابات أھ�و msdiتم التوصل إلى أن أنموذج القشرة النووي وباستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي المع�دل -6 مستویات الطاقة لھذه النوى . ف�ي ظھرعدد كمي إضافي ( األسبقیة ) إذ استعمل لتحدی�د الحال�ة عن�دما یك�ون ھن�اك أربع�ة نیوكلیون�ات ti44في نواة -7 وتم تحدیده لكل حالة من حاالت الزخم الزاوي الكلي والتماثل مما زاد من دقة النت�ائج ca40خارج القلب المغلق f7/2القشرة النظریة . زادت عدد الح�االت لل�زخم ال�زاوي الكل�ي ا زاد كلم f7/2أن عدد النیوكلیونات التي تقع خارج القلب المغلق للقشرة لوحظ -8 ومن ثم یزداد عدد المستویات التي یمكن الحصول علیھا .، المحتملة والتماث�ل أن یعتم�د عل�ى النت�ائج الت�ي ت�م ال�ى یمكن للباحث الذي یحتاج القیم العملیة لمستویات الطاق�ة م�ع ال�زخم ال�زاوي -9 الحصول علیھا للقیم التي لم تحدد عملیاً . المصــادر 1. khaleel , m.a. ,(1996), nuclear physics , almosul university. 2. roy, r.r. and nigam b.p. (1967) , nuclear physics , theory and experiment , john wiley and sons , inc.,london. 3. brussaard, p.j. and glaudemans, p.w.m. (1977), shell model application in nuclear spectroscopy , north – holland publishing company . γ γ 81 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 π i π i 4. lawson, r.d. (1980) , theory of the nuclear shell model , clarendom press ,oxford. 5. alonso, m. and finn, e.j. , (1973) ,quantum and statistical physics , v.3 , addison – wesley publishing company. 6. pearson, j.m. (1968) , nuclear physics , adam hilger ltd, bristol, england. 7. osman, f. , ghorhamani, n.and hora, h . (2005), laser and particle beams" 23,1 –6. 8.auerbach n.,(1968),vary.j.phys.rev. ,c.v. 13 , n. 3. 9. glaudemans, p.w.m.and brussaard, p.j.,(1967),wildenthal,nucl.pyhs.v.102,pp593-601. 10. hasegawa, m. , kaneko, k. and tazaki, s. , (2001) , nucl.phys.a. 688. 11. han y. , (2000) , phys.rev.c.v.61 . 12. leaderar, c.m. and shirley, v.s. ( 1978,1984), table of isotopes . wiley and sons inc, london. 13. singh, b. and cameron, j. a. (2001) , nuclear data sheets 92 , 1. 14. cameron, j. a. and singh, b. (2001) , nuclear data sheets 92 , 783. 15. cameron, j. a. and singh, b. (1999) , nuclear data sheets 88 , 299. ti42لنواة msdiباستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي المعدل األرضیةالحالة إلىنسبة قیم مستویات الطاقة :) 1جـــدول ( مع مقارنتھا بالقیم العملیة . energy ( mev ) exp.res.[12,13] pre.res. 0 0 0+ 2.395 2.255 2+ 2.676 2.614 4+ 2.730 2.787 6+ ti43لنواة msdiقیم مستویات الطاقة نسبة إلى الحالة األرضیة باستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي المعدل : ) 2جـــدول ( مع مقارنتھا بالقیم العملیة . energy ( mev ) exp.res.[12,13] pre.res. 0 0 7/2 0.313 0.340 5/2 1.483 1.553 11/2 2.438 2.374 3/2 2.640 2.682 9/2 2.951 3.096 15/2 82 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 π i ti44لنواة msdiقیم مستویات الطاقة نسبة إلى الحالة األرضیة باستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي المعدل : ) 3جــدول ( مع مقارنتھا بالقیم العملیة . energy ( mev ) exp. res.[12,15] pre.res. 0 0 0+ 5.41 5.485 2+( γ = 2) 6.47 6.359 4+( γ = 2 ) 6.848 6.780 6+ 8.534 8.439 4+( γ = 4 ) 8.987 8.976 2+( γ = 4) 9.388 9.350 5+ 10.520 10.559 8+ باستعمال جھد دلتـا السطحي ti42مقارنة بین القیم النظریة المحسوبة والقیم العملیة لمستویات طاقة نواة : ) 1شكل ( . msdiالمعدل 83 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 باستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي ti43مقارنة بین القیم النظریة المحسوبة والقیم العملیة لمستویات طاقة نواة : ) 2شكل ( . msdiل المعد باستعمال جھد دلتا السطحي ti44مقارنة بین القیم النظریة المحسوبة والقیم العملیة لمستویات طاقة نواة :) 3شكل ( . msdiالمعدل -0.7 -0.2 0.3 0.8 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.3 e ( m ev ) exp.res. pre.res. 7/2(3/2+) (9/2,11/2-) (15/2-) 7/25/211/23/29/215/20 0 (2+) 2+( =2) 4+( =2) (6+) 6+ (2+,3) 4+( =4) 2+ 2+( =4) 5+ 8+ -0.7 1.3 3.3 5.3 7.3 9.3 11.3 e ( me v ) pre.res.exp.res. γ γ γ γ 84 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 applying nuclear slidell model to calculate energy levels ti42-44 ali k. hasan dept. of physics /college of education for girls/ university of al-kufa afrah h. uraybie dept. of electrical engineering / college of engineering / university of al-kufa received in : 11september 2012 , accepted in : 2 july 2012 abstract in this work , we applied the nuclear shell model by using modified surface delta interaction ( msdi ) to study the nuclear structure for ti42-44 nuclei from the calculation of the energy level values and its total angular momentum . after comperation with the experiment values which found to be rather in good agreement and determined the total angular momentum values of energy levels which are not assigned experimently , as soon as , we certify some values that were not certained experimently . key words: nuclear shell model , modified surface delta interaction (msdi), total angular momentum 85 | physics ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 levels of interleukins 6 and 8 in psoriatic patients serum m. n. iqbal college of medical & health technology, baghdad. abstract r ecent p rogress in the underst anding of p soriasis has shown that the regulation of local and sy stemic cytokines p lays an imp ortant role in its p athogenesis. different st udies evaluated the association of serum levels of some p roinflammatory cytokines invivo and their correlation with severity of psoriasis. eighty cases of psoriatic p atients had been st udied. patients were divided into mild p soriasis group (30) and sev ere p soriasis group (50) accordin g to severity , and (30) apparently healthy individuals ware used as acontrol group . sera samples of all group s were collected from all indiv iduals for the estimation levels of interleukins (il-6 and il-8). all mean values sera levels (il-6 32.004 pg/ml and 17.579 p g/ml for il-8) of p atients were significantly high er than those of controls (12.640 and 8.860 pg/ml for il-6and il-8 resp ectively). there was a high si gnificant in sera levels of il-6 and il-8, in comparion with disease sev erity . the levels of i l-6 and il-8 wer e significantly higher in severe p soriatic patients t han thos in mild type. furthermore, there was a p ositive correlation between the lev els of il-6, and i l-8 amon g the samples of p soriatic patients. t he measurements of serum levels of these cy tokines may be objective p arameters for the disease severity . key words: il-6, il-8, psoriasis introduction at present, the researches of psoriasis are dominated by the hypothesis that it is an immunological disorder described by abnormal keratino cytes proliferation mediated through t lympho cytes [1]. autoimmun e disorders and inflammatory reaction are currently segregated into cell – mediated th1 or th2 categories . psoriasis is associated with an overexpress ion of proinflammatory cytokines produced by th1 cells and relative under expression of th2 cytokines [2].cytokines are small, bio logically high ly active proteins that regu late the growth, function, and differentiation of cells and help steer the immune response and inflammat ion [3]. interleukin 6 (il-6) is a pleiotropic cytokine. among its characteristic actions are regulation of express ion of other cytokines , induction of proliferation, d ifferentiation of normal and malignant cells, and inhibition of tumor growth. il6 is also regarded as a major inducer of the acute-phase response [4]. intrleukin 6 is a co mpo nent of normal human skin and it was immun olog ically detected in basal keratino cytes , endothelial cells, many of mon onuclear cells, fibroblas ts, and sudoriparous ducts. interleukin 6 has been suggested to function as an autocrine mitogen in psoriatic epidermis. in psorias is, intense labeling of the cytoplasm in the vicinity of keratinocytes membranes was detected in the epidermal layers and other skin appendages [5]. interleukin-8 (il-8) is probably the best-known member of the family of chemokines [6]. experimental data documented its role within a cas cade of infla mmatory events. these are focused and amplified by the action of il-8 by local attraction and activation of different ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 leukocyte subsets prominently neutrophilic granulocytes and lymphocytes [7].increas ed il-8 level in blood have been demonstrated in a number of systemic inflammatory disorders [6]. the role of circulating il-8 in ps oriasis, however, has no t been adequately add ressed in the past. the aim of the present study is to evaluate, il-6 and il-8 levels in the serum of ps oriatic patients according to disease activity. materials and methods this st udy has been app roved at the consulting center of allergy and asthma – baghd ad. it was conducted in the period between october 2008-m ay 2009. patie nts and controls consecutive p atients with p soriasis who had not received any p rior local or sy stemic treatment within two months were included in this st udy . the diagnosis was mad e clinically , based on characteristic p laque-ty p e p soriatic lesions. patients with erythrodermic, p ustular, and only p almoplantar forms of p soriasis, and p atients with p soriatic arthritis were excluded. the st udy comp rised (80) p atients (48 females and 32 males) with p soriasis who attended to center of allergy and asthma. patients were divided into two groups accordin g to the severity of their psoriasis; the severity of psoriasis was assessed by the psoriasis area and sever ity index (pasi) for each p atient. 30 cases wer e diagnosed as mild p soriasis (p revalence = 40%) and 50 case were diagnosed as severe p soriasis (p revalence = 60%). the mean age of p soriasis cases in gener al was (35) y ears old. in addition a control group consisted of (30) healthy , their mean age was (35) y ears old, un p soriatic volunteers with no family history of p soriasis. blood and urine wer e collected from both p atients and controls for routine laboratory invest igations including blood sedimentation rate, and blood cell counts. se rum venous blood samples (5–10 ml) were taken in vacutainer tubes under sterile conditions from p atients and controls between 09–11 am. serum was obtained fro m freshly drawn, rapidly centrifugated. serum was quick ly frozen and st ored for p rocessing. cytokines detections sera il-6 and il-8, levels were measured by (enzy me-amp lified sensitivity immunoassay (easia) k its technique, revised by biosource europe. these assay s detected only human cytokines and the minimum detectable concentrations were 1.1p g/ml for il-6 and 1.9pg/ml for il-8. s tatistical analysis: the data were analy zed using the st atist ical p ackage for social science (sp ss) 10.0 for windows p rogram on the comp uter. the suitable st atist ical methods were used in order to analy ze and assess the results, t hey include the followin gs: descr iptive st atistics: summary st atistic of the readings distribution (mean, sd, sem , minimu m & maximu m) and graphical p resentation by (scatter –chart). inferential st atist ics were used to accept or reject the statistical hyp otheses; they include student test (t-test), least significant differences (l sd) and pe arson correlation (r).the st atist ical si gnificance was a ccepted as (p value < 0.05 &<0.01) [8]. results the results p resented in this research were based on total of blood samples collected from (80) p soriasis p atients and (30) healthy control individuals. the differential count for leukocytes revealed a characteristic blood eosinophilia among all group s of p atients, that significantly differs from control group (p<0.05).t he p resent data showed, a significantly differences in the mean p ercenta ge of neutrop hils of mild group comp ared ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 with the control group , while total p soriatic group did not showed any differences (table1). se rum levels of il6 & il8 the mean, minimum and maximum values of the serum levels of interleuk ins il-6 and il-8 of the st udied group s and statistical results are p resented in (table -2). the mean value levels of il-6 of the p atients were significantly higher than those of the control (32.0 p g/ml and12.64pg/ml) resp ectively at (p < 0.01).the serum il-8 lev els of p atients were sign ificantly higher than those of controls (17.75 p g/ml) and (8.86 p g/ml) resp ectively at (p <0.01).table ( 3 ) shows , the mean concentrations of il-6 & il-8 wer e high er in sev ere p soriatic group ( 39.24 & 20.48 p g/ml resp ectively ) than in mild p soriatic patients ( 20.98 and 13.152 p g/ml) with higher si gnificantly at p < 0.01 , while the levels of i l-6 &il-8 in mild p soriatic group showed no significant differences as comp ared with healthy control group ( p > 0.05 ). correl ation between sera levels il 6 and il8 among psoriati c patients. pearson correlation has b een app lied to st udy the correlation between lev els of (i l-6) and (il-8). the results are list ed in table (4) and figure (1). a p ositive correlation between il-6 and il-8 amon g the samples of psoriatic p atients was shown; the sera il-6 levels were increased with t he increase of sera i l-8 levels in the psoriatic individuals. discussion the present work revealed that bot h sexes were affected by p soriasis disease, the high er p ercentage of females than males were infected with disease with no significant differences. recent st udies have revealed that sex hormones manifest a variety of biolo gical and immunological effects in the skin, p regnancy, menst ruation and the menop ause modulate the natural course of psoriasis, indicating a female hormone induced regu lation of skin inflammation. estrogen invitro down regulates the p roduction of the neutrop hil, type1 t-cell and macrophage att racting chemokines by keratinocy tes, and supp resses il-12 p roduction and antigen p resenting cap acity while enhancin g anti-inflammatory il-10 p roduction by dendritic cells. these data indicate that estrogen may att enuate inflammation in p soriatic lesions [9]. the variations between the p resent results comp aring with recent studies may be related to t he differences in sample size, to t he sp ecific morp hological structure of their skin, or the sp ecific iraqi nature which increased the st ress in the subjective nature and that related to adverse life events. the diagnost ic f eatures may not all be p resent at the same time in every case and ar e some times obscured or evanescent [10, 11]. eosinophil is a characterist ic of severe and mild cases p soriasis and correlated with skin inflammation [12] .the eosinop hil p ercentage of current st udy revealed a characterist ic blood eosinophilia, amon g all group s of psoriatic p atients. they significantly differ from control group in accord with [13] who st ated that p erip heral eosinophilia se ems to be associated with severe forms of p soriasis. this finding may suggest that the eosinophils have si gnificant roles in the p athogenesis of p soriasis. in recent studies, it has been documented that the eosinophile cells p lay active role in many kinds of inflammatory disorder, increasin g in number of circulating eosinophils is due to increasing release of eosinophils from bone marrow, the mediators which are involved in this p rocess are granulocy te m acrop hage-colony stimulating factor (gm -csf), il-3 and more selective for eosinophils il-5 [14]. in addition, these growt h factors are p otent activators for eosinophils, acting at sub nanomolar concentration [15]. however, some of p soriatic p atients had normal eosinophil cell numbers in their p erip heral blood and it is not correlated with score severity skin of p soriatic patients. t he change in eosinophil number might be a result rather than a cause of the disease. it can be concluded fro m these results that the increase in eosinophil cell counts is ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3) 2010 correlated with severity of the disease. finally this result refered that t he psoriasis is one of aller gic diseases app eared by its cap acity to st imulate delayed mediated cells hyp ersensitivity which exp ressed by an increase in the production of the eosinop hils. t he results of p resent study are similar to [16] who noted a sign ificantly increased nu mber of leukocytes in inflammatory skin and psoriasis p atients while the results were in a disagr eement with the st udy of [17] who rep orted that mild psoriatic p atients had significantly decreased in mean of leukocytes comp ared with severely group . finally this result reinforces that t he psoriasis is a common and recurrent skin disorder, characterized with inflammation. hist ologicaly psoriasis is characterized by marked keratinocy tes hyp erp roliferation,adense inflammatory infiltrate consisting of t cells and neutrop hils, and vascular d ilatation and p roliferation. the p rimary defect in psoriasis p atients was believ ed to be abnormal epidermal cells p roliferation [18]. the very early lesion of p soriasis is characterized by an inflammatory infiltrate of mononuclear cells in the upp er dermis with only min imal changes in the epidermis. the sy st emic effects of circulating cytokines may p lay an imp ortant role in the induction of epidermal cell p roliferation. it was p rop osed that in normal skin there could be an interaction between the epidermis and circulating t cells. cy tokines are small, biologically highly active p roteins that regulate the growt h, function, and differentiation of cells and help steer the immune resp onse and inflammation [11], keratinocytes secrete a number of cytokines and chemokines that either activate or supp ress immune resp onses [19]. however, p recise mechan ism of their involvement in p soriasis remains un clear. any local or sy st emic st imulus may st imulate keratinocy tes cytokines p roduction [20]. the pattern of cy tokine exp ression suggests that thl cells may mediate or maintain d isease, [21]. the p resent data confirmed the il – 6 one of the p roinflammatory cytokines is influenced in serum of psoriatic p atients [5, 11&22] and contrary to other tested th2 typ e cytokine il – 6, had sera levels comp arable with normal controls [23].m oreover, the present results showed significant differences in il – 6 sera lev els among st udied p atients group s accordin g to the sever ity of disease. present results are in line with p revious rep orts which found that il-6 was shown t o be elev ated in serum of patient with active dise ase [24, 25]. it had been rep orted that il-6 elevation p ositively correlated with p soriatic assessment and sever ity index scores. [25, 26] interleukin 6 mediates t-cell activation, st imulates p roliferation of keratinocytes, and at the beginnin g of acute inflammation, med iates the acute phase resp onses [11]. int erleukin 8 (il-8) is the best known ch emokines. its action is greatly enhanced by il-1 and tnf-α. interleukin 8 exerts a very strong chemotactic activity towards neutrop hils [20]. gearin g et.al, [27] st udied different cytokine levels, which were, il-2, il-4, il-6, il-8 and gm -csf in aqueous extracts of st ratum corneum from p soriatic lesions and normal heel. they found that il-8 was the only biologically active cytokine to be elevated in psoriatic lesional extracts. in t he present st udy , serum il8 was sign ificantly increased in p atients group s when comp ared with healthy control. m oreover it was increased significantly in severe p soriatic comp ared with mild p soriatic and healthy control group s. while the differences between mild group and healthy control was insignificant. the p revious results did not found correlation between serum il-8 levels and p soriasis severities and st ate of disease pasi [28]. different data p ointed out increase serum il-8 and il-6 in p soriasis [29]. so me of the rep orts also demonst rated that either lesion al or serum lev els of these cytokines reflect to some extent disease activity and treatment [30]. shimizu et.al, [31] reported p soriatic skin disease p atients had increased serum levels il-8, and it's incr easin g was p ositively correlated with disease activity . also [23] they found increase of il-8 levels in p soriatic p atients (24.4p g/ml) versus normal controls (3.6p g/ml) and p ositively correlated with degree of erythema. m any st udies indicated that il-8 may be involved in the p athomechanism of p soriasis. in fact, data currently available suggest ed that this cytokine exerts a critical ro le as a p otent chemoattractant for neutrop hils and t lymp hocy tes, as well as a factor p rompting ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 keratinocy te p roliferation [19].interleukin 8 is known as chemotactic factor for neutrop hils and, by an indirect mechanism induces neutrop hil degranulation [24]. as neutrop hils are present in the epidermis of t he psoriatic lesions, it is p ossible that il-8 aids in their recruitment and thus contributes t o the erythemawhile the kin etics of i l-8 in the serum of p atients with psoriasis are not known, one could p resume that il-8 could be a good index for the inf lammatory p rocess and a crucial element in the cellular activation of p soriasis [23]. several cytokines are in creased in psoriasis, either at local or sy st emic level or both including tumor necrosis factor alp ha (tnf-α) il-2, il-6 –il-8, interferon gamma (ifnγ), and transforming growth factor alp ha (tgfα) which are regarded as hallmark, cytokines in p soriatic cy tokine network [32]. cytokines p lay an imp ortant role in the pathogenesis of p soriasis [23]. when measuring cytokines levels in serum, it is not p ossible to determin e the or igin of these cy tokines, t he serum cy tokine concentrations are altered by several p rocesses like the production, tissue or cellu lar d eposition, degr adation, and elimination of these molecules; furthermore other tissue sources of cytokine p roduction might exist beside the cir culatin g t-cells and the origin of circulating cytokines in blood serum in p soriatic p atients is not clear, to achieve the cytokine concentration that can induce biolo gical resp onses at distant skin lesions, huge amounts of free cytokines that induce gener alized inflammation are requir ed, thus, the receptors on p soriatic keratinocytes may be more sensitive to these cytokines [11]. in p resent study a p ositive correlation between ser a lev els of il-6 and il-8 were d emonst rated that il-8 could be regarded as an additional a p art from il-6, indicator of p soriasis activity . it is difficult to draw conclusions and very difficult to comp are data obtained in different laboratory conditions. it could be argu ed that p lasma levels of examined cytokines were already p erformed and p ublished a few times but one has t o bear in mind also the fact t hat cytokine evaluation r esults may vary due to differ ent assay s, individual variation in the st age of disease, d emo graphic differences, and coexist ing p athologies [33]. unt il other inflammatory skin diseases are studied, we cannot sp eculate on the sp ecificity of these results, and further invest igations will be required to define the role of serum p roinflammatory cy tokines in the p athogenesis and their correlation with clinical severity of p soriasis. re ferences 1.chamian,f.& krue ger,j.g. (2004) psoriasis vulgaris an interplay of t ly mp hocytes, dendritic cells, and inf lammatory cytokines in pathoge-nesis. curr. op in.rheumatol.16(4):331-337.(1) 2.gudjonsson, j.e.,johnston, a.,sigmundsdottir,h. & valdimarsson, h. (2004)immunop athogenic mechanisms in p soriasis clin. exp .immunol. 135(1):1-8.(2) 3.thomsona.t hecytokineshandlbook (1998).3 rd ed. newyork,ny: academic press. 4.borden,e.c.& chin,p. (1994) interleukin-6:a cytokine with p otential diagnost ic and therap eutic roles. the j. of laboratory and clinical m edicine. 123(6):824-829. 5.zalewska,a.,glowacka,e.,wyczolkowska,j.,tchorzewski,h.,narbutt, j. & drzejowska, a. (2006) interleukin 6 and 8 lev els in pl asma and fibroblast culture in p soriasis. m ediators of inflammation:1-6. 6.baggiolini,m ., dewald b. &m oser b. (1997) human chemokines: an up date. annu rev immunol 15:675-705. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 7.schroder,j.m . (1997) identification and st ructural characterization of chemokines in lesional material of p atients with inflammatory skin disease. m ethods. enzy mol. 288:266297. 8.sorlie, d.e. (1995) epidemiology , examination and board review. first ed. norwalk, connecticut, ap p leton and lange: 47-88. 9.watanabe, s. (2008) "regulatory roles of sex hormonal in cutaneous biology and immunology " j. dermatological science. 38(1):1-7. 10.barker, j.n. (1999)"genetic asp ects of p soriasis". clin. exp . dermatol. 26:321. 11.arican, o.; sasmaz, s.&ciragil,p. (2005)"serum levels of tnf-alp ha, inf-gamma,il6,il-8,il-12,il-17,and il-18 in p atients with active psoriasis and correlation with disease severity ". m ediators of inflammation.5 (2005) 273-279. 12.schroder, j.m . (1998).chemokines and eosinophils. an article in a book series‘’progress in inflammation research brikhauser verlag basel. swfierland. 13.m ansur,f, goktay ,s, and yasar,p.(2007) peripheral blood eosinop hilia in association with generalized p ustular and erythrodermic p soriasis . journal of the european academy of dermatology and venerolo gy (online early articlles).m unksgaard international publishers ltd. 14.koning, h. (1996) t and b cells activation in childhood allergy : acrose – sectional and st udy of cytokines and immunoglobulins netherlands. 15.dubois, g.r.; brui jnz eel, k.ca. and bruui jnzeel, p.l. (1994) il-4 induces chemotaxis of blood eosinop hils from normal indviduals.j.invest . dermatol.102:843-846. 16.walker, c; kagi, u.k., ingold, p .; braun, p .; blaser, k.; koomen, c.a.;and wuthrich, b.(1993)a t op ic dermatitis: correlation of p erip heral blood t-cell activation, eosinop hilia and serum factors with clinical severity , din. exp . allergy .23:145-153. 17.al-kasmie,s f. (2002) study of some immunological and biochemical asp ects of psoriatic p atients. m .sc thesis college of science, alm ust ansiriy a university . 18.fry l. (1988) psoriasis. br j dermatol.119 (4):445–461. 19.bonifati,c.andameglio,f.(1999)cy tokines in p soriasis. int. j. dermatol.38 (4):241–251. 20.nickoloff, b.j, karabin, g.d, barker, j.n., gri¤ths, c.e.m ., sarma,v., and m itra, r.s.(1991) cellular localization of interleukin-8 and its inducer, tumor necrosis factor-alp ha in psoriasis. am. j. pathol.138(1):129–140. 21.de rie,m .a, goedkoop , a.y., bos, j.d.(2004) overview of p soriasis. dermatol. ther.17 (5):341–349. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 22.abanmi, a., al harthi, f.,al agla, r., khan, h.a/,and tariq, m .(2005) serum levels of p roinflammatory cytokines in p soriasis p atients from saudi arabia. int .j. dermatol.44 (1):82–83. 23.jacob, s.e., nassiri, m ., kerdel, f.a., vincek, v. (2003) simultaneous measurement of multiple th1 and th2 serum cytokines in p soriasis and correlation with disease severity . m ediators inflamm.12 (5):309–313. 24.pietrz ak, a., koz iol-m ontewka, m ., lecewicz-t orun, b., krasowska, d. (2000) is there any correlation between the total number of neutrop hils in p lasma and concentration of interleukin-8 in p soriatic patients? m ed sci. m onit.6: 867-870. 25.szepietowski j.c., bielicka, e., nockowski, p., noworolska, a.,and wasik, f.(2000) increased interleukin-7 levels in the sera of p soriatic p atients: lack of correlations with interleukin-6 levels and disease intensity . clin. exp . dermatol.25: 643-647. 26.gomi, t., shiohara, t., m unakata, t., imanishi, k., nagashima, m . (1991) interleukin -1 alp ha, tumor necrosis factor alp ha, and interferon gamma in p soriasis. arch. dermatol. 127: 827 -830. 27.gearing a.j., fincham n.j.and bird, c.r.(1999) cy tokines in skin lesions of p soriasis. cy tokine.2 (1):68–75. 28.sticherling,m .,sautier,w.,schroëder.j.m .andchrist op hers,e.(1999)interleukin-8 plays its role at local level in psoriasis vulgaris acta derm venereol (stockh) 79: 4-8 29.yoshinaga,y.,higaki,m.,terajima,s.,funato,t.andkatayama,i.(1995)detection of inflammatory cytokines in psoriatic skin. archives of dermatolog ical research.287 (2):158–1 64. 30. biasi, d., carlett o, a.,and caramaschi, p. (1998) neutrop hil functions and il-8 in p soriatic arthritis and in cutaneous p soriasis. inflammation. 22(5):533– 543. 31. shimizu,t .,nishihira,j.,m izue,y.,m izut ani, h.,and ohmoto, y.(2001) high macrophage migration inhibitory factor (m if) serum levels associated with extended p soriasis.j invest. dermatol. 116: 989-990. 32. schon, m .p., boehncke, w.h. (2005) psoriasis. the new england journal of m edicine. 352(18):1899–1912. 33. ameglio,f.,bonifati,c.,pietravalle,m .,and fazio, m.(1994) interleukin6 and tumour necrosis factor lev els d ecrease in the suction blister fluids of p soriatic p atients during effective therapy .dermatology 189(4): 359–363. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 tabl e -1: baseline clin ical an d dem ographi c fin dings of stu dy groups subjects charact eristics mild group n=30 sever group n=50 t otal group n=80 control group n=30 age r ange (mean ) years 12-40 (25) 12-70 (43) 12-70 (34) 12-65 (35) sex (female/male) 22/8 26/24 48/32 20/10 percentag e o f frequ ency 40% 60% 100% -------- neutrophils percent age range mean. ± sd * (57-61.3)% 58.8  3.5 * (48.7-56)% 53  3 (48.7-61.3)% 55.9  3.3 (48-59.3)% 54  3.56 eosinophils percentage range mean. ± sd (4 -7)% 5.75  0.63 (2 -12)% 6.5  0. 735 * (2 -12)% 6.12  0.623 * (2 – 4)% 2.7  0.94 *significant differences at (p< 0.05) table (2) se ra levels of il6&il-8( pg/ml) i n a study groups table (3) se ra levels of il-6 & il-8amongpsoriati c patients. *ns = non significant (p >0.05) , hs= high sign ificant (p >0.001) parameters study groups n. mean± std.error range t-test(p-value) il-6 healthy control 30 12.640 ± 2.176 1.5 -40.5 .000 (p<0.01) psoriatic patients 80 32.004 ± 2.521 3.0 -70.9 il-8 healthy control 30 8.860 ± 1.212 1.0-20.5 .000 (p<0.01) psoriatic patients 80 17.579 ± 1.213 .0 42.3 parameters statically parameters psoriatic groups healthy control (c) lsd mild (a) severe (b) p-value sig il-6 range mean s. error 3.0 -60.7 20.987 3.747 6.5 -70.9 39.243 2.793 1.5 40.5 12.640 2.176 (a)-(b)=. 000 (a)-(c)=.084 (b)-(c)=.000 hs ns hs il-8 range mean s. error 0. – 30.5 13.152 1.648 4.5 – 42.3 20.489 1.517 2.020.5 8.860 1.212 (a)-(b)=. 001 (a)-(c)=.079 (b)-(c)=. 000 hs ns hs ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 table (4): correlation between sera levels of (il-6 & il-8). fig (1): s catter plot of correl ations between se ra levels of (il –6 & il-8) among patie nts correlations .852 .000 hs pearson correlation (r) p-value sig. ser um i l6 (pg/ml) serum il-8 (pg/ml) seru m il-6 (pg/ml) 80757065605550454035302520151050 s er u m i l -8 ( p g /m l) 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لكل من االنترلوكین السادس والثامن لدى مرضى المستویات المصلیة ةالصدفی میادة نوري اقبال بغداد،كلیة التقنیات الصحیة والطبیة الخالصة الموقعب�ة الس�ایتوكینات المنظم�ة ؤدی�ھتدور المھ�م ال�ذي التطورات االخیرة في فھ�م داء الص�دفیةاظھرت ال� العدید من الدراسات قیمت المستویات المصلیة لبعض السایتوكینات االلتھابی�ة االولی�ة .والجھازیة في نشوء المرض مریض�ا ب�داء الص�دفیة 80ض�مت الدراس�ة : داخل الجسم الحي وعالقتھا مع ش�دة الم�رض الم�واد وطرائ�ق العم�ل مجموع��ة داء الص�دفیة الش��دیدة : والثانی�ة ) 30(مجموع�ة داء الص��دفیة الخفیف�ة : مجم��وعتین األول�ى قس�موا عل�ى تراكی�ز ك��ال م��ن انترل��وكین قیس��ت.ف��ردا م��ن األص��حاء مجموع�ة س��یطرة ) 30(قورن�ت نت��ائج البح��ث بــ�ـ ) 50( ئج الدراس�ة اختالف�ات معنوی�ة ف�ي اظھ�رت نت�ا: االس�تنتاجات .السادس والثامن ف�ي مص�ول المرض�ى واالص�حاء ل�دى ) م�ل/بیك�وغرام 17.579( 8-وانترل�وكین) م�ل/بیك�وغرام 32.004( 6-المستویات المصلیة لكال من انترلوكین كم�ا اظھ�رت الدراس�ة ;عل�ى الت�والي) م�ل/بیكوغرام 8.860و 12.640(جمیع المرضى الصدفیة مقارنة باألصحاء بین�ت مجموع�ة داء الص��دفیة إذترلوكین�ات عن�د مقارنتھ�ا بش��دة الم�رض ،ق�ات معنوی�ة ف�ي مس��تویات االنوج�ود فرو ً الش�دیدة فروق� معنوی��ة ف�ي التراكی�ز المص��لیة لك�ال الس�ایتوكینین عن��د مقارنتھ�ا م�ع مجموع��ة داء الص�دفیة الخفیف��ة ا مرض��ى ب��ین عین��اتِ 8-، وانترل��وكین 6-ذل��ك، ك��ان ھن��اك إرتب��اطُ إیج��ابُي ب��ین مس��تویات انترل��وكین فض�الً ع��ن .الصدفیة وتلك المقاییسِ ِمن مستویات السایتوكینات المصلیةِ وھذه قَْد تكُون مؤشرات موضوعیةَ لشدَّةِ المرضَ ihjpas ihjpas. 36(2)2023 43 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract the current study deals with the effect of n-diethylnitrosamine (den) induced traumatic brain injury on male albino rats, as well as the outcome results of treatment with paclitaxel nanoparticles for a period of 8 weeks with two-week intervals is the concern of the present study. mean body weight, as well as brain weight, was considered as the main parameters whereas a detailed immunohistochemical study on rat brain sections was performed. astrocytic biomarkers for the diagnosis of astrocytes by fibrillary glial acidic protein (gfap). neuronal gfap staining used for various broke sections were forwarded. comparison and contrast of all these parameters in all steps of the experiment had been discussed. the efficiency of the treatment was found to be evident. the effect on body weight was significant whereas brain weight results showed insignificant differences. a longer duration of treatment may well reflect more significant results. keywords: paclitaxel nanoparticles, n-diethylnitrosamine, immunohistochemistry, neuron, fibrillary glial acidic protein (gfap), brain injury, rats. 1. introduction cancer is a major public health problem as it is one of the most prevalent disorders around the globe due to unavailability of the effective drugs so far however mortality rate associated with this disease seems to exceed globally even that of cardiac disorders [1]. “n-nitrosodiethylamine (ndea)" which is an organic compound with the empirical formula of "c4h10n2o" with iupac name of “diethyl nitrous amide, it is known as "n-ethyl-nnitrosoethanamine” or “diethyl nitrosamine [2]. this compound is highly light-sensitive, and yellow in color, it is soluble in water and several organic solvents, as well as in lipids [3]. this compound is widely used in several industrial processes. still, by heating, it discharges nitrogen oxide which is a highly toxic fume [4]. biologically it negatively affects the dna integrity through doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3026 article history: received 20 september 2022, accepted 31 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq remedy efficiency through paclitaxel on rat (rattus norvegicus) brain injury and risk premium of ndiethyl nitrosamine (den) injection bashdar saeed hamad amin soran university/ college of the science/biology department, erbil, iraq. bashdarsaeed6@gmail.com bushra ahmed hamdi hawler medical university/ pharmacy college/clinical analysis department, erbil, iraq. bushra.hamdi@hmu.edu.krd https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:bashdarsaeed6@gmail.com mailto:bushra.hamdi@hmu.edu.krd ihjpas. 36(2)2023 44 that is alkylation [5]. it is widely used in different research projects to induce cancer in the liver cell because of its carcinogenic nature [6]. diethyl nitrosamine has also been reported to affect the disturbance of the structure of arginine (amino acid) [7]. among all carcinogenic known agents, nkk is considered one of the strong cancer-causing agents which induce cancer in a laboratory to rat lungs and liver. further, it was also found to induce cancer in the aerodigestive tract and lungs in several animals like a hamster, mice, and rats [6,8]. paclitaxel was reported to be an efficient novel drug against cancer [9]. however, paclitaxel as a drug was successfully used as an anticancer drug and for the management of the deadliest and most prevalent ovarian cancer, as well as the advanced stage of breast cancer. after administration of this drug, it was found t it, it can be absorbed by the spleen and liver in large quantities still trace amounts may be found in the brain, kidney, lungs, and heart [10]. lipid peroxidation that is caused by diethyl nitrosamine [11,12], showed the possible effect on crossing or breaking the blood-brain barrier, which might increase brain oxidative stress and may lead to neurotoxicity. diethyl, nitrosamine (den) is common for its hepatotoxicity and nephrotoxicity effect, but so far only limited studies performed on its a few research have examined its neurotoxicity effect and cytotoxicity against breast cancer [11,13,14]., who proposed more investigation on the degree of oxidative stress and morphological alterations in rats, and cerebellar cortex after chronic exposure to den. some common examples of tbi-related biomarkers are neuron-specific enolase, brain-derived neurotrophic factor, tau protein, neurofilament, myelin basic protein, s100 calcium-binding protein b (s100b), interleukin 6 (il-6,) and glial fibrillary acidic protein (gfap) [13,15]. the present study aims to investigate and follow up the effect of the single dose of n-diethyl nitrosamine against one dose concentration of treatment with paclitaxel nanoparticles (px nps), in rat brain and body weight through chemotherapy. all variations and effects have been monitored and examined for a period of 8 weeks on two weeks’ intervals. actually, the investigation is to point out the most suitable period of time for the applied dose on brain injuries in albino rate. 2. materials and methods 2.1 animals studies the present investigation deled with thirty (30) male albino domestic rats, (rattus norvegicus) weighting around 250-300g b.w. at the beginning of each experiment. animal house of the department of all animals were maintained at a constant temperature (23 ±1˚c), on a 12h dark/light cycle, rats were maintained on standard rat pallets manufactured to a formula supplied by the medical research of soran university. all experimental protocols were approved by the ethical review committee erc26-113, soran university, soran-iraq. 2.2 experiment design experimental animals (rats) were divided into six groups each of five (n=5). table 1 shows the treatment schedule of each group. distill water (dw)were used as a solvent for reconstitution of den, and also for paclitaxel suspension. the rats were divided into five groups (n=8). table 1 showed the treatment schedule of each group. distil water (dw) used for both as a solvent for reconstitution of extract, and also for glipalamide suspension. the project was designed to examine and find out the effect of a single dose (80) mg/kg of carcinogenic ability of n-diethyl nitrosamine “c4h10n2o” (13). with a single dose concentration on the whole rat as and on rat brain as an organ before and after treatment with paclitaxel c47h51no14(14) cared out for a period of 8 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 45 weeks with 2week interval as follows: out of the total of 30 rats, five rats as one group used as negative control. whole remaining 25rats were injected with 80mg/kg(0.5ml). five rat was scarified after two weeks of injection and regarded as positive control. then after the remained 20 rats were faced treatment with paclitaxel 80mg/kg daily for a period of 8 weeks every 2weeks scarification of (5 rats) as a group took place whole animal weight and brain weight took place and recorded fortnightly. table 1: experimental design of the treatment group. 2.3 determination of rat body and brain weight an average of numerous readings was calculated in order to estimate mean weight of the whole body and brain weight. multiple replications were performed to ensure accuracy. then mean value was estimated and used in this paper. this procedure took place using a sensitive balance (mettler, pn1 21 0). that have a sensitivity up to 0.01 mg. 2.4 histological tissue processing 2.4.1. histopathological and immunohistochemical study the brains were quickly removed from the skull, postmortem dissection was used to cut part the fresh brain, which were subsequently fixed in formal saline solution, brain tissues dehydrated in ascending alcohol (80-100), cleared in xylene, and embedded in paraffin. then paraffin blocks were sliced into 4µm serial crosssections using semi-automated microtome (thermos scientific). following deparaffinization and rehydration, the sections were stained with hematoxylineosin finally, they were mounted with d.p.x. [16]. stained slides were photographed using the ccd digital camera (olympus dp-12) which was attached to the light microscope (olympus cx41) at different magnification. histological examination for brain tissue were carried out in order to follow up any alterations or disposition that were induced by (den) and chemotherapy paclitaxel injection. histological changes in the brain tissue sections of all groups were observed and assessed by pathologist [17]. for inflammation into four categories as follows [18]. groups name of group treatment and dosage i normal control(nc) rats treated with 0.5ml of distil water ii 0.5 ml (den) (pc) 80mg / kg bw (den) injected intraperitoneally for 2 weeks iii 0.2ml (paclitaxel) (0.2ml) paclitaxel injected intraperitoneally after 2 weeks iv 0.2ml (paclitaxel) (0.2ml) paclitaxel injected intraperitoneally after 4 weeks v 0.2ml (paclitaxel) (0.2ml) paclitaxel injected intraperitoneally after 6 weeks vi 0.2ml (paclitaxel) (0.2ml) paclitaxel injected intraperitoneally after 8 weeks ihjpas. 36(2)2023 46 score zero (0) = normal cells with no inflammatory in filtrate, score 1 =1-5 mononuclear cell in filtrates (minimal grade), score 2 =6-20mononuclear cell (mild grade), score3=more than 20 mononuclear cell (moderate grade), score4=multi focal coalescent inflammatory infiltrates (severe grade). the details of immunohistochemical analysis for brain tissues were summarized in table 2. sections were deparaffinized, rehydrated in alcohol, and then transferred to diluted target retrieved solution in pt link (dako north american inc) for 1hr. next, sections were incubated with it is specific glial fibrillary acidic protein (gfap) antibody for 1 hr. at room temperature. after washing samples were incubated with corresponding hrp-labeled secondary antibody for 20 min. samples were then wash with buffer and the peroxidase activity was visualized by treating the slide with di amino benzidine plus chromogen for 6 min. finally, the slides were counterstained with mary hematoxylin and cover slipped for examination using light microscope. successive sections from cerebral cortex of rat brain were performed. few studies stated an accumulation of neuronal gfap that was observed in various brain pathologies, including traumatic brain injuries [15,19]. table 2: characteristics of immunohistochemistry staining study. organ antibody type dilution brain glial fibrillary acidic protein (gfap) mouse monoclonal 1:50 2.5 statistical analysis all data are expressed as means ± standard error of means (m ± sem) and statistical analysis was carried out using statistically available software (spss version 11.5). data analysis was made using one-way analysis of variables (anova). comparisons between groups were performed using duncan test and unpaired student t-test. p< 0.05 was considered as statistically significant. 3. results 3.1. body weight present experiment was performed on a group of 30 albino rats with a mean body weight (m.b.w.) of about 271 gm. results of (m.b.w) after two weeks of (den) injection was declined to an average of about 254.2 gm. body weights of each group of animals (group of 5rates) was estimated after treatment with a dose (0.2 ml) of paclitaxel for two-, four-, sixand eight-weeks. and was 264, 264.6,270.8 and 253 gm respectively. the results of the present study are shown in table.3. results of mean body weight after two, four, six and eight weeks is illustrated in figure(1). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 47 figure 1. body weight (gm) negative control, positive control, (0,5ml) den injected for 2,4,6,8 weeks and treatment with paclitaxel (0.2ml) for 2,4,6,8 weeks. table 3. rat means body weight throughout experimental. 3.2. brain weight five rats were scarified and the mean fresh brain weight has been taken .and the results of the brain weight of the experimental rates throughout present investigation is tabulated in table 4, the weight of negative control as well as positive control group of rates that was injected by toxic den in (80 mg/kg 0.5 ml) is showed in figure 2. fresh brain weight samples were found to be around 1.09 gm. the mean brain weight of positive control after treatment with 0.2 ml of paclitaxel was about (1.23, 1.23, 1.16 and 1.03) gm respectively for 2,4,6 and 8 weeks of treatment (table. 4) and figure. 2, negative control positive control injection d.e.n after 2-week injection(0.5ml) paclitaxel treatment 2 weeks 4 weeks 6weeks 8weeks dose 80mg/kg 0.5ml 0.2ml 0.2ml 0.2ml 0.2ml mean m.b.w gm 271 254.2 264 264.6 270.8 253 body weight(gm) 275 270 265 260 255 250 245 240 271 270.8 264 264.6 254.2 253 n.c p.c. 2week 4week 6week 8week ihjpas. 36(2)2023 48 figure. 2. mean brain weight of all group of rates used in the study. table 4. mean body weight negative control, den positive control, and treatment of paclitaxel. 3.3. histopathological findings the brain was examined and the result indicated that injected animal with n-diethylnitrosamine (den) after 2 week showed clear inflammation and glial apoptosis, necrosis of neurons, it means the brain injury appeared, that is a good indicant figure (3, b) illustrated with hypertrophy, vasculature and irregular shape of neuron in granular layer. the congestion of blood vessel between the pia matter and pyramid layer. was evidence. whereas the animal after treatment with dose (0.2ml) paclitaxel figure (3,c) shows that most of neuron and glia cell attend to repeal this under magnification (400x) where stain with hematoxylin and eosin where as inflammation and dis organized cortical layer shows in outer pyramidal and granular layer which bean mor crowded. negative control positive control injection d.e.n after 2-week injection paclitaxel treatment 2 weeks 4 weeks 6week s 8weeks dose 80mg/kg 0.5ml 0.2ml 0.2ml 0.2ml 0.2ml mean gm 1.09 1.12 1.23 1.23 1.16 1.03 brain weight weight(gm) 1. 6 1. 4 1. 2 1 0. 8 1.0 9 1.1 2 1.2 3 1.2 3 1.1 6 1.0 3 n.c p.c. 2week 4week 6week 8week brain weight throughout the project using (0.5ml) dmn and treatment with (0.2ml) paclitaxel b ra in w e ig h t g m ihjpas. 36(2)2023 49 figure 3. representative photographs of cerebral cortex from the brain of the rats, sections of different groups staining with hematoxylin and eosin ( 400 x magnification). note: photomicrographs of a section from cerebral cortex of control group rat (a) (h and e) 400x, showing the normal external molecular layer (m), middle purkinj cell neuronal cells layer (head arrow) and inner granular layer (g) glial cells (black arrow) in the outer molecular layer. the granular layer shows aggregation of small granule cell(g)with pale areas of the cerebellar is land in between (*), the cerebral cortex surrounded by pia matter (pm), hematoxylin and eosin shows pyramidal cells (p) have multipolar shape, also shown blood vessel, (v) h & e 400x. figure (3b) section from cerebral cortex injected with single dose of (0.5 ml) n-diethylnitrosamine (den) after two week, it was observed that edema (arrow head), inflammation were seen and glial apoptosis ,necrosis of neurons(arrow),also the granular cell(g),neuronal cell astrocytic cell, ihjpas. 36(2)2023 50 damage and glial apoptosis ,with hypertrophy and vasculature, irregular shape aggregated chromatin in their nucleus of neuron in granular layer also shown congestion of cerebral cortex blood vessel (bv) surrounded by pia matter (pm). figure (3c) section from cerebral cortex of rat brain treated with (0.2ml paclitaxel) injected intraperitoneally after two weeks (h& e 400x) staining showed most of the neuron or glial cells riper but still there is inflammation and some disorganized cortical layer. shown granular and outer pyramidal layers crowded and become mor cellular they are irregular shape, with darkly stained nuclei, neuroglial cells some of these cells are shrunken. figure (3d-f) the group given paclitaxel same dose after received (0.5ml den) 4,6,8 weeks it was observed that the inflammation and edema were seen but is less when compared with the control group and there is no specific change in microglial cell, astrocytic cell damage and glial apoptosis(p), the edema become less and still there is neuron and astrocyte with some inflammation neuron cell, pyramidal cell (p) (h&e) 400x. figure 4. representative immunostaining sections of cerebral cortex from the brain of the rats. stained with the glial fibrillary protein (gfap) antibody from the following groups. note: photographs of cerebral cortex from the brain of the rats, sections of different groups staining with hematoxylin and eosin ( 400 x magnification).brain rat immunohistochemistry for glial fibrillary protein ihjpas. 36(2)2023 51 (gfap) (a) control group shows normal layer for cerebral cortex, outer layer is pia matter (pm) inner pyramidal layer (pl) inner granular layer (gl) purknji layer (kl) pyramidal cells(p) have multipolar shape while granular cell(g) has large nuclei and little cytoplasm. the categories for inflammation cell are score 1 (%2) a little microglia cell damage and astrocytic cell damage (400x).figure (4b) glial fibrillary acidic protein immunohistochemistry (gfap) positive astrocytes (arrows) show in different regions of cerebral cortex in rat which is treated with (0.5ml) a single dose of (den), the disappearance and distortion of normally cerebral outer pyramidal layer crowded and become mor cellular with neuroglial and astrocyte neuron called reactive astrogliosis which become pathological hall mark of brain injury tissue. the inflammation cells average is score 3 moderates to server grate around %40 damage of astrocyte cell (400x). figure (4c) paclitaxel injected rats (0.2ml) after 2and 4-weeks treatment the effect of inflammation and edema (*) were evident specific change astrocyte (arrow) and neuroglial cell damage and glial apoptosis were observed the inflammation categories it seen be moderate to score 3 severe grade (400x). figure 4(c-f) with (paclitaxel) dose (0.2ml) for 8-week treatment (2week interval) the effect of inflammation and edema (*) were evident no specific change in astrocyte (arrow) neuroglial cell damage and glial apoptosis were observed disturbance of purkinji cell (arrow head) arrangement nonlinear random distribution particularly in late stage of inflammation score is moderate grade score 2 (400x). figure (4a). showed the immunopositively for gfap in neuron was detect in brain injury cases and rat control brain glial fibrillary acidic protein was used to display gfap immunoreactive astrocytes, the study showed an increase in astrocytes in treated rat with (den) dose (0.2ml) injection rat compared with the control rates figure (4 b-c) after 2-week inflammation. however specific change in astrocyte as well as damage glial neurons and apoptosis were illustrated most of the purkinje cell are scattered with lost leaving empty spaces and lost their arrangement on the purkinje layer figure (4e). however, the inflammation categories it seen to be score 2 moderate grades finally the effect of injection with (den) as well as the treatment of paclitaxel thought out different period have been observed and illustrated in figure (3f h&e) and figure (4f gfap) after treating the brain with paclitaxel. 4. discussion the current study caried out in reference to a well-known carcinogen chemical (den) that is known to be strong cause causing agent (2,5,11,9) however often it was applied to induce cancer to animals’ rats in laboratory (6,12,19,20) never the less paclitaxel on the other hand is known to be efficient drug against cancer (13,21) in fact both drugs were applied is investigation. as it was also reported by(21,22,23 ) the different in mean body weight (m.b.w) was noticed after treatment with paclitaxel .the point is a significant difference in body weight were reported by through different intervals of treatment that was surprisingly linear in other word after 2&4 weeks of treatment around 264 gm the weight sustained around 264gm whereas after 6weeks the weight raised up-significantly to 278gm in contact after 8week treatment the body weight fall to approach the original positive control weight (253)gm such phenomena an undoubtedly will be clarified much more after more intensive investigation in years come . apart from body weight of rats the brain weight was also considered as another parameter in present study however after to rat scarified the mean brain weight were estimated and each interval then after it was found out from the results that no significant difference in brain weight were evident throughout present study. however, all results before and after injection with den as well as they treatment with paclitaxel throughout 8 weeks with the illustration. quite little and insignificant difference in the rate led to propose different dose of injection and treatment should be considered in future for such studied. however, brain weight was also used. histopathological examination of various sections of rat brain throughout the duration of current investigation clearly reflect the variation in different ihjpas. 36(2)2023 52 cells and tissues, their arrangement and interred structure, all these variations were observed through staining with h&m) as well as dfap protein. such variation in brain and other organs in other animals had also been referred to by (25,27). the variation and changes in rat brain cells after staining with h&e. can be noticed in the inflammation, glial apoptosis and other change. after injection with (den), where as sections after treatment with paclitaxel shows the repair of cells and tissues glial cell for example, but still inflammation is remained after two weeks. however, the effect of treatment after 4 weeks and six weeks on inflammation and edema still were evident, whereas after 8 weeks of treatment no specific changein astrocytes, neuroglial cell damage were observed. such phenomenon were also reported by (12,18,19). histopathological result through treating with gfap shows quite clear variation in various interval before and after injection with carcinogen agent as well as before and after treatment also the variation between different intervals (2,4,6 & 8 weeks) were forwarded and discussed. present experiment on albino rat brain resulted in finding out clear changes in adaptation, brain cell injures, after the rat been injected with (den). all such alterations and variation can easily be noticed. 5. conclusion *in conclusion, current study showed that the treatment with paclitaxel is quite effective. * as long as treatment duration extended the out com become much more effective as it is clean from the histopathological and immunohistochemical examination of brain tissue sections. * using stronger concentration may well result in faster treatment out come in future. *it become evident that paclitaxel "provides neuroprotection against brain injury from focal cerebral ischemia references 1.tao, z.; shi, a.; lu, c.; song, t.; zhang, z. ; zhao, j. breast cancer: epidemiology and etiology. cell biochemistry and biophysics, 2015,72, 333-338. 2.lim, d. s.; roh, t. h.; kim, m. k.; kwon, y. c.; choi, s. m.; kwack, s. j.; kim, k. b.; yoon, s.; kim, h. s. ; lee, b.-m. risk assessment of n-nitrosodiethylamine (ndea) and n-nitrosodiethanolamine (ndela) in cosmetics. journal of toxicology and environmental health, part a, 2018,81, 465-480. 3.li, x.; he, x.; dong, y.; jia, l. ; he, q. analysis of n-nitrosodiethylamine by ion chromatography coupled with uv photolysis pretreatment. journal of food and drug analysis, 2016, 24, 311-315. 4.afzal, a.; kang, j.; choi, b.-m. ; lim, h.-j.. degradation and fate of n nitrosamines in water by uv photolysis. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 2016, 52, 44-51. 5.roy, s. r. ; gadad, p. c. effect of β-asarone on diethylnitrosamine-induced hepatocellular carcinoma in rats. indian journal of health sciences and biomedical research (kleu), 2016,9, 82. 6.adebayo, o. a.;akinloye, o. ; adaramoye, o. a. cerium oxide nanoparticles attenuate oxidative stress and inflammation in the liver of diethylnitrosamine-treated mice. biological trace element research,2020, 193, 214-225. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 53 7.qiu, p.; sun, j.; man, s.; yang, h.; ma, l.; yu, p. ; gao, w.. curcumin attenuates nnitrosodiethylamine-induced liver injury in mice by utilizing the method of metabonomics. journal of agricultural and food chemistry, 2017, 65, 2000-2007. 8.aquilina, n. j.; havel, c. m.; harrison, r. m.; ho, k.-f.; benowitz, n. l. ; jacob iii, p. determination of 4-(methylnitrosamino)-1-(3-pyridyl)-1-butanone (nnk) arising from tobacco smoke in airborne particulate matter. environment international, 2022,158, 106992. 9.harshita; barkat, m. a.; beg, s.; pottoo, f. h. ; ahmad, f. j. nanopaclitaxel therapy: an evidence based review on the battle for next-generation formulation challenges. nanomedicine, 2019,14, 1323-1341. 10.mamadalieva, n. ; mamedov, n. taxus brevifolia a high-value medicinal plant, as a source of taxol. medicinal and aromatic plants of north america. springer, 2020. 11.chuang, c. h. ; hu, m. l.. synergistic dna damage and lipid peroxidation in cultured human white blood cells exposed to 4‐(methyl‐nitrosamino)‐1‐(3‐pyridyl)‐1‐butanone and ultraviolet a. environmental and molecular mutagenesis, 2006, 47, 73-81. 12.imosemi, i.; adekanmbi, a. ; atiba, f.. telfairia occidentalis leaf extract protects the cerebellar cortex against cisplatin-induced oxidative damage in wistar rat. archives of basic and applied medicine, 2020, 8, 55-60. 13.shehata, t. m. ; elsewedy, h. s.. paclitaxel and myrrh oil combination therapy for enhancement of cytotoxicity against breast cancer; qbd approach. processes, 2022,10, 907. 14. zhu, l.; chen, l. 2019. progress in research on paclitaxel and tumor immunotherapy. cellular & haref, a.y.; hamdi, b.a.; alnajar, z.a. histopathological aspects of co-administration of dexamethasone and diclofenac sodium on male albino rats. zanco journal of medical sciences (zanco j med sci) 2020 , 24(2), 236-245. 15. gfap positivity in neurons following traumatic brain injuries 16. sharef. a.y.; hamdi. b.a.; alnajar, z.a. histopathological aspects of co-administration of dexamethasone and diclofenac sodium on male albino rats. zanco journal of medical sciences zanco j med sci, 2020, 24(2), 236-245. 17. roshangar, l.; hamdi, b.a.; khaki, a.a.; rad, j.s.; soleimani-rad, s. effect of low frequency electromagnetic field exposure on oocyte differentiation and follicular development. advanced biomedical research, 2014, 3. gfap positivity in neurons following traumatic brain injuries 18.petkov, d.i.; et al., characterization of heart macrophages in rhesus macaques as a model to study cardiovascular disease in humans. journal of p. 1255.https://doi.org/10.1002/jlb.1a0119017r pmid: 31287581 19. exosome derived from human neural stem cells improves motor activity and neurogenesis in a traumatic brain injury model. abedi m, hajinejad m, atabi f, sahab-negah s. biomed res int. 2022, aug 12:2022:6409346. doi: 10.1155/2022/6409346. ecollection 2022. 20.bilgiç, s., özgöçmen, m. & ozer, m. k.. thymoquinone ameliorates amikacin induced oxidative damage in rat brain tissue. biotechnic & histochemistry, 2022,1-8. 21.glantz, m. j., choy, h., kearns, c. m., mills, p. c., wahlberg, l. u., zuhowski, e. g., calabresi, p. & egorin, m. j. paclitaxel disposition in plasma and central nervous systems of humans and rats with brain tumors. jnci: journal of the national cancer institute, 1995,87, 1077-1081. 22. sehba fa, ding wh, chereshnev i, bederson jb (1999) effects of s-nitrosoglutathione on acute vasoconstric tion and glutamate release after subarachnoid hemor rhage. stroke 30:1955-61 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 54 23.owumi, s.. cissampelos capensis and pleiocarpa pycantha extracts protect against nnitrosodiethylamine-induced hepatotoxicity in wistar. archives of basic and applied medicine, 2019, 7, 57–65-57–65. 24. sofroniew, mv.;vinters, hv., astrocytes: biology and pathology. acta neuropathol ,2010,119,7-35. https://doi.org/10.1007/ s00401-009-0619-8 25. gimenez yrm; langa, f.; menet, v.; privat a comparative anatomy of the cerebellar cortex in mice lacking vimentin, gfap, and both vimentin and gfap ,2000, glia 31:69-83. https://doi.org/10. 1002/(sici)1098-1136(200007)31:1<69::aid-glia70>3.0.co;2-w 38. liedtke w 26.huang, x.-j.; glushakova, o.; mondello, s.; van, k.; hayes, r. l. ; lyeth, b. g.. acute temporal profiles of serum levels of uch-l1 and gfap and relationships to neuronal and astroglial pathology following traumatic brain injury in rats. journal of neurotrauma, 2015, 32, 1179-1189. 27. trautz, f.;franke, h.; bohnert, s.; et al. survival-time dependent increase in neuronal il-6 and astroglial gfap expression in fatally injured human brain tissue. sci rep. 2019;9:11771. doi: 10.1038/s41598-019-48145-w -doi-pmcpubmed 28. li dr; ishikawa t; zhao, d. et al ,histopathological changes of the hippocampus neurons in brain injury. histol histopathol ,2009, 24,1113-1120. https://doi.org/10.14670/hh-24.1113. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 using o f some bacterial species to treat polluted soils with hyd rocarbons. i.k. al-mayaly departme nt of biology, college of science , unive rsity of baghdad abstract three bacterial sp ecies were isolated from three p olluted soils with gasolin e which leaks from electricity generators that used in different regions in baghdad; the regions choices to collect the polluted soils were (al-shaab, aljadry ia and al-saydiya). the bacterial sp ecies were identified according to international b iochemical methods. it was found t hat these sp ecies were escherichia coli, enterobacter aerogenes and serratia marcesens. it was found that the optimum temp erature and ph were 37c°and 9 these were to cultivate e.coli and s.marcesens, while for e.aerogenes were 25 c° and 9. ft ir (fluori transmission infra red) sp ectrum technique was depended to test the ability of isolated bacteria to biodegrade the gasoline in order to use these bacteria in bioremed iation for polluted soils with hy drocarbons. introduction hy drocarbons are one of the p ollutants which are harmful for ecosy st ems if it increased more than the accep table level in water, soil, as well as air [1]. biological cleaning p rocedures (bioremediation) depend on the fact that most organic chemicals are subject to enzy matic att ack of living microorganisms. these activities are summarized under the term biodegradation. however, the end p roducts of these enzy matic p rocesses might differ drastically. for instance, an organic substance might be mineralized (i.e. transformed to carbon dioxide and water). it might also be converted to a p roduct that binds to natural materials in the soil, or to a toxic substance[ 1] . essentially , there are three major categories of sites with p olluted soils. (a) sites that have been p olluted by either sp illage or leakage during p roduction, handling, or use of industrial material also the activities t o gain raw materials, such as mining and oil drilling; (b) locations that have been used as disp osal sites for diverse wast e; (c) farmlands that have been excessively exp osed to p esticides.(d) in iraq (st udy region) from generators which used to generate electricity . contaminated land sites are health hazards for human beings and thus are unsuitable for housing or agriculture. the downward migration of p ollutants from the soil into the groundwater is esp ecially p roblematic in developing countries where groundwater is often directly used for drinking without any p rior treatment [ 2 ]. leticia (2006) discuses the p otential of some actinomy ces to degrade p olycyclic aromatic hy drocarbons (pah) and the effect of co-subst rates, p lants and other additives on their degradation and bioavailability [ 3]. m icrobial degradation app ears to be the most environmentally friendly method for removing of oil p ollutant since other methods such as surfactant washing and incineration lead to t he introduction of more toxic comp ounds t o the environment. hy drocarbon-degrading microorganisms are widely distributed in marine, freshwater, and soil ecosy st ems [ 4].t he ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 ability to isolate high numbers of certain oil-degrading microorganisms from an environment is commonly taken as an evidence that those organisms are the active degraders of that environment [5]. although, hy drocarbon degraders may be exp ected to be readily isolated from a p etroleum-p olluted environment, the same degree of exp ectation may be anticip ated for microorganisms isolated from a total unrelated environment. there is an extensive body of knowledge on mineralization or degradation of hy drocarbons by microorganisms [ 6&7] materials and methods s oils poll ute d with hydrocarbons: native hy drocarbonoclast bacteria were isolated from p olluted soils with gasoline obtained from three p olluted soils with generators gasoline, which were taken from (alshaab; al-jadriyia and alsaydiyia) regions in baghdad. isol ation of strains from pollute d soi ls: 10 gm of p olluted soil was humidified with 250 ml of mineral medium (modified mineral salts medium –m m sm -) which comp osed of: 4 gm nh4no3; 4 gm kh2po4; 0.2 gm m gso4.7h2o and 0.01 gm cacl.2h2o p er litre [ 8 ] . the bacteria was sep arated from the soil p articles by gentle shaking of 1 gm soil dry weight with 10 ml of st erile water for 30 minutes. aft er sedimentation, the sup ernatant susp ension was used to p repare app rop riate dilutions (from 1x10 -1 to 1x10 -5 ) with st erile water. aliquots of 0.2 ml were sp read –p lated on the nutrient agar medium. the p lates were incubated at 25 c° for 5 days. t he bacteria were allowed to sp read until p urification and were then conserved in a refrigerator ready for use in the p roduction of inocula for characterization and the hy drocarbon degradation exp eriments [ 9]. the morphology of the bacterial st rains was determined by gram st aining, and they were then st reaked in petri dishes. the isolated bacterial cultures were identified according to [ 10&11] the optimum conditi ons of cultivation: in order to know the op timum conditions for the three isolated bacteria; they were cultivated with different degrees of temp erature which include :in 25 c° ; 37 c° and 40 c° and ph 5,7 and 9. hydrocarbons de gradation i n liqui d culture: to test the ability of isolated bacteria to biodegrade the gasoline, about 1 gm sample of p olluted soil was t aken and dissolved in (1 acetone: 3 hexane) and added to a flask of 250 ml, after the evap oration of solvents at 25° c, about 50 ml of st erile medium and 1 ml of the isolated bacteria was inoculated into each flask and then incubated at 35 c° and 150 rp m for 7 days [ 9] the ability of the isolated bacteria to biodegrade gasoline was determinate by using ft ir (fluori transmission infra red) sp ectrum technique. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 re sults and discussion: according to [ 10&11] and the biochemical tests which done and exp lained in table (1) , the most p redominant bacteria sp ecies in p olluted soils that t aken from al-shaab, al-jadriyia and al-saydiya were e.coli; enterobacter aerognosa and serratia marcesens, resp ectively. usually, the tested soil samples were filled with gasoline fuel which used in generators of electricity so the saturated with gasoline may have effect to limit the kind of microbial content [ 12] .the difference in microbial p op ulation is a reflection of many factors such as nutrients and oxy gen levels, temp erature and availability of minerals [ 13]. usually, the temp erature, p h and other factors like available energy source, moist ure availability and the ap p rop riate depend to know the optimum conditions of cultivation [ 14], so, it was found that t he optimum conditions to cultivate e.coli and serratia marcesense were 37c° and p h9 but 25c°and p h9 were op timum conditions to cultivate enterobacter aerogenes (tables 2, 3& 4). the results of flouri transmission infrared (ft ir) sp ectra exp lain the effect of bacteria to biodegrade the gasoline, as following: figure (1-a) represents the sp ectrum of control samp le , the important bands absorbency of infra-red in 2931.80 ; 2897.08 ; 2877.79 and 2850.79 cm -1 , these wave numbers represents a strong and wide absorbency for blended frequency for nh3 + group in primary amino acids. the frequency in the wave number 1720.50 cm -1 related to amine salts.also1458.18 cm -1 represents as st rong absorbency for the sy mmetrical blended frequency of the amine salts. t he nitrop arfins ap p ear two bands in 1377.17and 1357.89 cm -1 which related to asy mmetrical and sy mmetrical frequency for no2. there is a weak absorbency for the alip hatic amines in 1215.15; 1064.71 cm -1 . three p eaks of blended frequency in 887.26; 794.67 and 725.23 cm -1 are for c-h group . also, there is absorbency for disulphides in 528.50 and 455.20 cm -1 . figures (1, b-e) exp lain that t he sy mmetrical and a sy mmetrical frequency of 2974.23 and 2931.80 cm -1 related to alkanes group [15] while 2357.01 cm -1 represents the identical absorbency of st retch frequencies for oh and nh3 + group s. the wave number 1361.74 cm -1 represents the blended frequency was related to carboxy l group while 1134.14 cm -1 was related to asy mmetrical blended frequency for c-o group . the disap p ear of 2357.01; 1064.71; 794.67 cm -1 is the main notice in the fifth day of the exp eriment. also the app earance of other wave numbers in 1292.31; 1033.85; 786.96 cm -1 is very clear. usually these changes of hy drocarbon group s give good evidence that e.coli has good effect on biodegrade the gasoline [16] where in the seventh day 786.96 and 759.95 cm -1 were disapp eared completely , also a clear ap p earance for 2966.52 ; 2977.94 and 2862.36 cm -1 can be recognized . in the tenth day of the exp eriment (last day), many changes in absorbency of the hy drocarbon group s would occur like app earance of peak in 1716.65 cm -1 as a blended ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 frequency of n-h group , and there is a st rong absorbency in 1219.01 cm -1 as result of the blended frequency for carboxy l group . the sy mmetrical blended frequency for the aromatic ethers group is in 1056.99 cm -1 while the number wave 891.11 cm -1 represents the frequency for c-c group in alkaline. the p eak app ears in 725.23 cm -1 is related to c-n group absorbency for isobuty ramide.also, t here is a bromine compounds frequency in 528.50 cm -1 and frequency of disulphides in 447.49 cm -1 . figures (2, a-d) represent t he treat of enterobacter aerogenosa with gasoline during ten days. it was found t here are weak absorbency bands of c≡c, c ≡n and s-h group s in 2357.01 cm -1 and a blended frequency of c =o group of aliphatic easters in 1716.56 cm -1 , also there is absorbency for c-h group in 786.96 and 763.81 cm -1 . simp le change would occur in the fifth day of the exp eriment , some absorp tion would app ear other disap p ears but all of them in the same region of the absorbency would app ear in p revious day s; but in the seventh day , more than one p eak of new absorbency regions would app ear, esp ecially in 3421.72 and 3309.85 cm -1 which represent acute st rong absorbency of o-h group in phenols compounds. m any changes in absorbency p eaks would be clear in tenth of the exp eriment, these are usually related to the effect of bacteria activity with biodegradation p rocess which has sure effect in initial new absorbency p eaks [ 15&16]. figures (3, a-d) represent the treat of serratia merscens with 1m /50 ml of gasoline. it can by found that t he absorbency p eak in 794.67 cm -1 is sharp er in first day comp arative with control sample. this wave number rep resents a blended absorbency of c-h group for benzene comp ounds. t he long chain of these comp ounds which led to p revent or reduce the bacterial enzy me activity [ 17] but its sharp shap e is be more reduced in the fifth day and may disapp ear till the end of the exp eriment as a result of bacteria effect. m any absorbency p eaks would disapp ear in the fifth day which give a good sight to the change that occur in the chemical comp ound of gasoline. also p eaks disapp ear and other app ears in the seventh day. in the tenth day, there is absorbency frequency of c=o group of aliphatic easter app ear in 17166.66 cm -1 , a frequency of c-c group in 1465.90 cm -1 , other frequency of c-h group in 786.96 and 759.95 cm -1 [ 17]. re ferences 1pizzul, l., castillo, m .d.p.and stenstrom, j.(2006).characterization of selection actinomy cetes degrading p olyaromatic hy drocarbons in liquid culture and sp ecies. world journal of m icrobiology and biotechnology .10.s11.9100-6. 2lehmann, v.(1998).bioremedation: a solution for p olluted soils in the sout h? j.biotechnology and development m onitor,.34, p .12-17. 3leticia, p.(2006).degradation of p olycyclic aromatic hy drocarbons by actinomy cetes. slu.acta universitatis agriculture sueciae..2006:50. 4at las, r.m . and bartha, r.(1973).abundance, distribution and oil degradation p otential of microorganism in raritan bay. environ .p ollut.4:291-300. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 5okerntugba, p.o.and ezerony e, o.u.(2003).petroleum degradation p otentials of single and mixed microbial cultures isolated from river and refinery effluent in nigeria .afr.j.biotechnol.2:288-292. 6ojumu, t.v.; bella, o.oand; sonibare, j.a.(2005).evolution of microbial sy st em for bioremediation of p etroleum refinery effluents in nigeria.afr.j.biotechnol.4 (1):3135. 7adenipekun, c.o. and fasidi, i.o.(2005).bioremediation of oil-p olluted soil by lentinus subnudus, a nigerian whiterot fungus.afr.j.biotechnol; 4(8):796-798. 8herman ,d.c.;zhang ,y.and m iller,r.m .( 1997).rhamnolip id (biosurfactant) effect on cell agreement and biodegradation of residual hexadecane under saturated flow conditions.ap p l.envi ron.m icrobiol.,63:3622-3627. 9lopez, m .e. ; rodriguez, m .t.;rios ,e.l. ; esp arza ,f.g.;chavez,,g.; rodriguez, v.and barrera, j.c.(2007).fungi and bacteria isolated from two highly p olluted soils for hy drocarbon degradation.acta chim.slov.(technical p aper) , 54,201-209. 10johnson, m .t.(2007).identification of the enterobacteriaceae.indiana university . india. 11(nhs) national health service .(2001).introduction to the preliminary identification of m edically important bacteria. 12akp or, o.b.; lgbinosa, o.e. and lgbinosa, o.o.(2007).studies on the effect of p etroleum hy drocarbon on the microbial and p hy sico-chemicals characteristics of soil. african journal of biotechnology .6 (16):1939-1943. 13haris, j.o.(1962).m icrobiological st udies of oil and gas p ipelines. technology bulletin.p p .135. 14englert, c.j.; kenzie, e.j.and dragun, j. (1993). bioremediation of petroleum products in soil. in princip les and practices for petroleum contaminated soils.ed.e.j.calabreseand p.t .kostechi.lewis publishers, chelsea, m i.pp.112115,121. 15at wo, a.t .; abedulkader, a;and abdul kader, k.(1989).t he sp ectral and organic diagnosis .m inist ry of higher education and scientific research. college of education. ibn al-haitham. dar al-kitab for p ublishing. baghdad. 16 jacobucci,d.f.c.;vasconcelos,c.k.;m atsuura,a.b.;falconi,f.a.and durrant,l.r.(2001)degradation of diesel oil by biosurfactant -producing bacterial strains.j.of soil sediment &water (the magazine of environmental assessment &remediation.htt p ://www.aehsmag.com/issues/2001. 17-fritsche, w. and hofrichter, m . (2006). aerobic degradation by m icroorganism.http ://www.engg.ksu.edu/hsrc/jhsr/v3. tabl e (1) biochemical tes ts to i den tifi cation the i sol ate d bacte ri a test strain 1 strain 2 strain 3 oxidase _ _ _ growth on mac conky ag ar p ink colony p ink colony whit e colony indol reaction + _ * urease * _ h2s * * _ cit rate * * + gram st rain _ _ _ morphology bacilli -cocci sho rt bacilli bacilli ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 table (2): bacterial densi ty in 25c ° and ph 5, 7and 9. ( cel lx10 5 ). bacteria time ( day s ) p h 0 3 5 7 10 e.coli 0.005 0.015 0.025 1 5 5 0.005 0.015 1.5 5.5 7.5 7 0.005 0.007 0.055 0. 175 25 9 e.aerogenes 0.005 0.006 1.5 15 20 5 0.005 0.015 16 18 20 7 0.005 0.2 0.5 15 50 9 s.marcesen s 0.005 1 1.2 4 5 5 0.001 2.4 5 7.5 25 7 0.005 0.7 5 5.5 0.195 9 table (3): bacterial densi ty in 37c ° and ph 5 7and 9. ( cel lx10 5 ). bacteria time ( day s) p h 0 3 5 7 10 e.coli 0.005 100 15 15 12 5 0.005 200 350 150 50 7 0.005 140 300 350 400 9 e.aerogenes 0.005 20 30 35 12 5 0.005 20 10 3 3 7 0.005 100 100 30 20 9 s.marcesen s 0.005 3 1 zero zero 5 0.005 250 300 500 500 7 0.005 125 150 400 500 9 table (4): bacterial densi ty in 40c ° and ph 5 7and 9. ( cel lx10 5 ). bacteria time (day s) p h 0 3 5 7 10 e.coli 0.005 0.03 6.5 10 6.6 5 0.005 0.02 55 30 15 7 0.005 0.12 45 33 20 9 e.aerogenes 0.005 0.007 2 2.5 3.5 5 0.005 0.03 25 8 4.6 7 0.005 100 100 30 25 9 s.marcesen s 0.005 3.5 4.1 1.6 0.3 5 0.005 0.5 2 5 5.5 7 0.005 5.5 20 50 55 9 ihjpas b c d a ihjpas e a b c d fig. (2, a-d): ft ir s pectrum for gasoline with enterobacter aerogenes where: a= ft ir spectrum of gasoline after 3 days of the treat with e. aerogenes b= f t ir spectrum of gasoline after 5 days of the treat with e. aerogenes c= f t ir spectrum of gasoline after 7 days of the treat with e aerogenes d= ft ir spectrum of gasoline afte r 10 days of the treat with e aerogenes. fig. (1, a-e): ft ir s pectrum for gasoline with e.coli.where: a= ft ir spectrum of gasoline without treat with e.coli. (control sample) b= f t ir spectrum of gasoline after 3 days of the treat with e.coli. c= ft ir sp ectrum of gasoline after 5 day s of t he treat with e.coli d= ft ir sp ectrum of gasoline after 7 days of the treat with e.coli. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 a b c d fig. (3, a-d): ft ir s pectrum for gasoline with s.marcesens where: a= ft ir spectrum of gasoline afte r 3 days of the treat with s.marcesens b= ft ir spectrum of gasoline after 5 days of the treat with s.marcesens c= ft ir spectrum of gasoline after 7 days of the treat with s.marcesens d= ft ir spectrum of gasoline after 10 days of the treat with s.marcesens. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ة الترب الملوثة بالھیدروكاربوناتاستخدام بعض األنواع البكتیریة لمعالج ـالـــــــــــي ــمیــــ ـــل الــ ـــــار كـــــامـــ إیـــث جامعة بغداد،كلیة العلوم ، قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة دات المسـتخدم ولینأنواع بكتیریة من ثالث تـرب ملوثـة بالكـاز ةثالث عزلت ن الموـل د الطا ةالمتسـرب ـم قـة عـادة لتولـی ــاد ) والسـیدیة،والجادریـة ،الشـعب( الكھربائیـة فـي منـاطق مختلفـة مـن بغـداد واع البكتیریـة المعزولـة باعتم ، شخصـت األـن :، وقد وجد إن ھذه األنواع كانت " ق البایوكیمیائیة المعتمدة عالمیاائالطر ــا ــد . s.marcesens وe.aerogenes ,و e.coliبكتری ــل أووج ــدروجیني األمث ــرقم الھی ــى و ال ــرارة المثل ــة الح ن درج . 9و °م 25كانت e.aerogenesبكتریا ل بینما 9 و ،°م37ھما s.marcesensو ،.coli eلتنمیة ft( تم اعتماد تقنیة طیف األشعة تحت الحمراء ir( ك الكـاز ،ولین الختبار قدرة األنواع البكتیریـة المعزولـة علـى تفكـی .في المعالجة الحیویة للترب الملوثة بالھیدروكاربوناتھذه البكتریا استعمال لغرض ihjpas يمفضاءات جزئیة في مجموعات من ستو gf(q)حول حقل كالوا pg(2,q)سقاطي ا میساء جلیل محمد جامعة بغداد ،ابن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات خالصةال حــول pg(2,q)جزئیـة فــي المسـتوي االسـقاطي لفضـاءات مجموعـات انـواع مــن تتــم درسـفـي هـذا البحـث الـبعض مـن خـالل االمثلـة مـع العالقـات التـي تـربط بـین هـذه المجموعـات بعضـها وبیـان بعـض gf(q). احقـل كـالو .والمبرهنات ihjpas sets of subspaces of a projective plane pg(2,q) over galois field gf(q) m. j. mahammad departme nt of mathematics,college of education ibn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this thesis, some sets of subsp aces of p rojective p lane pg(2,q) over galois field gf(q) and the relations between them by some theorems and examp les can be shown. 1. introduction a recurring them of this work is the characterization of algebraic varieties in pg(2,q) as finite sets of p oints with certain combinatorial p rop erties of . this work. section one which contains some definitions of nucleus p oint, t-fold nucleus p oint, blocking set, t-fold blocking set, unital set, (k,n)-arc, flag, st rong representive sy st em and, the set of ty p e (0,1,2,q + 1). section two, contains some theorems about these subsets and the relation between them and some examp les which about some of these subsets. 2.1 de fini tion "projective plane" [2] a p rojective p lane pg(2,q) over galois field gf(q) is a two-dimensional p rojective sp ace, which consists of p oints and lines with relation between them, in pg(2,q) there are q 2 + q + 1 p oints, and q 2 + q + 1 lines, every line contains 1 + q p oints and every p oint is on 1 + q lines, any p oint in pg(2,q) has the form of a trip le (a1,a2,a3) where a1, a2, a3  gf(q); such that (a1,a2,a3)  (0,0,0). two p oints (a1,a2,a3) and (b1,b2,b3) represent t he same point if there exists  gf(q)\{0}, such that (b1,b2,b3) =  (a1,a2,a3). similarly any line in pg(2,q) has the form of a trip le [a1,a2,a3], where a1,a2,a3  gf(q); such that [a1,a2,a3] ≠ [0,0,0]. two lines [a1,a2,a3] and [b1,b2,b3] represent the same line if there exists  gf(q)\{0}, such that [b1,b2,b3] =  [a1,a2,a3]. there exists one p oint of the form (1,0,0). there exist q p oints of the form (x,1,0). there exist q 2 p oints of the form (x,y ,1). a p oint p (x1,x2,x3) is incident with the line l[a1,a2,a3] if and only if a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 = 0, i.e. a point rep resented by (x1,x2,x3) and the line rep resented by 1 2 3 a a a           , then (x1,x2,x3) 1 2 3 a a a           = 0  a1x1 +a2x2 + a3x3=0. any p rojective plane pg(2,q) satisfies the following axioms: 1. any two dist inct lines are intersected in a unique p oint. 2. any two dist inct p oints are contained in a unique line. 3. there exist at least four p oints such that no t hree of them are collinear. 2.2 de fini tion "blocking s et"[2] a blocking set b of pg(2,q) is a set of p oints intersecting every line of pg(2,q) in at least one point, so b is blocking set if and only if pg(2,q)\b is blocking set. ihjpas 2.3 de fini tion "minimal blocking s et" [2] a blocking set b is called minimal in pg(2,q) when no p rop er subset of it is st ill a blocking set such that,  p  b, b\{p} is not a blocking set. 2.4 de fini tion "nucle i s et"[2] let s be a set in pg(2,q), let p be a point in pg(2,q) and p  s, p is called nucleus p oint of a set s if every line in pg(2,q) through p intersects s exactly one, the set of nucleus p oints of s called nuclei set and denoted by n(s). by the following examp le we exp lain the definition: in a p rojective p lane pg(2,4), let s = {5,6,8,9,10,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,21} and let n(s) = {1,2,3,4} then  p  n(s); p is nucleus p oint since:through p oint 1, t here are 5 lines which are [1 0 0], [0 0 1],[2 0 1], [0 3 1],[3 3 1] such that each one of them intersects s in one p oint which are {5,9,10,14,18}, resp ectively. similarly for the other p oints {2,3,4}. 2.5 de fini tion "t-fold nucleus point"[4] a p oint p  pg(2,q) is a t-fold nucleus p oint of a set s  pg(2,q) if p  s and every line through p meets s at least t p oints of s. 2.6 de fini tion "uni tal s et" [1] a unital set pg(2,q) of a square order q is a set u of (q q +1) p oints such that each line in pg(2,q) meets u either one or q +1 p oints, i.e., every line in pg(2,q) is a tangent or a secant of u if contain (1) p oint or ( q +1) p oints of line. by the following examp le we exp lain the definition: let u = {1,6,7,10,11,16,17,18,19} be a set in pg(2,4) and u contains 9 p oints. u is a unital set since: u contains 4 4 +1 = 9 p oints and every and line in pg(2,4) meets u in 1 or 3 p oints, as shown in the table (1,2). 2.7 de fini tion "(0,1,2,q + 1)-s et"[1] a set of p oints in pg(2,q) is called of ty p e (0,1,2,q + 1) if every line in pg(2,q) meets the set in 0,1,2 or q + 1 points. 2.8 de fini tion "n-secant"[2] a line l in pg(2,q) is an i-secant of a (k,n)-arc k if :  k∩ l = i , i=0,1,2,......,n. 2.9 de fini tion "(k,n)-arc" [2] a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q) is a set s of k p oints with p rop erty that every line i contains at most n p oints of s, a (k,n)-arc s is called comp lete arc if it is not contained in a (k + 1,n)-arc. a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q) is maximal-arc if every line in pg(2,q) is a zero secant or an n-secant of the (k,n)-arc. 2.10 de fini tion "flag"[1] a flag in pg(2,q) is an incident p oint-line p air; flag = {(p i,lj ); pi  lj , i,j=1,2,…,q 2 +q+1}. 2.11 de fini tion "s trong representi ve s yste m" [1] a set s = {(p 1,l1),(p 2,l2),…,(p s,ls)} of flags p i  lj  i = j is a st rong representive sy st em. the members of st rong represent sy st em that s  q q +1, with equality if and only if s consists of incident p oint-t angent p airs of a unital, we denoted p oints of s by p(s) and the lines of s by l(s), p(s) and l(s) are called sp acialy and the others are called ordinary s is called maximal if is not p art of larger-strong represent. 2.12 definition "complete nuclei set" "new" let n(s) be a set of all nucleus p oints of a set s in pg(2,q), n(s), is called comp lete nuclei set if n(s) = pg(2,q) \ s. 3. the relation be tween the s ets s ubspace of pg(2q) over gf(q) this section contains theorems to show that some relations between the : blocking set ,(k,n)-arc, unital set, nuclei set, st rong representive sy st em and the set of ty p e (0,1,2,q+1). ihjpas the orem let n(s) be comp lete, then s is a line. proof: for every p oint p in n(s), p is a nucleus p oint of s, then every line in pg(2,q) through p meets s in exactly one point. since there exists q + 1 lines through p , then there exists at least q + 1 p oints in s. if there exists another p oint r in s, then there exists another line through p and r in s then there exists another line through p and r, which is a contradiction since there exists exactly q + 1 lines through p. hence s contains exactly q + 1 p oints p1, …, pq + 1 , sup p ose these p oints are not collinear, then  at least one point, say pq + 1, not collinear with two p oints say p1 and p2, the line ppq + 1 intersects the line p1p2 in one p oint, say pq +2, pq +2 is on the line p1p2 , then pq +2 is not on s hence the line ppq + 1 , since the line ppq + 1 intersects s in only one point pq + 1. pq + 2 is not in s, then any line through it intersects s in one p oint but the line p1p2 which p assing pq +2 intersects s in two p oints which is a contradiction. hence the p oints p1, p2, …, pq + 1 are collinear, similarly for any three p oints p1, p2, …, pq + 1 are collinear. the orem [1] "without prove" let b be a blocking in pg(2,q), t hen for every p pg(2,q) \b, p is t-fold nucleus p oint, if and only if b is a t-fold blocking set, 2  t  q. proof: sup p ose that b is a blocking set and every p pg(2,q) \b, p is a t-fold blocking nucleus p oint of b, then every line in pg(2,q) through p meets b in at least t p oints, but from definition of blocking set b can not contain any line, so every line in pg(2,q) meets b in at least t p oints, then b is a t-fold blocking set. conversely , sup p ose b is a t-fold blocking set then every line in pg(2,q) meets b in at least t p oints, then for every p oint p pg(2,q) \b and every line through p intersects b in at least tp oints, then for every p pg(2,q) \b , p is a t-fold nucleus p oint. the orem in pg(2,q), q = p 2 , every unital set is a (qp +1,p +1)-arc, q  3. proof: let u be a unital set in pg(2,q), q = p 2 then every line in pg(2,q), q = p 2 intersects u in either 1 or p + 1 p oints and u is a set of qp + 1 p oints and there are no p + 2 p oints are collinear then u is (p q+1,p +1)-arc. the converse is not true as shown by the following examp le: in p rojective p lan pg(2,4), let k = {1,2,3,4,7,8,11,12,13,15,16,21}, k is an (12,4)-arc, then k is not a unital set since: 1. every unital in pg(2,q) contains (9) p oints, but (k,4)-arc contains (12) p oints. 2. some line in pg(2,4) meets (k,4)-arc in 4 p oints, but every line in pg(2,4) most meets every unital set in either 1 or 3 points. 3. the orem in pg(2,q), q = p 2 every unital set is a blocking set. proof: let u be a unital set in pg(2,q), q = p 2 then u contains qp +1 p oints and every line in pg(2,q), q = p 2 intersects u in either 1 or p + 1 p oints so every line in pg(2,q), q = p 2 meets u, but u dose not contain any line; then u is a blocking set. the converse is not true and showed by the following examp le; in p rojective p lan pg(2,4), let b = {1,2,5,8,9,10,12,13,14,15,16,21}, then b is blocking set but it is not a unital set since: 1. every unital in pg(2,4) contains (9) p oints, but b contains (12) p oints. 2. some line in pg(2,4) meets (k,4)-arc in 4 p oints, but every line most meets every unital set in either 1 or 3 p oints. ihjpas the orem let u be a unital set in pg(2,q 2 ) then every p oint p  u ,p is either nucleus p oint or (q+1)-fold nucleus p oint. proof: let u is a unital set, t hen every line meets u in either 1 or q + 1 p oint, for every p oint p, every line through p meets u in either 1 or q + 1 p oints, then p is either nucleus or q + 1-fold nucleus p oint. the orem let s = {(p i,li); p i  b, b is minimal blocking set; li pg(2,q) i} then s is a st rong representive sy st em. proof: let s = {(p i,lj ); pi  b,  i ;lj  pg(2,q) } t o p rove that s is a strong representive sy st em. sup p ose that s is not st rong representive sy st em then  p0,p1  b s.t .  l  pg(2,q) such that (p0,l), (p1,l)  s, then the line l in pg(2,q) intersects b in p0, p1  b \ {p0} or b \{p1} is blocking set, which is contradiction since b is a minimal blocking set and  l  pg(2,q), l  b = p or l is t angent t o b in p. the orem every maximal (k,2)-arc in pg(2,q) with no 0-secant is a set of t y p e (0,1,2,q+1)-set. proof: it is clear that the maximal (k,2)-arc with no 0-secant mean that every line in pg(2,q) is a 2secant of (k,2)-arc, so every line intersects maximal (k,2)-arc in two p oints then the maximal (k,2)-arc is a set of t y p e (0,1,2,q+1)-set. 4. conclusi on and recommandation in this research, we took of subsp aces of pg(2,q) like blocking, nuclei, unital, (0,1,2,q+1) –set, strong representive sy st em and complete nuclei set as new definitions. then we found some relations between these subsets and exp lain them by theorems like; if n(s) is comp lete then s is line,  p  pg(2,q)\b , p is t-fold nucleus, if and only if b is t-fold blocking set, every unital set is (qp +1,p +1)-arc, q  3, pu, u is unital set then p is either nucleus or q+1fold nucleus p oint and other relations. some of definitions were exp lained by examp les and tables like unital set and nucleus p oint. so as some theorems, this relation will lead to make new sets of subsp aces included at this p rojective sp ace or others. re ferences 1. susan barwich, and gary ebert, (2008). "unitals in projective plane", doi:10.1007/9780-387-76366-8-1,© sp ringer science + business m edia, llc 2. blokhuis,a.; hischfed,j.w.p. ; jungnickd.and thas, j .f. (2001), "finite geometries", kluwer academic, publishers. 3. beutel sp acher, a.and de clerck, f. (1993), "finite geometry and combinatorics", combridge university press. 4. lamb, j.d.and preece, d.a. (1999), "surreys in combinatorics", combridge university press. ihjpas table (1.1):the points and lines of pg(2,4) table (1.2) :the points and line s of untial se t i p i li 1 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 2 0 1 0 2 6 10 14 18 3 1 1 0 4 6 12 17 19 4 2 1 0 5 7 12 14 21 5 3 1 0 5 8 11 17 18 6 0 0 1 1 18 19 20 21 7 1 0 1 2 7 11 15 19 8 2 0 1 1 6 7 8 9 9 3 0 1 2 8 12 16 20 10 0 1 1 5 6 13 15 20 11 1 1 1 3 9 12 15 18 12 2 1 1 5 9 10 16 19 13 3 1 1 4 7 13 16 18 14 0 2 1 3 8 13 14 19 15 1 2 1 3 7 10 17 20 16 2 2 1 4 8 10 15 21 17 3 2 1 4 9 11 14 20 18 0 3 1 1 14 15 16 17 19 1 3 1 2 9 13 17 21 20 2 3 1 3 6 11 16 21 21 3 3 1 1 10 11 12 13 i p i li 1 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 6 10 18 3 1 1 0 6 17 19 4 2 1 0 7 5 3 1 0 11 17 18 6 0 0 1 1 18 19 7 1 0 1 7 11 19 8 2 0 1 1 6 7 9 3 0 1 16 10 0 1 1 6 11 1 1 1 18 12 2 1 1 10 16 19 13 3 1 1 7 16 18 14 0 2 1 19 15 1 2 1 7 10 17 16 2 2 1 10 17 3 2 1 11 18 0 3 1 1 16 17 19 1 3 1 17 20 2 3 1 6 11 16 21 3 3 1 1 10 11 ihjpas graph: this graph shows that a set s contains exactly q+1 points ihjpas عزل وتشخيص البكتريا المخاطية myxococcus xanthus من ترب المقابر من ترب المقابر myxococcus xanthus عزل وتشخیص البكتریا المخاطیة الجبوري ھالة عبد الحافظ عبد الرزاق الجامعة المستنصریة / قسم علوم الحیاة / كلیة العلوم 19/5/2013 : ، قبل البحث في 12/3/2013 : أستلم البحث في الخالصة ) عین�ة ترب�ة 50م�ن ( myxococcus xanthus اجری�ت ھ�ذه الدراس�ة لع�زل وتش�خیص البكتری�ا المخاطی�ة جمعت من ترب المقابر في النجف األشرف واس�تخدمت ظ�روف نم�و خاص�ة لتش�جیع نموھ�ا وتثب�یط نم�و االحی�اء المجھری�ة اوس��اط نم��و خاص��ة) وأخض��عت و تراكی��ز عالی��ة م��ن المض��ادات الحیاتی��ة واالخ��رى وش��ملت ھ��ذه الظ��روف ( التجفی��ف والكیموحیوی��ھ الالزم�ة لتشخیص��ھا ویمك�ن تلخ��یص النت��ائج الت�ي امك��ن الحص��ول الع�زالت للفحوص��ات المظھری�ة والزرعی��ة تي: یأامعلیھا ك .تتواجد البكتریا المخاطیة فلورا طبیعیة في ترب المناخ الجاف .1 باس��تخدام تقنی��ة االص��طیاد بطع��م خمی��رة xanthus .mجس��ما ثمری��ا تع��ود للن��وع ت) ع��زال10ى (ت��م الحص��ول عل�� .2 الخبز. امزروع�بوص�فھ یعد الوسط الزرعي مستخلص الترب�ة الص�لب وخمی�رة الخب�ز مالئم�ا لتنمی�ة الحش�د الخض�ري للع�زالت .3 .انقی myxobacteria ، xanthus myxococcus،ترب المقابرالكلمات المفتاحیة : البكتریا المخاطیة ، 7 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة بكونھ��ا عص�یات س��البة لص��بغة ك��رام متطاول��ة ذات نھای��ات مس��تدقة او m. xanthusتمت�از البكتری��ا المخاطی��ة -4زم�ن الجی�ل م�ابین(ذ یت�راوح ا] ،نموھ�ا بطی�ئ [chemoorganotroph 1مستدیرة ، ھوائیة مجبرة وعضویة التغذیة طة ال��ذیول المخاطی��ة مكون��ة اعل��ى الس�طوح الص��لبة واألوس��اط الزرعی��ة بوس� gliding) س�اعة،متحركة بحرك��ة أنزالقی��ة14 الرقم الھیدروجیني المتع�ادل ي] ،شائعة في روث الحیوانات والترب الغنیة بالمواد العضویة ذ[swarm 2الحشد او العج بع�ض م�ع تمیل ھذه البكتریا للبق�اء م�ع بعض�ھا اذ ،البكتریا دورة حیاة ترتكز على ثالثة مظاھر ]. تمتلك ھذه3او القاعدي [ multicellular]وتك��وین أجس��ام ثمری��ة متع��ددة الخالی��ا 4كمجموع��ة م��ن الخالی��ا المتحرك��ة فض��ال ع��ن حركتھ��ا ك��أفراد[ fruiting bodies)( طة اعل��ى ط�ول ال��ذیل المخ�اطي وتتجم��ع بوس�� عن�د أس��تنفاذ الم��واد الغذائی�ة تھ��اجر الخالی�ا الخض��ریة نجذاب الكیمیائي لتكوین أعداد ھائلة من الخالیا تتطور ھذه التجمعات فیما بعد ال�ى أجس�ام ثمری�ة ب�ألوان زاھی�ة و مرتفع�ة الا ف��وق س��طح اآلك��ار ،تع��اني الخالی��ا الخض��ریة المھ��اجرة ال��ى أعل��ى الجس��م الثم��ري تم��ایزا مظھری��ا ال��ى الس��بورات المخاطی��ة myxospores ] 5وتع�د ھ�ذه البكتری�ا مفترس�ات 6[ع�دة ذ تبق�ى حی�ة س�نوات اجف�اف واألش�عاع ] المقاومة للح�رارة وال[ لق��درتھا عل��ى مھاجم��ة وتحل��ل األحی��اء المجھری��ة س��واء الحی��ة او المیت��ة بس��بب ) micropredatersاوقانص��ات ص��غیرة ( ا بأنھ���ا ]،كم���ا توص���ف ھ���ذه البكتری���7فعالی���ة حیوی���ة قوی���ة [ يأنتاجھ���ا لطی���ف واس���ع م���ن مركب���ات األی���ض الث���انوي ذ لقدرتھا على تحلیل الجزیئات الكبی�رة ، مم�ا یؤھلھ�ا ال�ى ان یك�ون لھ�ا دور معن�وي ف�ي تنظی�ف الترب�ة scavengersكانسات ت��رب المق��ابر ج��اءت ھ��ذه ،مث��ل فر دراس��ات محلی��ة لع��زل ھ��ذه البكتری��ا م��ن بیئ��ات فری��دة ا] ولع��دم ت��و8وربم��ا بقی��ة البیئ��ات[ الدراسة. المواد وطرائق العمل جمع العینات وعزل البكتریا .1 ) س�م تح�ت س�طح الترب�ة م�ن القبورالمحف�ورة 10-5) غراما ومن عمق (150) عینة تربة وزن الواحدة بحدود ((50جمعت م�ع مراع�اة خل�و المنطق�ة م�ن 2012نھای�ة ایل�ول ى ل�اة م�ن أول حزی�ران ومدحدیثا والمنتشرة في مدینة النجف األشرف ولل العینات داخل أوعیة بالستیكیة معقمة وغیر مستعملة لغرض نقلھا الى المختبر ثم خزن�ت ف�ي الظ�الم الغطاء النباتي وضعت تي:یأ اموك 10]، [9وفق الطریقة المشارإلیھا على ] 1)أیام [7( مدة بدرجة حرارة الغرفة عزل االجسام الثمریة .2 -:من المكونات االتیة soil extract mediumوسط مستخلص التربة حضر . أ لت�ر م�ن الم�اء )1( )كغ�م عین�ة ترب�ة (م�ن بیئ�ة الع�زل نفس�ھا) ال�ى1(تض�اف : soil extractمس�تخلص الترب�ة .1 ) دق��ائق ، رش��ح الع��الق بقم��ع 10(المقط��ر ومزج��ت جی��دا بقض��یب زج��اجي وعقم��ت ف��ي جھ��از الموص��دة م��دة ) غ�رام م�ن كاربون�ات الكالس�یوم 10( ) س�اعة لیتخمروأض�یف24(زجاجي مزود ب�ورقتي ترش�یح وت�رك م�دة caco3 ثم عقم بالموصدة 7.0، عدل الرقم الھیدروجیني الى حد . رام فوس��فات غ�) 0.5()غ��م كلوك�وز 1(وزن حض�ر ب�: soil extract brothوس�ط مس�تخلص الترب�ة الس��ائل .2 اذیبت جمیع المكونات ف�ي kno3 غرام نترات البوتاسیوم ) 0.1(و 4k2hpoالبوتاسیوم احادیة الھیدروجین ) لت��ر 1(، اكم��ل الحج�م ال�ى ) 7.0 -8.6 (ملیلت�ر م�ن الم�اء المقط��ر ع�دل ال�رقم الھی��دروجیني ال�ى ح�د )900( ) ملیلتر من مستخلص التربة،ثم عقم بالموصدة .100( باضافة لت�ر ال�ى ) غ�رام م�ن االك�ار لك�ل 18( حض�ر باض�افة : soil extract agarوس�ط مس�تخلص الترب�ة الص�لب .3 ) % عق�م الوس�ط بالموص�دة 0.14) ملیلتر من محلول ص�بغة البل�ورات البنفس�جیة (1الوسط السائل أعاله ، و ( ملي غرام /لتر. ) cycloheximide25( وزود بمحلول المضاد السایكلوھكسماید م���ن 10] ، 9 [ الم���ذكورة ف���ي ف���ي عین���ات الترب���ة بتحویرالطریق���ة المخاطی���ة ت���م التح���ري ع���ن وج���ود البكتری���ا . ب معق�م )ملیلتر ماء مقطر 30غرام/ 7.08الباحث،أذلقح الوسط الزرعي مستخلص التربة الصلب بعالق خمیرة الخبز( كطع��م الص��طیاد البكتری��ا المخاطی�ة بطریق��ة التخط��یط بثالث��ة اتجاھ�ات (ف��رش الحص��یر) وبقطیل��ة معقم��ة بالموص�دة swabs) نم�وذج الترب�ة ف�ي أ)غرام�ات م�ن 5) دقائق،أض�یفت(5، تركت االطب�اق لتج�ف بدرج�ة ح�رارة الغرف�ة م�دة )مل�ي غ�رام /لت�ر(50معقمة ث�م رطب�ت بقط�رات م�ن محل�ول مض�اد السایكلوھكس�ماید spatulaطة اطبق معقم بوس قط��ع ص��غیرة عل��ى ق��وام سمیك،قس��مت العجین��ة يومزج��ت جی��داً بحی��ث تكف��ي الكمی��ة المض��افة لتك��وین عجین��ة ذ )spotsم وتم 22-20رعي، حضنت االطباق في حاضنة مبردة بدرجة حرارة () ووزعت على سطح الوسط الز ( -2الحض��انة ( ط��وال م��دةتھیئ��ة ج��و مش��بع بالرطوب��ة بوض��ع ان��اء ح��اوي عل��ى الم��اء المقط��ر المعق��م ف��ي الحاض��نة )أسابیع.8 8 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 عزل الحشد الخضري .3 ) 5الباح�ث، باخ�ذ اق�راص بقط�ر (م�ن 10] ،9 [ تم الحصول على الحشد الخضري بتحویر الطریق�ة الم�ذكورة ف�ي وض�عت طة ثاقب الفلین من الوسط الزرعي مس�تخلص الترب�ة الص�لب المنم�ى علی�ھ األجس�ام الثمری�ة،ثماملیمتر بوس ) vancomycin )40لى سطح الوسط الزرعي مستخلص التربة الص�لب الم�زود بمحل�ول المض�اد الفانكومایس�ینع ع��الق ) ملیلت��رمن0.1)مل��ي غرام/لت��ر) والملق��ح بنش��ر((25السایكلوھكس��مایدم��ایكروغرام/ملیلتر وبمحل��ول المض��اد أیام) 3-2)م ومدة (22-20)خلیة/ملیلتر ،حضنت األطباق في حاضنة مبردة بدرجة حرارة (106× 1خمیرة الخبز( م��ن ع��دة الج��ل الحص��ول عل��ى مس��تعمرات نقی��ة للخالی��ا الخض��ریة وباس��تخدام ع��روة معدنی��ة معقم��ة اجری��ت نق��الت ال�ى الوس�ط الزرع�ي مس�تخلص الترب�ة الص�لب وبظ�روف التنمی�ة swarm coloniesحواف المس�تعمرات الحش�دیة نفسھا. تشخیص البكتریا المخاطیة .4 :یأتيوكما ] 2 ، [1 لما ورد في تبعاتمت عملیة التشخیص طة المجھ�ر التش�ریحي بق�وتي افحصت األطباق الخاص�ة بع�زل االجس�ام الثمری�ة ابت�داء م�ن الی�وم الثال�ث للحض�ن بوس� . أ لمشاھدة تكون األجسام الثمریة. 40xو 20xتكبیر فحصت األطباق الخاصة بتنمیة الحشد الخضري ابتداء من الیوم الثاني للحضن لمش�اھدة الص�فات الزرعی�ة الخاص�ة . ب بالمس�����تعمرات وأخض�����عت الع�����زالت البكتیری�����ة المخاطی�����ة للفحوص�����ات الكیموحیوی�����ة ش�����ملت انت�����اج ان�����زیم لجیالتین والیوریا والدم وال�دھون الكاتالیزواالوكسدیزوادمصاص صبغة الكونغو الحمراء وتحلل النشا والكازائین وا والتایروسین واستھالك االس�كولین وأخت�زال النت�رات وانت�اج غ�از كبریتی�د الھی�دروجین والنم�و ف�ي درج�ة 80توین ) م�ایكروغرام/قرص (بطریق�ة االق�راص 10( kanamycin)م واختبارحساسیتھا لمض�اد الكانامایس�ین 40حرارة ( ].11لما ورد في [تبعا مباشر فضال عن اجراء الفحص المجھري ال النتائج والمناقشة ) عینة أخذت م�ن ت�رب المق�ابر 50من أصل (. xanthus m) عزالت بكتیریة تعود للنوع 10تم الحصول على ( واس�تنادا ال�ى الص�فات الم�ذكورة نفس�ھ لن�وع لالثمریة والحشد الخض�ري العائ�دیین اعتمادا على التوصیف المظھري لالجسام ،ك��ان لوق��ت جم��ع العین��ات ف��ي فص��ل الص��یف االث��ر الواض��ح ف��ي ال��تخلص م��ن الملوث��ات ] 5،8، 2 [ ج��ع العلمی��ةف��ي المرا حیة فھي مقاومة لعامل الجفاف والحرارة.microcystsالمكروبیة وبقاء السبورات المخاطیة بداخل الحویصالت الدقیقة )1من بدء الحضانة ظھرت االجسام الثمریة صفراء كرویة ومرتفعة قلیال عن س�طح االك�ار ص�ورة ( ا) یوم21فبعد مرور( .xanthus m وھي صفة مظھریة تشخیصیة تأكیدیة للنوع 40xو x 20تحت المجھر التشریحي بقوتي تكبیر یعد الوسط الزرعي مستخلص التربة الصلب المزود بخمیرة الخبز وسط انتقائي لتنمیة الع�زالت البكتیری�ة المخاطی�ة . ]1[ فقد بدت المستعمرات النامیة بھیئة الحشد او العج بلون اصفر متالصقة ومشكلة طبقة مخاطیة متحركة باتجاھ�ات بعی�دة ع�ن نفص�لة قیاس�ا ببقی�ة المس�تعمرات البكتیری�ة بس�بب انتاجھ�ا لم�ادة المخ�اط منطقة الزرع مما یصعب تمییزھا ال�ى مس�تعمرات م slime وھ�ي ص��فة مظھری�ة تشخیص�یة تاكیدی�ة للن��وع 2ص�ورة ( راف�ق نم�و المس�تعمرات من�اطق تحل��ل واض�حة حولھ�ا ،( xanthus m ] 4 ،9 [ ھا ص��فةص��فبوفض�ال ع��ن تف��رد الع�زالت البكتیری��ة لھ��ذا الن�وع بمقاومتھ��ا لمض��اد الفانكومایس�ین ن ب��اقي اف��راد مجموع��ة االنزالقی��ات الثمری��ة اذ ان إض��افة ھ��ذا المض��اد ال��ى الوس��ط الزرع��ي م��تشخیص��یة تاكیدی��ة تمیزھ��ا لیص اكبر ع�دد ممك�ن م�ن البكتری�ا المنافس�ة خطوة تنقیة اذ ادى الى تقبوصفھا مستخلص التربة كان على درجة من االھمیة ف��ي الوس��ط bacillus،streptomycesوالملوث��ة الت��ي رافق��ت نم��و االجس��ام الثمری��ة الس��یما البكتری��ا المكون��ة لألب��واغ الزرعي مستخلص التربة الصلب كم�ا اب�دى الفح�ص المجھ�ري المباش�ر كونھ�ا عص�یات س�البة مس�تدقة النھای�ات منف�ردة او ] 12متجمعة.[ اكدت نتائج الدراسة الحالیة ان استخدام تقنیة االصطیاد تعد طریقة كفوءة للحصول على االجسام الثمریة و الحشد الثمریة المنبثقة عل�ى الجساماذ مثل األصطیاد األول اذ تضمنت ھذه التقنیة خطوتي العزل والتنقیة في آن واحد ،االخضري لب الملقح بخمیرة الخبزالمقتول�ة ب�الحرارة ، بینم�ا مث�ل األص�طیاد الث�اني الحش�د سطح الوسط الزرعي مستخلص التربة الص الخضري المنبثق من أنبات األبواغ المخاطیة على الوس�ط الزرع�ي مس�تخلص الترب�ة الص�لب الملق�ح بخمی�رة الخب�ز الحی�ة، مص�در تغ�ذوي طبیع�ي مش�ابھ ال�ى بیئ�ة تعد ھذه التقنیة اقتصادیة بأعتبار الوس�ط الزرع�ي مس�تخلص الترب�ة وخمی�رة الخب�ز البكتریا االنزالقیة الثمریة اال وھي التربة وما تحویھ من المغذیات التي تحفز على تكوین االجسام الثمریة والحشد الخض�ري ]10الممیزین مما یسھل عملیة التشخیص[ بانھ�ا تع�ود ) 1ف�ي ج�دول(لمخاطی�ة التاكیدیة لتشخیص العزالت البكتیریة ا الكیموحیویة لفحوصاتتبین من نتائج ا بكونھا سالبة الختبار االوكسیدیز وموجبة الختبار الكاتالیز وق�د اب�دت جمی�ع الع�زالت قابلیتھ�ا عل�ى .xanthus m للنوع والك�ازائین والجیالت�ین أیام ) 10ادمصاص صبغة الكونغو الحمراء على سطح المستعمرات النامیة وتحلیل النشا بعد مرور ( في حین كان�ت جمی�ع الع�زالت البكتیری�ة غی�ر ق�ادرة عل�ى تحلی�ل ال�دم والیوری�ا وانت�اج غ�از ،والتایروسین80والدھون توین 9 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 )م وكان�ت جمی�ع الع�زالت حساس�ة 40كبریتید الھیدروجین واختزال النترات واستھالك االسكولین والنمو في درجة حرارة ( 13]، 11 [ لمضاد الكانامایسین. المقابر ضمن ت�رب المن�اخ الج�اف عل�ى ال�رغم م�ن ذل�ك فھ�ي ت�وفر ظروف�ا جی�دة لنم�و أن�واع األحی�اء تصنف ترب المجھریة المكونة لألبواغ السیما البكتریا المخاطیة الحتواء ھذه الترب على المواد العضویة المختلفة التي مصدرھا الجث�ث ] 9 ، 3 [ بورات مخاطیةالمتحللة، اذ تتواجد ھكذا أحیاء بھیئة حویصالت دقیقة اوس ) ْم دور فع�ال ف�ي الح�د م�ن نم�و الملوث�ات البكتیری�ة 22 -20عن�د درج�ة ح�رارة ( m. xanthusكان لتنمیة ع�زالت الن�وع ) ْم ل�وحظ ان اس�تخدام عجین�ة 37-35الممرضات التي تحت�اج لك�ي تنم�و ال�ى درج�ات حراری�ة أعل�ى تت�راوح م�ابین( السیما زل ی��وفر فرص��ة اكب��ر للنم��و والتك��اثر وتك��وین االجس��ام الثمری��ة م��ن دون اللج��وء ال��ى طریق��ة س��میكة م��ن الترب��ة ألج��ل الع�� التخافیف التي التجدي نفعا مع البكتریا المخاطی�ة لفق�دان االجس�ام الثمری�ة المتط�ورة م�ن خلی�ة مف�ردة ف�ي التخ�افیف العلی�ا، كافی�اً لتنتش�ر عل�ى س�طح االك�ار م�ا ب�ین المس�تعمرات االغل�ب تج�د وقت�اً ف�يوفي التخافیف األولى یالح�ظ أن الملوث�ات و ] 12، [2الناشئة التي تعود للبكتریا المخاطیة التي تحتاج للقاح كثیف لتنمو على طبق عزل االجسام الثمریة. عل�ى لتحلیل مختلف المركبات ذات األوزان الجزیئی�ة الكبی�رة لقابلیتھ�ا بقدرتھا xanthus .mتمتازعزالت بكتریا كم��ا تس��تطیع النم��و بص��ورة cell wall lytic enzymes ،lipases ،proteases ،nucleasesانت�اج مختل��ف االنزیم��ات جیدة في اوساط تضم انواع اخ�رى م�ن االحی�اء المجھری�ة س�واء الحی�ة ام المیت�ة، ك�ذلك النم�و ف�ي اوس�اط تح�وي البروتین�ات isoleucine واالیزلوس���ین، leucineواللوس���ین، methionineث���ونین المیمث���ل او م���زیج االحم���اض االمینی���ة ، كالك���ازائین السیما وسط مستخلص التربة كمصادر ك�اربون ونت�روجین و تتحم�ل تراكی�ز عالی�ة نس�بیا م�ن ام�الح الكالس�یوم والمغنس�یوم 6 [دی�د م�ن البح�وث الذي یفسر ظاھرة وجود ھذا النوع م�ن البكتری�ا بكمی�ات كبی�رة ف�ي ت�رب المن�اخ الجافھ�ذا م�ا اكدت�ھ الع ،8،14 ،15 [ ف���ي دراس���تھ الت���ي اجراھ���ا الج���ل الحص���ول عل���ى ع���زالت نقی���ة للج���نس ]16م���ع[ ج���اءت ھ���ذه النت���ائج متفق���ة myxococcus عزلة تعود للنوع74تمكن من عزل وتنقیة ( اذ (xanthus .m من ) عین�ة ترب�ة جمع�ت م�ن 100اص�ل ( المزود بخمی�رة الخب�ز المش�ابھ ال�ى بیئ�ة البكتری�ا المخاطی�ة التربة الصلبستخدم الوسط الزرعي مستخلص اذ اترب المدافن اال وھي التربة وما تحویھ من خلیط غني من االحیاء المجھریة الحیة والمیتة فضال عما توفره من مواد عضویة متحللة عن�د كل المستویات . أجراھ�ا عل�ى ص�حراء المكس�یك الت�ي تس�تقبل ]في دراستھ التي 17جاءت ھذه النتائج متماشیة مع ما توصل الیھ [ )عینة تربة 57من (m. xanthus ذ أستطاع عزل أنواع مختلفة من البكتریا المخاطیة السیما النوع اأمطار موسمیة قلیلة ، جمعت من أماكن جافة جدا وتفتقر للخضرة،وبھذا فھي شائعة كفلورامایكروبیة في ھكذا بیئات بھیئة خالیا ساكنة وعند توفر فعالیات بایولوجیة. ذيالرطوبة تنشط وتنبت الى خالیا خضریة مثل المواد الغذائیة وظروف النمو المصادر 1. reichenbach ،h ؛ .lawrence,j.s.anddworkin,m .).2006 ( the myxobacteria . in:the prokaryotes) ،balows a ؛.truper ، h.g ؛.dworkin,m.;harder ،w.andkhschleifer ، k.h،.eds ،(.springer verlag ،2 nded. v i i ، new york. 2. reichenbach,h.anddworkin,m.(2010)themyxobacteria.in:the prokaryotes, ,(balows,a., truper,h.g.;dworkin,m.;harder,w.and kh schleifer , k.h.,eds.)springer verlag, 3thed., iv ,new york,pp885 3. fang, x. m. and zhang, l.p. .(2001) a preliminary study on ecological ofmyxobacteria. biodiv. sci. 9: 207-213 4. coucke,p. (2003)morphology and morphogenesis of myxobacteriaceae. j.appl.bact.18:506-610 5. kaiser , d.andwelch,r. (2004) dynamic of fruiting body morphogenesis. j.bacteriol.186(4):919-927 6. dworkin , m.(2002). recent advance in the social and developmental biology of themyxobacteria. microbiol. rev..70(1):90-123 7. reichenbach, h. .(2001)myxobacteria ,producers of novel bioactive substances .j.ind. microbiol. biotechnol.27:149-156 8. dawid,w.(2000) .biology and global distribution of myxobacteia in soils . fems microbiol rev.24:403-427 9. sunga,gn.; kadam, s. karwowski , jp and mcalpine, jb. (2009)isolation of myxococcus xanthus from yard soil . j.of ind. microbiol.13:930 – 936 10. larkin, e.r. (2008) myxobacters from grave soil.appl. environ. microbiol. 72 (1): 46424644. 10 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 11. forbes,b.a.;sahm,d.f.and eissfeld,a.s. (2002)bailyandscott's diagnostic microbiology, mosby co:baltimore,1thed.,philadelphia, pp753 12. shean,j.m. (2005)isolation and diagnosis of myxobacteria as pure culture.can j microbial 32:1-4. 13. holt., j.g.; krieg, n.r.; sreath, p.h.a.; staley, j.t. and nilliams, s.t. .(2010) bergey's manual of determinative bacteriology, 3th ed. the williams and wilkins co., baltimore, usa 14. mcdonald,j.(2000)studies on the genus myxococcus(myxococcales). nature57:737-747 15. reichenbach,h. (2000)biology and chemistry of microbial compounds, scientific annual report , 1st ed., braunschweig,pp1559 16. novotny, v.;lecianova, l. and zakova, z.(2012)fruitinggliding bacteria from burial ground. j. microbiol. method. 10: 577-581 17. evenson,a.(2013)gliding bacteria from mexican desert. soilsci. soc. am. press. 37(1):808-809 الخبز وخمیرة على وسط مستخلص التربة الصلبm. xanthus كرویة صفراء لبكتیریا ثمریة أجسام )1رقم ( صورة x 40قوة تكبیر ایوم (21) بعد حضانة المقتولة بالحرارة حولھ مناطق تحلل واضحة على وسط .xanthus mبلون اصفر لبكتریا مخاطي حشد خضري )2رقم ( صورة أیام) 3مستخلص التربة الصلب وخمیرة الخبز الحیة بعد حضانة ( 11 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 m. xanthus) الفحوصات الزرعیة والمجھریة والكیموحیویة لعزالت بكتریا 1جدول رقم ( لة عز ال قم ر ي رو ك ي مر الث م جس ال فع رت رم صف أ ر صف ي أ ضر لخ د ا حش ال طي خا م ة وی ص ع رام ك غة صب ة ل الب س قة ستد م الیا لخ ل ا حل ة ت غذی الت ة یع طب یز سید وك األ یز تال لك ا و نغ كو ال غة صب ص صا دم أ اء مر لح ا ل حل ت شا الن 10 وم ی ین زائ كا ال لل تح ن التی جی ال لل تح ن وب م ت خدا ست ا ن 80 سی رو تای ال ك كی تف دم ال لل تح ز ری یو ال از غ اج انت h 2s ت را لنت ل ا زا خت أ ین ول كی ألس ك ا ال تھ اس رة را ح جة در و ب نم ال م40 ین یس ما انا للك ة وم مقا ال 1 + + + + + + + + + + + s 2 + + + + + + + + + + + s 3 + + + + + + + + + + + s 4 + + + + + + + + + + + s 5 + + + + + + + + + + + s 6 + + + + + + + + + + + s 7 + + + + + + + + + + + s 8 + + + + + + + + + + + s 9 + + + + + + + + + + + s 10 + + + + + + + + + + + s ) حساسة للمضاد الحیاتيs) نتیجة سالبة للفحص ، ( -(+)نتیجة موجبة للفحص ، ( 12 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 isolation and identification of the (myxococcus xanthus) myxobacterium from the grave soil halah a.h. al-jebori halah department of biology / college of science / al-mustansiryah university received in : 12/3/2013 , accepted in : 19/5/2013 abstract the study was performed to isolate and identify the myxococcus xanthus from (50) samples of grave soils .special growth conditions had been used to support the growth of m. xanthus and to suppressed the growth of other microorganisms like (drying , high concentration of antibiotics and specific growth media) m. .xanthus isolates had been subjected to the morphological, cultural and biochemical examinations for identification . results obtaind could be summarized as follows : 1. myxobacteria were found as normal flora inhabitants of the arid soils. 2. ten local isplates of m. xanthus out of (50) soil samples were isolated as fruiting bodies depending on baiting technique by baker ' s yeast. 3. soil extract agar with baker 's yeast was suitable for obtaining the best growth of vegetative swarms as pure culture keywords : myxobacterium , grave soil ، myxococcus xanthus . 13 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 17062012124656 17062012124656_001 17062012124656_002 17062012124656_003 17062012124656_004 17062012124656_005 17062012124656_006 17062012124656_007 17062012124656_008 17062012124656_009 17062012124656_010 17062012124657 17062012124657_001 17062012124657_002 17062012124657_003 17062012124657_004 17062012124657_005 17062012124657_006 17062012124754 17062012124755 17062012124755_001 17062012124755_002 17062012124755_003 17062012124755_004 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 300 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license almost and strongly almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed modules abstract in this paper we present the almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed (submodules) modules as an application of almost approximately nearly quasiprime submodule. we give some examples, remarks, and properties of this concept. also, as the strong form of this concept, we introduce the strongly, almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed (submodules) modules. moreover, we present the definitions of almost approximately nearly quasiprime radical submodules and almost approximately nearly quasiprime radical submodules and give some basic properties of these concepts that will be needed in section four of this research. we study these two concepts extensively. keywords: alappnq-prime submodules, alappnq compactly packed, strongly alappnq compactly packed, alappnq-prime radical of submodule, alappnq-prime radical submodule. 1. introduction the concept of almost approximately nearly quasiprime was recently introduced by [1] as a generation of “quasiprime, nearly quasiprime and approximately quasiprime” submodules see [24]. the submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄 is called almost approximately nearly quasiprime (simply alappnqprime) submodule, if for any 𝑟𝑠𝑞 ∈ 𝐹, for 𝑟,𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implying that either 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑄)+𝐽(𝑄)) or 𝑠𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 +(𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑄)+𝐽(𝑄)). as an application of alappnq-prime submodule, we introduce the concepts of [almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed (submodules) modules, strongly almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed (submodules) modules] and study some basic properties of these concepts. this paper consists of three sections. section one covers some basic concepts, recalls some remarks and propositions needed in the sequel. section two introduces and studies the concept of almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed (submodules) modules and gives some basic properties. section three, devoted to introducing the concept of strongly almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed (submodules) modules. also, we introduce the concepts of almost approximately nearly quasiprime radical submodules and almost approximately nearly quasiprime radical submodules and study this concept in detail. finally, we doi.org/10.30526/36.1.3013 article history: received 14 september 2022, accepted 6 november 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq ali sh. ajeel department of mathematics , college of computer sciences and mathematics,tikrit university , iraq. ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq haibat k. mohammadali department of mathematics , college of computer sciences and mathematics,tikrit university , iraq. h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 301 remark that all rings in this paper are commutative with identity and all modules are unitary left 𝑅-module. 2. preliminaries this section includes some well-known definitions, remarks, and propositions needed in our study of the next sections. remark 2.1 [5] in a finitely generated 𝑅-module, every proper submodule contend in maximal submodule. definition 2.2 [6] an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is multiplication if every submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄 is of the form 𝐹 = 𝐼𝑄 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. proposition 2.3 [7] let 𝑄 be a non-zero multiplication 𝑅-module, then every proper submodule of 𝑄 contend in a maximal submodule. definition 2.4 [8] a submodule 𝐹 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called small if 𝐹 +𝐾 = 𝑄 implies that 𝐾 = 𝑄 for any proper submodule 𝐾 of 𝑄. proposition 2.5 [1] let 𝑓:𝑄 → 𝑄′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism, and ker𝑓 is small submodule for 𝑄. if 𝐹 is an alappnqprime submodule for 𝑄′ then 𝑓−1(𝐹) is alappnq-prime submodule for 𝑄. proposition 2.6 [1] let 𝑓:𝑄 → 𝑄′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism, and ker𝑓 is small submodule for 𝑄. if 𝐹 be an alappnqprime submodule for 𝑄 with 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐹 then 𝑓(𝐹) is alappnq-prime submodule for 𝑄′. definition 2.7 [9] a subset 𝑆 of a ring 𝑅 is called multiplicatively closed if 1 ∈ 𝑆 and 𝑎𝑏 ∈ 𝑆 for every 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝑆. let 𝑇 be the set of all order pairs (𝑞,𝑠) where 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 and 𝑠 ∈ 𝑆. the relation on 𝑇 is defined by (𝑞,𝑠)~(𝑞′,𝑠′) if there exists 𝑡 ∈ 𝑆 such that 𝑡(𝑠𝑞′ −𝑠′𝑞) = 0 is an equivalence relation. we denote the equivalence classes of (𝑞,𝑠) by 𝑞 𝑠 . let 𝑄𝑆 denote the set of all equivalence classes 𝑇 with respect to this relation. 𝑄𝑆 is an 𝑅-module. definition 2.8 [10] an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is 𝑍-regular if for each 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 there exists 𝑓 ∈ 𝑄′ = 𝐻𝑜𝑚𝑅(𝑄,𝑅) such that 𝑞 = 𝑓(𝑞)𝑞. proposition 2.9 [5] let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module then the following statements are equivalent: 1. every proper submodule of 𝑄 is a semi prime. 2. every proper submodule of 𝑄 is the intersection of prime submodule of 𝑄. proposition 2.10 [5] let 𝑄 be a non-zero 𝑍-regular 𝑅-module, then every proper submodule of 𝑄 is a semi prime. from propositions 2.9 and 2.10, we get the following corollary. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 302 corollary 2.11 let 𝑄 be 𝑍-regular 𝑅-module, then every proper submodule of 𝑄 is the intersection of a prime submodule of 𝑄. remark 2.12 [1] every prime submodule 𝐹 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄. definition 2.13 [11] an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is faithful if 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅(𝑄) = (0). proposition 2.14 [13] a proper submodule 𝐹 of faithful multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑄 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 if and only if [𝐹:𝑅 𝑄] is an alappnq-prime ideal of 𝑅. definition 2.15 [9] “an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called bezout module if every finitely generated submodule of 𝑄 is cyclic”. 3. almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed modules before we introduce the concept of almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed modules, and study some properties, we need to define the concept of almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed submodules. definition 3.1 a proper submodule 𝐹 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed (simply alappnq compactly packed) if for each family {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ of alappnq-prime submodules of 𝑄 with 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ there exists 𝛼1,𝛼2,… ,𝛼𝑛 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝑖. 𝑛 𝑖=1 definition 3.2 an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called alappnq compactly packed if every proper submodule of 𝑄 is alappnq compactly packed. remarks and examples 3.3 1. 𝑍6 as 𝑍-module alappnq compactly packed 𝑍-module. 2. every module contains a finite number of alappnq-prime submodules is alappnq compactly packed. 3. every proper finite submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed. proposition 3.4 let 𝑄 be alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module with 𝐽(𝑄) ≠ 𝑄, then 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition for alappnq-prime submodules. proof let 𝐿1 ⊆ 𝐿2 ⊆ 𝐿3 ⊆ ⋯ be ascending chain of alappnq-prime submodules of 𝑄. let 𝐿 = ⋃ 𝐿𝑖𝑖 , we claim that 𝐿 ≠ 𝑄. in fact if 𝐿 = 𝑄 and 𝐻 is a maximal submodule of 𝑄, then 𝐻 ⊊ ⋃ 𝐿𝑖𝑖 , but 𝑄 is alappnq compactly packed module, then there exists 𝛼1,𝛼2,… ,𝛼𝑛 such that 𝐻 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐿𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 and since 𝐿1 ⊆ 𝐿2 ⊆ 𝐿3 ⊆ ⋯ is ascending chain then there exists 𝑞 ∈ {1,2,… ,𝑛} such that ⋃ 𝐿𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 𝐿𝛼𝑞 then 𝐻 ⊆ 𝐿𝛼𝑞, and since 𝐻 is maximal submodule then 𝐻 = 𝐿𝛼𝑞 and consequently 𝑄 = ⋃ 𝐿𝑖𝑖 = 𝐿𝛼𝑞 which is a contradiction. so 𝐿 is a proper submodule of 𝑄, thus there exists 𝛼1,𝛼2,… ,𝛼𝑛 such that 𝐿 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐿𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 , and since 𝐿1 ⊆ 𝐿2 ⊆ 𝐿3 ⊆ ⋯ is an ascending chain then there exists 𝑞 ∈ {1,2,… ,𝑛} such that ⋃ 𝐿𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 𝐿𝛼𝑞 that is ⋃ 𝐿𝑖𝑖 ⊆ 𝐿𝛼𝑞, so𝐿1 ⊆ 𝐿2 ⊆ 𝐿3 ⊆ ⋯ ⊆ 𝐿𝛼𝑞. therefore 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition on alappnq-prime submodules. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 303 since every proper submodule of finitely generated module contained in maximal submodule, so from the previous proposition, we have the following corollary. corollary 3.5 if 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed finitely generated module, then 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition for alappnq-prime submodules. also since every proper submodule of multiplication module contained in maximal submodule, so from the previous proposition, we have the following corollary. corollary 3.6 if 𝑄 is alappnq compactly packed multiplication module, then 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition for alappnq-prime submodules. proposition 3.7 let 𝑓:𝑄 → 𝑄′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism, and ker𝑓 is a small submodule of 𝑄, such that ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃 for each alappnq-prime submodule 𝑃 of 𝑄. then 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed if and only if 𝑄′ is an alappnq compactly packed. proof (⟾) suppose that 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module, and 𝐹′ ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃′𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , where 𝐹′ is a proper submodule of 𝑄′ and 𝑃′ is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄′ for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. then, 𝑓−1(𝐹′) ⊆ 𝑓−1(⋃ 𝑃′𝛼𝛼∈ʌ ) and hence 𝑓 −1(𝐹′) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃′𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ . but by proposition 2.5 we have 𝑓−1(𝑃′𝛼) is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. since 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed then there exists 𝛼1,𝛼2,… ,𝛼𝑛 ∈ ʌ such that 𝑓 −1(𝐹′) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃′𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 implies that 𝑓−1(𝐹′) ⊆ 𝑓−1(⋃ 𝑃′𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 ). but 𝑓 is an epimorphism then 𝐹′ ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃′𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 . thus 𝑄 ′ is an alappnq compactly packed. (⟽) suppose that 𝑄′ is an alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module and ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃 for each alappnq-prime submodule 𝑃 of 𝑄. let 𝐹 be aproper submodule of 𝑄 such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , where 𝑃𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. then 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ 𝑓(⋃ 𝑃𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ implies that 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓(𝑃𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ . but ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃𝛼 for each 𝛼. then by proposition 2.6 𝑓(𝑃𝛼) is an alappnqprime submodule of 𝑄′ for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. since 𝑄′ is an alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module, then there exists 𝛼1,𝛼2,… ,𝛼𝑛 ∈ ʌ such that 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 . now, let 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹 then 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 , then there exists 𝑗 ∈ {1,2,… ,𝑛} such that 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝑃𝛼𝑗), implies that there exists 𝑏 ∈ 𝑃𝛼𝑗 such that 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑏), then 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑏) = 0, and 𝑓(𝑥 −𝑏) = 0 so 𝑥 −𝑏 ∈ ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃𝛼𝑗. that is 𝑥 ∈ 𝑃𝛼𝑗. hence, 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 , that is 𝐹 is an alappnq compactly packed submodule. therefore, 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module. the following proposition gives a relation between an alappnq compactly packed module 𝑄 and 𝑄𝑆 proposition 3.9 let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, and 𝑆 a multiplicatively closed set in 𝑅. if 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed module, then 𝑄𝑆 is an alappnq compactly packed module. proof let 𝐹 be a proper submodule of 𝑄𝑆, and 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , where 𝑃𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄𝑆 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. define 𝑓:𝑄 → 𝑄𝑆 by 𝑓(𝑞) = 𝑞 1 for every 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄. thus 𝑓 is an epimorphism. therefore 𝑓−1(𝐹) ⊆ 𝑓−1(⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ ), implies that 𝑓 −1(𝐹) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ . since 𝑃𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄𝑆 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ and 𝑓 is an epimorphism, then by proposition 2.5 we have 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼) is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. but 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed then there exists 𝛼1,𝛼2,… ,𝛼𝑛 ∈ ʌ such that 𝑓 −1(𝐹) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 . hence, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 304 (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 ⊆ (⋃ 𝑓 −1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 )𝑆 = ⋃ (𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖))𝑆 𝑛 𝑖=1 . to prove the last equality, let 𝑞 𝑠 ∈ (⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 )𝑆 , where 𝑠 ∈ 𝑆, 𝑞 ∈ ⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 so there exists 𝑗 ∈ {1,2,… ,𝑛} such that 𝑞 ∈ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑗), thus 𝑞 𝑠 ∈ (𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑗)) 𝑆 , hence 𝑞 𝑠 ∈ ⋃ (𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖))𝑆 𝑛 𝑖=1 . it follows (⋃ 𝑓 −1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 )𝑆 ⊆ ⋃ (𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖))𝑆 𝑛𝑖=1 . now, let 𝑞 𝑠 ∈ ⋃ (𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖))𝑆 𝑛 𝑖=1 , so 𝑞 𝑠 ∈ (𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑗)) 𝑆 for some 𝑗 ∈ {1,2,… ,𝑛}, where 𝑠 ∈ 𝑆, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑗). hence, 𝑞 ∈ ⋃ 𝑓 −1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 , thus 𝑞 𝑠 ∈ (⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 )𝑆 . therefore, ⋃ (𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼𝑖))𝑆 𝑛 𝑖=1 ⊆ (⋃ 𝑓 −1(𝑃𝛼𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 )𝑆 . now we prove that (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 = 𝐹 for any submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄𝑆. let 𝑥 𝑠 ∈ (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 , where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝐹) and 𝑠 ∈ 𝑆. then 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝐹, therefore 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹, hence 𝑥 𝑠 = 1 𝑠 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹. thus (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 ⊆ 𝐹. now, let 𝑥 𝑠 ∈ 𝐹, then, 1 𝑠 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹 and hence 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹, implies that 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝐹, therefore 𝑥 ∈ 𝑓−1(𝐹) and 𝑥 𝑠 ∈ (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆. thus, 𝐹 ⊆ (𝑓 −1(𝐹))𝑆. therefore 𝐹 = (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 for any submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄𝑆. since (𝑓 −1(𝐹))𝑆 ⊆ ⋃ (𝑓 −1(𝑃𝛼𝑖)) ,𝑆 𝑛 𝑖=1 , we have 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 . hence, 𝐹 is an alappnq compactly packed submodule of 𝑄𝑆. thus 𝑄𝑆 is an alappnq compactly packed module. 4. strongly almost approximately nearly quasi compactly packed modules in this section, we introduce the strongly alappnq compactly packed modules and comprehensively study this concept. first, we must introduce the definitions of alappnq-prime radical of submodules, alappnq-prime radical submodules, and some propositions of these concepts needed in the sequel. definition 4.1 let 𝐹 be proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑄. if there exist an alappn-prime submodules that contain 𝐹, then, the intersection of each alappn-prime submodules containing 𝐹 is called alappnqprime radical of 𝐹 and denoted by 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹). if there exists no an alappnq-prime submodule containing 𝐹, we put 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝑄. definition 4.2 we say that a submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄 is alappnq-prime radical, if 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐹. proposition 4.3 let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module and 𝐹, 𝐿 are submodules of 𝑄. then: 1. 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹). 2. if 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿, then 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐿). 3. 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄 (𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹)) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹). proof (1) and (2) direct from definition. (3) by part (1) we have 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄 ( 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹)). now 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) =∩𝐾, where the intersection runs over all alappnq-prime submodules 𝐾 of 𝑄 with 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐾. 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄 (𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹)) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(∩𝐾) ⊆∩ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐾) =∩𝐾. hence, 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄 (𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹)) ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹). thus 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄 (𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹)) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 305 proposition 4.4 let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module. if 𝑄 is 𝑍-regular, then 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐹 for all submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄. proof let 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄. then by proposition 4.3(1) we have 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹). since 𝑄 is 𝑍-regular and 𝐹 be aproper submodule of 𝑄 then by corollary 2.11 we have 𝐹 is the intersection of prime submodules. hence 𝐹 = ⋂ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ where 𝑃𝛼 is a prime submodule of 𝑄 for each 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. therefore ⋂ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ ⊆ 𝐹, where 𝑃𝛼 is a prime submodule of 𝑄 such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑃𝛼. since by remark 2.12 every prime submodule of 𝑄 is an alappnq-prime then 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) ⊆ ⋂ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ implies that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐹. proposition 4.5 let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module. if 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition for alappnq-prime radical submodules, then every proper submodule of 𝑄 is an alappnq-prime radical of a finitely generated submodule of it. proof assume that there exists a proper submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄 which is not the alappnq-prime radical of a finitely generated submodule of it. let 𝑞1 ∈ 𝐹 and 𝐹1 = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞1), so 𝐹1 ⊂ 𝐹. thus, there exists 𝑞2 ∈ 𝐹 −𝐹1. let 𝐹2 = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞1 +𝑅𝑞2), then, 𝐹1 ⊂ 𝐹2 ⊂ 𝐹, hence there exists 𝑞3 ∈ 𝐹 −𝐹3. this implies an ascending chain of alappnq-prime radical submodules 𝐹1 ⊆ 𝐹2 ⊆ 𝐹3 ⊆ ⋯, which does not terminate and this contradicts with hypothesis. now, we introduce the concept of strongly alappnq compactly packed modules, and study some properties. definition 4.6 a proper submodule 𝐹 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called strongly alappnq compactly packed if for each family {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ of alappnq-prime submodules of 𝑄 with 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐹𝛽. definition 4.7 an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called strongly alappnq compactly packed if every proper submodule of 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed. remark 4.8 every strongly alappnq compactly packed submodule is alappnq compactly packed, but the convers is not true as explain in the following example: let 𝑄 = 𝑍2[𝑥] be a module over 𝑍2. let 𝐿 = {0̅, 1̅,𝑥, 1̅+𝑥} is a 𝑍2-submodule of 𝑄. 𝐿 ⊆ 1̅𝑍2 ∪ 𝑥𝑍2 ∪𝑥 2𝑍2 , where 1̅𝑍2,𝑥𝑍2,𝑥 2𝑍2 are prime submodules of 𝑄. but 𝐿 ⊄ 1̅𝑍2 ∪𝑥𝑍2 ∪𝑥 2𝑍2, that 𝐿 is alappnq compactly packed, but it is not strongly alappnq compactly packed. the following proposition gives a characterization of strongly alappnq compactly packed modules. proposition 4.9 let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module. then 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed if and only if every proper submodule of 𝑄 is alappnq-prime radical of a cyclic submodule of it. proof (⟾) let 𝐹 be a proper submodule of 𝑄 such that 𝐹 is not alappnq-prime radical of a cyclic ihjpas. 36(1)2023 306 submodule of it, thus for each 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹, 𝐹 ≠ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄((𝑞)). so there exists an alappnq-prime submodule 𝐿𝑞 ⊇ (𝑞) for each 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 and 𝐹 ⊄ 𝐿𝑞. thus 𝐹 = ⋃ (𝑞)𝑞∈𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐿𝑞𝑞∈𝐹 . since 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed, then there exists 𝑞0 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿𝑞0 which is a contradiction. hence 𝐹 is alappnq-prime radical of a cyclic submodule of it. (⟽) let 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , where 𝐹𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ and 𝐹 = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄((𝑞)) for some 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹. since 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹, thus 𝑞 ∈ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ . hence there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹𝛽. thus implies that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄((𝑞)) ⊆ 𝐹𝛽 and consequently 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐹𝛽 which prove that 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed. the following theorem gives characterizations of strongly alappnq compactly packed modules. theorem 4.10 let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module. then the following statements are equivalent: 1. 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed module. 2. for each 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞). 3. for each 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, if {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ is a family of submodules of 𝑄, such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , then there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛽). 4. for each 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, if {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ is a family of alappnq-prime radical submodule of 𝑄, with 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , then there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐹𝛽. proof (1) ⇒ (2) let 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄. suppose that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) ≠ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞) for all 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹. implies that for all 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 there exists an alappnq-prime submodule 𝐾𝑞 containing 𝑅𝑞 and 𝐹 ⊄ 𝐾𝑞. but 𝐹 = ⋃ 𝑅𝑞 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐾𝑞𝑞∈𝐹𝑞∈𝐹 and since 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed, then there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐾𝑞 which is a contradiction. hence there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞). (2) ⇒ (3) let 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, and {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ be a family of submodules of 𝑄, such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ . hence, by hypothesis there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞). since 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹, then 𝑞 ∈ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ implies that 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹𝛽 for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ. hence, 𝑅𝑞 ⊆ 𝐹𝛽 and 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞) ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛽). that is 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛼). (3) ⇒ (4) let 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, and {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ be a family of alappnq-prime radical submodules of 𝑄, such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , then by hypothesis there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛽) = 𝐹𝛽. since 𝐹𝛽is alappnq-prime radical submodules of 𝑄. (4) ⇒ (1) let 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, and suppose {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ is a family of alappnq-prime submodules of 𝑄, such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ . since 𝐹𝛼 is alappnq-prime submodules for each 𝛼 ∈ ʌ then 𝐹𝛼 = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛼). thus 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ = ⋃ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ . then by hypothesis, there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛼) = 𝐹𝛼. thus 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed. proposition 4.11 let 𝑅 be alappnq compactly packed ring. let 𝑄 be a faithful cyclic 𝑅-module such that for every submodule 𝐹1,𝐹2 of 𝑄 with 𝐹1 ⊆ 𝐹2, whenever [𝐹1:𝑅 𝑄] ⊆ [𝐹2:𝑅 𝑄]. then 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed. proof let 𝐹 be a proper submodule of 𝑄, and {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ is a family of alappnq-prime submodules of 𝑄, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 307 such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ . since 𝑄 is cyclic, then [⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ :𝑅 𝑄] = ⋃ [𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ :𝑅 𝑄] implies that [𝐹:𝑅 𝑄] ⊆ [⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ :𝑅 𝑄] ⊆ ⋃ [𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ :𝑅 𝑄]. since 𝑄 is cyclic then 𝑄 is multiplication [12], then by proposition 2.14 [𝐹𝛼:𝑅 𝑄] is alappnq-prime ideal of 𝑅. but 𝑅 is alappnq compactly packed ring then there exists 𝛼𝑗 ∈ ʌ such that [𝐹:𝑅 𝑄] ⊆ [𝐹𝛼𝑗:𝑅 𝑄] and by hypothesis, hence 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐹𝛼𝑗. thus 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed. the following proposition gives a necessary and sufficient condition for 𝑍-regular module to be strongly alappnq compactly packed. proposition 4.12 let 𝑄 be a 𝑍-regular 𝑅-module, then 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed if and only if every proper submodule of 𝑄 is cyclic. proof (⟾) suppose that 𝑄 is a strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module and let 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄. since 𝑄 is a strongly alappnq compactly packed, then by theorem 4.10, there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞). but 𝑄 is 𝑍-regular module, then by proposition 4.4, we have 𝐹 = 𝑅𝑞, thus 𝐹 is cyclic. (⟽) suppose that every proper submodule of 𝑄 is cyclic. let 𝐹 be a proper submodule of 𝑄 then, 𝐹 is cyclic, thus there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐹 = 𝑅𝑞, so we have 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞). hence by theorem 4.10, 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed. the following proposition gives condition under which strongly alappnq compactly packed module satisfy ascending chain condition on alappnq-prime radical submodules. proposition 4.13 let 𝑄 be strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module which has at least one maximal submodule, then 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition on alappnq-prime radical submodules. proof let 𝐹1 ⊆ 𝐹2 ⊆ ⋯ be an ascending chain condition for alappnq-prime radical submodules of 𝑄, let 𝐿 = ⋃ 𝐹𝑖𝑖 then 𝐿 is a submodule of 𝑄. we claim that 𝐿 ⊂ 𝑄. in fact, if 𝐿 = 𝑄 and 𝐻 is a maximal submodule of 𝑄, then 𝐻 ⊊ ⋃ 𝐹𝑖𝑖 . since 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed then by theorem 4.10 𝐻 ⊆ 𝐹𝑗 for some 𝑗. but 𝐻 is maximal submodule then 𝐻 = 𝐹𝑗 and this implies ⋃ 𝐹𝑖 ⊆ 𝐹𝑗𝑖 that is 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐹𝑗 which is a contradiction. so 𝐿 ⊂ 𝑄 and by theorem 4.10 there exists 𝑗 such that 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐹𝑗, so 𝐹1 ⊆ 𝐹2 ⊆ ⋯ ⊆ 𝐹𝑗 that is 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition on alappnq-prime radical submodules. the following corollaries are direct consequence of proposition 4.13. corollary 4.14 let 𝑄 be strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module such that 𝐽(𝑄) ≠ 𝑄. then 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition on alappnq-prime radical submodules. corollary 4.15 if 𝑄 is finitely generated strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module, then 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition on alappnq-prime radical submodules. corollary 4.16 if 𝑄 is multiplication strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module, then 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition on alappnq-prime radical submodules. in the following proposition we give a condition under which the convers of proposition 4.13 is hold. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 308 proposition 4.17 let 𝑄 be a bezout 𝑅-module. if 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition for alappnq-prime radical submodules, then 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed module. proof let 𝐹 be a proper submodule of 𝑄, then by proposition 4.5 there exists a finitely generated submodule 𝐿 of 𝐹 such that 𝐹 = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐿) and hence by proposition 4.3 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄 (𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐿)) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐿). but 𝑄 is bezout module then 𝐿 is cyclic submodule, then there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐿 such that 𝐿 = 𝑅𝑞, thus implies that 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 and 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞). therefore, by theorem 4.10 𝑄 is a strongly alappnq compactly packed module. proposition 4.18 let 𝑓:𝑄 → 𝑄′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism, and ker𝑓 is a small submodule of 𝑄 such that ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃 for each alappnq-prime submodule 𝑃 of 𝑄. then 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed if and only if 𝑄′ is strongly alappnq compactly packed. proof (⟾) suppose that 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module, and 𝐹′ ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃′𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , where 𝐹′ is proper submodule of 𝑄′ and 𝑃′ is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄′ for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. since 𝑓 is an epimorphism, then 𝑓−1(𝐹′) ⊆ 𝑓−1(⋃ 𝑃′𝛼𝛼∈ʌ ). thus 𝑓 −1(𝐹′) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃′𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ . but 𝑃′𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄′, then by proposition 2.5 we have 𝑓 −1(𝑃′𝛼) is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. since 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed then 𝑓−1(𝐹′) ⊆ 𝑓−1(𝑃′𝛽) for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ. therefore 𝐹′ ⊆ 𝑃′𝛽 for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ. hence 𝐹′ is strongly alappnq compactly packed submodule of 𝑄′. thus 𝑄′ is strongly alappnq compactly packed. (⟽) suppose that 𝑄′ is strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module and ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃 for each alappnq-prime submodule 𝑃 of 𝑄. let 𝐹 be a proper submodule of 𝑄 such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , where 𝑃𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. then 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ 𝑓(⋃ 𝑃𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ implies that 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓(𝑃𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ . but ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃𝛼 for each 𝛼. then by proposition 2.6 𝑓(𝑃𝛼) is an alappnqprime submodule of 𝑄′ for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. since 𝑄′ is strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module, then 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ 𝑓(𝑃𝛽) for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ. thus, for every 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹, 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝐹) ⊆ 𝑓(𝑃𝛽), then 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝑃𝛽). therefore, there exists 𝑏 ∈ 𝑃𝛽 such that 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑏), then 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑏) = 0, and 𝑓(𝑥 − 𝑏) = 0 so 𝑥 −𝑏 ∈ ker𝑓 ⊆ 𝑃𝛽. that is 𝑥 ∈ 𝑃𝛽. therefore 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑃𝛽 for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ and hence 𝐹 is strongly alappnq compactly packed submodule. hence 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed 𝑅-module. proposition 4.19 let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, and 𝑆 a multiplicatively closed set in 𝑅. if 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed module, then 𝑄𝑆 is strongly alappnq compactly packed module. proof assume 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed. let 𝐹 be proper submodule of 𝑄𝑆 with 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , where 𝑃𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄𝑆 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. define 𝑓:𝑄 → 𝑄𝑆 by 𝑓(𝑞) = 𝑞 1 for every 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄. thus 𝑓 is an epimorphism. therefore 𝑓−1(𝐹) ⊆ 𝑓−1(⋃ 𝑃𝛼𝛼∈ʌ ), implies that 𝑓−1(𝐹) ⊆ ⋃ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼)𝛼∈ʌ . since 𝑃𝛼 is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄𝑆 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ and 𝑓 is an epimorphism, then by proposition 2.5 we have 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛼) is an alappnq-prime submodule of 𝑄 for all 𝛼 ∈ ʌ. but 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed, then 𝑓−1(𝐹) ⊆ 𝑓−1(𝑃𝛽) for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ . therefore (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 ⊆ (𝑓 −1(𝑃𝛽))𝑆 . we need to show that (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 = 𝐹 for any submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄𝑆. let 𝑥 𝑠 ∈ (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 , where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝐹) and 𝑠 ∈ 𝑆. then 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝐹, therefore ihjpas. 36(1)2023 309 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹, hence 𝑥 𝑠 = 1 𝑠 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹. thus (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 ⊆ 𝐹. now let 𝑥 𝑠 ∈ 𝐹, then 1 𝑠 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹 and hence 𝑥 1 ∈ 𝐹, implies that 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝐹, therefore 𝑥 ∈ 𝑓−1(𝐹) and 𝑥 𝑠 ∈ (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆. thus 𝐹 ⊆ (𝑓 −1(𝐹))𝑆. therefore 𝐹 = (𝑓−1(𝐹))𝑆 for any submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄𝑆. now since (𝑓 −1(𝐹))𝑆 ⊆ (𝑓 −1(𝑃𝛽))𝑆 for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ we have 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑃𝛽 for some 𝛽 ∈ ʌ. thus 𝐹 is strongly alappnq compactly packed submodule. therefore 𝑄𝑆 is strongly alappnq compactly packed module. 5. conclusion the main results of this paper are: • let 𝑄 be alappnq compactly packed module with 𝐽(𝑄) ≠ 𝑄, then, 𝑄 satisfies the ascending chain condition for alappnq-prime submodules. • if 𝑄 is an alappnq compactly packed module, then, 𝑄𝑆 is an alappnq compactly packed module, for each multiplicatively closed set 𝑆 of 𝑅. • an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed if and only if every proper submodule of 𝑄 is alappnq-prime radical of a cyclic submodule of it. • let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module. then the following statements are equivalent: 1. 𝑄 is strongly alappnq compactly packed module. 2. for each 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, there exists 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹) = 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝑅𝑞). 3. for each 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, if {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ is a family of submodules of 𝑄, such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , then there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝑙𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑛𝑞𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑄(𝐹𝛽). 4. for each 𝐹 ⊂ 𝑄, if {𝐹𝛼}𝛼∈ʌ is a family of alappnq-prime radical submodule of 𝑄, with 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ 𝐹𝛼𝛼∈ʌ , then there exists 𝛽 ∈ ʌ such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐹𝛽. references 1. ali sh. a.; haibat k. m. almost approximaitly nearly quasiprime submodules, j. of alqadisiyah for computer science and mathematics, 14(3), will be published in 2022. 2. abdul-razak h. m. quasi-prime modules and quasi-prime submodules, m.sc. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 1999. 3. nuhad, s. a.; adwia, j. a. nearly quasi prime submodules, international journal of advanced research, 2017, 5(1), 170-180. 4. ali sh. a.; omar a. a.; haibat k. m. approximaitly quasi primary submodules, ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied sci. 2020, 33(4), 92-101. 5. athab, e. a. prime and semi prime, m.sc. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 1996. 6. el-bast, z. a.; smith, p. f. multiplication modules, comm. in algebra, 1988, 16(4), 755-779. 7. ahmad, a. a. on submodules of multiplication modules, m.sc. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 1993. 8. dung, n.v.; huynh, d.v.; smith, p.i., and wishbauer, r. extending modules, pitman research notes in math. series. longman, harlow. 1994. 9. larsen, m. d.; mccarthy, p. j. multiplicative theory of ideals, academic press, new york and london. 1971. 10. zelmanowitz, j. regular modules, american mathematical society, 1972, 163, 341-355. 11. kasch, f. modules and rings, london math. soc. monographs, new york, academic press. 1982. 12. barnard, a. multiplication modules, j. of algebra, 1981, 71(1), 174-178. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 310 13. ali sh. a.; haibat k. m. characterizations of almost approximaitly nearly quasiprime submodules in some kinds of modules, j. of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics, to appear. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 28 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. radiological risk assessment and radioactivity concentration in sediment of tigris river of the medical city/bab al muadham athraa naji jameel athraanaje@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq department of physics, college of education, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq abstract the concentrations of natural radionuclides in sediment samples from various locations along the stream of the tigris riverbank in the medical city in bab almuadham, baghdad, had been examined using nai(tl) detector. the mean concentrations of specific activity for 238u, 232th, 40k and 137cs for sediments of the river was 13.5±4.6, 35.2±3.1, 272.2±21.4 and 1.5±0.35 bq/kg respectively. the findings revealed that the concentration values of natural radionuclides and cesium were below permitted limits. the radiological hazard was compared with a global average (radium equivalent, absorbed dose rate, radiation hazard index and annual effective dose equivalent) finding it was less than reported by unscear . the radium equivalent activity was 102.22 bq/kg and the maximum absorbed dose rate was 88.1 ngy/h. at the same time, the mean annual effective dose equivalent was 420.1 µsv/y. the highest risk index was 0.39 and is much less than 1, except for the lifetime cancer risk were valuing between 164.2×10−3 to 1620×10 −3. this is a higher value than the global average. keywords: sediments, tigris river, radiological hazards, gamma-ray spectrometry, bab al muadham. 1. introduction since the middle of the twentieth century, radiological pollution has been one of the most critical worldwide environmental issues that have occupied the attention of world governments[1]. serious trends are represented in the great diversity and the emergence of some industrial complex, which is often accompanied by serious pollution that leads to the degradation of the ocean biodynamic and erratic global environment . furthermore, as the use of sources and isotopes of radiation expands in various aspects of human existence, for peaceful or military goals, the risk of radioactive contamination rises[24]. sediments had an active role in hydrous radioecology; soil and rocks are the key supply of radiation exposure to the population and additionally a way of radionuclide migration into ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.1.2796 article history: received ,7, november, 2021, accepted 19, december, 2021, published in january 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:athraanaje@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 29 the surroundings [5,6]. sediments are a significant source of radiation exposure to aquatic biota, and it acts as a medium of migration for the transfer of radionuclides within the aquatic environment. the sediment deposited at the lowest of rivers most often encompasses sand and gravel of various grain sizes, terribly valuable for building constructions [7,8]. sediment can have a total body effect due to external radiation originating directly from primordial radionuclides contained in sediment, or it can have an interior effect due to radon inhalation [9]. 2. materials and methods 2.1 sample collection and preparation fourteen sediment samples have been collected from diverse places alongside the river bank. sample collection was at a depth of four cm alongside the tigris river around medical city in bab al-muadham were examined to estimate the natural radioactivity level. then, the samples were place after collection in plastic bags. the samples had been oven-dried at a temperature of 120 oc for four hours, then the grinding and sieving process. all sediment samples had been weighed and sealed in marinelli containers. the samples had been sealed hermetically and stored for about four weeks to reach secular equilibrium. 2.2 radioactivity measurement samples have measurement with gamma spectrometry method the use of 3×3 inch nai(tl) detector, alpha spectra inc., made in usa. the detector has a relative performance of 90% and a power of 28.74 kev at a 60co gamma ray energy of 1332 kev. a specialized computer program can control this analyzer (bmca). the analyzer with multiple channels. it studies and analyses the gamma spectrum of gamma rays. it has a red light indicator for intermittent gamma-rays to the detector,and it is connected to a computer via usb cable to send the signal to the bmca program. the consists of radionuclides and includes all of 241am (59.5kev), 60co (1173.24 and 1332.50 kev), (137cs 661.66 kev). to measure the radiological background, the activity of 238u was given through the gamma line of its product decay 214bi (1764.5 kev). the activity of 232th was provided by the product of 208tl (583.19 and 2614.5 kev). the concentrations of 40k and 137cs were determined by calculating their gamma energy lines, 1460.8 kev and 661.61 kev, respectively. 3. calculations 3.1. specific activity the levels of radioactivity for radium, thorium, and potassium are calculated according to the equation [10]: 𝑨(𝒕) = 𝑵 𝜺(𝑬𝜸)×𝑰(𝑬𝜸)×𝒎 ×𝒕 (1) where n: net counts, ε(eγ) is the detector efficiency i(eγ): the abundance of energy, t: time for data collection, m is the mass of samples. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 30 3.2 radium equivalent activity the specific activity concentration level of components which includes 286ra, 232th, and 40k use of the equation [11]. raeq = ara + 1.43 × ath + 0.077 × ak (2) 3.3. absorbed dose rate the following equations are used to calculate the indoor and outdoor absorbed dose rates [12,13]. ) 3( ka+ 0.0417 th+ 0.621a ra(ngy/h) = 0.462a 𝑜𝑢𝑡d ) 4( ℎ𝑇𝐴 1.1+ 𝐾𝐴 + 0.081 ra𝐴 ) = 0.92ℎ/𝑛𝐺𝑦(ind where ra, 𝐴𝑇ℎ and 𝐴𝐾 are the activity concentrations in (𝐵𝑞/𝑘𝑔) of uranium, thorium and potassium respectively. 3.4. annual effective dose equivalent the annual effective dose equivalent rate is calculated, which considering the conversion coefficient from the absorbed dose inside the air (0.7 sv/gy) and the outdoor occupancy factor (0.2). therefore, the annual effective dose equivalent rates in msv/y are calculated via the following formulation [14]: 𝐴𝐸𝐷𝐸𝑜𝑢𝑡= 𝐷𝑜𝑢t (𝑛𝐺𝑦/ℎ) × 0.7(𝑆𝑣/𝐺𝑦) × 8760(ℎ/𝑦) × 0.20 × 10 −3 (5) 𝐴𝐸𝐷𝐸in= 𝐷in(𝑛𝐺𝑦/ℎ) × 0.7(𝑆𝑣/𝐺𝑦) × 8760(ℎ/𝑦) × 0.80 × 10 −3 (6) 3.5 hazard index the outside and inner hazard index is used for the assessment of outside exposure to gamma radiation. the equations can be used to compute the outdoor and the indoor hazard index [15,16]: hex = au 370 bq/kg + ath 259 bq/kg + ak 4810 bq/kg (7) hin = au 185 bq/kg + ath 259 bq/kg + ak 4810 bq/kg (8) 3.6. extra lifetime cancer risk (elcr) radionuclides may be envisioned in terms of extra lifetime cancers danger. it calculates the use of the equation [17,18]. )9( 𝑅𝐹× 𝐷𝐿× 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝐴𝐸𝐷𝐸= 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝐸𝐿𝐶𝑅 𝐸𝐿𝐶𝑅𝑖𝑛 = 𝐴𝐸𝐷𝐸𝑖𝑛 × 𝐷𝐿 × 𝑅𝐹 (10) where aede is the annual effective dose equivalent, dl isthe duration of life (70yrs),and rf is the risk factor (0.05 sv-1). for stochastic effects, icrp 60 uses of 0.05/sv . ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 31 4. results and discussion table (1) shows specific activity concentrations of the samples collected from the sediment of the tigris river region, the activity concentration of 238u range from 9.7 to 18.5 bq/kg with a mean value 13.5±4.6 bq/kg and from 24.33 to 54.00 bq/kg for 232th with mean value 35.2±3.1 bq/kg. the concentration for 40k range from 173.44 to 370.7 with a mean value 272.2±21.4bq/kg and 0.066 to 1.99 bq/kg with a mean value of 1.5±0.35 bq/kg for 137cs as shown in figure 1. the variation of values in the radionuclide activity concentration and radioactivity coefficients in sediments are determined by particle size, ph, and waste from hospitals and industrial dumped in rivers. regarding the activity concentration of natural radionuclides and 137cs for the sediment of tigris river samples were within the permissible limits as reported by unscear, 2010. table 1. specific activity concentrations of 238u, 232th, 40k and 137cs in samples sediment of tigris river. codes specific activity concentration (bq/kg) 40k 228u 232th 137cs 226ra 214pb 214bi s1 298.87 9.8 4.960 6.55 42.50 1.179 s2 173.44 9.7 3.20 3.1 24.33 0.13 s3 212.76 14.457 5.071 7.52 43.33 0.066 s4 218.92 14.33 4.007 7.71 25.79 0.23 s5 233.64 8.45 5.996 3.81 30.98 1.80 s6 207.45 14.67 3.409 4.39 33.00 1.04 s7 278.37 16.30 6.123 7.62 44.79 1.894 s8 215.37 16.8 6.44 4.34 38.04 1.00 s9 370. 7 18.5 12.44 14.1 54.00 1.99 s10 245.5 10.98 5.33 3.51 46.00 1.33 s11 298.38 12.00 4.55 6.68 43.68 1.008 s12 120.64 9.77 4.44 3.4 35.18 1.00 s13 220.33 14.6 9.54 5.1 2 28.0 1.00 s14 345 12.5 12.5 3.71 25 1.44 average 272.2± 21.4 13.5± 4.6 17.6± 4.7 6.21± 0.81 35.2± 3.1 1.5± 0.35 limit unscear,[19] 400 33 45 2 [20] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 32 figure 1. specific activity concertation in sample sediment of tigris river. tables 2 and 3 shows the calculated results of radiation hazard indices (radium equivalent activity, absorbed dose rate, annual effective dose equivalent, hazard index, and lifetime cancer risk) for all samples. all of the radiation risk indices have values below the allowed limits. the computed values for radium equivalent activities are shown in figure 2, where. it turns out that values ranged 48.778 bq/kg in sample 12 to 102.22 bq/kg in sample 9 with a mean value 79.01± 2.24 bq/kg in tigris river sediment samples. the values obtained of the outside, absorbed dose rate in the sampled sediment of tigris river various from 22.653 ngy/h to 54.12 ngy/h. while, inside absorbed dose rate ranged from 47.749 ngy/h to 88.1 ngy/h, the highest absorbed dose rate outside and inside the body became recorded in sample 9. while the lowest values are in sample 4 as shown in figure 3. the results of annual effective dose in the sediment samples. the highest concentration within the annual effective dose outside and inside the body is 420.1to 55.3 μsv/y that is sample 9. the lowest the annual effective dose outside and inside the body was 272.783 to 41.234 μsv/y of sample 2 as shown in figure 4. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 33 table 2. radium equivalent activity, absorbed dose rate and annual effective dose equivalent of samples from tigris river. code raeq (bq\kg) d(ngy/h) aded(μsv/y) inside outside inside outside s1 89.161 76.403 41.32 373.747 50.543 s2 59.993 47.749 31.145 272.783 41.234 s3 87.984 73.765 40.085 361.862 49.16 s4 59.796 50.789 22.653 258 37.782 s5 72.117 62.042 33.357 304.353 40.909 s6 69.663 59.083 32.001 289.838 40.246 s7 95.521 80.058 30.376 295.904 53.253 s8 77.919 65.52 35.577 321.415 43.632 s9 102.22 88.1 54.12 420.1 55.3 s10 87.34 73.576 39.978 360.934 49.029 s11 86.071 79.783 39.109 352.139 47.963 s12 48.778 53.8 29.5 290.97 39.479 s13 76.2 60.2 34.11 315.5 42.1 s14 71.568 63.958 33.945 313.752 41.63 average 79.01 ±2.24 66.34 ±1.96 36.158 ±0.98 329.25 ±7.98 44.44 1.16± limit[19] 370 84 290 [21] figure 2. radium equivalent activity in samples sediment of tigris river. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 34 figure 3. absorbed dose rate in samples sediment of tigris river. figure 4. annual effective dose equivalent in samples sediment of tigris river. table 3 and figures 5, 6 explain the hazard index and extra lifetime cancer risk in sediment samples. the highest external hazard index value was 0.33 bq/kg in sample 9, but the highest value was 0.39 bq/kg in internal. in contrast, the lowest value sample 4. the highest value and the lifetime risk of cancer in the body, is found in the sample 1 but the highest outside value in sample 7 in the sediment samples of the tigris river. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 35 table 3. annual gonadal dose equivalent, hazard index, and extra lifetime cancer risk in sediment of tigris river. codes hazard index(bq/kg ) elcr(msv/y) hout hin inside outside s1 0.24 0.25 1370.115 177.901 s2 0.178 0.231 912.241 109.319 s3 0.238 0.264 1266.517 172.06 s4 0.134 0.177 970.5 116.237 s5 0.157 0.221 1065.236 143.182 s6 0.188 0.226 1014.433 137.361 s7 0.23 0.299 1385.664 186.386 s8 0.21 0.232 1145.9 152.712 s9 0.33 0.39 1620 164.2 s10 0.236 0.255 1263.2 171.602 s11 0.232 0.235 1232.48 185.871 s12 0.213 0.20 924.89 126.677 s13 0.173 0.33 1134.1 134.2 s14 0.193 0.218 1098.13 145.705 average 0.257± 0.040 0.265± 0.019 1181.41± 29.19 153.138± 5.2 limit[22] 1 1.16 ×10−3 0.29 × 10−3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 36 figure 5. hazard index in sediment of tigris river. figure 6. extra life time cancer risk in sediment of tigris river. 5. conclusion radioactivity in sediment samples from various locations along the stream the tigris riverbank stream in the medical city in bab almuadham in iraq, was using the nai(tl) gamma-ray spectrum detector measured. the mean activity concenspecific activity concentration of 40k,238u and 232th is within the world average. the radium-equivalent equivalent, annual effective dose rate, absorbed rate and risk indices are all estimated under the permissible limits. still, the values lifetime cancer risk (eclr) is above the worldwide average according to unscear. the results obtained show that there may be no health implication for the general populace, but prolonged exposure could lead to radiation related health hazard. therefore, the government should monitor the release of environmental pollutants and industrial activities along the river. acknowledgments the author would like to thank mustansiriyah university (www.uomustansiriyah.edu.iq) in baghdad –iraq for its support in the present work. references 1.fathi, r. a.; matti, l. y.; al-salih, h. s.; godbold, environmental pollution by depleted uranium in iraq with special reference to mosul and possible effects on cancer and birth defect rates, medicine, conflict and survival, 2013, 29,1, 7-25. 2.ajayi, j. o.; adedokun, o.; balogun, b. b., levels of radionuclide content in stream water of some selected rivers in ogbomosho land, 2012, 4, 9, 835-837. 3.klaus, becker.; how much protection against radon do we need, 2001, 114,3, 24-29. http://www.uomustansiriyah.edu.iq/ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 37 4. durrani, saeed. a., richard, k. b.; solid state nuclear track detection: principles, methods and applications, elsevier, 2013,111. 5. raja, waleed n.; measurement of radon concentrations in water around the northern areas of baghdad using the cn-85 track detector, aip conference proceedings. aip publishing llc, 2019,020063. 6.ajayi, i. r.; background radioactivity in the sediments of some rivers and streams in akoko,southwestern,nigeria and their radiological effects, health physics, 2011,101,1. 7. ononugbo, c. p., avwiri, g. o., ogan, c.a.; natural radioactivity measurement and evaluation of radiological hazards in sediment of imo river, in rivers state, nigeria by gamma ray spectrometry. journal appl phys,2016, 8,3, 75-83. 8.obed, r.i.; farai, i.p.; jibiri, n.n.; population dose distribution due to soil radioactivity concentration levels in 18 cities across nigeria, journal of radioactivity protection, 2005, 25, 3 , 305. 9. avwiri, g.o.; ononugbo, c.p.; nwokeoji, i. c.; radiation hazard indices and excess lifetime cancer risk in soil, sediment and water around miniokoro/oginigba creek, port harcourt, rivers state, nigeria. comprehensive journal of environment and earth sciences, 2014, 3,1: 38-50. 10.jameel, a. n.; evaluation of the radiological hazard in some dried fruit and grain samples in iraqi markets by using of gamma ray spectroscopy, journal of physics: conference series. iop publishing, 2021,1879, 3. 11.european commission. radiological protection principles concerning the natural radioactivity of building materials in ec radiation protection 112 directorate general environment, uc, nuclear safety and civil protection,1999. 12.ionising radiation: sources, and biological effect united nations scientific committee on the effect of atomic radiation, united nations: new york: unscear, 1982. 13.viruthagiri, g.; ponnarasi, k., advances in applied science research, ,2011, 2 , 2,103108. 14. ridha, a. a.; jameel, a. n., kadhm, n. farhan.;transfer factor of natural radionuclides from soil to silhouette plants using gamma spectroscopy, aip conference proceedings. aip publishing llc, 2020,1, 2213. 15.mamont-ciesla, k.; gwiazdowski, b.; biernacka, m.; a radioactivity of building materials in poland. in g. vohra, k. c. pillai, and s. sadavisan (eds) , natural radiation environmen , halsted press, 1982, 55. 16. uosif, m.a.m.; shams, issa.; elsaman, r.; gamma radioactivity measurements in nile river sediment samples, turkish journal of engineering and environmental sciences, 2013. 17. taskin, h., karavus. m., ay p., topuzoghi, a., hindiroglums, s. karahan, g.; radionuclide concentrations in soil lifetime cancer risk due to gamma radioactivity in kirklaeli, turkey, journal of environmental radioactivity,2009, 100, 49-53. 18. ramasamy, v.; suresh, g.; meenakshisundaram,v.; gajendran,v.; evaluation of natural radionuclide content in river sediments and excess lifetime cancer risk due to gamma radioactivity, research journal of environmental and earth ,2009,1,1, 6-10. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 38 19. united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation. sources and effects of ionizing radiation. unscear, report to the general assembly, with scientific annexes united nations, new york , 2010. 20.united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation, sources and effects of ionizing radiation, unscear, report to the general assembly ,1993. 21. sources and effects of ionizing radiation. new york: united nations publication, unscear, 2008,223–233. 22. united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation. sources effects and risks of ionizing radiation. unscear, report to the general assembly, with scientific annexes volume i: sources, united nations, new york, 2000. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد gerbera jamesoniiنباتات الجربرا على العفن الرماديتشخیص كونر عبدالوهاب شاكر طبیعيمتحف التاریخ ال ومركز بحوث الخالصة لفحـة لــالوراق ،حـاالت مـن سـقوط البـادرات (gerbera jamesonii)الجربـرا نباتـات شـوهدت فـي المشـاتل علـى فـي البدایـة وتحولهـا ) بنـي( كریمـيتعفن منطقـة التـاج وظهـور العفـن ذو لـون ابـیض ،واالزهاروالبراعم وحواملها وتقرح السیقان مـوقعین فـي محافظــة علـى نمـاذج مـاخوذة مــن اجریـت هـذه الدراســة، 2004و2005و2006فــي السـنین الـى اللـون الرمـادي .تم عزل وتشخیص الفطر المسبب . )بغداد،زیونة ،زینب ( مشتل وزیونة) الزینة،الخیرات( مشتل غداد هي شارع فلسطینب botrytis cinerea النسـبة وكانـت ،السـلیمةالقدرة االمراضیة وكانت النتائج ایجابیة فـي حـدوث االصـابة للنباتـات واختیرت هنـاك فروقــات ولــم تكـن، ) %7040(تتـراوح بـین التــي لتالمشـامــا بـین فیاربـة متق الجربـرا نباتــاتعلـى المئویـة لالصـابة . معدالت شدة االصابة في جمیع المشاتل معنویة بین المقدمة النباتات وهو ذو من أنواع نوع 200اكثر من صیب الذي یاألمراض المهمة مسببات من ان العفن الرمادي یعد صـابة االزهـار الویسـبب الضـرر االقتصـادي لهـا نتیجـة ، والمشـاتل البالسـتیكیةفـي البیـوت صـابات انتشار عالمي وتـزداد اال botrytis cinereaالفطـر ] 2و3و5و6و7و8 [الـى تشـوه جمالیـة النبـاتممـا یـودي وحواملها واحـداث التلـف للنبـات باكملـه hyالصف والى الفطریات الناقصةلى ا یعود p homycetes ، زهـرة الشـمس لـى عائلـةإ الجربـراینتمـي نبـاتasteraceae وصـــالحة أزهــار زاهیــة وجمیلــة ولهــا ألــوان عدیــدة وزهــات وهــي ذتنالتــي تــزدان بهــا الحــدائق والمو نــواع وأصــناف كثیــرة ا ولــه . [9]والتزیین للقطف عملق الائالمواد وطر بعفــن رمـادي علــى اســطح ثــلالتـي تتم اعـراض االصــابة علــى نباتـات الجربــرا لوحظــت :جمـع العیـنـات والعـزل والتشــخیص شـــارع فلســــطین فـــي الواقعــــة لعـــدد مـــن المشـــاتلعملیـــات المســــح أجریـــت تــــمو ) 1(االوراق واالزهـــاروالبراعم والســـیقان شـــكل 2004و2005و2006للسـنین ) حزیـران –آذار (ة مـا بـین األشـهر خالل المـد )بغداد،زیونة ،زینب (وزیونة ) الزینة،الخیرات( :تيیأامك لالصابةشتالت ثم استخراج النسبة المئویةالالمزروعةب لواحات المصابة في االالنبات عدد بتسجیلوذلك x100عددالنباتات الكلي / عدد النباتات المصابة=النسبة المئویة لالصابة مـع تسـجیل المعلومـات علیهـا مـن الموقـع والتـاریخ فـي اكیـاس بـولي اثیلیـین تالمصـابة و حفظـ نمـاذج مـن النباتـات تجمعـ .وذلك للقیام بعملیة العزل واسم المشتل ملــم ) 3-2(تـم العـزل مــن النمـاذج التـي جلبــت وذلـك بعـد غســلها بالمـاء وقطعـت االجــزاء المجاورةلالصـابة الـى قطــع صـغیرة طة امدة دقیقتین وغسلت بالماء المقطر المعقم ثم جففت بوس%) 1.2(هایبوكلورایت الصودیوم مربع وعقمت بمحلول 2010) 1( 23لھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن ا وحضـنت فـي ) 1(لكـل طبـق) 4(وبعـدد )pda(وتم نقلها الـى االطبـاق المصـبوبة بالوسـط الغـذائي اوراق الترشیح المعقمة .درجة مئویة لحین ظهور النموات 28-27درجة حرارة م) 6(مسـاحة فـيالمزروعـة و لـواحاالمـن كـل عینـات عشـوائیة تأخـذلقیـاس شـدة اإلصـابة :تقدیر شدة اإلصـابة 2 وبعـدد وتمـــت دراســـة شـــدة ،ثـــم كـــررت هـــذه العملیـــة فـــي كـــل مشـــتل )كـــل ســـندانة تحتـــوي علـــى شـــتلة او شـــتلتیناذ (دیناســن) 5( [10] فـي المـذكورالجـدول أسـاسدرجـات اإلصـابة علـى تسـوبعـدها قی االصابةخالل موسم الربیع الذي ینتشـرفیه المـرض ،-o 4،إصـابة فــرع مـع الحامـل الزهــري -3 ،إصـابة أكثــر مـن ورقتـین 2،إصـابة ورقــة أو ورقتـین -1 ،ال توجـد إصـابة : یة تاآل [11] وفق المعادلةعلى وحسب الدلیل المرضي .إصابة النبات بكامله 4x4 (x100رجة عدد النباتات من د+............ +0x0عدد النباتات من درجة ( =الدلیل المرضي ة اصابةجاعلى در xع الدرجات یمن جم النباتاتمجموع النتائج والمناقشة مـن طـرف الغـزل بتنقیـة عزلـة الفطـر بالنقـل القیامبعدbotrytis cinerea تشخیص الفطر تم :لمسبب المرضي تشخیص ا وظهـرت ، 12] و4 [فیة المعتمـدة والصـفات التـي ذكرهـاوفق المصادر التصـنی على ثم فحصها مجهریا وتشخیصه، الفطري المائــل یتغیـر اللــون الــى البنــى ةمــد ایــام وبعــد) 3-2(بعـد كریمــينتیجـة لعملیــة العــزل نمــوات مـن مایســلیوم الفطــر بلــون مولـة تحـت المجهروتكـون علـى هیئـة مجـامیع مح شـفاف بیضـویة الشـكل ذات لـون بنـي مع تكـوین الجـراثیم الكونیدیـة لرماديل ) . 2( شكل )سكلروشیا(وانه یكون االجسام الحجریة، لحامل الكونیديل المنتفخة نهایاتال في فـي لالصـابة بمـرض العفـن الرمـادي للنسـبة المئویـةأن نتـائج المسـح المیـداني ) 1(في جـدول من الواضح : المسح الحقلي وان ،2006فـي السـنة %)70-40(تتـراوح بـین بغـدادفي محافظـة ل الخمسللمشات )2004و2005و2006( السنین الثالث . في السنین الثالثة )موقع زیونة(بغدادمشتل في % 60 -% 50اعلى نسبة اصابة كانت بین ،اإلصابة في المواقع الخمس متقاربة شدة أن معدالت) 2(من الواضح في الجدول : یر شدة اإلصابةدتق سـاعدیة لمكافحة المرض ، وهذا العامـل ئالمبیدات الكیمیا استعمالفیها أقل ویرجع إلى اإلصابة اذ ،الخیرات شتلمباستثناء الرطوبـة النسـبیة و بــإقالل تقلیـلإلـى عـن " فضــالفـي إقـالل نسـبة اإلصـابة إذا مـا أجریــت فـي الوقـت المبكـر كرشـات وقائیـة لـألوراق تـزداد فـي األمـاكن فیهـا النباتـات كثیفـة الكثافة النباتیة في المساحة المزروعة بها الشتالت حیث شوهدت اإلصابات ، ممـا تـؤدي % 100فر الرطوبة بنسبة عالیـة تصـل إلـى امع تو درجة مئویة) 28-22(ودرجات حرارة تتراوح من ومتشابكة انتشــارألزهــار ، ووجـد كـذلك أن المخلفــات النباتیـة فـي المشــاتل تعمـل علـى ولاألوراق وتشـوه المنظــر الجمـالي لهـا لفحـةإلـى مــن موســم إلــى موســـم ةالســاكن واالجســام الحجریــة األجــزاء النباتیــة حاویــة علــى مایســـلیوم الفطــر هــذهالن ذلــك المــرض و . 8] و6و [5للنباتات السلیمة وكذلك تجنب احداث الجروح ایضا تقلل من االصابة التي تحدث االصابات االولیةآخر ادرــالمص 1-alexop oulos,c.j.and beneke,e.s.(1965). laboratory m anual for introductory my cology . 2-botry tis. wagenin gen university . (2008). (http://www.p hp .wur.nl/uk/research/botry tis). 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 3-daughtrey l.m .; wick l.r.; peterson l.j., (1995).botrytis blight of flowering pot ted plants.the american phytop athological so ciety , st.paul, mn, u.s.a. 4-barnett h.l. (1960), illust rated geneva of imperfect fungi. 5-pest s and diseases /grey mildew. (2008). (ht tp: //www.gerbera. org/ gr ey –mildew.ht ml) 6report on plant diseases. (1997). dep artment of crop sciences university of illinois at urbanachampaign rpd no. 623.august . 7m oorman, g. botrytis blight or gary m old.plant disease facts.(2008).(http:// www pp ath. cas. psu.edu/extension/ plant_disease/botrytis .html. -kamenidou, s., casanova, s., dhulipala, m . r., enis, j.n., cavins, t.j.,and m arek, 8 s.m.,(2006).transformation of botry tis cinerea with gfp – a tool to st udy the cytology of silicon – induced resistance against gr ay mold . phyt op athology 96: s57. 9tjia, b., black,r.j.(2008).sy dney park brown.gerberas for florida .university of florida ifas extnsion. http ://www.gerbera.org/grey-mildew.ht ml ،اجـــاص.الخـــوخ،المشــمش،النــواة الحجریـــة تــدهور اشـــجار الفاكهـــة ذات). 1984.(عمـــاد محمــود غالـــب،المعــروف-10 .كلیة الزراعة،جامعة بغداد،اجستیرسالة مر ، phytophthora drechsheri,tuckerالفطر على رئیسیة بصورة المتسبب 11tatagiba, j.da s. et a l. (1998) biolo gical control of botrytis cinerea in residues and flowers of rose (rosa hybrida).phytoparasitica 26(1) :pp 1-12. 12ellis, m .b (1971). dematiaceous hy p homy cetes commonwealth my cological inst itute, kew, surrey , 608pp . .المسح المیداني لمرض العفن الرمادي على نبات الجربرا) : 1(جدول المشاتل عددالنباتات /2004 الكلي النباتات عدد/2005 الكلي عددالنباتات /2006 الكلي 40 35 *30 )زیونة(زینب 60 60 50 )زیونة(بغداد 55 50 40 )زیونة(زیونة )فلسطین(الخیرات 70 55 34 )فلسطین(زینة كل رقم یمثل النسبة المئویة لالصابة* ى نباتات الجربراعل botrytis cinereaشدة االصابة بالفطر) 2(جدول ،كل رقم یمثل معدل متوسطات لثالثة مكررات * p=0.05 ،=5.27اقل فرق معنوي عند ** معدل المعامل المرضي المشاتل *2.33 )زیونة(زینب 3.33 )زیونة(زینة 4.00 )زیونة(زیونة 0.33 )فلسطین(الخیرات 3.66 )فلسطین(بغداد 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .زهار وحواملها واال االعراض الظاهرة على النباتات المصابة في المشاتل العفن الفطري على سطح االوراق): 1(ل شك 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد -ب -ا botrytis cinerea للفطر) الكونیدیا والحوامل الكونیدیة(الطور الكونیدي -أ ) :2(شكل sسكلروشیا (االجسام الحجریة –ب cle rotia ( ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 identification of gray mold on gerbera jamesonii plants g. a. shak er research center,historical and natural museum abstract obviously , within the y ears 2004, 2005, 2006, several infection cases of damp ing – off ,leaves ,flowers ,buds and p etioles blight ,st em canker ,crown rot have seen on (gerbera jamesonii) p lants in nurseries and app ears dirty white(brown) color mold at t he first and then convert to gray color on the foliage. the study ing is carried out in two locations in baghdad city which are palestine street (al-khirat, al-zina nurseries) and zaiyuna (zainab, zaiy una, baghdad nurseries). the isolation and diagnosis were identified the causal p athogen was botrytis cinerea.the p athogenicity test was carried out with p ositive results were positive resulted. the infections p ercentage on gerbera p lants ranged in the studied nurseries between (40-70%), there were no significant differences in severity rates between nurseries. microsoft word 95-106   95  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       interval value fuzzy k-ideals of a ku-semigroup          article history: received 23 june 2019, accepted 6 august 2019, published in april 2020. abstract the notion of interval value fuzzy k-ideal of ku-semigroup was studied as a generalization of afuzzy k-ideal of ku-semigroup. some results of this idea under homomorphism are discussed. also, we presented some properties about the image (preimage) for interval~ valued fuzzy~k-ideals of a ku-semigroup. finally, the~ product of~ interval valued fuzzyk-ideals is established. keywords: ku-algebra;ku-semigroup; interval valuefuzzy s-ideal; interval value fuzzy kideal; interval value fuzzy p-ideal. 1. introduction prabpayaknandˑleerawat [1,2]. introduced the ku-algebra which is dual of bck-algebra. inˑ[3]. kareem and hasan introduced the ku-semigroups and defined some types of ideals in this concept. the fuzzy set was initiated by zadeh, in [4]. since then this concept has been applied in many distinct branches of mathematics such as groups, vector space, topological space and ring theory. in [5]. the idea of fuzzy ku-algebra was introduced by mostafa et al. and the fuzzy ku-semigroupwas studied by elaf and kareem in [6]. fuzzy sets extensions such as intuitionistic fuzzy sets, bipolar-valued fuzzy sets, and interval valued fuzzy sets were studied by many mathematicians see [7-12]. the notion of interval value fuzzy k-ideal of kusemigroup was studied in this paper and few properties were investigated. some results of these ideals ina ku-semigroup´under homomorphism are discussed. the image of these ideals in a ku-semigroup was defined. finally, the product of some ideals was established. 2. preliminaries in this part, we review some concepts related to ku-semigroup and interval valued fuzzy logic. definition (1) [1-2]. algebra ℵ,∗ ,0 is called a ku-algebra if, for all 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2430 sally a. talib fatema f. kareem rim89@gmail.comsallyabdulka fa_sa20072000@yahoo.com department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.    96  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 (ku ) 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ ∗ 𝜒 ∗ τ 0, (ku ) 𝜒 ∗0 = 0, (ku ) 0* 𝜒 𝜒, (ku ) 𝜒*𝛾 0 and 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 implies 𝜒 𝛾 and, (ku ) 𝜒 ∗ 𝜒 0. a binary relation on ℵ is defined by 𝜒 𝛾 ⟺ 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 0. it follows that (ℵ, is a~ partially ordered set~. then, ℵ,∗, 0) ~ satisfies the following statements. for all 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ,  (ᴋu ) 𝛾 ∗ τ ∗ 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 , (ᴋu )0 𝜒, (ᴋu ) 𝜒 𝛾, 𝛾 𝜒 implies   (ᴋu ) 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 𝜒 . example (2)[1]. let ℵ 0, 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 be a set and ∗ a binary operation defined in the following table it is easy to see that ℵ,∗ ,0 is a ku-algebra. ˑtheorem(ˑ3) ˑ [2]. ˑlet ℵ,∗ ,0 be a ku-algebra. then, for all 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ, (1) if 𝜒 𝛾 implies 𝛾 ∗ τ 𝜒 ∗ τ, (2) 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 ∗ τ , (3) (( 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 ∗ 𝜒 𝛾. definition (4) [1-2]. let ℵ,∗ ,0 be a ku-algebra and 𝛪 be a non-ˑempty subset ofˑℵ. then 𝛪 is calledˑˑan ˑideal of ℵ if ˑfor any 𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ,ˑthen (i) 0 ∈ 𝛪and (ii) if 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∈ 𝛪 and 𝜒 ∈ 𝛪 imply 𝛾 ∈ 𝛪.ˑˑ ˑdefinition (5) [1-2].ˑ let 𝛪 be a subset of a ku-algebra ℵ,∗ ,0 and 𝜑. then 𝛪 is named a ku-ideal of ℵ, if (ι 0 ∈ 𝛪 and (ι ∀𝜒, 𝛾, 𝜏 ∈ ℵ, 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ 𝜏 ∈ 𝐼 an𝑑 𝛾 ∈ 𝛪imply 𝜒 ∗ 𝜏 ∈ 𝛪. definition (6)[3]. a ku-semigroup is a nonempty set ℵ with two binary operations ~∗,∘and a constant ~0 satisfying~ the following~~ (i) ℵ,∗ ,0 isˑa ku-algebra,   97  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 (ii) (ℵ,∘ is aˑsemigroup, (iii) the operation ∘ is distributiveˑ (on both sides) over theoperation ∗, i.e. 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 ∗ τ 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 ∘ τ and 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∘ τ 𝜒 ∘ τ ∗ 𝛾 ∘ τ , forall 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ 𝛸. example (7)[3]. letˑℵ 0,1,2,3 beˑa set. define∗ˑ-operation and ∘-operationby the following tables thenˑ ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 is aˑku-semigroup. " definition (8)[3]. aˑsubku-semigroup is a non-empty subset a of aˑku-semigroup ℵ and it is satisfied 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾, 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 ∈ α, for all 𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ α. definition (9)[3]. let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-semigroup and 𝜑 𝐼 ℵ. then, 𝐼 is named an s-ideal of ℵ , if i) 𝐼 is an ideal of a ku-algebra ℵ,∗ ,0 , ii) for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ, 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼, we have 𝜒 ∘ 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼 and𝑎 ∘ 𝜒 ∈ 𝐼. definition (10)[3]. let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 ~be a ku-~semigroup and𝜑 𝐴  ℵ. then~ α is said to be a k-ideal of ℵ~, if~ i) α is an ku~-ideal ~of a~ ku-~algebra~ ℵ,∗ ,0 , ii) for~ all 𝜒 ∈ 𝛸~, 𝑎 ∈ α,~we have~ 𝜒 ∘ 𝑎 ∈ α and 𝑎 ∘ 𝜒 ∈ α~. definition (11)[3]. let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 ,~~be a ~ku-~semigroup and 𝜑 𝐴  ℵ. then, α is~ said to~ be a p~-idealof ℵ~, if ~ (p1)~ for any 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ, τ ∗ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∈ α and τ ∗ 𝜒 ∈ α ⟹ τ ∗ 𝛾 ∈ α. (p2) ~for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ, 𝑎 ∈ α, we have 𝜒 ∘ 𝑎 ∈ α and 𝑎 ∘ 𝜒 ∈ α. definition (12)[3]. let ℵˑ and ℵ be two ku-semigroups. a mapping ƒ : ℵ ⟶ ℵ ˑis called a ku-semigroup homomorphism if ƒ (𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ) =ƒ 𝜒 ∗ ƒ 𝛾 and ƒ (𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 )= ƒ 𝜒 ∘ ƒ 𝛾 , for all 𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ. the kernel of ƒ is denoted by ker ƒ and is defined by { 𝜒 ∈ ℵ: ƒ 𝜒 0 . moreover, the image of ƒ is denoted by im ƒ and is defined by { ƒ 𝜒 ∈  : 𝜒 ∈ ℵ . we review some concepts of fuzzy logic. a functionˑ𝜇: ℵ ⟶ 0,1 is said to be a fuzzy set of a set ℵ and the set 𝑈 𝜇, 𝑡 𝜒 ∈ ℵ: 𝜇 𝜒 𝑡 ˑis said to be a level set of 𝜇, for 𝑡 in 0,1 .∞   98  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 definition (13)[6]. a fuzzy set 𝜇 of ℵ is called a fuzzy sub ku-semigroup if, for all 𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ i) ˑ µ ˑ𝜒 ∗ 𝛾ˑ min ˑ µ 𝜒 , ˑµ 𝛾 , ii) ˑ𝜒 ∘ 𝛾ˑ min ˑ µ 𝜒 , ˑµ 𝛾 . definition (14)[6]. a fuzzy set µ inˑℵ is called a fuzzyˑs-ideal of ℵ if, for all𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ.ˑ (s1)ˑµ(0) µ 𝜒 , (s2) µ 𝛾 min µ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ,µ 𝜒 (s3) µ 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 min µ 𝜒 ˑ, ˑµ 𝛾 . definition (15)[6]. a fuzzy setˑµ in ℵˑis calledˑaˑfuzzyˑk-idealˑof ℵˑif it satisfies the following conditions: for all 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ. (k1) µ(0) µ  , (k2)µ 𝜒 ∗ τ min µ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , ˑµ 𝛾 (k3)µ 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 min µ 𝜒 ˑ, ˑµ 𝛾 . example (16)[6]. let ℵ 0, 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑 ˑˑbe a ~set. define∗ -~operation and ∘-~operation~ by the ~following ~tablesˑ~ thenˑ ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 ˑis a~ku-semigroup. defineˑa fuzzyˑsetˑ𝜇 ∶ ℵ ⟶ 0,1 ˑˑby 𝜇 0 𝜇 𝑎 0.4, 𝜇 (b)= 𝜇 𝑐 0.2ˑ, 𝜇 𝑑 0.1.ˑ . then by routine calculation we can prove thatˑ𝜇 is afuzzy k-ideal ofℵ. definition (17) [6]. the cartesian product of two fuzzy sets 𝜇 and 𝛽of ℵ is denoted by 𝜇 𝛽: ℵ ℵ → 0,1 and defined by 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒, 𝛾 min 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 , ∀𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ. definition (18)[6]. let 𝜇 be a fuzzy set in ℵ. if 𝜇 is defined by: ℵ ℵ → 0,1 , then 𝜇 is said to be a fuzzy relation on a set 𝑆´, where s⊆ ℵ. definition (19)[6]. let 𝜇 be a fuzzy relation on ℵ and  be a fuzzy subset of ℵ. then the strongest fuzzy relation on ℵ is denoted by 𝜇 and is defined as follows 𝜇 𝜒, 𝛾 min 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 , ∀𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ. 3. interval value fuzzy k-ideals in ku-semigroup in this part, we recall the definition of interval valued fuzzy set 𝜇 of ℵ as follows   99  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝜇 𝜒, 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝜇 𝜒 : 𝜒 ∈ ℵ , by briefly 𝜇 𝜇 , 𝜇 , where 𝜇 and 𝜇 are two fuzzy sets in ℵ such that 𝜇 𝜒 𝜇 𝜒 , for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ and the closed~ sub-intervals ̂of ̂[0, 1] is denoted by d [0, 1]̂~. note that, if 𝜇 𝜒 𝜇 𝜒 𝑐, ~where ~0 𝑐 1, ~then 𝜇 𝜒 𝑐, 𝑐 ~, ~it follows that 𝜇 𝜒 ∈ d [0, 1]~and it is given by 𝜇: ℵ → 𝐷 0,1 , for all χ∈ℵ and d [0, 1]={[𝑎 , 𝑎 : 𝑎 𝑎 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎 , 𝑎 ∈ 0, 1 . consider, two elements ],[1 ul aad  and ],[2 ul bbd  in d [0, 1] are defined by )],min(,),[min(),min( 21 uull babaddr  and  ),max(,),max(),max( 21 uull babaddr  . definition (20). let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 ~be a ku-~semigroup. if 𝜇: ℵ → 𝐷 0,1 , then the level subset of 𝜇~is ~denoted ~by 𝜇 and it is ~defined ~by 𝜇 {𝜒 ∈ ℵ: 𝜇 𝜒 �̃� , for every ~[0,0] �̃� 1,1 . definition (?21). ~ let ~ ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-~semigroup and 𝜇: ℵ → 𝐷 0,1 . then ~𝜇 is called an ~interval ~valued~fuzzy sub ku-~semigroup ℵ, if it satisfies the following conditions 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 ~,𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 , ∀𝜒 , 𝛾 ∈ ℵ. example (22). let ℵ 0,1,2,3 ~be a set. we define two operations by the following tables then ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 ˑis a ku-semigroup. define 𝜇 𝜒 ˑas follows 𝜇 𝜒 0.2,0.7 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 0,1,2 0.1,0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 3 and by applying definition21, we can prove that 𝜇 𝜒 is an interval valued fuzzysub kusemi group of ℵˑ. definition (23). let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-semigroup and 𝜇: ℵ → 𝐷 0,1 . then 𝜇 is named an interval valuedfuzzy s-ideal of ℵ if 𝑖 𝜇 (0) 𝜇 𝜒 , ∀𝜒 ∈ ℵ, 𝑖 for all, , 𝛾 ∈ , 𝜇 𝛾 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ,𝜇 𝜒 , 𝑖 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟min 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 . definition (24). let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-semigroup and 𝜇: ℵ → 𝐷 0,1 . then 𝜇~is named ~an interval valued fuzzy k-~´ideal of´ℵ~ if (,ƒ 𝜇 (0) 𝜇 𝜒 , ∀𝜒 ∈ ℵ, (ƒ for all 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ,𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 , (ƒ 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟min 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 .   100  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 example (25). from example16, we define 𝜇 𝜒 as follows: [0.3,0.9] if {0,a,b,c} ( ) [0.1, 0.6] if d          . by this definition of 𝜇 , we can prove it is an interval valued~ fuzzy k-~ideal. theorem (26).~let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-semigroup. then 𝜇in~ℵ is an interval valuedfuzzy~kidealif~and only ifit is an interval valued fuzzy s-~ideal ofˑℵ~. proof. ()~by taking 𝜒 0 in(ƒ , (ƒ and using (ku ), we obtain~~ ∀𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ 𝜇 τ 𝜇 0 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 0 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 and 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟min 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 are satisfied. ( ? ) we have 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 and by apply theorem 3, we get 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 and by definition 24, we have 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟min 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 . thus 𝜇 is an interval valuedfuzzy k-ideal of ℵ. theorem (27). let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-semigroup, 𝛢 be a nonempty subset of ? ℵ and ? 𝜇 be an interval valued fuzzy set in ? ℵ. we define 𝜇 as follows 𝜇 𝜒 𝑡 , 𝑡 𝜒 ∈ 𝛢 𝛼1, 𝛼1 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑡 𝛼1 , 𝑡 𝛼2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼1, 𝛼1,𝑡 , 𝑡 ∈ d 0,1 . then 𝛢 is' a k-´´ideal of ℵ´if´ and only ´if 𝜇 is´ an´ interval ´valued' fuzzy k´-´ideal´´of´ ℵ. moreover,´ℵ α, such that´ℵ 𝜒 ∈ ℵ: 𝜇 (𝜒) 𝜇 0 .  proof. ( ) since 𝜇 0 𝜇 𝜒 , ∀𝜒 ∈ ℵ, we get 𝜇 0 𝑡 , 𝑡 , then 0 ∈ α. let 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ ∈ α and 𝛾 ∈ α, for any 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ. using )( 2f , we have 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 { [𝑡 ,𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 𝑡 , 𝑡 and thus 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑡 , 𝑡 , it follows that 𝜒 ∗ τ ∈ α . now, let 𝜒 ∈ 𝛢 and 𝛾 ∈ 𝛢 by using )( 3f , we know that 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 𝑡 , 𝑡 , and thus 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑡 , 𝑡 . hence 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 ∈ 𝛢 and it follows that 𝛢 is a k-ideal of ℵ. () since 0 ∈ 𝛢, it follows that 𝜇 (0) 𝑡 , 𝑡 𝜇 𝜒 for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ. let 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ. if 𝛾 ∉ α and 𝜒 ∗ τ ∈ α, then clearly 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 . assume that 𝛾 ∈ 𝛢 and 𝜒 ∗ τ ∉ 𝛢. then by definition9, we have χ ∗ γ ∗ τ ∉ 𝛢 . therefore 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝛼1, 𝛼1 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 . also, let 𝜒 ∈ 𝛢, γ ∉ 𝛢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 ∈ 𝛢, then clearly: 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ τ 𝑡 , 𝑡 𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝜇 𝛾 . assume that 𝜒 ∉ 𝛢, 𝛾 ∈ α and 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 ∉ 𝛢. then 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝛼 ,𝛼 =𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝜇 𝛾 . hence 𝜇 is a fuzzy k-ideal in ℵ.   101  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 finally, we have ´ℵ 𝜒 ∈ ℵ: 𝜇 (𝜒) 𝜇 0 𝜒 ∈ ℵ:𝜇 (𝜒) 𝑡 , 𝑡 α. theorem (28). let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-semigroup and 𝜇: ℵ → 𝐷 0,1 . then the level set 𝜇 of 𝜇 is a k-ideal in ℵ iff 𝜇 is an interval valued fuzzy k-ideal. ©?? proof. ( ) for any �̃� 𝑡 , 𝑡 ∈ d 0,1 , assume 𝜇 is a non empty, then there exists 𝜒 ∈ 𝜇 and 𝜇 𝜒 �̃�. itˑ followsˑ from definition 24 that 𝜇 0 𝜇 𝜒 �̃�, so that 0 ∈ 𝜇 . let 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ such that 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ ∈ 𝜇 and t   . we have ( ( )) t       and 𝜇 𝛾 �̃�. from definition 24, we get the following 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 �̃� , �̃� �̃� , thus 𝜒 ∗ τ ∈ 𝜇 . now, let 𝑎 ∈ 𝜇 and 𝜒 ∈ ℵ, then 𝜇 𝜒 �̃� and 𝜇 𝑎 �̃�. we get 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝑎 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝜇 𝑎 �̃� , �̃� �̃�, whichimpliesthat 𝜒 ∘ 𝑎 ∈ 𝜇 . similarly, 𝑎 ∘ 𝜒 ∈ 𝜇 . therefore~𝜇 is a k-~ideal of ℵ~??? (⟹ let μ be a non-empty and a k-ideal of ℵ , we have 𝜇 𝜒 �̃�, for every �̃� ∈ d 0,1 and for any 𝜒 ∈ ℵ. this implies that 𝜒 ∈ μ . and since 0 ∈ μ , then 𝜇 0 �̃� 𝜇 𝜒 . now, we show that 𝜇 satisifies 𝑘 and 𝑘 . if not, suppose that ∃𝑙 , 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈ ℵ such that 𝜇 𝑙 ∗ 𝑛 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝑙 ∗ 𝑚 ∗ 𝑛 , 𝜇 𝑚 . put �̃� 𝜇 𝑙 ∗ 𝑛 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝑙 ∗ 𝑚 ∗ 𝑛 , 𝜇 𝑚 , for n any integer number, so 𝜇 𝑙 ∗ 𝑛 �̃� 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝑙 ∗ 𝑚 ∗ 𝑛 , 𝜇 𝑚 . implies that 𝑙 ∗ 𝑚 ∗ 𝑛 ∈ 𝜇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚 ∈ 𝜇 , but 𝑙 ∗ 𝑛 ∉ 𝜇 , which implies 𝜇 is not a kideal of ℵ. then, it is a contradiction. let l, m∈ 𝜇 such that 𝜇 𝑙 ∘ 𝑚 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝑙 , 𝜇 𝑚 . then by taking �̃� 𝜇 𝑙 ∘ 𝑚 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝑙 , 𝜇 𝑚 . we have 𝜇 𝑙 ∘ 𝑚 �̃� 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝑙 , 𝜇 𝑚 . then, 𝑙, 𝑚 ∈ 𝜇 but 𝑙 ∘ 𝑚 ∉ 𝜇 . it means that 𝜇 is not k-ideal of ℵ and ~this' is~ a ´~contradiction.' the proof is completed. definition (29). a fuzzy set 𝜇 in ℵ isˑ calledˑ an interval valued fuzzy p-ideal ofˑℵ if, for all 𝜒, 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ 𝑃 𝜇 (0) 𝜇 𝜒 𝑃 𝜇 τ ∗ 𝛾 𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 τ ∗ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 , 𝜇 τ ∗ 𝜒 . 𝑃 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝜒 ˑ, ˑ𝜇 𝛾 . example30. let ℵ 0, 𝑎, 𝑏 be a set. define ∗-ˑoperation and∘-operation byˑtheˑfollowing tables   102  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 then ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 is a ku-semigroup. define 𝜇 𝜒 as follows 𝜇 𝜒 0.3,0.8 𝜒 0 0.2,0.4 𝜒 0 . then 𝜇 𝜒 ~is an interval valued fuzzy p-ideal of ℵˑ~. theorem31. let ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 be a ku-semigroup and 𝜇: ℵ → 𝐷 0,1 . if 𝜇´ is ~an interval~valued ´fuzzy ~p-~ideal, then~ it is an interval~ valued´ fuzzy s-´ideal. µ proof~. by (p2) weget: 𝜇 τ ∗ 𝛾 𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 τ ∗ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 , 𝜇 τ ∗ 𝜒 , put τ 0, we get: 𝜇 0 ∗ 𝛾 𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 0 ∗ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 , 𝜇 0 ∗ 𝜒 thus 𝜇 𝛾 𝑟 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 , 𝜇 𝜒 . the reverse of theorem~31is incorrect. the~ example32~ shows ~the reverse. example 32. let ℵ 0, 𝑎, 𝑏 beˑaˑset. define (∗-operation) and (∘-operation) by the following tables then ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 ˑis a ku-semigroup. define 𝜇 𝜒 as follows: 𝜇 𝜒 0.4,0.8 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 0, 𝑏 0.1,0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 𝑎 . we can easily prove that~𝜇 is ~an interval~ valued fuzzy ~s-idealof~ℵ, butˑ~it ~is not an interval~ valued fuzzy p-ideal, since 𝜇 0 ∗ 𝑎 0.1,0.3 𝑟 min 𝜇 0 ∗ 𝑏 ∗ 𝑎 , 𝜇 0 ∗ 𝑏 0.4,0.8 . 4. study of image (pre-´image) for interval valued´ fuzzy k-´ideal the image and thepre-image are important topics in modern algebra so we will focus on these two concepts in this part of our paper. we will study these concepts with~ the interval~   103  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 valued fuzzy~k-ideals ina ku-~semigroup~ℵˑunder~ homomorphism. also, wewill prove that the products of ~interval~ valued~ fuzzy k-~ideals~ are a fuzzy ~k-~ideal of~ a ku-semigroup ℵˑ. definition33. let 𝑓: ℵ → 𝑌 be a mapping from ku-semigroup ℵ into ku-semigroup 𝑌 and 𝜇 be an interval valued fuzzy subset of ℵ. we define the image for 𝜇 under𝑓, denoted by 𝑓 (𝜇 as follows 𝑓 𝜇 𝛾 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝜒 ∈ , 𝑖𝑓 𝑓 𝛾 𝜒 ∈ ℵ: 𝑓 𝜒 𝛾 ∅ 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 and the pre-image for 𝛽 under f, where 𝛽 is´ an interval´ valued fuzzy´ subset of 𝑌´, denoted´ by 𝑓 𝟏 𝛽 in ℵ by 𝜇 𝜒 𝑓 𝟏 𝛽 𝛽 𝑓 𝜒 ,∀ 𝜒 ∈ ℵ. lemma34.´let ƒ be a homomorphism mapping from a ku-semigroup ℵ,∗,∘ ,0 into a kusemigroup ℵ′,∗′,∘′, 0′ . then ƒ 𝟏 𝛽 is an interval valued fuzzy k´-ideal of ℵ, if the mapping 𝛽 is an interval valued fuzzy k-ideal of ℵ′.~?? proof. for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ, we have 𝜇 0 =𝛽 ƒ 0 𝛽 ƒ 𝜒 𝜇 𝜒 . let , 𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ, then we have 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝛽 ƒ 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝛽 ƒ 𝜒 ∗ 𝑓 τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 ƒ 𝜒 ∗ ƒ 𝛾 ∗ ƒ τ , 𝛽ƒ 𝛾 = r min 𝛽 ƒ 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽ƒ 𝛾 = r min 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 also, we have 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝛽 ƒ 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 𝛽 𝑓 𝜒 ∘′ ƒ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 ƒ 𝜒 , 𝛽 ƒ 𝛾 =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝜇 𝛾 . hence´the proof´is completed. theorem(35). letƒ: ℵ → ℵ′ be an epimorphism between two ku-semigroups ℵ and ℵ'.ƒ 𝜇 ~is ´an~ interval ´valued ~fuzzy´ k-~ideal of ´ℵ , if 𝜇~is´ an~interval ´valued ~fuzzy´k-~ideal ofℵ´~.µ proof.' µlet 𝜒′, 𝛾′ ∈ ℵ′ , ~then ∃𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ such that ƒ 𝜒 𝜒 and ƒ 𝛾 𝛾 . by definition of image, we have ƒ(𝜇 𝜒′ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝜒 ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′ , for some 𝜒 ∈ ℵ, and, ƒ(𝜇 𝛾′ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝛾 ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′ , for some 𝛾 ∈ ℵ. weˑ have𝜇 (0) 𝜇 𝜒 , ∀𝜒 ∈ ℵ. then, (i ƒ(𝜇 0′ =𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 0 ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝜒 ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′ ƒ(𝜇 𝜒 ′ , for any 𝜒′ ∈ ℵ. (ii) for any𝜒′, 𝛾′, τ′ ∈ ℵ′, let 𝜒 ∈ ƒ 𝟏 𝜒′ , 𝛾 ∈ ƒ 𝟏 𝛾′ , τ ∈ ƒ 𝟏 τ′ , and since f is ahomomorphism, thenƒ(𝜇 𝜒′ ∗ τ′ =𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ ∗τ ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′∗ τ′ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ ∗ ∗τ ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′∗ ′∗ τ′ , 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝛾 ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′ =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 ƒ(𝜇 𝜒′ ∗ 𝛾′ ∗ τ′ , ƒ(𝜇 𝛾′ (iii) ˑforany 𝜒 ′, 𝛾′ ∈ ℵ′ , let 𝜒 ∈ ƒ 𝟏 𝜒′ , 𝛾 ∈ ƒ 𝟏 𝛾′ be such that: ƒ(𝜇 𝜒′ ∘ 𝛾′ =𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝛾 ∘ τ ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′∘ τ′ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝜒 ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′ , 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜇 𝛾 ∈ƒ 𝟏 ′   104  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {(𝜇 𝜒′ , ƒ(𝜇 𝛾′ hence´ the ~proof´ is~ completed. definition (36). if ~𝜇 and 𝛽 are´ two ~interval´ valued ~fuzzy´subsets of a ~set ℵ.´ then~ the product of 𝜇 and 𝛽 denoted by 𝜇 𝛽 is defined by: 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒, 𝛾 𝑟 min 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 ,for all 𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ ℵ. theorem (37). the product 𝜇 𝛽 is~ an interval ~valued fuzzy ~k-ideal~ of ℵ ℵ, if 𝜇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽~are~ interval valued ~fuzzy ~k-´ideals of ~a ku-semigroup ℵ. proof. let 𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ ℵ, we have 𝜇 𝛽 0, 0 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 0 , 𝛽 0 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒, 𝛾 . now, let (𝜒 ,, 𝜒 , 𝛾 , 𝛾 , τ , τ ∈ ℵ ℵ, then 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ τ , 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝛾 = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝛾 , 𝛽 𝛾 =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝛾 . and, 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒 ∘ 𝜒 𝛾 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∘ 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝛽 𝛾 = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝛾 , 𝜇 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝛾 . definition´(38). let 𝜇 be an interval~ valued fuzzy set in ℵ. if 𝜇 ´is defined by: 𝜇: 𝑆 𝑆 → 𝐷 0,1 , then 𝜇´ is named an interval~ valued fuzzy relation on a set 𝑆´, where s⊆ ℵ. definition (39). let 𝛽 be an interval~ valued fuzzy set in ℵ. then the strongest interval~ valued fuzzy relation on ℵ by 𝛽 is denoted by 𝜇 and defined as follows 𝜇 𝜒, 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 , for all 𝜒, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ. lemma (40). if the strongest interval~ valued fuzzy relation on~ℵ is ´an interval'' valued fuzzy 'k-ideal of ℵ ℵ,´~then𝛽 𝜒 𝛽 0 , for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ and 𝛽 is an interval valued fuzzy set of a ku-semigroupℵ. proof. ´let 𝜇 ´´be an interval valued ´fuzzy k-´ideal of ℵ ℵ´, it follows that: 𝛽 𝜒 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝜒 𝜇 𝜒, 𝜒 𝜇 0,0 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 0 , 𝛽 0 𝛽 0 . hence, 𝛽 𝜒 𝛽 0 .   105  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 theorem(41). the strongest´~ interval valued fuzzy relation~𝜇 on~ℵ is an interval 'valued fuzzy k''-ideal of´~ℵ ℵ iff the mapping 𝛽~is ´an~interval~´valued~fuzzy''k-ideal of´~ℵ.???? proof. ( )~since 𝛽~is an interval valued fuzzy~´k-ideal of~ℵ~´, ~then 𝜇 0,0 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 0 , 𝛽 0 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 𝜇 𝜒, 𝛾 . now, for any(𝜒 ,, 𝜒 𝛾 , 𝛾 τ , τ ∈ ℵ ℵ´, ´we have´: 𝜇 𝜒 , ∗ τ , 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝛾 = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝜒 , ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝛽 𝛾 =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜒 , ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 , 𝛾 . and, 𝜇 𝜒 , ∘ 𝜒 , 𝛾 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 ∘ 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 ∘ 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , , 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝛾 , , 𝛽 𝛾 =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 , 𝜒 , 𝜇 𝛾 , 𝛾 . () for all, 𝜒 , 𝛾 ∈ ℵ ℵ~, 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 0 , 𝛽 0 𝜇 0,0 𝜇 𝜒, 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 , 𝛽 𝛾 .~ then 𝛽 0 𝛽 𝜒 ´, ∀𝜒 ∈ ℵ. now, let 𝜒 , 𝜒 𝛾 , 𝛾 τ , τ ∈ ℵ ℵ. then´ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ , 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ τ = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝜒 , ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝛾 , 𝜇 𝛾 =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛𝜇 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝜇 𝛾 , 𝛾 =𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝛽 𝛾 = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝛾 in particular, if we take 𝜒 𝛾 τ 0, then 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ τ 𝑟 min 𝛽 𝜒 ∗ 𝛾 ∗ τ , 𝛽 𝛾 . hence, ´ the proof´ is completed´. 5. conclusion the concept of an interval value fuzzy set of ku-semigroup is introduced and some related properties are investigated. also, some types of interval value fuzzy ideals are studied and the relationship between them is stated. then, an interval value fuzzy k-ideal of kusemigroup is studied and a few properties are obtained. furthermore, the notion of a   106  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 homomorphism is discussed. main purpose of our future work is to investigate fuzzy of several types of ideals with special properties such as an intuitionistic fuzzy and hyper of kusemigroup. references 1. prabpayak, c.; leerawat, u. on ideals and congruence in ku-algebras.scientia magna journal.2009, 5, 1, 54-57. 2. prabpayak, c.; leerawat, u. on isomorphisms of ku-algebras.scientia magna journal.2009, 5, 3, 25-31. 3. kareem,f.f.;hasan, e. r.on ku-semigroups.international journal of science and nature.2018, 9, 1, 79-84. 4. zadeh, l.a. fuzzy sets.inform and control.1965, 8, 338-353. 5. mostafa, s.m.; abd-elnaby, m.a.; yousef, m.m.m. fuzzy ideals of ku-algebras. international mathematical forum.2011, 6, 63, 3139-3149. 6. hasan, e.r.; kareem, f.f. fuzzy ku-semi-groups and investigate some basic properties.journal of engineering and applied science.2018, 13, 18, 7739-7744. 7. akram, m.; yaqoob, n.; kavikumar, j. interval valued ) ~ , ~ (  -fuzzy ku-ideals of kualgebras.int. j. pure appl. math.2014, 92, 3, 335-349. 8. lee, k.m. bipolar-valued fuzzy sets and their operations. proc. int. conf. onintelligent technologies, bangkok, thailand.2000, 307-312. 9. lee, k.m. comparison of interval-valued fuzzy sets, intuitionistic fuzzy sets, and bipolar-valued fuzzy sets.j. fuzzy logic intelligent systems.2004, 14, 125-129. 10. mostafa, s.m.; abd-elnaby, m.a.; elgendy, o. r. interval-valued fuzzy ku ideals in ku-algebras.int. math. forum.2011, 6, 64, 3151-3159. 11. mostafa, s.m.; radwan, a.e.; ibrahem, f.a.; kareem, f.f. interval value fuzzy n-fold ku-ideals of ku-algebras.j. math.comput.sci.2015, 5, 2, 246-264. 12. saeid, a.b. bipolar-valued fuzzy bck\bci-algebras. world applied sciences journal.2009, 7, 11, 1404-1411. breast thickness in routine mammogram najlaa r. shareef dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in:10 june 2013 accepted in:10 october 2013 abstract the purpose of this study was to evaluate the thickness of the compressed breast in mediolateral oblique (mlo) and craniocaudal (cc) mammograms to relate these thickness and breast patterns to mean glandular dose (mad) in iraqi women and to evalualat radiology's recommendation for iraqi women. the study of population consists of 20 paired mlo and cc mammograms obtained on one mammograms unit .the digital read out of compressed breast thickness mgd was calculated by multiplying entrance skin exposure by the exposureto-absorbed dose conversion factor for the range of breast thickness which was 7.1 ----7.4cm in cc mammograms with a mean breast thickness of 7.2 cm and 7.3 ------7.5 cm in mlo mammograms with a mean breast thickness of 7.52 mgds in cc and mlo mammograms were 1.89 mgy and 1.99 mgy per view respectively. according to our initial trial, the mgds of iraqi women are lower than recommended by the american collage and uk of radiology. key words:mean glandular dose,tld dosimetry,mammography 103 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduetion x-ray mammography carries a small but significant risk of radiation-induced. , mammographic is the most accurate and reliable means of detecting minimal nonpulpable breast cancer [1] however, the carcinogenic risk associated with mammography and the absorbed radiation applied to the breast has given rise to concern. breast cancer almost always arises in the glandular breast tissue. as a result ,the average radiation dose absorbed by the measure of radiation risk associated with mammography. carcinogens and the determination of the mean glandular dose represent an important aspect of the quality control of mammographic imaging system. the number of people with breast cancer was increased at a rate of 10% a year. in particular, the incidence in patients aged to forty years has increased in rapidly routen check – ups and early detection . however , this would increase the level of radiation exposure by mammography , which is a major concern considering its relationship with breast cancer [2] for radiological studies ,the breast can be considered to be well approximated by a homogenous mixture of fibroglanduler and adipose tissues . the fibroglandular tissues comprise the tissues at risk for cancer development ,and the dose to this tissue is the most important in determining the radiation risks associated with mammography examinations . the fundamental compositions of both fibroglanduler and adipose breast tissues are presented in icru44 [3] granularity is variable for individuals, but has been observed to correlate with compressed breast thickness and age. both galndularity and breast thickness affect patient aloes with general expectations of increased dose with the increase of thickness (granularity help constant) and the variation of dose with thickness is evidenced through the increase of kilovoltage pesk (kvp) and mill ampere seconds (mas) required to maintain a constant image density when varying the thickness of patient women in the rotini testing of mammography automatic exposure control (aec) modes. the quantitative variatis with breast thickness and glandularity is not commonly evaluated , althongh it is important than both glandularity and thickness to be accounted for when studying patient doses or optimizing imaging techniques for mammography . [4] the digital read outs of compressed breast thickness entrance skin dose(esdp4) was measured by thermolumensces dose meter (tld) . the average glandular dose (mgd) cannot be measured directly, but it is calculated by making certain assumptions based on experimentally, determined entrance exposure surface dose (esd) using so-called conversion factors .these factors were developed as a function of thickness, kvp, and hvl bassed on wus [1], then mgd was calculated by multiply esdpa -to-absorbed dose conversion factor (g) ;as follows; agd=g esdpa the agd and dose measurements were converted to may using the formula(gy=100rad). on the other hand ,researcher geis and palchevsky [5] reported that the width of the glandularity distribution ,increases for compressed thickness between 3cm and 7cm but is narrower above and below this range helvie et al .[6] reviewed compressed breast thickness is approximetly 44cm based on the 250 patients . other studies [4] demon strate that compresed thickness and glandularity can be correlated with age, also other studies ,in united state rothan [7] reported that the mean glandular dose (mgd) may vary between 2and 3 mgy from (50% adipose and 50% glandularity tissue compressed breast of v4.2 to 5.0cm thickness. on the other hand researcher reported similar recent studies as dewered [8] and burch et al in united kigdom (uk) the purpose of this study was to evaluate the thickness of the compressed breast in mediolateral oblique (mlo) and craniocaudal (cc) mammograms, to relate these thickness to the mean glandular dose (mgd) in iraqi women,and to evaluate the suitability of the american college of radiology’s recommendations(acr) . 104 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 methods the total number of mammograms examend were 20 paired medioateral oblique (mlo) and craniocadul (cc) mammograms from 20 paires, and were oblique on one mammographic unit (italian giotto hi_techi) which has control panel makes the use of the unit easy . mammograms of women with breast implants ,for each view ,a digital read out of compressed breast thickness ,applied compression force ,clear messages of the lcd leave no doubts to the operator ,mill amperes (mas) and tube voltage was obtained (kvp) in an automatic exposure control mode, with a very short-exposure ,the device can select the kv a among a wide rang of values in order to optimize the exposure to the breast .the rodium fitter allowes the reduction of x-ray dose to the very thick breasts mill amperes (mas) and tube voltage was obtained ,in an automatic exposure control (aec) mode. entrance skin exposure was measured by using thermolumences dose meter(tld) units provided by issuing laboratory and it is located on the poteins dress just below the compression device ,using the same conditions as, used for the digital measured of compressed breast thickness . we also measured (mas) ,tube voltage ,and entrance skin dose . the average glandular dose (mgd) was calculated by using the measured(esdpa) and appropriate conversion factor (g) ,depends on the hvl the (agd) for each projection which is derived as follows; agd=g esdpa , and using tables ,which were computed using mont carlo simulations of x-ray photon transport in breast tissue ,as described by wu, et al [1] agd has been defined as the average absorbed dose in the glandular tissue in the uniformly compressed breast. breast paherns were divided into two group[a,b] according to breast thickness the average of these groups were 7.3_7.34 ……7.75 the other from 7……….7.4 . the relation between mgd and compressed breast thicknesses was investigated on mlo and cc mammograms. results and discussion it is widely considered that breast cancer can be induced in high dose of ionizing radiation, such as x-rays.the probability of risk of induction is believed to be dependent on dose. the highest dose are likely to be received by women with the thickest breasts ,these women also required more than one film per view, possibly up to four such films. however the number of women in this subgroub is extremely small and difficult to predict. the study of population consisted of 40 patient’s age between 40 to 65 years with an average age of 52.5 years. breast patterns were divided into two subgroups and classified as type a and type b. table 1.and fig shows the relation between mean glandular dose and breast thickness( fig 1).the average breast thickness of graph a were 7.0 ,7.25,…….and 7.4 cm, respectively the average entrance skin of dose exposures10.52 , 11, 11.179…..and 11.52mgy, and the average mgds 1.79 ,1.87 ,1.90……..and 1.96mgy these were investigated on cc mammograms. when the average breast of group b. (table.2) was 7.3, 7.28, 7.43………and 7.75cm, respectively the average mgds of group b were 1.89, 1.92, 1.95, and 2.31 mgy this was investigated on mlo view mammogram( table 3)shows breast thickness ranged from 7 to 7.4cm in cc mammograms, with an average breast thickness of 7.2cm ,and from 7.3 to 7.75 cm in mlo mammograms with an average thickness of 7.52cm the average mgds in cc and mlo mammograms was 1.89 and 1.99 mgy per view respectively for 7.2 cm and 7.52cm average breast thickness .the mean glandular radiation dose is greatly affected by changes in breast thickness .gentry and dewered [8]measured the compressed breast thickness and entrance skin exposure by using thermo luminescent dosimeters for 4400 women ,they reported an average thickness of 4.5 cm and a mean glandular dose of 1.5 mgy for the cc 105 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 view, which is similar to that reported in the uk study by burch et al. [9,10] and similar finding and relationship were reported by kruger,et al.[9] . our results may be compared with those of similar recent study in the uk [10,11].burch ,et al. examined data from 4633 women on the united kingdom(uk) .they found a mean breast thickness 5.7 cm and 5.2 cm for mlo and cc views , respectively, which are lower than those of our study .the mean dose per film was 1.93mgy in the mlo view, which is somewhat lower than the 1.99mgy of our study ,and the mean glandular per film was 1.63 mgy for the cc view ,which is somewhat less than 1.89mgy used in the present study. it is interesting to note that in this uk study, the mean glandular dose was 1.63mgy for a mean breast thickness of 5.2 cm, whereas our present study showed 1.89mgy for a mean breast thickness of 7.2cm. this difference can be explained in part by the greater percentage of composed glandular tissue in iraqi women, and by application of different target \filter combination automatically controlled by aec mode for larger breast thickness in iraqi women than in the uk study, and the use of different conversion factors [11]. as mentioned earlier, an upper limit of 3.0mgy per film has been established by the acr [12] as a mean glandular dose for 4.2cm thick breast with 50% glandular composition. the mean glandular dose used in the present study was well below this limit of 3.0 mgy . references 1wu, x. and barnes, g.t. (1991), tucker dm. spectral dependence of glandular tissue dose in screen film mammography . radiology ;179:143-8 2lee,i.j.;park,k.y. and kim:(2005) breast image technol. 1,61 3tarakoli, m. and kolgh ,n.(2008), eraduation breast glandular absorbed dose and radiographic in mammography , 6(2):77-82 . 4icru report 44:(1996) tessue substitutes in radiation dosimetry and measurement 5geise, r.a. and palchevsky, a. :(1996) composition of mammographic phantom materials .radiology;198:347-350. 6beckett, j.r. and kotre, c.j. (2000)phys med biol, dosimetric implications of age related glandular changes in screening mammograph;45:801-813. 7rothenberg, l.n.(1994|) exposures and doses in mammography.in syllabus;acategorical course in physics.technical aspects of breast imaging.3rd ed ;113-9. 8gentry ,j.r. and dewerd, l.a.(1996) tld measurement of in vivo mammographic exposures and the calculated mean glandular dose across the united states. med phys; 23:899-903. 9kruger, r.l.and schueler, b.a.(2001|), a survey of clinical factors and patient dose in mammography. med phys; 28:1449-54. 10burch, a.( 1998), goodman da.a pilot survey of radiation doses received in the united kingdom breast screening programmer .br j radiol ;71:517-27. 11young, k.c.( 2002), radiation doses in the uk trial of breast screening in women aged 40-48 years. br j radiol; 75:362-70. 12mammography quality control manual,(1999),acr,february. 106 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table no. (1) :the relation of mean glandular dose to breast thickness in cc view thickness (cm) esd mgy mgd mgy 7.0 10.52 1.79 7.25 11 1.87 7.29 11.179 1.90 7.39 11.352 1.93 7.4 11.52 1.96 table no. (2): the relation of mean glandular dose to breast thicknees in mloview thickness (cm) esd mgy mgd mgy 7.3 11.27 1.89 7.28 11.29 1.92 7.43 11.72 1.95 7.65 12.58 12.14 7.68 13.582 2.31 7.75 17.70 3.01 table no. ( 3): mean glandular dose of both mediolateral oblique and craniocaudal views of mammograms esdmgy mcdmax mlo 11.78 1.99 cc 11.28 1.89 figure no. (1) mean glandular dose with breast thickness 6.94 6.99 7.04 7.09 7.14 7.19 7.24 7.29 7.34 7.39 1.75 1.8 1.85 1.9 1.95 2 th ic kn es s c m mgdmgy 107 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 الفحص الروتیني لسمك الثدي القدسي شریف رجب نجالء التربیة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة /جامعة بغداد كلیة/ الفیزیاء قسم 2013تشرین االول 10قبل في 2013حزیران 10استلم في الخالصة في جھاز (cc)وبوضعیة قائمة مباشرة (mlo)تضمن البحث حساب سمك الثدي المضغوط بوضعیة مائلة لــ خالل فحص مجموعة من النساء ومقارنة ھذه (mgd)تصویر الثدي وایجاد العالقة بین ھذه القیم ومعدل الجرعة الغدیة القیم مع النتائج التي حصل علیھا الباحثین في المملكة المتحدة . ى بواقع عشرین مریضة المتطور ، وقد شملت عدد من المرض giohoاجریت الدراسة في مستشفى بغداد التعلیمي نوع في ھذه الفحوصات . (tld)وقد استعلمت اقراص الومیض الحراري ، وحسب (esdpa)قیس سمك الثدي بتطبیق من خالل قوة مناسبة لذلك السمك ومن ثم قیاس جرعة الدخول السطحیة . (g)مع مقدار مناسب من عامل التحویل (esdpa)بحاصل ضرب agdمعدل الجرعة الغدیة لجھاز فحص الثدي وبمعدل ccفي وضعیة (cm 7.4 7)الدراسة على مجموعتین من سمك ثدي احداھما من تمت ھي mgdوقیمة cm 7.52للجھاز وبمعدل سمك mloبوضعیة cm 7.75 – 7.3، واالخرى من cm 7.2سمك ثدي 1.89mgy 7.2لسمك cm 1.99 وmgy 7.52لمعدل سمك cm والجرعة الغدیة .mgd لكال المجموعتین تتراوح ) على التوالي والمجموعة الثانیة (mgy 1.96…… 1.87 – 1.79من ) وعند مقارنة ھذه النتائج بالذي حصل علیھا بعض الباحثین في المملكة المتحدة (mgy 3…… 1.92 – 1.89من وجد ان ھذه القیم متقاربة جداً . الجرعھ الغدیھ،اقراص الومیض الحراريتصویر الثدي،معدل الكلمات المفتاحیھ: 108 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 17 gyrotron development at high order modes abstract the present work has been characterized by higher order modes in the cavities of the gyrotron; they are capable of producing rf plasma by developments of it. it uses for fusion systems. we choose the te31,8 mode in our study. the main problem of gyrotron is the device of the thermal cavity loading. the problem of the thermal loading is solved when any parasitic modes suppress, absence of desired modes; the thermal loading is increased when the high power tube of gyrotron operation is unstable. the mathematical interaction model contains equations that describe the electron motion and the field profiles of the transferred electric modes of the resonator, these are interacting with electrons based on the finite difference method that has been designed to study the starting current, the frequency, quality factor and calculates the roots of the bessel function by the program we designed in fortran language. they are used to calculate the operation frequency. good agreement is between our results and the previous published results both confirm the accuracy of the performance of the designed program. keywords: developed gyrotron, high order mode, rf plasma. 1.introduction the gyrotron is a microwave source capable of producing high power through the interaction between the beam and the wave.[1] convert the kinetic energy of electrons into radiation. as shown in figure(1). the gyrotron oscillator consists of these components: a gun oscillator is used as a microwave source. it operates at a frequency of (670) ghz and releases a power of approx. (11w), interaction circuit (cavity), magnetic field source (magnetic or solenoids), spent electron beam collector, output taper and window. in the injection gun, a magnetron is generated annular electron beam; it is focused into an open article history: received 31 august, 2020, accepted 31,augest 2020, published in october 2021. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2697 luma y. abbas department of physics, college of science, the university of mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. lmaphysics2203@gmail.com nedal ali hussain department of physics, college of science, the university of mustansiriyah , baghdad, iraq. nidalali44@yahool.com ali n . mohammed department of physics,college of education, the university of mustansiriyah,baghdad, iraq. aliphysics2203@gmail.com lmaphysics2203@gmail.com nidalali44@yahool.com aliphysics2203@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 18 cavity resonator with the axial magnetic field. in the cavity of this tube, the kinetic energy is converted into an rf from the beam. finally it is converted into a gaussian beam. then the spent beam is collected at the collector. to produce high powers at millimeter wavelengths .we choose a high order cavity mode such as te31,8-te10,6-te8,5. to compensate for the high wall losses in the cavity at a high frequency the modern gyrotron development during the last three or four years one may notice that several principal steps we made in the development of the megawatt power gyrotron: 1. at a very high order volume modem, solve the problem of thermal cavity loading in gyrotron. 2. demonstration of the depressed collector to solve gyrotron collector and power supply problems. 3. the windows are made of artificial diamond discs. these three points important to be used in the gyrotron in the plasma experiment.[2,3] figure 1. schematic simple of oscillator (gyrotron) [1] in the past years, danly et al. report using a novel quasi –optical output antenna. the first experiment on 100 ghz and power (200 kw) are discussed by bensimhon et al. and show the stable operation is possible with a high – order mode, complex interaction cavity. saito et al. designed a 137 ghz gyrotron for plasma scattering. [4] jagadishwar sinigin [5] in 1999 presented the theory and design of gyrotron-traveling wave amplifiers at millimeter wave frequencies suitable for long distance communication and radar. the design goals for the tube were 100 kw peak power at 140 ghz and 30% efficiency. in 2002, edith borie et al. [6] studied the operation of multi-frequency and a 149 ghz gyrotron was designed to operate in the high order mode at high frequency in ghz. the design of an 8 mm te13 mode gyrotron was given by wenxiany, wang et al. [7]. tsai, et al. [8] in 2004 presented a theoretical study of fundamental cyclotron harmonic gyro-twt at te01 mode, with distributed wall losses. the initial theoretical, [8] in 1996 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 19 reported the short-and-long pulse operation of a te10.4; mode and the experiment configuration of the tube was described. 2.numerical method we get bessel‘s equation with bessel function jm(r) by using a method of variable separation. we considered wave propagation on a cylindrical waveguide, as shown in fig.1[9] the longitudinal electric and magnetic fields 𝐸𝑧 and 𝐻𝑧 , in a circular waveguide are: 𝐻𝑧 = 𝑐𝑚 ˏ 𝐽𝑚(𝑘𝑐 𝑟) 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝑚ɸ) (1) 𝐸𝑧 = 𝑐𝑚𝐽𝑚(𝑘𝑐 𝑟) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑚ɸ) (2) where 𝑐𝑚 and 𝑐𝑚 ˏ denote the coefficients of fields, r the radial distance, 𝐽𝑚(𝑘𝑐 𝑟) is called the bessel function of the first kind, and m is the order of the bessel function. subsitituting these equations into the maxwell equation, we get field components in terms of 𝐸𝑧 and 𝐻𝑧 in circular waveguide [9]. 𝐸∅ = 1 𝑘𝑐 [ 𝑗𝑚𝑘𝑧 𝑟 𝑐𝑚𝐽𝑚(𝑘𝑐 𝑟) 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝑚∅) + 𝑗𝜔𝜇𝑘𝑐 , 𝐽𝑚 , 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑘𝑐 𝑟)𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑚∅) ] (3) 𝐻∅ = 1 𝑘𝑐 [ 𝑗𝑚𝑘𝑧 𝑟 𝑐𝑚 , 𝐽𝑚(𝑘𝑐 𝑟) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑚∅) + 𝑗𝜔 𝑘𝑐 𝐽𝑚 , 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑘𝑐 𝑟)𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑚∅) ] (4) where cm, 𝐶𝑚 , are the coefficients of longitudinal field, kc is the wave number, is the propagation constant, r is the radial distance, 𝐽𝑚(𝑘𝑐 𝑟) is called the bessel function, 𝐽𝑚 , (𝑘𝑐 𝑟) is the derivative, and m is the order of the bessel function. 𝐸(𝑟, ∅, ᴢ) = 𝐸(𝑟, ∅)𝑒𝑥𝑝[𝑖(𝜔𝑡 − 𝑘𝑍 )] (5) where t represents the time and 𝜔 the angular frequency. 3.design of cavity in (28-170ghz), the magnetron gun produced an annular beam and transported it to the cavity [10, 11]. in the middle cavity reach the interaction between the electron beam and rf wave when rf fields peak values. the waveguide is closed by a pinhole diaphragm, through which part of the generated microwave power escapes. the interaction efficiency is defined as: [12] 𝜂 𝑖𝑛𝑡 = [ 𝛼2 2(1 − 𝛾0 −1) ] 𝜂⟘ (6) where 𝜂 ⟘ is the orbital efficiency 𝛼, is the ratio between initial orbital velocity normalized and the speed of light, 𝛾 0 is the lorentz factor. the orbital efficiency is the fraction of the energy of electro gyration transformed into electromagnetic radiation. 𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 = ( 𝜔 𝑄𝐷 ) 𝑊 (7) 𝑃𝛺 = (( 𝜔 𝑄𝛺 )w (8) where w is the energy stored in the cavity, 𝑄𝐷 is the diffractive q-factor and 𝑄𝛺 is the ohmic quality factor of the te_ modes. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 20 from equ. (7,8) these are power inversely proportional to the diffractive and ohmic quality factors.[13] 𝑄𝛺 = ( 𝑅𝑊 𝛿 ) ( 1 − 𝑚2 𝑋𝑚,𝑛 2 ) (9) where 𝑅𝑊 is the cavity radius, m is the azimuthal index of the mode, n is the radial index, xmn is eigen number and 𝛿 is skin depth.𝛿 = 1 √𝜋𝑓𝜎𝜇0 where 𝜎 is the conductivity of the cavity wall. the cut off region, prevents backward waves towards the gun. plasma will be formed in the breakdown region. when the electron density is high enough, a significant part of the wave beam should be reflected from dense plasma, where plasma fill mentation in a gyrotron focused wave beam was observed [13,14] . the plasma density inside the volume is approximate by [15]. n= 𝑛𝑜 𝑒𝑥𝑝(𝑣𝑖 , 𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑡) (10) where vi, eff is the effective ionization frequency and is dependent on the power density over power threshold density. the quality diffraction is changing with a length of the cavity and the wavelength.[16] 𝑄𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝛼( 𝐿 𝜆 )2 (11) the relation (11) leads to increased ohmic losses in the cavity by equ.(12) 𝜂𝛼 𝑄𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑐 𝑄𝑑𝑖𝑓 + 𝑄𝑜ℎ𝑚 (12) where 𝜂 is the total efficiency. 4.results and discussion the quality factor is depends on cavity sizes and the parameters of the electron beam, it is very critical parameters for the thermal loading of the cavity, to get on high gyrotron efficiency and reducing the ohm losses for te31,8mode at a frequency of 670 ghz the wall radius is 4.477mm, power is enhanced with cavity size increase, typical qd-factor for fusion gyrotron is 1000-1500, qohm-factor depend on the cavity size and wavelength. we describe the interaction of wave-particle by the computer program (gyro).this code uses the forward finite difference technique as a numerical method for solving all governing differential equations in three dimensions (r,∅,z). the input data of the program that beam voltage, the external magnetic field, normalized cavity length, the velocity ratio, energy, the mode number (m,n,l), and root of bessel xmnl. this code calculates the power, efficiency, quality factor and beam current in the tube with a single cavity show this result in a table.1, 2. table1. reported and calculates results of design parameters of a 670-ghz. te 31,8 our results ref [13] beam voltage (kv) 71 70 axial velocity ratio 1.3 1.3 normalized length 10 10 the frequency(ghz) 671 670 radius of the cavity (mm) 4.54 4.54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 21 table 2. reported and calculates results of design parameters of a 670-ghz. te 31,18-mode our results ref.[10, 11 ] vb (kv) 71 72.5 l/𝜆 5.5 6.4 ib (ma) 70 50-70 qdif,min 1123 1200 axial velocity ratio 1.4 1.4 the quality factor given by equation (11) for temnl-mode[18] is represented graphically in figuer2 𝑄𝛿 𝜆 = [1 − ( 𝑚 𝑋𝑚𝑛 ) 2 ] [𝑥𝑚𝑛 2 + 𝑃2𝑅2] 3 2 2𝜋 [𝑋𝑚𝑛 2 + 𝑃2𝑅3 + (1 − 𝑅) ( 𝑃𝑅𝑚 𝑋𝑚𝑛 ) 2 ] (11) where r=d/l , p=l𝜋/2 and 𝑄𝛿 𝜆 is the quality factor a function of the cavity dimensions. those curves in fig.2 correspond to simulation results of gaussian profiles. in this figure, we see a maximum of 𝑄𝛿 𝜆 when the diameter equal the length because the minimize losses. figure 2. qd/l for te31,8 mode in the cavity. to study the relation between (b0d) 2 and (d/l)2 for te31,8_ mode, we used eq.12 [18] as shown in fig.3. (𝐵0𝐷) 2 = ( 𝛾𝑐𝑚𝑒 𝑒 ) 2 [4𝑥𝑚𝑛 2 + 𝜋2𝑙2 ( 𝐷 𝐿 ) 2 ] (12) 0.78 0.79 0.8 0.81 0.82 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 q d /l d/l ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 22 figure 3. the relation between(b0d) and (d/l) 2 for te31,8mode. we calculated the starting currents by depending on the equation (13) as[19] 𝐼𝑆 = −1.5608 × 10 −21. 𝛾𝜔𝑣𝑧 2 𝑄 𝑙2𝑟𝑤 2 𝐿 (𝑋𝑚𝑛 2 −𝑚2) 𝑋𝑚𝑛 2 [𝐽𝑚+1 2 (𝑋𝑚𝑛𝑟𝑜/𝑟𝑤)+𝐽𝑚−1( 𝑋𝑚𝑛𝑟𝑜 𝑟𝑤 ))] [𝐺− 𝐵 ⟘𝜔𝑐 2 2𝐾𝑧𝑉𝑧 𝑑𝐺 𝑑𝑋 ] (𝐴𝑀𝑃) (13) where 𝐵⟘ = (𝑣𝑟 2 + 𝑣𝜑 2 ) 1 2/𝐶 ,x= (𝜔𝑐 − 𝜔)/𝐾𝑧𝑉𝑧 and g= − 1 2 [(−1)𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑙𝜋𝑥) − 1 ]/(𝑥2 − 1)2 from fig.4 the starting current of te-mode was calculated as a function of magnetic field, when a minimum starting current for excited a singlemode in the interaction region. it is smaller if the magnetic field increased until reaching a point where it rises abruptly. figure 4. start oscillation current of cavity te31,8. the operating modes are set in the cavity resonator and we could predict the radius of this cavity by mode chart figures (5,6,7). we can estimate that the magnetic field is required to excite the te mnl-mode of interest. 11.46 11.48 11.50 11.52 11.54 11.56 11.58 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 b o d (t .m ) (d/l) 2 4 6 8 9.5 10 10.5 11 s ta rt in g c u rr e n t (a ) main magnetic field(t) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 23 figure 5. the te31,8 modes in circular cylinder. figure 6. te8,5 modes in circular cylinder. figure 7. te10,6-modes in circular cylinder. 5.conclusions the present paper studies the status of gyrotron development on average power achievements. a plasma heating like magnetic fusion experiments depend on the parameter average power to produce electric power. the system is usually desired with a duty factor 1e+23 1.05e+23 1.1e+23 1.15e+23 0 2 4 6 8 (f d )^ 2 g h z .c m ^ 2 d/l 5e+22 6e+22 7e+22 0 2 4 6 8 (f d )2 g h z .c m ^ 2 (d/l)2 7e+22 8e+22 9e+22 1e+23 1.1e+23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (f d )2 (c m 2 ) (d/l)2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 24 typically 10% for radar application, the gyrotron oscillator developers in at frequencies in ghz and high power in megawatt. acknowledgement all thanks and gratitude to prof. dr. jamal w. salman. references 1. nusinovich, g. s. introduction to the physics of gyrotrons, baltimore: johns hopkins university press, 2004; isbn: 0801879213 9780801879210. 2. yeap, k. h.; tham, c. y.; yeong, k. c.; woo, h. j. wave propagation in lossy and superconducting circular, radioengineering, june 2010,19(2), 320-325, doi: 10.5277/oa.160215. 3. cheng, dok.,field and wave electromagnetic fields, addison-wesly, 1983,66-557, isbn 0201012391. 4. granatstein, v .l. ; robertson, c. w. guest eds. third special issue on free electron lasers, ieee j. quatum electron.july 1985, qe-21, 7, 804-1119, doi: 10.1109/jqe.1985.1072763. 5. jagadishwar, sirigiri r.,theory and design study of a novel quasi-optical gyrotron traveling wave amplifier, m. sc. thesis, massachusetts institute of technology, cambridge 1999. 6. edith borie, possibilities for multi-frequency operation of a gyrotron at fzk’, ieee transaction on plasma sciences, june 2002, 30(3), 825, doi: 10.1109/tps.2002.801561. 7. wenxiang wang, guofen yu, meisheng xu & yubin gong, 8mm te 13 mode gyrotron, int. j. of infrared and millimeter waves, 2003, 24, 661–668, doi: 10.1023/a:1023307514266 8. tsai, w.c.; chang, t. h.; chen, n. c.; chu k. r. absolute instabilities in a highordermode gyrotron traveling-wave amplifier’, physical review e, 2004, 70, 056402, doi: 10.1103/physreve.70.056402 9. gunter dammertz, ;oliver braz,; christors t. ;iatrou, m. kuntze, arnotd mobius, bernhard piosczyk, and manfred thumm, long pulse operation of a 0.5 mw te10,4 gyrotron at 140 ghz, ieee transaction on plasma sciences, june 1996, 24, 3, 570, doi: 10.1109/27.532939. 10. sophocles j. orfanidis, electromagnetic waves and antennas, 2016, online book at: www.ece.rutgers.edu/~orfanidi/ewa. 11. nusinovich, g. s.; read, m, e,; dumbrajs, o. ; kreischer, k. e.theory of gyrotrons with coaxial resonators, ieee trans.elecron devices, march 1994, 41(3), 433-438, doi: 10.1109/16.275231. 12. bratman, v. l.; ginzburg, n. s.; nusinovich, g. s.; petelinand, m. i. ; strelkov, p. s. relativistic gyrotrons andcyclotron autoresonance masers, int. j. electron, 1981, 51(4), 541-567, doi: 10.1080/00207218108901356. 13. hidaka, h.; choi, e. m.; mastovsky, i.; shapiro, m. a.; sirigiriand, j. r.; temkin, observation of large arrays of plasma filaments in air breakdown by 1.5-mw 110-ghz gyrotron pulses, phys. rev. lett., january 2008, 100, 035003, doi: doi.org/10.1103/physrevlett.100.035003. https://www.abebooks.co.uk/products/isbn/9789332535022/30689081600&cm_sp=snippet-_-srp1-_-plp1 https://doi.org/10.1109/jqe.1985.1072763 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1109%2ftps.2002.801561 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1023%2fa%3a1023307514266 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1103%2fphysreve.70.056402 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1109%2f27.532939 http://www.ece.rutgers.edu/~orfanidi/ewa https://doi.org/10.1109/16.275231 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1080%2f00207218108901356 https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevlett.100.035003 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 25 14. nusinovich, g. s.; milikh, g.m. ; levush, b. l. removal of halocarbons from air with high‐power microwaves, appl. phys, 1996, 80(7), 4189-4195, doi: 10.1063/1.363559. 15. sinitsyn, o. v. ; nusinovich, g. s. ; antonsen, t. m. jr.,stability of gyrotron operation in very highorder modes, phys. plasmas, 2012, 19(6), 063114, doi: 10.1063/1.4729329. 16. bratman, v. l.; zorin, v. g. ; kalynov, yu. k.; koldanov, v. a.; litvak, a. g.; s. razin, v.; sidorov, a. v. ; skalyga, v. a. plasma creation by terahertz electromagnetic radiation, phys. plasmas, 2011, 18(8), 083507, doi: https://doi.org/10.1063/1.3622202. 17. hornstein, m. k.; bajaj, v. s.; griffin, r. g.; kreischer, k. e.; mastovsky, i.; shapiro, m. a.; sirigiri, j. r.; temkin, r. j. second harmonic operation at 460 ghz and broadband continuous frequency tuning of a gyrotron oscillator, ieee transactions on electron devices,may 2005,: 52(5), 798 – 807, doi: 10.1109/ted.2005.845818. 18. nusinovich, g. s. introduction to the physics of gyrotrons, baltimore: johns hopkins university press, 2004, isbn: 9780801879210. 19. salman, j. w. ; atlifah, n. ; hasaani, a. s. iraqi j. sci., 1996, 37, 37, 1163-1183. https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1063%2f1.363559 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1063%2f1.4729329 https://doi.org/10.1063/1.3622202 https://doi.org/10.1109/ted.2005.845818 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 prevalence and infection rate of three gizzard nematodes in the mallard anas platyrhynchos l., 1758 collected in aldiwaniya and diyala provinces , central iraq m. k. mohammad and a. a. al-moussawi iraq natural history research ce ntre and museum, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 7 june 2010 accepte d in:13 march 2011 abstract three nematodes : amidostomum acutum , epomidiostomum uncinatum and hadj elia truncata , were recovered from t he gizz ards of winterin g mallard collected at t wo sites in central iraq. a brief d escrip tion of the p arasites along with some notes on t heir infection rate, prevalence and discussion with t he p ertinent literature are p rovided. key words : iraq , mallard , gizz ard worms, amidostomum acutum , epomidiostomum uncina tum , hadjelia trunca ta , anas pla tyrhynchos . introduction the mallard, anas platyrhynchos, is the most widely distributed duck in the northern hemisp here, rangin g from the arctic to the subtrop ics of north america, asia, and europ e [1] .it is usually infected with gizz ard worms. t he gizz ard worm belongs to the genera amidostomum, epomidiostomum and hadjelia are the most common h elminth infectin g waterfowl [2]. sp ecies of amidostomum and epomidiostomum are wid ely distributed amon g v ariety of migratory birds . adult worms of bot h genera liv e under the lining tunic of t he gizz ard. they were rep orted from gizz ards of anatids in europe and their distribution reflects the geographic ranges of their host s [3]. gizzard worm infection is considered a contributing factor to low weights and looses in birds [4]. m ay be because mature worms feed on blood in the gizz ard mucosa [3] causing hemorrhage, leakage of p lasma p roteins, and p otential ischemia resultin g in erosions and ulcers [5 ] . severe infections with amidostomum spp . may be associated with esop hageal impaction [6] . it may substantially contribute to fatal debilitation. the effect of combination of other parasitic worms with a. acutum (lundah l 1848) seurat 1918 may damage tissues of the b ird and may constitute one of the causes of mass mortality among the common eiders [7] . the infection with h. truncata caused serious lesions in the gizz ard in columbia livia domestica from cy p rus [8] sev erely infected birds m ay even die consequently , and the death of juveniles is more common than that in adults [9] . m oreover, there is a p ossibility for transmission of gizz ard worms between domest ic and wild birds those share the same habitats, causin g econo mic losses. the aim of this st udy is to survey and identify the gizz ard worms of the wintering mallard in iraq as a p art of more studies on t heir p arasitic fauna through iraq. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 materials and methods during the p eriod from december 2008 to february 2009, a total of 20 sp ecimens includin g 6 males and 14 females of the mallard anas platyrhynchos were collected from qara tapa 34° 26 ` n , 45° 02` e , diy ala province and hawr al-m alih 32° 20`n , 45° 30 ̀ e , aldiwaniya province . b irds killed with a shot gun and examined for p arasites immediately or within a few hours, identified according to [10] , then d issected immediately . the gizz ard was sep arated and tunic lining car efully removed and search ed for p arasites with the aid of the dissecting microscope (kruss ) and the comp ound microscop e (oly mpus bh) . the recovered nematodes were kept 70% ethanol, immersed ov ernight in lactop henol at room temp erature for clear ing. identification was done according to [11,12] . m easurements are in millimeters calcu lated by using ocular and stage micrometers. phot os were taken with a digital camer a . results and discussion table 1 summarizes the results of finding three nematodes namely , amidostomum acutum, epomidiostomum uncinatum (lundahl,1848) seurat, 1918 and hadjelia truncata underneath the gizz ard lining of mallard sp ecimens collected in central iraq. this would show that the total infection rate is 55%. the infection rate for qara tapa site is 100%, while for hawr al-m alih is 43.75%. the infection among male birds is 50%, while for females is 57.1%. table 1 shows also that single infections constitut e the most infections recorded in this st udy with only one excep tion of a. acutum and e. uncinatum. this mode of infection is in general agreement with [13] . however, this may be related directly to the smaller sample size in the p resent st udy . it is found also, that females acquired higher infection rate comp ared with their mates. this may be due, p artly , to the difference between them during the breeding season in regard to their behavior and feeding which may act as an imp ortant factor contributing for gett ing more p arasites. however, the results are in agreement with [ 14, 15 ]. amidostomum acutum (fig.1a;b;c&d) m outh op ening surrounded with 4 p apillae, varying in size , the tooth is conical with slightly convex ventral surface directly at the apex it is situated on dorsal p late of bottom of buccal cap sule. excretory p ore and nerve ring situated ahead from cervical p apillae. cy lindrical p harynx gradually widening toward back , all the body with transverse striations. m ale: only 8 males isolated from the gizz ard of a. platyrhynchos from hawr al-m alih. body 8.928 (7.365 10.258) long , 0.074 (0.062 0.086) wide, dorsal tooth 0.00412 (0.0032 0.0048) long , internal diameter of buccal cap sule0.0068 (0.0048 0.0080) , its depth 0.0092 (0.0080 0.0096) , p harynx 0.612 (0.572 0.676) long , 0.0381 (0.026 0.052) width , nerve ring distance from anterior end 0.254 (0.230 0.285) , distance from excretory p ore to anterior end 0.39475 (0.350 0.399) , sp icules equal or almost equal 0.121 (0.1168 0.1312) long, its number branches are three . female: seventeen females of a. acu tum isolated from the gizz ard of a.platyrhynchos from hawr al-m alih. females are lar ger than males 13.448 (12.312 -14.773) long, 0.121 (0.1144 0.126) wide , dorsal tooth 0.0061 (0.0048 0.008) long , internal diameter of buccal cap sule somewhat lar ger than in male 0.0104 (0.0096 0.0112) , its depth is more also 0.0112 (0.0096 0.0128), phary nx is longer than males also 0.779 (0.665 -0.899 ) long , 0.5218 (0.0468 0.052 ) width , vulva p rovided with cuticular p rotuberance varying in size, it is closer to t he posterior end of the body 2.6305 (2.415 2.9925) , eggs 0.0694 (0.053-0.104) x 0.05224 (0.038 0.0936) , tail len gth 0.2625 (0.2080.354). a. acutum is a common p arasite of ducks in europe includin g anas platyrhynchos [16 . infection rate with this sp ecies in this st udy is almost in agreement with t hat rep orted by [17] . the first ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 descrip tion of a. acutum was done by lundahl 1848, from the ventriculus of nettion crecca ; oidemia nigra ; melanitta fusca ; eider molissimus; and fuligula fuligula from finnland , then travassos 1937 added fulica atra as another host for this nematode [16]. this nematode was also fr equently reported from anseriformes; in australia [18] ; in nort h america[19], and in poland [17] from another anatinds it was rep orted: in canada from bucephala clangula[16] ; anas americana ; anas acuta ; anas strepera ; aythya affinis ; a ythya valisineria. in usa from the anatids : anas fulvigula in florida [20] ; in nort h america from aix sponsa[21] , dendrocygna autumnalis [22], from aramus guarauna (gruiformes: aramid ae ) [23] . in europ e it was reported from the anatids : anas carolinensis ; anas querquedula ; anser albifrons ;aythya ferina ; aythya n yroca [16] ; anas acuta ; anas penelope [24].in france from charadr iiformes: recurv irostridae in himantopus himantopus[16] and from the phasianids tetrao parv irostris ; tetrao urogallus (galliformes) [25] . in taiwan from the anatids : anas carolinensis and from charadriiformes: scolop acidae : gallinago gallinago[28] . in australia from the anatids : anas gracilis ; biziura lobata; stictonetta naevosa ; and from himantopus leucocepha lus (charadriiformes: recurvirostridae) [18]. epomidi ostomum uncinatum (fig.2 a & b ) sy n.: epomidiostomum anatinum skrjabin, 1915 ; amidostomum anatinum baylis, 1928 [16]. it is characterist ic with 6 cep halic ap p endages surround t he oral op enin g. females are lar ger than males, the distance between the transverse cuticular st riation, slightly smaller in male than in female. m ale: only one male isolated from the gizz ard of a.platyrhynchos , the male is short er and thinner than female. body : 6.962 long , 0.176 width , inner diameter of buccal cap sule 0.0096,its depth 0.008 phary nx 0.972 len gth, 0.0416 width , excretory p ore at 3.82 from the anterior end of the body , the nerve ring is 0.230 from anterior end. the sp icules equal or nearly equal, reach 0.021 lon g, the dist al end of each sp icule is cleaved into t hree unequal branches female: body 10.615 long , 0.399 width at vulva region, pharynx 1.055 len gth, 0.0624 width , excretory p ore at 0.376 from the anterior end of the body . nerve ring lies at a distance of 0.255 from anterior end, the vu lva is smooth, p laced at a d istance of 2.42 from the p ost erior end , eggs 0.126x0.063 , tail, narrowing just behind the anus is 0.140. it is isolated from the gizz ards of a. platyrhynchos collected from hawr al-m alih. it was isolated from the gizz ard of the mallard a. platyrhynchos in north america by [44] and in europe by [45]. from other anatids in usa it was rep orted: in nort h america from anas discors [27] ; aix sponsa[21]. in florida from anas fulvigula [20] ; in texas from dendrocygna autumnalis ; dendroc ygna bico lor [22]. in ind ia fro m dendroc ygna bico lor [28] . in taiwan from anas carolinensis [26] . in canada from anas carolinensis [27] sp ecies of epomidiostomum appear more restricted to the anatidae , moreover, this sp ecies was recovered from f emales only, two in number, from hawr al-m alih (table 1). this is rather hard to exp lain and it seems that collectin g more sp ecimens from these two sites as well as other sites in iraq may show different result. however, it is uncertain why differences in p revalen ce or intensity of gizz ard worms is associated by host sex in some sp ecies and not others [3] . hosts infected with sp ecies of amidostomum and epomidiostomum are ty p ically associated with aquatic habitats. amidostomum acutum and epomidiostomum uncinatum are widely distributed in migratory waterfowl [3] they occur mainly in anatini and ay thy ini [16]. sp ecies of amidostomum in anatidae ar e: a. acu tum in the du cks of anatinae ; a. petrov i in the ducks of ayt hinae; a. monodon in the ducks of m erginae and the fourth one is a. auriculatum in anas crecca [29] in slovakia [30] found low numbers of a. acutum in anas crecca, wher eas [31] found 5 out of 23 mallards infected with t his worm. in poland [17] found 40 % of mallards p ositive for a. acutum. the p resent results also show that a. acutum is more p revalent than e. uncinatum , this agr ees with t he findings of [ 3 ,20]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 hadjeli a truncata (fi g.3 a;b&c ) twenty four females of h .truncata were found in the gizz ards of sp ecimens of qara -taba. body cylindrical att enuated at extremities, 13.15 (11.10 14.88) long , 0.23 (0.18 0.28) wide ,cuticle transversely st riated, m outh with large well developed trilobed lip s without teeth with two wings set on external surface of each. head sep arated from body by a slight constriction, 0.014 (0.0100.015 long , 0.048 (0.0410.056 ) in diameter, mouth leads to a cy lindrical vestibule, 0.038 (0.0310.046) long , 0.011 (0.010 0.015) wide . oesop hagus consists of two p arts an anterior short , narrow and muscular 0.461 (0.450-0.566) long , 0.038 (0.026 0.062) wide ; and p ost erior longer, wider and glandu lar 2.435 (1.47 3.32) long, 0.056 (0.208-0.083) wide. nerve ring 0.032 (0.26 0.052) long, 0.038 (0.026 0.046) wide. vulva is 2.281 (1.575 2.730) from anterior end , eggs thick –shelled, sl ightly thickened at the p oles , 0.044 (0.033 0.057) long , 0.034 (0.015 -0.041) wid e , tail short and rounded. hadjelia truncata was reported from a wide range of vertebrate (avian) and invertebrate hosts scatt ered among d ifferent families and orders[32] . it is well reco gn ized as an av ian p arasite, and h as been found in the gizz ard of a number of bird sp ecies in europe , asia [33]and africa [34] . it is p resent under the corned lay er of the gizz ard [8 ,34 , 32 ,35 , 36 , 37 ]. it was reported from the starling sturnus vulgaris l, sturnidae, passeriformes [38] ; p igeons columba livia , columbidae, columb iformes [8 , 37 ,39 , 40] ; hoop oe upupa epops and upupa sp ., up up idae, from indian roller corac ias benegha lensis , fro m corac ias sp ., from coraciiformes : coraciidae, [12 , 41] and m eropidae from the blue-cheeked bee –eater m erops superciliosus persicus [32] , and from a beetle phylan abbreviatus , tenebrionidae, coleoptera [11]. the infection rate of p arasites in this st udy within the two collection sites does not allow t o withdraw any justified conclusion since the examined numb er of bird host s is very low , although it indicates that hawr al-m alih sp ecimens has a richer p arasitic fauna than those of qara tap a . however, more sp ecimens need to be examined to get a clear idea about this subject and about the relation between the bird sex and p revalence and r ates of infection for the three gizz ard nematodes. acknowledge ment the authors are gr ateful for the h elp in laboratory p reparation kindly offered by m rs. khalida ibrahim , of parasitology section-iraq natural history research centre and m useum-university of baghd ad . re ferences 1dronen, n. o.; lindsey , j. r. ; ross, l. m . and krise, g. m . (1994) . helminths from m allard ducks, anas platyrhynchos, wintering in the post-oak savannah of southcentral texas . the southwest ern naturalist , 39 ( 2) : 203-205. 2tuggle, b. n. and friend, m . (1999) . gizzard worms. in friend m . and franson , j.c. (edit.) field m anual of wild life diseases , general field procedures and diseases of birds : 425. 3 fedy nich ,a. m. and thomas, n. j. (2008) . in atkinson, c. t. ; thomas ,n. j. and hunter, d. b. (edit.) . parasitic diseases of wild birds. w iley a. j. & sons, ltd., publication.: 595. 4herman, c. m . and wehr, e. e. (1954) . the occurrence of gizz ard worms in canad a geese . the journal of wild life management 18 ( 4) : 509-513. 5buny ea, h. and creech, g. t . (1926) . the pathological si gnificance of gizz ard-worm disease of geese. north american veterinarian 7 : 47–48. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 6m ckelvey, r. w. and m acneill a. c. (1981) . m ortality factors of wild swans in british columbia, c anada. in proceedings of the second international swan symposium: 312–318. 7borgst eede, f. h. m. (2005) . the gizz ard worn, amidostomum acutum (lundahl, 1848) seurat, 1918 in common eid ers (somateria mollissima l.) in the netherlands. helminthologia, 42 : 215 -218. 8app leby , e.c, gibbons, l.m . and georgiou , k. (1995) . dist ortion of the gizz ard in cy p rus p igeons (columba livia) associated with hadjelia truncata infest ation. the veterinary record 136 ( 22) : 561-564 . 9cole, r. a. and friend, m . (1999) . parasites and parasitic diseases : birds, field m anual of wildlife diseases. university of nebrask a , lincoln : 258. 10allouse, b. e. 1961. birds of iraq . ar-rabitta press, baghdad : 280 . (in arabic). 11yama guti, s. (1961). sy st ema helminthum . vo l.3 the nematodes of vertebrates .intersci. pub. inc., new york : 779 . 12york, w. and m aplest one, p.a. (1962) . the nematode parasites of vertebrates . haf. pub.com., new york : 536 . 13tuggle, b. n. and cr ites, j. l. (1984). the p revalence and p athogenicity of gizz ard nematodes of the genus amidostomum and epomidiostomum (trichost rongy lidae) in the lesser snow goose (chen caerulescens caerulescens). canad. j. zool., 62 : 1849 i852. 14 drobney , r.d. and fredrickson, l.h. (1979) . food selection by wood ducks in relation to breeding st atus. j.wildl. manag., 43:109-120. 15drobney , r.d.; trian, c.t. and fredrickson, l.h. (1983) . dy namics of the p latyhelminth fauna of wood du cks in relation to food habits and reproductive st ate. j. parasitol., 69 (2): 375-80. 16czaplinski, b. (1962) . ne matodes and acanthocephalans of domest ic and wild anseriformes in poland. i. revision of the genus amidostomum railliet et henry , 1909. acta parasitologica polonica . 10 :125144 . 17betlejewska, k. m ., kalisiliska.e. (2001) . amidostomum acutum (nematoda) in mallards anas platyrhynchos l. of nort hwest poland . animal prod. review, app l. sci. rep. 57: 69 – 75. 18m awson, p. m. (1980) . some st rongy le nematodes (amidostomum spp .) from australian birds. transactions of the roya l society of south australia 104 : 9–12. 19 gray , c. a.; gray , p. n. and pence, d. b. (1989) . influence of social status on the helminth community of late-winter mallards. canadian journal o f zoology 67:1937–1944. 20kinsella, j. m . and forrest er, d. j.( 1972) . helminths of the florida duck, anas platyrhynchos fulvigula. proceedings of the helminthological society of washington 39 :173– 176. 21thul, j. e.; forrester,d. j. and abercrombie, c. l. (1985 ) . ecology of p arasitic helminths of wood ducks, aix sponsa, in the at lantic fly way . proceedings of the he lminthological society of washington 52 : 297–310. 22fedy nich, a. m .; pence,d. b. and ber gan, j. f. ( 1996) . helminth co mmunity st ructure and p attern in sy mp atric p op ulations of black-bellied and fu lvous whist ling-ducks. canadian journal of zoology 74 : 2219–2225. 23conti, j. a., forrest er d. j., and nesbitt s. a. (1985) . parasites of limpkins , aramus guarauna, in florida. proceedings of the he lminthological so ciety o f washington 52 :140– 142. 24petrova, k. (1987 ) , sp ecies comp osition and morphology of nematodes from the genus amidostomum railliet et henry 1909 (strongy lata : amidostomatidae) in bulgaria. helminthology 24 :53–72. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 25baruˇs, v. ; sonin , m . d., tenora, f. and wiger r. (1984) . survey of nematodes p arasitizing the genus tetrao (galliformes) in the palaearctic region. helmintho logia 21 : 3– 15. 26schmidt, g. d., and kuntz r. e.. ( 1972 ) . nematode p arasites of oceanica xvii. schist orop hidae, sp iruridae, phy salopteridae and trichost rongy lidae of birds. parasitology 64 : 269–278. 27turner, b. c., and threlfall , w. (1975 ) . the metazoan p arasites of green-win ged teal ( anas crecca l.) and blue-win ged teal (anas discors l.) from east ern canada. proceedings of the helminthological society of washington 42 :157–169. 28ali, m . m . (1971) . observations on trichostrongy lid worms from indian birds, includin g a descrip tion of two new species. rivista di parassitologia 32 : 89–99. 29shubber , h.w.k. (2006) . the p arasitic helminths of the digestive tract of the ducks netta ruf ina and anas crecca . thesis, qadisyia university , biology department .(in arabic) . 30m acko, j. k. (1978 ) . on the nematodes of anas crecca l. in the sp ring seasons of 1954,1970. zbornik vjchodaslov. muzea vko.ficiach : 61 – 65. 31birova, v . and m ackoj , k. ( 1984 ) . he lminths of anas platyrhynchos l. before and after water system regulations on the east slovakian lowland. bio ldgia (br atislava) 39 : 91 1 – 947. 32al-m oussawi , a.a. (2008) . first record in iraq of two nematode parasites from the blue – checked b ee – eater merops superciliosus persicus pallas, 1773 . bull. iraq nat. hist. mus.10 ( 2) : 1-7 . 33skrjabin, k.i. and sobo lev, a.a. (1963) . princip les of nematology , vo l. ii, sp irurida in animals and m an and their control. academy of science of the ussr, m oscow: 511. 34chabaud, a.g. (1958 ) . essai de classification des nematodes habronematinae. annales de parasitologie, 33 :445–508. 35tadros, g. and iskander, a. r. (1975) . hadjelia truncata (crepl., 1825) gendre,1921 (sp iruridea), a new p arasite of p igeons in egy p t and its pathogenicity . j. egyption vet. med. assoc., 35 (3) : 283-301. 36anderson, r. c.( 2000 ) . ne matode parasites of vertebrates: their develop ment and transmission, 2nd ed. cabi publishing, new york : 671 . 37al-saffar , n.s.j. ( 2009) . diagnost ic st udy of intest inal helminths of some kinds of columbid ae in baghdad city . thesis. college of veterinary m edicine / university of baghd ad. : 111 (in arabic) . 38hair, j.d. and forrest er, d.j. (1970 ) . the helminth p arasites of the starling (sturnus vulgaris l): a checklist and analy sis. the american midland naturalist , 83(2) : 555-564. 39al-att ar, m. a., abdul-aziz, t. a. ( 1985) . hadjelia truncata in p igeons. vet. rec. , 117 (20) : 535. 40razmi, g. r.; kalid ari, g. a. and m aleki, m . (2007) . first report of the hadjelia truncata infest ation in pigeons of iran . iranian journal of veterinary research, university of shiraz, 8 ( 2) : 175-177 . 41singh, s.n. (1949 ) . studies on the helminth parasites of birds in hy derabad state , nematoda 3. j. helminth. , 23 (1 /2):25-38. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (1): locli ty, sex, no. examined, no. i nfected of anas platyrhynchos and gizzard worm species and prevalence. locality sex no examin ed no. infected % infection parasite sp . range (mean no. ) qara tapa ♂ 2 2 100 hadjelia trunca ta 19-25 (22) ♀ 2 2 100 h. truncata 2(2) hawr alm alih total ♂ 4 1 25 amidostomum acutum 1 ♀ 12 6 50 a. acutum * + epomidiostomum uncinatum 12-28(24) + 1-3 ( 2) 20 11 55 * double infect ion in two cases. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 a b c d fig.(1): amidostomum acutum a – ante rior end b –posterior end of male c poste rior end of the female d eggs i n uterus ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 a -b fig.(2): epomidi ostomum uncinatum a – ante ri or en d b – poste ri or en d of male a -b c fig.(3 ): hadjeli a truncata a – an te rior en d b – poste rior en d of fem ale c – egg s an d vul va 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد نسبة و شدة اإلصابة بثالثة أنواع من دیدان القانصة الخیطیة لطیر الخضیري anas platyrhynchos l., 1758 في محافظتي دیالى و الدیوانیة وسط العراق يمحمد كاظم محمد و أزهار أحمد الموسو جامعة بغداد ،مركز بحوث و متحف التأریخ الطبیعي 2010 حزیران 7:في استلم البحث 2011 أذار 13 :في قبل البحث الخالصة و، amidostomum acutum: تم الحصول على ثالثة أنواع من الدیدان الخیطیة هي epomidiostomum uncinatu و ،hadjelia truncata من افراد بط الخضیري المشتیة في وسط العراق. المالحظات عن نسبة وشدة اإلصابة وتمت مناقشة المعلومات في ضوء أعطي وصف مختصر للطفیلیات مع بعض . البحوث ذي العالقة amidostomum acutum بط الخضیري ، دیدان القانصة ، العراق : الكلمات المفتاحیة، hadjelia trunca ta , epomidiostomum uncinatum 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة مقارنة / بعض االختبارات الحصینة لمعامل االرتباط اقبال جبار سلطان ،ھدى عبد هللا رشید،نادیة ھاشم النور الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة العلوم ، قسم الریاضیات الخالصھ رین احصاءةسة اداء اھتم البحث بدرا ــتقاللیة المتغـی ین ( اختبـار فرضـیة اس دم وجـود ارتبـاط ـب الفرضـیة القائلـة بـع ي حالـة االبتعـاد عـن ذلـك التوزیـع نتیجـة ) المتغیرین قید الدراسة ي وـف ع الطبیـع وجـود لفي حالة استیفاء البیانات لشرط التوزـی .المقترحة االخرى لمحورة واومقارنتھ مع اداء بعض الطرائق ) الملوثة(القیم الشاذة المقدمة یعد تقدیر معامل االرتباط بین متغیرین عشوائیین ثم اختبار معنویة االرتباط من األسالیب اإلحصائیة التي تستخدم وم ر مـن العـل ي الكثـی رین عشـوائیین مـن خـالل اختبـار فرضـیة ان االسـاس النظـري الختبـار . ـف ین متغـی معنویـة االرتبـاط ـب اال انھ غالباً مایواجھ البـاحثون مشـكلة ابتعـاد البیانـات ، ]1[یقتضي توزیع البیانات توزیعاً طبیعیاً ثنائیاً یة المتغیرین استقالل ع الطبیعـي او عن التوزیع المفترض وذلك من خالل ىاحتوائھـا كون البیانات تتبع توزیعاً احتمالیـاً ثنائیـاً غیـر التوزـی القـیم عـل ذي یــؤ ى انخفـاض كفــاءة االختبـار مـن خـالل الشـاذة االمـر اـل ــوة دي اـل ــن النـوع األول ، أو انخفـاض ق ــاع حجـم الخطـأ م ارتف ي عـام استحوذ موضوع اختبار معنویة معامل االرتباط على اھتمام العدید من الباحثین فعلى سبیل المثال .االختبار 1981ـف ین االحصـاءات المعلمیـة والالمعلمیـة حلقـةبوصـفھا موضـوع التحـویالت الرتبیـة ]iman ]2و conover نـاقش وصـل ـب الذي یعد احـد التقـدیرات الحصـینة لتقـدیر معامـل سبیرمانالختبار معنویة معامل ارتباط tامكانیة استخدام اختبار وضحا وا .االرتباط قـة المتعلطـرح بعـض التعلیقـات فضـالً عـن الالخطیة لعالقاتموضوع اكتشاف اب ]wilcox ]3اھتم 2001في عام . موضوع اختبار الفرضیات حول معامل االرتباط ب ل اثـر وجـود القـیم ]ebd el-salam ]4اقترح 2006في عام مقیاس بدیل لمعامل االرتباط كطریقـة حصـینة لتقلـی ي البیانـات ى اذ ، الشـاذة ـف ــار اـل ــؤثر اش ي البیانـات ی یم ـف ــك الـق يان وجـود تل ــالم ـف ــاءات أتقـدیر مع وذج االنحـدار واالحص نـم . لمرتبطة بھا ومنھا قیمة معامل االرتباط ا د ابتعـاد الى یھدف البحث الحالي ان ل االرتبـاط عـن ایجاد الطرائق المثلى التي یمكن اعتمادھا في اختبار معنویة معاـم ك مـن خـالل راح البیانات عن التوزیع الطبیعي من خالل وجود بعض القـیم الشـاذة ، وذـل ى اقـت ق التـي تعتمـد عـل بعـض الطراـئ م تطبیق بعض التحویالت الرتبیة التقدیرات الحصینة لمعلمة الموقع فضالً عن ع ومن ـث ـلوك كـالً منھـا ومقارنتھـا ـم دراسـة س .من خالل اعتماد الخطأ من النوع االول وقوة االختبار بعضھا باستخدام المحاكاة ختبار معامل االرتباطأ ),( , ),( , ,...... ),( اذا كان 2211 nn yxyxyx ـع الطبیعـي الثنـائي من ال اً ازواج ـع التوزی ي تتب مشاھدات المستقلة الـت )(bivariate normal distribution مع دالة كثافة احتمالیة بالصیغة : ……(1)                                                            y y x x y y x x yx yxyx yxf           2 12 1 exp 12 1 ),( 22 22 :اذ ان yxyx  .على التوالي x ،yالوسط الحسابي واالنحراف المعیاري للمتغیرین : ,,,  : االرتباط بین المتغیرین معلمةx ،y . يالتي وضعھا كارل بیرسون تكون وفق الصیغة الریاضیة على تقدیر معلمة االرتباط أن ف ى النحـو اآلـت معرفـة عـل ]5,6 ،7[ : ……(2 ) :اذ ان x ،y : الوسط الحسابي لقیم المتغیرx قیم المتغیر وy على التوالي .                n i n i ii n i ii p yyxx yyxx r 1 1 22 1 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23جلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة الم الموضحتین ادناه ،) h1(مقابل الفرضیة البدیلة ) h0(ة العدم فرضیمن خالل اختبار االرتباط ، معنویةالختبار و      0: 0: 1 0   h h ……(3) :المتمثلة بالصیغة وختبار الل t یتم اعتماد احصاءة ……(4) 2 1 2 r nr t    . (n-2)بدرجة حریة tتتوزع توزیع ) t(اذ ان احصاءة االختبار ــ دم وجــود عالقـة بــیناذا وقعـت قیمـة احصــاءة االختبـار فـي منطق ض فرضـیة العــدم القائلـة بـع ــتم رـف رفض فی ة اـل 0:0، المتغیـرین او الظــاھرتین h ــیة البدیلـة تتحـدد ، و ــة حسـب الفرض ــة الحرج 0:1،المنطق h ،ــك ــأ ام : تيی )2,(2/  ntt  ــتم رفــض ى ی ــى المحســوبة t اذا كانـت h0 ، بمعـن ــیغة عل ــاله [4]وفـق الص ر مــن اع ــة tاكـب الجدولی .) n-2(ودرجة حریة ) /2(بمستوى معنویة ي ھـو، rpمعامل ارتباط بیرسون ، عن بدیل تقدیر ع الطبیـع الذي یمكن اعتماده في حالة ابتعاد البیانات عن التوزـی ى اسـاس ، rs، لسـبیرمان )ordinal correlation coefficient( يالرتبـمعامـل االرتبـاط ي عـل ب البیانـات المبـن رـت :والمتمثل بالصیغة ……(5)  1 6 1 2 2    nn d rs : اذ ان d : الفرق بین رتب مستویات المتغیراالولx ویات المتغیر الثاني ومستy ،d = rx ry . الطرائق الحصینة ش�رط واح�د أو اكث�ر م�ن ش�روط التق�دیر او ) اخت�راق(ان الطرائق الحصینة ھي الطرائق التي تقاوم حال�ة ع�دم تحق�ق �ر مت س�قة االختبار وقد ینتج ذلك من وجود بضع مشاھدات تنحرف بشكل ملحوظ عن بقیة المشاھدات ، بمعن�ى آخ�ر تك�ون غی �ة(الت�ي غالب�اً ماتنش�أ م�ن توزیع�ات ثقیل�ة outliers)(معھ�ا ، ف�ان مث�ل ھ�ذه المش�اھدات ت�دعى ب�القیم الش�اذة ال�ذیل ) متین (heavy tailed distributions) ، او م�ن التوزی�ع المخ�تلط(mixture distribution) ، او ناتج�ة ع�ن اخط�اء ف�ي . الحسابات او القراءات او التسجیل وما الى ذلك ان وج�ود ، بمعن�ى ان وجود قیمة شاذة واحدة فقط ق�د تفق�د المق�درات التقلیدی�ة مزایاھ�ا الجی�دة الى ]huber ]8اشار �ة اذ تك�ون ھ�ذه المق�درات ال�ى ح�د ، قیمة شاذة واحدة ضمن مجموعة المشاھدات قد یؤثر في بع�ض مق�درات الطرائ�ق التقلیدی ا اقل كفاءة لما ھي علیھ عند عدم وجودھ�ا وربم�ا تفق�دھا الكثی�ر م�ن الخص�ائص ما حساسة لمثل ھذه المشاھدات مما قد یجعلھ �ت /ظھرت الحاج�ة ال�ى ابت�داع مق�دراتضوء ذلك فيو. الجیدة التي تتمتع بھا ة تنط�وي جمیعھ�ا تح اس�الیب اكث�ر موض�وعی ) .robustness(مسمى الحصانة �د م�ن )1953(ع�ام boxم�ن ]9[ ان مصطلح الحصانة اس�تعمل والول م�رة �ة االحص�ائیة تع لیش�یر ال�ى ان الطریق �ة الالطرائق الحصینة اذا كان االستدالل ال یتأثر جدیاً نتیجة ام�ا فیم�ا یتعل�ق . ختراق اي م�ن الش�روط االساس�یة لتل�ك الطریق خت�راق اي ي االول ان االختبار االحصائي یع�د حص�یناً الأ، اذ یرى الر ]10[باالختبارات فان ھناك رأیین حول ھذا المفھوم من الشروط االساسیة لذلك االختبار اذا لم یترتب على ذلك االختراق اي تغیی�ر واض�ح ف�ي اي م�ن احتم�الي الخط�أ م�ن الن�وع �رى ان مفھ�وم أام�ا ال�ر. " الذي ینعكس بدوره على ق�وة االختب�ار " االول والخطأ من النوع الثاني ي الث�اني وتجنب�اً للتعقی�د فی . دون توسیعھ لیشمل قوة االختبار من وم الخطأ من النوع االولالحصانة ینطبق على مفھ والمقترحة المحورة الطرائق تج�اه الق�یم تھ حصاندرجة مدى تغیر للتعرف على والرتباط بیرسون لاختبار معنویة معامل بغیة الوقوف على اداء الب�اً مااعتم�دت عل�ى المق�در الحص�ین لمعلم�ة غالت�ي التح�ویراتبع�ض نقت�رح ھن�ا ل�ذا عند اجراء بعض التح�ویرات ، الشاذة .ن الوسط الحسابي مبدالً الموقع :تي آلبا المقترحةالمحورة والطرائق المقارن بینھا والطرائق تمثلت 1. tp : (2)الصیغة (اعتماد معامل بیرسون لالرتباط 2. tm: اعتماد الوسیط)m ( ًتباطلالرن الوسط الحسابي عند تطبیق معامل بیرسون مبدال. 3. tg : اعتماد مقدرgastwirth ،ة اس الوس�یط وـالمبن�ي عل�ى أس�� �دالً اثن�ین م�ن مش�اھدات العین�ة المرتب ن الوس�ط م�ب : االتیة وفق الصیغةعلى ویكون ، الحسابي عند تطبیق معامل بیرسون لالرتباط g = 0.3 x [n/3+1] + 0.4 m + 0.3 x(n[n/3]) ……(6) ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد :اذ ان [n/3+1] : الجزء الصحیح من العدد الحقیقي)n/3+1( . [n/3] : الجزء الصحیح من العدد الحقیقي)n/3. ( �ة ]gastwirth11 [یعد الوسیط ومقدر �ة linear estimators) ((.l.e)أح�د المق�درات الخطی �ینة لمعلم الحص �ت �ة المرتب�ة ف�اذا كان ت بكونھا تراكیب خطیة موزونة لمش�اھدات العین x(n)الموقع وتعرف تلك المقدرا ... x(2) x(1) �ة لعین�ة بحج�م اھدات مرتب �ة إذ an...... ,a2 a1و (n)مشـ� i=1,.....,nai ;1(اع��داد حقیقی 0 ( تمث�ل اوزان تقت�رن م��ع :، فالصیغة العامة للمقدرات الخطیة لمعلمة الموقع x(i) المشاھدة ˆ 1 (i) n i i xa =    ……(7) 1(عادةً ان تحقق القی�د (ai)وعلیھ یشترط في االوزان 1   n i ia ( لض�مان تمت�ع المق�در بخاص�یة ثب�ات الموق�ع(location invariance) وان تكونai = a(n+1-i) عند افتراض ان توزیع المتغیر العشوائي(x) متماثل حول معلم�ة الموق�ع كم�ا بینما تكون كبیرة للقیم األخرى وذل�ك للتقلی�ل م�ن ت�أثیر ) التي یمكن ان تكون ضمنھا القیم الشاذة(فة تكون صغیرة للقیم المتطر . ضمان الحصول على مقدر حصین من ثم القیم الشاذة و 4. tsp: (5)الصیغة (معامل سبیرمان لالرتباط اعتماد.( 5. tp*: استبدال القیم الواقعة خارج المجالsx  بالقیمةsx  لكل متغیر ومن ثم تطبیق معامل بیرسون لالرتب�اط ).االنحراف المعیاري: s(ان ، اذ 6. tm ن الوسط الحس�ابي عن�د تطبی�ق معام�ل بیرس�ون لالرتب�اط للبیان�ات الموض�حة ف�ي الفق�رة م الوسیط بدالً اعتماد : * )5.( 7. tg*: اعتم�اد ص�یغة مق�درgastwirth ًدال� الوس�ط الحس��ابي عن�د تطبی�ق معام�ل بیرس�ون لالرتب�اط للبیان��ات ن م�ب . )5(الموضحة في الفقرة 8. tsp* :5(للبیانات الموضحة في الفقرة اعتماد معامل سبیرمان لالرتباط. ( 9. trp :تحویل البیانات الى الرتب الخاصة بكل متغیر ثم تطبیق معامل بیرسون لالرتباط على الرتب . الجانب التجریبي للمحاك�اة بتك�رار (monte carlo)فق�د ت�م اعتم�اد طریق�ة الم�ذكورة آنف�اً ةلطرائ�ق التس�علدراسة سلوك كل من ا الت ، t ،ختباراالاداء احصاءة وذلك من خالل المقارنة بین (i=1000)مقداره الربعة لتلك الطرائق عند الحا :ادناه ا  الحالة القیاسیة لتوزیع المتغیرین: y ~ n(0,1) ،n(0,1) x ~.  م�ن جھ�ة واح�دة التوزیع الطبیع�ي المل�وث : , y ~ 0.8 n(0,1) + 0.2 n(5,1) n(0,1) x ~ 80، بمعن�ى ان % فكان�ت تتب�ع % 20تتبع التوزیع الطبیعي القیاسي اما بقیة المشاھدات المتمثل�ة بنس�بة yمن مشاھدات المتغیر العشوائي �ة واح�دة لمعلم��ة y، اي تلوی��ث المتغی�ر العش�وائي ) 1(وتب�این مق�داره ) 5(التوزی�ع الطبیع�ي بمتوس�ط مق��داره م��ن جھ .الموقع  العشوائي التوزیع الطبیعي الملوث من جھة واحدة مع زیادة تباین المتغیر y 10لیساوي : , y ~ 0.8 n(0,10) + 0.2 n(5,10) n(0,1) x ~.  ین المتغیر العشوائيالتوزیع الطبیعي الملوث من جھة واحدة مع زیادة تبا y 20لیساوي : , y ~ 0.8 n(0,20) + 0.2 n(5,20) n(0,1) x ~ . ة الوقد :مابین الصغیرة ، المتوسطة والكبیرة عینات مختلفة تراوحتحجام تم تطبیق الدراس n = 8 , 20 , 50 , 100 ، 0.9 , 0 =: اما قیم معامل االرتباط فكانت  . الت س��لوك ، ت�تم المقارن�ة ب�ینوف�ق احج�ام العین�ات وق��یم معام�ل االرتب�اط الموض�حة اع��اله عل��ى بع�د تولی�د الح�ا باعتم��اد ھم�ا ایجادی��تم اللت�ین ) ̂(وق��وة االختب�ار ) ̂(م��ن الن�وع االول الطرائ�ق قی�د البح��ث عل�ى اس��اس مع�دالت الخط�أ :الصیغتین ادناه (8) …… i tr )( ˆ 0 (9) …… i tr )( ˆ 1 :اذ ان )(0 tr : عدد مرات رفض االحصاءة)t ( للفرضیة)h0 ( الصحیحة. )(1 tr : عدد مرات رفض االحصاءة)t ( للفرضیة)h0 ( الخاطئة. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة i : ت تكرار التجربة .عدد مرا ق الحص�ینة ـللطرائ�م�ن الن�وع االول ومن الجدیر بالذكر ان الفترة التي تعد مالئم�ة أن تق�ع ض�منھا مع�دالت الخط�أ ��ي الفت���رة ��ة ب���ـ ھ� ��ن تطبی) 0.036،0.063(المتمثل� �ة م� ���ـ���ـوالناتج��� ��اه ]fawcett ]12و salter ةـق صیغ ���واردة ادن�� ال )05.0( : …… (10)   i     1 2 والتوصیاتاالستنتاجات -: االتیة، یمكن التوصل الى االستنتاجات )8(.....)1(الجداول تناداً الى نتائج أسلوب المحاكاة ،ـاس �ة التوزی�ع الطبیع�ي المتض�منین نت�ائج ا) 2(، ) 1(ین ج�دولالمن خالل مراجعة .1 �ة المثل�ى لك�ال المتغی�رین اي حال لحال یتضح ان احتمال معدالت الخطأ من الن�وع االول لجمی�ع الطرائ�ق ق�د وقع�ت ض�من الفت�رة المح�ددة المقبول�ة الثنائي یة ال�ى الواح�د الص�حیح لجمی�ع الطرائ�ق قی�د الدراس�ة عن�د ولجمیع احجام العینات اما قیم قوة االختب�ار فكان�ت مس�او )20n ( اما عند)8n (ھا قد تراوحت بین فنجد)0.836،0.958( . ��د ) 4(، ) 3(ج��دول ب��الرجوع ال��ى ال .2 م��ن جھ��ة واح��دة yمج��رد تلوی��ث المتغی��ر العش��وائي یتب��ین ان) n=8(وعن اذ ان احتم�ال الخط�أ م�ن الن�وع )tp(لمعامل ارتباط بیرس�ون tاداء معامل اختبار فيقد اثر سلباً ولمعلمة الموقع �أثر )*tp(عن�د اعتم�اد الق�یم المس�تبدلة الیھاالول قد اصبح خارج الفترة المقبولة كذلك الحال بالنسبة اال ان ذل�ك الت �ت حص�انتھا تج�اه الق�یم الش�اذة سرعان مایختفي عند زیادة حجم العینة اما بقی�ة الطرائ�ق ال عن�د ھ�ذا مح�ورة فق�د اثبت اماع�داذ حافظت احتماالت معدالت الخطأ م�ن الن�وع االول عل�ى بقائھ�ا ض�من الفت�رة المح�ددة ، النوع من التلویث .)20n(عند بوجود القیم الشاذة )tsp ،tsp* ،trp (كل من تأثر �ة ) n=8(وعند ) 5(من خالل مراجعة جدول .3 لمعام�ل tاداء معام�ل اختب�ار ف�يیتضح الت�أثر الس�لبي وللم�رة الثانی اال ان ذل�ك الت�أثر س�رعان م�ایختفي ) *tp ( ،)tp(سواء باعتماد القیم االصلیة ام القیم المس�تبدلة ارتباط بیرسون �ث الش�اذة عند زیادة حجم العینة اما بقیة الطرائق المحورة فقد اثبتت حصانتھا تجاه القیم ة م�ن التلوی ، عن�د ھ�ذه الحال� الت مع�دالت الخط�أ م�ن الن�وع االول عل�ى بقائھ�ا ض�من الفت�رة المح�ددة ولجمی�ع حج�وم العین�ات .اذ حافظت احتما tmتلیھما طریقتي *tg ،tgلطریقة یتبین ارتفاع قوة االختبار ) n=8،20(وعند ) 6(وبالرجوع الى الجدول ،tm .)n=50،100(تبار مساویة الى الواحد الصحیح لجمیع الطرائق عند في حین كانت قوة االخ، * یتضح التأثر السلبي لجمیع الطرائق ماع�دا المبنی�ة عل�ى اعتم�اد الوس�یط ) n=8(وعند ) 7(من خالل مراجعة جدول .4 الت، ن حصانتھما تجاه القیم الشاذةان الطریقتافقد اثبتت ھاتgastwirth ومقدر الخط�أ اذ حافظت احتم�االت مع�د ارتف�اع ق��وة )8(م�ن الج�دول یتب�ین و .م�ن الن�وع االول عل�ى بقائھ�ا ض�من الفت�رة المح�ددة ولجمی�ع حج�وم العین�ات tm،tmتلیھما طریقتي *tg،tgتي االختبار لطریق *. الت المدروسة ، اثبت� .5 tm ،tg ، tmت ك�ل م�ن عند جمیع الحا * ، tg*ربم�ا الق�یم الش�اذة و هحص�انتھا تج�ا .من المقدرات الحصینة لمعلمة الموقع gastwirthكون كل من الوسیط ومقدر ذلك الىیعزى ان قوة االختبار لبعض الطرائق تكون اعلى من غیرھ�ا لك�ن بمج�رد الرج�وع ال�ى مع�دالت الخط�أ م�ن الن�وع االول .6 �ة الج�دا ) 4(و ) 3(ول لتلك الطرائق نجدھا قد وقعت خارج الفترة المحددة المقبولة ویمكن مالحظ�ة ذل�ك عن�د مراجع ). 8(و ) 7(، ) 6(و ) 5(، tmم�ع tg* ، tmم�ع tgعن�د مقارن�ة اداء .7 �ة نفس�ھیالح�ظ االداء *tspم�ع tspو * عن�د الحال�ة الثالث �اوي y حالتي التوزیع الطبیعي الملوث من جھ�ة واح�دة م�ع زی�ادة تب�این المتغی�ر العش�وائي"والرابعة 20و 10لیس عن�د الح��التین اع��اله ویمك��ن ھ��ا ئادا ف��يعتم��اد الق��یم االص�لیة او المس��تبدلة ل��م ی�ؤثر وھ��ذا یعن�ي ان ا "عل�ى الت��والي ). 8(و ) 7( ، )6(و ) 5(مراجعة الجداول ي االول القائل بأن االختبار االحصائي یعد حصیناً الخت�راق اي م�ن الش�روط االساس�یة ل�ذلك االختب�ار أبأعتماد الر .8 �رى ، ق�وة االختب�ارالخط�أ م�ن الن�وع االول و ر واضح في اي من احتمالاذا لم یترتب على ذلك االختراق اي تغیی ن للح�االت االربع��ة المدروس�ة ولحج��وم العین�ات قی��د بع�ض م��ع مقارن��ة بعض�ھا ب تلخ�یص افض��ل الطرائ�قامكانی�ة : االتي المقارنة ب 100 50 20 8 n جمیع الطرائق كانت متقاربة في االداء مع بعض بسیط في احتما ل الخطأ من النوع االول التذبذب ال tg, tm tg, tm ى الة االول الح tg,tp tg,tm tg*,tm * tsp الة الثانیة الح tp,tp* tsp,t sp* tm ,tm * tg,tm ,tg*,tm ة * الحالة الثالث tg,tg* tg,tm , tg*,tm * tm ,tm * tg,tm ,tg*,tm ة * الة الرابع الح ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة �غیرة والمتوس�طة بش�كل منف�رد آنفاً نوصيد رضوء ماو في �ا نوص�ي ، بدراسة س�لوك الطرائ�ق عن�د حج�وم العین�ات الص كم . تطبیق معامل بیرسون لالرتباط ن الوسط الحسابي عند مباعتماد المقدرات الحصینة لمعلمة الموقع بدالً المصادر 1. pitman, e.j.g. (1939). biometrika, 31, 9-12. 2. conover, w.j. and iman, r.l. (1981). am. statist ician, 35, 9-124. 3. wilcox, r.r. (2001). journal of educational and behavioral statist ics, 26, 73 83. 4. ebd el-salam, m .e. (2006). j. kin saud univ., vol. 19, admin. sci. (1), p p . 41-50. 5. chase, w. and brown, f. (1992) "general statist ics". 2nd edition. john wiley and sons. new york. 6. m aronna, r.a.; m artin, r.d. and yahai, v.j. (2006) "robust statist ic, theory and m ethods " . john wiley & sons, ltd, england. 7. schefler, w.c. (1988) " statist ics: concep ts and ap p lications ". the benjamin/ cummings publishing co. inc. 8. huber, p.j. (1973) .ann. statist. , 1, 799-821. 9. rup ert, d. (1988). ency clop edia of statist ical sciences, 8, 176-181. 10. scheffe, h. (1959) "t he analy sis of variance ". john wiley and sons. new york. 11. gast wirth, j.l. (1966).j.amer.statist .assn. 61, 929-948. 12. salter, k.c. and fawcett, r.f. (1985). comm. statist ., 14, 807-828. y ~ n(0,1) : ،n(0احتمال الخطأ من النوع االول )1(جدول ,1) x ~ ،=0  10 0 50 20 8 n 0.055 0.054 0.055 0.062 tp 0.055 0.056 0.051 0.051 tm 0.053 0.054 0.049 0.051 tg 0.048 0.047 0.056 0.054 ts p 0.057 0.051 0.055 0.062 tp* 0.054 0.049 0.054 0.052 tm* 0.058 0.050 0.054 0.056 tg* 0.049 0.046 0.056 0.054 ts p* 0.050 0.048 0.058 0.059 trp y ~ n(0,1) : ،n(0قوة االختبار ) 2(جدول ,1) x ~ ،=0.9 0 100 50 20 8 n 1 1 1 0.958 tp 1 1 1 0.940 tm 1 1 1 0.946 tg 1 1 1 0.856 ts p 1 1 1 0.944 tp* 1 1 1 0.920 tm* 1 1 1 0.935 tg* 1 1 1 0.853 ts p* 1 1 1 0.836 trp ihjpas قیة المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبی 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم y ~ 0احتمال الخطأ من النوع االول )3(جدول .8 n(0,1) + 0.2 n(5,1) : ،n(0 ,1) x ~ ،=0   100 50 20 8 n 0.041 0.060 0.059 0.065 tp 0.050 0.047 0.054 0.051 tm 0.040 0.049 0.053 0.054 tg 0.047 0.060 0.066 0.053 ts p 0.047 0.061 0.060 0.067 tp* 0.052 0.058 0.050 0.053 tm* 0.046 0.059 0.046 0.059 tg* 0.045 0.058 0.064 0.055 ts p* 0.047 0.063 0.065 0.056 trp y ~ 0قوة االختبار ) 4(جدول .8 n(0,1) + 0.2 n(5,1) : ،n(0 ,1) x ~ ،=0.90 100 50 20 8 n 0.994 0.815 0.421 0.122 tp 0.989 0.777 0.361 0.077 tm 0.992 0.792 0.365 0.090 tg 1 0.997 0.787 0.245 ts p 0.999 0.886 0.536 0.159 tp* 0.992 0.844 0.468 0.087 tm* 0.995 0.852 0.490 0.115 tg* 1 0.994 0.755 0.242 ts p* 1 0.992 0.752 0.238 trp y ~ 0احتمال الخطأ من النوع االول ) 5(جدول .8 n(0,10) + 0.2 n(5 ,10): ،n(0 ,1) x ~ ،=0  100 50 20 8 n 0.054 0.059 0.059 0.069 tp 0.061 0.060 0.056 0.060 tm 0.058 0.060 0.057 0.062 tg 0.059 0.056 0.057 0.061 ts p 0.056 0.060 0.060 0.073 tp* 0.061 0.060 0.056 0.060 tm* 0.058 0.060 0.057 0.062 tg* 0.059 0.056 0.057 0.061 ts p* 0.060 0.058 0.057 0.063 trp y ~ 0قوة االختبار )6(جدول .8 n(0,10) + 0.2 n(5,10): ،n(0 ,1) x ~ ،=0.90 100 50 20 8 n 1 1 0.990 0.575 tp 1 1 0.983 0.538 tm 1 1 0.986 0.565 tg 1 1 0.974 0.470 ts p 1 1 0.986 0.588 tp* 1 1 0.983 0.538 tm* 1 1 0.986 0.565 tg* 1 1 0.974 0.470 ts p* 1 1 0.973 0.468 trp ihjpas قیة المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبی 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم y ~ 0احتمال الخطأ من النوع االول )7(جدول .8 n(0,20) + 0.2 n(5,20): ،n(0 ,1) x ~ ،=0  100 50 20 8 n 0.063 0.061 0.059 0.071 tp 0.061 0.055 0.057 0.058 tm 0.055 0.055 0.063 0.063 tg 0.060 0.057 0.058 0.064 ts p 0.061 0.057 0.061 0.071 tp* 0.061 0.055 0.057 0.058 tm* 0.055 0.055 0.063 0.063 tg* 0.060 0.057 0.058 0.064 ts p* 0.062 0.056 0.058 0.067 trp y ~ 0قوة االختبار )8(جدول .8 n(0,20) + 0.2 n(5,20): ،n(0,1) x ~ ،=0.90  100 50 20 8 n 1 1 0.998 0.761 tp 1 1 0.995 0.693 tm 1 1 0.996 0.730 tg 1 1 0.993 0.638 ts p 1 1 0.997 0.748 tp* 1 1 0.995 0.693 tm* 1 1 0.996 0.730 tg* 1 1 0.993 0.638 ts p* 1 1 0.993 0.633 trp ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 some robust tests for the correlation co efficient: a comparative study n. h. al-noor, h. a. rasheed, a. j. sultan . departme nt of mathematics, college of science ,unive rsity of almustanseriya abstra ct this p aper is int erest ed with study ing the performance of statist ic test the hy p othesis of indep endence of the two variables (the hyp othesis that there is no correlation between the variables under study ) in the case of data to meet t he requirement of normal distribution in the case away from the distribution due to the p resence of outliers (contaminated values) and comp ared with the performance of some of the other methods p rop osed and modified. ihjpas 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد طریقة مباشرة وطریقة غیر مباشرة لتعیین البراسیتامول في مستحضرات هیدروكسي بنزوات الصودیوم-2امینو-باراصیدالنیة باالزدواج التأكسدي مع ليخالـد فهـد عـ، سرمد بهجت دیكران ،اسماء هاشم شاكر* جامعة تكریت، كلیة التربیة للبنات، قسم الكیمیاء* جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم-كلیة التربیة، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة تعتمد الطریقة على اقترانه مع . ن لتقدیر الباراسیتامول في الوسط المائيان وحساستان سهلتان طیفیتاطریقت تطور ط ) ahb(الصودیوم هیدروكسي بنزوات-2امینو-كاشف بارا بوجود العامل المؤكسد بیریودات الصودیوم في الوس λmax =470لون بني برتقالي ذائب في الماء التي یقاس امتصاصها عند الطول الموجي يذ مركبالحامضي لتكوین مول.لتر 3371وقد بلغت قیمة معامل االمتصاص الموالري . نانومیتر -1 سم. -1 مكغم 0.0449، وداللة ساندل تساوي سم. -2 مكغم من الباراسیتامول في حجم 500.0 – 12.5واتبعت الطریقة قانون بیر في مدى من التراكیز یتراوح بین مل.مكغم 20.0 – 0.5مل اي 25محلول نهائي -1 بینما ، % 4.700.26وتراوح االنحراف القیاسي النسبي للطریقة بین مستویات من تراكیز الباراسیتامول ةولخمس% 106 95المئویة بین بلغت دقتها المعبر عنها بنسبة االسترجاع أما الطریقة الثانیة فتعتمد على تقدیرالباراسیتامول بصورة غیر مباشرة من خالل إجراء تحلل مائي حامضي ) ahb(ت الصودیوم هیدركسي بنزوا-2امینو-مع كاشف بارا) امینوفینول–البارا (للباراسیتامول ثم مفاعلة ناتج التحلل إذ یتكون مركب ذو لون بنفسجي مزرق ذائب في الماء یقاس أقصى ، بوجود بیریودات الصودیوم في الوسط القاعدي λmامتصاص لها عند طول موجي ax=580 مول.لتر 11884نانومیتر وبامتصاصیة موالریة مقدارها -1 سم. -1 وداللة سم.مكغم 0.0127ساندل -2 مكغم من الباراسیتامول في حجم نهائي 500.0–12.5قانون بیر بین وكانت حدود تطبیق . مل.مكغم 20.0 -0.5مل أي 25 -1 وانحراف قیاسـي % 101.60-94.28وبمعدل نسبة اسـترجاع مئویة تراوح بین ن بنجاح على بعض المستحضرات الصیدالنیة الحاویة على الباراسیتامول تاطبقت الطریق%. 1.10.6نسـبي .مستویات من التراكیز ةالطریقین المباشرة واإلضافة القیاسیة ولثالثوب ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 direct and indirect spectrophotometric determination of paracetamol in pharmaceutical preparations by oxidative coupling with p-amino-2-hydroxy sodium benzoate *a. h. shakir, s.b. dik ran, k. f. ali *departme nt of chemistry, college of education for women, tik rit unive rsity departme nt of chemistry, college of education .i bn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract new simple and sensitive sp ectrop hotometric methods for the determination of p aracetamol in aqueous medium were developed. the first method is based on coupling of p aracetamol with p -amino-2-hydroxy sodium benzoate (ahb) in the p resence of sodium p eriodate, as oxidizing agent, to form a brownish-orange comp ound which shows a λm ax at 470 nm. the molar absorp tivity (εm ax) of the colored p roduct was found to be (3371) l.mole 1 .cm -1 and sandel’s index 0.0449 μg.cm -2 . the method follows beer’s law in the concentration range of 12.5-500.0 μg of p aracetamol in a final volume of 25 ml (0.5-20.0) μg.ml -1 with relative st andard deviation p ercent (r.s.d%) ranged between 0.26-4.71% and accuracy, exp ressed by recovery p ercent, 95-106% for five levels of p arcetamol concentration. the second method is based on indirect sp ectrop hotometric p rocedure for the determination of p aracetamol, after its hy drolysis in acidic medium and the reaction of hy drolyzed p roduct (p -aminophenol) with p -amino-2-hydroxy sodium benzoate in the p resence of sodium p eriodate in alkaline medium. a bluish-violet water soluble comp ound is formed with λm ax =580nm and εm ax =11884 l.mole -1 .cm -1 and sandel’s index 0.0127 μg.cm -2 . beer’s law is app licable for concentration range of p aracetamol 12.5-500.0 μg p er 25 ml volume of solution (0.5-20.0) μg.ml -1 with (r.s.d %) ranged between 0.60-1.10 % and recovery p ercent 94.28-101.6% for three levels of p arcetamol concentration. the p rop osed methods were successfully app lied for the determination of p aracetamol in p harmaceutical p reparations by both direct and st andard addition method and for three levels of concentration. introduction paracetamole chemically known as n-(4-hy droxyp heny l)acetamide is used therap eutically as an analgesic-antip y retic agent alone or associated with other drugs[1], it is effective in treating mild to moderate p ain such as h eadache, n euralgia, and p ain of musculo-skeletal orgin[2]. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 sever al analytical methods have been reported for the analysis of p aracetamol in p harmaceutical or biolo gical fluids, include titrimetric [3-6], fluoremetric[7-11], chromatogr aphic[12-14], sp ectop hotometric[15-19] and other p rocedures[20-23]. some of these p rocedures are not simple for routine analysis and require exp ensive or sop histicated instruments. oxidative couplin g reactions, which rely on the coup ling of two organic comp ounds in the p resence of oxidizing agent under suitable conditions, could be considered as a typ e amon g the most imp ortant organic reactions which have wide app lications in analytical chemist ry [24,25]. the p resent work describes a sp ectrop hotometric p rocedures for the assay of p aracetamol. the first one is based on coupling with p -amino-2-hydroxy sodium benzoate in the p resence of sodium p erchlorate, whi le the se cond depends on the o xidative couplin g of the acid hy droly zed p roduct of p aracetamol with p -amino-2-hydroxy sodium benzoate in alkaline medium. experime ntal apparatus all absorbance measurements were p erformed by usin g a sp ectronic 21d uv-visible sp ectrop hotometer, while the sp ectral measurements were carried out with centra-5 doublebeam sp ectrop hotometer using 1-cm silica match cells. the p h measurements were taken with jenway p h-meter3310. re agents all reagents were of analytical grade. 1. paracetamol st ock solution (1000 µg.ml -1 ) was p rep ared by dissolving) 0.1gm of p ure p aracetamol p owder (obtained from the state comp any for drug industries and medical appliance ( s.d.i.), samar a-iraq)in 10 ml of ethanol and d iluted to 100 ml with distilled water. working solutions were freshly p repared by subsequent dilutions. 2. p-amino-2-hy droxy sodium b enzoate (ahb) solution (1.0 x 10 -2 m ) was p repared by dissolving 0.2111 gm of the reagent in distilled water and diluted to 100 ml in a volumetric flask. 3. sod ium p eriodate solution (1.0 x 10 -1 m ) was p rep ared by dissolving 2.1389 gm of the salt in 100 ml of dist illed water. 4. acetate buffer solution (ph = 4) was p repared by dissolving 13.7 gm of sodium acetate in 6 ml of glacial acetic acid and mak ing the volume to 100 ml in a calibrated f lask. t he ph of the resulted buffer mixture was adjust ed to p h = 4 ± 0.2 via the addition of glacial acetic acid using a ph-meter. 5. solutions of p harmaceutical p reparations containing p aracetamol: different p harmaceutical p reparations from different sources containin g p aracetamo l wer e obtained from local market (t able (1)). a. solution for tablet analysis: 10 tablets were weighted out , grinded and mixed well. a p ortion of the resulted p owder ( containing 0.1 gm of paracetamol) was used for the ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 p rep aration of the solution as described before. the resulted solution was filtered off and subsequently diluted to obtain working solutions. b. solution for supp ositories analysis: the containing of five supp ositories was mixed well and a we ight from the resulted mixture contain ing 0.1 gm of paracetamol was d issolved in 10 ml of ethanol and a little amount of hot distilled water. the solution was t hen diluted to 100 ml with hot distilled water and the volume was checked after the solution b een cooled. workin g solutions were prepared after filtration of the p rep ared st ock solution. c. hy drolyzed p aracetamol solution: 25 ml of concentrated hydrochloric solution was add ed to 150 ml of 1000 µ g. ml -1 of st ock p aracetamol solution in a round bottom flask. the mixture was refluxed for 1hr and after cooling the volume was diluted to 250 ml with distilled water. a 600 µg.ml -1 of the hy droly zed p aracetamol (as p -aminophenol) stock solution was obtained and workin g solution were freshly p repared after neutralizing ( p h = 7) the required aliquots of st ock solution with 20% sodium carbon ate solution before dilution with distilled water. d. solutions of drugs for analysis by direct and st andard addition methods: to 60 ml of 1000 µg.ml -1 solution of drug ( tablet or supp ositories), which is p rep ared as described before, 10 ml of concentrated hcl solution (11.8 m) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 1 hr. aft er cooling the mixture was d iluted with distilled water in a 100 ml volumetric f lask. workin g solutions were freshly p rep ared for each dru g (100 µg. ml -1 ) after adjust ing the p h to 7 with 20% sodium carbonate solution. re commended procedures 1.di rect determination of paracetamol : a.calibration curve p rocedure: to a ser ies of 25ml vo lumetric flasks, different volumes (0.25 – 10 ml) of st andard 50 µg.ml -1 of p aracetamol solution were added fo llowed by the addition of 1.6 ml of 0.1 m of naio4 solution, 0.6 ml of ahb reagent solution (1 x 10 -2 m ) and 2.0 ml of acetate buffer solution. the volume in each flask was diluted with distilled water and the absorbance of the formed colored compound was measured at 470 nm against reagent blank solution after 30 minutes. figure (3) shows that linear calibr ation graph was obtained in the range of p aractamol solution of (0.5 – 20.0 µg.ml -1 ) while high er concentrations show negative dev iations from beer's law. b. standard addition p rocedure: standard addition p rocedure was used for the assay of p aracetamol contained in p harmaceutical p reparations at t hree concentration levels (viz. 1, 5 and 10 µg.ml -1 ) as follows; to a series of f ive 25ml calibrated flasks, a liquots of t he sought drug solution containin g (25 or 125 or 250 µg) of p aracetamol were transferred followed by the addition of ( 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 ml) of st andard p aracetamo l solution ( 100 µ g. ml -1 ) resp ectively. the resulted mixtures were then treated as described in the calibration curve p rocedure and the absorbances were measured at 470 nm after st andin g for 30 minutes. 2.indirect determination of paracetamol : a.calibration curve p rocedure: to a series of 25 ml calibr ated flasks, different volumes (0.25 – 10 ml) of 50 µ g.ml -1 of the hydrolyzed p aracetamol solution were added followed by the ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 addition of of 0.2 ml of naio4 solution (0.1 m ), 3 ml of ahb solution (1.0 x 10 -2 m ) and 2 ml of naoh solution (1.0 m ). dilution was made with d istilled water and the absorbance was measured after 20 minutes at λm ax = 580 nm against reagent blank. fi gure (6 ) shows the calibr ation curve which is linear in the concentration range of (0.5 – 20 µg.ml -1 ) of p aracetamol. b. standard addition p rocedure: the method was applied to cover three concentration levels of p aracetamol (hy drolyzed as described before) in the studied druges ( viz. 2.0, 4.0 and 10.0 µg.ml -1 ) app ly ing the following p rocedure; to a series of five 25 ml calibrated flasks aliquots of the studied drug solution (hydroly zed as described before) containin g (50 or 100 or 250 µ g) of p aracetamol were transferred, followed by the addition of (0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 ml) of st andard hy droly zed p aracetamol solution (50 µ g.ml -1 ) resepectively. the resulted mixtures were treated as described in calibration curve p rocedure and the absorbances were measured at 580nm after standing for 20 minutes. results and discussion 1.di rect determination of paracetamol the p resent work dep ends on quantitative oxidativecoupling of p aracetamo l via reaction with 4-amino-2-hydroxy sodium benzoate followed by sp ectrop hotometric determination of the resulted colored compound. prelimin ary invest igations showed that a brownish-orange p roduct resulted up on treating p aracetamol solution with ahb and naio4 in acidic medium. the absorbance of the colored p roduct was measured at 470 nm against reagent blank solution and its absorbance was found t o be stable after 30 minutes of mixing(fi g. 1 a). a univariate st udy of the variables affectin g the color develop ment of reaction p roduct, namely the amount of reagent for the range of (0.2 – 1.2 ml) of 0.1 m , the amount of oxidizing agent for the range (0.2 – 2.0 ml) of 0.1 m , the p h of the oxidation medium by using differ ent volumes (0.2 – 6.0 ml) of acetate buffer (p h = 4.47), the order of mixing of analyte and reagent solutions and the of reaction temperature (17.5 ºc, 20 ºc, 25 ºc, 30 ºc, 40 ºc), was p erformed on a 20 µ g.ml -1 of the analyte solution. one milliliter of ahb reagent solution was selected as an op timum amount (fig.1b), and was used subsequently . among different typ es and amounts of oxidizing agents which were invest igated, 1.6 ml of 0.1 m solution of naio4 was found to be the op timum (fig.1 c). different types of buffer solutions ( acidic and basic) were tested to control the p h of reaction medium. the study showed that using 2 ml of acetate buffer (p h = 4.42) gave the best result (fig.1d). table (2) illust rates the results obtained when different orders of mixing of analy te and reagents solutions were followed. the op timum order which gave the highest absorbance was: p aracetamol solution(s) + naio4 solution (o) + ahb reagent solution (r) + acetate buffer solution (b). a suggested mechan ism for the reaction is p rop osed in which paracetamol oxidized in the p resence of naio4 to form a benzoquinon immine which in turn couples with ahb through ortho-p osition to -nh2 group in acidic med ium as shown in the followin g scheme. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 oh n h ch3 o naio4 o nh coonah2n oh o n cooh nh2 ho ph=4.42 final absorption s pectrum absorp tion sp ectrum of the colored p roduct formed under op timum reaction conditions shows a maximnm absorp tion at 470 nm in contrast to reagent blank fig (2 ). calibration graph app ly ing the conditions described in the recommended p rocedure, a linear calibration p lot for p aracetamol concentration in the range of ( 0.5 – 20 µg.ml -1 ) against the measured absorbance is obtained (fi g.(3)) with correlation coefficient of 0.9995. the cond itional molar absorptivity was found to be 3.371 x 10 3 liter. mo le -1 . cm -1 and sandle's index 0.0449 µ g. cm -2 . inte rferences to assess the p ossibility of the analy tical app lication of the p rop osed method, the effect of the p resence of some foreign substances (viz. talk, glucose, lactose, st arch) was studied by addin g different amounts of t he mentioned compounds t o 15 µg.ml -1 of p aracetamol solution and app ly ing the recommended p rocedure for color d evelopment. each of the st udied comp ounds was considered not t o interfere if its addition causes a relative error less than 5%. it was found the p resence of 200 µg.ml -1 of each of the comp ounds is tolerated in the determination of p aracetamol. precision and accuracy to check the p recision and accuracy of the prop osed method, three replicate of paracetamol solution were determined under the established conditions at five concentration levels. the results are list ed in table 3. anal ytical applications five typ es of commercially available p aracetamo l containin g p harmaceutical p reparations were analyzed. on app ly ing the recommended p rocedure, good recoveries were obtained (table 4). comparison with other methods to assess the validity of the prop osed method which was checked by comp aring the results with those obtained by standard methods ( t able 5 ). m oreover, f-t est and t-test show that there were no sign ificant difference between the p rop osed and standard methods. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 2.indirect determination of paracetamol in this p rocedure, the acid hy drolysis p roduct of p aracetamol ( i.e. p -aminophenol) is oxidized by sodium periodate and coupled with ahb in sodium hy droxide medium to y ield a brownish-violetwater soluble dye which absorbs at 580 nm. the exp erimental conditions for the color p roducing reaction were op timized by following the same st ep s mentioned in the direct method starting with arbitrary conditions ( i.e. mixing 1.0 ml of 0.1 m of naio4 solution, 1.0 ml of 1 x 10 -2 m of ahb solution and 1.0 ml of naoh solution in a volumetric flask containin g 300 µ g of the analyte) and measuring the absorbance of the colored p roduct after 20 minutes at 580 nm against reagent blank solution(fig. 4 a). the effect of using different volumes of coupling reagent solution(1.0 x 10 -2 m ) was invest igated, and the results show that 3.0 ml gave the highest absorbance (fi g.4 b ) whi ch was used as a subsequent work. the results obtained from using v arious volumes (0.1 – 2.0 ml) of 0.1m of naio4 (fig.4 c), indicate that 0.2 ml of the oxidizing reagent was the optimum. the st udy shows that a st able color p roduct could only be obtained in alkaline medium, therefore, the reaction was carried out in the p resence of ammonium buffer (p h range 9 – 12 ) and in the presence of naoh. figure (4 d) shows t hat using 2.0 ml of 1.0 m naoh solution resulted in obtainin g the best results. the order of addition of the reacting solutions shows that the following order : (s) + (o) + (r) + (b) must be followed to obt ain the highest absorbanc (table 6). finally, the effect of temp erature on the color reaction was invest igated in at the given values (20 ºc, 25 ºc, 30 ºc, 40 ºc and 50 ºc). the invest igation shows that the colored p roduct is not stable at elevated temp eratures, therefor, the reaction was carried out at room temp erature (i.e. 20 ºc). a mechanism was suggested for the o xidation of the hy drolysis p roduct of p aracetamol via naio4 and coup lin g with ahb to form the coloed p roduct in alkaline medium as follows: oh oh nh2 n h ch3 o c onc . hcl naio4 o nh coonah2n oh o n coona nh2 ho naio4/na oh final absorption s pectrum the absorp tion sp ectrum of the colored p roduct was recorded, for the range (400 – 700 nm), under established op timum conditions a gainst reagent blank solution. fi gure (5) shows a sp ectrum with wavelength of maximum absorp tion(λm ax) at 580. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 calibration graph emp loying the recommended p rocedure, beer's law is oby ed over the ran ge of ( 12.5 – 500 µg.ml -1 ) of p aracetamol per 25 ml of solution with correlation coeff icient of 0.9956 (fig. 6). the conditional molar absorp tivity for the colored p roduct was found to be 11884 liter. mo le 1 .cm -1 and sandl's index was 0.0127 µ g.cm -2 . inte rferences the presence of 250 µg.ml -1 of foreign substances (talk, lactose and starch) can be tolerated in the analysis of 12 µg. ml -1 of p aracetamo l solution since it would cause relative error p ercent less t han 5%. precision and accuracy the precision of the prop osed method was calculated in term of r.s.d.% and its accuracy in term of relative error p ercent for t hree replicates of solution at three concentration levels (2, 10 and 20 µg. ml -1 ). satisfactory results were obtained under op timum conditions (t able 7). anal ytical application table ( 8 ) shows the results obtained up on app lication of the p rop osed method in the determination of five dru gs contain ing p aracetamol. comparison with other methods table (9) shows the results obt ained by the prop osed and other st andared methods. both ftest and t-test were app lied and showed that there were no si gnificant diff erences between the results obtained in comp arison with standard methods. re ferences 1. m artindal, "the complete drug reference"(2002)., 33 rd edition , pharmaceutical press, london, 2. " british pharmacop oeia on –cd-rom "(2005)., 3 rd ed. , copy right by sy st em simulation ltd., the stationery office , london, 3." indian pharmacop oeia " (1996)., thecontroller of publication , delhi, 4. parimoo, p. ;sethuraman, amalarj, a. and seshadari, n. (1989). indian. drugs. , 26 : 704 5. ding, t. ; wang, j. and zhongguo yaovue zazhi (1989) 24:295-296 ; anal. abst . , 52, 2e11 (1990). 6. m ahendra, k. ; ahmed, s. ; singh, d. and shukla, i. (1985)ana lyst , 110 : 735 7. oztunc, a. (1982) analyst, 107:585 8. kaito, t . kazuhiko, s. , yuji, i. and tsuguchila, y. (1974) j. pharm. soc. , 94:633 9. tsunetoshi, k. and kazunhka, s. (1974).j. pharm. soc . , 94:639 10. kaito, t . ;kazuhiko, s. and yuji, i. (1976) bunski. ka gaku, 25:776. throgh anal. abst . , 33:1e53 (1977). 11. pulgarian, j. a. m . and bermcgo, i. f. g. (1996) anal. chimi. acta. , 333: 59 12. gop inath, r.; rajan, s. ;m eyyanatnan, s. n.; krishnaveni, n.and sur esh, b. (2007). indian j. of pharmaceutical sciences, 6a(1):137-140, 13. senthamil selvan, p.; gop inath, r.; saravanan,v. s.; gop al, n.; sarvana kumar, a. and periyasamy , k. (2007) asia j. of chemist ry , 19(2): 1004-1010 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 14. emre, d.and ozaltin, n. (2007). j. of chromatography b: analytical technologies in the biomedical and life sciences, 847(2):126-132, 15. lavorante, a. f.;pires, c. k.and reis, b. f. (2006).j. of pharmaceutical and b iomedical analysis, 42(4): 423-429, 16. de los, a.; oliva, m .;olsina, r. a.and m asi, a. n. (2005)t alanta, 66(1): 229-235, 17. burakham, r.; duanhthon g, s. ; patimap ornlert, l.; len ghor, n.; kasiwad, s. ;srivichai, l.; lap anantnopp akhum, s.; jakmun ee, j.and grudp an, k. (2004) analytical sciences, 20(5): 837-840, 18. abbas, a.; nahid, s.and ali, r.z. (2006)acta chim. slov., 53:357-362 19. wafaa, s. h. (2008).american journal of ap p lied sciences, 5(8):1005-1012, 20. walash, m . i. ; elbrashy , a. m . and sultan, m . a. (1994) m ikrochim, acta , 113:113-124 21. danet, a. f. ; david, v. and david, i. (1998).rav. roum. chim. , 43:811-816 22. easwaramoorthy , d. ;ya, y. c. and huang, h. j. (2001). anal. chim , acta. 439:95-100 23. az hagvuel, s.and sekar, r., (2007) j. of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 43(3):873-878, 24. russel, j. a. (1944) j. biol. chem. , 156:165 25. lubochinsky , b. and zalta, j. p. (1954).bulls. soc. chem. biol. 36: 1363 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (1): o ptimization of experimental conditions. fig. (2): final absorption spectrum. fig. (3): calibration graph of paracetamol ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (4): o ptimization of experimental conditions. fig.(5): final absorption spectrum. fig. (6): calibration graph of paracetamol . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (1): pharmaceuti cal preparations used company contains pharmaceutical p rep aration s.d.i -iraq 500 mg p aracetamol paracetamol tablets s.d.i -iraq 350 mg p aracetamol 50 mg caffeine 10 mg codeine phosp hate algesic tablets u.klondon 500 mg p aracetamol paramol tablets m .p.ksy ria 450 mg p aracetamol 35 mg orp henadrine citrate kanagesic tablets s.a.r 250mg p aracetamol panatol delta sup p ositories table (2): effect of order of mixing table( 3): precision and accuracy of the method absorbance order of addition 0.466 s+o+r+b 0.465 o+s+r+b 0.459 r+s+o+b 0.389 b+s+o+r 0.431 o+r+b+s 0.445 r+o+s+b taken conc. (pp m) found conc. (pp m) average recovery (%) error (%) r.s.d (%) 0.5 0.4909 0.4507 0.4839 0.4751 95.0202 -4.9798 4.5156 1 1.1261 1.0334 1.0456 1.0684 106.8377 +6.8377 4.7155 5 5.0876 5.1125 5.0904 5.0968 101.9363 +1.9363 0.2681 10 9.6469 9.8640 9.8092 9.7734 97.7341 -2.2659 1.1549 20 20.1984 20.0394 20.7091 20.0863 100.4315 +0.4315 0.2796 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (4): anal ytical application of the direct and standard additi on me thods. pharmaceutical p rep aration procedure amount recovery (%) certified value (mg) conc. of paracetamol (µg/ml) found valu e(mg) each assay average paracetamol tablets s.d.i –iraq calibration curve 500 10 522.8460 104.5690 101.2435 5 509.0640 101.8120 1 486.7421 97.3484 standard addition 10 507.591 101.5182 99.3506 5 490.675 98.1350 1 492.00 98.4000 algesic tablets s.d.i –iraq calibration curve 350 10 365.5990 104.456 102.0797 5 364.2092 104.059 1 342.0296 97.7226 standard addition 10 351.583 100.4523 100.2193 5 351.344 100.3840 1 349.376 99.82172 paramol tablets u.klondon calibration curve 500 10 485.3933 97.0787 98.7492 5 501.5730 100.314 1 494.2322 98.8464 standard addition 10 502.4390 100.4878 100.5014 5 502.7851 100.5570 1 502.2971 100.4594 kanagesic tablets m .p.ksy ria calibration curve 450 10 453.7079 100.823 100.3779 5 458.1573 101.812 1 443.1236 98.4969 standard addition 10 452.1344 100.4743 100.5266 5 453.4599 100.7688 1 451.5152 100.3367 panatol delta s.a.r calibration curve 250 10 261.4232 104.569 104.3645 5 260.1498 104.059 1 261.1610 104.464 standard addition 10 249.2453 99.69812 100.3144 5 250.9978 100.3991 1 252.1151 100.8460 table (5): comparison with other methods recovery % drug samples standard method the prop osed method 101.000 * 100.394 paracetamol pure 99.000 * 101.243 paracetamol tablets s.d.i –iraq 97.970 ** 102.079 algesic tablts s.d.i –iraq 100.501 *** 98.749 paramol tablts u.klondon 100.526 *** 100.377 kanagesic tablts m .p.ksy ria 100.314 *** 104.364 panatol delta s.a.r * british pharmacop oeia b.p, ** s.d.i standard methods , *** oxidative coupling v ersus standard addition value. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (6): effect of order of mixing absorbance order of addition 1.062 s + o + r + b 1.026 s + r + o + b 0.872 s + b + o + r 0.950 r + o + s + b 0.954 r + s + b + o 0.898 b + s + o + r 1.020 o + s + r + b 0.794 o + r + b + s table (7): precision and accuracy of the method. taken conc. (pp m) found conc. (μg. ml -1 ) average recovery (%) error(%) r.s.d(%) 2 1.8651 1.8899 1.9022 1.8857 94.2863 -5.7137 1.0025 10 10.0582 10.1448 10.2809 10.1613 101.6130 + 1.6130 1.1052 20 19.9839 19.8601 20.1077 19.9839 99.9196 -0.0804 0.6193 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (8): anal ytical application of the direct and standard additi on me thods. pharmaceutical p rep aration procedure amount recovery (%) certified value (mg) conc. of paracetamol (µg/ml) found valu e(mg) each assay average paracetamol tablets s.d.i –iraq calibration curve 500 10 506.8948 101.3789 99.7617 4 493.2985 98.6597 2 496.2322 99.2464 standard addition 10 504.8823 100.9764 100.9449 4 504.9708 100.9941 2 504.3217 100.8643 algesic tablets s.d.i –iraq calibration curve 350 10 336.4066 96.1161 99.2741 4 348.4753 99.5643 2 357.4970 102.1421 standard addition 10 356.9930 101.9980 101.5203 4 354.3256 101.2359 2 354.6450 101.3271 paramol tablets u.klondon calibration curve 500 10 486.9397 97.3879 99.3166 4 491.4631 98.2926 2 511.3459 102.2692 standard addition 10 505.4348 101.1087 101.0055 4 502.8191 100.5638 2 506.7203 101.3440 kanagesic tablets m .p.ksy ria calibration curve 450 10 458.2759 101.8391 100.8003 4 448.0397 99.5644 2 454.4884 100.9474 standard addition 10 453.9413 100.8758 99.6598 4 450.9009 100.2002 2 440.4731 97.8829 panatol delta s.a.r calibration curve 250 10 257.7771 103.1108 103.6618 4 264.0131 105.6052 2 255.6730 102.2692 standard addition 10 246.2356 98.4942 100.3073 4 252.5189 101.0076 2 253.5550 101.4220 table( 9): comparison with other methods. recovery % drug samples standard method the prop osed method 101.0000 * 99.7617 paracetamol pure 99.0000 * 98.6000 paracetamol tablets s.d.i –iraq 97.9700 ** 99.2741 algesic tablts s.d.i –iraq 100.5014 *** 99.3165 paramol tablts u.klondon 100.5260 *** 100.8002 kanagesic tablts m .p.ksy ria 100.3140 *** 103.6617 panatol delta s.a.r * british pharmacop oeia b.p, ** s.d.i standard methods , *** oxidative coupling v ersus standard addition value. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تأثیر تداخل حامض الجبرلین وسماد الیوریا في بعض صفات النمو لنبات ).trigonella foenum-graecum l(الحلبة سمیرة مؤید یاسین جامعة بغداد ،إبن الهیثم-كلیة التربیة ،قسم علوم الحیاة 2010، حزیران،3: ث فياستلم البح 2010،كانون االول ، 14 :قبل البحث في الخالصة أجریت تجربة بایولوجیة لدراسة تأثیر تراكیز مختلفـة مـن حـامض الجبـرلین وسـماد الیوریـا وتـداخلهما فـي بعـض صـفات فـي البیـت الزجـاجي fenugreek (.trigonella foenum-graecum l) صـنف هنـدي/ النمـو الخضـري لنبـات الحلبـة كغـم تربـة ) 5(وفـي أصـص سـعة 2009­2008 جامعـة بغـداد لموسـم النمـو/كلیة التربیة إبن الهیـثم /التابع لقسم علوم الحیاة جــزء بـالملیون وتـم رشــها بعـد إكتمــال ) 0،25،50،100(تراكیــز مـن حـامض الجبــرلین وهـي ةأربعـ ســتعملتصـیص وإ أ لكـل أصـیص ُأضـیفت علـى /غـم) 0.25،0.50،1.00(ثالثة مستویات من سماد الیوریا وهي ستعملتكذلك إ.الورقة الرابعة للنبات ) crd(وفق التصـمیم العشـوائي الكامـل على نفذت التجربة. من الزراعة ایوم) 45(دفعتین األولى قبل الزراعة والثانیة بعد .أصیصاً ) 36(مكررات بحیث تضمنت التجربة ةوبثالث أصــیص مــن /غــم ) 0.50،1.00(جــزء بــالملیون مــن حــامض الجبــرلین والمســتویین ) 25،50(أن تركیــزي ج ظهــرت النتــائوأ سـماد الیوریـا قـد أدت إلـى زیـادة معنویــة فـي صـفتي إرتفـاع النبـات والـوزن الجــاف لنبـات الحلبـة بینمـا أعطـى تركیـز حــامض زیـادة معنویـة فـي صـفات معـدل النمـو المطلـق، أصـیص/غـم یوریـا ) 0.50،1.00(جزء بالملیون والمستویین ) 25(الجبرلین .نبات /النسبي وعدد األفرع معدل معدل النمو المطلق، الوزن الجاف ،ارتفاع النبات،سماد الیوریا،حامض الجبرلین:فتاحیةالمالكلمات المقدمة ـــد النباتـــات التابعــــة للعائلـــة البقولیــــة fenugreek (.trigonella foenum-graecum l)الحلبـــة هـــو أحـ leguminosa ى نطـاق واسـع فـي معظــم دول العـالم غـذاء ودواء النــه وهـو شـائع اإلسـتعمال منــذ القـدم و یسـتعمل الیـوم علــ ـــل البروتینـــات مصـــدر غنــــي prot)بمجموعـــة مــــن المكونــــات الغذائیـــة مثـ eins) ، الــــدهونو(lip ids) ، الكربوهیــــدرات و )carbohydrate(، المعادن وm inerals)(، والفیتامینات)vitamins ([1].وغیرها من المكونات diosgeninمثـل ،كما تحتوي البذور على العدید من المركبات الطبیة والصیدالنیة منها مجموعـة الكالیكوسـیدات المتنوعـة m(ة وغیرهــا، ومــواد هالمیـــ) choline(والكـــولین ) trigonelline(وقلویــدات التریكــونیلین ، ucilage ( التــي تزیــد نســـبتها وبسبب وجود هذه المكونات وغیرها إنتشر استعمال نبات الحلبة فـي معظـم دول ] 2،3.[من وزن البذور الجافة%) 25(عن محصول خضار في بعض الدول تؤكل أوراقه أو القرنات أو البذور المستنبتة طازجة أومطبوخة ذ یستعمل إ ،العالم 2011) 2( 24علوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم لل ] 4،5،6.[مشــروبات منعشـة ومنشـطة او كبـدیل لمشـروبي القهـوة والشــايو البـذور المحمصـة ویسـتعمل مغلـي البـذور الجافـة أ ]7،8.[من الوزن الجاف%) 31(تصل نسبتها اذ ،تحتوي بذورها على مكونات غذائیة منها البروتینات مسـتوى األوكسـینات ممـا فـيوقـد یـؤثر rnaإنقسـام وٕاسـتطالة خالیـا النبـات وتكـوین فـيأن الجبرلینـات تـؤثر ] 9[ذكـروقـد -:وهي] 10[اشكال أو هیئات كیمیائیة ةوتوجد الجبرلینات بثالث. یؤثر بصورة إیجابیة على النمو الخضري للنبات free gibberellinsالجبرلینات الحرة -1 conjugated gibberellinsالمقترنة الجبرلینات -2 water­soluble gibberellinsالجبرلینات الذائبة بالماء -3 من أهم األسمدة النتروجینیة شائعة االسـتعمال نظـرًا لقلـة كلفتـه االقتصـادیة مقارنـة مـع األسـمدة )n %46(یعد سماد الیوریا ]11.[االخرى یعمـل النتـروجین علـى زیـادة النمـو الخضـري وزیـادة إرتفـاع النبـات مـن خــالل اذرة إن لتسـمید الحلبـة بسـماد الیوریـا أهمیـة كبیـ phot(تشـــجیعه معظـــم العملیــــات المهمـــة فـــي النبــــات مثـــل عملیـــة البنــــاء الضـــوئي osy nthesis ( وأیـــض الكربوهیــــدرات mواألحماض الدهنیة etabolism of carbohydrate and fatt y acids].12[ بــات فـإن هــدف هــذه الدراســة هـو معرفــة تــأثیر تــداخل تراكیزمتزایـدة مــن حــامض الجبــرلین ومســتویات ونظـرًا ألهمیــة هــذا الن .وذلك لقلة الدراسات على هذا النبات في العراق) الصنف الهندي(مختلفة من سماد الیوریا في نمو نبات الحلبة المواد وطرائق العمل ­2009جامعـة بغـداد لموسـم النمـو /كلیـة التربیـة إبـن الهیـثم/علـوم الحیـاة أجریت التجربة في البیت الزجاجي التابع لقسم ) ملـــم2 (إذ أخــذت التربــة مــن الحدیقــة النباتیــة التابعـــة لقســم علــوم الحیــاة وجففــت هوائیــًا وطحنـــت وُنِخَلــت بمنخــل 2008 ــــي أصــــــص بـــــوزن ـــــیص) 5(ووضـــــعت فـ ــــممت التجربـــــة. كغــــــم لكـــــل أصـ ــــى صـ ـــل علــ ــــمیم العشـــــوائي الكامـــ وفـــــق التصــ )c.r.d(completely randomized design ُزِرَعــت . اأصیصـ) 36(مكـررات وبـذلك بلـغ عــدد األصـص ةوبثالثــ ) 10(بــذرة لكــل أصـیص وبعــد أســبوعین مـن الزراعــة تــم خـف النبــات الــى ) 14(بعـدد 15/10/2008بـذور الحلبــة بتــاریخ :يصیص وتضمنت التجربة ما یأتنباتات لكل أ بعد إكتمال 10/11/2009جزء بالملیون رشت بتاریخ ) 0،25،50،100(تراكیز من حامض الجبرلین وهي ةأربع ستعملتإ أصـیص ُأضــیفت /غــم) 0.25،0.50،1.00(مســتویات مـن سـماد الیوریــا وهـي ةثالثـ ســتعملتالورقـة الرابعـة للنبــات، كـذلك إ %) 50(یت النباتات بالماء في الریة االولى على أساس من الزراعة، ُسقِ ایوم) 45(بدفعتین األولى قبل الزراعة والثانیة بعد أُِخـَذت عینـات مـن الجــزء . مـن السـعة الحقلیـة أمـا الریـات االخــرى فكانـت حسـب حاجـة النباتـات، وتـم متابعــة التجربـة یومیـاً ـة ثانیـة بعد حشـري وأُِخَذت عینات أخرى للجزء الخضـ h1­d60حشة أولى رمز لها من الزراعة یوما ً ) 60(الخضري بعد فـاف وبعـد جفافهـا تـم حصـادها وقــد تركــت النباتـات حتـى الج. h2­d104مـن الزراعـة وقـد رمــزنا لهــا بالرمــز ایـام) 104( -:یةدرست الصفات االت طة مسـطرة مدرجـة مـن نقطـة اتصـاله بالتربـة وحتـى اسـت بو س إرتفاع المجموع الخضري للنباقی -):سم(رتفاع النبات إ -1 .امیةأعلى قمة ن ) 72(مـدة ) oven(تم تقـدیر وزن المـادة الجافـة للمجمـوع الخضـري بعـد تجفیفهـا فـي مجفـف -):غم(وزن المادة الجافة -2 .م°) 70-65(ساعة وعلى درجة حرارة . عدد التفرعات الرئیسیة للنباتاتحسب ) نبات/تفرعات(عدد التفرعات -3 -]:13[تبعًا لمعادلة -):یوم/غرام وزن جاف/غم(معدل النمو المطلق -4 agr (g.g. of d.w­¹.days­¹) = (w2­w1)/ (t2­t1) 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .ى التواليمدة النمو األولى والثانیة علللجزء الخضري ) رامغ(الوزن الجاف w2.w1اذ یمثل t2.t1 زمن أخذ عینات النمو األولى والثانیة على التوالي. تـم حســابه باإلعتمـاد علـى لوغــاریتم الـوزن الجـاف للجــزء الخضـري فــي ) یـوم/غـرام وزن جــاف/غـرام(معـدل النمـو النســبي -5 :اآلتیة] 13[الموعد االول والثاني وبتطبیق معادلة agr (g.g. of d.w ­¹.day s­¹) = (log w2 ­ lo g w1) / (t2­t 1) least significant(المتوســطات بإســـتخدام أقـــل فـــرق معنــوي وقورنـــت] 14[حللــت النتـــائج إحصـــائیًا وفقــًا لطریقـــة difference (l.s.d. وعن مستوى إحتمالیة)0.05.( النتائج والمناقشة لكل من حامض الجبرلین وسـماد الیوریـا وتـداخلهما فـي إرتفـاع نبـات امعنوی اتأثیر بأن هناك) 1(أظهرت نتائج جدول جـزء بالملیــون مــن ) 25(و h1­d60جـزء بـالملیون مـن حـامض الجبـرلین فـي الحشــة االولـى ) 50(إذ أن التركیـز ،الحلبـة معـدل لإلرتفــاع للنبـات مقارنــة مــع كانــا األفضـل فــي إعطـاء أعلــى h2­d104 حــامض الجبـــرلین فـي الحشــــة الثانـیــة سـم ) 20.883(جزء بالملیون هو ) 50(إذ عند الحشة األولى كان معدل إرتفاع نبات الحلبة عند تركیز . المستویات االخرى أمـا معـدل . النظـر عـن سـماد الیوریـا ین وبصـرفمقارنة مـع تركیـز صـفر مـن حـامض الجبـرل%) 31.89(وبنسبة زیادة هي %) 22.91(سـم وبنسـبة زیـادة هــي ) 35.770(جـزء بـالملیون فـي الحشـة الثانیـة فهـو ) 25(بـة عنـد تركیـز إرتفـاع نبـات الحل .النظر عن سماد الیوریا لتركیز صفر من حامض الجبرلین وبصرفمقارنة مع ا ل وهـو إذ أعطـى معـد ،أصیص یوریا كـان لـه األفضـلیة أیضـًا فـي زیـادة معـدل إرتفـاع نبـات الحلبـة/غم) 1.00(إن المستوى % 24.85(أصـیص و بنسـبة زیـادة هـي /غم) 0.25،0.50(سم للمستویین) 18.538و16.739 (سم مقارنة مع ) 20.900( أصـیص لــه األفضـلیة فــي /غــم) 0.50(علـى التـوالي فــي الحشـة األولــى بینمـا فــي الحشـة الثانیـة كــان المسـتوى %) 12.74و للمســتویین ) 32.625و 31.553 (مقارنـة مــع ) 33.464(زیـادة معــدل إرتفــاع نبـات الحلبــة إذ أعطــى أعلـى معــدل وهــو .أصیص على التوالي/غم سماد) 1.00، 0.25( جـزء بـالملیون ) 50(أما تأثیر تداخل حامض الجبرلین مع سماد الیوریا فكان معنویًا في إرتفـاع نبـات الحلبـة إذ كـان التركیـز ســم ) 22.550(یـا أعلـى قیمـة ألرتفـاع النبـات بلغـت أصـیص مـن سـماد الیوریــا قـد أعط/غـم) 1.00(مـن حـامض الجبـرلین و أصـیص وبنسـبة زیــادة /غـم) 0.25(مـن حـامض الجبـرلین ومسـتوى السـماد ) صـفر(سـم عنـد التركیـز ) 12.250(مقارنـة مـع ) 0.50(جـزء بـالملیون والمسـتوى ) 25(في الحشة األولى بینما في الحشة الثانیـة كـان تركیـز حـامض الجبـرلین %) 84(هي سـم مقارنـة مـع التركیـز صـفر مـن الجبـرلین ) 36.800(أصیص هما االفضل في إعطاء أعلـى إرتفـاع للنبـات وهـو /یاغم یور وهــذا %) 41.5(ســم وبنسـبة زیــادة هـي ) 26.000(أصــیص اللـذین أعطیــا إرتفـاع للنبــات هـو /غـم) 0.25(ومسـتوى الســماد ) 25،50،75،100(متزایــدة مـن حـامض الجبـرلین وهــي رش نبـات الحلبـة بتراكیـز شــار الـي انالـذي أ] 15[یتفـق مـع نتـائج .جزء بالملیون ادت الى زیادة معنویة في ارتفاع النبات وعدد االفرع والوزن الجاف ومعدل النمو المطلق للجزء الخضري للجبــرلین مثلـى لحـامض الجبــرلین ومواعیـد محـددة بـدونها یمكـن ان هنـاك تراكیـز كــدوا اأ اذ] 16[وتتفـق هـذه الدراسـة مـع نتـائج لتحفیـــز النمـــو الجبرلینـــات المســتعملة أن ُیثــبط العملیـــات الحیویــة للنبـــات أو تحفیزهــا وهـــذه التراكیــز كانـــت أقــل مـــن تراكیــز أدى إضـــافة حــامض الجبـــرلین بتراكیــز عالیــة إلـــى تقلیــل الصـــفات اذ] 17[الخضــري وكــذلك تتفـــق هــذه الدراســـة مــع نتــائج .البایولوجیة بصورة معنویة إذ ،صــفات النمــو لهــذا النبــات یــًا فــيتــأثیر إیجـابي یــنعكس إیجاب ضــافة عوامــل ذيالجیــد لنبــات الحلبــة نتیجــة إل إن النمـو جزء ) 25(جزء بالملیون من حامض الجبرلین في الحشة االولى والتركیز ) 50(ن التركیز ا) 2(أظهرت نتائج جدول 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة غـم علـى التـوالي مقارنـة ) 5.630و 1.695(بالملیون من الجبرلین في الحشة الثانیـة قـد أعطیـا أعلـى معـدل للـوزن الجـاف وهـو .النظر عن سماد الیوریا من الجبرلین وبصرف) صفر(ع التركیز م أصـیص فـي الحشـة الثانیـة قـد أعطیـا /یوریـاغـم ) 0.50(أصیص في الحشـة االولـى والمسـتوى /غم یوریا) 1.00(إن المستوى غـــم للمســـتویین ) 1.388و 1.151(غـــم علـــى التــوالي مقارنـــة مــع ) 4.498(و) 1.568(أعلــى معـــدل للــوزن الجـــاف وهــو أصـیص /غـم یوریـا)0.25،1.00(غـم للمسـتویین ) 4.284و 4.092(أصـیص فـي الحشـة األولـى و/غـم یوریـا) 0.50، 0.25( یر التــداخل بـین حــامض الجبـرلین وســماد الیوریـا فكــان غیـر معنــوي فـي الــوزن الجـاف للنبــات فــي فـي الحشــة الثانیـة أمــا تـأث جـزء بــالملیون ) 25(الحشـة األولـى بینمـا فـي الحشـة الثانیـة فكـان التـأثیر التــداخلي معنویـًا فـي الـوزن الجـاف إذ أعطـى التركیـز غـم مقارنـة ) 6.300(ن الجـاف لنبـات الحلبـة بلغـت أصیص أعلى قیمة للوز /غم یوریا) 0.50(من حامض الجبرلین ومستوى إن زیـادة تركیــز الجبـرلین یـؤدي الـى إنخفـاض الـوزن الجــاف للجـزء الخضـري والبـذور وهـذا یتفــق . مـع بـاقي معـامالت التـداخل ین تـؤدي كمـا أن دراسـة أخـرى أثبتـت أن التراكیـز العالیـة لحـامض الجبـرل .في دراسته على نبات الذرة الصفراء] 18[مع نتائج alkaline lipإلـى تثبـیط فعالیـة بعـض االنزیمـات مثـل ase وisocitrase إن ] . 19[الضـروریة لعملیـة تخلیـق البـروتین زیـادة عـدد األفـرع فـي نبـات الحلبـة دلیـل علـى إسـتفادة النبـات مـن عـاملي الدراسـة المسـتخدمة وهـذا مـا أوضـحته نتـائج جـدول إذ بلـغ ،نبـات لكـال الحشـتین/ن من حامض الجبرلین قد أعطـى أعلـى معـدل لعـدد األفـرعجزء بالملیو ) 25(إذ أن التركیز ) 3( النظــر مالت لحــامض الجبـرلین وبصـرفنبـات علـى التــوالي مقارنـة مـع التركیــز صـفر وبـاقي المعـا/فـرع) 5.200و 4.383( أصـیص فـي الحشــة /غـم یوریـا) 1.00(بـأن المسـتوى ) 3(كـذلك أظهـرت نتـائج الجـدول . عـن مسـتوى سـماد الیوریـا المسـتخدم ـــدد h2­d104أصــــیص فـــي الحشـــة الثانیـــة /غـــم یوریـــا)0.25(والمســـتوى h1­d60االولـــى قــــد أعطیـــا أعلـــى معـــدل لعـ .نبات في مستویات الیوریا االخرى/على التوالي مقارنة مع معدل عدد األفرع) 4.275(و) 3.794(نبات وهي /األفرع نبـات إذ /ل بـین حـامض الجبـرلین وسـماد الیوریـا كـان معنویـًا فـي عـدد األفـرعأظهرت النتائج أیضـًا أن تـأثیر التـداخ أصـیص وهـو /غـم)1.00(جـزء بـالملیون مـن حـامض الجبـرلین ومسـتوى سـماد یوریـا ) 25(بلـغ أعلـى عـدد لألفـرع عنـد تركیـز مض الجبـرلین ومسـتوى جـزء بـالملیون مـن حـا) 25(نبات في الحشة األولى ، وفي الحشة الثانیة عنـد تركیـز /فرع ) 5.050( .نبات، وقد تفوقا على تداخل المعامالت االخرى/ فرع) 5.750(أصیص هو /غم) 0.25(سماد یوریا ة إنجـاز النبـات للعملیـات الحیویـة وأي عامـل یـؤثر فـي الصـفات المظهریـة والفســلجیة دل النمـو المطلـق یعبـر عـن كفایـإن معـ إذ أن زیادة النمو المطلق في نبـات الحلبـة كانـت بفعـل ) 4(نته نتائج جدول وهذا ما بی] 20.[سیؤثر في معدل النمو المطلق جزء بالملیون من حـامض الجبـرلین قـد ) 25(إذ أن تركیز ،التأثیر اإلیجابي لتراكیز حامض الجبرلین ومستویات سماد الیوریا تراكیـز الجبـرلین األخـرى بنسـبة یـوم متفـوق معنویـا علـى /غـرام وزن جـاف/غـرام) 0.092(أعطى أعلى معدل نمو مطلق وهو النظــر یون علــى التـوالي وبصـرفجـزء بـالمل) 0،50،100(مقارنـة مــع التراكیـز )% 53.33و41.53 و 91.66(زیـادة هـي .عن مستوى سماد الیوریا أصیص من سماد الیوریا له األفضلیة في إعطاء أعلى معدل نمـو مطلـق اذ بلـغ /غرام) 0.50(كذلك كان المستوى النظــر عــن صــیص علــى التـوالي بصــرفأ/غـرام) 0.25،1.00(یـوم مقارنــة مــع المســتویین /غــرام وزن جــاف/غـرام) 0.071( أظهــرت نتـائج التــداخل بـین حــامض الجبـرلین وسـماد الیوریــا تـأثیرًا معنویــًا فـي معــدل النمـو المطلــق، إذ أن . تركیـز الجبـرلین أصیص مـن سـماد الیوریـا أظهـرا أعلـى قیمـة لمعـدل /غرام) 0.50(جزء بالملیون من حامض الجبرلین ومستوى ) 25(التركیز وكانــت نسـبة الزیــادة مقارنــة . كافـة متفوقــان معنویــًا بـذلك علــى تـداخالت المعــامالت األخــرى) 0.108(النمـو المطلــق هـي %).140(هي ) أصیص/غم سماد 0.25صفر جبرلین و(بمعاملة المقارنة لكل من حامض الجبرلین وسماد الیوریـا وتـداخلهما فـي معـدل النمـو النسـبي امعنوی ابأن هناك تأثیر ) 5(أظهرت نتائج جدول جـزء بـالملیون مـن حـامض الجبـرلین كـان األفضــل فـي إعطـاء أعلـى معـدل لمعـدل النمـو النسـبي مقارنــة ) 25(ن التركیـز اإذ مع التركیز مقارنة%) 68.7(ادة هي یوم وبنسبة زی/غرام وزن جاف/غرام) 0.550(مع التراكیز األخرى من الجبرلین إذ بلغ 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد النظــر عــن ســماد الیوریــا وكانــت هنــاك زیــادة معنویــة عنــد هــذا التركیــز مقارنــة مــع التراكیــز صـفر مــن الجبــرلین وبصــرف .جزء بالملیون) 100و50 ( لمعدل النمو النسـبي لنبـات الحلبـة إذ أعطـى ایضا أصیص كان له األفضلیة في زیادة معدل/غم یوریا) 0.50(إن المستوى اللـذان أعطیـا ) 0.25،1.00(أصـیص /یـوم مقارنـة مـع المسـتویین غـرام یوریـا/غرام وزن جـاف/غرام) 0.460(أعلى معدل بلغ .یوم على التوالي/غرام وزن جاف/غرام ) 0.407و 0.459( جـزء ) 25(إذ كان تركیز ،یر تداخل حامض الجبرلین وسماد الیوریا فكان معنویًا في معدل النمو النسبي لنبات الحلبةأما تأث أصــیص همـا األفضـل فــي إعطائهمـا أعلـى قیمــة لمعـدل النمــو /غـرام) 0.5(بـالملیون مـن حــامض الجبـرلین ومسـتوى الســماد ن لــذیأصـیص وال/غــرام یوریـا) 0.25(مــع التركیـز صـفر جبـرلین و یـوم مقارنـة/غــرام وزن جـاف/غـرام) 0.612(النسـبي بلغـت ) 25(كـذلك توضـح النتـائج تفـوق تركیـز الجبـرلین %) 174.4(یوم وبنسـبة زیـادة هـي /غرام وزن جاف/غرام) 0.223(أعطیا .أصیص معنویًا على باقي معامالت التداخل/غرام یوریا) 0.50(جزء بالملیون و م معــدل النمــو النسـبي تتماشــى بالزیــادة مــع قـیم معــدل النمــو المطلـق وتحــت تــأثیر تراكیــز ن قـیا) 5(أظهـرت نتــائج جــدول لكــل مــن حــامض الجبــرلین وســماد الیوریـــا اإیجابیــ انســتنتج مــن نتــائج التجربــة بـــأن هنــاك دور . الجبــرلین ومســتویات الیوریــا حیـــث أن ،ًا مهمــًا فــي زیــادة النمــو الخضــريإذ أن للنتــروجین دور ،والتــداخل بینهمــا فــي زیــادة قــیم صــفات النمــو المدروســـة زیـادة ئیـة الضـروریة لبنـاء البروتینـات ومـن ثـمسماد الیوریا یجهز النبات بالنایتروجین الذي یعـد أحـد العناصـر الغذا ستعمالإ المغذیـة النمـو، فعنـد إضـافة هـذا السـماد للنبـات، فـإن ذلـك سـیؤدي الـى تسـریع الفتـرة الفاصـلة بـین إمتصـاص وٕاسـتهالك المـواد ] 21.[إن هذه المرحلة تعد في غایة األهمیة لمرحلة النمو المبكر للنبات. نتیجة لزیادة نمو النبات زیـــادة نمـــو ومـــن ثـــم )األیضـــیة(كمــا أن حـــامض الجبـــرلین كـــأي حـــامض عضـــوي یـــؤدي الـــى تســـریع العملیـــات الحیویـــة ]22.[النبات دوراً فعـاالً فـي عملیـات إنقسـام الخالیـا یـؤديمنظمـة لنمـو النبـات، وكذلك أن حامض الجبرلین الـذي یعـد أحـد الهرمونـات ال نـه تـراكم فـي مــادة وكفایـة العملیـات الحیویـة ممـا ینــتج م، وٕارتفـاع النبــات ،مثـل حجـم النبـات ،زیـادة النمــو ومـن ثـموتوسـعها ـــرولین، ــــامض البـ ـــرولین إذ االنبــــات وبــــذلك لـــــه دور فــــي زیـــــادة تركیــــز الكاربوهیــــدرات وحـ وجیة یــــؤدي أدواراً فســـــیولن البــ المســاهمة فــي بنــاء البروتینـات و الســیطرة علــى فعالیــات بعـض األنزیمــات الموجــودة فــي وبایوكیمیائیـة مهمــة للنبــات مثـل فـي دراسـته علـى نبـات الحلبـة الـى ] 26[ وكـذلك أشـار] 23،24،25.[النبات، فضالً عن دوره في عملیـات التنظـیم األزمـوزي داخل مع االوكسین ویعمل على زیادة تكوینه من خالل خفـض معـدل هدمـه وكـذلك یـؤدي الـى تشـجیع أن حامض الجبرلین یت ویقـوم حـامض الجبـرلین بـدور مهـم فـي زیـادة حجـم وٕاتسـاع خالیـا النبـات مـن خـالل mrnaبصورة خاصـة rnaتكوین ضافة السـماد النتروجینـي إلالجاف نتیجة وقد یعزى سبب زیادة الوزن ] 27.[زیادة مرونة ولدونة جدران الخالیا وزیادة توسعها إلى دوره في زیادة انقسام وٕاستطالة خالیا النبـات األمـر الـذي یـؤدي إلـى كبـر المجمـوع الخضـري ومـن ثـم زیـادة الـوزن الجـاف ]28.[للنبات مـع قیمتهـا فـي فتــرة كمـا تبـین النتـائج أن قیمـة المــادة الجافـة فـي المجمـوع الخضـري إرتفعــت فـي فتـرة النمـو الثانیـة بالمقارنــة مما یشـیر إلـى أنـه بتقـدم عمـر النبـات فـإن تجمـع المـادة الجافـة یـزداد فـي المجمـوع الخضـري . النمو األولى وللمعامالت كافة ]29.[على حساب المجموع الجذري وقد یعزى السبب في ذلك إلى إنتقال أغلب المغذیات إلى األجزاء العلیا من النبات توصــي . ش بحــامض الجبـرلین أدى الــى زیــادة فـي الصــفات المدروسـة مقارنــة مــع نباتـات الســیطرةممـا تقــدم نسـتنتج أن الــر تراكیز مختلفة من الجبرلین بوجود مستویات عالیة من سماد الیوریا مـع ربـط الصـفات المظهریـة والفسـلجیة استعمالالدراسة ب لهـذا النبــات بمكونـات الحاصــل لـه للوصــول إلـى أفضــل إنتاجیـة مــن خـالل تحدیــد التركیـز المناســب مـن الجبــرلین والمســتوى .المالئم من السماد 2011) 2( 24بیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط المصادر .جامعة بغداد، وزارة التعلیم العالي والبحث العلمي ، العراق. تصنیف النباتات البذریة). 1989(الكاتب، یوسف منصور . 1 2. newall, c. a.; anderson, l. a. and phillipson, j. d. (1998). herbal m edicines: a guide for health­care p rofessionals. 2 nd ed. london, the pharma ceutical p ress:117­118. 3. barnes, j.; anderson, l. a. and phillipson, j. d. (2002). herbal m edicines: aguide for health care, london. 4. bown, d. (1995). ency clop edia of herbs and their uses. new york, dk p ublishing, inc.: 364 p p . 5. m akai, s.; balatincz, j. and pócza, v. (1999). examinations on biology of germination of the fenugreek (trigonella foenum-graecum l.).acta agronomica óváriensis., 41(1):27­34. ــنعاء، . مركــز عبــادي للدراســات والنشــر. الطبیــة والتـــداوي باألعشــابالنباتــات ). 2001(المیــاح، عبــد الرضــا علــوان 6. صـ .الیمن .بیروت ،لبنان. دار العلم للمالیین. الغذاء ال الدواء). 1985(القباني، صبري .7 8. m ansour, e. h. and el­adowy , t. a. (1994). nutritional p otential and functional prop erties of heat­treated and germinated fenugreek seeds. lebensmittel­wisssenschaft and technologie, 27(6):568­572. مؤسسـة دار الكتــب للطباعـة والنشــر، . فســلجة الخضـراوات). 1986(عبـدول، كـریم صــالح و عبـد العظـیم كــاظم محمـد .9 .جامعة الموصل، العراق الجــزءان االول والثـاني، مؤسســة دار الكتـب للطباعــة والنشــر، . نباتیــةمنظمــات النمـو ال). 1987(عبـدول، كــریم صـالح . 10 .جامعة الموصل، العراق 11. alley , m . l. ; reitew thomason, w. and reiter, m . (2010).pop up / or st arter fertilizer corn. journal of virginia p olytechnic institut e and st ate university . (3002­1438). .جامعة بغداد، وزارة التعلیم العالي والبحث العلمي، العراق. تغذیة النبات التطبیقي). 1989(الصحاف، فاضل حسین .12 13. hunt , r. (1987). plant growt h analysis st udies in biol. no. 96. edward arnold (publ.) limited, london. 14. little, t. m . and hills, f. j. (1978). agricultural exp erimentation design and analysis. john willy and sons, new york. فـــي بعـــض الصـــفات المظهریـــة ) ga3(تـــأثیر تراكیـــز مختلفـــة مـــن حــامض الجبـــرلین ). 2008(عبــاس، عمـــاد داود .15 كــالر، جامعــة /التربیــة رسـالة ماجســتیر، كلیــة). .trigonella foenum-graecum l(والفسـلجیة لنبــات الحلبــة .السلیمانیة، العراق 16. king, r.w.; richard, p. p. and lewis, n. m . (1987). gibberellin in relation to growt h and flowering in pharbitis nil choice. plant phy siol., 84:1126­1131. النمـو للـتحكم فـي خصـائص اإلنبـات والنمـو الخضـري إسـتخدام بعـض منظمـات). 1994(البامرني، سرفزار فتـاح علـي -17 رسـالة ماجســتیر، كلیـة التربیــة جامعـة صــالح ). pisum sativum(واألزهـار واألثمـار لنبــات البزالیـا عدیمــة االوراق .الدین، العراق لـــذرة الصـــفراء تـــأثیر الجبــرلین والسیكوســـیل فــي النمـــو الخضــري والحاصـــل ومكوناتــه ل). 1990(إبــراهیم، ســـعد مارزینــا .18 )zea mays l. .(رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة العلوم، جامعة صالح الدین، العراق. 19. m ahala, h. l. and shaktawat, m . s. (2004). effect of sources and levels of p hosp horus and fym on y ield attribute and nutrienal of maize (zea hays). indian agricultural journal., 25(4):571­579. دراسـة تـأثیر الجـبس فــي النمـو والحالـة الغذائیـة لمحصـول الحنطـة فـي منطقــة ). 1996(السـاعدي، عبـاس جاسـم حسـین 20. .أطروحة دكتوراه،كلیة الزراعة والغابات،جامعة الموصل، العراق. محدودة األمطار 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 21. haghighi, b. j.; xanrmahmodi, z. and alizade, o. (2010). evaluation the effects of biological fertilizer on the p hy siological characterstic and y ield and its comp onents of corn (zea mays l.) under drought st ress. american journal of agriculture and biological science, 5(2):184­193. 22. fatens, a. (2009). effect of urea and some organic acids on p lant growt h fruit y ield and its quality of sweet p epp er (capsium aunum). journal of agriculture and biological science، 5(4):372­379. 23. chudasma, r. s. and thaker, v. s. (2007). relationship between gibberellic acid and growt h p arameters in developing seed and p od of p igeon p ea. journal of braz. plant phy siol., 19(1):43­51. 24. alhadi, f. a. ; yasseen, b. t. and aldubai, a. s. (1997). change in carbohy drate and nitrogen fractions during germination of fenugreek (trigonella foeum-graecum l.) seeds p resoaked in ga3ground under different osmotic p otentials. journal of qut ar university sci., 17(2):221­279. 25. at hed, m .; kan, m . f. ; hamid, a. and hussain, a. (2004). effect of urea, dap and fym on growt h and flowering of (dahlia variabilies). journal of agriculture and biology , (2):393­395. وفتـرة رشـه فـي النمـو وٕانتـاج المـواد الفعالـة لنبـات تـأثیر الصـنف وتركیـز الجبـرلین ). 2007(الشمري، ماهر زكي فیصـل .26 .أطروحة دكتوراه ، كلیة التربیة إبن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد، العراق). .trigonella foenum-graecum l(الحلبة 27. adams, p. a.; m ontague, m . j.; tepfer, m .; ryle, d.l.; kume, h. l. and kuafmen, p.b. (1975). effect of gibberllic acid on the p last icity and elasticity of oven st em segments. plant phy siol., 56:757­760. 28. searle, p. g. e.; comudor, y.; shedden, d. c. and nance, r. a. (1981). effect of maize­ legume intercropp ing sy st ems and fertilizer nitrogen on crop y ields and residual nitrogen. field crop res., 4(2):133­145. 29. al­samerria, i. k. (1983). the effect of nitrogen sup p ly on zinc nutrition of wheat. ph.d. thesis, west ern aust r. univ., nedlands. ). الصنف الهندي(نبات الحلبة ) سم(تأثیر تركیز الجبرلین ومستوى سماد الیوریا وتداخلهما في إرتفاع ) 1(جدول تركیـز حـامض الجبـرلین جزء بالملیون )أصیص/غرام(مستوى سماد الیوریا h1-d60 h2-d104 المعدل 1.00 0.50 0.25 المعدل 1.00 0.50 0.25 0 12.250 15.850 19.400 15.833 26.000 29.505 31.800 29.102 25 17.85518.900 21.050 19.268 35.710 36.800 34.800 35.770 50 19.300 20.800 22.550 20.883 33.100 34.350 32.250 33.233 100 17.550 18.600 20.600 18.917 31.400 33.200 31.650 32.083 32.625 33.464 31.553 20.900 18.538 16.739 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.849=تركیز الجبرلین 0.735=مستوى الیوریا 1.471= التداخل 1.516= تركیز الجبرلین 1.313 =مستوى الیوریا 2.626 =التداخل 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الصـــنف (لنـبـات الحلبــة ) غــرام(ـتـأثیر تركیــز الجبــرلین ومســتوى ســماد الیورـیـا وتـــداخلهما فــي اـلـوزن الجــاف ) 2(جــدول ).الهندي تركیــــــــــز حـــــــــــامض الجبـــــــــــرلین جـــــــــــزء بالملیون )أصیص/غرام(مستوى سماد الیوریا h1-d60 h2-d104 0.25 0.50 1.0 عدل 0 0.2 الم 5 0.50 1.0 عدل 0 الم 0 0.63 5 0.78 5 0.8 10 0.7 43 2.63 0 2.8 85 3.1 00 2.8 72 25 1.37 5 1.54 0 1.8 70 1.5 95 5.23 0 6.3 00 5.3 60 5.6 30 50 1.38 5 1.74 0 1.9 60 1.6 95 4.50 0 4.7 95 4.4 80 4.5 75 100 1.21 0 1.48 5 1.6 30 1.4 42 4.01 0 4.0 60 4.1 95 4.0 88 عدل 1.15 الم 1 1.38 8 1.5 68 4.09 2 4.4 98 4.2 84 lsd (0 .05 0.106 =تركیز الجبرلین ( 0.09=مستوى الیوریا 2 )n.s(غیر معنوي = التداخل 0.1= تركیز الجبرلین 20 0.10 =مستوى الیوریا 4 0.20 =التداخل 8 ).الصنف الهندي(نبات لنبات الحلبة /تأثیر تركیز الجبرلین ومستوى سماد الیوریا وتداخلهما في عدد األفرع) 3(جدول تركیـــــــــــز حــــــــــــامض الجبــــــــــــرلین جــــــــــــزء بالملیون )أصیص/غرام(مستوى سماد الیوریا h1-d60 h2-d104 0.25 0.5 عدل 1.00 0 0.2 الم 5 0.50 1.0 عدل 0 الم 0 1.30 0 1.5 50 1.9 25 1.59 2 2.45 0 2.6 50 3.2 50 2.78 3 25 3.40 0 4.7 00 5.0 50 4.38 3 5.75 0 5.1 00 4.7 50 5.20 0 50 3.35 0 3.7 00 4.2 50 3.76 7 4.75 0 4.4 50 4.2 50 4.48 3 100 3.30 0 3.6 50 3.9 50 3.63 3 4.15 0 4.0 50 3.4 50 3.88 3 عدل 2.83 الم 8 3.4 00 3.7 94 4.27 5 4.0 63 3.9 25 lsd (0 .05 0.12=تركیز الجبرلین ( 0 0.10=مستوى الیوریا 4 0.2= التداخل 08 0.1= تركیز الجبرلین 44 0.12 =مستوى الیوریا 5 0.24 =التداخل 9 ) یــوم/غـرام وزن جـاف/غـرام(تـأثیر تركیـز الجـبرلین ومسـتوى ســماد الیوریـا وتـداخلهما فـي مـعدل النمــو المطلـق ) 4(جـدول ).الصنف الهندي(لنبات الحلبة تركیـز حـامض الجـبـرلین جزء بالملیون )أصیص/غرام(مستویات سماد الیوریا المعدل 1.00 0.50 0.25 0 0.045 0.048 0.052 0.048 25 0.088 0.108 0.079 0.092 50 0.071 0.068 0.057 0.065 100 0.064 0.059 0.058 0.060 0.062 0.071 0.067 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.004=تركیز الجبرلین 0.003=مستوى الیوریا 0.006= التداخل ) یــوم/وزن جـافغـرام /غـرام(تـأثیر تركـیز الجبــرلین ومسـتوى سـماد الیوریـا وتــداخلهما فـي معـدل النمـو النســبي ) 5(جـدول ).الصنف الهندي(لنبات الحلبة تركیـز حــامض الجبـرلین جــزء بالملیون )أصیص/غرام(مستویات سماد الیوریا المعدل 1.00 0.50 0.25 0 0.223 0.355 0.400 0.326 25 0.580 0.612 0.457 0.550 50 0.512 0.436 0.360 0.436 100 0.520 0.437 0.411 0.456 0.407 0.460 0.459 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.028=تركیز الجبرلین 0.024=مستوى الیوریا 0.049= التداخل ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 effect interaction o f gibberellic acid and urea fertilizer on some growth characteristic of fenugreek plant (trigonella foenum-graecum l.) s. m. yase en departme nt of biology, college of education-ibn al-haitham ,unive rsity of baghdad received in: 3, june , 2010 accepte d in:14, december , 2010 abstract a biological exp eriment was conducted to st udy the effect of different concentrations of gibberellic acid and urea fertilizer and their interactions in some characterist ic related to green growt h of fenugreek p lant (trigonella foenum-graecum l.) in the green house of dep artment of biology in college of education (ibn­al­haitham)/baghdad university for the growt h season (2008­2009) in p ots of (5 kgm) soil p er p ot, and four concentrations of gibberellic acid were used, they are (0,25,50,100) p p m, these concentrations were sp rayed after the p erfection of the fourth leaf for the p lant. m oreover, three levels of urea fertilizer were used, they were (0.25, 0.50, 1.00) gm/p ot. these concentrations were added as two p ushes, t he first was added before agriculture and the second was added after (45) days of agriculture. the exp eriment was p erformed according to comp lete random design (crd) and three repeated as the exp eriment has included (36) p ots. the results rep resent t hat t he concentrations (25,50) p p m of gibberellic acid and (0.50, 1.00) gm/p ot of urea fertilizer level lead to significant increasing of characterist ics associated with p lant height and dry weight of fenugreek p lant, while the concentration of gibberellic acid (25 p p m) and urea fertilizer level at (0.50, 1.00) gm/p ot give a significant increase of characterist ics related to absolute growt h mean, relative growt h mean and number of branches related to fenugreek p lant. key words: gibberellic acid, urea fertilizer, plant height, dry weight, absolute growt h mean. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 studying o f optical system includes elliptical aperture point spread function a. b.hassan, h. m. ali departme nt of physics, college of education, ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this work, op tical sy st em with ellip tical aperture using p oint sp read function was st udied. this is due to its comparison with an op tical sy st em with a circular aperture. the present work deals with the theoretical study of intensity distribution within the image. in this work, a sp ecial formula was derived which is called the p oint sp read function (psf) by using a p up il function technique. the work deals with the limited op tical sy st em diffraction only (ideal sy st em), and the sy st em with focal shift. also a graphic relation was founded between eccentricity and the best of focal depth given to at least (80%) of intensity . theory the complex amplitude at any p oint in the image plane [1] is given by: )1...(),( 1 ),( )(2  y x vyuxi dxdyeyxf a vuf  where (u,v)= image plane coord inates (x,y )= xit p up il coordinates a= exit p up il area f(x,y ) is the pup il function [2], which has t he form: ),().,(),( yxikweyxyxf  ),( yx is t he real amp litude dist ribution across wave front which is equal to unity in most cases. (k) t he wave number and equals to  2 . ),( yxw is wave aberration function [3]: )2..()(),( 22 1 2 n n n n yxwyxw   point sp read function (distribution of illuminance in image plane due to p oint source) g(u,v) is given by the squared modulus of complex amplitude [4]whichis: 2 ),(),( vufvug  )3..().,(),( 2 ),(2  y x vyuvi dxdyeyxfvug  we have asy mmetrical intensity distribution in image plane, so we can cancel one of the image plane coordinates (v = 0): ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 (z) is a disp lacement coordinate which equ als t o (z=2πu) n is a normalizing constant, where g (0) =1 the pup il function condition using elliptical aperture equation [shown in fig (1)] )5..( 10 1 ),( 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ),(                b y a x b y a x e yxf yxikw where a= π, and ellipse area (a=abπ), so (ab=1) subst itut e eq (5) into eq (4): for a diffraction – limited sy st em (aberration free sy stem ), where w(x,y )=0 )7...(1)0( 2 1 1 22 22        by by yaax yaax dxdyng when we solve equ ation [7] by (gauss quadrrature method): 2 1  n we substitute n into eq (6): 2 1 1 2 22 22 1 )(        by by yaax yaax izx dxdyezg  )8...()]sin()[cos( 1 )( 2 1 1 2 22 22                by by yaax yaax dxdyzxizxzg  the term (isin (zx)) into eq (8) was canceled because (sin) is odd function. )9...()cos( 1 )( 2 1 1 2 22 22                by by yaax yaax dxdyzxzg  )4..().,()( 2  y x izxdxdyeyxfnzg 2 1 1 22 22 ).,()(        by by yaax yaax izx dxdyeyxfnzg )6..()( 2 1 1 22 22        by by yaax yaax izx dxdyenzg ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 the equation (9) refers t o ideal sy st em (free aberration sy stem). now consider havin g a lon gitudinal focal shift (aberrated sy st em): following the same p rocedures; the intensity is given by : )9..( 2 221 221 )]22(22sin [ 2 221 221 )]22(22cos [2 1 )(                                  by by yaax yaax dxdyyxwzx by by yaax yaax dxdyyxwzxzg   results and discussion twenty p oint gauss quadrature were used [5] to evaluate the integral in eq (8). the results thus obtained for the normalized intensity are given in table (1), it shows the available values of p arameter (a) [consider area of aperture (a) which alway s equals to (π)] and asy mmetric intensity distribution for it, when (a=1) (circular aperture) and (1.5 , 2 , 2.5) for ellip tical aperture. fig (2) shows how the diffraction p att ern for a circular aperture varies with a p att ern of ellip tical aperture, so that the radius of the intensity distribution for ellip tical aperture is smaller than for a circular aperture. thus the central p eak of the intensity is sharp er for ellip tical aperture, so the resolution of the ellip tical aperture should be bett er than of the circular ap erture. fig. (3) shows the focal shift for a circular aperture which varies with an ellip tical aperture, that t he dep th of focus for a circular aperture is bett er than for the elliptical aperture. finally; fig (4) shows t he relationship between eccentricity (e) for ellipse aperture and the best of focal dep th which gives (80%) of intensity , that t he tolerance of focal shift was bett er when decrease aperture flatting (app roaches to a circular aperture), that means the eccentricity app roaches to zero re ferences 1 .horitz, p. (1976).appl. opt. 15:167-171 2.barakat, r. (1998). opt. commun. 156 (4):235-239 3.kinter, e.c. j. m odern. (1999). op t. 46:1031-1042 4.refrgier, a. ; m cmahon, r.g. and helfand, d.j. (2000) j.opt . soc. am. 17:1185-1191 5.al-jizany, a.b. (2001) m sc. thesis (baghdad university ). )(),( 222 yxwyxw  2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة منظمة بصریة تحتوي فتحة بیضویة باستخدام دالة االنتشار النقطیة هبه ممتاز علي،عالء بدر حسن الجیزاني جامعة بغداد ، تربیة ابن الهیثم كلیة ال، قسم الفیزیاء ةصالخال تحتـوي فتحــة بیـضویة باسـتخدام دالــة االنتـشار النقطیـة ، وتمــت مقارنـة النتـائج مــع تمـت دراسـة منظومــة بـصریة فـي مـستوى الـصورة ، واشـتقاق صـیغة هذا البحث مع دراسة نظریـة لتوزیـع الـشدة یتعامل . فتحة دائریة يمنظومة بصریة ذ النظــام (البحــث مــع منظومــة بــصریة محــددة بــالحیود فقــط تعامــل باســتخدام تقنیــة دالــة البؤبــؤ ،ة للفتحــة البیــضویة خاصــ . خطأ بؤري و، ومنظومة ذ) المثالي عالقـة بیانیـة تـربط عامـل االخـتالف وجـدتإن االخـتالف المركـزي للفتحـة البیـضویة هـو دالـة لمقـدار تفلطـح الفتحـة ، ومنهـا .األقلمن الشدة على ) %80(وسماحیة الخطأ البؤري التي تعطي ) e(المركزي ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (1): inte nsity distributi on in a circul ar and elliptical aperture (ps f) z a=1(circle) a=1.5 a=2 a=2.5 -10 0.0000768 0.000752 0.000046 0.000097 -9 0.0029791 0.000032 0.000432 0.000015 -8 0.0034486 0.001381 0.00013 0.000046 -7 0.0000016 0.000223 0.000366 0.000345 -6 0.0084941 0.002979 0.001381 0.000752 -5 0.0171527 0.001306 0.000076 0.000697 -4 0.0010863 0.008494 0.003449 0.000076 -3 0.0511216 0.010533 0.008494 0.001306 -2 0.3326821 0.051122 0.001086 0.017153 -1 0.7746855 0.553501 0.332682 0.158195 0 1.0001215 1.000122 1.000122 1.000122 1 0.7746855 0.553501 0.332682 0.158195 2 0.3326821 0.051122 0.001086 0.017153 3 0.0511216 0.010533 0.008494 0.001306 4 0.0010863 0.008494 0.003449 0.000076 5 0.0171527 0.001306 0.000076 0.000697 6 0.0084941 0.002979 0.001381 0.000752 7 0.0000016 0.000223 0.000366 0.000345 8 0.0034486 0.001381 0.00013 0.000046 9 0.0029791 0.000032 0.000432 0.000015 10 0.0000768 0.000752 0.000046 0.000097 table (2): axial intensity for circul ar and elliptical aperture w20 a=1(circle) a=1.5 a=2 a=2.5 0 1.000122 1.000122 1.000122 1.000122 0.2 0.875232 0.636018 0.255324 0.161672 0.4 0.572814 0.200478 0.137527 0.085907 0.6 0.254552 0.125858 0.083003 0.05337 0.8 0.054673 0.080299 0.054111 0.036835 1 0 0.042107 0.039839 0.030017 1.2 0.024324 0.029903 0.030451 0.059813 1.4 0.046765 0.013408 0.032086 0.064329 1.6 0.035791 0.009179 0.021195 0.051075 1.8 0.010794 0.004254 0.009275 0.002354 2 0 0.00365 0.032252 0.001014 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.(1): elliptical aperture -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 z g(z) a=1 a=1.5 a=2 a=2.5 fig. (2): intensity distributi on in a circul ar and elliptical aperture (ps f) a=π b a ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 w20 g(w) a=1 a=1.5 a=2 a=2.5 fig. (3): axial intensity for a circular and elliptical aperture 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0.040.070.10.110.130.190.240.250.260.27 w20 e fig. (4): rel ationship between eccentricity (e) and the best focal depth which gives (80%) of intensity 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد so و solanidine يالتوصیف الفیزیوكیمیائي والطیفي لمركب lasodine solanum(نبات عنب الذیب والمنقاة جزئیا منالفعالة بایولوجیا nigrum( ساعور كوكب یعقوب ، ، محمد عباس فیاض علي صادق محمد جامعة بغداد ،كلیة العلوم ،قسم التقنیات االحیائیة كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،سم علوم الحیاة ق جامعة بغداد ،كلیة الصیدلة ،فرع الكیمیاء الصیدالنیة الخالصة ب المستخلصة من ثمار واوراق القلویدیة التوصیف الفیزیوكیمیائي والطیفي لبعض المركبات ث بحتضمن ال نبات عن ة ی ،المنتشرة في العراق وهو احد اكثر االعشاب الطبیة ،) solanum nigrum(الذیب عود للعائلة الباذنجانی )solanaceae .(الحوامض المركزة من عمالباست القلویدیة الخام اجریت عملیة التحلل المائي الحامضي للمركباتh2so4 , hcl l للحصول على الجزء القلویدي)aglycon (للمركبjj ات والتي اعطیت الرموز لها)c, b, a ( مكونات انها تماثل ) c, b,a(الفیزیوكیمیائي للمركبات المنقاة جزئیاالتوصیف اوضح . سترویدیة مستخلصة ومفصولة سابقا على صفائح ) rf(وقیم الجریان النسبي ) m.p(نصهار تغایرت فیما بینها بدرجات االو القلویدات السترویدیة في صفاتها ). ir(وكذلك طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء ) uv-visible(المرئیة ةجیوطیف االشعة فوق البنفس) tlc(السلیكا الجاهزة ما دل فی ،بقمة واحدة مما یدلل على نقاوته العالیة) a(ظهورالمركب ) hplc(كما اوضحت تقنیة السائل ذي االداء العالي solanidin تناظر القیمة النظریة لمركب) (aالعملیة للمركب ةان القیم ).c.h.n(التحلیل الدقیق للعناصر c27h43no وتناظر مركب c27h43no2 solasodine للمركب)c (تحلیل طیف الكتلة من اجراء أثبتوهذا ما)m s ( د /بداللة الكتلة) m/z 397(الذي دل ان له وزنا جزئیا یعادل ) a(للمركب الشحنة والذي یعادل الوزن الجزیئي للقلوی )solanidine.( المقدمة تعد مركبات القلویدات من اهم المجامیع الفعالة بایولوجیا في عالم الدواء والعالج بالنباتات التي لمعظمها تاثیر ظمها مواد قاتلة او مثبطة لنمو االحیاء مع دكما تع [1]فسیولجي في الكائن الحي حتى وان وجدت بكمیات ضئیلة تكون و ، االجزاء النباتیة وحسب النوع النباتيفي معظم انواعها توجد القلویدات على اختالف. [2] المجهریة المختلفة د )الكافئیین،الكولشیسین ،المورفین (:مثل على هیئة امالح الحماض عضویة على الغالب ونادرا ما تكون بصورة حرة وق ــــال یمان معظمها عد ،)سائل_النیكوتین(تكون بشكل صلب متبلور ماعدا ظها ـولبع) اصفر اللون_الكولشیسین (لون ماعدا ـ ــــوتنتشر في الع ]1[ حریف(طعم مر buxaceae, verst(مثل وائل النباتیة ـــ rum, ap ocynaceae, liliaceae, solan aceae 2010) 1( 23ة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف . ]cephalodiscus, zoanthi ]3) (مثل ،تتواجد في بعض الفقریات البحریةكما ، وغیرها) س هابصورةعامة بان) solanum(تمتاز قلویدات الجنس النباتي من طراز یختلف عن باقي قلویدات اجنا solan◌ٍ (العائلة aceae (ستیرویدیة قلویدات بكونها نفرداذ ت، االخرى )steroidal alkalo id ( ، تكون في بینما atقلویدات نوع خرى مناال االجناس rop ane alkaloid, indol alkalo id )( ] 4[ ت هابانتعرف كما من قلویدا steroidal gly(ال coalkaloid ( كاربون لاوذلك الرتباط وحدة واحدة من السكریات او اكثر بذرة)c3( للهیكل التركیبي و، ]5[ ولوجیةالیها تعزى الفعالیة البایو نفسهللهیكل )c17(بذرة كاربون ) alkaloid(وارتباط قاعدة نایتروجینیة ، للستروید .االشكال الجزیئیة الهم المركبات القلویدیة المتوقع فصلها من هذا النوع ) 1(الشكل یوضح احتوائه على ) solanum nigrum( عنب الذئب لتي تناولت التركیب الكیمیاوي لنباتاكدت المصادر العلمیة ا ت :(الى جانب مركبات فعالة اخرى مثل [ 6 ] قلویدات سترویدیة بدرجة كبیرة وبكمیات وفیرة الفالفو نینات والصابونینا solanine ,so( اتالقلویدات السترویدیة بالمركب وتتمثل .)الخ.… lasodine (ثانویة مركبات مركبات رئیسة كما هناك sp(بـ من نوع الكلیكوسیدیة المتمثلة irostanol furostan, ( فضال عن)(flavonoid , steroidal saponins . الكمي ولتغایرها ] 7[رلتحضیر العقاقی "نواةالمتزاید هاعمالفي الدراسات الصیدالنیة والستوالهمیة هذه المركبات فقد كرست جهود الباحثین الختیارالنوع النباتي ، ) solanum(لجنس العائدة نواعالابنسب متغایرة في ولتوزعها والنوعي وكذلك على النباتدون غیره اعتمادا على حصیلته االنتاجیة في اجزاء من كثر مالئمة النتاج قلوید سترویدي معیناال استخدام او ] 8[ ،الخ....ونوع النبات ،التسمید،الحرارة : ( مثل باتانتاجیة الن فيالظروف البیئیة الخاصة التي تؤتر وللفعالیة البیولوجیة المثبتة ضد كثیر من االحیاء المجهریة . in vitro ([9](مخبریا تقنیات زراعة االنسجة النباتیة . [11]ة لالورام فضال عن اهمیةهذه المركبات مواد مضاد ]10[ المرضیة لعدد من مستخلصات هذا النبات ــــاهتم ــــ ــــیة الجزئیة لمســنقــتالة بـت هذه الدراســـ ــــنب الــــات عـــار واالوراق لنبـتخلصات الثمـ ) solanum nigrum(ذیب ــــ ــــللحصـول علــى مركبـات قلوی ــــمركب السـیماو دیة ســترویدیة ــ ق ائــر بط ا موتوصــیفه solasodine) (و ) solanidine( ى ـــ ــــویمكن ان تعد هذه الدراسة متفـردة فـي الق.مختلفة الفزیوكیمیائي والطیفي باستخدام تقنیات التوصیف طر بهـذا االتجـاه مـع ـــ ــــع ــــ ــــوصع یاسیة من المركبات القلویدیةق فر عیناتادم تو ــ ــــ ن ان ترسم الخطوط العریضة لكثیر مـن ــــویمك.توفیرها وبةــــ ــــبحـوث المال ـــتات الطبیــه التــى تقــــالنباتــتزایدة بــ دون االهتمــام بتنقیتهــا مــن علــى المستخلصــات الخــام ودراســة فعالیتهــا تصرــ ـــــوناتها الكیمیائیة .ومعرفة مكـ المواد وطرائق العمل -: االستخالص والتنقیة الجزئیة )غم 100( نقعت فیها اوزان متساویة )مستخلصات قلویدیة خامللحصول على (نظم من المذیبات ةثالث البحث عتمدا د . جمعت من بساتین منطقة الكریعات ببغداد ) عنب الذئب (النبات المعروف محلیا ب من مسحوق اوراق وثمار وق تحلل المائي بعد اجراء عملیة ال) a,b,c(الرموز خام اللصات ـــمستخوالناتجة عن ال تخاصات المنقاة جزئیاـطیت المســــاع -:وكما یاتي ، لغرض فصل وتنقیة المركبات القلویدیة منها، [ 12 ],[10] الحامضي لها -a ( بنسبة ) ماء مقطر، استیك اسد ،بمذیب بمیثانول(ناتج من نقع المسحوق ب مستخلص مسحوق اوراق النبات 1:1:1.( -b 1:1(بنسبة )كلورفورم ،ب بمیثانول بمذی (ناتج من نقع المسحوق ب مستخلص مسحوق اوراق النبات.( -c1:1(بنسبة )%2استیك اسد ، 90%بمذیب ایثانول (ناتج من نقع المسحوق ب مستخلص الثمار الجافة للنبات.( وجمع طبقته c6h6ماع الفصل مع مذیب البنزین قستخدام ا با وخلصات كل على حدة عوملت المست، [12][2 ] ف الدوار تم الحصول على مستخلص جاف خام یحوي القلویدات الكلیة الذي اجریت له عملیة التحلل وباستخدام المجف ر a,b,cالمائي الحامضي للحصول على القلویدات المنقاة جزئیا بحث ولمزید من التفاصیل یراجع المصد وهي قید ال ]10[. للمركبات المنقاة جزئیا )rf(تحدید قیم السریان النسبي ــــمن صالمركبات على نوعین تفصل ــــفائح السیلكا الجـ chromatogram a، chromatogram b اهزة هي ـــ -:ولنوعین من المحالیل طور متحرك toluene:ethy :االول le acetate :diethy lamine 7:2 .]2[ باعتماد طریقة 1: chloroform:m:الثاني ethanol 19:1 واستخدم كاشف دراجندروف لرش االلواح بعد انتهاء .[13] باعتماد طریقة [14] . التجربة وتعطي القلویدات بقعا باللون البنفسجي والطیفيالتوصیف الفیزیوكیمیائي melting pتعین درجات االنصهار للمركبات المنقاة جزئیا -1 oint m.p .).( باسـتخدام خالیـا ند درجـة حـرارة الغرفـةـاس عــــتـم القی) .u vvisible(بطیـف قیـاس االطیـاف االلكترونیـة المتمثلـة 2 ) نـانومتر190-800(بـین وحدد الطیـف االلكترونـي للمركبـات ضـمن المنطقـة المحصـورة ، )1cm(مسار ضوئي يسلیكا ذ .زالكلوروفورم من) ملیلتر1(من العینة في ) ملیغرام1(بعد اذابة infra red sp)مـراءس االشـعة تحـت الح قیـا -3 ectrum ir) للمركبـات )a,b( المحصـورة المنطقـة من ـضـ ) .سم 600-4000(نبی carlo erbo mباسـتخدام جهـاز chn analysisالتحلیـل الـدقیق للعناصـر -4 icro analyzer ، فـي كلیـة الصـیدلة فــي جـــنس ن المركبـــات المنقــاة جزئیــا المتوقعــة قورنــت النتــائج العملیــة مـــع نتــائج التحلیــل النظــري لعــدد مــ جامعــة بغــداد solanum) .( وذلــك یحقـن العینــة فــي عمــود hplcتقـدیر نقــاوة المركبــات باسـتخدام تنقیــة كراموتوكرافیــا الســائل ذي االلفـة العالیــة -5 m(مال طور متحرك ــــوباستع c18carbohydrateالجهاز من النوع ethanoltris buffer 88:12 ( 7.2عند p h اجـري الفحـص فـي دائـرة الرقابــة (. وبدرجـة حـرارة الغرفـة، ) نـانومتر205(وطـول مـوجي ) دقیقـة/ملیمتـر1.5(وبسـرعة جریـان )فقط aالدوائیة وللمركب m)تحلیل طیف الكتلة -6 ass spectrum m s) ،تحلیل طیف الكتلة لتقدیر الوزن الجزیئـي للمركـب يجر أ )a( )الجامعة االردنیة / في كلیة الصیدلة . aبعد النتائج المشجعة لنقاوة المركب الشحنة /ة بداللة الكتل النتائج والمناقشة لغـرض ) solanum nigrum(جافـة مـن نبـات عنـب الـذیب اللثمـار االوراق و لـ ات خـام مستخلصـ ةت ثالثعملاست وقد اعطینا لهـذه المركبـات ، ا وتوصیفها توصیفا فزیوكیمیائیا وطیفیاللمركبات القلویدیة السترویدیة منه) جزئیة(فصل وتنقیة اجریت علـى المستخلصـات الخـام بعـض الكشـوفات الكیمیائیـة للتحقـق مـن طبیعتهـا الكیمیاویـة .[c, b, a]المختلفة الرموز لـت الناتجــة عــن التنقیــة واســتخدمت التقنیـات االتیــة لتوصــیف المركب.]10[خــاص واحتوائهـا علــى المركبــات القلویدیـة بشــكل -:الجزئیة :-)tlc(لمركبات باستخدام تقنیة كراموتكرافیا الطبقة الرقیقة ل (rf)نتائج تحدید قیم الجریان النسبي 1 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بعـد فحصــها د مواقــع البقـع المنتشـرة وقیاســها ورسـمها علـى اوراق شــفافة االلـواح بعــد انتهـاء مـن التجربــة بتحدیـ اختبـرت [ ،[13] ، االخرمنها بكاشف دراجنـدروف هابعضسم منها الى بخار االیودین ورش قتعریض تحت االشعة فوق البنفسجیة و فـي حـین ، فو ر دراجنـد قبـل رشـها بكاشـف) uv(أي لـون او اسـتجابة عنـد تعریضـها لالشـعة البقع القلویدیـة لم تظهر .14] ــــللم) المفصـولة(بقع الظـاهرة ــــالـذي یؤكـد ان ال ین االیـود بخـارهر معظمها بعد غمرها بــظ هـي قلویـدات ) c, b, a(ركبات ـ [13 ] سجیافاظهرت لونا برتقالیا اوبنف و ر سترویدیة وعند رشها بكاشف دراجند بقعتــین واضــحتینوجـود ) a(نــوع مالظــاهرة علـى الــواح الكرامـوتكرااالول و المتحـرك لطوربــا المفصـولةالبقــع اظهـرت ماعدا ) 0.85_0.95(بین الهم) rf(تراوحت قیم) c, b, a(جزئیا ةللمركبات المنقا ومتمیزتین مرااسـتخدام الـواح كرامـوتك عنـد مـا ا ,)0.96( تسـاوى) rf(وغیر متمیـزة وبقیمـة ةفكانت صغیر ) a(البقعة الثانیة للمركب .بقعة واحدة متمیزة لكل مركب) c, b, a(فقد اظهرت المركبات ) b(نوع فقـد اظهـر بقعــة واحـدة لجمیـع المركبــات )b,a(نــوع مامـا عنـد اسـتخدام الطــور المتحـرك الثـاني مــع صـفائح كرامـوتكرا ة یـالنظـام المتحـرك االول اكثـر كفاوهذا یعنـى ان .نفسها في الطور المتحرك االولأ) rf(قیم يوذ )c, b, a(جزئیا ةالمنقا وجــود اكثـر مــن مركـب ضــمن المركبـات الخــام یؤكـد و ،فـي فصـل وتنقیــة هـذه المركبــات مـن نظــام الطـور المتحــرك الثـاني .من الناحیة الكیمیائیة على الواح السلیكا تغایر المركبات المفصولةو یكا لیالیهــا البحــوث الخــتالف نــوع الســ التــي اشــارت) rf(لــم تتفــق لجمیــع البقــع الظــاهرة مــع أي مــن قــیم) rf(ان قـیم .التجربة وكذلك نوع المركبات التي تم فصلها التي تتطلبها ة او سمكها ونوعها وكذلك عدم توافر بعض المحالیلعملالمست ة مع المركبات الخام من المقارنباستخدمت نتائج هذه التجربة للتحقق من نقاوة المركبات التي تم تنقیتها جزئیا لذا فقد الخام للمركبات) rf(قیم فيتغایر ال سبب اعزى الذى] 16[ التي حصل علیها نفسها تحت الظروف .لها) rf(حیث قیم تباین و وتقارب صیغها الجزئیة من جهة ) s. nigrum(الطبیعة الكیمیائیة للمركبات القلویدیة التي یحتویها النبات الى .عن قابلیة ذوبانها في نظام الطورین المتحركین االول والثانيفضال ،من جهة اخرىصفائح السلیكا قابلیة امتزازها على .لها) rf(مما جعل ظهور المركبات القلویدیة متقاربة في قیم prepللمركبات المفصولة باستخدام السلیكا جل المحضرة اعتمدت هذه الحقائق في التنقیة الحزئیة arative silica gel لفصل المركبات المنقاة جزئیا )a,b,c ( واعادة تذویبها في محالیل االستخالص في هذا البحث بقشطها .وبلورتها بعملیة التحلل المائى الحامضى ) c, b, a(تعیین درحات االنصهار للمركبات 2 m(قیاس درجات االنصهار ت تقنیةاستخدمت elthing pointm.p الفیزیوكیمیائیة تواحدة من الصفاكونها توصف ). الواحد بتغایر نوع المذیب قد تتغایر للمركب والقلویدیة ،اال انها ]17[یة عد خاصیة ممیزة للمركبات العضو وتلمركبات ل )c, b, a(المنقاة جزئیا دیةالمركبات القلوی. كانت درجة االنصهاراذ ]18[والبلورة في عملیة االستخالص لمعالمست .على التوالي) ْم 210و 204و 198( ي (s. khasianum ) الكلیكوسیدیة المنقاة من النبات ان القلویداتالى ]18[اشار مثل المركب القلوید )solasodine ( له درجة انصهار بحدود)(اما القلویدات الكلیكوسیدیة في جنس، )مْ 200solanum (مثل ) solan inα (انصهارتتراوح بین اتدرج الهف)(مركب اما.)195-285chacon ine α (ر ف له درجة انصها solan(للقلوید ) °م 290(بـ [15]بینما حددها ،[18] )مْ 243(تقدر in.( فر أي معلومات اخرى عن اونظرا لعدم تو س ان تكون المركبات التي تم التوصل فمن المتوقع) (solanumدرجات انصهار المركبات االخرى الموجودة في جن 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الیها هي مركبات قلویدیة كونها تنحصر ضمن هذه المدیات في حدود درجات انصهار القلویدات السترویدیة العائدة لهذا .الكیمائي الختالف درجات االنصهار المسجلة فضال عن التوقع بیغایرها في الشكل الجنس . )b, a (المرئیة للمركبات المتبلورة –قیاسات طیف االشعة فوق البنفسجیة -3 القلیویدیین الكالیكوسیدیین التي یمكن قیاسها ضمن ) b,a(للمركبین ) λ max (لتحدید قیم االمتصاص العظمى یم قد اظهر ق) a(یتبین ان المركب االخرى ومن نتائج قیاس تلك االطیاف .)نانومتر190-700(الطول الموجي من -245(االطوال الموجیة القصیرة والمحصورة قیمها بین اعلى من يذ uv) (امتصاص عظمى في منطقة االشعة m( قیمة امتصاص العظمى ) 2(الشكل یوضح ف، )نانومتیر200 ax-λ ( للمركب)a ( عند طول موجي)ترنانوم238 ( بلغت قیمة ) نانومتر 300(وظهور بقعة اخرى في عند طول الموجي ، وهو ذو نقاوة عالیة 1.56كانت فقد ظهرت ) 3(الشكل ) b(اما المركب .ولم تظهر أي قمة اخرى ضمن االشعة الرئیسة، 0.24امتصاصهاالعظمى ولم تسجل ) 1.70,1.76(على التوال ا العظمى محیث بلغت قیمة امتصاصه) نانومتر305,240(قمتان في طول موجي ل الموجیة االخرى لمركب القلویدي الخام المتبلور نتیجة لفقد اعتمد على ) c(اما المركب ، أي امتصاص على بقیة االطوا وهي قیمة مقبولة الى خلل في الجهاز نامومیتر لحدوث 232.0 امتصاص عند الطول الموجى عنه الذى اظهر اعلى قمة .)4(حد ما شكل من ان معظم القلویدات الكالیكوسیدیة التابعة لجنس ] [20ذكره االحصول علیها تتفق م ان البیانات التي تم )solanum ( تفتقد الى وجود مجامیع حاملة للون)chromophoric group s( ، لذا هي تمتص في نهایة االطوال المرئي اعلى من فظهور قیم امتصاص اخرى في مناطق الطیاما .)نانومتر200-245(الموجیة القصیرة والمحصورة بین كما ، فیمكن ان تعزى الى لون المستخلص الخام الناتج ان عملیة تنقیة المركبات وذلك بعد عملیة التبلور) نانومتر 400( ت لذا ان فقدان المجامیع الحاملة للون في هذین المركبین یجعل استخدام الكواشف ال) 2,1(مبین في الشكل خاصة بالقلویدا pc-t(ال امرا مهما الظهارها على صفائح lc ( ر مثل مزیج حامض الكبریتیك فكاشف دراجندرو مثل او أي كاشف اخ anis aldelyاوكاشف ،مع المیثانول) (10 % de h2s04] ]2 [ او استخدام مركبات متبلورة من)blankop hor او tino pal([21] ، ن غیرها من القلویداتمة تمیز القلویدات الكالیكوسیدیة معقدات ملونتكون هذه الكواشف الخاصة اذ ، .واظهارها على صفائح الكراماتوكرافیا كل حسب طبیعة تكوینه مع الكاشف الخاص به ) max -λ(هي مركبات سترویدیة التي اعطت تغیرا واضحا في قیم) b, a( ین ان المركبنستخلص من هذه النتائج visible-u(ة طیف االشع ضمن v (ة ئمما یعزى انها مركبات متغایرة في طبیعة التركیب الكیمیا ي او المجامیع الفعال . فیها اال انها تشترك في كونها انماط متقاربة من القلویدات السترویدیة ir(infera red sp(تحلیل طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء 4actram للمركبین)b, a. ( مدة لتشخیص المركبات العضویة من خالل تمطیافیة االشعة تحت الحمراء كونها احدى الطرق المع استخدمت تقنیة functional group(تحدید مناطق امتصاص المجامیع الوظیفیة الفعالة s ( لالستدالل على مدى نقاوة المركبات 12[االولى اتجة عن طریقة االستخالصوقد طبقت هذه التقنیة مع المركبات الن. المفصولة من خالل شكل الحزم وقممها وقد اظهر التحلیل الطیفي ) b, a(والمركبات الناتجة عنها بفعل التحلل المائي الحامضي وهي المركبات المنقاة جزئیا . ] د ). 5 ,6(لهذه المركبات باألشكال ) ir(لل اما مواقع حزم االمتصاص لهذه المركبات اعاله واالشكال الناتجة عنها فق . 1)( ت في الجدول ذكر وجود تماثل عن" الضف، حظ وجود تغایر في مواقع االمتصاص لبعض المجامیع الفعالةلو ]17[عتمادا على نتائجاو لذا ، ائي الحامضيوالمركبات الناتجة عنها بفعل التحلل الم ]16 [ الممیزةبین المركبات الخام في بعض مواقع االمتصاص . وجود تغایر في الصبغ الجزئیة لهذه المركبات دلة علىأیمكن اعتمادها 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد -,cn,co(الممثلة المتصاص مجامیع ) cm¹ 600 -1350(ولوجود امتصاص لمواقع الحزم الواقعة ضمن المطقة ch,oh, (بصمة اصابع ممیزة دوالتي تع)finger printing (عظم ـــثیرا مـــه كـــترویدیة تشابـبات القلویدیة السـللمرك salsol(ومنها مركب [17]ـيـرت فــات التي ذكــبـركــالم idine hy drochloride dehy drate , solanine ( شكل)7 ( حظ ان طیف المركبات لو كما ). s. nigrum( وعومنها الن) solanum(لكونها المركبات االكثر شیوعا في الجنس وهذه من االدلة ، ]16[ قد اظهرت قمما وحزما اكثر وضوحا من المركبات الخام التي انتجت منها) b, a(المتبلورة حزم لومن متابعة المواقع . التحلل المائي الحامضي لعملیة التنقیة التي اتبعت في هذه الدراسة طریقة ةیاالخرى على كفا فیما ) solanidine(یتوقع ان طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمركب االول معبرا لمركب ) b, a(االمتصاص للمركبین solasodin(یكون معبرا لمركب e (من طبیعة المركبات المتبلورةمن حیث محتواها من ثبتوللت. في المركب الثاني)n, h, c (اجري التحلیل الدقیق لعناصر بعض المركبات . c.h.n any(التحلیل الدقیق للعناصر 5lsis (مركبات المنقاة جزئیالل)c, a( at(استخدمت تقنیة االمتصاص الذري omic absorp tion ( لتشخیص المركبین)c, a ( للتعرف على القیم)العملیة ( c.h.n any(النتروجین، الهیدروجین، التي تمثل التحلیل الدقیق لعناصر الكاربون lsis (ة التى بمقارنتها مع القیم النظری ان المركب ) 2(یتبین من الجدول ، یمكن التوصل الى اقرب المركبات المفصولة المحسوبة القرب المركبات المتوقعة solan(هو االقرب لمركب ) a(المفصول idine ( ذي الصیغة الجزئیةc27h43no ، مما یدعم توقعنا لنتیجة طیف )ir (المركب المفصول بینما یمثل، لهذا المركب)c ( وهو االقرب لمركب)solasodine ( ذي الصبغة الجزیئیة c27h43no2 ). ولم یتم اجراء هذا التحلیل للمركبات المنقاة)b ((ونظرا لدخول عناصر ). لتعذر ذلك( n,h,c مكونات كما ان النتائج التي تم الحصول .لذا یعد استخدام هذه التقنیة امرا شائعا لتحلیل هذه المركبات، ]23[ي قلوید رئیسة ال وهذا امر متوقع نظرا ، للمركبات القلویدیة السترویدیة) aglycons(او) alkamines(علیها لهذه المركبات تشیر الى انها ت تالجراء عملیة التحلل المائي الحامضي للتخلص من االجزاء السكریة المرتبطة بالمركبات المفصولة بشكل مس خلصا ان المركبات التي تم الكشف عنها وتحلیلها على قدر كبیر من النقاوة نظرا ، كن التوقع من نتائج هذه التجربةكما یم. خام ) n, h, c(لعناصر) العملیة(اذ كانت النسبة الئویة ،للمركبات المفصولة )العملیة(لتقارب القیم النظریة مع القیم فهي ) c(للمركب ) العملیة(اما القیم). solanidine(المركب ها فيأنفستقارب النسب المئویة للعناصر )a(للمركب .)2( جدول ) solasodine(في المركب ) n, h, c(مقاربة للنسب المئویة النظریة لعناصر )hplc(باستخدام تنقیة ) a(تقدیر نقاوة المركب 6اســتخدمت . مــن خـالل النقـاط السـابقة) solanidine(المتوقـع انـه ) a(بعـد الـدالئل التـي تـوافرت عــن نقـاوة المركـب على الرغم من عـدم تـوافر عینـات قیاسـیة للمركبـات ، لتحدید مدى نقاوة هذا المركب(hplc) تقنیة السائل ذي االداء العالي من ان اعتمــاد الطــور المتحــرك المحضـــر .ولــم یجــر مــع المركبــات المنقــاة االخــرى) solanum(القلویدیــة التــي تعــود لجــنس ــــتمده لتحــــظم المعــنـونه افضل الــجراء هذا التحلیل كال [20] هذه لیل ـ ة ، المركبات عند استخدام هذه التقنیة اذ اشار الى انه افضل نظم االذابة المستخدمة لفصل الكلوكوسیدات االحادی ).aglycones(كامینات او مایعرف بفضال عن االل والثنائیة والثالثیةعن بعضها rt ((1.48(وعند زمن االحتجاز ) a( ظهور قمة واحدو متمیزة وحادة لعموم المركب) 8(الشكل من یتبین mint) retention time ، ــــزم ندــعوظهور قیم امتصاص یكاد یكون معدوما .)mint 2,67 , 4.43(جاز ــن االحتــ 2010) 1( 23ن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة اب ة یكما تدلل على كفا .تدل داللة واضحة على النقاوة العالیة للمركب المفصول (a)ان ظهور قمة واحدة ومتمیزة للمركب acid hy)طریقة التحلل المائي الحامضي drolysis)، وطریقة السلیكا المحضرة)prep arative tlc (ن یاللت .المركب ااعتمدتا لتنقیة المركب الخام الذي فصل منه هذ mبداللة طیف الكتلة ) a(ن الوزن الجزیئي للمركب یتعی 7 ass sp ectra solan(انه والمتوقع) a(استخدمت تقنیة طیف الكتلة للمركب idine ( بعد الدالئل التي تشیر الى نقاوته العالیة . ذلك لتعذر اذ لم یتم اجراؤها مع بقیة المركبات المنقاة جزئیا، تم التطرق الیها في الفقرات السابقة والتي یعد طیف الكتلة من الطرق الفیزیوكیمیائیة المهمة التي استخدمت حدیثا في تطبیقات تشخیص المركبات اذ یعتمد على تبخیر المركبات ،)m/z(بة الكتلة الى الشحنةوالتي یستفاد منها لتعیین الوزن الجزیئي بقیاس نس، العضویة .] 23[) 1000 اقل من(االوزان الجزیئیة الواطئة يذ fragmentation p(اذ تتوضح فیه نماذج التجزئة ) a(طیف الكتلة للمركب لنتیجة ) 9(یبین الشكل attern ( او االوزان الجزیئیة لالیونات ) m/z 272 ,204 ,150 ,98 ,55(القمم فیما تمثل ، االنشطارات الناتجة عن المركب المتاین %, 25 %(وبوفرة نسبیة )m/z 204(اعظمها وتلیها القمة) m/z 150(كما تمثل القمة . الناتجة عن انشطار المركب شابه في تیظهر انشطارات م) solanidine(من ان قلوید [24]ان اقرب تفسیر لهذا الطیف ما ذكره .على التوالي)100 ما یظهر وزنا جزیئیا ــاذ ینشطر الشكل المتباین لهذا القلوید الى ایونین غیر متناظرین في الوزن الجزیئي احداه، هاأنفسالقیم ).10(كما في المخطط الموضح في الشكل ) m/z 150(جزیئي ــوزن الــــواالخر له ال) m/z 204(قدره )11(فقد امكن وضع المخططات الموضحة في الشكل، )a(جزئة للمركب المفصول اما االلیة المتوقعة لنماذج الت ه ، سیر االیونات الناتجة عن عملیة التجزؤ مع قیم اوزانها الجزیئیةـلتف .]26[ ] 25[،اعتمادا على ما ورد في التي تشاب ). solanidine-5en-3bol(كبیر المركب الى حد solan(المركب انه ) a(یدا على تشخیص المركب تاك دان هذه النتیجة تع idine.( وتحلیل ، )hplc(تحلیل دل علیه على درجة عالیة من النقاوة كما ، )a(كما یمكن القول ان المركب المفصول من (aglycone)الذي هو) solanidine(الوزن الجزیئي لمركب نا جزیئیا یقارب وز الذي اعطى طیف الكتلة للعدید .)10( الحظ الشكل ). chaconine(و) solanine(في جنس السوالنم ومنها المركبات السكریدیة المصادر .المملكة السعودیة -ریاضال. دار المریخ للنشر . النباتات الطبیة زراعتها ومكوناتها).1981(فوزي طه ، قطب -1 2handa, sukhder s., decpak m undkinajeddu and anup am k. m angal (1998). indian herbal p haemacopoeia. vol i. ajoint p ublication of regional research laboratory and indian drug m anufacturers, association. india. p 139 3m aalanina, g.g.; l.i. klimov a; l.m . m orozovskay a.; o.s. anisimova,; l.m . alekseeva and n.n suvorov, farm. zhur. (1974). chem. abs. 81, 63874. y . secondar8o lanum alkaloids in vol. s -isop renoi alkaloids ,roddick, j.g. (1980)-4 p lant p roducts, by e. a. bell new york and b.v. ch arl wood. encyclop edia of 5friedman,m . and m cdonald ,g.m . (1997). pot ato glycoalkaloids:chemistry , analysis, 132. -55 :(1) 16. plant sci. softy and p lant p hy siology crit rev 6bruneton, j. (1993). pharmacognosy . phyt ochemist ry of m edicinal p lants. lavoisier, p arts2nd ed pp .877. 2010) 1( 23جلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة الم 7harrison, d.m . (1976).solanum and veratrum st eroidal alkaloids chapter 14 in the ed. by m .f. review of t he literature p ublishes. t he chemical grundon. a .6alkaloids vo l. society , burlington house. london 8yaniv, z., m . weissenberg; d. p alevitic and a. levy (1981) effect of seed number and fruit weight on content and localization of glycoalkaloids in solanum hasianum. j plants 306 -:30342,medica من خالیا )vinblastine(انتاج مركب ). 2000(كوكب یعقوب، ساعور؛صباح مهدي، هادي؛علي صادق، دمحم 9 .109-79 )2 (:13. المجلة العراقیة للعلوم البیطریة. cotharanthus roseusكالس نبات عین البزون solanum nigrum ب الذیب استخالص وتنقیة مركبات من نبات عن). 2003(محمد عباس فیاض ، الدلیمي-10 جامعة بغداد ، كلیة العلوم. رسالة ماجستیر. وتاثیراتها على االحیاء المجهریة المرضیة في دنا solanum nigramفعالیة المستخلصات القلویدیة الخام لنبات عنب الذئب )2008(فیاض ،محمد عباس -11 23 13 )1: (21.ابن الهیثم للعلوم التطبقیة والصرفة مجلة .الهالم يالمرحل ف pbr322 البالزمید 12shaban a, m .m . and t.s. el-alfy,(1978). investigation of the constituents of solanum 347 -337)4 -1:( 19ait fllowers. egy pt. j. harm sci lacinia tum 13bhathnagar j.k. and ravinder k. p uri (1974) solanum platanifolium a new source of solasodine lloy idia june 318-319. 14-stahal,e. (1969).thin lay er chromatogr aphy .2 nd edition-berlin.heidel ber g. new york . 15harborn, j.b. (1973). phy tochemical methods. chap han and hall itd. london –new york p p 278 solanumالتوصیف الفیزیوكیمیائي والطیفي للمركبات الفعالة بایولجیا لنبات عنب الذیب )2009(علي صادق،محمد -16 nigrum ،2مجلة ام سلمة المجلد . مار النباتالمستخلصات القلویدیة الكلیة الخام الوراق ولث -أ 17pouchert, charles j. (1981). the aldrich library of infra red sp ectra, steroids and indole alkalo ids edition iii, aldrichchemical comp any, inc.p 1491-1514. 18bezbruah, balamani. (1981) .a sample method for p urification of glycoalcooides. in 81.-77,43 khasianum. plant medica . quantitative est imation of solanum the 19zeiger, errol, (1998).αchaconine and αsolanine review of toxicological iiterature , national institute of envirommental he alth int .la . sy st ems 20-crabble, phillip graham and colin fry er,(1980)rap id quantitative analysis of solasodin , solasodin e glycosides and solasodinene by ligh-p ressure liquid chromato graphy .journal 100. -87, 187of chromatography , brighteners as t hin-laye chromatographic r 21jellema, r.; e.t.elema and th.m . m alingre (1980). opt ical detection reagents for glycoalkaloids and steroid alkaloids in so lanum sp ecies j. of chromatography 189 ,406-409. 22james, w.o.,(1950). alkaloids in p lants. in “ m ansk r.h., the alkaloids vip. 1-23, academic p res new york, london“ . 1كلیـة العلــوم ط-جامعــة بغـداد. متـرجم، لطیفیـة فـي الكیمیــاء العضـویةالطــرق ا). 1986(جـورج بوناتـان، سـركیس -23 . شركة التایمس للطبع والنشر المساهمة 24at ta-urrahman and m .iqboi choudhary (1998). chemistry and biology of steroidal alkaloids . in the alkaloids. in t he alkaloids chemist ry and biology by geoffrey a. cordell. cop y righ by academic press vol. 50. usa 25cordell, geoffrey a.(1998). t he alkaloids. chemist ry and biology . copy righ by academic p ress usa .50:61-103 26 hardman. r. (1987). recent develop ments hn our knowledge of steroids. plantamedica p. 233-238 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ـــا للمركبات القلویدیة المتوقع فصلها من اجــزاء نبات :)1(شكل ـــ یبین االشكال الجزیئیة االكثر شیوعــ igrum n sol anum 24( و)19( و) 17( عن ( 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ) a( القلویدي المرئیة للمركب– طیف اكتصاص االشعة فوق البنفسجیة ) ٢( شكل 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ) b( المرئیة للمركب القلوی��دي –طیف امتص�اص االش�عة ف�وق البنفس��جیة ) ٣( شكل ت الحمراء ) ٥( شكل ) a( للمركب القلویدي المتبلور ) ir( طیف امتصاص االشعة تح 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد متصاص االشعة فوق البنفس��جیة) ٤( شكل c المرئیة للمركب طیف ا a solanine جنس نماذج من اطیاف االشعة تحت الحم��راء لبع��ض القلوی��دات الس��تیرویدیة ف��ي ) ٧( شكل ) pouchart, 1981( عن . السوالنم salsolidine hydrochloride dihydrate b a-solanin e b-so lsolidine hydrochloride dehydrate شك 7 2010) 1( 23جلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )یوضح مواقع حزم االمتصاشضص في اطیاف االشعة تحت الحمراء 1 جدول ( bوaللمركبات aالمركب المنقى جزئیا bالمركب المنقى جزئیا مة حز العدد املوجي لل bands rangs cm-1 تذبذب ا�موعة proposed assignmem ذبذب واملالحظات ة نوع الت دد املوجي للحزم الع bands rangs cm-1 ة ذبذب ا�موع ت proposed assignmem الحظات ذب وامل نوع التذب 3430(b) o-h حزم مط االصرة الكحولیة ممتدة ل االمین الثانوي n-hال 3780 o-h الكحولیة حزمة مط االصرة stretc hing alcoholic موذج الن " ذو رطوبة عالیة " 3070-3000 =c-h حزم مط االصرة لمجموعة االلكین 3213-3142 =c-h حزم مط مجموعة االلكین stretching alkene 2997 (w) c-h حزم مط المجموعةch3 30002865(w.b) -c-h حزم مط مجامیع المثیل والمثیل 1749 (s-b) 1700 (s-b) -c-o جموعة الكاربونیل (s-b)1749حزم مط م 1700(s-b) -c=o * 1686 (s ) c=c حزم مط اصرة االلكین تدة لحد بضمنھا االصرة المم cm-1 0165 1628 (w) c=c اللكین بضمنھا ة ا حزم مط اصر exocyclic olاالصرة ific ة الممتد cm-1 1650لحد 1628 ( m) 1557 (w) c=c حزم مط اصرة االلكین exocyclicبضمنھا االصرة olific الممتدة لحد cm-1 1650 1479 (m) -c-h حنى م ال ساسیة bandحز اال وعة المثیلین لاللكین الحلقى لمجم 1500 (w) c~n ط االصرة االلیفاتیة حزم م (cyamid) 1400-1382 (d ) -c-h ل حنى لمجموعة المثی م ال حز 1484-1466 -ch2 حزم الحني لمجموعةch2 1300(w ) -o-h حني في م ال planeحز 1400 c-h 1235حزم الحنى لمجموعة المثیلین (m.b ) 1114 (m ) -c-o حموعة الكحولیة الصرة للم حزم مط ا وعة االمینیة واالیثریة المجم و 1208 1142 1050 -c-o -c-o حزم مط االصرة للمحموعة الكحولیة والمجموعة االمینیة واالیثریة 1020-1000 (md) c-n حزم مط االصرة االمینیة 886 -c-h ى الخارجیة حزم الحن جموعة االلكین لم 946 (w) -c-h حنى لالصرة م ال حز 700-715 -o-h ي الخارجیة لالصرة حزم الحن كحولیة ال 886(m) -c-h م الحنى الخارجیة لمجموعة حز االلكین 700(s) -o-h الخارجیة لالصرة حني م ال حز حولیة الك موجودة ضمن ظهور هذه المجموعة ضمن المركب المفصول قد تعزى الى استخدام حامض الخلیك المركز ،اذ انها غیر * .مجامیع القلویدات الستیرویدیة ،وعموما فهي غیر مؤثرة على نقاوة المركب ة المجلد 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقی التي شخصت بتقنیة المفصولة والمنقاة جزئیاa,bللمركبات القلویدیة المتوقعة )العملیة (القیم النظریة و :)2(جدول c.h.n. التحلیل الدقیق للعناصر )العملیة ( القیم النظریة الوزن الجزیئي m.w الصیغة الجزیئیة المركب والرمز % n % h % c 3.52245 (3.60 ) 10.89998 ( 10.86) 81.55644 ( 81.18 ) 397.64 c27h43no solan idine ( a) 3.38612 ( 3.658 ) 10.47811 ( 9.990 ) 78.39986 (78.801 ) 413.65 c27h43no2 solasodin e (c ) الجراء القیاسات النظریة (n-14.0067)و(h-1.00797)و(c-12.01115)االتیة اعتمدت االوزان الذریة 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المفصول من اوراق نبات عنب) a(تقدیر نقاوة المركب -) 8(شكل ni( الذئب grum s. ( باستخدام تقنیةhplc solوع المفصول من اوراق نبات الن) a(یوضح طیف الكتلة للمركب –) 9( شكل anum nigrum 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد s( مخطط یوضح الیة طیف الكتلة لمركب السوالندین :) 10( شكل olaniden ( عن) ( 24 a b c d ef ho h n [c 2 7h4 3 no ] m .w . 397m /z ho + i ch ho h b c d a h + 2 72 m /z1 25 m /z n ch 3 ch 3 + c1 5 h 22 20 4 m /zh + b c d +c h2 = ch – c = ch 2 o h + i i ii i c d c h2 ~ 150 m /z + +c h2 =c h-ch =c h2 5 4 m/ z 98 m/z +. +ch 2= ch 2 متوقع����ة لنم����اذج التجزئ����ة للمرك����ب ) (11ش����كل المفص����ول م�����ن ) a( االلی����ة ال عن�����ب ال�����ذیب (nigrumاوراق نب�����ات s. ( باس����تخدام تقنی�����ةms عن) 10 ( iv v vi مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 2010) 1( 23المجلد ) b( للمركب القلویدي المتبلور ) ir( طیف امتصاص االشعة تحت الحمرء ) ٦( شكل ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 physiochemical and spectral characterization for a biological active, solanidine&solasodine partial purification compounds from (solanum nigrum l) a. s. mohammed , m. a. fayidh , k. y.saooer departme nt of biotechnology , college of science ,unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of biology ,college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad college of pharmacology abstract this st udy includes a p hy siochemical and a sp ectrocpical characterization to some alkaloid comp ounds in the (anab altheab) p lant (solanum nigrun l.). it’s t he most imp ortant medicinal herb belonging to the family (solanaceae). acid hy drolysis was p erformed by using limited conc. of hcl and h2so4, to obtain the aglycon p art of p reviously sep arated st eroidal comp onants as (a, b and c). the characterization of the(a,b and c) comp ounds indicates that they varied between them as the sep arated st eroidal like-alkaloids, carried by using melting p oint (m.p.), thin layer chromatography (tlc), infra -red sp ectroscop y (ir) and ultra violet-visible sp ectroscop y (uv visible).high p erformance liquid chromatography (hplc) indicated the p resence of single characterist ic intense p eak belonging to (a) comp onent which confirms the purity of comp onents. the m asssp ectra (m s) of this comp ound gave (397m/z) molecular weight p eak related to (solanidine) alkaloid, when the chararacteristic to comp ound (c) showed that same as solasodine alkaloid . . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 synthesis and characterization of novel schiff bases containing isoxazoline or pyrazoline unit m. s. khazaal and j. h. tomma departme nt of chemistry , college of education i bn alhaitham unive rsity of baghdad received in : 27 february 2011 accepte d in : 12 april 2011 abstract this work involves sy nthesis of novel schiff bases derivatives contining isoxazoline or py razoline units starting with chalcons . 4-aminoacetop henone was react with p nitrobenzaldehyde or p -chlorobenzaldehy de in basic med ium givin g chalcones [i]a,b by claisenschemidt reactions. the chalcones [i]a,b were r eacted with hy droxy lamin e hy drochloride givin g isoxazolines [ii]a,b in basic medium. the chalcone [i]a could also reacted with hy drazine hydrate to give p y razolines [iii]a . the novel schiff b ases with st ructural formula [ viii]n , [ix]n , [x]m and [xi]m were prep ared by the reaction of amino compounds ; isoxazoline [ii]a,b and py razolines [iii]a with monoaldehy des [vi]n and dialdehy des [vii]m , resp ectively in dry benzene using drops of glacial acetic acid as a cataly st with reflux . all the sy nthesized comp ounds have been characterized by meltin g p oints , ftir , uv-vis and 1 hmnr (of some of theme) sp ectroscopy . key word : isoxazoline , py razoline , schiff bases. introduction isoxazolines are heterocyclic or ganic comp ounds that contain oxy gen and n itrogen atoms at p osition 1 and 2 . n o 4 5 3 2 1 the classical sy nthesis of the isoxazolines involves the base-cataly zed condensation of substituted aromatic ketone and subst itut ed aldehy des to give α,β-unsaturated ketones (chalcone), which on cyclization with hy droxy lamine hy drochloride in alk aline medium give the corresp onding iso xazoline d erivatives. (1-3). desai et .al (4) sy nthesized of isoxazoline deriv atives [2] from substituted chalcon es [1] using hy droxy lamin e hydrochloride in naoh medium usin g microwave . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 o n s o o n s o n o nhnh c ch o ch naoh r r nh2oh.h cl [1] [2] r= 4-oh , 3 -och 3 , 4 -ch3 , 2-cl microwav e py razolines are heterocyclic comp ound of five membered unsaturated ring st ructure comp osed of three carbon atoms and two nitrogen atoms at p osition 1 and 2 . n n h 4 3 2 1 5 sy nthesis and characterization of py razoline(5,6) derivatives has been a developing field within the realm of heterocyclic chemistry , because of their diverse p rop erties, fairly assessable p ath of sy nthesis, wide range of therap eutic activities and variety of industrial application, the py razoline and ring b ecame a center of attraction for organic chemists. various methods were used for the p rep aration of py razolines , treatment of α,βunsaturated ketones with hy drazines seems to be the most p op ular p rocedure for this p urp ose , this reaction has been conducted under various conditions (7-12). py razoline derivatives are imp ortant electron rich nitrogen heterocycles which p lay an imp ortant role in the diverse biolo gical activities. t hese nitrogen heterocycles wid ely occur in nature in the form of alkaloids, vitamins, p igments and as constituents of p lant and animal cells. isoxazoline and py razoline derivatives re main a main focus of medicinal chemist, due to their diverse p harmacological activity . isoxazoline and py razolines derivatives have been reported to p ossess antibacterial(11), antifun gal(4,13), and antimicrobial(14,15) activity . in addition, iso xazoline d erivatives h ave p lay ed a crucial role as intermediates in the or ganic sy nthesis of number of heterocyclic p harmacological active compounds(16). schiff bases att ract much interest both for sy nthetic and biological p oint of view (17) . through literature survey revals that schiff bases derived from various heterocyclic p ossess cytotoxic (18) , anticonvulsant , antimicrobial (19, 20) , antip roliferative (17) , anticancer (21) , and antifungal (22) activities . dep ending on the above finding , we decided to sy nthesize novel schiff b ases containin g iso xazoline or p y razoline units. experime ntal materials : all the chemicals were sup p lied from m erck , gcc and aldr ich ch emicals co. and used as receiv ed . technique s : ftir sp ectra were recorded using p otassium bromide discs on a 8400s shimadzu sp ectrop hotometer and ft ir sp ectrop hotometer , shimadzo (ir p restige-21) . 1 hnm r sp ectra were carried out by comp any : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 m hz , origin : switzerland and are reported in pp m(s), dm so was used as a solvent with tm s as an internal st andard . measurements w ere made at chemistry depart ment, al-albyat univ ers ity , uncorrected ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 meltin g p oints were determined by using hot -stage, gallen kamp meltin g p oint apparatus. uv sp ectra of solutions were p erformed on cecl 7200 ingland sp ectrop hotometer using chcl3 as a s olv ent . gene ral pr oce du res compounds [viii]n , [ix]n , [x]m and [xi]m w ere synth es iz ed according to scheme 1. x c h o nh2cch3 x ch nh2cch o hn n nh2o2n o n nh2x nh 2 oh . h cl nh 2 nh 2e toh n o n nh co2ro ch=n a x o(ch2)mon=hc a xx a ch=n o [i]a,b [iii]a [viii]n [ix]n [x]m [xi]m x= no2 ,c l a(h eterocyclic unit)= , r=cnh2n+ 1 , n= 1 , 3 a nd 4 m= 3 , 12 dry benzene g.aa oh [ii]a,b co 2 ro cho o (c h2 ) m o c h o c h o base scheme 1 preparation of (chalcone) 4-[3-(4`-substi tuted phe nyl )-2-propene 1-one]-aniline [i]a,b equimolar quantities of 4-amino acetop henone (1.35gm , 0.01 mol) and 4-chloro benzaldehy de or 4nitro benzaldehyde (0.01 mol) were dissolved in minimum amount of alcohol. sodium ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 hy droxide solution (0.02 mol) was added slowly and the mixture b ecomes cold. then the mixture was p oured slowly into 400ml of ice water with const ant stirring and kept in refrigerator for 24 hrs (23) .t he precipitate obtained was f iltered ,washed and recry st allized from chloroform . the physical prop erties are given in table 1. preparation of 4[5-(4`-substi tuted phe nyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl ] aniline [ii]a,b a mixture of chalk one [i]a or[i]b (0.02 mol), hydroxy lamine hy drochloride (1.39gm , 0.02 mol) and sodium hy droxide solution (0.5 gm naoh in 25 ml of water) in ethanol (60ml) was reflu xed for 6hrs. the mixture was concentrated under vaccum and poured into ice water . the p recipitate obtained was filtered , washed and recry st allized from ethanol (24) p hysical data are list ed in table (2.1). prep aration of 4[5-(4̀ -nitro p heny l )-4,5-dihy dro-1h-py razol -3-y l]-aniline [iii]a a mixture of chalcone [i]a , (0.01 mol) and hy drazine hy drate (05g , 0.01 mol ) in ethanol (15 ml) was heated under reflux for 6hrs . m after coolin g the separated solid was fi ltered off ,dried and crystallized from ethanol(24) phy sical prop erties list ed in table (2.1). preparation of n-alkoxy benzoic acid [iv]n : this comp ound was p rep ared accordin g to references (25) . n-al koxybenz oyl chloride [v]n : general p rocedure for p reparation of carboxy lic acid chlorides was described by a. vogel (26). preparation of 4(4`-n-al koxy benz oyloxy) benzaldehyde [vi]n acid chloride [v]n (10 mmo l) was added to a stirred solution of 4-hy droxy benzaldehy de (10 mmol)and dry py ridine (1ml) in dry dimethy l formamid e (dm f) (10 ml) at (5-10°c). stirring was continued for 3hrs at the same temp erature . the resulting mixture was p oured into 100 ml of 10% hcl . the p recipitate was filtered and washed with solution of 10% nahco3 and water for several times (27) ,dried and recry st alized from ethanol . preparation of polymethylene-α,ω-bis-4-oxybenzaldehydes [vii] m . these comp ounds were prep ared following the p rocedure described by a. griffin et al. (28). s ynthesis of shiff bases. mono shiff bases [viii]n – [ ix] n a mixture of new amino comp ounds [ii]a,b or [iii]a,b (0.01 mol) ,aldehyde [vi]n (0.012 mol) ,dry benzene (15 ml) and 2drops of glacial acetic acid was ref luxed for 3hrs . the solvent was evap orated under vaccum and the residue crystallized from chloroform . the physical data of these schiff bases are listed in table (1) . bis s chiff bases [x]m – [xi]m these comp ounds [x]m – [xi]m were obtained by using the same p rocedure given for the sy nthesis of 4chiff bases [viii]n –[ix]n excep t the dialdehy de [vii]m was used instead of monoaldehy de [vi]n .the phy sical prop erties of all these bis 4chiff bases are given in table (1). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 results and discussion chalcone was chosen as the st arting material for the sy nthesis of different heterocyclic comp ounds , such as : iso xazolines ,p y razolines d erivatives by usin g app rop erative reagents for that p urp ose . the chalcon es [i]a,b are sy nthesized by claisen-schmidt condensation of 4amino acetop henone and p-substituted benzaldehyde by base catalyzed followed by dehydration to y ield the desire chalcones. the st ructural assi gnments of the chalcones [i]a,b based on melting p oints and their sp ectral data of ft ir,uv and ¹hnm r sp ectroscopy . the ft ir sp ectra indicated the appearance two bands in the region (3273-3483) cm ˉ¹ which could be att ributed to asy mmetric and sy mmetric st retching vibration of nh2 group ,a week band at 3105-3119 cm ˉ¹ due to st retching vibration of (=c-h) group , two p eaks at 1650 cm ˉ¹ and 1635 cm ˉ¹ du e to of c=o and c=c (ch=ch) st retching vibrations,resp ectively. the uv-vi s sp ectroscopy of two chalcones [i]a and [i]b exhibited λm ax at 306 nm and 341.5 nm ,resp ectively. the 1 hnm r of chalcone [i]a shows the folloing features: two p airs of doublet of doublets in the region δ7.6-8.2 p p m which can be att ributed to eight p roton of two p -substituted benzene rin gs h avin g d ifferent subst ituents at p ositions i,4 . a doubl et band at δ 6.6 p p m due to two p roton of coch= moiety and a doublet band at δ 8.3 pp m for p roton of =char (1). the two p rotons of amine group app ear as a singlet band at δ 6.24 pp m. this comp ound [ii]a,b was sy nthesized from the reaction of chalcones [i]a,b with hy droxy lamine hy drochloride in alkaline medium.scheme , the mechanism of this reaction (29) may be outlined as follows scheme 2. o h n n nh2o2n h hn h o2n n h2 n h2 nh2 o2n o n h2 nh2 o2n o nh2 oh nh2 o2n n h2 n hhn ch 2 o2n nh2 o h ch 2 n h -h2o hn [f] [d][c] [b][a] ch ch c ch ch c h n ch c proton transfer ch cch ch2 c p.t scheme 3 o2n nh2 oh ch2 nhhn ch c [e ] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the reaction p roceeds via nucleophilic att ak of the hy droxy l (oh) group of hy droxy l amine up on the carbon-carbon double bond in the basic medium (naoh) to give the carbonion intermediate [a]. prot on transfer y ielded [b],followed by intramolecular addition of the amino group on carbony l carbon of [b] whole y ield the intermediate [d]. loss of h2o gives the isoxazoline compounds [e]. the structure of the isoxazolines [ii]a,b have been characterized by melting p oint , ft ir,uv and 1 hnm r sp ectroscopy . the ft ir sp ectra of isoxazolines [ii]a,b showed the disappearance of two absorp tion bands of the ch=ch and c=o group in the st arting material [i]a,b together with appearance of new absorp tion bands for c=n and c-o (cy clic ether) group s around 1628 cm ˉ¹ and 1180 cm ˉ¹ , resp ectively. the uv-vi s sp ectroscopy of isoxazolines [ii]a and [ii]b exh ibited λm ax at 301.5 nm and 293.5 nm ,resp ectively. the 1 hnm r sp ectrum of comp ound [ii]b shows the following sin gals : eight aromatic p roton appeared as mu ltip late at δ7.2-7.9 pp m , a sin glet at δ 5.76 p p m due to the two p rotons of amino group . one p roton of ch-(isoxazoline) app eared as doublet at δ 6.0-6.3 p p m. while the two p rotons of ch2 (isoxazoline) app ears as doublet of doublet at δ 2.5 pp m (29). the chalcone [i]a was furt her reacted with hy drazine hydrate in ethanol absolute to y ield the corresp onding py razoline derivatives by the following reaction mechanism (30) , scheme 3. o h n n nh2o2n h hn h o2n nh 2 nh 2nh 2 o2n o nh2 nh2 o2n o nh2 o nh2 o2n nh 2 nhhn ch2 o2n nh2 oh ch2 n h -h2o hn [f] [d][c] [b][a] ch ch c ch ch c h n ch c [e] proton transfer ch cch ch2 c p.t scheme 3 o2n nh2 oh ch2 n h hn ch c [e] condensation of chalcone with hy drazine hy drate in abs.ethanol under r eflu x affored the addition p roduct [c] which followed by closure reaction led to formation new py razoline [f] . the st ructure of the py razoline [iii]a was identified by meltin g p oint , ft ir,uv and ¹hnm r sp ectroscopy . the ftir sp ectrum of this comp ound showed the disapp earce of two absorption bands of the ch=ch and c=o group ,in the chalcone [i]a ,and app earance of new absorption bands of nh and c=n group at 3379 cm ˉ¹ and 1620 cm ˉ¹ ,resp ectively. the uv-vis sp ectroscopy of py razoline [iii]a exhibited λm ax at 302.5 nm . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the 1 hnm r sp ectrum of comp ound [iii]a shows the following si gnals : eight aromatic p rotons app eared as doublets at δ 7.3-8.2 p p m,a doublet at δ 6.5-6.6 p p m that could be att ributed to the one p roton of nh (py razoline). sh arp singlet at δ 5.3 pp m due to the two p rotons of amino group . one p roton hx of ch-(py razoline) appeared as triplet (24) at δ 4.8-4.95 pp m, while the p rotons of ch-(py razoline) ap p ears as one p air doublet of doublets at δ 3.4-3.5 pp m and δ 2.5-2.8 pp m due to two p rotons of ha and hb,resp ectively . the new schiff bases [ viii]n-[xi]m were sy nthesized by refluxing aromatic p rimary amine [ii]a,b or [iii]a and mono-aldehyde [vi]n or di-aldehyde [vii]m in dry benzene with some drop s of glacial acetic acid (gaa). these schiff bases were identified by their melting p oints , ftir , uv and ¹hnmr sp ectroscopy . ftir absorp tion-sp ectra showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 and c=o group s of the starting materials together with app earance of new absorption band in the region (1625-1650) cm ˉ¹ whi ch is assigned to c=n stretching. the other data of functional group s which are char acterist ic of these compounds and the uv-vi s sp ectroscopy data are given in table 2. 1 hm nr sp ectrum of schiff base [x]12b the shows the followin g si gn als: twenty four aromatic p rotons appeared as doublets in the region δ 6.6-7.9 p p m , sharp singlet at δ 6.2 pp m that could be att ributed to azomethine p rotons . a singlet signal at δ 6.1 pp m is due to one proton of (ch) isoxazoline rings , three p rotons t rip let at δ 4.95-5.2 pp m that are att ributed to och2 group s . t wo p rotons of ch2 (isoxazoline) app ears as doublet of doubl et at δ 4.1-4.5 pp m , and a multiplet at the region δ 1.0-2.1 which were assigned to t he ten aliphatic protons of (ch2)10 . re ferences 1swamy ,p.and s. agasimundin , y. (2008) sy nthesis and antimicrobial screen ing of certain subst itut ed chalcones and isoxazolines bearing hy droxy benzofuran , rasayan j. chem, 1(2):421428. 2al-issa , s. and hatt ab, a.a. (2008) “ comparative study -reaction of 2`-hy droxy chalcones with hy droxy l amine hy drochloride in diff erent reaction medium” ,,j. saudi chem. soc., 12(4): 537-542. 3sharma, p. ; sh arma, s.; singh , s. and suresh , b. (2009) “ sy nthesis of some new isoxazoline der ivatives jain , as possible ant i-candida a gents ” , acta poloniae pharmaceuticadrug r esearch, 66(1) :101-104. 4desai, j.; desai, c. and desai, k. (2008) “ a convenient , rap id and ecofri endly sy nthesis of isoxazoline heterocyclic m oiety containing bridge at 2°amine as potential pharmaological a gent ” j. iran. chem. so c., 5(1): 6773. 5singhal, m . ; verma, b.; jhala, y. and dulawat, s. (2005) “ an efficient sy nthesis of some new fluorine contain ing acety l py razoline and isoxazole deriv atives and their antibacterial activity ” indian j. heterocy cl. chem., 14: 343. 6prajap ati, a.; bardia, r. ; rao, t. and verma, v. (2007) “an efficient sy nthesis of some new fluorine contain ing acety l py razoline and isoxazole deriv atives and their antibacterial activity ” , j. inst. chemists , 79, 7. 7az arifar ,d. and ghasemnejad, h. (2003), “m icrowave-assisted sy nthesis of some new 3,5 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 arylated 2-pyrazoline” , m olecules, 8:642-648. 8levai, a. and jeko, (2007) “sy nthesis of carboxy lic acid d erivatives of 2-p y razolines” , j. arkivoc, (i),134-145 . 9li, j. ; zhang x. and lin, z. (2007) “ an improved sy nthesis of 1,3,5-triary l-2-py razolines in acetic acid aqu ieous solution under ultrasound irradiation” beilstein journal of organic chemistry , 3(13):1-4. 10ramesh ,b.; prasad, y. and ahmed, s. (2009) “ sy nthesis and antimicrobial activity of some nove l py razoline derivatives” pharmacolo gy online 2: 327-330. 11rao,n. ; kumar, r. and srivast ava , y . (2009) “m icrowave induced sy nthesis and antimicrobial activies of some n 1 -morpholino ethanoy l-3,5-diaryl-2-py razoline derivatives” , rasay an j.chem, 2(3) :716-719. 12venkataraman, s. ; jain, shah s. and up many u , n. (2010) “ sy nthesis and biological activity of some novel py razolines” , acta poloniae pharmaceutica-drug r esearch , 67(4) :361366. 13dawane, s. ; konda, g.; shaikh, m . ;chobe1, s. ; khandar e, t. ;kamble t. and bhosale , b. (2010), “ sy nthesis and invitro antimicrobial activity of some new 1-t hiazolyl-2 py razoline derivatives ” , article, 1(2). 14jay ashankara , b. and lokanatha rai , k. ,(2008), “ sy nthesis and evaluation of ant imicrobial activity of a new series of bis (isoxazoline) derivatives ” , arkivoc , (xi), 7585 . 15az arifar, d. and shaeb anzadeh , m . (2002) “ sy nthesis and characterization of new 3,5 dinaphthy l subst ituted 2-py razolines and study of their antimicrobial activity ” , m olecules, 7: 885-895. 16caramella, p. and gruen anger , p. (1984) “1,3-dip olar cy cloaddition chemist ry ” , (ed.), vol. 1 padwa, a., wiley interscience, new york , 337. 17vicini , p. ; geronik aki , a. ; incerti , m . ; busonera , b. ; ooni , g. kabras , c. and colla ,p. (2003) “ sy nthesis and biological evaluation of benzo[d]isot hiazole, benzot hiazole and thiazole schiff b ases ” , bioory .m ed .chem . 11: 4785-4789. 18tarafder , m . ; kasbollah , a.; sarav an , n.; crouse , k. ; ali a. and tin , o. (2002) “ s methy ldithiocarbazate and its schiff bases: evaluation of bondings and b iolo gical p rop erties ” j. biochem .m ol. biol. biop hs , 6: 85-91. 19saty anarayana , v.; srevan i, p.; sivakumar, a. and vijayakumar, v. (2008) “ sy nthesis and antimicrobial activity new schiff bases containin g coumarin moiety and their sp ectral characterization ”, arkivoc , ( xv ii) , 221-233. 20kahveci , b.; b ekircan o. and karao glu , s. (2005) “ sy nthesis and antimicrobial activity of some 3-alkyl-4-(ary lmethy leneamino)-4,5-dihydro-1h-1,2,4-t riazol-5-ones ” indian j. chem. ,44b , 2614-2617. 21betircan ,o.; kahveei, b. and kucuk , m . (2006) “sy nthesis and anticancer evaluation of some new unsy mmetrical 3,5-diaryl-4h-1,2,4-triazole derivatives” , tur . j. chem. 30:29 40. 22singh ,w. and dash , b. (1988) “sy nthesis of some new schiff bases containin g thiazole and oxazole nuclei and their fun gicidal activity ” , pesticides 22:33-37 . 23kalirajan , r.; sivaku mar , s. ;jubie , s. ; gowramma, b. and suresh, b. (2009) “ sy nthesis and biological evaluation of some heterocyclic derivatives of chalcones” , international j. of chem tech research 1(1) :27-34. 24abd el-fatt ah, o . ;fathalla , m .; kassem , e. ; ibrahem, n. and kamel , m . (2008) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 “sy nthesis and anticancer of some n ew quinazolin-4-one derivatives and evaluation of their antimicrobial and ant i-inflammatory effects” ,acta poloniae pharm-drug res. 65(1):11 20. 25tomma, j. and al-dujaili , a. (2002) “ m esomorphic behaviour of some new schiff – bases esters containing 1,3,4oxadiazole unit ” ,iraq i j. sci., 43(1) :35-57. 26vo gel, a. (1974) “ practical or ganic chem “longman group ltd , london , 3 rd edition. 27aldujaili , a. and tomma ,j, (2002), “ sy nthesis and liquid-cry stalline prop erties of some new 1,3,4-thiadiazol imines deriv atives” , j. iraqi journal of chemistry , 28(2) :405-413. 28griffin , a. and havens , s. (1981) “ m esogenic polymers . iii . t hermal prop erties and sy nthesis of three homologus series of t hermotrop ic liquid crystalline “backbone”poly esters” , j. of poly m. sci. poly mer phy sics edition , 19:951-969. 29shah ,t. and desai , v. (2007) “sy nthesis and antibacterial studies of some novel schiff isoxazoline derivatives ” , j.serb. chem. so.,72(5) :443-449. 30al-issa , s. a. (2007) “ sy nthesis and characterization of new 3,5-dinap hthy l subst ituted 2 py razolines and study of their antimicrobial activity ” , j kau. sci , 19:67-77. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (1): the physical propertie s of chalcones [i] and compounds [ii]-[v]. comp. no. nomenclatu re stru ctu ral formul a mol ecular formul a m. p 0c yield % col or [ii]a 4[5-(4`-nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-3-yl]aniline o n o 2n nh2 c15h13n3o3 230 50 dark brown [ii]b 4[5-(4`-chloroph enyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-3-yl]aniline o n nh2c l c15h13n2ocl 152 55 pale yellow [iii]a 4[5-(4`-nitrophenyl)-4,5dihy dro-1h-py razol -3-yl]aniline o2n hn n nh 2 c15h14n4o2 150 65 orange [viii]1a 3[4-(p-m ethoxy benzoyloxy) benzylidene aminophenyl]-5-(pnitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole ch3o co2 no2 n o ch=n c30h23n3o6 242 50 dark orange [viii]3a 3[4-(p-p ropoxy benzoyloxy) benzylidene aminophenyl]5-(p-nitrophenyl) -4,5dihydroisoxazole c3h7 o co2 no2 n o ch =n c32h27n3o6 276 68 dark orange [viii]4a 3[4-(p-butoxy benzoyloxy ) benzylidene aminophenyl]5-(p-nitrophenyl) -4,5dihydroisoxazole c 4h9 o co 2 no2 n o ch=n c33h29n3o6 240 80 dark orange [viii]1b 3[4-(p-m ethoxybenzoyloxy) benzylidene aminophenyl]5-(p-chlo ro phenyl)4,5dihydroisoxazole ch3 o co2 cl n o c h=n c30h23n2o4cl 256260 48 pale yellow [viii]3b 3[4-(p-p ropoxy benzoyloxy)ben zy lidene aminophenyl]-5-(p-chloro phenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole c3h 7o co2 cl n o ch=n c32h27n2o4cl 260 80 pale yellow [viii]4b 3[4-(p-butoxy benzoyloxy)ben zy lidene aminophenyl]-5-(p-chloro phenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole c4h 9o co2 cl n o ch=n c33h29n2o4cl 218222 50 pale brown [ix]1a 3[4-(p-m ethoxy benzoyloxy) benz ylidene aminophenyl]-5-(p-nitro phenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1h pyrazole ch3o co2 no2 n nh ch =n c30h24n4o5 224 70 dark brown [ix]3a 3[4-(p-p ropoxy benzoyloxy) benz ylidene aminophenyl]5-(p-nitro phenyl)-4,5dihydro-1h-pyrazole c3h7 o co2 no2 n nh ch= n c32h28n4o5 248 50 dark brown [ix]4a 3[4-(p-butoxy benzoyloxy ) benzy lidene aminophenyl]5-(p-nitro phenyl)-4,5dihydro-1h-pyrazole c4h9 o co2 no2 n nh ch= n c33h30n4o5 244246 48 dark brown [x]3a 1,3-bis{4-[5-(pnitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-3-yl] aniline-benzyliden e -4oxy} propane o n n =ch o (ch2)3o2n ] 2[ c47h38n6o8 200 55 brown [x]12a 1,12-bis{4-[5-(pnitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-3-yl] aniline benzylidene-4 oxy}dodecane o n n=ch o (ch 2) 12o2 n ] 2[ c56h56n6o8 186 70 dark orange [x]3b 1,3-bis{4-[5-(pchlorophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-3-yl] aniline benzylidene-4oxy}propan e o n n=ch o (ch2)3c l ] 2[ c47h38n4o4cl2 >300 51 yellow [x]12 b 1,12-bis{4-[5-(pchlorophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol-3-yl] aniline bezylidene4oxy}dodecane o n n =c h o (ch 2)12cl ] 2[ c56h56n4o4cl2 256 84 pale yellow [xi]3a 1,3-bis{4-[5-(pnitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro1h-pyrazol-3-yl] aniline benzylidene-4oxy}propan e hn n n=ch o (ch2)3o2n ] 2[ c47h40n8o6 202 53 dark brown [xi]12a 1,12-bis{4-[5-(pnitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro1h-pyrazol-3-yl] aniline benzylidene-4oxy}propan e hn n n =ch o (ch 2) 12o2n ] 2[ c56h58n8o6 210 50 dark brown ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (2): characteristic ftir absor ption bands and uv data (λmax) of mono s chiff base s [xi]-[ xiv]. ch aracte ri sti c bands ftir spe ctra (cm-1) uv data com p. no. νc-o endocyc νc=c aromatic νc=n endoc yclic νc=n exocycli c νc=o ester νc-h aliph ati c ν c-h aromatic νnh λ ma x (nm) in chcl3 12 61 15 85 16 05 16 30 17 24 2843-2950 3071 282 [viii]1a 12 58 15 99 16 01 16 27 17 28 2841-2969 3077 27 8.5 [viii]3a 12 61 15 82 16 01 16 30 17 28 2825-2959 3071 27 6.5 [viii]4a 12 61 15 80 16 01 16 27 17 28 2820-2960 3050 28 1.5 [viii]1b 12 59 15 97 16 00 16 27 17 24 2845-2960 3070 278 [viii]3b 12 61 15 80 16 07 16 30 17 26 2874-2961 3071 27 7.5 [viii]4b 15 82 16 05 16 27 17 24 2871-2959 3050 34 30 27 7.5 [ix]1a 15 85 16 00 16 37 17 24 2878-2970 3066 34 18 27 5.5 [ix]3a 15 90 16 07 16 27 17 26 2872-2961 3071 34 31 27 8.5 [ix]4a 15 89 16 00 16 27 2850-2934 3050 290 [x]3a 15 97 16 01 16 28 2851-2924 3070 287 [x]12a 15 98 16 05 16 30 2853-2930 3055 334 [x]3b 15 95 16 07 16 24 2851-2936 3050 294 [x]12b 15 85 16 00 16 27 2850-2926 3050 34 13 344 [xi]3a 15 80 16 01 16 30 2851-2924 3070 33 79 287 [xi]12a 2011) 2( 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الھیثم ابن مجلة تحضیر وتشخیص قواعد شف جدیدة تحوي على وحدة االوكسازولین او البایرازولین جمبد هرمز توما ،مصطفى سعد خزعل جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الكیمیاء 2011شباط 27:استلم البحث في 2011نیسان 12: قبل البحث في الخالصة ، حتوي على حلقات غیر متجانسة متنوعة مثل أوكزازولین جدیدة ت یتضمن هذا البحث تحضیر قواعد شف نایتروبنزالدیهاید -أمینو اسیتوفینون َمع بارا4من تفاعل] a,b]iیحضر الجالكون ، الجالكون مادة اساسیة لاعمبایرازولین باست مع هایدروكسیل أمین ] a,b]iیتفاعل الجالكون . شمدت-طة تفاعل كالیسیناكلوروبنزالدیهاید في وسط قاعدي بوسَأو بارا مع الهایدرازین ] i[a، بینما یؤدي تفاعل أحد أ نواِع الجالكونات ] a,b]iiهایدروكلوراید مؤدیا الى تكوین مشتقات االیزوكزازولین a].[iiiالى تكوین البایرازولین ؛ من تفاعل مركبات حلقیة غیر متجانسة مختلفة ] xi[-m]x[mو ] n]ix[-n ]viiiحضرت قواعد شف على التوالي في بنزین جاف ] vii[mو ألدیهایدات ثنائیة ] vi[nمع ألدیهایدات أحادیة ] iii[aبایرازولین ، ] a,b]iiأوكزازولین .ید العكسي وقطرات من حامض الخلیك الثلجي مع التصع ق ائالطر فضال عن شخصت جمیع المركبات المحضرة في هذا البحث من خالل قیاس درجات أنصهارها وطیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي البروتوني ،وطیف األشعة فوق البنفسجیة ،الطیفیة المتمثلة بطیف األشعة تحت الحمراء .)لبعض منها( قواعد شف ,بایرازولین ,اوكزازولین : الكلمات المفتاحیة مستل من رسالة ماجستیر للباحث االول microsoft word 87-99 . 87 | biology . . liza abu (heckel)سمكة الخشني للقناة الھضمية فيدراسة نسجية المريء .1 حسين ضياء رعد حنان وجدان بشير عبد جامعة بغداد)/ابن الھيثم ( –كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحياة 2014/تشرين الثاني/24قبل في :، 2014ايلول/ /10استلم في : الخالصة وتبين انھا تمثل الجزء االكبر من محتويات الجوف liza abuتضمن البحث دراسة القناة الھضمية لسمكة الخشني , وجد ان المريء يكون عبارة (2.9)سم , وبلغ معدل الطول النسبي للقناة الھضمية (45.3)البطني , وبلغ معدل طولھا ن طيات وتكو (9)سم والجدار الداخلي للمريء ذو طيات طوالنية بلغ عددھا (1.5)عن انبوب عضلي يبلغ معدل طوله مستقيمة غير متفرعة , جدار المريء يتألف من الطبقات النسجية , وھي الغاللة المخاطية وتحت المخاطية والعضلية والمصلية , الغاللة المخاطية تتكون من ثالث طبقات ھي الظھارية والصفيحة المخصوصة والمخاطية العضلية . مايكروميتر يحتوي على (139.1)بلغ معدل سمكه مطبق النسيج الظھاري الذي يبطن المريء ھو نسيج حرشفي الصفيحة المخصوصة تلي . abوملون pasخاليا مخاطية كبيرة الحجم توجد بصورة تجمعات وتتلون بشدة بملون وتتكون من نسيج ضام كثيف غير منتظم, وال تحتوي على الغدد اً مايكروميتر (148.3)النسيج الظھاري ويبلغ معدل سمكھا مايكروميترات وتتكون من الياف عضلية ملساء تمتد االلياف (10)فبلغ معدل سمكھا اما المخاطية العضلية.ريئية الم العضلية في داخل الطيات . الغاللة تحت المخاطية ظھرت كنسيج ضام كثيف غير منتظم غني باألوعية الدموية الشعرية , لة العضلية فظھر انھا تتكون من حزم االلياف العضلية الھيكلية المخططة , . اما الغال مايكروميتراً (30)بلغ معدل سمكھا (73.5)سمكھا وتكون مرتبة بصورة طبقتين الداخلية طوالنية الترتيب مايكروميتراً (220.5)وبلغ معدل سمكھا كطبقة رقيقة من النسيج . الغاللة المصلية ظھرت مايكروميتراً (147)سمكھا والخارجية دائرية الترتيب مايكروميتراً . مايكروميتراً (21) ھابلغ معدل سمكالضام المفكك القناة الھضمية . ,الخاليا المخاطية ,االسماك ,المريء الكلمات المفتاحية : 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 . 88 | biology قدمة الم ھي من االسماك طرفية التعظم التي تعيش بصورة مستديمة في المياه الداخلية liza abu (heckel)سمكة الخشني العراقية في حوضي دجلة والفرات وروافدھما , وال تدخل الى الخليج العربي , وتوجد ايضاً في حوض الفرات في سوريا [1] . يكون المريء في الفقاريات الواطئة بصورة انبوب عريض وقصير ومستقيم , الن في ھذه الحيوانات ال توجد منطقة واللبائن aves والطيور reptiliaعنقية لذلك تكون استطالة المريء غير ضرورية , اما الفقاريات العليا كالزواحف mammalia ك تزيد الحاجة الى االتصال بين التجويف الفمي فتكون المنطقة العنقية طويلة لذلbuccal cavity والمعدة stomach [2] . ان شكل القناة الھضمية يتأثر بعادات التغذية وتكرار اخذ الغذاء وحجم الجسم وشكله , وال تستطيع االسماك تنظيم متطلباتھا الغذائية ونسبة األيض الغذائي لھا يعتمد درجة حرارة جسمھا , اذ تتذبذب مع المحيط الذي تعيش فيه لذلك فأن . [3]على درجة حرارة المحيط المائي الذي تعيش فيه اذا كانت تتغذى على المواد herbivorousوتظھر االسماك تغايراً كبيراً في تغذيتھا , اما ان تكون عشبية التغذية تكون من القوارت , واما اناذا كانت تتغذى على المواد الحيوانية carnivorousالنباتية واما ان تكون من اللواحم omnivorous ويمكن ان تتصف االسماك ايضا بانھا واسعة , اذا كانت تتغذى على خليط من المواد النباتية والحيوانية تتغذى انھا اي stenophagous وجبتھا خليط من المواد , او متوسطة مدى التغذية ان اي euryphagousمدى التغذية [6] [7] [8]تتغذى على نوع واحد من الغذاء انھا اي monophagousعلى عدد محدود من المواد , او احادية الغذاء [5] [4] . تقوم بحماية عالٍ ذات وزن جزيئي glycoproteins ھو عبارة عن بروتينات سكرية mucineان المخاطين عن طريق تكوين ھالم gillsوالغالصم skin في القناة الھضمية والجلد mucous membrane االغشية المخاطية ما بين الغاللة المخاطية والعوامل البيئية physical barrierاذ يعمل كحاجز فسلجي viscoelastic gel , لزج مطاطي تقوم مركبات عديدة , اذظيمي للغذاء دور مھم في عملية الھضم االنesophageal mucine . للمخاط المريئي [9] [11] [12]عن طريق نقلھا للماء وااليونات .osmotic function السكريدات المخاطية المتعادلة بالفعاليات التناضحية [10] . المواد وطرائق العمل من األسواق المحلية ومن مناطق مختلفة ضمن الرقعة جمعت liza abuسمكة خشني (45)شملت الدراسة ثم , 2014من عام يار آ ولغاية شھر 2013الجغرافية لمدينة بغداد في المدة المحصورة بين شھر تشرين الثاني من عام بعمل شق في الخط الوسطي abdominal cavityتم فتح الجوف البطني , اذ [13]ةطريق عتماداألسماك با شرحت بعد ذلك شقين عموديين ناثم عمل, anusالفتحة المخرجية بوانتھاًء pectoral finالبطني ابتداء من خلف الزعنفة الكتفية والشق الثاني pectoral finعلى الشق األول في احد جوانب جدار الجسم حيث يكون الشق االول خلف الزعنفة الكتفية وتم اخراجھا digestive tractثم فصلت القناة الھضمية , ثم قطع جدار الجسم في ذلك الجانب , anusج قبل فتحة الشر . [14]. حضرت المقاطع النسجية بحسب التقانة التي اتبعھا وتم فصل المريء عن القناة الھضمية , من تجويف الجسم النتائج anatomical studyالدراسة التشريحية .1 ) تكون طويلة , اذ يبلغ معدل 2) لوحظ ان القناة الھضمية (شكل 1(شكل liza abuبعد تشريح سمكة الخشني وتتكون القناة relative gut length 2.9سم وان معدل طول القناة الھضمية النسبي gut length (45.3)طولھا انبوب عضلي قصير يبلغ معاء والمستقيم . ويكون المريء بصورةالھضمية من المريء والمعدة واالعاور البوابية واال الى الجزء االمامي pharynxسم يقع الى الجھة الظھرية من القلب , يمتد من النھاية الخلفية للبلعوم 1.5 نحومعدل طوله لمريء وجود طيات يالحظ عند فتح جدار ا , liverوبطنياً يتشابك مع الكبد , cardiac stomachللمعدة الفؤادية ممتدة على طول السطح الداخلي لجدار المريء التي ھي استمرار لطيات البلعوم تحصر longitudinal foldsطوالنية . 3)بينھا اخاديد (شكل 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 89 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 histological studyالدراسة النسجية .2 من طيات طوالنية يتألف الجدار الداخلي للمريء بين ان liza abuسمكة الخشني لمقاطع مريءالفحص النسجي longitudinal folds وتكون مستقيمة غير متفرعة ,طيات 9 نحويبلغ عددھاunbranched straight , بينھا اخاديد )1) (جدول 4(شكل اً مايكروميتر 299.2ومعدل عرض الطية اتمايكروميتر 406.8 ويبلغ معدل طول الطية ابتداء من الداخل نحو الخارج : كالتاليوھي رئيسة ويتكون جدار المريء من اربع غالالت stratified squamousحرشفي مطبق من نسيج ظھاري التي تألفت (tunica mucosa)الغاللة المخاطية 1epithelial tissue ويحتوي على خاليا مخاطية اً مايكروميتر (139.1)يبلغ معدل سمكه mucous cells كبيرة الحجم كثيرة العدد تتجمع فيھا المواد vacuoles تقع عند قاعدة الخلية وسايتوبالزم يحتوي على فجوات nucleus وذات نوى ) .6, 5تجمعات ضمن النسيج الظھاري (شكل صورةالخاليا المخاطية ب توجد , المخاطية 7(شكل (.a.b)وملون االلشيان االزرق (.p.a.s)تتلون الخاليا المخاطية بشدة بملون الشيف فوق اوكسيد االيوديد ,8 ( . وتتكون اً مايكروميتر (148.3)ويبلغ معدل سمكھا , تلي النسيج الظھاري lamina propria الصفيحة المخصوصة تحتوي على االوعية الدموية الشعرية وكذلك irregular dense connective tissueمن نسيج ضام كثيف غير منتظم ) . 8(شكل esophageal glands الخاليا اللمفاوية , وال تحتوي الصفيحة المخصوصة على الغدد المريئية وتتكون من الياف ات مايكروميتر (10)فيبلغ معدل سمكھا muscularis mucosaالمخاطية العضلية اما الطبقة ) . 6تمتد االلياف العضلية في داخل الطيات (شكل smooth muscle fibersعضلية ملساء اً مايكروميتر (30)ويبلغ معدل سمكھا , وھي تلي الغاللة المخاطية tunica submucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطية -2 باألوعية الدموية الشعرية اً يكون غني irregular dense connective tissueوتتكون من نسيج ضام كثيف غير منتظم blood capillaries 5شكل (الخاليا اللمفاوية عن فضالً وكذلك نالحظ الياف النسيج الضام ( اً مايكروميتر (220.5)تحيط بالغاللة تحت المخاطية ويبلغ معدل سمكھا tunica muscularisالغاللة العضلية -3 بصورة اليافھا العضلية الطبقة الداخلية تترتب, muscular fibersمن طبقتين من االلياف العضلية وظھرت مؤلفة , والطبقة الخارجية اً مايكروميتر (73.5)لغ معدل سمكھا ويبموازية للمحور الطولي للمريء longitudinal طوالنية اً مايكروميتر (147)ويبلغ معدل سمكھا حول المحور الطولي للمريء , circular بصورة دائرية اليافھا العضلية تترتب يوجد بينھما striated skeletal muscle fibers وتتكون الغاللة العضلية من حزم االلياف العضلية الھيكلية المخططة . 5)(شكل dense connective tissue نسيج ضام كثيف يحتوي loose connective tissueتكون طبقة رقيقة من النسيج الضام المفكك tunica serosaالغاللة المصلية -4 (شكل اً ميترمايكرو (21)اذ يبلغ معدل سمك الغاللة المصلية , blood capillaries على خاليا واوعية دموية شعرية 5,4 ( . المناقشة بشكله االنبوبي القصير والمستقيم , اذ يربط بين البلعوم liza zbu في سمكة الخشنيesophagus يتميز المريء pharynx والمعدة القلبية cardiac stomach الى ان معدل طول [17] سم , في حين اشار (1.5), وبلغ معدل طوله سم في (0.15)الى ان معدل طول المريء بلغ [18], في حين اشار (plaice)سم في سمكة موسى (2.8)المريء بلغ ان معدل طول المريء [19], وبينت (aphanius persicus) (persian tooth carp)سمكة الكارب الفارسي المسنن (white amur) (gross carp)في حين في سمكة الكارب العشبي (catfish)سم في سمكة الجري (0.78)بلغ )ctenopharyngodon idella سم , وھذا ال يتوافق مع ما جاء به في ھذه الدراسة , (1.16)) بلغ معدل طول المريء unbranched straight longitudinal يحتوي الجدار الداخلي للمريء على طيات طوالنية مستقيمة غير متفرعة folds في دراسته على سمكة الحليب [20]طيات . وقد اشار (9)بلغ عددھا(milk fish) (chanos) الى ان الجدار طية , وھذا ال (20-22)الداخلي للمريء يحتوي على طيات عديدة مرتبة بصورة منتظمة على طول المريء بلغ عددھا ان (white amur) (gross carp) دراستھما على سمكة الكارب العشبيفي [21] يتوافق مع نتائج ھذه الدراسة , بين cheilinusاما في سمكة , ويوجد في قاعدة الطيات وھدات متفرعة . lumenالمريء يحتوي على طيات تسد التجويف lunulatus في , [22]لى المعدة فتكون الطيات الطولية في المريء كبيرة وقليلة العدد وھذا تكيف لتسھيل توصيل الغذاء ا ان الطيات في ) (monopterus albus (rice field eel)في دراستھم على سمكة انقليس حقل الرز [23]حين اشار وان الطيات الطوالنية للمريء ھي استمرار للطيات الطوالنية للبلعوم , لكنھا unbranched المريء تكون غير متفرعة , واظھرت نتائج ھذه الدراسة في سمكة الخشني ان معدل طول الطية [24]ء بالتمدد تكون اعمق منھا حتى تسمح للمري الى ان معدل طول الطية ھو [19]. واشار مايكروميتراً (299.2)مايكروميترات ومعدل عرض الطية ھو (406.8)ھو في الجزء الخلفي منه ومعدل عرض مايكروميتراً (363.36)في الجزء االمامي من المريء و مايكروميتراً (1190.80) في مايكروميترات في الجزء الخلفي منه (104.55)في الجزء االمامي من المريء و مايكرو ميتراً (172.48)الطية فكان معدل طول (whate amure) (gross carp)اما في سمكة الكارب العشبي (catfish)دراستھم لسمكة الجري 90 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 . وھذا ال يتطابق مع نتيجة ھذه مايكروميتراً (163.40)ومعدل عرض الطية ھو روميتراً مايك (655.56)الطية ھو الدراسة . وفي الدراسة النسجية لجدار المريء في سمكة الخشني اثبتت انه يتكون من اربع غالالت وھي : المخاطية mucosa وتحت المخاطية sub mucosa والعضلية muscularis والمصلية , serosa وھذا يتوافق مع ما اشار اليه . تتكون من النسيج mucosa وبينت نتيجة الدراسة ان الغاللة الرئيسة االولى لجدار المريء عي الغاللة المخاطية [25] , مايكروميتراً (139.1)بلغ معدل سمكه stratified squamous الظھاري المبطن للمريء , وھو نسيج حرشفي مطبق بلغ معدل stratified cuboidalھو مكعب مطبق (catfish)سمكة الجري مريءالنسيج الظھاري المبطن ل في حين ان , في حين ان النسيج [19]في الجزء الخلفي مايكروميتراً (28.60)في الجزء االمامي و مايكروميتراً (122.49)سمكه ويحتوي على عدد كبير simple columnarمن النوع العمودي البسيط (plaice)سمكة موسى مريءالظھاري المبطن ل سمكة مريء, ويكون النسيج الظھاري المبطن ل [18]التي تقع عند قاعدة الطيات mucous cells من الخاليا المخاطية ھو نسيج مطبق كاذب عمودي ctenopharyngodon (white amure) (gross carp)الكارب العشبي pseudostratified columnar وھذا ال يتوافق مع نتائج ھذه الدراسة . [22]يستقر على غشاء قاعدي رقيق في الجزء مايكروميتراً (1397.33)بلغ (catfish)سمكة الجري مريءووجد ان معدل سمك الغاللة المخاطية في white) (gross carp)كة الكارب العشبي في الجزء الخلفي . وفي سم مايكروميتراً (299.68)االمامي , وبلغ amure) [27], وھو اكبر من السمك الذي وجد في ھذه الدراسة , واشارت الباحثة [18] مايكروميتراً (916)بلغ سمكه الى ان النسيج الظھاري المطبق barbus grypusوسمكة الشبوط barbus esocinusفي دراستھا على سمكة البز , كذلك taste buds وي على عدد كبير من الخاليا الفارزه للمخاط وعدد قليل من البراعم الذوقيةالمبطن للمرئ يحت الى احتواء النسيج الظھاري المطبق المبطن للمريء gambusia affinisفي دراستھا على سمكة البعوض [27] اشارت واسماك (eels)للمريء في اسماك االنقليس ية , وتمتلك الغاللة المخاطtaste budsعلى عدد قليل من البراعم الذوقية براعم ذوقية تعمل كمستقبالت كيميائية الختيار الغذاء قبل (ambassidae)واسماك عائلة (sea bream)براميس البحر يتميز بوجود عدد من (sea bream)سمكة براميس البحر مريءان [32] , وبينت العبد ھادي [30] [28] [29]ابتالعه وملون االلشيان االزرق (.p.a.s)الخاليا المخاطية التي تتفاعل بنحو موجب مع ملون الشيف فوق اوكسيد االيوديد (a.b.) وھذا يتوافق مع نتائج ھذه الدراسة ,في حين في سمكة ,tilapia تحتوي الغاللة المخاطية(mucosa) لجدار , [31]فقط (.p.a.s)يا التي تتفاعل بنحو موجب مع ملون الشيف فوق اوكسيد االيوديد المريء على عدد كبير من الخال الى وجود عديدة (mugil saliens)في دراستھما لسمكة [32]وھذا ال يتوافق مع نتائج ھذه الدراسة , كذلك اشار مخاطية الحمضية الكبريتية وعديدة السكريدات الneutral mucopolysaccharide السكريدات المخاطية المتعادلة sulfo-acidomucopolysaccharide وعديدة السكريدات المخاطية السيالية salomucopolysaccharide في في االسماك , لذلك يكون salivary glands الخاليا المخاطية في المريء , ربما يعود ذلك الى انعدام وجود الغدد اللعابية ان افراز المواد المخاطية تعمل على [35] , وبين [33] [34]لعمل الغدد اللعابية في اللبائن بھاً عمل الخاليا المخاطية مشا سھولة حركة جزيئات الغذاء كبيرة الحجم كما تقوم بحماية الغاللة المخاطية من االضرار الميكانيكية , وان المريء تكون في دراسته على سمكة [36], واشار الباحث absorptive افضل من االمتصاص secretory فعاليته االفرازية الى عدم وجود الغدد (walking catfish)في دراستھما على اسماك جري المشي (9)و ( paddle fish)المجداف في دراسته على اسماك [34]في المريء , في حين اشار muscularis mucosaوالطبقة المخاطية العضلية (piranha) قه سميكة من االلياف المغراوية الى وجود طب collagenous fibers تحت النسيج الظھاري , اذ تعمل في دراستھم على [37], وكذلك اشار الباحث carnivorous كأسناد وحماية للمريء في االسماك ذات التغذية الحيوانية ريء تنفصل عن الغاللة تحت المخاطية الى ان الغاللة المخاطية للم (solea) (senegal sole)سمكة السنغال الوحيد . stratum compactumبطبقة كثيفة من االلياف تدعى بالطبقة المكتنزة , مايكروميتراً (30) اما بالنسبة الى الغاللة الرئيسة الثانية للمريء وھي الغاللة تحت المخاطية فقد بلغ معدل سمكھا (white amure) (gross carp)مايكروميترات في الكارب العشبي (310.7)الى ان معدل سمكھا كان [21]واشار في الجزء الخلفي للمريء في سمكة مايكروميتراً (216.69)في الجزء االمامي للمريء و مايكروميتراً (460.72)و ثيف غير منتظم . وھذا السمك اكبر مما وجد في ھذه النتيجة , يوجد في ھذه الطبقة نسيج ضام ك (catfish)الجري dense irregular connective tissue [27]غني باألوعية الدموية الشعرية والخاليا اللمفاوية , وھذا ما اوضحته ايضا , اذ اشارت الى وجود النسيج الضام الحاوي على عدد كبير من gambosia affinisفي دراستھا في سمكة البعوض في دراسته على اسماك الكارب العشبي [38]وتتخلله الياف النسيج الضام , وبيناالوعية الدموية وااللياف العصبية (gross carp) (white amure) واسماك الجري(catfish) الى ان الغاللة تحت المخاطية للمريء تحتوي على ية وذلك لزيادة الطوالنstriated muscles وحزم من العضالت المخططة elastic fibers الكثير من االلياف المرنة مطاطية المريء من اجل ابتالع عناصر كبيرة من الغذاء . tunica muscularisاما الغاللة الرئيسة الثالثة من غالالت جدار المريء في سمكه الخشني فھي الغاللة العضلية اذ اوضحوا ان سمكھا [19]جاء به اال ان سمكھا غير متوافق مع ما مايكروميتراً (220.5), بلغ معدل سمك ھذه الغاللة في مايكروميتراً (800.10)و (white amure) (gross carp)في سمكة الكارب العشبي مايكروميتراً (861.07) 91 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 , تتكون ھذه (catfish)في الجزء الخلفي للمريء في سمكة الجري مايكروميتراً (1070.54)الجزء االمامي للمريء و مرتبة في طبقتين الداخلية striated skeletal muscle fibers الغاللة من حزم من األلياف العضلية الھيكلية المخططة (147)يبلغ معدل سمكھا (circular)والخارجية دائرية مايكروميتراً (73.5)يبلغ معدل سمكھا longitudinalطوالنية في دراسته على [34], في حين اشار .tilapia sppفي دراستھما على سمكة [39]دراسة , وھذا يتفق مع مايكرومتراً الى ان الغاللة العضلية في المريء تتكون من عضالت مخططة مؤلفة من عضالت دائرية barbus stigmaسمكة على سمكة الكارب الفارسي في دراستھم [18]الترتيب جديدة التكوين اما العضالت طولية الترتيب تكون مفقودة , اما فقد اشاروا الى ان الغاللة العضلية تتكون من طبقة سميكة دائرية الترتيب من الياف (persian tooth carp)المسنن smooth طولية الترتيب من الياف عضلية ملساء وطبقة نحيفة جداً striated muscle fibersعضلية مخططة muscle fibersفي دراستھما على سمكة الكارب العشبي [22]اشار غير مخططة , في حين(gross carp) (white amure) الى ان الغاللة العضلية تتكون من طبقة داخلية دائرية الترتيب مكونة من الياف عضلية ملساءsmooth muscle fibers وكذلك من الياف عضلية مخططة , striated muscle fibers رتيب متكونة وطبقة خارجية طولية الت auerbachs بين الطبقتين يدعى بضفيرة اورباخ nervous tissueمن الياف عضلية مخططة , ويوجد نسيج عصبي plexus في دراسته على سمكة موسى [17], وكذلك اشار(plaice) الى ان الغاللة العضلية متكونة من الياف عضلية وتكون سميكة جدا نحو عشرة اضعاف الطبقة الخارجية والخارجية circular مخططة مرتبة بطبقتين الداخلية دائرية الى ان الغاللة العضلية في [40], واشار وتكون بصورة حلقة مكونة من حزم غير منتظمة longitudinal طولية الى الغاللة الرئيسة المريء تعمل على تقوية وحماية جدار المريء عند تمدده اثناء عملية بلع المواد الصلبة , اما بالنسبة في سمكة الخشني . وتتكون مايكروميتراً (21)فقد بلغ معدل سمكھا tunica serosa الرابعة للمريء الغاللة المصلية الى ان الغاللة المصلية [41] وھذا ما اشار اليه ايضاً loose connective tissue , ھذه الغاللة من نسيج ضام مفكك , flattened cells تحيط بالغاللة العضلية , وتتكون من نسيج ضام يحتوي على الياف ومحاط بخاليا مسطحة الى ان الخاليا histochemical testsفي دراستھم على المريء باعتماد اختبارات الكيمياء النسجية [37]واشار (s-h)و (s-s)تحتوي على مجاميع االواصر والعضلية لة تحت المخاطية والغال الظھارية والصفيحة المخصوصة والسستين arginine واالرجنين tyrosine والتايروسين lysine وعلى االحماض االمينية مثل الاليسين cystine والسستائين cysteine في دراستھما مريء سمكة الكارب العشبي [21]. اما الباحثان(gross carp) (white amure) فقد بينا ان الغاللة المصلية تتكون من طبقة رقيقة من نسيج ضام كثيف غير منتظم dense irregular connective tissue محاط بطبقة من خاليا حرشفية بسيطة ميزوثيلية mesothelium. المصادر 358الثالث . مطبعة جامعة البصرة , صفحة ) اسماك العراق والخليج العربي . الجزء 1984الدھام , نجم قمر ( -1 . 2petrinec, z. ; nejedli, s. ; kuzir, s. and opacak, a. ( 2005) mucosubstance of the digestive tract mucosa in northern pike (esox lucius l. ) and european catfish ( silurus glanis) . vet. arthiv. , 75 , 4 , (317-327) . 3lagler , k.f.l. ; bardach , j.e. and miller, r.r. (1962) ichthyology . john willery and sons. , inc. , new york : 396 . اجستير , ) بعض الجوانب الحياتية لنوعين من اسماك المياه العذبة الخشني والبياح , رسالة م1982نعمة , علي كاظم ( -4 .161, جامعة البصرة , كلية العلوم , ) دراسة بيئية حياتية لسمكتي الحمري والخشني من نھر مھيجران _جنوب البصرة1983يوسف , اسامة حامد ( -5 . 144رسالة ماجستير , كلية الزراعة , جامعة البصرة , 6grau , a. ; crespo , s. ; saraquete , m.c. and gonzalenz de canals , m.l. (1992) the digestive tract of the amberjack seriola dumerili risso : a light and scanning electron microscope study . j. fish . biol., 41, (287-303). 7evans , d.h. (1998) the physiology of fishes . 2nd edn. , crc press , boca raton (4365). 8 raji , a.r. and norouzi , e. (2010) histological and histochemical study on the alimentary canale in wolking catfish(claris batrachus ) and piranha (serrasalmus nattereri) . iranian j. veter. res. , 11 , 3 , (225-260). . 9pajk, b. and danguy, a. ( 1993 ) characterization of sugar moieties and oligosaccharide sequences in the rainbow trout by means of lectin histochemistry . j. fish biol. , 43, (709_722). 92 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 10pedini, v. ; scocco, p. ; radaelli, g. ; fagioli, o. and ceccarelli, p. (2001) carbohydrate histochemistry of the alimentary canal of the shidrum , umbrina cirrosa l . ana. histo. embry. , 30,6, (345-349) . 11marchetti, l. ; capacchietti, m. ; sabbieti, m.g. ; accili, d. ; materazzi, g. andmenghi, g. ( 2006) histology and carbohydrate histochemistry of the alimentary canal in the rainbow trout oncorhynchus mykiss . j. fish . biol. , 68, (1808-1821) . 12genten , f. ; trewinghe e. and danguy , a. ( 2009) digestive system . in : atlas of fish histology . science publisher , new york , (75-91). 13billett, f.s. and wild, a.e. (1975) practical studies of animal development . chapmen and hall co. , london , (277) . 14humason, g.l. (1979) animal tissue technique . 4th ed. w.h. freedom co. , san francisca : xii+ 661. 15bancroft, j.d. and stevens, a. (1982) theory and practice of histological techniques . 2nd ed. , churchill living stone edinburgh : 662 . 16luna, l.g. (1968) manual of histological staining methods , 3rd ed. , mcgraw-hill book co. , inc. , new york : (255) . 17shehata, s.m.a. (1997) anatomical and histochemical studies on the oesophagus and stomach of certain teleostean fishes with interference to their adaptation features . al_azhar bull. sci. , 8,2, (735_767). 18monsefi, m. ; gholami, z. and esmaeili, h.r. (2010) histological and morphological studies of digestive tube and liver of persian tooth-carp , aphanius persicus (actinopterygii: cyprinodotidae) . j. biol. , 69,1, ( 57-64) . 19abd el hafez, e.a. ; mokhtar, d.m. ; abou-elhamd, a.s. and hassan, a.h. (2013) comparative histomorphological studies on oesophagus of catfish and grass carp . j. histo. , 1, (1-10) . 20chandy, m. and george, m. (1959) further studies on the alimentary tract of the milk fish chanos in relation to its food and feeding habits . ecology , 26, 3, (126-134) . 21morgans , l.f. and heidt , g. (1974) microscopic anatomy of the digestive tract of white amur , ctenopharyngodon idella val. arkansas academy of science proceeding , 28 , (47-49) . 22khalaf allah, h.m.m. (2013) morphological adaptations of digestive tract according to food and feeding habits of the broom tail wrass, cheilinus lunulatus . egypt . j. aquat. biol. fish , 17,1, (123-141) . 23dai, x. shu, m. and frang,w. (2006) histological and ultrastructural study of the digestive tract of rice field eel , monopterus albus . j. comp. , 23 , (177_183) 24arellano, j.m. , storch, v. and sarasquete, c. (2001) a histological and histochemical study of the oesophagus and oesogaster of the senegal sole, solea senegalensis . eur. j. histochem. , 45 , (279_294). 25kumar, s. and tembhre, m. (1996) anatomy and physiology of fishes , 1st ed. , vikas pub. house pvt ltd. , nehru nagar , ghaziabad , ( 65-70) . ة ) دراسة تشريحية ونسجية للقناة الھضمية لنوعين من اسماك المياه العذب1989عبد الرحمن , شرمين عبد هللا , ( -26 صفحة . 86العراقية ھما البز والشبوط , رسالة ماجستير , كلية العلوم , جامعة بغداد , عوض , الب سمكة في الھضمي لألنبوب الجنيني والتكوين ) التركيب النسجي2003الكواز , جنان مھدي جواد ( ‐27 صفحة .109رسالة ماجستير , كلية العلوم , جامعة بابل ,   93 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 28martin, t.j. and blaber, s.j.m. (1984) morphology and histology of the alimentary tract of ambassidae (cuvier) (teleostei) in relation to feeding . j. morph. , 182, (295-305) . 29morrison, c.m. (1987) histology of atlantic cod , gadus morhua . part one . digestive tract and associated organs . can. spec. publ. fish aquat. sci. , 98, (1-219) . 30mancera, j.m. ; perez-figares, j.m. and fernandez-liebrez, p. (1993 ) osmoregulatory responses to abrupt salinity changes in the euryhaline gilthead sea bream (sparus aurata l.) . comp. biochem. physiol. , 106, (245-250) 31al-abdulhadi , h.a. (2005) some comparative histological studies on alimentary tract of tilapia fish (tilapia spilurus) and sea bream (mylio cuvieri) . egyptian . j. aquatic . res. , 13, (387-397). 32elbal, m.t. and agulleiro, b. (1986) a histochemical and ultrastructural study of the gut of sparus auratus (teleostei) . j. submicrosc . cytol. , 18, (335-347) . 33wu, a. ; casko, m. and herp, a. ( 1994 ) structure biosynthesis and function of salivary mucins . mol. cell biochem. , 137, (39-55) . 34kapoor , b.g. ; smit , h. and verighina , i.a. (1975) the alimentary canal and digestion in teleosts in: advances in marine biology , vol. 13 . russell f.s. and young m. (eds.) academic press , london , ( 109-239) . 35scocco, p. ; ceccarelli, p. and menghi, g. (1996) glycohistochemistry of the tilapia spp. stomach . j. fish-biol. , 49, (584-593) . 36weisel, g.f. (2005) anatomy and histology of digestive system of the paddle fish (palyodon spathula) . j. morphol. , 140, (243-255) . 37arellano, j.m. , storch, v. and sarasquete, c. ( 2001) a histological and histochemical study of the oesophagus and oesogaster of the senegal sole, solea senegalensis . eur. j. histochem. , 45 , (279_294). 38salem, h.f.a. ( 1991) comparative morphological studies on esophagus and stomach of catfish , tilapia and mugil fishes . egypt . j. sci. , 6,5, (95-106) . 39morrison, c.m. and wright, j.r. (1999) a study of the histology of the digestive tract of the nile tilapia . j. fish biol. , 54 ,3, ( 597-606) . 40domeneghini, c. ; pannelli s. , r. and veggetti, a. (1998) gut glycoconjugates in sparus aurata l. (pisces, teleostei) a comparative histochemical study in larval and adults ages . histol. histopathol. , 13, 2, (359-372) . 41mercy, t.v.a. and pillai, n.k. (1985) the anatomy and histology of the alimentary tract of the blind catfish horaglanis krishnai menon . int. j. spolool. , 14, (69-85) . 94 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 القياسات الشكليائية والنسجية لمرئ سمكة الخشني (1)جدول رقم , الزعنفة cf, الزعنفة الذنبية , af, الزعنفة الشرجية aمنظر جانبي لسمكة الخشني . فتحة الشرج (1)شكل رقم . plf, الزعنفة الحوضية pf, الزعنفة الكتفية dfالظھرية   المريء القيــــــــــــاســــــــات  1.5 طول القناة الھضمية (سم)♦  9 عدد الطيات المخاطية ♦  µ ( 406.8طول الطية المخاطية (♦  µ ( 299.2( عرض الطية المخاطية ♦  µ (139.1(سمك النسيج الظھاري المبطن ♦  µ ( 148.3سمك الصفيحة المخصوصة (♦  µ ( 10سمك الطبقة المخاطية العضلية (♦  µ (30(سمك الغاللة تحت المخاطية ♦  µ ( 73.5(سمك طبقة العضالت الداخلية ♦  µ (147(سمك طبقة العضالت الخارجية ♦  µ (21(سمك الغاللة المصلية ♦ 95 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 , in, االمعاء gb, كيس الصفراء esمنظر سطحي يوضح القناة الھضمية لسمكة الخشني . المريء (2)شكل رقم . st, المعدة rcالمستقيم . fالطيات الداخلية الطولية في جدار المريء . الطيات (3)شكل رقم 96 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 , lمقطع مستعرض مار خالل جدار المريء لسمكة الخشني يوضح جميع غالالت المريء . التجويف (4)شكل رقم , طبقة العضالت الدائرية lml, طبقة العضالت الطولية sm, تحت المخاطية m, المخاطية lfالطيات الطوالنية cml المصلية ,s , ملون فان كيزن) .x4 . ( , النسيج lمقطع مستعرض مار خالل جدار المريء لسمكة الخشني يوضح غالالت المريء . التجويف (5)شكل رقم لصفيحة , ا vc, سايتوبالزم فجوي n, النواة bm, الغشاء القاعدي mc, الخاليا المخاطية epالظھاري , طبقة العضالت lml, طبقة العضالت الطولية sm, تحت المخاطية mum, المخاطية العضلية lpالمخصوصة . x40 , h&e). (ملون s, المصلية clmالدائرية 97 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 مقطع مستعرض مار خالل جدار مريء سمكة الخشني يوضح النسيج الظھاري المحتوي على الخاليا (6)شكل رقم , mc, الخاليا المخاطية epالمخاطية وكذلك الصفيحة المخصوصة ضمن الغاللة المخاطية . النسيج الظھاري x40 , h&e). (ملون mum, المخاطية العضلية lpالصفيحة المخصوصة ) مقطع مستعرض مار خالل جدار مريء سمكة الخشني يوضح الخاليا المخاطية المحتوية على المواد 7شكل رقم ( , الغشاء mc, الخاليا المخاطية ep, النسيج الظھاري lالمخاطية المتعادلة ضمن النسيج الظھاري . التجويف ) pas ,x40(ملون lp, الصفيحة المخصوصة bmالقاعدي 98 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ) مقطع مستعرض مار خالل جدار المريء سمكة الخشني يوضح الخاليا المخاطية المحتوية على المواد 8شكل ( , الغشاء mc, الخاليا المخاطية epالمخاطية الحمضية ضمن النسيج الظھاري الحرشفي المطبق . النسيج الظھاري . mum, المخاطية العضلية lp, الصفيحة المخصوصة bmالقاعدي x40)(ملون االلشيان االزرق , 99 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 histological study of the digestive tract of liza abu (heckel) 1-esophagus hanan r.d. hussain wijdan b. abid dept. of biology /college of education for pure science / (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received at : 10 /september/2014 , accepted at :24 /november/2014 abstract the study includes histological structure of digestive tract of liza abu , anatomical results found that the digestive tract occupied the largest part of abdominal cavity , the mean gut length was (45.5) cm and relative gut length was (2.9) . esophagus was a muscular tube length (1.5) cm , esophagus wall containing longitudinal straight unbranched folds numbering (9) . histological study results found that the esophagus composed of four tunica : mucosa , submucosa , muscularis and serosa . the results found that the mucosa consists of three layers : epithelium , lamina propria and muscularis mucosa . the epithelial layer was stratified squamous epithelium thickness (139.1) µ containing big size mucous cells strongly staining with pas and ab .lamina propria under epithelial tissue thickness(148.3) µ composed of irregular dense connective tissue and does not contain esophageal glands . muscularis mucosa composed of smooth muscle fibers thickness(10) µ. submucosa was irregular dense connective tissue enriched with blood capillaries thickness(30) µ . tunica muscularis composed of bundles of striated skeletal muscle fibers thickness(220.5) µ arranged in two layers internal longitudinal layer thickness(73.5) µ and external circular layer thickness (147) µ . serosa was thin layer of loose connective tissue thickness (21) µ . keywords : esophagus , fishes , mucous cells . digestive tract ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 365 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: mbhmsc2015110@gmail.com abstract let 𝑅 be a commutative ring with 1 and 𝑀 be left unitary 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. in this papers we introduced and studied concept p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is said to be p-small compressible if 𝑀 can be embedded in every of it is nonzero p-small submodule of 𝑀. equivalently, 𝑀 is p-small compressible if there exists a monomorphism : 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 ,0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀, 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is said to be p-small retractable if 𝐻𝑜𝑚(𝑀, 𝐾) ≠ 0 , for every nonzero p-small submodule 𝐾of 𝑀. equivalently, 𝑀 is p-small retractable if there exists a homomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 whenever 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀 as a generalization of compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 respectively and give some of their advantages characterizations and examples. keywords: compressible module, retractable module, small submodule, p-small submodule, psmall compressible module, p-small retractable module. hollow module, ps-hollow module. 1. introduction let r be a commutative ring with 1 and m be left unitary 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. authors introduced and studied concept small submodules. a proper submodule 𝑁 of an 𝑅 −module 𝑀 is termed a small submodule (𝑁 ≪ 𝑀), if 𝑁 + 𝐿 ≠ 𝑀 for every submodule 𝐿 of 𝑀[1]. a proper submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is said to be prime if whenever 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 , 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 such that 𝑟. 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 either 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 or ∈ [𝑁: 𝑀] ; [𝑁: 𝑀] = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟𝑀 ⊆ 𝑁}[2] . in [3] iman m.a.hadi and tammader a.ibrahiem introduced and studied the concept of p-small submodules , where a submodule 𝑁 of an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is called p-small submodule 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀 if 𝑁 + 𝑃 ≠ 𝑀 for any prime submodule 𝑃 of 𝑀. an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑀 is called compressible if 𝑀 can be embedded in every non-zero submodule. an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is said to be p-small compressible if 𝑀 can be embedded in every of it is nonzero p-small submodule of 𝑀. equivalently, 𝑀 is p-small compressible if there exists a monomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 whenever 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3089 article history: received 27 october 2022, accepted 19 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq p-small compressible modules and p-small retractable modules mohammed baqer hashim al hakeem* department of mathematics, college of science, baghdad university, baghdad, iraq. mbhmsc2015110@gmail.com nuhad s. al-mothafar department of mathematics, college of science, baghdad university, baghdad, iraq. nuhad.salim@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mbhmsc2015110@gmail.com mailto:mbhmsc2015110@gmail.com mailto:mbhmsc2015110@gmail.com mailto:nuhad.salim@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:nuhad.salim@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 366 in this paper we introduce and study the concept of p-small compressible as a generalization of compressible module, and we give some properties , characterization and examples. in addition, we see that under condition. p-small compressible, small compressible and compressible are equivalent.some of their advantages characterizations and examples are given. we also study the relation between p-small compressible module, p-small retractable module and some of classes of modules. 2. preliminaries definition (2.1): let 𝑀 be an 𝑅 −module and 𝑁 ≤ 𝑀: 1. 𝑁 is called small submodule of 𝑀 , (𝑁 ≪ 𝑀) if 𝑁 + 𝐾 = 𝑀 implies 𝐾 = 𝑀 , for any submodule 𝐾 of 𝑀[1]. 2. an 𝑅 −module𝑀 is called hollow if every proper submodule is small in𝑀[4]. 3. a proper submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is called prime if whenever 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 , 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 implies either 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 or 𝑟 ∈ [𝑁: 𝑀] : [𝑁: 𝑀] = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟𝑀 ⊆ 𝑁} [2] 4. a proper submodule 𝑁 is called p-small submodule of 𝑀 , (𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀) if 𝑁 + 𝑃 ≠ 𝑀 , for any prime submodule 𝑃 of 𝑀, [3]. 5. an 𝑅 −module𝑀 is called ps-hollow if every proper submodule in 𝑀 is p-small[3]. 6. an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is said to be small compressible if 𝑀 can be embedded in every nonzero small submodule of 𝑀. equivalently, 𝑀 is small compressible if there exists a monomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 whenever 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀[5]. 7. an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is called quasi-dedekind 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 if for all 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑𝑅 (𝑀) , 𝑓 ≠ 0 implies 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 = 0, [7]. 8. an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is called small quasi-dedekind 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 if for all 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑𝑅 (𝑀) , 𝑓 ≠ 0 implies 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≪ 𝑀, [7]. remark(2.2) :[3](1) (2̅) is p-small sub𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 of 𝑍6 as 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. (2) (2̅) and (3̅) are not p-small submodule of 𝑍6. (3) if 𝑀 is semi-simple 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then (0) is the only p-small submodule. remark (2.3): each small submodule is p-small. but the converse is not true in general for example(2̅) is p-small sub𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 of 𝑍6 as 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 but not small. lemma (2.4): 1. let 𝑁 be a proper submodule of 𝑀. if w⊂ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀, then w≪𝑃 𝑀. in particular if w is a direct summand of 𝑁 and 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀, then w≪𝑃 𝑀. 2. let 𝑁1 and 𝑁2 be proper submodules of 𝑀. if 𝑁1 + 𝑁2 ≪𝑃 𝑀, then 𝑁1 ≪𝑃 𝑀, 𝑁2 ≪𝑃 𝑀, the converse is not true. 3. let 𝐴 ⊂ 𝐵 ⊂ 𝑁 ⊂ 𝑀. if b≪𝑃 𝑁, then 𝐴 ≪𝑃 𝑀. 4. let 𝑀, 𝑀′ be 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 and 𝜓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑀′ be an 𝑅 − ℎ𝑜𝑚𝑜𝑚𝑜𝑟𝑝ℎ𝑖𝑠𝑚. if 𝐴 ≪𝑃 𝑀, then 𝜓(𝐴) ≪𝑃 𝑀′. 3 .p-small compressible module in this section, we introduce the concept of p-small compressible module as a generalization of compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, give some of basic properties, examples and characterizations of this concept. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 367 definition (3.1): an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is said to be p-small compressible if 𝑀 can be embedded in every of it is nonzero p-small submodule of 𝑀. equivalently, 𝑀 is p-small compressible if there exists a monomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 whenever 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀. remarks and examples (3.2): 1. it’s obvious that every compressible module is p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, but the converse is not true. for example 𝑍6 as z-module is p-small compressible since (0̅) is the only p-small submodule, but not compressible. 2. 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small compressible module, because it's compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. 3. 𝑍𝑃 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒; 𝑃 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟. 4. every simple 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small compressible module but not conversely, because 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is a p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 but not simple. 5. 𝑍4 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is not p-small compressible.(because 𝑍4 can’t be embedded in 〈2̅〉 and 〈2̅〉 ≪𝑃 𝑍4 ) . 6. a homomorphic image of a p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 need not be psmall compressible in general for example 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is a p-small compressible module and 𝑧 4𝑧 ≃ 𝑧4 is not p-small compressible module view remark (5). proposition(3.3): a p-small submodule of p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is also p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. proof: let 0 ≠ 𝐾 ≪𝑃 𝑀 and 𝑀 be p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and let 0 ≠ 𝐿 ≤ 𝐾 ≪𝑃 𝑀 , then 𝐿 ≪𝑃 𝑀 [3]. since 𝑀 is p-small compressible, so ∃ a monomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝐿 and 𝑖: 𝐾 ⟶ 𝑀 is the inclusion homomorphism, then 𝑓 ∘ 𝑖: 𝐾 ⟶ 𝐿 is a monomorphism. therefore 𝐾 is a p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. proposition(3.5): if an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 has no prime submodule such that ∃ a monomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 , ∀𝑁 ⊊ 𝑀 , then 𝑀 is p-small compressible . proof: suppose 𝑀 has no prime submodule and let 𝑁 ⊊ 𝑀, then 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀 ⌈3⌉and by assumption 𝑀 is p-small compressible. proposition(3.6): let 𝑀1 and 𝑀2 be isomorphic 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠. then 𝑀1is p-small compressible if and only if 𝑀2is p-small compressible. proof: let 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀1 and suppose that 𝑀2 is p-small compressible. let 𝜙: 𝑀1 ⟶ 𝑀2 be an isomorphism., then by[3] 0 ≠ 𝜙(𝑁) ≪𝑃 𝑀2.put 𝐾 = 𝜙(𝑁) ≪𝑃 𝑀2, so 𝛼: 𝑀2 ⟶ 𝐾 is a monomorphism (by assumption), let 𝑔 = 𝜙−1 │𝐾 , then 𝑔: 𝐾 ⟶ 𝑀1 is a monomorphism. 𝑔(𝐾) = 𝜙−1(𝜙(𝑁)) = 𝑁. hence, we have a composition 𝜓 = 𝑔 ∘ 𝛼 ∘ 𝜙, hence 𝜓: 𝑀1 ⟶ 𝑁 is a monomorphism. therefore 𝑀1is p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. remark(3.7): the direct sum of p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 need not be p-small compressible. consider the following example let 𝑍4 ≃ 𝑍2⨁𝑍2 as z-module . 𝑍2 is p-small compressible module, but 𝑍4 is not p-small compressible module see remarks and examples (2.3) point(5) proposition(3.8):let 𝑀 = 𝑀1⨁𝑀2 be an 𝑅 −module such that 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 𝑀1⨁𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 𝑀2 = 𝑅. if 𝑀1 and 𝑀2 are p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠, then 𝑀 is p-small compressible. proof: let 0 ≠ 𝑁 = 𝐾1⨁𝐾2 ≪𝑃 𝑀. then by theorem (1.12)[3] .0 ≠ 𝐾1 ≪𝑃 𝑀1 ≤ 𝑀 and 0 ≠ 𝐾2 ≪𝑃 𝑀2 ≤ 𝑀. but 𝑀1and 𝑀2 p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠, so ∃ monomorphisms 𝑓: 𝑀1 ⟶ 𝐾1and 𝑔: 𝑀2 ⟶ 𝐾2 . define 𝜓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 by 𝜓(𝑎, 𝑏) = (𝑓(𝑎), 𝑔(𝑏)), it can be easily show that 𝜓is a monomorphism. therefore 𝑀 is p-small compressible. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 368 proposition(3.9):let 𝑀 = 𝑀1⨁𝑀2 be p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 such that 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 𝑀1⨁𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 𝑀2 = . 0 ≠ 𝐾1 ≪𝑃 𝑀1 ≤ 𝑀 and 0 ≠ 𝐾2 ≪𝑃 𝑀2 ≤ 𝑀 with 𝑁 = 𝐾1⨁𝐾2 ≪𝑃 𝑀, then 𝑀1 and 𝑀2 are p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 . proof: let 0 ≠ 𝐾1 ≤ 𝑁 = 𝐾1⨁𝐾2 ≪𝑃 𝑀, then by remarks and examples(1.2)(7)[3] 𝐾1 ≪𝑃 𝑀, but 𝑀 be p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, so ∃ a monomorphisms 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝐾1 and 𝐽: 𝑀1 ⟶ 𝑀1⨁𝑀2 = 𝑀, hence we have a composition . let𝜓 = 𝑓 ∘ 𝐽, thus 𝜓 : 𝑀1 ⟶ 𝐾1 is a monomorphism . therefore 𝑀1is p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. the same way we can prove 𝑀2 is p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 . remarks and examples (3.10): 1. every p-small compressible module is small compressible module. proof: let 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀, then by [3] 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀 and 𝑀 is p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, therefor 𝑀 is small compressible module. 2. 𝑍6as 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is small compressible, since (0̅) the only p-small submodule of 𝑍6. 3. 𝑄 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is not p-small compressible module, since 𝐻𝑜𝑚𝑅 (𝑄, 𝑍) = 0 , where 𝑍 ≪𝑃 𝑄. proposition(3.11): let 𝑀 be an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 0 ≠ 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 such that 𝑅𝑚 ⊊ 𝑀, then 𝑀 is small compressible if and only if 𝑀is p-small compressible. proof: suppose that 𝑀 is small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and let 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀 , then by [3] 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀 and since 𝑀 is small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, therefore 𝑀 is p-small compressible. conversely it's clear by remarks and examples (3.10)point(1) corollary(3.12): a small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is p-small compressible, if every cyclic submodule of 𝑀 is p-small submodule in 𝑀 . proof: obviously by above proposition. proposition(3.13): let 𝑀 be a finitely generated (or multiplication) 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 . then 𝑀 is small compressible if and only if 𝑀is p-small compressible. proof: let 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀. we want to show that 𝑀is p-small compressible. since 𝑀 is finitely generated (or multiplication), then by proposition(1.4)[3], so 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀, but 𝑀 is small compressible 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. therefore 𝑀 is p-small compressible. conversely clear by remarks and examples (3.10) point (1). corollary(3.14): let 𝑀 be a noetherian 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. then 𝑀 is small compressible if and only if 𝑀is p-small compressible. proof: since 𝑀 is noetherian, then every submodule is finitely generated, then the result follows by proposition(3.13). therefore 𝑀 is small compressible. conversely clear by remarks and examples (3.10) point (1). recall that an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is called almost finitely generated if 𝑀 is not finitely generated and every proper submodule of of 𝑀 is finitely generated[6]. proposition(3.15): let 𝑀 be an almost finitely generated 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. then 𝑀is p-small compressible if and only if 𝑀is small compressible. proof: let 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀. we want to show that 𝑀is p-small compressible. since 𝑀 is almost finitely generated[6], then by corollary (1.11)[3], we get 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀, but 𝑀 is small compressible 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. therefore 𝑀 is p-small compressible. conversely clear by remarks and examples (3.10) point (1). proposition(3.16): let 𝑀 be a hollow 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) 𝑀 is compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 369 (2) 𝑀 is p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. (3) small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 . proof: (1) ⟹ (2) it's clear by remarks and examples (3.2) point (1). (2) ⟹ (3) it's clear by remarks (3.10) point (1) (3) ⟹ (1)let𝐾 ≤ 𝑀. since 𝑀 is ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then ∃ a monomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝐾. therefor 𝑀 is compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. we introduce the following definition (3.17): an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is called p-small quasi-dedekind 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 if for all ∈ (𝑀) , 𝑓 ≠ 0 implies 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≪𝑃 𝑀. remark (3.18): it's clear that every quasi-dedekind is p-small quasi-dedekind. proposition(3.19): if 𝑀 is p-small quasi-dedekind 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then 𝑀 can't be compressible . proof: suppose that 𝑀 is p-small quasi-dedekind 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and let 𝑁 = 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≤ 𝑀, but 𝑀 is psmall quasi-dedekind, then 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≪𝑃 𝑀, 𝑓 ≠ 0 , thus can't be embedded 𝑀 in 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 , because 𝐻𝑜𝑚(𝑀, 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓) = 0. therefore 𝑀 can't be compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. remark(3.20): every small quasi-dedekind is p-small quasi-dedekind. proof: let 0 ≠ 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑𝑅 (𝑀), where 𝑀 is an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 since 𝑀 is a small quasi-dedekind, then 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≪ 𝑀, hence 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≪𝑃 𝑀. thus 𝑀 is a p-small quasi-dedekind module. 4. p-small retractable module in this section, we introduce the concept of p-small retractable module as a generalization of retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, give some of basic properties, examples and characterizations of this concept. definition (4.1): an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is said to be p-small retractable if 𝑀 𝐻𝑜𝑚(𝑀, 𝐾) ≠ 0 , for every non-zero p-small submodule 𝐾of 𝑀. equivalently, 𝑀 is p-small retractable if there exists a homomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 whenever 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀. remarks and examples(4.2): 1. it’s obvious that every p-small compressible module is p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, but the converse is not true for instance𝑍4 is p-small retractable but not p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 see remarks and examples (3.2) point(5). 2. 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, because it's p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. 3. every simple 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small retractable module but not conversely, because 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is a p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 but not simple. 4. every retractable 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small retractable 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, but the converse is not true. 5. every semi-simple 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small retractable because it is retractable. 6. every compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, but the converse is not true for instance 𝑍4 is p-small retractable but not p-small compressible 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 see remarks and examples (3.2)point(5). 7. a homomorphic image of a p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is a p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. remark(4.3): the direct sum of p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. proposition(4.4): a p-small submodule of p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is also p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 370 proof: let 0 ≠ 𝐾 ≪𝑃 𝑀 and 𝑀 be p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and let 0 ≠ 𝐿 ≤ 𝐾 ≪𝑃 𝑀 , by remarks and examples (1.2)point(3), [3]. 𝐿 ≪𝑃 𝑀 . since 𝑀 is p-small retractable, so ∃ a homomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝐿 and 𝑖: 𝐾 ⟶ 𝑀 is the inclusion homomorphism, then 𝑓 ∘ 𝑖: 𝐾 ⟶ 𝐿 be a homomorphism. therefore 𝐾 is a p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. proposition(4.5): let 𝑀1 and 𝑀2 be isomorphic 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠. then 𝑀1is p-small retractable if and only if 𝑀2is p-small retractable proof: let 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀1 and suppose that 𝑀2 is p-small retractable. let 𝑓: 𝑀1 ⟶ 𝑀2 be an isomorphism. then by[3] 0 ≠ 𝑓(𝑁) ≪𝑃 𝑀2. put 𝐾 = 𝑓(𝑁) ≪𝑃 𝑀2, we get ℎ: 𝑀2 ⟶ 𝐾 is a homomorphism (by assumption), let 𝑔 = 𝑓 −1 │𝐾 , then 𝑔: 𝐾 ⟶ 𝑀1 is a monomorphism. 𝑔(𝐾) = 𝑓 −1(𝑓(𝑁)) = 𝑁. hence we have a composition η = 𝑔 ∘ ℎ ∘ 𝑓. hence η: 𝑀1 ⟶ 𝑁 is a monomorphism. therefore 𝑀1is p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. proposition(4.7): let 𝑀 be 𝑃𝑆 − ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then the following are equivalent (1) 𝑀 is retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. (2) 𝑀 is p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. proposition(4.8): if 𝑀 is p-small quasi-dedekind 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then 𝑀 can't be p-small retractable . proof: suppose that 𝑀 is p-small quasi-dedekind 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and let 𝑁 = 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≤ 𝑀, but 𝑀 is psmall quasi-dedekind, then 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≪𝑃 𝑀, 𝑓 ≠ 0 , thus 𝐻𝑜𝑚(𝑀, 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓) = 0. therefore 𝑀 can't be p-small retractable 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. recall that an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is called monoform if for each non-zero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 and for each 𝑓 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚𝑅 (𝑁, 𝑀), 𝑓 ≠ 0 implies 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 = 0, [5]. definition(4.9): an 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 is called p-small monoform if for each non-zero submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 and for each 𝑓 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚𝑅 (𝑁, 𝑀), 𝑓 ≠ 0 implies 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ≪𝑃 𝑁. remark(4.10): every p-small compressible 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small monoform, but not conversely. for example , 𝑍8 as 𝑍 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 is p-small monoform but not p-small compressible. proposition(4.11): let 𝑀 be a quasi-dedekind 𝑅 − 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. then 𝑀 is p-small monoform if and only if 𝑀 is p-small compressible. proof: suppose that 𝑀 is p-small monoform. let 0 ≠ 𝑁 ≪𝑃 𝑀, then 0 ≠ 𝑓 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚𝑅 (𝑁, 𝑀). since 𝑀 is quasi-dedekind , then 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 ⟶ 𝑀 is a monomorphism, hence 𝑔: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 is a monomorphism. thus 𝑀 is p-small compressible. conversely it is clear by remark (4.10). 5. conclusion in this work, the class of compressible and retractable modules have been generalized to a new concepts called p-small compressible and p-small retractable modules. several characteristics of this type of modules have been studied. sufficient conditions under which these modules with compressible and retractable are discuss also we see relations between p-small compressible modules and other related modules as psmall retractable module p-small quasi-dedekind, p-small monoform. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 371 references 1. wisam, a. ali.; nuhad s. al. mothafar .on quasi-small prime submodules. iraqi journal of science, 2022,63, 4,1692-1699. 2. nuhad, s. al-mothafar,; mohammed b. h. alhakeem. nearly semiprime submodules. iraqi journal of science, 2015, 56, 4, 3210-3214. 3. inam, m.a. hadi.; tamadher a. ibrahiem ,"p-small submodules and ps-hollow module" journal of pure and applied science. 2010.(22). 4. fluery ,p.; hollow modules and local endomorphism rings. pacific j. math. 1974.53. 379–385. 5. israa. h. muslem.;some types of retractable and compressible modules. m.sc.thesis. 2016. college of education for pure science. university of baghdad. 6. wealely, w.d. modules whose proper submodules are finitely generated”, journal of algebra.1983.84.189-219. 7. mijbass, a .s.; quasidedekind modules . ph. d .thesis. 1997. college of science.university of baghdad. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 17 abstract viruses are responsible for a large proportion of lower respiratory tract infections (lrtis). other causes of lrtis are bacteria: streptococcus pneumoniae, haemophilus influenzae, klebsiella pneumoniae, and staphylococcus aureus being the most common. sputum samples are commonly used in the microbiological laboratory for diagnosing lower respiratory infections. objective: the aim of this study to evaluate the causative bacteria and antibiotics sensitivity in culture of sputum samples. patients methods: a retrospective study performed in the microbiology department of al immamin al kahdimin medical laboratory in baghdad. the results of sputum cultures collected from the files between 2016 and 2019. a total number of 131 included in the study of adults and both sexes. organisms were identified and tested for the antibiotic susceptibility did for selected cases which ordered by the doctor needed. results: the number of 131 were enrolled. the age of patients was between 17-85 years with mean age 46.69. the higher incidence of patients between ages 51-60 years (21.4 %). the female were 40.5%, the male 59.5%. 65 (49.62%) patients from the medical ward, 50 (38.17) from respiratory care unit (rcu). acinetobacter spp was the most common bacteria isolated, in forty four (33.59%) cases, which was resistant to most antibiotics. followed by streptococcus pneumonia (22.90%), pseudomonas aeruginosa (16.03%),escherichia coli in eleven (8.40) cases, with variable antibiotics sensitivity and resistance. conclusion: sputum culture and sensitivity may help in identifying the organism and choosing the antibiotic, which may be resistant to many drugs as in acinetobacter spp. key wards: bacteriological profile, antibiotic sensitivity, sputum culture 1. introduction the infections of upper and lower respiratory tract are a major cause of morbidity and mortality, particularly in patients at extremes of age, those with preexisting lung disease or with immune suppression [1]. infection can occur because of infectious agents such as bacteria, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index noor hamid hamza ministry of education general directorate of educational. baghdadrusafah / first noorhamed1983@yahoo.com ashwak i. alobaedi aliraqia university research & islamic studies center, baghdad, iraq ashwak902@gmail.com ibrahim s. aijubory department of pharmacognosy and medicinal plants, college of pharmacymustansiriyah university baghdad, iraq. ibrahim.a.a@yahoo.com doi: 10.30526/34.3.2674 article history: received 31, january, 2021, accepted:2, march,2021, published in july 2021 phytochemical study with evaluation the antimicrobial activity of cressa cretica plant against some gram-positive and gramnegative bacteria noorhamed1983@yahoo.com 18 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 virus, fungus, and protozoa [2]. sputum is most commonly used sample for the diagnosis of lower respiratory tract infections, its easy and non-invasive procedure [3]. the gram stains and cultures of sputum specimens are performed to detect the potential respiratory pathogens [4]. role of the sputum culture has been debatable and is limited by a fact that it is difficult to get a deep cough specimen in children and elderly patients and there is a possibility of contamination by the normal upper respiratory tract flora which poses problems in culturing the specimen and has direct and indirect effect on the treatment decisions and clinical outcome of the patients [5, 6]. the yield of the sputum cultures is further diminished if antibiotics received prior to producing the specimen, which occurs in about 25 percent of cases [7]. the infectious diseases society of america/american thoracic society guidelines recommend that the sampling in hospitalized adult patients be restricted to those who are able to provide the high quality pretreatment specimen and where the quality performance measures for the sputum collection, transport and processing of samples can be met [8]. the good sputum sample depends on healthcare worker education and patient understanding [9]. the culture of goodquality sputum samples obtained from patients who received antibiotic treatment is probably not cost-effective [10]. during the management of bacterial infections, bacteria might develop resist to the one or more antibiotics [11]. the mechanisms by which organisms exhibit the resistance to antibiotics includes drug inactivation or modification, alteration of target site, alteration in the metabolic pathway, and reduced drug accumulation [12]. the patterns of microorganisms that causing infection and the antibiotic resistance pattern vary from one country to other country, as well as from hospital to hospital [13]. a crossresistance and multi resistance patterns have been observed, throughout the world [14]. the aim of this study to evaluate the causative bacteria and antibiotics sensitivity in culture of sputum samples that causes lower respiratory tract infections. 2. patient and methods a retrospective study performed in the microbiology department of al immamin al kahdimin medical city in baghdad. the results of sputum cultures collected from january 2016 and march 2019. a total of 131 ncluded in the study of adults and both sexes (female 53 (40.50%) ,and male 78 (59.50%)), their age 17-85, the mean age 46.69±20.80. information collected include the demographic data of the patient, admission unit \ department. other data collected included isolated bacteria , sensitivity pattern all the sputum samples were inoculated on blood agar, chocolate agar and mac conkey agar at 37°c for 2448 hours. the bacterial isolation and identification performed by using standard laboratory methods (15). culture sensitivity was done by a diffusion method (16). according to the growth on culture, the sensitivity testing has done. antibiotic used were: trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev). antibiotic susceptibility of isolates was performed by agar disc diffusion method (16). patients with no growth of sputum culture were excluded from the study. descriptive statistics made using statistical package for social sciences (spss) 23 and microsoft excel 2013. numerical data were described as mean and standard deviation, while, categorical data were described as count and percentage. 19 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 3. results in this study a total number is 131 were enrolled. the age of patients between 17-85 years, divided into ≤20 years, 21-30 years, 31-40 years, 41-50 years, 51-60 years, 61-70 years, and >70 years with mean 46.69. the higher incidence of patients between ages 51-60 years (21.4 %). the female were 40.5% while the male 59.5%, as in table 1. table 1. demographic data of the patients value sex female 53 (40.50) male 78 (59.50) age groups <=20 years 21 (16) 21-30 years 20 (15.3) 31-40 years 14 (10.7) 41-50 years 14 (10.7) 51-60 years 28 (21.4) 61-70 years 18 (13.7) >70 years 16 (12.2) age mean± sd 46.69±20.80 minimum-maximum 17-85 the distribution of patients according to word / unit, 65 (49.62%) from the medical ward, 50 (38.17) from respiratory care unit (rcu), 13 (9.92%) from outpatients, 3 (2.29%) from hematology wards, as in table 2. table 2. distribution of patients according to word / unit ward unit no % medical ward 65 49.62% rcu 50 38.17% out-patients 13 9.92% hematology wards 3 2.29% total 131 100.00% acinetobacter spp. was the most common bacteria isolated, in forty four (33.59%) cases, followed by streptococcus pneumonia isolated in thirty (22.90%) cases. pseudomonas aeruginosa was isolated in twenty one (16.03%) cases. other less common organisms isolate were escherichia coli in eleven (8.40) cases, enterobacter spp eight (6.11%). klebsiella pneumonia seven (5.34%), moraxella catarrhalis four (3.05%), staphylococcus aureus four (3.05%), hemophlus influenza two (1.53%), the lowest are proteus one (0.76%) and pseudomonas lenteola one (0.76%), two cultures showed two bacteria as in table 3. table 3. the organism isolated from sputum culture organism no. % acinetobacter spp. 44 33.59% streptococcus pneumonia 30 22.90% pseudomonas aeruginosa 21 16.03% e. coli 11 8.40% enterobacter 8 6.11% klebsiella pneumonia 7 5.34% moraxella catarrhalis 4 3.05% staphylococcus aureus 4 3.05% hemophlus influenzae 2 1.53% proteus 1 0.76% pseudomonas lenteola 1 0.76% regarding the antibiotics resistance for acinetobacter spp, for amoxicillin\clavulinic acid (amc) 87.5%, amikacin (ak) 56.7%, cefotaxime (ctx) 100.0%, ceftriaxone (cro) 20 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 100.0%, levofloxacin (lev) 62.5%, ciprofloxacin (cip) 88.9%, gentamycin (gm) 71.1%, penicillin g (piz) 100.0%, pipracillin (pi) 100.0%, trimethoprim (tm) 95. 0%, imipenem (ipm) 83.3%, ticarcillin (tc) 100.0%, chloramphenicol (c) 91.7%, as in table 4. table 4. antibiotics sensitivity pattern for acinetobacter spp acinetobacter spp. r % s % amc 14 87.5% 2 12.5% ak 17 56.7% 13 43.3% ctx 9 100.0% 0 0.0% fox 2 100.0% 0 0.0% cro 27 100.0% 0 0.0% lev 5 62.5% 3 37.5% cip 8 88.9% 1 11.1% cd 3 100.0% 0 0.0% gm 27 71.1% 11 28.9% piz 5 100.0% 0 0.0% pi 14 100.0% 0 0.0% tm 19 95.0% 1 5.0% ipm 20 83.3% 4 16.7% tc 13 100.0% 0 0.0% amp 1 100.0% 0 0.0% c 11 91.7% 1 8.3% atm 2 100.0% 0 0.0% trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for streptococcus pneumonia: azithromycin (azm) 46.2% sensitive and 53.8% resistance, amoxicillin\clavulinic acid (amc) 37.5% sensitive and 62.5%, amikacin (ak) 75.0% sensitive and 25.0%, cefoxitine (fox) 20.0% sensitive and 80.0% resistance, ceftriaxone (cro) 80.0% sensitive and 20.0% resistance, ciprofloxacin (cip) 75.0% sensitive and 25.0% resistance, clindamycin (cd) 28.6% sensitive and 71.4% resistance, gentamycin (gm) 95.0% sensitive and 5.0% resistance, ipeminem (ipm) 90.9% sensitive and 9.1% resistance, ampicillin (amp) 90.0% sensitive and 10.0% resistance, chloramphenicol (c) 73.7% sensitive and 26.3% resistance, as in table 5 table 5. antibiotics sensitivity pattern for streptococcus pneumonia streptococcus pneumonia r % s % azm 7 53.8% 6 46.2% amc 5 62.5% 3 37.5% ak 4 25.0% 12 75.0% ctx 1 50.0% 1 50.0% fox 4 80.0% 1 20.0% cro 2 20.0% 8 80.0% cip 2 25.0% 6 75.0% cd 15 71.4% 6 28.6% gm 1 5.0% 19 95.0% piz 1 100.0% 0 0.0% pi 1 50.0% 1 50.0% rp 0 0.0% 2 100.0% tm 3 100.0% 0 0.0% ipm 1 9.1% 10 90.9% tc 2 66.7% 1 33.3% 21 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 amp 1 10.0% 9 90.0% c 5 26.3% 14 73.7% trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for pseudomonas aeruginosa: amoxicillin\ clavulinic acid (amc) 57.1% sensitive and 42.9% resistance, amikacin (ak) 76.9% sensitive and 23.1% resistance, cefotaxime (ctx) 20.0% sensitive and 80.0% resistance, ciprofloxacin (cip) 50.0% sensitive and 50.0% resistance, gentamycin (gm) 82.4% sensitive and 17.6% resistance, pipracillin (pi) 66.7% sensitive and 33.3% resistance, ipimenem (ipm) 41.7% sensitive and 58.3% resistance, ticarcillin (tc) 42.9% sensitive and 57.1% resistance, chloramphenicol (c) sensitive 100.0% as in table 6. table 6. antibiotics sensitivity pattern for pseudomonas aeruginosa pseudomonas aeruginosa r % s % azm 0 0.0% 1 100.0% amc 3 42.9% 4 57.1% ak 3 23.1% 10 76.9% ctx 4 80.0% 1 20.0% fox 1 33.3% 2 66.7% cro 1 33.3% 2 66.7% lev 2 66.7% 1 33.3% cip 3 50.0% 3 50.0% cd 1 100.0% 0 0.0% gm 3 17.6% 14 82.4% pi 3 33.3% 6 66.7% rp 3 100.0% 0 0.0% tm 1 50.0% 1 50.0% ipm 7 58.3% 5 41.7% tc 4 57.1% 3 42.9% amp 2 66.7% 1 33.3% c 0 0.0% 4 100.0% trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for e. coli: amoxicillin\ clavulinic acid (amc) 25.0% sensitive and 75.0% resistance, amikacin (ak) 90.9% sensitive and 9.1% resistance, cefotaxime (ctx) 20.0% sensitive and 80.0% resistance, cefoxitime (fox) 50.0% sensitive and 50.0% resistance, ceftriaxone (cro) 33.3% sensitive and 66.7% resistance, gentamycin (gm) 54.5% sensitive and 45.5% resistance, ipeminem (ipm) 75.0% sensitive and 25.0% resistance, as in table 7. table 7. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for e. coli 22 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 e. coli r % s % amc 3 75.0% 1 25.0% ak 1 9.1% 10 90.9% ctx 4 80.0% 1 20.0% fox 2 50.0% 2 50.0% cro 4 66.7% 2 33.3% lev 1 100.0% 0 0.0% cip 1 50.0% 1 50.0% cd 2 100.0% 0 0.0% dxt 1 50.0% 1 50.0% gm 5 45.5% 6 54.5% pi 2 100.0% 0 0.0% tm 1 50.0% 1 50.0% ipm 1 25.0% 3 75.0% tc 1 100.0% 0 0.0% amp 3 100.0% 0 0.0% c 0 0.0% 3 100.0% atm 0 0.0% 2 100.0% trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole (ts), rifampin (rif), clindamycin (clin), imipenem (imi), azithromycin (az), , amikacin (ami), ciprofloxacin (cip), tetracycline (t), cefotaxime (cef), doxycycline (dox), netilmicine (net), levofloxacin (lev).sensative (s) ,resistence (r) 4. discussion: due to increasing usage of antibiotic, the antibiotic resistance became an important medical problem [17]. in this study male is higher than female which may be due to the different in social state. this is in agreement with that of akansha et al [18] in which male is higher (73.4%) than females (26.6%). in this study the highest percent in age between 5060 years, in haroon study [19] the highest percent in age between 5565 years. also in this study most of the samples from patients admitted to respiratory care unit and medical word, the infectious diseases society of america/american thoracic society consensus (idsa/ats) guidelines recognize the limitations of sputum gram stain and culture [20]. in which the expectorated sputum specimens are recommended for hospitalized patients with any of the following criteria: intensive care unit admission, failure of the antibiotic therapy (either hospitalized or outpatients patients), in addition to other criteria. regarding the organism isolated from sputum culture in this study, acinetobacter spp is the most common organism isolated (33.59%), this high percent may be due to large number of our patients from icu, as the risk of infection due to gram-negative organisms, including acinetobacter baumannii, increased with icu admission, increase the age of patients, use of the catheters or intubation, and prolonged hospital admission [21]. streptococcus pneumonia in this study was 22.90%, in akansha study [18] streptococcus pneumonia was 20.22%, pseudomonas aeruginosa in this study was16.03%, in akansha study [18] x9.84%. e. coli in this sudy was 8.40%, in [22] study e. coli 11.7%. enterobacter in this study was 6.11%, in jean-jacques study [23] enterobacter 3%. klebsiella pneumonia in this study 5.34%, in miriam study [24] study klebsiella pneumonia was 3.6%. moraxella catarrhalis in this study was 3.05%, in jean-jacques study [23] was moraxella 3%. staphylococcus aureus in this study was 3.05%, in [23] study study staphylococcus aureus was 3.6%. haemophilus influenza in this study 1.53%, in jean-jacques study [23] haemophilus influenza 3%. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for common microorganism isolated in this study. 23 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 for acinetobacter spp. this study showed very high resistance rate to most of antibiotics. alobeid study (25) for antimicrobial sensitivity of 506, 510 and 936 patients isolates a. baumannii during 2006, 2009, 2012, respectively. the resistant of a. baumannii to variety of antimicrobial drugs changed as following: 19% in (2006) to 89% in (2012) for meropenem, 36% in (2006) to 91.7% in (2012) for imipenem, 54% in (2006) to 89.2% in (2012) for ciprofloxacin, 71% in (2006) to 83% in (2012) for amikacin, and 75% in (2006) to 83% in (2012) for ceftazidime. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for streptococcus pneumonia in this study showed highly sensitive to amikacin, cro, ciprofloxacin, gentamycin, imipenem, amp, while it is highly resistant to amc, cd, fox. in devanath study [25] streptococcus pneumoniae was sensitive to ampicillin, amikacin, gentamicin, co-trimoxazole, penicillin and erythromycin. in haroon study [19] streptococcus pneumoniae was sensitive to meropenem, gentamicin, linezolid followed by moxifloxacin, ceftriaxone, ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin and azithromycin. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for pseudomonas aeruginosa in this study showed highly sensitive to amikacin, pi, gentamycin, and it is highly resistant to ctx, while the resistant rate for imipenem 58.3 % and for tc 57.1%. in devanath study (26) pseudomonas aeruginosa was mainly sensitive to piperacillin, gentamicin and amikacin. in haroon study (19) pseudomonas aeruginosa was mainly sensitive to gentamicin and meropenem. the sensitivity rate was 65% for azithromycin and 28% for amoxicillin–clavulanic acid. the antibiotics sensitivity pattern for e coli pneumonia in this study showed highly sensitive to amikacin, imipenem. and it is highly resistant to acm, ctx, cro. in ashis study (27) the sensitivity to ertapenem 72.91%, imipenem 85.41%, tigicycline 70.83%, chloramphenicol and amikacin 62.4%.these bacteria resistance to many antibatic because it have many mechanism such as development of enzymes ,target modification ,alternation of membrane permeability and alternation of metabolic pathway(28) 5. conclusion this retrospective study which evaluated the bacteriological found that acinetobacter spp. is the most common organism isolated in this study, which has high resistant rate. other common organism isolated were streptococcus pneumonia, pseudomonas aeruginosa, e. coli with variable antibiotics sensitivity and resistant rates. amikacin and gentamycin are most common sensitive drugs for these common bacteria references 1. reid p.t.; innes. j.a. respiratory disease. in: brian r. nicki r. stuart h. et al. davidson’s principles and practice of medicine. 22th ed. philadelphia: uk; 2014, 681. 2. world health organization. infections and infectious diseases: a manual for nurses and midwives in the who european region. europe, 2001. 3. ziyade, n.; yagci, a. improving sputum culture results for diagnosis of lower respiratory tract by saline washing. marmara med j. 2010. 23, 1, 30-36. 4. chapin, k. clinical microscopy. in: murray pr, baron ej, pfaller ma, et al, eds. manual of clinical microbiology, 6th ed. washington, dc: american society for microbiology. 1995, 3351. 5. ewig, s.; schlochtermeier, m.; göke, n.; niederman, m. applying sputum as a diagnostic tool in pneumonia. chest. 2002. 121: 1486-1492. 24 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 6. cordero, e.; pachón j.; rivero, a. usefulness of sputum culture for diagnosis of bacterial pneumonia in hiv infected patients. eur j clin microbiol infect dis. 2002. 21, 362-367. 7. bartlett, j.g.; mundy, l.m. community-acquired pneumonia. n engl j med. 1995. 333, 1618. 8. mandell, l.a.; wunderink, r.g.; anzueto, a. infectious diseases society of america/ american thoracic society consensus guidelines on the management of community-acquired pneumonia in adults. clin infect dis. 2007, 44, s27–s72. 9. fuselier, p.a.; garcin, l.s.; procop, g.w. infections of the lower respiratory tract. in: betty af, daniel fs, alice sw, editors. bailey and scott’s diagnostic microbiology. mosby, 2002, 884-898 . 10. garcía-vázquez, e.; marcos; m. a.; mensa, j. assessment of the usefulness of sputum culture for diagnosis of community-acquired pneumonia using the port predictive scoring system. arch intern med. 2004, 164, 16, 1807-1811. 11. about antimicrobial resistance antibiotic. antimicrobial resistance cdc. 2017. http://www.cdc.gov/drugresistance/about.htm 12. katzung, b. g. basic and clinical pharmacology, lange medical books. mcgraw-hill, 9th edition, new york, usa, 2004. 13. pattanayaka, c.; patanaikb, s.k.; dattaa, p.p.; pandaa, p. a. study on antibiotic sensitivity pattern of bacterial isolates in the intensive care unit of a tertiary care hospital in eastern india. int j basic clin pharmacol. 2013, 2, 2, 153-159. 14. bolaji, a.s.; akande, i.o.; iromini, f.a.; adewoye, s.o.; opasola o.a. antibiotic resistance pattern of bacteria spp isolated from hospital waste water in ede south western, nigeria. eur. j exp bio. 2011, 1, 4, 66-71. 15.forbes ba, sahm df, weissfeld as. “bailey and scott's diagnostic microbiology”. international 12th ed, mosby, usa 2007. 16.clinical and laboratory standards institute (clsi). performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing: methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests f or bacteria that grow aerobically, 2012, 32 (2) issn 1558-6502. 17. world health organization.tackling antibiotic resistance from a food safety perspective in europe. 2011. 18. akansha, r.; archana, s.; gaganpriya, p. diagnostic value of sputum gram’s stain and sputum culture in lower respiratory tract infections in a tertiary care hospital. int j curr microbiol app sci. 2017, 6, 7, 4310-4314. 19. haroon, u.; iftikhar, a. pattern of sputum bacteriology in acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. j enam med coll. 2018, 8, 80-84. 20. mandell, l.a.; wunderink, r.g.; anzueto, a. infectious diseases society of america/ american thoracic society consensus guidelines on the management of community-acquired pneumonia in adults. clin infect dis. 2007, 44 suppl 2, s27. 21. asaad, a.m.; al-ayed, m.s.z.; qureshi, m.a. emergence of unusual nonfermenting gramnegative nosocomial pathogens in a saudi hospital. jpn j infect dis. 2013, 66, 7–11. 22. aroma, o.; aruna, a. bacteriological profile, serology and antibiotic sensitivity pattern of micro-organisms from community acquired pneumonia. jk scienc. 2006, 8, 79-82. 23. jean-jacques, l.; mohamed, i.; claude, p, anissa, l.; philippe, g. usefulness of sputum gram stain and culture for diagnosis of pneumonia in a geriatric institution. j imab, 2010, 16, 20-22 24.buenviaje, b.m. quantitative sputum culture and gram stain: pulmonary infection vs. colonization. phil j microbiol infect dis. 1989, 18,1, 28-35. 25. al-obeid, s.; jabri, l.; al-agamy, m.; al-omari, a.; shibl, a. epidemiology of extensive drug resistant acinetobacter baumannii (xdrab) at security forces hospital (sfh) in kingdom of saudi arabia (ksa). j chemother. 2015, 27, 156–62. 25 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (3) 2021 26. devanath, s.; saroj, g.; suhani, s. a bacteriological study of acute exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease over a period of one year. int j res med sci. 2015, 3, 11, 31413146 27. ashis, k.; payodhi, d. spectrum of antimicrobial sensitivity of escherichia coli in sputum in a tertiary medical centre in kolkata, west bengal, 7 years’ experience. int j contemp med res. 2017, 4, 2177-2180. 28.giedraitienel,a.;vitkauskiene,a.;naginiene ,r. and pavilonis ,a.antibiotic resistance mechanisms of clinically important bacteria.medicina(kaunas).2011,47(3):137-146 17062012121521_004 17062012121522 17062012121522_001 17062012121522_002 17062012121522_003 17062012121522_004 17062012121522_005 17062012121522_006 17062012121522_007 17062012121522_008 17062012121522_009 17062012121522_010 17062012121522_011 17062012121522_012 17062012121522_013 17062012121522_014 17062012121610 microsoft word 16-24 16 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 effect of aqueous leaves extract of coriandrum sativum on histological structure and liver function of male albino mice rana h. k. al-rubaye dept.of biology, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in :8november 2015, accepted in :6december2015 abstract medicinal plants are used to treat various diseases although little is known about their toxicity. coriandrum sativum is one of the most commonly plants that is used to treat several physiological disorders. thus, this study was conducted to evaluate the effect of aqueous extract of c. sativum on the structure and function of liver in male albino mice. thirty male mice were randomly divided into three groups: group 1 untreated (control), group 2 and 3 were administrated orally with the aqueous extract of the plant at dose 125 and 250 mg/kg. b. w. for 30 days. the effect of the extract on liver weights, biochemical parameters as well as histological study were assessed. there were no significant difference (p>0.05) observed in relative organ weights, serum gpt and got levels in mice treated with the extract at dose 125 mg/kg. b. w. while the histological section showed moderate degeneration in hepatocytes. however the treatment with 250 mg/kg. b. w. of the extract caused significant reduction (p<0.05) in liver relative weight,highly significant increased (p<0.01) in serum level of gpt and got as compared with control. further histological examination revealed marked degeneration and distortion of hepatocyte, conjestion, inflammatory cells infiltration and cytoplasmic vaculation at dose of 250 mg/kg. b. w. these results suggest that oral administration of c. sativum leaves aqueous extract have a toxic effect on liver at dose 250 mg/kg. b. w. keywords: coriandrum sativum, aqueous, liver, toxicity and extract. 17 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction plants are one of the most important sources of medicine. plant derived compounds (phytochemicals) have been attracting much interests as natural alternatives to synthetic compounds [1]. these phytochemicals often secondary metabolites present in smaller quantities in higher plants which include the alkaloids, steroids, flavonoids, terpenoids tannins and many others the active principles of many chemicals found in plants are secondary metabolites [2], therefore basic phytochemical investigation of these extracts for their major phytoconstituents is also vital. coraindrum sativum is described as a glabrous aromatic herbaceous annual plant [3] that belongs to the family umbelliferae (apiaceae), order apiales with over 30 genera and 300 species of trees [4]. it is fresh leaves and dried seed are extensively used in middle eastern, mediterranean, indian, latin american, african and southeast asian cuisine [5]. coraindrum sativum has poles apart names in different languages, i.e. english (coriander), arabic (kuzbara), urdu (dhania), hindi (dhania), chinese (yuan sui) and (korion) in greek [6]. the fresh leaves of coriander contain 87.9 moisture 3.3 percent protein, 6.5 percent carbohydrate, 1.7 percent total ash, 0.14 percent calcium, 0.06 percent phosphorus, 0.01 percent iron, 60 mg/100g vitamin b2, 0.8 mg/100g niacin, 135 mg/100g vitamin c and 10.460 international unit (iu)/100g vitamin a [7]. coriander leaves are rich in flavonoids (quercetin, kaempferol and acacetin) [8] and contain substantial amount of poly phenols (caffeic acid, ferulic acid, gallic acid and chlorogenic acid) [9], and other molecules are found like linalool and linoleic acid [10]. the odor and flavor of seed and leaves of coriander are completely different aliphatic compounds (90.20%) mainly comprised of c8-c16 aldehydes and alcohol predominate in steam volatile oil extracted from leaves. while coriander seed contains these compounds as a minor components [11, 12]. the present of fats minerals like (calcium, phosphorus and iron) carotene fiber and carbohydrate in leaves can stimulate the appetite and its fresh juice is recommended for patients suffering from vitamin a, b and c deficiencies and also for the relief of anxiety and insomnia [13]. moreover this plant is used to cure diseases like digestive tract disorders, respiratory tract disorders and urinary tract infections [14]. coriander has been identified as one of the herbs that can be used to treat diabetes [15] and its leaves have shown stronger antioxidant activity than the seed [16]. coriander was reported to improve blood circulation to the brain and recover memory capabilities [17] and it is identified to possess antihyperlipidemic [18], antimicrobial activity [19]. since coriander leaves are one of the commonly used spices.therefore the present study investigation aim to clarify the effect of coriandrum sativum leaves aqueous extract on the structure and function of livers. materials and methods plant preparation and extraction coraindrium sativum leaves were collected from local markets in baghdad city washed with distilled water, leaves were sliced in to small pieces and ground with pestle to produce a fine paste. coriander leaves aqueous extract were prepared by mixing limited weight of the paste in 10 ml of distilled water and then the mixture was filtered by cleaning cloth to prepare the extract at dose level 125, 250 mg/kg.b.w. fresh extract was administrated to mice immediately [20, 21]. 18 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 animals thirty males of swiss albino mice (mus musculus) their age was between 80-100 day and their weight between 25-30g were used in the investigation. mice were maintained under hygienic condition in well ventilated room and had free access to maintenance food and water ad libitum. treatment and dosage the animals were randomly categorized into three groups of ten animals in each group and treated as follows. group-1: control mice that is received orally by gavage needle 0.1ml of tap water daily for 30 days. group-2: male mice treated orally by gavage needle with 0.1 ml of coriander leaves aqueous extract at dose 125 mg/kg of body's weight daily for 30 days. group-3: male mice treated orally by gavage needle with 0.1 ml of coriander leaves aqueous extract at dose 250mg/kg.b.w. daily for 30 days. blood samples and biochemical analysis blood samples from each mouse were collected via cardiac puncture into a sterilized sample tube and was allowed to clot at room temperature, the samples were centrifuged at 3000 xg for 15 min and sera were collected and stored at 20°c. the sera were analyzed to evaluate the liver enzymes gpt (glutamic pyruvate transaminase) also known as alt and got -glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase) it is also called ast by using standard kits. organs and histological studies at the end of the treatment period mice were sacrificed. livers were carefully dissected out, weighted and fixed in formalin (10%) for histological study. tissue section of 10 μm in thickness were prepared according to [22] and stained with hematoxylin-eosin stain. statistical analysis data were expressed as mean ±standard error of mean( sem). statistical significance between the various groups was determined by using anova[23] . results organ relative weight there was no significant difference (p>0.05) in the relative weights of livers in mice treated with 125 mg/kg b. w. of aqueous extract of c. sativum while highly significant decrease (p<0.05) in relative weights of liver was observed with mice treated with 250 mg/kg b. w. of the same extract (table 1). biochemical analysis no significant difference (p>0.05) was observed in serum levels of gpt and got after oral administration of coriander extract at dose 125 mg/kg b. w. however there was significant elevate (p<0.01) in these parameters at dose 250 mg/kg b. w. of coraindrum sativum extract as compared to control (table 2). histological study the histological study showed normal structure of liver in mice of control group, radially arranged of hepatic cords around central vein and hepatocytes were separated by sinusoids containing large spheroidal nucleus (figure 1). examination of liver in mice treated with 125 mg/kg b. w. of coriander extract showed that the normal structural organization of hepatic lobules was impaired with moderate distortion and degeneration of hepatocytes (figure 2). while the examination of liver in mice treated with 250 mg/kg b. w. of coriander extract showed marked distortion and degeneration of hepatocytes, conjestion, inflammatory cells infiltration, vaculation in hepatocytes and degeneration their nucleus (figure 3). 19 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 discussion the use of herbal medicines in the treatment of various disease conditions has expanded rapidly and globally [24]. some have been mistakenly regarded that bioactive products from medicinal plants are devoid of toxic effecting just because a natural source. therefore further oral toxicity study is vital needed to identify the range of dose that could be used subsequently [25]. liver is an organ of paramount importance which plays an essential role in the metabolism of foreign compound entering the body [26]. therefore it is an important organ in any toxicological study. several plants were described to have toxical effect on their liver such as rhaphidophora decursiva, lawsonia inermis and vernomia bipontini [27, 28, 29], thus this study was conducted to investigate the effect of coriandrum sativum leaves extract on biochemical and histological structure of liver. the results of this study indicate that mice treated with 125 mg/kg b. w. of c. sativum leaves extract showed moderate signs of toxicity although the relative weights of liver and biochemical parameters were in normal range. however significant decrease in liver weights, elevate in serum gpt and got levels with marked degeneration in hepatocyte were observed in mice treated with 250 mg/kg b. w. of coriander extract. this result was not similar to the results of patel et al. [30] who reported that no significant alteration was observed in liver after treatment with hydro-methanolic extract of coriandrum sativum seeds as well as our results are in disagreement with the results of [31] who referred to protective role of coriandrum sativum seed extract against lead nitrate induced oxidative stress and tissue damage in the liver and kidney of male mice. one reason for this discrepancy in results due to a variable part of plant is used in the experiment (seed in previous study and leaves in this study). the phytochemicals of seeds and leaves are completely different [11] another reason could be related to the type of preparation used, dose, method of administration and duration of experiment. inflammatory changes were seen histologically in liver at dose 250 mg/kg b. w. (characterized by infiltration of lymphocyte at portal and central veins of liver) this result suggested that the extract exerted deleterious effect on the liver, the liver is capable of regenerating damaged tissue hence liver functions may not be impaired early following an insult from a toxicant [32]. there was no change in the relative organ weights of liver in mice treated with aqueous extract of c. sativum at dose 125 mg/kg b. w. however the liver weights of mice treated with the plant extract at dose 250 mg/kg b. w. were significantly decrease, the decrease in the weight of liver might be due to toxic potential of the extract. organ weight is widely accepted for evaluation of test article associated toxicities [33] and this was supported by histopathological section of liver. both gpt and got are normally present in serum at low levels, in liver injury the transport function of hepatocytes is disturbed, resulting in the leakage of plasma membrane, thereby causing on increased enzyme level in serum [34]. the result of present study indicates that was no significant difference in serum levels of gpt and got at dose 125 mg/kg b. w. of aqueous extract of c. sativum as compared with control. however increased dose to 250 caused increased in gpt and got levels, this result was provided a valuable tool for clinical diagnosis of liver damage as well as toxicity study. drugs and toxins could cause hepatic cell damage. the damage to hepatocytes will lead to release of intracellular constituents in to the circulation [35]. 20 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 references 1-sharif, h. b.; mukhtar, m. d.; mustapha, y.; baba, b. and lawal, a. o. (2015). acute and subchronic toxicity profile of euphorbia pulcherrima methanol extract on wistar albino rats. adv. pharmac., 2015: 9 pp. 3-pandey, a.; bigoniya, p.; raj, v. and patel, k. (2011). pharmacological screening of coriandrum sativum l. forhepato protective activity. j. pharm. bioallied sci., 3(3): 435-441. 4-asgarphanah, j. and kazemirash, n. (2012). phytochemistry pharmacology and medicina l properties of coriandrum satuvim l. afr. j. pharm. pharmacol., 6(31): 2340-2345. 5-patel, d. k.; desai, s. n.; devkar, r. v. and ramachandran, a. v. (2011). coriandrum sativum l. aqueous extract mitigates high fat diet induced insulin resistance by controlling visceral adiposity in c57bl/6j mice. blacpma., 10(2): 125-135. 6-prakash, v. (1990). leafy spices. crc. press. inc. boca raton. fl., : 31-32. 7-naddem, m.; anjum, f. m.; khan, m. i. and tehseen, s. (2013). nutritional and medicinal aspects of coriander (coriandur sativum l.) a review. british food j., 115(5): 743-755. 8-nambiar, v. s.; daniel, m. and guin, p. (2010). characterization of polyphenols from coriander leaves (coriandrum stivum), red amaranthus (a. paniculatus) and green amaranthus (a. frumentaceuc) using paper chromatography and their healthimplications. j. herb. med and toxicol., 4(1): 173-177. 9-sreelatha, s. and inbavailli, r. (2012). antioxidant, antihyperglycemic and antihymerlipidemic effect of coraindrum sativum leaf and stem in albxan-induced diabetic rats. j. food sci., 77(7): t119-t123. 10-frederico, e. f.; carmo, f. s.; diniz, c. l.; dantas, m. p.; amorim, l. f.; filho, d. s. and folho, m. b. (2012). influence of anaqueoys extract of coraindrum sativum leaves on the labeling of blood constituents with technetium-99m and determination of some of its physical parameters. j. med. plants res., 6(44): 5651-5657. 11-padalia, r. c.; karki, n.; sah, a. n. and verma, r. s. (2011). volatile constituents of leaf and seed essential oil of coraindrum sativum l. j. essent. oil bearing plants., 14(5): 610 616. 12-shavandi, m. a.; haddadian, z. and ismail, m. h. (2012). eryngium foetidum l., coraindrum sativum and persicaria odorata l. a review. j. asian scient. res., 2(8): 410 436. 13-elahadi-salmani, m. e.; khorshidi, m. and ozbaki, j. (2015). reversal effect of coraindrum sativum leaves extract on learning and memory deficits induced by epilepsy in male rats. zahedan j. res. sci., 15(1): 29-34 14-bhat, s.; kaushal, p.; kaur, m. and sharma, h. k. (2014). coriander (coraindrum sativum l.): processing nutritional and functional aspects. afr. j. plant sci., 8(1): 25-33. 15-mazhar, j. and mazumder, a. (2013). evaluation of antidiabetic activity of methanolic leaf extract of coraindrum sativum in alloxan induced diabetic rats. rjpbcs., 4(3): 500-507. 16-wangensteen, h.; samuelsen, a. b. and malterud, k. e. (2004). antioxidant activity in extracts from coriander. food chemist., 88(2): 293-297. 17-akhalil, e. (2010). study the possible protective and therapeutic influence of coriander (coraindrum sativum l.) against neurodegenerative disorders and alzheimer's disease induced by aluminum chloride in cerebral cortex of male albino rats. nat. and sci., 8(11): 202-213. 18-joshi, s. c.; sharma, n. and sharma, p. (2012). antioxidant and lipid lowering effect of coraindrum sativum in cholosterol fed rabbits. internat. j. pharm. and pharmac. sci., 4(3): 231-234. 19-silva, f.; ferreira, s.; queiroz, j. a. and dominques, f. c. (2011). coriander (coraindrum sativum l.) essential oil: its antibacterial activity and mode of action evaluated by flow cytometry. j. med. microbiol., 60(10): 1479-1486. 20-assayed, m. e.; salem, h. a. and khalaf, a. a. (2008). protective effect of garlic extract 21 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 and vitamin c against cypermethrim reproductive toxicity in male rats. res. j. veter. sci., 1(1): 1-15. 21-kasuga, s.; uda, n.; eyo, e.; ushijim, m.; morihara, n. and itakura, y. (2001). pharmacologic activity of aged garlic extraction in comparison with other garlic preparation. j. nutr., 131(3): 1080s-1084s. 22bancroft, j. and stevens, a. (1982). theory and practice of histological technique. second edition. churchill livingston. edinburgh and london,: 662. 23-snedecor,g.w.andcochran,w.g.(1980).statistical method,7th edn.iowa:iowa state university press: 215. 24-salawu, o. a.; chindo, b. a.; tijani, a. y.; obidike, i. c.; salawu, t. a. and akingbasote, a. j. (2009). acute and sub-acute toxicological evaluation of the methanolic stem bark extract of crossoptery febrifuga in rats. afr. j. pharm. and pharmacol., 3(12): 621 626. 25-jothy, s. l.; zakaria, z.; chen, y.; lau, y. l.; latha, l. y. and sasidharan, s. (2011). acute oral toxicity of methanolic seed extract of cassia fistula in mice. molecules, 16(6): 5268-5282. 26-rajesh, m. g. and latha, m. s. (2004). protective effect of glycyrrhiza glabra linn. on carbon tetrachloride induced peroxidative damage. ind. j. pharmacol., 36(501): 284-286. 27-arsad, s. s.; esa, n. m. and hamzah, h. (2014). histopathologic changes in liver and kidney tissues from male sprague dawely rats treated with rhaphidophora decursiva (roxb.) schott extr. cytol. and histol., 54: 1-6. 28-alferah, m. a. z. (2012). toxicity induced histological changes in selected organs of male (wistar) rats by lawsonia inermis leaf extract. europ. j. med. plants., 2(2): 151-158. 29-alebachew, m.; kinfu, y.; makonnen, e.; bekuretsion, y.; urga, k. and afework, m. (2014). toxicological evaluation of methanol leaves extract of vernonia bipontini vatke in blood, liver and kidney tissue of mice. afr. health sci., 14(4): 1012-1024. 30-patel, d.; desai, s.; devkar, and ramchandran, a. v. (2012). acute subchronic toxicological evaluation of hydro-mathanolic extract of coraindrum sativum l. seeds. exli j., 11: 566-575. 31-kansal, l.; sharma, v.; sharma, a.; lodi, sh. and sharma, s. h. (2011). protective role of coraindrum sativum (coriander) extracts against lead nitrate induced oxidative stress and tissue damage in the liver and kidney in male mice. ijabpt., 2(3): 65-83. 32-salawu, o. a.; chindo, b. a.; tijani, a. y.; obidike, i. c.; salawu, t. a. and akingbasote, a. j. (2009). acute and subacute toxicological evaluation of the methanolic stem bark extract of crossopteryx febrifigo in rats. afr. j. pharm. and pharmacol., 3(12): 621 626. 33-singh, t.; sinha, n. a.and singh, a. (2013). biochemical and histopatholigical effects on liver due to acute toxicity of aqueous leaf extract of eclipta alba on female swiss albino mice. ind. j. pharmacol., 45(1): 61-65. 34-yazdani, f.; noori, a. and amjad, l. (2013). effect of artemisia deserti flowering taps extract on liver in male rats. ijacs., 5(13): 1432-1436. 35-odesanmi, s. o.; lawal, r. a. and ojokuku, s. a. (2009). effect of methanolic extract of tetrapleura tetraptera on liver function profile and histopathology in male dutch white rabbits. internat. j. trop. med., 4(4): 136-139. 22 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table( 1):effect of c. sativum leaves extract on relative weight liver(mg/kg.b.w.) control c. sativum 125 mg c. sativum 250 mg 6.12 ± 0.3 a 5.8 ± 0.2 a 5.2 ± 0.5 b* data expressed as means ± sea b* significant different (p<0.05), n=10 table( 2): effect of c. sativum leaves extract on serum gptand got levels (iu/l) liver enzyme control c. sativum 125 mg c. sativum250mg gpt 15 ± 2.1 a 18.3 ± 1.5 a 23 ± 4.6 b** got 62 ± 5.1 a 66 ± 4.6 a 73 ± 5.9 b** data expressed as means ± sea b**significant different (p<0.01), n=10 figure (1): cross section in liver of control group showing normal structure of hepatocyte (h&e100x) 23 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (2):cross section in liver of mouse treated with 125mg/kg b.w.showing moderate degeneration and distortion of the hepatocytes(deg) (h&e100x) figure (3): cross section on liver of mouse treated with 250 mg/kg b. w. showing conjestion (con.), infiltration of inflammatory cells (inf.), vaculation (vac.) in hepatocytes and degeneration in their nucleus(deg) (h&e100x) co va inf deg deg 24 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 الكبد في التركيب النسجي ووظائفلمستخلص المائي ألوراق الكزبرة ا أثيرت ذكور الفئران البيضل رنا حنان خضير الربيعي قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/ ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد 2015 كانون االول 6، قبل في : 2015ني تشرين الثا 8استلم في: الخالصة الرغم من أن تأثيراتها السمية معروفة على نطاق ضيق. بمن األمراض عدد النباتات الطبية في عالج عملتاست واحدة من أكثر النباتات شيوعاً في عالج الكثير من االضطرابات الفسيولوجية، لذلك coriandrum sativumالكزبرة .ذكور الفئران البيضلتركيب ووظيفة الكبد في صممت هذه الدراسة لتقدير تأثير المستخلص المائي ألوراق الكزبرة فأراً قسمت الفئران عشوائياً إلى ثالث مجاميع، المجموعة االولى غير معاملة (السيطرة)، 30شملت الدراسة ملغرام لكل كيلو غرام من 250و 125المجموعة الثانية والثالثة جرعت فموياً بالمستخلص المائي ألوراق الكزبرة بتركيز الدراسة النسجية. فضالً عنحياتية يمووزن الكبد والمتغيرات الكفي تخلص يوماً، تم تقدير تأثير المس 30وزن الجسم لمدة في مصل gotو gptأظهرت النتائج عدم وجود فروقات معنوية في الوزن النسبي للعضو ومستويات الـ الرغم ببينما أظهرت المقاطع النسجية للكبد تنكساً طفيفاً في الخاليا الكبدية 125الفئران المعاملة بالمستخلص عند جرعة الــ في الوزن النسبي (p<0.05)ملغرام تسبب في حدوث انخفاض معنوي 250من أن المعاملة بالمستخلص عند جرعة الــ في مصل الدم فضالً عند ذلك أشارت الدراسة gotو gptفي مستويات الـ (p<0.01) ةمعنويعالي ال للكبد وارتفاع في تفجيالنسجية إلى تنكس وتشوه واضح في الخاليا الكبدية وظهور االحتقانات الدموية وارتشاح للخاليا االلتهابية و ملغرام. 250سايتوبالزم الخاليا الكبدية عند جرعة الــ الكبد عند جرعة في وي لمستخلص أوراق الكزبرة المائي له تأثيرات سميةفمالتجريع التشير هذه النتائج إلى أن ملغرام لكل كيلو غرام من وزن الجسم. 250 كزبرة، مائي، كبد، سمية، مستخلص.الكلمات المفتاحية: microsoft word 69-85 69 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ synthesis and characterization of schiff base folic acid based ligand and its complexes ahmad t. numan khalid f. ali eman i. al-salihi dept.of chemistry/college of education for pure science/ (ibn –al haitham) university of baghdad received in: 15 october 2014, accepted in: 2 february 2015 abstract d-mannose sugar was used to prepare [benzoic acid 6-formyl-2,2-dimethyl-tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl ester] (compound a). the condensation reaction of folic acid with (compound a) resulted in the formation of new ligand [l]. these compounds were characterized by elemental analysis chn, atomic absorption a.a, (ft-i.r.), (u.v.-vis), tlc, e.s. mass (for electrospray), molar conductance, and melting point. the new tetradentate ligand [l], reacted with two moles of some selected metal ions and two moles of (2-aminophenol), (metal : ligand : 2-aminophenol) at reflux in water medium to give a series of new complexes of the general formula k2[m2(l)(ha)2] where m= co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and cd(ii). these complexes were characterized by elemental analyses [(c.h.n) and (a.a)], (fti.r), (u.v-vis.), molar conductance, 1h,13c-nmr, tlc and magnetic moment measurements. from the above data the proposed geometry about co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and cd(ii), is tetrahedral structure. biological activity of the lignd and its complexes was carried out on staphylococcus aureu, bacillus subtilis escherichia coli and psedomonas aeruginosa. key words: vitamin b9, cd(+2)complexes infrared spectra , schiff base, 1h,13c-nmr, tlc measurements. 70 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ introduction folic acid (pteroylglutamic acid) is heterocyclic compound which is composed of three amino benzoic acid and glutamic -parathese are the pteridine ring, . [1]components-large sub acid. glutamic acid is an amino acid that the body can actually synthesize by itself and is ligand -. mixed[3]cvitamin b [2],9vitamin b vitamin m, found in proteins, also known as complexes, play an important role in numerous chemical systems like water softening, ion . the electrophilic carbon atoms of aldehydes 10]-[4dyingand exchange resin, electroplating, and ketones can be targets of nucleophilic attack by amines. the end result of this reaction is a compound in which the c=o double bond is replaced by a c=n double bond. this type of the synthesis we report in this work, . .[11]compound is known as imines, or schiff base characterization and biological study of folic acid ligand and (compound a) with mixed ligand, and its complexes with selected transition elements, scheme (1) where m=(coii, cuii, niii, and cdi i) scheme (1) experimental reagents were purchased from fluka and redial – dehenge chemical co. and used without further putrefaction. ft-i.r spectra were recorded using thermo scientific, id5, atr nicolet, is5 ft-ir spectrophotometer in the range (4000-400) cm-1. electronic spectra of the prepared compounds were measured in the region (200-900) nm for 10-3 m solutions in (dmso) for the ligand and in distilled water for the complexes at 25c using a shimadzu160 spectrophotometer with 1.0000.001 cm matched quartz cell. elemental microanalyses were performed on a (c.h.n) analyzer model thermo scientific flash 2000 organic elemental analyzer. metal content of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption (a.a) technique using a shimadzu aa 680g atomic absorption spectrophotometer. electrical conductivity measurements of the complexes were recorded at 25c for 10-3 m solutions of the samples in (dmso) for the ligands and in distilled water for the complexes using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter. magnetic measurements were recorded on a bruker bm6 instrument at 298k following the farady's method. most of the measurements were made in department of chemistry, manchester university, u.k synthesis of [benzoic acid 6-formyl-2,2-dimethyl-tetrahydro-furo[3,4d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl ester](a) compound a fig.(1) , was prepared according to the following steps as in scheme (2). 1) to a 1l of anhydrous acetone acidified with (14 ml) conc. h2so4 was added (20 g, 184.9 mmol) of d-mannose. the mixture was allowed to stir for 4-5 hrs., and a light yellow 71 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ solution was formed. this was neutralized with anhydrous na2co3, and then filtered off. solution was removed under reduced pressure and a solid was formed. this was recrystallized from toluene to yield white crystals (20 g, 90% yield), m.p.(120-122 0c). 2) (6 g, 20.5 mmol) of compound (1) dissolved in (40 ml) of pyridine, then (5 ml) of benzoyl chloride was add to the stirred mixture that chilled in an ice bath. after (1 h.) of stirring, the solution was kept away from light for (24 h.) at room temperature and poured into vigorously stirred mixture of ice-water (25 ml). the mixture was stirred for (2 h.). extracted with chloroform at room temperature (25 0c) by using separating funnel to separate the chloroform layer (its density is higher than the water).washing the layer with a solution of hydrochloric acid twice, and water separating layer, then washed with distilled water (25 ml), dried by anhydrous magnesium sulfate, stir for a quarter of an hour, filtered and evaporated white precipitate will be formed to give two crops of needles (2.8 g, 46.66 % yield), m.p (108 0c). 3) a solution of (2 g ), (5.2 mmol) from compound 2 and 80% acetic acid (50 ml) was kept at room temperature with stirring for (48 h.). after which time the solution was concentrated, and white precipitate was formed. this was filtered off and then redissolved in butanol, dried and evaporated. a pale yellow product of diol (1.5 g, 75% yield), m.p. (100 0c) was formed. 4) a solution of diol (2 g ), (6.1mmol) dissolved in a small amount of ethanol was added over (30 min) to the solution of sodium periodate (0.24 g ),(1.1 mmol) in h2o (10 ml). the oxidation was allowed to proceed for (1 h.) at (0 0c) and then white product was formed immediately which was allowed to cool for (1 h.) the solid was removed by filteration , and then dried by adding (20 ml) of ethyl acetate to give (0.9 g, 45% yield), m.p. (290 dec. 0c) scheme (2) synthesis of the ligand [l] to a solution of folic acid (2 g , 3.61 mmol) in methanol (20 ml)] was added to a mixture of koh (0.25 g, 4.55 mmole), in (1 ml) of water and (compound a) (1.04 g , 3.56 mmole) dissolved in methanol (5 ml). the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux for (48 hr.), and then stirred at rt for (1 hr.). a mustard solid was formed which collected, by filtration, dried under vacuum for (24 hr.). yield: (1g), (50 %) of the total compound. m.p (dec.250 c), according to the scheme (٣) . 72 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ scheme (٣) synthesis of the complex synthesis of k2[co2(l)(ha)2]complex. a solution from [l] (0.172 g , 0.723 mmole) in a hot distilled water (20 ml), mixed with another solution of 2-aminophenol was (0.097 g , 9.7 mmole) in a hot distilled water (5 ml), was added slowly to a stirred solution of manganese(ii) chloride tetrahydrate (0.176 g, 0.89 mmole) in (10 ml) distilled water. the resulting mixture was heated at refluxed for (2 hr.), during which, the solution became brownyellow in color. the solution was concentrated by evaporating ethanol at room temperature and a deep-brown solid was formed. this was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to give (0.23 g, 76.6 % yield), of the title compound, m.p (dec. 240 ٠c). synthesis of k2[ni2(l)(ha)2], k2[cu2(l)(ha)2] and k2[cd2(l)(ha)2]complexes a similar method to that mentioned above was used to prepare the complexes of [l] with (cdii, niii, and cuii). fig.(1), and the same quantities of both of the ligand [l] and (2aminophenole) were used. table (1) stated the quantities, reaction conditions and physical properties of the prepared compounds. results and discussion synthesis of the ligand[l] the ft-i.r spectra of fig.(2) show the five steps of forming (compound a). in the spectrum of folic acid fig.(3) there are two sharp absorption bands at (3414 and 3547 cm-1) due to the stretching vibration of υsy(n-h) and υasy(n-h) of the primary amine (r-nh2) group [12]. in the spectrum of (compound a) fig(4) there is a double bonds due to the carbonyl group υ(c=o) stretching vibration at (1728 and 1631.7 cm-1)[13,14] . these bands were disappeared in the spectrum of the ligand [l]. fig(5). accompanied by the appearance of a new band at (1689.6 cm-1) range assigned to the υ(c=n) stretching indicates schiff base reaction [15,16] table (2). the (u.v-vis) spectrum for the ligand [l], fig.(11) exhibits a high intense absorption peak at (215 nm) (46511 cm-1) (max= 700 molar-1.cm-1), (281 nm) (35587 cm-1) (max= 688 molar-1.cm-1) assigned for (*) and a shoulder peak at (346 nm) (28901 cm-1) (max= 182 molar-1.cm-1) assigned to (n*) transition,[17,18] table (3). synthesis of the complexes the reaction of the ligand [l] with (2-aminophenol) and (coii, niii, cuii and cdii ) was carried out in methanol under reflux. all complexes are stable in the solid state. the analytical and physical data, table (1) and spectral data table (2) are compatible with the suggested structures. in the ft-i.r spectra:band at (1689.6 cm-1) that assigned to the υ(c=n) stretching [15,16] of the spectrum of the ligand [l], fig.(5) is shifted to lower frequency about (123 cm-1) range compared with the spectra of the co+2, ni+2, cu+2, and cd+2 complexes due 73 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ to the forming ring system with the metal ions and delocalization of electron π density. the spectrum of [l] fig.(5), shows sharp band at (1724 cm-1) due to the υ(c=o) stretching [13,14] this band is shifted to lower frequency because of the coordination with the metal ions. metal oxygen and metal nitrogen band further confirmed by the presence of peaks at (582-584 cm-1) and (425-480 cm-1) range were assigned to υ(m-o), and υ(m-n) , stretches for the ni+2, co+2, cu+2 and cd+2 complexes, respectively. table (2). the (u.v-vis.) spectra:figs.(12), (13), (14) and (15) display the (u.vvis) spectra of the co+2, ni+2, cu+2, and cd+2 complexes, respectively. table (3) summarized the absorption peaks of the complexes in each case the spectrum showed two intense peaks in the (u.v) region at (283-247 nm) assigned to the ligand field [19]. the spectra of (co+2), (ni+2) and (cu+2) complexes figs.(12,13 and 14) exhibited strong peaks at visible region at: (500 nm) (20000 cm-1) (max = 30 molar-1. cm-1), (490 nm) (20408 cm-1), (max= 550 molar-1. cm-1) and (530 nm) (18867 cm-1), (max =100 molar-1. cm-1) assigned to (4a2→4t1(f)), (t1→1t2(p)), (2t2→t٧) (d-d) transitions respectively suggesting tetrahedral structures [20] around (co+2), (ni+2) and (cu+2). the strong peak at visible region (410 nm) (24390 cm-1) (max = 600 molar-1. cm-1) in the cdcomplex is assigned to charge transfer transition confirming tetrahedral structure around cdii ion[21] fig.(15). the molar conductance: the observed molar conductance value measured in (dmso) (10-3 m solution) at room temperature lies in the (70-80 s. cm2. mole-1) range, indicating their electrolytic nature with (1:2) ratio of the complexes [22,23]. table (3). the magnetic moment the magnetic moments values of the k2[ni2(l)(ha)2] complexes are shown in table (3-30). the value of µ eff lies in (2.83 b. m.) of the complexes indicating paramagnetic properties and tetrahedral geometry around (ni+2) ion. [24]. 1h-nmr spectrum of k2[cd2(l)(ha)2] complex the 1h-nmr spectrum for k2[cd2(l)(ha)2] complex in dmso-d6 fig.(1٦) showed peak at (δ 1.45 ppm-ch)(6h) attributed to two methyl groups. the quartarete signal obtained at (δ 2.10 ppm-ch)(4h) due to methylene ch2 group. the doublet signal obtained at (δ 2.30 ppmch)(3h) due to methylene ch2 group is shifted to low field as a result of the effect of c=o group. another doublet signal obtained at (δ 4.40 ppm-ch)(1h) is due to methylene ch2 group is shifted to low field because of the cycle effect from one side and n-h group effect of the other side. a signal at (δ 4.0 ppm)(1h) assigned to (nh) aromatic. the triplet signal at (δ 4.5 ppm-ch)(3h) assigned to methane (ch) group. this group has shifted to low field as a result of the effect of (nh sec.) amide group. two triplet signals assigned to ch group of tetrahydrofuran, the first at (δ 4.2 ppm-ch)(3h), and the second at (δ 6.7 ppm-ch)(3h) is shifted to low field-high frequency as a consequence of the effect of c-o group. another two triplet signals observed, due to the 1,3-dioxoan. the first at (δ 4.3 ppm-ch)(4h). the second signal at (δ 4.9 ppm-ch)(4h) is shifted to low field–high frequency because of the effect of c-o group. the doublet signal at (7.6 ppm-ch)(2h) due to aldimine group. a single signal at (δ 8.2 ppm-ch)(1h) due to (-ch=n) pyrazine group. a single signal at (δ 8.3 ppmnh)(1h) due to (nh) amide group. and multiple group of resonance signals at (δ 7.2-8.8 ppm-ch) range due to benzene ring. the nmr spectral data of k2[cd2(l)ha2] complex was compared with the spectral data for the ligand according to chemoffes program..table (4) summarized the details of the chemical shifts. 13c-nmr spectrum of k2[cd2(l)(ha)2] complex the 13c-nmr spectrum of the k2[cd2(l)(ha)2] complex in dmso-d6 solvent is shown in fig.(١٧). the characterized resonances are listed in table (5). 74 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ e.s-mass spectrum of (compound a) the e.s-mass (+) spectrum of compound (a), fig.(١٨) shows the parent ion peak at (m/z=292.09), which corresponds to (m)+, other fragments are summarized in table (6). peak detected at [m/z=315.1 is assigned for (m+na)+ e.s-mass spectrum of ligand [l] the e.s-mass (+) spectrum of derivative ligand [l]. fig.(١٩), shows the parent ion peak at (m/z=791.14), which corresponds to (m) +, other fragments are summarized in table (7). peak detected at [m/z=814.5 is assigned for (m+na)+ biological activity for the ligand (l] and its complexes the biological activity for the ligand (l] and its complexes were studied using inhibition method .[25-28] four types of pathogenic bacteria two were gram positive which are staphylococcus aureuand bacillus subtilis, the second two were gram negative which are escherichiacoli and psedomonasaeruginosa. the ligand (l], did not show any inhibition diameter against any type of the four bacterial, neither after 24 hrs. nor after 48 hrs., table (8). however complexes show more activity than the ligand under similar experimental conditions with the same kinds of bacteria. thin-layer chromatography (tlc) measurement the t.l.c technique measurement for the derivative ligand (l] was performed with co+2, ni+2, cu+2, and cd+2 complexes and resulted the appearance of a new spots in different positions belong to co+2, ni+2, cu+2, and cd+2 ion complexes this spots position are differs from the position of the starting materials spots about (4.8 mm) range indicating the forming of new compounds. the proposed molecular structure the proposed molecular structure of k2[ni2(l)(ha)2] complex according to chemoffice program displays the band angles and band length table (9) and the proposed geometrical shape of the complex is tetrahedral fig.(٢٠). acknowledgment i am very grateful to professor richard e. p. winpenny and professor mohamed jaber al jeboori for helping me with respect to the required measurements for the compounds. references 1bailey, lb.; gregory, jfr.; bowman , dc b. and russell, r. (2006) . international life sciences institute. , washington,folate present knowledge in natrition. 1:278-301. 2allen, l. h. (2004)."folate and vitamin b12 status in the americas." nutrition reviews 62, no. 6, pt. 229–33. 3bailey, l. b. , (2004)"folate and vitamin b12 recommended intakes and status in the united states,nurition62, 6, pt. 2 s14–20. 4mrinalinil, l. and manihar, k.a.s., (2012). res, j. chem. sci., 2(1), 45. 5girgaonkar, v.m. and shirodkar, g.s., (2011).res, j. recent sci., , 1(isc), 110. 75 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ 6agarwal, k.r.; sharma, d. and himanshu, a.(2006), bioinorganic chemistry and applications, 1-9. 7gupta, k.y.; agarwal, c.s.; madnawat p.s. and narain r.., (2012), res, j. chem. sci., 2(4), 68. 8sankhala, k. and chaturvedi, a., (2012). res . j. chem. sci., 2(5), 57. 9mohamed, h.g. and hander, b., (2012),res ,j. chem. sci.,. 2(3), 12. 10., rajasekar, k.; ramch, t. ramoorthy and paulraj a., (2012)., res. j. of pharmaceutical sci, and 1(4), 22. 11the gold book "schiff base", (2006). iupac, compendium of chemical te rminology, 2nd ed. (1997). online corrected version: 12rostkowska, h.; nowak, m.j.; lapinski, l.; bertner. m.; kulikowski, t.; les a., and adamowicz, l., (1993). spectro chim. acta, 49a, 551. 13silverschtien, r.m., bassler and morril (1981). "spectrophotometers indentification of organic compounds", translated by ali hussain and suphi al-azawi, 14ivanov , i. and nikolova, s., (2008),molbank,. m 565. 15nakamoto, k., (1997). "infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds", , parts a and b, 5th ed. john wiley sons, new york, 16panda, s.; mishra, r. j.; panda, k.a. and satpathyl ,c.k., (1989). ind. chem. soc., , 66, 472. 17anuradha, k. and rajarel, r., (2011). internatiol journal of pharmacy & technology, 2, 2217. 18colchoubian ,h.; waltz, wl. and quail, jw., (1999) can .j. chem., 37-77. 19jakels, s.c.; ciavola, j.; carter, r.c.; cheek, p.l. and pascarlli t.d. , (1983), inorg. chem.,..22, 3956. 20lever, a.b.p., (1984). "inorganic electronic spectroscopy" new york, 21rao, p.v. and rao, n.r., (1988). ind.j. of chem., 27a, 73. 2nd. ed., 22kettle, s. f. a.,. (1975). ‘’coordination compounds thomas nelson and son, lndon, p 165. 23quaylian, j. v.; fjita, j.; franz, g., (1965)j. am chem. soc.., 81, p.3770. 24 huheey, j. e., (1994). “inorganic chemistry: principles of structure and reactivity”, harper international edition, harper and row publishers, new york 25anacona, j.r., (2006). j. coord. chem., 54, 355– 365. 76 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ 26petra, d.; tatjano, z. and boriset p.. (2005) j. inorg. bio. chemistry, 2, 432. 27tauber, s. c. and r. nau, (2008) “immunomodulatory properties of antibiotics”, current molecular pharmacology , 1, 68. 28sultana, n. and arayne m. s., (2007). pakistan, j. pharma. sci., 4, 305 table no. (1): the physical properties of [l]and its complexes. compound m.w yield % w.t of metal ion= mmole m.pc color found, (cal.) % c h n k metal (compound a) 292.28 45 290 dec. yellow and white (61.64) 60.41 (5.52) 5.00 (32.84) 32.11 [l] 791.85 50 250 deep mustered (51.47) 50.70 (3.82) 3.11 (12.40) 11.20 (9.89) 9.00 k2 [co2(l) (ha)2] 1083.83 60 0.756 270 dec. pale brown (50.98) 50.33 (3.72) 3.21 (11.63) 11.03 (3.61) 3.11 (10.88) 9.01 k2 [cu2(l) (ha)2] 1093.05 70 0.757 240 dec. pale-brown (50.55) 43.88 (3.69) 3.01 (11.53) 9.78 (3.58) 3.00 (11.36) 9.55 k2 [ni2(l) (ha)2] 1083.35 63 0.753 230 dec. green (51.00) 48.17 (3.72) 2.52 (11.64) 9.01 (3.61) 2.01 (10.48) 9.00 k2 [cd2(l)(ha)2] 1190.78 76 0.755 260 dec. brown (46.40) 44.90 (3.39) 2.42 (10.59) 8.00 (3.28) 2.60 (18.88) 16.65 (calcu.): calculated (dec.): decomposed table no. (2): the ft-i.r spectral data(wave number)cm-1 of [l]and its complexes compound ( n-h) primary r-nh2 (n-h) secondary r2-nh (oh) (coo-)as (coo-) s (c=n)imine (ch3) (c-n)aroma (c-n)aliph. mo mn [compound a] [l] 3344(br) 1724(sh) 1558(sh) 1444.6(sh) 1689.6(sh) 1350(sh) 1396(sh) 1288(sh) 2-aminophenole 3475(sh) 3305(sh) 3051(br) 1217(sh) k2 [co2(l)(ha)2] 3332.9(sh) 1602.8(sh) 1514(sh) 1404(sh) 1573.9(sh) 1320(sh) 1317(sh) 1273(sh) 584(sh) 425(sh) k2 [ni2(l)(ha)2] 3٤10(sh) 1602.8(sh) 1514(sh) 1404(br) 1573.9(sh) 1300(sh) 1317(sh) 1273(sh) 584(sh) 430(sh) k2 [cu2(l)(ha)2] 3319(sh) 1593(sh) 1539(br) 1396(s) 1577.7(sh) 1325(sh) 1350(w) 1276.8(br) 582.5(sh) 480(sh) k2 [cd2(l)(ha)2] 3332.9(br) 1604.7(sh) 1541(br) 1409.9(br) 1573.9(s) 1330(sh) 1349(w) 1273(sh) 584(sh) 460(sh) s: strong vs: very strong m: medium w: weak s,sh: strong sharp br: broad o.o.p: out of plane aliph: ali phatic arom: aromatic : stretching : bending 77 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ table no. (3): electronic spectral data and conductance measurements of the ligand and complexes. compound  nm  cm-1 max molar-1. cm-1 assignment m.c*(ohm1.c m2.mole-1) geometrical shape solvent ratio [l] 215 46511 700 * 281 35587 688 n * 346 28901 182 n * k2[co2(l)(ha)2] ٣٥٠ ٣٥٣٣٥ ٢٨٣ ligand field 77 tetrahedral dmso 1:2 418 23923 401 4a2→ 4t1(p) 436 22935 416 4a2→ 4t1(p) 500 20000 30 4a2→ 4t1(f) k2[ni2(l)(ha)2] 247 40485 2421 ligand field 76 tetrahedral dmso 1:2 418 23923 457 3t1→ 1t2 436 22935 474 3t1→ 1t2(p) 490 20408 550 3t1→ 1t2(p) k2[cu2(l)(ha)2] 254 39370 2452 ligand field 80 tetrahedral dmso 1:2 420 238092 400 2t2→ 2t6 437 22883 433 2t2→ 2t6 530 18867 100 2t2→ 2t7 k2[cd2(l)(ha)2] ٥٥ ٣٧٠٣٧ ٢٧٠ ligand field 70 tetrahedral dmso 1:2 410 24390 600 ch.t table no. (4):1h-nmr spectral data of k2[cd2(l)(ha)2] group h δ ppm methane c(37)-h 4.5 1,3-dioxolan c(9,10)-h 4.3-4.9 tetrahydrofuran c(11,8)-h 4.2,6.7 1-benzene c(1,2,3,4…….)-h 7.2-8.8 aldimine c(7)-h 7.6 2-pyrazine c(26)-h 8.2 methylene c(38,39,28)-h2 2.10, 2.30, 4.40 methyl c(13,14)-h3 1.45 aromatic c-nh c(23)-nh 4.0 amide c(39)-nh 8.3 dmso solvent 2.5 78 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ table no. (5):13c-nmr spectral data of k2[cd2(l)(ha)2] table no. (6):e.s-mass spectral data of (compound a). fragment ions mass/charge (m/z) relative abundance [m]+ 292.09 30 [m-{coh }]+ 264.2 15 [m-{ coh-ch2 }] + 250.2 55 [m-{ coh-ch2-ch2}] + 236.0 32 [m-{ coh-ch2-ch2c5h7o3}] + 121.0 62 group c13 δ ppm aliphatic c (١٢) 1٢٥ pyrimidine c (25,22) 17٥,١٧٧ benzen c (1,6,19,29……) 148,120,147,132,131 pyrazine c (23,27,24) 145, 149,150, 146 amide c(35) 169 carboxyl c(36,40) 177,167 dmso solvent 29 imine ch (7) 164 benzen ch (2,5,15,17…..) 123,113,127,109,116,126,129,132,104 tetrahydrofuran ch (11,10,9,8) 78,92,73,95 aliphatic ch (37) 57 pyrazine ch (26) 144 aliphatic ch2 (28,38,39) 24,26 aliphatic ch3 (13,14) 23 79 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ table no. (7):e.s-mass spectral data of [l]. fragmentations mass/chr-ge (m/z) relative abundance [m]+ 791.14 22 [m-{c7h4o2 }] + 671.11 20 [m-{c7h4o2-c2hko2 }] + 575.2 18 [m-{c7h4o2-c2hko2 –c6h8o3}] + 447.0 25 [m-{c7h4o2-c2hko2 –c6h8o3-c2h3n}] + 406.08 21 [m-{c7h4o2-c2hko2 –c6h8o3-c2h3n -c5n4o}] + 274.0 8 [m-{c7h4o2-c2hko2 –c6h8o3-c2h3n -c5n4o –c2h5n}] + 231.0 32 [m-{c7h4o2-c2hko2 –c6h8o3-c2h3n -c5n4o –c2h5n-c5h2 }] + 169.0 40 m-{c7h4o2-c2hko2 –c6h8o3-c2h3n -c5n4o –c2h5n-c5h2-c2h3no }] + 111.9 19 table no. (8):inhibition circle diameter in millimeter for(compounda),ligand[l] and complexes after 24 hrs.,and after 48 hrs. compounds staphylococcus aureu pseudomonas aeruginosa bacillus subtilis escherichia coli 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 24 hrs. 48 hrs. (compound a) and [l] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 k2[co2(l(3))(ha)2] 20 22 ٠ ٠ 18 17 18 18 k2[ni2(l(3))(ha)2] 20 19 12 12 17 18 10 10 k2[cu2(l(3))(ha)2] 15 17 ٠ 10 15 15 17 16 k2[cd2(l(3))(ha)2] 20 24 15 16 18 19 14 13 table no.(9):the propsed bond lengths and bond angles of k2[cd2(l)(h a)2]complex. type of bond bond length (a˚) type of angles bond length (a˚) ni-o 1.790 o-ni-o 180.000 ni-n 4.434 o-ni-n 77.183 n-h 1.050 ni-o-c 109.500 c-h 1.100 h-n-ni 126.702 c-n 1.260 n-ni-n 158.914 c-c 1.395 ni-n-c 52.614 c-o 1.208 (a˚)= angstrom,, (˚)= degree 80 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ where m=(coii, cuii, niii, and cdi i) figure no. (1): formation of complexes figure no.(2) : the i.r. spectra of the four steps of forming (compound a) 81 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ 82 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ 83 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ figure no. (١٦): 1h-nmr spectral data of k2[cd2(l)(ha)2]complex figure no. (١٧): 13c-nmr of k2[cd2(l)(ha)2]complex. 84 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ figure no. (١٨): e.s-mass spectrum of the starting material (compound a) figure no. (١٩): e.s-mass spectrum of derivative ligand [l]. figure no. (2٠) :the proposed molecular structure of k2[ni2(l)(ha)2] complex 85 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 ٢( ) 201٥ قاعدة شف لحامض الفوليك كليكاند ومعقداته تحضير وتشخيص احمد ثابت نعمان علي خالد فھد الكريمايمان ابراھيم عبد /جامعة بغداد )ابن الھيثم (قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ٢٠١٥شباط ٢قبل البحث في ,٢٠١٤تشرين االول ١٥استلم البحث في: الخالصة سلسلة مع ف من حامض الفوليك بطريقة قاعدة ش امشتق انداوليككمادة اولية يعتبر مركبتضمن البحث تحضير فاعل باشكال جديدة من المعقدات (المتشكلة من مزيج من الليكاندات) بوجود ھيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم والميثانول وسطا للت ز ثم يذاب حيث تم اضافة سكر الدي مانوس الى لتر واحد من االسيتون المحمض بحامض الكبريتيك المركرباعية السن للحصول على الدايول الذي %٨٠البنزوايل كلورايد وحامض الخليك المخفف الراسب المتكون منه بالبريدين ويضاف له ى ليكند مشتق جديد وھذا بدوره يفاعل مع مشتق الفوليك للحصول عل بالشكل االلديھايدييقطع بالصوديوم ايودايد للحصول عليه طيف الكتلة ودرجة واالشعة فوق البنفسجية و تم تشخيص الليكاندات بوساطة التحليل الدقيق للعناصر واطياف االشعة تحت الحمراءو ة الليكاندات كما تضمن البحث تحضير سلسلة جديدة من المعقدات من خالل مفاعل قياس كروماتوكرافيا الطبقة الرقيقةاالنصھار و طة اسقدات اعاله بو) وشخصت المعіі( ) والكادميومіі( ) والكوبلتіі( ) والنيكلіі( النحاس -: اعاله مع بعض امالح العناصر مثل واالمتصاص الذري واطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء واالشعة ١٣والرنين النووي المغناطيسي والكاربون التحليل الدقيق للعناصر ف الكتلة ودرجة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية وقياس التوصيلية الكھربائية اضافة الى دراسة الحساسية المغناطيسية للمركبات وطي للمجموعة االمينية ابينت اطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء فقدانمع الفعالية البايولوجية وقياس كروماتوكرافيا الطبقة الرقيقة واالنصھار لفوليك مع واالستعاضة عنھا باالصرة المزدوجة بين النتروجين والكاربون دليال على حدوث تفاعل قاعدة شف عند تناسق مشتق ا شعة تحت الحمراء كما بينت اطياف االاربونيلية قابلة للتفاعل مع المجموعة االمينية لمشتق الفوليك. ليكاندات محتوية على مجموعة ك ضة بمجاميع فعالة سلوك الليكاند عند تناسقه مع بعض العناصر الفلزية وھذا السلوك يعود تفسيره الى التناسق مع الليكاندات المعو بشحنتين كل من الكوبلت والنيكل والنحاس والكادميوم فانه يعطي مركبات مشحونةعند تناسق الليكند مع :اتي متنوعة وكما ي ع الفضائي لليكاندات مع اطياف االشعة فوق البنفسجية وقياسات الحساسية المغناطيسية للمعقدات لدراسة التوزي عملتاستسالبتين ولقد ) іі( ) والنيكلііت (دم فان الشكل الفضائي المتوقع لمعقدات الكوبلايونات الفلزات واالستدالل على الشكل الفضائي لھا من خالل ما تق (ھرم رباعي السطوح) السطوح ة) ھي رباعيіі( ) والنحاسіі( والكادميوم لنووي المغناطيس المنطقة الحمراء لمعقدات الكادميوم ، قواعد شف ، تقنية الطبقة الرقيقة ، النين ا فيتامين بي، :الكلمات المفتاحية ١٣للبروتون واحد والكاربون microsoft word 49-57 49 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 list of scorpions recorded for the first time in iraq zeina n. n. al-azawi dept. of biology , college of education for pure science /ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad received in :7january 2016, accepted in : 15 march 2016 abstract the present study is the first taxonomic study on scorpions in iraq. the specimens were collected from regions in the middle and south of iraq, three families, seven genera and eight species were recorded for the first time in iraq and one new species of the world. key words: scorpions, buthidae, bothiruridae, scorpionidae, iraq 50 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 theoretical scorpions belong to class arachnida ,phylum arthropoda , class arachnida which includes also ticks, spiders, and mites. there are approximately 1,300 species of scorpions worldwide [1]. scorpions are usually found in semiarid deserts [2]. scorpions are easily distinguished from other arthropods, by colors which are black, gray, brown, and yellow, and range in size from 10-90 mm long. scorpions have two major body regions: cephalothoraxes (head and thorax) and abdomen. it has 2 to 5 pairs of eyes depending on the species; however, some species are blind. the mouthparts are made up of a pair of chelicerae for grasping prey. the cephalothoraxes(thorax) has four pairs of walking legs and pair of pedipalps, the pedipalps is modified legs that have pinchers for grasping prey [3] . the pedipalps are covered with trichobothria, or hairs, that sense air vibrations and aid in capturing prey and mating. the cephalothoraxes is covered by the carapace, which is a hard bony outer covering. the abdomen is made up of the mesosoma and the metasoma. the mesosoma contains the book lungs, digestive organs and the pectines teeth. the metasoma is a shape that curves up and bears the telson, or stinger or venom glands.[2]. experimental the samples of this study were collected from middle and south region of iraq from 22 nd november 2013.to 4th march2014. collection and preservation of scorpions the scorpions were collected from province region of baghdad ,diyala, salahal-aldin , najaf, waset, karbala, diwaniyah and dhiqar with assistance of local professional hunters, during the day from 22 nd november 2013 to 4th march2014. ,the search of scorpions during the day light under objects (bricks, wood, flagstone ,trees…etc.),while into darkness of the day and night the search was done with the aid of spot torch and uv light source.[14]. specimens were put in box to transfere to laboratory to study them, the first step were killed by boiling water (99̊c) ,then put in fixation solution (formalin 12%,isopropyl alcohol 30%,glacia aacetic acid 2% and distilled water 56%)for 24-48 hr. then transferred to 50% isopropyl alcohol for one hour ,finely the specimens were conserved in 70% isopropyl alcohol [2,4]. all collected specimens were morphologically, identified under dissecting microscope (with camera magnification was (10) pixel) according to keys,[5,6 and7] . result and discussion the result of this study rivaled that the collected specimens belong to three families ,seven genera and eight species ,two genera (hottentotta and bothriurs ) recorded for the first time in iraq and seven species with one species was recorded for the first time in the world , which will be described later, the list of taxonomic results are as the following 1-family :buthidae the family buthidae can be diagnosed by triangular sternum, this family is the largest and most widespread in the world and includes about half of the scorpions[8]. androctonus crassicauda (olivier,1807) it was recorded in iraq by pringle, in aqra ,baquba, mosul,basra hilla,[9,10].in the present study, we found it in baghdad in region abo ghraib ,al dora ,al-kadhymia, alsink ,al-topchi, batawin ,al-tagi and karbala. figure(1) shows characters of genus and species are: black color and brown, a piece of the tail and thick pedipalp are white color and have several names, including the black scorpion , fat tail scorpion and burrowing 51 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 scorpion because of the black color and the thickness of the subsequent blocks constituting the tail and having strong pedipalp that can burrow the soil .[11,12]. mesobuthus epeus (koch,1839). according to kalaf [9] and pringle [10] this species was found in iraq by penther [13] in mosul, shergat, baquba and salah al-din.in this research we find it in region of diyala province ( al-khalis,baqubah),baghdad province(baladiyat, aboghraib and zafaraninyah) figure (2). most of its members live in places arid and semi-arid lives with few or no plants. it is located in east of turkey,north of syria, east of iraq, iran, afghanistan, pakistan and australia, northern china. they are so-called asian yellow scorpion have small chela in the pedipalpes, body color was, brown or yellow with spots . othochirus scrobiculosus(grube,1873) this species was firstly recorded in iraq by penther [13] it was found in (shergat)mosul province and (hilla ) babylon province, [10]. latter the species was recorded in baghdad province ,salah al-din province ,and (baquba) diyala province [9], but in this study we found it in (abograib) baghdad province. figure (3). hottentotta zagrosensis ( kovarik,1997) first recording of the genus and species in iraq by the present study, we founded in baghdad province (al-topchi,al-sink) and diyala province (al-kales,baquba).figure(4) shows the characters of genus and species which are one of the races dating back to the family buthidae and most prevalent, as some types exist in egypt, sudan, india, pakistan, iran and saudi arabia [9]. body color was dark except chela is brown in color and sometimes the end piece of legs (tarsomeres first and second ) wouid be yellow pectin teeth . hottentotta judaicus (simon,1872) this species was recorded for the first time by the present study,it was collected from diyala province (al-ahoiesh) figure(5) shows the characters of genus and species which are : body color was black or dark brown, except chela are brown or yellow, the ends of the first legs and the second legs are brown [6]. 2-family: bothriuridae this family has one or three characters back to the family buthidae , and some types were found in egypt, sudan, india, pakistan, iran, saudi arabia and iraq.high domenation in south africa and south america, australia and asia in the forests and in the desert. it is sometimes called burrows scorpions , wood scorpions or forest scorpions [14]. bothriurus nendai (affilastro and mauro,2010) the genus and species are recorded for the first time in iraq of the present study .we collected the specimens from baghdad province ( in aboghraib,al-nairiyaha, figure(6) shows the characters of genus and species which are: overall length between 27-33 mm , this species can be found under the soil to a depth of 40 cm and under rocks, body color usually is blackish brown or yellowish-brown , legs with a light brown color. 3-family: scorpionidae family scorpionidae has poison gland and it is a complex structure with distinct lobes in the tail called subacular tubercle, claws are round, and coxosternal region is sternum pentagonal, the legs have only one basitarsal spure , these characters can be the diagnostic feature of this family [14]. scorpio maurus (linnaeus,1758) firstly recorded from mosul province in iraq by penther [13] and kalaf [9], in this study we found it in najaf province (mishkab region ) figure(7) shows the morphological characters which are: chela diagnosed is very widely and the color is golden to yellow, known as the gold scorpion. 52 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 acknowledgments i am grateful to supervisors prof. dr. sabah faraj bassat (college of education, ibn al-haitham for pure science, university of baghdad) for making this study possible and to supervisors dr.lorenzo prendini (division of invertebrate zoology, american museum of natural history) to confirm my result. references 1-kovarik, f. (1999). review of european scorpions, with a key to species.sekret. 6(2):3844. 2-polis, g. a. (1990).the biology of scorpion.stanford university press,stanford california: 180. 3hodgson,e.w.;lambert,b.a. and roe,a.h.(2008).scorpions. united state university extension:1-3. 4-wiliams, s.c. (1968).scorpion preservation for taxonomic and morphological studies .wasman j.biol. 26(1):133-136. 5kovarik,f.(1992).a check list of scorpion(arachinida:scorpiones) in the collection of the zoological department national museum in prague .acute. zool.bioc. 56:181-186. 6-kovarik, f.( 2009).iiiustrated catalog of scorpions part 1, introduction remarks, keys to families, genera and species .prague. clavion .prod .170. 7prendini, l.( 2000).phylogeny and classification of the super family scorpionidea , latreilla 1802,(chelicerata:scorpiones).an examplar apporoach.cladisttics.16:1-78. 8-stahnke,h.l.(1972).a key to the genera of buthidae(scorpionida).ent.news.,83:121-133. 9-khalaf,l.(1962).asmall collection of scorpions from iraq . bull. iraq natural history institute,2(4 ):1-3. 10-pringle,g.(1960).notes on the scorpiones of iraq.bull.end.dis.baghdad, 3(3-4):73-87. . 11-simard,j.m.and watt,d.d.(1990).venoms and toxin.(chapter10:200-214). in: polis, g.d. (ed.) the biology of scorpions. stanford: university press, 587. 12-ozcan,o.;suhendan,a.; selçuk,y.; yıldırım, c.;mehmet o.and zafer,k.( 2006). androctonus crassicauda (olivier 1807) scorpionismin in the sanliurfa provinces of turkey. turkey parasitologi ,30 (3): 239-245. 13-penther,a. (1912).expedittion mesopotamien scorpiones.ann.k.k.naturl hofmus.,26: 109-116. 14-lourenço,w.r.and cloudsley j.a.(2009) a new species of the genus scorpio linnaeus,from sudan (scorpiones, scorpionidae). boletín sociedad entomológic aragonesa,45: 123−126. . . 53 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1):androctonus crassicauda(82.44mmtotal length) a-dorsal view b-ventral view figure (2):mesobuthus epeus (35. 83mmtotal length) a-dorsal view b-ventral view a b a b 54 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 (32.07mm total length) figure (3):orthochirus scrobiculosus a-dorsal view b-ventral view (47.07mm total length) figure (4):hottentotta zagrosensis a-dorsal view b-ventral view a b a b 55 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016     ( 31.03mm total length) figure (5):hottentotta judaicus a-dorsal view b-ventral view (46.21mm total length)figure (6):bothriurus nendai  a-dorsal view b-ventral view a b a b 56 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 (49.02mm total length) figure(7):scorpio maurus  a-dorsal view b-ventral view     a b 57 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 قائمة بالعقارب المسجلة ألول مره في العراق العزاوينصيف زينة نبيل ادجامعة بغدأبن الهيثم / للعلوم الصرفة التربية كليةقسم علوم الحياة / 2016اذار 15قبل في : ، 2016كانون الثاني 7استلم في : خالصةال الدراسة الحالية هي أول دراسة تصنيفية للعقارب في العراق ،تم جمع العينات من مناطق وسط العراق وجنوبه ، تم تسجيل ثالث عوائل وسبعة أجناس وثمانية أنواع سجلت ألول مره في العراق ونوع واحد سجل ألول مرة في العالم . : العقارب ، البوثييدية ،البوثيريدية ،السكوربنيدية، العراق المفتاحيةالكلمات @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 اسـتخدام رادار االختـراق االرضـي في الكشـف عن الھیاكل العظمیة دراسـة حـسن علوان عـطار حیـدر عـبد الزھـرة علوان احـمد عمران عـبد الكریم رشید ھاشم جبار ریاض احمد حنون وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا / مركز الجیوفیزیاء والموارد المائیة 2012تموز 16ل البحث في ، قب 2012شباط 12استلم البحث في : الخالصة مختلفة األشكال واألحجام بوساطة الكشف عنھا باستخدام رادار نماذج من أجزاء عظمیة تفي ھذا البحث درس وذلك بدفنھا في أوساط وأعماق مختلفة، ودراسة خصائص الموجة الراداریة الناتجة ، (gpr)االختراق األرضي ومقارنتھا في حال اختالف الوسط واختالف العمق. یصعب تمییزھا في اذ ،تبین من خالل الرسوم الراداریة أن عملیة الكشف عن الھیاكل العظمیة تعتمد على نوع الوسط األوساط الرطبة، ویصعب التمییز بین العظام والشوائب التي تحتویھا التربة وذلك ألن العظام التكون ذا أشكال منتظمة بشكل عام. الھوائي المغلف.: رادار االختراق األرضي، الرسم الراداري، التوصیلیة الكھربائیة، الكلمات المفتاحیة 86 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة على إرسال موجات كھرومغناطیسیة باتجاه األرض من (gpr) تعتمد تقنیة عمل جھاز رادار االختراق األرضي ھوائي االستقبالعن طریق الجسم المدفون عن المنعكسةواستقبال الموجات (transmitter) ھوائي االرسال (receiver)، الـجھازعمل اذ یعتمد أداء(gpr) وكذلك طول ، طالمحی وطبیعة الوسط للجسمعلى التفاصیل الھندسیة تأثر الموجة الراداریة المرسلة بنوعیة الوسط الذي تنتشر خاللھ یعود الى تأثر طور ان .[1] موجة الھوائي المستخدم )phase) وسعة (amplitudeتتكون بیانات الرادار االرضي [2] ) الموجة عندما تواجھ سطحا بینیا لوسطین مختلفین . ذھابا )receiver(من استمرار تسجیل الطاقة المنعكسة بفترات زمنیة تمثل زمن وصول االشارة الى ھوائي االستقبال ما یشكل) traces(ھذه الرسومات )، وان جمعtraceان رسم ھذه الطاقة تسمى بالـ( اذ،[3] وایابا وتقاس بالنانوثانیة [5,4].)2,1كما مبین في االشكال () radargramالراداري (الرسم ب یسمى الـ لكھرومغناطیسیة التي تعد وثیقة الصلة في عمل ا یمكن استخدام معادالت ماكسویل لوصف جمیع ظواھر الموجة (gpr) [6]وھي: ∇ × 𝐸 = − ∂b ∂t ………. (1) ∇ × 𝐻 = 𝐽 + ∂d ∂t ………. . (2) ∇۰d=q ……...….(3) ∇۰b=0 ….……….(4) (magnetic flux density) سي ــض المغناطیــافة الفیــكث b: (electric field), ھربائيــالكجال ـالم e:: اذ jارــالتیافة توصیل ـ: كث, (conduction current density) dة ــھربائیــالكة ــ: اإلزاح(electric displacement) qھربائیةـالك حنةـ: الش (electric charge) . )، ε( )، السماحیة الكھربائیة σ( مثل: التوصیلیة الكھربائیة ،من ھذه العالقات یمكن الحصول على معامالت المواد -:[7]یةآلتالعالقات ا عن طریق )، μ( والنفوذیة المغناطیسیة j= σ e ……. (5) d= ε e ……. (6) b= μ h ……. (7) اط مختلفة كما في العالقة ـ) خالل اوسυ) یمكن اشتقاق عالقة سرعة الموجة الكھرومغناطیسیة ( 7-1ومن العالقات ( یة:اآلت 𝑣 = 𝐶 �(εr µr … … …. (8) .[7,6] یةـة المغناطیســ: النفوذیµr، الكھربائیة: السماحیة εr، في الفراغ الموجة الكھرومغناطیسیةسرعة :c : اذ سرعة الموجة m υعمق الجسم و drتمثل اذ، )9باستخدام العالقة رقم ( كما یمكن معرفة عمق االجسام المدفونة transmittingال (ـن ھوائي االرسـھا مـذ انطالقـالزمن الذي تستغرقھ الموجة الراداریة من trو ،خالل الوسطالراداریة antenna تقبال (ـــوائي االسـى ھــھا الـى عودتـ) الreceiver antenna( [9,8]. …………..(9) الراداریة وعلى طبیعة الوسط الذي تنتقل خاللھ، فعندما ) على تردد االشارة gprیعتمد عمق االختراق في جھاز الـ( بینما في حالة الترددات ،فان عمق االختراق سیكون قلیال ولكن تكون دقة االشارة عالیة ا"یكون تردد الموجة الراداریة كبیر .[11,10] ة االشارةـاب دقـلى حسـن عـیرا ولكـیكون كبـالقلیلة فان عمق االختراق س التوصیلیة العالیة، فمثال االوساط الطینیة يالراداریة تخترق االوساط ذا المقاومیة العالیة اكبر من االوساط ذالموجة ) وتجعل منھ تقنیة غیر فعالة بسبب التوصیلیة العالیة لھاgprالرطبة وكذلك المیاه المالحة تشكل عائقا الداء جھاز الـ( عشرات االمتار) في االوساط -متر 1اذ ان الطاقة الكھرومغناطیسیة ضمن نطاق ھذه الترددات تخترق ما یقارب ( ،[11] ، ویعود [11,4]المقاومیة العالیة بینما في االوساط ذات التوصیلیة العالیة فان عمق االختراق الیتجاوز بضعة امتار قلیلة يذ ان المجال الكھربائي للموجة الكھرومغناطیسیة یتفاعل مع االوساط ذات حیثة، ذلك الى التوھین الحاصل لالشارة الراداری ھا)، ـة ایوناتـبب قلـئة (بسـیلیة الردیـالتوص يلھ مع االوساط ذـاعـن تفـبر مـالتوصیلیة العالیة (بسبب ایوناتھا الكثیرة) اك .[11,4,3 ] )3ظر الشكل (ـان ):3رقم ( [4]مختلفة باستخدام المعادلةختراق الموجة الراداریة الوساط وبامكاننا حساب عمق ا )3.................... ((meter) ) معرفة 1من الجدول (یمكن . و[4]) مقدار التوصیلیة الكھربائیة للوسطσویمثل ( ،) عمق االختراق بالمترdیمثل ( [12] . الفیزیائیة االخرى الوساط مختلفـة الخصائصالتوصیلیة الكھربائیة وبعض 87 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الجانب العملي السویدیة. اذ اســــتخدم ھوائي مغــلف geoscience mala) من انتاج ramac gpr(ر جھاز نوع اختی )shielded( ) 800,1000بتـــــردد mhz( ،كما مبین في الصورة )م برنامج الـ(اوكذلك تم استخد )،1easy 3d من ( ابعاد. ةوھو برنامج متخصص في جمع الرسوم الراداریة الظھارھا بثالث السویدیة geoscience malaانتاج اق ــلى اعمــــع الجافرمل الاستخدام اذرطب). جاف و (رمل مثل مختلفة واعماق اطــــــــعظام أبقار في أوس توضع )cm30( ،(50cm)، )cm80() ،100cm.( وبتردد )mhz1000 .( الرمل الرطب كوسط العماق كما استخدم )30cm() ،50cm(بتردد . واستخدم ایضا الھوائي )800mhz 50,30(العظام) على عمق () لكشف االجسام cm .( لغرض الحصول على رسم راداري )10cmاجریت المسوحات الراداریة بمسارات متوازیة (المسافة بین مسار واخر )radargramابعاد. ة) بثالث النتائج والمناقشة في وسط رملي 30cmالعظام وھي مدفونة على عمق لالشارة المنعكسة عنرسم راداري وبوضوح) 4الشكل (یبین تباین يذ ) لمادتینinterfaceالى ان الموجة الراداریة قد انعكست عن سطح بیني ( اوال ویعود سبب ھذا الوضوح جاف . وثانیا ان طاقة الموجة المرسلة لم تعاني توھینا كبیرا اثناء مادة العظم والوسط المحیط (الرمل) ھما) contrastكبیر ( اال (التوجد وفرة من االیونات، لذا لم یعان المجال الكھربائي للموجة الراداریة تفاعال كبیرا معھا اختراقھا الوسط الرملي .)receiver ( لمانعكس الجزء االكبر من طاقتھا باتجاه المست من ثمو )مع الكترونات الوسط الحالة السابقة. وسبب ذلك یعود الى ان تبدو اقل وضوحا عن العظام ان ) 5الشكل ( الرسم الراداري نالحظ فيبینما عمق االختراق یؤدي الى الزیادة في نسبة التوھین للموجة الراداریة بسبب تفاعل المجال الكھربائي للموجة مع الزیادة في ).7،6( ین، وھذا ما نشاھده بوضوح في الشكلالكترونات الوسط المحیط الرمل اشارة الرسم الراداري بسبب تفاعل المجال الكھربائي مع ایوناتاما عند دفن العظام في الرمل الرطب فسیضعف ).8،9( ینالرطب كما في الشكل الوسط والكترونات وذلك الن . [10]قلالترددات اال يعند استخدام ھوائیات عالیة التردد فان الرسوم الراداریة ستكون اكثر دقة من تلك ذ يھوائي اخر ذو) 1000mhz. والجل ایجاد مقارنة بین الھوائي (لذي یراد االموجة یظھر تفاصیل الجسم قصر طول یظھرھا الھوائي مثل التي الجسام في الرسوم الراداریة )، وجد ان الھوائي االخیر الیظھر تفاصیل ا800mhz( تردد اقل اال ان عمق اختراقھ للوسط كان ،ا"واحد "شكالسة عن االجسام (العظام) لیظھرھا االول بل یقوم بدمج االشارات المنعك على )1000mhzعن طاقة موجة الھوائي االول (طاقة موجتھ الذي یؤدي الى قلة بسبب تردد موجتھ الصغیر نسبیا اكبر 𝐸 ة :تیوفق العالقة اآل = ℎν اذ :e ،وطاقة الموجة الكرومغناطیسیة h و،ثابت بالنك ν تردد الموجة. لذا سیكون تفاعل ستقل االعاقة للموجة الراداریة من ثم ، والمجال الكھربائي للموجة مع ایونات والكترونات الوسط اقل من الھوائي االول .)11،10كما في االشكال ( فتخترق الى مدى اعمق خالل الوسط. االستنتاجات للكشف عن تفاصیل االجسام المدفونة قریبا من سطح االرض.استخدام الھوائیات ذات الترددات العالیة .1 یمكن استخدام الھوائیات ذات الترددات االقل للكشف عن االجسام االكثر عمقا، ولكن على حساب دقة تفاصیل .2 .االجسام ان زیادة رطوبة الوسط تحد من اختراق الموجة الراداریة. .3 المجھولة في المناطق الجافة.) للكشف عن المقابر gpr(ـیمكن استخدام جھاز ال .4 المصادر 1 moustafa, k. and hussein, k. f. a. ( 2007) , performance evaluation of eparated aperture sensor gpr system for land mine detection” progress in electromagnetics research, pier 72: 21–37. 2suvarna, s. s. (2004) ,reconstruction of ground penetrating radar images using techniques based on optimization” a thesis submitted to the graduate faculty of north carolina state university in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master of science, (14). 3bernth johansson,and johan friborg (2005) , applied gpr technology theory and practice” 1st edition, malå geoscience ab, skolgatan 11 s-93070 malå, sweden. 88 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 4johan nissen, and bernth johansson (2007) ,ground penetrating radar a ground investigation method applied to utility locating in no-dig technologies. r&d manager, malå geoscience ab, skolgatan 11 s-93070 malå, sweden, bernth.johansson@malags.se. 5rhazil, j. ; dous, o.and kaveh s. ( 2006) ,detection of fractures in concrete by the gpr technique” research group on ndt and instrumentation, université de sherbrooke, sherbrooke (québec), canada. 6uduwawala, d.; norgren, m. and fuks, p. (2005) , a complete fdtd simulation of a real gpr antenna system operating above lossy and dispersive grounds” progress in electromagnetics research, pier 50; 209–229. 7reitz, j. r.; milford, f. j.and christy ,r.w. (1979) ,foundations of electromagnetic theory addison-wesley series in physics” isbn 0-201-06341-7. 8sabbar abdullah salih (2008) ,applications of ground penetrating radar (gpr) in detection of groundwater table, department of applied geology, college of science, university of tikrit, tikrit, iraq, this research achieved in division of environmental and resources survey center of northeast asian studies, tohoku university, sendai, japan; (13). 9hannu luodes (2008) ,natural stone assessment with ground penetrating radar, estonian journal of earth sciences, 57( 3): 149-155. 10william, j. johnson ( june, 7, 2003) , geophysical detection of graves – bas background and case histories from historic cemeteries, council for west virginia archaeology spring workshop charleston, west virginia. 11annan, a. p. ( 2004) ,ground penetrating radar principles, procedures & applications, mississauga, on canada, sensors & software, p 293. 12sami eyuboglu, hanan mahdi, and haydar al-shukri (2004) ,detection of water leaks using ground penetrating radar” department of applied science university of arkansas at little rock, usa 13 hitz c. breck) تفـھم تكنولوجـیا اللیزر" الطبـعة األولى، )1990، ترجمة ریاض عزیز مرزة ھـ. ت. ع. electrical( الموجة الكھرومغناطیسیة والتوصیلیة الكھربائیة )velocity) یبین سرعة (1جدول ( conductivity( ومقـدار الـتوھـین )attenuation( ) لالشـارة والسمـاحـیة النســبـیةrelative permittivity( الوساط مختلفة 89 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تبین الھوائي المستخدم واتجاه المسح الراداري كما مؤشر باالسھم :)1صورة رقم ( اوساط مختلفةیبین الموجة الكھرومغناطیسیة (الراداریة) المرسلة والمستلمة خالل :) 1شكل ( )، اذ نالحظ ان الموجة الراداریة المرسلة من قبل الھوائي قد انعكست عن الجسم gprیبین مبدأ عمل الـ(:) 2شكل ( ى رســم راداري (كما في ــالمدفون وعن الطبقة الجیولوجیة لتصل الى المستقبل (كما في الشكل االیسر) لیتم تحویلــھا ال الشكل االیمن). خالل االوساط )frequencyفي الموجة الراداریة كدالة للتردد ( ) attenuationیبین مقدار التوھین ( :)3شكل ( .)dry( والجافة )wetالرطبة ( 90 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 في 30cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ شكل العظام وھي مدفونة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)4شكل ( . 1000mhzوسطرملي جاف، الھوائي المستخدم في وسط 50cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ شكل العظام وھي مدفونة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)5شكل ( . 1000mhzرملي جاف، الھوائي المستخدم في وسط 80cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ شكل العظام وھي مدفونة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)6شكل ( . 1000mhzرملي جاف، الھوائي المستخدم 91 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 في وسط 100cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ اضمحالل االشارة الراداریة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)7شكل ( . 1000mhzرملي جاف، الھوائي المستخدم في وسط 30cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ شكل العظام وھي مدفونة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)8شكل ( 1000mhzرملي رطب، الھوائي المستخدم في وسط 50cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ اضمحالل االشارة الراداریة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)9شكل ( 1000mhzرملي رطب، الھوائي المستخدم 92 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 في وسط 50cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ شكل العظام وھي مدفونة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)10شكل ( . 800mhzرملي جاف، الھوائي المستخدم في وسط 100cm) لرسم راداري یبین فیھ شكل العظام وھي مدفونة على عمق top viewمنظر علوي ( :)11شكل ( . 800mhzرملي جاف، الھوائي المستخدم 93 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 detection of human remain using gpr technique hassan a. attar haidar a. alwan ahmad o. abdulkareem rasheed h. jabbar ryadh a. hannoon center of the geophysics & whater resources / ministry of science and technology received in : 12 february 2012 , accepted in : 16july 2012 abstract in this work, animal bones with different shapes and sizes were used to study the characteristics of the ground penetrating radar system wares reflected by these bones. these bones were buried underground in different depths and surrounding media. the resulting data showed that the detection of buried bones with the gpr technology is highly dependent upon the surrounding media that the bones were buried in. humidity is the main source of signal loss in such application because humidity results in low signal-to-noise ratio which leads to inability to distinguish between the signal reflected by bones from that reflected by the dopes in the media such as rock . keyword: gpr, radargram, electrical conductivity, shielded antenna. 94 | physics ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 on fuzzy internal direct product nn.. mm.. nnaamm aa.. ddee ppaarrtt mm ee nntt ooff mmaatt hh ee mm aatt ii ccss,, ccooll llee ggee ooff ss ccii ee nn ccee ooff wwoomm eenn ,, uunn ii vvee rrss ii tt yy ooff bbaagghh ddaa dd.. abstract the main aim of this p aper is to introduce the concept of a fuz zy internal direct product of fuzzy subgroup s of group . we st udy some prop erties and p rove some theorems about t his concept ,which is very imp ortant and interesting of fuzzy group s and very useful in app lications of fuzzy mathematics in general and esp ecially in fuzz y group s. introduction ap p lying the concep t of fuzzy sets of zadeh to the group theory, rosenfeld introduced the notion of a fuzz y group as early as 1971. the technique of generating a fuzzy group (the smallest fuzzy group ) containing an arbitrarily chosen fuzz y set was develop ed only in 1992 by m alik , m ordeson and nair, [1]. in this p aper, we use our notion of fuzzy inner p roduct t o generate fuz zy internal direct product of fuzzy subgroup s of group . now we introduce the following definitions which is necessary and needed in the next section : de fini tion 1.1 [1], [2]: a mapp ing from a nonemp ty set x t o the interval [0, 1] is called a fuzz y subset of x . next, we shall give some definitions and concepts related to fuz zy subsets of g. de fini tion 1.2: let v, be fuzz y subsets of g, if    xvx  for every gx , then we say that  is contained in v(or v contains  ) and we write v (or   ). if v and v , then  is said to be prop erly contained in v(or vp rop erly contains  ) and we write v ( or   ).[3] not e that: v if and only if    xvx  for all gx .[4] de fini tion 1.3 [3] : let v, be two fuzzy subsets of g. then v and v   are fuzzy subsets as follows: (i)    )(),(max)( xvxxv   (ii)    )(),(min)( xvxxv   , for all gx then vandv   are called the union and intersection of  and v , resp ectively. now, we are ready to give the definition of a fuzzy subgroup of a group . de fini tion 1.4[1], [5]: a fuz zy subset  of a group g is a fuzzy subgroup of g if: (i)       min a , b a*b   (ii)    aa  1 , for all gba , . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 proposi tion 1.5 [6]: let  be a fuzzy group . then     gaea   . de fini tion 1.6 [7]: if  is a fuzzy subgroup of g, then  is said to be abelian if gyx  , ,     0,0  yx  , then    yxxy   . de fini tion 1.7 [8] , [9]: a fuzzy subgroup  of g is said to be normal fuzzy subgroup if    x* y y*x , x,y g    . fuzzy internal direct product now we are ready to introduce the definition and some theorems about fuz zy internal direct p roduct of fuzzy sub group s of group s : definition 2.1 let a be a fuzzy subgroup of a group (g,.) and n1,n2,…,nn be fuzzy normal subgroup s in a such that : 1a = n1n2…nn 2let xt  a, xg, t[0, 1], then : xt(y )= ni  ni in unique way. then a is said to be fuzzy internal direct p roduct of n1,n2,…,nn. now we introduce the following theorem : theorem 2.2 if a fuzzy subgroup a of a group (g, .) is the fuzzy internal direct p roduct of fuzzy normal subgroup s : n1,n2 ,…, nn , then for i  j, ni  nj = {et}, and if ni  ni , nj  nj then ni nj = nj ni . proof: sup p ose that ns  ni  nj then we can write ns as viewing ns a an fuzz y singleton in ni . similarly, we can write ns as       otherw ise0 xyifgy,...,y,yandy...yyy )}y(n),...,y(n),y(nsup{min{ n21n21 nn2211       wiseother0 n...,,1inn,nyif}}e,...,e...,e),y(n,e,...,e{{minsup (y)n iinj1is1i1 s       wiseother0 n,...1inn,nyif}}e,...,e),y(n,e,...,e,...,e{{minsup (y)n iin1js1ji1 s ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 since the two decomp ositions in this form for ns must coincide, the entry from ni in each must be equal. in the first decomposition this entry is ns, in the other it is et; hence ns= et. thus ni  nj = {et} for i  j. sup p ose ni ni, nj nj , and ij then ninj ni -1 nj since nj is normal fuzz y ; thus ninj ni 1 nj -1 nj . similarly , since ni -1 ni , nj ni -1 nj -1 ni, whence ninj ni -1 nj -1  ni then ninj ni -1 nj -1  ni nj ={et}. thus ninj ni -1 nj -1 = et ; this gives t he desired result ninj = nj ni . remark one should p oint out that if k1,…,kn are normal fuzzy subgroup s of a, such that a= k1k2…kn and ki kj ={et} for ij it need not be true that a is the fuzzy internal direct p roduct of k1,…,kn . a more stringent condition is needed. clearly from the above theorem we can obtain the following corollary : corollary 2.3 a fuz zy subgroup a of a group (g, .) is t he fuzz y internal direct p roduct of t he normal fuzzy subgroup s n1,…,nn if and only if : (1) a = n1n2…nn (2) ni (n1n2…ni-1ni+1…nn) = {e} for i= 1,…,n definition 2.4 let h and k are fuzzy subgroup s of a group (g, .) .the join hk of h and k is the intersection of all fuzz y subgroup s of g containing h.k . clearly , this intersection will be the smallest p ossible fuzz y subgroup of g containing h.k , and if elements in h and k commute, in p articular, if g is abelian, we have h  k = h.k ,since h . k  h  k (by definition 2.4) and since : h(x1) = sup {min {h(x1), k(e)} x1  g} and k(x2) = sup {min {h(e), k(x2)} x2  g}, then : h  h . k and k  h . k, so h  k  h . k , thus h  k = h.k . not e that clearly , h  k would be contained in any fuzzy subgroup containing both h and k . thus we see that h k is the smallest fuzzy subgroup of g containing both h and k . theorem 2.5 a fuzzy subgroup a of a group (g, .) is the fuzzy internal direct p roduct of fuzzy subgroup s h and k if and only if :      wiseother xifgxxxxxxkxh k 0 )im(},,)}(),({{minsup .h 212121 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 1) a = h  k 2) xt . y s = y s . xt for all xt  h and y s  k , t , s  [0,1], x, y  g. 3) h  k = {e} proof: let a be the fuzzy internal direct p roduct of h and k. we claim that (1), (2) and (3) are obvious if one will r egard a as isomorphic to the fuzzy internal direct p roduct of h and k under the map , with ( xt, y s) = xt . y s = (x . y )r where r = min { t , s} , x, y  g, r, s  [0, 1]. under this map corresponds to h , and corresponds to k . then (1), (2) and (3) follow immediately from the corresp onding assertions regardin g in h  k, which are obv ious. conversely , let (1), (2) and (3) hold. we must show that t he map  of the fuzz y internal direct p roduct h  k in to a, given by : (xt, y s) = xt . y s = (x.y )r where r = min{t , s}, x, y  g, r, s  [0,1], is an isomorphism. the map  has already been defined sup p ose (xt1, y s1) = (xt2, y s2) . then xt1 . y s1 = xt2 . y s2 ; consequently but x -1 t2 . xt1  h and y s2 . y -1 s1  k and they are the same element and thus in h  k = {e} by (3). therefore, x -1 t2 . xt1 = e and xt1 = xt2 . likewise, ys1 = y s2, so (xt1, y s1)= (xt2, y s2). this shows t hat  is one to one. the fact that xt . y s = y s . xt by (2) for all xt  h and y s  k means that h.k(x) = {sup { min{h(x1), k(x2)}}; x = x1. x2 , x1, x2  g} is a fuzzy subgroup , for we have seen that this is the case if fuzzy singletons of h commute with those of k . thus by (1), h. k = h  k = a, so  is on to a . finally , [(xt1, y s1)(xt2, y s2)] = (xt1.xt2, y s1.y s2) = xt1.xt2.y s1.y s2, while [(xt1,y s1)][(xt2,y s2)] = xt1.y s1.xt2.y s2 . but by (2) we have y s1 . xt2 = xt2 . y s1 . thus : [(xt1,y s1)(xt2,y s2)] = [(xt1,y s1)][(xt2, y s2)] . remark: not every fuzzy subgroup of abelian group is the fuzz y internal direct p roduct of two p rop er fuzz y subgroup s. the following corollary is immediate consequences of the above theorem. }hx|)e,x{(h tt  }|),{( kyyek ss  kandh 1 1s2s1t 1 2t yyxx   ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 corollary 2.6 let a be fuzzy subgroup of a group (g, .). let xt and y s be fuzzy singletons of a which commute and are of relatively p rime orders r and s and <xt>, <y s> are fuzz y subgroup s of <xt>  <y s>. then xt.y s is of order r.s . fuzzy invariants of fuzzy subgroup in this section we introduce the following definition and lemma about fuzzy invariants of fuz zy subgroup : definition 3.1 let a be fuzz y subgroup of abelian group (g, .) of order p n , p a prime, and a = a1  a2  …. ak where each ai is fuzzy generating set of order p ni with n1  n2 … nk > 0, then the integers n1, n2, …, nk are called the fuzzy invariants of a just because we called the integers above the fuzzy invariants of a does not mean that they are really the fuzzy invariants of a. that is, it is p ossible to assign different sets of fuzzy invariants t o a . we shall soon show that the fuzzy invariants of a are indeed unique and comp letely describe a. not e one other thing about the fuzz y invariants of a. if a = a1  … ak, where ai is fuzzy generating set of order p ni , n1  n2  … nk > 0, then o(a) = o(a1)o(a2) …o(ak), hence p n = p n1 p n2 …p nk = p n1+n2+ …+nk , whence n = n1+n2+ … + nk in other words, n1, n2, …, nk give us a p artition of n . before discussing the uniqueness of the fuzzy invariants of a, one thing should be made absolutely clear the singleton fuzzy a1,…, ak and the fuzz y subgroup s a1, …, ak which they generate, which a rose above to give the decomp osition of a in to a fuzzy internal direct p roduct of fuz zy generating subgroup s, are not unique. let’s see this in a very simple examp le let g = {e,a,b,a.b} be an abelian group of order 4 where a 2 = b 2 = e, ab = ba and a(e) = a(a) = 1, a(b) = a(a.b) = 3/4. then a= h  k where h = <at>, k = <bt> are fuzzy generating subgroup s of order 2. but we have another decomposition of a as a fuzz y internal direct p roduct, namely a = n  k where n = <ab> and k = <b>. so, even in this fuz zy subgroup of very small order, we can get distinct decompositions of the fuzzy subgroup as the internal direct p roduct of fuzzy generating subgroup s. lemma 3.2 let a be fuzzy subgroup of abelian group (g, .) of order p n , p a prime. sup p ose that a = a1  a2 …. ak, where each ai = <asi > is fuzzy generating of order p ni , and n1  n2  …  nk > 0. if m is an integer such that nt > m  nt+1 then : a(p m ) = b1  … bt  at+1  …  ak where bi is fuzzy generating of order p m , generated by , for i  t. the order of a(p m ) is p u , where mn ip si a  ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 proof: first of all, we claim that at+1, …., ak are all in a(p m ), since m  nt+1  …  nk > 0, if j  t+1, hence aj , for j  t+1 lies in a(p m ). secondly, if i  t then ni > m and whence each such is in a(p m ) and so t he fuzzy subgroup it generates, bi, is also in a(p m ). since b1, …, bt, at+1, …, ak all in a(p m ), their p roduct (which is fuzzy direct, since the p roduct a1  a2  …  ak is fuzzy direct) is in a(p m ). hence a(p m )  b1  … bt  at+1  …  ak. on t he other hand, if : is in a(p m ), since it t hen satisfies we set : however, the product of t he fuzz y subgroup s a1, …, ak is fuzzy direct, so we get : thus t he order of ai, that is, p ni must divide ip m for i = 1, 2, …, k. if i  t+ 1 this is automatically true whatever be the choice of t+1, ..., k since m  nt+1  …  nk , hence p ni | p m , i  t+1. however, for i  t, we get from p ni | ip m that p ni-m | i , therefore i = vi p ni-m for some integer vi . put ting all this in formation in to the values of t he i's in the exp ression for y r as : we see that this say s t hat y r  b1  …  bt  at+1  …  ak. now since each bi is of order p m and since o(ai) = p ni and since a = b1  …  bt  at+1  …  ak , o(a) = o(b1) o (b2) …. o(bt) o (at+1) … o (ak) = p m p m … p m p nt+1 …p nk thus, if we write o (a) = p u , then: the lemma is p roved. corollary 3.3 if a is a fuzzy subgroup of a group in lemma (3.2), then o(a(p )) = p k . proof: ap p ly the above lemma to the case m = 1. then t = k, hence u = l. k = k and so o (a) = p k .    k 1ti i nmtu e)a(a n jmn jm pp j p j   ea)a( n imn i p i p i   mn i p i a  k k 2 2 1 1r a....a.ay  ,ey mp r  mmm kp k p1 1 p r a....aye  ea,....,ea mm kp k p1 1   k k 1 1r a...ay  k k 1t 1t vtp t p1v 1r a....aa...ay mn tm1n        k 1ti i nmtu ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 re ferences 1. m alik . d. s. , m ordeson . j. n. and nair. p. s. , (1992) ” fuz zy generators and fuzzy direct sums of abelian group s”, fuzzy sets and sy stems,.50,.193-199,. 2. m ajeed.s.n., (1999)”on fuz zy subgroups of abelian group s”,m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad,. 3. m ordesn j.n.,( 1996) ”l-subspaces and l-subfields”. 4. hussein. r. w., (1999) ”some results of fuz zy rings” ,m .sc. thesis ,university of baghd ad ,. 5. abou-z aid. , (1988).” on normal fuzzy subgroup s ” , j.facu.edu.,.13. 6. seselja .b and tepavcevic a.,(1997).“ anot e on fuzzy groups” , j.yugosl av.op er.rese ,.7,.1,.49-54, . 7. gupt a k.c and sarma b.k., (1999) . “nilp otent fuzzy groups” ,fuzzy set and systems ,.101,.167-176 ,. 8. seselja . b . and tepavcevic a. ,(1996)“ fuzzy group s and collections of subgroup s ” , fuzzy sets and sy stems ,.83 ,.85-91 ,. 9. bandler. w. and kohout. l. , (2000) semantics of implication operators and fuzzy relational p roducts, internat. j. m anm achine st udies 12. 89-116 . ihjpas للعلوم الصر قیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم 2010) 3( 23فة والتطبی الجداء المباشر الداخلي الضبابيحول نغم موسى نعمة جامعة بغداد ، العلوم للبناتكلیة ،قسم الریاضیات الخالصة یتضـــمن البحـــث تقــــدیم تعریـــف الجــــداء المباشـــر الــــداخلي الضـــبابي وبعــــض الخـــواص والمبرهنــــات فـي مجـال الریاضـیات الضـبابیة بشـكل تطبیقـات واسـعة اوذ اً ضـروریو اً مـمهـ اً موضوع دالذي یع المتعلقة به .عام وفي مجال الزمرة الضبابیة بشكل خاص ihjpas ihjpas. 36(2)2023 383 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract. a class of hyperrings known as divisible hyperrings will be studied in this paper. it will be presented as each element in this hyperring is a divisible element. also shows the relationship between the jacobsen radical, and the set of invertible elements and gets some results, and linked these results with the divisible hyperring. after going through the concept of divisible hypermodule that presented 2017, later in 2022, the concept of the divisible hyperring will be related to the concept of division hyperring, where each division hyperring is divisible and the converse is achieved under conditions that will be explained in the theorem 3.14. at the end of this paper, it will be clear that the goal of this paper is to study the concept of divisible hyperring by giving some examples, remarks, and results that are related to the concept of divisible hyperrings. keywords: divisible hyperring, divisible hypermodule, division hyperring, jacobson radical. 1.introduction. based on the concept of divisible hypermodule that sopon boriboon and sajee pianskool introduced in their paper “baer hypermodule over krasner hyperring” [1] in 2017, and later by hashem bordbar and irina cristea in 2022 in the paper “divisible hypermodule” [2]. this paper presents a study on the concept of divisible hyperring. before that, would like to re-examine the concept of hyperstructure that was first introduced by the french mathematician marty in 1937 in the following form. the function ⊚: 𝒢 × 𝒢 → p* (𝒢), which is defined as ⊚(𝓅,𝒹)=𝓅 ⊚𝒹, called “hyperoperation” [3], where p*(𝒢) is the set of all not empty subsets of 𝒢. an algebraic hyperstructure (𝒢,⊚) is referred to as a “hypergroupoid” [3]. this hypergroupaid is said to be “semihypergroup” if; 𝓅 ⊚(𝒹 ⊚𝓆) = (𝓅 ⊚𝒹)⊚𝓆, for 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝓅,𝒹,𝓆 ∈ 𝒢, i,e: 𝑈𝑢∈𝒹⊚𝓆 𝓅 ⊚ 𝑢 = 𝑈𝑣∈𝓅⊚𝒹 𝑣 ⊚𝓆. also, for any ℰ ≠ ∅ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒞 ≠ ∅ subsets of 𝒢 and 𝓅 ∈ 𝒢, defined ℰ ⊚𝒞 = 𝑈ℯ∈ℰ.𝒸∈𝒞 ℯ ⊚𝒸, ℰ ⊚ 𝓅 = ℰ ⊚ {𝓅} and 𝓅 ⊚ 𝒞 = {𝓅} ⊚ 𝒞. [3], and (𝒢,⊚) is called “quasihypergroup”, if 𝒢 ⊚𝑥 = 𝑥 ⊚𝒢 = 𝒢,𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ 𝒢, [1]. if the pair (𝒢,⊚) satisfied the conditions of the semihypergroup and the quasihypergroup, then called “hypergroup” [3]. a set doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3028 article history: received 21 september 2022, accepted 21 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq some results on the divisible hyperrings mayssam fadel abood department of mathematics, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. maisssam.fadel1203a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq tamadher arif ibrahiem department of mathematics, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. tamadherai_math@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:maisssam.fadel1203a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:tamadherai_math@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 384 ∅ ≠ 𝒬 that contained in (𝒢,⊚) is called “subhypergroup” if it was hypergroup it-self [3]. in 1956 krasner introduced the concept of hyperring and hypermodule which are known nowadays as krasner hyperring and krasner hypermodule respectively. after that many authors introduced many types of hyperring like general hyperring and multiplicative hyperring. in this paper, the hyperring ℛ is a krasner hyperring with unit element 1. 𝑅𝑜 is the set of all non-zero divisor elements of a hyperring ℛ, and a left ℛ-hypermodule will be denoted by ℳ. 2. preliminaries. definition 2.1 [4]. the hypergroup (𝒢,⊚) is called canonical if; 1. ⊚ is an associative hyperoperation, i,e 𝓅 ⊚(𝒹 ⊚𝓆) = (𝓅 ⊚𝒹)⊚ 𝓆 for every 𝓅,𝒹,𝓆 ∈ 𝒢; 2. there exist an element“0” ∈ 𝒢, such that 0⊚𝓅 = 𝓅 ⊚0 = {𝓅}.∀ 𝓅 ∈ 𝒢; 3. there exist a unique −𝓅 ∈ 𝒢,∀ 𝓅 ∈ 𝒢, such that 0 ∈ 𝓅 ⊚(−𝓅); 4. 𝓅 ∈ 𝒹 ⊚𝓆 implies 𝒹 ∈ 𝓅 ⊚(−𝓆). 5. for all 𝓅,𝒹 ∈ 𝒢, 𝓅 ⊚𝒹 = 𝒹 ⊚𝓅. definition 2.2 [4] . the hyperstructure (ℛ ⊚,⊙ ) is said to be krasner hyperring, if: 1. (ℛ,⊚) is a canonical hypergroup; 2. (ℛ,⊙) is a semigroup, have 𝛼⨀0 = 0⨀𝛼 = 0, for all 𝛼 ∈ ℛ 3. 𝛼⨀(𝛽 ⊚𝛾) = 𝛼⨀𝛽 ⊚𝛼⨀𝛾 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (𝛽 ⊚𝛾)⨀𝛼1 = 𝛽⨀𝛼 ⊚𝛾⨀𝛼. for all 𝛼,𝛽 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛾 ∈ ℛ. a krasner hyperring is commutative if (ℛ,⨀) is a commutative semigroup. definition 2.3 [5]. a subset 𝒜 of ℛ is said to be subhyperring if it satisfy the conditions of a hyperring. definition 2.4 [5]. let (ℛ,∔,⋅) be a commutative hyperring, 𝐼 be a hyperideal of ℛ, then the set ℛ/𝐼 = {𝑥 ∔𝐼:𝑥 ∈ ℛ} is a commutative hyperring under hyperaddition (𝑥 ∔ 𝐼 ) ∔ (𝑦 ∔ 𝐼) = (𝑥 ∔ 𝑦) ∔𝐼 and multiplication ( 𝑠 ∔ 𝐼)(𝑡 ∔ 𝐼) = 𝑠𝑡 ∔ 𝐼. and it is called a quotient hyperring. definition 2.5 [1] . let i be a nonempty subset of a krasner hyperring ℛ, then i is called a “ right (resp. left) hyperideal” if for every 𝓅 and 𝒹 ∈ i, and 𝛼 ∈ ℛ: (1) 𝓅 −𝒹 ⊆ ι; (2) 𝛼⨀𝓅 ∈ ι (resp.𝓅⨀𝛼 ∈ i) and called hyperideal if it is right and left hyperideal. definition 2.6 [4]. the hyperideal i of ℛ is maximal hyperideal if every hyperideal j in ℛ with i ⊊ j ⊆ ℛ then j = ℛ. definition 2.7 [1]. a canonical hypergroup (ℳ,⨁) is said to be left hypermodule over a hyperring (ℛ,⊚,⨀) with the unit element “1”, if the map ⋅ : ℛ ×ℳ ⟶ ℳ which is defined as: ⋅ (𝑠,𝑚) ↦ 𝑠.𝑚 = 𝑠𝑚 ∈ ℳ, for 𝑠 ∈ ℛ,𝑚 ∈ ℳ satisfies the following conditions, for 𝓀,𝒷 ∈ ℛ, and 𝑚ˋ ∈ ℳ: 1. (𝓀 ⊚𝒷)𝑚 = 𝓀𝑚⊕𝒷𝑚 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 385 2. 𝓀(𝑚⨁𝑚ˋ)=𝓀𝓂 ⊕𝓀𝑚ˋ 3. (𝓀⨀𝒷)𝑚=𝓀(𝒷𝑚) 4. 0ℛ .𝑚 = 0ℳ, where 0ℛ is a zero of ℛ, 0ℳ the secular identity of ℳ. in the same way, one can define the right ℛ-hypermodule. the ℛhypermodule ℳ is said to be unitary if 1.𝓂 = 𝓂, where 1 is the unit element of ℛ and 𝓂∈ℳ. definition 2.8 [6]. if ℳ is an ℛ-hypermodule, then ∅ ≠ 𝒩 ⊆ ℳ is called a “subhypermodule” if and only if ℴ −𝒶 ⊆ 𝒩 and ℴ𝓇 ∈ 𝒩, for each ℴ, 𝒶 ∈ 𝒩, 𝓇 ∈ ℛ. definition 2.9 [2] let (ℛ,⊚,⨀) be a hyperring. the element 𝑟1 ∈ ℛ is named “right (resp. left)zero divisor” if there is 0 ≠ 𝑟2 ∈ ℛ such that 𝑟1.𝑟2 (resp.𝑟2.𝑟1) = {0}. and called zero-divisor if it was right and left zero-divisor. definition 2.10 [2] let ℳ be an ℛ-hypermodule.the element 𝜇 ∈ ℳ is called a “divisible element” if for each non-zero divisor 𝜍 ∈ ℛ there is ∈ ℳ, such that. 𝜇 = 𝜍𝜂. if every element in an ℛ-hypermodule ℳ is a divisible, then ℳ is named a “divisible hypermodule” definition 2.11 [4]. the jacobson radical of a hyperring ℛ is the intersection of all maximalhyperideals and it is denoted by j(ℛ). remark 2.12 [7]. j(ℛ) is a hyperideal in ℛ notations: • 𝑈𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑡 (ℛ) ={r 𝜖 ℛ | ǝŕ 𝜖 ℛ 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ŕ.𝑟 = 1} • 𝑈𝑟𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 (ℛ) = {𝑟 ϵ ℛ |ǝ ŕ 𝜖 ℛ 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑟.ŕ = 1} • 𝑈(ℛ) = { 𝑟𝜖ℛ |ǝŕ 𝜖 ℛ 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑟.ŕ = ŕ.𝑟 = 1} in the following proposition, davvaz b and salasi a in [4] proved the part (1 → 2). here we add another condition and give the following proposition. proposition 2.13. for an element 𝓅 ∈ ℛ the following statements are equivalent (1) 𝓅 ∈ j(ℛ) (2) for any 𝒹 ∈ ℛ, 1-𝓅𝒹 ⊆ 𝑈 (ℛ) (3) for any 𝒹,𝓆 ∈ ℛ, 1-𝓅𝒹𝓆 ⊆ 𝑈(ℛ). proof. (1 ↔ 2 proved in (4, prop. 2.14)). now, will prove (1 ↔ 3). to prove that, for 𝓅 ∈ j(ℛ), and for all 𝒹,𝓆 ∈ ℛ, the set 1𝓅𝒹𝓆 ⊆ 𝑈(ℛ). suppose that ∃𝒹𝑜,𝓆𝑜 ∈ ℛ such that 𝓈 ∉ 𝑈(ℛ), for some 𝓈 ∈ 1 (𝒹𝑜𝓆𝑜) 𝓅. but 𝓈 ∉ 𝑈(ℛ) this lead to ℛ𝓈 ≠ ℛ then there is a maximal hyperideal 𝐼 such that ℛ𝓈 ⊆ 𝐼 (4, prop.2.12), since 𝓈 ∈ 1 (𝒹𝑜𝓆𝑜) 𝓅, one obtain that 1∈ 𝓈 +(𝒹𝑜𝓆𝑜) 𝓅 ⊆ 𝐼 +j(ℛ) ⊆ 𝐼 (by definition 2.1) that is 1∈ 𝐼 and this contradiction. conversely, for any 𝒹,𝓆 ∈ ℛ, let 1-𝓅𝒹𝓆 ⊆ 𝑈(ℛ). to prove that 𝓅 ∈ j(ℛ), assume 𝓅 ∉ j(ℛ), so ∃ 𝐼 is a maximal hyperideal of ℛ such that 𝓅 ∉ 𝐼. thus <𝐼,𝓅> ≠ 𝐼, and so <𝐼,𝓅> = ℛ. since 1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 386 ∈ ℛ, then there is 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼, and 𝒹,𝓆 ∈ ℛ such that 1∈ 𝑎 +𝓅(𝒹𝓆). hence 𝑎 ∈1 𝓅(𝒹𝓆) ⊆ 𝑈(ℛ), this implies that 1 ∈ 𝐼, and this contradiction, therefore 𝓅 ∈ j(ℛ).∎ 3. main results the concept of a divisible hyperring will be discussed in this section. definition 3.1. the family of all divisible elements of an ℛ-hypermodule ℳ are defined as 𝑑(ℳ) ={ 𝑦 ∈ ℳ| for each 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅𝑂, there is 𝑥 ∈ ℳ, such that 𝑦 = 𝑟𝑥}. remark 3.2. 𝑑(ℳ) is a divisible hypergroup of (ℳ,+). proof. let 𝑚1,𝑚2 ,𝑚3 ∈ 𝑑(ℳ). the associative of “+” is an obvious. now, to prove 𝑚∘ 𝑑(ℳ) = 𝑑(ℳ)∘𝑚 = 𝑑(ℳ), let 𝑥 ∈ 𝑚 ∘ 𝑑(ℳ). it is mean 𝑥 ∈ 𝑚∘𝑦; 𝑦 ∈ d(ℳ) . for each 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅𝑜 there is 𝑧 ∈ ℳ such that 𝑦 = 𝑟𝑧; 𝑚 ∈ 𝑑(ℳ) 𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑚 = 𝑟𝑤,𝑤 ∈ ℳ. follows 𝑥 ∈ (𝑟𝑤)∘(𝑟𝑧), lead to 𝑥 ∈ 𝑟(𝑤 ∘𝑧) ∈ 𝑑(ℳ). in the same way 𝑑(ℳ) ∘𝑚 = 𝑑(ℳ) can be proved. proposition 3.3. if the hyperstructure (ℛ,⊚,⊙) is commutative hyperring then; 1. d(ℳ) is divisible ℛ-subhypermodule of an ℛ-hypermodule ℳ 2. d(ℳ ∕d(ℳ)) = 0. proof. 1. let 𝑚,𝑛 ∈ d(ℳ), for any 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅𝑂, 𝑚 = 𝑟𝑚ˊ and 𝑛 = 𝑟𝑛ˊ. so 𝑚 −𝑛 = 𝑟𝑚ˊ−𝑟𝑛ˊ = 𝑟(𝑚ˊ−𝑛ˊ) ∈ d(ℳ). now, if 𝑦 ∈ d(ℳ), 0 ≠ 𝑎 ∈ ℛ and for any r∈ 𝑅𝑂, ∃𝑥 ∈ ℳ such that, 𝑦 = 𝑟𝑥. therefore, 𝑎𝑦 = 𝑎(𝑟𝑥) = (𝑎𝑟)𝑥 = (𝑟𝑎)𝑥 = 𝑟(𝑎𝑥). this implies that 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝑑(ℳ). 2. if y + d(ℳ) ∈ d(ℳ ∕d(ℳ)) for y∈d(ℳ). then ∀ 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅𝑂,∃ x+d(ℳ) ∈ ℳ ∕d(ℳ) such that, y+d(ℳ) = r(x+d(ℳ)). thus y-rx ∈ d(ℳ). this implies that ∃𝑥ˊ ∈ ℳ such that, (y-rx) = r𝑥ˊ. it follows that y=r(x+𝑥ˊ) and y ∈ d(ℳ) or equivalently y + d(ℳ) = d(ℳ), thus d(ℳ ∕d(ℳ)) = 0. remark 3.4. the set d(ℛ) = {a ∈ ℛ| for all r ∈ 𝑅𝑂, there is b ∈ ℛ such that. a=rb} . remark 3.5. the set d(ℛ) is a right hyperideal of ℛ. indeed, for any y and x in d(ℛ), y =rs and x=ra, for all s and a belong to ℛ, y-x ⊆d(ℛ). also for any r ∈ 𝑅𝑜 there is s ∈ ℛ such that, y=rs, thus yt = (rs)t = r(st), this implies yt ∈ d(ℛ), t∈ ℛ. definition 3.6 [3] . a hyperring (ℛ,⊚,⊙) is a division hyperring if (ℛ\{0},⨀) is a hypergroup with unit element 1. proposition 3.7. if ℛ is a division hyperring, then d(ℛ) = ℛ. proof. it is clear that d(ℛ)⊆ ℛ. now, for any a ∈ ℛ and any r ∈ 𝑅𝑂=ℛ∗, ∃ b = 𝑟−1a ∈ ℛ such that a = rb, therefore a ∈ d(ℛ). proposition 3.8. let ℛ be a hyperring that satisfies the property d(ℛ)∩𝑅𝑂 ≠ ∅, then: d(ℛ)= ∩ {𝑅ˆ| 𝑅ˆ is a left hyperideal of hyperring ℛ such that.𝑅ˆ ∩𝑅𝑂 ≠ ∅}. proof. it’s clear that ∩{rˆ| rˆ is a left hyperideal in a hyperring ℛ, such that rˆ∩𝑅𝑂≠∅} ⊆ d(ℛ). now to prove the converse inclusion, let y ∈ d(ℛ) and 𝑅ˆ be the left hyperideal of a hyperring ℛ such that, 𝑅ˆ ∩𝑅𝑂 ≠ ∅ , let 𝑦𝑜 ∈ 𝑅 ˆ ∩𝑅𝑂, then for any y∈ d(ℛ), there is s ∈ ℛ such that, y =𝑦𝑜s ∈ 𝑅ˆ this gives d(ℛ) ⊆ 𝑅ˆ. since 𝑅ˆ is an arbitrary hyperideal, so y ∈ ∩{rˆ}. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 387 proposition 3.9. if ℛ is commutative hyperring and 𝑅𝑂 ∩𝐽(ℛ) ≠ ∅, then 1+d(ℛ) ⊆ 𝑈(ℛ). proof. let 𝑟𝑜 ∈ 𝑅 𝑂 ∩ 𝐽(ℛ) and for all 𝑟 ∈ d(ℛ), ∃𝑎 ∈ ℛ such that, 𝑟 = 𝑟𝑜𝑎. by (prop.2.13-3), 1+𝑟 = 1+𝑟𝑜𝑎 = 1−1 ∙𝑟𝑜(−𝑎) ∈ 𝑈(ℛ) implies 1+𝑑(ℛ) ⊆ 𝑈(ℛ). proposition 3.10. if ℛ is a hyperring satisfy 𝑅𝑂 = 𝑅*, then either d(ℛ)=0 or d(ℛ)=ℛ. proof. if d(ℛ) ≠ 0, then for any 𝑦 in d(ℛ)\{0}, have 𝑦2 ≠ 0 and ∃ 𝑥 ∈ ℛ such that 𝑦 = 𝑦2𝑥, thus 𝑦(1−𝑦𝑥) = 0, this implies 𝑦𝑥 = 1 so, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑈𝑟𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡(ℛ) (1) also, 1−𝑦𝑥 = 0 leads to 𝑦−𝑦𝑥𝑦 = 0 coming after 𝑦(1−𝑥𝑦) = 0. but 𝑅𝑂 = 𝑅*, then 𝑥𝑦 = 1, thus 𝑦 ∈ 𝑈𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑡(ℛ) (2) now by (1) and (2) get 𝑦 ∈ 𝑈(ℛ). since 𝑦 ∈ 𝑈(ℛ)∩𝑑(ℛ) 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑑(ℛ) = ℛ. definition 3.11. the hyperring ℛ is called “divisible hyperring” if any element belongs to ℛ is a divisible element. the following corollary comes straightaway from definition 3.11 and remark 3.4 corollary 3.12. ℛ is divisible hyperring if and only if d(ℛ)=ℛ. corollary 3.13. every division hyperring is divisible hyperring next, will refer to the class �̌� of 𝓡 having the properties: • 𝑑(ℛ) ≠ 0 • if {𝐼𝑗}𝑗∈𝐽 is a set of all maximal right hyperideals of a hyperring ℛ, then have 𝑑(ℛ)∩𝐼𝑗 = 0 , or 𝑑(𝑅)∩𝐼𝑗 ∩𝑅 𝑂 ≠ ∅, ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝐽. theorem 3.14. a hyperring ℛ is a division if and only if a) ℛ is divisible hyperring b) ℛ ∈ �̆� c) 𝑅0 = 𝑈(ℛ) proof. let 𝐼𝑗 be a maximal right hyperideal of a hyperring ℛ, by (a), ℛ is divisible. this implies that d(ℛ)=ℛ. the condition (b) gives 𝐼𝑗=0 or 𝐼𝑗 ∩𝑅 𝑂 ≠ ∅ for maximal right hyperideal 𝐼𝑗 of ℛ. finally, by (c), either 𝐼𝑗 = 0 or 𝐼𝑗 = ℛ, but 𝐼𝑗 ≠ ℛ, so 𝐼𝑗 = 0. for the other side, since ℛ is a division then by corollary 3.13, ℛ is divisible hyperring. now to prove (b), since d(ℛ)=ℛ therefore 𝑑(ℛ) ≠ 0, and if {𝐼𝑗}𝑗∈𝐽 is a set of all maximal right hyperideals of a hyperring ℛ, then 𝑑(𝑅)∩𝐼𝑗 ∩𝑅 𝑂 ≠ ∅. finally, since ℛ is a division then every element is unite and so ℛ has no zero divisor hence 𝑅0 = 𝑈(ℛ), then (c) holds. ∎ theorem 3.15. a divisible hyperring can be written as ℛ=xℛ for any x ∈ 𝑅𝑂. proof. it is enough to show that ℛ ⊆ xℛ. since ℛ is divisible hyperring, then for any 𝑎 ∈ ℛ there is 𝑏 ∈ ℛ such that 𝑎 = x𝑏 and so 𝑎 ∈ xℛ, thus ℛ ⊆ xℛ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 388 as the definition of the direct sum of two hyperideals in [8] and the direct sum of subhypermodules in [1], we will define the direct sum of two subhyperrings as follows; definition 3.16. the direct sum of two subhyperrings 𝒮 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒯, is denoted by 𝒮⊕𝒯 such that for each element 𝓀 ∈ 𝒮⨁𝒯, there is unique elements 𝓈 ∈ 𝒮,𝓉 ∈ 𝒯, 𝓀 = 𝓈 +𝓉. theorem 3.17. if 𝒮 and 𝒯 be subhyperrings of a hyperring ℛ, and 𝒮, 𝒯 are divisible, then 𝒮⨁𝒯 is divisible. proof. let 𝑘 ∈ 𝑆⨁𝒯 and 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅𝑂, ∃𝓈 ∈ 𝒮 and 𝓉 ∈ 𝒯 such that 𝑘 = 𝓈 +𝓉. now, 𝒯 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒮 are divisible, so 𝒮 = 𝑥𝒮 and 𝒯 = 𝑥𝒯, for 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅𝑂. hence 𝓈 = 𝑥𝓈1 and 𝓉 = 𝑥𝓉1 for some 𝓈1 ∈ 𝒮 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝓉1 ∈ 𝒯. thus 𝓀 = 𝓈 +𝓉 = 𝑥𝓈1 +𝑥𝓉1 = 𝑥(𝓈1 +𝓉1). if 𝑢 ∈ 𝓈1+𝓉1 ⊆ 𝒮 +𝒯. then, 𝑘 = 𝑥𝑢. definition 3.18 [2]. the function ℓ from the hyperring (ℛ ⊚,⊙) with 1ℛ into the hyperring (𝒮,∔ˈ,⋅ˈ), with 1𝒮, is a hyperring homomorphism if for each 𝓀,𝒷 ∈ ℛ, 1. ℓ(𝓀 ⊚ 𝒷) = ℓ(𝓀) ∔ˈ ℓ(𝒷) 2. ℓ(𝓀 ⊙𝒷)= ℓ(𝓀) ⋅ˈ ℓ(𝒷) 3. ℓ(1ℛ)= 1𝒮. remark 3.19. a function ℓ is named as surjective ℛ-homomorphism if im(ℓ) = 𝒮. proposition 3.20. let 𝒮 be a subhyperring of a divisible hyperring ℛ, then the quotient hyperring ℛ 𝒮 is a divisible hyperring proof. let 𝑎 +𝒮 ∈ 𝑑( ℛ 𝒮 ), so ∃𝑎ˊ ∈ ℛ such that 𝑎 = 𝑟𝑎ˊ for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅𝑂. thus 𝑎 +𝒮 = 𝑟𝑎ˊ +𝒮 = 𝑟(𝑎ˊ +𝒮), which implies ℛ 𝒮 is divisible hyperring. corollary 3.21. let 𝑓 be a surjective r-homomorphism where ℛ and 𝒮 are hyperrings. if ℛ is a divisible hyperring, then so is 𝒮. examples 3.22. [2]. the hyperoperation “⊚” and the multiplication “ ⨀” are defined by the following in tables 1 and 2 on ℛ = {0, 1, 𝓅,𝒹}. table 1: additive hyperoperayion ⊚ 0 1 𝓅 𝒹 0 {0} 1 𝓅 𝒹 1 1 ℛ {1.𝓅.𝒹} {1,𝓅,𝒹} 𝓅 𝓅 {1,𝓅,𝒹} ℛ {1,𝓅,𝒹} 𝒹 𝒹 {1,𝓅,𝒹} {1,𝓅,𝒹} ℛ ihjpas. 36(2)2023 389 table 2: multiplication then ℛ is a hyperring and every nonzero element is a divisible, thus ℛ is divisible hyperring conclusion. in this research, we discussed the concept of divisible hyperring. some of the properties of divisible hyperring were studied. clarify some concepts related to this concept. references. 1. boriboon, s.; pianskool, s., baer hypermodules over krasner hyperrings. 22ndannu. meet math. 2 jun 2017, 1-9 2. bordbar, h.; cristea i., divisible hypermodules. analele univ “ovidius”, constanta ser mat. 2022, 30, 1, 57-74. 3. harijani, km.; anvariyeh, sm., non-commutative hypervaluation on division hyperrings. j math ext. 2019, 13, 2, 93–110. 4. davvaz, b.; salasi, a., a realization of hyperrings. commun algebra 2006, 34,12, 4389–400. 5. abumghaiseeb, a. on 𝜹-primary hyperideals and fuzzy hyperideals expansions, republic of turkey yildiz technical university graduate school of natural and applied sciences. 2018, phd thesis. 6. bordbar, h.; novák, m.; cristea, i., a note on the support of a hypermodule. journal of algebra and its applications. 2020, 19,01, 2050019. 7. m,anbarloei., j-prime hyperideals and their generalizations. arxiv:2110.07073. [math.ac]. 13 oct 2021, https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2110.07073 8. yazarli, h.; yılmaz, d.; davvaz, b., the maximal hyperrings of quotients. ital. j.pure appl. math. 2020, 44, 938–951. ⨀ 0 1 𝓅 𝒹 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 𝓅 𝒹 𝓅 0 𝓅 𝒹 1 𝒹 0 𝒹 1 𝓅 https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/10.1142/s021949882050019x https://www.worldscientific.com/worldscinet/jaa https://www.worldscientific.com/worldscinet/jaa https://www.worldscientific.com/toc/jaa/19/01 https://arxiv.org/search/math?searchtype=author&query=anbarloei%2c+m https://arxiv.org/abs/2110.07073 https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2110.07073 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 inner tube o f al-diwanyia tyre based on natural rubber blends m. .a. motar departme nt of chemistry, college of education, al-qadisiya unive rsity abstract m ost tubes are made from buty l rubbers, but certain ty p es, such as giant tubes, are based on natural rubber because very high green st rength is required when handling the uncured comp ound. by using blends of natural rubber (nr) and brominated buty l rubber (biir), it is p ossible to maintain high green st rength in the uncured comp ound and improve impermeability and heat resist ance of the cured tube. the best formulations are obtained in the p resence of 50 p hr of (biir) to achieve desired mechanical p rop erties. improved imp ermeability was obt ained by using 50 and 75 p hr of (biir) rubber in comp ounds. blending of brominated buty l rubber (biir) with natural rubber (nr) enhances air retention with accep table sacrifices in green st rength. when using blends of natural rubber and brominated buty l rubber it is necessary to reduce the sulfur as the brominated buty l rubber (biir) content is increased. introduction the use of halogens to modify p olymers has fascinated research workers from the earliest days of the rubber industry . the utility of halogenation was first realized when chlorinated natural rubber was developed, followed by the introduction of neoprene by du pont[1]. a wide range of p olymers, involving either halogenation of the monomer p rior to p olymerization or of the p olymer after p olymerization, was developed and introduced to the rubber and p last ics industry . included are fluoroelast omers, chlorinated p olyethy lene, chlorosulp honated, chlorinated buty l and, more recently , brominated buty l rubber[2]. desp ite its early limitations, brominated buty l rubber offered some p otential advantages over chlorinated buty l rubber in cure rate and adhesion. poly sar limited concentrated research and development effort towards develop ing a continuous solution p rocess by which a highly st able and uniform brominated buty l rubber could be manufactured on a large scale. the result was the construction and bringing on st ream of the first commercial brominated buty l rubber p lant[3]. in this p aper we have studied the sy nthesis giant tubes by using blends of natural rubber (nr) and brominated buty l rubber (biir). high green st rength in the uncured comp ound , imp ermeability and heat resistance of the cured tube were imp roved by using brominated buty l rubber. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 experime ntal materials the p olymers used as a matrix in this st udy are nr (sm r 20), and p olysar bromobuty x2.t he tetramethy lthiuram disulfide was used as accelerator and sulfur donor. preparation of the rubber compounds four rubber comp ounds with different loading amounts of bromobuty l rubber were prepared. for rubber comp ounding, we used a laboratory mill, rolls dimensions are outside diameter 150mm, working distance 300mm, sp eed of the slow roll 24 rp m and gear ratio 1.4. compound recipes are summarized in table (1). aft er mixing, the comp ounds were carefully remilled into flat sheets on a two-roll mill.rheocurves were recorded by using a m onsanto rheometer odr 2000 at 160 ° c. the t90 time, which denotes t he time for 90% cure. permeability was recorded by using const ant volume m ethod. the constant volume for the measurement of p ermeability is covered by iso 1399. the app aratus consists of a metal cell having two cavities sep arated by the test p iece. the highp ressure cavity is filled with the test gas at the required p ressure, which must be measured to an accuracy of 1%. the low-p ressure side is connected to a p ressure measuring device, usually cap illary u tube manometer with an adjust able height reservoir. the test cell must be maintained to within±0.5°c of the required temp erature because the p ermeability of gasses extremely sensitive to temp erature. the test p iece is a disk between 50 min and 65 mm diameter and 0.25 mm to 3 mm thick, with a free testing surface of 8 to 16 cm 2 . aft er the cell and test p iece were assembled the high p ressure side is filled with gas at the test p ressure. the increase in p ressure on the low p ressure side is t hen measured as a function of time, the manometer being adjust ed to ensure that the measurements are taken at constant volume. steady st ate conditions are indicated by a linear relationship between p ressure changed and time and may take at least an hour to be established. shore a hardness was measured at room temp erature by using a zwick duromatic. tensile prop erties were determined by a tensile tester (tensometer 10) according to astm d-412 . results and discussion cure propertie s the levels of the three ingredients (sulfur, zinc oxide, dibenzothiozoledisup hide [m bts]) used to p lay a significant role in optimizing heat resistance and set (or growt h) of tubes op erating at service temperature. zinc oxide p lus minor amounts of accelerator is the p roffered curing sy st em. with zinc oxide, the choice of m bts determines the balance of heat resistance, scorch, and cure times. by adjust ing accelerator (m bts), it p ossible to keep cure time constant and vary the scorch time to suit given factory p rocess conditions[4]. see table (2) tetramethy lthiuram disulfide was used very successfully as the accelerator and sulfur donor to p rovide good balance of scorch safety and better heat resist ance. when using blends of natural rubber level as t he brominated buty l it is necessary to reduce the sulfur level as the brominated content is increased. because it exhibits reversion and has only fair heat aging behavior[5]. physi cal properties of inner tube compound containing bromobutyl rubber ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 bromobuty l rubber can be blended with natural rubber in all p rop ortions to obtain desired comp ound p rop erties[6]. phy sical prop erties data of inner tube comp ounds are shown in table (3). insp ection of the data shows large variations in many of the p rop erties. in p articular, tensile st rength (18.8-12.0 m pa), elongation at break (510600%) and tear st rength (51-37 kn/m) values vary widely . tensile st rength values are lowest for those comp ounds having high bromobuty l content; this is associated with the tendency of natural rubber to form cry st allites when it is strained. see comp ounds 3 and 4. however, elongation at break values are highest for those comp ounds having high contents of bromobuty l, see comp ounds 3and 4. tear st rength values are highest for those comp ounds having high content of nr see comp ounds 1 and 2. bromobuty l rubber in blends with nr in inner tube comp ounds shows imp rovement in the air retention for compounds having high content of bromobuty l. impermeabil ity a fundamental requirement of a tire inner liner is to minimize intra-carcass p ressure build up , thus minimizing the danger of belt or p ly sep arations[7]. to minimize intra-carcass p ressure, the liner should be comp ounded to have very low p ermeability , mainly by the choice of p olymer, with black and oil levels in the comp ound having a lesser effect. for op timum imp ermeability , the bromobuty l content should be as high as p ossible; carbon black level should be high, but at a level that will ensure reasonably low modulus and good flex p rop erties. while oil, which increases p ermeability , should be kept as low as p ossible[8]. the effect of brominated buty l content on p ermeability is shown in table (3). conclusions bromobuty l rubber can be used to imp rove the gas imp ermeability , energy absorp tion, resist ance to heat, weather, and various chemicals. at the same time, natural rubber provides the p rop erties in a brmobuty l comp ound mainly , higher green st rength and tack; higher tensile prop erties; higher cured adhesion to nr comp ounds when using blends of natural rubber and brominated buty l rubber it is necessary to reduce the sulfur as the brominated buty l rubber (biir) content is increased. re frences 1. ohm, r.f. edit. (1990)"vanderbilt rubber hand book", r.t. vanderbilt co., inc., norwalk. 2. parent, j.s. ; thom,d.j.; whitney ,g. and hop kins,w. (2001). j. poly m. sci., part a: poly m. chem. 39:2019. 3. waddell, w.h.; kuhr, j.h. and poulter, r.r (2001) in acs rubber division m eeting, cleveland, october. 4. kuntz, i. ; zapp ,r.l. and panchrov, r.j. (1984).the chemist ry of the zinc oxide cur e of halobuty l. rubber chemistry and technol. 57(4): 813-825. 5. waddell ,w.h and rodgers,m .b. (2004). rubber comp ounding. in kirk ot hmer ency clop edia of chemical technology , 5 th edition. 6. waddell ,w.h. and rodgers,m .b (2004) .tyre app lication of elast omers 2. casing presented at a m eeting of the american chemical society , rubber division, grand rap ids, m i. 7. fusco, j.v. and hous, p. (1987). butyl and halobuty l rubbers. in rubber technology , 3 rd edition editor, m .m orton. van nost rand reinhold. 8. waddell, w.h. and rodgers, m .b. (2005).the science of rubber comp ounding. in science and technolo gy of rubber, 3 th edition. john wiley and son, ny. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table(1):recipes of inne r tube compounds with various bromobutyl loading ingredients 1 2 3 4 phr p hr p hr p hr nr 100 75 50 25 poly sar bromobuty l x2 25 50 75 zinc oxide 4 4 4 4 stearic acid 2 2 2 2 sulfur 1.1 0.55 0.55 m bts 4 4 4 4 tmtd 1.5 0.5 0.2 0.2 treated whiting 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 paraffinic oil 10 17.5 17.5 17.5 srf n774 40 60 60 60 table(2): inner tube compounds cure propertie s compound 1 2 3 4 ts2 a , min. 6.5 6.3 7.5 7.8 t90 b , min. 4 6 8 8 a time requir ed for 2% cure . b time required for 90% cure. table(3):effect of inner tube compounds with various bromobutl loading on physical propertie s compound 1 2 3 4 hardness, shore 53 53 52 49 elon gation, % 510 510 550 600 tensile strength, mp a 18.8 15.5 13.4 12.0 300 % modulus, mp a 1390 1100 890 770 tear st rength (kn/m) 51 40 40 37 permeability to air ( m 2 /s.p a ) 9×10 -17 11×10 -17 13×10 -17 14×10 -17 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد على مزائج المطاط الطبیعي دأألنبوب الداخلي إلطار الدیوانیة المعتم محمد علي مطر جامعة القادسیة، كلیة التربیة، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة األحجـام يولكن بعض األنـواع مثـل األنابیـب ذ، تیلیتم تصنیع معظم األنابیب المطاطیة من مطاط البیو green st)الكبیـرة تعتمــد علــى المطــاط الطبیعــي وذلـك الن القــوة الخضــراء العالیــة rength) تكــون مطلوبــة عنــد وجـد (biir)والبیوتیـل البرومـي (nr)مـزائج مـن المطـاط الطبیعـي المعوعنـد اسـت. معاملة الخلطة غیر المفلكنـة كن الحصول على القوة الخضـراء العالیـة فـي الخلطـة غیـر المفلكنـة وتحسـین عـدم النفاذیـة ومقاومـة الحـرارة من المم هأن p ویمكـن الحصـول علـى افضـل الصـیغ بوجـود.لألنبوب غیر المفلكـن hr 50 مـن مطـاط(biir) للحصـول علـى p م كما تم تحسین عدم النفاذیة باسـتخدا. الخواص المیكانیكیة المرغوبة hr 50 مـن مطـاط البیوتیـل البرومـي 75و (biir) ومن جهة أخرى یؤدي مزج . في العجنات(biir) مع المطاط الطبیعـي(nr) إلـى تحسـین االحتفـاظ مـع (nr)مـزائج مـن المطـاط الطبیعـي المعمن الضروري عند اسـت.بالهواء مع تضحیات مقبولة في القوة الخضراء . (biir)تخفیض الكبریت كلما ازداد محتوى البیوتیل البرومي (biir)البیوتیل البرومي 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تجاه الفطرین propolisللمستخلص الكحولي للعكبر دراسـة الفعالیة الضد فطریة botrytis cinerea, altrnaria sp للعدید من االمراض النباتیة المسببان احمد ساهي دویش الجامعة المستنصریة ، لعلومكلیة ا، قسم علوم الحیاة ـة الخالص ـــر ـــانولي للعكبـ ـــد تــــأثیر تراكیــــز مختلفــــة مــــن المســــتخلص االیثـ p)نفـــذت هــــذه الدراســــة لتحدیـ rop olis) ـــرین إزاء الفطـ .المسببة للعدید من االمراض النباتیة ) botrytis cinerea, altrnaria sp(الناقصین .احتواء العكبر على الفالفونات وبصورة اساسیة irالفعالة باستخدام تقنیة وقد اظهرت نتائج الكشف عن المركبات إلـى تثبـیط النمـو كلیـا علـى مـل/ملغـم )5(إذ أدى التركیـز العـالي ،ة التثبیطیة العالیـة لهـذا المسـتخلص یبینت التجارب الكفا . التأثیرفي مل/ملغم ) 1.25و 2.5(زان بینما تفاوت التركی، ) pdb(و السائلة ) pda(األوساط الغذائیة الصلبة اوراق نبـــات مــل المرشــوش علــى / ملغــم ) 5(أظهــرت نتــائج البحــث قــدرة المســتخلص الكحــولي للعكبـــر عنــد التركیــز كمــا ـــریات في منع تطور أصابه المرض وحقق حمایة جیدة بشكل ملفت الباذنجان و ش عند الـر السیماثمار الخیار المصابة بالفطــ فـي حـین تفاوتـت قــدرة ، مـن خــالل منـع نمـو وانتشـار الفطـر بشـكل كامـل سـاعة مـن التلقـیح بـالفطر 48 و24بالمسـتخلص بعـد سـاعة مـن التلقـیح بـالفطر علـى منـع حـدوث اإلصـابة بالمقارنـة مــع 48 و 24 قبـلالمسـتخلص الكحـولي للعكبـر المرشـوش .ضي ظهر نمو بطيء للمسبب المر ،اذمعاملة السیطرة المقدمة p)العكبر rop olis) خالل جمع المكونات االساسیة له من طة حشرة النحل مناعبارة عن مادة صلبة راتنجیة تنتج بوس خلیة النحل وذلك وخشب الحور لسد الفتحات والثقوب الموجودة في ،مختلف انواع النباتات واالشجار السیما اشجار الصنوبر الفعالیة العالیة يتعد هذه المادة من المضادات الحیویة الطبیعیة ذ.لمنع دخول مختلف انواع الممرضات الى داخل الخلیة [1,2] .لمختلف انواع البكتریا والفیرسات والفطریات وبقیة انواع الممرضات لمنـاطق وجـود حشـرة النحـل وذلـك بـاختالف وتنـوع المصـادر التركیب الكیمیـائي للعكبـر بـاختالف التوزیـع الجغرافـيیختلف اتج مـن حشــرات نـلـوحظ ان العكبـر ال، اذ ان التركیـب الكیمیــائي للعكبـر یتبـاین مـع تنـوع المصـدر النبــاتي للحشـرة [3] . النباتیـة pالنحـل المعتمـدة فــي تغـذیتها علــى خشـب الحـور op lar یحتـوي علـى p inobanksin ,p inocembrin , chrysin, galanagin , caffeic acid and ferulic acid بینمـا لـوحظ ان العكبـر المنـتج مـن حشـرات ،[4] واسـترات هـذه االحمـاض eucaly النحل المعتمدة فـي تغـذیتها علـى اشـجار الیوكـالبتوس p tus یحتـوي علـى بعـض المركبـات ذات الـوزن الجزیئـي العـالي وامـل یعتمـدعلى اخـتالف الع الـى االخـرىتالف التركیـب الكیمیـائي للعكبـر مـن منطقـة ان اخ .lupeol alkanoates [5]مثل اجریـت العدیــد مــن [6]لحشــرة النحــل مـن مكــان الـى اخــر اكثـر مــن اخــتالف المصـادر النباتیــة genetic factors الوراثیـة حتوي في تركیبه على العدید من اذ ی، الدراسات والبحوث على العكبر السیما في السنوات االخیرة الهمیتها الطبیة 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المركبــات الفینولیـة والفالفونــات التــي تمتلــك فعالیــة متعـددة مضــادة للعدیــد مــن انــواع الســیماالمركبـات الفعالــة والمهمــة و :مثــل ،انــواع الفایروسـات عــن طریـق تثبــیط بعـض االنزیمــات المهمـة الموجــودة فیهـاالبكتریـا والفطریـات وتثــبط نمـو العدیــد مـن reverse transcrip tase , protease [7,8] .بعض الطفیلیات الممرضة اغشیة وعملها على تحطیم mالتابعـة لرتبـة dematiaceaeالعائـدة للعائلــة botrytis cinerea, altrnaria sp وتعـد الفطریـات oniliales ضــمن الــ یســبب اذ،تعــد أحـد المسـببات المرضـیة للعدیــد مـن األمـراض النباتیـة ) imperfect fungi )9 الفطریـات الناقصـة altrnaria sp مـرض تعفـن البـذور والجـذورseed & root rot و اللفحــات المتـأخرة وأمـراض تبقـع االلترنـاري late blight &sp ot مـرض تقـرح السـاق االلترنـاري علـى العدیـد مـن النباتـات وaltrnaria stem canker .روالفـط botrytis cinerea فـأنه یسبب مرض العفن الرماديgray mold [9,10] . یـة فقـد اتجهـت أغلـب األبحـاث والدراسـات الحدیثـة إلـى ئایوبسـبب اآلثـار السـلبیة التـي یخلفهـا االسـتعمال العشـوائي للمبیـدات الكیم نباتات الطبیـة و البریـة السـتعمالها للحـد مـن العدیـد مـن المسـببات المرضـیة التـي تسـبب خسـائر اقتصـادیة كبیـرةاالستفادة من ال [11]. p(التحـري عـن فعالیـة المسـتخلص الكحـولي للعكبـر الـى هـدف هـذا البحـث rop olis ( علـى هـذه المسـببات المرضـیة ومــدى میـائيو التعـرف علـى المحتـوى الكی عدیـدة بیعیـة ضـد هـذه الفطریـات باسـتخدام طرائـقالقدرة التثبیطیة التي تمتلكها هـذه المـادة الط .في هذه الدراسة للعكبر المستعمل المواد و طرائق العمل الفطریات الممرضة عزل altrnaria sp عــزل ال فـاتیح من ثمار باذنجان و باالعتمـاد علـى م botrytis cinereaمن نبات الطماطم في حین عزل . pda pot)(جـرى عـزل وتشـخیص الفطریـات علـى وسـط الدكسـتروز البطـاطــا [10]التصنیف المعتمدة ato dextrose agar تم تنقیة العزلتان من خالل نقلهما إلى أطباق اذpda جدیدة. جمع عینات العكبر –موجـودة فــي قضـاء الخــالص ن خالیـا نحــل مــ 2006جمعـت عینـات العكبــر خـالل شــهري تشـرین الثــاني وكـانون الثــاني عـام . محافظة دیالى وترك لیجـف بدرجـة حـرارة الغرفـة ثـم طحـن رض التخلص من االتربة العالقة بهتم غسل العكبر بالماء العادي ثم الماء المقطر لغ .م ˚ 4العكبر بمطحنة كهربائیة وحفظ المسحوق في عبوات جافة لحین االستعمال وفي درجة حرارة :شخیص المركبات الفعالة الموجودة في العكبرت infraredاالشـعة تحـت الحمـراء بجهـاز امتصاصیة قیست ir (infrared(التشخیص باستخدام طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء sp ectroscop y كلیـة –وباستخدام اقراص من المركب الذي یراد الكشف عنه فـي صـلب برومیـد البوتاسـیوم فـي قسـم الكیمیـاء . الجامعة المستنصریة / علوم ال ) :propolis(تحضیر مستخلص العكبر طة امدة ساعة واحدة بوسثم خلط المزیج % 95مل من الكحول االثیلي بتركیز 50غم من مسحوق العكبر واضیف له 2وزن علیا الحاویة على المستخلص ساعة بدرجة حرارة الغرفة ، بعدها سحبت الطبقة ال 24، بعدها ترك مدة vortexالمازج الدوار .الكحولي ، ثم كررت العملیة على الراسب المتبقي وجمع الراشح واضیف الى الراشح السابق 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في الفراغ باستخدام جهاز التبخیر ،ثم عرض الراشح للتبخیر ) whatman no.1(رشح المحلول بواسطة ورق الترشیح مستخلص تم ، بعدها وزن 45الدوار بحرارة . 12] [المادة الجافة المتبقیة التي هي عبارة عن ال : لمستخلص العكبر antifungal activityدراسة الفعالیة التثبیطیة .لشعاعي للفطریات الممرضةاتأثیر تراكیز مستخلص العكبر في النمو لمسـتخلص الكحـولي للعكبـر ل) stock solution(مـل مـن المحلـول األصـلي أضیف (10,5,2.5) اذ [13]دمت طریقة استخ ) 5,2.5,1.25(التركیــزلغـرض الحصــــول علـى pdaمـل علــى التـوالي مــن وسـط ) 10,15,17.5(مــل إلـى /ملغـم 10بتركیــــز بواقـع ثالثـة مكـررات لكـل تركیـز مـــع وجـود أطبـاق السیطـــرة .اسـة المسـتخدمة فـي هـذه الدر وهـي التراكیـز مل على التـوالي/ ملغم طة ثاقـب املـم مقطـوع بوسـ 6ثم تركت اإلطباق لتتصلب أعقبها زرع اللقاح الفطري المؤلف من قرص بقطـر ) .بدون مستخلص( المئویـة لتثبـیط النمـو حسـبت النسـبة . مـدة أسـبوعینضـنت األطبـاق بدرجـة حـرارة الغرفـة ح. فلین من حافـات مزرعـة بعمـر أسـبوع :وحسب المعادلة اآلتیة معاملة السیطرة إلى حافات الطبق لشعاعي عند وصول النمو في ا طباق السیطرة ) سم ( لشعاعي للفطرامعدل النمو عاملةاللشعاعي في أطباق امعدل النمو -في أ م x 0 10 --------------------------------------------% = نسبة تثبیط النمو ألشعاعي معدل النمو ألشعاعي في أطباق السیطرة :دراسة تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص العكبر في الوزن الجاف للفطریات الممرضة الموصـدة (وعقـم فـي جهـاز التعقـیم pd brothحضر وسط غذائي سـائل نـوع اذ مع أجراء تعدیلٍ بسیط [14] أتبعت طریقة كـررت كـل معاملـة ،دون أیـة إضـافة مـن مـع تنفیـذ معاملـة المقارنـة، راد دراسـتها یـ الـذي أضیفت تراكیز المستخلص بعد ذلك،) ملـم مـن مسـتعمرة كـل فطـر ممـرض فـي حاضـنة 6 بقطـر حضنت الدوارق بعد تلقیح كل معاملة بقرص واحـد و،مرات ثالث طة ملقــط وغسـل جیــدا االفطــري بعـد نهایـة مــدة التحضـین بوسـسـحب الغـزل ، مـدة أســبوعین )˚م 25( فـي درجـة حــرارة الغرفـة م70بالماء المقطر المعقم و جفف في الفرن في درجة o أخـذت األوزان الجافـة وحسـبت النسـبة المئویـة لتثبـیط النمـو الجـاف كمـا ، .في الفقرة السابقة : تحضیر اللقاح الفطري altrnaria sp., botrytis cابواغ الفطرین تجمع inerea طة إمرار قضیب زجاجي معقم على وسط ابوسpda أعداد تبوحسجمع العالق في قطارة معقمة و مل ماء مقطر معقم 10حاوي على غزل الفطر بعمر أسبوعین بعد إضافة 10*1وتم تخفیف العدد إلى haemocytometerطة شریحة العد ااالبواغ بوس 6 ستخدم في لتر وهذا هو المستوى الم/بوغ .التجارب التي أجریت altrnaria sp., botrytisتأثیر المستخلص الكحولي للعكبر المرشوش على أوراق نبات الباذنجان الملقح بالفطرین cinerea بفترات زمنیة معینة: قاتها فـي المـاء وتـم قطعت أوراقها وغمـرت سـویاذ ،نباتات باذنجان من النوع المحلي بعمر شهرین تاخذاذ ]15[اتبعت طریقة لعریض تلقیحها بطریقة البقعة المكویة لغرض الحصول على تقویم كمي لإلصابة بالفطر وذلك بتسخین الرأس ا 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد سـم ثـم أضـیفت قطـرتین 0.5 قعـة المالمسـة بقطـر إلـى مـوت الب فأدى ذلكلمس سطح الورقة لمسمار صغیر على لهب ثم مكــررات و حســـب 3مــل بواقــع /ملغــم 5 زوبتركیــمــن عــالق ســبورات الفطــر المحضــر ورشــت بالمســتخلص الكحـــولي للعكبــر 24 وبعـد botrytisمجموعـة لقحـت بـالفطر ). سـیطرة (فقـط botrytisلقحـت المجموعـة األولـى بـالفطر : یةاآلتالمعامالت مجموعــة رشــت ، سـاعة رشــت بالمسـتخلص 48 وبعـد botrytisمجموعــة لقحـت بــالفطر ،رشــت بالمسـتخلص سـاعة سـاعة لقحــت 48المجموعـة األخیـرة رشـت بالمســتخلص وبعـد . botrytisسـاعة لقحــت بـالفطر 24بالمسـتخلص وبعـد . .altrnaria sp لفطرها بالنسبة الى انفس وقد اجریت المعامالت .botrytisبالفطر ساعة بعد التلقیح بالفطر وذلك بوضع كیس نایلون علیها 48حفظت المعامالت بجو المختبر مع توفیر الرطوبة الالزمة مدة .ثم أزالته و تركت المعامالت مدة عشرة أیام مع مالحظة جمیع التغیرات التي تطرأ على األوراق على مدد altrnaria sp., botrytis cinereaبالفطرین ر الملقح الخیا ثمارتأثیر مستخلص العكبر المرشوش :زمنیة معینة %0.06 طـــة القاصـر التجـاري بتركیـز اأخذت ثمــار خیـار محلیـه وبعـد غســـلها و تعقیمهـا سـطحیا بوس اذ ]15[اتبعت طریقة تـم عمـل .مكـررات3 موعـة تضـمخمـس مجموعـات كـل مج علـى مدة نصف دقیقة ،جففـت و قسـمت) هایبوكلورات الصودیوم( بواقـع قطـرتین لكـل botrytis cinerea سـم ثـم لقحـت بعـالق الفطـر 0.5ثقبین عند طرف كل ثمرة بطریقة البقعة المكویـة بقطـر مجموعة من ثمار خیار لقحت بالفطر وبعد : تیةمل وحسب المعامالت اآل/ملغم 5بتركیز بمستخلص العكبر بقعة ورشت مجموعـة مـن ، بالمسـتخلص سـاعة رشـت48 مجموعة من ثمار خیار لقحت بالفطر وبعـد ، بالمستخلص ساعة رشت24 ساعة 48مجموعة من ثمار خیار رشت بالمستخلص وبعد . ساعة لقحت بالفطر 24وبعد صبالمستخلثمار خیار رشت لفطـرقـد اجریـت المعـامالت نفسـها بالنسـبة الـى او . طرةلقحـت بـالفطر والمجموعـة األخیـرة مـن ثمـار خیـار ملقحـة بـالفطر للسـی altrnaria sp. . سـاعة للمحافظـة علـى الرطوبـة الالزمـة وتـم متابعـة تطـور المـرض علــى 48المعـامالت فـي أكیـاس نـایلون مـدة توضـع بعـدها .ثمار مدة عشرة أیام مع حساب معدل قطر المتعامد لتوسع اإلصابة التحلیل االحصائي للكشف عن least significant difference (lsd)النتائج احصائیًا باستخدام طریقة الفرق المعنوي االصغر تلحل . [16]ساعة مع السیطرة 48و 24مصادر الفروقات المعنویة بین قیم المعامالت لرش مستخلص العكبر قبل وبعد النتائج والمناقشة ) propolis( كبر دراسة المواد الفعالة الموجودة في العاستخدمت مطیافیة االشعة تحت الحمراء في تحلیل العكبر وذلـك ألهمیتهـا البالغـة فـي تعیـین المجموعـة الكیمیائیـة التركیبیـة ممـا .[17]یعیین في معرفة المادة -1608)لمنطقــة اظهـرت مطیافیــة االشـعة تحــت الحمـراء للمســتخلص االیثــانولي للعكبـر اهتــزاز مـط لمجموعــة الكاربونیـل عنــد ا كذلك ظهر اهتزاز مط متناظر وغیر متناظرلمجموعة الكاربوكسیل في المنطقة 1-سم (1643 الهایـدروكاربون المشـبعة (c-h)اهتـزاز مـط لمجموعـة 1-سـم (2990-2850)كمـا اظهـرت المنطقـة 1-سم (1165-1271) ـــى مجموعــــة 1-ســــم (3450-3500)فـــي حــــین ظهــــر اهتـــزاز مــــط فـــي المنطقــــة ، ch2,ch3والمرتبطـــة بمجــــامیع تـــابع الـ . (1)الهایدروكسیل وكما موضح في الشكل رقم 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد متعــددة اذ تعــد الفالفونـات مركبــات فینولیـة ،النتـائج علــى ان الفالفونـات هــي المـواد الرئیســة الموجـودة فــي المسـتخلص هــذه تـدل الكثیـر مــن فـي رتي الكـاربون الثالثـة والسادسـة الحلقـة االروماتیـة وتعمـل الفالفونـات مـادة مضـادة ومـؤثرة الهایدروكسـیل ویـرتبط بـذ تكمـن فعالیـة هـذه المركبـات فـي قابلیتهـا علـى تكـوین معقـد مـع جـدار الخلیـة البكتیریـة والعمـل اذ،سـات و االحیـاء المجهریـة والفایر .[18]اءعلى تمزیق الغش اذ ، والجزائـر ،والیونـان ،وتركیـا ،في دراسة التركیب الكیمیائي للعكبر فـي بلغاریـا [19]وهذه النتیجة تتفق مع الدراسة التي اجراها . وجد انها تحتوي بصورة اساسیة على الفالفونات لشعاعي للفطریاتاتأثیر تراكیز مستخلص العكبر في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط النمو ـــرین اإلـى أن أعلـى نسـبة مئویـة لتثبـیط النمـو ) 1(نتائج في الجـدول الدل ت ,.altrnaria sp لشـعاعي سـجلت فـي معاملـة الفطـــ botrytis cinerea في %)81و 73.75(وسجل أقل نسبة مئویة للتثبیط مل/ ملغم 5عند التركیز %)(100بلغت النسبة اذ . مل/ م ملغ 1.25عند التركیز ینمعاملة الفطر لشــعاعي علـــى الوســط الغـــذائي اتركیــز المســتخلص أدت إلـــى زیــادة فـــي النســبة المئویــة لتثبـــیط النمــو اذ تــدل النتــائج أن زیـــادة ا ن المسـتخلص االیثـانولي للعكبـر أالـى [20]تتفـق مـع مااشـار الیـه ) 1(ان النتـائج الموضـحة فـي الجـدول رقـم . pdaالصـلب ووجد ان الفعالیـة مشـابهة لفعالیـة c. albicansالناتج عن االصابة بالخمیرة candidiasisراض یستخدم وبنجاح في عالج ام nyالمضاد الفطري st atin . اذ اشارت العدید من الدراسات الى التاثیر الضد مایكروبي للعكبـر الـذي یعـزى لوجـود العدیـد مـن والثنائیــة فضــًال عــن وجـــود ،والتربینــات الثالثیــة ،الحمــاض الفینولیــةواســترات ا ،االحمــاض االروماتیــة :،مثلالفینولیــة المركبــات [21]الفالفونات راسة تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص العكبر في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط الوزن الجاف للفطریات الممرضةد النمــو فقــة مـع نتـائج تثبـیطجـاءت نتـائج تـأثیر تراكیـز المســتخلص األیثـانولي للعكبـر فـي الــوزن الجـاف للفطریـات الممرضـة متوا تركیـزالحـاوي علـى pd brothالفطـرین كلیـا علـى الوسـط الســــائل نمـو فقـد أخفـق، ) 2(الجـدول كمـا موضـح فـي لشـعاعيا مــل/ملغـم )2.5,1.25(ین عنـد التراكیـز االقـل لفطـر لتثبـیط الـوزن الجـاف لالنسـبة كانـتفـي حـین ، مـل / ملغـم ) (5المسـتخلص الفطـر الـوزن الجـاف اذ بلغت اقـل نسـب لتثبـیط ،الشعاعي للفطرین على الوسط الصلب النمو تثبیطجربة ل في تتختلف عما سج altrnaria sp 46.8% بالنسـبة للفطـر %53.4 مـل فیمـا كانـت /ملغـم 1.25عنـد التركیـزbotrytis cinerea عنـد نفـس .التركیز altrnaria sp., botrytisاق نبات الباذنجان الملقح بالفطرین أور فيتأثیر المستخلص الكحولي للعكبر المرشوش cinerea زمنیة معینة على مدد. ســاعة مـــن التلقــیح بــالفطر 48او 24المســتخلص الكحـــولي للعكبــر ســـواء قبــل بســجلت معاملــة أوراق الباذنجـــان المرشوشــة botrytis cinerea منــع اذ ،سـاعة 48,24 اخـتالف كبیــر مـع معاملـة السـیطرة أو مــع معـامالت الـرش بالمسـتخلص بعــد وكمـا هـو موضـــح فـي المعاملـة ولـم تظهـر أي أعـراض للمـرض فـي موقـع التلقـیح نمو الفطر بالكامل مـن بـدء مستخلص العكبر حیویـة الفطـر ومنــع نمـوه و انتشـاره مــن فــيرة مباشـرة أثــر بصـو أن المســتخلص الكحـولي للعكبـر اذ. )2(والشـكل ) 3 (ـدول الجـ سـاعة فقــد 48,24بعـد تلقیحهــا بـالفطر سـواء بعــد بالمســتخلصأمـا األوراق المرشوشـة .ل منعـه للفعالیــات االیضـیة للفطــر خـال (1-1.5)البقعـة وقـد بلـغ معـدل قطـر ، التجربـة ءللفطر أعقبه توقف لتطور االصابه في الیوم السادس من بد بطیأ" اأظهرت نمو ــیة لبـدأ نمــو الفطــر و مســتخلصالتـي ســبقت الـرش بالسـم وٍیمكــن تفسـیر هــذه النتیجـة علــى أسـاس احتمــال أن الفتــرة كانـت كافـــ ـــد الرش أنه حدث خمول للفطر بع آال.استقراره على النبات وظهور أعراض المرض 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ــــج تطـور بقــــع االصـابه علـى أوراق نبـحوتـم . الفطـر فـيمـن تـأثیر قـــــف النتشــــاره لمـا للمسـتخلص وتو ـات الباذنجــان سـاب نتائــ ـــرة اذ أكتــف botrytis cineraالمصاب بالفطر دل ـابه ناجحـة ، وسـجل زیـادة فـي معـــــمل تـــطور البقـع إلـى أصـي معاملـة السیطـ .وتمثلت األعراض على األوراق بوجود سبورات رمادیة اللون تتطایر بسهوله مع كتله لنمو الفطر. سم) 4.8( قطر بلغ مـل فقــد ظهــرت أعـراض المــرض فــي ثمــار /غــممل 5بتركیــز رشوشــة بالمســتخلص الكحـولي للعكبــر أمـا تجربــة ثمــار الخیـار الم pنتیجـة إلفـرازات الفطـر اإلنزیمیـة مثـل أنـزیم البكتنیـز یج الثمـرة حول اللقاح مع هرس لنسبنمو بني ةالسیطرة متمثل ectinase وقد بلغ معدل قطـر االصـابه ).3(أدى إلى تلون وموت النسیج النباتي وترك الثمرة منكمشة و بنیة و لینة كما في الشكل [9] ).4(سم كما موضح في الجدول رقم 6 سـم 0.5سـاعة وبقـى معـدل القطـر 24و48سـواء قبـل مسـتخلصر المرشوشـة بالفـي حـین لـم تظهـر األعـراض علـى ثمـار الخیـا سـم علـى ) 1,2(سـاعة بلـغ 24و48بعـد مسـتخلصبینما حدث نمو بسـیط للفطـر علـى ا لثمـار المرشوشـة بال.التجربة طوال مدة .نوهي نتیجة تتفق مع تجربة أوراق الباذنجا)) 4(الجدول (التوالي في الیوم األخیر للتجربة altrnaria اسـتخدام الفطـرعنـد هانفسـ وقد دلت النتائج التي تم الحصول علیها الى تقارب النتـائج المتحصـل علیهـا مـن التجربـة sp 6(و)5( ینوكما موضح في الجدول( . pعنـد عـدم وجـود فـرق معنـوي (lsd)كما دلـت نتـائج التحلیـل االحصـائي باسـتخدام طریقـة الفـرق المعنـوي االصـغر <0.05 pن االول والثــاني ولجمیـــع المعــامالت و الســـیطرة كــذلك عـــدم وجــود فـــرق معنــوي عنـــد یللیــوم بـــین معــامالت الـــرش 0.05> pفي حین لوحظ وجود فرق معنوي كبیر عند ،ساعة 48و 24بالمستخلص قبل عند معـامالت الـرش بالمسـتخلص بعـد 0.05> . ساعة من االصابة والسیطرة 48و 24 فـي ةوحصـول االصـاب المـرضعلـى أحـداث botrytis cinera ،altrnaria sp ین نتج أن قابلیة الفطـر وعلیه یمكن أن نست بالمسـتخلص الكحـولي للعكبـر وبتركیـز یمكـن أن تتضـاءل عنـد رشـها) سـواء كـان أوراق الباذنجـان او ثمـار الخیـار(العائل النباتي جانبیـة سـواء علـى أعـراضن ان یسـبب أي و دبـلمسـتخدم واطـئ و وكـذلك كـون التركیـز ا قبـل أحـداث المـرضالسـیما مـل /غـممل 5 وهــذه النتیجـة یمكـن أن تــدفع البـاحثین إلـى أجــراء المزیـد مـن الدراســات المستفیضـة حـول قابلیــة . [22]او الحیـوان اإلنسـانصـحة تصادیة كبیرةها أن تسبب خسائر اقمختلفة یمكن ل ةهذا المستخلص في الحد من اإلمراض التي تسببها مسببات مرضی re ferences 1.koo, h. ;rosalen, pl.; cury , ja.; ambrosano, gm b.; m urata, rm .; yatsuda, r.; ikegaki, m .;alencar, sm . and park, yk.(2000) effect of a new variety of apis mellifera p rop olis on mutans streptococci. curr m icrobiol 41: 192-196. 2.pop ova, m .; silici, s.; kaftanoglu, o.; bankova, v.(2005). ant ibacterial activity of turkish p rop olis and its qualitative and quantitative chemical composition. phy tomedicine 12: 221-228. 3.velikova m ., bankova v., tsvetkova i., kujumgiev a. and m arcucci m . c. (2000), ant ibacterial ent-kaurenefrim brazilian p rop olis of native st ingless bees. fitoofterap ia 71, 693d696. 4.bankova , v.; pop ova, m .; bogdanov, s .;sabatini, a.(2002).chamical comp osition of european p rop olis; exp ected and unexp ected results. z –naturforsch[c]; 57(5-6):530-3 5. kosalec i, bakmaz m , pep eljnjak s.(2003). analysis of p rop olis from the continental and adriatic regions of croatia. acta pharm 53: 27 5 285. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 6.cust odio , a.r.; ferreira , m .m .c.; negeri, g.; salatino ,a.(2003) .clustering of comb and p rop olis waxes based on the dist ribution of aliphatic const ituents .j .barz .chem . soc ., 14 (3) : 354-357 . [article]. 7.havst een ,b.h. (2002) .the biochemist ry and medical si gnificance of the flavonoids 202. –3) : 67 -(2 96ther ., -.pharmacol 8. castaldo , s. & cap asso , f. (2002) .prop olis an old remedy used in modern medicine . 6.-( supp l 1) : 1 73fitoterap ia 9agrios. geor ge, n. (1997). plant pathology . 4th. edition. وزارة الثقافــة . مطبعـة أدورد للطباعـة الفنیـة الحدیثـة . أفـات الطمـاطم . حـازم عبـد العزیــز، محمـود. زهیـر عزیـز ،أسـطفان -10 ).1998.(واألعالم دار . جامعـة الموصــل . وزارة التعلـیم العـالي والبحــث العلمـي . المبیــدات . المــالح ، نـزار مصـطفى ;شـعبان ،عـواد 11 ).1993.( 502ص . لكتب للطبع والنشر ا 12.rhajaoui ,m .;oumzil, h.;faid ,m .;ly agoubi, m .;elyachioui,m .;benjouad, a. . (research )3 (,3 (2001).ant ibactrial activity of m oroccan prop olis extracts,science letters , art icle). ، تــأثیر مستخلصــات نباتــات ســم الفــراخ والصفصــاف والمیرمیــة علــى نمــو بعـــض ) 2000(الخفــاجي ، باســمة ربیــع احمــد 13 . رسالة ماجستیر كلیة العلوم ، الجامعة لمستنصریة . الفطریات الجلدیة 14 -suberu, h. preliminary st udies of inhibitions of aspergillus flavus with extract of tow lichens and bentext fungicides. african j. of biotech. 3(9):468-472.(2004). دور حــامض السالیســلك وبعــض المبیــدات الكیمیائیــة فــي مكافحــة ذبــول الخیــار ) 2004(دینــا یوســف محمــد’یوســف -15 . الجامعة المستنصریة /ماجستیر مقدمة الى كلیة العلوم رسالة. pythium ultimumالمتسبب عن الفطر 16zar,j.h.(1984)biost atist ical analysis .2 nd ed .prentice hall inc. englewood cliffs, n.j. 17.silverstein , o.m .; bassler, g.k.;m orrill, t.s. (1990) sp ectrometric identification of organic compounds.4t h ed. 18. cowan ,m .m . (1999). plant product’s as antimicrobial agents: clinical microbiology reviews , 12(4) : 564-582. 19.velikova, m .; bankova, v.;sorkun,k.;houcine, s.; tsvetkova i., kujumgiev a. (2000), p rop olis from the m editerranean region: chemical comp osition and antimicrobial activity .z naturforsch-[c] 55(9-10) :790-3. 20. m artins , r.s;pereira , e.s.j ;lima , s.m .; senna, m .i.b.; m esquita ,r.a.; santos, v. r (2002) . effect of commercial ethanol p rop olis extract on the in vitro growt h of candida albicans collected from hiv-seropositive and hiv–seronegative barazilian p atients with oral candidiasis .j-oral-sci., 44(1):41-8. 21. bankova, v.; de castro, s. l. and m arcucci m . c. (2000), prop olis: advances in chemist ry and plant origin. ap idologie 31, 3d15. 22. hartwich, a.; lequtko,j.; wszolek , j.(2000). prop olis: p rop erties and administ ration to p atients treated for some surgical diseases .przegl_lek,57(4): 191-4. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد النمو الشعاعي لبعض تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص العكبر في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط : )1(جدول pda وسط الفي الفطریات الناقصة تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص العكبر في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط الوزن الجاف لبعض الفطریات): 2(جدول .broth pd الناقصة في الوسط السائل 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بالمستخلص botrytis cinerea لفطر تأثیر رش أوراق نبات الباذنجان المصابة با): 3(جدول التركیز الفطر مل/ ملغم النسبة المئویة للتثبیط botrytis c inerea 5 100 2.5 78.7 1.25 73.7 التركیز الفطر مل/ ملغم النسبة المئویة للتثبیط alternaria sp 5 100 2.5 87 1.25 81 التركیز الفطر مل/ ملغم النسبة المئویة لتثبیط الوزن الجاف botrytis c inerea 5 100 2.5 62.2 1.25 53.4 التركیز الفطر مل/ ملغم النسبة المئویة لتثبیط الوزن الجاف alternaria sp 5 100 2.5 79.4 1.25 46.8 مل/ ملغم 5الكحولي للعكبر وبتركیز األیام معامالت سم/ال ــــة أوراق نبات ملقحــ ــالفطر وبعد 24بـ ساعة رشت ـــة ـــات ملقحــ أوراق نبـ ساعة 48بالفطر وبعد رشت لفطر أوراق نبات ملقحة با ساعة رشت 24وقبل ل ر وقب 48أوراق نبات ملقحة بالفط ة رشت ساع أوراق نبات ملقحة بـالفطر فقط للسیطرة *0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 األول 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 الثاني 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.7 الثالث 1.5 0.5 0.5 1.2 0.8 الرابع 2.2 0.5 0.5 1.5 1 الخامس 2.4 0.5 0.5 2.2 1 السادس 3.2 0.5 0.5 2.2 1 السابع 3.5 0.5 0.5 2.2 1 الثامن 4.8 0.5 0.5 2.2 1 التاسع 4.8 0.5 0.5 2.2 1 العاشر بالمستخلص الكحولي للعكبر وبتركیز botrytis cinerea تأثیر رش ثمار الخیار المصابة بالفطر ): 4(جدول مل/ ملغم 5 األیام سم/المعامالت ثمار خیار ـالفطر ملقحـة ب 24وبعد ساعة رشت ــــار ــــــار خیــــ ثمـ الفطر ملقحــة بـــ سـاعة 48وبعـد رشت ثمار خیار ملقحة بالفطر ساعة 24وقبل رشت ثمار خیار ملقحة ساعة 48بالفطر قبل رشت ــــة ــــ ــــــار ملقحـ ــــــار خیـــ ثمــ بالفطر فقط للسیطرة *0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 األول 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 الثاني 1.2 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.6 الثالث 2.1 0.5 0.5 1 0.9 الرابع 2.8 0.5 0.5 1.8 1.5 الخامس 3.7 0.5 0.5 2.9 1.6 السادس 4.6 0.5 0.5 4.1 1.8 السابع 5.5 0.5 0.5 4.1 2 الثامن 5.8 0.5 0.5 4.1 2.1 التاسع 6 0.5 0.5 4.1 2.1 العاشر سم 0.5قطر رأس المسمار * 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بالمستخلص الكحولي altrnaria sp تأثیر رش أوراق نبات الباذنجان المصابة بالفطر ): 5(جدول مل/ ملغم 5للعكبر وبتركیز معامالت سم/ال األیام أوراق نبات ـــالفطر ـــ ــــة ب ملقحــ 24وبعد ساعة رشت أوراق نبات ملقحة د 48بالفطر وبع ساعة رشت ق نبات ملقحة أورا وقبل 24بالفطر ساعة رشت أوراق نبات ملقحة ل وقب 48بالفطر ساعة رشت ـــات ــ ــ أوراق نب ـــة ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ملقحـ ــط ــالفطر فقــ بـ للسیطرة 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 األول * 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 الثاني 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.7 الثالث 1.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.8 الرابع 2 0.5 0.5 1.5 1 الخامس 2.4 0.5 0.5 2 1 ادسالس 3.1 0.5 0.5 2 1 السابع 3.5 0.5 0.5 2 1 الثامن 4.5 0.5 0.5 2 1 التاسع 4.5 0.5 0.5 2 1 العاشر بالمستخلص الكحولي altrnaria sp تأثیر رش ثمار الخیار المصابة بالفطر ): 6(جدول مل/ ملغم 5للعكبر وبتركیز األیام مس/المعامالت ثمار خیار ـالفطر ملقحـة بــ ساعة 24وبعد رشت ثمار خیار ملقحـة ـــد ـــالفطر وبعـ 48بـ ساعة رشت ثمار خیار ملقحة بالفطر 24 وقبل ساعة رشت ثمار خیار ملقحة بالفطر ساعة 48وقبل رشت ــة ــ ــار ملقحـ ـــار خیــ ثمـ بالفطر فقط للسیطرة *0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 األول 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 الثاني 1.2 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.6 الثالث 2.1 0.5 0.5 1 0.9 الرابع 2.8 0.5 0.5 1.8 1.5 الخامس 3.8 0.5 0.5 2.9 1.6 السادس 4.7 0.5 0.5 3 1.9 السابع 5.5 0.5 0.5 3 2 الثامن 6 0.5 0.5 3 2.1 التاسع 6 0.5 0.5 3 2.1 العاشر سم 0.5قطر رأس المسمار * 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد للمستخلص االیثانولي للعكبر (ir)طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء ):1(شكل في منع نمو الفطر مل / ملغم 5یوضح تأثیر رش أوراق الباذنجان بالمستخلص الكحولي للعكبر وبتركیز ) : 2(شكل botrytis وحسب المعامالت آالتیة: .ساعة رشت بالمستخلص24 وبعد botrytis لقحت بالفطر -1 .ساعة رشت بالمستخلص 48 وبعد botrytis لقحت بالفطر 2 .botrytis ساعة لقحت بالفطر24 رشت بالمستخلص وبعد -3 . botrytis الفطرساعة لقحت ب48 رشت بالمستخلص وبعد -4 .للسیطرة botrytisلقحت أوراق النبات بالفطر -5 2 1 5 4 3 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد botrytisفي منع نمو الفطر مل / ملغم 5یوضح تأثیر رش ثمار الخیار بالمستخلص الكحولي للعكبر وبتركیز ): 3(شكل :اآلتیة توحسب المعامال .ساعة رشت بالمستخلص 24وبعد botrytisثمار خیار لقحت بالفطر -1 .ساعة رشت بالمستخلص 48وبعد botrytisثمار خیار لقحت بالفطر -2 .botrytis بالفطرساعة لقحت 24 ثمار خیار رشت بالمستخلص وبعد -3 . botrytis بالفطرساعة لقحت 48 ت بالمستخلص وبعد ثمار خیار رش -4 .فقط للسیطرة botrytis ثمار خیار ملقحة بالفطر -5 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 3 1 2 4 5 antifungal activity of propolis ethanol extract against botrytis cinerea, altrnaria sp which caused many plant diseases a. s.darweesh departme nt of biology, college of sciences, unive rsity of al-mustansiriya abstract this st udy was conducted to determine the effect of different concentrations of ethanol extract of p rop olis against two fungi botrytis cinerea, altrnaria sp . the most imp ortant chemical constituents of p rop olis diagnosed by the infra red sp ectroscop y , were the flavonoids sp ecificaly. results showed a high antifungal activity of ethanol extract of p rop olis, evidently with a high concentration of extract (5) mg\ml, which comp letely inhibited the radial growt h on both solid and liquid media (pda &pd broth ) of both fungi . we observed that , ethanol extract p rop olis at concentration of 5 mg\ml were sp rayed on exp erimental infection on some p lants (eggp lant leavers & cucumber ) which were effected by fungal. the sp raying of ethanol extract of p rop olis before 24, 48 hour p revented development of disease and made a good p rotection of the mentioned p lants from being infected with this fungus. while, the ability of fungus to grow after 24, 48 hours from ethanol extract of p rop olis treatment was reduce markedly as comp ared with control ,such treatment show a slow growt h of p athogen infect. microsoft word 445-458 الكيمياء | 445 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 βenaminoneلليكاند co(ii تحضير ودراسة طيفية وأمتزاز معقد الكوبالت ( المشتق من السلفاميثوكسازول أحمد ثابت نعمان ساهرة صادق عبد الرزاق فرح علي داود جامعة بغداد )/ابن الهيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2015تشرين الثاني//22،قبل البحث في:2015تشرين األول//21استلم البحث في: الخالصة -ليكاند ثنائي السن :تحضير وتشخيص يهتم هذا البحث ب [4-(5,5-dimethyl-3-oxocyclohex-1-enylamino)-n-(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide] [h2l] ن ت ºc(140) ةبدرجوذلك من صهر السلفاميثوكسازول مع الدايميدون ذا ولمدة نصف ساعة , ُحظر معقد الكوبالت م ل ه فاع عيد اال ة التص ائي وبطريق ت الثن خص الليكاند مع ايون الكوبال ل . ُش طا للتفاع انول وس تعمال االيث اعي باس د والارج د لليكان معق زي ون المرك ول االي طوح ح اعي الس ي رب م المحضر باستعمال الطرائق الطيفية التي اثبتت ان المعقد ذات شكل هندس ا ت . كم بة (ت المستمرة وكباستعمال طريقتي النسبة المولية والتغيرا) m:l( ايجاد نسبة أتحاد الفلز بالليكاند المحضر ت النس ) . 1:1ان رات ة المتغي ذلك دراس ت وك طح البنتوناي ي دُرست الظروف المثلى الزالة معقد الكوبالت من خالل االمتزاز على س ؤثرة ف الم يم ـازة phعملية االمتزاز وهي زمن االتزان ودرجة الحرارة وق ادة الم ائق الم م دق ازة وحج ادة الم ـرت .ووزن الم د أظه وق وع . بينما النمط العام اليزوثيرمات )min) 60ـتائـج ان الزمـن الالزم للوصـول الى اتـزان التـركيز هو الن االمتزاز هو مـن ن )1l ( قيم الدوال الثرموديناميكية حسبت. وقد ) وفق تصنيف جيلزgδ ,hδ ,sδ( . وفسرت النتائج في ضوئها السلفاميثوكسازول , الدايميدون , معقد الكوبالت , االمتزاز , البنتونايت الكلمات المفتاحية : الكيمياء | 446 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة ة اولية ادةم بصفتهالمهمة في التخليق العضوي احدى المركبات β-enaminoneيعد ات ذات الفعالي ير المركب ي تحض ف ن )oxytocinمضادات (و acetylcholine – stersane)(الحيوية كمضادات االختالج مثل المثبطات , يتم تحضيره عادة م ات ع مركب ة م ة واالروماتي ات االليفاتي ل االمين ود ب (β-dicarbonyl)تفاع اعدة وبوج ل المس ض العوام تعمل [1,2]ع . يس د ل الكوبا β-enaminoneالليكان ة مث ر االنتقالي دات العناص ن معق ر م ير الكثي ي تحض ز ف ل والمنغني اس والنيك ت والنح ل ن الت في العددميوم وغيرها التي يتم استعمالها ايضا في مجاالت كثيرة, إذ تستعمل المركبات التي تحتوي على الكوبوالكا د م ي ناعية ومخلفات واد الص ذه الم تعمال ه وء اس ن س ات , ولك باغ وااللكتروني دهان واالص دين وال ل التع ناعات مث اه الص ي مي ا ف ه لل واالساالنهار يزيد من تركيز الكوبالت في الم ل الش راض مث بعض االم ابة ب ا واالص ى تلوثه اضياه مما يؤدي ال هال وانخف ا دم وغيره غط ال ر الفل [3]ض وث بالعناص ة التل ة لمعالج ة والكيميائي ات الفيزيائي ن التقني د م وفر العدي ا . تت ن أهمه ة وم زي ائي , اال ر والكروموتوغرافيا ، الترسيب الكيميائي , الترسيب الكيميائي الكهرب يح والتبخي تخالص , الترش ن أس الرغم م ة ب همي ق المهم دى الطرائ زاز اح يهذه التقنيات اال انها محدودة االستعمال بسبب كلفتها العالية . تعد تقنية االمت رى ف ة ة األخ المعالج ل : ( ازة مث طوح م تعمالها كس ن اس ة الممك ادر الطبيعي ن المص ااألطيألنها ذات كلفة قليلة بسبب توافر العديد م ربون ان , والك ا) وية , وغيره ل العض ت , والكت ال , والزيوالي ت كس [4,5]الفع ين البنتوناي تعمال ط م اس ة ت ذه الدراس ي ه از . ف طح م ل ن قب ا م ازة ايض ادة م تعماله كم م اس ذي ت ي ال ول االثيل ت (.yaseen h. m)المتزازمعقد الكوبالت من محلول الكح إذ قام اؤوليمن محاليله المائية باستعمال ثالثة اطيان عراقية (البنتونايت , اال co(ii)بالت بدراسة امتزاز ايون الكو ت , الك ن) تابلكاي ة النك ع معادل ة يتب طوح الثالث ائي للس ت الثن ون الكوبال زاز ألي رم االمت ة ان ايزوثي ائج الدراس ت نت د بين د اوق اير, وق ر م ظه ون الكوبال زاز اي ي امت بالبنتونايت قابلية اعلى ف ذا الترتي ر ه م يتغي اؤولين ول م الك ت ث ه االتابلكاي ي الفعالي ت يلي ر ف ع تغي ة م معرفة قدرة و ئيتحضير ليكاند جديد ومعقده مع ايون الكوبالت الثنا البحث هو اإن الهدف من هذ. [6]ظروف عملية االمتزاز ن ن اجل االستفظروف المثلى لعملية االمتزاز ملت ودراسة امكانية تحديد الاالكوب معقدوكفاءة طين البنتونايت في امتزاز ادة م النتائج المستحصلة منها في مجال معالجة تلوث المياه. الجزء العملي ركات ال: المستعملةالمواد ن الش زة م ذيبات المجه يأستعملت في هذه الدراسة المــواد الكيميائيــة والم ة والت زت عالمي تمي . %(99-98)بنقاوتها العالية تتراوح بين األجهزة المستعملة: تعمال هار باس ات االنص ت درج ة , إذ قيس ات طيفي دة تقني تعمال ع ر باس د المحض د والمعق خيص الليكان وع تم تش از ن جه )stuart automatic melting point|smp40| وسجل طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء باستعمال جهاز نوع , (shimadzu )ir) spectrophotometer-(ft) 8300( دى من الم يوم )400 –4000 (cm–1) ض د البوتاس راص برومي تعمال اق وباس )kbr( ي ووي المغناطيس رنين الن ف ال اس طي م قي وع nmr-c13h,1, و ت از ن تعمال جه ultra shield 300(باس mhz ,burker,switzerland( ذيب تعمال م دات 6d-dmsoباس ة بوح ة الكيميائي جلت االزاح ت ppm(s)وس , وقيس از ( ة بجه يلية الموالري ازphilips pw-digitalالتوص ي بجه ف االلكترون جل الطي -shimadzu uv160). وس spectrophotometer) دى من الم از ( nm(200-1100)) ض ور بجه وى الكل يس محت -titro processor-686وق 665.dosimat metrohm / swissوع از ن ذري بجه اص ال ف االمتص جل طي emission( ) , وس spectrophotometer shimadzu (a-a680) (f.a.a )از تعمال الجه يس باس د ق ة فق ف الكتل ا طي shimadzuام gcmsqpa 1000 spectrometer ام زي والحم رد المرك از الط رى كجه زة االخ ض االجه تعمال بع ن اس ال ع ) , فض المائي وجهاز قياس الدالة الحامضية والفرن الكهربائي. تحضير الليكاند والمعقد هر ( د بص ر الليكان ع (0.4g,1mmoleحض ازول م ادة السلفاميثوكس ن م دون0.58mmole,0.22g) م ـن الدايمي ) م ة وزن c°)014بدرج ون ب الي الل ب برتق ى راس ـول عل م الحص اعة , ت ـف س دة نـص بة %( )0.488(g) ولم ) ذات 82.3وبنس ا 1ول () والخواص الفيزيائية له مدونة في الجد1. التركيب الكيميائي لليكاند موضح في الشكل ()c°)90درجة أنصهار ) . كم زج ( ن م د م ير المعق م تحض د 0.06g,0.26mmoleت ـن كلوري ائي () م ت الم ع o2.6h2coclالكوبال ) م )0.1g,0.26mmole من الليكاند (]l2h[ ) دة اعات، 3وبطريقة الـتصعـيد االرجاعي بوجود االيثانول وسطا للتفاعل ولم ) س بوزن من االيثانول البارد , اذ تم الحصول على راسب ml(3)تكون راسب ذا لون اخضرغامق واعيدت بلورته باستعمال الكيمياء | 447 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 g)0.12بة ) و هار وذات )80%(بنس ة انص كل ()c°)84درج ي الش ح ف ر موض د المحض ائي للمعق ب الكيمي ) 2، التركي ) . 2والخواص الفيزيائية له مدونة في الجدول ( تحضير المحلول القياسي ومنحني المعايرة ز (stock solution)تم تحضير محلول قياسي ت بتركي طح البنتوناي ى س زازه عل ة امت راد دراس ت الم د الكوبال ن معق م (100) mg/l وجي ول الم د الط ايرة عن ي المع ى منحن ول عل م الحص ة : )nm (455 , وت ة االتي ب المعادل = y) -بحس )= 0.9938 20.0242x + 0.0761, r ة دى خطي ى ا )mg/l)100-2.5و بم ول عل م الحص ايرة ت ي المع ن منحن ل وم فض .) mg/l(70تركيز للمعقد وهو تحديد الزمن الالزم لحدوث األتزان ادة ز الم ي تركي روف وه ع الظ ت جمي ك بتثبي زة وذل ادة الممت زة , وزن تم تحديد زمن االتزان بين السطح الماز والم الممت ن محاليل معقد م ml (10)ربة , إذ اخذ السطح الماز , حجم المحلول ودرجة الحرارة مع بقاء عامل الزمن هو المتغير في التج ز ت بتركي ازة )mg/l(70الكوبال ادة الم ن الم ين م ى وزن مع يف ال ـدها وض g(0.1)واض ر وبع رارة المختب ة ح ـعت بدرج ين راوح ب ة تت ة مختلف ا min(120-15)المحـاليل في حـمام مائـي هزاز وباخـذ عينـات فـي مدد زمني ية له اس االمتصاص وقي بعد اجراء عمليتي الفصل والترشيح ومن خالل متابعة تغير االمتصاصية مع الزمن حدد زمن االتزان للمعقد. متزازتعين أيزو ثيرمات اال ـدى ـمن الم ـركيز ض ـختلفة الت ـاليل م ـرت مح ـت حض ـد الكـوبال ـزاز لمـعـق ـرم االمـت ـلى ايزوثـيـ ـصول ع -10) للح 70)mg/l (10)واضيف ml ى ة عل ة الحاوي اني الحجمي ى القن ز ال ذه التراكي زمن g (0.2)من محاليل ه ت وب ن البنتوناي م جية min(60)اتزان هو وق البنفس عة ف اف األش ل –وبدرجة حرارة المختبر, استعمل مطي ية المحالي اس امتصاص ة لقي المرئي دها ومنه ُعينت )nm (455اعاله عند الطول الموجي قيم التركيز عند االتزان لكل محلول بالرجوع الى منحني المعايرة . وبع ـة : ( ب العالق زاز بحس ة لالمت عة الوزني ل eq إذ أن :) m sol). vec – °= (c eq /وجدت الس زة تمث ـادة الممت ـة المــــ كميـ )mg/g( ، ec ل زة (تمث ادة الممت زان للم د األت ز عن لmg/l( solvالتركي ـزة ( يمث ادة الممت ول الم ي لمحل م الكل , )lالحج m ادة المازةوزن الميمثل )g( ,°c يمثل) التركيزاألبتدائي للمادة الممتزةmg/l(. العوامل المؤثرة في عملية االمتزاز ين ـتراوح ب ـرارية ت ـات ح c(50–10)تمـت دراسـة تأثـير درجـة الحـرارة في امتـزاز معـقد الكـوبالت عـند اربـع درج وسجل تأثير درجة الحرارة من خالل تعين ايزوثيرمات االمتزاز وكما موضح في الفقرة اعاله . ومن خالل دراسة تأثير الدالة دى (من مع )mg/l(70الحامضية اخذ تركيز من الم ه ض ية ل -1.8قد الكوبالت بدرجة حرارة المختبر ونظمت الدالة الحامض ز رباستعمال محاليـــل مخففة من حـــــامض الــهيدروكلـو) وذلك 10 ـوم بتركي ـد الـصوديـــ ة n(0.1يك وهيدروكسيـ ) لمعادل ا تعمال جه ية باس ة الحامض أثير وزن . (ph-meter)ز الدالة الحامضية ضمن المديات المذكورة وقيست الدال ة ت رت دراس ج ذ ز ml(10)المادة المازة في عملية االمتزاز وذلك باخ د ذي التركي ول المعق ن محل ة mg/l(70)م ى اوزان مختلف يف ال واض عة من الطين ودرس االمتزاز في درجة حرارة المختبر. وعند دراسة تاثير حجم دقائق المادة المازة (المساحة السطحية) في س ن ,μm (75,150,250متزاز استعملت ثالثة حجوم دقائقية مختلفة وهي اال ت م ز ثاب تعمال تركي ارب باس ذه التج ) واجريت ه وتم االمتزاز في درجة حرارة المختبر . g(0.2)والوزن نفسه من المادة المازة mg/l(70)محلول المعقد النتائج والمناقشة )nmrالرنين النووي المغناطيسي () وطيف irطيف االشعة تحت الحمراء ( تعود الى )cm) 1612,1571,3205-1حزم امتصاص عند ]l2h[أظهر طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء لليكاند المحضر اميع ( والي nh-c (υ ,c=o)( ,c=n)(المج ى الت د ]7-9[عل رى عن زم اخ ر ح ود )cm) 1363,1137-1, واظه تع د (s=o) [10]الى الترددات االمتطاطية المتناظرة وغير المتناظرة لمجوعة راء للمعق ت الحم عة تح ف االش . كما اظهر طي ت υ(c=n)تعود الى االصرة )cm) 1631-1المحضر حزمة امتصاص عند للحلقة الداخلية أزيحت نحو تردد أعلى مما كان ة عليه في طيف الليكاند الحر وهذا دليل عل روجين لمجموع ق ذرة النت ن طري د ع ى تناسق االيون الفلزي (الكوبالت) مع الليكان c=n)υ( د ة )cm)551-1, ومما يعزز هذا االرتباط هو ظهور حزمة امتصاص ضعيفة الشدة عن ى مجموع ود ال co(-تع n) [11,12] كما أظهر طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمعقد انزياح حزم امتصاص مجموعة .(s=o) فظهرت عند المواقع الكيمياء | 448 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 1-cm) 1325,1157( ة جين لمجموع ين االوكس ق ب ول التناس ى حص دل عل ا ي ر مم د الح ف الليكان ي طي ه ف ت علي ا كان عم s=o)( د دة عن عيفة الش اص ض زم امتص ور ح ود )cm)460-1و ايون الكوبالت الثنائي ومما يعزز هذا االرتباط هو ظه تع م]o)-co(] 13,14الى مجموعة ي الج . ت ر ف د المحض د والمعق زة لليكان زم الممي ع الح دوين مواق ف ) . 3دول (ت درس طي nmr-h1 ,c13 د ذيب ]l2h[ لليكان ي م ـو ,6d-dmsoف ار الطيفرأظه ـردة اتإش ى امف ود ال ات وذرات تع لبروتون ) .4,5والكاربون والنتائج مبينة في الجدول ( طيف الكتلة ي الجزيئ لاليون واضح أمتصاص يظهر ) إذ3ل (الشككما موضح في ]l2h[تم قياس طيف الكتلة لليكاند المحضر )=375.4+m (لليكاند المقترحة الكيميائية والذي يتوافق مع الصيغة 50 %) بشدة نسبيةs4o3n21h18c ( . الطيف االلكتروني والتوصيلية الموالرية ) nm )268 (1-cm)37313 ] حـزمتي امتصاص االولى عندl2hالطيف االلـكـتـروني لليـكـانـد [ أظهر mmax(ε (1920=-و )330( 1-cm) 30303(nmد والثانية عن ε)cm1-=973) mmax.-1ة ــوالريـــية مــاصــتصــبام -1cm.1 هـذه االمتصاصات الى االنتقاالت االلكـتـرونية تعود *)π→π( ) و*π→n كما هو موضح في ]15[) على التوالي (269) ى عندــالقمة األول ظهرت ُشّخصت ست قمم، )5معقد الكوبالت شكل (ل عند مالحظة الطيف االلكتروني). 4الشكل ( nm 1-(37174) cm 1-.cm1-=915) mmax(ε(361) ، القمة الثانية عندnm 1-cm) 27700( 1-.cm1-=1921) mmax(ε إلى المجال الليكاندي مع ذه القمميعود أصل ه nm 1-(25641) cm 1-.cm1-=1604 ) mmax(ε (390) دعن القمة الثالثةو القمة . وهذا يؤيد حصول التناسق بين الليكاند وااليون الفلزي ممالحظة حصول إزاحة قليلة وتغير في شكل كل من القم إلى طيف نقل الشحنة يعود اصــل هــذه القمة nm 1-cm) 21978( 1-.cm1-=1240) mmax(ε (455)الرابعة ظهرت عند )c.t(عند سجلتمـة الخامسة ـ. الق nm)614( 1-cm)16286 (1-.cm1-=368) mmax(ε والقمة السادسة ظهرت عند (679)nm 1-(14727 ) cm 1-.cm1-=601) mmax(ε يعود أصل هاتين القمتين إلى االنتقاالت االلكترونية)d-d( نوع)f( 2t4→2a4 و)f( 1t4→2a4 سجلت التوصيلية الموالرية للمعقد المحضر اليون ]16[ واليعلى الت .co(ii) عند m 1–molar 2s.cm )75(مذيب ثنائي مثيل أوكسيد الكـبريت ) باستعمالdmso( جدولودرجة حرارة المختبر) -ومن هذه )2 . كما [17]) وتم اقتراح الشكل الهندسي (رباعي السطوح) حول االيون المركزي 1:2القيمة وجد ان المعقد الكتروليتي بنسبة ( ) . 2هو موضح في الشكل ( كشف الكلور وايجاد النسبة المولية ور راسب لمركب التناسقي لوحظ ظهللكشف عن ايونات الكلور الموجودة في ا )n(0.1أستعمل محلول نترات الفضة بتركيز ي النسبة المولية . تمت دراسة االيون المعقد طيفيا بتطبيق طريقت[18]ابيض اللون داللة على وجود الكلور خارج كرة التناسق ر د المحض ع الليكان ت م د الكوبال اب ]l2h[والتغيرات المستمرة للوصول الى الصيغة االكثر احتماال لمعق اد ن, وحس بة اتح س بة ( 455nmmaxλ= الفلز بالليكاند المحضر عند الطول الموجي االعظم ( ت النس و ]19[) 1:1) للمعقد المذكور إذ كان ا ه كم ) . 6موضح في الشكل ( زمن اتزان التركيز ألنظمة االمتزاز نايت في مدد زمنية على سطح البنتو معقد الكوبالتللوصول الى حالة اتزان التركيز في عملية امتزاز الزم دُرس الزمن ال رارة )min)120-15مختلفة يتراوح مداها ة ح د درج ت )c°)25عن ز ثاب دوتركي ائق )g/lm)70 للمعق م دق تعمال حج وباس . )60(min الزم للوصول الى اتزان التركيز هولاظهرت النتائج ان الزمن او) . m 75المادة المازة ( ايزوثيرمات االمتزاز تا ا جريت دراسة المتزاز معقد الكوبالت على سطح البنتوناي ن الم ين م ة ووزن مع ة مختلف ات حراري ي درج ازة,ف دة الم ي ال (ce)تراكيز االتزان المقابلة لكل قيمة من قيم (qe)حسبت السعة الوزنية للمادة الممتزة ين ف ا مب دول (كم م 6ج ا ت ) . كم و مو تزازعطي الشكل العام اليزوثيرمات االمأ إذ عند االتزان الممتزة مع التركيزرسم عالقة السعة الوزنية للمادة ح كما ه ض كل ( ي الش ح 7ف م يتض ن الرس وع ) . وم ن ن و م زاز ه ات االمت ام اليزوثيرم نمط الع ي م 1l (ان ال ة وف ورة عام ف ) بص ختل كل طبقة صورة افقية على السطح الماز لتش). وهذا يعني ان المادة الممتزة تتوزع بgilesدرجات الحرارة وفق تصنيف ( الكيمياء | 449 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ز .[20,21] امتزاز مفردة من نوع النكماير اير لالمت دلش والنكم ادلتي فرين ى مع ة عل ات التجريبي ائج ازطبقت البيان ت النت دل ) .8في الشكل () كما مبين ec) مقابل قيم (eq/ecالنكماير لوجود عالقة خطية بين قيم ( الى انطباق معادلة لعوامل المؤثرة في عملية االمتزازا )c -10°ضمن المدى سطح البنتونايت عند درجات حرارية مختلفة د فيمعقالمتزاز الدراسة تأثير درجة الحرارة تمت ة δg ,δh , δs( ةقيم الدوال الثرموديناميكيومن خاللها تم حساب وبتراكيز متدرجة (50 ) ألهمية هذه الدوال في فهم عملي ة موجبة ممامة على سطح البنتونايت قي (h) ة المحتوى الحراريان قيم. نالحظ االمتزاز زاز ماص يدل على ان عملية االمت تدل على ان االمتزاز (g)السالبة للتغير في الطاقة الحرة ة. اما القيم[22]اي يزداد االمتزاز بزيادة درجة الحرارة للحرارة ه (s)الموجبة لالنتروبي ةوالقيم (spontaneous)تلقائي ي ان طح تعن ى الس زة عل ادة الممت ة الم التي تكون مترافقة مع كمي مكلما زاد تركيز الجزيئات على السطح ازدادت احتماليات الترتيب لها طح ومن ث ى الس ودة عل ات الموج وائية الجزيئ ان عش ف ة ادرس امتزاز معقد الكوب. كما [23] سوف تزداد وحظ لت على سطح البنتونايت في دوال حامضية مختلف ادة إذ ل ة الم ان كمي زداد م ت ي ث ط الحامض ي الممتزة تكون واطئة في الوس ط ف دي الوس ي القاع تقر ف ر مس ون غي د يك ى ان المعق ود ال د يع ذا ق وه زازه . لذلكان المعقد يميل الى التجزء و ي القوي ايالحامضوسط ال ة امت ط تقل كمي ي الوس دف تقرارية المعق زداد اس دي ت القاع كل ( [24]تشبع للسطح) اي حدوثتزداد كمية امتزازه ( لذلكو ي الش ادة 9كما موضح ف اثير وزن الم ة ت الل دراس ن خ ) . وم وحظ زاز ل ة االمت ي عملي زاز المازة ف ر لالمت ع اكث وفير مواق ى ت ل عل از تعم طح الم ة الس ادة كمي كل (ان زي ي الش ا ف ) 10كم زازخيرا . وا [25] ة االمت ي عملي ائج تم دراسة تأثير حجم دقائق المادة المازة (المساحة السطحية) ف ت النت ة إذ بين ان كمي نقص م ازةاالمتزاز بزيادة حج ادة الم ائق الم ي دق م الحبيب ان الحج از بنقص طح الم طحية للس احة الس زداد المس ه ت ى ان ود ال ذي يع ال اي زيادة عدد لدقائقه . [26]) 11ة على السطح مما يؤدي الى زيادة السعة الوزنية لالمتزاز وكما موضح في الشكل (المواقع الفعال المصادر 1. wiley, j. and sons, "the chemistry of enamines ".(1994), part1.new york. 2. shekhar, a. and pathak, d.d. (2011), zeolite (zsm-5) as a highly efficient and heterogeneous catalyst for the synthesis of β -enaminones and β -enamino esters, ejournal of chemistry, 8(4), p1632. 3. gupta, n. kushwaha, a. k. and chattopadhyaya, m.c. (2011),"adsorption of cobalt(ii) from aqueous solution onto hydroxyapatite / zeolite composite" , adv. mat. lett , 2(4), 309-312. 4. al-khalisy, r. s. ; al-haidary, a. a. and al-dujaili, a.h. (2010), "aqueous phase adsorption of cephalexin on to bentonite and activated carbon, separation" , science and technology, 45 (9),1286-1294 5. kalmykova, y.; strömvall, a. and steenari, b. (2008), " adsorption of cd, cu, ni, pb and zn on sphagnum peat from solutions with low metal concentrations" journal of hazardous materials,152,885-891. 6. yaseen, h.m. (2007), "adsorption of cobalt (ii) ion from its aqueous solutions on selected iraqi clay surfaces" m.sc.thesis, university of baghdad college of education ibn, al-haitham. الكيمياء | 450 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 7. numan , a.t. ; al-taweel, h.h.; atiyah,e.m.,(2015),"synthesis and characterization of some biologically active transition metal complexes for a ligand derived from dimedone with mixed ligands" , j.the college of basic education, 21(88), 1-12. 8. ivanov, i.and nikolova, s.(2008),"synthesis of ew β-enaminones of isoquinolines with 5,5dimethylcyclohexanedione",molbank, m 565. 9. sharma, s. ; sharma, n. b.; jain and malik, s. (2014) ,"complexation of ni and vo metals with bidentate schiff base derived from sulfamethoxazole drug" ,pelagia research library der chemica sinica, 5(5):61-66 10. el-nawawy, m.a.; farag, r.s. and sabbah, i.a. (2011), "synthesis, spectroscopic, thermal studies and biological activity of a new sulfamethoxazole schiff base and its copper complexes", international gournal pharmaceutical sciences , 2(12),3143-3148. 11. jain ,b.;malik, s.; sharma, n. and sharma, dr.s. (2013), "synthesis, characterization and antibacterial studies of co(ii) and fe(ii) complexes with sulfamethoxazole schiff base",asian journal of biochemical and pharmaceutical research,3,152-158 . 12. kindeel, a.s.; dawood, i.j. and aziz, m.r. (2013), j. baghdad for sci., 10(2), 396. 13. telia, a.c. and obaleye , (2010); j.a j. chem., 2(1),11-26. 14. halli, m.b.; patil, v.b.; sumathi r.b. and mallikarjun, k. (2012),"synthesis, characterization and biological activity of mixed ligand metal (ii) complexes derived from benzofuran-2-carbohydrazide schiff base and malonyldihydrazide", dev pharma chemica,4(6), 2360-2367. 15. anuradha,k. and rajarel,r.,(2011),internatiol journal of pharmacy & technology, 2,2217. 16. pathak, p.;jolly, s.v. and shama, p.k. 2000, orient. j. chem,16, 493. 17. lever, a.b.p. (1984) "inorganic electronic spectroscopy" 2nd ed., new york,. 18. geary, j. w., coord, j, (1971) chem. rev. 7, 81-122. .175-174), "التحليل الكيميائي االلي" , جامعة بغداد , 1992الحيدري, عبد المحسن عبد الحميد,( .19 20. osick, j. and copper, l.i. (1982), "adsorption", john wiley and sons, inc., new york, p: 126. 21. giles, c. h. and smith, d. (1974), "a general treatment and classification of the solute adsorption isotherm", j. colloid and interface science 47 (3), 755-765. 22. aljlil ,s.a.; alsewailem f. d. , (2014), "adsorption of cu & ni on bentonite clay from waste water" , athens journal of natural & formal sciences , 1(1), 21-30. الكيمياء | 451 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 23. kapoor, k.l.(1994),"a text book of physical chemistry",macmillan india limited, india,: 449-481 24. melichová, z.; hromada , l.; luptáková , a.( 2014), "removal of pb2+ ions from aqueous solutions by slovak bentonites" , rev. roum. chim., 59(3-4), 165-171 . 25. entezari, m. h. and bastami, t.r. (2006) "sono-sorption as a new method for the removal of lead ion from aqueous solution", journal of hazardous materials, mashhad, iran, 959-964. 26. gao,y.; wahi, r.; kan,t.a.; falkner, c.j.; colvin, l.v. and tomson, m. b. (2004), "adsorption of cadmium on anatase nano particleseffect of crystal size and ph", texas, america, 9585-9593. ]l2h[بعض الخواص الفيزيائية لليكاند :)1جدول ( m.p= melting point بعض الخواص الفيزيائية وقياس محتوى الكلور والتوصيلية الموالرية لمعقد الكوبالت :)2جدول ( empirical formula color m.p c m found (calc)% cl % found calc)%( yield % m s.cm2 molar–1 [co(h2l)(h2o)2]cl2 dark green 84 9.43 (10.05) 11.23 (12.11) 80 75 m.p= melting point calc=calculated cm-1بوحدة co(ii)ومعقد الكوبالت ]l2h[قيم طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء لليكاند :)3جدول ( compound (oh2) water (s-nh) (c-nh) (c=n) ( c=o) as(s=o) s(s=o) (co–n) (co–o) [h2l] _ 3302 3205 1612 1571 1363 1137 _ _ [co(h2l)(h2o)2]cl2 3354 3305 3207 1631 1571 1325 1157 551 493 460 432 compound empirical formula m.wt yield % m.p c color [h2l] c18h21n3o4s 375.4 82.3 90 orange الكيمياء | 452 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 6d-dmsoفي مذيب ]l2h[لليكاند nmr-h1قيم طيف :) 4جدول ( compound functional groups  (ppm) [h2l] c13-nh [enamine group] (11.1) (1h, s) s-nh group (9.12) (1h, s) ar-h (c8,c12) (7.7) (2h, m) ar-h (c9,c11) (6.5) (2h, m) c4 for ch group (6.1) (1h, s) c14 for ch group (5.1) (1h, s) c18 for ch2 group (3.3) (2h, m) dmso solvent (2.4) c16 for ch2 group (2.3) (2h, m) c6 for ch3 group (2.2) (3h, m) c19,c20 for ch3 groups (0.9) (6h, m) s =single, m=multiple 6d-dmsoفي مذيب ]l2h[لليكاند nmr-c13قيم طيف :)5جدول ( compound functional groups  (ppm) [h2l] c=odi for aliphatic ring 200 c5 for c-o group 159.7 c3 for c=n group 154.8 c10 for aromatic ring 145.7 c13 for c-nh group 134.6 c8 ,c12 for aromatic ring 130.4 c7 for aromatic ring 129.9 c11 ,c9 for aromatic ring 122.7 c14 for ch group 114.1 c4 for ch group 96.9 c16 for ch2 group 51.6 c18 for ch2 group 43.6 dmso solvent 40.8 c17 for ch2 group 33.7 c19, c20 for ch3 groups 29.3 c6 for ch3 group 13.6 الكيمياء | 453 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 دلة النكمايرعند تطبيق معا سطح البنتونايت بدرجات حرارية مختلفة علىمعقد الكوبالت القيم الخاصة بامتزاز :)6جدول ( co (mg/l ) 10c 25c 37.5c 50c ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g ) ce/qe (g/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g ) ce/qe (g/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g ) ce/qe (g/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g ) ce/qe (g/l) 10 3.4091 0.329 5 10.3462 8 0.0785 0.496 1 0.15823 4 0.6983 0.465 1 1.50139 8 1.0289 0.448 6 2.29358 20 7.8306 0.6084 12.8708 1 2.0289 0.898 5 2.25809 7 5.1198 0.744 9 6.87313 7 5.946 0.702 7 8.46164 8 30 12.823 3 0.858 8 14.9316 5 6.0455 1.197 7 5.04759 1 8.7562 1.062 2 8.24345 7 10.151 2 0.981 9 10.3383 2 40 18.119 8 1.094 16.5628 9 10.723 1 1.463 8 7.32552 3 13.095 1.345 3 9.73388 8 15.698 1.215 1 12.9191 50 24.285 1 1.285 7 18.8886 2 15.227 1.738 6 8.75819 6 18.690 1 1.565 4 11.9395 21.731 4 1.413 4 15.3752 7 60 30.426 1.478 7 20.5761 8 21.005 1 1.949 7 10.7735 24.557 8 1.772 1 13.8580 2 27.438 8 1.628 1 16.8532 6 70 36.485 1.675 8 21.7716 9 27.293 4 2.135 3 12.782 30.202 5 1.989 9 15.1779 35.037 1.748 2 20.0417 6 سطح البنتونايتعلى co(ii)معقد الكوبالت الثرموديناميكية المتزاز القيم) 7جدول ( 2]cl2o)2l)(h2[co(h g (kj.mol–1 ) h (kj.mol–1 ) s (j.mol–1.k–1) -8.7227 + 2.3559 39.1471 -10.2541 42.3154 -10.3499 40.9204 -10.3335 39.2860 ]l2h [التركيب الكيميائي لليكاند المحضر :)1شكل ( التركيب الكيميائي لمعقد الكوبالت المحضر :)2شكل ( 2]cl2o)2l) (h2[co(h الكيمياء | 454 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ]l2h[طيف الكتلة لليكاند :)3شكل ( ]l2h[الطيف االلكتروني لليكاند :)4شكل ( الكيمياء | 455 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المحضر co(ii)الطيف االلكتروني لمعقد الكوبالت :)5شكل ( مع الليكاند المحضر co(ii)منحني النسبة المولية لمعقد الكوبالت :) 6شكل ( على سطح البنتونايتco(ii) ايزوثيرمات االمتزاز لمعقد الكوبالت :)7شكل ( عند درجات حرارية مختلفة الكيمياء | 456 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 co(ii)الصورة الخطية اليزوثيرم النكماير المتزاز معقد الكوبالت :)8شكل ( على سطح البنتونايت عند درجات حرارية مختلفة على co(ii) تاثير الدالة الحامضية في سعة امتزاز معقد الكوبالت :)9شكل ( 25cسطح البنتونايت عند درجة حرارة 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 q e (m g /g ) ph الكيمياء | 457 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 على co(ii) تاثير وزن المادة المازة في سعة امتزاز معقد الكوبالت :) 10شكل ( 25cسطح البنتونايت عند درجة حرارة co(ii)تاثير حجم دقائق المادة المازة في سعة امتزاز معقد الكوبالت :) 11شكل ( 25cعلى سطح البنتونايت عند درجة حرارة 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 q e  ( m g /g ) adsorbent weight (g) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 q e  ( m g /g ) partical size (µm) الكيمياء | 458 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis, spectroscopic and adsorption studies of cobalt (ii) complex for a ligand β-enaminone derived from sulfamethoxazole ahmed t. numan sahira s. abd-ulrazzaq farah a. dawood dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 21/october/2015, accepted in: 22/november/2015 abstract this paper concerns is the preparation and characterization of a bidentate ligand [4-(5,5dimethyl-3-oxocyclohex-1-enylamino)-n-(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide]. the ligand was prepared from fusing of sulfamethoxazole and dimedone at (140) ºc for half hour. the complex was prepared by refluxing the ligand with a bivalent cobalt ion using ethanol as a solvent. the prepared ligand and complex were identified using spectroscopic methods. the proposed tetrahedral geometry around the metal ions studied were concluded from these measurements. both molar ratio and continuous variation method were studied to determine metal to ligand ratio (m:l). the m to l ratio was found to be (1:1). the adsorption of cobalt complex was carried out using bentonite as adsorbent. the optimization of the adsorption conditions were studied as a function of contact time , temperature , ph , adsorbent weight and particle size. the results revealed that the time needed to reach concentration equilibrium was 60 min for cobalt complex. while the trend of the adsorption isotherm was l1 type according to giles classification . thermodynamic functions (δh, δg, and δs) were calculated. keywords: sulfamethoxazole , dimedone , cobalt complex , adsorption , bentonite microsoft word 107-114   107 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       some aspects of weighted rayleigh distribution article history: received 3 june 2019, accepted 15 july 2019, published in april 2020. abstract in this paper, we proposed a new class of weighted rayleigh distribution based on two parameters, scale and shape parameters which are introduced in rayleigh distribution. the main properties of this class are investigated and derived. keywords: weighted rayleigh distribution, quintile function skew-ness, and kurtosis. 1. introduction the rayleigh distribution is an important distribution as a lifetime sample modeling. many researchers developed various generalizations of rayleigh probability density functions to increase the flexibility in life time sample modeling [1]. introduced a new class of density functions depending on shape parameter in the normal distribution, and then called it weighted normal distribution or (skew-normal distribution). [2]. used the idea of azzalini to find the shape parameter to an exponential distribution and called it weighted exponential distribution, as well as put the general mathematical formula to treat the weighted statistical distributions which are as follow: 𝑓 𝑋 1 𝑃𝑟 𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 𝐹 𝜃 𝑥 (1) where 𝑓 𝑋 is weighted probability density function. 𝑓 𝑥 isstandard probability density function for 𝑟. 𝑣 𝑥 . 𝑓 𝜃𝑥 iscumulative distribution function with respect to weighted parameter 𝜃 for standard distribution. 𝑃 𝑥 𝜃𝑥 probability for 𝑟. 𝑣 𝑥 with respect to the 𝑟. 𝑣 𝑥 and weighted function 𝜃 . [3]. study weighed weibull distribution by using the idea of azzalini, and introduce the basic properties for this model. [4]. study the skew-ness parameter of a gamma distribution by employing the idea of azzalini, which creates a new class of weighed gamma distribution. [5]. propose the extension of weibull distribution weighted and (the main derived) main ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2431 iden hassan hussein department of mathematics, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq  iden_alkanani@yahoo.com ssadadnan.2019@gmail.com department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. saad a. zain    108 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 properties of this class are derived [6]. estimate linley’s approximation method for weighted exponential distribution by using monte carlo simulation study. [7]. introduce two shape parameters to the existing weighted exponential distribution to develop the beta weighted exponential distribution using the legit of beta function.[8]. propose model named exponentiated weighted exponential distribution and some of the basic statistical properties of the proposed model are studied and provided. [9]. focus on bayes estimation of weighed exponential distribution with fuzzy data. [10]. derive two parameters inverted weighted exponential distribution and its various statistical properties are established. [11]. present a new generalization weighted weibull distribution.the aim of this paper is to propose a new weighted rayleigh distribution depending on the idea of azzalini and apply the general formula of gupta and kundu in equation (1) to find the skew ness parameter in rayleigh density function, then study some basic statistical properties of this distribution. the rest of this article is organized as follows: we include in section two the weighted rayleigh distribution with application, cumulative distribution function, reliability function and hazard function. in section three, the moment, mean, and variance. in section four, the moment generating functions. in section five, the factorial moment generating function, skew ness kurtosis, and characteristic-function and in section six, the quintile function, mode and median. 2. weighted rayleigh distribution in this section, we introduce of the probability density function and the cumulative distribution function of weighted rayleigh distribution (wrd). lemma (1) suppose that 𝑥 and 𝑥 are random sample of size two of rayleigh distribution with parameter 𝜃, then the 𝑝𝑟 𝛼𝑥 𝑥 where is weighted rayleigh distribution. proof: 𝑝𝑟 𝛼𝑥 𝑥 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼𝑥 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 °° 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 ° 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 ° 𝑑𝑥 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 ° 𝑒 ° 𝑑𝑥 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼 𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 ° 1 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼 𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 ° 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 °   109 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼 𝑥 1 1 𝛼 1 𝜃𝑥 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 ° 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼 𝑥 1 1 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝛼 1 1 𝑝𝑟 𝑥 𝛼𝑥 1 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝛼 1 𝛼 then the proposed new weighted rayleigh distribution is defined as follows: 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 1 𝑒 2 now, proving that the weighted rayleigh distribution is probability density function as follows: 𝜃 𝑥𝑒 ° 1 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 1 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝜃𝑥𝑒 ° 𝑑𝑥 𝜃𝑥𝑒 ° 𝑑𝑥 𝛼 1 𝛼 1 1 𝛼 1 𝛼 1 𝛼 ∗ 𝛼 𝛼 1 1 lemma (2) the cumulative distribution function of weighted rayleigh distribution is as follows: proof: 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃 𝑃𝑟 𝑋 𝑥 𝑓 𝑢 𝑑𝑢 ° 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃 𝜃 𝑢𝑒 1 𝑒 𝑑𝑢 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝛼 1 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝛼 𝑒 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃 1 (3) the reliability and hazard functions are as follows: 𝑅 𝑥 1 𝐹 𝑥 𝑅 𝑥 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑒 𝛼 4 ℎ 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 𝑅 𝑥   110 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 ℎ 𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝛼 1 1 𝑒 𝛼 1 𝑒 ө 5 3. moment method now, we derived the moment a bout zero, then we find the mean and the variance of the weighted rayleigh distribution which is as follows: 𝐸 𝑋 𝑥 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 1 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 𝐸 𝑋 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝑥 𝜃𝑒 𝑑𝑥 𝑥 𝜃𝑒 𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑦 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝑦 , 𝑑𝑥 √ 𝑑𝑦 𝑙𝑡 𝑢 𝑥 𝛼 1 , 𝑥 𝑢 , 𝑑𝑥 √ 𝑑𝑢 𝐸 𝑥 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝑦 θ 𝑒 2 𝜃 1 2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 𝑢 θ 𝑒 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 1 2 √𝑢 𝑑𝑢 𝐸 𝑋 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝑦 2 𝜃 𝑦 θ 𝑒 2 𝜃 1 2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 𝑢 𝑢 θ 𝑒 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 1 2 𝑢 𝑑𝑢 𝐸 𝑋 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 2 𝜃 𝑦 θ 𝑒 1 2 𝑑𝑦 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 2 𝛳 𝛼 1 𝑢 θ 𝑒 1 2 𝑑𝑢 𝐸 𝑋 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝛤 𝑟 2 1 2 ө 1 𝛼 1 𝛤 𝑟 2 1 𝐸 𝑋 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝛤 𝑟 2 1 1 1 𝛼 1 6 when 𝑟 1 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐸 𝑋 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 γ 3 2 1 1 𝛼 1   111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 e(x) √𝜋 1 e(x) 1 7 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑟 2 , then 𝐸 𝑋 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝛤 2 1 1 𝛼 1 𝐸 𝑋 2 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 8 the variance: 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝑋 𝐸 𝑋 𝐸 𝑋 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝑋 2 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝛼 1 𝛼 1 ∝ 𝜋 2𝜃 1 1 𝛼 1 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝑋 (9) 4-the moment generated function we derived the moment generating function for weighted rayleigh distribution which is as follows: 𝑚. 𝑔. 𝑓. 𝐸 𝑒 𝑒 ° 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 by using taylor series: 𝐸 𝑒 1 𝑡𝑥 1! 𝑡𝑥 2! 𝑡𝑥 3! ⋯ 𝑡𝑥 𝑟! ° 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑚. 𝑔. 𝑓 𝑡 𝑟! 𝐸 𝑥 𝑚. 𝑔. 𝑓 𝑡 𝑟! 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝛳 γ 𝑟 2 1 1 1 𝛼 1 𝑚. 𝑔. 𝑓 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝑡 𝑟! 2 𝛳 γ 𝑟 2 1 1 1 𝛼 1 10 5factorial moment generating function: 𝑀 𝑡 𝐸 𝑡 𝑡 ° 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑀 𝑡 𝑒ℓ 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 °   112 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝑀 𝑡 1 𝑥 ℓ𝑛𝑡 𝑥 ℓ𝑛𝑡 2! ⋯ 𝑥 ℓ𝑛𝑡 𝑟! ⋯ . . … ° 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑀 𝑡 ℓ𝑛𝑡 𝑟! 𝐸 𝑥 𝑀 𝑡 𝛼 1 𝛼 ℓ𝑛𝑡 𝑟! 2 𝜃 𝛤 𝑟 2 1 1 1 𝛼 1 11 then the coefficient of skew ness of this distribution is as follows: 𝐶. 𝑆 , 𝑀 𝐸 𝑋 𝐸 𝑋 3, 𝑀 𝐸 𝑋 𝐸 𝑋 𝐶. 𝑆= , , =1 (12) 𝐶. 𝐾 13 the characteristic function of this distribution is as follow: 𝑄 𝑡 𝐸 𝑒 𝑒 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 ° 𝑄 𝑡 1 𝑖𝑡𝑥 𝑖𝑡 𝑥 2! ⋯ 𝑖𝑡 𝑥 𝑟! 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 ° 𝑄 𝑡 𝑖𝑡 𝑟! 𝐸 𝑋 𝑄 𝑡 𝑖𝑡 𝑟! 𝛼 1 𝛼 2 𝜃 𝛤 𝑟 2 1 1 1 𝛼 1 𝑄 𝑡 𝛼 1 𝛼 𝑖𝑡 𝑟! 2 𝜃 𝛤 𝑟 2 1 1 1 𝛼 1 14 6-quintile function the quintile of this distribution is denoted by 𝑥 𝐹 𝑣 , v= 𝐹 𝑥 : 𝐹 𝑥 1 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑒 𝛼 𝑉 1 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑒 𝛼   113 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝑒 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝛼 1 𝑣 0 15 the equation (15) is difficult to solve, and then, to solve it is by using the numerical methods after compensation the estimate of 𝜃, 𝛼 in it. to find the mode of this distribution we apply 𝑓′ 𝑥 0 which is as follows: 𝐿𝑒𝑡 𝐾 𝛼 1 𝛼 ℓ𝑛𝑓 𝑥 ℓ𝑛 𝐾 ℓ𝑛𝜃 ℓ𝑛 𝑥 𝑥 ℓ𝑛 1 𝑒 𝑑ℓ𝑛𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝜃𝑥𝛼 𝑒 1 𝑒 𝑑ℓ𝑛𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 0 , 1 𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝜃𝑥𝛼 𝑒 1 𝑒 0 𝑒 1 𝜃𝑥 𝜃𝑥 𝛼 1 𝜃𝑥 0 16 the equation (16) can be solved using numerical methods because it very difficult. to find the median of this distribution, we apply 𝐹 𝑥 which is as follows: 𝐹 𝑥 1 2 1 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑒 𝛼 1 2 𝑒 𝛼 1 𝑒 0.5𝛼 0 17 the equation (17) solves it by using numerical methods. conclusion weighted distributions are employed mostly in study of reliability, bio-medicine, metaanalysis, econometrics, survival analysis, renewal processes, physics, ecology and branching processes. a weighted model based on the rayleigh distribution is proposed in this work and the statistical properties of this model are presented. some non-bayesian and bayesian methods may be used to estimate the parameter of proposed model in the future work. furthermore, the proposed model may be employed for a real data depending on accurate goodness-of-fit test acknowledgments we would like to thank the referee for valuable and constructive comments which significantly improved the paper. references 1. azzalini, a. a class of distributions, which includes. the normal ones, board of the foundation of the scandinavian journal of statistics.1985, 12, 2,171-178. 2. gupta, r.d.; kundu, d. a new class of weighted exponential distributions. statistics.2009, 43, 6, pp.621-634. 3. shahbaz, s.; shahbaz, m.q.; butt, n.s. a class of weighted weibull distribution. pak. j. stat. oper. res.2010, 6, 1, 53-59.   114 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 4. ramadan, mervat, mahdy. a class of weighed gamma distributions its properties, economic quality control.2010 , 26 , 2, 133-144. 5. essam, a.a.; mohamed, a.h. a weighted three-parameter weibull distribution. j. applied sci. res.2013, 9, 6627-6635. 6. farahani, z.s.m.; khorram, e. bayesian statistical inference for weighted exponential distribution. communications in statistics-simulation and computation.2014, 43, 6, 1362-1384. 7. badmus, n.i.; bamiduro. t. adebayo, animasaun.a monsuru,and akingbade.a akkeem,the beta weighted exponential distribution. theory and application, international journal of mathematical analysis and optimization. 55-66. 8. oguntunde, p.e. on the exponentiated weighted exponential distribution and its basic statistical properties. psci publication.2015, 10, 3, 160-167. 9. al-noor, n.h.; hussein, l.k. weighted exponential distribution: approximate bayes estimations with fuzzy data. al-nahrain journal of science.2018, 1, 174-185. 10. jabber, a.k.; tawfiq, l.n.m. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 1,  151163. 11. salman, abbes.; et.al a new generalized weightd weibull distribution, pakistan journal of statistics and operation research.2019, 15, 1,161178. 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد كلورید الصودیوم في الحیوان القشريلالتأثیر الحاد acanthocyclops bicuspidatus (claus) copepoda:cyclopoida)( صادق شلیر عبد الرزاق، صباح فرج باصات جامعة بغداد ،ھیثم ابن ال -كلیة التربیة، قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة إناثفي naclتراكیز مختلفة من كلورید الصودیوم لالتعرض الحاد البحث تأثیر تناول acanthocyclops bicuspidaوذكور tus األقدامصنف مجذافیة cop ep oda ، رتبةcy clop oida . قیم أیجادتم ي lc50 بلغ قیم lc0.والتركیز االمین lc100دد والتركیز الممیت لكل الع lc50التركیز الممیت لنصف العدد ف ى جزء بااللف 2.29 ، جزء بااللف 2.75 ، جزء بااللف 3.80ساعة 24,48,72التعریض مدد ذكورالنوع خالل عل ي جزءبااللف 1.77 ، جزء بااللف 2.18و جزء بااللف 2.45 اإلناثفي lc50في حین كانت قیم ، التوالي على التوال ع وإناثفي ذكور lc100قیم أما، للملوحة مقارنة بالذكور اإلناثلتعریض نفسھا مما یدل على تحسس ا مددخالل النو ي حین بلغت قیم ، على التوالي ،جزء بااللف 4و جزء بااللف 5بلغت فساعة من التعریض 24خالل ر lc0ف في الذكو .ساعة من التعریض 24خالل جزء بااللف 1 واإلناث المقدمة ر یمتلك العراق مساحة مائیة واسعة تضم نھري دجلة والفرات وروافدھما فضال عن البحیرات واالھوا ادت مشكلة أرتفاع وخالل العقود الثالثة االخیرة، والخزانات راف االیونات ازد وحة في المیاه العراقیة بسبب انج المل المطار والفیضانات المختلفة الموجودة في التربة عند الغسل المستمر ل ة مع ھا في أثناء ا ارتفاع درجات الحرارة وزیادة نسب السدود في كل من تركیا وسوریا ونقص إلنشاءقلة تصاریف المیاه العذبة الواصلة للقطر نتیجة فضال عن، ]1[التبخر .]2[المناسیب وقلة االمطار م 0.59-0.2الملوحة في نھر دجلة بین تسجل سابقة في دراسة ل 1993لترعام /غ في المنطقة مابین الموص ت في خمس محطات 1993لترعام /غم 0.81-0.31سجل الملوحة في نھر الفرات مابین 4] [أما في دراسة . [3] والكو وحة في نھري دجلة والفرات عام ، قبل وبعد سد القادسیة ر /غم 0.8-0.73مابین 2002-2001في حین بلغ تركیز المل لت رات الى لتر بالنسبة /غم 1.04-0.69نھر دجلة ومابین الى بالنسبة .]2[نھر الف تحمل الممیت فيالمالح مثل ا المختلفةدراسة تأثیر العوامل البیئیة ن إ د ال د حدو او lethalاألحیاء ضروریة لتحدی ئة یؤ بتأثیرات الفضالت السامة في البللتنب toxicity testsتستخدم اختبارات السمیة إذ ،sub lethal [5]تحت الممیت الدراسات تأثیر أظھرتو ،[6] المائیة تجاه الملوثات السامة في مختلف ظروف االختبار األنواعقارنة حساسیة ومالمائیة ة الھائمات ذو عالقة ألنواعالعدد الكلي نأوجد إذ ،تركیب مجتمعات الھائمات الحیوانیة في البیئة المائیة فيالملوحة عكسی ع أنواعفي احد naclلذا تناول ھذا البحث دراسة التأثیرات الحادة لملح الطعام . [7] مع الملوحة ھذه الھائمات وھو النو a. bicuspidatus ذافیة نف مج داممن ص cyرتبة األق clop ida ه العراقیةاالمتو األنواعمن دالذي یع ي فرة في المیا والذ وحة دف البحث الىیھإذ ،[8] یقطن المیاه العذبة ب فيدراسة تأثیر المل طحال الھائمات الحیوانیة ذا الموقع الوسط بین ال الثروة فيمن جانب والالفقریات الكبیرة واالسماك من جانب اخر وما سیؤدي التأثیر السالب من تأثیرغیر مباشر ) المنتجة( الكبر حجما ساالسمكیة في المیاه العراقیة والن الھائمات الحیوانیة اكثر تحس .لتغیر العوامل من الحیوانات ا المواد وطرائق العمل بحیرة االصطناعیة السیاحیة في الجادریة المیاه جمعت عینات ة ( بغداد/ وسط غرب جامعة بغدادمن ال میاھھا عذب ىإ المیاه نقلت عینات. باستخدام شبكة الھائمات الحیوانیة، )م3-2عمقھا ، مصدرھا من نھر دجلة ت ل مختبر ومن ثم شخص ال تم تكوین مزرعة . ]10[و 9] [باستعمال مجھر مركب وباستخدام مفاتیح التصنیف a. bicuspidatusافراد النوع فسھ النوع إلىالبیوض والعائدة ألكیاسالحاملة اإلناثمختبریة نقیة بعد عزل ي أنبوبفي أنثىكل وضعت حیث، ن بالستیك ي قطعة من شبكة الھائمات الحیوانیة لعزل الیرقات عن مفتوح الطرفین مثبت في طر بومن ثم تعلیق اإلناثفھ السفل األنبو ي األنبوبنقل وبعد طرح الحضنة ، منزوع الكلور ماءمل 50 مل حاوي على 100ھ تداخل وعاء زجاجي سع الحاو رادم تزوید الغذاء ت .]11[الیرقات في الوعاء نفسھ لمتابعة نموھا إبقاءوعاء آخر مع إلى لإلناث ي ألف المزرعة وبشكل یوم وأطوار adultالبالغة ألفرادالى ا ساعة بالنسبة 24بعمر اقل من .artemia spوالمؤلف من یرقات الحیوان القشري ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد cop ep odid دم المتقدمة في حین استخparamecium ًء naupللیرقات غذا lii ر cop وأطوا ep odid المبكرة . .مº 1± 25عند درجة حرارة incubatorفي حاضنة األحجامزجاجیة مختلفة أوعیةالمزرعة في أفرادوضعت یوم المصنع من شركة عملاست ح كلورید الصود ھ 500زنة bdh chemical ltd poole englandمل غم ل ل تجربة%. 99.9ان فاعلیة ذوب ل مشبعة من كلورید الصودیوم عند ك ومن ثم تخفیفھا بأضافة ماء مقطر، حضر محالی salinity وبأستخدام جھاز قیاس الملوحة m eter نوعlf330 ز مع التحریك المستمر حتى الوصول الى التركی .المطلوب 3 و جزءبااللف 2و جزءبااللف 1و ءبااللفجز 0.5 كاألتيفي تجارب التعرض الحاد كانت عملھالتراكیز المست 10و جزءبااللف 9و جزءبااللف 8 و جزءبااللف 7 و جزءبااللف 6 و جزءبااللف 5و جزءبااللف 4وجزءبااللف .جزءبااللف بعمر یوم واحد ولكل تركیز مستعمل وبواقع خمسة مكررات تضم كل منھا ست ) ذكور وإناث(فرد 30استخدم ا، الغذاء المستعمل إلىمجموعة السیطرة التي وضع كل أفرادھا في ماء مقطر باإلضافة إلىضافة حیوانات بالغة باإل إم ملحیة فوضعت كل ست أفراد في وعاء زجاجي یحوي إلىالحیوانات المعرضة ي 100التراكیز ال مل من التركیز الملح ساعة ضوء و 14لمدة ةمع أضاء مº 1± 25ة بدرجة حرارة حاضنوضعت حیوانات التجربة في . المستخدم مع الغذاء وسط المائي یومیاً 10 :قیم كل من أذ وجدت ساعات ظالم مع تبدیل ال . ]12[في أعتمادا على الطریقة المذكورة lc50التركیز الممیت لنصف العدد -1 . lc100التركیز الممیت لكل العدد -2 . lc0التركیز االمین -3 التحلیل اإلحصائي ( spssطة نظام اسوب (anova)التباین األحاديباستخدام اختبار إحصائیالنتائج تم تحلیل ا (mult iple comparison 0.05عند مستوى احتمالیة < .p النتائج والمناقشة للملوحة كانت a. bicuspidatus ة من تعریض ذكور النوعــــــــساع 24 خالل lc50قیم اننتائج أظھرت ال 2.75ساعة من التعریض 48في حین بلغت خالل ، )4شكل ( جزء بااللف 2.45في االناث و )1شكل ( فجزء باالل 3.80 ساعة من التعریض بلغت قیم72وخالل ، )5شكل ( جزء بااللف 2.18 في االناثو )2شكل (في الذكور جزء بااللف lc50 6شكل ( اللفجزء با 1.77 اإلناث في في حین بلغت )3شكل ( جزء بااللف 2.29في الذكور.( ك للذكور مما یدل على أوطأكانت الثالث المددفي لإلناث lc50وجد من خالل النتائج ان قیم اإلناث انمن تل ز في calanoida واناثاالختالفات بین ذكور إن إلى ]13[ أشاراقل تحمالً للملوحة وفي ھذا المجال مقاومتھا للتراكی اكبر مقارنة اإلناثتكون المساحة السطحیة المعرضة للملوحة في أذ، الفرق في الحجم إلىالملحیة المعرضة لھا قد یعود وحة ، ببطء فعالیتھا الحركیة مقارنة بالذكور اإلناثتمتاز أخرىبالذكور من جھة من أكثر اإلناث فيلذا قد یكون تأثیر المل من رتبة tisba holothuriaeالنوع ذكور إن الذي وجد ]14[جاءت ھذه النتائج متوافقة مع نتائج دراسة . الذكور harp acticoida ملحیة والمعرضة لھا مقارنة ر إن إلى ]15[ أشارفي حین ، باإلناثاكثر مقاومة للتراكیز ال ذكو bockella hamata وحة أكثر 1438لتر و /ملغم 1610ساعة 96وذكور النوع خالل إلناث lc50بلغ أذ ،تحسساً للمل ع 96خالل lc50 إن ]16[في حین بین ، التوالي عند تعریضھم لتراكیز مختلفة من الملوحة لتر على/ملغم ساعة للنو eurytemora affinis م 0.5بلغ من القیمة المسجلة في الدراسة الحالیة /ملغ ة ، لتر وھو اقل راس ة نتائج الد من خالل مقارن م نخفاض قی س واإلناثالذكور لكل من lc50الحالیة والدراسات السابقة نجد ا ل على تحس راكیز الملحیة التي تد بزیادة الت a. bicuspidatus ملوحة لكونھ یقطن المیاه العذبة دة ]17[ أشارإذ . لل الى ان حدود تحمل احیاء المیاه العذبة تكون محدو ى اخت إلى أعالهفي الدراسات المذكورة lc50المیاه المالحة ویعود اختالف قیم بإحیاءمقارنة الف ظروف االختبار وال تظھر مستویات تحمل مختلفة من ثمفي التجارب التي تقطن بیئات مائیة مختلفة الملوحة و المستخدمة األنواعاختالف .للملوحة جزء بااللف 4و لذكور الى ابالنسبة جزء بااللف 5فكانت lc100قیم التراكیز الممیتة لكل العدد إما ى أبالنسبة a. bicuspidaالنوع ثناال tus ىھذه التراكیز أدتساعة من التعریض للملوحة حیث 24خالل توقف إل د أعالهفي التراكیز وإناثمن ذكور األفرادان موت جمیع .بعد اقل من ساعة من التعریض األفرادالحركة وموت د یعو ق ق التغیر المف إلىسبب الھالكات قد یعود إنمن ]18[ما استنتجھ إلى اجئ في الملوحة عند بدایة التعرض الذي یكون فو راسة المختبریة الحالیة تؤكدھا دراسات حقلیة إنكما ، الموت إلىحدود تحمل النوع مما یؤدي ى ]19[ أشارإذ ، نتائج الد إل متوافقة مع نتائج جاءت نتائج الدراسة. حدوث ھالكات عالیة لقشریات المیاه العذبة التي تخترق المیاه المویلحة او المالحة رة تعریض من متفرعة اللوامس moina affinisللنوع ‰4كانت lc100ان قیم واوجد نالذی] 20[ . ساعة 24لفت ihjpas رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 م نإ ي الدراسة الحالیة بلغت lc0قی ل من جزء بااللف 1المسجلة ف ساعة من 24خالل واإلناثالذكور لك 24خالل lc0وجد ان قیم ]21[ففي دراسة . ھذا التركیز یكون ضمن حدود تحمل النوع إن إلىالتعریض التي تشیر ة یعند تعر gladioferens pectinatusلتر للنوع /ملغم 20ساعة بلغت ضھ لتراكیز ملحیة مختلفة وھذا اقل من القیم التي جاءت متوافقة مع نتائج m. affinisللنوع ‰ 1بلغت lc0وجدوا ان قیمة ]20[اما ، لحالیةالمسجلة في الدراسة ا م في الدراسة الحالیة مأخوذ من میاه عذبة. الدراسة الحالیة ھ من ثم و )بحیرة الجادریة( ان النوع المستخد اظھر تحسس صي باجراء دراسات مقارنة على حیاتیة انواع م، للملوحة cyن رتبة لذا نو clop oida ة من مناطق مختلفة من القطر خاص ملوحة في المیاه العراقیة . التي تقطن المیاه العذبة تاثیر الملوحة في تنوع مجذافیة االقدام وجزء من متابعة مع تزاید ال re ferences التن�وع ، )2003( ،ھن�اء حن�ین، عل�ي عب�دالزھرة ومنكل�و، الالم�ي ;اس�یل غ�ازي ،راض�ي. 1 .58-48 ،6، 8 ،العراقیة مجلة الزراعة، االحیائي لالفقریات القاعیة في انھار متدرجة الملوحة وسط العراق ، )2005(، حس�ن عب�د، وعل�ي رغ�د س�الم ، رشید ;عامر عارف، الدلیمي ;اسیل غازي، راضي ;علي عبدالزھرة، الالمي. 2 �رفة ،وسط العراق، متباینة الملوحة لبیئیة الربعة انظمة مائیة جاریةل ادراسة بعض العوام �ت للعل�وم الص ، 10، مجلة تكری 1، 30-36 . 3 al-lami, a.a.; kassim, t. i. and al-dy lymei, a., (1999), a limnological st udy on tigris river, iraq, sci. j. iraqi at omic eener. comm., 1, 83-98. 4. al-lami, a.a.; al-saadi, h.a.; kassim, t.i. and al-aubaidi, k. h., (1998), on the limnological feature of eup hrates river, iraq, j. educ. sci., 29, 38-50. 5. m atias-peralta, h.; yusoff, f.m .; shariff, m . and arshad, a., (2005), effects of some environmental p arameters on harp acticoid cop epod nitocra affinis f. californica lang, m ar. poll. bull., 51, 722-728. ع م�ن متفرع�ة الل�وامس اختبار مقاومة، (2002)، سهیلة صـبار، علي عبدالزهرة والدلیمي، الالمي ;هناء حنین، منكلو 6. نو 114-120.،1، 7 ،للعلوم الصرفة سیةالقاد مجلة ،لمبید الكالیفوست العشبي 7. wen, z.; m ain-p ing, z.; xian-zhong, x.; xi-fang, l.; gan-lin, g. and zhi-hui, h., (2005), biological and ecological features of saline lakes in northern tibet, china, hy drobiologia, 541, 189-203. 8.gurney , r., (1921), freshwater crustaceae collected by dr. p.a. buxton in m esop otamia and parsia, j. bomby nat. hist . sci., 27, 835-843. 9. edmondson, w.t., (1959), fresh water biology , 2 nd ed., john wiley and sons inc, new york. 10. harding, j.p. and smith, w.a., (1974), a key to the british freshwater cy clop oid and calanoid cop epods, 2 nd ed., freshwater biology association, scientific publication no. 18. 11. bassat, s.f., (1989), studies on p hy siological ecology and behaviour of acanthocyclops bicuspidatus (claus) from the english lake dist rict, ph.d. thesis, university of lancast er. 12. goldst ein, a.;aronow, l. and kalman, s. m ., (1974), princip les of drug action, 2 nd ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 13. chen, q.; sheng, j.; lin, q.; gao, y. and lv, j., (2006), effect of salinity on reproduction and survival of the copepod pseudodiaptomus annandalei sewell, 1919, aquaculture, 258, 575-582. 14. lazzaretto-colombera, (1970), effeti della diluizione su alcuni p arameti di p op lazione in razz e geora fiche del copepode tisba holothuriae humes (harp acticoida), archo. oceanogr. limnol., 16, 263-274. 15. hall, c.j. and burns, c.w., (2001), effects of salinity and temp erature on survival and reproduction of boeckella hamata (cop epoda: calanoida) from a periodically brackish lake, j. plank. res., 23, 1, 97-103. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 16 hall, l.w.; ziegenfuss, m .c. and anderson, r.d., (1994), influence of salinity on at razine toxicity to a chesap eak bay copepod 17, 1b, 181-186. 17. williams, w.d., (1999), salinisation: a major threat to water resources in the arid and semi-arid regions of the world, lake reserv. res. m anag., 4, 85-91. 18. cervetto, g.; gandy , r. and pagano, m ., (1999), influence of salinity on the distribution of acartia tonsa (cop epoda: calanoida), j. exp . biol. ecol., 239, 33-45. 19. paula, j.; m endes, r. n.; m waluma, j.; raedig, c. and emmerson, w., (2003), combined effect of temp erature and salinity on larval development of the mangrove crab parasesarma catenata ort man, 1897 (brachy ura: sesaridae), west . ind. ocean j. m ar. sci., 4, 6, 87-93. فـي نـوعین مـن الفقریــات للملوحـة التـأثیرات الحـادة، )2002(، مهنــد، علـي ورمـزي، بـدالزهرةع ;صـباح فـرج، باصـات. 20 .37-27 ،1، 7 ،مجلة القادسیة للعلوم الصرفة ،المیاه 21. hall, c.j. and burns, c.w., (2002), effects of t emp erature and salinity on the survival and egg p roduction of gladioferens pectinatus brady (cop epoda: calanoida), estuar. coast. shelf sci., 55, 557-564. : 1(شكل : 2(التأثیر الحاد للملوحة في ذكور النوع شكل ) التأثیر الحاد للملوحة في ذكور) a. bicuspidats ساعة 24مرور بعد a. bicuspidatus ساعة 48مرور بعد من التعریض ضیمن التعر : 4(شكل التأثیر الحاد للملوحة في ذكور النوع ): 3(شكل التأثیر الحاد للملوحة في ااناث النوع ) a. bicuspidats ساعة 72مرور بعد a. bicuspidatus ساعة 24مرور بعد ن التعریضم من التعریض y = 7.6537 *x + 0.5499 0 .00 1 .00 2 .00 3 .00 4 .00 5 .00 6 .00 7 .00 8 .00 0.40 0.20 0 .00 0 .20 0 .40 0 .60 0 .80 ( ‰ ) یز غاریتم الترك و ل ة یــ مال حت ال ت ا دا حــ و y = 8.73 97 *x + 1.1 481 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 0.4 0 0.2 0 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 ( ‰ ) م التركیز لوغاریت ة یــ ال م حت ال ت ا دا حــ و y = 7.9 18 4*x + 2.117 7 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 0.4 0 0.20 0.00 0.20 0.4 0 0.60 ( ‰ ) غاریتم التركیز لو ة ــ ــ الی تم الح ت ا دا ــ ــ وح y = 9.42 12 *x + 1.3 049 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 0.4 0 0.2 0 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 ( ‰ ) یز غاریتم الترك لو ة ــــ مالی حت اال ت ـدا ــ حـ و ihjpas رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 ي اناث النوع): 6(شكل وحة في اناث النوعالتأثیر الحاد للمل): 5(شكل التأثیر الحاد للملوحة ف a. bicuspidats ساعة 48مرور بعد a. bicuspidat us ساعة 72مرور بعد من التعریض من التعریض ساعة 72، 48 ، 24الزمنیة مددخالل ال a. bicuspidatusالتأثیر الحاد للملوحة في ذكور وإناث y = 1 0.469 *x + 1.4319 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 0.4 0 0.20 0.00 0.20 0.4 0 0.60 ( ‰ ) م التركیز لوغاریت ة ـــ لیـ ما حت اال ت دا ــ ــ وح y = 10.002 *x + 2.5 25 8 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 0.4 0 0.20 0.00 0.20 0.4 0 0.60 ( ‰ ) یز غاریتم الترك لو ة ــ لـیـ ما حت اال ت دا ـــ حـ و ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 acut effect of sodium chlorid on the crustacean acanthocyclops bicuspidatus (claus) (copepoda: cyclopoida) s.f. bassat, sh. a.r. sadeq departme nt of biology, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the present study deals w ith the effect of acute exposure of different salt concentrations of nacl on male and female of a. bicuspidatus, which belongs to class copepoda, order cyclopoida by calculating lethal concentration killing 50% (lc50), lethal concentration killing 100% ( lc100 ) and safe concentration (lc0). the results showed that lc50 values were 3.80ppt, 2.75ppt and 2.29 ppt for males dur ing 24,48 and 72 hrs. exposure respectively while lc50 values were 2.45ppt, 2.18ppt and 1.77ppt for females for the same periods of exposure. the lethal concentration (lc10 0) values were 5ppt for males and 4ppt for females for 24hrs. exposure. on the other hand the safe concentration (lc0) was 1ppt for both males and females for the same periods of exposure. ihjpas ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 331 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract we discussed bayes estimators for unknown scale parameter  when shape parameter η is known of erlang distribution. assuming different informative priors for unknown scale parameter  . we derived the posterior density with posterior mean and posterior variance using different informative priors for unknown scale parameter  which are the inverse exponential distribution, the inverse chi-square distribution, the inverse gamma distribution and the standard levy distribution as prior. and we derived bayes estimators  based on general entropy loss function (gelf). we used simulation method to obtain the results. we generated different cases for the parameters ) , η (  of the erlang model, for different sample sizes. the estimates have been compared in terms of their mean-squared error (mse). we concluded that the best estimators of the scale parameter ) ( of the erlang distribution, based on gelf for the shape parameter (c=1,2,3) under inverse gamma prior with 2)b3,(a  for all samples sizes(n) where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 2, η (   and )3 3, η (   according to the smallest values of mse. keywords: the erlang distribution, bayes estimation, the posterior density, posterior mean, posterior variance, gelf, mse. 1. introduction erlang distribution is one of the continuous probability distributions primarily proposed by erlang(1909),to establish the origin of queuing theory. erlang distribution is used in several field such as stochastic processes and mathematical biology. also, erlang distribution can be represented as waiting time and message length in telephone traffic. when the duration of individual calls are exponentially distributed then the duration of the succession of calls is the erlang distribution. the erlang variate becomes gamma variate when its shape parameter is an doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3099 article history: received 6 november 2022, accepted 26 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq bayesian approach for estimating the unknown scale parameter of erlang distribution based on general entropy loss function jinan a. naser al-obedy technical college of management-baghdad, middle technical university, baghdad, iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:jinan.abbas@mtu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 332 integer. many authors study the effects on bayes’ estimators of shape and scale parameters of the erlang distribution based on different loss functions, and the prior distributions. we review some of them as follows:[1] discussed bayesian estimators of shape and scale parameters of erlang distribution, using different informative prior distributions under squared error loss function (self). they assumed two different informative priors which are represented by truncated poisson and truncated geometric distributions for the shape parameter. and they assumed two different informative priors which are represented by inverted gamma and gamma distributions for the shape parameter. they also assumed two different informative priors for both shape and scale parameters using (truncated poisson inverted gamma) and (truncated poisson – gamma) and (truncated geometric inverted gamma) and (truncated geometric –gamma). they derived the bayes estimators and posterior variances. they obtained their results using the simulation to compare the behavior of the proposed estimators. and they applied bayes estimators for real data sets. [2] obtained the bayesian estimators and the posterior variance of shape and scale parameters of erlang distribution, using different informative generalized truncated distributions, based on the squared error loss function. they considered generalized truncated poisson and truncated geometric distributions as priors for shape parameter they also the inverted gamma distribution as prior for the scale parameter. [3] have introduced the bayesian procedure of a new generalization of erlang distribution under the squared error loss function. they assumed the truncated poisson distribution as prior for shape parameter, and it assumed inverted gamma distribution as prior for scale parameter of erlang distribution. they derived bayes estimator and their posterior variance. they used simulation to compare the behavior of the proposed estimators. and they applied numerical bayes estimators for real data set. [4] have introduced a new class of weighted erlang distribution. they discussed different cases of weighted erlang distribution, and they derived the reliability function, the rth non-central moment and moment generating function of weighted erlang distribution. also, they introduced the coefficient of variation, the coefficient of skewness, the harmonic mean, and the entropy estimation of weighted erlang distribution and based on this calculate the aic (akaike information criterion), and bic (bayesian information criterion) using the real data set. they showed that the weighted erlang distribution gives better results and estimates as compared to exponential and erlang distributions for the data set. [5] discussed the weighted erlang distribution. they used different estimation methods for the scale parameter of the weighted erlang distribution represented by maximum likelihood method and bayes estimation method. they derived the posterior mean and posterior variance of the distribution under squared error loss function (self), quadratic loss function (qlf),and entropy loss function (elf) using jeffrey`s, extension of jeffrey`s, and quasi priors. the results of this study showed that the extension of jeffrey’s prior is more efficient as compared to other priors. [6] suggested a new continuous model called length-biased weighted erlang (lbwe) distribution. they discussed the basic properties of this distribution such as the mean, variance, coefficient of variation, harmonic mean, moments, skewness, kurtosis, generating functions, reliability analysis, rényi of entropy, order statistics, and record statistics. they also estimated the parameters of this distribution by using the moments and maximum likelihood techniques. they used a real application for the data set. the results showed that the lbwe distribution yields a better fit as compared with the erlang distribution according to the aic (akaike information criterion), aicc (corrected akaike information criterion), caic (consistent akaike information criterion) and bic (bayesian information criterion). [7] discussed bayes estimators for shape and scale parameters of erlang distribution based on the squared error loss function. they assumed ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 333 different informative priors which are represented by consul and geeta and size biased poisson distributions for shape parameter. they also assumed two different informative priors for both shape and scale parameters which are represented by (consul inverted gamma) and (consul and gamma) and (geeta and inverted gamma) and (geeta and gamma) and (size biased poisson and inverted gamma). [8] used bayesian approach for estimating the scale parameter of weighted erlang distribution. they assumed inverse exponential and inverse chi-square as prior distributions. they derived bayesian estimators based on squared error loss function (self), and precautionary loss function (plf). they used simulation to obtain the numerical value of the bayesian estimates and posterior risks. they concluded self yields least estimates than plf, and the squared error loss function of inverse exponential prior was the best among bayesian estimators. [9] used different estimation methods for the rate parameter, including the maximum likelihood method, method of moments and bayesian method of estimation. they derived bayesian estimator under two different priors jeffrey’s prior and quasi prior based on three different loss functions which are precautionary loss function (plf), al-bayyati’s loss function (alf) , linex loss function (llf). they fellfield simulation study in r-software to compare different methods by using mean square error with different sample sizes. they applied parametric estimation to the data sets of real life. [10] applied power transformation method to obtain an extension of erlang distribution. they also derived several mathematical quantities for this distribution. they also discussed moments, moment generating function, skewness, kurtosis, incomplete moments, mode, median, order statistics, different measure of entropies, mean deviations, bonferroni and lorenz curves. an account of reliability analysis. the applied maximum likelihood estimation for estimating the parameters of the distribution. a bayesian estimators are discussed in this study for unknown scale parameter  when shape parameter η is known for erlang distribution, assuming different informative priors for unknown scale parameter .we derived the posterior density with posterior mean and posterior variance using different informative priors for unknown scale parameter  which are the inverse exponential distribution, the inverse chi-square distribution, the inverse gamma distribution and the standard levy distribution as prior .we depend on general entropy loss function (gelf) to derive bayes estimators for  . 2. erlang distribution supposed ) t,..., t,(t n21 to be a random sample of size (n) with probability density function (pdf) of erlang distribution [3] is given by (1) 1,2,3,η , 0 , 0 t, ) t exp(t γ(η) 1 ) η,g(t, 1η η      where ) γ(. is a gamma function and  , η are the shape and scale parameters respectively, such that η is an integer number. when the shape parameter is ) 0 (η  then it is known as the gamma distribution. the cumulative distribution function (cdf) has the following form (2) γ(η) z)γ(η, ) γ,g(t,  ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 334 where z)γ(η, is the lower incomplete gamma function which equals to (3) dz z)exp(zz)γ(η, 1γ t 0    also, we can verify the )(r th moments for (r=1,2 ,...) as follows (4) dt ) t exp(t γ(η) 1 )dt η,g(t, 1rη η 00 r       r t suppose dwdttw t w    after substituting in equation (4) ,we have dw w)exp((w) γ(η) )( dw w)exp(w)( γ(η) 1 μ 1rη 0 η rη 1rη 0 ηr           so , the )(r th moments[11] of erlang distribution would be (5) γ(η) r)γ(η μ r r    if r=1, we obtain the mean of the erlang distribution (6) η μmean γ(η) 1)γ(η μ 11      if r=2, we have (7) η)η(1 γ(η) 2)γ(η )e(tμ 2 2 2 2      then, we can define the variance of erlang distribution as (8) η )η η(η η)) ( η)η(1[e(t)])e(t 222 222 222 222     we can obtain the coefficient of variation (c.v) [11] of erlang distribution as follows: (9) η 1 η η v.c 2 1      3. bayesian approach we used the bayesian approach to derive the bayes estimators for unknown scale parameter  when shape parameter η is known for erlang distribution. we assumed four informative priors for unknown scale parameter  which are the inverse exponential distribution, the inverse chi-square distribution, the inverse gamma distribution and the standard levy distribution as prior distributions. so we derived the posterior density using the different informative priors as follows. 3.1 the posterior density using the inverse exponential distribution by assuming the inverse exponential distribution with scale parameter ( ) [12]as the prior distribution for an unknown scale parameter  when shape parameter η is known with the probability density function (pdf) given by (10) 0 , 0 , )exp( ) ;(h 21        ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 335 for the probability density function (pdf) of erlang distribution as defined in equation (1),we can define the likelihood function of the sample observations ) t,..., t,(t n21 as (11) ) t exp(t) γ(η) 1 () η,g(t,) t; , l(η i n 1i n 1i nηn 1i 1η i      n the posterior distribution of  given the sample observations ) t,..., t,(t n21 [11] is defined as follows: (12) )d ; (ω)h t;, l(η ) ; (ω)h t; , l(η ) t\ (p 1 1 1       after substituting equation (10) and equation (11) in equation (12), yields the posterior probability density function of the scale parameter , we have (13) )]d ω exp( ω ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( )] ω exp( ω ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( ) t\ (p 2 i n 1i n 1i nη-n 0 2 i n 1i n 1i nη-n 1 1η i 1η i                      (14) ω))dt( 1 exp( ω))t( 1 exp( )t\(p ω))dt( 1 exp( ω))t( 1 exp( )t\(p i n 1i 1)1)((nη0 i n 1i 1)1)((nη1 i n 1i 2nηη0 i n 1i 2nηη1                                   by multiplying the integral in equation (14) by the following quantity ) ω)t( )γ( ( ) γ( ω)t( ( 1)(nη 1)(nη 1)nη 1)(nη i n 1i i n 1i         , where ) γ(. is a gamma function. after some simplification, it yields (15) ω)t( 1 exp( )γ( ω)t( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)1)((nη-i n 1i 1 k1(t, 1)nη 1)(nη            where 1)dt( 1 exp( γ( ω)t( ) i n 1i 1)1)((nη-i n 1i 0 1)nη 1)(nη k1(t,              is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [14]. then the posterior distribution of  is inverse gamma distribution as (16) 0ω , η n, 0, , ω)t( 1 exp( γ( ω)t( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)1)((nη-i n 1i 1 1)nη 1)(nη           ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 336 it means that 1))(nηω),t gamma(( inverse )t \ ( i n 1i   with posterior mean is nη ω)t( 1-1)(nη ω)t( )t \ e( i n 1ii n 1i       and posterior variance is 1)(nη) nη ( ω) i tn 1i ( 2)-1)((nη1)-1)((nη ω)t( )t \ var( 2 2 2 2 i n 1i         . 3.2 the posterior density using the inverse gamma distribution by assuming the inverse gamma distribution [13]as prior distribution for unknown scale parameter  when shape parameter η is known with the probability density function (pdf) given by (17) 0ba, , 0, ) a exp( γ(b) a α ) β; α, (h 1)(b b 2      after substituting equation (17) and equation (11) in equation (12), yields the posterior probability density function of the scale parameter , we have (18) ]d ) a exp( γ(b) a ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( ] ) a exp( γ(b) a ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( ) t\ (p 1)(b b i n 1i n 1i nη-n 0 1)(b b i n 1i n 1i nη-n 2 1η i 1η i                          (19) )d a)t( 1 exp( ) a)t( 1 exp( )d a)t( 1 exp( ) a)t( 1 exp( ) t\ (p i n 1i 0 i n 1i 1)b)((nηi n 1i 1)(b-nη0 i n 1i 1)(b-nη2 1)b)((nη                                  by multiplying the integral in equation (19) by the quantity which equals to ) a)t( )γ( ( ) γ( a)t( ( b)(nη bnη b)nη b)(nη i n 1i i n 1i         ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (20) a)t( 1 exp( )γ( a)t( )t \ (p i n 1i 1)b)((nη-i n 1i 2 k2(t, b)nη b)(nη            where 1a)dt( 1 exp( γ( a)t( ) i n 1i 1)b)((nη-i n 1i 0 b)nη b)(nη k2(t,              is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [14]. then the posterior distribution of  is inverse gamma distribution as (21) 0ba, , η n, , 0 , a)t( 1 exp( γ( a)t( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)b)((nη-i n 1i 2 b)nη b)(nη           it means that b))(nηa),t gamma(( inverse )t \ ( i n 1i   with posterior mean is 1)-b(nη a)t( )t \ e( i n 1i     and posterior variance is 2)-bnη(1)-b((nη a)t( )t \ var( 2 2 i n 1i     . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 337 3.3 the posterior density using the inverse chi-square distribution by assuming the inverse chi-square distribution[14] as prior distribution for unknown scale parameter when shape parameter η is known with the probability density function (pdf) given by (22) 0 υ, 0, ) 2 υ exp( 2)γ(υ/ /2)(υ α ) ; (υh ) 2 υ (12 υ 3      after substituting equation (22) and equation (11) in equation (12), yields the posterior probability density function of the scale parameter , we have (23) ]d ) 2 υ exp( 2)γ(υ/ /2)(υ ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( ] ) 2 υ exp( 2)γ(υ/ /2)(υ ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( ) t\ (p ) 2 υ (12 υ i n 1i n 1i nη-n 0 ) 2 υ (12 υ i n 1i n 1i nη-n 3 1η i 1η i                            (24) )d ) 2 υ t( 1 exp( ) ) 2 υ t( 1 exp( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)) 2 υ ((nη0 i n 1i 1)) 2 υ ((nη3                  by multiplying the integral in equation (24) by the quantity which equals to ) ) 2 t( )γ( ( ) γ( ) 2 t( ( ) 2 (nη i n 1i i n 1i 2 nη ) 2 nη ) 2 (nη               ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (25) ) 2 υ t( 1 exp( )γ( ) 2 υ t( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)) 2 υ ((nη-i n 1i 3 k3(t, ) 2 υ nη ) 2 υ (nη            where 1d ) 2 υ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 υ t( ) i n 1i 1)) 2 υ ((nη-i n 1i 0 ) 2 υ nη ) 2 υ (nη k3(t,             is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [14]. then the posterior distribution of  is inverse gamma distribution as (26) 0 , η n, , 0 , ) 2 υ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 υ t( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)) 2 υ ((nη-i n 1i 3 ) 2 υ nη ) 2 υ (nη           ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 338 it means that )) 2 (nη), 2 t gamma(( inverse )t \ ( i n 1i     with posterior mean is 1)2 (nη ) 2 t( )t \ e( i n 1i        and posterior variance is 2)2 nη(1)2 (nη ) 2 t( )t \ var( 2 2 i n 1i        . 3.4 the posterior density using the standard levy distribution by assuming the standard levy distribution [15]as prior distribution for unknown scale parameter  when shape parameter η is known with the probability density function (pdf) given by (27) 0 κ, 0, ) 2 κ exp() 2π κ ( α ) ; κ ( h ) 2 3 ( 2 1 4      after substituting equation (27) and equation (11) in equation (12), yields the posterior probability density function of the scale parameter , we have (28) ]d ) 2 κ exp() 2 κ ( ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( ] ) 2 κ exp() 2 κ ( ][ ) t exp(tπ) γ(η) 1 [( ) t\ (p ) 2 3 ( 2 1 i n 1i n 1i nη-n 0 ) 2 3 ( 2 1 i n 1i n 1i nη-n 4 1η i 1η i                            (29) )d ) 2 κ t( 1 exp( ) ) 2 κ t( 1 exp( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)) 2 1 ((nη0 i n 1i 1)) 2 1 ((nη4                  by multiplying the integral in equation (2) by the quantity which equals to ) ) 2 κ t( )γ( ( ) γ( ) 2 κ t( ( ) 2 1 (nη i n 1i i n 1i 2 1 nη ) 2 1 nη ) 2 1 (nη         ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function.after some simplification, it yields (30) ) 2 κ t( 1 exp( )γ( ) 2 κ t( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)) 2 1 ((nη-i n 1i 4 k4(t, ) 2 1 nη ) 2 1 (nη            where 1d ) 2 κ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 κ t( ) i n 1i 1)) 2 1 ((nη-i n 1i 0 ) 2 1 nη ) 2 1 (nη k4(t,             is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [14]. then the posterior distribution of  is inverse gamma distribution as ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 339 (31) 0 κ, η n, , 0 , ) 2 κ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 κ t( ) t\ (p i n 1i 1)) 2 1 ((nη-i n 1i 3 ) 2 1 nη ) 2 1 (nη           it means that )) 2 1 (nη), 2 κ t gamma(( inverse )t \ ( i n 1i   with posterior mean is ) 2 1 (nη ) 2 κ t( 1)2 1 (nη ) 2 κ t( )t \ e( i n 1ii n 1i         and posterior variance is ) 2 3 nη() 2 1 (nη ) 2 κ t( 2)2 1 nη(1)2 1 (nη ) 2 κ t( )t \ var( 2 2 i n 1i 2 2 i n 1i         . 4.bayes estimation under general entropy loss function calabria and pulcini [16] (1994) introduced general entropy loss function (gelf), with the following form (32) 0c , 1)(clog)() , ( ^^ ^ e c       where c represents the shape parameter of general entropy loss function. and we can define the risk function as follows 1))(clog)e(() , k( , )] , (e[) , k( ^^ ^^^ e c               t)d\ p( 1))(clog)(() , k( ^^ ^ e c             d )t)d\ 1p(t)d\ )p((logct)d\ p()() , k( ^^ ^ e c  by taking partial derivative for ^  and make it equal to zero to obtain ^  based on gelf c t)\e( 1-c )( c ) , k( ^ ^ ^ ^        , which satisfies the following condition    0 ) , k( ^ ^   1)( ct)\e( 1-c )( c ^^   ,we obtain bayes estimator based on general entropy loss function (gelf) of  denoted by ^  under different priors as follows (33) ]t)d\p( c [ t)]\ c [( c 1 gelf c 1 gelf ^^        ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 340 we can verify that if 1c  , it yields bayes estimator of  based on entropy loss function. and if 1c  , it yields bayes estimator of  based on weighted square error loss function .also if 1c  , it yields bayes estimator of  based on square error loss function. so we can derive bayes estimator for unknown scale parameter  when shape parameter η is known based on general entropy loss function (gelf) as follows. 4.1 bayes estimator of scale parameter using the inverse exponential as prior distribution by using the posterior density using the inverse exponential distribution, we can derive bayes estimator for  based on general entropy loss function (gelf) ,by substituting equation (16) in equation (33), yields (33) ])d t\ (p c [ c 1 1gelf(1) ^      c 1 i n 1i 1)1)((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(1) ]d ω))t( 1 exp( γ( ω)t( c [ 1)nη 1)(nη^               (34) ]d ω))t( 1 exp( γ( ω)t( [ c 1 i n 1i 1)1)c((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(1) 1)nη c-1)c(nη^               by multiplying the integral in equation (34) by the quantity which equals to ) )γ( )γ( ( 1cnη 1cnη   ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function. after some simplification, it yields (35) )]b1(t, c ω)t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(1) 1)nη 1)cnη ^        where 1 d ω))t( 1 exp( γ( ω)t( )b1(t, i n 1i 1)1)c((nη-i n 1i 0 1)cnη 1)c(nη              is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [13] .so the bayes estimator for  will be (36) ] c ω)t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(1) 1)nη 1)cnη ^        4.2 bayes estimator of scale parameter using the inverse gamma as prior distribution by using the posterior density using the inverse gamma distribution , we can derive bayes estimator for  based on general entropy loss function (gelf) ,by substituting equation (21) in equation (33), yields (33) ])d t\ (p c [ c 1 2gelf(2) ^      c 1 i n 1i 1)b)((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(2) ]a))dt( 1 exp( γ( a)t( c [ b)nη b)(nη^               (37) ]a))dt( 1 exp( γ( a)t( [ c 1 i n 1i 1)c)b((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(2) b)nη c-c)b(nη^               ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 341 by multiplying the integral in equation (37) by the quantity which equals to ) )γ( )γ( ( cbnη cbnη   ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (38) )]b2(t, c a)t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(2) b)nη c)bnη ^        where 1a))dt( 1 exp( γ( a)t( )b2(t, i n 1i 1)c)b((nη-i n 1i 0 c)bnη c)b(nη              is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [13] .so the bayes estimator for  will be (39) ] c a)t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(2) b)nη c)bnη ^        4.3 bayes estimator of scale parameter using the inverse chi-square as prior distribution by using the posterior density using the inverse chi-square distribution, we can derive bayes estimator for  based on general entropy loss function (gelf) ,by substituting equation (26) in equation (33), yields (33) ])d t\ (p c ([ c 1 3gelf(3) ^      c 1 i n 1i 1)) 2 υ ((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(3) ]d ) 2 υ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 υ t( c ([ ) 2 υ nη ) 2 υ (nη ^               c 1 i n 1i 1)c) 2 υ ((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(3) ]d )) 2 υ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 υ t( [ ) 2 υ nη ) 2 υ (nη ^              (40) ]d )) 2 υ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 υ t( [ c 1 i n 1i 1)c) 2 υ ((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(3) ) 2 υ nη c-c) 2 υ (nη ^              by multiplying the integral in equation (40) by the quantity which equals to ) )γ( )γ( ( c 2 υ nη c 2 υ nη   ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (41) )]b3(t, ) 2 υ t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(3) c ) 2 υ nη c) 2 υ nη^        ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 342 where 1d )) 2 υ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 υ t( )b3(t, i n 1i 1)c) 2 υ ((nη-i n 1i 0 c) 2 υ nη c) 2 υ (nη             is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [13] .so the bayes estimator for  will be (42) ] ) 2 υ t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(3) c ) 2 υ nη c) 2 υ nη^        4.4 bayes estimator of scale parameter using the standard levy as prior distribution by using the posterior density using the standard levy distribution, we can derive bayes estimator for  based on general entropy loss function (gelf) ,by substituting equation (31) in equation (33), yields (33) ])d t\ (p c [ c 1 4gelf(4) ^      c 1 i n 1i 1)) 2 1 ((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(4) ]d )) 2 κ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 κ t( c ([ ) 2 1 nη ) 2 1 (nη ^               c 1 i n 1i 1)c) 2 1 ((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(4) ]d )) 2 κ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 κ t( [ ) 2 1 nη ) 2 1 (nη ^              (43) ]d )) 2 κ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 κ t( [ c 1 i n 1i 1)c) 2 1 ((nη-i n 1i 0 gelf(4) ) 2 1 nη c-c) 2 1 (nη ^              by multiplying the integral in equation (43) by the quantity which equals to ) )γ( )γ( ( c 2 1 nη c 2 1 nη   ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (44) )]b4(t, ) 2 κ t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(4) c ) 2 1 nη c) 2 1 nη^        where 1d )) 2 κ t( 1 exp( γ( ) 2 κ t( )b4(t, i n 1i 1)c) 2 1 ((nη-i n 1i 0 c) 2 1 nη c) 2 1 (nη             is the integral of the pdf of inverse gamma distribution [13] .so the bayes estimator for  will be ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 343 (45) ] ) 2 κ t(γ( γ( [ c 1 i n 1i gelf(4) c ) 2 1 nη c) 2 1 nη^        5. simulation and discussion the simulation method was conducted by using matlab-r2018a program, under 5000 replications is assumed, we generated different random samples of sizes n = (15, 25, 50) from erlang distribution with parameters ) , η (  using the sum of identical independent distribution from exponential with parameter )( . i.e. we generated η numbers ηi2i1i u,...,u,u random samples of sizes (n) from exponential distribution with parameter )( , then add them )u...uu t( ηi2i1ii  to obtain random sample of size (n) from erlang distribution with parameters ) , η (  .in the same way , we generated different cases for the parameters ) , η (  of the erlang model have been represented by )7,5(),3,5(),3,3(),3,2() , η (  with selected different values for the hyper parameters υb),(a,, ω and κ are known of the prior distributions as  for inverse exponential prior with ) 5.0(ω  .  for the inverse gamma prior with )2b,3a (  .  for the inverse chi-square prior with )5 υ(  .  for the standard levy prior with ) 5.1 (  . we compared the behavior of the bayes estimates of scale parameter  for the erlang distribution according to their mean square error (mse) which has been computed as ) (46 ))r ( ( 5000 1 mse 2 ^5000 1r    under different informative priors for unknown scale parameter based on general entropy loss function . the results of simulation summarized in tables (1 to 4) , including the estimated values )( ^  and their mean square error (mse) for parameter )( of the erlang distribution for different values of sample size(n) and  . the best bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( would be under different priors. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 344 table 1: bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( and their mean square error (mse) of the erlang distribution under invers exponential prior with ) 5.0(ω  based on general entropy loss function. n c )3 2, η (   )3 3, η (   )3 5, η (   )7 5, η (   ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse 15 -1 1 2 3 3.0190 2.9216 2.8756 2.8312 0.2987 0.2856 0.2862 0.2909 3.0080 2.9426 2.9111 2.8804 0.1987 0.1934 0.194 0.1965 2.9992 2.9597 2.9405 2.9215 0.1223 0.1207 0.1211 0.1222 7.0126 6.9203 6.8752 6.8308 0.6494 0.6386 0.6397 0.6447 25 -1 1 2 3 3.0077 2.9487 2.9202 2.8923 0.1823 0.1778 0.1782 0.1801 3.0009 2.9614 2.9421 2.9231 0.1259 0.1241 0.1244 0.1254 3.0063 2.9824 2.9706 2.9590 0.0694 0.0686 0.0686 0.0689 7.0072 6.9516 6.9242 6.8970 0.3921 0.3882 0.3886 0.3904 50 -1 1 2 3 2.9963 2.9666 2.9520 2.9376 0.0872 0.0866 0.0870 0.0877 2.9999 2.9800 2.9702 2.9604 0.0607 0.0603 0.0604 0.0607                 note.1: the shadow cells represent the smallest value of mse. table 2: bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( and their mean square error (mse) of the erlang distribution under invers gamma prior with 2)b3,(a  based on general entropy loss function. n c )3 2, η (   )3 3, η (   )3 5, η (   )7 5, η (   ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse 15 -1 1 2 3 3.0022 2.9084 2.8640 2.8212 0.2794 0.2706 0.2728 0.2787 2.9970 2.9332 2.9025 2.8725 0.1901 0.1866 0.1878 0.1909 2.9926 2.9538 2.9348 2.9161 0.1191 0.1181 0.1188 0.1201 6.9532 6.8629 6.8187 6.7753 0.6345 0.6348 0.6409 0.6509 25 -1 1 2 3 2.9977 2.9400 2.9122 2.8849 0.1752 0.1721 0.1730 0.1755 2.9943 2.9554 2.9364 2.9177 0.1227 0.1215 0.122 0.1232 3.0022 2.9786 2.9669 2.9554 0.0683 0.0677 0.0678 0.0682 6.9714 6.9166 6.8895 6.8627 0.3867 0.3868 0.3891 0.3928 50 -1 1 2 3 2.9914 2.9620 2.9476 2.9334 0.0856 0.0853 0.0858 0.0867 2.9966 2.9768 2.9671 2.9574 0.0599 0.0597 0.0598 0.0602                 note.1: the shadow cells represent the smallest value of mse. table 3: bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( and their mean square error (mse) of the erlang distribution under invers chi-square prior with ) 5 υ(  based on general entropy loss function. n c )3 2, η (   )3 3, η (   )3 5, η (   )7 5, η (   ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse 15 -1 1 2 3 2.9387 2.8483 2.8055 2.7641 0.2744 0.2773 0.2845 0.2951 2.954 2.8918 2.8618 2.8326 0.1882 0.1900 0.1937 0.1991 2.9665 2.9283 2.9096 2.8911 0.1186 0.1197 0.1212 0.1235 6.9012 6.8121 6.7686 6.7257 0.6338 0.6433 0.6538 0.6679 25 -1 1 2 3 2.9589 2.9025 2.8753 2.8486 0.1735 0.1748 0.1778 0.1821 2.9682 2.9299 2.9112 2.8927 0.1220 0.1228 0.1243 0.1265 2.9864 2.9630 2.9514 2.9400 0.0679 0.0681 0.0685 0.0693 6.9399 6.8855 6.8587 6.8321 0.3864 0.3900 0.3939 0.3992 50 -1 1 2 3 2.9717 2.9427 2.9285 2.9144 0.0855 0.0863 0.0873 0.0888 2.9834 2.9638 2.9541 2.9445 0.0598 0.0600 0.0605 0.0610                 note.1: the shadow cells represent the smallest value of mse. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 345 table 4: bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( and their mean square error (mse) of the erlang distribution under standard levy prior with ) 5.1 (  based on general entropy loss function. n c )3 2, η (   )3 3, η (   )3 5, η (   )7 5, η (   ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse ^  mse 15 -1 1 2 3 3.0786 2.9777 2.9300 2.8841 0.3148 0.2892 0.2844 0.2842 3.0474 2.9804 2.9482 2.9168 0.2054 0.1947 0.1928 0.1930 3.0227 2.9827 2.9631 2.9438 0.1244 0.1210 0.1204 0.1207 7.0630 6.9694 6.9237 6.8787 0.662 0.6416 0.6381 0.6388 25 -1 1 2 3 3.0431 2.9828 2.9537 2.9253 0.1878 0.1789 0.1773 0.1774 3.0244 2.9843 2.9648 2.9455 0.1282 0.1245 0.1239 0.124 3.0203 2.9963 2.9844 2.9726 0.0704 0.0688 0.0685 0.0685 7.0374 6.9813 6.9536 6.9262 0.3966 0.3893 0.3880 0.3883 50 -1 1 2 3 3.0139 2.9839 2.9691 2.9546 0.0883 0.0866 0.0865 0.0867 3.0116 2.9916 2.9817 2.9719 0.0612 0.0604 0.0602 0.0603                 from the results of simulation which are listed in table 1 to table 4, we can see that the best bayes estimates under different priors based on general entropy loss function (gelf) with the shape parameter (c) according to the smallest value of mse as follows: for the results listed in table 1 , we see that the best bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( under invers exponential prior with ) 5.0(ω   when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to one for all sample sizes (n=15,25, 50),where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 2, η (   , )3 3, η (   .  when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to one for samples sizes (n=15,25), and the estimation does not exist for n=50 , where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 5, η (   , )7 5, η (   . for the results listed in table 2, we see that the best bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( under inverse gamma prior with 2)b3,(a   when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to one for all sample sizes (n=15,25, 50), where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 2, η (   , )3 3, η (   .  when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to one for sample sizes (n=15,25), and the estimation does not exist for n=50, , where the true case of the erlang model is )3 5, η (   .  when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to (-1) ,for sample sizes (n=15,25), and the estimation does not exist for n=50,where the true case of the erlang model is )7 5, η (   . for the results listed in table 3, we see that the best bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( under invers chi-square prior with ) 5 υ(   when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to (-1) for all sample sizes (n=15,25, 50) , where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 2, η (   , )3 3, η (   . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 346  when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to (-1) for sample sizes (n=15,25), and the estimation does not exist for n=50, , where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 5, η (   , )7 5, η (   . for the results listed in table 4, we see that the best bayes estimates )( ^  of scale parameter ) ( under standard levy prior with ) 5.1 (   when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to (3) all sample sizes (n=15,25, 50),where the true case of the erlang model is )3 2, η (   .  when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to (2) all sample sizes (n=15,25, 50),where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 3, η (   .  when the shape parameter (c) of gelf is equal to (2) sample sizes (n=15,25) and the estimation does not exist for n=50, where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 5, η (   , )7 5, η (   . in general, the bayes estimation for the scale parameter ) ( does not exist, where the true cases ) , η (  of the erlang model are large values , also for large sample size i.e. )50n (  and under all informative priors. 6. conclusion in this study, we review the properties of erlang distribution. we derived cumulative distribution function (cdf) , mean and variance and the coefficient of variation (c.v) of erlang distribution. also , we derived the posterior density with posterior mean and posterior variance using different informative priors for unknown scale parameter  which are the inverse exponential distribution, the inverse chi-square distribution, the inverse gamma distribution and the standard levy distribution as priors based on general entropy loss function (gelf) for different values of the shape parameter (c). we can draw our conclusions about the results in the following points:  the bayes estimators for the scale parameter ) ( of the erlang distribution based on gelf for the shape parameter (c=1,2,3) under invers gamma prior with 2)b3,(a  for all sample sizes(n) where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 2, η (   and )3 3, η (   . for samples (n=15,25) where the true case of the erlang model are )3 5, η (   and )7 5, η (   . have less than mean square error compared with the other bayes estimators.  the bayes estimation for the scale parameter ) ( of the erlang distribution based on gelf does not exist for large sample size )50n (  under all informative priors , where the true cases of the erlang model are )3 5, η (   and )7 5, η (   .  in general, the bayes estimation for the scale parameter ) ( does not exist, where the true cases ) , η (  of the erlang model are large values , also for large sample size i.e. )50n (  and under all informative priors. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 347 references 1. haq a.; dey s.; bayesian estimation of erlang distribution under different prior distributions. journal of reliability and statistical studies, 2011,4(1),1-30. 2. khan a. h.; jan t. r.; bayesian estimation of erlang distribution under different generalized truncated distributions as priors. journal of modern applied statistical methods. 2012, 11)2(, 416-442. 3. bhat b. a.; kumar p.; wani m. a.; new generalization of erlang distribution with bayes estimation. international journal of innovative research and review issn: 2347 – 4424 (online). an online international journal available at http://www.cibtech.org/jirr.htm 2016, 4 (2),14-19/bhat et al. 4. mudasir, s.; ahmad s. p.; characterization and information measures of weighted erlang distribution. journal of statistics applications &probability letters, 2017,4)3(, 109-122. 5. mudasir, s.; ahmad s. p.; parameter estimation of weighted erlang distribution using r software. mathematical theory and modeling. issn 2224-5804 (paper) issn 2225-0522 (online), 2017, 7)6(, 1-21. 6. moussa a. a.; othman s. a.; reyad h. m.; the length-biased weighted erlang distribution. asian research journal of mathematics. 2017, 6(3):.1-15, article no. arjom.35963, issn: 2456-477x. 7. khan adil h.; jan t.r.; bayesian estimation of shape and scale parameters of erlang distribution. 3rd international conference on recent developments in science, humanities and management mahratta chamber of commerce, industries and agriculture, pune (india). 22nd july 2018.www. conferenceword.in. isbn:978-93-87793-35-4. pp.184-205. 8. hincal e.; alsaadi s.; posterior analysis of weighted erlang distribution. aip conference proceedings 2183, 070023 .2019; https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5136185. 9. ahmad k.; ahmad s. p.; a comparative study of maximum likelihood estimation and bayesian estimation for erlang distribution and its applications. open access peer-reviewed chapter in statistical methodologies. 2019, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/ intechopen.85627. 10. aijaz a. ; qurat ul ain s.; ahmad a.; tripathi r.; an extension of erlang distribution with properties having applications in engineering and medical-science.int. j. open problems compt. math. .2021, 14)1(, print issn: 1998-6262, online issn: 20790376. 11. bickel p.j.; doksum, k. a.; mathematical statistics: basic ideas and selected topics. 1977, holdenday, inc., san francisco. 12. ieren t.g.; abdullahi j.; properties and applications of a two-parameter inverse exponential distribution with a decreasing failure rate. pakistan journal of statistics. 2020, 36(3), 183206. 13. rivera, p.a.; calderín-ojeda, e.; gallardo, d.i.; gómez, h.w.; a compound class of the inverse gamma and power series distributions. symmetry ,2021, 13, 1328. https:// doi. org/ 10.3390/ sym13081328. 14. ahmad a.; ahmad s.p.; weighted analogue of inverse gamma distribution: statistical properties, estimation and simulation study; pak.j.stat.oper.res. 2019, xv no.1, 25-37. 15. achcar ja.; coelho-barros ea.; cuevas jrt; mazucheli j.; use of lèvy distribution to analyze longitudinal data with asymmetric distribution and presence of left censored data. communications for statistical applications and methods ,2018, 25) 1(, 43–60. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5136185 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 348 16. calabria r.; pulcini g.; an engineering approach to bayes estimation for the weibull distribution. microelectronics reliability.1994, 34)5(, 789–802. 117 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. developing and organizing an easy work environment for users of computers using information technology yasir khudheyer abass aloubade iraqi ministry of education, general directorate of education baghdad karkh3, planning department, information and communication division. orcid: 0000-0001-9976-5406 yasirkhuiraq@gmail.com abstract this study aims to implement a serial security technology system. the system is to organize a comfortable work environment for users of computers in the general directorate of education in baghdad karkh3. the application of this system is a big challenge because it is connected with scientific goals and structures of computer learning in baghdad. it considers global learning systems and take into account the ease and scientific flow of the elderly employees. in addition, employees of other categories, are the outputs of the sequential technological system. the target is to create a purposeful technological system and keep pace with global developments, to gain experience, skills and knowledge. the system is executed at the lowest time and cost at all different scientific levels, in the field of computer science, information technology, and communications. keywords: technological system, working environment, users of computers, information technology. 1. introduction we live in an advanced technical reality represented by modern technological systems and devices (smartphones, computers, smartwatches, or any other device). the individual cannot imagine his life without a smartphone or personal computer. the individual uses a computer or smartphone to discover the latest news and weather forecasts and chat on the internet with friends and acquaintances. young people do this without hesitation or difficulty, unlike the elderly, who face many difficulties when working with different devices, whether, smartphones, tablets, or personal computers. therefore, computer learning has become one of the most important tools today. since is used in our daily life, computer learning in our days has become one of the most important tools that are used in our daily life, where computer learning in ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2808 article history: received 25, january, 2022, accepted,6, march, 2022, published in april 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 118 schools such as language learning and lack of knowledge of computer use in our day it is another type of illiteracy, so it has become obligatory for all ages, especially the elderly, to work and learn to use the computer and its applications to understand through continuous practice and continuous training. our study aims to organize a structure to build a sequential technology system that shows the steps of managing a comfortable work environment to use the computer. it takes into account the ease and scientific flow of the elderly employees category. 1.1. research problem the advanced societies of our time are subject to continuous technological development. at the same time, the elderly group faces many obstacles and difficulties in meeting this development and adapting to it because they do not understand the mechanisms of working on the computer. it helps them perform their work at the highest level and rid them of computer illiteracy. 1.2. research importance computer science is one of the modern and important sciences and an indispensable necessity. this science is used in various fields of life. most developed countries depend on it to develop and develop their businesses, as it has become an essential part of their survival. therefore, most governments resort to innovation and development in everything in this field. where the importance of the research is represented in the following aspects: • shedding light on the importance of using the sequential technological system to provide a suitable work environment for users of computers for easy use and the use of important programs that pertain to their work, preventing intrusions and following the important and proper rules of computer use. • the application of this study in the field of work contributes to the development of the skills and capabilities of employees, especially the category of employees (the elderly), in using computers and integrating information technology in their work field, and benefiting from their scientific expertise to integrate it and acquire science and modern technological knowledge. 1.3. research goals the researcher seeks to achieve the following objectives: • supporting, organizing, and developing the process of learning to use the computer for employees and the elderly category through building an effective and sequential technological system that provides scientific flow, acquires knowledge and skills, save time and effort for learning, and achieves international quality standards in learning. • eliminating computer literacy for the elderly and making them keep pace with the global development in the field of information technology to perform their work at the highest level. 1.4. research hypothesis the hypothesis is to support, develop, and organize the educational and scientific process in the field of computer use in the general directorate of education in baghdad karkh3 through the use of the effective sequential technological system for learning it is also to achieve the highest quality standards in learning and acquiring science and knowledge and saving time and ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 119 effort to develop a strong cadre familiar with technology and modern sciences to perform his duties at the highest level. 1.5. research limits the current research is determined by the planning and human resources departments in the iraqi ministry of education, general directorate of education baghdad karkh3 within the years 2021/2022. 2. research methodology and related work 2.1. research methodology the research curriculum includes a research study and an applied study to achieve the specific objectives that conform to the international standards and achieve the highest quality standards as follows: 2.1.1. theoretical aspect: the following are discussed in this aspect a literature study is related to the organization of a sequential technological system that shows the scientific methodology, clarifies the principles of using a computer, and provides employees with basic digital skills. various sources have been used from books, periodicals, and specialized research in this field. 2. 2.2.the practical aspect the design of the sequential technological system is chosen because it is a comprehensive system that shows how to learn computer skills in effective sequential steps and according to international standards for learning and getting rid of computer illiteracy. 3. related work this study aimed at information wealth, technological development, and challenges in ireland, which sought to know the most important challenges in the information revolution facing ireland and how to deal with challenges such as reluctance to university education and heading to other professions, and moving away from creativity and productivity, after distributing 250 forms at the university of dublin, the researcher concluded that it is necessary to give intensive training courses to deal with the information revolution and technological development, not only for learning but also for acquiring behavior and trends that stimulate the acquisition of skills and knowledge that contribute to the development and use of information technology to gain a conscious and active generation of all experiences and be prepared for doing business and facing all the resigned developments in the various work sectors [1]. conducted a study to identify the relationship between the information technology revolution, political roles, and the impact of moral awareness among educational and educational institutions, to reduce the damage caused by the use of information technology, and to produce a strong generation capable of overcoming all difficulties , familiar with the latest technological sciences and knowledge. the generation will be ready to face the most recent technological developments and be prepared for development and innovation away from policies that negatively affect cultural and creative awareness [2]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 120 this report aims at finding the most important problems, difficulties, and challenges that will face the world. [3] conducted a study aimed at solidarity and teamwork among all institutions to take collective decisions to reach successful solutions that serve and protect communities from collapse. this study is achieved by distributing a questionnaire to a random sample of (230) individuals from school and university students in the netherlands. the solution to potential problems in information technology is through technical training, and the use of specialists for guidance individuals use information technology correctly and optimally to gain a free technological world without obstacles. this study aimed at informational wealth to enhance technical awareness among students. it was based on conducting studies on students groups to measure technical awareness. this study proved that students with technical awareness could solve their real problems faster. it is easier than for students who did not have technical awareness, and this confirmed that technical training is very important for individuals to face their work and daily lives. the study also confirmed that technical awareness was not only intended to use information technology, but rather addresses skills, values, and knowledge in addition to technical knowledge [4]. [5] aimed at using information technology in the reality of work and its impact on technical performance was applied in the department of human resources at the australian international academy in melbourne. the study included 72 employees of all academic and administrative levels, the results of the survey showed the approval of the study sample, to support the management of the academy towards the transition to electronic management, and the use of information technology applications has a positive role in the reality of work and has a future impact to keep pace with the latest global developments and link them in the field of work. [6] aimed to know the technical awareness represented by information technology among the professors of technical colleges in nigeria and turn it into a clear behavior while performing their functions, the results of the survey showed that there is a good technical awareness among the professors, but there is a weakness in the application of this awareness of the application of information technology in the current reality, as the definition of the importance of the technical revolution has a major role in acquiring skills, knowledge and technical awareness among students educational institutions. [7] considered that the means of communication of all kinds and the use of social communication programs between different countries have a great impact on technological development and the dissemination of different cultures, which contribute to unifying opinions and discussing them to gain a unified decision on technological development, these technical tools and means contributed to highlighting the challenges of the information revolution and its impact on peoples and countries, which produced the technological revolution and its rapid development between different generations. another study aimed at applying a program to develop and increase technical awareness among secondary school students to reach the challenges of the information revolution and its impact on our daily lives. it has positive and negative effects represented by the problems of cultural invasion and globalization among students, the program was for raising technological and cultural awareness in the fourteenth secondary school in tabuk, with increasing opportunities to deal with ethical issues resulting from the flow of communication technology [8]. therefore, our study aimed at applying a sequential technology system that demonstrates the scientific concepts of computer training and introduces us to the methods and theories that help us overcome problems. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 121 4. research procedures 4.1. theoretical framework of research science is the set of facts that we receive in all areas of life and help us in developing and serving society. learning is the approach that a person is trained on in his life extracted from science. therefore, it has become necessary to possess a technical awareness to keep pace with development and prosperity. with its advanced tools and smart applications, information technology has become important in human life. nothing has affected man as information technology since the industrial revolution. it has become an important part of people's life, institutions, states, and major companies. the huge amount of information that grew and moved very quickly between countries, institutions, and major companies has made information technology an important tool for technological development in various areas of life. its goal was to stay in a competitive environment, the world has entered technical development with no limits and in constant competition between governments., information technology leads to the pillars on which progress stands and has become a distinctive tool for this modern era. [9] defined information technology since its creation in all types of software, hardware, and equipment, including personal computers, telephones, and information systems. [10] defined information technology as consisting of two parts, the physical and software part, where the physical part consists of computer equipment, automatic control and communication technology. the software part consists of software, artificial intelligence and software engineering [11] as in figure1. this figure shows the components of the information technology system, so training individuals in institutions and large companies have become a vital part of keeping pace with this development, the system is designed to be used as a training system to acquire skill and knowledge in the use of computers and to increase capabilities in the field of information technology, and to use it in the reality of work to rise to the highest levels and get rid of computer illiteracy. to highlight the identification of the steps of preparing the sequential technological system (the comprehensive technological system), which is adopted as a training system for the employees of the iraqi ministry of education, the general directorate of education baghdad karkh3, which shows how to learn computer skills in effective sequential steps and according to international standards for learning, and this system was designed to acquire skill and knowledge in the use of computers, increase capabilities in the field of information technology, eliminate computer literacy and keep pace with the rapid development of information technology. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 122 4.2. stages of the work of the sequential technology system 4.2.1 the stage of preparing the serial technology system the education process is defined as a process that aims to teach a set of new skills and knowledge to individuals to carry out an activity or work [12]. stages for the implementation of an integrated educational program concerned with taking into account the scientific flow and taking into account all age groups and specializing in all the sciences necessary to prepare an integrated trainee who keeps pace with modern scientific developments. the stages of the education process pass through four basic stages as follows: 4.2.1.1. gathering information and requirements at this stage, all the necessary data about the various elements of the educational program for information technology are collected, and the obstacles and problems facing the staff are taken into consideration. then a specific policy is drawn up to design the comprehensive educational program [13]. it system physical section software section hardware automatic control telecommunications software artificial intelligence software engineering it applications figure 1. components of an information technology system. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 123 4.2.1.2. determining the requirements at this stage, we define the educational needs as the difference between the current performance of the job cadre and the performance desired to teach. it. they are summarized as follows: (developing or updating information developing information technology skills developing trends and behaviors strengthening weaknesses, and strengths) [14]. 4.2.1.3. preparing the educational program at this stage, the educational program is built and designed for information technology to achieve the expected goals of the education process. the process of preparing the educational program includes several procedures as follows set tutorial topic. -preparing the educational material for information technology. -determine the sequence of topics in the educational program. -determining the educational methods (trainees the subject of education the period of education). -supplying the necessary educational equipment and supplies. -preparation of trainers. 4.2.1.4. evaluation of the educational program in this stage, the education process for information technology is implemented [15]. evaluation of the educational program: at this stage, the evaluation process is conducted in three parts as follows [16] : evaluation of the design of the integrated educational program on the subject of information technology. evaluation of education during the implementation of the integrated educational program on the subject of information technology. evaluation of education after implementing the integrated educational program on the subject of information technology. external evaluation (which identifies the trainee's weaknesses after practicing his work and following up on applying what the trainee has learned in the reality of work). and figure 2 shows the basic stages of education. the first stage information gathering requirements the second phase define requirements third level initialization of the program the fourth stage program preparation level five program evaluation basic stages of education figure 2: the basic stages of education. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 124 4.2.2. the stage of building the sequential technology system this stage depends on the first step, which is (preparing for the training process), where the third stage is the process of designing the training program, where the design of the training program is divided into three levels. in the information technology program that will be prepared, how much experience does a person have, what capabilities. after conducting the questionnaire, the concerned person is directed to the level of the training program, where the levels are divided into the sequential technological system three levels as follows [17] : basic level -supplementary level -integrated level and figure 3 shows the levels of the sequential technological system. 4.2.3. sequential (technological system) work stage at this stage, the mechanism of the sequential technological system work will be clarified, and its scientific levels will be identified [18], as shown in figure 4. all scientific levels will be addressed and identified, and how the target group should be included in these levels to produce a conscious category familiar with all information related to information technology and able to manage all tasks it is entrusted as follows: 1. basic level this part is concerned with the first level for beginners to use the computer, and it consists of several factors as follows: adigital marketing in this part, the trainee learns the basic concepts of digital marketing, understands the different options for web services, chooses the appropriate keywords to improve the appearance of sites in search engines, learns about social media platforms, understands how social media basic level supplement level integrated level figure 3: the levels of the sequential technological system. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 125 management helps effectively in promote and lead generations, and understands the different options for online marketing and advertising. b basics of project planning in this part, the trainee learns to understand the basic principles related to project management, using the project management application to develop a new project and maintain the existing project, setting and scheduling tasks, adding controls and deadlines for project delivery, determining costs and creating and assigning resources for tasks, and seeing the course of things, monitoring its development, rescheduling work, preparing and printing results, including tables and reports. cresearch via the internet in this part, the trainee learns to understand the basic principles related to cooperation and sharing on the internet, in addition to cloud computing, creating accounts for preparation and cooperation over the internet, using network storage and productivity applications to collaborate with others, using online calendars and mobile devices to manage and activities and planning sharing and interacting via social media, blogs and wikis scheduling and hosting online meetings and employing online learning environments understanding the basic principles of mobile technology and using various features such as email, apps, and time-bound formats. dtyping and data entry in this part, the trainee learns to use a word processor program to print data and official books, prepares letters, research and studies, and learns all the skills needed for data entry. e digital transactions in this part, the trainee learns how to deal with government websites and fills in digital forms and forms. this part contributes to the development process and dictates government transactions via the internet to get rid of paper transactions and reviews. this part adopts the blockchain platform that will be implemented in the uae by the year 2021. 2. supplementary level this part is concerned with trainees who have experience in the use of computers. this part is complementary to skills and knowledge and consists of several parts as follows: a technology in education in this part, the trainee learns about the advantages of using information technology, understanding safety and security considerations, the correct use of information and communication technology, understanding information technology sources to enhance the learning process and evaluating educational programs. b cyber security in this part, the trainee will learn about basic security concepts and online risks, identify malicious programs and ways to deal with them and remove them, understand the basics of network security, including telecommunications networks and wireless networks, procedures for accessing information, managing passwords and preventing their penetration, and securely ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 126 using web pages, the safe management of social networks, how to properly manage e-mail, the management of audio programs, the understanding of common threats to the security of individuals and extremism via the internet, and the understanding of the vital components of national security policy. cdata analysis in this part, the trainee will learn the concepts of data analysis programs in administrative and commercial work, understand statistical analysis programs and identify the features and characteristics, identify pivot tables and charts data, and prepare reports and dashboards in the data visualization tool. d creating websites in this part, the trainee learns how to create and manage websites using special programs, create and manage blogs, and create and manage e-mails. eartificial intelligence in this part, the trainee will learn about the concept of artificial intelligence and identify the systems that use it, understand the methodologies used and describe the applications and contributions of artificial intelligence, understand the modern basics in artificial intelligence such as machine learning, deep learning, and robotics, display the simple basic components of robots, understand the role of intelligence artificial intelligence in giant data analysis, and see the platforms of artificial intelligence. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 127 sequential technology system learning apps basic level integrated level supplementary level advanced digital marketing advanced databases advanced spreadsheets advanced word processor technology in education cyber security data analysis create websites the apprentice advanced presentations artificial intelligence figure 4: sequential technology system. digital marketing project planning basics online search typing and data entry digital transactions dealing with digital photos ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 128 4.3. results after preparing the sequential technological system, the knowledge of each trainee is evaluated through an interview and a preliminary test that precedes the process of providing skills and knowledge, (the test that precedes the start of the training course determines the level of knowledge possessed by the trainee) [19], and taking into account the process of determining scientific needs and then determines the special scientific level with the trainee, and it is possible to give all levels to a trainee who does not have knowledge of the information technology system, the sequential technological system is designed to facilitate scientific flow and to know the weaknesses that the trainee has and to address these points with scientific levels, where we can reduce the effort and find an appropriate level for the trainee so that he is equipped with knowledge of information technology applications by defining the part that is needed, as the application of this study in the field of work contributes to developing the skills and capabilities of employees, especially the category of employees (the elderly) in using the computer and linking it to their field of work, and benefiting from their scientific expertise to integrate it and acquire science and knowledge modern technology, eradicating illiteracy, and replace documents and files electronic paper [20] , and figure 5 shows the logical distribution of the scientific levels that the trainee (the employee) needs in his work. basic level figure 5: distribution of scientific levels. supplementary level integrated level ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 129 5. conclusions and future work 5.1. conclusions with the rapid development of information technology and the increase in technological applications and its entry into all areas of life, and the competition of developed countries in developing their capabilities, environment, economy, and scientific energies, it is necessary to keep pace with this rapid development in the era of information technology and develop the skills and capabilities of individuals to keep pace with any development in this technical field. through books and various sources specialized in the field of information technology, the most important results of this study were the application of the sequential technological system in the general directorate of education in baghdad karkh3, in the departments (human resources, and the department of educational planning), for the benefit of the technological system to organize the scientific knowledge of individuals and reduce the effort is through the distribution of scientific levels, where the trainee is given the scientific level allowed to be provided with knowledge and technological skill, and the sequential technological system is a technological system that organizes and provides learning skills and is considered a developmental process for the educational process and its usefulness in providing individuals with skills and knowledge, eliminating computer illiteracy and building an advanced scientific generation able to overcome any difficulties and develop in their field of work. 5.2. future work in light of the findings, the researcher recommends the following: it is necessary to apply the use of the sequential technological system in the iraqi ministry of education, general directorate of education baghdad karkh3. this system contributes to developing the skills and capabilities of employees, especially the category of employees (the elderly) to use the computer at work and benefit from their scientific expertise to integrate it and acquire science and technological knowledge, the application of this system in the field of work has many benefits for employees as it provides a safe and appropriate work environment for them through the use of security programs that pertain to their work to prevent intrusions and maintain the integrity of data security and many other scientific benefits, as one of the advantages of the technological system is to get rid of computer literacy. references 1. kamito.; the impact of the challenges of the information revolution on the irish people and graduates , irish academic universities of higher education, ireland,2004. 2. bostrom,n.; technological revolutions: ethics and policy in the dark,puplishedin nanoscale , 2006 ,6,7, 129‐152. 3. silberglitt, a. h. ; wong, r.; philip, s.; david, r.; anny ;the global technology revolution 2020, in-depth analyses, rand,2006, 79,82,1-314. 4. conole, d.; darby.; enhancing technical awareness among students and government employees, british academy of higher education, united kingdom,2007. 5. al-otaibi, a.a.; the impact of the use of information technology on the performance of human resources: a field study on the australian international academy, arab british academy for higher education, britain,2010. 6. robert, o.o.; information and communication technology awareness among technical college teachers in benue state, nigeria, international journal of vocational and technical education ,2011,3 ,6, 75-80. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 130 7. richard ,h.; robert, h.; tora, k.; c. richard, n.; the global course of the information revolution: recurring themes and regional variations, rand corporation, http://www.rand.org/pubs/monograph_reports/mr1680.html,2012. 8. muhammad, h.; fawzi, t.; a proposed program to develop awareness of scientific and technological innovations and the ethical values associated with them among secondary school students in the city of tabuk, journal of the college of education between them, sudan, 2013,93, 1, 246-208. 9. robbey.; information technology since ,1986, 3-31. 10. hosnia.; the definition of information technology,1998, 141. 11. pham,q.t.; increasing innovative working behaviour of information technology employees in vietnam by knowledge management approach, computers, 2020, 9,3, 61. 12. lambropoulos, g.; mitropoulos,s.; douligeris,c.; improving business performance by employing virtualization technology: a case study in the financial sector. computers, 2021,10,4, 52. 13. https://mawdoo3.com/ . training definition, 2022. 14. lazzarotti, v.; bengtsson, l.; manzini, r., ; pellegrini, l.; rippa, p.; openness and innovation performance: an empirical analysis of openness determinants and performance mediators, european journal of innovation management,2017, 20,3, 463-492. 15. arciénaga, m.a.; nielsen, j.; bacarini, h.; martinelli, s.; kofuji, s.; garcía, j.; díaz, j.; technology and innovation management in higher education cases from latin america and europe, administrative sciences,2018, 8,2, 11. 16. bollinger, s. r.; creativity and forms of managerial control in innovation processes: tools viewpoints and practices, european journal of innovation management,2019,2, 214-229. 17. dillerup, r.; kappler, d.; oster, f.; improving the management of innovation risks-r&d risk assessment for large technology projects, journal of management and strategy,2018, 9,1, 31-52. 18. florkowski, g. w.; hr technology systems: an evidence-based approach to construct measurement, in research in personnel and human resources management emerald publishing limited,2018,8, 197-239. 19. hassan, m. h.; lee, j.; policymakers’ perspective about e-government success using ahp approach, process and policy,2019, 13,1, 93-118. 20.ma, y. ; research on technology innovation management in big data environment, in iop conference series, earth and environmental science iop publishing, 2018, 113, 1, 012141). http://www.rand.org/pubs/monograph_reports/mr1680.html https://mawdoo3.com/ https://mawdoo3.com/ ihjpas. 36(1)2023 284 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license on antimagic labeling for some families of graphs abstract antimagic labeling of a graph 𝐺 with 𝑝 vertices and 𝑞 edges is assigned the labels for its edges by some integers from the set {1,2, … , 𝑞}, such that no two edges received the same label, and the weights of vertices of a graph 𝐺 are pairwise distinct. where the vertex-weights of a vertex 𝑣 under this labeling is the sum of labels of all edges incident to this vertex, in this paper, we deal with the problem of finding vertex antimagic edge labeling for some special families of graphs called strong face graphs. we prove that vertex antimagic, edge labeling for strong face ladder graph 𝐿𝑛 ∗ , strong face wheel graph 𝑊𝑛 ∗, strong face fan graph 𝐹𝑛 ∗, strong face prism graph (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗ and finally strong face friendship graph (𝑇𝑛) ∗. keywords: antimagic graph, vertex antimagic graph, edge labeling, strong face graph. 1. introduction let a graph g = (v, e) be a finite, simple and undirected graph, where v(g) and e(g) are the vertex set and edge set respectively. an antimagic labeling graphs had first been introduced by [1]. if a graph g with p vertices and q edges can have its edges labeled without repetition and the sums of the labels of the edges incident to each vertex are pairwise distinct, the graph is said to be antimagic [2]. in addition [3] show that if all vertex weights are distinct, an edge labeling of a graph g is said to have a vertex antimagic edge labeling (vae labeling). hartsfield and ringel proved that the path graphs 𝑃𝑛, complete graph 𝐾𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 3, wheels and cycles graphs are antimagic, moreover, they conjectured that every tree except 𝑃2 is antimagic, and every connected graph except 𝑃2 is antimagic, both these conjectures are still open. in this paper, we will prove several graphs derived from a plane graph are edge labeling vertex antinagic, these graphs are called strong face graphs. the strong face graph, first introduced by [4]. where they proved that face antimagic total labeling for some families of these graphs. in our study we address the problem of finding vertex antimagic edge labeling for this family of graphs. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.3209 article history: received 15 september 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepagejih.uobaghdad.edu.iq noor khalil shawkat department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham/ university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. nour.khaleel1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mohammed ali ahmed department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham/ university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mohammad.a.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nour.khaleel1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mohammad.a.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 285 the strong face plane graphs are obtained from a plane graph, by adding a new vertex to every face, in such way that, the results graphs are all three-sided faces, moreover if the faces of original plane graphs are three sided faces, then the number of faces will be increasing. we address the problem of finding vertex antimagic edge labeling, for short (vael), for the strong face ladder graph 𝐿𝑛 ∗ , the strong face wheel graph 𝑊𝑛 ∗, the strong face fan graph 𝐹𝑛 ∗, the strong face prism graph (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗, and finally the strong face friendship graph (𝑇𝑛) ∗. 2. main results theorem1 for every 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 2, (mod 4) the strong face ladder graph 𝐿𝑛 ∗ is vael. proof: we define the vertex and edge sets of 𝐿𝑛 ∗ graph as follows: 𝑉( 𝐿𝑛 ∗ ) = {𝑣𝑖 : 𝑖 = 1, 2, … ,3𝑛 − 1}, 𝐸( 𝐿𝑛 ∗ ) = {𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1, 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1, 𝑣𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 , 𝑣𝑖+1𝑣2𝑛+𝑖, 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖, 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − 1} ∪ {𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 : 𝑖 = 1, 2 … , 𝑛}. for 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 2 (mod 4) we define the labeling of 𝐿𝑛 ∗ as: 𝜇1: 𝐸( 𝐿𝑛 ∗ ) → {1, 2, … , 7𝑛 − 6}. such that; 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 7𝑖 − 6 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛. for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − ,1, we have: 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) = 7𝑖 − 5, 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) = 7𝑖 − 2, 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) = 7𝑖 − 4, 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖+1𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) = 7𝑖 − 1, 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) = 7𝑖 − 3, 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) = 7𝑖. for the vertex-weights we get: 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣1) = 𝜇1(𝑣1𝑣2) + 𝜇1(𝑣1𝑣𝑛+1) + 𝜇1(𝑣1𝑣2𝑛+1) = 6, 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑖 ) = 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖−1) + 𝜇1(𝑣1𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖−1) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) for 𝑖 = 2, 3 … , 𝑛 − 1 = (7𝑖 − 5) + (7𝑖 − 12) + (7𝑖 − 4) + (7𝑖 − 8) + (7𝑖 − 6) = 35𝑖 − 35 for𝑖 = 2, 3 … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑛) = 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛𝑣𝑛−1) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛𝑣2𝑛 ) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛 𝑣3𝑛−1) = (7𝑛 − 12) + (7𝑛 − 6) + (7𝑛 − 8) = 21𝑛 − 26, 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑛+1) = 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣1) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣𝑛+2) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣2𝑛+1) = 1 + 5 + 4 = 10, 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖−1) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) + 𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖−1) +𝜇1(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) for 𝑖 = 2, 3 … 𝑛, −1, = (7𝑖 − 2) + (7𝑖 − 9) + (7𝑖 − 3) + (7𝑖 − 7) + (7𝑖 − 6) for𝑖 = 2, 3 … , 𝑛 − 1 = 35𝑖 − 27 for 𝑖 = 2, 3 … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣2𝑛) = 𝜇1(𝑣2𝑛𝑣2𝑛−1) + 𝜇1(𝑣2𝑛𝑣𝑛) + 𝜇1(𝑣2𝑛𝑣3𝑛−1) = (7𝑛 − 9) + (7𝑛 − 6) + (7𝑛 − 7) = 21𝑛 − 22. finally: 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) = 𝜇1(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) + 𝜇1(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇1(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) + 𝜇1(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, = (7𝑖 − 4) + (7𝑖 − 1) + (7𝑖 − 3) + (7𝑖) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, = 28𝑖 − 8 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − 1. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 286 based on the vertex weight of the previous we conclude that they are all distinct and the following notes are observed: 1𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣1) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑛+1) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑛 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣2𝑛), 2𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣2𝑛+𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 2, 3𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑖+1) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 2,3, … , 𝑛 − 2. thus, the strong face ladder graph 𝐿𝑛 ∗ is vertex antimagic edge labeling for every 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 2 (mod 4). however, when 𝑛 = 6, we can easily show that 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣12) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣16) and similarly when 𝑛 = 10, then 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣20) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇1 (𝑣27) and so on. theorem 2 the strong face wheel graph 𝑊𝑛 ∗ is vael, for every 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 0 (mod 3). proof: we define the vertex and edge sets of 𝑊𝑛 graph as follows: 𝑉( 𝑊𝑛 ∗) = {𝑣𝑖 : 𝑖 = 1, 2, … ,2𝑛 + 1}, 𝐸( 𝑊𝑛 ∗) = {𝑣𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+1, 𝑣2𝑛+1𝑣𝑛+𝑖 , 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛} ∪ {𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1,𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2 … 𝑛 − 1} ∪ {𝑣1𝑣𝑛, 𝑣1𝑣2𝑛 }. for 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 0 (mod 3) we define the labeling of 𝑊𝑛 ∗ as: 𝜇2: 𝐸( 𝑊𝑛 ∗) → {1, 2, … , 5𝑛}. such that: for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛, 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛+1𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 4𝑖, 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛+1𝑣𝑖 ) = 4𝑖 − 2, 𝜇2(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 4𝑖 − 1. and for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝜇2(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) = 4𝑛 + 𝑖, 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) = 4𝑖 + 1. finally, 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛 𝑣1) = 5𝑛, 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛 𝑣1) = 1. for the vertex-weights we get: 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣1) = 𝜇2(𝑣1𝑣2) + 𝜇2(𝑣1𝑣𝑛 ) + 𝜇2(𝑣1𝑣𝑛+1) + 𝜇2(𝑣1𝑣2𝑛+1) + 𝜇2(𝑣1𝑣2𝑛 ) = (4𝑛 + 1) + (5𝑛) + 3 + 2 + 1 = 9𝑛 + 7, 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣𝑖 ) = 𝜇2(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖−1) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+1) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖−1) for 𝑖 = 2, 3 … 𝑛 − 1, = (4𝑛 + 𝑖) + (4𝑛 − 1 + 𝑖) + (4𝑖 − 1) + (4𝑖 − 2) + (4𝑖 − 3) = 8𝑛 + 14𝑖 − 7 for 𝑖 = 2, 3, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣𝑛) = 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛𝑣1) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛 𝑣𝑛−1) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛 𝑣2𝑛 ) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛 𝑣2𝑛+1) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛𝑣2𝑛−1) = (5𝑛) + (5𝑛 − 1) + (4𝑛 − 1) + (4𝑛 − 2) + (4𝑛 − 3) = 22𝑛 − 7, 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇2(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+1) for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 𝑛 − 1, = (4𝑖 − 1) + (4𝑖 + 1) + (4𝑖) = 12𝑖 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣2𝑛) = 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛𝑣1) + 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛𝑣𝑛 ) + 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛𝑣2𝑛+1) = 1 + (4𝑛 − 1) + (4𝑛) = 8𝑛. finally: 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣2𝑛+1) = ∑ 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛+1𝑣𝑖 ) 𝑛 𝑖=1 + ∑ 𝜇2(𝑣2𝑛+1𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) 𝑛 𝑖=1 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 287 = ∑(4𝑖 − 2) 𝑛 𝑖=1 + ∑(4𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 2𝑛(𝑛 + 1) − 2𝑛 + 2𝑛(𝑛 + 1) = 4𝑛2 + 2𝑛. which means that the vertex weights are all distinct and the following notes are observed: 1𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, 2𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, 3the weight of vertex (𝑣2𝑛+1) is greater than the weight of any other vertex in the strong face wheel graph 𝑊𝑛 ∗. thus, the strong face wheel graph 𝑊𝑛 ∗ is vertex antimagic edge labeling, for every 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 0 (mod 3). however, when 𝑛 = 3, we can easily show that 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣5) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣6) and similarly when 𝑛 = 6, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣10) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇2 (𝑣12) and so on. theorem 3 the strong face fan graph 𝐹𝑛 ∗, is vael, for every 𝑛 ≥ 4, 𝑛 ≢ 3 (mod 5). proof: we define the vertex and edge sets of 𝐹𝑛 ∗ graph as follows: 𝑉( 𝐹𝑛 ∗) = {𝑣 , 𝑣𝑖 : 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 2𝑛 − 1}, 𝐸( 𝐹𝑛 ∗) = {𝑣𝑣𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛} ∪ {𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1,𝑣 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 , 𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 , 𝑣𝑖+1𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2 … , 𝑛 − 1}. for 𝑛 ≥ 4, 𝑛 ≢ 3 (mod 5) we define the labeling of 𝐹𝑛 ∗, as: 𝜇3: 𝐸( 𝐹𝑛 ∗) → {1, 2, … , 5𝑛 − 4}. such that: 𝜇3(𝑣𝑣𝑖 ) = 5𝑖 − 4 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛, and for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) = 5𝑖 − 3, 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 5𝑖 − 2, 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖+1𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 5𝑖, 𝜇3(𝑣𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 5𝑖 − 1. for the vertex-weights we get: 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣1) = 𝜇3(𝑣1𝑣) + 𝜇3(𝑣1𝑣2) + 𝜇3(𝑣1𝑣𝑛+1) = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6, 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣𝑖 ) = 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖 𝑣) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖−1) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖−1) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) for 𝑖 = 2, 3 … , 𝑛 − 1, = (5𝑖 − 4) + (5𝑖 − 3) + (5𝑖 − 8) + (5𝑖 − 5) + (5𝑖 − 2) = 25𝑖 − 22 for 𝑖 = 2, 3, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣𝑛) = 𝜇3(𝑣𝑛𝑣) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑛 𝑣𝑛−1) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑛 𝑣2𝑛−1) = (5𝑛 − 4) + (5𝑛 − 8) + (5𝑛 − 5) = 15𝑛 − 17, 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 𝜇3(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇3(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, = (5𝑖 − 2) + (5𝑖) + (5𝑖 − 1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, = 15𝑖 − 3 for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1. finally: 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣) = ∑ 𝜇3(𝑣𝑣𝑖 ) 𝑛 𝑖=1 + ∑ 𝜇3(𝑣𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) 𝑛−1 𝑖=1 = ∑(5𝑖 − 4) 𝑛 𝑖=1 + ∑(5𝑖 − 1) 𝑛−1 𝑖=1 = 5 ( 𝑛2 + 𝑛 2 ) − 4𝑛 + 5 ( 𝑛2 − 𝑛 2 ) − 𝑛 + 1 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 288 = 5𝑛2 − 5𝑛 + 1. so, the weights of all vertices are distinct and the following notes are observed: 1𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 1, 2𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 − 2. thus, the strong face fan graph 𝐹𝑛 ∗ is vertex antimagic edge labeling, for every 𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 4, 𝑛 ≢ 3 (mod 5). however, when 𝑛 = 8, we can easily show that 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣5) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣8) and similarly when 𝑛 = 13, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣8) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇3 (𝑣13) and so on. theorem4 the strong face prism graph (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗ is vael, for every 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 0 (mod 5). proof: we define the vertex and edge sets of (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗graph as follows; 𝑉((𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗) = {𝑣𝑖 : 𝑖 = 1, 2, … ,3𝑛 + 1}, 𝐸( (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗) = {𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1, 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 𝑛 − 1} ∪ {𝑣𝑛 𝑣1, 𝑣2𝑛 𝑣𝑛+1, 𝑣3𝑛𝑣1, 𝑣3𝑛 𝑣𝑛+1} ∪ {𝑣3𝑛+1𝑣𝑛+𝑖 , 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2 … 𝑛} ∪ {𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 , 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2 … 𝑛} ∪ {𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1, 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2 … 𝑛 − 1}. for 𝑛 ≥ 3 , 𝑛 ≢ 0 (mod 5) we define the labeling of (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗ graph as: 𝜇4: 𝐸((𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗) → {1, 2, … , 8𝑛}. such that: for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛, 𝜇4(𝑣3𝑛+1𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 𝑖 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) = 4𝑛 + 3𝑖 − 1, 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) = 4𝑛 + 3𝑖, 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 2𝑛 + 2𝑖 − 1. and for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 𝑛 − 1, 𝜇4(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) = 7𝑛 + 𝑖, 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) = 𝑛 + 𝑖, 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) = 4𝑛 + 3𝑖 + 1, 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) = 2𝑛 + 2𝑖. finally, 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛 𝑣𝑛+1) = 2𝑛, 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛 𝑣1) = 8𝑛, 𝜇4(𝑣3𝑛 𝑣1) = 4𝑛 + 1, 𝜇4(𝑣3𝑛 𝑣𝑛+1) = 4𝑛. for the vertex-weights we get: 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣1) = 𝜇4(𝑣1 𝑣𝑛 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣1𝑣2) + 𝜇4(𝑣1𝑣𝑛+1) + 𝜇4(𝑣1𝑣3𝑛 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣1𝑣2𝑛+1) = (8𝑛) + (7𝑛 + 1) + (4𝑛 + 2) + (4𝑛 + 1) + (4𝑛 + 3) = 27𝑛 + 7, 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣𝑖 ) = 𝜇4(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖−1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖−1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) for 𝑖 = 2, 3, … , 𝑛 − 1, = (7𝑛 + 𝑖) + (7𝑛 + 𝑖 − 1) + (4𝑛 + 3𝑖) + (4𝑛 + 3𝑖 − 2) + (4𝑛 + 3𝑖 − 1) = 26𝑛 + 11𝑖 − 4 for 𝑖 = 2, 3, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣𝑛) = 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛𝑣1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛 𝑣𝑛−1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛 𝑣3𝑛 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛 𝑣2𝑛) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛𝑣3𝑛−1) = (8𝑛) + (8𝑛 − 1) + (7𝑛) + (7𝑛 − 1) + (7𝑛 − 2) = 37𝑛 − 4, 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣𝑛+1) = 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣3𝑛) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣2𝑛+1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣𝑛+2) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣2𝑛 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+1𝑣3𝑛+1) = (4𝑛 + 2) + (4𝑛) + (2𝑛 + 1) + (𝑛 + 1) + (2𝑛) + 1 = 13𝑛 + 5, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 289 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) = 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖−1) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖−1) +𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣𝑛+𝑖 𝑣3𝑛+1) for 𝑖 = 2, 3, … , 𝑛 − 1 = (4𝑛 + 3𝑖 − 1) + (𝑛 + 𝑖) + (𝑛 + 𝑖 − 1) + (2𝑛 + 2𝑖 − 2) + (2𝑛 + 2𝑖 − 1) + 𝑖 for 𝑖 = 2, 3, … , 𝑛 − 1, = 10𝑛 + 10𝑖 − 5 for 𝑖 = 2, 3, … 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣2𝑛) = 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛𝑣𝑛+1) + 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛𝑣2𝑛−1) + 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛𝑣3𝑛+1) + 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛𝑣3𝑛 ) +𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛𝑣𝑛 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛 𝑣3𝑛−1) = (2𝑛) + (2𝑛 − 1) + (𝑛) + (4𝑛 − 1) + (7𝑛 − 1) + (4𝑛 − 2) = 20𝑛 − 5, 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 ) = 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣2𝑛+𝑖 𝑣𝑛+𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − 1, = (4𝑛 + 3𝑖) + (4𝑛 + 3𝑖 + 1) + (2𝑛 + 2𝑖 − 1) + (2𝑛 + 2𝑖) for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − 1, = 12𝑛 + 10𝑖 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣3𝑛) = 𝜇4(𝑣3𝑛𝑣1) + 𝜇4(𝑣3𝑛𝑣𝑛 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣3𝑛𝑣2𝑛 ) + 𝜇4(𝑣3𝑛 𝑣𝑛+1) = (4𝑛 + 1) + (7𝑛) + (4𝑛 − 1) + (4𝑛) = 19𝑛. finally: 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣3𝑛+1) = ∑ 𝜇3(𝑣3𝑛+1 𝑣𝑛+𝑖 ) 𝑛 𝑖=1 = ∑(𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 𝑛(𝑛 + 1) 2 . so, the weights of all vertices are distinct and the following notes are observed: 1𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣𝑖 ) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣𝑖+1) for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , , 𝑛 − 1. 2the weight of vertex (𝑣𝑛 ) is greater than the weight of any other vertex in the (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗ graph. thus, the strong face prism graph (𝐶𝑛 × 𝑃2) ∗ is vertex antimagic edge labeling, for every 𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 3, 𝑛 ≢ 0 (mod 5). however when 𝑛 = 5, we can easily show that 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣6) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣11) and similarly when 𝑛 = 10, then 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣9) = 𝑤𝑡𝜇4 (𝑣11) and so on. theorem 5 the strong face friendship graph (𝑇𝑛) ∗ is vael for every 𝑛 ≥ 3. proof: we define the vertex and edge sets of (𝑇𝑛) ∗ graph as follows; 𝑉( (𝑇𝑛) ∗ ) = {𝑣, 𝑣𝑖 : 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 2𝑛} ∪ { 𝑢𝑖 : 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 𝑛}, 𝐸((𝑇𝑛) ∗ ) = {𝑣𝑣𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 2𝑛} ∪ {𝑣𝑢𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2, … 𝑛} ∪ {𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 3, … 2𝑛 − 1} ∪ {𝑢𝑖 𝑣2𝑖−1, 𝑢𝑖 𝑣2𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛}. for every 𝑛 ≥ 3, we define the labeling of (𝑇𝑛) ∗ graph as: 𝜇5((𝑇𝑛) ∗) → {1, 2, … , 6𝑛}. such that: 1 𝜇5(𝑣𝑣𝑖 ) = { 3𝑖 − 2 for 𝑖 = 1, 3, … ,2𝑛 − 1, 3𝑖 − 3 for 𝑖 = 2, 4, … ,2𝑛, 2 𝜇5(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) = 3𝑖 − 1 for 𝑖 = 1, 3, … ,2𝑛 − 1, 3 𝜇5(𝑣𝑢𝑖 ) = 6𝑖 − 2 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛, 4 𝜇5(𝑢𝑖 𝑣2𝑖−1) = 6𝑖 − 1 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛, 5 𝜇5(𝑢𝑖 𝑣2𝑖 ) = 6𝑖 for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛. for the vertex-weights we get: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 290 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣𝑖 ) = { 𝜇5(𝑣𝑖 𝑣) + 𝜇5(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖+1) + 𝜇5 (𝑣𝑖 𝑢𝑖+1 2 ) for 𝑖 = 1, 3, … ,2𝑛 − 1, 𝜇5(𝑣𝑖 𝑣) + 𝜇5(𝑣𝑖 𝑣𝑖−1) + 𝜇5 (𝑣𝑖 𝑢 𝑖 2 ) for 𝑖 = 2, 4, … ,2𝑛, = { (3𝑖 − 2) + (3𝑖 − 1) + (3𝑖 + 2) for 𝑖 = 1, 3, … ,2𝑛 − 1, (3𝑖 − 3) + (3𝑖 − 4) + 3𝑖 for 𝑖 = 2, 4, … ,2𝑛, = { 9𝑖 − 1 for i = 1, 3, … ,2n − 1, 9𝑖 − 7 for i = 2, 4, … ,2n, 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑢𝑖 ) = 𝜇5(𝑢𝑖 𝑣2𝑖−1) + 𝜇5(𝑢𝑖 𝑣2𝑖 ) + 𝜇5(𝑢𝑖 𝑣) for 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛, = (6𝑖 − 1) + (6𝑖) + (6𝑖 − 2) = 18𝑖 − 3 for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛. finally: 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣) = ∑ 𝜇5(𝑣𝑣𝑖 ) 2𝑛 𝑖=1 + ∑ 𝜇5(𝑣𝑢𝑖 ) 𝑛 𝑖=1 = (3𝑛2 − 2𝑛) + (3𝑛2) + (3𝑛2 + 𝑛) = 9𝑛2 − 𝑛. which implies that: 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣1) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣2) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑢1) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣3) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣4) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑢2) < ⋯ < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣2𝑛−1) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣2𝑛) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑢𝑛) < 𝑤𝑡𝜇5 (𝑣). based on vertex weights, the vertices weights are all distinct. thus, the strong face friendship graph (𝑇𝑛) ∗ is vertex antimagic edge labeling, for every 𝑛 ≥ 3. 3. conclusion in this paper, we proved that some families of graphs related to strong face graphs, admit vertex antimagic edge labeling. our future work will involve finding another family of strong face graphs that admits antimagic labeling. references 1.hartsfield, n.; ringel, g. pearls in graph theory. academic press, boston san diego new york -london.1990. 2.miller, m.; phanalasy, o.; ryan, j.; rylands, l. sparse graphs with vertex antimagic edge labelings. akce int. j. graphs comb 2013, 10, 193–19. 3.baca, m.; miller, m. super edge-antimagic graphs. brown walk. press. boca raton. 2008. 4.ahmed, m.a.; babujee, j.b. on face antimagic labeling of strong face plane graphs. appl. math. sci. 2017, 11, 77–91. 5.vasuki, b.; shobana, l.; ahmed, m. a. face antimagic labeling for double dublication of barycentric and middle graphs. iraqi journal of science. 2022, 63, 9. 6.gallian, j.a. a dynamic survey of graph labeling. the electronic journal of combinatorics, #ds6. 2020. 7.bača, m.; miller, m.; ryan, j.; semaničová-feňovčíková, a. magic and antimagic graphs; springer, 2019; isbn, 3030245810. 8.arumugam, s.; premalatha, k.; bača, m.; semaničová-feňovčíková, a. local antimagic vertex coloring of a graph. graphs combin. 2017, 33, 275–285. 9.baca, m.; miller, m.; phanalasy, o.; ryan, j.; semanicova-fenovcikova, a.; sillasen, a.a. totally antimagic total graphs. australia. j comb. 2015, 61, 42–56. 10.exoo, g.; ling, a.c.h.; mcsorley, j.p.; phillips, n.c.k.; wallis, w.d. totally magic graphs. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 291 discrete math. 2002, 254, 103–113. 11.golomb, s.w. how to number a graph. in graph theory and computing; elsevier.1972,23–37. 12.cichacz, s.; görlich, a.; semaničová-feňovčíková, a. upper bounds on inclusive distance vertex irregularity strength. graphs comb. 2021, 37, 2713–2721. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 39 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. birefringence for elliptical-core fibers with low ellipticities miami a. mohammed dr.miamiph@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq department of physics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, bahgdad, iraq. abstract model birefringence was measured for elliptical-core fibers with low ellipticities, note the birefringence depends strongly on the frequency, especially when fiber is being operated near the higher mode cutoff where ν ≤ 2.4 for circular fiber of the single-mode type that correspond to the birefringence maximum. when ν> 2.4 this also correspond to the birefringence maximum that can be introduced in an elliptical core fiber while still operating in the single-mode regime near the higher mode cutoff. also the birefringence is proportional to the fiber core ellipticity when core ellipticity is much less than unity, but this birefringence deviates from the linear for the large core ellipticities. keywords: modal birefringence, frequency, elliptical-core fibers, single-mode fiber, mode cutoff. 1. introduction the possibility of using polarization-sensitive components in optical systems based on single–mode fiber waveguides accounts for the great interest that elliptic fibers are now attracting .ellipticity of the core cross section is on of the main imperfections in real optical fibers, which frequency lifts the degeneracy between the two main orthogonally polarized modes of an ideal circular fiber end give rise to birefringence .in the case when specific polarization characteristics of optical waveguides are achieved by geometric effects it would be of interest not only to study other axially asymmetric fibers, but also to investigate more fully the phenomenon of mode birefringence of elliptic fibers[1]. we shall obtain an approximate formula for the mode birefringence of a low-ellipticity fiber. the formula is derived using approximate vector solutions of the maxwell equations for two dominant orthogonally polarized modes. it is shown that there are considerable changes in the mode birefringence due to changes in the parameters of the single–mode modes. it is shown that the ranges of the approximate of a single-mode elliptic fiber in which the mode birefringence doi: 10.30526/35.1.2798 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index article history: received 30, december 2021, accepted 9, january, 2022, published in january 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:dr.miamiph@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 40 is maximal and the intermodal dispersion minimal overlap near the limit of the single–mode regime [2, 3]. an experimental study was conducted in which the geometry of an optical fiber with a hollow core with a high ellipticity results in a high geometric refraction in the optical fiber at a wavelength of 1550 µm [4].there was a theoretical study that included numerical analysis using the finite element method. the high birefringence of photonic crystal fibers with an elliptical air hole resulted in better than using a circular hole to obtain high birefringence in photonic crystal fibers, and it was later compared with ordinary optical fibers. it has an elliptical air hole and a circular hole, where the highest birefringence was obtained for the photonic crystal fiber [5]. a theoretical study was used to fabricate an elliptical gap optical fiber with a compressed lattice that results in high binary refraction with a wide frequency of terahertz [6], the directional losses of this fiber are effectively reduced by the absorption of the material, as long as there is a partial dominance of the modular power distribution in the air gaps inside the dielectric material [7]. a new study was proposed to measure sea water temperature sensor based on the sagnac loop of high birefringent elliptical fibers. after optimizing the test parameters at a wavelength, it achieves the highest sensitivity and the highest detection range with low cost, small size and ease of manufacture of this type of fiber [8]. a numerical analysis was used by applying the finite element method fem to design two models of optical crystal fibers, each containing five rings of air holes of circular and oval shapes. as a result, we will obtain high binary refraction and negative scattering at wavelength 1.55 μm and nonlinearity with small loss of optical crystal fibers it was found that the elliptical model gives more small confinement loss than the circular model at wavelength [9]. the fibers have been designed with a fiber with a highly elliptical core surrounded by a trench designed to obtain the optimum effective indicators. in addition to the manufacture of asymmetric structures to increase the birefringence in the fiber through thermal stress that occurs during the manufacturing process, this results in a high birefringence in the fiber for all guided spatial modes, which can be used in the multiplexinput transmission system.also in the same year, two types of fibers with semi-circular holes were designed in the sagnac ring, where the design is designed to coincide with torsion, malleability and temperature. this new combination of fibers results in a high sensitivity to torsion-induced binary breakage at a certain temperature. the presence of such physical parameters as torsion, axial pressure and temperature allows resonance depressions in the interference pattern with different rates of wavelength shift [10, 11]. a high-birefringence fiber was designed due to the stress-induced polarization -maintaining fibers (pmf) fibers, which are designed from an elliptical core, in addition to four elliptical side holes distributed around it, and two symmetrical parts in a circular. what was compared to the typical birefringence of conventional polarization -maintaining fibers (pmf) as panda fibers,this type of pmf proposed design improves the ability to maintain polarization, as it is considered a promising candidate that can be used in a wide range in high quality optical fiber sensors and also in optical communication systems [12]. in this paper, the effect of a change in the ellipticity of the core on the value of the birefringence modal was studied. we note that the ellipticity of the core of the fiber changes through the fast and slow propagation axes and results in retardation that depends on the degree of ellipticity, and also the phase difference strongly depends on the frequency. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 41 the paper is organized as follows. in section 2, the theoretical part about birefringence in the optical fiber and the design of the elliptical core fibers is presented. then, the practical section is presented in section 3, which includes the optical system for conducting the workflow, followed by the most important findings and discussions in section 4, and then finally, the most important conclusions that we reached through the workflow are presented in section 5. 2. theory part 2.1 birefringence insingle –mode fiber the birefringence normally-exhibited by single-mode optical fibers is the result of a difference δβ between the propagation constant of the two orthogonally polarized state of the fundamental mode.each mode travels at different velocity, known as birefringence. the fiber model birefringence is defined as [13, 14].   2 )( yxb   (1) where βx, βyis the mode propagation constants, the difference in phase velocities cause the fiber to exhibit linear retardation, the value of which depends on the fiber length. this leads to a polarization state which is, in general,elliptical but which varies periodically along the fiber with characteristiclength l where  2 l (2) typical singlemode fibersare found to have a period of a few centimeters. 2.2 ellipticalcore fibers since the stress layer is separated from the core by more than five times the core radius, the influence of stress layer on the geometrical anisotropy can be ignored. figure 1shows the geometry of the elliptical core fiber. the relative difference in refraction indexes between core and cladding ∆ and the ellipticity of the core ϵ are defined as [15, 16]. n nn 2 2 1 2 2 2 1   (3) a ba   (4) where 𝑛1 is the refractive index of the core, 𝑛2 is the refractive index of the cladding, and a, bare the semi major and semi minor axes of the core, respectively .the two dominant modes of the ellipticalcoresfiber are the 𝐻𝐸11 𝑋 (𝐻𝐸11 𝑜𝑑𝑑) mode, in which the direction of the ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 42 electric field vector lies along the major( x-coordinate ) axis figure 2 (a), and the 𝐻𝐸11 𝑌 ( 𝐻𝐸11 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛) mode , in which the electric field vectoralong the minor(y-coordinate) axis figure 2(b). in calculating propagation constant, delay time, waveguide dispersion, a numerical method was used based on the point-matching principle. the point-matching method is a useful technique to analyze dispersion characteristics for homogeneous optical fibers with deformed core boundaries[18] .the hybrid electromagnetic fields were expanded in terms of linear combination of circular harmonics (bessel’s functions) and the boundary conditions are imposed on the field at a finite number points on the boundary. the propagation constant is given as the eigenvalue of the determinant equation whose elements are obtained by using bessel’s functions. for a fiber having slightly elliptical core(∆ <<1, ϵ<< 1), the normalized birefringence b is expressed approximately in a form [14, 18,19]: )2( 2 3 2   e a b  (5) a x y b n₁ n₂ core cladding figure 1 .cross section of elliptical core. (a ) he11 x mode (b) he11 y mode figure 2.field pattern for he11 x (left), and he11 y (right) modes [17]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 43 )2( 3 )2( 4 22 2 3 2     e a (6) the normalized phase difference 𝛿𝛽 is expressed as a function of the normalized frequencyν for elliptical core fibers with various ellipticties. )2( 3)2( 4 222 3 2      a e (7) where  2 1 ak n (k=2𝜋/ 𝜆is a wavelength of light in vacuum). 3. experimental part the experimental apparatus setup used for the measurement is shown in figure 3. linearly polarized light from a he-ne laser operating at (632.8) nm is focused on a fresnel rhombus adjusted to transform the state of polarization from linear to circular. the circularly polarized light is focused on polarizer to select the polarization plane of the emergent linearly polarized beam. the light with selected plane of polarization is coupled to the fiber through a microscope objective. the emerging light of the optical fiber end is focused on analyzer through a microscope objective .the light beam then reaches the detection system,which constants of a pin-si photo detector connected to a low-noise pre-amplifier. the electric signal from the detection system fed a lock-in amplifier whose reference is the signal of the optical chopper placed in front of laser [18, 19]. a fiber was used having the characteristics shown in the table 1, the deviation from circularity was determined by etching the fiber end in hydrofluoric acid and examining it under a highpower optical microscope to ensure from deformed that obtain in the fiber end. also, we take various value of core ellipticitywith small ellipticity of fiber core (0.19, 0.227, 0.38, 0.45, 0.77) and index differentbetween core and cladding is (∆=2.3× 10−3) [20]. table 1 .properties of used optical fiber [21] property fiber gsb2 core composition ge𝑂2/𝑆𝑖𝑂2 core diameter 5 µm cladding composition b2𝑂3/𝑆𝑖𝑂2 cladding diameter 16.5 µm substrate tube silica relative index different 2.3× 10−3 overall fiber diameter 210 µm v-value at 632.8 nm 2.4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 44 the experimental procedure for the determination of the linear birefringence consists to obtain the polarization state of the emerging light beam for a specific polarization plane of the coupled light beam. the polarization plane is obtained turning the polarizer (45°) with respect to the principle axes of the fiber , so that the two electric field components will be equally excited a long these axes .the principle axes of the fiber are the polarization planes a long of which ,the linear polarization state of propagation beam is preserved. therefore these axes can be determined adjusting the polarizer and verifying the polarization state of emergent beam through the analyzer [20, 22]. 4. results and discussion the phase difference between the two polarization states of the fundamental mode on an elliptical fiber in the limit of small ellipticity and weak guidance. however, calculation the phase difference δβ as a function of normalized frequency ν for small values of ∆, a and ϵ from equation (7) as shown in table 2. also figure 4show the phase difference as a function of normalized frequency for various valuesof ellipticity core(0.185,0.227,0.37,0.45,0.77) and index different between core and cladding (∆=2.3× 10−3), this birefringence depends strongly on the frequency or ν value. these graphs demonstrate that when the parameters of elliptic fiber vary only within the limits of the single –mode fiber regime, the maximum δβ near 2< ν < 2.4 at which the single -mode fiber is being operated near the high mode cutoff are considered (ν≈2.4 for step –index fiber). figure 4 also shows dependence of the absolute value of the relative difference ∆ between different the two propagation constants are very and sensitive, when the different between the refractive indices is few. for value ν slight greater than 2.4 this is typical of elliptic fibers with small ellipticity of the core, while still near the limit of the single-mode regime, the difference between the group velocity is zero and consequently, the dispersion of a signal transmitted by a single –mode fiber with the parameters for this range is minimal .moreover, microscope object laser he-ne lock –in amplifier desk top computer photodetection system analyzer microscope object single fiber micropositioner micropositioner polarizer chopper fresnel rhombus plotter figure 3 .experimental apparatus used to perform the measurements [20]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 45 in this range modal birefringence is close to its maximum value. by increasing ν value give lower figures than all other graphs this mean reach to implies that the birefringence produced by a given core ellipticity is here found, by a considerable margin in some cases. in addition that, the phase difference δβ as a function of the core ellipticity in fiber having ν=2.4 at λ=0.632.8 nm show in figure 5, the birefringence for fiber with smallcore ellipticity is proportional to ellipticity when ϵ is much than less unity (ϵ<<1) for operation at the high mode cutoff normalized frequency ν=2.4 for near-circular step –index fibers. but for more elliptical cores(ϵ >>1) the birefringence is not proportional to ellipticities, then that the birefringence is no longer very sensitive to the core ellipticity and,in the range still near the high mode cutoff. table 2 .show phase difference δβ as a function of normalized frequency for various and a=2.55 µm × 10−3of core ellipticity, ∆=2.3 values ν δβ ϵ2 = 0.185 δβ ϵ2= 0.227 δβ ϵ2= 0.37 δβ ϵ2= 0.45 δβ ϵ2= 0.77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.2 0.011 0.014 0.022 0.034 0.04 0.4 0.031 0.052 0.063 0.085 0.1305 0.6 0.051 0.071 0.104 0.138 0.209 0.8 0.067 0.101 0.138 0.188 0.267 1 0.08 0.125 0.164 0.233 0.328 1.2 0.089 0.145 0.184 0.274 0.365 1.4 0.099 0.156 0.194 0.299 0.389 1.6 0.1 0.168 0.202 0.308 0.405 1.8 0.1016 0.177 0.206 0.314 0.413 2 0.1012 0.178 0.2079 0.315 0.415 2.2 0.099 0.176 0.207 0.313 0.414 2.4 0.098 0.168 0.2043 0.306 0.408 2.6 0.095 0.157 0.2007 0.302 0.401 2.8 0.093 0.142 0.1962 0.29 0.392 3 0.091 0.134 0.1912 0.284 0.382 3.2 0.088 0.125 0.186 0.271 0.372 3.4 0.085 0.117 0.18 0.262 0.361 3.6 0.082 0.111 0.175 0.253 0.3501 3.8 0.08 0.107 0.169 0.237 0.339 4 0.077 0.102 0.164 0.228 0.328 4.2 0.075 0.098 0.158 0.215 0.316 4.4 0.072 0.092 0.153 0.205 0.306 4.6 0.069 0.087 0.148 0.188 0.296 4.8 0.067 0.083 0.143 0.172 0.286 5 0.065 0.081 0.138 0.165 0.276 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 46 5.2 0.063 0.075 0.133 0.154 0.267 5.4 0.061 0.072 0.129 0.148 0.258 5.6 0.058 0.069 0.125 0.139 0.25 5.8 0.056 0.065 0.12 0.134 0.241 6 0.055 0.062 0.116 0.13 0.233 6.2 0.053 0.059 0.112 0.124 0.226 6.4 0.05 0.057 0.109 0.122 0.219 6.6 0.048 0.054 0.105 0.119 0.211 6.8 0.047 0.053 0.102 0.114 0.205 7 0.045 0.052 0.099 0.109 0.198 7.2 0.044 0.051 0.096 0.102 0.192 7.4 0.042 0.05 0.093 0.101 0.186 7.6 0.041 0.048 0.09 0.099 0.181 7.8 0.039 0.046 0.087 0.098 0.175 8 0.038 0.044 0.081 0.093 0.17 figure 4 .phase difference δβ as a function of normalized frequency for various values of core ellipticity (0.185, 0.227, 0.37 0.45, 0.77) and ∆=2.3× 10−3. ϵ= 0.77 ϵ= 0.45 ϵ= 0.37 ϵ= 0. 227 ϵ= 0. 185 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 47 5. conclusion an ellipticity in the fiber core establishes preferred fast and slow axes of propagation and produces a retardance which depends on the degree of ellipticity and also the phase difference depends strongly on the frequency. the maximum δβ near ν value 2< ν < 2.4 is consistent with the usual operating condition for conventional single –mode fibers. when ν > 2.4 this is also the maximum birefringence that can be introduced in an elliptical core fiber while still operating in the single mode regime. increase ν value, the mode birefringence decrease until reach to implies near the limits of the single –mode fiber regime, then the parameters of elliptic fiber is very sensitive because of the small absolute difference between the two propagation constants. when core ellipticity is much than less unity, the phase difference is proportional to core ellipticity and for elliptical cores more than unity phase difference is no longer very sensitive to the core ellipticity is not proportional to core ellipticity and deviation from linearity for the large core ellipticity. references 1. kalosha, v .p.; khapalyuk, a. p.; mode birefringence in a single-mode elliptical optical fiber, journal of quantum electronics, 1983, 13, 1, 109–112. 2. marcuse, d.; theory of dielectric optical waveguide, academic press, new york, 1991. 3. elion, g. r.;elion, h. a.; fiber optical in communication systems, marcel, dekker inc., new york, 1978. 4. jung, y.; han, s. r.; kim, s.; paek, u. c.; oh k.; versatile control of geometric birefringence in elliptical hollow optical fiber, opt. lett., 2006, 31, 18,2681-2683. figure 5.phase difference δβ as a function of core.ellipticity in fiber having ν=2.4 at λ=0.632.8 nm. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 0.5 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 48 5. yuh-sien, s.; yuan-fong, c.; han-hsuan, y.; lin-fang, s.; tzong-jer, y.; din ping t.;high birefringence photonic crystal fiber with a complexunit cell of asymmetric elliptical air hole cladding, appl. opti., 2007, 46, 22, 5276-5281. 6. chen, h.; chen, d.; hong, z.; squeezed lattice elliptical-hole terahertz fiber with high birefringence, appl. opt., 2009, 48, 20, 3943-3947. 7. kim, s. e.; kim, b. h.; lee, c. g.; lee, s.; oh k.; keec.;elliptical defected core photonic crystal fiber with high birefringence and negative flattened dispersion,optics express, 2012,20, 2, 1385-1391. 8. wang, x. ; yang, h. j. ; wang, s.-s.; liao, y: p.;wangj.; seawater temperature measurement based on a high-birefringence elliptic fibersagnac loop, ieee photonics technol. lett, 2015, 27, 16. 9. saha, r.; hossain, m. m.; rahaman, m. e.; mondal, h. s.;design and analysis of high birefringence and nonlinearity with small confinement loss photonic crystal fiber,frontiers of optoelect.,2019, 12, 163-175. 10. corsi, a.; chang, j. h.; wang, r.; wang, l.; rusch, l. a.; larochelle s.;highly elliptical core fiber with stress-induced birefringence for mode multiplexing, opt. appl., 2020, 45, 10, 2822-2825. 11. htein, l.; gunawardena, d. s.; liu, z.; hwa, y. t.; twosemicircular-hole fiber in a sagnac loop for simultaneous discrimination of torsion, strainand temperature, optics express,2020, 28, 23,33841-33853. 12. li m.; li h.; design of ultrahigh birefringent stress-induced polarizationmaintaining fiber with hole-assistance, optical fiber technology, 2021, 67, 102707. 13. shah alam, m.; anwar ,s. r. m.; modal properties of elliptical core optical fibers considering stress-optic effects, j. electrical and computer engineer., 2010, 5, 4, 257-261. 14. adams, m. j.; payne, d.n.; ragdaale c. m.; birefringence in optical fibers with elliptical cross-section, electron. lett.,1979, 15, 10, 298-299. 15. okamoto, k.; hosaka, t.; sasakl, y; linearly single polarization fibers with polarization zero mode dispersion, journal of quantum electronics,1982, 18, 4, 496-503. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37085383488 https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37085374047 https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37085390283 https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37085375717 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12200-018-0837-6#auth-rekha-saha https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12200-018-0837-6#auth-md__mahbub-hossain https://www.springer.com/journal/12200/ https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s1068520021002571#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s1068520021002571#! ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 49 16. okashi ,t.; singlepolarization single mode fibers, journal of quantum electronics, 1981, 17, 6, 879-884. 17. love, j. d.; sammut, r.a.; snyde a. w.; birefringence in elliptically deformed optical fibers”, electron. lett.,1979, 15, 20, 615-616. 18. summat, r. a.; birefringence in slightly elliptically optical fibers, electron. lett.,1980, 16, 19, 615-616. 19. kumar, a.; varshney, r. k.; thyagarajan, k.; birefringence calculation in elliptical-core optical fibers, electron. lett.,1984, 20, 3, 112-113. 20. vieria a. j. c.; siliva m. t. c.; low birefringence single optical fiber polarimetiric properties, j. electrical and computer engineer, 1988, 3, 10, 57-62. 21. adam m. j.; payne d.n.; fabrication of single –mode fiber exhibiting extremely low polarization birefringence, electron. lett.,1979, 15, 11, 309-311. 22. hwang i. k.; lee y. h.; high birefringence in elliptical hollow optical fiber, appl. opt., 2004, 12, 3, 1916–1923. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37085375023 https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37085375023 the structural and surface morphology properties of aluminum doped cdo thin films prepared by vacuum thermal evaporation technique. alia a. shehab samir a. maki ayad a. salih department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in :22 june2014, accepted in : 8september 2014 abstract undoped and al-doped cdo thin films have been prepared by vacuum thermal evaporation on glass substrate at room temperature for various al doping ratios (0.5, 1 and 2)wt.% . the films are characterized by xrd and afm surface morphology properties. xrd analysis showed that cdo:al films are highly polycrystalline and exhibit cubic crystal structure of lattice constant averaged to 0.4696 nm with (111) preferred orientation. however, intensity of all peaks rapidly decreases which indicates that the crystallinity decreases with the increase of al dopant. the grain size decreases with al content (from 60.81 to 48.03 nm). sem and afm were applied to study the morphology and to estimate the surface roughness of the obtained films. all films were homogeneous and smooth, with a characteristic spherical grain size depending on al content. the (rms) roughness of the films increases with the increase of al dopant. the improvement of the structural and surface morphology properties of al-doped cdo has potential applications for different optoelectronic device applications. keywords: cdo:al thin films, structure properties, xrd, afm, sem. 158 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction transparent conductive oxides (tco) are a type of semiconductor oxides of high conductivity arising from structural metal interstitials and oxygen vacancies. it is well known that high carrier mobility μh is essential for tcos with good quality electro-optical properties[1]. from other side sometimes it is necessary to hybridize tco in order to get some properties for various advanced technology applications, the hybridization can be realized by doping with elements having the required wanted property to be appeared in the tco. among these tcos, cdo is an important material for the fundamental studies. it is now well conceived that the cdo shows many excellent properties, which make it suitable as a tco [2]. cdo is a degenerate n-type semiconductor with a rock-salt crystal structure (fcc). its high electrical conductivity (102-104) ω-1cm-1 and high optical transmittance in visible and nir spectral regions with a moderate reflective index make it useful for various applications, photo diodes, gas sensors devices, transparent electrodes, photo transistors, photovoltaic solar cells, etc[2-5] with a direct band gap of (2.2-2.7) ev [4-7]. the n-type electrical conduction in cdo and the low resistivity of cdo thin films are due to cd interstitial (cdi) and oxygen vacancies, however the oxygen vacancies is dominate defect acting as doubly ionized (+2) charge shallow donors [6]. the carrier mobility in cdo films could be improved by doping with different metallic ions. it was established experimentally that doping of host cdo by ions of radius slightly smaller than that of cd2+, like tl [8], y [9], in [10], sm[11] and al [12-14], could improve the electronic mobility and conductivity of carriers. in this paper, we investigate both the structural and surface morphology properties for undoped cdo and al-doped cdo films with various low percentages of al. our aim is to improve new nanostructure cdo films to control their structural and surface morphology properties to be utilized in new applications in optoelectronic devices. we conclude that al as an incorporation element can be used to change structural and surface morphology properties to raise the chemical stability. experimental details cdo:al films have been deposited on glass substrate by thermal vacuum evaporation using (edwardsunit 306) system in vacuum about 4.5x10-5 mbar at room temperature. the thickness of the films were determined with (precisa-swiss) microbalance by using weighing method and found to be about (300∓10) nm, with deposition rate about (1∓0.1) nm/sec. the metal bulk cadmium thin films (from fluka a.g company / germany), were evaporated in vacuum at room temperature onto cleaned glass substrates with (2.5 x 2 x 1)cm3 size. the distance between the substrate and the boat is (18) cm. a thin layer of cdo is formed on a chemically deposited cd thin film through reaction with atmospheric oxygen during heating by (vectoreen model) oven for one hour at 400 °c. during the heating process, the color of the cd films changed from silver-grey at room temperature to a blackbrown color at a temperature of oxidation. so that al atomic percentages doping in the films were (0, 0.5, 1 and 2)% wt. the crystal structure of these films was checked by x-ray diffraction technique, (xrd) patterns were obtained with a (shimadzu japan -xrd600) automatic diffractmeter using the cukα radiations (λ=1.54059 å) in the range of 2θ between 25° and 75°. surface morphology was studied using (vega3-tescan model, usa) scanning electron microscope (sem). atomic force microscopy (afm) measurements were carried out using (spm model aa 3000 angstrom advanced lns., usa) to determine the nanocrystalline topography and grain size of the films. 159 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 results and discussion 1. crystal structure: (xrd) spectra of the undoped and al-doped cdo films are shown in fig. 1. the existence of multiple diffraction peaks of (111), (200), (220), (311) and (222) planes indicates the polycrystalline nature of the cdo films compound with cubic nacl structure. the d-space ‘d’ and the lattice constant ‘a’ of the prominent peaks ((111), (200) and (222)) were calculated and presented in table. 1. the xrd peaks coincide with those of cubic crystal structure according to astm card no. 05-0640 [15]. the observed ‘d’ and ‘a’ values are in good agreement with standard ‘d’ and ‘a’ values taken from (astm) data as shown in table (1). the lattice constant parameter ‘a’ of the cubic structure of cdo films is calculated using the following formula [16]: 𝟏 𝒅𝟐 = 𝐡 𝟐+𝐤𝟐+𝐥𝟐 𝐚𝟐 …………….. (1) the calculated lattice constant for the dominant peaks of (111), (200) and (222) of cdo is averaged to a = 4.6963 ǻ which is close to the reported value [13, 16, 17, 18]. however, intensity of all peaks rapidly decreases as shown in fig. 1 and full width at half maximum (fwhm) increases for the films with the increase of al content. this behavior can be associated with the presence of al-cd compounds in the amorphous phase and with a diminishing of the cdo grain size ‘d’ [19]. the lattice parameter ‘a’ decreases from 4.6968 to 4.6763 å when al percentage increases from (0 to 2)% wt. for (111) plane as shown in table (2). the relatively stronger intensity of the peak indicates preferential (111)orientation of the films or indicating a strong orientational growth along that plane, similar behavior has also been reported by other researchers [12, 20-22]. the undoped thin film has shown the highest (111) diffraction peak intensity while the peak intensities of the aluminum doped films decreased with doping concentrations, which indicates that an increase in doping concentration deteriorates the crystallinity of the films. for polycrystalline semiconductor, dopants are known to segregate in grain boundaries in electrically inactive configurations [23-25]. there is always a tendency for the aluminum dopants to segregate at the grain-inter particle boundaries even for a low al doping concentration [26]. considering the above mentioned cases, the deterioration of crystallinity in the present cdo:al films may be attributed to the deformation in the cdo lattice induced by the ion size difference between cd (ionic radius=0.095 ǻ) and al (ionic radius=0.0535 ǻ) and excess al may also occupy interstitial positions in cdo lattice resulting in distorted crystal structure, thus decreasing the carrier mobility [27], and an increased segregation of aluminum in grain boundaries inhibiting the crystalline formation as a function of doping concentration. this is evident by the peak width broadening with increasing al content, which suggests that the grain size of the cdo:al thin film decreases as a function of al concentration as shown in table(2). the grain size value ‘d’ of the films was estimated from the scherrer's equation[28]: d = 𝟎.𝟗 𝛌 𝛃 𝐜𝐨𝐬 (𝛉) …………………. (2) where β (fwhm), is the full width at half maximum of diffraction peak measured in radians units, θ is the bragg angle and λ is the x-ray wavelength used (λ=1.54059 å). the grain size associated to the (111) direction was found to decrease from 60.8 nm (undoped) to a minimum about 48 nm for an al concentration of 2 wt.% as shown in fig. 2, this behavior is consistent with previous report of al-doped cdo films prepared by sol-gel [28], spray pyrolysis [13, 18, 29] and by ultrasonic spray pyrolysis technique [30]. the dislocation density (δ) is defined as the length of dislocation lines per unit volume of the crystal, has been estimated using the equation [31]: δ= 𝟏 𝐃𝟐 ………………. (3) 160 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 the δ-value is criterion of crystallization level. lower δ-values indicated higher crystallinity levels for the films, since δ is the measure of the amount of defects in a crystal and the value of dislocation density obtained in this work is found to be equal to 2.7x1014 lines/m2 for undoped films. the small value of δ obtained in the present work confirms the good crystallinity of the cdo film fabricated by employing this thermal evaporation technique. the number of crystallites per unit surface area (n) of the film was determined using the formula [31]: n= 𝐭 𝐃𝟑 …………………. (4) where, t is the thickness of the films. the value of n was found to be equal to 1.334x1015/m2 for undoped films. the variation of δ and n as a function of al dopant as shown in fig. 3 and table (2), were increased with the increase of al dopant concentration in the films. 2. (afm) analysis: afm scans of the surface morphology were carried out to study the change in the surface morphology of the films. afm images of pure and al doped cdo thin films are shown in fig. 4. these images show that the film is homogeneous and it has a large number of vertically aligned (columnar) grains, uniformly distributed features with no pinholes or island structures are observed in all the thin films. it can be seen in fig. 4 that the surface roughness of the cdo film is changed with the increase of al-doping level from (0 to 2)% wt. the increase in pyramidal shape with increases al dopant, indicate that the increase in the surface roughness affects the surface characterization of the films and leads to changes in the optical, electronic, and vibrational transitions of the material. [32]. nanoscale surface roughness of the films was calculated by section analysis of the height image. the section analysis of the height image indicated increase in nanoscale roughness for films with additives. afm phase image can be used to map stiffness difference on the surface [33]. the grain size and the root-mean-square (rms) roughness of the samples were estimated from afm images and the results have been shown in table (3). the measured (rms) roughness of the (undoped, 0.5, 1 and 2)%wt. al doped cadmium oxide films were (0.76, 0.96, 1.03 and 1.18) nm, respectively (table 3). it is less than 1.2 nm over a (2μm×2μm) area for all films; these values are consistent with previous reports for undoped and doped cdo thin films prepared by various techniques [34-36]. it is evaluated that the surface roughness of the films depends on the distribution of particles on surface of the films. further, the roughness of the samples increases with the increase of al concentration as shown in fig.(2). this behavior is similar to cdo:al thin films of the previous reports [14, 29]. therefore, the increases in roughness of the film surface indicate the possibility of using the synthesized films as anti-reflection-coatings, which reduce light reflection, but increase light absorption in the visible region of the solar spectrum [37]. it is observed from table (3) of afm analysis, that the grain size or the particle size of cdo is decreased with increase in al-doping percentage. the afm observation is consistent with the above xrd results. from table (2) & table (3), it seems a lower estimate of the corresponding size determined by the xrd analysis. the disagreement between the grain size determinations from xrd and afm measurements is expected because the afm measurement directly visualizes the surface grains only without considering the degree of structural defects [38], while the xrd determination is based on the grain size of the defectfree volume [39] (common lattice defects in metal oxide semiconductors are for instance oxygen vacancies and metal atoms on interstitial lattice sites) [40]. so, we conclude that an average grain observed by the afm contains other lager size crystallites belonging to 161 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 different orientations, as observed in the xrd [38]. afm images are consistent with pervious report of al-doped cdo films prepared by spray pyrolysis method [29]. 3. (sem) analysis: fig. 5 shows scanning electron micrographs (sem) of the nanostructured undoped and al–doped cdo films. from the first image (fig. 5a) it seems that the particles have rounded shape less than 1 μm diameter. but the diameter decreases in second image (fig. 5b), while the third and fourth images (fig. 5c,d), the particles shape is like pyramids and the number of pyramids-like particles increased with al doping. furthermore, at the fourth image, we can see that the pyramids-like shape particles are more homogeneous than the third image. all the films were homogenously distributed and have dense uniform spherical crystalline grains for undoped and 0.5%wt. doped films (fig. 5a,b), and granular surface properties with uniform pyramids shape of single mode size distribution of grains are observed for 1% and 2wt.% doped films (fig. 5c,d). also, it is well hold and well adherent with glass substrate surface without cracks. with the al-doping, surface becoming homogeneous and fairly smooth. this array completely diminished and surface becomes highly smooth and homogenous for 2%wt. aldoped sample (fig. 5d). the sem images show that the surface morphology of the films is strongly dependent on the concentration of aluminum, that suggests al acts as an agent provide homogeneity and to improve film quality. generally, the low ratio doping samples exhibited a porous microstructure and spherical crystalline surface particles. furthermore, when the doping concentration increases the cdo particle size decreases. these results are consistent with above xrd and afm results. the change of particle size can be attributed to the almost 43% difference in ionic radius between cadmium (0.095 nm) and aluminum (0.0535 nm) [41]. however, the sem images confirm the afm images. sem images are consistent with pervious report of al-doped cdo films prepared by sol–gel process [12]. conclusion the undoped and al-doped cdo films were deposited by physical vapor deposition in vacuum technique. the structural and surface morphology properties of these films were investigated as a function of al doping concentration at room temperature. well adherent, homogeneous, smooth and crack-free thin films with nano-grain size were successfully grown on glass substrate utilizing a new precursor, by pvd method. xrd patterns shows that it has polycrystalline nature with cubic crystal structure with (111) plane as preferential orientation. sem images revealed a spherical and pyramids shapes-grain surface with single mode size homogenous distribution of grains. the mean values of nano-clusters size and roughness for pure and al-doped cdo were determined by using afm. afm imaging indicated high smooth surfaces with small rms roughness values and the results show moderate autosimilarity of the film surfaces and the surface morphology of cdo film can be improved substantially by al-doping. the correlation between structural properties and morphology of the films have shown that the grain size decreased with the increase of al concentration and rms roughness. the grain size of undoped cdo film is 60.81 nm which decreases with the increase of al content. finally, it may be concluded that vacuum thermal evaporation technique is a good technique for producing nano-structure material. in addition, the surface morphology of the films plays an important role on structural, optical and electrical behavior of al doped cdo thin films. 162 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 references 1. ramakrishna, k.t. ;reddy; shanthini, g.m.; johnston, d. and miles r. w. (2003). highly transparent and conducting cdo films grown by chemical spray pyrolysis. thin solid films, 427(1): 397-400. 2. calnan, s. and tiwari, a. n. (2010) high mobility transparent conducting oxides for thin film solar cells. thin solid films, 518, 1839-1849. 3. azarian, a.; iraji zad, a. and mahdavi, s. m. (2009) cdo/psi/si photo detector . int. j. of nanotechnology, 6: 997-1005. 4. zhao, z. ; morel, d. l. and ferekides, c. s. (2002) electrical and optical properties of tindoped cdo films deposited by atmospheric metal organic chemical vapor deposition”. thin solid films, 413: 203–211. 5. dakhel, a.a. (2013). germanium doping to improve carrier mobility in cdo films. advances in optoelectronics, 2013: 804646-804652. 6. burbano, m. ; scanlon, d. o. and g. w. watson. (2011) sources of conductivity and doping limits in cdo from hybrid density functional theory”. journal of the american chemical society, 133(38): 15065–15072. 7. mustafa, q. m. (2011). study of the optical constants as a function of the annealing temperature and the thickness for cdo thin films, m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 8. dakhel, a. a. (2008) “effect of thallium doping on the electrical and optical properties of cdo thin films. physica status solidi (a), 205(11): 2704–2710. 9. dou, y.; egdell, r.; walker, t. and beamson, g. (1998) “n-type doping in cdo ceramics: a study by eels and photoemission spectroscopy”. surface science, 398(1): 241–258. 10. al-anssari, ramiz; habubi, nadir and ali, jinan. (2013)."fabrication and characterization of n-cdo: in/p-si thin film solar cell. journal of electron devices, 17: 1457-1464. 11. dakhel, a.a.(2009) transparent conducting properties of samarium doped cdo. journal of alloys and compounds, 475(2): 51-54. 12. ilican, s. ; caglar, m; cagar, y. and yakuphanoglua, f. (2009). cdo:al films deposited by sol–gel process: a study on their structural and optical properties. optoelectronics & advanced materialsrapid communication, 3(2): 135-140. 13. khan, m.k. ; azizar rahman, m. ; shahjahan, m ; mozibur rahman, m ; hakim, m.a. ; dilip kumar saha and jasim uddin khan.(2010). effect of al-doping on optical and electrical properties of spray pyrolytic nano-crystalline cdo thin films. current applied physics, 10: 790–796. 14. yahia, i. s.; salem, g. f.; abd el-sadek, m.; yakuphanoglu, f. (2013)."optical properties of al-cdo nano-clusters thin films by sol-gel spin coating method". super lattices and microstructures, 64: 178-184. 15. jcpds,(1997).international center for diffraction data, astm data files 5-64 and 8-459, card 050640. 16. usharani, k. ; balu, a. ; shanmugavel, g. and suganya, m. (2013). transparent conducting cdo thin films fabricated by low cost simplified spray technique using perfume atomizer. ijsrr, 2(3): 53-68. 17. dakhel, a.a.and henari, f.z.(2003). optical characterization of thermally evaporated thin cdo films. crystal research and technology, 38(11): 979-985. 18. kumaravel, r. ; menakaa, s. ; regina, s.; mary snegaa, k. and ramamurthia, k. (2010). electrical, optical and structural properties of aluminum doped cadmium oxide thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis technique". materials chemistry and physics, 122: 444–448. 19. ngamnit wongcharoena ; thitinai gaewdanga and w. tiparatana w. (2012). electrical properties of al-doped cdo thin films prepared by thermal evaporation in vacuum". energy procedia, 15: 361–370. 20. maity, r.; chattopadhyay, k. (2006). synthesis and characterization of aluminum doped cdo thin films by sol-gel process. solar energy materials and solar cells, 5(23): 597-606. 163 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 http://www.researchgate.net/researcher/6957033_a_azarian http://www.researchgate.net/researcher/53490016_a_iraji_zad http://www.researchgate.net/researcher/11947409_s_m_mahdavi http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/author_form?author=yahia,+i&fullauthor=yahia,%20i.%20s.&charset=utf-8&db_key=phy http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/author_form?author=salem,+g&fullauthor=salem,%20g.%20f.&charset=utf-8&db_key=phy http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/author_form?author=abd+el-sadek,+m&fullauthor=abd%20el-sadek,%20m.%20s.&charset=utf-8&db_key=phy http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/author_form?author=yakuphanoglu,+f&fullauthor=yakuphanoglu,%20f.&charset=utf-8&db_key=phy 21. saha, b.; das, s. and chattopadhyay, k. k. (2007). electrical and optical properties of al doped cadmium oxide thin films deposited by radio frequency magnetron sputtering, solar energy material cells, 91(18): 1692-1697. 22. gupta, r. k. ; ghosh, k. ; patel, r. ; mishra, s. r. and kahol, p. k. (2009). preparation and characterization of highly conducting and transparent al doped cdo thin films by pulsed laser deposition.current applied physics, 9: 673-677. 23. jin, s.; jones, k. s.; law, m. a. and camillo, r. (2012). boron segregation to grain boundaries and diffusion in polycrystalline si with flash annealing. j. appl. phys., 111: 44508-44513. 24.qin, w.; ast, d. and kamins, t.(2000)."segregation of phosphorus and germanium to grain boundaries in chemical vapor deposited silicon-germanium films determined by scanning transmission electron microscopy". journal of electronic materials, 29(8): 1317. 25. maitia, a.; chisholm, m. f.; pennycook, s. j. and pantelides, s. (1996)."dopant segregation at semiconductor grain boundaries through cooperative chemical rebonding. phys. rev. lett., 77(7): 1306 –1309. 26. nasr, b.; dasgupta, s.; wang, d.; mechau, n.; kruk, r. and hahn, h. (2010). electrical resistivity of nanocrystalline al-doped zinc oxide films as a function of al content and the degree of its segregation at the grain boundaries, j. appl. phys., 108: 103721103727. 27. salam, s.; islam, m. and akram, a. (2013). sol–gel synthesis of intrinsic and aluminum doped zinc oxide thin films as transparent conducting oxides for thin film solar cells. thin solid films, 529: 242-247. 28. abdolahzadeh ziabari, a. ; ghodsi, f. e. and kiriakidis, g. (2012). "correlation between morphology and electro-optical properties of nanostructured cdo thin films: influence of al doping". surface & coatings technology, 213: 15–20. 29. faizullah, a. f. m.; khan, m. k. r. and mozibur rahman, m. (2013). pyrolized growth of (al, n) dual doped cdo thin films and study of structural, surface morphology and optoelectrical properties. international journal of materials science &applications, 2(4):124127. 30. akyuz, i. ; kose, s. ; atay, f. and bilgin, v., (2010). "preparation and characterization of aluminum incorporated cadmium oxide films". materials science in semiconductor processing, 13: 109–114. 31. suryanarayana, c. and norton, m. g. (1998). x-ray diffraction, a practical approach. plenum press, new york. 32. asmiet ramizy; khalid omar; hassan, z. and omar alattas.(2011). the effect of subband gap photon illumination on the properties of gan layers grown on si (111) by mbe. journal of nanopartical research, 13: 7139-7148. 33. irzaman; irmansyah; heriyanto syafutra; ardian arif; husin alatas; yuli, a.; nurullaeli; ridwan siskandar; aminullah; gusti putu agus sumiarna and zul zahid jamal. (2014). effect of annealing times for litasio5 thin films on structure, nano scale grain size and band gap. american journal of materials research, 1(1): 7-13. 34. yuankun zhu ; rueben j.; mendelsberg, a.; jiaqi zhu; jiecai han and andré anders. (2013). transparent and conductive indium doped cadmium oxide thin films prepared by pulsed filtered cathodic arc deposition. applied surface science, 265: 738‐744. 35. gupta, r. k.; ghosh k.; pate, r.; mishra, s. r. and kahol, p. k. (2008). "effect of oxygen partial pressure on optoelectrical properties of tin-doped cdo thin films". journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 10(10): 2611-2615. 36. kudrynskyia, z.r.; kovalyuka, z.d.; katerynchuka, v.m.; khomyakb, v.; orletskyb, i. and netyaga, v. (2013). fabrication and characterization of photosensitive n-cdo/p-inse heterojunctions. acta physica polonica, 124(4): 720-723. 164 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 http://link.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22w.+qin%22 http://link.springer.com/journal/11664 https://journals.aps.org/prl/abstract/10.1103/physrevlett.77.1306 https://journals.aps.org/prl/abstract/10.1103/physrevlett.77.1306 37. najim, j. a. ; rozaiq,j. m. (2013). effect cd doping on the structural and optical properties of zno thin films". international letters of chemistry, physics & astronomy, 10(2): 137-150. 38. raid a. ismail; abdulrahman, k. ali and khaleel,i. hassoon. (2013). "preparation of a silicon heterojunction photodetector from colloidal indium oxide nanoparticles". optics & laser technology, 51: 1–4. 39. spolenak, r.; ludwig, w.; buffiere, j. y. and michler, j. (2010). in-situ elastic strain measurements – diffraction and spectroscopy. mrs bulletin, 35(5): 368-374. 40. ellmer, k.; klein, a.; rech, b. eds. (2008). transparent conductive zinc oxide: basics and applications in thin film solar cells. springer-verlag, berlin, germany. page 57 41. shannon, r.d.(1976). revised effective ionic radius and systematic studies of interatomic distances in halides and chalcogenides. acta cryst , a32: 751–767. table no.(1): xrd, results of cdo:al thin films compared with (astm) card. å) a ( observed a (å) (astm) )hkl ( )astm( d(å) observed d (å) )astm( 2θ observed 2θ )astm( sample 4.6968 4.6964 4.6959 4.695 111 200 222 2.7117 2.3482 1.3556 2.7120 2.3490 1.3550 32.9807 38.2722 69.2869 33.000 38.283 69.284 cdo (pure) 4.6914 4.6942 4.6904 4.695 111 200 222 2.7086 2.3471 1.3540 2.7120 2.3490 1.3550 33.022 38.305 69.312 33.000 38.283 69.284 al (0.5%)/cdo 4.68017 4.6902 4.6838 4.695 111 200 222 2.7021 2.3451 1.3521 2.7120 2.3490 1.3550 33.104 38.370 69.315 33.000 38.283 69.284 al (1%)/cdo 4.6763 4.6862 4.6763 4.695 111 200 222 2.6999 2.3431 1.3508 2.7120 2.3490 1.3550 33.118 38.450 69.361 33.000 38.283 69.284 al (2%)/cdo table no.(2): xrd, results of cdo:al thin films for the (111) preferred orientation peak ratio ta (oc ) d (111) ( å ) a (å ) fwhm (111) (deg) d (nm) n0x1015 (m-2 ) δx1014 (m-2 ) intensity (cps) cdo(pure) r.t 2.7117 4.6968 0.14230 60.81 1.3341 2.7042 7113 0.5 % al 2.7086 4.6914 0.1494 57.92 1.5439 2.9808 6530 1 % al 2.7021 4.6801 0.1651 52.429 2.0816 3.6379 5854 2 % al 2.6999 4.6763 0.1802 48.037 2.7064 4.3336 4765 table no. (3): afm analysis, the crystal grain size, rms surface roughness of the pure cdoand al doped cdo thin films. thin films grain size, d (nm) (rms) roughness (nm) pure (cdo) 79.53 0.76 0.5%al cdo 64.67 0.96 1% al cdo 57.87 1.03 2% al cdo 51.19 1.18 165 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (1): x-ray diffraction pattern of al doped cdo thin films at room temperature. figure no. (2): variation of grain size and (rms) roughness as a function of al doping ratio. 166 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (3): variation of (δ) and (no) of cdo:al thin films as a function of al doping ratio figure no .(4): afm-3d images of (a)0%wt , (b)0.5%wt, (c)1%wt, (d)2%wt al doped cdo films. 167 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(5) : sem – 1 μm images of cdo thin films with various al doping ratio (a) undoped , (b) 0.5 %wt. , (c) 1%wt. , (d) 2%wt 168 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 والمشوبة النقیة (al) ألغشیة ومورفولوجیة السطح تركیبیةالخواص ال والمحضرة بتقنیة التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ (cdo)ب لیة عبد المحسن شھابع سمیر عطا مكي أیاد أحمد صالح / جامعة بغداد )إبن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفیزیاء 2014ایلول 8، قبل في:2014حزیلران 22استلم في : الخالصة د عتم�اوبإ %(2 ,1 ,0.5)بنسب تش�ویب (al)النقیة والمشوبة ب ) الرقیقة (cdoحضرت أغشیة أوكسید الكادمیوم . ُدرس�ت الخ�واص التركیبی�ة بأس�تخدام تقنی�ة زجاجی�ة بدرج�ة ح�رارة الغرف�ة تقنیة التبخیر الحراري الفراغي على أرض�یات )xrd وكذلك مواصفات مورفولوجیة الس�طح لألغش�یة المحض�رة بإس�تخدام تقنی�ة ،((afm) و(sem) . أظھ�رت نت�ائج ) إن جمیع األغشیة المحض�رة النقی�ة والمش�وبة كان�ت ذا تركی�ب بل�وري متع�دد التبل�ور (xrdقیاسات حیود األشعة السینیة لألغش�یة النقی�ة والمش�وبة (111)م�ع ھیمن�ة النم�و باإلتج�اه nm 0.4696ومن النوع المكعب الذي یمتلك ثابت شبیكة طولھ د، وح�دوث أنخف�اض ف�ي ش�دة القم�م المقاس�ة مم�ا ی�دل عل�ى نقص�ان التبل�ور وتن�اقص واض�ح كافة مع إزاحة في زاویة الحیو ).al) عند زیادة التشویب باأللمنیوم (nm )60.81-48.03أیضاً یظھر في معدل الحجم الحبیبي س�طوح ) لدراس�ة طوبوغرافی�ة وخش�ونة sem) والمجھر اإللكتروني الماس�ح (afmأستخدمت تقنیة مجھر القوة الذریة ( األغشیة الرقیقة المحضرة. أظھرت نتائج فحوصات المجھر أن جمی�ع األغش�یة متجانس�ة وناعم�ة وأن ش�كل الحج�م الحبیب�ي ) بإزدی��اد نس��بة rmsالمتك��ون أش��بھ بالش��كل الك��روي باألعتم��اد عل��ى نس��بة التش��ویب، م��ع زی��ادة مع��دل خش��ونة الس��طح ( بعد تشویبھا بنسب قلیل�ة ج�داً cdoورفولوجیة السطح تتحسن ألغشیةالتشویب. وأظھرت النتائج أن الخواص التركیبیة وم مما یجعل ھذه األغشیة واسعة التطبیقات في مجال النبائط االلكتروضوئیة. alمن .xrd, afm, sem، الخواص التركیبیة ، (cdo/al)الرقیقة غشیة األ:المفتاحیة الكلمات 169 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 32. asmiet ramizy; khalid omar; hassan, z. and omar alattas.(2011). the effect of sub-band gap photon illumination on the properties of gan layers grown on si (111) by mbe. journal of nanopartical research, 13: 7139-7148. 38. raid a. ismail; abdulrahman, k. ali and khaleel,i. hassoon. (2013). "preparation of a silicon heterojunction photodetector from colloidal indium oxide nanoparticles". optics & laser technology, 51: 1–4. 39. spolenak, r.; ludwig, w.; buffiere, j. y. and michler, j. (2010). in-situ elastic strain measurements – diffraction and spectroscopy. mrs bulletin, 35(5): 368-374. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 synthesis and characterization of some new 1,3oxazepine derivatives received in : 17 june 2010 accepte d in : 8 february 2011 s. a. saoud departme nt of chemistry,collge of education i bn-al –haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this st udy , schiff's bases [s3,s4] were sy nthezied by condensation of n,n-dimethy l amino b enzaldehy de with p rimary aromatic amine[n-(hy draziny l methy l)benzamide]. these sciff's b ases were found to react with maleic anhydride and p hthalic anhydride to give 1,3oxazep ine[s5, s6,s7, s8] in good y ields. the structures confired by m.p ,t.l.c.,ft.ir and 1 h-nm r (of some of them). key word 1,3 -oxazepine introduction discovery of the activity of 1,3-oxazep ine on the central nervous sy st em (cns)[1], encouraged further search ing for new way s to build up this 7-membered heterocyclic r ing system[2,3]. diazep ine is a analogue to o xazep ine and thiazep ile but t he difference is nitrogen , oxy gen, nitrogen atom . diazep am (valium) is a substituted benzodiazep ine introduced in 1964 which was used for the control of anxiety and tension st ates, t he relief of muscle sp asm and for the management of acute agitation durin g with drawal from alcohol[4]. 1,3-oxazep ine is an antidepressant with a mild sedative comp onent to it is action. the mechan ism of it is clinical action in man is not well understood. in animals, amoxapine reduced the uptake of noradrenaline and serotonine and block ed the resp onse of dop amine receptors to dop amine[5]. sy nthesis of oxazep ine derivatives may occur in various way s; e.g., with the p articip ation of c-6 or c-4 atom of the p y ridazinone ring to form diff erently fused py ridazino ring sy st ems[6], or oxazep ine p rep ared from the reaction of schiff's bases with maleic and p hthalic anhydride to give 1,3-o xazep ine-4,7-dione in dry benzene, accordin g to p ericyclic reactions[7]. the p ericyclic reactions are important class of concerted reactions. a p ericyclic reactions are char acterized as a change in bonding relationship which takes p lace as a continuous concerted reor ganization of electrons. the word "concerted" sp ecifics that t here is a single transition state and thus no intermediate in the p rocess. to maintain continuous smooth electron flow, p ericyclic reactions occur through cyclic transition st ates. frequently , the cy clic transition st ates must corresp ond to an arrangement of the particip ating orbitals that can maintain a bonding interaction between the reaction co mponents throughout the course of the reaction. indeed as we shall see later these requirements make p ericyclic reactions high ly p redictable, in terms of such features as relative reactivity , stereo-sp ecificity and regioselectivity [8]. oxazep ine derivatives such as comp ound (i) is used in chemical weapons as tear gas. tear gas is the common n ame for substances which in low concentrations, cause p ain to the eyes, flow of tears and difficulty in keeping the ey es op en. it is used mainly in military , ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 exercises and r iot control[9]. the aim of the work is sy nthesis new oxazep ine derivatives which are exp ected to have a biological activity like those that have already been reported. experime ntal instruments 1-m elting p oints were determined with: st uart melting p oint app aratus and were uncorrected. 2-thin layer chromatography (t.l.c) rf <1, was p erformed on alumina plates. 3-infrared sp ectra were recorded with: shim adzu from ibn-sina(ft .ir),8400,in kbr disc. 41 h-nm rwas recorded on fourier transform varian sp ectrometer , op erating at 300 m hz with tetramethy lsilane as internal st andared in dm sod 6 , measurements were mad e at chemist ry department, al-al_bayt university , jordan. este rifi cation[10] to a mixture of glycinic acid (14.3 g,0.08mol) and anhydrous sodium carbonate (8.5g,0.08mol) in dry acetone (20ml), dimethy l sulp hate (10g,0.08mol) was added, then reflu xed for 4hr. the reaction was followed by (t.l.c). aft er cooling the reaction mixture it extracted with ethy lacetate (3x) then dried to give sy rup p roduct of ester(methy l 2benzamidoacetate). s1=(yield 82%,m .p.=sy rup ),[x = number of extracted]. s ynthesis of hydrazide[11] hy drazine mono hy drate 85% (2g,0.04 mol) was added to methy l ester(s1) (7.7g,0.04 mol) in (10 ml) absolute ethanol with st irrin g ,then reflu xed until the p recipitate formed (1.5hrs.). aft er cooling ,the p recipitate was filtered. and recryst allized from ethanol ,n(hy draziny l methy l)benzamide s2=( y ield 71% ,m .p.(150-152)˚c). s ynthesis of s chiff's bases [12] general procedure a mixture of hy drazide comp ound(s2)(1,9g,0.01 mol.), app rop riate aromatic aldehyde (0.01 mol.) and abs. ethanol 98%(25 ml) in the p resence of glacial acetic acid (3 drop s ) was refluxed in water bath for (4-5)hrs. table (1) shows the physical prop erties. sy nthesis of 1,3-oxazep ine [13] general procedure a mixture of (0.03 mo l.) of imine compound (schiff̓s bases)(s3, s4)and (0.03 mol.) of selected anhydride dissolved in (25 ml) dry benzene was r eflu xed in water bath for (45)hrs.t he p roduct was recry stallized from dry 1,4-dioxane . table (2) shows the p hysical p rop erties of these compounds. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 results and discussion the reaction of schiff's b ases with anhydrides is p ericyclic reaction rather than classical organic r eactions. the classical or ganic reactions involve several st eps or rearrangement, with side reactions and relatively low y ield, the p ericyclic reactions is one st ep -p rocess, takes p lace through a sin gle transition st ate with relatively high y ield and frequently no side reaction. the sy nthesis of comp ounds was outlined in schem (1) when the glycinic acid was converted to ester (s1) by using dimethy l sulp hate and sodium carbonate in dry acetone then the ester was hy drazonly sis with hy drazine hy drate to hy drazide derivative ( s2).the condensation reaction of equimolar quantity of p rimary amine (s2) with the app rop riate aromatic aldehy des was major method to p rep are of schiff's bases (s3, s4) the nomen clatures of these comp ounds are shown in table (3). the sy nthesized comp ounds were identified by their m .p and ft.ir. the ft.ir sp ectra show t he disappearance of two absorption band due to (-nh2) str. of hy drazide derivative with app earance band at (1676-1685)cm -1 due to azomethene group (c=n)[14,15]. m oreover, all comp ounds exhibit sign ificant st retching band near the region (1213,1230,1296) cm -1 ,this indicated the p resence of (-n-n=) group [16]. schiff's b ases are known to react with acid h alides and anhydride to give the corresp onding addition p roducts [17]. therefore, it is exp ected that would react with maleic anhydride or p hthalic anhydride and was classified as a 5+2→7, imp loy ing a 5-atoms comp onent p lus 2-atoms comp onent leadin g to 7-membered cyclic ring, but the mechanis m (will be outlin ed below scheme (2)) involves addition of one σ bond (c-o) to one πbond(c=n) to give 4-member ed cyclic transition state which op ens into maleic anhydride or p hthalic anhydride (5-membered cyclic ring) to give (7membered cyclic rin g)[18]. schem (2) the suggested mechanism for the formation of the oxazep ine deriv atives. the comp ounds [s5,s6, s7, s8] were obtained by the reaction of equimolar amount of imines with select anhydrides in dry benzene, the sy nthesized comp ounds were identified by their m .p,ft.ir and 1 h-nmr. analysis,the nomenclatures of these comp ounds are shown in table(3). the ft.ir sp ectra,figure 1 and 2, showed disappearance band at (1676,1685)cm -1 due to (c=n) of schiff's bases ,while ap p earance imp ortant band due to stretching vibration of (c=o) lactone and (c=o)lactam that is indicater to formation of oxazep ine comp ound, other data are list ed in table (4). 1 h-nm r sp rctrum of comp ound (s5), showed the following characterist ics chemical shifts (dm so as asolvent) [19]: δ 2.6 s (–n–dimethy l) ; δ 4.09 d (–ch2–) ; δ 7.3 s (–n–ch–) ; δ7.6-7.8 m, (aromatic) ; δ7.8s (–co–nh–n–) ; δ 8.4 8.5t (–co–nh–ch2–)group . 1 h-nm r sp rctrum of comp ound (s8),figure 3, showed the following characterist ics chemical shifts (dm so as asolvent)[19]: δ 2.19 s (–ch3) ; δ 4.09 d (–ch2–) ; δ 6.9 d of d (ch=ch) ; δ 7.3 s (–n–ch–) ; δ7.5-7.9 m (aromatic) ; δ8.1 s (–co–nh–n–) ; δ 8.6 8.8 t (– co–nh–ch2–). r=ph-co-nh-ch2-co-nhar=[4-n(ch3)2ph],[4-ch3ph] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 all these reactions show t he difference between classical organic reaction and p ericyclic reaction. re ference 1hussein, f.a. and najim, s.t. (2002) sy nthesis and characterization of 2,3-diaryl-2,3dihydrobenz [1,2-e][1,3] oxazep ine-4,7-diones, irq.j. chem., 28(1):13-25. 2abed ,a.h. (2001) irq.j. chem., 3(1), pp .480-492. 3hussein, f.a. and obaid, h.a. (2001), irq.j. chem.,sy nthesis and characterization of 2aryl-3-(p-methoxy p heny l)-2,3-dihy dro-1,3-oxazep ine-4,7-diones(1), 27(3):751-763. 4wilson, c.o. and gisvold, o. (1966)"t est book of organic m edicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry ",5 th ,ed.,pitman m edical publishin g co.ltd, london cop py right by j.b.lippin cott company . 5huan-m ing chen and ramach andra s.hosmane,(2000), ,6-amino-2-phenylimidazo[4,5e][1,3]diazep ine-4,8(1h,5h)-dione, j. m olecules 5:m 164. 6elias, o.and lasz io ,k. h.(2000) "int ernational electronic conference on sy nthetic chemistry "2 nd ed.,p rinted and bound in great britain. 7hussein, f.a. and abed abaid, h. (2002) sy nthesis and characterization of 2-ary l-3p heny l-2,3-dihy dro-1,3-oxazep ine-1,4-diones, irq.j. chem., 27(3):943. 8francis, a.carey and richard (1983)"advanced or ganic chemist ry ",p art a:structures and m echanisms,2 nd ed.,lon gman p lenum press,new york, j.sundber g p -243. 9tear gases, int ernet,(2002),afoa briefing book on chemical weap ons. 10saoud,s.a. (2007),m .sc.thesis ,college of ibn-al-haitham ,baghdad university . 11m ust afa, i.f. (1997), synthesis and characterization of some oxadiazole and triazole derivatives m u'tah journal for research and st udies, 12(3): 153-165. 12m ahmoud ,m .g. ; al-rnbaiy ,z.m .; al-knbaisy , r.k.; al-najafi,m .m. and algumaily,h. m . (2004), ibn al-haitham .j.for p ure and app l.sci., sy nthesis antimicrobial ev aluation of 2-amino-5-thiol-1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives, 17(1:103-110. 13hussein,f.a. ; m ahmoud m . j. and taufig, m . t. (2006),al-mustansiry a j.sci.,sy nthesis of substituted 1,3-oxazep ines and 1,3-diazepines via schiff b ases , 17(1): 14sharba, a.; al-b ayati,r.; aouad ,m . and rezki,n. (2005), sy nthesis of oxadiazoles, thiadiazoles and triazoles derivative fro m benzo[6] thiophene , j.m olecules,10:11611168. 15sharba,a.; al-b ayati ,r. ; rezki ,n. and aouad,m . (2005), sy nthesis of thiodiazole and triazoles derivative from cy clop rop an dicarboxy lic acid, j.m olecules, 10:1153-1160. 16nadia,a.s. (2005),ph.d.,t hesis, college of science, al-nahr ain university ,iraq. 17v.ram, (1988), ch emotherap eutical agents, vii. sy nthesis and pesticidal activities of sulp hides and sulp hones derived from bis[4-aryl-1,2,4-triazoline-5-thione-3-y l] alkane and 5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thione, j.heterocy clic chem., 25: 253-256. 18m ay soon,t.t.,ph.d., (2004), thesis,college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghd ad, iraq. 19al-smad m . and ratrout, s. (2004) new 1,2,3-selenadiazoles and thiadiazole derivatives, j.m olecules 9:957-967. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 table (1): the physical propertie s of s chiff's bases. comp . no. structural formula colour m olecular formula m olecular weight m .p. ˚c yiel d % s3 red c18h20o2n4 324 174175 82 s4 yellow c17h17o2n3 295 135136 78 table (2): the physical proper tie s of 1,3-oxazepine. comp. no. structural formula colour m olecular formula m olecular weight m .p. ˚c yield % s5 orange c25h22o5n4 472 148149 75 s6 yellow c21h20o5n4 422 sy rup 81 s7 yellow c24h19o5n3 443 156157 78 s8 yellow c20h17o5n3 393 sy rup 85 table (3): the nomenclatures of compounds (s 2-s 8) comp. no. nomenclatures s2 n-(hy drazinyl methy l)benzamide s3 n-((2-(4-(dimethy lamino)benzy lidene)hy draziny l)methy l)benzamide s4 n-((2-(4-methy l benzylidene)hy draziny l)methy l)benzamide s5 n-((3-(4-(dimethy lamino)p heny l)-1,5-dioxobenzo[e][1,3]oxazep in-4(1h,3h,5h)-y lamino)methy l)benzamide s6 (z)-n-((2-(4-(dimethy lamino)p henyl)-4,7-dioxo-1,3-o xazep in-3(2h,4h,7h)y lamino)methy l)benzamide s7 n-((1,5-dioxo-3-p -tolybenzo[e][1,3]oxazep in-4(1h,3h,5h)y lamino)methy l)benzamide s8 (z)n-((4,7--dioxo-2-p -toly l-1,3-oxazep in-3(2h,4h,7h)y lamino)methy l)benzamide ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 table (4): ft.ir data of 1,3-oxazepine derivatives. comp. no. c=o lactam cm -1 c=o lacton cm -1 c-o lacton cm -1 c-n st r. cm -1 c=c st r. cm -1 s5 1715 1678 1276 1176 1639-1531 s6 1724 1724 1232 1172 1643-1539 s7 1710 1700 1278 1170 1643-1546 s8 1732 1720 1230 1138 1643-1543 schem(1) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig.(1):ft.ir of compound (s 6) fig.(2):ft.ir of compound (s 5) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig (3) : 1 h-nmr of compound (s 8) 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة دیدةــــازبین الجـــــــــــاوكس-3,1تقات ــــــخیص بعض مشــــیر وتشـــــــتحض 2010حزیران 17 :استلم البحث في 2011شباط 8 :قبل البحث في شیماء عبد سعود جامعة بغداد، یة التربیة ابن الهیثمكل، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة مـع امـین مثیـل بنزالدیهایـد-4و، مثیـل امینـو بنزالدیهایـد ثنـائي-تكـاثف ن مـن ت قواعد شـفحضر في هذه الدراسة مـع انهدریـد المالیـك و انهدریـد الفثالیـك العطـاء المحضـرة قواعـد شـف تعلـو ف.] بنزامایـد )لمثیـل هایـدرازینی(-ن [حلقـي اولـي ،طة درجـة االنصــهار ابوسـشخصـت المركبـات المحضــرة . نسـبة منتــوج جیـدةب [s5,s6,s7,s8] نوكسـازبیأ-3,1مركبـات ft طیف االشعة تحت الحمراءو ،صفائح الكروموتوكرافیة الرقیقة و .ir ، الرنین النووي المغناطیسيطیف و 1 h-nm r. أوكسازبین-3,1 :لمفتاحیةالكلمات ا ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 solutins of systems for the linear fredholm-volterra integral equatio ns of the second kind h. h. omran departme nt of mathematics, college of education, ibn al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad. abstract in this p aper, we p resent some numerical methods for solving sy stems of lin ear fredholmvolterra inte gral equations of the second kind. these methods namely are the repeated trapezoidal m ethod (rtm) and the rep eated simp son's 1/3 m ethod (rsm). also some numerical examp les are p resented to show the efficiency and the accuracy of the presented work. 1introduction integral equations have received a consider able interest in the mathematical literature, because of their many filed of app lications in diff erent areas of sciences (see, for examp le [1]-[4]). m any authors gave some numerical solutions for differ ent typ es of fredholm integr al equations and vo lterra integral equations (see, for examp le [3]-[9]). in this p aper, we show how t he numerical methods which are based on the rep eated trap ezoidal m ethod (rtm ) and repeated simp son’s 1/3 m ethod (rsm ) can be used to solve the following system of linear fredholmvolterra integr al equation of the second kind: bm i i ij ij j j 1 a u ( x) f (x ) l (x , y)u ( y)dy       xm ij ij j j=1 a k (x , y)u ( y)dy,   i 1, 2, ..., m. (1.1) where a x b  , ij , ij are real numbers, fi, ijl , kij, are given continuous functions and iu are t he unknown functions that must be determined. if ij  0 for each i,j=1,2,…,m. then equation (1.1) is called system of linear fredholm inte gral equations. also, if ij  0 for each i,j=1,2,…,m then equation (1.1) is called sy stem of lin ear volterra integral equations. t he solution exist s for t hese sp ecial typ es of equation (1.1), (see, [10]-[15]). 2the repeated trapezoidal method: consider the sy st em of fredholm-volterra integral equation given by equation (1.1). to solve this equation on the finite interval [a, b], we divide it into n smaller intervals of width h, where h  (b  a)/n. the r-th p oint of subdivision is denoted by xr, such that rx a rh,  r  0, 1, …, n. if we app roximate the integrals that app eared in equation (1.1) by the (rtm ) which will y ield the following sy st em of linear equations: m r 1 i,0 i, 0 ij,0,0 j,0 ij,0,s j,s ij,0,n n j 1 s 1 h u f l u 2 l u l u , 2                    ij,r,s m r 1 i, r i, r ij,r ,0 ij, r, 0 j, 0 j 1 s 1 h u f l k u h l 2               ij,r ,s j,s ij, r, r ij,r ,r j,r h k u 2l k u 2    n 1 ij, r,s j,s ij, r, n j,n s r 1 h h l u l u , r 0,1, ..., n 1 2          ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010   m i, n i,n ij,n, 0 ij, n,0 j, 0 j 1 h u f l k u 2           n 1 ij,n ,s ij,n ,s j,s ij,n , n ij,n , n j,n s 1 2 l k u l k u      , i 1, 2, ..., m, r 0,1,..., n.  (2.2) by solving the linear sy stem given by equation (2.2) which consists of m(n+1) equations and m(n+1) unknowns, the app roximated solution of (1.1) is obt ained. 3the repeated si mpson’s 1/3 method: consider the sy stem of the linear fredholm-vo lterra inte gral equation of second kind given by equation (1.1). here we use (rsm ) to find the solution of equation (1.1). to do this, we divide the finite interval [a, b] into 2n smaller intervals of width h, where h  (b  a)/2n. the solution of (1.1) in the even nods 2 rx is given by bm i 2r i 2r ij 2r j j 1 a u ( x ) g ( x ) l (x , y) u (y)     2rxm ij 2r j j 1 a k (x , y) u (y )dy,    i 1, 2, ..., m, r 0,1,..., n.  (3.1) and in the odd nods 2r 1x  is given by: bm i 2r 1 i 2r 1 ij 2r 1 j j 1 a u ( x ) g (x ) l ( x , y )u ( y)       2r 1xn ij 2r 1 j j 1 a k (x , y)u ( y)dy,      i 1, 2, ..., m, r 0,1,..., n.  (3.2) by using the (rsm ) formula to ap p roximate the integrals t hat ap p eared in equations (3.1) (3.2) one can get t he following sy st em of equations: m n 1 i, 0 i, 0 ij,0,0 j,0 ij,0,2s 1 j, 2s 1 j 1 s 1 h u f l u 4 l u 3              n 1 ij,0,2s j, 2s ij, 0,n j, n s 1 2 l u l u , i 1, 2,..., m,            m i, 2r i,r ij, 2r, 0 ij, 2r,0 j,0 j 1 h u f l k u 3         r 1 ij,2 r, 2s 1 ij, 2r, 2s 1 j,2 s 1 s 1 4 l k u           r 1 ij,2 r, 2s 1 ij, 2r, 2s 1 j, 2s 1 ij, 2r,2r s 1 4 l k u 2l          n ij, 2r,2r j,2r ij, 2r,2s 1 j, 2s 1 s r 1 k u 4 l u      n 1 ij,2 r, 2s j, 2s ij, 2r, 2n j,2 n s r 1 2 l u l u , r 1, 2, , n 1,               m i, 2r 1 i, 2r 1 ij, 2r 1,0 ij,2r 1,0 j,0 j 1 h u g l k u 3            r ij, 2r 1,2s 1 ij, 2r 1,2s 1 j, 2s 1 s 1 4 l k u          r 1 ij, 2r 1,2s ij,2r 1,2s j,2s s 1 2 l k u       ij, 2r 1, 2s ij, 2r 1, 2s j,2 s 5 2l k u 2          n n 1 ij, 2r 1,2 r 1 ij,2 r 1,2r 1 j, 2r 1 ij,2r 1,2s 1 j, 2r 1 ij,2r 1,2s j, 2s s r 2 s r 1 3 4l k u 4 l u 2 l u 2                          ij, 2r 1,2 r 1 2j 1l u   ,r 0, 1, …, n  1, i 1, 2, ..., m , ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010   m i, 2n i,2 n ij, 2n,0 ij, 2n,0 j,0 j 1 h u g l k u 3        n ij, 2n ,2s 1 ij, 2n,2s 1 j,2s 1 s 1 4 l k u        n 1 ij,2n , 2s ij,2 n,2s j,2s s 1 2 l k u       ij,2 n,2n ij, 2n, 2n j,2nl k u , i 1, 2, ..., m. (3.3) by solving the linear sy stem given by equation (3.3) which consists of m(n+1) equations and m(n+1) unknowns, the numerical solution of (1.1) is obtained. 4-numerical examples: in this section, we p resent some examples and their absolute errors to show the high accuracy of the solution obtained by (rtm ) and (rsm ) for solving sy stems of linear fredholmvolterra integral equ ations of t he second kinds. the results for these examp les, ar e co mputed by using m atlab version 2007. exam ple (1): consider the system of fredholm-volterra integral equation: 2 3 4 6 1 5 9 3 5 1 1 u (x ) x x x x x 6 4 2 6 4 5         1 1 1 2 0 0 ( y x) u (y) dy (x 5 y)u (y) dy     x x 1 2 0 0 ( x y )u (y )dy (xy 1)u ( y)dy, 0 x 1,      2 3 4 5 7 2 4 5 5 5 1 1 1 u (x) x x x x x x 5 12 4 6 4 4 5         1 1 2 1 2 0 0 ( xy 2) u (y )dy ( x y 2)u ( y)dy 2       x x 2 2 1 2 0 0 ( x y ) u (y) dy (x y x)u ( y)dy, 0 x 1.      with the exact solutions: u1(x)x+1 and u2( x)=x 3 . we solved this sy stem with (rtm ) and (rsm ). tables 1 and 2 shows t he a selection absolute error of approximated solutions for example (1) for h  0.1, 0.02, 0.01 and figure (1) shows that t he comp arison between the exact solutions and the numerical solutions via (rtm ) and (stm ) for h = 0.1 example (2): consider the system of fredholm-volterra integral equation: 2 x x 1u (x ) (4 e cos(1) 2 sin(1))x 2e x 2 x cos( x) 2e sin(x ) 1           1 2 2 1 2 0 x y u ( y) u ( y) dy    x 1 2 0 ( x y ) u (y ) u ( y) dy , 0 x 1,     x 2 x 2u (x) (cos(x) e ) x (e sin(x) e 1)x sin(x) sin(1) cos(1) 1             1 1 2 0 ( x y) u ( y) u (y ) dy     x 1 2 0 xy u (y ) u ( y) dy, 0 x 1   . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 with the exact solutions: u1(x)  e x and u2( x)= sin(x) by using (rtm ) method and (rsm ), the problem can be solved, and a selection absolute error for h  0.1, 0.02, 0.01, are list ed in table (3) and (4). figure (2) shows comp arison between the exact solutions and the numerical solutions of that example (2) for h = 0.1. 5conclus ions and recommen dations: the sy stems of linear fredholmvolterra integr al equations are usually difficult to solve analytically. in many cases, it is requir ed to obtain the nu marical solutions, for this p urp ose the p resented methods can be p rop osed. from numerical examp les it can be seen that the p rop osed numerical methods are efficient and accurate to estimate the solution of these equations, also, we show that when the values of h decr eases, t he absolute errors decrease to small values and the (rsm ) then more accur ate results than (rtm). 6-references 1. jerri, a. j. (1985). “introduction to integral equations with app lications", second ed., john wiley and sons. 2. collins, p. j. (2005)."differential and integral equations", oxford university press inc., new york. 3. linz, p. (1985)."analytic and numerical solution of integral equations for volterra equations", siam stud. app l. m ath. 4. poly anin, a. d. and m anzhirov, a.v. (1998). "handbook of integral equations", crc press llc. 5. at kinson, k. e. (1997). “the numerical so lution of integral equations of the second kind", cambridge university press. 6. brunner, h. (2004). "collocation m ethods for volterra inte gral and related functional diff erential equations", cambridge university press. 7. golberg, m . a. (1979). "solution m ethods for integral equations theory and app lications", plenum press, new york and london. 8. kyt e, p. k. and puri, p. (2002). “computational m ethods for linear integr al equations", birkhauser, bost on. 9. m ajeed, s. j. and omran, h. h. (2009). "numerical m etods for solving lin ear fredholmvolterra integral equations", j. al-nahrain university , 11, no. 3, pp 131-134. 10. m aleknejad, k. and sh ahrezaee, m . (2004)." using run ge–kutta method for numerical. solution of the sy stem of volterra integral equation", j. app l. m ath. and comup t., 149, no. 2, pp 399-410. 11. m aleknejad, k., agh azadeh, n. and rabbani, m . (2006). " numerical solution of second kind fredholm integr al equations sy stem by using a taylor-series exp ansion method", j. app l. m ath. and comup t., 175, no. 2, pp 1229-1234. 12. rabbani, m ., m aleknejad, k. and n. a ghazadeh, (2007). "numerical computational solution of the volterra inte gral equations sy stem of the second kind by using an exp ansion method", j. app l. m ath. and comupt., 187, no. 2, pp 1143-1146. 13. babolian, e., biazar, j. and vahidi, a. r. (2004)."on the decomposition method for sy stem of linear equations and sy st em of linear volterra inte gral equations", j. app l. m ath. and comupt., 147, no. 1, pp 19-27. 14. vahidi, a. r. and m okhtari, m . (2008)."on the decomposition method for syst em of linear fredholm inte gral equations of the second kind", j. ap p l. m ath. scie., 2, no. 2, p p 57-62. 15. m ajeed, s. j. (2009), “m odified trapezoidal m ethod for solvin g sy st em of linear integral equations of the second kind", j. al-nahrain university ,11, no. 4, pp 131-134. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 tabl e (1): the absolu te errors at some me sh points of exam ple (1) by using (rtm). xr e1r e2r e1r e2r e1r e2r h=0 .1 h=0 .02 h=0 .01 0 5.06286×10 -3 5.06877×10 -4 2.07180×10 -4 2.0 6630×10 -5 5.18322×10 -5 5.1 6887×10 -6 0.1 4.70 150×10 -3 8.77 017×10 -4 1.92551×10 -4 3.5 6507×10 -5 4.84789×10 -5 8.9 1723×10 -6 0.2 4.47 285×10 -3 1.44 803×10 -3 1.83361×10 -4 5.8 7847×10 -5 4.60420×10 -5 1.4 7031×10 -5 0.3 4.38 597×10 -3 2.21 049×10 -3 1.79978×10 -4 8.9 6918×10 -5 4.50450×10 -5 2.2 4331×10 -5 0.4 4.46 029×10 -3 3.16 647×10 -3 1.83197×10 -4 1.2 8468×10 -4 4.58372×10 -5 3.2 1313×10 -5 0.5 4.73 251×10 -3 4.33 054×10 -3 1.94515×10 -4 1.7 5718×10 -4 4.86701×10 -5 4.3 9494×10 -5 0.6 5.26 697×10 -3 5.73 390×10 -3 2.16546×10 -4 2.3 2730×10 -4 5.41830×10 -5 5.8 2094×10 -5 0.7 6.17 244×10 -3 7.43 297×10 -3 2.53692×10 -4 3.0 1822×10 -4 6.34768×10 -5 7.5 4914×10 -5 0.8 7.63 063×10 -3 9.52 479×10 -3 3.13269×10 -4 3.8 6967×10 -4 7.83812×10 -5 9.6 7892×10 -5 0.9 9.94 575×10 -3 1.21 739×10 -2 4.07468×10 -4 4.9 4878×10 -4 1.01943×10 -4 1.2 3782×10 -4 1 1.36 332×10 -2 1.56 602×10 -2 5.56811×10 -4 6.3 6931×10 -4 1.39294×10 -4 1.5 9316×10 -4 tabl e ( 2): the absolu te errors some me sh points of example (1) byusi ng (rs m). xr e1r e2r e1r e2r e1r e2r h=0 .1 h=0 .02 h=0 .01 0 9.85011×10 -4 2.53612×10 -4 8.12018×10 -6 2.0 1117×10 -6 1.01950×10 -6 2.5 1490×10 -7 0.1 7.35 843×10 -4 3.81 895×10 -5 5.98137×10 -6 1.4 1866×10 -7 9.65248×10 -7 2.2 4867×10 -7 0.2 9.02 691×10 -4 1.85 301×10 -4 7.48408×10 -6 1.4 5430×10 -6 9.40272×10 -7 1.8 1698×10 -7 0.3 5.89 914×10 -4 1.20 343×10 -4 4.80683×10 -6 1.1 0028×10 -6 9.43165×10 -7 1.2 2708×10 -7 0.4 9.30 264×10 -4 5.57 167×10 -5 7.74846×10 -6 3.83134×10 -7 9.74053×10 -7 4.7 2401×10 -8 0.5 4.91 389×10 -4 2.62 787×10 -4 3.97669×10 -6 2.1 9672×10 -6 1.03426×10 -6 4.6 5516×10 -8 0.6 1.07 408×10 -3 1.44 862×10 -4 8.95561×10 -6 1.2 7950×10 -6 1.12600×10 -6 1.6 1511×10 -7 0.7 4.09 887×10 -4 3.36 511×10 -4 3.22345×10 -6 2.69014×10 -6 1.25191×10 -6 3.0 1138×10 -7 0.8 1.35 720×10 -3 4.42 686×10 -4 1.12569×10 -5 3.7 3015×10 -6 1.41443×10 -6 4.6 8890×10 -7 0.9 3.29 348×10 -4 2.63 176×10 -4 2.33478×10 -6 1.8 8579×10 -6 1.61460×10 -6 6.6 6812×10 -7 1 1.80 589×10 -3 8.64 267×10 -4 1.47532×10 -5 7.1 2125×10 -6 1.84972×10 -6 8.9 2877×10 -7 table( 3): the absol ute errors at s ome mesh points of example (2) by usi ng (rtm). xr e1r e2r e1r e2r e1r e2r h=0 .1 h=0 .02 h=0 .01 0 0 4.59400×10 -2 0 1.6 8901×10 -3 0 4.2 1188×10 -4 0.1 1.39 964×10 -3 3.94 492×10 -2 5.28576×10 -5 1.4 5109×10 -3 1.31920×10 -5 3.6 1864×10 -4 0.2 4.82 389×10 -3 3.31 494×10 -2 1.80143×10 -4 1.2 2046×10 -3 4.49441×10 -5 3.0 4359×10 -4 0.3 1.01 980×10 -2 2.71 552×10 -2 3.79220×10 -4 1.0 0132×10 -3 9.45993×10 -5 2.4 9722×10 -4 0.4 1.76 153×10 -2 2.16 013×10 -2 6.53606×10 -4 7.9 8625×10 -4 1.63036×10 -4 1.9 9188×10 -4 0.5 2.73 715×10 -2 1.66 865×10 -2 1.01421×10 -3 6.1 9689×10 -4 2.52974×10 -4 1.5 4580×10 -4 0.6 4.00 359×10 -2 1.27 385×10 -2 1.48187×10 -3 4.7 6515×10 -4 3.69612×10 -4 1.1 8892×10 -4 0.7 5.65 854×10 -2 1.03 185×10 -2 2.09218×10 -3 3.8 9560×10 -4 5.21819×10 -4 9.7 2234×10 -5 0.8 7.86 479×10 -2 1.04 044×10 -2 2.90402×10 -3 3.9 4267×10 -4 7.24273×10 -4 9.8 4091×10 -5 0.9 1.08 946×10 -1 1.47 285×10 -2 4.01514×10 -3 5.5 2950×10 -4 1.00133×10 -3 1.3 7977×10 -4 1 1.52 124×10 -1 2.64 217×10 -2 5.59065×10 -3 9.7 7200×10 -4 1.39412×10 -3 2.4 3730×10 -4 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table( 4): the absol ute errors s ome mesh points of example (2) by usi ng (rs m). xr e1r e2r e1r e2r e1r e2r h=0 .1 h=0 .02 h=0 .01 0 0 1.72067×10 -3 0 1.4 2600×10 -5 0 1.7 9214×10 -6 0.1 3.94 896×10 -4 1.48 330×10 -3 3.24894×10 -6 1.2 2918×10 -5 4.22744×10 -8 1.5 0903×10 -6 0.2 1.57 813×10 -4 1.18 168×10 -3 1.30728×10 -6 9.7 9618×10 -6 1.64235×10 -7 1.2 3117×10 -6 0.3 7.70 606×10 -4 1.04 351×10 -3 6.35692×10 -6 8.6 4332×10 -6 3.63302×10 -7 9.6 3412×10 -7 0.4 6.19 239×10 -4 6.82 325×10 -4 5.12401×10 -6 5.6 6094×10 -6 6.43696×10 -7 7.1 1472×10 -7 0.5 1.47 546×10 -3 6.89 838×10 -4 1.22051×10 -5 5.7 1102×10 -6 1.01797×10 -6 4.8 3757×10 -7 0.6 1.45 303×10 -3 2.81 265×10 -4 1.20207×10 -5 2.3 3981×10 -6 1.51008×10 -6 2.9 4049×10 -7 0.7 2.66 905×10 -3 5.22 096×10 -4 2.21131×10 -5 4.3 2653×10 -6 2.16111×10 -6 1.6 5889×10 -7 0.8 2.92 364×10 -3 1.33 308×10 -4 2.41924×10 -5 1.1 1631×10 -6 3.03940×10 -6 1.4 0236×10 -7 0.9 4.81 510×10 -3 8.24 729×10 -4 3.99044×10 -5 6.8 4114×10 -6 4.25899×10 -6 2.8 9457×10 -7 1 5.78 126×10 -3 7.12 361×10 -4 4.78547×10 -5 5.9 1702×10 -6 6.01328×10 -6 7.4 3744×10 -7 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 x  exact rtm rsm u1 u2 fig (1) : c omparison be tween the exact solution an d nume ri cal solu tion via (rtm) an d (rsm) of exam ple(1) for h=0.1 . 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 x  exact rtm rsm u1 u2 fig (2): c om pari son be tween the exact solu tion an d nume ri cal solu tion via (rtm) an d (rsm) of exam ple(2) for h=0.1 . ihjpas 2010) 2( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد فولتیرا التكاملیة الخطیة من النوع الثاني -حلول انظمة معادالت فریدهول هدى حمودي عمران .جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الریاضیات الخالصة ل انظمة معادالت فریدهولم ةق العددیائلطر قدمنا بعض ا . فولتیرا التكاملیة الخطیة من النوع الثاني لح اعطیت لتبیان ةالعددی ةاالمثل. المتكررة 3/ 1ق هي طریقة شبه المنحرف المتكررة وطریقة سمبسون ائهذه الطر .ه ودقة العمل المقدمیكفا ihjpas النتائج والمناقشة selys, 1840 lindenii coenagrion)( دراسة المظھر الخارجي للنوع odonata:zygoptera:coenagrionidae)( في العراق حسن سعید االسدي ابن الھیثم / جامعة بغداد -كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة/ قسم علوم الحیاة الھاشميأسماء حسن الجامعة المستنصریة/ كلیة العلوم / سم علوم الحیاةق 24/9/2013، قبل البحث في : 3/3/2013استلم البحث في : الخالصة اس�تخدمت ص�فات المظھ�ر .coenagrion lindenii (selys, 1840)تفصیلیاً للن�وع تقدم الدراسة الحالیة وصفاً یعد ك�الً . مكان وتأریخ جمع العینات ندوّ تم 0الخارجي الجزاء الجسم الثالث والسوأة الذكریة وعززت بالرسوم التوضیحیة .س والنوع تسجیالً جدیداً للعراقمن الجن الرعاشات -متماثلة االجنحة coenagrionidaecoenagrion: الكلمات المفتاحیة 14 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة .anisoptera 1) ،2،3، (4و zygopteraرتیبتین ھما: odonataتقسم رتبة الرعاشات ، (anisozygoptera 5و anisopteraو zygopteraث�الث رتیب�ات ھ�ي عل�ىھناك رأي اخر یشیر إلى أن الرتبة تقسم 6،7(. خم����س عوائ����ل ف����ي مجم����وعتین: األول����ى تتض����من ع����ائلتین ھم����ا عل����ى ح����دیثاً zygopteraقس����مت رتیب����ة calopterygidae وeuphaeidae أما الثانیة فتتض�من ث�الث عوائ�ل ھ�يcoenagrionidae وplatycnemididae و lestidae اعتم�ادا عل�ى ع��دد الع�روق المستعرض��ة أم�ام العق�دة ووج��ود س�ویق للجن��اح م�ن عدم�ھ وان��دماج أو ع�دم ان��دماج .8) (بالحافة الخلفیة للجناح analisالعرق الشرجي یك��ون زوج��ـا األجنح��ة األم��ـامیة والخلفی��ة متش��ابھین بالش��كل والتعری��ق zygoptera ف��ي رتیب��ة متماثل��ة األجنح��ة ال�رأس مس�تعرض طوی�ل والعی�ون المركب�ة متباع�دة ع�ن بعض�ھما .حة أما سویة فوق البطن أو متباعدة قلیالوتحمل عند الرا .10)، (9 الذكور تمتلك زوجین من اللواحق الشرجیة في نھایة البطن .لمسافة أكثر من قطر العین الواحدة تقتات البالغ�ات عل�ى الحش�رات .(11)البالغ و الحوري في كال الدورین carnivorusكالت لحوم آتعد الرعاشات اما الحوریات فھي مفترسات شرھة لبراغی�ث الم�اء و یرق�ات البع�وض ، (12)الصغیرة مثل البعوض والخنافس والفراشات ت�دخل ف�ي مج�ال الس�یطرةل�ذلك تع�د نافع�ة ج�دا ألنھ�ا .(13)كما تقع الرعاشات بدورھا فریسة لألسماك والضفادع والطی�ور .(14)د كبیر من الحشرات الضارة حیائیة لعدالا المواد وطرائق العمل ولغرض تسھیل عملیة فصل اجزاء الجسم المختلفة ودراستھا arial netُجمعت النماذج باستخدام الشبكة الھوائیة .)15تفصیلیا فقد استخدمت الطریقة المتبعة من ( الذكریة حیث تم توخي الحذر والعنایة عند الفصل نظرا لدقة اجزائھما واھمیتھا صفات ةفصلت اجزاء الفم والسوأ .تصنیفیة لعزل االجناس واالنواع فقط من السوأة التناسلیة أما بقیة األجزاء فیفضل عدم فصلھا لتسھیل التعرف علیھا penisفُصل القضیب .المحافظة على ترتیب األجزاء فیھا و ورسمھا والمجھر ،dissecting stereomicroscopeأثناء عملیة الفحص ورسم العینات مجھر التشریح في دم اُستخ دام حیث لوحظت االختالفات الشكلیة بین األجناس واألنواع ورسمت باستخ compound microscopeالمركب ـراد فحصھ ذي یمع حجـم الجزء ال تحت قـوى تكبیر مختلفة تتناسب ocular micrometer العدسة العینیة ذات المربعات .میكابكسل 12.1سعة camera sonyسوني ألة تصویرورسمھ عدا األجنحة والبقع الجناحیة التي تم تصویرھا باستخدام النتائج والمناقشة )للعراق اً جدید تسجیالً الجنس والنوع یعد (selys, 1840 lindenii coenagrion)( النوع a. الجسم : body معلم اً اساسی اً لونونھ صغیر، رشیق البنیة، غیر معدني، الذكر دائما باالزرق السمائي ك ، .ملم 17-17.5ملم، طول الجناح 32-30.5باالسود؛ طولھ أ، ب) 1شكل ( head الرأس .1 a( القفا occ: ن دائریتا الشكل تقریبا على جانبي مؤخرة الرأس یربطھم�ا القض�یب القف�وي ان متماثلتامساحتob ، أسود، حافتھ االمامیة مقعرة عند الوسط لثلث المسافة وبارزة الى الجانبین بشكل منفرج ج�دا وم�زودة بش�عیرات ، زرق�اء مثلث�ة الش�كل تقریب�ا الت�ي تن�دمج م�ع القض�یب p.ocمتطاول�ة ش�احبة، یحت�وي عل�ى البق�ع خل�ف العینی�ة .ضحة، وتكون حافتھ الخلفیة غیر واالقفوي الذي یكون ازرقاً ایضاً b( الھامة:v احبة وتقع علیھ�ا بیضویة مستعرضة مخصرة من الوسط ، سوداء، ذات شعیرات متوسطة الطول ش .العیون البسیطة c( العیون البسیطة:oc بقعت�ین غامق�ة، تق�ع امامھم�ا ت�انبنی ت�انثالثة مرتب�ة بش�كل مثل�ث متس�اوي الس�اقین، الجانبی .كبیرة، بنیة مصفرةبیضویة فأما الوسطیة زرقاوتین مدورتین، d( العیون المركبة:ce ،زرقاءكبیرة، كلویة الشكل ظھریاً وتبدو بیضویة من الجھة الوجھیة. e( الجبھ�ة :f تش��بھ الس��رج ذات حاف��ة أمامی��ة مقع��رة ف�ي وس��طھا وحاف��ة خلفی��ة مقع��رة لل��داخل، زرق��اء للس��طحین لالعل�ى م�ن الجھ�ة االمامی�ة، یت�وزع الظھري واالمامي، معلمة عن�د قاع�دتھا باالس�ود بش�كل مثل�ث ص�غیر قمت�ھ .امي شعیرات متطاولة ورفیعة شاحبةعلى سطحھا االم f( قرن االستشعارant: ) یتألف من ثالث قطع أساسیة ھي:ج ) 1شكل ، مض��لع تقریب��ا ذو جوان��ب مقوس��ة وغی��ر متس��اویة الط��ول، حافت��ھ الس��فلیةأزرق : قص��یر وع��ریضscaاالص��ل .مائلة جداً واعرض من قمتھ بمرتین ونصف تقریبا مقطوعة .قلیالً وقاعدتھ مقطوعة مستقیمة بسیط التركیب، قمتھ مقطوعة مائلةأزرق، ، مستطیل: peالسویق 15 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 : یتألف من قطعتین، االولى انبوبیة ضیقة من االسفل وتتسع تدریجیا تجاه االعلى لتكون قمة ضیقة flالسوط جیة ذات تسننات غیر نحو الخارج وتكون حافاتھا الجانبیة الخار نحنیةفتكون قضیبیة مومستدیرة، أما الثانیة .منتظمة، أسود g( الدرقة:clypeus قطعتین، االولى الدرقة الخلفیة علىتقسمp.c كبیرة، مقوسة قلیال، سطحھا العلوي اسود مزرقة، ذات حافة أمامیة مستقیمة، ف a.c بحافة امامیة وجوانب متدلیة زرقاء؛ أما الثانیة وھي الدرقة االمامیة .ھ السفلى محدبة قلیال الى االسفلتتمیز بوجود انتفاخ وسطي حافت h( أجزاء الفمmouthparts ) أ، ب، ج، د) 3شكل ف��ي المنتص��ف وذات ب��روزین ناتئ��ة، دورقی��ة الش��كل، زرق��اء، حافتھ��ا االمامی��ة ص��فیحة مف��ردة lbr:الش��فة العلی��ا ن وم�زودة عل�ى طولھ�ا لی؛ ام�ا حافتھ�ا الس�فلى فتك�ون مس�تقیمة وجانبیھ�ا م�ائتان ومتثخنت�انجانبیین قمتھما مس�تدیر بصف من الشعیرات القصیرة، مع وجود بعض الشعیرات المتطاولة نس�بیا عل�ى س�طح الش�فة؛ كم�ا تتمی�ز بوج�ود .أ) 3شكل ( ،صغیر قرب حافتھا االمامیة بیضوي انخفاض كبی�رة قوی�ة inقاطع�ة تراكی�ب مس�ننة: ق�وي ض�خم، بن�ي غ�امق، ذو حاف�ات س�وداء، قمت�ھ ذات mdالفك العل�وي الطرفي الداخلي للفك االیمن اطول من نظیره بالفك االیس�ر، يالسنالتركیب مدببة النھایة مائلة للداخل حیث یكون قصیرة وقویة جانبیة الموقع، یوجد ضرس واحد بالفك االیمن وضرسان بالفك االیسر، توج�د ف moأما االضراس م�ن الجھ�ة البطنی�ة لل�ـفك، الحاف�ة الخارجی�ة ل�ـھ التراكی�ب المس�ننةشعیرات بنیة غامقة متوسطة الطول عند قواعد ة للف�ك درز یص�ل تقریب�ا لقاع�دة تكون مقوسة وتلتقي بقمة خلفیة مستدیرة غامقة التي یمت�د منھ�ا عن�د الجھ�ة البطنی� .ج) 3شكل ( ،الطرفي الخارجي ویكون اقرب لحافة الفك الخلفیة يالسنالتركیب ھما ویحم��ل من��دمجتان م��ع بعض�� laوالشرش��رة ga: القلنس��وة اآلتی��ةیت��ألف ع��ادة م��ن االج��زاء mx:الف��ك الس��فلي لنھای�ة بنی�ة غامق�ة حی�ث یوج�د اس�فل الحاف�ة متطاول�ة مدبب�ة ا maطاحن�ة تراكی�ب مس�ننة ةالجزء العلوي لھا أربع� وسن اخر قرب حافت�ھ ،اضافي واحد صغیر جدا يسنوتركیب الطرفي من الجھة البطنیة للتركیب السنيالداخلیة ؛ للتراكی�ب المس�ننةیحمل شعیرات متطاول�ة بنی�ة مص�فرة موازی�ة فالداخلیة من الجھة الظھریة، أما جزئھا السفلي مدببة مزود بشعیرات ط�ـرفیة قص�ـیرة قمةعریض القاعدة ذو mp ھـو الملمس الفكي كلسیفي الشیوجد تركیب وھوعب�ارة ع�ن قطع�ة متطاول�ة مس�تطیلة stiبنیة مصفرة؛ یرتبط التركیبین الس�ابقین بقم�ة تركی�ب ی�دعى الس�ویق .)د 3شكل ( ،caتتصل بقطعة قصیرة ضیقة شاحبة أخرى لالسفل تدعى القاعدة وھ��و ج�زء ص�لب م��رتبط smeقطع��ة كبی�رة مقس�مة، بیض��اء ش�احبة، تت�ألف م��ن تح�ت ال�ذقن lbi:الش�فة الس�فلى ، sq، ترتبط عند جانبیھا بقطعتین تعرفان بالقش�رة أو الحرش�فة meبالرأس، تلیھا منطقة مستعرضة تعرف بالذقن ، مس��تطیلة llمج��اورة مثلث��ة ذات قاع��دة ض��یقة وقم��ة مدبب��ة وتحم��ل م��ن قاع��دتھا الفص��ین الج��انبیین او اللس��ینات ال تحمل الحافة الداخلیة تركیب یشبھ الشوكة طویل یكاد یلتق�ي م�ع نظی�رة ذو قم�ة بنی�ة غامق�ة یس�مى نھای�ة الخط�اف ehرة ی�دعى الخط�اف المتح�رك س�تدینھای�ة م ي، یجاورھ�ا تركی�ب أص�بعي غی�ر مفص�ول ذmh یحم�ل ش�عیرات ، وھي قطعة شبھ مثلثة كبیرة ذات ش�ق ml او اللسین ؛ یقع فوق الذقن الفص الوسطيشاحبمتوسطة الطول لونھا cl اً ممت��د اً ش��ق درزأقص��ى وس��طي بیض��وي یص��ل لثلثھ��ا وبقم��م ض��یقة متباع��دة متجھ��ة لل��داخل، ال یوج��د تح��ت ال .ب)3شكل ( ،للنھایة السفلى للفص :أ، ب، ج) ویتألف من 4: شكل ( thoraxالصدر .2 a( االم�امي ظھ�رالpronotum pr ) مس�تطیل الش�كل تقریب�ا؛ الف�ص االم�امي : أ) 4ش�كلal تركی�ب مثل�ث قاعدت�ھ وقمت�ھ لالس�فل، أزرق معل�م باالس�ود، یوج�ـد ع�ـلى ج�ـانبي ھ�ـذه acلالعلى بھیئة طوق محدب یس�مى الیاق�ة األمامی�ة ة ض�یقة مـن البروزات الممـتدة باتجاه االمام وكـل بروز بھیئ�ة ص�فیحة ذات قم�ة مقطوع�ة ومائل�ة وقاع�د اً الیاقـة زوج me1 الـذي یتألف بدوره في كل جانب من فصین، الف�ـص الوس�ـطي االول mlانبوبیة الشكل؛ یلیھ الفص الوسطي بھیئة حدبتین تش�غالن معظ�م س�طح الظھ�ر، ازرق معل�م باألس�ود، یمت�د عل�ى جانبی�ھ حاف�ة مثلث�ة الش�كل تقریب�ا تس�مى االم�امي بش�كل ص�فیحة متموج�ة، تأخ�ذ ف�ي المنتص�ف ظھرلل pl، أزرق؛ الفص الخلفي me2الفص الوسطي الثاني .بارزة تحمل شعیرات متطاولة شاحبةتقریبا شكل مثلث قمتھ لالسفل، وجوانب مستقیمة b( الص�در المل�تحمsynthorax ) ص�فیحتا : ب، ج) 4ش�كل lam.mesش�احب؛ وبل�ون ت�ان، بارزتانمثلثت�ان، واس�ع للجؤج�ؤ، تت�ربط ح�افتي الجؤج�ؤ اً بس�یط اً في المنتصف الذي یمثل انخفاض vبالكاد واضح بشكل حرف carالجؤجؤ .lam، الجؤجؤ محدد من االمام بص�فیحة مس�تواھا اعل�ى م�ن مس�توى ص�فائح .lam. mesبالحافة الخلفیة لصفیحتي meso. التي تحده من الجوانب، اما الجؤجؤ الظھري d.car ر أس�ود فال یتعدى اكثر من ارتفاع بسیط، اسود؛ الص�د تك�ون واس�عة ج�دا تغط�ي ح�والي ثلث�ي ah.str ، ومعلم بزوج من أشرطة أم�ام كتفی�ةh.sظھریا إلى الدرزین الكتفیین بھیئ�ة زوج م�ن تراكی�ب al.sinمساحة السـطح الظھ�ري للص�در وتك�ون م�ـوازیة لبعض�ھا، زرق�اء؛ الجی�ب الجن�احي ، غی�ر موج��ود su1رق�اوان، ال��درز الج�انبي االول مض�لعة رباعی�ة زرق�اء محاط��ة بحاف�ات س�وداء؛ ج��انبي الص�در ز .الجناح قاعدةموجود ومعلم بخط اسود سمیك وقصیر جدا عند su2الدرز الجانبي الثاني 16 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 س�ویق شفافة؛ التعریق اسود، منف�تح ج�دا وأكث�ر الخالی�ا رباعی�ة الجوان�ب؛ أ، ب، ج) 1( صورة: wings األجنحة .3 ثمانی�ة ف�ي االجنح�ة االمامی�ة ؛ ع�دد الع�روق خل�ف العق�دة an1ینتھي عند مستوى العرق االول أمام العق�دة petالجناح في الخلفیة؛ البقعة الجناحیة متشابھة اللون والشكل والحجم في كال الجناحین، بعض الشيء أط�ول م�ن عرض�ھا، وسبعة الحاف�ة الض�لعیة لھ�ا اط�ول م�ن نیا ومائل�ة ج�دا، وك�ذلك بنیة بحاف�ات متثخن�ة، الحاف�ة القص�وى اط�ول ج�دا م�ن الحاف�ة ال�د طة الع�رق المائ�ل اعن�د الزاوی�ة الس�فلى الداخلی�ة بوس� مثبت�ة عل�ى نح�و ھزی�ل الحافة الدنیا في كال الزوجین من االجنح�ة، br تغطي اقل من خلیة؛ الخلیة القرصیة ،d or q مستدقة الرأس حادة بشكل اقصى، الجانب الضلعي حوالي ثل�ث ط�ول الخلفي في الجناح االم�امي، ونص�ف الط�ول ف�ي الخلف�ي، الجان�ب القاع�دي اط�ول قل�یال م�ن الجان�ب الض�لعي ف�ي الجن�اح الث�اني یق�ع عن�د الع�رق arcاالمامي، واقصر منھ بقلیل في الجناح الخلفي، الجانب االقص�ى مائ�ل ج�دا؛ الع�رق القوس�ي موج�ود وك�ـامل، ینش�أ ab؛ الع�رق snوتحت العقدة d or q، توجد ثالث خـالیا بین الخلیة القرصیة an2امام العقدة مس�تمر عل�ى ab، الت�ي تق�ع اق�رب للع�رق االول أم�ام العق�دة؛ الجس�ر الش�رجي acجیدا أدنى لـمستوى الحلقة الشرجیة اوي ( وصلة شرجیة وسطیة ) موجودة عند ملتقى االثنین؛ الع�رق الزن�دي لكن بشكل ز cu2ھیئة العرق الزندي الثاني ینشأ عن�د الع�رق الراب�ع m2؛ العرق الوسطي الثاني m1aفي االجنحة االمامیة والخلفیة یمتد لمستوى أصل cu1االول ینش�أ m3طي الثال�ث خلف العقدة في الجناح االمامي، وعند الع�رق الثال�ث خل�ف العق�دة ف�ي الجن�اح الخلف�ي؛ الع�رق الوس� مس�تمر م��ن ذل�ك الع�رق؛ التوج��د ع�روق ثانوی��ة مقحم�ة ب��ین rsأدن�ى للع�رق المائ��ل المنح�در م��ن تح�ت العق�دة، الع��رق .m1aالعروق الرئیسة باستثناء العرق ص�فراء ش�احبة، معلم�ة باالس�ود عل�ى ط�ول الس�طح الخ�ارجي للفخ�ذ، والقس�م أ، ب، ج، د) 5ش�كل ( legs األرجل .4 االم�امي م��ن القص��بة؛ األش��واك قلیل��ة وطولھ��ا اق��ل م�ن ط��ول الفراغ��ات الت��ي تتخللھ��ا؛ األزواج الثالث��ة متدرج��ة الط��ول، الزوج االول قصیر والزوج الثالث یكون األطول بین األزواج؛ تتألف من: a( الحرقف��ةcx الش��كل، زرق��اء، حافتھ��ا المتص��لة بالص��در منبعج��ة قل��یال إل��ى ال��داخل وحافتھ��ا المتص��لة بالم��دور : ھاللی��ة .لى السطحین الداخلي والخارجي لھامقوسة؛ توجد شعیرات صغیرة قلیلة صفراء باھتھ ع b( المدورtrظھری�ة، : یتألف من قطعتین، االولى صغیرة مستطیلة ص�فراء، الثانی�ة كبی�رة متطاول�ة س�وداء م�ن الجھ�ة ال .انب االمامي لھا أطول من الخلفيالج c( الفخذfe انبوبي اسطواني، على سطحھ الداخلي صفین من اشواك قلیل�ة متقارب�ة ف�ي الط�ول؛ ف�ي ال�زوج االول یك�ون : ن واحیان��ا ث��الث اش��واك س��وداء اط��ول منھ��ا؛ ف��ي االص��ف الخ��ارجي ب��ثالث اش��واك بیض��اء ص��غیرة ج��دا تلیھ��ا ش��وكت .كثر عددا، سوداء، متقاربة الطوللث تكون االشواك االفخذین الثاني والثا d( القصبةti انبوبیة اسطوانیة ضیقة، تحتوي على أشواك قلیل�ة؛ ف�ي ال�زوج االول یوج�د زوج م�ن اش�واك علی�ا س�وداء : ن الث�اني امتطاولة نسبیا یلیھا صف م�ن االش�واك القص�یرة المائل�ة المتراص�ة، بنی�ة غامق�ة تمی�ل لل�ون االس�ود؛ الزوج� .ن اقصرامنھا متطاولة نسبیا ثم تلیھا شوكت أربعاشواك سوداء، ستةعلى انحتوییلثالث وا e( الرس�غta أش��واك، أرب�ع: ش�فاف؛ یت��ألف م�ن ث��الث قط�ع، االول��ى ص�غیرة دائم��ا ب�ثالث أش��واك، الثانی�ة متطاول��ة ذات ، من��اطق تمفص��ل القط��ع ال��ثالث تك��ون س��وداء؛ تنتھ��ي القطع��ة الرس��غیة 4-5الثالث��ة یت��راوح ع��دد األش��واك فیھ��ا م��ن ونھایة طرفیة سوداء، متطاول، معقوف قلیال وبقم�ة مس�تدقة، ذو خط�اف بنیة محمرة clالطرفیة بزوج من المخالب .بعد عنھ بقدر طولھ اربع مراتاسود بارز قمتھ مستدقة یشكل زاویة حادة مع نھایة المخلب الذي ی بقعة سوداء مضلعة صغیرة تتوسط وذ الظھر االولزرقاء معلمة باألسود؛ )6 ، أ 2شكل ( abdomen البطن .5 3-7، القطع من ظھروتندمج بحافتي ال يالوسطالخط عالمة سوداء تمتد على طول وذ الظھر الثاني، تھ األمامیةحاف ظھر القطعة الثامنة اسود بجوانب زرقاء، ، )6معلمة ببقع سوداء شكل الرمح تندمج بالحافات السفلى لكل قطعة شكل ( .أ) 2شكل ( ،التاسعة زرقاء بالكامل، العاشرة زرقاء بشریط اسود رفیع یمتد ظھریا على طول الحافة السفلى للقطعة a( السوأة الذكریةgenitalia male ) اآلتیةتتألف من االجزاء أ، ب، ج) 7شكل: : مربعة یخترقھا شق طولي واسع یكاد یفص�لھا كلی�ا ال�ى ج�زأین متن�اظرین، منفص�لة خلفی�ا laالصفیحة االمامیة 0بنھایات داخلیة مستدیرة وحافات خلفیة متموجة تقریبا :lamina batilliformis lb ص��فیحة رقیق�ة، ش��احبة، ذات حاف��ة امامی��ة مقوس�ة واقع��ة داخ��ل ش��ق الص��فیحة ، وتغط��ي اقص��ى القطع��ة haاالمامی��ة، وحاف��ة خلفی��ة ذات تف��رعین ملتحم��ین بالجھ��ة البطنی��ة لل��ـخطاف االم��امي 0القاعدیة للقضیب مقوسة قلیال، تلتق�ي : صفیحة رقیقة، ضیقة، متطاولة، شاحبة، ذات حافات داخلیة وخارجیة haالخطاف االمامي لالمام جنبا الى جنب في الخط الوسطي، تتصل بھا للخارج صفیحة سمیكة بیضویة ش�احبة ت�دعى قاع�دة الخط�اف bha0االمامي تركیب صغیر ذو ساق طوی�ل معق�وف م�رتبط بقاع�دة عریض�ة نس�بیا ذات جوان�ب مقوس�ة hp : الخطاف الخلفي 0یتصل الساق من الجھة االخرى باقصى نھایة القضیب وقمة مشطورة الى شطرین غیر متناظرین بینما : تركیب متطاول یغط�ي القطع�ة القمی�ة للقض�یب؛ قمت�ھ ذات ش�كل یش�بھ القل�ب ش�احب یمت�د vsالحوصلة المنویة 0تقریبا الى منتصف طولھ، وقاعدة متوسعة سوداء ذات نھایة مقوسة للخارج 17 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 من قطعتین: القمیة والقاعدی�ة، أس�ود، لس�ین القطع�ة القمی�ة یتألف خالي من االشواك ب، ج) 7: شكل (pالقضیب الشفاف ینحني على ظھر القطعة ویطوق القطعة القاعدیة بتفرعاتھ التي تك�ون واس�عة ال�ى ح�د م�ا، الحاف�ة الخلفی�ة ین یمك�ن مالحظتھ�ا ب�المنظرین الج�انبي والظھ�ري، ام�ا القاعدی�ة فتك�ون متطاول�ة أللقطعة القمیة مشطورة الى جز حتى نھایة الثل�ث االخی�ر ال�ذي یتمی�ز ھذا التحدب ، تتحدب عند الحافة الخارجیة لبدایة ثلثھا الوسط ویستمرةمیزمت نھای��ة ح��رة معقوف��ة نص��لیة الش��كل تحم��ل ق��رب قاع��دتھا وللخ��ارج تركی��ب ص��غیر یمث��ل منطق��ة ارتب��اط ابكون��ھ ذ ة غشاء شفاف رقیقالخطافین الخلفیین بالقضیب؛ یربط بین القطعتین من الجھة الداخلی b( اللواحق الشرجیةanal appendages ) اللواحق العلیا أ، ب، ج، د) 2شكلsap (cr) اطـول من القطعة البطنیة أقل من نصف طـول العلیا، iap (ept)العاشرة، بسیطة، سوداء، قممھا مستدیرة، معقوفة للداخل؛ اللواحق السفلى .؛ كال الزوجین شبھ ملقطیة الشكلصـفراء، ذات قـمم سوداء، حادة، معقوفة للداخل ایضا examined samplesالنماذج المدروسة .ذكور ةبواقع خمس 14-7-2010درست نماذج جمعت من الباحثة من محافظة السلیمانیة من منطقة ظلم بتاریخ المصادر 1. fraser, f. c. (1933). the fauna of british india, including ceylon and burma. odonata .taylor and francis, london, 1: 1-423. 2. matheson, r. (1951). entomolgy for introductory courses. 2nd edn., cornell univ. press, ithaca, 193-199. 3. bedjanič, m.; conniff, k. and de silva wijeyeratne, g. (2007). gehan’s photo guide. a photographic guide to the dragonflies of sri lanka. jetwing eco holidays, colombo, 1247. 4. riservato, e.; boudot, j.; ferreira, s.; jovic, m.; kalkman, v. j.; schneider, w.; samraoui, b. and cuttelod, a. (2009). the status and distribution of dragonflies of the mediterranean basin. gland, switzerland and malaga, spain: iucn., vii-33. 5. richards, o. w. and davies, r. g. (1957). a general textbook of entmology: including the anatomy, physiology development and classification of insects. 9th edn, univ. london.,: 294-309. 6. silsby, j. (2001). dragonflise of the word. csiro publishing, 1-224. 7. subramanian, k. a. (2009). a checklist of odonata (insecta) of india. zool. surv. india, 134. 8. kalkman, v. (2006). key to the dragonflies of turkey, including species known from greece, bulgaria, lebanon, syria, the trans-caucasus and iran. brachytron 10(1): 3-82. 9. richards, o. w. and davies, r. g. (1957). a general textbook of entmology: including the anatomy, physiology development and classification of insects. 9th edn, univ. london.,: 294-309. 10. silsby, j. (2001). dragonflise of the word. csiro publishing, 1-224. 11. merritt, r. w. and cummins, k. w. (1978). an introduction to the aquatic insects of north america. 1st edn. kendall/hunt publishing company, 81-98. 12. garman, p. (1927). the odonata or dragonflies of connecticut. geo. nat. his. sur. bull., 39(5): 1-331. 13. hussain, r. and ahmed, k. b. (2003). damselfly naiads (odonata: zygoptera) of sindh– pakistan. int. j. agri. biol., 5(1): 53-56. 14. heckman, c. w. (2008). encyclopedia of south american aquatic insects: odonatazygoptera, illustrated keys to known families, genera, and species in south america. olympia washington, 1-687. غمدیة رتبة من family: gyrinidae دراسة تصنیفیة لعائلة الخنافس المائیة الدوارة 1980)جاسم، حسن سعید ( .15 .صفحة184 في العراق. رسالة ماجستیر. جامعة بغداد: coleopteraاألجنحة 18 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 19 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 قرن االستشعار -ج للرأسمنظر أمامي -ب منظر ظھري للرأس -أ أجزاء الرأس : ) 1شكل ( منظر بطني -ب منظر ظھري -أ منظر خلفي -د منظر جانبي -ج ) اللواحق الشرجیة 2شكل ( selys, 1840 lindenii coenagrion)النوع ( 20 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الشفة السفلى -ب الشفة العلیا -أ الفك األیمن الفك األیسر منظر بطني للفكوك العلیا -ج منظر ظھري منظر بطني الفك األسفل االیمن -د ) أجزاء الفم 3شكل ( selys, 1840 lindenii coenagrion)النوع ( ظھر الصدر األمامي أ ظھر الصدر الملتحم -ب منظر جانبي للصدر الملتحم -ج ) أجزاء الصدر 4شكل ( lindenii coenagrion (selys, 1840)النوع 21 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الجناح األمامي أ الجناح الخلفي -ب ptبقعة الجناح -ج ) االجنحة1صورة ( المخلب -د الرجل األمامیة -أ الرجل الوسطى -ب ti 22 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 االعضاء التناسلیة المساعدة -أ ) منظر ظھري 6شكل ( منظر ظھري للقضیب -ج للقطع البطنیة األربعة األولى منظر جانبي للقضیب -ب ) السوأة الذكریة 7شكل ( lindenii coenagrion (selys, 1840)النوع external morphological study of coenagrion lindenii (selys, 1840) (odonata: zygoptera: coenagrionidae) in iraq. hassan s. al-asady dept. of biology / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad asmaa h. al-hashmi department of biology / college of science / university of mustansiriya received in : 3/3/2013 , accepted in : 24/9/2013 abstract the present study introduces detailed description of coenagrion lindenii (selys, 1840). external morphological characters of the three body region were used included male genitalia. such characters were supported by illustration. date and place of collection were recorded. both the genus and species are recorded recently to iraq. key words: coenagrionidaecoenagrionzygopteraodonata 23 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 prepared electrical resistivity been pure tioba 3 impurity m. z. mohmaed , a. a. rmthan departme nt of physics , college of educatin, unive rsity of anbar. abstract 3tioba was p repared by mixing the comp onents of 3coba and 2tio by ratio [1:1] ، this p aper is devoted to st udy the effect of radition on the electrical p rop erties of 3tioba . some of p repared samples were exp osed to fast neutrons  smev and  mev14 . in addition ، some samples were exp osed to gamma – ray with dosage  rad8105.1  . the results showed that the exp osition of some samp les to fast neutrons  smev and  mev14 lead to increase the electrical resistivity with the st udy of the effect of the addition of imp urity on electrical resistivity . the addition of two compounds  32oyb and  32osm lead to decrease of electrical resistivity at a concentration of  %2.0 mol for both comp ounds ، while the increase of concentration at  %5.0 mol lead to increase electrical resistivity again . 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تحضیر ودراسة المقاومیة الكهربائیة tiobaلمادة تیتانیت الباریوم النقیة والمشوبة 3 ن ، مصطفى زعین محمد أحمد عباس رمضا جامعة االنبار ،كلیة التربیة ،قسم الفیزیاء ةصالخال تناول البحث دراسة تـأثیر اإلشـعاع ، ) 1:1(بنسبة 2tioو 3cobaبخلط مركبي 3batioمادة تحضر ــــ فــــي ــــد عرضـ ـــریعة ذي تالخـــــواص الكهربائیــــة لهـــــذه المــــادة فقـ ــــى حزمــــة النیوترونـــــات الســ ـــرة إلـ ـــاذج المحضـ بعــــض النمــ الطاقـة smev و mev14 بعـض النمـاذج إلـى أشـعة كامـا وبجرعـة قـدرها تكمـا عرضـ rad 8105.1  وكانــت إن تعـریض النمـاذج لحزمــة النیوترونـات السـریعة ، أتيالنتـائج كمـا یــ smev و mev14 أدى إلــى زیـادة المقاومیــة إن إضـافة مركبـي لـوحظولدراسـة تـأثیر إضـافة الشـوائب علـى المقاومیـة الكهربائیـة ،الكهربائیـة  32oyb و 32osm أدى إلـى خفـض المقاومیـة الكهربائیـة عنــد تركیـز قـدره %2.0 mol لكـل منهمــا وعنـد زیـادة التركیـز إلــى %5.0 mol .أدى إلى زیادة المقاومیة الكهربائیة مرة أخرى المقدمة تیتانیـت فـي بـدایات القـرن العشـرین وفـي مقـدمتها مـادة تیتانیـت البـاریوم وذلـك التســاع لقـد بـدأ االهتمـام بمركبـات ال ونتیجــة یـدةعددول ن العدیـد مـن الدراسـات أجریــت لهـذه المركبـات فـي ا اذ ،مجـاالت اسـتخدامها فـي العدیـد مــن الصـناعات وهـي مـواد عازلـة عضـویة ferroelectrics 1] [مادة تیتانیت الباریوم ضـمن المـواد الفیروكهربائیـة صنفتلهذه الدراسات ــیغة perovskiteحــد مركبـــات مجموعــة البیروفســكایت أن مــادة تیتانیــت البـــاریوم تمثــل ا اذ] 2 [االســتقطاب ذي الصـ أو اتمثـل معـدنا ثنائیـ aالن ،وهي إحدى المجامیع الثانویـة التـي تنتمـي إلـى صـنف المـواد الفیروكهربائیـة 3aboالعامة .أو خماسي التكافؤ اتمثل معدنا رباعی bو ،أحادي التكافؤ hy(إن هـذا النـوع مـن المـواد العازلـة یبـدي تـأثیرات تخلفیـة st eresis effect ( للعالقـة بـین االسـتقطاب والمجـال ـــزل لهـــــذه المـــــوا اذ. الكهربــــائي المســـــلط ـــي أوجـــــهإن تصـــــرف العــ ــابه فـ ــــدعد د مشـــ ـــي المـــــواد ةیـ ـــیة فــ لتصـــــرف المغناطیســ ) .ferromagnetics(الفیرومغناطیسیة في جمیع المجاالت سواء كانت علـى لمعتكاد تست اذ،إن المواد العازلة تدخل في كثیر من المنظومات الكهربائیة من البحـوث للحصـول علـى مـواد عازلـة تمتـاز مستوى االلكترونیات الدقیقة أو في مجاالت الضغط العالي وقد أجریت الكثیر اذ،بخاصـیة عـزل تـتالئم ومتطلبـات التطـور االلكترونـي الهائـل الـذي یحـدث فـي مجـاالت الحاسـبة االلكترونیـة واالتصــاالت كــذلك ، )3(یتطلـب اسـتخدام المــواد العازلـة فـي التــرددات العالیـة وعنــد درجـات حراریـة مختلفــة وبحجـوم متناهیـة فــي الصـغر وفـي صـناعة أجـزاء خـزن المعلومـات فـي الحاسـبة ،فـي صـناعة المتسـعات لمعمـادة تیتانیـت البـاریوم فأنهـا تسـتالـى لنسـبة با dielectric amp(وفي صناعة المضخمات العزلیة ،االلكترونیة lifiers(] 4 [ . 2010) 1( 23یة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیق ـــزل للمــــواد ـــتنادا إلــــى حقیقـــة إن ثابــــت العـ كـــذلك اســــتخدمت المــــواد الفیروكهربائیـــة فــــي تولیــــد الفولتیــــة العالیـــة اسـ curie temp(الفیروكهربائیة حساس عند درجة حرارة كیوري erature . ( تحسـب اذ،نیـت البـاریوم ودراسـة المقاومیـة الكهربائیـة لهـایتاتتناولت الدراسة الحالیة تحضیر النمـاذج النهائیـة لمـادة المقاومیــة vr لجســم منــتظم ذي مقطــع عرضــي ثابــت مســـاحته a علــى امتــداد الطــول l مــن خــالل العالقـــة :الریاضیة االتیة  1....... a l r vv  ان اذ v ان التوصیلیة أي10 ] [مقلوب التوصیلیة تمثل المقاومة النوعیة التي تختلف باختالف المادة وتساوي:  2............ 1 ar l v v    نف مـواد السـیرامیكیة تصـلمقاومیتها فمثًال معظم اللدائن وانجد ان هذه االنواع الثالث تكون متداخلة في مبانیها من حیث قیم او عنــدما ،م اضـافة نسـب مختلفـة مـن بعـض انـواع المعـادنتموصـلة جزئیـًا عنــدما یـ اها مـوادوصـفعازلـة ولكـن یمكـن امـواد وفــق علـى زیــادة درجـة الحــرارة او عنــدما تسـخن الــى درجـات حــرارة عالیـة اذ ان التوصــیلیة تـزداد اســیًا مـع،تعـرض للرطوبـة : [11] العالقة )3....(..........exp0           tk e b a ان اذ 0 : التوصیلیة عند درجة حرارة الصفر المطلق. bk : ثابت بولتزمان. ae : طاقة التنشیط. المواد وطرائق العمل ة الكهربائیـة التـي قســمت النمـاذج النهائیـة المخصصـة لدراسـة المقاومیـ تاسـتنادا إلـى نتـائج التجـارب األولیـة حضـر :ثالث مجامیع على . ) (1:1بنسبة مولیة 2tioو 3cobaوهي خلیط لمركبي : المجموعة األولى مــع نقــص فــي مركــب ) (1:1وبنسـبة مولیــة 2tioو 3cobaوهــي خلــیط لمركبــي : المجموعـة الثانیــة 3coba بمقــدار x الــذي یمثــل النســبة المئویــة الوزنیــة للمــادة الشــائبة المضــافة وهــي مركــب  32osm ي أتوكمــا یـــ 2tio smxxbalإن قیم اذ x افة بحدود المض %5.0,2.0,1.0 molx . ـــي : موعـــة الثالثــــة المج ـــیط لمركبـ ـــي خلـ ـــبة مولیــــة 2tioو 3cobaوهـ مــــع نقــــص فــــي مركــــب ] 1:1[وبنسـ 3coba بمقــدار x ة المضــافة وهـي مركـب الـذي یمثـل النسـبة المئویــة الوزنیـة للمـادة الشـائب  32oyb يأتوكمـا یــ 2tio ybxxbal إن قیم اذ x المضافة بحدود %5.0,2.0,1.0 molx . 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تمام خلط المجامیع الـثالث ومـدة بعد إ hr48 ة فـي تحضـیر مـادة تیتانیـت البـاریوم النقیـة تیـالخطـوات األ تطبقـ :ي أتوالمشوبة وكما ی كــبس خلـــیط كــل مجموعـــة بعــد إضـــافة قطـــرات مــن محلـــول البــولي ایثلـــین كالیكــول : أوال bec مـــادة رابطـــة  binder بتسلیط ضغط قدره cmkn240 وبزمن min2 . بعد ذلك وضعت النماذج في الفرن الكهربائي ورفع درجة حرارتـه إلـى : ثانیا c500 وتثبیتـه عنـد هـذه الدرجـة ة الحـرارة إلـى درجـ تبعد ذلـك رفعـ [4]مدة نصف ساعة للتخلص من المادة الرابطة c1300 ومـدة hr9 بعـد : ثالثـا ومن ثم إعادة كبسها ) agate mortar(إخراج النماذج من الفرن تم طحنها باستخدام هاون من العقیق .بالفقرة أوال هانفسأ لظروفاوب رن أنبـوبي مـزود بجهـاز سـیطرة للـتحكم ببرنـامج عملیـة النماذج بوضـعها بفـ) sintering(بعد ذلك تم تلبید : رابعا تجري عملیة التلبید بمدى من الدرجات الحراریة من ،التلبید c14001250 وبمعدل تسـخین min5 c مـدداو مـن hr95.0  ثـم تتــرك األقـراص داخــل الفـرن لكــي تبـرد وبمعــدل تبریـد min5 c ن أفضــل كثافـة تــم أولقــد لـوحظ عند تلبید العینات بدرجة حرارة الحصول علیها هي c1300 دة مو hr9 . مـن مـادة تیتانیـت البـاریوم المشـوبة وغیـر لنمـاذج ) electrical resistivity(المقاومیة الكهربائیة تسیبعد ذلك ق ة والنماذج المعرضة لحزمة النیوترونات السـریعة وأشـعة كامـا وفـي مـدى درجـات حـرارة تتـراوح مـن المشوب k408308 ذلك باستخدام جهـاز meterrclpm الـذي یـزود فولتیـة مسـتمرة 6303 voltagecd. قـدرها volt2 والمصـنع مـن شــركة philips وان مــدى المقاومــات التــي یقیســها تتــراوح بـین  125 كــذلك تــم فــي هــذا القیــاس طــالء 1010 silver(نمـوذج بســلكین موصــلین باسـتخدام معجــون الفضــة أنمــوذج بطبقـة رقیقــة مــن االلمنیـوم وربــط كــل أسـطحي كــل past e ( الیصالهما مع قطبي الجهاز الجراء القیاساتوذلك . عملیات التشعیع gamma-rayكاما ةتشعیع النماذج باشع: أوال ـــم اســـتخدام احـــد المصـــادر النظائریــــة isot( فـــي هـــذا الجانـــب تـ op ic source ( ألشــــعة كامـــا وهـــو نظیــــر الكوبلت 60co الذي تحتویه خلیة كاما نوع )gamma cell-220 ( عـة كندیـة الصـنع التـي تعطـي جر)dosage ( ـــــــدرها ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ قـ hrradm347.0 . ــــت ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــر الكوبلـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ إن نظیـــ 60co ـــــا ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــعة كامــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــث أشـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ یبعـــ )173.1,332.51(بطاقتین mevmev ، النماذج المخصصة ألشعة كاما لجرعة تكاملیة تعرض اذ )integrated dosage ( قدرها radm1025.1  . fast neنیوترونات السریعة متعددة الطاقة التشعیع بال: ثانیا utron لقد تم تشعیع بعض النماذج من مادة تیتانیت الباریوم النقیة بالنیوترونات السریعة متعـددة الطاقـة وقـد اسـتخدم لهـذا لقـد تـم تعـریض ، 241beam] 6[برلیـوم -الغرض احد أنواع المصـادر النیوترونیـة النظائریـة وهـو مصـدر االمرشـیوم قدره integrated fluxالنماذج لهذا المصدر بفیض تجمیعي cmn06.121012 . التشعیع بالنیوترونات السریعة أحادیة الطاقة : ثالثا mev14 . زمــة النیوترونــات ذي طاقـة أحادیــة بعــض النمـاذج لح تلقـد عرضــ mev14 monoenergetic) ( وذلــك طتها تولیــد نیوترونـات ســریعة اوهـو عبــارة عـن منظومــة یـتم بوسـ) . neutron generator(باسـتخدام المولـد النیــوتروني  إن المولــد المسـتخدم مـن نـوع sn1011أحادیـة الطاقـة وبحاصـل نیـوتروني قـدره 400t ومـن صـنع شــركة aid لذا شععت النماذج المخصصة لهذا الغرض بفیض قدره ،]7 [الفرنسیة cmn3.31010 . 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد النتائج والمناقشة . ]10[المحضرة لحساب المقاومیة الكهربائیة للنماذج ) 1(لقد استخدمت المعادلة یبــین ،غیـر مشـععة و المشـععة 3batioتغیـر المقاومیـة الكهربائیـة مـع درجــة الحـرارة لمـادة ) 1(الشـكل یمثـل إلـى حزمـة النیوترونـات السـریعة وبطاقـة 3batioالشكل إن تعـریض مـادة mevmev وأشـعة كامـا أدى إلـى 14,5 لكن النیوترونات السریعة بطاقة ،ة المقاومیة الكهربائیة زیاد mev5 أدت إلى زیادة المقاومیة الكهربائیة بدرجة اكبر مما دثتــه النیوترونـــات الســـریعة بطاقـــة أح mev14 وهـــذا یعــود إلـــى الفـــرق فـــي الفـــیض النیــوتروني التـــي تعرضـــت لـــه تلـــك الطاقة يتم تعریض العینات ذ اذ،العینات mev5 إلى فیض نیوتروني اكبر بكثیر مـن تلـك التـي تعرضـت لـه العینـات الطاقـة وذ mev14 . إن زیـادة المقاومیــة الكهربائیـة بعـد التشــعیع قـد یفسـر علــى أسـاس أن اإلشـعاع یــؤدي إلـى تكــوین cry(عیـوب بلوریـة st al defects ( لقـنص حـامالت الشــحنة اسـطحیة وعمیقــة التـي تعمـل مراكــز )carriercapture centers ( زیادة المقاومیة الكهربائیة ونتائج هذه القیم مبینة في الجدول من ثم و)1( . 3232إن إضــافة مركبـــي ) 3(و )2(نالحــظ مــن الشـــكلین , osmoyb ومیـــة لــم یغیـــر مــن نمـــط تغیــر المقا فیبــین تغیــر المقاومیـــة الكهربائیــة مــع التراكیـــز ) 4(أمـــا الشــكل .الكهربائیــة مــع درجــة الحـــرارة وبمختلــف التراكیــز المضــافة 3232المضافة من مركبي , osmoyb 3إلى مادةbatio وفي درجة حرارة 0308 k یتضـح مـن هـذا الشـكل إن 3232 مركبـي , osmoyb إن إضـافة المـركبین أدى إلـى هبـوط المقاومیــة اذها بشـكل كبیــر جـدا نفسـیتصـرفان بالكیفیـة الكهربائیة لتصل إلى أدنى قیمة لها عند التركیز mol%2.0 وعند زیادة التركیز فوق ذلـك فـان المقاومیـة الكهربائیـة تعـود .للزیادة مرة أخرى الســلوك یمكــن تفســیره علــى إن إضــافة تراكیــز واطئــة اهــذ إن mol%2.0 مــن المــركبین تــؤدي إلــى حــدوث أمـا زیـادة التركیـز فـوق ذلـك سـیؤدي إلـى هبـوط كبیـر فـي .نقص في األوكسجین ممـا یـؤدي إلـى خفـض المقاومیـة الكهربائیـة ) فجــوات ( ة أخــرى أو بمعنـى آخـر فــان غـاز األوكســجین معنـاه إلــى زیـادة المقاومیـة الكهربائیــة مـر مــن ثـمالحجـم الحبیبـي و 3232ووجـود هــذه الفجــوات یقلـل الكثافــة ویزیــد المسـامیة لــذا فــان وجـود إضــافة مــن , osmoyb )ســوف ) نـوى صــغیرة أمـا عنـد التراكیـز العالیـة اكبـر مـن. سـیؤدي إلـى قلـة المقاومیـة مـن ثـمتستقر بالفجوات و 2.0 سـیؤدي إلـى حـدوث عیـوب ) .1(زیادة المقاومیة ونتائج هذه القیم مبینة في الجدول من ثمبلوریة تعمل مراكز لقنص حامالت الشحنة و االستنتاجات ان آلیة الضرر الذي احدثته النیوترونات السـریعة واشـعة كامـا فـي مـادة تیتایـت البـاریوم تتمثـل بحـدوث تلـف : اوًال كیب البلوري لهذه المادة والناتج مـن عملیـة تصـادم جسـیمات هـذه االشـعاعات مـع حبیبـات المـادة ممـا ادى الـى زیـادة في التر ـــــن ــــ ــــة مــــ ــــ ــــ ــــة الكهربائیـ ــــ ــــ المقاومیـ cmohm.1020.6 8 ـــى ــــ ــــ الــ cmohm.1017 8 و cmohm.1048.8 8 و  cmohm.1089.9 8 ة على التوالي عند درجة حرار k308 . 32ان اضـافة مركبــي : ثانیـًا oyb 32وosm یـؤدي الــى نقـص المقاومیـة الكهربائیــة الـى ان تصــل الـى ادنــى قیمة لها cmohm.1078.0 8 و cmohm.1089.0 8 على التوالي عند تركیز mol%2.0 وعند زیـادة التركیـز فــوق ذلــك تعــود المقاومیــة للزیــادة الــى ان تصــل الــى cmohm.1047.15 8 و cmohm.1099.12 8 علــى الـــوالي عند تركیز mol%5.0 عند درجة حرارة k308 . 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة السلوك یمكن تفسیره على ان اضافة تراكیز واطئة هذا ان mol%2.0 من المركبین تؤدي إلى حدوث نقص في سیؤدي إلى هبوط كبیر في الحجم فأما زیادة التركیز فوق ذلك .األوكسجین مما یؤدي إلى خفض المقاومیة الكهربائیة . إلى زیادة المقاومیة الكهربائیة من ثمالحبیبي و re ferences 1galasso , f.s. (1969) "international series of monographs in solid st ate p hy sics" vol.5 p ergamon p ress .. 2dekker , a.j. (1957) "solid state p hy sics" p rentice-hall , ins . الخـواص الكهربائیــة والمغناطیســیة " )1985(ني، فهــر غالــباع فرحــان والحیـاگـــو الجبـوري ، ).جامعة الموصل(وزارة التعلیم العالي والبحث العلمي " للمواد 3 4karen l. kavanag . (2000 )can. j. phy s., vol. 78 . 5. m ark, h.f. and gay lord ,n.g. (1971) "ency clop edia of p olymer science and engineering" 2nd ed.vol.5 :531 6.senor, d.(1987)"electricalprop ertiesmaterials", academic press, new york. 7. sy amaprasad,u .; galgali ,r.k. and m ohanty ,b.c. (1988) " capacitor ceramic in p ure and dop ed ba0.71sr0.29 tio3 " orrisa , india , vol.7 (5,6 ) 8. tsoulfanidis, n. (1983) "m easurement and detection of radition . hemisp here p ublishing co-washington. عند درجة حرارة 3batioقیم المقاومیة الكهربائیة مع تركیز الشوائب المضافة لمادة : )1(جدول k308 . resesistivity (ohm.cm) 323 osmbatio  resesistivity (ohm.cm) 323 oybbatio  concentration  %mol 81019.2  81037.3  0.1 81089.0  81078.0  0.2 81099.12  81047.15  0.5 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المشععة وغیر المشععة 3batioدرجة الحرارة لمادة ل المقاومیة الكهربائیة كدالة :) 1(الشكل 32المشوبة بمركب 3batioدرجة الحرارة لمادة ل دالهكالمقاومیة الكهربائیة :) 2(الشكل oyb . 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد . 32osmالمشوبة بمركب 3batioكداله لدرجه الحرارهالمقاومیة الكهربائیة :) 3(الشكل عند درجة حرارة 3batioتغیر المقاومیة الكهربائیة مع تركیز الشوائب المضافة لمادة :)4(الشكل k308 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 evaluation interleukin ─ 8 and high sensitivity c reactive protein in sera of control group and human female patients with osteoarthritis nodal in iraqi's patients b. h. al-wihaly departme nt of chemistry ,college of education ibn – alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 13 march 2011 accepte d in : 30 may 2011 abstract the p resent st udy conducted on 30 female p atients with ost eoarthritis oa a att ending baghdad teaching hosp ital, in addition to 30 healthy females, all subjects were (35-65) y ear's old .parameters were measured in the sera of p atients group and healthy group s were interleukin -8 (il-8) and high sensitivity c-reactive p rotein (hs-crp).the results revealed a higher significant in all p arameters of p atients sera comp ared to healthy group s. conclusion was obtained that il-8 and hscrp were a markers or p lay er inflammatory disease like ost eoarthritis nodal key words: interleukin -8(il-8),high sensitivity crp(hs-crp) ,ost eoarthritis introduction osteoarthritis (oa) is a slow p rogressive disorder of sy novial joints .t his joints disorder is characterized by a loss of balance between sy nthesis and degradation of the articular cartilage constituents leading to subsequent erosion of joint cartilage remodeling of the underly ing bone oseop hy te formation and variable degree of sy nop itis [1].when clinical characterist ics of oa (p ain loss of mobility and radiographic narrowing of the joint sp ace ) manifest , the actual changes in articular cartilage and subchondrla ,bone have st arted long ago[2]. interleukins are group of cytokines [3] because they regulate in formation transfer among different ty p es of leukocytes during various st age of immune or inflammatory resp onse [4] secreted prot eins/signaling molecules/ that were first seen to be exp ressed by white blood cells (leukocytes). the term interleukin derives from (inter-) as a means of communication '' and (-leukin)'' deriving from the fact that many of these proteins are p roduced by leukocytes and act on leukocytes, it has since been found that interleukins are p roduced by a wide variety of body cells . the function of the immune sy st em depends in a large p art on interleukins and rare deficiencies of number of them have been described, all featuring autoimmune diseases or immune deficiency , the majority of interleukins are sy nthesized by help er cd4+t lymphocytes as well as through monocots macrophages, and endothelial cells. they p romote the development and differentia on of t, b, and hematop oietic cells. interleukin – 8 one of these interleukins secreted from macrop hages, lymphocytes, epithelial cells and endothelial ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 cells, cxcr1/il8ra, cxcr2/il8rb/cd128 were the target receptors, neutrop hiles, lymphocytes were target cell [3] so as il-8 was chemotaxis for neutrop hils [5]. c-reactive protein (crp) is member of the class of acute-phase reactant as its levels rise dramatically during inflammatory p rocesses occurring in the body [6, 7][atherosclerotic p laques][9] .crp binds to p hosp ocholine on microbes, it is thought to assist in comp lement binding to foreign and damaged cells and enhances p hagocytosis by macrophages (op sonin mediated p hagocytosis) ,which exp ress a receptor for crp[10]. it is also believed to p lay another imp ortant role in innate immunity as an early defense sy st em against infections [11] so is used as a clinical marker of a cute sy st emic inflammation and infection [9] crp a rise up to 50,000 fold in acute inflammation such as infection .it rises above normal limits within 6 hours, and p eaks at 48 hours [12] . a high – sensitivity crp (hs-crp) test measures low levels of crp using laser nephelomoetry the test gives results in 30 minutes with sensitivity down t o 0.04 mg\ l. normal concentration in healthy human serum is usually lower than l0 mg \l, slightly increasing with ageing, higher levels are found in late p regnant women, mild inflammation and viral infection (10-40 mg \l), severe bacterial in fections and burns 200 mg \l [13] aim of the s tudy the aim of this st udy is to evaluate some biochemical p arameters such as interleukin 8, (il-8), hs-crp in sera of oa female p atients which is used as a clinical marker of an acute inflammation and infection. experimentaly s ubjects the p resent st udy was p erformed on a group of 30 human females aged (35-65) y ears with on diagnosed by examining the p atients by in the (baghdad teaching) hosp ital and by xray examination on. in addition, a group of 30 healthy females were enrolled in the st udy as control group . s ampling blood samples of 5ml were drawn all from subjects enrolled in this st udy , and kept in p lain tubes 1eft t o clot at room temp erature for /5 min. then centrifuged at 3500 g for 10 min to sep arate the serum. inte rle ukin – 8 (il-8) determinations interleukin 8(il-8) has been estimated by using enzy me immunoassay (elisa) technique. the procedure was done according to the manufacturer instruction as sup p lied with kit from biosource europe s.a. comp any, belgium. high se nsitivity c reactive protei n (hs crp) determination high sensitivity c reactive p rotein (hs crp) enzy me immunoassay for the quantitative determination in human serum was used. drg international. inc. usa. t his is done by elasa test. s tatisti cal analysi s the results were exp ressed as mean± sd of mean, using st udent-t est, significant variation is considered significant when p -values are ≤ 0.05. re sults and discussion results obtained in the present study st ate that t he serum level of il – 8 was significantly higher in females p atients with oa than in healthy control. (table1),figure(1). the elevated il-8 level found in the serum of females' p atients with oa of the p resent st udy is in agreement as in pervious studies [14, 15] who found increase in the level of il-8 in serum of oa p atients comp ared with control and found that serum levels of il-6 in arthritis p atients [like fibro myologi a sy ndrome (fm s) p atients] was t he same as in controls. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 il -8 is t he major chemoattractant for neutrop hils; it mediates changes in neutrop hil shap e. transendothelial migration, induces exocytosis of granule enzy mes such as elastase and myelop eroxidase and a resp iratory burst where hy drogen p eroxide and sup er oxide radical are p roduced [15] il-8 was up regulated by p roinflammatory signals such as il-1 and il-17 and inhibited by anti -inflammatory cytokine (il-4, il-10) and glucocorticoids [16] furthermore il-8 has been defined as a mediator of sy mpathetic p ain [17]. c reactive protei n results obtained showed that the serum level of crp was significantly higher in p atients with oa than in controls (t able1),figure(2). these results are in agreement with other st udies reported that crp level is regularly used in the clinic, which is useful to discuss it in terms of a diagnost ic tool and therefore as indicator of an underly ing disease in acute infections.[18] less in known on the crp level in chronic disorders t hat have an inflammatory disease comp onent [19] high sensitivity c-reactive p rotein activates the comp lementy sy st em with a p rimary function to bind and detoxify endogenous toxic substance p roduced as a result of tissue damage [20] crp is not only a marker of, but a p lay er in, cardiovascular disease (cvd)., crp may directly p romote atherosclerosis and endothelial inflammation by att enuating the release of no, a key molecule in the endothelium that p lay s a pivotal role in the maintenance of vascular tone [21] in addition, besides the p otent vasodilator effects of no, it meditates many p rotective functions in the endothelium, for examp le inhibiting the of p ro-inflammatory cytokines, chemokines and leukocyte adhesion molecules, there by limiting vascular recruitment of leucocy tes and p latelets [22].no also inhibits vascular smooth muscle cell p roliferation, an early sign of atherosclerosis. therefore crp may have an imp ortant deleterious role in the atherosclerotic p rocess. i .e .by inhibiting no formations however the involvement of crp as a functional p lay er in the endothelium has recently been questioned as it has been suggested that the p ro-inflammatory effects by crp might be due to contaminating artifact in the commercial crp p reparation [23]. over the last few y ears t here have been a lot of p romising clinical markers p rop osed to link inflammation and atherosclerosis. one of these markers, hs – crp [24].and these st udies are in agreement with this st udy . from the present study , a conclusion could be st ated that il-8 increase concentration in sera of oa p atients is due to interleukins that, regulate information transfer among different ty p es of leukocytes during various st age of immune or inflammatory resp onse, which is confirmed by increase in hs –crp concentration. this finding may indicate that inflammatory activity might influence cytokine p roduction in these p atients [25] [26] re ferences 1-ana m .valdes and timothy , d. specttro (2009) the contribution of genes to osteoarthritis 66-(1) :4593j.m edical clinical of north america 2-robert, b.wallace; johan, m . last , et al(2008) "public health & preventive m edicine " 50 th edition ,m cgraw .hill companies ,inc(u.s.a) p .1128-1129 3lip p incott williams and wilkins (2007) :lipp incott's illustrated reviews immunology . 3 th edition lipp incott williams wilkins ,u.s.a pa ge 68. 4devlin m .thomas: cytokine recep tors (2006): text book of biochemist ry with clinical correlations, 6 th ed. a john wiley &sons, inc. , usa, p .507. 5karen m .henkelsa., et, al. (2011). il-8-induced neutrop hil chemotaxis is mediated by janus kinase 3 (jak3). edited by beat imhof 585(1): 159-166. 6danesh ,j. ;wheeler ,jg.; hirschfield ,g.m . et al (2004) c-reactive p rotein and other circulating markers of inflammation in the prediction of coronary heart disease .n. en gl 1397 -: 1387 350.j. m ed. (3): 74 30reactive p rotein, j. australian p rescriber -r. (2007) c,gleen -7 8harp er ' s (2006) harp ers lustrated biochemist ry 27 th ed. lange med ical books m cgraw hill m edical publishin g division newyork p 590591. 9päiväniemi o.e. paulak, et al (2009) : local c-reactive p rotein exp ression in obliterative lesions and the bronch ial wall in post transp lant obliterative bronchiolitis volume 2009(2009), art icle id 510254, 7 p ages doi : 10. 1155/2009/510254. 10pepy s m.b. hawkins p .n., et al. (2005) :p roinflammatory effects of bacterial recombin ant human c-reactive protein are caused by contamination with bacterial p roducts , 103.-:97 97reactive protein itself .circ.res. -not by c 11pickup j.c, (2004): inflammation and activated innate immunity in the p athogenesis 823.-:81327of type 2 diabetes .diabetes care 12ron kennedy.m .d.(2011) c-reactive prot ein (crp), cardiac c-reactive prot ein, (hi gh sensitivity c-reactive potein) .the doctors' m edical library . 13castoldi g., galimberti s., et al .(2007): association between serum values of c-reactive p rotein and cy tokine p roduction in whole blood of p atients with type 2 diabetes .clin . sci. 108 -: 103113 14gur a, and karakoc m .(2002) cytokines and depression in cases with 61. -(2): 35829fibromy algia .j. rheumatol. 15ransohoff rm , and benvenist c en.2005 cy tokines and the cns .2 th ed .london, new york: tay lor &francis boca raton ; pp 217. 16uceyler n, valenza r, and stock m .2006. reduced levels of anti inflammatory cytokines in patiente with chronic widesp read p ain : arthritis rheum ; 54 : 26562664 . 17m ey er td , hautninger m , allgmine . (2003) .depressions skala normuerun g an m inderjahrigen and erweiterung zur erfassung manischer sy mptom .blood 365.-:360132mononuclear cells. clin exp immunol. 18-salzman b, . e. (2007). a p rimary care ap p roach to the use and interp retation of common rheumatolo gic tests. clin fam pract, 335-358. 19m arnell l,m old c, du closs t w .(2005) c-reactive p rotein: ligands, recpcors and role 11.-:104117 in inflammation .clin immuno l; 20devaraj s, and du closs tw , jialal i.(2005): bind ing and internalization of c reactive protein by fc gamma recep tors on human aortic endothelial cells 3.136-:135925mediates biolo gical effects . arerioscler thromb vasc biol. 21verma, s., wan g, c, h., li, et al. (2002). aself fulfilling p rop hecy : c-reactive p rotein att enuates nitric oxide p roduction and inhibits an giogenesis. circulation 919.-,913106 22verma , s., kul iszewski , m . a., li, s.h. et al (2004)creactive protein att enuates endothelial p rogenitor cell survival , differentiation and function : further evidence of a mechan istic link between creactive p rotein and cardiovascular 2067.-,2058109isease .circu lation d 23-p epy s, m .b., hirshfield,g.m .,tannent ,g.a.et. al. (2006) targeting 1221 -: 1217440reactive protein for the treatmeent of cardiovascular d isease. nature -c 24szmitko, p.e., wan g, c.h., weise l, r.d., de almeida, j.r., anderson ,t .j. and verma , s.(2003) new markers of inf lammation and endothelial cell activation i. 1923. -,1917108circulation -:79113clin ical .science . reactive protein: amarker or play er? -thomas n. (2007): c -25 81. 26gaede, p., ved , p., l arsen, n., jensen, g.v., parvin g, h.h. and pedersen , o. (2003)m ultifactorial intervention and cardiovascu lar disease in p atients with type 2 393. -:383348diabetes n. engl .j. m ed . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table (1): il-8 and hs –crp concentration i n sera of oa patients and control p value control n=30 oa p atients n= 30 p <0.05 84.91±14.58 120.66±37.42 il-8 pg/ml m ean ±sd p <0.05 0.583±0.141 1.211±0.524 hs-crp mg/dl m ean± sd fig .(1) : il-8 concentration in sera of oa patients and control. fig .(2): ) hs –crp concentration in sera of oa patients and control. 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة في مصل الحساسیةتقدیر االنترلیوكین الثامن وبروتین سي الفعال العالي مریضات بالتهاب المفاصل العقدي في العراقمجموعة نساء أصحاء يالو حیلبشرى حمید جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الكیمیاء 2011آذار 13:استلم البحث في 2011آیار 30:حث في قبل الب الخالصة مـن 30 آل عـنضـفمن مستشفى بغـداد التعلیمـي أخذتمریضة بالتهاب المفاصل العقدي 30تضمنت هذه الدراسة ،الـدم للمجمـوعتین وقیسـت المتغیـرات الحیویـة فـي مصـل، ةسـن 35-65المجمـوعتین بـین أعمـاروتراوحت .األصحاءالنساء إحصـائي معنـوي محسـوس مرتفـع فـرق میـع النتـائج جعكست . )الحساسیةوبروتین سي الفعال العالي ،ثامناالنترلیوكین ال( مثـل ،االلتهابیـة اإلمـراضلمعرفـة اهذین المتغیرین مقیاس المعنستنتج من ذلك انه یمكن است .المجموعتین في مصل نساء التهاب المفاصل العقدي 26 dynamics and its effects on saturation region in semiconductor optical amplifiers adnan h. mohammed muna m. jassem department of physics, college of education, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. dradnanhmd@gmail.com munamha989@gmail.com abstract we focus on studying the dynamics of bulk semiconductor optical amplifiers and their effects on the saturation region for short pulse that differ, however there is the same unsaturated gain for both dynamics. parameters like current injection, fast dynamics present by carrier heating (ch), and spectra hole burning (shb) are studied for regions that occur a response to certain dynamics. the behavior of the saturation region is found to be responsible for phenomena such as recovery time and chirp for the pulse under study. keywords: semiconductor optical amplifier, semiconductor optical amplifier parameters, parameters of ultrafast dynamics of soa 1. introduction in a long distance optical communication system, when the signal force becomes low, we need to boost up it. so many amplifiers invented to make this happen from the bulk semiconductor-optical amplifier (soa) [1]. travelling wavesoais considered one of the most important devices because it has main characteristics, such as little size, highly gain, wide gain bandwidth, and the capability to be integrated in the cost effective way [2,3]. the bulk soa origin began after evolution for the fabry-perot -cavity that utilized into an evolution of the lasers. a researcher's attention increased to soa because it has a non-linear feature, we focus to one feature that included the study of the output power against input power which that clearly referred to the saturation power region under consideration. by utilizing its non-linear features, soa could be utilized into a range of the optical applications such as optical routing, wavelength conversion, pulse compression, an optical-logic design, etc. [4,5]. soas are almost like semiconductor-lasers into which they need a gain area that is ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2698 article history: received 20, july, 2020, accepted 13,augest, 2020, published in october 2021. mailto:dradnanhmd@gmail.com mailto:dradnanhmd@gmail.com mailto:munamha989@gmail.com mailto:munamha989@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 27 electrically pumped for supply electrons to the active area [6]. also, it has two types: the first is fabry-perot amplifier and the second travelling-wave amplifier [7,8].soa has many parameters like gain, the noise figure, saturation output power, gain bandwidth, and recovery time, and other parameters of ultrafast-dynamics such as ch and shb, which are used to determine the performance of the amplifier and to control the output performance.these parameters have a signifcant influence on the saturation region[9,10,11,12]. the advantages of utilizing soa as an essential gain-element into futurity of all the optical systems and the numerous results obtained give a lot of knowledge to the designers for possibility of utilizing soa into a various optical system [13]. in this work, we used the runge-kutta fourth order method to solve numerically the rate equation that coupled with the propagation one to get a wider knowledge about the power shape and the relation between output power as a function of input power that refers to the saturation power region at which the gainreduced by 3db or 50% relative to the unsaturated gain. the paper is regulated as follows. into section 2 contains soa parameters, parameters of ultrafast dynamics of soa are provided in section 3, numerical implementation presented into section 4, followed by results and discussion into section 5, lastly, conclusions are drawn into section 6. 2. soa parameters an important parameter to take into account is gain (g). this parameter is perhaps the most essential and can be considered as a parameter for oa operation [14].it directly effects the saturation region. the function of any optical amplifier is to increase the optical signal power. the increase of the input power when passed through soa is called g. however, the gain of soa is given by [15]: 𝐺 = 𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 𝑃𝑖𝑛 (1) where𝑃𝑖𝑛 is power of input-pulse, the and 𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 is the power of the out-put pulse. the above equation represents the main transfer function of the device in our work[15].another parameter is defined as the out-put power for which amplifier gain is decreased by three deci bell from its unsaturated value; it is a “saturation power”[16]. the importance of the region (saturation region) at which the power is saturated can be used to refer to the upper boundary of soa amplification to be linear. also, it depends on 𝑃𝑖𝑛 or is consistent with. actually, when is saturated to be as high as possible. in this case, 𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 can take the form according [14] psat,out = psat ln(2) = hv.wd γ a𝑜τc ln (2) (2) the energy of photon is represented byℎ𝑣, 𝑎° is the coefficient of differential gain, 𝜏 𝑐 is the carrier lifetime, and γ is the confinement factor[14]. to realize large 𝑃sat, out , the gain medium must be pushed to the saturation depth where 𝑎°is small [17]. the recovery time is the period of time which gain of the soa needs for recover of (10 90%) of its final-value [18]. the accelerating of a gain recovery operation is essential in communication systems because it improves the out-put performance into the high-speed signal processing functions [19]. a gain recovery of the soa happens on two various time scales. firstly, on the scale ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 28 of 1 picosecond, outcomes from intra-band effects like ch, two-photon absorption, and shb. secondly, in the order from 10 ps to 1 ns, results from the time taken by the traditional soa to achieve a carrier density inversion, that is limited to long carrier lifetimes[20].the figure below shows packaged and schematic soa. 3. parameters of ultrafast dynamics of soa the ultra-fast gain dynamics is mostly determined by utilizing the shb, ch. [21]. so we will explain these parameters briefly: 3.1 spectral hole burning before launching any optical pulse to soa, which is forward-biased, the carriers of cb and vb, respectively, within each band are in thermal equilibrium, and also the fermi-dirac distribution will be followed. when a released pulse is within (a few ps) into soa active region, electrons of cb will be depleted at the appropriate photon energies due to stimulated recombination. so, in energies of these photons, the number of carriers and then its gain is reduced. the spectral (almost symmetric) hole will be burned in the distribution of carrier; for this reason, this influence is known as shb. it is an ’’ultrafast” impact on the temporal scale of a few fs[22]. 3.2 carrier heating if the carrier's equilibrium inner a band is destroyed by quick operations, the immediate carrier occupation probability cannot be described anymore using a ’’fermi” function. nevertheless, after refilling the vacant states left by means of shb, the carrier occupation probability follows once more a fermi distribution with an efficient (hot) carrier temperature greater than a lattice temperature. this process is known as ’’ch”. by warming the carrier distribution, the gain is lowering, and the refractive index will increase. later, the hot carriers cool (a carrier cooling), and the gain is relaxed again on a timescale up to picosecond the ch relaxing time [23]. 4. numerical implementation the propagation of the pulse down into soa can be described by [24] 𝜕𝑃(𝑧,𝜏) 𝜕𝑧 = 𝑔[(1 − 𝜖𝑚) − 𝛼] (3) figure 1 .soa fully packaged (right), and soa schematic (left) [12] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 29 where𝜖𝑚 is the sum of compression due to ch and shb and 𝛼 is the loss factor that can be neglected for small it. the term 𝑔 that is the gain produced for pulse passed through soa active region and the equation that helps as for calculating 𝑔 represented by the single differential equation included fast dynamics and ase contribution [25] 𝑑ℎ 𝑑𝜏 = 1 1+𝜖𝑚𝑃𝑖𝑛 𝑒 ℎ [ ℎ𝑜 𝜏𝑐 − ℎ 𝜏𝑒𝑓𝑓 − (𝑒ℎ − 1) {𝜖𝑚𝑝𝑖𝑛 ′ + 𝑃𝑖𝑛 ( 𝜖𝑚 𝜏𝑒𝑓𝑓 − 1 𝜏𝑐 𝑃𝑠𝑎𝑡 )}] (4) ℎ = 𝑔𝑧 is the integrated gain coefficient for the section of soa, ℎ𝑜 is the unsaturated value of ℎ = 𝑔𝑜 𝑧 , 𝜏𝑒𝑓𝑓 is the carrier lifetime due to spontaneous emission. and, 𝑝𝑖𝑛 ′ = 𝑑𝑃𝑖𝑛/ 𝑑𝜏 . the output power from the subsection can be expressed by [26]: 𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 (𝜏) = 𝑃𝑖𝑛 (𝜏)𝑒 ℎ(𝜏) (5) and the chirp can be written as : ∆𝑣𝑜𝑢𝑡 (𝜏) = ∆𝑣𝑖𝑛 (𝜏) + 𝛽𝑐𝑑𝑝 4𝜋 ( 𝑑ℎ 𝑑𝜏 ) (6) where∆𝑣𝑖𝑛 (𝜏) is the input chrip of an input pulse [26]. it is obvious that if 0 , then equation(2) must be reduced to their compression to be free. moreover, the neglecting ase effects will change equations (2) to an equation that represents low dynamics [27]: 𝑑ℎ 𝑑𝜏 = ℎ𝑜−ℎ 𝜏𝑐 − 𝑃𝑖𝑛(𝜏)(𝑒 ℎ−1) 𝜏𝑐 𝑃𝑠𝑎𝑡 (7) matlab software is used as a tool to solve numerically equation (4) and equation (7) that refer to, respectively, the integrated gain for fast and slow dynamics. range-kutta four order method is employed to solve them and can be coupled with equation (3) for calculating output power (𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 ) as a function input power (𝑃𝑖𝑛 ) and from the curve data, one can get a figure the refers to the relation between g against 𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 for slow and fast dynamics. after that, the gain that decrease by 3db or 50% from the initial value. also, the chirp ∆𝑣𝑜𝑢𝑡 (𝜏) and gain recovery are calculated. the calculation is achieved for slow and fast dynamics. 5. results and discussion in this section, simulation results of dynamics soa and its effects on the saturation region for both cases are discussed. parameters utilized in our work are recorded in table 1 below. for certain operating conditions, in other words, current concerning soas which are pumped-electrically, at little input power (pin) levels, it is found that the g is independent of optical input power (pin) as shown in figure 2. it shows the relationship between the pout as a function of pin. pout develops linearly as the pin increases, to obtain enough great pin, then, g begins to rely on the pin signal and this occurs due to the low inversion level. after that causes saturation gain to be occurred [28]. in this work we have studied soa dynamics in both cases, fast and slow dynamics. therefore, we note that in the slow state, for figure 2, located on the left side, the saturation state (saturation region) starts when pin=15dbm and ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 30 pout =10 db while in the fast state, which is on the right side, it starts when pin =12dbm and pout = 5db.this difference in the saturation region is due to the recovery of gain as shown in figure 5 (left side). table 1 .used parameters in the simulation parameters symbol value and unit active region length l 0.5 ps width and height w and d 3 and 0.8 μm confinement γ 0.3 pulse width τfwhm 0.5 ps current i 0.187 a carrier life time τc 292 ps effective gain recovery τeff 100 ps differential gain a 278 × 10−20m2 carrier density no 1.4 × 10 24m−3 saturation energy esat 4.7 pj compression factors due to ch and shb ϵch and ϵshb 0,2 w −1 we note from figure 2 that there is a difference in the gain (saturation region) for the fast state and slow one, which is a faster decrease and this, agree with that occurred in the soa gains. this depletion in g is due to the sudden reduction into carrier density which happens during a pulse spread along with soa, and then g is recovered-back (get better) to reach its steadystate value [29]. we notice also that, there is the same unsaturated gain for both dynamics. figure 3(left) shows the relationship between gains as function of pout in soa. we note when an output power is low, a gain is linearly increased, and when an output power increases, then a gain is decreased that refers to the start of a saturated case [30]. .of soa in slow (left) and fast (right) dynamic inversus input power p outoutput power pfigure 2: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 31 in the case of fast, the gain begins to be fast decreased when the output power is close 2 db, and it represents that the saturation output power (pout, sat) (saturation region) will start. we can also note that the gain in the fast state seemed to decrease faster than the slow, due to the phenomenon of recovery of the gain in fast dynamics explained in figure 5 (left side). figure 4 illustrates pout as function of relative time (𝜏/𝜏°). from the figure (left), we note that the pulse moves towards the left side the greater the relative time, the reason can be physically interpreted by noting figure 5 (right and red line) which shows that the chirp is negative only to reflect that the shifting will be towards the left. as for the fast state in figure 4 (right), we note that the pulse is amplified in both sides only, as the relative time increases, and this happens because of the intra-band and the simultaneous operations such as the chirp when negative and positive this means that the shifting will be towards in both sides (left and right). figure 5 shows the relation of normalized material gain as a function of relative time (𝜏/𝜏°). it is possible to note from the figure that the recovery time for the fast state is greater than the slow state. .(left) and (right) fast dynamicof soa in slow dynamic out output power p.gain versus figure 3 of soa in slow (left) and fast (right) dynamic) 𝜏/𝜏°( versus relative time out.output power pfigure 4 figure 5: (left)norm. material gain versusrelative time (𝜏/𝜏°) for slow dynamics (red color) and for fast dynamics (blue color) . (right) chirp versus relative time (𝜏/𝜏°) forslow dynamics (red color) and for fast dynamics (blue color). norm. refers to normalized word ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 32 and the reason for this is due to the occurrence of several operations that are fast carrier depletion, fast carrier recovery via ch and shb, and slow carrier recovery via electrical pumping. this makes the gain in slow dynamic less than fast dynamic. thus, the gain increases because of the exponential relationship between gain and material gain. figure 5(right) is used in this paper to physically determine the trend of pulses shape in figure 4 when it is destroyed by the slow and fast dynamics. 6. conclusion in conclusion, this paper presented four various diagrams illustrating both fast and slow dynamics in soa and their effect on the saturation region with some parameters. fast dynamics present by ch and shb and its effects on saturation power region are studied. each chart has unique features, and we can conclude from this work that time recovery for fast state is better than the slow due to the effect of shb and ch. also, we used the chirp figure to determine the reason for spreading pulse shape. references 1. raju, s.; arunachalam, m.;survey on various perspectives of raman amplifiers, 3c tecnología. glosas de innovaciónaplicadas a la pyme, 2020, 247-259. 2. amada, m.;noise in semiconductor optical amplifiers (soa), ieee 6th international conference on photonics (icp), 2016. 3. ong, y.; kharraz, o.; sulaiman, a.; abdullah, f.; yusoff, n.; characterization of wideband semiconductor optical amplifiers based on optisystem and matlab, international journal of integrated engineering , 2018, 10 , 7, 263–272. 4. malik, d.; kaushik, g.; wason, a.; performance of optical amplifiers for highspeed optical networks, j. opt. commun ,2020, 42, 1, 15–21. 5. agarwal, v.; agrawal, m.; characterization and optimization of semiconductor optical amplifier for ultra-high speed applications: a review, conference on signal processing and communication engineering systems (spaces), 2018, 215-218. 6. mark, j. all-optical signal processing using semiconductor optical amplifiers for next generation optical networks. ph.d .thesis. university college cork.2014. 7. wartak, m. chapter 9. semiconductor optical amplifiers (soa); 1st ed. publisher: cambridge university press, 2013,223-239. 8. yusuf, m.; bhandari, v.;enhancement in the gain of edfa in fibre optic communication, international journal of engineering and advanced technology (ijeat) , 2019, 9, 2,411-417. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/conhome/8308012/proceeding https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/conhome/8308012/proceeding https://www.cambridge.org/core/search?filters%5bauthorterms%5d=marek%20s.%20wartak&eventcode=se-au ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 33 9. alquda, e.; matarneh, a.; comprehensive investigation modeling for semiconductor optical amplifier (soa), jordanian journal of computers and information technology (jjcit), 2015, 1, 1,51-66. 10. ab-rahman, m.;a review of the configuration and performance limitation parameters in optical amplifiers, opticaapplicata, 2014, 44, 2,251-266. 11. kharraz, o.; harith, h.; forsyth, d.; dernaika, m; mohammad, a.; zulkifli, m.; ismail, m.; supa, at a.; four-wave mixing analyses for future ultrafast wavelength conversion at 0.64 tb∕s in a semiconductor optical amplifier, optical engineering ,2014, 53,11,1-8. 12. mohammed, a.; hemed, a.; ultrafast dynamics effect in presence of different pulse width in semiconductor optical amplifier, journal university of kerbala, 2017, 15, 1,40-48. 13. johni, r.; forsyth, d.; tariq ,k.; effects on semiconductor optical amplifier gain quality for applications in advanced all-optical communication systems, research journal of applied sciences, engineering and technology, 2014,7,16,3414-3418. 14. aziz, a.; ng, w.; ghassemlooy, z.; aly, m.; ngah, r.; chiang, m.; characterization of the semiconductor optical amplifier for amplification and photonic switching employing the segmentation model, ieee, 2008, 1-6. 15. hamze, m. study of different soa structures impact on the transmission of imdd oofdm signals. ph.d .thesis.university of bretagne occidental.2015. 16. malik, y. gain control in semiconductor optical amplifier. m.sc. thesis. university of glasgow school of engineering.2014. 17. kaur, a.; performance analysis of gain characteristics of semiconductor optical amplifier, international journal of innovative research in computer and communication engineering, 2016, 4, 4,71847187. 18. juodawlkis, p.; plant, j.; loh, w.; missaggia, l.; o’donnell, f.; oakley, d.; napoleone, a.; klamkin, j; gopinath, j.; ripin, d.; gee, s; delfyett, p.; donnelly, j.; high-power, low-noise 1.5-μm slab-coupled optical waveguide (scow) emitters physics, devices, and applications,ieee journal of selected topics in quantum electronics, 2011, 17, 6,16981714. 19. singh, k.; kaur, g.; singh, m.; enhanced performance of all-optical half subtracter based on cross-gain modulation (xgm) in semiconductor optical amplifier (soa) by accelerating its gain recovery dynamics, photon netwcommun, 2017, 34,78-80. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 34 20. baveja, p.; xiao, y.; arora, s.; agrawal, g;, maywar, d.; all-optical semiconductor optical amplifier-based wavelength converters with sub-mw pumping, ieee photonics technol. lett, 2013, 25,1,78-80. 21. lee, h.; effect of amplified spontaneous emission on the gain recovery of a semiconductor optical amplifier, korean journal of optics and photonics, 2018, 29, 1, 32-39. 22. wang, l.; tao, s.; liu, l., picosecond gain recovery dynamics in semiconductor optical amplifiers and three-wavelength devices, symposium on photonics and optoelectronics,2012. 23. venghaus, h.; grote, n.; fibre optic communication key devices, springer, 2012. 24. marculescu, a.; ó dúill, s.; koos, c.; freude, w.; leuthold, j.;spectral signature of nonlinear effects in semiconductor optical amplifiers, optics express, 2017, 25, 24. 25. ueffing, m.direct amplification of femtosecond pulses. ph.d. thesis.munchen.2018. 26. duill, s.; barry, l.; improved reduced models for single-pass and reflective semiconductor optical amplifiers,optics communications, 2015, 334, 170-173. 27. dutta, n.; wang, q.; semiconductor optical amplifiers; 1st ed.; world scientific publishing co. pte. ltd., 2006; isbn 981-256-397-0. 28. marculescu, a. semiconductor optical amplifiers: modeling, signal regeneration and conversion. ph.d .thesis.eth zurich.2018. 29. schmeckebier, h. quantum-dot-based semiconductor optical amplifiers for oband optical communication. ph.d. thesis.technical university of berlin.2017. 30. el aziz, a. characterisation and optimisation of the semiconductor optical amplifier for ultra-high speed performance. ph.d. thesis.university of northumbria.2011. 31. silveira, t. all-optical processing systems based on semiconductor optical amplifiers. ph.d. thesis.universidade de aveiro. 2011. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/conhome/6270008/proceeding https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/conhome/6270008/proceeding 70 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 analytical study of soret and dufour effect in the electro-osmotic peristaltic flow of rabinowitsch fluid model abstract the present paper concerned with study the of combined electro-osmotic peristaltic transport with heat and mass transfer which is represented by the soret and dufour phenomenon with the presence of the joule electrothermal heating through a microchannel occupy by rabinowitsch fluid. the unsteady two-dimensional governing equations for flow with energy and concentration conservation have been formed in a cartesian coordinate system and the lubrication theory is applied to modify the relevant equations to the problem. the debye-hukel linearization approximation is utilizing to modify the electrohydrodynamics problem. the expressions for the axial velocity, the temperature profile, the concentration profile, and the volumetric flow rate are obtained analytically to gain exact solutions, while the numerical integration is used to analyze the pressure rise. the attitude of the helmholtz-smoluchowski velocity, the electro-osmotic parameter, the joule electrothermal heating, the dufour number, the soret number, is studied and graphically analyzed. it is showed that the presence of the electric field increased the velocity of the fluid and pressure rise, and it is revealed that the temperature and concentration profile congregate in the center of the channel with increase in the soret and dufour number. keyword: peristaltic flow, electro-osmosis, axial electric field, rabinowitsch fluid, soret and dufour effect, joule heating. 1.introduction for many times, attention has been paid to studying a mechanism called peristalsis, which is a special type of fluid transport, it is created by the propagation of expansion or contraction progressive waves along the flexible wall of the conduit. peristaltic mechanics find its ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2629 article history: received, 15,june,2020, accepted29,november,2020, published in april 2021 saba s. hasen sabaoday79@gmail.com department of mathematics, college of sciences, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq ahmed m. abdulhadi ahm6161@yahoo.com department of applied science, university of technology, baghdad, iraq mailto:sabaoday79@gmail.com mailto:ahm6161@yahoo.com 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 importance in biological science in a general way and hydrodynamics in (an especial way). the literature detects that various studies have illustrated the phenomenon under diverse influences. numerous researches are cited in [1-5]. electro-osmosis is defined as the movement of an ionized liquid relative to a stationary charged superficies by means of an applied electric potential. the electro-osmosis field allows the fluid infusion and control of flow using external electric fields, rescinding the requirement for mechanical pumps or valves with moving components. the velocities of flow correlating for electro-osmosis are not controlled by the size of the channel, with condition that the electrical double layer (edl) is much smaller than the distinctive length scale of the channel. electro-osmosis is considered a significant phenomenon in many biological and medical processes, where it has been invested in techniques of industrial separation in biotechnology and especially in medical micro-pumps, which have become common in microfluidics, the designs of electro-osmotic can produce considerable pressures and flow with no need to moving parts of mechanical and also in devices of capillary electrophoresis, pumping of the electro-osmotic can fulfill high effectiveness in capillaries lower than 100 lm and this is advantageous to deployment in systems of miniaturized chemical analysis. the pumps electro-osmotic have analogous features to the pumps of electrohydrodynamic (ehd) and the pumps of a traveling wave, where the electrical force imposed generate the influence of pumping with no need for any mechanical parts and thus, maintenance and replacement of other parts can be alleviated. the continuous amelioration in the design of the electro-osmotic pump has stimulated great attention in both experimental prototype testing and also computational and mathematical modeling. these two approaches have confirmed to be extremely important and complimentary in accelerating the appearance of next-generation electro-osmotic micro-pumps. in the last few decades, literature has been made on electro-osmotic peristaltic transports. pumps of the peristaltic when actuated associate with the electrostatic process achieves better results. peristalsis with electroosmotic pumping grants us an enormous range of applications in every area. several mathematical models with different physical applications and diverse flow systems have been investigated. chakraborty [6] is one of the first investigations in this field, as he has been proven that the axial electric field can raise the rates of microfluidic transport in the peristaltic pumps of in the microtubules. tripathi et al. [7] discussed the effect of the external electric field on the newtonian model with peristaltic flow through the microchannel and they concluded that the applied electric field can control the velocity and pressure gradient of the fluid during the flux, however, the impact of joule electrothermal heating and buoyancy on nanofluids in a two-dimensional microchannel under electroosmotic peristaltic pumping is investigated in refs.[8,9]. further studies in this field are cited in [1013]. while prakash et al. [14] studied the electroosmotic peristaltic transport impact on biorheological fluid in the microchannel with consideration of the existence of joule heating, convective boundary condition, and thermal radiation. investigations of the influence of electro-magnetohydrodynamics (ehd) characteristics together with heat transfer have been reported in refs. [15-18]. some other praiseworthy investigation regarding the topic can be seen via refs. [19-25]. heat transfer occupies a substantial role in the cooling processes of medical and industrial applications and is currently deemed as a significant field of study since is a very important heat transfer in the human body. also, heat transfer includes many intricate processes like 72 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 evaluating skin burns to an organism, the destruction of unwanted tissues as a result of cancer, the technique of dilution in check blood flow, making of paper, processing of food, vasodilation, and radiation between the surface and its environment. mass transfer is another substantial phenomenon in industry and physiology. it has numerous applications such as the process of membrane separation, diffusion of nutrients’ out from the blood to neighboring tissues, osmosis of reverse, the process of distillation, the process of combustion, and chemical impurities diffusion. several attempts can be viewed in the available reference list [26-34]. this paper displays a new hydrodynamic model to simulate the effect of the external electric field and the electric double layer thickness (edl) on unsteady peristaltic transport of rabinowitsch fluid through a symmetric microchannel with consideration the influence of soret and dufour phenomenon. also, the effect of joule electrothermal heating. accordingly, the paper is organized as follows: in section. 2, the mathematical model is formulated for this problem and the exact solution for the axial velocity, the temperature profile, concentration, and the volumetric flow rate is offered, whereas resort to a numerical integration to find the pressure rise. in section.3, the impacts of the physical parameters are examined in detail via graphical representations. finally, in section 4, key observations of the results are concluded. 2.modeling let's start with the movement of the non-newtonian rabinowitsch fluid model subject to the electroosmotic peristaltic transport through two-dimensional a symmetric horizontal microchannel of width 2𝑎 as is illustrated in figure (1). the fluid is under the influence of heat and mass transfer, with the interest in studying the effect of the sort and dufour phenomenon. the flow results from a sinusoidal peristaltic wave along the channel with wave speed 𝑐 and wavelength 𝜆. the cartesian coordinates were used to investigate the problem where the wave propagates parallel to the 𝑋-direction while 𝑌-axis represented the perpendicular to the wave . the mathematical formula of the channel can be expressed as follows �̅� = ±�̅�(�̅�, 𝑡̅) = ±(𝑎 − �̅� cos2 𝜋 𝜆 (�̅� − 𝑐 𝑡̅)) (1) where 𝑎 represents the half-width of the channel, �̅� is the wave amplitude, 𝑐 wave speed, 𝑡̅ is the time and �̅�(�̅�, 𝑡̅) the transverse displacement of the upper and lower wall respectively. figure 1. the geometry of the channel 73 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the governing equations for unsteady flow in two dimensional of incompressible nonnewtonian rabinowitsch fluid under an axially applied electro kinetic body force in the laboratory frame (�̅�, �̅�, 𝑡)̅ can be reviewed as follows. 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� = 0 (2) 𝜌 ( 𝜕�̅� 𝜕𝑡̅ + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� ) = − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅�𝑒 �̅��̅� + 𝜌𝑔𝐵𝑇 (�̅� − �̅�0) + 𝜌𝑔𝐵𝑐 (𝐶̅ − 𝐶0̅) (3) 𝜌 ( 𝜕�̅� 𝜕𝑡̅ + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� ) = − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� (4) 𝜌𝑐𝑝 ( 𝜕�̅� 𝜕𝑡̅ + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� ) = κ ( 𝜕2�̅� 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2�̅� 𝜕�̅�2 ) + 𝐷𝐾𝑇 𝐶𝑠 ( 𝜕2𝐶̅ 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2𝐶̅ 𝜕�̅� 2 ) + 𝜎�̅��̅� 2 (5) ( 𝜕𝐶̅ 𝜕𝑡̅ + �̅� 𝜕𝐶̅ 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕𝐶̅ 𝜕�̅� ) = 𝐷 ( 𝜕2𝐶̅ 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2𝐶̅ 𝜕�̅�2 ) + 𝐷𝐾𝑇 𝑇𝑚 ( 𝜕2�̅� 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2�̅� 𝜕�̅�2 ) (6) and the constituent equation for the rabinowitsch fluid model is formulated as follows: 𝑆�̅̅��̅� + ̅𝑆̅ 3 �̅��̅� = 𝜇 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� (7) where 𝜌 the density of the fluid, �̅�, �̅� are the axial velocity and transverse velocity respectively, �̅� is the pressure, 𝑔 is the gravitational acceleration, 𝐵𝑇 is the coefficient of thermal expansion, �̅� is temperature, 𝐵𝑐 is the coefficient of concentration expansion, 𝐶̅ is the concentration, 𝑐𝑝 is the specific heat at the constant pressure, κ is thermal conductivity, 𝐾𝑇 is the thermal-diffusion ratio, 𝜎 is electrical conductivity, 𝐶𝑠is the concentration susceptibility, 𝑇𝑚 is the mean temperature. and �̅�𝑒 and �̅��̅� are denote to the electric field and the net charge density in a unit volume of the fluid respectively. the poisson's-boltzmann equation for the electrical potential is used due to the electric double layer in the microchannel and is expressed as ∇2φ̅ = − �̅�𝑒 𝜀0 (8) where the charge density is given by �̅�𝑒 = 𝑒 𝑧(�̅� + − �̅�−) (9) where 𝑒 is the electronic charge, 𝑧 is charge balance, �̅�+and �̅�− are the number of densities of positive (cations) and negative (anions) respectively. to obtain the potential distribution it necessary to determine the charge number density, therefore nernst-planck equation [35] useful for this purpose, which can represent as follows ( 𝜕�̅�± 𝜕𝑡̅ + �̅� 𝜕�̅�± 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅�± 𝜕�̅� ) = 𝐷( 𝜕2�̅�± 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2�̅�± 𝜕�̅�2 ) ± 𝐷𝑒𝑧 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 [ 𝜕 𝜕�̅� (�̅�± 𝜕φ̅ 𝜕�̅� ) + 𝜕 𝜕�̅� (�̅�± 𝜕φ̅ 𝜕�̅� )] (10) where 𝐷 the diffusion coefficient, 𝐾𝐵 the boltzmann constant, 𝑇𝑒 is the average temperature of the electrolytic solution. and the boundary conditions accompanying the wall are 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� = 0, �̅� = 𝑇0, 𝐶̅ = 𝐶0, 𝑎𝑡 �̅� = 0 (11) �̅� = 0 , �̅� = 𝑇1, 𝐶̅ = 𝐶1, 𝑎𝑡 �̅� = ±�̅�(�̅�, 𝑡̅) (12) defining the following quantities to non-dimensionalize the equations governing the flow problem 𝑥 = �̅� 𝜆 , 𝑦 = �̅� 𝑎 , 𝑡 = 𝑐𝑡̅ 𝜆 , 𝑝 = 𝑎2�̅� 𝑐𝜇𝜆 , 𝛿 = 𝑎 𝜆 , 𝑢 = �̅� 𝑐 , 𝑣 = �̅� 𝛿𝑐 , 𝑅𝑒 = 𝜌𝑐𝑎 𝜇 , 𝑆𝑖𝑗 = 𝑎𝑆�̅�𝑗 𝑐𝜇 , 𝜃 = �̅� − 𝑇0 𝑇1 − 𝑇0 , 𝑛 = �̅� 𝑛0 , = 𝑐2𝜇2 ̅ 𝑎2 , 𝜑 = �̅� 𝑎 , 𝐶 = 𝐶̅ − 𝐶0 𝐶1 − 𝐶0 , 𝑈𝐻𝑆 = − �̅��̅� 𝜉 0 𝜇 𝑐 , φ = φ̅ 𝜉 , 𝑆𝑐 = 𝜇 𝜌 𝐷 , 𝑃𝑟 = 𝜇𝑐𝑝 𝜅 , ℎ = �̅� 𝑎 𝑆 = 𝜎�̅��̅� 2𝑎2 𝜅(𝑇1 − 𝑇0) , 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 𝜌𝑔𝛽𝑇 𝑎 2(𝑇1 − 𝑇0) 𝜇 𝑐 74 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 𝜌𝑔𝛽𝐶𝑎 2(𝐶1−𝐶0) 𝜇 𝑐 , 𝐷𝑢 = 𝐷𝐾𝑇 (𝐶1−𝐶0) 𝑐𝜌𝐶𝑠𝜇(𝑇1−𝑇0) , 𝑆𝑟 = 𝜌𝐷𝐾𝑇 (𝑇1−𝑇0) 𝜇𝑇𝑚(𝐶1−𝐶0) (13) where 𝑥 the non-dimensional axial coordinate, 𝑦 the non-dimensional transverse coordinate, 𝑡 the non-dimensional time, 𝑝 the non-dimensional pressure, 𝛿 the wavenumber, 𝑢, 𝑣 the nondimensional axial and transverse velocity components, 𝑅𝑒 the reynolds number, 𝑆𝑖𝑗 the nondimensional shear stress, 𝜃 the non-dimensional temperature, 𝑛 non-dimensional bulk concentration (number density) of the ions in the electrolyte, 𝑛0 the concentration of ions at the bulk, the coefficient of pseudo-plasticity, 𝐶 the non-dimensional concentration, 𝑈𝐻𝑆 the helmholtz-smoluchowski velocity, φ the non-dimensional electric potential, 𝜉 the zeta potential, 𝑆𝑐 the schmidt number, 𝑃𝑟 the prandtl number, ℎ the non-dimensional transverse wall displacement, 𝑆 the normalized generation term that represents the ratio of joule heating to surface heat flux(for constant wall temperature), 𝐺𝑟𝑡 the local temperature grashof number, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 the local concentration grashof number, 𝐷𝑢the dufour number, 𝑆𝑟the soret number. after employing eq.(13) in eqs. (2)-(7) and (10), with rearrangement, the following forms will be produced. 𝛿( 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑦 ) = 0 (14) 𝑅𝑒𝛿 ( 𝜕𝑢 𝜕 𝑡 + 𝑢 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑣 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑦 ) = − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 + 𝛿 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑥 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑦 𝜕𝑦 − 𝑎2 𝜇 𝑐 𝜇 𝑐 𝜉𝜀0 𝑒 𝑧𝑛0(𝑛 + − 𝑛−)𝑈𝐻𝑆 + 𝐺𝑟𝑡 𝜃 + 𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝐶 (15) 𝑅𝑒𝛿 3 ( 𝜕𝑣 𝜕 𝑡 + 𝑢 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑣 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑦 ) = − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑦 + 𝛿 2 𝜕𝑆𝑦𝑥 𝜕𝑥 + 𝛿 𝜕𝑆𝑦𝑦 𝜕𝑦 (16) 𝑅𝑒𝑃𝑟 𝛿( 𝜕𝜃 𝜕𝑡 + 𝑢 𝜕𝜃 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑣 𝜕𝜃 𝜕𝑦 ) = δ2 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝐷𝑚𝐾𝑇 (𝐶1−𝐶0) 𝐶𝑠𝜅(𝑇1−𝑇0) 𝛿 2 𝜕2𝐶 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝐷𝑚𝐾𝑇 (𝐶1−𝐶0) 𝐶𝑠𝜅(𝑇1−𝑇0) 𝜕2𝐶 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝑎2 𝜅(𝑇1−𝑇0) 𝜎�̅��̅� 2 (17) 𝑅𝑒 𝑆𝑐 𝛿 ( 𝜕𝐶 𝜕 𝑡 + 𝑢 𝜕𝐶 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑣 𝜕𝐶 𝜕𝑦 ) = 𝛿 2 𝜕2𝐶 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝜕2𝐶 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝐾𝑇(𝑇1−𝑇0) 𝑇𝑚(𝐶1−𝐶0) 𝛿 2 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝐾𝑇 (𝑇1−𝑇0) 𝑇𝑚(𝐶1−𝐶0) 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑦2 (18) 𝑅𝑒 𝑆𝑐 𝛿( 𝜕𝑛± 𝜕 𝑡 + 𝑢 𝜕𝑛± 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑣 𝜕𝑛± 𝜕𝑦 ) = 𝛿 2 𝜕2𝑛± 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝜕2𝑛± 𝜕𝑦2 ± 𝛿 2 𝑒𝑧 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 𝜕 𝜕𝑥 (𝑛± 𝜕ξφ 𝜕𝜆𝑥 ) + 𝑒𝑧ξ 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 𝜕 𝜕𝑦 (𝑛± 𝜕φ 𝜕𝑦 ) (19) applying the lubrication theory, as is customary for peristaltic hydrodynamics, the following emerging linearized conservation equations are obtained − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑦 𝜕𝑦 − 𝑎2 𝜇 𝑐 𝜇 𝑐 𝜉𝜀0 𝑒 𝑧𝑛0(𝑛 + − 𝑛−)𝑈𝐻𝑆 + 𝐺𝑟𝑡 𝜃 + 𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝐶 = 0 (20) 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑦 = 0 (21) 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝑃𝑟 𝐷𝑢 𝜕2𝐶 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝑆 = 0 (22) 𝜕2𝐶 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑦2 = 0 (23) and the non-dimensional constituent equation for the rabinowitsch fluid model is 𝑆𝑥𝑦 + 𝑆𝑥𝑦 3 = 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑦 (24) the non-dimensional associated boundary conditions are 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑦 = 0, 𝜃 = 0, 𝐶 = 0, 𝑆𝑥𝑦 = 0 𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = 0 (25) 𝑢 = 0, 𝜃 = 1, 𝐶 = 1, 𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = ±ℎ(𝑥, 𝑡) (26) and the non-dimensional nernst-planck equation becomes 𝜕2𝑛± 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝑒𝑧ξ 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 𝜕 𝜕𝑦 (𝑛± 𝜕φ 𝜕𝑦 ) = 0 (27) 75 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 it is necessary to calculate the charge number density to obtain the value of the potential distribution and this is done by finding the solution of equation. (27) with help the bulk conditions 𝑛± = 1 at φ = 0 and 𝜕𝑛 𝜕𝑦 = 0 at 𝜕φ 𝜕𝑦 = 0, and the result is 𝑛± = 𝑒 +̅ 𝑒𝑧ξ 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 φ (28) by substituting (28) in equation.(20), we obtain the electrical distribution as follows, we obtain the electrical distribution as follows 𝜕2φ 𝜕𝑦2 = − 𝑎2𝑒 𝑧 𝑛0 𝜉𝜀0 (𝑒 + 𝑒𝑧ξ 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 φ − 𝑒 − 𝑒𝑧ξ 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 φ ) (29) we can write in another form as 𝜕2φ 𝜕𝑦2 = − 𝑎2𝑒 𝑧 𝑛0 𝜉𝜀0 sinh( 𝑒𝑧ξ 𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 φ) (30) now by employing the 𝐷𝑒𝑏𝑦𝑒 − 𝐻�̈�𝑐𝑘𝑒𝑙 linearization approximation the form of the poisson-boltzmann equation is transformed as follows 𝜕2φ 𝜕𝑦2 = −𝑚2φ (31) where 𝑚 = 𝑎 𝑒 𝑧 √ 2𝑛0 𝜀0𝑇𝑒𝐾𝐵 = 𝑎 𝜆𝑑 and is called the electro-osmotic parameter, 𝜆𝑑 is debye length or characteristic thickness of the electrical double layer (edl). by solving the equation.(31) which subject to boundary conditions 𝜕φ 𝜕𝑦 | 𝑦=0 = 0 and φ|𝑦=ℎ = 1, the potential distribution function is found as follows φ = cosh(𝑚𝑦) cosh(𝑚ℎ) (32) now eq.(20) can be written in the following form − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑦 𝜕𝑦 + 𝑚2φ𝑈𝐻𝑆 + 𝐺𝑟𝑡 𝜃 + 𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝐶 = 0 (33) 3.analytical solutions the temperature and concentration equations are obtained when solving equation. (22) and equation.(23) simultaneous using the boundary conditions equation (25)and (26)as follows 𝜃 = −2𝑦−ℎ2𝑦 𝑆+ℎ 𝑦2𝑆+2 𝑦 𝐷𝑢 𝑃𝑟 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 2ℎ(−1+𝐷𝑢 𝑃𝑟 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟) (34) 𝐶 = −2𝑦+ℎ2𝑦 𝑆 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟−ℎ𝑦 2𝑆 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟+2 𝑦 𝐷𝑢 𝑃𝑟 𝑆𝑐𝑆𝑟 2ℎ(−1+𝐷𝑢𝑃𝑟𝑆𝑐𝑆𝑟) (35) substitute equation.(34) and equation (35) in equation (33) and integrating it with using the boundary conditions equation.(25), the following result yield 𝑆𝑥𝑦 = 1 12ℎ(−1+𝐷𝑢𝑃𝑟𝑆𝑐𝑆𝑟) (−12ℎ 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 𝑦 + 6𝑦2𝐺𝑟𝑐 + 6𝑦 2𝐺𝑟𝑡 + 3ℎ 2𝑦2𝑆 𝐺𝑟𝑡 − 2ℎ𝑦 3𝑆𝐺𝑟𝑡 − 3ℎ2𝑦2𝑆 𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 + 2ℎ𝑦 3𝑆 𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 +. .. (36) the axial velocity is found by compensation equation (36) in (24) and using the remaining conditions, the 𝑢 is as follows 𝑢 = (362880ℎ4𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 cosh[ℎ𝑚] + 181440ℎ6𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 3 cosh[ℎ𝑚] + 120960ℎ4𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 cosh[3ℎ𝑚]+ 60480ℎ6𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 3 cosh[3ℎ𝑚] − 120960ℎ4𝑚6cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 − 217728ℎ6𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 2 cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 – … (37) the volumetric flow rate can be defined as follows 𝑄 = ∫ 𝑢 𝑑𝑦 ℎ 0 (38) 76 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the relationship between the laboratory frame and the wave frame can be represented by the following transformation �̅� = 𝑥 − 𝑡, �̅� = 𝑦, �̅� = 𝑢 − 𝑐, �̅� = 𝑣, (39) it can express the volumetric flow rate in the wave frame as follows �̅� = ∫ �̅�(�̅�, �̅�)𝑑�̅� = ∫ (𝑢 − 1)𝑑�̅� ℎ(𝑥) 0 ℎ(�̅�) 0 (40) from equations (38) -(40) yield �̅� = 𝑄 − ℎ (41) averaging volumetric flow rate over one time period, we obtain 𝑄∗ = ∫ 𝑄 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (�̅� + ℎ) 1 0 𝑑𝑡 = �̅� + 1 − 𝜑 2 1 0 (42) rewrite equation (55) as 𝑄∗ = 𝑄 − ℎ + 1 − 𝜑 2 (43) the dimensionless form of the volumetric flow rate in the laboratory frame by virtue of equation (38), is 𝑄 = (362880ℎ4𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 cosh[ℎ𝑚] + 181440ℎ6𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 3 cosh[ℎ𝑚] + 120960ℎ4𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 cosh[3ℎ𝑚] + 60480ℎ6𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 3 cosh[3ℎ𝑚] − 120960ℎ4𝑚6cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 − 217728ℎ 6𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 2 cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 − 40320ℎ4𝑚6cosh[3ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑐 − 72576ℎ 6𝑚6 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 2 cosh[3ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 + ⋯ (44) from the above equation, we can derive the pressure gradient by integrating eq. (44) 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 = (5(−42ℎ5𝑚3 cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 − 14ℎ 5𝑚3 cosh[3ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 − 42ℎ 5𝑚3+ cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑡 −9ℎ7𝑚3 𝑆cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑡 − 14ℎ 5𝑚3 cosh[3ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑡 − 3ℎ 7𝑚3 𝑆cosh[3ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑡 +9ℎ7𝑚3 𝑆cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 + 3ℎ 7𝑚3 𝑆cosh[3ℎ𝑚]𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 + 42ℎ 5𝑚3 cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐷𝑢𝐺𝑟𝑐𝑃𝑟 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 + 14ℎ5𝑚3 cosh[3ℎ𝑚]𝐷𝑢𝐺𝑟𝑐 𝑃𝑟 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 + 42ℎ 5𝑚3 cosh[ℎ𝑚]𝐷𝑢𝐺𝑟𝑡 𝑃𝑟 𝑆𝑐 𝑆𝑟 + ⋯. (45) the pressure difference across one wavelength is calculated from the previous equation ∆𝑝 = ∫ 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 0 (46) the stream function is related to the velocity components in the wave frame by the following formula after resorting to equation (37) �̅� = 𝜕𝜓 𝜕�̅� , �̅� = − 𝜕𝜓 𝜕�̅� (47) the heat transfer coefficient at the wall is defined by ζ(𝑥) = ℎ𝑥 𝜃𝑦 (ℎ) (48) 4.numerical results and discussion the main purpose of this section is to monitor the physical behavior of the rabinowitsch fluid model flow as it passes through a very small channel and this behavior is embodied by graphs and how the parameters are associated with the problem affect the flow. mathematica program is used to visualize flow behavior. 4.1. velocity profile the velocity profile response to variation in pertinent parameters as external electric field 𝑈hs, joule heating 𝑆, the dufour number 𝐷𝑢, the soret number 𝑆𝑟 and the coefficient of rabinowitsch fluid is depicted in figures (2)(a-k). the snapshots of the axial velocity exhibit asymmetric and skewed shape about the midline of the channel also are observed deviations of the axial velocity from the foreseeable parabolic shape. figure (a) shows the impact of the external electric field which can be simulated by maximum electro osmotic 77 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 velocity or helmholtz-smoluchowski 𝑈𝐻𝑆 = − 𝐸𝑥𝜉𝜀0 𝜇 𝑐 on the axial velocity. it is clear from the diagram when the value of electric field high leads to boost the helmholtz-smoluchowski, in turn to superfat the electro-kinetic body force which is assistive to acceleration flux fluid in the center of the channel, while it is inhibitive whenever to get closer to the channel wall. obviously, the summit of the parabola velocity distribution increases and become more consistent with an increase 𝑈𝐻𝑆 which means an increase in the external electric field. among the benefits of the electric field is the acceleration of the flow in the electric kinetics, as it is found that it is very sensitive to the photoelectric flow, which leads to relatively low changes in the intensity of the electric field. this nature is considered a benefit in practical, analog, micro-electric pumps, as very good acceleration in the basic flow that can be accomplished with relatively slight adjustments in the electric field. this, in turn, reduces costs at the same time and addresses the problems of electromagnetic compatibility. figure (b) illustrates the role of joule heating on the axial velocity. it is clear that the velocity accelerate toward the charge carrying walls with a significant drop off towards the center of the conduit when increasing the positive value 𝑆 with 𝑈hs = 1 and vice versa, a slowdown in the axial velocity occur when increasing negative values 𝑆. a concentration gradient of positive ions is created near the wall surface due to the existence of negative ion charges on the wall surface and as a result. there is an electrical potential distribution in the electrolyte which is called the electric double layer. the height of the (axial) electric field leads to a quadratically increase in the joule parameter(for constant temperature difference) also the electro-kinetic body force significantly boosts, in outcome, there will be an acceleration in the axial flux when joule heating is positive, while deceleration occurs in flux when joule heating is negative. it is evident that the joule parameter incites a significant modification in flux distribution through the channel and confirms the stellar ability of electro-osmotic phenomena in controlling velocity profiles at the microchannel walls. figure (c)-(d) depict the variation of the axial velocity against the soret number 𝑆𝑟 for two different value to 𝑈hs, where one can see from figure (c) that increasing the soret number with 𝑈hs = 1, causes inhibitive axial velocity on the left side of the channel, while the effect is almost non-existent on the other side. when 𝑈hs is negative the maximum velocity emerges at the conduit walls while the velocity is minimum at the core region that is clear in figure (d). figure (e) reveals the impact of the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 on the velocity profile. the increase in value 𝐷𝑢 leads to enhance the axial velocity in the region near the wall with 𝑈hs = 1. the velocity accelerates at the center core zone of the conduit with increasing 𝐷𝑢 with case the 𝑈hs = −1 see figure (f). the last diagram figure (g) shows the effect of the coefficient of rabinowitsch fluid on the axial velocity. the effect of the parameter is limited to the sides of the channel. it reduces the axial velocity in this region, while it has almost no effect in the core region. 78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 (a) (b) figure2.the axial velocity profile for variation of (a): the helmholtz-smoluchowski velocity𝑈𝐻𝑆, (b): the joule heating 𝑆 with (𝑈hs = 1) ,and for fixed values of parameters (𝑄 ∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.2, = 0.2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 0.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆𝑟 = 0.3, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 0.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 0.3, 𝑥 = 0.1, 𝑡 = 0.1). (c ) (d) figure2.the axial velocity profile for variation of , (c): the soret number 𝑆𝑟 ,( 𝑈hs = 1) (d): the soret number 𝑆𝑟 ,( 𝑈hs = −1), and for fixed values of parameters ( 𝑄 ∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.2, = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 0.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆𝑟 = 1, 𝑆 = 2, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 0.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 0.7, 𝑥 = 0.5, 𝑡 = 0.1) (e) (f) figure2. the axial velocity profile for variation of , (e): the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 (𝑈hs = 1), (f): the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 (𝑈hs = −1), and for fixed values of parameters ( 𝑄 ∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.2, = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 0.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆𝑟 = 1, 𝑆 = 2, 𝑈hs = 1, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 0.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 0.7, 𝑥 = 0.5, 𝑡 = 0.1) (g) figure2. the axial velocity profile for variation of, (g): the coefficient of rabinowitsch fluid, and for fixed values of parameters(𝑄∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆𝑟 = 0.5, 𝑆 = 2, 𝑈hs = 1, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 0.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 0.7, 𝑥 = 0.2, 𝑡 = 0.1). 4.2. temperature distribution the parameters effect on the temperature profile is analyzed via figures (3)(a-c) and from the first look at the graphs, it is noted that with the positive values of joule heating, the temperature decreases and is concentrated in the middle area of the channel and its values are in the negative part of the axis of 𝑦. where figure (a) reveals the impact of the positive and negative values of joule heating 𝑆 on the distribution of temperature. it is observed that the highest temperature between 𝑦 ∈ [0,1] when 𝑆 is positive but the heat is progressively decreases until its values are negative which is means induces refrigeration in the electrolyte. the influence will be reversed with the negative value of 𝑆 where the temperature increases and its value becomes positive. it is also observed that in the absence of the influence of joule 79 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 heating 𝑆 = 0, the temperature profile would be linear. it can be observed from figure (b) that the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 has a negative effect on the temperature profile since a decrease in temperature is observed in the areas near the wall. figure (c) shows the receding of temperature toward the core area, with increasing of the soret number 𝑆𝑟 which makes the sides cooler than the middle. ( a) (b) ( c) figure3. the temperature distribution for variation of, (a): the joule heating 𝑆 ,(b): the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 , (c): the soret number 𝑆𝑟 , and for fixed values of parameters(𝜑 = 0.5, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.5, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.3, 𝑥 = 0.2, 𝑡 = 0.1). 4.3. concentration profile the concentration is affected by the diversity of the governing parameters, and this is shown in illustrations figures (4) (a-c). it is observed that the joule heating 𝑆 clearly affect the concentration when its values differed between positive and negative. we note from figure (a) with the positive values of joule heating that the concentration increases gradually and has positively parabolic. while negative values of 𝑆 show an opposite effect, where the concentration distribution takes negatively parabolic shape. in the absence of joule heating, the concentration is linear. the impact of the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 is illustrated in figure (b) which tells us when the value of number getting more, the concentration increases and the speed of response to the change in the left side of the channel is more than on the right side. figure (c) presents the influence of the soret number 𝑆𝑟 on the concentration, the graph indicates that 𝑆𝑟 enhance concentration. (a) (b) 80 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 ( c ) figure4. concentration profile for variation of, (a): the joule heating 𝑆, (b): the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 , (c): the soret number 𝑆𝑟 , and for fixed values of parameters (𝜑 = 0.5, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.5, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑥 = 0.2, 𝑡 = 0.1). 4.4. heat transfer coefficient in this part of the analysis, the reaction of heat transfer ζ(𝑥) with the diversity of different interesting parameters is recorded. the first vision to the graphs shows the wavy behavior to heat transfer rate, and this is returned to the relaxing movement and contraction resulted from the peristaltic flow. figures (5)(a-c) reveals the heat transfer profile vs. axial coordinate. the behavior of heat transfer suffers fluctuations in the reaction, as the area (0.1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 0.6) witnessed a decrease in the rate and an increase at (0.6 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1.1). the presence dufour number has a slight effect on the heat transfer rate and this is clear in figure (a). the influence of soret number on the heat transfer rate is indicated in figure (b). it is shown that the wave shape is more consistent with an increase 𝑆𝑟. while the behavior reverses with joule heating the wave be more harmonious with decreases the value of s. this is illustrated in figure (c). ( a) (b) (c ) figure5. the heat transfer coefficient for variation of (a): the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 , (b): the soret number 𝑆𝑟 , (c): the joule heating 𝑆, and for fixed values of parameters (𝜑 = 0.5, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.5, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.3, 𝑡 = 0.1). 4.5. pressure rise the complicated integral that appears in equation (46) has been processed numerically with the help of mathematica to obtain pressure rise ∆𝑝. figures (6)(a-d) illustrate the behavior of the pressure rise across one wavelength against the averaged volumetric flow rate 81 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 for the helmholtz-smoluchowski velocity 𝑈𝐻𝑆, the joule heating 𝑆, the electro-osmotic parameter 𝑚, and the coefficient of pseudo-plasticity. there are three regimes of pumping that can be categorized. the positive pumping or the pumping region ( ∆𝑝 > 0 ) which considers the peristaltic pumping, the second regime namely the co-pumping region or augmented pumping region (∆𝑝 < 0) and the last the free pumping region. in general, we notice from the drawings that the highest value of pressure rise is in the pumping region with a negative the averaged volumetric flow rate. it is evident that the relation between the pressure rise and the averaged volumetric flow rate is an inverse relationship, the flow rate increases with the decrease in the pressure rise. figure (a) shows the presence of the applied electric field on the pressure rate. the positive value of 𝑈𝐻𝑆 obviously, enhances the pumping rate (∆𝑝) in the peristaltic pumping and augmented pumping region, while the negative values of 𝑈𝐻𝑆 depresses the pressure. in the free region we notice that the flow rate takes the highest value when 𝑈𝐻𝑆 > 0, but in the absence of the external electric field, the flow rate becomes zero. the influence of joule heating has been illustrated in figure (b). poor improvement in the pumping rate in the peristaltic pumping is induced by raising the magnitude of the joule heating 𝑆. decrease the thickness of the electrical double layer edl i.e. increasing 𝑚 (which has an inverse relationship with 𝜆𝑑), lead to increase in the pressure rate ∆𝑝, this is clear in figure (c). it can be noticed from figure (d) that the increment in the coefficient of rabinowitsch fluid, the pumping rate decreases in the peristaltic pumping (∆𝑝 > 0, −2 ≤ 𝑄∗ ≤ −0.5), whereas the attitude of pumping rate changes in (∆𝑝 > 0, 𝑄∗ > 0), the pressure rise increases. ( a) (b) figure6. pressure rise upon the mean flow rate 𝑄∗ for variation of (a): the helmholtz-smoluchowski velocity𝑈𝐻𝑆, (b): joule heating 𝑆,and for fixed values of parameters ( 𝜑 = 0.5, = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.3, 𝑆𝑟 = 0.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 0.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 0.7, 𝑡 = 0.5). (c) (d) figure6. pressure rise upon the mean flow rate 𝑄∗ for variation of (c): electro-osmotic parameter 𝑚, (d): the parameter of pseudoplastic fluid , and for fixed values of parameters( = 0.5, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.3, 𝑆𝑟 = 0.5, 𝑆 = 2, 𝑈hs = 1, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 0.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 0.7, 𝑡 = 0.5). 4.6. trapping formulation streamlines visualizations in the conduit for various values of pertinent parameters for a fixed time (𝑡 = 0.1) is illustrated in figures (7) (a-d), and this visualization lets a better examination of the so-called trapping phenomenon, wherein an internally circulating bolus of 82 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the fluid is formed by closed streamlines. in all the graphs, there is a considerable shortage of symmetry about the midline (𝑦 = 0). in a particular, evident distortion of streamlines emerges in figure (a) when the magnitudes of the external electric field or (the helmholtzsmoluchowski velocity𝑈𝐻𝑆) differ between positive and negative values. at 𝑈𝐻𝑆 = −1, the numbers of trapping bolus increase at high transverse coordinate value, whereas, in the lower coordinates, the streamlines testify a shift from the bolus to the curves. figure (b) displays the effect of the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 on streamline. it is revealed that the number of the trapping bolus decreases for a larger value of 𝐷𝑢. the impact of the soret number 𝑆𝑟 on the bolus is sketched in figure (c). it is evident from the diagram that ascending values of 𝑆𝑟 lead to an increase in the number and size of the bolus. it is revealed in figure (d) that the number of trapping bolus increases in the upper zone of the channel, whereas the bolus begins gradually shrinking in the number and expanding in the size at a lower region with 𝑆 < 0. ( a) figure7. streamlines for variation of the helmholtz-smoluchowski velocity 𝑈𝐻𝑆, (a): 𝑈𝐻𝑆 = 1, 𝑈𝐻𝑆 = −1 and fixed (𝑄∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.5, = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆𝑟 = 0.3, 𝑆 = 2, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 1.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 2.5) (b) figure7. streamlines for variation of the dufour number 𝐷𝑢 , (b): 𝐷𝑢 = 0.4, 𝐷𝑢 = 1 and fixed (𝑄 ∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.5, = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆𝑟 = 0.3, 𝑆 = 2, 𝑈hs = 1, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 1.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 2.5) ( c) figure7. streamlines for variation of the soret number 𝑆𝑟 , (c): 𝑆𝑟 = 0.5 , 𝑆𝑟 = 1 and fixed (𝑄 ∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.5, = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.2, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆 = 2, 𝑈hs = 1, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 1.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 2.5). ( d) figure7. streamlines for variation of the joule heating 𝑆, (d): 𝑆 = 2 , 𝑆 = −2 and fixed(𝑄∗ = 0.5, 𝜑 = 0.5, = 0.5, 𝑚 = 2, 𝐷𝑢 = 0.6, 𝑃𝑟 = 1.3, 𝑆𝑐 = 0.5, 𝑆𝑟 = 0.3, 𝑈hs = 1, 𝐺𝑟𝑐 = 1.5, 𝐺𝑟𝑡 = 2.5) 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 5.conclusion the mathematical and theoretical studies on the unsteady electro-osmotic peristaltic pumping in an isothermal finite length micro-channel have been conducted to investigate the effect of soret and dufour phenomenon and joule electrothermal heating on rabinowitsch fluid model. mathematica program has been employed to evaluate numerical solutions derived for the axial velocity, the temperature profile, concentration, the heat transfer coefficient, and the pressure rise after simplified the electrokinetic transport equations via the lubrication theory. key observations are 1the axial velocity is increasing functions of the external electric field 𝑈hs and this result agrees with offered in tripathi et.al. [8,10] while the opposite behavior is presented in jayavel [14]. 2the axial velocity shows flat parabolic behavior in nature. this behavior increases at a left wall via the positive joule heating 𝑆, the dufour number 𝐷𝑢. while decreasing behavior is observed due to the soret number 𝑆𝑟 .the negative joule heating 𝑆 accelerates the axial velocity in the center of the channel whereas inhibited at the wall. 3with increasing 𝐷𝑢 and 𝑆𝑟, the temperature distribution drops and the positive joule heating raises the heat in mid of the channel while it slows down the heat near the wall. with the negative joule heating, the temperature takes exactly reversal behavior. 4the concentration field is an increasing function of the applied electric field (which represented by joule heating 𝑆 = 𝜎�̅� �̅� 2 𝑎2 𝜅(𝑇1−𝑇0) ), 𝐷𝑢 and 𝑆𝑟. 5the pressure rise increases with 𝑆, electro-osmosis parameter 𝑚, whereas the pressure rise testifies a changeful behavior with . 6the trapping bolus distort with negative the external electric field 𝑈hs. 7the trapping bolus expands with increasing 𝑆𝑟 , and 𝑆 < 0, whilst the number of boluses decreases with 𝐷𝑢 84 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 references 1. hasen, s. s.; abdulhadi, ah. m., influence of a rotating frame on the peristaltic flow of a rabinowitsch fluid model in an inclined channel, journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics, 2020,12 , 1, 21-33. 2.kotnurka, as. sh.; giddaiah, s., bioconvection peristaltic flow of nano eyring–powell fluid containing gyrotactic microorganism, sn applied sciences, 2019 1:1276. 3.kareem, r. s; abdul-hadi ah. m., the effect of mhd and porous media on nanofluid flow with heat transfer: numerical treatment, journal of advanced research in fluid mechanics and thermal sciences, 2019,63 issues (2),317-328. 4. ali, h. a.; abdulhadi, ah. m., the peristaltic transport of mhd eyringpowell fluid through porous medium in a three dimensional rectangular duct, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2018,119,18. 5. salman, m. r.; abdulhadi, ah. m., analysis of heat and mass transfer in a tapered asymmetric channel during peristaltic transport of (pseudo plastic nano fluid) with variable viscosity under the effect of (mhd), journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics, 2018,10,3,80-96. 6.chakraborty, s., augmentation of peristaltic microflows through electro-osmotic mechanisms, j. phys. d: appl. phys. 2006,39 , 5356–5363. 7.tripathi, dh.; mulchandani, j.; jhalani, sh. , electrokinetic transport in unsteady flow through peristaltic microchannel, aip conf. proc, the american institute of physics, 2016,1724, 020043 . 8.tripathi, dh.; sharma, a.; bég, o. a., joule heating and buoyancy effects in electroosmotic peristaltic transport of aqueous nanofluids through a microchannel with complex wave propagation, advanced powder technology, apt 1812, 2017,15. 9.tripathi, dh.; sharma, a.; bég, o. a., electrothermal transport of nanofluids via peristaltic pumping in a finite micro-channel: effects of joule heating and helmholtz-smoluchowski velocity, international journal of heat and mass transfer, 2017,111,138–149. 10. tripathi, dh.; bhushan, sh.; bég, o. a., unsteady viscous flow driven by the combined effects of peristalsis and electro-osmosis, alexandria engineering journal ,2018, 57, 1349– 1359. 11.tripathi, dh.; yadav, a.; bég, o. a.r, electro-kinetically driven peristaltic transport of viscoelastic physiological fluids through a finite length capillary: mathematical modelling, mathematical biosciences, 2017,283, 155-168. 12.tripathi, dh.; jhorar, r.; bég, o. a., shaw. s., electroosmosis modulated peristaltic biorheological flow through an asymmetric microchannel: mathematical model, springer,2017. 13.tripathi, dh.; sharma. a.; bég. o. a; tiwari. ab., electrothermal transport in biological systems: an analytical approach for electrokinetically-modulated peristaltic flow, j. thermal sci. eng. appl. , 2017,9,4: 041010 (9 pages). 14. jayavel, p.; jhorar, r.; tripathi, dh.; azese, m. n., electroosmotic flow of pseudoplastic nanoliquids via peristaltic pumping, journal of the brazilian society of mechanical sciences and engineering, 2019, 41:61. 85 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 15.hussain, f.; ellahi, r.; zeeshan, ah., mathematical models of electromagnetohydrodynamic multiphase flows synthesis with nano-sized hafnium particles, appl. sci. 2018,8, 275. 16. sinha, a.; shit, g.c., electromagnet hydrodynamic flow of blood and heat transfer in a capillary with thermal radiation, journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, 2015,378,143–151. 17.bhatti, m. m.; sheikholeslami, m.; zeeshan, ah., entropy analysis on electro-kinetically modulated peristaltic propulsion of magnetized nanofluid flow through a microchannel, entropy. 2017, 19, 481. 18.ranjit, n.k.; shit, g.c., entropy generation on electro-osmotic flow pumping by a uniform peristaltic wave under magnetic environment, energy, 2017,128, 649-660 19.hahm, j.; balasubramanian, a.; beskok, a., flow and species transport control in grooved microchannels using local electrokinetic forces, aip publishing, physic of fluids , 2007,19, 013601. 20.jhorar, r.; tripathi, dh.; bhatti, m. m.; ellahi, r., electroosmosis modulated biomechanical transport through asymmetric microfluidic channel, indian j phys, published online ,2018. 21.santiago, j. g. electroosmotic flows in microchannels with finite inertial and pressure forces. analytical chemistry, 2001,73, 10. 22.brown, a. b. d.; smith, c. g.; rennie, a. r. pumping of water with an electric fields applied to asymmetric pairs of microelectrodes. physical review e, 2000,63, 016305. 23. hadigol, m.; nosrati, r.; nourbakhsh, ah., raisee. mehrd. numerical study of electroosmotic micromixing of non-newtonian fluids. journal of non-newtonian fluid mechanics ,2011,166, 965–971. 24.tripathi, dh.; yadav, a.u; bég, o. a. electro-osmotic flow of couple stress fluids in a micro-channel propagated by peristalsis. eur. phys. j. plus ,2017, 132: 173. 25.tripathi, dh.; bhushan, sh.; bég, o. a. analytical study of electro-osmosis modulated capillary peristaltic hemodynamics. journal of mechanics in medicine and biology ,2017,17, 5, 22. 26.noreen, s.; waheed, s.; hussanan, ab., lu. d. analytical solution for heat transfer in electroosmotic flow of a carreau fluid in a wavy microchannel. appl. sci. 2019, 9, 4359. 27.noreen, s.; waheed, s.; hussanan, a.; lu d. entropy analysis in double-diusive convection in nanofluids through electro-osmotically induced peristaltic microchannel. entropy ,2019, 21, 986. 28.ramesh, k.; prakash, j. thermal analysis for heat transfer enhancement in electroosmosis modulated peristaltic transport of sutterby nanofluids in a microfluidic vessel. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 2018. 29.yavari, h.; sadeghi, a.; saidi, m. h.; chakraborty, s. temperature rise in electro-osmotic flow of typical non-newtonian biofluids through rectangular microchannels. journal of heat transfer, 2013. 30.noreen, s.; riaz, a.; lu, d. soret‐dufour effects in electroosmotic biorheological flow of jeffrey fluid. heat transfer, wiley periodicals, inc, 2020. 86 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 31.asghar, z., ; ali, n. analysis of mixed convective heat and mass transfer on peristaltic flow of fene-p fluid with chemical reaction. journal of mechanics, 2016,32, issue 01, 83 – 92. 32.waheed, s.; noreen, s. hussanan, a., study of heat and mass transfer in electroosmotic flow of third order fluid through peristaltic microchannels. appl. sci. 2019, 9, 2164. 33.prakash, j.; sharma, a.; tripathi, dh. thermal radiation effects on electro-osmosis modulated peristaltic transport of ionic nanoliquids in biomicrofluidics channel. journal of molecular liquids, 2018,249, 843-855. 34. vaidya, h., rajashekhar, c.; manjunatha, g.; prasad, k. v.; makinde, o. d.; vajravelu, k. heat and mass transfer analysis of mhd peristaltic flow through a complaint porous channel with variable thermal conductivity. phys. scr. ,2020,95, 045219 ,11. 35. bandopadhyay, a.; tripathi, dh.; chakraborty, s. electro-osmosis-modulated peristaltic transport in microflu ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 a space of fuzzy orderings l.n. m. tawfiq departme nt of mathematics, college of education i bn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p aper the chain length of a sp ace of fuzzy orderings is defined, and various p rop erties of this invariant are p roved. the st ructure theorem for sp aces of finite chain length is p roved. spaces of fuzzy orderings throughout x = (x,a) denoted a sp ace of fuzzy orderings. t hat is, a is a fuzzy subgroup of abelian group g of exp onent 2. (see [1] (i.e. x 2 = 1,  x  g), and x is a (non emp ty) fuzzy subset of the character group  (a) = hom(a,{1,–1}) satisfy ing: 1. x is a fuzzy closed subset of  (a). 2.  an element e  a such that (e) = – 1    x. 3. x :={a  a\ (a) = 1    x} = 1. 4. if f and g are for ms over a and if x  d( f  g) then  y  d( f ) and z  d(g) such that x  d<y, z >. observe, by 3, that the element e  a whose existence is asserted by 2 is unique. also, e  1 (since (1) = 1    x). not ice that for a  a, t he set x(a):= {  x(a) = 1} is clopen (i.e. both closed and op en) in x. m oreover, (a) = – 1  (– a) = 1 holds for any   x (by 2). definition 1 a forms f and g are said to be isometric (over x) if they have the same dimension and (f ) = (g)    x. t his is denoted by writing f  g or g  f (over x). not e a form f is said to rep resent t he element x  a (over x) if  elements x1,…,xn  a such that f  < x, x2,…, xn >  d(f ) or d(f ,x) will be used to denote the set of elements of a which are rep resented by f in this sense. definition 2 a form f is said to be isotrop ic if  x3, …, xn  a, such that f  <1,–1, x3, …, xn >. not ice, in p articular, this imp lies dim(f )  2. a form which is not isotrop ic is said to be anisot rop ic, for any x  a, < x,– x >  <1,–1>. any such form will be called a hy p erbolic p lane. the orem 1 the following are equivalent (i)  x  g, x  – 1  d<1, x > = {1, x}. (ii) x = {   (a)(–1) = –1}. proof: see [3]. a sp ace of fuzzy ordering satisfy ing either of the equivalent conditions in theorem 1 will be referred to as a fan. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 corollary 1 sup p ose x is a fan. then every subsp ace of x is also a fan. proof: comp are [3]. recall, a sp ace of fuzzy orderings (x,a) is said to be finite if x (or equivalently a) is finite fuzzy set; and two sp aces of fuzzy orderings (x,a) and (x,a) are said to be isomorphic if there exists a group isomorphism :a  a such that t he dual isomorp hism *:(a)  (a) maps x on to x. definition 3 the chain length of x (denoted c1(x)) is the maximum integer k  1 such that  a0, , ak  a satisfy ing: x(ai – 1)  x(ai ), i = 1, , k (or c1(x) =  if no such maximum exists). remark 1 it is easily verified that c1(x) = 1 if and only if x = 1, and c1(x)  2 if and only if x is a fan. recall that x is said to be decomp osable if there exist non-emp ty subsp aces xi of x, i = 1,2 such that x = x1  x2. let us denote by gr(x) t he translation fuzzy group of x, i.e., gr(x) = {t  (x)  tx = x}. thus gr(x) is a closed fuzzy subgroup of (a). let the residue sp ace of x be defined to be x = (x,a) where a=gr(x)  a, and where x denotes the image of x in (a) via restriction, x is a sp ace of fuzzy orderings. m oreover gr(x) = 1, and x is a fuzzy group extension of x. we can st ate the main theorem concerning sp aces of finite chain length. the orem 2 sup p ose c1(x) < . then either x = 1, or gr(x)  1, or x is decomp osable. the p roof of this key result is found in [4]. for now we concentrate on giving two imp ortant ap p lications. the orem 3 sup p ose a form f is anisot rop ic over a sp ace of fuzzy ordering x0. then there exists a finite subsp ace x  x0 such that f is an isot rop ic over x. proof: let x=(x,a) be a subsp ace of x0 chosen minimal subject to f is anisot rop ic over x. let a0, , ak  a satisfy : d<1,ai – 1>  d<1,ai >, i = 1,,k. thus <1,ai >  < ai – 1, ai – 1 ai > and ai – 1  ai for i = 1,,k. we may assume a0 = 1, ak = 1. let bi = ai – 1 ai . thus bi  1, so x(bi) is a p rop er subsp ace of x. thus f is isotrop ic over x(bi), i.e. there exists a form gi of dimension n – 2 (where n denotes t he dimension of f) such that f  gi over x(bi). thus: f  <1,bi >  gi  <1,bi > over x, so by addition k k i 1 i 1 1, 1, i i i f b g b              : (over x) (1) but using the assump tions on a0, , ak we see that (over x) < b0, , bk >  < a0 a1, a1 a2,, ak – 1 ak >  < a1, a1 a2,, ak – 1 ak >  < 1, a2, a2 a3,, ak – 1 ak >  < 1,, 1, ak >  < 1,,1, 1 >. subst itut ing this in (1) yields k i 1 (2 2) 1, i i k f g b   : ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 now f (and hence (2k – 2) f, by (3, corollary 3.5(ii)) is anisot rop ic over x, so comp aring dimensions, and using (3, lemma 2.4), (2k – 2) n  k (n – 2)(2), i.e., k  1 2 n. this p roves c1(x) < . now, we app ly theorem 2. if x = 1 we are done. sup p ose x = x1  x2 where xi = (xi,a /i) is a non-empty subsp ace of x, i = 1,2. thus t here exist elements ai 3, , ai n  a such that f  <–1,1, ai 3, , ai n > over xi, i = 1,2. since x = x1  x2, the natural injection a  a /1  a /2 is surjective, so t here exist a3, , an  a such that aj  aij (mod i), 3  j  n, i = 1,2. then clearly f  <1,–1, a3,,an > over x, a contradiction. thus x is indecomp osable, so gr(x)  1. let x=(x,a) denote the residue sp ace of x and decomp ose f as f 1 f1  s fs where f1,,fs are forms over a, and 1,,sa are dist inct modulo a. the assertion that f is anisot rop ic over x is equivalent to the assertion that each f1,,fs is anisot rop ic over x. there are two cases to be considered. sup p ose s = 1. let  be any fuzzy subgroup of a such that a is t he direct p roduct a =   a, and let y =    x. then one verifies easily that y = (y,a/) is a subsp ace of x and that (y,a/)  (x,a), this equivalence being induced by the natural isomorphism a/  a thus, since f1 is anisot rop ic over x, it (and then f  1 f1) is anisot rop ic over y. but, on the other hand gr(x)  1, i.e. a  a, i.e.   1, i.e., y  x. this contradicts t he minimal choice of x. thus s  2. it follows that each fi has st rictly lower dimension than f so by induction on the dimension, there exist finite subsp aces z1, , zs   x such that fi is anisot rop ic over z i  . thus f1,,fs are all anisotrop ic over the subsp ace of x generated by z1, , zs . denote this sp ace by z = (z,a/). not e z is st ill finite z =    x. t hen z = (z,a/) is a subsp ace of x, and a fuzzy group extension of z = (z,a/). m oreover, since 1,,s are distinct modulo a, f is anisot rop ic over z. thus, by minimal choice of x, z = x, i.e.  = 1, i.e., z = x is finite. however, x itself could be infinite (since, a priori, gr(x) could be infinite). define a to be the fuzzy subgroup of a generated by a and 1,,s, and let x denote the restriction of x to a. thus (x,a) is a fuzzy group extension see[ 2] of (x,a) which, inturn, is a fuzz y group extension of (x,a). m oreover (x,a) is finite, and f is anisot rop ic over x. finally, let  be fuzzy subgroup of a so that a =a, and let y=  x. t hen y = (y,a/) is a subsp ace of x naturally equivalent t o (x,a). thus y is finite, and f is anisot rop ic over y. thus y = x is finite. not ice, the condition x(ai – 1)  x(ai) is equivalent t o d<1,ai >  d<1,ai – 1>. the orem 4 (i) sup p ose xi = (xi,a/i), i =1,,n are subsp aces of x generating x. then: cl(x) = n i 1 cl(x ) i   . (ii) if, in addition, x = x1  xn, then: c1(x) = n i 1 c1(x ) i   . (iii) if x is a fuzzy group extension of x, then cl(x) = cl(x), excep t in the case x = 1 (in which case x is a fan). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 proof: (i) sup p ose x(aj – 1)  x(aj), j = 1,,k. then for each i, 1  i  n, xi(aj – 1)  xi(aj). m oreover, since x(aj – 1)  x(aj), there exists i, 1  i  n such that xi(aj – 1)  xi(aj). (for if xi(aj – 1) = xi(aj) for all i  n, then aj aj – 1  n i 1 1 i    , i.e., aj = aj – 1 a contradiction). this holds for j = 1,,k. simp le counting y ields n n i 1 i 1 k cl(x ), i.e., cl(x) cl( x ) i i      . (ii) we are assuming x = ui xi and the natural homomorp hism from a into ia /i is an isomorphism. sup p ose xi(ai,j – 1)  xi (ai,j), j = 1,,ki, i = 1,,n. we may as well assume ai,0 = – 1, and a 1 ii,k  . choose elements bij  a such that: bij = 1 (mod k) for k < i. bij  aij (mod i), and bij  – 1 (mod k), for k > i. not ice that x(bij) = (us < i xs) u xi(aij). it follows that x(b10)  11 x( )kb = x(b20)  n x ( )n kb . there are  ki inequalities in this chain, so cl(x)   ki , and hence cl(x)   cl(xi). the other inequality follows from (i). (iii) sup p ose x 1. supp ose x(ai – 1)  x(ai), i = 1,,k, with ai  a. then clearly x(ai – 1)  x(ai), i = 1,,k. thus cl(x)  cl(x). now supp ose d<1,ai >  d<1, ai – 1>, i = 1,,k, with a1, , ak  a. we may assume a0 = – 1, ak = 1. then a1  – 1. there are two cases to be considered 1 st case: sup p ose a1  a. it follows (from the definition of fuzzy group extension) that d<1,a1> = {1,a1}. t hus k  2 in this case. thus, since x 1, cl(x)  2  k. 2 nd case: sup p ose a1  a. then d<1,a1>  a (e.g. by (5, lemma 4.9); notice a1  – 1. thus a1, , ak are all in a, and x(ai – 1)  x(ai), i = 1,,k. thus cl(x)  k. t hus, in any case cl(x)  k, so cl(x)  cl(x). lemma 1 sup p ose b, a0, , ak  a satisfy d<1,b> = {1,b}, and d<1,ai – 1> <1,b>  d<1,ai > <1,b>, i = 1,,k. then there exists ia  d< ai,aib > = {ai,aib} such that d<1, i 1a  >  d<1, ia >, i = 1,,k. proof: comp are [6]. we now p roceed to p rove a deep er prop erty of chain length. the orem 5 sup p ose y is a subsp ace of x. then c1(y)  c1(x). proof: sup p ose, to the contrary , cl(y) > cl(x). then, in p articular, cl(x) < . choose a subsp ace z  x minimal subject t o (1)z  y and (2) c1(z)  c1(x). t o show such z exists. sup p ose {z i} is a collection of subsp aces of x satisfy ing (1) and (2) and linearly ordered by inclusion. let z = i zi. then z is a subsp ace of x satisfy ing (1). to show z satisfies (2) sup p ose a0, , ak a satisfy z(aj)z(a j – 1), j = 1,,k. thus t he set m ={x < 1, aj   < a j – 1, a j – 1 aj >, j = 1,,k} is op en in x and contains z. by comp actness, z i  m for some i, so zi(aj) zi(a j – 1), j = 1,,k. these inclusions must be st rict, since z  zi. thus k  cl(zi)  cl(x), so cl(z)  cl(x). so z exists as asserted. to simplify notation, we may assume x = z. let y = (y,a/), since y  x(cl(y) > cl(x)). it follows that   1, so t here exists a  , a  1. thus y  x(a)  x. since cl(x) < , there exists b a, b  1, such that ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 x(a)  x(b)  x, x(b) maximal. thus d<1,b> is minimal, i.e., d<1,b> = {1,b}. by the minimal choice of x (=z ), it follows that cl(x(b)) > cl(x). on the other hand it follows from lemma (1) that cl(x(b))  cl(x). this is a contradiction. re ferences 1. m alik ,d.s. and m ordeson, j.n. (1991),fuz zy subgroup s of abelian group , chinese j.m ath., 19(2). 2. m ordeson ,j.n. and sen,m .k. (1995), basic fuzzy subgroup s, inform sci., 82, 167-179. 3. m arshall ,m . (1980), the witt ring of a sp ace of ordeeerings,t rans. amer. m ath. soc.258. 4. m arshall, m . (1989), ouot ients and inverse limits of sp aces of orderings, can. j.m ath. 31,604-616. 5. m arshall,m . (1989), classification of finite sp ace of orderings,can. j.m ath. 31, 320-330. 6. m arshall,m . (1990), sp aces of orde ngs iv,can. j.m ath., xxxii(3): 603-627. (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 الفضاء الضبابي الترتیب لمى ناجي محمد توفیق جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات خالصةال یعـرض البحـث تعریــف طـول سلــسلة فـي فـضاء ضــبابي الترتیـب ومــن ثـم عـرض خــواص وبرهنتهـا، ولقــد تـم برهــان .المبرهنة األساسیة لطول السلسلة المنتهیة وعرض بعض النتائج المتعلقة بالموضوع optical properties of obliquely evaporated manganese films salam a.r. ibrahim ra'ad saied al-rawie ibrahim r. agool dept. of physics / collage of science / university of al-mustansiriyah received in : 9 october2012,accepted in : 5may2013 abstract the manganese (mn) thin films of obliquely and normal deposited were prepared by using thermal evaporation method at pressure 10-5 torr on glass substrate at room temperature. the optical properties of normal and obliquely deposited films are studied and also the effect of deposition angle on these properties. the deposition angle has great influence on the increase of the absorbance, absorption coefficient, extinction coefficient and imaginary dielectric constant and the decrease of the transmittance, reflectance, refractive index and real dielectric constant. keywords: thin films, oblique deposition, self shadowing effect 129 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction the oblique deposition angle is an advanced physical vapor deposition technique which is used to fabricate high functional thin films with engineerable columnar morphology [1].the morphologies resulting from this method of vapor deposition have been noted and studied for their unique anisotropic mechanical, optical and electrical properties [2]. films produced by this method of deposition exhibit a columnar microstructure consists of network of low density material that surrounds an array of parallel rode-shaped or columnar regions of high density [3].in common oblique deposition angle system, a uniform deposition flux is obtained by evaporation techniques such as thermal evaporation, sputtering, electron –beam evaporation and laser beam ablation. the deposition flux approaches a stationary substrate at angle θ (with respect to the substrate normal) [4].this method is a sophisticated technique to fabricate engineered nanostructure thin films for next generation nanodevices [5].the oblique deposited films have various applications such as optical radiation plates, circular polarization filters, wide band antireflection coatings, broadband high reflectors, three dimensional photonic crystals, photonic and biomedical devices and micro sensors [6]. experimental work pure manganese powder (99.99%) is used .the mn thin films were prepared by thermal evaporation method using high vacuum system (edward speedvac unit e306 ), were placed into molybdenum boat and evaporated by resistive heating on glass substrate which has dimensions (1.25x1) cm2 with varying angles of deposition. the transmittance and absorbance spectra of mn films is taken at room temperature for wavelength range (300900)nm by using the uv-visible recording spectrometer (uv-1650pc) made by philips, the thickness of the films is (90 nm) which is measured by weight method by using the following equation[7] (where the thickness is kept constant with varying deposition angle): t=(m/2πρr2) cosθ -----------------------------(1) where: t : thickness of the film . ρ : density of the material that will be evaporate. r : distance between boat and substrate. θ : deposition angle. the absorption coefficient is calculated by using the equation [8]: α= (2.303 a) / t ---------------------(2) where: α: is the absorption coefficient. a: is the absorbance of the film. t: is the thickness of the film. the extinction coefficient is calculated by using the equation [9]: ko = αλ / 4π --------------------(3) the real and imaginary dielectric constant are calculated by using the following relations [10]: ԑ1= (n2-k ̥2) --------------------(4) ԑ2 = ( 2 n ko) --------------------(5) 130 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 results and discussion figure (1) shows the xrd of mn thin film deposited at θ=0 ̊, the deposition rate was 15 a ̊/sec (the substrates are perpendicular to the direction of vapor beam) and thickness 90 nm, the film exhibits a polycrystalline nature having (330), (332) and (510) planes with respect to 2θβ = (43.04 ̊), (47.71 ̊) and (52.07 ̊) and this agrees with (astm)(file number 33-0887) as shown in table (1). figure (2) shows the relation between transmittance and wavelength for different deposition angles. the transmittance is low for wavelength range (300-590) nm and it increases slowly for wavelength range (590-900) nm. it is noticed that the transmittance of the films is decreased with the increase of deposition angle. the formation of columns and voids in obliquely deposited films increases the ability to trap the incident rays and this will increase the absorbance and decrease the transmittance [11]. figure (3) shows the relation between the absorbance and wavelength for different deposition angles. the absorbance is high for wavelength range (300-590) nm and it decreases slowly for wavelength range (590-900) nm, it is noticed that the absorbance is increased with the increase of deposition angle and also there is a shift in absorbance toward long wavelengths with the increase of deposition angle. the increase in absorbance in these films can be explained on the basis of "self-shadowing effect", it is postulated that in the initial stages of film formation a random distribution of small crystallite acts as a nucleus for further growth, thus the region behind the crystallite is prevented from receiving material vapor because this region is in the shadow of the crystallite. therefore the crystallite grows into a column, the area behind it is left vacant as far as its shadow extends[3]. figure (4) shows the relation between absorption coefficient and photon energy with different deposition angles. we notice that the absorption coefficient increases with the increase of deposition angle. this increasing in absorption coefficient is because its value is proportional to the value of absorbance. the physical significance of (ko) is best expressed by the fact that the intensity falls to (1/e4πko) of its initial value in going the distance through the medium. the extinction coefficient (ko) is directly related to the absorption of light, figure (5) shows the relation between extinction coefficient and wavelength with different deposition angles. we notice that the extinction coefficient value increases with the increase of deposition angle for all wave lengths and this agrees with shishoda[12]. the extinction coefficient is related with absorption coefficient value which can be seen in equation (3). the complex dielectric constant (ε) consists of real dielectric constant (ε1) and imaginary dielectric constant (ε2) where real part (ε1) is the normal dielectric constant and imaginary part (ε2) represents the absorption associated with free carriers[13]. figure (6) shows the relation between (ε1) and wavelength with different deposition angles, we notice that the real dielectric constant decreases with the increase of deposition angle for all wavelengths and this can be cleared from equation (4) where is the value of real dielectric constant is inversely proportional to the value of extinction coefficient. figure (7) shows the relation between imaginary dielectric constant and wavelength with different deposition angles, the imaginary dielectric constant increases with the increase of deposition angle for all wavelengths, the increase of imaginary dielectric constant is related to the increase of extinction coefficient which increases with the increase of deposition angle. conclusion from this work, we notice the great effect of deposition angle on the optical properties of mn films, where the absorbance, absorption coefficient, extinction coefficient and imaginary dielectric constant are increased by the increase of the deposition angle, while the 131 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 transmittance and real dielectric constant are decreased. the increase of absorbance will help us to fabricate efficient detectors with wide spectral range of detection in the studied spectrum. by changing deposition angle, we can control the properties of the material without using other methods to control these properties such as doping or thickness changing which are economical costs us more than our method. reference 1. sobahan,k.m.a. and hwangbo,c.k. (2010), optical properties of tio2 zigzag films prepared by using oblique angle deposition, the korean physics society, 56,4,(1378). 2. paterson,m.j and cocks,f.h. (1979), selenium and tellurium selective absorber coatings produced by an obliquely vacuum deposited technique, solar energy,24, (249). 3. dirks,a.g. and leamy,h.j. (1972), columnar microstructure in vapor-deposited thin films, thin solid films,47,219,(1977). 4. karabacak,t.;picu,r.c and wang,g.c. (2005) uniform si nanostructures grown by oblique angle deposition with swing rotation, nanotechnology,16,9,(161717). 5. kim,j.j. and shin,y.s. (2010) nanostructured optical thin films fabricated by oblique deposition angle, advanced natural science: nanoscience and nanotechnology,1, (45005). 6. polo,j.a. (2010), multiple surface-plasmon-polartion at a single bi-material interface, journal of nanophotonics,4,(40303). 7. al-rawie,r.s.a. (2002),finding an equation to calculate the thickness of obliquely deposited film prepared by thermal vacuum evaporation technique, journal of collage of education, al-mustansiriyah university,5,(151). 8. bass,m.; van stryland,e.w.; williams,d.r. and wolfe,w.l. (1995) hand book of optics vol. 2 : devices, measurements and properties, 2nd edition, mc.graw-hill, new york. 9. sze,s.m. and .kwong,k.ng.(2007), physics of semiconductor devices, 3d edition, john wiley and sons inc. new jersy. 10. dressel,m. and gruner,g. (2003), electrodynamics of solids: optical properties of electrons in matter, cambridge university press, new york . 11. singh,m. and vijay,y.k.(2005) variation of optical band gap in obliquely deposited selenium films, indian.jour.of pure and appl.phys.,43,(129). 12. shishoda,p.p. and mehra,r.m. (2001), effect of obliquely deposition on optical and ellectrical properties of as2se3 and as2s3, journal of optoelectric and advanced materials,2,3,(319). 13. klingshirn,c.f (1997), semiconductor optics, springer verlag, berlin. table no. (1): comparison between 2θβ of xrd and 2θβ of (astm) (h k l) 2θβ (xrd) 2θβ (astm) (330) 43.04 ̊ 43.01 ̊ (332) 47.71 ̊ 47.68 ̊ (510) 52.07 ̊ 52.10 ̊ 132 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(1) : xrd of mn film deposited at θ=0 ̊ figure no.(2) relation between transmittance and wavelength with different deposition angles figure no.(3): relation between absorbance and wavelength with different deposition angles 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 tr an sm it ta nc e (t % ) wavelength (nm) θ=0 ̊ θ=40 ̊ θ=70 ̊ 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 a bs or pt iv it y (a ) wavelength (nm) θ=0 ̊ θ=40 ̊ θ=70 ̊ figure no.(4): relation between absorption coefficient and photon energy with different deposition angles figure no.(5) relation between extinction coefficient and wavelength with different deposition angles figure no.(6): relation between real dielectric constant and wavelength with different deposition angles 0.00e+00 4.00e+04 8.00e+04 1.20e+05 1.60e+05 2.00e+05 1.33 1.83 2.33 2.83 3.33 3.83 4.33 ab so rp ti on c oe ff ic ie nt (c m -1 ) photon energy (ev) θ=0 ̊ θ=40 ̊ θ=70 ̊ 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 ex ti nc ti on c oe ff ic ie nt wavelength (nm) θ=0 ̊ θ= 40 ̊ θ 70 ̊ 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 r ea l d ie le ct ri c co ns ta nt wavelength (nm) θ=0 ̊ θ=40 ̊ θ=70 ̊ 134 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(7): relation between imaginary dielectric constant and wavelength with different deposition angles 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 im ag in ar y d ie le ct ri c co ns ta nt wavelength (nm) θ=0 ̊ θ=40 ̊ θ=70 ̊ 135 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المرسبة بشكل مائل )(mnالمنغنیزالخصائص البصریة ألغشیة سالم عبد الرزاق ابراھیم رعد سعید الراوي ابراھیم رمضان عاكول الجامعة المستنصریة / كلیة العلوم قسم الفیزیاء/ 2013ایار 5قبل البحث في ، 2012تشرین االول 9 استلم البحث في : الخالصة في ھذا البحث حضرت أغشیة المنغنیز بشكل عمودي ومائل بطریقة التبخیر الحراري على قواعد زجاجیة وفي درجة حرارة الغرفة. وتمت دراسة الخصائص البصریة لھذه األغشیة وتأثیر زاویة الترسیب في ھذه الخصائص. ان زاویة ذ أزدادت كل من األمتصاصیة ومعامل األمتصاص ومعامل الترسیب لھا تأثیر كبیر في الخصائص البصریة لألغشیة، ا الخمود والجزء الخیالي من ثابت العزل الكھربائي مع زیادة زاویة الترسیب، في حین تقل كل من النفاذیة واألنعكاسیة ومعامل األنكسار والجزء الحقیقي من ثابت العزل الكھربائي مع زیادة زاویة الترسیب. ، تأثیر التظلیل الذاتي الترسیب المائل ، الكلمات المفتاحیة: أغشیة رقیقة 136 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 optical properties of obliquely evaporated manganese films received in : 9 october2012,accepted in : 5may2013 abstract ԑ2 = ( 2 n ko) --------------------(5) results and discussion figure (1) shows the xrd of mn thin film deposited at θ=0 ̊, the deposition rate was 15 a ̊/sec (the substrates are perpendicular to the direction of vapor beam) and thickness 90 nm, the film exhibits a polycrystalline nature having (330), (33... figure (2) shows the relation between transmittance and wavelength for different deposition angles. the transmittance is low for wavelength range (300-590) nm and it increases slowly for wavelength range (590-900) nm. it is noticed that the trans... figure (3) shows the relation between the absorbance and wavelength for different deposition angles. the absorbance is high for wavelength range (300-590) nm and it decreases slowly for wavelength range (590-900) nm, it is noticed that the absor... we notice that the absorption coefficient increases with the increase of deposition angle. this increasing in absorption coefficient is because its value is proportional to the value of absorbance. الخصائص البصرية لأغشية المنغنيزmn)) المرسبة بشكل مائل سلام عبد الرزاق ابراهيم رعد سعيد الراوي ابراهيم رمضان عاكول قسم الفيزياء/ كلية العلوم / الجامعة المستنصرية استلم البحث في : 9 تشرين الاول 2012 , قبل البحث في 5 ايار 2013 الكلمات المفتاحية: أغشية رقيقة ، الترسيب المائل ، تأثير التظليل الذاتي @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 دراسة الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة الغشیة اوكسید الكادمیوم المحضرة بطریقة تبخیر الحراري في الفراغ ال سمیر عطا مكي زینب صباح عبد الرضا جامعة بغداد/ (ابن الھیثم ) للعلوم الصرفة ةالتربی ةكلی /الفیزیاء علوم قسم 2012ایلول 12، قبل البحث في :2012حزیران 24استلم البحث في : الخالصة ) بطریقة التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ cdoالخواص التركیبیة والبصریة لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم النقي (ت درس ) وزمن 20nm±300) وسمك (300kحرارة الغرفة ( بترسیب معدن الكادمیوم النقي على قواعد من الزجاج بدرجة ) مدة ساعة واحدة لوجود الھواء673k) المحضر بدرجة حرارة (cd) وتم اكسدة غشاء الكادمیوم (1.25secترسیب ( دالة لمعامل االمتصاص والنفاذیة واالنعكاسیة لالنتقاالت االلكترونیة المباشرة(المسموحة) فجوة الطاقة البصریة وحسبت ) .1100nm-300خالل تسجیل طیف االمتصاصیة والنفاذیة للغشاء المحضر ضمن االطوال الموجیة ( من ) ، تقنیة الفراغ ، خواص التركیبیة والبصریة .cdoاوكسید الكادمیوم (: كلمات مفتاحیةال 95 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة (صناعیاً) من التسخین الشدید لعنصر ھیمكن الحصول علیمن المركبات الالعضویة التي اوكسید الكادمیوم یعد ) اما مختبریاً فیتم تحضیر بأكسدة بخار الكادمیوم هالكادمیوم النقي في الھواء وبدرجة حرارة معینة (دون درجة انصھار الحوامض وامالح النشادر في حین تنعدم على الذوبان في قابلیھ لھ [1,2]المترسب بوجود الھواء في افران خاصة الذوبان في الماء او القواعد . علىھقابلیت لون بني او والتركیبیة البلوریة بانھا ذھیئتھ یمتلك اوكسید الكادمیوم صیغتین تركیبیتین ھما البلوریة والعشوائیة تمتاز طبیعة تركیبة البلوریة فیمتاز بانھ ذو تركیب بلوري مكعب اما [3]التركیبیة العشوائیة بانھا عدیمة اللون ھیئتھ ،یمتاز باحمر )cubic) متمركز الوجوه (fcc(ھمشاب) ة لتركیب بلورة كلورید الصودیومnacl ([4] وھذا یعني ان خلیة الوحدة احدھما االعتیادیة الواحدة لبلورة المركب تحتوي اربع نقاط شبیكة یرافق كل نقطة من نقاط الشبیة اساس مكون من ایونین ) وبذلك تضم خلیة الوحدة الواحدة اربعة ایونات o-2واالخر ایون االوكسجین السالب( ،)cd+2ایون الكادمیوم الموجب ( تحتل ایونات الكادمیوم الموجبة . من اوكسید الكادمیوم الكادمیوم موجبة اربعة ایونات اوكسجین سالبة اي اربع جزیئات في حین تحتل ایونات االوكسجین السالبة مركز الخلیة المكعبة ، اوجھھا الستة اً لخلیة المكعبة الثمانیة ومراكز اً سؤور عشر على ھذا االساس فأن كل ایون یكون بستة ایونات مخالفة لھ وتعد جاراً اول لذلك االیون يومنتصفات اضالعھا االثن [5] . بسبب فراغات االوكسجینیة n-type ([6]موصلة من النوع ( ھیعد مادة شباما تصنیف المركب في اشباه الموصالت ف )oxygen vacancies ن عدم التوافق الجزیئي لمكونات المركب (م) الناتجةnon-stoichio metric conpound([7,8] وینتمي اوكسید الكادمیوم الى المجموعة الثانیة– ) السادسةii-viفجوة ي) من الجدول الدوري ذ .) 300k) عند درجة حرارة الغرفة (2.6ev-2.16تتراوح قیمتھا (طاقة الجزء العملي اسخدام قواعد من الزجاج بأبعاد )وذلك بcdoلحصول على غشاء (طریقة التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ تاستخدم )2.5*1.5cm قواعد النظفت ) دقیقة 15مدة (الجاري قواعد الزجاج بالماء نظفت الغشاء) قبل البدء بعملیة الترسیب ) دقیقة 15مدة ((99.99)االثیلي عالي النقاوة الكحولبملوءمال) ultrasonicفي جھاز الموجات فوق الصوتیة ( یةالزجاج كان ، إذتكون جاھزة لالستعمال في منظومة التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ ،إذ بورق التنظیف جففت وقواعد الزجاج التخرجأ الــتــرسیب ) بزمن20nm±300لتحضیر الغشاء بسمك ( )300k)عند درجة حرارة الغرفة (cd(معدنناتج الترسیب ل )1,25 sec) بعد اكسدة الغشاء المترسب (5-10×7,5)وضغط (cd673في الفرن بدرجة حرارة ( ھ)ووضعk بوجود( الفحوصاتأجریت الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة لقد )ولدراسةcdoھو (ھ من الغشاء الذي تم الحصول علیلیتثبت الھواء -ھي :ووتحلیل النماذج المحضرة ).optical microscopeفحص المجھري ( -1 .)x-rayستخدام تقنیة حیود االشعة السینیة (افحص ب -2 uv-visible1800spectroباستخدام مطیاف نوع ( )optical mesurements( البصریةالقیاسات -3 photometer. ( .)ftirفحص ( -4 [9 ]لة اآلتیة المعاداالسمك باستخدام حسبت لقد 𝑀 = 4𝜋𝑅𝑡𝜌 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . (1) النتائج والمناقشة اظھرت نتائج الفحص بتقنیة حیود االشعة السینیة ان جمیع اغشیة اوكسید الكادمیوم المحضرة كانت ذا تركیب بلوري ,[220]) مع نمو ذري بثالثة اتجاھات بلوربة cubic) من النوع مكعب (polycrystallineمتعدد التبلور ( ولجمیع االغشیة المحضرة [111]وكان الممیز والسائد منھا تبعاً لطریقة الترسیب المستخدمة في االتجاة [111],[200] الحیود البلوري لمقابلة لمواقع وزوایا) dhklوح () وعند مقارنة النتائج التي تم التوصل الیھا من فسح السط1كما في الشكل ( ) astmالقیم الممیزة لنماذج االغشیة المحضرة مع ماجاء من قیم الواردة في بطاقة للمؤسسة االمریكیة لفحص المواد ( نتائج كانت مطابقة.النجد ان االمتصاصیة والنفاذیة ضمن جمیع القیاسات طیفي ان اظھرت نتائج الفحص للخواص البصریة لالغشیة المحضرة لقد دالة الغشاء المحضر االمتصاصیة ان) 2الشكل (یبین )ولجمیع االغشیة المحضرة nm 1100-300االطوال الموجیة ( ان امتصاصیة االغشیة المحضر تبدأ بشكل عام بزیادة تدریجیة مع ،لطاقة الفوتون الساقط الغشیة اوكسید الكادمیوم النقي ) quasi sharpحادة ( ھزیادة طاقة الفوتونات الضوئیة الساقطة (نقصان في الطول الموجي ) الى ان تبلغ ذروتھا شب لالغشیة المحضرة عندما تصبح طاقة الفوتونات الضوئیة الساقطة مساویة بقیمتھا او اكبر من قیمة فجوة الطاقة البصریة كترونیة مباشرة ویكون عادة عند الطول الموجي مقابل لحافة االمتصاص االساسیة ما یدعى لمما یدل على حدوث انتقاالت ا [10] المعادلة االتیة توقد استخدام بطول موجة القطع 96 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 α=2.303a/t……………………….(2) نفاذیة تبدأ بشكل عام بالظھور الان )3( نالحظ من الشكل. تاز بأنھ معاكس لطیف االمتصاصیة میفطیف النفاذیة اما بالنسبة ومن ثم ،عند الطول لموجي الذي یمثل الحد الفاصل بین امتصاصیة مادة الغشاء ونفاذیتھا او مایسمى بطول موجة القطع اطیسي الساقط على مادة الغشاء اي عند الطول تزداد النفاذیة بصورة عامة بزیادة الطول الموجي لالشعاع الكھرومغن الطاقات الواطئة وغیر المؤدیة لحدوث عملیات االمتصاص البصري . يالموجي ذ ون حفظ الطاقة للمعادلة لالغشیة المحضرة كافة من طیفي االمتصاصیة النفاذیة بموجب قانحسبت ان طیف االنعكاسیة [11]: ة اآلتی r=1-a-t…………………..…….(3) نالحظ من الشكل ان االنعكاسیة ، طیف االنعكاسیة دالة لطاقة الفوتون الساقط الغشیة اوكسید الكادمیوم )4(الشكلویوضح -2)ومن ثم تبدأ بالتناقص السریع وبــشــكل حــاد لـمــدیــات الطاقة (2.5ev-1تبدأ بالزیادة التدریجیة لمدیات الطاقة ( 2.4ev لفوتونات ذات الطاقات االقل من قیمة فجوة الى ا)ویمكن تفسیر ذلك ان االمتصاص البصري یكون قلیال بالنسبة ) فجوة الطاقة 5الشكل ( یبینازاء المدى المذكور من الطاقات تظھر ھذه االغشیة انعكاسیة متزایدةومن ثم الطاقة البصریة . 2.1ev)تساوي ( ھقیمت البصریة لالنتقاالت المباشرة (المسموحة) الذي في تكوین مالمح لھااآلثر روف التحضیر كان ظلوحظ ان ،إذ )x (1000)صورة للغشاء المحضر بقوة تكبیر ( تخذأ ) التركیب السطحي لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم النقي حصول غشاء 6ن من الشكل (یالتركیب السطحي للغشاء المحضر وبی خالي من العیوب.متجانس و ) قیمة فجوة (1الجدول رقم یبین ن االمتصاصیة تزاد مع زیادة الطول الموجي . ا ftir) فحص 7الشكل رقم (یبین .السابقة الى الدراساتالطاقةالبصریة ومقارنتھا بقیمة فجوة الطاقة المحسوبة في بحثنا بالنسبة المصادر 1. hampel, c. a. , and gessner, g. hawley , (1973) the encyclopedia of chemistry, poisonous plants on arizona rangelands. the university 3 rdedition ,. 169 .(1973).. 2. hampel, c. a. (1954) rare metals , handbook , 87103, (1954) . 3. richard , j. and lewis, sr. (1997) hawley´s condensed chemical dictionary , 13 thedition , 189. 4. wells , a. f. (1984) structural inorganic chemistry , oxford university , clarendon press . 5 . chu , t. l and . chu, s. s. (1990) degenerate cadmium oxide filmsfor electronic devices , journal of electronic materials , 19 ( 9) :1003 – 1005 . 6. jarzberzki, z. m. (1973) oxide semiconductors, pergamon press , london. 7. chopra , k. l and ranyandas , s. , (1993) thin film solar cells , plenum press, new york 8.jefferson, p. h. , (2008) , band gap and effective mass of epitaxial cadmium oxide , applied physics letters , 92 (2): 22101. ، مطبعـة ام القرى جامعة وفیزیاء الجوامد) ، 2000محـمد أمـین سلیمان ، أحمد فـؤاد باشـا وشریف أحـمد خیري( -9 .الفكر العربي 10. neamen ,d. a. (1992) semiconductor physics and devices , university of new mexico. 11. saporal, b. and herman, c. (1995) , physics of semiconductors , springer verlag , new york , inc . 12. koffyberg,f. p. (1976) thermo reflectance spectra of cdo∶ band gapand band population effects, j. physics , 13 : 4470 . 13. benko ,f. a. and koffyberg, f. p, (1986) quantum efficiency and opticaltransition of cdo photo anodes ,journal of solid statecommunications, 57 ( 12) : 901. 14. subramanyam, tk.; uthanna, s. and naidu, bs. (1998). preparation and haracterization of cdo films deposited by dc magnetron reactive sputtering,materials letters,57 :317. 15. eze , fc. (1998) molecular and chemical physics fluids plasmas, biophysics , 20 :1421. 97 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 16. santana ,g. and morales ,a. acevedo , (1999) superficiesy,structural and optical properties of cdo thin films ,9 : 300. 17. ferro ,r. and rodriguez, j. a. (2000) phys. state .sol , (220): 299 . 18. dakhel ,a. a.; henari, f. z, .res, crys.,(2003) optical characterization of thermally evaporated thin cdo films,technol, 38(11) : 979 . 19. rusu ,r. and rusu, g. (2005) journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials , 7 ( 2): 823 . 20. ghosh ,p. k. ;ghosh, p.and chattopadhyay, s. (2005) solar energy materials and solar cell ,journal of nanopartical res , 7 (2) : 219 . 21. leon gutierrez ,l. r.; cayente – romero , j. j. and. peza tapia , j. m., j.c. , (2006)martinez -flores , materials letter , 60 : 3866. 22. rusu ,r.and rusu, g. (2005) journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials , 7 ( 2 ) : 823 . 23. ilican ,s. and caglar ,m, yakuphanoglu f. (2009) a study of structural andoptical properties of cdo∶ al films deposited by sol-gel process , journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials 3 ( 2) : 135140. 24. islam, m.m.; islam, m.r. and podder, j. (2008) journal of bangladesh academy of sciences. university of engineering & technology, dhaka, bangladesh, 32 (1): 97-105. 25. mishra, r.l., sharma, a.k., and prakash, s.g. (2009) digest journal of nanomaterials and bostructures. india, 4 ( 3): 511-518. 26.beevia, m.m.; anusuyab ,m. and saravananc, v. (2010) international journal of chemical engineering and applications, india,1(2): 151-154. 27. rajammal, r.; rajaram, k.; savarimuthu e. and arumugam, s. (2011) journal nano. electron.physics. sumy state university, india, 3(1): 499-506 . قیمة فجوة الطاقة البصریة لالنتقاالت المباشرة للدراسات السابقة :)1جدول ( قیمة فجوة الطاقة البصریة لالنتقاالت المباشرة للدراسات السابقة المصدر 12 (2.28ev) 13 (2.18ev) 14 (2.5-2.6)ev 15 (2.46 ev ) 2.5ev) 16 (2.45 ev) 17 (2.4-2.75 ev) 18 (2.33-1.95) ev 19 (2.5 ev) 20 (2.3 ev) 21 3.69-2.86ev 22 2.54-2.32ev 23 2.470-2.68ev 24 3.402.51) ev 25 (2.37) ev 26 (2.58-2.54)ev 27 (2.58-2.54)ev 2.13ev البحث الحالي 98 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 منحني االشعة السینیة لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم :)1شكل ( طیف االمتصاصیة دالة لطاقة الفوتون لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم :)2شكل ( 1 10 100 1000 10000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 in te ns it y( cp s) diffraction angle(degree) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 a bs or pt an ce photon energy(ev) a% a% 99 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 طیف النفاذیة دالة لطاقة الفوتون لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم :)3شكل ( طیف االنعكاسیة دالة لطاقة الفوتون لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم :)4شكل ( 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 tr an sm it ta nc e% photon energy(ev) t% t% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 re fle ct an ce ® photon energy(ev) r% r% 100 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 فجوة الطاقة البصریة لالنتقال المباشر المسموح لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم :)5شكل ( )1000(صورة فوتوغرافیة لغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم بقوة تكبیر :)6شكل ( 0 2e+10 4e+10 6e+10 8e+10 1e+11 1.2e+11 0 1 2 3 photon energy(ev) alfae^2 alfae^2 101 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ftiلغشاء اوكسید الكادمیوم للزجاج ) یبین فحص7شكل ( 102 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 study the properties of structural and optical of cadmium oxide films prepared in a thermal evaporation in a vacuum samir a. maki zaynab s. abdulridha dept. of physics / college of education for pure sciences( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 24 june 2012, accepted in : 12 september 2012 abstract in this research , the structural and optical properties of pure of cadmium oxide, pure (cdo) were studided thin films in a thermal evaporation in a vacuum depositing metal cadmium pure rules of the glass at room temperature (300k) and thickness (300 ± 20nm) and the time of deposition (1.25sec) was oxidation of thin films cadmium (cd) record temperature (673k) for a period of one hour to the presence of air optical energy gap for direct electronic transitions were calculated (permitted) as a function of absorption coefficient and permeability and reversibility by recording the spectrum absorbance and permeability of the membrane the record within the wavelengths (300-1100nm). keywords: cadmium oxide (cdo), vacuum technology, structural and optical properties. 103 | physics ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 on almo st bounded submodules b. n.shihab department of mathematics , college of educationibn-alhaitham , uni vers ity of baghdad abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity , and let m be a unitary r-module. we introduce a concept of almost bounded submodules as follows: a submodule n of an rmodule m is called an almost bounded submodule if there exists xm , xn such that annr(n)=annr(x). in this p aper, some p rop erties of almost bounded submodules are given. also, various basic results about almost bounded submodules are considered. m oreover, some relations between almost bounded submodules and other ty p es of modules are considered. introduction every ring considered in this p aper will be assumed to be commutative with identity and every module is unitary . we introduce the following: a submodule n of an r-module m is called an almost bounded submodule, if there exists xm , xn such that annr(n)=annr(x), where annrn={r:rr and rn=0}. our concern in this p aper is to st udy almost bounded submodules and to look for any relation between almost bounded submodules and certain ty p es of well-known modules esp ecially with p rime modules. this p aper consists of two sections. our main concern in section one, is to define and st udy almost bounded submodules. also, we give some basic results for t his concept. in section two, we st udy the relation between almost bounded submodules and bounded modules. we show that the p rop er submodule of bounded module is not necessary to be almost bounded submodule and we give some conditions under which a p rop er submodule of bounded module is an almost bounded submodule. next we invest igate the relationship s between almost bounded submodules, p rime and fully st able module. 1basi c propertie s of almost bounded s ubmodul es in this section, we introduce the concept of almost bounded submodule. we establishe some basic p rop erties of this concept. first , we introduce the following definition. 1.1 de fini tion: a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is called almost bounded submodule if there exists xm , xn such that annr(n)=annr(x). an ideal i of a ring r is an almost bounded ideal if i is an almost bounded rsubmodule. 1.2 remarks and examples: 1. let m =zz as a z-module and n=2z0 be a submodule of m . then n is an almost bounded submodule. 2. every submodule of the z-module z is an almost bounded submodule. key words: almost bounded submodule, bounded module, p rime module, quasi-prime module, fully st able module. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 3. consider the z-module m =zzp, where p is a p rime number and the z-suubmodule n=qzzp, where q is any p rime number. then n an almost bounded sumodule. 4. for each p ositive integer n and n is not p rime number, every p rop er submodule of a znmodule zn is not almost bounded submodule. 5. 2  as a z-submodule of z12 is not almost bounded. in general, let n be a p ositive integer, then the z-module zn has no p rop er almost bounded submodule. 6. let p be a prime number. the z-module zp dose not contain any p rop er almost bounded submodule. the following remark ensures that t he almost boundedness p rop erty is not hereditary . 1.3 remark: a submodule of an almost bounded submodule need not be almost bounded in general. for examp le: m =zzp as a z-module, where p any p rime number, n=qzzp be a submodule of m , where q is any p rime number. then n is an almost bounded submodule of m , but k=0zp as a submodule of n which is not almost bounded submodule of n. we st ate and prove the following p rop osition. 1.4 proposi tion: let m 1 and m 2 be two r-modules, m =m 1m 2. if n1 and n2 are almost bounded rsubmodules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, then n1n2 is an almost bounded r-submodule of m . proof: we have n1 and n2 are almost bounded r-submodules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. then there exists xm 1, xn1 such that annrn1=annr(x) and also there exists ym 2, yn2 such that annrn2=annr(y ). therefore (x,y )m 1m 2, (x,y )  n1n2. now, annr(x,y ) = annr(x)  annr(y ) = annrn1  annrn2 = annr(n1n2). hence n1n2 is an almost bounded r-submodule of m . the converse of prop osition (1.4) is not true in general as the following examp le shows. 1.5 example: consider m =z 6z12 as a z-module. let n= n1n2= 3 2     be a zsubmodule of m . then n is an almost bounded submodule of m . since annzn=annz( 3 2     )= z zann 3 ann 2     =2z6z=6z and there exists (2, 2) m , (2, 2) n such that annzn=annz (2, 2) = z zann ( 2) ann (2) =3z6z=6z. but n1= 3  and n2= 2  is not almost bounded submodules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. since for each xz6, x=1, 2, 4, 5n1, annz(1 )=6z , annz( 2 )=3z , annz( 4 )=3z , annz( 5 )=6z . therefore for each xz6, xn1 annz(x)  annzn1 = annz 3  =2z. thus n1 is not almost bounded submodule of m 1. in the same way, n2 is not almost bounded. using the mathematical induction, we obtain the following corollary . 1.6 corollary: let m 1, m 2, …, m n be a finite collection of r-modules and m = m 1m 2…m n. if n1, n2, … and nn are almost bounded r-submodules of m 1, m 2, … and m n resp ectively, then n= n1n2…nn is an almost bounded submodule of m . so, we have the following app lications of (1.4) 1.7 corollary: let n1 and n2 be two almost bounded submodules of an r-module m . then n1n2 is an almost bounded submodule of mm . proof: we haven1 and n2 are almost bounded submodules of m , means there exists xm , xn1 such that annrn1=annr(x) and there exists ym , yn2 such that annrn2=annr(y ), imp lies (x,y )n1n2. now, we claim that annr(n1n2)=annr(x,y ). let rannr(x,y ). then r(x,y )=(0,0), implies rx=0 and ry=0. therefore rannr(x)= annrn1 and ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 rannr(y )=annrn2. thus rannrn1 annrn2. but annr(n1n2)= annrn1annrn2, so we get rannr(n1n2). conversely , let rannr(n1n2). then r(a,b)=(0,0) for all (a,b)n1n2 which imp lies ra=0 for all an1 and rb=0 for all bn2 which imp lies rn1=0 and rn2=0. thus rannrn1 and rannrn2. but annrn1=annr(x) and annr(y )=annrn2. this imp lies that rannr(x) and rannr(y ), that is, rx=0 and ry =0. thus (rx,ry )=(0,0), so that r(x,y )=(0,0). hence rannr(x,y ). this comp letes the proof. the following corollary is a sp ecial case of p rop osition (1.4). 1.8 corollary: let m be an r-module, n be an almost bounded submodule of m . then n 2 =nn is an almost bounded submodule of m 2 =m m . proof: from hy p othesis n is an almost bounded submodule of m . then there exists xm , xn such that annrn=annr(x). thus (x,x)m 2 =m m and (x,x)n 2 =nn since annr(x,x)=annr(x)annr(x)=annrn=annr(nn). hence annr(x,x)=annr(nn) which is what we wanted. now, we have the following p rop osition: 1.9 proposi tion: let m = m 1m 2 be a direct sum of two r-modules m 1 and m 2. if l1 is an almost bounded submodule of m 1 and annr(y )=annrm 2 for some ym 2, y ≠0, then l1m 2 is an almost bounded submodule of m . proof: we have l1which is an almost bounded submodule of m 1, then there exists xm 1, xl1 such that annrl1=annr(x), ym 2. then (x,y )m 1m 2 and (x,y )l1m 2. we claim that annr(l1m 2)=annr(x,y ). now to p rove our assump tion. let rannr(l1m 2)= annrl1annrm 2. then rannrl1annrm 2, so rannrl1 and rannrm 2=annr(y ). therefore rannr(x) and rannr(y ). thus rx=0 and ry =0 means (rx,ry )=(0,0), which imp lies r(x,y )=(0,0) and hence rannr(x,y ). conversely , let rannr(x,y ). then r(x,y )=(0,0), which imp lies (rx,ry )=(0,0). therefore rx=0 and ry =0. thus rannr(x)=annrl1 and rannr(y )=annrm 2. hence r annrl1annrm 2, which implies rannr(l1m 1). therefore rannr(l1m 2)= annr(x,y ). next, we have the following remark. 1.10 remark: a direct summand of almost bounded need not be an almost bounded. for example: it is known that n=qzzp is an almost bounded submodule of a z-module m , where p ,q is any p rime numbers and m =zzp. but zp is not almost bounded because zp has no p rop er almost bounded submodule. we have seen by the following p rop osition that t he class of almost bounded submodule is closed under homomorphic image and inverse image. 1.11 proposi tion: let m and m ' be two r-modules and let : m  m ' be an isomorphism. then: 1. if n' is an almost bounded submodule of m ', then  –1 (n') is also almost bounded submodule of m . 2. if n is an almost bounded submodule of m , then (n) is an almost bounded submodule of m '. proof: 1. assume that n' is an almost bounded submodule of m ', then there exists yn' such that annr(y )=annrn'. since  is an ep imorp hisim, then there exists xm such that (x)=y . it is clear that x –1 (n'). we claim that annr( –1 (n'))=annr(x), let rannr(x). then rx=0, which imp lies (rx)=0. t hus r(x)=0. t his means rannr((x))=annr(y )=annrn'. thus rn'=0, which imp lies  –1 (rn')=0. t hen r –1 (n')=0 and imp lies rannr( –1 (n')). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 on t he other hand, let rannr( –1 (n')). then r –1 (n')=0, which imp lies  –1 (rn')=0. this means rn'=0. therefore rannrn'=annr(y )=annr((x)). thus rannr((x)) and from this, we get r(x)=0 which imp lies (rx)=0. then rx=0 and hence rannr(x). thus annr(x)=annr( –1 (n')) which completes the proof. 2. sup p ose that n is an almost bounded submodule of m . then xm , xn such that annr(x)=annrn. since xm , we get (x)m '. we claim that (x)(n). sup p ose that (x)(n). then (x)= (n) for some nn, which imp lies that (x) – (n)=0, so that (x– n)=0. thus x–n= –1 (0) and hence x–n=0. then x=nn. therefore xn which is a contradiction. hence (x)(n). to show that annr((n))=annr((x)). let rannr((x)). then r(x)=0, which imp lies (rx)=0. thus rx=0, that is rannr(x)=annrn. then rannrn, which imp lies that rn=0, so that (rn)=0. then r(n)=0. hence rannr(n)). therefore annr((x))annr((n)). by using the same way , we can p rove the other inclusion. hence annr((n))= annr((x)) which is what we wanted. the condition (: m  m ' is an isomorphism) in p rop osition (1.11) can not be drop p ed as t he following examp le shows. 1.12 example: 1. let :zz4z4 be a p rojection map such that (x,y )=y for all (x,y )zz4. let n=<3> 2  be a submodule of zz4. it is easily to show that n is an almost bounded submodule of zz4. but (n) is a submodule of z4 and it is not almost bounded submodule of z4 by (remarks and examp les (1.2) (5)). 2. let : z4 z4z be an injection map such that (x)=(x,0) for all xz4, let n'= 2 <3> be an almost bounded submodule of z4z. it is know that z4 has no p rop er almost bounded submodule. since ( –1 (n') is a submodule of z4, then ( –1 (n') is not almost bounded submodule of z4 by (remarks and examp les (1.2) (5)). 2modul es rel ated to almost bounded s ubmodul es in this section, we st udy the relationship s between almost bounded submoduls and bounded modules, p rime and fully st able modules. we st art with t he following definition which will be needed. recall that an r-module m is said to be bounded module, if there exists an element xm such that annrm =annr(x), [1]. by using this concept, we have the following. 2.1 remark: a submodule n of a bounded r-module m is not necessary be an almost bounded. for examp le z4 as a z4-module is bounded module, but 2  is not almost bounded submodule. recall that an r-module m is called a quasi-prime r-module if and only if annrn is a p rime ideal for each non-zero submodule n of m , [2]. recall that a submodule n of an r-module m is called essential if nk≠0 for every non-zero submodule k of m , [1]. the following p rop osition gives a sufficient condition under which every submodule of a bounded module is an almost bounded. 2.2 proposi tion: let m be a cyclic quasi-prime r-module and n be a p rop er essential submodule of m . then n is an almost bounded submodule. proof: assume that n is p rop er submodule of an r-module m , then there exists ym , yn. since n is essential submodule of m , thus there exists rr, r≠0. thus annrry  annrn. but m quasi-prime, so annrry = annry . then annry  annrn  annrm . let tannry . then ty =0, but m is cyclic. thus y =cx for some cr. therefore tcx=0 which imp lies that tcannr(x). thus either cannr(x) or tannr(x). if cannr(x), then cx=y =0. this is a contradiction. thus tannr(x) = annrm  annrn. therefore annr(y ) = annrn and hence n is an almost bounded submodule of m . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 an r-module m is said to be uniform module if every nonzero submodule of m is essential, [1]. now, we deduce the following corollary . 2.3 corollary: let m be a cyclic uniform r-module and annrm is p rime ideal of r. let n be a p rop er submodule of m . then n is an almost bounded submodule. proof: the result follows from the definition of a uniform module, [2,corollary (1.2.8)] and p rop osition (2.2). recall that an r-module m is said to be a multiplication module if for every submodule n of m , there exists an ideal i of r such that n=im , [3]. an r-module m is called fully st able in case each submodule n of m is st able, where a submodule n is said to be stable, if f(n)n for each r-homomorp hism f:nm , [4]. so, we have the following p rop osition. 2.4 proposi tion: let n be a prop er submodule of an r-module m such that, 1. m is fully st able and bounded r-module. 2. [n r : m ]  annrm . 3. annrm is p rime ideal of r. then n is an almost bounded submodule of m . proof: from [1,corollary (1.1.9)], we get m is multiplication r-module and by [4,corollary (2.7)], we obtain [annrm :annr(x)][(x) r : m ] for each xm . now, we have m is bounded. then there exists xm such that annrm =annr(x). therefore [annr(x) r : annr(x)][(x) r : m ], imp lies r[(x) r : m ]. thus rm =<x> is cyclic. to p rove n is an almost bounded submodule of m , we must show that annrn=annr(x). in the first, we claim that xn. if xn, then [(x) r : m ][n r : m ], but [(x) r : m ]=r. therefore [n r : m ]=r, imp lies that rm =[n r : m ]m =n. thus n=m which is a contradiction. hence xn. it is easily to show that annr(x)annrn. on t he other hand, let rannrn. then rn=0 but m is multiplication [1,corollary (1.1.9)], then r[n r : m ]m =0 imp lies r[n:m ]annrm . but annrm is p rime ideal and [n r : m ]  annrm by (2). then rannrm =annr(x) because m is bounded module. thus annrn=annr(x) and hence n is an almost bounded submodule of m . the conditions [n r : m ]  annrm and annrm is p rime ideal can not be drop p ed from p rop osition (2.4) as in the following examp le. 2.5 example: let m =z 6 as a z-module. since m is bounded z-module, see [1] and m is fully st able zmodule, see [4,examp le and remarks (3.7),(c)], but annzm =6z is not p rime ideal of z. let n1= 2  and n2= 3  . [n1 z : m ]=[ 2  z : z6]= 2z  annzm =6z and [n2 z : m ]=[ 3  z : z6]=3z  annzm . therefore n1, n2 are not almost bounded submodules of m . an r-module m is said to be i-multip lication if each submodule of m is of the form am for some idemp otent ideal a of r, [4]. as an immediate consequence of p rop osition (2.4). 2.6 corollary: let n be a prop er submodule n of an r-module m such that: 1. m is i-multiplication bounded module ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2) 2010 2. annrm is p rime ideal of r. 3. [n r : m ]  annrm . then n is an almost bounded submodule of m . proof: the result follows according to [4,theorem (2.9)] and p rop osition (2.4). recall that an r-module m is called a p rime module if annrm = annrn for every nonzero submodule n of m , [5], [6]. 2.7 proposi tion: let m be a p rime r-module and n, k be two submodules of m such that nkm , k is an almost bounded submodule of m . then n is an almost bounded submodule of m . proof: assume that k is almost bounded submodule of m , that is there exists xm , xk such that annrk=annr(x). since, xk, nk. then we obtain xn. to p rove annrn= annr(x). annrkannrn (since nkm ), imp lies annr(x) annrn. hence annr(x)annrn. now, let rr, rannrn= annrm for each submodule n of m (since m is p rime module), but annrm annrk= annr(x). therefore r annr(x). thus annrn annr(x). hence n is an almost bounded submodule of m . so, we have the following app lication of (2.7). 2.8 corollary: let m be a p rime r-module and n, k be two submodules of m such that n is an almost bounded submodule of m . then nk is also almost bounded submodule of m . proof: it is know that nkn. so according to p rop osition (2.7), nk is an almost bounded submodule of m . as a generalization of corollary (2.8), we give the following corollary . 2.9 corollary: let m be a p rime r-module and ni i 1{n }  be a finite collection of submodules of m such that ni is an almost bounded submodule of m for some i, i=1,2,…,n. then n i i 1 n   is also almost bounded submodule f m . proof: the proof is by induction on n and corollary (2.8). the following examp le shows that the intersection of an infinite collection of almost bounded submodules of m need not be almost bounded submodule of m . 2.10 example: consider z as a z-module, z is p rime z-module. since pz is an almost bounded of z, for each p where p is a prime number. however p isp rime pz =0 is not almost bounded submodule of z. re ferences: 1. ammen, sh.a., (2002), bounded m odules, m .d.t hesis, university of baghdad. 2. abdul-razak, h.m ., (1999), quasi-prime m odules and quasi-prime submodules, m .d. thesis, university of baghdad. 3. ansari-toroghy , h. and farshadifar, f., (2008), on endomorp hisims of m ultip lication and comultip lication m odules, archivum m athematicum (brno), t omus 44, 9-15. 4. abass, m .s., (1990), on fully stable m odules, ph.d. t hesis university of baghdad. 5. desale, g.,and nicholson, k.w., (1981), endomorphisim rings, j. algebra,.70: 548-560. 6. ebrahimi, at ani, s., (2008), on generalized dist inguished prime submodules, thai journal of m athematics,.6(2): 369-376. ihjpas 2010) 2( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد حول المقاسات الجزئیة المقیدة تقریبا ً بثینة نجاد شھاب جامعة بغداد ،ابن الھیثم كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات الخالصة فـي هــذا البحـث قــدمنا . rمقاسـاً احادیــاً أیسـراً علــى الحلقـة mعنصـر محایــد، ولـیكن يحلقـة ابدالیــة ذ rلـتكن مقیـد تقریبــاً اذا وجـد عنصــر mمـن المقــاس nیطلــق علـى المقــاس الجزئـي : اتيمفهـوم مقـاس جزئــي مقیـد تقریبــاً كمـا یـ xm وxn بحیث انannr(n)=annr(x) .ئج في هذا البحث، اعطیت بعض الخـواص وكـذلك ُدرسـت العدیـد مـن النتـا الـى هـذا ُدرســت بعـض العالقــات بینـه وبـین انــواع اخـرى مــن فضـال عــن. االساسـیة حـول المقاســات الجزئیـة المقیـدة تقریبــا ً .المقاسات ihjpas redesign of zinc polycarboxylate dental cement saad b. h. farid dept. of materials engineering/ university of technology dr.saadbhf@gmail.com received in : 8october 2013,accepted in : 4 december 2013 abstract the formulations and the properties of the zinc polycarboxylate dental cements are reviewed then new cements of this type are prepared with modified solid part of the cement. high silica glass powder with different particle sizes is prepared and added with different weight percentages to the zinc oxide. the liquid part of the prepared cements was merely 44% concentration of the polyacrylic acid. accordingly, the usual and expensive additives to the liquid and solid part of the cement are eliminated. the working and setting times, compressive strength, flexural strength and modulus are measured according to ada specifications. the formulated cement has long working times without much lengthening of the setting times. in addition, the mechanical properties have noticeably improved as compared with the original cements. keywords: zinc polycarboxylate cements, working and setting times, compressive strength, flexural strength and modulus introduction materials design is a continuing and active field in dentistry. the development in this field includes metals and alloys, ceramics and glasses, natural and synthetic polymers, and composite materials. cements are essentially ceramic materials; in which the ceramic powders convert into solid via a chemical reaction. inorganic or organic acids initiate setting reaction in the case of dental cements; which found a variety of applications in dentistry. the main utilizations of cements in dentistry are for cavity lining, luting applications and as more dedicated products for sealing root canals as part of a course of endodontic treatment [1]. in the early 20th century; zinc oxide-phosphoric acid, zinc oxide-eugenol and silicate glass-phosphoric acid cements were discovered. these zinc phosphate, zinc eugenate, and silicate cements were widely used until the 1970s, when new cements began to be developed [2]. currently, many groups of cements are employed in dentistry; however, two prime groups of cements that are based on polyacids are widely utilized. the first relies on the reaction between zinc oxide and the molecules of a polyacid, which is called the polycarboxylate cements. the second group utilizes cations released from ion-leachable glass that reacts with the polyacid, called the glass ionomer or polyalkenoate cements. the first group have resin matrix and left unreacted zinc oxide particle, whereas, the glass ionomers has ceramic matrix composite systems. recently, a third group is developed which may be viewed as hybrids of the first and the second group of cements [1]. zinc polycarboxylate cements (zpc) are preferred for luting fixed restorations because they reveal good pulp compatibility. these cements did not cause initial pain that takes place after luting when cast restorations were inserted with polycarboxylate cements; because they did not cause a severe reaction. however, these cements shrink more extensively than other materials such as zinc phosphate cements. this shrinkage, due to cross-linking of polymer chains with zinc atoms, possibly affects the integrity of bulk restorations. [3] 109 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 the zpc contains zinc oxide powder similar to zinc phosphate cement except in that it utilizes a water-soluble polymeric acid in place of phosphoric acid. this makes the zpc capable to adhere to dentine and enamel; thus, these cements are known as the first adhesive cements. the advent of zpc was certainly, one of the significant developments in the history of the adhesive dental materials [4]. the prime motivation for the development of zpc is the need to combine both the strength of zinc phosphate cements with the adhesiveness and biocompatibility of the so-called zinc oxide eugenol cements (zoe cements). in general, zpc shows only low and short-term cytotoxicity, also, it shows the capability for establishing chemical interaction with hydroxyapatite of the dentine [5]. the zinc oxide reacts with the polyacrylic acid (also called polycarboxylic acid) forming a cross-linked structure of zinc polycarboxylate [6]. the set cement consists of the residual zinc oxide particles bonded together by this amorphous gel-like matrix. the cementing mix is more viscous than zinc phosphate mix, but because of its different rheology, it flows adequately under pressure. by comparison with the glass ionomer cements, the zpc is more plastic and reaches full strength more rapidly [2]. additionally, the dentist is much aware about the working and setting times of the cements. the working time is measured as the time from the start of mixing to the maximum time the cement can be manipulated. i.e. the viscosity of the cement mix is still low enough to flow readily under pressure to form a thin film. in other words, the setting time refers to the period during which the matrix formation has reached a point at which an external physical disturbance will not cause permanent dimensional changes. the setting time should be reasonably long so final finishing procedures associated with the restoration can be accomplished [7]. the rate of setting of zpc is affected by the powder/liquid ratio and the reactivity of the zinc oxide. it is also affected by the particle size, the presence of additives, and the molecular weight and concentration of the polyacrylic acid. at luting consistency (i.e. uniformity and regularity), the recommended powder/liquid ratio is about 1.5:1 by weight. the working time is 2.5 to 3.5 minutes at room temperature, and the setting time is 6 to 9 minutes at 37°c. the zpc flows under pressure out to the same degree of zinc phosphate mix and forms film thickness of 25 to 35 µm. nevertheless, the short working times of the zpc have been recognized as a potential problem. this has been overcomed by the recent formulations via adding the amounts of one or more of other unsaturated carboxylic acids like tartaric acid, itaconic acid and maleic acid to the polyacid liquid. these acids have a property of extending the working time without markedly affecting the setting time of the cement. the ability to extend the working time is particularly useful; especially for mixes that have a higher powder liquid ratio when they are being used as cavity bases [4, 8]. the powder of the zpc is the zinc oxide, in some brands, contains reinforcing fillers such as 1% to 5% tin, magnesium oxide, or 10% to 40% aluminum oxide. the powder mix usually fired and ground to reduce the reactivity of the zinc oxide. a small percentage of stannous or other fluoride may also be included to improve mechanical properties and provide leachable fluoride. the liquid is approximately a 40% aqueous solution of polyacrylic with other organic acids that extend the working time. the molecular weight of the polymer is generally in the range of 30,000 to 50,000, which accounts for the viscous nature of the solution. in some brands of these cements, the polyacrylic acid component is dried and added to the powder to aid accurate weight ratio. small amounts of nah2po4 may be added to the liquid to both reduces the viscosity of the polyacrylic acid and retards the setting of the cement. the manufacturer also controls the viscosity of the cement liquid by varying the concentration, the molecular weight of the polymer or by adjusting the ph by adding sodium hydroxide [2, 8, 9]. the compressive strength of these cements is in the range of 55-85 mpa, the tensile strength is 8-12 mpa, and modulus of elasticity is 4-6 gpa. strength increases with the powder/liquid ratio, reaching a maximum ratio at about 2:1 by weight, and it is increased also 110 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 by additives such as alumina. in general, these cements have somewhat lower compressive strengths than zinc phosphate cements but are significantly stronger in tension. the lower compressive strength of the zpc compared with the zinc phosphate cement is not regarded as a drawback for two reasons. the first is that the compressive strength of the zpc is still in the acceptable region. the second reason is that higher compressive strength is usually at the expense of the diametral and flexural strength. the cement gains strengths rapidly after the initial setting period; the strength at 1 hour is about 80% of the 24-hour value. long-term storage in water does not appear to have an adverse effect on the mechanical properties. the zpc have superior properties on the other cements in that they have some distinctly plastic character in their behavior. this behavior can be modeled as that of a thermoplastic composite, which implies that there are only weak cross-links between the polymer molecules [2, 8, 9]. another comparison between the zinc phosphate, polycarboxylate, and glass ionomer cements is done by duymus and coworkers [10]. they found that the max temperature of the exothermic peak of the setting reaction of the zinc phosphate was increased when the liquid ratio was increased. quite the opposite, that temperature is increased with the increase of powder ration for the zpc and the glass ionomer cements. the properties of the zpc are continuing research and developments area. the effects of ultrasound on the setting reaction of zpc have been studied by shahid and coworkers [11]. utilizing ftir spectra, the ratios of absorbance peak height of the reacted cement at 1400cm-1 –coo– to that of the unreacted portion at 1630cm-1 –cooh were measured for cements treated with ultrasound. these rations then compared with those obtained for the untreated cement with ultrasound. they have found that treating the cements with ultrasound for 15 s after 60 s from start of mixing enhances the setting reaction. this may be due to an increase in powder surface area by breaking up aggregates of the solid particles. the author concludes that the enhanced setting via ultrasound can allow zpc to be used as a root end filling material and for bonding orthodontic brackets. karimi and coworkers [12] prepared zno/mgo nanopowders with spongy morphology by a sol-gel technique and constant frequency ultrasonic waves (sonochemical method). they show that this type of powders improves the compressive strengths of the prepared zpc at an appropriate powder/liquid ratio. the selection criteria for dental cements are thoroughly investigated by pameijer [13]. the zpc is continually highly ranked between other cements due to their high biocompatibility and the property of little or no irritation to the pulp, even at a remaining dentin thickness of 0.2mm, which is explained in terms of that the long molecular chains of the polyacrylic acid prevent penetration into the dentinal tubules. fraunhofer [14] shows that the optimal bonding between dental cements and substrate surface is due to combined effects of specific and mechanical adhesion. the specific adhesion is achieved through molecular interactions between the adhesive and the substrate surface. the cross-linking of short chain molecules led to the formation of 3-dimensional networks of molecular chains. zinc phosphate cements show only mechanical adhesion through interlocking at the interface with the restoration and that with the tooth. on the other hand, zpc exhibits both mechanical adhesion and some chemical bonding. the seepage of oral fluids containing bacteria and debris between the tooth and restoration or cement layer is referred as microleakage. the microleakage arises from the lack of adhesion of the luting cements to the tooth structure. mirkarimi and coworkers examined the microleakage of steel crowns for zinc phosphate cement, glass ionomer cement, and zpc [15]. the results show that 45% of specimens of zinc phosphate and 5% of that of the glass ionomer showed leakage extending on to occlusal aspect. in contrary, none of the specimens of zpc shows that disadvantage. 111 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 recently, the effects of addition of calcium hydroxide to zpc powder have been studied by zamanian and coworkers [16]. they found that the setting time of the resultant cements is increased with the increase in the calcium hydroxide content. in addition, the compressive strength of the cements has their optimum with the addition of 5wt% of calcium hydroxide. summarizing, the zpc is expected to continue engaging as dental cement due to its favorable properties and r&d activities will continue to improve its properties. the working time and setting time of the zpc are dependent on the same chemical reaction, but they are manipulated through the reactivity and the particle size of the zinc oxide, the presence of additives, molecular weight and concentration of the polyacrylic acid and the powder/liquid ratio. alongside, attention should be taken to the resultant mechanical properties of the set cement. the design of the zpc is actually multitasking work. working and setting time should be controlled; the mechanical properties should be examined. current trend in materials design is to consider sustainability. one of materials sustainability approaches is to utilize fewer materials as possible, simplifying the synthesis process and utilizing abundant materials, which is part of the vision for this research. experimental the liquid part of the prepared cement consisted of diluted polyacrylic acid (polysciences inc., germany). the molecular weight of the polyacrylic acid was 45,000 and the concentration was set to 44wt% via dilution with deionized water to prepare a solution with relative viscosity of about 1.2. rotational viscometer (vr3000 myr, spain) was used to measure the viscosity of the prepared liquid. the solid part of the prepared cements was consisted of two components. the first was the zinc oxide powder (didactic, spain). the average particle size was measured via laser particle size analyzer (shimadzu sald-2102, usa) and found 347 nm. the second component of the solid part of the cement was high silica glass. the high silica glass was prepared from waste soda lime glass and urdhuma flint (urdhuma location, al-ga'ara, depression western desert of iraq). the soda lime glass was brought from al-taji glass manufacturing site of the ministry of industry, baghdad, iraq. it was the remnants of the fluorescent lamp production process. the chemical analysis was provided by al-taji glass manufacturing site as shown in table (1). the urdhuma flint and its chemical analysis shown in table (1) were provided by the state establishment of geological survey and mining of ministry of industry and minerals, baghdad, iraq. to prepare high silica glass, the soda lime glass was crushed and ball milled to pass through 53µm sieve set. the urdhuma flint powder also passes through similar sieve set. a 1kg batch of 70wt% of soda lime glass was mixed with 30wt% of urdhuma flint in a porcelain jar laboratory blender for 1hr. the mix was then placed in an alumina crucible and fired for 1hr in 1000°c. the resultant glass was crushed and milled with alumina jar and balls for 30 min to improve homogeneity. the resultant powder was fired, crushed, and milled once more to produce the final high silica glass. the formulated high silica glass should contain not less than 80wt% sio2. the glass was pulverized by blade miller (bosch, germany), and then fractionated through 150μm, 106μm, 75μm and 53μm sieve set. further fractionation for the powder below 53μm was done via sedimentation method [17], during which, the powder particles were allowed to fall freely from deionized water suspension for a given sedimentation period followed by withdrawn of the upper 5cm of the suspension. the process was repeated several times until the upper 5cm of the suspension was almost clear after the sedimentation time. two sedimentation times were employed (2.5 min, 15 min and 60 min) which result in 112 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 approximate particle sizes of 25μm, 10μm, and 5μm respectively as measured via laser particle size analyzer. the high silica glass was added to the zinc oxide powder in weight ratios of 5%, 10% and 15% for each particle size range mentioned above. the blend was mixed in rotated alumina jar for 90 min, where the axis of rotation was inclined by 30° above the horizontal axis. the zinc oxide-high silica glass blends and the 44wt% diluted polyacrylic acid were utilized to prepare the cements with powder/liquid ratios of 1.5:1 by weight. working and setting times and the mechanical properties were evaluated as shown below. the working and setting times of the cements were evaluated and guided by the procedure specified by the american dental association ada [18], which is different from gillmore needles test as follows; thermocouple type pt100 (accuracy ±0.1°c) was used to monitor the temperature of the cement mix. the cement was casted in (4mm diameter × 6mm height) cavity in polyethylene after 30 sec mixing time. the thermocouple tip was inserted to 1mm depth in the cement cast. the time at the max setting temperature was recorded as the setting time. as well, the halfway between the initial and the max temperature was recorded as the working temperature, which signifies the working time. the average of five measurements was accounted for each cement mix. compressive strength, flexural strength and flexural modulus, were examined in reference to ada procedure [18]. the cements were mixed for 30 sec and casted for compressive strength measurements. the casting was in steel split mold with internal dimensions of 6 mm high and 4 mm diameter. as well, steel mold of internal dimensions of 25×2×2 mm was used to prepare cement casts for three-point loading measurements to determine flexural strength and flexural modulus. all casts were kept in their molds for 10 min in the environmental chamber at a temperature of 37°c and humidity of 50%. the chamber was made of pyrex plates with suitable opening to place and withdraw the casts. the temperature was maintained via hotplate with temperature control and the humidity via heating up water in a glass beaker on the plate. little experimentation was performed to maintain the target temperature and humidity. the temperature and humidity were read digitally via thermo-hygrometer (cheerman kt-903, china). after that, the cast and their molds were placed in water path at 37°c for 60 min. subsequently, the specimens were removed from the mold and were kept in the same water path for 24 hours. the dimensions of the specimens were measured via micrometer after collecting from the water path. the compressive and flexural strengths were measured with a universal testing machine (time group inc, china) system immediately. a compressive load was applied at a rate of 0.75 mm/min, along the long axis of the specimen for all measurements. the maximum force at failure was measured to calculate compressive strengths, also, the maximum force of failure was used in flexural strength determinations, while, the linear region of the stress-strain curves were used to determine the flexural modulus. ten specimens were prepared for each measurement, and the standard deviations were calculated. the infrared spectra for the soda lime glass, high silica glass and crushed zpc (glass content 15wt%, 15µm) powders were measured using ftir spectrometer (shimadzu, kyoto japan). the powders were first mixed with kbr powder and pressed into disks before subjecting to ftir measurements. optical micrography (microscopes, inc. usa) was performed to examine the microstructure at the fracture surface of the zpc (glass content 15wt%, 15µm). results and discussion the first test was the apparent consistency of the cement when the solid part (nano sized zno+ 5, 10, 15 wt% high silica glass) was mixed with the liquid part (dilution of 44wt% of polyacrylic acid with deionized water). incorporating high silica glasses with size ranges of 113 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 150μm, 106μm, 75μm, and 53μm results in cement mixes that did not show adequate apparent consistency. thus, these size ranges were discarded. on the other hand, when the high silica glasses of average particle sizes of 25μm, 10μm and 5μm were included, the cements show obvious consistency. the results of working times and setting times with respect of the particle size of high silica glass are shown in figures 1 and 2 respectively. the working time and setting time for cements with the solid part of zno with no glass addition is denoted as '0wt%'. these figures show two main features; the first is that both working and setting times were increased with higher content of the high silica glass. the second feature is that the lower particle size is more effective in increasing the working and setting times. closer look at the figure tells that the addition of 5wt% and 10wt% of the glass led to an obvious increase in working and setting times. on the other hand, increasing the addition of the glass to 15wt% results in a minor increase the working and setting times compared with the glass addition of 10wt%. furthermore, the smaller particle sizes of the glass additions were more effective in increasing working and setting times; yet, the results for 5µm are close to that of 10µm. the standard deviation of the working and setting times measurements was about 1%. the results show that utilizing the glass powder of average particle size of 5µm, 10µm and content of 10wt%, 15wt% gives values of the working and setting times that are not significantly different. however, lower working and setting time were observed with the glass powder of average particle size of 15µm and/or content of 5wt%. this result makes a good space for the designer for cost considerations. in other words, the materials designer can choose the reduced cost options of glass powder of average particle size of 10µm rather than that of 5µm and content of 10wt% instead of 15wt%. the infrared spectrums for the soda lime glass, the prepared high silica glasses and zpc are presented at figure 3. the interval of 400-1000cm-1 is displayed; which is usually utilized to observe crystalline and amorphous silica. the peak position at 800 cm-1 shown in spectrums is common to quartz and vitreous silica; while the small peak at 462 cm-1 of the quartz cannot be distinguished from other small peak of 464 cm-1 of the vitreous silica. the absorption peaks dedicated to quartz at 695 and 514 cm-1 are not noticed on the spectrograms. consequently, the peak at 800 cm-1 merely indicates amorphous silica for the three measured materials. in addition, the high similarity in the pattern of the high silica glass and the zpc in the observed range of the spectrums indicate that the high silica glasses did not contribute to setting reaction of the prepared cements. this is different from the case of the glass ionomer cements that contain the calcium-aluminium-fluorosilicate-glass powders, where the glass contributes to the setting reaction via cross-linking with the acid through leached calcium and aluminium ions [1]. this, explains why the high silica glass was intentionally prepared for this work. accordingly, the high silica glass contribution to the prepared cements is expected to be the retardation of the cross-linking process. consequently, the formation of the cross-linked chain was delayed which explains extending both the working and setting times. thus, using cheap high silica glass material extends working time without considerably extending the setting time. this choice is better than adding other, more expensive, unsaturated carboxylic acids. optical micrography, figure 4, revealed that the gel phase is dominant in the formation of the microstructure sufficiently to hide the remaining unreacted zno and the glass content at a magnification of ×800. this supports the view that the role of the glass particles in the gel matrix was merely intervening the cross linking process and delay it. the results of compressive strength (standard deviation 2.5%) are presented in figures 5. a noticeable increase of the compressive strength was measured for the specimens when 5wt% of the glass is added which is a usual experience in powder technology. as well, more increase of the glass content turns out in more increase of the compressive strength but in smaller intervals. it seems that incorporating 15wt% of the glass is near a limiting value; 114 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 where more incorporates of glass particles may interfere with adhesion property of the gel matrix and affect the integrity of the cement. in addition, the results of the compressive strength in the case of incorporating the glasses of 5µm and 10µm are better than that of 15µm. this result may be attributed to that, it is difficult for the larger glass particles to rearrange their positions and to distribute the applied stress. a different argument may be applied to explain the results of the flexural strengths (standard deviation 2%) shown in figure 6. as mentioned with the discussion of the working and setting times, the particles of the high silica glass may retard the cross-linking process. accordingly, higher wt% of the glass particles and lower particle sizes that give in higher amounts of glass particles results in higher retardation of the cross-linking that enhance elastic properties and give higher flexural strengths. the same analysis was applied for the interpretation of the results for the flexural modulus; where again the higher wt% and lower particle sizes gave higher results. increasing the wt% and decreasing the particle sizes of the high silica glasses in constant intervals turn out in increasing both the compressive and flexural strength in decreasing intervals. hence, utilizing lower particle sizes and/or higher wt% of the glass possibly will not give extra benefit. once more, analysis of the mechanical properties elect the cements that incorporate glass powder of average particle size of 5µm or 10µm and content of 10wt% or 15wt% as seen for the results of the working and setting times. thus, cost comprise may be included in the final selection of materials. a further inspection of the results reveals an attractive behavior upon comparing the results of the mechanical properties with that of the working times. the increase of the setting times may indicate better final mechanical properties when utilizing the methodology of cement preparation of this work. conclusions 1the setting and working times and the mechanical properties of the prepared zinc polycarboxylate cements are tailored utilizing high silica glass additions in the solid part of the cements. 2other additions than the high silica glass are not necessary in accordance with the preparation methodology of this work. thus, adding other carboxylic acids to the liquid part of the cement was eliminated. likewise, firing and grounding the zinc oxide powder to reduce its reactivity, and adding reinforcing fillers is no longer needed. this makes the production of the zinc polycarboxylate cements more echo and sustainable. 3according to the preparation methodology in this work, the increase of the working times gives an indication to better mechanical properties of the cements. references 1. mccabe, john ,f. and walls, angus ,w.g. (2008), applied dental materials, chp.27,30, chp.24, blackwell publishing ltd, iowa, usa 2. o'brien, william ,j. (2009), dental materials and their selection, chp.9, quintessence publishing co, inc, illinois, usa 3. schmalz, gottfried and arenholt-bindslev, dorthe, (2009), biocompatibility of dental materials, chp.6, springer-verlag, berlin, germany 4. nicholson, john ,w. , (2002), the chemistry of medical and dental materials, chp.5, the royal society of chemistry, cambridge, uk 5. sakaguchi, ronald, l. and powers, john ,m. (2012), craig’s restorative dental materials, chp.13, elsevier mosby inc, philadelphia, usa 6. pomogailo, a. d.; dzhardimalieva, g. i. and kestelman, v. n. (2010), macromolecular metal carboxylates and their nanocomposites, chp.2, springer-verlag, berlin, germany 115 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 7. anusavice, kenneth,j. (2007), phillips' science of dental materials, chp.16, elsevier ltd, missouri, usa 8. van noort, richard, (2002), introduction to dental materials, chp.3.6, mosby inc, missouri, usa 9. craig, robert ,g. and powers, john, m., (2002), restorative dental materials, chp.20, mosby inc, missouri, usa 10. duymus, zeynep yesil, yilmaz, baykal and karaalioglu, f. osman, (2009), an investigation of thermal changes of various permanent dental cements, dent. mater. j., .28:( 3)285-289 11. shahid, s.; billington, r. w.; hill, r. g. and pearson, g. j. , (2010), the effect of ultrasound on the setting reaction of zinc polycarboxylate cements, j mater sci: mater med .21, 2901–2905 12. karimi, m.a.; haghdar, roozbahani, s.; asadiniya, r., hatefi-mehrjardi, a., mashhadizadeh, m.h.; behjatmanesh-ardakani, r.; mazloum-ardakani, m.; kargar, hadi and zebarjadi, s.m. , (2011), synthesis and characterization of nanoparticles and nanocomposite of zno and mgo by sonochemical method and their application for zinc polycarboxylate dental cement preparation, int. nano lett.,.1(1)43-51 13. pameijer, cornelis ,h. (2012), a review of luting agents, inter. j. dent.,.2012, id 752861, 1-7 14. von fraunhofer, j. anthony, (2012), adhesion and cohesion, inter. j. dent.,. 2012; id 951324, 1-8 15. mirkarimi, mahkameh; bargrizan, majid and estiri mahdi, (2013), the microleakage of polycarboxylate, glass ionomer and zinc phosphate cements for stainless steel crowns of pulpotomized primary molars, zahedan j res med sci, 15(1):6-9 16. zamanian, ali, yasaei, mana, ghaffari, maryam and mozafari, masoud, (2013), calcium hydroxide-modified zinc polycarboxylate dental cements, ceram. inter. , 39,(8):9525–32 116 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 17. rhodes, martin, (2008), introduction to particle technology, chp.2, john wiley & sons ltd, west sussex, uk 18. american dental association, (2008), ada professional product review, core materials: laboratory testing methods, l3(4):1-18 table no. (1): chemical analysis of al-taji soda lime glass (slg) and urdhuma flint (uflint) sio2 al2o3 fe2o3 tio2 cao mgo na2o k2o so3 cl l.o.i. slg 72.29 1.45 0.6 0.01 5.0 3.45 16.4 0.35 0.15 0.05 – uflint 98.4 0.4 0.05 – 0.3 0.3 – – – – 0.55 figure no. (1): working times for the prapared cements for different average particle sizes of the added high silica glass to zno powder figure no.(2): setting times for the prapared cements for different average particle sizes of the added high silica glass to zno powder 90 120 150 180 210 240 5 10 15 w or ki ng t im e [s ec ] avarage particle size [µ] 15wt% 10wt% 5wt% 0wt% 270 300 330 360 390 420 450 5 10 15 se tt in g ti m e [s ec ] avarage particle size [µ] 15wt% 10wt% 5wt% 0wt% 117 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(3): ftir spectra for the soda lime glass (rawg), high silica glass hsg1 and the zinc polycarboxylate cement hsg2 (high silica glass content 15wt%, 15µm) figure no.(4): optical micrograph ×800 for a fracture surface of the prepared zinc polycarboxylate cement. the solid part mixed with 15wt%, glass of 15µm average particle size 4006008001000 cm-1 hsg2 hsg1 rawg 118 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no.(5): compressive strength for the prapared cements for different average particle sizes of the added high silica glass to zno powder figure no.(6): flexural strength for the prapared cements for different average particle sizes of the added high silica glass to zno powder figure no.(7): flexural modulus for the prapared cements for different average particle sizes of the added high silica glass to zno powder 100 150 200 250 300 5 10 15 co m pr es si ve s tr en gt h [m pa ] avarage particle size [µ] 15wt% 10wt% 5wt% 0wt% 30 35 40 45 50 5 10 15 fle xu ra l s tr en gt h [m pa ] avarage particle size [µ] 15wt% 10wt% 5wt% 0wt% 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 5 10 15 fle xu ra m od ul us [ g pa ] avarage particle size [µ] 15wt% 10wt% 5wt% 0wt% 119 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 بولیكربوكسیل-إعادة تصمیم ســمنت األسنان نوع زنك سعــد بدري حســون فرید قسـم ھندسـة المواد/ الجامعة التكنولوجیة 2013كانون االول 4قبل البحث في 2013تشرین االول 8البحث:استلم الخالصـــة بولیكربوكسیل ثم حضرت مجموعة جدیدة من ھذا النوع -تمت مراجعة تركیبات وخواص ســمنت األسنان نوع زنك ق مختلفة واضافتھ من السمنت من خالل تعدیل الجزء الصلب من السـمنت. وقد حضر زجاج عالي السیلیكا باحجام دقائ اكریلك بتركیز -بنسب وزنیة مختلفة الى اوكسـید الزنك. ویتكون الجزء السائل للسمنت المحضر فقط من حامض البولي %. ولذلك، تم حذفت االضافات المعتادة والغالیة الثمن للجزء السائل والجزء الصلب من السمنت. قیس زمن التحضیر، 44 . ada، وتحمل، ومعامل االنحناء تبعا لمواصفات الجمعیة األمریكیة لطب األسنان ووقت التصلب، و تحمل االنضغاط تتصف مجموعة السمنت المحضرة باطالة زمن التحضیر من دون زیادة كبیرة في وقت التصلب. وكذلك، تحسنت المواصفات المیكانیكیة بشكل واضح مقارنة بالسمنت االصلي. بولیكربوكسیل، زمن التحضیر ووقت التصلب، تحمل االنضغاط، تحمل ومعامل االنحناءالكلمات المفتاحیة: سمنت الزنك 120 @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 microsoft word 179-186 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|179   theoretical evaluations of probability of photons yield depending on quantum chromodynamics theory hadi j m al-agealy mudhafar j sahib dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science/(ib alhaitham) university of baghdad abstract aim of this research is the description with evaluation the photons rate probability at quark-gluon reactions processes theoretically depending on quantum color theory. in high energy physics as well as quantum field theory and quantum chromodynamics theory are very importance for physical processes. in quark–gluon interaction there are many processes, the compton scattering, annihilation pairs and quark–gluon plasma. there are many quantum features, each of three 𝑢�̅� , 𝑢𝑢 and 𝑑𝑑 systems that taken which could making a quark–gluon plasma in character system. first, electric quark charge and color quantum charge that’s satisfied by quantum number. second, the critical temperature and photon energy. moreover, for such three systems have variety quantum flavor numbers: 2, 3 and 4, the photons rate are evaluated at system energy limited 150 mev 𝑇 350 mev with critical temperature: 144 mev. however, due to the quark–gluon plasma producing in heavy ions collisions, the photons rate is increasing with decreasing of coupling constant and photons energy in quark-quark interaction systems. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|180   1. introduction elementary particle physics is a field of physics that describes the basic building blocks of matter and the elementary interactions between them [1]. at the end of the 19th century, the meaning of word "atom" was indivisible, attributable to things that were in fact fully divisible [2]. the development of technology and science gives more detailed information about the matter. the elementary particles were considered as "unbreakable" components of small particles. this change of picture of the elementary particles was repeated in the history of science [3]. the idea of quarks was introduced independently in 1964 by zweig and gill mann, as basic elements of hadron material. the quarks in protons and neutrons were bound due to strong nuclear forces, which is transmitted by non-charged and massless gluons particles. however, the corresponding quarks particle is an antiquark that’s have same mass and spin, and opposite charge. quarks were founded in different six type having same spin 1/2 [4]. all particles containing quarks particle is called hadrons. hadrons were subdivided to two groups, first is named baryons (such as the proton and neutron). another group is called mesons, containing binding pairs of quarks and antiquarks [5]. one of theoretical approach to investigation an elementary particle in good system is the standard model, which has evolved in the 1970’s. the basic elements of standard model are electroweak and quantum chromodynamics theory. it was based upon six spin 1/2. gluons was mediated to exchange energy between quarks in the strong interaction [6]. qcd is an asymptotic free theory, that is, the coupling constant depends on the distance, and the quarks are semi-free particles at very small distances [7]. in this paper, quantum chromodynamics theory was applied to evaluate the probability of the photon yield rate of quark-gluon interaction processes ℝ | . 2. theory the probability of photons yield can be estimated depending on quantum chromodynamics theory according to quantum field theory that satisfies the strong force between quarks due to gluons and color charge. probability photons rate, ℝ | is photons number of 𝑑𝑁 due to energies emitted 𝐸 per volume per time and momentum p and given by [8]: ℝ | 𝑛 𝐶 8𝜋 𝑄 𝛼𝛼 𝐿𝑛 2.912𝐸 4𝜋𝛼 𝑇 𝑇 𝑒 1 where 𝑛 is the color quantum number, 𝑄 is electric charge for quark due to flavor quantum number , α is quantum electro dynamic constant: 𝛼 1 137 2 the two completely different systems of qcd are described through the coupling constant. this states that strength coupling constant was a length function or momentum scale 𝜇 [9]. it’s a function of 𝜇 and specified due to renormalization technique [10]: 𝜇 𝜕𝛼 𝜕𝜇 𝛽 3 the renormalization technique depending on effective qcd coupling strength constant: 𝛼 𝑔 /4𝜋 was controlling on 𝛽 function as a taylor series [3]: 𝛽 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 4𝜋 𝛽 𝛼 4𝜋 𝛽 𝛼 4𝜋 𝛽 𝛼 4𝜋 . . … 4 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|181   eq.(3) was solved as a power expansion of 𝛽 . 𝜇 𝜕𝛼 𝜕𝜇 𝛼 𝛽 4𝜋 5 by integrating; 𝜕𝛼 𝛼 𝛽 4𝜋 𝜕 𝑙𝑛𝜇 6 where q2 is the momentum transfer of reaction. the result gives: 1 𝛼 𝑞 1 𝛼 𝑞 𝛽 4𝜋 𝑙𝑛 𝑞 𝑞 7 then for 𝑞 λ : 1 𝛼 λ 0 that’s 𝛼 λ ∞ 8 by inserting λ 𝑞 , results of eq. (7) is: 𝛼 𝑞 4𝜋 𝛽 𝑙𝑛 𝑞 λ⁄ 9 where ∶ 𝛽 11 3 𝑛 2 3 𝑛 11 2 3 𝑛 10 where 𝑛 is the number of colors and 𝑛 was quark flavors quantum number. the substituting eq. (10) in eq. (9) is: 𝛼 𝑞 4𝜋 11 2 3 𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝑞 λ ⁄ 11 simply to reduce to: 𝛼 𝑞 12𝜋 33 2𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝑞 λ⁄ 12 by using the simple mathematical treatment eq. (12) became: 𝛼 𝜇 6𝜋 33 2𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝜇 λ⁄ 13 the cut off limited at high energy collision 𝑇 λ at 𝜇 8𝑇,then eq. (13) as: 𝛼 𝑇 6𝜋 33 2𝑛 𝑙𝑛 8𝑇 𝑇 14 𝑇 is critical transition temperature. 3. results the photonic yield rate at a quark-gluon interaction processes have been evaluated using eq.(1) relatively to strength coupling 𝛼 𝑇 , and energy of photons 𝐸 using matlab version 7.6 (r2008a). the coupling constant 𝛼 𝑇 as a function of t is one of the important parameters to describe and calculate the photon yield rate at quark–gluon plasma. its evaluated using eq. (14). result of 𝛼 𝑇 indicate the strong force features; asymptotic freedom and confinement. the scale 𝛬 is roughly 200 mev [12], [13] the same scale as the pion mass [14] with the experimental values of 𝛼 𝑇 that summarized and given in table (1) and figure (1) for 𝑢𝑢, 𝑢�̅� and 𝑑𝑑, quark systems. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|182   table (1): data result of coupling constant 𝛼 𝑇 due to quantum flavors numbers. 𝑛 𝛼 𝑇 𝐺𝑒𝑉 𝑇= 350 mev 𝑇= 250 mev 𝑇= 150 mev 𝑇 = 144 mev 𝑇 = 170 mev 𝑇 = 200 mev 𝑇 = 144 mev 𝑇 = 170 mev 𝑇 = 200 mev 𝑇 = 144 mev 𝑇 = 170 mev 𝑇 = 200 mev 2 0.219 0.232 0.246 0.247 0.264 0.282 0.307 0.333 0.363 3 0.235 0.249 0.265 0.265 0.283 0.303 0.329 0.357 0.390 4 0.254 0.269 0.286 0.287 0.306 0.327 0.356 0.386 0.421 the probability of rate of photon yield ℝ | at quark-gluon interaction system. ℝ | has been calculated according to eq.(1) with photons energy limited range 0.5gev 𝐸 5gev [15] for 𝑢𝑢, 𝑢�̅� and 𝑑𝑑 systems respectively have 𝑛 = 2, 3 and 4. results are summarized in tables (2 to 4) and figures (1 to 3) for three temperatures: t = 150 ,250 and 350 mev and transition temperature 𝑇 = 144 mev. table (2): rate of photon yields for 𝑁 2 as annihilation process; 𝑢𝑢 → 𝛾𝑔. 𝐸 (𝐺𝑒𝑉) ℝ | t= 350 mev 𝛼 0.2190𝐺𝑒𝑉 t= 250 mev 𝛼 0.2470𝐺𝑒𝑉 t= 150 mev 𝛼 0.3065 𝐺𝑒𝑉 0.5 8.57 10 4.27 10 7.41 10 1 5.56 10 1.22 10 4.64 10 1.5 1.82 10 2.16 10 2.07 10 2 5.21 10 3.41 10 8.45 10 2.5 1.40 10 5.14 10 3.30 10 3 3.67 10 7.52 10 1.26 10 3.5 9.41 10 1.08 10 4.77 10 4 2.38 10 1.54 10 1.78 10 4.5 5.98 10 2.17 10 6.60 10 5 1.49 10 3.05 10 2.43 10 𝐸 (gev) figure (1): net rate as a function of 𝐸 for 𝑢𝑢 → 𝛾𝑔. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|183   table (3): rate of photon yields for 𝑁 3 as annihilation process; 𝑢�̅� → 𝛾𝑔. 𝐸 (𝐺𝑒𝑉) 𝛤 𝛼 , 𝑇 t= 350 mev 𝛼 0.2352 𝐺𝑒𝑉 t= 250 mev 𝛼 0.2653 𝐺𝑒𝑉 t= 150 mev 𝛼 0.3292𝐺𝑒𝑉 0.5 4.74 10 2.53 10 4.58 10 1 3.49 10 7.75 10 2.97 10 1.5 1.16 10 1.39 10 1.34 10 2 3.35 10 2.21 10 5.49 10 2.5 9.09 10 3.34 10 2.15 10 3 2.38 10 4.90 10 8.27 10 3.5 6.12 10 7.07 10 3.12 10 4 1.55 10 1.00 10 1.16 10 4.5 3.90 10 1.42 10 4.33 10 5 9.75 10 2.00 10 1.59 10 𝐸 (gev) figure (2): net rate as a function of 𝐸 for 𝑢�̅� → 𝛾𝑔. table (4): rate of photon yields for 𝑁 4 as bremsstrahlung process; 𝑑𝑑 → 𝛾𝑞𝑞. 𝐸 (𝐺𝑒𝑉) 𝛤 𝛼 , 𝑇 t= 350 mev 𝛼 0.2540 𝐺𝑒𝑉 t= 250 mev 𝛼 0.2865 𝐺𝑒𝑉 t= 150 mev 𝛼 0.3556 𝐺𝑒𝑉 0.5 1.57 10 9.42 10 1.80 10 1 1.39 10 3.14 10 1.22 10 1.5 4.77 10 5.73 10 5.57 10 2 1.38 10 9.18 10 2.29 10 2.5 3.77 10 1.39 10 9.03 10 3 9.92 10 2.04 10 3.46 10 3.5 2.55 10 2.96 10 1.31 10 4 6.50 10 4.22 10 4.91 10 4.5 1.63 10 5.98 10 1.82 10 5 4.09 10 8.41 10 6.73 10 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|184   𝐸 (gev) figure (3): net rate as a function of 𝐸 for 𝑑𝑑 → 𝛾𝑞𝑞. 4. discussion the probability of photon yield at quark-gluon system provides valuable information on the structure of protons and neutrons. it occurs at high energy at the overlap of the wave functions for initial wave vector state system and final (outgoing) wave vector state system. the estimation of coupling constant enables us to calculate the photon yield rate. it is calculated according to renormalization scale theory dependence on the effective qcd coupling constant 𝛼 𝑔 4𝜋⁄ . these calculations can describe the behaviour of the system at asymptotic freedom or confinement. at such high energy; the proton beam can be regarded as a bundle of quarks and gluons. therefore, quark-quark, quark-gluon and gluon-gluon collisions take place, which are very useful for study qcd. the quarks and gluons are able to move freely inside the created medium; thus, forming a qgp, if only for a short time. scientists are looking for insights into the properties of qgp through the study of particles emitted from a collision. it was thought that qgp would behave much like a weak interacting plasma of an atomic substance [16]. the quarks interaction due to gluon mediator explains the nuclear strong force. its indicate both behavior of quarks qcd asymptotic freedom and quarks confinement at long distances. since the photonic rate values increasing at system have least strength constant 𝛼 𝑇 and photonic rate decreases when increasing of 𝛼 𝑇 , this indicates that system having small coupling strength is more reactive towards emitting photon than other system have large strength coupling and photon yield rate occurs actively with less strength coupling system. results in tables 2 to 4 show that the rates of photon yield are increasing at decreasing of 𝛼 𝑇 with increasing t and vice versa. this refers that strength coupling is weakly at high energy at short distance and the quarks behave asymptotic freedom, and more photons emission to increases photonic rate. this rate could be trace back to 𝑇 𝑒 ⁄ . other factors could be effected on ℝ | at all system is photonic energies 𝐸 . from previous results we could show the photonic rate increases when decreases the photonic energies 𝐸 , this indicate that photonic yield rate less at large energy of emitting photon, and vice versa. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|185   furthermore, 𝛼 𝑇 , temperature and the photon energy 𝐸 are the base of photon yield rate in quark-gluon system. data of the photon rate depend on these parameters and enable us to understand the idea of the behaviour of the photon rate. 5. conclusions according to the present data that have been discussed above; several conclusions could be listed as:  photonic rate yield at quark-gluon system has enabled us to elaborate and test the quantum chromodynamics theory.  the coupling constant 𝛼 𝑇 of the system should be affected on the probabilities of rate of photon yield ℝ | at quark-gluon system, and ℝ | is large for system with least 𝛼 𝑇 and increasing due to 𝛼 𝑇 .decreasing.  photonic rate was proportional inversely with temperature at asymptotic separation and the resolution energy of gamma; in the other word, the rates of photons are increase when 𝛼 𝑇 decrease due to increases of temperature t.  𝛼 𝑇 at system have high flavor number 𝑛 is greater than system have small flavor number.  the fact that strength coupling was large, is related to the small energy, that means when 𝛼 𝑇 is large, this makes perturbative calculations impossible, or at least very difficult. references [1] adrian buzatu, search for the standard model higgs boson produced in association with a w boson in the isolated-track charged-lepton channel using the collider detector at fermilab, phd thesis, department of physics, mcgill university, montreal, 2011. [2] sylvie braibant, giorgio giacomelli and maurizio spurio, particles and fundamental interactions: an introduction to particle physics, 2nd edition, springer, 2012. [3] takuma horaguchi, prompt photon production in proton-proton collisions at , phd thesis, tokyo institute of technology, 2006. [4] kristin fanebust hetland, production of strange particles in lead-lead interactions at 158 a gev/c, phd thesis, institute of physics and technology, university of bergen, bergen, norway, 2005. [5] stephen andrew bull, strange particle and antiparticle production in protonberyllium interactions at 40 gev/c at the cern na57 experiment, phd thesis, particle physics group, school of physics and astronomy, university of birmingham. 2005. [6] charles w. lucas, jr., a classical electromagnetic theory of elementary particles, part 1, introduction, foundations of science, 29045 livingston drive mechanicsville, md 20659, november, 2004. [7] alois grimbach, improvement of the static-light axial current on the lattice, master thesis in computer simulation in science, bergische university wuppertal, institute for theoretical physics, 2008. [8] m. j. sahib, theoretical treatment of the dynamics of quarks-gluon interactions, phd thesis, college of science, al–mustansiriya university, 2014. [9] johannes van der heide, the pion form factor from lattice qcd; a non-perturbative study at zero and finite temperature, phd thesis, aula university, 2004. [10] jiri kvita, measurement of differential cross-sections in the → ℓ+jets channel at =1.96tev with the dø experiment at fermilab, phd thesis, charles university, 2009. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   physics|186   [11] philipp tim reuter, a general effective action for quark matter and its application to color superconductivity, phd thesis, johann wolfgang goethe university, frankfurt, 2005. [12] juhee hong, transport processes in high temperature qcd plasmas, phd thesis, stony brook university, 2012. [13] lisa marie haas, on the phase diagram of qcd, phd thesis, ruperto-carola university of heidelberg, germany, 2012. [14] lauren alexandra tompkins, a measurement of the proton-proton inelastic scattering cross-section at = 7 tev with the atlas detector at the lhc, phd thesis, university of california, berkeley, 2011. [15] frank daniel steffen, bremsstrahlung out of the quark-gluon plasma, msc institute for theoretic physics for justus-liebig-university at giessen, giessen. 1999. [16] eric michael richardson, elliptic flow at forward rapidity in au+au collisions. phd thesis, university of maryland, 2012.       ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 spectrophotometric determination of isoptin (verapamil hydrochloride) in pharmaceutical preparations d. m. salh departme nt of chemistry, college of science, sulaimaniyah unive rsity abstract verap amil hy drochloride (vh) has been determin ed sp ectrop hotometrically by using m ethy l orange (mo). in our p revious researches mo was used for determination of m exiletine hy drochloride [1]. the method was based on comp lexation between (m o and vh). aft er shaking and d iluting the comp lex solution with d.w, the ph was adjust ed with naoh and hcl to p h 4. the colored comp lex formed between vh and the reagents were transferred into separating funnels and extracted using 4.5 ml ch2cl2 and were shaken for (4 minutes). the extracted organic layer was used for the prep aration of the calibration curves for sp ectrop hotometric measurements of vh at 437nm. the blanks were carried out in exactly the same way throughout the whole p rocedure. m olar absorptivity (ε l.mol-1.cm-1), detection limit, limit of linearity (µg.ml -1 ) and r 2 wer e, 1.75*10 5 , 0.009253, 0.08 and 0.993 for (vh-m o) resp ectively. the method was used with reasonable accuracy and p recision for the determination of (vh) in sy nthetic samp les of t ablets, cap sules and ampoules. keywords: sp ectrop hotometric determination of verapamil hy drochloride, methy l orange. introduction verap amil hy drochloride 5-[n-(3, 4-dimethoxy -p henethy l)-n-methy l-amino]-2-(3,4dimethoxy p henyl)-2-isop ropy lvaleronitrile hy drochloride, or (isop tin) [2], have the chemical st ructure shown in fig.1: verap amil was introduced in 1962 as a coronary vasodilator & it is the p rototype of the ca 2+ antagonists used in cardiovascu lar diseases. verap amil major effect is on the slow ca chann el. the inhibition of the action p otential inhibits one limb of the reentry circuit believ ed to underlie most p aroxy smal sup eraventricular tachy cardia t hat uses the av node as a reentry p oint. it is categorized as a class i v antiarrhythmic dru g .hemodynamically ; verap amil causes a chan ge in the p reload. aft er load contractility , heart rate, & coronary blood flow .the drug reduces sy stemic vascular resistance & mean blood p ressure, with minor effect on cardiac outp ut [2]. the oldest chromatography method in this review was gas-liquid chromatography using nitrogen-phosp horous detection applied for determination of verapamil in hum an plasma [3], which was appeared in (1984). later, many chromatographic methods for the determinations of this drug and its metabolites have been reported [4-8] att empting different modifications in the method to increase sensitivity , reducing st eps of analysis, or other imp rovements, with the limit of linearity ranged between [2 n g l -1 – 1000 n g l -1 ]. extensive search in the literature has showed many sp ectrop hotometric methods for the determination of vh [9-13]. amon g them, how to use sp ectrofluorometric and visible sp ectrop hotometry , with different types of optimizations to obey beers law, and limit of linear ity ranged between [0–340 μg ml -1 ]. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 prelimin ary p ractical tests on many reagents revealed that methy l orange whi ch has the chemical st ructure shown in fig.2, was suitable reagent [14] to form colored comp lexes with the drug vh and were exp loited for their quantitative determination in cap sules, amp oules and tablets. experime ntal apparatus all measurements were taken with tu-1800s uv-vis sp ectrop hotometer, with (1cm) p ath length quartz cells. t he ph of t he solutions was adjust ed by using hanna ph-meter with combined glass electrode (910600) orion comb p h, water bath thermost at shaker (gfl 1083) was used during the extraction steps and m icro p ipettes (variable and fixed). chemicals, reagents, and drugs both analar and general p urp ose reagents were used from [fluka, rohm and haas, gcc (gainland chemical company), and m erck] without further p urification. ordinary distilled water p rep ared in all glass st ill and st ored in p oly ethy lene container was used. verap amil hy drochloride ampoule [knoll] which was (5 mg/2ml), was taken as a st ock solution, other concentrations were prepared by usual dilution. m ethy l orange 0.05% aqueous mo. phthalate buffer (ph=4) was p rep ared by mixing 50ml of 0.1m (p otassium hy drogen p hthalate), with 49.9 ml of d.w and 0.1 ml of 0.1m hcl [15-16], and ph was adjust ed with a p h meter. the recommended procedures a volume of 500 µl 0.1% (mo) reagent was added to a certain amount of vh st andard or samples containing between (0.08-0.8 μgml -1 ) vh. the mixture was shaken for (2 min.) and diluted to about 24ml in volumetric flasks using d.w. the ph was adjust ed by addin g 1 ml p hthalate buffer (ph 4) to the mo mixture and finally comp leted to 25ml. the resulting complex formed b etween vh and the reagent were transferred into sep arating funnels (100ml cap acity ) and extracted with 4.5 ml ch2cl2 in two p ortions to wash out the volumetric flasks for quantitative transfer of the solution and was shaken for 4 minutes. aft er sep aration, the organic layer was used for the p reparation of the calibration curves us ing sp ectrop hotometric measurements of vh-m o comp lex at 437nm. the blanks wer e carried out in exactly the same way throughout the whole p rocedure. results and discussion preliminary work the absorption sp ectra of the comp lex (vh-m o) against blank with λ-max at 437nm, and blank against d.w (accordin g to the recommended p rocedure) are shown in fi g.3. the sp ectra also show some back ground of the r eagent in the r egion of the comp lex whi ch will have a negative effect on the sensitivity of the method. the comp lex; or an ion-pair formation between the vh and m o has shown an increasin g intensity of the sp ectrum. this is certainly a negative analytical p henomenon; since no high sensitivity could be exp ected with this sy stem. however, the reagent was exp ected to show p romising results therefore, st udies were continued for op timization of the conditions. optimization 1. ph optimi zation a volume of 500 µl of 0.1% m o was added to 1 ml of 0.1mg.ml -1 vh, shaking for 2 min., then diluted to about 24ml in volumetric flasks usin g d.w. the ph was then adjusted ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 between 2 to 6, by using 0.1m naoh or 0.1m hcl. the rest of the test was then followed according to the p rocedure. the results reveal that the optimum p h for (vh-m o) comp lex is 4, as shown in fig.4. 2. type of buffe r use d (ph-adjustment) for p h adjust ment of (vh-m o) sy stem different buffers were tried, such as; acetic acid-sodium acetate and citric acid-sodium hy droxide, but pht halate buffer of ph = 4, was found suitable to adjust ph of the comp lex (vh-m o). different volumes of this buffer were added in two way s; either before completing the volu metric flask by d.w to the mark, or until a small volume about 2ml was remaining then the buffer was added and comp leted to the mark. the results indicated that optimum volume wer e equal to 1 ml phthalate buffer with no difference in order of addition before or after comp leting the volumetric flask by d.w (after mixing), and the result is shown in table (1). 3. choosing a suitable s olvent for extraction: m any solvents were tested for extracting the comp lex formed between the m o reagents with vh [carbon tetrachloride, benzene, ethy l acetate, dioxane, acetone, chloroform] and d ichloromethane was found t o be the best. 4. amounts of the reagent: prelimin ary test shows that 500 µl of 0.1% m o was suitable. exp eriments were then p erformed with different volumes of the d ifferent concentrations to a constant volume 1 ml 0.1 mgml -1 vh. the results shown in fig.5 indicate that optimum volumes were 1.2 ml for 0.05% mo. 5. effect of dichloromethane ch2cl2 volume : different volumes of dichloromethane between (4 to 10 ml) were used for extraction. the results are shown in fig.6, the op timum volume was found between 4 – 5 mls of dichloromethane. a volume of 4.5 ml ch2cl2 was found suitable and also sufficient for comp lete extraction. 6. s tability of the complexes: the stability of the comp lex formed between (vh—m o) was followed by measuring absorbance against time. as shown in (fi g.7). it was found that the comp lex ( vh—m o) was stable for a p eriod of 35 minutes, after sep aration and only 5 minutes were needed to reach the true absorbance, and throu gh this time there was time for shaking and for comp leteting complexation that was shown in the (fig.8). absorbance has, then increased after that which may be due to the vap orization of the solvent. s toichiometry of the [vh-mo] complex: the stoichiometry of the drug and m o complexing r eagent was examined by the mole ratio method at wave len gth of 437nm: the result of mole r atio method was obt ain ed in two ways first by addin g constant amount of vh to a series of differ ent amounts of m o solutions, and second by addin g constant amount of mo to a series of different amounts of vh solutions. fig.9a and 9b show the results of mole ratio method. it was found t hat the ratio of (vh-t o-mo) was about (2 to 1). s tructure suggestion: it was not possible to p ut forward a reasonable st ructure for the stoichiometry of vh: mo of 2:1. according to their chemical st ructure, it was thought that a 1:1 or 1:2 ratios would be reasonable. this will mak e a salt-like formation between the vh and m o t hus: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 2 vh + mo ---------►m o (vh) 2 calibration curves: the calibration curves obtained according to the recommended procedure were drawn for vh-m o comp lex. the linear range was 0.08 – 0.8 µ g.ml -1 of vh with (r 2 = 0.993) for vh-m o comp lex shown in fig.10. de termination of verapamil hydrochl oride [isoptin] in syntheti c sample solutions: the recovery test was p erformed for different concentrations of vh with m o reagent; the results obtained are shown in table 2. de termination of verapamil hydrochl oride in tablets: two t ablets were powdered and mixed thorough ly. an amount equivalent to 160 mg of verap amil hy drochloride was we ighed accurately and extracted with chlorofor m to eliminate any interference from excipients. it was filtered through whatmann no. 42 filter p ap er and the residue was washed well with chloroform for comp lete recovery of the dru g. the chloroform was evap orated to dry ness and the drug was dissolved in doubly distilled water and diluted to 1000ml with dist illed water, it was further diluted (1 to 10) [12]. three different volu mes (0.2, 0.5 and 1) mls of the samp le of vh were determined by mo accordin g to the recommend ed procedure. the results obtained are shown in tables 3. to test for the existence of a sy stematic error in the results shown in tables 3, the actual difference between (x) and (μ) was compared by t-test with the term [t.s / √n] at 95% confidence limit dof = 2. from the results of t-test mo reagent t he following conclusions were made: the direction of the errors (+) suggest the existence of a sy st ematic error. this may be due to the extraction st ep s. nearly non dep endence of these errors on samp le size between (0.2, 0.5 and 1) mls suggest s t he existence of both const ant and p rop ortional sy stematic errors. the difference between (x μ) and [t.s / √n] was not significant at 95% c. l. in all cases (0.2 to 1) mls of vh sample, indicating the non existence, or p resence of a very small systematic error, which is mainly due to the extraction st ep s. if the recovery tests were considered only as it is t he case with research workers, t he value of (r %) in tables ar e quite reasonable. precision and accuracy: the p recision of vh determin ation by m o comp lexing reagent was p erformed on three sy nthetic samples containin g vh in the range of the calibration curve, and their absorbance were measured 10 times for the same unknown, showing the p recision of measurements. t he precision was also found on 10 t imes repeating of the whole operation on the same sample. this will show the p recision of the op eration. the relative st andard deviation for the (vh-m o) comp lex ranged between 0.75 – 1.75% showing r easonable p recision even at lower concentrations of vh. the accuracy shown in the p revious sections also revealed reasonable accuracy givin g sufficient validity for the application of both reagents to be used for the determination of vh in the tablets. se nsi tivity of the methods: the results of t he p rop osed method were statistically comp ared with those obtained by the sp ectrop hotometric method for determination of vh usin g two methods [12] and are summarized in (table 4), the table shows the results concernin g sensitivity of the methods (valu es of molar absorp tivity (ε), slop es of the calibration curves (m), limits of linearity and detection limit (d.l= 3 s.d)). t he results indicate reasonable sensitivity of the methods with no significant deference between the methods comp ared. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 references 1. dler m . salh; (2007) “spectrop hotometric determination of m exiletine hy drochloride in pharmaceutical prep arations, urine and serum” m .sc. thesis, su laimaniyah university . 2. block j.h., beale j.m ; (2004). “organic m edical and pharmaceutical chemist ry ”11th edition p. 629-630, by lipp incott williams & wilkins, isbn: 0-7817-3481-9. 3. darrell, r. a.; todd e. l.and m itchell, j. r., (1984) international journal of exp erimental and clinical pharmacology ; vol.29( 5): p264-268. 4. shukla, u.a.; stetson, p.l. and ensminger, w.d., (1985), j. of chrom; 342 :. 406410. 5. darrell, r. a., ;todd, e. l.and m itchell j. r., (1988), clin ical chemist ry vol.34: 2502-2503. 6. ho-san g s. ; yunsuk ,oh.; hy un-jin ,k. and yoon-koo, k., m arch 1996, j. of chrom. b: biom. sciences and app l. vol. 677, issue 2, 3; p.369-373. 7. yalçın ,ö.; niyazi ,y.; sibel ,a. ö. and biry olb, n., m ay 2000; j.il farmaco, vol. 55: issue 5, p.376-382. 8. dorot a ,k.; sept-oct, (2005), j.of aoac international, vol. 88: 1525-1529. 9. issa ,y. m . ; salem, a. a. and bahbouh, m . s., ap ril 1997, analy tical letters; vol. 30, issue 6 , p. 1153 1166. 10. nafisur, r.and m d nasrul, h..(2002), j anal bioanal chem, vo l. 374: p.484–489. 11. nafisur, r. and sy ed, n. h. a.. (july 2004), j.il farmaco, vol. 59, issue 7, p. 529-536 12. nafisur, r., nadeem, a. k. and sy ed n. h. a.(2005), scienceasia 31: p. 341-348. 13. m ohamed w., fathalla b., nahed e., amina a.; (2006), j.of aoac int ernational, vol. 89, issue 6, p. 1565-1572. 14. edmund bishop ; (1972), “indicators” first , pp . (79 – 81); dep t. of chem., univ. of exeter printed in germany, 08:016617-2. 15. perrin ,d.d. and dempsey, b.(1974) “buffers for p h and m etal ion control” first p ublished, p .123-156, by chap man and hall ltd, isbn: 0-412-21890-9. 16. kolthoff, i.m .; sandell, e.b.;m eehan, e.j. and stanley, b. (1969) “quantitative chemical ana lysis” fourt h edition, p .1161 – 1165, m acmillan company, collierm acmillan limited. table (1): result of adding diffe rent volume of phthalate buffe r before and after adding d.w to the mixture of vh and mo. adding the bu ffer be fore dilution . adding the bu ffer afte r dilution. 0.5 ml abs.= 0.137 0.5 ml abs.= 0.135 1 ml abs.= 1.378 1.ml abs.= 1.380 1.5 ml abs.= 1.168 1.5 ml abs.= 1.169 2 ml abs.= 1.12 2 ml abs.= 1.12 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (2): the accuracy of vh determination in syntheti c samples using mo [vh-mo] com plex. vh prese nt ppm vh found ppm r% e% 0.4 0.413 103.25 3.25 0.4 0.413 103.25 3.25 0.4 0.404 101 1.00 table(3): results of different volumes of vh sample (tablets) dete rmined by mo reage nt conc. of vh ppm found in table ts by mo usi ng the eqn. y = 0.3568x + 0.0077 vol.(ml) of the sample taken vh ppm r% e% 0.2 0.128 8 10 0.6487 0.648 7 0.5 0.332 4 10 3.9039 3.903 9 1 0.645 4 10 0.8530 0.853 0 table (4): se nsitivity of the propose d method type of calibra tion ε (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) limits of line arity (μg/ml) re covery % r.s .d % detection limit (μg/ml) r2 calibr ation curve for (vh+mo)com p lex 1.75 * 10 5 0.08 100.6487 0.75 – 1.75 d.l.= 3s. d 0.009253 0.993 103.9039 100.8530 reference method (two m ethods a&b) a = 1.18 * 10 3 b = 9.82 * 10 3 a = 12.50 b = 2.00 a 100.30 a = 0.28 – 0.23 b = 0.15 – 0.27 a = 0.77 b = 0. 4 a = 0.9999 b = 0.9998 100.21 100.30 b 99.96 99.93 99.96 a. molar absorpti vity ε (l.mol-1.cm-1), b. limits of linearity, c. (recovery % an d r.s .d) of different volumes of ah sample (tablets) using propose d method, d d.l with correl ation coefficient fig. (1): verapamil hydrochl oride chemi cal s tructure ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 n nnaso3 n ch 3 ch 3 m ethy l orange p k1 = 3.76 p h transition interval = 3.1 (red) – 4.4 (yellow) fig. (2): methyl orange che mical structure 437 nm 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 wave len gth λ ( nm) a b s . 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 wave length λ (nm) a b s . a b fig. (3): (a) the spectrum of the (vh+mo) complex against blank, and (b) blank against d.w spectrum 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 1. 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ph a b s . optimum ph=4 fig. (4): the ph optimizati on for (vh+mo) complex 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 vol. mo ml a b s. ----optim um am ount -----of mo fig. (5): o ptimization of volume of 0.05% mo ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 vol. ml a bs . otim um volume = 4 .5 ml fig. (6): o ptimization of ch2cl 2 volume to be added for extraction the (vh-mo) complex 0 .25 0 .27 0 .29 0 .31 0 .33 0 .35 0 .37 0 .39 0 1 0 20 3 0 40 50 6 0 70 8 0 ti m e (mi nute s) a b s . stab litity o f c om pl e x fig.(7): s tability of the (vh –mo) complex after separation 0. 9 1 1. 1 1. 2 1. 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 time (minutes) a b s . time nee ded for shaking fig.(8): s uitable time for shaking the (vh –mo) complex after separation ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 0 0 .1 0 .2 0 .3 0 .4 0 .5 0 .6 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1 .5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2 .5 [vh] / [mo] a b s . [vh] / [mo] = 1.9 ≈ 2 0 0 .05 0.1 0 .15 0.2 0 .25 0.3 0 0.1 0 .2 0 .3 0 .4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 .9 1 1 .1 1.2 [mo] / [vh] a b s . [ mo ] / [vh] ≈ 0 .5 (a) (b) fig.(9a and b):de terminati on of the stoichiometry of the (vh to mo) by mole ratio y = 0.3568x + 0. 0077 r 2 = 0. 993 0 0.05 0. 1 0.15 0. 2 0.25 0. 3 0.35 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0.5 0. 6 0.7 0.8 0. 9 1 ppm vh a b s . fig.(10): calibration curve for (vh-mo) complex ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في المستحضرات ) ھایدروكلورید الفیرابامیل(التقدیر الطیفي لالیزوبتین الصیدالنیة دلیر محمد صالح شریف كیمیاِء، كلیَّة العلوِم، جامعةالسلیمانیة القسم لخالصةا ان في بحوثِنا السابقِة اذ ،moعمال المثیل البرتقالَي تطیفیاً باس vhتم تقدیر ھایدروكلورید الفیرابامیل ن الىالطریقة مستندة . mhلتقدیرھایدروكلورید المكسیلیتین moعمل كاشف المثیل البرتقالَي تاس تكوین معقد ملون بی mo معvh . بعد الرج وتَخفیف مَحلول المعقِّد بالماء المقطرd.w ثبت الـ ،ph بالـ ) 4(علىnao h وhcl . ن التكوَن بین ملیلتر من ثنائي كلورید المثیَل 4.5والكاشف یحول إلى قمع فَْصل ویستخلص باستعمال vhالمرّكب المُلَوَّ ch2cl ل). دقائقِ 4(ثم الرج مدة 2 لـ الطبقة العضویة المستخ صة إستعملْت لتحضیِر منحنى المعایرة للتقدیر الطیفي vh 437(في الطول الموجي nm .( ان الـblank ان الـ . كافة في الجوانب نفسھا نُفّذت بالضبط الطریقِة الكاملة molar absorptivity (ε l.mol -1 .cm -1 limiالمدى الخطي ، detection limitحد الكشف ، ( t of linearity (µg.ml-1) و)r 2 10*1.75(عبارة عن ) 5 ْت . على التوالي) 0.993(و ) 0.008(، )0.009253 (،) الطریقة إستعمل ن الدوائیة) vh(بدقِة ونجاح في تقدیر .في العیناِت الصناعیةِ على األقراِص والكبسوالِت والحق ihjpas ihjpas @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ذو قنـوات الخدمة تقلـیل أوقـات االنتظـار فـي انمـوذج صــف االنتظـار " أنمـوذج مقتــرح" (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,c)لمتعــددة ا عبد المـنعم حمادي جامعة بغداد / كلیة االدارة و االقتصاد / قسم االحصاء سامر محمد جابر رئاسة جامعة بغداد / والمتابعھ قسم الدراسات والتخطیط 2013شباط 3قبل البحث في : ، 2012كانون االول 2أستلم البحث في : الخالصة یھدف البحث الى اقتراح انموذج لتقلیل أوقات االنتظار في أنموذج صف االنتظار ذي قنوات الخدمة المتعددة (m,m,c)(fcfs,∞,∞) ) أذ تعتمد خطة البحث بالدرجة األساس على معدل الوصولλ اذ یتم عمل بعض المعالجات ( إلى تقلیل الوقت الكلي لالنتظار في النظام. یحتوي ھذا من اجل تقلیل معدل الوصول لكل قناة خدمیة الذي یؤدي بدوره البحث على مبحثین یتناول االول الجانب النظري و الكیفیة التي تم من خاللھا اثبات الطریقة المقترحة نظریاً وبشكل المقارنة بینھا و معادالت ریاضیة فضالً عن المبحث الثاني الذي تناول الجانب العملي المتمثل بتطبیق الطریقة المقترحة و بین الطریقة التقلیدیة التي كانت متبعة في احتساب مقاییس االداء في االنموذج قید الدراسة. تقلیل اوقات االنتظار (انموذج صف انتظار مقترح) : الكلمات المفتاحیة 323 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة یعد الباحث الدنماركي اي كي ایرالنك اول من اھتم بنظریة صفوف االنتظار وذلك من خالل بحثھ المنشور عام والمتعلق بمشكلة كثافة تلقي المكالمات الھاتفیة والتأخیر في تقدیم الخدمة عن بعض مستخدمي الھاتف . 1909 االنتظار لتكون البذرة االولى في نشأت نظریة صفوف االنتظار ثم توالت مقاالت ھذا الباحث في الجوانب النظریة لصفوف وتطبیقاتھا حتى وقتنا الراھن وتعد مدة الحرب العالمیة الثانیة ھي المدة التي تم وضع النظریة وتطبیقاتھا التي تم الكشف عنھا واجراء المعالجة لھا . ض مختلفة، فمثال نالحظ المرضى وھم ینتظرون في طابور في حیاتنا الیومیة نالحظ العدید من حاالت االنتظار والغرا لدورھم في الدخول على الطبیب ، وكذلك ازدحام الناس في الباص لدورھم في الركوب . ان مثل ھذه الحاالت و غیرھا قد تتسبب بمشكلة االنتظار وھذا ما قد یترتب عنھا تكالیف عدیدة . لخطورة الناتجھ من انتظار الطائرات في الجو لیتسنى لھا الھبوط في المطار تتوقف خطورة المشكلة على مدى أھمیتھا فا اكبر من الخطورة الناتجة من انتظار الطلبة في طابور الستالم الكتب . ولكل منھا كلفة مختلفة . عاده ان نظریة صفوف االنتظار ھي احد نماذج بحوث العملیات التي تستھدف تصویر واقع موضوعي معین اوتلخیص اب االساسیة بھدف تحلیلھ ودراستھ واتخاذ القرار بشأنھ ، و علیھ تناول ھذا البحث طریقة مقترحة لتقلیل وقت االنتظار في ) وتم اثبات ھذه الطریقة λوذلك باستخدام معدل الوصول ( (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,1)انموذج صف االنتظار من النوع یا من خالل تطبیق الطریقة المقترحة والمقارنة بینھا و بین الطریقة التقلیدیة المقترحة نظریاً وبشكل معادالت ریاضیة وعمل التي كانت متبعة في الجانب العملي. ویقسم البحث على مبحثین ھما: : یتضمن عرض الجانب النظري لمفھوم نظریة صفوف االنتظار.المبحث األول تقدیم أفضل خدمة دة صانع القرار في المجمع الطبي في: یتضمن الجانب التطبیقي الذي یبحث في مساعالمبحث الثاني للمجتمع. المبحث االول (الجانب النظري) :]11[بعض الرموز (المعالم) المھمة في نظریة صفوف االنتظار تعریف صفوف االنتظار: نظام الصفوف ھو مجموعة العمالء ومجموعة مقدمي خدمة ونظام لوصول العمالء وتقدیم الخدمة لھم.ویمثل نظام الصفوف عملیة میالد وموت بمجتمع یتكون من عمالء سواء منتظري الخدمة ام الحاصلین علیھ فعالً. ات ھي: نمط الوصول ، ونمط الخدمة ، وعدد من یقدمون الخدمة ، خصائص الصف: یتمیز نظام الصفوف بخمسة مكون وطاقة مكان الخدمة ، والترتیب الذي یخدم بھ العمالء. أنماط الوصول: تحدد أنماط الوصول للعمالء عادة بالزمن بین الوصول ، وھو الزمن المستغرق بین وصول عمیلین لمكان توزیع احتمالي.الخدمة.وقد یكون ثابتا او متغیرا عشوائیا ب أنماط الخدمة: یحدد نمط الخدمة بزمن ، وھو الزمن الالزم ألحد مقدمي الخدمة ألحد العمالء.قد یكون ثابتا او متغیرا عشوائیا ذا توزیع احتمالي معروف. االنتظار، طاقة النظام: ھي اكبر عدد من العمالء یمكن ان یتواجدون في النظام ، سواء أكانوا في مرحلة الخدمة أم والمسموح لھم التواجد بمكان الخدمة في الوقت نفسھ عندما یصل احد العمالء الى مكان الخدمة ممتلئ ، فال یدخل ھذا العمیل الى نظام الخدمة وال یسمح لھ باالنتظار خارج مكان الخدمة ویضطر الى مغادرة المكان من دون تلقي الخدمة. ب الذي یخدم بھ العمالء. وقد تكون على أساس من یحضر أوال یخدم أوال ، وقد نظم الصفوف: نظم الصفوف ھي الترتی تكون على أساس من یحضر أخیرا یخدم أوال، وقد تكون على أساس عشوائي او على أساس أسبقیات. في مقیاس األداء: تكمن الفائدة من استخدام نظریة صفوف االنتظار في ان التنبؤات الكمیة بخصوص الوجوه المھمة األوضاع االفتراضیة لالنتظار تستخرج من دون التأثیر في المنظومة الحالیة او من دون بناء منظومة حقیقیة جدیدة. ان الخصائص المھمة ذا الطبیعة اإلحصائیة التي تمثل مقیاس األداء ھي: وقت الخدمة، وطول صف االنتظار، ومنفعة مؤدي الخدمة، ووقت االصطفاف، والمدد المشغولة. λ] .(معدل الوصول لكل وحده زمنیة) 1: وھو عبارة عن الوحدات الداخلة (طالبي الخدمة) الى النظام في وحدة الزمن[ µ وھو عبارة عن عدد الوحدات الخارجة من النظام (أي الوحدات التي تمت خدمتھا) في وحدة الزمن (معدل الخدمة لكل : وحده زمنیة). )λ/µ(ρستخدام وھو یعد من المؤشرات المھمة في نظریة صفوف االنتظار الذي یقیس مدى : وھو ما یسمى بمعامل اال مشغولیة النظام . lq .متوسط عدد الوحدات المتوقعة في صف االنتظار : ls.( عدد الوحدات في صف االنتظار + عدد الوحدات التي تتلقى الخدمة ) عدد الوحدات المتوقعة في النظام ككل : wq زمن االنتظار المتوقع لكل وحدة في صف االنتظار ( أي متوسط الوقت الذي تتطلبھ الوحدة المعینة في االنتظار في : الصف). ws ( وقت االنتظار في الصف + وقت االنتظار في محطة الخدمة). : زمن االنتظار المتوقع في النظام 324 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 pn احتمال وجود :n . من الوحدات في النظام pn(t)حتمال وجود : اn من الوحدات في النظام في الزمنt . بافتراض ان النظام یبدأ عملھ عند الزمن صفر ھیكل نظام صف االنتظار structure of a waiting line system الباحث الھیكلیة االساسیة لنظام صف االنتظار وكما ھو الحال في جمیع االنظمة من : تتكون الوحدات الواصلة الى النظام والداخلة في صف االنتظار.وتشمل -المدخالت: .1 وتشمل عملیة تقدیم الخدمة . -المعالجة : .2 وتشمل الوحدات المغادرة للنظام. -المخرجات: .3 ) مخططا لھیكلیة نظام االنتظار ذي محطة خدمة واحدة 1ویمثل الشكل ( وعلیھ فأن: عددالوحدات الموجودة في النظام =عدد الوحدات الموجودة في صف االنتظار+عدد الوحدات الموجودة في مركز الخدمة .وقد یحتوي النظام على قناة خدمیة واحدة في مركز الخدمة وھو ماتم االشارة الیھ في الشكل السابق او قنوات . multi station systemد القنوا ت خدمیة عدیدة وحینھا یسمى نظام الخدمة متعد :]1[،]2[،]3[، (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,c)انموذج صف االنتظارالمتعدد قنوات الخدمة وتوزیع وقت λ) وبمعدل ثابت ھو mان توزیع الوصول في ھذا االنموذج یتبع توزیع بواسون و الممثل بالرمز ( )و fcfsلكل الوحدات كما ان طریقة تقدیم الخدمة ( (µ/1)) یتبع التوزیع االسي وبمعدل mالخدمة و الممثل بالرمز ( كما ان عدد الوحدات الممكن (first come first service)تعني من یاتي اوال یخدم اوال او من یدخل اوال یخدم اوال جتمع الذي تاتي منھ الوحدات ھو مجتمع غیر فضالً عن ان الم∞) استیعابھا في النظام ھي غیر محدودة و یرمز لھ بالرمز( ).∞محدود ایضا یرمز لھ بالرمز ( ان لھذا االنموذج حالتین : ) n<=cالحالة االولى: ھذه الحالة تتحقق عندما تكون عدد الوحدات الموجوده اقل او یساوي من عدد قنوات الخدمة( .1 ھي ذوات قیمة صفریة . wq,lq,ws,lsن قیم في ھذه الحالة فانھ الیوجد صف انتظار بالمعنى الحقیقي أي ا عند ذلك (n>c)الحالة الثانیة : ھذه الحالة تتحقق عندما تكون عدد الوحدات الموجودة اكبر من عدد قنوات الخدمة .2 سوف یتحقق صف االنتظار .ان مقاییس اداء النظام لھذه الحالة ھي كما یأتي : a. lq = pc ∗ cρ (c−ρ)2 b. ls = λ * ws د القنوات المقدمة للخدمة.عد cإذ : ρ نسبة كثافة الحركة او ما یسمى بـ (عامل المنفعة) و یساويλ µ وحركة الوحدات فیھ: (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,c)) نظام صف االنتظار 2یوضح الشكل ( ]4[ (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,c)وصف عمل النظام ) بمعدل ثابت mان عمل النظام یتم من خالل قدوم الوحدات الطالبة للخدمة وبمعدل وصول یتبع توزیع بواسون ( ) وبصف انتظار واحد ، إذ تذھب الوحدات الى ایة محطة انتظار فارغة للحصول على الخدمة وان توزیع وقت λھو( ) كما ان نظام تقدیم الخدمة ھو من یاتي اوال یخدم اوال وان µ/1) وبمعدل ثابت ھو( mالخدمة یتبع التوزیع االسي ( استیعاب النظام للوحدات ھو غیر محدود الخطة المقترحة لتقلیل وقت االنتظار الكلي للنظام ) الذي یبین صف االنتظار لوجدنا ان ھناك صف انتظار واحد من خاللھ یتم التوزیع2لو نظرنا الى الشكل رقم ( لقنوات الخدمة وحسب القناة الخدمیة الفارغة ولكننا لو جعلنا لكل قناة خدمیة صف انتظار خاص بھا المكننا تقلیل وقت ) ذلك.3ویوضح الشكل رقم ( (ws)) ومن ثم وقت االنتظار الكلي في النظام wqاالنتظار في الصف ( ) 3. اما معدل الوصول في الشكل ( (λ)) ھو 2لشكل رقم () لوجدنا ان معدل الوصول في ا3) و (2لو قارنا بین الشكلین ( ) ھو عدد قنوات الخدمة لذلك سوف نجد ان صف االنتظار سیقل طولھ النھ سوف یتوزع بثالثة c) ونقصد بـ ( λ/cفانھ ( ومن ثم سوف یقل وقت االنتظار الكلي في (wq)صفوف بدال من صف واحد مما یقلل من وقت االنتظار في الصف ).wsنظام (ال االثبات الریاضي للخطة المقترحة (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,c)لو الحظنا طریقة حساب طول صف االنتظار في النظام ككل في انموذج صف االنتظار لوجدنا ان الصیغة المختصرة لحسابھ ھي كما یأتي : 325 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ls= lq+ λ µ …(1) وھذا ما (λ/2)في ھذه الحالة فان معدل الوصول سیكون (c=2)ولو افترضنا ان عدد قنوات الخدمة ھي قناتان للخدمة ) عند ذلك سوف تكون صیغة حساب طول صف االنتظار في النظام كما 3المقترحة والممثلة بالشكل رقم (تمثلھ الطریقة یأتي: ls1= lq+ λ /2 µ …(2) ) اطول من طول صف 1صف االنتظار في النظام في الحالة االعتیادیة وھذا ما تمثلھ معادلة رقم ( الثبات ان طول ) وكمایأتي :1) من معادلة (2) نقوم بطرح معادلة (2االنتظارفي النظام في الطریقة المقترحة وھذا ماتمثلھ معادلة ( ls-ls1=(lq+ λ µ ) (lq+ λ /2 µ ) = λ/2µ …(3) ھي موجبة فان ھذا یدل على ان طول صف االنتظار في النظام في الحالة االعتیادیة اطول من λ/2µ ) بما ان النتیجة ( طول صف االنتظار في النظام في الطریقة المقترحة . (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,c)) في النظام في انموذج صف االنتظار wsوقت االنتظار الكلي (ولو راینا طریقة حساب لوجدنا ان الصیغة المختصرة لحسابھ ھي كمایأتي : ws = 1 (µ−λ) …(4) ) وھذا ما تمثلھ λ/2في ھذه الحالة سیكون معدل الوصول ( (c=2)ولو افترضنا ان عدد قنوات الخدمة ھي قناتان فقط ) عند ذلك سوف تكون صیغة حساب وقت االنتظار الكلي في النظام بالشكل 3الطریقة المقترحة والممثلة بالشكل رقم ( االتي: ws1 = 1 [µ−�λ 2 �] …(5) ) اكثر من وقت االنتظار الكلي 4والثبات ان وقت االنتظار الكلي في النظام في الحالة االعتیادیة الذي تمثلھ المعادلة رقم ( ) وكما یأتي :4) من معادلة (5) نقوم بطرج معادلة (5حة و الذي تمثلھ المعادلة (في النظام في الطریقة المقتر 𝐖𝐬 − 𝐖𝐬𝟏 = 1 (µ−λ) − 1 [µ−�λ 2 �] = 𝟐λ (𝟐𝛍−λ)(µ−λ) …(6) ھي موجبة أي بعبارة اخرى فان وقت االنتظار الكلي 6ھي اصغر من واحد فھذا یدل على ان نتیجة المعادلة λ/µوبما ان للنظام باستخدام الطریقة المقترحة اقل من وقت االنتظار الكلي للنظام باستخدام الطریقة االعتیادیة. المبحث الثاني (الجانب العملي) تعریف المشكلة التابع الى دائرة صحة بغداد الرصافة كمایأتي : الصحي لحي المثنىیمكن وصف المركز ھناك صالة كبیرة تستقبل المرضى الذین یتجمعون لعرضھم على احد االطباء الموجودین . ان ھؤالء االطباء ھم غیر . أ االخر .متخصصین فال یوجد افضلیة لطبیب على اخر وحالما ینھي الطبیب عملھ مع احد المرضى یدخل المریض عدد االطباء في العیادة ھم ثالثة اطباء ( طبیب اسنان + طبیبین عام ) وسوف نستثني من بحثنا طبیب االسنان الن . ب ) .c=2عملھ غیر متجانس من حیث الوقت واالفضلیة وسوف ناخذ الطبیبین االخرین أي ان عدد قنوات الخدمة ھي قناتان ( صباحا وحتى الثانیة بعد الظھر. 9دوام االطباء في المركز من الساعة ج. جمع البیانات ایام في المركز الصحي إذ جمعت البیانات االتیة : 5لقد جمعت البیانات من خالل التواجد في مدة الى المركز الصحي المریض بیانات الوصول : سجلت اوقات وصول المرضى ابتداء من لـــــحظة وصــــول .1 وعملت جداول معینة تخص تسجیل الوقت الزمني لكل وصولین متتالیین. 326 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 بیانات المغادرة : سجلت المدة الزمنیة التي قضاھا المریض منذ لحظة دخولھ على الطبیب المعالج ولحین خروجھ من .2 المركز الصحي . ]6[،]5[تحلیل البیانات ، الحصائي لبیانات الوصول أدخلت البیانات المتعلقة بالوصول والمغادرة في البرنامج لغرض معرفة التوزیع ا وكانت النتیجة ان (goodness of fit)إذ استخدم اختبار كاي سكویر الختبار جودة التطابق statisticaاالحصائي الى توزیع وقت الخدمة وبمستوى وكذلك الحال بالنسبة (exponential distribution)وقت الوصول یتبع توزیع االسي ، إذ ان وقت الوصول یتوزع اسیا بمعدل 0.05معنویة ھو λ 1 ) وان وقت الخدمة یتوزع اسیا ایضا وبمعدل 0.45وبقیمة ( µ 1 . (0.89)وبقیمة ]7[،]5[تطبیق نظریة صفوف االنتظار على االنموذج الحالي، . (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,2)) یتبع نظام صف االنتظار 4ان االنموذج الموضح بالشكل ( ]8[حل االنموذج الحالي ، وتم winqsbأدخلت البیانات الخاصة بمعدل توزیع وقت الوصول ومعدل توزیع وقت الخدمة في البرنامج ) .1استخالص النتائج وكما في الجدول رقم ( % ، وان عدد الدقائق التي یقضیھا المریض في 98.8889ان النظام یعمل بطاقة انتاجیة مقدارھا ) 1رقم ( یبین الجدول دقیقة . 40.2741المركز للحصول على الخدمة ھي تطبیق نظریة صفوف االنتظار على االنموذج المقترح ) . 5ویكون موضحا بالشكل ( (∞,∞,fcfs)(m,m,2)ان االنموذج المقترح یتبع نظام صف االنتظار ]8[حل االنموذج المقترح ، أدخلت البیانات الخاصة بمعدل توزیع وقت الوصول ومعدل توزیع وقت الخدمة في حال وجود صفین لالنتظار في ).2، وتم استخالص النتائج وكما في الجدول رقم (winqsbالبرنامج % وان عدد الدقائق التي یقضیھا المریض في 49.4445انتاجیة مقدارھا ان النظام یعمل بطاقة )2رقم ( یبین الجدول دقیقة . 1.1780المركز للحصول على الخدمة ھي ]9[،]8[،]7[الثبات مقاییس االنموذج المقترح ، (simulation)استخدام المحاكاة یوما عمل لغرض معرفة دقة 30) دقیقة أي ما یعادل 10000تم عمل محاكاة لمقاییس االنموذج المقترح مدة ( ).3المقاییس من عدمھا وكانت النتائج كما في الجدول رقم ( ن عدد الدقائق % وا49.6732یوما القادمة بطاقة انتاجیة مقدارھا 30ان النظام سیعمل وخالل ال )3رقم (یبین الجدول دقیقة . 1.1978التي یقضیھا المریض في المركز للحصول على الخدمة ھي االستنتاجات دقیقة لكل مریض وھذا 40ان النظام الحالي لالنتظار غیر كفوء كون ان وقت االنتظار فیھ عال جدا ، إذ یصل الى بدوره یتعب المرضى كونھم یحتاجون الى الراحة كما ان وجود عدد كبیر من المرضى في الصالة یزید من مخاطر راض المعدیة .فضال عن عدم وجود دفتر خاص بتسجیل اوقات العدوى بینھم والسیما ان بعض المرضى یعانون من االم دخول المرضى واوقات خروجھم إذ قام الباحث بجمع ھذه البیانات بنفسھ واعتمادا على جھده الذاتي . ) مع النتائج التي تم الحصول علیھا 2عند مقارنة النتائج التي تم الحصول علیھا بتطبیق النظام المقترح جدول رقم ( .1 ) تبین ان ھناك استقرارا كبیرا جدا في المقاییس التي تم الحصول علیھا، إذ ان نتائج 3خدام المحاكاة جدول رقم (باست أي ان النتیجة قریبة جدا من نتائج تطبیق الصیغة 1.1978المحاكاة قد بینت ان وقت انتظار المریض الكلي ھو مكن االعتماد على االنموذج المقترح لثبات مقاییسھ.) وھذا یعطي مؤشرا ممتازا على انھ ی1.1780الریاضیة( عدم وجود سجل خاص تدون فیھ اوقات دخول المرضى واوقات خروجھم . .2 التوصیات دقیقھ ومن ثم یقلل جھد 1.1780ضرورة تطبیق نظام االنتظار المقترح من الباحث كونھ یقلل وقت االنتظار الى .1 االنتظار بالنسبھ الى المرضى المراجعین لھذا المركز . 327 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ضرورة تسجیل اوقات دخول المرضى واوقات خروجھم لالستفادة منھا مستقبال في تطویر عمل المركز. .2 ود طبیب ضرورة تطبیق نظریة صفوف االنتظار في حالة اضافة أي مركز خدمة (طبیب) مستقبال لحساب جدوى وج .3 اخر من عدمھا . المصادر عمر العشاري ، استخدام نظریة صفوف االنتظار في تقییم اداء مراكز جبایة النقد للشركة العامة لكھرباء بغداد "كلیة .1 . 2001االدارة واالقتصاد" 1988) ، مقدمة في بحوث العملیات،مطبعة الحكمة ،جامعة بغداد، 1988حسن، ضویة سلمان،وعدنان شمخي ( .2 3. song hongna leet, duan zhenwei dr(2010),authorized licensed use limited to: ieee xplore. downloaded on august 05, 2011 at 18:14:45 utc from ieee xplore. 4. amir azaron, bicriteria shortest path in networks of queues (2006), internet exploral. 5. ni zhiwei, lu xiaochun, liu dongyuan, simulation of queuing systems with different queuing disciplines based on anylogic, international conference on electronic commerce and business intelligence (2009). 6. hi,llier and liberman (2005),”introduction to the operations research”, (published by mcgraw –hill), eighth edition. 7. juyun wang1 hua yu2 jianyu luo2 jie sui2, medical treatment capability analysis usingqueuing theory in a biochemical terrorist attack, the 7th international symposium on operations research and its applications (isora’08)lijiang, china, october 31–novemver 3, 2008copyright © 2008 orsc & aporc, pp. 415–424. خالد ضاري ، مروان عبد الحمید ،عمر محمد ناصر العشاري: تطبیقات وتحلیالت النظام الكمي لالعمال : مكتبة . .8 2009، 1الذاكرة ،طبعة 9. huimin xiao, guozheng zhang, the queuing theory application in bank service optimization (2010), authorized licensed use limited to: ieee xplore. downloaded on august 05, 2011 at 18:34:59 utc from ieee xplore. 10. yu-bo wang, cheng qian, jin-de cao, optimized m/m/c model and simulation for bank queuing system (2010), authorized licensed use limited to: ieee xplore. downloaded on august 05, 2011 at 19:57:45 utc from ieee xplore. 2010حامد سعد نور الشمرتي ، بحوث العملیات (مفھوما وتطبیقا ) مكتبة الذاكرة .11 )1الجدول ( 328 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 )2الجدول ( )3الجدول ( 329 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ھیكلیة نظام صف االنتظار ذو محطة خدمیة واحدة: )1الشكل ( )،∞،∞m,m,c)(fcfsنظام االنتظار (: )2الشكل ( 330 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 صف االنتظار المقترح: )3الشكل ( )،∞،∞m,m,2)(fcfsصف االنتظار (: )4الشكل ( 331 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 االنتظار المقترحشكل صف : )5(شكل 332 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 reduce waiting times in the multiple server queuing model (m, m, c) (fcfs, ∞, ∞) "model proposal" abdulmunem. k. hammadi dept. of statistics/college of administration & economic/ university of baghdad samer mohammed jaber planning & studies dept. / university of baghdad received in: 2 december 2012 , accepted in: 3 march 2013 abstract the research aims to propose a plan to reduce the waiting times in the multiple server queuing model (m, m, c) (fcfs, ∞, ∞), and adopt this plan, mainly on the arrival rate (λ), some process have been achieved in order to reduce the arrival rate per service channel that should reduces the overall waiting time in the system. this research is on two sections where the first deals with theory and how it has been approved the proposed method in theory and in mathematical equations as well as the second section, which dealt with the practical goal of applying the proposed method and comparing it with the traditional way, which was followed in calculating the performance measures in this model. keywords: reduce waiting times; "queuing model proposal". 333 | mathematics الباحث structure of a waiting line system هيكل نظام صف الانتظار تتكون الهيكلية الاساسية لنظام صف الانتظار وكما هو الحال في جميع الانظمة من : 1. المدخلات:وتشمل الوحدات الواصلة الى النظام والداخلة في صف الانتظار. 2. المعالجة :وتشمل عملية تقديم الخدمة . 3. المخرجات:وتشمل الوحدات المغادرة للنظام. synthesis of some new metal complexes of 4-(2-carboxyl-1,3-dioxalan-4-yl)-4,6-oxofuro[3,4-d][1,3]dioxole-2-carboxylic acid l-ascorbic acid synthesis and spectral studies of some metal complexes with bis[o,o-2,3;o,o-5,6(chlorocarboxylic methyliden)] l-ascorbic acid salah m. fizea e-mail. salahmohammadiraq@gmail.com fallih h. musa e-mail. dr.falihhassan@yahoo.com huda a. fidhel dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in : 12 june 2013 , accepted in : 4 december 2013 abstract the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with the tirchloroacetic acid in the presence of potassium hydroxide gave new product bis[o,o-2,3;o,o-5,6(chlorocarboxylicmethyliden)]lascorbic acid (h2l) which was isolated and characterized by 1h,13c-nmr, elemental analysis (c,h,n), uv-visible and fourier transform infrared (ftir). the complexes of the ligand (h2l) with metal ions, m+2= (cu, co, ni, cd and hg) were synthesized and characterized by ftir, uv-visible, molar conductance, atomic absorption, magnetic susceptibility and the molar ratio. the analysis evidence showed the binding of the metal ions with (h2l) through the bicarboxylato group manner resulting in six-coordinated metal ion. the tlc for (h2l) and complexes showed one spot for each indicating the purity of these compounds. key words: synthesis; l-ascorbic acid; complexes; analysis 225 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 mailto:salahmohammadiraq@gmail.com mailto:dr.falihhassan@yahoo.com introduction l-ascorbic acid (vitamin c) is an important molecule in both chemistry and biology, and its complexes with metals are of particular interest in both of these areas[1-3]. this vitamin is present in various foods, particularly of plant origin, that are several orders of magnitude higher than those of other vitamins.[4] musa-etal, [5-7] synthesized derivatives of l-ascorbic acid such as 5,6-oisopropylidene-2,3-(2ˉ-x,1carboxyl) deoxy-l-ascorbic acid, where x = h, cl., 1,2-dihydroxyl ethyl-1-(2-mercaptophenyl)-5-(2-mercaptophenyl)-2,5-dihhydro-1h-pyrrol-3,4-diol. finally 5,6-o, 2,3-o l-ascorbic acid were substituted by acetic acid. l-ascorbic acid derivatives of transition and alkali metal ions complexes were also synthesized and characterized. experimental part instruments, materials and methods all chemicals were purchased from bdh, and used without further purifications. ftir spectra were recorded in kbr on shimadzuspectrophotometer in the range of (4000-400)cm1. electronic spectra in distilled water were recorded using the uv-visible spectrophotometer type shimadzu in the range of (200-1100)nm with quartz cell of (1cm) path leangth. melting points where measured with an electrothermal stuart apparatus, model smp30. electrical conductivity measurements of the complexes were recorded at (25oc) for 10-3 mol.l-1 solution of the samples in distilled water using ltd 4071 digital conductivity meter. 1h nmr and 13c nmr spectra were recorded on a bruker 300-mhz spectrometer in dmso-d6. chemical shifts are in ppm relative to internal me4si was performed at al-al-bayt university, jordon. elemental microanalyses of the ligand were carried out by using euro vectro 3000a, al-al-bayt university, jordon. metal content of the complexes were measured using atomic absorption technique by perkin-elmer 5000, university of baghdad college of science. while hg metal is determined using biotech eng. management co. ltd. (uk), university of mustansiriyah, college of science. magnetic susceptibility values were obtained at room temperature using the gouy method, johnson mattey, england, were performed at al-nahrain university. thin layer chromatography (tlc): the (tlc) was performed on aluminum plates coated with silica gel (fluka), and detected by iodine. synthesis of ligand (h2l) l-ascorbic acid (0.18gm, 1m mole) was dissolved in the mixture of (15ml ethanol + 5ml water). potassium hydroxide (0.23gm, 4m mole)in ethanol (10ml) solution was added. the solution was stirring for 30 minutes. the trichloroacetic acid (0.32gm, 2m mole) was added drop wise, stirring was continued for one hour and left to evaporate slowly. the precipitate was recrystallized from ethanol giving a yellow precipitate melting point (138c ْ◌ ), yield 68%. synthesis of complexes (mιι = cu, co, ni, cd, hg) to a solution of the (h2l) (0.35gm, 1m mole) in mixture of (15ml ethanol + 5ml water) was added, a solution of 2m mole of metal chloride in 20ml ethanol 0,34gm cucl2.2h2o, 0.24gm nicl2.6h2o, 0.48gm cocl2.6h2o, 0.46gm cdcl2.h2o, 0.54gm hgcl2. the solutions were stirring for one hour and left them to evaporate slowly to bring down the complexes. the complexes were washed from mixture of ethanol + water (4:1). the isolated complexes are colored solids, stable in air and insoluble in common organic solvents but completely soluble in water, ethanol, dmso and dmf. some physical properties for all synthesized ligand (h2l) and its complexes are shown in table 1. 226 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 results and discussion bis[o,o-2,3;o,o-5,6(chlorocarboxylic methyliden)]l-ascorbic acid (h2l) was synthesized in a good yield by the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with trichloroacetic acid in the ratio (1:2) in presence of four mole of potassium hydroxide (scheme 1). o o o o chooc cl oo c cooh cl o o ohho ho ho 2cl3ccooh+ 4koh + 4kcl 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 o o okko ko ko + + 4h2o scheme (1) the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with trichloroacetic acid in base media ft-ir spectral analysis the i.r spectrum of l-ascorbic acid as starting material is compared with the new ligand (h2l) spectrum, the results are summarized in table (2). l-ascorbic acid exhibits bands at 3525, 3410, 3313 and 3213 cm-1 caused by υ(oh) positions (c-5,6,2,3) respectively, these are disappeared in the spectrum of the new ligand accompanied by the appearance of three bands in the 3380 (broad), 1566 (asym.), 1417 (sym.) are due to carboxylate group. (c-1=o) stretching vibration appeared at (1718 cm-1). the bands at (1678,1647) cm-1 in starting lascorbic acid are due to the υ(c=c), υ(c=o) appeared as broad band centre at 1660 cm-1 in the new ligand. the bands located at (1566,1417) cm-1 which were assigned to υ(c=o) stretching vibration for (cooh) in free ligand (h2l), were shifted to lower frequency and appeared at [1400,1344] cm-1 in (cu), [1420,1344] cm-1 in (co), [1445,1384] cm-1 in (ni), [1415,1361] cm-1 in (cd), [1425,1361] cm-1 in (hg). each two bands were assignable to asymmetric and symmetric stretching frequencies of the carboxylate ion with average separation ∆υcoo-; 56, 76, 61, 54, 64) cm-1 respectively indicating the deprotonation of the carboxylic proton and suggests that coordination occurs through the carboxylate ion as a bidentates bonding nature[7-9]. new bands appeared in the range 428-482cm-1 in the all complexes assignable to υ(m-o) vibrations[10]. a band due to υ(c=o) of the lacton ring appeared as a shoulder within the range (1730-1735) cm-1 in all complexes. a strong broad absorption band appeared around (3566-3433) cm-1 associated with water molecules in these metal complexes. coordinated h2o appeared at range (825-844) cm-1 in all complexes[11]. nmr spectrum for the ligand (h2l) 1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand (l) (figure 1)in dmso-d6 exhibited at δ(3.019-3.518) and (4.436) ppm are due to (ch2-6) and (ch-5) respectively, (ch-4) lactone appeared at δ(5.135) ppm. the ohcarboxylic showed broad center at 8.281 ppm. the 13c-nmr of the ligand (l) (figure 2) showed the following data. • the signal at δ=177 ppm is due to carboxylic acid • the signal at δ=163 ppm is due to c=o lactone • the signals at δ=(125, 128, 79 and 60) ppm are due to (c-3, c-4, c-5, c-6) the results were compared with those obtained by chem. office program and with 1h,13cnmr previous obtained on derivatives of l-ascorbic acid[12,13]. 227 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 spectral studies the electronic absorption bands as well as the magnetic moment values are summarized in table 3. the uv-visible spectrum of the ligand (h2l) showed one absorption at (40000 cm-1) is due to π−π* transition[14]. the electronic spectrum of co-complex in water solution exhibited two bands appeared at (15873 cm-1) and (19230 cm-1) were assigned to the 4t1g→4a2g (υ2) and 4t1g→4t1g(p) (υ3) transitions respectively of octahedral geometry[15]. from the ratio of (υ3)/(υ2) (1.21), the value of bcomplex (872.1) as well as position of υ1 (8284 cm-1) were calculated by using tanaba-sugano diagram for d7 configuration of the octahedral configuration geometry[16]. the value of β (0.89) indicates some covalent character. the conductivity measurement indicates that the complex is non-ionic. spectrum of ni(ii) complex showed three bands in the visible region at (24390 cm-1) 3a2g→3t1g(p) (υ3), (14556 cm-1) 3a2g→3t1g(f) (υ2) and the last one is at (9259 cm-1) 3a2g→3t2g, (υ1). the ratio of υ2/υ1, (1.57) was applied on tanaba-sugano diagram for d8 octahedral complexes[17,18], bcomplex and β, 10dq(υ1) were calculated theoretically. the conductivity showed that the ni(ii)-complex was non-electrolyte. the spectrum of cu(ii) complex showed broad band at (12391cm-1) assigned to 2eg→2t2g transition which refers to jahn-teller distortion of octahedral geometry[19]. the conductivity measurement of the complex indicates that the complex is non-electrolyte. the spectra of cd(ii), hg(ii) complexes gave no bands in the visible region, only bands assigned to charge transfer transitions (39682cm-1) cd(ii), (34482cm-1) hg(ii) complexes were observed, compared with free ligand showed one band at (40000cm-1, 250nm) confirms the complexes formation[20]. the conductivity measurements of the two complexes indicate that the complexes are non-electrolyte. magnetic studies the magnetic moment values at (294k) of the [m2lcl4].xh2o m2+ = cu, ni, co table 3 show values (0.78, 1.57, 2.22)b.m respectively which are lower than the total spin-only values indicating a high spin octahedral geometry around metal ion. the lowering of these magnetic moments indicates a dominate antiferromagnetic interaction in all complexes. this may due to the fact that the syn-syn carboxylate provide a small metal-metal distance and results in a good overlap of the magnetic orbitals, an antiferromagnetic coupling is always induced[21-22]. molar ratio the complexes of the ligand (h2l) with metal ions [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii), hg(ii)] were studied in solution using water as solvent, in order to determine (m:l) ratio in the prepared complexes, following molar ratio method[23]. a series of solutions were prepared having a constant concentration (c) 10-3 m of the hydrated metal salts and the ligand (h2l). the (m:l) ratio was determined from the relationship between the absorption of the observed light and mole ratio (m:l) found to be (2:1). the results of complexes formation in solution are shown in table (4), these data are compatible with the results obtained by atomic absorption for determination metal analysis in the complexes. thin layer chromatography (tlc) the solution of ligand (h2l) and its complexes in water as solvent appeared in one spot, this is confidence that all these compounds are pure and have one isomer. table (1) shows the rf for complexes and ligand (h2l). 228 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 conclusion the ligand (h2l) acts as a tetra-dentate dianion with two metal ions coordinate with each carboxylate group in an octahedral geometry. figure (3) references 1. martell, a. e.; seib, p. a. and tolbert, b. m., (1982) chelates of ascorbic acid: formation and catalytic properties. in ascorbic acid: chemistry, metabolism, and uses; eds.; american chemical society: washington, 200: 153−178. 2. hughes, d. l. (1973) crystal structure of thallium(i)l-ascorbate, j. chem. soc., dalton trans. 21, 2209−2215. 3. hollis, l. s.; amundsen, a. r. and stern, e. w. (1985) synthesis, structure and antitumor properties of platinum complexes of vitamin c, j. am. chem. soc. 107: 274−276. 4. padayatty, s. j.; katz, a; wang, y; eck, p.; kwon, o.; lee, j. h.; chen, s.; corpe, c.; dutta, a.; dutta, s. k. and levine, m. (2003) vitamin c as an antioxidant: evaluation of its role in disease prevention. j am coll. nutr. 22: 18-35. 5. 5. musa, f.h.; mukhlus, a. a. and sultan, j. s. (2011) synthesis, spectroscopic and biological studies of some metal complexes with 2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o-tetraacetic acid lascorbic acid. j. ibn-al-haitham for pure and appl. sci. 24: 2. 6. musa, f.h.; mukhlus, a. a. and sultan, j. s. (2012) synthesis of some new metal complexes of 5,6-o-isopropylidene-2,3-o,o-acetic acid-l-ascorbic acid. j. ibn-alhaitham for pure and appl. sci. 25: 1. 7. fiza'a, s. m.; musa, f. h. and al-bayti, h. a. f. (2013) synthesis and characterization of co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), cd (ii) and hg(ii) complexes with new derivative of l-ascorbic acid. in press sent to arabian journal chemistry. 8. nakamoto, k. (1997). infrared and raman spectra of inorganic coordination compounds 5th ed. john wiley and sons, inc. new york. 9. abu-melha, k.s. and el-metwaly, n.m. (2007) synthesis and spectral characterization of some investigated thiocarbohydrazone binuclear complexes with an illustrated epr study for d1complexes. trans. met. chem. 32, 828-834. 10. huang, j.; quj, q.; wang, l. f.; liu, y. q.; wang, y. y.; song, y. m.; zhang, c. j. ;zhau, r. (2005) synthesis, characterization, and antioxidative activity of ternary rareearth complexes of 5-fluorouracil-1-acetic acid and 2,2-bipyridine. chem. pap. 59: 267270. 11. pansuriva, p. b. and patel, m. n. (2008) synthesis, characterization and biological aspects of novel five-coordinated dimeric-cu(ii) systems. j. enzy. inhib. med. chem. 23(1): 10819. 12. jabs, w. and gaube, w. (1984) compounds of l-ascorbic acid with metals, precipitation of ascorbate complexes of some 3d elements. z.anorg.allerg.chem., 514, 179-184. 13. wimalasena, k. and mahindrate, m. p. d. (1994) chemistry of l-ascorbic acid: regioselective and stereocontrolled 2-cand 3-c-allylation via thermal claisen rearrangement. j. org. chem. 59: 3427-3432. 14. olabisi, o.; mahindrate, m. p. d. and wimalasena, k. (2005) a convenient entry to c2 and c3-substituted gulono-γ-lactone derivatives from l-ascorbic acid., j. org. chem. 70: 6782-6789. 15. yadav, p.n.; demertzis, m.a.; demertzi, d.; skoulika, s. and west, d.x. (2003) palladium(ii) complexes of 4-formylantipyrine n(3)-substituted thiosemicarbazones: first example of x-ray crystal structure and description of bonding properties., inorg. chem. acta 349: 30-36. 16. chohan, h. z. (2001) synthesis, characterization, and biological properties of bivalent transition metal complexes of co(ii), cu(ii), ni(ii) and zn(ii) with some acylhydrazine 229 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11243-007-0274-7 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11243-007-0274-7 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11243-007-0274-7 http://www.chempap.org/?id=7&paper=209 http://www.chempap.org/?id=7&paper=209 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo00091a036 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo00091a036 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo00091a036 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo0508550 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo0508550 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169303000872 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169303000872 derived furanyl and thienyl ono and sno donor schiff base ligands. synth. react. inorg. met. org. chem. 31: 1. 17. jabs, w. and gaube w. (1986) verbindungen der l-ascorbinsäure mit metallen. iv. ligandeigenschaften des monoanions der l-ascorbinsäure, c6h7o6−., z. anorg. all. chem. 538: 166-176. 18. lever, a. b. p. (1968) electronic spectra of some transition metal complexes: derivation of dq and b., j.chem.ed., 45: 711. 19. lever, a. b. p. (1984) inorganic electronic spectroscopy, 2nd ed. elsevier, amsterdam. 20. mohamed, g. g. and abd el-wahab, z. h. (2005) mixed ligand complexes of bis(phenylimine) schiff base ligands incorporating pyridinium moiety: synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity., spectrochem. acta, a61: 1059-1068. 21. cotton, f. a. and willinson, g. (1980) advanced inorganic chemistry, 4th ed. john wiley and sons, toronto, singapor. 22. himanshu, a.; francesc, l. and rabindranath, m. (2009) one-dimensional coordination polymers of mnii, cuii, and znii supported by carboxylate-appended (2pyridyl)alkylamine ligands – structure and magnetism eur. j. inorg. chem.,22: 33173325. 23. tohyama, t.; saito, t.; mizumaki, m.; agui, a. and shimakawa, y. (2010) antiferromagnetic interaction between a′-site mn spins in a-site-ordered perovskite ymn3al4o12., inorg. chem. 49: 2492-2495. 24. ahsen, v. f.; gok, c. and bekaroglu, o. (1987) synthesis of ss′-bis(4′-benzo[15-crown5])dithioglyoxime and its complexes with copper(ii) nickel(ii), cobalt(ii), cobalt(iii), palladium(ii), platinum(ii), and platinum(iv)., j. chem. soc. dalton trans. 8, 1827-1831. table no. (1): physical properties, analytical data for synthesized ligand (h2l) and its complexes empirical formula color m.p. ْ◌c yield (%) found(calc.)(%) rf c h m(ii) ligand(l) c10h6o10cl2 yellow 138 68 33.1 (33.6) 1.47 0.62 ـــ (1.69) [cu2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)].5h2o brown 187 71 ـــ ـــ 16.68 (16.91) 0.55 [co2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)].2h2o red 122 65 ـــ ـــ 16.96 (17.15) 0.48 [ni2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)].3h2o green 118 74 ـــ ـــ 16.43 (16.64) 0.50 [cd2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)].2h2o yellow 167 77 ـــ ـــ 28.81 (28.46) 0.43 [hg2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)].h2o white 173 58 ـــ ـــ 42.21 (42.07) 0.37 230 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/zaac.19865380717/abstract http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/zaac.19865380717/abstract http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ed045p711 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ed045p711 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1386142504003245 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1386142504003245 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1386142504003245 http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ejic.200900326/abstract http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ejic.200900326/abstract http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ejic.200900326/abstract http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ic9024876 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ic9024876 http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/1987/dt/dt9870001827 http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/1987/dt/dt9870001827 http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/1987/dt/dt9870001827 table no. (2): assignments of the ir spectral bands of l-ascorbic acid, ligand(h2l) and its complexes(cm-1) empirical formula υoh υc=o υc=c υc=o υas(coo)υs(coo) coord. h2o υm-o l-ascorbic acid c6h8o6 3525,s 3410,s 3313,s 3213,s ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ 1647 1678 1720 υcooh ligand(l) c10h6o10cl2 3380,br 1718 1660,br 1566 1417 ـــ ـــ [cu2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)]5h2o 3342,m 1743 1651,m 1400 1344 839,m 428 [co2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)]2h2o 3448,br 1735 1640,m 1420 1344 844,s 476 [ni2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)]3h2o 3377,br 1730 1654,m 1445 1384 840,m 420 [cd2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)]2h2o 3473,br 1715 1662 1415 1361 829,s 425 [hg2(c10h4o10cl4.6h2o)]h2o 3520,m 1720 1670 1425 1361 835,m 482 table no. (3): magnetic moments and electronic spectral bands (cm-1) of the complexes. v(ml) l-cu (λ=800) l-co (λ=510) l-ni (λ=740) l-cd (λ=340) l-hg (λ=280) (1) 0.5 0.11 1.32 1.75 0.33 0.56 (2) 1 0.17 1.94 1.95 0.56 1.23 (3) 1.5 0.23 2.76 2.87 0.98 1.42 (4) 2 0.29 3.44 3.51 1.12 1.85 (5) 2.5 0.31 3.68 3.72 1.25 1.94 (6) 3 0.23 3.91 3.98 1.38 2.37 (7) 3.5 0.33 4.21 4.19 1.61 2.55 (8) 4 0.35 4.50 4.48 1.95 2.86 (9) 4.5 0.37 4.63 4.70 2.33 3.12 (10) 5 0.39 4.79 4.89 2.34 3.11 table no. (4) molar ratio data for h2l-complexes complex µeff (b.m.) band position cm-1 assignments bcomplex β 10dq (υ1) theoretical cm-1 λm ω-1 cm2mol1 l-co(ii) 2.25 19230 υ3 15873 υ2 4t1g→4t1g(p) 4t1g→4a2g 872.1 0.89 8284 11.93 l-ni(ii) 1.85 24390 υ3 14556 υ2 9259 υ1 3a2g→3t1g(p) 3a2g→3t1g(f) 3a2g→3t2g 649.2 0.63 10006 7.31 l-cu(ii) 0.82 12391 2eg→2t2g 9.13 ـــ ـــ ـــ l-cd(ii) 39682 ـــ ilct 11.40 ـــ ـــ ـــ l-hg(ii) 34482 ـــ ilct 6.37 ـــ ـــ ـــ 231 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure (1): 1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand figure (2): 13c-nmr spectrum of the ligand o o o o c cl oo c c cl o o m oh2cl oh2oh2 c o o m oh 2 h 2o h 2o cl n(h2o) figure (3): suggested structure of [m2lcl4.6h2o]nh2o m = cu(ii), hg(ii) n = 2h2o, co(ii), ni(ii) n = 4h2o, cd(ii), n = h2o 232 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 -o,o;3,2-6,5تحضیر ودراسة طیفیة لبعض المعقدات الفلزیة مع ثنائي o,o] )كلورو كاربوكسلك مثیلیدینl [(حامض االسكوربك صالح محمد فزع فالح حسن موسى ھدى أحمد فاضل جامعة بغداد ) /ابن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الكیمیاء 2013كانون األول 4، قبل البحث في : 2013حزیران 12استلم البحث في : الخالصة حامض االسكوربك مع ثالثي كلورو حامض الخلیك بوجود ھیدروكسید البوتاسیوم ناتجاً جدیداً ھ�و l–أعطى تفاعل )، فصل الناتج و شخص بوساطة lحامض االسكوربك ( -)] lكلورو كاربوكسلك مثیلیدین( [o,o;3,2-o,o-6,5ثنائي المرئی��ة، وطی��ف ال��رنین -)، و االش��عة تح��ت الحم��راء، و االش��عة ف��وق البنفس��جیةh,c,nالتقنی��ات االتی��ة تحلی��ل العناص��ر ( . c13و الكاربون h1البروتون –النووي المغناطیسي و (co, ni, cu, cdی�ة التك�افؤ باستخدامھ حضرت وشخصت معقدات امالح بعض ایونات العناص�ر الثنائ (hg المرئی�ة ، والتوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة ، واالمتصاص�یة الذری�ة، -باستخدام تقنیات االشعة تحت الحمراء، واالشعة ف�وق البفس�جیة ) h2lللكن�د (والحساسیة المغناطیسیة ، والنسبة المولیة. واستنتج من التحالیل ان تناسق االیونات الفلزیة الثنائیة التك�افؤ م�ع ا ان (tlc) ثم من خالل مجموعتي الكربوكسیل معطیاً ای�ون الفل�ز سداس�ي التناس�ق، أظھ�رت كرومتوكرافی�ا الطبق�ة الرقیق�ة ) ومعقداتھ الفلزیة ھي مركبات نقیة. lاللكند ( حامض االسكوربك، معقدات، تحلیل l-: تحضیر، الكلمات المفتاحیة 233 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 2. hughes, d. l. (1973) crystal structure of thallium(i)l-ascorbate, j. chem. soc., dalton trans. 21, 2209−2215. 3. hollis, l. s.; amundsen, a. r. and stern, e. w. (1985) synthesis, structure and antitumor properties of platinum complexes of vitamin c, j. am. chem. soc. 107: 274−276. 11. pansuriva, p. b. and patel, m. n. (2008) synthesis, characterization and biological aspects of novel five-coordinated dimeric-cu(ii) systems. j. enzy. inhib. med. chem. 23(1): 108-19. 13. wimalasena, k. and mahindrate, m. p. d. (1994) chemistry of l-ascorbic acid: regioselective and stereocontrolled 2-cand 3-c-allylation via thermal claisen rearrangement. j. org. chem. 59: 3427-3432. 14. olabisi, o.; mahindrate, m. p. d. and wimalasena, k. (2005) a convenient entry to c2and c3-substituted gulono-γ-lactone derivatives from l-ascorbic acid., j. org. chem. 70: 6782-6789. 15. yadav, p.n.; demertzis, m.a.; demertzi, d.; skoulika, s. and west, d.x. (2003) palladium(ii) complexes of 4-formylantipyrine n(3)-substituted thiosemicarbazones: first example of x-ray crystal structure and description of bonding properties., inorg. � 18. lever, a. b. p. (1968) electronic spectra of some transition metal complexes: derivation of dq and b., j.chem.ed., 45: 711. 20. mohamed, g. g. and abd el-wahab, z. h. (2005) mixed ligand complexes of bis(phenylimine) schiff base ligands incorporating pyridinium moiety: synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity., spectrochem. acta, a61: 1059-1068. 23. tohyama, t.; saito, t.; mizumaki, m.; agui, a. and shimakawa, y. (2010) antiferromagnetic interaction between a′-site mn spins in a-site-ordered perovskite ymn3al4o12., inorg. chem. 49: 2492-2495. 24. ahsen, v. f.; gok, c. and bekaroglu, o. (1987) synthesis of ss′-bis(4′-benzo[15-crown-5])dithioglyoxime and its complexes with copper(ii) nickel(ii), cobalt(ii), cobalt(iii), palladium(ii), platinum(ii), and platinum(iv)., j. chem. soc. dalton trans. � microsoft word 115-119   115  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       on intuitionistic fuzzy asly ideal of ring showq mohammed e article history: received 10 june 2019, accepted 8 september 2019, published in april 2020. abstract in this paper we tend to describe the notions of intuitionistic fuzzy asly ideal of ring indicated by (i. f.asly) ideal and, we will explore some properties and connections about this concept. key words: fuzzy set, intuitionistic fuzzy sub ring, intuitionistic fuzzy ideal. introduction . 1 in 1965, zadeh introduceed the notion of a fuzzy set [1]. in 1986 rosenfeld applied this concept to group theory[2]. in 1986 atanassov introduced the concept of intuitionistic fuzzy set . let a in a non-empty set x is an object having the form a= }))(),(,{( xxxxx aa  , where the functions ]1,0[: xa denote the degree of membership and ]1,0[: xa the degree of non-membership of each element xx  to the set a and x xallfor 1)()(0  xaxa  [3]. in 1989 biswas introduced the intuitionistic fuzzy subgroup and studied some of its properties [4]. in 2003 banerjee and basnet investigated intuitionistic fuzzy subrings and intuitionistic fuzzy ideal using intuitionistic fuzzy sets [5-7]. in this paper, we will recall some basic definitions. let r be a ring, an (i.f.s) a=   )),( ),(,( raa   of r is said to be intuitionistic fuzzy subring means by (ifs) of r if ].7,6.[, )},( ),( max{)( and )}( ),( max{)( )},(),(min{)( , )}(),(min{)( raaa aaaaaaaaa       in 2012, sharma p.k introduced the notion of intuitionistic fuzzy ideal by (i.f.i). let: a=  r)),( ),(,( aa   of a ring r if satisfies the four conditions, )},(),(max{)( , )}(),(min{)(  aaaaaa   )}(),(min{)( and )}(),(max{)(  aaaaaa   [8]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2432 al-kufa university for girls , ,college of education department of mathematics showqm.ibriheem@uokufa.edu.iq   116 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 2. intuitionistic fuzzy asly ideal definition (1) let a=  )),( ),(,( raa   be (ifs) of a ring r said to be an intuitionistic fuzzy asly ideal of a ring r means by (i. f.asly) ideal if and only if ].1,0[:)(],1,0[:)( ,)}.(),(min{)( 4. )}()( .3 )}(),(max{)( 2. )()( .1      rrwhere r aa aaa aa aaa aa           example (2) let r be the set of 22  matrices over non negative integer z otherwise 9.0 }3,1/{, 0 0 q s if 2.0 )( otherwise 1.0 }3,1/{, 0 0 q s if 8.0 )(                           zqswhere a zqswhere a     clearly   )),( ),(,( za aa   is an (i. f.asly ) ideal . definition (3) let a=     )),( ),(,(b , )),( ),(,( rbbraa   are any two (i. f.asly ) ideals then their product is defined by: .,, )],( )([)( . )( )]( )([)(. )( . . rssbaba sbaba s s             definition (4) let a=     )),( ),(,(b , )),( ),(,( rr bbaa   are any (i. f.asly) ideals then their sum is defined by:  .),( )( ),( )(, rba baba   where .,,)],( )([)( )( )]( )([)(. )( rss s ba s ba ba s ba             theorem (5) let a=   )),( ),(,( raa   be (i. f.asly) ideal of a ring r and let  })),( ),(,( * a ** ra a   be the (ifs) of r is characterized by r, 1 )0()()( , )0(1)()( * *   aaaaaa then *a is (i. f.asly) an ideal of r. proof for all r 1 )0()()( , )0(1)()( **  aaaaaa  we have   117 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 )1.....(..........).........( )0(-1 )( )0(-1 )( )( * *   aaa aaa    )2.........(..........)}........(),(max{ } )0(-1)(, )0(-1)({max )0(-1 )}(),({max )0(-1 )( )( ** *     aa aaaa aaa aaa         )3(..............................)}........() 1 )0( )( 1)0()( )( * *   aaa aaa    )4( .........................)}........(),(min{ } 1)0()(, 1)0()(min{ 1 )0( )}(),({min 1 )0()( )( ** *     aa aaaa aaa aaa         in forms (1),(2),(3) and (4), we have *a is (i. f.asly) ideal of r theorem (6) let a be (i. f.asly) ideal of r and let ]1,0[)]0(,0[: , ]1,0[)]0(,0[:  aa  be increasing functions, then (ifs)   )),( ),(,( ra aa    means by )) ( ()( )) ,(( ) ( aaaa     is (i. f.asly) ideal of r. proof r ,  .(1)....................).....( )( ))(( )(       aa aa   )..(....................) }.......(),({ ))}(()),(( { ))(()( aa aa aa 2max max            3).........(.................... )}()( ))(()(     aa aa    4).........(.................... )}(),({min ))}( ( )),( ({min ))( ()(      aa aa aa       in forms (1),(2),(3) and (4), we get fa an (i. f.asly) ideal of r . theorem (7) if }{ jb j is a family of (i. f.asly) ideals of r, then  jj jb is (i. f.asly) ideal of r.   118 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 proof let }{ jb j be a family of (i. f.asly) ideals of r, for all r,  . we have  j j b =  )),( ),(,( r jbjb jj      )........(1....................)()( })({ )( inf inf            j bb j b jj b jj jj .(2)....................}.........)(),({max )}( ),( { max }))(),({(max )( supsup sup               j b j b b j b j bb jj b jj jj jjj    )........(3....................)( )( )( inf      j bb jj b jjj  .(4)....................}.........)(),({min )}( ),( { min }))(),({(min )( infinf inf               j b j b b j b j bb jj b jj jj jjj    in forms (1),(2),(3) and (4)  j j b =  ),(),(, r jb jj j b      is (i. f.asly) ideal of r. theorem (8) let a=  )),( ),(,( raa   be a (i. f.asly) ideal of r, then 1. one of ).( ),(),(   aaa  at least two are equal. 2. one of ).( ),(),(   aaa  at least two are equal. proof 1 if , )()( aa   so we have two cases: case 1: if )()( aa   )}(),(max{).(  aaa   then ).().(  aa   case 2: if )()( aa   )}(),(max{).(  aaa   then ).().(  aa   proof 2 if )()( aa   either )()( aa   ).().( )}(),(min{).(   aa aaa       119 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 or )()( aa   ).().( )}(),(min{).(   aa aaa     references 1. zadeh, l.a. fuzzy sets. information and control.1965, 8, 1, 338-353. 2. rseronfeld r. fuzzy group. j.math. anal.1971, 3, 5, 512-517. 3. atanassov. intuitionistic fuzzy sets. fuzzy sets and systems.1986, 2010, 87-96. 4. biswas, r. intuitionistic fuzzy subrings. mathematical forum.1989, 10, 37-46. 5. banerjee, b.; basnet, d.k.r. intuitionistic fuzzy subrings and ideals. j.fuzzy math. 2003, 11, 1,139-155. 6. meena, k.; thomas, v. intuitionistic l-fuzzy subrings. international mathematical frown.2011, 6, 53, 2561-2572. 7. basnet, d.k. topics in intuitionistic. fuzzy algebra.2011, isbn: 978-3-8443-9147-3. 8. sharma, p.k. on intuitionistic anit. fuzzy ideal in ring. int. j. of mathematical sciences and applications.2012, 2, 1, 139-146. رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 القشريالحیوان لملح كلورید الصودیوم في حادال التأثیر daphnia pulex (crustacea:cladocera) زینة نبیل العزاوي، صباح فرج باصات جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم _كلیة التربیة،قسم علوم الحیاة صهخالال هائمـــاتنــواع الأ أحــد تراكیــز مختلفـــة منــه فــي عمالســتإعنــد لملــح كلوریـــد الصــودیوم الحــادتــأثیر الالبحــث تنــاول یجــاد قیمــة إشـمل البحــث .daphnia pulexوهــو النـوع (cladocera)رتبـة متفرعــة اللــوامس إلــى الحیوانیـة الــذي ینتمــي (lc0)غیـر الممیـت التركیـزوقیمـة (lc100)یـت لكـل العـدد وقیمـة التركیـز المم) lc50(التركیز الممیت لنصف العدد مـن سـاعة )48(،سـاعة )24( بعـد التركیـز الممیـت لنصـف العـدد قیمـةبلغـت . حسـاب قیمـة النسـبة المئویـة للهالكـات مـع بعـد اللفبـا)6(على التـوالي، فیمـا بلغـت قیمـة التركیـز الممیـت لكـل العـدد بااللف) 2.63(، بااللف) 2.95(التعریض للملح كما . ساعة من التعریض لملح كلورید الصودیوم )24(بعد بااللف) 0.5(ساعة اما قیمة التركیز غیر الممیت فكانت )24( .التعریض ومدةزیادة في النسبة المئویة للهالكات بزیادة تراكیز الملح d. pulex ل وجد في تجارب التعریض الحاد مقدمةال مالئمة لالحتیاجات البشریة، فهي محور العملیات المنزلیـة األكثرنها تعد المصدر المائي إة في میة المیاه العذبأهكمن ت :علىالملوثات المائیة ]2[نواع الملوثات حیث قسم أمختلف إلىتتعرض اال إنها ، ] 1 [ لوجیةنوالتكوالصناعیة والزراعیة biological p یةئاالحیا الملوثات -1 ollutants chemical pیمیائیة الك تالملوثا -2 ollutants radiant pالملوثات اإلشعاعیة -3 ollutants phyالملوثات الفیزیائیة -4 sical pollutants اد زدیـإلنتیجـة بـةئتراكیـز االمـالح الذاالب من التغیر في درجة حرارة الماء او التغیر في غتنتج الملوثات الفیزیائیة في ال دون منالنهـر زدیـاد كمیـة التبخـر لمـاء البحیـرة او إ إلـىفـي المیـاه العذبـة المـالحكیـز ااد تر زدیـاإالمواد العالقة، إذ یعـزى سـبب مـن د العوامل البیئیة المهمة التي تؤثر فـي توزیـع الالفقریـات المائیـة و أحتعد الملوحة . قلة مصادر المیاه إلىاو تعویض لهذا ل البحـث الحـالي دراسـة تـأثیر ملـح و لـذا فقـد تنـا. ]3[یات االخـرى المسـتو إلـىدورهـا فـي نقـل الطاقـة فـي السلسـلة الغذائیـة ثـم .والذي یعیش في المیاه العذبةالذي یعود لرتبة متفرعة اللوامس daphnia pulex كلورید الصودیوم في القشري المواد وطرائق العمل فــي مدینــة االلعـاب ة بغـداد وهــي بحیـرةمدینــربعـة مواقــع فـي أمــن )2007و2006 (ینفــي العـام العینـات جمعـت اذ تــم ،داد جامعــة بغــ/اخلیــة فـي مجمــع الجادریــة لقنــاة االروائیــة الدحـي الخضــراء وا منطقـة القنــاة ومبــازل الطارمیــة ومبــازل أسـتخدم . القشـري الحیوانقلمـةأعـزل و لغـرضالمختبر إلـىونقلـت مـایكرون )55(هـا تاحتفقطـر طة شبكة هائمـات ابوسجمعها النــوع لغـرض تشـخیص) compound microscope(مجهـر مركـب و (dissecting microscope)تشـریح مجهـر حجام مختلفـة تحتـوي علـى مـاء حنفیـة معمـر أعیة زجاجیة بأو في d. pulex شريالق وضع. ]5،4[ًا علىدااعتموتصنیفه ســم مــع )60×30×30( حــواض زجاجیـةأ سـتعمالألتــر وب )50-40(مزرعــة بحجـم إلــىحتــى الوصـول ) خـالي مــن الكلـور( m)ر لبقخالصة منقوع روث ا تزوید المزرعة بالغذاء الذي شمل anure) ، بالتهویة المزرعة د یزو تمع وخالصة نبات السلق ihjpas رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 ـــرارة المزرعـــة بــــین.الجیـــدة ـــز االوكســـجین )م°25-°21 (تراوحــــت درجـــة حـ إضــــاءةلتـــر وبواقــــع /لغــــمم) 6(وتركیـ س أوعنـد درجـة واط )100 (ةقـدر بزجـاجي و لكـل حـوض )1( عـدد نكسـتنمصـابیح ت سـتعمالأظالم ب/ساعة ضوء) 8/ 16( لمنـع نمـو الفطریـات وتغیـر قیمـة االس الهیـدروجیني سـبوعیًا أسـتبدال مـاء المزرعـة أمـع ، )8.6-7(تراوحت بین يهیدروجین ـــتأ .]7،6[المــــذاب فـــي المــــاء نســــجیاألوكنخفـــاض قیمــــة إ و ـــح كلوریـــد الصــــودیوم عملسـ ـــركة مــــن المصــــنع )nacl(ملـ شـ ltd/bdh chemical وعیـة زجاجیـة أفـي حضـرت تراكیـز الملـح. غـم )500(والمعبأ فـي عبـوة بالسـتیكیة زنـة االنكلیزیة تراكیـز الملوحـة المسـتعملة قیسـتو ) خـالي مـن الكلـور(مـن مـاء حنفیـة لتـر )1(غم من ملح كلورید الصـودیوم فـي )1 (بأذابة salinityسـتخدام جهـاز قیـاس الملوحـة أب meter lf330 ف لاالجـزء بـعن نتـائج الملوحـة ببـر عو‰)t pp(part p er thousand ]9،8[ .و‰9 و‰8 و‰7 و‰6 و‰5 و‰4 و‰3و ‰2 و‰1 و‰0.5 (الملــح تراكیــز عملتاسـت مـل لكـل )75 (حجـم) بیكـرات(أوعیـة زجاجیـةممثلـة بخمـس سـتعملت خمـس مكـرراتأ. الحـاد التعریض في تجارب) 10‰ ساعة في كل مكرر لیكـون المجـوع الكلـي لالفـراد المسـتعملة فـي كـل تركیـز )24(فراد یافعة بعمر أتركیز ملحي وبواقع ستة ة التركیـز قیمـ تحسـب. مـن درجـة حـرارة واضـاءة أعـالهأنفسها الظروف المختبریة إلىعرضت جمیع المعامالت . ثالثون فرداً كمــا . ]10[مـن ةالمــذكور ةأعتمــادا علـى الطریقـ سـاعة مـن التعــریض وذلـك )48(،ســاعة )24(الممیـت لنصـف العــدد بعـد ساعة من التعریض وحسـاب ) 24(بعد السكان الذي یسبب موت جمیع قیمة التركیز الممیت لكل العدد وهو التركیز حسبت النسـبة المئویـة قیمة حسبتكما. ساعة من التعریض للملح )24(الكات بعد یسبب أي ه قیمة التركیز غیر الممیت الذي ال .d. pulex ساعة للقشري )48و 24 (للهالكات بعد النتائج والمناقشة ) 48و 24(تركیز الممیت لنصـف العـدد علـى مـدىان قیمة ال ملح كلورید الصودیومل التعریض الحاد ظهرت نتائجأ تعـد الملوحـة فـي البیئـة المائیـة ). 2،1(والشـكلین ) 1(علـى التـوالي جـدول )‰2.63و ‰2.95 (ساعة من التعـریض كانـت فهـي احـد السـبل المهمـة ،ولتقییم نوعیة المیاه مـن جهـة اخـرى من جهة دالة جیدة في تقدیر مجموع االمالح الذائبة في الماء مختلفـــة لتراكیــز ملحیــة d. pulex ادى تعـــریض القشــري. ]11 [ لمالحظــة التغیــرات التــي تحــدث فــي المیــاه الطبیعیــة ســاعة (48)اخــتالف قیمـة التركیــز الممیـت لكـل العــدد بعـد إلـىمــن ملـح كلوریــد الصـودیوم )‰1.2-‰0.5 (تراوحـت بـین d. pulexعنـد تعـریض القشـري خـتالف قـیم التركیـز الممیـت لكـل العـدد إ[13] في حـین اظهـرت نتـائج 1.47) [12 ], (الى ‰2.4( إلـــى )‰10-‰3.6(تراكیـــز مختلفـــة مـــن ملـــح كلوریـــد الصـــودیوم تراوحـــت بـــین لـــىإ d. magnaوالقشــري ، لتراكیــز d. pulexالقشــري أبداهاالحساسـیة الشـدیدة التـي إلــىسـاعة وقــد علـل سـبب ذلـك )48(علـى التـوالي بعـد )‰4.5و تبـین مـن النتـائج الحالیــة . العالیـة لتراكیـز الملـحأكبـر الـذي یكـون ذا قــدرة تحمـل d. magna الملـح العالیـة مقارنـة بالقشـري إلـىساعة مقارنة بنتائج الدراسات السابقة التـي قـد یعـود سـببها )48و 24(ختالف قیمتي التركیز الممیت لنصف العدد بعد أ امـا قیمـة التركیـز الممیـت لكـل العـدد وقیمـة .]15،14 [للملـحأسـتجابته وأخـتالف دراسـة تالف نوع الحیوان المستخدم في الخأ ن قیمــة أ ظهـر.سـاعة مـن التعـریض للملـح )24 (بعـد )‰0.5و ‰6 (فكانــت d. pulex التركیـز غیـر الممیـت للقشـري 16[الــذي سـجل فـي دراســة )‰12(قـل بكثیــر مـن التركیـز الملحـي أالتركیـز الممیـت لكـل العــدد فـي الدراسـة الحالیــة هـي d. magna للقشـريایضـا ) ‰8(التركیز الملحـي دةً وممن التعریض للملح ساعة)24(عد ب monia micrurea للقشري] تالف أخــ إلـىن ســبب هـذه االختالفـات یعــود إ. سـاعة )24(ملــح كلوریـد الصــودیوم مـدة إلـىعنــد تعریضـه ]17 [فـي دراسـة .dي القشـر إنثبـت إذ، عملهالملحیـة المسـتكیـز اخـتالف قابلیـة تحمـل هـذه الحیوانـات للتر أ ٕالـىو ،تراكیـز الملـح المختلفـة تـأثیر pulex مـن جانـب . ]18[من االنواع شدیدة الحساسیة لتراكیـز الملـح العالیـة كونـه مـن االنـواع التـي تتواجـد فـي المیـاه العذبـة بعــد m. affinis للقشـري )‰1( إلــىرتفـاع قیمـة التركیــز غیـر الممیـت أ إن]19[ التـي حصـل علیهــا نتــائجالأظهـرت خـرا ظهرت النتائج الحالیة أ .)‰10-‰0.5(ختلفة تراوحت بین ساعة من التعریض لتراكیز ملحیة م )24( ihjpas رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 6(التركیـز الملحـي فـي )% 100 (إلـى )‰1(في التركیز الملحي )%10( من تصاعد النسبة المئویة للهالكات بقیة صعودا في )‰ ســاعة بـــین )48( بینمـــا تراوحــت النســبة المئویــة للهالكــات بعــد .مــن التعــریض ســاعة 24ة بعــد التراكیــز الملحیــ لقـد ادى تعـریض). 3،2(جـدول )%100–%5(في التراكیز الملحیة من )%100 (لى ا)‰1(في التركیز الملحي )20%( زیـادة النسـبة المئویـة إلـى )‰10-‰6 (تراكیـز مختلفـة مـن ملـح كلوریـد الصـودیوم تراوحـت بـین إلـى d. carinata القشري -%80(تـزداد مـن m. affinis النسبة المئویة لهالكات القشريإن ]20[كما وجد . ]19[) %100-%50( ت مناللهالك .d لوحظ في الدراسة الحالیة بطء السباحة في القشـريمن جانب أخر . )‰ 4و‰ 3 (عند التركیزین الملحیین )100% pulex 24(بعــد )‰5(مــن التعــریض وفـي التركیــز الملحــي ســاعة )48( سـاعة و )24 (بعــد)‰ 4( فـي التركیــز الملحــي( إن وجـد إذ، ]21[دقیقـة فـي تراكیـز الملـح االعلـى وهـو یتفـق مـع نتـائج )15(مـن أقـل ساعة فقط في حین ماتت االنواع بعـد الملـح العالیـة فـي تراكیزتـأثیر إلـى ذلـك قـد یعـود سـبب. )‰6 (دقیقة في التركیز الملحـي ) 20(مات بعد d. pulex شريقال d. pulex فــي عمـل االعصـاب التـي تسـیطر علـى حركــة اللـوامس فـي القشـري السـیما میكانیكیـة عمـل الجهـاز العصـبي و تعمـل تراكیـز ملـح كلوریـد الصـودیوم علـى زیـادة تراكیزهـا فـي دم الحیـوان المسـتخدم إذ.]22[بـطء حركتهـا إلىمؤدیة بالنهایة للهالكـات بزیـادة النسـبة المئویـةالتعـریض الطویلـة للملـح تعمـل علـى زیـادة مـدد إنالهالكـات كمـا زیـادة إلـى ومن ثم مؤدیـة .]23[التراكیز الملحیة والعكس صحیح ایضًا المصادر وزارة التعلـیم العــالي ،ةعلـم البیئــه المائیـ ،)1986( ،لیــث عبـد الجلیـل اب،طـ،نجـم قمـر والح الــدهام ;حسـین علـي لسـعدي،ا -1 .538: ةجامعة البصر والبحث العلمي، .11-1): 19(مجلة المیاه، ،العوامل المؤثرة على نوعیة میاه االنهار العراقیة، ) 2007( ،عیسى، حیدر محمد -2 3 3-goldman. c.r. and horne, a.j,(1983),limnology , m c graw-hill comp., new york: 464. 4edmondson,w.t.,(1959),fresh water biology , 2 nd .ed. john wiley and sons. inc., new york: 124. 5pennak, r.w., (1978), fresh water invertebrates of the united state,3 rd ed. john wiley and sons, new york: 387. حات مائیة متدرجة الملوحة، وسط القاع في مسط تدراسة بیئیة مقارنة لالفقریا ،) 2001( ،سیل غازي راضيأالربیعي، -6 . 87:رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة العلوم، الجامعة المستنصریة . العراق 7rottmann, r.w.; graves, j.s.; watson, c. and yanong, r.p.e.,(2003),culture techniques of monia: the ideal daphnia for feeding to fresh water fry, univ, florida: 20. monia affinisفــــي نــــوعین مــــن الهائمــــات الحیوانیــــة لملوحــــة دراســــة تــــأثیر ا ،) 2001 (،نشــــأت، مهنــــد رمــــزي -8 .صفحة 117: رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد ، branchionus calyciforusو 9herman, m , (1997 ), the chemist ry of seawater. in. aly n, c. duxbury and alison, b. duxburg. (eds.). an introduction to the world's oceans, 5 th . ed. united state of america. 594. 10goldst ein, a.a.; arnow, l. and kolmon, s.m .,( 1974 ), princip les of drug action, 2 nd . ed. john wiely and sons. new york: 220pp . 11american public health association (a.p.h.a.), (1998 ), standard methods for the examination of water and wast ewater, 20 th . ed. washington, dc. 12environment p rotection agency (e.p.a), (1988), ambient aquatic life criteria for chloride. office of water, regulation and st andards criteria and st andard division, washington, dc. 2460. 13kefford, b.j. ,(2000), preliminary review of the effect of ionic st rength of water on fresh water aquatic organism, with emp hasis on whole effluent toxicity (wet) test organisms, ecol. consult. inc., colorado: 10. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 14kermens, r, (2000), asemi-automated counting method for imp roved accuracy in invertebrate whole effluent t oxicity testing, univ. rochest er, new york: 49. 15united st ates environmental prot ection aagency (u.s.e.p.a.), (2005) ,nature of toxicity (measuring toxicity ), exp ressing toxicity and factor in fluencing toxicity ), fund. environ. toxicol. united states: 531. تـــأثیر بعــض العوامــل البیئیــة علـــى نمــو وتكــاثر وطــول عمـــر أنثــى برغــوث المـــاء ،) 1977( ،شــهاب، عــادل فــوزي -16 (crust acea: cladocera) moina micrura kruz (1874) .رسالة ماجسـتیر، كلیـة العلـوم، جامعـة بغـداد : 120. 17ingersoll, c.g.; dwy er, f.j.; burch, s.a.; nelson, m .k.; buckler, d.r. and hunn, j.b., (1992 ), the use of fresh water and salt water to dist inguish between the toxic effects : 11environ. toxicol. chem., of salinity and contaminants in irrigation drain water 503-311. 18weider, l.j. and hebert, p.d.n, (1987) , ecological and p hy siological differentiation among low-arctic clones of daphnia pulex (crust acea: cladocera).ecol. 68(1): 188198. 19-hall,c.j. and bunes,c.w, (2002) ,m ortality and growt h resp onses of daphnia carinata to increase in temperature and salinity , fresh wat.biol.,47:451-458. 20 التـاثیرات الحـادة للملوحـة فـي نـوعین مـن الفقریـات ،) 2002( ،باصات، صباح فرج، عبد الزهرة، علي ورمزي، مهنـد -20 37 -27: 71: .ةللعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی مجلة القادسیة ،المیاه 21green, j.,( 1967), a biology of crust acean. 5 th . ed. john wily and sons: 180p p 22bailey , s.a.: de-wachter, b. and blust, r,1998, effect of salinity on the swimming velocity of the water flea daphnia magna phy siol. biochem. zool., 71(6): 703-707. 23harmon, s.m . and chandler, g.t ., (2002 ),a comp arison of the daphnia sp p , ceriodaphnia dubia and daphnia ambigue for their utilization in routine toxicity testing in the sout h east ern united state, environment. prot . agen., united state. 24p p . ، )lc100(العدد ، والممیت لكل (lc50)العدد تراكیز التعریض الحاد الممیت لنصف): 1(جدول daphniللنوع ) lc0(وغیر الممیت a pul ex ض للملحیساعة من التعر 48و 24بعد . التعریضمدة تراكیز التعریض الحاد ساعة 48 ساعة 24 lc50 2.95‰ 2.63‰الممیت لنصف العدد التركیز lc100 6‰العدد میت لكل الم التركیز lc0 0.5‰ غیر الممیتالتركیز ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد daphniالنسبة المئویة للهالكات والوحدات االحتمالیة للنوع ): 2(جدول a pul ex عند تعریضه .ساعة 24ختلفة من الملح بعد لتراكیز م )‰(تراكیز الملح النسبة المئویة (%)للهالكات الوحدات اإلحتمالیة 0.5 0 0 1 10 3.72 2 20 4.16 3 30 4.48* 4 70 5.52 5 90 5.28 6 10 0 7.33 7 10 0 7.33 8 10 0 7.33 9 10 0 7.33 10 10 0 7.33 daphniیة للهالكات والوحدات االحتمالیة للنوع النسبة المئو ): 3(جدول a pul ex عند تعریضه لتراكیز .ساعة 48مختلفة من الملح بعد الوحدات اإلحتمالیة (%)النسبة المئویة للهالكات )‰(تراكیز الملح 0.5 0 0 1 20 4.16 2 30 4.48 3 50 5* 4 80 5.84 5 100 7.33 6 100 7.33 7 100 7.33 8 100 7.33 9 100 7.33 10 100 7.33 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 -0.2 0.2 0.6 1.00.4 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1 3 5 7 0 2 4 6 8 لوغارتم y= 5..37608*x+ 2.48825 یة ال تم ح ال ا ت دا ح و ال التراكیز یتملوغار في النوع ): 1(شكل ن الملح بعد daphnia pulexالتأثیر الحاد للملح ساعة 24عند تعریضه لتراكیز مختلفة م ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the acute effect of sodium chloride o n the zooplankton crustaceans daphnia pulex (crustacea: cladocera) s.f. bassat , z.n.al-azawi . departme nt of biology, college of education ibn al-hatham, unive rsity of baghdad. abstract the present st udy included the effect of acute exp osure of different concentrations of sodium chloride on the zoop lankton crust acean daphnia pulex which belong to the order cladocera. the lethal concentrations killing 50% of the p op ulation (lc50) after 24hrs and 48hrs were 2.95‰ and 2.63‰ resp ectively while lethal concentrations killing 100% of the p op ulation (lc100) and non lethal concentrations (lc0) were 6‰ and 0.5‰ after 24hrs of exp osure to nacl. the acute exp osure of the crust acean daphnia pulex showed increasing in mortality p ercentages with increasing the concentrations and exp osure time. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 a qualitative study on algae in abdullah abu-nadjem oasis, al-dewanyah,iraq r. k. abed alas ady departme nt of biology,college of education, unive rsity of al-qadissiya abstract the p resent study was conducted on sp ring-fed(abdullah abu-nadjem oasis)west of aldewany ah p rovince,iraq. ,during winter 2007. the results indicate that water quality was neutral tend to be slightly alkaline p h was 7.7 and 7.4 for st ation(1)and st ation (2) resp ectively. total hardness value of water about 1520 and 1488 mg/l.for two st ations resp ectively ,this high valu es of hardness may be due to calciu m ions 397.5 and 395.5mg/l.for two stations. according to salinity values (1.58 2.22) ‰(ppt) ,water of oasis may be classified as brackish water, the oasis water was well aerated dissolved oxy gen was 5.3 and 7.4 mg/l. on the other hand about (58) algal taxa wer e record ed in this st udy diatoms(bacillariophy ceae)were the dominant microalgae (58.6%),followed by blue greens(cy anophy ceae)(20.6%),while the chlorop hy ceae and charop hy ceae were the lower in occurrence .the dominant of diatoms was recorded in most of iraqi inland water bodies., introduction oasis and sp rings represent geographically isolated ecosy st ems and they have p otential to contain both relict sp ecies (once widesp read sp ecies that are now more limited in distribution ) or endemic sp ecies (those whose distribution is limited to the habitat in which they evolved )[ 1].m ost of the neighboring sp rings p rovide uniform conditions and similar ecosy st ems [2]. m any p apers focused on sp rings in north america reveal that many sp ecies of algae seemed to be endemic sp ecies in these sp rings and st reams which derived from these sp rings e.g hyalella sp p . batracospermum carponivolucrum and the diatoms gomphonema montezumense ,calonies sp p . and cyclotella pseudostelligera [3].recently many scientific invest igations deal with the distribution of algal flora in iraq. [ 4 ].al m ost of these st udies focused on rivers like tigris ,euphrates and shatt al-arab or lakes[5,6] ,dams and reservoirs [7].in addition to some invest igations carried out in kurdist an which related with algal flora of waterfalls ,cold and hot sp rings [8].in t he middle and southern of iraq, most of the st udies concentrated on rivers and marshes, but not sp rings or oasises excep t a unique st udy of alm usawii[9] on shthatha (ain al-tamer)which recorded 47 algal taxa .the p resent study came to follow this st eps to invest igate water quality and algal comp osition of abdullah abu nadjem oasis at ad-dewaniy ah province. s tudy area :abdullah abu nadjem oasis situated in the western desert of al-dewaniyah p rovince toward al-shinafiya shire which called alkhasif district about 20 km. from alshinaffiya (31° 35 ′ 33.50″n; 44° 33′26.57″ e),near the holy shrine of m r.abdullah ibn alhassan of al imam ali bin abi talib(peace up on him)figure (1).,thus it is called abdullah abu nadjem oasis .it comp osed of two sp rings p ouring forth water in continuous abundance, these sp rings overflow to make water body(lake)up to 200m long ,this lake is sandy and silty bottom. materials and methods two stations for study were selected ,the first was at sp ring _fed ,while the other about 800-1000 meters from the first site .water samples were collected in 5 ltr. poly ethy lene ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 containers for p hy sico-chemical tests ,while p hy top lankton were collected by 22mm mesh p hytop lankton net ,collected samp les were p reserved by adding logul , s solution .non diatomic algae wer e studied by p reparing temp orary films which were examined under h igh p ower x40 using comp ound m icroscop e (kruss) and haemocy tometer slide chamber [10].for demonst rating the frust ules of diatoms ,the net samples treated with (30%) h2o2 for 24 hrs followed by several rinses in d.w then diatoms were mounted on cover slips by using canada-balsam [2].phy top lankton were identified depending on [11,12,13,14]. physi coche mical properties :water temp erature was measured by 0.1mm mercuric thermometer [15].p h was measured by using p ortable ph meter (hanna)after buffering by using st andard buff er solutions ,electrical conductivity was measured by e.c meter (µs/cm) .dissolved oxy gen was obtained according to az ide modification of winkler method(mg/l)[15].salinity (‰)was calculated by the equation of m ackereth et.al.(1978).total hardness was measured by titration the water samples vs edta(0.01n) and using erchrome black t as indicator [16].calcium ions concentration was measured by using the methods of [15] ,while m agnesium ions concentration. was obtained by using the equation as below[15]. m g+2 p er liter =12.16 *[meq hardness p er liter – m eq ca+2 per liter] meq hardness p er liter = mg h ardness p er liter *0.01998 meq ca+2 per liter =mg ca+2 per liter *0.0499 results and discussion water temperature was ranged between 19.9_21.1°c at st ation (1) and (2) resp ectively .p h was 7.7 for both st ations ,t his result agrees with many p revious studies in the tend of iraq inland water bodies to be slightly alkaline[4,5,6,7] . electrical conductivity was ranged between 2968 and 3550 µs/cm for s(1) and s(2) resp ectively ,these values of conductivity reflected on salinity which ranged between 1.58 and 2.22 ‰(p p t) .both of the studied st ations had well dissolved oxy gen content which was over than (5 )mg/l. (5.3and 7.4) mg/l for two st ations .water quality tend to be very hard according to total hardness values 1250 and 1488 mg/l this hardness due to high concentration of ca +2 (379.5 and 395.5)mg/l while m g +2 ion concentration ranged between( 121.and 128.09) mg/l for st.(1) and st. (2) resp ectively .these results also agreed with many st udies about the dominant of calcium ions on m agnesium in iraqi waters [4,5,6,7]. algal flora : a total of 59 taxa of p hy top lankton were identified (table ).bacillariophy ceae was the dominant group (58.6 %) followed by cy anophy ceae (20.6 %) ,chlorophy ceae (17.4 %) and charophy ceae (3.4 %) figure(2) .the st ation (1) was more abundant in p hy top lankton than st ation (2).on the other hand, submerged algae chara elegans was dominant in st.(1) other than st.(2)another filamentous algae were found as algal mat on the surface of water ,this mat was composed from cldophora sp p .and sp irogy ra sp p . in addition to filamentous blue green algae .in the p resent st udy some of most rarely identified algae in iraqi inland water bodies were recorded like(terpsinoe musica and plagiotropies lipedoptera )[4] p late (1). in addition to cyanophy cean gomphospheria aponina which were considered as halop hy tic alga .[8,19].in comp arison with other local st udies, the present st udy records about (57) algal taxa which was higher than al-m usawi[9] who were recorded (47) taxa in ain altamer oasis .some of recorded algae consider as halop hy te or brackish water algae e.g t. musica and g.aponina [17].from the mentioned results, we can conclude that water quality of abdullah abunadjem oasis is classified as hard well aerated brakish water according to international criteria [15] . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 re ferences 1hy nes,h.b.n.(1970).the ecology of running waters.liverpool university p ress, liverpool:555p p 2sherwood,a.r. and sh eath ,r.g. (1999).seasona lity of macroalgae and epilithic diatoms in sp ring-fed streams in texas,usa.hy drbiologia .390-82. 3-vis,m .l.and r.g.sheath (1996).distribution and sy stematic of batrachosp ermum (batrachosp ermales:rhodophyta)in nort h america.9.section batrachosp ermum:d escrip tion of five new sp ecies .p hy cologia 35:433-442. 4m aulood,b.k;r.a.m .hadi;h.a.a.saadalla;t.i.kassim and a.a.allami.(1993).ch ecklist of algae in iraq.m arina m esop otamica,sup p le.1:1-128. 5al-handal,a.y.(1989).occurr ence of some f ilamentous algae in the river sh att alarab,iraq.m arina m esop otamia j.m ar.sci.4 (1):67-81. 6al lami , a. a.;kassim,t.i. and al dy lay mi,a.a. (1999) . a limnolo gical st udy on tigris and eup hrates rivers iraq..sci.j.of atomic energy commission .1:83-98. 7kassim,t.i.;al-saadi,h.a.,and r,k.farhan(1999).sp atial and seasonal variations of p hytop lankton in qadisia lak e,iraq. the scientific jour.of iraqi at omic ener gy commission .1:99-110. 8hinton, g.c.f and b.k. m aulood (1979).freshwater diatoms from sulaimaniyah, iraq.nova hedwigia .band xxxi,1+2. 9-al-m ousawi,a.h.a.(1994).algological invest igation in sh athatha oasis(ain altamer).iraq.basrah jour. of science. 12 (1):1-8. 10m artinez , m . r ; chakicss , r . p . and panta stico , j . b . ( 1975 ) . note on direct p hytop lankton counting technique usin g haemocy tometer phil : agric . 59 : 1 – 12. 11germain , h . ( 1981 ) . flora des diatome.es . diatomp hy cees eall douces et saumatres du m assif armoricion et des contrees voisines de europe occidentale . societe nouvelle des edition boubee , paris . 12-m orales,e.a.(2001).fifth nawqa taxonomy workshop on harmonization of algal taxonomy. patric center for environmental r easerch.report no.02-09.june. 13-desikachary t.v,(1959).cy anop hy ta.new delhi ,london acad.press,686 pp . 14prescott , g . w ( 1973 ) . algea of the western great lakes area , william c . brown , dubuque lawa. 15apha, american public health association (1999) st andard methods for the examin ation of water and wast e water. 20 th .ed.newyork. 16lind,o.t .(1979).handbook of common methods in limnolo gy .c.v.m osby co.,st.louis .199pp . 17el-awamri,a.a.;shaaban,a.m .;and amal ,i. saleh(2007).floristic st udy on benthic diatoms of the ground water seepages at kobri elkobba .cairo,(egy pt).jour. of app l .science r easerch 3 (12) :1809-1818 table(1): s ome physico-che mical factors in abdul lah abu nadjem oasi s s 1= st at ion 1 s2=st at ion 2. s2 s1 factor 21.1 19.9 water temp erature c° 74 .7 7.7 p h 3550 2968 electrical conductivity (µs/cm ) 2.22 1.58 )‰salinity ( 7.4 5.3 dissolved oxy gen (mg/l) 1488 1520 total hardness 395.5 397.5 calciu m (mg/l) 128.09 121.5 m agnesium(mg/l) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 table(2):algal taxa in study stati ons of abdul lah abu nadjem oasi s durig study period(winte r 2007). (+):mean the presence of s pecies list of taxa الموقع (1) (2) cyanophyceae anabaena flos-aquae + gomphospheria aponina + + lyngbya spp + merismopedia glauca + m. elegans + microcystis aeruginosa (kuetz.) + + oscillatoria curviceps + osc. amoena + osc. bornetii + osc .tenuis + oscillatoria sp. + spirulina major + bacillarophycea ( diatomop hy ceae ) order : centrales aulacosiera granulata + cyclotella mingh iniana + + c. ocella ta + terpsinoe muscia ( ehrenb)* + + order pennales achnanthes af finis + ach. longipes + amphiprora alata + bacillaria paxillifer + + calonies permagna + + campylodiscus clyp eus + c.noricus var. hibernica + cocconies pla cemtnla + cymbella parva + c. gracillis . + + fragilaria virscens + + gomphonema angustatum + + g. constrictum + gyrosigma acuminatum + + g. spencerii + mastogloia smithii + m. ellip tica + + navicula cuspidate + n. gregaia + * rarely record algae in iraqi wat er bodies ** it s properly first record in iraq according to last checklist (mauloo d et.al,1993). . n. placentu la + n. pseudohalophila + nitzschia palaea + n. pusilla + + n. fascicula ta + n. obitusa + n. vermicularis + + pinnularia divergen + + rhopalria parallela + synedra ulna + plagiotropies l epidptera* + + chlorophyceae cladophora spp + + closterium spp + mougeotia sp p . + oedogonium spp + + pandorina morum + spirogyra aequinoctialis + s. fulleborne i + s. gratiana + spirogyra spp . + + trochiscia reticu laris + charophyceae chara elegans + coleochaete con chata** + + ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 \\ fig.(1):-study area on abdul lah abu nadjem oasis near al-s hinafiyah shire scale 1:35000000 scale 1:100 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 a-2 a-1 b-1 b-2 c-1 c-2 d-1 d-2 plate(1) :s ome of recorded algae in abdul lah oasis (a1,2: terpsinoe muscia ( ehrenb)val ve view,(b1,2) lateral view .(c1,2): coleochaete conchata(charophy ceae).(d1,2): gomphospheria aponi na (cyanophyceae ). 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد العراق/الدیوانیة /واحة عبد اهللا أبو نجم نوعیة للطحالب في دراسة رائد كاظم عبد األسدي جامعة القادسیة،كلیة التربیة،قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة ء .الواقعة غرب مدینة الدیوانیة ،العراق )واحةعبد اهللا أبونجم (العیون المائیةالدراسة الحالیة على أجریت في شتا على ) 2و 1(المحطتین ph (7.7 ,7.4 )میل طفیف للقاعدیة يمتعادلة ذ المیاه كانت نأ الى أشارت النتائج. 2007 395.5و 397.5الى غلبة أیونات الكالسیوم العسرة قد تعزى و لتر /ملغم 1488و 1520التوالي وأن المیاه عسرة جدًا ت محتوى أوكسیجیني كاف طبقا ووأنها ذ) خزء باأللف(‰ 2.22و 1.58أن المیاه مویلحة تكما بین.لتر /ملغم للمواصفا ت ) 58(كما سجل في الدراسة الحالیة مامجموعه .الدولیة مرتبة تصنیفیة من الطحالب ،كانت السیادة فیها للدایتوما ر %)20.6(تلتها الطحالب الخضر المزرقة %) 58.6(شكلت مانسبته اذ ) حالب العصویةالط( ،بینما كانت الطحالب الخض أن غلبة الدایتومات على بقیة المجامیع یؤكد ماجاء في العدید من الدراسات على .والكاریة هي األقل تواجدًا في هذه المیاه . المسطحات المائیة العراقیة ihjpas. 36(1)2023 325 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license -sumudu transformation homotopy perturbation technique on fractional gas dynamical equation abstract transformation and many other substitution methods have been used to solve non-linear differential fractional equations. in this present work, the homotopy perturbation method to solve the non-linear differential fractional equation with the help of he’s polynomials is provided as the transformation plays an essential role in solving differential linear and non-linear equations. here is the α-sumudu technique to find the relevant results of the gas dynamics equation in fractional order. to calculate the non-linear fractional gas dynamical problem, a consumer method created on the new homotopy perturbation -sumudu transformation method (hp𝑆tm) is suggested. in the caputo type, the derivative is evaluated. -sumudu homotopy perturbation technique and he’s polynomials are all incorporated in the hpsatm. the availability of he’s polynomials could be used to conveniently manage the non-linearity. the suggested approach shows that the strategy is simple to implement and provides results that can be compared to the results gained from any other transformation technique. keywords -sumudu, mittag-leffler, homotopy perturbation method, he’s polynomials. 1. introduction fractional modeling is a collection of classification algorithms concerned with fractions having random order integrals and derivatives [1]. in [2], fractional derivatives have explored damping laws. fractional calculus has been used in seemingly unrelated scientific and technological doi.org/10.30526/36.1.3029 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq article history: received 21 september 2022, accepted 24 october 2022, published in january 2023. ali moazzam university of agriculture faisalab, pakistan alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com adnan shokat comsats university, islamabad, pakistan, adnanshokat4118@gmail.com emad a. kuffi al-qadisiyah university, college of engineering, iraq. emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com mailto:adnanshokat4118@gmail.com mailto:emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 326 domains over the last ten years. increasingly, difficulties in the mechanics of fluid [3], acoustics, electromagnetics, diffusion, processing of signals, and various physical phenomena are formulated using fractional differential equations [4]. approximation approaches to fractional calculus perturbation describe a set of equations solved using different methods [5]. however, there are some drawbacks in perturbation approaches observed by [6] while solving the space-time diffusion equation of the fractional form. in [7] substitution method for solving the reaction-diffusion equation has been described. a recent overview of various new exponential approaches for searching isolated values of fractional nonlinear differential equations has been published [8]. he was the first to propose the homotopy perturbation method (hpm) [9]. many researchers have looked at using the hpm to solve linear [10] and nonlinear problems in various science-technical sectors [11]. method of adomian decomposition [12] and variational iteration [13] have also been applied to learn about numerous physical problems. in the latest paper, [14] appreciated consideration of homotopy perturbation sumudu transform method (hpstm) has been given to analyze results of partial differential nonlinear and linear equations. in [15], the iterative variational method is used to find the results for a system of linear and nonlinear differential equations with the help of he’s polynomials. numerical solutions of the biological population model have been founded with the help of homotopy perturbation, and he’s polynomial by [16].in [17], the numerical of the newell-whitehead-segal equation with the help of the variational iteration method and he’s polynomials. with the help of he’s polynomial and homotopy perturbation, the iterative variation method has been used to solve the ks equation [18]. the solution of the black school option evaluation model [19], the kdv equation of fifth order in magneto-acoustic waves of numerical type [20], has been previously done by the mean of he’s polynomials. [21] previously described the analytical and numeric solutions of vibration problems in nonlinear differential form. in [22-28], he’s polynomial, homotopy perturbation methods, transformation of sumudu, and laplace type are used in solving nonlinear differential models. in [29], hpstm, which is a mixture of the sumudu technique of homotopy perturbation and polynomials of he’s typing, is applied. we assume the nonlinear gas dynamical fractional equation. ( ) ( )2 1 1 0 2 d v v v v    + + − = (1.1) with the initial condition ( ) .0, −= ev (1.2) where fractional derivative order is β. the probability distribution ( ),v   is demarcated as a probability density function, where  is the period and  is the spatially component. in the caputo meaning, the derivation is grasped. the ordering of the fractional differential equation is described by a factor in the average response formulation, which may be changed to get different replies. the fractionated gas dynamical equation is reduced to the classic gas dynamical equation when 𝛽 = 1. the universal laws of preservation, such as mass conservation, momentum preservation, sustainable energy, and so on, are used to create the gas dynamical equations. the non-linear timefractional of gas dynamics has been deliberate before by [30]. to address the non-linear timefractional problem, we use hpstm and adomian decomposition method (adm). the study aims to expand the hpstm’s applicability to provide analytical and approximation answers to the timefractional gas dynamical problem. the hpstm has the benefit of being able to combine two effective approaches for finding precise and numerical approximation models for non-linear equations. it generates solutions in terms of convergent series with readily computed constituents without any need for linearization, perturbation, or restricted conditions. it is important to note ihjpas. 36(1)2023 327 that, compared to conventional approaches, the hpstm can reduce the quantity of computational effort while keeping a high accuracy output; the size reduction equates to an enhancement in the approach’s efficiency. 2. materials and methods definition 1. [31] if ( )f t is defined on , + r then the -sumudu transform is ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )  −   ==  0 1 .; 1 1 rvdttfe v vtfsvf v t (1.3) definition 2. [1] the integral operator of riemann-liouville fractional with order β>0 is given as ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )   −  = 0 ,0 1 dffj (1.4) ( ) ( ).0 = ffj (1.5) it can also be expressed in gamma relationship as ( ) ( ) . 1 1 +  ++ + =j (1.6) definition 3. [32] in the caputo interpretation, the fractional derivative of ( )tf is specified as ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( )  −−−  −− == 0 1 , 1 df n fdjfd mmnm for 1,m m m  − is natural number and .0 for the relationship between the fractional integral of riemann-liouville and the fractional caputo derivatives, we have: ( ) ( ) ( )( ) − =      +−= 1 0 . ! 0 m q q q q fffdj (1.7) definition 4. [31] caputo fractional derivative’s -sumudu transformation is described as:  ( ) ( ) ( )( )  − =  −     −= 1 0 . 0 m k k k v f v vg fds (1.8) solution by homotopy perturbation of caputo fractional differential equations general idea of hpsαtm let us assume that the general non-homogeneous and non-linear partial fractional differential equation to demonstrate the general idea of this technique. we have ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ),,,,, =++ gnvrvvd (2.1) ( ) ( ),0, = fv (2.2) where r indicates the linearly difference operator, n denotes the generic non-linear differential controller and ( )   ,vd is the caputo derivative of functions. by performing the -sumudu transform on (2.1), we get  ( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( ) .,,,, =++    gsnvsrvsvds (2.3) applying the rules of the -sumudu technique and after simplification, we get ihjpas. 36(1)2023 328 ( )  ( ) ( )  ( ) ( ) .,,,, +−+=        nvrvsvgsvfvs (2.4) using the inverse of -sumudu on (2.4), we find ( ) ( )  ( ) ( ) ,,,,, 1 +−=    −  nvrvssgv (2.5) where ( ),g is the source term. now we apply the hpm: ( ) ( )  = = 0 ,, n n n vpv (2.6) and the non-linear part can be decomposed as: ( ) ( )  = = 0 , n n n vhpnv . (2.7) for little he’s described polynomials ( ),nh that is given below as ( ),...,,, 10 nn vvvh ....,2,1,0; ! 1 00 =                   =  =  nvpn pn pi i i n n (2.8) by putting the values of (2.6)-(2.7) into (2.5), we find ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) .,,, 0 0 0 1     =  =  =    −                          +−= n n n n n n n n n vhpvprsspgvp (2.9) it is also the he’s polynomials-based connection of the -sumudu technique and the hpm. the preceding estimates are produced by analyzing the factors of like powers of p, ( ) ( ) ( )  ( ) ( )  ( )  ( ) ( )  ( )  ( ) ( )  . ,,,: ,,,: ,,,: ,,: 22 1 3 3 11 1 2 2 00 1 1 1 0 0            +−= +−= +−= =    −     −     −  vrvssvp vrvssvp vrvssvp gvp (2.10) the remaining elements of the ( ),nv may be acquired in almost the same way, and the appropriate route can therefore be found completely. ultimately, we use a curtailed series to estimate the analytic answer ( ):, v ( ) ( )  = → = 0 .,lim, n n n vv (2.11) the series mentioned in (2.11) generally converges fastly. 3. results solution of gas dynamic problem let us assume that the proceeding non-linear gas dynamic time-fractional equation: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 329 ( ) ( )2 1 1 0 2 d v v v v    + + − = (3.1) with given initial condition ( ) .0, −= ev (3.2) by performing the -sumudu technique, and with the help of (3.2), equation (3.1) becomes ( )  ( ) ( ) .1 2 1 , 2     −+−=    −  vvvsvevs (3.3) by performing -sumudu inverse transform, ( ) ( ) ( ) .1 2 1 , 21             −+−=    −  − vvvsvsev (3.4) by hpm technique, ( )  =  0 , n n n vp ( ) ( ) ( ) ., 2 1 0 00 1                         +−         −=    =  =   =    −  − n n n n n n n n n vhpvpvhpsvse (3.5) in the above equation, ( )vh n and ( )vh n  are the pre-described he’s polynomials denoting the non-linear part. so, polynomials are illustrated by ( ) ( )  =  = 0 2 . 2 1 n n n vvhp (3.6) the first limited constituents of he’s polynomials are given by ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )  +=== 20 2 12101 2 00 ,, vvvvhvvvhvvh (3.7) and for ( ),vh n  we use ( )  =  = 0 2 , n n n vvhp ( ) ( ) ( ) .2,2, 0 2 12101 2 00 vvvvhvvvhvvh +===  (3.8) equating the factors of powers of p, we get ( ) ,,: 0 0  = evp ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) , 12 1 ,: 000 1 1 1 +  =             +−=  −    −  evhvvhsvsvp ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) , 122 1 ,: 2 111 1 2 2 +  =             +−=  −    −  evhvvhsvsvp ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . 132 1 ,: 3 222 1 3 3 +  =             +−=  −    −  evhvvhsvsvp (3.9) consequently, the solution series is ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . 13121 1, 32       +  + +  + +  +=  − ev (3.10) setting 1= in equation (3.10), we repeat the solution of the equation as follows: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 330 ( ) . !3!2 1, 32       +  +  ++= − ev (3.11) this result is comparable to the precise result in the form: ( ) ., − = ev (3.12) equation (3.12) provides the exact solution of gas dynamic fractional equation. 5. conclusion throughout this study, the non-linear time fractional gaseous dynamical problem is effectively solved using the homotopy perturbation -sumudu transformation method (hpstm). as a result, this approach is highly productive and helpful in addressing many types of fractional differential non-linear and linear equations that arise in various science and technology sectors. the hpsatm, on the other hand, offers significant advantages. the hpsatm is a great modification of current approaches that might have a broad spectrum of uses. references 1.podlubny, i. fractional differential equations: an introduction to fractional derivatives, fractional differential equations, to methods of their solution and some of their applications. elsevier 1998. 2.beyer, h.; kempfle, s. definition of physically consistent damping laws with fractional derivatives. zamm journal of applied mathematics and mechanics 1995, 75(8), 623-635. 3.he, j.h. approximate analytical solution for seepage flow with fractional derivatives in porous media. computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering 1998, 167(1), 57-68. 4.hilfer, r. fractional time evolution. applications of fractional calculus in physics 2000, 87, 87-130. 5.he, j.h. some applications of nonlinear fractional differential equations and their approximations. bulletin of science, technology and society 1999a, 15(2), 86-90. 6.mainardi, f.; luchko y.; pagnini, g. the fundamental solution of the space-time fractional diffusion equation. fractional calculus and applied analysis 2001, 4(2), 153–192. 7.rida, s.z.; el-sayed a.m.a.; arafa, a.m.a. on the solutions of time-fractional reactiondiffusion equations. communications in nonlinear science and numerical simulation 2010, 15(12), 3847-3854. 8.he, j.h. asymptotic methods for solitary solutions and compactions. abstract and applied analysis 2012, 2012(1), 1-30. 9.he, j.h. homotopy perturbation technique. computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering ,1999b, 178(3), 257-262. 10.he, j.h. homotopy perturbation method: a new nonlinear analytical technique. applied mathematics and computation ,2003, 135(1), 73-79. 11.javidi, m.; raji, m.a. combination of laplace transform and homotopy perturbation method to solve the parabolic partial differential equations. communications in fractional calculus ,2012, 3(1), 10-19. 12.ganji, d.d. a semi-analytical technique for non-linear settling particle equation of motion. journal of hydro-environment research ,2012, 6(4), 323-327. 13.duan, j.s.; rach, r.; baleanu, d.; wazwaz, a.m. a review of the adomian decomposition method and its applications to fractional differential equations. communications in fractional calculus ,2012, 3(2), 73-99. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=aliczsbopvo-s4_zk7spveekpjwhvphjpa%3a1663662720401&lei=ghopy7jqf8gli-gpqz2v6aq&q=computer%20methods%20in%20applied%20mechanics%20and%20engineering%20scimago&ved=2ahukewi4qubl-ql6ahxbxqihhalobu0qskwbkab6bahaeae https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/communications-in-nonlinear-science-and-numerical-simulation https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=aliczsbopvo-s4_zk7spveekpjwhvphjpa%3a1663662720401&lei=ghopy7jqf8gli-gpqz2v6aq&q=computer%20methods%20in%20applied%20mechanics%20and%20engineering%20scimago&ved=2ahukewi4qubl-ql6ahxbxqihhalobu0qskwbkab6bahaeae https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=aliczsbopvo-s4_zk7spveekpjwhvphjpa%3a1663662720401&lei=ghopy7jqf8gli-gpqz2v6aq&q=computer%20methods%20in%20applied%20mechanics%20and%20engineering%20scimago&ved=2ahukewi4qubl-ql6ahxbxqihhalobu0qskwbkab6bahaeae ihjpas. 36(1)2023 331 14.singh, j.; kumar,d.; sushila, d. homotopy perturbation sumudu transform method for nonlinear equations. advances in theoretical and applied mechanics ,2011, 4(4), 165-175. 15.nadeem, m.; yao, s.w. solving system of partial differential equations using variational iteration method with he’s polynomials. journal of mathematics and computer science ,2019, 19(3), 203-11. 16. zellal, m.; belghaba, k. an accurate algorithm for solving biological population model by the variational iteration method using he’s polynomials. arab journal of basic and applied sciences 2018, 25(3), 142-9. 17.nadeem,m.; yao, s.w.; parveen, n. solution of newell-whitehead-segel equation by variational iteration method with he’s polynomials. journal of mathematics and computer science ,2020, 20(1), 21-9. 18.ahmad, j. the variational iteration method on ks equation using he's polynomials. journal of science and arts ,2017, 17(3), 443-8. 19.edeki, s.o.; ugbebor, o.o.; owoloko, e.a. construction of analytical solutions to the blackscholes option valuation model by means of he’s polynomials technique. iniaeng transactions on engineering sciences: special issue for the international association of engineers conferences 2016, 45-53. 20.goswami, a.; singh, j.; kumar, d. numerical simulation of fifth order kdv equations occurring in magneto-acoustic waves. ain shams engineering journal ,2018, 9(4), 2265-73. 21.nadeem m.; li, f. he–laplace method for nonlinear vibration systems and nonlinear wave equations. journal of low frequency noise, vibration and active control ,2019, 38(3-4), 106074. 22.pandey, p.; kumar, s.; gómez-aguilar jf, baleanu d. an efficient technique for solving the space-time fractional reaction-diffusion equation in porous media. chinese journal of physics 2020, 68, 483-92. 23.nadeem, m.; he, j.h. he–laplace variational iteration method for solving the nonlinear equations arising in chemical kinetics and population dynamics. journal of mathematical chemistry ,2021, 59(5), 1234-45. 24.ahmad, j,; mushtaq, m. decomposition method using he’s polynomials for kdv boussinesq and coupled kdv boussinesq equations. new trends in mathematical sciences ,2017, 5(4), 58-64. 25.li, f.; nadeem, m. he–laplace method for nonlinear vibration in shallow water waves. journal of low frequency noise, vibration and active control ,2019, 38, 3-4, 1305-13. 26.mishra, h.k.; tripathi, r. homotopy perturbation method of delay differential equation using he’s polynomial with laplace transform. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, india section a: physical sciences ,2020, 90(2), 289-98. 27.goswami, a.; singh, j.; kumar, d. numerical computation of fractional kersten-krasil'shchik coupled kdv-mkdv system occurring in multi-component plasmas. aims mathematics ,2020, 5(3), 2346-69. 28.chu, y.m.; ali, s.n.; agarwal. p.; dong, c. j. analysis of fractional multi-dimensional navier–stokes equation. advances in difference equations, 2021, 1, 1-8. 29.ghorbani, a. beyond adomian polynomials: he polynomials. chaos solitons fractals , 2009, 39(3), 1486-1492. 30.das s.; kumar, r. approximate analytical solutions of fractional gas dynamic equations. applied mathematics and computation, 2011, 217(24), 9905-9915. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 332 31.nanware, ja.; patil, ng.; on properties of α-sumudu transform and applications. punjab university journal of mathematics ,2021, 53(9), 606-620. 32.caputo, m. elasticità e dissipazione. zanichelli, bologna, 1969. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 408 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license * corresponding author: niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract the set of all (n×n) non-singular matrices over the field f. and this set forms a group under the operation of matrix multiplication. this group is called the general linear group of dimension over the field f, denoted by . the determinant of these matrices is a homomorphism from into f* and the kernel of this homomorphism was the special linear group and denoted by thus is the subgroup of which contains all matrices of determinant one. the rational valued characters of the rational representations are written as a linear combination of the induced characters for the groups discussed in this paper. we find the artin indicator for this group after studying the rational valued characters of the rational representations and the induced characters. keywords: rational character table, induced characters table, artin indicator. 1. introduction the group of all matrices of determinant 1 is (n,f), [1 and 2], and researchers in [3] defined the representation of the group. authors in [4] survey and got the calculation for the groups sl(2, u), u = 31 and 37. we apply the same idea in [4] to compute the character table of rational representations for the group. also, we apply the same idea in [5] to compute the artin indicator for this group. in this work, we count all cyclic subgroups, the artin indicator, the rationally valued characters of the rational representations, and the induced characters for the group. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3017 article history: received 2022, accepted november 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq score for the group 𝓢𝓛(2,3 8 ) mohammed ibrahem lfta department of mathematics, ministry of education, directorate general of education karkh 3, baghdad, iraq. mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.e niran sabah jasim * department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al-haytham, universityof baghdad, baghdad, iraq. niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ahmad issa karabük university, faculty of science, department of mathematics, karabük, türkiye ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com mailto:mohammed.ibrahim1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:niraan.s.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmad93.issa18@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 409 2. basic definitions and facts theorem 2.1: [1] = – . definition 2.4: [1] let h be a cyclic subgroup of group g, and  be a class function of h. then m gg i i 1h c (g) (g) (x ) c (g)     definition 2.5: [6] the character induced from the principal character of cyclic subgroups of g is called artin character. definition 2.6: [6] let g be a finite group and let  be any rational valued character on g. the smallest positive number n such that, c c c n a   where acz and c is artin character called the artin exponent of g and is denoted by a (g). 3. the results authors in [7-10] studied the character table of rational representations for the group we apply that idea and compute the character table of rational representations for the group . also we use the same idea in [5] to compute the artin indicator for this group. the character table of rational representations for the group is: ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 410 this group has 32 cyclic subgroups generated by the conjugacy classes of the group. the induced character table for this group is: ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 411 hence, the rational valued characters in the first table are written as a linear combination of induced characters in the second table. 1 = + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + , ψ = + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + , = 624.39024 + 1248.78049 512 + 1024 + 1280 1280 + 2560 + + , = 249.75609 156.09756 156.09756 + 312.195122 128 + 400 + 160 320 + + , ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 412 = 62.43902 +78.04878 124.87805 78.04878 78.04878 + + 160 64 + 100 + 200 + 80 160 +160 , = 124.87805 + 156.0956 + 78.04871 + 256 160 512 + 320 320 640 + , = 15.60976 + 19.51219 + 31.21951 + 39.02439 62.43904 39.02439 39.02439 40 + 78.04878 + 80 32 + 50 + 64 200 + 40 -320 + 80 + , = 15.60976 + 19.51219 + 31.21951 + 39.02439 62.43904 78.04878 62.43902 + 64 40 128 + 80 + 80 + , = 3.90244 + 4.87805 + 7.80488 + 9.75609 + 15.60976 + 19.51219 31.21951 19.51219 20 19.51219 20 + 39.02439 + 40 16 + 25 + 32 50 + 20 40 + 40 + , = 3.90244 + 4.87805 + 7.80488 + 9.75609 + 15.60976 + 19.51219 31.21951 39.02439 40 + 50 32 20 64 + 40 + 40 , = 3.90244 + 4.87805 + 7.80488 + 9.75609 + 15.60976 + 19.51219 + 31.21951 + 39.02439 + 40 -39.02439 40 39.02439 40 + 100 + 80 32 + 50 100 + 40 + , = 0.97561 + 1.21951 + 1.95122 + 2.43902 + 3.90244 + 4.87805 +7.80488 + 9.75609 + 10 19.5119 20 -12.5 + 25 + 16 10 + 20 + 20 , = 1.24878 + 1.56098 + 2.49756 + 3.12195 + 4.99512 + 6.24390 + 9.99024 + 12.4878 +12.8 24.97561 25.6 16 + 32 32 + 64 + + , = 0.24390 + 0.30488 + 0.48780 + 0.60976 + 0.97561 + 1.21951 +1.95129 + 2.43902 + 2.5 + 4.87804 + 5 9.75609 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 413 10 6.25 6.25 + 12.5 5 +10 + 10 , = 0.15609 + 0.19512 + 0.31219 + 0.39024 + 0.62439 + 0.78049 + 1.24878 + 1.56098 + 1.6 + 3.12195 + 3.2 6.24390 6.4 4 4 + 8 + 8 – , = 0.24390 + 0.30488 + 0.48780 + 0.60976 + 0.97561 + 1.21951 + 1.95129 + 2.43902 + 2.5 + 4.87804 +5 + 9.75609 + 10 + 12.5 20 12.5 12.55 + 25 10 + 10 + – , = 0.03902 + 0.04878 + 0.07805 + 0.09756 + 0.15609 + 0.19512 + 0.31295 + 0.39024 + 0.4 + 0.78049 + 0.8 + 1.56098 + 1.6 + 2 3.2 -2 2 + 4 4 , = 0.07804 + 0.097561 + 0.15609 + 0.19512 + 0.31219 + 0.39024 + 0.62439 + 0.78049 + 0.8 + 1.56098 + 1.6 + 3.12195 + 3.2 + 4 6.4 8 6.4 + 12.8 8 + 16 , = 0.00976 + 0.01219 + 0.01951 + 0.02439 + 0.03902 + 0.04878 + 0.07805 + 0.09756 + 0.1 + 0.19512 + 0.2 + 0.39024 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.78049 + 1.6 + 2 + 2 , = 0.00976 + 0.01219 + 0.01951 + 0.02439 + 0.03902 + 0.04878 + 0.07805 + 0.09756 + 0.1 + 0.19512 + 0.2 + 0.39024 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.78049 + 1.6 2 1.6 + 2 , = 0.00244 + 0.00305 + 0.00488 + 0.00609 + 0.00976 + 0.01219 + 0.01951 + 0.02439 + 0.025 + 0.04878 + 0.05 + 0.09756 + 0.1 + 0.125 + 0.2 + 0.25 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.8 0.5 0.5 + + , = 0.00244 + 0.00305 + 0.00488 + 0.00609 + 0.00976 + 0.01219 + 0.01951 + 0.02439 + 0.025 + 0.04878 + 0.05 + 0.09756 + 0.1 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 414 + 0.125 + 0.2 + 0.25 0.4 + 0.5 0.8 + , = 0.00244 + 0.00305 + 0.00488 + 0.00609 + 0.00976 + 0.01219 + 0.01951 + 0.02439 + 0.025 + 0.04878 + 0.05 + 0.09756 + 0.1 + 0.125 + 0.2 + 0.25 -0.4 + 0.5 + 0.8 + + , = 0.00061 + 0.00076 + 0.00122 + 0.00152 + 0.00244 + 0.00305 + 0.00488 + 0.00609 + 0.00625 + 0.01219 + 0.0125 + 0.02439 + 0.025 + 0.03125 + 0.05 + 0.0625 + 0.1 + 0.125 + 0.2 + 0.25 0.5 + 0.5 – , = 764.02073 1528.04145 + 722.82353 3510.85714 1536 + 1536 + 1536 3072 + – , = 764.02073 + 722.82353 + 1755.42857 768 768 + , = 47.75129 + 95.50259 219.42857 + 96 96 + 96 192 + + , = 23.87565 47.75129 135.52941 + 96 96 48 + + , = 0.33161 0.66321 3.76471 + 18.28571 + 8 8 + 8 16 + , = 0.16580 0.33161 1.88235 9.14286 4 4 + , ζ = 0.00061 + 0.00076 +0.00122 + 0.00152 + 0.00243 + 0.00305 + 0.00488 + 0.00609 +0.00625 + 0.01219 + 0.125 0.02439 + 0.025 + 0.03125 + 0.05 +0.0625 + 0.1 + 0.125 0.2 + 0.25 + 0.5 + 0.5 + – , η = 0.00518 +0.01036 0.05882 + 0.28571 2 + 2 + 0.5 + . therefore = 2824295299201. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 415 4. conclusion from our results we get that the artin indicator equal to the order of the group after we compute the rational valued characters of the rational representations written as a linear combination of the induced characters for the groups . references 1. mohamed, s k. on rational-valued characters of certain types of permutation group. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied sciences 2006, 19, 4, 99-108. 2. saad, o. b. investigating particular representations for matrix lie groups so(3) and sl(2,₵). iraqi journal of science, 2019, 60, 4, 856-858, doi: 10.24996/ijs.2019.60.4.19. 3. taghreed, h.; khawla a.; niran s. j. “on the representations of m-groups”. baghdad science journal, 2016, 13, 2, 394-401, doi:10.21123/bsj.2016.13.2.0394. 4. sherouk, a. k.; niran, s. j. “calculation for the groups sl(2,u), u = 31 and 37”. journal of discrete mathematical sciences and cryptography, 2022, 25,2, 609-613, doi: 10.1080/09720529.2021.1972614. 5. dunya, m. h.; ahmed, k. m.; intidhar, z. m.” score for some groups sut(2,p)”. int. j. nonlinear anal. appl, 2021, 12, 2, 1-15. 6. sigler, l.e., “algebra”. 1976, springer-verlage, berlin. 7. k.e.gehles, “ordinary characters of finite special linear groups” 2002, m.sc. dissertation, university of st. andrews. 8. kirdar, m.s. “the factor group of the z-valued class function module the group of the generalized characters”. 1982, ph.d.thesis, university of birmingham. 9. h., behravesh “the rational character table of special linear groups”, j.sci.i.r.iran, spring 1998, 9,2, 173 – 180. 10. h., behravesh “quasi – permutation representations of sl(n,q) and psl(n,q)”, glasgow.math.j., 1999, 41, 393 – 408. 2) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 010 إقتراح خوارزمیة ھجینة إلستحداث مفتاح فھرسة لقاعدة البیانات بناءاً على محتویات الصورة جبار عماد كاظم،شھالء طالب عبد الوھاب جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم، قسم علوم الحاسبات ة، كلیة العلوم، قسم علوم الحاسبات الجامعة التكنلوجی الخالصة hybrid algor)(یتناول ھذا البحث اقتراح طریقة جدیدة ithm ر لحمایة الصور والوثائق من التزویر او التغیی م خالل ضغط البیانات والحصول على مفاتیح استرجاع وتحقق مبنیة على محتوی االلكتروني وذلك من ات الصورة من قی وخزنھا في قاعدة البیانات ومن ثم استخدامھا لتدقیق صحة بیانات ) االحمر واالزرق واالخضر(رقمیة لاللوان االساسیة ومقارنة مفاتیح قیم محتویاتھا مع ما مخزون في قاعدة نفسھا الطریقةبالوثیقة المطلوبة من خالل إعادة ضغط بیاناتھا بحث قد تم تطویرھا بناء على طرإن الطریقة ا. البیانات وھما ق سابقة في ضغط واسترجاع البیاناتائلمقترحة في ھذا ال لى خوارزمیة وذلك بالدمج بینھما للحصول ع d4 lifting scheme)(وطریقة haar lifting scheme)( طریقة ت الضغط والخزن واالسترجاع لبیانات من دقة وصالحیة الطریقة المقترحة من خالل اجراء اختبارا تثبتلقد تم ال. ھجینة تویات ضغط تصل الى راسیة لمس توى 14مجموعة من الوثائق المھمة مثل الوثائق الد كما تمت مقارنة النتائج . مس ر lifting scheme (haar(ق الضغط واالسترجاع االخرى ائالمستحصلة من الطریقة المقترحة مع مثیالتھا من ط lifting sch eme and d4 أظھرت . على حده من حیث دقة اكتشاف التزویر او التغییر ومقدار المساحة الخزنیةكل ر ي ائنتائج االختبارات ان الطریقة المقترحة تتمیز على بقیة الط ق المستخدمة من حیث تحّسسھا البسط تعدیل او تغییر ف ي الوثائق تی الت ًا في مقدار المساحة المس اعھا في حین اظھرت تحّسن d4 lifting)(خدمة مقارنة بطریقة راد استرج scheme. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 proposed hybrid algorithm for generate database index key based on image contents s. t. abdul wahab, e. k. jabbar departme nt of computer science, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of computer science , unive rsity of technology abstract this paper deals wit h proposing new lift ing scheme (hybrid algorit hm) that is capable of preventing images and documents which are fraud t hro ugh decomposing t here in t o t he real colors value arrays (red, blue an d green) t o creat e ret rieval keys for it s properties and store it in t he dat abase and then check the document originalit y by ret rieve the query image or document t hrough t he decomposition described above and compare the predict ed color values (ret rieval keys) of the query document wit h t hose stored in the dat abase. the proposed algorit hm has been develop ed fro m the two known lift ing schemes (haar and d4) by merging them to find out hybrid lift ing scheme. t he validit y and accuracy of the propo sed algorit hm have been evaluat ed t hrough experiment s wit h t he decomposition of database image con sist s of impo rtant documents like college certificat ion s up t o maximal decomposit ion level of 14. the t ests results using the hybrid algorit hm were compared wit h t hat of the other metho ds (haar and d4 lifting scheme) in t erms of t he accuracy of discovering fo rgeries (ret rieval accuracy) and t he required store memory area. the results illustrat e t hat t he hybrid algorit hm show better performance t han t he others in terms o f the sensit ivity to any ch ange in the retriev al documents. also, hybrid algorit hm exhibits goo d improvement in t erm s of t he used memor y space compared to the result s obt ained by d4 lift ing scheme. ke y words: image retrieval; fraud docum ents preven tion; hybrid algorithm. introduction m ost of database sy stem use ima ges since they show a lar ge amount of information and are easy to st ore without data entry . the amount of digital images available for the office document is rap idly growin g b ecause of that t here is a gr eat need for efficient image indexin g and access tools. document which is fraud involves efforts to obtain genuine identity documents through fraudulent means and the alteration of valid documents to be used for fraudulent p urp oses [1]. in recent y ears, fraud do cument has grown increasingly widesp read. the sop histication of these schemes has also grown, as document forgers increasingly use comp uter software and high-r esolution digital scanners to p lay their trade. additionally , the internet is being used more frequently to market fake documents to customers. m ost losses become the resp onsibility of the document issuer. fraud do cument p revention is an imp ortant p art of p rotecting a database sin ce fraud prevention can occur through a variety of ways [2]. ihjpas content-based image retrieval (cbir) is consider ed as the p rocess of retrieving desired images or do cuments from huge databases based on extracted features from the image itself (without indexing a key word). features are derived directly from the images and they are extracted and analy zed by comp uter p rocessing [3]. cbir is a bott leneck of the access for the multimedia d atabases that deal with text, audio, video and image data which could provide ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 us with enormous amount of information. m any commercial and r esearch cbir systems have been built and developed [4]. content based image retrieval allowin g to automatically extract targets according to objective visual contents of image itself like color, texture and shap e [5]. in this work, haar and d4 lifting schemes have been used to decompose color document images into multilevel scale and wavelet coefficients. new lifting scheme has been p rop osed throughout this p ap er. the new scheme p resents a p rogressive retrieval st rategy , which contributes to flexible comp romise between the retrieval accuracy and memory sp ace. the retrieval p erformances are comp ared with those of its classical counterp art in terms of retrieval accuracy and memory sp ace. lifting schemes the lifting scheme is a tool for constructing second-gener ation wavelets, which are no longer, dilates and translates of on e sin gle function. the lifting scheme can b e viewed as a p rocess of taking an existing wavelet and modify ing it by adding linear combinations of the scaling fun ction at t he same level of resolution [6].the wavelet l ifting scheme was d eveloped by wim sweldens and others. wavelet liftin g scheme algor ithms have sever al advantages lik e [7]: 1. allows fast er implementation of the wavelet transform. 2. saves storage by p roviding an inp lace calculation of the wavelet t ransform. 3. simp lifies determining the inv erse wavelet t ransform. 4. provides a natural way to introduce and think about wavelets. wavelet algor ithms are recursive. so the output of one step of the algorithm beco mes the input for the next step . the initial input data set consists of 2 n elements. each successive st ep op erates on 2 n-i elements, were i = 1 ... n-1. for examp le, if the initial data set contains 128 elements, t he wavelet transform will consist of seven steps on 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, and 2 elements. stepj +1 follows stepj . if element i in step j is being up dated, the notation is step j ,i. the forward lifting scheme wavelet transform divides t he data set being p rocessed into an even half and an odd h alf [8]. the lifting scheme is a method for decomposing wav elet transforms into a set of st ages namely: sp lit, predict, and up date [9]. a simp le lifting scheme forward transform is shown in fig. (1). the lifting scheme forward st eps illust rated in figure (1) can be exp lained as follows: 1. split step this divides the data set into odd and even indexed samples. the original si gn al is sp lit into even indexed samples, sj ,2l, and the odd indexed samples, sj ,2l+1, where j denotes the level of decomp osition and l = 0, 1, 2, …, 2 n-1 are the indices of the elements in the signal. the sp litting p rocess is sometimes referred to as the lazy wavelet t ransform [10]. 2. predict step predicts the odd elements from the even elements. the linear interp olation function "p redicts" that an odd element will be located at t he mid-p oint of a line between its two even neighbors. t he difference between the p redicted value and the actual value of the odd element replaces t he odd element [3]. ihjpas the odd and even subsets are often h ighly correlated. thus, it is p ossible to p redict one from the other. the predict step , where the odd value is "p redicted" from the even valu e is described by the equation 1:  ijijij evenpoddodd ,,,1  (1) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 3.update ste p the up date step rep laces the even elements with an average. the goal at this st ep is to maintain some global p rop erties of the original si gnal in the reduced set [7]. this result in a smoother inp ut for the next st ep of the next st ep of the wavelet transforms. the odd elements also rep resent an approximation of the original data set, which allows filters t o be const ructed. the up date p hase follows the predict p hase. the original value of the odd elements has been overwritt en by the difference between the odd element and its even "p redictor" as in equation 1. so in calculatin g an average the up date p hase must op erate on the differences that are st ored in the odd elements [8]:  ijijij oddueveneven ,,,1  (2) haar lifting scheme haar lifting scheme p rediction st ep p redicts that t he odd element will be equal to the even element. the differ ence b etween the p redicted value (the even element) and the actual value of the odd element replaces the odd element. for the forward transform iteration j and element i, the new odd element, j+1,i would be [8]: ijijij evenoddodd ,,,1  (3) in the haar lifting scheme, the up date step rep laces an even element with the average of the even/odd p air. the new odd value is got from old odd value and old even value as in equations 3. 2 ,, ,1 ijij ij oddeven even   (4) the original value of the oddj ,i element has been rep laced by the difference between this element and its even predecessor. t he new even valu e is got from old ev en value and old odd value as in equations 4. ijijij oddevenodd ,1,,1   (5) subst itut ing this into the average, we get: 2 ,1,, ,1 ijijij ij oddeveneven even     (6) 2 ,1 ,,1 ij ijij odd eveneven    (7) the averages ( even elements) become the input for the next recursive st ep of the forward transform. this can be shown in figure (2). the number of data elements p rocessed by the wavelet transform must be a power of two. if there are 2 n data elements, the first st ep of the forward transform will p roduce 2 n-1 averages and 2 n-1 differences (between the p rediction and the actual odd element value). these differences are sometimes referr ed to as wavelet coefficients. figure (3) shows a 4st ep s forward wavelet transform on a 16-element data set. one of the elegant features of the lifting sch eme is that the inverse transform is a mirror of the forward transform as shown in fi gur e (4). in the case of the haar transform, ihjpas additions are substituted for subt ractions and subtractions for additions. the merge st ep replaces t he sp lit st ep . d4 lifting scheme the daubechies d4 lifting scheme wavelet transforms are comp osed of up date and predict st eps. in this case a normalization st ep has been added as well. one forward transform st ep is shown in figure (5) [3, 8]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 the sp lit step divides the input data into even elements which are st ored in the f irst half of an n element array section ( s0 to shalf-1) and odd elements which are st ored in the second half of an n element array section (sh alf to sn-1). in the forward transform equations below the exp ression s[half+n] references an odd element and s[n] references an even element. although the diagram above shows two normalization st ep s, in p ractice they are folded into a sin gle fun ction. forward transform step equations: up date 1 (u1): for n = 0 to half-1      13  halfsnsns (8) where : s[n]: one d imensional sequence of input samples predict (p1):        1 4 23 0 4 3    halfsshaflshalfs (9) for n = 1 to half-1:        1 4 23 4 3    nsnsnhaflsnhalfs (10) up date 2 (u2): for n = 0 to half-2      1 nhalfsnsns (11)      halfshalfshalfs  11 (12) normalize: for n = 0 to half-1    nsns 2 13   (13)    halfnshalfns  2 13 (14) proposed hybrid lifting scheme in archive sy stems with an amount of digital images that are rap idly growing, there is a great need for efficient ima ge indexing key as access tool in ord er to fully utilize this massive digital resource, and to retriev e stored data base images. the traditional index k ey in database like document numbers, document number and date, sequence number, codes and others is just codes t o images codin g since it does not extract from the image contents. so in this p aper we try to create index key from the document image itself [11]. in general, both haar and d4 algorithms are used mainly for image decomp osition. each one of them h as the sp ecial features for accur acy , retrieval and memory sp ace required. ihjpas in the p rop osed algorithm, ha ar and d4 algorithms have been used as tools for image k ey generation depends on its features through image multi decomposition until find a numerical value to be the unique image key consists of three p arts (red, green and blue color array). then, this image key has to be stored with t he document image in the database in ord er to use it later on to discover about any changes on the document image st ored in the database to p revent fraud. the p rop osed hybrid lifting scheme depends on merging of the lifting schemes (haar and d4) equations in up date st ep s of d4 in order to find new algor ithm with new ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 features aid for generation image key . because we did notice that d4 a lgorithm n eeds huge memory to p erform its steps and to save last numbers and haar algorithm is not very sensitive to small chan ges that may be happened in document image. while, our p rop osed algorithm needs l itt le st orage sp ace and very sensitive cap acity to small changes. therefore, the followin g up date equation will be used:        2/nhalfsnsns  (15) the above equation has been taken from haar algorithm equation (7) with d4 up date 1 (u1) terms in equation (8) and replaces the equation (11) of d4 up date 2 (u2) with haar up date equation (7). figure (6) exp lains the structure of the p rop osed hybrid algorithm u1h which contains the modification of d4 up date 1 and u2h contains t he modification of d4 up date 2. the following st eps rep resent the p rop osal algorithm index key generation. algorithm: hybri d alg orithm for g enerate in dex key b ased on image con tents. inputs : database docum ent images. output: im age index key. b egin image scanning; {key genera tion} for recurs ive=1 to 14 for i=1 to n {where n = imag e width * image height} spli t (im age values ) {divide the image val ues to even and odd el ements} next i for n =0 to hal f -1 {u 1 f or even elem ents}        2/nhalfsnsns  next n        1 4 23 0 4 3    halfsshaflshalfs {for the first val ue of odd elements only} for n =1 to half -1 {p1 f or odd el ements}        1 4 23 4 3    nsnsnhaflsnhalfs next n for n =0 to half -2 {u 2 f or even elem ents}        2/nha lfsnsns       ha lfshalfshalfs  11 next n for n =0 to hal f -1 {n ormalization}      nsns *51 7.0      nhalfshal fns  *932.1 ihjpas 1. proposed algorithm imple mentation the imp lementation of the p rop osed algorithm is p erformed on pentium iv pc with visual b asic compiler and access database soft ware in two stages as follows: stage 1: to create ind ex key for input document image. stage 2: to discoverin g fr aud document image throu gh retrieval document image. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 stage 1: as show in fi gure (7), input new document image and p repare the document image to:  comput e t he unique index key by the proposed algorithm.  save t he input image an d it s key index in database. stage 2: ch eck the fraud in documents image when retrieval any document images as show in figure (8):  comput e t he unique index k ey to retriev al image.  compare t his index key with st ored index key of t he document image.  if t he index key is t he same, then t he document image is not fraud (original), oth erwise, t he document image is fraud.  display message box as result t o upper if st at ement. applications and re sults the exp eriments focus on discovering for geries in the document images throu gh the comp arison of the retrieval keys between the query document images and the original document images that p reviously stored in the database. two imp ortant retrieval indicates have been taken into consideration throughout these exp eriments. the first one is the sensitivity to any change in the query documents image (retrieval accuracy ), and the other is the reduction in the memory sp ace required. in order to verify the validity , accuracy and cap ability of the p rop osed hybrid algorithm for discover ing fraud documents, several imp ortant document images have been selected for this p urp ose. these documents include different college certifications. the exp erimental tests have been carried out in the simplest way so that the fraud document images can be created from the originals after chan ging the originality through addin g small dots or dashes or rep lacing some marks and n ames. the detection of the fraud documents will appear through an alarm installed in the program. the results obtained by using the p rop osed hybrid algorithm are shown in fi gur e (9). it can be noted the cap ability of the hybrid algorithm to detect any change in the document ori ginality even if it is very small or negligible. in the other hand, the same exp eriments have been r epeated but using haar lifting scheme. the r esults can be shown in fi gure (10). it rev eals that t here is no d etection record ed for the fraud document. while, when d4 lifting scheme has been used for the same exp eriments, it detects t he fraud document but usin g high st orage memory sp ace for saving index keys comp ared with hybrid algorithm as shown in figur e (11). table (1) sum marizes the results of three typ es of imp ortant document (college certification) usin g haar, d4 and the p rop osed hybrid algorithms resp ectively. the table illustrates that the hybrid algorithm has very good results in terms of fraud detection with small storage sp ace for savin g index k eys. ihjpas conclusions based on the above exp eriment results, the following conclusion can be drawn: 1. the prop osed hybrid algor ithm shows accurate sensitivity against any change in the original do cuments comp ared to the other lifting methods. 2. the p rop osal hyp er algorithm have best p erformance in terms of discovering fraud documents ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 3. harr lifting sch eme shows almost no sensitivity against document fraud. 4. d4 lifting scheme exh ibits accep table sensitivity against document fraud but with relatively high memory sp ace required for saving index keys comp ared harr and hybrid algorithm. 5. in terms of the memory sp ace required for sav ing index keys in the database, the hybrid algorithm p resents less memory sp ace compared to d4 lifting scheme. re ferences 1. jim, k.(2008) ,document fraud investigation,(http://www.honestrep orting.com/ articles/rep orts/document _fraud_investigation.asp ). 2. blanco, j. ( 2002), guide to fraud prevention-part 4”, (http://www.furninfo.com/abso lutenm/temp lates /article_retailing. asp ?articleid=2359&zoneid=7). 3. latha, y. m .; jinaga , b.c. and reddy, v.s.k. (2008) “ a precise content-based color image retrieval: lifting scheme”, icgst-gvip journal, issn: 1687-398x , 8, issue( 1): :25-32. 4. jin, x. and french, j.c. ( 2003) ,imp roving image r etrieval effectiveness via m ultip le queries, university of virginia, charlott esville, , 86-93. 5. tody , d. ( 2003) ,simple image retrieval interface concepts and issues”, mmdb’03, new orleans, louisian a, usa, 1-6. 6. pradhan, b.; sandeep, k.; m ansor, s.; ramli, a., and sharif, a.m . (2007), gis terrain data compression using lifting scheme-a new dimension, international journal of the computer, the internet and m anagement, 15, ( 2): 9 -19. 7. sp ires, w. ( 2005) ,lossless image co mpression via the lifting scheme, university of central florida, 22. 8. kap lan, i. ( 2003) ,wavelets and signal processing, (http://www.bearcave.co m/misl/misl _tech/wavelets/). 9. islam, s. ; bhuyan, m .s.; m adesa, a.h. and othman, m . ( 2007) ,inv erse discrete wav elet transform processor for jpeg 2000, proceedings of the international conference on electrical en gineering and informatics institute technology bandung, indon esia, 240-243. ihjpas 10. tashakkori, r.; ty ler, j.m .; qi, x. and sallee, c.w. ( 2008)” effect of scannin g of m edical images on the perfor mance of lifting”, dep t. of computer science, ap p alachian state university , boone, nc 28608, 1-10. 11. rahma, a. and jabbar, e. k. (2007) ”prop osal database image ind ex key extracting algorithm based on image contents(iike) “, journal of comp uters, communication, control and sy st em engineering university of technology 7 (2): 60-67. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 fi g. (1 ): li fting scheme forward wavele t transform. fi g. (2): two ste ps in the wavelet li fting scheme haar forward tran sform . fi g. (3 ): 4 ste ps of a 16 elemen t wavele t transform. split predict update even values odd values + sj + split predict update + split predict update av erages coefficients sj forward transform step forward transform step forward transform step forward transform step 16 data elements 8 coeffic ients 4 coe fficie nts 2 coe fficie nts 1 coe fficie nts 8 averages 4 averages 2 averages 1 average merge upd at predict even values odd values + sj ihjpas fi g. (4 ): li fting scheme in verse transform. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 fi g. (5 ): forward transfo rm ste p of the li ftin g scheme ve rsion of the daube chie s d4 fi g. (6): hybrid li fting s cheme fi g. (7 ): hybrid li fting s cheme appli cation-first s tage. split p evenj+1 oddj+1 + sj u u n2 n1 split p1 evenj+1 odd j+1 + sj u1h u2h n2 n1 input image compute image index key by using hybrid algorithm databas e input query image retrieval document image from databas e using hybrid algorithm image databas e compute image index key by using hybrid algorithm for image comparison of the query keys with the stored keys field to decide fraud or original ihjpas fi g. (8 ) : hybrid li ftin g scheme appli cation -se cond stage . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 (a) original document. (b) fraud document (degree n o. 4 and 13). (c) alarm results. fi g. (9): expe rimental results for the college ce rti fi cation u sing hybrid algorithm. (a) original document. (b) fraud document (degree n o. 4 and 13). (c) alarm results. fi g. (10): expe riment results for the col lege ce rti fi cation u sing haar li fting scheme . the document is fraud. the document is ori ginal. ihjpas (a) origin al document. (b) fraud document (degree no. 4 and 13). (c) alarm results. fi g. (11): expe riment results for the college ce rti fi cation u sing d4 li fting scheme . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 tabl e (1): expe riment results for the college ce rti fi cati ons. notes: (f ) means fraud document c opy. the document is fraud. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 evaluation o f copper , zinc , manganese , and magnesium levels in newborn jaundice in baghdad e. j. hasan departme nt of science, college of basic education, almustansiriah unive rsity abstract trace elements concentrations are frequently reported to be a good indicator for diagnosis and p rognosis of some disease. the levels of copp er, zinc, man ganese, and magnesium wer e measured in seru m of two group . group one contains (52) newborn jaundice p atients while the second group contains (20) healthy newborn used as controls. in this st udy the concentration of cu, zn, m g, and m n were measured using atomic absorption sp ectrop hotometer (aas). it has been found that z inc level is sign ificantly lower in newborn jaundice patients comp ared with normal subjects at (p <0.05) , also the level of cu, m g, and m n were significantly high er in newborn jaundice compared with control group . keywords: jaundice; zinc; cop p er; m agnesium; m anganese introduction jaundice occurs when the b lood contains excessive amounts of bilirubin, the dep osition of this high ly insoluble substance color ed the skin and the whites of the eyes y ellow. jaundice is p robably the most common sy mptom in neonatal p eriod[1,2]. temp orary jaundice is observed dur ing the first week of life in app roximately 60% of term infants and 80% of p reterm infants[3,4]. trace elements are necessary for normal function and are therefore associated with morbid deficiency st ates. those elements are found in body tissues at levels in the micrograms p er gr am of tissue or less. so me elements are essential trace elements (like fe and zn) and some are not essential (like cu and m n) but have well defin ed evidence in human metabolism[5]. trace elements are essential micronutrients for growt h, development, and maintenance of healthy tissues. the role of trace elements in body metabolism is of p rime imp ortance. their deficiency causes diseases, whereas their p resence in excess may result in toxicity to human life [6]. zinc (zn) is essential component of many metalloenzy mes involved in v irtually all asp ects of metabolism. zinc is an integral comp onent of nearly 300 enzy me in different sp ecies of all p hy la[7,8]. important zinc-containing metaloenzy mes in humans including carbonic anhydrase , alk aline p hosp hates, rna and dna p oly merases, thy midine kinase, carbo xy p eptidases, and alcohol d ehydrogenase. zinc st abilizes the st ructures of p roteins and nucleic acids, p articip ates in transp ort p rosses[9]. copp er (cu) may p resent in biological ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 system in both the +1 and +2 valence st ates, the major functions of copp er metalloproteins involve oxidation –reduction, most known copp er – containing enzy me bind and react dir ectly with molecular o xy gen[10]. cop p er is an integr al comp onent of many metalloenzy mes, includin g ceru loplasmin, cytochrome c o xidase, sup eroxide d ismutase, dop amine – β– hy droxy lase, ascorbate oxidase, ly sy l oxidase, and ty rosinase[11,12]. m agnesium (m g) cataly zes or activates more than 300 enzy mes in the body . m agnesium acts as an essential cofactor for enzy mes concerned with cell r esp iration, glycoly sis, and trans-membrane transp ort of other cations such as calcium and sodium[13]. m agnesim can effected enzy me activity by bindin g the active site of the enzy me (p y ruvate kinase, enolase), by ligand bindin g (at prequiring enzy me), by causing conformational chan ges during the catalytic p rocess (nakatpase), and by p romoting aggregation of multienzy me comp lexes[7,14]. m anganese (m n) is p resent in biological sy stems bound to p rotein in either the +2 or +3 valence st ate. m anganese is associated mainly with the formation of connective and bony tissue, with growt h and reproductive functions, and with carbohy drate and lip id metabolism[15]. the bioch emical b asis for man ganese essentiality is its function as a constituent of metalloenzy mes and as an enzy me activator[16,17]. important manganese containin g enzy mes include arginase, p y ruvate carboxy lase, and man ganese sup eroxide dismutase in mitochondria[18]. material and method all blood samples were collected from the ibnalbalady hosp ital in baghdad. the first group consisted of 55 blood samples of jaundice newborns (32were male and 23 females) , their ages r anged from 1-3 days. t wenty healthy volunteers were used as a second group and their ages were matched with p atients group . blood samples are drown using 10ml sy ringes with st eel needles. a3ml b lood sample was drown from each p atient. the whole blood was immed iately transferred to p lain tube. these samples were allowed to st and at room temp erature for 10 minutes for clotting, the clots were sep arated from the wall of the tube using wooden app licator st ick. the tube was centrifuged for 10 minutes at 3000(r.p .m). the serum was then transferred to a second tube using micropipette and stored at -20 c 0 until the day of analysis. at omic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer (aas) model aa-6200 (shimadzu _ jap an) fitted with air – acety lene flame wer e used for the determin ation of cop p er, zinc, m anganese, m agnesium. 1preparation of standard soluti ons for aas measurements cpper copp er stock solution (1000pp m) was p rep ared by dissolving (0.1 gm) of copp er metal in 5ml of 5 m nitric acid, and then diluted to 100ml with deionized water. zinc zinc st ock solution (1000pp m) was p rep ared by dissolving (0.1 gm) of zinc p ellet using concentrated hy drochloric acid, and the volume was comp leted into 100ml with deionized water. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 magnesium m agnesium st ock solution (1000pp m) was p rep ared by dissolving (0.1 gm) of magnesium metal in 5ml of 5 m nitric acid, and then diluted to 100ml with deionized water. mangane se m anganese st ock solution (1000pp m) was p rep ared by dissolving (0.1 gm) of man ganese metal in 5ml of 5 m nitric acid, and then diluted to 100ml with deionized water. 1calibration curv e for a.a.s measurements 1the st andard solutions for copp er ion were p repared by subsequent dilution st ock solution (1000ppm) of copp er and diluted to (10, 5, 1, 0.5, 0.1 pp m). 2iron st andard solutions were p rep ared by subsequent dilution stock solution (1000pp m) of iron to (10, 5, 1, 0.5,and 0.1 pp m). 3the st andard solutions for magn esium were p repared by subsequent dilution st ock solution (1000ppm) of magnesium ion and diluted to (100, 50, 10, 5,and 1 ppm). 4the standard solutions for manganese ion were p repared by subsequent dilution st ock solution (1000ppm) of manganese and diluted to (20, 15, 10 pp m). all above standard solutions were diluted to 100ml in a vo lmatric flask with deionized water. result and discussion a linear calibration curve was obtained extended from (0.110) p p m for copper, zinc, man ganese, and magn esium as shown in the (1,2,3,4) figures the results were shown that there was significant difference in the levels of zinc, copp er, manganese, and magnesium in newborn jaundice and control group , at p value of (< 0.05 ), zinc levels was significantly lower in jaundice p atients (0.0012 ± 0.002) comp ared with the healthy newborn ( 0.0021 ± 0.0036) . cop p er levels was significantly higher (0.198 ± 0.341) in jaundice p atients comp ared with control group (0.238 ± 0.411). m agnesium levels was significantly higher in p atient (1.48 ± 2.96) than the control group (1.293 ± 1.829). m anganese levels was app eared to be significantly higher (0.0277 ± 0.0391) in jaundice p atients comp ared with control (0.015 ± 0.031). as shown in table (1) . zinc and magn esium are very imp ortant co-factors for a lot of enzy me sy stems and p lay an imp ortant role in the sy nthesis of nucleic acids [19,20]. zinc p revents the lip id depolarization of the cell membran es and hyp ozincemia may modulate the erythrocyte membran e. it may result in deficient sy nthesis of assorted enzy mes that p lay a role in the bilirubin metabolism[21], hyp ozincemia may also cause st ructural defects in the ery throcyte membran es, resulting in hemolysis [22]. an elevated level of serum copp er is documented in liver d isease like cirrhosis , obst ructive jaund ice and cholestasis [23]. in newborn with jaundice , the high serum copp er may be of intracellular (erythrocy te ) origin [24]. m anganese absorbed from food is avidly taken up by the liver and d istributed to tissues bound to transferring and albumin[5].the serum levels of magnesium and man ganese beco me high , depending on the existence of mild hemo lysis in newborn , the fact that these elements are high d epend on being high in erythrocy tes, esp ecially reticulocytes than in serum concentrations (25), and may depend on passing into t he serum as a result of hemolysis. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 re ferences 1. knudsen, a.( 1996). prediction and non-invasive assessment of n eonatal jaundice in the term healthy newborn infant. acta paediatr.85(4):393-397. 2. m artin, d.w.; m ay es, p.a. ;rodwell, v.w. (1981). harp ers review of biochemistry . 18 ed, m aruzen asia pte. ltd. singapore . p(319). 3. phy llis, a.d.; william, d.r. and davit, k.s.( 1995). neonatal jaundice-what now? clin pediatr . 34(2):103-107. 4. jeffrey m aisels, m. (2006). what’s in a name? phy siologic and pathologic jaundice: the conundrum of defining normal bilirubin levels in the newborn. pediatrics 118(2): 805-807. 5. rahil-khazen, r.; bolann, b.j. and my king, a.(2002). m ulti-element analysis of trace element levels in human autop sy tissues by using inductively coupled atomic emission sp ectrometry technique (icp-aes). j t race elem m ed biol 16(1): 15–25. 6. hashmi,d. r.; ismail, s. and shikh, g.h. (2007). assessment of the level of trace metals in commonly edible vegetables locally available in the markets of karachi city . pak. j. bot. 39(3): 747-751. 7. berthold, k.; olivier, g. ; joanne,h.; kathrin, k. and raanan, s.(2005). iron, m inerals and trace elements. journal of pediatric gastroenterology and nutrition. 41(2):s39-s46. 8. m ansi, k. ; aburjai, t.; barqawi, m . and naser h. (2009). copp er and zinc st atus in jordanian p atients with β-thalassemia major treated with defero xamine. journal of biolo gical sciences 4(5): 566-572. 9. zlotkin, s.h. and buchanan, b.e.( 1988). amino acid intake and urinary zinc excretion in newborn infants receivin g total p arenteral nutrition. am j clin nut r. 48(2):330–334. 10. ostermeier, c.; iwata ,s.; m ichel, h.( 1996). cytochrome c oxidase. curr op in struct biol. 6(4) :460–466. 11. ashraf, s.; javed,m , t. ; abbas, n.; butt, m . a. and hameed ,s. (2001). levels of serum cu, fe and zn along with serum total p rotein and fractions in diseased malnourished children of 4-12 y ears of age. m edical journal of islamic academy of sciences 14(1): 25−33. 12. schulp is, k. h.; karakonstantakis, t.; gavrili, s.; cost alos, c. ; roma, e. and pap assotiriou i. (2004). serum copp er is decreased in premature newborns and increased in newborns with hemolytic jaundice. clinical chemistry 50(7): 1253-1256. 13. sanders, g.t .; huijgen, h.j. and sanders, r.( 1999). m agnesium in disease: a review with sp ecial emphasis on the serum ionized magnesium. clin chem lab m ed 37(11):1011-1033. 14. m aggioni, a.; orz alesi, m .; m imouni, f.b. (1998). intravenous correction of neonatal hyp omagnesemia: effect on ionized magnesium. j pediatr 132(4): 652–655. 15. fok, t.f.;chui, k.k.; cheung, r. et al.( 2001). m anganese intake and cholestatic jaundice in neonates receivin g p arenteral nutrition: a r andomized controlled st udy . acta pediatr. 90(9):1009–15. 16. watts ,d. l. (1990). the nutritional relationships of manganese. journa l of ort homolecular m edicine 5(4) : 219-222. 17. wada, o. (2004). what are trace elements ? their deficiency and excess st ate. jmaj. 47(8): 351-358. 18. selv araju ,r. (2009). change in serum trace elements concentration before and after removal of gallbladder with gallstone. journal of gastroenterology 8(1) : 1-6. 19. selv araju, r. ; ganapathiraman, r. ; narayanaswamy , r.; valliapp an, r. and baskaran, r. (2009). trace element analysis hep atitis b affected human blood serum by inductively coupled p lasma atomic emission sp ectroscopy (icp-aes). romanian j. biophy s.19(1): 35-42. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 20. pintov, s.; kohelet, d.; arbel, e. and goldber g, m . (1992). predictive inability of cord zinc, magnesium and copp er levels on the development of benign hy p erbilirubinemia in the newborn. acta paediatrica. 81(11): 868–869. 21. levenson , c. w. (2005). trace metal regulation of neuronal apoptosis: from genes to behavior. phy siology & behavior 86 (3) 399 – 406. 22. chvapil, m . (1973). new asp ects in the biological role of zinc. a st abilizer of macromo lecules and biological membran es. life sci. 13(8):1041-1049 . 23. selv araju, r. (2009). change in serum trace elements concentration before and after removal of gallbladder with gallstone. the internet journal of gastroenterology . 8(1) : 1-6. 24. sokol, rj.; m ckim, j.m. and devereau, m .w. (1998). α-tocop herol ameliorates oxidant injury of isolated copp er overloaded rat hepatocytes. am j clin nutr. 67(5):1012–1016. 25. ronald je. (1971). assessment of magnesium status. clin chem. 33(11) :1965-1971. table (1): the mean values for the cu, zn, mg, mn compa red to the control group with p value < 0.05 trace elements mean ±sd ppm of patients mean ±sd ppm of controls cu 0.238 ± 0.411 0.198 ± 0.341 zn 0.0012 ± 0.002 0.0021 ± 0.0036 m g 1.48 ± 2.96 1.293 ± 1.829 m n 0.0277 ± 0.0391 0.015 ± 0.031 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 fig. (1):calibration curve for fig.(2):calibration curve for copper mangane se fig. (3):calibration curve for fig.(4): calibration curve for magne sium zinc 20) 3 (24 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 11 المنغنیز ، والمغنیسیوم في مرضى والخارصین ، وتقییم مستویات النحاس ، الیرقان الحدیثي الوالدة في بغداد ایناس جبار حسن الجامعة المستنصریة قسم العلوم ، كلیة التربیة األساسیة ، 2011 شباط 3: البحث في استلم 2011 آیار 10: قبل البحث في الخالصة لتشخیص وتخمین بعض االمراض ، تتضمن الدراسة قیاس مستوى ة جیدا كواشفة تراكیز العناصر النزردتع المنغنیز ، والمغنیسیوم في أمصال مجموعتین من األطفال حدیثي الوالدة ، تتكون المجموعة و الخارصین ، والنحاس ، ا حدیث الوالدة طبیعیطفال) 20( حدیث الوالدة مصاب بالیرقان ، بینما تتكون المجموعة الثانیة من طفال) 52(األولى من طریقة المع المنغنیز ، والمغنیسیوم باستوصین ،الخارو تراكیز مستوى النحاس ، تحسب. سیطرة ةتم اعتمادها مجموع p وكان متوسط تركیز الخارصین في مصل دم المرضى اقل معنویا، طیف االمتصاص الذري من تركیزه في ) (0.05> المغنیسیوم ، والمنغنیز اعلى من ووكذلك وجد ان متوسط تراكیز النحاس ، حدیثي الوالدة األصحاء ةمصل دم مجموع . األصحاء ة مصل دم مجموعتركیزهم في المنغنیز ، المغنیسیوم، النحاس، الخارصین،الیرقان : الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 some statistical properties of linear volterra integral equation so lutions a.a. hussein departme nt of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract our aim of this research is to find the results of numerical solution of volterra linear integral equation of the second kind using numerical methods such that trap ezoidal and simp son's rule. that is to derive some st atist ical p rop erties exp ected value, the variance and the correlation coeff icient between the numerical and exact solution□ 1. introduction the linear integral equation in u(x) can be represented as[1]: dt)t(u )t,x(k)x(f)x(u)x(h )x(b a  ...………….………….(1) equation (1) is called a volterra integr al equation when b(x)= x, dt)t(u )t,x(k)x(f)x(u)x(h x a  ……...…………………….(2) equation (2) is called a volterra equation of the first kind when h=0, and is called a vo lterra equation of the second kind when h=1, k( x,t) is known function and is called the kernel of the integral equation, where a is const ant[1]. if x be a continuous typ e of random variable h avin g a p .d.f. f( x), and u( x) b e a function of x such that   dx f (x) )x(u , and if x is a discrete typ e of random variable[2] such that  x f (x) )x(u . then the integral, or the sum called the exp ected value[2,3] of u(x). and t he variance of x denoted by σ 2 or v( x), defin ed [2,3] as: 222 )e(x )x(e)x(v   where x is a d iscrete or continuous of random variable and μ= e(x) □ 2. solving linear one dimension volterra inte gral equation of the second kind using trapezoidal rule[1]: dttutxkxfxu x a )( ),()()(  ……………………………….……..(3) by dividing the interval [a,x] into n subintervals [ xi, xi+1], i=0,1,..,n-1, such that xi=a+it, i=0,1,..,n, where t=(xna)/n, xn is the end p oint for x, then by setting x=xi, i=0,1,..,n, in equation (3) we can hav e: dttutxkxfxu ix a iii )( ),()()(  ….………….……………….(4) then by rep lacing the integral term in the right hand side of equation (4) by the trap ezoidal rule, to get: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 ij n, 1,...,i ],),( 2 1 ),k(x ... ),(),( 2 1 [)()( )()( 11i 1100 00     jjijj iiii utxkut utxkutxktxfxu xfxu ..…….(5) 3. solving linear one dimension volterra inte gral equation of the second kind using simpson rule[1]. as above solution, we d ivide the interval [a,x] into n subintervals [ xi, xi+1], i=0,1,..,n-1, such that xi=a+it, i=0,1,..,n, where n is r estricted to be an ev en integer, and t=(xna)/n, xn is the end p oint for x. by replacing the integr al term in the right hand side of equation (4) by simp son rule, to get: ij n, 1,...,i , 3 h where ],),(),k(x4 ... ),(2),(4),([)()( )()( 11i 221100 00        t utxkut utxkutxkutxkhxfxu xfxu jjijj iiiii …(6) 4. the formulation of problem consider the one-dimension al volterra linear integr al equation of the second kind: dt)t(u )t,x(k)x(f)x(u)x(h x a  …………………………(7) first step : solve the integr al equation in (7) usin g two numerical methods trapezoidal rule, then by simp son rule which illustrated in section two. second st ep: interp olate the data obtained in st ep one for each method resp ectively by using newt on forward formula [4]. third step: find the exp ected value and the variance [2,3] for the result obtained by trapezoidal rule, then for the result obtained using simpson rule. fourt h step : compute the correlation coefficient [2,3] of the solutions obtained in above st ep s. exam ple 1x0 where dt )t(u )tx()x2exp() 3 4 xx2()x(u x 0 2    ………….….(8) we will solv e this integral equation (8) by using two methods. first, by using trapezoidal rule. to do this, we divide the interval of integration [0,1] into 10 equal subintervals of width 10 1 10 01   t . since we use trap ezoidal rule, we apply equation (5) and we can written the equation (5) in the followin g comp act form: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 ij )t,x(kk n1,2,...,i ]uk 2 1 uk ...ukuk 2 1 [tfu fu jiij jij1j1ij 11i00iii 00      ………………….(9) here we have x tt,-xt)k(x, ),2exp() 3 4 2()( 22  xxxxf then the equation (9) becomes: ij n1,2,...,i ]uk 2 1 uk...ukuk 2 1 [t )x2exp() 3 4 xx2(u fu jij1j1ij11i00i ii 2 ii 00      ……….….(10) by evaluating equation (10) at each i=1,2,…,10 one can get t he following values: u0=1.3333333333, u1=1.1965553611, u2=1.1067485612, u3=1.0501770263, u4=1.0178222086, u5=1.0039651300, u6=1.0051677590, u7=1.0195489952, u8=1.0462767757, u9=1.0852176618, u10=1.1367003013. by using the following newt on forward formula[4]: n n n hn f xxxxxxxx h f xxxx h f xxxfxf ! )).....()()((. . . !2 ))(()()()( 0 1210 2 0 2 10 0 00         we can f ind the p olynomial which is: f(x)=0.013214064 x 10 0.0766672228 x 9 + 0.2415794909 x 8 0.6073832681 x 7+ 1.3600009821 x 6 2.5771430663 x 5 + 3.8357067640 x 4 – 4.0526880921 x 3 + 3.3306605692 x 2 – 1.6639099065 x + 1.3333333333. now we can obtain the exp ected value[2,3] and the variance[2,3],     1 0 x 0 5260811871.0 x f(x) dx)x(e f(x) dx x)x(e ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 330.07516707 ))x(e()x(e)x(v 88 0.45192848 dx f(x) x)x(e 22 1 0 22    se cond, we will solve the inte gral equation (8) by using simp son’s rule. to do this, we divide the interval of integration [0,1] into equal subintervals of width 10 1 10 0-1 t where 3 t h    then to use simp son’s rule, we app ly equation(6) and we can write equation (6) in the followin g comp act form: : ij )t,x(kk n1,2,...,i ]ukuk4 ...uk2uk4uk[hfu fu jiij jij1j1ij 22i11i00iii 00      ….......(11) then the equation (11) becomes: ij n1,2,...,i ]ukuk4... uk2uk4uk[h )x2exp() 3 4 xx2(u fu jij1j1ij 22i11i00iii 2 ii 00     . ….…..(12) by evaluating equation (12) at each i=1,2,…,10 one can get t he following values: u0=1.3333333333, u1=1.1943331389, u2=1.1062630050, u3=1.0477357372, u4=1.0168932262, u5=1.0011495203, u6=1.0037745311, u7=1.0162183017, u8=1.0443627039, u9=1.0812198620, u10=1.1341828617. by using newt on forward formula[4], we can find the p olynomial which is: f(x)= 2387.0379995 x 10 – 11940.289032 x 9 + 25626.121937 x 8 – 30845.226184 x 7 + 22833.549096 x 6 – 10715.042130 x 5 + 3164.5486860 x 4 – 563.76739209 x 3 + 56.57019699 x 2 – 3.7023280574 x +1.333333333. now we can obtain the exp ected value[2,3] and the variance[2,3], 460.07569935 (e(x)) )e(x )x(v 850.34985003 dx f(x) x )x(e 670.52359400 dx f(x) x)x(e 22 1 0 22 1 0      to find the exact solution we must evaluate inte gral equation (8) at each xi, i=0,1,…,10, then one can get following values: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 u0=1.3333333333, u1=1.1965553611, u2=1.1053807815, u3=1.0449205686, u4=1.0062157851, u5=0.9841623359, u6=0.9763178627, u7=0.9822767277, u8=1.0034686676, u9=1.0433565263, u10=1.1081311572. by using newt on forward formula[4], we can find the p olynomial which is: f(x) = -0.0078939518 x 10 – 0.1017527499 x 9 + 0.8462405483 x 8 – 2.4760805677 x 7 + 4.4612226593 x 6 -5.7691603786 x 5 + 6.0710939102 x 4 – 5.0167100778 x 3 + 3.4343687856 x 2 – 1.6665858973 x + 1.3333333333. now we can obtain the exp ected value[2,3] and the variance[2,3], 650.07918682 (e(x)) )e(x )x(v 950.34063514 dx f(x) x )x(e 7650.5113201 dx f(x) x)x(e 22 1 0 22 1 0      we will denote the solutions of trap ezoidal, simp son’s rule and exact by x,y and z, resp ectively and there mean by z and y,x resp ectively. to comp ute the correlation coefficient of t hese solutions by using[2,3]: 50389999411042.0 08081018352315.0 45781018292338.0 )yy()xx( )yy)(xx( r 10 0i 10 0i 2 i 2 i 10 0i ii x y           rxy represents the correlation coefficient of solution of trapezoidal and simpson’s rule. 28069912367115.0 36481110460085.0 30021100728803.0 )zz()xx( )zz)(xx( r 10 0i 10 0i 2 i 2 i 10 0i ii xz           rxz represents the correlation coefficient of solution of trap ezoidal and exact. 7999919365744.0 66901116255890.0 93351107254991.0 )zz()yy( )zz)(yy( r 10 0i 10 0i 2 i 2 i 10 0i i yz           ryz represent the correlation coefficient of solution of simpson’s rule and exact. re ferences 1.kyt he, p.k.and puri, p. (2002) ,computational m ethods of linear integral equations, sp ringer-verlag, new york. 2.hogg robert, v. and craig allen, t. (1978) ,introduction to m athematical statist ics,m acmillan publishing co., inc. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 3.neter, j. kunt er, m . h. nachtsheim, c. j. and wasserman, w. (1996) ,ap p lied linear st atistical m odels, t he m cgraw-hill companies, inc. 4.burden, r.l. and faires, j.d. (2001) ,numerical analy sis" seventh edition, an international publishing co mpany (itp). table :(1) represents the exact and the numerical soluti on of volterra integral equati on(3) i xi ui(trapezoidal) ui(s impson) exact sol uti on 0 0 1.3333333333 1.3333333333 1.3333333333 1 0.1 1.1965553611 1.1943331389 1.1965553611 2 0.2 1.1067485612 1.1062630050 1.1053807815 3 0.3 1.0501770263 1.0477357372 1.0449205686 4 0.4 1.0178222086 1.0168932262 1.0062157851 5 0.5 1.0039651300 1.0011495203 0.9841623359 6 0.6 1.0051677590 1.0037745311 0.9763178627 7 0.7 1.0195489952 1.0162183017 0.9822767277 8 0.8 1.0462767757 1.0443627039 1.0034686676 9 0.9 1.0852176618 1.0812198620 1.0433565263 10 1 1.1367003013 1.1341828617 1.1081311572 ihjpas 2010) 2( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد استخدام بعض االحصاءات لحلول معادلة فولتیرا الخطیة التكاملیة عادل عبد الكاظم حسین قسم الریاضیات، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد الخالصة لمعادلة فولتیرا الخطیة التكاملیة من الدرجة الثانیة والحل العددي لهذه للبحث هو إیجاد الحل الصحیح الهدف الرئیس المتوقعة والتباین لكل الحلول ومعرفة العالقة بین الحل ثم إیجاد القیمة. المعادلة بطریقة شبه المنحرف وطریقة سیمبسون .المضبوط والحلول العددیة باستخدام معامل االرتباط ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 synthesis and characterization of new schiffs bases derived from d-erythroascorbic acid and pyrimidines a. a. muk hlus , m.s. al-rawi , j. h. tomma , a. h. al-dujaili departme nt of chemistry , college of education i bn alhaitham unive rsity of baghdad. received in : 3 april 2011 accepted in : 22 may 2011 abstract the new c-5 schiff bases derived from d-ery throascorbic acid contaning p y rimidine unit were sy nthesized by condensation of d-ery throascorbic acid with aromatic amine (containin g p y rimidine unit)in dry benzene using glacial acetic acid as a cataly st . d-erythroascorbic acid was sy nthesized by four steps(schem 1), while the aromatic amine which is containin g o xop y rimidine or thiopy rimidine sy nthesized by the reaction of chalcon e urea or thiourea in acid or basic medium, resp ectively . the st ructure of sy nthesized comp ounds have been characterized by their melting p oints , ftir , uv-vis and 1 hnm r sp ectroscopy . all the sy nthesized comp ounds have been screened for their antibacterial activities. they exhibited good antibacterial activity against escherich ia coli (g-) and staphy lococus aureus (g+) , while the comp ounds [v]b , [vi]b and [vii]b did not show any biological activity against this type of bacteria. key word : shiff bases , l-ascorbic acid , pyrimidines introduction l-ascorbic ac id is one of the most important b iomo lecules . it acts as an antioxidant and radical s cavenger widely d istributed in aerobic organisms [1]. l-ascorbic acid derivatives have been found to possess antitumorand antivira l activit ies [2-4]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 py rimidines have a great interest due to the wide variety of interest ing biolo gical activities observed for these comp ounds such as antiviral [5] , antitumor [6] , antican cer , antiinflammetory [7] and antimicrobial [8]activities. py rimidine nucllos ides containin g c-5 alky ny l group s have been shown to p ossess significant antiviral and anticancer prop erties[9]. herdewijn [9] sy nthesized many c-5 substituted pyrimidine deriv atives(1) and (2) of l-ascorbic acid . these compounds exhibited antivir al and c ytostatic evaluations. hn n o o o o phc h 2o och 2ph r n no o o phc h 2o och 2ph o c r r = a lk yl or a r yl g ro up s [ 1] [ 2] recently , m alic and et al [10] sy nthesized anti tumor pyrimidine der ivatives of lascorbic acid (3) and (4) . hn n o o o o ph ch 2 o och 2ph hn n o o o o oh r ro r ho [ 3] [ 4] r = h , f , c f 3 a nd r = h or c h 3 ali et al [11] sy nthesized carbohy drate derivatives containin g imine group as antibacterial . m ore recently , el-say ed et al [12] and elsekily [13]sy nthesized l-ascorbic acid derivatives containin g imine group at 2and 3p osition ,comp ounds(5) and (6), resp ectivly . o o nnhp h [5] phhnn [6] ohh oh oh o o nnhcop hphcohnn oh ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 here in this w ork (scheme 1) , we reported the synthesis , characterization and antibacterial activity of novel im ines of l-ascorbic acid containing pyrmidine unit. o o c nh 2 o x hn n s nh2 hn n o nh2 x x o ooh c o o ho ho ho oh [ i] [ ii] [ii i] [ iv] [v]a -d [vi]a-d [vi i]a-d [vii i]a-d [ix]a-d o o o o ho oh me me o o o o ho me me o2 car o o ho ch ch t h io u r e a n a o h ace tone d ry hcl 65% g aa na io4 ansoyl chloride py x cho + c nh 2 o c h3 n aoh u rea h c l n ch hn n s x o on ch hn n x x = 4-no2 , 4-c l , 4-me2 n , 3 -no2 ; ar= 4-ch 3oc 6h4 scheme 1 arco 2 arco 2 ar co2 arc o2 o2 car o2 car o2c ar o 2c arar co2 o + o ooh c [ iv] arc o2 o2 car + experime ntal mate rials : all chemicals wer e sup p lied from m erck , gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received . technique s : ft ir sp ectra were recorded using p otassium bromide discs on a 8400s shimadzu sp ectrop hotometer and ftir sp ectrop hotometer , shimadzo (ir p restige-21) . 1 hnm r sp ectra were carried out by : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 m hz , origin : switzerland and are r eported in pp m(s), dm so was used as a solvent with tm s as an ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 internal st andard . m eas urements wer e mad e at chemistry depart ment, a l-alby at univers ity , uncorrected melting p oints were determined by using hot -stage, gallen ka mp meltin g p oint app aratus. uv sp ectra of solutions were p erformed on cecl 7200 ingland sp ectrop hotometer using chcl3 as a s olvent . synthesis preparation of 5,6-o-isopropyli dene-l-ascorbic acid[i]: this comp ound was p rep ared from the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with acetone in a acid ic media , followin g salo mon methode [14]. synthesis of 2,3-o-dianisoyl-5,6-o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid [ii]: to a cold solution of [i](10gm , 0.046mol) in p y ridine(50 ml) , anisoy l chloride was added (17.5ml , 0.129 mol) with st irring for 2 hrs, then kept in dark p lace at room temp erature for 24 hrs.the mixture was p oured into ice-water the oil layer was extracted with (150ml) chloroform,washed with water and drived over anhydrous magnesium sulfate [15]. filtered and the solvent evaporated, p urified from chloroform:petroleum ether(1:5) to give[ii] (15gm,76.5%) as a pale yellow solid ,m.p (102-104 0 c) rf(0.80) (benzene:methanol) (5:5). synthesis of 2,3-o-dianisoyl-l-ascorbic acid[iii]: compound[ii] (10gm, 0.0236 mol) was dissolved in a mixture of (65%) acetic acid (30ml), absolute methanol(10ml) and st irred for 48 hrs at room temp erature. to t he resulting solution a benzene(40ml) was added and evap orated to y ield[iii] [16], yield (7gm, 78%) as a white cry stals, m.p (130-132 0 c), rf (0.42) (benzene:methanol) (4:6). synthesis of pentulosono-lacton-2,3-ene dianisoate[iv]: to a st irred solution of sodium p eriodate (5.6gm) in distilled water (60ml) at (0 0 c), a solution of [iii] (10 gm, 0.026 mol) in absolute ethanol (60ml) was added drop wise . aft er stirring 15 min, ethy lene glycol (0.5ml) was added and st irring for on e hour. the mixture was extracted with ethy l acetate (3x50ml)[17]. the extracts dried over anhydrouse m gso4 , filtered and the solvent evaporated , the residue recry st allized from benzene to y ield [iv] (4 gm, 45%) as a white cry st als , m.p (156-158 0 c), rf(0.7) (benzene: methanol) (6:4). synthesis of chalcone: 4-[3-(4`-substituted phenyl)-2-propene-1-one]-aniline [v]a-d: equimolar quantities of 4-amino acetop henone (0.01 mol),(1.35 g) and 4or 3 substituted benzaldehyde (0.01 mol) were dissolved in min imum amount of alcohol. sod ium ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 hy droxide solution (0.02 mol) was added slowly and the mixture became cold. then the mixture was p oured slowly into 400 ml of ice water with constant st irring and kept in refrigerator for 24 hrs [18]. the precipitate obtained was filtered , washed and recry st allized from chloroform . synthesis of 4[6-(4`substituted phenyl)-2-oxo-1,2, -di -hydropyrimidine-4yl] aniline [vi]a-d : a mixture of chalcone[ v]ad (0.001 mol) and urea (0.06 gm, 0.001mol ) in ethanol (20ml) and conc.hy drochloric a cid (5 ml) was refluxed for 6 hrs .the reaction mi xture was then concentrated to half of its volume .cooled and neutralized with ammonium hy droxide. the p recipitated solid was filtered off , washed with water [19] ، dried and recry st allized from ethanol . synthesis of 4-[6-(4`-substitute d phenyl )-2-thioxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-4yl) aniline [vii]a-d : a mixture of chalcone [vi]ad (0.001mol), thiourea (0.076gm , 0.001mo l) and sodiu m hy droxide (0.1 g) in (25 ml) of 80% (v\v) ethanol was ref luxed for 6hrs. the reaction mixture was concentrated , cooled and the solid was filtered off , washed with water[19] , dried and then cry stallized from ethanol. physical data of comp ound[v]ad , [vi]ad and [vii]ad are given in table 1. synthesis of schiff bases [viii]a-d and [ix]a-d a mixture of new amino comp ounds [vi]ad (0.01 mol) , aldehyde [iv] (0.012 mol) , dry benzene (15 ml) and 2 drop s of glacial acetic acid was refluxed for 6hrs . the solvent was evap orated under vaccum and the residue crystallized from chloroform. the p hy sical data of all schiff b ases are listed in table 2. results and discussion 5,6-o-isop ropy lidene-l-ascorbic acid[i] was p repared by the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with acetone in dry hcl (14) . the ft ir sp ectrum showed a broad st retching band at (3240-3074) cm -1 for(o-h) viny lic, st retching bands at (2993-2908) cm -1 for (c-h) aliphatic, acetal linkage st retching band at(1755) cm -1 due to (c=o) of lactone ring , st retching b and at(1685) cm -1 for (c=c) and st retching bands at (1141-900) cm -1 for c-o stretching . compound [i] reacts with excess of anisoy l chloride in dry py ridine to give the corresp onding ester [ii]. the ft ir sp ectrum exhibited ap p earance of s tretching band ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 (c=o) of the ester , and disappearance of the st retching bands for (o-h) of comp ound [i] , st retching bands at( 2961-2935) cm -1 for (c-h) alip hatic group , finally st retching band at (1604) cm -1 could b e attributed to (c=c) aromatic. the hydrolysis of compound [ii] in acid media r esult hy drolyzed of isop ropy lidene ring to y ield 2,3-o-dianisoy l-l-ascorbic acid [iii] which characterized by melting p oint and ft ir .the ftir sp ectrum showed a band at (3445 ) cm -1 for (o-h) , a stretching at (3074) cm -1 for (c-h) aromatic. gly cols [iii] oxidized by p eriodate, which is cleav es the c5c6 bond (bearing oh group s) and formation the aldehy de compound d-ery throascorbic acid [i v].this comp ound is characterized by meltin g p oint , ftir,uv-vis, m ass and 1 hnmr sp ectroscopy . the ftir sp ectrm showed two bands at (2839-2677)cm-1 for (c-h) aldehyde stretching, a st retching band at (1715) cm -1 for (c=0) of aldehydic group , uv-vis showed λm ax at 300 nm. m ass sp ectrum showed m +1 =413. 1 hnm r sp ectrum( δ, dm so) showed the followin g sin gal:a singlet sign al at δ( 12.5) p p m that could be att ributed to the aldehy dic p roton. two doublet of doublets in the region δ (7.00 – 7.97) p p m due to eight aromatic p rotons, a singlet at δ( 3.86) pp m for p roton of lactone ring at c4 . a sharp singlet at δ(3.82) pp m for the (och3) group . chalcones [ v]ad are sy nthesized by claisen-schmidt condensation of 4-amino aceto p henone and 4or 3 substituted benzaldehy de by base cataly zed followed by dehydration to y ield the desire chalcons .the st ructural assign ments of the chalcones are based on meltin g p oints and their sp ectral data of ft ir ,uv-vis and 1 hnm r sp ectroscopy . the ft ir sp ectra indicated the app earance of two bands in the region (3483-3273) cm -1 which could be att ributed to a sy mmetric and sy mmetric stretching vibration of nh2 group , a weak band at (3119-3105) c m -1 due to st retching v ibration of (ch=ch) group , two p eaks at (1650) cm -1 and (1635) cm -1 are due to of (c=o) and (c=c) st retching vibration , resp ectively. the ftir sp ectral data and uv-vis data for the chalcones are listed in table( 3).the 1 hnm r of chalcon [v]a (δ , dm so) fig (1), shows t he following features: two p airs of doublet of doublets in the region δ (7.6-8.2) pp m which can be att ributed to eight p rotons of two p -substituted of benzene ring showing d ifferent substitut ed at p ositions 1,4 . a doublet band at δ ( 6.6)pp m is due to two p rotons of (coch=ch) [19] moiety and a doublet band at δ (8.3) ppm for proton of (=char). the two protons of amine group appear as a singlet band at δ( 6.24 ) ppm. the oxop y imidine was sy nthesized from reaction of chalcone [ v]ad with urea in acidic medium. the st ructure of the o xop y rimidine [ vi]ad characteristic by ft ir sp ectra which are showed the disapp earance of two absorption bands of new absorp tion bands for nh,c=o (amid) and c=n (endocyclic at ( 3433) cm -1 , (1639) cm -1 and (1610) cm -1 , resp ectively. ftir characterist ic bands and uv-vis data of the sy nthesized comp ounds [vi]a ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 d list ed in table (4) . 1 hnm r sp ectrum of comp ound [vi]b fig (2) , shows the following signals: eight aromatic p rotons app eared as t wo p airs of doublet at δ (6.7-7.5) pp m and δ (7.98.0) pp m , a singlet sign al at δ( 7.6) p p m could be att ributed to the one p roton of 1h (oxopy rimidine) and a singlet at δ (7.5) p p m due to the proton of ch(oxo-py rimidine) , as sin glet broad sign al two p rotons of nh2 group appeared as δ( 5.0) pp m [19]. thiopyrimidiens[vii]ad were sy nthesized from the reaction of chalcon es[v]ad with thiourea in basic medium .the st ructure of the comp ounds [vii]a-d is characterized by ftir, uv-vi s and 1 hnm r sp ectroscopy . the characterist ic ftir adsorption band of thiopyrimidines showed the disapp earance of two absorption bands of the (ch=ch) and (c=o) group s in the chalcon es and app earance of n ew absorp tion bands for(nh, c=n and c=s) group s around (3341)cm -1 , (1620)cm -1 and (1305) cm -1 , resp ectively[19]. the ft ir sp ectral data and the uv-vis data of these comp ounds are shown in table 4 . 1 hnm r sp ectrum of thiopyrimidine [vii]ad exhibited eight aromatic p rotons appeared as many p airs of doublet at δ (6.5-7.9)p p m,a singlet si gnal at δ (6.05)p p m could be att ributed to the nh(thiopy rimidine) and asinglet at δ (6.55)pp m for p roton of –ch(thiopy rimidine) , a sharp singlet at δ( 6.18)pp m due to two p rotons of nh2 group . the novel schiff b ases[viii]ad and [ix]ad were sy nthesized by refluxing equemolar e of d-ery throascorbic acid [vi] with amino comp ounds of p y rimidine[vi]ad or [ vii]ad in dry benzene with some drop s of glacial acetic the s ixteen aromat ic protons , and a singlet signal at δ( 3.86)ppm that could be attributed to the proton at c4 of lactone ring. biological activity the antibacterial activity of the sy nthesized comp ounds was p erformed accordin g to the agar diffusion method [20]. the p rep ared comp ounds were tested against e.coli and staph. aureus .each compounds was dissolved in dm so to give concentration 1p p m. the p lates were then incubated at 37 0 c and examined after 24 hrs. the zones of inhibition formed were measured in millimeter and are r epresented by (-), (+), (+ +) and (+ + +) dependin g up on the diameter and clarity as in table (6). all the comp ounds exhibit the highest or low biolo gical activity while the comp ounds[v]b , [vi]b , and [vii]b showed no activity against both the organisms, and compound [vi]d d id not show activity against only (g+) . the comp ounds showed good inhibition against of the two types of the bacteria, this could be related to the p resence of the d-ery throascorbic acid , oxop y rimidine , thiopyrimidine and imine linkage. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 re ferences 1.du ,c.; liu , j.; su, w.; ren, y . and wei, d. (2003) "the p rotective effect of ascorbic acid derivative on pc12 cells,involvement of it s ros scavenging ability " , life sci. , 74 :771-780. 2. tanuma, s.; sh iokawa, d.; tanimoto,y.; ikekita, m . and takeda , m .,(1993). "benzy lidene ascorbate induces apop tosis in l929 tumor cell, biochem, biop hy s, rrs, commun., 194 :2935. 3. velr i, r.; fodor, g.; liu, c. and woolv erton , c. (1986) "a new class of sy nthetic biolo gical r esp onse modifiers,t he methy lfuryl butyrolactones" , j. biol, res. m od. , 5: 444461. 4. woolverton,c.; veltri, r.and sny der , i. (1986) "stimulation of human p mn in vitroi by asuccinimide molecular comp lex of methy lfuryl butyrolactones", j.biol,res.m od., 5 :527-538 . 5. nasr, m . and gineinah, m . , (2002) "py rido[2,3-d]py rimidin py rimido[5’,4’:5,6]py rido[2,3-d] py rimidines as new antiviral agents: sy nthesis and biolo gical activity " arch.p harm., 335 :289-295. 6. baraldi, p.; pavani, m .; nunez, m .; brigidi, p. ; vitali, b.; gambari, r. and romagnoli r. (2002)" ant imicrobial and antitumor activity of n-heteroimine-1,2,3diathiazoles and their transformation in triazolo-, imidazoand py razolopy rimidines" .bio.org.m ed.chem. 10: 449-456. 7. sondhi, s.; johar, m .; rajvanshi,s.; dast idar, g. ; shukla, r.; raghubir , r. and lown, j. (2001)" ant icancer, anti-inflammatory and analgesic activity evaluation of heterocyclic comp ounds sy nthesized by the reaction of 4-isothiocy anato-4-methy lp entan-2-one with substituted o-p heny lenediamines, o-diaminop y ridine and (unsubstituted o-diaminopy rimidines". austr. j. chem. , 54: 69-74. 8. chowdhury , a.; m atin , m .; and anwar, m . (1997) "sy nthesis and antimicrobial activities of fused py rimidines: benzot hieno[2,3d]imidazol[1,2-c] p y rimidine", chitt agon g. chitt agong univ. st ud. part(ii) , 21 :79-83. 9. herdewijn,p. (1994) "5-substituted-2-deoxy uridines as anti-hs v-1 agents : synthesis and structure-activity relationship, ant ivira l chem,chemother". 5: 131-146. 10. malic, s.; sverdnzic, d.; gazivoda , t. and marunovic, a.(2000) "synthesis and antitumor ac tivities of novel pyrimidine der ivatives of 2,3-o,o-dibenzyl-6deoxy-l-ascorbic ac id",j. med. chem. 43: 4806-4811. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 11. ali, u .; al-rawi , a. and al-rawi , m. (1998) "sy nthesis of some new schiff bases derived from glucosamine of p ossible anti microbial activity " j.drrasat,natural and engineer ing scien ces,25(1):95. 12. elsayed , h. ; at ta , k. ; aboul-ela , s. and b eldi , r. (2007)" m icrowave assist ant sy nthesis of m onoand bispheny lhy drazones of l-threo-and-d-erythro-2,3hexodiulosono-1,4-lactones for the sy nthesis of an array of heterocy clic compounds", jordan j. of chemist ry , 2(1): 117-124. 13. elsekily , a. (2008) "hy drogenation p roducts from dehydro-d-ery throand l-threoascorbic acids monoand b ishy drazones".,the arabian jou.for scien ce and engineer ing,33(1a), 7-13. 14. salo mon, l.(1963) exp erientia ,19(12) :619. 15. jwad, r. (2006) "sy nthesis of new oxazep ine derivatives st arting from l-ascorbic acid", thesis , education college ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. 16. loudon, g. (2002) "organic chemistry ",4th ed.,oxford university p ress,inc.,new york, ,855-856,869 and 873. 17. al-ogiady , r. (2010)"sy nthesis of new m alonate and barbiturate derivatives of derythroascorbic acid and their m etal comp lexes",ph.d.thesis, education college ibn alhaitham ,university of baghdad. 18. kalirajan , r.; sivakumar, s. ; gowramma , s. ; jubic, b. and saresh , b. (2009) international j. chem.tech res.,1(1): 27-34. 19. fathalla , o . ; awad, s. and m ohamed, m . (2005) "sy nthesis of new 2-thiouracil-5sulphonamide d erivatives with anty bacterial and ant i fungl activity ",arch p harm res.,28(11):1205-1212. 20. allawy , h. (2000) "sy nthesis of some new bis-1,4-substituted butane derivatives containin g 1,3,4-o xadiazole or 1,2,4-trizole unit", m .sc thesis, education colle ge ibn alhaitham,baghdad university . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table(1):the physical propertie s compounds[v]a-d,[vi]a-d and [vii]a-d. color yield % m.p c 0 molecular form ula struc tural form ula nom enca lture comp. no. orange 90 210 c1 5 h12 n2 o3 ch nhc o cho 2n 4[3(4`-nitropheny l)-2prope ne-1one] a niline [v]a ye llow 75 164 c1 5 h12 nocl ch nhc o chcl 4[3(4`-chloropheny l)-2prope ne-1one] a niline [v]b red 60 140 c1 7 h18n2 o ch nc o chme 2n 4[3(4`-n,ndim ethy lpheny l)2-pr opene1-one] aniline [v]c da rk orange 80 204 c1 5 h12 n2 o3 ch nc o ch o2n 4[3(3`-nitropheny l)-2prope ne-1one] a niline [v]d orange 70 214218 c1 6 h12 n4 o3 hn n nho2n o 4[6(4`-nitropheny l)-2-oxo1, 2-dihy dropy rim idine-4y l]aniline [vi] a ye llow 55 208 c1 6 h12 n3 oc l hn n o ncl 4[6-(4`-chloropheny l)-2-oxo1,2-dihy dropy rim idine-4y l]aniline [vi]b red 50 212 c1 8 h18 n4 o hn n nme2 n o 4[6(4`-n,ndim ethy l pheny l)2-oxo1, 2-dihy dro py rim idine -4-y l] aniline [vi] c orange 70 197 c1 6 h12 n4 o3 hn n o o2n 4[6(3`-nitropheny l)-2-oxo1, 2-dihy dropy rim idine -4-y l] aniline [vi]d pale brown 60 276 c1 6 h12 n4 o2 s hn n o2n s 4[6(4`-nitropheny l)-2-thioxo1, 2-dihy dropy rim idine-4y l]aniline [vii]a ye llow 65 200 c1 6 h12 n3 scl hn n c l s 4[6(4`-chloropheny l)-2thioxo-1, 2-dihy dro py rim idine -4-y l] aniline [vii] b ye llow 50 162164 c1 8 h18 n4 s hn n nme 2n s 4[6(4`-n,ndim ethy l pheny l)2-thioxo-1, 2-di hy dro py rim idine -4-y l] aniline [vii]c brown 50 150 c1 6 h12 n4 o2 s hn n s o2n 4[6(3`-nitropheny l)-2-thioxo1, 2-dihy dro py rim idine -4-y l] aniline [vii] d ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table(2):the physical propertie s compounds [viii]a-d an d [ix]a-d. col or yield % m.p 0c mol ecular formula rf stru ctu ral formul a comp. no. yello w 50 185187 c37h26o11n4 0.31 o o arco 2 o 2 car n ch hn n o o 2 n [viii]a brow n 55 190 c37h26o9n3cl 0.35 o o arco 2 o 2 car n ch hn n o cl [viii]b brow n 50 >30 0 c39h32o9n4 0.16 o o arco 2 o 2car n ch hn n o me 2 n [viii]c oran g 60 124126 c37h26o11n4 0.36 o o arco 2 o 2 car n ch hn n o 2n o [viii]d brow n 55 >30 0 c37h26o10n4s 0.37 o o arco 2 o 2 car n ch hn n s o 2 n [ix]a brow n 50 >30 0 c37h26o8n3cl s 0.47 o o arco 2 o 2car n ch hn n cl s [ix]b red 60 170 c39h32o8n4s 0.28 o o arco 2 o 2 car n ch hn n s me 2 n [ix]c yello w 65 144 c37h26o10n4s 0.21 o o arco 2 o 2 car n ch hn n o 2n s [ix]d ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 tabl e (3) :ch arcte rrisiti c ftir absorption band an d uv dat a ( λ m ax) of compound [v] table(4):characteristic ftir a bsor ption bands and uv data (λmax) of compounds [ vi]ad and[vii]a-d characteristi c bands ftir sp ectra (cm-1) uv data comp. no. others νc=s νc=c aromatic νc=n endocycli c νc=o amid e νc-h aromat ic νnh 2 asy . , sy . and νnh λ ma x (nm)in chcl 3 4-no2 :1 508 ,1343 1589 1610 1640 3100 34 84,3387,3256 30 7 [vi]a 4-cl:1080 1605 1630 1645 3053 34 60,3342,3217 31 8.5 [vi]b 4-n(me)2:1168 1567 1610 1643 3036 34 25,3390,3213 33 9 [vi]c 3-no2 :1346 1609 1636 1645 3094 34 72,3418,3341 27 9 [v i]d 4no2:1512,1338 1312 1597 1628 3067 34 60 , 33 33,3221 35 4.5 [vii]a 4-cl:1087 1288 1597 1620 3050 34 56,3341,3221 31 9.5 [vii]b 4-n(me)2:1168 1304 1597 1620 3053 34 76,3433,3329 40 8.5 [vii]c 3-no2:1346 1308 1589 1628 3086 34 10,3383,3360 26 6 [vii]d characteristi c bands ftir sp ectra (cm-1) uv data comp. no. others νch=ch νc=o νnh 2 asy . , sy . λ ma x (nm) in chcl3 4-no2 :1504,1 342 1635 1650 3483 , 3387 30 6 [v]a 4-cl:1089 1632 1670 3385-3273 34 1.5 [v]b 4-n(me)2 :1165 1630 1662 3480-3236 34 2.5 [v]c 3-no2:1346 1632 1651 3426-3333 28 4.5 [v]d ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 tabl e (5):ch aracte risti c ftir abs orption ban ds and uv data (λmax) of compounds [vii]a-d and [ix]a-d table(6): anti bacterial activity of the prepared compounds key to symbols: highl y active = + + +(mor than)15 mm. moderatel y active = + +(11-15) mm. and slightly active = + (5-10) . chara cter istic ba nds ftir spec tra (cm-1) uvda ta comp. no. νco νc=s νc= c ar o m . νc=n endocy c. νc=n exocy c . νc=o am id νc=o ester vc=o lacton νc-h aliph. ν c-h ar om . νn h λmax(nm ) in chcl3 1263 1602 1615 1637 1653 1738 1760 2982-2847 3052 3390 258 [viii]a 1261 1590 1605 1630 1659 1735 1767 2962-2839 3059 3417 234 [viii]b 1257 1585 1605 1640 1650 1715 1766 2978-2839 3060 3402 258.5 [viii]c 1237 1580 1605 1632 1642 1724 1770 2984-2878 3059 3337 268.9 [viii]d 1257 1310 1601 1610 1630 1645 1720 1766 2962-2843 3078 3348 252.6 [i x] a 1261 1300 1585 1605 1627 1650 1730 1766 2981-2843 3050 3406 261 [i x] b 1258 1305 1580 1600 1630 1642 1715 1766 2908-2949 3078 3383 258.5 [i x] c 1263 1304 1580 1605 1627 1645 1720 1769 2982-2843 3059 3368 252.4 [i x]d st aph.aureus (g+) e.coli (g-) comp. no. st aph.aurus (g+) e.coli (g-) comp. no. + + + + + [viii]a + + + + + [v]a + + + + + + [viii]b [v]b + + + + + + [viii]c + + + + [v]c + + + + + + [viii]d + + + + ++ [v]d + + + [ix]a + + + + [vi]a + + + + + + [ix] b [vi]b + + + + + + [ix] c + + + + + + [vi]c + + + + + + [ix]d + [v i]d + + + + [iv] + + + + + [vii]a [vii]b + + + [vii]c + + + + + + [vii]d ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (1): 1 hnmrspectrum of compound[v]a fig . (2): 1 hnmr-spectrum of compound[vi]b ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig .(3): ftir-s pectrum of compound[ viii]d fig .(4) : 1 hnmr-spectrum of compound[viii]a 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ارثرو اسكوربیك dتحضیر و تشخیص مشتقات جدیدة من قواعد شف لحامض و البیرمیدین عمار ھاني الدجیلي، جمبد ھرمز توما ، منى سمیر الراوي ، عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص جامعة بغداد ، ابن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ، سم الكیمیاء ق 2011نیسان 3: في استلم البحث 2011آیار 22: قبل البحث في الخالصة ي dحضرت المركبات الجدیدة لقواعد شف المشتقة من حامض ارثرو اسكوربیك مع مركبات البیریمیدین الت ي البنزین ) المحتویة على وحدة البیرمیدین(ارثرواسكوربیك مع االمینات االروماتیة dحضرت من تكاثف حامض ف ي محفزا ت dحضر الحامض . الجاف وباستعمال قطرات من حامض الخلیك الثلج ارثرواسكوربیك باربع خطوا ل الجالكونات مع ) 1(متتالیة كما في المخطط رقم ط بینما حضر االمین االروماتي من تفاع الیوریا او الثایوریا في وس .حامضي او قاعدي وعلى التوالي ftشخصت جمیع المركبات المحضرة بقیاس درجات انصھارھا وبوساطة طیف ir uv-vis, وطیف 1 hnm r . ة د نوعین من البكتریا واظھرت النتائج فعالیة بایولوجی محضرة ض درست الفعالیة البایولوجیة للمركبات ال staphy.یدة ضد البكتریا بنوعیھا ج lococcus (g+) ,echerichia coli (g-) ات بینما لم تظھر المركب[v]b , [vi]b , [vii]b نوع من البكتریا .اي فعالیة بایولوجیة ضد ھذا ال . بیرمیدین ,حامض االسكوربیك , قواعد شف : الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 11 448 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 simultaneous determination of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and mebeverin hydrochloride by derivative spectrophotometry maha a. mohammmed. muna a. kadhum dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pur science/(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:28 may 2014,accepted in:15 september 2014 abstract a new spectrophotometric method, is for individual and simultaneous determination of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride(cip) and mebeverin hydrochloride(meb) by the first and second derivative mode techniques. the first and second derivative spectra of these compounds permitted individual and simultaneous determination of cip and meb in concentration range of (4-28µg/ml) by measuring the amplitude of peaktobase line and the area under peak at selected spectrum intervals. the methods showed a reasonable precision and accuracy and have been applied to determine cip and meb in four different pharmaceutical preparations. key words: derivative, ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, mebeverin hydrochloride, determination, spectrophotometry 449 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction ciprofloxacin hydrochloride (cip) is a synthetic chemotherapeutic antibiotic (1cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1, 4-dihydro-4oxo-7-(1-piperazinyl)-3-quinolinecarboxylic acid), its empirical formula is c17h18fn3o3 and its molecular weight is 331.4 g/molfigure1, ciprofloxacin hydrochloride is a broad-spectrum antimicrobial agents belonging to the fluoroquinolone group its mode of action depends upon blocking bacterial dna replication by binding itself to an enzyme called dna gyrase, thereby preventing the enzyme ability to untwist the dna double helix, which is required for dna replication [1,2]. mebeverine hydrochloride (meb) has an empirical formulac25h35no5, chemical name. 4(ethyl[1-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl]amino)butyl-3,4 dimethoxybenzoate)and its molecular weight is 429,6[g/mol] as shown in figure 2. meb is a drug whose major therapeutic role is in the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome (ibs) and the associated abdominal cramping. it works by relaxing the muscles in and around the gut. it is a musculotropic antispasmodic drug without anticholinergic sideeffects. the drug is also indicated for treatment of gastrointestinal spasm secondary to organic disorder hydrochloride [3].most methods for cip analysis include high performance liquid chromatographic techniques [4,5], thin layer chromatography [6,7], gas chromatography [8], capillary electrophoresis [9,10] , polarography [ 11]and spectrophotometry [12,13 ] were reported. different methods have been reported form the determination of meb including ,spectrophotometric methods [14-15], high performance liquid chromatographic techniques [16,17]. the main goal of this work is to establish accurate, precise, rapid and reproducible stability indicating spectrophotometric method for the determination of cip, meb individually. and for simultaneous determination of cip.andmeb. in binary mixtures, this can be used for the routine quality control analysis of these drugs in raw material and pharmaceutical formulations and stability studies. experimental apparatus uv-visible spectrophotometer (shimadzu 1800) with uv-probe version 1.10 (japan) connected to computer was used for the drugs estimation. quartz cuvettes (1.00 cm) were matched and used for all absorbance measurements. chemicals pure gift samples of (cip) and (meb) double distilled water were provided by the state company of drug industries and medical appliances (iraq_samara), cip (500mg) tablet and meb (135mg) tablet from local market. all drugs were used as working standards without further purification. preparation of stock and working standard solutions: the stock solutions of cip and meb (100 µg/ml) were prepared by dissolving 10 mg of drugs in 100 ml water using volumetric flask. the working standard solutions of the respective drugs were prepared by several dilution using water . procedure 1individual determination of cip and meb aliquots of cip or meb solution containing (4-20)µg/ml for each one aliquots alone were transfered into 10 ml volumetric flasks and dilute to mark with double distilled water. the absorption spectra were recoded and showed absorption maxima at 206,276and 316 nm for cip, and 220, 262 and 293nm for meb. 450 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 determination was made by measuring the first and second derivative values and area under peaks of their spectra at certain given wavelengths and wavelength regions. the concentration of cip and meb was determined respectively. simultaneous determination of cip and meb (i) the content of series of 10 ml calibration flasks containing (8 and 14 µg/ml) for (cip) with different concentrations (4, 8, 12, 16, and 20 µg/ml) of (meb) were diluted with double distilled water. the absorption spectra were recorded against blank (prepared by the same manner as test solution but without cip and meb). the derivative values of their first andsecond spectra the concentration of cip were masured and determined. (ii) the content of series of 10 ml calibration flasks containing (8 µg/ml) for (meb) with different concentrations (4, 8, 10,12and 16 µg/ml) of (cip) were diluted with double distilled water. the absorption spectra were recorded against blank (prepared by the same manner as test solution but without meb and cip). the derivative values of their first and second spectra were measured and the concentration of meb was determined. 3standard addition method it was carried out by preparing several 10 ml aliquot solutions containing the same amount (40 µg) of cip (or meb) drug ( tablet), and different amounts of standard (0,40, 80,100,120) µg, similary for (meb). the first and second derivative were recorded, figure 3. 4effect of interference this research includes, a study about the effect of different interferences on the first and second derivative of spectra for cip and meb which are found in pharmaceutical material a stock solution of glucose, lactose and starch were prepared by dissolving (0.1g)of each additives in 10 ml volumetric flask to get a solution of 10000 µg/ml. in 10 ml calibrated flask containing (8,16) µg/ml of cip and (12,16) µg/ml of meb,1ml aliquots were transferred of to each additive, from which the absorption spectra were recoded. preparation of pharmaceutical formulation ten tablets were weighed and crushed to fine powder.the tablet powder equivalent to 500 mg of (cip), 135 mg of (meb) are mixed and dissolved in 2 ml double distilled water. the resultant solution was diluted to 100 mlwith double distilled water in volumetric flask. the solution was filtrate by using whatman filter paper no.41to avoid any suspended or undissolved material before analyses. results and discussion absorption spectra the absorption spectra of the (cip) and (meb) were measured from (190-400 nm.) against double distilled water as blank. the absorption spectra of cip and meb and for their mixture were recorded. fig.(4) (a) shows the absorption spectrum of cip solution (14 µg/ml) with three absorption maxima at wavelength 206, 276 and 316 nm, while spectrum (b) shows the absorption spectrum of meb solution (8 µg/ml) with three absorption maxima at wavelength 220,262 and 293nm .the total spectrum of mixture of ( 14 cip /and 8 meb µg/ml) is shown in curve( c) with (224 and 274 nm)between the absorption maxima of the two components. first and second derivative modes the first and second order derivative spectra of (cip) and (meb) and for their mixture are shown in figure 5 and figure 6 respectively. it was obvious that there is a large overlap of the 451 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 spectra of cip and meb using the zero order absorption measurements. therfore derivative spectrophotometric technique is of a particular utility in determining the concentration of single component in such mixtures with a large spectral overlapping. for this reason, derivative spectrophotometric methods have been applied .both first and second order modes were tested and the results obtained showed that techniques could be successfully applied when the measurements are carried out under optimum concentration . the present work, graphically (peak-to-base line), technique in addition to peak area were used to deal with derivatives spectra to carry out the measurement. in the first and second derivative modes show a good proportionality to cip and meb concentration in their mixtures. to select the derivative order, the first, second, third and fourth derivative spectra of cip and meb were also studied. the study of first and second order spectra was simple and gave results of highest accuracy and detection limits. figurure 7 and figure 8 show sets of first order spectra of mixtures containing different amounts of each of cip or meb in the presence of (14µg/ml of cip and 8µg/ml of meb). the results in figure 6 indicated that when the concentration of cip is kept constant and the concentration of meb varied, the peak area at the, intervals (207-233 nm ) and (239273nm) were proportional to the concentration of meb. moreover, the peak-to-base line at (218nm) and (287.5nm) was found to be a function of meb concentration. the same features were found when inspecting figure 7 for the determination of cip. the peak areas in the wavelengths intervals of ( 220-236nm ), (244-262nm ) and (294-320nm) and the peak amplitude measured at peak-to-baseline (251)nm were in proportion to the concentration of cip (table 2 ). figure 9 and figure 10 have shown in further sets of second derivative of the same above mixtures. applying the same mentioned techniques in measuring peak amplitudes (in millimeter) at peak-to-base line of the other compound, and peak areas at selected wavelengths intervals enable the measurement of meb and cip respectively (table 2). calibration graph and statistical analysis the analysis characteristic and most statistical data for each of the proposed methods are given in table 2. under the optimum conditions, liner calibration graphs were obtained in the range of (4-28µg/ml) with correlation coefficient values in the range ( 0.9981-0.9999) for different techniques. accuracy and precision under the optimum condition, the accuracy and precision of the proposed method (two different techniques for each of first and second order derivative modes) tested. table 3 shows the values of relative error percent and relative standard deviation percent for two different levels of concentration of cip and meb. application two of proposed methods (namely first derivative peak–to–base line at 342 nm and second derivative peak –tobase line at 326nm ) were successfully applied for direct determination of cip in two different drugs. the results obtained are presented in table (4) , and are in quite agreement with the spiked values. on the other hand, cip has also been successfully determined in two different pharmaceutical preparations by two of proposed methods. the results are shown in table (4).the standard additions method was used to determine each drug in pharmaceutical tablets. accuracy of the proposed method was assisted by determining cip and meb solutions using the standard additions method for the above methods and the data obtained for pharmaceutical tablets were listed in table (4). 452 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1rossi, s. (2006), australian medicines handbook, isbn 0-9757919-2-3. 2-tadros, mi, (2010), controlled-release effervescent floating matrix tablets of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride: development, optimization and in vitro-in vivo evaluation in healthy human volunteers, eur j pharm biopharm, 74, 2 , 332-9. 3-budavari, s. (2001), the merk index. an encyclopedia of chemicals, drugs and biologicals 13 ed),merck and co.inc.,whitehouse station,nj,1097,1946. 4singh, r. maithani, m. saraf, sk. saraf, s. and gupta, rc. (2009), simultaneous estimation of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, ofloxacin, tinidazole and ornidazole by reverse phase – high performance liquid chromatography, ejac, 4, 2, 161-168. 5imre, s. dogaru, mt. vari ce. muntean, t. and kelemen, l. (2003),validation of an hpl c method for the determination of ciprofloxacin in human plasma. j pharm biomed anal, 33, , 1, 125-30 6-novakovic, j1. nesmerak, k. nova, h.and filka, k. (2001), an hptlc method for the determination and the purity control of ciprofloxacin hcl in coated tablets, j pharm biomed anal., 25, 5-6, 957-64. 7yu-lin feng and chuan dong. october (2004), simultaneous determination of trace ofloxacin,ciprofloxacin and sparfloxacin by micelle tlc-flourimetry, j of chromatographic science, 42. 8pns pai, balaphanisekhar, b . rao ,gk .and pasha , k . (2006), determination of methylene chloride organic volatile impurity in marketed formulations of ciprofloxacin, norfloxacin, pefloxacin and ofloxacin, . indian ,j. pharmaceutical sciences, 68 , , 3,368-370 9adriana, f. faria, marcus, v. n. de souza ,and marcone a. l. de oliveira, (2008),validation of a capillary zone electrophoresis method for the determination of ciprofloxacin, gatifloxacin, moxifloxacin and ofloxacin in pharmaceutical formulations. j. braz. chem. soc. 19 , 3, issn 0103-5053 10-. katarzyna, michalska, genowefa, pajchel,and stefan, tyski, (2004), determination of ciprofloxacin and its impurities by capillary zone electrophoresis . journal of chromatography, 1051, 1–2, 267–272. 11salvi, v s*. sathe, p a and rege, p v. (2010), determination of tinidazole and ciprofloxacin hydrochloride in single formulation tablet using differential pulse polarography j anal bioanal tech., 1:110. doi:10.4172/2155-9872.1000110 12marianne alphonse mahrouse , (2012), development and validation of a uv spectrophotometric method for the simultaneous determination of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and metronidazole in binary mixture, journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research, 4, , 11, 4710-4715,. 13manaswi patil. vrushali tambe. vijaya vichare and reshma kolte, (2012), validated simultaneous uv spectrophotometric methods for estimation of ciprofloxacin and tinidazole in tablet dosage form,. international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences 4, 182185, 3. 14sayed, m.s.derayea. (2014), an application of eosin y for the selective spectrophotometer and spectrofluorimetric determination of mebeverine hydrochloride, ,journal home. 6, 2270-2275. 15-. eglal, a.abd el aleem and nada abdel wahab, (2012), simltaneous determination of some antiprotozoal drugs in different combined dosage forms by mean centering of ration spectra and multivariate calibration with model updating methods, chemistry central journal6, 27,1, 1-8. 16rim, s, haggag, rasha, a. shaalan and tarek, s. bela(2010), validated hplc determination of the two fixed dose combinations (chlordiazepoxide hydrochloride and 453 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 mebeverine hydrochloride; carvedilol and hydrochlorothiazide) in their tablets; j. aoac int. 93, 4, 1192-1200. 17eglal a. abd el aleem and nada abdel wahab, (2013), validated chromatographic and spectrophotometric methods for analysis of some amoebicide drugs in their combined pharmaceutical preparation., pak.j.pharm.sci. 26, 1, 175-183. table no. (1) : percent recovery for (8,16) µg.ml-1of cip and (12,16)µg.ml-1of meb in the presence of 1000 µg.ml-1of excipients. re% recovery conc. found (µg/ml) conc. taken (µg/ml) excipients compound -0.062 99.900 7.995 8 lactose ciprofloxacin hydrochloride -0.262 99.580 7.979 starch -0.012 99.980 7.999 glucose -0.050 99.890 15.992 16 lactose -0.012 99.900 15.998 starch 0.000 99.999 16.000 glucose -0.166 98.990 11.980 12 lactose mebevrine hydrochloride -0.066 99.986 11.992 starch -0.016 99.969 11.998 glucose -0.018 99.997 15.997 16 lactose -0.093 99.959 15.985 starch -0.068 99.999 15.989 glucose 454 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (2) statistical analysis of the determination of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and mebeverine hydrochloride slope correlation coefficent (r) regression equation wave length (nm) mode of calculation order of derivative compound 0.0026 0.9983 y= 0.0026x + 0.0026 262 peak to base line first cprophloxacine hydrochlored -0.0027 0.9984 y=-0.0027x-0.0018 288 peak to base line first -0.0008 0.9991 y=-0.0008x-0.0003 342 peak to base line first 0.0467 0.9985 y = 0.0467x+0.044 240-274 peak area first -0.107 0.9965 y=-0.0401x-0.0522 276-306 peak area first 0.0193 0.9936 y=-0.0193x-0.0060 320-376 peak area first 0.0002 0.9992 y=0.0002x+ 0.0002 254 peak to base line second 0.00040.9964 y=-0.0004x-0.0006 276 peak to base line second 0.0002 0.9995 y=0.0002x-0.0002 296 peak to base line second -5e-05 0.9991 y=-5e-05x-4e-05 326 peak to base line second 0.0018 0.9964 y=0.0018x+0.0005 240-262 peak area second 0.00490.9975 y=-0.0049x-0.0072 264-286 peak area second 0.0024 0.9984 y=0.0024x+0.0025 288-308 peak area second -0.0006 0.9992 y=-0.0006x-0.0003 312-338 peak area second -0.002 0.9994 y=-0.002x-0.0006 230 peak to base line first mebeverine hydrochloride 0.0007 0.9990 y=0.0007x+0.0004 252 peak to base line first -0.0005 0.9990 y=-0.0005x-2e-05 274 peak to base line first -0.0005 0.9999 y=-0.0005x-0.0003 306 peak to base line first -0.014 0.9985 y=-0.014x+0.0032 222-242 peak area first 0.0067 0.9992 y=0.0067x+0.0029 244-262 peak area first -0.0041 0.9982 y=-0.0041x-0.0049 264-286 peak area first -0.729 0.9995 y=-0.0059x-0.0033 292-324 peak area first 0.0003 0.9993 y=0.0003x+4e-05 238 peak to base line second -0.0001 0.9995 y=-0.0001x-0.0002 262 peak to base line second 5e-05 0.9994 y=5e-05x 1e-05 280 peak to base line second -4e-05 0.9997 y=-4e-05x – 7e-06 296 peak to base line second 4e-05 0.9991 y=4e-05x + 2e-05 314 peak to base line second 0.0023 0.9991 y= 0.0023x + 4e-05 230-248 peak area second -0.0008 0.9989 y=-0.0008x -0.0001 252-270 peak area second 0.0002 0.9996 y=0.0002x+0.0001 274-286 peak area second -0.0004 0.9995 y= -0.0004x-9e-05 288-304 peak area second 0.0006 0.9993 y=0.0006x+0.0003 304-332 peak area second 455 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (3) precision and accuracy of the methods rsd % re % found (µg/ml) taken (µg/ml) method of analysis compound 0.436 0.7503.970 4 first order peak-to-base line at 342 nm 1.540 2.741 12.329 12 0.378 0.660 28.185 28 2.762 5.025 4.201 4 second order peak-tobase line at 326nm 1.458 2.591 12.311 12 0.254 0.442 28.124 28 1.979 3.550 6.213 6 first order peak-to-base line at 306 nm 0.009 0.016 11.998 12 0.030 0.053 28.015 28 0.183 -0.317 5.981 6 second order peak-tobase line at 296 nm 1.048 1.850 12.222 12 0.285 0.496 28.139 28 *average of four determination table no. (4) results for analysis of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and mebeverine hydrochloride in two pharmaceutical formulation sample rsd % n =3 re% r regression equation wave length ( nm) found (µg/ml) taken (µg/ml) method of analysis compound 1.892     2.75  0.9993 y=-0.0084x-0.0034 342 4.11 4 first ciprofloxacin hydrochloride ras al khaimah,u.a.e. 500 mg 1.724     2.50  0.9987 y=-0.0005x-0.0002 326 4.10 4 second 1.627     ‐2.25   0.9999 y= -0.0051x+0.002 306 3.91 4 first mebeverine hydrochloride jeddah, saudi arabia 135mg    2.564    ‐3.50  0.9956 y= -0.0004x-0.0001 296 3.86 4 second ciprofloxacin hydrochloride mebeverine hydrochloride 456 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (1) chemical formula of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride 457 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (2):formula of mebeverine hydrochloride figure no. (3) determination of cip in several amount of meb(a,b) and determination of meb in several concentration of cip (c,d) by standard additions method. figure no. (4) absorption spectra of (a) 14 µg/ml ciprofloxacin hydrochloride , (b) 8 µg/ml mebeverine hydrochloride (c) ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and mebeverine hydrochloride 458 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (5) first derivatives spectra of: (a) 14 µg/ml ciprofloxacin hydrochloride (b) 8µg/ml mebeverine hydrochloride (c) ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and mebeverine hydrochloride mixture figure no. (6) second derivatives spectra of: (a) 14 µg/ml ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, (b) 8 µg/ml mebeverine hydrochloride (c) ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and mebeverine hydrochlorid 459 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(7): first derivative spectra of mixtures containing(4-20 µg/ml) mebeverinehydrochloride and 14 µg/ml of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride figure no. (8) :first derivative spectra of mixtures containing(4-20 µg/ml) ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and 14 µg/ml of mebeverinehydrochloride 460 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (9): second derivative spectra of mixtures containing of mebeverine hydrochloride (4-20 µg/ml) and ciprofloxacin hydrochloride14 µg/ml \ figure no. (10): second derivative spectra of mixtures containingof (4-20 µg/ml) ciprofloxacin hydrochloride and mebeverine hydrochloride 8 µg/ml 461 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 التقدير االني لعقاري السبروفلوكساسين ھايدروكلوريد و المبفرين ھايدروكلوريد بوساطة طيف المشتقة مھا عبد الستار محمد نجيب منى عبد الرسول كاظم للعلوم الصرفة(ابن الھيثم)/جامعة بغدادقسم الكيمياء/كلية التربية 2014ايلول15,قبل البحث في:2014ايار28استلم البحث في: الخالصة نفرد وبشكل اني طورت طريقة طيفية جديدة لتقدير السبروفلوكساسين ھيدروكلوريد والمبيفرين ھيدروكلوريد بشكل م لمشتقة الثانية الطياف ھذه المركبات. لقد وجد ان المشتقة االولى واباالعتماد على تقنية المشتقة االولى والمشتقة الثانية د بمدى يتراوح بين الطياف ھذه المركبات تمكن من التقديراالني للسبروفلوكساسين ھيدروكلوريد وللمبيفرين ھيدروكلوري وال حة تحت الحزمة عند اطخط القاعدة وكذلك من خالل قياس المسا -مل وذلك بقياس ارتفاع القمة\) مايكروغرام 28 4( دقيقة بشكل موجية محددة لكل مركب. لقد كانت النتائج التي تم الحصول عليھامن تحليل المركبات قيد الدراسة متوافقة و اجح في اثنين من مقبول, كما وامكن تطبيقھا لتقدير السبروفلوكساسين ھيدروكلوريد والمبيفرين ھيدروكلوريد بشكل ن لصيدالنيةا المستحضرات يافتقدير , المط المشتقة , سبروفلوكساسين ھايدروكلوريد, مبفرين ھايدروكلوريد ,: الكلمات المفتاحية 100 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 bayesian structural time series for forecasting oil prices ali hussein al-moders tasnim h. kadhim ahussaein287@gmail.com tasnim.h@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of mathematics, collage of science, university of baghdad, baghdadiraq abstract there are many methods of forecasting, and these methods take data only, analyze it, make a prediction by analyzing, neglect the prior information side and do not considering the fluctuations that occur overtime. the best way to forecast oil prices that takes the fluctuations that occur overtime and is updated by entering prior information is the bayesian structural time series (bsts) method. oil prices fluctuations have an important role in economic so predictions of future oil prices that are crucial for many countries whose economies depend mainly on oil, such as iraq. oil prices directly affect the health of the economy. thus, it is necessary to forecast future oil price with models adapted for emerging events. in this article, we study the bayesian structural time series (bsts) for forecasting oil prices. results show that the price of oil will increase to 156.2$ by 2035. keywords: bayesian structural time series (bsts), bayesian inference, prior oil prices. 1. introduction oil prices are incredibly significant as an economic source of iraq, because in fact there is no economy in iraq. iraq depends on the price of oil. this was what we noticed when the price of oil decreased due to coronavirus. oil prices have two major junctures, the first juncture initiated from 1859 when the oil was discovered until 1970 and when the organization of opec was established and instituted itself as one of the important players in oil market. the second juncture has been initiated since 1970 till present where new producers and government companies have come in the market. there are many opinions that explain the impact of the change in oil prices on the global economy. morana [1], barsky [2], kilian.l. [3], segal.p. [4], sundry studies found that high oil prices have a negative impact on oil importing countries and a positive effect on countries whose economies depend on oil ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2631 article history: received,25, augest ,2020, accepted 28, september,2020, published in april 2021 mailto:ahussaein287@gmail.com mailto:tasnim.h@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq 101 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 revenues [5,6]. moreover, such positive effect impact of higher oil price on oil exporting iraq is found out to be the most useful [7,8]. to make suitable decisions about the direction of economic policy, it is important to accurately forecast future oil prices [9]. global oil prices in 2008 witnessed rise to $ 134/bbl., which has been on an upward trend since 2003. in 2014 the price of crude oil fell below $ 50 /bbl. the proven iraqi oil reserves are about 112 billion barrels, while 80% of iraqi oil is uncertain, with a total unconfirmed reserve ratio of about 360 billion barrels. in 1996, during the blockade, iraq relied heavily on the oil-for-food program and contributed to a partial lifting of the suffering of the iraqi citizen. after 2003 and the absence of industry and agriculture significantly, the iraqi economy became dependent on 90% of oil exports. bayesian structural time series model can reliably predict oil price, which creates difficulties when using classical statistical methods to forecast oil prices. however, predicting the oil prices is more complex and difficult to model because oil prices fluctuations are non-linear, unstable, and very volatile. bayesian structural time series (bsts) has shown great power in forecasting nonlinear and complex time series. many papers have presented successful application of bsts for forecasting the oil price series for example yuzeli et al. [10], choi.d. [11], bekiros et al [12], jinwen qiu et al [13]. 2. model used to predict of oil prices there are different time series forecasting methods; they are: auto-regressive, moving average, autoregressive moving average, integrated moving average, seasonal autoregressive integrated moving-average (sarima), bayesian structural time series (bsts) [14]. there is no best way of doing time series modeling. it all depends on the problem. but it is almost always true that bringing in some prior information is helpful. for example, oil prices are down now due to the coronavirus outbreak. in other words, if your model is not taking that into account, it will be useless. thus, the bayesian structural time series of predicting oil prices is the basis of the optimal decision making to control the country's economic situation. 3. bayesian structural time series (bsts): bayesian structural time series model is a technique used for time series nowcasting, forecasting, inferring causal impact a sequence of data. samples are taken in time order with equal time intervals. time series are analyzed to understand the past and to forecast the future. the goal of time series is forecasting, improved computing power, have made time series methods widely applicable. time series forecasting has many real applications in various areas such as forecasting of economy, business weather, decease, and others. suppose 𝑦𝑡 is observation with time series t. there are two components of a structural time series model: (1) observation equation and (2) transition equation.as 𝑦𝑡 = 𝛽𝑡 𝑋𝑡 𝑇 + 𝜖𝑡 (1) where βt is vector of variables, xt is a vector of parameters and εt ~𝑁(0, 𝜎 2). in addition, βt is represented as the following transition equation 𝛽𝑡+1 = 𝑇𝑡 𝛽𝑡 + 𝑅𝑡 𝛿𝑡 (2) 102 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 where 𝛿𝑡 ~𝑁(0, 𝜎 2) and 𝑇𝑡 , 𝑅𝑡 are transition matrix. the above equations describe the observed data, and through them we can build time series models to forecast in the short and long term [15,16]. 4. bayesian structural time series model for forecasting oil prices: oil price changes overtime because of crises, political conflicts, supply and demand to oil. for this reason, investors and policymakers need to know the direction of future oil prices. this leads to the need for the use of bsts. bsts features input of backend and bayesian component regression for updating the timeline model. hence, in this paper, we are forecasting oil prices data over time by bsts. we use the bayesian approach in the first place. there are many advantages in doing this such as to help us update our data continuously by entering prior information and estimating models with large numbers of parameters [17]. the bayesian approach is based on bayes' theorem, and we express it in the following equation: 𝑝(𝜃|𝑦) = 𝑝(𝑦|𝜃)𝑝(𝜃) 𝑝(𝑦) (3) here 𝑝(𝜃|𝑦) is the posterior distribution for the parameter for, 𝑝(𝜃) is the prior distribution for the parameter 𝜃, likelihood function and 𝑓(𝑦) is marginal probability of the y, this marginal probability is computed as: 𝑝(𝑦) = ∫(𝑦|𝜃)𝑝(𝜃)𝑑𝜃 (4) forecasting using the bayesian structural time series, 𝑦𝑛+𝑟 , r = 1, 2, … on the data collected up to the current time, 𝑦 = {𝑦𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛−1, … , 𝑦1}. 𝑦𝑡 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑦𝑡−1 + 𝛽2𝑦𝑡−2 + ⋯ + 𝛽𝑡−𝑝𝑦𝑡−𝑝 + 𝑡 (5) 𝑡 ~ 𝑁(0, 𝜎 2) forecast equation is defined as 𝑦𝑛+𝑟 = 𝛽0 + ∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑦𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (6) 5. data: the data of oil prices is taken from eia, from 2006 to 2020 years where it has a variety of information available. this contains prices, production levels and many other relevant statistics. the results obtained from bsts are compared with that of eia. for the use of the bayesian structural time series model, this study will focus on the yearly crude oil future pricing shown in table .1 and represented in figure .1 the data represent oil price from eia. it is the us energy information administration which is a major agency of the united states federal statistical system responsible for collecting, analyzing, and disseminating information on energy to promote sound policies, market efficiency, and public understanding of energy and its interaction with the economy and the environment. 103 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 table 1. crude oil price oil price $ year 60.85 2006 95.95 2007 97.26 2008 61.67 2009 79.50 2010 111.26 2011 111.67 2012 108.66 2013 98.95 2014 52.39 2015 43.73 2016 54.19 2017 71.31 2018 64.21 2019 42.01 2020 104 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 1: data for oil price from 2006 to 2020. 6. modeling bayesian structural has an advantage to apply for short and long-term forecasting. however, most of models involve complicated mathematics and it is almost impossible for the statistician who does not have strong mathematical background to conduct forecasting. meanwhile, bsts allows us to conduct this study with some lines of r code. to run simulations with mcmc in the bayesian time series in r, there is a package called a (bsts) package. automatically performs sample generating operations etc. the bsts is a function specific to the bayesian time series which includes the mcmc simulation method for generating samples and calculating parameters in the bayesian regression model [18]. 7. forecasting oil price in this section, we present the expected results obtained by applying the bsts model to oil prices. predicting the price of oil is very difficult due to the variables that change or occur overtime, for example the outbreak of the corona virus and political conflicts, and thus the price of oil changes within a short period of time. meaning demand and supply are not static. this means that there is no exact model for this. all models are probabilistic models. we carry out the bsts modeling for forecasting 15 years. to predict future values for the years 2021 to 2035 we use forecast package of the forecast code based on the coding of rprogramming such that the value (64.02)we are getting from forecast package. table 2 shows the prediction results by bsts. the oil price was evaluated to increase to 119.88in 2035. in 2035year, eia has estimated that the oil price will reach 120.47. the price we value in this paper is lower than the eia because we use moderate assumptions regarding the future oil market. 105 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 table 2. bsts prediction results(by authors). eia $[19] oil price $ year 64.69 64.02 2021 68.86 68.53 2022 72.01 71.86 2023 75.53 74.43 2024 79.24 79.08 2025 83.03 79.81 2026 86.48 86.38 2027 90.51 88.58 2028 94.65 93.19 2029 98.29 95.78 2030 102.56 102.02 2031 106.52 103.65 2032 111.48 100.87 2033 115.84 113.18 2034 120.47 119.88 2035 106 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 2: forecasted oil price from 2021 to 2035 8. conclusion in this study we have provided a method to build a model forecast long-term oil prices. in this study, we applied bsts using r program. bayesian structural time series suitable method. since the oil price change constantly it is useful to incorporate some prior information in the model for example, the coronavirus outbreak. this study predicts oil prices through 2035, oil price is expected to rise to $ 119.88in 2035, and the eia predicts that oil price in 2035 will reach 120.47$. references 1. morana, k. the oil price-macroeconomy relationship since the mid-1980s: a global perspective. energy j. 2013. 2. barsky, r.b.; kilian, l. oil and macroeconomy since the 1970s. j. econ. perspect. 2004. 3. kilian, l. not all oil price shocks are alike: disentangling demand and supply shocks in the crude oil market. am. econ. rev. 2009, 99, 1053–1069. [crossref] 4. segal, p. oil price shocks and the macroeconomy. oxf. rev. econ. policy 2011. 5. timilsina, g.r. oil prices and the global economy: a general equilibrium analysis. energy econ. 2015. 6. archanskaia, e.; creel, j.; hubert, p. the nature of oil shocks and the global economy. energy policy, 2012. 7. peersman, g.; van robays, i. cross-country differences in the effects of oil shocks. energy econ. 2012, 34, 1532–1547. [crossref] 8. w. xie, l. yu, s. xu, and s. wang, a new method for crude oil price forecasting based on support vector machines, in proceedings of the international conference on computational science (part iv).2006, 444–451,. 9. crude oil price analysis and forecasting: a perspective of new triangle, energy economics. 2020, 87, 104721. 107 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 10. choi, d. the effect of shale gas revolution on oil industry; the institute of energy economics japan: tokyo, japan, 2013. 11. bekiros, s.d.; diks, c.g.h. the relationship between crude oil spot and futures prices: cointegration, linear and nonlinear causality. energy econ. 2008, 30, 2673– 2685. 12. jinwen qiu, s. rao jammalamadaka, ning ning. multivariate bayesian structural time series model, 2018. 13. r. shumway ; d. stoffer, time series analysis and its applications, springer, 4th edition, 2017. 14. schmitt, e.; tull, c.; atwater, p. extending bayesian structural time-series estimates of causal impact to many-household conservation initiatives. ann. appl. stat. 2018. 15. scott, s.l.; varian, h.r. predicting the present with bayesian structural time series. 2013. 16. energy information administration (eia). annual energy outlook 2020; u.s. department of energy. 17. koduvely, h.m. learning bayesian models with r; packt: birmingham, uk, 2015. 18. steven l. scott. package ‘bsts’, may 2, 2020. 19. international energy agency (iea). analysis of the impact of high oil prices on the global economy; oced/iea: paris, france, 2004. 26 metabolic syndrome noorhan khalid shafeeq tamara ala`a hussein eiman aa.abass abstract metabolic syndrome (mets) is a combination of health disorders that mainly result from overweight and obesity. it increases the risk of developing cardiovascular disease and diabetes. (mets) closely related to the existence weight gain or obesity and laziness. it increases the serum levels of tnf-α and change the levels of a number of other parameters (e.g., adiponectin, resistin, and pai-1). tnf-α dose not only appear to cause the production of inflammatory cytokines. it can trigger cell signaling by interacting with tnf-α receptors that can lead to insulin resistance. usually, the digestive system molders the foods you eat and converts them to glucose. insulin is an anabolic hormone produced by the pancreas that aids glucose get in your cells. to be utilize, as an energy source .cells do not respond to insulin normally, and sugar cannot easily enter cells in people with insulin resistance. as outcome, blood glucose rises, until the body produces more insulin in an attempt to lower blood sugar. the following factors increase the chance of developing mets as age increases the risk of developing mets with age and ethnicity. in the united states, it appears that women of mexican descent are more likely to develop mets. obesity carrying an extra amount of weight, especially in the abdomen, increases the risk of mets. from this review, it stated that metabolic syndrome stands for the constellation of cardiovascular risk factors that raise the risk of cardiovascular arteriosclerosis and type 2 diabetes. type 2 diabetes is a major global public health issue with more than 300 million people projected in 2025. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2675 article history: received 23 march 2021, accepted 1 june 2021, published in 2021. department of chemistry/ college of education, for pure science(ibn-al-haitham) university of baghdad. iraq noorhan.albayaty@gmail.com department of chemistry/ college of education, for pure science(ibn-al-haitham) university of baghdad. iraq drbiochem2007@gmail.com department of chemistry/ college/ faculty of dentistry / university of kufa. tamara.hussein@uokufa.edu.iq mailto:noorha.albayaty@gmail.com mailto:noorha.albayaty@gmail.com mailto:drbiochem2007@gmail.com mailto:tamara.hussein@uokufa.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 27 keywords: metabolic syndrome, obesity, diabetes. 1.introduction metabolic syndrome (mets) in individuals sensitive to cardiovascular disease (cvd) and type 2 diabetes (t2dm) had been theorized in accordance with a constellation of risk factors like high rapid blood glucose, atheragenic dyslipidemia, high blood pressure, and abdominal obesity [1]. guidelines were developed by means of readily existing clinical variables for a clinical and epidemiological managing of mets. [2]. several researches have shown that mets and its constituents were strongly related to a risk of type 2 diabetes incident [3]. a resistance to insulin, metabolic syndrome, and prediabetes were closely related and overlap. underlying disorder in energy usage and storage was thought to be the cause of the syndrome. the cause a continuous medical research [4, 5]. metabolic syndrome began as a conception instead of a diagnosis [6]. the metabolic syndrome began in 1920 with the high blood pressure (hypertension), huge blood glucose (hyperglycemia) and gout associated to kylin, a swedish physician [7]. after that in 1947, vague defined a common link between visceral obesity and the metabolism found in cvd and t2dm [3, 8]. after this, in 1965, avogaro and crepaldi [9] depicted syndrome in their study based on hypertension, hyperglycemia and obesity, which was presented at an annual european association for diabetes studies (esds). after a 1988 lecture on the role of insulin resistance in human diseases identified by reaven, the field has progressed significantly [10]. he called it "syndrome x" and described it as "a cluster of risk facilities for cardiovascular and diabetes disease." introducing a concept of insulin resistance was his main contribution. nevertheless, a definition had been later added as a crucial abnormality abnormally lacked obesity or visceral obesity. for the combination of high body obesity, intolerance of glucose, hypertriglyceridemia and hypertension. kaplan [11] renamed the "deadly quartet" syndrome, but again in 1992, it had been renamed as "the insulin resistance syndrome" [12]. many groups tried to advance diagnostic standards for mets diagnosis [13]. the initial attempt had done in 1998 by a diabetes group of the world health organization (who) to define mets [14]. in reply, the european insulin resistance study group (egir) in 1999 rejected an amendment to the definition of who [15]. the national adult treatment panel cholesterol education program (ncep/atp) launched its definition in 2001 [16]. the american association of clinical endocrinologists (aace) subsequently presented its points of view in 2003 on the syndrome definition [17]. 2.pathogenesis of metabolic syndrome intensive research is intended to underlay mechanism through which the mets elements share aspects of their pathophysiology. the ability of the adipose tissue in its pathophysiology is essential for the development and storage of energy substrates. but other metabolic pathways should be used since the same metabolic malfunctions in lean ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 28 individuals could occur in mets [18]. systems biology approaches and the development of new global models are crucial for omics-based research [19]. this is the case for recent system biology studies in non-alcoholic steatohepatitis patients [20]. the involvement of various methods (de novo lipogenesis, beta oxidation, pyruvate use and serine and glutathione synthesis) was identified based on this approach. in some cases, the excess energy flow measures presented in the mets are managed and prevent oxygen roots from accumulating. in addition, it identifies the critical role of the liver red cell (pklr) in triglyceride accumulation in the liver [21]. in sum, the complementary mechanisms prevailing in most groups are lip toxicity, low-grade chronic inflammation, and insulin resistance. his description extends beyond this review's scope. the outstanding reviews in the references section will provide interested readers with a description of the art of this field [22-26]. figure 1. mechanisms of metabolic pathophysiology. c-reactive protein ( crp), interleukin 6, il-6, ros, reactive oxygen species; tnf, tumor necroses factor (at2, angiotensin ii type 2 receptor; raas, reninangiotensin-aldosterone systems; reactive oxygen species (ros). [27]. 3.metabolic syndrome and angiotensinogen the renin-angiotensin (ras) precursor is transformed to angiotensin i and angiotensin ii through the enzyme cascade (agt) by renin and angiosin-conversion (ace) actions, correspondingly. ang (1–7) consists of ang i and ang ii of ace2. ang ii is associated with high blood pressure and several inflammatory illnesses, involving cardiovascular and kidney disease, dyslipidemia and metabolic syndrome. agt is extremely stated in adipose tissue and separated by mature adipocytes in human and animal models from separate adipose deposits [28]. rodents are capable of producing up to 30% of the circulating agt levels in vivo [29], in disagreement for the role of paracrine agt adipose and the new views of the endocrine tissue. adipose agt may as well have autocrine influences, because all components including renin, ace and ace2 are expressed in adipose tissue. this allows for local ang ii and other adipose tissue angiotensin peptides to be produced. [30,31]. the receptors of angiotensin both adipocytes and preadipocytes include the type 1 ang ii (at1) and 2 (at2) receptors and ang iv (1–7) (masr) [32]. (apprentice) c-reactive protein is the best featured and well standardized inflammatory biomarker c-reactive protein (crp) many reported studies have now confirmed that in mets patients, crp levels https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/medicine-and-dentistry/angiotensinogen ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 29 were high. in addition, high-sensitivity crps (hscrps) were proposed as a clinical criterion for the development of mets and hscrp-modified risk rating for chds [33]. in addition, yudkin et al [34], contained a highly significant correlation among inflammatory indicators and some feasibility of the mets in 107 non-diabetic patients and conducted z-score analytic. insulin resistance calculation based on homa, bp, low hdl, triglycerides, and proinflammatorial cytokins, il-6 and tumor necrosis factor (tnf) was shown to be strongly linked to levels of crp. the strongest determinants of inflammatory condition were bmi and insulin resistance. the number of metabolic characteristics and the hscrp levels were linearly linked. in addition, festa et al [35], have shown that hscrp was positive in bmi, waist circumference, bp, triglycerides, cholesterol, ldl cholesterol, plasma glucose, and fasting insulin correlating with hdl cholesterol and insulin sensitivity index, in the insulin resistance and atherosclerosis studies (iras). crp levels, the central adiposity and insulin resistance were most closely related. the nhanes iii study [36] has been the largest study to date examining the relationship between inflammation and the mets. the mets patient with atpiii criteria was more likely than patients without the syndrome to have elevated inflammation markers like crp, fibrinogens, and leucocytes, in the typical sample of the us population (8570 participants above 20 years old). atpiii criteria were used. therefore, the amount of metabolic features and the growing levels of hscrp appeared to be clearly related. furthermore, in predicting mets using receptors operating features (rof) testing, we have shown that crp values were consistent with the ratio of high-molecular weight (hmw) adiponectin to crp [37]. in several metabolic processes as autocrine and paracrine functions of adipocyte function, il-6 (pleiotropic cytokine) plays important roles [38] .currently, accumulating evidence shows that il-6 has a strong connection to metabolic disorders like ms and diabetes of type 2. in the meantime, il-6 elevation in adipose tissues in diabetes mellitus or in patients with obesity was documented, particularly in those with ms characteristics [39] . eckel et al., considered that the increase in il-6 in ms appeared to act on several important factors that contributed to insulin resistance, increased liver glucose production, insulin-mediated glucose absorption in the skeletal muscle, and facilitated hypertension [40] moreover, the polymorphism of the il-6 gene was considered an aggravating factor in cardiovascular development and progression. [41]. the report of the council of europe lectin-likes ldl has been the receptor of atherogenic low-density lipoprotein (ox-ldl) that was not constitutive, but dynamically induced by proinflammatory stimuli, angiotensin ii or ox-ldl which affected atheroscleric growth and plate vulnerability [42,43]. the long-lasting depression (lld) receptor long-lasting depression (lld)-1 receptor receptor is a receptor that affects both atherosclerotic progression and plaque vulnerability. lectin-like oxidized low-density lipoprotein receptor (lox-1) occurs prominently in intimate smooth muscle cells and lipid-laden macrophages in advanced plaques in human atherosclerotic lesions [44]. moreover in the production of matrix metalloproteinases, which can straightforwardly be connected to plaque risk and rupture, lox-1 also plays a major role in ox-ldl-induced apoptosis of the endothelial and smooth cells [45-47]. in addition, loxibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 30 1 expression has been connected with the instability in the hypercholesterolemic pattern of atherosclerotic plaques [48-50]. an activated systemic raas is critical for the pathogenesis of htn and other crs components in insulin resistance states such as obesity [51]. increasingly, expanded visceral and adipocyte perivascular tissue is essential to activate the raas. the production of angiotensinogen by adipocyte can contribute up to 30% of angiotensinogen circulating [52]. the idea that angiotensinogen adipocyte production contributes to an activated raas is enhanced by observations of angiotensinogen knock-out mousses that are immune to obesity, insulation and htn development [53,54]. there has been no obesity-related htn in other murine studies of the ablation of adiposederived angiotensinogen. (55) this evolving research highlights the important connection between angiotensinogen derived from adipocytes and htn, particularly in the context of crs [56]. there is growing evidence that adipocytes are a major source of extra-adrenal aldosterone [57]. the observation that obese people, in particular females, have increased aldosterone circulation supports this concept [58]. studies have shown that the activation of aldosteroneinduced mineralocorticoid receptors (mrs) in vascular tissues can itself be an instigator in promoting oxidative stress, inflammation, immune modulation and fibrosis in vascular tissue this mr activation can therefore be a therapeutic aim to prevent developments in dietary obesity in vascular rigidity and htn. [59]. metabolic syndrome stands for the collection of cardiovascular risk-associating disorders is associated with obesity. metabolic syndrome is linked to overproduction (ros). ros helps to link metabolic syndrome and salt-sensitive hypertension, both are caused by obesity and the excess of salt intake and significant risks to health in advanced countries. ros can cause insulin resistance, an essential element in metabolic syndrome development, and saltsensitive hypertension promotes ros production, thereby encouraging metabolic syndrome development. in addition, ros activates (mrs) and a sympathetic nervous system that can contribute to metabolic and salt-sensitive hypertension syndrome development. in animal models with metabolic syndroma, salt-induced progression of (cvd), probably due to further ros stimulation and subsequent ros-induced active mr and sympatric arousal, is also accelerated. ros thus contributes to the development of a metabolic syndrome itself and the accompanying cvd, especially when consuming excessive salt [60-63]. the finest candidate for the highest destructive periodontal disease in obesity or metabolic syndrome is (tnf-α). in both obesity and metabolic syndrome, tnf-α levels are systemically elevated [64]. researches about human and animal models in the 1990s had depicted that adipocytes secrete tnf-α and therefore excess fat in obesity leads to chronic systemic swelling [65]. in addition, tnf-α was reported to induce diabetes and obesity to resist insulin [66]. it is known that a chronic systemic inflammation in the obesity is also influenced by other cytokines from adipic tissue (67). 4.management and treatment ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 31 overweight and obesity, physical inactivity and atherogenic diet are the underlying risk factors that promote the growth of metabolism. every current guideline on management of (mets) components emphasizes that the first line of treatment is lifestyle modification [68]. in an attempt to highlight the need for more intensive lifestyle therapy to prevent cvds in higher risk patients, atp iii included the concept of metabolic syndrome in its cholesterol guidelines [69]. a target blood pressure for a general population must be 140/90mmhg, and the target for diabetes mellitus patients should be less than 130/80mmhg, according to the recent guidelines for the joint national committee (jnc). the recent guidelines from the joint national committee-8 have also indicated that the target should be less than 150/90 mmhg in patients aged 60 or older [70]. tests should include the check-up on full-flow analytic fat, thyroid stimulating hormone level, urinalysis, and liver function tests in patients with hypertriglyceridemia defined by triglycerides over 150 mg/dl. patients must first be advised on lifestyle variations, involving withdrawal from smoking, loss of weight and diet and changes to exercise, following an extensive analysis. doctor treatment begins with hypertriglyceridemia once a level is greater than 500 mg/dl and patients typically have a mixed disorder of dyslipidemia by then. patients are usually first treated for moderate to high-intensity statins but also for the treatment of hypertriglyceridemia fibrates, niacin and omega acids are as well available. higher ldl must also be managed too much in patients, in particular when a risk of ascvd is above 7.5%, which determines the 10-year ascvd risk of the patient. the goal is to decrease ldl by 50 % in those patients with high-intensity statin treatment [71]. bariatric surgery can be used in patients with severe obesity. the most efficient singletherapy metabolic syndrome is considered a bariatric surgery. laparoscopically adjustable gastric banding, laparoscopic gastric circumvention of roux-en-y and laparoscopic gastric sleeves are the most frequent procedures. in patients with bmi daily at 40 kg/m2 or with a bmi daily 35 kg/m2 or in other comorbidities, bariatric surgery is recommended. in order to avoid operative, nutritional and psychiatric complications, patients need a longterm follow-up after surgery [72]. 5.conclusion metabalic syndrome stands for the constellation of cardiovascular risk factors that raise the risk of cardiovascular arteriosclerosis and type 2 diabetes. type 2 diabetes is a major global public health issue with more than 300 million people projected in 2025. therefore, the tide of this dangerous trend will help to stop the risk stratification, early identification and radical intervention. reference 1. simmons, r. k.; alberti, k.g.m.; gale, e.a.m.; collages, s.; tuomilehto, j.; qiao, q.; ramachandran, a.; tajima, n.; mirchov, i.b.; ben-nakhi, a., reaven, g.; sambo, h.b.; ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 32 mendis, s.; roglic, g. the metabolic syndrome: useful concept or clinical tool? report of a who expert consultation. diabetologia . 2010, 53, 600–605, doi:10.1007/s00125-009-16204 . 2. huang, p.l. a comprehensive definition for metabolic syndrome. dis. model. 2009,2,231 237, doi:10.1242/dmm.001180 . 3. sattar, n. ; alex mcconnachie, a.; shaper, a.g.; blauw, g.j.; buckley, b.m.; anton j de craen, a.j.; ford , i.; forouhi, n.g.; freeman, d.j.; jukema, j.w.; lennon, l.; macfarlane. p.w.; murphy, m.b.; packard, c.j.; stott, d.j.; westendorp, r.g.; whincup, p.h.; shepherd, j.; wannamethee, s.g. can metabolic syndrome usefully predict cardiovascular disease and diabetes? outcome data from two prospective studies. lancet .2008, 371, 1927– 1935, doi:10.1016/s0140-6736(08)60602-9. 4. hanson, r. l.; imperatore, g.; bennett, p. h.; knowler, w. c. components of the metabolic syndrome and incidence of type 2 diabetes. diabetes .2002, 51, 3120– 3127, doi:10.2337/diabetes.51.10.3120 . 5. nakanishi, n.; takatorige, t.; fukuda, h.; shirai, k.; li, w.; okamoto, m.; hiroshi yoshida, h.; matsuo, y.; suzuki, k.; tatara, k. components of the metabolic syndrome as predictors of cardiovascular disease and type 2 diabetes in middle-aged japanese men. diabetes res clin pract .2004 ,64, 59–70, doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2003.10.001 . 6. shaw, j.e.; chisholm, d.j. epidemiology and prevention of type 2 diabetes and the metabolic syndrome. med j aust. 2003,179(7),379-83. https://doi.org/10.5694/j.13265377.2003.tb05677.x. 7. kylin, e. studies of the hypertension-hyperglycemia-hyperuricemia syndrome (german). zentralblatt fuer innere medizin. 1923, 44,105–127. 8.vague,j. sexual differentiation. a factor affecting the forms of obesity. presse medicale. 1947, 55,30,s39–s40. 9. avogaro, p.; crepaldi, g. essential hyperlipidemia, obesity and diabetes. diabetologia.1965,1, 137. 10. reaven, g.m. role of insulin resistance in human disease. reaven gm diabetes. 1988, 37(12),1595-1607, https://doi.org/10.2337/diab.37.12.1595 11. kaplan, n.m.the deadly quartet. upper-body obesity, glucose intolerance, hypertriglyceridemia, and hypertension. arch intern med. 1989, 149(7),1514-20, doi: 10.1001/archinte.149.7.1514. 12. haffner, s.m.; valdez, r.a.; hazuda, h.p. ; mitchell, b.d.; morales, p.a.; stern, m.p. prospective analysis of the insulin-resistance syndrome (syndrome x). diabetes. 1992, 41(6),715-22, doi: 10.2337/diab.41.6.715. 13. eckel, r.h.; grundy, s.m.; zimmet, p.z . the metabolic syndrome . lancet. 2005,365(9468),1415-1428, doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(05)66378-7 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00125-009-1620-4 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00125-009-1620-4 https://doi.org/10.1242/dmm.001180 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(08)60602-9 https://doi.org/10.2337/diabetes.51.10.3120 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2003.10.001 https://doi.org/10.5694/j.1326-5377.2003.tb05677.x https://doi.org/10.5694/j.1326-5377.2003.tb05677.x ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 33 14. alberti, k.g.; zimmet, p.z. .definition, diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus and its complications. part 1: diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus provisional report of a who consultation. diabet med. 1998,15(7), 539-553, doi: 10.1002/(sici)10969136(199807)15:7. 15. balkau, b; charles, m.a. comment on the provisional report from the who consultation. european group for the study of insulin resistance (egir) diabet med. 1999,16(5),442-3, doi: 10.1046/j.1464-5491.1999.00059.x. 16. executive summary of the third report of the national cholesterol education program (ncep) expert panel on detection, evaluation, and treatment of high blood cholesterol in adults (adult treatment panel iii). jama. 2001, 16; 285(19), 2486-2497, doi: 10.1001 / jama.285.19.2486. 17. einhorn, d.; reaven, g.m.; cobin, r.h.; ford, e.; ganda, o.p.; handelsman, y.; hellman, r.; jellinger. p.s.; kendall. d.; krauss. rm.; neufeld, n.d.; petak, s.m.; rodbard, h.w.; seibel, j.a.; smith, d.a.;wilson, p.w. american college of endocrinology position statement on the insulin resistance syndrome. endocr pract. 2003, 9(3),237-52. 18. carobbio, s.; pellegrinelli, v.; vidal-puig, a. adipose tissue function and expandability as determinants of lipotoxicity and the metabolic syndrome. adv exp med biol. 2017,960,161–96, doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-48382-5_7. 19. nielsen, j: systems biology of metabolism: a driver for developing personalized and precision medicine. cell metab. 2017,25(3),572–9, doi:10.1016/j.cmet.2017.02.002. 20. lovric, a.; granér, m.; bjornson, e.; arif, m.; benfeitas, r.; nyman, k.; ståhlman, m.; pentikäinen, m.o.; lundbom, j.; hakkarainen, a.; sirén, r.; nieminen, m.s.; lundbom, n.; lauerma, k.; taskinen, m.r.; mardinoglu, a.; boren, j. characterization of different fat depots in nafld using inflammation-associated proteome, lipidome and metabolome. sci rep. 2018,8(1),14200, doi:10.1038/s41598-018-31865-w. 21. liu, z.; zhang, c.; lee, s.; kim,w.; klevstig, m.; harzandi, a.m.; sikanic, n.; arif, m.; ståhlman, m.; nielsen, j.; uhlen, m.; boren, j.; mardinoglu, a. pyruvate kinase l/r is a regulator of lipid metabolism and mitochondrial function. metab eng. 2019,52, 263–272, doi:10.1016/j.ymben.2019.01.001. 22. crewe, c.; an, ya.; scherer, p.e. the ominous triad of adipose tissue dysfunction: inflammation, fibrosis, and impaired angiogenesis. j clin invest. 2017,127(1),74–82, doi:10.1172/jci88883. 23. welty, f.k.; alfaddagh, a.; elajami,t.k. targeting inflammation in metabolic syndrome. transl res. 2016,167(1),257–80, doi:10.1016/j.trsl.2015.06.017. 24. lackey, d.e.; olefsky, j.m. regulation of metabolism by the innate immune system. nat rev endocrinol. 2016,12(1),15–28, doi: 10.1038/nrendo.2015.189. 25. petersen, m.c.; vatner, d.f.; shulman, g.i. regulation of hepatic glucose metabolism in health and disease. nat rev endocrinol. 2017,13(10),572–87, doi:10.1038/nrendo.2017.80. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 34 26. samuel, v.t.; shulman, g.i. the pathogenesis of insulin resistance: integrating signaling pathways and substrate flux. j clin invest. 2016,126(1),12–22, doi:10.1172/jci77812. 27. rochlani, y.; pothineni, n.v.; kovelamudi, s.; mehta, l.j. metabolic syndrome: pathophysiology, management, and modulation by natural compounds. ther adv cardiovasc dis. 2017, 11(8),215–225, doi: 10.1177/1753944717711379. 28. barrier,s.; schling,p.; gorzelniak,k.; boschmann,m.; janke,j.; ailhaud,g.; teboul,m.; massiéra,f.; sharma,a.m. the adipose-tissue renin–angiotensin–aldosterone system: role in the metabolic syndrome? int j biochem cell biol. 2003, 35, 807-825, doi: 10.1016/s13572725(02)00311-4. 29. massiéra, f.; bloch-faure, m.; ceiler, d.; murakami, k.; fukamizu, a.; gasc, j.m.; quignard-boulange.i.; negrel.r.; ailhaud.g.; seydoux.j.; meneton.p.; teboul.m. adipose angiotensinogen is involved in adipose tissue growth and blood pressure regulation. faseb j. 2001,15(14), 2727-2729, doi: 10.1096/fj.01-0457fje. 30. darimont, c.; g. vassaux, g.; ailhaud, g. differentiation of preadipose cells: role of prostacyclin upon stimulation of adipose cells by angiotensin-ii .endocrinology.1994, 135, 2030-2036, doi.org/10.1210/en.135.5.2030. 31. crandall, d.l.; armellino, d.c.; busler, d.e.; mchendry-bark.b.; kral.g.k. angiotensin ii receptors in human preadipocytes: role in cell cycle regulation. endocrinology.1999, 140, 154-158, doi.org/10.1210/endo.140.1.6430 32. weiland, f.; verspohl, e.j. variety of angiotensin receptors in 3t3-l1 preadipose cells and differentiated adipocytes .horm metab res.2008, 40, 760-766, doi: 10.1055/s-00281082041. 33.ridker, p.m.; hennekens, c.h.; buring, j.e.; rifai, n. c-reactive protein and other markers of inflammation in the prediction of cardiovascular disease in women. n. engl j med. 2000, 342,836–843, doi: 10.1056/nejm200003233421202. 34. yudkin, j.s.; juhan-vague, i.; hawe, e.; humphries, s.e.; minno, g.; margaglione, m.; kooistra, t.; p e morange, p.e.; p lundman, p.; ali, m.; hamsten, a. the hifmech study group. low-grade inflammation may play a role in the etiology of the metabolic syndrome in patients with coronary heart disease: the hifmech study. metabolism. 2004, 53,852–857,doi: 10.1016/j.metabol.2004.02.004. 35. festa, a.; d’agostino, r. jr.; howard, g.; l mykkänen, l.; tracy, r.p.; haffner, s.m. chronic subclinical inflammation as part of the insulin resistance syndrome: the insulin resistance atherosclerosis study (iras). circulation. 2000,102,42–47, doi: 10.1161/01.cir.102.1.42. 36. john, d vu.j.; vu,j.b.; pio,j.r.; malik,s.; franklin,s.s.; chen,r.s.; wong,n.d. impact of c-reactive protein on the likelihood of peripheral arterial disease in united states adults with the metabolic syndrome, diabetes mellitus, and preexisting cardiovascular disease. am j cardiol. 2005, 96 , 655–658, doi: 10.1016/j.amjcard.2005.04.038. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5933580/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5933580/ https://dx.doi.org/10.1177%2f1753944717711379 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 35 37. devaraj, s.; swarbrick, m.m.; singh, o.; adams-huet, b.; havel, p.j.; jialal, i. crp and adiponectin and its oligomers in the metabolic syndrome: evaluation of new laboratorybased biomarkers. am j clin pathol. 2008,129 , 815–822, doi: 10.1309/rn84k51b2jjy1y0b. 38. testa, r.; olivieri, f.; bonfigli, a.; sirolla, c.; boemi. m.; marchegiani. f.; marra. m.; cenerelli, s.; antonicelli, r.; dolci, a. interleukin-6-174 g>c polymorphism affects the association between il-6 plasma levels and insulin resistance in type 2 diabetic patients. diabetes res clin prac. 2006, 71,299–305, doi: 10.1016 / j.diabres.2005.07.007. 39. pickup, j.; mattock, m.; chusney, g.; burt. d. niddm as a disease of the innate immune system: association of acute-phase reactants and interleukin-6 with metabolic syndrome x. diabetologia. 1997, 40,1286–1292, doi: 10.1007/s001250050822. 40. eckel, r.h.; grundy, s.m.; zimmet, p.z. the metabolic syndrome. lancet. 2005, 365,1415–1428, doi: 10.1016 / s0140-6736 (05) 66378-7. 41. aker, s.; bantis, c.; reis, p.; kuhr, n.; schwandt, c.; grabensee, b.; heering, p.; ivens. k. influence of interleukin-6 g-174c gene polymorphism on coronary artery disease, cardiovascular complications and mortality in dialysis patients. nephrol dial transplant. 2009 ,24, 2847–2851, doi: 10.1093/ndt/gfp141. 42. kume, n.; moriwaki, h.; kataoka, h.; minami, m.; murase, t.; sawamura, t.; masaki. t.; kita, t. inducible receptor for oxidized ldl, in macrophages and vascular smooth muscle cells. ann n y acad sci. 2000, 902,323-327, doi: 10.1111/j.17496632.2000.tb06332.x. 43. minami, m.; kume, n.; kataoka, h.; morimoto, m.; hayashida, k.; sawamura, t.; masaki, t.; kita, t. transforming growth factor-beta(1) increases the expression of lectinlike oxidized low-density lipoprotein receptor-1. biochem biophys res commun. 2000 ,272,357-61, doi: 10.1006 / bbrc.2000.2778. 44. kataoka, h.; kume, n.; miyamoto, s.; minami, m.; moriwaki, h.; murase, t.; sawamura, t.; masaki, t.; hashimoto, n.; kita, t. expression of lectinlike oxidized lowdensity lipoprotein receptor-1 in human atherosclerotic lesions. circulation. 1999,99,3110-7, doi: 10.1161/01.cir.99.24.3110. 45. kataoka, h.; kume, n.; miyamoto, s.; minami, m.; morimoto, m.; hayashida, k.; hashimoto, n.; kita, t. oxidized ldl modulates bax/bcl-2 through the lectinlike ox-ldl receptor-1 in vascular smooth muscle cells. arterioscler thromb vasc biol. 2001, 21, 95560, doi: 10.1161 / 01.atv.21.6.955. 46. kume, n.; kita, t. apoptosis of vascular cells by oxidized ldl: involvement of caspases and lox-1, and its implication in atherosclerotic plaque rupture. circ res. 2004,94,269-70, doi: 10.1161/01.res.0000119804.92239.97. 47. li, d.; mehta, j.l. intracellular signaling of lox-1 in endothelial cell apoptosis. circ res 2009, 104,566-568, doi: 10.1161 / circresaha.109.194209. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 36 48. ishino, s.; mukai, t.; kume, n.; asano, d.; ogawa, m.; kuge,y.; minami, m.; kita, t.; shiomi, m.; saji, h. lectin-like oxidized ldl receptor1 (lox-1) expression is associated with atherosclerotic plaque instability-analysis in hypercholesterolemic rabbits. atherosclerosis 2007, 195, 48-56, doi: 10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2006.11.031. 49. kuge ,y.; kume, n.; ishino, s.; takai, n.; ogawa, y.; mukai, t.; minami, m.; shiomi. m.; saji, h. prominent lectin-like oxidized ldl receptor-1 (lox-1) expression in atherosclerotic lesions is associated with tissue factor expression and apoptosis in hypercholesterolemic rabbits. biol pharm bull. 2008, 31,1475-82, doi: 10.1248/bpb.31.1475. 50. ishino, s.; mukai, t.; kuge, y.; kume, n.; ogawa, m.; takai, n.; kamihashi, j.; shiomi, m.; minami, m.; kita, t.; saji, h. targeting of lectinlike oxidized low-density lipoprotein receptor 1 (lox-1) with 99mtclabeled anti-lox-1 antibody: potential target for imaging of vulnerable plaque. j nucl med. 2008, 49, 1677-85, doi: 10.2967 / jnumed.107.049536. epub 2008 sep 15. 51. demarco, v.g.; aroor, a.r.; sowers, j.r. the pathophysiology of hypertension in patients with obesity. nat rev endocrinol. 2014,10, 364–376, doi: 10.1038 / nrendo.2014.44. 52. padilla, j.; vierira-potter, v.j.; jia, g.; sowers, j.r. role of perivascular adipose tissue on vascular reactive oxygen species in type 2 diabetes: a give and take relationship. diabetes. 2015, 64,1904–06, doi: 10.2337/db15-0096. 53. massiera, f.; seydoux, j.; geloen, a.; quignard-boulange,i.; turban,s.; saint-marc,p.; fukamizu,a.;negrel,r.; ailhaud,g.; teboul,m. angiotensinogen-deficient mice exhibit impairment of diet-induced weight gain with alteration in adipose tissue development and increased locomotor activity. endocrinology. 2001,142,5220–5225, doi: 10.1210 / endo.142.12.8556. 54. yvan-charvet, l.; even, p.; bloch-faure, m.; guerre-millo,m.;moustaid-moussa.n.; ferre,p.; quignard-boulange, a. deletion of the angiotensin type 2 receptor reduces adipose cell size and protects from diet-induced obesity and insulin resistance. diabetes. 2005,54, 991–999, doi: 10.2337/diabetes.54.4.991. 55. yiannikouris, f.; gupte,; putnam. k.; thatcher, s.; charnigo, r.; rateri, dl.; daugherty. a.; lisa. a. cassis adipocyte deficiency of angiotensinogen prevents obesityinduced hypertension in male mice. hypertension. 2012,60, 1524–30, doi.org/10.1161/hypertensionaha.112.192690 56. mehta, p.k.; griendling, k.k. angiotensin ii cell signaling: physiological and pathological effects in the cardiovascular system. am j physiol, cell physiol. 2007,292,82– 97, doi: 10.1152/ajpcell.00287.2006. 57. briones, a.m.; dinh cat. a.n.; callera, g.e.;yogi, a.; burger, d.; he, y.; corrêa.j.w.; gagnon, a.m.; gomez-sanchez,c.e.; gomez-sanchez,e.p.;sorisky,a.; ooi.t.c.; ruzicka.m.; burns.k.d.; touyz.r.m. adipocytes produce aldosterone through calcineurindependent signaling pathways: implications in diabetes mellitus-associated obesity and ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 37 vascular dysfunction. hypertension. 2012,59,1069–1078, doi:10.1161/hypertensionaha.111.190223. 58. bender, s.b.; mcgraw, a.p.; jaffe, i.z.; sowers, j.r. mineralocorticoid receptormediated vascular insulin resistance: an early contributor to diabetes-related vascular disease?. diabetes. 2013, 62(2),313–9, doi: 10.2337 / db12-0905. 59. jia, g.; habibi, j.; aroor, a.r.; martinez-lemus, l.a.; demarco, v.g.; ramirez-perez, f.i.; sun, z.; hayden, m.r.; meininger, g.a.; mueller, k.b.; jaffe, i.z.; sower, j.r. endothelial mineralocorticoid receptor mediates diet-induced aortic stiffness in females. circ res. 2016, 118,935–943, doi: 10.1161 / circresaha.115.308269. 60ando, k.; fujita, t. metabolic syndrome and oxidative stress. free radic biol med. 2009 ,47(3),213-8, doi: 10.1016/j.freeradbiomed.2009.04.030. 61. allen, c.l.; bayraktutan, u. oxidative stress and its role in the pathogenesis of ischemic stroke. international journal of stroke. 2009,4,461–470, doi.org/10.1111/j.17474949.2009.00387.x 62. kaneto, h.; katakami, n.; matsuhisa, m.; matsuoka, t. role of reactive oxygen species in the progression of type 2 diabetes and atherosclerosis. mediators of inflammation. 2010, 2010, article id 453892, 11 pages doi: 10.1155/2010/453892. 63. nikolay, v.g.; pavel, v.a.; alexander, d.n.; irina, l.z.; richard, o.j. reactive oxygen species in pathogenesis of atherosclerosis. current pharmaceutical design. 2015, 21,1134– 1146, doi: 10.2174/1381612820666141014142557 64. gregor, m.f.; hotamisligil,g.s. inflammatory mechanisms in obesity, annual review of immunology. 2011, 29, 415–445, doi: 10.1146/annurev-immunol-031210-101322. 65. hotamisligil, g.s.; shargill, n.s.; spiegelman, b.m. adipose expression of tumor necrosis factor-α: direct role in obesity-linked insulin resistance, science. 1993, 259(5091), 87-91, doi: 10.1126/science.7678183. 66. hotamisligil, g.s.; arner, p.; caro, j.f.; atkinson ,r.l.; spiegelman,b.m. increased adipose tissue expression of tumor necrosis factor-α in human obesity and insulin resistance.the journal of clinical investigation. 1995, 95(5), 2409–2415, doi: 10.1172 / jci117936. 67. hotamisligil,g.s.; spiegelman,b.m. tumor necrosis factor α: a key component of the obesity-diabetes link.diabetes.1994, 43(11), 1271–1278, doi: 10.2337/diab.43.11.1271. 68.chiarelli, f.; mohn, a. early diagnosis of metabolic syndrome in children. lancet child adolesc health. 2017,1(2),86-88, doi: 10.1016/s2352-4642(17)30043-3. 69.chambers, j.h.; zerofsky, m.; lustig, r.h.; rosenthal, p.; perito, e. r. diet and exercise in pediatric liver transplant recipients: behaviors and association with metabolic syndrome. j pediatr gastroenterol nutr. 2019,68(1),81-88, doi: 10.1097/mpg.0000000000002150. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 38 70.kelley,e.; imboden, m.t.; harber, m.p.; finch, h.; kaminsky, l.a.; whaley, m.h. cardiorespiratory fitness is inversely associated with clustering of metabolic syndrome risk factors: the ball state adult fitness program longitudinal lifestyle study. mayo clin proc innov qual outcomes. 2018,2(2), 155-164, doi: 10.1016/j.mayocpiqo.2018.03.001. 71.hohenester, s.; christiansen, s.; nagel, j.; wimmer, r.; artmann, r.; denk. g.; bischoff, m.; bischoff, g.; rust. c. lifestyle intervention for morbid obesity: effects on liver steatosis, inflammation, and fibrosis. am j physiol gastrointest liver physiol. 2018, 01,315(3),329-338, doi: 10.1152 / ajpgi.00044.2018. 72.cordero, p.; li, j.; oben,j.a. bariatric surgery as a treatment for metabolic syndrome. j r coll physicians edinb. 2017,47(4),364-368, doi: 10.4997 / jrcpe.2017.414. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بمستویات مختلفة الفسفور والزنك تداخل سماديتاثیر القمح صنفین من نبات نموفي امت عبد اللطیف محمود العاشور جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ،قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة نفــذت 95وابـاء انتصـارة تـاثیر تـداخل عنصـري الفسـفور والزنـك فـي بعـض صـفات صـنفین مـن القمـح همـا لمعرفـ 2008-2007وســم النمــو ابــن الهیــثم لم –كلیــة التربیـة / تجربـة اصــص فــي البیــت الزجــاجي العائـد لقســم علــوم الحیــاة ، 15، 10، 0(اربعـة مسـتویات مـن الزنـك و ،)اصـیص/ ملغـم 800، 400، 0(ثالثـة مسـتویات مـن الفسـفور هـي باسـتعمال . وفق التصمیم العشوائي الكامل لثالثة مكررات على ، نفذت التجربة) اصیص/ ملغم 20 طـول النبـات، (ن تأثیر تداخل الفسفور والزنك كان ایجابیًا في زیـادة قـیم الصـفات المدروسـة أظهرت نتائج التجربة ا منهمـا وكـان ةئـطافي صنفي القمح عند المسـتویات الو ) تركیز الفسفور، تركیز الزنك معدل النمو النسبي، محتوى النتروجین، هناك انخفاض في قیم الصفات اعـاله عنـد مسـتویات التسـمید العالیـة لكـل مـن الفسـفور والزنـك ، كـذلك اظهـرت النتـائج تبـاین خـتالف اســتجابتهما الضـافة المســتویات فــي قـیم صــفاتهما المدروسـة بــاختالف تركیبهـا الــوراثي وا 95وابـاء انتصــارصـنفي .المختلفة من كال العنصرین المقدمة ارة بــأدمنهــا مــا یتعلــق ،مشــاكل عدیــدة هزراعتــ هفــي العــراق، وتواجــ ةمحاصــیل المهمــیعــد محصــول القمــح مــن ال النبـات مــن اهــم مشـكلة تغذیــة تعــداذ ،ارتفــاع نسـبة الجــبس والكلـس ه ومنهـا یتعلــق بظـروف التربــة والسـیماالمحصـول نفســ نقـص عنصـري الفسـفور والزنـك الجـاهز فـي وسـط مغـذیات ومنهـا الفسـفور والزنـك ومـن ثـم جاهزیـة ال تـؤثر فـي التـيالمشـاكل وكــذلك نقــص تكــوین ،منهـا عملیــة الفســفرةعند نقــص الفسـفور ،عملیــات حیویــة عدیـدة فــي النبــات فــيالنمـو ممــا یــؤثر هـذا امـا نقــص الزنـك فیـؤدي الــى تثبـیط تكــوین الحـامض النــووي .ربوهیــدراتیـل الكوقلــة تمث rnaو dnaالحـوامض النوویـة rna وقلـة فاعلیــة انــزیم carbonic anhydrase ن الــى ا، واشـارت دراســات عدیــدة ]1[وتوقـف تطــور الكلوروبالســت زیتهمـا فـي وســط قلـة جاه تـزان بـین تركیـز العنصــرین ومـن ثـمیـؤثر فـي جاهزیـة الفســفور بسـبب عـدم اال هاضـافة الزنـك لوحـد ان االسـتمرار فـي [3]ت دراسـة ر كـذلك اظهـ ]2[مؤشرًا مهما لجاهزیة الزنـك والفسـفور للنبـات ) (p/znالنمو لذلك تعد نسبة ]4[ والزنـك ، كـذلك اكـدت نتـائج دراسـة عكسیة بسـبب التـداخل السـلبي بـین الفسـفور "اعطي نتائجی الى التربة اضافة الفسفور ى زیادة في بعض صـفات النمـو مـع انخفـاض تركیـز الفسـفور مـع تقـدم عمـر النبـات، وتوصـل العدیـد ان اضافة الزنك ادى ال اعــراض مـن البـاحثین فــي دراسـاتهم بـأن التــداخل بـین الفسـفور والزنــك عنـد المسـتویات العالیــة مـن الفسـفور یــؤدي الـى ظهـور وعلیـه فـان هـدف البحـث هـو ]7 ،6، 5[صـحیح نقص الزنك على النبات في الترب ذات المحتـوى القلیـل مـن الزنـك والعكـس فـي بعـض صـفات النمـو لصـنفیین مـن القمـح مـع تحدیـد اي مـن الزنـكدراسة مستویات مختلفة مـن السـماد الفوسـفاتي وسـماد . للدراسة المستعملةالصنفین اكثر استجابة للسماد المضاف تحت ظروف التربة 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المواد وطرائق البحث جامعــة بغـداد لموســم / ابـن الهیـثم –كلیـة التربیــة / قسـم علــوم الحیـاة / تجربـة اصــص فـي البیـت الزجــاجي تفـذن هـذه المنطقـة مـن قلـة جاهزیـة ، حیـث تعـاني تـرب من محافظـة صـالح الـدینتربة جلبت باستعمال 2008 – 2007النمو ) 1(ملـم وقـدرت فیهـا بعـض الصـفات الكیمائیـة والفزیائیـة جـدول ) 2(ناصر الغذائیة فیهـا ، نعمـت التربـة ونخلـت بمنخـل الع یــة مــن ســمادي تربــة لكــل اصــیص واســتعملت المســتویات اآلت )كغــم 4(وضــع وزن ، ]8[فــي ق الموضــحةائــوحسـب الطر -:الفسفور والزنك وهي .للفسفور "افوسفات البوتاسیوم مصدر واستعمل اصیص/ ملغم ) 800، 400، 0(ثالثة مستویات من الفسفور -1 .للزنك "امصدر اصیص واستعملت كبریتات الزنك / ملغم ) 20، 15، 10 ،0(اربع مستویات من الزنك وهي -2 × 4× 3× 2( لتصـمیم العشـوائي الكامـل تجربـة عاملیــةا وفـقعلــى ن قبـل الزراعـة ، صـممت التجربـة ادااضـیف السـم ثالثة× اربعة مستویات من الزنك × ثالثة مستویات من الفسفور × صنفین من القمح اي ) 3 انتصـــارهــي -ت بـــذور لصــنفین مــن القمـــحاصـــیص ، اســتعمل) 72(صـــص فــي التجربــة مكــررات بحیــث اصـــبح عــدد اال )triticum aest ivum var. intisar ( 95وابـاء )triticum aest ivum var.ipa 95 ( عـت بـذور الصــنفین ، زر ، اجریـت عملیـات الـري بالمـاء المقطـر وحسـب الحاجـة للوصـول الـى 2007/11/25بذرة لكل اصیص بتاریخ ) 12(بمعدل ة النمــو وبعـد اســبوعین یــت عملیـات ازالـة االدغــال خـالل مـد، كـذلك اجر ) 1صــورة هكمـا توضـح(مـن السـعة الحقلیــة 75% ورمـز لهـا بــ "یومـا) 68(بعـد )نباتـات 4( الحشـة االولـى ،ان للجـزء الخضـري، اخـذت حشـت) نباتات 8(خفت النباتات الى h1 – d68 ، مـن الزراعـة ورمـز لهـاأیام ) 104(د بع) نباتات 4(والحشة الثانیة h2 – d104 ثـم جففـت العینـات فـي ، جافـة وم مـن المـادة الساعة حتـى ثبـات الـوزن ، ثـم اخـذ وزن معلـ 48ْم لمدة ) 70 – 65(على درجة حرارة ) oven(مجفف لغـرض ]9[حسـب طریقـة ) h2 o2(حـامض الكبریتیـك المركـز وبیروكسـید الهیـدوجین للجـزء الخضـري وهضـمت باسـتعمال . تقدیر بعض العناصر الغذائیة المهمة الصفات المدروسة -:طول النبات -1 خـذ معـدل الطـول أرجـة ، مد ه بالسـتیكیةس طـول الجـزء الخضـري لكـل نبـات وفـي كـل اصـیص باسـتخدام مسـطر ـقیـ .یوم من الزراعة لمتابعة الزیادة في الطول 104، 68وفي فترتي نمو مختلفة هي r. g. r (relative growt( )یوم/ غرام وزن جاف / غرام ( معدل النمو النسبي -2 h rate لمعادلــة اوفـق علــى نیباالعتمـاد علــى لوغـارتم الــوزن الجـاف للجــزء الخضـري وحســب زمـن اخــذ الحشـت هتـم حســاب -:يمایأتوك ]10[ log w2 – lo g w1 ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــ ـ ــــ .r. g. r= ــ t2 – t1 -:اناذ log w1 =اللوغارتم للوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري عند الحشة االولى log w2 =اللوغارتم للوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري عند الحشة الثانیة t1 =عمر النبات عند اخذ الحشة االولى t2 =عمر النبات عند اخذ الحشة الثانیة -:تقدیر النتروجین ، الفسفور والزنك -3 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد قــدر النتــروجین اذ ،النتــروجین ، الفسـفور والزنــك فــي عینــات الجـزء الخضــري التــي هضـمت ســابقاً قـدرت عناصــر حســب حللــت النتـائج احصــائیاً .[13]حســب طریقـة والزنــك ،]12[والفسـفور حســب طریقـة ،]11[حسـب طریقــة . 0.05وتم مقارنة المتوسطات باستخدام اقل فرق معنوي عند مستوى احتمال [14] طریقة المناقشةو نتائج ال وجـود تـأثیر معنـوي فـي طـول نبـات القمـح نتیجـة لتـداخل مسـتویات الفسـفور والزنـك المضـافة بعــد ) 2(یبـین جـدول وقـد تفـوق ،نتیجة لتـداخل صـنفي القمـح مـع مسـتویات الزنـك المضـافة من موعد الزراعة ولم یكن التأثیر معنویًا "ایوم) 68( سـم 40.65سـم مقارنـة بـالطول 43.54هـو "ااعطـى ارتفاعـاذ ،ي صفة طول النبـاتف انتصارعلى صنف 95صنف اباء اذ اعطـى اعلـى ،ملغـم800النظر عن مستویات الفسفور والزنـك ، وان افضـل مسـتوى للفسـفور هـو بصرف انتصار، لصنف فضـل فـي اعطائـه ملغـم هـو اال 10النظـر عـن مسـتوى الزنـك وصـنف القمـح ، وكـان مسـتوى الزنـك قیم لطول النبات بصرف القمــح يراكیـز الزنــك االخـرى ، امـا تـأثیر التــداخالت الثنائیـة بـین صـنفسـم مقارنـة بت 43.10ول النبـات هــي قیمـة عالیـة لطـ اعلــى طــول للنبــات فــي كـــال هاصــیص هــو االفضــل فــي اعطائــ/ فســفور ملغــم 800 ومســتویات الفســفور فكــان المســتوى علــى التــوالي ، ولــم یكــن تـاثیر التــداخل بــین صــنفي القمــح 95وابـاء نتصــاراســم لصــنفي 46.12و 41.85الصـنفین وهــو اصـیص هــو االفضـل فــي / ملغــم 10الزنـك ومسـتویات الزنـك معنویــًا فـي تــأثیره فـي طـول النبــات، بـالرغم مــن ان مسـتوى وان طــول النبــات فــي الفســفور والزنـك فكــان معنویــاً امــا تــأثیر التــداخل بــین. قــیم للطــول فــي كــال الصـنفین اعلــى هاعطائـ هــي التــي اعطــت اعلــى قیمــة لطــول ) ملغــم زنـك 10ملغــم فســفور و 800(و ،)زنــك 0ملغــم فســفور و 800( المسـتویات النبات مقارنة بالمسـتویات االخـرى للفسـفور والزنـك ، وكـان تـأثیر التـداخل الثالثـي معنویـًا فـي طـول النبـات ، وان المسـتویات سـم ، 44.42وهـو انتصـارهي التـي اعطـت اعلـى طـول لصـنف اصیص/ زنك ملغم 10+ اصیص / ملغم فسفور 400 49.42زنـك هـي التـي اعطـت اعلـى قیمـة للطـول وكانـت 0+ ملغم فسـفور 800فكانت المستویات 95اما في صنف اباء .واليلكال الصنفین على الت) % 35.55، 21.83(زنك هي 0+ فسفور 0سم وبنسبة زیادة مقارنة بالمستوى من موعد الزراعـة أیام ) 104(س طول النبات بعد ور والزنك قیـولغرض متابعة طول النبات بوجود مستویات الفسف بأن تأثیر عوامل الدراسة الثالثة وهي صنفي القمـح ومسـتویات الفسـفور والزنـك كـان معنویـًا فـي ) 3(اذ اظهرت نتائج جدول ، تفوقـًا معنویـًا 95التـداخل او تـداخلها الثالثـي وقـد اظهـر صـنف ابـاء ثنائیـةاو ةدمفـر "اطـول النبـات سـواء كانـت عوامـل تـأثیر ( م مقارنـة بقیمـةس) 77.72( اعطى ،اذ اصیص /ملغم )400(عد مستوى الفسفور انتصارفي صفة الطول على صنف / ملغـم 10ى الزنـك مسـتو عنـدسـم ) 79.69( 95، امـا بوجـود الزنـك فقـد اعطـى صـنف ابـاء انتصار سم لصنف) 73.61 امـا تـأثیر تـداخل مـن الزنـك ، هنفس سم عند المستوى) 77.20(الذي اعطى طول نبات هو انتصاراصیص مقارنة بصنف اذ كـان طـول النبـات ،زنـك 0+ اصـیص / ملغـم ) 800(الفسفور والزنك فكان افضل طـول للنبـات هـو عنـد مسـتوى الفسـفور فسـفور والزنـك االخـرى ، امـا تـأثیر التـداخل الثالثـي فكـان معنویـًا فـي طـول النبـات سم مقارنة مع مسـتویات ال) 80.92( هو اعلــى طــول فــي صـــنف تعطــاذ ا ،ملغــم زنــك 10+ ملغـــم فســفور 400وكــان افضــل مســتویین مــن الفســفور والزنــك همــا ملغـم فسـفور ) 800(المسـتویین ندسم ع) 84.35(فكان طول النبات هو 95سم اما في صنف اباء ) 79.41(وهو انتصار فـي المعـدل انتصـارعلـى صـنف 95مع تفوق معنوي لصنف ابـاء زنك مقارنة مع مستویات الفسفور والزنك االخرى ، 0+ .العام لطول النبات هناك عالقة جیدة بـین معـدل النمـو النسـبي ونمـو النبـات ، وان اي عامـل یـؤثر سـلبًا فـي معـدل النمـو النسـبي یـؤثر في صفة معدل النمو النسبي على صنف "اتفوق 95أن صنف اباء ) 4(اذ اكدت نتائج جدول ، "أیضا اتسلبًا في نمو النب 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وان افضــل مســتوى تحــت مســتویات الفســفور والزنــك المضــافة الــى التربــة علمــًا بــان هــذا التفــوق لــم یكــن معنویــًا ، انتصـار للنبــات هــي اذ اعطــت قیمــة لمعــدل النمــو النســبي ،ملغــم زنــك 15+ فســفور 0للفسـفور متــداخًال فــي تــأثیره مــع الزنــك هــو النظــر عــن صــنفي القمــح ، امــا تــأثیر التــداخل الثالثــي بــین صــنفي القمــح صــرفب یــوم/ غــرام وزن جــاف / غـرام ) 0.05( ) 0.05(اعلـى قیمـة وهـي انتصـاراذ اعطـى صـنف ،فـي صـفة معـدل النمـو النسـبي الفسـفور والزنـك فكـان معنویـاً ومسـتویات فقـد اعطـى اعلـى قیمـه 95ملغم زنـك، امـا صـنف ابـاء 10+ ملغم 400یوم عند مستوى الفسفور / غرام وزن جاف / غرام 95ع تفـوق صـنف ابـاء ملغم زنك ، م 15+ فسفور 0عند یوم/ غرام وزن جاف / غرام ) 0.05(لمعدل النمو النسبي وهي فـي قــیم معـدل النمــو النسـبي تحــت جمیـع مسـتویات الفســفور والزنـك المضــافة وهـذا یتماشــى مـع نتــائج انتصــارعلـى صـنف ) .3، 2(جدول بوجــود تــأثیر معنـــوي فــي محتــوى النتـــروجین فــي الجــزء الخضـــري للتــداخالت الثنائیـــة )5(اظهــرت نتــائج جـــدول وكــذلك ،لتـداخل صـنفي القمــح مـع مسـتویات الفســفور ، ومسـتویات الزنـك مــع صـنفي القمـح لمسـتویات الفسـفور والزنـك وكــان تـداخل مسـتویات الفسـفور والزنـك تـأثیره الواضـح فـي محتـوى النتـروجین فـي صـنفي القمـح ولكـال الحشـتین علـى التـوالي ، وكــان الـذي اعطـى 95علـى صـنف ابـاء متفـوق بـذلك نبـات / ملغـم نتـروجین ) 42.13(هـي ةقد اعطى اعلـى قیمـ انتصارصنف اصیص / ملغم فسفور 400نبات عند المستوى / ملغم نتروجین ) 26.28( 95ایضـًا فـي محتـوى النتـروجین علـى صـنف ابـاء انتصـارفـي الحشـة االولـى ، امـا فـي الحشـة الثانیـة فقـد تفـوق صـنف فـي هــذه الصـفة عنــد مســتوى 95ف ابــاء علــى صـن انتصـارملغـم فســفور ایضـًا ، وكــذلك تفـوق صــنف 400عنـد المســتوى وكــان تـاثیر التــداخل الثالثـي بــین صــنفي . اصــیص فـي كــال الحشـتین االولــى والثانیـة علــى التـوالي/ ملغــم زنـك ) 10(الزنـك فــي محتــوى النتــروجین فــي الجــزء الخضــري ، اذ تفــوق صــنف 0.05القمـح والفســفور والزنــك معنویــًا تحــت مســتوى احتمــال نبـات عنـد / ملغـم ) 69.40(تـوى النتـروجین هـي حلم ةاذ اعطـى اعلـى قیمـ ،في الحشة االولـى 95اباء على صنف انتصار ةاعــاله قیمــ همانفســ الــذي اعطــى عنــد المســتویات 95ملغــم زنــك مقارنــة بصــنف ابــاء 10+ ملغــم 400مسـتوى الفســفور ، امــا فـي الحشــة انتصـاربصــنف مقارنـة % 53.67نبـات بنســبة انخفـاض هــي / ملغــم ) 32.15(لمحتـوى النتــروجین هـي ن ایضــًا فــي محتــوى النتـروجین فــي الجــزء الخضــري وعنــد المســتویی 95علـى صــنف ابــاء انتصــارالثانیـة فقــد تفــوق صــنف مقارنـة بصـنف ابـاء نبـات/ ملغـم )172.45(محتـوى نتـروجین انتصـارمن الفسفور والزنك اعاله اذ اعطى صـنف نفسیهما ) % .30.20(نبات وبنسبة زیادة هي / ملغم ) 132.45(اقل هي ةالذي اعطى قیم 95 في تركیـز الفسـفور فـي المجمـوع كان معنویًا أن تأثیر التداخل الثنائي بین الفسفور والزنك ) 6(اظهرت نتائج جدول %)0.47و 0.62(الخضري لصنفي القمح وفي كال الحشتین وكان اعلى تركیـز للفسـفور فـي نبـات القمـح لكـال الحشـتین هـو )% 48.88و 169.57(زنـك هـي 0+ فسـفور 0زنك وبنسبة زیادة مقارنة بالمستوى 0+ ملغم 800عند مستوى الفسفور فـي تركیـز الفسـفور معنویـاً وكان تأثیر تداخل صنفي القمح مع مسـتویات كـل مـن الفسـفور والزنـك .لكال الحشتین على التوالي 400عنـد مسـتوى %)0.52(اعلى قیمـة لتركیـز الفسـفور هـي انتصار ففي الحشة االولى اعطى صنف ،في الجزء الخضري فقـد اعطـى تركیـز فســفور 95، امـا صــنف ابـاء ) زنـك 0+ فسـفور ملغـم 800(ملغـم زنـك وكـذلك عنــد 10+ ملغـم فسـفور مــع امـا فــي الحشـة الثانیـة فقـد تماشـت قـیم تركیــز الفسـفور فـي كـال الصـنفین) زنـك 0+ ملغـم فسـفور 800(عنـد %)0.72( اقـل لتركیــز "امـن الفسـفور والزنـك فـي الحشـة االولـى ، واظهـرت النتـائج أن كـال صـنفي القمـح اعطـت قیمـ هانفسـ المسـتویات اكدتــه وهـذا الفسـفور عنـد المســتویات العالیـة مـن الفســفور والزنـك وذلـك بســبب التـداخل السـلبي بــین الفسـفور والزنـك فــي التربـة فـي الجـزء الخضـري فـي ،فـي تركیـز الزنـك 0.05علـى مسـتوى احتمـال "تمعنویـ "اضـالتـي اوضـحت انخفا) 7(نتـائج جـدول ) 7.37(لتركیــز الزنـك فــي نبــات القمــح هــي ةالحشـة االولــى مــع المســتویات العالیـة مــن الفســفور والزنــك اذ كانـت اقــل قیمــ وقـد صـنفي القمـح ،النظـر عـن صـرفاصـیص ب/ ملغـم زنـك 20+ ملغم فسـفور 800نبات عند مستوى / غرام مایكرو ج تركیز الزنك في الجزء الخضري في الحشة ئتماشت نتا 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد أن للتــداخل الثالثــي بـین صــنفي القمــح ومســتویات ) 7(كـذلك اظهــرت نتــائج جـدول . فـي الحشــة االولــى هالثانیـة مــع نتائجــ في زیادة تركیز الزنـك فـي الجـزء الخضـري لصـنفي القمـح المدروسـة عنـد المسـتویات القلیلـة مـن "امعنوی "اوالزنك تأثیر الفسفور وكـذلك كــان التــأثیر معنویـًا فــي انخفــاض تركیـز الزنــك عنــد المسـتویات العالیــة مــن الفسـفور والزنــك ، ففــي ،كـال العنصــرین نبـات عنـد مسـتوى الفسـفور / مـایكرو غـرام ) 32.15( يوهـ انتصاري صنف الحشة االولى كانت اعلى قیمة لتركیز الزنك ف ) 8.51(ملغـم زنـك وهـي 20+ ملغـم فسـفور 800ملغم زنك وان اقل قیمة لتركیز الزنك هي عند مستوى 10+ ملغم 400 ت عند مستویات نبا/ مایكرو غرام ) 6.23و 13.30(فكان اقل تركیز للزنك 95اما في صنف اباء ،نبات/ غرام یكروما فــي الجـــزء ،ملغـــم زنــك ، امــا فـــي الحشــة الثانیــة فقـــد اظهــرت النتــائج أن تركیـــز الزنــك 20+ ملغــم 800و 400الفســفور الخضـري لكـال صـنفي القمـح یتماشـى مـع تركیـزه فـي الحشــة االولـى وحسـب مسـتویات االضـافة مـن الفسـفور والزنـك اذ هنــاك وهنـاك انخفـاض فـي تركیـز الزنـك عنـد المسـتویات العالیـة ،القلیلة مـن الفسـفور والزنـكارتفاع في تركیز الزنك عند المستویات 95فـي تركیـز الزنـك علـى صـنف ابــاء انتصـارمـن الفسـفور والزنـك المضـافة الـى التربـة كـذلك اظهـرت النتــائج تفـوق صـنف واه مـن النتـروجین والفسـفور علـى تحت جمیع مستویات الفسفور والزنك المضافة وهـذا یتماشـى مـع تفـوق هـذا الصـنف فـي محتـ . 95صنف اباء الصفات المدروسة في صنفي القمح نسـتنتج بـأن هنـاك زیـادة فـي قـیم هـذه الصـفات عنـد مسـتویات من خالل نتائج الســیماوهنــاك انخفـاض واضــح فـي قــیم هـذه الصــفات تحـت المســتویات العالیـة مــن الفسـفور والزنــك و ،الفسـفور والزنــك القلیلـة عكسیة ویعـزى سـبب ذلـك الـى "اان المستویات العالیة من العنصرین اعطت نتائجاذ ،)ملغم زنك 20+ ملغم فسفور 800( حـدوث التفاعـل بـین الفسـفور والزنـك ممـا یـؤدي الـى ترســیبهما بصـورة غیـر جـاهزة لالمتصـاص فـي التربـة وكـذلك الـى تكــوین وهـذا المركـب یعیـق حركـة الزنـك والفسـفور داخـل النبـات ممـا یـؤثر هـذا مركب معقد من الزنك والفوسفات في جـذور النباتـات فـي زیـادة نمـو النبـات ، كـذلك یمكـن ان ةمن المعروف بـأن الفسـفور والزنـك مـن العناصـر الغذائیـة المهمـ اذ ،نمو النبات في ول صــفة طــ اعـد فــي جمیـع الصــفات المدروســة 95تفـوق علــى صــنف ابـاء انتصــارنسـتنتج مــن النتـائج اعــاله بــأن صـنف مـع تبــاین اسـتجابة صــنفي القمـح لمســتویات 95عالیـة لهـذه الصــفات مقارنـة بصــنف ابـاء "اقیمــ النبـات مـن خــالل اعطائـه ضــوء ذلــك یمكــن ان نوصــي بزیــادة فــيالفســفور والزنــك المضــافة ویعــزى ذلــك الــى تبــاین التركیــب الــوراثي لصــنفي القمــح و المضـافة الــى ) الفسـفور والزنــك(كـان لهــذا الصـنف اســتجابة جیـدة للســماد ،اذقفـي العــرا انتصــارالمسـاحة المزروعــة بصـنف ] 15و 7 و 6و 5[تتفــق نتـائج هــذه الدراســة مـع نتــائج العدیــد مـن البــاحثین ومــنهم ، 95ابــاء قارنــة بصـنفالتربـة م . في نمو النباتمن خالل دراساتهم حول تأثیر التداخل بین الفسفور والزنك ]16 و 4[ وكذلك مع نتائج، المصادر 1.parik, b. l.; basu, s.n. and dhua, s. p . (1978). nut rient balance of p, zn and fe in m aize fert. tech. 15:142-149. 2.rahimi, a. and schropp , a. (1985). carbonahy drase activity and extractable zinc as indicator of the zinc sup p ly of p lant. zeitschrift fur p flanzenernahrung and bodemkunde. 147(5): 572-583. (c.f. soil and fertilizers. 48(3): 293-1985). 3.verma, t. s. and m inhas, r. s. (1987). zinc and p hosp horus interaction in wheat and m aize cropp ing sy st em. fertilizer research. 13: 77-86. تأثیر إضافة الفسفور على امتصاص الزنك في نباتات الحنطة ). 2000(قبع، عامره محمد علي، ) 4 .18 – 10): 3(32مجلة زراعة الرافدین، . مرحلتین من النمو في تربة كلسیة خالل 5.farah, m . a. and soliman, m . f. (1987). zinc – p hosp horus interaction in wheat p lants. agrochimica, 30 (6) : 420 – 425. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 6.safay a, n. m . (1976). phosp horus – zinc interact in relation to absorp tion rates of p hosp horus and zinc. soil sci-soc. am. j. , 40: 719 – 722. 7.khan, a. a. and zende, g. k. (1976). effect of zinc and p hosp horus fertilization on the content and up take of n, p, k, ca, m g, fe, m n and zn by m aize and wheat. j. agric. sci. 10 (4) : 574 – 584 (c. f. field crop abst. 32 (11) : 22. 1979). 8.page, a. l.; m iller, r. n. and kenney, d. r. (1982). m ethod of soil analysis p art (2) 2 nd asa. inc. m adison, wisconsin, u. s. a. 9.agiza, a. h. ; elhinieidy, m . i. and ibrahim, m . e. (1960). the determination of different fractions of p hosp horus. plant and soil bull. fac. agric. , cairo univ. , 121. 10.hunt , r. (1978). plant gnowt h analysis. studies in biology . no. 96. edward arnold (p ublishers). limited, london. 11.bremner, j. m . and m ulvancy, c. s. (1982). nitrogen – total, p: 595 – 624. in a. l. page, r. h. m iller and d. r. kenney (ed5), m ethods of soil analy sis. m onograph. part 2. 2 nd ed. am. soc. agronomy, m adison, wisconsin. u. s. a. 12.m att , k. j. (1970). colorimetric determination of p hosp horus in soil and p lant materials with ascorbic acid. soil sci. 109: 214 – 220. 13.allan, j. e. (1961). the determination of zinc in agricultural materials by atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometery. analyst , lond. 86: 530 – 534. 14.little, t. m . and hills, f. j. (1978). agricultural exp erimentation design and analysis. john wiley and sons, new york. رسالة ماجستیر،. التداخل بین الفسفور والزنك في نبات الحنطة). 1988(محمد علي، هقبع، عامر . 15 .العراق –، جامعة الموصل الغاباتكلیة الزراعة و تأثیر اضافة). 1993(لیل، عامره محمد علي وحسون عزیز رمضان، خاسماعیل السامرائي، . 16 مجلة زراعة . ودهوك ربیعة الفسفور على جاهزیة الزنك في محصول الحنطة المزروعة في تربتي .35 – 27) : 2( 25 الرافدین، ة لتربة الدراسةئیبعض الصفات الكیمیا :)1(جدول ة الصف ل التربة (ph)درجة تفاع كھربائي م. زمنیسید( توصیل -1 ( ونیةالسعة التبادل كغم. سنتي مول ( یة الكایت -1 ( كغم. غم ( الجبس -1 ( كغم . غم( الكلس –1 ( ضویة كغم. غم ( المادة الع -1 ( 7.5 3.9 5.7 350.0 112.0 7.0 غم( العناصر الجاھزة كغم. مل -1 ( النتروجین الجاھز الفسفور الجاھز یوم الجاھز البوتاس الزنك الجاھز 42.3 5.4 112.0 0.5 ینة المشبعة/ ت الذائبةاالیونا ل شحنة في مستخلص العج م. مو -3 ca 2 mg 2 na cl so 4 2 hco3 26.0 12.4 13.6 11.3 38.5 2.2 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ك في :)2(جدول أثیر الفسفور والزن من موعد ) 68(القمح بعد نفین منلص للمجموع الخضري )سم( طول النباتت الزراعة االصناف مستوى الفسفور غم( )اصیص/مل غم(مسنوى الزنك )اصیص/مل الفسفور× االصناف 0 10 15 20 انتصار 0 36.46 38.53 40.23 42.42 39.41 400 42.08 44.42 40.27 36.02 40.69 800 43.37 42.34 41.47 40.22 41.85 95إباء 0 35.13 38.32 42.02 42.92 39.59 400 45.92 46.47 45.47 41.80 44.91 800 49.42 48.57 43.98 43.02 46.12 0.41 0.82 )0.05(م .ف.أ االصناف الزنك× االصناف 40.65 39.55 40.65 41.76 40.63 انتصار ء 43.54 42.41 43.82 44.45 43.49 95إبا 0.24 .م. غ )0.05(م .ف.أ ورالفسف الزنك× الفسفور 0 35.79 38.42 41.12 42.67 39.50 400 44.00 45.44 42.87 38.91 42.80 800 46.39 45.45 42.72 41.37 43.98 0.29 0.58 )0.05(م .ف.أ 40.98 42.24 43.10 42.06 الزنك 0.34 )0.05(م .ف.أ ك في طول النبات :)3(جدول أثیر الفسفور والزن ن القمح بعد للم) سم(ت من موعد) 104(جموع الخضري لصنفین م الزراعة االصناف مستوى الفسفور )اصیص/ملغم( لفسفور× االصناف )اصیص/ملغم(مستوى الزنك ا 0 10 15 20 75 75.38 74.48 0 انتصار .75 76.08 75.42 400 78.12 79.41 74 .81 62.12 73.61 800 77.48 76.82 76 .27 62.96 73.38 78 76.87 74.01 0 95إباء .92 80.91 77.68 400 77.93 80.14 77 .38 75.42 77.72 800 84.35 82.06 78 .33 64.17 77.23 0.59 1.18 )0.05(م .ف.أ االصناف الزنك× االصناف 75 77.20 76.69 انتصار .61 67.05 74.14 78 79.69 78.76 95إباء .21 73.50 77.54 0.34 0.68 )0.05(م .ف.أ لفسفور ا الزنك× الفسفور 0 74.24 76.12 77 .34 78.49 76.55 400 78.02 79.78 76 .09 68.77 75.67 800 80.92 79.44 77 .30 63.56 75.30 0.42 0.84 )0.05(م .ف.أ 76 78.45 77.73 الزنك .91 70.28 0.48 )0.05(م .ف.أ 2010) 1( 23طبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والت أثیر الفسفور والزنك في معدل النمو ) 4(جدول القمحلصنفین من )یوم/جاف غم وزن /غم( النسبيت االصناف مستوى الفسفور )أصیص/ملغم( )أصیص/ملغم(مستوى الزنك الفسفور× االصناف 0 10 15 20 انتصار 0 0.038 0.045 0.046 0.041 0.043 400 0.040 0.046 0.042 0.038 0.042 800 0.040 0.039 0.044 0.042 0.041 اء 95إب 0 0.041 0.045 0.052 0.050 0.047 400 0.042 0.044 0.043 0.043 0.043 800 0.047 0.046 0.044 0.040 0.044 .م. غ 0.006 )0.05(م .ف.أ االصناف × االصناف الزنك 0.042 0.040 0.044 0.043 0.038 انتصار اء 0.045 0.044 0.046 0.045 0.043 95إب 0.002 .م. غ )0.05(م .ف.أ الفسفور الزنك× الفسفور 0 0.040 0.045 0.049 0.045 0.045 400 0.041 0.045 0.042 0.040 0.042 800 0.042 0.042 0.044 0.041 0.043 0.002 0.004 )0.05(م .ف.أ 0.042 0.045 0.095 0.040 الزنك .م. غ )0.05(م .ف.أ 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ك في تأثیر الفسفور) 5(جدول .القمحلصنفین من ) ملغم( محتوى النتروجینوالزن h1 – d 68الحشة االولى ف االصنا الفسفور توىمس ص/ملغم( )اصی ص/ملغم(الزنك مستوى )اصی الفسفور× االصناف 0 10 15 20 ر انتصا 0 22.15 28.40 30.71 41.62 30.72 400 37.30 69.40 32.40 29.40 42.13 800 37.55 48.52 29.90 22.45 34.60 95اباء 0 8.05 13.95 16.00 21.70 14.93 400 26.40 32.15 22.70 18.85 26.28 800 31.93 52.00 30.40 20.26 33.65 2.35 4.70 )0.05(م .ف.أ ف االصنا الزنك× االصناف ر 35.82 31.16 31.00 48.77 32.33 انتصا 24.95 20.27 23.03 32.70 22.13 95اباء 1.36 2.72 )0.05(م .ف.أ الفسفور الزنك× الفسفور 0 15.10 21.18 23.36 31.66 22.82 400 31.85 53.28 27.55 24.13 34.20 800 34.74 50.26 30.15 21.36 34.13 1.67 3.33 )0.05(م .ف.أ 25.71 27.02 40.74 27.23 الزنك 1.92 )0.05(م .ف.أ h2 – d104 الحشة الثانیة ف االصنا الفسفور مستوى ص/ملغم( )اصی ص/ملغم(الزنك مستوى )اصی الفسفور× االصناف 0 10 15 20 ر انتصا 0 90.90 103.30 124.20 141.21 141.91 400 123.96 172.45 117.90 82.75 124.27 800 122.00 112.62 107.01 93.96 108.90 95اباء 0 58.40 65.70 83.65 110.92 79.67 400 86.90 132.45 77.26 66.10 90.68 800 225.31 123.10 107.86 62.35 129.66 1.02 2.04 )0.05(م .ف.أ ف االصنا ك مستوى×االصناف الزن ر 116.02 105.97 116.37 129.4 112.29 انتصا 100.00 79.79 89.59 107.08 123.54 95اباء 0.59 1.175 )0.05(م .ف.أ الفسفور الزنك× الفسفور 0 74.65 84.50 103.93 126.07 97.28 400 105.43 152.45 97.58 74.43 107.47 800 173.66 117.80 107.44 78.15 119.28 0.72 1.44 )0.05(م .ف.أ 92.88 102.98 118.27 117.91 الزنك 0.83 )0.05(م .ف.أ 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ك في :)6(جدول أثیر الفسفور والزن القمح لصنفین من للمجموع الخضري )%( فسفورتركیز الت h1-d 68الحشة االولى ف االصنا الفسفور مستوى ص/ملغم( )اصی ص/ملغم(الزنك مسنوى )اصی الفسفور× االصناف 0 10 15 20 ر انتصا 0 0.24 0.12 0.32 0.21 0.22 400 0.44 0.52 0.41 0.32 0.42 800 0.52 0.43 0.37 0.16 0.37 95 إباء 0 0.21 0.22 0.27 0.12 0.20 400 0.42 0.62 0.42 0.33 0.45 800 0.72 0.43 0.32 0.31 0.44 0.03 0.05 )0.05(م .ف.أ ف االصنا الزنك× االصناف ر 0.34 0.23 0.37 0.36 0.40 انتصا 0.36 0.25 0.34 0.42 0.45 95 إباء 0.02 0.03 )0.05(م .ف.أ الفسفور نكالز× الفسفور 0 0.23 0.17 0.29 0.16 0.21 400 0.43 0.57 0.42 0.32 0.43 800 0.62 0.43 0.33 0.24 0.41 0.02 0.04 )0.05(م .ف.أ 0.24 0.35 0.39 0.42 الزنك 0.02 )0.05(م .ف.أ h2-d104الحشة الثانیة ف االصنا الفسفور مستوى ص/ملغم( )اصی )اصیص/جزء بالملیون(الزنك مستوى الفسفور× االصناف 0 10 15 20 ر انتصا 0 0.32 0.23 0.32 0.11 0.25 400 0.38 0.42 0.27 0.22 0.32 800 0.42 0.32 0.32 0.31 0.34 95 إباء 0 0.32 0.27 0.32 0.21 0.28 400 0.33 0.32 0.27 0.11 0.26 800 0.52 0.32 0.27 0.21 0.33 0.03 0.06 )0.05(م .ف.أ فا الصنا الزنك× االصناف ر 0.30 0.21 0.30 0.32 0.37 انتصا 0.29 0.18 0.29 0.30 0.39 95 إباء .م. غ .م. غ )0.05(م .ف.أ الفسفور الزنك× الفسفور 0 0.32 0.25 0.32 0.16 0.26 400 0.35 0.37 0.27 0.17 0.29 800 0.47 0.32 0.30 0.26 0.34 0.02 0.04 )0.05(م .ف.أ 0.20 0.29 0.31 0.38 الزنك 0.03 )0.05(م .ف.أ 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ك في :)7(جدول أثیر الفسفور والزن .القمح لصنفین من للمجموع الخضري )نبات/ مایكروغرام ( تركیز الزنكت h1-d 68الحشة االولى ف االصنا الفسفور مستوى ص/ملغم( )اصی ص/ملغم(الزنك مسنوى )اصی الفسفور× االصناف 0 10 15 20 ر انتصا 0 7.06 12.10 16.60 26.25 15.50 400 16.95 32.15 13.80 9.71 18.15 800 28.20 18.40 9.91 8.51 16.26 95 إباء 0 3.67 4.80 5.40 12.30 6.54 400 19.85 26.30 16.95 13.30 19.10 800 35.13 16.23 13.25 6.23 17.71 1.65 3.30 )0.05(م .ف.أ ف االصنا الزنك× االصناف ر 16.59 14.82 13.27 20.88 17.40 انتصا 14.45 10.61 11.87 15.78 19.55 95 إباء 0.95 1.91 )0.05(م .ف.أ الفسفور الزنك× الفسفور 0 5.37 8.45 11.00 19.28 11.03 400 18.40 29.23 15.38 11.50 18.63 800 31.67 17.32 11.58 7.37 16.99 1.17 2.34 )0.05(م .ف.أ 12.72 12.65 18.33 18.48 الزنك 1.25 )0.05(م .ف.أ h2-d104الحشة الثانیة ف االصنا الفسفور مستوى ص/ملغم( )اصی )اصیص/جزء بالملیون(الزنك مستوى فورالفس× االصناف 0 10 15 20 ر انتصا 0 109.72 165.76 197.74 260.59 183.45 400 155.00 243.80 149.30 87.70 158.95 800 201.80 154.10 139.70 98.23 148.46 95 إباء 0 79.96 104.57 137.57 192.52 128.66 400 93.20 153.11 78.23 57.40 95.48 800 308.10 140.90 124.56 60.13 158.42 0.67 1.33 )0.05(م .ف.أ ف االصنا الزنك× االصناف ر 163.62 148.84 162.25 187.89 155.51 انتصا 132.52 103.35 113.45 152.86 160.42 95 إباء 0.38 0.77 )0.05(م .ف.أ الفسفور الزنك× الفسفور 0 94.84 135.17 167.66 226.56 156.06 400 124.10 198.46 113.77 72.55 127.22 800 254.95 147.50 132.13 79.18 153.44 0.47 0.94 )0.05(م .ف.أ 126.10 137.85 160.37 157.96 الزنك 0.54 )0.05(م .ف.أ 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )95انتصار واباء (نباتات صنفي القمح تصمیم التجربة ونمو :)1(صورة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 interaction effect of phosphorus and zinc fertilizer for different levels in growth o f two varieties of wheat plant a. a. m.al-ashor departme nt of biology , college of education ibn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract to find the effect of interaction of the two elements , p hosp horus and zinc, in some of the characters of two varieties of wheat (triticum aest ivum var. intisar) (triticum aest ivum var. ipa 95), an exp eriment was conducted in p ots in the green house of the dep artment of biological science. / college of education (ibn-al-hiatham), for the season 2007/2008 using three levels of phosp horus (0, 400, 800, mg / p ot) and four levels of zinc (0, 10, 15, 20 mg / p ot). the exp eriment showed that t he effect of the interaction of p hosp horus and zinc was p ositive which increased the values of the features st udied (length of p lant, relative growt h rate, nitrogen content, concentration of p hosp horus and concentration of zinc) in the two varieties of wheat at their low levels and decreased the values of the above characters at the levels of higher fertilization of both p hosp horus and zinc. the results showed also a comp arison between the two varieties of wheat (int isar and ip a 95) in the values of their feature according to the addition of different levels of both elements. microsoft word 55 542 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 on s*g- -open sets in topological spaces sabiha i. mahmood jumana s .tareq department of mathematics/college of science/ university of al-mustansiriyah received in : 9 april 2014 , accepted in: 1 september 2014 abstract in this paper, we introduce a new class of sets, namely , s*g -open sets and we show that the family of all s*g -open subsets of a topological space ),x(  from a topology on x which is finer than  . also , we study the characterizations and basic properties of s*g open sets and s*g -closed sets . moreover, we use these sets to define and study a new class of functions, namely , s*g -continuous functions and s*g -irresolute functions in topological spaces . some properties of these functions have been studied . keywords: s*g -open sets , s*g -closed sets , s*g -clopen sets , s*g -continuous functions , s*g -irresolute functions . 543 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction levine, n. [1,2] introduced and studied semi-open sets and generalized open sets respectively . njastad, o. [3] , mashhour, a.s. and et.al. [4] , andrijevic, d. [5] and abd elmonsef,m.e. and et.al [6] introduced α-open sets, pre-open sets ,b-open sets and -open sets respectively . also, arya, s.p. and nour, t.m . [7] , maki, h. and et.al [8,9], khan, m. and et.al [10] introduced and investigated generalized semi open sets, generalized α-open sets , αgeneralized open sets and s*g-open sets respectively . in this paper, we introduce a new class of sets, namely , s*g -open sets and we show that the family of all s*g -open subsets of a topological space ),x(  from a topology on x which is finer than  . this class of open sets is placed properly between the class of open sets and each of semi-open sets, α-open sets, preopen sets, b-open sets, -open sets, generalized semi open sets, generalized α-open sets and αgeneralized open sets respectively . also , we study the characterizations and basic properties of s*g -open sets and s*g -closed sets . moreover, we use these sets to define and study a new class of functions, namely , s*g -continuous functions and s*g -irresolute functions in topological spaces . some properties of these functions have been studied . throughout this paper ),x(  , ),y(  and ),z(  (or simply x , y and z ) represent non-empty topological spaces on which no separation axioms are assumed, unless otherwise mentioned . 1.preliminaries first we recall the following definitions and theorems . definition(1.1): a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is said to be : i) an semi-open (briefly s-open) set [1] if ))a(int(cla  . ii) an α-open set [3] if )))a(int(clint(a  . iii) an pre-open set [4] if ))a(clint(a  . iv) an b-open set [5] if ))a(int(cl))a(clint(a  . v) an -open set [6] if )))a(cl(int(cla  . the semi-closure (resp. α-closure) of a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is the intersection of all semi-closed (resp. α-closed ) sets which contains a and is denoted by )a(cl s ( resp . )a(cl ) . clearly )a(cl)a(cl)a(cl s   . definition(1.2): a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is said to be : i) a generalized closed (briefly g-closed) set [2] if u)a(cl  whenever ua  and u is open in x . ii) a generalized semi-closed (briefly gs-closed) set [7] if u)a(cl s  whenever ua  and u is open in x . iii) a generalized α-closed (briefly gα-closed) set [8] if u)a(cl  whenever ua  and u is α-open in x . iv) an α-generalized closed (briefly αg-closed) set [9] if u)a(cl  whenever ua  and u is open in x . v) an s*g-closed set [10] if u)a(cl  whenever ua  and u is semi-open in x . the complement of a g-closed (resp. gs-closed , gα-closed ,αg-closed , s*g-closed) set is called a g-open (resp. gs-open ,gα-open, αg-open , s*g-open) set . 544 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 definition(1.3): a function ),y(),x(:f  is called : i) semi-continuous (briefly s-continuous)[1] if )v(f 1 is s-open set in x for every open set vin y ii)  -continuous [11] if )v(f 1 is  -open set in x for every open set v in y . iii) pre-continuous [4] if )v(f 1 is pre-open set in x for every open set v in y . iv) b-continuous [12] if )v(f 1 is b-open set in x for every open set v in y . v) -continuous [6] if )v(f 1 is  -open set in x for every open set v in y . vi) generalized continuous (briefly g-continuous) [13] if )v(f 1 is g-open set in x for every open set v in y . vii) generalized semi continuous (briefly gs-continuous)[14] if )v(f 1 is gs-open set in x for every open set v in y . viii) generalized α-continuous (briefly gα-continuous) [8] if )v(f 1 is gα-open set in x for every open set v in y . ix) α-generalized continuous (briefly αg-continuous) [15] if )v(f 1 is αg-open set in x for every open set v in y . x) s*g-continuous [16] if )v(f 1 is s*g-open set in x for every open set v in y . definition(1.4)[10],[17]: let ),x(  be a topological space and xa  . then: i) the s*g-closure of a , denoted by )a(cl g*s is the intersection of all s*g-closed subsets of x which contains a . ii) the s*g-interior of a , denoted by )a(int g*s is the union of all s*g-open subsets of x which are contained in a . theorem(1.5)[17]: let ),x(  be a topological space and xb,a  . then: i) )a(cl)a(cla g*s  . ii) a)a(int)aint( g*s  . iii) if ba  , then )b(cl)a(cl g*sg*s  . iv) a is s*g-closed iff a)a(cl g*s  . v) )a(cl))a(cl(cl g*sg*sg*s  . vi) )ax(cl)a(intx g*sg*s  . vii) )a(clx g*s iff for every s*g-open set u containing x , au  . viii) )u(cl)u(cl g*sg*s       . theorem(1.6)[18]: let yx  be the product space of topological spaces x and y . if xa  and yb  . then  )b(cl)a(cl g*sg*s )ba(cl g*s  . 2. basic properties of s*g- -open sets in this section we introduce a new class of sets, namely , s*g -open sets and we show that the family of all s*g -open subsets of a topological space ),x(  from a topology on x which is finer than  . 545 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 definition(2.1): a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is called an s*g -open set if )))a(int(clint(a g*s . the complement of an s*g -open set is defined to be s*g -closed . the family of all s*g -open subsets of x is denoted by  g*s . clearly, every open set is an s*g -open, but the converse is not true . consider the following example . example(2.2): let }c,b,a{x  and }}a{,,x{  be a topology on x . then }b,a{ is an s*g -open set in x, since })))b,a(int({clint(}b,a{ g*s })a({clint( g*s )xint( x . but }b,a{ is not open in x . remark(2.3): s*g-open sets and s*g -open sets are in general independent . consider the following examples: example(2.4): let }c,b,a{x  and },x{  be a topology on x . then }b{ is an s*g-open set in x , but is not s*g -open set , since  })))b(int({clint(}b{ g*s ))(clint( g*s . also, in example (2.2) }b,a{ is an s*g -open set in x , but is not s*g-open , since }c{}b,a{ c  is not s*g-closed set in x , since }c,a{ is an semi-open set in x and }c,a{}c{  , but }c,a{}c,b{})c({cl  . theorem(2.5): every s*g -open set is  -open (resp. αg-open, gα-open , pre-open, b-open ,  -open ) set . proof: let a be any s*g -open set in x , then )))a(int(clint(a g*s . since )))a(int(clint()))a(int(clint( g*s  , thus )))a(int(clint(a  . therefore a is an  -open set in x . since every  -open set is αg-open (resp. gα-open , pre-open , b-open , -open ) set .thus every s*g -open set is  -open (resp. αg-open, gα-open , pre-open, b-open , -open ) set . remark(2.6): the converse of theorem (2.5) may not be true in general as shown in the following example . example(2.7): let }c,b,a{x  & },x{  be a topology on x . then the set }c,b{ is preopen (resp. αg-open , gα-open , b-open , -open) in x , but is not s*g -open set in x , since })))c,b(int({clint(}c,b{ g*s  )))(clint( g*s . theorem(2.8): every s*g -open set is semi-open and gs-open set . proof: let a be any s*g -open set in x , then )))a(int(clint(a g*s . since ))a(int(cl))a(int(cl)))a(int(clint( g*sg*s  , thus ))a(int(cla  . therefore a is a semiopen set in x . since every semi-open set is gs-open set . thus every s*g -open set is semiopen and gs-open set . remark(2.9): the converse of theorem (2.8) may not be true in general as shown in the following example . example(2.10): let }c,b,a{x  & }}b,a{},b{},a{,,x{  be a topology on x . then the set }c,a{ is semi-open and gs-open set in x , but is not an s*g -open set in x , since  })))c,a(int({clint(}c,a{ g*s })))a({clint( g*s }a{})c,aint({  . remark(2.11): pre-open sets and αg-open sets are in general independent . consider the following examples: example(2.12): let ),r(  be the usual topological space . then the set of all rational numbers q is a pre-open set , but is not an αg-open set . also , in example (2.2) }b{ is an αg-open set , since , }c,a{}b{ c  is an αg-closed set , but is not a pre-open set , since  }))b({clint(}b{ })b,cint({  . 546 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 remark(2.13): g-open sets and gα-open sets are in general independent . consider the following examples: example(2.14): let }c,b,a{x  & }}c,a{},a{,,x{  be a topology on x . then the set }b,a{ is a gα-open set in x , since }c{}b,a{ c  is gα-closed , but is not a g-open set in x , since }c{}b,a{ c  is not g-closed . also, in example (2.2) }c{ is a g-open set in x , since , }b,a{}c{ c  is g-closed , but is not a gα-open set in x , since }b,a{}c{ c  is not gα-closed . the following diagram shows the relationships between s*g -open sets and some other open sets: proposition(2.15): a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is s*g -open if and only if there exists an open subset u of x such that ))u(clint(au g*s . proof:  suppose that a is a s*g -open set in x , then )))a(int(clint(a g*s . since a)aint(  , thus )))a(int(clint(a)aint( g*s . put )aint(u  , hence there exists an open subset u of x such that ))u(clint(au g*s . conversely, suppose that there exists an open subset u of x such that ))u(clint(au g*s . since au   )aint(u   ))a(int(cl)u(cl g*sg*s   )))a(int(clint())u(clint( g*sg*s  . since ))u(clint(a g*s , then )))a(int(clint(a g*s . thus a is an s*g -open set in x . lemma(2.16): let ),x(  be a topological space . if u is an open set in x , then )au(cl)a(clu g*sg*s   for any subset a of x . proof: let )a(clux g*s and v be any s*g-open set in x s.t vx  . since )a(clx g*s , then by theorem ((1.5),vii) , av  . since vu  is an s*g-open set in x and uvx  , then a)uv(  )au(v  . therefore )au(clx g*s  . thus )a(clu g*s )au(cl g*s  for any subset a of x . theorem(2.17): let ),x(  be a topological space. then the family of all s*g -open subsets of x from a topology on x . proof:(i). since )))(int(clint( g*s  and )))x(int(clint(x g*s , then  g*sx, . (ii). let  g*sb,a . to prove that  g*sba  . by proposition (2.15) , there exists v,u such that ))u(clint(au g*s and ))v(clint(bv g*s . notice that vu  and bavu   . now ,  ))v(clint())u(clint(ba g*sg*s  ))v(cl))u(clint(int( g*sg*s  547 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ))v))u(cl(int(clint( g*sg*s  (by lemma (2.16)) . ))v)u(cl(clint( g*sg*s  ))vu(cl(clint( g*sg*s  (by lemma (2.16)) . ))vu(clint( g*s  (by theorem (1.5),v) . thus ))vu(clint(bavu g*s   . therefore by proposition (2.15) ,  g*sba  . (iii). let }:u{  be any family of s*g -open subsets of x , then )))u(int(clint(u g*s   for each  . therefore by theorem ((1.5) viii) , we get : )))u(int(clint(u g*s      )))u(int(clint( g*s   )))uint((clint( g*s    )))u(int(clint( g*s    . hence     g*su . thus  g*s is a topology on x . propositions(2.18): let ),x(  be a topological space and b be a subset of x . then the following statements are equivalent: i) b is s*g -closed . ii) b)))b(cl((intcl g*s  . iii) there exists a closed subset f of x such that fb))f((intcl g*s  . proof: )ii()i(  . since b is an s*g -closed set in x  bx  is an s*g -open set in x  )))bx(int(clint(bx g*s   )))b(clx(clint(bx g*s  . by theorem ((1.5), vi) , we get ))b(clx(cl))b(cl(intx g*sg*s  . hence )))b(cl(intxint(bx g*s  )))b(cl((intclxbx g*s  b)))b(cl((intcl g*s  . )iii()ii(  . since b)))b(cl((intcl g*s  and )b(clb  , then )b(clb)))b(cl((intcl g*s  . put )b(clf  , thus there exists a closed subset f of x such that fb))f((intcl g*s  . )i()iii(  . suppose that there exists a closed subset f of x such that fb))f((intcl g*s  . hence ))f((intclxbxfx g*s  ))f(intxint( g*s . since )fx(cl)f(intx g*sg*s  , then ))fx(clint(bxfx g*s  . hence bx  is an s*g -open set in x . thus b is an s*g closed set in x . definition(2.19): a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is called an s*g -neighborhood of a point x in x if there exists an s*g -open set u in x such that aux  . remark(2.20): since every open set is an s*g -open set , then every neighborhood of x is an s*g -neighborhood of x , but the converse is not true in general . in example (2.2), }b,a{ is an s*g -neighborhood of a point b , since }b,a{}b,a{b  . but }b,a{ is not a neighborhood of a point b . propositions(2.21): a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is s*g -open if and only if it is an s*g -neighborhood of each of its points . 548 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 proof:  if a is s*g -open in x , then aax  for each ax  . thus a is an s*g neighborhood of each of its points . conversely , suppose that a is an s*g -neighborhood of each of its points . then for each ax  , there exists an s*g -open set xu in x such that aux x  . hence au ax x    . since  ax xua   , therefore  ax xua   . thus a is an s*g -open set in x, since it is a union of s*g -open sets . proposition(2.22): if a is an s*g -open set in a topological space ),x(  and )aint(ba  , then b is an s*g -open set in x . proof: since a is an s*g -open set in x , then by proposition (2.15), there exists an open subset u of x such that ))u(clint(au g*s . since ba   bu  . but ))u(clint()aint( g*s  ))u(clint(bu g*s . thus b is an s*g -open set in x . proposition(2.23): if a is an s*g -closed set in a topological space ),x(  and ab)a(cl  , then b is an s*g -closed set in x . proof: since  )a(clxbxax )axint(  , then by proposition (2.22) bx  is an s*g -open set in x . thus b is an s*g -closed set in x . theorem(2.24): a subset a of a topological space ),x(  is clopen (open and closed) if and only if a is s*g -clopen (s*g -open and s*g -closed) . proof: ( ) . it is a obvious . () . suppose that a is an s*g -clopen set in x , then a is s*g -open and s*g -closed in x . hence )))a(int(clint(a g*s and a)))a(cl((intcl g*s  . but by theorem ((1.5) , i, ii ) we get , )a(cl)a(cl g*s  and )a(int)aint( g*s , thus : )))a(int(clint(a  and a)))a(cl(int(cl  . since a)aint(   )a(cl))a(int(cl  ---------- (1) since ))a(int(cl)))a(int(clint(  , thus ))a(int(cl)))a(int(clint(a   ))a(int(cl)a(cl  ---------- (2) therefore from (1) and (2) , we get )a(cl))a(int(cl  -----------(a) similarly, since )a(cla   ))a(clint()aint(  ---------- (3) now, a)))a(cl(int(cl))a(clint(  , thus )aint())a(clint(  -----------(4) therefore from (3) and (4) , we get )aint())a(clint(  ---------- (b) since )aint())a(clint(   )a(cl))a(int(cl)))a(cl(int(cl  (by (a)) . since a)))a(cl(int(cl  , then a)a(cl  , but )a(cla  , therefore )a(cla  , hence a is a closed set in x . similarly, since )a(cl))a(int(cl   )aint())a(clint()))a(int(clint(  (by (b)) . since )))a(int(clint(a  , then )aint(a  , but a)aint(  , therefore )aint(a  , hence a is an open set in x . thus a is a clopen set in x . definition(2.25): let ),x(  be a topological space and xa  . then i) the s*g -closure of a , denoted by )a(cl g*s  is the intersection of all s*g -closed subsets of x which contains a . 549 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ii) the s*g -interior of a , denoted by )a(int g*s  is the union of all s*g -open sets in x which are contained in a . theorem(2.26): let ),x(  be a topological space and xb,a  . then: i) a)a(int)aint( g*s   and )a(cl)a(cla g*s   . ii) )a(int g*s  is an s*g -open set in x and )a(cl g*s  is an s*g -closed set in x . iii) if ba  , then )b(int)a(int g*sg*s   and )b(cl)a(cl g*sg*s   . iv) a is s*g -open iff a)a(int g*s  and a is s*g -closed iff a)a(cl g*s  . v) )b(int)a(int)ba(int g*sg*sg*s    and )b(cl)a(cl)ba(cl g*sg*sg*s    . vi) )a(int))a((intint g*sg*sg*s   and )a(cl))a(cl(cl g*sg*sg*s   . vii) )a(intx g*s  iff there is an s*g -open set u in x s.t aux  . viii) )a(clx g*s  iff for every s*g -open set u containing x , au  . proof: it is obvious . proposition(2.27): let x and y be topological spaces . if xa  and yb  . then ba  is an s*g -open set in yx  if and only if a and b are s*g -open sets in x and y respectevely . proof:  since a and b are s*g -open sets in x and y respectevely , then by definition (2.1), we get )))a(int(clint(a g*s and )))b(int(clint(b g*s . hence )))b(int(clint()))a(int(clint(ba g*sg*s  )))b(int(cl))a(int(clint( g*sg*s  . since  )b(cl)a(cl g*sg*s )ba(cl g*s  , then )))ba(int(clint(ba g*s  . thus ba  is an s*g open set in yx  . by the same way, we can prove that a and b are s*g -open sets in x and y respectevely if ba  is an s*g -open set in yx  . 3 . s*g- continuous functions and s*g- irresolute functions in this section , we introduce a new class of functions , namely , s*g -continuous functions and s*g -irresolute functions in topological spaces and study some of their properties. definition(3.1): a function ),y(),x(:f  is called s*g -continuous if )v(f 1 is an s*g -open set in x for every open set v in y . proposition(3.2): a function ),y(),x(:f  is s*g -continuous iff )v(f 1 is an s*g closed set in x for every closed set v in y . proof: it is obvious . proposition(3.3): every continuous function is s*g -continuous . proof: follows from the definition (3.1) and the fact that every open set is s*g -open . remark(3.4): the converse of proposition (3.3) may not be true in general as shown in the following example: example(3.5): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}a{,,x{  & }}c,a{},a{,,y{   },a{,,x{g*s   }}c,a{},b,a{ . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , b)b(f  & c)c(f   f is not continuous , but f is s*g -continuous , since x)y(f 1  ,  )(f 1 , }c,a{})c,a({f 1  , and }a{})a({f 1  are s*g -open sets in x . remark(3.6): s*g-continuous functions and s*g -continuous functions are in general independent . consider the following examples: 550 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 example(3.7): let }c,b,a{yx  , },x{  & }}a{,,y{    g*s and }}c,b{},c,a{},b,a{},c{},b{},a{,,x{g*s  . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , b)b(f  & c)c(f   f is s*g-continuous , but f is not s*g -continuous , since }a{ is open set in y , but }a{})a({f 1  is not s*g -open in x . also, in example (3.5) f is s*g continuous, but is not s*g-continuous , since }c,a{ is open set in y , but }c,a{})c,a({f 1  is not s*g-open in x . theorem(3.8): every s*g -continuous function is  -continuous (resp. αg-continuous , gα continuous , pre-continuous , b-continuous , -continuous) function . proof: follows from the theorem (2.5) . remark(3.9): the converse of theorem (3.8) may not be true in general . observe that in example (3.7) f is pre-continuous (resp. b-continuous , -continuous , gα-continuous , αgcontinuous ) function , but f is not s*g -continuous . theorem(3.10): every s*g -continuous function is semi-continuous function and gscontinuous function . proof: follows from the theorem (2.8) . remark(3.11): the converse of theorem (3.10) may not be true in general as shown in the following example: example(3.12): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}b,a{},b{},a{,,x{  & }}c,a{},a{,,y{  . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , b)b(f  & c)c(f   f is semi-continuous and gs-continuous, but f is not s*g -continuous, since }c,a{ is open in y, but }c,a{})c,a({f 1  is not s*g -open in x , since  })))c,a(int({clint(}c,a{ g*s })))a({clint( g*s }a{})c,aint({  . remark(3.13): pre-continuous functions and  g-continuous functions are in general independent . consider the following examples: example(3.14): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}c,a{},a{,,x{  & }}b,a{},b{},a{,,y{  . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , c)b(f  & b)c(f   f is  g-continuous , but f is not pre-continuous , since }b{ is open set in y , but }c{})b({f 1  is not pre-open set in x , since }))c({clint(}c{  })c,bint({  . example(3.15): let  yx ,  usual topology & }}q{,,{  . define ),(),(:f  by : x)x(f  for each x  f is not  g-continuous , since q is open in y, but q})q({f 1  is not  g-open set in x . but f is pre-continuous . remark(3.16): g-continuous functions and g  -continuous functions are in general independent . consider the following examples: example(3.17): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}a{,,x{  & }}b{,,y{  . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , c)b(f  & b)c(f   f is g-continuous , but f is not g  continuous, since }b{ is open set in y, but }c{})b({f 1  is not g  -open set in x , since c}c{ }b,a{ is not g  -closed set in x . example(3.18): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}c,a{},a{,,x{  & }}b{,,y{  . define ),y(),x(:f  by : b)a(f  , b)b(f  & a)c(f   f is g  -continuous , but f is not g-continuous, since }b{ is open set in y, but }b,a{})b({f 1  is not g-open set in x , since }c{}b,a{ c  is not g-closed in x . 551 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the following diagram shows the relationships between s*g -continuous functions and some other continuous functions: proposition(3.19): if ),y(),x(:f  is s*g -continuous, then ))a(f(cl))a(cl(f g*s  for every subset a of x . proof: since ))a(f(cl)a(f   )))a(f(cl(fa 1 . since ))a(f(cl is a closed set in y and f is s*g -continuous ,then by (3.2) )))a(f(cl(f 1 is an s*g -closed set in x containing a . hence )))a(f(cl(f)a(cl 1g*s    . therefore ))a(f(cl))a(cl(f g*s  . theorem(3.20: let ),y(),x(:f  be a function . then the following statements are equivalent: i) f is s*g -continuous . ii) for each point x in x and each open set v in y with v)x(f  , there is an s*g -open set u in x such that ux  and v)u(f  . iii) for each subset a of x , ))a(f(cl))a(cl(f g*s  . iv) for each subset b of y , ))b(cl(f))b(f(cl 11g*s    . proof: )ii()i(  . let yx:f  be an s*g -continuous function and v be an open set in y s.t v)x(f  . to prove that , there is an s*g -open set u in x s.t ux  and v)u(f  . since f is s*g -continuous , then )v(f 1 is an s*g -open set in x s.t )v(fx 1 . let )v(fu 1  v))v(f(f)u(f 1    v)u(f  . )i()ii(  . to prove that yx:f  is s*g -continuous . let v be any open set in y . to prove that )v(f 1 is an s*g -open set in x . let )v(fx 1  v)x(f  .by hypothesis there is an s*g -open set u in x s.t ux  and v)u(f   )v(fux 1 . thus by theorem ((2.26),vii) )v(f 1 is an s*g -open set in x . hence yx:f  is an s*g -continuous function . )iii()ii(  . suppose that (ii) holds and let ))a(cl(fy g*s  and let v be any open neighborhood of y in y . since ))a(cl(fy g*s   )a(clx g*s  s.t y)x(f  . since v)x(f  , then by (ii)  an s*g -open set u in x s.t ux  and v)u(f  . since )a(clx g*s  , then by theorem ((2.26),viii) au  and hence v)a(f  . therefore we have ))a(f(cly  . hence ))a(f(cl))a(cl(f g*s  . 552 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )ii()iii(  . let xx  and v be any open set in y containing )x(f . let )v(fa c1  ax  . since cg*s v))a(f(cl))a(cl(f   a)v(f)a(cl c1 g*s    . since ax   )a(clx g*s  and by theorem ((2.26),viii) there exists an s*g -open set u containing x such that au  and hence v)a(f)u(f c  . )iv()iii(  . suppose that (iii) holds and let b be any subset of y . replacing a by )b(f 1 we get from (iii) )b(cl)))b(f(f(cl)))b(f(cl(f 11g*s    . hence ))b(cl(f))b(f(cl 11 g*s    . )iii()iv(  . suppose that (iv) holds and let )a(fb  where a is a subset of x . then we get from (iv) )))a(f(cl(f))a(f(f(cl)a(cl 11g*sg*s    . therefore ))a(f(cl))a(cl(f g*s  . definition(3.21): a function ),y(),x(:f  is called s*g -irresolute if the inverse image of every s*g -open set in y is an s*g -open set in x . proposition(3.22): every s*g -irresolute function is s*g -continuous . proof: it is obvious . remark(3.23): the converse of proposition (3.22) may not be true in general as shown in the following example: example(3.24): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}c,a{},c{},a{,,x{  & }}c,a{},a{,,y{    g*s and }}c,a{},b,a{},a{,,y{g*s   . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , b)b(f  & c)c(f   f is s*g -continuous, but f is not s*g -irresolute since }b,a{ is an s*g -open set in y , but }b,a{})b,a({f 1  is not s*g -open set in x . remark(3.25): continuous functions and s*g -irresolute functions are in general independent consider the following examples: example(3.26 ): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}c,b{},a{,,x{  & }}a{,,y{  . also , }}c,b{},a{,,x{g*s   & }}c,a{},b,a{},a{,,y{g*s   . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , b)b(f  & c)c(f   f is continuous , but f is not s*g -irresolute , since }b,a{ is s*g -open set in y , but }b,a{})b,a({f 1  is not s*g -open set in x . example(3.27 ): let }c,b,a{yx  , }}a{,,x{  & }}b,a{,,y{  . also , }}c,a{},b,a{},a{,,x{g*s   & }}b,a{,,y{g*s   . define ),y(),x(:f  by : a)a(f  , b)b(f  & c)c(f   f is s*g -irresolute , but f is not continuous , since }b,a{ is open in y , but }b,a{})b,a({f 1  is not open in x . theorem(3.28): let ),y(),x(:f  be a function . then the following statements are equivalent: (i) f is s*g -irresolute . (ii) for each xx  and each s*g -neighborhood v of )x(f in y, there is an s*g neighborhood 553 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 u of x in x such that v)u(f  . (iii) the inverse image of every s*g -closed subset of y is an s*g -closed subset of x . proof: )ii()i(  . let yx:f  be an s*g -irresolute function and v be an s*g neighborhood of )x(f in y . to prove that , there is an s*g -neighborhood u of x in x such that v)u(f  . since f is an s*g -irresolute then , )v(f 1 is an s*g -neighborhood of x in x . let )v(fu 1  v))v(f(f)u(f 1    v)u(f  . )i()ii(  . to prove that yx:f  is s*g -irresolute . let v be an s*g -open set in y . to prove that )v(f 1 is an s*g -open set in x . let )v(fx 1  v)x(f   v is an s*g -neighborhood of )x(f .by hypothesis there is an s*g -neighborhood xu of x such that v)u(f x   )v(fu 1 x  , )v(fx 1   an s*g -open set xw of x such that )v(fuw 1xx  , )v(fx 1  )v(fw 1 )v(fx x 1      . since  )v(fx 1 1 }x{)v(f     )v(fx x 1 w     )v(fx x 1 1 w)v(f     )v(f 1 is an s*g -open set in y, since its a union of s*g -open sets . thus yx:f  is an s*g -irresolute function . )iii()i(  . it is a obvious . corollary(3.29): let ),x( 11  and ),x( 22  be topological spaces . then the projection functions 1211 xxx:  and 2212 xxx:  are s*g -irresolute functions . proof: let u be an s*g -open set in 1x , then 2 1 1 xu)u(   . since u is s*g -open in 1x and 2x is s*g -open in 2x , then by proposition (2.27) 2xu  is s*g -open in 21 xx  . thus 1211 xxx:  is an s*g -irresolute function . similaly we can prove that 2212 xxx:  is s*g -irresolute function . however the following theorem holds . the proof is easy and hence omitted . theorem(3.30): if ),y(),x(:f  and ),z(),y(:f  are functions, then: i) if f and g are both s*g -irresolute functions , then so is fg  . ii) if f is s*g -irresolute and g is s*g -continuous , then fg  is s*g -continuous . iii) if f is s*g -continuous and g is continuous , then fg  is s*g -continuous . references 1 . levine, n. (1963) semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces , amer. math. monthly, 70, 36-41 . 2 . levine,n.(1970)generalized closed sets in topology,rend.circ.math.palermo, 19 (2), 89-96 . 3 . njasta, o. (1965) on some classes of nearly open sets , pacific j. math. 15, 961-970 . 4 . mashhour, a.s. ; abd el-monsef,m.e. and el-deeb,s.n. (1982) on precontinuous and weak precontinuous functions , proc. math. phys. soc. egypt , 51, 47-53 . 5 . andrijevic, d. (1996) on b-open sets, mat. vesnik , 48 (1-2) , 59-64 . 6 . abd el-monsef,m.e ; el-deeb , s.n. and mahmoud,r.a. (1983)  -open sets and continuous mappings , bull. fac. sci. assuit univ. 12, 77-90 . 554 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 7 . arya,s.p. and nour,t.m. (1990) characterizations of s-normal spaces , indian j. pure appl. math. 21 ( 8) , 717-719 . 8 . maki,h. ; devi ,r. and balachandran,k. (1993) generalized α-closed sets in topology , bull.fukuoka univ. ed. part iii, 42 , 13-21. 9 . maki,h. ; devi,r. and balachandran,k. (1994) associated topologies of generalized α closed sets and α-generalized closed sets , mem. fac. sci. kochi univ. ser.a.math. 15 , 51-63. 10 . khan,m. ; noiri, t . and hussain, m .(2008) on s*g-closed sets and s*-normal spaces , 48 , 31-41 . 11 . mashhour,a.s.; hasanein,i.a and el-deeb,s.n. (1983)  -continuous and  -open mappings , acta math hung. 41 (3-4) , 213-218 . 12 . ekici, e. and caldas,m. (2004) slightly  -continuous functions , bol. soc. parana mat. 22 (2), 63-74 . 13 . balachandran,k.; sundaram,p. and maki,h. (1991) on generalized continuous maps in topological spaces ,mem. fac. sci. kochi univ. ser. a. math. 12 , 5-13 . 14 . devi,r. ; balachandran,k. and maki,h. (1995) semi-generalized homeomorphisms and generalized semi-homeomorphisms in topological spaces , indian j. pure appl. math. 26 (3), 271-284 . 15 . gnanambal,y. (1997) on generalized preregular closed sets in topological spaces , indian j. pure appl .math. 28(3), 351-360 . 16 . s. i . and afrah m .(2010) s*-separation axioms , iraqi journal of science, university of baghdad, 51(1), 145-153 . 17 . s. i . (2014) on weak g*sd -sets and associative separation axioms , ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science , (to appear) . 18 . s. i., (2014) another type of compactness in bitopological spaces , journal of al rafidain university college , (to appear) . 555 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 في الفضاءات التبولوجية  -s*gالمجموعات المفتوحة ولح صبيحة إبراھيم محمود سري طارق جمانة الجامعة المستنصرية / كلية العلوم / قسم الرياضيات 2014أيلول 1، قبل في 2014نيسان 9استلم في الخالصة -s*gالنمط من أسميناھا بالمجموعات المفتوحة من المجموعات اجديد ا ھذا البحث صنف قدمنا في -s*g المفتوحة من النمط و من ثم اثبتنا ان عائلة كل المجموعات الجزئية--s*g الفضاء التبولوجي من ),x(  تشكل تبولوجي على x الذي ھو انعم من . األساسية والخواص المكافئات كذلك درسنا هاستخدمنا ھذ ذلك عن فضال -. s*g-المغلقة من النمط والمجموعات -s*g-للمجموعات المفتوحة من النمط النمطمن بالدوال المستمرة صنف جديد من الدوال في الفضاءات التبولوجية أسميناه المجموعة في تعريف ودراسة - -s*g النمطمن والدوال المحيرة--s*g بعض خواص ھذه الدوال. قد درستو الدوال , -s*g-المجموعات المغلقة من النمط , s*g--المجموعات المفتوحة من النمط المفتاحية: الكلمات s*g .--الدوال المحيرة من النمط s*g ,--المستمرة من النمط ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 technique for image de-blurring using adaptive wavelet lagrange fuzzy filter a. f. sabeeh departme nt of computer science , college of education i bn al-hatham, unive rsity of baghdad recei vein in feb. 10 , 2011 accepted in march 23 , 2011 abstract a new de-blurring techn ique was p rop osed in order to reduced or remove the blur in the images. the p rop osed filter was designed fro m the lagr ange interp olation calcu lation with adjust ed by fuzzy rules and supp orted by wavelet decomp osing technique. the prop osed wavelet lagr ange fuz zy filter gives good results for fully and p artially blurring region in images. keyword: image de-blur, lagrange app lication, fuzzy filter, wavelet-fuzzy, lagrange – fuzzy, image processing. introduction the de-blurring method developed relies on the facts that natural images have sp arse leadin g edges, and edges of the blurred image are lesser sp arse than that of the de-blurred images as the edges of the blurred ima ges occupy a larger area du e to blurrin g. so, a p rior which tend to make the edges sp arser will tend to make the images sharp er also.[1] the assumption that edges are sp arser in natural sharp images may be an oversimp lification of the p roblem but the results obtained on this analysis are p romising. the p rior should b e adjust ed and the cost function should be altered such that initial iteration which estimate the lower frequen cy comp onents of the image are r egular ized with bigger we ight whereas later iterations which corresp onds to higher frequency comp onents should be regular ized with smaller weights. t his adjust ment ensures noise sup p ression at t he same time allows for b ett er sp arseness.[2] blur is unsharp image area caused by camer a or subjectmovement, inaccurate focus ing, or the use of an aperturethat gives shallow depth of field. the blur effects are filtersthat smooth transitions and decrease contrast by averagin gthe pixels next to hard edges of defin ed lines and ar easwhere there are significant color transition.[2] blurring types [3] in digital ima ge there ar e 3 common typ es of blur effects: average bl ur the average blur is one of several tools y ou can use to remov e noise and sp ecks in an image. use it when noise is p resent over the entire image.this type of blurring can b e distribution in horizont al andvertical direction and can be circular averaging by radius r which is evalu ated by the formula: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 r =√ g2 + f2 …(1) where: g is the horizontal size blurring direction and f is vertical blurrin g size direction and r is the radius size of thecircular av erage blurrin g. gaussian blur the gaussian blur effect is a filter that blends a sp ecificnumber of p ixels incr ementally, followin g a bell-shapedcurve. the blurrin g is dense in the center and feathers at the edge. app ly gaussian blur to an image when you want more control over the blur effect. motion blur the m otion blur effect is a filter that makes the image app ears t o be moving by addin g a blur in a sp ecific direction.the motion can be controlled by angle or d irection (0 to 360 degrees or –90 to +90) and/or by distance or intensity in pixels (0 to 999), based on the soft ware used. image de-blurring image de-blurrin g is an inverse p roblem whose aim is to recover an ima ge from a version of that image which has suffered a linear degradation, with or without noise. this blurrin g degr adation can be shift-variant or shift-invariant. the algor ithm focuses on linear, shift invariant degradation. aut omatic d e-blurring has immense app lications such as remote sensing, astronomy, bio-medical image processing etc. [2] the blind d e-blurring refers to d e-blurring the ima ge in whi ch the b lurrin g k ernel is not known. if the blinding k ernel is known, it is referred to as non-blind de-blurrin g. the f ilter kernel whi ch has caused blurrin g to the image is consider ed as the p oint sp read function (psf). the blind de-blurring is an ill-posed and ill-cond itioned problem with inf inite possible solutions for de-blurred image and the psf estimation.[2] causes of blurring[3] a. deblurring model a blurred or degraded image can be ap p roximately described by this equation: g = psf*f + n, …(2) where: g the blurred image, h the distortion op erator called point sp read function (psf), f the original true ima ge and f additive noise, introduced during ima ge acquisition that corrupts the image. point sp read function (psf) is t he degr ee to which anop tical sy st em blurs (sp reads) a p oint of light. the p sf is the inverse fouri er transforms of op tical transfer function(otf). in the frequency domain, the otf describes the resp onse of a linear, p osition-invariant sy stem to animpulse.otf is the fourier transfer of the p oint (psf). b. de blurring te chni ques this p aper app lyies four methods deblurring ima ge:  wiene r filter deblurring technique wiener filter is a method of restoring image in the presence of blur and noise. the frequencydomain exp ression for the wiener filter is: w(s) = h(s)/f + (s), h(s) = fx,s (s) e as /f x(s) …(3) where: f(s) is blurred image, f + (s) causal, f x(s) anti-causal  regul arized filter deblurring technique regu lated filter is t he deblurrin g method to deblur an image by using de-convo lution function de-converge which is effective when the limited information is known about additive noise  lucy-richardson al gorithm techni que the richardson–lucy algorithm, also known as richardson–lucy de-converge, is an iterative p rocedurefor recovering a latent image that has been the blurred by aknown psf. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 …(4) where is psf (pij)at location i and j,uj is the p ixel v alue at location j inblurred ima ge. ci is the observed value at p ixel location i.iteration p rocess to calculate uj given the observed ci and known p ij …(5) where …(6)  blind de-convolution algorithm technique definition of the blind deblurr ing method can b e exp ressedby : g( x, y ) =psf * f(x,y ) + η(x,y ) …(7) where: g ( x, y ) is the observed image, psf is point spread function, f (x,y ) is the const ructed image and η ( x,y ) is the additive noise term . wavelet transform and image processing[4] wavelets decomposition: wavelets are families of functions gener ated from one single p rototype function (mother wavelet)  by dilation and translation op erations:  is constructed from the so-called scalin g function . the wavelet transform rep resents the de-composition of a function into a family of wavelet functions m ,n(t) where m is the scale/dilation index and n the time/sp aceindex). in other words, using the wavelet transform, any arbitrary function can be written as a sup erp osition of wavelets. m any constructions of wavelets have been introduced in mathematical and si gnal p rocessing literature (in the context of quarter mirror f ilters). in the mid eighties, the introduction of multi resolution analysis and the fast wavelet transform by m allat and m ey er p rovided the connection between the two app roaches. the wavelet transform may be seen as a filter bank and illust rated as follows, on a one dimensional signal x[n] : •x[n] is high-p ass and low-p ass filtered, p roducing twosignals d[n] (detail) and c[n] (coarse approximation). •d[n] and c[n] may be subsamp led (decimated by 2: 2) otherwise the transform is called translation invariant wavelet transform •the p rocess is iterated on the low-p ass signal c[n]. this p rocess is illustrated in figure 1. m uch information can extract at several scales (sub bands) p lus an app roximation of the sign al (the last c[n]) in the case of images, the filterin g op erations are both p er-formed on rows and columns, leading to the decomp osition. lagrange interpolation polynomial in this p rop osed sy stem, the denoising techn ique was designed to ach ieve the best human visualization for the rep ainting ima ge after filling the noise holes in these images after removing the noise. the method was p rop osed to filling the noise holes is lagrange interp olation p olynomial calcu lations adap tation by fuzzy rules. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 the formula of this method was first p ublished by waring (1779), rediscovered by euler in 1783, and p ublished by lagrange in 1795 (jeffreys and jeffreys 1988). lagrange interp olating p olynomials are implemented in m athematical as interpolating poly nomial. they are used, for examp le, in the construction of newt on-cotes formulas. when constructing interp olating p olynomials, there is a tradeoff b etween havin g a bett er fit and havin g a smooth well-b ehaved fitt ing function. the more data p oints that are used in the interp olation, the higher the degree of the r esulting p olynomial, and therefore the gr eater oscillation it will exh ibit between the data points. therefore, a high-degree interp olation may be a p oor p redictor of the function between p oints, although the accuracy at the data p oints will be "perfect."[5] given a set of k + 1 data points [6]: …(8) where no two xj are the same, the interp olation p oly nomial in the lagrange form is a linear combination …(9) of lagrange basis p olynomials …(10) not e how, assuming no two xi are the same (and they can't be, or the data set doesn't make sense), , so t his exp ression is alway s well-defined exam ple 1: i wish to interp olate ƒ(x) = x2 ov er the range 1 ≤ x ≤ 3, given these three p oints:[6] the interpolating p oly nomial is: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 the proposed adaptive lagrange fuzzy filter the p rop osed wavelet lagrange fuz zy filter is design based on the lagrange interp olation poly nomial calculation for estimating the lost values from the other values, and fuzzy rules (as t he mean fuzzy filter design in [7]). the formulation of the p rop osed technique is as follows: a. limitation let x = { x = (x1, x2) | 1 ≤ x1 ≤ h, 1 ≤ x2 ≤ w} be the pixel coordinates of an input image and let y = { y = (y 1, y 2) | 1 ≤ y 1 ≤ h, 1 ≤ y 2 ≤ w} be the p ixel coordinates of the corresp onding filtered outp ut image wher e, h and w denote the h eight and width resp ectively. at each location x ε x, a filter window is defined whose size is n = 2n+1 where, n is a non-negative integer. b. lagrange inte rpolation processing let w(x,y ) denote a sa mple vector of all the p ixels in a f ilter window including the central p ixel w( x,y ) i.e. w(x,y ) = [w1(x1,y 1), w2(x2,y 2),……..wn(xn,y n)] t ………. (11) where, w1(x1,y 1) is the upp er left value in the window, wn( xn,y n) is the lower right value and the pixels are scann ed from left t o right and top to bottom as w1(x1,y 1), w2(x2,y 2),….wn(xn,y n) for each raw of window. when app lied the equation of the lagr ange p olynomial interp olation (eqn.9) gives an estimated center window p ixel. a new set of p ixels values are generated due the lagrange interp olation calcu lation from each filter window applied to whole image. c. modifying the esti mation window pixel by fuzzy switching for t he current p ixel d efine difference d as follows: d(x) = min{w( x,y )-t , l(x,y ) } … (12) where, i = 1,2,..or n and t is the threshold rep resents the mean value of the whole image p ixels. the l(x,y ) is the p ixel value calculate from lagrange p olynomial interp olation and w(x,y ) is original p ixel. if μ[d(x)] ε [0, 1] is the membership function of d( x) that indicates how much the p ixel x looks like a b lur, then the following fuzzy rules will give : [rule 1] if d(x) is lar ge, then μ[d( x)] is large. …(13) [rule 2] if d(x) is small, then μ[d( x)] is small. …(14) with these rules we have used the s-function in m atlab to describe the membership function of the impulse noise corruption extent of t he current p ixel. ……(15) where, a and c are p redefined thresholds such that if d(x) is less than a ,the p ixel is considered as blur free and if d( x) is greater than b the p ixel is considered as defin itely blur.here b = (a + c) / 2. the filter based on the above fuzzy rules gener ates t he following outp ut value: y = ( 1 μ[d(x)] ) * x + μ[d( x)] * d(x) ….(16) if μ[d(x)] = 0 t hen, y = x i.e. no d eblur filtering is required and the p ixel remains unaltered. if μ[d(x)] = 1 then, y = m where d(x) represent t he output of the lagrange calculation outp ut filer, i.e. the p ixel is definitely blurrin g and it is replaced by the estimated p ixelfro m the neighboring valu es(d(x)). if 0 <μ[d(x)] < 1 then, the p ixel is somewhat low blurring and the filter will outp ut the weighted average of the inp ut p ixel and the lagrange estimated value. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 the proposed image de blurring system restoration or deblurring average blur from images is a very difficult p roblem to resolve. in this research, we describe a st rategy that can be used for solving such p roblems. this st rategy is used to design a p rop osed filter to deblur image (exp lained in section 5). the p rop osed filter was design using the p rinciples and theory of the lagrange p olynomial interp olation to estimate the p ixels values replaced in the center window of the filter. the effects of the neighborhoods window p ixels on the center p ixel will calculate by lagrange calculations. the replacing op eration will control by adap tation technique like fuz zy technique. the fuzzy rules were used to adjust the replacing op eration or adjust the p ixels value to get t he adaptive sharp ing op eration. the fuzzy rules were used to determine the p ixel st atus (blur, less blur, no blur) and choice of the op eration for each case. this filter will be app lied to the image resulted from the wavelet transform (decomposed images) in order to replace the wavelet deblurring threshold with this adap tion wavelet lagrange fuzzy calculation.in this p rop osed sy st em, the wavelet transform used is the daubechies 4d basis wavelet functions is app lied on the loaded image. aft er decomposing op eration comp leted, the mean value of each subbands image regions will calculate to use as threshold (t in eqn.12). the rm se (root m ain square error) was achieved to show the deblurring (sharp ing) op eration effect on the images. the main p rop osed sy stem st ep s are as follows: ap p lying wavelet transform on the loaded image using daubechies 4d basis function. then, a window of 7x7 coefficients blocks for each sub bands was used. ap p lying adap tive wavelet lagrange-fuzzy filter on the decomposed image. recomposed the deblurred image subbands. calculate rm s figure 2 shows the block diagram of the prop osed sy st em block: in this p rop osed system, the daubechies 4d basis filter was used to decomp ose load ed image into 2 level usin g the daubechies 4d scalin g and wavelet functions are as shown in equations (17,18) [9]. figure (3) shows some results of t he 2-level decomposed image. …..(17) …..(18) rms e cal culation while the rm se can calculate from : …..(19) where , i represent t he blurred and deblurred images, resp ectively. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 experimental re sults & discussions m any samples were used to test the prop osed syst em with a different blurred regions ratio (but only six samples were taken to show the prop osed sy stem works and results due to similar ity in results). some samples like s1, s3 and s5 have full blur ima ge with a different blur ratio, while other s2, s4, and s6 have p artial blurred image r egion with a different blur ratio. the p rop osed filter (adap tive wavelet lagrange fuz zy filter) gives good results in removing the fully /partially blurring from images with a best rm se values. fi g(4) shows three test samples with results from applied prop osed sy stem. the rm se of the different samples deblurring by wavelet lagrange fuzzy filter is comp ared in table 1. conclusions the deblur-sp atial relation can be used to constrain interp olation and extrapolation in the deblur domain. the method of p olynomial interp olation gives a p olynomial in the deblur domain which can be used for deblurring images with slop ed regions. in this research, a lagrange interpolation calculation was used with a wavelet transform and fuzzy technique to deblurring images with a full blurring or p artial blurring. from the p rop osed sy st em results, the size of the image st ills the same size without effects. the changes are only in the p ixels values by replacing the blurred p ixels depend on the fuzzy op eration decisions by the results of the lagrange calculations to make the details and edges app earance more clear. also, fuzzy rules have more effect in the p artial blurred image with good rm se values. re ferences 1. andr´ejalobeanu, laure b lanc-f´eraud, and josianezerubia, february (2003), satellite image deblurrin g usin g comp lex wavelet p ackets", international journal of comp uter vision 51( 3): 205-217, doi: 10.1023/a:1021801918603,. 2. adarshnagaraja, blind and semi-blind de-b lurrin g of natural images, www.cs.ucf.edu/~adarsh/blinddeconv_v2.pdf 3. al-amri1, s. s. and kaly ankar, n.v. (2010), a comparative study for deblured average blurred images", (ijcse) international journa l on comp uter science and en gineering, 02(03): 731-733. 4.m athieu lamard, and guy cazuguel et al, (2005), content based image r etrieval based on wavelet transform coefficients dist ribution, conference p roceedin gs : annual international conference of the ieee en gineering, 5. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/lagrangeinterp olatingpoly nomial.html 6. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/lagrange_polynomial 7. rolibansal, pritisehgal, and punambedi, (2007), a simplified fuz zy filter for imp ulse noise removal usin g thresholding", proceed ings of the world congress on engineering and comp uter science wcec s, october 24-26, , san francisco, u sa 8. aleksandra pizurica, vlad imir zlokolica and wilfried philip s,( 2004), combin edwavelet domain and temporal video denoisin g, 9. http://www.bearcave.com/misl/misl_tech/wav elets/daubechies/index.html. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 table( 1): the rms e results samp le name rm se size s1 30.32 640x480 s2 32.34 600x800 s3 31.20 600x800 s4 36.09 512x 512 s5 32.01 512x512 s6 35.10 600x800 fig. (1): two-channel filter bank involving sub sampli ng fig.(2): the propose d system block diagram fig.(3): examples of the daubechies 4d basis filter( 2 – level). sav e image loadin g image applying t he adaptiv ewavel et lagrange fuzzy filt er apply ing wa velet tra nsform ave ra ge va lue ca lculations for re sulted sub-ba nd apply ing inver se wa velet tr ansf orm calculate rmse ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 s 1 before s 1 after s 2 before s 2 after s 3 before s 3 after fig.(4): s ome results of the propose d wa velet lagrange fuzzy filte r some statistical characteristics depending on the maximum variance of solution of two dimensional stochastic fredholm integral equation contains two gamma processes mohammad w. muflih noor a. a. jabbar dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) /baghdad university received in : 9 october 2013 , accepted in 4december2013 abstract in this paper, we find the two solutions of two dimensional stochastic fredholm integral equations contain two gamma processes differ by the parameters in two cases and equal in the third are solved by the adomain decomposition method. as a result of the solutions probability density functions and their variances at the time t are derived by depending upon the maximum variances of each probability density function with respect to the three cases. the auto covariance and the power spectral density functions are also derived. to indicate which of the three cases is the best, the auto correlation coefficients are calculated. keywords: two dimensional stochastic fredholm integral equations, gamma process, adomain decomposition method 368 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction in this paper, the solution of the stochastic fredholm integral equation, for one and two dimensions is found analytically by a new method (beginning of 1980's) for solving linear and nonlinear integral (differential) equations for various kinds has been proposed by g.adomian, the so called adomian decomposition method, [1]. after that, in recent years many researchers interested as a final aim either by studying the existence and uniqueness of the solution of one or more dimensional integral equations (balachandran et al., 2005; milton et al., 1972) [4,7] or to find by using different methods of the modified quadrature the numerical solutions of this kind of equations on some definite closed interval to study a comparison between the numerical solutions and their exact solutions (huda, 2007; al-sadany, 2008) [5]. while vahidi and mokhtari (2008) [9] use the adomian decomposition method to compare this method with the classical successive method for solving system of linear fredholm integral equations and biazar and rangbar (2007) [3] studied the comparison between newton’s method and adomian decomposition method for solving special fredholm integral equations and wahdan. m.m. (2011) [11] is interested not only in the solution of the supposing stochastic fredholm integral equation but in concentrating in the derivation of many probability characteristics of the solution. in this paper, for combining the integral equations as an important branch of mathematics with some statistical characteristics stochastic fredholm integral equations with gamma processes differ by the parameters in two cases and equal in the third. our aim is not only interesting in the solution of the supposing stochastic fredholm integral equation but we concentrate ourselves in the derivation of many statistical characteristics, of this solution (mean, variance, autocovariance function and power spectral density function) that is by depending on the maximum variances. 1. preliminary the gamma process г( w , α ,β , t ) is a lévy process whose marginal distribution at the time t > 0 is a gamma distribution with mean = αt β and variance = αt β2 г(𝜔, 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝑡 ) = (𝛽)𝛼𝑡 г(𝛼𝑡) 𝑤𝛼𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽𝑤 , 𝑤 > 0, 𝑡 > 0 … (1) where the parameter α controls the rate of jump arrivals (shape parameter) and the scaling parameter β inversely the jump size (scale parameter). [10] moreover, the gamma process has the following properties: 1. г(w, α, β, 0 ) = 0 . 2. for any 0≤ t0 ≤ t1 < … < tn < ∞ , n ≥ 1 г(w, α, β, t1) − г(w, α, β, t0), ⋯ , г(w, α, β, tn) − г(w, α, β, tn−1) are independent increments. 3. for any 0≤ s < t ; г(w, α, β, t) − г(w, α, β, s) have the same distribution as г(w, α, β, t − s) . now, we consider the following two dimensional systems of stochastic fredholm integral equation 2: 𝑌𝑖(𝑡, 𝑤) = г𝑖(𝜔, 𝛼𝑖, 𝛽𝑖, 𝑡 ) + � �𝑘𝑖𝑗(𝑤, 𝑠, 𝑡)𝑌𝑗 2 𝑗=1 ∞ 0 (𝑠, 𝑡)𝑑𝑠 , 𝑖 = 1,2 … (2) where, kij(w, s, t), i, j = 1, 2 are known stochastic kernels defined by t > 0, s s, s is a com and having respectively the supposing formulas equation 3: 𝑘1𝑗(𝑡, 𝑠, 𝑤) = 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡) , 𝑘2𝑗(𝑡, 𝑠, 𝑤) = 𝑒−�𝑠+𝑤𝑡 2� , 𝑗 = 1,2 … (3) 𝑌𝑗(𝑠, 𝑡), 𝑗 = 1,2 are scalar functions defined for t>0, s>0. by substituting (1), (3) into (2), we get equation 4: 369 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 𝑌1(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 + � 𝑒−(𝑠+𝑤𝑡) (𝑌1(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌2(𝑡, 𝑠))𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌2(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 + � 𝑒−�𝑠+𝑤𝑡 2� (𝑌1(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌2(𝑡, 𝑠))𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (4) remark (1) in this study, three cases for the parameters (𝛼, 𝛽) should be considered : (1) 𝛼1 > 𝛽1 , 𝛼1 = 1 , 𝛽1 = 0.5 , 𝛼2 > 𝛽2 , 𝛼2 = 2 , 𝛽2 = 1.5 (2)𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0.5 , 𝛼2 > 𝛽2 , 𝛼2 = 1.5, 𝛽2 = 1 (3)𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 𝛼2 = 𝛽2 = 1 � now, to find the stochastic solutions of the system (4), adomian decomposition method should be used which briefly depends on the following steps equation 5-7,[9] 𝑌10(𝑡, 𝑤) = г1(𝜔, 𝛼1, 𝛽1, 𝑡 ) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 𝑌20(𝑡, 𝑤) = г2(𝜔, 𝛼2, 𝛽2, 𝑡 ) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (5) 𝑌10(𝑡, 𝑠) = г1(𝑠, 𝛼1, 𝛽1, 𝑡 ) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑠𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑠 𝑌20(𝑡, 𝑠) = г2(𝑠, 𝛼2, 𝛽2, 𝑡 ) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑠𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑠 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (6) and, 𝑌1,𝑚+1(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡) (𝑌1𝑚(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌2𝑚(𝑡, 𝑠)) 𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌2,𝑚+1(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒−�𝑠+𝑤𝑡 2� (𝑌1𝑚(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌2𝑚(𝑡, 𝑠)) 𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ , 𝑚 = 0,1,2, … … (7) that is to get the following two stochastic solutions equation (8): 𝑌1(𝑡, 𝑤) = 𝑌10(𝑡, 𝑤) + � 𝑌1𝑛(𝑡, 𝑤) ∞ 𝑛=1 𝑌2(𝑡, 𝑤) = 𝑌20(𝑡, 𝑤) + � 𝑌2𝑛(𝑡, 𝑤) ∞ 𝑛=1 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (8) so, for m = 0, by (6) and (7): 370 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 𝑌11(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡)(𝑌10(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌20(𝑡, 𝑠) )𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌21(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒−�𝑠+𝑤𝑡 2�� 𝑌10(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌20(𝑡, 𝑠)�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ 𝑌11(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡) � (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑠𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑠 + (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑠𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑠�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌21(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒−�𝑠+𝑤𝑡 2� � (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑠𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑠 + (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑠𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑠�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ 𝑌11(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 � 𝑠𝛼1𝑡−1𝑒−(𝛽1+1)𝑠𝑑𝑠 + (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 � 𝑠𝛼2𝑡−1𝑒−(𝛽2+1)𝑠𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 𝑌21(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 � 𝑠𝛼1𝑡−1𝑒−(𝛽1+1)𝑠𝑑𝑠 + (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 � 𝑠𝛼2𝑡−1𝑒−(𝛽2+1)𝑠𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ 𝑌11(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 � 𝑠𝛼1𝑡−1𝑒 − 𝑠 1 𝛽1+1⁄ 𝑑𝑠 + (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 � 𝑠𝛼2𝑡−1𝑒 − 𝑠 1 𝛽2+1⁄ 𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 𝑌21(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 � 𝑠𝛼1𝑡−1𝑒 − 𝑠 1 𝛽1+1⁄ 𝑑𝑠 + (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 � 𝑠𝛼2𝑡−1𝑒 − 𝑠 1 𝛽2+1⁄ 𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ or 𝑌11(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 𝑌21(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (9) and for m = 1 , by (7) and (9): 𝑌12(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡)(𝑌11(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌21(𝑡, 𝑠) )𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌22(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒−�𝑠+𝑤𝑡 2�� 𝑌11(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌21(𝑡, 𝑠)�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ 𝑌12(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡) ��� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 2 �𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌22(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒−�𝑠+𝑤𝑡 2� ��� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 2�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ 𝑌12(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �𝑒−𝑤𝑡 �� 𝑒−(1+𝑡)𝑠 + 𝑒−�1+𝑡 2�𝑠 �𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌22(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 �� 𝑒−(1+𝑡)𝑠 + 𝑒−�1+𝑡 2�𝑠�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ 371 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 or 𝑌12(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 𝑌22(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (10) and for m = 2 , by (7) and (10): 𝑌13(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡)�𝑌12(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌22(𝑡, 𝑠)�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌23(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡2)� 𝑌12(𝑡, 𝑠) + 𝑌22(𝑡, 𝑠)�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ 𝑌13(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡) ⎝ ⎜ ⎛ �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 2 ⎠ ⎟ ⎞ 𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌23(𝑡, 𝑤) = � 𝑒− (𝑠+𝑤𝑡2) ⎝ ⎜ ⎛ �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑒−𝑠𝑡 2 ⎠ ⎟ ⎞ 𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎫ 𝑌13(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 ��𝑒−(1+𝑡)𝑠 + 𝑒−�1+𝑡 2�𝑠�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 𝑌23(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) �𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 ��𝑒−(1+𝑡)𝑠 + 𝑒−�1+𝑡 2�𝑠�𝑑𝑠 ∞ 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ or 𝑌13(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 2 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 𝑌23(𝑡, 𝑤) = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 2 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (11) and by repeating iterations for m=3,4,… and adding (9) ,(10) and(11) we get : �𝑌1𝑛(𝑡, 𝑤) ∞ 𝑛=1 = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 � � 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑘∞ 𝑘=0 � 𝑌2𝑛(𝑡, 𝑤) = ∞ 𝑛=1 �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 �� 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) � 𝑘∞ 𝑘=0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ where ∑ � 𝑡 2+𝑡+2 (1+𝑡)(1+𝑡2) � k ∞ k=0 is a geometric series converges for t> 1, hence equation (12) : � 𝑌1𝑛(𝑡, 𝑤) ∞ 𝑛=1 = �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � �𝑌2𝑛(𝑡, 𝑤) = ∞ 𝑛=1 �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (12) finally, by substituting (5) and (12) into (8) which represents the two stochastic solutions of (4), we get equation (13): 372 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 𝑌1(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � 𝑌2(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ … (13) where, w > 0 , t  , αi , βi > 0 , i = 1,2 moreover, the stochastic solutions (13) can be considered as a stochastic solutions over the interval 0<w<1 for some t>1. 2. statistical characteristics of the stochastic solutions in order to derive the statistical characteristics of the two stochastic solutions (13) over the interval 0<w<1, t>1, it must be that each of them is a probability density function (p.d.f.) of (t,w). so, we multiply them respectively by a and b and equate their integrals by one that is to find a and b which make each stochastic solution is a p.d.f., i.e., we write: �𝐴 𝑌1(𝑡, 𝑤) 𝑑𝑤 = 1 1 0 , �𝐵 𝑌2(𝑡, 𝑤) 𝑑𝑤 = 1 1 0 �𝐴 � (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 �𝑑𝑤 = 1 1 0 �𝐵� (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � 𝑒− 𝑤 𝑡2 �𝑑𝑤 = 1 1 0 𝐴 (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) �𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 1 0 �1 − 𝛽1𝑤 1! + (𝛽1𝑤)2 2! − (𝛽1𝑤)3 3! + ⋯�𝑑𝑤 + 𝐴�� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � � 𝑒− 𝑤 𝑡 1 0 𝑑𝑤 = 1 𝐵 (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) �𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 1 0 �1 − 𝛽2𝑤 1! + (𝛽2𝑤)2 2! − (𝛽2𝑤)3 3! + ⋯�𝑑𝑤 + 𝐵 �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � �𝑒−𝑊𝑡 2 1 0 𝑑𝑤 = 1 𝐴 (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) � � (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 1 0 𝑤𝛼1𝑡+𝑛−1𝑑𝑤 + 𝐴�� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � � 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 1 0 𝑑𝑤 = 1 𝐵 (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) � � (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 1 0 𝑤𝛼2𝑡+𝑛−1𝑑𝑤 + 𝐵 �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � �𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 1 0 𝑑𝑤 = 1 𝐴 (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) � (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛) ∞ 𝑛=0 + 𝐴�� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡(𝑡3 − 1) � (1 − 𝑒−𝑡) = 1 𝐵 (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) � (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛) ∞ 𝑛=0 + 𝐵 �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2 𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡2(𝑡3 − 1) � �1 − 𝑒−𝑡 2� = 1 hence 𝐴 = 1 (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡(𝑡3 − 1) � (1 − 𝑒 −𝑡)∞𝑛=0 373 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 𝐵 = 1 (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡2(𝑡3 − 1) � �1 − 𝑒 −𝑡2�∞𝑛=0 and let 𝜁1(𝑡, 𝑤) = 𝐴 𝑌1(𝑡, 𝑤) 𝜁2(𝑡, 𝑤) = 𝐵 𝑌2(𝑡, 𝑤) hence, the two stochastic solutions (13) are probability density functions of (t,w) that is when: 𝜁1(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) (𝑡3 − 1) � 𝑒 −𝑤𝑡 (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡(𝑡3 − 1) � (1 − 𝑒 −𝑡)∞𝑛=0 …(14.a) 𝜁2(𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) (𝑡3 − 1) � 𝑒 −𝑤𝑡2 (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡2(𝑡3 − 1) � �1 − 𝑒 −𝑡2�∞𝑛=0 …(14.b) for both equation (14.a) and (14.b) 0 < w ≤1,t  , αi > 0, βi > 0, i = 1,2. or 𝜁1(𝑡, 𝑤) = 𝜃1(𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 + 𝛿1(𝑡)𝑒−𝑤𝑡 𝜁2(𝑡, 𝑤) = 𝜃2(𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 + 𝛿2(𝑡)𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 where 𝜃1(𝑡) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡(𝑡3 − 1) � (1 − 𝑒 −𝑡)∞𝑛=0 𝛿1(𝑡) = �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡(𝑡3 − 1) � (1 − 𝑒 −𝑡)∞𝑛=0 𝜃2(𝑡) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡2(𝑡3 − 1) � �1 − 𝑒 −𝑡2�∞𝑛=0 𝛿2(𝑡) = �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡2(𝑡3 − 1) � �1 − 𝑒 −𝑡2�∞𝑛=0 374 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 3. first and second means of 𝜻𝟏(𝒕, 𝒘) and 𝜻𝟐(𝒕, 𝒘) first mean: 𝐸𝜁1 (𝑡, 𝑤) = �𝑤[ 𝜁1(𝑡, 𝑤)]𝑑𝑤 1 0 𝐸𝜁2 (𝑡, 𝑤) = �𝑤[ 𝜁2(𝑡, 𝑤)]𝑑𝑤 1 0 ⎭ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎫ we start by the first mean of ζ1(t, w): 𝐸𝜁1 (𝑡, 𝑤) = �𝑤 1 0 [𝜃1(𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 + 𝛿1(𝑡)𝑒−𝑤𝑡] 𝑑𝑤 = 𝜃1(𝑡) �𝑤𝛼1𝑡 1 0 �1 − 𝛽1𝑤 1! + (𝛽1𝑤)2 2! − (𝛽1𝑤)3 3! + ⋯�𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿1(𝑡) �𝑤 𝑒−𝑤𝑡𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃1(𝑡) � � (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 1 0 𝑤𝛼1𝑡+𝑛𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿1(𝑡) �𝑤 𝑒−𝑤𝑡𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃1(𝑡) � (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛 + 1) ∞ 𝑛=0 + 𝛿1(𝑡) � 1 − (1 + 𝑡) 𝑒−𝑡 𝑡2 � or 𝐸𝜁1 (𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛 + 1) ∞ 𝑛=0 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 �� 1 − (1 + 𝑡) 𝑒−𝑡 𝑡2 � (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡(𝑡3 − 1) � (1 − 𝑒 −𝑡)∞𝑛=0 …(15) while, the first mean of ζ2(t, w): 𝐸𝜁2 (𝑡, 𝑤) = �𝑤 1 0 [𝜃2(𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 + 𝛿2(𝑡)𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 ] 𝑑𝑤 = 𝜃2(𝑡) �𝑤𝛼2𝑡 1 0 �1 − 𝛽2𝑤 1! + (𝛽2𝑤)2 2! − (𝛽2𝑤)3 3! + ⋯�𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿2(𝑡) �𝑤 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃2(𝑡) � � (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 1 0 𝑤𝛼2𝑡+𝑛𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿2(𝑡) �𝑤 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃2(𝑡) � (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛 + 1) ∞ 𝑛=0 + 𝛿2(𝑡) � 1 − (𝑡2 + 1)𝑒−𝑡 2 𝑡4 � or 375 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 𝐸𝜁2 (𝑡, 𝑤) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛 + 1) ∞ 𝑛=0 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � � 1 − (𝑡2 + 1)𝑒−𝑡 2 𝑡4 � (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡2(𝑡3 − 1) � �1 − 𝑒 −𝑡2�∞𝑛=0 (16)... second mean: 𝐸𝜁1 (𝑡, 𝑤 2) = ∫ 𝑤2[ 𝜁1(𝑡, 𝑤)]𝑑𝑤 1 0 𝐸𝜁2 (𝑡, 𝑤 2) = ∫ 𝑤2[ 𝜁2(𝑡, 𝑤)]𝑑𝑤 1 0 � we start by the first mean of ζ1(t, w): 𝐸𝜁1 (𝑡, 𝑤 2) = �𝑤2 1 0 [𝜃1(𝑡) 𝑤𝛼1𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽1𝑤 + 𝛿1(𝑡)𝑒−𝑤𝑡] 𝑑𝑤 = 𝜃1(𝑡) �𝑤𝛼1𝑡+1 1 0 �1 − 𝛽1𝑤 1! + (𝛽1𝑤)2 2! − (𝛽1𝑤)3 3! + ⋯�𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿1(𝑡) �𝑤2 𝑒−𝑤𝑡𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃1(𝑡) � � (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 1 0 𝑤𝛼1𝑡+𝑛+1𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿1(𝑡) �𝑤2 𝑒−𝑤𝑡𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃1(𝑡) � (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛 + 2) ∞ 𝑛=0 + 𝛿1(𝑡) � 2 − (𝑡3 + 2𝑡2 + 2) 𝑒−𝑡 𝑡3 � or 𝐸𝜁1 (𝑡, 𝑤 2) = (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛 + 2) ∞ 𝑛=0 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 �� (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 �� 2 − (𝑡3 + 2𝑡2 + 2) 𝑒−𝑡 𝑡3 � (𝛽1)𝛼1𝑡 г(𝛼1𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽1) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼1𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡(𝑡3 − 1) � (1 − 𝑒 −𝑡) ∞𝑛=0 …(17) while, the first mean of ζ2(t, w): 𝐸𝜁2 (𝑡, 𝑤 2) = �𝑤2 1 0 [𝜃2(𝑡) 𝑤𝛼2𝑡−1 𝑒−𝛽2𝑤 + 𝛿2(𝑡)𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 ] 𝑑𝑤 = 𝜃2(𝑡) �𝑤𝛼2𝑡+1 1 0 �1 − 𝛽2𝑤 1! + (𝛽2𝑤)2 2! − (𝛽2𝑤)3 3! + ⋯�𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿2(𝑡) �𝑤2 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃2(𝑡) � � (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 1 0 𝑤𝛼2𝑡+𝑛+1𝑑𝑤 + 𝛿2(𝑡) �𝑤2 𝑒−𝑤𝑡 2 𝑑𝑤 1 0 = 𝜃2(𝑡) � (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛 + 2) ∞ 𝑛=0 + 𝛿2(𝑡) � 2 − (𝑡4 + 2𝑡2 + 2)𝑒−𝑡 2 𝑡6 � or 𝐸𝜁2 (𝑡, 𝑤 2) = (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2)𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛 + 2) ∞ 𝑛=0 + �� 𝛽1 𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 � � (1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡2) 𝑡3 − 1 � � 2 − (𝑡4 + 2𝑡2 + 2)𝑒−𝑡 2 𝑡6 � (𝛽2)𝛼2𝑡 г(𝛼2𝑡) ∑ (−𝛽2) 𝑛 𝑛! (𝛼2𝑡 + 𝑛) + �� 𝛽1𝛽1 + 1 � 𝛼1𝑡 + � 𝛽2𝛽2 + 1 � 𝛼2𝑡 ��(1 + 𝑡)(1 + 𝑡 2) 𝑡2(𝑡3 − 1) � �1 − 𝑒 −𝑡2�∞𝑛=0 …(18) 376 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 calculations of the variances of the probability density functions (p.d.f’s) (14.a), (14.b)by the formula varζ(t, w) = eζ(t, w2) − �eζ(t, w)� 2 for the three cases (remark 1) when t>1in table 1 and 2 . it is noted that, these variances in the three cases are slowly decreasing . table (1) variances of 𝛇𝟏(𝐭, 𝐰) α1 =β1 = α2= β2=1 α1 =β1 =0.5, α2> β2, α2=1.5, β2=1 α1 >β1 , α1=1, β1=0.5 α2> β2 , α2=2, β2=1.5 t 0.0785977 0.0794946 0.0789515 1.1 0.0788867 0.0777177 0.0804149 1.6 0.0836413 0.0791683 0.0848566 2.1 0.0898906 0.081976 0.0892143 2.6 0.0962628 0.0848037 0.0909379 3.1 0.1011318 0.0875569 0.0877991 3.6 0.1023229 0.0905387 0.079171 4.1 0.0979512 0.094079 0.0667281 4.6 0.0876862 0.0984085 0.0534102 5.1 0.0733108 0.1036144 0.0416486 5.6 0.057837 0.1096082 0.0324904 6.1 0.0439211 0.1160917 0.0258588 6.6 0.0329128 0.1225278 0.0211867 7.1 0.0249311 0.1281411 0.0178657 7.6 0.0194327 0.1319801 0.0154254 8.1 0.0157145 0.1330655 0.0135534 8.6 0.0131734 0.1306163 0.012057 9.1 . . . 0.0000307 0.0000307 0.0000307 180.6 . . . 0 0 0 500 377 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table 3.2.1 variances of 𝛇𝟏(𝐭, 𝐰) α1 =β1 = α2= β2=1 α1 =β1 =0.5, α2> β2, α2=1.5, β2=1 α1 >β1 , α1=1, β1=0.5 α2> β2 , α2=2, β2=1.5 t 0.0777596 0.0782779 0.0789953 1.1 0.0779569 0.0800432 0.0885412 1.6 0.0910475 0.0878936 0.1049919 2.1 0.1048118 0.0901711 0.1145189 2.6 0.1160848 0.078143 0.103725 3.1 0.1270881 0.0544222 0.0720713 3.6 0.1394045 0.0305826 0.0379876 4.1 0.1524344 0.0145272 0.0161455 4.6 0.163068 0.0062519 0.0061193 5.1 0.1661121 0.0026571 0.0023558 5.6 0.1565736 0.0012327 0.0010656 6.1 0.1335063 0.000673 0.0006066 6.6 0.1019399 0.0004323 0.0004104 7.1 . . . 0 0 0 100 the maximum variances from table 1 and 2 are presented in the following tables table (3) presents the maximum variances from both table 1and 2 α1 =β1 = α2= β2=1 α1 =β1 =0.5, α2> β2, α2=1.5, β2=1 α1 >β1 , α1=1, β1=0.5, α2> β2 , α2=2, β2=1.5 t p.d.f ... ... 0.1023229 ... 0.1330655 … 0.0909379 … … 3.1 8.6 4.1 𝜁1(𝑡, 𝑤) ... 0.1661121 0.0901711 … 0.1145189 … 2.6 5.6 𝜁2 (𝑡, 𝑤) furthermore, the probability density functions (14a) and (14b) with respect to the three cases of remark 1) can be rewritten respectively as follows :( 1. when 𝜶𝟏 > 𝜷𝟏 ∶ 𝜶𝟏 = 𝟏 , 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 ∶ 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟐 , 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓 𝜁1(3.1, 𝑤) = 1.1331142 𝑤2.1 𝑒−0.5𝑤 + 2.4294245 𝑒−3.1 𝑤 … (19. a) 𝜁2(2.6, 𝑤) = 5.5033493 𝑤4.2 𝑒−1.5𝑤 + 4.6848782 𝑒−6.76 𝑤 … (19. b) where t =3.1,2.6 ,0 < w < 1. 2. when 𝛂𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 , 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓, 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 𝜁1(8.6, 𝑤) = 2.7582866 𝑤3.3 𝑒−0.5𝑤 + 4.9123986 𝑒−8.6 𝑤 … (19. c) 𝜁2(2.6, 𝑤) = 1.9151574 𝑤2.9 𝑒−𝑤 + 5.2464038𝑒−6.76 𝑤 … (19. d) . where t = 8.6,2.6 ,0 < w <1 378 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 3. when 𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝜶𝟐 = 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 𝜁1(4.1, 𝑤) = 2.7357416 𝑤3.1 𝑒−𝑤 + 2.9068758 𝑒−4.1 𝑤 … (19. e) 𝜁2(5.6, 𝑤) = 5.6779497 𝑤4.6 𝑒−𝑤 + 17.626968 𝑒−31.36 𝑤 … (19. f) where t = 4.1,5.6 ,0 < w <1 figures (1) (3) represent the graphs of two pairs of p.d.f’s ζ1(t, w), ζ2(t, w). figure (1) the curve of 𝜻𝟏(3.1, w), 𝜻𝟐(2.6, w) when 𝜶𝟏 > 𝜷𝟏 ∶ 𝜶𝟏 = 𝟏 , 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 ∶ 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟐 , 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓 figure (2) the curve of 𝜻𝟏(8.6, w), 𝜻𝟐(2.6, w) when 𝛂𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 , 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓, 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 figure (3) the curve of 𝜻𝟏(4.1, w), 𝜻𝟐(5.6, w) when 𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝜶𝟐 = 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 1.4 autocovariance function 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 w ζ 1( 3.1 ,w) , ζ 2 (2. 6,w ) ζ1(3.1,w) ζ2(2.6,w) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 w ζ 1(8 .6,w ), ζ 2 (2.6 ,w) ζ1(8.6,w) ζ2(2.6,w) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 w ζ 1( 4.1 ,w) , ζ 2 (5. 6,w ) ζ1(4.1,w) ζ2(5.6,w) 379 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 for any s>t , s – t = τ , the autocovariance function h(τ) of the independent p.d.f functions 𝜁(t, w), 𝜁 (t+τ,w ) is an even function deepens on the difference |τ| = |s – t| = |t – s| and can be found as follows :[2] ℎ(𝜏) = 𝐸ζ[(𝑡, 𝑤)(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤)] – 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤) = 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤2) + 𝐸ζ[(𝑡, 𝑤)(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤)]– 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤2)– 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤) = 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤2) + 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤)– 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤2)– 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤) = 𝐸ζ (𝑡, 𝑤2) + 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)�𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤)– 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)�– 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤) = 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤2) + 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤)– {𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)}2 – 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)𝐸ζ(𝑡 + 𝜏, 𝑤) or, ℎ(𝜏) = 𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤2)– {𝐸ζ(𝑡, 𝑤)}2 = varζ(t, w), 𝜏 > 0 …(20) so, by table 3 and equation (20) either when ζ1(t, w), t = 3.1,8.6,4.1 or ζ2(t, w),t = 2.6,5.6 the autocovariance functions for them with respect to the three cases (remark 1) are presented in table 4. table (4) presents the autocovariance functions of 𝛇(𝐭, 𝐰), and 𝛇(𝐭 + 𝛕, 𝐰), α1 =β1 = α2= β2=1 α1 =β1 =0.5, α2> β2, α2=1.5, β2=1 α1 >β1 , α1=1, β1=0.5, α2> β2 , α2=2, β2=1.5 t p.d.f ... ... 0.1023229 ... 0.1330655 … 0.0909379 … … 3.1 8.6 4.1 𝜁1(𝑡, 𝑤) ... 0.1661121 0.0901711 … 0.1145189 … 2.6 5.6 𝜁2(𝑡, 𝑤) 1.5 power spectral density function let{x(t) , t ϵ t} be a stationary process with autocovariance function h(τ). the power spectral density function f𝜁(λ) ( p.s.d.f) of any probability density function 𝜁(t, w) is an even function represents the average power in this p.d.f at the angular frequency 0 < λ ≤ 2nπ , n ϵ i+and can be found by khinchin’s formula as follows[6]: 𝑓𝜁(𝜆) = 1 2𝜋 � ℎ(𝜏)𝑒−𝑖𝜆𝜏 ∞ −∞ 𝑑𝜏 … (21) = ℎ(𝜏) 2𝜋 �(cos 𝜆𝜏 ∞ −∞ − 𝑖 sin 𝜆𝜏) 𝑑𝜏 and for τ = s – t > 0. = ℎ(𝜏) 𝜋 � (cos 𝜆𝜏 − 𝑖 sin 𝜆𝜏) 𝑑𝜏 s – t 0 or 𝑓𝜁(𝜆) = ℎ(𝜏) 𝜋 sin[𝜆(𝑠 − 𝑡)] 𝜆 , 0 < 𝜆 ≤ 2𝑛𝜋 , 𝑛 𝜖 𝐼+ … (22) 1. 𝜶𝟏 > 𝜷𝟏 , 𝜶𝟏 = 𝟏 , 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 , 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟐 , 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓 𝑓𝜁1 (𝜆) = 0.0909379 𝜋 sin[𝜆(𝑠 − 3.1)] 𝜆 , 0 < 𝜆 < 2𝜋 … (22. a) 380 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 𝑓𝜁2 (𝜆) = 0.1145189 𝜋 sin[𝜆(𝑠 − 2.6)] 𝜆 ,0 < 𝜆 < 2𝜋 … (22. b) 2. 𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 , 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓, 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 𝑓𝜁1 (𝜆) = 0.1330655 𝜋 sin[𝜆(𝑠 − 8.6)] 𝜆 , 0 < 𝜆 < 2𝜋 … (22. c) 𝑓𝜁2 (𝜆) = 0.0901711 𝜋 sin[𝜆(𝑠 − 2.6)] 𝜆 , 0 < 𝜆 < 2𝜋 … (22. d) 𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝜶𝟐 = 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 𝑓𝜁1 (𝜆) = 0.1023229 𝜋 sin[𝜆(𝑠 − 4.1)] 𝜆 ,0 < 𝜆 < 2𝜋 … (22. e) 𝑓𝜁2 (𝜆) = 0.1661121 𝜋 sin[𝜆(𝑠 − 5.6)] 𝜆 ,0 < 𝜆 < 2𝜋 … (22. f) figures (4) – (6) represent respectively the graphs of two pairs (fζ1(λ), fζ2(λ)) corresponding the three cases (remark1) and s =(9.1,5.6) ,(9.1,5.6) and (6,10)respectively just be chosen to complete the figures . figure (4) the curve of 𝒇𝜻𝟏(λ), 𝒇𝜻𝟐(λ) for 0 < λ ≤ 2π, when s = (9.1,5.6) , 𝜶𝟏 > 𝜷𝟏 ∶ 𝜶𝟏 = 𝟏 , 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 ∶ 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟐 , 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓 figure (5) the curve of 𝒇𝜻𝟏(λ), 𝒇𝜻𝟐(λ) for 0 < λ ≤ 2π, when s = (9.1,5.6) , 𝛂𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 , 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓, 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 x 10 -3 λ f ζ1( λ), f ζ2( λ) fζ1(λ),s=9.1 fζ2(λ),s=5.6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 x 10 -4 λ f ζ1( λ), f ζ2( λ) fζ1(λ),s=9.1 fζ2(λ),s=5.6 381 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure (6) the curve of 𝒇𝜻𝟏 (λ), 𝒇𝜻𝟐 (λ) for 0 < λ ≤ 2π, when s = (6,10) , 𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝜶𝟐 = 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 1.6 correlation coefficients by the known pearson's correlation coefficient formula for dependent two random variables x, y:[8] ρx,y = e(xy) − e(x)e(y) �var(x)var(y) and since each pair of any two p.d.f’s ζ1(t, w ),ζ2(t, w) (22.a) to 22.f) with respect to the three cases( remark 1) are also dependent. by writing: e(xy) = expectation of the product of ζ1(t, w ) by ζ2(t, w) e(x) e(y) = product of expectation of ζ1(t, w ) by ζ2(t, w) var(x) = maximum variance of ζ1(t, w ) var(y) = maximum variance of ζ2(t, w) where, 1. 𝛂𝟏 > 𝛃𝟏: 𝛂𝟏 = 𝟏 , 𝛃𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝛂𝟐 > 𝛃𝟐: 𝛂𝟐 = 𝟐 , 𝛃𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓 𝜌𝜁1𝜁2 = 0.179068 − (0.3916165)(0.3499049) �(0.0909379)(0.1145189) = 0.4119515 2. 𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 , 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓, 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 𝜌𝜁1𝜁2 = 0.173058 − (0.4088372)(0.2859645) �(0.1330655)(0.09017106) = 0.5125611 3. 𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝜶𝟐 = 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 𝜌𝜁1𝜁2 = 0.2672499 − (0.3931854)(0.38145) �(0.1023229)(0.1661121) = 0.8994918 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x 10 -3 λ f ζ1 ( λ) ,f ζ( λ) fζ1(λ),s=6 fζ2(λ),s=10 382 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 conclusion with respect to the considering three cases (remark 1), the maximum variances of the resulting probability density function ζ1(t, w) (14a) is the greatest with respect to the in the second case (𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 , 𝜶𝟐 > 𝜷𝟐 , 𝜶𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟓, 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏) when (t = 8.6) while the probability density function ζ2(t, w) (14b) is the greatest with respect to the third case (𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝜶𝟐 = 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 ) when (t = 5.6) furthermore, the correlation coefficient between any pair of the probability density functions ζ1(t, w) , ζ2(t, w) is the greatest with respect to the third case (𝜶𝟏 = 𝜷𝟏 = 𝜶𝟐 = 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟏 ). as a recommendation, it is possible to use the numerically or analytically solutions for any kind of integral equations to study some statistical properties of those solutions that is firstly by deriving the p.d.f’s. for that, we suggest to consider other cases of the values of the parameters of the gamma processes that differ by the cases which are studied in this article. references 1. adomian, g., (1994). "solving frontier problems of physics, the decomposition method, kluwer, dordrecht, holland. 2. basu, a.k.,(2003). “introduction to stochastic process”, alph international ltd, pangbourne, england. 3. biazar, j. and rangbar, a. (2007)."a comparison between newton’s method and a.d.m for solving special fredholm integral equations. int. math. forum, 2: 215-222. 4. balachandran, k., sumathy, k. and kuo, h.h. (2005). "existence of solutions of general nonlinear stochastic voltera fredholm integral equations". stochastic anal. applic., 23: 827851.doi: 10.1081/sap-2000644879. 5. huda, h.o., (2007)." solutions for the generalized multi-dimensional voltera integral and integro-differential equations". m.sc. thesis, college of education, for pure science ibn al-haitham, baghdad university. 6. krishnan v. (2006). "probability and random processes " a john wiley & sons , inc., publication, 7. milton, j.s., padgett ,w.j. and tsokos, c.p. (1972). "on the existence and uniqueness of a random solution to a perturbed random integral equation of the fredholm type". siam j. applied math., 22: 194-208. doi: 10.1137/0122022. 8. rodgers, j. l. and nicewander, w. a. (1988). "thirteen ways to look at the correlation coefficient", the american statistician, 42(1):59–66, february. 9. vahidi, a.r. and mokhtari, m. (2008). "the decomposition method for system of linear fredholm integral equations of the second kind". applied math. sci., 2: 57-62. 10. vladimir k.k. and dimitrina, s.d. (2009). "gamma process pricing path –dependent option ", management science, 55(3): pp 483 496. 11. wahdan, m. (2011). “some probability characteristic functions of the solution of a stochastic linear fredholm integral equation of the second kind”, baghdad science journal,8(2): 383 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 بعض المزایا االحصائیھ باالعتماد على اكبر تباین لحل معادلھ فریدھولم التكاملیھ گاماالعشوائیھ ذات البعد الثاني الحاویھ على عملیات محمد وھدان مفلح نور عبد االمیر جبار جامعھ بغداد )/ابن الھیثم(كلیھ التربیھ للعلوم الصرفھ / قسم الریاضیات 2013كانون االول 4، قبل البحث : 2013االول تشرین 9أستلم البحث : الخالصھ معادلة فریدھولم التكاملیة العشوائیة ذات البعد الثاني المتضمنة عملیات گاما المختلفة في ھذا البحث ،تم ایجاد حلین ل تیجة للحلول، اشتقت دوال بالنسبة للمعلمات في حالتین والمتساویة في حالة ثالثة باستخدام طریقة ادومیان التحلیلیة وكن باالعتماد على اكبر التباینات لكل دالة كثافة احتمالیة بالنسبة الى الحاالت t لھا عند الزمن الكثافة االحتمالیھ والتباینات –الثالثة. اشتقت كل من التباین المشترك الذاتي ودوال الكثافة الطیفیة باالضافة الى ذالك احتسبت معامالت االرتباط .كمؤشر لبیان افضلیة الحاالت الثالث ، طریقھ ادومیان التحلیلیھگامالتكاملیھ العشوائیھ ذات البعد الثاني، عملیھ الكلمات المفتاحیھ: معادلھ فریدھولم ا 384 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 some statistical characteristics depending on the maximum variance of solution of two dimensional stochastic fredholm integral equation contains two gamma processes mohammad w. muflih noor a. a. jabbar introduction 1. preliminary so, for m = 0, by (6) and (7): ,,,𝑌-11.,𝑡,𝑤.=,0-∞-,𝑒-−,𝑠+𝑤𝑡..,,𝑌-10.,𝑡,𝑠.+,𝑌-20.,𝑡,𝑠. .𝑑𝑠.-,𝑌-21.,𝑡,𝑤.=,0-∞-,𝑒-−,𝑠+𝑤,𝑡-2..., ,𝑌-10.,𝑡,𝑠.+,𝑌-20.,𝑡,𝑠..𝑑𝑠... ,,,𝑌-11.,𝑡,𝑤.=,0-∞-,𝑒-−,𝑠+𝑤𝑡.., ,,,,𝛽-1..-,𝛼-1.𝑡.-г,,𝛼-1.𝑡. . ,𝑠-,𝛼-1.𝑡−1. ,𝑒-−,𝛽-1.𝑠.+,,,,𝛽-2..-,𝛼-2.𝑡.-г,,𝛼-2.𝑡. . ,𝑠-,𝛼-2.𝑡−1. ,𝑒-−,𝛽-2.𝑠..𝑑𝑠.-,𝑌-21.,𝑡,𝑤.=,0-∞-,𝑒-−,𝑠+𝑤,𝑡-2..., ,,,,𝛽-1..-,𝛼-1.𝑡.-г,,𝛼-1.𝑡... hence where 1.5 power spectral density function ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 50 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. a subject review on a some analytical methods for the determination of chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine drugs department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences/ ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, iraq. abstract chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine drugs are widely prescribed for malaria disease. since the end of 2019, humans have been under threat due to a disease called (covid-19), which was first reported in china. many methodical approaches have been reported to quantify chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine in blood, urine, plasma, serum, and pharmaceutical dosage form. some of these techniques are spectrophotometry, liquid chromatography with a mass detector, gas chromatography, and ultra-performance, highperformance liquid chromatography (hplc), in addition to electrochemical methods. this literature review discusses various analytical methods for the determining hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine. keywords: review, hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, analytical methods. 1.introduction almost all types of human malaria have been commonly treated with chloroquine (cq) and hydroxychloroquine (hcq) (figure1) [1]. nevertheless, these medicines have been used to treat many diseases like hepatic amoebiasis, rheumatoid arthritis, and lupus erythematosus [2]. since 1934 a chloroquine was first prescribed for the treatment of malaria; later, in 1955, hydroxychloroquine was introduced and became favored because of its safety profile [3]. hydroxychloroquine has been considered as prospective as an active ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526./35.1.2799 article history: received 24 , october, 2021, accepted 5,december, 2021, published in january 2022. ali khalil mahmood ali.khalil.mahmood@gmail.com khalid waleed s. al-janabi khalid.janabi@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ali.khalil.mahmood@gmail.com mailto:khalid.janabi@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 51 remedy toward covid 19 [4]. cq is manufactured as tablets (administered orally) as its phosphate 500 mg for each tablet, while hcq is manufactured as its sulfate with an oral dose of 200 mg [5]. in this literature review, various analytical methods are demonstrated for the quantitative determination of chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine; some of these techniques are reported, and it is given in table 1. figure 1: chemical structure of a) chloroquine, b) hydroxychloroquine table 1: some analytical methods for the determination of chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine. drug methods sample results ref. no. chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography plasma and urine λ max = 254 and 340nm. linearity equle to (10 nmol.l-1) for uv detection), (0.5 nmol.l-1 for fluorescence detection), rsd = 12%, r2= 0.974-0.996. [6] chloroquine photometric, ion-pair extraction urine λ max = 410 nm. linearity up to 120 mg.l-1 [7] chloroquine high performance thin layer chromatographic biological fluids lod = 0.01 m.mol.l-1, extraction efficiency = 76 ±7% , silica gel plates, using toluene/diethylamine (9:1) [8] chloroquine column liquid chromatography human plasma, red blood cells, urine and blood mobile phase of phosphate buffer (ph 3.0)-acetonitrile (88:120) λ max = 340 nm, %recovery =75% [9] chloroquine high performance thin layer chromatographic urine silica-gel of 60 plates (10x10)cm had impregnated fluorophore lod = 0.25 micrograms.ml-1, rf = 0.27 [10] chloroquine colorimetric and thinlayer chromatographic methods urine concentrations up to (32 mug.ml-1) lod for modification i 0.3 mug.ml1, while that for modification ii is 1 mug.ml-1 [11] chloroquine colorimetric methods urine linear range up to 8 micrograms/ml. lod =1µ.ml-1. lod for its metabolites = 2 µ/ml [12] chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography biological fluids excit. wavelength 325nm, emi. wavelength 375 nm, mobile phase contains a mixture of acetonitrile with methanol-25% and ammonia (92.7:7.5, v/v) lod = 5ng.ml-1 [13] chloroquine “reversed-phase ionpair high-performance liquid chromatographic” biological fluids λ max = 254, mobile phase water acetonitrile methanol (78:28:4) plus 0.5m ammonium formate with 0.075m perchloric acid. nm, loq = 6ng.ml-1 [14] chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography serum and blood excit. wavelength, 215 nm. loq for cq =(0.005-0.01)mg.l-1. loq for hoq= 0.05 mg.l-1, [15] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 52 sulfophenylpropyl -modified silica column, volumes (50-200 micro) chloroquine liquid chromatographic method biological fluids linearity (0-200) ng.ml-1 (for plasma), (03) ng.m-1 (for urine), r2=0.990, cv= 4.8% in plasma and 4.4% in urine. [16] chloroquine flow injection fluorimetric method plasma laser λ at 355 nm, “linearity = (25600) µg.l-1”, r2 = 0.999, rsd = 4.3% [17] chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography blood for children concentrations between 17 and 100 nmol.l-1 (25%), 100 to 499 nmol.l1(14%) and 500 nmol.l-1 (13%) in young age> [18] chloroquine laser-induced photochemical reaction and fluorescence plasma λ max =355nm using pulsed nd:yag laser linearity = (25-600) µg.l-1, r2= 0.997, lod=8µg.l-1, rsd =4.3%, intrinsic fluorescence = 7 times. [17] chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography biological samples λ max = 333nm, used, c(18) column, mobile phase (methanol phosphate) buffer ph 3 and perchloric acid (v/v) (250: 747.5 : 2.5) [19] chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection pharmaceuticals and biological fluids excitation wavelength 230 nm, emission wavelength 375 nm, linearity up to 0.5 ng/microl,kromasil, c18, 5 microm column, mobile phase methanol -acetonitrile-ammonium acetate, (45:15:40). re.+ (90.7105.4)% [20] hydroxychloroquine differential pulse voltammetry and spectrophotometric pharmaceutical formulations electrochemical, lod = 11.2µg/ml, rsd = 0.46%, spectrophotometric, λ max = 343nm, lod = 0.1µg.ml-1, rsd = 0.36% [21] chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography plasma linearity (0-1000) ng/ml, r2=0.9987, extracted with n-hexane, 10 microl aqueous layer [22] chloroquine capillary-lc with native laser serum (he-cd 325 nm) detector, micro hplc-lif injection volumes were 200. separation time 3 min, lod = 1.9, re. more than 95% accuracy <10% [23] chloroquine reverse-phase liquid chromatography dried blood spots λ max = 254nm, linearity (150 – 2500), solid-phase extraction is c18 bond elut cartridge) loq=50 ng.ml-1, cv =10.3% [24] chloroquine refractometry and colorimetry pharmaceutical formulations λ max = 528nm linearity (10 – 30)µl, r2=0.946, accuracy 92103%, precision (7-20)% [25] chloroquine charge–transfer formation pharmaceutical formulations λ max = 520nm, linearity=0.8-5 mg.100ml-1 r2=0.998. [26] chloroquine ion pair extraction pharmaceutical formulations and urine λ max = 420nm, linearity=1.258.75 µg.ml-1 €= 4.09x104.mol-1.cm-1, r2=0.9989, rsd = 0.27 [27] chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography “whole blood and finger-prick λ max =256nm, mobile phase (v:v:v) “diethylamine, acetonitrile and [28] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 53 capillary blood” methanol” (20:55:25,), loq =(2550) ng.ml-1, r = 0.997. re. (7487)% chloroquine ion association complex pharmaceutical formulations 1λ max =950nm, linearity =(50250) µg.ml-1 €= 1.79 × 104l.mol1.cm-1, r2 = 0.9992. lod and loq equals (0.27 and 0.82) µg.ml-1 respectively. λ max = 420nm, linearity = (50250) µg.ml-1, € = 3.09 × 104 l.mol1.cm-1, r2 = 0.9996, lod and loq = 0.15 and 0.460 µg.ml-1 respectively. [29] chloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography plasma λ max =331nm, linearity = (202000) nm, bds-hypersil (c18) 5m, 250×4.6)mm column, mean re. = 83.7%, r2 =0.993 [30] chloroquine oxidation of the drug with fe(iii)-1, 10 phenanthroline pharmaceutical formulations λ max = 510nm, linearity=20-320 µg.ml-1, €= 666.66l.mol-1.cm-1, r2 = 0.999, lod equle 0.1915 µg.ml-1 while loq equle 0.5801 µg.ml-1 [31] chloroquine pharmaceutical formulations λ max = 285 and 345nm, linearity= 50-250 μg/ml. r2=0.999, [32] hydroxychloroquine uv. spectrophotometric raw and pharmaceuticals λ max = 343nm, linearity=1-20 µg.ml-1 €=0.2269x103l.mol-1.cm-1, r2=0.9992\rsd= 0.169%. [33] chloroquine uv spectral method using 0.1n hcl pharmaceutical formulations λ max = 342nm, linearity=2.5-25 µg.ml-1, €= 8.88x103l.mol-1.cm-1, lod and loq equles 0.39 and 1.18 µg.ml-1 respectivly. [34] chloroquine hplc method with diode array detector whole blood and plasma λ max =343nm, linearity= 10-5000 ng/ml (150 × 4.6) mm and 5μm (sb cn) column, “mobile phase contain phosphate buffer” (ph 2.6) acetonitrile 88:12, (v/v), lod, loq = (10 and 4) ng.ml-1 respectively. [35] chloroquine ion pair reactions pharmaceutical formulations λ max =420nm, linearity=1-20 µg.ml-1 €= 1.79 × 104l.mol-1.cm-1, r2=0.9992. lod =, loq = 0.27 and 0.82 µg.ml-1 respectively, λ max= 420nm, linearity = 0.5 -12 µg.ml-1, €=3.09 ×104l.mol-1.cm-1, r2=0.9996, loq = 0.46 µg.ml-1 and lod = 0.15 µg.ml-1. [36] chloroquine uv spectral method using h2o pharmaceutical formulations λ max = 343nm, linearity=10.8830.56µg.ml-1 , r2=0.99972. [37] chloroquine liquid chromatography blood uplchss t3, 2.5 µmand (75 mm x 2.1 mm) column, loq = 20 ng.ml-1, precision (-12.1 to +11.1%), sensitivity. (1.4 to 15.0%), r =0.97, [38] hydroxychloroquine liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry mouse blood and tissues λ max =420nm, average linearity = (1–2000) ng/ml, thermo aquasil c18 (50 × 4.6 mm, 3μ) column, mobile phase 0.20 % formic acid in methanol, r2= 0.998. loq = 1.0 [39] ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 54 ng.ml-1. chloroquine lc-ms/ms whole blood, plasma and dried blood spots λ max =420nm, average linearity= (1.41–1552 )ng.ml-1, sb-cn 3.5 μm (50× 4.6) mm, mobile phase contain “acetonitrile + ammonium formate” 20 mm and formic acid (1%) ph = 2.6 (15–85), (v/v). [40] hydroxychloroquine sulfate ultra-hplc (u-hplc) method whole blood excitation wavelength 335 nm , emission wavelength 390 nm, linearity = (125 to 4000) ng.ml-1, u-hplc rp18 column, mobile phase piperazine buffer, (at ph equle to 9.8) plus acetonitrile (68:32), loq = 10 ng/ml , accuracies = (7.90-7.85)%, imprecisions (1.14 -8.78)% [41] hydroxychloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography blood excit. wavelength = 337 nm , emi. wavelengths = 405 nm, linearity = (3-3000) ng/ml, column (c18), “mobile phase sodium phosphate (20 mm) buffer solution with 0.25% triethylamine and acetonitrile (60:40, v/v)”, precisions=(1.3 to 7.3.). [42] hydroxychloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography pharmaceutical formulations linearity = (0.200–6.004) µg ml−1, lod and loq = 0.066 µg ml−1and 0.200 µg ml−1 respectively, rsd%= (98.25±1.05), r2= 0.9999. [43] hydroxychloroquine high-performance liquid chromatography pharmaceutical formulations λ max =254nm linearity =(25-300) μg ml-1, “zorbax c8, 250 mm × 4.6 mm i.d., column”, rsd <1.5%, r 2 > 0.999 [44] hydroxychloroquine lc-ms/ms method plasma linearity = (2-1000) ng/ml, “column (2.0 × 50 ) mm and 3 μm. for detection esi, mrm are used”. ion pairs m/z equle to (336.1→247.1), re. = (88.994.4)%. [45] chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine two-dimensional isotope-dilution liquid chromatographytandem mass spectrometry serum injection volume of 5 μl, accuracy ≤ 9.59 %, imprecision ≤ 11.1 % for all quality controls. [46] hydroxychloroquine multisensing probe pharmaceutical formulations λ max = 521, 600, 620 and 670 nm, lod = 2.61nm for optical, 0.15nm fluorescence, and 0.85 nm electrochemical method. [47] hydroxychloroquine liquid phase microextraction-gas chromatography-mass spectrometry urine, serum and saliva lod = 0.74 μg/kg, loq = 2.4 μg.kg-1 re.= 93.9%-101.7% for serum, 95.2%-105.0%, for urine, 93.1%-102.3% for saliva. [48] 2.conclusions the literature of different quantitative analytical methods for estimatig chloroquine cq and hydroxychloroquine hcq in their pharmaceutical preparations was carefully reviewed. common instrumental methods for the determination of these drugs were spectrophotometry, high-performance liquid chromatography hplc with mass spectrometry ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 55 or diode array detector dad, gaschromatography, as well as electrochemical approaches. chromatographic methods, especially hplc, were the most routine practice. hplc proved to be sensitive and accurate since it usually overcomes the errors that arise from interferences in the bulk of the pharmaceutical formulation. references 1.al-bari, m.a.a. chloroquine analogues in drug discovery: new directions of uses, mechanisms of actions and toxic manifestations from malaria to multifarious diseases. j. antimicrob. chemother. 2015, 70, 1608–1621, doi:10.1093/jac/dkv018. 2.rainsford, k.d.; parke, a.l.; clifford-rashotte, m.; kean, w.f. therapy and pharmacological properties of hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine in treatment of systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis and related diseases. inflammopharmacology 2015, 23, 231–269, doi:10.1007/s10787-015-0239-y. 3.tönnesmann, e.; kandolf, r.; lewalter, t. chloroquine cardiomyopathy–a review of the literature. immunopharmacol. immunotoxicol. 2013, 35, 434–442. 4.kim, a.h.j.; sparks, j.a.; liew, j.w.; putman, m.s.; berenbaum, f.; duarte-garcía, a.; graef, e.r.; korsten, p.; sattui, s.e.; sirotich, e.; et al. a rush to judgment? rapid reporting and dissemination of results and its consequences regarding the use of hydroxychloroquine for covid-19. ann. intern. med. 2020, 172, 819–821, doi:10.7326/m20-1223. 5.katz, s.j.; russell, a.s. re-evaluation of antimalarials in treating rheumatic diseases: reappreciation and insights into new mechanisms of action. curr. opin. rheumatol. 2011, 23, 278–281, doi:10.1097/bor.0b013e32834456bf. 6.bergqvist, y.; frisk-holmberg, m. sensitive method for the determination of chloroquine and its metabolite desethyl-chloroquine in human plasma and urine by high-performance liquid chromatography. j. chromatogr. b biomed. sci. appl. 1980, 221, 119–127, doi:10.1016/s0378-4347(00)81013-0. 7.bergqvist, y.; hed, c.; funding, l.; suther, a. determination of chloroquine and its metabolites in urine: a field method based on ion-pair extraction. bull. world health organ. 1985, 63, 893. 8.betschart, b.; steiger, s. quantitative determination of chloroquine and desethylchloroquine in biological fluids by high performance thin layer chromatography. acta trop. 1986, 43, 125–130. 9.pussard, e.; verdier, f.; blayo, m.-c. simultaneous determination of chloroquine, amodiaquine and their metabolites in human plasma, red blood cells, whole blood and urine by column liquid chromatography. j. chromatogr. b biomed. sci. appl. 1986, 374, 111–118, doi:10.1016/s0378-4347(00)83258-2. 10.mount, d.l.; nahlen, b.l.; patchen, l.c.; churchill, f.c. field-adapted method for highperformance thin-layer chromatographic detection and estimation of chloroquine and desethylchloroquine in urine. j. chromatogr. b biomed. sci. appl. 1987, 423, 261–269, doi:10.1016/0378-4347(87)80349-3. 11.mount, d.l.; patchen, l.c.; williams, s.b.; churchill, f.c. colorimetric and thin-layer chromatographic methods for field assay of chloroquine and its metabolites in urine. bull. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 56 world health organ. 1987, 65, 615. 12.mount, d.l.; nahlen, b.l.; patchen, l.c.; churchill, f.c. adaptations of the sakersolomons test: simple, reliable colorimetric field assays for chloroquine and its metabolites in urine. bull. world health organ. 1989, 67, 295. 13.chaulet, j.-f.; robet, y.; prevosto, j.-m.; soares, o.; brazier, j.-l. simultaneous determination of chloroquine and quinine in human biological fluids by high-performance liquid chromatography. j. chromatogr. b biomed. sci. appl. 1993, 613, 303–310. 14.chaulet, j.-f.; grelaud, g.; bellemin-magninot, p.; mounier, c.; brazier, j.-l. simultaneous determination of chloroquine, proguanil and their metabolites in human biological fluids by high-performance liquid chromatography. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 1994, 12, 111–117, doi:10.1016/0731-7085(94)80018-9. 15.croes, k.; mccarthy, p.t.; flanagan, r.j. simple and rapid hplc of quinine, hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, and desethylchloroquine in serum, whole blood, and filter paper-adsorbed dry blood. j. anal. toxicol. 1994, 18, 255–260, doi:10.1093/jat/18.5.255. 16. walker, o.; ademowo, o.g. a rapid, cost-effective liquid chromatographic method for the determination of chloroquine and desethylchloroquine in biological fluids. ther. drug monit. 1996, 18, 92–96, doi:10.1097/00007691-199602000-00015. 17.amador-hernández, j.; fernández-romero, j.m.; luque de castro, m.d. continuous determination of chloroquine in plasma by laser-induced photochemical reaction and fluorescence. fresenius. j. anal. chem. 2001, 369, 438–441, doi:10.1007/s002160000652. 18.mockenhaupt, f.p.; may, j.; bergqvist, y.; ademowo, o.g.; olumese, p.e.; falusi, a.g.; großterlinden, l.; meyer, c.g.; bienzle, u. concentrations of chloroquine and malaria parasites in blood in nigerian children. antimicrob. agents chemother. 2000, 44, 835–839, doi:10.1128/aac.44.4.835-839.2000. 19.minzi, o.m.s.; rais, m.; svensson, j.o.; gustafsson, l.l.; ericsson, ö. highperformance liquid chromatographic method for determination of amodiaquine, chloroquine and their monodesethyl metabolites in biological samples. j. chromatogr. b 2003, 783, 473– 480. 20.arguelho, m.l.p.m.; andrade, j.f.; stradiotto, n.r. electrochemical study of hydroxychloroquine and its determination in plaquenil by differential pulse voltammetry. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2003, 32, 269–275, doi:10.1016/s0731-7085(02)00669-6. 21.samanidou, v.f.; evaggelopoulou, e.n.; papadoyannis, i.n. simultaneous determination of quinine and chloroquine anti-malarial agents in pharmaceuticals and biological fluids by hplc and fluorescence detection. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2005, 38, 21–28, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2004.12.005. 22.yakasai, i.a. an improved high-performance liquid chromatographic determination of chloroquine and its major metabolite, desethylchloroquine, in human plasma. eur. j. drug metab. pharmacokinet. 2006, 31, 1–4, doi:10.1007/bf03190634. 23.ibrahim, h.; bouajila, j.; siri, n.; rozing, g.; nepveu, f.; couderc, f. very small injected samples to study chloroquine and quinine in human serum using capillary-lc and native fluorescence. j. chromatogr. b 2007, 850, 481–487, doi:10.1016/j.jchromb.2006.12.028. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 57 24.lejeune, d.; souletie, i.; houzé, s.; le bricon, t.; le bras, j.; gourmel, b.; houzé, p. simultaneous determination of monodesethylchloroquine, chloroquine, cycloguanil and proguanil on dried blood spots by reverse-phase liquid chromatography. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2007, 43, 1106–1115, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2006.09.036. 25. green, m.d.; nettey, h.; rojas, o.v.; pamanivong, c.; khounsaknalath, l.; ortiz, m.g.; newton, p.n.; fernández, f.m.; vongsack, l.; manolin, o. use of refractometry and colorimetry as field methods to rapidly assess antimalarial drug quality. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2007, 43, 105–110, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2006.06.047. 26.ofokansi, k.; omeje, e.; emeneka, c. spectroscopic studies of the electron donoracceptor interaction of chloroquine phosphate with chloranilic acid. trop. j. pharm. res. 2009, 8, doi:10.4314/tjpr.v8i1.14716. 27.nagaraja, p.; shrestha, a.k.; shivakumar, a.; gowda, a.k. spectrophotometric determination of chloroquine, pyrimethamine and trimethoprim by ion pair extraction in pharmaceutical formulation and urine. j. food drug anal. 2020, 18, doi:10.38212/22246614.2244. 28.cheomung, a.; na-bangchang, k. hplc with ultraviolet detection for the determination of chloroquine and desethylchloroquine in whole blood and finger-prick capillary blood dried on filter paper. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2011, 55, 1031–1040, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2011.03.001. 29.lakshmi, a.v. spectrophotometric determination of chloroquine in bulk and pharmaceutical formulations. 2013. 30.zuluaga-idárraga, l.; yepes-jiménez, n.; lópez-córdoba, c.; blair-trujillo, s. validation of a method for the simultaneous quantification of chloroquine, desethylchloroquine and primaquine in plasma by hplc-dad. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2014, 95, 200–206, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2014.03.006. 31.karad, m.d.; barhate, v.d. spectrophotometric determination of an antimalarial drug primaquine in bulk and pharmaceutical formulations. world j. pharm. res. 2015, 4, 2370– 2377. 32.lakshmi, a. spectrophotometric method for estimation of amiloride in bulk and tablet dosage form. drug dev. ther. 2015, 6, 62, doi:10.4103/2394-6555.162443. 33.singh, a.; sharma, p.k.; gupta, r.; mondal, n.; kumar, s.; kumar, m. development and validation of uv-spectrophotometric method for the estimation of hydroxychloroquine sulphate. 2016. 34.kanakapura, b.; penmatsa, v.k.; umakanthappa, c. stability-indicating uvspectrophotometric assay of chloroquine phosphate in pharmaceuticals. res. j. pharm. biol. chem. sci. 2016, 7, 251–261. 35.van pham, t.; pham nguyen, p.; nguyen duc khanh, t.; nguyen thanh thuy, n.; nguyen thuy nha, c.; pouplin, t.; farrar, j.; thwaites, g.e.; tran tinh, h. an hplc method with diode array detector for the simultaneous quantification of chloroquine and desethylchloroquine in plasma and whole blood samples from plasmodium vivax patients in vietnam , using quinine as an internal standard. biomed. chromatogr. 2016, 30, 1104–1111, doi:10.1002/bmc.3657. 36.qarah as, n.; k, b.; n, s. sensitive and selective extraction-free spectrophotometric ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 58 assay of chloroquine phosphate in pharmaceuticals based on ion-pair reaction with bromocresol green and bromocresol purple. pharm. anal. acta 2017, 08, doi:10.4172/2153-2435.1000539. 37.desta, k.; amare, m. validated uv-visible spectrometry using water as a solvent for determination of chloroquine in tablet samples. chem. int. 2017, 3, 288–295. 38.gallay, j.; prod’hom, s.; mercier, t.; bardinet, c.; spaggiari, d.; pothin, e.; buclin, t.; genton, b.; decosterd, l.a. lc–ms/ms method for the simultaneous analysis of seven antimalarials and two active metabolites in dried blood spots for applications in field trials: analytical and clinical validation. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2018, 154, 263–277, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2018.01.017. 39.chhonker, y.s.; sleightholm, r.l.; li, j.; oupický, d.; murry, d.j. simultaneous quantitation of hydroxychloroquine and its metabolites in mouse blood and tissues using lc–esi–ms/ms: an application for pharmacokinetic studies. j. chromatogr. b 2018, 1072, 320–327, doi:10.1016/j.jchromb.2017.11.026. 40.kaewkhao, k.; chotivanich, k.; winterberg, m.; day, n.p.; tarning, j.; blessborn, d. high sensitivity methods to quantify chloroquine and its metabolite in human blood samples using lc–ms/ms. bioanalysis 2019, 11, 333–347, doi:10.4155/bio-2018-0202. 41.noé, g.; amoura, z.; combarel, d.; lori, l.; tissot, n.; seycha, a.; funck-brentano, c.; zahr, n. development and validation of a fast ultra-high performance liquid chromatography–fluorescent method for the quantification of hydroxychloroquine and its metabolites in patients with lupus. ther. drug monit. 2019, 41, 476–482, doi:10.1097/ftd.0000000000000614. 42.luo, x.; peng, y.; ge, w. a sensitive and optimized hplc-fld method for the simultaneous quantification of hydroxychloroquine and its two metabolites in blood of systemic lupus erythematosus patients. j. chromatogr. sci. 2020, 58, 600–605, doi:10.1093/chromsci/bmaa023. 43. dongala, t.; katari, n.k.; palakurthi, a.k.; katakam, l.n.r.; marisetti, v.m. stability indicating lc method development for hydroxychloroquine sulfate impurities as available for treatment of covid-19 and evaluation of risk assessment prior to method validation by quality by design approach. chromatographia 2020, 83, 1269–1281, doi:10.1007/s10337-020-03945-5. 44. dongala, t.; katari, n.k.; ettaboina, s.k.; krishnan, a.; tambuwala, m.m.; dua, k. in vitro dissolution profile at different biological ph conditions of hydroxychloroquine sulfate tablets is available for the treatment of covid-19. front. mol. biosci. 2021, 7, doi:10.3389/fmolb.2020.613393. 45.sok, v.; marzan, f.; gingrich, d.; aweeka, f.; huang, l. development and validation of an lc-ms/ms method for determination of hydroxychloroquine, its two metabolites, and azithromycin in edta-treated human plasma. plos one 2021, 16, e0247356. 46.habler, k.; brügel, m.; teupser, d.; liebchen, u.; scharf, c.; schönermarck, u.; vogeser, m.; paal, m. simultaneous quantification of seven repurposed covid-19 drugs remdesivir (plus metabolite gs-441524), chloroquine, hydroxychloroquine, lopinavir, ritonavir, favipiravir and azithromycin by a two-dimensional isotope dilution lc–ms/ms method in human serum. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 2021, 196, 113935, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2021.113935. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 59 47.george, j.m.; mathew, b. cyclodextrin-mediated gold nanoparticles as multisensing probe for the selective detection of hydroxychloroquine drug. korean j. chem. eng. 2021, 38, 624–634, doi:10.1007/s11814-020-0719-7. 48. bodur, s.; erarpat, s.; günkara, ö.t.; bakırdere, s. accurate and sensitive determination of hydroxychloroquine sulfate used on covid-19 patients in human urine, serum and saliva samples by gc-ms. j. pharm. anal. 2021, 11, 278–283, doi:10.1016/j.jpha.2021.01.006. microsoft word 187-194 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   187 physics| securing digital documents using digital watermarking awad kadhim hammoud awad_kh2017@yahoo.com hatem nahi mohaisen qusay samir shaker ministry of science and technology/information technology directorate. abstract the intellectual property of digital documents has been protected by using many methods of digital watermarking. digital documents have been so much of advantages over print documents. digital documents are less expensive and easy to store, transport, and searched compared to traditional print documents. but it has its owner limitation too. a simple image editor can be used to modify and make a forged document. digital documents can be tampered easily. in order to utilize the whole benefits of digital document, these limitations have to overcome these limitations by embedding some text, logo sequence that identifies the owner of the document. in this research lsb technique has been used to embedding digital watermarking, the proposed method consists of two major part: the embedding part and extraction part. the bmp picture type has been used in embedding process for accuracy and uncompressed image, and it is the best type in embedding process. this technique used to discover the genuine documentthe experiments show the proposed technique has 100% accuracy in authenticating the genuine document and multimedia content security. keywords: multimedia content security, digital watermark, lsb, digital image, peak signal to noise ratio (psnr), mean square error (mse). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   188 physics| 1. introduction the rapid development of technologies has led to the significant increase of digital information, specially multimedia such as image audio, video and text. the advances in these technologies have led to the easy in which, it is possible to illegally share, distribute and copy intellectual property (ip). digital watermarking is the process of embedding relevant ownership information (such as logo, fingerprint and serial number), into a media in order to protect the ownership of different media format. this technique can be applied to different media type. for this purpose of copyright protection and ownership identification, robust watermarking schemes are mainly used as they can tolerate a host of signal processing attacks that can be both unintentional and intentional. figure (1), shows the techniques and mechanism which are being used in security system, special focus on information hiding techniques. figure (1): the different disciplines of security system. many papers are published [2-11] to promoting mechanisms and algorithms embedded secret data into cover media such as text, image, audio and video. 2. general watermarking framework mathematically, watermark concealing can be putting in equation (1). β'= β + α βm ………………………………………………………………. (1) equation (1) shows watermark concealing operations. the original image β, watermark βm input to the system, α is a degree factor and a k is the secret key of process. the image β' is the output of the watermarking scheme. the concealing process may be message inside image, or image inside image, as shown in figure (2). security systems information hidingcryptography  robustfragile video steganography  watermarking technical linguistic visible imperceptible fingerprint  images audio  text  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   189 physics| watermark m host data h watermarked data h secret/public key k figure (2): generic digital watermarking scheme. there are two ways or more can be extracted later the embedded watermark, either by using the original image to compare and find out the watermarking (non-blind watermark) or using correlation measure to detect the watermarking (blind watermarking). for extraction of the concealing watermarking in non-blind watermarking, can simply compassing by applying equation (2), the original image can be simply obtained by subtract from the watermarked, then divided it by the gain factor. βm = ( β'β)/ α …..………(2) for extraction of the blind watermarking, can simply compassing by similarity measure as shown in figure (3). watermarked image watermark original image or confidence measure key embedded watermark figure (3): watermarking extraction and discovery. many techniques can be used to assessing the coinciding among the genuine and extracted watermarking. frequently used similarity admeasurements are the correlation-based method. equation (3), is broadly used as a watermarking similarity admeasurements. in general, the extracted watermarking will not be similar to the genuine watermarking. equation (3) computes the identically between the βm and β'm as follows: digital watermark watermark  extraction  similarity  measure  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   190 physics| sim(βm, β'm) = βm ∗ β'm) / √ (βm* β'm) ……………(3) to decision whether βm and β'm are match, one may compute, sim (βm, β'm) > t, where t a threshold. watermark applications: many fields of applications may be used digital watermarking: 1owner identification. 2copyright conservation. 3broadcast monitoring (tv and radio news is also monitoring by watermarking). 4medical implementation. 5fingerprinting and digital signature. 6information authentication. 7proprietor identification. 3. watermarking classification digital watermarking techniques can be classified into four types: 1text. 2image. 3video. 4audio. 4. the proposed system the implementation of using watermark to secret digital document system consist of two major parts: hiding part as shown in algorithm1and extraction part shown in algorithm2. to start up with hiding part, it is hiding the specific watermark into digital document which will represented by image, in such a way that the hidden watermark is imperceptible to human eye. the hidden technique should be kept the perceptible information of image without changed which must have founded by extraction module. embedding the watermark requires compatibility of the dimension of the watermark image. the evaluation part is expressed in algorithm 3. the bmp format will be used in all images for easy used and uncompressed format. the system has been implemented by using matlab software version 10. algorithm1: hide of watermark. 1prepare the original image and watermark for reading. 2convert the information of watermark into binary, replace it into ascii. 3measure the size of information (in bits). determine the number of height and width for both image and watermark. 4hide bit by bit of watermark into least significant bit (lsb) of each byte of image. 5repeat step 5 until complete hiding of all data of watermark. 6save the watermarked image (document) in new file named(lsb_watermarked.bmp) 7end. algorithm2: extract of watermark. 1read watermarked image. 2using lsb method to extract the watermark from image. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   191 physics| 3compare between the original watermark and extracted watermark to decide if watermark is not chanced to prove the original document. 4end. algorithm 3: evaluation 1read both the original image and watermarked image. 2calculate mse, psnr for both images. 3find histograms for both original image and watermarked image. 4end. 5. the experimental results when running the system, the input to system are: the original document represented by image named (jellyfish.bmp), figure (1), and the watermark named (awad.bmp), figure (2). the output of the system is watermarked image named (lsb_watermarked.bmp), as shown in figure (3). the authentication has been done thru calculate the difference between original image and watermarked image. calculate the mse and psnr as shown in table 1). the value of psnr= 55.2713, that mean matching between original image and watermarked image. the watermark has been extracted from watermarked image as shown in figure (4). the histogram of original image and the histogram of watermarked are draw to show there is no differences between original image and the watermarked image, figure (5) (a) and (b). figure (1): the original image. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   192 physics| figure (2): the watermark. figure (3): the watermarked image. figure (4): the extracted watermark ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   193 physics| figure (5): (a) histogram for original image & (b) histogram for watermarked image. table (1): the value of mse and psnr. image name mse psnr jellyfish.bmp lsb_watermarked.bmp 0.1932 55.2713 6. conclusions 1this paper presented new method to protect the copyright of digital media by using digital watermark. 2digital watermarking technique has been used to identify the owner of the document. 3least significant bit (lsb), is a good way to implement the embedding of watermark. 4the degree of comparison of matching between the original document and watermarked image is very good. (psnr > 50). 5 the extraction of embedded digital watermark is very well. references [1]. alaa h. al_hammami, steganography and watermark. university bookshop. 2007. [2]. c. s. lu" steganography and digital watermarking for protection of intellectual property. idea group publishing, 2005. [3]. ensaf hussein, mohamed a. belal,. digital watermarking techniques, applications and attacks applied to digital media. international journal of communication network security,. 1, 7. 2012 [4]. firas adel seddek ,image steganography using least significant bit insertion method. msc. thesis, college of science of al_nahrain university. 2001 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1790 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org   194 physics| [5]. hatem nahi mohaisen, secure data hiding technique using steganography and watermark. msc. thesis, college of science baghdad university. 2016 [6]. methaq talib gaata, developing metrics evaluator for digital image watermarking techniques. phd thesis, university of babelon. 2011. [7]. shivani khosla, paramjeet kaur. secure data hiding technique using video steganography and watermarking. international journal of computer applications, 95,. 20, 2014 [8]. sin-joo lee, sung-hwan jung, a survey of watermarking techniques applied to multimedia. isie publishing. 2001. [9]. v. anitha ,r. leela velusamy, authentication of digital documents using secret key biometric watermarking. international journal of communication network security, 1, 4. 2012. [10]. wafaa hassan alwan. dynamic least significant bit technique for video steganography. journal of kerbala university. 11. 4. 2013   70 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. a new approach to solving linear fractional programming problem with rough interval coefficients in the objective function abstract this paper presents a linear fractional programming problem (lfpp) with rough interval coefficients (rics) in the objective function. it shows that the lfpp with rics in the objective function can be converted into a linear programming problem (lpp) with rics by using the variable transformations. to solve this problem, we will make two lpp with interval coefficients (ics). next, those four lpps can be constructed under these assumptions; the lpps can be solved by the classical simplex method and used with ms excel solver. there is also argumentation about solving this type of linear fractional optimization programming problem. the derived theory can be applied to several numerical examples with its details, but we show only two examples for promising. keywords: linear fractional programming, linear programming, rough interval function, rough interval coefficients, interval coefficients. 1. introduction the essential optimization is nonlinear programming; the linear fractional programming problem is one of them. the coefficient on the system can commonly not be established exactly in various linear programming problems. the interval technique, in which unknown coefficients are converted into intervals, is one way to address this programming problem. because many real-world problems are expressed as fractional functions, fractional programming has gained much control. these issues frequently arise in situations involving actual capital return on investment versus required capital. the objective function of a linear fractional programming problem is highly valuable in construction, such as economic and company organization. charnes and cooper have presented several solutions to this problem. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2809 article history: received 1, februry, 2022, accepted,7 , march, 2022, published in april 2022. rebaz b. mustafa department of mathematics, college of education, salahaddin university, erbil, iraq. rebaz.mustafa@epu.edu.iq nejmaddin a. sulaiman department of mathematics, college of education, salahaddin university, erbil, iraq. nejmadin.sulaiman@su.edu.krd https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rebaz.mustafa@epu.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 71 charnes and cooper’s method [1]can convert a fractional programming problem into a linear programming problem, which is known as linear fractional programming. [2] the notion of a rough interval will be applied to model dual uncertain information of different parameters. the related solution method for rough interval fuzzy linear programming problems with dual uncertain solutions will be described. the rough set (rs) theory's main principle is that each ambiguous notion is substituted by a couple of exact conceptions known as the lower and upper approximations of the vague idea. for an ambiguous idea rs, a lower approximation includes complete items that surely belong to the model rs, and an upper approximation comprises all items that possibly belong to the model rs. in other words, the concept's lower approximation is the union of all fundamental concepts contained in it. the concept's upper approximation is the union of all fundamental concepts with a non-empty set intersection. pawlak[3] introduced the rough set theory in 1982 as a strategy for managing ambiguity and uncertainty together. many techniques for solving fractional programming difficulties have emerged in recent decades. some works on rough programming have been developed in the last decade. [4] and [5] developed a new sort of rough programming recently, where they established two solution concepts: surely optimum solution and possibly optimal solution. [6] proposed rough intervals (ri) to transact with partly uncertain or ill-defined relevant variables. the rough set ideas are adapted to represent constant variables. it is worth noting that, at first, rough sets could only handle discrete objects and couldn't express continuous values. rough intervals are a subset of rss. it satisfies all of the rough set's attributes and key ideas, such as the notions of upper and lower approximation[7]. [8] introduced a method to solve lfpp with ics in the objective function by variable transformation. the initial problem is converted into a nonlinear programming problem, which is finally transformed into an lpp. [7] presented a solution of the fully rough interval coefficients of lpp. they constructed two-interval coefficients of lpp and found some new solutions. [9] suggested a new method to solve the rough interval linear fractional programming problem and introduced two possible kinds of formula transformation with its proof. they obtained optimal values and solutions for the initial lfpp with rics. khalifa[10] defined a new approach to solving lfpp with rics in the objective function when the problem can be transformed into a series of lpps with ri under some assumptions. we can be used our approach of multi-objective linear fractional programming problem or multiobjective linear programming problem with rics, when maybe changed the coefficients of examples from[11],[12], and [13] into rics. in this paper, the concentration of our argumentation and investigation promotes an approach to finding surely and possibly optimal solutions to a linear fractional programming problem with rough interval coefficients in the objective function. the remainder of the paper is laid out as follows. section 2 presents some fundamental understanding of rough intervals. the formulation and derivation of lfpp with rics are described in section 3. two numerical examples are put to the test in section 4. finally, in section 5, there are some concluding observations. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 72 2. definitions definition: 2.1. let 𝐸 denotes a compact set of real numbers. a rough interval 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐸 is defined 𝐴 = (𝐴∗, 𝐴 ∗ ), where 𝐴∗ ⊆ 𝐴 ∗, 𝐴∗ and 𝐴 ∗are conventional lower and upper approximation intervals of𝐴, respectively. 𝐴∗ = [𝑎∗ 𝑙 , 𝑎∗ 𝑢 ]and𝐴∗ = [𝑎∗𝑙 , 𝑎∗𝑢]. where 𝑎∗ 𝑙 , 𝑎∗ 𝑢, 𝑎∗𝑙 and 𝑎∗𝑢 are real numbers. note that the intervals 𝐴∗ and 𝐴 ∗ are not the complement each other. the arithmetic operations on rough intervals are based on interval arithmetic. some of these mathematical procedures will be explained as follows: let 𝐴 = ([𝑎∗ 𝑙 , 𝑎∗ 𝑢], [ 𝑎∗𝑙 , 𝑎∗𝑢] ) and 𝐵 = ([𝑏∗ 𝑙 , 𝑏∗ 𝑢 ], [ 𝑏∗𝑙 , 𝑏∗𝑢 ] ) be two rough intervals. then we have: 𝐴 + 𝐵 = ([𝑎∗ 𝑙 + 𝑏∗ 𝑙 , 𝑎∗ 𝑢 + 𝑏∗ 𝑢], [ 𝑎∗𝑙 + 𝑏∗𝑙 , 𝑎∗𝑢 + 𝑏∗𝑢] ) 𝐴 − 𝐵 = ([𝑎∗ 𝑙 − 𝑏∗ 𝑢, 𝑎∗ 𝑢 − 𝑏∗ 𝑙 ], [ 𝑎∗𝑙 − 𝑏∗𝑢, 𝑎∗𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑙 ] ) 𝐴 × 𝐵 = ([𝑎∗ 𝑙 × 𝑏∗ 𝑙 , 𝑎∗ 𝑢 × 𝑏∗ 𝑢], [ 𝑎∗𝑙 × 𝑏∗𝑙 , 𝑎∗𝑢 × 𝑏∗𝑢 ] ) 𝐴 ÷ 𝐵 = ([𝑎∗ 𝑙 ÷ 𝑏∗ 𝑢, 𝑎∗ 𝑢 ÷ 𝑏∗ 𝑙 ], [ 𝑎∗𝑙 ÷ 𝑏∗𝑢, 𝑎∗𝑢 ÷ 𝑏∗𝑙 ]) definition: 2.2. function 𝑓: 𝑅𝑛 → 𝐴 is called a rough interval function with 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑓∗(𝑥), 𝑓 ∗(𝑥)), where for every𝑥 ∈ 𝑅𝑛, 𝑓∗(𝑥), 𝑓 ∗(𝑥) are lower and upper approximation interval valued functions. definition: 2.3. a feasible point 𝑥∗ ∈ 𝑆 is said to be an optimal solution of optimization problem lfpp with rics, if there does not exist 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆, such that𝑓(𝑥∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥). where 𝑆 = {𝑥 ∈ 𝑅𝑛: 𝐴𝑥 ≤ 𝑏, 𝑥 ≥ 0} 3. formulation of the problem the generally extended form of a lfpp with rics in the objective function is as follows: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ∑ {(𝐴∗𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 ∗)𝑥𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 (𝐴∗𝑘+1, 𝐴𝑘+1 ∗ )} ∑ {(𝐵∗𝑖 , 𝐵𝑖 ∗)𝑥𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 (𝐵∗𝑘+1, 𝐵𝑘+1 ∗ )} subject to: (1) ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑥𝑖 ≤ 𝑏 𝑘 𝑖=1 for each 𝑥𝑖 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. where 𝐴𝑖 , 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘, and 𝑏 both are m-dimensional constant column vectors. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 73 assume that∑ (𝐵∗𝑖 , 𝐵𝑖 ∗)𝑥𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 (𝐵∗𝑘+1, 𝐵𝑘+1 ∗ ) > 0, for all𝑥𝑖 ∈ 𝑆, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘, where 𝑆 is the compact feasible region of the problem (1). in the deriving theory for solving the problem (1), we introduce the variable, t= 1 ∑ (b∗i,bi ∗)xi+ k i=1 (b∗k+1,bk+1 ∗ ) , to transform lfp problem with rics in the objective function into a rough interval linear programming problem by the method of charnes and cooper[1], and then we have: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ∑ (𝐴∗𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 ∗)𝑥𝑖 𝑡 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 (𝐴∗𝑘+1, 𝐴𝑘+1 ∗ )𝑡 subject to: ∑ (𝐵∗𝑖 , 𝐵𝑖 ∗)𝑥𝑖 𝑡 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 (𝐵∗𝑘+1, 𝐵𝑘+1 ∗ )𝑡 = 1 (2) ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑥𝑖 𝑡 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. by introducing variable 𝑢𝑖 = 𝑥𝑖 𝑡, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘, problem (2) is transformed into the following equivalent problem:. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ∑ (𝐴∗𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 ∗)𝑢𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 (𝐴∗𝑘+1, 𝐴𝑘+1 ∗ )𝑡 subject to: ∑ (𝐵∗𝑖 , 𝐵𝑖 ∗)𝑢𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 (𝐵∗𝑘+1, 𝐵𝑘+1 ∗ )𝑡 = 1 (3) ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑢𝑖 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. by hamzehee et al. [7], we will build two linear programming with interval coefficients. one of these problems is linear programming, where all of it is coefficients are lower approximate to rough intervals. the other is linear programming where all of its coefficients are upper approximate of rough intervals. to solve problem (3), the following two linear programming with interval coefficients are discussed in the sequel. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ∑ 𝐴∗𝑖 𝑢𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝐴∗𝑖+𝑘 𝑡 subject to: ∑ 𝐵∗𝑖 𝑢𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝐵∗𝑖+𝑘 𝑡 = 1 (4) ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑢𝑖 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 74 and 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ∑ 𝐴𝑖 ∗𝑢𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝐴𝑖+𝑘 ∗ 𝑡 subject to: ∑ 𝐵𝑖 ∗𝑢𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝐵𝑖+𝑘 ∗ 𝑡 = 1 (5) ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑢𝑖 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. in the beginning, we can derive problem (4). to solve the problem (4) an equivalent problem can be written: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = [𝑎∗1 𝑙 , 𝑎∗1 𝑢 ]𝑢1 + [𝑎∗2 𝑙 , 𝑎∗2 𝑢 ]𝑢2 + ⋯ + [𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 , 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 ]𝑢𝑘 + [𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 , 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 ]𝑡 subject to: [𝑏∗1 𝑙 , 𝑏∗1 𝑢 ]𝑢1 + [𝑏∗2 𝑙 , 𝑏∗2 𝑢 ]𝑢2 + ⋯ + [𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 , 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 ]𝑢𝑘 + [𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 , 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 ]𝑡 = 1 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. the linear combination of each region interval of the problem (4) yields the following problem: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = [𝛾1𝑎∗1 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛾1)𝑎∗1 𝑢 ]𝑢1 + ⋯ + [𝛾𝑘 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛾𝑘 )𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 ]𝑢𝑘 + [𝛾𝑘+1𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛾𝑘+1)𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 ]𝑡 subject to: [𝛿1𝑏∗1 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛿1)𝑏∗1 𝑢 ]𝑢1 + ⋯ + [𝛿𝑘 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛿𝑘 )𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 ]𝑢𝑘 + [𝛿𝑘+1𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛿𝑘+1)𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 ]𝑡 = 1 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 (6) 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘, 𝛾𝑖 , 𝛿𝑖 ∈ [0,1], 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1. the equality constraint in problem (6) can be further reduced to: [𝛿1𝑢1(𝑏∗1 𝑙 − 𝑏∗1 𝑢 ) + ⋯ + 𝛿𝑘 𝑢𝑘 (𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 − 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 ) + 𝛿𝑘+1𝑡(𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 − 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 )] + 𝑏∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 = 1 (7) since 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘, 𝛿𝑖 ∈ [0,1], (𝑏∗𝑖 𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑖 𝑙 ) ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1. therefore, (7) can be written as: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 75 1 ≤ 1 + [𝛿1𝑢1(𝑏∗1 𝑢 − 𝑏∗1 𝑙 ) + ⋯ + 𝛿𝑘 𝑢𝑘 (𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 ) + 𝛿𝑘+1𝑡(𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 )] ≤ 1 + [𝑢1(𝑏∗1 𝑢 − 𝑏∗1 𝑙 ) + ⋯ + 𝑢𝑘 (𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 ) + 𝑡(𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 )] (8) by combining (7) and (8), the result is 1 ≤ 𝑏∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 ≤ 1 + 𝑢1(𝑏∗1 𝑢 − 𝑏∗1 𝑙 ) + ⋯ + 𝑢𝑘 (𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 ) + 𝑡(𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 − 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 ) (9) this is then reduced to 𝑏∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 ≥ 1 (10) and 𝑏∗1 𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡 ≤ 1 (11) therefore, using (10) and (11), the equation (6) is converted into the following equation: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = [𝛾1𝑎∗1 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛾1)𝑎∗1 𝑢 ]𝑢1 + ⋯ + [𝛾𝑘 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛾𝑘 )𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 ]𝑢𝑘 + [𝛾𝑘+1𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 + (1 − 𝛾𝑘+1)𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 ]𝑡 subject to: 𝑏∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 ≥ 1 (12) 𝑏∗1 𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡 ≤ 1 (12) 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘, 𝛾𝑖 ∈ [0,1], 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1. in addition, if we let the point (�̅�1, �̅�2, … , �̅�𝑘 , 𝑡̅) of the feasible region from the problem (12), with 𝛾𝑖 ∈ [0,1], (𝑎∗𝑖 𝑙 − 𝑎∗𝑖 𝑢 ) ≤ 0 for𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1. before the objective of the problem (12) can be written as: [𝛾1(𝑎∗1 𝑙 − 𝑎∗1 𝑢 )]�̅�1 + ⋯ + [𝛾𝑘 (𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 − 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 )]�̅�𝑘 + [𝛾𝑘+1(𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 − 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 )]𝑡̅ + 𝑎∗1 𝑢 �̅�1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 �̅�𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡̅ ≥ [(𝑎∗1 𝑙 − 𝑎∗1 𝑢 )]�̅�1 + ⋯ + [(𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 − 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 )]�̅�𝑘 + [(𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 − 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 )]𝑡̅ + 𝑎∗1 𝑢 �̅�1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 �̅�𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡̅ = 𝑎∗1 𝑙 �̅�1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 �̅�𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡 ̅ the right-hand side of the above equality proves that 𝑎∗1 𝑙 , … , 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 , 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 is the surely lower limit of the interval coefficients in the objective function, and the same situation of the problem (12), with 𝛾𝑖 ∈ [0,1], (𝑎∗𝑖 𝑢 − 𝑎∗𝑖 𝑙 ) ≥ 0 for𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1. before the objective of the problem (12) can be written as: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 76 [𝛾1(𝑎∗1 𝑢 − 𝑎∗1 𝑙 )]�̅�1 + ⋯ + [𝛾𝑘 (𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 − 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 )]�̅�𝑘 + [𝛾𝑘+1(𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 − 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 )]𝑡̅ + 𝑎∗1 𝑙 �̅�1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 �̅�𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡̅ ≥ [(𝑎∗1 𝑢 − 𝑎∗1 𝑙 )]�̅�1 + ⋯ + [(𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 − 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 )]�̅�𝑘 + [(𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 − 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 )]𝑡̅ + 𝑎∗1 𝑙 �̅�1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 �̅�𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡̅ = 𝑎∗1 𝑢 �̅�1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 �̅�𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 ̅ the right hand side of the above equality proves that 𝑎∗1 𝑢 , … , 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 , 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 is the surely upper limit of the interval coefficient in the objective function. now, the surely best optimum objective function is 𝑍 = 𝑎∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 and the surely worst optimum objective function is𝑍 = 𝑎∗1 𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡. while, to get the surely worst optimum taken of the surely lower limit of the interval coefficients in the objective function, thus the conversions formula of lfp problems with rough interval coefficients in the objective function of the surely lower limit, can be written as follows: but in this case, assume that every constraint is smaller than or equal. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 𝑎∗1 𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡 subject to: 𝑏∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 ≤ 1 𝑏∗1 𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡 ≤ 1 (13) 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. and while, to get the surely best optimum taken of the surely upper limit of the interval coefficients in the objective function, thus the conversions formula of lfp problems with rough interval coefficients in the objective function is 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 𝑎∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑎∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑎∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 subject to: 𝑏∗1 𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑢 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑢 𝑡 ≥ 1 𝑏∗1 𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏∗𝑘 𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏∗𝑘+1 𝑙 𝑡 ≤ 1 (14) 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 77 the optimal solution (�̅�1, �̅�2, … , �̅�𝑘 , 𝑡)̅ of problems (13) and (14) is the same as the optimal solution of the original problem (4) which can be easily obtained by (𝑥1 ∗, 𝑥2 ∗, … , 𝑥𝑘 ∗ ) = ( 𝑢1 �̅� , 𝑢2 �̅� , … , 𝑢𝑘 �̅� ). for solving problem (5), using the same derivation and assumptions of problem (4), we can obtain problem (15) &(16), with possibly worst optimum, and best optimum. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 𝑎1 ∗𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑎𝑘 ∗𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑎𝑘+1 ∗𝑙 𝑡 subject to: 𝑏1 ∗𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏𝑘 ∗𝑢𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏𝑘+1 ∗𝑢 𝑡 ≤ 1 𝑏1 ∗𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏𝑘 ∗𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏𝑘+1 ∗𝑙 𝑡 ≤ 1 (15) 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. and 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 𝑎1 ∗𝑢𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑎𝑘 ∗𝑢𝑢𝑘 + 𝑎𝑘+1 ∗𝑢 𝑡 subject to: 𝑏1 ∗𝑢 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏𝑘 ∗𝑢𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏𝑘+1 ∗𝑢 𝑡 ≥ 1 𝑏1 ∗𝑙 𝑢1 + ⋯ + 𝑏𝑘 ∗𝑙 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑏𝑘+1 ∗𝑙 𝑡 ≤ 1 (16) 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. then to solve problem (13, 14, 15, 16) using the simplex routine, we obtain the optimal value and solution of the original problem (1). next, will be confirmed that lfp problems with rics in the objective function according to the fact that each fixed number 𝑛 can be equivalently written as the interval [𝑛, 𝑛], and also equivalently as the rough interval ([𝑛, 𝑛], [𝑛, 𝑛]), we claim that lfp is a special case of lfp with ics in the objective function and the lfp with ics in the objective function is a special case of lfp with rics in the objective function. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([𝑛1, 𝑛1], [𝑛1, 𝑛1])𝑥1 + ([𝑛2, 𝑛2], [𝑛2, 𝑛2])𝑥2 + ⋯ + ([𝑛𝑘 , 𝑛𝑘 ], [𝑛𝑘 , 𝑛𝑘 ])𝑥𝑘 + ([𝑛𝑘+1, 𝑛𝑘+1], [𝑛𝑘+1, 𝑛𝑘+1]) ([ℎ1, ℎ1], [ℎ1, ℎ1])𝑥1 + ([ℎ2, ℎ2], [ℎ2, ℎ2])𝑥2 + ⋯ + ([ℎ𝑘 , ℎ𝑘 ], [ℎ𝑘 , ℎ𝑘 ])𝑥𝑘 + ([ℎ𝑘+1, ℎ𝑘+1], [ℎ𝑘+1, ℎ𝑘+1]) subject to: (17) ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑥𝑖 ≤ 𝑏 𝑘 𝑖=1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 78 proof: because the rics in the numerator of the objective function has a similar cost. the coefficients of the objective function at its optimum surely the best, surely the worst, possibly the best, and possibly the worst are the same optimum. by charnes-cooper’s method, problem (17) is transformed into the following problem. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 𝑛1𝑢1 + 𝑛2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝑛𝑘 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑛𝑘+1𝑡 subject to: ℎ1𝑢1 + ⋯ + ℎ𝑘 𝑢𝑘 + ℎ𝑘+1𝑡 ≥ 1 ℎ1𝑢1 + ⋯ + ℎ𝑘 𝑢𝑘 + ℎ𝑘+1𝑡 ≤ 1 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0 (18) 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. the combination of the first two constraints causes the following problem: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 𝑛1𝑢1 + 𝑛2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝑛𝑘 𝑢𝑘 + 𝑛𝑘+1𝑡 subject to: ℎ1𝑢1 + ⋯ + ℎ𝑘 𝑢𝑘 + ℎ𝑘+1𝑡 = 1 𝐴1𝑢1 + 𝐴2𝑢2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑘 𝑢𝑘 − 𝑏𝑡 ≤ 0, where 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑘. (19) 4. numerical examples example1: consider the following lfpp with rics in the objective function: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([1,3], [0.5,4])𝑥1 + ([2,4], [1,4.5])𝑥2 ([0.5,1.5], [0.25,2])𝑥1 + ([0.5,1.5], [0.25,2])𝑥2 + ([1,3], [ 1 3 , 3.5]) subject to: 𝑥1 − 𝑥2 ≥ 1, 2𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 15, 𝑥1 ≥ 3, 𝑥1, 𝑥1 ≥ 0. solution problem (20) is transformed into rough interval linear programming problem by charnes &cooper method. we introduce 𝑡 = 1 ([0.5,1.5],[0.25,2])𝑥1+([0.5,1.5],[0.25,2])𝑥2+([1,3],[ 1 3 ,3.5]) 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([1,3], [0.5,4])𝑥1𝑡 + ([2,4], [1,4.5])𝑥2𝑡 + 0𝑡 subject to: (20) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 79 ([0.5,1.5], [0.25,2])𝑥1𝑡 + ([0.5,1.5], [0.25,2])𝑥2𝑡 + ([1,3], [ 1 3 , 3.5]) 𝑡 = 1 −𝑥1𝑡 + 𝑥2𝑡 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑥1𝑡 + 3𝑥2𝑡 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑥1𝑡 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑥1, 𝑥1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. let𝑢𝑖 = 𝑥𝑖 𝑡, 𝑖 = 1,2. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([1,3], [0.5,4])𝑢1 + ([2,4], [1,4.5])𝑢2 + 0𝑡 subject to: (21) ([0.5,1.5], [0.25,2])𝑢1 + ([0.5,1.5], [0.25,2])𝑢2 + ([1,3], [ 1 3 , 3.5]) 𝑡 = 1 −𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. now, by hamzehee et al. [7] problem (21) can be changed into two linear programming with interval coefficients (22) & (23). 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([1,3])𝑢1 + ([2,4])𝑢2 + 0𝑡 subject to: (22) ([0.5,1.5])𝑢1 + ([0.5,1.5])𝑢2 + ([1,3])𝑡 = 1 −𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([0.5,4])𝑢1 + ([1,4.5])𝑢2 + 0𝑡 subject to: (23) ([0.25,2])𝑢1 + ([0.25,2])𝑢2 + ([ 1 3 , 3.5]) 𝑡 = 1 −𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. problem (22) is converted to linear programming problems (24) & (25). 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 + 0𝑡 subject to: (24) 0.5𝑢1 + 0.5𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 1 1.5𝑢1 + 1.5𝑢2 + 3𝑡 ≤ 1 −𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 80 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 3𝑢1 + 4𝑢2 + 0𝑡 subject to: (25) 0.5𝑢1 + 0.5𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 1 1.5𝑢1 + 1.5𝑢2 + 3𝑡 ≥ 1 −𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. and problem (23) is converted to linear programming problems (26) & (27). 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 0.5𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 0𝑡 subject to: (26) 0.25𝑢1 + 0.25𝑢2 + 1 3 𝑡 ≤ 1 2𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 + 3.5𝑡 ≤ 1 −𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 4𝑢1 + 4.5𝑢2 + 0𝑡 subject to: (27) 0.25𝑢1 + 0.25𝑢2 + 1 3 𝑡 ≤ 1 2𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 + 3.5𝑡 ≥ 1 −𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 𝑡 ≤ 0, 2𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 15𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 3𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. now we can solve problems (24), (25), (26) and (27). using the simplex routine, we obtain tht 0.7154 is surely the worst optimum, 5.17 is surely the best optimum, 0.2767 is possibly the worst optimum, and 13.85 is possibly the best optimum. the optimal solution of the original problem is (3.6, 2.6) with the objective value ([0.7154, 5.17], [0.2767, 13.85]) example2: consider the following lfpp with rics in the objective function: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([3.5,4.5], [3,5])𝑥1 + ([2,3], [1,4])𝑥2 + ([8,10], [7,11]) ([1,1.5], [0.5,2])𝑥1 + ([1.5,1.75], [1,2])𝑥2 + ([4.5,5.5], [4,6]) subject to: (28) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 81 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 30, −𝑥1 + 2𝑥2 ≤ 5, 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0. solution problem (28) is transformed into a rough interval linear programming problem by charnes &cooper method. we introduce 𝑡 = 1 ([1,1.5],[0.5,2])𝑥1+([1.5,1.75],[1,2])𝑥2+([4.5,5.5],[4,6]) 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([3.5,4.5], [3,5])𝑥1𝑡 + ([2,3], [1,4])𝑥2𝑡 + ([8,10], [7,11])𝑡 subject to: ([1,1.5], [0.5,2])𝑥1𝑡 + ([1.5,1.75], [1,2])𝑥2𝑡 + ([4.5,5.5], [4,6])𝑡 = 1 𝑥1𝑡 + 3𝑥2𝑡 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑥1𝑡 + 2𝑥2𝑡 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑥1, 𝑥2, 𝑡 ≥ 0. let 𝑢𝑖 = 𝑥𝑖 𝑡, 𝑖 = 1,2. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([3.5,4.5], [3,5])𝑢1 + ([2,3], [1,4])𝑢2 + ([8,10], [7,11])𝑡 subject to: (29) ([1,1.5], [0.5,2])𝑢1 + ([1.5,1.75], [1,2])𝑢2 + ([4.5,5.5], [4,6])𝑡 = 1 𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. now by hamzehee et al. [7] problem (29) can be changed into two linear programming with interval coefficients (30) & (31). 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([3.5,4.5])𝑢1 + ([2,3])𝑢2 + ([8,10])𝑡 subject to: (30) ([1,1.5])𝑢1 + ([1.5,1.75])𝑢2 + ([4.5,5.5])𝑡 = 1 𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = ([3,5])𝑢1 + ([1,4])𝑢2 + ([7,11])𝑡 subject to: (31) ([0.5,2])𝑢1 + ([1,2])𝑢2 + ([4,6])𝑡 = 1 𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. problem (30) is converted to linear programming problems (32) & (33). 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 3.5𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 + 8𝑡 subject to: (32) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 82 𝑢1 + 1.5𝑢2 + 4.5𝑡 ≤ 1 1.5𝑢1 + 1.75𝑢2 + 5.5𝑡 ≤ 1 𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 4.5𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 + 10𝑡 subject to: (33) 𝑢1 + 1.5𝑢2 + 4.5𝑡 ≤ 1 1.5𝑢1 + 1.75𝑢2 + 5.5𝑡 ≥ 1 𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. and the problem (31) is converted to linear programming problems (34) & (35). 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 3𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 7𝑡 subject to: (34) 0.5𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 4𝑡 ≤ 1 2𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 + 6𝑡 ≤ 1 𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = 5𝑢1 + 4𝑢2 + 11𝑡 subject to: (35) 0.5𝑢1 + 𝑢2 + 4𝑡 ≤ 1 2𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 + 6𝑡 ≥ 1 𝑢1 + 3𝑢2 − 30𝑡 ≤ 0, −𝑢1 + 2𝑢2 − 5𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢1, 𝑢1, 𝑡 ≥ 0. now, we can solve problems (32), (33), (34), and (35). by using the simplex routine, we obtain that 2.2376 is surely the worst optimum, 4.2028 is surely the best optimum, 1.469 is possibly the worst optimum and 8.47 is possibly the best optimum. the optimal solution of the original problem is (30, 0) with the objective value ([2.2376, 4.2028], [1.469, 8.47]) 5. conclusion in this study, we proposed a new approach to solving a linear fractional programming problem with rough interval coefficients in the objective function. in this technique, we changed rough intervals into ordinary intervals and utilized convex combinations of points instead of intervals. the basic problem is converted into linear programming using some techniques. we configure series linear programming problems and obtain optimal solutions and values by using the simplex method. for future studies, we can try to perform this technique and notion in any fractional programming. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 83 references 1. charnes, a. ; cooper, w. w. programming with linear fractional functionals, naval research logistics quarterly, 1962, 9, 3‐4, 181-186, 2. lu, h.; huang, g. ; he, l. an inexact rough-interval fuzzy linear programming method for generating conjunctive water-allocation strategies to agricultural irrigation systems, applied mathematical modelling, 2011, 35, 9, 4330-4340,. 3. pawlak, z. rough sets. international journal of information and computer science, 1982. 4. youness, e. a. characterizing solutions of rough programming problems, european journal of operational research, 2006 , 168, 3,1019-1029,. 5. osman, m.; lashein, e.; youness, e. ; atteya, t. mathematical programming in rough environment, optimisation, 2011, 60, 5, 603-611. 6. rebolledo, m. rough intervals—enhancing intervals for qualitative modeling of technical systems, artificial intelligence, 2006, 170, 8-9, 667-685,. 7. hamzehee, a.; yaghoobi, m. a. ; mashinchi, m. linear programming with rough interval coefficients, journal of intelligent & fuzzy systems, 2014, 26, 3, 1179-1189, 8. borza, m.; rambely, a. s. ; saraj, m. solving linear fractional programming problems with interval coefficients in the objective function.a new approach,applied mathematical sciences,2012, 6, 69, 3443-3452, 2012. 9. ammar, e. ; muamer, m.solving a rough interval linear fractional programming problem, journal: journal of advances in mathematics, 2015, 10, 4. 10. khalifa, a. on solutions of linear fractional programming problems with roughinterval coefficients in the objective functions, journal of fuzzy mathematics,2018, 26, 2, 415-422,. 11. mustafa, r. ; sulaiman, n. a. a new mean deviation and advanced mean deviation techniques to solve multi-objective fractional programming problem via pointslopes formula, pakistan journal of statistics and operation research, 2021, 10511064,. 12. sulaiman, n. a. ; mustafa, r. b. using harmonic mean to solve multi-objective linear programming problems, american journal of operations research, 2016, 6, 1, 25-30,. 13. sulaiman, n.; sadiq, g. ; abdulrahim, b.used a new transformation technique for solving multiobjective linear fractional programming problem,ijrras (18), 2014,2, 122-131. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد حیاء المجهریة المرافقة في نتشار اإلصابة بطفیلي المشعرات المهبلیة واألإ المریضات المراجعات لمستشفیین في مدینة الصدر ببغداد يز الطائیفرحان ضمد محیسن، عبد الرحمن عز ،سهاد فیصل المقدادي فرع األحیاء المجهریة والتقانة اإلحیائیة، كلیة الصیدلة، الجامعة المستنصریة إبن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة التربیة فرع األحیاء المجهریة، كلیة الطب، جامعة تكریت الخالصة لمستشـفیین فــي مدینـة الصــدر لتهابــات مهبلیـة مــن المراجعـاتإعینـة مهبلیــة مـن نســاء یعـانین مـن 320 تجمعـ الـى و 1997للمـدة مـن شـهر كـانون االول بغداد هما مستشفى إبن البلدي لألطفال والنسائیة ومستشـفى فاطمـة الزهـراء للـوالدةب trichomonas أظهرت نتائج المسحة المباشـرة والـزرع حـدوث اإلصـابة بطفیلـي المشـعرات المهبلیـة. 1998غایة تموز vaginalis ــابة هــــي بجــــنس اذ ،حیــــاء المجهریــــةفضــــًال عــــن تواجــــد بعــــض األ% 19.1بواقــــع كانــــت أعلــــى نســــبة إصــ spالمبیضــات p . candida صــابة بالمســتدمیة المهبلیـــة تلتهــا اإل% 24.7بواقـــعgardnerella vaginalis بواقـــع ـــفر ثـــم المكــــور العنقـــودي األ% 13.8 ــابة ب% 10.9بواقــــع staphylococcus aureusصـ ـــبة اإلصـ ــا نسـ ـــل مــــن أمـ كـ escherichia coli وklebsiella sp p proteus sp و . p فـي حــین ،علـى التـوالي% 2.5 و%3.8 ،%6.6فكانـت . .%)1.3(قلیلة جــدًا neisseria gonorrhoeaeالسیالن نایسیریا ریایكانت نسبة اإلصابة ببكت ریـا المسـتدمیة المهبلیــة یمـع بكت حیـاء المجهریـة مـع طفیلـي المشـعرات المهبلیـة كانـتنسـبة ترافـق لأل تبـین أن أعلـى صــابة بالفطریــات وقــد بلغـت اإل%) 1.6(ریــا نایســیریا السـیالن یوطــأ نسـبة ترافــق مـع بكتأفــي حـین كانــت ،%26.2بواقـع ختالفات كبیـرة بالنسـب إلم تكن هناك %). 27(وهذه أقل نسبة مما لدى غیر المصابات بالطفیلي % 14.8المرافقة للطفیلي . حیاء المجهریة األخرى المرافقة وغیر المرافقة للطفیلية باألالمئویة لإلصاب المقدمة sexually transmitted diseasesمـراض المنتقلـة جنسـیاً تعـّد اإلصـابة بطفیلـي المشـعرات المهبلیـة مـن األ (std) وازي مــع الحــوادث نتشـار الطفیلــي بشــكل متـإیــزداد . اإلصــابة بینمـا الــذكور حــاملین لهـاوتعــّد النســاء مسـتودعات نتشــار الطفیلــي منهــا عمومـًا هنــاك طرائــق أخـرى إل. كثــر مـن شــریك للجــنسأالوبائیـة والحــروب والمجتمعــات التـي ألفرادهــا فــي سـتخدام األدوات غیـر المعقمـةإالحمامـات المنزلیـة، والعامـة، والمرافـق الصـحیة، والمناشـف والمالبـس الداخلیـة فضـًال عـن حصـول إفـرازات مهبلیـة ، vaginitisلتهـاب للمهبـلإحـداث ایقـوم هـذا الطفیلـي ب. ]2 ،1[األطبـاء أثناء الفحص في عیـادات ومــن المســببات . ]3[مخضـرة أو مصــفرة، رائحــة كریهــة، حكــة، إحمــرار عنــق الــرحم وقــد تســبب العقــم علــى المــدى البعیــد صـابات لیـة، ونایسـیریا السـیالن، والكالمیـدیا واإلالمسـتدمیة المهب: مثـل لتهابـات المهبلیـة هـي اإلصـابات البكتیریـةاألخـرى لإل herpمثل الحأل البسیط ،الفطریة أو الخمائر وكذلك اإلصابات الفایروسیة es simplex التي أغلبها تنتقل ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ .مستل من رسالة ماجستیر للباحث األول 2010) 1( 23والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة ــابة بالمشـــعرات المهبلیـــة، والمبیضـــات، والمســـتدمیة المهبلیـــة هـــي أكثـــر . ]5، 4[باإلتصـــال الجنســـي تعـــّد اإلصـ . ]6[% 90تشكل نســبة اذ األمراض المنتقلة جنسیًا رات المهبلیة في العراق، معـظمها عدد من الدراسات الوبائیة والمناعیة والكیمیاحیاتیة حول المشع يإجر فــي أربیــل وأثنتــان ]17، 16[فــي الموصــل أثنتــانو ]15، 14، 13، 12، 11، 2، 10 ،9، 8، 7[تـــخص مـــدینة بـــغداد ، 7، 2[ البحـوث فیهـا فكـان مستشـفى بغـداد التعلیمـي التـابع لمدینـة الطـب جریـتإ اكن التـي أما ما یخص األمـ. ]19، 18[ مستشــفى العلویـــة ، ]14، 13[المستشــفى التعلیمــي التــابع لكلیــة طــب النهــرین فــي مدینــة الكاظمیــة ]15، 12، 10، 9، 8 صــابة وفضـًال عمــا ذكــر أعــاله لــم تعـالج معظــم الدراســات عالقــة اإل. ]11[كــذلك مختبــر الصــحة المركــزي و ]14[للـوالدة سـتهدفت إومن أجـل ذلـك كلـه . فراد العائلةأة بعدد صاببالطفیلي المذكور مع التحصیل الدراسي كما أنها لم تتطرق لعالقة اإل ومستشـفى فاطمـة الزهــراء ،بـن البلـدي لألطفـال والنسـائیةإار مستشـفیین فـي مدینـة الصـدر همــا مستشـفى یـختإالدراسـة الحالیـة نـاة التناسـلیة علـى لم تحـظ تلـك المدینـة بأیـة دراسـة سـابقة تتعلـق بإصـابة النسـوة باألحیـاء المجهریـة المختلفـة فـي القاذ للوالدة . الرغم من الكثافة السكانیة العالیة لتلك المنطقة المواد وطرائق العمل بــن البلــدي لألطفـــال إمریضــة مراجعــة لمستشـــفیین فــي بغــداد وهمــا مستشـــفى 320مســحات مهبلیــة مـــن تأخــذ ة مـن كــانون األول زات مهبلیـة والمـدء یشـكین مـن إفـراومستشـفى فاطمـة الزهـراء للـوالدة فـي مدینـة الصـدر مــن نسـا ،والنسـائیة spسـتخدام نــاظور معقــم إتــم . 1998غایــة تمـوز الـى و 1997 eculum ألخـذ المســحات مـن منطقــة القبـو الخلفیــة للمهبــل posterior fornix ولــى للكشــف عـن طفیلــي المشــعرات المهبلیــة والفطریــات المســحة األ. وبمعــدل مســحتین لكـل مریضــة مـل مـن المحلـول الفسـلجي للمسـحة ومـن ثـم 2تمـت إضـافة اذ ، pus cellsوالخالیـا القیحیـة ، clue cellsوالخالیـا المفتاحیـة تـم المسـحة الثانیـة. المتمـوج هسواطه وغشائأت النتیجة موجبة برؤیة حركة الطفیلي و مرة وعد 400ا تحت قوة التكبیر فحصه m :یـةزرعهـا علـى األوسـاط الزرعیـة اآلت acconky agar , blood agar و chocolate agar وحسـب طریقـة العمـل تــم عمــل صــبغة كــرام لجمیــع العینـــات . الروتینــي الجــاري فــي المختبــر للكشــف ولتشــخیص المســتعمرات البكتیریـــة والفطریــة طریقـة إسـتخدمت . والخمـائر المتبرعمـة یـةخالیـا المفتاحالز بین البكتیریا الموجبة والسالبة لصبغة كرام فضًال عن رؤیـة یللتمی .]21، 20[ختبار تأكیدي لإلصابة بالمستدمیة المهبلیة أمثل whiff test ویف tختبــارإسـتخدام إكمـا تـم . المجهریـة األخـرى بالنسـب المئویـة حیـاءنسـبة ظهـور اإلصـابة بـالطفیلي واأل تبحتسـإ ومربــع كـــاي 2 رتبـــاط مــل اإلســـتخدام معاإیـــة فــروق معنویـــة فـــي نســـب اإلصــابة وكمـــا تـــم أإلیجـــادcorrelation coefficient المجموعة البكتیریة والفطریةإلیجاد أیة عالقة بین اإلصابة بالطفیلي و. النتائج والمناقشة صابة بطفیلـي ومن ثم اإل) %24.7(لنساء كانت بجنس المبیضات صابة في اإأن أعلى نسبة ) 1(یوضح الجدول ریــا ی، فــي حــین كانــت اإلصــابة ببكت%13.8ة المهبلیــة فقــد ظهــرت بنســبة ــــمیا المستدـأمــ%). 19.1(المشــعرات المهبلیــة صـابة إبقیـة األنـواع البكتیریـة كانـت أعلـى الـى بالنسـبة%). 1.3(ربع حاالت فقـط أنایسیریا السیالن قلیلة حیث ظهرت في ــــلل الدمـالتحــ یة ذيـوأقلهــا المكــورات المسبحــ%) staph. epidermidis )21.9 ضـبــالمكور العنقــودي األبیــ ب ويـ hemolylic st reptococci . ومن % 32.5بشكل عام كانت النسبة المئویة للمجموعة البكتیریة الطبیعیة في المهبل ، . لتهاب واضحإمصحوبة بحدوث % 35.6ضمن هذه النسبة فان 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ، 7[مقاربة جدًا لما سـجل مـن عـدد مـن البـاحثین فـي العـراق %19.1ن نسبة اإلصابة بطفیلي المشعرات والبالغة إ وتعـــد النســبة الحالیــة أوطــأ ممــا ســـجل فـــي . ]15، 13، 11، 9، 8[وهــذه النســبة أعلــى ممــا ســجل مــن آخــرین ]14، 12 في الوالیات المتحـدة وسكنسنو بالتیمور كل منفي % 42، %44.2هناك نسبة تسجلاذ ]23، 22[دراسـات خارج العراق فـي معسـكرات الالجئـین الراونـدیین، فـي حـین % 31نسـبة إصـابة قـدرها ]klouman et al. ]24 كـذلك سـجل .على التوالي . ]25[ا الجدیدة غینیفي % 46كانت نسبة اإلصابة بالطفیلي مـن أهمهــا عدیـدة ة بـالعراق بأغلــب الدراسـات التـي أجریــت یعـود إلـى عوامــلخـتالف بنسـب اإلصــابة المسـجلن اإلإ وبمــا أن نســبة . جتماعیــة وظـروف المعیشــة للفــردالمجـامیع النســائیة قیــد الدراســة وطرائـق التشــخیص المســتخدمة والتقالیــد اإل ي الظـروف المعیشـیة والكثافــة خــرى مسـجلة فـي بغـداد فهـو بســبب تـدنأاإلصـابة بهـذه الدراسـة عالیـة نوعــًا مـا مقارنـة بنسـب كــذلك فــان لقلـة العــالج األثــر األكبــر ببقــاء . السـكانیة فــي المجــامیع المشــمولة بهـذه الدراســة تبعــًا للموقــع الجغرافـي المختــار إن النسـب العالیـة لإلصـابة فـي دول الغـرب أو الـدول األفریقیـة هـو بسـبب العـادات والتقالیـد خاصــة . جتثاثهـاإصـابة وعـدم اإل تصــال الجنسـي غیــر الشــرعي مـن أكثــر أســباب اإلصــابة عمومـًا یعــد اإل .احیـة الجنســیة وتعــدد شـركاء الجــنس، والبغــاءاإلب وكـذلك الفطریـات مثــل .والمسـتدمیة المهبلیـة ،مثـل نایسـیریا السـیالن ،ریـایوالبكت ،بـاألمراض التناسـلیة الناجمـة عـن الطفیلیـات وقلـة الـوعي الصـحي إسـهامًا فـاعًال فـي ،حیة مثـل إهمـال النظافـة الجسـمیةكذلك تسهم ممارسات الفرد غیر الصـ. المبیضات .]26[اإلصابة موانـع الحمـل فهـي تسـهم سـتعمالإ مبیضـات هنـاك عوامـل أخـرى لإلصـابة بهـا مثـل الحمـل والسـكري و بالنسـبة الـى ال فــي ]6[ .adad et alلة لمـا سـجل مـن قبــبـمقار %) 24.7(ن النسـبة الحالیـة إ. ]27[صـابة جمیعـًا بزیـادة حصـول اإل ،ة المهبلیـــةیوالمســتدم ،إلــى نســـب أقــل لإلصــابة بالمشـــعرات المهبلیــة al-riyami et al. [28] أشــارت . البرازیــل ).على التوالي% 0.5، %9.7، %10.9، %3.4(انیات ــونایسیریا السیالن في النساء العم ،والمبیضات تحوي خالیـا %) 35.6(مسحة 37وأن ،مسحه 104یة ظهرت في وجد من خالل هذه الدراسة أن البكتیریا الطبیع وقـــد یكــون الســبب هـــو وجــود مســببات مرضــیة أخـــرى لــم تســتطع طرائـــق . قیحیــة تجــاوزت عشــر خالیـــا فــي الحقــل الواحــد أو المایكوبالزمـا البشــریة ،chlamydia trachomatisیزهـا مثــل الكالمیـدیا یالتشـخیص المسـتخدمة بهــذه الدراسـة مــن تم mycoplasma hominis، أو بعض الفایروسات مثل الحأل البسیطherp es simplex. حیاء المجهریة ترافقًا مع طفیلي المشـعرات المهبلیـة هـي المسـتدمیة المهبلیـة وبنسـبة كثر األأأن ) 2(یوضح الجدول p(ثنـین معنویــة والعالقـة بـین اإل% 26.2 ، ثـم المبیضــات %)23(صـابة بـالمكور العنقــودي األبـیض تلتهــا اإل) 0.05 < حیـاء قـل األأب هي ـ التحلل الدموي ن وبكتیریا المكورات المسبحیة ذين كل من بكتیریا نایسیریا السیاللوحظ ا%). 14.8( ). لكل منها% 1.6(صابة بالطفیلي المجهریة ترافقًا مع اإل p( أظهـرت الدراسـة الحالیــة أن العالقـة معنویــة لترافـق طفیلــي المشـعرات المهبلیــة وبكتیریـا المســتدمیة )0.05 < یعــود الســبب بترافــق طفیلــي . ]19، 15، 14، 12 ،11[لــه بعــض الدراســات العراقیــة تالمهبلیــة وهــي مطابقــة لمــا توصــل ظــروف لـى أن المشـعرات المهبلیــة تتكـاثر بظـروف غیـر هوائیـة التـي هـي أكثـر الالمهبلیـة مـع المسـتدمیة المهبلیـة إالمشـعرات أقـل بكثیـر مـن فهـو % 14.8 أما ترافق المشعرات المهبلیة مع المبیضات بنسـبة. مالئمة لمعیشة وتكاثر المستدمیة المهبلیة إلــىویعــزى ذلـك . ]14، 8[وهــي مطابقـة لنتــائج بعـض البـاحثین داخــل العـراق %) 27(المجموعـة غیـر المصــابة بـالطفیلي حیــاء المجهریــة فـــان نســبة تواجـــدها وبالنســبة لبقیـــة األ. ]8[ بط نمـــو الطفیلــيحتمالیــة إفــراز مـــواد مثبطــة مــن الخمـــائر تثــإ بالمجموعـة المصــابة بـالطفیلي ال تختلــف كثیــرًا عـن نســبها بالمجموعـة الثانیــة غیــر المصـابة بــالطفیلي وهـي نســب مطابقــة تغییـر المجموعــة إلـىال تـؤدي ن المشـعرات المهبلیـة اذ لـوحظ ا]29[وأخـرى خـارج العـراق ]19، 14[ لدراسـتین داخـل العـراق . البكتیریة الطبیعیة الموجودة في المهبل 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المصادر 1. bramley , m . (1976). brit. j. vener. dis., 52(1): 58-62. 2. ali, n.m .h.; dakheel, s.h. and abdul-kareem, f.a. (1989). t ech. res. j., 2: 276-287. 3. ukoli, f.m .a. (1984). introduction to p arasitology in trop ical africa. john wiley and sons, new york: 464pp . 4. birgham, j.s. (1985). pocket p icture guides to clinical medicine. gower m ed. publ., london: 99p p . 5. breeding, d. (1996). female patients, 21 (sup p l. 4): 23-26. 6. adad, s.j.; delima, r.v.; sawan, z.t.; silva, m .l.; desouza, m .a.; saldanlia, j.c.; falco, v.a.; dacunha, a.h. and m urta, e.f. (2001). sao poulo m ed. j., 119(6): 200-205. 7. al-shabender, n. (1979). hist op athological st udy of vaginal trichomoniasis. m . sc. thesis, coll. m ed., univ. baghdad (cited by al-m allah, 1981). 8. khider, m .s. (1985). candida sp ecies and other microorganisms isolated from female genital tract infection. m . sc. thesis, coll. m ed., univ. baghdad: 124p p . 9. al-rawi, z.t .; al-khoja, m . and allawi, n.a.s. (1986). j. fac. m ed. baghdad, 28(4): 4961. 10. al-delaimy , f.s. (1988). sexually transmitted diseases in baghdad city . dip l. thesis, coll. m ed., univ. baghdad: 33p p . 11. al-rawi,m .a.-m .(1993).epidemiological st udy of trichomoniasis and other microorganisms among iraqi women comp laining of vaginal discharges. dip l. diss.، coll. m ed., univ. al-nahrain: 63p p . 12. al-kaisi, a.a.r. (1994). the incidence of trichomonas vaginalis among females with vaginal discharge. m . sc. thesis, coll. m ed., univ. baghdad: 85p p . 13. al-m udhaffar, z.m .j. (1995). trichomonas vaginalis infection: clinical, immunological and biochemical st udies among iraqi women comp laining of vaginal discharge. m . sc. thesis, coll. m ed., univ. al-nahrain: 91p p . 14. al-sheikh, s.a.a. (1995). study of the p athogenicity and associated microorganisms of vaginal trichomoniasis in baghdad. m . sc. thesis, coll. m ed., univ. al-nahrain: 95p p . 15. al-m urayaty , a.y. (1996) a clinicoepidemiological st udy of bacterial vaginosis in a group of iraqi women from baghdad city . fellowship iraqi comm. m ed. sp ec. thesis: 72p p . 16. al-m allah, o.a.r. (1981). studies on trichomonas vaginalis infection in m osul. m . sc. thesis, coll. m ed., univ. m osul: 68pp . 17. al-m allah, o. and al-janabi, b.m . (1993). iraqi m ed. j., 31: 29-33. 18. kadir, m .a.; salehy, a.m .s. and hammad, e.f. (1988). j. fac. m ed. baghdad, 30(1): 83-88. دراســات لـــبعض الجوانــب المناعیــة والوبائیـــة للمشــعرات المهبلیـــة والمبیضــة البیضـــاء .)2005( ســهیلة نـــافع، داروغــه .19 . ةصفح 264: ، جامعة بغداد)إبن الهیثم( دكتوراه، كلیة التربیة أطروحة. ربیلأیا السیالن في محافظة ونیسیر 20. willard, m . (1994). female patients, 9(8): 52-57. 21. droegemuèller, w. (1990). office p ractice and p ractice management. in: visscher, h.c. and rinehart, [r.d. (eds.). precis iv: an up date in obst etrics and gy necology . amer. coll. obstet. gy necol., washington: 1-78. 22. m clellan, r.; sp ence, m .r.; brockman, m .; raffel, l. and smith, j.l. (1982). obstet. gy necol., 60(l): 30-34. 23. thomason, j.l.; gelbart, s.m .; sobun, j.f.; schulien, m .b. and hamilton, p.r. (1988). j. clin. m icrobiol., 26(9): 1869-1870. 24. klouman, e.; m asenga, e.j.; klepp , k.-i.; sam, n.e.; nky a,w. and nky a, c. (1997). j. acquir. immun. defic. sy ndr. hum. retrovirol, 14(2): 163-168. 2010) 1( 23والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 25. passey, m .; m gone, c.s. ; lupiwa, s. ; suva, n.; tiwara, s. ; lupiwa, t.; clegg, a. and alp ers, m . (1998). sex. transm. infect., 74(2): 120-127. (abst .). 26. m ay aud, p.; msuy a, w.; todd, j.; kaatano, g.; west , b.; begkoy ian, g.; grosskurt h, h. and m obey , d. (1997). genitourin. m ed., 73(1): 33-38. 27. faro, s.; ap uzzio, j.; bohannon, n.; elliott , k.; m artens, m .g.; m ou, s. m .; phillipssmith, l.e.; sop er, d.e.; strayer, a. and youn g, r.l. (1997). female patients, 22(3): 2128. 28. al-riyami, a.; afifi, m .; m orsi, m . and m abry , r. (2007). saudi m ed. j., 26(6): 881890. 29. m ason, p.r.; m accallum, m .-j. and poy nter, b. (1982). lancet, 1(8280): 1067. حیاء المجهریة ینة الصدر ببغداد باألالنسب المئویة إلصابة النساء المراجعات ألثنین من مستشفیات مد): 1(جدول المختلفة سم الكائن المجهريإ (%)النسبة المئویة لإلصابة عدد الحاالت الموجبة لإلصابة t. vaginalis 61 19.1 candida spp . 79 24.7 g. v aginalis 44 13.8 staph. aureus 35 10.9 e. coli 21 6.6 klebsiella spp . 12 3.8 proteus spp . 8 2.5 n. gonorrhoeae 4 1.3  -hemolytic st rep tococci 8 2.5 staph. epidermidis 70 21.9 non-hemolytic st rep tococci 16 5 -hemolytic streptococci 13 4.1 corynebacterium sp p . 8 2.5 bacillus spp . 8 2.5 lactobacillus spp . 34 10.6 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بالمشعرات أیضاً حیاء المجهریة المختلفة والمصابات النسب المئویة إلصابة النساء باأل ):2( جدول )جموعة الثانیةالم(رات المهبلیة وغیر المصابات بالمشع) األولىالمجموعة (المهبلیة صابة األحیاء المجهریة المرافقة لإل بالمشعرات المهبلیة صابة بالمجموعة األولىاإل %عدد الحاالت صابة بالمجموعة الثانیةاإل %عدد الحاالت candida spp . 9 14.8 70 27.0 g. v aginalis 16 26.2 28 10.8* staph. aureus 6 9.8 29 11.2 e. coli 3 4.9 18 6.9 klebsiella spp . 3 4.9 9 3.5 proteus spp . 2 3.3 6 2.3 n. gonorrhoeae 1 1.6 3 1.2  -hemolytic st reptococci 1 1.6 7 2.7 staph. epidermidis 14 23.0 56 21.6 non-hemolytic streptococci 5 8.2 11 4.2 -hemolytic streptococci 2 3.3 11 4.2 corynebacterium sp p . 2 3.3 6 2.3 bacillus spp . 2 3.3 6 2.3 lactobacillus sp p . 4 6.6 30 11.6 .(p > 0.05 (فرق معنوي * ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 distribution of the infection with trichomonas vaginalis and associated microorganisms in women attending two hospitals in al-sader city, baghdad s. f. al-muqdadi, f. t. mhaisen and a. a. al-tae departme nt of microbiol , biotechnol, college of pharmacy, unive rsty of al-mustansiriya departme nt of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham,unive rsty of baghdad departme nt of microbiol., college med., unive rsty of tik rit abstract a t otal of 320 sa mples of va ginal swabs was obtained from women comp laining of vaginal infection and att ending two hosp itals in al-sader city , baghdad, n amely ibn albaladi hosp ital for pediatrics and gy necology and fatimat al-zahraa hosp ital for obst etrics in al-habibia district during the period from desember 1997 till july 1998. results of direct smear and culture showed that trichomonas vaginalis infection occurred in 19.1%, in addition to some microorganisms. t he most common infection was by candida spp . (24.7%), followed by gardnerella vaginalis (13.8%) and s taph. aureus (10.9%). inf ection with escherichia coli, k lebsiella sp p . and proteus spp . were 6.6%, 3.8% and 2.5%, resp ectively. the infection with neisseria gonorrhoeae was very low (1.3%). the most associated microorganisms with t. vaginalis were g. vaginalis (26.2%). infection with n. gonorrhoeae was less associated with t. v aginalis (1.6%). fungal infection was 14.8% with those p ositive for t. vaginalis and it was less than those with negativ e trichomoniasis (27%). no considerable d ifferences were noticed in the p ercentages of other microorganisms associated or non associated with t. v aginalis. ــــ ـــــ ــــ ـــــ ـــــ ــــ ـــــ ـــــ ــ p art of m. sc. thesis submitted by the first author. using of the correction schwarzschild radius equation and its application of the black holes majida h. al-kubaisy dept. of physic/collage of science al-mustensiriyh /university received in:24june 2013,accepted in :4december 2013 abstract this study is a try to compare between the traditional schwarzschild’s radius and the equation of schwarzschild’s radius including the photon’s wavelength that is suggested by kanarev for black holes to correct the error in the calculation of the gravitational radius where the wavelengths of the electromagnetic radiation will be in our calculation. by using the different wavelengths; from radio waves to gamma ray for arbitrary black holes (ordinary and supermassive). key words: black hole, photon, wavelength, schwarzschild’s radius, mass, general. 121 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction after a star has exhausted its nuclear fuel, it can no longer remain in equilibrium and must ultimately undergo gravitational collapse. the star will end as a white dwarf .if the mass of the collapsing core is less than the famous chandrashekhar limit of 1.4 m⨀ which represents the solar masses. it will end as a neutron star if the core has a mass greater than the chandrashekhar limit and less than about 35 times the mass of the sun. it is often believed that a core heavier than about 5 solar masses will end, not as a white dwarf or as a neutron star, but as a black hole [1]. photon always travels at the speed of light, but they lose energy when travelling out of a gravitational field. the stronger the gravitational field the more energy the photon lose .the extreme case is the black holes where photons from wither radius lose all energy and became invisible. in physical terms, a black hole is a region where gravity is so strong that nothing can escape. in order to make this notion precise, one must have in mind a region of space time to which one can contemplate escaping. black holes are perhaps the most strange and fascinating objects in the universe [2]. in principle, any object even a rock can be made into a black hole, by squeezing it into a tiny enough volume. under these conditions, the object continues to collapse under its own weight, crushing itself down to zero size. however, according to einstein's theory, the object's mass and gravity remain behind, in the form of an extreme distortion of the space and time around it. this distortion of space and time is the black hole. the resulting black hole is the darkest black in the universe: no matter how powerful a light you shine on it, no light ever bounces back, because the light is swallowed by the hole. a black hole is a true "hole" in space. anything that crosses the edge of the hole -called the "horizon" of the hole is swallowed forever. for this reason, black holes are considered an edge of space, a one-way exit door from our universe; nothing inside a black hole can ever communicate with our universe again, even in principle. a black hole is, by definition a region in space-time in which the gravitational field so strong that is precludes even light from escaping to infinity. black holes are formed when a body of mass m contracts to size less than the so called gravitational radius rs= 2gm/c2 (newton’s gravitational constant) the velocity required to leave the boundary of the black holes and move away to infinity equals to the speed of light [3]. since signal cannot escape from a black hole, while physical object and radiation can fall into it, the surface boundary the black hole in space-time is called the event horizon, which is a light surface. in newtonian physics, the escape velocity from a spherical mass m of radius r satisfies 𝑉𝑒𝑠𝑐 = �2𝐺𝑀/ 𝑅, (independent of the mass of the escaping object, by equivalence of inertial and gravitational masses). vesc exceeds the velocity of light if the r < rs where the radius rs is called the schwarzschild’s radius for the mass m [4],[5]. the new schwarzschild’s radius it has shown that the equation of the schwarzschild’s radius for the black holes does not account the photon wavelength [6], so that first we review the ordinary schwarzschild’s radius. in 1916, karl schwarzschild, the german astronomer offered a formula for the calculation of the gravitational radius rs of the black holes which is called also schwarzschild’s radius: 𝑅𝑠 = 2𝐺.𝑀 𝐶2 (1) where g= 6.67×10-11 n. m2/kg2 is the gravitational constant, m is the star mass and c is the velocity of light. the gravitational radius formula (1) is derived by using the mathematical relation in the law gravitation [7]: 122 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 𝐹𝑔 = 𝐺. 𝑚.𝑀 𝑅2 (2) here fg is the gravitational force, m is the photon mass and r is the distance between the center of masses of the bodies which form the gravitation. in order to find the gravitation radius r= rs of the star , by which its gravitational field retard light it is necessary to find relationship between the gravitational force and the force ff which moves the photon and has the formula [6]: 𝐹𝐹 = 𝑚 𝑐2 𝜆 (3) if we equate equation (2) with equation (3), we will have: 𝐺. 𝑚.𝑀 𝑅𝑠 = 𝑚𝐶2 𝜆 (4) it’s clear that in order to convert the equation of the forces (4) into equation of energies it is necessary to reduce the denominator of the left side part by the rs and to reduce the denominator of the right side by λ of the photon , actually it means that it is necessary to equate the gravitational radius to the wavelength of the photon it is possible to do it , schwarzschild did it and his followers did not notice this error [6]. thus kanarev will add the photon wavelength to calculate the gravitational radius of the black hole; it is the result of the mistake that schwarzschild made when he derived this formula. the final formula derived by kanarev must add 2π to right side of equations (4) as shown below: 𝑅𝑆 = 1 𝑐 �𝐺.𝑀.𝜆 2𝜋 (5) the density of the black holes according to equation (5) will be: 𝜌 = 3𝑀 4𝜋.𝑅𝑠 3 (6) this the new gravitational radius or new schwarzschild’s radius which contains the wave length of the photon that corrected the error of the traditional schwarzschild’s radius formula according to kanarev work in 2002. the results this work is based on a comparison between classical and new schwarzschild’s radius for many black holes by using matlap programing to the equations (1) ,(5) and (6). to show the difference between these two radius ( we found some errors in the kanarev paper’s when he made his calculation for the new schwarzschild radius of sun at infrared and gamma wavelength, we resolved them as shown in this table below). equations (1) &(5) are used to find the traditional and the new schwarzschild radius as shown in table no.(1), for many arbitrary black holes [8] where their masses lie between (420)m⨀. by using wavelength from radio to gamma in equation (5), we found that the new rs will have less value than the traditional rs and its value decreases when the wavelength is decreased as it is mentioned in figure (1). it’s clear that the gravitational field in black hole with rs lie between (1019) m (in radio spectrum) will retard the electromagnetic radiation while the smaller wavelength in the spectrum will penetrate easily. another application for the supermassive black holes [9] for the same equation as shown in table no. (2). the large rs value will retard the electromagnetic while the small one will penetrate the radiation, here we can see that the black holes will have the larger 123 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 gravitational field for the both traditional rs and new rs in the radio , infrared and visible wavelength which is obviously in the figure (2). conclusion the difference in our calculation of the gravitational field of a black holes between the traditional and new schwarzschild radius is about 109 times when the wavelength of the electromagnetic radiation taken into account which is close to the value found by kanarev in 2002 which equal to 108 times, while for the ordinary black holes and for the supermassive black holes 1014 times. this calculation will show us that by using the wavelength in the schwarzschild radius the black holes will not be black just for the wavelength that penetrates the rs while the other will shine in new color which refers to the wavelength that retards. reference 1. singh t.p. (1999), gravitational collapse, black holes and naked singularities, j. atrophy’s, astr., 20, 221–232. 2. robert m.w. (2001), the thermodynamics of black holes, published by the max planck institute for gravitational physics albert einstein institute, germany. 3. frolov p.v., and nevikov,i.d. (1998), black hole physics (basic concept and new development) kluwer academic publishers. (google book). 4. jacobson, t. (1996), introductory lectures on black hole thermodynamics, institute for theoretical physics university of utrecht. 5. hooft, g. (2009), introduction to the theory of black holes, lectures presented at utrecht university. 6. kanarev ph. m., (2002), the gravitational radius of black holes, journal of theoretics vol.4-1. 7. ginsburg, v.l. (1985) on physics and astrophysics, m, nauka. 8. ziolkowski, j. (2008) mass of black holes in the universe, chin. j. astron. atrophy’s. vol.8, supplement, 273-280. 9. nicholas, j.; mcconnell, chung-pei ma, karl gebhardt, shelley, a.; wright, jeremy d.; murphy, tod, r. lauer, james, r. graham and douglas, o. richstone, (2011),two tenbillion solar mass black holes at the centre’s of giant elliptical galaxies, arxiv:1112.1078 v1 [astro-ph.co.] 5 dec. 10. hillwing, t. c.;gies, d. (2006), bell. aas, 38,954. 11. ziolkowski, j. (2005), evolutionary constraints on the masses of the components of hde 226868/cyg x-1 binary system, mnras, 358, 851. 12. hynes, r.l.;steghs, d.;casares, j.; charles, p. a. and o’brien k., (2003), dynamical evidence for a black hole in gx 339-4 , ap j , 583, l95. 13. masetti,n.; bianchini, a.; bonibaker, j.; della valle, m. and vio, r. (1996), the superhump phenomenon in grs 1716-249, a&a, 314, 123 14. gelino, d.m.;balman, s.; kilziloglu, u.;yılmaz, a.;kalemci, e. and tomsick, j. (2006), the inclination angle of and mass of the black hole in xte j1118+480 , ap. j., 642, 438. 124 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table no. (1) schwarzschild radius (rs& new rs) for black holes in binary system for given wavelengths note: all the reference in the table exists in [8]. table no. (2) schwarzschild radius (rs & new rs) for supermassive black holes in binary system for given wavelengths note: all reference in the table exists in [9] for the supermassive black holes masses. black holes (bh) bh mass (solar mass) (kg) traditional rs (m) radio infrared visible x-ray gamma ref. new rs (m) new rs (m) new rs (m) new rs (m) new rs (m) ss433 4.4±0.8 1.3061e+4 10.6925 1.0195 0.0204 1.0195e-4 1.0195e-5 10 gx 339-4 ≥ 6.0 1.7810e+4 12.4861 1.1905 0.0238 1.1905e-4 1.1905e-5 12 gs1124-684 7±0.6 2.0779e+4 13.4866 1.2859 0.0257 1.2859e-4 1.2859e-5 14 xte j1118+480 8.5±0.6 2.5231e+4 14.8615 1.4170 0.0283 1.4170e-4 1.4170e-5 14 a 0620-00 11±2 3.2652e+4 16.906 1.6120 0.0322 1.6120e-4 1.6120e-5 12 grs 1915+105 14±4 4.1558e+4 19.0729 1.8185 0.0364 1.8185e-4 1.8185e-5 13 cygx-1 20±5 5.9368e+4 22.7965 2.1736 0.0435 2.1736e-4 2.1736e-5 11 black holes (bh) bh mass (solar mass) (kg) traditional rs (m) radio infrared visible x-ray gamma ref. new rs (m) new rs (m) new rs (m) new rs (m) new rs (m) milky way 4.1e+6 1.2170e+10 1.0322e+04 984.1205 19.6824 0.0984 0.0098 8,38,40 circinus 1.7e+6 5.0463e+09 6.6463e+03 633.6958 12.6739 0.0634 0.0063 4,41 n1194 6.8e+7 2.0185e+11 4.2035e+04 4.0078e+03 80.1569 0.4008 0.0401 34 n1023 14.6e+7 4.3339e+11 6.1593e+04 5.8726e+03 117.4526 0.5873 0.0587 8,46 n224(n31) 1.5e+8 4.4526e+11 6.2431e+04 5.9525e+03 119.0507 0.5953 0.0595 8,44 n524 8.3e+8 2.4638e+12 1.4686e+05 1.4002e+04 280.0434 1.4002 0.1400 45 n1332 1.45e+9 4.3042e+12 1.9410e+05 1.8507e+04 370.1437 1.8507 0.1851 49 n3842 9.7e+9 2.8793e+13 5.0204e+05 4.7868e+04 957.3532 4.7868 0.4787 37 125 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure no. (1) the difference for the rs for many black holes with wavelength figure no.(2) the difference for the rs for many supermassive black holes with wavelength 0.000001 0.001 1 1000 1e-14 1e-10 0.000001 0.01 1e-14 1e-10 0.000001 0.01 wavelength (m) the new r s the new r s wavelength (m) 126 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 باستخدام المعادلة المصححة لنصف قطر شوارزجایلد وتطبیقاتھا على الثقوب السوداء ماجدة حمدان الكبیسي الجامعة المستنصریة /كلیة العلوم /قسم الفیزیاء 2013كانون االول 4، قبل في :2013حزیران 24استلم في : الخالصة شوارزجایلد التي التقلیدي ومعادلة نصف قطر شوارزجایلدراسة محاولة ألجراء مقارنة بین نصف قطر دھذه ال نصف تتضمن الطول الموجي للفوتون والمقترحة من كنیرف للثقوب السوداء وذلك لتصحیح الخطأ في الحسابات لقیاس االطوال الموجیة لإلشعاع الكھرومغناطیسي ستستعمل في حساباتنا. باستخدام االطوال الموجیة قطر التجاذبي، حیث ( االعتیادیة وفائقة الكتلة). ھا بشكل اعتباطي للثقوب السوداءشعة كاما وتطبیقالمختلفة من الموجات الرادیویة والى ا الكلمات المفتاحیة: الثقب االسود، الفوتون، نصف قطر شوارزجایلد، الكتلة، عام. 127 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد و bidens tripartita دراسة التاثیر السمي لمستخلصات نبات القنب ceylon cinnamon و قلف نبات القرفة panex ginseng الجینسینج الخام في الخط السرطاني لخالیا citrullus colocynthis ونبات الحنظل غدة الثدي الفاري النعیمي شاكر عدنان حنان بغداد جامعة، العلیا للدراسات االحیائیھ التقنیات و الوراثیة الھندسة معھد 2010، كانون االول، 20:استلم البحث في 2011، نیسان، 18: قبل البحث في الخالصة و الحنظــل بتراكیــز مختلفــة ،وقلــف القرفــة ،و الجینسـینج ، درس التـاثیر الســمي للمستخلصــات النباتیــة لنبــات القنــب ــــایكروغرام 1000و500و250و125 ـــــاري /مـ ــــدي الفـ ـــــدة الثـ ـــرطاني لغـ ــــا الســ ُحَضــــــرتاذ . ملیلتــــــر علـــــى خــــــط الخالیــ رقـم وووجـد ان المستخلصـات ذ ةالمستخلصات بطریقة االستخالص المائي الحار ، و تـم الكشـف عـن مكونـاتهم الكیمیائیـ ســاعة و كانـــت الســمیة واضـــحة ) 72و 48و 24(وتـــم تعــریض المستخلصــات بـــثالث مــدد . هیــدروجیني حامضــي قلـف نبــات القرفـة افضــل فعالیـة ســمیة للخالیــا للمستخلصـات النباتیــة اعتمـادا علــى الوقـت و الجرعــة و كـان لمســتخلص و اخیـرا مسـتخلص ، % 74.39و الحنظـل ،% 86.79و یلیـه مسـتخلص نبـات القنـب ، % 87.33السـرطانیة بنسـبة .على التوالي % 70.71نبات الجینسینج .السرطان،الحنظل ،القرفة ،الجینسینج ، نبات القنب،المستخلص -:الكلمات المفتاحیة ة المقدم الخطیــرة والمهلكـة التـي تتحـدى االنســانیة فـي العصـر الحــدیث ةتعـد االمـراض السـرطانیة احــدى المشـكالت الصـحی فهي تنتشر بشكل كبیر فـي الجسـم لتكـون اهـم اسـباب الوفیـات فـي العـالم ، اذ تـأتي فـي المرتبـة الثانیـة بعـد امـراض القلـب وزارة ( 2000-1999بــین مــدةحالــة لل10888العــراق الــى اكثـر مــن والشـرایین ، وصــلت نســبة االصــابة بالسـرطان فــي وارتفعــت النسـبة فـي الســنوات الالحقـة ،واصــبح بمثابـة الشــبح الـذي یثیــر ) مركـز تســجیل السـرطان فــي العـراق –الصـحة حمیـدة فـي علـى جمیـع انـواع االورام الخبیثـة وال) cancer(ویطلـق مصـطلح . الرعـب بـین الكثیـر مـن النـاس ویهـدد حیـاتهم ].1[یعني التغیرا التي تشترك في نشوء كل انواع االورام الخبیثة carcinogenesisحین ان مصطلح سـرطان الثـدي فـي مقدمـة االمــراض السـرطانیة التـي تصـیب االنـاث فــي جمیـع االعمـار ویـزداد خطـر االصــابة دو یعـ سنة فما فوق مع اتجاه عام في الوقت الحاضر نحو زیادة االصابة به في المجامیع صغیرة العمـر 50بالمرض في عمر sp(او غیـر وراثیـا inherited formان سـرطان الثـدي امـا ان یكـون وراثیـا . سـنة 40تحت سن الـ oradic form ( ان الشــكل المـوروث مـن المــرض سـببه جـین مكتشــف حـدیثاً یسـمى جــین ] . 2[ویظهـر بالصـدفة نتیجــة السـباب مختلفـة brc a1 لهـذا الجـین لـه عالقـة بسـرطان فضـًال عـنوهنـاك جـین اخـر . 17ویقـع علـى الـذراع الطویـل للكروموسـوم رقـم والشكل غیر الوراثي متعلق بعوامل هرمونیة او فیروسیة ]. 3[ 13وجود على الكروموسوم رقم م brc a2 الثدي هو 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وتنتقــل . ]5[لتعـرض لألشـعاع مثـل ایـة ئاو عوامـل فیزیا] 4[او عوامـل بیئیـة اوالـنمط الحیـاتي والتغـذوي او عوامـل مرضـیة ].6[االورام التي تصیب خالیا الثدي الى العقد اللمفاویة االبطیة والرئة والكبد و الدماغ و العظام وصـار البـاحثون یعـدون العـدة عـن اسـباب الـداء وعالجـه والوقایـة منـه فـاتحین بـذلك عصـراً جدیـداً یبشـر بحـدوث تغیــر ي غمــوض الحیـاة نفســها ، وفــي اسـرار الخلیــة البشــریة یكمــن فالسـرطان مــدفون فــ، جـذري فــي مســیرة عـالج هــذا الــداء المفتاح فیها الذي یعتقد العلم انه سیحل لغز السرطان و اتجهـت االبحـاث العلمیـة الحدیثـة الـى مسـلك جدیـد یختلـف عـن لعـالج نــوع االتجـاه السـابق فـي العـالج الكیمیــائي للسـرطان الـذي اعتمـد فــي االسـاس علـى انتخـاب مركــب كیمیـائي مـا فهي تدمر الخالیا الطبیعیة الـى نفسه سرطاني معین ولسوء الحظ فأن غالبیة هذه المركبات لها عیب العالج االشعاعي ویمیل عالج السرطان حدیثاً نحو الطبیعة االم التي اتحفنا بها الخالق عز وجل وبما وهبنـا ، جانب الخالیا السرطانیة على الكثیر من المواد الكیمیائیة التي تؤلف مجموعهـا كمـا هـائالً مـن االسـرار التـي من نباتات واعشاب طبیعیة حاویة ) القنـب و القرفـة و الجینسـینج والحنظـل ( مستخلصـات مائیـة حـارة لنباتـات عملت ال نعرف عنها سوى القلیل لذا است ةمـن شـأنها ان تـؤدي الـى تثبـیط قـدرة الخلیـة یـداذ ان لهذه المركبات الیات عد، الختبار سمیتها على الخالیا السرطانیة ] .7[السرطانیة على النمو او االنتشار او القتل المواد وطرائق العمل ).و القرفة والحنظل ،و الجینسینج ،القنب( تحضیر المستخلصات المائیة الخام لنباتات * -:على النحو االتي ] 8[المستخلص المائي الخام حضر ملیلتـرمن المـاء المقطـر اغلقـت 250لكل من مساحیق النباتات في دوارق حجمیة واضیف لكل منها غرام 50وضع . طة مـازج مغناطیسـي اطة فلینة ووضعت على سخان صفیحي مغناطیسي وتـرك لیمتـزج جیـدا بوسـافتحات الدوارق بوس ). 1(م ورق الترشـیح واتمـان رقـم بعـدها رشـح المحلـول بأسـتعمال الشـاش الطبـي اوالُ ثـ.درجة مئویة 45وبدرجة حرارة م 40لحین الحصول على راشح عدیم اللـون جفـف الراشـح بأسـتعمال جهـاز المبخـر الـدوار وعلـى درجـة حـرارة ال تتعـدى اعیــدت الخطــوات التالیــة لكــل مــن المستخلصــات المــذكورة اعــاله لحــین الحصــول علــى راشــح مجفــف للمستخلصـــات . .غرام من مساحیق النباتات 50ت الخام الناتجة من اعاله واستخرجت اوزان المستخلصا .تيیأامك] 9[تم الكشف وفقاً لما جاء عن -: تحضیر الكشوفات الكیمیائیة للمستخلصات الخام* -: (glycosides)الكشف عن الكالیكوسیدات -1 مـدة النبـات ثـم تـرك فـي حمـام مـائي مغلـي المستخلص المائي لمسحوق و مزج جزءان متساویان من كاشف فهلنك . . بظهور راسب احمرالكالیكوسیدات دقائق واستدل على إیجابیة الفحص من خالل وجود 10 یؤكد ظهـور راسـب اذ،من كاشف بندكت لترمل 5من المستخلص المائي إلى لترمل 1 من هذه النتیجة أضیف ثبتللت . . لكالیكوسیدات احمر على وجود ا مـاء مقطـر رشـح لتـرمل 50 م مـن المسـحوق النبـاتي فـي راغـ 10غلیـت -:( tannins)التانینـات ف عن الكش -2 خـالت الرصـاص لالســتدالل % 1وتـرك الراشـح یبـرد، ثـم أضـیف ) ederol no.2 ( ورقـة الترشـیح عمالالمحلـول باسـت .ات بظهور راسب هالمي القوام نعلى وجود التانی 2011) 2( 24الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم مـاء مقطـر رشـح لترمل 50 م من المسحوق النباتي في راغ 10 غلیت -: (phenols)الكشف عن الفینوالت 3 یـدل ظهـور اذكلوریـد الحدیـدیك %1وتـرك الراشـح یبـرد، ثـم أضـیف ) ederol no.2 ( ورقـة الترشـیح عمالالمحلـول باسـت . اللون األخضر المزرق على وجود الفینوالت saponins)( الكشف عن الصابونینات -4 :تم الكشف بطریقتین a ات بظهـور رغـوة كثیفـة نرج المحلول المائي لمسحوق النباتات بشدة فـي أنبوبـة اختبـار واسـتدل علـى وجـود الصـابونی .طویلة مدةتبقى b شـیر یمـن محلـول كلوریـد الزئبقیـك لتـرمل) 3 1(من المستخلص المائي لمسحوق النباتات إلـى لترمل 5 اضیف .بیض إلى إیجابیة الفحصاالراسب الظهور -: (resins)الكشف عن الراتنجات 5 م مـن المســحوق النبـاتي وبعــد ان تـرك فــي حمــام راغــ 5 إلـى % 95 مـن الكحــول االثیلـي بتركیــز لتــرمل 50 اضـیف مـاء مقطـر مسـتحمض بحـامض لتـرمل 10 ثـم اضـیف للراشـح (ederol no.2 )مائي یغلي مـدة دقیقتـین رشـح بورقـة .هور عكارة ظب ةالهیدروكلوریك و یستدل على وجود المواد الراتنجی -:(alkaloids)الكشف عن القلویدات -6 ثـم مـن حـامض الهیـدروكلوریك% 4 ماء مقطـر مسـتحمض لترمل 50 غرام من المسحوق النباتي مع 10 غلي watch )من الراشح في زجاجـة سـاعة لترمل 0.5 بعد تبریده واختبر (ederol no.2 )رشح المحلول بورقة ترشیح glass) كل على انفراد تیةمع كل من الكواشف اال : .ب بني یشیر إلى وجود القلویدات ظهور راس: نركاشف واك . ظهور راسب ابیض یشیر إلى وجود القلویدات: كاشف مایر . ظهور راسب اصفر یشیر الى وجود القلویدات: حامض البكریك . ظهور راسب برتقالي یشیر الى وجود القلویدات: كاشف دراكندروف -: (coumarins)الكشف عن الكومارینات -7 غطیـت فوهـة األنبوبـة بورقـة ترشـیح مرطبـة ،ذیبت كمیة قلیلة من المستخلص النباتي في الكحـول فـي أنبوبـة اختبـار المخفـف ووضـعت فـي حمـام مـائي مغلـي لبضـع دقـائق ، ثـم عرضـت الورقــة (naoh )بمحلـول هیدروكسـید الصـودیوم مخضـر بـراق –ان ظهـور لـون اصـفر مترنـانو 336بطـول مـوجي ( u.v )لالشـعة فـوق البنفسـجیة باسـتخدام جهـاز .ینر داللة على وجود الكوما -: (flavones)فونات الكشف عن الفال -8 ثـم % 95 مـن الكحـول االثیلـي بتركیـز لتـرمل 5 م مـن المسـحوق النبـاتي فـي راغ 10 بإذابة ) a(حضر المحلول . (ederol no.2 )رشح المحلول بورقة ترشیح وعنــد مـزج كمیــات متسـاویة مــن كــال %50مـن الكحــول االثیلــي بتركیـز لتــرمل 10 بإضـافة ) b(المحلــول حضـر .المحلولین یدل ظهور اللون األصفر على وجود الفالفونات  ة خطـوط الخالیـا الســرطانیة لغـدة الثـدي الـفـأري تهیـأ)amn-3( م هـذا الخـط مــن المركـز العراقـي لبحــوث سـلَ ت الخطوات الخاصة بالزرع النسیجي تحـت ظـروف معقمـة اجریتالجامعة المستنصریة \السرطان والوراثة الطبیة .تي یأاموك] 10[ 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد pbsمـل 370لتـر فرسـین و 10مـل تربسـین مـع 20بأضـافة ( فرسـین المحضـر/ مل مـن محلـول التربسـین 2اضیف سـم 50الـى صـفیحة الـزرع النسـیجي حجـم . مئویـة اتدرجـ 4مزجت المحالیل اعاله في ظروف معقمة وحفظـت فـي .تيیأامالمعقم و المحضر ك pbsالحاوي على الخالیا بعد تفریغها من الوسط الزرعي و غسلها بمحلول 8gm nacl +0.2gkcl + 0.15g na2hpo4 +0.20gkh2po4+1000ml distilled water ثـم حركـت .م 4ثـم حفظـت بدرجـة ph 7.2دقیقـة و قـیس 15م مـدة 121عقمت المحالیل بالموصدة بدرجة حـرارة دقیقــة لتفكیـــك الخالیــا الملتصــقة و كــذلك خلخلـــة 15م مــدة 37الصــفیحة برفــق و حفظــت فــي حاضـــنة بدرجــة حــرارة .التصاقها بجدار الوعاء للحصول قدر االمكان على خالیا احادیة مفردة ــة حـــــوالي ــــاء الحـــــاوي علــــى الخالیـــــا المفككـــ ـــد 15اضــــیف الـــــى الوعـ ــــو جدیــ ــــط نمـ ـــل مـــــن وسـ ) rpmi-1640(مـ )sigma,usa (ross well park memorial institute rpmi-1640 with hepes buffer , l –glutamin 10.4 gr +sodiumو المحضر bicarbonate 4.4% + pencillin o.5 ml +streptomycin 0.5%ml+bovine calf serum 10%. ثقـوب يثـم عقـم بمرشـح ذ/ اكمل الحجـم الـى لتـر باضـافة المـاء المقطـر مـزدوج التقطیـر . }مایكرون 0.22بقطر الوعاء جیـدا و بعـدها افرغـت محتویـات الوعـاء الحـاوي علـى الوسـط الغـذائي الجدیـد مـع الخالیـا الـى وعـاء أخـر ُحَركو .جدید بحیث یكون مستوى الوسط الزرعي مع الخالیا و تسمى هذا العملیة بالمزرعة الثانویة و ان الخالیـا ،د خلوهـا مـن اي تلـوث یكأیأ لتایام و تمت متابعة القناني یوم 3م مدة 37حضنت االوعیة بدرجة حرارة و عنـدما تصـبح الخالیـا ذا نمــو inverted microscope طة المجهـر المقلـوب ابحالـة جیـدة و ذلـك لفحصـها بوســ .تكون بذلك الخالیا جاهزة لألستعمال over growthمن الخالیا عدیده جدید متمثل بتكوین طبقات viable cell countعد الخالیا الحیة * والمحضــرة ) trypan blue(لكـل نــوع مـن الخالیـا بأســتعمال صـبغة التریبـان الزرقــاء ] 10[عـدت الخالیـا الحیــة وفقـا .تي یأامك وحفـظ بدرجــة ، 1مللیلتـر محلـول هـانكس ثـم رشـح بـورق واتمـان رقـم 100مـن مسـحوق الصـبغة فـي غـرام 1اذیـب ( )بأستعمال محلول هانكس مباشرة 10: 1درجة مئویة الى حین االستعمال وحینها خفف بنسبة 4حرارة ملیلتـر مـن 0.2یـتم ذلـك بمـزج اذ تأخذ الخالیا الحیه الصبغة ببضع ثوان مما یجعلها سهلة التمییز عن الخالیـا المیتـه و ثـم تحسـب الخالیـا بأسـتعمال شـریحة ، المحضـر سـابقاً pbsملیلتـر مـن 1.6ملیلتر مـن الصـبغة مـع 0.2الخالیا و .العد التفریقي علـى نمـو الخطـوط الخلویــة ) القنـب و الجینســینج و الحنظـل والقرفـة ( اختبـار سـمیة المستخلصـات الخـام لنباتـات * -:السرطانیة بـدون اضـافة مصـل عجـل prmiمـل وسـط 0.9(ملیلتـر مـن المـذیب 10غـم مـن المسـتخلص الخـام فـي 0.02اذیـب ) + sfm dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso) %0.001البقر ویسمى 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ) 1000و500و 250و 125(تراكیـز وهـي 4مـایكرون وحضـرت منـه 0.22ثقـوب بقطـر يثم عقم بأستعمال مرشح ذ جمیـع التراكیــز المحضـرة مباشــرة بعـد اكمــال عملیـة التحضــیر عملتاســت. ملیلتــر وتحـت ظــروف معقمـة / مـایكروغرام ]. 12[و] 11[ م اضـیف لـــه فرسـین ثـ/ بمحلـول التربسـین 2سـم 25جهـز عـالق الخالیـا عـن طریـق معاملـة قنینـة الـزرع النســیجي حجـم وسـط( مایـأتيوالمحضـر ك serum free media) sfm(ملیلتر من الوسط الزرعي الجدید الخالي من المصل 20 rpmi1640 ملیلتـر بعـد كـل 0.2ثـم مـزج عـالق الخالیـا جیـداً وتـم نقـل) ولكـن بـدون اضـافة مصـل عجـل البقـر بحیــث ، سـطح بأســتعمال ماصــة اوتوماتیكیـة دقیقــة القعــر الم يمزجـة جیــدة الــى حفـر طبــق معــایرة الـزرع النســیجي ذ 10(احتوت كل حفرة على عدد معلوم من الخالیا الحیة 5 x1 / طة امـن المیتـه بوسـ ةبعد ان تم عد الخالیـا الحیـ، حفرة سـاعة الـى حــین 18 – 12م مـدة تتـراوح بــین 37تـرك الطبـق فــي الحاضـنة بدرجـة حــرارة trypan blue.صـبغة ملیلتـر مـن التراكیـز 0.2في الحفرة وبعدها تـم الـتخلص مـن الوسـط الزرعـي القـدیم فـي الحفـر وتـم اضـافة التصاق الخالیا مكـررات لكـل مـن السـیطرة ةكمـا تـم عمـل ثالثـ. مكـررات لكـل تركیـز 3المحضرة سابقاً لكل من المستخلصات وبواقع م فــي 37وحضــنت االطبــاق بدرجــة حــرارة ) خالیــا فقــط (والســیطرة الســالبة ) dmsoخالیــا مضــافاً الیهــا (الموجبـة اخـرج الطبـق مـن الحاضـنة واضـیف ، بعد مرور مدة التعریض المحددة للحضن co2من غاز % 5حاضنة مزودة بـ بعــدها ، مــایكرولتر مـن محلــول صـبغة االحمــر المتعـادل واعیــد الطبـق ثانیــة الـى الحاضــنة لیحضـن ســاعتین 50الیـه ــبغة الزائـــدة pbsوغســـلت الخالیـــا بمحلــول اخــرج الطبـــق وازیلـــت محتویاتــه اذ ان ، المحضـــر ســـابقاً لحــین زوال الصـ مـایكرولیتر مـن محلـول داريء 50بعـد ذلـك اضـیف لكـل حفـرة .الخالیا الحیة تأخذ الصبغة اما الخالیا المیتة فال تأخذها د امـا المزرعـة الطبیعیـة فقــ) . محلـول اسـتخالص الصـبغة ( 1:1الفوسـفات الملحـي المحمـض باالیثـانول المطلـق بنسـبة نـانومتر ووجـد الــ 492قرأت النتائج بأستخذام جهاز االلیزا بطول موجي . انفسها استعملت المستخلصات االربعه الخام cytotoxic concentration 10[وفقاً لما جاء في. [ یز المختلفـة مـن تـاثیرالتراك ةكمـا تـم تحلیـل البیانـات اعتمـادا علـى التصـمیم العشـوائي الكامـل لدراسـ -:التحلیل االحصائي و نفـذ التحلیـل باسـتعمال % 5و بمسـتوى احتمـال t-testالمستخلصات و جرى مقارنة المتوسطات باسـتعمال اختبـار . ] 13[البرنامج االحصائي النتائج و المناقشة % 3,5، %6,2والحنظـل نسـبة الـى اوزانهـا الجافـة ،و القرفـة ،و الجینسـینج ،بلغت نسبة المستخلص المـائي لنبـات القنـب علـى التـوالي وتلــون مسـتخلص نبــات القنـب بلــون بنـي مخضــر ، أمـا مســتخلص الجینسـینج والحنظــل % 4,1و% 8,3، باللون البني الغامق وهـذا یعـود الـى المركبـات الكیمیائیـة " ظهرا بلون اصفر مخضر ، بینما كان مستخلص القرفة متمیزا .)1(المتواجدة في كل مستخلص كما موضحة في الجدول رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 11 بعـد ان عومـل amn-3كما تم معرفة التأثیر السمي للمستخلصات الخام في خط الخالیا السرطاني لغـدة الثـدي الفـأري ملیلتــر وخــالل ثـالث مــدد مــن التعــریض /مــایكروغرام 125،250،500،1000الخـط الســرطاني بأربعــة تراكیــز وهـي فكانت النتائج االحصائیة المستحصلة تشیر الى نبات القنب ونبات قلف. ساعة على التوالي 72، 24،48 سـاعة ،بینمـا مسـتخلص نبـات الجینسـینج فكـان 24ملیلتر خـالل / مایكروغرام 125القرفة بدء التركیز المعنوي المؤثر 500السـاعة امــا مســتخلص نبــات الحنظــل فكــان التركیــز 24ملیلتــر خــالل \ایكروغرام مــ 250التركیـز المعنــوي هــو ).2(ساعة كما مبین في الجدول 24ملیلتر هو التركیز المعنوي المؤثر خالل \مایكروغرام ولكن بتراكیز مختلفـة بالنسـبة لمسـتخلص نبـات هانفسالمستخلصات ل 0.05كما كانت هناك اختالفات معنویة بمستوى مستخلص نبات الجینسینج فلم تظهر الفروقات المعنویـة بـین التراكیـز الثالثـة ماعـدا فـرق الى القنب والحنظل اما بالنسبة مسـتخلص نبـات الـى بالنسـبة >0.05pملیلتـر وظهـر فـرق معنـوي /مـایكروغرام 1000في التراكیـز >p 0.05معنوي مـــایكروغرام 500و 1000ملیلتـــر والتوجـــد فـــروق معنویـــة بـــین التراكیـــز \مـــایكروغرام 250و125القرفـــة بـــین تراكیـــز احـدهما الحساسـة واالخـرى المقاومـة وتسـمى انفسـها ةلمعلخطـوط المسـتلوذلك لوجـود نـوعین مـن الخالیـا العائـدة . ملیلتر/ . biphasic curveهذه الظاهرة ب بما یعود السبب في وجود النسبة القلیلة التـي ظهـرت فـي الخالیـا السـرطانیة المقاومـة للفعـل العالجـي هـو ان المـادة ور الـذي فحـص بشـكل شـامل ] 14[الوراثیة للخالیا السـرطانیة تكـون فـي العـادة غیـر طبیعیـه ومشـوهه وهـذا مااثبتـه الباحـث هـذا التشـوه ربمـا یـؤدي الـى حصـول طفـرات التـي قـد تســتحث السـرطاني وان hep 2الكروموسـومات فـي خـط الخالیـا المستخلصات النباتیة دورا اساسیا في سمیة الخالیا السرطانیة خارج ؤدياذ ت.لفعل العالجات الكیمیائیه ةجینات مقاوم ها ومركبـات الفینــوالت المتعـددة ومــن ضــمن cالحتوائهـا علــى فیتــامین ) 3(الجسـم الحــي كمـا موضــح فــي الجـدول رقــم فــي تاثیرهـا علـى الخالیــا (antioxidant) مركبـات الفالفونیـدات التـي تعمــل بوصـفها مركبـات مضــادة لالكسـدة عـن طریـق ایقــاف hep-2فـي نمـو خالیـا الخـط السـرطاني اً شـدید اً تثبیطیـ اً إذ ان لهـذه المركبـات تـاثیر ]. 15[السـرطانیة bcl-2االلیة السرطانیة من خالل تثبیط فعالیة الجـین فيكذلك تؤثر هذه المركبات ]dna ]16عملیة تضاعف ال ونتیجــة للخلــل الحاصــل فــي هــذاالجین تــدخل الخلیــة الســرطانیة فــي مرحلــة المــوت المبــرمج وذلــك لقابلیتهــا علــى كـــنس الجـذور الحـرة المتولـدة عنــد تحـول الخالیـا الطبیعیــة الـى خالیـا ســرطانیة الحتوائهـا علـى مجموعــة الهیدروكسـیل ومـن ثــم فضــال عـن نفاذیـة اغشــیة الخالیـا السـرطانیة تكــون متغیـرة نتیجــة ].17[توجـه الخلیـة للــدخول فـي مرحلـة المــوت المبـرمج و بشـكل عشــوائي ةاالمـر الـذي یسـهل دخـول المركبــات الـى داخـل الخلیـ، ةلتحـول الخالیـا الطبیعیـة الـى خالیـا ســرطانی یكـون هنالـك نظـام صـارم ومسـیطرعلیه لـدخول وخـروج المـواد فـي حـین ةالسـرطانی ةالخلیـ فـيغیر منتظم مما یؤثر سلبا فـي الخالیـا السـرطانیة بشـكل منبسـط و الجزیئـة ككـل dnaكمـایكون شـریطا ال] .18[الطبیعیة ةمن والى داخل الخلی غیـر مســتقرة بســبب تباعداالواصــر الهیدروجینیــه التـي تــربط شــریطا الــدنا االمــر الـذي یســهل عملیــة ارتبــاط المركبــات مرصوصــــا بشـــكل قــــوي و االواصــــر ةفــــي حـــین یكــــون دنـــا الخلیــــة الطبیعیـــ dnaالداخلـــة او الخارجــــة بسلســـلتي ال كما سجل التركیز السمي القاتل ] .19[الهیدروجینیه غیر متباعدة وهذا یعیق ارتباط المركبات المختلفة و التاثیر فیها 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة بعــد اسـتخراج النســبة المئویــة المتصاصـیة العینــة فــي cc50 cytotoxic concentrationلنصـف عــدد الخالیـا ). 1(والشكل رقم ) 4(الحفرة كما في الجدول رقم ســاعة مــن الخـط الخلــوى الســرطاني اذ تعــد72وهـذا التــاثیر الســمي كـان اكثــر وضــوحا وبدرجـة كبیــرة عنــد مــدة تعـریض dose) الجرعة اوالتركیز مع الوقت الظاهرة االساسـیة فـي شـدة التـاثیر السـمي للمستخلصـات الخـام وتسـمى هـذه الظـاهرة and time dependant phenomena) ]20.[بـین تـاثیر المستخلصـات الخـام " ومـن الجـدیر بالـذكر ان هنـاك تباینـا والسـبب قـد یعـود الـى طبیعـة المركبـات الموجـودة فـي المسـخلص الخـام amn-3بینها على الخط الخلوي السرطاني فیما قــي للعالقــة بــین تراكیــز المستخلصــات اذ ان الشــكل الحقی] 21[وتفاعلهـا مــع الطبیعــة االیضــیة للخــط الخلــوي السـرطاني الخــام واالعــداد الســـرطانیة هــي عالقــة طردیـــة ولیســت عكســیة اي ان شـــدة التــاثیر الســمي للمستخلصـــات الخــام تـــزداد معتمــدا amn3بازدیـاد التراكیـز وهـذه النتیجـة تـدعم فكـرة التـاثیر السـمي للمستخلصـات الخـام فـي الخـط الخلـوي السـرطاني وبصـورة عامـة ان الخالیـا السـرطانیة تمتلـك خاصـیة مقاومـة متعـددة لالدویـة وهـذه ] .22[او التركیـز اساسـا علـى الجرعـة الخاصــیة تعــد مــن المعوقــات التــي تمنــع تــاثیر العالجـــات او االدویــة علــى الخالیــا الســرطانیة بشــكل عــام لــذلك یمكـــن دویـة فــي اثنـاء اعطــاء او تجریـب مركــب الـتخلص منهــا عـن طریــق معاملـة الخالیــا مـع معــدالت للمقاومـة المتعــددة لال ــائج المستحصـــلة كانــــت مطابقــــة لمااشـــار الیــــه ]. 23[مـــا ـــل ] 24[ولهــــذا ان النتــ ـــانوي مثـ ـــي ان مركبـــات االیــــض الثـ فـ الفالفونیـدات الموجـودة فـي المستخلصــات الخـام تمتلـك القـدرة علــى تحفیـز المناعـة الخلویـة و احــداث تـاثیر معـدل منــاعي immunomodulatory effect النـواع معینـة ةفضال عن التحفیز على انتاج االنترفیرون نوع كامـا و القـدرة التثبیطیـ و یســتنتج مــن الدراســـة ان للمستخلصــات المائیـــة الخــام لنبــات القنـــب و الجینســینج و القرفـــة و .مــن الخالیــا الســـرطانیة خـارج الجسـم الحـي اعتمـادا علـى التركیـز و amn-3في نمو خالیا الخط الخلـوي السـرطاني اً واضح اً سمی اً الحنظل تاثیر . هم على المركبات الكیمیائیة التي لها اهمیة من الناحیة العالجیهئالوقت و احتوا المصادر 1.al-saleem,t.; al habboby , n. and farman , n. a. (1973). review of cancer frequency in the teaching hosp ital baghdad iraq . j . faculty m ed. 15: 1-2. 2 . brown, p.(1997).breast cancer: a lethal inheritance . new scientist., 1891: 34-38. 3. national cancer inst itut e . national inst itut es of health(1995).breast cancer and brca1.gene.: questions and answers . cancer net:2-3. 4. kelsey, j. l.(1983). epidemiology of breast cancer in women in:dorsi,c.j.and wilson,r.e.(eds).carcinoma of the breast :diagnosis and treatment usa:1-32. 5. oncolink team(1994). risk factors and breast cancer .university of pennsy lvania . cancer center. 2011) 2( 24 للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم 6. noruz inia, m .; coup ier, l. and pujol, p. (2005). is brca1 `/brca2related breast 124.-: 123.23 cercinogenesis estrogen dependant . cancer 7. m ori, t. ; ohnishi, m . ; komiy ama, m .; tsutsui, a.; yabushita, h. and okada, h. (2002) growth inhibitory effect of paradicsom paprika in cancer cell lines . oncology reports , 9:807-810. 8. harborn, j. b.; m abray ,t.j . and mabray, h. (1975) p hy siology and function of flavonoids. academic press ,new york, 970 ت) .2005( حنان عدنان شاكر،النعیمي . 9 تخلصا الموجبة ةعلى نمو البكتیریا المرضی ةالنباتی تقویم فعالیة بعض المس الت التھاب البلعوم و اللوزتین الھ .الصبغھ المعزولھ من حا ةوالتقان ةالوراثی ةماجستیرمقدمة الى معھد الھندسرس علیا ةاالحیائی . جامعة بغداد /للدراسات ال 10. freshney , r. i. (2000). culture of animal cells : a manual for basic technique (4 th ed). wiley-_liss, a john wiley and sons,inc. publication, new york .566. 11. abdul-m ajeed, m . r. (2000) .induction and characterizatian of su.99 p lasmacy cell line and its effect on mice immune resp onse ph.d thesis , college of science .nahr ain university . 12. m ahony , d. e.; gilliatt , e.; dawson, s.; stockdale, e. and lee,s. h. s. (1989).vero cell assay for rapid detection of clostridium perfringins enterotoxin app l. environ 2143.-;214155.m icrobiol ., 13-sas,inst itut e,inc.(2000)users guide,version6.12gary,nc.usa. ا) . 2004.( امال محمد ،علي .14 رسالة ماجستیر ؛ hep_2سرطان الحنجرة دراسة وراثیة خلویة ومناعیة لخط خالی جامعة بغداد \كلیة العلوم 15. lopez_lazaro, m . (2002).flavonoids as anticancer agents;structure – activity relationship st udy .curr .m ed .chem ., 2: 691-714. 16. elangovan ,v.; ramamorthy , n.; balasubrambia, s.; sekar ,n. and govindsany , (1994). studies on the antiprolifrative effect of some naturally occurring bioflavonoidal comp ounds against human carcinoma of lary nx and sarcoma-180 cell lines . indian j. pharm ., 26:266269 17 . pellech ia ,m . and reed ,j.c.(2004).inhidition of anti _ap optotic bcl-2 family p roteins dy cancer chemo prevention and chemo therap y . curr . pharm . res ., 10 :1387-1398. 18 .gratton , j. p.; lin , m . i. ; y u, j.; weiss , e. d.; jiang, z. l. ;fairchild, t. a.; iwakiri,y.; groszmann, r., clafley , k.p.; cheng. y.c. and sessa,w. c.(2003). selective inhibition of tumor microvascular p remeability by cavtratin blocks t umor p rogression in mice . cancer cell. 4 :1-39. 2011) 2( 24لمجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ا 19. belijanski, m . (2002) .the anti cancer agent pb_ 100 selectivity active m alignant cell inhibits m ultip licat.o of sixteen malignant cell lines , even m ultidrug 235. -:22423resistant.genet.m ol.biol. 20. huang , s. t. ; yang, r.c ; chen , m .y. and pang, j. h. (2004). phy llanthus urinaria induces the fas receptor/ ligand exp ression and ceramide m ediated ap optosis in hl-60 cells .lif e sci, 75:339-351 . 21. shoieb, a. m .; elgayy aur, m .; dudrick, p.; bell, e. and titnol ,p. k.(2003) inhibition of growth and induction of ap optosis in cancer cell lines by thimoquinol .int.oncology 22:107-113. 22. lupi, m .; m atera, g.; bbbrandurdi , d.; incalci, m . and ubezio , p. (2004) cy tost atic and cytotoxic effects of t op otecan decoded by a novel m athematical simulation approach .cancer res., 64:2825-2832 23. coker, h.a; tiffin , n.; pritchard-jones, k.; pinkerton, c. r. and kelland, l. r. (2001) in vitro prevntion of the emergency of m ultidrug resistance in pediatric rhabdomy – osarcoma cell lin e clincancer res., 7:31933198. 24. chian g , l.; ch ian g , w.; chan g , m . and lin, c. (2003) in vitro cy totoxic, antiviral and immunodulatory effect of plantago magor and plantago . am.j. chin med., 29:245-257. ات نبات الفنب و الجینسینج و القرفة و الحنظلالكشف الكیمیائي لبعض المكونات االساسیة لمستخلص) 1(جدول مستخلص نبات مستخلص نبات القنب المواد الفعالة الجینسینج مستخلص نبات قلف القرفة مستخلص نبات الحنظل + + + الراتنجات + + + + التانینات + + الكالیكوسیدات + + + القلویدات -+ + الصابونینات رینات + -+ الكوما + + + + الفینوالت + + + + الفالفونات ي روجین 6.9 6.8 6.9 6.5 الرقم الهید قلیلة بكمیة الفعالة المادة وجود +، الفعالة المادة وجود عدم_، الفعالة المادة وجود+ 2011) 2( 24للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم .التركیزالمعنوي المؤثر للمستخلصات النباتیة ) 2(جدول .ملیلتر \بدء التركیز المعنوي المؤثرمایكروغرام متوسط عدد الخالیا السرطانیة المعاملة بالمستخلصات النباتیة الخام مقاسة بجھاز االلیزا عند طول موجي ) 3(جدول .نانومتر 492 0.05تشیر الى وجود اختالفات معنویة بمستوى ) ,a,b,c,d(الحروف المختلفة ویة المتصاصیة العینة في الحفرة النسبه المئ) 4(جدول ص نوع ة 24 المستخل ة 48 ساع ة 72 ساع ساع 125 125 125 .القنب نبات مستخلص 125 125 250 الجینسینج نبات مستخلص 125 125 125 القرفة نبات مستخلص ل نبات مستخلص 125 250 500 الحنظ التركیز ملیلتر/مایكروغرام متوسط عدد الخالیا السرطانیة المعاملة بمستخلص نبات القنب الخطأ القیاسي± متوسط عدد الخالیا السرطانیة المعاملة بمستخلص نبات الخطأ القیاسي± الجینسینج متوسط عدد الخالیا السرطانیة المعاملة ± بمستخلص نبات القرفة الخطأ القیاسي متوسط عدد الخالیا السرطانیة ± حنظل المعاملة بمستخلص نبات ال الخطأ القیاسي السیطرة 0.37±0.03 a 0.37±0.03 a 0.37 ±0.03 a 0.37±0.03 a 125 b 0.01 ±0.15 a0.003± 0.26 b 0.01 ± 0.14 ab0.04±0.28 250 bc 0.03±0.11 0.002±0.23 a 0.002 ± 0.057 c bc 0.006 ± 020 500 c 0.009 ± 0.06 a 0.006±0.22 c 0.001 ± 0.05 cd 0.01± 0.15 1000 c0.001 ± 0.049 b 0.03 ± 0.11 c 0.003 ± 0.047 d 0.001 ± 0.095 lsd 0.0744 0.0704 0.051 0.0905 قیمة المستخلص نوع 125 التركیز ملیلتر/مایكروغرام 250 التركیز ملیلتر/مایكروغرام 500التركیز ملیلتر/مایكروغرام 1000 التركیز ملیلتر/مایكروغرام %86.79 %83.82 %70.35 %59.29 القنب نبات مستخلص %70.71 %40.97 %36.92 %29.64 الجنیسینج نبات مستخلص %87.33 %86.52 %84.63 %61.18 القرفة نبات مستخلص %74.39 %58.76 %46.09 %18.86 الحنظل نبات مستخلص 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد االمتصاصیة ند ول ع ط 492 موجي نانومتر ملیلتر / مایكروغرام قاتل السمي التركیز) 1( الشكل cytotoxic concentration الخالیا عدد لنصف ال ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 ( 2) 2011 study o f cytotoxic effect of crude extracts of bidens tripartita,panex ginseng,ceylon cinnamon and citrullus colocynthis on mice mammary adenocarcinoma cell line h. a. sh. al-naemi genetic engineering and biotechnology institute for post graduated studies, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 20, december, 2010 accepte d in: 18, april, 2011 abstract the cytotoxic effect of different concentrations of crude extracts of bidens tripartita , panex ginseng , ceylon cinnamon and citrullus colocynthis on mice mammary adenocarcinoma cell line were st udied . the concentration used were 125 , 250, 500, 1000 microgram/militer . the exracts were p repared by using hot water method . the p reliminary chemical test s revealed acidic p h of all extracts. the time of exp osure used were 24, 48 and 72 hrs.t he results showed a clear toxic effect of all extracts depending on the time of exp osure and the dose . the ceylon cinnamon had the highest effect on adenocarcinoma 87.33% , followed by bidens tripartita 86.79%, citrullus colocynthis 74.39% and the lowest effect was by panex ginseng extract 70.71%. key word: extract,bidens tripatita,panex ginseng ,ceylon cinnamon ,citrullus colocynthis,cancer. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 association between lipid profile ,bmi , and some pituitary ho rmones abnormalities in sera of iraqi infertile females a. r.mahmood departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn – al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this st udy , the clinical imp act of interaction between gonadotrop hin hormones (luteinzing hormone, lh, and follicle st imulating hormone ,fsh ) and p rolactin prl in serum of seventeen iraqi infertile female with the lip id p rofile . in addition to control group involving age matched fertile females . immunoradiometric assay ( irm a ) technique for the determination of (lh , fsh and prl) was utilized. the lip id p rofile { i.e. total cholesterol ( tc ) , triglycerides (tg) , and high density lip op rotein – cholest rol ( hdlc )} ,were evaluated by using colorimetric method , while{ low density lip op rotein cholesterol ( ldlc ) and very low density lip op rotein – cholesterol ( vldlc )} , were evaluated by using a mathematical formulas. the body mass index ( bm i ) was calculated as weight ( kg) / height ( m² ). the results revealed that only( 20%) of infertile female with abnormal hormonal levels are obese , while (40% )of them were overweight . only (tg ) in sera of infertile female showed a significant increase than that of control group . on the other hand no significant differences in (tc) , (hdlc) were noticed in sera of group s under consideration . a conclusion could be obtained from the above data , that (bm i )or obesity is not associated with infertility alway s. introduction the reproductive sy st em of women shows regular cyclic changes that may be regarded as p eriodic p reparations for fertilization and pregnancy . this cycle is t he menstrual cycle [1] . m enstruation is dependent on the p rop er functioning of a chain made up of ; hy p othalamus → p ituitary →ovary(hpo) ; amenorrhea p resup p oses awakening or break in one or more of these links [2] . interaction ( hpo ) to p roduce cyclic exp ression of the app rop riate hormones at the exp ected time or chronology age at which sexual maturation should normally occur [3] the growt h and the reproductive activities of the gonadal tissue are controlled by the gonadotrop hins hormone lh and fsh from the interior p ituitary gland . lh and fsh are called gonadotrop hins because they regulate the function of the gonads (ovaries and test es ) , in both sexes , fsh st imulates gamete ( sp erm or egg ) p roduction, while lh p romotes p roduction of gonadal hormones [4] .the secretion of both lh and fsh is st imulated by gonadotrop hin releasing hormone from the hy p othalamus , lh and fsh bot h are subjected to feed back loops regulation by the ovarian hormones [5]. in women , lh along with fsh are ordered as p art of t he workup of infertility and also useful in the invest igation of menst rual irregularities , and to aid in the diagnosis delay ed and p recocious p uberty [6]. prolactin prl st imulates mammary development and subsequent lactation , it is an episodic secretion that it p roduced by the lactotrop hs of interior p ituitary[7] . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 high level of prl is a biochemical finding and does not necessarily indicate the p resence of a disease , this would increase in prl level in the blood above the p hy siological concentration, it is now well documented to interfere with the female reproductive function [8] . it was reported that obesity was a common finding in woman with ovarian hy p erandrogenism , although the mechanisms underly ing this relationship remain largely undetermined [ 9 ]. the aim of the p resent st udy is to evaluate the lip id p rofile of infertile woman with p ituitary hormones dy sfunction and compared with that for healthy fertile woman matched in age and body mass index bm i. experimental part seventeen infertile female were selected from elwy ia m aternity teaching hosp ital during 2008, a careful history was obtained from the p atients including menst rual disturbance , if any , associated with the sy mptom of infertility , weight and height and all p atients, were free from medication affecting hormone level . evaluation of each p atient is done by detecting body mass index, serum gonadotrop hens hormones level lh , fsh and serum prl. excluding the test during the days (12 – 16)from the cy cle period . as control (17) normal female with normal regular menst rual cycles with body mass index within normal range ,patients and control aged ( 20 – 39 ) years were included in this study . blood samples ( 5ml ) were collected in p lain tubes , centrifuged at 3000 rp m for 10 min, after allowing the blood to clot at room temp erature . the sera were a liquated and frozen until assay p erformed . body mass index uses a mathematical formula based on p erson's height and weight , bm i equals weight in kilograms divided by height in square meters ( bm i = kg / m²) [10]. fost et al suggested that a bm i of ( 18.5 – 24.9 ) indicates a person of normal weight . a p erson with a bm i of ( 25 – 29.9 ) is overweight , while a p erson with a(bm i of ≥ 30) is obese [11] . immunoradiometric assay irm a for the in vitro determination of fsh , lh , and prl in human serum was utilized by kits from immunotech abeckman coulter comp any . the immunoradiometric assay of luteinizing hormone fsh , lh , and prl is a sandwich ty p e assay the kit utilizes mouse monoclonal antibodies directed against two different ep itop es of fsh , lh and prl hence not comp eting . samp les or calibrators are incubated in tubes , coated with the first monoclonal antibody in the presence of the second monoclonal antibody labeled with iodine 125. the content of tubes is asp irated and rinsed after incubation and bound radioactivity measured values are calculated by interp olation from the st andard curve . the radioactivity bound is directly p rop ortional to t he concentration of fsh , lh , and prl in the samp les. the results are obtained from the st andard curve by interp olation. the st andard curve serves for the determination of fsh , lh and prl concentration in samp les measured at t he same time as t he calibrator . determination of total serum cholesterol [12] involves the use of three enzy mes , cholesterol esterase , cholesterol oxidase and p eroxidase . in the p resence of the former mixture, ( nethy l p rop y l – m – anisidine ) and 4 – amino – antip y rine are condensed by hy drogen p eroxide to form quinoneimine dy e prop ortional to t he concentration of cholesterol , when the absorbance of the samp les measured against the reagent blank within 60 minutes at 500 nm. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 the triglycerides were determined after enzy matic hy drolysis with lipases . the indicator is aquinoneimine formed from hy drogen p eroxide , 4-aminophenazone , and 4 – chlorop henol under the cataly tic influence of perioxidase . the absorbance was measured for test and st andard against the reagent blank within 60 minutes at 500 nm [13]. in determination of high density lip op rotein – cholesterol hdlc [14], the method uses a selective p recipitations of chylomicrones and the apolip op rotein containing lip op rotein vldlc and ldlc by addition of 4% p hosp hotungst ic acid solution , which contain 10 % magnesium chloride ph 6.2 . sedimentation of the p recipitant by centrifugation , and subsequent enzy matic analysis of hdlc as residual cholesterol remaining in the clear sup ernatant , from which the cholesterol can be determined as described as above according to [12]. low density lip op rotein cholesterol ldlc was determined by using emp irical friedwald formula which was based on the assump tion that vldlc is p resent in serum at concentration equal to one fifth of t he tg concentration . this formula is as follow [15] :when all concentration are given in milligrams p er deciliter : ldlc(mg / dl) = t otal cholesterol ( hdlc +vldlc ) s tatisti cal analysi s of data to comp are the significance of the differences in the mean values of any two group s st udent's t-test was app lied and p value less than 0.05( p <0.05) was considered statist ically significant . re sults and discussions table (1)and fig(1) showed the mean distribution of serum hormones concentration lh , fsh , and prl of the infertile female p atients with the minimum and maximum values to each hormonal level when comp ared with the mean concentration of the normal control . a significant difference was observed between normal and high hormonal levels of infertile female comp ared to the majority of infertile have hormonal levels higher than that of control with a p ercentage of 74.4%, on the other hand there was no significant differences in the level of fsh in 28% of infertile female comp ared with healthy control . the significant difference was found in the higher levels of fsh in 72% of infertile female comp ared with normal hormonal level of healthy control . the results agreed p artly with other studies who concluded that different results could reflect variation in the selection of p atients and / or the different lifesty le factors [16]. the mean serum level of lh / fsh ratio for p atients was(0.8 )and for control group was(0.8). the difference is not significant y et ot hers st udies rep orted higher or lower ratio and they st ated that this variation might be due either to p rimary central disorders involving (gnrh) secretion or secondary p ituitary sensitization to (gnrh) by an abnormal feed back signals from ovaries [17] . the prl level in (60%) of infertile female showed a significant increase comp ared to that of healthy control while lower significant values than control was depicted in the rest of the p atient .high p rolactin level are found in( 30% )of women with different kind of amenorrhea leading to infertility [18] . about ( 60% )of p atients of high level of p rolactin showed lower levels of fsh and lh than healthy control. these results are in agreement with other st udies who suggested that a decline in gonadotrop hine in hy p erproctanemic p atient showed the association between gonadatrop hine deficiency and hy p erprolactinemia which might be an indirect sign of functional hy p othalamic p ituitary interrup tion due to the inhibitory effect of prl [19] . body mass index is a measurement that is associated with body fat and it is widely used by health care p rovider. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (2)represent mean±sd of bm i for both group s .fig (2) showed the distribution of infertile female according to bm i.there was a significant difference between p atients, p atients were overweight (40 % ), and( 33.3 %) of p atients were in a healthy weight range ,while the p ercentage of obese p atient was( 20%). the p resent results disagree with some reports of infertility association with obesity [20 ] . table (3) and fig (3) showed the lip id p rofile in serum of the infertile female and the healthy control. the mean serum level of total cholesterol tc for the infertile group was (172.125± 35.58 mg /dl ) and for the control group was (171± 14.83mg / dl ). the values for triglycerides tg were (108.68 ±31.63 mg /dl) and (80 ±7.19mg /dl )for the infertile females and control resp ectively . the hdlc and ldlc were (57.75 ±7.56 mg / dl) and (97.68 ±27.14 mg / dl) in serum of the infertile female resp ectively , and were (54.7± 7.39mg/dl) and (100.1 ±10.38mg /dl )for the control group resp ectively . the values for vldlc were (21.68±6.33mg/dl)and(16±1.438mg/dl) for the infertile females and control resp ectively .a non significant elevation in total cholesterol as comp ared with control group was found .the result does not agree with other st udies which found that women with different causes of infertility had increase tc levels[21]. a significant elevation in tg in serum of infertility female p atient comp ared to control was obvious as shown in table( 3 ). the p att ern of dy slipidemia is mostly found in a wide range of causes of infertility , even st udies reported that high tg levels are found in both obese and non obese women suffering from infertility [22&23 ] . abnormalities of ldlc had not been found consist ently in some cases of infertility , even in those with a normal ldlc level had shown increase vldlc and small dense ldlc relative to control subject [24] . high tg and low hdlc in p atients with hy p erprolactinemia were reported due to acceleration of hepatic and adip ose tissue biosy nthesis of triglyceride and certain p hosp holip ids factors [ 25 ]. re ferences 1.ganong, w.f. ( 1999 ) .the gonads develop ment and function of the rep roductive sy st em in : a review of m edical phy siology ( 19 th edition) . ap p leton and lang m edical publishment – stamford , connecticut .p 393 – 432. 2.tindall ,v.r. ( 1987 ) . amenorrhoe : scanty and infrequent menstruation . in : jeffcoate's p rinciples of gy naecology , ( 5 th edition ) . butt erworth & co. ( publishers ) ltd. p.495 – 496 . 3.james , d. and brian , a.m . ( 2004 ) " amenorrhea " .in " clinical obst etrics and gy naecology " , ( 1 st edition ) . saunders . p 127 . 4.elaine , n. and m arieb , r.n. ( 2000 ) : the endocrine sy st em in anatomy and phy siology . benjamin cummings , san francisco , chapter 15: 512 , 518 . 5.zilva , f. ; m ayne , d. philip and pannel ( 1999 ) the hy p othalamus and p ituitary gland .in : clinical chemist ry in diagnosis and treatment , 6 th ed. hodder headline group plc london , chapter 5: 106 – 115. 6.m c donough ,p.g. ( 2003 ) : m olecular abnormalities of fsh and lh action , ann n y acad sci 997 : 22 – 34. 7.m arc , e.f.; bela , k. ; anna ,l. and gy orgy , n. ( 2000 ) , p rolactin : structure , function and regulation of section : phy siological reviews 80 ( 4 ) : 1523 – 1631 8.hanan , l.s. ( 2002 ) . the effect of hy p erprolactinema on follicular development and estradiol concentration in stimulated cy cle .m sc. thesis , college of medicine . univ. of baghdad , iraq .p.44 – 46 . 9.franks , s. ; kiddy , d. and sharp , p. ( 1991 ) obesity and polycyst ic ovary sy ndrome . ann n.y. ,acad.sci . 626 : 201 – 206 . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 10.dennis , l.k. ; eugene , b. ; anthong , s.f. ; stephen , h. and dan, l.l. ( 2005 ) harrison 's p rinciples of int ernal m edicine , volume 1, ( 16 th edition ) . m cgraw hill ,m edical publishing division. p. 423 – 425 . 11.fost , l. ; hane , l.j. ; and vestergaard, . p .( 2005) " over weight and obesity as risk factors for a trial fibrillation or flutter the danish diet ,cancer , and health study " am. j. of 17ed , 118 : 489 – 95 . 12.richmond , w. ( 1974 ) proceedings in the develop ment of an enzy matic technique for the assay of cholesterol in biological fluids .clin scc m ol m ed.46:6 – 7 13.fassati , p. and prencip e , l. ( 1982 ) m easarement of serum triglycerides calorimetrically with an enzy me that p roduce h2o2 . clin chem 28 ( 10 ) : 2077 – 2080 . 14.burst ein m .; scolink , h.r. and m orfin , r. : m easurement of hdlc in the p lasma with a sensitive colorimetric method . j . lip id res. 1970 ; 19 : 583. 15.friedwald ,w.t. : kevy , r.l. and fredrikson ,d.s. ( 1972 ) . est imation of the concentration of ldl in plasma without use of p reparative ultra centrifugation . clin. chem. ,18 : 499 – 502. 16.hall , j.e. ; tay lor , a.e. and hay s f.j. ( 1998 ) .insights into hy p othalamic – p ituitary dy sfunction in p olycyst ic ovary sy ndrome . j. endocr . invest , 21:602 – 611. 17.lobo , r.a. and carmina , e, ( 2000 ) .the importance of diagnosing the polycyst ic ovary sy ndrome . ann int em m ed 132 (12) : 989 – 993 . 18.yen. s.c.c.( 1986 ) chronic an ovulation due to cns – hy p othalamic – p ituitary dy sfunction .rep roductive endocrinology ,p hy siology , p ath p hy siology and clinical management ; jaffe , r.b. ( eds. ) : p 500 – 545 . 19.m chleilly , a.s. ( 1987 ) . prolactin and the control of gonadotrop hin secretion . j. endocrinal , 115 : 1-5 . 20.danielson ,k.k. ; palta , m . ; allen , c. ; and dº alessio , d.j. ( 2005 ) : " the association of increased tot al gly cosy lated hemoglobin levels with delayed age at m enarche in young women with t y p e 1 diabetes " j. clin endocrinal .m etab., 90 (12) :6466 – 6471 . 21.fiances , s.g. and david , g.g. ( 2001 ) . " basic and clinical endocrinology " disorder of lip op rotein , catabolic " ( 6 th edition ) .( chap ter 20 ) :7230 . 22.m ather ,k.j. ; kwan , f. and corenbluw , b ( 2000 ) . fertile , sterile . 73 : 150 – 156 . 23 .julie , l.sh ( 2003 ) clinical diabetes , 21 ( 4 ) : 154 – 161. 24 .pirwany , l.r. ; fleming , r. , and greer, i.a. ( 2001 ) . clin.endocr. ( oxfo) , 54 : 447 – 453 ( m edline ) . 25.weiss – m esser ,e.; ber , r. and barkey , r.j. ( 1996 ) .endocrinology . 137 : 5509 – 5510 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table ( 1 ) mean± s .d‚ range and distributi on of( lh , fs h and prl) levels i n serum of infe rtil e female and healthy control hormone lh ( iu/l ) levels number of subjects (%) of subject m ean ± s.d. m in. value m ax value pvalue healthy control 17 100 5.7± 1.76 0.7 7.8 normal 5 25.6 6.7± 1.4 4.2 7.7 high 12 74.4 11.3± 2.6 8.4 17.5 low nil nil nil nil nil patients total 17 100 9.71±3.34 4.2 17.5 p<0.05 fsh ( iu/l ) healthy control 17 100 7.1±2.13 1.3 10 normal 4 28 7.7 ±2.03 5.5 10 high 13 72 14.1± 3.1 10.2 21 low nil nil nil nil nil patients total 17 100 12.48±3.91 5.5 17.7 p<0.05 prl (ngm/ml) healthy control 17 100 14.1± 3.05 7.03 18.2 normal 5 33.4 12.6 ± 1 11 14 high 11 60 21.2± 3.8 15 29 low 1 6.6 7± 0.00 7 7 patients total 17 100 17.56± 5.58 7 29 p<0.05 table ( 2) bmi for infertil e female and control group group s no. of subjects bm i ( kg/m² ) ±s.d patients 17 27.00 ±4.72 control 17 25.8± 2.68 p-value -------p>0.05 each value represents mean ± standard deviation(s .d ) table ( 3 ) s erum level of lipid profil e of infe rtil e females and control subjects group s no. of subjects tc ( mg/dl ) ± s.d tg ( mg/dl ) ± s.d hdlc (mg/dl)± s.d ldlc ( mg/dl ) ± s.d vldlc ( mg/dl ) ± s.d patients 17 172.125± 35.58 108.68 ±31.63 57.75 ±7.56 97.68 ±27.14 21.68± 6.33 control 17 171± 14.83 80 ±7.19 54.7± 7.39 100.1 ±10.38 16± 1.438 p-value -------p>0.05 p<0.05 p>0.05 p>0.05 p<0.05 each value represents mean ± standard deviation(s .d ) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig(1):distributions of (prl, lh, &fs h)levels in se rum of infertile fe male and he althy control fig( 2):distribution of infertile female according to( bm i ) fig.(2):distributi ons of infe rtil e females according to (bmi) fig.(3): s erum level of lipid profile of infertile females and control subjects 14.1 17.56 1.76 9.712 7.1 1 2.48 0 5 10 15 20 prl lh fsh con trol p atient 6.7 0% 3 3.30% 40% 2 0% 0.0 0% 10.00 % 20.00 % 30.00 % 40.00 % % patients <18.5 18.5-2 4.9 25-29.9 >30 16 21.68 100.1 97.68 54.7 57.75 80 108.68 171 172.125 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 vldl ldl hdl tg tch control patie nts 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ة الجسم مع الخلل في بعض هرمونات العالقة بین صورة الدهون ومؤشر كتل الغدة النخامیة في أمصال نساء عراقیات عقیمات عبد الرحمن رشید محمود جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة الهرمــون ،) lh(هرمونـات الجـسم االصـفر{ الجریبـات فـي هـذه الدراسـة تـم تأكیـد التـداخالت بـین هرمونـات أمــرأة عراقیــة عقــیم مــع صــورة الــدهون ، ) 17( فــي أمــصال })prl(والهرمــون المحفــز للحلیــب ) fsh(المحفــز للجریبــة أمــرأة بحالــة صـــحیة جیــدة وغیــر عقیمــات ، وأعمـــارهن مقاربــة لعمــر النـــساء ) 17( مجموعــة ســـیطرة تــشمل ال عــن ضفــ .العقیمات irm(أســتعملت تقنیــة التحلیــل االشـــعاعي المنــاعي a ( تـــشمل فلقیــاس الهرمونـــات المــذكورة فــي أعاله،أمـــا صــورة الــدهون الكثافـــة البروتینـــات الـــشحمیة العالیـــة، )tg(، الكلیــسریدات الثالثیـــة )tc(مــستوى مـــصل الـــدم مـــن الكولیـــستیرول الكلـــي )hdlc (اســتخدمت المعــادالت الریاضــیة فــي تقــدیرالبروتینات الـــشحمیة ق اللونیــة ، وائــ الطرال باســتمت، فقــد قــدر bm(أن مؤشر كتلة الجسم ). vldlc(والواطئة الكثافة جدا ) ldlc(واطئة الكثافة i قدر بطریقة حسابیة. مــنهن %) 40( حـین أن فـي ,خلـل هرمـوني یعـانین الـسمنةلفقـط مـن النـساء العقیمـات نتیجـة %) 20(اظهـرت النتـائج ان .ات أوزان أعلى من الطبیعي وذ مـع اقـرانهن مـن عنـد النـساء العقیمـات بالمقارنـة)tg(أظهـرت لنـا الدراسـة ارتفاعامعنویـا فـي مـستوى الكلیـسریدات الثالثیـة .النساء الالتي بحالة صحیة جیدة الــشحمیة العالیــة البروتینــات ،)tc(مـن ناحیــة أخــرى لــم تظهــر أي فــروق معنویــة فـي مــستویات الكولیــستیرول الكلــي .بین المجامیع قید الدراسة ) ldlc(والبروتینات الشحمیة واطئة الكثافة ) hdlc(الكثافة bm(یمكن ان نستنتج من النتائج اعاله بأن مؤشر كتلة الجسم i (أو السمنة التقترن مع العقم دائما. 35 polymer chain reaction (pcr): principle and applications noorhan khalid shafeeq department of chemistry/ college of education, for pure science (ibn-al-haitham) university of baghdad. iraq. noorhan.albayaty@gmail.com abstract the new, standard molecular biologic system for duplicating dna enzymatically devoid of employing a living organism, like e. coli or yeast, represents polymerases chain reaction (pcr). this technology allows an exponential intensification of a minor quantity of dna molecule several times. analysis can be straightforward with more dna available. a thermal heat cycler performs a polymerization chain reaction that involves repeated cycles of heating and cooling the reactant tubes at the desired temperature for each reaction step. a heated deck is positioned on the upper reaction tube to avoid evaporating the reaction mixture (normally volumes range from 15 to 100 l per tube), or an oil layer can be placed on a reaction mixture surface. the amplified dna fragment is determined based on selecting primers in addition to the starting and end of the dna fragment. the primers stand for short, artificial dna stripes, no higher than fifty (typically 18-25bp) nucleotides have been based on a starting and ending of dna fragment to be amplified. dna-polymerase connects and starts a new dna strand synthesis the pcr products can be visualized by dual foremost methods: (1) staining of the product of dna amplified by a chemical dye like bromide ethidium, or (2) marking of fluorescent dyes (fluorophores) pcr primers or nucleotides before amplification of pcrs. pcr offers some benefits. first, it is a simple method of understanding and using and quick results. it has an extremely sensitive technology with the potential for sequencing, cloning, and analyzing millions or milliards of copies of a particular product. keywords: pcr, molecular techniques. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2699 article history: received 25, july, 2021, accepted 26,september, 2021, published in 2021. mailto:.albayaty@gmail.com mailto:.albayaty@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 36 1.introduction the new, standard molecular biologic system for duplicating dna enzymatically devoid of employing a living organism, like e. coli or yeast, represents polymerases chain reaction (pcr). this technology allows an exponential intensification of a minor quantity of dna molecule several times. analysis can be straightforward with more dna available. for many tasks, for example, detecting hereditary disease, genetic fingerprint identification, gene cloning, genetic testing, and dna computing, many pcr laboratories are commonly utilized in medical and biological research [1]. the technique was initiated by kary mullis in 1983. pcr has been nowadays an important and typical method for various applications in biological and medical research labs. these consist of sequencing dna cloning, gene phylogenesis or gene functional analysis, identifying hereditary diseases, genetic fingerprints (useful in forensics and pathology) identification, and infectious disease detecting and diagnosis. in 1993, mullis and michael smith, for his work on pcr, were awarded a nobel prize for chemistry[2]. the pcr is usually performed in small reaction tubes in the thermal cycler in a volume of 10-200 ml. a thermal cycler heats and refrigerates the reacting tubes for achieving the necessary temperatures at any reaction stage. numerous modern thermal cyclers based on the peltier effect allow block-holding pcr tubes to be heated and cooled by simply retreating an electric current. thin-walled reaction tubes enable good thermal conductivity for enabling speedy thermal balance. the majority of thermal cyclers possess heated pads in the reaction tube to prevent condensation. older thermocyclers lacking a heated lid necessitate an oil layer on the upper reaction mix or wax ball in a tube. 2.pcr process multiple basic components are required to pcr based on: 1dna or cdna template containing the dna fragment region to be enlarged 2dual primers that regulate the start and end of an area to be amplified (as in the next section about primers) 3taq polymerase that copies the amplified region 4nucleotides, the dna-polymerase for new dna 5buffer that offers an appropriate dna polymerase chemical surroundings. a thermal cycler performs the pcr reaction. this machine heats and cools the reacting tubes at a required temperature for every reaction step. a heated deck is positioned on the upper reaction tube to avoid evaporating the reaction mixture (normally volumes range from 15 to 100 l per tube), or an oil layer can be placed on a reaction mixture surface. pcr is an enzymatic test that can enhance a particular dna fragment from a complex dna body, a simple yet elegant one. dr. kary mullis found that the pcr test "may let you determine the piece of dna that you want and have based on your requirement" three pcr can be done using various tissues, including peripheral blood, saliva, hair, skin, and microbes, as the dna source. for generating sufficient copies for analysis by means of ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 37 conventional lab methods for pcr, just trace quantities of dna are required. pcr is a sensitive test, therefore. the dna, primers, nucleotides, and dna polymerases template must be available for every pcr assay. the main enzyme, which associates distinct nucleotides for forming the pcr product, stands for dna polymerase. nucleotides have four basic components (a, t, c, g) in dna: adenine, thymine, cytosine, and guanine. these are the building blocks used to create of the resultant product of pcr by the dna polymerase. the primers identify a particular dna product to be amplified in a reaction. the primers stand for small dna fragments with an arrangement to complement and amplify the target dna. the dna polymerase is supplemented by these as an expanding point. the components have been mixed in a 96-well tube and then positioned in the machine that enables repetitive dna amplifying cycles to be carried out in 3 elementary steps. most of the machine stands for a thermal cycler. it has a hollow thermal block. pcr reaction mixture testing tubes or plates have been added. indistinct, accurate, and pre-programmed steps the machine increases and lowers block temperatures [4]. first of all, it is heated higher than a melting point for dual complementary dna strands of a target dna, enabling a denaturation process to be separated among the strands. then the temperature is reduced to connect the specific primers with the target dna segments, called a hybridization process. hybridization among target dna and primers occurs as they have been sequence-complementary ( as in a binding to g). temperature can be elevated again, as the dna polymerase has been capable of extending the primers through inserting nucleotides to a developing dna strand, as depicted in figure 1. an amount of copied dna molecules doubles each time based on these three repeated steps. 3.primers the amplified dna fragment is determined based on selecting primers in addition to the start and end of the dna fragment. the primers stand for short, artificial dna stripes, no higher than fifty (typically 18-25bp) nucleotides have been based on a starting and ending of dna fragment to be amplified. dna-polymerase connects and starts a new dna strand synthesis, they are annealed (adhere) to a dna template. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 38 figure 1: pcr process and thermal cycle( weier et al, 1988) 4.analyzing pcr product the pcr products can be visualized by dual foremost methods: (1) staining of the product of dna amplified by a chemical dye like bromide ethidium, that is intercalated among dual duplex strands or (2) marking of fluorescent dyes (fluorophores) pcr primers or nucleotides before amplification of pcrs. this method permits the incorporation of the labels directly into the pcr product. an agarose gel electrophoresis, which parts product of dna according to their size and charging, is usually employed technique for investigating the pcr product. the easiest way to view and analyze the product of pcr is by using agarose gel electrophoresis. it tolerates the existence and size of the product of pcr to be resolved as depicted (figure 2). a determined set of products of pcr with identified sizes have been run instantaneously on a gel as typical molecular indicators for determining the product size. in general, pcr is referred to as qualitative pcr used to distinguish existence or lack of a particular dna product. pcr is an excellent method for cloning and/or identifying of a pathogen when pcr is performed. for example, merkel cell polyomavirus exists in the skin-scale cell carcinoma (scc) in immunocompetent individuals has been detected through qualitative pcr. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 39 figure 2: determining existence and pcr product size (dworkin et al,2009) in general, pcr is referred to as qualitative pcr to detect the existence or lack of a particular dna product. pcr stands for an effective method for cloning and/or identifying a pathogen when pcr is performed. for instance, based on dworkin et al. report, the existence of merkel cell polyomavirus in skin squamous cell carcinoma (scc) in immunocompetent persons was measured by qualitative pcr (dworkin et al, 2009). by means of isolated genomic dna from excised sccs from immunocompetent individuals and primers specific to virus genes. the investigators were capable of demonstrating an existence of a 351base pair (bp) viral gene in six out of sixteen tested samples, by the existence of a pcr-product band of 351 bp long, as noted in figure-3 on the 2% agarose gel with ethidium bromide depicted. the experimentation also involved a plasmid-containing polyomavirus template dna as a positive (p) and negative water management (w). a foremost (m) lane is a molecular marker employed to recognize the pcr product's size a presence of a pcr-detected viral particular gene has been characterized by (+); the viral gene is not present by (−). figure-3.qualitative pcr distinguishes merkel cell polyomavirus existence in cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma (scc) in immunocompetent individuals (drowkin et al, 2009) based on drowkin et al, 2009: mcpyv detecting. (a) an mcpyv existence in normal genomic dna, sccs, and adjacent skin dna has been affected through pcr via vp1 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4102308/#r3 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4102308/figure/f3/ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 40 primers. the representative consequence has been depicted with 6 of 16 tested samples viewing a pcr product at 351 bp. each experimentation involved dna from the mcpyv plasmid as a positive control (p) and negative water control (w). m, molecular weight indicator; +, positive for virus; −, negative for the virus. 5.pcr uses pcr may be used to diagnose a wide range of human diseases, experiments, and analyzes[ 6,7] below are some examples. 1. diseases of vih, cmv, pneumonia, hiv, syphilis (mycoplasma), msd, hiv, hepatitis, etc. 2. cancer diagnosis mainly for leukemia and lymphoma 3. paternity test genetic fingerprinting. the pcr enables early diagnosis of malignant diseases as the most advanced diseases of cancer research currently in use, like leukemia and lymphomas. to identify translocation-specific malignant cells, pcr tests may be done directly in genomic dna samples at least 10,000 times greater than other techniques. pcr also, tolerates the identification of microorganisms that cannot be cultivated or slow-growing, like anaerobic bacteria, mycobacteria or tissues, and animal model viruses. pcr diagnostics in microbiology are based on detecting infectious agents and discrimination against non-pathogenic agents by particular genes from pathogenic strains. for amplifying a short, well-defined portion of the dna stream, pcr is used. it can either be a single gene or a gene part. the process of pcr can only copy short dna fragments, typically fit for 10 kb as opposed to living organisms (kb represents kilo base pairs). some approaches may copy fragments fit for 40 kb, much smaller than a eucaryotic cell's chromosomal dna – for example a human cell has approximately 3 billion basic pairs. 6.application of pcr and diseases diagnosis: detecting mycobacterium tuberculosis from the dot corner of mymensingh medical college hospital in 100 suspected cases of tb. in all strains of mycobacterium tuberculosis, pcr has been carried out with primers mtb1 and mttb2 based on is6110 sequences of the pcr sensitivity and was found to be 94,7% and 100%, respectively, for sputum samples [6]. one of the studies revealed that klebsiella pneumonia carbapenems genes, which have high analytical sensitivity and specificity of multidrug resistance, have been accurately detected in real time pcr. according to sybr green i, a real-time pcr assay has been designed to amplify a 106bp product for the blakpc gene from 159 clinical gram -ve isolates resistant to numerous kinds of lactam antibiotics. a real-time pcr detecting limit has been approximately 0.8cfu using clinical isolates [8]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 41 pcr diagnosis has also, investigated in detecting and differentiating para typhi, salmonella typhi, brucellosis, malaria parasite detection, dengue infection, and h.pylori in various studies all over the world. a target gene made amplicons at 429bp, 330 bp, and 600bp showing 100% sensitivity for detecting typhi , salmonella species, and paratyphi regarding detecting plasmodium vivax, the + ve predictive magnitudes of thick blood microscopy, nested pcr, and real-time pcr have been 47.8%, 56.5%, and 60.9%. a real time pcr has 75% specificity, and 100% sensitivity, whereas nested pcr has shown 81.2 and 97.7% , respectively [10] for diagnosing brucellosis, the most common zoonotic disease, pcr detection using primers b4/b5 amplifies gene encoding a 31kda immunogenic outer membrane protein (bcsp31) showing 51.3% exact sensitivity and specificity of 100 and 10, respectively. tests of histopathological and urease in biopsy samples occasionally generate incorrect negative consequences. for comparison, pcr assays have been implemented in each positive control for h pylori showing sensitivity and specificity of 64% and 80% using optimal combination of 16rrna+urea[11] a major tropical threat is chagas or treypanosoma cruzi. priorities are mainly on accurately diagnosing and parasitological response to treatment. pcr detection was investigated usingsequential dilutions of purified dna stocks including human blood spiked with parasite cells (setb), trypanosoma cruzi discrete typing units i, iv, vi (set a), and guinadine hydrochroloride edta blood samples from thirty-two seropositive and ten seronegative controls (set c) run by diverse pcr approaches based on primers 121/122. the consequence has given 83.3%-94.4% sensitivity and specificity of 85-95%. this characterizes global substantiation for pcr techniques for detecting trepanosoma cruzi in human blood samples [12]. for diagnosing scrub typhus, a study studied conventional pcr (c-pcr) performances, nested pcr(n-pcr), real-time quantitative pcr(q-pcr) aiming o.tsutsugamushi specific 47kda gene. dual template plasmid dna and genomic dna from buffy coat sample for one patient has been employed. n-pcr, c-pcr, and q pcr sensitivities have hown with blood samples taken from patients with four weeks for onset of fever have been 7.3%,85.4%, and 82.9%(95%ci)[13] newly diagnosing pcr was investigated in [14] in on samples from 150 healthy volunteers and hospitalized adults. employing culture as gold standard, the pcr sensitivity and specificity percentages have been 100% and 99.2% respectively.[14] also, pcr can detect viral dna. the primers employed must be targeted in the virus dna sequences, and pcr is feasibly used or diagnostic analysis or viral genome dna sequences. pcr's high sensitivity enables the virus to be detected immediately after and before the infection. such early detection may lead to significant treatment leads for doctors. pcr-based dna quantitation techniques can also quantify the quantity of viral load in a patient." genetic printing is the technique of forensics employed to categorize a person by ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 42 comparing the blood in a crime script with the blood in a suspect's dna to a given sample [15,16,17]. 7.pcr advantages pcr is feasibly employed for diagnosing numerous human diseases in various experiments and analyses. "pcr stands for very imperative confirmatory diagnostic aid in infectious disease as in tuberculosis, syphilis, hiv, cmv, mycoplasma, fungous and protozoal diseases, hepatitis, cancers particularly lymphoma malaria and leukemia, tuberculosis, staphylococcal bacteremia, toxoplasma gondoic [18, 19, 20]. "for the fingers and paternity test, pcr is also necessary. high sensitivity and specificity of pcr (95-100 percent) (100 percent) [21,22] the disadvantage of pcr *, it involves pricey instruments such as a thermal cycling device, a diagnostic tray of gar gels, a dna separation kit, and other chemical agents that are unable to buy in all laboratories. * adequate air conditioning space, dehumidifier, laminar flow equipment, *maximum scope of disease diagnosis, *expensive, not everyone, *false positive and false negative results could reduce specificities and sensitivities. 8.benefits and drawbacks of pcr pcr offers some benefits. first, it is a simple method of understanding and using quick results (bolognia et al., 2008). it has an extremely sensitive technology with the potential for sequencing, cloning, and analyzing millions or milliards of copies of a particular product. this also applies to qrt-pcr. the quantification of the made product has the advantage of qrt-pcr. it can thus be used to analyze changes in tumor, microbe, or other conditions of gene expression. pcr is a valuable technique, but it is limited. due to the high sensitivity of pcr, any form of sample contamination can produce misleading results with even trace quantities of dna [9,11]. furthermore, certain previous sequence data are necessary for designing primers for pcr. the existence or nonexistence of an identified pathogen or gene can therefore only be identified by pcr. a further restriction is represented by employed primers for pcr that cannot especially be annealed to not identical sequences to the target dna but they are similar. furthermore, dna polymerase can include improper nucleotides into the pcr sequence, albeit at a highly low rate. 9.conclusions pcr is a simple and widely used process in which minute amounts of dna can be amplified into multiple copies also, a specific sequence can be shown quantitatively with a short time and accurate results for the speed with which this technique works. it is considered an accurate diagnostic method for some diseases and is characterized by high sensitivity and specificity ; polymerase chain reaction (pcr) is a very common and widely accepted method now all over the world references 1. mullis, k.b. the unusual origin of the polymerase chain reaction. scientific american. 1990, 262(4), 56–61. [pubmed: 2315679] doi: 10.1038/scientificamerican0490-56. 2. bartlett, j. m. s.; stirling, d. a short history of the polymerase chain reaction. pcr protocols. 2003, 226, 3-6. doi:10.1385/1-59259-384-4:3. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 43 3.mullis, k.b. the unusual origin of the polymerase chain reaction. scientific american. 1990, 262(4), 64–5. [pubmed: 2315679] doi: 10.1038/scientificamerican0490-56. 4.weier, h.u.; gray, j.w. a programmable system to perform the polymerase chain reaction. dna. 1988,7(6), 441–7. [pubmed: 3203600] dol: 10.1089/dna.1.1988.7.441 5.dworkin, a.m.; tseng, s.y.; allain, d.c.; iwenofu, o.h.; peters, s.b.; toland, a.e. merkel cell polyomavirus in cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma of immunocompetent individuals. j invest derm. 2009, 129(12), 2868–74. [pubmed: 19554019] dol: 10.1038/jid.2009.183 6. vanguilder, h.d.; vrana, k.e.; freeman, w.m. twenty-five years of quantitative pcr for gene expression analysis. biotechniques. 2008, 44(5), 619–26. [pubmed: 18474036] dol: 10.2144/000112776 7. valasek, m.a.; repa, j.j. the power of real-time pcr. advances in physiology education. 2005, 29 (3) , 151-9.[ pubmed: 16109794] dol: 10.1152/advan.00019.2005 8.botes, m.; de kwaadsteniet, m.; cloete, t.e. application of quantitative pcr for the detection of microorganisms in water. food microbiol. 2011, 28(5),848–61. [pubmed: 21569926] dol: 10.1007/s00216-012-6399-3 9.bolognia, j.; jorizzo, j.; rapini, r. dermatology.vol. 2008. elsevier; spain: 2008. st. louis, mo.: mosby/elsevier, 2008. 10. postollec, f.; falentin, h.; pavan, s.; combrisson,j.; sohier,p. recent advances in quantitative pcr (qpcr) applications in food microbiology. food microbiol. 2011, 28(5), 848–61. [pubmed: 21569926] dol: 10.1016/j.fm.2011.02.008 11. smith ,j.s.; osborn ,a.m. advantages and limitations of quantitative pcr (qpcr)-based approaches in microbial ecology. fems microbiol ecol. 2009, 67(1),6–20. [pubmed: 19120456] dol: 10.1111/j.1574-6941.2008.00629.x 12.kulkarni , s.; singh ,p; memon,a.; nataraj,g.; kanade ,s.; kelkar ,r.; rajan ,m.g.r. an in-house multiplex pcr test for the detection of mycobacterium tuberculosis, its validation & comparison with a single target tb-pcr kit. indian j med res. 2012, 135(5), 788-94 [pmid: 22771614]. 13. hadfield, s.j.; robinson, g.; kristin elwin, k.; chalmers ,r.m. detection and differentiation of cryptosporidium spp. in human clinical samples by use of real-time pcr. j clin microbiol. 2011, 49(3), 918-24. dol: 10.1128/jcm.01733-10 14. white,p.l.; mengoli,c.; bretagne,s.; cuenca-estrella,m.; finnstrom,n.; klingspor,l.; melchers,w.j.g.; mcculloch,e.; barnes,r.a.; donnelly,j.p.; loeffler,j; european aspergillus pcr initiative (eapcri). evaluation of aspergillus pcr protocols for testing serum specimens. j clin microbiol. 2011 , 49(11), 3842-48. dol: 10.1128/jcm.05316-11 15. nordentoft ,s.; kabell,s.; karl pedersen,k. real-time detection and identification of chlamydophila species in veterinary specimens by using sybr green-based pcr assays. appl environ microbiol. 2011, 77(18), 6323-30 dol: 10.1128/aem.00536-11 16. moon,j-ho.; cho ,s-h.; yu, j-r.; lee ,w-ja.; cheun ,h-i. pcr diagnosis of entamoeba histolytica cysts in stool samples. korean j parasitol. 2011, 49(3), 281-84 dol: 10.3347/kjp.2011.49.3.281. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 44 17. alam, m.s.; mohon ,a,n.; mustafa ,s.; khan ,w.a.; islam,n.; karim,m.j.; khanum,h.; sullivan jr,d.j.; haque,r. realtime pcr assay and rapid diagnostic tests for the diagnosis of clinically suspected malaria patients in bangladesh. malar j. 2011, 10, 175.dol: 10.1186/1475-2875-10-175 18. fuehrer, h-p.; fally, m.a.; habler, v.e.; starzengruber ,p.; swoboda,p.; noedl ,h.et al. novel nested direct pcr technique for malaria diagnosis using filter paper samples. j clin microbiol. 2011 , 49(4), 1628-30. dol: 10.1128/jcm.01792-10 19. frye, a. m.; baker, c.a.; rustvold, d.l.; heath ,k.a.; hunt ,j.; leggett ,j,e,; oethinger ,m. clinical impact of a real-time pcr assay for rapid identification of staphylococcal bacteremia. j clin microbiol. 2012 , 50(1), 127-33. dol: 10.1128/jcm.06169-11 20. halse ,t.a.;. escuyer ,v.e.;. musser ,k.a. evaluation of a single-tube multiplex realtime pcr for differentiation of members of the mycobacterium tuberculosis complex in clinical specimens. j clin microbiol. 2011 , 49(7), 2562-67. dol: 10.1128/jcm.00467-11 21. chiabchalard, r.; wiengeharoen, j.t.; sukthana, y. sensitivity and specicificity of pcr for detection of toxoplasma gondii dna added to laboratyory samples. south east asian j trop.med. public health. 2005, 36(2), 408-11 22. koskinen, m.t.; holopainen,j.; pyörälä ,s.; bredbacka ,p.; pitkälä ,a.; barkema ,h.w.; bexiga ,r.; roberson ,j.; sølverød ,l.; piccinini ,r.; kelton ,d.; lehmusto ,h.; niskala ,s.; salmikivi ,l.analytical specificity and sensitivity of real time pcr reaction assay for identification of bovine mastitis pathogen. j.dairy sci.2008, 92, 952-59. dol: 10.3168/jds.2008-1549. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 purification, characterization and antifungal activity of chitinase from serratia marcescens isolated from fresh vegetables n. h. zek i and s. n. muslim department of biology , college of science , unive rsity of al-mustansiriya, abstract seven [35%] and f ive [25%] serratia marcescens isolates were obtained out of 20 samples of lettuce and 20 samples of sp inach, resp ectively, taken from different locations in a farm in baghd ad city . the isolate that p roduced chitinase in higher level was chosen to p urify chitinase through several st ages of p urification includin g: ammonium sulfate p recipitation, deae sep hadex ion exchan ge chromatograpgy and sep hadex g-200 gel filtration with 89.5fold p urification and 30% recovery. the p urified chitinase was characterized and the molecular weight of enzy me was 59000 daltons by using gel filtration chromatography . the optimum p h and temp erature of the p urified chitinase were 6.0 and 50° c, r esp ectively, and the purified enzy me was stable on p h 5-7 up to 50° c. the enzy me was activated by ca +2 , cu +2 , m g +2 and inhibited by hg +2 . in addition , triton x-100 and n-ethy lmaleimide increased the chitinase activity while edta, methanol, ethanol and acetone inhib ited enzy me activity ; and this indicates that chitinase is a metaloenzy me. chitinase showed stronger inhibitory activity to fusarium solaini comp ared with aspergillus flavus with p ercent of inhibition 83 and 69%, resp ectively . therefore, this research leads to increase interest by using the chitinase as biocontrol agent of p hytop athogenic fungi and insects , p roduction of chito –oligosacch arides,p reparartion of sp haerop last and protop last from y east and fungi and bioconv ersion of chitin wast e to single cell protein for animal feed. introduction serratia sp . are gram negative b acteria, classified in the lar ge family of enterobacteriaceae [1]. the serratia genus includes different sp ecies, the best characterized sp ecies, and the one most frequently recovered from human , is serratia marcescens [2]. this common microbe is found as a saprop hy te in soil, water and plants [3]. serratia is isolated from many p lants such as tomatoes, sp inach, carrots, coconuts, green onions, lettuce and broccoli [4,5]. in addition, serratia sp ecies frequently have been recovered from diseased or dead insects [5]. serratia sp . have a good set of exoenzy mes that may be harmful to insects such as p roteases, gelatinase and ch itinase[4]. chitin a homopolymer of n-acety l-d-glucosamin e (glcnac) residues linked by β1-4 bonds is widely distributed in nature as a constituent of insects exo skeleton, shells of crustaceans and fungul and algae cell wa lls [6,7,8]. chitinase p lays an imp ortant role in the virulence of serratia for insects and fungi, since this enzy me is active in lysing the cell walls of many insects and fungi that infect the economic p lants [8], in addition inhibit sp ore germination and germ tube elon gation of the phytop athogenic fungi [9,10] . this enzy me has also antimicrob ial and cell lysis activites against many kinds of bacteria [6,11]. therefore, chitinase has wide range of biotechnolo gical app lications, esp ecially in p roduction of chito-oligosacch arides, p reparation of sp herop last and p rotop last from y east and fungal sp ecies and bioconversion of chitin wast e to single cell p rotein for animals feed [7-12]. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 for these reasons, the goal of our r esearch was to p urify chitinase, to characterize this enzy me and to study the antifungul activity of chitinase. materials and methods a t otal of 40 samples of fresh ve getables, in cluding 20 samples of lett uce (l) and 20 samples of sp inach (s), were collected from d ifferent locations in a farm in baghd ad city . each sa mple was analyzed according to the method that described by [13] . briefly, 25g of each sample was enriched in peptone water for 24h at 35°c. isolation and identification serratia m arcescens one loopfull of p lant samples was p lated on blood agar and m acconkeys agar, then inucubated at 30°c for 18-24 h. for isolation of serratia marcesc ens, several biochemical tests were done and these include the following tests: inability to ferment lactose, a negative o xidase, p ositive results to catalase, dnaase,lysine decarboxy lase, orn ithine decarbo xy lase, growt h at 40°c and motility tests [5,14]. besides to api 20e sy st em to differentiate serratia marcesc ens from the other typ es. isolation of fungi aspergillus flavus and fusarium solani wer e obtained from the labor atory of agricu lture college in baghdad university and they were identified according to [15]. detection of chitinolytic activity on plates ten µl of serratia marcescens culture was p laced into wells (5 mm in diameter) p repared in sy nthetic medium agar (sm ) that contained 2.0g colloidal ch itin, 0.5 g p eptone 0.5g y east extract, 0.1g kh2po4, 0.01g m gso4.7h2o (p h=6.5) and 1.7%w\w agar in 100ml of water and incub ated at 30 0 c. aft er 18-24 h, the chitinoly tic activity was indicated by the formation of clear halos around the wells [12,16]. chitinase assay chitinase activity was conducted by a modified method described by [7,10,12]. 0.5 ml of enzy me solution was added to 1 ml of 0.1 m p hosp hate buffer (p h=6.0) as blank. the reaction initiated by the addition of 0.5ml of enzy me solution to 1ml of 0.2%(wt /vol) colloidal chitin in the same buffer and incubated at 50 0 c for 15 min, the reaction was st opp ed by centrifugation (5000xg) for 10min and the addition of 1ml of dinitrosalicylate (dns) reagent. the reducing sugars released (glcnac) were measured by observing the absorbancy at 410nm and returning to st andared curve for gl cnac (n-acety l-d-glucosa mine). one unit of chitinase activity was defined as t he amount of enzy me of that released 1µmol of reducing sugars (glcnac) in 1 min. protein assay the protein concentration was measured by usin g the method of [17] by sp ectrop hotometeric assay at 600nm in each st age of chitinase p urification and usin g bovine serum albumin as st andard. purification of chitinase serratia marcescens chitinase was p urified by a modification of the method [12]. cells were grown in m 9 medium containin g the followin g: 0.7% na2hpo4, 0.3%kh2po4, 0.1% nh4cl, 0.05% nacl, 0.5% soluble st arch and 0.5% colloidal chitin (p h=7.0) in a 500ml flask and incubated at 30°c for 24h [7]. sup ernatant was carefully removed after centrifugation at 10000 xg for 30min at 4°c and filtered through 0.22µm millip ore filters. chitinase activity in sup ernatant was assay ed. the p urification of chitinase was carried out in three step s. the sup ernatant was p recipitated with ammonium sulfate 40-75% saturation for 1h with gentle stirrin g. the precipitate was collected by centrifugation at 10000xg for 30min.it was dissolved in 25 mm t ris-hcl buffer (p h=7.5) and dialysed against the same buffer. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 the dialysed p rotein was subjected to ion exchan ger, deaesephadex column (2.5 by 25cm). the adsorbed chitinase was eluted with gr adient of nacl fro m 0.2 to 0.5m in the same buffer. fractions (5ml)were collected and assay ed for chitinase activity . in the final st ep, the active fractions were p ooled, dialyzed against 25mm tris-hcl buffer (p h=7.5) and loaded on sep hadex g-200 column (2.0 by 80cm) containing 100ml of sep hadex g-200 which had been equilibrated and washed with 10mm tris-hcl buffer (ph=7.5), then the elution was done by the same buffer. the fractions (5ml) were collected and assay ed for chitinase activity . characterization of purified chitinase -evaluation of the molecular weight : accordin g to the p rinciples that were described by [18] the molecular weight of chitinase was evaluated by gel filtration chromatography by using sep hadex g-200 column. this column was equilibr ated in 25 mm tris-hcl buffer. the void volume ( vo) was d etermined by using blue dextran. elution volumes (ve) of p roteins of known molecular mass (bovine serum albu mine [66kda], ovalbumin [45kda], tryp sin [23kda] and lysozyme [14kda] dissolved in 25mm trishcl buffer) were measured and used as refer ence st andards in chitinase n ative molecular mass determination. the relationship between (ve/vo) and log molecular weight for standard p roteins was p lotted to obtain the standard curve.the molecu lar weight for chitinase was evaluated from inciden ce ( ve/vo) value for ch itinase on the st andard curve. -effect of temperature on the activity and stability of chitinase chitinase activity was assay ed at different temp eratures ranging from 10-70°c at p h 6.0 in sodium p hosp hate buffer (50mm ). to determine thermost ability , chitinase p rep aration was incubated at t he same ran ge of temperatures for 2h then chitinase activity was assay ed. -effect of ph on the activity and stability of chitinase chitinase activity was assay ed at different p h values (p h 3 to 10) by using different buffers 50mm such as cirate p hosp hate buffer (p h 3-6), sodium p hosp hate buffer (p h 7-8) and glycine of buffer (p h 9-10). to determine ph stability , chitinase p rep arations in buffer at the same range of phs were incubater at 50°c for 2h then chitinase activity was assay ed. -effect of various chemicals on chitinase activity the effect of various chemicals (cuso4, caso4, cocl2, niso4, triton x-100, m gso4, hgcl2, edta, n-ethy lmaleimide, methanol, ethanol and acetone) on the enzy me ativity were invest igated by p reincubating the enzy me with chemicals in 50mm sodium phosp hate buffer (p h 6.0) for 1 h at 50°c and then measurin g the residual activity of chitinase. -antifungal activity of chitinase agar p lates containin g p otato dextrose agar (pda) and 10% p urified enzy me were p repared for findin g the antifungal activity of chitinase , and the same agar p late (without enzy me)was used as a control. six (6)mm diameter mycelial discs of aspergillus flavus and fusarium solani grown on pda p lates at 28°c for 3 days were p laced at the center of the p lates. the radial diameter of the colonies was measured after 5 days at 28°c then the p ercent of inhibition was calcu lated[10,19]. results and discussion serratia marcescens was isolated from 35% [7] of lettuce samples (l1-l7) and 25% [5] of sp inach samples (s1-s5). giri et.al.,2004 [1] found that cap ry llate thallous agar was the best for selectin g serratia. dt c (deoxy ribonuclease – toludine bluecep halothin)agar was used for isolating serratia, while dnase medium for isolating serratia marcescens. vegetables used in salads might bring serratia st rains to hosp itals and contamin ate the p atients digestive tract. serratia marcescens , serratia liquefaciens and serratia marinorubra were found in 29%, 28% ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 and 11% (r esp ectively) in vegetable salad sample[5]. gri mont&grimont, 1998[4] reported that serratia was isolated fro m mushrooms, t omatoes, leeks, l ett uce, gr een on ions, grass, and sp inach and the origin of serratia found on p lants is p robably the soil. chitinolytic activity on plates twelve (12) serratia marcesc ens were tested for chitinase p roduction by measuring the diameter of clear zone of lysis in sy nthetic medium agar (sm ) figur e(1). in this fi gur e, only nine (9) isolates p roduced chitinase enzy me and serratia marcescens l5 produced chitinase in higher level amon g the producer isolates, hence this isolate was selected for further study . green et.al.,2004[20] reported that the optimum conditions (p h 7.0, 32.5°c and 1.0%(w/v) substrate) induced a high er level of enzy me activity . also [21] showed that the maximum p roduction of serratia marcescens chitinase was between ph 6 and 7 at 30 0 c and the optimal shaking sp eed at 150 rp m. chitinase p roduction was reduced by 50% at p h 8.5 of p roduction medium [7]. in a st udy done by [22] found that among 102 serratia marcescens strains screened, 57st rains showed chitinase activity . purification of chitinase the chitinase was p urified by using st andard techniques such as ammonium sulf ate p recipitation (40-75%), deae-sephadex ion exchange chro matogr aphy and sep hadex g-200 gel filrtation chromatogr aphy . when cell free sup ernatant was subjected to fractional ammoniu m sulfate precipitation, chitinase activity was p recipitated in 40-75% salt saturation the y ield of chitinase was 71% with a p urification fold of 3.1 and sp ecific activity of 6.2 u mg -1 p rotein. the dialy zed protein was loaded on deae ion exchanger. after elution with 0.2 to 0.5m nacl gradient three major p eaks of p roteins were observed but chitinase activity was observed only in the first p eak figure (2). here the y ield of chitinase was 42% with a p urification fold 13.2 and sp ecific activity 26.6 umg -1 . gel f iltration chromatography with sep hadex g-200 was the last st ep of chitinase p urification. the eluted fractions of this step contained the chitinase two p rotein p eaks,only the second p eak contained the chitinase activity figure (3). the y ield of chitinase was 30% with a p urification fold 89.5 and sp ecific activity 179.1 umg -1 . the results of chitinase p urification were summarized in table(1). the increase in the sp ecific activity for chitinase may refer to the efficiency of the purification process and the decrease of the contamin ating materials. chitinase was p urified from the culture filtrate of enterobacter , fusarium and sreptomyces and p urified by usin g ionexchan ge chromatography and gel filtration as mentioned at [9, 12, 23]. on the other hand, s erratia sp . chitinase was p urified by usin g deae bio-gel, chromatofocusin g with pbe 96 and gel filtration with sep hacry l s-200 [24]. in addition, serratia marcescens chitinase was p urified by affinity adsorp tion, hy droxy lap atite and sep hadex g-200 [25]. serratia chitinase showed h igh sequence ho molo gy with chitinase fro m bacillus and streptomyces [26]. characterization of purified chitinase -evaluation of the molecular weight of chitinase by using gel filtration with sep hadex g-200, the molecular weight of p urified chitinase was evaluated. the r esult revealed that p urified chitinase had app roximately 59000 daltons fi gure (4). the molecu lar weight of enterobacter sp . chitinase was estimated to be 60kda by sds-page and sephadex g-200 gel filtration, su ggesting that the purified chitinase is a monomer ty p e (12). wan g& chan ge, 1997. frankowski et.al., 2001[6,27] found the mo lecular mass for pseudomonas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 aeruginosa and serratia plymuthica were 60 and 60.5kda, resp ectively. in a study done by [28] reported that serratia marcescens strains grown in the p resence of m itomy cin c revealed the p resence of four extracellular p roteins with chitinase activity and mo lecular masses of 21, 38, 52 and 58kda. -effect temperature on activity and s tability of chitinase the effect of temp erature on the activity of chitinase with colloid chitin as subst rate of various temp eratures ranging from 10 to 70 0 c figur e (5) . the enzy me showed a good activity between 40-60 0 c with maximu m activity at 50 0 c. considerable decrease in the chitinoly tic activity was observed for lowest and highest temp eratures, reaching 25, 38 and 20% activity at 10, 20 and 70 0 c. thermostability of the enzyme was observed in the temp eratures up to 50 0 c after its t hermal exp osure for 2h figure(5). incubations above 50 0 c p romoted inactivation of this enzy me. the chitinase p roduced by enterobacter sp ., bacillus sp ., serratia marcescens showed op timum activity at 45, 45-55 and 40 0 c, resp ectively[12,29,30] .m oreover, the chitinase p roduced by serratia sp . and bacillus sp . were more thermostable than fusarium sp . chitinase[9, 25, 29]. -effect of ph on activity and s tability of chitinase the chitinase activity was evaluated at different p h values at 500c by using colloid chitin as substrate figure (6). the op timum activity for colloid chitin hydrolyisis reached at p h 6.0. chitinase mantained 88 and 80% of its initial activity when incubated for 2h at p h 5 and 7, with a decrease in chitinase activity at p h lower and high er than the above p h values. the enzy me was st able at ph 5 to 7 f igure(6). the chitinase p roduced by serratia marcescens and s tretomyces exh ibited maximum activity at ph 6.0 and 5.0, resp ectively [30]. in other st udy done by [31] reported that the chitinase produced by serratia sp . was an exochitinase and exhibited a greater p h range [5.0-10.0]. -effect of various chemicals on chitinase activity chitinase of serratia marcescens was treated with many chemicals some of these chemicals showed activation effect, others had inhibition effect. co +2 , ni +2 , hg +2 inhibited chitinase activity to 82, 70 and 23% resp ectively, also edt a, methanol,ethanol and acetone were inhibited the activity to 30, 45, 68 and 44%, resp ectively table(2). on t he other hand, the other metal ions ca +2 , cu +2 , and m g +2 increased chitinase activitor to 120,150 and 170% resp ectively, hence these metals can be evaluated as activator comp ounds for chitinase activity . in addition, nethy lmaleimid e and triton x-100 increased the activity to 110 and 140%, resp ectively. the results may p rove that chitinase was metaloenzy me. serratia plymuthica chitinase activity was stimulated by 120, 150 and 240% in presence of mm ca +2 , co +2 or m n +2 and inhibited by 80% in presence of 10 mm cu +2 [27]. chitinase from enterobacter sp . was stimulated by ca +2 , k +2 and m g +2 strongly inhibited by hg +2 , ag +1 , cu +2 and co +2 [12]. in a st udy done by [29] found t hat ca+2 , ni+2 an d t rit on x-100 stimulat ed t he activit y up t o 20% whereas ag +1 and hg +2 inhibit ed the act ivit y up to 50 %. antifungal activity of chitinase the p urified chitinase showed inhib itory activity against aspergillus flavus and fusarium solani. chitinase showed much st ronger inhibitory activity to fusarium solani comp ared with aspergillus flavus figur e (7 and 8). the p ercent of inhibition for fusarium solani was 83% while 64% for aspergillus flavus table (3). this exp eriment incr eased the benefit by using the chitinase as biocontrol agent against p hy top athogenic fun gi. el-katatny , et.al.,2005 [10] found that the p urified endochitinase of trichoderma has shown antifungal activity against sclerotium rolfsii and the inhibition of sclerotium rolfsii depended on the carbon sourc e used and correlated with the level of chitinase activity . in addition, the chitinase was able to induce morphological altration in both aspergillus flavus and fusarium moniliforme. in a study done by [32] reported that chitinase of serratia marcescens showed antifungal activity against sclerotium rolfsii. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 re ferences 1giri, a.v.; anandlkumar,n.;m uthukumaran,g. and p ennathur, g. (2004). a novel medium for the enhan ced cell growt h and p roduction of p rodigiosin from s errratia marcescens isolated from soil. bm c m icrobiol.4:11-21. 2collee,j.g.; fraser,a.g; m armion,b.p. and simmons,a. (1996). m acke & m ccartney p ractical medical microbiolo gy . 14 th ed.p:371-373. churchill livingst one singapore. 3anone. (2004). the miracle microbe: s errratia marcescens. m icrobiol.zoo.p :1-8. 4grimont,p.a.d. and grimont, f. (1998). the genus s erratia . ann.rev.m icrobiol. 32:221-248. 5grimont, p.a.d. and grimont, f. (1981).the genus serratia. in : starr, stolp, trup er, balows and schle gel( editors). the p rokaryotes. a hand book on habitats. isolation and identification of bacteria. p:1187-1203 sp ringer-verla g, new york. 6wan g,s. l. and chang,w.t. (1997). purification and characterization of two bifunctional chitinase⁄ lysozy mes extracellulary p roduced by pseudomonas aeruginosa k-187 in a shrimp and crabshell powder medium. ap p li.environ.m icrobio.63(2):380-386. 7singh, g.; sh arma,j.r.and hoondal, g. s.(2008). chitinase p roducton by serratia marcescens gg5. turk j.bid.32:231-236. 8brurberg, m .b.; sy nstad,b.; klemsdal,s. s.; alten,d.m .f.;sundheim,l.and eijsink, v.g.h. (2000). chitinase from serrratia marcescens. m icrobiol.4:212-218. 9m athivanan,n.; kabilan, v. and m urngesan,k. (1998). purification, characterization and antifungul activity of chitinase from fusarium chlamydosporum, a my coparasite to groundnut rust ,puccinia arachid is. can.j.m icrobiol.44(7):646-651. 10el-katatny ,m.h.; somitsch,w.;robra,k.h.; el-katatny ,m.s. and gubitz,g.m . (2005). production of chitinase and 1,3gluanase by trichoderma harzianum for control of the p hytop athogenic fungus sclerotium rolfsii. food t echnol.biotechnol.38(3):137-180. 11svitil,a.l; chadhain, s.m .;m oore,j.a. and kirchman,d.l. (1997). chitin degradation p roteins p roduced by the marine bacterium vibrio harv eyi growin g on different froms of chitin. app l.environ.m icrobiol.63(2):408-413. 12dahiya,n., tewari,r.p and hoondal,g.s. (2005). chitinase from enterobacter sp . nrg4: its p urisication,characterization and reaction p att ern. electron j.biotechnol.8(2)232-242. 13m onge,r.; ech andi,m .l. and ut zinger,d. (1998). presense of cytotoxic aeromonas and plesiomonas shigello ids in fresh ve getables. rev.biomed.9:176-180. 14johnson,m .t. (2007). m icrobiolo gy laboratory notebook. 7 th ed.indian university school of medicine. blackwell p ublishing. 15robert,a.s.; ellen,s.h. and conn ie,a.n. (1984). introduction to food borne-fungi contamination. 2 nd ed.,drukkerij,j.v.an.gest ol and zn.b.v.,laren n.h.:1-205. 16berg,g.;frankowski,j. and bahll,h. (2008). biocontrol of verticilliu m wilt in oilseed rape by chitinolytic serratia plymuthica. r egion. instit.ltd. 17lowry ,d.h.; rosebrongh,n.j.; farr,a.l. and rondall,r.j. (1951). prot ein measurement with the folin phenol reagent. j.biol.chem.193:265-275. 18andrews,p. (1964). estimation of the molecular weight of p roteins by sep hadex gelfiltration. biochem.j,91:222-232. 19shen,s.s; kim,j.w. and park,c. s. (2002). serratia p lymethica st rain a21-4: a p otential biocontrol. agent a gainst p hy top hthora blight of p epper. plant p athol. j.18(3): 138-141. 20green,a.t.; heal,m .g. and healy ,a. (2004). production of chitinoly tic enzymes by serratia marcescens qm b 1466 using various chitinous substrates j.chem.techhnol.80(1):28-34. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 21choeng,k.;cho, choi,d.; roh,s. and kim,s. (2004) op timal conditions for chitinase p roduction by serratia marcescens biotech.biop roc.engineer.9(4): 297-302. 22m ejia-saules,j.e.; waliszewski,k.n.;garcia,m .a. and camarilla, r.c. (2006). the use of crude shrimp shell p owder for chitinase p roduction by serratia marcescens wf. food technol.biotechnol.44(1):95-100. 23beyer,m .and diekmann,h. (1985). the chitinase sy stem of streptomy ces sp . at cc 11238 and us significance for fungu l cell wall degradation. app l. m icrobiol. biotechnol. 23(2):140-146. 24sakurai,k.;funa guma,t. and hara,a. (1995). studies on chitinases p roduced by serratia sp . isolated from soil.j.korean chem. society 31:21-31. 25lee,s.h. and yu,e.k. (1996). purfication and some p rop erties of chitinase from serratia marcescens jm . j.korean chem.. society 40(1):72-80. 26tsy jibo,h; m inoura,k.; m iyamoto,k.; endo,h.and lnamori,y. (1993). purification and p rop erties of a thermost able chitinase from strepotcoccus thermovidaceus opc. 520. app l. environ. m icrobiol. 59(2): 620-622. 27frankowski,j.; lorito,m .;scalc,f.;schmid,r. and bahll,h. (2001). purification and p rop erties of two chitinolytic enzy mes of serratia plymuthica hro-c48. archiv.m icrobiol.176(6):421-426. 28yusp ova, d.v.; petukhova,e.v. ; soko lova, r.b.; and gabdrakh manova, l.a. (2004). the accumu lation of p roteins with chitinase activity in the culture liquids of the p arent and mutant serratia marcescens strains grown in the p resence of mitomycin c. m icrobiol. 71(5): 546-549. 29bhushan,b. and hoondal,g.s. (1998). isolation, p urification and p rop erties of a thermost able chitinase fro m an alkalophilic bacillus sp . bg-11. biotechnol.lett.20(2): 157-159. 30rout,s.k.; jay achandran, s. and priny awiwatkul,w. (2000). enzy me activity of chitinase p roducing microorganisms as affected by p h,temp erature and carbon source. app l.environ. m icrobiol , 6(4):112-121. 31hy un-soo,k.;kennethmt.and peter,g. (2007). characterization of a chitinolytic enzy me from serratia sp . isolated from kimchi juice. app l.m icrobiol.biotechnol.75(6): 12751283. 32ordentlich,a. elad, y. and chet,i. (1988). the role of chitinase of serratia marcescens in biocontorl of sclerotium rolfsii. phy top athol. 78:84-88. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد نتج من مال لمضادة للفطریات النزیم الكایتینیزعزل وتوصیف ودراسة الفعالیة ا المعزولة من الخضراوات الطازجة serratia marcescensبكتریا نهایة حكمت زكي و ساهرة نصیف مسلم الجامعة المستنصریة ، كلیة العلوم، سم علوم الحیاةق الخالصة من مجمـوع serratia marcescensتعود لبكتریا %)35بنسبة (عزالت 5 و ،)%35بنسبة (عزالت 7تم الحصول على .ة بغدادنمأخوذة من مواقع مختلفة في مزرعة في مدی، على التوالي، عینة لنبات السبانج 20و ، عینة لنبات الخس 20 نــزیم الكــایتینیز بعــدة مراحــل تتضــمن الترســیب اقیــة نأختیــرت العزلــة التــي انتجــت الكــایتینیز بــأعلى مســتوى الســتخالص وت g-200 sephadexوالترشـــیح الهالمـــي باســــتخدام ، deae-sephadexوالتبـــادل االیـــوني بأســـتخدام ، بكبریتـــات االمونیـــوم . %30وبحصیلة نهائیة 89.5بعدد مرت تنقیة . دالتـون باسـتخدام كروماتوغرافیـا الترشـیح الهالمـي 59000تم توصیف انزیم الكایتینیز المنقى ووجد أن وزنـه الجزیئـي بحـدود 50و 6.0ة الحــرارة المثلـى لفعالیــة االنــزیم المنقـى هــي جـوقـد وجــد أن الـرقم الهیــدروجیني االمثــل ودر 0 ووجــد أن ،علـى التــوالي، م 50ودرجـة الحـرارة تصـاعدیا الـى 5-7النـزیم المنقـى مسـتقر فـي الـرقم الهیـدروجیني المتـراوح بــین ا 0 تـم تنشـیط أنـزیم الكــایتینیز . م mبوجــــود g +2 cu +2 , ca +2 ــــت فعالیتــــه بوجـــــود ، hgوثبطـ +2 ـــد أن " فضـــــال. -nو x-100 trironعــــن ذلـــــك وجــ ethy lmaleimide أمــا ، نیز ادت الـى زیــادة فعالیــة انـزیم الكــایتیedta ،االیثــانول واالســیتون فـأدت الــى تثبــیط ، المیثـانول كــذلك اظهـــر انـــزیم الكــایتینیز اعلـــى فعالیــة تثبیطـــة لفطـــر . الفعالیــة وهـــذه النتیجــة تؤكـــد أن انــزیم الكـــایتینیز هـــو انــزیم معـــدني fusarium solani مقارنة مع فطر لباaspergillus flavus لذا أدى هـذا البحـث . التواليعلى % 69و 83وبنسبة تثبیط انتــاج ســكریات بســیطة ، الــى زیــادة الفائــدة باســتخدام الكــایتینیز عامــل ســیطرة بایولوجیــة للفطریــات والحشــرات الممرضــة للنیــات وتحویــل المخلفــات الكایتینیــة الــى بــروتین احــادي الخلیــة تحضــیر البروتوبالســت والسفیروبالســت مــن الخمــائر واعفــان، كایتینیــة .ة الحیواناتلتغذی @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 theory and calculation of the reorganization energy of electron transfer at liquid/liquid interface hadi jabbar al-agealy adil ali al-saadi dept. of physics/ college of education pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in: 13 may 2012 accepted in:24 september 2012 abstract a description of the theoretical of the reorganization energies have been described according to the outer-sphere marcus model .it is a given expression according this model unable to evaluate the reorganization energy for electron transfer at liquid /liquid interface. the spherical model approach have been used to evaluate the radius of donor and acceptor liquid alternatively .theoretical results of the reorganization free energy for electron transfer at liquid/liquid interface system was carried out . matlap program is then used to calculate 𝐸0 for electron transfer reaction between water donor stated and many liquid acceptor state. this shows a good agreement with the experiment. the results calculation shows that 𝐸0 is a function of dielectric constant and refractive index and polarity of acceptor . key word: reorganization energy, electron transfer, liquid/liquid interface. 104 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction electron transfer (et) reaction is one of the most fundamental processes in chemistry and biology. both experiment and theory calculation of electron transfer (et) have made tremendous progress [1] .the transfer of a single electron from an atom or a molecule to another is considered to be the most elementary chemical and biological reaction[2] . in simple terms, an electron transfer (et) reaction involves the transfer of an electron from a 'donor' to an 'acceptor'[3].since no chemical bonds are broken or formed in the transfer and further more the changes in the bond lengths and angles are rather small[4] . electron transfer (et) reaction involves an oxidation of donor |𝐷 > state and reduction of an acceptor |𝐴 > state are among the most significant and universal processes[5]. the electron donor acceptor molecules play a key role in understanding the charge transfer processes[6].the effect of a solvent on the kinetics of (et) reaction is controlled by coupling of the electric charge of the transferred electron to the nuclear component of the electric potential created by the partial charges on the overall natural solvent molecules [7].one of the most important factor on electron transfer reaction is the reorganization energy 𝐸0(𝑒𝑉) that is defined as the charge in energy if the reactant state |𝐷 > −|𝐴 > were to distort to equilibrium configuration of the product state |𝐷+ > −|𝐴− > without transfer of the electron [8].despite the importance of 𝐸0(𝑒𝑉) in the electron transfer kinetics precise measurement of this quantity are rather rare as it is difficult to measure the reorganization energy directly [9]. the charging path is use to produce a system with a non equilibrium dielectric polarization to obtain statistical mechanical expression for the free energy of a system [10].in this paper, we will study the reorganization energy one of the most important parameters of the charge transfer in liquid/liquid interface with outer-sphere model according the electrostatic potential. many acceptor liquids are used with water donor to calculate the value of reorganization energies. theory the marcus description of outer-sphere electron transfer reaction has been extensively studied for electron transfer between molecular electron acceptor|𝐴 > and donor |𝐷 > species in solution [11].we assume the electron transfer processes that are obtained between a reactant one liquid donor |𝐷 >state and a reactant immiscible liquid acceptor |𝐴 >state system as illustrated in scheme 1. |𝐷 > (𝑙𝑖𝑞1) + |𝐴 > (𝑙𝑖𝑞2) 𝐸𝑇 �� |𝐴− > (𝑙𝑖𝑞1) + |𝐷+ > (𝑙𝑖𝑞2) under anon equilibrium of the two reactant system in a fixed position with a charge distribution 𝜌 and a distance r between their center. frist assumes that two dielectric liquid as a plane interface at z=0,and electron is a fixed at d form interface [10]. the electrostatic potential is generated at any point distant r from the center of the ion is given by . 𝛷(𝑟) = 𝑒 4𝜋∈0∈𝑠𝑟 ……………….. (1) the work required to charge the ion in dielectric solvent from ( 0 to 𝑒0) is 𝑊 = −∫ 𝛷(𝑟)𝑑𝑒 𝑒0 0 = −𝑒0 2 8𝜋∈0∈𝑠𝑟 ……………….. (2) for linearity medium to a charge in electric field and static treatment low frequency of electronic polarization in the system .when a solvent nuclear coordinates are fixed , but allowing the electronic polarization of solvent a adapted , then the charge that determines the distribution of coordinates in the transition state 𝑒𝐸𝑇 is to be given [13]. 𝑒𝐸𝑇 = 𝑒0 + 𝜆(𝑒 − 𝑒0) ……………….. (3) where 𝜆 is the lagrangian coefficient ,then the potential in eq.(1) can be written as. 𝛷(𝑟) = 𝑒0 4𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑠𝑟 + 𝜆 (𝑒−𝑒0) 4𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑜𝑝𝑟 ……………….. (4) 105 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 where 𝜖𝑠and 𝜖𝑜𝑝 are the static and optical dielectric constant. the change in charge is the electronic polarization of the solvent and optical dielectric constant then the work required to change the ion in dielectric solvent is to be written as [13] . 𝑊𝑇 = ∫ 𝛷(𝑟)𝑑𝑒𝐸𝑇 = ∫� 𝑒 4𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑠𝑟 + 𝜆 (𝑒−𝑒0) 4𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑜𝑝𝑟 �𝑑𝑒𝐸𝑇 1 𝜆=0 = 𝑒(𝑒_𝑒0) 4𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑠𝑟 + (𝑒−𝑒0) 2 8𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑜𝑝𝑟 ……………….. (5) the work done to the change of the a actuation solvent is 𝑊𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑒0 2 8𝜋𝜖𝑠𝜖𝑜𝑝𝑟 ……………….. (6) then the energy of solvent that describe the non equilibrium dielectric polarization in the liquid /liquid system is given by adding eq. (5) and eq. (6) with eq. (2), results. ∆𝐸 = 𝑒0 2 8𝜋𝜖𝑠𝜖0𝑟 + 𝑒 (𝑒−𝑒0) 4𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑠𝑟 + (𝑒−𝑒0) 2 8𝜋𝜖0𝜖𝑜𝑝𝑟 − 𝑒0 2 8𝜋𝜖𝑠𝜖0𝑟 ……………….. (7) simply to ∆𝐸 = (𝑒−𝑒0) 2 8𝜋𝜖0𝑟 � 1 𝜖𝑜𝑝 − 1 𝜖𝑠 � ……………….. (8) for a non equilibrium liquid-liquid interface the actual charge can be given as [14]. 𝑒0,1 = 𝑒1 + 𝑚�𝑒1 − 𝑒1 𝑝� = 𝑒1 − 𝑚∆𝑒 ……………….. (9) 𝑒0,2 = 𝑒2 + 𝑚�𝑒2 − 𝑒2 𝑝� = 𝑒2 + 𝑚∆𝑒 ……………….. (10) with eq.(8),the energy of solvation for two ions is given by ∆𝐸𝑛𝑜𝑛𝑒𝑞 = 1 4𝜋𝜖0 �(𝑒1−𝑒01) 2 2𝑎1 + (𝑒2−𝑒02) 2 2𝑎2 − (𝑒1−𝑒01)(𝑒2−𝑒02) 𝑎1+𝑎2 �� 1 𝜖𝑜𝑝 − 1 𝜖𝑠 � ……………….. (11) we then obtain at a fixed position the reactant [15]. ∆𝐸𝑛𝑜𝑛𝑒𝑞 = 𝜆2𝐸0……………………………. .... ..(12) where 𝐸0 is the contribution of the solvent reorganization energy due to reaction by comparing eq. (11), and eq. (12) ,𝐸0 can be written as. 𝐸0 = (δ𝑒0)2 4𝜋𝜖0 � 1 2𝑎1 + 1 2𝑎2 − 1 𝑎1+𝑎2 �� 1 𝜖𝑜𝑝 − 1 𝜖𝑠 � ……………….. (13) where 𝑅 = 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 is the separation distance between the two reactants and 𝑎1, 𝑎2 are the radii of ions,𝜖𝑜𝑝 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜖𝑠 refers to the optical and static dielectric constant of two liquids and given by [15]. 𝜖𝑜𝑝 = 𝜖𝑜𝑝1 + 𝜖𝑜𝑝2 ……………….. (14) 𝜖𝑠 = 𝜖𝑠1 + 𝜖𝑠2 ……………….. (15) substituting eq. (14) and eq.(15) in eq. (13) results. 𝐸0 = (δ𝑒)2 4𝜋𝜖0 � 1 2𝑎1 + 1 2𝑎2 − 1 𝑅 �� 1 𝜖1 𝑜𝑝+𝜖2 𝑜𝑝 − 1 𝜖1 𝑆+𝜖2 𝑆� ……………….. (16) the radii of donor and acceptor can be estimated from the apparent molar volume using spherical approach [ 16]. 𝑎𝑖 = � 3𝑀𝑊 4𝜋𝑁𝐴𝜌 � 1 3 ……………….. (17) where 𝑎𝑖is the radius of donor or acceptor , 𝑁𝐴 avogadro's number constant, mw is the molecular weight ,and 𝜌 is the density of liquid masses. results for the liquid/liquid interface systems ,one of the most important parameter for charge transfer is the reorganization free energies 𝐸0(𝑒𝑉).this can be calculation of theoretically by using the expression(15 ).the calculate the values of the reorganization energies𝐸0(𝑒𝑉) for water/liquid system, one can find the values of radius for donor (water) and acceptor (liquid) using eq.(16),substation the values of avogadro's construes 𝑁𝐴 = 6.02 × 1023 𝑀𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑚𝑜𝑙 , molecular weight mw ,and density mass 𝜌 for all liquids from table ( 1) in eq. (16) we 106 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 can evaluate the theoretical values of radii for water and variety of liquid , values of this calculation one are listed in the table (2 ) . next we can calculate the reorganization free energy for water / liquid system by inserting in expression ( 15) the values of radii of donor and accepter , dielectric constant 𝜖 optical dielectric constant𝜖𝑜𝑝 from table (1 ) and assume the distance 𝑅 = 𝑎𝐷 + 𝑎𝐴 between center to center for donor and acceptor knowing that 𝑒 2 4𝜋𝜖0 = 14.4 𝑒𝑉 the results of reorganization free energy have been summarized in table (3). discussion in our research ,we have been applied the semi classical treatment to calculate the reorganization free energies for charge transfer at liquid/liquid interface system using a two spherical model based on the marcus theory of electron transfer (et) .the results of the reorganization energy for liquid/liquid system indicate that is in general whenever there is an increase in the dielectric constant for acceptor, there is an increase in the reorganization energies,similary whenever, there is an increase in the interface index for acceptor liquid leads to decrease in the reorganization energies for system with the same refractive index and dielectric constant for the donor .this can be explained from the physical meaning of the reorganization energy that is usually assumed comprise two contributions from the inner molecule and the oriented molecule dipoles lead to say the change transfer interaction for donor with acceptor molecule which results from the reorganization energy. the more range dielectric constant for acceptor reduce the reorientation of the donor molecule about acceptor needed more energy.it has been observed from table (3) that when the refractive index of acceptor molecule is large leads to small energy to reorganizefor system. also one of the most effect on the reorganization energy is the polarity function 𝑓(𝑛, 𝜖) = � 1 𝜖𝑜𝑝 − 1 𝜖𝑠 � for system, the small polarity function results to decrease the reorganization energy. table (3 ) shows that when the acceptor liquid oil more polar leads to have large value of the reorganization energy this because of the type of oil has large dielectric constant that shows for dodecanese(𝜖𝑠≈2.5) has range value of (𝐸0 = 0.778 𝑒𝑉),while the decalin oil has small dielectric constant 𝜖𝑠 = 2.196 that leads to small value of 𝐸0 ≈ 0.700 𝑒𝑉.on the other hand the reorganization energy for the system contains oil has large refractive index leads to small value for reorganization energy such that idobenzene 𝑛 = 1.62 event has large dielectric constant 𝜖𝑠 = 4.5 this indicates that the effect of total polarity term .in summary the results of calculation of the reorganization energy 𝐸0 in table ( 3),indicate that the charge transfer is more probable in liquid-liquid system has more polarity parameter for example water/formic acid have 𝑓(𝑛, 𝜖) ≅ 0.2657 lead to large reorganization energy 𝐸0 ≈ 0.898 𝑒𝑉.not ably the charge transfer in system has large dielectric constant are stronger than system have small dielectric constant. our results show agreement with experimental value for 𝐸𝑂 [12 ]. conclusions it can be summarized depending the our results of calculation that the charge transfer is more probable happen and stronger depends on the three parameters dielectric constant, optical properties (refractive index )and polarity .it has shown that all donor molecular have large dielectric constant ,has large reorganization energies for charge transfer ,indicate that the transitions involve more energy to happen .on the other hand the increase of refractive index leads to small depending on the optical properties of molecule. consequently the system has large 𝐸0 refers that type of oil has more reaction media than other oil types with same donor. 107 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 references 1-jing, m.c; tonging, h.and chung,-y.m (1990) , experimental investigation of excitedstate electron-transfer reaction: effects of free energy and solvent on rates, j. phys. chem,94 : 2889-2896 2-al-agealy, h.j.m and hassooni, m.a. (2011) ,calculate of the rate constant of electron transfer in[tio]_(2-)safranine dye system".ibn-al-haitham for pure&appl.sci, 24(3): 6477. 3-kavarnos,j.g. (1993), fundamental photoinduced electron transfer, book . isbn 0-89573751-5 vch publishers, inc. new york. 4-hussein,k.m. (2011), study of the electron transfer at metal/semiconductor interface by using quantum mechanical theories, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 5-hassooni,m.a. (2009) ,a quantum mechanical model for electron transfer at semiconductor /dye system in solvent system" m.sc. thesis, baghdad university college of education ibn – al-haitham. 6-anunays, a. (2003), electron donor/acceptor molecular, proc.indian.natu.scil.acad., 69a( 1): 95-107. 7-lickeko,lm. and matyushov, d.v. (2003) ,reorganization energy of inter molecular electron transfer in solvent near isotropic nematic transition,j.chem.phys. 119 ( 3): 1559. 8-malin,l.a. (2001) ,electron transfer in ruthenium manganese complexes for artificial photo synthesis, ph.d. thesis, uppsala university. 9-sharp, k.a. (1998) ,calculation of electron transfer reorganization energies using the finite difference poisson-boltzman model " bio, phys. j. 73: 1241-1250. 10-marcus,r.a. (1990) reorganization energy for electron transfer at liquid –liquid and dielectric semiconductor –liquid interface"j.phys.chem. 94: 1050-1055. 11-florian,g. (2004) electron transfer processes at semiconductor /liquid and metal nano gab junction ,ph.d. thesis ,california institute of technology.pasdena,california. 12 -thu, b.t. (1984) charge transfer to a solvent state,j.phys.chem. (88): 3906-3913.l.a.75 laboratories physico-chimie des rayonnements.bat.350,universite paris-sud,91405 orsay,france. 13-marcus,r.a.(2000) tutorial on a rate constant and reorganization energies,j.electroanlytical chem.983, 2. 14-marcus, r.a. ( 1960),discussion comment on mixed reaction-diffusion controlled rates, discuss faraday soc. 29,21-31. 15-marcus,r.a. (1991) ,theory of electron transfer rate a cross liquid-liquid interface, j.phys.chem,95 :2010-2013. 16-al-agealy, h.j. and hassoni, m.a. (2010) ,a theoretical study of the effect of the solvent tyoe on the reorganization energies of dye /semiconductor system interface" ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci, 23(3): 51-57. 17-greenwood, n. n.and earnshaw, a.(1997) chemistry of the elements, 2nd edition .butterworth-heinemann, oxford, uk. 18wells, a. f. (1984) ,structural inorganic chemistry" 5th edition., oxford university press, oxford, uk, 1984. 19-silberberg, m. s. (2009), chemistry, book, 5th edition, mcgraw-hill. acidity values from. 20-west, r.c (1995) ,handbook of chemistry and physics" 76thed.crc.press:bocaraton.fl. 21-paul,w.; derek,m.d;david,j.g.c. and donald,g.t. (2010) ,minnesota solvent descriptor database, department of chemistry and supercomputer institute, university of minnesota ,minneapoils.mn 55455-0431. 108 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table(1):characteristic of liquid material liquid type molecule weight (mw) (𝒈. 𝒎𝒐𝒍−𝟏) [17,19] density(𝛒𝛒) ( 𝒈. 𝒄𝒎−𝟑) [17,19] dielectric constant (𝝐𝒔) [20,21] refractive index(n) [20,21] water 18 1 80 1.333 acetone 58.08 0.791 20.493 1.3588 dodecane 170.33 0.750 2 1.421 decalin 138.25 0.896 2.196 1.47553 formic acid 46.03 1.22 51.1 1.3714 bromoform 252.73 2.889 4.2488 1.6005 chloroform 119.38 1.483 4.7113 1.4459 cyclohexane 84.16 0.779 2.0165 1.4266 perfluorobenzene 186.05 1.6120 2.029 1.3777 n-methylformamide 59.07 1.003 181.59 1.4319 n,n dimethylformamide 73.09 0.944 37.219 1.4305 ethanol 46.0414 0.790 24.852 1.3611 n-hexadecane 226.44 0.733 2.0402 1.4345 idobenzene 204.01 1.831 4.5470 1.6200 cumene 120.19 0.862 2.3712 1.4912 mesitylene 120.19 0.8637 2.2650 1.4994 haxanic acid 116.16 0.93 2.6 1.4163 1,2 ethanediol 63 1.1151 40.245 1.4318 m-xylene 106.16 0.86 2.3478 1.4972 table (2):the theoretical calculation values of radii 𝒂𝒊(𝑨°) for donor and acceptor liquids liquid type molecule weight (mw) (𝒈. 𝒎𝒐𝒍−𝟏) [17,19] density (𝛒𝛒) ( 𝒈. 𝒄𝒎−𝟑) [𝟏𝟕, 𝟏𝟗] radii 𝑎𝑖(𝑨𝟎) water 18 1 1.92520792 acetone 58.08 0.791 3.076121696 dodecane 170.33 0.750 4.481913106 decalin 138.25 0.896 3.940087332 formic acid 46.03 1.22 2.463847665 bromoform 252.73 2.889 3.261043233 chloroform 119.38 1.483 3.171881441 cyclohexane 84.16 0.779 3.498723009 perfluorobenzene 186.05 1.6120 3.576638252 n-methylformamide 59.07 1.003 2.858087259 n,n dimethylformamide 73.09 0.944 3.13099322 ethanol 46.0414 0.790 2.848135287 n-hexadecane 226.44 0.733 4.96595975 idobenzene 204.01 1.831 3.534878643 cumene 120.19 0.862 3.809258931 mesitylene 120.19 0.8637 3.806758065 haxanic acid 116.16 0.93 3.672073423 1,2 ethanediol 63 1.1151 2.818787796 m-xylene 106.16 0.86 3.657696142 109 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table(3):our calculation results of reorganization free energy 𝑬𝟎 (𝒆𝑽) for charge transfer at water/liquid interface system. system type dielectric constant 𝝐𝒔 for acceptor [19-20] optical dielectric constant 𝝐𝒐𝒑 for acceptor reorganization free energy 𝑬𝟎( 𝒆𝑽) water/acetone 20.493 1.84633744 0.8516752339 water/dodecanese 2 2.019241 0.778518135 water/decalin 2.196 2.177188781 0.7002127746 water/formic acid 51.1 1.88073796 0.8986405084 water/bromoform 4.2488 2.56160025 0.6932973949 water/chloroform 4.7113 2.09062681 0.7858438989 water/cyclohexane 2.0165 2.03518756 0.7861255431 water/perfluorobenzene 2.029 1.89805729 0.8150156249 water/n,methylformamide 181.59 2.05033761 0.8363805396 water/n,ndimeethylformamide 37.219 2.04633025 0.8075301745 water/ethanol 24.852 1.85259321 0.8635918533 water/n-hexadecane 2.0402 2.05779025 0.8246426859 water/idobenzene 4.5470 2.6244 0.6761547218 water/cumene 2.3712 2.22367744 0.7415657842 water/mesitylene 2.2650 2.24820036 0.7369760191 water/hexanic acid 2.6 2.00590569 0.8118435171 water/1,2 ethanediol 40.245 2.05005124 0.8244227082 water/m-xylene 2.3478 2.24160784 0.7406532221 fig.(1): solute-solvent cage charge transfer complex model for an electron-transfer reaction between a redox reactant pair. donor d and acceptor a. initial state intermediate ct state final state 110 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الحسابات النظریة لطاقة اعادة الترتیب لالنتقال االلكتروني لسطح سائل/سائل ھادي جبار مجبل العكیلي عادل علي منصور السعدي جامعة بغداد /) ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة الفیزیاء/كلیة التربیةعلوم قسم 2012ایلول 24قبل البحث في ، 2012ایار 13 :فياستلم البحث الخالصة وص�������فت طاق�������ة اع�������ادة الترتی�������ب تبع�������ا النم�������وذج م�������اركوس الكروي.اس�������تخدمت عالق�������ة تبع�������آ لھ�������ذا االنم�����وذج تمكن�����ا بھ�����ا م�����ن حس�����اب طاق�����ة اع�����ادة الترتی�����ب لالنتق�����ال االلكترون�����ي لس�����طح سائل/س�����ائل . اس�����تعمل ر للس������ائل الواھ������ب والقاب������ل عل������ى التتابع.النت������ائج النظری������ة انم������وذج التقری������ب الك������روي لحس������اب نص������ف القط������ للطاق�����ة الح�����رة الع�����ادة الترتی�����ب لالنتق�����ال االلكترون�����ي لس�����طح نظ�����ام سائل/س�����ائل اجری�����ت. ببرن�����امج الم�����اتالب لتفاع������ل االنتق������ال االلكترون������ي م������ابین حال������ة الواھ������ب ا 𝐸0) ادة الترتی������ب(ال������ذي اس������تعمل لحس������اب طاق������ة اع������ المس������تقبل للس������وائل المختلف������ة، نت������ائج الحس������ابات اظھ������رت توافق������اً جی������داَ م������ع العملي،النت������ائج (الم������اء) وحال������ة دالة ثابت العزل الكھربائي ومعامل االنكسار واالستقطابیة للقابل. 𝐸0) ( المحسوبة بینت ان :طاقة اعادة الترتیب، االنتقال االلكتروني،سطح سائل/سائل.الكلمات المفتاحیة 111 | physics 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد -2( – 1التقدیر الطیفي الیون السماریوم الثالثي باستخدام كاشف حامض النفثویك -3-ھیدروكسي -2 –) ازو –بنزوامیدازوالیل ازھار صادق حمودي جامعة بغداد ،ثم ابن الھی -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة ع الكاشـف دازوالیل -2( – 1یتفاعل ایون السماریوم الثالثي ـم ك -3-ھیدروكسـي -2-) ازو –بنزومـی حـامض النفثوـی داره اذ امكونا معقد 8في المحیط القاعدي عند دالة حامضیة مقدارھا وجي مـق د طـول ـم الي محمـر عـن ون احمـر برتـق 550ـل دارھا 48الكثر من اان المعقد یكون مستقر وجد، نانومیتر ع امتصاصـیة موالریـة مـق ساعة عند الدالـة الحامضـیة المثلـى ـم مول . ل 7767، 77 -1 سم. -1 10.* ، 635( مع مطاوعة لقانون بیر لمدى من التراكی�ز بح�دود -5 – 35 ،6 *10 -5 ( الري 1: 3فلز بطریقة النسبة المولیة ووجد ان االرتب�اط یك�ون بنس�بة :تم تعیین تكافؤیة المعقد من حیث نسبة الكاشف . مو . �ماریوم الثالث�ي وتب�ین وج�ود تراكی�ز درس تأثیر تداخل عدد االیونات الموجب�ة والس�البة عن�د التق�دیر الطیف�ي الی�ون الس ة تعطي نتائج .مختلفة على قیم االمتصاص امتباینة من االیونات المضاف ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (3 ) 2010 the spectrophotometric determination of samarium (iii) with (l-2(2-benzoinidazoly-azo)-2-hydroxy-3naphthoic acid a.s. hammodi departme nt of chemistry , college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract samarium(iii) ions react with (l-2(2-benzoinidazolyl-azo)-2-hy droxy -3-nap hthoic acid in basic medium (p h = 8.0) forms a red-orange complex at a.max (550nm). the comp lex was found to be stable for at least 48 hrs. at the given p h. the apparent molar absorp tivity is 7776.77 l.mo l -1 .cm -1 and a linear calibration curve is obtained in the range (0.639x 10 -5 m 6.350x 10 -5 m ). the stoichiometry of comp lex was confirmed by using mole ratio method which indicated that ratio of reagent t o metal is 3:1. the effects of the p resence of d ifferent cations and anions as interferences in the determination of samar ium(iii) under the given conditions were investigated. introduction a basic characterist ic of the lanthanide group is the chemical similarity of the individual members. consequently , data on the total lanthanide content often suffices in p ractical p roblems, p articulary when all the lanthanides behav e similarly , eg. in the p roduction of alloy steels or when the ratio of the individual members is constant (e.g. in geochemistry ). in a search for new sensitive and selective reagents a wide variety of substituents and subgroup s has been introduced on azobenzene and azonap hthalene derivatives in att emp ts to obtain more favorable metal-binding and colorimetric behavior for lanthanide elements, arsenazo-1, arsenazo(iii) and dicarboxy -arsenazo(iii) [1-3] have been widely used to determine tot al rare earth, but they are suffer from non selectivity . carboxy nitrazo [4] and arsenazo-p -n02 [5-6] have been also r eported to give sensitive colour reactions with cer ium subgroup elements and to give no, or less sensitive r eactions with y ttrium subgroup elements, but have not been widely used. numerous sp ectrop hotometric methods based on the use of molecules p ossess hy droxy l group , esp ecially 0,0'dihydroxy azo comp ound including erichrom b lack t [7], calma gite [8] and xy lenol oran ge[9], hav e been used to determine total rare earth but none of these procedures is very selective. however atomic absorp tion, atomic emission and high p erformance liqu id chromatogr aphy techniques are vastly sup erior to any of the sp ectrop hotometric p rocedures described to data; so it is clear that furt her work is indicated. the present p ap er rep orts asp ectrop hotometric determination of samar ium(iii) usin g a reagent (l-(2-benzoimidazoly i-azo)-2hy droxy -3-nap hthoic) acid which was sy nthesized from 2-aminobenzimidazol and 2-hy droxy -3-napthoic acid as described p reviously [10], and the optimium reaction conditions are ev aluated and excellent metal ion sensitivities are obtained. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (3 ) 2010 materials and methods apparatus & reagents: sp ectrop hotometric measurements were made with lkb-bouch model nova spec, with py rex cell of lomm p ath length was used. the ph was measured on lp-56 p h-meter aqueous solution of samarium (iii) (4.42 x 10 -6 m ) was p rep ared by dissolving 0.0110 gm of (sm203) in 20 ml (5m ) hn03 and then diluted to 100ml with deionized water. an alcoholic (7.53 x 10 -4 m ) (1-2(2benzo inidazoly l – azo ) -2hy droxy l -3 naphthoic acid reagent was p repared by dissolving 0.0625 gm of the reagent in 250 ml ethanol solution and kept in dark room. buffer solution (p h 4.0) was p repared by mixing 50 ml (0.2 m p otassium hy drogen p hthalate) with 0.4ml (0.2 m koh) and then diluted to 200ml with deionized water(ll). the p h being adjust ed with few drops of 1m naoh or 1m hc1. general procedure: the test solution containing not more than 1.2 ug of samarium was taken in a 10ml volumetric flask; 1ml of buff er solution at p h 6.0 and 5ml of (7.53 x 10 4 m ) reagent were added suc cessively and mixed well. the solution was then diluted to the mark with water and the absorbance was measured at 550 nm against reagent blank solution. results and discussion absor ption s pectra: the absorp tion maximu m of the reagent was at 490 nm [figi]. the comp lexes of samarium have absorp tion maximu m at 540nm at (ph 6.0), and there was no shift in the wavelength when the p h value varied from 5.0 to 8.0 under these conditions samarium forms a red-oran ge coloured comp lex. the formation of the comp lex is accomp anied by a mark ed incr ease in the absorbance and a bathochromic shift of approximately 60nm. effect of ph: the effect of p h on the absorption of the samarium complex was st udied at 550nm with solution containin g 4 x10 -7 m samarium and 1.12 x 10 -4 m reagent. a p lot of absorbance against p h [fig 2] showed that t he absorban ce was incr eased gr adually as the ph increased from 5.0 to 8.0 but decr eased r apidly above p h 8.0. t he increase in the absorbance under these condition may be exp lained by an increasin g sensitivity of the reagents at this value of ph t o word samarium. reagent concentration: the effect of the amount of r eagent solution on the absorbance of a series of solutions containing known amount of sm(iii) solution buffered at p h 8.0 are shown in [fig 3]. it was found t hat (3.76 x 10 -4 m ) of the reagent solution sufficed to complex (9.52 x 10 -5 m ) of sm with large excess of reagent has deleterious eff ect on the absorbance. s toichiometery of complex: the stiochiometery of the comp lex has been st udied by the mole-ratio methods [fig 4], the method show that sm(iii) form as 1:3 comp lex (m etal : ligand) with reagents, this is in agreement with (hamed) observation that reagent form a (1:3) comp lex with la +3 and eu +3 . effect of time: the stability of the comp lex was st udied at laboratory temp erature by measuring the absorbance of regu lar time intervals. the maximu m absorbance was acheived after 5 min and no ch ange was then observed for at least 48hr. beer . s la w and se nsitivity : the absorbance of sm(iii) comp lex was found to be linear related to the concentration of metal, beer's law's was oby ed in the concentration range (0.635 x 10 -5 m 6.35 x 10 -5 m ) with molar absorpt ivity of (7776.77 l. mol -1 .cm -1 ). effect of forign ions: the analytical method was app lied to a f ixed amount of sm(lii) (6ug/ml) in the p resence of var ious amounts of ot her ions. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (3 ) 2010 the anions examin ed, chloride, nitrate, sulfate and chromate ions showed no interference at all concentration; fluorid e, thiosulfate and citrate ions did not interfere in 50 fold molar amounts , or t artrate and p hosp hate ions in 20 fold amount. the tolerance limits were taken of divalent and trivalent metal ions that caused an error are summar ised in table (1) iron(iii), nick el(ii), cerium(iii), zinc(ii) and copp er interfered seriously with determination in the (sm-biana) sy stem and their interference can be eleminated by addition (4mg) of ascorbic acid and 4 mg .pot assium cyanide, so that p rior sep aration would be essential. re ferences 1. savvin, s. b, (1963); zavod. lab., 29:131. 2. savvin , s. b.; prop istsova r. f. and sterl'-nikova, r. v. zh. (1969), anal. khim., 24. 3. budesinky, b. and haas, k.; fresenius. z . (1965), anal. chem. 210:263 . 4. savvin , s. b; petrova, t. v. and romanov, p. n.(1972), talanta, 19:1437. 5. perisic-janjic, n. u; m uk ,a. a. and canic, v. d.(1973), anal. ch em. 45:798 . 6. sandell, e. b. and onishi, h.,(1978), pht ometric determination of traces of m etals, part 1,4th. ed., j. wiely . new york, p. 467. 7. yadvendr a, k. and panavelil ,t.(1987), analy st , july , 112: 1015 . 8. dewet ,w. j. and behrens, g. b.;(1968), anal. chem; 40 :200 . 9. britt ain h. g. (1979), anal. chim. acta 106:401. 10. al-obaidi ,f. n.; salah ,h. a., al-kadimi, a. h.and abdulla, m (1989),analyst, 2; 53-71 . 11. vo gel 1.. a t ext book of macro and se mimicro qualitative in or ganic analy sis ,4t h. edn.(1959) page 645 12. hamed, a.j. ,(2000) ms.c thesis, baghdad university , the sp ectrop hotometric determination of lanthanum ion and europ ium with (1-.2(2benzoinidazolyl-azo ) -2 hy droxy -3nap hthoic acid) table (1) :effect of foreign ions for the determinati on of 6ug/ml samarium(iii) ion amount pp m sm +3 found (p.g) error % fe +3 1.2 5.10 -15.0 wi+2 0.8 6.4 +6.6 zn+i 1.6 5.30 + 11.6 cu +i 2 6.4 +6.60 ce ki 4 8.2 +36.6 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (3 ) 2010 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 wave length ( nm ) a b s o rb a n c e a b 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ph a b s o r b a n c e fig .(2) : effect of ph on absorbance me asured at 550 nm . 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 concentration ( m ) x10 -4 fig. (3) : effect of reagent concentration on the formation of samarium (iii) complex. fig (1) : absorbanc e spectra a : r eagent blank measured against deionized water. b : sam arium com plex measured against reagent blank a b so rb an ce ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (3 ) 2010 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 m oles of re agent/mo le s o f samarium(iii) a b s o rb a n c e fig. ( 4 ) : mole ratio ihjpas microsoft word 120-127   120  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       on sah – ideal of bh – algebra alaa saleh abed alaas.abed@uokufa.edu.iq article history: received 23 june 2019, accepted 8 september 2019, published in april 2020. abstract the aim of this investigation is to present the idea of sah – ideal, closed sah – ideal and closed sah – ideal with respect to an element, 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal and s𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal of bh – algebra. we detail and show theorems which regulate the relationship between these ideas and provide some examples in bh – algebra. keywords: bh – algebra, sah – ideal of bh – algebra, closed sah – ideal with respect to an element of bh – algebra, 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal . 1. introduction after founding of fuzzy subset by zadeh l. a [1]. several researchers presented the generalizations of the idea of fuzzy subsets. imai and iseki k. established two classes bck algebra and bci – algebra [2, 3]. jun y. b., rogh e. h. and kin h. s. produced a new concept, named a bh – algebra [4]. in this paper, we will recall some basic definitions. a bh – algebra is a nonempty set ψ with a binary operation * satisfies the conditions: ж ∗ ж 0 , for all ж ∈ ψ , ж ∗ ц 0 and ц ∗ ж 0→ ж ц for all ж , ц ∈ ψ and ж ∗ 0 ж , for all ж ∈ ψ 4 . we will use ψ for representing a bh – algebra ψ ; ∗ ,0 . let 𝔖 a nonempty subset of ψ . then 𝔖 is named an ideal of ψ if it holds: 0 ∈ 𝔖 ; ж ∗ ц ∈ 𝔖 and ц ∈ 𝔖 → ж ∈ 𝔖 4 . let ψ and φ be bh – algebras. a mapping δ : ψ → φ is named ahomomorphism if: δ (ж ∗ ц ) δ (ж ∗ δ ц , ∀ ж,ц ∈ ψ . a homomorphism δ is titled a monomerphism (resp, epimorphism) if it injective (resp., surjective). a bijective homomorphism is titled an isomorphism. two bh – algebras ψ and φ are said to be isomorphic, written ψ ≅ φ , if there exists an isomorphism δ : ψ → φ . for any homomorphism : ψ → φ , the set ж ∈ ψ : δ (ж) = 0' is titled the kernel of δ , symbolized by ker δ , and the set δ ж : ж ∈ ψ is named the image of δ, represented by im δ . sign that δ (0) = 0' , ∀ homomorphism δ [5]. an ideal 𝔖 of ψ is known as closed ideal of ψ if: for each ж ∈ 𝔖 . ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2433 department of mathematics, faculty of education for girls, university of kufa, najaf , iraq   121  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 we requisite 0 ∗ ж ∈ 𝔖 [6]. let 𝔖 be an ideal of ψ . it is named a closed ideal with respect to an element s ∈ ψ (symbolized by s closed ideal) if s ∗ 0 ∗ ж ∈ 𝔖, ∀ ж ∈ 𝔖 [7]. an ideal 𝔖 of ψ is known as completely closed ideal if ж ∗ ц ∈ 𝔖 , ∀, ц ∈ 𝔖 7 . let 𝔖 be an ideal of ψ and s ∈ 𝔖 . it is named a completely closed with respect to an element s (know by s completely closed ideal) if: s ∗ ж ∗ ц ∈ 𝔖 , ∀ ж, ц ∈ 𝔖 [7]. in the next parts of our research, we will symbolize to bhalgebra € ; ∗ ,0 by € . 2. closed sah – ideal with respect to an element of bh – algebra definition (1) an ideal 𝔜 of € is named a sah – ideal of € if it fillfulls the requirement: ∀ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 , if ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 , ζ∗ ∈ 𝔜 → ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈ 𝔜 , where ς∗ e ∗ ς , and e is unit number, i.e: ς ∗ e = 0 example (2) assume € 0, 𝔴, 𝔳 with the binary operation ∗ symbolized by the subsequent table: table 1. * 0 𝔴 𝔳 0 0 0 0 𝔴 𝔴 0 0 𝔳 𝔳 𝔳 0 then the ideal 𝔜 0, 𝔳 is a sah – ideal of €. definition (3) assume 𝔜 is sah – ideal of € , then 𝔜 is known as closed sah – ideal if it fulfills the requirement: ∀ ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 if 0 ∗ ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 ∧ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∈ 𝔜 → 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈ 𝔜 example (4) assume € 0,1,2,3 with the binary operation ∗ definition by the ensuing table: table 2 * 0 1 2 3 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 2 2 2 0 0 3 3 3 3 0 then, the ideal 𝔜 0,3 is a closed sah – ideal of €.   122  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 remark (5) we know that every sah – ideal in € is closed sah – ideal. but the converse not correct. example (6) consider € 0,1,2,3 with a binary operation ∗ connoted by the ensuing table: table 3. * 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 3 3 2 2 0 𝔜 0,3 is a closed sah – ideal of € but 𝔜 doesn't sah – ideal, because: when ς 2 , ζ 1 → ς∗ 2 , ζ∗ 2 0 ∗ 2 0 ∈ 𝔜 , 0 ∗ 2 0 ∈ 𝔜 → 0 ∗ 0 0 ∈ 𝔜 , while 2 ∗ 1 2 ∉ 𝔜 , 2 ∉ 𝔜 → 2 ∗ 2 0 ∈ 𝔜 theorem (7) assume 𝔜 , λ ∈ λ is a collocation of closed sah – ideal of €. then   𝔜 is a closed sah – ideal of € . proof ∀ ς , ζ ∈   𝔜 ∴ ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 , ∀ λ ∈ λ ⟹ 0 ∗ ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 and 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∈ 𝔜 then 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈ 𝔜 , ∀λ ∈ λ since each 𝔜 is closed sah – ideal ∀λ ∈ λ ⇒ 0 ∗ ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈   𝔜 and 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∈   𝔜 then 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈   𝔜 ∴   𝔜 is closed sah – ideal of bh – algebra € . ∎   123  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 theorem (8) assume 𝔜 , λ ∈ λ is a collocation of closed sah – ideals of €. then   𝔜 is a closed sah – ideal of € . proof to prove that   𝔜 is closed sah – ideal ∀ ς , ζ ∈   𝔜 ⇒ ∃ 𝔜 ∈ 𝔜 ∈ is a c sah – ideal such that ∀ ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 ⟹ 0 ∗ ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 and 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∈ 𝔜 so 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈ 𝔜 ⇒ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈   𝔜 ⇒   𝔜 is closed sah – ideal of € . ∎ theorem (9) assume € ∈ is a collocation of € and 𝔜 be a closed sah – ideal of €, ∀λ ∈ λ . then   𝔜 is a closed sah – ideal of the direct product of €. proof ∀ ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 0 ς∗ ζ𝛌 ∈   𝔜 ∧ 0 ζ∗ ∈   𝔜 ⇒ 0 ∗ ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈   𝔜 ∧ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∈   𝔜 0 ∗ ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 ∧ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∈ 𝔜 and since 𝔜 is closed sah – ideal ∀λ ∈ λ ,then ∴ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈ 𝔜 , ∀λ ∈ λ ⟹ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈   𝔜 ⟹   𝔜 is closed sah – ideal of € . ∎   124  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 definition (10) assume 𝔜 is a closed sah – ideal of € . then 𝔜 is named closed sah – ideal with respect to an element s ∈ € (represented by s closed sah – ideal) if: s ∗ 0 ∗ ς∗ ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 ∧ s ∗ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∈ 𝔜 . then s ∗ 0 ∗ ζ∗ ∗ ς ∈ 𝔜 example (11) consider € 0,1,2,3 with binary operation ∗ defined by the ensuing table: table 4. * 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 2 2 3 0 3 3 3 0 0 0 𝔜 0,2 , s 3 and 𝔜 is 3 – closed sah – ideal of €. 3. completely closed sah – ideal with respect to an element of bh – algebra definition (12) a sah – ideal 𝔜 of € is known as completely closed sah – ideal if ς ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 , ∀ ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 (represented by 𝑆𝐴𝐻 –ideal). example (13) in example (11), we have 𝔜 is 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal of € since: 0 ∗ 0 0 ∈ 𝔜 , 0 ∗ 2 0 ∈ 𝔜 2 ∗ 0 2 ∈ 𝔜 , 2 ∗ 2 0 ∈ 𝔜 definition (14) a sah – ideal 𝔜 of € and s ∈ € , then 𝔜 is named a completely closed sah – ideal with respect to an element s ∈ € (represented by s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal ) if s ∗ 0 ∗ ς ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 , ∀ ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 example (15) in example (11), we have: 𝔜 0,2 and s 2 , then 𝔜 is 2 – 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal since: 2 ∗ 0 ∗ 0 ∗ 0 2 ∈ 𝔜 , 2 ∗ 0 ∗ 0 ∗ 2 2 ∈ 𝔜 2 ∗ 0 ∗ 2 ∗ 0 2 ∈ 𝔜 , 2 ∗ 2 ∗ 2 ∗ 2 2 ∈ 𝔜 remark (16) in € every s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal is a s closed sah – ideal.   125  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 proposition (17) assume 𝔜 is a 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal of € . then 𝔜 is a s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal, ∀s ∈ 𝔜 . proof assume ∀ ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 mean while 𝔜 is 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal and s ∈ 𝔜 then 𝑠 ∗ 0 ∗ ς ∗ ζ ∈ 𝔜 . ∎ theorem (18) assume €;∗ ,0 and ₡;⊛, 0 are bh – algebras and 𝔥 : € → ₡ is a bh – epimorphism and 𝔜 is a sah – ideal in €, then 𝔥 𝔜 is a sah – ideal in ₡. proof assume ς∗ ⊛ ζ ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ∧ ζ∗ ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 to prove ζ∗ ⊛ ς ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 , ∀ς , ζ ∈ 𝔜 ⟹ ∃ a, b ∈ 𝔜 such that 𝔥 a ς , 𝔥 b ζ , 𝔥 a ∗ ⊛ 𝔥 b ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ∧ 𝔥 b ∗ ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 𝔥 a ∗ ⊛ 𝔥 b ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ∧ 𝔥 b ∗ ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 𝔥 a∗ ∗ b ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ∧ 𝔥 b∗ ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ⟹ a∗ ∗ b ∈ 𝔜 ∧ b∗ ∈ 𝔜 → b∗ ∗ a ∈ 𝔜 → 𝔥 b∗ ∗ a ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ∵ 𝔥 is epimorphism ⟹ 𝔥 b∗ ⊛ 𝔥 a ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ⟹ 𝔥 b ∗ ⊛ 𝔥 a ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ζ∗ ⊛ ς ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ∴ 𝔥 𝔜 is sah – ideal in ₡ . ∎ theorem (19) assume €;∗ ,0 and ₡;⊛, 0 are bh – algebras and 𝔥 : € → ₡ an epimorphism and 𝔜 is a sah – ideal in € . then 𝔥 𝔜 is a closed sah – ideal in ₡. proof assume 𝔜 is a sah – ideal in € 𝔥 𝔜 is sah – ideal (theorem (18)) and by using remark (5)   126  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝔥 𝔜 is a closed sah – ideal in ₡ . ∎ remark (20) now each sah – ideal of € is a s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal of €, ∀s ∈ 𝔜 . theorem (21) assume €;∗ ,0 and ₡;⊛, 0 are bh – algebras and : € → ₡ is a epimorphism , if 𝔜 is a s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal in € , then 𝔥 𝔜 is a 𝔥 s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal in ₡ . proof assume 𝔜 is a s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal in € , then s ∗ a ∗ c ∈ 𝔜 , ∀ a , c ∈ 𝔜 since 𝔜 is sah – ideal , then 𝔥 𝔜 is a sah – ideal (theorem 18) assume ς , ζ ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 ⟹ ∃ m, n ∈ 𝔜 such that 𝔥 m ς , 𝖍 n ζ 𝔥 s ⊛ ς ⊛ ζ 𝖍 s ⊛ 𝔥 m ⊛ 𝔥 n 𝔥 s ⊛ 𝔥 m ∗ n 𝔥 s ∗ m ∗ n ∈ 𝔥 𝔜 [since s ∗ m ∗ n ∈ 𝔜] ∴ 𝔥 𝔜 is a 𝔥 s 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal. ∎ proposition (22) assume 𝔜 is a sah – ideal of € such that 𝔜 ⊆ € . then 𝔜 is s closed sah – ideal ∀s ∈ 𝔜 . where € ς ∈ €: 0 ∗ ς 0 . proof assume s ∈ 𝔜 and ⊆ € . then s ∗ 0 ∗ ς s ∗ 0 [ since 𝔜 ⊆ € ] = s∈ 𝔜 ∴ 𝔜 is s closed sah – ideal . ∎ 4. conclusion in this paper , we constructed the idea of sah – ideal , closed sah – ideal ,sclosed sah – ideal , 𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal and s𝑆𝐴𝐻 – ideal of bh – algebra which are presented with some of their properties , examples and theorems . in our future work, we introduce the concept of fuzzy sah – ideal of bh – algebra. it is our optimism that this effort grows into other fundamentals for further study of ideas of bh-algebra. references 1. zadah, l. a. fuzzy sets. in form. control.1965, 8, 338-353. 2. iseki, k. on bci-algebras. mathematics seminar notes.1980, 8, 125-130. 3. iseki, k.; tanaka, s. an introduction to theory of bck –algebras. math. japonica. 1978, 23, 1, 1-8. 4. jun, y. b.; roh, e.h. on bh-algebra. scientiae mathematica.1998, 1, 1, 347-354.   127  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 5. jun, y.b.; kim, h.s.; kondo, m. on bh-relations in bh algebras. scientiae 6. baik, h.g. on vague bh –subalgebra of bhalgebras. international mathematical forum.2009, 4, 17, 823-829. 7. abass, h.h.; dahham, h. a. on completely closed ideal with respect to an element of a bh-algebra. journal of karbala university.2012, 10, 3, 302-312. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 evaluation o f α1-antitrypsine and reduced glutathione in iraqi patients of diabetes mellitus type ii. received in : may , 9, 2010 accepte d in : june , 30, 2010 a. f. al-tai, , * y. y. z. farid and w.f. altai departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad * college of medicine al-nahrain, unive rsity of al-nahrain abstract in order to invest igate the lev els of reduced glutathione gsh and α1antitrypsine in the sera of 20 type 2 diabetic p atients and 10 healthy subjects, were enrolled in this st udy . a significant reduction in g sh level was found in the patient group comp ared with control. on the other hand a significant elevation in α1-antitryp sine in p atient comp ared with control was observed. correlation between α1-antitryp sine and reduced glutathion was found to be p ositive (+ve) for diab etes mellitus typ e2 p atients and negative (ve) for healthy control with r valu es 0.257 and – 0.339 resp ectively. in conclusion the depletion of gsh as antio xidant defense insured high er free radical generation in diabetic p atients which is conformed by the high α1-antitryp sine level in the sera. key words: α1-antitrypsine , glutathione , diabete s mellitus type 2 introduction diabetes mellitus dm is a group of metabolic d isorders of carbohy drate metabolism in which glucose in underutilized by the body tissue, p roducing hyp erglycemia. some p atients may develop life threatening conditions like keto-acidosis and coma.[1] over the last decade, there has be en a si gn ificant interest in oxidative stress and its role in the develop ment of comp lications in diabetic p atients.[2] glutathione (gsh) (γ-glutamyl-cy steiny l glycine) is a tripep tide consisting of glutamic acid, cy st eine and glycine. a number of p otentially toxic electrop hilic xenobiotics are con jugated to the nucleophilic gsh in reactions that can be represented as follows: 2r + 2gsh → 2r – s – g +h2 where r= an electrop hilic xenobiotic if the p otentially toxic xenobioties were not conju gated to gsh they would be free to combine covalently with dna, rna or cell p rotein and could thus lead to serious cell damage.[2] gsh has other imp ortant functions in human cells apart from its role in xenobiotic metabolism. it p articip ates in the decomposition of p otentially toxic hy drogen p eroxide in the reaction cataly zed by glutathione p eroxidase, it is an imp ortant intracellular reductant help ing to maintain essential sh group s of enzy mes in their reduced st ate. a metabolic cycle involving gsh as a carrier has been imp licated in the transp ort of certain amino acid across membran es in the kidney.[3] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 alp ha 1-antitryp sine is among p ositive acute p hase p roteins (apps) which is a major p athop hysiologic p henomenon that accomp anies inflammation either acute or chronic[4], the release of inflammatory molecules (cytokines) changes the level of app s as well as a number of behavioral, p hysiologic, biochemical and nutritional changes are induced.[5] the aim of the p resent study is to evaluate the levels of gsh as a major endogenous antioxidant and α1-antitryp sine as a reactant modulated during inflammatory diseases in the sera of type 2 dm iraqi p atients and to correlate both p arameters. experime ntal subjects: the study group comp rised 20 p atients from both sexes with type 2 dm diagnosed by p hy sicians at al-kadhy mia teaching hosp ital in addition to t en healthy control matching the age. blood sample s: about five milliliters of venous blood were collected from each subject in the study after a 12-hour fast . the blood samples were collected into blast ic tubes, left at room temperature for 15 min then centrifuged at 3000 rp m for 15 min. serum was sep arated and aliquoted for subsequent measurement of gsh and α1-antitryp sine.. la boratory methods: de termination of glutathi on concentration gs h. reduced glutathione was determined accordin g to the method of ellman[6], based on the reaction of aliphatic thiol compounds with 5,5-dithiobis (2-nitrobenzoic acid)(dtnb) at p h8. the absorbance of the y ellow chroma gen was measured at 412 nm and is directly p rop ortional to gsh concentration. so one mole of the thiol p roduces one mole of p -nitro thiophenol anion which is hi ghly coloured (ε=13600 m -1 cm-1) de termination of α1-antitrypsi ne: alp ha one antitrypsine was measured in the ser a of p atients and healthy control group s using a ready kit from bindarid uk rno 34.3. the method invaders antigen diffusing radially from a cylindrical well through an agarose gel containing an ap p rop riate mono-sp ecific antibody. ant ibody antigencomp lexes are formed which, under the right conditions, will form a p recipitin ring. the rin g size will incr ease until equilibrium is reached between the formation and breakdown of these comp lexes, this p oint is termed comp letion. at this st age, a linear relationship exists between the square of this ring diameter and the anti gen con centration. by measuring the ring d iameters p roduced by a number of sa mples of known concentration, a calibration curve may be constructed. the concentration of the antigen in an unknown sample may then be determined by measuring the ring diameter p roduced by that sample and readin g off the calibr ation curve[7]. s tatistical anal ysis: data are exp ressed as mean st andard deviation of (mean ±s.d.). statist ical significance was determined by unp aired st udent's, t-test. one way of analysis of variance (anova) is followed by pearson's correlation (r). p values equal or lower than 0.05 were considered st atist ically significant. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 results and discussion reduced glutathione gs h: table1 shows the level mean ±sd of g sh in the serum of ty p e 2 dm p atient and healthy control, a significant decrease in g sh level in the serum of ty p e 2 dm p atient comp ared with the control was found with values 1.092 ± 0.204 m and 3.4 ± 0.529 m resp ectively. these results are in agreement with recent st udy rep orted that a significant decrease in gsh lev el in p atient with type 2 dm [8]. reduced glutathione is p hysiological free r adical sc aven gers.thus glutathione p lay s a central role in antio xidant defense [9]. in hy p erglycemic condition, glucose is p referentially used in the p olyol pathway that consumes nadph which is necessary for gsh regeneration by the glutathione reductase enzy me [10]. m any reportes showed that diabetic humans have shown increased lip id peroxidation and decreased levels of reduced glutathione and these results suggest that the increase in lip id p eroxidation, and the d eclin e in antio xidant defen ces may app ear early in typ e 2 non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus p atients, before the develop ment of secondary comp lications [11,12]. α1-anti trypsine : a significant increase in α1antitrypsine levels was found between dm p atients which was 1877.11 ± 222.889 mg/l compared with healthy control which was 950.00 ± 104.88 mg/l the results of t he present study is in agreement with rep orted data claimed an in crease in the levels of acute-phase protein includin g α1-antitryp sine in adult diabetes (p rincipally type (2)) [13], also results prop osed a novel biological function for α1-antitrypsine and suggest that it may represent an effective candidate for att empts seeking to p revent or reverse type 1 diabetes [14]. on t he other , a study is on α1-antitryp sine in diabetes in both. type i and ii diabetes mellitus are associated with reduced α1-antitrypsine as serine p rotease inhibitory cap acity of p lasma [15]. fig (1) shows correlation relation between α1-antitryp sine and reduced glutathione for dm type ii p atients and healthy control. the correlation was found to be (+ve) for dm ii p atients and (-ve) for healthy control with r values 0.257 and -0.339 resp ectively. re ferences 1 shirand a, n.b. (2008), "m anip al m anual of clinical biochemistry", new delhi; 3 rd edition, jaypee brothers medical p ublishers (p) ltd, p 70. 2 shweta, b.; rimi, s. and sriv, (2003) "clinical biochemistry v.36: issue 7. 3 robert, k.; m urray,; dary l, k. granner and victor, w. rodwell (2006) "harp er's illust rated biochemistry " 27 th edition. m c graw hill, new york chicago, p 636. 4 gabay, c. and kushner, i. (1999) acute p hase p roteins and other systemic resp onses t o inflammationn en gl j" m ed. v. 340 :issue 448. 5 liy p , schwartz , r.j. and waddell, i.d. (1998), skeletal muscle myocytes undergo p rotein loss and reactive o xy gen-mediated nf-kapp a b activation in resp onse to tumor necrosis factor alp ha. faseb j:12:871. 6 ellman, g.l. (1959): arch-bio chem. biophys 82:70-77. 7 prot ein reference unit hand book of clinical immuno chemistry . (1990), ed, amilford ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 word, p ubl, p ubl. pru p ublication sheffie. d.63-65. 8 nwcke, n.; cohari, c. obioma and cezeala, c. ch inyere. (2009) " effect of vitamin on malondialdehy de and glutathione levels in ty p e 2 diabetic nigerians, internet journal of p harmacology volume 7 number1. 9 lee ay and chung, s. s; (1999); "contrrbutrons of p olyol pathway to oxidative st ress in diabetrc cataract". faseb j.; 13:23-30. 10 paolisso, g. d.; m aro, d. and pizza, g. d. (1992) plasma gsh/gssh affects glucose none ostasis in healthy subjects and non-insulin dependent diabetics. american journal of p hy siology ; 263:435-440. 11 sailaja, y.r.; baskar, r. and saralaku mari, d. (2003) the antioxidant erythrocytes in type2 diabeties free rad ical biol m ed ; 35:133-139. 12 m ahbob, m.; rahman, m . f. and grover, p. (2005) serum lip id p eroxidation and antioxidant enzy me levels in male and female diabetic p atients singapore. m ed j; 46(7):322. 13 m illon, m .c. d.e. (1989); increased levels of acute p hase serum p roteins in diabetes; p ub m ed j. 38(ii): 1042-1046. 14 bin ,z.; yman ging, l.u. and m arth compbell; (2007) alp ha 1 antitryp sin p rotects β-cells from ap optosis; p ublished online m arch 14. 15 hashemi, m .; naderi. m . and rashidi (2007) diabetes res; clinical pract; 75(2):246-248. table(1): shows the level, mean and sd of reduced glutathione in se ra of type 2 dm patient and healthy control gs h m n mean sd p value patie nt 20 1.092 ± 0.204 control 10 3.400 ± 0.529 s : si gni ficant table(2): shows the level, mean and sd of α1 –antitrypsi ne in the se ra of type 2 dm patient and healthy control α1 –anti trypsin mg/l n mean sd p value patie nt 20 1877.111 ± 222.889 control 10 950.000 ± 104.881 s : si gni ficant ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 fig.(1): the correl ation relation between α1 –antitrypsi ne and reduced glutathione for dm 2 patints and healthy control. 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة للمرضى العراقیین α1 –antitrypsin gshتقدیر الكلوتاثیون المختزل المصابین بداء السكري من النوع الثاني 2010 ایار 9: استلم البحث في 2010 حزیران 30 :قبل البحث في یحیى یحیى زكي فرید ، أنوار فاروق مسلم الطائي * وفاء فاضل الطائي ، جامعة بغداد ،ابن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الكیمیاء ن جامعة النھری، كلیة الطب الخالصة ــزل ( لدراسـة مسـتویات اثیون المخت α1 –antitry بوصـفھم والمضـاد للتـربین مــن gshالكلوـت p sine ــل فـي مص وع الثـاني ینعشـر ن الـن داء السـكري ـم ن االصـحاء فضـال عــن مصـاباً ـب ي ھــذه ،اذمجموعـة سـیطرة بوصـفھم عشـرة ـم وجـد ـف ــزل ــز لمســتوى الكلوتــاثیون المخت ــان ممی ــحاء gshالدراسـة نقص ــة مــع االص ــاني مقارن ــن النــوع الث ــكري م ــى داء الس .لمرض α1 –antitryوفي الجانب اآلخر لوحظت زیادة ممیـزة لمسـتوى p sine ع ك المرضـى بالمقارنـة ـم ن أألولـئ نظـارھم ـم .االصحاء α1 –antitryلوحظت العالقة بین p sine وع الثـاني ن الـن زل لمرضـى داء السـكري ـم -)و (ve+)والكلوتاثیون المخـت ve) لالصحاء وكانت قیمة(r) على التوالي) 0,337-(و ) 0,257(مساویة اـ. اثیون المختـزل ق الجـذور الحـرة بنسـبة gshوقد لوحظ من النتائج ان اسـتھالك الكوـت الحـامي ضـد االكسـدة یؤكـد تخلـی α1 –antitryي عالیة لدى المرضى الذي یكون مطابقاً للمستوى العال p sine المصابین في مصل. ،الكلوتاثایون ، داء السكري النوع الثاني α1مضاد التربسین نوع : الكلمات المفتاحیة دراسة تأثير التشويب بالخارصين على الخواص التركيبية والكهربائية لاغشية cdte الرقيقة كھربائیة الغشیة الیبیة وص التركالخوا فيالتشویب بالخارصین دراسة تأثیر cdte الرقیقة حمدعلیة عبد المحسن شھاب جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھیثم (كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفیزیاء عبد سھام ناجي إقبال جامعة بغداد /كلیة العلوم /قسم الفیزیاء هللاعبد محمد إبراھیمھناء جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھیثم (للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013 ایار 5 ، قبل في: 2012تشرین الثاني 19 أستلم في: خالصةال ) النقی�ة والمش�وبة بالخارص�ین cdteألغش�یة تیلیرای�د الك�ادمیوم( والكھربائی�ةعض الخ�واص التركیبی�ة لقد أجریت دراسة ب )zn)% المرسبة على أرضیات زجاجیة عند درجة حرارة أرضیة (0.5,1,1.5) وبالنسب ،(423k) 300) وبس�مكnm ( ).5torr-10×2) باستعمال تقنیة التبخیر الحــراري المــزدوج في الفراغ تحت ضغط (0.5nm.s-1وبمعدل ترسیب ( ع�ن طری�ق فحوص�ات األش�عة الس�ینیة، وتب�ین أن وبع�ده وتمت دراسة الخواص التركیبی�ة لألغش�یة المحض�رة قب�ل التش�ویب ، وان عملیة التش�ویب [111]النقیة والمشوبة ذات تركیب متعدد التبلور ومن النوع المكعب باالتجاه المفضل cdteأغشیة لألغشیة الرقیقة.أدت إلى تحسین في التركیب البلوري ، وان ea1 ،ea2الحظنا وجود طاقتین للتنش�یط k(495-291)المستمرة ضمن المدى الكھربائیة وخالل قیاسات التوصیلیة ) لتلك األغشیة d.cσفان التوصیلیة الكھربائیة المستمرة ( من ثمو znقیم طاقتي التنشیط تقل مع زیادة النسبة المئویة لشوائب ) n-typeھ�ي م�ن الن�وع الس�الب ( cdteتب�ین م�ن قیاس�ات ت�أثیر ھ�ول أن التوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة المس�تمرة ألغش�یة ت�زداد. ، وان تركی�ز ح�امالت الش�حنة ی�زداد م�ع زی�ادة نس�ب zn) عن�دما تش�وب األغش�یة ب�ـp-typeوتص�بح م�ن الن�وع الموج�ب ( ) تقل.μhفان تحركیة ھول ( من ثمالشوائب و الخواص التركیبیة والكھربائیة. ، الخارصینالتطعیم ب ، تیلیراید الكادمیوم ة:الكلمات المفتاحی 137 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة وس�یلة مناس�بة دتع� إذ [1]التقنیات التي ساھمت في تطویر دراسة اشباة الموص�الت أھمتعد تقنیة االغشیة الرقیقة واحدة من .[2] للوصول الى الخواص الفیزیائیة والكیمائیة للمواد التي یصعب دراسة خواصھا وھي في شكلھا الكتلوي الطبیعي ) فھ��و ینتم��ي ال��ى مجموع��ة ii-viالسادس��ة)(-الموص��لة للمجموعة(الثانی��ة ھھ��و اح��د مركب��ات ش��بcdteالمرك��ب الثن��ائي .[3]الجالكوجینات ان لھ معام�ل امتص�اص ع�ال ف�ي المنطق�ة المرئی�ة إذ احد المواد المناسبة لتطبیقات الخالیا الشمسیة بكونھیتمیز ھذا المركب ة تحوی��ل الطاق��ة ی��والقریب��ة م��ن اعظ��م قیم��ة لكفا) 1.5ev(المباش��رة الطاق��ةفج��وة للطی��ف الشمس��ي ووتح��ت الحم��راء القریب��ة یجعلھ�ا (2µm)ن تحضیر اغشیة ھذا المرك�ب بس�مك یق�ارب ، ولھذا فأ[4,5]الشمسیة جعلت منھ مركب مثالي لھذا التطبیق .[6]تقریبا%100قادرة على امتصاص ضوء الشمس الساقط بنسبة ال�ذي یمتل�ك ن�وعي التوص�لیة الكھربائی�ة الموجب�ة (ii-vi) المركب الوحید من ب�ین مركب�ات المجموع�ة cdte یعد مركب یمك���ن الحص���ول عل���ى اغش���یة رقیق���ة م���ن الن���وع الموج���ب واخ���رى م���ن الن���وع الس���الب حس���ب ن���وع الش���ائبة إذوالس���البة، ، كم�ا تس�تخدم [8]الرقیق�ة ایض�ا ف�ي ص�ناعة المف�ارق المتجانس�ة وغی�ر المتجانس�ةcdte ،ل�ذلك ت�دخل اغش�یة [7]المض�افة .[9]ك تدخل في صناعة العدساتالرقیقة بوصفھا نوافذ بصریة في منطقة االشعة تحت الحمراء وكذلcdte اغشیة ، ةف�ي خواص�ھا التركیبی�ة والفیزیائی� مھم�ةبذرات معادن مختلفة یحدث تغیرات (cdte) ن تشویب أغشیة تیلراید الكادمیومإ ف�ي cdte تس�تخدم اغش�یة . [10]ةالخالی�ا الشمس�یمث�ل مم�ا یجع�ل ھ�ذا المرك�ب مھم�ا ف�ي مج�ال تقنی�ة االغش�یة الرقیق�ة [11].الة الصلبة مثل كواشف االشعة السینیة واشعة كاماصناعة كواشف الح الرقیق�ةcdte الخ�واص التركیبی�ة والكھربائی�ة الغش�یة ف�يفي ھذا البحث سنتاول دراسة تاثیر نسب التشویب بالخارصین . المحضرة بطریقة التبخیر الحراري العملي زءالج النقیة والمشوبة cdte أغشیةلترسیب (edward 306)من نوع (coating unit)جھاز وحدة التغطیة استخدم المحضرة cdteمادة استعمال لترسیب اقطاب التوصیل الجراء القیاسات الكھربائیة. تم نفسھ الجھاز استخدم،كما (zn)ب تحتالمطلوبة بطریقة التبخیر الحراري المزدوج في الفراغ األغشیةلتحضیر ) (balzersمن شركة %99.999بنقاوة والمثبتة على (423k) أساسوبدرجة حرارة (coring glass)زجاجیة من نوع أرضیات) على torr(5-10*2 ضغط .تم التحكم بدرجة حرارة االساس بوساطة مزدوج حراري (mo)منیومن الحویض المصنوع من المولبد(15cm)بعد ومن الخارج لألرضیةیوضع بتماس مع السطح العلوي یدخل عن طریق فتحة محكمة الغلق (alumel-chromal)نوع تم التأكد من سمكھا باستخدام طریقة األغشیةدرجة الحرارة.بعد تحضیر ئتقر ساطةبو جھاز ثرمومیتر رقميب یتصل الشوائب إضافةومعرفة مدى تأثیر (300nm)التركیب البلوري لمادة الغشاء المحضر بسمك شخصالتداخل الضوئي. ألجراء. (λ=0.154nm)، (cu-kα)السینیة األشعةجھاز خدامالتركیب البلوري باست في %(0.5,1,1.5)وبالنسب مناسبة على أقنعةوباستخدام (al) األلمنیومالتوصیل من مادة أقطابالمحضرة تم ترسیب لألغشیةالقیاسات الكھربائیة نوع الكترومیترباستخدام σd.c)( المستمرة التوصیلیة الكھربائیة حسبت.األغشیةقبل ترسیب الزجاجیة األرضیات (keithely 616 electrometer) (495-291) لقیاس المقاومة الكھربائیة ضمن المدى الحراريk، اما قیاسات تأثیر (المار وذلك لقیاس التیار (keithley)نوع انمقیاس ،(d.c.power supply)مجھز قدرة باستخدام أجریتھول فقد (ix وفولتیة ھول،(vh) شدتھبعد تسلیط مجال مغناطیسي (b=0.257tasla). النتائج ،ك�ذلك %(0.5,1,1.5)وبالنس�ب (zn)الرقیقة النقیة والمشوبة بcdte ألغشیة(xrd)السینیة األشعةتتضمن نتائج حیود نتائج القیاسات الكھربائیة (التوصیلیة الكھربائیة المستمرة،تأثیر ھول). المناقشة الخواص التركیبیة تتأثر بشدة بالخصائص التركیبیة cdteة نبائط أغشیة ین كفاا ، إذمھمة جدا cdteتعد دراسة الخواص التركیبیة ألغشیة [12].لتلك األغشیة المحض�رة األغش�یةالنقی�ة ب�أن cdte ألغشیة) xrdالسینیة ( األشعة) الذي یمثل نتائج حیود 1aنالحظ من خالل الشكل ( النقی��ة كان��ت ذات تركی��ب متع��دد التبل��ور األغش��یة أن] مم��ا یش��یر ال��ى 311]و [220] و[111تمتل��ك ث��الث قم��م باالتج��اه [ )polycrystalline) وم�ن الن�وع المكع�ب (cubic] وھ�ذه النتیج�ة تتف�ق م�ع م�ا توص�ل إلی�ھ].111) وباالتج�اه ebeid et al.[13] .1( اإلش��كال أم��اb,c,dتمث��ل نت��ائج ( ) الت��يxrd (ألغش��یة cdte المش��وبة بالنس��ب zn) %0.5,1,1.5 عل��ى ( م�ع وج�ود انح�راف أیض�ا] 311]و [220] و[111المش�وبة تمتل�ك ث�الث قم�م باالتج�اه [ األغشیةفتوضح بأن جمیع والي،الت التركی�ب البل�وري ف�ي) . مم�ا یش�یر ال�ى انع�دام الت�أثیر الواض�ح 1) وكم�ا ھ�و موض�ح بالج�دول (2θبسیط ف�ي مواق�ع القم�م ( 138 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 وج��ود ش��وائب ف��ي بل��ورة ق��د ال یسبــــ��ـب تغی��راً أن. وق��د یع��زى الس��بب ال��ى znش��وائب إض��افةالنقی��ة عن��د cdte ألغش�یة ] ی�زداد 111كما یتضح من خالل طیف الحی�ود لألغش�یة كاف�ة إن ارتف�اع القم�ة باالتج�اه [[14]. واضحاً في تركیبھا البلوري ] مما یشیر إلى إن عدد الذرات التي ترتب نفس�ھا 311] و [220ینما یقل ارتفاع القمتین باالتجاه [كلما زادت نسبة التشویب ب ]، أي إن درج�ة 311] و [220في األغش�یة المحض�رة ف�ي ح�ین یق�ل باالتج�اھین [ zn] یزداد مع زیادة نسب 111باالتجاه [ المش�وبة cdte)ام�تالك أغش�یة (xrdتوض�ح نت�ائج تزداد م�ع زی�ادة نس�بة الش�وائب، كم�ا [111]تبلور األغشیة باالتجاه درجة عالیة من التبلور مما یشیر إلى حصول تحسن كبی�ر ف�ي التركی�ب البل�وري لألغش�یة المحض�رة عن�د zn%1.5بنسبة یقت�رب تركیبھ��ا م�ن التركی��ب البل��وري أح�ادي التبل��ور وھ�ذه النتیج��ة ق��د انعكس�ت عل��ى الخ�واص األخ��ر لھ��ذه إذتل�ك النس��بة، شیة .األغ الخواص الكھربائیة التوصیلیة الكھربائیة المستمرة: النقیة والمشوبة فقد قمنا بدراس�ة التوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة cdteیة التوصیل في أغشیة آلللحصول على معلومات حول طبیعة –291)) ض��من الم��دى الح��راري activation energy) دال��ة لدرج��ة الح��رارة وحس��اب طاق��ة التنش��یط (σd.cالمس��تمرة ( 495)k. ال��ذي یمث��ل العالق��ة ب��ین (2)یب��ین الش��كل(lnσd.c) دال��ة لمقل��وب درج��ة الح��رارة (103/t) ولجمی��ع األغش��یة ازدیاد قیم التوصیلیة الكھربائیة المستمرة م�ع زی�ادة درج�ة الح�رارة وھ�ذه م�ن الص�فات الممی�زة المحضرة (النقیة والمشوبة) فحوص�ات كاف�ة، وھ�ذا یتف�ق م�ع نت�ائج cdteكما یب�ین الش�كل وج�ود ط�اقتي تنش�یط ألغش�یة [14,15].ألشباه الموصالت (xrd)إن وج��ود ط��اقتي تنش��یط ی��دل عل��ى وج��ود میك��انیكیتین . التبل��ورتمتل��ك تركی��ب متع��دد ،اي ان االغش��یة المحض��رة .العالیةللتوصیل: أحدھما في الدرجات الحرارة الواطئة، واألخرى في درجات الحرارة :[16]ةحسابھما بأستخدام العالقة التالیالتي تم (ea2, ea1)إن قیمتي طاقة التنشیط σd.c=σ0exp(-ea/kbt)……………………………. (1) ثابت بولتزمانkb درجةالحرارة المطلقة، t اقل توصیلیة معدنیة، σ0ان: إذ إن زیادة تركیز الشوائب السبب في ذلك إلى وقد یعزى . )2قالن مع زیادة نسبة التشویب وكما ھو موضح بالجدول (ت )(na من ثمأدى إلى زیادة اقتراب مستوي فیرمي باتجاه حزمة التكافؤ و ) نقصان قیمة طاقة التنشیطevef( استناداً الى :[17]االتیةالعالقة ef-ev=kbtln(nv/na)………………………… (2) . تركیز القابالت.na الكثافة الفعالة لمستویات الطاقة في حزمة التكافؤ، nv ان: إذ ) ألغش�یة σd.c(r.t یمثل العالقة ب�ین التوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة المس�تمرة بدرج�ة ح�رارة الغرف�ة ) الذي 3یتضح خالل الشكل ( cdte 2لنا علیھ�ا والمدون�ة بالج�دول (وك�ذلك خ�الل النت�ائج الت�ي حص� دال�ة لنس�ب التش�ویب بالنس�ب كاف�ة النقیة والمشوبة ( لت��ي ت��م حس��ابھا باس��تعمال العالق��ةالمحض��رة واولجمی��ع االغش��یة حص��ول زی��ادة ف��ي ق��یم التوص��یلیة الكھربائی��ة المس��تمرة [18]:االتیة …………………………………(3) rwt l σ= سمك الغشاء tعرض القطب، wالمقاومة لكھربائیة للغشاء،r، المسافة بین قطبي الغشاءlان: إذ ) cdte) مع ذرات المادة األصلیة (znمع زیادة نسب التشویب ، وقد یعزى السبب إلى ارتباط ذرات المادة الشائبة ( لتحتل الفجوات التركیبیة داخل الشبیكة مما یؤدي إلى تقلص عدد الفجوات التركیبیة، وقد یعزى [10]وبشكل تعویضي مساعدة موضعیة بوصفھا شوائب مكونة مستویات znالسبب أیضا إلى حدوث تغیر في التركیب ناتج من دخول ذرات متقاربة داخل الفجوة مما یجعلھا تحتاج إلى جدیدة داخل فجوة الطاقة لھذا یكون انتقال حامالت الشحنة بین مستویات طاقة وھذا بدوره ة التوصیلمن المستویات الموضعیة فوق حزمة التكافؤ الى المستویات الموضعیة اسفل حزم طاقة أقل لالنتقال rusuل الیةوھذه النتیجة تتفق مع ما توص k(495-291)ضمن المدى الـحراري الكـــھربائیة أدى إلى زیادة التوصیلیة et al.[19] ان التوصیلیة الكھربائیة المستمرة عند درجة حرارة الغرفة ألغشیة حیث وجد، إذcdte تتراوح النقیة teالمشوبة بـ cdteفي حین بلغت قیمة التوصیلیة عند درجة حرارة الغرفة ألغشیة ، 1-(ω.cm) (6-10-4-10)بین .1-(ω.cm)0.13والمحضرة تحت نفس الظروف النقی�ة ج�اءت مطابق�ة cdteعند درجة حرارة الغرفة التي حصلنا علیھ�ا ألغش�یة المستمرة إن قیمة التوصیلیة الكھربائیة عن�د درج��ة ح�رارة الغرف��ة الكھربائی��ة المس�تمرة بلغ��ت قیم�ة التوص�یلیة إذ، hussain[20]للقیم�ة الت�ي حص��ل علیھ�ا الباح�ث -ts=473k،.10على أرضیات زجاجی�ة عن�د pvd)باستعمال تقنیة ( (300nm)النقیة والمرسبة بسمك cdteألغشیة 139 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 5(ω.cm)-1الباحثة أماabdulah[21] فقد وجدت إن ألغش�یةcdte عن�د درج�ة ح�رارة مس�تمرة النقی�ة توص�یلیة كھربائی�ة . 1 .1-(ω.cm) 2-10×903الغرفة بحدود حص��ول زی��ادة مفاجئ��ة ف��ي قیم��ة التوص��یلیة الكھربائی��ة (2)المدون��ة ف��ي الج��دول والنت��ائج (3)كم��ا یتض��ح خ��الل الش��كل ه البلوري لھ�ذ ذلك إلى التحسن الكبیر في التركیب وقد یعزى السبب في zn%1.5المشوبة بنسبة cdteالمستمرة ألغشیة زیادة التوصیلیة الكھربائیة بشكل مفاجئ. من ثماألغشیة مما أدى إلى تقلص حجم العیوب البلوریة بشكل كبیر و تأثیر ھول: النقیة والمش�وبة وذل�ك لمعرف�ة ن�وع وتركی�ز وتحركی�ة cdteألغشیة تأثیر ھول في درجة حرارة الغرفة أجریت قیاسات ) لتلك األغشیة.majority carriersحامالت الشحنة األغلبیة ( ). فبع��د إیج��اد ixالنقی��ة والمش�وبة ( cdte) دال��ة لتی�ار أغش��یة vhالعالق�ة ب��ین فولتی��ة ھ�ول ( (4a,b,c,d)توض�ح األش��كال :[15]االتیة) باستعمال العالقة rhالمیل من ھذه األشكال وحساب معامل ھول ( rh=(vh/ix)x(t/b)…………………………………(4) :یأتيتوصلنا الى ما تلك ) ، مما یشیر إلى إن حامالت الشحنة األغلبیة في n-typeالنقیة ھي من النوع السالب ( cdteإن أغشیة .1 ) وقد holes) ھي الفجوات (minority carriers) وحامالت الشحنة األقلیة (electronsاألغشیة ھي اإللكترونات ( ) أكبر من كثافة فراغات donors) البینیة التي تعمل بوصفھا واھبات (cdیعزى السبب إلى كون كثافة ذرات الكادمیوم ( .(te) [22] التلیریوم ) ، مما یشیر إلى إن حامالت p-typeوللنسب كافة ھي من النوع الموجب ( znـالمشوبة ب cdteإن أغشیة .2 الشحنة األغلبیة في تلك األغشیة ھي الفجوات وحامالت الشحنة األقلیة ھي اإللكترونات، وقد یعزى من ) داخل فجوة الطاقة وبالقربacceptor levels(قابلة.مستویات.تكوین.إلى.أدت.zn.ذرات.إضافة.إن.إلى..السبب ، إذ) فأدى ذلك إلى زیادة كثافة الفجواتσd.cالمستمرة ( الكھربائیة حافة حزمة التكافؤ وھذا ما تعززه قیاسات التوصیلیة .تغیر نوع توصلیة الغشاءوھذا ما یفسره سبب أصبحت أكبر من كثافة اإللكترونات ) لغشاءσd.c(أدت إلى تغیر نوع %(0.5,1,1.5)وبالنسب zn) إن إضافة شوائب 1 2,ونستنتج من النقطتین ( cdte .وھذه النتیجة تتفق مع ما توصل إلیھ الباحث النقيdzhafarov et al.[23] . [15]:االتیةباستعمال العالقات p=1/rh.e……………………………..(5) n=-1/rh.e…………………………… (6) شحنة االلكترونe ان: إذ μh=σ|rh|…………………………… (7) یتض�ح خ�الل النت�ائج الت��ي إذ، كافة(النقی�ة والمش�وبة) cdteتركی�ز ح�امالت الش�حنة األغلبی�ة وتحركیتھ�ا ألغش�یة حس�ب ) حص�ول زی��ادة ف�ي تركی�ز ح��امالت الش�حنة االغلبی�ة م��ع زی�ادة نس��ب 5الش��كل (،وخ�الل (3)والمدون�ة ف��ي الج�دول حص�لنا . إن زی�ادة تركی�ز ح�امالت الش�حنة م�ع زی�ادة نس�ب hussain[24]التشویب ، وھذه النتیجة تتفق مع ما توصل إلیھ الباح�ث zn، كم�ا یؤك�د دخ�ول ذرات cdteف�ي أغش�یة znالتشویب یتف�ق م�ع زی�ادة التوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة المس�تمرة بزی�ادة نس�ب ثر ف��ي إن الش��وائب الت��ي ال ت��دخل ف��ي التركی��ب البل��وري تعویض��یا ال ت��ؤ إذ cdteبش�كل تعویض��ي ف��ي التركی��ب البل��وري ل��ـ . [14]الشحنة تركیز حامالت ) تقل مع زیادة نسب التشویب، وق�د μhإن تحركیة ھول ( یتضح ) أیضا3النتائج المدونة في الجدول (و )6الشكل ( خالل ، أو ق�د یع�زى الس�بب بالنس�بة [17]تق�ل التحركی�ة م�ع زی�ادة نس�ب الش�وائب إذیعزى السبب إلى حدوث اس�تطارة بالش�وائب إل�ى إن حركی�ة اإللكت�رون أكب�ر م�ن حركی�ة الفج�وة (p-type) المش�وبة cdteوأغش�یة (n-type)النقی�ة cdteألغش�یة .[17]وھذا یعود بصورة رئیسة إلى الكتلة الفعالة األصغر لإللكترون االستنتاجات تم في ھذا البحث التوصل إلى أھم االستنتاجات اآلتیة: تركی�ب متع�دد التبل�ور وم�ن الن�وع المكع�ب، وإن والنقي المحضر بطریقة التبخی�ر الح�راري ف�ي الف�راغ ذ cdteغشاء .1 .[111]ادة درجة تبلور األغشیة باالتجاه عملت على زی znإضافة شوائب 140 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ، وإن k(495-291)عالی��ة وط��اقتین للتنش��یط ض��من الم��دى الح��راري كھربائی��ة مس��تمرة توص��یلیة cdteیمتل�ك غش��اء .2 أدى إلى زیادة ھذه التوصیلیة ونقصان طاقتي التنشیط. znتشویب بـ ال أدت إل�ى تغی�ر ن�وع zn، وإن إض�افة ش�وائب (n-type)من الن�وع الس�الب cdteغشاء التوصلیة الكھربائیة المستمرة ل .3 لغشاء.ل توصلیةال المصادر 1. zhou, d.m.; wang, s.q.;and chen ,h.m.(2005),brazilian journal physics, 34(2b). 2. chopra, k.l. (1990), thin films phenomena,mc-graw hill,new york. 3. wllardson,.r.k.and.beer,.a.c.(1978),semiconductors.and.semimetas,academic press,inc,new york. 4. nikal,v.m.;shinde,s.s.;bhosale,c.h. and k.y.rajpure,(2011),physical properties of spray deposited cdte thin films pec performance, journal of semiconductor,32,1-7. 5. velumani, k.; venkatachalam ,s.t. and ganesan, s.(2009), structural and optical studies of hot vacuum evaporated cdtesn thin films, advanced materials research, 68:77-83. 6. madhu, u.; mukherjee, n.; bandyopadhyay ,n.r. and mondal, a.(2007), properties of cdsand cdte thin films deposited by an electrochemical technique, indian journal of pure&applied physics, 45:226-230. 7. bayhan, m.(1998), structural and optical characterization of vacuum deposited cdte thin films ,tr.journal of physics, , 22 (929). 8. ray,b.(1969), ii-vi compounds, 1st ed. printed in gb by anaeill and co.ltd. of edinburgh. 9. popescu ,m.; sava ,f.;al orizczi,r.; savastrur, d.;radvan; mihailescu, i.n. and socol, g.,(2004),chalcojenide letters, 1(9). 10. rusu.g.g.,.(2006), structural electronic transport and optical properties of zn-doped cdte thin films,.journal.of.optoelectronics.and.advanced.materials, 8,(3): 931-935 . 11. bilevych,ye.o.;boka,a.i.;darchuk,l.o.;sichevska,j.v.g.;sizov,f.f.;boelling, o.and.cleff ,.b.s.,(2004), properties of cdte thin films prepared by hot wall epitaxy ,semiconductor.physics,quantum.electronics.and.optoelectronics, , 7 (2): 129-132. 12. al-dhafiri, a.m.,(2002), isothermal and isochronal studied of the structural and electrical properties of cdte cryst.res.technol., 37(9):950. 13. ebeid,/m.r.;ahmed,.m.f.;ramadan.,a.a.and.abdel-hadym.k.,(2005),thickness .and.deposion.rate.dependence.of.structural.characteristics.of.evaporated cdte films egypt,journal.solid, , 28(2):231. 14. yousif, m.g.,(1989),solid state physics,baghdad university press,2,arabic version. 15. al-jammal ,y.n.,(1990),solid state physics,al-mousal unv.press,arabic version. 16. brodsky, m.,(1979),topic in applied physics,amorphous semiconductor,springer-verlag berlin heidelbeg. 17. sze, s.m.(1990),semiconductors devises physics and technology,translated to arabic by f. g. hayaty and h.a.ahmed,baghdad. 18. roulston,.d.j.(1999),an.introduction.to.the.physics.of.semiconductor.devices,oxf-ord unv.press,oxford. 19. rusu,.,g.g.and rusu,m. (2000), on the electrical conductivity of cdte thin films evaporated onto unheated substrates, solid state communications, 116:.363-368. 20. hussain.s.a.,(2006),the.study.of.electrical.properties.of.al/cdte/al.and.al/znte/al.syst ems.for.switching.applications,ph.d.thesis,college.of.science,univ.of.baghdad 21. abdulah.r.a.,(2006),study.of.photovoltaic.characteristic.of.cds/cdte.heterojunction,m.sc..thesis,college.of.science,unv.of.baghdad. 22. berding.m.a.(1999),.annealing.conditions.for.inrinsic.cdte.,applied.phys..letters, 74(4). 23. dzhafarov ,t.d.and ongul, f.,(2005), modification of cdte thin films by zn reactive diffusion ,j.phys.d:appl.phys., 38:3764-3767. 141 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 24. hussain,.s.a. (1998),study.of.the.electrical.properties.of.(m i s) junction al-a-secdte,m.sc.thesis,college of baghdad,unv.of baghdad. النقیة والمشوبة المرسبة على ارضیات زجاجیة cdte الغشیةنتائج حیود االشعة السینیة ):1(رقم جدول ts=423kعند sample 2θ (degree) dhkl(å) hkl cdte 23.7 39.5 46.5 3.749 2.281 1.951 111 220 311 cdte + 0.5%zn 23.7 39.1 46.2 3.749 2.301 1.964 111 220 311 cdte + 1%zn 23.8 39.1 46.4 3.737 2.301 1.956 111 220 311 cdte + 1.5%zn 23.7 39.3 46.4 3.749 2.291 1.956 111 220 311 .t=300nmوسمكts=423kعند ea2و ea1و σ d.c في zn):تأثیر التطعیم ب2(رقم جدول sample (σd.c)r.t (ω.cm) -1 ×10-5 ea1(ev) range of temp. (k) ea2(ev) range of temp. (k) pure cdte 9.142 0.72 423-495 0.049 291-423 cdte+0.5%zn 30.353 0.43 383-490 0.046 291-383 cdte+1%zn 55.308 0.417 383-495 0.034 291-383 cdte+1.5%zn 224.286 0.345 343-473 0.027 291-343 .t=300nm وسمك ts=423kعند µh,n,rh في zn:تأثیر التطعیم ب(3)رقم جدول sample rh(cm3.c-1)x105 type of carrier carrier concentration(cm-3) ×1014 hall mobility μh(cm2.(v.sec)-1) pure cdte -1.015 n 0.629 9.27 cdte+0.5%zn 0.256 p 2.403 7.77 cdte+1%zn 0.120 p 5.04 6.63 cdte+1.5%zn 0.026 p 23.148 5.83 142 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 cdteالغشیة (xrd): مخطط حیود االشعة السینیة (1)رقم شكل (a)pure, (b)0.5%zn, (c)1%zn, (d)1.5%zn ولنسب التشویبzn النقیة والمشوبة ب cdte ) الغشیة(t/1000وlnσd.c) العالقة بین ( :(2)رقم شكل (a)pure, (b)0.5%zn, (c)1%zn, (d)1.5%zn النقیة والمشوبة ونسب التشویبcdteالغشیة σd.c): العالقة بین( (3)رقم شكل 143 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ولنسب مختلفة(zn)النقیة والمشوبة بcdte:العالقة بین التیار وفولتیة ھول الغشیة (4)رقم شكل (a)pure, (b)0.5%zn, (c)1%zn, (d)1.5%zn النقیة والمشوبة ونسب التشویبcdte: العالقة بین تركیز الحامالت الغشیة (5) رقم شكل النقیة والمشوبة ونسب التشویبcdte: العالقة بین تحركیة ھول الغشیة (6)رقم شكل 144 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 study the effect of zn doping in the structural and electrical properties of cdte thin films alia a. m. shehab dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad iqbal s. n. abd dept. of physics /college of science / university of baghdad hanaa i. mohammed dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:19 november 2012 , accepted in:5 may 2013 abstract some of structural ,and electrical properties of pure and zinc (zn) doped cadmium telluride thin films with impurity percentages (0.5, 1, 1.5)%, deposited on hot glass substrate (temperature equals to 423k) of thickness of 300nm and rate deposition of 0.5 nm.s-1 by thermal co-evaporation technique under vacuum of (2×10-5)torr have been investigates. the structural properties for the prepared films were studied before and after. doping process by analysis of the x-ray diffraction, and it appeared that pure and dopant cdte thin films are polycrystalline and have the cubic structure with preferential orientation in the [111] direction, and the crystal structure of the films were improved due to doping process. from d.c.electrical conductivity in range of (291-495)k, we noticed that there are two activation energies ea1 and ea2, and their values decrease with the..increase.of.zn.percentages,so..(σd.c.)..of..those..thin.films.increase . from hall.effect. measurements we showed that the..(σd.c.).. for cdte thin film is of n-type and converted to p-type when they adopted with zn, and charge carrier concentration increases with the increase of zn percentages, so hall mobility (μh) decreases. keywords: cdte, doping with zn, structural and electrical properties. 145 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@h@‚b«2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 تأثير الإجهاد المائي وبيروكسيد الهيدروجين والبوتاسيوم في نمو ‏وحاصل الذرة الصفراء ‏‎(zea mays l تأثیر اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین والبوتاسیوم في نمو وحاصل الذرة (.zea mays l)الصفراء اسماعیل خلیل السامرائي حمدهللا سلیمان راھي جامعة بغداد /كلیة الزراعة /قسم علوم التربة والموارد المائیة اسعد كاظم عبدهللا جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / سم علوم الحیاة ق 4/12/2013، قبل البحث في : 10/9/2013استلم البحث في : الخالصة ف�ي حق�ل قس�م عل�وم المحاص�یل الحقلی�ة / كلی�ة الزراع�ة/ جامع�ة بغ�داد 2011نفذت تجربة حقلیة للموس�م الخریف�ي d2و d1% من الماء الج�اھز ( 80و 60و 40لدراسة تأثیر التداخل بین ثالثة مستویات من اإلجھاد المائي عندما یستنزف 1-. لت�ر) ملیم�ول30و 15و 0(و تنقیع بذور الذرة الصفراء بثالثة تراكیز من بیروكسید الھیدروجین ) على التتابع ،d3و 45وذل�ك بع�د k2so4 (k%41)عل�ى ش�كل 1-.لترkملغم 3000رشاً على الجزء الخضري بتركیز وأضافة البوتاسیوم ، نف�ذت عملی�ات الحراث�ة والتنع�یم والتس�ویة وقس�مت ،106ف�ي نم�و وحاص�ل ال�ذرة الص�فراء ص�نف بح�وث یوماً من الب�زوغ اذ كان�ت ،rcbd) ضمن تصمیم القطاعات الكاملة المعش�اة split split plot design( االرض تبعاً للتصمیم المستعمل . اإلجھادات المائیة العامل الرئیس والبوتاسیوم العامل الثانوي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین تحت الثانوي أث��ر بش��كل معن��وي ف��ي ملیم��ول 30وبیروكس��ید الھی��دروجین بتركی��ز (d3)أش��ارت النت��ائج إل��ى ان اإلجھ��اد الم��ائي الع��الي حبة وحاصل الحب�وب والحاص�ل الب�ایولوجي 500انخفاض مؤشرات النمو المتمثلة بالمساحة الورقیة والوزن الجاف ووزن . قیاساً بعدم اضافتھ إلى زیادة معنویة للصفات المدروسة اعاله ىبینما سلك البوتاسیوم سلوكاً مخالفاً إذ اد المائي ، بیروكسید الھیدروجین ، البوتاسیوم ، الذرة الصفراء الكلمات المفتاحیة : اإلجھاد 39 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة یسبب إذ [1]یعد اإلجھاد المائي واحداً من أھم اإلجھادات غیرالحیویة المحددة ألنتاجیة المحاصیل السیما الذرة الصفراء كما تشیر العدید من الدراسات إلى أن اإلجھاد المائي یسبب العدید [2] % من معدل الحاصل في العالم 50انخفاضاً اكثر من واستطالة ،ةمن التغیرات الفسیولوجیة والكیمیائیة في النبات التي تؤدي إلى اختزال نمو النبات السیما انخفاض حجم الورق ویؤدي إلى غلق [4]وانقسامھا وكذلك یثبط استطالة الخالیا [3]الماء عمالاست یةوانخفاض كفا ،وتوسع الجذور ،الساق ، مثلكما یسبب انخفاضاً في الفعالیات األیضیة [5]الثغور وانخفاض معدالت النتح واإلجھاد المائي في أنسجة النبات [6] ومحفزات النمو ،وأیض المغذیات ،والكاربوھیدرات ،والنقل ،وأمتصاص االیونات ،والتنفس ،عملیة التمثیل الضوئي ,proline, mannitolمثل ایضاً و یؤدي إلى تراكم المواد الذائبة العضویة [8] وم بتثبیط الفعالیات األنزیمیةكما یق [7] و sorbitol سك اسد و تحفـــیز المركبات الكابحة للـجذور الحـرة مثل یومنظم النمواالبسascorbate , glutathione , α tocopherol و وتصنیع بروتینات جدیدةmrnas [9] . إذ انھ في التراكیز الواطئة یكون بمثابة أشارة جزیئیة معقدة تسبب تحمل ،یعد بیروكسید الھیدروجین سیفاً ذا حدین أما التراكیز العالیة من بیروكسید الھیدروجین فینتج [12] و [11] و [10]النبات ضد اإلجھادات الحیویة وغیر الحیویة یساھم بیروكسید الھیدروجین في programmed cell death [13]الخلوي المبرمج نھا تحریر العوامل المحثة للموت م وھذا المركب مھم جداً (lignifications)العدید من اآللیات المقاومة عن طریق تعزیز جدار الخلیة عبر تكوین اللكنین یعمل .[14]وتحسین المقاومة phytoalexinsألنھ وسیلة حمایة ودفاع ضد اإلصابات المرضیة و إنتاج المواد الدفاعیة افراز بیروكسید الھیدروجین داخل النبات على قتل المسببات المرضیة مباشرةً أو تحفیز الجینات الدفاعیة لتحد من األصابة بأرسال ایعازات ایضاً جزیئیة دفاعیة ولكن لھ وظیفة ةان بیروكسید الھیدروجین لیس أشار [16]. أقترح[15]من المیكروب جزیئیة متعلقة بنمو وتطور النبات ، كما یكون المفتاح التنظیمي لمدى واسع مـن العملیات الفسیولوجیة مـثل الشیخوخة . [12] ودورة الخلیة ،[20] و حركة الثغور ،[19] والتنفس الضوئي ،وعملیات التمثیل الضوئي ، [18]و [17] إذ یقوم البوتاسیوم [21]یعمل البوتاسیوم على تحمل النبات للجفاف ویقلل من التاثیرات الضارة في نمو النبات في زیادة مقاومة النبات للجفاف من خالل تنظیم عملیة فتح وغلق الثغور وتنظیم االزموزیة أو حالة ةبوظائف عدیدة ومھم كما ان للبوتاسیوم دوراً في حمایة النبات من اإلجھاد المؤكسد إذ [23]و [22]الطاقة وموازنة الشحنة وتصنیع البروتین وذلك من خالل خفض فعالیة ros( reactive oxygen speciesان تحسین تغذیة النبات بالبوتاسیوم یقلل من إنتاج ( دف الدراسة إلى دور . لذا تھ[24]اثناء عملیة التمثیل الضوئي في والمحافظة على نقل االلكترونات nadphأكسدة البوتاسیوم في تقلیل التداخل السلبي ألجھادي الجفاف وبیروكسید الھیدروجین في نمو وحاصل الذرة الصفراء . ق العملالمواد وطرائ 33.2في حقل قسم علوم المحاصیل الحقلیة الواقع ضمن دائرة عرض 2011نفذت تجربة حقلیة للموسم الخریفي 3-4بوضع 2011/8/1فوق سطح البحر، زرعت بذور الذرة الصفراء في م34.1شرقاً وارتفاع 44.24شماالً وخط طول 75في كل جورة (حفرة) ثم خفت البادرات البازغة إلى نبات واحد بعد أسبوعین من الزراعة ، المسافة بین خط وآخر بذرة splitوقسمت االرض تبعاً للتصمیم المستعمل( سم ، نفذت عملیات الحراثة والتنعیم والتسویة 25وجورة وآخرى ،سم split plot design ضمن تصمیم القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة (rcbd أشتملت الدراسة على ثالثة مستویات من ، بذور الذرة نقعت) على التتابع ، d3و d2و d1% من الماء الجاھز ( 80و 60و 40اإلجھاد المائي عندما یستنزف ساعة، أما البوتاسیوم فقد أضیف رشاً 24 مدة) ملیمول 30و 15و 0(اكیز من بیروكسید الھیدروجین الصفراء بثالثة تر اذ ،یوماً من البزوغ 45وذلك بعد )k%41) k2so4على شكل 1-.لترkملغم 3000على الجزء الخضري بتركیز روكسید الھیدروجین تحت الثانوي ، في الواح وبی ،والبوتاسیوم العامل الثانوي ،كانت اإلجھادات المائیة العامل الرئیس لمنع تسرب الماء واالسمدة إلى المعامالت . م 1م) ، وتركت فواصل بین االلواح والمكررات بمقدار 3× م 2ابعادھا ( أستخدمت الطریقة الوزنیة بأخذ عینات بوساطة مثقاب التربة قبل اكثر من یومین لمعرفة نسبة الرطوبة في التربة لغرض ، كیلوباسكال 1500و 33الري حسب المعامالت. وقد حدد الماء الجاھز من خالل الفرق بین نسبة الرطوبة عند اإلجھادین . [25]ولحساب كمیة الماء المضاف حسب المعامالت لتعویض االستنزاف الرطوبي عند السعة الحقلیة استعملت معادلة وقدر الوزن الجاف لألجزاء الخضریة ( االوراق و السیقان ) لكل معاملة [26]قدرت المساحة الورقیة حسب طریقة % ، 15.5حدة تجریبیة) بعد تعدیل الوزن على أساس رطوبة نباتات محروسة من الخطوط الوسطیة من كل و 10(حصدت مدة ° م 65حبة بعد ان فصلت العرانیص وفرطت الحبوب وجففت على درجة حرارة 500كما قدر حاصل الحبوب ووزن وضعت البیانات في ساعة .حسب الحاصل البایولوجي عن طریق جمع حاصل المادة الجافة وحاصل العرانیص . 48 . sasوفق التصمیم المستخدم واجري التحلیل االحصائي حسب برنامج على ت إحصائیاً جداول وحلل النتائج والمناقشة ) قیم المساحة الورقیة عند تعرض نباتات الذرة الصفراء إلى اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین . إذ 1یبین الجدول ( و 3834.0بلغت (lsa)القیم للمساحة الورقیة أوطأأعطت d3 و d2یالحظ إن معاملة اإلجھاد المائي وبكال مستوییھ . 2سم 5116.8الذي اعطى d1% على التتابع قیاساً مع المستوى 45.46% و 25.07وبنسبة انخفاض 2سم 2790.3 40 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 فقلت نخفاض اإلجھاد المائي لنسیج الورقةألویعزى السبب إلى أن اإلجھاد المائي أدى إلى أختزال حجم الخالیا نتیجة ختزال في عملیات النمو المتمثلة ألمقدرتھا على األستطالة . كما یسبب اإلجھاد المائي أختزال في تمدد الورقة أو نتیجة ملیمول زیادة غیر معنویة 15سبب بیروكسید الھیدروجین بتركیز .[28]و [27]باألنقسام واتساع الخلیة والتمایز الخلوي ، كما یالحظ إن زیادة تركیز بیروكسید الھیدروجین من 2سم 4083.2إذ اعطى أعلى القیم بلغت ،في المساحة الورقیة % قیاساً بمعاملة 8.44وبنسبة إنخفاض 2سم 3660.1القیم للمساحة الورقیة بلغت أوطأملیمول قد أعطت 30صفر إلى یعزى السبب إلى إن بیروكسید .و 2سم 3997.9) الذي اعطىh2o2عدم اضافة بیروكسید الھیدروجین (صفر [30]و [29] نبات لالھیدروجین قد شجع أنبات البذور ونمو الجذور وتوسیعھا الذي انعكس ایجابیاً على النمو الخضري ل دون اضافة البوتاسیوم في أعطاء أعلى قیم للمساحة الورقیة فقد من معاملةالكما تفوقت معاملة اضافة البوتاسیوم على في 2سم 3521.4عند اضافة البوتاسیوم و 2سم 4306.0% وكانت قیم المساحة الورقیة 22.28مقدارھا ابدت زیادة حالة عدم اضافة البوتاسیوم. وتعزى الزیادة الحاصلة في المساحة الورقیة إلى دور البوتاسیوم في تأخیر شیخوخة األوراق زیادة انقسام الخالیا مما من ثمعملیة التركیب الضوئي و وكذلك إلى دوره في تكوین مجموع خضري جید مما ینعكس على [31]یؤدي إلى زیادة المساحة الورقیة لألوراق فضال عن دوره في زیادة دلیل المساحة الورقیة وھذا یتفق مع ما جاء بھ اضافة البوتاسیوم قد خفف لتداخل الثالثي (اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین و البوتاسیوم) فان إلى اوبالنسبة [32]و بتركیزصفر ملیمول وذلك بزیادة المساحة h2o2و d1من الضرر الذي سببھ العامالن اإلجھاد المائي عن المستوى . h2o2ملیمول 30و d3عند المعاملة 2سم 2889.8إلى 2264.3. ومن 2سم 5346.0إلى 4846.6الورقیة من ) وج�ود ف�روق معنوی�ة ف�ي وزن الم�ادة الجاف�ة للنبات�ات ال�ذرة الص�فراء عن�د 2ول (أظھرت نتائج التحلیل االحصائي في ج�د ، إذ س�بب اإلجھ�اد الم�ائي اخت�زاالً معنوی�اً ف�ي (k-)تعرضھا إلى اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھی�دروجین وجھ�د البوتاس�یوم وبنس��بة إنخف��اض 1-ط��ن . ھ��ـ 5.39و 8.60وزن للم��ادة الجاف��ة بل��غ أوط��أوأعط��ى d3و d2ھ��ذه الص��فة وبك��ال مس��توییھ إن م�ن اس�باب . 1-ط�ن . ھ�ـ 10.37ال�ذي أعط�ى d1% عل�ى التت�ابع وبف�ارق معن�وي ع�ن المس�توى 48.04% و 17.06 ،داتوفق�دان س�عة البالس�تی ،rubpcarboxylaseوتثب�یط أن�زیم ،انخفاض الوزن الجاف ھو تحلل النشا إل�ى س�كریات ذائب�ة ــ�ـطة یل الضوئي یسبب أكس�دة الحدی�د بوساوتثبیط عملیة التمث ،المحلل لألنسجة الخلویة celleloseaseوزیادة تركیز أنزیم ملیم�ول بیروكس�ید الھی�دروجین معنوی�اً ف�ي وزن الم�ادة الجاف�ة واعط�ى 15أث�ر تركی�ز [34]و iron oxidase [33]أنزیم ف�ي 1-طن . ھـ h2o2 (8.11اساً بمعاملة عدم اضافة بیروكسید الھیدروجین ( صفر قی 1-طن . ھـ 8.46أعلى وزن لھا بلغ 7.80ملیم�ول بلغ�ت 30حین إنخفضت قیم وزن المادة الجافة معنویاً عند زیادة تركیز بیروكسید الھیدروجین من صفر إل�ى إن المعامل��ة بیروكس��ید الھی��دروجین ق��د % قیاس��اً بمعامل��ة ص��فر بیروكس��ید الھی��دروجین. 3.8وبنس��بة إنخف��اض 1-ط��ن . ھ��ـ تح�ت ةالم�اء واألیص�الیة الثغری� عمالاس�ت ی�ةالنتح نتیج�ة زی�ادة كفا حسنت من معدل التمثیل الضوئي الصافي وأختزال معدل % عن 10.63تفوقت معاملة اضافة البوتاسیوم وأعطت زیادة في وزن المادة الجافة قدرھا .[35]ظروف اجھادات الجفاف -طن . ھ�ـ 7.71عند اضافة البوتاسیوم و 1-طن . ھـ 8.53دون اضافة البوتاسیوم وكانت قیم وزن المادة الجافة من لةالمعام إن الزی�ادة الحاص�لة ف�ي وزن الم�ادة الجاف�ة تع�ود إل�ى دور البوتاس�یوم ف�ي تحفی�ز عملی�ة في حالة عدم اض�افة البوتاس�یوم . 1 اعت�راض ی�ةإذ إن الم�ادة الجاف�ة للنب�ات تع�د مقیاس�اً للتعبی�ر ع�ن كفا ،اثن�اء العملی�ة ف�ي األوراق یةالتمثیل الضوئي وزیادة كفا . كما إن البوتاسیوم یساعد على تكوین الخالیا السكالرنكیمیة ومن ثم زیادة ف�ي [36]في بناء أجزاء النبات ھالضوء وتوظیف فض�الً ع�ن دوره ف�ي تنش�یط انقس�ام [37]خضري سمك السیقان وتصلبھا الذي ینعكس على زیادة الوزن الجاف للمجموع ال لت�داخل الثالث�ي (اإلجھ�اد الم�ائي وبیروكس�ید الھی�دروجین و البوتاس�یوم) ف�ان اض�افة الى ا وبالنسبة [38]الخالیا وزیادة النمو بتركیزص�فر ملیم�ول وذل�ك h2o2و d1البوتاسیوم قد خفف من الضرر الذي سببھ العامالن اإلجھاد المائي ع�ن المس�توى 30و d3المعامل�ة عن�د 1-ط�ن . ھ�ـ 5.55إل�ى 4.49. وم�ن 1-ط�ن . ھ�ـ 10.50إل�ى 10.05بزیادة حاصل المادة الجافة م�ن . أي ان البوتاس���یوم ق���د زاد حاص��ل الم���ادة الجاف���ة بمق��دار ط���ن تح���ت ت��أثیر اإلجھ���اد الجف���افي وبیروكس���ید h2o2ملیم��ول الھیدروجین . حبة للنباتات الذرة الصفراء عند 500) وجود فروق معنویة في وزن 3لتحلیل االحصائي في جدول (أظھرت نتائج ا ، إذ سبب اإلجھاد المائي اختزاالً معنویاً في (k-)تعرضھا إلى اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین وجھد البوتاسیوم 13.40غم وبنسبة إنخفاض 78.67و 91.20 لغتحبة ب 500وزن أوطأوأعطت d3و d2ھذه الصفة وبكال مستوییھ غم . أن أنخفاض وصول الماء 105.32الذي اعطى d1% على التتابع وبفارق معنوي عن المستوى 25.30% و ویعزى تراجع متوسط [39] اثناء مدة أمتالء البذرة یؤدي إلى أنكماشھا وصغر حجمھا وأنخفاض وزنھا في والمغذیات أمتصاص العناصر المعدنیة وتراجع معدل نقل نواتج التمثیل الضوئي من المصدر إلى یةاحبة إلى كف 500وزن ویمكن أن یؤدي الجفاف إلى تشكیل بذور صغیرة وضامرة ومجعدة بسبب تسریع النضج وتقصیر طول مدة [40]المصب یؤدي الجفاف إلى تقصیر مراحل النمو ، ویجبر النباتات على إكمال دورة حیاتھا ،إذ seed filling periodإمتالء البذور ملیمول أثر وبشكل معنوي في 15إن اضافة بیروكسید الھیدروجین بتركیز [41]وتشكیل البذور خالل مدة زمنیة أقصر بیروكسید الھیدروجین وإنخفضت غم قیاساً بمعاملة عدم اضافة 97.20حبة واعطى أعلى قیم لھذه الصفة بلغت 500وزن غم وبنسبة 86.17ملیمول بلغت 30حبة معنویاً عند زیادة تركیز بیروكسید الھیدروجین من صفر إلى 500قیم وزن غم . ویعزى السبب إلى أن بیروكسید الھیدروجین 91.74% قیاساً بمعاملة صفر بیروكسید الھیدروجین 6.01إنخفاض الخالیا وتكوین الجدر الثانویة وتحسین معامل حیویة الجذوروعدد وطول الجذور مما سبب في قد حفز انقسام وأستطالة كما تفوقت معاملة اضافة [43] و [42]االمتصاص العالي للنتروجین الذي انعكس ایجابیاً في نمو وحاصل النبات 41 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 اضافة البوتاسیوم وكانت قیم وزن دون من % عن المعاملة 15.53حبة قدرھا 500البوتاسیوم وأعطت زیادة في وزن غم في حالة عدم اضافة البوتاسیوم . یؤثر البوتاسیوم في زیادة 85.13غم عند اضافة البوتاسیوم و 98.33حبة 500 تجھیز مواقع النشوء الجدیدة (الحبوب) بمتطلباتھا من من ثممنتجات عملیة التمثیل الضوئي (زیادة وزن المادة الجافة) و مصنع الالزم لدیمومتھا وامتالئھا الذي انعكس في زیادة وزنھا فضالً عن دوره الحیوي في نقل ھذه المنتجات وفي الغذاء ال زیادة الكمیة الممتصة من العناصر التي تساھم ھي االخرى في زیادة وزن الحبة . كما یقوم البوتاسیوم بدور مھم في قسام الخلیة وتصنیع الھایدروكاربون والبروتین والنقل السریع للمواد الماء وظروف نمو النبات وأن عمالاست یةتحسین كفا لتداخل الثالثي (اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین و البوتاسیوم) فان اضافة ا إلى وبالنسبة .[22] الحبوب هباتجا بتركیزصفر ملیمول وذلك h2o2و d1البوتاسیوم قد خفف من الضرر الذي سببھ العامالن اإلجھاد المائي عند المستوى h2o2ملیمول 30و d3غم عند المعاملة 79.89إلى 69.70غم. ومن 112.96إلى 98.62حبة من 500بزیادة وزن إذ یالحظ ،) إن اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین أثرا وبشكل معنوي في حاصل الحبوب4یتضح من الجدول ( . ،d3و d2عند تعرض نباتات الذرة الصفراء إلى اإلجھاد المائي وبكال مستوییھ حصول إنخفاض معنوي في ھذه الصفة % على التتابع قیاساً 40.03% و 22.87وبنسبة إنخفاض قدرھا 1-طن.ھـ 3.46، 4.45 االقیم بلغت أوطأسجال إذ ي السیما المساحة . ویعزى سبب أنخفاض الحاصل بسبب أنخفاض النمو الخضر1-طن.ھـ 5.77الذي اعطى d1بالمستوى . كما ان اإلجھاد المائي یؤدي إلى [44] )3و 2و 1الجداول ( في حبة 500الورقیة وأنخفاض تراكم المادة الجافة ووزن فیقل عددھا ویضمر قسم منھا الناشئةالمخصبة ، مما یسبب إجھاضاً للحبوب البیضاتقلة تجھیز مواد التمثیل الضوئي إلى واالنزیمات ،rosلك . كما یعتقد أن أجھاد الجفاف یؤدي إلى تراكم انواع االوكسجین الفعالة ویقل الحاصل تبعا لذ إن .[45]في تجمیع الكاربوھیدرات الً حدث خلیعمل على ھدم البروتین و ی ذيال lipoxygenaseانزیم مثل ،الھاضمة ملیمول أثر وبشكل معنوي في زیادة حاصل الحبوب واعطى أعلى قیم لھذه 15اضافة بیروكسید الھیدروجین بتركیز قیاساً بمعاملة عدم اضافة بیروكسید الھیدروجین وإنخفضت قیم حاصل الحبوب وبشكل 1-طن . ھـ 4.88بلغت الصفة قیاساً بمعـاملة صفر 1-طن . ھـ 4.30ملیمول بلغت 30ر إلى غیر معنوي عندزیادة تركیز بیروكسید الھیدروجین من صف ملیمول ادت إلى 15. كما بینت النتائج أن أضافة بیروكسید الھیدروجین بتركیز 1-طن . ھـ 4.51بیروكسید الھیدروجین عن العناصر تحسین صفة حاصل الحبوب ویعزى السبب إلى أن بیروكسید الھیدروجین یحث الجینات الوراثیة المسؤولة وتفوقت معاملة اضافة البوتاسیوم [47] و [46]الغذائیة الالزمة لنمو النبات السیما عنصري البوتاسیوم والكالسیوم دون اضافة البوتاسیوم وكانت قیم حاصل الحبوب من % عن المعاملة 14.08وأعطت زیادة في حاصل الحبوب قدرھا في حالة عدم اضافة البوتاسیوم . إن التغذیة الجیدة بالبوتاسیوم 1-طن . ھـ 4.26عند اضافة البوتاسیوم و 1-طن . ھـ 4.86 لھا أھمیة في تكوین البروتینات وملئ الحبوب ، وأن البوتاسیوم یعمل على نقل المركبات النتروجینیة إلى الحبوب ومن ثم لتداخل الثالثي ا إلى وبالنسبة . [48]اصل زیادة المحتوى البروتیني وزیادة وزن الحبوب وھذا ما ینعكس على زیادة الح (اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین و البوتاسیوم) فان اضافة البوتاسیوم قد خفف من الضرر الذي سببھ العامالن طن . 6.12إلى 5.34 بتركیزصفر ملیمول وذلك بزیادة حاصل الحبوب من h2o2و d1اإلجھاد المائي عند المستوى بینت نتائج التحلیل االحصائي في جدول . h2o2ملیمول 30و d3عند المعاملة 1-طن . ھـ 3.60إلى 3.05 . ومن1-ھـ ) وجود فروق معنویة في الحاصل البایولوجي لنباتات الذرة الصفراء عند تعرضھا إلى اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید 5( d3و d2اختزاالً معنویاً في ھذه الصفة وبكال مستوییھ ، إذ سبب اإلجھاد المائي (k-)الھیدروجین وجھد البوتاسیوم % على 44.95% و 19.19وبنسبة إنخفاض 1-طن . ھـ 8.89، 13.05حاصل بایولوجي بلغت قیمتھ أوطأ وأعطى . و یعود سبب االنخفاض لھذه الصفة إلى أن 1-طن . ھـ 16.15الذي اعطى d1التتابع وبفارق معنوي عن المستوى المائي أدى إلى تقلیل تراكم المادة الجافة للنبات نتیجة لقلة النمو الخضري المرتبط بالمساحة الورقیة ، و نتیجة االجھاد لھما دوراً مھماً في عملیات النمو وتراكم المادة الجافة . ینتأثیر اإلجھاد المائي في تقلیل امتصاص الماء والمغذیات اللذل اكثر جاھزیة للنبات مما یزید من امتصاصھا الذي یؤدي بدوره kو pو nالمغذیات ففي اإلجھاد المائي المنخفض تكون إلى زیادة نمو الخالیا وانقسامھا وانتظام عملیة التمثیل الضوئي مع زیادة تراكم المادة الجافة في النبات عند اإلجھاد المائي الرطوبة المالئمة توافرن ذكروا أن الذی [49]المنخفض وتكون الحالة معكوسة بزیادة اإلجھاد المائي . تتفق ھذه النتائج مع في التربة یؤدي إلى زیادة واضحة في الحاصل البایولوجي لمحصول الذرة الصفراء . أثرت معامالت بیروكسید طن . 13.34ملیمول معنویاً في زیادة الحاصل البایولوجي واعطى أعلى قیم لھذه الصفة بلغت 15الھیدروجین و بتركیز ة عدم اضافة بیروكسید الھیدروجین وإنخفضت قیم الحاصل البایولوجي وبشكل معنوي عند زیادة تركیز قیاساً بمعامل 1-ھـ % قیاساً بمعـاملة 4.11وبنسبة إنخفاض 1-طن . ھـ 12.12ملیمول بلغت 30بیروكسید الھیدروجین من صفر إلى یدروجین على حث وتفعیل العدید من . یعمل بیروكسید الھ1-طن . ھـ 12.64المقارنة صفر بیروكسید الھیدروجین و jasmonate (ja)و ethyleneو abscisic acid (aba)األشارات الجزیئیة المسؤولة عن الھورمونات النباتیة salicylic acid (sa) [50] 11.84وتفوقت معاملة اضافة البوتاسیوم وأعطت زیادة في الحاصل البایولوجي قدرھا % عند اضافة البوتاسیوم و 1-طن . ھـ 13.41ضافة البوتاسیوم وكانت قیم الحاصل البایولوجي دون ا من عن المعاملة اذ ان اضافتھ أدت إلى زیادة ،في حالة عدم اضافة البوتاسیوم . اما البوتاسیوم فقد سلك االتجاه نفسھ 1-طن . ھـ 11.99 فض وانخفض ھذا المؤشر بزیادة اإلجھادات المائیة الحاصل البایولوجي لمحصول الذرة الصفراء في اإلجھاد المائي المنخ النبات من خالل آلیة فتح وغلق فياللذان اشارا إلى ان للبوتاسیوم دوراً في الحد من تأثیر اإلجھاد المائي العالي [51] عن زیادة النمو الثغور ، كما قد یعزى السبب الى الدور الذي یؤدیھ البوتاسیوم في تأثیره في عدد كبیر من االنزیمات فضالً 42 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 لتداخل الثالثي (اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید ا إلى وبالنسبة [37]و [52]الخضري والجذري وامتصاص المغذیات d1الھیدروجین و البوتاسیوم) فان اضافة البوتاسیوم قد خفف من الضرر الذي سببھ العامالن اإلجھاد المائي عند المستوى إلى 7.56. ومن 1-طن . ھـ 16.63إلى 15.38بزیادة الحاصل البایولوجي من بتركیزصفر ملیمول وذلك h2o2و ویستنتج من ھذه الدراسة إن عامال الدراسة اإلجھاد المائي .h2o2ملیمول 30و d3عند المعاملة 1-طن . ھـ 9.18 لسلوكھما . سلوكاً متماثالً على عكس البوتاسیوم الذي سلك سلوكاً معاكساً اكوبیروكسید الھیدروجین سل المصادر 1-sallah, p.y.k.; antwi, k.o. and ewool, m.b. (2002) potential of elite maize composites for drought tolerance in stress and non drought stress environments . afr. crop sci. j., 10: 1-9. 2wang, w.; vinocur, b.and altman, a. (2003) plant responses to drought, salinity and extreme temperatures: towards genetic engineering for stress tolerance. planta 218:1-14. 3jaleel , c.a.; manivannan, p.; wahid,a.; farooq,m.; aljuburi, h.j.; somasundram, r., and panneerselvam, r. (2009) drought stress in plant : a review on morphological characteristics and pigments composition. int . j . biol .,11(1): 100-105. 4farooq. m ; wahid, a.; kobayashi, n.; fujita, d.and basra s.m.a. (2009) plant drought stress effects , mechanisms and mangement . agron. sustain. dev. , 29 : 186 – 212 5yordanov , i .; velikova ,v.and tsonev,t. (2003) plant responses to drought and stress tolerance . bulg . j . plant physiol ., special issue . 187-206. 6jaleel, c.a.; gopi, r.; sankar,b.; gomathinayagam, m. and panneerselvam, r., (2008) differential responses in water use efficiency in two varieties of catharantius roseus under drought stress . comp. rend. biol., 331: 42-47. 7farooq,m.; basra,s.m.a.; wahid,a.; cheema,z.a., and khaliq,a.(2008) physiological role of exogenously applied glycinebetaine in improving drought of fine grain aromatic rice ( oryza sativa l.) . j. agron. crop sci ., 194: 325-333. 8ashraf , m., and foolad, m.r. (2007) roles of glycinebetaine and proline in improving plant abiotic stress resistance . environ . exp. bot. , 59 : 206 – 216. 9fukao,t.and bailey-serre, j. (2004). plant responses to hypoxia-is survival a balancing act. trends in pl. sci., 9: 449-456. 10laioi, c., apel, k.and danon, a. (2004). reactive oxygen signaling: the latest news. current opinion in plant biology 7, 323-328. 11mittler, r.; vanderauwera, s.; gollery, m.and van breusegem, f. (2004). reactive oxygen gene network of plant. trends pl. sci. 9(10), 490-498. 12dat, j.; vandenabeele, s.; vranova, e.; van montagu, m.; inze, d.and van breusegem, f. (2000). dual action of the active oxygen species during plant stress responses. cell. mol. life sci. 57, 779-795. 13dempsey, d.a.and klessig, d.f. (1995). signals in plant disease resistance. bull. inst. pasteur. 93, 167-186. 14bozsó, z.; ott, p.g.; szamári, á.; zelleng, á.c.; varga, g.; besenyei, e.; et al (2005) early detection of bacterium–induced basal resistance in tobacco leaves with diaminobenzidine and dichlorofluorescein diacetate. j phytopathology. 153, 596-607. 15foreman, j.; bothwell, j.h.; demidchik, v.; mylona, p.; miedema,h.;torres, m.a.; et al. (2003) reactive oxygen species produced by nadph oxidase regulate plant cell growth. nature 422, 442-446. 16bhattachrjee, s (2005). reactive oxygen species and oxidative burst: roles in stress, senescence and signal transduction in plant. current science 89, 1113-1121. 17peng, l.t.; jiang, y.m.; yang, s.z.and pan, s.y. (2005). accelerated senescence of fresh-cut chinese water chestnut tissues in relation to hydrogen peroxide accumulation. pl. physl., 31(5), 527-532. 43 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 18bright, j.; desikan, r.; hancock, j.t.; weir, i.s.and neill, s.j. (2006).aba-induced no generation and stomatal closure in arabidopsis are dependent on h2o2 synthesis. the pl. j. 45., 113-122. 19noctor,g.and foyer,c.h. (1998). ascorbate and glutathione: keeping active oxygen under control. annu. rev. plant physiol. plant mol biol. 49, 249-279. 20bright, j.; desikan, r.; hancock, j.t.; weir, i.s.and neill, s.j. (2006). aba-induced no generation and stomatal closure in arabidopsis are dependent on h2o2 synthesis. the pl. j. 45., 113-122. 21sangkkara , u.r.; frehner and nosberger, m. j. (2001) influence of soil moisture and fertilizer potassium on the regetative growth of mungbean ( vigna radiata l. wikzek ) and cowpea ( vigna unguiculata l. walp) . j. agron . crop sci . 186 , 73 – 81. 22marschner , h., (1995) mineral nutrition of higher plants . academic press san diego , usa . 23fusheing , l., (2006) potassium and water interaction . international workshop on soil potassium and k fertilizer management . agricultural college guangxi university . 132 . 24cakmak , i. (2005) the role of potassium in alleviating detrimental effects of biotic stresses in plants . j. plant nutr. soil sci , 168 , 521 – 530 . 25kovda , v.a.; vandenberg,c.; and hangun r.m. (1973) drainage and salinity. fao . une co. london. التعل��یم الع��الي والبح��ث . ال��ذرة الص��فراء أنتاجھ��ا وتحس��ینھا . جامع��ة بغ��داد. وزارة 1990الس�اھوكي ، م��دحت مجی��د . -26 العلمي ، العراق . 27metealfe j.c.; davies,w.j and pereira,j.s. (1990) .leaf growth of eucalyptus globules seeding under water deficit . tree physiol. 6:221-227. 28alves , a.a.c., and srtter,t.l. (2004) respouse of cassava leaft area expansion to water deficit : cell proliferation , cell expansion and delayed development . ann . bot . ( london) 94:605 – 613 . 29gondim . f.a.; filho, e.g.; lacerda,c.f.; prisco, j.t.; neto, a.d.a., and marques,e.c. (2010) pretreatment with h2o2 in maize seeds : effects on germination and seedling acclimation to salt stress . braz. j. plant phsiol. ,22(2) : 103 – 112 . 30deng, x.p.; cheng, y.j.; wu, x.b.; kwak, s.s.; chen, w.; and eneji, a.e. (2012) exogenous hydrogen peroxide positively influences root growth and exogenous hydrogen peroxide positively influences root growth and metabolism in leaves of sweet potato seedlings. ajcs 6(11):1572-1578. 31wiebold, b. and scharf,p. (2006) potassium deficiency symptoms in drought stressed crops, plant stress resistance and the impact of potassium application south china. agron. j., 98: 1354-1359. 32ebrahimi, s. t.; yarnia,m.; benam,m.b.k. and tabrizi, e.f.m. (2011) effect of potassium fertilizer on corn yield ( jeta cv. ) under drought stress condition. am – euras. j. agric & environ. sci , 10 (2):257 – 263 . 33rao, k.v.m.; raghavendra, a.s. and reddy, k.j. (2006) physiology and molecular biology of stress tolerance in plants. springer, dordecht, netherlands: 345 p. 34chaves, m.m.;, flexas,j. and pinheiro,c. (2009) photosynthesis under drought and salt stress: regulation mechanisim for whole plant to cell. ann. bot., 105:551-560. 35he , l.; gao , z. and li, r. (2009) pretreatment of seed with h2o2 enhances drought to lerance of wheat ( triticum aestivum l. ) seedlings . afr. j. biotechnol . vol. 8(22) , pp. 6151 – 6157 . . فسیولوجیا نباتات المحاصیل. كتاب مترجم. جامعة بغداد. وزارة التعل�یم الع�الي والبح�ث 1990عیسى ، طالب احمد. -36 .العلمي 37international potash institute (ipi).(2000) potassium in plant production.basel. switzerland. 44 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 38tisdale, s.l.; nelson, w.l.; beaton, j.d. and havlin, j.l. (1997) soil fertility and fertilizer. prentice hall of india. new delhi. 39mut, z.; akay, h.and aydin, n. (2010) effect of seed size and drought stress on germination and seedling growth of some oat genotypes (avena sative l.). afric. j. agric. res. 5(10): 1101-1107. 40iqbal, m. z.; kausar, r.; muhammad, i. and muhammad, i., (1999).effect of biopost on different fungal diseases of wheat.int. j. of agric. and biol.,1(3):114-115. 41pierre , c.s.; pelerson , c.j.; ross, a.s.; ohm , j.b.; verhoeven , m.c.; larson, m. and hoefer, b. (2008) white wheat grain quality changes with genotype, nitrogen fertilization, and water stress. agron. j. 100 : 414-420. 42liao, m.; fillery, i.r.p., and palta , j.a. (2004) early vigorous growth is a major factor influencing nitrogen uptake in wheat. funct.pl. biol., 31:121-9. 43hameed , a. ; farooq , s.; iqbal, n . and arshad, r. (2004) influence of exogenous application of hydrogen peroxide on root and seedling growth on wheat ( triticum aestivum l. ). int. j. agri. biol. , 6 , no. 2 – 366 – 369 . 44anjum. s.a.; xie, x.y.; wang , l.c.; saleem , m.f.; man,c., and lei, w. (2011) morphological and biochemical responses of plants to drought stress . afr. j. agric. res. vol. 6(9) , pp. 2026 – 2032 . 45bahtangarmathur, p.; devi, m.j.; vades, v. and sharma,k.k. (2009) differential anti oxidative responses in transgenic peanut bear on relationship to their superior transpiration efficiency under drought stress. j. pant physiol., 166: 1207-1217. 46liu, q.; yu, z.g.and kuang, w.c. (2004). ethylene signal transduction in arabidopsis. j. of pl. physiol. and mol. biol., 30(3), 241-250. 47desikan, r.; cheng, m.k.; clarke, a.; golding, s.; sagi, m.; fluhr, r. et al. (2004) hydrogen peroxide is a common signal for darknessand aba-induced stomatal closure in pisum sativum. funct. plant biol. 31, 913-920. -دلیل تغذیة النب�ات . مدیری�ة دار الكت�ب للطباع�ة والنش�ر ) . 1988ابو ضاحي ، یوسف محمد ومؤید احمد الیونس . ( -48 جامعة بغداد، العراق. 49abdelmajid, e.a.; mustafa, m.a. and ayed, i. (1982) effect of irrigation interval, urea and gypsum on n, p, and uptake by forage sorghum on highly saline sodic cla. exp. agric. 18:177-182. 50quan, l.j.; zhang, b.; shi, w.w. and li, h.y. (2008) hydrogen peroxide in plants; a versatile molecule of reactive oxygen species network. supported by the national natural science foundation of china (30170238; 30670070). . اساسیات فسیولوجیا النبات . دار الحكمة للطباعة والنشر ، كلیة 1991لعظیم كاظم ومؤید احمد الیونس. محمد ، عبدا -51 الزراعة. جامعة بغداد. 52kraas, a. (1993) role of potassium in fertilizer nutrient efficiency (cited by).mengel k and krans a. 1993. k availability of soils in west asia and north africa status and perspectives. basel. switzerland. 3957. 45 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ) لنبات الذرة 2) : تأثیر اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین والبوتاسیوم في المساحة الورقیة (سم1جدول رقم ( الصفراء. + k k water stress h2o2 h2o2 30 15 0 30 15 0 5309.4 5788.2 5346.0 4337.8 5072.8 4846.6 d1 4093.6 4551.9 4517.9 3065.8 3340.3 3435.0 d2 2889.8 3191.9 3065.8 2264.3 2554.4 2776.3 d3 mean k water stress + k k 5116.8 5481.2 4752.4 d1 3834.0 4387.8 3280.3 d2 2790.3 3049.1 2531.6 d3 4306.0 3521.4 mean mean h2o2 h2o2 * k + k k 3997.9 4309.9 3685.9 0 4083.2 4510.6 3655.8 15 3660.1 4097.6 3222.6 30 4306.0 3521.4 mean lsd 0.05 d k h2o2 d*k d* h2o2 k* h2o2 d*k* h2o2 190.1 155.2 190.1 296.6 602.2 1010.8 409.9 ) لنبات 1-: تأثیر اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین والبوتاسیوم في وزن المادة الجافة (طن . ھكتار )2جدول رقم ( الذرة الصفراء. + k k water stress h2o2 h2o2 30 15 0 30 15 0 10.36 11.07 10.50 9.80 10.47 10.05 d1 8.72 9.39 9.03 7.89 8.48 8.16 d2 5.55 6.23 6.03 4.49 5.17 4.92 d3 mean k water stress + k k 10.37 10.64 10.10 d1 8.60 9.04 8.17 d2 5.39 5.93 4.86 d3 mean 8.53 7.71 mean h2o2 h2o2 * k + k k 8.11 8.52 7.71 0 8.46 8.89 8.04 15 7.80 8.21 7.39 30 8.54 7.71 mean lsd 0.05 d k h2o2 d*k d* h2o2 k* h2o2 d*k* h2o2 0.136 0.111 0.136 0.328 0.595 2.128 0.329 46 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 حبة (غم) لنبات الذرة 500) : تأثیر اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین والبوتاسیوم في وزن 3جدول رقم ( الصفراء. + k k water stress h2o2 h2o2 30 15 0 30 15 0 101.37 126.10 112.96 88.44 104.45 98.62 d1 95.83 98.70 96.70 81.81 89.09 85.13 d2 79.89 88.42 85.09 69.70 76.98 71.98 d3 mean k water stress + k k 105.32 113.47 97.17 d1 91.20 97.07 85.34 d2 78.67 84.46 72.88 d3 mean 98.33 85.13 mean h2o2 h2o2 * k + k k 91.74 98.25 85.24 0 97.28 104.40 90.17 15 86.17 92.36 79.98 30 98.33 85.13 mean lsd 0.05 d k h2o2 d*k d* h2o2 k* h2o2 d*k* h2o2 2.881 2.352 2.881 7.441 10.864 12.647 9.982 ) لنبات 1-في حاصل الحبوب (طن . ھكتار) : تأثیر اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین والبوتاسیوم 4جدول رقم ( الذرة الصفراء. + k k water stress h2o2 h2o2 30 15 0 30 15 0 5.91 6.78 6.12 4.98 5.52 5.34 d1 4.24 5.13 4.63 4.06 4.61 4.10 d2 3.60 3.76 3.67 3.05 3.49 3.23 d3 mean k water stress + k k 5.77 6.27 5.28 d1 4.45 4.66 4.25 d2 3.46 3.67 3.25 d3 mean 4.86 4.26 mean h2o2 h2o2 * k + k k 4.51 4.80 4.22 0 4.88 5.22 4.54 15 4.30 4.58 4.03 30 4.86 4.26 mean lsd 0.05 d k h2o2 d*k d* h2o2 k* h2o2 d*k* h2o2 0.275 0.224 0.275 0.421 0.605 1.040 0.654 47 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ) 1-) : تأثیر اإلجھاد المائي وبیروكسید الھیدروجین والبوتاسیوم في الحاصل البایولوجي (طن . ھكتار5جدول رقم ( لنبات الذرة الصفراء. + k k water stress h2o2 h2o2 30 15 0 30 15 0 16.27 17.88 16.63 14.80 16.01 15.38 d1 12.98 14.39 13.66 11.95 13.09 12.29 d2 9.18 10.05 9.72 7.56 8.68 8.19 d3 mean k water stress + k k 16.15 16.92 15.39 d1 13.05 13.67 12.44 d2 8.89 9.65 8.14 d3 mean 13.41 11.99 mean h2o2 h2o2 * k + k k 12.64 13.33 11.95 0 13.34 14.10 12.59 15 12.12 12.81 11.43 30 13.41 11.99 mean lsd 0.05 d k h2o2 d*k d* h2o2 k* h2o2 d*k* h2o2 0.350 0.286 0.350 0.660 1.062 3.088 0.795 48 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 effect of water stress and hydrogen peroxide and potassium on the growth and yield of (zea mays l.) ismail khalil al-samerria hamadallah sulaiman rahi department. of soil and water resources /college of agricuture / university of baghdad. asaad kadhim abdullah dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in : 10/9/2013 , accepted in : 4/12/2013 abstract an experiment was conducted in the field, department of field crops , college of agriculture , university of baghdad during fall season 2011. to study the effect of interaction of water stress and hydrogen peroxide and potassium on the growth and yield of maize plant cultivar bohooth 106. it included the study of three levels of water stresses of 40 , 60 and 80% of the available water , (d1 , d2 and d3) respectively, three levels of hydrogen peroxide of concentrations (0 , 15 and 30 mm), and foliar application of potassium at the concentration of 3000 mg k. l-1 k2so4 and without applied potassium.. split – split with rcbd design with three replications were used. the levels of water stresses occupied the main plots , potassium levels were in the subplots and the maize seed soaked with hydrogen peroxide occupied sub sub plots. the results showed that water stress (d3) and h2o2 (30) mm significatly reduced the plant propreties ( lsa , dry matter weight , 500 grain weight , grain and biological yield) whereas k significantly increased these plant propreties . key words : water stress , hydrogen peroxide , potassium , zea mays . 49 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 biochemical study on splenectomy and non splenectomy iraqi major thalassemic patients m. s. sabri departme nt of chemistry , college of education i bn – alhaitham , unive rsity of baghdad. abstract in this st udy the activities of alanine transaminase (alt) and asp artate transaminase (ast) were evaluated, in addition to total p rotein and albumins in sera of sixty one subjects whose ages were ranged between(4-16) y ears. these subjects were, twenty eight major thalassemic p atient (12 with sp lenectomy and 16 non sp lenectomy ) and fifteen with minor thalassemia. ei ghteen healty subjecte as control. the result revealed a si gnificant elevation in the activities of both aminotransferases enzy mes (ast and alt) in the sera of all the alassmic patient group s compared with control. also a significant increase in the activity of alt in sera of non-sp lenectomy comp ared to sp lenectomy major thalassemic p atient , which could be an indicative of the severity of liver dy sfunction. no significant differences in the albumine levels of all p atient group s comp ared to control was noticed. a sign ificant low level of total p rotein in non sp lenectomy major thalassemic comp ared to control was found , while no significant difference between total p rotein level in the sera of sep lenectomy major thalassemic comp ared with control was found. a conclusion could be obtained for the low lev els of t otal p rotein and the normal level of albumin in sera of non sp lenectomy major thalassemia is the reduction in some p rotein fractions of the globulin p art of t he serum. introduction the thalassemias are her editary hemolytic diseases in which an inbalance occurs in the sy nthesis of globin chains. as a group they are the most common single gene disorders in humans. normally , sy nthesis of the α and β globin chains are coordinated, so that each α – globin chain h as a βglobin chain p artner.this leads to the formation of α2 β2 (hba). in the thalassemias , the sy nthesis of either the αor the βglobin chain is defective. a thalassemia can be caused by a v ariety of mutations, includin g entire gene deletions, or substitutions or deletions of one to many nucleotides in the dna [1]. in t hese disorders, synthesis of βglobin chains is d ecreased or absent, t yp ically as a result of p oint mutations t hat affect p roduction of functional mrna, however, α – globin chain sy nthesis is normal. αglobin chains cannot form st able tetramers and, therefore precipitate, causing the p remature death of cells initially destined to become immature red b lood cells [2] . this defect results in an excess of t he other chain which p recipitates within the red cell membrane causin g h emolytic anemia bringing about cell death within the bone marrow and premature removal of cir culatin g red cells by the sp leen[3]. βthalassemia is the most familiar typ e, in which the βglobin chain sy nthesis is imp aired. a deficiency of β chains, α chain sy nthesis continuos p roducing an increased p rop ortion of hbf and α chain p roduction increases the amount of hba2[4]. the severity of the disease dep ends on the amount of hba and hbf, which p resent [3]. amino transferses catalyze the transfer of an αamino group from an α – amino acid to an αketo acid .these enzy mes , also called transaminases, gener ally funnel αamino group s from a variety of amino acids to αketoglutarate for conversion in to nh4 + . aspartate ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 amino transferase (ast), one of the most imp ortant of these enzy mes, catalyzes the transfer of the amino group of asp artate to α-ketoglutarate . aspartate + αketoglutarate � oxalo ace tate + glutamate alanine amino transferase (alt) cataly zes the transfer of the amino group of alanine to αketoglutarate. alanine + αketo glutarate � py ruvate + glutamate these transamination reactions are r eversible and can thus be used to sy nthesize amino acids fro m αketoacids[5]. the p roteins are substances made up of smaller bu ild ing blocks called amino acid. and are imp ortant constituents of all cells and tissues. human serum contains more than 125 identified p roteins. so there are many different kinds of p roteins in the body with many different functions[6]. the major site of sy nthesis of the p lasma p roteins is the liver. the second major site is the immune sy st em[7]. the concentration of tot al p rotein in human p lasma is app roximately 7.0 – 7.5 g/dl and comprises the major p art of the solids of the plasma. the proteins of the plasma are actually a comp lex mixture that includes not only simple p roteins but also conjugated p roteins such as glycoprotein and var ious typ es of lip op roteins[8] . t otal p rotein lev el d epends on the balance between their sy nthesis and their catabolism or loss from body . a total serum p rotein test measures total amount of p rotein in blood seru m as we ll as the amounts of albu min and globulin which are the main two group s of p rotein[9] . albumin has a single p olypeptide chain of 580 amino acids. it is a very stable p rotein with a high net negative char ge at p hy siologic p h with a m .wt. of 66,000 d. albumin forms the lar gest p ortion of the serum p roteins it is p roduced and degraded by the liver. it carr ies m any small molecules[10] . it is a collective term, used to refer to p roteins other than albumin with the exception of the immunoglobulin and some comp lement p roteins which are formed by immune sy stem , most of the globulins are produced in the liv er[11]. experime ntal part blood collection and subject samples : five ml of v enous blood sample was obtained from twenty eight subjects of both sexes , whose β-thalassemia major (sp lenectomy and non sp lenectomy) condition was confirmed by evalution of hbf , hba and hba2 usin g the bio. rad variant hemo globin testing sy st em from bio. rad comp any (italy ) , at ibn al balady hosp ital in addition to fifteen minor thalassemic subjects as p athological control were includ ed in the present study . also eighteen healthy subjects were enrolled as control group . al l blood samples , which were collected fro m the above subjects were allowed to coagulate at room temp erature within 30 minutes, centrifuged for 10 minutes at 2500g. the r esulting serum was sep arated and divided to p arts and frozen until time of analysis. information of all subjects enrolled in the study are shown in table (1) determination of amino transferases activities the dermination were p erformed using a ready kit p urctuesed from randox labor atories , england. determination of ast activity . colorimetic method for determination of serum asp artate amino tranferase by monitoring the concentration of oxaloacetate hy drazine formed with 2,4 dinitrop heny lhydrazine (dnph)[12]. determination of (alt) activity . the activity of alt is measured by monitoring the concentration of py ruvate hy drozone formed with (dnph)[12]. determination of tot al p rotein. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the concentration of total p rotein was determined accordin g to the rando x kit[13], in which cupric ions, in an alk aline medium, interact with p rotein p ep tide bonds resulting in the formation of a colour ed complex . determination of albumin levels. plasma albu min level was determined by the dye-binding technique usin g bromocresol green (bcg), p rovided by a ready kit from randox laboratories, england. in the assay medium albu min wi ll b ind bcg in p hosp hate buffer ( p h 4.2), thus y ielding a b lue comp lex. the incr ease in the absorbance, at 630 n m , is p rop ortional to the amount of albumin p resent in the samp le. human albumin is used as a standared[14]. s tatistical anal ysis the results were analyzed by student -ttest with p values ≤ 0.05 considered si gnificant using excel xp 2000 p rogram. results and discussion table(2): showes the activity of ast and alt in sera of major thalassemic p atients (sp lenectomy and non sp lenectomy) , minor thalassemia and healthy control. a high significant increase in the activity of ast and alt for both major thalasemic group comp ared to that for minor thalassemic and control were found. the r esult of the p resent study is in a good agreement with result reported earlier ,the reason for this elevation in the activities are du e to sy mp toms of liver damages. as liver is the major site of iron st orage , the liver is a consp icuous victim of excess iron deposition[15]. however the inciden ce and p revalence of ironinduced or gan injury was not influenced by the ethnicity of the p atients in multiple large thalassemia trials[16]. plasma alt is a marker of liver injure which increased in thalassemia and considered to be an indicative of liver dysfunction and leakage of liver metabolites into the plasma[17]. results of serum tot al p rotein and albumin ar e shown in table (3).from table (3) the mean valu es of albumin in sera of p atient with β-thalassemia are not siginfin gthy different as comp ared to control group . these results agree with a studied p arameter reported that p atient with βthalassemia major (sp lenectomy and non sp lenectomy ) showed similar serum albumin lev el comp atable to healthy individuals[18]. on t he other hand reports showed lower level of albu min in the thalasseamic p atient due to the p resence of antibody in the sera of p atient under blood transfusion[19]. the total p rotein concentration in sera of all p ataient group s except non sp lenectomy showed non significant differences with that for healthy control while a significant reduction was found in the non sp lenectomy comp ared to control the p ossible cause reported to be secondarily decreased sy nthesis of p rotein by the liver and whi ch imp osed to damages by transfusion therapy leadin g to iron over load[20]. the reduction in tot al p rotein and the near normal valu e of albumin could be du e to the decrease in the globulin sy nthesis because the latter consist of different t yp es (i,e α1 , α2 , β and δ ) globuline so the redu ction in any one of these globulin could r esult in a decrease of total level. re ferences 1.clarke,g.m.,higgins,t.n.(2000) : laboratory invest igation of hemo globin op athies and thalassemia.clin.chem.46 :1284. 2.champ e,p.c.,harvey,r.a., and ferrier , d.r.(2008) “ lipp incott’s illustrated reviews ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 biochemist ry ” 4 th ed , lippincott williams & wilkins philadelp hia. 3.lissaure, t., colay den, g. (2001) “ illusration text book of p aediatrics, 2 nd , ed., p.305. m osby intevnational lmd. 4.lanzkowsky ,p.(2000), “ pediatric hematology and oncolo gy ” 3 rd ed.pp:182-193, 305 306.a cademic p ress. 5.berg,j.m .,tymoczko,t.l., and st ry er,l. (2007) “ biochemistry ” 5 th ed.w.h freeman and comp any , new york. 6.stry er,l.(2000) “ biochemistry ” 4 th ed .new york .w.h.freeman and company , 153 7.kaneko, j.j., harvey , j.w., and brunss., m.c. (1997) “ clinical bioch emistry of domestic animals ” 5 th ed. academic press. pp :120-226. 8.m urray ,r.k., granner, d.k. and rodwell v.w.(2006) “ harper’s illust rated biochemist ry ”, m c grow hill, 27 th ed .u.s.a. 9.m ickael, l., janet t ,l., and edwar, p.(2002) “ clinical chemist ry ”4 th ed. lippincott williams & wi lkin g, p .172. 10.carl, a.,edward, r., and ray mond ,e.(1991) “ tiets t ext book of clinical chemistry ” w.b. sannders company. 1: 151-155, 482-496. 11.bishop , m .l., fody , e.p., and schoff, l.(2005)“clinical chemistry p rinciples, p rocedures, correlations 5 th ed.lip p incott williams & wilkins , p p : 105 -106, 194-212. 12.reitman,s. and grankel,s.(1957) : a colorimetric method for t he determination of serum glutamic o xalacetic and glutamic p y ruric transamination , am.j.clin pathol.28:26-63. 13.weich e selbaum,t.e.(1946): an accurate and rap id method for t he determination of p roteins in small amounts of blood, serum and p lasma. amer.j. clin.patho., 16:40-49. 14.rodkey,e.l.(1965): direct spectrop hotometic determination of albu min in human serum, clin. ch em. .1:478. 15.wood,j.c, tyszra, j.m ; carson, s, nelson, m .d, coots, t.d. : my ocadial iron load ing in transfusion dependent thalassemia and sickle cell disease blood 103: 1954-1936 [pub m ed] 16.vich insky , e.p., m acklin, e.a., way e, j.s., lorey, f; olivieri, n.f.(2005) chan ges in the epidemiology of thalassaemia in north america a new minority disease.p ediatrics. b; 116.e 818e 825 [p ub m ed] 17.walter,p b., fung, e.b. , killilea, d.w., harmatz, p.(2008) :oxidative st rees and inflammation in ironov erloaded patients with βthalassaemia or overlo aded p atients with βthalassaemia or sickle cell dise ase, p1-14 bro haematal ,135(2):254-263. 18.aitxala,m .t., and sarandria , c.n.(2001):m icrosferocitosis erythroid profik and its relation with different lab. test s. m edicina. 61(4):417-23. 19.wanach iwanawin, w., leun grojanakul, p.,and fucharocn, s.(2003) : prevalence and clinical si gn ificance of hepatitis c virus infection thai p atients with thalassemia .int.j.heamatol., 78(4):374-8. 20.hentze,m .w., m uckenthaler, m .v. and andrews, n.c. (2004): balancin g acts : m oleculor control of m ammalian iron metabolism cell, 117 :285-297. table (1): information of thal assemi c patients and healthy control. groups no. m ean age (year) range of age (year) m ajor thalassemic (sp lenectomy) 12 9 ± 2.2 6-11 m ajar thalassimic (non–sp lenectomy) 16 8 ± 1.8 4-12 m inor thalassemia 15 14 ± 3.7 9-16 healthy control 18 12 ± 2.3 7-16 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table(2) : as t and alt actives i n sera of all groups . groups no. ast mean ±sd(u/l) p alt mean ±sd(u/l) p m ajor thalassemic (sp lenectomy) 12 46.8 ± 19.1 < 0.05 s 51.8±13.1 < 0.05 s m ajor thalassemic ( non sp lenectomy) 16 48.7 ± 11.7 < 0.05 s 58.7 ± 21.3 < 0.05 s m inor thalassemic 15 10.3 ± 2.3 s < 0.05 8.4 ± 3.1 < 0.05 s health control 18 7.9 ± 1.8 < 0.05 s 5.6 ± 1.9 p * >0.05 ns p * < 0.05s * represent p value between both major thalassemic p atients (sp lenectomy and non sp lenectomy). table (3): serum total protein and albumin in sera of all studie d groups. groups total p rotein (gm/dl)± sd p albumin (gm/dl)± sd p m ajor thalassemic (sp lenectomy) 7.12 ± 0.39 > 0.05 ns 4.08 ± 0.41 > 0.05 ns m ajor thalassemic ( non sp lenectomy) 6.21 ± 0.81 < 0.05 s 4.03 ± 0.46 > 0.05 ns m inor thalassemic 7.09 ± 0.37 > 0.05 ns 4.12 ± 0.51 > 0.05 ns health control 7.18 ± 0.28 > 0.05 ns 4.01 ± 0.31 > 0.05 ns p * <0.05 s p * < 0.05 ns 2010) 1( 23ة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقی دراسة كیموحیویة لمرضى فقر دم البحر االبیض المتوسط لكل من الخاضعین وغیر الخاضعین لرفع الطحال في العراق میادة سمیر صبري جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة فضال عن (ast)واالسبارتیت ترانزامنیر ، (alt)مینز اس فعالیة انزیمي االنین ترانز قی ةتمت في هذه الدراس ة ) 16-4(تتراوح اعمارهم من انموذجأتقدیر مستوى البروتین وااللبومین في مصل الدم واحد وستون سنة في هذه الشریح ر ،ثمانیة وعشرون یعانون من مرض فقر دم البحر االبیض المتوسط منهم اثنا عشر خضعوا لعملیة رفع الطحال وستة عش ط الخفیف كما شملت الدراسة ثمانیة . لم یخضعوا لها وهناك خمسة عشر مریضًا یعاني من فقر دم البحر االبیض المتوس .الصحاء كمجموعة سیطرة انموذجأشر ع في مصل دم كل من مجامیع المرضى مقارنة مع alt و astإظهرت النتائج زیادة معنویة في فعالیة انزیمي في مصل دم المجموعة التي لم تخضع لرفع الطحال نسبة altمجموعة السیطرة كذلك وجدت زیادة معنویة في فعالیة .عة للرفع والتي یمكن ان تكون داللة على شدة التلف الحاصل في الكبد الى المجموعة الخاض ظهر انخفاض لم تظهر اختالفات معنویة في مستوى االلبومین بین مجامیع المرضى مقارنة بمجموعة السیطرة ا لم تظهر فروقات بینم ،معنوي في البروتین الكلي في المرضى غیر خاضعین لعملیة رفع الطحال مقارنة مع االصحاء .معنویة في المرضى الخاضعین لعملیة رفع الطحال مقارنة مع االصحاء كلي وبقاء مستویات االلبومین في مصل دم المرضى غیر الخاضعین لرفع خیمكن ان نستنتج من ان فاض البروتین ال .في بعض اجزاء من الكلوبیولینات في مصل الدم االطحال بأن هناك انخفاض 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد للمركب الفائق التوصیل ةوالكهربائی ةتحضیر ودراسه الخصائص التركیبی hg0.5pb0.5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+ δ كریم علي جاسم ، محمد عبد النبي ، مصطفى محمد علي ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد -قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة التربیة 2010، تشرین االول ،5: استلم البحث في 2011، شباط، 8: قبل البحث في الخالصة ــــــق ــــــات الزئبــ ــــــاص –حضـــــــرت مركبـ ــــ–الرصـ ـــــوني الفائقــــ ـــیل ذ ةاالنتیمــ ــیغ والتوصــــ ــــ -hg0.5 pb0.5 ةالصـ xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ (x=0, 0.10 and 0.15) اسـتعملت .ثـالث خطـوات بطریقـة تفاعـل الحالـة الصـلبة باسـتعمال hg0.5المركــب ةن عینــأووجــدنا tcإلیجــاد درجــة الحــرارة الحرجــة (point probe 4) ةالكهربائیــة تقنیــة المقاومیــ pb0.5ba2ca2cu3o8.437 المركـب ةا عینـمـسـلوك شـبه موصـل بین وذاhg0.5 pb0.4sb0.1ba2ca2cu3o8.353 هـي ةدرجـ والتوصـیل ذ ةهـي فائقـ hg0.5 pb0.35sb0.15ba2ca2cu3o8.233المركـب ةسـلوك معـدني موصـل لكـن عینـ وذ )tc) ةانتقالی ةحرار 0ff)) 126تساويk . وأظهـرت هـذه ةتراكیب معینیه قائم ون المركبات ذأبینت تحلیالت االشعة السینیة االنتیموني تسبب ةنسب ةمقارنة مع الخالیة منه وان زیاد sbاالنتیموني ةمع زیاده نسب cالتحلیالت نقصان في قیمة الثابت )vphase)الطور ةفي نسب ةزیاد . c/aو ρm ةالكتلی ةونقصان في كال من الكثاف ((1223 ةالكتلی ةالكثاف، تحلیالت االشعة السینیة، درجة الحرارة الحرجة ، ةالكهربائی ةالمقاومی-:ةالكلمات المفتاحی ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 synthesis and study structural and electrical properties of hg0.5pb0.5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+ δ superconductors k. a. jasim, m. abdul-nebi and m. m. ali departme nt of physics, college of education i bn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 5, october , 2010 accepte d in : 8, february, 2011 abstract m ercury -lead-antimony based sup erconductors with the formula hg0.5 pb0.5xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ (x=0, 0.10 and 0.15) have been p repared by useing three st ep solid st ate reaction p rocesses. electrical resistivity , using four p robe technique, is used to find the transition temp erature tc. it is found from that sample hg0.5 pb0.5ba2ca2cu3o8.437 is semiconductor , sample hg0.5 pb0.4sb0.1ba2ca2cu3o8.353 is normal st ate with metallic behaviors, while sample hg0.5 pb0.35sb0.15ba2ca2cu3o8.233 is sup erconducting st ate with critical transition temp erature (tc) is 126k. x-ray diffraction (xrd) analysis showed a tetragonal st ructure with decrease in the c-axis lattice constant for the samp les dop ed with sb as comp ared with these which have no sb content. it was found that the increase of the sb concentrations of all our samples p roduce an increase of the volume fraction (vphase ) and decrease c/a and m ass density ρm . key words:electrical resistivity , transition temp erature, x-ray diffraction and m ass density introduction sup erconductivity in the hg-based cuprate family having the generic formula hgba2can1cuno2n+2 ([hg-12(n-1)n], hg-ba-ca-cu-o, hgbcco) was first reported in 1993 [1] for the n = 1 compound (hg-1201). shortly thereafter, a record high tc of 133 k was reported for the n = 3 comp ound (hg-1223) under ambient conditions [2]. subsequently , it was found that tc values in excess of 164 k could be induced in the hg-1223 by the app lication of a high p ressure [3]. the hg-1223 samples are known to degrade rapidly after sy nthesis. in view of this, significant efforts have recently been made to imp rove the st ability of the hg bearing ht sc p hases, p articularly the hg-1223 p hase. it is now known t hat t he most effective way to imp rove the st ability of the hg-1223 p hase is through suitable cationic substitut ion for hg. ty p ically suited cations are those having oxidation states higher than that of hg +2 greater than + 2 such as, tl +3 , pb, bi +3 , and re[4-7] . they bring in more oxy gen in the oxy gen deficient hgo δ lay er leading to p hase st ability . the higher oxidation st ate cations also lead to hole op timization in the hole deficient as grown hg-1223 p hase, thus p roducing op timum critical transition temp erature (tc). in the p resent work we have successfully p repared hg0.5pb0.5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ bulk p olycryst alline sup erconductor by using three st ep solid state reaction p rocess, we have doped hg0.5 pb0.5ba2ca2cu3o8+δ with sb taken in varying concentrations st ability of hg(pb)-1223 p hase. experime ntal the sy nthesis of hg0.5 p b0. 5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+ δ ht sc p hases (x= 0, 0.10 and 0.15) have p repared solid state reaction met hod , using app rop riate weights of p ure powders (99.998% ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 from m ay & baker ltd dagenham england) materials of hgo, , p b2o3, sb2o3,baco3, caco3 and cuo. the weight of each reactant was measured by using a sensitive balance ty p e (m ett ler h35 ar with cap aci ty: 11 0 grams and rea da bi lity: 0. 001 ).t he synt hesis of t he samples have been carried out by t hr ee st ep precursor met ho d. in t he first st ep, the powders (baco3, caco3 and cuo)were mixed together by using agate mortar ; a sufficient quantity of 2p rop ane was to homogenization the mixture and to form slurry during the p rocess of grinding for about (30-50) minute.the mixture was dried by an oven at (200 0 c). the mixture was p ut in tube furnace that has p rogrammable controller ty p e [eurp therm 818], for calcinations, which is the heat treatment to remove co2 gas from the mixture. for this p rocess the p owder was heated to temp erature of (800 0 c) for three hours with a rate of (200 0 c /hr) , then cooled to room temp erature by the same rate of heating. in the second step, the ba2ca2cu3o7 p recursor was mixed with hgo, sb2o3 and pb2o3 to obtain the nominal comp ositions hg0.5 pb0.5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ where x=0.0, 0.10 and 0.15. the powder was p ressed into disc-shap ed p ellets (1.3 cm) in diameter and (0.2-0.3 cm) thick, using hy draulic p ress ty p e (sp ecac) under a p ressure of 8 ton/cm 2 .the p ellets were p resintered in air at (855-860) 0 c for (8 hours) with a rate of (200 0 c/hr) and then cooled to room temperature by same rate of heating. in the third st ep, the pellets were reground, repressed and resintered in the oxy gen (oxy gen rate 0.6 l/min) at the same range of temp erature for further (12 hours) and then cooled to (500 0 c) and annealed in oxy gen for (4 hours) and then cooled to room temp erature by the same rate of heating. the samples were examined with resistivity exp eriments by using st andard four-p robe technique which is most common method of determining the tc of a sup erconductor. t he samp le was fixed in the cry ost at inst rument which was joined to a rotary p ump to get a pressure of 10 -2 mbar inside the cry ost at, and also joined to a sensor of digital thermometer (ty p e pt 100 resistance to t emp erature detection rtd) near the samp le p osition . a 10 ma current was sup p lied to the sample by a current source d.c p ower sup p ly ty p e (electronicaveneta dv 30/v3); the voltage drop was measured by a keithley model 180 nanovoltmeter with sensitivity of a bout  0.1 nanovolt was used for voltage measurements. the resistivity (ρ) could be found from the relation: ρ = l t i v  where : i is the current p assing through the samp le, v is the voltage drop across the electrodes, ω is the width of the sample, l is the effective length between the electrodes, t is the thickness of the sample. all measurement of l, t and ω were made by using digital vernier. the exess of oxy gen content (δ) could be determined by useing chemical method called iodometric titration.the st ructure of the p repared sample was obtained by using x-ray diffractometer (xrd) ty p e (philip s) which have the following features, the source cukα current (20 ma), voltage (40 kv) and λ=1.5405 a 0 . a comp uter p rogram was established to calculate the lattice p arameters a,b,c this p rogram is based on cohen , s least square method.the volume fraction of any p hase (vphase ) in the sample were determined by using the relation(14): vphase =      inii ia ......21 x100 where ia is the xrd p eak intensity of the p hase which were determined,i1,i2,…in are the peaks intensity of all xrd. a computer p rogram was est ablished to calculate the lattice p arameters a,b,c this p rogram is based on cohen , s least square method[8]. results and discussion the temperature dependence of the electrical resistivity (ρ) for sb free sample and samples with different sb contents (x=0.1 and x=0.15) in hg0.5 pb1-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ) are shown in figure (1). it is found from this figure that the behavior of resistivity with temp erature of the comp osition which has no sb is semiconductor while the addition of sb content in the hg0.5 pb1-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ) transform from normal state at (x=0.1) to sup erconducting st ate at ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 x=0.15(t he value of critical transition temp erature (tc( off )) for as grown hg0.5 pb0.35sb0.15ba2ca2cu3o8+δ p hases is 126k). t his behavior is due to the fluctuation of oxy gen excess and the increasing of sb, while may lead to metastable st ructure, that decrease tc, but most of them x=0.15, transform the st ructure to a st able p hase. a small amount of sb addition is quite effective in decomposing the low-tc p hase (1212) of hg(pb)ba2ca2cu3o8+δ sup erconductor sy st ems by p roducing bahgo3 and bacuo2 accomp anied by high-tc p hase formation. the destruction of the low p hase by sb at the early st age may enhance the nucleation and the formation of high-tc p hase. enhancement of free sb will raise the resistivity and this will, much more, increase bapbo3 which is an insulator consisting of hgo. the xrd data collected from various samples (samples having various hg, pb, sb ca, ba and cu concentration) were all p olycryst alline and corresp ond to hg(pb,sb))-1223 p hases. the xrd also shows some imp urity p hases with vanishingly small concentrations. the representative xrd p att erns are shown in figures(2 ). it could be seen from the sp ectra that there were three main p hases in all samples of the hg-base sy st ems, high-tc p hase (1223) reflections (p eaks h), and low –tc p hase reflections (p eaks l)and a small amount of imp urity p hases of (ca, ba)2cuo3, capbo4, casbo4 and cuo. the app earance of more than two p hases could be related to the st acking faults along the c-axis. the comp arison between the relative intensities of xrd p att erns for the samples with sb=0, 0.1 and 0.15, with the relative intensity of the same reflections of the samp le with sb=0 shows t hat all the samples have reflection intensity of the high-tc p hase reflections and low –tc p hase reflections the h-p eaks increased and low-t c decreased by increasing sb . the high-tc p hase reflections of the free sample (tl= 0) has lower intensity than samples have sb . the lattice p arameters have been estimated using d-values and (hkl) reflections of the observed x-ray diffraction p att ern through the soft ware program), the parameters a, b, c , m ass density ρm and volume fraction (vphase ) shown in table(1).figures (3), (4), (5) and(6) show an increase of the volume fraction (vphase ) and decrease c, c/a and ρm for hg-dop ed samp les for different comp osition of hg0.5 pb0.5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ as comp arable with the free sb sample. conclusions we have sy nthesis of hg0.5 pb0.5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ ht sc p hases (x= 0, 0.10 and 0.15) have p repared solid st ate reaction method. it is found that the behavior of resistivity with temp erature of the comp osition which has no sb is semiconductor while the addition of sb content in the hg0.5 pb1-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ transform from normal st ate (x=0.1) to sup erconducting st ate x=0.15(t he value of critical transition temp erature (tc( off )) for as grown hg0.5 pb0.35sb0.15ba2ca2cu3o8+δ p hases is 126k). the increasing of sb leads an increase of the volume fraction (vphase ) and decrease c/a and ρm for samples for different comp osition of hg0.5 pb0.5-xsbxba2ca2cu3o8+δ . re ferences 1. put ilin ,s. n.; ant ipov, e. v, o.; chmaissem, m.and marezio, (1993) ,superconduct ivit y at 94 k in hgba2cu04+ , nat ure 362 ,226-228. 2. schilling, a.;canton i m.;guo j. d.an d ott , h. r. (1993) ,superconduct ivity above 130 k in t he hg– ba–ca–cu–o system, nat ure 363, 56. 3. chu, c. w.; gao, l.; chen, f.; huang, z. j.; meng, r. l.an d xue, y. y. (1993) ,supercon duct ivity above 150 k in hgba2ca2cu3o8+ at high pressures, nat ure 365 ,323-225. 4. jassim, k. a. (2009) influence of simult aneous dopin g of t l on t he t ransition temperat ure t c and t he latt ice parameters of hgba2ca2cu3o8+ δ supercon ductors) ibn al-haitham journal for pure an d applied sciences, , baghdad universit y, college of ibn al-haitham ,baghdad,iraq 22(3): 86-92. 5. jassim, k.a. (2005) comp arison st udy of t c between the superconduct ing compounds bi2x( hg,p b)x sr2-y bayca2cu3o10+ δ and hg1-xp bxsr2-y bayca2cu3o8+δ , p h.d t hesis , universit y of baghdad , college o f science , phy sics dep. iraq ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 6. rajiv giri, g. d.; verma, r. s.; t iwari and o. n. (2003) srivastava (influence of simult aneous dopin g of t l and bi on micro st ruct ure and crit ical current densit y of hgba2ca2cu3o8+ d ) cryst. res. t echnol. 38(9):760 – 766 7. su j. h, sastry p . v. p s s an d sch wart z, j. (2003) (magnet izat ion and t ransport properties of silver-sheathed (hg, re)ba2ca2cu3o8+δ t apes) supercond. sci. t echnol. 16 , 1134–1138 p ii: s095 3-2048(03) 64411-8 8. ferguson, i.f. an d. rogerson, a.h. (1984) , a program for the calculat ion of the intensit ies of x-ray or neutron powder reflect ions, part 3) , comput. phys. commun., .32, (issue 1),. 83-94. table(1): values a,b,c ,c/a, δ and ρm for the samples for different composi tion of hg0.5 pb0.5-xs bxba2ca2cu3o8+δ fig. (1): te mperature dependence of resistivity for hg0.5 pb1-xs bxba at indicated values of (s b) at x =0.00, 0.10 and 0.15 x tc(o ff )(k) tc(o n) (k) δ(o2) a(a 0) c(a0) c/a ρm (g/cm 3) vph-1223 0.0 0 ----- ----- 0.437 3.8 42 15 .99 4.1 61 5.9765 39.44 0.10 -----------0.353 3.8 44 15 .91 4.1 39 5.7351 55.17 0.1 5 12 6 135 0.233 3.8 43 15 .66 4.0 75 5.5841 75.79 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 fig(2) xrd patterns for the sample hg0.5 pb0.5-xs bxba2ca2cu3o8+δ for x=0.00, 0.10 an d 0.15 15.6 15.7 15.8 15.9 16 16.1 0 0.02 0.04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0.12 0. 14 0. 16 conce ntrati on sb c ( a ) fig.(3): parameter c as function of dife rent s b for hg0.5 pb0.5-xs bxba2ca2cu3o8+δ ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 0.02 0.04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0. 12 0.14 0.16 concentrat ion sb v o lu m e f ra c ti o n % fig.(4): volume fraction (vphase) as function of diferent s b for hg0.5 pb0.5xs bxba2ca2cu3o8+δ 15. 6 15. 7 15. 8 15. 9 16 16. 1 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 co ncentrati on sb c ( a ) fig. ( 5): c/a as function of s b concentration for hg0.5 pb0.5-xs bxba2ca2cu3o8+δ 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 concen tra tion sb m a s s d e n s it y ( g r a m /c m ) fig. (6): mass de nsity ρm as function of s b concentration for hg0.5 pb0.5xs bxba2ca2cu3o8+δ 10020021 10020022 10020023 10020024 10020025 10020026 10020027 10020028 10020029 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 spectrophotometric determination of amiodarone hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparations d. m. salh departme nt of chemistry, college of science, unive rsity of sulaimaniyah, abstract amiodarone hy drochloride (ah) has been determined sp ectrop hotometrically using methy l orange (m o). in our p revious researches m o was used for determination of m exiletine hy drochloride [1]. the method based on complexation between m o and ah. aft er shaking and diluting the comp lex solution with d.w, the ph was adjust ed with naoh and hcl to p h 3. the colored comp lex formed between ah and the reagent were transferred into sep arating funnels and extracted usin g 5.5ml ch2cl2 and were shak en for (5 minutes). the extracted or ganic lay er was used for p reparation of the calibr ation curves for sp ectrop hotometric measurements of ah at 434nm. the blanks were carried out in exactly the same way throughout the whole p rocedure. m olar absorp tivity (ε l.mol-1.cm-1), detection limit, limit of linearity (µg.ml -1 ) and r 2 were, 5.74 *10 5 , 0.04 and 0.982 for (ah-m o) resp ectively. the method was used with reasonable accuracy and p recision for the determination of (ah) in sy nthetic samp les of t ablets, cap sules and ampoules. keywords: sp ectrop hotometric determination of amiodarone hy drochloride, methy l orange. introduction amiodarone 2-buty l-3-benzofuranyl-4-[2-(diethy l amino) ethoxy ] -3-5diiodop henyl ketone or (cordarone), have the ch emical structure as shown in (fig.1): it was introduced as an antiaginal agent. it has very p ronounced class iii action and is esp ecially effective in maintaining sinus rhy thm in p atients who have been treated by direct current shock for a trial fibr illation. like class iii antiarrhythmic drug, amiodarone lengthens the effective r efractory p eriod by p rolonging the action p otential duration in all myocardial tissues. amiodarone is eliminated very slowly from the body , with a half-life of about 25 to 30 days after oral doses [2]. the oldest chromato graphy method in this review was used for amiodarone metabolites in biolo gical fluids [3] usin g liquidsolid extraction and hplc techniques, appeared in (1988). later, many chromatogr aphic methods for the determinations of this drug and its metabolites have been reported [4-9] attempting different modifications in the method to increase sensitivity, reducing st eps of analysis, or other imp rovements, with the limit of lin earity ranged between [0.05 mg ml -1 – 20 mg ml -1 ]. during the literature review found that there was a method for determination of amiodaron e usin g amiodaron e-selective membrane electrode [10], they applied a liqu id membran e electrode based on an amiodarone-dipicry lamin e ion-p air comp lex extensive search in the literature has showed many sp ectrop hotometric methods for the determination of m h [11-14]. among them, how used deriv ative uv sp ectrop hotometry , and visible sp ectrop hotometry , with different type of optimizations to obey beers law. prelimin ary p ractical tests on many reagents revealed that methy l oran ge which the chemical st ructure as shown in the (fi g.2), was suitable r eagents which have the following chemical st ructure [15] to form colored comp lexes with the drug ah and were exp loited for its quantitative determination in cap sules, amp oules, serum, and tablets. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 experime ntal apparatus all measurements were taken with tu-1800s uv-vis sp ectrop hotometer, with (1cm) p ath length quartz cells. t he ph of t he solutions was adjust ed by using hanna ph-meter with combined glass electrode (910600) orion comb p h, water bath thermost at shaker (gfl 1083) was used during the extraction steps and m icro p ipettes (variable and fixed). chemicals, reagents, and drugs both analar and general p urp ose reagents were used from [fluka, rohm and haas, gcc (gainland ch emical company), and m erck] without further p urification. ordinary distilled water p rep ared in all glass st ill and st ored in p olyethy lene container was used. amiodaron e hy drochloride amp oule (150mg/3ml), [sanofi ~ sy nthelabo], was taken as a stock solution; other concentrations were p rep ared by usual dilution. m ethy l orange 0.005% aqueous m o. pht halate buffer (p h=3) was p rep ared by mixing 50 ml of 0.1m (p otassium hy drogen p hthalate), with 22.3 ml of 0.1m hcl [16, 17], and ph was adjusted with a p h meter. the recommended procedures a volume of 0.2 ml 0.1% m o reagent was added to a certain amount of ah st andard or samples containing between (0.04-0.22 μgml -1 ) ah. the mixture was shaking for (30 se c.) and diluted to 23ml in volumetric flasks usin g d.w. the p h was adjust ed by adding 0.5ml p hthalate buffer (p h 3) to the m o mixture and finally comp leted to 25ml. the resulting comp lex formed between ah and the reagent were transferred into separating funn els (100m l cap acity ) and extracted with 5.5ml ch2cl2 in two p ortions to wash out the volumetric flasks for quantitative transfer of the solution and was shaken for 5 minutes. aft er sep aration, the organic lay er was used for p reparation of the calibration curves usin g sp ectrop hotometric measurements of ah at 434nm. the blanks were carried out in exactly the same way throughout the whole p rocedure. results and discussion preliminary work the absorption sp ectrum of the comp lex (ah-m o) against blank is shown in fi gure (3) showing λmax 434nm. a clear sp ectrum of the ah-mo with no observed shoulder and blank sp ectrum are seen in figure (3). the sp ectrum also shows some background of the reagent in the region of the complex which will have a n egative eff ect on the sensitivity of the method. the comp lex; or an ion-pair formation between the ah and m o, has show an increasin g intensity of the sp ectrum. this is certainly a negative analytical p henomenon; since no high sensitivity could be exp ected with this sy stem. however, the reagent was exp ected to show p romising results therefore, studies were continued for optimization of the conditions. optimization 1. ph optimi zation a volume of 0.2 of 0.1% m o was added to 0.5ml of 1mg. ml -1 ah, shaking for 30 seconds, then diluted to 25ml in vo lumetric flasks. the p h was then adjust ed between 1.5 to 5, by using 0.1m naoh or 0.1m hcl. the rest of the test was then followed accordin g to the p rocedure. the results reveal that the optimum p h for (ah-mo) comp lex is 3, shown in (fig.4). 2. type of buffe r use d (ph-adjustment) for the ph adjust ment of (ah-o) sy stem different buffers were tried, such as; acetic acidsodium acetate and citric acid-sodium hy droxide, but pht halate buffer p h = 3 [28, 27] was found suitable to adjust ph of the comp lex (ah-m o). different volumes of this buffer were added in two way s; either before completing the volu metric flask by d.w to the mark, or until a small vo lume about 2ml was remainin g then the buffer was added and comp leted to t he ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 mark. the results indicated that op timum volume and suitable time of addition were equal to 0.5ml p hthalate buffer added buffer before completing the volumetric flask by d.w (after mixing), and the result is shown in table (1). 3. choosing a suitable s olvent for extraction m any solvents were tested for extracting the comp lex formed b etween the m o reagents with ah and the best solvent among many organic solvents like [c arbon tetrachloride, chloroform, dich lorobenzene, acetop henone) was found is dichloromethane. 4. optimum amounts of the reagents prelimin ary test shows that 0.1% mo was suitable. exp eriments were then p erformed with different volumes of the different concentrations to a constant volume 0.5ml 1mgml -1 ah. the results shown in (fig.5) represent the optimum amount of mo. 5. volume optimization of dichloromethane ch2cl2 different volumes of the solvent dichloromethane between 4 to 10 mls was used for extraction of the (ah-mo) complex as shown on (fi g.6) shows t he ran ges between 4 – 6 mls the comp lex. a volume of 5.5ml ch2cl2 was found suitable and also sufficient to comp lete the analy sis. 6. s tability of the complexes the stability of the comp lex formed between (ah—mo) was followed by measuring absorbance against time. as shown in (fi g.7). it was found that the comp lex (ah—m o) was st able for a p eriod of 35 minutes, after sep aration and only 10 minutes were needed to reach the true absorbance, and through this time there was t ime for shaking and for comp lete comp lexation that shown in the (fig.8). absorbance has, then increased after that due to the vaporization of the solvent. s toichiometry of the [ah-mo] complex the stoichiometry of the drug and m o complexing reagent was examined by the mole ratio method at wave len gth of 434nm: the result of mole ratio method was obt ained in two way s first by adding constant amount of m h to a series of different amounts of m o solutions, and second by adding constant amount of mo to a series of different amounts of ah solutions. fig.(9a and 9b) show the results of mole ratio method. it was found t hat the ratio of (ah-t o-mo) was about (2 to 1). s tructure suggestion it was not p ossible to p ut forward a reasonable st ructure for the stoichiometry of ah: m o of 2:1. accordin g to their chemical structure, it was thought that a 1:1 or 1:2 ratios would be reasonable. this will make a salt-like formation between the ah and mo t hus: 2 ah + mo ---------►m o (ah) 2 calibration curves: the calibration curves obtained according to the recommended p rocedure were drawn for both (ah + m o) complex. the linear range was 0.04 – 0.24 µ g. ml -1 of ah with (r 2 = 0.982) for (ah + mo) comp lex as shown in (fig. 10). de termination of amiodarone hydrochloride in synthe tic sample solutions: the recovery test was p erformed for differ ent concentration of ah with m o reagent, results shown in (table 2). de termination of mexiletine hydrochloride in tablets: amiodarone tablets were p owdered, mixed thorough ly and weighed accurately to an equivalent to 200mg of ah. the mixture was st irred well with dichloromethane and filtered through a p iece of whatmann no. 42 filter p ap er. the residue was washed with dichloromethane for comp lete recovery of the drug. the filtrate was diluted to known volume of st andard flask. in p rep aration of tablets, ah has been removed from the additives to make a solution. therefore ah could be determin ed by calibration curve. three different volumes (0.5, 1 and ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 1.5) mls of the sample of ah were determined by mo accordin g to the recommended p rocedure. the results are shown in tables 3. to test for the existence of a sy st ematic error in the results shown in tables 3, the actual difference between (x) and ( μ) was comp ared by t-test with the term [t.s / √n] at 95% confidence limit dof = 2. from the results of t-test mo reagent t he following conclusion were made: the direction of the errors (-) su ggest the existence of a sy st ematic error. this may be due to the extraction st eps. nearly non dependence of these errors on sample size b etween (0.5 to 1.5)mls suggests t he existence of both const ant and p rop ortional sy stematic errors. the difference between (x μ) and [t.s / √n] was not significant at 95% c. l. in all cases (0.5 to 1.5)mls of ah sample, indicating the non existence, or p resent of a very small systematic error. which is mainly due to t he extraction st ep s. if the recovery tests were considered only as it is t he case with research workers, t he value of (r %) in tables ar e quite reasonable. precision and accuracy: the p recision of ah determination by m o comp lexing reagent was p erformed on three sy nthetic samples containing ah in the range of the calibration curve, and their absorbance were measured 10 times for the same unknown, showing the precision of measurements. t he p recision was also found on 10 times repeating of the whole op eration on the same sample. this will show the p recision of the op eration. the relative st andard deviation for the (ahmo) comp lex r anged b etween 0.39 – 0.92% showing r easonable p recision even at lower concentrations of ah. the accuracy shown in the p revious sections also rev ealed reasonable accuracy giving sufficient validity for the application of both reagents to be used for the determination of ah in the tablets. se nsi tivity of the methods: the results of t he prop osed method were statist ically comp ared with those obtained by the sp ectrop hotometric method for determination of ah using two methods [13] and are summarized in (table 4), the table show the results concerning sensitivity of the methods (valu es of molar absorp tivity (ε), slop es of the calibration curves (m), limits of linearity and detection limit (d.l= 3 s.d)). t he results indicate reasonable sensitivity of the methods with no significant deference between the methods comp ared. re ferences 1. dler,m . salh; (2007) “spectrop hotometric determination of m exiletine hy drochloride in pharmaceutical prep arations, urine and serum” m .sc. thesis, su laimaniyah university . 2. block,j.h. and beale, j.m . (2004). “organic m edical and pharmaceutical chemistry ”11th edition p .641, by lipp incott williams & wilkins, isbn: 0-78173481-9. 3. petrarulo , ,m .; pellegrino, s. ; m entast i,e. july (1988), j.chromato., 25: ( 7),593 4. ching-nan ou, chery l l ro gn erud, ly t. duong, and vicki l frawley ; (1990) clin. chem . 36:(3), 532-534 5. al-dhawailie,a. a. oct. (1995), analytical letters, 28, issue 13 ,2391-2400 6. andrew, s.; jun, dion, r. brocks; (2001), j pharm pharmceut. sci , 4 (3) : 263-268. 7. m aes ,a. ; baert, k.; croubels,s. ; de clercq,d.; van loon, g. dep rez ,p. and de backer;p. 19 m ay (2006), j chromato b; 836 issue 1-2, , p .47-56. 8. shuijun lia, gan gy i liua, jin gy ing ji aa, yun liu a, chen g panb, ch en yua, yon gb ao caia and ji anying renb; m arch (2007), j chromato b; 847 issue 2, 1, p.174-181. 9. pérez-ruiz t, m artínez-lozano c, garcía-m artínez m d.; (2008),anal chim acta. 8:623 (1):89-95. 10. raluca-io ana stefan, hassan y. aboul-enein and george-emil baiulescu ; december (1996), art icle out line, 37, issue 3, p.141-144 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 11. anna, m . di pietra, vanni cavrini, rita gatti, and m aria, a. raggi; (1988), pharma. research, 5: ( 11), 709 12. rao ,t.s., sastry ,c .s.p. (2002) sep .-oct, indian j. pharm. scie.: 64(5): 482-5 13. nafisur rahm an,† nadeem ahmad khan, and sy ed najmu l hejaz azm i; aug(2004), analytical sciences , 20: 1231-1235. 14. pérez-ruiz t, m artínez-lozano c, m artín j,and ruiz e; .sep.( 2006), j pharm biomed anal. 11 ;42(1):143-7. 15. edmund bishop ; (1972), “indicators” first , pp . (79 – 81, and 358); dep t. of chem., univ. of exeter printed in germany, 08-016617-2. 16. perrin d.d. and de mpsey b.; (1974), “buffers for p h and m etal ion control” first p ublished, p .123-156, by chap man and hall ltd, isbn: 0-412-21890-9. 17. kolthoff, i.m .; sandell, e.b.; m eehan, e.j.,and stanley bruckenst ein; (1969), “quantitative chemical analysis” fourt h edition, p .1161 – 1165, m acmillan company, collier-m acmillan limited. table (1): result of adding different volume phthalate buffe r before and after a dding d.w to the mixture of ah and mo. adding the buffe r be fore comple ting the volume tri c flask by d.w (after mixi ng). adding the bu ffer after mixing an d afte r adding d.w until abou t 2ml were remaining to com plete the volu me. 0.25 ml abs.= 0.58 0.25 ml abs.= 0.44 0.5 ml abs.= 0.807 0.5 ml abs.= 0.51 0.75 ml abs.= 0.736 0.75 ml abs.= 0.52 1 ml abs.= 0.723 1.ml abs.= 0.49 1.25 ml abs.= 0.68 1.25 ml abs.= 0.48 1.5 ml abs.= 0.523 1.5 ml abs.= 0.12 table( 2): the accuracy of ah determination in syntheti c samples using mo [ah-mo] com plex. ah present ppm ah found ppm r% e% 0.2 0.191 95.5 -4.5 0.2 0.191 95.5 -4.5 0.2 0.189 94.5 -5.5 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (3): results of different volumes of ah sample (tablets) determined by mo reagent conc. of ah ppm found in table ts by mo usi ng the eqn. y = 0.8764x + 0.0006 vol.(ml) of the sample taken ah ppm r% e% 0.5 0.0758 94.75 -5.25 1 0.1613 100.81 0.81 1.5 0.23 95.83 -4.17 table (4): se nsitivity of the propose d method typ e of calibration ε (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) limits of lin earity (μg/ml) recovery % r.s.d d.l.= 3s. d (μg/ml) r2 calibration curve for (ah+mo)compl ex 5.74*10 5 0.04 94.75 0.39 0.92 0.00253 0.982 100.81 95.83 reference method (two methods a&b) a= 1.42 *10 3 b= 7.50 *10 3 a= 10 b= 2 a 100.11 a= 0.11 0.91 b= 0.16 1.41 a= 1.091 b= 0.161 0.9999 100.06 100.07 b 100.10 100.17 100.06 a. molar absorpt ivit y ε (l.mo l-1.cm-1), b. limit s of linearit y, c. (recovery % and r.s.d) of different volumes of ah samp le (tablets) using propo sed method, d d.l with correlat ion coefficient o ch2ch2ch2 ch3 c o i i och2ch2n(ch2ch3)2 amio darone (co rdarone) fig.(1) amiodarone chemi cal s tructure n nnaso3 n ch 3 ch 3 m ethy l orange p k1 = 3.76 p h transition interval = 3.1 (red) – 4.4 (yellow) fig.(2) methyl orange che mical structure ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 43 4 nm 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 1. 4 1. 6 1. 8 2 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 wav e len gth λ (nm) a b s . 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 3 50 4 00 45 0 500 550 600 650 wa ve len gth λ (nm ) a b s . fig. (3) the spectrum of the (ah+mo) complex, and blank spectrum fig. (4) the ph optimizati on for (mh+mo) complex optim um amount of m .o. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2. 4 vol. o f 0.005% m .o a bs . fig. (5) o ptimization of volume of 0.1% mo optimum vol. i s les s t han 5 ml . 0 0.0 5 0 .1 0.1 5 0 .2 0.2 5 0 .3 0.3 5 0 .4 0.4 5 0 .5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 vol um e (m l) a b s. fig. (6): o ptimization of ch2cl 2 volume to be added for extraction the (ah-mo) complex op timum p h = 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 ph a b s . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 0.55 0.555 0.56 0.565 0.57 0.575 0.58 0.585 0.59 0.595 0.6 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 4 0 45 50 55 6 0 65 70 75 80 85 90 9 5 10 0 10 5 11 0 time (min.) a b s. stab ili ty o f c omp le x fig.(7) s tability of the (ah –mo) complex after separation time needed for shaking. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 time (min.) ab s. fig.(8) s uitable time for shaking the (ah –mo) complex after separation 0.1 0 .12 0 .14 0 .16 0 .18 0.2 0 .22 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2 .1 2 .2 2.3 2.4 2.5 m ole rati o [ah / mo] a b s . [ah / mo] = 2.03 0 0 .02 0 .04 0 .06 0 .08 0.1 0 .12 0 .14 0 .16 0 .18 0.2 0 0.04 0 .08 0 .12 0.16 0.2 0 .24 0 .28 0.32 0 .36 0 .4 0 .44 0.48 mole ratio mo / ah a b s. [mo / ah] ≈ 0. 32 (a) (b) fig.(9a and b) de terminati on of the stoichiometry of the (ah to mo) by mole ratio y = 0.876 4x + 0.00 06 r 2 = 0.982 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 0.02 0.04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0. 12 0.14 0.16 0. 18 0. 2 0.22 0.24 0. 26 p pm ah a b s . fig.(10) calibration curve for (ah-mo) complex ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة التقدیر الطیفي لھایدروكلورید االمیودارون في المستحضرات الصیدالنیة دلیر محمد صالح شریف جامعةالسلیمانیة ِم، قسم كیمیاِء، كلیَّة الِعلو الخالصة ودارون قـدر ــالَي تطیفیـاً باسـ ahھایدروكلوریـد االمـی ل البرتق mعمال المثـی o. ــم اذ ي بحوثِنـا السـابقِة ت ان ـف mعمال كاشف المثیل البرتقالَي تاس o لتقدیرھایدروكلورید المكسیلیتینm h . ین ون ـب د مـل الطریقة مسـتندة علـى تكـوین معـق m o ع ــر . ahـم ــاء المقط ــِد بالم ول المعقّ ــف مَحـل ــرج وتَخفی ــد ال pالـــ ، ثبّـتd.wبع h ــى . hclو naohبالـــ ) 3(عل َل 5.5والكاشف یحول إلى قمع الفَْصل ویسـتخلص باسـتعمال ahالمرّكب المُلَوَّن التكوَن بین د المثـی ر مـن ثنـائي كلورـی ملیلـت ch2cl2 ـ اتخاصـة الطبقة العضویة المس). دقائقِ 5(ثم الرج مدة ى المعـایرة للتقـدیر الطیفـي ـل ahسـتعملْت لتحضـیِر منحـن ـ . كافـة فـي الجوانـب نفسـھا الطریقِـة الكاملـةبنُفّذت بالضبط blankان الـ ). nm 434(في الطول الموجي mان اـل olar absorp tivity (ε l.mol -1 .cm -1 limit of linearityالمـدى الخطـي ، detection limitحد الكشف و، ( (µg.ml -1 ) r(و 2 * 5.74(عبارة عن ) 5 �ة . عل�ى الت�والي) 0.982(و ) 0.04(، ) 10 �ِة والض�بط المعق�ولین لتق�دیر االطریق س�تعملْت بالدق )ah ( ِالِت واألنبوبات في العیناِت الصناعیِة ِمْن األقراِص والكبسو ihjpas 2010) 1(32المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ( anabasis aphylla)عزل لقلویدات نبات االناباسیا مها نوري حمد جامعة بغداد ،كلیة الصیدلة ، العقاقیر واالعشاب الطبیةقسم الخالصة من وقلوید أفلدین فصل قلوید االناباسین .قي من القلویدات محتویات الجزء الهوائى لنبات االناباسیا العرا تدرس تم الفصل باستخدام طریقة الكروموتوغرافیا العمودیة . المستخلص الكحولي للجزء الهوائي من نبات االناباسیا العراقي (column chromato graphy thin lay)ثم كروماتوغرافیا الطبقة الرقیقة ،( er chromatography تو شخص ( واالشعة تحت الحمراء، وقیاس معامل ،مثل طیف االشعة فوق البنفسجیة ،ق التحلیل المختلفةائباستخدام طر ةالمعزول اتالقلوید .االنكسار ومقارنة القلوید بالقلوید القیاسي باستعمال كروماتوغرافیا الطبقة الرقیقة وتحضیر ملح ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 investigation of alkaloids of anabasis aphylla (chenopodiaceae) m. n. hamad departme nt of pharmacognosy, college of pharmacy, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the aerial p art of iraqi anabasis aphylla (chenopodiaceae) h ad been investigated for its alkalo idal contents.t he alkaloid anabasine [2-(3-p y ridy l)-p iperidine] [1] & aphy llidine were isolated from an ethanolic extract of the p lant. isolation of the alkaloid was done by column chromatogr aphy followed by p rep erative thin layer chromatogr aphy . identification of the isolated alkalo id was done by different sp ectroscop ic methods (uv,ir), refractive index & tlc using authentic sample & preparation of a salt. introduction the chinopodiaceae contains 102 genera & 1400 sp ecies most grow naturally in soils containin g much salts (halop hytes). genera include beta (6sp p ), chenopodium (100-150), salicornia, atriplex &anabasis.(2) investigation of certain anabasis sp ecies revealed that they contain triterpenoid sap ogenins &/or alkaloids. in addition to anabasine (neonicotine)[l], n n h n n n ch 3 (i) (ii) n n o n n o (iii) (iv) n n o oh (vi) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 anabasamine[ll], a. aphylla contains several quinolizidine alkaloids which were identified as aphy lline[lll], aphy lline n-oxide, aphy llidine[iv] & o xaphy lline[v]. lupinine as well as other alkalo ids were also detected in a. aphylla.[3, 4, 5] the presence of the alkaloids above was conf irmed by p aper chromatography [4] although nicotine is t he best known alkaloid of tobacco, anabasine is the major alkaloide, as it is in nicotiana glauca & anabasis aphylla & it’s large scale isolation from nioctiana & other genera was extensively st udied since anabasine was at one time widely used as insecticide.[6] anabasine, like lobeline, has antismoking & resp iratory muscle st imulatory action, & like nicotine it exhibits insecticidal p rop erties . anabasine also was used as a mental anticorrosive [7, 8]. studies revealed that anabasine is teratogenic ,wher e by it can induce artho gry p otic congenital defect in p igs.[9] anabasine as well as other minor tobacco alkaloids , nor nicotine & anatabin e , are known to p osses nicotinic receptor agon ist activity , although they are relatively less p otent than s-(-)-nicotine , the principal tobacco alkaloid.[10] biosy ntheticaly the py ridine ring of (-)anab asine is derived from nicotinic acid, but the p ip eridine ring is not. this was demonstrated by oxidation of the anabasine to nicotinic acid & decarboxy lation of the latter to py ridine .[11] anabasine is reco mmended in the form of its hy drochloride salt for e xtensive med ical use for the treatment of chronic nicotination & technolo gy for its p rep aration has been develop ed. no p hytochemical studies had been done in iraq on this sp ecies before, therefore we are r eporting here the first p hytochemical study in iraq. experime ntal plant material: the p lant material was collected from al therthar district, west of iraq in ap ril & was identified by the iraqi national herbariu m. apparatus uv sp ectra were recorded using shimadzu uv-300 sp ectrop hotometer. lr were measured by usin g beck man ac culab -8 sp ectrop hotometer . nd was measured by using abb'8 refractometer, tlc was p erformed on a p re coated si lica gel p lates & plc was carried out on silica gel gf254 p lates 20x20 cm, 0.5 mm thickness. extraction & isolation the aerial p arts of the plant were air dried & ground into a fine p owder. about (700 gm) of the p owder was extracted exhaustively with 80% aqueous ethanol in a mixer. the extract was filtered & evaporated to dry ness, t o y ield 83 gm oily residue. the residue was dissolved using 2% citric acid (p h 3-4), filtered & extracted with chloroform (3x250ml) , the chloroform lay ers were combined , filtered, dried over un hydrous sodium sulfate & evaporated to dry ness (fraction a). ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 the acidic fraction was basified to p h 5-5.5 with 10% ammonia solution (p h meter) , then extracted with chloroform , the chloroform lay ers were combin ed , filtered, dried over unhy drous sodium sulfate & evap orated to dry ness (fraction b). the aqueous lay er was further basified to ph 8-9 with 10% ammonia solution & extracted with chcl3 , the chloroform lay ers were combined , f iltered, dried ov er unhy drous sodium sulfate & evap orated to dry ness (fraction c). the overall method of extraction is shown in scheme 2. s cheme (2): method of extraction and fractionati on of anabasi s aphylla aerial part powdered aerial part extract with 80% aqueous ethanol ethanolic filterate evaporate to dr yness dissolve in 2 % citric acid extract with chloroform aqueous layer organic layer evaporate fraction a extract with chloroform basify with ammonia ph 5-5.5 extract with chloroform basify to ph 8-9 organic layer evaporate fraction b fraction c oily residue (83 gm) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 isol ation of aphyllidine fraction a gave a negative test for alkaloids (m ayer 's reagent), fraction b gave a p ositive dragendorff's & m ayer’s reagent, it revealed the p resence of two minor sp ots showed positive reaction. about 0.4gm of this fraction was further fractionated by column chromatography using a column of alumina (grade ii ,50 gm), eluted with benzene, then with benzene-m eoh 1/2,3&5% [12]. the benzene fr actions were further p urified by plc on silica gel gf254 p lates using ( acetone –water 100-8 ) as a mobile p hase ,to reveal 19 mg cryst als (m.p .110-113 °c )which is identical with that reported for aphy llidine. [12] ap hy llidine was further identified by uv λm ax 238nm; ir vm ax at 1630 cm -1 (c=0), 2920 and 2845 cm -1 (methy lene ch) and by tlc using acetone-water 100:8 on silica gel; etherchcl3 100:70 on alumin a to give identical rf values with the rep orted one. [13, 14] isol ation of anabasine: fraction c showed p ositive tests with both m ay er & dragendorff's reagent . about 1 gm of this fraction was fractionated by p assing it through a column of silica gel (60-120 mesh) using about 70 gm of silica gel mixed with hexane & p acked in a column (2 cm diameter x 80 cm hight) . the colu mn was eluted with hexane, then with chcl3 then with chcl3-m eoh 1,2,5,10%. about 7-10 ml fractions were collected. similar fractions (tlc) were combined . fractions containin g anab asine ( authentic) were further fractionated by plc on silica gel usin g (chc13-m eoh-nh4oh 60:10:1) as a mobile p hase. [15, 16] (m ode of sep aration by column chromatogr aphy is shown in figure 1). anabasine (c10h14n2) was isolated as an oil (73 mg), b. p. 105-107 0 c n20/d 1.500, uv λm ax 210, 260 nm, ir vm ax 3450, 3100-2900, 1580, 1490-1410, 1300-1100, 800, 715 cm -1 . anabasine hc1 m.p . 213-216 o c. results and discussion the differences in b asicity of alkaloids of anabasis aphylla gave op p ortunity for fractionation of the mixture of alkaloids by st ep wise basification. column and tlc of fraction b revealed the p resence of two alkalo ids, the one eluted from the benzene fraction was conf irmed to be ap hy llidine which showed uv absorp tion at 238 nm which is characterist ic for the chromop hore c=c-n-c=o, in addition the ir sp ectrum showed absorption band at 1650 cm -1 due to t he lactam carbony l. column & thin lay er chromatography of fraction c revealed the p resence of not less than three alkalo ids the major band of them was isolated & identified. the identification st arted by comp aring the isolated alkaloid with st andard anabasine by tlc using five differ ent solvent sy stems / using silica gel gf254 as a stationary p hase , the solvent systems are: [16, 17] 1ccl4 : m e2co : m eoh 3: 7 :0.5 iichci3: m eoh: nh4oh 60:10:1 iii -chcl3 : m eoh: acetic acid 60:10:1 iv-toluene : m ethanol: chlorofor m 90: 30 : 10 ( on basic sg 0. in koh) v-chcl3-etoh 9:l the isolated alkalo id gave identical rf values with the standard alkaloid, using sin gle & mixed ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 sp ots (hrf values are shown in table i). the uv sp ectrum showed absorption maxima at 210 & 260 nm (figure 1) which is identical for comp ounds containing the py ridine-pip eridine moieties. ir showed bands at 3450cm -1 (n-h st retching vibration), 1300-1100 cm -1 (c-n stretching), (figur e 2), [18, 19, 20, 21]. furt her identification of anabasine was confirmed by p rep aration of a salt which is anabasine hc1 which showed m.p at 213 -216 °c which is identical with the rep orted m.p . as a conclusion ethanolic extract of the aerial p art of anabasis aphylla revealed the p resence of about five co mpounds showed a positive reactions for alkaloids, the major one was isolated from fraction c & was p roved to be anabasine . a minor one was isolated from fraction b which was confirmed to be aphy llidine. these alkaloids are reported here in the iraqi sp ecies for the first time. re ferences 1.pouchert , c.j. (1978) the aldrich library of infrared sp ectra ; aldrich chemical co mpany , inc. p.1156 f. 2. trease , g.e. and evans , w.c. (2002) pharmacognosy ; 15 th edition ;wb saunders co mpany ltd london ; p. 36, 340 , 493. 3. rizh , a.m . (1986) the phytochemist ry of the flora of qatar ; king p rint of richmond ; england ; p . 27-28. 4. sadykov, a.s. and tumur , b . ( 1960) dakaldy akad . nauk usbek.s.s. r . ; 1 :27-29. 5. brutko, l.i.and m assagetov, p .s.(1964) (chem. & pharm. res. inst . m oscow) m ed p rom. sssr; 18(12) :34-5. 6. m ansk’e, r.h.f.(1953) t he alkaloids: chemistry & p hy siology ; academic press, inc. newy ork. 7. cordell , g.a. (1981) int roduction to alkaloids john wiley & sons , inc. newy ork p . 143-199. 8. sadykov , a.s. ( 1957) abhandle . deut. akad . wiss. belin kl. chem..geo l . u. biol. 9. keeler , r.f. ; crowe , m .w. and lambert , e.a.( 2005)t eratology ; 30 :61 – 69. 10ting,i.p.( 1982) plant p hy siology ; addison-wesley publishing comp any, p 314. 11ay ers,j.t . ; xu,r.; dwoskin,l.p. and crooks, p.a.(2005)the aaps journal. 27(3): 752-758. 12. dalton , d. r . (1979)the alkaloids : the fundamental chemistry , m arcel dekker , inc. p. 155 :17172. 13. sp äth, e.; galinovsky , f.and m ay er, m .( 1942)ber 75 b, 805-13, . c.a. 37: 3436 8 . 14. cho, y. d. and m artin, r. o.(1971) canadian journal of ch emistry , 49:265-270. 15. tsuda, y. and m arion, l.(1964) canadian journal of chemist ry 42:768. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 16. nurimov, e.and lovkov a, m . ya.(1973) prikl. biokim. m ikrobiol. 9(5): 789-96. c. a. 80: 30635 d 17. forostyan , y u.n. and novikov , v.i .(1968) zh . obshch . khim . ; 38(6) :12223. 18. egon st ahl (1969) thin layer chromatography sp ringer – verlag berlin . heidelberg . new york . 19. amat , m . ; canto , m . ; lior , n . and bosch , j . (2002)chem comm. ; 5:526 – 527. 20. yang , c.m . ; tanner , d.d. (1997) can . j. chem.; 75: 616 – 620. 21.silv erstein, r.m . and webst er , f.x .(1996) sp ectrometric identification of organic comp ounds ; john wiley & sons , inc. p . 103 – 109. table (1): hrf value of standard and isolated anabasine s olvent syste m hrf standard hrf sample i 35 33 ii 50 52 iii 06 04 iv 83 80 v 34 37 fig.(1): mode of se paration of fraction c by column chromatography adsor bent : sili ca gel gf254 anaba sine fraction number 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 s olvent syste m : chc3-meoh-nh4oh 60:10:1 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 figure 1: uv sp ectrum of anabasine fig(3): ir spectrum of anabasine fig(2): ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 synthesis, characterization and effect of bis-1,3,4oxadiazole containing glycine moiety on the activity of some transferase enzymes. i. h. r. tomi , a. h. j. al-qaisi*, z. h. j. al-qaisi de partment of che mistry, colle ge of s cience, al-mustansiriya uni versity *de partment of che mistry, colle ge of s cience, al-nahrain university abstract we described herein the sy nthesis of novel bis-1,3,4-oxadiazole containing glycine moiety . n-{5-[5-(4-methoxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-sulfany l]-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-methy l}-4methoxy benzamide was fully characterized by elemental analysis, ft -ir and 1 h nm r sp ectroscop y . also this st udy was designed to show the effects of bis-oxadiazole comp ound on the activities of some transferase enzy mes such as: got, gpt and γ-gt in sera. this comp ound demonst rated activation on got and gpt activities, inhibitory effects on the γ-gt activity . these effects increased with the increasing of the concentration of the comp ound. the causes of the increases and decreases in the enzy mes activities are discussed. introduction derivatives of 1,3,4-oxadiazole constitut e an imp ortant family of heterocyclic comp ounds [1]. subst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole are considerable p harmaceutical and material interest, which are documented by a st eadily increasing number of p ublications and p atents, reported among these activities were: nervous sy st em depressing [2], muscle relaxants [3], analgesic[4], herbicidal [5], hy p oglycemic [6], antifungl [7], anti-inflammatory [8] and antibacterial [9] activities. in addition to that, derivatives of 1,3,4-oxadiazole are used in agriculture [10], p hotosensitizer [11] and liquid cryst als [12]. also, the derivatives of heterocyclic comp ounds were st udied to show their effects on activities of some transferase enzy mes. dere et al [13] st udied the biochemical analysis of (pq) (1,1-dimethy l-4,4 \ -bipiridillium) on some transferase enzy mes and they found some changes (increases or decreases) in these enzy mes activities. glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase (got) enzy me ec 2.6.1.1: it is called also asp artate amino transfer (ast), it is one of the most imp ortant of transferase enzy mes, cataly zes the transfer of the amino group of asp artate to α-ketoglutrate. got is widely distributed in human tissues; heart, liver, skeletal muscle and kidney . the op timum conditions of maximum enzy me activity are p h= 7.4 and temp . = 37 ° c. the clinical usefulness of the enzy me is largely restricted to the diagnosis of heart and liver diseases. large amount of got may be released in to the blood. very high levels are observed in acute liver disease while lesser elevation is seen in chronic liver disease. glutamate p y ruvate transaminase (gpt) enzy me ec 2.6.1.2: it is also called alanine amino transferase (alt) which is p revalent in mammalian tissue cataly zes the transfer of the amino group of alanine to α-ketoglutrate. gpt is found in a highest concentration in livers in sp ite of its active occurrence in skeletal muscles, heart and kidney s. the gpt activity in tissues is generally less than got. gpt level found to increase in the following diseases; infection hepatitis, liver cirrhosis and biliary cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice and liver cancer. gamma glutamate transferase (γ-gt) enzy me ec 2.3.2.2: it is also called gamma glutamate transp eptides (γ-gt) or (ggt), it is found in kidney s and liver and cataly zes the transfer of gamma-glutamyl group from glutathione to an amino acid. ggt levels are increased in most forms of liver disease, esp ecially cholestasis. ggt, a plasma membrane ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 bound enzy me, p rovides the only activity cap able to effect the hy drolysis of extra cellular glutathione (gsh), thus favoring the cellular utilization of its const ituent amino acids. the common p rocedures of cyclization of oxadiazole ring is p romoted by heat and anhydrous reagents like: thionyl chloride[14], p hosp horous oxy chloride [15], p hosp horous p entoxide [16], triphenylphosp hine [17] and triflic anhydride [18]. also, feray et al [19] showed the sy nthesis of the oxadiazole derivatives using the sy nthetic procedure based on the ring closure reactions of app rop riate acid hy drazides with carbon disulfide in alkali media [20]. in the literature, we did not found any st udies of the effect of oxadiazole derivatives on the activity of transferase enzy mes. so, we st udied here the effective of bis-1,3,4-oxadiazole comp ound containing sulfur atom between the two oxadiazole rings derived from n-p rotected glay cine att ached at c-5 of the oxadiazole ring, on the activities of some tranferase enzy mes in sera. this p roduct might be p otential comp ound for biological activity tests on transferase enzy mes. a literature search revealed that no such oxadiazoles derived from amino acids have y et been p repared excep t sebast iao et al [21] who sy nthesized some 3-aryl-1,2,4-oxadiazoles carry ing p rotected l-alanine side chain. re sult and discussion s ynthesi s the characterization data of all compounds 1-7 are given in the exp erimental section. all the newly sy nthesized comp ounds gave satisfactory analysis for the p rop osed st ructures, which were confirmed on the basis of their elemental analysis, ft -ir and 1 h nm r data. our sy nthetic strategy is show in scheme 1. s cheme 1. s ynthesis of compounds (1-7) the first st ep was began to convert 4-methoxy benzoic acid (anisic acid) to 4methoxy methy l benzoate 1 by the st andard esterfication method [22]. 4-m ethoxy benzoy l hy drazine 2 was sy nthesized in good y ield from the reaction of ester 1 with excess of hy drazine hy drate in ethanol. compound 3 was sy nthesized by the ring closure reaction of acid hydrazide 2 with carbon disulfide in ethanolic koh. the tautomeric equilibrium in comp ound 3 (3a and 3b) was invest igated both for isolated and for solvated sp ecies considering the solution medium. tsoleridis [23] st udied the same equilibrium and he found that t he thiol form (3b) is more st able in the gas p hase. however, ch3o co oh h ch3o cooch3 nh2-nh2.h2o ch3oh ch3o ch3o nn o s nh o nh2 nh2-nh2.h2o ch3o cl o h2n ch 2 co oh ch3o hn ch2 o pocl3 ch3o nn o s n n o ch2 nh o ch3 o co oh ch3o nh o nn o s o et o clc ooet nh 2 cs2 koh ch3o ch3o nn o s h nn o s h ethanol 1 2 ethanol 3b 3a4 e thanol5 6 5 + 6 7 + + tout. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 this is contrary to the known exp erimental finding. on t he basis of ft -ir and 1 h nm r data, it is know that 5-(4-methoxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thione (3a) exist in solution in the thione rather than the thiol form [24]. parallel to exp erimental data, the thione tautomer is more st able than thiol in the solution. the equilibrium is even more favored to words the thione because the thione is bett er solvated than thiol. in the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of comp ound 3 (fig. 1.), the broad p eak at δ 14.38-14.78 of the nh p roton was recorded, although it was very weak. it has been reported that the cryst al st ructure of comp ound 3 corresp ond to the thione form [25], but the reaction conditions for the sy nthesis of comp ound 4 p rove that comp ound 3 can be in the thiol form too. finally, the cryst al st ructure of comp ound 3 corresp onded to t he thione form, but they showed thiol – thione tautomerism in solution. . the mechanism [26] of ring closure of hy drazide by carbon disulfide may be outlined as follows in scheme 2. s cheme 2. the mechanism steps of formation of compound (3) an attemp t to p repare the thio ester of oxadiazole ring 4 by the treatment of comp ound 3 with an excess of ethy l chloroformate was successful and the p roduct obt ained was identified by elemental analysis, ft -ir and 1 h nm r, figure 2. shows the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of comp ound 4. the hydrazide of oxadiazole ring 5 was p repared in agood y ield by the reaction of comp ound 4 with an excess of 80% hy drazine hydrate in ethanol. the peaks at δ 5.75 and 13.75 in 1 h nm r sp ectrum (fig. 3.) are the good evidence for the formation of oxadiazole , s hy drazide 5. the comp ound 6 was sy nthesized by the reaction of 4-methoxy benzoy l chloride with glycine according to steiger , s p rocedure [27], to afford the corresp onding hipp uric acid 6. the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of comp ound 6 was shown in figure 4. the hydrazide of oxadiazole ring 5 and comp ound 6 could be smoothly cyclidehy drated by boilig in p hosp horus oxy chloride affording the bis oxadiazole 7 in good y ield. the 1 h nm r sp ectra of this comp ound was shown in figure 5. the mechanism of dehydration in the p resence of pocl3 is depicted in the following st eps: (scheme 3). ch3o nn o sh thiol form (3b) ch3o nn o s h thione form (3a) a r n h o n h 2 s = c = s a r c -h 2 s n k o h o o h n h c s k h c l s h a r n h o c h 3o -h n c s a r c s k n o h o h n h c s k s a r n h o n h c s a r c s k -h o h n o h n c s k s + a r = ++ ++ a r c n o n c s k + a r c n o n c s h h h + + + + + ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 s cheme 3. the mechanism st eps of formation of comp ound (7) biological activity of transfe rase enz ymes (got, gpt and ggt) this research addresses invest igation of the effects of comp ound (7) of got, gpt and γgt enzy mes. the biochemical tests revealed that t his comp ound caused inhibitory effects on γ-gt enzy me activity and activatory effects on got and gpt enzy mes activities. t able 1. shows t he effect of different concentrations of compound (7) on the activity of got, gpt and γ-gt enzy mes in human serum. the normal value of the got and gpt enzy me activities were (17 and 16 u/l) resp ectively. the relationship between comp ound (7) concentrations versus and the activity of enzy mes were shown in figure 6. these results observed that any increase in comp ound concentrations caused an increase in the p ercentage of activation of enzy mes. the greater activation of comp ound (7) was demonst rated at concentration 10 -2 m (364.705%) for got and 10 -2 m (300%) for gpt as shown in figure 7. the normal value of the γ-gt enzy me activity was (6.545 u/l). the relationship between comp ound (7) concentration versus and the activity of enzy me was shown in figure 8(a). these results observed that any increase in comp ound concentrations caused an increase in the p ercentage of inhibition of enzy me. the greater inhibition of comp ound (7) was demonst rated at concentration 10 -5 m (55%) as shown in figure 8(b). competitive, noncomp etitive and uncompetitive inhibition can be easily distinguished with the use of double recip rocal plot of t he lineweaver-burk p lot. t wo sets of rate determination ch 3o nn o s n n o ch2 nh oc h3 o ar o h o ar nh -n h2 o poc l3 ar c l o ar cl o c h3o nn o s ar n hnh o ar o ar ar c n n h c o aro h h + ar arar c n n h c ar oh 2 p .t -h3o o ar c n n c o ar n h ch2 o ch3o o h c n n h c o aro h c n n h c o h aro h c n n h c ar o h ar n hnh o h3po 4 ar o 3 3 3 ar = ar = + + + + + + ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 in which enzy me concentration was held constant, were carried out. in the first exp eriment the velocity of uninhibited enzy me was established, in the second exp erimental constant amount of inhibitor is included in each enzy me assay . varieties of substances have the ability to reduce or eliminate the catalytic activity of sp ecific enzy me [28]. table 2. and figure 9(a). showed that the ty p e of enzy me activation using lineweaver-burk p lot for compound (7) on serum got activity . the vm ax and km values determined with 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) and without it. vm ax and km values without comp ound (7) were 67 u/l, 200 m resp ectively. a liquate 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) was noncomp etitive activation for enzy me activity . noncompetitive activation changed the vm ax of the enzy me but not the km . when concentration of comp ound was 10 -2 m , the vm ax was 50 m . by using lineweaverburk equation, the ki values of enzy me for comp ound which was st udied in different concentrations. the ki of comp ound (7) in 10 -2 m was 0.0129 m . table 2. and figure 9(b). showed that the ty p e of enzy me activation using lineweaver-burk p lot for compound (7) on serum gpt activity . the vm ax and km values determined with 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) and without it. vm ax and km values without comp ound (7) were 100 u/l, 400 m resp ectively. a liquate 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) was noncomp etitive activation for enzy me activity . noncompetitive activation changed the vm ax of the enzy me but not the km . when concentration of comp ound was 10 -2 m , the vm ax was 50 m . by using lineweaverburk equation, the ki values of enzy me for comp ound which was st udied in different concentrations. the ki of comp ound (7) in 10 -2 m was 0.02 m . the enzy mes p lay imp ortant role in amino acid metabolism and in urea and tricarboxy lic acid cy cles. we suggested that comp ound (7) molecule has (nand o=) group s by which, it activates the active sides of amino acids of got and gpt enzy mes by increasing affinity of active sides of enzy mes t o react with t he subst rates. table 2. and figure 9(c). showed that the ty p e of enzy me inhibitor using lineweaver-burk p lot for compound (7) on serum γ-gt activity . the vm ax and km values determined with 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) and without it. vm ax and km values without comp ound (7) were 37.037 u/l, 0.4 m resp ectively. a liquate 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) was noncompetitive inhibition for enzy me activity . competitive inhibition changed the km of the enzy me but not the vm ax. when concentration of comp ound was 10 -2 m , the km was 1 m . by using lineweaver-burk equation, the ki values of enzy me for comp ound which was st udied in different concentrations. the ki of comp ound (7) in 10 -2 m was 0.000263 m . m olecule of comp ound (7)have an interaction between the group s (nand o=) with active sides of amino acids of γgt enzy me. conclusion novel bis-1,3,4-oxadiazole comp ound containing glycine moiety was p repared and st ructurally characterized using sp ectroscop ic techniques. the sy nthetic route st arted from esterfication of anisic acid followed by reaction the ester with hy drazine hy drate. the acid hy drazied was converted to thione-thiol oxadiazole tautomer (3) by ring closure mechanism. the thio ester of oxadiazole (4) was p repared by the reaction of tautomer (3) with ethy l chloroformate. the acid hy drazide of oxadiazole (5) was sy nthesized by the same conditions for p repared comp ound (2). compound (7) have been sy nthesized by dehydration mechanism in p resence of pocl3. the biochemical st udies revealed that the bis-oxadiazole caused activatory effects on got and gpt enzy mes activities, and inhibitory effects on γ-gt enzy me activity . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 experimental materials and physical me asureme nts. all starting materials and solvents were purchased from aldrich and fluka and used without further p urification. m elting p oints were determined on electrothermal cap illary app aratus and are uncorrected, elemental analysis (c, h, n) were carried out using a perkin-elmer model 2400 inst rument in university of al-albait, amman, jordan, ft -ir measurements were recorded on shimadzu model ft ir-8400s in university of al-m ust anseriy a , department of chemist ry , college of science, baghdad, iraq. 1 h nm r sp ectra were obtained with bruker sp ectrop hotometer model ultra shield at 300 m hz . in university of al-albait, amman, jordan. the compounds dissolved in dm so-d6 solution with t he tm s as internal st andard. not e: in some 1 h nm r sp ectra, the p eaks at δ 2.5 and 3.35 are for the solvent (dm so-d6) and dissolved water in (dm so-d6) resp ectively. materials and methods of biological activity se ction. effect of compound (7) on got and gpt activities: colorimetric determination of got or gpt activity according to the following reactions: got l – asp artate + α-ketoglutrate oxaloacetic + glutmate gp t alanine + α-ketoglutrate py ruvate + glutmate the p y ruvate or oxaloacetate formed was measured in its derived from 2,4dinitrop henylhydrazine, which was absorbed at wave length 505 nm [29]. effect of compound (7) on γ-gt activity : kinetic colorimetric method for the determination of γ-gt activity was assay ed by persijn and van der slik [30]. the principle of the method was measurement of the 5-amino-2-nitro benzoate form from reaction, which was absorbed at wave length 405 nm. γ gt l-γ-glutamyl-3-carboxy -4-nitroanilide + glycylglycine l-γ-glutamyl-glycylglycine + 5-amino-2-nitro-benzoate. a stock solution (0.01 m ) of comp ound (7) was p repared by dissolving it in ethanol/dmso (10/1), and the following concentrations (10 -2 , 10 -3 , 10 -4 , 10 -5 m ) were p repared by diluting with absolute ethanol. the enzy mes got , gpt and ggt activities were measured in human serum by using the same methods of these enzy mes with rep lacing 100µl of buffer with 100µl of comp ound (7). the inhibition p ercentage was calculated by comp aring the activity with and without the compound (7) and under the same conditions, according to the equation: % inhibition = 100 – 100 × (the activity in the p resence of inhibitor) / (the activity in the absence of inh ibitor) the activation p ercentage was calculated by comp aring the activity with and without the activator and under the same conditions, according to the equation: % activation = 100 × (the activity in the presence of activator) / (the activity in the absence of activator) – 100 a constant concentration of comp ound (7) (10 -2 m ) was used with different substrate concentrations of (40, 80, 120, 160, 200) mmol/l for got and gpt , and (0.4, 0.8, 1.2, 1.62) mmol/l for γ-gt, to st udy the ty p e of inhibition or activation. buffers were used to p repare different subst rates concentrations of t hese enzy mes, got , gpt (p hosp hate buffer ph= 7.40, 100 mmol/l) and γ-gt (tris buffer p h= 8.25, 100 mmol/l). the enzy mes activities were determined with and without comp ound (7), by using the lineweaver-burk equation and ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 p lott ing 1/v against 1/[s] were evaluated values [31] ; ki, ap p arent vm ax (vm app), ap p erent km (km app), ty p e of inhibition or activation. preparation methods and physical data of synthesi zed compounds (1-7) 4-methoxymethyl benz oate (1) this comp ound was p repared by following the p rocedure described by vogel [22]. yield (95%); mp : 49-51 ° c. 4-methoxybenz oyl hydrazine (2) this comp ound was p repared by following the procedure by described by smith [32]. yield (91%); mp : 135-137 ° c. 5-(4-methoxyphe nyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thi one (3) to a solution of hy drazide 2 (1.66 g, 0.01 mol) in ethanol (20 ml), p otassium hy droxide (0.56 g, 0.01 mol) in water (5 ml) and carbon disulfide (2 ml, 0.03 mol) were added. the reaction mixture was heated under reflux till the evolution of hy drogen sulfide ceased (app roximately 5 h.), therefore, it was cooled, diluted with cold water (30 ml) and acidified with 10% hy drochloric acid. the solid that sep arated was collected by filtration, washed with water and recry st allized from ethanol. yield (84%); mp: 199-201 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3217 (n-h), 1616 (c=n), 1253, 1080 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 14.3814.78 (s, br. 1h, nh), 7.79-7.85 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.11-7.16 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 3.86 (s, 3h, och3). anal. calcd. for c9h8n2o2s (208 g/mol): c, 51.92; h, 3.85; n, 13.46. found: c, 51.88; h, 3.80; n, 13.48. 5-(4-methoxyphe nyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-ethoxycarbonyl sulfanyl (4) compound 3 (2.08 g, 0.01 mol) in an excess of ethy l cloroformate (3ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. aft er cooling the residue of ethy l chloroformate was removed under reduced p ressure and the solid residue obtained was recry st allized from ethanol. yield (79%); mp: 124-125 ° c; ft-ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 2980, 2937, 2841 (c-h alip h.), 1773 (c=o), 1626 (c=n), 1259, 1078 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 7.88-7.85 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.17-7.14 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 4.48-4.41 (q, 2h, och2-), 3.86 (s, 3h, och3), 1.38-1.33 (t, 3h, ch3). anal. calcd. for c12h12n2o4s (280 g/mol): c, 51.43; h, 4.29; n, 10.00. found: c, 51.44; h, 4.32; n, 10.03. 5-(4-methoxyphe nyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-hydrazine carbonyl sulfanyl (5) this comp ound was p repared by the same method described for comp ound 2. yield (87%); mp: 222-224 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3316, 3146 (n-h), 2935, 2920, 2851 (c-h aliph.) 1640 (c=o), 1610 (c=n), 1255, 1074 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 13.8513.75 (s, br. 1h, nh), 7.95-7.92 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.05-7.02 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 5.72 (s, 2h, nh2), 3.78 (s, 3h, och3). anal. calcd. for c10h10n4o3s (266 g/mol): c, 45.11; h, 3.76; n, 21.05. found: c, 45.14; h, 3.77; n, 21.08. 4-(4-methoxybenz ene sulfonyl )-hi ppuric acid (6) gly sine (1.5g, 0.02 mol) in 1n sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml) was cooled at 0-5 ° c and the cold solution was added dropwise to a solution of 4-methoxy benzoy l chloride (3.41g, 0.02 mol) in chloroform (30ml). the reaction mixture was continued under st irring for an additional 1 h. the aqueous layer was separated and acidified with 2n hy drochloric acid. the p roduct 6 was collected by filtration and recry st allized from ethanol as colorless needles. yield (83%); mp: 178-180 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3366 (n-h), 3190-2534 (o-h, carboxy lic), 2933, 2847 (c-h alip h.) 1743 (c=o, acid), 1625 (c=o, amide); 1 h nm r ch 3o cooch3 ch3o nh o nh2 ch3o nn o s hch3 o nn o s h tout ch3o hn ch2 o cooh ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 8.65-8.63 (t , 1h, nh), 7.86-7.79 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 6.98-6.95 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 3.86-3.84 (d, 2h, ch2), 3.77 (s, 3h, och3). anal. calcd. for c10h11n1o4 (209 g/mol): c, 57.41; h, 5.26; n, 6.69. found: c, 57.44; h, 5.23; n, 6.72. n-{5-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-sulfanyl ]-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-methyl}4-methoxybenzamide (7) compound 5 (2.66 g, 0.01 mol) and compound 6 (2.09 g, 0.01 mol) were refluxed with p hosp horous oxy chloride (5ml) for 24 h. and the reaction mixture was then treated with ice water carefully and made basic by adding concentrated sodium bicarbonate solution. the resulting solid was filtered, dried and recry st allized by ethanol-dm so (10/1). yield (69%); mp: 193-195 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3362 (n-h), 2920, 2839 (c-h aliph.), 1620 (c=o, amide), 1610 (c=n), 1255, 1026 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 8.29-8.22 (t, 1h, nh), 8.17-8.11 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.88-7.81 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.23-7.18 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.097.02 (dd, 2h, ar.h) 3.87 (s, 3h, och3 att ached to p henyl-oxadiazole), 3.81 (s, 3h, och3 att ached to benzamide), 3.79-3.82 (d, 2h, ch2). anal. calcd. for c20h17n5o5s (439 g/mol): c, 54.67; h, 3.87; n, 15.94. found: c, 54.71; h, 3.89; n, 15.98. acknowledgme nt we thank m r. m ohanad h. m . m asad (al al-bayt university , jordan) for being help ful about doing the 1 h nm r sp ectra and m rs. zainab k. m ohammed jawad (al-m ust ansiriy a university , chem. dep t.) about doing the ft -ir sp ectra. also we are very grateful to dr. selma a. abbass (al-m ust ansiriy a university , chem. dep t.) for p erforming the biological exp eriments. refe rences 1. hill, j.(1984)"1,3,4-oxadiazoles in comp rehensive heterocyclic chemistry " katrizky , a. r., ress, c. w., pergamon p ress: oxford, new york, toronto, sy dney, paris and frankfurt, 6: 427. 2. m aillard, j.; vincent, m .; m orin, r.and benard, m . (1962) hy p notic and sedative drug, 2-(o-hy droxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadizole french patent m 379, chem. abstr.. 57:15251. 3. vousooghi, a. n.; tabatabai, s. a.; eezadeh, a. k.and shafiee, a. (2007) sy nthesis, ant iconvulsant and m uscle relaxant activities of subst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4thiadiazole and 1,2,4-triazole acta. chim. slov. 54: 317. 4. m ishra, l., said, m . k. it okawa, h. takey a, k. (1995) bioorg. m ed. chem, antitumor and ant imicrobial activities of fe(ii)/fe(iii) complexes derived from some heterocy clic compounds 3 (9) :1241. 5. kennedy, d. and summers, l. (1981) reduction pot ential and herbicidal activity of 4,4-(1,3,4-thiadiazole-2,5-diyl)-and4,4-(1,3,4-oxadiazole-2,5-diy l)bis(1m ethy lpy ridinium)diiodides. j. heterocyclic chem. xiv 409. 6. girges, m . m . arz neim-forsch, (1994) sy nthesis and pharmacological evalution of novel series of sulfonate-est er containing 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives with ant icipated hy p oglycimic activity . drug res. 44, 490. 7. xia, j.; lu, h.; gui,y. and zu, x. (2002) sy nthesis, fungicidal activity , and 3dqsar of py ridazinone-subst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole. j. agric. food chem, 50:3757. 8. suman, p. and bahel, s. c. (1979) 5-subst itut ed-1,3,4-oxadiazoles and related compounds as possible fungicides. j. indian chem. soc, 56 :712. 9. tashfeen, a. ;shahid, h.; najim, a. ;roberta, l.and paolo, l. c. (2005) in vitro ant itumor and ant iviral activities of new benzot hiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole-2thione derivatives. acta. pharm. 58:135. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 10. hodogaya, chemical co., ltd., jp n. tokky o koho, 8027.042, (1980) chem. abstr. 1980, 93: 232718g. 11. jai, f. w.; ghassan, e. j.; eugene, a. m . ;jeff, a. ;yadong, z.; paul, a. l.; neal, r. a. p. and nasser, bernard, k. (1999) oxadiazole m etal complex for organic lightemitt ing diodes. adv. m ater .11:15, 1266. 12. parra, m . ;hidalgo, p.; carrasco, e.; barbera, j. and silvino, l. (2006) new 1,2,4and 1,3,4-oxadiazole m aterials: sy nthesis, m esomorphic and luminescence prop erties. liquid cryst al, . 33( 8): 875. 13. dere, e. and polat, f. (2001) t he effect of paraquat on the activity of some enzy mes in different t issues of m ice (m us m usculus-swiss albino). turk j. biol. 25:323. 14. al-talib, m . ,tastoush, h. and odeh, n. (1990) a convenient sy nthesis of alky l and ary l subst itut ed bis-1,3,4-oxadiazoles. sy nth. commun. 20:1811. 15. theocharis, a. b. and alexandrou, n. e. (1990) sy nthesis and sp ectral data of 4,5bis[5-aryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl]-1-benzy l-1,2,3-triazole.j.heterocy clic chem. 27:1685. 16. carlsen, p. h. j.and jorgensen, k. b. (1994) j. heterocy clic chem. sy nthesis of unsy mmetrically subst itut ed 4h-1,2,4-triazoles. j. heterocy clic chem. 31: 805. 17. brown, p. ;best , d. j.; broom, n. j. p.; cassels, r.; o , hanlon, p. j.; m itchell, t. j. ;osborne, n. f. and wilson, j. m . (1997) the chemistry of pseudomonic acid. 18. heterocy clic replacment of the α,ß-unsaturated ester: sy nthesis, m olecular m odelling, and antibacterial activity . j. m ed. chem. 40: 2563. 18. liras, s. ;allen, m . p. and segestein, b. e. (2000) sy nth. commun. a m ild m ethod for the prep aration of 1,3,4-oxadiazoles: triflic anhy dride promoted cy clization of diacy lhydrazines. 30:437. 19. feray, a.; zuhal, t.; nuket, o. and safiy a, s. (2002) sy nthesis and electronic structure of new ary land alky lsubst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thione derivatives. j. m ed. chem. 26:159. 20. kop arir, m . ;cetin, a. and cansiz, a. (2005) 5-furane-2yl[1,3,4]oxadiazole-2-thiol, 5-furan-2y l-4h[1,2,4] triazole-3-thiol and their thiol-thione tautomerism. j. m ed. chem. 10:475. 21. sebast iao, j. m .; ant onio, d. s.; heron, l. l.and srivast ava, r. m . (1998) sy nthesis of some 3-ary l-1,2,4-oxadiazoles carrying a prot ected l-alanine side chain. j. m ed. chem. 19(5):465. 22. brian, s. f. ; antony , j. h. ;peter,w. g. s. and austin,r. t. (1989)vogel , s: practical organic chemistry , 5 th ed., longman scientific technical, new york, , p 1077. 23. tsoleridis, c. a. ;charistos, d. a. ;vagenas, g. v. (1997). uv and m o study on the dep rotonation of some 2-ary l-δ 2 -1,3,4-oxadiazole-5-thiones. j. heterocy clic chem 34:1715. 24. horning, m uchowski, (1972) five-membered heterocy clic thiones. part i. 1,3,4oxadiazole-2-thione. can. j. chem. 50: 3079. 25. oz turk, s. ;akkurt, m .; cansiz, a. ;cetin, a. ;sekerci, m .and heinemann, f. w. (2004) 5-(furan-2-y l)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2(3h)-thione. acta. cryst . e. e60 o322. 26. l. s. ibrahimi, (1989) m .sc thesis, university of baghdad, college of education ibn al-haitham, baghdad, iraq. 27. steiger, r. e. (1944). benzolation of amino acids. j. org. chem 9: 396. 28. saty anarayna,u. (2003) biochemistry 2 nd ed. books and allied (p) ltd, india, pp 9195. 29. reitman,s. and frankel, s. (1957) path. a colorimetric m ethod for the determination of serum glutamic oxalacetic and glutamic py ruvic transaminases. am. j. clin. 28, 56. 30. persijn, van der silk (1976) j. chem. clin. biochem. a new m ethod for the determination of gamma-glutamyltransferase. 4, 421. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 31. linweaver, h. burke, d. (1934) the determination of enzy me dissociation const ants. j. am. chem. soc. 56: 658. 32. smith,p. a. (1946) organic reactions 3: 366. table (1): the effect of different concentrations of comp. (7) on the activity of got, gpt and γ-gt enz ymes in human serum. no. conc. [m] got activity u/l activation % gpt activity u/l activation % γ-gt activity u/l inhibition % 1 0 17 0.000 16 0.000 6.545 0.000 2 10 -2 79 36 4.705 64 30 0.000 1.303 0.000 3 10 -3 30 76.470 20 25.000 2.618 20.000 4 10 -4 29 70.580 18 12.500 5.236 60.000 5 10 -5 24 41.176 17 6.250 6.545 80.000 table (2): the ki ne tic propertie s of got, gpt and γ-gt with comp. (7) en z ymes kma p (m) vma p (u/l) ki (m) type of effect got 10 0 50 0.0129 noncompet it ive gp t 40 0 50 0.02 noncompetit ive γgt 1 0.256 0.000263 noncompetit ive ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig ure 1. 1h nmr sp ectrum of compou nd 3 fig ure 2. 1h nmr spectrum of co mpo und 4 fig ure 3. 1h nmr sp ectrum of compou nd 5 fig ure 4. 1h nmr sp ectrum of co mpo und 6 figure 5. 1h nmr sp ectrum of compo un d 7 fig ure 6. (a) the relat ionship b etw een co nc. of co mpo und (7) and got enzyme activity . (b) the relat ionship b etw een con c. ocompo und (7) and gp t enzyme acti vity. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 figure 7. (a) the percentag e of activ ation got enzyme figure 8. (a) the relationship betw een co nc. of and co mpou nd (7) conc. compoun d(7) and ggt enzyme activity. (b) the percen tage of acti vation gp t enzyme (b) the percen tage of acti vation ggt and compo und (7) con c. en zyme and compo und (7) conc. figure 9. lineweaver-burk plots for comp. (7) effects o n (a) go t, (b) gp t and (c) gg t ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد فعالیة بعض فيتحضیر تأثیر حلقتي االوكسادیازول الحاویة على الكالیسین وتشخیصھا ودراستھا االنزیمات الناقلة ،زیاد حسین جواد القیسي * ،عالء حسین جواد القیسيایفان حمید روئیل تومي الجامعة المستنصریةالكیمیاء ،كلیة العلوم ، قسم جامعة النھرین قسم الكیمیاء ،كلیة العلوم ،* الجامعة المستنصریة قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة العلوم ، الخالصة -n-{5-[5اوكسـادیازول ومركـب الكالیسـین -4,3,1في هذا البحث حضر مركب جدید یحتوي على حلقتـین مـن (4-methoxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-sulfany l]-1,3,4 oxadiazole-2-yl-methy l}-4methoxy benzamide .وطیــف االشــعة تحـت الحمــراء وطیــف ،طة التحلیــل الــدقیق للعناصـراشـخص هــذا المركــب بوسـ فعالیــة بعــض فــيقة كــذلك صــممت هــذه الدراســة لبیــان تــاثیر حلقتــي االوكســادیازول الملتصــ. الــرنین النــووي المغناطیســي ووجــد ان هـذا المركـب قــام بتنشـیط فعالیـة االنزیمــات . فــي مصـل الـدم got ،gpt ،ggt :مثـل ،االنزیمـات الناقلـة got وgpt بینما كان تاثیره مثبطا لفعالیة االنزیمggt . فعالیـة االنزیمـات تـزداد بزیـادة فيووجد ان هذه التاثیرات الزیادة والنقصان في الفعالیة الحیاتیة لهذه االنزیمات بوجود هذا المركـب نوقشـت بالتفصـیل ان . تركیز مركب االوكسادیازول . في هذا البحث ihjpas رشھ في تركیز الصابونینات الستیرویدیة أثیر الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین ومدةت .trigonella foenum – graecum l لنبات الحلبة الساعدي عباس جاسم حسین الشمري ماھر زكي فیصل جامعة بغداد / ابن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم علوم الحیاة 4/12/2013، قبل البحث في : 16/1/2013استلم البحث في : الخالصة ابن الھیثم للعام الدراسي -كلیة التربیة -جریت تجربة بایولوجیة في الحدیقة النباتیة التابعة لقسم علوم الحیاة ا , 100 , 125)لمعرفة تأثیر صنفین من نبات الحلبة (محلي، ھندي) وتراكیز متزایدة من حامض الجبرلین 2004-2005 الدایوسجنین، الستیرویدیة ( الصابونینیة المركبات الطبیة للرش في تركیز جزء من الملیون واربع مدد ( 0 , 25 , 50 , 75 وفق تصمیم القطاعات على صممت التجربة ، والجیتوجینین)الیاموجنین، تیجوجینین، نیوتیجوجینین، سیمیالجینین رات واختبرت متوسطات مكر ةوبثالث randomize complete blocks design (rcbd)العشوائیة الكاملة الرش مدةإن لتركیز حامض الجبرلین و. واظھرت النتائج 0.05وى احتمال ستعمال اقل فرق معنوي عند مستالمعامالت با عند التركیز تفوق المعاملة تذ سجلنیة الستیرویدیة في نبات الحلبة إیرات متفاوتة في نسبة المركبات الصابونیوالصنف تأث .) یوم25رش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون و75( الرش، الصنف، الصابونینات الستیرویدیة مدةحامض الجبرلیك، الكلمات المفتاحیة: 24 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة الكسدة ومركبات طاردة للحشرات اد لضمیعد نبات الحلبة من النباتات الطبیة المھمة لما فیھ من مركبات كیمیائیة ) اھمھا لكونھ یدخل في diosgeninمثل حامض النیكوتنیك ومجموعة الكالیكوسیدات المتنوعة التي یعد الدیوسجنین ( المواد الھالمیة )، cholineالكولین ()، trigonelineتحضیر ھرمونات صناعیة مختلفة وقلوید التریجوسیلین ( )mucilage من وزن الجذور الجافة، فضالً عن احتوائھا على مركب الكومارین 25) التي تزید نسبتھا عن % )coumarin] 2، 1) وغیرھا من المركبات الطبیة االخرى.[ تكوین لجیة والوراثیة العلى مستوى لمصلحةسة النبات الفت النمو النباتیة تجعل توجیھ كفایان استخدام منظما لین في النبات ھي النبات، ومركز تكوین الجبر النمو واالزھار وعقد الثمار وتكشفمكونات الحاصل من خالل تأثیرھما في ].3الجذور [والبذور االوراق الفتیة، اخل النبات خالل مرحلة النمو، في تشجیع العملیات الحیویة د فعال حامض الجبرلین على النبات دور رش مدةول ، 150حامض الجبرلین ( تراكیز من ةثالث روتین عند استعمال] ھنالك زیادة في النسبة المئویة للنتروجین والب4الحظ [ إذ نخفاض النسبة ) یوم بعد االنبات لنبات الذرة مع ا85، 65، 45للرش ( مدد) جزء من الملیون خالل ثالث 450، 300 المئویة للزیت في البذور. تترك���ز أغل���ب المركب���ات الفعال���ة الموج���ودة ف���ي نب���ات الحلب���ة ف���ي الب���ذور اكث���ر م���ن ب���اقي اج���زاء النب���ات االخ���رى ومنھ���ا ب�ة وھ�ي مركب�ات عض�ویة في نب�ات الحل في النباتات الطبیة والسیما مھماً من المواد الفعالة الكالیكوسیدات التي تشكل جزءاً وبص��ورة عام��ة تتك��ون الكالیكوس��یدات م��ن ج��زء س��كري یس��مى ] 5[االحم��اض وبفع��ل أنزیم��ات خاص��ة ةاطتتحل��ل بوس�� )glycon) وج�زء غی�ر س�كري یس��مى (aglycon (الكالیكوس�یدات ف��ي یكوس�یدات ، وتقس�م ال�ذي یع�ود الی�ھ أخ��تالف الكال وتقس�م الكالیكوس�یدات الص�ابونیة ،یدات الفالفونیدی�ةالكالیكوس� ،الكالیكوس�یدات الص�ابونینیة الس�یترویدیة بذور الحلب�ة عل�ى الص�ابونینات الترایتروبن�ودل وق�د الق�ت الص�ابونینات الس�تیرویدیة اھتمام�اً ة،ات السیترویدینالصابونی المواد الصابونیة على كیب االستیرودي من التر sex hormonesاألخیرة بحثاً عن إمكانیة استخراج ھرمونات الجنس ةبالغاً في السنوات العشر steroidal structure للمواد الصابونینیة الذي یشبھ التركیب األساسي لھرمونات الجنس وبذلك یمكن الحص�ول عل�ى ھ�ذه . ]1[ المواد من أصل نباتي رخیص بدالً من استخالصھا من أصل حیواني باھض الثمن ھنال��ك مركب��ات كالیكوس��یدیة أنق��ذت حی��اة مالی��ین م��ن البش��ر وھ��ي الكالیكوس��یدات الس��ترویدیة ال��ى ان ]6و 1[وق��د أش��ار )steroidal glycosides) مثل الدیجیتوكسین (digitoxin (ف�ي أوراق نب�ات قي مركبات ھذه المجموعة الت�ي تت�وافروبا cardiotonicیكوس�یدات المقوی�ة للقل�ب فھي تقوي عضالت القلب وتنظم ضرباتھ لذا سمیت بالكال digitallsالدیجستالس glycosides وجلیكوسید ال�روتینrutin glycosides ف�ي نبات�ات الحنط�ة الس�وداء ال�ذي یت�وافرblack wheat یق�وي sennaي ـات السنامك��ـج��دران األوعی��ة الدموی��ة الض��عیفة فیمن��ع الن��زف والكالیكوس��یدات المس��ھلة مث��ل كالیكوس��یدات نبات�� . ]rhubary ]1 ،6راوند ـوال cascareارا ـوالكاسك إذ تقوم بدور تنظیمي في عملیة النمو ، كما تقوم بدور وقائي لحفظ حی�اة النب�ات ،فضالً عن فوائدھا لإلنسان فلھا فوائد للنبات ].7 ،5[ ضد بعض اآلفات والحشرات التي تصیبھ المواد وطرائق العمل بغداد للعام جامعة-الھیثم ابن-للعلوم الصرفة التربیة كلیة-الحیاةنفذت التجربة في الحقل الزراعي التابع لقسم علوم لدراسة تأثیر تراكیز مختلفة من منظم النمو الجبرلین في نمو صنفین من نبات الحلبة صنف محلي 2005-2004الدراسي )local verity) وصنف ھندي (indio verity ( وقد قدر بعض الصفات الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیة لتربة التجربة قبل ].8ق الموصوفة في [ائ) وحسب الطر1الزراعة كما موضح في جدول رقم ( ) وحدة تجریبیة 36ى () أمتار لكل لوح، وقسم كل لوح رئیس عل6×5ة بأبعاد (رض التجربة الى اربعة الواح رئیسقسمت ا مددوحدة تجریبیة، اخذ كل صنف من نبات الحلبة نصف ھذه الوحدات. أستخدمت أربع ) متر لكل 0.06×0.60بمساحة ( ، 0ستة تراكیز من حامض الجبرلین وھي ( الرش المالئمة وُحضرت مدة) یوماً وذلك لتحدید 30، 25، 20، 15للرش ھي ( زن غرام واحد من الذي حضر من خالل وملیون من المحلول القیاس االصلي ) جزء من 125و 100، 75، 50، 25 مع 2004/ 20/11) بذرة في كل وحدة تجریبیة ولكال الصنفین بتاریخ 25( ُزرعتبلتر من الماء المقطر. وأُذیبالجبرلین ) كغم/ ھكتار لجمیع الوحدات التجریبیة قبل الزراعة، وتم متابعة نمو 220اضافة مستوى من سماد السوبر فوسفات ھو ( التراكیز المذكورة اعاله أربع ُرشتري وأزالة االدغال الضارة حتى موعد انھاء التجربة، النبات من ناحیة عملیات ال ذ تمت الرشة االولى بعد اكتمال الورقة الرابعة في ) یوم إ30، 25، 20، 15الرش ( مددمرات خالل مرحلة النمو وحسب عینات بة الى الوھكذا بالنس اً ) یوم20الرش ( مدةل بعد عشرین یوماً مدةالعینات لھذه ال تخذاً أُ ) یوم15وبعد ( 2005/ 1/ 5 ).2الرش وحسب الجدول ( مددب التالیة حس الكالیكوس��یدات الص��ابونینیة الس��ترویدیة وھ��ي (التیج��وجنین و النیوجیت��وجنین والجیت��وجنین و الس��میالجنین و استخلص��ت نس��بة الص��ابونینات وقیس��ت ]10و 9[ م��نوف��ق طریق��ة مح��ددة للطریق��ة الت��ي ذكرھ��ا ك��ل عل��ى الیم��وجنین والدیوس��جنین) ).high performance liquid chromatography )hplcجھاز احتجازھا بوساطة مدةالستیرویدیة من خالل 25 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 النتائج والمناقشة ) %من الوزن الجاف للبذور وأن 1.7-0.6أن نسبة الكالیكوسیدات الصابونینیة تتراوح من (الى تشیر الدراسات في نسبة اً معنوی لصنفي نبات الحلبة تأثیراً ان) 3مأخوذة من النسب في البذور واوضحت النتائج في الجدول ( جمیع النسب ) 0.446سجل النسبة (، اما الصنف الھندي فقد )0.460للتیجوجنین وھي ( ذ سجل الصنف المحلي اعلى نسبة، إالتیجوجنین ذه الصفة.للصنف المحلي على الصنف الھندي في ھ مع زیادة معنویة ) جزء من الملیون اعل�ى 75ان لتركیز الجبرلین اثراً معنویاً في نسبة التیجوجنین فقد اعطى التركیز ( بین الجدولی %) مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة الذي اعطى اوط�أ قیم�ة لنس�بة التیج�وجنین وھ�ي 432.743) وبنسبة زیادة (0.602نسبة وھي ( )0.113.( م�دةفي نسبة التیجوجنین في ب�ذور نب�ات الحلب�ة فق�د كان�ت معنویاً الرش تأثیراً مدةل انایضا اظھرت نتائج الجدول 47.440و 140.836) وبنس��بة زی��ادة ھ��ي (0.749رش اذ اعط��ت اعل��ى قیم��ة وھ��ي ( م��دة أفض��ل) یوم��اً ھ��ي 25ال��رش ( ) یوماً وعلى التوالي.30و 20و 15الرش ( مددمقارنة ب ) %205.714و ف��ي نس��بة التیج��وجنین فق��د تف��وق اً معنوی�� اً ان للت��داخل ب��ین ص��نفي نب��ات الحلب��ة وتركی��ز الجب��رلین ت��أثیراك��دت النت��ائج ایض��ا %) اذ اعط�ى الص�نف 21.206) جزء من الملیون بنس�بة زی�ادة ھ�ي (50الصنف الھندي على الصنف المحلي عند التركیز ( ) ، 0.514بالصنف المحل�ي ال�ذي اعط�ى قیم�ة ھ�ي ( ) مقارنة0.623الھندي عند ھذا التركیز اعلى نسبة لھذه الصفة وھي ( ) جزء من الملیون وبنسبة زیادة مقارن�ة 75كانت عند التركیز (ف) 0.596اما اعلى نسبة التي اعطاھا الصنف المحلي وھي ( ) فكان�ت عن�د التركی�ز (ص�فر) 0.085، 0.140%) ، ام�ا اوط�أ قیم�ة للتیج�وجنین وھ�ي (325.714بنباتات السیطرة ھ�ي ( للصنفین المحلي والھندي على التوالي.و ) یوم�اً ھ�ي 25ال�رش ( مدةاذ كانت ،في نسبة التیجوجنین معنویاً الرش تأثیراً مدةان لصنف النبات والنتائج تظھر ال�رش م�دد) مقارن�ة م�ع 0.679و 0.818االفضل في اعطائھا اعلى نسبة للتیجوجنین ف�ي الص�نفین المحل�ي والھن�دي وھ�ي ( لك��ال الص��نفین المحل��ي ) %53.755 ،78.606) یوم��اً ھ��ي (25ال��رش ( م��دةت اق��ل نس��بة انخف��اض مقارن��ة باالخ��رى وكان�� والھندي على التوالي. ال�رش ت�أثیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة التیج�وجنین وكان�ت اعل�ى نس�بة م�دةان للتداخل ب�ین تركی�ز الجب�رلین وواظھرت النتائج ایضا ) ج���زء م���ن الملی���ون م���ن الجب���رلین وبنس���بة انخف���اض ھ���ي 75وتركی���ز () یوم���اً 25ال���رش ( م���دة) عن���د 0.990وھ���ي ( ) یوم��اً 15رش ( م��دة) كان��ت عن��د 0.093اوط��أ نس��بة للتیج��وجنین ھ��ي ( ان%) مقارن��ة بنبات��ات الس��یطرة علم��ا 776.106( ) جزء من الملیون.125وتركیز ( الرش تأثیراً معنویاً في مدةللتداخل الثالثي بین صنفي النبات وتركیز الجبرلین و ان) 3واظھرت نتائج الجدول ( ) 25الرش( مدة) عند 0.860و 1.120د اعطى الصنفان المحلي والھندي اعلى نسبة للتیجوحنین ھي (ة التیجوجنین وقنسب مدةوعند ) %911.764و 700.000) جزء من الملیون ونسبة زیادة مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة ھي (75یوماً وتركیز ( اعاله ولكال الصنفین المحلي والھندي على التوالي . الرش نفسھا ال��ى ان اض��افة ح��امض الجب��رلین ی��ؤثر ]1[ توض�ح النت��ائج تب��این ص��نفي نب��ات الحلب��ة ف��ي ق��یم نس�بة التیج��وجنین ، فق��د اش��ار ي زیادة النمو واستطالة الساق ومساحة الورقة ومن ث�م بصورة غیر مباشرة بزیادة السترویدات الصابونیة من خالل تأثیره ف زیادة عملیة البناء الضوئي مما یؤدي الى زیادة المركبات الكیمیائیة ومنھا الزیادة في كمیة السترویدات الصابونیة ومكونات اخرى. ان 11و 10من في نسبة التیجوجنین بین الصنفین وھذا یذكر كل اً ان ھناك اختالفوقد اكدت نتائج التجربة اصناف الحلبة اختلفت في كمیة ونسبة الصابونینات االستیرویدیة في بذورھا تبعا الختالفاتھا الوراثیة. نبات الحلب�ة ت�أثیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة النیوجیت�وجنین ف�ي ب�ذور نب�ات الحلب�ة اذ اعط�ى ان لصنفي) 4بینت النتائج في الجدول ( ) م�ع مالحظ�ة 0.481) في حین كانت النس�بة ف�ي الص�نف الھن�دي (0.406جنین وھي (الصنف المحلي اعلى نسبة للنیوجتیو %).18.462تفوق الصنف الھندي على الصنف المحلي بنسبة زیادة ( ) 75ان لتركیز الجبرلین المضاف ت�أثیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة النیوجیت�وجنین اذ س�جل التركی�ز (وضحت النتائج ایضا ) مقارنة مع التراكی�ز االخ�رى المض�افة وان التركی�ز (ص�فر) ھ�و 0.785للنیوجیتوجنین وھي (جزء من الملیون اعلى نسبة ).0.015الذي اعطى اقل نسبة للنیوجیتوجنین ھي ( ) یوم�اً ھ�ي الت�ي 25ال�رش ( م�دةف�ي نس�بة النیوجیت�وجنین وكان�ت اً معنوی� اً ال�رش ت�أثیر م�دةان ل تؤكد نتائج الجدول ، 20، 15ال�رش ( م�دد)% مقارن�ة م�ع 159.090و 52.469و 185.000) وبنسبة زیادة (0.741اعطت اعلى نسبة لھ ( ) یوماً .30 ف�ي نس�بة النیوجیت�وجنین اذ ك�ان تركی�ز ل لكل من الصنف وتركی�ز الجب�رلین وج�ود ت�أثیر معن�وي تبین نتائج التداخ ) 0.753ن الملی��ون ھ��و افض��ل تركی��ز ف��ي اعط��اء اعل��ى نس��بة للنیوجیت��وجنین ف��ي الص��نف المحل��ي () ج��زء م��75الجب��رلین ( م�ع تف�وق الص�نف الھن�دي عل�ى الص�نف المحل�ي ، )،0.817الص�نف الھن�دي ال�ذي اعط�ى نس�بة النیوجیت�وجنین ( وكذلك ف�ي وكانت اقل نسبة للنیوجیتوجنین عند التركیز (صفر) وفي كال الصنفین على التوالي. ف�ي نس�بة النیوجیت�وجنین اذ اعط�ى الص�نف المحل�ي ال�رش ت�أثیر معن�وي م�دةان الت�داخل ب�ین الص�نف و) 4یوضح الج�دول ( ) یوم��اً ام��ا الص��نف الھن��دي فق��د اعط��ى اعل��ى نس��بة 25ال��رش ( م��دة) عن��د 0.679اعل��ى قیم��ة لنس��بة النیوجیت��وجنین وھ��ي ( ال�رش االخ�رى م�ع تف�وق الص�نف الھن�دي عل�ى م�ددال�رش ذاتھ�ا اع�اله مقارن�ة م�ع م�دة) عن�د 0.803للنیوجیتوجنین وھي ( 26 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 )% عل�ى 125.000و 18.262و 32.296الرش الثالث االخرى وبنس�بة زی�ادة ( مددالصنف المحلي في ھذه الصفة وعند التوالي. في نسبة النیوجیتوجنین اذ ك�ان اً معنوی اً الرش تأثیر مدةللتداخل بین تركیز الجبرلین و اناكدت نتائج الجدول اعاله ) 1.338) یوماً في اعطاء اعلى نس�بة للنیوجیت�وجنین وھ�ي (25رش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون وافضل 75افضل تركیز ھو ( م�دد) عند التركی�ز (ص�فر) ول0.015(الرش االخرى في حین كانت اوطأ نسبة للنیوجیتوجنین ھي مددمقارنة مع التراكیز و .كافة الرش الرش تأثیراً معنویاً في نسبة النیوجیت�وجنین مدةللتداخل الثالثي بین صنف النبات وتركیز الجبرلین و ان) 4الجدول ( یوضح ) یوم��اً اعل��ى نس��بة للنیوجیت��وجنین ف��ي الص��نف المحل��ي وھ��ي 25ال��رش ( م��دة) ج��زء م��ن الملی��ون و75اذ اعط��ى التركی��ز ( ، ام��ا الص��نف الھن�دي فق��د اعط��ى اعل�ى نس��بة وھ��ي كاف�ة ال��رش م��ددولة كان�ت عن��د التركی��ز (ص�فر) ) وان اق�ل نس��ب1.250( ) یوماً ایض�ا وق�د تف�وق الص�نف الھن�دي معنوی�ا عل�ى الص�نف 25رش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون و75) تحت تركیز (1.425( حلبة ف�ي نس�بة الرش اعاله ، تؤكد النتائج تباین صنفي نبات ال مدةو نفسھ التركیز %) عند14.000نسبة زیادة ھي (المحلي ب م�دةھذه الصفة باختالف تركیبھا الوراثي مع تفوق الصنف الھندي على الصنف المحلي ف�ي تراكی�ز الجب�رلین المض�افة عن�د ) یوماً .30الرش ( یت��وجنین ف��ي ب��ذور نب��ات الحلب��ة لص��نف نب��ات الحلب��ة ت��أثیرا غی��ر معن��وي ف��ي نس��بة الج ان) 5اظھ��رت النت��ائج ف��ي الج��دول ( ، اذ یالح�ظ زی�ادة بس�یطة للص�نف الھن�دي عل�ى الص�نف المحل�ي ف�ي نس�بة ال�رش م�دةتركی�ز الجب�رلین و ظر عنالن وبصرف الجیتوجنین. ) ج��زء م��ن 75لتركی��ز الجب��رلین ت��أثیراً معنوی��اً ف��ي نس��بة الجیت��وجنین اذ اعط��ى التركی��ز ( انویب��ین الج��دول اع��اله ي اعط�ى نس�بة الذ%) مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة 543.689( ) وبنسبة زیادة ھي0.663الملیون اعلى نسبة للجیتوجنین وھي ( ).0.103للجیتوجنین ( ) یوم�اً 25ال�رش ( م�دةالرش تأثیراً معنویاً في نسبة الجیت�وجنین اذ اعط�ت مدةل اناكدت نتائج الجدول اعاله ایضا 20و 15ال�رش ( م�ددب مقارن�ة ) %152.758و 30.892و 83.250) وبنس�بة زی�ادة (0.733اعلى نسبة للجیتوجنین وھي ( .على التوالي ) یوماً 30و اذ اعط�ى الص�نف الھن�دي ،في نسبة الجیتوجنین اً معنوی اً للتداخل بین الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین تأثیر اناظھرت النتائج ایضا ب��ذلك عل��ى الص��نف المحل��ي بنس��بة زی��ادة ) ج��زء م��ن الملی��ون متفوق��اً 75) عن��د التركی��ز (0.723اعل��ى نس��بة للص��فة وھ��ي ( ) ج��زء م��ن الملی��ون 50) عن��د التركی��ز (0.625%) ف��ي ح��ین اعط��ى الص��نف المحل��ي أعل��ى نس��بة للجیت��وجنین ( 19.900( ) كان�ت عن�د التركی�ز 0.035و 0.170االخرى وان اوطأ نسبة للجیت�وجنین ف�ي الص�نفین المحل�ي والھن�دي (مقارنة بالتراكیز .االخرى من الجبرلیننة بالتراكیز مقار ) یوم��اً 25ال�رش ( م��دةال�رش ت��أثیرا غی�ر معن�وي ف��ي نس�بة الجیت��وجنین وكان�ت م��دةاظھ�ر الت�داخل ب��ین الص�نف و م��دد) للص��نفین المحل��ي والھن��دي عل��ى الت��والي مقارن��ة ب0.781و 0.685ف��ي اعطائھ��ا اعل��ى نس��بة للجیت��وجنین ( م��دةافض��ل وكانت نس�بة الزی�ادة أیضا، ) یوماً ولكال الصنفین 30الرش ( مدة) عند 0.326و 0.253الرش االخرى اما اوطأ نسبة ھي ( ) یوماً .30الرش ( مدة)% مقارنة ب 139.570و 170.750) یوماً (25الرش ( مدةلھذه الصفة لكال الصنفین عند ت اعل��ى قیم��ة لنس��بة ف��ي نس��بة الجیت��وجنین اذ كان�� اً معنوی�� اً ال��رش ت��أثیر م��دةوك��ان للت��داخل ب��ین تركی��ز الجب��رلین و ال�رش االخ�رى م�دد) یوم�اً مقارن�ة ب�التراكیز و25ال�رش ( م�دة) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون و75) عند التركیز (0.875الجیتوجنین ( م�دة) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون و125وك�ذلك عن�د التركی�ز ( كاف�ة ال�رش م�دد) ولوكانت اقل نس�بة للجیت�وجنین عن�د التركی�ز (ص�فر ) یوماً .25رش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون و75%) مقارنة بالتركیز ( 88.571فاض () یوماً ، وبنسبة انخ15الرش ( ال�رش ت�أثیر غی�ر معن�وي ف�ي نس�بة الجیت�وجنین عل�ى ال�رغم م�ن م�دةكان للتداخل الثالثي ب�ین الص�نف والتركی�ز و .صنف الھندي مقارنة بالصنف المحليزیادة ھذه المادة في ال للص�نف ت�أثیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة الس�میالجنین ف�ي الب�ذور لنب�ات الحلب�ة اذ تف�وق الص�نف ان) 6اظھرت النتائج ف�ي الج�دول ( ) بنس���بة زی���ادة ھ���ي 0.430) عل���ى الص���نف المحل���ي ال���ذي اعط���ى نس���بة الس���میالجنین ( 0.629الھن���دي ال���ذي اعط���ى ( )46.279.(% ) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون 75ف�ي نس�بة الس�میالجنین وك�ان التركی�ز ( معنوی�اً لتركیز الجبرلین تأثیراً ان) 6یبین الجدول ( %) 117.846) مقارنة بالتراكیز االخرى وبنسبة زی�ادة ھ�ي (0.708ھو االفضل في اعطاء اعلى نسبة للسمیالجنین وھي ( ).0.325مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة الذي اعطى اقل نسبة للسمیالجنین وھي ( ) یوماً اعلى نس�بة 25الرش ( مدةفي نسبة السمیالجنین اذ اعطت الرش تأثیر معنوي مدة انالى ایضا اشارت نتائج الجدول ) 30و 20و 15ال�رش ( م�دد)% مقارن�ة ب170.198و 30.143و 118.766) وبنسبة زیادة (0.816للسمیالجنین وھي ( یوماً. ن تأثیراً معنویاً في نسبة الس�میالجنین للتداخل الثنائي بین صنف النبات وتركیز الجبرلی ان) 6اكدت نتائج الجدول ( ) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون م�ن الجب�رلین متفوق�ا 75) عن�د التركی�ز (0.871اذ اعطى الصنف الھندي اعلى نسبة لھذه الصفة وھ�ي ( اعاله اذ اعطى الصنف المحلي عند ھذا التركیز م�ن %) عند التركیز نفسھ59.816بذلك على الصنف المحلي بنسبة زیادة ( ) .0.545ین نسبة للسمیالجنین (الجبرل 27 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ف�ي نس�بة الس�میالجنین اذ الرش كان لھ تأثیر معنوي مدةالتداخل الثنائي بین الصنف و انبینت نتائج الجدول اعاله ) 0.706) یوم�اً اذ عن�دھا اعط�ى ھ�ذا الص�نف اعل�ى نس�بة للس�میالجنین وھ�ي (25رش للصنف المحل�ي ھ�ي ( مدةان افضل ) وبنس��بة 0.195) یوم�اً ھ�ي الت�ي اعط�ت اق��ل نس�بة لھ�ذه الص�فة بلغ�ت (30ال��رش ( م�دةخ�رى ، وان ال�رش اال م�ددمقارن�ة ب ) 0.927) یوم�اً ، ام�ا الص�نف الھن�دي فق�د اعط�ى اعل�ى نس�بة للس�میالجنین (25الرش ( مدة%) مقارنة ب72.379انخفاض ( التوالي ویتضح من تداخل صنف النب�ات م�ع ) یوماً على30، 20، 15الرش ( مدد) یوماً ایضا مقارنة ب25الرش ( مدةعند الصنف الھن�دي اكث�ر اس�تجابة الض�افة الجب�رلین م�ن خ�الل اعطائ�ھ اعل�ى نس�بة للس�میالجنین مقارن�ة بالص�نف انالرش مدة 140.639الرش وكانت نسبة الزیادة في ھذه الصفة للصنف الھندي مقارنة بالصنف المحل�ي ھ�ي ( مددالمحلي وتحت جمیع ) یوماً على التوالي.30و 25و 20و 15الرش ( مدد)% ل109.236و 31.303 و 8.471و في نس�بة الس�میالجنین اذ اً معنوی الرش تأثیراً مدةللتداخل بین تركیز الجبرلین و ان) 6اظھرت النتائج في الجدول ( ) یوم��اً ھم��ا االفض��ل ف��ي اعطائھم��ا اعل��ى نس��بة للس��میالجنین وھ��ي 25ال��رش ( م��دة) ج��زء م��ن الملی��ون و75( ان التركی��ز ) یوم�اً 15ال�رش ( م�دة، وكان�ت نس�بة الزی�ادة مقارن�ة بنبات�ات الس�یطرة وال�رش االخ�رى مدد) مقارنة مع التراكیز و1.195( .) جزء من الملیون25یز (وماً وترك) ی30الرش ( مدة) كانت عند 0.203اوطأ نسبة للسمیالجنین ( ان%) علما 267.692( ال�رش والص�نف ت�أثیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة م�دةللت�داخل الثالث�ي ب�ین تركی�ز الجب�رلین و ان) ایض�ا 6بینت النت�ائج ف�ي الج�دول ( ) 75) یوم�اً وتركی�ز (25ال�رش ( م�دة) عن�د 1.425السمیالجنین اذ اعط�ى الص�نف الھن�دي اعل�ى نس�بة للس�میالجنین وھ�ي ( م�دةونفس�ھ التركی�ز %) عن�د47.668بنس�بة زی�ادة ھ�ي (ب�ذلك عل�ى الص�نف المحل�ي الجب�رلین متفوق�اً جزء من الملیون م�ن ) وكان��ت اق��ل نس��بة للس��میالجنین للص��نفین عن��د 0.965ال��رش اع��اله اذ عن��دھا اعط��ى الص��نف المحل��ي نس��بة للس��میالجنین ( بع�ض االس�تثناء اذ ك�ان اق�ل تركی�ز لھ�ذه م�ع ال�رش عل�ى الت�والي، م�دد) جزء من الملیون وتحت جمیع 125، 0التركیزین ( ) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون م�ن الجب�رلین ، ام�ا الص�نف 125) یوم�اً وتركی�ز (30رش ( م�دةالصفة في الصنف المحلي واضحا عند ) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون نس�بة اعل�ى للس�میالجنین مقارن�ة بنبات�ات الس�یطرة 125) وتركی�ز (25ال�رش ( م�دةالھندي ف�اعطى عن�د ) یوماً، مع تفوق واضح في نسبة السمیالجنین للصنف الھندي على الصنف المحلي عن�د التركی�ز 25( نفسھا الرش مدةوعند الرش . مدد(صفر) جزء من الملیون من الجبرلین المضاف وفي جمیع اعط�ى الص�نفان في نسبة الیاموجنین في بذور النبات اذ معنویاً لصنفي نبات الحلبة تأثیراً ان) 7اظھرت النتائج في الجدول ( ل��ي ) عل��ى الت��والي م��ع تف��وق الص��نف الھن��دي عل��ى الص��نف المح0.691، 0.441ھن��دي نس��بة للی��اموجنین وھ��ي (المحل��ي وال .%)56.689معنویا بنسبة زیادة ( ) ج�زء م�ن 75لتركیز الجبرلین تأثیرا معنویا في نسبة الی�اموجنین اذ اعط�ى التركی�ز ( انبینت نتائج الجدول اعاله عط�ى اق�ل نس�بة %) مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة ال�ذي ا350.526) وبنسبة زیادة (0.856اعلى نسبة للیاموجنین وھي (الملیون .)0.190للیاموجنین ( ) یوم�اً ھ�ي 25ال�رش ( م�دةالرش تأثیراً معنویاً في نس�بة الی�اموجنین ف�ي ب�ذور ص�نفي الحلب�ة اذ ان مدةكذلك كان ل ) %123.383و 42.993و 166.468) وبنس��بة زی��ادة ھ��ي (0.898االفض��ل ف��ي اعطائھ��ا اعل��ى نس��بة للی��اموجنین بلغ��ت ( .) یوماً 30و 20و 15الرش ( مددمقارنة مع ص�نف للتداخل بین الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین تأثیرا معنویا ف�ي نس�بة الی�اموجنین اذ اعط�ى ال انوبینت النتائج ایضا %) 27.659) جزء من الملیون م�ن الجب�رلین وبنس�بة زی�ادة (75) عند التركیز (0.960الھندي اعلى نسبة للیاموجنین ھي ( ) وان اقل نسبة لھذه الصفة كانت 0.752للیاموجنین ھي ( اعطى نسبةاعاله الذي ة بالصنف المحلي عند التركیز نفسھمقارن لي.ولكال الصنفین على التوا0عند التركیز الرش ت�أثیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة الی�اموجنین ف�ي مدةللتداخل الثنائي بین الصنف و ان) 7اظھرت النتائج في الجدول ( ) ولك�ال 0.982، 0.813) یوم�اً االفض�ل ف�ي اعطائھ�ا اعل�ى نس�بة للیلم�وجنین (25ال�رش ( م�دةبذور ص�نفي النب�ات وكان�ت ال�رش م�دة) ف�ي الص�نف المحل�ي عن�د 0.170كان�ت اوط�أ نس�بة للی�اموجنین (الصنفین المحلي والھندي على التوالي في حین ) 25ال�رش ( م�دة) یوم�اً وبنس�بة انخف�اض مقارن�ة ب15ال�رش ( م�دة) عن�د 0.459) یوماً اما في الصنف الھن�دي فكان�ت (30( ال�رش م�ددجمی�ع %) ، كذلك تؤكد النتائج تفوق الصنف الھندي على الصنف المحلي في ھ�ذه الص�فة وتح�ت53.258(یوماً المستخدمة مما یؤكد استفادة الصنف الھندي من تركیز الجبرلین المضاف. ) ج�زء م�ن 75في نسبة الیاموجنین في بذور الحلبة اذ اعطى التركیز ( اً معنوی اً الرش تأثیر مدةكان لتداخل تركیز الجبرلین و الرش االخرى في مدد) مقارنة بالتراكیز و1.445وھي ( ) یوماً اعلى نسبة للیاموجنین25الرش( مدةالملیون من الجبرلین و ) یوم�اً بنس�بة انخف�اض 15ال�رش ( م�دة) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون و125) عند التركی�ز (0.065حین كانت اوطأ نسبة للیاموجنین ( ) یوماً.25الرش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون من الجبرلین و75%) مقارنة بالتركیز (95.501ھي ( ال�رش ت�أثیرا معنوی�ا ف�ي نس�بة الی�اموجنین ف�ي م�دةللتداخل الثالثي بین الصنف وتركیز الجب�رلین و انبینت النتائج ) یوم��اً ھم��ا االفض��ل ف��ي اعطائھم��ا اعل��ى نس��بة 25ال��رش ( م�دة) ج��زء م��ن الملی��ون و75ب�ذور نب��ات الحلب��ة وك��ان التركی��ز ( ال�رش والتراكی�ز االخ�رى م�ددالھن�دي مقارن�ة ب) في بذور الصنف 1.420) في بذور الصنف المحلي و(1.470للیاموجنین ( .الرش مدد) للصنف المحلي عند التركیز (صفر) ولجمیع 0.060وان اوطأ نسبة للیاموجنین ھي ( واظھرت ) یوماً،15الرش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون و125) عند التركیز (0.040اما الصنف الھندي فكانت اوطأ نسبة ھي ( ) جزء من الملیون 50عند التركیز ( الصنف المحلي في ھذه الصفة والسیما ق الصنف الھندي علىنتائج التداخل الثالثي تفو 28 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الرش وكانت نسبة الزیادة في نسبة الیاموجنین في بذور الصنف الھندي مقارنة بالمحلي مددمن الجبرلین وتحت جمیع اً على التوالي.) یوم30و 25و 20و 25الرش ( مددل ) %479.166و 38.709و 16.363و 47.008( للص�نف ت�أثیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة الدیوس�جنین ف�ي الب�ذور اذ تف�وق الص�نف المحل�ي ال�ذي ان) 8اظھرت النت�ائج ف�ي الج�دول ( ).2.731) على الصنف الھندي الذي اعطى نسبة بلغت (2.998اعطى نسبة للدیوسجنین بلغت ( في بذور الحلبة اذ كان اعلى معدل لنسبة الدیوسجنین ھي ان تركیز الجبرلین لھ تأثیر معنوي في نسبة الدیوسجنین %) مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة الذي اعط�ى اق�ل نس�بة 41.388) جزء من الملیون وبنسبة زیادة (100) عند التركیز (3.259( ) مقارنة بتراكیز الجبرلین االخرى.2.305للدیوسجنین ( ) یوم�اً اعل�ى 25ال�رش ( م�دةیراً معنوی�اً ف�ي نس�بة الدیوس�جنین اذ اعط�ت ال�رش ت�أث مدةل انالى واشارت نتائج الجدول اعاله ) 30و 20و 15ال��رش ( م��ددمقارن��ة ب ) %25.026و 27.519و 48.396وبنس��بة زی��ادة ھ��ي ( )3.517نس��بة للدیوس��جنین ( .یوماً على التوالي ف�ي نس�بة الدیوس�جنین ف�ي ب�ذور نب�ات الحلب�ة ین الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین تأثیر معنويكذلك كان للتداخل الثنائي ب تركی��ز اعط��ى عن��ده الص��نف المحل��ي اعل��ى نس��بة للدیوس��جنین وھ��ي أفض��ل) ج��زء م��ن الملی��ون ھ��و 100اذ ك��ان التركی��ز ( .%) مقارنة مع التركیز (صفر)63.386) وبنسبة زیادة (3.570( ) ج�زء م�ن الملی�ون وبنس�بة زی�ادة ھ�ي 75التركی�ز () عن�د 3.176اما الصنف الھندي فكانت اعلى نسبة للدیوسجنین لھ ھي ( %) مقارنة مع التركیز (صفر) .30.969( و 75و 50و 25ویتضح من الجدول اعاله تفوق الصنف المحلي على الصنف الھندي في نسبة الدیوسجنین عند التراكی�ز ( ) جزء من الملیون من الجبرلین.125و 100 ال�رش ت�أثیرا معنوی�ا ف�ي نس�بة الدیوس�جنین م�دةللتداخل بین صنفي نبات الحلب�ة و انبینت النتائج في الجدول اعاله ) لك�ال الص�نفین المحل�ي والھن�دي عل�ى 3.054، 3.980) یوم�اً اعط�ت اعل�ى نس�بة للدیوس�جنین وھ�ي (25ال�رش ( م�دةوان ) 15ال�رش ( م�دةمحل�ي عن�د ) ف�ي الص�نف ال2.141الرش االخرى وكانت اوطأ نسبة للدیوسجنین ھ�ي ( مددالتوالي مقارنة ب م�دة)% مقارن�ة ب80.497، 46.206) یوماً وبنسبة انخفاض ھي (20الرش ( مدة) في الصنف الھندي عند 2.428یوماً و ( ) یوم��اً ولك��ال الص��نفین عل��ى الت��والي ، م��ع تف��وق الص��نف المحل��ي عل��ى الص��نف الھن��دي ف��ي المع��دل الع��ام لنس��بة 25ال��رش ( الدیوسجنین. ال��رش ك��ان ل��ھ ت��أثیر معن��وي ف��ي نس��بة م��دةالت��داخل ب��ین تركی��ز الجب��رلین و ان) 8ف��ي الج��دول ( بین��ت النت��ائج ف�ي اعطائھم�ا ل) یوماً ھم�ا االفض�25الرش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون و75الدیوسجنین في بذور نبات الحلبة اذ كان التركیز ( ) عن�د التركی�ز 1.615ام�ا اوط�أ نس�بة ھ�ي ( خ�رى،االال�رش م�دد) مقارنة بالتراكیز و4.993اعلى نسبة للدیوسجنین بلغت ( ) یوماً.25الرش ( مدةاعاله ونفسھ التركیز %) مقارنة ب67.654انخفاض ھي () یوماً وبنسبة 15الرش ( مدةاعاله و نفسھ في نسبة الدیوسجنین في بذور الرش تأثیر معنوي مدةكان للتداخل الثالثي لصنف النبات وتركیز الجبرلین و ) 5.765) یوماً اعلى نسبة للدیوسجنین وھي (25الرش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون و75صنفي نبات الحلبة اذ اعطى التركیز ( دارھا ) في الصنف الھندي مع تفوق الصنف المحلي على الصنف الھندي بنسبة زیادة مق4.220في الصنف المحلي و ( الرش اعاله ، اوضحت النتائج ان اوطأ نسبة للدیوسجنین في بذور الصنفین المحلي مدةو نفسھ %) عند التركیز36.611( ) جزء من الملیون على التوالي.25و 0) یوماً وتركیز (25و 15الرش ( مدة) كانت عند 2.220و 2.185والھندي ( في احتوائھا على الستیرویدات لينبات الحلبة الھندي والمحاختالف صنفي انمن خالل نتائج الدراسة یتضح لنا الصابونینیة حیث تفوق الصنف الھندي على الصنف المحلي ما عدا في مركبین التیجوجینین والدیوسجنین فقد تغلب الصنف ادى الرش بحامض الجبرلین الى زیادة الستیرویدات الصابونینیة مقارنة مع نباتات المحلي على الصنف الھندي فیھا. النتائج من حیث أفضل) یوماً اعطت 25الرش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون ولوحظ ان 100و 75التركیزین (یما وال سالسیطرة ].12، 4وھذا یتفق مع [ نباتات فعالة طبیاً ى احتواء النبات عل الحلبة لما والجراء الدراسات حول تأثیر الھرمونات النباتیة في تحسین نوعیة وكمیة المركبات الطبیة الموجودة في نبات حامض الجبرلین بتركیز طبیة والصناعیة لذا نوصي باستعماللھا قیمة اقتصادیة عالیة وتعدد استعمالھا في المجاالت ال ) یوماً. كذلك االھتمام بالصنف المحلي وتحسین نوعیتھ 25رش ( مدة) جزء من الملیون وبثالث رشات عند 100و 75( برنامج تربیة وتحسین االصناف وانتخاب التراكیب الوراثیة الجدیدة اعتماداً على وصفاتھ االنتاجیة من خالل ادخالھ في تأثیر الجبرلین لما لھا من قیمة اقتصادیة عالیة. بصورة عامة كان مشجعاً لالنبات ونمو النبات الن الزیادة في تركیز الجبرلین یحفز حامض الجبرلین إن استعمال ستیم القمي وتحت القمي للرویشة أو تنشیط بعض جینات كروموسومات الخلیة التي تؤدي انقسام واستطالة الخالیا في المر ومن ثم تكوین انزیمات التحلل المائي والمركبات الكیمیائیة m-rnaالذي یعتمد علیھ تكوین dnaالى تنشیط تكوین ].13الالزمة لنمو وتوسیع الخالیا [ أوزان جزیئیة ذاامتصاص النبات من االیونات وتكوین مركبات ن زیادة تركیز الجبرلین أدى الى زیادة فيإ ] أن زیادة محتوى 3]. واكد [14كبیرة مثل البرولینات واالنزیمات وغیرھا ویمنع تكوین المركبات الضارة في النبات [ رشھ الذي مدةالكاربوھیدرات والبروتینات ترجع الى تأثیر حامض الجبرلین و یا في المركبات الكیمیائیة وال سیماالخال ة البناء الضوئي نتیجة للزیادة في المجموع الخضري مثل عدد االوراق ومساحتھا ومن ثم زیادة تصنیع یسبب زیادة كفای المواد الغذائیة من انتقالھا من مناطق الخزن او االستخدام. 29 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الذي حامض الجبرلین ضافةالصابونینات الستیرویدیة وذلك إ في نبات الحلبة في قیم نسبةتوضح النتائج تباین صن اً غیر مباشر بزیادة ھذه المركبات من خالل تأثیره في زیادة النمو واستطالة الساق ومساحة الورقة ومن ثم زیادة یؤثر تأثیر في كمیة الستیرویدات الصابونینیة ومكونات منھا الزیادة عملیة البناء الضوئي مما یؤدي الى زیادة المركبات الكیمیائیة و اصناف الحلبة اختلفت في كمیة ونسبة الصابونینات الستیرویدیة في بذورھا تبعاً ان] الذي اوضح 1اخرى وھذا ما أكده [ .الختالفاتھا الوراثیة المصادر دار المریخ للنشر. الریاض. ) . النباتات الطبیة زراعتھا مكوناتھا .1981قطب ، فوزي طھ . ( -1 2newall, c. a.; anderson, l. a., and phillipson, j. d. (1998). herbal medicines: a guide for health care professionals. 2nd ed. london: the pharmaceutical press; pp: 117 – 118. –اتیة . الجزءان االول والثاني . مدیریة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر ) . منظمات النمو النب1987عبدول ، كریم صالح . ( -3 العراق. –جامعة الموصل ) .تاثیر الجبرلین والسایكوسیل في النمو الخضري والحاصل ومكوناتھ للذرة الصفراء 1990ابراھیم ، سعد مارزینا . ( -4 )zea mays l. العراق. –دین جامعة صالح ال –كلیة العلوم –) . رسالة ماجستیر 5murakami, t, kishi, a, matsuda, h., and yoshikawa, m. (2000). medicinal food stuffs. xvii. fenugreek seed. (3): structures of new furostanol – type steroid saponins, trigoneosides xa, xb, xib. xiia, xiib, and xiiia, from the seeds of egyptian (trigonella foenum – graecum l.) chemical and pharmaceutical bulletion 48 (7): 994 – 1000. 6provorov, n. a; soskov, y.d., and sovary,t.s. (1996). investigation of the fenugreek (trigonella foenum – graecum l.) genotypes for fresh weight, seed productivity, symbiotic activity, callus formation and accumulation of steroids. euphytica., 88 (2): 129 – 138. : جامعة الموصل –) . العقاقیر وكیمیاء النباتات الطبیة . مدیریة دار الكتب للطباعة 1989الشماع ، علي عبد الحسین ( -7 صفحة. 400 8page , a.l. , miller , r.n., and kenney , d.r., (1982) method of soil analysis part (2) 2nd asa . inc . madison, wisconsin , u.s.a . 9gloria, l , lee, i., and kinghorn, a. (1998). special problems with the extraction of plants. methods in biotechnology, natural products isolation, edited by richard j. p. cannell. (4): 343 – 363. 10taylor , w.g, elder, j.l; chang , r.r. and richards , k.w.(2000). microdetermination of diosgenin from fenugreek (trigonella foenum –graecum) seeds . j.agric. food , chem.. nov., 48 (11) :5206 – 5210. لبنان. -) . النباتات واالعشاب الطبیة . دار البحار . بیروت1986ابو زید ، الشحات نصر . ( -11 ). تأثیر التسمید والرش ببعض العناصر الغذائیة في الصفات الكمیة والنوعیة لبعض 2004الھدواني، احمد خالد ( -12 . أطروحة دكتوراه، قسم (.trigonella foenum –graecuml)الفعالة طبیاً في بذور صنفین من نبات الحلبةالمركبات البستنة، كلیة الزراعة، جامعة بغداد، العراق. 13-salisbury, f. b. and ross, c. w. (1985). effect of benzyladene and gibberellins (ga4/4) on flowering and fruit set of tomato under high tempreture, act. hort., 190: 347-352. ). تغذیة النبات العملي. وزارة التعلیم العالي والبحث العلمي، جاعمة بغداد، بیت 1989ابو ضاحي، یوسف محمد ( -14 الحكمة. 30 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ة لتربة الدراسة): بعض الصفات الكیمیائی1( رقم جدول التربةنسجة كغم) مفصوالت التربة (غم/ االیصالیة الكھربائیة (دیسمترام) ph المادة العضویة (غم/ كغم) االیونات الجاھزة الرمل الغرین الطین 5.5 7.5 2.35 مزیجیة غرام/ كغم النتروجین الفسفور )ppm( 205 533 262 18.84 5.6 الرش وتاریخھا. مدة): 2( رقم جدول رقم اللوح الرش مدة (یوم) الرشة األولى/ التاریخ تاریخ أخذ رقم الحشة الحشة والرش عدد األیام بعد البذار 1 15 5/1/ 20 05 20/1/2005 5/2/2005 20/2/2005 األولى الثانیة الثالثة یوم 30 یوم 45 یوم 60 2 20 5/1/ 20 05 25/1/2005 10/2/2005 25/2/2005 األولى الثانیة الثالثة یوم 35 یوم 50 یوم 65 3 25 5/1/ 20 05 30/1/2005 15/2/2005 30/2/2005 األولى الثانیة الثالثة یوم 40 یوم 55 یوم 70 4 30 5/1/ 20 05 5/2/2005 20/2/2005 5/3/2005 األولى الثانیة الثالثة یوم 45 یوم 60 یوم 75 31 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الرش في نسبة التیجوجنین (%) في بذور نبات الحلبة مدة) : تأثیر الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین و3(رقم جدول األصناف تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) تركیز × األصناف الرش (یوماً) مدة الجبریلین 30 25 20 15 (جزء بالملیون) محلي 0.140 0.140 0.140 0.140 0.140 صفر 25 0.385 0.560 0.830 0.120 0.474 50 0.425 0.600 0.865 0.165 0.514 75 0.210 0.850 1.120 0.205 0.596 100 0.205 0.760 1.020 0.235 0.555 125 0.145 0.665 0.935 0.185 0.483 ھندي 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.085 صفر 25 0.445 0.480 0.780 0.320 0.506 50 0.850 0.500 0.785 0.355 0.623 75 0.660 0.520 0.860 0.390 0.607 100 0.140 0.480 0.790 0.425 0.459 125 0.040 0.460 0.775 0.310 0.396 0.025 0.049 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( األصناف × األصناف الرش مدة 0.460 0.175 0.818 0.596 0.252 محلي 0.446 0.314 0.679 0.421 0.370 ھندي 0.010 0.020 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( (جزء بالملیون) الجبریلینتركیز تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) × الرش مدة 0.113 0.113 0.113 0.113 0.113 صفر 25 0.415 0.520 0.805 0.220 0.490 50 0.638 0.550 0.825 0.260 0.568 75 0.435 0.685 0.990 0.298 0.602 100 0.173 0.620 0.905 0.330 0.507 125 0.093 0.563 0.855 0.248 0.439 0.017 0.035 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 0.245 0.749 0.508 0.311 الرش مدة 0.014 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 32 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الرش في نسبة النیوجیتوجنین (%) في بذور نبات الحلبة مدة) : تأثیر الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین و4( رقم جدول األصناف تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) تركیز × األصناف الرش (یوماً) مدة الجبریلین 30 25 20 15 (جزء بالملیون) محلي 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 صفر 25 0.425 0.185 0.455 0.060 0.281 50 0.610 0.365 0.645 0.170 0.448 75 0.645 0.880 1.250 0.235 0.753 100 0.320 0.545 0.905 0.385 0.539 125 0.090 0.520 0.805 0.190 0.401 ھندي 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 صفر 25 0.200 0.560 0.810 0.415 0.496 50 0.475 0.580 0.900 0.420 0.594 75 0.145 1.185 1.425 0.515 0.817 100 0.095 0.600 0.920 0.560 0.544 125 0.090 0.380 0.750 0.450 0.418 0.037 0.073 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( األصناف × األصناف الرش مدة 0.406 0.176 0.679 0.418 0.351 محلي 0.481 0.396 0.803 0.553 0.170 ھندي 0.015 0.030 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( (جزء بالملیون) تركیز الجبریلین تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) × الرش مدة 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 صفر 25 0.313 0.373 0.633 0.238 0.389 50 0.543 0.472 0.773 0.295 0.521 75 0.395 1.033 1.338 0.375 0.785 100 0.208 0.573 0.913 0.473 0.541 125 0.090 0.450 0.778 0.320 0.409 0.026 0.052 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 0.286 0.741 0.486 0.260 الرش مدة 0.021 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 33 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الرش في النسبة المئویة للجیتوجنین (%) في بذور نبات الحلبة مدة) : تأثیر الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین و5( رقم جدول األصناف تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) تركیز × األصناف الرش (یوماً) مدة الجبریلین 30 25 20 15 (جزء بالملیون) محلي 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 صفر 25 0.425 0.640 0.910 0.160 0.534 50 0.760 0.630 0.910 0.200 0.625 75 0.645 0.820 0.640 0.305 0.603 100 0.205 0.720 0.570 0.395 0.473 125 0.160 0.630 0.910 0.290 0.497 ھندي 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 صفر 25 0.380 0.420 0.760 0.280 0.460 50 0.980 0.485 0.780 0.320 0.641 75 0.625 0.800 1.110 0.355 0.723 100 0.370 0.760 1.060 0.625 0.704 125 0.040 0.610 0.940 0.340 0.483 0.140 غ.م. )0.05أ.ف.م. ( األصناف × األصناف الرش مدة 0.484 0.253 0.685 0.602 0.394 محلي 0.508 0.326 0.781 0.518 0.405 ھندي غ.م. غ.م. )0.05أ.ف.م. ( (جزء بالملیون) تركیز الجبریلین تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) × الرش مدة 0.103 0.103 0.103 0.103 0.103 صفر 25 0.403 0.530 0.835 0.220 0.497 50 0.870 0.558 0.845 0.260 0.633 75 0.635 0.810 0.875 0.330 0.663 100 0.288 0.740 0.815 0.510 0.588 125 0.100 0.620 0.925 0.315 0.490 0.099 0.198 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 0.290 0.733 0.560 0.400 الرش مدة 0.081 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 34 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الرش في النسبة المئویة للسمیالجنین (%) في بذور نبات الحلبة مدة) : تأثیر الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین و6( رقم جدول األصناف تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) تركیز × األصناف الرش (یوماً) مدة الجبریلین 30 25 20 15 (جزء بالملیون) محلي 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 صفر 25 0.275 0.640 0.805 0.185 0.476 50 0.305 0.630 0.735 0.200 0.468 75 0.195 0.820 0.965 0.200 0.545 100 0.190 0.720 0.835 0.265 0.502 125 0.180 0.630 0.725 0.150 0.421 ھندي 0.480 0.480 0.480 0.480 0.480 صفر 25 0.690 0.640 0.960 0.220 0.628 50 0.630 0.600 0.900 0.325 0.614 75 0.565 1.005 1.425 0.490 0.871 100 0.420 0.825 1.135 0.520 0.725 125 0.375 0.370 0.660 0.415 0.455 0.057 0.114 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( األصناف × األصناف الرش مدة 0.430 0.195 0.706 0.602 0.219 محلي 0.629 0.408 0.927 0.653 0.527 ھندي 0.023 0.046 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( (جزء بالملیون) تركیز الجبریلین تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) × الرش مدة 0.325 0.325 0.325 0.325 0.325 صفر 25 0.483 0.640 0.883 0.203 0.552 50 0.468 0.615 0.818 0.263 0.541 75 0.380 0.913 1.195 0.345 0.708 100 0.305 0.773 0.985 0.393 0.61 125 0.278 0.500 0.693 0.283 0.438 0.040 0.080 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 0.302 0.816 0.627 0.373 الرش مدة 0.033 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 35 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الرش في النسبة المئویة للیاموجنین (%) في بذور نبات الحلبة مدة) : تأثیر الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین و7( رقم جدول األصناف تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) تركیز × األصناف الرش (یوماً) مدة الجبریلین 30 25 20 15 (جزء بالملیون) محلي 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 صفر 25 0.340 0.145 0.470 0.095 0.263 50 0.585 0.825 0.930 0.120 0.615 75 0.115 1.185 1.470 0.240 0.752 100 0.095 0.655 1.105 0.365 0.555 125 0.090 0.540 0.845 0.140 0.404 ھندي 0.320 0.320 0.320 0.320 0.320 صفر 25 0.430 0.885 1.200 0.620 0.784 50 0.860 0.960 1.290 0.695 0.951 75 0.675 0.985 1.420 0.760 0.960 100 0.430 0.650 0.940 0.785 0.701 125 0.040 0.325 0.725 0.630 0.430 0.042 0.084 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( األصناف × األصناف الرش مدة 0.441 0.170 0.813 0.568 0.214 محلي 0.691 0.635 0.982 0.688 0.459 ھندي 0.017 0.034 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( (جزء بالملیون) تركیز الجبریلین تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) × الرش مدة 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190 0.190 صفر 25 0.385 0.515 0.835 0.358 0.523 50 0.722 0.893 1.110 0.408 0.783 75 0.395 1.085 1.445 0.500 0.856 100 0.263 0.653 1.023 0.575 0.628 125 0.065 0.433 0.785 0.385 0.417 0.030 0.059 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 0.402 0.898 0.628 0.337 الرش مدة 0.024 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 36 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 الرش في النسبة المئویة للدیوسجنین (%) في بذور نبات الحلبة مدة) : تأثیر الصنف وتركیز الجبرلین و8( رقم جدول األصناف تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) تركیز × األصناف الرش (یوماً) مدة الجبریلین 30 25 20 15 (جزء بالملیون) محلي 0 2.185 2.185 2.185 2.185 2.185 25 2.695 2.790 2.290 2.265 2.510 50 2.890 3.555 4.870 2.500 3.454 75 0.520 3.770 5.765 3.160 3.304 100 2.310 3.230 4.960 3.780 3.570 125 2.245 2.995 3.810 2.810 2.965 ھندي 0 2.425 2.425 2.425 2.425 2.425 25 2.645 2.420 2.220 2.330 2.404 50 2.720 2.420 3.140 2.840 2.780 75 2.710 2.615 4.220 3.160 3.176 100 2.660 2.445 3.330 3.360 2.949 125 2.430 2.240 2.990 2.945 2.651 0.068 0.135 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( األصناف × األصناف الرش مدة 2.998 2.783 3.980 3.088 2.141 محلي 2.731 2.843 3.054 2.428 2.598 ھندي 0.028 0.055 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( (جزء بالملیون) تركیز الجبریلین تركیز الجبریلین (جزء بالملیون) الرش مدة× 0 2.305 2.305 2.305 2.305 2.305 25 2.670 2.605 2.255 2.298 2.457 50 2.805 2.988 4.005 2.670 3.117 75 1.615 3.193 4.993 3.160 3.240 100 2.485 2.838 4.145 3.570 3.259 125 2.338 2.618 3.400 2.878 2.808 0.048 0.096 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 2.813 3.517 2.758 2.370 الرش مدة 0.039 )0.05أ.ف.م. ( 37 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 effect of variety, gibberellic acid concentration and spraying duration on steroidal saponine concentration of trigonella foenum – graecum l. abbas j. h. al-saedy mahir z. faysal dept. of biology / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 16/1/2013 , accepted in : 4/12/2013 abstract a biological experiment was conducted in the field of biology department-college of education (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad for growing season of (2004-2005), to study the effect of two varieties of the fenugreek plant (trigonella foenum – graeccum l.) and gibberellic acid concentration (0, 25, 50, 100, 125) part per million and duration of four spraying (15, 20, 25, 30) day determining concentration medicinal active saponine compounds like (trigonelline, choline, carpaine and gentianine). the experiment was performed according to complete randomize complete blocks design (rbcd) by three replicate was adopted, means were compared by using the least significant difference at (0.05) probability level. results showed that the concentration of gibberellic acid the duration of spraying and the varieties have different effective steroidal saponine compounds percentage in the fenugreek plant. the two varieties showed difference in response regarding their content of steroidal saponine for the indian variety surpassed the local variety in the compounds neotigogenin, smilagenin and yamogenin ; while the local variety surpassed the indian variety in the seeds content of tigogenin and diosgenin . key word: gibberellic acid, spraying duration, variety, steroidal saponine. 38 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 microsoft word 60-70 60 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي لعضو الشم في بومة المخازن tytob alba (barn owl) أشواق أحمد حسين جامعة بغداد / ) ابن الھيثم( -كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/ قسم علوم الحياة 24/تشرين الثاني / 2014, قبل البحث : 2014/ تشرين الثاني /1في : استلم البحث الخالصة تم دراسة الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي لعضو الشم في بومة المخازن، واظھرت نتائج الفحص المظھري تؤدي إلى زوج من أن لعضو الشم في الحيوان موضوع الدراسة زوجاً من الفتحات المنخرية الخارجية بيضوية الشكل التجاويف األنفية التي تقع على السطح الظھري لمنطقة الرأس تحت مستوى العينين، وتكون التجاويف مخروطية الشكل جزؤھا األمامي متضيق، في حين تتسع في جزئھا الخلفي، تفتح التجاويف األنفية الى داخل التجويف الفمي بواسطة زوج النتائج نفة الذكر احتواء التجويف األنفي على ثالث قرنيات تسمى األمامية منھا بالقرنية من المناخر الداخلية كما أظھرت الخطمية وھي مثلثة الشكل، في حين تكون القرنية الوسطى متطاولة، أما القرنية األنفية الخلفية فتدعى القرنية الشمية أو الذنبية، وھي مكورة الشكل وتبدو أصغر القرنيات حجماً. ئج الفحص المجھري فأظھرت أن النسيج المحيط بالمناخر ھو عبارة عن نسيج حرشفي مطبق متقرن أما نتا يستمر فوق حافات المنخرين حتى يدخل الدھليز (الذي يمثل الجزء األول من التجويف األنفي) عندھا يصبح نسيجاً حرشفياً الدھليز. توجد الظھارة التنفسية في المنطقة التنفسية، متحوراً وتنتظم فيھا الخاليا الظھارية بصورة أعمدة، فيدعى بظھارة وتغطي القرنية الوسطى، وھي عبارة عن نسيج ظھاري عمودي مطبق كاذب مھدب، في حين توجد الظھارة الشمية في المنطقة الشمية، وھي تغطي القرنية الذنبية، وتتمثل األخيرة بنسيج ظھاري عمودي مطبق كاذب غير مھدب، أظھرت اسة أن عضو الشم المساعد (األنفي الميعكي) فيكون معدوماً. الدر بومة، النسيج الشمي، التركيب النسجي.كلمات مفتاحية: 61 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة تعد أعضاء الشم مستقبالت كيمياوية مھمة في حياة العديد من أنواع الطيور، إذ تؤدي دوراً مھماً في الفعاليات ]. 3، 2، 1السلوكية المتعلقة بالجنس والتكاثر والتغذية والتمييز بين افراد النوع الواحد والھجرة [ ين، وتشير مراجعة المصادر الى وجود عدد من الدراسات منھا، لم تنل أعضاء الشم اھتماماً واسعاً من الباحثين العراقي ] لعضو الشم في سمكة 5] للتمايز الخلوي في الظھارة الشمية لجنين الدجاج، ودراسات االسدي وجماعتھا [4دراسة زاكو [ بوط والش barbus sharpeyi] لعضو الشم في اسماك البني 7، 6الكارب االعتيادي، ودراسات نجيب وجماعتھا [ barbus grypus ] الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي لعضو الشم في سمكة 8على التوالي، كما درست الرفيعي [ ] 9على التوالي، ودراسات الجبوري [ rana ridibundaوالضفدعة heteropneustes fossilsالجري الالسع واالرنب الداجن gallus domesticusللوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسجي ألعضاء الشم في الدجاج المحلي oryctolagus cuniculus ] ألعضاء الشم في الحمامة 10على التوالي، ودراسات العبيدي [columba livia والقنفذ hemichinus auritus على التوالي، ولم نعثر على دراسات أخرى تتناول أعضاء الشم في أنواع أخرى من الفقريات إلجراء ھذه الدراسة. العراقية مما مثّل حافزاً المواد وطرائق العمل وروفوم، وأزيل الـريش ـأجريت الدراسة على ما يقارب إحدى عشرة بومة مخازن تم تخديرھا أوالً باستعمال الكل من منطقة الرأس التي قطعت نصفين على طول الخط الوسطي الظھري باستعمال مشرط حاد وذلك للتعرف على مواقع ] في تحضير hummason ]11وأشكال الفتحات المنخرية ومكونات التجويف األنفي، في حين اتبعت طريقة ھيومسن واستخدمت الصبغة الروتينية (aqueus boub's fluid)محلول بوين المائي المقاطع النسجية، تم تثبيت العينات بواسطة )eosin-haemtoxylin.( ) بقوى تكبير مختلفة، كما صورت ھذه المقاطع olympusفحصت المقاطع النسجية بواسطة مجھر ضوئي نوع ( لتصوير النماذج الخاصة بالدراسة بواسطة كاميرا تصوير رقمية ربطت على المجھر، في حين استعملت كاميرا اعتيادية المظھرية. النتائج والمناقشة أظھرت نتائج الدراسة جملة من المالحظات الجديرة بالمناقشة الوصف المظھري /أوالً تمتلك الطيور بشتى أنواعھا فتحات منخرية خارجية متباينة في أشكالھا، منھا الشكل األنبوبي، والخيطي، تمتلك فراخه فتحات منخرية تفقد عند cormorantsي حين أن طيوراً أخرى مثل طائر الغاق ] ف13، 12والبيضوي [ ]، وأظھرت نتائج 15فتختزل الفتحات المنخرية الخارجية لكل األعمار [ gannet] أما في طائر األطيش 14البلوغ [ ) وبالتالي فأنھا تأتي تأكيداً 1الدراسة أن لبومة المخازن زوجاً من المناخر الخارجية البيضوية الشكل لمغطاة بالريش (شكل ز الوظيفة بكفاءة عالية تقع الفتحات لما اشارت الدراسات السابقة ويظھر ان ذلك يعود الى خطة البناء ذات الصلة بإنجا والذي تقع مناخره في قمة kiwiالمنخرية الخارجية في الثلث القاعدي للفك العلوي عند قاعدة المنقار ما عدا طائر الكيوي الكفاءة ] وھذا ما أكدته نتائج ھذه الدراسة إذ تقع مناخر بومة المخازن في قاعدة المنقار وربما يؤشر ضعفاً في 15المنقار [ الشمية بحسب ما اشارت اليه عدد من المصادر. ) إذ تعد ھذه المناخر واسطة التصال التجويف األنفي 2تمتلك بومة المخازن زوجاً من المناخر الداخلية (شكل بالتجويف الفمي. تظھر التجاويف األنفية في الحيوان موضوع الدراسة صغيرة مخروطية الشكل واقعة على السطح ] 17للرأس تحت مستوى العيون ويظھر أن صغر ھذه التجاويف يتناسب مع ضـعف حاسـة الشم لـدى الطـيـور [الظھري كما يحـتوي التجـويف األنفي على ثالث قرنيات تتمثل بقرنية أنفية أمامية تدعـى القرنية الخطمية مثلثة الشكل، وقرينة أنفية ). تشير الدراسات إلى احتواء التجويف األنفي في الطيور غـالبـاً 3وسطى متطاولة، وقرينة ذنبية مكورة صغيرة (شكل ]، وقد تـفقد إحـدى ھذه 18على ثــالث قـرنيـات أنــفيـة خطمية ووسـطى وذنــبية متباينة في أشــكالھا واحــجـامھا [ ، palacrocoracidsفي طائر الـ تكون القرنية األمامية مفقودة، أما القرنية الوسطى فتفقد sulidaالقرنيات ففي طائر الـ ]. أظھرت نتائج الدراسة توافقاً مع نتائج 19فتكون القرنية الخلفية مفقودة [ brown-eared bulbulأما في طائر الـ المجموعة األولى من الباحثين التي تشير الى وجود ثالث قرنيات أنفية في التجويف االنفي. البصلة الشمية فتبدو صغيرة ] إلى أن 20] إذ أشار [19] تمتلك الطيور عادة فصوصاً بصرية كبيرة وبصالت شمية صغيرة [4شكل [شكل مخروطية ال معدل حجم البصلة الشمية إلى نصف كرة المخ لكل نوع من أنواع الطيور مھم في تحديد القابلية الشمية، فالطيور التي يكون حيح، ويظھر ان البصلة الشمية صغيرة جداً بالنسبة الى كرة المخ فيھا ھذا المعدل مرتفعاً تكون حاسة الشم قوية والعكس ص في بومة المخازن، وھو تأكيد لما تمت اإلشارة اليه في ما يخص موقع الفتحات المنخرية ودورھا في حاسة الشم. 62 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 التركيب النسجي /ثانياً نفي، وھي عبارة عن نسيج متقرن تغطي ظھارة الدھليز سطح القرنية األمامية والجزء األمامي من التجويف األ ، pyknotic nucleiمتحور تنتظم فيه الخاليا الظھارية بصورة أعمدة يحتوي الجزء العلوي لكل عمود على نوى متغلظة تالحظ طبقة أو أكثر من الخاليا القاعدية أما الصفيحة األصيلة فتظھر ممتلئة باأللياف كوالجينية ومرنة ومطاطة تربط ] بينما يظھر النسيج 5ركيب الذي تحتھا والمتكونة من غضاريف فضالً عن وجود أوعية دموية ولمفاوية [شكل الظھارة بالت المحيط بالمناخر ھو نسيج ظھاري حرشفي متقرن خاٍل من الغدد يستمر فوق حافات المنخرين حتى دخوله الدھليز حيث ].6يتغير إلى ظھارة الدھليز المذكورة أعاله [شكل دراسات التي تناولت التركيب النسجي ألعضاء الشم في الطيور إلى أن النسيج المحيط بفتحات المناخر أشارت ال ]، كما 22] وفي النعام من قبل [21الخارجية ھو عبارة عن نسيج ظھاري حرشفي متقرن، والحظ ھذا في الدواجن [ ز ذات المظھر المتموج لترتيب خاليا الظھارة أشارت الدراسات إلى تغير النسيج عند دخوله الدھليز إلى ظھارة الدھلي ] ونتائج الدراسة الحالية أظھرت توافقاً مع نتائج دراسات الباحثين أعاله.22بصورة أعمدة في الطيور [ أظھرت الدراسة وجود ظھارة تنفسية [ال حسية] واقعة على سطح القرنية الوسطى والجزء الوسطي للتجويف عمودي مطبق كاذب مھدب تتخلله خاليا كأسية والصفيحة األصيلة عبارة عن نسيج ضام األنفي وھي عبارة عن نسيج )، وھذه النتائج تطابقت مع ما توصل إليه العديد 7مفكك مع العديد من الحويصالت الغدية واألوعية الدموية اللمفاوية (شكل ].25، 24، 23من الباحثين أمثال [ ة الشمية عبارة عن نسيج عمودي مطبق كاذب مؤلف من ثالثة أنواع من تشير الدراسات السابقة إلى أن الظھار ، 26الخاليا وھي الخاليا القاعدية والساندة والخاليا الحية لمستقبله تتخلله أعداد كبيرة من غدد بومان المميزة لھذه الظھارة [ اري عمودي كاذب مع أعداد كبيرة من ] وھذا ما جاءت به نتائج الدراسة، إذ ظھرت الظھارة الشمية مؤلفة من نسيج ظھ27 ). تمثل الطبقات العميقة للظھارة خاليا قاعدية قد تھاجر الطبقات العليا إذ يعتقد أنھا خاليا سلف 9 و 8غدد بومان (شكل ).10للخاليا الساندة والمستقبلة (شكل لظھارة الشمية، وتظھر متطاولة تكون الخاليا الساندة مرتبة في طبقة منتظمة تمثل في الغالب الطبقة السطحية ل ) أما الخاليا المستقبلة فتظھر بصورة خاليا مغزلية ثنائية القطب لھا نتوء 11من األسفل متسعة قليالً من األعلى (شكل إلى أسفل الصفيحة القاعدية حيث يخترقھا لكي تتحد محاوير axonباتجاه سطح الظھارة، ومحوار dendriteشجيري ).12لة المتجاورة في ما بينھا لتكون العصب الشمي (شكل الخاليا المستقب إن عملية الشم يمكن أن تقسم على ثالث مراحل تبدأ األولى في الظھارة الشمية للتجويف األنفي، حيث تستلم عصاب الشمية الخاليا المستقبلة محفزات العديد من العطور فتولد ضغطاً فعاالً مناسباً، أما المرحلة الثانية فتتم بترجمة األ ، 28لھذه الضغوط وإيصالھا إلى البصلة الشمية والتي تقوم أخيراً بإيصالھا إلى مراكز شمية عليا لتولد اإلحساس بالشم [ ] ، في بومة المخازن الخاليا الشمية تنمو بنحٍو جيد وتنتشر على القرنية الذنبية والجزء الخلفي من التجويف األنفي، 29 الشمية غير نامية بنحٍو جيد بحيث ال تستطيع إيصال اإليعاز إلى مراكز شمية عليا، وھذا قد يكون ولكن يظھر أن البصالت سبباً أولياً لضعف حاسة الشم في بومة المخازن، لذلك تحتاج ھذه اآللية إلى دراسات فسيولوجية مستقبلية. المصادر 1-teucherrt, g.; relssman, t. & vockel, a. 1986. olfaction in pecking ducks (anas platyrhynchos): acomparative study of centrifugal and centripetal olfactory connections in young ducks and in embryos and ducklings (aves). zoomorophology,.106, issue 3, 185-198. 2-able, k. p. & bingman, v. p. (1987). the development of orientation and navigation behavior in birds. q. rev. biol., 62: 1-29. 3-papi, f. & casini, g. (1990). pigeons with ablated pyriform cortex home from familiar but not from unfamiliar sites. proc. natl. acad. sci. usa, 87: 3783. 4-zako, s. j. (1980). cellular differentiation of the olfactory epithelium in chick embryo. m. sc. thesis, coll. med., univ. baghdad: 209. ). التكوين الجنيني والتركيب 2002االسدي، زينب ثامر شويت؛ غالي، محمد عبد الھادي وداود، حسين عبد المنعم. (-5 . التمايز النسجي للقرص الشمي. مجلة ابن cyprinus carpio l. (1الكارب االعتيادي (النسجي لعضو الشم في سمكة .39-19أ): 4(15الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية، ). التكوين الجنيني والتركيب النسجي 1999نجيب، مليكة قاسم؛ داود حسين عبد المنعم وغالي، محمد عبد الھادي (-6 . الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي لعضو الشم في barbus sharpeyi gunther (2لعضو الشم في سمكة البني ( .3222): 1(9السمكة البالغة. الطبيب البيطري، barbus). التكوين الجنيني لعضو الشم في سمكة الشبوط (2002نجيب، مليكة قاسم وداود، حسين عبد المنعم (-7 grypus, heckel ،21-9: 1). مجلة الثروة السمكية. 63 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ). الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي العضاء الشم في سمكة الجري الالسع 2001الرفيعي، ليلى محسن مھدي (-8 )heteropneustes fossils) والضفدعة العراقية (rana ridibunda ،رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ،( جامعة ذي قار. لوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي العضاء الشم في الدجاج المحلي ). ا2011الجبوري، اشواق احمد حسين (-9 )gallus domesticus) واالرنب الداجن (oryctolagus cuniculus ،(ابن الھيثم) رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية ،( جامعة بغداد. ي والمستدق للتجويف ). دراسة مقارنة للوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسج2012العبيدي، احمد عبيد حسين جاسم (-10 (hemichinus auritusوالقنفذ columba livia rock doveاالنفي في نوعين من الفقريات العراقية الحمامة hedgehog.أطروحة دكتوراه، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم)، جامعة بغداد ،( 11-humason, g. h. (1967). animal tissue techniques [2nd ed.]. wh. freman comp. san francisco. 12-thomas, n. t.; martin, p. c.; lawton, g. m. & dorrestein (2000). avian medicinemedical: 411. 13-frank, b. g. (2006). syllabus ornithology [3rd ed.]: 720. 14-kasiser, g. w. (2007). the inner bird : anatomy & evolution. vancouver, bc: usb press: 19. 15-negus, v. (1958). the comparative anatomy & physiology of the nose & paranasal sinuses. living stone. edinburgh. 16-martin, m. f. & corfield, j. (2007). kiwi forego vision in guidance of nocturnal activities poise one. j. bio. orinth., 9: 98. 17-romer, a. s. & parsons, t. s. (1977). the vertebrate body. pa: holt-sauders, philadelphia. 18-eduardo, c. n; nigro, a. f. ; mion, o. & ferreira, m. j. (2009). nasal valve: antomy & physiology. brazilian journal of otorhino laryrnology. 75 issue 2: 305. 19-yokosuka, m.; hagiwara, a.; saito, t. r.; aoyam, m.; masumilichikawa & sagita, s. (2009). morphological and histochemical study nasal cavity and fused olfactory bulb of the brown-eared bulbul, hysipetes amaurotis. zoologic. sci., 26(10): 713-721. 20-roper, t. j. (1999). olfaetion in birds. in: slater p. j. b.; rosen baltt j. s., snoweden, c. t. & roper, j. j. (eds). advances in the study of behvior. 28, newyork : academic press: 247-332. 21-huang, y. s. (1990). anatomy and histology of domestic animls and powls. sichyan: chendu university of science & technology publisher. 22-jing, e. h.; peng, k. m.; wang, j. x.; du, a. n; tang, l.; wel, l.; wang, y.; li ; s. h & song, h. (2008). study of the olfactory organ of african ostrich chick. anat. histol. embryol. j., 37: 161-165. 23-william, b. t. & linda, b. m. (2000). color atlas of veterinary histology (2nd ed.) lippcott williams & wilkins. philladelphia. 24-yong, b.; low, j. s.; stevens, a. & health, j. w. (2006). wheather's functional histology (5th ed.), churchill living stone, london. 25-wenzel, b. m. (1971). olfaction in birds. in hand book of sensory phsiology. 4, lm. beidler, ed. 26-breiphol, w. & fernandez, m. (1977). scanning electron microscopic investigations of olfactory epithlium-inchick embryo, cell tiss. res., 185: 105-114. 27-ma, k. o. & zheng, g. m. (1984). comparative vertebrate anatomy. beijing higher education press. 28-yang, x. p. (2002). animal physiology beijing; higher educations press. 29-printo, j. m. (2011). olfaction. proceding of the american thoracic society, 8(1): 46-52. 64 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 .en: external naresالخارجية منظر خارجي لرأس بومة لمخازن يوضح الفتحات المنخرية: )1(رقم شكل .in: internal nares منظر خارجي لرأس بومة المخازن يوضح الفتحات المنخرية الداخلية :)2(رقم شكل en in 65 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ، cc: caudal concha ): منظر خارجي لرأس بومة المخازن يوضح التجويف االنفي والقرينات االنفية3(رقم شكل rc: rostral concha، mc: middle concha. . ob: olfactory bulb ) منظر بطني لدماغ بومة المخازن يوضح البصلة الشمية4(رقم شكل rc mc cc ob 66 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 :pn: pyknotic nuclei ،lpھارة الدھليزــوضح ظــة المخازن يـومــي في بـع نسجـطــ): مق5(رقم شكل lamina properia ،bc: basal cell )h&e stain( )400x( ، lp: lamina properia): مقطع نسجي يوضح النسيج المحيط بالمناخر الخارجية في بومة المخازن 6(رقم شكل ksse: keratinized stratified squamous epithelial tissue ) (400 x )h&e stain(.   pn bc lp lp ksse 67 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014   :c:cilia ،gc: goblet cell ،lp مقطع نسجي يوضح الظھارة الالحسية في بومة المخازن:)7(رقم كل ش lamina properia ،g:gland gar: gartilage (400x) )h&e stain.( ، se: sensory epitheliumمقطع نسجي يوضح الظھارة الحسية في بومة المخازن :)8(رقم شكل bg:bowman gland ،gar:gartilage) ،h&e stain) (100x.( c gc g lp ga se gar bg 68 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014                   :bg: bowman gland ،gar): مقطــع نسجــي يـوضــح الظـھارة الحســية فـي بومة المخازن 9(رقمشكل gartilage ،se: sensory epithelium )h&e stain) (400x.( (1000x) (h& e stain)): صورة مكبرة لمقطع نسجي في بومة المخازن يوضح الخاليا القاعدية(10 رقم شكل ba:basal cell.   bg se gar b 69 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014         sc: support): صورة مكبرة لمقطع نسجي يوضح الخاليا الساندة في الظھارة الحسية لبومة المخازن (11رقم شكل cell ،rc: receptor cell )h&e stain) (1000x.( :ax): صورة مكبرة لمقطع نسجي يوضح الخاليا المستقبلة في الظھارة الالحسية لبومة المخازن 12(رقم شكل axon ،rc:receptor cell ،d:dendrite )h&e stain) (1000x( rc sc d r ax 70 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 morphological description and histological structure of olfactory organ in barn owl (tyto alba) ashwaq a. hussain dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science -(ibn al-haitham ) / university of baghdad. receivd in:1/october/2014, accepted in :24/ november /2014 abstract the morphological description and histological structure of olfactory organ in barn owl have been studied. the results of morphological description showed that the olfactory organ in the animal under study have pair of external nares ovale shape which lead to pair of nasal chambers which are located at the dorsal surface of head under eyes level. the chambers are conical in their shape the anterior end is narrow while the posterior end is enlarger the nasal chambers open to the oral cavity through the internal nares. the results also showed that the nasal cavity contains three chonchae which represented by rosteral chonchae, elongated middle chonchae and the posterior nasal chonchae called olfactory or caudal which appear curled and represented smallest in size. microscopical examination results showed that the tissue surrounded the external nares is keratinized stratified squamous epithelium, which extends above the nares edges to the beginning of nasal cavity and forming the vestibular epithelium which appears as a column of the epithelial cells. the respiratory epithelium is found in the respiratory region and covered the middle chonchae, and is represented by ciliated pseudostratified columnar epithelium, on the other the hand olfactory epithelium is found in the olfactory region and covered the caudal chonchae is represented by non-ciliated pseudostratified columnar epithelium. the study showed that vomeronsal organ is losted. key words: owl, olfactory tissue, histological structure. 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة السداسيمن الیورانیوم تراكیز عالیة أستخالص وفصله عن نواتج االنشطار الالعضویة المشعع 2010 نیسان 1 :استلم البحث في 2010أیلول 27: قبل البحث في حمادي صالح الدین جاسم میاء ، كلیة العلوم ، جامعة دیالىقسم الكی الخالصة ( ارـــعن نواتـج االنشط) سداسي التكافؤ(تم في هذا البحث دراسة استخالص تراكیز عالیة من الیورانیوم المشعع تضت ، وقد أق )منظومات الخلط والفصل( باستخدام تقنیة الجریان المتعاكس متعدد المراحل )باعثات كاما عالیة الشدة ضرورات العمل بهذه التقنیة تصمیم منهج تدفق عملیات مناسب یضمن استرداد كل كمیات الیورانیوم الداخلة الى منظومة ان كثرة المتغیرات الداخلة في بلوغ .الفصل وتقلیل الكمیات المفقودة منها في مسالك النفایات النوویة الى أدنى ما یمكن ستدعي استخدام البرامجیات الخاصة بالحسابات النظریة المعروفة في هذا المجال وتحدیدا التصمیم المناسب لهذا المنهج ، ی وقد اجریت العدید من التجارب النظریة التي تمخضت عن اختیار الظروف التشغیلیة المثلى sephis codeبرنامج سفس بقت الحقا میدانیا ، وكانت النتائج العملیة المستحصلة قد عززت بالف عل أفضلیة المنهج الذي اختیر من الحسابات والتي ط . النظریة وم السداسي المشعشع ،نواتج األنشطار الالعضویة یالیوران:الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 recovery of high concentration hexavallent irradiated uranium from inorganic fission products received in : 1 april 2010 accepte d in : 27 september 2010 s.a. jassim departme nt of chemistry ,college of science , unive rsity of diala abstract in this study , extraction of irradiated high concentration hexavallent uranium from fission p roducts ( high gamma radiation ) was carried out using multistages countercurrent continuous technique (mixer setller) , employing this technique requires a design ing flow sheet that recover all the amounts of uranium and to minimize its losses in the nuclear wast e st reams. due to the several p arameters required to reach this design, sephis p rogram which is one of the famous code in this field were used to select the op timum conditions through many theoretical runs , finally the exp erimental r esults give a good assurance in sephis r esults and its optimum conditions. introduction irradiation of uranium in nuclear reactor p roduces many inorganic short and long lived isotop es such as 131 i, 140 la, 141 ce , 144 pr , 95 zr, 95 nb , 137 cs, 90 sr and 91 y in addition to other several isotop es .uranium ions in aqueous solution can give very comp lex sp ecies because of its several oxidation st ates. the latimer diagr am for uranium in acidic medium is[1]: it shows t hat p entavalent state is unst able and should disp rop ortionate to tetravalent and hexavalent . uranium (i v) ions can easi ly be oxidized to t he hexavalent state , which is the most st able oxidation st ate of uranium in acidic solution[2] , so reaction of uranium(iv) oxide with nitrate results in the formation of urany l nitrates uo2(no3)2 , in this formula , the nitrate groups are bidentate , binding this salt with tbp gives uranium with 8 coordinate , this imp ortant p rop erty lies in its high solubility in a range of organic solvents.[3,4,5] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 the extraction of hexavalent uranium from some inorganic sp ecies in nitric acid media by tributy l p hosp hate (tbp)/kerosene has been st udied p reviously , tbp is highly selective for hexavalent uranium, and p rovides excellent decontamination from most radioactive inorganic imp urities .the equilibrium constant of t he extraction reaction of uranium by tbp: uo2 + 2 + 2no −3 + 2tbp uo2(no3)2 · 2tbp dist ribution ratio (du) of uranium ( which means [u]org/[u]aq )increases with t he increase of both uranium and nitric acid concentration to reach the ma ximu m at 5 m hno3, the decrease of uranium concentration in the organic p hase after this maximu m can b e exp lained by the fact that nitric acid will co mpete with uo2(no3)2 , to form hno3•tbp, and hno3• 2tbp. [6,7,8,9,10] . in industry , sep aration and extraction of metals requir es sp ecial techn ique called “multistage countercurrent continuous p rocesses”. in the multistage p rocesses, the aqueous raffinate from one extraction unit is fed to the next unit as the aqueous feed, while the organic p hase is moved in the opp osite direction. hence in this way even if the sep aration between two metals in each st age is small, the overall sy st em can have a higher decontamination factor [8]. due to several p arameters influence the extraction p rocess such as uranium concentration, nitric acid concentration, number of st age, tbp concentration and flow rates of organic and aqueous feed solutions , it is very imp ortant t o design flow sheet of main p rocess to reach the optimum conditions required for successful separation. to do t hat , it is necessary to start with computer aided p rocess flowsheet calculations .one of the most imp ortant comp uter code in ur anium reprocessing is sephis (solvent extraction p rocess having interacting solute) code developed at oak ridge national laboratory . the sephis code p redicts the equilibrium distribution of uranium , p lutonium (iv) , nitric acid and water between aqueous p hase containin g these comp onents and an organic p hase containing tbp at any concentration[9]. sephis gu ide f low sheet op timization studies and thus minimizes the amount of exp erimentation required to establish a particular set of op erating conditions[10,11]. decontamination of irradiated uranium fro m fission products is one of real op timization of flow sheet and this is carried out due to selection of suitable solvent/feed ratio , low ratio will lead to higher saturation of the solvent with uranium and p ossibly maximize decontamination of p roduct st reams[12,13]. experime ntal 1reagents *nitric acid to p repare different concentration solutions ( 3.75 , 1.5 , 0.03 m ). *organic solvent , t ributy l phosp hate (tbp) , diluted in oderless kerosene (30%tbp/kerosene). *urany l nitrate to p repare 170g/l uranium in 3.75m nitric acid. 2 equi pments: *two mixer sett lers battery ( 16 stage for each), one for extraction and the second for st ripping , hy draulic equilibrium have been carried out for both units with the same solutions flow rates and concentration of nitric acid as summarized in fig. 1 * four metering p ump s for feeding solution through 4 st reams ( organic , feed , scrub , and st rip ). *two glove bo xes to p revent any contamination from uranium solution. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 3mesurments. a-de termination of uranium two methods were chosen for the determination of uraniu m namely sp ectrop hotometric method and davis & gray method [14]. sp ectrop hotometric method was used for the determination of uranium at m icro gram/aliquot level . this method is based on se lective extraction of ur anium as tetrap ropy lammonium –uranyl trinitrate comp lex and co lour dev elop ing with dibenzoy l methane .the absorbance was measured at 415nm. davis & gray method was used for the determination of uranium at gram/ aliquot level ,this method is based on the reduction of uranium (vi) to uranium (iv) in a concentrated p hosp horic acid solution containin g sulp hamic acid. the excess of f errous is subsequently oxidized by nitric acid in the p resence of m o(vi) cataly st . after adding sulfamic acid and diluting the mixture with water, the determination to be comp leted by titration with standard p otassium dichromate solution using m etrohm p otentiometer by incremental addition. bde termination of fissi on products fission p roducts activity were measured usin g geli detector of 97 cm 3 active vo lume and 4096-multichannel analyser , camac adc-type 9060 linked with hp-computer (princetongamma tech , germany ). 4sephis program model for theoretical st udy to select t he optimum conditions flow sheet , using p c. computers to carry out this job. equip ments have been supp lied from chemistry research center in tuwaitha. results and discussion theoretically , 24 sephis calcu lations run were carried out , the results (as summarized in table –1) indicate the followin g: 1 i n t h e e xt r act io n u n it , t h e lo s s o f u r an i u m in aq . w as t e is s o lar g e ( ar o u n d 44.1g/l ) when the ratio of org./feed flow rate equals 600/440 ( run-1) , but when keep ing all other input p arameters intact , this amount should decrease gradually to (21g/l) when the ratio been 600/360 (run 1-5). it can b e also concluded that t he follow runs (6-10) consistence with this idea. 2run (11-19),reduces scrubbing solution (1.5m nitric acid for all runs as shown in table-1) from 120 to 100 ml/hr results in a decr eased the uranium in aq.waste , and this means that t he ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 ratio between org./scrub is also important t o imp rove the extraction process . 3in st ripp ing unit ( different acidity of nitric acid were used as summarized in table-1) , when or g. /st rip r ati o equ als 1 ( ru n 116 ) , p oo r st ripp in g o f u r anium w as not ice d , and unaccep table amount were lost in the organic wast e , increasing this ratio (run 17-19) will imp rove r ecovery of ur anium in the p roduct and low ering its loss es in the o r g. wast e . 4reducing st rip acidity ( run 20-22) will imp rove the condition of or g. wast e and on ly trace amount of ur aniu m will app ear in this st ream, whi le run 23 shows bad extraction du e to increasin g or g. /feed ratio relative to t he previous run. 5finally , the goal of this theoretical st udy is to reach the optimum p arameters , and the final run ( 24) clear ly demonst rate that this run reflects t he optimum conditions due to ultra trace amo u nts of u r aniu m in o r g. and aq . wa st e w h ich equ als 1 0 12 g/l in b oth st r eams . exp erimentally , (fig -1) shows the app lication of optimum condition (results from theoretical calcu lations) in laboratory ,simulation solutions were p rep ared by adding differ ent isotop es gamma radiation emitt er to 170g/l uranium solution , the lost of uranium in the aq. and org. wast e is so small and acceptable in such exp eriment and the difference b etween theoretical and exp erimental results is due to the fluctuation of solution p ump s flow rate which altered the ratio of streams , so it is very necessary to obtain the best results from sephis calculation and ap p lied them in lab. to give reasonable and acceptable exp erimental results . on t he other hand , working near saturation of the solvent with uranium ( below saturation not over) will give good decontamin ation factor of uranium fro m fission p roducts, and no gamma sp ecies were detectable , neither in product nor in or g. wast e and all of them (f ission sp ecies) flow t oward aq.waste re ferences 1.beck ett , m . a. and platt ,w.g ( 2006) the p eriodic table at glan ce, b lackwell p ublishin g ltd.,uk.( books.google. com),99. 2. vo gel ,a. and svehla,g. (1996) , vo gel's qualitative inorganic analy sis , 7 th ed. , (books.goo gle. com) , 347. 3cotton ,f.a. and wilkinson ,g. (1967),advanced inor ganic ch emistry , 2 nd ed., john wiley and sons,uk.,1102 4 cott on , s. (2 00 6) lanth an ide and a cti n ide ch emist ry , jo hn wiley and sons uk . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 (books.goo gle. com),179 5wiberg, e. ; wiberg,n. and holleman , a.f. (2001), inorganic chemist ry , academic p ress (california)(books.goo gle.com),1713 6stas, j. ; dahdou ,a. and sh lewit , h. (2005) ,periodica polytechnica chemical en gineering, 49(1): 3–18 7alibrahim ,m . and shlewit ,h. (2007) ,periodica poly technica chemical en gineering, 51(2): 57-60. 8venkatesan,k.a. ; sukumaran, v. ; ant ony ,m .p. and srinivasan,t.g. (2008) , j.of nucl. and rad.sci., 9(2): 37-39. 9-john, j. m cketta, and william a. cunnin gham, (1984) ency . of chemical processing and desi gn ,volume-21:. 10wright ,a.d. (2008) a t hesis submitted in p artial fulfillment, of the requirements for the,m aster of science degr ee in chemistry , university of nevada, las vegas 11d ep aoli ,d. (2 00 8) m o deling and si mulat ion o f nu clear fu el r ecycling sy st ems, oak ridge national laboratory . 12collins,e. d.; benk er,d. e. ; bond,w. d. ; camp bell d. o. and sp encer,b. b. (2008) oak ridge national laboratory , tn 37831-6176. 13-m . c. thomp son, ;m . a. norato, ;g. f. kessinger,; r. a. pierce, ;t. s. rudisill and j. d. johnson, (2002), savannah riv er comp any, wsrc-tr-2002-00444, 30. 14-davis w. and gray w. 1946, talanta 2:1203. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 table(1): s ephis code calculations run no. [h + ] st rip [h + ] feed [h + ] scru b flow rate ml/hr feed org. scrub st rip % u. recover y u. g/l aq.wast e u. g/l org.wast e 1 0.1 4 1.5 440 600 120 600 64.3 44.5 6.89 2 0.1 4 1.5 420 600 120 600 67.38 39 6.89 3 0.1 4 1.5 400 600 120 600 70.73 33.7 6.89 4 0.1 4 1.5 380 600 120 600 74.4 27.6 6.89 5 0.1 4 1.5 360 600 120 600 78.4 21.0 6.6 6 0.1 4 1.5 400 620 120 620 73.1 29.4 6.23 7 0.1 4 1.5 400 640 120 640 76.4 24.99 6.85 8 0.1 4 1.5 400 660 120 660 79.3 20.7 6.9 9 0.1 4 1.5 400 680 120 680 82 16 6.9 10 0.1 4 1.5 400 700 120 700 85.7 11.6 6.9 11 0.1 4 1.5 400 620 100 620 76 26 6.18 12 0.1 4 1.5 400 640 100 640 79 22.1 6.87 13 0.1 4 1.5 400 660 100 660 82 17.4 6.94 14 0.1 4 1.5 400 680 100 680 84.9 12.7 6.94 15 0.1 4 1.5 400 700 100 700 87.88 8 6.94 16 0.1 4 1.5 400 750 100 750 92.5 2*10 -11 6.42 17 0.1 4 1.5 400 750 100 775 94.7 2*10 -11 5.44 18 0.1 4 1.5 400 750 100 800 97.6 2*10 -11 3.33 19 0.1 4 1.5 400 750 100 825 97.6 2*10 -11 2.5 20 0.06 4 1.5 360 700 120 800 ≥98.5 2.4*10 -11 2.6*10 -5 21 0.05 4 1.5 360 700 120 800 ≥98.5 2.4*10 -11 3*10 -6 22 0.04 4 1.5 360 700 120 800 ≥98.5 2.4*10 -11 3*10 -8 23 0.03 4 1.5 380 700 120 800 96.3 5.2 1.6*10 -10 24 0.03 4 1.5 360 750 120 850 ≥ 98.5 5.2*10 -12 6.2*10 -12 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 feed scrub strip org. product aq.waste org..wast e u g/l 170.47 ------------------------------------ 70.54 0.011 0.011 %tbpkerosen e ------------ ----------------------30% ------------ -------------- %30 hno3m 3.75 1.5 0.03 ----------0.26 ---------------------------- gama dp s 2.8*10 6 ------------- ------------ ------------ nill all gama nill flow rate ml/hr 360 120 750 850 --------------------------------- fig.(1) : experime ntal run at ste ady s tate usi ng extraction and s tripping units org.feed scrub strip aq.waste product org. waste 16 9 1 1 11 1 32 17 stripping unit extraction unit ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 21 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: amelkazzaz61@gmail.com abstract drought is a major abiotic stress, severely affecting the physiological processes and growth of plants. the present investigation aimed to evaluate the impacts of drought stress with three periods for irrigation: every 3 days(control), every 6 days, and every 12 days and foliar spray with different concentrations of ascorbic acid (0, 75, 150, 225) mg.l-1 on the wheat plant. pots experiment was conducted as a completely randomized design with three replications in the green house, department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham), university of baghdad, during the growing season, 2018 – 2019. the results indicated that drought stress decreased plant growth and hastened the senescence of flag leaves, which is significantly associated with a decrease in the quality and quantity of grain yield. foliar spray with ascorbic acid enhanced plant drought tolerance in terms of plant height, shoot dry weight, flag leaf traits (flag leaf area, flag leaf chlorophyll and the concentration of macronutrients such as nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium) and some yield components (spike length, grain weight. pot-1 and protein percentage of grains). the results indicated the efficiency of ascorbic acid foliar spray on vegetative growth, flag leaf traits and some yield components of wheat plants affected by drought stress and the superiority to 150 mg.l-1 ascorbic acid in which plants can resist the unfavorable drought stress periods(12 days). keywords: drought stress, ascorbic acid, wheat plant, flag leaf. 1.introduction wheat plant is the most strategic and major food crop all over the world, and different biotic and abiotic stresses reduce its yield [1,2]. drought stress, which is abiotic stress, affects different stages of plant growth, is a major restriction to agricultural productivity around the world. it affect photosynthesis which is considered a basic physiological process [3,4]. photosynthesis is the doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3101 article history: received 7 november 2022, accepted 27 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq role of ascorbic acid in drought stress tolerance of wheat plant triticum aestivum l. amel ghanim muhmood al-kazzaz* department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. amelkazzaz61@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:amelkazzaz61@gmail.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:amelkazzaz61@gmail.com mailto:amelkazzaz61@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 22 source of dry matter and grain yield in crop plants, and flag leaf photosynthesis contributes about 30-35% of carbon necessary for grain filling and early senescence limits the yield potential [5]. drought stress causes oxidative damage through the production of free oxygen radicals in cells these toxic free radicals attack lipids, proteins, and nucleic acid, leading to damage to the integrity of the cell membrane [6]. drought stress affects plant growth, especially at grain filling, and a clear reduction in the number of leaves and leaf area [7]. ascorbic acid (asa), referred to as vitamin c , is a powerful water-soluble antioxidant in plants [8]. asa act as an adjuster for plant development through hormone signaling and as a coenzyme in reactions such as fats, carbohydrates, and proteins metabolism. moreover, it involved in the regulation of many important processes such as photoinhibition, cell elongation and differentiation, growth and development, flowering senescence and photosynthesis [9, 10]. [11] referred that ascorbic acid foliar spraying resulted in improvement of the vegetative growth, grains yield and chemical components of barley plants. this study is an attempt to light more evidence about the effectiveness of ascorbic acid foliar spray in increasing the resistance of wheat plants affected by drought stress. 2. materials and methods the experiment was carried out in the green garden, department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, during the growing season 2018 – 2019, to assess the effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid foliar spray on vegetative growth and flag leaf traits and some yield components of wheat plants. the experiment was laid out in a completely randomized design crd with three replications. healthy uniform grains were sown in the pots with a capacity of 11 kg soil on 11/11/2018. thinning of seedlings was done after two weeks from germination. drought stress was conducted in three periods: the first period was referred to as 3d (irrigation every 3 days) and considered a control treatment. the second period was referred to as 6d (irrigation every 6 days). third period was referred to as 12d ( irrigation every 12 days). plants were foliar sprayed with ascorbic acid (0,75, 150, 225) mg.l-1 twice on 26/12/2018 and on 7/1/2019, in the early morning. four random plants per pot were harvested on 16/1/2019 plant heights were measured for each treatment and plant samples were oven dried at 65 c° to stable mass, the dry weights of shoots were measured. some flag leaf traits were calculated: flag leaf area as [12]. flag leaf chlorophyll using spad and the concentration of macronutrients, nitrogen as [13], phosphorous as [14], and potassium as [15]. three plants were harvest on 22/4/2019 and some yield components were calculated: spike length, grains weight. pot-1,and protein percentage of grains as [16 ]. statistical analysis of the experimental data was done by sas 2012, and the comparisons of means were done via the least significant difference (lsd) test p≤ 0.05. 3. results and discussion data in tables (1, 2) indicated that increasing drought stress periods from 3 to 12 days caused a significant and gradual reduction in averages of plant height, and shoot dry weight by (22.39, 25.21) % relative to their unstressed control. spraying ascorbic acid at different concentrations induced a significant increase; the maximum increase was detected at 150mg.l-1 by (21.00, 32.26) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 23 %, respectively, more than their controls for both parameters. worthy to mention the combination of the dual factors, 150 mg.l-1 ascorbic acid can minimize the hard effects of drought stress (12 day) on plant height and shoot dry weight their values were increased to 62.84 cm, 3.17gm in comparison with their values 42.00 cm, 1.98 mg at the same drought stress period but without ascorbic acid treatment. table 1. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on plant heights (cm). drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 69.91 71.30 74.20 68.28 65.88 3d 62.09 63.50 64.88 61.00 59.00 6d 54.26 60.08 62.84 52.10 42.00 12 d drought stress = 0.85 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 1.70 lsd 0.05 64.96 67.31 60.46 55.63 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.98 lsd 0.05 table 2. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on shoot dry weights (gm). drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 3.61 3.57 4.07 3.48 3.30 3d 3.17 3.34 3.52 3.00 2.82 6d 2.70 3.06 3.17 2.57 1.98 12d drought stress = 0.021 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 0.042 lsd 0.05 3.32 3.59 3.02 2.70 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.025 lsd 0.05 leaf senescence usually occurs during stress, flag leaf area and the content of chlorophyll were measured in plants to assess the impact of drought stress, both are related to visual symptoms of plant illness. data in tables (3, 4) showed that averages of flag leaf area and flag leaf chlorophyll were significantly decreased under drought stress: the highest period caused the highest significant decrease for both parameters by (31.62, 16.76) %. application of ascorbic acid up to 225 mg.l-1 induced a significant increase in the average of parameters: the maximum significant increase was achieved at 150mg.l-1 by (32.90, 17.43) % more than control plants. the combination of the dual factors was confirmed, 150 mg.l-1 ascorbic acid can counteract the unfavorable effects of drought stress (12 days) and raised the value of flag leaf area and chlorophyll, they were 28.83 cm2, 38.90 spad, in comparison with their values 18.19 cm2, 29.40 spad at the same drought stress period but without ascorbic acid treatment. table3. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on flag leaf area (cm2). drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations (mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 35.48 36.26 37.52 35.28 32.88 3d 31.14 32.85 35.92 29.90 25.88 6d 24.26 26.50 28.83 23.52 18.19 12d drought stress = 0.86 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 1.72 lsd 0.05 31.87 34.09 29.57 25.65 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.99 lsd 0.05 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 24 table 4. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on flag leaf chlorophyll (spad). drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations (mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 42.30 41.42 45.20 42.77 39.80 3d 37.78 38.24 39.20 37.87 35.80 6d 35.21 37.12 38.90 35.42 29.40 12d drought stress = 0.96 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 1.92 lsd 0.05 38.93 41.10 38.69 35.00 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 1.11 lsd 0.05 data in tables (5, 6, 7) indicated that the average nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium concentrations in flag leaf were reduced and correlated with increasing drought stress periods to 12 days by (24.56, 22.73, 19.40) %, respectively, relative to their unstressed controls. adding ascorbic acid as foliar spray improved macronutrient concentrations and there was clear superiority to 150 mg.l-1, for giving the highest average by (28.24, 20.00, 29.60) % more than their controls. the combination of the two factors was significant; 150 mg.l-1 ascorbic acid reversed the negative effects of 12 days of drought stress on macronutrients concentrations and gave values (2.40, 0.38, 2.75) % compared with their values (1.80, 0.27, 1.61)% at the same drought stress period but without ascorbic acid treatment. table 5. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on nitrogen concentrations (%) of flag leaf. drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 2.85 2.84 3.10 2.80 2.67 3d 2.48 2.70 2.80 2.40 2.01 6d 2.15 2.38 2.40 2.00 1.80 12d drought stress = 0.027 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 0.055 lsd 0.05 2.64 2.77 2.40 2.16 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.032 lsd 0.05 table 6. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on phosphorous concentrations (%) of flag leaf. drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 0.44 0.42 0.47 0.43 0.42 3d 0.40 0.40 0.42 0.40 0.37 6d 0.34 0.37 0.38 0.33 0.27 12d drought stress = 0.02 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 0.03 lsd 0.05 0.40 0.42 0.39 0.35 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.02 lsd 0.05 table 7. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on potassium concentrations (%) of flag leaf. drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 2.99 2.99 3.15 3.01 2.80 3d 2.58 2.69 2.77 2.57 2.27 6d 2.41 2.60 2.75 2.68 1.61 12d drought stress = 0.023 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 0.046 lsd 0.05 2.76 2.89 2.75 2.23 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.027 lsd 0.05 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 25 tables (8, 9, 10) illustrated that in response to increasing drought stress periods, the average spike length and grains weight. pot-1, protein percentages of grains were reduced by (23.48, 27.56, 16.70) % compared with their controls. ascorbic acid foliar spray, up to 225 mg.l-1 increased the average of yield components, and the best increase was pronounced at 150 mg.l-1 by (19.60, 24.27, 16.94)% more than their controls. regarding the combination between drought stress and ascorbic acid, 150mg.l-1 , ascorbic acid can nullify the effect of extreme drought stress period on yield components and gave the values 13.79 cm, 6.48gm 16.89%, in comparison with their values 10.13 cm, 4.21gm, 14.10% at the same drought stress period but without ascorbic acid treatment. table 8. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on spike lengths (cm). drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 16.40 16.40 17.89 16.28 15.02 3d 14.50 14.84 15.00 14.29 13.88 6d 12.55 13.40 13.79 12.88 10.13 12d drought stress = 0.37 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 0.74 lsd 0.05 14.88 15.56 14.48 13.01 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.43 lsd 0.05 table 9. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on grains weights (gm).pot-1. drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 7.80 8.10 8.20 7.66 7.23 3d 6.75 7.21 7.14 6.55 6.10 6d 5.65 6.40 6.48 5.52 4.21 12d drought stress = 0.020 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 0.039 lsd 0.05 7.24 7.27 6.58 5.85 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid =0.023 lsd 0.05 table 10. effect of drought stress and ascorbic acid on protein percentages (%)of grains. drought stress average ascorbic acid concentrations(mg.l-1) drought stress (day) 225 150 75 0 19.07 19.52 20.74 18.52 17.49 3d 17.40 17.64 18.29 17.44 16.22 6d 15.87 16.79 16.89 15.68 14.10 12d drought stress = 0.09 drought stress x ascorbic acid = 0.18 lsd 0.05 17.98 18.64 17.21 15.94 ascorbic acid average ascorbic acid = 0.10 lsd 0.05 the results showed a reduction in the growth and yields of wheat plants because drought causes dehydration to leaves mesophyll and reduces its efficiency for using co2 and causes photosynthesis inhibition [3]. drought stress caused oxidative damage, and ros production was enhanced due to the inhibition of carbon dioxide assimilation and changes in photosystem activities. co2 fixation is limited due to stomata closure which in turn leads to a reduced nadp + cycle [17]. leaf senescence is correlated with resistance to oxidative stress; the degradative processes due to leaf senescence are chlorophyll damage and leaf area reduction [18]. plant leaves yellowing is considered the first symptom in chloroplast senescence related to the accumulation of ros induced by stress; it might be associated with lipids peroxidation of chloroplast membranes, and formation of fatty acids hydroperoxides, and enhances the activity of ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 26 chlorophyllase, and interferes with protein synthesis binding chlorophyll [19]. flag leaf can be estimated to be a source of carbon to the plants: high associations were found between flag leaf area and grains yield per plant, and its senescence is likely to affect the remobilization of nutrients from the shoot to the root [20 ]. our results indicated that 150 mg.l-1 ascorbic acid foliar spray can improve the growth of wheat plants . it can modify flag leaf senescence because ascorbic acid can act as ros removers or ros chain breakers, thus quenching oxidative free radicals [21]. the anti-oxidant activity of ascorbic acid is greatly associated with longevity in plants, and the stability of its prime oxidation product, the monodehydroascorbate radical (mda) and its capacity to terminate radical chains reactions by disproportionation into the non-toxic product asa dehydroascorbate [22]. ascorbic acid has great importance during photosynthesis because it is able to donate electrons to psi and ps ii in both normal, and stress conditions [ 23 ].its application on plants improved total chlorophyll rather than through the stimulation of its biosynthesis, or interruption of its degradation because, ascorbic acid act as a substrate for ascorbate peroxidase, and it is able to scavenge ros produced in the thylakoid membrane ,and the high concentrations of it may be detrimental to plant growth [24] . 4.conclusions it could be concluded that ,wheat plants’ treatment with ascorbic acid can curiously increase their ability to survive under hard stress through the inhibition of drought stress induced leaf senescence. ascorbic acid leads to an increase in the concentrations of nutrients in flag leaf and its role in improving osmotolerance through regulating nutrient absorption from soil solution. results indicated a clear superiority to 150 mg.l-1 ascorbic acid in which plants can resist the unfavorable drought stress periods (12 days). references 1.curtis, t.; halford, n.g. food security: the challenge of increasing wheat yield and the importance of not compromising food safety. annals of applied biology 2014, 164(3), 354–372. 2. al-kazzaz, a.g.m. ; al-kareemawi, i.h.k. foliar spraying alphatocopherol enhances salinity stress tolerance in wheat plant triticum aestivum l. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2021, 34(3) ,10-16. 3. ashraf, m.; harris, p.j.c. photosynthesis under stressful environments: an overview. photosynthetica 2013, 51(2), 163-190. 4. hussain n.n.; jassim z. r. effect of drought stress on barley ( hordeum vulgare l.) in germination stage. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science 2015, 28(1), 242-252. 5. sylvester-bradley, r.; scott, r.k.; wright, c.e. physiology in the production and iimprovement of cereals. home-grown cereals authority research review, 18. hgca, london, 1990. 6. movahhedi dehnavi, m.; zarei, t.; khajeeyan, r. ; merajipoor, m. drought and salinity impacts on bread wheat in a hydroponic culture: a physiological comparison. j. plant physiol. breeding 2017, 7(1), 61-74. 7. push pavalli, r.; zaman-allah, m.; turner, n.c.; baddam, r.; rao, m.v. ;vadez, v. higher flower and seed number leads to higher yield under water stress conditions imposed during reproduction in chick pea. funct. plant biol., 2015, 42, 162-174. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 27 8. macknight, r.c.; laing, w.a.; bulley, s.m.; broad, r.c.; johnson, a.a.t. ; hellens, r.p. increasing ascorbate levels in crops to enhance human nutrition and plant abiotic stress tolerance. curr. opin. biotech. 2017, 44, 153–160. 9. zhang, y. biological role of ascorbate in plants. (chapter 2). springer, briefs in plant science. 2013. 10. al-kaisy, w.a. ;mahadi s. f. influence of foliar application with abscisic acid (aba) and vitamin c on some plant hormones for peas plant. pisum sativum l. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science 2017, special issue, 64-72. 11. abdo, f.a. ; el-moselhy, m.a. response of barley plant to foliar spray with ascorbic acid under different levels of nitrogen application. egypt. j. appl., zagazig univ. 2004, 19(2), 111-128. 12. mckee, g.w. a coefficient for computing leaf area in hybrid corn. agron. j., 1964, 56(2), 240241. 13. chapman, h.d.; pratt, f.p. methods of analysis for soils, plants and waters. univ. calif. div. agri. sci. 1961, 161–170. 14. matt, k.j. colorimetric determination of phosphorus in soil and plant materials with ascorbic acid. soil sci. 1970, 109, 214-220. 15. page, a.l.; miller, r. h. ;kenney, d.r. method of soil analysis . 2nd (ed), agron. 9, publisher, madiason, wisconsin 1982. 16. vopyan, v.g. agricultural chemistry. english translation, mir puplishers.1st edn. 1984. 17. jaleel, c.a.; manivannan, p.; wahid, a.; farooq, m.; al-juburi, h.j.; somasundaram, r. ;panneerselvam, r. drought stress in plant: a review on morphological characteristics and pigments composition. int. j. agric. biol. 2009, 11(1), 100-105. 18. munnre-bosch, s. aging in perennials. crit. rev. plant sci 2007, 26, 123-138. 19. moller, i.m.; jensen, p.e.; hansson, a. oxidative modifications to cellular components in plants. annu. rev. plant biol. 2007, 58, 459 481. 20. liu, y.; tao, y.; wang, z.; guo, q.; wu, f.; yang, x.; deng, m.; ma, j.; chen, g.; wei, y. and zheng, y. identification of qtl for flag leaf length in common wheat and their pleiotropic effects. molecular breeding, 2018, 38(11), 111. 21. krieger-liszkay, a. ;trebst, a. tocopherol is the scavenger of singlet oxygen produced by the triplet states of chlorophyll in the psii reaction centre. j. exp. bot. 2006, 57(8), 1677–1684. 22. noshi, m.; hatanaka, r.; tanabe, n.; terai, y.; maruta, t. ; shigeoka, s. redox regulation of ascorbate and glutathione by a chloroplastic dehydroascorbate reductase is required for highlight stress tolerance in arabidopsis. biosci. biotechnol. biochem. 2016, 80, 870–877. 23. ivanov, b.n. role of ascorbic acid in photosynthesis. biochem. moscow 2014, 79, 282–289. 24. davey, m.w.; mantagu, m.v.; dirk, i.; maite, s.; angelos, k.; smirnoff, n.;. binenzie, i.j.j.; strain, j.j.; favell, d. ; fletcher, j. plant ascorbic acid chemistry, function, metabolism, bioavailability and effects of processing. j. sci. food and agri. 2000, 80, 825 850. a fast estimation of activation energy of low density polyethylene (ldpe) widad h. jassim department of physics /college of education for pure science( ibn al haitham) ,university of baghdad received in :18 november 2013, accepted in : 2 february 2014 abstract a dynamic experimental study of thermal decomposition of low density polyethylene has been carried out with two different heating rates .as usual , we can determine the activation energy of any polymer using( 3 6 ) tga experiment as minimum , but in this work , we estimate the activation energy of ldpe using two of tga experiments only. key words : low density polyethylene (ldpe), activation energy ,thermal decomposition and thermogravimetric analysis . 128 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction the determination of activation energy of a polymer is very useful since its used to predict the kind of a polymer using the thermo gravimetric analysis (tga) which is the one of the members of the family of thermal analysis techniques used to characterize a wide variety of materials. there have recently appeared several publications which describe some methods of estimation activation energy for the thermal decomposition of polymers using two methods : flynn -wal l-ozawa (fwo) and kissinger akahira – sunose (kas) [1-6] . these methods are time consuming and involve curve fitting , a prior knowledge of reaction order and type of kinetic process in addition to using between (3-6) curves of thermo-gram of polymer degradation with different heating rates [7,8]. in present work , we can overcome some of these objections and estimate the activation energy of low density polyethylene using only a two curves of thermogravimetry with two different heating rates ,so we can get a rapid estimation of activation energy for any polymer. experimental we cut two samples of the same water pipe which is made of low density polyethylene and characterize them by thermogravimetric teqnique, where this polymer is heated from temp. (approx. 23 oc) to 600 oc, the weight of samples is loss with time /temperature . these samples with weight (30 35 mg) are heated with heating rate (5 oc/min ) for the first sample and (9 oc / min ) for the second. in (tga) a thermo balance is used to measure the mass change of a sample as a function of temperature or time . the thermal decomposition of polymer is generally assumed to be as in eq.(1) a( solid ) → b( volatiles ) + c( solid ) ----------------(1 ) [ 4 ] the rate of polymer degradation is generally assumed to be proportional to the concentration of reactants which is defined as r = dα/ dt -----------------------------( 2 ) [9 ] where : dα /dt is the rate of mass loss α is the fraction of material reacted we may write ≈∫ α α αα o nd / rte t e a / 0 −∫ β dt ----------------(3) [4,10] so we can write 129 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ≈∫ α α αα o nd / rtee e rta / 2 )( − β ------------------(4) where : a is the exponential factor ( sec-1 ) β is the heating rate r is the universal gas constant ( 8.314 j/mole .ok) t is the absolute temperature (ok ) utilizing two thermo grams for the same material possessing different heating rates ( β ) we can write 21 /2 22 /2 11 )/(/)/(/ rterte eertaeerta −− = ββ ----------------(5) or ) 11 (])(ln[ 21 2 2 1 1 2 ttr e t t −= β β ---------------------(6) so ) 11 ( ])(log[303.2 21 2 2 1 1 2 tt t t r e − = β β ----------------------(7 where e is the activation energy of a polymer. results and discussion displayed in figures 1 and 2 are the tga results generated on the ldpe at an applied heating rate β1 ( 5 oc/min ) and β2 (9 oc/min ) respectively , these plots show the mass loss as a function of temperature . to get the conversion levels in weight , we must take the percent of mass loss as a function of temperature as in figures 3 and 4 , where the conversion level 20% is at 80 of weight% and the decomposition temperatures t1 is 435 oc for the first sample at heating rate 5 oc/min as in (figure 3) and t2 is 448 oc/min for the second sample at heating rate 9 oc/min as in (figure 4) then all the decomposition temperatures (t1 and t2 ) are fixed at any conversion levels as in table 1 , where the decomposition temperatures are pushed to higher with the increase of the heating rate and the conversion rate ,which agreed with [5]. from tga results and using equation 7 , the activation energy of ldpe can be established as in table 2 , where the activation energy is changed with temperature . in figure (5) , we can see that the activation energy began to be constant at conversion rate 30% so this conversion level is very suitable to get the value of activation energy in our work . the activation energy of ldpe is (215 – 221 kj/ mol) using the friedman , kissinger akahira –sunose and flynn wallozawa [2,11] but in our study the activation energy of ldpe is a bout 227 kj / mole , because the activation energy is influenced by estimation method and the operating condition [12]. conclusion 1the value of activation energy depends on conversion levels. 2-the decomposition temperatures increase with the increase of the heating rate. 3the advantage of this method is to consume relatively little time. 4the conversion level 30% is suitable to estimate the activation energy . 5we can estimate the activation energy of any polymer using two curves of tga only. 130 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 6as future work , we can use this method to predict the kind or the grade of a polymer in some applications that we do not know the kind of polymers that are made. references 1. sergey vyazovkin and charles , a.wight (1999 ) kinetics of thermal decomposition of cubic ammonium perchlorate , chem. mater , 11, 3386-3393 . 2.aboulkas , a.; harfi, k.e.l and bouadila, a.el (2010) thermal degradation behaviors of polyethylene and polypropylene , energy conversion and management ,51, 1363-1369. 3. elena ,v.bystritskaya ; oleg n.karpukhin and alla, v.kutsenova (2011) simulation of linear polymer thermal depolymerization under isothermal and dynamic modes , international journal of polymer science.2011 , 6. 4.almustapha, m.n. and andresen, j.m (2011) catalytic conversion of high density polyethylene polymer as a means of recovering valuable energy content from the plastic wastes , international conference on petroleum and sustainable development . 26 , press, singapore. 5.aigbodion ,v.s. ;hassan , s.b.; atuanya and atuanya , c.u. (2012) kinetics of isothermal degradation studies by thermogravimetric data , j.mater .environ. sci 3 ( 6 ):1027-1036. 6. goswami , s . and kiran ,k .(2012) application of kissinger analysis to glass transition and study of thermal degradation kinetics of phenolic acrylic , bull. mater. sci. , 35(4):657-664. 7.jelica zelic; leticija ugrina and drazan jozic(11th-13th) (2007) application of thermal methods in the chemistry of cement: kinetic analysis of portlandite from non – iso thermal thermogravimetirc data , the first international proficiency testing conference. 8.jean – louis dirion , cedric reverte and michel cabassud (2008) kinetic parameter estimation from tga : optimal design of tga experiment chemical engineering research and design ,86 , 618 – 625. 9.guo, j. and lua ,ac (2001) kinetic study on pyrolytic process of oilpalm solid wate using two-step consecutive reaction model , biomass and bionergy , 20 , 223-233. 10. reich ,l. and levi ,d.w.,(1963) evaluation of rate constants from tga , chem., 66 , no.102 11.celina, m. ,gillen ,k.t and assink ,r.a.(2005), accelerated aging and lifetime polymer degradation and stability ,90 , pp.395-404. 12.malek ,j.; mitsuhashi, t. and criado ,j.m .(2001) kinetic analysis of solid state processes , journal of materials research , 16 , 1862-1871. 131 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table no.(1): the decomposition temperatures at different conversion levels at two heating rates for (ldpe) rate 9 ( oc.min-1 ) rate 5 ( oc.min-1) conversion levels % t2 (ok ) t2 ( oc ) t1 (o k ) t1 (oc ) 721 448 708 435 20 735 462 726 453 30 743 470 732 459 40 748 475 735 462 50 759 486 743 470 60 table no.(2): the values of activation energies at different conversions levels of (ldpe ) 60 50 40 30 20 conversion levels % 160.19 193.9 228.56 227.10 179.81 activation energy (kj. mol-1) 132 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 .figure1.low density polyethylene decomposition with heating rate 5c0/min .figure 2.low density polyethylene decomposition with heating rate 9 co/min .figure 3.the percentage decomposition with different conversion levels at heating rate 5 c0/min 0 10 20 30 40 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 w ei gh t( m g) temp.(c o) rate 5 0 10 20 30 40 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 w ei gh t ( m g) temp. (c0 ) rate 9 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 w ei gh t% temp.(c) rate 5 133 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 .figure 4. the percentage decomposition with different conversion levels at heating rate 9co/min .figure 5.the relation of activation energy with different conversion levels 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 w ei gh t % temp.(c ) rate 9 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 e (k j/ m ol ) conversion levels% 134 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 )ldpeالحساب السریع لطاقة التنشیط للبولي أثیلین واطئ الكثافة( وداد حمدي جاسم جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم ( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2014شباط2، قبل البحث في 2013تشرین الثاني 18استلم البحث في : الخالصة درست دینامیكیة التحلل الحراري للبولي أثیلین واطئ الكثافة بشكل عملي باستخدام أثنین من معدالت التسخین المختلفة . عادة نستطیع أن نحسب طاقة التنشیط ألي بولیمر باستخدام ما بین ثالث إلى ست تجارب للتحلیل الحراري للبولي أثیلین واطئ الكثافة باستخدام البحث تمكنا من حساب طاقة التنشیط) حدا أدنى ولكن في ھذا tgaالوزني ( . اثنین من ھذه التجارب اقة التنشیط ، التحلل الحراري ، التحلیل الحراري الوزني.) ،طldpeالكلمات المفتاحیة:البولي أثیلین واطئ الكثافة ( 135 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 microsoft word 1 556 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 reducing false notification in identifying malicious application programming interface(api) to detect malwares using artificial neural network with discriminant analysis abbas m. al-bakri college of computer and mathematics/ university of kuffa hussein l. hussein dept.of computer science/college of eduucationfor pure science(ibnalhaitham)/universityof baghdad received in:7 september 2014 accepted in: 24 november2014 abstract this paper argues the accuracy of behavior based detection systems, in which the application programming interfaces (api) calls are analyzed and monitored. the work identifies the problems that affecting the accuracy of such detection models. the work was extracted (4744) api call through analyzing. the new approach provides an accurate discriminator and can reveal malicious api in pe malware up to 83.2%. results of this work evaluated with discriminant analysis.   keywords: pe malwares, malicious api, ann, discriminant analysis. 557 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction at present, most widely used malicious executables detections adopt the technique of signature-based pattern matching. it is simple and highly efficient, but only works for the malicious executables which we have already known. for the unknown ones, this approach is ineffective. thus an alternative way has been brought into focus to resolve this problemidentify the malicious executables based on their behaviors [1]. with the improvement of the techniques used by malwares like virus, trojan and worm, traditional malware detection approaches based on signatures, were not effectively enough to detect variables of known malwares [2]. today security threats like malware are more sophisticated and targeted than ever, and they are growing at an unprecedented rate. to deal with them, various approaches are introduced. one of them is signature-based detection, which is an effective method and widely used to detect malware; however, there is a substantial problem in detecting new instances. in other words, it is solely useful for the second malware attack. due to the rapid proliferation of malware and the desperate need for human effort to extract some kinds of signature, this approach is a tedious solution; thus, an intelligent malware detection system is required to deal with new malware threats. most of intelligent detection systems utilize some data mining techniques in order to distinguish malware from sane programs. one of the pivotal phases of these systems is extracting features from malware samples and benign ones in order to make at least a learning model. this phase is called “malware analysis” which plays a significant role in these systems. since api call sequence is an effective feature for realizing unknown malware, this paper is focused on extracting this feature from executable files. there are two major kinds of approach to analyze executable file. the first type of analysis is “static analysis” which analyzes a program in source code level. the second one is “dynamic analysis” that extracts features by observing program activities such as system requests during its execution time. static analysis has to traverse the program execution path in order to find called apis. because it does not have sufficient information about decision making points in the given executable file, it is not able to extract the real sequence of called apis. although dynamic analysis does not have this drawback, it suffers from execution overhead [3]. code analysis techniques can be categorized into two main classes: dynamic techniques and static techniques. approaches that belong to the first category rely on monitoring execution traces of an application to identify the executed instructions and their actions, or behavior. approaches that belong to the second category analyze the binary structure statically, parsing the instructions as they are found in the binary image and attempting to determine a (possibly over-approximated) set of all possible behaviors. both static and dynamic approaches have advantages and disadvantages. static analysis takes into account the complete program, while dynamic analysis can only operate on the instructions that were executed in a particular set of runs. therefore, it is impossible to guarantee that the whole executable with all possible actions were covered when using dynamic analysis. on the other hand, dynamic analysis assures that only actual program behavior is considered. this eliminates possible incorrect results due to overly conservative approximations that are often necessary when performing static analysis [4]. recently researchers employ behavior based detection models that depend on api tracking and analyzing to identify suspected pe applications. those behavior models become more efficient than the signature based detection systems for detecting zero-day malwares. this is because a simple polymorphic or metamorphic malware can defeat signature based detection systems easily. moreover, it is difficult to keep the signature of all malwares and their variants because the malware number becomes more than five millions, and every day (5000) new malwares or variants are expected over the internet and networks [5]. 558 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 related works in recent years many malware researchers have focused on neural network and / or data mining to detect unknown malwares. data mining is the process of analyzing electronically stored data by automatically searching for patterns. machine learning algorithms have been used widely for different data mining problems to detect patterns and to find correlations between data instances and attributes. many researchers have used n-grams or api calls as their primary type of feature that are used to represent malware instances in a suitable format for data mining purposes. saman mirza abdulla1[5] proposed a method using multi-layer neural network to classify the features of api calls sequence by using 6-grams at least to distinguish between malicious and benign , by examining the output of neural network as: out <= 0.3 then benign , or out >= 0.7 the malicious, and the other values will use new method named costimulation. shultz et al. [6] proposed a method using data mining techniques for detecting new malicious executables. three different types of features are extracted from the executables, i.e. the list of dlls used by the binary, the list of dll function calls, and number of different system calls used within each dll. also they analyze byte sequences extracted from the hex dump of an executable. the data set consisted of 4,266 files out of which 3,265 were malicious and 1,001 were legitimate or benign programs. a rule induction algorithm called ripper [7] was applied to find patterns in the dll data. a learning algorithm naïve bayes (nb), which is based on bayesian statistics, was used to find patterns in the string data and n-grams of byte sequences were used as input data for the multinomial naïve bayes algorithm. a data set is partitioned in two data sets, i.e., a test data set and a training data set. this is to allow for performance testing on data that are independent from the data used to generate the classifiers. the naïve bayes algorithm, using strings as input data, yielded the highest classification performance with an accuracy of 97.11%. the authors compared their results with traditional signaturebased methods and claimed that the data mining-based detection rate of new malware was twice as high in comparison to the signature-based algorithm. dataset description our dataset consists of a total of 4744 windows programs in pe file format that are 1736 malicious and 3008 clean programs. there were no duplicate api vectors in our dataset. the malicious and benign excel sheet were obtained from [8], windows’ system files and our local laboratory’s program files [8].we only consider non-packed windows binary files in pe format. some malware writers compress their code to make them undetectable by antivirus programs. this work argued the problems and challenges that may affect the accuracy of api calls behavior detection models. the work analyzed the api calls using supervised neural network (nn). the work will compare the results for all these classifier techniques with the result that are obtained from nn with the discriminant analysis (da). methods for detecting unknown malware we selected the static analysis method as the focus of this research. this is due to the technical limitations of the dynamic method, and also to the fact that constant monitoring on every computer is necessary to prevent malware. to develop a detection method based on static analysis, we must overcome a number of challenges, such that. most viruses today feature a mechanism for self-encryption to circumvent simple file checking or detection by pattern matching. 559 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 there are only two ways to detect such viruses when these are unrecognized: by cracking the encrypted code or by allowing the viruses to activate decryption on their own. to determine whether an executable program will exhibit malicious behaviour (corruption of files, mailing of confidential documents, etc.), it is necessary to analyse the special function calls requested by the program from the operating system. operating systems such as windows and unix protect files and other resources from direct manipulation by ordinary programs. even malwares must call functions from the operating system in order to perform any given malicious action. a mechanism is therefore required to identify sets of function calls that are indicative of malicious behaviours [9]. research motivation in this section, we will review the core computational intelligence approaches that have been proposed to solve malware detection problems. we shall discuss data collection, artificial neural networks, as soft computing and discriminant analysis as data mining method as shown in fig-1. -data collection and pre-processing the work analyzed (4744) of pe applications. samples have been collected from [8].as the work will classify the api functions of each suspected application. as a result of this stage, the window size of each vector is ranged from 4 to 8 api elements, the vectors which are collected according to this research are : 938 vectors of api calls have been prepared after duplicated vectors have been deleted. 1218 vectors of api calls have been prepared after duplicated vectors have been deleted. 1410 vectors of api calls have been prepared after duplicated vectors have been deleted. 1520 vectors of api calls have been prepared after duplicated vectors have been deleted. 1602 vectors of api calls have been prepared after duplicated vectors have been deleted. -artificial neural networks this work tries to do two tests on the prepared vectors of api calls to check the conditions that affect the accuracy of classifiers and to check their accuracy rates. an artificial neural network (ann) consists of a collection of processing units called neurons that are highly interconnected in a given topology. anns have the ability of learning-byexample and generalizing from limited; they have been successfully employed in a broad spectrum of data intensive applications. in this section, the research will review the contribution to and performance in the malware detection domain. to predict the status of an api call vector, this work has applied vectors to a supervised neural network that depend on feed forward back-propagation (ffbp) as a training algorithm. the structure of the neural network contains (4-8) nodes at input layer, two hidden layers ,the first hidden layer ranged from 4 to 15 nodes and the second hidden layer ranged from 8 to 30 nodes hidden , and one node at output layer . the output range of the neural network will be between (0, 1); the case (0) indicates beingn and (1) indicates malwares. 560 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 we have divided the data set into two parts; first part has number of vectors used during training phase, while remain vectors has used for testing. each point in this figure indicates how many vectors that labelled as normal or malware has the same prediction output. the threshold used for each neural network is different according to the output. cases in such a situation probably lead to generate false alarm (fa) as shown in fig-2. -discriminant analysis (da) discriminant function analysis is used to determine which variables discriminate between two or more naturally occurring groups. computationally, discriminant function analysis is very similar to analysis of variance (anova). improving api behavior based models going through api classifying problems and doing more evaluations will direct such models toward improving their accuracy and minimizing false alarm (fa) rates. therefore, minimizing the number of cases in this area means minimizing errors and will improve the accuracy of identification and classification rate. to do that, this work employed a double checking or scanning process on the same suspected vectors of api calls, but in two different directions. this ides has been taken out from the co-stimulation phenomenon that occurred inside the human immune system (his). the process of co-stimulation provides a very good discrimination procedure to his. it displaces the self-cells from non-self-cells with zero rates of fa. it achieves that by involving two different immune cells in checking a foreign body. the first cell checks the normality, while the second cell checks the viral degree of the same suspected foreign body. after that, both cells will send back their results to immune system (is). then, the final decision to identify or classify a foreign body will depend on the checking results that came from both immune cells [5]. our model framework that simulates as co-stimulation phenomenon is illustrated in figure 4. the model has two main lines. each line, differently, will scan api call vectors. after that, results that obtained from both lines will be sent to co-stimulation unit. there, both results will be considered for identification or classification. -the first scanning method in this method, the sequence of api functions that called by a suspected application will be scanned. each time, the scanner will read number of elements (n-grams) as vector; the ngrams will be rated from 4 to 8 elements. later, the vector will be compared with many predefined normal and abnormal vectors. a threshold set to classify vectors into three groups. vectors will be labelled as normal, if their output result (output<=threshold-1), or as malware if (output>=threshold-2), otherwise they are considered as ambiguous vectors and labelled as fa. then, the mean percentage of each group will be calculated. another thing that should be kept at output stage is the vectors in fa for further checking. to achieve this scanning line, this work has employed a feed forward back-propagation (ff-bp) neural network tool, because it can solve very complex and nonlinear problems. the structure of the used neural network is illustrated in figure-2 which determined that the input layer will be ranged from 4 to 8 input elements in each vector while the first and second hidden layer will be ranged from 4 to 15 for first hidden layer and from 8 to 30 for second hidden layer. through this line of scanning, the normality and viral degree of a suspected file somehow can be estimated. this work tests the first line using (1736) malicious api calls; vector still needs improvement, because the possibility of fa generation is high. 561 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the second scanning method the aim of the second scanning is to improve or to support what have been obtained through the first line. here, vectors will be compared with behaviors that a malware may perform during execution. we can classify the behaviors that are expected by using a special data mining method named discriminant analysis (da) which results are obtained by tables (1, 2, 3, 4 and 5) for different input vectors. conclusions the problem of accurate discrimination between normal and malware (api) function calls have been explained in this paper. this problem challenges the most malware behavior detection models that depend on (api) tracing and analyzing. the problem affects the accuracy of detection and increases the rate of (fa). based on the biological co-stimulation process, this paper advised a new detection model that scans any suspected application in two methods. the model established a conferment process between both scan lines. the results show that the proposed model can detect unseen malware and can increase accuracy of (api) behavior detection systems between 77%83.2%. references 1. jacob, g., debar, h., and filiol, e. (2008) “behavior detection of malware: from a survey toward an established taxonomy”, journal in computer virology, august 2008, 4,. , springer. :251-266 2. forrest, s., et al. longstaff (1996)”a sense of self for unix processes”. proceedings of ieee symposium on security and privacy[c],usa:ieee computer society press, the acm digital library,: 120~128. 3. mojtaba eskandari , zeinab khorshidpour and sattar hashemi(2013)”hdm-analyser: a hybrid analysis approach based on data mining techniques for malware detection”, j comput virol hack tech,: 9:77–93. 4. giovanni vigna(2007)” static disassembly and code analysis”,springer. 5.saman mirza abdulla1, assoc. prof. dr. miss laiha mat kiah, and assoc. prof. dr. omar zakaria ( 2012)“minimizing errors in identifying malicious api to detect pe malwares using artificial costimulation” , international conference on emerging trends in computer and electronics engineering, march 24-25dubai. 6. schultz, m. g., eskin, e., and stolfo, s. j.(2001) ”data mining methods for detection of new malicious executables,” in proceedings of the ieee symp. on security and privacy,. 38-49. 7. cohen, w.(1995) “fast effective rule induction,.” proc. 12th international conference on machine learning, 115-23, san francisco, ca: morgan kaufmann publishers. 8.http://csminig.org/index.php/malicious-software-datasets-.html. 9. mori akira; sawada toshimi; izumida tomonori and inoue tadashi(2005)”detecting unknown computer viruses a new approach”,journal of the national institute of information and communications technology .52 nos.1/2 ,75-88. 10. shelly xiaonan wu* and wolfgang banzhaf(2010)”the use of computational intelligence in intrusion detection systems: a review”, applied soft computing 10 :1–35. 562 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.( 1): da using 4 api in each vector                                                                                                                                                      classification results 4 api predicted group membership total 0 1 original count 0 519 42 561 1 168 209 377 % 0 92.5 7.5 100.0 1 44.6 55.4 100.0 77.6% of original grouped cases correctly classified.   table no.( 2): da using 5 api in ea vector. classification results 5 api predicted group membership total 0 1 original count 0 721 46 767 1 207 244 451 % 0 94.0 6.0 100.0 1 45.9 54.1 100.0 79.2% of original grouped cases correctly classified. table no.(3):da using 6 api in each vector. classification results 6 api predicted group membership total 0 1 original count 0 839 56 895 1 215 300 515 % 0 93.7 6.3 100.0 1 41.7 58.3 100.0 80.8% of original grouped cases correctly classified. 563 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.( 5): da using 8 api in each vector. yes no yes no figure no.( 1):research scanning framework classification results 8 api predicted group membership total 0 1 original count 0 956 48 1004 1 231 367 598 % 0 95.2 4.8 100.0 1 38.6 61.4 100.0 82.6% of original grouped cases correctly classified. api calls for suspected application benign apply neural network for api calls application apply discriminant analysis for api calls application benignaccept application refuse application 564 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014                                                                                                                                     false alarm (fa) malware benign (false negative) fn fp ( false positive) figure no.(2):false alarm, false negative and false positive. benign <= threshold1malware >= threshold2 565 | computer science 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 كشفعند الضارة برامجيات التطبيقات واجھة تحديد في تقليل التبليغات الكاذبة التحليل المميز مع الشبكات العصبية عمالباست البرمجيات الخبيثة البكريعباس محسن كلية الرياضيات الحاسوب / جامعة الكوفة حسين لفتة حسين قسم علوم الحاسبات /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم )/ جامعة بغداد 2014تشرين الثاني 24قبل البحث في: 2014ايلول 7استلم البحث في : الخالصة برمجة بواسطة واجھات رصدھاووالتي يتم تحليلھا أنماط السلوك المعتمدة في أنظمة الكشف دقة يناقش ھذا البحث العملفي ھذا 4744 (api) تم استخراج .الكشف نماذج دقة تؤثر في المشكالت التي يحدد العملھذا (api) .التطبيقات تصل إلى البرمجيات الخبيثة في الخبيثة )apiكشف ( الدقة فيزيادة وتتضمن ھذه الطريقة الجديدة .تحليلال عن طريق .التمايز تحليلطبقة تقويمھا باعتماد تم احتسابھا و نتائج ھذا العملعلما ان .83.2٪ pe malwares, mali cious api, ann: الكلمات المفتاحية synthesis of new asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide and their amic acids containing heterocyclic unit jumbad h. tomma kadhim m. lazim al-aliawi imad t. ali dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in : 10 september 2013 , accepted in : 4 december 2013 abstract this work involves the synthesis and characterization of asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives [vii]a-f by four sequences steps reaction . one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride was reacted with one mole of various primary aromatic amines [2aminothiazole , 2-aminobenzothiazole , 5-(4-amino phenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thiol , 4-nitro aniline , 4-chloro aniline , 4-toludine] in excess of dry acetone to produce six compounds (nsubstituted-pyromellitamic monoacid) [iv]a-f . these new compounds [iv]a-f were converted to the corresponding nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide [v]a-f when heating then at (8090) 0c in sodium acetate-acetic anhydride system .the compounds [v]d-f were allowed to react with one mole of another primary amines (containing benzothiazole or 1,3,4-oxadiazole unit) in dry acetone to give new derivatives of amic acid [vi]a-f followed by intramolecular cyclization reaction of these compounds in sodium acetate-acetic anhydride system to yield the desired asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives [vii]a-f, the above reactions can be summarized in scheme 1. structures of the synthesized compounds have been ascertained by their melting points , c.h.n analysis , uv-vis, ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. key words : asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide, pyromellitic dianhydride, pyromellitamic monoacid , pyromellitmonoimide. 234 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction pyromellitdiimides are best known as segments of highly insulating polyimide dielectrics , it is though nevertheless quit surprising that no attempt has been made to fabricate transistor from pyromellitdiimide derivatives , which have the simple aromatic ring (benzene) in the center, and the tetra carboxylic diimides on both sides of the benzene ring . thus , it is possible to screen a large number of imide side chains and investigate the impact of side chains on the mobility and environmental stability of the pyromellitdiimide derivatives [1,2 ]. n-substituted cyclic imides are heterocyclic compounds represent an important class of bioactive molecules that show a wide range of pharmacological activities [3] such as androgen receptor antagonistic [4], anti-inflammatory , anxiolytic [5] , antiviral [6], antibacterial [7], and antitumor [8] properties . moreover , they are synthetic precursors with application in organic synthesis , supramolecular chemistry , polymer synthesis , and for the development of new materials and molecular electronic devise [9]. aromatic polyimides that are derived from pyromellitic dianhydride are widely used in advanced technological areas because of their excellent thermal stability , chemical resistance and they are extensively used in the electronics industry as insulators in complex devices , owing to their high thermal resistance and low dielectric constant , beside the electrical properties , their optical properties have been extensively investigated due to the potential applications in the field of optical communications[10]. also they are used in microelectronics, as well as in nanotechnology as a matrix in the production of nanocomposite layers [11]. in addition, the effect of different concentrations of some pyromellitamic diacids and pyromellitdiimides on the activity of human serum cholinesterase have been investigated in vitro , the inhibitory effect increases with the increase of the concentration of such compounds [12] . the aim of this work is the synthesis of novel asymmetrical pyromillitdiimide derivatives containing heterocyclic unit such as benzothiazole or 1,3,4-oxadiazole. experimental materials: all the chemicals were supplied from merck , fluka ,gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques : ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzu (8400s) and shimadzu (ir prestige-21).1hnmr spectra were carried out by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(s), dmso was used as solvent with tms as an internal standard. measurements were made at chemistry department, al-albyat university, elemental microanalysis (c.h.n) were carried out by a (c.h.n) company : euro vector , model ea3000a origin : italy . al-albayt university, jordan . uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus .uv-vis spectra of solution were performed on cec1 7200 england spectrophotometer using chcl3 as a solvent. 235 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 synthesis methods + ch3co2na , (ch3co)2o (80-90) 0c r nh2 [vi]a-f n ho2c c r o h n o o r dry acetone rt , r = nn o sh n s cl ch3no2 r = nr n o o o o r [vii]a-f , nn o sh n s , n s , o co2h co nh r o o [iv]a-f no o o o o r [v]a-f oo o o o o + excess of dry acetone rt ch3co2na , (ch3co)2o (80-90) 0c r nh2 and and scheme (1) ethyl-4-amino benzoate [i]: was prepared following the procedure by vogel [13] . 4-amino phenyl hydrazide[ii]: this compound was prepared according to the let.[14]. 5-(4-amino phenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thiol [iii]: this compound was prepared according to the let. [15]. n-substituted -pyromellitamic monoacid[iv]a-f : to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (0.218g, 0.001 mole) in (30ml) acetone , a very dilute solution of amine (0.001 mole) in (90ml) acetone was added dropwise during about 18 hrs . after the solution was filtered off from any precipitate and the clear solution was evaporated under reduced pressure . the product was collected , washed by petroleum ether and recrystalized from chloroform. the physical data of n-substituted – pyromellitamic monoacid [iv]a-f are listed in table 1. synthesis of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide[v]a-f : a (0.001 mole) of n-pyromellitamic monoacid was placed in (50 ml) round bottom flask with a condenser , a mixture of sodium acetate (0.082g , 0.001 mole) and acetic anhydride (1ml ,0.001mole) was added . the mixture was maintained between (80-90) 0c by means of a water-bath and stirred for half an hour . the mixture was allowed to stirring for one hour at room temperature . then the mixture was poured on ice-water (400ml ) and filtered off , recrystalized from acetone . the physical data of nsubstituted pyromellitmonoimide [v]a-f are listed in table 2. synthesis of (nsubstituted pyromellitmonoimide)-n─(substituted-pyromellitamic monoacid) [vi]a-f : these compounds were synthesized as described in procedure which is used for synthesized of monoimide[iv]a-f . the physical data of (nsubstituted pyromellitmonoimide)-n─(substituted-pyromellitamic acid) [vi]a-f are listed in table 3. 236 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 synthesis of n,n--disubstituted pyromellitdiimide [vii]a-f : these novel compounds were synthesized as described in procedure which is used for the synthesis of compounds [v]a-f .all these compounds were recrystalized from diethyl ether . the physical data of n,n--disubstituted pyromellitdiimide [vii]a-f are listed in table 4 . elemental analysis of compound [vii]a : theoretical : c% = 58.71 , h% = 2.14 , n% = 11.19 found : c% = 57.83 , h% = 3.03 , n% = 11.98 results and discussion the reaction sequences leading to the formation of novel compounds of asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide [vii]a-f are outlined in the following scheme 1. the amic acids [iv]a-f were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride with one mole of different amines in the presence of excess of dry acetone as a solvent . the mechanism involves nucleophilic addition reaction [16] as follows , scheme 2. acetoneoo o o o o r nh2 c c o o o o o o h n r h scheme (2) proton exchange c c o o o o oh n r h o [iv] the structure of these acids[iv]a-f was studied by melting points , ftir and uv-vis spectroscopy . the ftir absorption-spectra showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 of the starting materials together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety at (2350-3530) cm-1, c=o (carboxylic acid) at (1684-1709) cm-1 , c=o (amid) at (1632-1674) cm-1 and c=n (endocyclic) for [iv]a-c at (1609-1628) cm-1 of heterocyclic unit . and there is an appearance of two peaks in the region (1720-1838) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of c=o (anhydride) symmetrical and asymmetrical , in addition to the appearance of absorption band around (1060) cm-1 for the c-o-c (cyclic) [17]. the uv-vis spectroscopy of these compounds [iv]a-f exhibited the characteristic bands due to π-π* and n-π* transitions. the ftir data of functional groups which are characteristic of the these new amic acids[iv]a-f and the uv-vis data (λmax) are listed in table 5. n-substituted-pyromellitmonoimides [v]a-f were obtained by the intramolecular cyclization reaction of n-substituted-pyromellitamic monoacids [iv]a-f in acetic anhydride and anhydrous sodium acetate at (80-90) 0c . the mechanism involves nucleophilic substitution reaction[18] as follows , scheme 3. 237 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 c c o o o o o oh n r h c c o o o o o o n r h h3c c o c ch3 o o ch3co2na c c o o o o o o n r h c ch3 o no o o o o o r c ch3 o no o oo o r [iv] [v] scheme(3) (80-90)0c ch3co2h h the structure of these compounds [v] a-f was studied by melting points , ftir , uv-vis and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra exhibited significant two peaks in the region (1674-1765) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1170 cm-1 and 755cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) together with the appearance of two peaks in the region (1709-1857) cm1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of c=o (cyclic anhydride) symmetrical and asymmetrical , the appearance of absorption band around (1050) cm-1 for the c-o-c (cyclic) . they also shows the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of n-h , oh and c=o (carboxylic moiety) groups of amic acid . the uv-vis spectroscopy of these compounds [v]a-f exhibited the characteristic bands due to π-π* and n-π* transitions . the ftir absorption bands data and the (λmax) data of these compounds [v]a-f are listed in table (6). 1hnmr spectrum of compound [v]a ,showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a doublet band at δ (7.85-7.87) ppm due to the two protons of thiazole aromatic ring , a singlet sharp signal at δ 8.48 ppm for the two protons of centre aromatic ring . the amic acids [vi]a-f were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of nsubstituted-pyromellitmonoimides [v]d-f with one mole of 2-amino benzothiazole or 5-(4amino phenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thiol in the presence of excess dry acetone as a solvent. no o oo o r [v] r nh2 n c c o o r o o ho hnr [vi] + rt the structure of these compounds [vi]a-f was studied by melting point , ftir , uv-vis and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir absorption-spectra, showed the disappearance of absorption peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of pyromellitmonoimides [v]d-f together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety at (2450-3520) cm-1, c=o (carboxylic acid) at (1663-1692) cm-1 , c=o (amid) at (1635-1645) cm-1 and c=n (endocyclic) at (1609-1630) cm-1 of heterocyclic unit . two peaks in the region (1695-1790) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1175cm-1 and 745cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) . the uv-vis spectrum data showed the characteristic (λ max) in the region (254-320) nm . the ftir absorption bands data and the uv-vis spectrum data of these compounds [vi]a-f are listed in table 7. 238 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 1hnmr spectrum of compound [vi]e , showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet sharp signal at δ 1.97 ppm could be assigned to the three protons of terminal ch3 group , a singlet signal at δ 4.78 ppm could be attributed to the one proton of nh amide group . a singlet sharp signal at δ 7.46 ppm for two protons of centre aromatic ring , four aromatic protons appeared as mulitiplet bands at δ 7.0-7.3 ppm and a doublet signal at δ 7.59-7.62 ppm due to four aromatic protons of p-disubstituted benzene ring . finally, a proton of carboxylic moiety (o-h) appeared at δ 10.07 ppm . n,n─disubstituted pyromellitdiimides [vii]a-f were obtained by the intramolecular cyclization reaction of amic acid [vi]a-f in acetic anhydride and sodium acetate at (80-90) 0c . n c c o o r o o ho hnr [vi] nn o oo o r [vii] r (ch3co)2o , ch3co2na (80-90) 0c the structure of these compounds [vii]a-f was studied by melting points , ftir , uv-vis and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra , exhibited significant two peaks in the region (1682-1786) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1175 cm-1 and 760 cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) , in addition two peaks of (imide cyclic) from another side in the region (1668-1734) cm-1 and two absorption bands around 1160 cm-1 and 740 cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) . they also shows the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of n-h , o-h and c=o (carboxylic moiety) groups of amic acid [vi]a-f . the uv-vis spectroscopy of these compounds [vii]a-f exhibited the characteristic bands due to π-π* and n-π* transitions. the ftir absorption bands data and the (λmax) data of these compounds [vii]a-f are listed in table 8 . 1hnmr spectrum of compound [vii]f , showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet signal at δ 1.93 ppm is due to the three protons of terminal ch3 group , one proton of s-h group appeared as a sharp signal at δ 2.2 ppm . a good singlet signal at δ 7.94 ppm is due to the two protons of centre aromatic ring , eight aromatic protons appeared as a pair of doublet signal at δ (7.07-7.2) ppm . also, the 1hnmr spectrum showed a sharp signal at δ 12.3 ppm which is due to the one proton of nh group of oxadiazole ring[19] . the elemental analysis (c.h.n) of compound [vii]a are consistent with their proposed structure . references 1. sharma ,p.; kukreja , p.; choudhary,v. and narula , a., (2005), curing and thermal behaviour of epoxy resin in the presence of aromatic imide –amines, ind. j. of engin. and mat. sci. of chem., 12: 259-264. 2. lee , s.; shin, g.; chi, j.; zin, w.; jung , j.; hahm ,s.; ree , m. and chang ,t., (2006), synthesis , characterization and liquid-crystal-aligning properties of novel aromatic polypyromellitimides bearing (n-alkyloxy) biphenyloxy side chains, polymer, 47: 66066621. 3. kankanala, k.; reddy, v.; mukkantia, k. and pal, s., (2010), lewis acid free high speed synthesis of nimesulide-based novel n-substituted cyclic imides, j. braz. chem. soc., 21( 6):1060-1064. 4. salvati, m. e.; balog , a.; shan, w.; wei ,d. d.; pickering, d.; attar, r. m.; geng, j. ; rizzo, c. a.; gottardis, m. m.; weinmann, r.; krystek, s. r.; sack, j.; an, y. and kish, 239 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 k., (2005), synthesis and study of some new n-substituted imide derivatives as potential antibacterial agents, bioorg. med. chem. lett., 15:271. 5. shibata, y.; shiehita, m.; sasaki, k.; nishimura, i. l.; hashimoto ,y. and iwasaki ,s., (1995), synthesis and study of some new n-substituted imide derivatives as potential antibacterial agents, chem. pharm. bull., 43:177. 6. jindal, d.; bedi ,p.; jit,v.; karkra, b.; guleria, n.; bansal ,s.; palusczak, r. a. and hartmann, r. w., (2005), synthesis and study of some new n-substituted imide derivatives as potential antibacterial agents,. farmaco. , 60:283. 7. machado, a.; lima, l. l. m.; arau , j. o.; fraga ,c. a.; koatz, l. g. and barreiro, v. e., (2005), design, synthesis and anti-inflammatory activity of novel phthalimide derivatives structurally related to thalidomide, bioorg. med. chem. lett., 15:1169 1172. 8. kenji, s.; hideko, n.; yoshihiro, u.; yoshikazu, s.; kazuharu, n.; motoji, w.; konstanty, w.; tadafumi, t.; tetsuji, a.; yuji ,y.; kenji ,k. and hitoshi, h. (2005) 11,12epoxyyeicosatrinoic acid (11,12-eet): structural determination for inhibition of tnf-ainduced vcam-1 expression, bioorg. med. chem., 13:4011-4014. 9. diego ,g.; natalya, v.; herbert, h. ; guzman, j.; likhatchev, d. and palou ,r. (2006) efficient microwave-assisted synthesis of bisimides, general papers arkivoc, (x): 7-20. 10. tkachenko ,v.; marino, a.; vita, f.d.; amore, f.; destefano, l.; malinconico, m.; rippa , m. and abbate , g. (2004) optically active and organosoluble poly(amide-imides) derived from n,n-(pyromellitoyl)bis-l-histidine, euro. phys. j.e–soft matter, 14:185. 11. yeganeh, h.; tamami, b. and ghazi, i. (2005) synthesis and properties of novel optically active, iran. poly. j. 14 (3):277-285. 12. al-azzawi, m.; atto, a.; al-ahadami, b. and ali, i. (1989)the synthesis of pyromellitamic diacids and pyromellitdiimide and their effect on the human serum cholinesterase activity in vitro, j. bio. sci. res. 19(1): 84-93. 13. vogel a. (1974) practical organic chem. longman group ltd., londdon, 3rd edition. 14. atto, a.; mohamed, m. and hameed , a. (2000) synthesis , spectroscopy and study of some new 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives, iraqi j. chem., 26(1): 86-93. 15. tomma , j.; al-mehdawy, m.; mubbrik , s. and al-dujaili , a. (2004) synthesis antibacterial activity of some new schiff bases containing 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring, iraqi j. sci. 45(1): 39-45. 16. dunson, d. l., (2000), synthesis and characterization of thermosetting polyimide oligomers for microelectronics packing, ph.d. thesis ,virginia polytechnic institute . 17. sharma, y. r. (2009) elementary organic spectroscopy,4th edition , ramnagar , new delhi ind. , 122,233 . 18. ali, i. t. (2012) synthesis of new asymmetrical pyromellitdiimides derived from pyromellitic dianhydride, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 25(3): 285-286. 19. silverstein, r. m.; bussel, c. c. and morrill, t.c. (1981) spectrometric identification of organic compounds, 4 th edition , academic press , new york. 240 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (1): the physical properties of n-substituted-pyromellitamic monoacid[iv]a-f com. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m.p ◦c yield % color [iv]a n-(2-thiazole)pyromellitamic monoacid. o co2h c nh o o o n s c13h6n2o6s >30 0 95 pale yellow [iv]b n-(2-benzothiazole)pyromellitamic monoacid. o co2h c nh o o o n s c17h8n2o6s >30 0 99 white [iv]c n-[4-(2-thiol-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)phenyl]pyromellitamic monoacid. o co2h c nh o o o nn o sh c18h9n3o7s 270 dec. 89 orange [iv]d n-(4-nitro phenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid o co2h c nh no2 o o o c16h8n2o8 >30 0 96 yellow [iv]e n-(4-chlorophenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid. c o o o co2h o nh cl c16h8no6ci >30 0 95 pale grey [iv]f n-(4-tolyl)-pyromellitamic monoacid. c o o o co2h o nh ch3 c17h11no6 >30 0 98 pale yellow table (2): the physical properties of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide[v]a-f com. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m.p ◦c yield % color [v]a n-(2-thiazole)pyromellitmonoimide. o o o n o o n s c13h4n2o5s >300 90 yellow [v]b n-(2-benzothiazole)pyromellitmonoimide. o o o n o o n s c17h6n2o5s >300 78 yellow [v]c n-[4-(2-thiol-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)-phenyl]pyromellitmonoimide. o o o n o o nn o sh c18h7n3o6s 15052 84 yellow [v]d n-(4-nitro phenyl)]pyromellitmonoimide. o o o n no2 o o c16h6n2o7 198200 91 yellow [v]e n-(4-chlorophenyl)pyromellitmonoimide. no o o o o ci c16h6no5c i 17476 83 dark grey [v]f n-(4-tolyl)pyromellitmonoimide. no o o o o ch3 c17h9no5 >300 60 pale yellow 241 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (3): the physical properties of (nsubstituted-pyromellitmonoimide)-n─(substitutedpyromellitamic monoacid) [vi]a-f com.no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m.p ◦c yield % color [vi]a n-(4-nitro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide, n─(2-benzothiozole)]pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c no2 s n hn o c23h12n4o7 s 16466 98 yellow [vi]b n-(4-nitro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide ,n─[4-(2-thiol-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)-phenyl]pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c hn o no2 nn o hs c24h13n5o8 s 19294 96 pale yellow [vi]c n-(4-chloro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─-(2-benzothiazole) pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c cl s n hn o c23h12n3o5 scl 13840 96 pale grey [vi]d n(4-chloro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─[4-(2-thiol-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)-phenyl]pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c hn o cl nn o hs c24h13n4o6 scl 20406 93 orange [vi]e n(4-tolyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─-(2-benzothiazole)pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c ch3 s n hn o c24h15n3o5 s 84-86 93 pale yellow [vi]f n-(4-tolyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─-[4-(2-thiol-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)-phenyl]pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c hn o ch3 nn o hs c25h16n4o6 s 18283 90 orange 242 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (4): the physical properties of n,n--disubstituted pyromellitdiimide[vii]a-f com. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m.p ◦c yield % color [vii]a n-(4-nito phenyl), n─(2-benzothiazole) pyromellitdiimide no2 s n n n o o o o c23h10n4o6 s 17072 90 yellow [vii]b n-(4-nitro phenyl) n─[4-(2-thiol-1,3,4-ox adiazole-5-yl)-phenyl]pyromellitdiimide. no2 nn o hs n n o o o o c24h11n5o7 s 15052 87 yellow [vii]c n-(4-chloro phenyl) n─-(2-benzothiazole)pyromellitdiimide. cl s n n n o o o o c23h10n3o4 scl 17880 90 yellow [vii]d n-(4-chloro phenyl) n─-[4-(2-thiol-1,3,4 oxadiazole-5-yl)phenyl]pyromellitdiimide. cl nn o hs n n o o o o c24h11n4o5 scl 11820 90 yellow [vii]e n-(4-tolyl) n—-(2benzothiazole)] pyromellitdiimide. ch3 s n n n o o o o c24h13n3o4 s 12931 90 yellow [vii]f n-(4-tolyl) n─-[4-(2thiol-1,3,4-oxadiazole5-yl)-phenyl]pyromellitdiimide. ch3 nn o hs n n o o o o c25h14n4o5 s 14850 85 pale yellow table(5): characteristic ftir absorption bands and uv data (λmax) of compounds[iv]a-f comp. no. λma (nm ) vnh vo-h vc=o cyclic anhydride asym.,sym vc=o carboxylic vc=o amid vc=n endocyc. vc=c arom. vc-o-c cyclic [iv]a 274 3302 33902350 1830,1720 1690 1655 1625 1580 1055 [iv]b 248 3285 33502350 1815,1780 1686 1659 1628 1591 1051 [iv]c 307 3399 35302380 1838,1750 1704 1674 1609 1580 1072 [iv]d 353 3217 35402410 1836,1785 1705 1632 1597 1036 [iv]e 253 3220 33502500 1810,1770 1709 1640 1585 1042 [iv]f 248 3277 34002500 1790,1742 1684 1655 1589 1068 243 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table(6): characteristic ftir absorption bands and uv data (λmax) of compounds [v]a-f c om p. n o. λ m a ( nm ) v c -h ar om . v c =o cy cl ic an hy dr id e as ym ., sy m . v c =o im id e as ym ., sy m . v c =n en do cy c. v c =c ar om . v c -o -c cy cl ic v c -n -c cy cl ic a sy m ., sy m . o th er [v]a 296 3107 1857,1782 1732,168 5 1640 1605 1066 1171,736 [v] b 276 3048 1790,1710 1744,1674 1639 1597 1038 1161,768 [v]c 302 3101 1820,1730 1765,169 5 1624 1593 1083 1151,756 vnh:3339 vc=s:13 06 vs-h: 2522 [v]d 317 3096 1780,1745 1755,168 4 1599 1035 1178,750 4-no2: 1506,130 4 [v]e 263 3075 1847,1775 1735,167 5 1603 1040 1171,752 4-cl:970 [v]f 259 3060 1780,1709 1740,168 0 1603 1045 1159,756 vc-h aliphatic 29542831 table(7): characteristic ftir absorption bands and uv data (λmax) of compounds[vi]a-f c om p. n o. λ m ax (n m ) v n -h ar om . v o -h v c =o im id e as ym .,s y m v c =o ca rb ox yl v c =o am id e v c =n en do cy c. v c =c ar om . v c -n -c cy cl ic as ym .,s y m o th er [vi]a 320 3277 35002480 1790,174 0 1682 1641 1620 1597 1182,746 4no2 : 1503, 1304 [vi] b 316 3279 34802515 1736,170 0 1682 1635 1616 1600 1173,748 4no2: 1503,1304 vn-h: 3352 vc=s:133 4 [vi]c 268 3194 35002500 1755,171 5 1670 1645 1609 1595 1180,745 4-cl : 905 [vi]d 318 3352 35202400 1745,172 0 1692 1665 1618 1600 1171,745 4-cl: 935, vn-h : 3336, vc=s:130 8 [vi]e 254 3302 34002500 1738,171 5 1667 1645 1630 1604 1175,743 aliphatic: 2924-2855 [vi]f 306 3292 34002450 1740,169 5 1663 1640 1612 1595 1171,752 vc-h aliphatic 2953-2868, vnh:3352 vc=s:132 1 244 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table(8): characteristic ftir absorption bands and uv data(λmax) ofcompounds[vii]af comp. no λma (nm) vc-h arom vc=o imide asym.,sym vc=n endocyc. vc=c arom. vc-n-c cyclic asym., sym. other [vii] a 300 3065 1740,1682 1730,1670 1640 1599 1178,766 1155,760 4no2:1506, 1304 [vii] b 308 3100 1746,1695 1732,1682 1616 1599 1179,754 1163,735 4no2:1503, 1304, vn-h : 3337 ,vc=s:1330 [vii] c 276 3061 1786,1696 1717,1674 1640 1597 1171,760 1160,725 4-cl : 935 [vii]d 302 3100 1750,1695 1734,1668 1618 1593 1178,752 1165,740 4-cl : 933 , vn-h : 3337 ,vc=s:1315 [vii]e 280 3060 1740,1697 1720,1670 1635 1602 1170,768 1160,760 aliphatic: 2970-2920 [vii]f 302 3100 1745,1695 1734,1670 1622 1593 1175,755 1170,735 aliphatic: 2928-2855, vn-h : 3339 ,vc=s:1317 245 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 وحوامض االمیك لھا المتماثلة غیر میدیاال ثنائیةالبایرومیلت مركبات ضیرتح على حلقة غیر متجانسة التي تحتوي الجدیدة جمبد ھرمز توما العلیاوي الزم كاظم ماذي عماد تقي علي جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / قسم الكیمیاء 2013كانون األول 4، قبل البحث في: 2013أیلول 10استلم البحث في : الخالصة انتقائي بتفاعل a-f[vii] المتماثلة غیر االیمید ثنائیة البایرومیلت مشتقات وتشخیص تحضیر البحث ھذا تضمن األمیناتمول واحد من البایرومیلیتك ثنائي االنھدرید مع مول واحد من ةبمفاعلأربع خطوات متتابعة األولى تبدأ من مكون –4، 3، 1-امینوفنیل)-4(-5-الكیل ثایو2امینو بنزوثایازول و-2امینو ثایازول و -2المتنوعة ( االروماتیة األولیة باستعمال a-f[iv]تولویدین) وتكوین حوامض االمیك األحادیة -4كلورو أنیلین ، -4وأنیلین و رنایت-4اوكسادایازول و a-f[v] بایرومیلیت أحادي االیمید -nإلى a-f[iv]الجاف مذیباً. والثانیة تحویل المركبات المحضرة األسیتونوفرة من تضمنت ف. أما الخطوة الثالثة الخلیكم في مزیج من خالت الصودیوم وانھدرید ◦) 90-80وذلك بتسخینھا بدرجة حرارة ( مع مول واحد من أمینات أولیة تحتوي حلقة غیر d-f[v]تفاعل مول واحد من مركبات البایرومیلیت أحادیة االیمید باستعمال وفرة من a-f[vi]یك اوكسادایازول) لتعطي مشتقات جدیدة من حوامض االم-4، 3، 1متجانسة (بنزوثایازول و . األسیتون الجاف مذیبا لنحصل على ستة a-f[vi] وأخیراً الخطوة الرابعة تضمنت الغلق الحلقي الضمني لحوامض االمیك األحادیة بوجود مزیج من خالت الصودیوم وانھدرید الخلیك عوامل a-f[vii]مركبات من البایرومیلت ثنائي االیمید غیر المتماثل م .◦) 90-80مساعدة وبدرجة حرارة ( لعناصر ل الدقیق تحلیلالقیاس درجات انصھارھا و باستعمال المحضرة المركبات جمیع وشخصت درست وطیف الرنین النووي البروتوني ،وطیف األشعة تحت الحمراء ،بطیف األشعة فوق البنفسجیة ق الطیفیة المتمثلةائوالطر . للبعض منھا حامض البایرمیلتامیك األحادي ,بایرومیلیتیك ثنائي االنھدرید, بایرومیلیت ثنائي االیمید الغیر متماثل الكلمات المفتاحیة : . ، بایرومیلیت أحادي االیمید 246 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 approximation of functions in lp,α(i) (0 < p < 1) saheb k. jassim israa z. shamkhi dept. of mathematics/ college of science / al-mustansiriya university received in: 15 may 2012 , accepted in: 3 march 2013 abstract. in this paper we show that the function , ( )pf l iα∈ ,0<p<1 where i=[-1,1] can be approximated by an algebraic polynomial with an error not exceeding , 1 ( , , )k pf t n ϕ αω where , 1 ( , , )k pf t n ϕ αω is the ditizian–totik modules of smoothness of unbounded function in , ( )pl iα key words: monotone approximation, polynomial, degree of approximation 334 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction in this paper we study the approximation of unbounded function f in lp,α (i) , 0<p<1, where i =[-1,1] by algebraic polynomial, such approximation of unbounded functions has previously been studied in [1] and [2], our main departure from these pervious works is that we shall prove direct estimates for the error of polynomial approximation in terms of the ditizian totick modules of smoothness .we shall find these estimates in two cases, the monotone case by monotone algebraic polynomial and unconstrained case, the estimates of modules of smoothness only in first and second order. definition and notation definition (2.1): [1] let f be any function such that ( ) , 0, , [ , ]xf x me m r x a bα α− +≤ > ∈ ∈ we denote by lp,α ,the space of all functions f such that , ( ) 1 , ,1 x pa p dx p b f f x e pα α −    ∫    = < ∞ ≤ < ∞ …(2.1) definition (2.2): [1] if j is an interval then k-th order module of smoothness of f is defined by 1 , 0 0( , , ) : ( , , ) , p pk x k p h h t j f t j sup f x j e dxαα αω − ≤ ≤ >   = ∆    ∫ …(2.2) where kh∆ is the symmetric difference, such that 0 ( 1) ( ) ( , , ) : 2 2 0 k k i k ih k k k f x h ih if x h j f x j i otherwise − =    − − + ± ∈  ∆ =      ∑ definition (2.3): [1] if , ( )pf l iα∈ then the ditizian – totik modules of smoothness is defined by, 1 1 , 0 1 0 ,( , , ) : ( ) ( , , ) , p pk x k p h h t f t j x f x j e dxsupϕ αα αω ϕ − < ≤ − >   = ∆    ∫ …(2.3) where 0( ) ( 1) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( , , ) : 2 2 0 k k i k ih x k k k f x h x ih x if x h x i f x i i otherwise ϕ ϕ ϕ ϕ− =    − − + ± ∈  ∆ =      ∑ monotone piecewise linear approximation let 0 1 ... na bξ ξ ξ= < < < = such that adjacent 1[ , ] , 1,...,j j ji j nξ ξ−= = have comparable lengths, that is 1 0 j j i c i ± ≤ ...(3.1) with 0c an absolute constant. we denote to y the class of all piecewise linear functions on [a,b] .each function ys ∈ is completely determined by its left and right hand values 335 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ( ), 1,..., 1js j nξ = − and the values 0( ), ( )ns sξ ξ , if f is a function in , ( ) ,0 p 1pl jα < ≤ ,j is an interval then a polynomial p of degree k is a near best , pl α approximation to f from among all polynomials of degree ≤k if ,, ( ) ( , )k ppf p j m e f j αα− ≤ ...(3.2) where m is constant and ,( , )k pe f j α is the error of best approximation to f on j in the space ,pl α from among all polynomials of degree ≤k . theorem (3.1): [3] for any interval [a,b] and 0 1 na bξ ξ ξ= < < < = there is a piecewise linear function s y∈ with the following properties : i ) s is non decreasing. ii) there is a constant m0 >0 depending only on p and the constant c0 such that for j=1,…,n, j satisfies (3.2) for an interval ji with 2 1 1 2:j j j j j j j ji i i i i i i i− − + +⊂ ⊂ =     (such that :ki φ= if 0k ≤ and nk > ). iii) 0 0 0 0( ) ( ) and ( ) ( ) s s s sξ ξ ξ ξ+ + − −≥ ≤ theorem (3.2): [3] under the hypothesis of theorem (3.1) there is a nondecreasing piecewise linear function s y∗ ∈ satisfying (i) and (ii) of theorem (3.1) with ji replaced by 3 3 j j j vi i ∗ + −=  and the additional property that s ∗ is continuous. definition (3.1): for , ( )pf l iα∈ let us define, 1 1 , 0 ( , , ) : ( , , ) ...(3.3) t p pk x k p s j w f t j t f x j e dxdsαα − − = ∆    ∫∫ lemma (3.1): , , ,for we have ( , , ) ( , , )p k p k pf l w f t j f t jα α αω∈ ≅ proof 1 , 0 1 1 0 0 = ( , , ) : ( , , ) , ( , , ) p pk x k p s s t j p pk x s s t j f t j sup f x j e dx sup t t f x j e dx α α α αω − < ≤ − − < ≤ >   = ∆      ∆    ∫ ∫ 1 1 , 0 , ( , , ) ( , , ) = ( , , ) t p pk x k p s j k p f t j c t f x j e dx ds cw f t j α α α ω − −   ≤ ∆    ∫∫ , ,( , , ) ( , , )k p k pf t j cw f t jα αω ≤ …(3.4) 336 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 1 1 , 0 1 1 0 ( , , ) : ( , , ) = ( ( , , ) ) t p pk x k p s j t pppk x p s j w f t j t f x j e dxds t f x j e dx ds α α α − − − −   = ∆      ∆    ∫∫ ∫ ∫ 1 1 1 0 = (( ( , , ) ) ) t p pk x pp s j t f x j e dx dsα− −   ∆    ∫ ∫ theorem (3.3): (whitney's theorem in lp,α) for any , ( )pf l iα∈ on [0,1] and for any integer n≥1 , there is a polynomial p(x) of degree at most n-1 such that , ( ) , 1 ( ) ( ) 6 ( , ) 1 x n pf x p x e f n α αω −− < + let p be the interpolation polynomial of = 1v v x n + if 1 , = , 0 , 1 h x vh t t h n = + ≤ < + let ( ) 1 ( ) 0 ( 1) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) n v n x vy yn v f x f vh t f x vy e dy h αϕ ϕ − − −−= + = ∆ −∫ ( ) ( ) 1 1 1 00 1 1 , 0 1 1 , 0 1 1 , (( ( , , ) ) ) = ( ( , , ) ) = ( ( , , ) ) | = ( , , ) t p pk x pp s s t j t p p k p p t p k p p p k p t c sup f x j e dx ds t c f t j ds t cs f t j t t c f t j α α α α ω ω ω − − < ≤ − − −   ≤ ∆          ∫ ∫ ∫ , , , 1 , , 1 , (3.5) then and from(3.4) and (3.5) we get , = ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) k p k p k p k p k p k p k c f t j w f t j c f t j c w f t j f t j c w f t j f t j α α α α α α ω ω ω ω − − ≤ ≤ ≤  , , this implies that and are equivalent ( , , ) p k p k k cw f t j w α α ω ≤ 337 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 thus for [ , ( 1) ],x vh v h∈ + ( ) , 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) 1n pnv f x f n α ϕ ω≤ + ...(3.6) , 0 let ( ) , 0,1,..., n n v j j v x j x v n v j= ≠ − = = −∏ before we prove whitney theorem in lp,α we need these results. proposition (3.2): [6] let pn-1(f) be the interpolation polynomial for f at the points h,2h,…,nh , i.e. 1 1, 1 1 ( , ) ( ) ( 1), n n n j j x p f x f jh h− − −= = −∑  then 1 1 ,0 , , 0 00 ( ) (0) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) tn n n n h n n n n j n n j j j x x x v f x p f f x f x h f jh v dv h h h ϕ ϕ ϕ−− = = − ′− = ∆ + − + +∑ ∑∫   lemma (3.2): [6] lemma (3.3): [6] ( ) { } ( ) 1 1 , , 0 0 1 1 : max ( ) ; 1 , 0,1,..., , 2 1 1 1 and 1 ... , 0 2 3 n n v v n v j n v n j v v n x v x v v v σ σ µ σ σ − + = + + − = ≤ ≤ + ≤ = = + + + + = ∑  proposition (3.4) ( ) , 1, 1 , 1 0 for integrable on [0,1] , weget 6 7 min( , ) 1 ( ) ( ) ( 1) ( , ) , 1 1 1 1 for [ , ( 1) ] , , 0,1,..., , 1 ... , 0 1 2 3 p n v n v n j n pn j v v f l x f x f jh f h h x vh v h h v n n v α α σ σ ω σ σ − − − = ∈ + − − ≤ ∈ + = = = + + + + = + ∑  proof since the interpolation polynomial is , 1 1, 1 1 ( , ) ( ) ( 1), n n n j j x p f x f jh h− − −= = −∑  and knots are symmetric with respect to the middle of [0,1], we prove it for 1 x [0, ] 2 ∈ . for v = 0 from lemmas (3.2) and (3.3),using proposition (3.2)and using (3.6) we get, ( ) 1 , 0 : max ( ) ; 0 1 1 n n n j n v j v x x − =   = ≤ ≤ =    ∑  338 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) , ,0 , ,0 1 0 1 0 0 0 , ,0 1 0 1 1 1 ( ) ( ) ( , ) max ( ) 1 max ( ) ( ) 1 1 ( , ) 3 1 max ( ) tn n x n p n n j n jn nt t j jv j n n p n jn t j v f x p x e f t t v dv h f t h α α α ω ω − ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ = = ≤ ≤ =   ′ − ≤ + + +       ≤ + +    ∑ ∑ ∫ ∑     , 1 6 ( , )n pf h α ω≤ for 1 1, 2, 3,..., 2 n v − = , we have ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) , , ,1 0 0 0 , ,1 0 1 ( , ) 1 1 ( ) ( ) 2 max ( ) ( 1) 1 ( , ) 1 2 3 max ( ) tn nn p x n n v n j v n jn n nv u v j jv j j nn p n v n jn n v u v jv j f hf x p x e t v dv f h u α α α ω ω − ≤ ≤ + = = ≤ ≤ + =   ′ − ≤ + + +       ≤ +     ∑ ∑ ∫ ∑    ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 , , , 5 3( ) 1 ( , ) 6 7 1 ( , ) 6 7 min( , ) 1 ( , ) v v n pn v v n pn v v n v n pn v f h f h f h α α α σ σ ω σ ω σ σ ω + − + + ≤ + ≤ + ≤ proof of theorem(3.3) by using proposition (3.4) we get immediately the proof of theorem (3.3) for v = 0 ( ) , 1 ( ) ( ) 6 ( , )x n pf x p x e f h α αω −− < and for v = 1,2,…, 1 2 n − we have ( ) ( ) , 6 7 min( , ) 1 ( ) ( ) ( , )x v n v n pn v f x p x e f h α α σ σ ω− − + − ≤ since for every v = 0,1,2,…,n we have ( ) 6 7 min( , ) 6v n v n v σ σ −+ ≤ then ( ) , 1 ( ) ( ) 6 ( , )x n pf x p x e f h α αω −− ≤ auxiliary results to construct monotone approximation, we shall need properties for the jξ .we begin recalling a construction introduced by [4] and used also in [5]. we approximate the truncated 339 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 functions ( ) : ( )j jx xϕ ξ += − by algebraic polynomial .if x=cos t we obtain algebraic polynomial ( ) : ( )j n jr x t t−= . since , ( ) : ( ) 0,..., j j t t j j n n t t t t j j u du j nχ + − = ∗ = =∫ …(4.1) where , 0, ...,[ , ]: , := j j j j nnj t t jt πχ χ =−= and nj be a jackson kernel which defined by, 2 sin 2 ( ) , ( ) 1 2 r n n nt j t j t d t π π−    = =     ∫ …(4.2) jr is polynomial of degree ≤ nr is defined by,[3] [ ,1] 1 ( ) ( ) and : 1,..., j x j j jr x r u du j nξθ χ − = = =∫ …(4.3) lemma (4.1): [3] with 2( ) 1x xϕ = − we have for any n ≥ 10 , i) 1 11 4 3 2 3 4( ) ( ) , [ , ], 4,..., 5j j j jc x n c x n x j nϕ ξ ξ ϕ ξ ξ − − + − − +≤ − ≤ ∈ = − ii) 1cos ( ), 0,..., 1j n j j jt c j nξ ξ ξ− +− ≤ − = − iii) 1 1 1 2 1( ) ( ), 1, 2,..., 1j j j j j jc c j nξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ+ − +− ≤ − ≤ − = − iv) 1 12 7 2 71 ( ) , 1 , 1 ( ) , 1nx c x n x and x c x n xϕ ξ ϕ ξ − − −+ ≤ − ≤ ≤ − ≤ ≤ ≤ v) 11 1 7( ) 1 , 1;n nc x n xϕ ξ ξ − − −≤ − ≤ ≤ ; 1 1 1 7 ( ) 1, 1c x n xϕ ξ ξ − ≤ + − ≤ ≤ where 1 2, and are constants dependent of and c c c n x . lemma (4.2): [3] for 11,..., 1 let ( ) : 1 / ( )j j j jj n d x x ξ ξ ξ+= − = + − − then 1 ( ) ( ) ( ) , r j j jr x x c d xθ − +  − ≤   2 1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) r j j j j jr x x c d xϕ ξ ξ − + +  − ≤ −   with the constant c lemma (4.3): [3] if p is polynomial of degree≤ k, then for x∈ [-1,1] we have, 11 ( ) 1 max ( ) j j k j u j j x p x c p u ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ +≤ ≤+  −  ≤ +  −  lemma (4.4): [3] if 0<p<∞ and k=0,1,…, then for any polynomial p of degree≤k we have, [ , ] max ( ) , p p p l a ba x b c p x p b a≤ ≤ ≤ − 340 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 for unbounded function we get, , [ , ] max ( ) , p p px l a ba x b c p x e p b a α α− ≤ ≤ ≤ − where c depends only on k and p. the main result we fix n=1,2,... and let jξ be the points of section 4 we denote by 1[ , ]j j ji ξ ξ−= and as in the theorem (3.2) 4 3[ , ] , 1,..., 1,j j ji i j nξ ξ ∗ − += = − where 0: 1, 0j jξ ξ= = − ≤ and : 1, ,j n j nξ ξ= = ≥ for , ( )pf l iα∈ we denote by ( )jp f an algebraic polynomial of degree ≤ k-1 which is a near best approximation to f on interval ji ∗ then from whitney theorem (3.3) we get , ,, ( ) ( , , ) p p j k j j pp f p f c f i i αα ω− ≤ let us define the linear operator and byn nl p , 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) [ ( , ) ( , )] ( ) n n j j j j l f x p f x p f x p f x xθ − + = = + −∑ …(5.1) 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) [ ( , ) ( , )] ( ) n n j j j j p f x p f x p f x p f x r x − + = = + −∑ …(5.2) where and defined in section 4 j jrθ theorem (5.1) if ,pf l α∈ and k is a positive integer then, ,, 1 ( ) ( , )n k ppf l f c f n ϕ αα ω− ≤ , where c depends only on k and p proof we fix n≥ 10 .for j=5,…,n-4 we have by lemma(4.1) (i) that 11 2/ ( )jc i x c nϕ ∗ −≤ ≤ for .jx i ∗∈ since ( ) ( ) onn jl f p f= ji and from whitney theorem(3.3)and lemma (3.1) we obtain, , , , , , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) pp n j j jp p p k j j p p k j j p p k j j p f l f i f p f i c f i i c f i i cw f i i α α α α α ω ω ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ − ≤ − ≤ ≤ ≤ 341 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 1 0 / ( ) ( ) 0 ( ) 20 ( , , ) ( ) = ( , , ) ( , , ) j j j j i pk x j h j i i x pk x h x j ji pk x h x j c i f x i e dhdx x c f x i e dhdx i n c f x i e c α ϕ α ϕ α ϕ ϕ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ −∗ ∗ − ∗ − ∗ ∗ − ≤ ∆ ∆ ≤ ∆ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ 2 2 / / ( ) 0 = ( , , ) j j c n i c n pk x h x j i dhdx cn f x i e dxdhαϕ ∗ ∗ ∗ −∆ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ this inequality also holds for j=1,2,3,4 and j=n-3,n-2,n-1,n .we now sum the inequalities, we obtain 2 2 1 2 / ( ), 0 / ( ) 00 / , 0 ( ) ( ) ( , , ) sup ( , , ) 1 = ( , ) c n pp k x n j h xp i c n pk x h x h cn i c n p k p f l f i cn f x i e dxdh cn f x i e dxdh cn f dh n α ϕα α ϕ ϕ αω − − − ≤ ≤ − ≤ ∆ ≤ ∆ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ , 1 = ( , ) pk pc f n ϕ αω theorem (5.2): let , , 0 1pf l pα∈ < < and k be a positive integer then ,for each n≥ n (with a constant depending only on p and k), there exists an algebraic polynomial np of degree ≤ n . ,, 1 ( ) ( , )n k ppf p f c f n ϕ αα ω− ≤ where c depends only k and p ,moreover if f is nondecreasing on i ,then for k≤ 2 the polynomial pn can also be taken to be nondecreasing . proof of theorem (5.2) (part 1) the non constrained case. , , , , , , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 ( , ) ( ) n n n np p n n n p p k p n n p f p f f l f l f p f l f l f p c f l f p n α α α α ϕ α α ω − = − + − ≤ − + − ≤ + − which is defined in (5.2) , is polynomial of degree ≤(n-1)r+ k , ( , )np f x by theorem (5.1) and the fact we need only to prove that : , , 1 ( ) ( ) ( , )n n k p p l f p f c f n ϕ α α ω≤− now , 342 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 [ ],( ) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) pp x n n n np i l f p f l f x p f x e dxα α −− = −∫ then from (5.1), (5.2) and by lemma (4.2) ,lemma (4.3) and lemma (4.4) [ ] 1 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) ( ( , ) ( , )( ( ) ( )) ( ( , ) ( , ) ) ( ) ( ) max i pnpx x n n i i i i ii i pn px i i i i i i x l f x p f x e dx p f x p f x x r x e dx p f x p f x e x r x dx α α α ξ θ θ − − − + = − − + = < − = − − ≤ − − ≤ ∑∫ ∫ ∑∫ ( ) ( ) 1 1 ( 1) 1 1 1 1 ( 1) 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) 1 ( ) ( ) max ( , ) ( , ) 1 ( ) ( ) i i i k p n p pix i i i i i i ii k p n p pix i i i ix i i ii x p f x p f x e x r x dx x c p f x p f x e x r x dx α ξ α ξ ξ ξ θ ξ ξ ξ θ ξ ξ + + − − − + < = + − − − + < < = +  −  − + −  −   −  ≤ − + −  −  ∑∫ ∑ ∫ [ ] ( ) ( ) 1 1 ( 1) 1 ( 1) 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) max ( , ) ( , ) 1 ( ) = max ( , ) ( , ) 1 i i i i k p np p r pix x n n i i jx i i ii i n p ix i ix i x l f x p f x e dx c p f x p f x e d x dx x c p f x p f x e α α ξ ξ α ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ + + − − − +− − + < < = + − − + < < =  −   − ≤ − +   −  − − + ∑∫ ∫ ∑ ( ) 1 ( 1) ( 1) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 = max ( , ) ( , ) 1 i i k p r p i i i i ii kp rp n p ix i ix i i ii x dx x c p f x p f x e dxα ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ+ − − + + + − − − + < < = +    −  +    − −     −  − +  −  ∫ ∑ ∫ now we choose r so that rp-kp >2 and it is readily to seen that [ ] 2 1( ) ( ) i 1,..., -1i i i i d x dx c nξ ξ − +≤ − =∫ …(5.3) to prove that [ ] 21 1 2 11 1 ( ) 1 ii i i x d x dx dx ξ ξ ξ − − +− −  −  = + −  ∫ ∫ ( ) if > ( ) if < i i i i i x x x x x ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ − − =  − − if i ix xξ ξ− = − we take [ ] 2 21 1 1 2 1 1 11 1 1 ( ) 1 i i i ii i i i i x x d x dx dx dx ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ − − − + + +− − −    − − + − = + =   − −    ∫ ∫ ∫ 11 1 1 1 1 2 = -( ) i ii i i i xξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ − + + + −  + − −  −  1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 =-( ) i i i ii i i i i i ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ − − + + + + +     + − + −  − −    − −     343 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 =-( ) 1 2 1 2 =-( ) i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ + + + + + + + + +  − − − − − + − −   + − − −  − − ( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( )( ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 =-( ) 1 2 1 2 i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ + + + + + + + +  − − − − +   + − − −   − − −   + − − −  ( ) ( )( ) ( ) 2 1 1 1 1 2 = 1 2 1 2 i i i i i i i ic ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ + + + + − + − − − ≤ − in the similar way we get the same result take ( ) .i ix xξ ξ− = − − if we applied this result we obtain, ( ) ( ) 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 1[ , ],1 1 ( ) max ( , ) ( , ) ...(5.4) ( , ) ( , ) i i j j n px n n i i j jxp i n px i i j jl pi j j l f p c p f x p f x e c c p f x p f x e α ξ ξα α ξ ξα ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ + + − − + + < < = − − + + = + − ≤ − − ≤ − − − ∑ ∑ ( ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 [ , ],1 1 1 1 1 = ( , ) ( , ) = ( ( , ) ( , )) ( ( ) ( , )) j j j j j j n px i i l pi n px i i i px i i c p f x p f x e c p f x p f x e dx c f x p f x e α ξ ξα ξ α ξ ξ α ξ + + + − − − + = − − + = − = − − ≤ − ∑ ∑ ∫ ∫ n dx∑ , 1 ( , ) pk pc f n ϕ αω≤ proof of theorem (5.2) (part 2) (monotone case) here we use the continuous piecewise linear function s ∗ .for k=2 we can take ( )jp f in section 5 to be the polynomial of degree one and denote :=j j ja x b ∗ + of theorem (3.2) such that j ∗ is a near-best ,pl α approximant for ki ∗ . definition (5.1): [3] 1 1 1 1 0 ( , ) ( , 1) [ ( ( ) ( )) n n j j j j l f x p f a x xϕ ϕ − ∗ + + = = − + −∑ …(5.5) 1 1 1 1 0 ( , ) ( , 1) [ ( ( ) ( )) n n j j j j p f x p f a r x r x − ∗ + + = = − + −∑ …(5.6) now we note that since 1( ) ( )j jr x r x+− is increasing for j=1,…,n-1 and 0ja ≥ for j=1,…,n , the polynomial ( , )np f x ∗ is nondecreasing in [-1,1]. 344 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 lemma (5.4): [3] ( , ) ( , ) for 1,..., -1n nl f x l f x j n ∗ = = proof of theorem (5.2) 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) = ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) p p n n np p x n n n p x n n n f x p f x l f x p f x dx f x l f x l f x p f x e dx f x l f x e dx l f x p f x α α α ∗ ∗ ∗ − ∗ ∗ − − − ∗ ∗ − − = −  − + −   ≤ − + −  ∫ ∫ ∫ 1 1 p xe dxα− −   ∫ in view of theorem (5.1), we have only to estimate the second term, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) ( )( ( ) ( )) ( )( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) n x x n n j j j j i n x j j j j i x j j j l f x p f x e a a x r x e a a x r x e a a e x α α α α ϕ ϕ ϕ − ∗ ∗ − − + = − − + = − +  − = − −  ≤ − − ≤ − ∑ ∑ ( ) ( ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) = ( , ) ( , ) ( ) n j i xn i i i i j j i i i n x i i i i i i i r x p f p f e x r x p f p f e α α ξ ξ ϕ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ − = −− + + + = + − − − + + + + = − − ≤ − − − − ∑ ∑ ∑ 1 ( ) ( )j jx r xϕ − hence by lemma (4.2) and (4.3) we have ( ) ( ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 max ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) i i np p px x p n n i i i i i i i i i p n pi x p i i i i i i ix i i i l f x p f x e p f p f e x r x dx x p f p f e x α α α ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ϕ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ϕ ξ ξ + − ∗ ∗ − − − + + + + =− − − − − + + + + < < = +  − ≤ − − −   −  ≤ + − −  −  ∑∫ ∫ ∑ 1 1 ( ) p ir x dx − −∫ ( ) [ ] ( ) 1 1 1 1 ( 2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 ( 2)1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 max ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) ( ) max ( , ) ( , ) 1 i i i i p n p r pi x p p i i i i i i i i ix i i i r p n p ix i i i ix i i i x p f p f e d x dx x p f p f e dx α ξ ξ α ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ ξ + + − − +− − + + + + + < < = +− − + − − + + + < < = +−  −  ≤ + − − −  −   −  ≤ − +  −  ∑∫ ∑∫ then from the derivation of (5.4) and provided rp-2p>2 we obtain, 1 2 , 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) p x p n n pl f x p f x e c f n α ϕ αω ∗ ∗ − −  − ≤ ∫ then 345 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 2 ,, ,, 1 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) 1 ( ) ( , ) ( , ) p p n n pp p p n k pp l f x p f x c f n f x p f x c f n ϕ αα ϕ αα ω ω ∗ ∗ ∗ − ≤ − ≤ references 1. husain, l.a., (2010), unbounded function approximation in some ,pl α spaces, m.sc thesis, al-mustansirya university, department of mathematics, college of science. 2. hansen, b.m, (2010), unbounded functions, m.sc thesis, al-mustansirya university, departmen mathematics, college of education. 3. devore, r.a., leviatan, d. and x. m. yu, (1992), polynomial approximation in 0 1 ( )p pl < < , springer-verlage, new york. 4. devore, r.a. and x.m.yu, (1985), poitwise estimates for monotone polynomial approximation .constr. approx, pp.323-331. 5. leviatan, d. and x.m.yu, (1991), shape preserving approximation by polynomial in pl . 6. sendov, b. and popov, v.a, (1981), average of modulus of smoothness of continuity. 346 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 lp,α(i) ،(0 < p < 1)تقریب الدوال في الفضاء صاحب كحیط جاسم إسراء زاید شمخي الجامعة المستنصریة /كلیة العلوم /قسم الریاضیات 2013 أذار 3، قبل البحث في : 2012 أیار 15: استلم البحث في الخالصة pl,في ھذا البحث وضحنا ان الدالة الغیر مقیدة في فضاء ال�وزن α یمك�ن ان تقت�رب م�ن متع�ددة الح�دود الجبری�ة م�ع ,وجود خطأ ال یتجاوز مقاسات التعومة 1 ( , , )k pf t n ϕ αω للدوال الغیر مقیدة في الفضاء, ( )pl iα. التقریب الرتیب ، متعددات الحدود، درجة التقریب. الكلمات المفتاحیة : 347 | mathematics microsoft word 4 350 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis and characterization of some new thiazine , azetidine and thiazolidine compounds containing 1,3,4thiadiazole moiety and their antibacterial study. ali h. samir khalid f. ali ruwaidah s. saeed dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in: 17 march 2014,accepted in: 22 june 2014 abstract 2-amino-5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole [i] were prepared by the cyclization of thiosemecarbazide with carbon disulphide and anhydrous sodium carbonate in ethanol as a solvent. the reaction of compound [i] with alkyl halides yielded 2amino-5-thioalkyl-1,3,4 thiadiazole [ii] and [iii] . compound [ii] and [iii] were reacted with different aromatic aldehydes to yieled 2-[(substituted benzyliden ) amino] -5thioalkyl-1,3,4thiadiazole [iv]a-c , [v]a-d and [vi]a-d . schiff ,s bases [iv]a-c , [v]a-d and [vi]a-d were found to react with 2mercapto benzoic acid in the triethyl amine to give 3-[ 5-( alkylthio) -1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl] 2,3dihydro2(aryl) benzo [e] [1,3] thiazine -4-one [vii]a-c and [viii]a . the schiff ,s bases reacted with chloro acetyl chloride in the triethyl amine to give 3-chloro-1-(5-alkylthio)-1,3,4thiadiazole-2-yl)-4-(aryl)azetidine-2-one[ix]a,b , [x]c and [xi]c,d .also schiff ,s bases reacted with 2-mercapto acetic acid in dry benzene to give 3-(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl)-2(aryl)thiazolidine-4-one[xii]a,c ,[xiii]d and [xiv]]c,d. the structures of the newly synthesized compounds were confirmed by physical properties and spectral (uv-vis , ft-ir and 1h-nmr) analysis. key words: 1,3,4-thiadiazole , thiazine-4-one, azetidine-2-one , thiazolidine-4-one . *this paper is part of master thesis of the third author . 351 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introducation a heterocyclic compound is one which possesses a cyclic structure with at least two different of hetero atoms in the ring. nitrogen , oxygen and sulphur are the most common heteroatoms . heterocyclic compounds are very widely distributed in nature and the essential to life in various ways. most of the sugars and their derivatives , including vitamin c , for instance , exist in the form of five-membered(furan) or six-membered(pyran) rings containing one oxygen atom . most members of vitamin b group possess heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen . one example is vitamin b6 (pyridoxine) , which is a derivative of pyridine , essential in amino acid metabolism[1]. thiadiazoles have occupied an important place in drug industry ; 1,3,4-thiadiazoles have wide applications in many fields . the earliest uses were in the pharmaceutical area some of the later uses are as antitumor and anti-inflammatory agents . pesticides , dyes , lubricants and analytical reagents [2]. azetidine is a hydrolytically sensitive , four membered cyclic amide , which is present in clinically useful penicillins and cephalosporin . the n-co distance of 1.38 ao this has been attributed to ring strain and to inhibition of normal amide interaction. they are commonly known as β-lactams , are well known heterocyclic compounds among the organic and medicinal chemists . azetidine is an important four-membered heterocyclic β-lactam compound because it is a part of penicillin group compounds which fused with thiazolidine compound[3]. thiazolidinones are an importartant group of heterocyclic compounds , having diverse biological uses as antibacterial[4] anticonvulsant[5] , anti-inflammatory[6,7] , fsh receptor agonist[8] , anticancer[9] , antiviral[10] , antifungal [11] and antihistaminic activities [12,13] . materials and methods experimental all the chemicals used in the synthesis were of analytical grade . the melting points were determined in open capillary on digimelt mpa 161 (msrs) electronic apparatus and are uncorrected. the ir spectra of synthesized compounds were recorded on shimadzu ft-ir 8400 spectrophotometer using potassium bromide. to monitor the reactions , as well as , to establish the identity and purity of reactants and products , thin layer chromatography was performed on microscopic glass slides coated with silica gel , using toluene-acetone , benzene-ether and chloroform-methanol , as the solvent systems and spots were visualized under uvradiation. nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were recorded on bruke, model:ultra shield 300 mhz , model spectrometer using dmso as a solvent and tms as internal reference (chemical shifts in δ ppm) . general procedure for the synthesis of compounds. preparation of 2-amino-5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole[i][14]. a mixture of (2g, 0.02 mol.) of thiosemicarbazide and (2.33g, 0.02 mol.) of anhydrous sodium carbonate was dissolved in 25ml. abs. ethanol. to this solution (3.2g, 0.04 mol.) of carbon disulphide was added. the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 10 hrs. , the reaction mixture was then allowed to cool down to room temperature. most of solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in 20ml. distilled water and then acidified with cold concentration hydrochloric acid to give pale yellow precipitate .the crude product was filtered and washed with cold water, recrystallized from water to give yellow product,yield (75%) , m.p (230-232)co . preparation of 2amino-5 thioalkyl-1,3,4-thiadiazole [ii] , [iii][15]. 352 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 compound [1] containing(-sh) group (0.001mol.) was dissolved in 10ml. dioxan , which contained (0.001mol.) potassium hydroxide. ethyl iodide and isopropyl bromide(0.001mol.) were added using separating funnel dropwise with stirring . the reactants were refluxed for 3 hrs. the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure ,water was added , and the crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulphate . evaporation of the organic layer gave solid products , recrystallized from dioxan to give 2-amino-5-thioethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazole[ii] , yield (68%) , m.p (120-121)co and 2-amino-5thioisopropyl-1,3,4-thiadiazole[iii] yield(80.5%) m.p (139-140)co . preparation of schiff bases [iv]a-c , [v]a-d , [vi]a-d from the 2-amino-5-lthioalky-1,3,4thiadiazole[16]. a mixture of compound [ii]and compound [iii] (0.01mol.) of appropriate aromatic aldehyde (0.01) in 15ml absolute ethanol . three drops of glacial acetic acid were added and refluxed in water bath for 8hrs. the reaction mixture was then allowed to cool at room temperature, and the precipitate was filtered and dried , recrystallized from ethanol to give colored crystals. table (1) shows the m.p. , yield and synthesized compounds [iv]a-c , [v]a-d , [vi]a-d . preparationof 3 (5-(substitutedthio)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2-(aryl)benzo[e] [1,3] thiazine-4-one[vii]a,c , [viii]a [17]. a mixture of schiff base (0.01mol.) and 2-mercaptobenzoic acid (0.01mol.) were mixed with 30ml. dry benzene and 3drops of triethylamine were added . the mixture was refluxed for 6 hrs. then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure . the residue was washed with 10% of sodium bicarbonate then filtered and recrystallized with dioxan. table (2) shows the m.p. , yield and synthesized compounds [vii]a,c , [viii]a . preparation of 3chloro -1(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl) 4 -(aryl) azetidine-2one [x]c , [ix]a,b , [xi]c,d [18]. chloro acetyl chloride (0.01mol.) in 10ml of dioxan cooled at (0-5) co , to this , triethylamine (0.01mol.) in(10ml.) dioxane was added , and schiff bases (0.01mol.) in 10ml of dioxane was slowly added and refluxed in water bath for (12hrs) . after the reaction had been completed(detectad by tlc) , the reaction mixture poured into ice-cold water to give solid precipitate , which was filtered and dried , recrystallized by benzene-ether(50-50). table (3) shows the m.p. , yield and synthesized compounds [x]c [ix]a,b , , [xi]c,d . preparation of 3(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl) 2 -(aryl) thiazolidin-4-one [xii]a,c , [xiii]d , [xiv]c,d [19]. to mercapto acetic acid (0.001mol. , 0.09g) in dry benzene (30ml) `was added slowly to (0.001mol.) of schiff bases .the addition continued about(5min) with continous stirring then for about 3 hrs. followed by refluxing on a steam bath for about 18 hrs. excess solvent was evaporated and the residue was treated with sodium bicarbonate , filtered and recrystallized with dioxan. table (4) shows the m.p. , yield and synthesized compounds[xii]a,c , [xiii]d , [xiv]c,d . biological evaluation[20] some of synthesized compounds have been screend for antibacterial activities using cup-plate agar diffusion method. pencilin and azthromycin (50µg /ml) were used as a standard drug for antibacterial activity. the compounds were screened for antibacterial activity against (staphylococcus and escherichia coli) in nutrient agar medium. these sterilized agar media were poured into petridishes and allowed to solidify. on the surface of the media microbial suspensions were spread with the help of sterilized triangular loop. a stainless steel cylinder of 8mm diameter (presterilized) was used to bore cavities. all the synthesized compounds (50µg /ml) were placed serially in the cavities with the help of micropipette and allowed to diffuse for 1 hr. dmso was used as a solvent for all the compounds , and as a control. these plates were incubated at 353 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 37co for 24 hr for antibacterial activities. the zone of inhibition observed around the cups after respective incubation was measured in mm . result and discussion the structure of compound [i] was identified by it,s melting point and ft-ir spectroscopy . the ft-ir spectrum of compound [i] , figure(1) , shows the following characteristic bands , two bands at 3396 cm-1 and 3278 cm-1 were due to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of (-nh2) group respectively , an absorption band at 3091 cm1 was due to the (n-h) stretching (tautomeric form).the (-sh) stretching band found as very weak shoulder at 2331cm-1 , a band at 1604cm-1 was due to (c=n) stretching of the thiadiazole ring moiety .the sharp band at 1533cm-1 and 1330cm-1 are due to the (n-h) bending and (c-n) stretching vibration respectively . also , the absorption band at 1055cm-1 for the (c=s) group which gives an evidence that compound [i] can exist in two tautomeric forms , thiol (a) and thione form (b) [14] . nn s sh2n h (a) nn sh2n s h .. (b) the compounds [ii] and [iii] were identified by m.p , t.l.c. , ft-ir and uv spectroscopy. the ft-ir for compound [ii] and [iii] respectively showed disappearance of band at 2358 cm-1 which due to (s-h). also disappearance of the very weak band at 1055 cm-1 of (c=s) group , and remaining the two functional group due to (c=n) exocyclic , (c=n)[21] endocyclic , at(1622,1633) cm-1 , (1525,1554) cm-1 respectively , and appearance band at(1321,1421) cm-1 due to (s-ch2ch3) , and appearance band at (1328,1411) cm-1 due to (sch(ch3)2)[22] . the uv-vis spectrum of [ii] shows the absorption peaks at (343-286 ) nm may attributed to (nπ*) and(π-π*) transitions. ft-ir spectrum of compound [iv]a-c , [v]a-d , [vi]a-d , showed the disappearance of two absorption band at (3396 ,3278)cm-1 due to the (-nh2) stretching of amino group . on the other hand, the ft-ir spectra showed bands for (c-h) olefinic, (c=c) aromatic,(c=n) endocyclic and exocyclic imine (c=n) group stretching vibration[14] . ftir absorption for these compounds are shown in table (1) . thiazine derivatives were prepared by the reaction of schiff bases and 2mercaptobenzoic acid in dry benzene . the products were identified by ft-ir ,uv-vis spectroscopy , their melting points and checked by t.l.c. for compounds appearance of carbonyl group of the thiazines at (1662-1683) cm-1 and disappearance of the (c=n) group in (1610-1620) cm-1 and the disappearance of (o-h) broad band stretching vibration at 3450 cm-1 of 2-mercapto benzoic acid. also all the spectral data for these compounds are listed in table (2). the schiff bases compounds were treated with chloroacetyl chloride followed by the addition of triethyl amine the ft-ir spectra of compounds [xi]c , figure ( 2 ) showed the appearance of the characteristic absorption band in region (1683-1707) cm-1 due to stretching vibration of carbonyl group of azetidine ring. also the ft-ir spectrum showed the suggested band for olefinic (c-h) , (c=c) aromatic . all the spectral data for these compounds are listed in table (3). the1h-nmr spectrum for compounds [xi]c [23] , figure (3) showed the following characteristic chemical shifts , (dmso)ppm , (ch) proton in azetidione ring for compound[xi]c appeared as two signals (doublet) at δ (3.77-3.79) ppm and (ch) proton fused 354 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 with chloro (doublet) at δ (4.27-4.46) ppm and δ (8.1-8.4) ppm for aromatic ring proton , multiplet signal at δ (3.02-3.5)ppm for proton of (c-h) in (ch(ch3)2) group. the doublet signal at δ (1.2) ppm for proton of methyl group.the (uv-vis) spectrum of [xi]c , shows the absorption peaks at (332-285) may attributed to(n π*) and (π-π*) transition. the thiazolidine-4-one derivatives [xii]a,c , [xiii]d , [xiv]c,d were synthesized by refluxing equimolar amounts from the imine compounds with thioglycolic acid in dry benzene . the ft-ir spectra for compounds[xii]a , figure (4) showed the appearance of the characteristic absorption bands in the region (1689-1707) cm-1 due to stretching vibration of carbonyl group of thiazolidinone ring [24] .also the ft-ir spectrum showed the suggested band for olefinic (c-h) , (c=c) aromatic. all the spectral datd for these compounds in table (4). the1h-nmr spectrum for compound[xii]a figure(5) showed the following characteristic chemical shifts , (dmso)ppm: the aromatic ring protons of compound[xii]a appeared as multiplet at δ (6.8-7.8)ppm , singlet signal at δ (2.9) ppm due to (s-h) proton , signal at δ (8.4) ppm due to the (c-h) proton in thiazolidinone as singlet and protons of (ch2) of thiazolidinone appeared at δ (3.35) ppm . the singlet signal at δ (3.07) ppm is for proton of ((ch3)2n) group . the (uv-vis) spectrum of compound [xii]a , figure(6) shows the absorption peaks at(340-264) nm which may attributed to (nπ*) and (π-π*) transition biological activity the results revealed that compounds showed varying degrees of inhibition against the tested microorganism.in general,the compounds [i,ii,iii] thiadiazole and thioalkyl compounds exhibited potent activity against e.coli and s. aureus bacteria. the compound [i] showed high activity among these compounds against e. coli more than standard drugs , while compound [iii] showed high activity against s. aureus more than standard drugs .the results also showed that some of schiff base compounds exhibited good activity against s. aureus (+ gr) such as [(iv)b , (iv)c, (v)a,(v)b,(vi)a,(vi)d],while compounds [(iv)a, (iv)b,(vi)a, ,(vi)d] did not show any activity against e. coli (-gr) when compared with the two standard drugs. the other schiff base compounds showed moderate inhibitory against s. aureus and e.coli . the compounds [(ix)a,(xii)a,(vii)a] showed good activity against gram positive than gram negative bacteria. also the results showed that the compounds [(xi)c , (xi)d ,(xiv)c , (xiv)d] showed good activity against the two microorganisms , when the –sh group substituted by alkyl group. in comparsion , azetidine compounds exhibited the highest biological activity than thiazolidine and thiazine compounds , respectively. thus , it is concluded from the screening results that the most of azetidine compounds and its derivatives have higher antibacterial activity more than the standard drugs against s. aureus than e.coli in a concentration of 50µg/ml[25]. 355 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1-achson , a. (2009) an introduction to the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds 3th ed. , willy-intersciences , india . 2-vasoya , s. l. ; paghdar , d. j. ; chovatia, p. t. and joshi , h. s. (2005) "synthesis of some new thiosemicarbazide and 1,3,4-thiadiazole heterocycles bearing benzo[b]thiophene nucleus as a potent antitubercular and antimicrobiad agents", journal of sciences , islamic republic of iran, 16(1): 33-36 . 3-sathe , b. s. ; saner ,s. s. and raggeb, m. m. (2012) "synthesis and biological screening of various different derivatives of fluorobenzothiazole in corporated azetidines" , j. pharmaceutical and scientific innovation ,.1(2) :.43-46 4-kavitha , c.v., basappa ; swamy ,s. n. ; mantelinga , k. ; doreswamy , s. ; sridhar, m. a. ; prasad ,j. s.; rangappa, k. s. (2006) "synthesis of new bioactive venlafaxine analogs:novel thiazolidin-4-ones as antimicrobials" , med. chem . bioory. 14: 2290 . 5-dwivedi ,c. ; gupta , s.s. and parmar , s.s. (1972)"substituted thiazolidones as anticonvulsants" , j. med chem. 15:553 . 6-vigorita , m.g. ; ottana , r. ; monforte , f. ; maccari , r.; trovato , a. ; monforte ,m.t .and taviano , m.f. (2001)"synthesis and anti-inflammatory , analgesic activity of 3,3'-(1,2-ethanediyl)-bis[2-aryl-4-thiazolidinone]chiral compounds", bioorg. med. chem lett 11:2791 . 7-unlu , s. ; onkol, t. and dundar ,y. (2003)''synthesis and analgesic and anti-inflammitory activity of some new (6-acyl-2-benzoxazolinone and 6-acyl-2-benzothiazolinone derivatives with acetic acid and propanoic acid acid residues'' , arch. pharm. med. chem. 336:353. 8-ottana, r. ; mazzon , e.; dugol ; monforte , f. ; maccari , r. ; sautebin, l.; luca, g.; vigorita,m.g. ; alcaro,s. ; ortuso, f.;caputi , a.p. and cuzzocrea , s. (2002) "modeling and biological evaluatin of 3,3'-(1,2-ethanediyl)-bis[2-(4-methoxy phenyl)-thiazolidin-4-one] a new synthetic cyclooxygenase-2-inhibitor", eur . j. pharmacol 448:71 . 9-ottana , r.; carotti, s.; maccari , r. ; landini, i. ; chiricosta , g. ; caciagli , b. ;vigorita, m.g. and mini , e. (2005) "in vitro antiproliferative activity against human colon cancer cell lines of representative 4-thiazolidinones", bioorg. med. chem. lett 15:3930. 10-rawal , p.k. ; prabhakar, y.s. ; katti , s.b. and clercq ,e. (2005) "2-(aryl)-3furan-2-yl methyl-thiazolidin-4-ones as selective hiv-rt in hibitors" , bioorg. med . chem 13:6771. 11-katti , s. b. et al. (2005)"synthesis and biological evaluation of 4-thiazolidinone derivatives as potential antimicrobial agents ", arkivoc 2 : 120 -130 12-vittoria, d.; orazio , m. ; eugenio,p. ; antonio, c. ; federico, g. and adele, b.(1992) "synthesis and antihistaminic activity of some thiazolidin-4-ones", j med. chem. 35 : 2910 . 13-agrawal ,vk. ; sachan , s.and khadikar , p.v. (2000) ''qsar studies on antihistaminic activity of some thiazolidine-4-ones'', acta pharm. 50:281 . 14-nadia , a.s. (2005) ph. d thesis. college of science . al-nahrain university. iraq. 15-mahmoud , m.j. and mustafa , i.f. (1996)"synthesis and characterization f some dioxadiazole and their methyl and ethyl thioether ", mu,tah j. res. stud. 11(5)1022. 16-mohmoud , m. j. ; al-rubaiy, z. m. ;al-kubaisy , r. k. ; al-najafi, m. m. and aljumaily, h. m. (2004)"synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of 2-amino-5-thiol-1,3,4thiadiazole derivatives" ; ibn-al-haitham. j. for pure and appl. sci. ,.17(1) ,. 103-110. 17majeed , i. y. (2012) , ph. d. thesis , college of education for a pure science (ibn-alhaitham) , university of baghdad 18-ritu s. , pushkal s. , srivastava s. .d. , srivastava s. k. (2012),''synthesis and pharmaceutical importance of 2-azetidinone derivatives of phenothiazine'', j. chem. sci.. 124,.3:633-637. 356 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 19-al-masry, a. h. ; fahmy, h. h. and abdel wahed, a. s. h. (2000); molecules ;.5,.1429. 20-barry a. l. (1977). ; the antimicrobial susceptibility test: principle and practices , (len and febiger , philadelphia , usa) , 1976 ,180 ; bio abstr , 64,25183. 20-barry a. l. (1977) ''the antimicrobial susceptibility test: principle and practices , (len and febiger , philadelphia , usa) , 1976 ,180 ; biol abstr , 64,25183 21aly, a. a. and el-ayed , r. (2006) "synthesis and biological activity of new 1,3,4thiadiazole derivatives", chem..60(1)56-60 22mustaf , i. f. (1997) "synthesis and characterization f some oxadiazole and triazole derivatives ", muʼtah journal for research and studies ,. 12(3) , 23-jubie , s. ; gowramma , b. ; nitin , k. ; muthal ; kalirajan , r. ; gomathi , s. and elango , k.,(2009) ,''synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of some 2-azetidinone derivatives '', int. j. chemtech res ,1(2) ,.153-157. 24-al-rubaiy ,z. m. (1998) , m. sc. thesis, college of science baghdad university. 25rabasseda , x. (2010) drugs today (barc.) ,46..7 ,.533. 357 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 scheme no. (1) h2n�nh�c�nh2 s cs2 , etoh.abs.na2co3 nn s shh2n nn s shnhc � nn s s�ch�ch3h2n nn s s�ch2ch3h2n ch3 nn snhc � nn s s�ch2ch3nhcar � s�ch�ch3 ch3 s c nhc nn s sh o arnn s shnhc cl o [xii]a,c nn s sh c nhc s o ar nn s c nhc s o s�ch�ch3 ch3nn snhc cl o s�ch�ch3 ch3 [ix]a,b [vii]a,c [iv]a-c [vi]a-d[v]a-d s c nhc nn s schch3 o ar [xiv]c,d s c nhc nn s sch2ch3 o ar nn s sch2ch3nhc cl o ch3ch2i drydioxane koh koh drydioxane (ch3)2chbr archoarchoarcho etoh.abs. etoh.abs.etoh.abs. (ch3)2chbr drydioxanedrydioxane ch3ch2i koh koh [x]c [xi]c,d [viii]a n h3c h3c o2n o2n , , ,ar = ch3 drybenzene drybenzene drybenzene sh cooh hs�ch2cooh hs�ch2cooh d ry be n ze n e dioxane cl�ch2c�cl o et3n , drybenzenecl�ch2c�cl o et3n , dioxane et3n, cl�ch2c�cl dioxane br .. .. ar � o + h s c h 2 c o o h sh cooh �ar ar� � �ar ar ar [i] [ii][iii] [xiii]d 358 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(1) :physical properties and ft-ir spectral data of compounds [iv]a-c , [v]a-d , com. no structral formula m.p υ(c-h) arom.cm1 υ(c-h) aliph.cm1 υ(c=n) exo cm1 others cm-1 [iv]a nn s shnn h3c h3c hc 220222 3089 2953 1614 υ (s-h) 2349 [iv]b nn s shnhc o2n 216218 3128 2976 1612 υ (no2)13481531 [iv]c nn s shnhco2n 195197 3134 2978 1610 υ (no2)13481521 [v]a nn s sch2ch3nhcn h3c h3c 160161 3084 2962 1616 υ (nme)1367 [v]b nn s sch2ch3nhc o2n 130132 3086 2970 1614 υ (no2)13541527 [v]c nn s sch2ch3nhco2n 136138 3138 2987 1612 υ (no2)13671523 [v]d nn s sch2ch3nhcbr 169170 3147 2966 1614 υ (c-br)821 [vi] a nn s schch3nhcn h3c h3c ch3 180181 3088 2960 1616 υ (nme)1371 [vi] b nn s schch3nhc ch3 o2n 116118 3151 2972 1616 υ (no2)13401523 [vi] c nn s schch3nhc ch3 o2n 150151 3109 2972 1616 υ (no2)13401525 [vi] d nn s schch3nhc ch3 br 113114 3086 2964 1614 υ (c-br)821 359 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (2): physical properties and ft-ir spectral data of compounds [vii]a,c , [viii]a [vi]a-d. comp.n o structral formula m.p υ(c-h) arom. cm-1 υ(c-h) aliph.cm-1 υ (c=o) cm-1 others bands cm-1 [vii]a nn s shn c nhc s o h3c h3c 240-242 3159 2978 1662 (υ s-h) 2376 [vii]c nn s sho2n c nhc s o 211-212 3105-3007 2866 1678 (υ s-h) 2358 [viii]a nn s schch3 n ch3 c nhc s o h3c h3c 142-144 3050 2960 1681 (υ c-s-c) 680 table no. (3) : physical properties and ft-ir spectral data of compounds[x]c [ix]a,b , , [xi]c,d comp.no structral formula m.p υ(c-h) aliph. cm-1 υ (c-h) arom.cm-1 υ(c=o) cyclic cm-1 others bands cm-1 [ix]a nn s shn h c cl o n h3c h3c 200-202 2978 3099 1683 υ(c-cl)850, (υ c-n)1257 [ix]b nn s shn h c cl o o2n 240 dec. 2949 3049 1687 (υ s-h)2351 [x]c nn s sch2ch3n h c cl o o2n 187-189 2966 3045 1705 υ(c-cl)850 υ(cn)1232 [xi]c nn s sch2ch3n h c cl o o2n 110-112 2964 3045 1707 υ(c-cl)825 [xi]d nn s schch3n h c cl o br ch3 185-187 2914 3167 1685 υ(c-cl)845 360 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (4) : physical properties and ft-ir spectral data of compounds [xii]a,c , [xiii]d , [xiv]c,d comp.no structral formula m.p υ(c-h) aliph. cm-1 υ(c-h) arom. cm-1 υ(c=o) cyclic cm-1 others bands cm-1 [xii]a s c nhc nn s s o n h3c h3c 210-212 2978 3140 1693 (υ c-n) 1172 [xii]c s c nhc nn s sh o o2n 182-184 2978 3105 1691 υ(s-h) 2360 [xiii]d s c nhc nn s sch2ch o br 189-190 2978 3093 1689 (υ c-s-c) 682 [xiv]c s c nhc nn s schch o o2n ch3 122-124 2920 3107 1707 υ(no2)1346 1521 [xiv]d s c nhc nn s schch o br ch3 105-107 2968 3151 1697 (υ c-br) 831 figure no. (1): ftir-spectrum of compound [i] 361 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (2): ftir-spectrum of compound [xi]c figure no.(3): 1h-nmr spectrum of compound [xi]c 362 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (4): ftir-spectrum of compound [xii]a nmr spectrum of compound [xii]a-h1 figure no.(5): 363 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (6): uv-vis spectrum of compound [xii]a 364 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ن الجديدة بعض مركبات الثيازين و االزيتيدين والثيازولديتحضير و تشخيص البايولوجية لھاالفعالية ثياديازول ودراسة -4و3و1الحاوية على الوحدة علي حمادي سمير خالد فھد علي رويدة سمير سعيد جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2014حزيران 22,قبل في: 2014اذار 17استلم البحث في: الخالصة بتحولق الثايوسميكاربازايد مع ثنائي كبريتيد الكاربون [i]ثياديازول -4,3,1-مركبتو -5-امينو 2حضرالمركب امينو -2مع ھاليدات االلكيل ليعطي المركب [i]بوجود كاربونات الصوديوم الالمائية وفي مذيب كحولي. تفاعل المركب الديھايدات اروماتية مختلفة اعطى مع [ii] , [iii] . تفاعل المركب [iii] [ii] , ثياديازول-4,3,1-ثايوالكايل 5ان .وجد , a-d [v]a-d , [iv]a-c[vi]ثياديازول -4,3,1-ثايو الكايل-5-](بنزلدين معوض ) امينو [-2المركب مركبتو حامض البنزويك بوجود ثالثي اثيل امين لتعطي -2. تتفاعل مع , a-d [[v]a-d , [iv]a-c[vi]قواعد شف 4-ثيازين ][3,1] [e] [(اريل ) بنزو-2-داي ھايدرو -3,2]يل 2-ثياديازول –4,3,1–( ثايوالكايل ) –5 [ -3المركب -5(1-كلورو-3. وتفاعلت قواعد شف مع كلورو اسيتايل كلورايد بوجود ثالثي اثيل امين لتعطي a,c [vii]a[vii]ون . , c,d [x]c , [ix]a,b[xi]ون 2-(اريل) ازيتيدين 4-يل )-2ثياديازول 4,3,1-ثايوالكايل ) 2-ثياديازول4,3,1-مركبتو 5(3مركبتو حامض الخليك في البنزين الجاف لتعطي 2كذلك تتفاعل قواعد شف مع ).1كما ھو موضح في المخطط ( , c,d [xiii]d , [xii]a,c[xiv]ون 4-(اريل) ثيازولدين2-يل ) شخصت المركبات الجديدة المحضرة من خالل القياسات الفيزيائية واطياف االشعة فوق البنفسجية و االشعة تحت ناطيسي.الحمراء وطيف الرنين النووي المغ ازيتيدين , ثيازولدين . , الثيازين , ثياديازول4,3,1-: الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 13 470 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 determination of sialic acid, paraoxonase-1and igg levels in patients with polycystic ovary syndrome in messan female patients ibtisam k. mohaisn. biochemistry.collage of density/ university of missan. zohair i.al mashhadani dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences/( ibn – al-haitham) /university of baghdad . bushra h. ali . dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences/( ibn – al-haitham) /university of baghdad . drbushra750@yahoo.com received in: 20 may 2014,accepted in: 20 october 2014 abstract polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos) is a heterogeneous disorder . pcos affects 6–10% of women during their reproductive life. patients with pcos are in the high risk for coronary heart disease because of their abnormal lipid profile, insulin resistance and obesity. the present study aimed to shed a light on the contribution of sialic acid, paraoxonase and immunoglobulin g as a clinical indicator in the pathogenesis of pcos. seventy five female patients with age range (16-38) years taken from al-sadder  teaching hospital and alzahrawi hospital in governorate of messan through the period from july 2013 to december 2013 and twenty five apparently health subject as a control group were enrolled in this study. the patients were divided into three groups depending on duration of pcos ,the duration of groups ,g2 range from 3 months to 12 and group g3 from 12 months to 24 months and g4 from 24 months to 48 months and more. investigation included estimation of serum levels of sialic acid (sa), paraoxonase (pon1) and immunoglobulin g (igg) . serum sa levels were highly significant in pcos patients as compared with control group. also, significantly higher were found between pon1 and igg with duration. conclusion from this study a conclusion was drawn that elevation of concentration of sialic acid, pon1 and igg levels can be useful in predict risk for heart disease and dm . key words: pcos, sialic acid, pon1, igg this paper is part of phd thesis of the first author 471 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introductin polycystic ovary syndrome is a heterogeneous disorder . pcos affects 6–10% of women during their reproductive life [1]. its complete phenotype is manifested by ovulatory dysfunction, hyperandrogenism and polycystic ovaries [2]. patients with pcos are in the high risk group for coronary heart disease because of their abnormal lipid profile, insulin resistance and obesity [3]. sialic acid (sa), terminal residue of the oligosaccharide side chain of glycoproteins and glycolipids, is a cardiovascular risk factor known to increase in type 2 diabetes mellitus [4].sialic acid is involved capillary permeability, platelet aggregation and activity of enzymes, by antigenetic activity and receptor function [5]. sialic acid binding immunoglobulins (ig)-like lectins (siglecs) belong to i-type lectin with a selective expression on the haematopoetic cell lineages [6]. the fraction of igg that is α-2,6-sialylated exhibits anti-inflammatory activity and sialylation is proposed to enable binding to the cell surface lectin, dendritic cell-specific intercellular adhesion molecule3-grabbing  nonintegrin (dcsign) [7]. the mechanism to  explain the putative sialic acid-dependent binding of igg, fc to dc-sign, as well as to the ige receptor, cd23 [8] . previous studies showed that interactions between siglecs and sialic acids are involved in host-pathogen interactions as well as in host self-recognition [9]. accumulating evidence indicates that siglecs play critical roles in immune signaling and functions. sialic acid in the human body are mainly found interminal oligosaccharide of glycoprotein in structure acute phase reactants their concentrations increase rapidly at the beginning of inflammatory reaction [10] . paraoxonase-1 (pon-1), is an enzyme synthesized in the liver [11]. serum pno1 activiy was found to be reduced in a number of pathological conditions including coronary artery disease [12], hypercholesterolemia , type 2 diabets , polycystic ovary syndrome [13], and renal failure [14]. pon1 is recognized as an antioxidant enzyme because it hydrolyzes lipid peroxides in oxidized lipoproteins [15], and increases the risk factors for cardiovascular disease [16], including hyperandrogenism (ha), impaired fibrinolysis, increased systemic low grade inflammation, an elevated prevalence of subclinical and clinical atherosclerosis [16, 17]. the enzyme not only hydrolyzes several organo phosphorus insecticides and nerve agents, which is involved in the protection against xenobiotic toxicity [18]], but also inhibits ldl oxidation , increases macrophage-associated cholesterol efflux, and possesses antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, and antiatherogentic properties [19]. recent studies show that the lactonase activity of pon1 could play important roles in hydrolyzing and detoxifying oxidative stress mediators and inhibit homocysteinylation of protein, which could be involved in protecting against protein inactivation,cell damage and atherosclerosis [18]. aim of this study the present study aimed to determination sialic acid, paraxonase -1 and immunoglobulin g as anti inflammatory in pcos patients which can be pride the risk for heart disease and dm clinical indicator of polycystic ovary syndromes. 472 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 material and method five ml of blood were drawn from all subjects enrolled in this study, and kept in plain tubes left to clot at room temperature for 15 min. then centrifuged at 3500 g for 10 min to separate the serum. subjects the present study was performed on a group of 100 female patients with pcos from messan, al-sadder  teaching hospital and al-zahrawi hospital during july 2013 to december 2013.they were diagnosed by physician at the hospital using ultra sound .the patients were divided into three groups depending on duration of pcos,which the duration of (g2) from 3 monthes to 12 months ,(g3) from 12 months to 24 months, (g4) from 24 to 36 months and more . in addition, to group (g1) 25 healthy individuals were enrolled in the study as a control group g1. sialic acid and pon-1 determinations sialic acid and pon-1 have been estimated by using enzyme linked immuno sorbent assay (elisa) technique using the manufacturer instruction as supplied with kit from cusabio, china. igg determination igg was determined acoording to the manufacturer instruction as supplied with kit from bussero (mi) italy. . statistical analysis results were expressed as mean± sem. student-test was used to show the difference between groups variation which considered significant when p-  values are ≤ 0.05. the correlation coefficient (r) test is used to describe the association between the different studied parameters. results table (1) showed the levels of sialic acid, paraoxonase-1 and igg concentration in sera of g1, g2, g3 and g4 for patients and control respectively. the results showed significant increase in levels of sialic acid in g2 and g4 comparing to g1, while there is non-significant increase in g3 comparing to g1. also, there is significant decrease in pon-1levels in g2 comparing to g1,while there is non-significant decrease in pon-1 levels in g3 and g4 comparing to g1. the results also showed non-significant decrease in g2 comparing to g1and non-significant in g3comparing to g1, while there is increase in g4 comparing to g1. table (2) showed the correlation relation of sialic acid, pon-1and igg for patients with duration of disease. the results showed positive correlation in g2 and g4 for sialic acid with duration ( r =0.158, r =0.019 ), while negative correlation was found between g3 and duration (figure 1). also, the results showed positive correlation in g2 and g4 (r =0.123, r = 0.071 ) for pon-1 with duration, while negative correlation was found in g3 for pon-1 with duration (figure 2) . also, the results showed negative correlation in g1,g3 and g4 in patients groupswithduration(figure3). 473 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 discussion the result in the present study showed that the serum level of sialic acid was higher in patients with pcos. serum sa have been reported to be risk factor for cardiovascular disease and found strong  expression of siglec-11 in human pcos ovaries. interestingly  somewhat increased expression of siglec-11 was also  observed in post-menopausal ovaries compared with premenopausal  ones [20]. seventy five women with pcos and 25 controls were included and it was found that sa levels were similar in g2 and g3 (10.5±2.011) and (10.25±2.051) and level of sa in g3 elevated (13.66±2.73).this result is incontrast with ali (2012) in his study, ali found level of sialic acid did not differ [10]. previous study showed that sialic acid levels are lower, when metformin as a drug [5], while other study showed none of the novel surrogate biochemical markers of cardiovascular risk was raised in our women with pcos [21]. women with pcos cluster risk factors associated with risk of atherosclerosis, these risk factors include dyslipidemia and oxidative stress [22]. in this study, serum pon1 activity was found that levels in g2 were lower (174.7± 34.95) compared with levels in g3 and g4 was similar (321.5± 64.31) and 324.2±64.85) respectively .also in this study, serum pon1activity was significantly lower in patients with pcos than healthy controls. recent literature search revealed there are few studies about pon1 activity in pcos patients. in addition, it suggested that decreased antioxidant pon1 activity might contribute to increased susceptibility for the development of atherosclerosis risk in women with pcos [23]. . the results of the current study indicate that pon1 activity was significantly decreased in patients with pcos when compared with healthy controls.in previous study, reduced serum pon1 activity has been reported to be associated with insulin resistance [24]. also lower serum pon1 activity has been associated with increased susceptibility to atherosclerosis, neuro pathy and other complications in diabetic population compared with healthy controls [25].  igg is the most abundant immunoglobulin, accounting for approximately 75% of the total amount of serum immunoglobulin, and the major immunoglobulin of secondary immune response [26]. so as recent study have shown that the minor subset of circulating igg that have α-2-6 linked sias terminating its n-glycan has an inhibitory potential, working through the human dc-s1gn receptor on regulatory macrophages to up regulates fcr γ ii b on other macrophages, and thereby dampen [27]. this is also suggested to be the mechanism of action of intravenous pooled human igg (ivig) that is used for immune suppression in the clinical; the worth mostly involves a single model system for autoimmune disease (anthony et al.2011). the result in the present study showed that the serum level of igg was highly significant increased (p<0.001) g2 (493.08± 98.61)mg/di compared to control healthy group and g3 (513.93±102.7) and g4 (590.4±241.5). while non-significant difference (p>0.05) was noticed among the patient groups .the conclusion could be drawn from this study that the levels of sialic acid and pon-1 can be useful in predicted the risk for heart disease and dm. references 1goodarzi ,m.o.; dumesic, da; chazenbalk, g. and azziz, r.(2011).polycystic ovary syndrome: etiology, pathogenesis and diagnosis. nat rev endocrinol .2011 apr;7(4):21931.doi:10.1038/nrendo.2010.217.epub 2011 jan 25. [pubmed-indexed for medline] . 2-dinka pavičić baldani; lana škrgatić; zrinka bukvić mokos and iva trgovčić.(2013). hyperandrogenemia association with acne and hirsutism severity in croatian women with polycystic ovary syndrome. 21, 2.                                            3 wild, r.a.; carmina, e.; diamanti-kandarakis. e.; dokras. a.; escobar-morreale. h.f.; futterweit.w ; lobo. r.; norman. r.j.; talbott. e. and dumesic, d.a.(2010). assessment of cardiovascular risk and prevention of cardiovascular disease in women with the polycystic 474 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ovary syndrome: a consensus statement by the androgen excess and polycystic ovary syndrome (ae-pcos) society. j clin endocrinol metab ; 95:2038–2049 .  . 4-schauer. r.(1985).sialic acids and their role as biological markers.trends biochem sci.1985;10:357-60 . 5-inayat ur rahman; salman akbar malik; mohammad bashir; rooh ullah khan and muhammad idrees.(2011). monotherapy with metformin or glimepiride and changes in serum sialic acid in type 2 diabetes mellitus. british journal of diabetes & vascular disease 2011 11: 137. doi: 10.1177/1474651411412863 . 6-kuma.r v. and sharma a. neutrophils.(2010). cinderella of innate immune 26. system. int immunopharmacol; 10 : 1325-34 . 7-max crispina; xiaojie yua and thomas a.(2013). bowden crystal structure of sialylated igg fc. implications for the mechanism of intravenous immunoglobulin therapy. www.pnas.org/cgi/doi/10.1073 /pnas.1310657110 e3544–e3546 | pnas | september 17, 2013 | 110 | 38 . 8-sondermann. p; pincetic. a.; maamary. j.; lammens. k. and ravetch. j.v. (2013). general mechanism for modulating immunoglobulin effector function.proc.natl.acad sci usa110:9868-9872 [pmc free article] [pumbmed] . 9-varki .a.and crocker. p.r.( 2009). i-type lectins. in varki ,a.; cummings, r.d.; esko, j.d.; freeze.h.h.; stanley,p.; bertozzi.c.r.; hart.g.w.and etzler.m.e.; editors essentials of glycobiology. cold spring harbor, ny: cold spring harbor laboratory press. p.                          10-ali özcan; aykan yücel; volkan noyan; nevin sağsöz and osman çağlayan. (2012).total and lipid bound sialic acid levels in patients with polycystic ovary syndrome. journal turkish-german gynecol assoc; 13: 79-84 . 11-bayrak.t.; bayrak.a.; demirpençe, e.and kilinç.k.(2010). purification and kinetic properties of rabbit liver paraoxonase 1. j chromatogr b analyt technol biomed life sci.;878:1791–5.                      12-jayakumari,n. & thejaseebai,g.(2009). high prevalence of low serum paraoxonase-1 in subjects with coronary artery disease. journal of clinical biochemistry and nutrition.45.278– 284.(doi:10jcbn.08-255/3164). 13-mohamadin.a.m; habib.f.a.& elahi.t.f.(2010). serum paraoxonase 1 activity and oxidant/antioxidant status in saudi women with polycystic ovary syndrome. pathophysiology.17189–196.doi:10.1016/j.pathophys.11.004. 14-varga,e.; seres,i.; harangi;m.; sztanek;f.; asztalos;l.; locsey,l.; borbas,b.; szegedi,j; karpati.i.& paragh.g.(2009).serum cystatin c is a determinant of paraoxonase activity in hemodialyzed and renal transplanted patients. disease markers ; 26. 141–148. (doi:103233)./dma-2009-0624). 15-mohammad hashemi; dor mohammad; kordi-tamandani1; nooshin sharifi1; abdolkarim moazeni-roodi; mahmoud-ali kaykhaei; behzad narouie and adam torkmanzehi .(2011). serum paraoxonase and arylesterase activities in metabolic syndrome in zahedan, southeast iran.european journal of endocrinology . 164: 219–222. 16-dokras.a.(2008).cardiovascular disease risk factors in polycystic ovary syndrome. seminars in reproductivemedicine26.39–44 doi:10.1055/s-2007-992923 17-repaci, .a.; gambineri ,a. & pasquali r. 2011.the role of low-grade inflammation in the polycystic ovary syndrome. molecular and cellular endoc rhinology. 2011; 335, 30–41. (doi:10.1016/j.mce.2010.08.002). 18-precourt,l.p; amre.d.;denis.mc.;lavoie.jc.;delvin,e.;seidman,e and levy e.(2010) .the three-gene paraoxonase family: physiologic roles actions and regulation. atherosclerosis;214 20–36. (doi:10. j.atherosclerosis 2010.08.076). 475 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 19-camps,j.; marsillach ,j. & joven.j.(2009). the paraoxonases: role in human diseases and methodological difficulties in measurement. critical reviews in clinical laboratory sciences . 46 83–106. (doi:10. 1080/10408360802610878.).                              20-xiaoxiawang; renee chow;liwen deng ;dan anderson ;noelweidner ;andrew k ;godwin chanda bewtra ; albert zlotnik; jack bui; ajit, varki1 and nissi varki. (2011). expression of siglec-11 by human and chimpanzee ovarian stromal cells, with uniquely human ligands: implications for human ovarian physiology and pathology.glycobiology. 21. 8. 1038–1048, (2011). doi:10.1093/glycob/cwr039 advance access publication on april 4, 2011 . 21- bickerton ,a. s.t; clark ,n.; meeking,d.; shaw, k.m.; crook, m.; lumb, p.; turner,c.; and  cummings, m. h.; (2005).cardiovascular risk in women with polycystic ovarian syndrome (pcos) j clin pathol;58:151–154. doi: 10.1136/jcp.2003.015271 . 22gonzále,f.z; rote,n.s.; minium, j.; kirwan,l.p.;(2009). evidence of proatherogenic inflammation in polycystic ovary syndrome, metabolism 58(2009).954-962. 23ahmed,m.; mohamadin, fawzia, a.; habib and thoraya fadul elahi. (2010). serum paraoxonase 1 activity and oxidant/antioxidant status in saudi women with polycystic ovary syndrome.pathophysiology.17:189–196.                                                               24fenkci,iv; serteser,m; fenkci ,s and kose.s .(2007) .paraoxonase levels in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. j reprod med 52:879-883. 25-  soran.h.;  younis,n.n.; charlton-menys,v.and durrington .p.(2009). variation in paraoxonase-1 activity and atherosclerosis, curr. opin. lipidol. 20.(2009).265-274 . 26-jean l.b; joseph l.j and julie v.s. (2012). dermatology. 3th ed. elsevier limited.                27-anthony r.m; t. kobayashi; f. ermeling and j.v. ravetch.(2011). intravenous gammaglobulin suppresses inflammation through a novel t(h)2 pathway. nature 475:110– 113. table no. (1):level of sialic acid, pon1and igg in sera of the studied groups. p values < 0.05 considered significant (s)                                                                                   p values < 0.001 considered high significant (hs)  p values > 0.05 considered nonsignificant (ns) g1vs g4 g1vs g3 g1vs g2 mean ±sem g4 mean ±sem g3 mean ±sem g2 mean ±sem g1 paramet er s ns s 13.66 ±2.733 10.25±2.05 1 10.05±2.01 1 7.17±1.434 sialic acid ns ns hs 324.25±64. 85 321.56±64. 313 174.77±34. 955 397.8±79.5 68 pon-1 s ns ns 590.4±241. 50 513.9±102. 78 493.08±98. 61 450.11±90. 02 igg 476 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (2): correlation relation analysis between biochemical parameters among three studied groups. g4 g3 g2 r &p parameter 0.0190.2970.158r sialic & months p>0.05p>0.05p>0.05p 0.071 0.0330.123 r pon-1& months p>0.05 p>0.05p>0.05p 0.1400.0890.143r igg & months p<0.05p>0.05p>0.05 p p values< 0.05 considered significant (s) p values< 0.001 considered high significant (hs)                                                                   p values>0.05 considered nonsignificant (ns)                                                                       r values mean correlation coefficient figuer no.(1): correlation between sialic acid and duration of disease in months. 477 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figuer no.(2): correlation between pon1 and duration of disease in months. correlation between igg and duration of disease in months. :figure no(3) 478 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 والكلوبيولين -1الباروكسينيز وانزيم السياليك حامض مستوى تقدير ميسان في المبايض تكيس متالزمة مريضات في g المناعي محيسن كريم إبتسام االسنان / جامعة ميسانكلية طب المشھداني ابراھيم زھير علي حميد بشرى بغداد جامعة/ الھيثم) (أبن/ الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية/الكيمياء قسم 2014تشرين االول 20, قبل البحث في: 2014ايار20البحث في:استلم الخالصة اتھم خالل النساء من %10-6 في يؤثر المرض وھذا. متجانس غير اضطراب ھو المبايض تكيس متالزمة حي الدھون بسبب التاجية القلب بأمراض لالصابة عرضة اكثر يكونون المبايض تكيس من يعانون الذين المرضى. االنجابية وانزيم السياليك حامض مساھمة على الضوء تسليط الى تھدف الحالية الدراسة.والبدانة االنسولين ومقاومة الطبيعية غير مريضة 75 اخذ تم. المبايض تكيس بمتالزمة التسبب في سريرية بايولوجية عالمات g المناعي والكلوبيولين الباروكسينيز 2013 تموز من للمدة ميسان محافظة في الجراحي الزھراوي ومستشفى التعليمي الصدر مستشفى من سنة) 38-16( بعمر مجاميع ثالث على المرضية الحاالت قسمت. اولى مجموعة وعدت السيطرة مجموعة وكذلك 2013 االول كانون الى ومن, اولى شھراَمجموعة 12 الى اشھر 3 من المدة أذ عدت, المبايض تكيس متالزمة بمرض االصابة مدة على باالعتماد بتقدير التشخيص تم. رابعة مجموعة وأكثر شھر 48 الى شھراَ 24 من والمدة, ثانية مجموعة شھراَ 24 الى شھراَ 12 في كل المجاميع المدروسة وبينت النتائج وجود g المناعي والكلوبيولين الباروكسينيز وانزيم السياليك حامض مستوى نستنتج اجريت التي الدراسة ھذه ومن. gالمناعي ,والكلوبيولين الباروكسينيز ,و السياليك حامض بمستوى جوھري ارتفاع اع أن توى ارتف ز مس زيم تركي ياليك وان امض الس ينيز ح ولين الباروكس اعي والكلوبي ن g المن وء ان يمك ي التنب اھم ف يس باالصابه بمرض تكيس المبايض. gالمبايض , حامض السياليك , انزيم الباروكسينيز ,والكلوبيولين المناعي تكيس -الكلمات المفتاحية : ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010 on co mparison between radial basis function and wavelet basis functions neural networks l.n. m. tawfiq, t.a. m.rashid departme nt of mathematics ,college of education i bn al-haitham , unive rsityof baghdad abstract in this p aper we st udy and design two feed forward neural networks. the first app roach uses radial basis function network and second app roach uses wavelet basis function network to app roximate the mapp ing from the input to the outp ut sp ace. the trained networks are then used in an conjugate gradient algorithm to estimate the outp ut. these neural networks are then ap p lied to solve differential equation. results of app lying these algorithms t o several examp les are p resented. 1. introduction neural networks are connectionist models p rop osed in an att emp t to mimic the function of the human brain. a neural network (ann) consist s of a large number of simple p rocessing elements called neurons (or nodes) [1], [2]. neurons imp lement simple functions and are massively interconnected by means of weighted interconnections. these weights, determined by means of a training p rocess, determine the functionality of the neural network. the training p rocess uses a training database to determine the network p arameters (weights). the functionality of the neural network is also determined by its top ology . m ost networks have a large number of neurons, with the neurons arranged in lay ers. in addition to input and outp ut lay ers, there are usually lay ers of neurons that are not directly connected to either the input or the outp ut, called hidden lay ers. the corresp onding nodes are referred to as hidden nodes. hidden lay ers give the network the ability to app roximate comp lex, nonlinear functions. the advantages of using neural networks are numerous: neural networks are learning machines that can learn any arbitrary functional map p ing between input and outp ut, they are fast machines and can be imp lemented in p arallel, either in soft ware or in hardware [3]. in fact , the comp utational comp lexity of ann's is p olynomial in the number of neurons used in the network. parallelism also brings with it the advantages of robust ness and fault tolerance. efficient learning algorithms ensure that the network can learn map p ings to any arbitrary p recision in a short amount of time. furt hermore, the input-outp ut map p ing is exp licitly known in a neural network and gradient descent p rocedures can be used advantageously to p erform the inversion process. 2. radial basi s function ne ural ne tworks radial basis function neural networks (rbfnn) are a class of networks t hat are widely used for solving multivariate function app roximation p roblems [5],[4]. an rbfnn consists of an inp ut and outp ut lay er of nodes and a single hidden lay er. each node in the hidden lay er imp lements a basis function and the number of hidden nodes is equal to the number of p oints in the training database. the rbfnn ap p roximates t he unknown function that maps t he inp ut to the outp ut in terms of a basis function exp ansion, with the functions, g(x, xi) as the basis functions. the input-outp ut relation for the rbfnn is given by : f(x)  2h j j 2 j 1 j || x c || w exp 2          ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010 where h is the number of basis functions used, y = (y 1, y 2, …, y m ) t is the outp ut of the rbfnn, x is the test input, xj is the center of the basis function and are the exp ansion coefficients or weights associated with each basis function. each training data sample is selected as the center of a basis function. basis functions g(x, xi) that are radially sy mmetric are called radial basis functions. commonly used radial basis functions include the gaussian and inverse multiquadrics. 3. wavelet basi s function ne ural ne tworks (wbfnn) the wavelet transform is a time-frequency transform that p rovides bot h the frequency as well as time localization in the form of a multi resolution decomposition of the signal [6]. consider a square integrable function f(x) and let vm be the vector sp ace containing all p ossible p rojections of f at the resolution m where 2 m is the sampling interval at this resolution [7]. obviously , as m increases, the number of samples at that resolution decreases and the app roximation gets coarser. now, consider all app roximations of f at all resolutions. the associated vector sp aces are nested as follows : …. v2  v1  v0  v-1  v-2 …. due to the fact the finer resolutions contain all that required information to comp ute the coarser app roximation of the function f. it is also obvious t hat as t he resolution decreases, the app roximation gets coarser and contains less and less information. in the limit, it converges to zero:      m mmm vvlim = {0} on the other hand, as the resolution increases, the app roximation has more information and eventually converges to the original signal :      m mmm vvlim is dense in l 2 (r). if ф(x) denotes t he scaling function, then vm = linear sp an {фm k , k z} where фm k = m2 ф( 2 -m x k ) , ( m, k ) є z 2 is the translated version of ф(x). since the family of functions { фm k(x) | ( m , k ) є z 2 } forms an orthonormal basis for vm , f can be writt en as : fm (x) =   k sm k фm k(x) where sm k =    f(x) фm k(x) dx is the projection of f onto the orthonormal basis functions фm k(x) . furt her, sup p ose wm is the orthogonal comp lement of vm in vm -1. then vm -1 = vm ⊕ wm with vm ┴ wm …….(1) the (m-1) th app roximation can be written as the sum of the p rojections of f onto vm and wm . equivalently , the difference in information ( called the dilates ) between the m th and (m1) th app roximations is given by the projection of f onto wm . m allat [8] shows t hat t here exists a unique function, called the wavelet function, whose translates and dilates form an orthonormal basis for the sp ace wm . in other words, the detail of f at the m th resolution is given by dm f(x) =   k dm k ψm k(x) , where ψ(x) is the wavelet ، ψm k(x) = m2 ψ(2 -m x – k) , ( m , k )  z 2 are the translates and dilates of ψ(x) and dmk =    f(x)ψmk(x)dx are the projections of f onto wm . furt her from (1), we get fm -1(x) = fm (x) +   k dm kψm k(x). since the v-sp aces form a nested set of subsp aces, f can be written as : ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010 f(x) =   k sk,-∞ фk,-∞(x) +   l   k dlk ψlk(x) …………….(2) where l indexes over the different resolutions. in p ractice, the limits of summation are chosen to be finite. the architecture network consists of an inp ut and an outp ut lay er with a single hidden lay er of nodes [9]. the hidden lay er nodes are group ed by resolution level. we have as many group s as resolution levels, with the number of basis functions at each resolution . the inp ut-outp ut relation is given by : y l =   1 1 h j wlj фj ( x ,cj ) +   l n 1   nk k 1 wlkn ψnk( x ,cnk ) ………….(3) where l is the total number of resolutions h1 is the number of scaling functions used at the coarsest resolution, kn is the number of wavelet functions used at resolution n, ci is the center of the corresp onding basis function and wlj is the weight of the interconnection connecting the j th hidden node to the l th outp ut node. the weights are determined in a similar manner to t he weights in the rbfnn described earlier. the p rimary advantage of using wavelet basis functions is orthonormality . ort honormality of wavelets ensures that the number of basis functions required to app roximate the function f is minimum. the second advantage is that wavelets are local basis functions ( localization p rop erty of wavelets ). the multi resolution app roximation ( m ra ) using wavelets allows the distribution of basis functions based on the resolution required in different p arts of the inp ut sp ace. in addition, the ability to add details at higher resolutions as more data become available allows the network to learn in incremental fashion and allows the user to control the degree of accuracy of the app roximation. equation (2) formulated for scalar inputs can be extended for multidimensional inputs. the corresp onding multidimensional scaling functions and wavelets are formed by tensor p roducts of the 1dimensional scaling functions and wavelets. consider the 2 dimensional case with x = (x1, x2) t . denoting the 1-d scaling function by ф(x) and the 1-d wavelet by ψ(x) one can show that t he 2-dimensional scaling function is given by : ф ( x1, x2 ) = ф(x1) ф(x2) . similarly , the corresp onding wavelet functions are given by : ψ 1 (x1, x2) = ф(x1) ψ(x2) ψ 2 (x1, x2) = ψ(x1) ф(x2) ψ 3 (x1, x2) = ψ(x1) ψ(x2) for an accurate app roximation, all the four basis functions must be used at each hidden node. kugarajah and zhang have shown that, under certain conditions, a radial basis scaling function ф(║x xi║) and wavelet ψ(║ x-xi║) const itut e frame, and that these functions can be used in p lace of the entire n-dimensional basis, resulting in a savings in storage and execution time while minimally affecting the accuracy of the app roximation. the operation of wbfnn is summarized in the following st eps : s tep 1. basis function selection: a significant issue in wavelet basis function neural networks is the selection of the basis functions. the wavelet family used in the wbfnn depends on the form of the function f that must be reconstructed. even though this function is usually unknown, some imp ortant details may be obtained by insp ecting the problem at hand. for inst ance, classification usually calls for a discontinuous or quantized function f where all the input data is to be map p ed onto one of a few classes. in such cases, discontinuous wavelets, may be used. continuous wavelets may be used to ap p roximate smoother functions. s tep 2. center selection: the location and number of basis functions are imp ortant since they determine the architecture of the neural network. centers at the first (or coarsest ) resolution are selected by using the k-means algorithm. each center at successive resolutions is comp uted as t he mean of two centers at a lower resolution. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010 s tep 3. training : training the network involves determining the exp ansion coefficients associated with each resolution level. these coefficients are determined by using a matrix inversion op eration, similar to the op eration p erformed in rbfnn . the centers can also be dy namically varied during the training p rocess till the error in the network p rediction falls below a p redetermined level. over-fitt ing by the network can be avoided by p runing the centers one by one until the network p erforms at an acceptable level on a blind test database. in this st udy however, no optimization is p erformed after center selection. s tep 4. generalization: in this st ep, the trained wbfnn is used to p redict the outp ut for a new test signal using (3). 4. applications 4.1. ffnn results using rbfnn the rbfnn was t ested using a first order bessel function j1(t) : t 2 y ″ + t y ′ + ( t 2 1 ) y = 0 , t  [0, 20] 4.2. ffnn results using wbfnn two resolution levels, with 10 centers at the coarsest resolution were selected using the k-m eans clust ering algorithm. no op timization was p erformed after center selection to reduce the number of basis functions used. the scaling function used was a gaussian function : ф (x ,c) = exp (-║xc║/ 2σ 2 ) where c and σ are the center and sp read of the scaling function, resp ectively. the wavelet functions : ψ (x ,c) = ((1-║xc║ 2 2 m ) / 2σ 2 ) exp (-║x-c║ 2 2 m / 2σ 2 ) . where c and σ are the center and sp read of the wavelet function resp ectively m is a p arameter controlling the dilation of the wavelet, whose value depends on the resolution level. figure 2 shows t he performance of the wbfnn as a forward model comparing the results in figures1and 2, we see that the wbfnn is a bett er forward model than the rbfnn and the error surface can be illust rated by figure 3. 4.3. comparing of performance rbfnn and wbfnn. ffnn was t ested using van der p ol equation: x″ + (x 2 –1) x′ + x = 0 , x1(0) = 1 , x2(0) = 1use rbfnn and wbfnn with σ = 0.01 5. co nclus ions and future work this st udy p rop osed the use of ann based forward models in iterative algorithms used for solving multivariate function app roximation p roblems. two different ty p es of neural networks rbfnn and wbfnn used to represent t he forward model. these forward models were used, in iterative scheme, or in combination with an inverse model in feedback configuration, to solve the inverse p roblem. this ty p e of ffnn consists offers several advantages over numerical models in terms of both imp lementation of gradient calculations in the up dates of the p arameters and overall comp utational cost. one drawback of these app roaches is that the forward models are not accurate when the input signals are not similar to those used in the training database. from all above study the results of app lying the ffnn to oneand two-dimensional p roblems were p resented. also we st udy the comp arison between rbfnn and wbfnn to obtain bett er results. in general, our numerical result shows that it is difficult to rbfnn sp ecify which algorithms will converge fast er. 1for t he large problem we treat, we recommend that: try first the rbfnn. 2our numerical results shows t hat, in app roximation of the numerical solution of ode or pde using rbfnn gives bett er accuracy than using rbfnn for small dimensional p roblems. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010 3the app roximation of function offers the alternative app roach of adopting a general p urp ose op timization method to solve the relevant non linear app roximation p roblem in feed forward p rop agation p rocedures. 4for high-dimensional p roblems, rbfnn are p otentially valuable, since they may be based on a limited number of centers, which do not have to be placed on a grid throughout the domain . anot her issue that needs to be examined in future work is related with the sampling of the grid points that are used for training. in the above exp eriments t he grid was const ructed in a simple way by considering equidistant p oints. it is exp ected that bett er results will be obtained in the case where the grid density will vary during training according to the corresp onding error values. this means that it is p ossible to consider more training p oints at regions where the error values are higher. develop ing an up p er bound for the error ║t(x)  a(x)||  o(m  ), require further st udy , where m is the number of basis function and  is the dimension of the domain. as the dimensionality increases, the number of training p oints becomes large. this fact becomes a serious p roblem for methods that consider local functions around each grid p oint since the required number of p arameters becomes excessively large and, therefore, both memory and comp utation time requirements become extremely high, and require further st udy . re ferences 1. at alla, .j., 1996 m odel up dating using neural networks, ph.d. thesis, virginia polytechnic inst itut e and state university ,. 2. cheney , .e. w. and light, w., 2000. course in app roximation theory, pub. books, colep ub. company ,. 3. al-m osawi, a. k., 2009 on training of feed forward neural networks for app roximation problems , m sc thesis , dep artment of m athematics , college of education-ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad , . 4. yegnanaray ana, b., 2000art ificial neural networks, newdelhi , 5. tawfiq ,m . ,and eqhaar ,q.h. , on radial basis function neural networks , al-qadisy a journal for science ,. 12:, no. 3 , 2007 . 6. wajdi, b., chokr i, b. a. and alimi, a. m . comp arison between beta wavelets neural networks, rbf neural networks and poly nomial app roximation for 1d, 2d functions app roximation , roceedings of world academ y of science, engineering and tec ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010 hnology, 13:, 2006 , issn 13076884. 7. bakshi, b.r. and stephanopoulos, g. “ wave net: a multiresolution neural network with localized learnin g ”, aichej.,.39, no.1, pp . 5781, 1993. 8. m allat, s.g. “ a theory for multiresolution signal d ecomposition: the wavelet representation” ieee trans. pottern analysis m ach. intelligence,.11:, no.7, pp .674 693, 1989. 9. kugarajah, t. and zhang, q. “ m ultidimensional wavelet frames”, ieee transactions on neural network s.6:, no.6, pp .1552-1556, 1995. (a) performance of the rbfnn (b) results of iterative rbfnn figure (1) : rbfnn forward mo del . (a) performance of the wbfnn . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010 (b) results of iterati ve wbfnn . fi g. (2) : wbfnn forward model fi g.e 3. com pare be tween rbfnn and wbfnn from fi gu re (1) & (2 ) (a) (b) fi g. 4. pe rfo rman ce of rbfnn: (a) result ( b) e rror ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (2 ) 2010. fi gu re 5. re su l t an d e rror o f w bfnn . (a) (b) fi gure 6. com pare between rbfnn and wbfnn (a) results (b) e rror ihjpas 2010) 2( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة دوال األساس الشعاعـیة و دوال يالشبكات العصبیة ذحـول المقارنة بین األساس المتذبذبة دـیـد رشـیـبد المجـرید عـو تغ قـیـوفـمد تـي محـلمى ناج جامعة بغداد ، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الریاضیات الخالصه والثـاني rbfnnاألول یسـتخدم .التغذیــة التقدمیــة ين ذاین صـناعیتییتضمن هذا البحث دراســة وتصـمیم شـبكتان عصـبیت إلــى فضــاء المخرجــات ثـــم دربنــا الشــبكات باســتخدام خوارزمیـــة المــدخالتلتقریــب تطبیــق مــن فضـــاء wbfnnیســتخدم ثم طبقنا تلك الشبكات على بعـض األمثلـة لحـل معـادالت بة المطلو للحصول على المخرجات c gالتدریب المرتد من النوع . رضنا نتائج تلك التطبیقات تفاضلیة ومن ثم ع ihjpas microsoft word 191-200 191 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 لنماذج من تربة مدينة بغداد 7 -قياس الفعالية االشعاعية لنظير البريليوم باستعمال مطيافية أشعة كاما ناز طلب جارهللا علي كاظم تقي لينا مجيد حيدر رفاه اسماعيل نوري جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء 2014حزيران 2قبل البحث 2014شباط 8استلم البحث ةصالخال ، في بيئة مدينة بغداد (تربة سطحية) ، 7تناولت ھذه الدراسة حساب الفعالية اإلشعاعية النوعية لنظير البريليوم باستعمال تقنية مطيافية اشعة كاما. جمعت أحدى وعشرون أنموذجآ من تربة مدينة بغداد من جانبي الرصافة و الكرخ موزعة بالشكل االتي سبعة نماذج . (.g.p.s)من جانب الرصافة وأربعة عشر أنموذجآ من جانب الكرخ التي ثبتت إحداثياتھا باستعمال جھاز 50ذي كفاءة ( (hpge)جرمانيوم عالي النقاوة ، مع كاشف ال (dsa 2000)استعملت منظومة مطيافية أشعة كاما نوع . co60) للمصدرkev 1332بالنسبة للطاقة( (kev 2.2)) وقدرة تحليل % لجانبي الرصافة و الكرخ تتراوح بين من مدينة بغداد في التربة السطحية 7-كانت قيم الفعالية النوعية لنظير البريليوم bq/kg (b.d.l.-32.8276.636) لتربة الرصافة،و بالنسبة(b.d.l.-23.660 3.703) bq/kg بالنسبة لتربة ) bq/kg )32.8276.636لتربة مدينة بغداد في جانبي الرصافة والكرخ فقد كانت 7 اما معدل نظير البريليوم الكرخ. ) على التوالي.bq/kg )23.660 3.703و وھي أعلى من المعدالت 7-البريليوم لنظير فعالية نوعيةوبينت النتائج ان معظم العينات المأخوذة تحتوي على الطبيعية المعتمدة دوليا وسبب ذلك يعود الى سقوط الغبار الجوي الناتج من التفاعالت الشمسية. .7-النوعية ,البريليوم:االشعة الكونية, النشاط االشعاعي,الفعالية الكلمات المفتاحية 192 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة تحتوي االرض على العديد من المصادر المشعة التي أضمحلت مع مرور الزمن المقدر بعمر االرض (حوالي اربعة االف مليون سنة), أن ماتبقى من مصادر مشعة على االرض الى يومنا ھذا البد ان يزيد عمرنصفه على عمر االرض , ھذا سمى بالمصادر االرضية الرئيسة. اما ما يوجد في الوقت الحالي من مواد مشعة بأعمار نصف تقل كثيرا عن عمر النوع ي االرض التي تسمى بالثانوية فھي مشتقة بصورة مختلفة من المصادر الرئيسة او من االشعة الكونية . وتصنف المصادر لمنفردة والسالسل. فبالنسبة للمصادر االرضية المنفردة لھا المشعة االرضية حسب صفاتھا الفيزيائية الى صنفين ھما ا مصدران االول ماينتج من تفاعل االشعة الكونية مع العناصر الطبيعية المستقرة , والثاني من مكونات قشرة االرض من ] .1العناصر التي لھا عمر نصف يزيد على عمر االرض [ فضاء الخارجي والمنبعثة من الكواكب والشمس التي تسمى باالشعة الكونية واالشعة الكونية ھي االشعة القادمة من ال %1دقائق الفا وااللكترونات ، %10بروتونات ، %89) وتشمل ھذه االشعة primary cosmic radiationالبدائية ( -والكاربون 3-التريتيوم نظائر آخرى. تتفاعل االشعة الكونية االولية مع مكونات الھواء مكونة نظائر مشعة مثل ] .2[ -7والبريليوم 14 من النويدات المشعة ذات المنشأ الكوني ويتفاعل مع النتروجين واالوكسجين وفعاليته الطبيعية ھي 7-ان البريليوم 0.01bq/ kg)على تغيرات النشاط الشمسي ولتقدير عمر عينات الجليد في القطب الشمالي والجنوبي ً), كما يعد مؤشرا . ]53.3day ]3)واالنھار الجليدية ويتكون نتيجة لالنشطار النووي وعمر النصف له ھو( الجزء العملي باستعمال الطريقة النسبية من كماً ونوعاً باستعمال طريقة معايرة الطاقة ومن ثم تحديد تركيزه 7-يتضمن قياس البريليوم العائدة لھذا النظير. (478kev)وباألعتماد على الطاقة eu152خالل المقارنة مع المصدر القياسي جمع العيناتا جمعت نماذج تربة سطحية من مناطق مختلفة من مدينة بغداد ، سبعة نماذج من جانب الرصافة ، وأربعة عشر أنموذجاً ) 1والمثبتة في الجدولين gps (global positioning system ).سجلت إحداثياتھا باستخدام جھاز (من جانب الكرخ ) على التوالي. 2و ( ), بعد تأكيد عدم cm)0-3وبعمق (2m)جمعت العينات الترابية من مواقع مختلفة لمدينة بغداد بمساحة دائرية بقطر . technical associates usa مول والمصنوع من شركة المح bug-1)وجود مصادر تلوث باستخدام جھاز ( تحضير العينات ب كون ھذا الحجم يمثل (200μm)مدة ساعتين ، وتغربل بمنخل حجم c)o(80بعد جمع العينات الترابية جففت بدرجة متوسط حجوم عوالق الھواء تقريباً . التحليل باستعمال مطيافية أشعة كاما ج استعملت منظومة تحليل أطياف اشعة كاما لقياس النشاط االشعاعي في النماذج وتتكون ھذه المنظومة من كاشف , وقدرة تحليل (50%) (efficiency)، ھو من كواشف المواد شبه الموصلة ذي كفاية (hpge)الجرمانيوم )resolution ((2.2kev) 1332بالنسبة للطاقةkev) للمصدر (co)60( اشف محاط بجدار من الرصاص بسمك , الك (10cm) لتقليل الخلفية اإلشعاعية فضآل عن عمل حاوية تحيط بالبلورة مكونة من ثالث طبقات من األلمنيوم والكادميوم لكل طبقة . (1mm)والحديد بسمك جھز الفولتية م ,digital spectrum analyzer (dsa)فضآل عن ذلك تحتوي المنظومة على المحلل الطيفي الرقمي استقرارية الطيف. العالية و منظم ] : 4لكل أنموذج في ضوء المعادلة اآلتية [ (dps)حسبت الفعالية االشعاعية dps ∗ ∗ -----------(1) إذ ان: (cps). صافي مساحة الذروة للطاقة المختارة : () . كفاية الكاشف للطاقة المختارة: 193 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )(i . الشدة النسبية ألشعة كاما من جداول خاصة بھا : (w) . (بالكغم) وزن األنموذج: حسبت الخلفية اإلشعاعية في منطقة عمل المنظومة وإجراء قياسات النشاط اإلشعاعي للنماذج ، إذ وضع وعاء مارنيللي فارغ وسجل طيف أشعة كاما ومعرفة الطاقات التي يمكن أن تسقط على الكاشف فضآل عن معرفة المساحة تحت المنحني الخلفية (1)قراءات المسجلة للنماذج وللطاقة نفسھا . ويمثل الشكل للذروة للطاقة المستخدمة لغرض طرح ھذا العدد من ال اإلشعاعية المسجلة في منطقة العمل. , إذ وضع المصدر (2)والموضح طيفه بالشكل eu152اما معايرة الطاقة لمنظومة القياس فقد تمت باستخدام مصدر وبفعالية (1/1/1990)بعد خلطه مع اإلسمنت ؛ إنتاج ) 1literسعة ( mernelli beakerالقياسي في وعاء مارنيلي (236bq/kg) (10000) في بداية اإلنتاج. وكان زمن القياس المختار sec وكانت الفعالية النوعية عند بدء القياس . (106 bq/kg) كما حسبت كفاية الكاشف بأستعمال مصدر .eu152 5[ باستخدام المعادلة اآلتية ذي الطاقات المتعددة:[ ε ∗ ∗ 100%-----------(2) إذ أن : cps).صافي مساحة الذروة للطاقة المختارة :( (i) . تمثل الشدة النسبية لكل طاقة من طاقات المصدر المشع: (dps) يمثل النشاط اإلشعاعي وھو التحلل لكل ثانية(disintegration per second) للمصدر القياسي المستعمل وھو . يمثل فعاليته عند القياس النتائج والمناقشة في النماذج الترابية لمدينة بغداد في جانبي الرصافة و 7-استحصلت نتائج قياسات الفعالية النوعية لنظير البريليوم .kev(478) لھذا النظير عند الطاقة bq/kg (11.212)وكان معدل حد الكشف لمنظومة القياس المستعملة ، الكرخ ھي قيمة أعلى لنماذج التربة لمدينة بغداد في جانب الرصافة فكانت 7-لنظير البريليوم النوعية الفعالية (3) يبين الجدول (65.866 8.826) bq/kg عند النقطةr7 ) اما المناطقr1,r3,r4,&r5 فكانت النتائج (b.d.l. و يبين الجدول , (4.789 37.415)النوعية الفعالية فكانت أعلى قيمة لمستويات الكرخ لنماذج تربة 7-قيم الفعالية النوعية للبريليوم )4( bq/kg عند النقطةk13 كمابينت النتائج b.d.l. لبعض المناطق وھي(k1,k2,k4,k6,k8 &k11) . bq/kو ) bq/kg )32.8276.636لمدينة بغداد في جانبي الرصافة والكرخ فقد كانت 7 -اما معدل نظير البريليوم )23.660 3.703.على التوالي ( و الرصافة بجانبيھا االعتيادية أعلى من ھي بالنسبة لھذا النظير بغداد لمدينة اإلشعاعية الخلفية أن ذلك من نستنتج سقوط الغبار الجوي (المتساقطات الجوية الناتجة من التفاعالت الشمسية )والتغيرات التي حدثت الكرخ, وذلك بسبب للغالف الجوي بسبب ماتعرضت له بغداد خالل المدة الماضية ووجود مؤثرات حرارية سلبية, مثل المولدات عملت على . [3]على تغيرات نشاط الشمس ًتغير كثافة ھذا الغالف وھذا يعد مؤشرا ومن المعروف ان ھذا النظير ينتج نتيجة للنشاط الشمسي وتفاعالت الجسيمات النووية الكونية مع طبقة الغالف على حدوث ھذا النشاط ًجيدا ً) فانه يعد مؤشرا53.3dayالجوي وعلى الرغم من عمر النصف القصير لھذا النظير( ]. 6الشمسي [ للمناطق المدروسة في جانبي الرصافه والكرخ 7-لمتابعة تراكيز نظير البريليوم ) توضيحا4) و(3تمثل االشكال ( طيف أشعة كاما فتوضح (6)و (5)على التوالي في مدينة بغداد التي تم الحصول عليھا في ھذه الدراسة , أما االشكال .قياس ألحد النماذج لجانبي الرصافة والكرخ من بغدادال المسجل بمنظومة المصادر ،تقييم (2011)احمد ,حسن حيدر ، زكي عبد الجبار ، محمود, مربط عمر ،محمد, جبر ھادي ومنعم, تغريد نافع، -1 .6-2،18، 3النشاط االشعاعي لمناطق منتخبة في محافظتي واسط واالنبار، مجلة كلية مدينة العلم الجامعة, 194 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 في العراق" ,المؤتمر العلمي عن اثار استعمال أسلحة ), "النشاط االشعاعي الطبيعي 2000معروف بھاء الدين , ( -2 اذار.27-26 اليورانيوم على االنسان والبيئة في العراق , وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي ,بغداد من الفترة ), 1991كاظم , عوض ھادي ، ذيب ,محمود انور ،عبد الرزاق, محي الدين بھجت والراوي, انيس مالك ،( -3 النظرية في الكيمياء النووية العملية ,مطبعة دار الحكمة للطباعة والنشر . االساسيات 4-al-jobori, s.m.; al-taii, a.a.f.; mohammed, f.m. and abass, m.r. (2013) natural and contaminated radioactive iisotopes in soils of salah aldeen, iraq,pure sciences,39(1):98-107. 5genie (2000), customization tools manual, canberra industries inc., usa, 2001. ،قياس وتوصيف النشاط االشعاعي الطبيعي والصناعي النھار (2011)الحميد, ھبة مصدق سالم عبد الرزاق ، -6 ورواسب واسماك واھوار جنوبي العراق ,اطروحة ماجستير ,جامعة بغداد. وأحداثيتھا الرصافة جانب في سطحية تربة نماذج منھا جمعت التي ناطقالم :)1( جدول رقم اسم المنطقة رقم ورمز األنموذج (km) اإلحداثيات r1 y = 77415 x = 55129 .جسر ديالى -1 r2 y = 78209 x = 54010 .الزعفرانية -2 r3 y = 86480 x = 50395 .زيونة -3 r4 y = 88920 x = 47540 .المسبح/ الكرادة -4 – التربية كلية/ األعظمية -5 الھيثم. ابن r5 y = 92120 x = 41120 r6 y = 89572 x = 51543 .البلديات -6 السمكة سبع ابكار/سوق -7 r7 y = 96539 x = 40637 195 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 واحداثيتھا الكرخ جانب في سطحية تربة نماذج جمعت منھا التي المناطق :)2(رقم جدول )kmاإلحداثيات ( األنموذجرقم ورمز اسم المنطقة k1 y = 93180 x = 37671 .الكاظمية/ شارع الصناعة -1 k2 y = 98404 x = 36667 .معھد النفط العربي -2 k3 y = 89670 x = 41389 .الشالجية/ ساحة الساعة 3 k4 y = 92990 x = 34712 .الشعلة/ بوابة الشعلة -4 k5 y = 94250 x = 36167 .بغداد الشماليةبوابة -5 رب -6 امع ق اج ج الح الح ص اإلسكان./ خزعل k6 y = 89584 x = 38535 ة/ -7 امع الغزالي قرب ج .الرسول k7 y = 88220 x = 32277 ة/ -8 أ العامري داخل ملج .العامرية k8 y = 84432 x = 33025 رب -9 ة/ ق أ العامري ملج . العامرية k9 y = 84442 x = 33036 محمد جامع قرب الجھاد/10 . هللا رسول k10 y = 80470 x = 34664 وك/-11 رب اليرم اطع ق تق . الضباط نادي k11 y = 84653 x = 38600 اطع -12 ان 14تق / رمض .المنصور k12 y = 87529 x = 38332 عمر جامع قرب االعالم/13 . الخطاب بن k13 y = 78717 x = 37797 k14 y = 90280 x = 37213 الحرية/نواب الضباط -14 الرصافة جانب في سطحية تربة لنماذج 7-لنظير البريليوم النوعية الفعالية :)3جدول رقم ( الموقع رمز األنموذج (bq/kg) الفعالية النوعية .r1 b.d.l .جسر ديالى -1 r2 19.947  5.092 .الزعفرانية -2 .r3 b.d.l .زيونة -3 .r4 b.d.l .المسبح/ الكرادة -4 – التربية كلية/ األعظمية -5 الھيثم. ابن r5 b.d.l. r6 12.668  5.99 .البلديات -6 r7 65.866 8.826 السمكة سبع ابكار/سوق -7 32.8276.636 المعدل 196 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الكرخ جانب في سطحية تربة نماذجل 7-) : الفعالية النوعية لنظير البريليوم4جدول رقم ( d.l .b) تحت مستوى التحسس :below detection limited( ) :طيف الخلفية اإلشعاعية المسجلة بمنظومة قياس كاشف الجرمانيوم عالي النقاوة في منطقة العمل1شكل رقم ( رمز الموقع األنموذج الفعالية النوعية (bq/kg) .k1 b.d.l .الكاظمية/ شارع الصناعة -1 k2 b.d.l .معھد النفط العربي -2 k3 15.047 3.285 .الشالجية/ ساحة الساعة 3 .k4 b.d.l .الشعلة/ بوابة الشعلة -4 k5 17.287  2.24 .بوابة بغداد الشمالية -5 صالح الحاج جامع االسكان/قرب -6 . خزعل k6 b.d.l. k7 21.2113.09 .قرب جامع الرسول الغزالية/ -7 .k8 b.d.l .داخل ملجأ العامرية العامرية/ -8 k9 16.819 1.900 . العامرية ملجأ العامرية/ قرب -9 رسول محمد جامع قرب الجھاد/10 . هللا k10 17.884 5.053 وك/-11 رب اليرم اطع ق ادي تق ن . الضباط k11 b.d.l. k12 30.896  4.630 .المنصور/ رمضان 14تقاطع -12 الم/13رب االع امع ق ر ج ن عم ب . الخطاب k13 37.415 4.789 k14 32.724  4.640 الحرية/نواب الضباط -14 3.703 23.660 المعدل 197 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الخاص بمعايرة الطاقة لمنظومة القياس eu152 ): طيف نظير2شكل رقم ( الرصافة جانب في السطحية لنماذج التربة) kev (478الطاقة عند 7 – البريليوم لنظير النوعية : الفعالية (3)شكل رقم لمدينة بغداد 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 0 19.947 0 0 0 12.688 65.866 b q /k g ة عي نو ال ية عال لف ا رقم ورمز األنموذج 198 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الكرخ جانب في السطحية لنماذج التربة ) kev(478 الطاقة عند 7– البريليوم لنظير النوعيـة الفعالية : (4)رقم شكل لمدينة بغداد (الزعفرانية) r2طيف أشعة كاما المسجل بمنظومة قياس كاشف الجرمانيوم عالي النقاوة لألنموذج :)5شكل رقم ( 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 k1 k2 k3 k4 k5 k6 k7 k8 k9 k10 k11 k12 k13 k14 0 0 15.047 0 17.287 0 21.211 0 16.819 17.884 0 30.896 37.415 32.724 b q /k gة عي نو ال ية عال لف ا رقم ورمزاألنموذج 199 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 (الجھاد /قرب k10) :طيف أشعة كاما المسجل بمنظومة قياس كاشف الجرمانيوم عالي النقاوة لألنموذج 6شكل رقم( جامع محمد رسول هللا) 200 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 measurement of the specific activity for beryllium-7 isotope in soil of baghdad city using gamma ray spectrometry naz t. jarallah ali k. taki lina m. hayder rafah e. noori dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science( ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in : 8february 2014 accepted in :2june 2014 abstract this study deals with the measurement of the specific activity radiation for beryllium -7 isotope in baghdad city for samples of surface soils, by using gamma ray spectrometer technique. twenty one samples were collected from surface soil of baghdad city from risafa and karkh sides, (7) samples from risafa side and(14) samples from karkh side, where the axis for locations which are fixed by using (g.p.s.) . gamma-ray spectrometry system (dsa 2000) with high purity germanium detector was used, which has (50%) efficiency and resolution of (2.2 kev) at gamma line (1332 kev) of 60co source. the specific activity values for beryllium -7 isotope in surface soil of risafa and karkh sides, ranged between (b.d.l.32.827  6.636) bq/kg for risafa soil , and (b.d.l.-23.660  3.703) bq/kg for karkh soil. while the average of beryllium -7 isotope in surface soil of baghdad city from risafa and karkh sides would be (32.827±6.636) bq/kg & (23.660±3.703) respectively. the results showed that the most samples have a specific activity for beryllium -7 isotope which is higher than that for normal limits of international levels because of falls of atmosphere dust resulting from sun reactions. key word: cosmic ray, radiation activity, specific activity, beryllium -7. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (12) 2011 studying so me electrical properties for znse films prepared by using the thermal evaporation method in vacuum r.y. taha , a. m. raouf departme nt of physical ,college of science, unive rsity of almustansiriya received in : 10, november, 2010 accepte d in : 13, march, 2011 abstract thin films of zinc selenide znse have been p repared by using thermal evap oration method in vacuum with different thickness (1000 – 4000) a o and a deposited on glass substrate and st udy ing some electrical p rop erties including the determination of a.c conductivity and real, imaginary p arts of dielectric constant and tangent of loss angle. the result shows that increasing value of a.c conductivity with increasing thickness and temp erature, and increasing cap acitance value with increasing the temp erature and decrease with increasing frequency . real and imaginary p arts of dielectric constant and tangent of loss angle decrease with increasing frequency. keywords: semiconductors, t hin films, z nse, electrical prop erties 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المحضرة بطریقة التبخیر znseدراسة بعض الخواص الكهربائیة ألغشیة الحراري في الفراغ یاسین طه ، أسماء محمد رؤوفرواء الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة العلوم ، قسم الفیزیاء 2010، تشرین الثاني ،10: استلم البحث 2011، اذار ،13: قبل البحث الخالصة بطریقـة التبخیـر الحـراري فـي الفـراغ بسـمك مختلـف یتـراوح znseلخارصـین احضرت أغشیة رقیقة من مادة سلیناید (1000 4000)a o (373-273) على قواعد زجاجیة ودراسة الخواص الكهربائیـة المتناوبـة ضـمن مـدى درجـات الحـرارة ي باســتخدام أقطــاب مـــن النحــاس وتضـــمنت دراســة الخـــواص الكهربائیــة للتوصــیلیة المتناوبـــة وثابــت العـــزل بجزئیــة الحقیقـــ وزیـادة فـي قـیم ،وقد بینت النتائج زیادة التوصیلیة المتناوبة بزیادة كـل مـن السـمك ودرجـة الحـرارة ،والخیالي وظل زاویة الفقدان السعة مع زیادة الحرارة ونقصانها مع زیادة التردد كما لـوحظ نقصـان فـي قـیم كـل مـن ثابـت العـزل بجزئیـة الحقیقـي والخیـالي .ة الترددوظل زاویة الفقدان بزیاد الخواص الكهربائیة–زنك سلیناید أغشیة رقیقة -أشباه الموصالت: الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة a.c conductivityتوصیلیة التیار المتناوب للمــواد تـؤدي إلــى إحـداث مســتویات الكترونیـة موضــعیة لهــذه compositionالعشـوائیة فــي الترتیـب الــذري أو التركیـب :[5,4,3,2,1]المواد وان التوصیلیة المتناوبة تستخدم لدراسة خواص المواد وتقاس التوصیلیة الكلیة بالمعادلة اآلتیة saw dcact   .......... (1) σac التوصیلیة المتناوبة σdc التوصیلیة المستمرة s.a ثوابت تحدد حسب طبیعة المادة w تمثل طاقة اإلثارة للقفز d.cالنتقــال الشـحنات ضــمن توصـیلیة التیـار المســتمر ةمـاوت فــان المیكانیكیـات الثالثـ -اسـتنادا إلـى دافیــز conductivity یمكن استخدامها ضمن توصیلیة التیار المتناوبσac كما یأتي: a. النقل بوساطة حـامالت الشـحنة المثـارة إلـى المسـتویات الممتـدة قـربec,ev لهـذا فـان التوصـیلیةσ(w) تعطـى وفـق :]6 [المعادلة اآلتیة 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )w1/()w( 22 )o(   ........... (2) *2 )o( m/en   ………. (3) ن ا اذ τ زمن االسترخاء ویكون مقداره صغیر جدا m * الكتلة الفعالة ( )w التوصیلیة لحامالت الشحنة ( )o التوصیلیة االبتدائیة e شحنة اإللكترون n تركیز االلكترونات b. التوصـیلیة الناتجــة عــن انتقـال االلكترونــات بوســاطة القفــز بطاقـات قــرب مســتوى فیرمـي وكثافــة مســتویات طاقــة :وتعطى قیمة التوصیلیة بالمعادلة اآلتیة n(ef)محددة ضمن مستوى فیرمي     452 f 2 w 1wa)e(n)3/tke()w(    ........ (4) k كلفن t درجة الحرارة  ثابت بالنك n عدد المستویات التي تساهم في عملیة التوصیل a ثابت عددي تغیر التوصیلیة دالة للتردد (1)یوضح الشكل c. طة الشحنات المثارة ضمن المستویات الموضعیة عند حافات حزم التكافؤ والتوصـیل ویعبـر عـن قیمـة ااالنتقال بوس :التوصیلیة بالمعادلة اآلتیة 4 w 1 lnw)w(                ……….. (5) (a.c conductivity models)نماذج التوصیلیة المتناوبة :quantum mechanical tunneling (qmt)نموذج النفق المیكانیكي الكميأ -1 نمـوذج فـان حــامالت الشـحنة سـوف ال تـنط فــوق حـاجز الجهـد بـین المراكـز الذریــة وٕانمـا تحفـز نفقـا خاللــه وفقـا لهـذا اال بفعل التوازن بین هذین المركزین الذي یولده تسلیط المجال الكهربـائي الخـارجي وتعطـى التوصـیلیة المتناوبـة فـي حالـة اشـتقاق :]6[المیكانیك الكمي في المعادلة اآلتیة 2011) 2( 24ھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن ال     4222 wf b)w( rw)e(n/tkce   ……. (6) أن اذ c ثابت عددي α دالة التحلل النصف قطریة rw مسافة االنتفاق الممیزة: :ن ا اذ        o w w 1 ln 2 1 r  ………. (7) τo االسترخاءزمن تكون دائما موجبة ln 1/wτoوان قیمة دالة التحلل النصف قطریة :]6[نموذج تعطى ضمن العالقة االتیة ضمن هذا اال wمع σacوان تغیر قیمة     wlnd wlnd s ac   ……….. (8)        w 1 ln 4 1s ……… (9) .مع التردد ودرجة الحرارة على التوالي s یبین سلوك (2)الشكل : correlated barrier hopping (cbh)نموذج تنطط الحاجز المتالزم أ -2 الموجـود بـین مواقــع ) حـاجز الجهــد (یتضــمن قفـز حـامالت الشــحنات فـوق الحـاجز اذelliott نمـوذج وضـع هـذا اال [ 3 ,8,7]:وفق المعادلة اآلتیةعلى نموذج االنتقال وتعطى التوصیلیة استناد إلى هذا اال   s1s o 6 m 22 f 2 ac w w e8 24 en                       ………. (10) ن ا اذ ε ثابت العزل τo زمن االسترخاء b=1-s wm فجوة الطاقة للمادة 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد : polaron tunneling تنفیق البوالرونات -3 نمـوذج فانـه عنـدما یقتـنص اإللكتـرون بسـبب الحـاالت یمثل البوالرون الكترونا یرافقه تشویه في البلورة ووفقا لهذا اال لمستوى فیرمي وخالل رحلة اإللكترون في الشـبكة وفـي أثنـاء سـحبه للتشـویه معـه فانـه سـوف یسـبب نقصـًا فـي طاقـة القریبة . wpللنظام في ستقل بمقدار طاقة البوالرون) طاقة التشویه زائد طاقة االلكترونیة ( النظام أي أن الطاقة الكلیة :یقسم البوالرون الى نوعین هما : small polaronالبوالرون الصغیر . أ صــر الموضـعي فــي الشـبكة النـه فــي اثنـاء رحلــة آفـي هـذا النــوع مـن البوالرونـات تقــل طاقـة النظــام بسـبب تغیـرات الت كة فأنـه سـوف یسـبب اسـتقطابا ناتجـا عــن تكسـر بعـض االواصـر ومـن هنـا یكتسـب البـوالرون طاقتــه وان بااللكتـرون فـي الشـ الصــغیر عنــد درجــات وزمــن االســترخاء بالنســبة الــى البــوالرون overlapدث تــداخًال ذرتین ال یحــالــالتشـویه حــول مركــزي [ 10 ,4 ,7 ,9]:تيمایآالحرارة العالیة ك  w b h o r2exp tk w exp         ……. (11)              tk w w 1 ln 2 1 r b h w  …….. (12) :نموذج فیكون كما في العالقة االتیةلهذا اال sاما المعامل              tk w w 1 ln/41s b h  …….. (13) : large polaron (lp)البوالرون الكبیر . ب لبوالرونات المعتمدة التـي تكـون كبیـرة مقارنـة بالمسـافة بـین لنموذج فان التوصیل المتناوب یحدث نتیجة في هذا اال :[11 ,13,12 ] تعطى قیمته بالمعادلة اآلتیة sنموذج فان العامل االسي الذرات وهذا یعرف بالبوالرون الكبیر وفي هذا اال     2 2 1 641 1    rkrw rkrw r s t t boho boho      ……. (14) who دالة للفاصل بین المواقع الذریة ro ان اذنصف قطر البوالرون ŕo =2  ro ،ŕ=2  r الجانب العملي a(4000 1000)بطریقـة التبخیــر الحـراري فـي الفـراغ بســمك znseحضـرت أغشـیة o وباسـتخدام منظومــة m bar) 10بحیث یمكن الوصول بمنظومـة التفریـغ إلـى ضـغط بحـدود (lybold coting unit)تفریغ نوع -5 وباسـتخدام ) علیهـا ونظفـت كـل الشـرائح باسـتعمال سـیب األغشـیةقاعـدة أسـاس لتر cm (2.54x 7.63x 0.2)أبعـاد يشرائح زجاجیـة ذ pureالماء المقطر ومسحوق الغسیل ثم غمرت القواعد في الماء المقطر بعدها تغمر القواعـد الزجاجـة بكحـول عـالي النقـاوة ethanol 15في جهاز الموجات فوق الصوتیة مدة min 373وجففـت القواعـد األسـاس بوضـعها فـي فـرن بدرجـة حـرارة k .األلمنیوم لعمل األقطاب الكهربائیة یض من مادة المولبیدنیوم واستعمالحو استعمل znseولتبخیر مادة min 20ة مد 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لغـرض إجـراء القیاسـات الكهربائیـة تـم اسـتخدام جهـاز قـدرة للتیـار المسـتمر . حـویض مـن التنكسـتن اسـتعمل ولتبخیـر األلمنیـوم .( keithly digital electrometer)وجهاز لقیاس التیار philipsنوع من thermometerالذي یتصل بعداد thermo coupleنموذج بوساطة مزدوج حراري وتقاس درجة حرارة اال . eurothermنوع النتائج والمناقشة مـن خـالل دراســة الخصـائص الكهربائیــة المتناوبـة نالحـظ انخفــاض قیمـة ســعة المتسـعة مـع زیــادة التـردد لــدرجات بینمـا نالحـظ ازدیـاد سـعة ،بـین السـعة والتـردد إذ تشـیر إلـى العالقـة العكسـیةk(16) حراریـة مختلفـة وهـذا یتفـق مـع المعادلـة إذ إن المقاومـة تقــل بازدیــاد درجــة الحـرارة وعلیــه تــزداد ســعة (4,3)المتسـعة مــع زیــادة درجــة الحـرارة كمــا توضــح األشــكال .[15,14] المتسعة الن العالقة عكسیة بین كال من السعة والمقاومة ri q v q c  ........ ( 15) tan  = wrc 1     ( ....... 16) إذ إن تغیـر (6,5)األشـكال همـع التـردد فكـان بشـكل خطـي كمـا توضـحa.c ) ( أمـا تغیـر التوصـیلیة المتناوبـة ـــــاعدیة ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــة تصـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــو دالــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــردد هــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــع التـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــة مـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــیلیة المتناوبــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ التوصـــ إن التوصـــیل یـــتم عــن طریـــق القفـــز وان مثـــل هـــذه العالقــة یمكـــن أن تعـــزى إلــى non-decreasing)غیــر تنازلیـــة( وهذا یتفق مع نظریـة أندرسـون إذ یتطـابق مـع الواقـع thermal activationلاللكترونات أو االیونات نتیجة اإلثارة الحراریة وان التوصـیلیة ،یكـون شـبه خطـي mhzالواطئـة اقـل مـن النظري الذي یشیر إلـى أن تغیـر التوصـیلیة المتناوبـة مـع التـرددات .s [17,16]المتناوبة تتناسب مع التردد للقوة swc.a  ……….. (17) المتناوبــة العـالم لونـك أعطـى نبـذة عـن جمیـع النمـاذج التـي تفسـر التوصـیلیة المتناوبـة وأشـار إلـى أن قیمـة التوصـیلیة حساســیة كبیــرة لــدرجات الحــرارة عنــد التـــرددات وتغیــر طفیــف مــع درجـــات الحــرارة وأنهــا ذ عنــد التــرددات العالیــة تصــبح ذا ).7(كما یوضح الشكل . المنخفضة بوســاطة التنطـیط أو االنتفــاق intestateإن التوصـیلیة المتناوبــة تنـتج بســبب انتقـال حــامالت الشـحنة داخــل المسـتویات .لموجودة داخل فجوة الطاقة وتنتج بسبب العیوب التصنیعیة والشوائب والحدود الحبیبیة للمواد المتعددة التبلورا مع التردد ولدرجات حراریة مختلفة ومن ثم تغییرها مع درجـات و تغیر كل من (10,9,8) توضح األشكال ـــر قــــیم ظــــل زاویـــة الفقــــدان ـــان تغیـ ـــردد ولـــدرجات حراریــــة مختلفــــة كمــــا مبــــین الحـــرارة عنــــد قــــیم محــــددة وثـــم بیـ مــــع التـ (12,11) بالشكل بینمـا نالحـظ انخفاضـها ،تزداد مع زیادة درجات الحرارة tanو و من هذه األشكال یمكن مالحظة أن قیم عنـد التـرددات العالیـة كمـا ان temperature independentوأنها تصبح شبه ثابتة وال تعتمد على تغیـر درجـات الحـرارة وان قیمهــا تأخــذ القــیم العالیــة عنــد [18]مــع زیــادة التــردد هـو انخفــاض طفیــف وهــذا یتفــق مــع المصـدر انخفـاض قــیم .الترددات الواطئة وتزداد بازدیاد درجات الحرارة 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ن ذبذبـة المجــال مـع التـردد علـى أســاس حـدوث تـأخیر فـي حركـة ذرات المــادة بالنسـبة إلـى زمـ لتفسـیر نقصـان .[19])أي ان زمن استرخاء المادة اكبر من زمن ذبذبة المجال الكهربائي( الكهربائي (الرتباطـه معـه بالعالقـة a.c ) ( فسـلوكه مشـابه لسـلوك التوصـیلیة أما الجزء الخیـالي لثابـت العـزل    ( .[7] یتناسب عكسیا مع التردد ولكن بصورة معاكسة وذلك الن فان قیمته تمثل درجة اعتماد توصیلیة التیـار المتنـاوب علـى التـردد مـن خـالل العالقـة sالعامل األسي ()   s التي لها أهمیة كبیرة في معرفة المیكانیكیة التي تم بها التوصیل الكهربائي ثـم حسـابها مـن رسـم العالقـة بـین .(14,13)تقل بارتفاع درجات الحرارة كما یبین الشكل sالتوصیلیة المتناوبة مع التردد ولقد تبین أن قیم المصادر 1. omar, m . a. (1975), elementary solid state phy sics, addition-wesley publishing company. 2. akira doi, (1988), thin solid fi lm, j. app l. phy s, 63(1):121 3. elliott, r. (1978), phisy cs of thin film, phil. m ag., b, 37(5) :553 4. elliott, s. r. (1987), thin film technolo gy , adv. phys, 36 (2) :135 5. zawadzki, w., (1989), m echanism of electron scattering in semiconductors, poland, 6. long, a. r. (1982), e lectronic transp ort in amorp hous semiconductors, adv. phys, (31) :553 7. kaldis, e. (1982), current t op ics in m aterials science, nort h holland, elsev ier science ltd. 8. elliote, s. r. (1978), "semiconductors device phy sics and technology , phil. m ag., b, 38 (4). 9. austen, i. g. (1969), op tical and infrared detector", adv. phy s, 18 (71). ة، ) 1989( مؤید جبرائیل،یوسف . .10 والثاني،الجزء األول / مطبعة جامعة بغداد-فیزیاء الحالة الصلب 10 11. bedir, m .; oztaz, m. ;aloglu, o.f and ormans, r. (2004), dep artment of engineering p hy sics, uneversity of gaziantep , turkey . 12. park m . r. and anderson, w. a. (1998), m icroelectronic fabrication lab, slovak university of technology , ilkovicova 3, 812 19 br atislava. 13. yakoyama, m . j. (1998), t hin film device and ap p lication, crystal growth, 27(8). .جامعة اإلسكندریة -الفیزیاء التطبیقیة (1989) -محمد عبد المقصود ،الجمال .14 15. serway, a. (2000) phy sics for scientists and engineers with modern phy sics, 5th edition, cop y right. 16. fritzche, h. j. non (1971), semiconductor physics and app lication, crystalline solid, 6, :49. 17. brodsky , m. h. (1979) amorp hous semiconductors, springerverlage. 18. imaizumi, m . j. (1996), infrared m aterial data, crystal growth, 159, :257-260. 19. kirecv, p. s. (1978), semiconductor phy sics, m ir published, 2nd edition,. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد [6] تغیر التوصیلیة المتناوبة مع تغیر التردد (1):شكل [7]على كل من التردد ودرجة الحرارة sیمثل اعتماد العامل : (2)شكل ln w ln ( w) w   2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد a 1000العالقة بین سعة المتسعة والتردد ولدرجات حراریة مختلفة بسمك :)3(شكل 0 a 4000العالقة بین سعة المتسعة والتردد وبسمك ): 4(شكل o 8 12 16 20 ln 4.4e-11 4.8e-11 5.2e-11 5.6e-11 6.0e-11 c a p a ci ta n ce ( f a r a d ) d = 1000 a ts = 373 k befor e annea ling t=2 93 k t=3 03 k t=3 13 k t=3 23 k t=3 33 k t=3 43 k t=3 53 k t=3 63 k t=3 73 k 8 12 16 20 ln 4.0e-1 1 5.0e-1 1 6.0e-1 1 7.0e-1 1 8.0e-1 1 c a p a c it a n c e ( f a r a d ) d= 4000 a t =293 k t =303 k t =313 k t =323 k t =333 k t =343 k t =353 k t =363 k t =373 k 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 1000aالعالقة بین التوصیلیة والتردد ولسمك ): 5(شكل o 4000aالعالقة بین التوصیلیة والتردد ولسمك ): 6(شكل o 8 10 12 14 16 ln ( hz ) -24 -22 -20 -18 -16 -14 l n ( cm . o h m )1 d=400 0 a t= 293 k t= 303 k t= 313 k t= 323 k t= 333 k t= 343 k t= 353 k t= 363 k t= 373 k 4 8 12 16 ln -26 -24 -22 -20 -18 l n d =1000 a ts=373 k before a nneal in g t= 293 k t=303 k t=313 k t=323 k t=333 k t=343 k t=353 k t=363 k t=373 k 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بین التوصیلیة مع مقلوب درجة الحرارةالعالقة ): 7(شكل a تغیر الجزء الحقیقي لثابت العزل الكهربائي مع التردد بسمك ): 8(شكل o 4000 2. 6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 1000 / t ( k ) -24 .0 -23 .0 -22 .0 -21 .0 -20 .0 -19 .0 l n ( o h m . c m ) -1 -1 d= 1000 a ts= 37 3 k before annealing f = 10 khz f = 100 k hz f = 100 0 k hz 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 1000 / t ( k ) -24. 0 -23. 0 -22. 0 -21. 0 -20. 0 -19. 0 l n ( o h m . c m ) -1 -1 d= 10 00 a ts = 4 23 k be fore annealing f= 10 khz f = 100 khz f = 100 0 khz 2011) 2( 24یة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیق 1000aتغیر الجزء الخیالي لثابت العزل الكهربائي مع التردد وبسمك 9):(شكل o 4000aتغیر الجزء الخیالي لثابت العزل الكهربائي مع التردد بسمك :)10(شكل o 8 10 1 2 14 16 l n 0.0e+0 2.0e -1 4.0e -1 6.0e -1 8.0e -1 d= 4000 a t=29 3 k t=30 3 k t=31 3 k t=32 3 k t=33 3 k t=34 3 k t=35 3 k t=36 3 k t=37 3 k curve 10 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 1000aتغیر ظل زاویة الفقدان مع التردد بسمك :)11(شكل o 4000aظل زاویة الفقدان مع التردد ولدرجات حراریة مختلفة وبسمك :)12(شكل o 8 10 12 14 16 ln 0.0e+0 1.0e+0 2.0e+0 3.0e+0 4.0e+0 t a n d =4000 a t= 293 k t= 303 k t= 313 k t= 323 k t= 333 k t= 343 k t= 353 k t= 363 k t= 373 k 8 12 16 20 ln 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 t a n d=1000 a ts=373 k before a nnealing t=29 3 k t=30 3 k t=31 3 k t=32 3 k t=33 3 k t=34 3 k t=35 3 k t=36 3 k t=37 3 k 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 1000aمع درجات الحرارة وبسمك sقیم المعامل :)13( شكل o 4000aمع درجات الحرارة ولسمك sقیم المعامل ): 14(شكل o 280 300 3 20 340 360 380 t ( k ) 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 s d= 100 0 a 28 0 30 0 320 340 360 380 t ( k ) 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 s d= 4000 a ts = 373 k before annealing microsoft word 195-205 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |195    three locally clays as a surfaces for adsorption of cephalexin monohydrate from aqueous solution: thermodynamic and desorption equilibrium saja s. al-taweel sajataweel@yahoo.com university of qadisiyah /college of science sadoon a. isa al-hikma foundation /canada ramzi r. al-ani university of mustansiryah/college of science abstract the adsorption of cephalexin.h2o from aqueous solution on attapulgite, bentonite and kaolin has been studied at the human body temperature (37.5˚c) and at 5, 27, 47˚c in 0.1m hydrochloric acid (ph  1.2). the value of ph  1.2 has been chosen to simulate the ph of stomach fluid. the clays show the following order: bentonite > attapulgite > kaolin, for their activity to adsorb cephalexin.h2o. the charged clay particles can attract molecules either by electrostatic forces, for the molecules of oppositely charged, or by inducing dipole formation in the neutral molecule. the l-shaped adsorption isotherm indicated that drug molecules arrangement in a flat geometry on the clay surface. the results indicated the applicability of langmuir isotherm for adsorption of drug on three clays. the amount of cephalexin.h2o adsorbed on the three clays was increased with increasing ph value from 1.2 to 5. at the acidic ph, the competition between cephalexin.h2o molecules and hydronium ions results in a reduction in adsorption process. at fixed temperature and ph, the adsorption of cephalexin.h2o on the three clays was increased with increasing the ionic strength of solution. the data showed a little increase in the amount of drug adsorbed by attapulgite and bentonite with increasing temperature, so the adsorption process appeared endothermic. the reverse was observed with adsorption of cephalexin.h2o on kaolin surface (exothermic). the extent of desorption of cephalexin.h2o from the clays increased when the concentration of drug increased. this result may refer to the difficulty of desorption of the drug at low concentrations, which reflects a relatively higher adsorbate adsorbent interaction. keywords: clays, cephalexin monohydrate, desorption equilibrium, thermodynamics. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |196    1. introduction adsorption is a phenomenon happened on the surface which usually refers to the concentrating of special kinds of materials at the interface of solution or other phases [1]. it is a phenomenon in which the available active sites on the surface is the determining factor [2,3]. the thermodynamic and molecular properties of adsorption process such as affinity, capacity, shape of isotherm, and the enthalpy change) are the basic parameters to understand the binding processes and to provide mechanical information for the selection solid adsorbents that have many applications in preventing toxicity in animals [4-6]. however, there are many phenomena where adsorption is essential to occur. in industry, for example, analysis and separation of gases, petroleum processing [7], decolorisation [8], taste improvement and deodoration of drinking water [9], all these processes occur through the adsorption phenomena on solid surfaces such as clays and activated charcoal. medical uses of adsorbent surfaces, particularly, in the treatment of poisoning with different materials was discussed in several publications. charcoal is high efficient surface was used as an antidote for treatment the poisoning with drug overdosage and toxic substances [10,11]. another active surface material were also studied and found of clinical importance in the treatment of poisoning by toxins and drug overdose, such as kaolin [12], soils [13], talc [14], alumina and silica [15], montmorillonite [16] and smectite [17]. the present study was performed to explore the validity of three locally available clays (attapulgite, bentonite and kaolin) as antidotes in treatment of poisoning by cephalexin monohydrate if taken beyond its usual dosages. in physical pharmacy the adsorption and desorption of drugs is very important to prepare sustained release tablets and physical antidotes. 2. experimental preparation of clays powder the used clays were supplied by the company of geological survey and mining, iraq. the three clays were washed by distilled water to remove approximately all the soluble materials. washed clays were then dried for 3 hours in an oven at 160 oc and kept in containers. the dried clays were ground and sieved by using sieve of (200-mesh). the size of particles that used for three clays in all experiments is 75 m. preparation of cephalexin monohydrate solutions different concentrations of cephalexin monohydrate were prepared by serial dilutions. the absorbance of solutions at 256nm were plotted vs. the cephalexin.h2o concentration. the linear calibration curve was obtained and show the applicability of beer-lambert’s law. equilibrium times of adsorption systems an initially 510-3 m of drug solution at 37.5 oc was shaken with 0.5 g of clay powder. the concentration of drug solutions was evaluated at different times using uv-vis spectrophotometer (pye-unicam. pu 8600, philips). the time required to attain equilibrium for attapulgite and bentonite systems are 2.5h while its 2h for kaolin system. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |197    adsorption isotherm 25 ml of aqueous solutions of cephalexin.h2o with concentrations range from 810-4 to 210-2 m were mixed with 0.5g clay. the mixture was shaken in a thermostatic water bath, (gfl (d-3006) at 60 cycle/min., then centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 20 min. the remain content of drug was assayed after dilution using uv-vis. spectrometer. the remain concentration at equilibrium was obtained from the calibration curve. the amount of drug adsorbed on the surface was calculated from equation [18] : m )cc(v m x eo  ……………….(1) where: x is the adsorption quantity, m : weight of clay (g). co and ce: initial and equilibrium concen. (mg/l) and v: volume of solution (l). effect of experimental parameters the procedure described for the adsorption experiment was carried out at different temperatures (5, 27, 37 and 47 oc) and different ph values (using a fixed concentration of the drug in different media, 0.1m hcl (ph1.2),different phosphate and biphthalate buffer systems were used to adjust the ph range from 1.6 to 9). the effect of ionic strength was studied using different concentrations of sodium chloride (0.154, 0.3 and 0.5 m). desorption procedure desorption process was performed by two different methods. in first method, the extent of elution of adsorbed drug was evaluated using a suitable solvent and 0.154m nacl as elution media. the adsorption process was performed as mentioned previously at 37.5oc. after equilibration, the suspensions were centrifuged, and the supernatant was decanted carefully and set aside for assay. a 25 ml portion of eluent was added; after shaking for 1 hour, the suspensions were centrifuged and the drug content determined [19,20]. the amount of drug desorbed was calculated according to the following equation [19]: the amount desorbed (mg/g) m vc e  ………………(2) where ce : concentration of drug desorbed at equilibrium (mg/l), v : volume of eluent (l) in another method a solution of fixed concentration of drug (210-2m) was prepared in a suitable solvent and the desorption process was repeated according to the above procedure. the elution process was repeated by adding 25 ml of eluent until no significant amount of drug was recovered after several washings [19]. equation (3) was used to calculate the amount of drug released in each step of elution and the desorption percent was obtained as follows [19]: % desorption 100 adsorbeddrugofamount desorbeddrugofamount  ………………..(3) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |198    3. result and discussion the adsorption of cephalexin.h2o from aqueous solution on three locally clays (attapulgite, bentonite and kaolin) was studied at the human body temperature (37.5˚c) and at 5, 27 and 47˚c in 0.1m hydrochloric acid (ph  1.2).the shapes of cephalexin.h2o isotherms are shown in figure (1), the quantities of drug adsorbed on attapulgite, bentonite, and kaolin are plotted against concentration at the above temperatures. the adsorptive capacities of the three clays was observed to increase as the concentration of cephalexin.h2o increased until reaching a limited value. the clays were found of sensible activity in adsorption of different materials and drugs [21]. the greatest amount of adsorption was exhibited by bentonite clay followed by attapulgite and kaolin. in clay minerals an atom of lower positive valence replaces one of higher valence, this causes an increase in negative charge. this negative charge is neutralizing by the adsorption of cations on the surfaces. in the solution, a compensating process may occur between the cations on the layer surfaces and the cations which are available in solution [22]. on the other hand, the behavior of clay in solution can be predicted by gouy theory and the concept of electrical double layer [23]. in aqueous solution the particles of clay mineral are charged and can attract molecules either by inducing dipole formation in the neutral molecule, or by electrostatic forces for the molecules of opposite charge. the isotherm shapes of cephalexin.h2o adsorption are of l type as classified by giles et al. [24]. l-shaped adsorption isotherm indicated that affinity between the drug and the clays is high [24]. moreover, the adsorption of cephalexin.h2o on kaolin was not limited to formation of one adsorption layer; a second plateau was obtained, which gives multilayer l4 type of isotherms according to the classification of giles. this refers to the heterogeneous surface nature of kaolin clay as given by some reports [25]. the experimental adsorption data were applied to the theoretical langmuir isotherm (eq.4) [26]. the results showed the applicability of langmuir isotherm as shown from figure (2). a c ab 1 m/x c ee  ………………….. (4) where a and b are langmuir constants the ph effect on the adsorption uptake of cephalexin.h2o by three clays at 37.5˚c was investigated upon using buffer solutions (ph =1.2 -5). as shown from figure (3), the adsorption quantities of the drug increase with increasing ph of solution. at the acidic ph, the competition between cephalexin.h2o molecules and hydronium ions causes a reduction in adsorption of drug [27]. in addition, the solubility of cephalexin.h2o is greatly decreased as the ph is increased from 2 to 5 result in increase of affinity towards the clay surface. figure (4) demonstrated the effect of ionic strength on adsorption uptake of cephalexin.h2o on the three clays at variable concentrations of sodium chloride (0.154, 0.3 and 0.5m) (ionic strength (i) = 0.154, 0.3 and 0.5 m). it is observed an increase in drug uptake as the concentration of electrolyte increase. the higher interaction between electrolyte ions and aqueous molecules of solvent causes in the reduction of drug solubility and increase in cephalexin.h2o adsorption. also, the presence of ions and the electrostatic interactions in solution leads to change in the physical properties of the surface of clay [28]. the data and the shapes of cephalexin.h2o adsorption isotherms at temperatures under study are demonstrated in figure (1). a slight increase in the amount of drug adsorbed on attapulgite and bentonite was observed with increase in temperature, hence the drug uptake ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |199    process is endothermic. this means the interaction between the drug molecules and the clay surface, requires an appreciable energy to take place. moreover, the mechanism of ion exchange may also take place at the clay-liquid interface [27]. on the other hand, the adsorption extent of cephalexin.h2o on kaolin was decreased at the high temperatures, refers to exothermic process. at different temperatures, the values of xm were estimated to calculate the thermodynamic functions of adsorption of cephalexin.h2o on the clays as illustrated in equations 5-7[29]. ttancons rt h xln m     ……………. (5) xm: is the maximum amount uptake by clay surface. when plot ln xm vs. 1/t, the straight line of slope r/h was obtained. go  rtlnk ……………… (6) where go change is free energy, r is constant equals to 8.314 j.mol-1.k-1. the entropy of system (s) calculated from the equation: t gh s     ……………..(7) thermodynamic functions of cephalexin-attapulgite and cephalexin-bentonite systems show negative heat of adsorption and positive entropy (table (1)). the hydrophobic bonding of water molecules which are surrounding the drug molecule and the adsorption sites of the surface was ruptured, thus the randomness of the system increased [27]. the extent of desorption of cephalexin.h2o from the clays increased as the concentration of the drug in solution increased figure (5). these results may refer to the difficulty of desorption of the drug at low concentrations, which reflects a relatively higher drug – clay interaction and the heterogeneity nature of surface. easier desorption can be seen with increase the concentration of drug in solution [25]. the percent desorbed of drug after several washings with 0.1 m hydrochloric acid or 0.154 m sodium chloride was also determined. the results are listed in table (2) by the concentration of drug released in each elution step. the results clarify the adsorption of cephalexin.h2o on the three clays is of physical-chemical type characterized by van der waals forces. nearly half amount of cephalexin.h2o adsorbed on bentonite and kaolin was recovered after seven and six washes respectively by 0.154 m nacl or 0.1 m hcl, but 72.8 percent of the drug was retained by attapulgite. the low percent of cephalexin.h2o desorbed from attapulgite as compared with that of bentonite and kaolin can be explained partially on the basis of the structure of clay surface and the mechanism of adsorption of drug on the surface [19]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |200    table (1) thermodynamic functions for adsorption of cephalexin.h2o on three clays at 37.5 oc clay h kj .mol-1 g kj.mol-1 s j.mol-1.k-1 attapulgite + 6.218 + 1.506 + 15.17 bentonite +3.566 0.603 + 13.42 kaolin 7.468 + 5.235 40.91 table (2) percent desorption of cephalexin.h2o from the clays by repeated elution clay elutions no. desorption in 0.1 m hcl desorption in 0.154 m nacl ce mg/l quantity desorbed mg/g % desorption ce mg/l quantity desorbed mg/g % desorption a tt ap u lg it e 1 355.05 17.75 25.9 331.05 16.55 23.8 2 400.35 20.02 28.8 378.62 18.93 27.2 b en to n it e 1 615.33 30.77 18.1 697.18 34.86 20.5 2 946.38 47.32 27.8 996.08 49.80 29.3 3 1097.30 54.86 32.3 1129.45 56.46 33.2 4 1223.30 61.16 35.9 1238.90 61.93 36.5 5 1292.71 64.63 38.0 1298.08 64.89 38.2 6 1356.50 67.82 39.9 1338.72 66.92 39.4 7 1402.88 70.14 41.2 1367.18 68.34 40.2 k a o li n 1 348.59 17.43 48.1 346.03 17.30 47.8 2 375.30 18.76 51.8 398.30 19.91 55.1 3 396.80 19.83 54.8 405.30 20.21 56.0 4 413.05 20.65 57.1 __ __ 5 415.75 20.78 57.5 __ __ __ 6 416.55 20.82 57.6 __ __ __ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |201    a b c figure (1): adsorption isotherms of cephalexin.h2o on : aattapulgite, bbentonite and ckaolin at ph  1.2 and different temperatures figure (2): linear form of langmuir isotherm of cephalexin.h2o on the clays 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 20 40 60 80 5 c 27 c 37.5 c 47 c 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 40 80 120 160 200 attapulgite bentonite kaolin q e    (m g /g ) ce(mg/l) q e    (m g /g ) q e    (m g /g ) ce(mg/l) ce(mg/l) ce(mg/l) c e /q ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |202    figure (3): effect of ph in adsorption uptake of cephalexin.h2o on the clays at 37.5 oc a b c figure (4): adsorption isotherms of cephalexin.h2o on: aattapulgite, bbentonite and ckaolin at different concentrations of sodium chloride at 37.5 oc 1 2 3 4 5 0 100 200 300 400 0 2000 4000 6000 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.154 m nacl 0.3 m nacl 0.5 m nacl 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 10 20 30 40 50 ph q e    (m g /g ) q e    (m g /g ) q e    (m g /g ) q e    (m g /g ) ce(mg/l) ce(mg/l) ce(mg/l) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |203    a b c figure (5): concentration of cephalexin.h2o desorbed from: aattapulgite, b bentonite and ckaolin as a function of amount adsorbed 4. conclusions due to higher activity of bentonite clay in adsorption of the drugs, it can be used as an adsorption of the drug on the o.2cephalexin.h antidote for treatment of acute poisoning by clays was ph dependent and it was reversible with low enthalpy value. the adsorption isotherms obeyed langmuir equation and the extent of drug adsorption change positively with concentration of sodium chloride. references [1] s. glasstone, physical chemistry, 2nd ed., macmill an., london,. 518,1194. 1962 [2] h.r. kruyt; j.t.g. overbeek, an introduction to physical chemistry, holt, rinehart and winston, inc., new york,. 91-95. 1964 [3] m. ladd, introduction to physical chemistry, 3rd ed., london, p. 439. 1998 [4] p.g. grant; t.d. phillips, isothermal adsorption of aflatoxin b1 on hscas clay., j. agric. food chem., 46: 599-605. 1998 [5] p.h. chang; z.h. li; w.t. jiang; j.s. jean, adsorption and intercalation of tetracycline by swelling clay minerals. appl. clay sci., 46: 27–36. 2009 0 20 40 60 80 0 100 200 300 400 0.1 m hcl 0.154 m nacl 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 200 400 600 800 0 10 20 30 40 0 100 200 300 400 c d e s c d e s. c d e s. qe  (mg/g) qe qe   ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |204    [6] m. kaur ; m. datta , diclofenac sodium adsorption onto montmorillonite: adsorption equilibrium studies and drug release kinetics, adsorp. sci. & tech. ,32(5): 365-387. 2014 [7] s. sircar; t.c. golden; b. raom. activated carbon for gas separation and storage, carbon , 34 (1) :1-12. 1996 [8] j.c. patel; g. k. patel; h. s. patel, removal and decolorization: adsorption study of dye bearing textile effluents by sulfinated urea-formaldehyde resin, adv.in appl. sci. res., 7(4):222-227. 2016 [9] c.w. lou ; c.t. lu ; c.w. lin; a.p. che; s.b. jang; j.h. lin, manufacturing technique and deodorization effectiveness against ammonia gas of bamboo charcoal/spandex complex knitted fabrics, jeff,7( 2) : 109-117. 2012 [10] r.m. lapus, activated charcoal for pediatric poisonings: the universal antidote, curr opin pediatr., 19:216–222. 2007 [11] d.n. juurlink, activated charcoal for acute overdose: a reappraisal, br j clin pharmaco, 81(3): 482–487. 2015 [12] s.i. ofoefule; m. okonta, adsorption studies of ciprofloxacin: evalution of magnesium trisilicate, kaolin and starch as alternatives for managment of ciprofloxacin poisoning., boll. chjm. farmaceutiea., 138:239-242. 1999 [13] d. vasudevan; g.l. bruland; b.s. torrance; v.g. upchurch; a.a. mackay; ph dependent ciprofloxacin sorption to soils: interaction mechanisms and soil factors influencing sorption. geoderma, 151:68–76. 2009 [14] e.c. ibezim; s.i. ofoefule; c.n.c. ejeahalaka; o.e. orisakwe, in vitro adsorption of ciprofloxacin on activated charcoal and talc., am. j. theraputics, 6: 199-201. 1999 [15] k.w. goyne; j. chorover; j.d. kubicki; a.r. zimmerman; s.l. brantley, sorption of the antibiotic ofloxacin to mesoporous and nonporous alumina and silica. j. colloid interface sci., 283, 160–170. 2005 [16] a. dror; o. primor; i. gozlan; h. mamane, sorption of sulfonamide tetracyclines to montmorillonite clay, water air soil pollut., 209, 439-450. 2010 [17] z. li; p.h. chang; j.s. jean; w.t. jiang; c.j. wang, interaction between tetracycline and smectite in aqueous solution. j. colloid interface sci., 341:311–319. 2010 [18] s. voyutsky, colloid chemistry, mir publishers, moscow, pp. 91-116, 154-158. 1978 [19] l. b. williams; s. e. haydel, evaluation of the medicinal use of clay minerals as antibacterial agents, int geol rev., 52(7): 745–770. 2010 [20] s.a.h. khalil; m. iwuagwu, in vitro uptake of oral contraceptive steroids by magnesium trisilicate., j. pharm. sci., 67(2): 287-289. 1978 [21] m.j. sameer; k.a.h. hussein; saadon a.isa, the ability of attapulgite clay as a physical antidote in adsorption of some drugs from solution., iraqi j. sci., 42a(2): 80-98. 2001 [22] n.a. armstrong; c.d clarke., the adsorption of crystal violat by kaolin., j. pharm. pharmac., 23: 95s-100s. 1971 ed., houghton mifflin company, ndj.h. meiser, physical chemistry, 2k.j. laidler; ] 23[ boston, pp. 856-857. 1995 [24] c.h. giles; t.h macewan; s.n. nakhwa and d.smith, studies in adsorption. part xi. a system of classification of solution adsorption isotherms, and its use in diagnosis of ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1793 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |205    adsorption mechanisms and in measurement of specific surface area of solids., j. chem. soc., 786:3973-3993. 1960 [25] j. hári; p. polyák1; d. mester1; m. mičušík; m. omastová; m. kállay; b. pukánszky; adsorption of an active molecule on the surface of halloysite for controlled release application: interaction, orientation, consequences, appl. clay sci.,132:167-174. 2016 [26] s. pandeya; k.p gharti; l. bharati; a. pandey, in-vitro kinetics, adsorption isotherm, and effect of ph on antidotal effect of activated charcoal in tramadol hydrochloride intoxication., int. j. pharm. sci. & res.,7:63-71. 2016 [27] o. al-gohary; j. lyall; j.b. murry, adsorption of antihypertensives by suspensions, part ii : the adsorption of acebutolol, metoprolol, nadolol, oxprenolol and timolol by attapulgite, charcoal, kaolin and magnesium trisilicate., pharm. acta. helv., 63(1): 13-18. 1988 [28] d.l.sorby; e.m. plein; j.d.benmaman, adsorption of phenothiazine derivatives by solid adsorbents., j. pharm. sci., 55: 785-794. 1966 [29] s. rakshit ; d.sarkar; p.punamiya; r. datta, kinetics of oxytetracycline sorption on magnetite nanoparticles, int. j. environ. sci. technol.,11:1207–1214. 2014   ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 reproductive biology of common carp(cyprinus carpio l.) from al-gharraf canal at wasit province –iraq ii. fecundity o f females a. a. hamady teacher’s institute in al-hai,wasit abstract from september 2002, monthly samples of common carp (cyprinus carpio l.) were collected from two stations al al-gharraf canal. the results of this st udy revealed that the relationship between fecundity and total length , body weight and age can be exp ressed by the following equations: log f=2.049+1.059 log w. r =0.98 log f=1.173+2.534 log l. r =0.96 log f=3.844+2.197 log a. r =0.87 the range of the absolute fecundity of 20 female fishes were 50910 – 1008514 eggs and the relative fecundity was 177 eggs/g. the average egg diameter was 1.52 mm in ripe female and it ranged from 0.99mm to 1.64mm. there were three p eaks of ganado somatic index in the female fishes app eared at august ,november and february while in the male fishes app eared at november, january and ap ril, it was at least two sp awning seasons in the year. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في شط ، ) .cyprinus carpio l( حیاتیة التكاثر لسمكة الكارب االعتیادي خصوبة االناث. ii. ط ،العراقالغراف ضمن محافظة واس عبد الرضا عبد الحسین حمادي واسط ،معهد إعداد المعلمین في الحي الخالصة . في شط الغراف محطتینمن 2003الى آب 2002 أیلولمن لسمكة الكارب االعتیادي جمعت نماذج شهریة :یةتأمكن التعبیر عنها بالمعادالت اآلعن عالقة الخصوبة مع الطول والوزن والعمر التي نتائج البحث أظهرت log f=2.049+1.059 log w. r =0.98 log f=1.173+2.534 log l. r =0.96 log f=3.844+2.197 log a. r =0.87 وكان معدل اتبیض 1008514بیضة الى 50910سمكة كارب ناضجة من ) 20(تراوحت الخصوبة المطلقة لـ .بیضة لكل غم من وزن السمكة 177الخصوبة النسبیة .ملم 1.64ملم الى 0.99البیوض من أقطارملم في اإلناث الناضجة وبلغ معدل 1.52وكان معدل قطر البیوض أما في الذكور فظهرت . تشرین الثاني، شباط ، وآب باألشهرالكارب إلناث gsiوجدت ثالث قمم لدالة المناسل .تشرین الثاني ، كانون الثاني ونیسان باألشهر gsiثالث قمم أیضا لدالة المناسل .وجد إن هنالك باألقل موسمي تكاثر خالل السنة الواحدة لسمكة الكارب في شط الغراف المقدمة وأخرى خارجیة تخص العوامل البیئیة في ) وظیفیة مثل الهرمونات( إن بدء تكاثر األسماك یتأثر بعوامل داخلیة roy[1]أشار. موطن هذه األسماك ce مدة إن عملیة التكاثر تتأثر في اغلب األحیاء المائیة بدرجة الحرارة وطول إلى فوجد من التجارب إن الحیوانات المائیة ذا التفریخ الربیعي تبدأ بوضع البیوض ، اإلضاءة ، كل واحدة بمفردها أو سویة .رة اصطناعیةة الضوئیة خالل الیوم بصو زیادة درجة الحرارة أو طول المد حاًال عند المد والجزر ، الملوحة ، فیضانات األنهار وعامل األوكسجین المذاب المهم بصورة :مثل،أخرىتوجد عوامل كما .دائمة wakelin [2] أشارأما درجة الحرارة التي تكون مالئمة للنمو الجنیني بعد فقس البیوض فقد g etal ة الى رج ، وبعدها تتكیف الیرقات تدریجیا لدرجات الحرارة ) م ْ 18 – م ْ 15(ون بدرجة حرارة الحرارة الالزمة لنمو الجنین الطبیعي تك .المنخفضة nikolsky [3] أشارتوجد خصوصیة في تكاثر كل نوع من األسماك فقد حلقة الوصل إن تكاثر األسماك یعد لك خصوصیة في تكاثر كل نوع من في دورة حیاتها التي ترتبط مع الحلقات األخرى لضمان استمرار وبقاء النوع وهنا .األسماك وهذه الخصوصیة ما هي إال تكیف لظروف معینة تخص تكاثر ونمو یرقاته 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ة إن الكارب یمتلك جه bishai etal [4] فأوضحالكارب من األسماك عالیة الخصوبة ، یعد دا تكاثریا عالیا نتیج .نضوجه المبكر واالنتاج العالي للبیوض والطول النسبي لعمرهل [6]كذلك وجد . بیضة 1447000بیضة الى 34000إن الخصوبة المطلقة تراوحت من gromov [5]وجد اذ kuz netsov etal نهر االرال بیضة في 1500000بیضة الى 145000إن الخصوبة المطلقة للكارب تراوحت من .بیضة 2100000وكانت أعلى خصوبة مطلقة موقع الدراسة هوار قرب دجلة عند مقدم سدة الكوت ویمر بمحافظتي واسط وذي قار وینتهي في األ هو احد فروعشط الغراف .قضاء الشطرة في محافظة ذي قار یصل الى اذ ند مدینة الكوت كم ، ویبلغ أعلى تصریف له في مقدم الشط ع 168یبلغ طول شط الغراف الرئیس .ثا ، ویستفاد من شط الغراف في الري والمالحة/3م450 ، ومعدل ارمتأ 9عمق للشط أقصىمتر ، وكذلك یبلغ 60متر ومعدل العرض 100عرض للشط أقصىویبلغ chara spواهم النباتات المائیة التي تزدهر في شط الغراف، الكارا . ارمتأ 4العمق typha sp، والبردي . ب . ، والقص phragmites sp . .ceratophyllum demersum l) الشلنت( ، والشنبالن . والشبوط ،.cypprinus carpio l وتوجد في شط الغراف عدد من األسماك من بینها الكارب االعتیادي barbus grypus heckel، والَكطانbarbus xanthopterus ( he ckel) ، والشلك aspius vorax heckle barbus sharpeyi guntوالبني ، liza abu heckleوالخشني her ، األسیويوالجريsilurus triostegus heckel ، والجري األوربيskilurus galnis l. ، ابو الحكم(والجري الالسع( heteropeneustes fossilis ( bloch) كولفل(وأبو الزمیر (mystus colvilli (gunt her) ، وابو الزمیر العمیقmystus pelusius (soland er) والصقنقور المألوف glyptothorax steindachneri (pietschmann) . المواد وطرائق العمل من منطقتین األولى غرب الناظم االول والثانیة غرب الناظم الثاني لشط الغراف في ألسماكاعینات تخذأ :)1(موضحة بالشكل. ضمن قضاء الحي ، محافظة واسط 2003الى شهر اب 2002ول منتصف كل شهر من ایل )6.5، 5.5، 5، 4.5، 3.5، 3( مختلفة السعات طول ضلع فتحته gillnetsاستخدمت شباك خیشومیة small mكرفة الشباك وشباك، سم eshed sein nets العیناتجمع لصغیرة الفتحات. ا غم 0.1 ألقربس الوزن سقی سم ، و 0.1 ألقرب .t.lسي متري لقیاس الطول الكلي للسماك واستخدم شریط قی .باستخدام میزان حساس س االبیوض وتعدادها وقد استخدم في القی أقطارفورمالین بغیة قیاس % 10تم تثبیت المناسل وحفظها في محلول .مجهر ضوئي خمس عینات أخذتاذ لحساب عدد البیوض في المبایض bagenal [7]الطریقة الوزنیة الموضحة من استعملت .غم لكل عینة بغیة التعرف على الخصوبة المطلقة 1بواقع 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .من خالل معرفة عدد البیوض لكل غرام من وزن الجسم أما الخصوبة النسبیة فقد حسبت :یةدام المعادلة اآلتباستخ .g.s.iوتم تقدیر دالة المناسل g.s.i. = gonad weight body weight  10 والمناقشة النتائج seالتغیرات الفصلیة في وزن المناسل asonal changes in gond weight ،في تشرین الثاني 10.66ى أعلى قیمة ال 1.28من اقل قیمة في نیسان لإلناث .g.s.iتراوحت قیم دالة المناسل . في تشرین االول وكانون الثاني 6.42قیمة وأعلى آبفي 0.41من اقل قیمة في الذكور .g.s.iبینما كانت قیم الى بالنسبة .g.s.iفوجدت ثالث قمم لدالة المناسل .g.s.iالتغیرات الشهریة في قیم دالة المناسل )2(الشكلیوضح و تشرین الثاني وكانون الثاني لألشهربینما وجدت ثالث قمم لدالة المناسل في الذكور ،وتشرین الثاني وشباط آبفي إلناثا .أي بصورة جزئیة مما أدى الى ظهور أكثر من قیمة متعددة بیوضه مراتوبما إن الكارب یضع . ونیسان یتفاوت مقداره من منطقة الى أخرى معامل النضج و في إن أماكن معیشة األسماك تؤثر [8] أشار علي واالمین ي تضع بها اإلناث بیوضها حیث یتفاوت بین . تبعا لكمیة ونوعیة الغذاء كما قد یؤثر على معامل النضوج تبعا للطریقة الت .ةیدعد تااألسماك التي تضع بیوضها مرة واحدة والتي تضع بیوضها مر األولى في منتصف تشرین g.s.iحصول قمتین لـ من smith & walker [9]ما وجده الباحثان لوهذا مماثل .2002في منتصف كانون الثاني ومنتصف آذار ، واآلخرى 2001ول وكانون االول اال hampala macrolepidotaلسمكة abdin [10] وكذلك تماثل ما وجده (van hasselt) وجد اذ في مالیزیا .ادة في شهر أیلولوزی آبفي وأخرىقمتین لدالة المناسل قمة في آذار إن الكارب shikhshabekov [11] بینما في المناطق الباردة یختلف موعد ارتفاع قیم دالة المناسل ، فذكر 17.6قد وصلت قیم دالة المناسل في مرحلة ما قبل وضع السرء في آذار ونیسان بمعدل terekفي داغستان في دلتا .للذكور 6.8لإلناث و إن قیم دالة المناسل للكارب عالیة في نیسان ومایس وحزیران وكانت قیمها الى fedetova [12] وكذلك أشار .على التوالي) 12.3، 12.3، 12.1( nikolsky [3]وقد أشار إن دالة المناسل تصل ذروتها في الربیع في نصف الكرة الشمالي وال تعتمد على الغذاء .ة اإلضاءة ودرجة الحرارةرى أهمها مدوٕانما على عوامل أخ كمًا ونوعاً ا كلذكور وٕاناث سم kأما بالنسبة الى عالقة دالة المناسل مع معامل الحالة ة الكارب فوجد إن هنالك ترابطا بینهم .فر الغذاءاعلى حالة النمو العامة المرتبطة بتو kالعتماد قیم ثأیضا لذكور kبین دالة المناسل ومعامل الحالة من أن هنالك ترابطًا سالبا [13] وهذا یطابق ما وجده داود وٕانا .الكارب في هور الحمار جنوب العراق 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد fecundityالخصوبة ى لفة ، حیث تراوح الخصوبة المطلقة والنسبیة ضمن مجامیع العمر والطول والوزن المخت ][1الجدولیوضح مد 28.4تراوحت من .t.lسمكة ناضجة وأطوال كلیة 20بیضة لـ 1008514الى اتبیض 50910الخصوبة المطلقة من .سنوات 9سنوات الى 3من أعمارهاغم وتراوحت 4250غم الى 290.2من وأوزانسم 61سم الى :)3( ة بالشكل رقمفموضح .t.lأما عالقة معدل الخصوبة المطلقة مع الطول الكلي log f=1.173+2.534 log l. r =0.96 :وارتبطت الخصوبة المطلقة مع الوزن بالعالقة االتیة log f=2.049+1.059 log w. r =0.98 :)4(یة والموضحة بالشكل رقموبة المطلقة مع العمر بالعالقة اآلتكذلك ارتبطت الخص log f=3.844+2.197 log a. r =0.87 ه . غم من وزن السمكة/ بیضة 177وكان معدل الخصوبة النسبیة یساوي وتماثل نتائج البحث مع ما توصل الی [5] gromov بیضة في حوض االمور 1447000بیضة الى 34000من إن الخصوبة المطلقة للكارب تراوحت من .بیضة واعلى حد ملیون بیضة 300000معدل بإن خصوبة الكارب المطلقة كانت chumchal [14]في روسیا، وذكر pap [15]وفیما یخص الخصوبة النسبیة وجد ames etal بیضة لكل 155.9إن الخصوبة النسبیة للكارب بلغت .غرام من وزن السمكة في احد مزارع تربیة األسماك في الهند 119اوح معدلها من إن الخصوبة النسبیة للكارب في مناطق متعددة في روسیا تر ivanov [16]وكذلك أشار ة ] 13[ وتختلف نتائج البحث قلیال عن ما وجده داود. بیضة لكل غرام من وزن السمكة 182بیضة الى إن قیم الخصوب وتراوحت اطوال اتبیض 1492504بیضة الى 14151المطلقة للكارب في هور الحمار جنوب العراق تراوحت من سنة الى 1+تراوحت من وبأعمارغم 6255.3غم الى 105.8نها من سم وتراوحت اوزا 70.1سم الى 19.4من الكارب .سنوات 8+ غم من وزن السمكة وهذه االختالفات تكون طبیعیة /بیضة 182كانت بمعدل "أیضا كما ذكر إن الخصوبة النسبیة عند al-hamed [17]، فأشار نفسیهما بسبب إن الخصوبة قد تختلف في نفس النوع حتى ولو كانت الحجم أو العمر همنفسأدراسته تكاثر ثالثة أنواع من عائلة الشبوطیات في العراق ، إن هنالك اختالفات وجدت في خصوبة األفراد في .الطول والوزن والعمر دوریة التكاثر إن بدایة نمو بیوض الكارب كان )5(أقطار البیوض للتعرف على دوریة تكاثر الكارب ویوضح الشكل رقم تسقی ان تصاذ كانون االول واستمر الى شباط ، في شهر ل البیوض الى أعلى معدل في قطرها ثم تقل أقطار البیوض في نیس وجدت نسبة عالیة من األسماك بمرحلة اإلنضاج في حزیران وتموز وكان . الن القسم األكبر من األسماك قد وضعت السرء .ملم 0.6معدل قطر البیوض .اضجة في شباط ونیسان وكذلك في تشرین االول وتشرین الثانيكما وجدت أعلى نسبة للبیوض الن وهذا یدل على إن الكارب في شط الغراف یضع السرء بموسم تكاثر طویل یمتد من شباط الى نهایة حزیران وكلك .تشرین الثاني في السنة الواحدةیضع السرء في أشهر الخریف من نهایة أیلول الى نهایة 2010) 1( 23م الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلو [قد یعود سبب ذلك الى ارتفاع درجة الحرارة ، كما إن الكارب یضع السرء بصورة جزئیة ویؤید هنا ما ذكره الحامد ي الكارب في حوض تربیة األسماك فتكاثر إن اسماك الكارب وضعت السرء في الربیع و الخریف عند دراسته 18] .الزعفرانیة في بغداد .في جنوب فرنسا gamaragueوجود موسم ثاني لتكاثر اسماك الكارب في أهوار crivelli [19]كما اقترح gupt [20]وذكر a [21]إن إناث الكارب ال تضع بیوضها مرة واحدة ، وكذلك أشار balon إن إناث الكارب .یوم 14دة واألخرى أكثر من تضع السرء بمرحلتین أو ثالث مراحل بین كل واح imam & hashe [22] ع ما وجدـم البحـثج ـارب تماثل نتائـار بیوض الكـــأقط إلىة ــبالنسب m إن معدل pap [15]كما ذكر . ملم في أحواض تربیة األسماك في مضر 1.38قطر البیضة كان ames etal ر إن مدى أقطا .ملم في أحواض تربیة األسماك في الهند 1.48الى ملم 1.002بیوض الكارب تتراوح من ملم في هور الحمار جنوب 1.02ملم الى 0.9إن مدى أقطار بیوض الكارب تراوح من [13]وأخیرا ، ذكر داود .العراق المقترحات وث الحاصل من ومنها الكارب مثل تذبذب مناسیب المیاه والتلتكاثر األسماك في هناك العدید من العوامل التي تؤثر -1 ر األنهارفي میاه األمالحدون معالجة وزیادة كمیة من األنهارحي مباشرة الى صمیاه الصرف ال إلقاءجراء والصید الجائ حول تدني مستوى نمو faoوالزراعة األغذیةاحد تقاریر منظمة أكدهوهذا ما . واستخدام وسائل غیر مشروعة في الصید .لصید الجائر والتقلبات البیئیة وتلوث المیاهلات من القرن العشرین نتیجة یت الى التسعینایاإلنتاج السمكي في الستین ى ما أشار -2 سم 50والشبوط ،سم 32والبني ،سم 42 الكطانمن إن الطول القانوني لسمكة 23] [علي إلیهبناء عل .يملم على التوال 50ملم ، 45مل ، 56فیجب استخدام شباك طول ضلع فتحتها 56سم باستخدام شباك طول ضلع فتحتها 45إن الحجم التجاري للكارب هو fedetova [12]وبناء على ما اقترحه .ملم یفي بالغرض بغیة الحفاظ على التوازن السمكي من حیث التكاثر ر بیئة مالئمة لنمو وتكاثر الكارب وبقیة األسماك اتمثل نها الإعادة األهوار الى سابق عهدها -3 لمحلیة ، فقد صدر تقری طن وأكثر من 23600دها من المیاه الداخلیة العراقیة كانت اصطیإن كمیة األسماك التي 1990سنة faoلمنظمة .منها یأتي من األهوار% 60 المصادر 1-roy ce,w.f.(1972).introduction to the fishery sciences. ac ademic press , new york & london. 2-wakelin g ,j.m .; cole ,n.j.; kemp, k.m. and johnston ,i.a. (2000).the biomechan ics and evolutionary significance of thermal acclimation in the common carp , cyprinus carpio l. am.j. physiol regy ul.integer.comp .physiol.279(2):657-665. 3-nikolsky ,g.v.(1963).the ecology of fishes academic press, london& new york,352pp. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4bishai,h.m ., ishak ,m .m . and labib,w.1974.fecundity of the mirror carp , cyprinus carpio l. at the srow fish farm (egy p t).aquaculture 4:257-265. 5gromov, i.a.(1979).t he fecundity of the east ern carp , cyprinus carpio haematopterus.j.icthy ol.19(1):98-103. 6-kuz netsov,yu. a.,aminova ,. i.m . and kuliev,z.m .2004 . ”cyprinus carpio l.”(on line) file://a:lrt.htm. 7-bagenal, t.b.(1978).m etods for assessment of fish p roduction in fresh waters.(3rd ed.)black well scientific publication oxford, london, i.b.p. hand book no.3,365pp. ة كتاب علم. )1984 (.علي، عطا اهللا محیسن واالمین ، أمین عبد الوهاب -8 وتربیة األسماك ،كتاب مدرسي لوزارة التربی .صفحة 291.حزیران ، بغداد 1، التعلیم المهني، مطبعة إعدادیة صناعة 9smith, b.b.& walker,k.f.(2004).rep roducttion of common carp in south australia by y oung-of-the-year samples, gonado somatic index and the histological staging of ovar ies. transactions of the roy al society of south australia incorp orated,128(2):249-257. 10-abdin,a.z .(1986).the reproductive biology of a trop ical cyp rinid, hampala macrolepidota ( van hasselt) from zoo negara lake ,kulalam pur, m alaysia j.fish biol.29:381-391. 11-shikhshabekov ,m .m .(1972).brief communications the annual cy cle of gonads in wild carp (cyprinus carpio l.) from the terek delta .j.icthy ol.12(5):855-859. 12-fedetova ,l.a.1971.the carp cyprinus carpio l. of bukhtarma reservoir. j. ichthy ol.ii(3):363-369. ر .cyprinus carpio l حیاتیة سمكة الكارب االعتیادي . )1986 (. داود ، ایاد حنتوش -13 في هور الحما .صفحة 94جامعة البصرة، كلیة الزراعة رسالة ماجستیر،. جنوب العراق 14chumchal,m .2004.” cyprinus carpio l.(common carp or european carp)”.(on line).accessed decemb er 05,(2004), at animal diversity web. http://animald iversity .ummz.umich.edu.site/accounts/information/ cyprinus carpio .html. 15pap ames waran, s.,al i kunhi ,k.h.& suku maran ,k.k. (1972). observations on the maturation ,fecundity of the common carp, cyprinus carpio l. indain j.of fisheries.9(2):110-124. 16-ivanov,s.n.(1971).an analysis of t he fecundity and intermitt ent sp awning of the lake balkhash wild carp (cyprinus carpio l).j.icthy ol.11(5):666-672. 17al-hamed,m .i.(1972).” on the reproduction of three cyp rinid fishes of iraq. fresh wat.biol.2:65-76. 18al-hamed, m .i.(1960).carp-culture in iraq. iraq journal of agr icultural resear ch .1(2):14-23. 19-crivelli ,a.j.(1981).the biology of the common carp . cyprinus carpio l. in the camaragu e , southern france. j. fish biol,18:271-290. 20-gupt a,s.(1975).the develop ment of carp gonads in water aquaria. j. fish biol. 7:755-782. 21balon,e.k.(1995).ori gin and domestication of the wild carp , cyprinus carpio. from roman gourmets t o the swimming flowers. aquaculture 129:3-48. 22-imam ,a.e. & hashem,m .t.(1960).sp awning and develop ment of common carp cyprinus carpio in egy ptian ponds. notes and memoirs hy dr.dep t.54:1-10. ) الَكطان والشبوط والبني( ألسماك العراقیةتحدید معامل الطول وفتحة الشبكة ل.)1980 (.علي ، عطا اهللا محیسن-23 .221-215:، ص) 1(العدد 12مقالة علمیة، مجلة الخلیج العربي المجلد 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد النسبیة لمجامیع العمر والطول واألوزیوضح : ) 1(جدول ان المختلفة معدل الخصوبة المطلقة و ألسماك الكارب االعتیادي في شط الغراف یبین موقع شط الغراف ومنطقة جمع العینات ): 1 (شكل 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مجامیع )سنوات(العمر عدد األسماك معدل سم(الطول ( )سم(مدى الطول معدل )غم(الوزن )غم(مدى الوزن معدل الخصوبة مدى الخصوبة الخصوبة النسبیة iii 3 30.76 )28.4 – 33 .7 ( 40.46 )270.4 – 740( 72 829 )50.910 – 99840( 158 iv 4 38.05 )35 – 42.5( 96 4.15 )15001860( 158790 )82600 – 299343( 161 v 5 43.6 )40 .5 – 48( 17 60 )1600 – 1940( 329020 )295263 – 36250( 165 vi 4 46.7 )46 -48.5( 19 60 )1720 – 1975( 332786 )295.5 00 – 44 7290( 173 vii 2 50 20 00 360025 0 )316000 – 38 2500( 165 viii 1 59 38 00 68 000 181 ix 1 61 42 50 100851 4 237 ٠ ٢ ٤ ٦ ٨ ١٠ ١٢ ل و �� یل أ ول أل ا ن ری ش ت ي ان � لث� ا ن ری ش ت ٢ ٠ ٠ ٢ لألو ا ن نو ا � ك ٢ ٠ ٠ ٣ ي ان �� ث ال ن و ن ا ك� ط ارشبا آذ ن سا نی ار أی� ن را زی ح وز بتم آ االشھر �ل س نا لم ا �ة ال د �ة یم ق دل مع gsi لالناث gsiللذكور .g.s.i المناسل یوضح التغیرات الشھریة في قیم دالة ): 2( الشكل لسمكة الكارب في شط الغراف العمریوضح عالقة الخصوبة مع :) 4 ( الشكل 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد یوضح عالقة الخصوبة مع الطول والوزن لسمكة الكارب في شط الغراف ): 3( الشكل 2010) 1( 23ثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھی 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ایل���ول 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 0.000.200.400.600.801.001.20 0 .0 0% 5 .0 0% 1 0.00% 1 5.00% 2 0.00% 2 5.00% 3 0.00% 3 5.00% 4 0.00% 4 5.00% 5 0.00% 0.210.571.51.6 لث��اني تش��رین ا 0.00% 10.00% 20.00% 30.00% 40.00% 50.00% 60.00% 70.00% 80.00% 90.00% 100.00% 0.000.200.400.600.801.001.201.40 نیس������ان ٢٠٠٣ 0.0 0% 10.00% 20.00% 30.00% 40.00% 50.00% 60.00% 0.00.10.20 .30.40.50.60.7 ین االول ��ر �� تش 0.00% 5.00% 10.00% 15.00% 20.00% 25.00% 30.00% 35.00% 0.0000.2000.4000.6000.8001.0001.2001.400 ٢ ای���ار ٠٠٣ 0.0% 5.0% 10.0% 15.0% 20.0% 25.0% 30.0% 35.0% 40.0% 45.0% 50.0% 0.150.250.671.21.61 في شط الغراف االعتیادي التغیرات الموسمیة في اقطار البیوض لسمكة الكارب :) 5(شكل ��انون األول ٢٠٠٢ ك��� 0.00% 10.00% 20.00% 30.00% 40.00% 50.00% 60.00% 70.00% 0.000.200.400.600.801.001.201.40 0 .0 0% 1 0.00% 2 0.00% 3 0.00% 4 0.00% 5 0.00% 6 0.00% 0 .6 01.191.60 حزیران اني ٢٠٠٣ �� ك��انون الث 0.00% 10.00% 20.00% 30.00% 40.00% 50.00% 60.00% 0.000.200.400.600.801.001.201.40 تموز ٢٠٠٣ 0 .0 0% 1 0.00% 2 0.00% 3 0.00% 4 0.00% 5 0.00% 6 0.00% 7 0.00% 0 .3 50.591.11 ��ر البیض���ة ط� ق یة و مئ ال بة س الن ش��باط ٢٠٠٣ 0.00% 10.00% 20.00% 30.00% 40.00% 50.00% 60.00% 0.000.200.400.600.801.001.201.40 اب ٢٠٠٣ 0 .0 % 2 0.0% 4 0.0% 6 0.0% 8 0.0% 1 00.0% 1 20.0% 1 .0 3 theoretical design for two electrodes electrostatic mirror by using the bimurzaev technique design for two electrodes electrostatic mirror by using the bimurzaev technique bushra h. hussein dept. of physics /college of education for pure science (ibn-al haitham) / university of baghdad ahmad k. ahmad dept. of physics /college of science /university of al-nahrain received in: 27 january 2013 , accepted in: 19 may 2013 abstract this paper describes theoretical modeling of electrostatic mirror based on two cylindrical electrodes, a computational investigation has been carried out on the design and properties of the electrostatic mirror. we suggest a mathematical expression to represent the axial potential of an electrostatic mirror. the beam path by using the bimurzaev technique have been investigated as a mirror trajectory with the aid of runge – kutta method. the electrode shape of mirror two electrode has been determined by using package simion computer program . the spherical and chromatic aberrations coefficients of mirror has been computed and normalized in terms of the focal length. the choice of the mirror depends on the operational requirements, i.e. each optical element in optical system at low spherical aberration or low chromatic aberration. computations have shown that the suggested potential gave rise to mirror when the mirror applied by using the bimurzaev technique is deduced by having the following parameters: cs=-7.49*10-7 mm, cc=-2.15*10-4 mm, fr=4.7*10-3mm, l=6mm, c=1volt, d=500 volt. keywords: electrostatic mirror, bimurzaev technique, aberrations, simion computer program. 146 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction the electron mirror can correct the spherical and chromatic aberrations of the accelerating field of an immersion objective lens[1]. the resolution and sensitivity of the electrostatic electron microscope with the mirror objective lens free of spherical and axial chromatic aberrations are higher than those of a similar microscope with an electron lens[2]. electrostatic mirrors have previously been utilized for the deflection or energy analysis of beams of ion or electrons. the electrostatic ion mirrors was first studied in 1949[3]. an electrostatic mirror aberration corrector is installed after the image forming objective lens. a double deflection 458 beam separator is used to bend the direction of electrons from the source to the objective lens and from the objective lens to the mirror aberration corrector [4]. the paperconsider focusing of charged particles in the two-electrode electromagnetic mirror with rotational symmetry whose cylindrical electrodes also act as magnetic electrodes [5]. theory the potential distribution function u(z) along the optical axis (z) of an electromagnetic mirror: )tanh(*)(sec*)( zdzhczu += (1) the constants c, d affects the properties of the suggested potential and the mirror lengths controlled by using a specific values of the constant d. simion program used to simulate electrostatic and static magnetic device for accelerating, transporting and otherwise manipulating beams of charged particles . for the purposes of this article, only electrostatic fields were modeled[6]. the shape of the electrodes for electrostatic mirror determine from the solution of laplace , s equation [7]. 4 )()(),( 2r zuzuzru ′′−= (2) the paraxial-ray equation in rotationally symmetric field is given by[7]: 0 )(4 )( )(2 )( 2 2 = ′′ + ∂ ∂′ + ∂ ∂ r zu zu z r zu zu z r (3) in this research with the aid bimurzaev technique and modified on it for solving electrostatic mirror trajectory by applying this trajectory equation twice at the first one applied is zero magnification condition when the ray of charge particle is incident and the second one is applied infinite magnification condition when the ray of charge particle is reflected. by applying this technique we get : first condition i(1)=1 0)1( =′i 0 )(4 )( )(2 )( 2 2 = ′′ + ∂ ∂′ + ∂ ∂ i zu zu z i zu zu z i (4a) second condition 0)( =∞r 1)( =∞′r 0 )(4 )( )(2 )( 2 2 = ′′ + ∂ ∂′ + ∂ ∂ r zu zu z r zu zu z r (4b) the second condition is very important because the optical properties are computed from this part. the coefficients of spherical aberration cs and chromatic aberration cc referred to the image side and expressed in the following form [8]. 147 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 3 4 42 4 2/1 )( )( 3 14 )( )( )( 24 5 )( )( 4 5 16        ′ +                   ′ +      ′′ ′ = ∫ − zu zu zr zu zu zu zu r u cs zi zo } dz (z)u)()( )( )( 2 3 )()( 1/222 2 3 zrzr zu zu zrzr ′      ′ −′ (5) dzzur zu zu zrzr zu zu r zu cc zi zo )( )(4 )( )()( )( )( 2 1)( 2/12 2 2/1 −∫       ′′ +′ ′ ′ = (6) a computer program for computing the beam trajectory , the optical properties[9] and electrode shape by using simion computer program [6]. results and discussion a potential distribution function has been suggested to represent an electrostatic mirror by equation (1) is shown in figure (1a) with its first )(zu ′ and second )(zu ′′ derivative where c (voltage applied in first electrode)=1volt , d (voltage applied in second electrode) =500 volt and mirror length is 6 mm. the values of the constant d for each mirror lengths can be shown in table (1). the second derivatives of the potential has one infliction point, hence the mirror has two justified electrodes. . three dimensional two electrodes forming an electrostatic mirror is shown in figure (1b)two-element electrostatic mirror systems. which consist of cylindrical electrodes, were designed by using the simion programs. the beam path along the electrostatic mirror field using bimurzaev technique under the accelerating mode of operation has been considered and using equation (4a,b). examples for trajectories of the electrostatic mirror along lengths l=6, 10, 14 and 18 of the mirror are given in figure (2). it is noted that d constant decreases when mirrors length increases the result can be shown in table (1). from figure (2) it is noted that the electrostatic mirror focal length fr is directly proportional with d for all mirror length. the mirror focal length can be determined from the ray of charge particle is reflected, from the result it is noted that the mirror focal length has a positive sign that means the mirror type is convergence. for example,in figure (3) it can be shown that the value s of the mirror focal length proportional directly with d where increasing the values of d deducing decreasing in the mirror focal length. figure (4) shows the variation between cs/fr and cc/fr as a function of the mirror focal length fr, the cs/fr and cc/fr increase with the increase of fr and cs/fr less than cc/fr . figure (5) shows the spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients have been computed for electrostatic two electrode electrostatic mirror with length l=6, 10,14 and 18mm using the equations (5), (6). the cs and cc decrease when the values of d increase too. it is seen that cs and cc have a minimum values at d= 500 volt and l=6mm at this value of constant d, the value of cs is equal to (-7.49*10-7 )mm and the value of cc is equal to (-2.15*10-4 )mm, as shown in the table (2). finally figure (6) shows the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients cs/fr and cc/fr respectively as a function of the electrostatic mirror length, the increase in the mirror length causes a decrease in both cs/fr and cc/fr . conclusion the results of investigations show that the two-electrode the electrostatic mirror has better characteristics with regard to the mathematical expression for the axial potential and the electron beam to produce the trajectories are successful and gave rise to good result from the electron – optical point of view. the electrostatic mirror is useful for studying surfaces of 148 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 specimens by using the bimurzaev technique are considered as mirror trajectories. from the negative sign of the spherical and chromatic aberration, we can use such lenses to correct aberration. the computational simulations were carried out by using the commercially available simion program, which addresses interactive methods for simulating a broad variety of general ion optics jobs. references 1. rose, h. and wan, w.(2005)proc. ieee, particle accelerator conference, knoxville, tennessee, aberration correction in electron microscopy, 5, 44-48. 2. 2henkelman, r. m. and ottensmeyer, f. p. (1973), an electrostatic mirror, j. phy. e:instrum., 7 , 176-178. 3. zhang, j., and enke, c. g. (2000), simple cylindrical ion mirror with three element, j. am. soc. mass spectrum, 11, 759-746. 4. tsuno, k. ;yasue t. and koshikawa, t. (2009), design of a mirror aberration corrector and a beam separator for leem, applied surface science, 256, 1035–1041 5. bimurzaev ,s.b.and yakushev, e.m. (2011), electromagnetic mirror objective with removable spherical aberration, nuclear instruments and methods in physics research a, 645, 33–34 6. david, j. munra and dahl, d. daho,., (2008), simion 3d vesion 8.0 user’s manual, scientific instrument services. 7. hawkes, p. w. and kasper, e. (1989), principles of electron optics ,1 (academic press: london). 8. kiss, l.(1988), computerized investigation of electrostatic lens potential distribution, 12th imacs world congress, ed. r. vicheretsky, paris. 9. 9 ahmad, a. k. (1993), computerised investigation on the optimum design and properties of the electrostatic lens, ph.d. thesis, nahrain university , baghdad , iraq. table no. (1): shows the values of d (mm) for each values of mirror lengths, c=1volt 130 180 270 500 d (volt) 18 14 10 6 mirror length (mm) table no. (2) :shows the best optical properties of the electrostatic mirror, c=1volt cc(mm )*10-2 cs(mm)*10-2 d (volt) l(mm) -0.0215 -0.0000749 500 6 -1.05 -0.86 270 10 -1.44 -2.05 180 14 -1.7 -3.4 130 18 149 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no. (1a): the axial potential distribution u (z) and its first )(zu ′ and second )(zu ′′ derivatives of two electrode electrostatic mirror when c=1 volt, d=500 volt, mirror length=6mm. (1b) threedimensional of two electrodes mirror with best of optical properties figure no. (2): the electron beam trajectories for the electrostatic mirror along lengths l=6, 10, 14 and 18 (mm) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 r( m m ) z(mm) incedent l=6mm d=500 reflected l=6mm d=500 incedent l=10mm d=270 reflected l=10mm d=270 incedent l=14mm d=180 reflected l=14mm d=180 incedent l=18mm d=130 reflected l=18mm d=130 figure no. (4):the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients as a function of the fr figure no. (3): shows the relation between the constant d and fr, where c=1 volt, l=6 mm. figure no. (5):the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients as a function of the constant d, where c=1 volt 151 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 l (mm) -0.40 -0.30 -0.20 -0.10 0.00 0.10 cs /fr &c c/f r cs/fr cc/fr figure no. (6):the relative spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients as a function of the electrostatic mirror length. لمرآة كھروستاتیكیة ثنائیة األقطاب بأستخدام تقنیة بمرازیف تصمیم بشرى ھاشم حسین /جامعة بغداد )ابن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفةقسم الفیزیاء/ احمد كمال احمد /جامعة النھرین قسم الفیزیاء/ كلیة العلوم 2013ایار 19، قبل البحث في 2013كانون الثاني 27استلم البحث في الخالصة بحث حاسوبي عن تصمیم و خواص المرایا ، اذ اجري یصف البحث تصمیم نظري لمرآة كھروستاتیكیة ثنائیة األقطاب الحزمة باستخدام تقنیة ودرست اتیكیة. كھروست الكھروستاتیكیة، بأقتراح صیغة ریاضیة لتمثیل الجھد المحوري لمرآة كوتا.-بمرازیف على أنھا مسار مرآتي باالستعانة بطریقة رنج شكل األقطاب للمرآة ثنائیة األقطاب باستخدام احد برنامج المحاكاة المعروفة بأسم (سیمیون). حیث وجد اللة البعد البؤري. ان اختیار المرآة یعتمد على مستلزمات كل من معامالت الزیغین الكروي واللوني وتم تعییرھا بد حسب التشغیل وذلك فیما اذا كانت الرغبة في تشغیل المرآة في منظومة ایونیة بصریة عند زیغ كروي واطئ او زیغ لوني واطئ. ف التي استنتجت لھاوبینت الحسابات ان الجھد المقترح قد اعطت عمل المرآة عندما تعمل المرآة باستخدام تقنیة بمرازی ة:القیم االتی cs=-7.49*10-7 mm, cc=-2.15*10-4 mm, fr==4.7*10-3mm, l=6mm, c=1volt, d=500 volt : المرایا الكھروستاتیكیة، تقنیة بمرازیف، الزیوغ ، برنامج المحاكاة (سیمیون).المفتاحیة الكلمات 153 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 chitosan and keratin hydrolysate treatment of archived newsprint k. a. alkaragholy departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract the st udy is focused on the modification of the st andardized newsp aper with natural p olymers chitosan and keratin hy drolysate app lied on the p aper surface from p olymer solution. this modification is based p articularly on the formation of the comp lexes between acidic surface group s on cellulose fibers and the natural p olymers which imp roved the mechanical p rop erties of the p aper and the p ositive results which were observed p articularly in folding endurance of the newsp aper. key words: newsp rint; chitosan; keratin; mech anical p rop erties introduction the main p roblem in st oring old papers, books and documents, is their degradation which due to the fact that some of the residual chemicals remaining in the p aper from the p aper manufacturing p rocess react with moist ure p resent either in the air or in the p aper to form reaction p roducts. these reaction p roducts, generally sulp huric acid, degrade the cellulose causing p aper britt leness, cracking and y ellowing. therefore, numerous p rocesses were p rop osed for treating p aper in order to stop or retard degradation. m ost ly these processes are based on deacidification of p aper, for examp le the gaseous treatment with diethy lzink [1], magnesium ethanolate and titanium ethanolate used in the batelle p rocess, or the bookkeep er p rocess with magnesium oxide microparticles [2]. usualy these processes use inorganic comp ounds and only few references are found on use of environmentally friendly comp ounds as natural p olymers, e.g. chitosan and keratin . chitosan is a weak cationic p olysaccharide comp osed essentially of ß (l → 4) linked glucosamine units t ogether with some n-acety lglucosamine units. it is p roduced by extensive deacety lation of chitin, p olysaccharide common in nature. chitosan is biocompatible, biodegradable, and nontoxic natural p olymer with excellent film-forming ability . chitosan was shown as an excellent dry st rength additive either in acidic or neutral condition, but it was less effective under alkaline conditions [3]. it means, chitosan has a p otential to be used as a dry st rength additive in neutral, acidic or alkaline conditions depending on the p rocess requirements. the st udies on p aper modification follow effects of different p olymer solutions, e.g. chitosan and p olyvinyl alcohol (pva), on mechanical p rop erties of p aper sheets. it was shown that the imp rovement of the mechanical p rop erties of the treated p aper sheets by chitosan solutions is higher in comp arison with the other p olymer solutions. the same was st ated for heat resistance of treated p aper sheet by chitosan [4]. as a result of its cationic character, chitosan is able to react with p olyanions forming p olyelectrolyte comp lexes (pecs) [5]. therefore, chitosan has the affinity of adsorbtion on cellulose fibres during wet modification of p aper sheet. it is known, that the p erformance of materials with certain bulk p rop erties can be changed or op timized by thin p olymer lay ers adsorbed on their surfaces. the scop e of that working area is to create and op timize p olyelectrolyte (pel) based surface modification concepts. for that charged surface group s are used, which are already p resent on the material or are generated by various p retreatments like plasma or chemical modification techniques[6]. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 keratins are a family of fibrous st ructural proteins; tough and insoluble, they form the hard but nonmineralized st ructures found in reptiles,birds, amp hibians and mammals, and they are the main constituent of st ructures t hat grow from the skin: -the α-keratins in hair, horns, nails, claws and hooves of mammals. -the harder β–keratins found in nails and in the scales and claws of reptiles,their shells, and in the feathers, beaks,and claws of birds(these keratins are formed p rimarily in beta sheets.however beta sheets are also found in α-keratins )[7]. pecs did not change their 3d-structure up on dry ing. it was found that the swollen 3d st ructure of the comp lexes is achieved by incorp orating large amount of water into the comp lexes [8]. in the present work, chitosan and keratin hy drolysate are used as t he modifiers of the newsp aper sheets. experimental materials ne wspaper newsp aper with t he basic weight 45 g/m 2 , groundwood machine p aper, unsized, ph of the cold extract 4.5 5.0. chitosan the chitosan used in this st udy was a commercial p roduct sigma-aldrich, low molecular weight, degree of deacety lation 75 to 85%. used in the form of 2 wt. % water solution (p h 5.5 6.0). keratin hydrolysate m ade from ship wool, the alkali solution with p h 10. t he dry matter content 12%. procedure the solution of chitosan (ch) and keratin (k) or both together were app lied by using the glass roller on the newsp aper. the modified p aper was consolidated 24 hours. further it was conditioned before measurements under temperature 23°c and humidity 47.8 %. the keratin chitosan (k-ch) solution was p repared by mixing both biopolymers (1:5 v/v). the sandwich like coating (k+ch) was realized by coating the p aper first with the keratin solution (k) and after drying with the chitosan solution (ch). s canni ng e lectron mi croscopy the morphology of the modified p aper samples was evaluated by using the scanning electron microscopy (tesla bs 300 sem microscope with digital microscopy imaging tescan). mechanical propertie s tensile st rength of the treated newsp aper was measured by the instron 1122 testing instrument (stn iso 1924-2: paper and board. determination of tensile prop erties). the fold endurance was measured by the double bending technique using schopp er instrument (stn iso 5626: paper). accelerated aging prop erties of unmodified and modified p apers were st udied also after the dry thermal accelerated aging at 105°c. the samp les were p laced to the air-drying chamber for 12 days. re sults and discussion the standardized newsp aper served as a model substrate for the archive documents in this st udy . lignocellulosic fibres p ossess generally a negative charge that is att ributed to the dissociation of carboxy lic group s of cellulose and hemicellulose comp onents. it is p ost ulated ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 that p ulp st rength p rop erties are related to the acidic group s which are sp ecifically located on the surface of fibres [9]. the surface charge is observed to correlate with tensile strength. the situation is changed by modification with pels, which form polyelectrolyte complexes (pec) on fibres surfaces. t he idea was to imp regnate the p aper, and to p enetrate p olymer solutions through the paper structure. the treatment should lower acidity as well as increase mechanical p rop erties of the p aper. the solutions of chitosan, keratin or combination of both, were app lied uniformly on the surface by using the sp ecial technique of the deposition from the glass roller. the gravimetric analysis showed that about 2.80 ± 0.34 g/m 2 of these p olymers were seized in the paper structure. the addition of biopolymers which were used increased the mechanical p rop erties of the p aper. fig. 1 shows the tensile st rength imp roving of the newsp aper sheet p articularly after the modification with chitosan or keratin, resp ectively. the imp rovement is quantified by the coefficient, which exp resses the relative change of the measured value after modification against the measured value of the st andard. in both cases, tensile st rength is increased about 30%. tensile st rength is increased also for the p aper modified with amixed solution of keratin and chitosan (k-ch), and p aper is modified first with keratin and after dry ing with chitosan (k+ch). dramatic changes can be seen following the folding endurance of the modified p apers in fig. 2. the notable increase is observed esp ecially in double folds for the sheets modified with both chitosan and mixture chitosan-keratin. whereas keratin increased the double folds threefold, in case of chitosan it was eightfold. it means, p articularly chitosan can be proved as an effective mediator of fiber-water interaction in the p aper structure. the treatment of the paper with the chitosan-keratin solutions connected with comp lexes and bonds formation results in a quite dense film on the surface of cellulose fibres. comparing the p ictures from sem in figure 3, a different surface morphology can be seen after treating the paper with chitosan-kertain solution and sequential treating first with keratin and after with chitosan. the formation of a dense elastic film on the fibres surface could exp lain an increase in folding endurance, p articularly through a chitosan effect. keratin, which is in fact keratin hy drolysate with a low molecular weight, itself forms fragile films. this is manifest ed by the lower folding endurance of such modified p apers. regarding film st ructure and st udy ing a model for archive materials, the conditions (temp erature, humidity ) under which the documents are p reserved in the archive must be taken into consideration.these conditions are favourable for keep ing functionality of comp lexes between chitosan and cellulose. it is well known that the glycosidic links of cellulose are st able in a neutral or weakly alkaline medium. on the other hand, they become rapidly hy drolysed in the p resence of a st rong acid or a st rong base. from that reason, the p rocess of deacidification is a fundamental p rocess for the conservation and the restoration of the archive documents. therefore, the use of alkalic keratin hy drolysate solution for the modification in the combination with a mild acidic chitosan solution should shift the total p h to neutral or milder alkali region. on the other hand, it was p ossible to p repare the mixture of keratin with chitosan only in the ratio 1:5 because a higher concentration of keratin in the mixture caused the p recipitation of chitosan from solution. from fig. 4, it is evident that the app lying of chitosan solution slightly moved the acidity of the original p aper to anear neutral region. this is close to the p h value 6.5 measured for the chitosan solution. keratin alone deacidified the p aper and moved p h to the alkaline region p h = 9.8. combination of chitosan and keratine (k-ch) can give a p rotective lay er, which keep s neutral environment in paper (ph = 7.1). conclusion concluding the results from the modification of anewsp aper with the natural p olymers chitosan and keratin, this modification is based p articularly on the formation of comp lexes between acidic surface group s on cellulose fibres and natural p olymers which can be ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 successfully app lied in treating the archive cellulosic materials. m oreover in searching alternatives for p rofessional conservators in the st ruggle against fungi that eteriorate p aper documents, chitosan can be used due to its antifungal effect. re ferences 1. porck,h. (1996)m ass deacidification: an up date of possibilities and limitation, europ ean. commission on preservation and access. amst erdam. 2. bucanan, s. (1994) an evalu ation of the bookkep er m ass deacidification process: technical evaluation team rep ort for the preservation directorate, library of congress, washin gton. 3. lertsutthiwong,p.; chandrkrachang,s. ; nazhad,m . m . and stevens,w.f. (2002) chitosan as a dry strength agent for paper, app ita journal 55(3): 208. 4. kamel,s.; el-sakhawy , m .. and nada, a. m . a. (2004) thermochim. acta 421( 1-2): 81 85. 5. peniche,c. ; ar guelles-m onal, w. ;peniche, h. and acost a, n. (2003) m acromolecular bioscience 3(10): 511 -520. 6. wagberg,l.and hagglund,r. (2001) kinetics of p olyelectrolyte adsorption on cellulosi c fibres,langmuir 17(4): 1096-1103. 7. krep lak, l. ; doucet,j. and briki, f. (2004) new asp ects of alp ha-helix to beta-sheet transition in stretched hard alpha-keratin fibers.biop hy s j . 87:640-647. 8. gardlund,l. (2006)poly electrolyte comp lexes: their characterization and use for m odification of wood fibre surfaces, publisher: kth, fibre and polymer technology , stockholm, http://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn:nbn :kth:diva-4225 9. amp ulski, r.s.( 1985) in: tappi papermakers conference proceedin gs, denver , 9-16. ة المجلد 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقی معاملة ورق الصحف المحفوظة مع الكیتوسان والكیراتین كریمة عبد الرزاق القره غولي جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الكیمیاء ةصالخال احداث تعدیل في نوعیة ورق الصحف القیاسیة عـن طریـق تعـریض سـطح هـذا الـورق ركزت هذه الدراسة على امكانیة .الكیتوسان والكیراتین ، لمحلول البولیمرین الطبیعیین ویعـود هـذا التـأثیر الـى .وقد ظهر التأثیر األیجابي لهذین البولیمرین جلیا وبصـورة خاصـة فـي ازدیـاد تحمـل الـورق للطـي .سطح الیاف السلیلوز للورق وهذین البولیمرین الطبیعیین فيامیع الحامضیة تكوین معقدات بین المج ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 image compression using proposed enhanced run length encoding algorithm a. h. husseen, s. sh. mahmud, r. j. mohamme d departme nt of computer science ,college of education ibn alhaitham , unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in feb. 7, 2011 accepted in march 23, 2011 abstract in this p ap er, we will present p rop osed enhance p rocess of image comp ression by usin g rle algorithm. this p rop osed y ield to decrease the size of comp ressing image, but the original method used p rimarily for comp ressing a binary images [1].which will y ield increasin g the size of an original ima ge mostly when used for color images. the test of an enhanced algorithm is p erformed on sample consists of ten bmp 24-bit true color images, building an app lication by using visual basic 6.0 to show the size after and before comp ression p rocess and computing the compression ratio for rle and for the enhanced rle algorithm. keywords: compression, rle, run len gth encoding, gif, tiff, png, jpeg, bmp, bmp header, bm p file, compression ratio, lossless, lossy, true color. introduction the size of the comp ressed stream depends on the comp lexity of the image[2]. image comp ression is minimizing the size in bytes of a gr aphics file without degr adin g the quality of the image to an unacceptable level. the redu ction in file size allows mor e images to be stored in a given amount of disk or m emory sp ace. it also reduces the time requ ired for images to be sent over the internet or downloaded from web p ages[3]. computer graphics applications, p articularly those gener ating d igital p hotographs and other comp lex color ima ges, can generate very large file sizes. issues of storage sp ace, and the requirement to rap idly transmit image data across networks and over the internet, have therefore led to the development of a range of image compression techniques, to reduce the p hy sical size of files. m ost comp ression techniques are indep endent of sp ecific file for mats – indeed, many formats supp ort a number of different comp ression types. graphi cs compressi on al gorithms grap hics compression algorithms fall into t wo categories: alossy comp ression achiev es its effect at the cost of a loss in image quality , by removing some image information. b-lossless comp ression techniques reduce size whilst p reserving all of the original image information, and therefore without degrading the quality of the image. although lossy techniques may be very useful for cr eating versions of ima ges for d ay-to-day use or on the internet, they should be avoided for archival master versions of image[4] di fferent formats of images digital images can b e stored in differ ent formats. jpeg is a form developed by the joint phot ographic exp ert group . images in this form comp ressed to a high d egree. jpeg’s p urp ose is to achieve high comp ression ratio with images containing large numb er of colors. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 grap hics int erchange format (gif) is an 8-bit p er pixel format. it supp orts animas well. gif images are compressed using lossless lzw data comp ression technique. port able network grap hics (png) is another lossless data comp ression which is close to gif but supp orts 24-bit color p alett e. it can be seen that jpeg can be used whenever the size is a criterion [5]. jpeg: is a lossy comp ression scheme for color and gr ay-scale images. it works on full 24bit color (true color) which means it can st ore up to 16 million colors [6]. jpeg is favored because its comp ression p roduces a r easonable image with a small f ile size. jpeg’s comp ression reduces image files t o about 5% t heir normal size with loss due to destructive or “lossy ” compression [7]. tiff: the tiff (tagged image file format) format, it is a flexible format that normally saves 8 bits or 16 bits p er color (red, green, blue) for 24-bit and 48-bit totals, using the lzw comp ression algor ithm for lossless st orage(lossless, but is less effective for 24 bit color images). m ost graphics p rograms that use tiff do not comp ression. consequently , file sizes are quite big [8]. the tiff file format is ideal for p roducing and st oring high-quality images that are used to p roduce p rofessional p hotographic p rints, exhibit back grounds, p ost ers, magazines, etc[7]. gif: works best for ima ges with only a few dist inct colors, such as line drawings and simple cartoons. gif is useful for cartoon images that have less than 256-(2^8) colors, gr ayscale images, and black and white text. the p rimary limitation of a gif is that it only works on images with 8 bits p er p ixel or less, which means 256 or fewer colors. gif compresses images using lzw compression [9]. gif achieves comp ression in two way s. first , it reduces the number of colors of color-rich images, thereby reducing the number of bits needed p er pixel, as just described. second, it replaces commonly occurring p att erns (esp ecially lar ge areas of uniform color) with a short abbreviation: instead of st oring "white, white, white, white, white," it stores "5 white." thus, gif is "lossless" only for images with 256 colors or less. for a rich, true color image, gif may "lose" 99.998% of the colors [10]. bmp: windows bm p is the native image for mat in the m icrosoft windows op erating systems. it supp orts images with 1, 4, 8, 16, 24, and 32 bits p er p ixel, althou gh bm p files using 16 and 32 bits p er pixel ar e rar e. bm p also supp orts simple run-len gth comp ression for 4 and 8 bits p er p ixel. however, bm p comp ression is of use only with large blocks with identical colors, makin g it of very limited value. it is rare for windows bmp to be in a comp ressed format. m ulti-byte integers in the windows bm p format are stored with t he least significant by tes first. data stored in the bmp format consists entirely of comp lete by tes so bit string orderin g is not an issue. the bmp file st ructure is very simp le [12]. it starts with a file header that contains the two bytes bm and the file size. this is followed by an image header with the width, height, and number of bitp lanes[2]. windows bmp files begin with a 54-byte header [13]: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 offset size de scription 0 2 signature, must be 4d42 hex 2 4 size of bm p file in bytes (unreliable) 6 2 reserved, must be zero 8 2 reserved, must be zero 10 4 offset to st art of image data in bytes 14 4 size of bitmapinfoheader st ructure, must be 40 18 4 image width in p ixels 22 4 image height in pixels 26 2 number of p lanes in the image, must be 1 28 2 number of bits p er p ixel (1, 4, 8, or 24) 30 4 comp ression type (0=none, 1=rle-8, 2=rle-4) 34 4 size of image data in by tes (includin g p addin g) 38 4 horizont al resolution in pixels p er meter (unreliable) 42 4 vertical resolution in p ixels p er meter (unreliable) 46 4 number of colors in image, or zero 50 4 number of imp ortant colors, or zero png: provide a non-p rop rietary alternative to the lzw comp ression emp loy ed by gif and other file formats. png comp ression uses the deflate comp ression method. it is lossless algorithm and is effective with color depths from 1-bit (monochrome) to 48-bit (true color). it allows y ou to make a trade-off between file size and image quality when the image is comp ressed. typically, an image in a png file can be 10 to 30% more comp ressed than in a gif format[4] . png uses zip compression which is lossless, and slightly more effective than lzw (slightly smaller f iles)[11]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 run length encoding (rle) run length encod ing (rle) is p erhap s t he simplest comp ression technique in common use. rle algor ithms are lossless, and work by searching for runs of bits, by tes, or p ixels of the same value, and encoding the len gth and value of the run. as such, r le achieves best results with images containing large areas of conti guous color, and esp ecially monochrome images. complex color images, such as p hotographs, do not comp ress well – in some cases, rle can actually increase the file size. there is a nu mber of rle variants in common use, which are encountered in the tiff, pcx and bmp graphics formats [4]. run-len gth encod ing represents a string by rep lacing each subsequence of consecutive identical characters with(char; length). the string 11112222333111 would have representation (1; 4)(2; 4)(3; 3)(1 ; 3). then comp ress each (char; length) as a unit using, say , human coding. clearly, this technique works best when the characters repeat often. one such situation is in f ax transmission, which contains alternating long sequ ences of 1's and 0's. the distribution of code words is taken over many documents to comp ute the op timal human code.[14] propose d enhanced run length encoding al gorithm each color images consists of the basic three colors (r,g,b), the r le algorith m represented the image consists on n p ixels as follows : red r green g blue b number of pixels c r1 g1 b1 c1 r2 g2 b2 c2 ….. ….. ….. …… ….. ….. ….. …… rn gn bn cn but in the new algorithm we comp ute the differences between the adjacent p ixels for each color, if the differ ence between r1 and r2 less than or equal t o a threshold value (th<=10) and if the difference between g1 and g2 less than or equal to a threshold valu e (th<=10) and if the difference between b1 and b2 less than or equal to a threshold value (th<=10) we add 1 to c1, and if the difference is greater than 10 we do this p rocess between next adjacent p ixels until we reach the last p ixel in the ima ge, and the followin g examp le exp lains the rle algorithm and the enhanced r le algorithm : let we have the image of 4 x4 p ixels 100 101 102 100 200 200 205 209 300 300 305 301 210 205 300 300 the number of records required to save this image are 16. when compress this image by using rle algor ithm we will generate the followin g values : ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 100(1) , 101(1), 102(1), 100(1), 200(2), 205(1), 209(1), 300(2), 305(1), 301(1), 210(1), 205(1), 300(2). the number of records required to save this image are 13. but when comp ress t his image by using an enhan ced rle algor ithm we will generate the followin g valu es 100(4) , 200(4), 300(4), 210(2), 300(2). the number of records requir ed to save this image ar e 5 . the propose d enhanced rle algorithm 1read the bm p image. 2get the height n and the width m for the image 3create an array , let it m ain(n,m ) ,each element of this array consists of three fields for r,g,b colors. 4convert t he image to t he main array ; m ain(n,m ). 5 let x=main(0,0) ; m ain(0,0) is the first element in an arr ay. let th=10, th : the threshold . 6for i= 0 to n-1 7for j=0 to m -1 8 if x-m ain(i,j) <= th then let c=c+1 else let x=main(i,j) and c=0 9end. ex perime ntal results we use ten images to test the above algor ithm and the threshold value equal or less t han (10), then we get t he following results : image name (bmp) original size (kb) new size (kb) using rle compression ratio original size/ size using rle new size (kb) using p rop osed enhanced rle compression ratio original size/ size using p rop osed enhanced birds 475 586 0.8:1 133 3.5:1 heart 919 1137 0.86:1 471 1.95:1 light 226 298 0.003:1 211 1.07:1 m adina 80 89 0.9:1 38 2.1:1 m ansour 88 116 0.98:1 23 3.8:1 m icrosoft 523 526 0.99:1 145 3.6:1 ramadan 533 669 0.79:1 240 2.2:1 rawda 998 775 1.28:1 343 2.9:1 rose 127 160 0.79:1 62 2.08:1 winnie 170 64 2.65:1 31 5.48:1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 the above table shows t he size of true color bm p images and the size after the comp ression p rocess using rle and prop osed enhanced rle algorithms. the compression ratio is changing fro m image to another, but t his related to the variety between the values of adjacent p ixels. decreasing variety between the values of adjacent p ixels will y ield to increase comp ression ratio, and vice v ersa. as shown in the figures (4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13). the table below ap p ears t he size of all samp le images when converted to jpeg, gif, png, tiff types using m icrosoft paint: image name (bmp) original size (kb) new size (kb) p rop osed enhanced rle jpeg format gif format tiff format png format birds 475 133 20 43 361 247 heart 919 471 54 123 958 686 light 226 211 25 31 239 183 m adina 80 38 6 6 23 19 m ansour 88 23 5 10 84 68 m icrosoft 523 145 18 52 434 285 ramadan 533 240 37 54 485 350 rawda 998 343 38 90 564 349 rose 127 62 8 17 131 99 winnie 170 31 8 9 52 40 conclusions 1run length encoding algorithm is a method of comp ressing images depend on the number of adjacent p ixels value in the image. 2rle algorithm is failing mostly when using it for comp ressing color images, because we need new field to st ore the number of repeated adjacent p ixels. 3run length encoding algorithm is an efficient comp ression method with images have less various between values of adjacent p ixels, but fail with images have high difference between adjacent p ixels value. 4when increasing the values of threshold in the p rop osed enhanced rle algorithm this will y ield increasing the compression ratio, and vice versa. 5.controlling the co mpression ratio depends on the value of the threshold, which dep ends on the typ e of domain that image used it . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 re ferences 1. umbaugh, s.e. (1998), computer vision and image processin g: a practical app roach using cvipt ools, first edition, prentice hall, new york,253. 2. salo mon, d. (2007), data comp ression", fourth edition, sp ringer-verla g,london,28-36. 3. http://searchsoa.techtarget.com/definition/imageco mpression 4. adrian, b. (9 july 2003), image comp ression, digital preservation guidance note 5, dpgn-05, 1-9,www.nationalarchiv es.gov.uk /documents/image_comp ression.p df 5. sriniv asan,v., i mage compression using embedded zero-tree wavelet coding (ezw),2, www.umiacs.umd.edu 6. blello ch,e. (25 september 2010) , introduction to data comp ression, comp uter science dep artment ,carnegie m ellon university ,www.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/p roject/p scicoguy b/realworld /www/compression.p df 7. carey ,l. (august 2008), underst anding digital image, conserve o gram, sp onsored by the park m useum m anagement program, 22/2, 1-2, www.np s.gov/hist ory /museum/p ublications/conserveogr am/22-02.pdf 8. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/i mage_file_formats 9. www.contentdm.com/usc/tutorials/image-file-ty p es.p df 10. www.wfu.edu/~matt hews/misc/graphics/formats/formats.html 11. www.scantip s.com/basics09.ht ml 12. m iano, j. (1999), comp ressed image file formats: jpeg, png, gif, xbm , bmp, acm press/addison-wesley, new york. 13. www.fastgraph.com/help/bmp _os2_header_format.html 14. jessica, f. (12 february 2002), ”algorithms for m assive data sets context-based compression”, cs 493,1:1-3,www.docstoc.com/docs/54164044/run-length-encoding 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المطورة rleالـعملیة ضغط الصور باستعمال خوارزمیة علي ھادي حسین، شیماء شاكر محمود، روال جاسم محمد ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد -قسم علوم الحاسبات ،كلیة التربیة 2011باط ش 7استلم البحث في 2011 اذار 23قبل البحث في خالصةال rleة في عملیة ضغط الصور، خوارزمیة عملالمست rleفي هذه الدراسة سنعرض عملیة تحسین على خوارزمیة مباشرة لضغط الصور rleخوارزمیة عمالعند است، binary images [1]ة لضغط الصور الثنائیة یبكفا عمل تست اختبرت. وطة عن الصورة األصلیةاألغلب إلى زیادة حجم الصورة المضغ فيفإن ذلك یؤدي true colorالملونة visualوبناء تطبیق بلغة bmp 24-bit true colorالخوارزمیة الجدیدة على عینة تتألف من عشر صور ملونة نوع basic 6.0 نسبة الضغط وبیان الحجم األصلي للصور والحجم الجدید بعد عملیة الضغط وحسابcompression ratio خوارزمیة عمالباستrle االعتیادیة والمحسنة . ، هیكل rle، run length encoding ، gif، tiff، png jpeg، bmpعملیة الضغط ، : الكلمات المفتاحیة bmp ملف ،bmp ، نسبة الضغط ، فقدان ، بدون فقدان ،true color. appendix for application form and all images used as a s ample fig. (1): application form built using visual basi c 6.0 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig. (2): histogram for the image birds.bmp using rle algorithm fig. (3): histogram for the image birds.bmp using propose d enhanced rle algorithm ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig. (4): bi rds.bmp 456x355 pixels fig. (5): heart.bmp 560x560 pixels ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig .(6): microsoft.bmp 432x413 pixels fig .(7): light.bmp 320x240 pixels fig. (8): madina.bmp 200x135 pixels ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig. (9): ramadan.bmp 436x417 pixels fig .(10): mnsour.bmp 200x150 pixels fig. (11): winnie.bmp 232x250 pixels ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig. (12): rawda.bmp 692x492 pixels fig .(13): rose.bmp 240x180 pixels microsoft word 128-139   128  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020       bayesian estimators of the parameter and reliability function of inverse rayleigh distribution"a comparison study” masooma ali abod hazim mansoor gorgee     article history: received 2 july 2019, accepted 19 august 2019, published in april 2020. abstract in this paper, bayesian estimator for the parameter and reliability function of inverse rayleigh distribution (ird) were obtained under three types of loss function, namely, square error loss function (self), modified square error loss function (mself) and precautionary loss function (plf), taking into consideration the informative and noninformative prior. the performance of such estimators was assessed on the basis of mean square error (mse) criterion by performing a monte carlo simulation technique. keywords: inverse rayleigh distribution, loss function, risk function prior information, posterior distribution. 1. introduction in reliability studies, most of the life time distributions used are characterized by a monotone failure rate, however, one parameter inverse rayleigh distribution has also been used as a failure time distribution. recently, many researchers interested in studying inverse rayleigh distribution in various aspects, for example: mukherjee and saran (1984) demonstrated that for a given parameter 𝜃 the distribution is increasing (or decreasing) failure rate according as the distribution variety is less than or more than 1.069543/√𝜃 . [1]. gharraph (1993) 0btained five measures of the parameter of (ird). moreover, he estimated the parameter by using different methods of estimation [2]. mukherjee and maiti (1996) derived percentile estimator of the parameter 𝜃 and its asymptotic efficiency [3]. abdel monem (2003) discussed some estimation and prediction results for (ird) [4]. el-helbawy and abdel-monem (2005) used bayesian approach to estimate the parameter of ird under four loss functions [5]. soleman et-al. (2010) discussed bayesian and non-bayesian estimation of the parameter of ird along with bayesian prediction on the basis of lower ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2434 masoomaailabod@gmail.com  hazim5656@yahoo.com record values. [6].  department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.   129  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 2. inverse rayleigh distribution (ird) the continuous random variable t is said to have inverse rayleigh distribution with scale parameter 𝜃 if it has the probability density function 𝑓 𝑡, 𝜃 exp , 𝑡 0, 𝜃 0 1 the corresponding cumulative distribution function is 𝐹 𝑡, 𝜃 exp 𝜃 𝑡 , 𝑡 0, 𝜃 0 2 therefore, the reliably function of ird is given by 𝑅 𝑡, 𝜃 1 𝐹 𝑡, 𝜃 1 exp , 𝑡 0, 𝜃 0 (3) a variance and higher order moments do not exist for this distribution, moreover, it can be shown that ird is special case of inverse weibull distribution with parameters 𝜃, 𝛽 when 𝛽 2 [7]. 3. prior information's a convenient choice of priors is indispensable for bayesian analysis. many researchers choose priors on the basis of their subjective beliefs and knowledge's. however, if enough information about parameter is presented, we should use informative priors; otherwise, it is better to employ vague or non-informative priors. in this paper, we consider the general rule developed by jeffrey (1961) to obtain the non –informative prior. he established that the single unknown parameter 𝜃 which is regarded as a random variable follows such a distribution that is proportional to the square root of fisher information 𝐼 𝜃 , that is 𝑔 𝜃 ∝ 𝐼 𝜃 where 𝑔 𝜃 denotes the prior information. equivalently, 𝑔 𝜃 𝑐 𝐼 𝜃 (4) where c is a constant of proportionality and, 𝐼 𝜃 𝑛𝐸 , ] (5) it follows that: 𝑔 𝜃 𝑐 𝑛𝐸 , (6) 4. posterior density of inverse rayleigh parameter based on jeffrey's prior information from equation (1), we have: 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡, 𝜃 𝑙𝑛2 𝑙𝑛𝜃 3𝑙𝑛𝑡 , it follows that , =   130  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 𝑔 𝜃 √𝑛 (7) from bayesian perspective, the posterior density denoted by ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 can be determined by combining the prior distribution 𝑔 𝜃 with the likelihood function 𝐿 𝑡 |𝜃 , as follows: ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 = | | (8) let 𝑡 = (𝑡 , 𝑡 , … … 𝑡 be a random sample drawn from inverse rayleigh distribution, then the likelihood function is: 𝐿 𝑡|𝜃 = ∏ 𝑓 𝑡 , 𝜃 2 𝜃 ∏ 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝜃 ∑ (9) let ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 denote the posterior density based on jeffrey's prior distribution 𝑔 𝜃 for inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃, then by substituting equations (7) and (9) into equation (8) with simplification, we get: ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 where 𝑇 ∑ it follows that ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 (10) the posterior density function in equation (10) is recognized as the density of gamma distribution, that is: 𝜃|𝑡~ gamma 𝑛, hence, 𝐸 𝜃|𝑡 (11) 5. posterior density of inverse rayleigh parameter based on exponential prior distribution assuming that the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃 follows exponential prior distribution with parameter, that is: 𝑔 𝜃 𝜆𝑒 , λ 0, 𝜃 0 (12) where 𝑔 𝜃 denotes the exponential prior distribution of the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃. by substituting equations (9) and (12) into equation (8) with simplification, we get: ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 (13)   131  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 where ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 denotes the posterior density based on exponential prior distribution and 𝑝 𝑇 𝜆 . from equation (13), it can be easily noted that 𝜃|𝑡 distributed as gamma with parameter 𝑛 1, . it follows that: 𝐸 𝜃|𝑡 (14) 6. types of loss functions from bayesian viewpoint, [8]. the essential step in the estimation and prediction problems represented by choosing the loss function. in fact, there is no specific analytical procedure to determine the suitable loss function to be employed. in most of studies concerning bayesian estimation problem, the researchers consider the underlying loss function to be squared error loss function (self) which is symmetric in nature. however, in many cases, using the squared error loss function is not appropriate, especially in those cases where the losses are not symmetric. accordingly, in order to make the statistical inferences more practical and applicable, we often need to choose an asymmetric loss function. in this paper, we consider both symmetric and asymmetric loss functions for better realization of bayesian analysis. in particular, the following loss functions have been considered assuming that 𝜃 is an estimate of 𝜃, and l θ, θ symbolizes the loss function. i) the squared error loss function (self) is defined as: 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 (15) ii) modified squared error loss function (mself) is defined as: 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 r=1, 2, 3 (16) iii\) precautionary loss function (plf) is defined as: 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 (17) 7. bayesian estimation the bayes estimator of the parameter 𝜃 is the value of 𝜃 that minimizes the posterior expectation known as the risk function and denotes 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 , that is: 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 𝐸 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 (18) where ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 is the posterior density of 𝜃|𝑡 8. bayes estimator of the parameter 𝜽 of ird under self in general, if self is chosen, then according to equation (18), we have: 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 𝜃 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 2𝜃 𝜃ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 𝜃 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 it follows that:   132  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 2𝜃𝐸 𝜃|𝑡 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 by differentiating 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 with respect to 𝜃 and setting the resultant derivative equal to zero, we get: 2𝜃 2𝐸 𝜃|𝑡 0 by solving for 𝜃 , we obtain the bayes estimator of 𝜃 under self denoted by 𝜃 𝐸 𝜃|𝑡 (19) from equation (11) and on the basis of non-informative prior, the bayes estimator of inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃 denoted as 𝜃 is given by. 𝜃 (20) where 𝜃 denotes the bayes estimate of 𝜃 based on jeffrey's prior information. if the inverse rayleigh parameter follows the exponential prior distribution, then by equation (14), we conclude that 𝜃 (21) where 𝜃 denotes the bayes estimate of 𝜃 based on exponential prior distribution. 9. bayes estimator of the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜽 under mself by substituting 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 given in equation (16) into equation (18), we get 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 by evaluating the integral, we get 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 2𝜃𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 by differentiating 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 with respect to θ , then equating the resultant derivative to zero and solving for 𝜃, we get the bayes estimator of 𝜃 under modified squared error loss function denoted by 𝜃 as follows. 𝜃 | | r=1,2, (22) if k is positive integer, it is well known that 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 𝜃 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 (23) on the basis of jeffrey's prior information and by substituting ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 by ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 given in equation (10), then evaluating the integral in (23); it can easily be shown 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 (24)   133  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 therefore, the bayes estimator given in equation (22) can be simplified to be: 𝜃 (25) if r=1 we get 𝜃 (26) if r=2 we get 𝜃 (27) if r=3 then we obtain, 𝜃 (28) on the basis of exponential prior distribution and by replacing ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 in equation (23) by ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 given in equation (13), we get: 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 , k=1,2 (29) where 𝑝 𝑇 𝜆 therefore, the bayes estimator given in equation (22) can be simplified to be: 𝜃 (30) for r=1 we get: 𝜃 (31) for r=2 we get: 𝜃 (32) for r=3 we get: 𝜃 (33) 10. bayes estimator of the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜽 under precautionary loss function by substituting 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 presented in equation (17) into equation (18), we get: 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 by evaluating the integral, we get:   134  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 = 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 2𝐸 𝜃|𝑡 𝜃 differentiating 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 with respect to 𝜃 and setting the derivative equal to zero then solving for 𝜃, we get the bayes estimator of 𝜃 under precautionary loss function denoted as 𝜃 , that is: 𝜃 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 (34) on the basis of jeffrey's prior information, the bayes estimator of the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃 can be obtained by assuming that k=2 in equation (24) to get 𝐸 𝜃 |𝑡 , then substituting it into equation (34), so we obtain, 𝜃 (35) on the same manner, by putting k=2 in equation (29), then substituting) it into equation (34), we get the bayes estimator of inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃 under precautionary loss function and exponential prior distribution , denoted as 𝜃 and given by: 𝜃 (36) 11. bayes estimator of the reliability function r(t) of ird under self let us assume that k is any positive integer, then, 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 = 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 for ird and according to equation (3), we have, 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 = 1 𝑒 ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 (37) for jeffrey's prior information, we substitute from ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 in equation (37) by ℎ 𝜃|𝑡 given in equation (10), then in order to evaluate the integral in equation (37), we develop the following formula: 1 𝑒 ∑ 1 𝑒 (38) the integral in equation (37) should be reduced to: 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 ∑ 1 𝑒 ℎ (𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 this implies that: 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 ∑ 1 (39) where t=∑ for exponential prior distribution, it can be shown in the same manner that:   135  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 ∑ 1 𝑒 ℎ (𝜃|𝑡 𝑑𝜃 , which implies that: 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 ∑ 1 (40) where p=t+λ under self and according to equation (19), we conclude that: 𝑅 𝑡 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 for jeffrey's prior information, putting k=1 in equation (39), we get: 𝑅 𝑡 1 (41) for exponential prior distribution, putting k=1 in equation (40), we get: 𝑅 𝑡 1 (42) 12. bayes estimator of the reliability function r(t) of ird under mself from equation (22) it is clear that the estimator of the reliability function r(t) under mself is given by: 𝑅 𝑡 | | , r=1,2,… for ird, with jeffry's prior information and r=1 then, 𝑅 𝑡 | | . by putting k=2, k=1 in equation (39) we obtain 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 , 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 respectively. this implies that: 𝑅 𝑡 (43) for r=2, it follows that: 𝑅 𝑡 | | , putting k=3 in equation (39) we obtain 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 . hence, 𝑅 𝑡 (44) for r=3 it follows that:   136  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 𝑅 𝑡 | | , putting k=4 in equation (39), we get 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 , and hence 𝑅 𝑡 (45) similarly, for exponential prior distribution and according to equations (22) and (40), it can be shown that the bayes estimators of the reliability function r(t) under mself for r=1,2,3 are given in respective 𝑅 𝑡 (46) 𝑅 𝑡 (47) 𝑅 𝑡 (48) 13. bayes estimator of the reliability function r(t) of ird under precautionary loss function from equation (34), it is clear that the estimator of the reliability function r(t) under precautionary loss function is given by: 𝑅 𝑡 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 |𝑡 for jeffrey's prior information, putting k=2 in equation (39), we get: 𝑅 𝑡 1 2 (49) on the basis of exponential prior distribution, putting k=2 in equation (40), we get: 𝑅 𝑡 1 2 (50) 14. simulation study in our simulation study, l=2000 sample of size n=10, 50, 100 and 200 were generated in order to represent, small, moderate, large and very large sample sizes from inverse rayleigh distribution with two values of the scale parameter (𝛳 0.5 , 𝛳 1.5 (.the) scale parameter λ of exponential prior was chosen to be (λ=0.5, λ=1) and assumed the values of r in modified square error loss function to be r=1, r=2 and r=3(. the) criterion mean square error (mse) was employed to compare the performance of different methods of estimation of the scale parameter and reliability function of ird where 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜃 ∑ 𝜃 𝜃 (51)   137  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 ∑ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 (52) the results are presented in the following tables. table1. (mse) for parameter 𝜃 by using jeffrey's prior information at 𝜃 0.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq 0.0043 0.0001081 0.000026174 0.000006512 ms r=1 0.0061 0.0001186 0.000027468 0.000006676 ms r=2 0.0086 0.0001334 0.000029277 0.000006903 ms r=3 0.0119 0.0001524 0.000031602 0.000007193 pr 0.0215 0.0049 0.0025 0.0012 best sq sq sq sq table 2. (mse) values of the reliability function estimators by using jeffrey's prior information at 𝜃 0.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq 0.000295 0.0000099 0.0000024714 0.0000006220 ms r=1 0.000353 0.0000103 0.0000025315 0.0000006297 ms r=2 0.000436 0.0000111 0.0000026240 0.0000006416 ms r=3 0.000541 0.0000120 0.0000027483 0.0000006575 pr 0.000319 0.0000101 0.0000024973 0.0000006253 best sq sq sq sq table 3. (mse) for parameter 𝜃 by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 0.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq λ 0.5 0.0051 0.0001143 0.000026952 0.000006612 λ 1 0.0043 0.0001103 0.000026474 0.000006552 ms r=1 λ 0.5 0.0073 0.0001278 0.000028621 0.000006822 λ 1 0.0061 0.0001226 0.000028004 0.000006746 jms r=2 λ 0.5 0.0100 0.0001455 0.000030803 0.000007096 λ 1 0.0085 0.0001391 0.000030045 0.000007003 ms r=3 λ 0.5 0.0135 0.0001674 0.000033498 0.000007433 λ 1 0.0115 0.0001597 0.000032596 0.000007323 pr λ 0.5 0.0061 0.0001205 0.00002772 0.000006709 λ 1 0.0051 0.0001159 0.000027173 0.000006641 best sq sq sq sq   138  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 4. (mse) values of the reliability function estimators by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 0.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq λ 0.5 0.000332 0.0000102 0.0000025179 0.0000006281 λ 1 0.000290 0.0000099 0.0000024824 0.0000006235 ms r=1 λ 0.5 0.0031 0.0000364 0.0000058603 0.000001052 λ 1 0.0030 0.0000354 0.0000057318 0.000001035 ms r=2 λ 0.5 0.000508 0.0000119 0.0000027277 0.0000006549 λ 1 0.000443 0.0000114 0.0000026716 0.0000006479 ms r=3 λ 0.5 0.000625 0.0000130 0.0000028797 0.0000006745 λ 1 0.000548 0.0000125 0.0000028134 0.0000006661 pr λ 0.5 0.2320 0.0470 0.0235 0.0118 λ 1 0.2328 0.0470 0.0235 0.0118 best sq sq sq sq table 5. (mse) for parameter 𝜃 by using jeffrey's prior information at 𝜃 1.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq 0.0391 0.00097346 0.00023555 0.00005861 ms r=1 0.0553 0.0011 0.00024721 0.000060085 ms r=2 0.778 0.0012 0.00026350 0.000062128 ms r=3 0.1067 0.0014 0.00028442 0.000064741 pr 0.1444 0.0422 0.0218 0.0111 best sq sq sq sq table 6. (mse) values of the reliability function estimators by using prior information at 𝜃 1.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq 0.000640 0.000024186 0.000006000951 0.0000015384 ms r=1 0.000699 0.000024643 0.0000061533 0.0000015461 ms r=2 0.000804 0.000025556 0.0000062697 0.0000015611 ms r=3 0.000945 0.0000120 0.0000064431 0.0000015834 pr 0.000662 0.000024355 0.0000061167 0.0000015413 best sq sq sq sq table 7. (mse) for parameter 𝜃 by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 1.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq λ 0.5 0.0328 0.00096071 0.0002343 0.00005847 λ 1 0.0211 0.0008813 0.00022438 0.00005720 ms r=1 λ 0.5 0.0463 0.0011 0.00024684 0.00006007 λ 1 0.0285 0.0009501 0.00023329 0.00005836 ms r=2 λ 0.5 0.0650 0.0012 0.00026395 0.00006223 λ 1 0.0403 0.0011 0.0002467 0.00006008 ms r=3 λ 0.5 0.0889 0,0014 0.0002856 0.00006496 λ 1 0.0564 0.0012 0.0002646 0.00006237 pr λ 0.5 0.388 0.0010 0.00023998 0.00005920 λ 1 0.0242 0.0009110 0.00022826 0.00005771 best sq sq sq sq   139  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 8. (mse) values of the reliability function estimators by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 1.5. n estimator 10 50 100 200 sq λ 0.5 0.000553 0.000023591 0.0000060208 0.000001529 λ 1 0.000456 0.00002269 0.0000059033 0.000001513 ms r=1 λ 0.5 0.0022 0.00003918 0.0000080152 0.000001783 λ 1 0.0019 0.00003548 0.0000075334 0.000001721 ms r=2 λ 0.5 0.000717 0.000025211 0.0000062315 0.000001556 λ 1 0.000516 0.00002336 0.0000059928 0.000001525 ms r=3 λ 0.5 0.000849 0.000036657 0.0000064211 0.000001581 λ 1 0.000601 0.00002433 0.0000061224 0.000001542 pr λ 0.5 0.15170 0.0306 0.0153 0.0077 λ 1 0.15430 0.0307 0.0153 0.0077 best sq sq sq sq 15. simulation results and conclusions from our simulation study, we conclude that the performance of the bayes estimators under square error loss function are the best compared to other estimators in all cases that are included in our study, followed by the estimators under precautionary loss function in the in the cases presented in table 2, 3,6. the estimators under modified square error loss function when (r=1) presented in table 1, 5, 7. references 1. mukherjee, s.p.; saran, i.k. bivariate inverse rayleigh distribution in reliability studies jour. ind. statistical assoc.2.1984, 23-31. 2. gharrabh, m.k. comparison of estimators of location measures of an inverse rayleigh distribution the egyptian statistical journal.1993, 37, 2, 295-309. 3. mukherjee, s.p.; maiti, s.s. a percentile estimator of the inverse rayleigh parameter iapqr. trans.1996, 21, 63-65. 4. abdel-menem, a.a. estimation and prediction for inverse rayleigh life distribution m.sc. thesis faculty of education, ain shames university, 2003. 5. el-halbawy, a.a.; abd-el-monem, bayesian estimation and prediction for the inverse rayleigh lifetime distribution proceeding of the lost annual conference of statistics, computer sciences and operation research, issr –cairo university.2005, 45-59. 6. soliman, a.; essam, a.; amin, e.a.; abd-elaziz, a.a. estimation and prediction from inverse rayleigh distribution based on lower record values applied mathematical science.2010, 4, 62, 3057-3066. 7. dey, s. bayesian estimation of the parameter and reliability function of an inverse rayleigh distribution malaysian journal of mathematical sciences.2012, 6, 1, 113124. 8. ali, m.j.; gorgeees, h.m.; hussian, a.a. the comparison between standard bayes estimators of the reliability function of exponential distribution ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci.2018, 31, 3, 135-142. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 341 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract the concept of a 2-absorbing submodule is considered as an essential feature in the field of module theory and has many generalizations. this articale discusses the concept of the extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules and their relationship to the 2-absorbing submodule, quasi-2-absorbing submodule, nearly-2-absorbing submodule, pseudo-2-absorbing submodule, and the rest of the other concepts previously studied. the relationship between them has been studied, explaining that the opposite is not true and that under certain conditions the opposite becomes true. this article aims to study this concept and gives the most important propositions, characterizations, remarks, examples, lemmas, and observations related to it. in the end, we will present a very important equivalent of our concept with the rest of the concepts presented previously. keywords: 2-absorbing submodule, quasi-2-absorbing submodule, socal of module, jacobson of module, cyclic and multiplication modules. 1. introduction as a generalization of the 2-absorbing ideal, the 2-absorbing submodule notion was originally introduced in 2011 by darani a. and sohelinia f. badawi a. first proposed the 2-absorbing ideal in 2007. in recent years, various generalizations of the 2-absorbing submodule, including the quasi-2-absorbing submodule, have been introduced. in this article, we presented the extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule, a new generalization on previously studied concepts, particularly the 2-absorbing submodule and quasi-2-absorbing submodule. it is worth noting that ʀ is a commutative ring with a 𝑛onzero 𝑖dentity and ѡ be a unitary ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. in the end, we presented the most important propositions in this research and studied all possible relationships with this concept within the best conditions that helped us reach the best solutions. 2. preliminaries in the following, we mention some basic definitions and notations in module that will be used in this paper. doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3019 article history: received 16 september 2022, accepted 6 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules(i) omar a. abdullah department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university / iraq. omer.a.abdullah35383@st.tu.edu.iq haibat k. mohammadali department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university / iraq. h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:omer.a.abdullah35383@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 342 definition 2.1[1]. a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of 𝑎𝑛 ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is called 2-absorbing submodule if whenever ɑɓ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, ɓ ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 that either ɑ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 or ɓ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 or ɑɓ ∈ [𝑉:ʀ ѡ]. where [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] = {ɑ ∈ ʀ: ɑѡ ⊆ 𝑉}[2]. definition 2.2[3]. 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) is the 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 of all 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodules of ѡand a 𝑛𝑜𝑛𝑧𝑒𝑟𝑜 submodule 𝑉 of ѡ is 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 in ѡ if 𝑉 ∩ 𝐺 ≠ (0) for any 𝑛𝑜𝑛𝑧𝑒𝑟𝑜 submodule 𝐺 of ѡ. definition 2.3[4]. a submodule 𝑉 of 𝑎𝑛 ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is called a 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ, if 𝑉 is a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ and for all 𝐵 ⊆ ѡ with 𝑉 ⊂ 𝐵, then 𝐵 = ѡ, 𝐽(ѡ) is the intersection of all 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 submodules of ѡ. definition 2.4[5]. a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of 𝑎𝑛 ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is called nearly-2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑠𝑚 ∈ 𝑉, for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ, 𝑚 ∈ ѡ, implies that either 𝑟𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑠ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). definition 2.5[6]. a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of 𝑎𝑛 ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is called quasi-2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ, 𝑚 ∈ ѡ, implies that either 𝑟𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 or 𝑠𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 or 𝑟𝑠ѡ ⊆ 𝑉. definition 2.6[7]. a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is called pseudo-2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑠𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ, 𝑚 ∈ ѡ, 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 that either 𝑟𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑠ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). and in the same paper [7] the concept of pseudo quasi2-absorbing submodule is introduced, where a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is called pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule if for any 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑚 ∈ ѡ, 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 that either 𝑟𝑠𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). definition 2.7[8]. a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is called nearly quasi-2-𝐴bsorbing submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ, 𝑚 ∈ ѡ, 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 that either 𝑟𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡𝑚 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑠ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). definition 2.8[9]. an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is a 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒, if every submodule of ѡ is a direct summand. definition 2.9[4]. an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is cyclic if ѡ = ʀ𝑥 = 〈𝑥〉. lemma 2.10[ 4, ex(12). p 239]. 1) let 𝑉 is a submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ with 𝑉 as a direct summand of ѡ, then 𝐽 ( ѡ 𝑉 ) = 𝐽(ѡ)+𝑉 𝑉 . 2) an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is a 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 if and only if for each submodule 𝑉 of ѡ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ 𝑉 ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)+𝑉 𝑉 . lemma 2.11[ 10, ex12(5). p 242]. a submodule 𝑉 of 𝑎𝑛 ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 and 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 if and only if 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. lemma 2.12[ 4, lemma (2.3.15)]. “let 𝐿, 𝑉 and 𝐷 are submodules of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ with 𝑉 ⊆ 𝐷, then (𝐿 + 𝑉) ∩ 𝐷 = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐷) + 𝑉 = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐷) + (𝑉 ∩ 𝐷).” definition 2.13[11]. an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is multiplicatiion, if every submodule 𝑉 of ѡ is of the form 𝑉 = 𝐼ѡ for some 𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 𝐼 of ʀ. equivalently, ѡ is a multiplicatiion ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 if every submodule 𝑉 of ѡ of the form 𝑉 = [𝑉:ʀ ѡ]ѡ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 343 lemma 2.14[ 12, prop. (2.3)]. let ѡ be a 𝑚ultiplication ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒. then a submodule 𝑉 of ѡ is a 2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. 3. the results in this part, we define extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule and characterize some of its fundamental properties using examples: definition 3.1 a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is said to be extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ( for short exnpq2ab ) submodule of ѡ if whenever ɑɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉, where ɑ,ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ӽ ∈ ѡ implies that either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)+𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). and an 𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 𝐼 of a ring ʀ is called exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, if 𝐼 is an exnpq2ab ʀ-𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ʀ. remarks and examples 3.2 1. every 2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule however, the opposite is not true. proof. let 𝑉 be a 2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ and ɑɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉, for ɑ,ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ӽ ∈ ѡ. that is ɑɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉. but 𝑉 is 2-absorbing submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 or ɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 or ɑɓѡ ⊆ 𝑉. thus, either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) for all ӽ ∈ ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). hence, 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. for the opposite, think about the following illustration: let ѡ = 𝑍48 , ʀ = 𝑍 and the submodule 𝑉 = 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) = 〈8̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈6̅〉. that is for all ɑ, ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑍 and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍48 such that ɑɓ𝑐𝑚 ∈ 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 , implies that either ɑ𝑐𝑚 ∈ 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) + 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or ɓ𝑐𝑚 ∈ 〈8̅〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) + 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or ɑɓ𝑚 ∈ 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉. but 𝑉 is not 2-absorbing, since 2.4. 2̅ ∈ 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉, for 4,2 ∈ 𝑍 and 2̅ ∈ 𝑍48, implies that 4. 2̅ = 8̅ ∉ 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 2. 2̅ = 4̅ ∉ 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 2.4 = 8 ∉ 16𝑍. 2. every quasi-2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule however, the opposite is not true. proof. let 𝑉 be a quasi-2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ and ɑɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉, for ɑ,ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ӽ ∈ ѡ. since 𝑉 is quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), hence either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. for the opposite, think about the following illustration: let ѡ = 𝑍48, ʀ = 𝑍 and the submodule 𝑉 = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) = 〈8̅〉 and 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈6̅〉. that is for all ɑ, ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑍 and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍48 such that ɑɓ𝑐𝑚 ∈ ihjpas. 36(2)2023 344 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that either ɑ𝑐𝑚 ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) + 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or ɓ𝑐𝑚 ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍48) + 𝐽(𝑍48) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or ɑɓ𝑚 ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉. but 𝑉 is not quasi-2-absorbing, since 2.3.2. 1̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, for 3,2 ∈ 𝑍 and 1̅ ∈ 𝑍48, implies that 2.2. 1̅ = 4̅ ∉ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 2.3. 1̅ = 6̅ ∉ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉. 3. every nearly-2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule however, the opposite is not true. proof. let 𝑉 be a nearly-2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ and ɑɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉, for ɑ,ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ӽ ∈ ѡ. that is ɑɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉. but 𝑉 is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). thus either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) for all ӽ ∈ ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). hence 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. for the opposite, think about the following illustration: take a look at the 𝑍-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑍60 and the submodule 𝑉 = 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉, we see that the only 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodules of 𝑍60 are 𝑍60 itself and the submodule 〈2̅〉, so that 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍60) = 𝑍60 ∩ 〈2̅〉 = 〈2̅〉. and the only 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 submodules 〈2̅〉, 〈3̅〉 and 〈5̅〉. so that 𝐽(𝑍60) = 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉, hence 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉 is exnp-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑍60, however nearly-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑍60, because 2.3. 5̅ ∈ 𝑉, for 2,3 ∈ 𝑍, 5̅ ∈ 𝑍60, implies that 2. 5̅ ∉ 𝑉 + 𝐽(𝑍60) = 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉 = 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 3. 5̅ ∉ 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉 and 2.3 ∉ 30𝑍. 4. every nearly quasi-2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule however, the opposite is not true. proof. clear. for the opposite, think about the following illustration: see the submodule 〈30̅̅̅̅ 〉 as the 𝑍-module 𝑍60. 5. every pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule however, the opposite is not true. proof. let ɑɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉, for ɑ,ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ӽ ∈ ѡ. that is ɑɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉. but 𝑉 is pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɑɓѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). thus either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) for all ӽ ∈ ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). hence 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. for the opposite, think about the following illustration: let ѡ = 𝑍48, ʀ = 𝑍 and the submodule 𝑉 = 〈8̅〉. clear that 𝑉 is not pseudo-2-absorbing, but 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. 6. every pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule however, the opposite is not true. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 345 proof. direct. for the converse, see the example in (5). 7. the intersection of two exnpq2ab submodules of an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ need not to be exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, as the following example shows: consider the 𝑍-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑍 and the submodules 3𝑍 and 4𝑍 are exnpq2ab submodules of 𝑍, but 3𝑍 ∩ 4𝑍 = 12𝑍 is not exnpq2ab submodule of the 𝑍-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑍, since if 2.3.2.1 ∈ 12𝑍, but 2.2.1 = 4 ∉ 12𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) + 𝐽(𝑍) and 3.2.1 = 6 ∉ 12𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) + 𝐽(𝑍) and 2.3.1 = 6 ∉= 12𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) + 𝐽(𝑍) (since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) = (0) and 𝐽(𝑍) = 0). proposition 3.3 a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for any ɑ , ɓ ∈ ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ such that ɑɓ𝑥 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). then [𝑉 :ʀ ɑɓ𝑥 ] ⊆ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɑ𝑥 ] ∪ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɓ𝑥]. proof. (⟹) let 𝑉 be exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ and 𝑡 ∈ [𝑉 :ʀ ɑɓ𝑥] , then ɑɓ𝑡𝑥 ∈ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ and ɑɓ𝑥 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then either ɑ𝑡𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑡𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). thus either 𝑡 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɑ𝑥] or 𝑡 ∈[𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) :ʀ ɓ𝑥]. hence, 𝑡 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɑ𝑥] ∪ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɓ𝑥]. then we get [𝑉 :ʀ ɑɓ𝑥] ⊆ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɑ𝑥 ] ∪ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɓ𝑥]. (⟸) let ɑɓ𝑐𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and let ɑɓ𝑥 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since ɑɓ𝑐𝑥 ∈ 𝑉, then 𝑐 ∈ [𝑉 :ʀ ɑɓ𝑥 ] ⊆ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɑ𝑥] ∪ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɓ𝑥]. it follows that either 𝑐 ∈ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɑ𝑥] or 𝑐 ∈ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ɓ𝑥]. that is either ɑ𝑐𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore, 𝑉 exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.4 a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule 𝑉 of ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if ɑɓ𝑐𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉, for ɑ, ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ and 𝕃 is a submodule of ѡ, implies that either ɑ𝑐𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proof. (⟹) let 𝑉 be exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ and ɑɓ𝑐𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉 , for ɑ, ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ and 𝕃 is a submodule of ѡ. suppose that ɑɓ𝕃 ⊈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) , ɑ𝑐𝕃 ⊈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and ɓ𝑐𝕃 ⊈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). then there is 𝑒1, 𝑒2, 𝑒3 ∈ 𝕃 such that ɑɓ𝑒1 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) ,ɑ𝑐𝑒2 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and ɓ𝑐𝑒3 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) . now, ɑɓ𝑐𝑒1 ∈ 𝑉 and since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ with ɑɓ𝑒1 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then either ɓ𝑐𝑒1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑐𝑒1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). also since ɑɓ𝑐𝑒2 ∈ 𝑉 and ɑ𝑐𝑒2 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then either ɓ𝑐𝑒2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ𝑒2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). again ɑɓ𝑐𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 and since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ with ɓ𝑐𝑒3 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then either ɑ𝑐𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). now, ɑɓ𝑐 ( 𝑒1 + 𝑒2 + 𝑒3 ) ∈ 𝑉 and 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, implies that either ɑɓ(𝑒1 + 𝑒2 + 𝑒3) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑐(𝑒1 + 𝑒2 + 𝑒3) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐(𝑒1 + 𝑒2 + 𝑒3) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). if ɑɓ(𝑒1 + 𝑒2 + 𝑒3) = ɑɓ𝑒1 + ɑɓ𝑒2 + ɑɓ𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). but ɑɓ𝑒2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and ɑɓ𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) , then ɑɓ𝑒1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), which is incongruent. if ɑ𝑐(𝑒1 + 𝑒2 + +𝑒3) = ɑ𝑐𝑒1 + ɑ𝑐𝑒2 + ɑ𝑐𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). but ɑ𝑐𝑒1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and ɑ𝑐𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then ihjpas. 36(2)2023 346 ɑ𝑐𝑒2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) which is contradiction. if ɓ𝑐(𝑒1 + 𝑒2 + +𝑒3) = ɓ𝑐𝑒1 + ɓ𝑐𝑒2 + ɓ𝑐𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). but ɓ𝑐𝑒1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and ɓ𝑐𝑒2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then ɓ𝑐𝑒3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) which is contradiction. hence ɑ𝑐𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ𝕃 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). (⟸) let ɑɓ𝑐𝑛 ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ , 𝑛 ∈ ѡ, then ɑɓ𝑐(𝑛) ⊆ 𝑉 , hence by hypothesis either ɑ𝑐(𝑛) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐(𝑛) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ(𝑛) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either ɑ𝑐𝑛 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐𝑛 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ𝑛 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.5 let ѡ be 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 be a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for every submodule 𝐴 of ѡ and for every ideals 𝐼1, 𝐼2, 𝐼3 of ʀ such that 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉, implies that either 𝐼1𝐼2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼1𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proof. (⟹) let 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉, where 𝐼1, 𝐼2, 𝐼3 are ideals of ʀ and 𝐴 is a submodule of ѡ, with 𝐼1𝐼2𝐴 ⊈ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) :ʀ ѡ ]. to demonstrate that 𝐼1𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). suppose that 𝐼1𝐼3𝐴 ⊈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), that is there exist 𝑎1, 𝑎2, 𝑎3 ∈ 𝐴 and a nonzero 𝑟 ∈ 𝐼1, 𝑠 ∈ 𝐼2 and 𝑡 ∈ 𝐼3 such that 𝑟𝑠𝑎1 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝑟𝑡𝑎2 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝑠𝑡𝑎3 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). now, 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑎1 ∈ 𝑉 and 𝑟𝑠𝑎1 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), implies that either 𝑟𝑡𝑎1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡𝑎1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). also 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑎2 ∈ 𝑉 and 𝑟𝑡𝑎2 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), implies that either 𝑟𝑠𝑎2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡𝑎2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). again, 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 and 𝑠𝑡𝑎3 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), implies that either 𝑟𝑡𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑠𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). now, 𝑟𝑠𝑡(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3) ∈ 𝑉 and 𝑉 is exnpq2ab, then either 𝑟𝑠(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). if 𝑟𝑠(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3) = 𝑟𝑠𝑎1 + 𝑟𝑠𝑎2 + 𝑟𝑠𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝑟𝑠𝑎2, 𝑟𝑠𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), hence 𝑟𝑠𝑎1 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) which is a contradiction. if 𝑟𝑡(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3) = 𝑟𝑡𝑎1 + 𝑟𝑡𝑎2 + 𝑟𝑡𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝑟𝑡𝑎1, 𝑟𝑡𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), hence 𝑟𝑡𝑎2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) which is a contradiction. if 𝑠𝑡(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3) = 𝑠𝑡𝑎1 + 𝑠𝑡𝑎2 + 𝑠𝑡𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝑠𝑡𝑎1, 𝑠𝑡𝑎2 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), hence 𝑠𝑡𝑎3 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) which is a contradiction. thus either 𝐼1𝐼2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼1𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). (⟸) clear. proposition 3.6 let ѡ be 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 be a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for any 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ and 𝐼of ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ with 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 implies that either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proof. (⟹) let 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ and 𝐼 is an ideal of ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ, it follows that 𝐼 ⊆ [𝑉:ʀ 𝑟𝑠𝑥]. if 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), hence 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then we are done. suppose that 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∉ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), then by proposition 3.3 [ 𝑉 :ʀ 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ] ⊆ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑟𝑥 ] ∪ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑠𝑥 ]. but 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉, then 𝐼 ⊆ [𝑉:ʀ 𝑟𝑠𝑥] ⊆ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑟𝑥 ] ∪ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑠𝑥 ], hence 𝐼 ⊆ [ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑟𝑥] ∪ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑠𝑥], it follows that either 𝐼 ⊆ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑟𝑥] or 𝐼 ⊆ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑠𝑥], thus either 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 347 (⟸) let 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ, that is 𝑟𝑠〈𝑡〉𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉. it follows by hypothesis either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟〈𝑡〉𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠〈𝑡〉𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). hence either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. from the proposition 3.5 and proposition 3.6 we get the following corollaries. corollary 3.7 let ѡ be an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 be a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for each 𝑟 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and every ideals 𝐼, 𝐽 of ʀ with 𝑟𝐼𝐽𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉, implies that either 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐽𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼𝐽𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). corollary 3.8 let ѡ be an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 be a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for every ideals 𝐼1, 𝐼2, 𝐼3 of ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ such that 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 implies that either 𝐼1𝐼2𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼1𝐼3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼2𝐼3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). corollary 3.9 let ѡ be an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 be a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for any 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ and any ideal 𝐼 of ʀ and every submodule 𝐴 of ѡ with 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 implies that either 𝑟𝑠𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐼𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝐼𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). corollary 3.10 let ѡ be an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 be a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for each 𝑟 ∈ ʀ and any ideals 𝐼, 𝐽 of ʀ and every submodule 𝐴 of ѡ with 𝑟𝐼𝐽𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 implies that either 𝑟𝐼𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐽𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼𝐽𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proposition 3.11 let 𝑉 be exnpq2ab submodule of an ʀ𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ѡ and l is a submodule of ѡ with l ⊆ 𝑉 , then 𝑉 𝐿 is exnpq2ab submodule of an ʀ-module ѡ 𝐿 . proof. let 𝑉 be exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ and ɑ𝐼𝐽 ( 𝑒 + 𝐿 ) = ɑ𝐼𝐽𝑒 + 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 for ɑ ∈ ʀ, 𝐼, 𝐽 are ideals of ʀ and 𝑒 + 𝐿 ∈ ѡ 𝐿 , 𝑒 ∈ ѡ , implies that ɑ𝐼𝐽𝑒 ⊆ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then by corollary 3.7 either ɑ𝐼𝑒 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝐽𝑒 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼𝐽𝑒 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ ) + 𝐽(ѡ). it follows, either ɑ𝐼( 𝑒 + 𝐿 ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ )+𝐽(ѡ) 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ )+𝐽(ѡ) 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ 𝐿 ) + 𝐽( ѡ 𝐿 ) or ɑ𝐽( 𝑒 + 𝐿 ) ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ 𝐿 ) + 𝐽( ѡ 𝐿 ) or 𝐼𝐽( 𝑒 + 𝐿 ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ )+𝐽(ѡ) 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ )+𝐽(ѡ) 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ 𝐿 ) + 𝐽( ѡ 𝐿 ), that is either ɑ𝐼( 𝑒 + 𝐿 ) ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ 𝐿 ) + 𝐽( ѡ 𝐿 ) or ɑ𝐽( 𝑒 + 𝐿 ) ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ 𝐿 ) + 𝐽( ѡ 𝐿 ) or 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ 𝑉 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ 𝐿 ) + 𝐽( ѡ 𝐿 ). hence by corollary 3.7 𝑉 𝐿 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ 𝐿 . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 348 proposition 3.12 let ѡ is a 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖 𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑉 and ң are submdules for ѡ such that ң ⊆ 𝑉, and 𝑉 is a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. if ң and 𝑉 ң are exnpq2ab submodules of ѡ and ѡ ң respectively, then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodules of ѡ. proof. suppose ң and 𝑉 ң are exnpq2ab submodules for ѡ and ѡ ң respectively, and let 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝑚 ⊆ 𝑉, for 𝐼1, 𝐼2, 𝐼3 are ideals of ɍ, 𝑚 ∈ ѡ. so 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) = 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝑚 + ң ⊆ 𝑉 ң . if 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝑚 ⊆ ң and ң is exnpq2ab submodules of ѡ, implies that by corollary 3.8 either 𝐼1𝐼2𝑚 ⊆ ң + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) ⊆ 𝑉 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝐼1𝐼3𝑚 ⊆ ң + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) ⊆ 𝑉 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝐼2𝐼3𝑚 ⊆ ң + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) ⊆ 𝑉 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)), hence 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodules for ѡ. so, we may assume that 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝑚 ⊈ ң. it follows that 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ ŋ ң , but 𝑉 ң is exnpq2ab submodules of ѡ ң , again by corollary 3.8 either 𝐼1𝐼2(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉 ң + (𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ ң ) + 𝐽 ( ѡ ң )) or 𝐼1𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉 ң + (𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ ң ) + 𝐽 ( ѡ ң )) or 𝐼2𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉 ң + (𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( ѡ ң ) + 𝐽 ( ѡ ң )). since ѡ is a 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖 𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 then by lemma 2.10 either 𝐼1𝐼2(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉 ң + ң+𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ң + ң+𝐽(ѡ) ң or 𝐼1𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉 ң + ң+𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ң + ң+𝐽(ѡ) ң or 𝐼2𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉 ң + ң+𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ң + ң+𝐽(ѡ) ң . but ң ⊆ 𝑉, it follows that ң + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) and ң + 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ), hence 𝑉 ң + ң+𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ң + ң+𝐽(ѡ) ң ⊆ 𝑉 ң + 𝑉+𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ң + 𝑉+𝐽(ѡ) ң = 𝑉+𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)+𝐽(ѡ) ң . thus either 𝐼1𝐼2(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉+(𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)+𝐽(ѡ)) ң or 𝐼1𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉+(𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)+𝐽(ѡ)) ң or 𝐼1𝐼3(𝑚 + ң) ⊆ 𝑉+(𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)+𝐽(ѡ)) ң , it follows that either 𝐼1𝐼2𝑚 ⊆ 𝑉 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝐼1𝐼3𝑚 ⊆ 𝑉 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ))or 𝐼2𝐼3𝑚 ⊆ 𝑉 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). hence by corollary 3.8 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodules of ѡ. according to the following proposition, under specific circumstances, the intersection of two exnpq2ab submodules is an exnpq2ab submodule. proposition 3.13 let ѡ be an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 either 𝐸 or 𝑉 is 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ and 𝐸 not contained in 𝑉. if 𝐸 and 𝑉 are exnpq2ab submodules of ѡ, then 𝑉 ∩ 𝐸 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. since 𝐸 not contained in 𝑉, then 𝑉 ∩ 𝐸 is a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of 𝑉 and since 𝑉 is a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ, hence 𝑉 ∩ 𝐸 is a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ. now, let 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝐸 ∩ 𝑉, for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and 𝐼 is an ideal of ʀ, it follows that 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝐸 and 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉. but both 𝐸 and 𝑉 are exnpq2ab submodules of ѡ, then by proposition 3.6 we have either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). thus either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ (𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) ∩ (𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ (𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) ∩ (𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ (𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) ∩ (𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). since either 𝐸 or 𝑉 is 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ, then either 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝐸 or 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. suppose that 𝐸 is 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ, so that by lemma 2.11 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝐸 and since 𝐸 is 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ, then 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝐸. it follows’ that 𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝐸. hence either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐸 ∩ (𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝐸 ∩ (𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ 𝐸 ∩ (𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). therefore by lemma 2.12 we get either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ (𝐸 ∩ 𝑉) + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or ihjpas. 36(2)2023 349 𝑟𝐼𝑥 ⊆ (𝐸 ∩ 𝑉) + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠𝐼𝑥 ⊆ (𝐸 ∩ 𝑉) + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). hence by proposition 3.6 𝑉 ∩ 𝐸 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.14 let ѡ be an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) is quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ . if 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ such that 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) , then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. let 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 , for 𝐼1, 𝐼2, 𝐼3 are ideals of ʀ and 𝐴 is a submodule of ѡ . since 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ), it follows that 𝐼1𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) is quasi-2-absorbing subomdule of ѡ, then either 𝐼1𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼1𝐼2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐 (ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝐼1𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼2𝐼3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝐼1𝐼2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ).therefore by proposition 3.5 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.14 let ѡ be an ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 with 𝐽(ѡ) is quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ . if 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ such that 𝑉 ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ) , then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. let ɑɓ𝑐𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 , for ɑ , ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ and 𝐴 is a submodule of ѡ . since 𝑉 ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ), it follows that ɑɓ𝐴 ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ). but 𝐽(ѡ) is quasi-2-absorbing subomdule of ѡ , then either ɑ𝑐𝐴 ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐𝐴 ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ𝐴 ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either ɑ𝑐𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓ𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore by proposition 3.4 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. 4. the relationship between the concept of exnpq2ab submodules and other concepts. the relationships between exnpq2ab submodules, 2-absorbing submodules and other types of submodules are discussed in this section. proposition 4.1 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 is an 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ with 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. then 𝑉 is 2absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. (⇒) by remarks and examples 3.2(1). (⇐) let ѡ = ʀ𝑤 for some 𝑤 ∈ ѡ and assume that 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. let ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, ℎ ∈ ѡ, then 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 an element 𝑐 ∈ ʀ such that ɑ𝑏ℎ = ɑ𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑏𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑤] = [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since 𝑉 is 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 and by hypotheses 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉, we get 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑉 and 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉, thus 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉. hence either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉. therefore 𝑉 is 2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. the proof of the proposition 4.2 and 4.3 is staightforward. proposition 4.2 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-module and 𝑉 is maximal submodule of ѡ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. then 𝑉 is 2absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 350 proposition 4.3 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-module and 𝑉 is a proper submodule of ѡ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. then 𝑉 is 2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 4.4 let ѡ be ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 is an essential submodule of ѡ with 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. then 𝑉 is quasi-2absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq-2-absorbing. proof. (⇒) by remarks and examples 3.2(2). (⇐) let ɑ𝑏𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ and ℎ ∈ ѡ, hence either ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since 𝑉 is 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 and by hypotheses 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉, we get 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑉 and 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉, thus 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉. hence either ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 or 𝑏𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 or ɑ𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉. therefor 𝑉 is quasi-2absorbing of ѡ. proposition 4.5 let ѡ be ʀ-module and 𝑉 is a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. then 𝑉 is quasi-2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. direct. proposition 4.6 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 with 𝑉 is a 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ and 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ). then 𝑉 is nearly-2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. (⇒) by remarks and examples 3.2(3). (⇐) let ѡ = ʀ𝑤 for some 𝑤 ∈ ѡ and assume that 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. let ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, ℎ ∈ ѡ, then 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 an element 𝑐 ∈ ʀ such that ɑ𝑏ℎ = ɑ𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑏𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑤] = [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ), thus 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝐽(ѡ). hence either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore 𝑉 is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. proposition 4.7 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 with 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ and 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. then 𝑉 is nearly-2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ.proof. (⇒) clear. (⇐) let ѡ = ʀ𝑤 for some 𝑤 ∈ ѡ and assume that 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. let ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, ℎ ∈ ѡ, then 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 an element 𝑐 ∈ ʀ such that ɑ𝑏ℎ = ɑ𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑏𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑤] = [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉, then 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑉, so 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). hence either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore 𝑉 is nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. the proof of the proposition 4.8 and 4.9 is staightforward. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 351 proposition 4.8 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 with 𝑉 is 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 of ѡ and 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = (0). then 𝑉 is nearly-2absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 4.9 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 is an 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is nearly-2absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 4.10 let ѡ be ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ) and 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ. then 𝑉 is nearly quasi-2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. (⇒) by remarks and examples 3.2(4). (⇐) let ɑ𝑏𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ℎ ∈ ѡ. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab, then either ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝐽(ѡ), then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝐽(ѡ), thus either ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑐ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). hence 𝑉 is nearly quasi-2-absorbing of ѡ. proposition 4.11 let ѡ be ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 and 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ. then 𝑉 is nearly quasi-2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. direct. proposition 4.12 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 is an 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ. then 𝑉 is pseudo-2absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. (⇒) by remarks and examples 3.2(5). (⇐) let ѡ = ʀ𝑤 for some 𝑤 ∈ ѡ and assume that 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. let ɑ𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, ℎ ∈ ѡ, then 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 an element 𝑐 ∈ ʀ such that ɑ𝑏ℎ = ɑ𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑏𝑤 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ 𝑤] = [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since 𝑉 is an 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 submodule of ѡ, then 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉, hence 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉, so 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). hence either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or 𝑏ℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɑℎ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). therefore, 𝑉 is pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. proposition 4.13 let ѡ be a cyclic ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 with 𝑉 is 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 of ѡ and 𝐽(ѡ) = (0). then 𝑉 is pseudo-2absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. direct. proposition 4.14 let ѡ be ʀ-module and 𝑉 is a maximal submodule of ѡ. then, 𝑉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing if and only if 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 352 proof. (⇒) by remarks and examples 3.2(6). (⇐) clear. finally, we will present a proposition that equals all the previous concepts. proposition 4.15 let ѡ be a multiplicatiion ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 and 𝑉 is 𝑎 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 submodule of ѡ with 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉 and 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. consequently, the following claims are equal: 1. 𝑉 is a 2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. 2. quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. 3. nearly quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. 4. nearly-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. 5. exnpq-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. 6. pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. 7. pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. proof. (𝟏 ⇔ 𝟐) by lemma 2.14. (𝟐 ⇒ 𝟑) clear. (𝟑 ⇒ 𝟒) let ɑ𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and assume that 𝑉 is nearly quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. that is ɑ𝑏(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑉, since ѡ is a 𝑚ultiplication ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 an ideal 𝐼 of ʀ such that (𝑥) = 𝐼ѡ, hence ɑ𝑏𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is nearly quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑏ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or ɑ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore 𝑉 is nearly-2absorbing submodule of ѡ. (𝟒 ⇒ 𝟓) by remarks and examples 3.2(3). (𝟓 ⇒ 𝟔) let ɑ𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and assume that 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. that is ɑ𝑏(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑉, since ѡ is a 𝑚ultiplicatiion ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 an ideal 𝐼 of ʀ such that (𝑥) = 𝐼ѡ, hence ɑ𝑏𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑ𝑏ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or ɑ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). but 𝐽(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉, then 𝑉 + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉 and 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). thus either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ∶ʀ ѡ] or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɑ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). therefore 𝑉 is pseudo-2absorbing submodule of ѡ. (𝟔 ⇒ 𝟕) let ɑɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉, for ɑ,ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ӽ ∈ ѡ. that is ɑɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉. but 𝑉 is pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɓ(𝑐ӽ) ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɑɓѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). thus either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) for all ӽ ∈ ѡ. hence 𝑉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. (𝟕 ⇒ 𝟏) let ɑ𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 for ɑ, 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and assume that 𝑉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ. that is ɑ𝑏(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑉, since ѡ is a 𝑚ultiplication ʀ-𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒, then tℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 an ideal 𝐼 of ʀ such that (𝑥) = 𝐼ѡ, hence ɑ𝑏𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉. since 𝑉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ѡ, then either ɑ𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)or 𝑏𝐼ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)or ɑ𝑏ѡ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). that is either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ):ʀ ѡ] or ɑ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉, hence 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑉. thus either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 or ɑ𝑥 ∈ 𝑉. therefore, 𝑉 is 2absorbing submodule of ѡ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 353 5. conclusion the term exnpq2ab submodules is a novel generalization of (2-absorbing, quasi-2-absorbing, nearly-2-absorbing, nearly quasi-2-absorbing, pseudo-2-absorbing and pseudo quasi-2absorbing) submodules that we introduce in this article. using examples, we also discuss the opposite generalization introduced in several different characterizations. there are given connections between this generalization and other types of modules. references 1. darani, a.y; soheilniai. f. 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbingsubmodules, tahi journal. math, 2011,(9), 577-584. 2. lu, c. p. prime submodules of modules, comm. math, university spatula, 1981, (33), 61-69. 3. goodearl, k. r., (1976), ring theory, marcel dekker, inc. new york and basel., 1976, 206. 4. kash, f. modules and rings. london math. soc. monographs new york , academic press , 1982, 370. 5. reem, t; shwkea, m. nearly 2-absorbing submodules and related concept, tikrit journal for pure sci, 2018, 2(3), 215-221. 6. osama a. naji; mohammed m. al-ashker and arwa e. ashour. on n-2-absorbing submodules, m. sc. thesis,the islamic university -gaza. , 2016, 42. 7. haibat k. mohammedali and omar a.abdalla. pseudo-2-absorbing and pseudo semi-2 absorbing submodules, aip conference proceedings, 2019, 2096,020006, 1-9. 8. haibat, k. m and khalaf, h .a. nearly quasi2-absorbing submodules, tikrit journal. for pure. sci, 2018, 23(9), 99-102. 9. anderson, e. w and fuller, k. r. rings and categories of modules , springer verlag, new york. 1992. 10. payman, m. h. hollow modules and semi hollow modules. m. sc. thesis, university of baghbad. 2005. 11. el-bast, z. a ; smith, p. f. multiplication modules, comm. in algebra, 1988, 16(4), 755-779. 12. faranak. f. quasi 2-absorbing submodules, kyungpook mathematical junral, 2019, 59(2), 209-214. computer | 222 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 text encryption algorithm based on chaotic neural network and random key generator ghada salim mohammed dept. of computer engineering/ madenat al-elem university/ college received in: 17/march/2016,accepted in :18/october/2016 abstract this work presents a symmetric cryptography coupled with chaotic nn , the encryption algorithm process the data as a blocks and it consists of multilevel( coding of character, generates array of keys (weights),coding of text and chaotic nn ) , also the decryption process consists of multilevel (generates array of keys (weights),chaotic nn, decoding of text and decoding of character).chaotic neural network is used as a part of the proposed system with modifying on it ,the keys that are used in chaotic sequence are formed by proposed key generation algorithm .the proposed algorithm appears efficiency during the execution time where it can encryption and decryption long messages by short time and small memory (chaotic nn offer capacity of memory), also the system uses secret keys with array of keys (weights of nn), that change at each iteration. keywords: cryptography, artificial neural network, chaotic neural network. computer | 223 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 introductions cryptography and information security are considered as important sciences in the world, especially after using the computer in this science[1].the aim of cryptography is to make it impossible to take a cipher and reproduces the plain text without the corresponding key[2].within the context of any application-to-application communication, there are some specific security requirements, which include (integrity, on-repudiation, authentication and privacy/confidentiality).there are three types of cryptography (secret key ,public key and hash functions) .[3]a neural network(nn) is a machine that is designed to model the way in which the brain performs a particular task. the network is implemented by simulated in software on a digital computer or using electronic components. various ann topologies were found. the most frequent ones are (recurrent neural networks (rnn), general regression neural networks, neural cryptography, multilayer neural networks (mlp), and chaotic neural network) [5]. chaotic neural networks (cnn) chaotic system(cs) is statistically indistinguishable from randomness, and yet it is deterministic and not random at all, cs will produce the same outputs if given the same inputs. a random system will produce different outputs when it given the same inputs [6]. cs are sensitive to initial conditions, system parameters and topological transitivity . cnn offer greatly increase memory capacity, the network's features are high security and no distortion. cnn can be divided into three types: • location permutation algorithms scramble the locations of original data. • data value transformation algorithms transform the data value of the original data. • the combining form performs location permutation and data value transformation operations [7]. chaotic iterations(ci) let us consider a system with a finite number n ∈ n*of elements, so that each element has a boolean state. a sequence of length n of boolean states of the element corresponds to a particular state of the system. a sequence which elements belong to [1;n] is called a strategy. the set of all strategies in the system is denoted by s .the set b denoting {0,1} , f : bn→bn be a function . to build a cnn using chaotic iterations, let us reconsider the vectorial negation function denoted by( f0:bn→bn )and its associated map ff0: [1;n] bn→bn. where, for all (k, xx) ∈[1;n]→bn, the response of the output layer to the input (k, xx) is ff0(k, xx) [8]. the output layer can be connected to the input layer as it is illustrated in figure (1) the network is called cnn if its biases and weights of neurons are determined by cs. the encryption scheme belongs to the category of value transformation. based on a binary sequence generated from the 1-d logistic map, the biases and weights of neurons are set in each iteration[9]. the 1-d logistic map ff0(s0; xx0): the proposed algorithm used the 1-d logistic chaotic map with neural network to produce a combination of cnn, based on a binary sequence generated from the logistic chaotic map. logistic chaotic map is: xx(m+l) = u * xx(m)*(l-xx(m)) m=1 ...... n where this equation evolve the cs xx(l), xx(2), ... , xx(n),that will be used to create b(0), b(l), ..., b(8n-1) . by the generating schema that 0.b(8m-8)b(8m-7) …. b(8m-2)b(8m-l) …is the binary form of xx(m) for m = 1, 2, . . .., n. the proposed encryption algorithm the proposed encryption algorithm is consists of the following steps, which are (1 coding process ,2key generation and 3ciphering using chaotic neural network) , action computer | 224 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 steps of the proposed algorithm could be clarified as follows: (figure (2): illustrates the steps of proposed system). the proposed encryption algorithm input: plain text, keys output: the cipher text. 1. begin. 2. convert each character of plain text to special code by using coding algorithm . 3. convert each value of character after coding to binary form (8-bits) . 4. prepare the keys to generate the array of weights using generate key algorithm . 5. divide the binary plain text to blocks (block with length 16-bits )and perform the following steps (length of plain text/16) times  put the bits of block in 2-d array [4*4], create new 2-d array [4*4] by making the last column in this array to be the first row in new array ,the third column will be the last row, the second column will be the third row and finally the first column will be the second row in new array.  convert the new 2-d array [4*4] to 1-d array then reverse the location of array.  apply chaotic neural network by using the modified method algorithm .  using the array of weights to generate the new array of weights for next block process by using new key algorithm .  next block. 6. print the cipher text to file. 7. end. the proposed coding algorithm this proposed algorithm coding the character of plaintext and transform the ascii code value for each character to another value. the steps of this algorithm are: input: the character, key. output: the code of character(decimal value). 1. begin. 2. input key of coding 3. input the character and convert it to ascii code 4. find new code= asc+kc+asm where (asc is ascii code of input character, kc is key of coding, asm the value of character location mod 8). 5. end . the proposed algorithm to generate array of key. this proposed algorithm generate 2darray of keys (the weights that are used in cnn) based on random integer numbers saved as a secret keys and the length of binary plain text ,all these are used with some logic gates to generate .(figure (3): illustrates the steps of proposed algorithm). input: bl: length of binary plain text, keys. output: the 2-d array of keys. 1. begin . 2. input the integer numbers r1, r2 and use them to initial the generate key process, the prepare process of keys it is performed by :  find the results of (k1=r1mod16, k2=r2 mod16).  convert (k1,k2)decimal values to binary blocks (block 4-bits length).  convert each block from 4-bit to 16 bit length by:  (rk1=k1+(k1 xor k2)),(rk2=k2+(k1 xor k2)).  (rk11=rk1+not(rk2)),(rk22=rk2+not(rk1)) (+ :is append between two blocks) computer | 225 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 3. find (res1= rk11+rk22), the resulted binary block with length 32-bits. 4. divide res1 to 8 block (s1,s2,s3,s4, s5,s6,s7,s8) 5. convert each binary block to decimal number → , → , → , → , → , → , → , → 6. find the results of  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((0,0),(0,1 of key(wi,j).  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((0,2),(0,3)) of key(wi,j).  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((0,4),(0,5)) of key(wi,j).  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((0,6),(0,7)) of key(wi,j).  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((1,0),(1,1)) of key(wi,j).  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((1,2),(1,3)) of key(wi,j).  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((1,4),(1,5)) of key(wi,j).  binary of (ds mod 4 ,store the result 2-bits in locations ((1,6),(1,7)) of key(wi,j).  convert the result 2-d array of key (wi,j) to 1-d array then  replace between locations ((1,0),(3,2),(5,4),(7,6)).  take the locations (8 to 15) reverse it (15,14,13,12,11,10,9,8)  convert the 1-d back to 2-d array(wi,j) and use the last array as key for the encryption process of the first block of the plain text.  use this array as input to new key algorithm(3.1.2.a)to generate new array of key for the encryption process of the next block. 7. end the proposed algorithm to new key algorithm this algorithm aims to generate new array of keys (weights )by using the weights of previous iteration of cnn in some equations . input: previous array of key(weights). output: new array of key( weights. 1. begin . 2. apply the following equations: a. new( wi,j )= old (wi,j)+xor old (wj,i) and when i=j the following equation will apply: b. new( wi,j )= old (wi,j)+xor old (wi,j+1) where i=0,1. j=0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 3. end. the proposed algorithm to encryption using chaotic neural network. the result of this algorithm is a cipher code , the input text consists of finite number of state(character) each state converts to binary (boolean state) this first steps to chaotic iteration . by using a special function and its associated map, the results of the output layer will represent. the input binary blocks which represent the input to first layer in nn, then start the evaluation of chaotic sequence (xxn+1= ff0 bn; xxn) ∈bn ) is computed 1-d logistic map in the nn, this value of xx1 is published as an output, xx1 is sent back to the input layer, to act as boolean state in the next iteration ,also it is used to compute nn(k) the new inputs to first layer in nn the result from first layer which will be input to the second layer in with new weights and basis the output from this layer will be input to final layers to give the cipher code then begin new iteration . input: block (block of 16-bits(blo)), specified key(u ,x(0),wi,j). output: cipher code 1. begin. 2. computer | 226 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016  take the (0-7)bits from(blo)and save a copy of it in b1 (1-darray with size 8) , take the (8-15 ) bits from (blo) and save a copy of it in b2 (1-darray with size 8) then calculate the layer one of nn : bl1(i)=b1(i) xor w(0,j). where (i=0-7, j=0-7). bl2(i)=b2(i) xor w(1,j). where (i=0-7, j=0 -7). 3. convert the (0-7)bits of (blo) to decimal value de1and the (8-15 ) bits to decimal value de2.(bl1 : the binary representation of de1) ,(bl2 : the binary representation of de2 ) 4. using the specified key(u,xx(0)) to start the chaotic sequences: xx(l), x(2), ............... , xx(lt/8) by xx(n+1)= u *xx(n)*(1-xx(n)) (lt : is the length of plain text after coding ) ,where for each iteration generate two elements of xx. 5. create a chaotic bit sequences b(0), b(l), ..., b(7) … is the binary representation of xx(n), and b(8), b(9), ..., b(15) … is the binary representation of xx(n+1), for each iteration generate 16 location of( b()) from the binary representation of two generated elements of xx. 6. calculate the layer two of nn:  find the value of g(n) by ∑ bl1 i ∗ 2  find the value of gg(n+1) by ∑ bl2 i ∗ 2  find the value of nn(k)=b(k) xor w(i,j) 7. where k= 0 to 15, i =0 to 1 , j=0 to 7. find the value of ww(i,j) z=0 to 1, i= 0 to7 , j=0 to 7 , 1 if i j and nn 8z 0 1 if i j and nn 8z 1 0 if i j  compute the biases : 1 2 if i j and nn 8z i 0 1 2 if i j and nn 8z i 1  find the value of d n byj=0 to 7, ii=8 to 15 1) d n f(∑ ww i, j ∗ bl1 i ∗ 2 ). 2) dd n 1 f(∑ ww i, j ∗ bl2 ii ∗ 2 ) where f(x)=1 if x>0 otherwise f(x)=0 f(x) is a comparison function if the value( x=∑ ww i, j ∗ bl1 i ∗ 2 > 0) so the result will be 1 otherwise the result will be 0. 8. calculate the final layer of nn:  find the value of g̀(n) by ∑ d ∗ 2  find the value of g̀g̀ (n+1) by ∑ dd ∗ 2  save g̀ (n),g̀g̀ (n+1) as ciphered code. 9. end. in deciphering by using chaotic neural network is the same steps of ciphering process (step 4 to step7) except of the input to algorithm of deciphering will be g̀ (n),g̀g̀ (n+1) instead of computer | 227 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 g(n),gg(n).each iteration will cipher two characters from the original plain text(n refers to the number of character will process).the next section the deciphering process will explain in details. the proposed deciphering method action steps of the proposed system could be clarified as follows: the proposed algorithm of deciphering process. input: cipher text, keys. output: the plain text. 1. begin. 2. input the cipher text 3. input the required keys and prepare the specific keys to generate the array of weights. 4. generate the array of weights by using generate key algorithm . 5. divide the binary cipher text to blocks each one with length 16 bits and perform the following steps (length of cipher text/16)times:  begin  apply chaotic neural network by using the modified method algorithm (the steps from 4 to step 7).  the two decimal values that result from the previous step will convert to binary (bl1,bl2) then apply : 1) b1(i) = bl1(i)xor w(0,j). where (i=0-7, j=0-7). 2) b2(i) = bl2(i)xor w(1,j). where (i=0-7, j=0 -7). then blo =(b1 +b2). (blo: is a block of 16-bits that stored in 1-d array)  reverse the elements of array and convert the 1-d array to 2-d array [4*4] .  convert the 2-d array [4*4] to new 2-d array [4*4] by making the first row in 2-d array be the last column in new 2-d array, the last row in 2-d array will be the third column in new 2-d array, the third row will be the second row and finally the first column will be the second column.  using array of weights and generate the new array of key for next block process by using new key algorithm .  next block 6. divide the cipher text to blocks each one 8-bits length and convert it to decimal value. 7. decoding each decimal value by using the decoding algorithm . 8. print the plain text to file. 9. end. the generating key algorithm and chaotic neural network are by using the modified method algorithm which are the same algorithms that applied in the ciphering process. the proposed algorithm to decode the character of cipher text input: the decimal value output: the ascii code of character ( decimal value ). 1. begin . 2. input the key of coding kc. 3. input the decimal value(new code). 4. find asc = new code -kc-asm. where(asc is ascii code of input character, asm is the value of character location mod 8). 5. convert the ascii code to the corresponding character. 6. end. implementation of the proposed system computer simulation and evaluation of the proposed random key generator computer | 228 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 the statistical randomness tests that applied to binary sequences to test these sequences are: 1. the frequency test[2] where (n0 : the number of occurrences of 0’s in the n-bit sequence, n1 : the number of occurrences of 1’s in the n-bit sequence). 2. the serial test where n00 , n01 , n10 and n11 be the number of occurrences of 00,01,10 and 11 , respectively in the n-bit sequence. 3. the poker test where k : the number of blocks., m : the length of block ,yi : the number of m-bit subsequences having i 1’s and (m-i) 0’s, and so on. 4. the autocorrelation test the goal of this test is to check for correlations between the sequence s and shifted versions of it. let d be a fixed integer, 1 <= d < =. 2 the number of bits is not equal to their d-shifts is a d ∑ ⨁s . the autocorrelation test equation involves the calculation of χ2 using : √  the value χ2 for the frequency test must be less than or equal to 3.8415 to pass this test. the value χ2for the serial test must be less than or equal 5.9915 to pass this test. the value χ2 for the poker test must be less than or equal 14.0671 to pass poker test. the valueχ2 for the autocorrelation test since the value of a(d) for all are less than 1.96 .[4] it is clear from table (1) that all sequence of bits that tested pass the thresholds of statistical tests. the execution time for the proposed system: we tested the encryption and decryption algorithms on a system running on (core i7-4500 with 6.00 gbram, cpu 2.40 ghz,64-bit operating system), the algorithms of encryption and decryption applied for different messages with different sizes, below will illustrate the execution time for encryption and decryption process with example for massage before and after encryption process with keys value (kc=9, r1=24, r2=38, u=2, x(0)=21). the cipher message can be transmitted as blocks of binary or can be converted each 8-binary digits to decimal value then transmits it. conclusion in this work , we used the chaotic neural network because chaotic system will not produce the same results if the inputs keys are not the specified keys so it is difficult to attack to have the plain text without knowing the secret keys, in this paper to increase the security we use many algorithms to cipher the data as a secret key cryptography, these algorithms are based on( position permutation and value transformation ) where the coding and decoding of character algorithms will transform the value to another value .the proposed generating key(weights) algorithm will be based on scramble the positions of data and transformed it, the computer | 229 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 resulted data from this algorithm will be used as weights in encryption and decryption process in addition to the weights that are generated by chaotic neural network . finally all these algorithms and modifications will give the proposed system the efficiency and the security ,this appears from applying randomness test on the ciphering system. references 1. rolf ,o. (2005)"contemporary cryptography", artech house , boston ,london. 2. michal janosek; eva volna; martin kotyrba and vaclav kocian.( 2012).“cryptography based on neural network". proceedings 26th european conference on modeling and simulation, www.scs-europe.net/conf/ecms. 3. behrouz, a. forouzan.(2007).“cryptography and network security”, tata mcgraw-hill. 4. smid ,m. e. and branstad, d. k.( 1988).“the data encryption standard:past and future”. proceedings of the ieee, 76, 5, 550-559. 5. amr, h. yassin ;adel. el-zoghabil and hany, h. hussien.(2013)." survey report on cryptography based on neural network", an international journal of emerging technology and advanced engineering website: www.ijetae.com . 6.tope komal; rane ashutosh; rahate roshan and nalawade, s.m..(2015)." encryption and decryption using artificial neural network", an international advanced research journal in science, engineering and technology. 7. kamila ,n. k.; haripriya rout and nilamadhab dash.( 2014 )." stegocryptography using chaotic neural network ",american journal of signal processing.. 8.jacques ,m. bahi; christophe guyeux, and michel salomon.(2011 )."building a chaotic proved neural network". 9. adel, a. el-zoghabi; amr,h. and yassin, hany h. hamdy.(2014)."public key cryptography based on chaotic neural network",international journal of computer application. computer | 230 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 table (1) statistical tests results for the different length sequences . the file size frequency test the serial test the poker test m=6 the autocorrelation test 320-bits 0.2 0.310 1.516 0.5434 640-bits 0.4 0.506 3.657 0.7637 960-bits 0.6 0.704 4.972 0.9334 1280-bits 0.8 0.903 6.735 1.0766 1500 1.176 1.179 10.613 1.3443 table (2) the execution time for different messages the number of characters of message the time of execution of encryption process the time of execution of decryption process 137 1msec. 1msec. 500 1msec. 1msec. 1000 3msec 3msec 1500 4msec 4msec figure (1) illustrate the output layer connected to the input layer in cnn computer | 231 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (2) illustrates the steps of proposed encryption algorithm 1bit 2bit 3bit 4bit 5bit 6bit 7bit 8bit 9bit 10bit 11bit 12bit 13bit 14bit 15bit 16bit 4bit 8bit 12bit 16bit 1bit 5bit 9bit 13bit 2bit 6bit 10bit 14bit 3bit 7bit 11bit 15bit prepare the keys generate key 1-d array reverse the 1-d array enter the specified keys e n cr y p ti o n b y u si n g. c h a o ti c n eu ra l cipher text new coding for character of plain text convert the result of coding to binary block of 16 bits plain text divide the binary plain text to blocks divided the block of 16-bits find bl1,bl2 start chaotic sequences x(n+1)= u *x(n)*(1‐x(n)) find g(n),gg(n+1) ,nn(k) find , , , d n ,dd n 1 computer | 232 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (3)illustrates the steps to generate array of key. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (0,0) (0,1) (0,2) (0,3) (0,4) (0,5) (0,6) (0,7) 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 (1,0) (1,1) (1,2) (1,3) (1,4) (1,5) (1,6) (1,7)) generate new array of key for encryption process of next block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 the prepared keyk1=r1mod 16 the prepared keyk2=r2mod 16 res1= rk11+rk22 (rk1=k1+ (k1 xor k2)),(rk2=k2+ (k1 xor k2)) rk11=rk1+not(rk2)),(rk22=rk2+not(rk1)) 2-d array of key wi,j s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s7 s8 ds1 ds2 ds3 ds4 ds5 ds6 ds7 ds8 (0,0) (0,1) (0,2) (0,3) (0,4) (0,5) (0,6) ( 0,7) (1,0) (1,1) (1,2) (1,3) (1,4) (1,5) (1,6) (1,7) mod 4 computer | 233 2016) عام 3العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 مولد مفاتيح عشوائيو (chaotic) خوارزمية تشفير نص تعتمد على الشبكة العصبية غادة سالم محمد كلية مدينة العلم الجامعة /قسم هندسة الحاسوب 2016تشرين االول//18,قبل في :2016اذار//17استلم في: الخالصة خوارزمية chaotic ,المفتاح السري مع الشبكة العصبية عمالنظام التشفير باست استعمالفي هذا العمل تم تمثيل التشفير تعالج البيانات بشكل مقاطع وتشمل عدة مستويات (ترميز حرف، وتوليد مصفوفة المفاتيح (األوزان)، ترميز chaoticصفوفة المفاتيح (األوزان))، أيضا عملية فك التشفير تشمل عدة عمليات تتضمن (توليد مchaotic nnالنص، nn,فك النص، فك الحرف) تستخدم الشبكة العصبية ، chaotic كجزء من النظام المقترح مع بعض من التعديل عليها من خوارزمية توليد المفاتيح المقترحة. النظام المقترح اظهر الكفاءة من chaotic nnوتتولد المفاتيح التي تستخدم في يوفر من chaotic nn يذ حيث يمكن تشفير وفك تشفير رسائل طويلة خالل وقت قصير وذاكرة صغيرة (خالل وقت التنف سعة الذاكرة). كذلك فأن النظام يستخدم مفاتيح سريه ومصفوفة مفاتيح (أوزان للشبكة العصبية) التي تتغير في كل دوره مع كل مقطع. .فك التشفير ,ية: التشفير ،الشبكات العصبية الذكالكلمات المفتاحية 1 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. survey study of cutaneous leishmaniasis in baghdad abstract the research included an epidemiological study of cutaneous leishmaniasis in baghdad for two years (2019 and 2020). data were collected from the iraqi ministry of health in baghdad public health departments for al-karkh and al-rusafa districts. the results of the positive examinations for cutaneous leishmaniasis for the two years mentioned came with 54 infections in al-rusafa district and 80 infections in al-karkh district for the year 2019, while in 2020, the infections in al-rusafa district were 201 infections and 152 infections in al-karkh district. the data were divided in terms of gender into males and females, so the percentage for the year (2019) was 15% for males and 12% for females, and in (2020) 44% for males and 29% for females. data were divided according to their age received from their sources. on their basis, they were divided into seven groups and according to years; they are as the following: [(1-9) 5.13% for the year 2019 and 16.63% for the year 2020,(10-19) 4.31% for the year 2019 and 11.09% for the year 2020,(2029) 6.77% for the year 2019 and 10.88% for the year 2020, (30-39) 5.13% for the year 2019 and 11.70% for the year 2020,(40-49) 2.05% for 2019 and 9.45% for 2020,(50-59) 2.05% for the year 2019 and 7.8% for the year 2020,(59+) 2.05% for 2019 and 4.93% for 2020]. keywords: epidemiology, cutaneous, leishmaniasis, baghdad. 1. introduction leishmaniasis is a parasitic protozoan disease caused by leishmania spp. more than ten million people are infected with the parasite found in around one hundred countries. [1] ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2740 article history: received 21 december 2021, accepted 14,march 2022, published in july 2022. 1wasan qasim turki wasan.turki@almustafauniversity.edu.iq 4ali reza riad fatek rdaali130@gmail.com 3reham hussam abbas rehamhussam479@gmail.com 2jaafar iyad abdel reda good.gf98@gamil.com 1-4 department of medical laboratory techniques, al-mustafa university college, baghdad, iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:wasan.turki@almustafauniversity.edu.iq mailto:rdaali130@gmail.com mailto:rehamhussam479@gmail.com mailto:good.gf98@gamil.com ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 2 [2]. the leishmania spp. is a flagellated eukaryotic monocyte parasitic protozoan parasite. it resides in pharyngeal cells and is entrenched in the retinal lining of the vertebrate host, causing the disease leishmaniasis, which is spread by female sandflies of the phlebotomus spp. the parasite's major reservoir hosts include dogs, foxes, and rodents [3]. the amastigote and promastigote are the two types of the leishmania parasite. the first can be found in vertebral hosts, while the second in vector hosts and culture media [4]. there are three types of leishmaniasis: cutaneous, mucocutaneous, and visceral leishmaniasis. cutaneous leishmaniasis is the most common type, causing a dry or moist sore on the skin that heals over time and leaves a scar [5]. mucocutaneous leishmaniasis affects the mucosal membranes and skin of the nose and mouth. visceral leishmaniasis, also known as kala-azar, is the most acute form, causing hepato-splenomegaly and anemia. if left untreated, it can be fatal [6]. several studies have been conducted to investigate the spread of cutaneous leishmaniasis in iraq [7], [8] and [9] 2. patients and methods patients and methods: data were collected using a pre-prepared data collection in baghdad, which form the patient data of baghdad health departments [al-karkh and al-rusafa], health department/ infectious diseases department/ ministry of health public for two years (2019-2020). the number of infections in baghdad in 2019 was (134 infections), and in 2020, it was (353 infections). it was noticed that the disease spread in baghdad in 2020 more than its predecessor. this study dealt with the percentages of men and women. it then classified them according to their age by collecting the results of laboratory tests from the iraqi ministry of health for two years (2019-2020). the results of the positive examinations for cutaneous leishmaniasis for the two years mentioned came with 54 infections in al-rusafa district and 80 infections in alkarkh district for 2019. in 2020, the infections in al-rusafa district were 201 and 152 in alkarkh district. so, 487 patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis were collected during the two years (2019-2020). in 2019, the number reached 134 infections, in which males were more likely than females: 15% males and 12% females. the number of infections in males reached 75, while in females, it was (59). in 2020, the situation was much worse, as the number of infections increased to more than twice the previous one, reaching 353 infections. this year also, males had more casualties than females, with a rate of 44% for males and 29% for females, as their number reached (215) in males. among the women, it was (138) infections (table 1). the prognosis of the disease depended only on the clinical picture, and a special questionnaire was filled out that included age and gender. 3. results and discussion this study dealt with the percentages of men and women. it then classified them according to their age by collecting the results of laboratory tests from the iraqi ministry of health for two years (2019-2020). the results of the positive examinations for cutaneous leishmaniasis for the two years mentioned came with 54 infections in al-rusafa district and 80 infections in al-karkh district for 2019. in 2020, the infections in al-rusafa district were 201 and 152 in al-karkh district. so, 487 patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis were collected during the two years (2019-2020). in 2019, the number reached 134 infections, in which males ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 3 were more likely than females: 15% males and 12% females. the number of infections in males reached 75, while in females, it was (59). in 2020, the situation was much worse, as the number of infections increased to more than twice the previous one, reaching 353 infections. this year also, males had more casualties than females, with a rate of 44% for males and 29% for females, as their number reached (215) in males. among the women, it was (138) infections (table 1). table 1. sex distribution of the study sample % number variable 15 75 males gender (2019) 12 59 females 44 215 males gender (2020) 29 138 females the results of the current study for the two years (2019-2020) indicate that the rate of male infection (59%) is higher than that of females (41%), and these results are consistent with [10], [11] and [12]. men make up most of the work in open environments (farms and firms), wear fewer parts of clothing than women, and have probably more contact with sandflies during the evening [13]. and, sex hormone levels may influence the onset and progression of various parasitic illnesses, making males more susceptible to the protozoan infectious agent [14]. this study also dealt with the division of patients according to the age groups of the two years mentioned, where it was divided into seven groups: (19) (10-19) (20-29) (30-39) (4049) (50-59) (more than 59). in 2019, the category (20-29) topped the number of infections, rating 6.77% of the total for the two years, as the number in this category reached 33 infections. the last three categories were the least vulnerable to the risk of infection in terms of their injury rate of 2.05% of the total for the two years, with ten infections for each category, as shown in (table 2). in 2020, the age group (1-9) was the most affected, rating 16.63%. the number of infections in this group was 81, followed by the group (30-39) with 57 infections, 11.07%, and the age group for people older than 59 years was 24 infections at a rate of 4.93% of the total for two years, as shown in (table 2). table 2. age distribution of the study sample age group(year) no. % 2019 1-9 25 5.13 10-19 21 4.31 20-29 33 6.77 30-39 25 5.13 40-49 10 2.05 50-59 10 2.05 more than 59 10 2.05 2020 1-9 81 16.63 10-19 54 11.09 20-29 53 10.88 30-39 57 11.70 40-49 46 9.45 50-59 38 7.8 more than 59 24 4.93 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 4 cutaneous leishmaniasis is more common in children aged 5 to 14 and adults aged 15 to 45. these are the school and work age groups in iraq for both sexes. they are more likely than other age groups to participate in outdoor activities and are exposed to sandflies-related environmental factors. furthermore, infections with l. tropica result in the establishment of life-long immunity [15], which may contribute to a decreased prevalence in the elderly [16]. 4. conclusion the study concludes that the cutaneous leishmaniasis disease affected by sex and age and it is with continuously increasing in iraq. references 1. alvar, j.; yactayo, s.; bern, c. leishmaniasis and poverty. trends parasitol., 2006, 22, 12, 552557. 2. hotez, p.j.; remme, j.h.; buss, p.; alleyne, g.; morel, c.; breman, j.g. combating tropical infectious diseases: report of the disease control priorities in developing countries project. clin infect dis. 2004, 38, 6, 871-8. 3. hailu, a.; dagne, d.a.; m. boelaert. leishmaniasis, in neglected tropical diseases-sub-saharan africa. 2016, springer, 87-112. 4. inbar, e.; hughitt, v.k.; dillon, l.a.; ghosh, k.; el-sayed, n.m.; sacks, d.l. the transcriptome of leishmania major developmental stages in their natural sand fly vector. mbio, 2017, 8, 2, e00029-17. 5. alvar, j.; vélez, i.d.; bern, c.; herrero, m.; desjeux, p.; cano, j.; jannin, j.; den boer, m. who leishmaniasis control team. leishmaniasis worldwide and global estimates of its incidence. plos one. 2012, 7, 5, e35671. 6. jacobson, r.l., leishmaniasis in an era of conflict in the middle east. vector-borne zoonotic dis., 2011, 11, 3, 247-258. 7. alsamarai, a.m. and h.s. alobaidi, cutaneous leishmaniasis in iraq. j. infect. develop. count., 2009, 3, 02, 123-129. 8. shahatha, s.s. and saleh, t.a. an epidemiological, diagnostic, and therapeutic study of the leishmania tropica parasite in iraq’s anbar province. baghdad sci. j., 2018. 15(4). 9. al-mafraji, k.h.; al-rubaey, m.g.; alkaisy, k.k. clinco-epidemiological study of cutaneous leishmaniasis in al-yarmouk teaching hospital. irq. j. commun. med., 2008, 21, 3. 10. sukkar, f. some epidemiological information from annual report on kala azar in iraq during 1974. bulletin endemic dis., 1976, 17, 1/4, 119-125. 11. al-alousi, t., latif, b.; al-shenawi, f. detection of antibodies to leishmaniasis in dried blood on filter paper by the indirect fluorescent antibody test. ann. trop.med. parasitol., 1980. 74, 5, 503506. 12. al-warid, h.s.; al-saqur, i.m.; al-tuwaijari, s.b.; al-zadawi, k.a.m. the distribution of cutaneous leishmaniasis in iraq: demographic and climate aspects. asian biomed., 2017, 11, 3, 255-260. 13. who, control of leishmaniasis. 2009. 14. roberts, c.w.; walker, w.; alexander, j. sex-associated hormones and immunity to protozoan parasites. clin. microbiol. rev., 2001, 14, 3, 476-488. 15. mendonça, s.c., differences in immune responses against leishmania induced by infection and by immunization with killed parasite antigen: implications for vaccine discovery. paras. vect., 2016, 9, 1, 1-9. 16. karami, m.; doudi, m.; setorki, m. assessing epidemiology of cutaneous leishmaniasis in isfahan, iran. j. vector borne dis., 2013. 50,1, 30. الیقطین في نمو نبات الیانسونبذورتأثیر مستخلص اوراق نبات الرشاد و (pimpinella anisum l.) القیسي محمد خالد وفاق امجد البیاتي علیة حسین لفتة الركابي رشا حبیب فاضل التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم)/ جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحیاة/ كلیة 26/12/2013، قبل البحث في : 1/4/2013في : استلم البحث الملخص اجریت تجربة حقلیة في الحدیقة النباتیة في قسم علوم الحیاة/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھیثم لمعرفة تأثیر 10وبالتركیزین cucurbita pepoمستخلص بذور الیقطینوlepidium sativumرش مستخلص اوراق نبات الرشاد . اظھرت النتائج زیادة معنویة في ارتفاع النبات pimpinellaanisum% في بعض الصفات الفسلجیة لنبات الیانسون20و ومعدل النمو المطلق ثمرة ودلیل الحصاد 100والوزن الجاف للنبات والحاصل البایولوجي والحاصل االقتصادي ووزن والنسبة المئویة للزیت في الثمار مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة. ، نسبة الزیت%نبات الرشاد، بذور الیقطین ، نبات الیانسون الكلمات المفتاحیة: 50 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة ] وھو نبات عشبي umbelliferae ]1 الخیمیة یعود الى العائلة pimpinella anisumان نبات الیانسون ومقاوم مھ طعم ورائحة ممیزة وھو منشط للھضحولي یتكاثر بالبذور، ان ثمار الیانسون غنیة بالزیت والبروتینات ولزیت یعد ].3، 2منبھ ومطھر [الزمات الربو، مضاد و ومقشع صدري ، مدرر للحلیب والبولطارد للغازاتو لتشنج العضالت الیانسون من النباتات المنتجة للزیوت العطریة كما انھ نبات طبي الحتوائھ على مواد فعالة طبیاً تدخل في الصناعات % كما تحوي 80) المسكن القوي ذو االھمیة العالجیة الكبیرة ونسبتھ في الزیت anitholeالدوائیة وھو مركب االنیثول ( وتین ر% ب20-17% كما یحتوي على 30زیوت ثابتة و% 5-3یوت طیارة بنسبة نوعین من الزیوت ز علىثمار الیانسون یعود الى lepidium sativum). ان نبات الرشاد 4،5مركزة ( اعالفاً تستعمل إذ،% زیت بعد عصر الثمار22-16و ] یحتوي على معادن كثیرة مثل الحدید والفسفور والمنغنیز والیود والكالسیوم والفیتامینات cruciferae ]1العائلة الصلیبیة c ،a ،b ]3.[ ]، وھو نبات cucurbitaceae ]1یعود الى العائلة القرعیة cucurbita pepoالیقطین او القرع االحمر ان یحتوي pumpkin seedsالثمار والحبوب البیضاء تكاثر بالبذور والجزء المستعمل منھ مزروع یحولي، مداد، عشبي، : الحدید، النحاس، الزنك، مثل ،العناصر المعدنیة، a ،c ،k ،b12الفیتامینات %، 30% والسكریات والبروتین 50ون دھ ، phytin ،lecithin ،oxycerotin ،phytosterols ،tyrosineالمغنسیوم، یحوي على مركبات مھمة مثل المنغنیز، salicylic acid ،omega-3-fatty acid فائدة عالجیة المراض القلب، ضغط الدم، یحفز ان ھذه المكونات جعلتھ ذو ) ویستعملrosویحمي الخالیا من الجذور الحرة (اً للسموم، مضادویعمل وطارد للدیدان ایض الدھون و مضاد للطفیلیات ].6، 3، 2لمعالجة التھاب المجاري البولیة، مطھر ویزیل الوھن والتعب [ فولوجیة رتھدف الدراسة الحالیة الى معرفة تأثیر مستخلص اوراق نبات الرشاد وبذور الیقطین في بعض الصفات المو والفسلجیة لنبات الیانسون. الجزء العملي -2011سم نمو علوم الحیاة كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة/ ابن الھیثم لموالتجربة في الحدیقة النباتیة في قسم اجریت مكررات لكل معاملة للحصول على سبعة نباتات لكل معاملة ةولثالث 2م1مربعات كل مربع ، قسمت االرض على2012 كرر عاملة ولكل مسبعة نباتات لكل م النبات تم خف النباتات للحصول الىثم بعد حدوث ا 23/11/2011نثرت البذور یوم : بعدھا ُعوملت النباتات كما یاتي دون معاملة.من نباتات السیطرة تركت -1 مستخلص مائي وقد حضر بوصفھ 14/3/2012% یوم 10ركیز ُرشت اوراق النباتات بمستخلص اوراق الرشاد وبت -2 ].harborne ]7بطریقة %.20ُرشت اوراق النباتات بمستخلص اوراق الرشاد بتركیز -3 % بالطریقة 10سحقت بصورة جیدة ثم حضر منھ محلول بتركیز ُرشت اوراق النباتات بمستخلص بذور الیقطین بعدما -4 ].7نفسھا [ %. 20ُرشت اوراق النباتات بمستخلص بذور الیقطین بتركیز -5 امالت على دراسة بعض الصفات بعد شھر من رش المع تاوراق للنبات وتم5-4ُرشت النباتات عند وصولھا الى مرحلة نبات الیانسون وھي: النبات من سطح التربة لغایة اعلى نقطة في الفرع الرئیس بالمسطرة. ارتفاع النبات (سم): تم قیست .1 عدد االفرع للنبات.عدد االفرع: ُحسبت .2 وثبوت خذ وزن النماذج بعد جفافھا م وأُ 80ْمدة یومین على درجة حرارة الوزن الجاف: جففت النباتات في الفرن .3 الوزن. الصفات االتیة: وقیست 24/5/2012نباتات بتاریخ ت الُحصد ارتفاع النبات (سم). .1 الحاصل البایولوجي (غم): الوزن الجاف للنبات ویشمل (االجزاء الخضریة + الثمار (البذور) ما عدا الجذور). .2 ) فقط.الحاصل االقتصادي (غم) او حاصل الثمار (البذور .3 (بذرة).ثمرة 100وزن .4 ]8[ 100× الحاصل االقتصاديدلیل الحصاد % ویتم بحساب .5 الحاصل البایولوجي huntملغم/ غم وزن جاف/ یوم وحسب المعادلة االتیة: absolute growth rate (agr) معدل النمو المطلق .6 ]9[ agr= w2 – w1 t2 – t1 51 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ان:أذ w1 الموعد = الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري عندd1 w2 الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري عند الحصاد =d2 t1زمن الموعد االول مقاساً بالیوم = t2زمن الموعد الثاني مقاساً بالیوم = ]10المعاملة %: حسبت بالمعادلة االتیة: [كفایة .7 100× الوزن الجاف لنبات السیطرة –الوزن الجاف للنبات المعامل المعاملة %= كفایة الوزن الجاف لنبات السیطرة النسبة المئویة للزیت في الثمار (البذور) .8 یوماً) واضیفت لالوراق 14مدة ار الیانسون الجافة (جففت بالظل غم من ثم 3زن ووذلك وبقدرت نسبة الزیوت الطیارة ار لكل معاملة من الماء المقطر ثم وضع الدورق الحاوي على الثمار على مصدر حراري الستخالص الزیت الطیمل 30 واستمرت عملیة االستخالص مدة ثالث ساعات لكل عینة clevengerیر بالبخار وبأستخدام جھاز طة طریقة التقطاسبو ].11لحین الحصول على الزیت الطیار [ االحصائي تصمیم التجربة والتحلیل مكررات واجري التحلیل االحصائي ومقارنة ة) وبثالثcrd( التام التعشیةصممت التجربة حسب التصمیم ].12[ 0.05مستوى احتمال الحسابیة باستخدام اقل فرق معنوي في المتوسطات النتائج والمناقشة ) ان ھناك زیادة معنویة في صفة ارتفاع النبات لنبات الیانسون في معامالت رش مستخلص الرشاد 1تشیر نتائج جدول ( مقارنة % على الترتیب95% و52.5% و17.5ھا % بنسبة مقدار20وأ% 10% ورش بمستخلص بذور الیقطین 20 عِط نتائج معنویة، اما بالنسبة لعدد االفرع في % لم ت10بنباتات السیطرة اال ان معاملة رش مستخلص اوراق الرشاد اال نفسھالسیطرة وتشیر نتائج الجدول معنویة بین المعامالت مقارنة بنباتات المعامالت المختلفة لم تكن الفروقالنباتات في %، 20.8%، 79.2 وبزیادة مقدارھا d1ان ھناك فروقاً معنویة في صفة الوزن الجاف للنباتات المعاملة عند الموعد االول في جمیع المعامالت مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة. % على الترتیب100% و30.4 ارتفاع النبات عند ة مقارنةً بنباتات السیطرة في صفةن ھناك فروقاً معنویة بین المعامالت المختلف) ا2تظھر نتائج جدول ( حاصل البایولوجي فقد بة الى الاما بالنس .% على الترتیب45.9% و60.6% و32.7% و37.7الحصاد وبنسبة مقدارھا % لمعاملتي رش مستخلص اوراق 27.1% و110بلغت الزیادة بنسبة ورة معنویة في جمیع المعامالت فقدازداد بص ، اما عند مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة ى الترتیب% لمعاملتي رش مستخلص بذور الیقطین عل107.1% و311.4الرشاد وبنسبة % 125حاصل االقتصادي بین المعامالت في الجدول نفسھ فھناك زیادة معنویة وقد ازدادت بنسبة مقدارھا مقارنة نتائج ال الى ان ھناك فروقاً معنویةً في السیطرة. تظھر نتائج الجدول نفسھ مقارنة بنباتات % على الترتیب125% و340% و75و لتي رش مستخلص اوراق الرشاد وبنسبة مقدارھا % لمعام18.8% و12(بذرة) وقد ازدادت بنسبة ثمرة 100صفة وزن مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة. مستخلص بذور الیقطین على الترتیب % لمعاملتي رش162.5و 125 ) الى ان ھناك فروقاً معنویةً في صفة دلیل الحصاد فقدازدادت في معاملتي رش مستخلص اوراق 3تشیر نتائج جدول ( اما عند مقارنة المعامالت % مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة. 20وأ 10الیقطین بتركیزین الرشاد ومعاملتي رش مستخلص بذور فقد ازدادت في المعامالت المختلفة بصورة معنویة وازدادت بنسبة نفسھلنمو المطلق في نتائج الجدول في صفة معدل ا % لمعاملتي رش 110.8% و315.2% لمعاملتي رش النباتات بمستخلص اوراق الرشاد وازدادت بنسبة 30.4% و126 مالت بصورة المعاملة فقد اختلفت بین المعا یةالنباتات بمستخلص بذور الیقطین مقارنة بنباتات السیطرة، وعند دراسة كفا ل مستخلص اوراق نبات الرشاد ومستخلص بذور الیقطین رشاً على اوراق نبات الیانسون، ان النسبة اممعنویة نتیجة الستع % 91.4المئویة للزیت ازدادت بصورة معنویة عند مقارنة المعامالت المختلفة بنباتات السیطرة فقد ازدادت بنسبة .% على الترتیب4.1% و5.9% و91.4و عند رشھا على ت] مما توفر3الكالسیوم [: الحدید، الفسفور، المنغنیز، الیود، مثل ،اوراق نبات الرشاد غنیة بالمعادن ان ھم في بناء یضیة للنبات مثل الحدید الذي یسالعناصر الصغرى الضروریة للفعالیات اال السیمااوراق الیانسون العناصر و واما الفسفور فھ(الفسفرة الضوئیة). zفي مخطط للماء في التحلل الضوئيكلوریدیشارك مع الالمنغنیز الذي الكلوروفیل، اما الكالسیوم فھو یدخل في nadpوnadو البروتینات والمرافقات االنزیمیة gtpو atpیدخل في مركبات الطاقة حوي على فیتامینات متعددة . ان مستخلص اوراق الرشاد ی]14، 13یا [الخران الخلویة ویساعد في انقسام التركیب الجد صفات المظھریة والفسلجیة للنبات مثل: أرتفاع النبات، عدد االفرع، یزید من اغلب ال c] وان فیتامین c ]3واھمھا فیتامین بحامض codiaeum variegatumتون والزینة كر ]. كما ان معاملة نبات15نبات الحبة الحلوة [ فيوزن البذور الوزن الجاف الجذر، طول ) ادى الى زیادة ارتفاع النبات، عدد االفرع، عدد األوراق، قطر الساق، cاالسكوربیك (فیتامین 52 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ]. ان بذور الیقطین غنیة جداً بالمنغنیز والمغنسیوم والنحاس 16والمحتوى الكلي للكاربوھیدرات مقارنة بنبات السیطرة [ ماض دھنیة والفالفوینات سكریات واحماض عضویة واحوالحدید والزنك ویحوي على الزیوت الطیارة والبروتینات وال والسكریات phytinو lecithinو salicylic acidو cو bان محتوى بذور الیقطین من فیتامین ].18، 17[ العناصر الصغرى مثل الیود، السلینیوم، السیماوالبروتینات والدھون الطیارة والدھون الثابتة والعناصر الغذائیة العدیدة و تحسین صفاتھ المورفولوجیة اد العملیات االیضیة في النبات ومن ثمم في دعم واسنمنغنیز، النحاس، الحدید، الزنك تسھال ]. 20، 19والفسیولوجیة [ تحسین عمل في% ت20أو 10ان رش مستخلص اوراق الرشاد ومستخلص بذور الیقطین بالتركیزین تقدم ستنتج مما ی الصفات الفسیولوجیة لنبات الیانسون. المصادر ). تصنیف النباتات البذریة. الطبعة االولى، دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر، جامعة الموصل.1988الكاتب، یوسف منصور (-1 شق، ). المعجم الطبي النباتي. دار طالس للدراسات والترجمة والنشر، الطبعة الثالثة، دم2008طالس، مصطفى (-2 سوریا. ). معجم االعشاب والنباتات الطبیة. دار الكتب العلمیة، بیروت، لبنان.2004قبیسي، حسان (-3 ش عبد الخالق 16اللبنانیة للنشر، -). االعشاب والنباتات غذاء ودواء. الدار المصریة1992ارناؤوط، محمد السید (-4 القاھرة. -ثروت النباتات الطبیة والعطریة. الكتاب االول مطبعة مدبولي، مصر.). موسوعة 1996الدجوي، علي (-5 6-paulauskiene, a.; danilcenko, h.; rutkoviene, v. and kulaitiene, j. (2005). the influence of cultivar on pumpkin fruits quality. agric. univ. plovdiv. sci. works, 6: 246-251. 7-harborne, j. b. (1984). phytochemical methods, aguide to modern techniques of plant analysis champan. hill, london, uk. 8-donald, c. m. (1962). in search of yield. j. aust. inst. agric. sci., 28: 171-178. 9-hunt, r. (1978). plant growth analysis studieds in biology. no. 96, edward arnold (pupl) ltd london. وسط ). امتزاز وترسیب الفوسفور في تربة كلسیة من2000ت (علي، نور الدین شوقي واحمد، نزار یحیى نزھ-10 .108-91): 2(31العراق. مجلة العلوم الزراعیة العراقیة، 11-british herbal pharmacopea (1980). british herbal medicine. association, 2. 12-little, t. m. and hill, f. j. (1978). agricultural experimentation, design and analysis. john wiley and sons, new york. 13-verma, s. k. and verma, m. (2008). a text book of plant physiology, biochemistry and biotechnology. s. chand and company ltd. ramngar, new delhi. 14-jain, v. k. (2010). fundamentals of plant physiology. s. chand and company ltd. ramngar, new delhi. 15-hendawy, s. f. and ezz eldin, a. a. (2010). growth and yield of foeniculum vulgarevar.azoricum as influenced by some vitamins and amino acids. ozean. j. appl. sci., 3(1): 113-122. 16-mazhaer, a. a. m.; zaghloul, s. m.; mahmoud, s. a. and siam, h. s. (2011). stimulatory effect of kinetin, ascorbic acid and glutamic acid on growth and chemical substitutes of codiaeum variegatum l. plants american-eurasian. j. agric environ. sci., 10(3): 318-323. ء معجم طب االعشاب واالغذیة. الطبعة االولى، دمشق مستشار االنسان في الغذاء والدوا ).2007قنبس، اكرم جمیل (-17 ، سوریا. . دار صبح، بیروت، لبنان.). طب االعشاب تراث وعلم2000الحاج، محسن (-18 19-ekpedeme, u. akwaowo, a. and ekaeta, u. (2000). mineral and antinutrients in fluted pumpkin. food chem., 70: 235-240. 20-kreft, i.; stibilij, v. and trkov, z. (2002). iodine and selenium contents in pumpkin (cucurbita pepo l.) oil and oil cake. eur. food res. technol., 215: 279-281. 53 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ): تأثیر مستخلص اوراق نبات الرشاد وبذور الیقطین في بعض صفات النمو لنبات الیانسون بعد مرور 1( رقم جدول شھر من رش المعامالت نبات (غم)/ الوزن الجاف / نباتعدد االفرع ارتفاع النبات (سم) المعامالت 0.24 2.3 20.00 السیطرة 0.43 2.5 22.00 %10مستخلص اوراق الرشاد 0.29 2.5 23.50 %20مستخلص اوراق الرشاد 0.97 2.7 30.50 %10مستخلص بذور الیقطین 0.48 2.6 39.00 %20مستخلص بذور الیقطین lsd 3.104 0.05عند مستوى ns 0.011 ): تأثیر مستخلص اوراق نبات الرشاد وبذور الیقطین في بعض صفات النمو لنبات الیانسون عند الحصاد2( رقم جدول (سم)ارتفاع النبات المعامالت الحاصل البایولوجي الحاصل االقتصادي حاصل الثمرة )غم((البذور) ثمرة 100وزن (بذرة) غم 0.80 0.20 0.70 30.50 السیطرة 0.92 0.45 1.47 42.00 %10الرشاد مستخلص اوراق 0.95 0.35 0.89 40.50 %20مستخلص اوراق الرشاد 2.17 0.88 2.88 49.00 %10مستخلص بذور الیقطین 2.10 0.45 1.45 44.50 %20مستخلص بذور الیقطین lsd 0.181 0.121 0.035 2.404 0.05عند مستوى الرشاد وبذور الیقطین في بعض صفات النمو لنبات الیانسون عند الحصادتأثیر مستخلص اوراق نبات ): 3( رقم جدول %النسبة المئویة للزیت %كفاءة المعاملة معدل النمو المطلق دلیل الحصاد% المعامالت 5.59 0.0092 28.5 السیطرة 5.70 110 0.0208 30.6 %10مستخلص اوراق الرشاد 5.70 27.1 0.0120 39.3 % 20مستخلص اوراق الرشاد 5.92 311.4 0.0382 30.5 %10مستخلص بذور الیقطین 5.82 107.1 0.0194 31.0 %20مستخلص بذور الیقطین lsd 0.0112 21.311 0.0020 1.134 0.05عند مستوى 54 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 effect of lepidium sativum leaves extract and pumpkin seeds on growth of pimpinella anisum wifak amjad al-kaisy aliya h. lafta rasha h. fadhl dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in : 1/4/2013 , accepted in : 26/12/2013 abstract the field experiment was conducted at botanical garden of department of biology, college of education for pure science/ ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad to study the effect of lepidium sativum leaves extract and pumpkin seeds cucurbita pepo in two concentrations 10% and 20% on physiological characters ofpimpinella anisum. the results showed that in either concentration plant heights, dry weight, biological yield, economic yield, weight of 100 fruits, harvest index, absolute growth rate (agr) were all increased and percentage of oil in fruits as compared with control plants. key words: lepidium sativum, pumpkin seeds, pimpinella anisum,percentage of oil% 55 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 الحروق والمقاومة البكتیریة للمضادات الحیاتیة التھابات جروح مستشفیات مدینة بغدادب أیمان جبار كریم جامعة بغداد ، ابن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة داد ومستشـفى الكاظمیـة التعلیمـي حة مأخوذة من مرضى الحروق في مستشفیات مس 291شملت الدراسة الكرخ الجراحـي بـغ ي % 78.35ظھر نمو بكتیري معنوي في ، وعلى مدى خمسة أشھر ي ، مـن المسـحات المزروعـة% 21ولم یظھر نمو ـف ـف .إصابة مختلطة% 22.4في انبكتیریت انمن المسحات ظھرت عزلة بكتیریة واحدة في حین ظھرت عزلت% 77.6 الكثر انتشاراً pseudomonas aeruginosaكانت م% escherichia.coli 23.7ھـا لیی%38.6 .ھي ا klebsiella .ـث spp. 12.28 % تلیھاstaphylococcus spp. 2.19 % ثمproteus spp 1.32.% ي proteus. sppمـع .coli e ظھرت إصابة مختلطة بال ي proteus. spp مـع klebsiella و% 12.3ـف % 0.9ـف الت ــا ــة ب. مــن الح الت البكتیری ــز ــمت الع ــة اتس ــادات الحیاتی ــة للمض ـوي ، مقاومــة عالی ــاد الحـی ــة للمض ــت المقاوم كان chloramphenicol 100 % م م % tobromycin 88.9یلیھـا % ceftriaxon 97.43ـث gentamy ـث cin pipیلیھـا % 87.14 racillin 83.3 % م garamyـث cin 82.26 % ، ـ ـ % penicillin 78 یلیھـا اـل واـل tetracychin 73.91% م م cefotaxime 72.46% ـث ـ % vancomycin 70 ـث م nalidix acid 66.7%واـل ـث trimethop rim 57.89 % ـ واالقـل مقاومـة ھـو% ciproflaxacine 52.5 . % amikacin 26.92واـل nitrofurantoin ي انفسـھا مضـاداتلللـوحظ امـتالك صـفة المقاومـة ختلطـةالم اإلصـاباتفي % .12.5 بلغت اذ ـف ي عزلـت مـن المـر وحظ عنـد معالجـة. نفسـھ یضالعـزلتین الـت ـ المختلطـة بةاالصـا ـل .مـع klebsiella. spp, pباـل pseudomonas aeruginosa ؛الـ تھاء العالجنا من أیامبالمضادات المناسبة تنشط بعد prot eus sppو , e. coli المقدمة اعيالجسم ویعمل أول في الجلد ھو اكبر عضو الغریبـة والكائنـات األجسـاملحمایتـھ ضـد غـزو میكـانیكي خـط دـف ظ د ي حـف م ـف ى تـوازالحیـة وھـو مـھ د . اخـل الجسـمكھـارب دن السـوائل والرجـة حـرارة الجسـم والحفـاظ عـل وعنـد تعـرض الجـل . [1] أحیانالحروق یفقد وظیفتھ ویؤدي ذلك إلى المرض والوفاة ل غذائیـة مناسـبة لنمـو اً مـوادتوفر األنسجة المتحللـة نتیجـة للحـروق اذیشتد الخطر عند غزو البكتریا مناطق الجلد المحروقة ي الطبیعـي ا لنبیتا (endogenous) التي یكون مصدرھا اما داخلي. البكتریا واستیطانھا د األمعـاءلموجـود ـف ى الجـل وعـل )normal flora( او مصدرھا خارجي) exogenous ( 3و 2 [ العاملین بالمستشفى أیدياو األدواتمن [ ا ما یخـص المصـاب مـن حیـث العمـر واسـتجابة المصـاب ھتزید من اجتیاح البكتریا لجروح الحروق من عدیده ھناك عوامل البكتریـا ا مـا یخـص ھـمق مساحة الجـروح الناتجـة مـن الحـروق والبنیـة الجسـدیة للمصـاب ومنالوراثیة للضرر الحراري وع ل نـوع البكتریـا ذیفان وإنتاجھـاتھـا وحركتھـا وفوع وإعـدادھامـث الداخلیـة والخارجیـة واالنظیمـات فضـالً عـن مقاومـة ھــذه لـل ــة ــادات الحیوی ــا للمض ــد ، البكتری ــرة التــي تو األخیــرةإذ تع ــاكل الخطی ــاج الحــروق ومــن المش ــھ اخم ــیمااج الت والس ــز ان الع ن إلى% 1ن مزادت ) المقاومة( رةخـالل السـنوات % 13 اكثـر ـم ى فشـل العـالج بھـذه المضـادات وأصـبحت األخـی تـؤدي إـل [5,4]الحیویة ــرام ــا الموجبـة لمــون غ ــوث بالبكتری ــابات staphylococcus aureus; s.epidermidis كبكتریـا یحـدث التل ــي اص ف .التعرض إلى الضرر الحراري بعد مدة قلیلة منالحروق ىالخمسـة األیـامبینما نجد البكتریا السالبة لملون غرام ھي السائدة خـالل ن التعـرض إلـى الضـرر الحـراري األوـل وتعـد ، ـم ى زیـاد الذیفانانكمیات كبیرة من إلنتاجھامن المخاطر الكبیرة وذلك ا الجلـد الحیـة وتعمـل عـل طقـة ة سـمك منالتي تحلل خالـی ــذیفانان ــیة ھـذه ال ــان الــدم الحـروق وزیــادة امتصاص ــذلك یـزداد انت ــروح (septicemia)وك ــري لج ــاح البكتی بأزدیـاد االجتی . pseudomonas aeruginosa [5]من بكتریا السیماالحروق و المواد وطرائق العمل ن) 291(جمعـت -1 ــة ـم ــ عین ــن اروج ــروق وم ــي قسـم الح ــروق ا لمرضـ�الراقدین ف ــة ح ح راجعین للعیــادة الجراحی لـم رة ومـن مستشـفى الكاضـمیة التعلیمـيبغـداد | الخارجیة في مستشفى الكرخ الجراحـي ى 29/4/2007خـالل الفـت إـل . البكتریا الھوائیة لعزل ار الماكونكيار الدم ووسط اغاغزرعت المسحات مباشرة على وسط . 2007./29/9 ihjpas رفة والتطبی 20) 3( 23قیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 37بدرجة حضنت األطباق -2 ° 24التي لم یظھر نمو بكتیري فیھا حض�نت ل�ـ و’‘ األطباق ساعة وقرأت 24 م لمدة . [8]ساعة أخرى ] 9.[ة غرام والتفاعالت الكیمو حیویة واالوساط الزرعیة التفریقی ملونطة االعزالت بوس شخصت -3 �ة فح�ص الحساس� أجري -3 �ة باس�تخدام یة للمض�ادات الحیوی الت ( kirby bauer) طریق �ت الع�ز اذ عرض �اج الع�دد التشخیص�یة وم�ن مرك�ز ال�رازي ) (bioaanalysiseمضاد حیوي منتجة من شركة )1 3 (البكتیریة ل النت m) مولرھنت�ون الوسط الزرع�ي وباستخدام uller hinton agar)ت اذ� ة م�ن ك�ل مس�ت 10-5التقط عمرات بكتیری� st)طة مس�حة قطنی�ة معقم�ةامل من الماء المقطر بوس� 2.5طة عروة الناقل المعقم وعلقت بـ اعزلة بوس erile cott on swab) .لك��ل عزل��ة بكتیری��ة ب��اقغم��رت بالع��الق البكتی��ري ومس��ح بھ��ا س��طح الوس��ط الزرع��ي بمع��دل ث��الث اط.] 6-5طة ملقط معقم على س�طح الوس�ط الزرع�ي الص�لب بمع�دل ابوسالمشبعة بالمضادات الحیویة وضعت االقراص,8] .لكل طبق 37 ساعة بدرجة 24-18ضنت االطیاف مدة ح 4 ° . م . [9, 10]قطر دائرة التثبیط باستخدام المسطرة قیس 5 :النتائج والمناقشة �ة و الراق�د اً مریض� 291شملت الدراسة الك�رخ ى ف�ي مستش�ف، ین ف�ي ردھ�ات الح�روق م�ن الم�راجعین للعی�ادات الخارجی �ت 121 اإلن�اثوع�دد 170بلغ عدد المرض�ى الرج�ال . ومستشفى الكاضمیة التعلیمي بغداد -الجراحي م�ن أعم�ارھمتراوح .سنة 10-70 �ري ، ) 1(من الحاالت وكما موضح في جدول رق�م % 78.35حالة أي في 228ظھر نمو بكتیري في �ر نم�و بكتی ل�م یظھ . 29/9/2007إلى 29/4/2007من أشھردامت الدراسة على مدى خمسة ، % 21.64حالة أي بنسبة 63في م�ن مجم�وع % 77.6ة أي بكتیری�ة مف�رد إص�ابة 177نتائج الزرع والتشخیص للمسحات الم�أخوذة م�ن المرض�ى أظھرت %) .22.4(من البكتریا أي بنسبة بجنسینإصابة 51كما ظھرت ، اإلصابات فكانت آً ان البكتریا السالبة لملون غرام ھي األكثر انتشار . )2(ا موضح بالجدول رقم وكم p. aeruginosa 38.6(عزلة مفردة أي 88ھي األعلى نسبة .(% ��ا انتھازی��ة op) (ویع��زى الس��بب لكونھ��ا بكتری p ortunistic ارجي ل��ذیفان وع��ة عدی��دة منھ��ا افوتمتل��ك عوام��ل�� الخ (exotoxin a.) كرید الش�حمي فض�ال ع�ننظیمات البروتیزات وا� lps (lipمتع�دد الس op olysaccharide) التفالذي یظھر الص bio) (یساعد عل�ى تك�ون الش�ریط الحی�وي من ثمأثناء حدوث االخماج و في ة المخاطیة لبعض السال film ،مما یساعد على صعوبة عالجھا [9]الحیویة ادات امتالكھا للعدید من جینات المقاومة للمض فضال عنو. جل��د غالب��اً م�ا تنتق��ل م�ن منطقت�ي المخ��رج واالحلی�ل للم��ریض إل�ى ال اذ،%) 23.7(عزل�ة بنس�بة ) e. coli )54 تلیھ�ا �ة، (kantigen contentالمحت�وى المستض�ديمث�ل ، وعة العدی�دة الت�ي تمتلكھ�االمصاب وتغزوه بفعل عوامل الف (والحرك (m obility یبلتھ�دوا) (fimbriation ،وااللتص�اق) adhesion ( واالس��تعمارcolonization) ( .إنت��اج فض�ال ع�ن . serum activity [11]) (وفاعلیة المصل haemolysin) (الحالة الدمویة �ة للغ�امتالكھ�ا عوام�ل الف فض�ال ع�ن الت�ي %) 12.28(عزلة مف�ردة أي klebsiella. spp. 28تلیھا زو وع�ة الالزم الت�ي ی�تالمس معھ�ا الم�ریض واألدوات واألث�اث األخش�ابلھا مق�درة عل�ى التواج�د عل�ى ، واالستیطان على جروح الحروق . [13]من بقیة الجراثیم أطول مدة األیديوممكن ان تبقى على %) 2.19(بنسبة staphylococcus نعزالت م 5كما ظھرت %) 1.32(عزالت بنسبة proteus spp. 3تلیھا 2(وكم�ا موض�ح بالج�دول رق�م % 22.37 من البكتریا الس�البة لم�ون غ�رام بجنسین اصابة مختلطة 51 شخصت ) 1و الت المختلط�ة والمف�ردة ال�ى بالنسبة % 12.3حالة أي 28في e. coli مع p. aeruginosal كانت ا مجم�وع الع�ز الت المختلطة فقط وكم% 54.9وبنسبة ، ).2و 1 (ا موضح بالجدولین بین العز ال�ى بالنس�بة % 9.2بلغ�ت نس�بتھا p. aeruginosa مـع klebsiella. spp حال�ة اص�ابة مختلط�ة بال�ـ 21وظھ�رت الت المفردة والمختلطة معاً و الت المختلطة فقط% 41.2مجموع العز . من العز الت % 0.9أي بنس�بة klebsiella. sppعم� e.coli المختلط�ة ب�ین اإلص�ابةكم�ا ظھ�رت ح�التین م�ن م�ن جمی�ع الع�ز .المختلطة فقط اإلصاباتمن % 3.92المفردة والمختلطة و م�ع klebsiella. sppالمختلط�ة ب�ین اإلص�ابةكان�ت نس�بة اذ. [9]وال تتف�ق م�ع [10]وتتف�ق ھ�ذه النت�ائج قل�یالً م�ع p.aeruginosa ت اذھ�ي االعل�ى� e. coliوم�ن ث�م % 15.7بنس�بة .aeruginosa pمـع e.coli وتلیھ�ا% 64.7بلغ ذك�ر ان البكتری�ا تنتق�ل م�ن الج�و المح�یط اذ [1]ف�ي ءج�ام�ا م�ع تتواف�ق ھ�ذه النت�ائج .% 4.9نسبة lebsiella. spp kمع �ة الت�نفس واألث�اث والحمام�ات فض�الً ع�ن أی�دي الع�املین ك�القثطرة : عملھ مث�لبالمریض واألدوات المست فض�ال ع�ن ، وأقنع الت العملیات وباقي مرافق المستشفى . [11] وجود تلوث في صا �ة ، ھا في ردھة الحروق بس�بب المرض�ى أنفس�ھم دان أعلى نسبة تلوث بكتیري تم تحدی [16]كما ذكر �ة العام وقل�ة النظاف .والشخصیة ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الت البكتیریة للمضادات الحیاتیة كك ت نتائج فحص حساسیة العز )3(وكما مبین بالجدول رقم ما یاتي ان chloromp لل% 100زالت مقاومة بنسبة اذ كانت جمیع الع henicol،ث�م ال ceftriaxone ت� 43.اذ بلغ tobramy % 88. 9یلیھ�ا. 97% cin ث�م gentamy cin %87.14. ث�م pip racillin%83.3 82.26 % ث�م garamy cin ث�م pencillin% 78 ث�م tetracyclin%73.91 یلیھ�ا %72.46 cefotaxime 70 % ث�م vancomycin 66,7 %ث�م nalidixic acid ث�م % 57.89trimethop rim 52,5% ثم ciproflaxacine 26.92% و ث�مamikacin ة مقاوم�ة وس�جلت اق�ل نس�ب . % nitrofurantoin 12.5لل gentamycin للمضاد الحیوي نسبة المقاومة `ذكر ان اذ ،14تتفق نتائجنا جزئیآ مع ��ى ا ة بالنس��ب ]14 [والتتف��ق نتائجن��ا م��ع % p.aeruginosa85 ین عــزالتبــ amikacinمض��ادین الحی��وین لال �ات س��ابقة كان�ت نس��بة ان�ھ ف��ي 15وذك��ر % . 85اذ كان�ت نس�بة المقاوم��ة للمض�ادین اعل��ى م�ن ciprofloxcinو دراس .% gentamicin 90.7والـ % ciprofloxacin 45المقاومة تقترب من النتائج التي حصلنا علیھا فكانت �ة % 70حالیاً ف�ي المس�تعملةمن البكتریا المسببة لاللتھابات في المستشفیات تكون مقاوم�ة لواح�د عل�ى األق�ل م�ن األدوی �ة وبع�ض البكتری�ا مقاوم�ة لك�ل المض��ادات المعروف�ة وھ�ذه تك�ون خط�رة لص��عوبة ال�تخلص منھ�ا مم�ا ی�ؤدي إل��ى . المعالج . [15] الوفاة الت المختلطة ، أنفسھاالحیویة نواع المضاداتااللوحظ ارتفاع صفة المقاومة ). 4(وكما مبین في ج�دول رق�م ، في العز الت المختلط�ة ب�ین تمتل�ك المقاوم�ة المض�ادات . la.spp. klebsielو p. aeruginosa حی�ث وج�د اكث�ر م�ن نص�ف الع�ز .pلح�ال ب�ین وك�ذلك ا، نفس�ھا االص�ابة ف�يص�فة المقاوم�ة ب�ین الع�زلتین الموج�ودة وھ�ذا دلی�ل عل�ى انتق�ال أنفس�ھاالحیاتیة aerugenosa& e.coli . �ة األق�لوعند متابعة تطور المرض عن�د المرض�ى الراق�دین ف�ي المستش�فیات وعل�ى م�دى ش�ھر عل�ى ول�وحظ عن�د معالج نش��ط بع�د أی��ام م�ن المعالج��ة ع�زالت أخ��رى وتغ��زو ت klebsiella.spp ال�ـ و p. aeruginosa االص�ابة المختلط��ة بال�ـ الت�ي ق�د یك�ون مص�درھا جس�م الم�ریض نفس�ھ او م�ن االحتك�اك ب�أدوات .proteus spp و e. coliالمنطقة حیث تم عزل .المستشفى او أیدي العاملین من الممرضین وغیرھم الت المرض�یة اال إنھ على الرغم من انتشار المقاومة البكتیریة للمضادات الحیا تیة ھناك إمكانی�ة ش�فاء العدی�د م�ن الح�ا . لمقدرة الجھاز المناعي على القضاء على ھذه البكتریا :االستنتاجات الت البكتیریة المسببة الخماج جروح الحروق .ان انتشار المقاومة للمضادات الحیویة في ارتفاع مستمر بین العز ألكثرھي p. aeruginosaان جرثومة .تشاراً بین اخماج جروح الحروقان ا الت البكتیری��ة الھوائی�ة لجین��ات المقاوم��ة المتع��ددة م�تالك ص�عوبة ع��الج اخم��اج ج�روح الح��روق نظ��راً ال الع��ز .للمضادات الحیویة .المختلطة لإلصابةانتقال صفة المقاومة للمضادات الحیاتیة بین العزالت المسببة :التوصیات الت البكتیریة تطور المفرط عمالالحد من االست .لمقاومة العالج بھا أسالیبللمضادات الحیویة الن العز �رىق ائ�والطر باإلعش�ابالع�الج الب�دیل مث�ل البحث عن بدائل للمضادات الحیاتی�ة �ب األخ . الب�دیلالمس�تخدمة بالط .وھذا بحاجة الى دراسات عدیدة ihjpas روح الحروقاصابات ج العزالت المختلطة في) 2( جدول % frequency pathogens % 54.9 28 pseudomonas aeruginosa + esh erichia coli % 41>2 21 pseudomonas aurogenosa + klebsiella spp. % 3>92 2 klebsiella spp. + ash erichia coli ihjpas ihjpas ihjpas رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20) 3( 23مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 10 re ferences: 1m ousa h.a.l.(2005). burn and scald injuries, east ern m editerranean health, journal, 11 5 \6,. 1100-1106. 2wiebelhaus p.and hansen sl.(1999). burns. handle with care. r.n., 62(11):52-7. 3m organ e.d., bledsoe sc, barker 2000. j.ambuletory management of burns: j.american family p hy sician , 62(9):2015-25, 4m oncrief, j. & tep litg. j.( 1964) changing concept in burn sepsis j. trauma. 4:233-245. 5al –shamary. m .e. astudy of the effect of first degree burned skin extract on the host tolerance to gram negative bacteria . m sc.thesis \biotchnology \ college of scince\university of baghdad. �أثیر مس�تخلص الجل�د المح�روق م�ن الدرج�ة االول�ى ف�ي حم�ل المض�یف م�ن ، ) 2003(الش�مري عصام میساء 5 دراس�ة ت . جامعة بغداد كلیة العلوم -قنیات االحیائیة قسم الت-أطروحة ماجستیر. البكتریا السالبة لملون غرام 6demling r.h. & seign p.(2000); m etobolic mengment of patient with sever burns.ـ� ـــ .world. surg.24:673-680ـ 7at las. r.m .; brown. a. and park l.c.(1995). , laboratory manual exp erimental microbiology . m osby , m issour , 565. 8bauer, a.w.; kirby , w.m .m ; sherris j.s; & truk, m . (1966), "ant ibiotic susceptibility testing by st andardized single disk method am . ,j.clin. path.,.93..94-97. 9vandep ile j.:verhaeg j.engbeak,k. rohner ,p. and piot,p. (2003), basic laboratory p rocedures in bacteriology .world health organization-geneva –switzerland..86-98,109121. 10m ohammed ‘s .w.( 2007). isolation and identification of aerobic p athogenic bacteria from burn wound infections ,journal of al-nahrian university ’.10 (2)’.94-97. 11ensayef .s al shalchi s..&sabbar m .(2009). m icrobial contamination in the op erating theatre :a study in a hosp ital in baghdad .eastern m editerranean health journal.15 ,.1.219223. 12cook,e.m .(1985), eschericia coli. on over’ ,j.hy g.comb,.95,.523-530. 13orrett f.a. &shurland s.m . (2000) ‘prevalence of bacterial p athogens and suscep tibility p att erns from clinical soures in trinidad west ind. m ed.j. 49,.3,.205-209. 14ibrahem ,h.h. and .;hindi. w.a.z.; (2009) .bateriolgical st udy of nosocomial infections caused by aerobic bacteria in hilla general hosp ital .;j.east ern mediterrenian health journal, 15. 1 . 203-201 15rastegar l. r , alaghehbandan r. , aklhghi, (2005) ,burn wound infection and antimicrobial resistance in tehran an increasing p roblem .j.annals of burns and fire disaster. x .v11 n.2. 95-110. 16goven ,j.r.w.,(2006). m ulti drug –resistat p ulmonary infection in cy st ic fibrosis .what does resistant mean ?. j.m edical m icrobial .55. 1615-1617 . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 burn wound infections and antibacterial resistance to antibiotic in baghdad, hospitals e. j. kareem. departme nt of biology, collage of education i bn-al-haithem, unive rsity of baghdad abstract: a t otal of 291 sp ecimens were obtained from hosp italized and out p atients. they were 10-70 y ears old, males and females suffering from burn wound infections, during the p eriod29/4/2007–29/9/2007. inal-karekh-surgical-hosp ital&al-kadhemiatechinghosp ital the most common single isolated p athogen was pseudomonas aeruginosa %38.6 , escherichia coli %23.7 klebsiella spp. %12.2 , staphylococcus spp. %2.19 and proteas spp. %1.32. as mixed isolates pseudomonas aeruginosa and escherichia coli %12.3, pseudomonas aeruginosa and klebsiella spp. %0.9 were found. the study isolats were highly resistant to chloromphenicol %10 tobromycin %97.43, gentamy cin %87.14, garamy cin %83, pip racellin %83, penicillin %78, tetracyclin % 73.9, cefotaxime %72.46, vancomycin %70, nalidexic acid %66.7, trimethop rim %57, ciproflaxacin %52.5, amikacin % 26.92 and nitrofurantion %12.5. it has been notesed that after the recovery of the mixed infection with pseudomonas aeruginosa &klebsiella spp.,another infection of e. coli &proteus spp.arises in the same p lace after few days. ihjpas microsoft word 209-225 209 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis and characterization of [benzyl (2-hydroxy-1naphthylidene) hydrazine carbodithioate] and its metal complexes with [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] ions basim i. al-abdaly noor k. ahmed dept. of chemistry/ collage of science/ university baghdad received in:17/september/2015,accepted in:12/october/2015 abstract the formation of co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)-complexes (c1-c5) respectively was studied with new schiff base ligand [benzyl(2-hydroxy-1-naphthalidene) hydrazine carbodithioate derived from reaction of 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde and benzyl hydrazine carbodithioate. the suggested structures of the ligand and its complexes have been determined by using c.h.n.s analyzer, thermal analysis, ft-ir, u.v-visible, 1hnmr, 13cnmr , conductivity measurement , magnetic susceptibility and atomic absorption. according to these studies, the ligand coordinates as a tridentate with metal ions through nitrogen atom of azomethane , oxygen atom of hydroxyl, and sulfur atom of thione and the ratio of ligand to metal (m:l) as (1:2) all the complexes were octahedral except copper-complex was distorted octahedral. key words: schiff base ligand. 210 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction schiff bases are typically formed by the condensation of a primary amine and an aldehyde or ketone. schiff bases are generally bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate or polydentat ligands [1]. the type of aliphatic schiff's bases are relatively unstable in aqueous acid or base solution where hydrolyzed back to their aldehydes or ketones and amines, while aromatic counterparts are stable due to the resonance [2,3] . schiff bases are the significant compounds owing to their wide range of biological activities and industrial applications [4]. benzyl hydrazinecarbodithioate (sbdtc) is interesting due to the fact that its derivatives have the potential to be modified in various ways by introducing several different substituents [5]. 2-hydroxy schiff base ligands are very important due to the existence of (o–h···n and n–h···o) type hydrogen bonds tautomer’s between of enolimine and keto-enamine forms [6]. the spectra of different schiff -bases have been studied in polar and nonpolar solvents and mixed solvents, it was established that the tautomeric equilibrium in 2-hydroxy-1-naphthylidene aniline schiff bases depend on the polarity of the solvent, the acidity of the medium, the temperature and the strength of the hydrogen bond[7]. schiff bases are used in drug. it is well known that the shape of a certain molecule is the most important factor that affects drug activity. the four major factors that affect the properties of a drug are: its ability to chelate with metal ions, its lipophilicity, steric effects and electronic effects [8]. this paper reports the synthesis and characterization of new schiff base ligand derived from reaction 2-hydroxy-1naphthaldehyde and benzyl hydrazine carbodithioate and its complexes with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii). experimental materials and instruments all reagents and solvents are of highest purity and used as obtained from the manufacture. melting points were determined by using (gallenkamp melting point apparatus) at baghdad university. u.v-vis. spectra were performed in a mixture of ethanol and acetone (2:1) on a (shimadzu uv-1800) in the range (200-1100) nm at baghdad university. ir-spectra were recorded on a (shimadzu ftir8400s) in the range (400-4000)cm-1 using kbr disk, and ( 2504000) cm-1 using csi disk at baghdad university . the 1hnmr spectra were gained on the (advance iii 400 bruker 400 mhz) using dmso as solvent at iran / isfahan university. the element analysis (c.h.n.s) was gained on a (euro ea 3000) at ibn alhaitham, baghdad university. thermal analyses (tg-dtg) were gained on a (shimadzu 60-h thermo gravimetric analyzer) at college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham, baghdad university. atomic absorption spectroscopy was gained on a(gbc 933 plus absorption spectrophotometer) at bagdad university. molar conductivity measurements (at conc. 10-3m) in dmso were carried out by using hunts capacitors trade mark british at bagdad university. magnetic susceptibility were gained on the auto magnetic susceptibility balance model sherwood scientific) at al-mustansiriyah university . 211 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis of schiff base ligand [benzyl(2-hydroxy-1-naphthyldiene) hydrazine carbodithioate] a solution of (0.99gm, 0.005 mole from benzyl hydrazine carbodithioate (sbdtc) in (35ml) of hot ethanol (99.9%) was added to solution of 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde (0.86gm ,0.005 mole) in (35ml) of hot ethanol (99.9 %).the mixture was heated with stirring (reflux 6h), then the mixture was cooled in ic-bath to complete the recrystallization. the yellow product was washed in cold ethanol and recrystallized and dried overnight in vacuum desiccator that contains silica gel (yield 70%, m.p. 204-206°c) as shown in scheme(1)[9]. scheme(1) synthesis of complexes the mole ratio of synthesis complexes was (1:2)(m:l). schiff base l (0.176 gm ,0.0005 mole) was dissolved in mixture of acetone and absolute ethanol (20 ml of ethanol + 10 ml of acetone) and heated at 70 0c with stirring until became clear solution. a half mole of metal salts [as acetate in cobalt(ii)( 0.0622gm),zinc(ii)(0.0548gm), and cadmium(ii)(0.0665gm), as chloride in nickel (ii)(0.059gm) and copper(ii)(0.0606gm)] was dissolved in absolute ethanol (10ml) and heated. both solutions were mixed together and heated with stirring (reflux 10 h). then the mixture is allowed to cool and the precipitate formed filtered off. results and discussion the schiff base ligand was prepared by the condensation reaction. the element microanalysis data of the prepared (l) and its complexes with [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii) ] ions are in good convention with the calculated results from expected formula of each synthesized compounds as listed in table(1). thermal analysis of l and its metal complexes the first stage of mass-lose is resulted in the temperature ranges (140-430),(180455),(160-290), (165-315),(80-210), and (180-310) oc were defined for the ligand (l) and its complexes (c1,c2,c3,c4, and c5) respectively. as evidenced from calculated and observed mass-loss, where, the first stage of mass-loss to confirm the existing of water hydration and solvent molecules. the final stage of mass-loss in the thermal decomposition of some complexes gave oxides or sulfide as final residue depending on the altimetry between the metal and binding atom of the ligand. this refers to the stability of these oxides or sulfides within the decimate temperatures range. the ligand and its complexes are stable at room temperature. the thermal analyses data of ligand and its complexes were listed in the table (2). the thermograph of the ligand(l) and its co-complex(c1) are shown in the figures(1 and 2). 212 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 spectroscopic characterization ft-ir spectra the ft-ir spectra of synthesized ligand and its synthesized complexes were recorded in (kbr) and (csi) disk . the ir spectrum of ligand (l) was showed a sharp absorption band at (1622.02 cm-1) which attributed to stretching vibration of υ(c=n) which was shifted to (1616.24, , 1616.24, 1616.24, 1620.21.and 1618.17cm-1) in the (c1-c5) respectively[10,11]. the weak band appeared at (1083.92cm-1) is assigned to vibration of υ (c=s)[12,13]. ir spectra of complexes show no more v(n-h) peak but do no exhibit a v(c=s) band since the thiones groups was relatively unstable in the monomeric forms and have a tendency to change into more stable thiol form by enethiolization process[14] .however they show v(c-s) band at around (975.91-1000.00)cm-1. these indicate that the complexation occurred between schiff base and metal ion in the solid state, the ligand remains in the thione form. the sharp and strong band appeared at (1319.22cm-1) which is attributed to vibration of υ (c-n) of the ligand which was shifted to (1336.58 cm-1with shoulder in c1, 1338.51 cm-1 and became weak in c2, 1336.56 cm-1 in c3, 1330.88 cm-1in c4, and 1325.01 cm-1 in c5) [15]. the weak band appeared at (3028.03cm-1) was attributed to vibration of υ (nh) in the ligand [16], while absorption bands appeared at (528.46-553.51cm-1) were attributed to υ (m-n) for c1-c5 respectively[6,17].the absorption bands appeared at (374-383cm-1) were attributed to stretching vibrations of υ (m-s) for c1-c5 respectively[18,19]. the absorption bands appeared at (450478cm-1) were attributed to stretching vibrations of υ (m-o) for c1-c5 respectively [1]. while the weak absorption bands appeared at (3409.91-3446.56 cm-1) were assigned to υ(h2o) , υ (oh) [5,20]. the ir spectra of ligand and its co-complex (c1) are shown in the figures(3and 4) and the data listed in the table(3). molar conductance the molar conductance of all synthesized complexes were measured in dmso at room temperature. the values obtained lie in the range (3.3-24.0 s.cm2.mol-1), these indicate that all the synthesized complexes are non-electrolyte. the data of molar conductance were listed in the table(4). magnetic susceptibility according to the magnetic moment values, all synthesized complexes are paramagnetic except complexes (c4 and c5) are diamagnetic because the zinc and cadmium ions have filled d-orbital. the data of magnetic susceptibilities were listed in the table(4). electronic spectra the uv-vis. spectra of the ligand and its metal complexes were established in mixed of ethanol and acetone (2:1) at (10-4m) at room temperature in the region (200-1100)nm. the ligand showed bands at (265,335) nm assign to ( π→ π* and n→π*) transitions , which are shifted to [(263,311), (291, 326), (273, 327), (266, 334), and (320)] nm in c1-c5 respectively[16,22]. in addition the ligand spectrum showed three high intensity bands appeared in the near visible region at (381,400,and 475) nm were assigned to intra-ligand charge transfer (ilct), which are shifted to [(411,434,464), (406,430), (418), (415), (410)] nm in the(c1-c5) respectively [21,23]. while c1 appeared bands at (709, 787, 806) nm, c2 appeared three bands at (544, 592,and 649) nm, and c3 appeared band at(680)nm and these bands were attributed to d-d transitions[17,18,22]. there is no d-d transition in c4, and c5 213 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 because of fill d-orbital in the zn and cd ions. the electronic spectra of the ligand and its cocomplex (c1) were shown in the figures (5 and 6) and their data were listed in table(4). the nmr spectra 1hnmr spectra the 1hnmr spectra for ligand and its (zn(ii)-l) (c4) complex were registered in dmso as solvent. the free ligand showed multiple peaks from δ(7.228.07ppm) refer to aromatic ring which are shifted to δ (6.96-8.07ppm) in the c4 [17,24,25]. the peak appeared at δ(9.2ppm) referred to the proton of azomethine group (ch=n) in the ligand that was shifted to δ( 9.50 ppm) in the c4 complex[21,25]. the peak appeared at δ (4.60ppm) was attributed to chemical shift of s-ch2 proton for ligand and shifted to δ(4.41 ppm) in the c4 complex [4,16].the peak appearance of a signal at δ (11.08 ppm) attributed to oharomatic for ligand that sifted to δ (10.00 ppm) in the c4complex[14, 25]. the peak appeared at δ (13.50 ppm) was attributed to nh group for ligand [4,26,27]. the 1hnmr of complexes show no more v(n-h) peak but do no exhibit a δ (c=s) band since the thiones groups was relatively unstable in the monomeric forms and have a tendency to change into more stable thiol form by enethiolization process[14]. the weak peak appeared at δ (2.09 ppm) and sharp peak appeared at δ (1.91ppm ) refer to ch3 of ethanol in ligand and its zn-complex, and the peak appeared at δ(3.42-3.6) ppm refer to protons of h2o of moisture for dmso in the ligand and refer to water molecule in the zn complex, the peak appeared at δ(2.51-2.68)ppm referred to the solvent [28,29] . the 1hnmr spectrum of (l) and its zn-complex (c4) are shown in the figures (7 and 8) and listed in the table (5). 13cnmr spectra in the free ligand, the aromatic carbons appeared in the range δ(109.13136.90 ppm) which were shifted to δ(106.96-138.65ppm) in the c4 [30,31]. the peak appeared at δ (158.27ppm) referred to the c-oh for naphthalene ring for ligand which was shifted to δ (162.50ppm) in the c4, the azomethine group appeared a peak at δ(146.09 ppm) in the ligand which was shifted to δ(154.30ppm) in the c4 [4,16]. the peak appeared at δ(194.42ppm) in the ligand which referred to δ(c=s). the peak appeared at δ(172.15ppm)which was assigned to δ(c-s) in the c4 [4,30].the methyl carbons of the ligand appeared at δ(37.45ppm), which was shifted to δ (34.18 ppm) in the c4 [4].the peak appeared at (39.23-40.08 ppm ) was corresponded to the solvent peak (dmso). the 13cnmr spectra for (l) and its zn-complex (c4) were shown in the figures (9 and 10) and listed in the table (6). according to the spectral data and measurements mentioned above of the synthesized complexes, the suggested structures of these complexes (c1,c2,c4 and c5) were concluded as octahedral geometry except copper-complex(c3) was appeared as a distorted octahedral as shown in figures(11-15). conclusion the schiff base (l) was found to be linked with [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] ions through nitrogen atom of azomethane group , sulfur atom of thiocarbonyl, and oxygen atom of hydroxyl group. the chemical structure for the ligand and its complexes have been studied by different physiochemical techniques ftir, nmr, uv-vis spectroscopies, thermal analysis ,atomic absorption, conductivity measurements, magnetic susceptibilities and element analysis were gave a results corresponding to mole ratio of (2:1) and the structures of the 214 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesized complexes was octahedral geometry expect the cu-complex was distorted octahedral geometry. references 1. adeola ,a., j. (2009) “metal(ii) schiff base complexes and the insulin-mimetic studies on the oxovanadium(iv) complexes”, thesis. 213. 2. mohammad, m.s., and suhair, s. d. (2007) “synthesis of some schiff's bases derivatives from aminoazo compounds”, um-salama science journal, 4(3), 1-4. 3. lekhal (2014) “studies on the synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial applications of rare earth metal schiff base complexes”, thesis, 280. 4. siliveru, s. and parthasarathy, t. (2012) ” synthesis of sulfonamide based schiff’s base and their biological evaluation towards colletotrichum gloeosporioides”, international research journal of pharmacy, (3), 213-215. 5. mohammed, k., b.; ibrahim, m.; tahir, m.; karen, a. and teng-jin k. (2013)” synthesis, characterization, and bioactivity of schiff bases and their cd2+, zn2+, cu2+, and ni2+ complexes derived from chloroacetophenone isomers with s-benzyldithiocarbazate and the x-ray crystal structure of s-benzyl-n-(4-chlorophenyl) methylene dithiocarbazate”, bioinorganic chemistry and applications, (2013), 13. 6. abdullah, m. a. and khadija, o. b. (2007) ” synthesis of some new anils: part 1. reaction of 2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde and 2-hydroxynaphtha aldehyde with 2-aminopyridene and 2aminopyrazine” , molecules, (12), 1796-1804. 7. saleem1, l.m.n. and sultan ,r.h. (2014) ” keto-enol tautomerism of schiff-bases derived from 2-hydroxy naphthaldehyde and substituted aniline with lsr pr (fod)3”, international journal of enhanced research in science technology & engineering, (3), 167-172. 8. isam, h.,t. (2014)“physico chemical and in-vitro microbial studies of newly synthesis organometallic complexes”, the electronic journal of chemistry, (6), 6. 9. nadiah ,a., and uwaisulqarni. o. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii), zn(ii) and ni(ii) complexes of schiff base ligand derived from s-benzyldithiocarbazate (sbdtc) and acetophenone with their biological activity studies”, iosr journal of engineering, (3), 38-50. 10. aliyu ,h. n. (2011) ” synthesis, physicochemical characterization and microbial activity of n, n’ bis(2-hydroxyl-1-naphthalyl) propylene diiminato metal (ii) complexes”, journal of asian scientific research, 1(8), 399-406. 11. pulak, d. and sukalyan, b. (2011) “liquid–liquid extraction of silver (i) with 2-hydroxy1-naphthaldehyde thiosemicarbazone into cyclohexene from nitrate medium in presence of neutral oxygen donor compounds” , int.j. chem.tech res., 3(3), 1349-1358. 12. al-amin, a. m.; islam, a.; sheikh, m. c.; alam, m. s.; zangrando, e.; alam, m. a.; tarafder, m. t. h. and miyatake, r. (2014),” synthesis, characterization and bio-activity of a bidentate ns schiff base of s-allyldithiocarbazate and its divalent metal complexes: x-ray crystal structures of the free ligand and its nickel(ii) complex”, transition met chem ., ( 39), 141–149. 215 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 13.garima, m.;robina., a.; chetan, s. and smita, c. (2013) ” synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial evaluation of diorganotin(iv) complexes of schiff base”, indian journal of advances in chemical science, 1(3), 157-163. 14. tarafder, m.; khoo, t. j.; crouse, k. a.; ali, a. m.; yamin, b. m. and fun, h.-k. (2002) “coordination chemistry and bioactivity of ni2+, cu2+, cd2+ and zn2+ complexes containing bidentate schiff base derived from s-benzyldithiocarbazate and the x-ray crystal structure of bis[s-benzyl-ß-n-(5-methy-2furylmethylene)dithiocarbazato]cadmium(ii)” , polyhedron , 21 (2002) , 2547-2554. 15. mohammed, m. a.; moudar ,m. a. and salim, j. m. (2012) “synthesis and characterization of co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii) complexes with aroyl hydrazonemonoximes”, raf. j. sci., (23), 51-69. 16. abeer ,k.,y.; and isam, h.,t. (2013) and “preparation, characterization and spectroscopic study of new tridentate schiff base and its cu(ii), ni(ii) and zn(ii) metal complexes”, j. baghdad for sci., 10(1), 198-206. 17. gehad, g. m.; mohamed, m. o. and ahmed, m. h. (2006) ” metal complexes of schiff bases: preparation, characterization, and biological activity”, turk .j. chem.,(30), 361-382. 18. shakru, r.; subhashini, n. j. p.; sathish, k. k. and shivaraj, (2010) “synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies on cobalt (ii), nickel (ii), copper (ii) and zinc (ii) complexes of n, o, s donor schiff bases”, j. chem. pharm. res., 2(1), 38-46. 19. pearly. s. c. (2007) ” studies on some new schiff base complexes of ruthenium and neodymium”, thesis, 190. 20. adedibu, c. t.; and joshua, a. o. (2011) “divalent metal complexes of 4-amino-npyrimidin-2-ylbenzene sulphonamide and their antimalarial activities against plasmodium berghei”, bull. chem. soc. ethiop., 25(3), 371-380. 21. gomathi,v.; selvameena, r.; subbalaksshmi, r. and valarmathy, g. (2013) “synthesis, spectral characterization and antimicrobial screening of mn(ii), and zn(ii) complexes derived from (e)-1-1((p-tolylimino) methyl) naphthalene-2-ol ”, orient. j. chem., (29), 533538. 22. sreesha ,s. i. (2008) “transition metal complexes of schiff bases withazide and thiocyanate as collgands: spectral and structural investigations”, (2008), thesis, 1-262. 23. selen, b.; zeynel,k.; zeliha, h.; tuncer, h. and serap, .s. (2009)” intramolecular hydrogen bonding and tautomerism in schiff bases:part vi. syntheses and structural investigation of salicylaldimine and naphthaldimine derivatives”, j. chem. sci., (121), 989–1001. 24. gupta ,v.k.; jain ,a.k. and gaurav, m. (2007) ” synthesis, characterization and pb(ii) ion selectivity of n, n´-bis(2-hydroxy-1-napthalene)-2,6-pyridiamine (bhnpd)”, int. j. electrochem. sci.,(2), 102 -112. 25. robina ,a.; garima, m.; manju, l.u. and tripti ,g. (2013), “triorganotin(iv) complexes of schiff base derived from glycine: synthesis, characteristic spectral studies and antifungal activity”, chem. sci .trans., 2(2), 389-394. 26. muhammad, k. r. (2010) “solution-phase synthesis of a combinatorial n,n′-disubstituted thiourea library: complexation, characterization and biological studies”, thesis, 231. 216 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 27. fikriye, t. e.; ulvi, a. and nebahat, d. (2011) ”synthesis and characterization of new thiourea derivatives substituted 1,10phenanthroline and crown ether”,main group chemistry, (10), 17-23. 28. surya, g. k. p.;tisa, e. t.; inessa, b. and arjun, p. (2008) “efficient green synthesis of αaminonitriles, precursors of α-amino acids”, royal society of chemistry, (10), 1105-1110. 29. reda, a.a. a. and abdel-nasser, m. a. a. (2013) “synthesis, spectroscopic characterization and potentiometric studies of a tetradentate [n2o2] schiff base, n,n'-bis(2hydroxybenzylidene)-1,1-diaminoethane and its co(ii),ni(ii),cu(ii) and zn(ii) complexes”, int. j. electrochem. sci., (8) , 8686 – 8699. 30. tarjeet ,s.; ram, l. and girija, .s. s. (2013), “chemoselective n-benzoylation of aminophenols employing benzoylisothiocyanates” , arabian journal of chemistry, 1-4. 31. jaigeeth, d. and prashant, s. p. (2010) “biodegradation of phenanthrene by alcaligenes sp. strain pph: partial puri¢cationand characterization of1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid hydroxylase”, fems microbiol lett , (311), 93–101. table (1): physical properties and analytical data of ligand and its metal complexes. sym. color decom. temp. (m.p.)oc %yield % element analysis found (cal.) % metal found (cal.) %c %h %n %s l yellow 204-206 70 63.98 (63.33) 4.79 (5.52) 7.76 7.03 16.80 16.08 c1 brown 186 68 59.43 (59.02) 4.41 (4.28) 6.88 (7.06) 13.29 (16.14) 7.15 (7.42) c2 brown >260 66 59.48 (58.84) 4.03 (4.53) 6.76 (6.86) 13.93 (15.69) 7.31 (7.19) c3 green 172 70 57.77 (57.71) 3.96 (4.80) 5.64 (6.56) 14.34 (15.01) 7.44 (7.45) c4 golden yellow 230 64 57.48 (57.74) 4.81 (4.57) 5.75 (6.73) 14.89 (15.37) 7.35 (7.86) c5 yellow 240 68 52.74 (53.19) 3.58 (4.43) 5.81 (6.20) 11.93 (14.18) 12.00 (12.45) 217 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (2):the thermal analysis data (tg and dtg) of ligand and its metals complexes. comp. step temp.range of decomposition at tg oc peak temp. at dtg oc suggested formula of loss % mass loss found cal. l 1 140-430 240 etoh, c6h6ch2 c10h6(oh)ch 73.70 73.62 2 430-595 540 cnhn 9.38 10.30 3 > 595 s2 16.91 16.08 c1 1 180-455 234.8 0.5 etoh, 0.5h2o, c10h6, c6h5ch2, c6h5 41.67 41.11 2 455-592 499.7 c10h6chnncss,h hcnn 35.69 36.07 3 >592 oh, ch2scs, coo 22.63 22.94 c2 1 160-290 220 etoh, 0.5h2o, c10h6oh 24.55 24.15 2 290322 312 c10h5ch2s 14.31 15.07 3 322-455 372 c6h5ch2 11.53 11.15 4 455-595 518 c6h5ch(oh)chn, ncs 28.23 27.83 5 >595 chnncs, nis 21.42 21.53 c3 1 165-315 240 1.5etoh,h2o 2c10h6ch 42.18 42.82 2 315395 355 c6h5ch2 10.11 10.67 3 395-595 495 c6h5ch2scsnn, s, c,h 28.54 28.15 4 >595 nns, oh ,cuo 19.19 18.36 c4 1 80-210 108 etoh , h2o c3h3 11.63 12.39 2 210-405 323 c3h2 ch2 , 2c10h6 36.37 36.56 3 405-590 273 c10h7scnnch, scnnch 31.38 31.39 4 >592 183.3 oh,s2 ,zno 20.62 19.64 c5 1 180-310 273.4 etoh, 2h2o, c6h5ch2 c10h6ch, 34.53 34.79 2 310-595 531.3 c6h5ch2, hcn,nhn 24.52 24.04 3 >595 chnncss,nncss, oh,h, cdo 40.97 41.37 218 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table(3): infrared spectral data of ligand and its complexes. comp. υ c=n cm-1 υ c=s cm-1 υ c-n cm-1 υ c-s cm-1 υ h2o cm-1 υ m-n cm-1 υ m-s cm-1 υ m-o cm-1 l 1622.02 1083.92 1319.22 3420 _ _ c1 1616.24 1336.56 987.49 3421.48 550.00 379.95 450.00 c2 1616.24 1338.51 1000.00 3446.56 553.53 383.81 470.60 c3 1616.02 1336.58 985.56 3421.48 540.03 379.95 478.31 c4 1620.21 1330.88 983.70 3433.29 536.17 374.16 464.81 c5 1618.17 1325.01 975.91 3409.91 528.46 360.60 462.88   table (4): the electronic data and conductivity measurement of ligand and its complexes. comp wave length λ(nm) wave no. ῡ (cm -1 ) assignment molar. cond. (s. cm 2 mol-1) μeff (b.m) suggested geometry l 265 335 381 400 475 37736 29851 21186 25000 26247 π→ π* n→π* ic.t ic.t ic.t c1 263 311 411 434 464 709 787 806 38023 32154 24331 23041 21552 14104 12706 12406 π→ π* n→π* c.t. l→m c.t. l→m c.t. l→m 4t1g(f)→ 4t1g(p) 4t1g(f)→4a2g(f) 4t1g(f)→4t2g(f) 13.0 4.5 octahedral c2 291 326 406 430 544 592 649 24691 23256 24691 23256 18382 16891 15408 π→ π* n→ π* c.t. l→m c.t. l→m 3a2g(f)→3t1g(p) 3a2g(f)→3t1g (f) 3a2g(f)→3t2g (f) 9.5 2.5 octahedral c3 234 249 273 327 418 680 42735 40161 36630 30581 23923 14706 π→ π* π→ π* π→ π* n→ π* c.t. l→m 2eg→2t2g 24.0 1 distorted octahedral c4 266 334 415 37594 29940 24096 π→ π* n → π* c.t. l→m 5.0 diamagnetic octahedral c5 320 410 31250 24390 n → π* c.t. l→m 3.3 diamagnetic octahedral 219 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (5): the 1hnmr spectral data of ligand and its complexes. assignment l zn(l)2 ar-h δ(7.228.07ppm) δ (6.96-8.07 ppm) ch=n δ(9.20 ppm) δ(9.50ppm) s-ch2 δ(4.60ppm) δ(4.41ppm) ar-oh δ(11.08ppm) δ(10.00ppm) cs nh δ(13.50ppm) ch3 δ(2.03ppm) δ(1.89ppm) table (6): the 13cnmr spectral data of ligand and its complexes. assignments l zn(l)2 ar-c δ(109.13136.90 ppm) δ (106.96-138.65 ppm) ch=n δ(146.09 ppm) δ(154.3ppm) s-ch2 δ(37.45ppm) δ(34.18ppm) c-oh δ(158.27ppm) δ(162.50ppm) cs δ(194.42ppm) δ(172.15ppm) ch3 δ (37.45 ppm) δ (34.18 ppm) figure (1): thermograph of l. 220 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (2): thermograph of c1. figure (3): the ftir spectrum of l. 221 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (4): the ftir spectrum of c1. figure (5): the electronic spectrum for l. 222 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (6): the electronic spectrum for c1. figure (7): the 1hnmr spectrum of l. 223 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (8): the 1hnmr spectrum of c4. figure (9): the 13 cnmr spectrum of l. figure (10): the 13 cnmr spectrum of c4. 224 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure(11): the structure of [co(l1)2](0.5h2o) figure(12): the structure of [ni(l1)2] (0.5h2o ) (0.5 etoh). (etoh). figure (13): the structure of [cu(l1)2](h2o) figure(14): the structure of [zn(l1)2] (h2o) (1.5etoh). (etoh). figure (15): the structure of [cd(l1)2](2h2o) (etoh). 225 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 كاربوداي نفثاليدين ) هيدرازين -1-هيدروكسي -2بنزايل (تحضير وتشخيص مع األيونات الفلزية هثايوات ومعقدات [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] باسم أبراهيم العبدلي نور كاظم احمد بغداد قسم الكيمياء / كلية العلوم/ جامعة 2015تشرين األول//12،قبل في: 2015أيلول//17استلم في: الخالصة قاعدة شف مع ليكاند co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] [أليونات الفلزية تحضير معقدات لتم نفثالديهايد -1هيدروكسي-2والمشتق من تفاعل ثايوات ]نفثاليدين) هيدرازين كاربوداي -1هيدروكسي-2بنزايل ([جديدة بية للمعقدات المحضرة وفقا للتحليل الدقيق للعناصر , التحليل شخصت الصيغة التركيبنزايل هيدرازين كاربوداي ثايوات. و , قياسات التوصيلية, الحساسية cnmr13 ,hnmr1المرئية ,-الحراري , االشعة تحت الحمراء, االشعة فوق البنفسجية السطوح بأستثناء ثماني أذ أظهرت هذه القياسات بأن المعقدات المحضرة ذات شكل ,المغناطيسية و االمتصاص الذري الليكاند ) ويتناسق 1:2هي ( (m:l) أن النسبة بين الليكاند وااليون الفلزي.و معقد النحاس ذي شكل ثماني السطوح المشوه ذرة النتروجين لاليزوميثين وذرة الكبريت للثايوكاربون وذرة االوكسجين السن مع االيون الفلزي من خالل ثالثيبشكل لمجموعة الهيدروكسيل. .: ليكند قاعدة شفالكلمات المفتاحية ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 study the effect of mgo addition on some of physical properties of zno s. k. abd-al hassan departme nt of physics , college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract different p ercents(1.0,2.5,5.0 and 10)wt%of m go p owders were added to zno p owder to st udy their effects on the phy sical prop erties of zno.density , p orp sity and water absorption of zno were decreased as m go weigth p ercentage content increased. the values of vickers hardneess have double values esp ecially at 1.0 wt % of m go. introduction ceramics have been widely app lied in engineering app lications due to their excellent resistance to heat, corrosion, and wear . zinc oxide was the material of choice for this observation because it by far is the most common material used in the commercial manufacture and research due to its low cost and wide availability . it is valuable both for direct app lication or p reparation of other comp ounds[1-3]. zinc oxide (zno) has been p roduced commercially for considerably more than century , originally for use as a p igment in p aints and also for rubber, glass, p orcelain enamels and p harmaceuticals[4-6].m ore recently, zinc oxide has found new app lication in semiconductors, luminescence and p hotoconductivity [1-3] zinc oxide varist ors are ceramic semiconductor devices with highly non–linear electrical behavior and greater energy absorp tion capabilities. this p rop erty allows t heir use in the p rotection of electric and electronic circuits, where as lightning rods remain the principal app lication . zinc oxide is also transp arent to vissible light to a relatively high and uniform degree so that it exhibits a p ure white of high brilliance [7] . this research deals with the effect of magnesium oxide (m go) addition on the p hy sical p rop erties of zinc oxide . some researchers st udy ied the addition of the materials on zno such as : lu et al [8] have st udied the effect of p orosity on the scaling of fracture st rength who showd that t he fracture st rength of zno ceramics is more influenced by the ratio of p ores and grain sizes. ramires et al [6] have st udied the effect addition of sno2 on zno on the mechanical p rop erties and found that the elast ic modulus of z no –sno2 is doubled then zno only. abdullatif [9] has st udied the effect of adding borax on the p rop erties of zno such as linear shrinkage, density which shows t hat the increase of the weight p ercent of borax would lead to reduce the linear shrinkage and increasing the bulk density . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 experime ntal part materials zinc oxide p owder (p urity 99.5%) (germany ) with small parctical size less t han 25µm has been used. m agnesium oxide has been p repared from magnesium salt (boh) by heating the p owders to 600 c˚ for 1hr . four weight p ercentages of m go (1.0% ,2.5% ,5.0% and 10%) have been used. poly vinyl alcohol was used as a binder (at 1.5%). 5 samples for each percents have been p repared . all the samp les sintered at (1300 c˚) using 5 c˚/min as a heating and cooling rate . the soaking time was 2 hrs. equi pments m any equip ment have been used to p repare and test samples as follows:  digital balance (0.0001 g) typ e (dnver instrum ent).  electrical oven ty p e (cooper heat).  hy draulic p ress (5 ton) type (bego) .  electrical furnace (up to 1350c˚) type (ruhstral)) .  m icrovickers harness type (tim e group) .  gaindin g and polishin g machine ty p e (m etaserv). preparation of disc sample s each percent of m go p owder was mixed carefully with zno p owders by ball mill for 1 hr. the homogenized powder comp acted as a discs (10mm diameter and 10mm height) using 2 tons as a p ressure force. characterization de nsi ty measurement archemdise role has been used to calculate the app arent density according to astm (c373-71) and astm (c20-74) using the equation [10]. ρ =wd/(ws-wn) ……………………..(1) where : ρ= density ( gm/cm 3 ) wd = dry weight (gm) ws= saturated weight in water wn= lmmersed weight in water porosi ty measurement according to astm (c373-72) the p orosity of the sintered sample was calculated by using the equation [10] . p% =(ws-wd)/(ws-wn) *100………………….…(2) water ab sorp tion measurement according to the astm (c133 -81) the water absorp tion of the sintered sample was calculated by using equation [11]. w.a % =ws –wd/wd *100 ……………...…(3) where : w.a is water a absorp tion. line ar shrinkage measurement by using the below equation the linear shrinkage was calculated as follows [11] : l.sh% = l0 –l/l0*100………………………..…..(4) where : l.sh= linear shrinkage. l0 = hight of sample before f irin g. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 l= hight of sample after firin g. microvickers hardne ss measureme nt equation below was used to measure the microhardness of the sintered sample as follows [10]: hv= 2p sin(136/2)/d 2 =1.854p /d 2 ………………………..…(5) where : hv = vickers hardeners (kg/mm 2 ) p= ap p lied load . d= diameter of the indent (mm) re sults and discussion table (1) and all figures showed the behavior of zinc oxide dop ed by the different p ercentages of magnesium oxide for most p hy sical p rop erties. fig.(1) shows the effect of m go weight p ercentage on the bulk density of zinc oxide. this behavior has a good correlation with the mixture role which is[9]: ρ = ρ1 v1 + ρ2 v2……………………….(6) where ρ is the density of the doped samp le ρ1 is the density of zinc oxide v1 is the volume fraction of zinc oxide ρ is the density of magnesium oxide v2 is the volume fraction of m go. the density of zno is decreased as the m go weight p ercentage is increased, that is clear because the density of zinc oxide is 5.606 g/cm 3 and the density of m go is 3.58 g/cm 3 . fig.(2) shows the effect of m go weight p ercentage on the linear shrinkage of zno sample. the shrinkage is increased smoothly and then saturated at 1.0% and 2.5% then decreased at 10% and that may be due to the filling of the pores by m go p articals [9]. fig.(3) shows the behavior of the zinc oxide p orosity with m go dop ed. it clearly showed that the porosity is decreased as the percent of m go is increased. this behavior is p roved by the increase of vickers hardness fig.(4) shows the effect of m go p ercents on the water absorp tion prop erty of zno, which shows t he water absorp tion is decreased smoothly as this behavior is similar to the p orosity behavior that is due to the pores found in the samples .all these values may be improved by increasing the sintering temp erature [12]. fig.(5) shows that the vickers hardness has nearly double value of the native zno, and also it is well known that the p orosity is inversely p rop ortional to the mechanical p rop erties. this increase in hardness may be due to the addition of m go which may increased the cry st al growt h which caused the interconnecting of the grains [13]. conclusions the phy sical prop erties of zno was affected by the addition of m go additive where density , p orosity and water absorp tion have decreased as t he percent of m go increased. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 linear shrinkage has nearly a small variation but hardness is increased very obviously. where the value of hardness is doubled than of pure zno (120hv). re ference 1-eda,e.(1980)"degradation mechanism of non–ohmic zinc oxide ceramics", j.a p p l.phy s.51(5) 2678-2684 . 2levinson, l.and philip p , h.(1986) "zinc oxide varist ors a revew ceramic" bulletin 65:(4)1-7 3gup ta,t.k.(1990) " ap p lication of zinc oxide varist ors" j. of amer. cera.soc. 73:(7)1817 1840 . 4nahm,c.and park,c. (2000)"m icrost ructure, electrical p rop erties and degradation behavior of pdo2 bsed zno dop ed with y2o3"j.of m aterials science 38:(12)30373063. 5askeland, .d.r. and fulay,p.p. (2005 )"the science and engineering of materials "thomson -engineering fifth edation, 156-160. 6ramirez,m .a.; m arcos,f.r.; fernandes,j.f. and varel, j.a. (2008) "m echanical p rop erties and dimensional effects of zno and sno2-based varist ors"j.am. ceramic.soc.91:(9)3105-3108. 7ramirez,m .a.;simdez,a.z. and m argnez,m .a. (2007) "characterization of znodegraded varist or used in high tension device” m at.res.bull.42:1159-1168. 8lu,c.;danzer,r. and fischer,f. (2004), "scaling of fracture st rength in zno effect of p ore/grain size introduction and p orosity ", j. of the european ceramic society , 24: 3643-3651. 9alsammaraey ,a.r. (1996), "prep aration and characterization of zinc oxide p owder for ceramic industry ", ph. d. thesis, university of technology , baghdad – iraq 45_75. 10-astm ,(1982) part 17(c20-71) bulk-density water absorp tion, ap p arent p orosity of white ware p roducts . 11-astm , (1986) part 15.02(c373-71,72) water absorp tion, bulk density , app arent p orosity of white water p roducts. 12-alvarez-fregose,octaivo, (1994), "sintering temp erature effects on the p erformance of zno ceramic varistors", revista m exicana de fisica, 40: (5) 771-781. 13dy son,r.d. and m orrel,r. (1982), " m echanical testing of engineering ceramic at high temp erature", j. elsevier ap p lied science itd.25-32. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table: (1) the physical propeties of doped zno mgo percent bul k density (gm/cm 3 ) line ar shrinkage appernt porosty microhardne ss (kg/mm 2 ) water absorption 0.0 4.97 0.52 19.23 59.7 4.13 1.o 4.80 0.54 18.00 126 3.29 2.5 4.67 0.54 15.75 93 3.50 5.0 4.70 0.55 15.75 86.8 3.60 10 4.47 0.53 15.71 78.9 3.30 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5 5.1 0% 1% 2.5% 5% 10% mgo% b u lk d e n s it y fig. ( 1) vari ati on of bul k de n si ty of zno wi th mgo pe rce n ta ge ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 0.45 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.57 0.6 0% 1% 2.5% 5% 10% mgo% l in e a r s h ri n k a g e fi g. (2 ) variation of line ar sh rinkage of zno wi th mgo pe rcentage 0 5 10 15 20 25 0% 1% 2.5% 5% 10% mgo % a p p e ra n t p o ro s it y fi g .(3 ) variation of apperant porosi ty of zno wi th mgo pe rcen tage ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 0% 1% 2.5% 5% 10% m go % w a fe r a b s o rp ti o n fig .(4)variation of water absorption of zno withmgo percentage 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0% 1% 2.5% 5% 10% mgo % m ic r o h a rd n e s s fi g .(5) variation of microhardne ss of zno wi th mgo pe rcentage ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ى بعض الخواص الفیزیائیةفتاثیر اضافة اوكسید المغنسیوم ةدراس الزنـــك ألوكسیــد قاسم عبد الحسن شیماء جامعھ بغداد ،كلیھ التربیھ ابن الھیثم ،قسم الفیزیاء ةالخالصـ 1.0,2.5,5.0a% (نسب وزنیة أضیف nd10 ( ى فـمن اوكسـید المغنسـیوم الـى مسـحوق اوكسـید الزنـك لدراسـة تاثیرهـا ولقـد وجـد ان الكثافـة والمسـامة واالمتصاصــیة للمـاء تقـل الوكسـید الزنـك كلمـا ازدادت نسـبة االضــافة .الخـواص الفیزیائیـة لـه .من اوكسید المغنسیوم1.0% ة الوزنیة بفیكرز تضاعفت عند النس ةلوحظ ان قیمة صالد اال انه قد. الوكسید المغنسیوم ihjpas 39 some games in ẛpregseparation axioms esmaeel r. b. ahmed a. jassam department of mathematics, department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. baghdad, iraq. ranamumosa@yahoo.com ahm7a7a@gmail.com abstract the primary purpose of this subject is to define new games in ideal spaces via ẛ‐ pre ‐ g‐ open set. the relationships between games that provided and the winning and losing strategy for any player were elucidated. keywords. ẛ‐ pre‐ g‐ open set, ẛ‐ pre‐ g‐ open function, ẛ‐ pre‐ g‐ cotinuous function, ẛ‐ pre‐ g‐ separation axioms and game. 1.introduction kuratowski [1] presented in 1933. a collection ẛ ⊂ ƥ(ҳ) is claims an ideal on a nonempty set ҳ when the following two conditions are satisfied; (i) ƀ ∈ ẛ whenever ƀ ⊂ ⱥ and ⱥ ∈ ẛ (ii) ⱥ ∪ ƀ ∈ ẛ whenever ⱥ and ƀ ∈ ẛ . vaidyanathaswamy [2]. provides the concept of ideal spaces by giving the set operator ( )∗: ƥ(ҳ) ⟶ ƥ(ҳ). which is local function, so the topological spaces were circulated, claims ideal space and symbolize by (ҳ‚ ṭ ‚ ẛ), [3-5]. mashhour, abd elmonsef and eldeeb, present the concept of "pre‐ open set", a set ⱥ in (ҳ‚ ṭ ) is a pre-open when ⱥ ⊆ cl(int(ⱥ)) [6]. many researchers at that time used this concept in their studies [7-9]. also, ahmed and esmaeel [10], use this concept to provide an ẛ ‐ pre ‐ g ‐ closed set (symbolizes it, ẛpg ‐ closed). if ⱥ‐ џ ∈ ẛ and џ is a pre-open set, implies to cl(a) ‐ џ ∈ ẛ , so a set ⱥ in (ҳ‚ ṭ ‚ ẛ) is ẛpg ‐ closed. and the set ⱥ in ҳ claims ẛ ‐ pre ‐ g ‐ open set (symbolizes it, ẛpg ‐ open), if ҳ ‐ ⱥ is ẛpg ‐ closed. the collection of all ẛpg ‐ closed sets (respectively, ẛpg ‐ open sets) in (ҳ‚ ṭ ‚ ẛ) symbolizes it ẛpg ‐ c(x) (respectively, ẛpg ‐ o(x)). and ẛpg ‐ o(x) is finer than ṭ. a space (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ) is namely ẛpg ‐ṭ0‐space (respectively ẛpg ‐ṭ1‐space, ẛpg ‐ṭ2‐space), if for each element r1 ≠ r2, there is an ẛpg‐open set containing only one of them (respectively there is an ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2676 article history: received 5 november 2020, accepted 6 december 2020, published in july 2021. mailto:ranamumosa@yahoo.com mailto:ahm7a7a@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 40 ẛpg‐open sets џ1and џ2, satisfies r1 ∈ (џ1‐ џ2) and r2 ∈ (џ2‐ џ1), there is an ẛpg‐open sets џ1and џ2, satisfies r1 ∈ џ1 and r2 ∈ џ2 such that џ1 ∩ џ2 = ∅)[11]. the main point of this article is to provide new types of games in ideal spaces by using the concept of ẛpg ‐ open set. 2. ẛ ‐ 𝐏𝐫𝐞‐ 𝐠‐ 𝐨𝐩𝐞𝐧𝐧𝐞𝐬𝐬 𝐨𝐧 𝐆𝐚𝐦𝐞. this portion is to provide new types of game by using the concept of ẛpg ‐ openness, where the relationships between them are discussed. in the theory of game , there is always at least two participants called players ҏ1 and ҏ2. denoted for player one by ҏ1 and symbolizes for player two by ҏ2 and ģ be a game between two players ҏ1and ҏ2. the set of choices i 1, i 2, i 3,……, i ṃ for each player. these choices are claims round, steps or options. in this research with games of type "two‐ zero‐ sum games". the games will be defined between two players and the payoff for any one of them equals to the loose of other player [11-13] a function s is a strategy for ҏ1 as follows s = {sṃ: ⱥṃ ‐1 × ƀṃ ‐1 → ⱥ ṃ , such that ( ⱥ1, ƀ1, ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐, ⱥṃ‐1, ƀṃ ‐1) = ⱥṃ } similarly a function t is a strategy for ҏ2 as follows t = {tṃ ; ⱥ ṃ × ƀṃ ‐1 → b ṃ, such that ( ⱥ1, ƀ1, ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐, ⱥṃ‐1, ƀṃ ‐1 , ⱥṃ) = bṃ }. [15]. in this work, we provide the winning and losing strategy for any player ҏ in the game ģ, if ҏ has a winning strategy in ģ which symbolizes (ҏ ↪ ģ), if ҏ does not has a winning strategy symbolizes (ҏ ↬ ģ), if ҏ has a losing strategy symbolizes (ҏ ↩ ģ) and if ҏ does not has a losing strategy symbolizes (ҏ ↫ ģ). definition 2.1. let (ҳ‚ ṭ ) be a topological space, define a game ģ (ṫ0, ҳ ) (respectively, ģ(ṫ0, ẛ ))as follows: the two players ҏ1and ҏ2 play an inning for each natural numbers, in the ṃ‐ th inning, the first round, ҏ1 will choose ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ . next, ҏ2 choose џṃ ∈ ṭ (respectively џṃ ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿṃ ∈ џṃ and ςṃ ∉ џṃ, ҏ2 wins in the game where ƀ = { џ1, џ2, џ3, … , џṃ, … } satisfies that for all ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ in ҳ there exist џṃ ∈ ƀ such that ӿṃ ∈ џṃ and ς ṃ ∉ џṃ. other hand ҏ1wins. remark 2.2. for any ideal topological space(ҳ, ṭ, ẛ): 1. if (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)) then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). 2. if (ҏ2 ↩ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)) then (ҏ2 ↩ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). 3. if (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) then (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)). proposition 2.3. if (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ )) is ṫ0‐space (respectively, ẛpg‐ ṫ0‐ space) ( ҏ2 ↪ ģ (ṫ0, ҳ)). (respectively, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). proof: since (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ) is ṫ0‐ space (respectively, ẛpg‐ ṫ0‐ space), then, in the ṃ‐ th inning, any choice for the first player ҏ1, ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ, the second player ҏ2 can be found џṃ ∈ ṭ(respectively, џṃ ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) џ2 ∈ ṭ (respectively џṃ ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)). so ƀ = { џ1, џ2, џ3, … , џṃ, … } is the winning strategy for ҏ2. (⇐) clear. corollary 2.4. (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ )) (respectively, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ )) ∀ ӿ1 ≠ ӿ2 in ҳ , ∃ ḟ ∈ ӻ (respectively∃ ḟ ∈ ẛpgc(ҳ)) such that, ӿ1 ∈ ḟ and ӿ2 ∉ ḟ. corollary 2.5. if (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is ṫ0‐space (respectively, ẛpg‐ ṫ0‐space) (ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)). (respectively (ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 41 proposition 2.6. if (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is not ṫ0‐space (respectively, not ẛpg‐ ṫ0‐space) (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)) (respectively, (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). corollary 2.7. if (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is not ṫ0‐space (respectively not ẛpg‐ ṫ0‐space) (ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)) (respectively(ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). definition 2.8. let (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ) be a topological space, define a game ģ (ṫ1, ҳ ) (respectively ģ(ṫ1, ẛ ))as follows: the two players ҏ1and ҏ2 play an inning for each natural numbers, in the ṃ-th inning, the first round, ҏ1 will choose ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ where ӿṃ, ςṃ ∈ ҳ . next, ҏ2 choose џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ṭ(respectively, џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿṃ ∈ (џṃ‐ ṿṃ) and ςṃ ∈ (ṿṃ‐ џṃ), ҏ2 wins in the game where ƀ = {{ џ1, ṿ1 }, {џ2, ṿ2} … , {џṃ, ṿṃ}. . . } satisfies that for all ӿm ≠ ςm in ҳ there exist {џṃ, ṿṃ}∈ ƀ such that ӿṃ ∈ (џṃ‐ ṿṃ) and ςṃ ∈ (ṿṃ‐ џṃ). other hand ҏ1 wins. remark 2.9. for any ideal topological space(ҳ, ṭ, ẛ): 1. if (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)) then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)). 2. if (ҏ2 ↩ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)) then (ҏ2 ↩ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)). 3. if (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)) then (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)). proposition 2.10. if (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is ṫ1‐space (respectively ẛpg‐ ṫ1‐space (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)). (respectively, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)) . proof: (⟹) let (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ) be a topological space, in the first round, ҏ1 will choose ӿ1 ≠ ς1 . next, since (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ) is ṫ1‐ space (respectively ẛpg‐ ṫ1‐ space) ҏ2 can be found џ1, ṿ1 ∈ ṭ (respectively џ1, ṿ1 ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿ1 ∈ (џ1‐ ṿ1)and ς1 ∈ (ṿ1‐ џ1), in the second round, ҏ1 will choose ӿ2 ≠ ς2. next, ҏ2 can be found џ2, ṿ2 ∈ ṭ (respectively џ2, ṿ2 ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿ2 ∈ џ2‐ ṿ2 and ς2 ∈ (ṿ2‐ џ2) , in the ṃ‐ th round ҏ1 will choose ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ, next, ҏ2 can be found џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ṭ(respectively, џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿṃ ∈ (џṃ‐ ṿṃ) and ςṃ ∈ (ṿṃ‐ џṃ). so ƀ = {{ џ1, ṿ1 }, {џ2, ṿ2}, … , {џṃ, ṿṃ}, . . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2. (⇐) clear. corollary 2.11. (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ )) (respectively, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ )) ∀ ӿ1 ≠ ӿ2 in ҳ ∃ ḟ1, ḟ2 ∈ ӻ (respectively ∃ ḟ1, ḟ2 ∈ ẛpg‐ c(ҳ) ) such that, ӿ1 ∈ ḟ1 and ӿ2 ∉ ḟ1 and ӿ1 ∉ ḟ2 and ӿ2 ∈ ḟ2. corollary 2.12. (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is ṫ1‐space (respectively, ẛpg‐ ṫ1‐space) (ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)). (respectively (ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)). proposition 2.13. (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is not ṫ1‐space (respectively, not ẛpg‐ ṫ1‐space (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)) (respectively(ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)). corollary 2.14. (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is not ṫ1‐space (respectively, not ẛpg‐ ṫ1‐space) (ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)) (respectively(ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)). definition 2.15. [10], [13] let (ҳ‚ ṭ ) be topological space, define a game ģ(ṫ2, ҳ )(respectively ģ(ṫ2, ẛ )) as follows: the two players ҏ1and ҏ2 play an inning for each natural numbers, in the ṃ‐ th inning, the first round, ҏ1will choose ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ. next, ҏ2 choose џṃ, ṿṃ are disjoint, џṃ, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 42 ṿṃ ∈ ṭ(respectively, џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿṃ ∈ џṃ and ςṃ ∈ vṃ . ҏ2 wins in the game where ƀ = {{ џ1, ṿ1 }, {џ2, ṿ2}, … , {џṃ, ṿṃ}, . . . } satisfies that for all ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ in ҳ there exist {џṃ, ṿṃ} ∈ ƀ, such that ӿṃ ∈ џṃ and ςṃ ∈ ṿṃ . other hand ҏ1 wins. remark 2.16. for any ideal topological space(ҳ, ṭ, ẛ): 1. if (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)) then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). 2. if (ҏ2 ↩ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)) then (ҏ2 ↩ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). 3. if (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)) then (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)). proposition 2.17. if (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is ṫ2‐space (respectively, ẛpg‐ ṫ2‐space) (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)). (respectively, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). proof: (⇒) let (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) be a topological space, in the first round, ҏ1 will choose ӿ1 ≠ ς1. next, since (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ) is ṫ2‐ space (respectively, ẛpg‐ ṫ2‐ space), ҏ2 can be found џ1and ṿ1 ∈ ṭ (respectively џ1and ṿ1 ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿ1 ∈ џ1 and ς1 ∈ ṿ1 , џ1 ∩ ṿ1 = ∅, in the second round, ҏ1 will choose ӿ2 ≠ ς2. next, ҏ2 choose џ2and ṿ2 ∈ ṭ(respectively џ1and ṿ2 ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿ2 ∈ џ2 and ς2 ∈ ṿ2 , џ2 ∩ ṿ2 = ∅, in the ṃ‐ th round, ҏ1 will choose ӿṃ ≠ ςṃ. next, ҏ2 choose џṃ and ṿṃ ∈ ṭ(respectively, џṃand ṿṃ ∈ ẛpg‐ o(ҳ)) such that ӿṃ ∈ џṃ and ςṃ ∈ ṿṃ, џṃ ∩ ṿṃ = ∅. so ƀ = {{ џ1, ṿ1}, {џ2, ṿ2}, … , {џṃ, ṿṃ} … } is the winning strategy for ҏ2. (⇐) clear. corollary 2.18. if (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is ṫ2‐space (respectively, ẛpg‐ ṫ2‐space) (ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)). (respectively, (ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). proposition 2.19. (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is not ṫ2‐space(respectively not ẛpg‐ ṫ2‐space) (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)) (respectively (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). corollary 2.20. (ҳ‚ ṭ, ẛ ) is not ṫ2‐space (respectively not ẛpg‐ ṫ0‐space) (ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)) (respectively(ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). remark 2.21. for any space (ṭ, ҳ, ẛ) 1. (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫi+1, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi+1, ẛ)); i = {0,1} then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫi, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi, ẛ)). 2. (ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫi+1, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi+1, ẛ)); i = {0,1} then (ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫi, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi, ẛ)). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 43 the following (fig) illustrates the relationships given in remark 2.2 figure 1. the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫi, ҳ), i= {0, 1, 2} remark 2.22. for any space (ṭ, ҳ, ẛ) 1. (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫi, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi, ẛ)); i = {0,1} then (ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫi+1, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi+1, ẛ)). 2. (ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫi, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi, ẛ)); i = {0,1} then (ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫi+1, ҳ))(respectively ģ(ṫi+1, ẛ)). the following figure illustrates the relationships given in remark 2.22: ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ) ẛpg‐ ṫ2 space ṫ2 space ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ) ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ) ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ) ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ) ẛpg‐ ṫ1space ṫ1space ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ) ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) ẛpg‐ ṫ0space ṫ0space ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) ҏ1 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 44 figure 2. the winning strategy for ҏ1 in ģ(ṫi, ҳ), i= {0, 1, 2} 3. the games with open functions via ẛ𝐩𝐠‐𝐨𝐩𝐞𝐧 sets. by using open function via ẛpg‐open sets; you can determine the winning strategy for any players in ģ(ṫi, ҳ)); and ģ(ṫi, ẛ)) where i={0,1,2}. definition 3.1. (1) a function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is 1. ẛ‐pre‐g‐open function, symbolizes ẛpgo‐function if ᶂ(џ) is a ɉpg‐open set in ὑ whenever џ is an ẛpg‐open set in ҳ. 2. ẛ ∗‐pre‐g‐open function, symbolizes ẛ ∗pgo‐function if ᶂ (џ) is a ɉpg‐open set in ὑ whenever џ is an open set in ҳ. 3. ẛ ∗ ∗‐pre‐g‐open function, symbolizes ẛ ∗ ∗pgo‐function if ᶂ (џ) is an open in ὑ whenever џ is an ẛpg‐open set in ҳ. ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) not ẛpg‐ ṫ0 space not ṫ0 space ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ) not ẛpg‐ ṫ1space not ṫ1space ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ) ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ) not ẛpg‐ ṫ2space not ṫ2space ҏ1 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ) ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ) ҏ2 ↬ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 45 proposition 3.1. if the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is surjective open (respectively ẛ‐pre‐g‐open function) and (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ)) (respectively(ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ẛ)) then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ὑ) (respectively (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ)), where (i=0,1and 2 respectively). proof(1). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ὑ) (respectively, ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ)) where(i=0), in the first round, ҏ1will choose ς 1 ≠ z 1 such that ς 1, z 1 ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) will hold account ᶂ−1(ς 1), ᶂ −1(z 1) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς 1) ≠ ᶂ −1(z 1), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)) (respectively (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)), ∃џ1 ∈ ṭ (respectively ∃џ1 ∈ ẛpg‐o(ҳ)), ᶂ −1(ς 1) ∈ џ1 and ᶂ −1(z 1) ∉ џ1 since ᶂ is an open respectively ẛ‐pre‐g‐open function then ς 1 ∈ ᶂ(џ1) and z 1 ∉ ᶂ(џ1) this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)) choose ᶂ(џ1) is open (respectively ɉpg‐open sets), in the second round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) choose ς 2 ≠ ẓ 2 such that ς 2, ẓ 2 ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς 2), ᶂ −1(ẓ 2) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς 2) ≠ ᶂ−1(ẓ 2), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)), (respectively (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)), ∃џ2 ∈ ṭ(respectively ∃џ2 ∈ ẛpg‐o(ҳ)), ᶂ−1(ς ṃ) ∈ џ2 and ᶂ −1(ẓ 2) ∉ џ2, then ς 2 ∈ ᶂ(џ2) and z 2 ∉ ᶂ(џ2) this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ2in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) will choose ᶂ(џ2) is open (respectively ɉpg‐open sets) and in the ṃ-th round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) choose ς ṃ ≠ ẓ ṃ such that ς ṃ, ẓ ṃ ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς ṃ), ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ−1(ς ṃ) ≠ ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)), (respectively (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)), so,∃џṃ ∈ ṭ(respectively ∃џṃ ∈ ẛpg‐o(ҳ)); ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ∈ џṃ and ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∉ џṃ, then ς ṃ ∈ ᶂ(џṃ) and z ṃ ∉ ᶂ(џṃ); this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)will choose ᶂ(џṃ) is open (respectively ɉpg‐open sets); thus ƀ = {ᶂ{ џ1}, ᶂ{џ2}, … , ᶂ{џṃ}. . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) (respectively, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)). (2). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ὑ) (respectively, ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ)) where (i=1), in the ṃ‐th inning, ҏ1will choose ςṃ ≠ z ṃ such that ς ṃ, z ṃ ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ԏ1, ὑ) (respectively, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ɉ) will hold account ᶂ−1(ς ṃ), ᶂ −1(z ṃ) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ≠ ᶂ −1(z ṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)) (respectively, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)), ∃џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ṭ (respectively ∃џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ẛpg‐o(ҳ)), ᶂ −1(ς 1) ∈ (џṃ‐ṿṃ ) and ᶂ −1(z ṃ) ∈ (ṿṃ ‐џṃ) and since ᶂ is an open ,respectively ẛ‐pre‐g‐open function; this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ὑ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ɉ)) choose ᶂ(џṃ) , ᶂ(ṿṃ ) are open (respectively ɉpg‐open sets), thus ƀ = {{ᶂ(џ1), ᶂ(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ(џ2), ᶂ(ṿ2)}, … , {ᶂ(џṃ), ᶂ(ṿṃ)}. . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ὑ)) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ɉ)).in the same way, we can proof (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ὑ) (respectively(ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ɉ)) but ᶂ(џṃ) ∩ ᶂ(ṿṃ) = ∅.thus, ƀ = {{ᶂ(џ1), ᶂ(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ(џ2), ᶂ(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ(џṃ), ᶂ(ṿṃ)}. . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ὑ)(respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ɉ)). proposition 3.3. if the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is surjective ẛ ∗pgo‐function and (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ)), then, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ)) , where (i=0,1and 2 respectively). proof (1). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ), where (i=0), in the first round, ҏ1 will choose ς 1 ≠ ẓ 1 such that ς 1, ẓ 1 ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṭ0, ɉ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς 1), ᶂ −1(ẓ 1) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς 1) ≠ ᶂ −1(z 1), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)), ∃џ1 ∈ ṭ, ᶂ −1(ς 1) ∈ џ1 and ᶂ −1(z 1) ∉ џ1, and since ᶂ is ẛ ∗pgo‐function this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) will choose ᶂ(џ1) is a ɉpg‐open set, in the second round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) choose ς 2 ≠ ẓ 2, ς 2, ẓ 2 ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς 2), ᶂ −1(ẓ 2) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς 2) ≠ ᶂ−1(ẓ 2), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)), ∃џ2 ∈ ṭ, ᶂ −1(ς 2) ∈ џ2 and ᶂ −1(ẓ 2) ∉ џ2, this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) will choose ᶂ(џ2) is a ɉpg‐open set and in ṃ-th round ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) choose ς ṃ ≠ ẓ ṃ, ς ṃ, ẓ ṃ ∈ ὑ, next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ɉ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς ṃ), ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ≠ ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)), ∃џṃ ∈ ṭ, ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ∈ џṃ and ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∉ џṃ, this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) will choose ᶂ(џṃ) is a ɉpg‐open set, thus ƀ{ᶂ{ џ1}, ᶂ{џ2} … , ᶂ{џṃ}. . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 46 (2). in the game ģ (ṫ𝑖 , ɉ) where(i = 1), in the ṃ‐th round ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ1, ɉ) choose ς ṃ ≠ ẓ ṃ , ς ṃ, ẓ ṃ ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ɉ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς ṃ), ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ≠ ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)), ∃џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ṭ, ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ∈ (џṃ‐ṿṃ ) and ᶂ −1(z ṃ) ∈ (ṿṃ ‐џṃ), this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) will choose ᶂ(џṃ) and ᶂ(ṿṃ ) are ɉpg‐open sets, thus ƀ = {{ᶂ(џ1), ᶂ(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ(џ2), ᶂ(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ(џṃ), ᶂ(ṿṃ)}. . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)). by the same way we can proof(ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)) but, ᶂ(џṃ) ∩ ᶂ(ṿṃ) = ∅. thus ƀ = ᶂ(џṃ) ∩ ᶂ(ṿṃ) = ∅ is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ҳ)). corollary. if the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ)  (ὑ, ԏ) is a surjective open function and ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ) , then ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ), where i= {0, 1, 2}. proposition 3.4. if the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is a surjective ẛ ∗∗pgo‐function and (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) then, (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ), where (i = 0,1and 2 respectively). proof(1). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ὑ) where(i = 0), in the first round, ҏ1in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) will choose ς 1 ≠ ẓ 1 such that ς 1, ẓ 1 ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς 1), ᶂ −1(ẓ 1) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς 1) ≠ ᶂ−1(ẓ 1), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)), ∃џ1 ∈ ẛpgo(ҳ), ᶂ −1(ς 1) ∈ џ1and ᶂ −1(ẓ 1) ∉ џ1, ς 1 ∈ ᶂ(џ1) and z 1 ∉ ᶂ(ṿ1) and since ᶂ is ẛ ∗∗pgo‐function this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) will choose ᶂ(џ1) such that ς 1 ∈ ᶂ(џ1), ẓ 1 ∉ ᶂ(џ1) open, in the second round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṭ0, ὑ) choose ς 2 ≠ ẓ 2 , ς 2, ẓ 2 ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς 2), ᶂ −1(ẓ 2) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς 2) ≠ ᶂ −1(ẓ 2), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)), ∃џ2 ∈ ẛpgo(ҳ), ᶂ −1(ς 2) ∈ џ2 andᶂ −1(ẓ 2) ∉ џ2, ς 2 ∈ ᶂ(џ2) and z 2 ∉ ᶂ(ṿ2) this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) will choose ᶂ(џ2) and in ṃ-th round ҏ1 choose ς ṃ ≠ ẓ ṃ , ς ṃ, ẓ ṃ ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) will hold account ᶂ −1(ς ṃ), ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ≠ ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)), ∃џṃ ∈ ẛpgo(ҳ), ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ∈ џṃ and ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∉ џṃ, ς ṃ ∈ ᶂ(џṃ) and z ṃ ∉ ᶂ(ṿṃ) this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) will choose ᶂ(џṃ); thus ƀ = {ᶂ(џ1), ᶂ(џ2), … , ᶂ(џṃ). . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ԏ0, ὑ)). (2). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ὑ)where(i = 1), in the ṃ-th round ҏ1choose ς ṃ ≠ ẓ ṃ , ς ṃ, ẓ ṃ ∈ ὑ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ὑ)will hold account ᶂ −1(ς ṃ), ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∈ ҳ, ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ≠ ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)), ∃џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ẛpg‐o(ҳ),ᶂ −1(ς ṃ) ∈ (џṃ‐ṿṃ ) and ᶂ −1(ẓ ṃ) ∈ (ṿṃ ‐џṃ), so ҏ2 in ģ(ṭ1, ẛ) will choose ᶂ (џṃ) , ᶂ (ṿṃ) ;thus ƀ = {{ᶂ(џ1), ᶂ(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ(џ2), ᶂ(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ(џṃ), ᶂ(ṿṃ)}. . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṭ1, ὑ)). in the same way, we can proof (ҏ2 ↪ (ṫ2, ὑ)), but ᶂ(џṃ) ∩ ᶂ(ṿṃ) = ∅. thus ƀ = {{ᶂ(џ1), ᶂ(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ(џ2), ᶂ(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ(џṃ), ᶂ(ṿṃ)}. . . } is the winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ὑ)). 4. the games with a continuous function via ẛ𝐩𝐠‐𝐨𝐩𝐞𝐧 sets. in this part, we will using 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑢𝑜𝑢𝑠 function via ẛpg‐ open set to explain a winning strategy for ҏ1 and ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ) and ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ẛ) where i ={0,1,2}. definition 3.6. (1) a function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is; 1. ẛ‐pre‐g‐continuous function, symbolizes ẛpg‐continuous, if ᶂ−1(ṿ) ∈ ẛpgo(ҳ) for all ṿ ∈ ԏ. 2. strongly‐ẛ‐pre‐g‐continuous function, symbolizes strongly‐ẛpg‐continuous, if ᶂ−1(ṿ) ∈ ṭ, for all ṿ ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ). 3. ẛ‐pre‐g‐irresolute function, symbolizes ẛpg‐irresolute, if ᶂ−1(ṿ) ∈ ẛpgo(ҳ) for all ṿ ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ). proposition 4.6. if the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)(ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is an injective ẛ‐pre‐g‐continuous function and (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ὑ) then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ẛ)), where (i=0,1and 2 respectively). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 47 proof (1). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ẛ) where (i = 0), in the first round, ҏ1will choose ӿ1 ≠ r1 such that, ӿ1, r1 ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) will hold account ᶂ(ӿ1), ᶂ(r1) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿ1) ≠ ᶂ(r1), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ), ∃ṿ1 ∈ ԏ, ᶂ(ӿ1) ∈ ṿ1 and ᶂ(r1) ∉ ṿ1 , but ᶂ is ẛpg‐continuous function, so ᶂ −1(ṿ) ∈ ẛpgo(ҳ), this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) choose ᶂ −1(ṿ1 ) is an ẛpgo(ҳ), in the second round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) will choose ӿ2 ≠ r2 such that ӿ2, r2 ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) will hold account ᶂ(ӿ2), ᶂ(r2) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿ2) ≠ ᶂ(r2), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ), ∃ṿ2 ∈ ԏ, ᶂ(ӿ2) ∈ ṿ2 and ᶂ(r2) ∉ ṿ2 , this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) choose ᶂ −1(ṿ2 ) is an ẛpgo(ҳ) and in ṃ-th round ҏ1in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) will choose ӿṃ ≠ rṃ such that ӿṃ, rṃ ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) choose ᶂ(ӿṃ), ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿṃ) ≠ ᶂ(rṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ), ∃ṿṃ ∈ ԏ, ᶂ(ӿṃ) ∈ ṿṃ and ᶂ(rṃ) ∉ ṿṃ, this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ) choose ᶂ −1(ṿṃ ) is an ẛpgo(ҳ) thus ƀ = { ᶂ−1(ṿ1), ᶂ −1(ṿ2), … , ᶂ −1(ṿṃ)}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). (2) in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ẛ) where (i = 1), in ṃ-th round ҏ1in ģ(ṫ1, ẛ) will choose ӿṃ ≠ rṃ such that ӿṃ, rṃ ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) will hold account ᶂ(ӿṃ), ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿṃ) ≠ ᶂ(rṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ὑ), ∃џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ԏ, ᶂ(ӿṃ) ∈ (џṃ‐ ṿṃ ) and ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ (ṿṃ ‐ џṃ) , this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)choose ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ ), are ẛpgo(ҳ), thus ƀ = {{ᶂ−1(џ1), ᶂ −1(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ −1(џ2), ᶂ −1(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ)}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)). by the same way we can prove ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ẛ).but ᶂ −1(џṃ) ∩ ᶂ −1(ṿṃ ) = ∅ , thus ƀ = {{ᶂ−1(џ1), ᶂ −1(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ −1(џ2), ᶂ −1(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ)}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). proposition 4.7. if the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is an injective strongly‐ ẛpg‐ continuous and (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ)) then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ)) where (i=0,1and 2 respectively). proof(1). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ) where (i = 0), in the first round, ҏ1 will choose ӿ1 ≠ r1 such that ӿ1, r1 ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) ) will hold account ᶂ(ӿ1), ᶂ(r1) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿ1) ≠ ᶂ(r1), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ɉ), so ∃ṿ1 ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ)), ᶂ(ӿ1) ∈ ṿ1 and ᶂ(r1) ∉ ṿ1 but ᶂ is strongly‐ ẛpg‐ continuous then, ᶂ−1(ṿ1 ) ∈ ṭ this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) choose ᶂ −1(ṿ1), in the second round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) choose ӿ2 ≠ r2 such that ӿ2, r2 ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) will hold account ᶂ(ӿ2), ᶂ(r2) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿ2) ≠ ᶂ(r2), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ɉ), ∃ṿ2 ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ)), ᶂ(ӿ2) ∈ ṿ2 and ᶂ(r2) ∉ ṿ2, this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) choose ᶂ−1(ṿ2) and in ṃ ‐ th round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) choose ӿṃ ≠ rṃ , ӿṃ, rṃ ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) will hold account ᶂ(ӿṃ), ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿṃ) ≠ ᶂ(rṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ɉ), ∃ṿṃ ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ), ᶂ(ӿṃ) ∈ ṿṃ and ᶂ(rṃ) ∉ ṿṃ, this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) choose ᶂ −1(ṿṃ) ∈ ṭ ,thus ƀ = {ᶂ−1{ ṿ1}, ᶂ −1{ṿ2} … , ᶂ −1{ṿṃ}. . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ). (2). in the game ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ), where (i = 1), in the ṃ‐ th round ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) choose ӿṃ ≠ rṃ such that ӿṃ, rṃ ∈ ҳ, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) will hold account ᶂ(ӿṃ), ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿṃ) ≠ ᶂ(rṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ɉ), ∃џṃ, ṿṃ ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ), ᶂ(ӿṃ) ∈ (џṃ‐ ṿṃ ) and ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ (ṿṃ ‐ џṃ), this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) choose ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ) ∈ ṭ . thus ƀ = {{ᶂ−1(џ1), ᶂ −1(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ −1(џ2), ᶂ −1(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ)}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ). in the same way, we can prove ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ), but ᶂ −1(џṃ) ∩ ᶂ −1(ṿṃ) = ∅. thus ƀ = {{ᶂ−1(џ1), ᶂ −1(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ −1(џ2), ᶂ −1(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ)}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 48 corollary 4.8. let ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is injective strongly‐ẛpg‐continuous function and (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ɉ), then(ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ẛ), where ( i = 0,1and2 respectively). proposition 4.9. if the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ, ẛ)  (ὑ, ԏ, ɉ) is an injective open continuous (respectively ẛ‐pre‐g‐irresolute function) and (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ) respectively (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)) then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) (respectively (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). proof(1): in the game ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)(respectively in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)), in the first round, ҏ1 will choose ӿ1 ≠ r1 , ӿ1, r1 ∈ ҳ, next ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)(respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ))choose ᶂ(ӿ1), ᶂ(r1) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿ1) ≠ ᶂ(r1), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ)(respectively(ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)), ∃ṿ1 ԏ (respectively ∃ṿ1 ɉpgo(ὑ)), ᶂ(ӿ1) ∈ ṿ1 and ᶂ(r1) ∉ ṿ1 and since ᶂ is open continuous (respectively ẛ‐pre‐g‐irresolute function)this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) (respectively in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) choose ᶂ −1(ṿ1 ), in the second round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) (respectively in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) choose ӿ2 ≠ r2 such that ӿ2, r2 ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) choose ᶂ(ӿ2), ᶂ(r2) ∈ ὑ, ᶂ(ӿ2) ≠ ᶂ(r2), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ)(respectively(ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)), ∃ṿ2 ∈ ԏ (respectively ∃ṿ2 ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ)), ᶂ(ӿ2) ∈ ṿ2 and ᶂ(r2) ∉ ṿ2 , this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṭ0, ҳ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) choose ᶂ −1(ṿ2 )and in ṃ-th step ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) (respectively in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) choose ӿṃ ≠ rṃ , ӿṃ, rṃ ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) choose ᶂ(ӿṃ), ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ ὑ), ᶂ(ӿṃ) ≠ ᶂ(rṃ), but(ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ὑ))(respectively (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ0, ɉ)),∃ṿṃ ∈ ԏ(respectively ∃ṿṃ ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ), ᶂ(ӿṃ) ∈ ṿṃ and ᶂ(rṃ) ∉ ṿṃ this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ) respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)) choose ᶂ −1(ṿṃ ), thus ƀ = {ᶂ−1{ ṿ1 }, ᶂ −1{ṿ2} … , ᶂ −1{ṿṃ}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ҳ)) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ0, ẛ)). (2). in the game ģ(ṫ1, ҳ), (respectively ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)) , in the ṃ-th round, ҏ1 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) (respectively in ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)) choose ӿṃ ≠ rṃ such that ӿṃ, rṃ ∈ ҳ. next, ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ) (respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)) choose ᶂ(ӿṃ), ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ ὑ), ᶂ(ӿṃ) ≠ ᶂ(rṃ), but (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ1, ὑ)), ∃џṃ , ṿṃ ∈ ԏ (respectively ∃џṃ , ṿṃ ∈ ɉpgo(ὑ)); ᶂ(ӿṃ) ∈ (џṃ ‐ ṿṃ ) and ᶂ(rṃ) ∈ (ṿṃ ‐ џṃ), this implies ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)(respectively ҏ2in ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)) choose ᶂ −1(џṃ ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ) thus ƀ = {{ᶂ−1(џ1), ᶂ −1(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ −1(џ2), ᶂ −1(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ)}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ҳ)(respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ1, ẛ)). by the same way we can prove ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ2, ҳ) respectively, ҏ2in ģ(ṫ2, ẛ), but ᶂ −1(џṃ) ∩ ᶂ −1(ṿṃ ) = ∅ thus ƀ = {{ᶂ−1(џ1), ᶂ −1(ṿ1)}, {ᶂ −1(џ2), ᶂ −1(ṿ2)}, … , { ᶂ −1(џṃ), ᶂ −1(ṿṃ)}. . . } is winning strategy for ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ҳ))(respectively ҏ2 in ģ(ṫ2, ẛ)). corollary 4.10. if ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, ṭ)  (ὑ, ԏ) is homeo then (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ҳ)) (ҏ2 ↪ ģ(ṫ𝑖 , ὑ)) such that (i=0,1and 2 respectively). 5.conclusion the main aim of this work is to submit new near open sets which are called ẛـpreـgـclosed sets and it is complement ẛـpreـgـopen set, and interested also in studying new species of the games by application separation axioms via ẛـpreـgـopen sets and gives the strategy of winning and losing to any one of the two players in ģ(ṫi, ҳ), i= {0, 1, 2} . ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 49 references 1. kuratowski, k. topology. new york: academic press. 1933, i. 2. vaidyanathaswamy, v. the localization theory in set topology. proc. indian acad. sci. 1945. 20, 51-61. 3. abd elmonsef, me.; nasef, aa., radwan, ae.; esmaeel rb. on αopen sets with respect to an ideal. jast. 2014,5,3, 1-9. 4. esmaeel, rb.; nasir ai. some properties of ĩ-semi-open soft sets with respect to soft ideals. int j pure appl math. 2016, 111, 4, 545‐561. 5. nasef, a. a.; radwan, a. e.; esmaeel, rb. some properties of α-open sets with respect to an ideal. int j pure appl math. 2015,102, 4, 613-630.. 6. mashhour, as.; abd elmonsef, me.; eldeeb, s n. on pre topological spaces. bull. math. della soc. r.s. derouman, 1984. 28,76, 39-45. 7. mahmood, si. on generalized regular continuous functions in topological spaces. ibn alhaitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2012, 25, 3, 377-376. 8. nasir, ai.; esmaeel, rb., on α‐j-space, jardcs. 2019,11,01‐special issue: 1379‐1382. 9. zinah, t. al hawez. on generalized b∗-closed sets in topological spaces. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sic. 2015, 28, 3, 205-213. 10. ahmed, a. jassam; esmaeel, rb. convergences via ẛ-pre-g-open set, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2020. 11. aumann, rj, survey of repeated game, in aumann rj et al. (eds) essays in game theory and mathematical economics in honor. of oscar morgentern. 1981. 12. banks, js.; sundaram, r k. repeated games. finite automata and complexity, games and economic behaviour. 1990, 2, 97‐117. 13. maynard smith j. evolutionary and theory of games. cup. 1982. 14. michael, mastodongibbons, an introduction to game. the advanced book program, addison-wesley pub. co. advanced book program. 1992. thomas lc, game theory and applications. ellis harwood series. chi chester, england. 1986 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 removal interferences with spectrophotometric study for the determination of chromium, vanadium and their application a. h. jassim, *b. b. qassim, a. s. mansoor departme nt of chemistry, college of science,unive rsity of al-nahrian *departme nt of chemistry. college of science-unive rsity of baghdad abstract the sp ecies of cr (iii), cr (vi) in biological samples and v(iv), v(v) in foods & p lants samp les were determined by sp ectrop hotometric methods. int egrated sp ectral st udies of comp lexes [cr (iii, vi)-dpc], [cr (vi)-bipy ], [vo-sh], [v (v)-8-hq] which included a st udy of the op timum conditions for the comp lexes formation by the invest igation of the chemical and p hy sical variables affecting each comp lex formation, the nature of comp lexes, the preparation of calibration curves of the complexes and treated the resulted data by modern st atist ical methods and st udy the interfering sp ecies. interferences were removed to exp lain the reactions thermody namically by determining ece ll, keq. and ∆g values and includes a st udy of sep arating the interfering ions from chromium and vanadium ions by using ion exchange columns. the linear ranges of determination for cr (iii), cr (vi) and v(iv), v(v) were 0.5-8 µgml -1 with correlation coefficients of 0.9985 to 0.9995. the detection limit for cr(iii), cr(vi), v(iv) and v(v) were found to be 20, 15, 50 and 100 ng.ml -1 , resp ectively. precision was ty p ically bett er than 1.5 %, based on trip licate injections. t he satisfactory recovery of 98.9 % ~ 100.81 % for cr (vi) could be obtained from blood and urine samples and of 99.24 % ~ 101.09 % for v (iv) could be obtained from foods samples. the results agreed with those obtained by sp ectrop hotometric determination with st andard addition method and with certified values of st andard reference samples. introduction the chemical sp ecification of trace elements in biological and environmental samples is very imp ortant, because the effects of elements, esp ecially trace heavy metals, on ecological and environmental sy st ems are generally influenced by their chemical forms. cr (iii) is p resent as several hy droxide sp ecies, such as croh 2+ , cr(oh) 2 + , cr(oh)3 and cr(oh)4, cr2(oh)2 4+ and cr3(oh)4 5+ . cr (vi) may be present in the solutions cro4 2, cr2o7 2, hcro4 and hcr2o7 . cr (vi) is reported to be toxic and carcinogenic to human even at relatively low concentration level [1]. chromium is an essential nutrient required for normal glucose and lipid metabolism as it enhances t he effect of insulin [2]. insulin play s a role in the metabolism of fat and p rotein. thus chromium p lay s an imp ortant role in the body as it behaves as a cofactor by enhancing the resp onse of the insulin receptor to insulin [3,4], chromium is found in most fresh food and drinking water. sources rich in chromium include bread, cereal, fresh vegetables, meats, sp ices, fish, brewers, y east and beer [5]. in nature, vanadium occurs in two different oxidation forms, v (v) and v (iv). both sp ecies can exist in the environment but v (v) is the most abundance and toxic sp ecies. ot her oxidation states such as v(ii) and v(iii) are not st able and will be oxidized to v(iv) and v(v) by atmosp heric oxy gen [6,7]. vanadium is essentially required as a beneficial element that help s in carbohy drate metabolism prevention of some heart diseases [8]. vanadium is an ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 essential micronutrient needed for cellular metabolism, and it may p lay a role in reducing cholesterol. vanadium has been found to st imulate insulin action. it is also useful as a sup p lement for ty p e ii diabetics, resulting in modest reductions of blood sugar and hepatic (liver) insulin resistance [9]. vanadium is found in very small amounts in a wide variety of foods, including many cereals, fishes, fresh fruits and vegetables which contain this element more than 40 mg p er gram of food. foods rich in vanadium include mushrooms; black p epp er, parsley , shellfish and dill seed [10], chromium and vanadium are introduced into the environment by effluents in several industries. it is imp ortant to control these elements since they are both toxic and carcinogenetic. a number of methods for the differential determination of chromium and vanadium by aas [11-14], ion exchange [15-17], icp-aes [18,19] and fia technique [20,21] coupled to other method have been described. the sp ectrop hotometric methods [22-28] of different sp ecies of cr and v have been successfully p erformed with high sensitivity for the determination. the main purp ose of this work was to establish a simple, sensitive and rep roducible method for the determination of cr(iii), cr(vi), v(iv) and v(v) by the descrip tion of an integrated sp ectral st udy of comp lex [cr (iii, vi)dpc), cr (vi)-bipy ), (vo-sh) and (v(v)-8-hq), resp ectively. the p rop osed method has been app lied to the determination of chromium in the biological samples and vanadium in p lants & foods with satisfactory results. experimental apparatus a double-beam uv–visible sp ectrop hotometer model (uv-1650 pc) shimadzu/ (jap an) interfaced with comp uter via a shemadzu uv-probe data sy st em p rogram was used for the absorbance measurements and p h meter orion exp andable ion analyzer model (ea 940) equip p ed with a glass combination electrode was used, quartz cells, (1cm), sensitive electronic balance (satorius, bl2105), cationic exchanger (ir-120 (na + ))and anionic exchanger (ir-400 (cl )). reagents cr(vi) 100 p p m: 0.02827g of k2cr2o7 (bdh); cr(iii) 100 p p m: 0.07692g of cr(no3)3.9h2o (riedel-de-haen); (vo +2 ) 100 p p m: 0.04966g of voso4.5h2o (bdh); (vo2 + ) 100 p p m: 0.017843 g of v2o5 (bdh); 1,5-dip henylcarbazide, 2.58×10 -2 m : 0.125g/100ml acetone (fluka a.g); 2,2'-bipy ridine, 1mm : 0.015612g/100 ml distilled water (fluka a.g); thioglycolic acid hs-ch2cooh, 3mm : 5ml/50ml distilled water, 8hy droxy lquinoline 8-hq, (bdh) 1mm : 0.01452g/ 100 ml chloroform (fluka a.g); h3po4, 1:1 (v/v): 50 ml (15.717m )/50ml distilled water; h2o2 2m : 60.7ml (16.47 m )/500 ml distilled water (solvay). h2o2 was calibrated with km no4; naoh 1m : 4g/100 ml distilled water; h2so4 1m : 27.864 ml (17.944 m )/ 500 ml distilled water; hcl 1m : 8.548 ml (11.63 m )/ 100ml distilled water; hno3 1m : 4.593 ml (21.774 m )/ 100ml distilled water; ch3cooh 1m : 28.74ml (17.396 m )/ 500 ml distilled water; ch3coona 1m : 8.2 g/100 ml distilled water. preparation of 100ml inte rfering ion (100 µgml -1 ) co(ii):0.04937g of co(no3)2.6h2o, cd(ii):0.02584g of cd(no3)2.3h2o, cu(ii): 0.03842g of cu(no3)2.3h2o, ni(ii):0.0495g of ni(no3)2.6h2o, m g(ii):0.1013g of m gso4.7h2o, m n(ii):0.0457g of m n(no3)2.4h2o, s2o3 = :0.02214g of na2s2o3.5h2o, br : 0.01084g of libr, i :0.01142g of nh4i, c2o4 = :0.01523g of na2c2o4. treatme nt of samples *urine samples the urine samples were treated with 2m l of p erchloric acid 60% (v/v) for the purp ose of the protein sedimentation [29]. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 *blood sample s [28, 29] the blood samples were treated with 5ml of h2o2 and 5 ml conc. hno3, the solution was heated until the excess acid was exp elled. aft er dry ing, added 5 ml (1:1) hcl , 5 ml hno3 and 20 ml d.w were added after that was filtered the solution. *plants and foods samples [28, 29] the p lants and foods samples were dissolved (mushroom, cereal and st rawberry) in 50ml of a mixture (hcl: hno3) (1:1) (v/v) with heating to comp lete dissolve then the solution was filtered and diluted to 250 ml in volumetric flask with dist illed water. preparation of metal complexes chromium–1,5-di phe nyl carbazide (dpc) complex cr(iv) reacts with 1,5-diphenylcarbazide in acidic medium to form a red-voilet color comp lex which exhibits a measure band absorbance at 542 nm. a concentration range of (0.58) p p m of cr(vi) has been p repared by diluting a st andard solution of 25 p p m concentration which adjust s at (p h=8-8.5) in basic medium (naoh), in volumetric flask 50 ml, 1ml of diphenylcarbazide was added with st irring to the chromium solutions followed by 2.5 ml h3po4 (1:1) and then diluted to the mark by distilled water. the [cr(vi)-dpc] comp lex could be formed by st arting with chromium (iii) ions and oxidized to cr(vi) after adding an excess sodium hydroxide (naoh) followed by a 5 ml of 6% hydrogen peroxide (h2o2) [29]. a sample from the flask transferred to a sp ectrop hotometer cell and the absorbance was measured at 542 nm. chromium-2,2 ' -bipyridine (bipy) comple x [29] cr(iv) reacts with 2,2`-bipy ridine in acidic medium to form a light blue color comp lex which exhibits a measure band absorbance at 308nm. a concentration range (0.5-8) p p m of cr(vi) was p repared by dilution in 25 ml volumetric flask. an aliquot (5 ml) of this solution was transferred to sep arate funnel and acidified with 1ml of 1m sulfuric acid. sufficient distilled water was added to bring the total volume to 20ml and then about 20 ml of ethy l acetate was added. the funnel and its contents were cooled at 10c for 1/2 hour. aft er cooling, 1ml of a 3 % solution of hy drogen p eroxide was added and also cooled at 10c and immediately extracted by vigorously shaking the sep aration funnel for 30 second. aft er the lay ers being sep arated, the aqueous lay er was discarded. the ethy l acetate lay er was added to 10 ml of 0.6 mm aqueous solution of 2, 2'bipy ridine which was also cooled at 10c and immediately extracted by a vigorous shaking for 30 seconds. aft er the lay ers were sep arated, the aqueous lay er was discarded and transferred the ethy l acetate layer to a 25 ml volumetric flask, and diluted to t he mark with an additional ethy l acetate and measured the absorbance of sample at 308 nm buffer solution (p h=5.64). vanadium–thi oglycoli c acid (s h) complex [30] v(iv) reacts with thioglycolic acid in buffer solution from sodium acetate (p h=5.05.5) to form a very light blue color comp lex which exhibits a measure band absorbance at 225 nm. a concentration range of (0.5-8) p p m of v (iv) was p repared in 50 ml of volumetric flasks, 5 ml of 30 mm thioglycolic acid and 1ml of 0.15 m sodium acetate were added and the solution was adjust ed at (p h=5.0-5.5), the solution was diluted to the mark by distilled water and after that was shacked, and measured the absorbance at 225 nm. vanadium-8-hydroxyqui nol ine (8-hq) complex [29] v(v) reacts with 8-hy droxy quinoline in acidic medium (p h=3.5-4.5) to form a brown color comp lex which exhibits a measure band absorbance at 550 nm. a concentration range of (0.5-8) p p m of v(v) was p repared in 50 ml volumetric flasks, 1ml of 1m h2so4 was added; ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 the solution was adjust ed at (p h=3.5-4.5) and the solution was t ransferred to 100 ml sep aratory funnel. then 5 ml of 1mm 8-hq was added and immediately extracted by a vigorous shaking for 30 seconds. aft er the lay er was sep arated, the aqueous lay er was discarded and transferred to 50 ml of volumetric flask and then diluted to t he mark by distilled water, and measured the absorbance at 550 nm. re sults and discussion s pectrophotome tric s tudy of chromium and vanadium comple xes of various valences this st udy includes the scanning of the sp ectrum of the reagents in the ultravioletvisible region, by taking certain volumes of reagents in a measuring cell versus a blank. the comp arison of t he absorp tion sp ectra of [cr(vi)-dpc], [cr(vi)-bipy ] and [vo-sh], [v(v)-8hq] comp lexes with reagents and metals as shown in figures (1), (2) resp ectively and figure (3) shows a comp arison of the absorp tion sp ectra of the (cr-dpc) comp lex formed st arting with p otassium dichromate cr2o7 = and the absorp tion sp ectra of the complex formed st arting with cr(iii). it has been found that t he absorp tion intensity of the comp lex was less t han that obtained with cr2o7 = ion. studying the optimum conditions for complexes formation  effect of the reage nts concentration a set of variable concentrations of reagents has been p repared to determine the op timum concentration to the highest absorp tion intensity . fig. (4) shows that the op timum concentration of dpc reagent in [cr (iii, vi)-dpc] comp lex was (25.8 mm ), and the op timum concentration of (bipy ) reagent in [cr (vi)-bipy ] comp lex was (0.6mm ), fig. (5) shows that the op timum concentration of (sh) reagent in [vo-sh] comp lex was (3mm ) and the op timum concentration of (8-hq) reagent in [v (v)-8-hq] comp lex was (1mm ). the op timum concentration of reagents gave a regular increase to the signal which is app rop riate for analytical p urp oses.  effect of ph this effect has been st udied by using a fixed concentration of both metal ions and reagent solutions, where a series of solutions have been p repared; in the first series, the comp lexes formation were st udied at different ty p es of solutions [1m h2so4, 1m h3po4, 1m ch3cooh, (0.2m ch3cooh + 0.2m ch3coona), 1m ch3coona, 1m naoh], where 1 ml of each solution was taken. the second series of solutions includes the reagent only, the absorbance was measured first , and then the p h was measured for the standard solutions. the results show that t he maximum absorbance of the [cr (iii, vi)-dpc] comp lex was at (p h=88.5) in the p resence of naoh, fig. (6) shows that the maximum absorbance of the [cr (vi)bipy ] comp lex was at (p h=4-4.5) in the p resence of h2so4 and fig. (7) shows that the maximum absorbance of the [vo-sh] comp lex was at (p h=5-5.5) in the p resence of ch3coona and the maximum absorbance of the [v (v)-8-hq] comp lex was at (p h=3.5-4.5) in the p resence of h2so4.  effect of acids or base concentration a set of solutions of variable concentrations has been p repared to determine the op timum concentration which shows the highest absorp tion intensity . fig (8) shows that the op timum absorbance of [cr (iii, vi)-dpc] comp lex at the constant dpc reagent and ion concentration when 1ml of 1m naoh solution was added and the op timum absorbance of [cr (vi)-bipy ] comp lex at the constant (bipy ) reagent and ion concentration when 1ml of 1m h2so4 was added solution, fig (9) shows t hat t he optimum ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 absorbance of [vo-sh] comp lex at the constant (sh) reagent and ion concentration when 1ml of (0.15m ) ch3coona solution was added and the op timum absorbance of [v (v)-8-hq] comp lex at t he const ant (8-hq) reagent and ion concentration when 1ml of (0.1m ) h2so4 solution was added. studying the effect of the physical variable on complexes formation  time effect the absorbance was measured at different p eriods of time in the absence of light. it can be noticed from figure (10) that the comp lexes were fixed for long p eriods of time up to several hours through the const ant absorbance of the complexes.  light effect the absorbance of [cr(vi)-dpc] comp lex was measured at different p eriods of time in the p resence of daylight and radiation light. the results show the absence of any influence of daylight and radiation light on the comp lexes st ability for a p eriod of time ranging from several minutes t o several hours. as shown in figure (11).  temperature effect the effect of temp erature on the [cr(vi, iii)-dpc], [cr(vi)-bipy ], [vo-sh] and [v(v)-8-hq] comp lexes absorp tion as shown in figure (12). the results show that the analysis within room temp erature (25-35) ° c was app rop riate where the [cr-dpc], [vo-sh] and [v(v) 8-hq] comp lexes was stable and the time analysis at (10-15) ° c were app rop riate where the [cr (vi)-bipy ] comp lex was stable. nature of complexes formation ap p lying the op timum conditions, which were obtained p reviously , the metals to reagents ratio in the [cr (iii, vi)-dpc], [cr (vi)-bipy ], [vo-sh] and [v (v)-8-hq] comp lexes were obtained by following continuous variation method, where a series of solutions was p repared in which the formal concentration of the metal ions and reagents were held constant (0.5m ) while varying volume ratios. the final volume was 10 ml for each solution. fig. (13) shows t he p lot of t he absorbance versus mole fraction of the reactants, (a) shows the cr (iii, vi) / dpc ration app eared to be 1:2 at p h=8-8.5 and λm ax=542 nm, (b) shows t he cr (vi) / bip y ration app eared to be 1:2 at p h=4-4.5 and λm ax=308 nm, (c) shows the v (iv) / sh ration ap p eared to be 3:2 at p h=5-5.5 and λm ax=225 nm and (d) shows the v (v) / 8-hq ration ap p eared to be 1:2 at p h=3.5-4.5 and λm ax=550 nm. and fig. (14) shows t he suggested structure of the complexes resp ectively. calibration curves a calibration curve was p repared from a series of standard solutions in the range (2-8) p p m, using the op timum conditions for the comp lexes formations. the absorbance measurements were made at 542 nm for the [cr (iii, vi) – dpc] comp lexe, 308 nm for the [cr (vi) – bipy ] comp lex, 225 nm for [v (iv)sh] comp lex and 550 nm for the [v (v)-8hq] comp lex. linear curves were obtained as shown in figure (15) a, b. table (1) shows that treatment data resulted from modern statist ical treatment [31-32]. studying the effect of interfering ions this st udy was conducted to interpret the effect of interferences of some positive and negative ions and to find the p ercentage effect of these ions on the absorp tion intensity , and also t o demonst rate the effect of changing the metal's behavior and how some reactions were p referred thermody namically (increasing the absorp tion intensity ) and others were non p referred (reducing the absorp tion intensity ). the interpretation was exp lained on the basis of some thermodynamic quantities (δg, e ◦ ce ll, keq). according to the mechanism of the reaction there are some p referred reactions according to the thermody namic view p oint, since e ◦ ce ll of the net reaction is p ositive, as will be exp lained later. the reaction is exothermic, represented by the negative value of δg, which means t hat t he reaction is sp ontaneous. t he selected ions are: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 positive ions: cd(ii), cu(ii), co(ii), m g(ii), zn(ii), ni(ii), v(iv), v(v) and m n(ii). ne gative ions: i , br , cl , io3 , no3 , s2o3 = , cr2o7 = and c2o4 = . table (2) shows the effect of v 5+ , v 4+ , co 2+ cd 2+ , cu 2+ , m g 2+ ions to increase the absorbance intensity of cr (vi), which was exp lained by the following dy namic equations: c r2o7 = +14h + +6e 6×[v o2 + +2h + +e 7h2o+2cr 3+ ----( 1) e=1.33v vo 2+ +h2o] -----( 2) e= +1 .00v cr2o 7 =+14h++6e6vo 2 + 12h+ 6e7h2o+2cr 3+ ---(1) e=1.33v 6vo2+ 6h2o ----( 2) e= 1.00v ± ± ±±±± cr2o7 = +6vo 2+ +2h + 2c r 3+ +6vo 2 + +h2o ----(3) ec ell =+0.3 3v ° in equation (3), we notice that this reaction was p referred thermody namically because the p ositive value of e ° ce ll and the negative value of δg equal to (-45.72kcal). the reaction was exothermic which means it is sp ontaneous and the equilibrium constant (keq.) was calculated via app lying the following equation [33]: log k= nfecell 2.303 rt keq =3.028×10 33 the interference of iodide (i ) with chromium ions was increased the absorbance intensity and this was exp lained by the following dy namic equations: cr 2 o 7 = +14h + +6e3×[ i2 + 2e 7h 2 o +2cr3+---(1) e=1.33v 2i ] ---(2) e= 0.535v cr 2 o 7 =+6i -+14h + 2cr3 ++ 3i 2 +7h 2 o ---(3) e cell = +0.795v° ± cr 2o7 = +14h+ +6e3i2 6e 7h 2 o +2cr 3---(1) e=1.33v 6i ---(2) e= 0.535v± ± ± in equation (3), the reaction was p referred thermody namically because the value of e ° ce ll is p ositive and the value of keq. is (k=4.56×10 80 ), which means that t he dichromate ions were able to oxidize (i ) and liberates iodine (i2). this reaction was sp ontaneous because of the negative value of the δg ° (-110.13kcal), (g=-nfece ll). the other interferences could be exp lained in the same manner, since the values of p otential cell index for cu 2+ , cd 2+ , co 2+ , and m n 2+ ions are: 0.99, 1.73, 0.512, and -0.17 resp ectively. in table (3) the manganese ions (m n 2+ ) decreased the absorbance intensity of v (iv) ion; and as shown in the following equations: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 5× [vo 2+ + 2h + +e mno4 + 8h + + 5e v 3 + + h2 o] -----(1) e= 0.34v mn2 ++ 4h2o ----(2) e=+1.5v mn 2+ +5v o 2+ +2h + mno4 +5v 3+ +h2o ----( 3) ecell= -1.16v ° 5vo 2 + + 10h + + 5e mno4 8h + 5e 5v 3 + + 5h2o -----(1) e= 0.34v mn 2+ 4h2o -----(2) e= 1. 5v ± ± ± ± ±± the permanganate ion (m no4 ), m n (vii) behaved as a st rong oxidizing agent; (m no4 ) reduced the v (iv) to v (iii) and gave a low resp onse for the absorp tion intensity . this reaction was not-p referred thermody namically because the p ositive value for δg ° (+133.9 kcal) and negative value of e ° ce ll (-1.16 v). the (vo 2+ ) may also be contributed to convert the m n 2+ to a lower oxidation st ate not only on m n (vii). this resulted for the consumption of (vo 2+ ). the interferences of cd 2+ ions with v (iv) increased the p ercentage effect; the δg (34.17 kcal) and e ° ce ll (+0.74 v); this means that the reaction was exothermic and sp ontaneous; thus, it was p referred thermodynamically according to the following equations: 2 × [ v o 2 + + 2 h + + e c d 2 + + 2 e v 3 + + h 2 o ] --( 1 ) e = 0 .3 4 v c d ---( 2) e = 0 .4 v c d + 2 v o 2 + + 4 h + c d 2 + + 2 v 3 + + 2h 2 o --(3 ) e c e ll= + 0 .7 4v ° 2 v o 2 + + 4 h + + 2 e c d 2 + 2 e 2 v 3 + + 2 h 2 o ---( 1 ) e = 0 .3 4 v c d --(2 ) e = 0 .4 v± ± ± ± the interference of bromide (br ) ions with vanadium (iv) ions decreased the absorbance intensity of v (iv) ions, this was exp lained by the following dy namic equations: 2× [v o 2++ 2 h+ +e br2 + 2e v 3 ++ h2 o ] --(1 ) e= 0.3 4v 2br ---(2 ) e= + 1.0 7v ° 2v o 2++ 4 h+ +2 e br2 2 ev3 + + h2o ---( 1) e = 0.34 v 2br --(2) e= 1.07 v ± ±±± 2br-+ 2v o 2++ 4 h+ br2+ 2 v 3 + + 2h2 o ---( 3) e c ell = 0.73 v what is noticed in equation (3), the reaction was not-p referred thermody namically because of the negative value of e ° ce ll, which means that the vanadium ions were able to oxidized br and liberate br2. the reaction was non-sp ontaneous because of the positive value of the δg ° (+33.71 kcal). the interference of magnesium (m g 2+ ) ions with vanady l ions increased the p ercentage effect, t his was exp lained by the following dy namic equations: 2 × [v o 2+ + 2 h + + e m g 2+ + 2 e v 3 + + h2 o ] --(1 ) e = 0 .3 4 v m g ---(2 ) e = -2 . 3 4 v m g +2 v o 2+ +4 h+ m g 2+ +2 v 3+ +2 h 2o -(3 ) e ce ll = +2 . 6 8 v ° 2 v o 2 + + 4 h + + 2 e m g 2+ 2 e 2 v 3+ +2 h 2 o ----( 1 ) e = 0 . 3 4 v m g ---(2 ) e = 2 . 3 4 v±± ± ± what is noticed in equation (3), the reaction was p referred thermodynamically because of the positive value of e ° ce ll. the reaction is sp ontaneous because of the negative value of the δg ° (-123.76 kcal), but in the low concentration of interferences, the ions gave a high ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 p ositive value; through the observation of the reaction equation of magnesium, the ions may be remained in solution and then they increased the percentage effect. from the p revious st udies, we knew that the interfering ions were able to increase or decrease the absorp tion intensity of the metal ions. so these effects should be removed to obtain a result with a high accuracy for the determination of chromium and vanadium ions. the best method used to remove the interferences ions influence was ion exchange method which is illust rated in tables (4) and (5). the cationic exchanger was used to remove some of the p ositive ions effect and to measure the p ercentage of interferences effect before and after the sep aration of cr (vi) ions which are illustrated in table (2) but the negative ions were difficult to remove from the dichromate [cr2o7 = ] which is noticed, thus, it should be converted from dichromate ions into chromate ions in basic media, then reduce chromate ion cr (vi) to cr (iii) by ethanol with heating [29] and then the p assing through the negative ion exchange column was allowed to take the interferences ions under st udy and to leave cr (iii) ions measured by sp ectrop hotometry . vanadium ions was an excep tional behavior, vanady l ion carries a p ositive charge in the acidic media at (p h=1-6) of formula (vo 2+ ) and carries a negative charge in a st rong alkaline media of formula vo (oh)3 and (vo2) (oh)5 at (p h=8-12), thus vanadium has an amphote ric behavior [33]. according to the above when removing the p ositive ions interferences from v (iv), the medium should be alkaline in order to ensure the existence of vanadium in the negative form [(vo (oh)3 ) and ((vo2) (oh)5 )], but its difficult to remove these ions because vanadium p recipitate in the high alkaline media. to see amphote ric behavior for vanadium [33], and to remove the negative ion interferences for v (iv), acidic media 1m h2so4 was used at (p h=1-6) to ensure the vanadium ions as p ositive formula of (vo 2+ ). then the negative ion exchange column was p assed through to replace the negative ions leaving vanadium ions measured by sp ectrop hotometry which are illust rated in table (3). applications the prop osed method was app lied to the quantitative determination of chromium and vanadium in biological samples (blood and urine for chromium, and p lants and foods for vanadium). chromium and vanadium ions were determined in samples after treatment (2-4). the absorp tion was measured for the samples after treatment and after adding (0, z, 2z, 3z) mg.ml -1 of metal ions to (5ml) of samples in (25ml) volumetric flask. fig. (16) and fig. (17) showed the relationship between chromium ions added to the samples (urine, blood) and fig. (18) showed the relationship between vanadium ions added to the samples (mushroom, cereal and st rawberry) against the absorbance, the intercep t p oint (c) represented the amount of metal ions. recovery for total amount of metal ions and recovery for the amount of metal ions in samp le only (from calibration curve) were calculated and the quantity of metal ions found in samples using sp ectrop hotometric method (3-1) as shown in tables (6), (7) and (8) resp ectively. conclusions in the light the present study the following conclusions were drawn: the feasibility of the uv-vis sp ectroscop ic st udy to determine the trace elements in biolo gical samp les. the possibility of using thermody namic calcu lations (ece ll, keq. and δg) to determine the way in which the interfering ions can affect t he determination of cr (vi) and v (i v). the method was app lied successfully for the determination of trace amount of cr (iii), cr (vi), v ( v) and v (i v) in bio logical samp les and foods with no effects or it had a little ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 interference by ions in samples with using ion-exchange columns to overcome the interferin g ions. the p ossibility of extending the ideas and results obtained from this work to st udy the medical, p harmaceutical and biolo gical samples due to their simplicity , sp eed, high sensitivity (low detection limit) and economy, in addition to the high accuracy since the results showed that the comp lex formation sy stem was the most suitable one to determine the chromium and v anadium ions in biology and livin g without the need for pretreatment. re ferences 1. shanker,a.k.; cervants,c. ; loza-tavera ,h. and arudainay agam,s. (2005) environ. int., 31:739-753. 2. kot as ,j. and stasicka, z. (2000); environ. pollut, 107: 263 3. repinc ,u.k. and benedik, l. (2004)acta chim. solv., 51: 59-65. 4.v.aroncibia, m .volderrama, k.silva, and t.tapia, (2003); journal of chromatography b, 785:303-309. 5. threep rom,j.; purachaka,s. and pot ipan,l. (2005); journal of chromatography a, 1073: 291-295. 6. geaffrey , w. and albert,c.f. (1966), “advanced inorganic chemistry ”, 5 th ed. new york, 821. 7. nukatsuka,i. ; shimizu ,y. and ohz eki,k. (2002); anal. sci., 18:1009. 8. awofolu,o.r. (2004) ajst, 5: 15-21. 9.villani, p. ; cordelli,e.; leop ardi,p.; siniscalchi, e.; veschetti, e. ; m .fresegna a. and crebelli,r. (2007); toxicology letters, 170:11-18. 10. kiran kumar ,t.n. and revanasiddap p a ,h.d. (2005)j. of the iranian chem. soc., 2(2): 161-167. 11. soy lak,m . ; saracoglu,s. ; divrikli ,u. and elci,l. (2005); talanta, 66:1098-1102 12. sahay am,a.c. ; venkateswarlu,g. and chaurasia,s.c. (2005); analytica chimica acta, 537:267-270. 13. fernandesa, k.g.; nogueira,a.a.; gomes netoc, j.a. and nóbregaa, j.a. (2004); j. braz. chem. soc., 15: 676-681. 14. amorim,f. ; lima,d.; amaro,j.a. ; valea,m . and ferreira, s. (2007); j. braz.chem. soc., 18:1566-1570. 15. gavazova ,k.; lekovaa, v. and patronovb g. (2006)acta. chim. solv., 53: 506-511. 16. hu, m . and coetzee,p. (2007); anal. chim. acta., 3: 291-29. 17. hu ,m . and coetzee p. (2002); anal. chim. acta. , 28:37-44. 18. sumida,t. ; sabarudin,a. ; oshima ,m . and m otomizu,s. (2006) j.soci.analy . chem, 22:161-164. 19. agrawal ,y.k. and thaker; d.n. chem. soc. confere. & exhib., (2007), jan. 23-24. 20. hamid, s.; m ohammad,a. ; dadfarnia ,s. and taei, m . (2007); turk j chem, 31:191-199. 21. nakano,s. ; tanaka ,e. and m izut ani ,y. (2003); talanta, 61:203-/210 22. narayana, b. and cherian,t. (2005); j.braz.chem.soc, 16, 197-201. 23. el-shahawi, m .s.; hassan,s.s.m . ; zy ada m .a. and el-sonbati, m .a. (2005); analytica chimica acta, 534: 319–326. 24. ghaedi,m .; asadp our ,e. and vafaie,a. (2006) sp ectrochimica acta part b, 63: 182-188. 25. suvarap u,l.n. ; somala,a.r. ; bobbala, p.; inseong ,h. and ammireddy v.r. (2009) e. journal of chem., 6(s1):459-465. 26. kumar,k.s. ; kang,s.h. ; suvardhan ,k. and kiran, k. (2007) environmental toxicology and pharmacology , 24:37-44. ibn alhait ham j. for p ure & ap p l. sci vol. 23 (3 ) 2010 27. kumar,k.s. ; suvardhan,k.; krishnaiah,l. ; janardhanam, k.; jay araj b. and chiranjeevi, p. (2007) talanta, 71: 588-595. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 28. m arczenko z. “sp ectrop hotometric determination of elements”, (1976), warsaw; 213223. 29. vogel, (1979), “textbook of m acro and semimicro qualitative inorganic analysis”, 5th ed. longman, 256. 30. jassim ,a.h. and kasim, b.b. (2007); j.of al-nahrain university science, 10:14-22. 31. sharma, s.d. (1989), “op erations research and st atist ical analysis”, 1 st ed, p ublished by kedar.n.n & co-meerut, u.p.india 88-102. 32. j.m urdoeh and j.a.barnes, (1974), “ statist ical tables”, 2 nd edi, m acmillan. 33. b.l.valas and p.j.casta, (1978), “comprehensive coordination chemist ry ”, 541:2242, c.728 (ed.w.s.geofery). 34. by rne ,a.r. and kost a, l. (1978); soc.tot al environ., 10:17-30. 35. m y ron,d.r.; givand, s.h. and p.h.nielsen, (1977); j.agric food chem., 25:297-299. 36. sǒremark,r. (1967); j.nutr, 29:1873-190. table (1): outline for the results of the linear regression equati on of the complexes complexes sl op (b) b ŧ s * bt inte rsection (a) a ŧ s * at r r 2 % c r (vi) – dpc 0.32 ŧ 0.0073 0.0275 ŧ 0.0039 0.9985 99.7 c r (iii) – dpc 0.3098 ŧ 0.018 0.0448 ŧ 0.0095 0.9989 99.8 c r (vi) – bi py 0.284 ŧ 0.0089 0.013 ŧ 0.049 0.9995 99.9 v (iv) – s h 0.327 ŧ 0.0185 0.0257 ŧ 0.0100 0.9989 99.8 v (v) – 8-hq 0.2451 ŧ 0.013 0.0885 ŧ 0.072 0.9989 99.8 s * b: standard deviation of the slop sa: standard deviation of the intersection, t= table value table (2): the percentage of interferences effect of some posi tive and negative ions on the absorption i ntensity of dichromate ion [cr2o7 = ] under the same conditions for all measurements positive ions ppm effect % co 2+ cu 2+ m g 2+ ni 2+ cd 2+ m n 2+ zn 2+ v 4+ v 5+ 4 +8.26 +12.7 +8.85 -29.2 +15.7 -53.3 -13.22 +7.965 +12.41 16 +14.73 +21.81 +14.4 -35.39 +25.35 -21.3 -28.97 +42.63 +18.29 ne gative ions ppm effect % cl i br c2o4 = io3 s2o3 = no3 4 +6.37 +19.44 +5.04 -10.47 -62.54 -38.7 -50.4 16 +15.46 +25.55 +10.21 -15.52 -66.47 -41.2 -85.3 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (3): the percentage of interferences effect of some posi tive and ne gative ions on the absorption inte nsi ty of vanadyl ion [vo 2+ ] under the same conditions for all measurements positive ions ppm effect % co 2+ cu 2+ m g 2+ ni 2+ cd 2+ m n 2+ zn 2+ 4 +7.92 + 9.57 +5.29 +1.52 +17.3 -15.62 -16.53 16 +11.54 +19.65 +23.14 +8.3 +15.56 -23.32 -27.273 ne gative ions ppm effect % cl i br cr2o7 = c2o4 = io3 s2o3 = no3 4 -11.5 +12.1 -12.31 -71.9 -22.3 -41.98 +44.8 +19.54 16 -43.7 +6.4 -25.62 -112 -2.48 -19.5 +47.19 +21.33 table (4): the percentage of interference effect before and after separation of cr (vi) ions positive and negative ions interferences concentration of ions interferences with 4 ppm of metals ions percentage of interferences effect before se paration after se paration cu 2+ 4pp m +12.7 +3.45 mg 2+ 4pp m + 8.85 +2.26 ni 2+ 4pp m 29.2 -5.84 i 4pp m +19.44 +9.54 s 2o3 = 4pp m 38.7 6.61 no 3 4pp m -50.4 -17.8 table (5): the percentage of interferences effect before and after se paration for v (iv) ions ne gative ions interferences concentration of ions interferences with 4 ppm of metals ions percentage of interferences effect before se paration after se paration i 4pp m +12.1 +5.81 s 2o3 = 4pp m +44.8 +14.5 no 3 4pp m +19.54 + 8.33 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (6): s pectrophotome tric determination of cr (vi) ion in urine samples the presenc e of cr in differen t urine sample s the quantity of cr found in urine sample onl y (practic al) mg.ml -1 v the amount of standard chromium added to the urine sample (the oretic al) mg.ml -1 y the quantity of cr found (practical) [in urine sample + quantity of cr added (the oretica l)] x 1 the quantity of total cr (urine sample + the amount of cr added) (the oretic al) x 2 recover y for the total amount of chromiu m the quanti ty of cr found in urine sample mg.ml 1 ( x1 -y ) recove ry for the cr found in urine sample (1) exhibiti on 0.874 z: 1.748 2z: 3.496 3z: 5.244 z: 2.621 2z: 4.367 3z: 6.111 2.622 4.37 6.118 99.96 100.93 99.885 0.873 0.871 0.867 100.11 100.34 100.81 (2) nonexhibiti on 0.685 z: 1.37 2z: 2.74 3z: 4.11 z: 2.052 2z: 3.418 3z: 4.792 2.055 3.425 4.795 99.85 99.796 99.94 0.682 0.682 0.682 100.44 101.03 100.44 table (7): s pectrophotome tric determination of cr (vi) ion in blood samples the presenc e of cr in differen t blood sample s the quantity of cr found in blood sample onl y (practic al) mg.ml -1 v the amount of standard chromium added to the blood sample (the oretic al) mg.ml -1 y the quantity of cr found (practical) [in blood sample + quantity of cr added (the oretica l)] x 1 the quantity of total cr (blood sample + the amount of cr added) (the oretic al) x 2 recover y for the total amount of chromiu m the quanti ty of cr found in blood sample mg.ml 1 ( x1 -y ) recove ry for the cr found in blood sample (1) exhibiti on 0.902 z: 1.804 2z: 3.608 3z: 5.412 z: 2.707 2z: 4.520 3z: 6.313 2.708 4.510 6.314 99.96 100.22 99.98 0.903 0.912 0.901 99.98 98.90 100.11 (2) nonexhibiti on 0.572 z: 1.144 2z: 2.288 3z: 3.432 z: 1.715 2z: 2.863 3z: 4.003 1.716 2.860 4.004 99.94 100.10 99.98 0.571 0.575 0.571 100.18 99.48 100.18 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (8): s pectrophotome tric determination of v (iv) ion i n foods samples the presenc e of v in foods sample s recod ed value µg.kg the quantit y of v found in food sample s only (practic al) mg.ml -1 v the amount of standard vanadiu m added to the food sample s (the oreti cal) mg.ml -1 y the quantity of v found (practical ) [in food sample s + quantity of v added (the oretic al)] x 1 the quantity of total v (food sample s + the amount of v added) (the oreti cal) x 2 recove ry for the total amoun t of vanadi um the quant ity of v found in food sampl es mg.ml 1 ( x1 -y ) recov ery for the v found in food sample s (1) mushro om sample s a*: 502000 (dry ) 1.312 z: 2.624 2z: 5.248 3z: 7.872 z: 3.935 2z: 6.570 3z: 9.185 3.936 6.560 9.184 99.975 100.15 100.01 1.311 1.322 1.313 100.07 6 99.24 99.924 (2) cereal sample s b*: 31.41 (dry ) 0.924 z: 1.848 2z: 3.696 3z: 5.544 z: 2.773 2z: 4.610 3z: 6.467 2.772 4.620 6.468 100.04 99.78 99.98 0.925 0.914 0.923 99.89 101.09 100.11 (3) strawbe rry sample s c*: 93 (dry ) 0.761 z: 1.522 2z: 3.044 3z: 4.566 z: 2.282 2z: 3.806 3z: 5.325 2.283 3.805 5.327 99.96 99.95 99.96 0.760 0.762 0.759 100.13 99.87 100.26 a*=st udy 1 (34 ) , b*=st udy 2 (35) , c*= st udy 3 (36) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig. (1) a:comparison of the absorption spectra of (a) reagent at (dpc=25.8 mm) (b) metal ion at (cr (vi) =6ppm) and (c) complex at (cr (vi) =6pp m, ph=8-8.5, λma x = 542nm, dpc=25.8mm). fig. (1) b :comparison of the absorption spectra of (a) metal ion at (cr (vi) =8pp m) (b) reagent at (bip y=0. 6mm) and (c) complex at (cr (vi) =8ppm, ph=4-4.5, λma x=308nm, bipy=0.6mm). fig. (2) a:comparison of the absorption spectra of (a) metal ion at (v (iv) = 8pp m) (b) complex at (v (iv) =8ppm, ph=5-5.5, λma x=225nm, sh=3mm) an d (c) reagent at (sh=3mm). fig. (2) b:comparison of the absorption spectra of (a) metal ion at (v (v) =8p pm) (b) reagent at (8-hq =1mm) an d (c) complex at (v (v) =8ppm, ph=3. 5-4.5, λma x=550nm, 8-hq =1mm). fig. (3): comparison of the absorption spectra of complex (a) starting with cr(vi) at (cr(vi)=8pp m, ph=8-8.5, λma x=542nm, dpc=25. 8mm ) (b)starting with cr(iii) at (cr(iii)=8pp m, ph=8-8.5, λma x=542nm, dpc=25. 8mm ) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 [cr(iv)]mm a b s o r b a n c e i n te n s e ty fig. (4) a : ef fect of reagent concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [cr (vi)-dpc] at (cr (vi) =6ppm, ph=8-8.5, λma x =542nm, dpc=25.8mm) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 [bipy] mm a b s o r b a n c e i n te n s it y fig. (4) b: ef fect of reagent concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [cr (vi)-bipy] at (cr (vi) =8ppm, ph=4-4.5, λma x=308nm, bipy=0.6mm). fig. (5): a-ef fect of reagent concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [vo-sh] at (v (iv) =8ppm, p h=5-5.5, λma x=225nm, sh=3mm) fig. (5): b-ef fect of reagent concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [v(v)-8-hq ] at (v(v)=8pp m,ph=3.5-4.5,λma x=550nm, 8-hq =1mm ). fig. (6): ef fect of p h solu tion on the absorbance intensity of the complex [cr (vi)-bipy] (a) existence both cr (vi) ion an d reagent solution with h 2so 4 at (λma x =308 nm) (b) existence reagent only at (λma x =350nm). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig. (7): a-ef fect of ph solu tion on the absorbance intensity of the complex [vo-sh] (a) existence both v (iv) ion and reagent solu tion with ch3coona at λma x=225 nm (b) ex istence reagent only λma x=246 nm. fig. (7): b-ef fect of ph solu tion on the absorbance intensity of the complex [v (v)–8-hq ] (a) existence both v (v) ion and reagent solution with h2so 4 which prepare λma x=550nm (b) ex istence reagent only λma x=300 nm. fig. (8): a-ef fect of naoh concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [cr (vi)-dpc] at (cr (vi) =6ppm, ph=8-8.5, λma x =542nm, dpc=25. 8mm) fig. (8): bef fect of h2so 4 concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [cr (vi)-bipy] at (cr (vi) =8ppm, ph=4-4.5, λma x=308nm, bipy=0.6mm). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig. (9): aef fect of ch3coona concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [vo-sh] at (v (iv) =8ppm, ph=5-5.5, λma x=225nm, sh=3mm) fig. (9): b-ef fect of h2so 4 concentration on the absorbance intensity of the complex [v(v)8-hq ] at (v(v) =8p pm, ph=3. 5-4.5, λma x=550nm, 8-hq =1mm). fig. (10): ef fect of time on the absorbance intensity of the complexes (a) [cr (iii, vi) dpc] at (cr (vi) =6ppm, ph=8-8.5, λma x =542 nm, dpc=25. 8mm), (b) [cr (vi)bipy] at (cr (vi) =8ppm, ph=4-4.5, λma x=308nm, bipy=0.6mm), (c) [vo-sh] at (v (iv) =8ppm, ph=5-5.5, λma x=225nm, sh=3mm) and (d) [v (v)8-hq ] at (v (v) =8ppm, ph=3. 5-4.5, λma x=550nm, 8-hq =1mm). fig. (11): ef fect of ligh t on the absorbance intensity of complex [cr (vi)-dpc] at (cr (vi) =6ppm, ph=8-8.5, λma x =542nm, dpc=25. 8mm) (a) daylight eff ect (b) radiation light eff ect. fig. (12): ef fect of temperatures on the absorption intensity of the complex (a) [cr (vi)-dpc] at (cr (vi) =6pp m, ph=8-8.5, λma x=542nm, dpc=25. 8mm), (b) [cr (vi)-bipy] at (cr (vi) =8ppm, ph=4-4.5, λma x=308nm, bipy=0.6mm), (c) [vo-sh] at (v (iv) =8ppm, ph=5-5.5, λma x=225nm, sh=3mm) and (d) [v (v) 8-hq ] at (v (v) = 8pp m, ph=3. 5-4.5, λmax=550nm, 8hq =1mm). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig (13): acontinuou s variation plot for the complex [cr (vi)-dpc] at (cr (vi) =0. 5m, dpc=0. 5m) fig (13): bcontinuou s variation plot for the [cr(vi)-bipy] at (cr(vi)=0.5m, bipy=0.5m) fig. (13): c-continuou s variation method for the complex [vo-sh] at (v (iv) =0. 5m, sh=0. 5m) fig. (13): dcontinuou s variation plot for the complex [v(v)8-hq ] at (v(v)=0. 5m, 8-hq =0. 5m) fig. (14): th e suggested st ructure of the complex es (a) [chromium-1, 5-diph enylcarbazone] at 1 :2 ratios, (b) [chromium (vi)-2, 2'-bipyridine] at 1:2 ratios, (c) [vo-thioglycolic acid] at 3:2 ratios an d (d) [vanadium (v)ox ine] at 1:2 ratios ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig. (16): astandard add ition curve for the determination of chromium in ex hibition urine sample (1) through the relationship between the amount of chromium added and the amount of absorbance intensity. fig. (16): bstandard add ition curve for the determination of chromium in non -ex hibition urine sample (2) through the relationship between the amount of chromium added and the amount of absorbance intensity fig. (17): astandard add ition curve for the determination of chromium in exhibition blood sample (1) through the relationship between the amount of chromium add ed and the amount of absorbance intensity fig. (17): bstandard add ition curve for the determination of chromium in non -ex hibition blood sample (2) through the relationship between the amount of chromium add ed and the amount of absorbance intensity. fig. (15): a-lin ear calib ration curve for determination of (a) cr (vi) ion with dpc reagent, (b) [cr (iii)] ion with dpc reagent, (c) cr (vi) ion with 2, 2'-bipyridine reagent. fig. (15): b-lin ear calibration curve for determination of (a) v (iv) ion with thioglycolic acid reagent and (b) v (v) ion with 8-hq reagent [cr(vi), cr(iii )] ppm [v(iv), v(v)] ppm ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig. (18): astandard add ition curve for the determination of van adium ion in mushrooms sample (1) through the relationship between the amount of vanad ium add ed and the amount of absorbance intensity fig. (18): bstandard add ition curve for the determination of vanad ium ion in cereal sample (2) through the relationship b etween the amount of vanad ium add ed and the amount of absorbance intensity. fig. (18): c standard add ition curve for the determination of vanadium ion in strawberry sample (3) through the relationship b etween the amount of vanadium add ed and the amount of absorbance intensity. ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ازالة المتداخالت ودراسة طیفیة لتقدیر الكروم والفنادیوم وتطبیقات أسیل صالح منصور ،*بشرى بشیر قاسم ، أیاد حمزه جاسم ن قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة العلوم، جامعة النهری جامعة بغداد ،لومقسم الكیمیاء، كلیة الع * الخالصة ذج الحیـة وتقـدیر الفنـادیوم الربـاعي والخماسـي فـي النباتـات واالطعمـة طیفیـا اقدر الكروم الثالثـي والسداسـي فـي النمـ cr (vi)-bipy] ,[cr (iii, vi)-dpc]عـن طریـق تكـوین المعقـدات ], [vo-sh], [v (v)-8-hq] تكمـا درسـ دراســة و،ثبوتیـة المعقـد فـيكافـة وتأثیرهــا حیـث دراسـة المتغیــرات الفیزیائیـة والكیمیائیـة الظـروف الفضـلى لتكـوین المعقــد مـن واجـراء المعالجـات األحصـائیة الحدیثـة للبیانـات التحلیلیـة ،تحضـیر منحنیـات المعـایرة للمعقـدات المحضـرة و طبیعة المعقدات، ت مـن الناحیـة الداینمیـة الحراریـة مـن خـالل حسـابات میكانیكیة التفاعال تتأثیر المتداخالت وقد فسر تالناتجة كما درس ece ll , keq. , ∆g امكانیة ازالة هذه المتداخالت األیونیة باستخدام اعمدة التبادل األیوني تكما درس. مـل.مـایكروغرام) 8-0.5(بمـدى cr(iii), cr(vi), v(iv), v(v) حضـر منحنـي المعـایرة لتقـدیر -1 ومعامـل v(iv), v(iv), cr(vi), cr(iii) 20 ،15 ،50 ،100وقـد وجـد ان حـد الكشـف لتقـدیر0.9995 -0.9985 االرتبـاط مـل/نـانوغرام -1 %98.9= وكانـت نسـبة األسـترداد المئـوي لتقـدیر الكـروم السداسـي فـي انموذجـات الـدم واألدرار، علـى التـوالي وقــد تـــم %101.09 ~ %99.24=طعمــة واألســترداد المئــوي لتقـــدیر الفنــادیوم الربـــاعي فــي النباتـــات واأل 100.81%~ .للنتائج التي تم الحصول علیها بالطریقة الطیفیة وطریقة األضافات القیاسیة الحصول على تطابق عال ihjpas microsoft word 58-72 58 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 effect of temperature and nickel concentration on the electrical and dielectric properties of polyethylene-nickel composites ghassan a. naeem dept. of biophysics / college of applied science(al-anbar university), received in :26/november/2015, accepted in :17/january/2016 abstract the effect of temperature range from 298 k to 348 k and volume filler content ф on electrical properties of polyethylene pe filled with nickel ni powders has been investigated. the volume electrical resistivity v  of such composites decreases suddenly by several orders of magnitude at a critical volume concentration (i.e. фc=14.27 vol.%) ,whereas the dielectric constant  and the a.c electrical conductivity ac of such composites increase suddenly at a critical volume concentration (i.e. фc=14.27 vol.%).for volume filler content lower than percolation threshold ф<фc the resistivity decreases with increasing temperature, whereas the dielectric constant and the a.c electrical conductivity of such composites increase indicating a semi-conducting behavior, where for ф> фc there is increase in the value of their resistivity, and decrease in the value of their dielectric constant and the a.c electrical conductivity ac with increasing temperature indicating metallic-conduction. keywords: conducting polymer, filler, polymer matrix, polyethylene, cpcm, percolation threshold 59 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction in our daily life we are surrounded by more and more articles produced of polymers rather than traditional materials such as wood, metals or ceramics. one of the main drivers contributing to the popularization of polymers is their ease of processing into complexly shaped parts at high speeds and low costs via relatively simple processes, such as extrusion, injection and compression modelling . complementary advantages of polymers are their low density and large range of specific properties due to these properties polymers are becoming attractive [1]. conducting polymer composite materials (cpcm), that consist of a random distribution of a conducting filler throughout an insulating polymer, deserve interest in several application fields [2].they have emerged as a new group of engineering materials lately. possible applications include (a) discharging static electricity, (b) heat conduction, (c) electrical shielding, (d) converting mechanical to electrical signals, (f) absorbing electrical waves, and (g) friction-antifriction materials. the materials are likely to have the following advantages in comparison with metals: high corrosion resistance, lower specific weight, ease of workability when manufacturing products of complex shapes are desired, cheapness, and great accessibility [3]. the purpose of use of fillers can be divided into two basic categories, first, to improve the properties of the material and second, to reduce the cost of component. metal-polymer composites are a relative new technological materials; their electrical characteristics are close to those of metals, whereas the mechanical properties and processing methods are typical for plastics. the conditions of electric charge transfer determine the electrical conductivity level and the dielectric properties of the heterogeneous system, in which polymer forms the matrix and conductive phase is formed by the dispersed metallic filler. the electrical properties of (cpcm) depend on several factors, including the kind of conducting filler, the spatial distribution of filler particles, the interaction between polymer and filler, and the contact interaction between particles [4]. by gradually increasing the filler content in a metal-polymer composite, the most significant changes in electrical and dielectric properties occur in a certain, relatively narrow critical region of filler content фc (percolation concentration).usually the percolation model is used for explaining the observed effects in metal-polymer composite[5]. the percolation theory is the most adequate for modelling conductivity of cpcm .it involves convergence of particles to distances at which the probability of transfer of current carriers between them becomes higher than zero. the so-called percolation threshold фc, i.e. the lowest concentration of conduction particles at which continuous conducting chains are formed, is easily determined from the experimental dependence of conductivity on the filler concentration. it is a very useful tool to probe the filler distribution within a polymer matrix [6]. increased attention has been paid in recent years to the researches on polymeric composites in general and pemetal composite in particular .a brief summary of various experimental studies on pemetal composite is given below. turner and co-workers [6-9] reported early works on polyethylene-ni composites. they made preliminary investigations on polyethylene-ni and polyurethane-ni systems. their studies showed that the critical composition of metal could be reduced considerably by segregation of the metallic particles. segregation was effected by admixture of large particles of polymer with smaller particles of metal followed by compaction. horibe et al [10] investigated the effect of the content and particle size of carbon black filler on the electrical conductivity of the pe-c.b composite. the study of composites showed that the resistivity of pe-c.b composites decreased with the increaseof c.b content, and the smaller the c.b. particle size is the lower resistivity of the pec.b composites. ismail [11] studied the electrical resistivity and tensile properties of composites formed by the incorporation of metal such as al, cu & fe in pe matrix. it is 60 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 found that the electrical resistivity of the composites is governed by the shape of filler and amount of filler content. the aim of this paper focus on study of the effect of filler concentration and the effect of temperature on the electrical properties of pe-ni composites. it is important from the practical point of view because composites are used extensively in many industrial applications. experimental part 1. materials the materials used in this work were: a. high-density polyethylene is used as polymer matrix, a non polar polymer. it is light polymer with a density approaching 0.95-0.97g/cm3. polyethylene is commercially available , the commonly used polyethylene due to its ability for modeling in various ways and tempting properties such as high density, good mechanical properties, good dielectric in high frequency and possesses a good resistance against corrosion because it is inert against chemicals. b. nickel powder from (metco ltd. england) of particle size 75-100 microns with a density8.902 gm/cm3. 2. preparation of pe-ni composites a certain amounts of polyethylene and nickel powders were mixed by a rotary blender until a homogeneous product was obtained. the mixture was compacted in steel cylindrical of diameter 3 cm under a pressure of 110 bar for 10 min at 110oc, the die was then cooled to 50oc by tapped water. the compacted sample was ejected from the die and allowed to cool reaching room temperature. the specimens were molded in disc-shape with a diameter of about 30 mm and a thickness ranged between 0.9 and 1.5 mm. table1 gives the list of weight percentage of all the pe-ni specimens and their equivalent volume percentage. the weight percentage of ni powder is given by: %100.%  t ni w w niofwt ……...…(1) whereas the weight percentage of pe powder is: %100.%    t nipe w ww peofwt …(2) where tw : the total weight of sample, niw : weight of ni powder and pew : weight of pe powder .the volume percentage of ni powder is given by: %100.%  pe pe ni ni d w d w niofvol ……(3) where nid : density of ni powder and ped : density of pe powder. 3. optical micrograph all samples of pe-ni composites were examined by the optical microscope from (olympus – bh-22) which have a maximum magnification power of ( 500 ) and equipped with light intensity automatic controlled camera. 61 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 4.measurement of dc electrical properties the resistivity data were obtained with specimens shaped according to astm, d257 66 standard. figure.1a by means of the three electrodes arrangement [12].this technique has been used to decrease the effect of the fringing of the electric field at edges, and to distinguish between the surface and the volume resistivity of the sample ,therefore it permits measuring the bulk resistivity of the material. in figure(1b a) schematic representation of the preferential current paths and the equivalent electric circuit are shown .rs represent the surface resistance between the guard and the guarded electrodes ,rv the volume resistance between the guarded and the bottom electrodes ,and rg is the guard resistance between the guard and the bottom electrodes. the complete system of the d.c. volume resistivity measurement is shown in figure 2.the electrodes were made of copper metal, and a uniform pressure on the specimen was applied by four adjustable screws, the electrical input was provided by means of stabilized d.c. power supply (philip harris limited) which provide an output voltage from 0 to 3000 volt .the output current was measured by keithley 616c / digital solid state electrometer. the keithley electrometer provides direct reading current ranges to 10-12 ampere full scale .the test samples are in the form of disc like shape, the disc surfaces were covered by a (al) leaf to ensure uniform electrical contact and to minimize the contact resistance. the test sample is placed between the two electrodes and left at a desired temperature for half hour, then the desired test voltage is selected from the voltage supply and the current passing through the bulk of the test sample at this selected temperature ,is measured by the electrometer. the volume resistivity measurements were performed in the temperature range between298 k –348 k by using a temperature controlled oven (mlw) which has been shield against external electromagnetic field. 5.measurement of ac electrical properties figure (3) shows the guard electrode specimen holder which is situated in temperature controlled oven (mlw).as shown in the figure3, the high and low specimen holder terminals are connected to multi-frequency lcr meters(models hp-4274a & hp-4275a),and the third specimen holder terminal is connected to earth. the hp-4274a & hp-4275a are able to measure several parameters among them, the specimen capacitance c, dissipation factor tan  , and the phase angle ф. the hp covers a frequency range of 100hz to 10mhz. in this paper we use only 1khz because the dielectric constant is generally insensitive to the frequency increasing in the low and intermediate frequency range for non polar polymers[13]. all the wiring was shielded to reduce the noise which is readily detectable especially in case of high resistance measurements. results and discussion figure (4 )shows the optical micrographs of different composites. at 1.63 vol. % and 3.09 vol. % (fig.4a, 4b), the ni particles are randomly distributed and the matrix in whose lattice sites are made of metallic and no metallic particle sites, this means that if two metallic particles are at neighbouring lattice sites, there is interaction, but if they are separated by at least, one non-metallic particle, there is no interaction. at 11.33 vol. % (fig.4c), the concentration of filler sites is slightly below the threshold value, the ni particles tend to form conductive network so that a finite clusters are existed. at 17.22 vol. % and 21.63 vol. % (fig.4d, 4e), the conductive network have been form by touching conductive particles, the conductive network consists of infinite chains of interconnected sites. 62 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 d.c. electrical resistivity results the volume resistance for composites of various volume filler concentrations (0, 1.63,3.09,4.99,11.33, 17.22 and 21.63 vol. %) were measured during heating by the guard ring electrode method. the volume resistivity  v was determined from the equation [14]:  v =r v l a ……………….…………(4) where rv is the volume resistance between the guarded and the bottom electrodes in ohm measured as the ratio between desired applied test voltage and the current passing through the test sample, l is the average thickness of the sample; a is the guarded electrode effective area. figure (5) shows the electrical resistivity enhancement of the composite by increasing the volume filler concentration of the nickel filler at (t=298 k).at lower concentration of the filler [0, 1.63,3.09,4.99,11.33vol.% < фc=14.27 vol.%], the electrical resistivity of the composite decreases slightly; while at higher concentrations[фc=14.27 vol.%< 17.22 ,21.63 vol.% ], the resistivity decreases sharply where the composite becomes a good conductive substance. the slight decrease in resistivity may be due to the space charge effect caused by the addition of a small amount of nickel filler, in addition to the matrix impurities existing in the used commercial polyethylene. at high filler content [17.22 21.63 vol.%], the amount of the interconnecting networks is increased ( see figures.4d, 4e) and the contact resistance between the filler is decreased, and hence a good electron conduction is achieved resulting in transformation of the polymer insulator to a good conductive polymer composite. figure (6) shows the variation of the electrical resistivity of various prepared composites over a temperature range of 298 k to 348 k. at filler concentrations [0, 1.63,3.09,4.99,11.33vol.% < фc=14.27 vol.%], the resistivity of the substance is high and decreases with increasing temperature, i.e. the temperature coefficient of resistance is negative, similar to typical semiconductors. for specimens highly concentrated with nickel filler[17.22, 21.63 vol.% > фc=14.27 vol.%], the resistivity increases slightly over the testing temperature range and the temperature coefficient of resistance becomes positive, similar to typical metals .as a summary of the thermal behavior of resistivity of the composites, we can say that the observed decrease of the resistivity of low filler content specimens with temperature results from two contributions in the conduction mechanism. the first one is hopping that arises from the space charge effect in the contact regions because of the presence of free ions in commercial polymers, and the second is the addition of a small amount of nickel filler. the slight increase of the electrical resistivity of highly filler composites with temperature indicates a metallic-type conduction mechanism due to conductive networks, where the thermal expansion and result in increasing resistivity with temperature effects cause a reduction in contacts between the fillers in the network[7]. figures (7&8) show the relation of log v  against the reciprocal temperature, from the slopes of best fit of these curves the activation energy ea for pe-ni specimens can be calculated by using the equation [15]: v = 0 exp (‐ rt ea )…..…………. (5) where ρ is the measured electrical resistivity, 0 is constant, r is the universal gas constant, and t is the absolute temperature figure (9) shows the variation of the activation energy and filler content, that ea decreases rapidly with the filler concentration of composites. the ea of the thermal activated 63 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 rate process decreases from about 21.44 kcal.mol-1 (typical for polymers) to about 1.92 kcal. mol-1 (typical for conductive or semi-conductive composites).the same effect has been reported by some researchers [15,16] . . it can be seen from figure (9) that there are mainly three different trends of behavior of the bulk resistance with temperature and filler content. these three trends correspond physically to different electrical conduction process occurring in the polymer composite and depend on their modified structure. one process with specimens low filler concentrations [0,1.63,3.09,4.99 vol.% < фc=14.27 vol.%] which have high activation energy value [21.44 kcal.mol-1,20.2 kcal.mol-1,17.32 kcal.mol-1&14.84 kcal.mol-1] result from the existence of large resistance contact gives the composites more insulating behavior. the second process with specimen's medium filler concentration [11.33 vol. % < фc=14.27 vol.%] which have medium activation energy value [12.11 kcal.mol-1. 1 ] arises from the hopping mechanism. while the third process with specimens high filler concentration [17.22, 21.63 vol. % > фc=14.27 vol.%] which have low activation energy value [2.16 kcal.mol-1, 1.92 kcal.mol-1] result from a metallic-type conduction mechanism due to conductive networks, a case which reflects that a new conductive polymer composite is constructed from the insulating polymer polyethylene. a.c. electrical conductivity results the variation of dielectric constant,  , as function of nickel concentration and temperature is shown in figure 10.the values of the real component ,  ,were calculated from the equation [17]:  = oc c ………………….……..… (6) when the nickel concentration is below the threshold value ( i.e.0,1.63,3.09,4.99,11.33 vol.%< фc=14.27 vol.%) the ,  , values are low, characteristics of dielectric behaviors, the figure 10 show that the ,  , value in first and second doped specimens are slightly lower than that of pure material. this could be attributed to oxidation effect, which may be eliminated in higher nickel concentration. increasing the nickel concentration results in increasing the average number of contacts among the nickel conductive particles which results increasing,  ,value. when ni concentration equal or above the threshold value (фc=14.27 vol.%) dielectric constant of very high value approaching infinity, this case can be explained by bruggeman's[17]formula, when ni concentration equal or above the threshold value (фc=14.27 vol.%) the long chain emerging through connecting nickel particles will be formed ,i.e. one cluster consisting of infinite number of metal particle will be formed. , the value in this case will be approaching one  1 , when substituting the value in the bruggeman's formula:                  33 111     makes dielectric constant of very high value approaching infinity. locking back to the figure(10) the effect of increasing temperature on the  value is shown. heating up the specimens result in slightly increasing value of specimens of nickel concentration below the threshold value (фc=14.27 vol.%) ,characteristics of semiconductor-type behaviors. whereas for specimens ni concentration equal or above the threshold value (фc=14.27 vol.%) the, ,values are decreased with increasing temperature are characteristics of metallic-type behaviors. 64 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the variation of a.c electrical conductivity, ac , as function of the volumetric filler content of pe-ni composites in temperature range from 298 k to 348 k is shown in figure 11, the data were calculated from the equation : ac = 2 ƒ o   …..……...……… (7) where o is the permittivity of free space { o =8.854 x10-12 f. m-1}, ƒ is the frequency and   is dielectric loss.   =  . tan  ………………...…...(8) where tan  is loss angle δ[17]. the a.c conductivity, ac , of pe-ni composites is increased slightly when the filler concentration is below threshold value (i.e. фc=14.27 vol.%),this behavior can be explained by the polarization effect and hopping, i.e. a polarization effect since the nickel concentration is insufficient to form an infinite conducting network ,i.e. the polarization between these finite networks (clusters) as well as the hopping of the electron between adjacent states, randomly distributed within these finite network. whereas for specimens ni concentration equal or above the threshold value фc the a.c conductivity, ac , increases sharply with increasing the filler concentration. this increase in the a.c conductivity, ac , could be attributed possibly to the formation of continues conducting cluster, hence a good electron conduction is achieved between the metal particles. the behavior of the a.c conductivity, ac , as function of temperature through heating can characterized by two kinds .the first kind occur at low filler concentration, the a.c conductivity, ac , of samples is low essentially, of insulating polymer, and increase slowly with increasing temperature. the second kind at higher nickel concentration, the a.c conductivity, ac , decreases slightly over the testing temperature range. conclusion from the results presented above the following conclusions may be drawn: 1. the electrical resistivity, dielectric constant and a.c conductivity of pe-ni composites are enhanced by increasing the filler concentration. 2. the electrical resistivity of pe-ni composites decrease suddenly by thirteen orders of magnitude from cm.10419.1 16 to cm.10332.9 2 when the filler concentration reach the threshold value фc=14.27 vol.% . 3. the electrical resistivity, dielectric constant and a.c conductivity of pe-ni composites showed temperature dependence in the range under investigation. 4. the calculated activation energy for the composites was found to decrease with increasing filler concentration 5. addition of nickel filler alter the electrical conduction mechanism of pe-ni composites. 65 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 references 1. kori , m.a.; kulthe ,m.g. & goyal,r.k. (2014), " influence of cu micro particles on mechanical properties of injection molded polypropylene/cu composites",international j. of innovative research in science,engenearing and technology" , vol.3,issue 6,14034-14043. 2. gubbels, f. s.; blacher, e.; vanlathem, r. ;jerome, r.; deltour, f.; brouers, ph.; te, ( 1995)," design of electrical composites: determining the role of the morphology on the electrical properties of carbon black filled polymer blends), macromolecules”, vol.28, pp .1559-1566. 3. mukhoapadhyay, r.; sadhan,k.de; basu, s. (1976)," effect of metal concentration on the electrical conductivity and some mechanical properties of polymethmethacrylatecopper composites", “j.appl.polym.sci.”,vol.20, pp .2575-2580. 4. zhou, s. z.; wang, y. ;zhang, & yi. zhang, (2006)," effect of different carbon fillers on the properties of pp composites: comparison of carbon black with multiwalled carbon nanotube","j.appl.poly.sci." , vol. 102 issue5, pp .4823 – 4830. 5. dahiya, h.s. ; kishore ,n. & mehra. r. m. (2007) ," effect of percolation on electrical and dielectric properties of acrylonitrile butadiene styrene/graphite composite",j.appl.poly.sci., vol. 106, issue3, pp .2101 -2110. 6. mameunya, ye .p. ; muzychenko, yv. v. ; pissis, p.; lebedev, e.v.& shut, m. i. (2002) ,"polymer engineering and science. 7. malliaris a., and turner, d.t. (1971) ," influence of particle size on the electrical . mixtures of polymeric and metallic powders “j.appl.phys.” vol.42, pp .614–18. 8. kusy, r.p. and turner, d.t. (1973)." electrical conductivity of a polyurethane elastomer containing segregated particles of nicke" ,“j.appl.polym.sci.”,vol.17 , pp .1631-1633. 9. scheer, j.e. and turner , d.t. (1971), "segregated metallic particles in polymers", advan. chem. ser., vol .99, 572-580. 10. horibe, h.; kamimura, t. & yoshida, k. ( 2005), "electrical conductivity of polymer composites filled with carbon black".japa. j.of appl. phys., vol .44, pp.2025-2029. 11. ismail, h. ( 2006 )." metal filled high density polyethylene composites – electrical and tensile properties", journal of thermoplastic composite materials, vol. 19 no. 4,pp 413-425. 12. al-rawi, s.s.; al-delaimi, m.n. & naeem al-heeti., g.a. (2001)," study of electrical conductivity of pvc-ni composites",j. college of education for women, vol.12, (3). 13. mark h.f., &gaylord,n.g.(1971),"encyclopedia of polymer science &engineering",2nd,vol.5, pp.531. 14. z.iqbal, m.; mamoor, g.m.; tariq bashir,m.s. irfan & manzorr, m.b. ( 2010), a study of polystyrene-metal powder conductive composites, j. of chemical engineering, ieb, vol .che.25,no.1,pp61-64. 15. hashim, a.; marza, a.; rabee, b.h. ; habeeb, m.a. ; abd-lkadhim , n. ; saad, a.; alrarmadhan , z. (2013),"characterization of electrical properties of (pva-lif) composites", chemistry and materials resaerch", vol .3,no.7 , pp.40-43. 16. hashim , a.; rabee, b.h. ; habeeb, m.a. & bd-alkadhim , n.a (2012)" characterization of electrical properties of (pva-tio2) composites".american j. of scientific research", 74.05-08. 17. panwar, varij kang, bongsik; park, jong-oh; park, sukho; mehra, r.m., (2009),"study of dielectric properties of styrene-acrylonitrile graphite sheets composites in low and high frequency region", european polymer j.,.45,.6. , 1777-1784. 66 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): list of weight percentage of all the pe-ni specimens and their equivalent volume percentage. volume percentage of the filler weight percentage of the filler symbol of sample 1.63 15 1 3.09 25 2 4.99 35 3 11.33 55 4 17.22 65 5 21.63 70 6 figure (1): (a) shape of the specimen and of the electrodes. (b) schematic representation of the preferential current paths and equivalent electric circuit. figure (2): schematic diagram of the dc volume resistivity measurements. 67 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (3): schematic diagram for the a.c. measurements. figure (4): photomicrographs of pe-ni composites )100( : (a) 1.63 vol. %,(b) 3.09 vol. %,(c) 11.33 vol. %,(d) 17.22 vol. % & (e) 21.63 vol.%. 68 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (5): the volume electrical resistivity, v  , of pe-ni composites as a function of ni concentration. figure (6): the volume electrical resistivity, v , of pe-ni composites as a function of temperature. 290.00 300.00 310.00 320.00 330.00 340.00 350.00 temperature (k) 1e+1 1e+2 1e+3 1e+4 1e+5 1e+6 1e+7 1e+8 1e+9 1e+10 1e+11 1e+12 1e+13 1e+14 1e+15 1e+16 1e+17 1e+18 1e+19 r e s is ti v it y ( o h m c m ) pure pe 1.63vol.% 3.09 vol.% 4.99 vol.% 11.33 vol.% 17.22 vol.% 21.63 vol.% 2.80 2.90 3.00 3.10 3.20 3.30 3.40 1000/t (k ) 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 19.00 l o g r e s is ti v it y pure pe 1.63 vol.% 3.09 vol.% 4.99 vol.% 11.33 vol.% 0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 volume percent of ni (vol.%) 1e+1 1e+2 1e+3 1e+4 1e+5 1e+6 1e+7 1e+8 1e+9 1e+10 1e+11 1e+12 1e+13 1e+14 1e+15 1e+16 1e+17 1e+18 1e+19 r e s is ti v it y ( o h m c m ) at t=298 k 69 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (7): variation of the volume electrical resistivity, v , with reciprocal temperature for pe specimens of low and medium ni concentration(i.e. ф<фc). figure (8): variation of the volume electrical resistivity, v , with reciprocal temperature for pe specimens of high nickel concentration(i.e. 17.22 & 21.63 vol.%). 70 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (9): variation of the activation energy, ae , of pe-ni composites with the filler concentration. 0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 volume percent of ni ( vol.%) 0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 a c ti v a ti o n e n e rg y ( k c a l / m o l) 71 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (10): variation of dielectric constant,  , of pe-ni composites with the filler concentration & temperature at f=1khz . figure (11): variation of the a.c conductivity, ac  , of pe-ni composites with the filler concentration & temperature at f=1 khz . 0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 volume percent of ni ( vol.%) 1e-9 1e-8 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 1e-2 1e-1 1e+0 1e+1 a c -c o n d u c ti v it y ( m h o /c m ) at t=298 k at t=308 k at t=318 k at t=328 k at t=338 k at t=348 k at f=1khz 0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 volume percent of ni ( vol.%) 1e+0 1e+1 1e+2 1e+3 1e+4 1e+5 1e+6 d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t at f=1khz at t=298 k at t=308 k at t=318 k at t=328 k at t=338 k at t=348 k 72 | physics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 والعزلية تأثير درجة الحرارة وتركيز النيكل على الخصائص الكهربائية نيكل-اثيلين بولي ات لمتراكب نعيمغسان عدنان قسم الفيزياء الحياتية / كلية العلوم التطبيقية / جامعة االنبار 2016/كانون الثاني/17قبل في:2015/ تشرين الثاني/26استلم في: الخالصة دى ي الم رارة ف ات الح أثير درج ن ت ل م ة ك ث دراس ذا البح ي ه م ف ن ت ى k 98 2م أثير k 348 إل بلنسا وت ات خصائص نيكل المضاف على اللل ф الحجمية ة لمتراكب د أن ni-peالكهربائي د وج ة , وق ة الحجمي ة الكهربائي المقاومي v  ة تقل بة الحرج )cф 14.27= بشكل مفاجئ ولعدة مراتب عندما تكون النسبة الحجمية للنيكل المضاف اكبر من النس vol.%)ين أن ي ح ائي ف زل الكهرب ت الع ن ثاب ل م ة,,ك ة المتناوب يلية الكهربائي زدادان ,ac,والتوص اجئي كل مف بش ة بة الحرج ن النس ر م اف اكب ل المض ة للنيك بة الحجمي ون النس دما تك ة )vol.%)cф 14.27= عن وحظ أن المقاومي د ل , وق رارة ة الح اع درج ع ارتف نخفض م ائي الكهربائية الحجمية ت زل الكهرب ت الع ن ثاب ل م زداد ك ا ي ة بينم يلية الكهربائي التوص ب المتناوبة ز بنس ات ذات تراكي بة لمتراكب رارة بالنس ة الح همع ارتفاع درج ة حجمي بة الحرج ن النس ل م ذا cф<ф اق وه ب المواد الشبه الموصلة السلوك مشابها لسلوك ه, أما بالنسبة لمتراكبات ذات تراكيز بنس ة ا حجمي بة الحرج ن النس ر م كب cф ф> ة فان ي قيم ادة ف اهناك زي ائي و مقاوميته ا الكهرب ت عزله ن ثاب ل م ة ك ي قيم اض ف ة وانخف يلية الكهربائي التوص وهذا السلوك مشابها بذلك لسلوك المعدن. مع زيادة درجة الحرارة المتناوبة ., عتبة التخللية cpcm بوليمرية , بولي أثيلين ,: لدائن موصلة , حشوه , مادة أساس الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 417-427 الفيزياء | 417 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 جل ودراسة -) النانوي بطريقة السول3tiox srx -1baتحضير المركب ( خصائصه التركيبية فاروق أبراهيم حسين قادر فراس محمد طعمة عباس بغدادجامعة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم)/قسم الفيزياء 2016/كانون الثاني/31قبل في :، 2015/تشرين الثاني/5استلم في : الخالصة جل –) باستعمال طريقة السول .34,0.32,0.0,0.328,0.26x=0) لقيم ( 3tioxsrx-1baحضر المركب النانوي ( ) وكذلك المجهر االلكتروني xrd وتمت دراسة الخواص التركيبية للمركب الناتج باستعمال فحص حيود االشعة السينية ( ا .) semالماسح ( ينية انه عة الس ود االش وأظهرت النتائج لجميع العينات المحضرة من خالل الفهرسة البرمجية لطيف حي ون (تمتلك الطور ا تبدال اي ة اس اهرة وان عملي رى ظ وار اخ د اط ون (2sr+لرباعي وال توج دل اي ور 2ba+) ب ر ط م يغي ) ل بيكة (2sr+ان زيادة تركيز أيون (كما تبين , المركب ت الش مَ ) c,a) ادى الى نقصان ثواب ن ث دة وم ة الوح م خلي ان حج نقص ون رر و وليامس اي ش ادلتي ديب ن مع وب م ي المحس عة -كما ان الحجم الحبيب ود االش ف حي ن طي وبة م ة المحس ول والكثاف ه ون ( ز أي ادة تركي نقص بزي ينية ت حوق 2sr+الس ات المس ين ان حبيب ح تب ي الماس ر االلكترون ور المجه الل ص ن خ ) . وم .شكال شبه الكروي لمحضر تتخذ ا .تصفية ريتفيلد ,xrd ,semجل , –باريوم سترونتيوم تيتانيت , السول -: الكلمات المفتاحية الفيزياء | 418 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 المقدمة ة في السنوات االخيرة حضير ودراسة خصائص المواد النانويةبتازداد االًهتمام وذلك بسبب خواصها الكيميائية والفيزيائي واد. ذه الم ات له م الحبيب أثير حج اريوم ( ]1[المميزة والناتجة عن ت ت الب ادة تيتاني د م ن or bt3batioتع ابهها م ا ش ) وم ة ات) ذperovskite crystals) لها نمط بلورات البيروفسكايت (3tioxsrx-1baمواد متعددة التبلور مثل ( الصيغة العام )3abo) ة واد الفيروكهربائي هر الم ن أش ) a = ba, sr, pb,….…), اذ أن(ferroelectric materials) م نلدرجات الحرارة العالية ستقراريتها الكيميائية وتحملها اتمتاز هذه المركبات ب إذ) ……,b=ti,ta,zrو( الً ع ت فض ثاب ا عزلها العالي ومعامل الفقد المنخفض ,كما ان ا ا وحجمه ر بتركبيه لخواص الفيزيائية والكيميائية لهذه المواد تتأثر بشكل كبي [2,1]الحبيبي وشكلها مما يزيد من امكانية استعمالها عمليا. كما في مركب تيتانيت ) aستبدال الجزئي للذرات او االًيونات عند الموقع (مركبات التيتانيت هي امكانية االمن مميزات ون ( اتالباريوم ذ تبدال أي د اس أيون(2ba+التركيب الرباعي عند درجة حرارة الغرفة , عن ب 2sr+) ب ى مرك ول عل ) للحص يم .]3[مستبدل و البديل متماثلي التكافؤاالًيونان ال إذ أنَّ ) or bst 3tioxsrx-1baباريوم سترونتيوم تيتانيت( ر ق عند تغي )x) ون ز أي ول 2sr+) أو تركي ن الحص ن الممك بح م واص الكه) يص ل الخ ب مث ذا المرك ة له واص نوعي ى خ ة و عل ربائي ون(العزلية الًن عملية اال ز أي ى تركي ادا عل ك اعتم ة وذل واص التركيبي ي الخ ؤثرة ف ذا )2sr+ستبدال قد تكون م ون ل و يك فه ة كالخواص الكهربائية والعزلية الًن هذه االًخيرة تعتمد وبقوة علىاالخرى خواص المادة أيضا في مؤثراً واص التركيبي الخ [4]) وغيرها.density) والكثافة (grain sizeوالمجهرية للمادة مثل الحجم الحبيبي ( ب وم تيتانيت خواصا مميزة يمكن االيمتلك مركب باريوم سترونتي ذا المرك دخل ه ددة اذ ي ات متع ي تطبيق ا ف تفادة منه س واع ف ان ا مختل ة منه ة متنوع زاء اًلكتروني نيع اج ي تص زل (ف ة الع عات عالي ) , high dielectric capacitorsالمتس ف ( ات (detectorsالكواش رية (sensors), المجس منات البص ن optical modulators),المض ر م ا الكثي ) وغيره هناك طرائق متعددة استعملت في تحضير هذا النوع من مركبات التيتانيت فقد تم تحضيره أما بطريقة [5]التطبيقات. ولsolid state reactionالحالة الصلبة ( تفاعل ة الس ا طريق ة ومنه ق الكيميائي ل (-) أو باستعمال أحد الطرائ ) sol-gelج [6]. انوي ( ب الن ير المرك و تحض ذا ه ا ه ن بحثن دف م يم اال3tioxsrx-1baان اله أثير ق ة ت تبدال () ودراس ي) xس ف التركيب البلوري وبعض الخواص التركيبية االخرى. الجزء العملي تعم م اس ولالل ات ة (الس ة الكيميائي انوي (-طريق ب الن ير المرك ي تحض ل) ف يم 3tioxsrx-1baج ) لق )x=0.34,0.32,0.3,0.28,0.26تع ة المس واد االولي ت الم اريوم ) وكان يتات الب ي أس ب ه ير المرك ي تحض ملة ف )2)coo3ch(ba),(merck,ا ترونتيوم (%99,الماني رات الس ا,3no(sr) (riedel(2), ونت ), %99,الماني انيوم ( ايد التيت ان,ti4o28h12c) (tciوايزوبروبوكس ك (%99,الياب امض الخلي ) 2o4h2c) ,وح )strt,2ميثوكسي االيثانول (2) ,%99,الصينo8h3c) (freak,99,المانيا%.( ة ( بة المولي تعملت النس ن (mol 1:1اس ل م يم (ba,sr : ti) لك ع ق والي ولجمي ى الت د x) عل رة ,وبع ات المحض ) للعين رات ك ونت امض الخلي ن ح بة م ة مناس ي كمي اريوم ف يتات الب ن اس ل م ة ك م اذاب ة ت ل عين تعملة لك واد المس ات الم وزن كمي ة distilled waterمن الماء المقطر ( السترونتيوم في كمية مناسبة ع كمي ائل م ) كما تم خلط ايزوبروبوكسايد التيتانيوم الس ن بة م ي (2مناس الط مغناطيس تخدام خ ده باس ى ح ل عل انول وك ي االيث ل magnetic stirrerميثوكس ت المحالي م خلط ) ث امض (pyrexالثالثة في دورق زجاجي كبير مقاوم للحرارة ( ة الح بط دال ارب ph) مع ض ا يق ى م ول ال ين الوص ى ح ) ال ى (5( ل ال رارة التفاع ة ح ت درج دها رفع ذه c°120) وذلك بإضافة الماء المقطر عند درجة حرارة الغرفة وبع ت ه ) وكان ائل مدةالدرجة ثابتة في تحضير جميع العينات ,بعد ول الس ين تح ك لح ع التحري ل م تمر التفاع بدأت الغازات بالتصاعد واس )solى ا الم () ال كل اله دها gelلش ذ ) بع ة (اخ د درج بقا عن خينه مس م تس رن ت ي ف ع ف دورق ووض دة (c°120ال 2h)) لم رن ئ الف م اطف ن ث ف م رعة التجفي من س ا يض ات مم ع الجه ن جمي رارة م ى الح لغرض تجفيف الجل ولضمان الحصول عل م طحوترك الى اليوم التالي ليبرد بعدها تم است رن ث ل نخراج الجل الجاف من الف ة وادخ ة خاص ي بودق حوق ف ع المس وجم وبc°900ن عند درجة (يالى الفرن لمدة ساعت ور المطل م ) لغرض الكلسنة والحصول على الط ات وت ع العين ير جمي تحض بالخطوات نفسها . الخواص التركيبية ينية ( عة الس ود األش تعمل )xrdدرست الخواص التركيبية للعينات المحضرة باستعمال تقنية حي از المس ان الجه وك وع (shimadzu 6000من نوع ( ن ن ينية م عة الس ث لألش وجي (αk-cu),والباع ول م ة åλ= 1.54) وط ) وبفولتي )40kv) وتيار (30ma) ة ية العالمي ات القياس ع البطاق ا م ول عليه م الحص ), jcpds), وبمقارنة النتائج والبيانات التي ت ).semباستعمال المجهر االلكتروني الماسح (كما تم دراسة تشكيل السطح للعينات ) d-spacing) للتركيب الرباعي باستعمال فسحة السطوح (c) وlattice parameters),(a)تم حساب معلمات الشبيكة( [7]لألشعة السينية وحسب المعادلة األتية. الفيزياء | 419 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 ………….. (1) d : داخل البلورة , (متوازيين متتاليين المسافة بين مستويينhkl معامالت ميلر ( . [8]باستعمال المعادلة االتية vوحسَب حجم خلية الوحدة ……. . . . [9] ) من طيف حيود االشعة السينية تم حساب الكثافة النظرية ( تيةوباستعمال العالقة اال ………… عدد افكادرو . الكتلة المولية و و خلية الوحدةعدد الذرات في zاذ ان ]shd() scherer –debye . (]10شرر ( -كما تم حساب الحجم الحبيبي باستعمال معادلة ديباي ……… اقصى ) , nm 0.154() ويساوي αk-cuالطول الموجي الخاص بالهدف ( ) , 0.9ثابت قيمته حوالي ( اذ ان ) .degزاوية سقوط االشعة السينية ( ) , rad) يقاس بوحدة (fwhmعرض عند منتصف القمة ( الحسبانالتي تأخذ ب )hall-williamson,( )h-wd( هول –وكذلك تم حساب الحجم الحبيبي باستعمال معادلة وليامسون . [11]للشبيكة البلورية (micro strain) االنفعال المجهري ) 5] ……… (+ [ h-w/= rad , (θاقصى عرض عند منتصف القمة nm (,β )الحجم الحبيبي ( h-wd و ) strain : االنفعال المجهري ( εاذ ان . 0.9ثابت يساوي تقريبا deg. (kزاوية سقوط االشعة السينية ( فهرسة طيف حيود االشعة السينية ات د معلم ات وتحدي تخالص المعلوم دة هي احدى الطرائق التي يمكن استعمالها الس ة الوح ي خلي م وه ع القم ن مواق م رض وم ذلك الغ دة ل ات مع تعمال برمجي الل اس فية تساعد في تفسير نموذج طيف حيود االشعة السينية وذلك من خ ا التص نه ل rietveld analysisالمعتمدة على تحليالت ريتفيلد ( ا تعم رض لكونه وري المفت ب البل ور التركي ). التي تستطيع ان تط ة الل المعاين ن خ ال , وم ا اص ز له ر مجه دة غي ات جدي يف معلوم تطيع ان تض ا ال تس ة لكنه ات التركيبي على تصفية المعلم وب ظ والمحس ود المالح ف الحي ين طي ة ب رية للمالئم نالبص ا يمك ا انه فية كم ة التص اح عملي دى نج ة م ي معرف اعد ف تس ية ءللتصفية تقود الى مال تخصيص معلمات جديدة ة رياض الل عالق ن خ رض . م وذج المفت وير النم ى تط ل عل مة جيدة تعم .[12]لحساب الشدة ولطور احادي وتقريبها بتعبير تحليلي يتضمن تأثيرات أجهزة القياس والمعلمات التركيبية | | ∅ ……… ة (ا ان إذ د النقط وبة عن دة المحس ام i , (kلش ل مع ر (يمث د hkl, (klالت ميل تقطاب وح ورنتز واالس ل ل م عوام تض ى aالتوجيه التفضيلي , koدالة انعكاس الشكل الجانبي , ∅التعددية , ة وعل عامل االمتصاص الذي يعتمد على سمك العين من نقاط البيانات . )i(قيمة الشدة الخلفية لعدد biyهندسة الحيود , ماr) (reliability factorsويتضمن برنامج التصفية عوامل موثوقية ( اق ( ة) او المس ا االتف ي agreementاحيان ) وه ار اعدالمعي ذي يس فية ال ة التص ة عملي حة لمتابع رات واض اء مؤش الل اعط ن خ فية , م ة التص ودة عملي ى ج م عل ي الحك ف وتعطى هذه العوامل على النحو االتي : :[12,13]) الذي يعطى بالعالقة االتية profile reliability factorعامل موثوقية الشكل الجانبي ( -أ ∑ | | ∑ ……… , : الشدة المالحظة والمحسوبة على التوالي . [13]) الذي يعطى بالعالقة االتية :(weighted profile reliabilityعامل موثوقية الشكل الجانبي الموزون -ب ∑ ∑ ……… الفيزياء | 420 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 iw عامل التوزينweighing لنقطةi : ويتم حسابه عند تلك النقطة بالعالقة االتية ……… ع -ت ة المتوق ل الموثوقي ة ( expected reliability factor(عام أن قيم ة ف ة عالي دة الخلفي ت الش ) wpr) اذا كان ر wprتصبح كبيرة تلقائياً وللحصول على قيمة مثالية فأن ( ذي يعب ) يجب ان تقترب من عامل الموثوقية المتوقع ال [13,14]عنه بالعالقة االتية : / / ……… n . عدد النقاط في طيف حيود المسحوق المالحظ : p . عدد المعلمات التي تجري تصفيتها : ) تمثل جودة عملية expr) و (wprلنسبة بين () تعكس نوعية البينات المستخدمة , لذلك فأن اexprان قيمة ( [14]) التي يعبر عنها كما يأتي :goodness of fitالمالئمة ( ⁄ ……….. عند اكمال عملية التصفية ستكون 2χ) ستكون صغيرة وقيمة exprفاذا كانت البيانات ذات جودة عالية فان قيمة ( ) . 1اكبر من الرقم ( النتائج والمناقشة للعينات المحضرة, اذ اظهرت انماط حيود ) انماط حيود االشعة السينية لجميع 1يبين الشكل ( اوالً . خصائص الطور : ) كما يبين الشكل وجود ثمانية قمم واضحة تعود للسطوح tetragonal phaseاالشعة السينية تشكل الطور الرباعي ( ) وعند مطابقتها 80-10(0 ضمن المدى الزاوي )111) (103) , (202) , (211) , (201) , (002,(,)101) , (100( ) , وبذلك يتضح ان استبدال ايون 0093-44) تبين انها مطابقة للبطاقة القياسية (jcpdsسية العالمية (مع البطاقات القيا )+2ba) 2+) باأليونsr قد حافظ على الطور ولم يتغير الى طور اخر لجمع قيم (x . ) dicvol 91تم فهرسة اطياف الحيود لجميع العينات باستعمال برنامج ( ثانيا . فهرسة اطياف حيود االشعة السينية : زمة لعملية الفهرسة ومدخالت البرنامج هي البينات المتحصلة الللفهرسة الذي يقوم بالتقاط الذروات وأجراء الحسابات ال . بعد ذلك تم إدخال ) f,2ө,step i2өمن جهاز حيود االشعة السينية لكل المدى الزاوي المفحوص على شكل ( ) rietveld analysis) الذي يعتمد على تحليالت ريتفيلد (fullprofمخرجات برنامج الفهرسة الى برنامج اخر هو ( لتصفية البنية البلورية والحصول على بيانات اكثر دقة لمعلمات الشبيكة من خالل مطابقة كامل الطيف المالحظ الذي تم على معطيات اً االشعة السينية وطيف الحيود المحسوب الذي يقوم البرنامج بحسابه بناء الحصول عليه من بيانات حيود ) يبين مواقع ذرات العناصر في الشبيكة البلورية الموضحة بالجدول رقم 3) . اما الشكل رقم (2االدخال كما في الشكل ( رمجية وكذلك المجموعات الفضائية والطور .) فيتضمن عوامل الموثوقية لنتائج الفهرسة الب2.اما الجدول رقم ( ) 1( ) وحجم خلية c),(a) نتائج كل من معلمات الشبيكة (3يبين الجدول رقم ( ثالثاً . حجم خلية الوحدة ومعلمات الشبيكة : نقصان ) يؤدي الى 2sr+) ومن خالل النتائج اتضح ان زيادة تركيز ايون (1,2المحسوبة باستعمال المعادلتين ( )vالوحدة ( )2ba+() اصغر من نصف القطر االيوني أليون 2sr+نصف القطر االيوني أليون ( الى أنَّ ) ويعود ذلك v,c,aقيم ( ) . وكذلك يبين الجدول ان النسبة 2sr+) يوضح تغير معلمات الشبيكة مع تغير تركيز أيون (4المستبدل والشكل رقم ( العينات مما يدل على وجود الطور الرباعي بالرغم من زيادة تركيز أيون ) تكون قيمتها اكبر من الواحد لجميع ⁄( )+2sr. ( ) تم حساب الكثافة النظرية من خالل طيف حيود االشعة السينية اذ اتضح من 3باستعمال معادلة ( رابعاً . الكثافة النظرية : ) وذلك بسبب تغلب الحجم على 2sr+ركيز أيون () نقصان الكثافة النظرية بزيادة ت3خالل النتائج المدرجة في جدول رقم ( تناقص الكتلة المولية توسط) هو اكبر من م2sr+تناقص حجم خلية الوحدة بزيادة تركيز أيون ( توسطالكتلة المولية اذ ان م حيود ) يوضح العالقة بين الكثافة النظرية المحسوبة من طيف 5ادى الى نقصان الكثافة النظرية والشكل رقم ( عدهاوب ) .2sr+االشعة السينية و تغير تركيز أيون ( ) وذلك من خالل 4تم حساب الحجم الحبيبي باستعمال معادلة ديباي شرر ( ) : grain sizeخامساً . الحجم الحبيبي ( بالحسبان) التي تأخذ 5هول رقم ( –) كما ايضاً حسَب باستعمال معادلة وليامسون 101منتصف القمة االعلى شدة ( ) ومن خالل النتائج اتضح ان الحجوم الحبيبية في 4نفعاالت المجهرية للشبيكة البلورية وادرجت النتائج في جدول رقم (اال الحجم الحبيبي ولربما يعود السبب في توسط) ادى الى نقصان م2sr+مدى الحجم النانوي كما لوحظ ان زيادة تركيز ايون ( ) وبما 2ba+) اصغر من نصف القطر االيوني أليون (2sr+أليون ( )adiusionic rذلك الى ان نصف القطر االيوني ( ) في الشبيكة البلورية أدى ذلك الى صغر المسافة بين االيونات وزيادة قوة 2ba+) تحتل مواقع أيونات (2sr+ان أيونات ( هول اكبر من –الحجم الحبيبي المحسوب من معادلة وليامسون توسطكولوم . ومن خالل مقارنة نتائج الطريقتين تبين ان م الفيزياء | 421 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 تأثير االنفعال بالحسبانهول قد اخذت –الحجم الحبيبي المحسوب من معادلة ديباي شرر وسبب ذلك ان معادلة وليامسون ة لزوايا حيود براك المجهري للشبيكة والذي بدوره يودي الى ازاحة مواقع القمم نحو الدرجات االكبر عن مواقعها االصلي ) في البطاقة القياسية.2( ين ((semباستعمال تقنية المجهر االلكتروني الماسح سادساً . فحص المجهر االلكتروني الماسح : , so) تم تصوير العينت s3كل ين الش ور العينت رت ص به ) أذ اظه م ش كل رق ح بالش و موض ا ه ة كم ب النانوي ات المرك ذه حبيب ذي تتخ روي ال الك من image –j) ,وباستعمال برنامج (6( ط ) وهو من البرامج التي تستعمل لتحليل الصور الذي يزودنا بملخص يتض متوس ) , اذ كان 7) الموضح بالشكل (d(الحجم الحبيبي متوسطمساحة الجسيمات الموجودة في الصورة ومن خالله نحصل على ز nm 067.36( 3s) , وللعينة os )nm 38.964متوسط الحجم الحبيبي للعينة ادة تركي ) . ومن خالل النتائج يتضح ان زي اب متوسط) ادى الى نقصان 2sr+ايون ( د حس ابقاً عن ا س ول عليه م الحص ي ت ائج الت ق النت لوك واف الحجم الحبيبي وهذا الس . ولألسباب المذكورة نفسها ) xrdالحجم الحبيبي من تقنية حيود االشعة السينية ( متوسط االستنتاجات رة ات المحض ع العين اعي لجمي ور الرب كل الط ح تش ينية يتض عة الس ود االش ف حي ن طي ون بم تبدال اي ن اس الرغم م )2+sr) 2) بدل ايون+ba . ينية عة الس ود االش ف حي ة لطي فية البرمجي ه التص ا اكدت ذا م اهرة وه ) وال توجد اطوار اخرى ظ ون (ال ضمنانه ب قيمة الحجم الحبيبي تبينومن حسا ز أي ادة تركي وحظ ان زي ا ل ) ادى 2sr+مدى النانوي لجميع العينات كم ي ر االلكترون ص المجه الل فح ن خ ة وم ة النظري ي والكثاف م الحبيب دة والحج ة الوح م خلي بيكة وحج ت الش ان ثواب ى نقص ال الل ح ن خ روي . وم كل الك به بالش كالً اش ذ ش ورة الماسح تبين ان الحبيبات النانوية تتخ الل ص ن خ ي م م الحبيب اب الحج س )sem) باستعمال برنامج (image –j اب د حس ا عن ول عليه م الحص ط) لوحظ تطابق النتائج التي ت ي متوس م الحبيب الحج ) .xrdمن تقنية حيود االشعة السينية ( الفيزياء | 422 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 المصادر 1. parviz, a.,(2011)," synthesis and characterization of barium strontium titanate (bst) micro/nanostructures prepared by improved methods",ijnd,2(2), 85-103 . . 133-311"فيزياء الجوامد" , دار الفكر العربي , ,)2010( سليمان محمد امين , .2 3. souza, a. e. , (2011)," morphology and properties of (ba, sr, ca) titanate synthesized by microwave-assisted hydrothermal method" , iop publishing ltd, (18),1-4. 4. noor jawad ridha ,( 2009)," effect of sr substitution on structure and thermal diffusivity of ba1-xsrxt io3 ceramic " ,american j. of engineering and applied sciences, 2(4),661-664. 5. enhessarib, m.,(2011) ," wet chemistry synthesis of stoichiometric barium strontium titanate nano rods, ba1-xsrxtio3 (bst) through acetic acid gel (aag) technique" , journal of chemistry and environment, 15(2),397-400 . 6. teresa hungrı´a ,(2005) ," dense, fine-grained ba1-xsrxtio3 ceramics prepared by the combination of mechanosynthesized nano powders and spark plasma sintering", chem. mater, 17, 6205-6212 . 7. yendrapati taraka prabhu,(2014) ," x-ray analysis by williamson-hall and size-strain plot methods of zno nanoparticles with fuel variation", world journal of nano science and engineering,(2),21-28 . 8.sabah, a. salman,(2014)," effect of annealing and doping with (mo , v and ni) elements oxides on structural properties of batio3 thin films", diyala journal for pure science,2(10),98-114 . 9. farouq, i. ;hussain qader,(2014) ," structure ,rietveld refinement study of bacoxtixfe122xo19 ferrite using powder xrd analysis ",ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci,27(2),70-77 . 10. vinila v. s. ,(2014), " xrd studies on nano crystalline ceramic superconductor pbsrcacuo at different treating temperatures", crystal structure theory and applications,(3),1-9 . 11. yendrapati taraka prabhu,(2013) ," x-ray analysis by williamson-hall and size-strain plot methods of zno nanoparticles with fuel variation" , world journal of nano science and engineering,(4),21-28 . 12. mccusker l. b , (1999)," rietveld refinement guidelines", j. appl. cryst,(32),36-50. 13. al-dhahir, t.a , (2013) ," quantitative phase analysis for titanium dioxide from xray powder diffraction data using the rietveld method",diyala journal for pure sciences, 2(9),108-119. 14. tariq, a. al-dhahir,(2014) ," characterization of cdo film afm and xrd diffraction using rietveld refinement", ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci,27(1),83-92 . الفيزياء | 423 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 basrtio3مواقع ذرات المركب يبين :)1جدول (ال basrtio3 atom z y x 0 0 0 ba 0 0 0 sr 0.4820 0.5 0.5 ti 0.5150 0 0.5 o1 0.041 0.5 0.5 o2 عوامل موثوقية تصفية ريتفيلد يبين :)2جدول (ال phase space group gof χ2 rexp rwp rp x sample tetragonal p4mm1.82 3.33 39.6 46.6 35.7 0 s0 tetragonal p4mm1.38 1.91 37.0 36.4 28.5 0.26 s1 tetragonal p4mm1.39 1.94 36.9 35.2 27.0 0.28 s2 tetragonal p4mm1.52 2.34 28.4229.7 21.7 0.3 s3 tetragonal p4mm1.43 2.04 36.9 37.6 28.4 0.32 s4 tetragonal p4mm1.5 2.27 37.8937.9 28.3 0.34 s5 )3tioxsrx-1ba(معلمات الشبيكة والكثافة النظرية لعينات المركب يبين :)3جدول (ال ⁄v (å3) c/a c (å) a (å) x sample 6.007700 64.45475 1.005823 4.0250 4.0017 0.00 s0 5.718783 63.95839 1.000850 4.0014 3.9980 0.26 s1 5.696676 63.91682 1.000951 4.0008 3.9970 0.28 s2 5.674114 63.88005 1.001126 4.0005 3.9960 0.30 s3 5.674778 63.58165 1.001705 3.9958 3.9890 0.32 s4 5.661295 63.44150 1.002509 3.9950 3.9850 0.34 s5 هول –الحجم الحبيبي المحسوب من معادلة ديباي شرر ومعادلة وليامسون يبين :)4جدول (ال )3tioxsrx-1ba(واالنفعال الداخلي للشبيكة البلورية لعينات المركب strain*10-4dw-h (nm) dsh (nm) x sample 8.75 44.7 42.2 0.00 s0 15.20 36.4 27.8 0.26 s1 7.50 34.6 26.8 0.28 s2 8.00 33.8 26.6 0.30 s3 14.75 33.0 24.1 0.32 s4 5.50 29.4 22.7 0.34 s5 للعينات المحضرةطيف حيود االشعة السينية يوضح :)1شكل (ال الفيزياء | 424 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 تدل على الطيف المالحظ والخط االسود اءالطيف المالحظ والمحسوب لتصفية البنية البلورية , النقاط الحمر:) 2شكل (ال المتصل يدل على الطيف المحسوب والخط االزرق يدل على الفرق بين الطيف المالحظ والمحسوب والخطوط الزرقاء العامودية تدل على مواقع انعكاس براك مواقع الذرات في الشبيكة البلوريةيوضح :)3شكل (ال s 5 الفيزياء | 425 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 )2sr+الشبيكة مع تركيز أيون (ات متغير معليوضح :)4شكل (ال )2sr+تغير الكثافة مع تركيز أيون (يوضح :) 5شكل (ال الفيزياء | 426 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 s3و so تينالمجهر االلكتروني الماسح للعين صورة:) 6الشكل ( s3و so) للعينتين sem) لصورة (image-jملخص تحليل برنامج ( يوضح :)7الشكل ( so s3 sos3 الفيزياء | 427 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 synthesis of nano compound (ba1-xsrxtio3) by sol-gel method and study its structural properties farouq i. hussain firas m.tuamaa dept. of physics / college of education for pure science/(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 5/november/2015,accepted in :31/january/2016 abstract the nano compound (ba1-xsrxtio3) as (x=0,0.26,0.28,0.30,0.32,0.34) was synthesized by using sol-gel method, the structural properties of result compound were studied by using xray diffraction test (xrd) and scanning electron microscope (sem). the results were exhibited and by using software indexing to x-ray diffraction pattern that all prepared samples possess tetragonal phase and there is not any other phases were existed. also the substitution process didn't change the phase of compound and increase in (sr+2) ion concentration leads to decrease lattice parameters (a,c) then the unite cell volume was decreased, as the particle size calculated from debye-scherrer and williamson-hall equations , and the calculated density from x-ray diffraction spectrum exhibited they were decreased with increase of (sr+2) ion concentration, and scanning electron microscope pictures showed that prepared particles take a shape-like spherical shape. key word : basrtio3 ,sol – gel , xrd, sem, rietveld refinement. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 proposal for exchange text message based o n image r. j.mohammed departme nt of computer science,college of education i bn-al-haithem , unive rsity of baghdad received in : 1, septe mber, 2010 accepte d in : 13, march, , 2011 abstract the messages are ancient method to exchange information between p eoples. it had many way s t o send it with some security . encry p tion and st eganography was oldest way s t o message security , but there are st ill many p roblems in key generation, key distribution, suitable cover image and others. in this p aper we p resent p rop osed algorithm to exchange security message without any encry p tion, or image as cover to hidden. our p rop osed algorithm depends on two copies of the same collection images set (cis), one in sender side and other in receiver side which alway s exchange message between them. to send any message text the sender converts message to ascii code. chose one image from its (cis) .locate for each ascii code in red or green or blue band color of chosen image. store(x,y ) location and color of corresp ond value. aft er that draw lines in graphic line image (gli) by using this (x,y ) and s (letter sequence) and color with white background. then send the graphic lines image (gli) with serial number of chosen image from (cis) to receiver. after receiving the (gli) in other side, the receiver will choose image from its (cis) according to serial number which it received then doing some st eps to disp lay the extract message. key words: st eganography ,encry p tion , information hiding, mail ,history of mail, color image ,digital image. introduction the messages are old method to exchange information between p eoples, which had many way s t o p erform it .some of them clay p laques, wood p laques, p aper and others to write on it and then send by different ways without any security .in modern decade, the idea of exchange is st ill as it but the tools are different from country to other with more security and fast media to transfer it. m any methods had been used for message security . encoding letters more security transmition between sender and receiver but the difficulty is to find and exchange of secret keys. so the definition of encoding or cipher is the science of writing in secret codes , addresses all of the elements necessary for secure communication over an insecure channel, namely p rivacy, confidentiality , key exchange, authentication, and non-repudiation. but cryp tography does not alway s p rovide safe communication. ot her methods used for security message by hidden the message into p allet of image file. the p icture will not be modified, just the order of the color within the p alett e is slightly modified in order to keep our secret message ,a viewer unable to know what are the change, because the hidden message will be p ut inside the color p alett e using the lest significant bit(lsb). this method is from steganography methods .so the definition of steganography is the science of hiding information. whereas the goal of cryp tography is to make data unreadable by a third p arty , the goal of st eganography is to hide the data from a third p arty . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 ot her method mixed between encry p tion method and st eganography method to more p rotect. but in our prop osed algorithm to exchange security message without any encry p tion, or image as cover to hidden, by p resenting new method to p rotect message and send with higher security by using image color p allet not as in encry p tion or st eganography techniques by collecting set of image and sent it to receiver to use it with received graphic image, to extract text message without useing any key. history of post m ail, or p ost , is a method for transmitting information and tangible objects, where in written documents, ty p ically enclosed in envelopes and also small p ackages are delivered to destinations around the world. any thing sent through the post al sy st em is called mail or p ost . [1] the art of communication by written documents carried by an intermediary from one p erson or p lace to another almost certainly dates back nearly to the invention of writing. however, development of formal p ost al sy st ems occurred much later. the first documented use of an organized courier service for the diffusion of written documents is in egy p t, where pharaohs used couriers for the diffusion of their decrees in the territory of the state (2400 bc) . [2] anot her important p ost al service was created in the islamic world by the caliph m u'awiyy a; the service was called barid, by the name of the towers built to p rotect the roads by which couriers traveled. well before the m iddle ages and during them, homing p igeons were used for p igeon p ost , taking advantage of a singular quality of this bird, which when taken far from its nest is able to find his way home due to a p articularly developed sense of orientation. m essages were then tied around the legs of t he pigeon, which was freed and could reach his original nest . m ail has been transp orted by quite a few other methods throughout history , including dogsled, balloon, rocket, mule, pneumatic tubes and even submarine. [3] m odern mail is organized by national and p rivatized services, which are reciprocally interconnected by international regulations, organizations and international agreements. pap er letters and p arcels can be sent to almost any country in the world relatively easily and cheaply. the internet has made the p rocess of sending letter-like messages nearly instantaneous, and in many cases and situations corresp ondents use electronic mail where p reviously they would have used letters (though the volume of p aper mail continues to increase).[4] the ordinary mail service was imp roved in the 20th century with the use of p lanes for a quicker delivery . the world's first scheduled airmail p ost service took p lace in the united kingdom between the london suburbs of hendon, nort h london, and windsor, berkshire, on 9 september 1911. some methods of airmail p roved ineffective, however, including the united states post al service's exp eriment with rocket mail. [5] digital images color image can b e modeled as three band monochrome ima ge data, where each b and of the data corresp onds to a different color. the actual information st ored in the d igital image data is brightness information in each sp ectral band. when the image is disp lay ed, the corresp onding brightness information is disp lay ed on the screen by p icture elements t hat emit light energy corresp onding to that p articular color. typical color images are represented as red, green, and b lue or rgb images .usin g the 8-bit monochro me st andard as a model, the corresp onding color image would have 24 bit/p ixel – 8 bit for each color bands (r ed, green and blue). for many applications, rgb color information is transformed into mathematical sp ace that decoup les t he brightness information from the color infor mation. a di gital image is ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 a representation of a two-dimensional image usin g ones and zeros (binary ). dep ending on whether or not the image resolution is fixed, it may be of vector or raster typ e. without qualifications, the term "d igital image" usually refers to raster ima ges also called b itmap images [6]. images have a finite set of digital values, called picture elements or p ixels. the digital image contains a fixed number of rows and columns of p ixels. pixels are the smallest individual element in an image, holding quantized values that rep resent the brightness of a given color at any sp ecific point. [7] the idea of proposal algorithm for exchange secrets message (esm) the idea of p rop osal algorithm for exchange secret message is depends on collected set of images and gives each one of them serial number, then send to receiver a copy of this set images and with same serial number. now we have two copies of same set images one in sender side and the other in receiver side. as in fig (1). to send any text message the sender prepare the text message and choose one image from his image set with its serial number and convert first character of text message to its ascii value (which its value not more than 255) and then search for this ascii value in red band of chosen image if found then st ore location of this p ixel (by st ore (x,y )) . now we have four p arameters (x,y ,s and r) x,y :location of pixel s :sequence of character in text message and column number in graphic image. r:red color. by using these four p arameters to draw line in image box with st art p oint(s,x) and end p oint (s,y ),with red color for the following text message " steganography is the ancient art of embedding a secret message into a seemingly harmless message " by using one image from the bellow collection images set which is t he serial number for it (81239) show in fig (2) else if we not found ascii value of character in red band then search it in green band and determine four parameter with green color . else search for it in blue band and determine the four p arameter with blue color and draw line in image box. now we have one line with color red or green or blue in image box represents first character of text message this p rocedure repeat to each character one after other. aft er converting text message to color line we will get new image with line shap e with different colors in white background. add serial number of chosen image to graphical lines image (gli), and then send it to receiver. in receiver side, to extraction text message the receiver will: choose image from image set according to receive serial number and then read received graphic line image (gli) column by column to determine st arting p oint(s,x) and end p oint (s,y ) of color line ,now the reciever has four p arameters x,y ,s and color which means: x,y the location of pixel value in chosen image . s the sequence of character in text message and column number in graphic lines image (gli) c the color band of (x,y )p oint . not e:the value of p ixel(x,y ) for c color band rep resents character value (char1). repeat up p er procedure with each column of new line image (nli). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 concatenate char1,char2,…….charn to disp lay the text message. algorithm of proposal (esm) the prop osal algorithm has three st ages as following: 1s tart stages: to p rep are images set: 1.1 collection set images (cis) 1.2 gives serial number for each image in the set 1.3 sends cop y of collected images set (cis) with its serial number to receiver 2s ender si de stage : to send message : 2.1 chose one image from (cis) with its serial number 2.2 p repare text message 2.3 for i th character in text message convert it t o ascii code 2.4 for each p ixel in chosen (cis) comp ute red, green, and blue values as following: r= p ixel (x,y ) mode 256 g=int (p ixel(x,y ) /256) mod 256 b=int (p ixel(x,y ) /(256)^ 2 )mod256 where r, g and b >=0 and r,g and b<=255 2.5 locate for ascii value of i th character in r band of pixel color if found: store(x,y ) of p ixel location. store i th character in(s) which rep resents sequence of character store color band (cb) else repeat st ep 2.5 with g band of pixel color else repeat st ep2.5 with b band of pixel color 2.6 draw line in graphic line image (gli) use the following p arameters start p oint of line is(s,x) end point of line is(s,y ) color of line is (cb) 2.7 add 1 to i th 2.8 repeat st eps from 2.3 to 2.7 until end of text message. 2.9 sent graphic line image (gli) with white background and chosen (cis) serial number 3recei ver side stage : to extract text message 3.1 choose image from receiv ed (cis) according to receiv ed serial number r 3.2 for each co lumn in received (gli) with not white color locate for line start p oint and end point for -st ore start p oint in(s,x) in c th column -st ore end p oint in(s,y ) in c th column -st ore color of line in (cl) color line 3.3 locate for p ixel (x,y ) in chosen (cis) with (cl) band color and -convert its value to character -st ore the character in chars where s represents the sequence character in text message 3.4 add 1 to c th 3.5 repeat the step s from 3.2 to 3.3 3.6 concatenate char1, char2,………charn due to its (sequence as in s) 4end stage:-disp lay the text message ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 6. implementation of proposal algorithm (es m) the prop osal algorithm (esm ) is imp lemented by vb comp uter language with followin g three st age: 1. stage of message send:-after collected image set and send it t o receiver with serial number for each ima ge. we can send text message which transmitted to (gli) with following st eps: ainput text message bchoose one image from (cis) csave new image box with serial number not es: when text message bo x is emp ty the p rogram disp lay s alarm messa ge box to input message. 2. stage of send new ima ge box (nib):this st age can be doin g with many way s of transmission such internet and others 3. stage of extract text image: in this stage extract the message from received (nib) and serial numb er as in fig (3). conclusion send message is st ays an imp ortant task since every exchan ge information depends on exchan ging message so in our paper we try to p resent new which has good p rop erties to be simp le method with high security .many p oint we conclude from the work such as: 1the prop osal algorithm have h igh security because there is no hacker can discover the message from (nib) or chan ge in source image in( ci s) but the hacker may cause noise by chan ge in (gli) 2each message can b e send in many (nib) by chose other image from (cis) 3-the prop osal method does not match steganogr aphy and encryption method 4its simp le method does not need key to security and does not need cover to hide the message. 5the same collect images set (cis) can used with infinite time with infin ite message. 6there is no value of any character in (nib) only location of that value characters in (cis) of sender 7we can’t use a lot of information in the text message because we need a huge number of p ixel 8this algorithm is used with p eoples who alway s exchan ge message between them. re ferences 1. norbert, p. (2003) , hindu kingship and polity in precolonial india, new york : cambr idge university p ress . 2. dorn, h. and m acclellan, j, e. (2006) ,scien ce and technology in world hist ory , an introduction, baltimore[etc] : johns hop kins university p ress . 3. lowe, r. (1951), ency clop edia of british emp ire postage stamp s, (v. iii), london. 4. m azumdar, m , l. (1990), the imperial post offices of british india, calcutt a: phila publications. 5. m ote, f, w. and john k, f. (1998) ,the cambridge hist ory of china, cambridge : cambridge university p ress ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 6. www.adobe.com/p roduct/p hotoshop /extend.disp lay tab2.html 7. anderson, r;(12 october 2006) ,the universal phot ographic digital imaging guid elines, vers. 2.0, updig: p . 8 ,www.up dig.org sender side serial number  [ 0907988 005243266 10003124 81239 receiver side 10003124 005243266 0907988 81239 fig. (1): two copies of same collection i mages se t (cis ) one in sender si de and the other receiver side and each image have se rial number ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 a b fig. (2): a:source i mage from (cis )the se rial number for it(81239) b:using four paramete r (x,y,s,r) to draw graphi cal line image (gli) b a c fig .(3): a:-(cis ) b:-(nib) c:extract message 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مقترح لتبادل الرسائل باالعتماد على الصور روال جاسم محمد جامعھ بغدادقسم علوم الحاسبات، كلیھ التربیة ابن الھیثم، 2010، ایلول،1: استلم البحث في 2011،اذار ، 13: قبل البحث في الخالصة (التشـفیر. ةلسـریارسائل مع بعض إلرسال ال عدیدة قائهناك طر .لتبادل المعلومات بین الناس ةقدیم ةالرسائل هي طریق (encryptionإخفاء البیانات ةوطریق)(steganography الرسـائل ولكـن مازالـت هنـاك ةللحفـاظ علـى أمنیـ ةق قدیمائهي طر الخ ..... "تاح أو توزیعه أو استخدام الصورة المناسبة غطاءفي إیجاد المف عدیدة مشاكل دون اســتخدام أي مفتـاح للتشــفیر أو اســتخدام مـن لتبـادل الرســائل بصـورة ســریه ةمقترحــ ةفـي هــذا البحـث ســنقدم خوارزمیـ .لإلخفاء فیها ةصور إنهـمحیـث دة لـدى المرسـل واألخـرى لـدى المسـتلمواحـ) .cis(خوارزمیتنا المقترحة تعتمد مجمـوعتین متمـاثلتین مـن الصـور یقـوم ثـم ) ascii code(ل الرسـالة إلـى یـحو بتلمرسـل یقـوم اوإلرسـال أي رسـالة نصـیة . یكونـون معتـادین علـى تبـادل الرسـائل فـي مصـفوفة اللـون األحمـر أو ) ascii code(یحـدد موقـع لكـل و ) cis(باختیار صورة واحدة من مجموعة الصور التي لدیه التـي تـم ) ascii code(وألوانهـا لكـل قیمـة تماثلهـا فـي) x,y(مواقـع مـن الصـورة المحـددة ویخـزن) rgb(األخضـر أو األزرق رف واللـــون وتسلســل كــل حــ) x,y(مجموعــة مــن الخطــوط فــي صـــورة واحــدة باالعتمــاد علــى إحــداثیات ترســم تحدیــدها مســبقا ثــم إرسال الصورة المرسـومة والمتكونـة مـن الخطـوط مـع الـرقم التسلسـلي للصـورة األصـلیة التـي ضاء ومن ثم یقوم بخلفیة بی عمالباست، یقـوم المسـتلم باختیـار الصـورة .مـن المسـتلم ) gli(بعـد اسـتالم الصـورة المرسـومة . وٕارسـالها إلـى المسـتلم ) cis(تـم اختیارهـا مـن .عرض الرسالة المستخلصةل عدیدة خطواتب على الرقم التسلسلي المرسل ویقومباالعتماد ) cis(المحددة من الصور التي لدیه -: ةلمفتاحیاالكلمات steganography ,encryption , information hiding, mail ,history of mail, color image ,digital image. synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of some new five-seven membered rings attached to sulfonamide compounds ismaeel y. majeed shimaa a. saoud department of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad ahmed a. ahmed department of chemistry / college of science / university of al-nahrain eman f. mustafa department of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 25 march 2014,accepted in : 2 june 2014 abstract this work includes the synthesis of some new fiveseven heterocyclic rings derived from benzenesulfonylhydrazide as starting material. its condensation with 4-methoxy and 4nitro benzaldehyde gives the schiff bases (1a,b). schiff bases were reacted with cyclic anhydrides given oxazepine, thiazepine derivatives(2,3,4 a,b)(seven membered ring) and with 2-mercapto benzoic acid gives thiazine derivatives (6a,b)(six membered ring) finally with thioglycolic acid give thiazolidine ring(five membered ring) scheme(3). the synthesized compounds have been characterized by melting points,ft-ir, 1h-nmr spectroscopy ,13cnmr and elemental analysis. some of synthesized compounds were tested for their antibacterial activity against staphylococcus aureus, pseudomonous aureous and escherichia coli .the results showed good efficacy against these types of bacteria. keywords: sulfonamide, oxazepine, thiazepine, thiazine, thiazolidine, schiff bases, antibacterial activity. 170 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introducion sulfonamide compounds or sulfonamide drugs have brought about an antibiotic revolution in medicinal chemistry are associated with a high range of biological activities [13] .oxygen, nitrogen; sulfur heterocycles fused with sulfonamide compounds have a wide amount of attention the literature .heterocyclic compounds attached with sulfonamides were used as carbonic anhydrase inhibitors[4,5],antimicrobial activity[6,7] γ-secretase inhibitors[8] ,anti-inflammatory[9],aniticancer[10]. thiazolidine is a type of heterocyclic compound contains five membered ring with a sulfur, nitrogen atoms. it is an important compound in medicinal chemistry because it has a wide spectrum in biological activity [11] .the thiazine nucleus has been incorporated into a wide variety of therapeutically agents such as antimicrobial[12],antibacterial[13] and cannabinoid[14].oxazepine compounds are seven membered ring contain oxygen and nitrogen. it has documented that oxazepines are important in the diverse fields of heteroatom chemistry and biochemistry owing to its high range of biological activities[15].these compounds are important in medicinal chemistry because they are used as starting material for synthesis of diazepam(valum), it is a class of drug used as relaxant and muscle relaxant because it is often seen in forensic and clinical cases[16].heterocycles containing thiazepine fragment are a key moiety in a large number of natural and synthetic bio-active molecules. thiazepine compounds are used as exhibited angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition [17], antiviral [18] and anticancer[19]. experimental whilst p-nitro benzaldehyde, p-methoxybenzaldehyde, maleic anhydride ,phthalic anhydride,o-sulfobenzoicacid cyclic anhydride, 2-mercapto benzoic acid,thioglycolic acid were obtained from sigma-aldrich.all solvents were purchased from fluka used as received. melting points were determined on digital stuart smp-3 apparatus. fourier transform infrared spectra were measured on schimadzu 8300 spectrophotometer using kbr disks. 1h-nmr, 13cnmr spectra were measured in dmso solutions on a bruker av spectrophotometer (300 mhz) using tms as an internal reference (chemical shifts in δ ppm). all synthesized compounds were elemental analysis c,h,n and s on a european elemental analyzer.thin layer chromatography was performed on silica gel as a stationary phase ,ethyl acetate as eluent. synthesis of benzenesulfonylhydrazide a benzenesulfonylchloride (0.01 mol)in dry benzene and hydrazine hydrate (2 ml) were added . the mixture was stirred and heated at reflux for 3h .the reaction mixture was poured with good stirring into 100 ml ice-cold water and kept at room temperature until the reaction product separated as asolid,which was filtered off and recrystallized from ethanol, m.p= 1041-6 0c as literature. synthesis of n'-(4-substitutedbenzylidene)benzenesulfonylhydrazide(1a,b) a solution of benzenesulfonohydrazide (0.01mol)on ethanol absolute (15ml),the appropriate aldehyde (0.01mol) and 2-3 drops of glacial acetic acid was refluxed for 3h. the result was allowed to cool at room temperature. the solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized from ethanol absolute to give the pure schiff bases. the ft-ir of these compounds showed disappearance bands of (-nh2) group and appearance bands at (16331639)cm-1 due to of (c=n)moiety. 171 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 synthesis of n-(3-(4-substitutedphenyl)-1,5-dioxobenzo[e][1,3]oxazepin-4(1h,3h,5h)yl)benzenesulfonamide(2a,b). into a dry 50 ml round bottom flask , introduce (0.01mol) of schiff bases in 20 ml of dry benzene and stirred the reaction mixture for 15min then refluxed at 600c for 2h. the mixture was allowed to stand overnight and solid separated out was filtered and washed with dioxane. the compound so obtained was dried and recrystallized from appropriate solvents. recrystallized from ethanol. compound 2a yield 75%,m.p=2150c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3205(n-h), 2850-2900(c-h),1722(c=o) lactone,1666(c=o)lactam,1170 and 1334(so2);h-nmrδ ppm: 1h-nmr (dmso 300mhz) 9.81 (s,1h, ch) in oxazepine ring, 7.3(s,1h,nh), 6.8-7.18(m,aromatic rings),3.8ppm(s,3h,och3);anal.calc.for c22h18n2o6s :found:c, 61.10; h, 4.3: n,6.45: s,7.33 calc: c, 60.27; h, 4.14: n,6.39: s,7.31. compound 2b yield 79%, m.p=2250c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3219(n-h), 2833-2910(c-h),1720(c=o) lactone,1660(c=o)lactam,1358 and 1551(no2),1172 and 1349(so2); anal.calc.for c21h15n3o7s :found:c, 56.11; h, 3.12: n,9.43: s,7.15 calc: c, 55.63; h, 3.33: n,9.27: s,7.07. synthesis of n-(3-(4-substitutedphenyl)-1,5-dioxobenzo[e][1,3]thiazepin-4(1h,3h,5h)yl)benzenesulfonamide(3a,b) equimolar amounts of schiff bases (1a,b) and 2-sulfobenzoic anhydride in 20 mol of dioxane were heated under reflux for 6h. the solid product so obtained on cooling was collected by filtration and crystallized from toluene. compound 3a yield 55%, m.p=2480c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3203(n-h), 2800-2907(c-h),1726(c=o) lactone,1174 and 1348 (so2,sulfonamide), 1141 and 1319 (so2,in ring); anal.calc.for c22h18n2o5s2 :found:c, 54.00; h, 3.76: n,5.16: s,13.09 calc: c, 53.16; h, 3.82: n,5.90: s,13.52. compound 3b yield 65%,m.p=2240c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3212(n-h), 2843-2897(c-h),1729(c=o) lactone,1172 and 1330(so2),1151 and 1329(so2),1345 and 1567(no2);h-nmrδ ppm: 1hnmr (dmso 300mhz) 9.63 (s,1h, ch), 7.12(s,1h,nh), 6.87-7.77(m,aromatic rings);anal.calc.for c21h15n3o6s2 :found:c, 50.05; h, 3.13: n,8.41: s,13.23 calc: c, 49.08; h, 3.09: n,8.58: s,13.10. synthesis of (z)-n-(2-(4-substitutedphenyl)-4,7-dioxo-1,3-oxazepin-3(2h,4h,7h)yl)benzenesulfonamide(4a,b) to dry benzene (30 ml) maleic anhydride(0.01 mol) and schiff bases(0.01 mol) were added. the mixture was refluxed under 60 0c for 3h ., left to cool at room temperature. the solid product so formed was filtered off and crystallized from appropriate solvents. compound 4a yield 77%,m.p=1920c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3203(n-h), 2833-2902(c-h),1734(c=o) lactone,1654 (c=o) lactam,1170 and 1334(so2); anal.calc.for c18h16n2o6s :found:c, 56.11; h, 4.32: n,7.56: s,8.13 calc: c, 55.66; h, 4.15: n,7.21: s,8.26. compound 4b 172 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 yield 56%,m.p=2370c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3210(n-h), 2830-2907(c-h),1730(c=o) lactone,1663 (c=o) lactam,1343 and 1561(no2),1169 and 1330(so2); anal.calc.for c17h13n3o7s :found:c, 51.22; h, .33: n,10.76: s,8.08 calc: c, 50.62; h, 3.25: n,10.42: s,7.95. synthesis of n-(2-(4-substitutedphenyl)-4-oxothiazolidin-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide(5a,b). schiff bases (0.01mol) was added portion wise in 5 ml of dry benzene with thioglycolic acid(0.01mol). the mixture was refluxed for 4h.the reaction mixture was poured into crushed ice and treated with sodium bicarbonate. the precipitate washed with ice water ,dried and recrystalized from appropriate solvents. compound 5a yield 48%,m.p=1480c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3205(n-h), 2833-2889(ch),1645(c=o),1170 and 1334(so2);h-nmrδ ppm: 1h-nmr (dmso 300mhz) 9.05 (s,1h, ch), 7.90(s,1h,nh), 7.07-7.27(m,aromatic rings);13c-nmr ppm 197(c=o),176(ch,thiazolidine ring),70.16(ch2); anal.calc.for c16h16n2o4s2 :found:c, 52.99; h, 4.64: n,7.89: s,17.17 calc: c, 52.73; h, 4.43: n,7.69: s,17.60. compound 5b yield 51%,m.p=2580c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3203(n-h), 2843-2897(ch),1646(c=o),1173 and 1325(so2),1358 and 1556 (no2);anal.calc.for c15h13n3o5s2 :found:c, 48.08; h, 3.66: n,11.17: s,17.10 calc: c, 47.48; h, 3.45: n,11.08: s,16.90. synthesis of n-(3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2h-benzo[e][1,2]thiazin-2yl)benzenesulfonamide(6a,b) a mixture of compounds (1,2) (0.01 mol) ,2-mercapto benzoic acid (0.01 mol) in 30 ml of dioxane. the mixture was refluxed for 4h . the reaction mixture was poured inth crushed ice ,stirred 3 minutes and resulting solid was filtered ,dried and recrystalized from dioxan. compound 6a yield 63%,m.p=1250c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3201(n-h), 2829-2880(c-h),1680(c=o) lactam,1170 and 1338(so2); h-nmrδ ppm (dmso 300mhz) 9.39 (s,1h, ch), 7.78(s,1h,nh), 7.3-7.7(m,aromatic rings),4.01(s,3h,och3);anal.calc.for c21h18n2o4s2 :found:c, 60.01; h, 4.10: n,6.34: s,15.24 calc: c, 59.14; h, 4.25: n,6.57: s,15.04. compound 6b yield 51%,m.p=2420c: ft-ir(kbr) ν cm-1:3216(n-h), 2830-2881(c-h),1676(c=o) lactam,1173 and 1341(so2),1356 and 1557(no2);13c-nmr ppm 192(c=o),156(c-no2); anal.calc.for c20h15n3o5s2 :found:c, 55.65; h, 3.82: n,9.79: s,14.88 calc: c, 54.41; h, 3.42: n,9.52: s,14.53. result and discussion in this work , many compounds were synthesized by coupling of different compounds with schiff bases afforded oxazepine,thiazepine,thiazine,thiazolidine. these compounds were prepared by the addition reactions between cyclic anhydride such as phthalic,maleic,osulfobenzoicacid with imine group in schiff bases, seven membered rings are obtained the ft-ir of these compounds (2,4a,b) showed disappearance of (c=n) stretching band at (16391643)cm-1 and appearance of bands in region (1720-1734 ) cm-1 due to stretching vibration of(c=o)(lactone),(1654-1666) cm-1 (c=o)(lactam)[20] . 1h-nmr of compound (2a) showed peaks at 9.81 (s,1h, ch) in oxazepine ring, 7.3(s,1h,nh), 6.8-7.18(m,aromatic 173 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 rings),3.8ppm(s,3h,och3).the ft-ir of compound (3a,b) showed disappearance band of (c=n) in schiff bases and appearance of bands in (1723-1726) cm-1 due to strtching vibration of (c=o) in ring and another bands at (1141-1151) cm-1 and (1319-1329) cm-1 due to (-so2) group. : 1h-nmr of compound (3a) showed peaks at 9.63 ppm (s,1h, ch) in seven membered ring, 7.12ppm(s,1h,nh), 6.87-7.77ppm(m,aromatic rings). the thiazolidinone derivatives (5a,b) were synthesized by refluxing mercapto aceticacid with schiff bases in dry benzene for 4 hrs. the suggested mechanism of thiazolidinone (5a,b) were obtained as following in scheme 1. r n c ar c o oh h2 chs h n ch ar scho o r n s h arr h ho o n s h arr ho ho n s h arr o h + p.t p.t h2o scheme( 1): mechanism for the synthesis of thiazolidinone compounds the ft-ir of these compounds(5a,b) showed disappearance of imine group and appearanceof new bands at (1646-1646) cm-1 for(c=o) in thiazolidinone ring. thiazine derivatives (6a,b) prepared by the heating of 2-mercaptobenzoic acid with shiff bases in dioxane the mechanism of the reaction systematically investigated as [4+2] cyclo addition. ft-ir spectrum showed the disappearance of bands of imine group ,attributed to (c=n) (imine group) a stretching frequency is good evidence of this step of reaction. and appeared a new bands at(1680-1676) cm-1 due to of (c=o) in thiazine ring. antibacterial activity the novel synthesized representative compounds were tested for their antibacterial activity against the following staphylococcus aureus , pseudomonas aureous, escherichia coli .the preliminary screening of the investigated compounds were performed using the filter paper disc-diffusion method. the compounds were tested at concentration of 100µg/ml. the zone of inhibition was measured in mm (table1). references 1. ali , a.; reddy, gsk. ; cao, h. ; anjum, sg. ; nalam, mn l.; schiffer , c.a. and rana, tm.(2006) discovery of hiv-1 protease inhibitors with picomolar affinities incorporating naryl oxazolidinone-5-carboxamides as novel p2 ligands, j.med .chem, (49): 7342-7356. 2. mccarroll, a.j.; bradshaw, t.d.; westwell, a.d.; matthews, c.s. and stevens, m.f.g. (2007) quinols as novel therapeutic agents. 7. synthesis of antitumor 4-[1-(arylsulfonyl-hindol-2-yl)]-4-hydroxycyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ones by sonogashira reactions” j.med .chem,50: 1707-1710. 3. wilkinson, b.l.; bomaghi, l.f.; houston, t.a.; innocenti, a.; vullo, d.; supuran, c.t.and poulsen, s.-a. (2007) carbonic anhydrase inhibitors: inhibition of isozymes i, ii and ix with triazle-linked oglycosides of benzene sulfonamides” j.med .chem,,50: 1651-1657 4. di fiore, a.; monti, s.m.; innocenti, a.; winuma, j.-y.; de simone, g.and supuran, c.t. (2010) carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, crystallographic and solution binding studies for the interaction of a boroncontaining aromatic sulfamide with mammalian isoforms i–xv, j.bioorg. med. chem. lett, 20., 3601–3605. 5. smaine, f.-z.; pacchiano, f.; rami, m.; barragan-montero, v.; vullo, d.; scozzafava, a.; winuma, j.-y. and supuran, c.t. carbonic anhydrase inhibitors: 2-substituted-1,3,4thiadiazole-5sulfamides act as powerful and selective inhibitors of the mitochondrial 174 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 isozymes va and vb over the cytosolic and membrane-associated carbonic anhydrases i, ii and iv(2008). .bioorg. med. chem. lett .18: 6332–6335. 6. hossein, e, ; mohammad, r; mahmood, z; shaghayegh, e; shohreh, e, zinab, f; elaheh t and mehdi, k (2011) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new macrocyclic bis‐ sulfonamide and disulfides, eur. j. chem 2 (1): 47‐50. 7. oana, m. d; florentina l, cornelia, v; mihai, m; valentin, n; ramona, f. m ; dragos, p; and lenuta, p. (2013) synthesis and biological evaluation of new 2-azetidinones with sulfonamide structures” molecules; 18: 4140-4157. 8. danielle, l. a ; anh p. t, darren, b. d; gary d. p; simeon, b ;matthew n. m; chris, m. s; minghua, s and albert w. g. (2011) design, synthesis and structure–activity relationship of novel [3.3.1] bicyclic sulfonamide-pyrazoles as potent γ-secretase inhibitors. j.bioorg. med. chem.lett 21, issue 19, 1 october:5791–5794. 9. ashish, p. k; girish, d. h ; rajesh, h; taleatish h. r; satish s. b, vandana m. k. (2012)a novel pyrimidine derivatives with aryl urea, thiourea and sulfonamide moieties: synthesis, anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial evaluation. j.bioorg. med. chem.lett. 22, issue 10, 15 may: 3445–3448. 10. sondhi, s.m.; johar, m.; singhal, n.; dastidar, s.g.; shukla, r.and raghubir, r. (2000) synthesis and anticancer, anti-inflammatory and analgesic activity evaluation of some drugs and acridine derivatives. monatsh. chem.; 131: 511–520. 11. yashshree, pramod k. s; nitin, k and ankita s. (2011) biolgical activities of thiazolidine – a review. international j. pharm .tech research, 3, .2,980-985. 12. tarik el-sayed ali and azza m. el-kazak. (2010) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new 1,3-thiazoles, 1,3,4-thiadiazoles, 1,2,4-triazoles and 1,3-thiazines incorporating acridine and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridine moieties. eur. j. chem 1, no 1:6-11 13. cecchetti, v.; cruciani, g.; filipponi, e.; fravolini, a.; tabarrini, o. and xin, (1997) synthesis and antibacterial evaluation of [1,3]benzothiazino[3,2-a]quinolineand [3,1]benzothiazino[1,2-a]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid derivatives. bioorg .med. chem.; 5, 1339‐1344. 14. kai, h.; morioka, y.; tomida, m.; takahashi, t.; hattori, m.; hanasaki, k.; koike, k.; chiba, h.; shinohara, s.; kanemasa, t.; iwamoto, y.; takahashi, k.; yamaguchi, y.; baba, t.; yoshikawa, t. and takenaka, (2007)h. 2-arylimino-5,6-dihydro-4h-1,3-thiazines as a new class of cannabinoid receptor agonists. part 2: orally bioavailable compounds . bioorg .med. chem lett.; 17,iss 14, 3925‐3929. 15. bajaj k. and archana;kumar.a. 2004 synthesis and pharmacological evaluation of newer substituted benzoxazepine derivatives as potent anticonvulsant agents. eur. j. chem 39 ,369. 16-matz.l.m and hill.h.h, (2002) separation of benzodiazepines by electrospray ionization ion mobility spectrometry-mass spectrometry , anal. chimica. acta ,457:235-245. 17. karnakar k. ; narayana s. m.; ramesh k. ; harsha k.; vardhan r; nageswar y.v.d. ; chandrakala u. and prabhavathi b. (2012),a novel one-pot synthesis of spiro[indoline-3,4′pyrazolo[3,4-e][1,4]thiazepine] diones using recyclable bioglycerol-based sulfonic acid functionalized carbon catalyst, tetrahedron let, 53, issue 27, 4 july, 3497–3501. 18.struga,m.:kossakowski,j.koziol and a.e.kedzierska,article (2009) synthesis, pharmacological and antiviral activity of 1,3-thiazepine derivatives european journal of medicinal chemistry,22 ;4960-4969. 19. guan-y.y,abdulkarim.t.m,hasnah.o. (2010) synthesis and mesospheric studies on heterocyclic liquid crystals with 1,3-oxazepine-4,7—dione,1,3-oxazepine4,7-dione and 1,3oxazepine-1,5-dione cores.journal of molecular structure.982,;33-44. 20.ralph,l.s,christine,k.f,terence, c.m.:david, y.c and reynold c.f. 2004 the systematic identification of organic compounds,8th ed ,wiley,;207. 175 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x11010791 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/journal/0960894x/21/19 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x12004222 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x12004222 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x12004222 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x12004222 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x12004222 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0960894x12004222 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/journal/0960894x/22/10 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/journal/0960894x/22/10 http://www.eurjchem.com/index.php/eurjchem/issue/view/mar2010 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0968089697000849 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0968089697000849 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0960894x0700529x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0960894x0700529x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0223523403002071 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0223523403002071 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/gmt/ivsl/elsevier/00032670_2002_457_2_235-245/s0003-2670%2802%2900021-1 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/gmt/ivsl/elsevier/00032670_2002_457_2_235-245/s0003-2670%2802%2900021-1 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0040403912007289 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0040403912007289 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0040403912007289 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0040403912007289 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0040403912007289 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0040403912007289 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/journal/00404039/53/27 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22struga,%20m.%22&formquery=au:%22struga,%20m.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kossakowski,%20j.%22&formquery=au:%22kossakowski,%20j.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kossakowski,%20j.%22&formquery=au:%22kossakowski,%20j.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 http://libhub.sempertool.dk.tiger.sempertool.dk/libhub?func=search&query=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22&formquery=au:%22kedzierska,%20e.%22 table(1): antibacterial activity of synthesized compounds 2a-6b compounds zone inhibition in mm staphylococcus aureus pseudomonas aureous escherichia coli 2a 12 9 5 2b 7 12 11 3a 21 19 12 3b 24 17 18 4a 13 11 6 4b 22 18 17 5a 21 13 12 5b 10 9 9 6a 13 11 6 6b 14 9 3 scheme (2): the synthesis rout for compounds(1-6 a,b) s o o cl + nh2nh2.h2o s o o nhnh2 + chox s o o nhn x o o o s o o nh n o x o o o oo s o o nh n o x o o cooh sh shch 2 cooh s o o nh n x s o s o o nh n x s o x=-ome, -no2 s o o o s o o nh n o o2s x o o 1a,b 2a,b 3a,b 4a,b 5a,b 6a,b 176 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 سباعیة الحلقة -تحضیر ، تشخیص ودراسة الفعالیة المضادة للبكتریا لبعض الخماسیة الجدیدة المرتبطة مع مركبات السلفون اماید اسماعیل یاسین مجید شیماء عبد سعود بغداد جامعة / الھیثم ابن ةالصرف للعلوم التربیة كلیة / الكیمیاء قسم احمد عبد الرزاق احمد قسم الكیمیاء / كلیة العلوم /جامعة النھرین ایمان فیصل مصطفى بغداد جامعة / الھیثم ابن ةالصرف للعلوم التربیة كلیة / الكیمیاء قسم 2014حزیران 2قبل البحث في : ، 2014آذار 25استلم البحث في : الخالصة ھذا البحث یتضمن تحضیر وتشخیص مركبات حلقیة غیر متجانسة خماسیة وسداسیة وسباعیة الحلقة من خالل التي تحتوي على (1a,b)مشتقات البنزالدیھاید لتحضیر قواعد شف المركب بنزین سلفونیل ھیدرازاید. تم مفاعلتھ مع یدات الحلقیة لتحضیر كل من مشتقات االوكسازبین والثایازبین مجموعة السلفون اماید. تم تفاعل قواعد شف مع االنھیدر (2,3,4a,b) .مركبتوحامض البنزویك لتحضیر -2تم مفاعلة مركبات قواعد شف مع مركب وذات الحلقات السباعیة واعد من خالل تفاعل ق (5a,b)مشتقات للمركب ثایازولدین ذي الحلقة السداسیة بعدھا حضرت (6a,b) مشتقات الثایازین المركبات المحضرة من خالل بعض ).شخصت3وكما موضح في المخطط (شف مع مركب مركبتو حامض الخلیك ،وطیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي ،وطیف االشعة تحت الحمراء ،ق الفیزیائیة والطیفیة مثل درجة االنصھارائالطر اعطت الدراسة اذات المحضرة ضد بعض انواع البكتریا الفعالیة البایولوجیة للمركب ز تحلیل العناصر الدقیق. درستوجھا . جیدة ضد بعض االنواع من البكتریا انتائج السلفون اماید، االوكسازبین، ثایازبین، ثایازین ،ثایازولدین،قواعد شف، الفعالیة المضادة للبكتریاالكلمات المفتاحیة: 177 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 12. tarik el-sayed ali and azza m. el-kazak. (2010) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new 1,3-thiazoles, 1,3,4-thiadiazoles, 1,2,4-triazoles and 1,3-thiazines incorporating acridine and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridine moieties. eur. j. chem 1,... 13. cecchetti, v.; cruciani, g.; filipponi, e.; fravolini, a.; tabarrini, o. and xin, (1997) synthesis and antibacterial evaluation of [1,3]benzothiazino[3,2-a]quinolineand [3,1]benzothiazino[1,2-a]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid derivatives. bioorg .m... 15. bajaj k. and archana;kumar.a. 2004 synthesis and pharmacological evaluation of newer substituted benzoxazepine derivatives as potent anticonvulsant agents. eur. j. chem 39 ,369. 20.ralph,l.s,christine,k.f,terence, c.m.:david, y.c and reynold c.f. 2004 the systematic identification of organic compounds,8th ed ,wiley,;207. microsoft word 33 523 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 on bg**connected spaces afrahm. ibraheem department of mathematics/ college of education/ university of al-mustansiriyah receved in : 29 january 2014 , acceptde in : 8 july 2014 abstract in this paper, we define the bg**-connected space and study the relation between this space and other kinds of connected spaces .also we study some types of continuous functions and study the relation among (connected space, b-connected space, bg-connected space and bg**-connected space) under these types of continuous functions. key words: bg**-closed set, bg**-connected space. 524 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1.introduction the notion of b-open set was introduced in 1996 [1], since then it has been widely investigated in the literature (see [1], [8]) .a.m. [7] introduce the concepts (bg**-open set, bg**-continuous function and bg**-irresolute function). the concepts (b-connected space and bg-connected space) were introduced in [9] and [6] respectively. in this work,we introduce the concept of bg**-connected space and study its relations with (b-connected and bg-connected space) .also we study some types of continuous function which are: (b-continuous function, bg-continuous function and bg**-continuous function), and study the image of (connected space, b-connected space, bg-connected space and bg**-connected space) under these types of functions. 2. preliminaries throughout the paper x and y represent topological spaces on which no separation axioms are assumed unless otherwise mentioned. we recall the following definitions, which are useful in the sequel. definition 2.1: [1] a subset a of a topological space x is said to be b-open if a⊆cl(int (a)) u int(cl(a)). and a is said to be b-closed set if int(cl(a))∩cl(int(a)) ⊆a . definition 2.2 : [5] a subset a of a topological space x is said to be bg-closed if bcl(a) ⊆ u whenever a ⊆u and u is open. a will be called bg-open if its complement is bg-closed. definition 2.3 : [2] a subset a of a topological space x is said to be g**-open if and only if there exists an open set u of x such that u  a  cl**(u), and a is said to be g**closed if its complement is g**-open set, where cl**(u) = { f: f is g-closed and u  f}. definition 2.4 : [7] a subset a of a topological space x is said to be bg**-closed if bcl(a) ⊆ u whenever a ⊆ u and u is g**-open. the set of all bg**-closed sets of x denoted by bg**c(x). a subset a of x is called bg**-open if x – a is bg**-closed in x. example : if x= {a, b, c} , ={, x, {a}} , then the set of all bg**-closed sets of x bg**c(x) are {, x,{b},{c},{b, c}}. definition 2.5: a map f : x  y from a topological space x into a topological space y is called: 1) a b-continuous if f −1(v) is b-closed set in x for every closed set v of y. [3] 2) a bg-continuous if f−1(v) is bg-closed in x for every closed set v of y . [6] [7]for every closed set v in y. closed set in x-(v) is a bg**1-if f continuous-bg**3) a [7].closed set v in y-for every bg** closed set in x-(v) is a bg**1-if f irresolute-bg**4) a : remark 2.6 1every open set is b-open (bg-open) [5]. 2every bg-open set is b-open [6]. 3every bg-open set is bg**-open [7]. 4every bg**-open set is b-open [7]. 525 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014  3. on bg**connected space in this section we introduce the concept of bg**-connected space, and study some of their properties .also we study the relation between it and (b-connected and bg-connected space). if x can not be connected -b[1] a topological space x is said to be definition 3.1: expressed as a disjoint union of two non-empty b-open sets. a subset of x is b-connected if it is b-connected as a subspace. if x can not be connected-bg[6] a topological space x is said to be :definition 3.2 expressed as a disjoint union of two non-empty bg-open sets. a subset of x is bg-connected if it is bg-connected as a subspace. if x can not be connected-bg**a topological space x is said to be :definition 3.3 expressed as a disjoint union of two non-empty bg**-open sets, otherwise x is called (bg**-disconnected space). a subset of x is bg**-connected if it is bg**-connected as a subspace. connected.-. then x is bg**}}a{x, φ, {= and let τ ,c} a, b{= : let x example remark 3.4: 1every b-connected space is connected. 2every bg-connected space is connected. proof: by remark 2.6. m 3.5: theore (i) every b-connected space is bg**-connected. (ii) every bg**-connected space is bg-connected. proof : (i) let x be b-connected space .suppose that x is not bg**-connected. then there exist disjoint non-empty bg**-open sets a and b such that x= a b . by remark 2.6(4), a and b are b-open sets . this is a contradiction with x is b-connected .therefore x is bg**connected. (ii) its clear from remark 2.6(3), and by the same way of proof (i). from theorems 3.5 and remarks 3.4, we have diagram (1) . remark 3.6. connected space b-connected space bg-connected space bg**-connected space diagram (1): the relationships between connected space ,b-connected space ,bg-connected space and bg**-connected space . for a topological space x, the following statements are equivalent. theorem 3.7: 1x is bg**-connected 2the only subsets of x which are both bg**-open and bg**-closed are the empty set and x. 3each bg**-continuous map of x into a discrete space y with at least two points is a constant map 526 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 proof: (1) (2) let u be a bg** -open and bg** closed subset of x. then xu is both bg** -open and bg** -closed . since x is the disjoint union of bg** open sets u and x-u, then one of these must be empty, that is u =  or x – u = . (2) (1) suppose that x = a b where a and b are disjoint non empty bg** open sets of x, then a is both bg**-open and bg**-closed subset of x. by assumption, a= or a = x. this implies x is bg**-connected. (2)(3)let f:x  y be a bg**-continuous map, then x is covered by bg**-open and bg**– closed covering {f-1(y):yy}. by assumption f-1(y) =  then f fails to be bg**-continuous. therefore f-1(y) = x . this implies f is a constant map. (3) (2) let u be both bg**-open and bg**-closed in x. suppose u   .let f: x  y be bg**-continuous map defined by f(u) = {y} and f(x-u) = {w} for some distinct points y and w in y. by assumption, f is a constant map. therefore we have u = x theorem 3.8: (i)if f:xy is a bg**-continuous surjection map and x is bg**-connected, then y is connected. (ii)if f:x y is a bg**-irresolute surjection map and x is bg**-connected, then y is bg**–connected. proof:(i) suppose that y is not connected , then y= a b where a and b are disjoint nonempty open sets in y. since f is bg**-continuous and onto , x = f -1(a)f -1(b) where f -1(a) and f -1(b) are disjoint non empty bg**-open sets which is a contradiction to our assumption that x is bg**-connected . hence y is connected. (ii) it follows from the definition of bg**-irresolute map. 4. on some types of continuous functions & bg**-connected space in this section we study some types of continuous functions, and study the relations between (connected space, b-connected space, bg-connected space and bg**-connected space) under these types of continuous functions. [8] continuous image of connected space is connected. theorem 4.1: : theorem 4.2 (i) continuous image of b-connected space is connected. (ii) continuous image of bg-connected space is connected. connected space. to prove y -y be continuous function ,and let x be b f : x(i) let proof: is connected.suppose that y is disconnected space ,then y= ab, where a and b are disjoint empty open -(b) are disjoint non1-(a) and f 1-empty open sets in y.since f is continuous f -non (b) (by remark 1-f (a)1-open sets in x such that x = f -(b) are b1-(a) and f 1-sets in x ,and f 2.6(1)). this contradicts the fact that x is b-connected. hence y is connected. (ii) its clear from remark 2.6(1), and by the same way of proof (i). 527 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 connected space,diagram (2) shows the relationships between ( remark 4.3: b-connected space, bg-connected space and bg**-connected space) under the continuous function. continuous f : x y connected  connected bconnected  connected bgconnected  connected connected  bconnected connected  bgconnected connected bg**connected diagram (2):the relationships between (connected space, b-connected space, bgconnected space and bg**-connected space) under the continuous function. connected space is connected.-continuous image of b-b: theorem 4.4. connected space. to prove y is -continuous function ,and let x be b-y be b f : xlet proof: connected. suppose that y is disconnected space ,then y= ab, where a and b are disjoint -empty b-(b) are disjoint non1-(a) and f 1-continuous f -empty open sets in y.since f is b-non connected. -this contradicts the fact that x is b (b) .1-f (a)1-open sets in x such that x = f hence y is connected. connected -connected space, bdiagram (3) shows the relationships between ( remark 4.5: space, bg-connected space and bg**-connected space) under the b-continuous function. b-continuous f : x y connected connected bconnected connected bgconnected connected connected bconnected connected bgconnected connected bg**connected diagram (3):the relationships between (connected space, b-connected space, bg connected space and bg**-connected space) under the b-continuous function. 528 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 6:theorem 4. (i) bg-continuous image of b-connected space is connected. (ii) bg-continuous image of bg-connected space is connected. (iii) bg-continuous image of bg**-connected space is connected. connected space. to prove -continuous function ,and let x be b-y be bg f : x(i) let proof: y is connected.suppose that y is disconnected space ,then y= ab, where a and b are -(b) are disjoint non1-(a) and f 1-continuous f -empty open sets in y.since f is bg-disjoint non , such that by remark 2.6(2) open-(b) are b1-(a) and f 1-open sets in x ,and f -empty bg connected. connected. hence y is-hat x is bthis contradicts the fact t (b) .1-f (a)1-x = f (ii) and (iii) by the same way of proof (i) ,and remark 2.6(3) . connected -connected space, bdiagram (4) shows the relationship between ( remark 4.7: space, bg-connected space and bg**-connected space) under the bg-continuous function. bg-continuous f : x y connected connected bconnected connected bgconnected connected bg**connected connected connected bconnected connected bgconnected diagram (4):the relationships between (connected space, b-connected space, bg connected space and bg**-connected space) under the bg-continuous function. : theorem 4.8 (i) bg**-continuous image of b-connected space is connected. (ii) bg**-continuous image of bg**-connected space is connected. connected space. to prove y is -continuous ,and let x be b-**y be bg f : x(i) let proof: connected. suppose that y is disconnected space, then y= ab, where a and b are disjoint non-empty empty -(b) are disjoint non1-(a) and f 1-continuous, f -open sets in y.since f is bg** , such that by remark 2.6(4) open-(b) are b1-(a) and f 1-n sets in x, and f ope-bg** connected. connected. hence y is-this contradicts the fact that x is b (b) .1-f (a)1-x = f (ii) by theorem 3.8(i). connected -connected space, bdiagram (5) shows the relationships between ( remark 4.9: space, bg-connected space and bg**-connected space) under the bg**-continuous function. 529 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 bg**-continuous f : x y connected connected bconnected connected bgconnected connected bg**connected connected connected bconnected connected bgconnected diagram (5):the relationships between (connected space, b-connected space, bg continuous function.-) under the bg**connected space-connected space and bg** references [1] andrijevic d. (1996), on b-open sets, math. vesnik, 48, 59-64. [2] dunham w. (1982),a new closure operator for non t1 topologies, kungpook math. j., 22, 55-60. [3] ekici e.and caldas m. (2004), slightly γ-continuous functions, b0l.soc. parana.mat. (3)22 .2, 63-74. [4] el-etik a.a. (1997), a study of some types of mappings on topological spaces,m.sc thesis, tanta university, egypt. [5] fukutake t., nasef a.a.and el-maghrabi a.i. (2003), some topological concepts via γ-generalized closed sets, bull.fukuoka univ. edu. 52(3), 1-9. [6] ganster m.and steiner m. (2007), on bτ-closed sets, appl. gen.topol.,8 .2, 243-247. [7] ibraheem a.m.(2014), on a new class of closed sets in topological spaces, journal of college of education .1. [8] mustafa h.l. (2001), on connected functions ,m.sc.thesis,university of al-mustansirya. [9] park j. h. (2006), strongly γ -b-continuous functions, acta math. hungar, 110(4), .347–359. 530 | mathematics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 **bg-الفضاءات المترابطة افراح محمد ابراھيم الجامعة المستنصرية/ كلية التربية / الرياضياتقسم 2014تموز 8، قبل في : 2014كانون الثاني 29استلم البحث في: الخالصة ، ودرسنا العالقة بينه وبين انواع اخرى من الفضاءات . ودرسنا **bg–في ھذا البحث قمنا بتعريف الفضاء المترابط ، الفضاءات b-بعض االنواع من الدوال المستمرة ايضا ودرسنا العالقة بين ( الفضاءات المترابطة ،الفضاءات المترابطة ) تحت تأثير تلك االنواع من الدوال المستمرة . **bg-والفضاءات المترابطة bg المترابطة . **bg -، الفضاء المترابط **bg -: المجموعة المغلقةالكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 44 531 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 estimate complete the survival function for real data of lung cancer patients abbas n. salman ibtehal h. farhan dept. of mathematics / college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaitham ) / university of baghdad received in :8 june 2014 , accepted in: 1 september 2014 abstract in this paper, we estimate the survival function for the patients of lung cancer using different nonparametric estimation methods depending on sample from complete real data which describe the duration of survivor for patients who suffer from the lung cancer based on diagnosis of disease or the enter of patients in a hospital for period of two years (starting with 2012 to the end of 2013). comparisons between the mentioned estimation methods has been performed using statistical indicator mean squares error, concluding that the survival function for the lung cancer by using shrinkage method is the best . keywords: nonparametric estimation , lung cancer disease, complete real data, empirical estimator, borkowf –type estimator, thompson– type estimator, and nelson-aalen estimator, mean squares error 532 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1. introduction 1.1: preface and history survival analysis is one of the widely used techniques in medical statistics; its importance also arises in diverse fields such as medicine, engineering, epidemiology, biology, economics, physics, public health and or event history analysis in sociology. survival analysis involves the modeling of time to event data; in this context, death or failure is considered an "event" in the survival analysis literature – traditionally only a single event occurs for each subject, after which the organism or mechanism is dead or broken[6]. cancer is a class of diseases when a cell or group of cells display uncontrolled growth, invasion and sometimes spread to other locations in the body via lymph or blood (metastasis)[2]. lung cancer is the most common cancers in the world and the cause of cigarette smoking most types of lung cancer, the more the number of cigarettes smoked per day more and more beginning was in the habit of smoking in the age of the youngest whenever the risk of lung cancer the biggest, as well as the high levels of air pollution and exposure radiation and asbestos may also increase the risk of lung cancer. nelson, w. [11] presents theory and applications of a simple graphical method, called hazard plotting for the analysis of multiply censored life data consisting of failure times of failed units intermixed with running times on un failed units. applications of the method are given to multiply censored data on service life of equipment, for strength data on an item with different failure modes, and for biological data multiply censored on both sides from paired comparisons. theory for the hazard plotting method, which is based on the hazard function of a distribution, is developed from the properties of order statistics from type ii multiply censored samples. petrson ,a.v.[12] proved that the kaplan-meier estimator has consistency property and proposed an estimator for the cumulative hazard function. haifa, k. [5] estimated the reliability function for the tools of 14 ramadan factory of tissues with non-parameters kaplan and meier methods . she made a comparison between kaplan and meier method and the reliability function when failure data is exponential distribution and concluded that no differences had been significant between the two estimations. al-qurashi,i.k.[1] suggested two formulas for estimating the reliability function whatever of the size of their data especially with small size data without access in the theoretical probability distributions, and comparing the proposed formulas with other parametric and non-parametric estimation methods. borkowf, c. b. [3] proposed a survival function under the framework of the kaplan-meier survival function which is called shrunken kaplan-meier survival function. the shrunken kaplan-meier survival function having n number of cases in the study and proved that these estimators performed better as compared to the greenwood and peto’s estimators. borkowf in his study analyzed only the variance estimators. 533 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 mei-c. w. [9] presented some non-parametric estimation methods in survival analysis and gave summary notes for survival analysis in biostatistics basher, f .m.[4] presented some non-parametric methods to estimate the reliability function with the practical application using eight estimation methods , empirical (em), product limit (plem) empirical kaplan meier (ekmem) , empirical weighted kaplanmeier (wekm) ,modified kaplan-meier (mkmm),a weighted for reliability function ( wmr) , modified one ( mmo ,) modified two ( mmt ) and reached best nonparametric method is an empirical (em) method using statistical indicator , integral mean square error (imse). the knowledge of statistics is one of the important measurements in the pivotal trial and the method of data analysis and evaluation of results [10] in this paper, we rely on real data for patients with lung cancer was the size of the sample ( 118 ), the number of males (68) and the number of females (50) for the years 2012 and 2013 may have got more types of cancers in humans killed . the aim of this paper is to estimate the survival function for the mentioned complete real data. comparisons between the proposed estimation methods has been performed using statistical indicator mean squares error, concluding that the survival function for the lung cancer by using shrinkage method is the best. kaplan, e.l. & meier, p. [6] suggested estimating the conditional probability of failure of time t by the observed proportion of failures of time t , and combined these estimates in the usual manner to obtain an estimate of the underlying survival distribution s(t).they studied the properties of proposed estimates and concluded the maximum likelihood estimate was strongly consistent and asymptotically normal. 1.2 basic concepts 1.2.1 survival function the object of primary interest is the survival function, conventionally denoted by s, which is defined as [7]: s(t) = pr(t > t) (1) where , t is a r.v. , t is the time of death, . the survival function s t is the probability that the patient will survive till time t. survival probability is usually assumed to approach zero as age increases. i.e.; 1. 0 1. 2. lim → 0 . 3. is decreasing and continuous from right side. another characteristic of survival data is that the survival time cannot be negative[13]. see figure (1). 2. nonparametric estimation method nonparametric method is often very easy and simple to understand as compared to parametric method .furthermore, nonparametric analyses are more widely used in situation, 534 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 where there is doubt about the exact form of distribution [13]. in this research we use some nonparametric methods like empirical survival function (em), borkowf –type (be), nelson -type (ne), and thompson– type(tb) estimators for estimating the survival function for the patient of lung cancer based on complete censored data . 2.1 empirical survival function estimation method(em) let f ( t ) denotes the life distribution for a certain type of items. we want to estimate the distribution function f ( t ) and the survivor function s ( t ) = 1 f ( t ) from a complete data set of n independent lifetimes. let t ( l ) t(2) . . . t(n) be the data set arranged in ascending order. the empirical distribution function is defined as [6],[14] ( n u m b e r o f lif e ti m e t)f ( t) = n  2 if we assume that there are no ties in the data set, the empirical distribution function may be written t 0 for t t for t t t i 1,………….,n 1 for t t (3) the corresponding empirical survivor function is 1 t number oflife time n 4 if there are no ties in the data set, the empirical survivor function may also be written s t 1 for t t 1 for t t t i 1,……. . ,n 0 for t t (5) the variance of empirical survivor function is [14] var s t s t 1 s t n 6 if all observations are distinct, s(t) is a step function that decreases by l/n just before each observed failure time[6]. a simple adjustment accommodates any ties present in the data. s(t) as a function of t is illustrated, so we have s t 1 i n i 1,…………. ,n 7 2.2 borkowf –type estimator method (be) borkowf proposed a survival function under the framework of the empirical survival function[3] .the borkowf empirical survival function having n number of cases in the study which is defined by the expression 1 1 2 8 535 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 borkowf proved that the greenwood’s variance of the proposed estimator less than the greenwood’s variance of empirical survival function ( (t)em ). the standard error of is usually found from greenwood’s formula. the variance of borkowf proposed a survivor function is 3 , 14 var n 1 n s t 1 s t n 9 2.3: thompson– type estimator method (te) the shrinkage estimation method is the bayesian approach depending on prior information regarding the value of the specific parameter from past experiences or previous studies. in this section we have to estimate s(t) when a prior information about s(t) available as initial value s0(t). thus, thompsontype shrinkage estimator have the following form [15] s t ξ s t 1 ξ s° t , 0 ξ 1 10 where is a shrinkage factor, 0   1 . here, is selected based on wald test statistic for h0 : s(t) = s0(t) , against ha: s(t) s0(t) with level of significance equal to 0.05. where test statistic is 0 1/ 2 ˆ ˆ[var ] em em s s z s   in this paper, we put forward the shrinkage weight function ξ as exp(-10/n) . 2.4:nelson-aalen estimator method (ne) the nelson-aalen estimator[11], an alternative estimate of the survival function which is based on the individual event times and of cumulative hazard rate h(t) at time t as below: t for 0 11 suppose that there are n individuals with observed survival times t 1, t2 ,...,tn. the ordered death times t(i) ,i=1,2,...,n. where di is the number of individuals who die at time t ( i ) . h t h x dx lns t where h(t) refers to hazard rate at time t. thus ,we can write the survival nelson estimation as following 12)( ) ŝ(t)nl=exp (-ĥ(t) 536 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 3. estimation of survival function methods the results of the estimation for the survival function using four mentioned methods under complete data using the matlab (2012a) program [8,14] are shown in table( 1 ) . 4.numerical result and conclusions 1. as an expected the values of survival function of all estimation methods which are proposed in this paper has been decreasing gradually with increasing failure times for lung cancer patients , that is means there is an opposite relationship between failure times and survival function. this shows that the value of survival function for patients was high when the patients were alive in the hospital and became low otherwise [14]. 2. the mean squares error [14], for proposed estimation methods of the survival function are given in table (2). where; mse ∑ 13 where is the median rank survival function, is the specific estimated survival function and n refer to the sample size of the patient . 3. as a consequence, the computations of mentioned statistical indicators which are shown in table (2) above, leads to the result that the mean squares error(mse) for thompson estimator (te) method are less than those of the em, be and ne methods, so the shrinkage method is the best estimation method. 4. by observing figure (4) below, one can note the matching of the proposed estimation methods in this paper and the extent of convergence resulting accuracy of these methods, especially to real median rank survival function methods s (t) .see figure (2). references 1. alqurashi , a . k. (2001). estimate survival function for nonparametric methods ph.d. thesis in statistics submitted to the faculty of management and economics at university of mustansiriya. 2. american cancer society (december 2007). "report sees 7.6 million global 2007 cancer deaths". reuters. retrieved 2008-08-07. 3. borkowf, c. b. (2005). a simple hybrid variance estimator for the kaplan-meier survival function. statistics in medicine, . 24; 827-851. 4. basher, f. m.(2010).some of the parametric methods and nonparametric to estimate the reliability function with the practical application. master thesis, baghdad university, college of administration and economics 5. haifa, k. (1987).use non-parametric method to find reliability function for the tools of 14 ramadan factory department of textile . master thesis, baghdad university, college of administration and economics. 6.kaplan, e.l. and meier, p. (1958). non parametric estimation from incomplete observations .journa1 of the american statistical association. 53. 457-481. 7. marvin. r and arnljot .h. ( 2004) . system reliability theory models, statistical methods and applications . second edition. 537 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 8.mathews j. h. and fink k. d. (2003)," numerical method using matlab", third edition, prentice hall, usa. 9. mei-c,w. (2006) .summary notes for survival analysis. department of biostatistics. johns hopkins university. 10. national collaborating centre for cancer (2011), " the diagnosis and treatment of lung cancer (update) ". http://www.nice.org.uk/nicemedia/live/13465/54199/54199.pdf 11. nelson, w.( 1972).theory and application of hazard plotting for censored failure data ." techno metrics 14:945-966. 12. petrson , a.v.(1977) . expressing the kaplan-meier estimator as a function of empirical sub-survival function . jasa.72,854-858. 13.qamruz, z. and karl, p. (2011) ,survival analysis medical research. http://interstat.statjournals.net/year/2011/abstracts/1105005.php. 14. taha , a. t (2013)," estimate the parameters and related probability functions for data of the patients of lymph glands cancer via birnbaumsaunders model", m.sc., baghdad university, education college for pure sciences(ibn al-haitham) . 15. thompson , j.r. (1968) . some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean . j. amer. statist. assoc.63..113-122 table no. (1): estimated values for the survival function no. time/d _ _ _ _ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 3 37 72 75 91 100 103 121 127 140 154 156 164 186 211 212 213 217 218 221 221 233 0.9915 0.9831 0.9746 0.9661 0.9576 0.9492 0.9407 0.9322 0.9237 0.9153 0.9068 0.8983 0.8898 0.8814 0.8729 0.8644 0.8559 0.8475 0.8390 0.8305 0.8220 0.8136 0.9874 0.9790 0.9706 0.9622 0.9537 0.9453 0.9369 0.9285 0.9201 0.9117 0.9033 0.8949 0.8865 0.8781 0.8697 0.8613 0.8529 0.8445 0.8361 0.8277 0.8193 0.8109 0.9917 0.9833 0.9748 0.9663 0.9578 0.9494 0.9409 0.9324 0.9240 0.9155 0.9070 0.8985 0.8901 0.8816 0.8731 0.8646 0.8562 0.8477 0.8392 0.8308 0.8223 0.8138 0.9916 0.9832 0.9749 0.9667 0.9585 0.9504 0.9424 0.9345 0.9266 0.9187 0.9110 0.9033 0.8957 0.8881 0.8806 0.8732 0.8658 0.8585 0.8513 0.8441 0.8370 0.8299 538 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 240 241 243 249 254 266 273 276 277 278 281 290 301 301 301 302 304 304 306 307 307 308 313 313 314 318 330 331 332 332 334 334 335 335 335 335 338 341 342 345 349 354 357 363 364 364 366 367 368 371 373 0.8051 0.7966 0.7881 0.7797 0.7712 0.7627 0.7542 0.7458 0.7373 0.7288 0.7203 0.7119 0.7034 0.6949 0.6864 0.6780 0.6695 0.6610 0.6525 0.6441 0.6356 0.6271 0.6186 0.6102 0.6017 0.5932 0.5847 0.5763 0.5678 0.5593 0.5508 0.5424 0.5339 0.5254 0.5169 0.5085 0.5000 0.4915 0.4831 0.4746 0.4661 0.4576 0.4492 0.4407 0.4322 0.4237 0.4153 0.4068 0.3983 0.3898 0.3814 0.8025 0.7941 0.7857 0.7773 0.7689 0.7605 0.7521 0.7437 0.7353 0.7269 0.7185 0.7101 0.7017 0.6933 0.6849 0.6765 0.6681 0.6597 0.6512 0.6428 0.6344 0.6260 0.6176 0.6092 0.6008 0.5924 0.5840 0.5756 0.5672 0.5588 0.5504 0.5420 0.5336 0.5252 0.5168 0.5084 0.5000 0.4916 0.4832 0.4748 0.4664 0.4580 0.4496 0.4412 0.4328 0.4244 0.4160 0.4076 0.3992 0.3908 0.3824 0.8053 0.7969 0.7884 0.7799 0.7715 0.7630 0.7545 0.7460 0.7376 0.7291 0.7206 0.7121 0.7037 0.6952 0.6867 0.6783 0.6698 0.6613 0.6528 0.6444 0.6359 0.6274 0.6190 0.6105 0.6020 0.5935 0.5851 0.5766 0.5681 0.5596 0.5512 0.5427 0.5342 0.5258 0.5173 0.5088 0.5003 0.4919 0.4834 0.4749 0.4665 0.4580 0.4495 0.4410 0.4326 0.4241 0.4156 0.4071 0.3987 0.3902 0.3817 0.8229 0.8160 0.8091 0.8022 0.7955 0.7888 0.7821 0.7755 0.7690 0.7625 0.7560 0.7497 0.7433 0.7371 0.7308 0.7247 0.7186 0.7125 0.7065 0.7005 0.6946 0.6887 0.6829 0.6772 0.6715 0.6658 0.6602 0.6546 0.6491 0.6436 0.6382 0.6328 0.6274 0.6221 0.6169 0.6117 0.6065 0.6014 0.5963 0.5913 0.5863 0.5814 0.5765 0.5716 0.5668 0.5620 0.5572 0.5525 0.5479 0.5433 0.5387 539 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 374 380 387 392 393 397 399 400 400 401 402 407 409 419 421 421 422 422 423 427 428 430 446 450 454 461 463 470 477 481 481 483 483 497 511 512 512 516 517 519 533 534 535 540 550 0.3729 0.3644 0.3559 0.3475 0.3390 0.3305 0.3220 0.3136 0.3051 0.2966 0.2881 0.2797 0.2712 0.2627 0.2542 0.2458 0.2373 0.2288 0.2203 0.2119 0.2034 0.1949 0.1864 0.1780 0.1695 0.1610 0.1525 0.1441 0.1356 0.1271 0.1186 0.1102 0.1017 0.0932 0.0847 0.0763 0.0678 0.0593 0.0508 0.0424 0.0339 0.0254 0.0169 0.0085 0 0.3740 0.3656 0.3572 0.3488 0.3403 0.3319 0.3235 0.3151 0.3067 0.2983 0.2899 0.2815 0.2731 0.2647 0.2563 0.2479 0.2395 0.2311 0.2227 0.2143 0.2059 0.1975 0.1891 0.1807 0.1723 0.1639 0.1555 0.1471 0.1387 0.1303 0.1219 0.1135 0.1051 0.0967 0.0883 0.0799 0.0715 0.0631 0.0547 0.0463 0.0378 0.0294 0.0210 0.0126 0.0042 0.3733 0.3648 0.3563 0.3478 0.3394 0.3309 0.3224 0.3140 0.3055 0.2970 0.2885 0.2801 0.2716 0.2631 0.2546 0.2462 0.2377 0.2292 0.2208 0.2123 0.2038 0.1953 0.1869 0.1784 0.1699 0.1615 0.1530 0.1445 0.1360 0.1276 0.1191 0.1106 0.1021 0.0937 0.0852 0.0767 0.0683 0.0598 0.0513 0.0428 0.0344 0.0259 0.0174 0.0090 0.0005 0.5341 0.5296 0.5252 0.5207 0.5163 0.5120 0.5076 0.5034 0.4991 0.4949 0.4907 0.4866 0.4825 0.4784 0.4744 0.4704 0.4664 0.4625 0.4586 0.4547 0.4509 0.4471 0.4433 0.4395 0.4358 0.4321 0.4285 0.4249 0.4213 0.4177 0.4142 0.4107 0.4073 0.4038 0.4004 0.3970 0.3937 0.3904 0.3871 0.3838 0.3806 0.3774 0.3742 0.3710 0.3679 540 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (2): comparing between four non-parametric methods methods mse[ ] em 0.000018 ne 0.0292 bk 0.000019 th 0.000015 s (t) figure no.( 1): shows the curve of the survival function figure no.(2): shows the curve of four used estimation methods for the survival function 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 time , days s (t ) s-rl s-em s-ne s-be s-th 541 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تقدير دالة البقاء لبيانات حقيقية كاملة لمرضى سرطان الرئة سلمانعباس نجم ابتھال حسين فرحان / جامعة بغداد )ابن الھيثم(قسم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة استلم في :8 حزيران 2014 ، قبل في :1 ايلول 2014  الخالصة بيانات ىمختلفة اعتمادا عل ق تقدير المعلمية ائدالة البقاء لمرضى سرطان الرئة باستخدام طر قدرتفي ھذا البحث ، أو دخول سرطان الرئة والمعتمد على تشخيص المرض حقيقية كاملة التي تصف مدة البقاء للمرضى الذين يعانون من ). وقد أجريت مقارنات بين طرائق 2013إلى نھاية عام 2012بداية عام المرضى في المستشفى مدة سنتين (تبدأ من اء على قيد مربعات الخطأ، وخلصت الدراسة إلى أن تقدير دالة البقمؤشر إحصائي متوسط التقدير المقترحة باستخدام سرطان الرئة باستخدام طريقة التقلص ھي الفضلى. الحياة لمرضى قدر بوركوف, , مرض سرطان الرئة، البيانات الحقيقية الكاملة، المقدر التجريبي,ة: مقدرات غير معلمي المفتاحيةالكلمات ومتوسط مربعات الخطأ. مقدر نلسون، مقدر التقلص úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 existence and uniqueness of the solution of nonlinear volterra fuzzy integral equations eman a. hussain ayad w. ali department of mathematics/college of science/ university of al-mustansiriyah abstract in this paper, we proved the existence and uniqueness of the solution of nonlinear volterra fuzzy integral equations of the second kind. keywords: volterra fuzzy integral equations. 348 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction the concept of integration of fuzzy functions has been introduced by dubois and prade [1], goetschel and voxman [2], kaleva [3] and others. however, if the fuzzy function is continuous, all the various procedures yield the same result. the fuzzy integral is applied in fuzzy integral equations, such that there is a growing interest in fuzzy integral equations particularly in the past decade. the fuzzy integral equations have been studied by authors of [4,5,6,7] and others. in this paper, the existence and uniqueness theorem is proved for nonlinear volterra fuzzy integral equation under the lipschitz condition and arbitrary kernels by means of the successive iterations involving fuzzy set-valued function of a real variable where values are normal, convex, upper semi continuous and compactly supported fuzzy sets in rn. the authors of [8] proved the existence and uniqueness of the solution of linear volterra fuzzy integral equations of the second kind. p. prakash and v. kalaiselvi [9] proved the existence and uniqueness of the solution of nonlinear volterra fuzzy integral equations with infinite delay of the form ú(x) = f�x, u(x)� + ∫ g(x, t, u(t)) x −∞ dt, x ∈ j = (−∞, ∞) (1.1) where f: j × en → en and g: j × j × en → en are levelwise continuous and satisfy the generalized lipschitz condition. k. balachandran and k. kanagarajan in [10] proved the existence and uniqueness of the solution of general nonlinear volterra-fredholm fuzzy integral equations of the form u(x) = f(x, u(x), ∫ f1(x, t, u(t) x 0 dt, … , ∫ fm(x, t, u(t) x 0 dt, (1.2) ∫ g1(x, t, u(t) b 0 dt, … , ∫ gm(x, t, u(t) b 0 dt) , 0 ≤ x ≤ b, the purpose of this paper is to prove the existence and uniqueness of the solution of nonlinear volterra fuzzy integral equations of the second kind u(x) = f(x) + ∫ k�x, t, u(t)�dt x a (1.3) where f is fuzzy continuous function on i = [a, b], k is continuous fuzzy function over the region ∆= i × i × en = {(x, t, u(t))|a ≤ t ≤ x ≤ b, u(t) ∈ en} and u(x) is the solution of equation (1.3) to prove its existence and uniqueness. preliminaries by pk(rn), we denote the family of all nonempty compact convex subsets of rn. let i = [a, b] be a compact interval and denote [3] en = {p ∶ rn → [0,1]} such that p satisfies (i) through (iv) below i) p is normal i.e. there exists an x0 ∈ rn such that p(x0) = 1, ii) p is fuzzy convex, iii) p is upper semi continuous, i.e the α − level sets [p]α are closed for each α ∈ [0,1], iv) [p]0 = cl{x ∈ rn|p(x) > 0} is compact. where the α − level sets [p]α is defined by [p]α = {x ∈ rn|p(x) ≥ α} for 0 < α ≤ 1 and [p]0 for α = 0. then from (i)-(iv), it follows that [p]α ∈ pk(rn) for all 0 ≤ α ≤ 1. 349 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 if g: rn × rn → rn is a function, then using zadeh's extension principle, we can extend g to g:� en × en → en by the relation g�(p, q)(z) = sup z=g(x,y) min {p(x), q(y)} for each p, q ∈ en, 0 ≤ α ≤ 1 and continuous function g. it is well known that [g(p, q)]α = g([p]α, [q]α) moreover, we have [p + q]α = [p]α + [q]α, [kp]α = k[p]α, where k ∈ r. define d: en × en → r+ by d(p, q) = sup 0≤α≤1 d([p]α, [q]α), where d is the hausdorf metric defined in pk(rn) by d(a, b) = max {sup x∈a inf y∈b |x − y|, sup y∈b inf x∈a |x − y|} for each a, b ∈ pk(rn), then d is a metric in en. definition 2.1 [3] a function f: i → en is called strongly measurable, if for all α ∈ [0,1] the set-valued function fα: i → pk(rn) is defined by fα(x) = [f(x)]α is lebesgue measurable, where pk(rn) has the topology induced by the hausdorf metric d. definition 2.2 [3] a function f: i → en is called integrably bounded if there exists an integrable function h such that ‖y‖ < h(x)for all y ∈ f0(x). definition 2.3 [3] let f: i → en. the integral of f over i, denoted by ∫ f(x) dxi or ∫ f(x) dx b a , is defined levelwise by [� f(x)dx i ]α = � fα(x)dx i = {� f(x)dx i |f: i → rn is a measurable function for fα} for all 0 ≤ α ≤ 1. definition 2.4 [3] a function f: i → en is called levelwise continuous at t0 ∈ i if the setvalued function fα(x) = [f(x)]α is continuous at t = t0 with respect to the hausdorf metric d for all α ∈ [0,1]. proposition 2.1 [3] let f, g: i → en be integrable and θ ∈ r. then 1. ∫(f + g) = ∫ f + ∫ g, 2. ∫θf = θ∫ f, 3. d(f, g) is integrable, 350 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 4. d(∫ f , ∫ g) ≤ ∫ d(f, g). theorem 2.1 [3,11] for any p, q, r, s ∈ en and θ ∈ r, then the following hold • (en, d) is a complete metric space, • d(θp, θq) = |θ|d(p, q), • d(p + r, q + r) = d(p, q), • d(p + q, r + s) ≤ d(p, r) + d(q, s). definition 2.5 [12] a function f: i → en is called bounded if there exists a constant m > 0 such that d(f(x), 0�) ≤ m for all x ∈ i. definition 2.6 [7] a function f: i → en is said to be continuous if for arbitrary fixed x0 ∈ i and ε > 0 there exists δ > 0 such that if |x − x0| < δ, then d(f(x), f(x0)) < ε for each x ∈ i. main results theorem 3.1 (existence and uniqueness) assume the following conditions are satisfied i) nebaf →],[: is continuous and bounded, ii) nek →∆: is a continuous function, iii) if nebavu →],[:, are continuous, then the lipschitz condition ( ) ))(),(())(,,()),(,,( xvxuldtvtxktutxkd ≤ (3.1) is satisfied, with ab l − << 1 0 . where ∆= i × i × en = {(x, t, u(t))|a ≤ t ≤ x ≤ b, u(t) ∈ en}. then there exists a unique fuzzy solution )(xu of (1.3) and the successive iterations 0,))(,,()()( )()( 1 1 11 ≥+= = ∑∫ + = −+ ndttutxkxfx xfx n i x a in o ψ ψ (3.2) are uniformly convergent to )(xu on ],[ ba ; where 1,))(,,()( )()( 1 ≥= = ∫ − ndttutxkxu xfxu x a nn o (3.3) first we prove the following lemma. lemma 3.1 if the conditions of theorem (3.1) are hold and nu is given by (3.3) then for 0≥n i) )(xun is bounded, ii) )(xun is continuous. 351 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 proof: i) clearly )()( xfxuo = is bounded by part (i) of theorem (3.1). assume )(1 xun− is bounded. from (3.1), (3.3) and proposition (2.1) we have ( ) ),0 ~ ),((sup)( )0 ~ ),((sup )0 ~ ,)(( 0 ~ )),(,,(0 ~ ,))(,,()0 ~ ),(( 1 ],[ 1 ],[ 1 11 xudlab dtxudl dtxudl dttutxkddttutxkdxud n bax x anbax x a n x a n x a nn − ∈ − ∈ − −− −≤ ≤ ≤ ≤    = ∫ ∫ ∫∫ where 0 ~ is the zero function. hence by induction )(xun is bounded. ii) to prove the continuity of )(xun , we suppose bxxa ≤≤≤ ˆ , hence by proposition (2.1) and theorem (2.1) we have ( ) ( )dttutxkddttutxktutxkd dttutxkddttutxkdttutxkd dttutxkdttutxkdttutxkd dttutxkdttutxkdxuxud x x n x a nn x x n x a n x a n x x n x a n x a n x a n x a nnn ∫∫ ∫∫∫ ∫∫∫ ∫∫ −−− −−− −−− −− +≤     +    ≤      +=     = ˆ 111 ˆ 111 ˆ 111 ˆ 11 0 ~ )),(,,ˆ())(,,ˆ()),(,,( 0 ~ ,))(,,ˆ())(,,ˆ(,))(,,( ))(,,ˆ())(,,ˆ(,))(,,( ))(,,ˆ(,))(,,())ˆ(),(( ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )0~),(sup)ˆ())(,,ˆ()),(,,(sup)( 0 ~ ),())(,,ˆ()),(,,(sup)( 1 ],[ 11 ],[ ˆ 111 ],[ xudxxltutxktutxkdab dtxuldtutxktutxkdab n bax nn bat x xnnnbat − ∈ −− ∈ −−− ∈ −+−≤ +−≤ ∫ since k is continuous, we obtain 0))ˆ(),(( →xuxud nn as xx ˆ→ . thus )(xun is continuous on ],[ ba . proof of theorem (3.1) we shall prove that all )(xnψ , 0≥n are bounded on ],[ ba . it is clear that )()( xfxo =ψ is bounded by the assumption. suppose that )(1 xn−ψ is bounded. from (3.2) and theorem (2.1) we have       ++=       += ∫∑∫ ∑∫ − − = − = − 0 ~ ,))(,,())(,,()( 0 ~ ,))(,,()()0 ~ ),(( 1 1 1 1 1 1 x a n n i x a i n i x a in dttutxkdttutxkxfd dttutxkxfdxd ψ 352 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ( ) )0 ~ ),(()0 ~ ),(( 0 ~ ,))(,,(0 ~ ),( 0 ~ ,))(,,()( 1 11 11 xudxd dttutxkdxd dttutxkxd nn x a nn x a nn +=     +≤      += − −− −− ∫ ∫ ψ ψ ψ from induction and lemma (3.1) part (i) we have that )(xnψ is bounded. consequently, ∞ =0)}({ nn xψ is a sequence of bounded functions on ],[ ba . in the following, we prove that )(xnψ are continuous on ],[ ba . by lemma (3.1) part (ii) and theorem (2.1) and proposition (2.1) for bxxa ≤≤≤ ˆ , we have ( ) ( ) )0 ~ ,))(,,ˆ((sup)ˆ( ))(,,ˆ(,))(,,(sup)()ˆ(),( 0 ~ ,))(,,ˆ( ))(,,ˆ(,))(,,()ˆ(),( 1 1 ],[ 1 1 1 1 ],[ ˆ 1 1 1 1 1 1 ∑ ∑∑ ∫ ∑ ∫ ∑∑ = − ∈ = − = − ∈ = − = − = − −+       −+≤       +       +≤ n i i bat n i i n i i bat x x n i i x a n i i n i i tutxkdxx tutxktutxkdabxfxfd dttutxkd dttutxktutxkdxfxfd finally we obtain 0))ˆ(),(( →xxd nn ψψ as xx ˆ→ . therefore the sequence ∞=0)}({ nn xψ is continuous on ],[ ba . to prove uniform convergence of the sequence ∞=0)}({ nn xψ , for 0≥n we have ( )      +=       ++=       += ∫ ∑ ∫∫ ∑∫ = − + = −+ )(,))(,,()( )(,))(,,())(,,()( )(,))(,,()()(),( 1 1 1 1 11 xdttutxkxd xdttutxkdttutxkxfd xdttutxkxfdxxd n x a nn n n i x a n x a i n n i x a inn ψψ ψ ψψψ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )       +       +≤       ++=       +≤       ++= ∑∫ ∑∫∑∫ ∑∫∑∫∑∫ ∑∫∑∫ ∑∫∑∫ = − = − = − = − = − = − = − = − = − = − 0 ~ ,))(,,ˆ( ))(,,ˆ(,))(,,()ˆ(),( ))(,,ˆ())(,,ˆ(,))(,,()ˆ(),( ))(,,ˆ(,))(,,()ˆ(),( ))(,,ˆ()ˆ(,))(,,()()ˆ(),( 1 ˆ 1 1 1 1 1 1 ˆ 1 1 1 1 1 1 ˆ 1 1 1 1 ˆ 1 1 1 n i x x i n i x a i n i x a i n i x x i n i x a i n i x a i n i x a i n i x a i n i x a i n i x a inn dttutxkd dttutxkdttutxkdxfxfd dttutxkdttutxkdttutxkdxfxfd dttutxkdttutxkdxfxfd dttutxkxfdttutxkxfdxxd ψψ 353 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ( ) ( ) ( ).0~),(sup)( 0 ~ ),( 0 ~ )),(,,( 0 ~ ,))(,,( ],[ xudlab dtxuld dttutxkd dttutxkd n bax x a n x a n x a n ∈ −≤ ≤ ≤     = ∫ ∫ ∫ hence we obtain )0 ~ ),((sup)())(),((sup ],[ 1 ],[ xudlabxxd n bax nn bax ∈ + ∈ −≤ψψ (3.4) on the other hand, by (3.1) we can obtain for 1≥n , ( ) )0 ~ ),(()( 0 ~ )),(,,( 0 ~ ,))(,,()0 ~ ),(( 1 1 1 xuldab dttutxkd dttutxkdxud n x a n x a nn − − − −≤ ≤     = ∫ ∫ by the same way we have )0 ~ ),(()()0 ~ ),(( 21 xuldabxud nn −− −≤ thus we obtain )0 ~ ),((sup}){( )0 ~ ),((}){()0 ~ ),((}){( . . . )0 ~ ),((}){( )0 ~ ),(()()0 ~ ),(( ],[ 0 2 2 1 xfdlab xfdlabxudlab xudlab xuldabxud bax n nn n nn ∈ − − −≤ −=−≤ −≤ −≤ this implies that n n bax labqxud }){()0 ~ ),((sup ],[ −≤ ∈ (3.5) where )0 ~ ),((sup ],[ xfdq bax∈ = . for 0≥n , from (3.4) and (3.5) we obtain 1 1 ],[ 1 }){())(),((sup))(),(( + + ∈ + −≤≤ n nn bax nn labqxxdxxd ψψψψ the series ∑ ∞ = −− 0 }){()( n nlablabq is convergent, hence the series ∑ ∞ = + 0 1 ))(),(( n nn xxd ψψ is convergent uniformly on ],[ ba by the comparison test, this implies the uniform convergence 354 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 of the sequence ∞=0)}({ nn xψ . if we denote )(lim)( xxu nn ψ∞→= , then )(xu satisfies (1.3). it is obviously continuous and bounded on ],[ ba . at last, we prove the uniqueness of solution. let )(xu and )(xv be two continuous solutions of (1.3) on ],[ ba , then ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ))(),()(),( )()(),()()(),(0 xxvdxxud xxvxxudxvxud nn nn ψψ ψψ +≤ ++=≤ and since )(xnψ is convergent to solution of (1.3), then ( ) ( ) ,0)(),( ,0)(),( → → xxud xxud n n ψ ψ when ∞→n , then ( ) 0)(),( =xvxud that is )()( xvxu = . this completes the proof. references 1. towards fuzzy differential calculus, i,ii,iii, dubois, d. and prade, h., (1982), fuzzy sets and systems, 8, 1-7, 105-116, 225-233. 2. elementary calculus, goetschel, r. and voxman, w., (1986), fuzzy sets and systems, 18, 31-43. 3. fuzzy differential equations, kaleva, o., (1987), fuzzy sets and systs., 24, 301-317. 4. numerical solution of linear fredholm fuzzy integral equations of the second kind by adomian method, babolian, e., goghary, h. s. and abbasbandy s., (2005), app. math. and comput., 161, 733-744. 5. a note on fuzzy integral equations, park, j. y. and ug jeong j., (1999), fuzzy sets and systems, 108, 193-200. 6. existence and uniqueness of fuzzy solution for semi linear fuzzy integrodifferential equations with nonlocal conditions, balasubramaniam, p. and muralisankar, s., (2004), comp. and math. with appls., 47, 1115-1122. 7. numerical solution of fuzzy linear volterra integral equations of the second kind by homotopy analysis method, ghanbari, m., (2010), int. j. industrial math. 2, 2, 73-87. 8. existence and uniqueness of fuzzy solution for linear volterra fuzzy integral equations, proved by adomian decomposition method, rouhparvar, h., allahviranloo, t. and abbasbandy, s., (2009), romai j., 5, 2, 153-161 9. fuzzy volterra integral equations with infinite delay, prakash, p. and kalaiselvi, v., (2009), tamkang jornal of math., spring, 40, 1, 19-29. 10. existence of solutions of general nonlinear fuzzy volterra-fredholm integral equations, balachandran, k. and kanagarajan, k., (2005), journal of appl. math. and stochastic analysis, 3, 333–343. 355 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 11. fuzzy random variables, puri, m. l. and ralescu, d. a., (1986), j. math. anal. appl., 114, , 409-422. 12. metric spaces of fuzzy sets theory and applications, diamond, p. and kloeden, p. e., (1994), world scientific, singapore. 356 | mathematics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 وجود ووحدانیة الحل لمعادالت فولتیرا التكاملیة الضبابیة الالخطیة إیمان علي حسین أیاد ولي علي الجامعة المستنصریة / كلیة العلوم / قسم الریاضیات الخالصة .وجود ووحدانیة الحل لمعادالت فولتیرا التكاملیة الضبابیة الالخطیة من النوع الثانيفي ھذا البحث برھنّا .معادالت فولتیرا التكاملیة الضبابیة : الكلمات المفتاحیة 357 | mathematics ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 437 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: kehindebashiru@uniosun.edu.ng abstract a new family of distribution named double-exponential-x family is proposed. the proposed family is generated from the double exponential distribution. the forms of the probability densities and hazard functions of two distinct subfamilies of the proposed family are examined and reported. general properties such as moment, survival, order statistics, probability weighted moments and quartile functions of the models are investigated. a sub family of the developed family of double –exponential-x family of the distribution known as double-exponential-pareto distribution was used to fit a real life data on the use of antiretroviral drugs. montecarlo simulation of efficacy of antiretroviral drugs is conducted to evaluate the performance of the model. the models were tested using some models diagnostic tests and it was revealed that the proposed model was better than the ones proposed before it from the same family and also, the stochastic dominance method was used to affirm the best antiretroviral drugs used in the study. keywords: double exponential distribution, hazard function, molecular simulation, stochastic dominance. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3377 article history: received 25 january 2023, accepted 14 march 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq double-exponential-x family of distributions: properties and applications kehinde adekunle bashiru* department of statistics, osun state university, osogbo, nigeria taiwo adetola ojurongbe department of statistics, osun state university, osogbo, nigeria lawal sola department of statistics, osun state college of technology, esa oke, nigeria nureni .olawale adeboye department of statistics, osun state university, osogbo, nigeria habeeb abiodun afolabi department of statistics, osun state university, osogbo, nigeria https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:%20kehindebashiru@uniosun.edu.ng mailto:kehindebashiru@uniosun.edu.ng mailto:taiwo.ojurongbe@uniosun.edu.ng mailto:slawal@gmail.com mailto:nureni.adeboye@uniosun.edu.ng mailto:habeeb.afolabi@uniosun.edu.ng ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 438 1. introduction in the past few decades, a variety of classical or general distributions have been widely used to structure data in the fields of engineering, actuarial, environmental science, biology, demography, economy, insurance, and finance. despite this, there continue to be problems in each of the aforementioned fields. naturally, this may be attributed to the fact that, as a result of the growth of science and technology, the underlying distributions are no longer able to suit the data set. because of this, it is necessary to create new kinds of extended distributions that can handle these fresh difficulties. as a result, numerous methods have been proposed and researched to develop or introduce new families of distribution by including a parameter or several parameters in the baseline random variable model while providing a great degree of flexibility in actual data modeling, including beta-g [1,2], gamma-g type-1 [3], mc-g [4], log-gamma-g type-2 [5], gamma-g type-3 [6], weibull-x family of distributions [7], odd generalized exponential-g [8,9], type-1 half-logistic family [10], kumaraswamy-weibull-generated family [11], new weibullg family [12], generalized transmutedg [13] taking 𝑣(𝑡) to be the probability density function (pdf) of a random variable, say, which belongs to m and n, that is t∈ [𝑚, 𝑛] for -∞ ≤ m < n <∞ and also, let 𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)] be a function of cumulative distribution function (cdf) of a random variable, say x which depends on the parameter 𝜉 which satisfies the conditions: i 𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)] is bounded between m and n ii. 𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)] is differentiable and monotonically increasing iii. 𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)] →m as x→-∞ and 𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)]→n as x→∞ the cdf of the t-x family of distribution as recently used by [14] as 𝐺(𝑥) = ∫ 𝑣(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 𝑤(𝐹(𝑥;𝜉)) 𝑚 , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅 (1) and the pdf corresponding to (1) is given as: 𝑔(𝑥) = { 𝑑 𝑑𝑥 𝑤[𝐹(𝑥; 𝜉)]} 𝑉{𝑤[𝐹(𝑥: 𝜉)]} 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅 several new families of distributions have been postulated using the concept of t-x family as proposed [14]. different functions of 𝑊[𝐹(𝑋; ∈)] have been employed in the literature for the tx family which are revealed in table1. this research aims to introduce a new family of continuous distributions, which is named as double exponential-x (“de-x” for short) family. this family's two distinct sub-models are looked into and discussed. both real life and simulated data are used to illustrate the essence of the new model in the area of applied science. this paper's remaining sections are divided as follows: in the section titled "double-exponential x family," we define the de-x family of distributions, provide a mathematical derivation of some of the family's fundamental statistical properties, including the moment, survival function, order statistics, probability weighted moment (pwm), and quartile function, and provide a maximum likelihood estimation method for determining the model parameters. the de-pareto distribution sub-model constructed from this family was fitted to reallife data of viral load (copies/ml) of some patients receiving antiretroviral medication. in order to calculate the average binding affinity ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 439 of abacavir and neviranpine as they docked (using molecular docking), simulated data (from simulation of molecular dynamics) was also used. table 1: a few t-x family members currently in existence 𝑾[𝑭(𝒙; 𝝃)] range of 𝑿 members of t – x family 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉) (0,1) beta – g [1] − log[𝐹(𝑥; 𝜉)] (0, ∞) gamma-gtype-22) [15] − log[1 − 𝐹(𝑥; 𝜉)] (0, ∞) gamma-gtype-1[3] 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉) 1 − 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉) (0, ∞) gamma-gtype-3 [6] − log[1 − 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)] (0, ∞) exponentiated t – x [14] log { 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉) 1 − 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉) } (−∞, ∞) logistics – g [16] log[− log{1 − 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)}] (0, ∞) the logistic – x family [8,9] 2. materials and methods 2.0 the double exponential-x family given the pdf of the double exponential distribution 𝑉(𝑥; 𝑏; µ) = 1 2𝑏 𝑒 |𝑥−µ| 𝑏 ( 21) (2) and the corresponding cdf with high reliability on the support is given by: 𝐹(𝑥; µ; 𝑏) = 1 2 𝑒 −(µ−𝑥) 𝑏 if𝑥 ≤ µ (3) 𝐹(𝑥; µ; 𝑏) = 1 − 1 2 𝑒 −(𝑥−µ) 𝑏 if𝑥 ≥ µ (4) then, if 𝑥 ≥ 0, then the cdf changes to 𝐹(𝑥; 𝑏) = 1 − 1 2 𝑒 − 𝑥 𝑏 (5) and its corresponding pdf is given as: 𝑉(𝑥; 𝑏) = 1 2𝑏 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑏 (6) if 𝑥 follows (6) and setting 𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)]= 1 1−𝐹(𝑥,𝜉) in (1), we define the cdf of the double exponential-x family by g(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝜉) = 1 2 [1 − 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 (𝑊[𝐹(𝑥,𝜉)]) ] = 1 2 − 1 2 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 (𝑊[𝐹(𝑥,𝜉)]) , b, 𝜉 > 0 , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅 (7) where the baseline distribution's cdf, which is dependent on the vector parameter, is denoted by 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉), 𝜉 and 𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)]= 1 1−𝐹(𝑥,𝜉) is a special transformation. the corresponding pdf is obtained via the first derivative of the cdf, g(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝜉) and it is shown by: 𝑔(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝜉) = 1 2𝑏 [ 𝑑 𝑑𝑥 (𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)])] 𝑒 −{ 1 𝑏 (𝑊[𝐹(𝑥,𝜉)])} , 𝑏, 𝜉 > 0 (8) 𝑔(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝜉)= 𝑔(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝜉) = 1 2𝑏 [(𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)])′]𝑒 −{ 1 𝑏 (𝑊[𝐹(𝑥,𝜉)])} , where (𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)])′ = 𝑑 𝑑𝑥 (𝑊[𝐹(𝑥, 𝜉)]) and 𝑏, 𝜉 > 0 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 440 the motivations behind using de-x family in the real life situations include:  it is a popular technique for inserting extra parameter(s) to produce an expanded baseline distribution,  to enhance the properties of the traditional distributions,  to continuously offer better fits compared to other produced distributions with the same or more parameters, 2.1 special sub-models most often for one reason or another, extended versions of distributions are introduced for the following reasons; 1. an alternate model to the existing distribution that has been successfully applied in the past 2. a flexible statistical model that provides a good match to the data 3. a model with closed cdf, survival function (sf), hazard rate function( hrf) forms and a strong propensity to lessen estimation challenges. thus, we introduce two unique sub-models of the de-x family that have at least one of the aforementioned characteristics. 2.1.1 the de-pareto (de-p) distribution the pdf and the cdf of the pareto random variable are f(𝑥, ⍬, 𝛼) = 𝛼(𝛼⍬) 𝑥⍬+1 and f(𝑥, 𝛼, 𝜃) = 1 − ( 𝛼 𝑥 ) ⍬ , 𝑥>0, 𝛼, 𝜃>0, . then the cdf and the pdf of the de-p model are given by (9) and (11) respectively. 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝛼, 𝜃) = 1 2 − 1 2 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) 𝜃 , b, 𝜃, 𝛼>0 (9) hence, 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝛼, 𝜃) = 1 2 (1 − 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) 𝜃 )b, 𝜃, 𝛼 > 0(10) (10) hence,𝑔(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝛼, 𝜃)= ⍬ 2𝛼𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬−1 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬ , 𝑥, b,𝜃, α > 0 (11) plots of the de-p density and hazard rate function for selected parameter values are presented in fig.1 and fig.2 respectively below: figure.1:pdf plot at fixed b =1 and increasing 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜃 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 441 figure.2:hazard plot at fixed b =1 and increasing 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜃 2.1.2 the de-paretoii (de-p2) given the pdf and cdf of the pareto type-2 distribution𝑓(𝑥, 𝑎, 𝑏) = 𝑏 𝑎 ( 𝑎 𝑥−𝑎 ) 𝑏+1 , b,a, 𝑥 > 0 and 𝐹(𝑥; 𝑎, 𝑏) = 1 − ( 𝑎 𝑥−𝑎 ) 𝑏 , x, b,a,> 0. then the cdf and pdf of de-pii model are given as 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝑎, 𝜉) = 1 2 [1 − 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥−𝑎 𝑎 ) 𝜃 ], a,b,𝜃 > 0; 𝑥 > 0 0 (12) for the pdf, 𝑔(𝑥, a, b, 𝜉) = 𝜃 2𝑏𝑎 ( 𝑥−𝑎 𝑎 ) 𝜃−1 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥−𝑎 𝑎 ) 𝜃 , a, b, 𝜃 > 0 ; 𝑥> 0 (13) fig.3 and fig.4 give the plots of the pdf and hrf of de-pii distribution for selected parameter values. figure.3 the pdf of double exponential-paretoii distribution at different values of parameters ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 442 figure.4 showing the hazard of double exponential-paretoii distribution at different values of parameters 2.2 basic mathematical properties of de-pareto here, we provide the basic properties of de-x family of distributions. 2.2.1 moments of de-pareto assuming x follows de-x family with density 𝑔(𝑥, a, b, 𝜉), then its 𝑟𝑡ℎ moment is µr 1=∫ xr ∞ −∞ g(x, a, b, ξ)dx e(xr) = ∫ xr ∞ 0 ⍬ 2αb ( x α ) ⍬−1 e − 1 b ( x α ) ⍬ dx (14) e(xr) = 1 2 (α √b θ ) r ┌ ( r θ + 1) e(x)= α √b θ 2 ┌ ( 1 θ + 1); r =1 (15) variance: var(x)= (α √b θ ) 2 [ 1 2 ┌ ( 2 θ + 1) − ( 1 2 ┌ ( 1 θ + 1)) 2 ] (16) 2.2.2 survival function of de-pareto the survival function of de-x family is given as 𝑆(𝑥) = 1 − 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝛼, 𝜃) (17) 𝑆(𝑥) = 1 2 (1 + 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) 𝜃 ) (18) 2.2.3 probability weighted moments of de-pareto the probability weighted moment (pwm) of de-x random variable is 𝑀𝑟𝑠(𝑥) = ∫ 𝑥 𝑠∞ −∞ 𝑔(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝑎, 𝜉)𝐺(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝑎, 𝜉))𝑠𝑑𝑥 (19) 2.2.4 hazard function of de-pareto 𝐻(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝑏, 𝜃) = 𝑔(𝑥) 𝑆(𝑥) = ⍬ 2𝛼𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬−1 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬ 1 2 (1+𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) 𝜃 ) = ⍬ 𝛼𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬−1 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬ 1+𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) 𝜃 (20) 2.2.5 renyi entropy of de-pareto 𝛿𝑟 = 1 1−𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔 ∫ 𝑓 𝑟 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 ∞ 0 = 1 1−𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔 ∫ ( ⍬ 2𝛼𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬−1 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬ ) 𝒓 𝑑𝑥 ∞ 𝟎 (21) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 443 𝛿𝑟 = 1 1−𝑟 𝑙𝑜𝑔 ( 𝑏𝜃 2𝑟𝛼𝑏 √ 𝑟 𝑏 𝜃 ) 𝑟 ( 𝛼 𝜃 √ 𝑏 𝑟 𝜃 ) ┌ (𝑟 − 𝑟 𝜃 + 1 𝜃 ) (22) 2.3. estimation we describe the maximum likelihood method of estimation in this section for the unknown parameters of the de-x family. the method of maximum likelihood estimation is adjudged to be the best method of estimating parameters of distributions. 2.3.1 maximum likelihood estimation de-pareto in this, let 𝑋1, 𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑘 be the observed values for de-x distribution with parameters𝑏, 𝑎, 𝜉. the total log-likelihood function corresponding to (11) is presented as log l(𝑥, 𝑏, 𝑎, 𝜉) = ∏ ⍬ 2𝛼𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬−1 𝑒 − 1 𝑏 ( 𝑥 𝛼 ) ⍬ 𝑛 𝑖=1 (23) 3. results 3.1 fitting the model to molecular dynamics simulated data the two approved hiv drugs were obtained from the drug bank archive online, modeled using (spartan’14 version 1.18 by wave function inc) i. geometry optimization and calculation of the two drugs were done using density functional theory (dft) with 6-31g* basis set to obtain the molecular parameters responsible for the cytotoxicity of the compounds under investigation and then saved as pdb files for simulation study ii. the protein receptors responsible for hiv(that is, the hiv-causing organisms) used were gotten from protein data bank (pdb) [18] iii. with no missing residues and a single strand were obtained by deleting multiple ligands, nonprotein and other protein parts from the pdb files. autoduck tools version 1.5.6 was used to locate the binding site and to add hydrogen to the prepared protein receptor and finally converted to a protein data bank format (pdbqt) for the molecular simulation. autodockvina were used for the simulation process and the simulation was repeated for seven different in order to obtain the most stable conformation of the drug-receptor complex and post docking analysis was done using edupymolversion 1.7.4.4 and discovery studio 4.1 visualizer. figure 5a: fitting the models to neviranpine data (obtained via molecular simulation) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 444 from the figure 5a above, we can say that the selected distributions approximately follow the distribution of the data, thus, making the distributions suitable for data collected when using neviranpine to dock hiv protein receptor figure 5b: fitting the models to abacavir data (obtained via molecular simulation) from the fig. 5b above, we can say that the selected distributions approximately follow the distribution of the data, thus, making the distributions suitable for data collected when using abacavir to dock hiv protein receptor table1. fitting cells table with the including numbers model parameter criteria mean affinity epd �̂� = 0.029978(0.034) �̂� = 0.9980(0.367) �̂� = 0.996486(0.648) aic=303.405 bic=303.6433 caic=309.405 1.663157(0.902308) depd �̂�=1.978e+06(1.639e02) �̂� = 1.503e04(5.307e-05) �̂�=9.024e-01(2.211e04) aic =-27203950 bic= -27203950 caic=27203944 0.4511979(0.225) pd �̂�= 8.089e+03 (7.567e-02) �̂� =(3.372e+03) 9.268e-02 aic=-810083 bic=-810082.8 caic=-810080.6 3.3724(0.41697) from table 2 above, we can say that the parameter of the model is stable and the double exponential pareto distribution (depd) appears to be the best of all the competing model (model with the lowest information criteria is the best of all the models). the 45.1198% of the binding affinity is attributed to neviranpine. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 445 fig 4: investigating stochastic dominance from fig 4 above, we can say that neviranpine is first order (stochastically) dominated abacavir. that is, the mean effect of nevirapine has dominated that of abacavir when it comes to the viral load measurement (copies/ml) from the patients subjected to anti-retroviral therapy. 3d structures of nevirapine 3d of abacavir figure 5: the ligands (nevirapine and abacavir) used as the drug in anti-retroveral therapy ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 446 3d receptor responsible for hiv (protein responsible for hiv) interaction of abacavir and 3plt interaction of nevirapine and 3lpt figure 6. the docking result of abacavir and nevirapine the abacavir and nevirapine were used as the ligands to dock hiv protein receptor, the fig 6 showed interaction between the ligands and hiv protein receptor. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 447 table 5: the molecular properties of the drug used in this study (molecular docking) descriptors nevirapine abacavir molecular formula c15h14n4o c14h18n6o molecular weight 266.30amu 286.34amu area 281.25a2 305.46a2 volume 269.04a3 285.66a3 polarizability 62.14 63.34 hydrogen bond donor (hbd) 1 2 hydrogen bond acceptor (hba) 5 5 polar surface area (psa) 36.84 67.47 ovality 1.40 1.46 log p 0.13 0.16 dipole movement 2.33 1.93d homo -5.80ev -5.28ev lumo -1.32ev -0.16ev bg 4.58ev 5.12ev 4. discussion from table5, the properties of the drugs used in determining the toxicity are clearly displayed, as behavior, and the general effect of each drug on the body system. parameters such as hba, hbd, psa, logp and polarizability are used to determine if a particular compound is a good drug candidate. this reveals the active properties of the drugs used in determining the cytotoxicity of each drug towards the receptor responsible for hiv. failure of most drugs in clinical experiments is a result of there poor adme (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion) properties, hence for a ligand to be chosen as a drug candidate with good adme properties hbd must be less than five, hba must be less than ten and its molecular weight in g/mol must be below 500, any ligand that violates this set of rules might result to the problem if ingested [19]. polar surface area (psa) gives information about the ability of a drug-like compound to penetrate into the cell membrane. it has been established that ligands with high psa value greater than 140å2 will have poor penetrating power into the cell membrane. on the other hand, molecules with psa value below 60å2 will have high penetrating power [20]. hence, we are expecting high penetrating power into the cell membrane from abacavir and nevirapine, and these are used to determine if a particular compound is good drug candidate. the docking result used for stochastic dominance in order to determine the most effective drugs that perform actively in curing the diseases shows better binding affinity and inhibition constant from nevirapine as compared to abacavir and this is an indication that nevirapine drug is more potent for curing the disease(hiv). 5. conclusion a new family of distribution (double exponential-x family) has been introduced. two distinct sub-models of the distribution were discussed. it is shown that the two special models' densities can generally be skewed to the left or right, symmetrical, reverse j-shaped, and can also have both growing and decreasing, as well as, of course, unimodal. the maximum likelihood estimation approach is used to estimate the parameters. a molecular simulation study that compares the newly ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 448 built model's performance to previous well-known distributions is presented. there are derived and explained several fundamental mathematical characteristics of the new family. finally, reallife applications of the model to data sets on the effectiveness of various antiretroviral medications were provided, and they compare favorably to other well-known distributions in terms of data fit, and the efficacy of the pharmaceuticals utilized was compared using the stochastic dominance approach. references 1. eugene, n.; lee, c; famoye, f. beta-normal distribution and its applications. communications in statistic: theory and methods, 2002; 31(4), 497-512. 2. jones, m. c. families of distributions arising from distributions of orderstatistics. test, (2004) 13: 1 – 42. 3. zografos, k. ; balakrishnan, n. on families of betaand generalized gamma-generated distributions and associated inference. statistical methodology. 2009, 6, 344–362. 4. alexander c; cordeiro g.m; ortega e.m.m.; sara-bia j.m. generalized beta-generated distributions. computational statistics and data analysis., 2012, 56:1880 – 1897. 5. amini, m.; mir mostafaee; s.m. t.k.; ahmadi, j. (2012). log-gamma-generated families of distributions. statistics, ifirst.doi:10.1008/02331888.2012.748775 6. torabi, h. ; montazari, n.h.. the gamma-uniform distribution and its application. kybernetika 2012, 48:16-30 7. alzaatreh, a.; famoye, f. ; lee, c. the gamma-normal distribution:properties and applications. computational statistics and data analysis. 2014, 69, 67–80. 8. tahir, m.h.; cordeiro, g.m.; alizadeh, m.; mansoor, m.; zubair, m.; hamedani, g.g. the odd generalized exponential family of distributions with applications. journal of statistical distributions and applications, 2015, 2(1), 1–28. 9. tahir, m. h.; cordeiro, g. m.; alzaatreh, a.; mansoor, m.; zubair, m. (2015). the logisticx family of distributions and its applications. 10. cordeiro, g.m., tahir, m.h., zubair, m., mansoor, m., alizadeh, m. and hamedani, g.g. a new weibull-g family of distributions. hacettepe journal of mathematics and statistics, 2016, 45(2), 629–647. 11. hassan a.s. ;elgarhy kumaraswamy weibullgenerated family of distributions with applications. advances and applications in statistics, 2016, volume 48, number 3, 2016:205239 12. nofal m.z.; ahmed z. a.; haitham m.y. gauss m.c. communications in statistic-theory and methods. volume 46, 2017-issue 8 13. nofal, z.m.; afify, a.z.; yousof, h.m.; cordeiro, g.m. the generalized transmuted-g family of distributions. communication in statistics-theory methods. 2017, 46, 4119–4136 14. alzaatreh, a.; famoye, f. ;lee, c. a new method for generating families ofcontinuous distributions. metron. 2013, 71, 63–79. 15. ristic, m.m.; balakrishnan, n. the gamma-exponentiated exponentialdistribution. journal of statistical computation and simulation, 2012, 82(8),1191-1206 16. torabi, h. and montazari, n.h. the logistic-uniform distribution and itsapplication. communications in statistics–simulation and computation. 2014, 43, 2551–2569. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 449 17. alzaghal, a.; lee, c. ; famoye, f. exponentiated t-x family of distributions with some applications. international journal of probability and statistics.2013,. 2, 31–49. 18. protein data bank (2015) www.pdb.org 19. syed, j.; palani, s.; clarke, s.t.; asad, z.; bottrill, a.r.; jones, a.m.e., sampath, k.,and balasubraman, m.k. expanding the zebrafish genetic code through site-specific introduction of azido-iysine, bicyclononyne-iysine, and diazirine-iysine.international journal of molecular sciences. 20(10). 20. adejoro, i.a; waheed, s.o ; adeboye, o.o. molecular docking studies of lonchocarpus cyanescens triterpenoids as inhibitors for malaria. journal of physical chemistry & biophysics, 2016, 6,213 21. hardle, w. & simar, l. applied multivariate statistical analysis. springer. 2015. http://www.pdb.org/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 167 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: sarah.wathib@gmail.com abstract type i diabetes (t1dm) is a chronic immune system disease characterized by the devastation or injury of ß-cells in the langerhans island, resulting in insulin deficiency and hyperglycemia. this study determines the new marker f-box and wd repeat domain containing 7 (fbxw7). one hundred twenty type 1 diabetic patients from three different places (central child hospital, alkindi center for diabetes and endocrinology, children’s education hospital) in iraq during the period from (20 december 2021 to 25 march 2022) an age ranges of (4-17) years. the patient group consisted of being derived to three groups: group one healthy patient group (33) was included as healthy patient, group two (20) newly diagnosed t1dm and (67) type 1 diabetic with insulin treatment. the quantitative enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) biochemical parameters were used to quantify the protein fbxw-7 levels. fbg, cholesterol, triglyceride, hdl, ldl, vldl, hba1c, got, gpt, total oxidant status, and total antioxidant status were measured through spectrophotometry. serum fbxw-7 protein levels were considerably elevated noticeably (p-value = 0.00). in terms of fbxw7 protein, there was a significant variation between the new and therapy groups. there was no significant variation in protein levels between the new compared to healthy groups. serum fbxw-7 protein was positively correlated with fbg, tg, cholesterol, got, gpt, ldl, and vldl, and was negatively correlated with hdl in the patient group. according to roc analysis, the cutoff value for fbxw-7 protein was (1.9) in the newly group and (2.1) in the treatment group. levels of fbxw-7 protein are elevated in dm patients. fbxwdoi.org/10.30526/36.3.3030 article history: received 21 september 2022, accepted 21 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq role of f-box wd repeat domain containing 7 in type 1 diabetes sarah w. mohammed* department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, al-jadriya, baghdad 10001, iraq. sarah.wathib@gmail.com zainab m.qassam department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, al-jadriya, baghdad 10001, iraq. zainab.moh589@gmail.com nameer m. salih alkindi center for diabetes and endocrinology, welfare teaching hospital/baghdad city. nameermahdi@yahoo.com ekhlass m. taha department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, al-jadriya, baghdad 10001, iraq. ikhlasmb_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:sarah.wathib@gmail.com mailto:sarah.wathib@gmail.com mailto:sarah.wathib@gmail.com mailto:zainab.moh589@gmail.com mailto:zainab.moh589@gmail.com mailto:nameermahdi@yahoo.com mailto:nameermahdi@yahoo.com mailto:ikhlasmb_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ikhlasmb_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 168 7 protein was significantly different in the treatment group but not different in the newly group when compared with the healthy group. keywords: fbxw7 protein, newly diagnosis, type 1 diabetes. 1. introduction type 1 diabetes mellitus (t1dm), commonly known as autoimmune diabetes, is a chronic illness that causes hyperglycemia owing to insulin insufficiency caused by pancreatic beta-cell death. the pathophysiology of the disease is considered to be t-cell-mediated destruction of beta cells. t1dm pathophysiology may be classified into three phases based on the presence or absence of hyperglycemia and hyperglycemia-related symptoms (such as polyuria and thirst). insulin is the primary therapy for all patients with t1dm. patients with t1dm will require numerous daily injections at the time of diagnosis, as well as innovative insulin therapy techniques such as insulin pumps and continuous glucose monitoring [1]. hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, and diabetic ketoacidosis (dka) are the most prevalent complications in children and adolescents with t1dm. long-term consequences (such as retinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy, and cardiovascular disease) begin to develop in childhood [2]. to lower the risk of long-term diabetes-related complications, the american diabetes association (ada) treatment recommendations recommend a goal to be hba1c less than 7.0% (53 mmol/mol) in people with t1d (7.5% for the patient with t1d) [3]. the f-box protein, skp1, cullin 1, and roc1/rbx1/hrt1 are the primary components of the skp1-cul1-f-box (scf) ubiquitin ligases. f-box/wd repeat-containing protein 7 (fbxw7) belongs to the f-box protein family and serves as the substrate recognition component of the scf e3 ubiquitin ligase [4]. fbxw7 is located in chromosome 4 and comprises 707 amino acids and has a molecular weight of approximately 79 kd [5]. there are three structures of proteins: fbxw7α, fbxw7β, and fbxw7 γ [6]. it has a different cell location; fbxw7α found in the nucleoplasm, fbxw7β found in the cytoplasm, and fbxw7 γ in nuclear [7]. hba1c is the most often used marker for the diagnosis of prediabetes, coupled with fasting plasma glucose (fpg). fpg findings may change depending on food influences and fasting length. the oral glucose tolerance test used to diagnose ifg and igt is difficult for patients to complete in a clinical environment since it is time-consuming and involves numerous blood samples [8]. the purpose of this study was to study the role of fbxw7 and type 1 diabetes and to compare the newly diagnosed patients that have taken insulin therapy. 2. materials and methods patients a case control study was conducted in iraq to investigate fbxw-7 levels in individuals with type 1 diabetes. this research included 120 participants ranging in age from 4 to 17 years. they were classified into three groups: a total of 90 individuals with type 1 diabetes were recruited from (central child hospital, alkindi center for diabetes and endocrinology, child protection teaching hospital) during the period from 20 december 2021 to 25 march 2022. these patients were divided into two groups: group 1 included (67) individuals children (33 girls, 34 boys) of t1dm with insulin injection treatment, and group 2 included (20) child (9 girls, 11 boys) individuals of newly diagnosed. in addition (33) child (14 girls, 19 boys) as a control group. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 169 blood sample collection the blood sample was taken following an overnight fast. 5 ml of blood was taken from every patients and control through venipuncture using a 10 ml syringe. two milliliters of blood were discharged into a tube containing ethylene diamine tetracetic acid (edta), and this blood was used to calculate hba1c. serum was used to calculate fasting blood glucose (fbg),glutamic oxaloacetate transaminase (got), glutamic pyruvic transaminase (gpt), cholesterol, triglyceride ,oxidant status, antioxidant oxidant status, oxidative stress index ,high density lipoprotein (hdl) ,low density lipoprotein (ldl) ,very low density lipoprotein (vldl) and fbox and wd repeat domain containing 7 (fbxw7) (fbxw-7 protein). determination of diabetic‐related parameters all of serum glucose, cholesterol, triglyceride, and hdl were measured using a total enzymatic colorimetric technique from a kit supplied by linear chemicals, barcelona, spain. hba1c was measured using a kit supplied from a randox in the united kingdom and the rx daytona+ clinical chemistry analyzer programmer; this test is based on latex immunoagglutination. gpt was performed out with the use of a kit given by genway biotech in the united states. got was performed out using a kit provided by sigma-aldrich in the united states. ldl is calculated using the equation ldl-c =cholesterol (tg/5) hdl-c, vldl is also is calculated using the equation vldl-c = tg / 5. tas and total oxidants status was determined by measuring absorbance using a spectrophotometer instrument, while osi was computed using the equation osi = tos (mmol h2o2/l/tas mmol vit.c/l). estimation of fbxw-7 protein protein was measured using sandwich enzyme immunoassay method and a kit provided by biosource, usa. the samples were placed in the wells for one hour, and then washed three and a half times. the (hrp enzyme) conjugated was added to the washed well and waited for half an hour, then washed three and a half times. the tmb was introduced, and the color was created as a result of the reaction. stop solution was added to the mixture, causing the color change to yellow and being measured at 450nm with a human readerhs. statistical analysis the findings were analyzed using a statistical analysis tool (spss 25). to explain the major findings, the general descriptive statistic was utilized, and the one-way analysis of variance test was performed to compare groups. results were expressed as mean±sd spearman correlation was used to perform the correlation. receiver operating characteristic curve (roc) analysis were also utilized to determine the cutoff value for the parameters. 3.results and discussion statistical distribution of studied groups was presented in figure 1, as shown the three groups were: g1 (control), g2 (dm without treatment) and g3 (dm with treatment), those groups were subdivided according to gender. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 170 figure1. groups distribution in the studied population anthropometric characteristics were measured it was illustrated in table 1. table 1. demographic factor distribution in studied groups parameters mean± se p-valu age g1 9.9667±0.578 0.006 g2 9.35±0.703c g3 11.53±0.354b,c bmi g1 16.51±0.530 0.002 g2 16.36±0.715c g3 18.37±0.325b,c the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level have been identified using anova test. a: significant difference between g1 (control) and g2 (dm without treatment) b: significant difference between control g1 (control) and g3 (dm with treatment) c: significant difference between g2 (dm without treatment) and g3 9 dm with treatment) age and bmi showed a significant increase in dm patients who are under treatment g2 compared to control subjects g1, also significant increments were observed when comparing the treatment group g3 to the new diagnostic group g2. (k. o. kyvik, 2004) pointed in there studied that type 1 diabetes is less common in adults than in children, and the range of occurrence is considerably narrower [9]. according to (ferrara, 2017) study, having a high bmi is connected with an increased risk of type 1 diabetes development, but the effect varies by gender and age [10]. fsg, tg, cholesterol, hdl, ldl, vldl, got, gpt and hba1c levels showed statistically significant variations between study groups, as shown in table 2. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 171 table 2. clinical data in patient having diabetes mellitus and control (g1 control group, g2 newly diagnosis dm, g3 with treatment). parameters mean ± se p-value fbg g1 108.43±2.55 0.00 g2 124.86±6.13a,c g3 153.12± 2.70b,c hba1c g1 4.69±0.05 0.00 g2 10.62±0.54a,c g3 9.18±0.20b,c tg g1 147.61± 3.77 0.02 g2 151.15±5.8 g3 163.05± 3.73b cholesterol g1 178.60± 3.56 0.00 g2 192.2± 6.24a,c g3 212.48± 2.14b,c hdl g1 48.89± 0.94 0.00 g2 46.59±1.56 g3 42.19± 0.84 b,c ldl g1 100.18± 2.43 0.00 g2 115.41± 5.09a,c g3 137.67± 1.52b,c vldl g1 29.52± 0.75 0.02 g2 30.23± 1.16 g3 32.61± 0.74b got g1 29.86± 0.91 0.00 g2 30.76± 1.49 g3 45.52± 0.83b,c gpt g1 26.03± 0.88 0.00 g2 26.37± 1.34 g3 39.50± 0.67b,c the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level have been identified using anova test. a: significant difference between g1 (control) and g2 (dm without treatment) b: significant difference between control g1 (control) and g3 (dm with treatment) c: significant difference between g2 (dm without treatment) and g3 9 dm with treatment) results of fbg, hba1c, cholesterol, and ldl levels show significant difference between control and newly groups, control and treatment groups and between control and newly groups. triglyceride and vldl levels are significantly different between the control and treatment groups, but not different between the control and newly groups or between the treatment and newly groups. results of hdl, got, and gpt levels showed significant different between the control and treatment groups, as well as between the treatment and newly groups, but not different significant between the control and newly developed groups. the who consultation concluded that hba1c and fsg used as a diabetes diagnostic test [11]. (vergès, 2009) pointed in there studied that t1dm patients also have lipid turbulence. lipoprotein quantitative abnormalities are seen in t1d patients with poor glycemic control (raise plasma triglycerides and ldl cholesterol) or nephropathy (raise triglycerides and ldl cholesterol, low level of high density lipoprotein [hdl] cholesterol) [12]. (valentina guarnotta, 2018) pointed out https://dmsjournal.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13098-018-0341-6#auth-valentina-guarnotta ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 172 that idm patients had a significantly higher bmi (p 0.012), ldl-cholesterol (p 0.027), got (p 0.005), and gpt (p 0.001), with concomitantly lower hdl-cholesterol (p 0.001) [13]. regarding to oxidative stress markers, there is a non-significant in tos and tas but osi has a significant difference between the newly and treatment groups as shown in table 3. table 3. mean ± sd value of tos, tas and osi for the studied groups. parameters mean ± se p-value tos g1 0.04± 0.008 0.4 g2 0.07± 0.01 g3 0.06± 0.01 tas g1 1.61± 0.05 0.6 g2 1.48± 0.10 g3 1.76± 0.21 osi g1 0.059± 0.004 0.03 g2 0.09± 0.01 g3 0.04± 0.01c the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level have been identified using anova test. a: significant difference between g1 (control) and g2 (dm without treatment) b: significant difference between control g1 (control) and g3 (dm with treatment) c: significant difference between g2 (dm without treatment) and g3 9 dm with treatment) our study agreed with the results of (zainab m.etal,2022) for both tos and tas, which showed non-significant difference for type 1 diabetes patients [14]. statistically there is significant in fbxw7 protein, the significant difference between control group and treatment group, also have different significant between newly and treatment groups as show in table 4. table 4. mean ± sd value of fbxw7 for the studied groups. parameter mean ± se p-value fbxw7_protein g1 1.99±0.041 0.00 g2 2.24± 0.053 g3 4.66±0.17436b,c the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level have been identified using anova test. a: significant difference between g1 (control) and g2 (dm without treatment) b: significant difference between control g1 (control) and g3 (dm with treatment) c: significant difference between g2 (dm without treatment) and g3 9 dm with treatment) the fbxw7 protein was chosen as the marker for the current study, and when compared to the previous study on dm with type 2, suhayla k. mohammed pointed out in their study that fbxw7 protein was highly associated with g1 (newly diagnosed patients), they suggested that serum fbxw7 may be used as an early diagnostic test in patients with dm, and metformin significantly reduces fbxw7 level [15]. in the first study of fbxw-7 protein in t1dm in 2021, clearly, the mechanism of ezh2/zbtb16 in t1dm inhibition by fbw-7 is clarified, suggesting that fbw-7 is a promising target of t1dm therapy. overexpression of fbw-7 in the nod mice inhibits proinflammatory cytosine release in the splenocyles and the apoptosis of islet beta cells [16]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 173 the amount of serum fbxw7 protein and its relationship to other parameter in the examined population in the patient group, we studied the connection between the fbxw7 protein level and numerous other parameters table 1. in patients groups, fbxw7 serum have positive correlation with these parameter fbg, tg, cholesterol, gpt, got, ldl, vldl and have negative correlation with hdl. moreover, fbxw7 have significant with all these parameter in patients. in control all have positive correlation. moreover, we found significant correlation with all parameter in table 5. table 5. correlation analysis of variable associated with serum fbxw7 protein levels in the study populations. variable sample patients control r p r p fbg 0.5 0.00 0.39 0.02 tg 0.3 0.00 0.61 0.0 cholesterol 0.34 0.00 0.47 0.006 hdl -0.3 0.00 0.4 0.006 gpt 0.5 0.00 got 0.5 0.00 ldl 0.4 0.00 vldl 0.3 0.00 0.6 0.0 roc curve of protein fbxw7 according to the receiver operating characteristic (roc), the best cutoff point in the fbxw-7 has a sensitivity of 80% and a 1-specificity of 48.8% in area 0.8 with cut off 1.9, the fbg has a sensitivity of 75% and a 1-specificity of 60% in area 0.68 with cut off 105, and the hba1c has a sensitivity of 100% and a 1-specificity of 100% in area 1 with cut off 6.2 in the newly as show in table 6 figure 1. therefore, fbxw7 can be considered as an indicator because it gave a high sensitivity 80%. table 6. the roc curve analysis of hba1c, fbg and fbxw7 protein using patients dm without treatment. parameters area sensitivity specificity cutoff asymptotic 95% confidence interval lower bound upper bound fbxw7 protein 0.80 80% 48.8% 1.9 0.69 0.92 fbg 0.68 75% 60% 105 0.51 0.84 hba1c 1 100% 100% 6.2 1 1 null hypothesis: true area = 0.5 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 174 figure 2. the roc curve analysis of the prognostic value of blood fbxw-7 protein content in newly diagnosed diabetic patients. while on insulin treatment, the fbxw-7 has a sensitivity of 100% and a 1-specificity of 98.5% in area 0.99 with cut off 2.1, the fbg has a sensitivity of 97% and a 1-specificity of 98% in area 0.95 with cut off 118, and the hba1c has a sensitivity of 95% and a 1-specificity of 100% in area 0.99 with cut off 6 as show in table 7 figure 2. therefore, fbxw7 can be considered as an indicator because it revealed a high sensitivity 100% and high specificity 98.5%. table 7. roc curve analysis of hba1c, fbg and fbxw7 protein using patients dm with treatment. parameters area sensitivity specificity cutoff asymptotic 95% confidence interval lower bound upper bound fbxw7 protein 0.99 100% 98.5% 2.1 0.98 1 fbg 0.95 97% 98% 118 0.90 0.99 hba1c 0.99 95% 100% 6 0.99 1 null hypothesis: true area = 0.5 figure 2. roc curve analysis of the predictive value of serum concentration of fbxw-7 protein in insulin therapy patients with diabetes. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 175 4. conclusion the fbxw-7 protein was high associated with g3 (treatment) in the area (0.99) as shown in the roc curve, and also it was good associated with g2 (newly) in the area (0.80), also as shown in the roc curve. so we suggested that fbxw7 used as indicator to diagnose in patient with dm. insulin not reduce fbxw7 level significantly. 5. ethical approval the studies have been approved by committee of the university of baghdad college of science for women, and have been performed in accordance with the ethical standard as laid down in the 1964, i confirm that the participant was given an opportunity to ask questions about the study, and all the questions asked by the participant have been answered correctly and to the best of my ability. i confirm that the individual has not been coerced into giving consent, and the consent has been given freely and voluntarily. 6. conflict of interest the authors announce that they have no contending interests. 7. source of funding no funding source 8. guarantor asst. prof. dr. ekhlass m. taha 9. abbreviations t1dm, type 1 diabetes ; fbg, fasting blood glucose ; hba1c, glycated hemoglobin ; ldl, low density lipoprotein ; hdl, high density lipoprotein ; vldl, very low density lipoprotein ; tc, total cholesterol ; tg, triglyceride ; got, glutamic oxalocetic transaminase ; gpt, glutamic pyruvic transaminase ; tos, total oxidant status ; tas, total antioxidant status ; osi, oxidative stress index ; dm, diabetes mellitus ; fbxw7, f-box and wd repeat domain containing 7. references 1. katsarou, a.; gudbjörnsdottir, s.; rawshani, a.; dabelea, d.; bonifacio, e.; anderson, b.j.; jacobsen, l.m.; schatz, d.a.; lernmark, a. type 1 diabetes mellitus. nature reviews disease primers. 2017, 3.1: 1-17. 2. levitsky, l.l.; misra, m. complications and screening in children and adolescents with type 1 diabetes mellitus. 2007 up to date, 17.1. 3. scott, s.n.; anderson, l.; morton, j.p.; wagenmakers, a.j.m.; riddell, m.c. carbohydrate restriction in type 1 diabetes: a realistic therapy for improved glycaemic control and athletic performance?. nutrients. 2019, 11.5: 1022. 4. cao, j.; ge, m.h.; ling, z.q. fbxw7 tumor suppressor: a vital regulator contributes to human tumorigenesis. medicine . 2016, 95.7. 5. tejomayee, s. functionalization of cancer-associated mutant alleles of human cdc4 (fbxw7) phd[ dissertation], university of british columbia. 2013. 6. li, m.r.; zhu, c.c.; ling,t.l.; zhang, y.q.; xu, j.; zhao, e.h.; zhao,g. fbxw7 expression is associated with prognosis and chemotherapeutic outcome in chinese patients with gastric adenocarcinoma. bmc gastroenterology. 2017, 17.1: 1-8. https://sciprofiles.com/profile/197901 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 176 7. welcker, m.; orian, a.; grim, j.a.; eisenman, r.n.; clurman, b.a. a nucleolar isoform of the fbw7 ubiquitin ligase regulates c-myc and cell size. current biology. 2004, 14.20: 1852-1857. 8. bae, y.u.; you, j.h.; cho, n.h.; kim, l.e.; shim,h.m.; park, j.h.; cho, h.c. association of protein z with prediabetes and type 2 diabetes. endocrinology and metabolism . 2021, 36.3: 637. 9. kyvik, k.o.; nystrom, l.; songini, m.; oestman, j.; castell, c.; green, a.; guyrus, e.; tirgoviste, c.i.; mckinney, p.a.; michalkova, d.; ostrauskas, r.; raymond, n.t. the epidemiology of type 1 diabetes mellitus is not the same in young adults as in children. diabetologia. 2004, 47.3: 377-384. 10. ferrara, c. t.; geyer, s. m.; liu, y. f.; evans-molina, c.; libman, i. m.; besser, r., ... & type 1 diabetes trialnet study group. . excess bmi in childhood: a modifiable risk factor for type 1 diabetes development?. diabetes care. 2017, 40(5), 698-701. 11. world health organization. use of glycated haemoglobin (hba1c) in diagnosis of diabetes mellitus: abbreviated report of a who consultation. world health organization, 2011, no. who/nmh/chp/cpm/ 11.1 12. bruno, v. lipid disorders in type 1 diabetes. diabetes & metabolism. 2009, 35.5: 353-360. 13. guarnotta, v.; vigneri, e.; pillitteri, g.; ciresi, a.; pizzolanti, g.; giordano, c. higher cardiometabolic risk in idiopathic versus autoimmune type 1 diabetes: a retrospective analysis. diabetology & metabolic syndrome. 2018, 10.1: 1-8. 14. qassam, z.m.; taha, e.m. study the dynamic thiol -disulfide homeostasis in patients with diabetes type i and type 2. 2022. 15. mohammed, s.k.; taha, e.m.; muhi, s.a.; a case-control study to determination fbxw7 and fetuin-a levels in patients with type 2 diabetes in iraq. journal of diabetes & metabolic disorders. 2021, 20.1: 237-243. 16. guo, y.; li, j.; fan, s; giordano, q.h. suppressive role of e3 ubiquitin ligase fbw7 in type i diabetes in non-obese diabetic mice through mediation of ubiquitination of ezh2. cell death discovery. 2021, 7.1: 1-9. في الخضروات من عینات في الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة المركبات قدیروت فصل االداءhplc عالي السائل كروماتوغرافیا تقنیة باستخدام بغداد مدینة الرضا عبد جمال نوار حسین ابراھیم خلیل بغداد جامعة/ )الھیثم ابن( للعلوم الصرفة التربیة كلیةقسم الكیمیاء / علي عباس الجبار عبد و التكنولجیا العلوم وزارة 2013كانون األول 26، قبل البحث في: 2013ایلول 10استلم البحث في : الخالصة االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات قدیروت لفصل عكوسال الطور ذات االداءعالي السائلكروماتوغرافیا تقنیة متاستخد بابعاد ( reprosil 100,c18) العمود باستخدام وذلك بغداد مدینة في الخضروات من عینات في pahs الحلقات متعددة (25×0.46 cm) الماء)-االسیتونایترایل ( من متحرك طور استعمال ان النتائج ت، اظھرتالمركبا ھذه بفصل الخاص وطول، (˚30c) حرارة ودرجة، (1.2ml/min)جریان وبمعدل hplcتقنیة ساطةبو الفصل بأستخدام ).( .min 20 الیتجاوز زمنب استخالص افضل تعطي(254nm)موجي مختلف في pahsالحلقات متعددة االروماتیة بالھیدروكربونات الخضروات بعض تلوث الدراسة نتائج اظھرت ومخلفات، الصناعیة والمخلفات ،الثقیلة المیاه تصریف بسبب وذلك بغداد مدینة من العینات منھا اخذت التي المناطق االتیة المركبات وجود تبین اذ ، المناطق ھذه في السیارات عوادم فضال عن الكھربائیة الطاقة ومولدات، النفطیة المصافي .ھب المسموحالمستوى تجاوزت وبتراكیز -naphthalene, acenaphthylene, acenaphthene, benzo(a)pyrene, phenanthrene, anthracene, fluoranthene, benzo(g,h,i)perylene , pyrene , benzo(a)anthracene, chrysene, benzo(b) fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthene, dibenzo(a,h)anthracene, fluorene, and indeno(1,2,3cd)pyrene . .hplc)،التلوث ، pahsالھیدروكربونات االروماتیة متعددة الحلقات ( الكلمات المفتاحیة: 247 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة یتالف منھا الواحد والمركب فقط والھیدروجین الكاربون تركیبھا في یدخل عدیدة مركبات (pahs) عائلة تضم (naphthalene) النفثالین یعد [1] .الكاربون ذرات من اكثر او ذرتین خالل من بعضھا مع مندمجة اروماتیة حلقات من من (benzo(a)pyrene) المركب ویتكون بعضھا مع مندمجة بنزین حلقتي من یتكون اذ، العائلة ھذه من مركب سھلا یتمیز ،وشیوعا خطورة المركبات اكثر من ویعد (%5) والھیدروجین، (%95)فیھ الكاربون نسبة تكون حلقات خمس .[2] (ʺchicken wireʺ structures) .المكثف الحلقي بنظامھ الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات بعض تركیب (1) :الشكل في تؤثر التي الخطرة (pahs) الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات من مركب مائة من اكثر توافری استنشاق او الماءعمال است طریق عن او الحیوانیة (الخضروات) والمنتجات االغذیة استخدام طریق عن االنسان صحة pahs عائلة من خطرا مركبا عشر ستة (u.s. epa) االمریكیة البیئة حمایة منظمة اختارت [3,4].الملوث الھواء االروماتیة الھیدروكربونیة المركبات تتصف [5]. غیرھا من اكثر البیئة في فرھاوتوا النتشارھا تراكیزھا حدود لمتابعة وزنا االوطأ ھو (naphthalene ) النفثالین وان شاحب اصفر الى ابیض لون ذا صلبة مركبات بكونھا الحلقات متعددة الجزیئي الوزن بأزدیاد الصفتین ھاتین وتزداد (˚200c) وغلیانھ (˚81c) انصھاره درجة ان اذ، العائلة ھذه في جزیئیا ھذه تجاوزه عند املوث الغذاء یعد اذ، الغذاء في المركبات ھذه لتراكیز بھا مسموح حدود ھناك.[6] العائلة ھذه لمركبات بھا المسموح الحدود بوضع german society fat science الزیوت لعلم االلمانیة الجمعیة قامت اذ[7 ]. الحدود (5ppb)و حلقات خمس عن تقل التي اي الخفیفة pahsالى بالنسبة (25ppb) یكون ان الطعام زیوت في pahsلتراكیز والمانیا،وبولندا، النمسامثل: اوروبیة دول قامت قد كما [8]. حلقات خمس عن تزید التي اي الثقیلة pahs الى بالنسبة . (1ppb)[9] الغذاء في (benzo (a) pyrene )المركب من فیھ المسموح الحد بوضع (1) الجدول في الیھا المشار للمركبات (hplc) كروماتوغرافیھ فصل طریقة تثبیت الى الحالیة الدراسة تھدف في المركبات تقدیر في الطریقة استخدام ثم منو] 10,11الذي یبین بعض خصائصھا الفیزیائیة وتأثیراتھا المسرطنة [ .بغداد مدینة في الخضروات من عینات العملي الجزء المستخدمة االجھزة عالي االداء السائل كروماتوغرافیا جھاز 1. high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) الخاص بفصل الھیدروكربونات االروماتیة reprosil 100 c18وبأستخدام العمود s 1122 مودیل , sykam نوع متعددة الحلقات. oven التجفیف فرن. 2 العینات. لتجفیف استخدم gallen kamp (hot box oven (size 2 ) نوع . المطحنة3 .عیناتال لطحن استخدمت nikura –japan نوع sensitive balance الحساس . المیزان4 .عیناتال لوزن واستخدم kern (als-220-4) نوع من وھو soxhlet السوكسلیت جھاز .5 .عیناتال الستخالص استخدم 248 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 rotary evaporator الدوار المبخر .6 .تالمذیبا طرد بعد عیناتال لتركیز یستخدم bȕchi re 121 نوع ultrasonic bath الصوتیة فوق الموجات حمام7. اوكسید ثاني و االوكسجین ( الغازات لطرد استخدم وقد ultrasonic hi power-sus-300 shimadzo نوع ..(s7515) نوع من وھو vacuum degasser الغازات طارد على ایضا یحتوي hplc جھاز ان علما )الكاربون عملةالمست الكیمیائیة المواد )1ذات الصفات الفیزیائیة المذكورة في جدول رقم ( المستخدمة القیاسیة الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات 1. d-86926 greifenberg am شركة من ومجھزة %99.92 عن التقل بنقاوة محالیل بھیئة ammersee,flurstrasse االسیتونایترایل في المذابة القیاسیة المادة من لكل %99.9 وبتراكیز االلمانیة. -naphthalene, acenaphthylene, acenaphthene, fluorene, phenanthrene, anthracene, fluoranthene, benzo(g,h,i)perylene , pyrene , benzo(a)anthracene, chrysene benzo(a)pyrene , benzo(b) fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthene, di benzo(a,h) anthracene and indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene . االسیتون، البریطانیة bdh شركة من االسیتونایترایل وشملت جدا النقي النوع من جمیعا عملةالمست العضویة المذیبات .2 fluka chemika شركة من الھكسان ,السویسریة gcc البریطانیة. .االسبانیة – schar lau شركة من التجارب عموم في المقطر ایوني الال الماء عملاست. 3 .hplc تقنیة ساطةبو االروماتیة للمركبات القیاسیة النماذج تشخیص وبتركیز الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات من مركب لكل 100ml یة سعةحجمقنینة ب قیاسي محلول حضر1. 50ppm جھاز ساطةبو مركب كلحلل وقد hplc لمعرفة )2رقم( جدول في الیھ المشار التحلیلي البرنامج وفقعلى . ركبم االحتجازلكل زمن ھذه من متغیرة تراكیز على المزیج یحتوي بحیث االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات ھذه من لمزیج قیاسیة محالیل حضرت. 2 .اروماتي مركب كل من) (0.5,1,2,4,8,10ppmوھو المركبات اروماتي مركب كل من) ( 0.5,1,2,4,8,10ppmبتراكیز القیاسیة المحالیل من محلول كل من 100μl .حقن 3 في مواصفاتھ المذكورة reposil 100 c 18 عمود على (2) رقم جدول في نفسھالمذكور التحلیلي البرنامج وفق على .(3)جدول على مركب لكل االحتجاز زمن حساب من وذلك المزیج كروماتوغرام في اروماتي مركب كل ذروة وتعیین التعرف تم 4. .)2،3كما في االشكال( ذروة كل مساحة تو عینً كما حده معادلة الخط المستقیم : y=mx + b x= conc. (ppm) pahs تراكیز m=slope المیل y=peak area مساحة القمم b= is the y intercept(the value of y whenx=zero) فمثال لمركب النفثالین : y= 41.63+16.50 r²= 0 .985 coefficient determinationتمثل عامل التحدید r² إذ ان r تمثل االنحراف عن الخط المستقیم deviation of straight line r=y-(mx+b) الدراسةفي عملةالمست الخضروات عیناتتھیئة . بغداد لمدینة مختلفة مناطق من الخضروات عینات جمعت 1. .اتساع (6-4) بین مدة ˚c (70-60) بین تتراوح حرارة بدرجة عینة كل تجفف 2. .المساحیق لطحن خاصة مطحنة ساطةبو 100μm دقیق حجم الى عینة كل تطحن 3. 249 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 200mlباستخدام soxhlet السوكسلیت االستخالص بجھاز واستخلص الخضروات من عینة كل من 25gm اخذ 4. عند االستخالص عملیة استمرت , لالستخالص مذیباتبوصفھا 1:1 بنسبة االعتیادي والھكسان االسیتون مزیج من .ساعة 20مدة ˚50c درجة من 1ml حجم اضیف ثم الجفاف لحد rotary evaporator الدوار المبخر ساطةبو ةمستخلص عینة كل تركیز تم 5 . . امناسب امذیب االسیتونایترایل مذیب ].12[ ااستخالصھ وتاریخ عینةال باسم ویعلم) ( (amber vial صغیرة معتمة قنینة في عینة بكل احتفظھ 6 .رقم الجدول فقعلى و ( gradient) دریجيالت التغییر طریقة استخدمت ،اذ hplc تقنیة ساطةبو عیناتال حللت . 7 (2) والمناقشة النتائج الفصل على للحصول اولي اختبار اجري rp-hplcبتقنیة pahs مركبات فصل امكانیة معرفة لغرض من سلسلة بعد الیھا التوصل تم التي للفصل یاتالفضل الظروف خالصة یدرج (3) الجدول , اروماتي مركب لكل االمثل التسلسل وحسب االختبار ظروف في pahs مركبات فصل امكانیة المستحصلة النتائج أظھرت .االولیة التجارب .[13 ] االروماتیة الحلقات عدد بزیادة یزداد المركبات ھذه احتجاز زمن فیھ یظھر الذي (4) الجدول في الموجود الخضروات حسب المعادلة االتیة: عیناتتراكیز ھذه المركبات الملوثة ب وحسبت عینةوزن ال تركیز المركب(ppm) = حجم المذیب المضاف × التركیز التحلیلي الماخوذ التركیز التحلیلي یستحصل من تطبیق المعادلة االتیة: y=mx + b x= conc. (ppm) pahs تراكیز بتقنیة القیاسیة الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات مزیج لفصل یاتالمثل الظروف تطبیق عالي االداء السائل كروماتوكرافیا الظروف وعند rp-hplc بتقنیة القیاسیة pahs ال لمزیج الفصل كروماتوكرام (14,15) شكلاال مثلت ).(3الجدول في والمبینة ایجادھا تم التي یاتالمثل -rp تقنیة باستخدام الخضروات عینات في الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة الھیدروكربونات قدیروت فصل hplc یاتالفضل الظروف عند مدینة من مختلفة لمناطق خضروات عینات في الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة المركبات تراكیز ستوقی عینت لقد السیماو البیئة على خطرة ملوثات المركبات ھذه لكون اھمیة من الموضوع لھذا لما ,ظرفیة امكانات من المتاح ضمن بغداد مدینة في الخضروات عینات في الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة المركبات تراكیز (5) الجدولیتضمن . االنسان صحة على ال من الملوثات تراكیز ارتفاع مالحظة یمكن (5)الجدول نتائج تدقیق من .الجدول في الیھا المشار المناطق ضمن بغداد pahs بین تراكیزھا بلغت ،اذ بھا المسموح الحدود وتجاوزھا بغداد مدینة من الخضروات عیناتل المختلفة المناطق في 0.01167-15.171 ppm)( ،البریطانیة ةالقیاسی غذیةنشرت وكالة اال اذfood standard agency مستوىان ال ppm)(. [14] 0.14الیتجاوز pahsمركبات ال ي اربعة من لتراكیز االمسموح بھ وتزداد االعظمیة منطقةمثل ،التلوث مسببات عن عیناتال مناطق بعض ابتعاد الى التراكیز تفاوت سبب ویعزى منزلیة) لم زراعة) (االعظمیة– (النعناع عینة في یالحظ ،اذالتلوث مسببات من االقتراب بسبب جنوبا اتجھنا كلما النسب – (الریحان عینةل بالنسبة الحال ھو وكذلك المختلفة التلوث مصادر عن البعدھ وذلك اروماتي مركب اي على حتوت اتلوثھ سبب یعزى(معسكر الرشید سابقا)) 5الرشید) شكل( -(سلق عینة یخص فیما .ایضامنزلیة زراعة الكونھ )الغزالیة . ومعمل الزیوت النباتیة الكھربائیة الرشید محطة من بالقرب ازراعتھ الى متعددة االروماتیة بالمركباتواضحة بنسبة ةملوث) 6شكل ( الخباز عینة ان فنالحظ الكریعات منطقة الىبالنسبة اما ) الدورة – وفجل خس( تيعین ان حین في ت ،السیارا بعوادم اوتلوثھ العام الطریق على ازراعتھ بسبب وذلك الحلقات الوقود. تجھیز ومحطة الدورة كھرباء محطة من بالقرب زراعتھا بسبب التلوث شدیدة انھا ) على التوالي نجد7,4شكل ( وبالجھة السریع الخط مسار من بالقرب ازراعتھ بسبب ةملوث) 8شكل ( ) السیدیة -(معدنوس عینةن في حین نجد ا اقربھ بسبب وذلك واضحة بنسبة ةملوث انجدھ 9) شكل ( ) دیالى جسر-(جرجیر عینة بینما ,الدورة كھرباء لمحطة المقابلة ورمي المخلفات الصناعیة والمیاه الثقیلة في نھر دجلة . المبازل میاه من 250 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المصادر 1. meng, y. and perkinks, e. (2010) " the preparation and analysis of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in meat by gc/ms". shelton ,ct06484 usa. 2. .gilles, m. (2010)"pahs and carbon blacks", technical issue and regulatory update,10 m³, london. 3. lee, w. (2012)"pahs analysis expanded compounds of concern and advancements" .regulatory affairs manager , als environmental usa, sep. 4. albers, p.h. (1994) " petrolum and individual polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in : hoffman, d.j .; rattner, b.a.; burton, g.a. and cairns, j.,(eds.), handbook of ecotoxicology' .lewis publishers-new york pp:342-360. 5. marce, r.m, and borrul, f. (2000)" solid phase extraction of polycylic aromatic compounds j. of chromatography a,885 p. 273. 6. 6 . clark, j. (1997-1998). ʺhazardous waste management planʺ,ee4s student hand book 7. richard, w.w. and richard, g.l. , (1984 ) " equilibrium adsorption of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons from water onto activated carbon. vol 18, p 395-403. 8. fetzer, j.c. and biggs , w.r. (2011)."a review of the large polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons". polycyclic aromatic compound, vol.4,no.1, pp. 3-17 ,march 9. horvath, c. (1980) ʺhigh performance liquid chromatography, advanced and propectiveʺ2. 10. basu, d. and saxena, j. (1978) " monitoring of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in water ii .extraction and recovery of six representative compounds with poly urethane foams ,env. sci.techno., 12, p.791-795. 11. sorrell, r.k. and reding, r. (1979 )"analysis of of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in environmental waters by high -pressure liquid chromatography" j.chrom.,185; 655670. 12. zohair, a. (2006) "levels of poly aromatic hydrocarbons in eygptian vegetables and their behavior during soaking in oxidizing agent solutions". world journal of agricultural science 2(1):90-94. 13. novotny, m. (1974)ʺ bonded stationary phases in chromatographyʺ , michigan (e.grush k,ed) p. 199. 14. 14.fernandes, a.; holland, j.; petch, r.; miller, m.; carilsle, s.; stewart, j. and rose, m.(2012)"survey for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons(pahs) in cereals,cereals products, vegetables and vegetables products and traditionally smoked food." fd 10/04. food and environment research agency(uk). 251 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 .[11,12]المسرطنة وتأثیراتھا الفیزیائیة خصائصھا من بعض مع المركبات: (1) جدول solv ents carcinog enic activity aqueous solubility (μg/l)at25c˚ boiling point (c˚) melting point (c˚) molecular weight g/mol compound a ce to ne + n h ex an e (1 :1 ) 0 31700 200 81 128.00 naphthalene 0 1980 298 115 166.22 fluorene + 2 448 254 228.29 chrysene 0 3930 279 96.2 154.21 acenaphthene + 14 400 158.4 228.3 benzo (a) anthracene 0 260 384 107 202.26 fluoranthene ++ 480 217 252.32 benzo (k) fluoranthene + 161-163.5 276 indeno(1,2,3cd)pyrene 0 1290 340 99-101 178.23 phenanthrene 0 135 393 156 202.26 pyrene + 269 278.36 di benzo(a,h)anthracen e ++ 3800 495 179 252.3 benzo (a) pyrene 0 16100 265275 92 152.21 acenaphthylene 0 73 340 216.4 178.23 anthracene ++ 168 252.32 benzo(b) fluoranthene + 0.3 500 277-279 276.34 benzo (g,h,i) perylene %).(33مسرطن بدرجھ اكثر من %)،(++)33ة (ن ،(+) مسرطن بدرجمسرط غیر)0( hplcبجھاز للعمل المستخدمة (gradient)دریجيالت التغییر طریقة یمثل (2) :جدول h2o ch3cn time (min) 60 40 0 40 60 7 0 100 11 0 100 17.9 60 40 18 rp-hplc بتقنیة pahs لتحلیل یاتالمثل الظروف :(3) جدول reprosil 100 c 18 العمود 0.46cm×25 بأبعاد ml/min 1.2 الجریان معدل ˚30c الحرارة درجة 254nm الموجي عندالطول (.u.v.-vis) المستخدم فشاكمال 252 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 : 𝑹𝒔:عامل الفصل ، 𝛂𝛂: عدد الصفائح النظریة، n: عامل السعة، `k: زمن االحتجاز، 𝒕ʀالزمن المیت ،𝒕𝟎 : :4)ول(جد التفریقیة ،لفصل الھیدروكربونات االروماتیة متعددة الحلقات القیاسیة وتحلیلھا. 𝑹𝒔 average n average k` 𝛂𝛂 n k` 𝒕ʀ min:sec 𝒕𝟎 min:sec pah no. 25283.2 10.05 12.16 1.1 naphthalene 1 1.747 29992.15 10.28 1.045 34701.1 10.51 12.66 acenaphthylene 2 2.348 34389.3 10.82 1.058 34077.5 11.12 13.33 fluorene 3 0.497 95219.2 11.17 1.008 156360.9 11.22 13.44 acenaphthene 4 1.124 108674.9 11.31 1.016 60989.0 11.40 13.64 phenanthrene 5 0.431 35343.47 11.48 1.013 9697.9 11.55 13.81 anthracene 6 0.763 11493.15 11.73 1.030 13288.4 11.90 14.20 fluoranthene 7 0.787 36317.1 12.04 1.022 59345.8 12.17 14.49 pyrene 8 0.596 156307.7 12.39 1.035 253269.6 12.60 14.97 chrysen 9 0.076 163415.2 12.61 1.001 73560.8 12.62 14.98 benzo(a) anthracene 10 0.576 69059.75 12.68 1.009 64558.7 12.73 15.11 benzo(b) fluoranthene 11 1.879 40504.8 13.05 1.049 16451.0 13.36 15.80 benzo(k) fluoranthene 12 0.888 16912.2 13.56 1.029 17373.4 13.76 16.24 dibenzo(a,h) anthracene 13 0.554 83370.4 13.84 1.012 149367.4 13.92 16.42 benzo(a)pyrene 14 2.560 85172.7 14.29 1.053 20978.0 14.66 17.23 indeno(1,2,3-cd) pyrene 15 0.688 33987.9 14.78 1.016 46997.9 14.90 17.50 benzo(g,h,i) preylene 16 بأستخدام)الماء-االسیتونایترایل( متحرك وطور (25x0.46 cm)بأبعاد reprosil 100 c18 الفصل عمود* rp-hplc) بمعدل جریان (1.2ml/min)) 30) عند درجة حرارةcͦ وطول موجي (254nm) ( .(%rsd) النسبي القیاسي االنحراف** relative standard deviation of retention time (n=4) ** مدینة في الخضروات عینات في ppm)بوحدات( الحلقات متعددة االروماتیة المركبات تراكیز یتضمن (5) : الجدول .rp-hplc بتقنیة مقاسة الجدول في الیھا المشار المناطق ضمن بغداد خس (الدورة) سلق (الرشید) خباز )الكریعات( فجل (الدورة) معدنوس (السیدیة) ریحان (الغزالیة) جرجیر )دیالىجسر( نعناع )االعظمیة ) pah 12.247 0.86 1.300 1.946 naphthalene 0.075 0.315 acenaphthylene 2.485 acenaphthene 1.207 fluorene 0.198 0.011 phenanthrene anthracene 0.103 fluoranthene 0.375 0.073 pyrene benzo(a)anthracene 0.072 chrysene 0.064 0.648 benzo(b)fluoranthene 0.041 0.131 0.0067 benzo(k)fluoranthene 0.188 dibenzo(a,h)anthracene benzo(a)pyrene 0.528 indeno(1,2,3cd) pyrene benzo(g,h,i)perylene 15.171 1.076 1.375 1.395 3.839 0.1167 total not detected 253 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 naphthalene, acenaphthylene ,fluorene: تراكیز مركبات )2الشكل ( مقابل مساحة القمم في المزیجات المدروسة. *=tʀزمن االحتجاز للمركب بصورة منفردة . 0.5ppmعلما ان حد الكشف لكل النماذج المقاسة یبدأ من 254 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 dibenzo(a,h) anthracene,benzo(a)pyrene): تراكیز مركبات 3الشكل ( ,indendo(1,2,3-cd)pyrene مقابل مساحة القمم في المزیجات المدروسة. *tʀزمن االحتجاز للمركب بصورة منفردة 255 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 خس الدورة. عینة): كروماتوغرام 4الشكل ( .سلق الرشید عینةكروماتوغرام : )5الشكل ( خباز الكریعات. عینة: كروماتوغرام )6الشكل ( فجل الدورة. عینة : كروماتوغرام )7الشكل ( 256 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 معدنوس السیدیة. عینة: كروماتوغرام )8الشكل( جسر دیالى. جرجیر عینة): كروماتوغرام 9الشكل ( بصورة منفردة. phenanathrene): كروماتوغرام مركب 10الشكل ( بصورة منفردة. chrysene: كروماتوغرام مركب )11الشكل ( 257 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 .بصورة منفردة dibenzo(a,h) anthraceneمركب كروماتوغرام): 12الشكل ( بصورة منفردة. benzo(a) pyrene: كروماتوغرام )13الشكل ( كروماتوغرام لمزیج قیاسي یضم ستة عشر من الھیدروكربونات االروماتیة متعددة الحلقات المستخدمة في البحث :)14الشكل ( . 1ppmبتركیز : كروماتوغرام لمزیج قیاسي یضم ستة عشر من الھیدروكربونات االروماتیة متعددة الحلقات المستخدمة )15الشكل ( .ppm 8في البحث بتركیز 258 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 separation and determination of poly aromatic hydrocarbons in vegetables samples in baghdad city using hplc technique nawar j. abdulrada khalil i. hussain dept. of chemistry/college of education of pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad abduljabbar a. ali ministry of science and technology received in : 10 september 2013, accepted in : 26 december 2013 abstract the reversed phase high performance liquid chromatography (rp-hplc) has been used for the separation of poly aromatic hydrocarbons(pahs) by using column reprosil 100 c 18 which was found to be a suitable one for this purpose. the result showed that using mobile phase of (acetonitrile-water) reversed phase hplc , flow rate of (1.2 ml/min) , column temperature (30c˚) and wave length of (254nm), give a complete separation with a good resolution . the total separation time was less than 20 min. the result of the study showed that the vegetables of baghdad city were polluted by poly aromatic hydrocarbons(pahs) in different places where samples taken because of drainage of the heavy water ,industrial trash and trash of oil colanders. -naphthalene, acenaphthylene, acenaphthene, fluorene, phenanthrene, anthracene, fluoranthene, benzo(g,h,i)perylene , pyrene , benzo(a)anthracene, chrysene benzo(a)pyrene,benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthen , dibenzo(a,h)anthracene, and indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene . keywords: polyaromatic hydrocarbons(pahs) , pollution , hplc. 259 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في أمصال e دراسة مقارنة لمستویات الشد التأكسدي وأكسدة الدهون وفیتامین كبار السن المصابین بالفصام العظمي واألصحاء عابدة أسماعیل ابراهیم العلیوي جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ،لكیمیاء قسم ا الخالصـة دلیًال على أنُه من أكثر (oa)أنتاج أصناف األوكسجین الفعالة في معظم األمراض ومن ضمنها الفصام العظمي ان لك بمقارنة المالون ثنائي وألجل التحري عن دور الجذور الحرة عند مرضى الفصام العظمي وذ .العملیات الضارة بخالیا الجسم m)األلدیهاید da) على أكسدة الدهون ومستوى فیتامین دلیالe من مضادات األكسدة عالیة الكفاءة في امصال دالذي یع .المرضى مع مجموعة من األصحاء راذك 18 ( الذین تم تشخیصهم باستخدام تقنیات تشخیصیة مختلفة بأنفصام العظمي للركبة امریض 34شملت الدراسة أظهرت نتائج .) ثىإن 16و را ذك (16 من األصحاء 32كذلك شملت الدراسة سنة 78-45تتراوح أعمارهم بین ) ثىإن 16و مقارنة مع مجموعة )النساء والرجال(في مصل مجموعتي المرضى mdaالدراسة إن هناك زیادة معنویة في مستوى الـ لمجموعتي المرضى مقارنة مع مجامیع eفي مستوى فیتامین امعنوی اوجد انخفاض كذلك .ة ألعمار المرضىبالسیطرة المقار .األصحاء ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 comparative study of qxidative stress, lipid peroxidation marker, and vit e levels in sera of elderly osteoarthritis patients and healthy control. a. i. al-ela wy departme nt of chemistry,colleg of education ibn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract the production of reactive oxy gen sp ecies in most diseases including ost eoarthritis (oa) is confirmed to be the most destractive p rocess to human cells. to invest igate the role of free radicals in p atients with oa and by comp aring lip id p eroxidation marker maloan dialdehyde (m da) and vit e as one of the p otent antioxidant in sera of (oa) p atients with those in healthy p op ulation. the st udy includes 34 p atients with knee oa diagnosed by doctors using different diagnost ic p arameters techniques , 18 females and 16 males and their age ranged 45 – 78 y ears , in addition to 32 healthy control 16 males and 16 females. the result revealed a si gnificant elevation in serum m da sera in both p atient group s ( male and female) comp ared to match aged healthy control group s. on the other hand a si gnificant decrease in seru m vit e lev els in both p atient groups compared to control group s, was not iced. introduction the energetic benef it of aerobic metabolism is associated with gener ation of free r adicals (frs).these radicals are high ly reactive molecules generated by the redo reaction that occur as p art of normal cell metabolism, further frs may be formed by some reactive enzy mes[1]. lip id p eroxidation is a well established m echanism of cellular injury in human, and is used as an indicator of o xidative st ress in cells and tissues. lip id p eroxides, derived fro m p oly unsaturated fatty acids, are unst able and deco mpose to form a comp lex series of compounds. these include reactive carbony l comp ounds, which are the most abundant malondialdehy de (mad) which is a highly reactive b ifunctional molecule, and has been shown to crosslink erythrocyte p hosp holip ids and p roteins. this p rocess results in imp airment of the membranerelated functions that ultimately leads to diminished surviv al. therefor e, measurement of malondialdehy de is widely used as an end product and indicator of lip id peroxidation. increased levels of lipid p eroxidation p roducts have b een associated with a variety of disease in humans (voet and vo et, 2004) [2]. on the other hand frs could be generated by exp osure to environmental factors, also p roduce by activated phagocytes, and nurop hiles to kill p athogens[3]. the generation of reactive oxy gen sp ecies (ros) via (frs) formation are cap able of dama ging the biolo gically relevant molecu les such as lip ids, p roteins, carbohy drate, and dna[4]. these processes may be involved in the initiation and p rop agation st ep s of several age related diseases[5]. osteoarthritis (oa) is a degenerative joint disease. it results from the combination of genetic abnormalities and joint disease[6]. among the multip le risk factors have been link ed to oa in epidemiology st udies age and ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 female versus male[7]. aerobic cell have the cap acity to remove the active p roduct of oxy gen through endogenous cellu lar enzy matic defenses, additional cellular defenses include small antioxidant molecu les i.e. α-tocop herol (vitamin e) is the most widely distributed antioxidant in n ature, when vitamin e donated an electron to a lip id p eroxy l radical it is converted to free radical st abilized by resonance structure.[8] the major function of vit e in the body is an antioxidant and it acts p rimarily by scaven ging active o xy gen free radicals. it also p rotects other antioxidant from being o xidized. the capability is then also great in help ing to p revent the degener ative diseases[9]. the role of diet (comp osition of rich antio xidant sources food) in the treatment of oa remains unclear. curr ent research into diet as an indep endent factor is focused on the merits of antioxidants (i.e. vitamin)(kalunian and brion[10],( 2005) since oa is by far the most common degenerative joint disorder throu ghout the world, and is one of the leading causes of disability and p ain in elderly , and the p revalence of this disease is less than 0.1% in those aged 25 y ears old v ersus a rate of over 60% in p eople over age 55 y ears[11]. so this st udy conducted on elderly p eop le more than middle aged. subjects and me thods the st udy was p erformed on (34) randomly selected p atients (18 females and 16 males) with oa of the knee, at t he outpatient clinic of baghdad teachin g hosp ital in baghdad-iraq. the selected p atients have sy mptomatic and radio logic evidence of oa in one or both knee joints, and show different signs and sy mptoms. the control group includes 32 healthy p ersons (16 females and 16 males). 1 blood samp les have been withdrawn from the st udy subjects by uenip uncture at 10am., in a disp osable tubes and centrifuged (250 xg for 10 min) within 45 min after collection to get t he serum which was st ored at -20 o c, unless used directly . 2 determination of serum m da:m da was measured according to[12]by monitoring the colored comp lex formed by the reaction of mda with thiobarbituric acid the absorbance was t aken at 532 nm. 3 determination of serum α-tocop herol (vitamin e): high p erformance liquid chromatogr aphy (hplc) technique, p rovided with uv detector was used[13]. the serum was deproteinized with ethanol; the vitamin and its ester were extracted by hexane, dried, and redissolved in chlorofor m p rior to injection on the silica column. the vitamin was eluted with 99% hexane and monitored at 287 nm. ant ioxidant solution was used for the p resentation of α-tocop heroloxidation during extraction; all steps were p erformed under st ream of nitrogen. student -t-test was used to comp are the significan ce of d ifference in the mean values in comp arison group s , p<0.05 was considered st atically significant. result and discussion table (1) showed the results of lip id p eroxidation mark er (mda) in sera of control group s and p atient with ost eo arthritis resp ectively. no significant differences were found in serum m da levels between male and female group s in healthy controls while a si gn ificant increase in serum m da of male p atients comp ared to female p atients was noticed. from table (3)which showed significant differences b etween serum m da levels of male patients (117.69±11.12) comp ared to serum level of control male ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 group s (35.3±4.3) also a si gnificant increase in f emales p atients (112.5±0.9) comp ared p atients group to that of healthy female (33.9±5.9). oxidative damages are imp licated in most diseases, the level of m da which is one of some p roduct of lip id peroxidation used as marker of free radicals oxidation of lip id. the effect of these radicals on jo ints of humans has been confirmed [14,15]. tables (2) and (4) showed serum level of vit e in control group s, p atients with oa group s and serum level of vit e in st udied group s resp ectively. no significant difference between vit. e levels in female and male in control group s also a non significant decrease in female p atients comp ared to male p atients was found. a significant reduction in v it e levels in female p atients (0.32±0.03) compared to control (0.85±0.08) and a significant redu ction in vit e of male patients (0.38±0.03) compared to male control group (0.85±0.08) was noticed. the reduction in vit e in f emale and male group s comp ared to the healthy controls and the decline of this vit may p romote the degener ative process in the p atient group s[16,17]. the increase in fr ee radicals generation is due to t he disease stage or the impartment of some antioxidant defenses and this a greed with other results rep orted that raise in (m da) could be due to increase generation the active oxy gen sp ecies due to the excusive oxidative d amage generated in these patients. the oxy gen sp ecies in turn can o xidize many other important biomolecular including membranes l ipid [18]. re ferences 1. halliwell,b. and gutteride,j.m . (1989) :clarendon p ress : oxford,uk. 2. veot, d. and voet, j.g. (2004): biochemist ry ; third edition, john and sons, inc. 3. harp er, h.a., radwel,v.w., and m ayes p.a., (2000) :″ review of p hy siological chemistry ″ 17 th ed, m c graw hill. 4. halliwell,b. (1994): lancet 344(10) :721-734. 5. bogdanska,j.j.; korneti, p. and todorova, b. (2003) nutrients 104(3):108-114. 6. brandt, kd. (2005) harrison’s p rinciples of internal m edicine, 6 th edition, kasp er dl (ed); m c graw hall comp anies., 2036-2045. 7. brandt, k. (1997) :text book of rheumatology , (5 th ed). kelley wn;harris jr.ed; ruddy s; sledge c e(eds), wb. saunders, p hiladelp hia.; 1303, evidance for the p hotop rotective effects of vitamin e. 8. baynes,j.w. (2005) oxy gen and life in: baynes, j.w., domoniezak m .h. editors, m edical biochemist ry . philadelp hia: elsevier ; p. 497-506. 9. sokol, r.j.(1996) ee zieglar and lifler, editors, washington d.c.ls p ress 130-136. 10. kalunian, kc. ; br ion, p h. and conco, ff., (2005): wollaston sj: non-p harmacologic therapy of ost eoarthritis,up to date. 11. jordan, j. m .;luta, g. and renner, jb. (1996) : arthritis care res.;9:237. 12. pesce, a.j. and kap lan,.l.a. (1987) :″ m ethods in clinical chemistry ″ m osby comp any, london. 13. farwer,s.r.; derbo er,b.c.j.; hadde man, e.; kivits,g.a.a.; wiersma, a and danse, c. (1994): british j. nutrition ; 72:127. 14. green wald, r.a.; and m ay, w.w.,(1980): arthritis; 23:455-463. 15. sie, sh. (1997):antioxidants in disease m echanisms and therapy , london:academic p ress. 16. hermandezsaavedr a d. and m c cord, j.m . ,(2003):webb waring inst itut e for cancer, university of colorado health sciences center, denver, co loradon usa. 17. sidd hartha p. (2007): indian journal of m edical sciences; 61:9-14. 18. kennett , e.c. and kuchel, p.w, (2003) : iubm b life; 55: 375-385. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (1) mda&vitamin e levels of all studied groups subjects no. mda mg/dl p value vit e mg/dl p value te 32 34±5.1 0.850±0.075 fe 16 33.9±5.9 ns<0.05 0.850±0.075 ns<0.05 m e 16 35.3±4.3 ns<0.05 0.850±0.075 ns<0.05 toa 34 115.095 ± 11.0 0.35± 0.03 foa 18 112.5± 10.9 s<0.05 0.32± 0.028 ns< 0.05 moa 16 117.69± 11.12 s<0.05 0.38± 0.031 ns< 0.05 not e: all valu es shown in tables are mean ± sem te = total healthy control. fe = female healthy control. m e = m ale healthy control. toa = total p atient with knee ost eoarthritis. foa = female with knee osteoarthritis. moa = m ale with knee ost eoarthritis. s = sign ificant p . value. ns = not significant p . value. table (2) mda & vitamin e levels in sera of controls and patients groups. subjects mda mg/dl vit e mg/dl p values fe 33.9±5.9 0.85± 0.08 s<0.05 m e 35.3±4.3 0.85± 0.08 s<0.05 foa 112± 0.9 0.32± 0.03 s<0.05 moa 117.69± 11.12 0.38± 0.03 s<0.05 microsoft word 437-444 الفيزياء | 437 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 تحضير متراكبات من االيبوكسي و مسحوق قشور البيض الستعمالها في طالء السطوح وداد حمدي جاسم قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الهيثم ) / جامعة بغداد 2015/تشرين الثاني/22قبل في 2015/ايلول/30استلم في: الخالصة في هذا البحث تم دراسة كل من قيم مقاومة الصدمة ونسبة امتصاص الماء لمتراكبات االيبوكسي التي تم تقويتها ) . % 5 , 4 , 3 , 2 , 1بمساحيق قشور البيض البيضاء والبنية للدجاج المحلي بنسب حجمية مختلفة ( ة األبيض قيما عالي ض) من مسحوق قشور البي %1لقد أظهرت النتائج العملية إن النسبة الحجمية لإلضافة ( وبذلك تم اعتماد هذه النسبة من اإلضافة الستعمال متراكب االيبوكسي هذا في عمليات لمقاومة الصدمة والماء العادي الطالء . نظومة المادة بشكل جيد على المستوى المجهري باستعمال مجهر ضوئي مستقطب . تم تفسير الظواهر التي تحدث في م : متراكب االيبوكسي , قشور البيض , مقاومة الصدمة , نسبة امتصاص الماء . الكلمات المفتاحية الفيزياء | 438 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 المقدمة أن خفة وزن البوليمرات , فضال عن مقاومتها للصدأ جعلها مناسبة للعمل في العديد من الصناعات , ولتقوية البوليمر الذي قد يكون غاليا بعض الشى , تستعمل مالئات ذات كلفة واطئة تضاف للبوليمر لتصنيع متراكبات ذات استعماالت تجارية [ 1 ] . إن راتنج االيبوكسي هو احد أهم البوليمرات المستعمل بشكل كبير في الصناعات وذلك للخواص التي يتميز بها مثل . [ 2 ]االستقرارية الحرارية العالية ومقاومته للمواد الكيميائية فضال عن قلة انكماشه اكب البوليمري الذي يقوى عادة باستعمال طور أخر ) في المتر matrixويسمى االيبوكسي بالطور المستمر أو األساس ( ) وبذلك سيتشكل طورا إضافيا وسطيا بين الطورين يكون هو المسئول األول عن تحديد الصفات fillersمثل المالئات ( . [ 3 ]الميكانيكية والفيزيائية للمتراكب النهائي وحجمها وطريقة توزيعها في أساس المتراكب , مما يودي إلى وجود إن كفاءة المتراكب يعتمد أيضا على نوع المالئات ) ( macroscopic) للمتراكب وخواصه الظاهرية اوالجاهرية microscopicعالقة وطيدة بين الخواص المجهرية ( يزيائية األخرىمثل خواص مقاومة الشد , االنحناء أو الصدمة كصفات ميكانيكية فضال عن العديد من الصفات الف [ 4 , 5 ] . لقد استعمل االيبوكسي كاسأس في صناعة المتراكبات من قبل الكثير من الباحثين وتضاف له المالئات المختلفة 2008 وآخرون في عام shao yun fuحسب الغرض الذي يصنع من اجله المتراكب ,فقد استعمل الباحث ) ومتانة stiffnessإذ وجدوا أن هناك تأثير كبير لإلضافة في تحسين جساءة ( [ 6 ] مسحوق الزجاج كمالئ toughness) . المتراكب النهائي ( ) كمالئ , إذ ازدادت قيم 3o 2alباستعمال مسحوق االلومينا ( 2010وآخرون في عام fang fu -jiكما قام الباحث . [ 7 ]تراكب النهائي العزل الحراري والممانعة الكهربائية للم لتحسين وآخرون بإضافة نسب وزنية مختلفة من مسحوق الفحم k. naresh kumarقام الباحث 2013في سنة من المسحوق هي األفضل بين النسب %20الصفات الميكانيكية للمتراكب , مثل الشد , االنحناء إذ وجد إن نسبة . [ 8 ]األخرى لتحسين تلك الصفات وآخرون باستعمال مالئات عضوية مثل مسحوق lawrence j fernandesقام الباحث 2014في عام ) وذلك بنسب وزنية مختلفة واختيار caco 3 (قشور السمك والحاوي على نسب عالية من مادة كاربونات الكالسيوم . [ 9 ]النسبة األفضل بينها لتحسين الصفات الميكانيكية للمتراكب مثل الصالدة ومتانة االنحناء والشد إما في بحثنا هذا فقد استعملنا مصدرا عضويا رخيص الثمن للمالئات مثل قشور بيض الدجاج إذ تحوي على أكثر . [ 11 , 10 ]ات الكالسيوم من مادة كربون 93% لقد استعمالنا مسحوق القشور البيضاء وكذلك البنية اللون المحلية وإضافتها بنسب حجمية مختلفة للتوصل ألفضل نسبة لإلضافة لتصنيع طالء ذي مقاومة عالية للصدمة وامتصاصية واطئة للماء لغرض استعماله لطالء الزوارق خ . ومناضد المطاب المستعملة المواد , إما قشور بيض الدجاج fosrocمع المصلد من شركة nitofill, eplvتم استعمال راتنج االيبوكسي من نوع المحلي فقد تم جمعها باللونين األبيض والبني , إذ تم تنظيفها بالماء بشكل جيد وتجفيفها ثم سحقها وطحنها للحصول على مساحيقها . ألجهزة المستعملة ا ) , مجهر ضوئي مستقطب . charpyميزان الكتروني حساس , جهاز فحص الصدمة نوع جاربي ( طريقة العمل تم خلط االيبوكسي مع المصلد بنسبة ثالثة إلى واحد , ثم أضيف مسحوق القشور األبيض بنسب حجمية مختلفة وأعيدت العملية نفسها للمسحوق البني .) ( 5%, 4, 3 , 2 , 1 تم صب هذه الخالئط كال على حده في قوالب زجاجية خاصة إذ يكون النموذج مستطيل الشكل وخاضعا ألبعاد فحص ) . iso 179الصدمة ( ) لدراسة قابلية امتصاص النماذج المختلفة للماء cm 21كما تم تهيئاة نماذج أخرى صغيرة مربعة الشكل بمساحة تقريبية ( ,ثم حساب نسبة امتصاص النموذج للماء وذلك بأخذ أوزان النماذج المختلفة قبل وضعها في الماء وبعد وضعها في الماء . [ 12 ]بأزمان مختلفة واستعمال المعادلة أدناه ] * 100% o) / w ow – e=[ (w swe وزن النموذج الجاف ow :أن إذ ew وزن النموذج الموضوع في الماء الفيزياء | 439 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 swe نسبة امتصاص النموذج للماء ولتفسير التصرف الذي تظهره المتراكبات من مقاومة الصدمة والماء , تم تحديد الكيفية التي تتم فيها عملية توزيع المساحيق المختلفة بنسب حجمية واطئة ومتوسطة وعالية وذلك بتصويرها تحت المجهر الضوئي المستقطب بقوة تكبير ) . ( 5xتبلغ النتائج والمناقشة ) قيم مقاومة الصدمة لمتراكبي االيبوكسي مع مساحيق قشور البيض البيضاء والبنية كال على حده , إذ 1الشكل ( يبين ولكن بزيادة نسبة اإلضافة %1 ) تزداد قيمة مقاومة الصدمة للمتراكب الحاوي على المسحوق األبيض بنسبة حجمية ( ستقل قيم مقاومة الصدمة . تراكب الحاوي على المسحوق البني فقد اظهر نقصانا كبيرا في قيم مقاومة الصدمة عند نسبة اإلضافة إما بالنسبة للم إذا قورن بالمتراكب الحاوي على المسحوق األبيض عند نسب اإلضافة نفسها , ويرجع هذا إلى الحجم الصغير 1% س للمتراكب مما يجعله أكثر قدرة على مقاومة لجزيئات المسحوق األبيض الذي ينتشر بشكل جيد داخل مادة األسا الصدمة من المتراكب الحاوي على المسحوق البني . وبشكل عام تقل قيم مقاومة الصدمة للمتراكب الحاوي على المسحوق األبيض أو البني عند القيم العالية لإلضافة , وينطبق . [ 1 ]هذا بشكل جيد مع المصدر مقاومة عالية للماء %1 اصية امتصاص الماء , فقد أظهرت النسبة الحجمية لإلضافة البالغة إما بالنسبة لخ ) ,ثم 2للمتراكب الحاوي على المسحوق األبيض أو البني ,إذا ما قورن بتلك الخاصة بااليبوكسي لوحده ,كما في الشكل ( ) على 5 , 4 , 3 ) كما في اإلشكال ( ( % 4, 3 , 2 تقل مقاومة المتراكبات للماء بزيادة نسبة اإلضافة الى ) 6لإلضافة لتتساوى مع مقاومة االيبوكسي للماء وذلك كما يظهر في الشكل ( %5التوالي ثم تزداد المقاومة عند النسبة ) %3) والمتوسطة ( %1ويمكن تفسير هذا بالنظر إلى الصور المجهرية للمتراكبات المختلفة عند القيم الواطئة ( ) إذ تعمل النسب الواطئة لإلضافة على جعل جزيئات المسحوق كمراكز للتقوية 7المبينة بالشكل ( %5 )والعالية ( فتجعل المتراكب أكثر مقاومة للماء فيصلح المتراكب للعمل كطالء جيد للمناضد في المطابخ أو الزوارق . فتكون المادة أكثر هشاشة فتقل مقاومة المتراكب للصدمة والماء , أما عند النسبة أما عند زيادة نسب اإلضافة ) من اإلضافة فستقل مساحة المناطق بين الجزيئات مما يجعلها مقاومة للماء فقد دون الصدمة .5 (% االستنتاجات مة من تلك الحاوية على المسحوق البني أن المتراكبات الحاوية على المسحوق األبيض تملك مقاومة أعلى للصد -1 عند جميع نسب اإلضافة للمسحوق . ) من المسحوق األبيض تزيد من مقاومة الصدمة للمتراكب بالمقارنة بااليبوكسي لوحده %1 إن نسبة اإلضافة ( -2 وكذلك مع المتراكب الحاوي على المسحوق البني عند نسبة اإلضافة ذاتها . على المسحوق األبيض تظهر مقاومة أعلى للماء من تلك الحاوية على المسحوق البني عند إن المتراكبات الحاوية -3 جميع نسب اإلضافة . ) من اإلضافة تتقارب قيم مقاومة الماء لاليبوكسي مع المتراكب الحاوي على المسحوق األبيض %5عند نسبة ( -4 أو البني ولكنها تظهر فشال واضحا عند اختبار الصدمة . ) يزيد في مقاومة المتراكب المصنع للصدمة والماء معا مما يجعلها %1المسحوق األبيض بنسبة قليلة ( إضافة -5 النسبة المفضلة التي يتم اختيارها . الفيزياء | 440 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 المصادر 1. nikhil gupta , balraj singh brar and eyassu woldesenbet ( 2001 ) effect of filler addition on the compressive and impact properties of glass fiber reinforced epoxy , bull . mater . sci 24 ( 2 ) : 219 -223 . 2. gracia – fernandez, c .a. ; gomez – barreiro, s .; ruiz – salvador, s. and blaine r . ( 2005 ) study of the degradation of a thermoset system using tga and modulated tga , progress in organic coatings 54 : 332 -336 . 3. yaping zheng , ying zheng and rongchang ning ( 2003 ) effects of nanoparticles sio2 on the performance of nanocomposites , materials letters 57 : 2940 -2944 . 4. satheesh raja, r . ; manisekar, k . and manikandan , v . ( 2013 ) effect of fly ash filler size on mechanical properties of polymer matrix composites , international journal of mining , metallurgy and mechanical engineering ( ijmmme ) 1 ( 1 ) : 2320 – 4060 . 5. yves nys , joel gautron , juan m. garcia – ruiz and maxwell, t. hincke ( 2004 ) avian eggshell mineralization , biochemical and functional characterization of matrix proteins , compites rendus palevol 3 : 549 -562 . 6. shaoyun fu , xiqiao feng , bernd lauk and yiuwing mai ( 2008 ) effects of particle size , particle / matrix interface adhesion and particle loading on mechanical properties of particulate –polymer composites , composites : part b 39 : 933-961 . 7. ji-fang fu , liyi shi ; qing – dong zhong ; yi chen and liya chen ( 2010 ) thermally conductive and electrically insulative nanocomposites based on hyperbranched epoxy and nanoal2 o3 particles modified epoxy resin , polymer advanced technologies ,part . 1638 : 110. 8. naresh kumar, k .; prasanth kumar, m .; krishna, v . and srinivasa rao, d (2013 ) experimental investigation on mechanical properties of coal ash reinforced glass fiber polymer matrix composites , international journal of emerging technology and advanced engineering , 3( 8 ) :250-258 . 9. lawrence, j fernandes , vinay bu , kiran prakasha a and pavitra ajagol( 2014 ) shellfish shell as a biofiller , preparation , characterization and its effect on the mechanical properties on glass fiber reinforced polymer matrix composites , the international journal of engineering and science , 3 ( 8 ) : 23 -26 . 10. dahiru muhammad faruruwa and cornelius danladi ( 2013 ) quantification of calcium and calcium carbonate in eggshell obtained from local , improved chickens and ducks of gombe , 1 ( 1 ) : 8 -10 . 11. luis, d.; abarca, b.; jose, a .; quintana. l. ; ma, therese casaubon, h. and sergio gomez rosales ( 2011 ) assessment of eggshell quality before and after incubation from 29 and 46 weeks –old leghorn hens , international journal of poultry science 10 ( 12 ) : 977 982 . 12. yew m .c . ; ramli sulong, n .h . ; yew, m .k . and johan, m .r . ( 2013) the formulation and study of the thermal stability and mechanical properties of an acrylic , coating using chicken eggshell as a novel biofiller , progress in organic coatings 76 : 1549 – 1555 . الفيزياء | 441 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0% 2% 4% 6% ة دم ص ال مة او مق ) م كغ / ع رب م تر م ( نسبة الكسر الحجمي للمسحوق مسحوق البيض االبيض/ ايبوكسي "مسحوق البيض البني / ايبوكسي " ) : قيم مقاومة الصدمة كدالة للكسر الحجمي لمسحوق البيض األبيض والبني 1الشكل ( 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 500 1000 1500 ء ما ال ص صل مت ة ا سب ن ( % ) )ساعة ( الزمن مسحوق البيض % ١/ ايبوكسي االبيض مسحوق البيض % ١/ االيبوكسي البني ) : العالقة بين نسبة امتصاص الماء والزمن لاليبوكسي ومتركباته 2 الشكل ( من المساحيق %1الحاوية على ) : العالقة بين نسبة امتصاص الماء والزمن لاليبوكسي ومتركباته الحاوية 3الشكل ( من المساحيق 2 %على 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 ء ما ال ص صا مت ة ا سب ن ( % ) )ساعة ( الزمن % ٢/ ايبوكسي مسحوق البيض االبيض % ٢/ ايبوكسي مسحوق البيض البني االيبوكسي الفيزياء | 442 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 ركباته الحاوية على) : العالقة بين نسبة امتصاص الماء والزمن لاليبوكسي ومت 4الشكل ( من المساحيق 3% ) : العالقة بين نسبة امتصاص الماء والزمن لاليبوكسي ومتركباته الحاوية 5 الشكل ( من المساحيق %4على 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 0 500 1000 1500 ء ما ال ص صا مت ا بة س ن ( % ) ) ساعة ( الزمن مسحوق % ٣/ ايبوكسي البيض االبيض مسحوق % ٣/ ايبوكسي البيض البني االيبوكسي 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 ء ما ال ص صا مت ا بة س ن ( % ) )ساعة ( الزمن / ايبوكسي ٤ % مسحوق البيض االبيض / ايبوكسي ٤ % مسحوق البيض البني االيبوكسي الفيزياء | 443 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 ء ما ال ص صا مت ا بة س ن ( % ) )ساعة ( الزمن / ايبوكسي مسحوق % ٥ البيض االبيض / ايبوكسي مسحوق % ٥ البيض البني االيبوكسي من المساحيق % 5) : العالقة بين نسبة امتصاص الماء والزمن لاليبوكسي ومتركباته الحاوية على 6 الشكل ( a b a e c d f g ) االيبوكسي المضاف له المسحوق b , c , d) االيبوكسي لوحده , ( : a) صور المجهر الضوئي 7الشكل ( )االيبوكسي المضاف لها المسحوق البني بنسب e , f , g ) على الترتيب , ( % 5 , 3 , 1 األبيض بنسب الحجمية ( ) على الترتيب . % 5 , 3 , 1الحجمية ( الفيزياء | 444 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 preparation of the epoxy / chicken eggshell composites to use in surfaces coating widad h. jassim dept. of physics / college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaitham ) / university of baghdad received in:30/september/2015 accepted in:22/november/2015 abstract in this work , impact strength and the water absorption ratio of powders of white and brown local chicken eggshell reinforced epoxy with different volume fractions ( 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 and 5 % ) were studied . the experimental results show that composite filled by ( 1 % vol . )of white eggshell powder exhibited maximum impact strength and high resistance to tape water , so we choose this volume fraction to use the epoxy composite in coating . optical microscopic observations are taken to develop a better understanding of the phenomena taking place in the material system at microscopic level . key words : epoxy composite , eggshells , impact strength , water uptake ratio . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 lipid peroxidation, prooxidant and related antioxidant proteins in various types of hyperlipoproteinemic males and control w.f.al-tai departme nt of chemistry ,college of education i bn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract thirty nine hy p erlipop roteinemic (hplic) male subject aged (48-63) y ear not on any of the lip id lowering drugs, att ending out p atient clinic at baghdad teaching hosp ital, were included in the p resent st udy , in addition to twenty two normolipidimic male subjects of matched age were included as control throughout this st udy . the first p art of this st udy was devoted to the classification of the hplic subjects according to the serum lip id and lip op rotein p rofile following defined criteria. the lip id p arameter including total cholesterol (tc), triglyceride (tg), high density lip op rotein (hdl) and low density lip op rotein (ldl) were invest igated in serum of hplic subjects included in the st udy . the classification was p erformed according to frederickson's ty p e, as t wenty one hyp ercholest erlemic (ty p e iia), and eighteen hy p ertriglycerdimia (ty p e iv) hplic subjects. in the second p art of the st udy , lip id p eroxidation marker measured as malondialdehyde (m da), free iron, ferritin, transrerrin (tf) and ceruloplasmin (cp) levels were measured in the serum of all subjects included in the study . the results indicated that significant increase was observed in the serum levels of tc, tg and ldl in ty p e iia and ty p e iv hplic comp ared to control, and a significant decrease in hdl level in serum of both hplic group comp ared to control, while no significant difference in serum hdl levels between ty p e iia and ty p e iv hplic was found. the mean m da, free iron and ferritin levels in serum were found to be significantly higher in both ty p es iia and iv hplic compared to control, also ferritin level in serum of ty p e iv showed a significant increase over that of ty p e iia (257.3±22.7 vs. 223±19.2 mg/ml; p <0.05). on the other hand, no significant difference in mean m da and free iron levels between both ty p es of hplic group s were found. the mean tf and cp levels in serum of ty p e iia hplic group showed a slight increase, y et not significant when comp ared to control, but a non significant decrease in tf and cp levels in serum of ty p e iv hplic group comp ared to control was found, however neither tf nor cp levels showed any significant difference between both hplic group s. these results suggest the presence of oxidative st ress injury in subjects with either ty p e iia or iv hpl, which could be due to high levels of ldl which is more susp tible to oxidation and high levels of serum free iron which act as a p rooxidant agent in its free form. introduction a series of cytotoxic oxy gen sp ecies p lay s an imp ortant role in various disease as associated with dy slipidemia causing cell damage including lip id p eroxidation, inactivation of enzy mes, alteration of intracellular oxidation-reduction st ate and damage to dna[1, 2] lip op roteins are essential for the transp ortation of lip ids in the vascular sy st em. inherited defects in lip op rotein metabolism lead to the p rimary condition of either hy p o or hy p er lip op roteinemia (hlp), a few individuals in the p op ulation exhibit inherited defects in their lip op roteins leading to the p rimary condition. in addition, diseases such as diabetes mellitus, hy p othy rodism and coronary heart diseases are associated with secondary abnormal ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 lip op rotein p att erns that are very similar to one or another of the p rimary conditions. virtually ,all the p rimary conditions are due to defect at a st age in lip op rotein formation, transp ort or destruction, however not all of the abnormalities are harmful[3, 4]. iron p lay an imp ortant role in many biological p rocesses because it is an ideal o2 carrier and it is an essential cofactor for numorous iron containing comp ounds, in form of heme or noheme st ructure to limit the availability of free iron which contribute to free radical p roduction via cataly zing haber-weiss and fenton reaction[5]. iron is taken-up by intest inal mucosa as fe++ and converted to the trivalent form which bound to transferrin (tf), aglycoprotein with two iron-binding sites, which transp orts iron to the liver or sp leen where the fraction of unused and highly toxic iron is st ored as ferritin molecules in order to be neutralized. a p oferrintin, the p rotein fraction of ferritin, is sp atially folded to create a central groove that holds oxidized iron molecules, the heavy chain in apoferritin molecule exerts ferroxidase activity , cataly zing the oxidation of ferrous to ferric ions, which p revents ironinduced cyclic redox reactions that would sp read and amp lify the oxidative damage to living cells. this activity occurs under aerobic conditions, allowing the st orage of intracellular iron[6,7]. however cerulop lasmin (cp) (the copp er carrying p rotein) seems to p lay a key role in the oxidation of ferrous iron and hence it releases from cells and loading onto apotransferrin, as the transferring binds largely the ferric form, so cp is involved p rimarily in maintaining iron homeost asis and p reventing iron-mediated free radicals injury , thus cp is considered as antioxidant through its ferroxidase activity [8]. hy p erlipop roteinemia could increase levels of oxy gen free radicals in various way s; hy p ercholest erolemia increases cholesterol content of p latelets, p olymorphonucleare leukocytes and endothelial and smooth muscle cells, neutrop hils, nonocy tes, and platelets may be the source of oxy gen free radicals in hyp ercholest erolemia[9]. ant ioxidant substance are used to keep free radicals under or at p hy siological control levels [10]. however, in the literature there were limited and conflicting data on the relationship between lip id p eroxidation, iron as aprooxidant agents and some related p roteins as antioxidant. therefore this study was carried out t o exp lore whether important p roteins of iron metabolism are altered in subjects with various ty p e of hpl, namely the ferritin, tansferrin, and cerulopasmin, since binding of iron to these p roteins p revents, or greatly decreases p articip ation of this metal in oxy gen radical formation. experimental part s ubjects the p resent st udy was p erformed on males aged 48-67 y ears with different lip op rotein p rofile attending out p atient clinic at baghdad teaching hosp ital. noromolip idemic subjects were recurred from male subjects aged 45-65 y ears, who had p lasma triglyceridws (tg)<203 mg/dl and total cholesterol (ch)<217 mg/dl, according to criteria in tietz (1999)[11]. no medication known to influence the lip id st atus was admistrated in any of the subjects during the last six months. patients with diabetes mellitus, hy p othy rodism, nephritic sy ndrome or any other serious illness during the pervious six months were excluded. the classification of hplic subjects was made according to fredrickson's ty p e, as following criteria in (tietz 1999) [11] ty p e iia hpl: p lasma tg<203 mg/dl, total ch>270 mg/dl and ldlc>131 mg/dl. ty p e iv hpl: p lasma tg>203 mg/dl, total ch<270 mg/dl and ldlc<131mg/dl. blood was drawn from subjects fasting (>12 hours) with t y p e iia (n=21), ty p e iv (n=18) hlp and an age matched normolipidimic as control group (n=22). ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 in p lain tubes 5ml blood was left to clot at room temp erature for 15 minutes, centrifuged at 3500 rp m to separate serum from erythrocytes. sera were used directly for some p arameter measurements; the rest was divided in to small p ortions and kep t frozen. lipid profil e anal ysi s fraction of serum lip ids was p erformed by using ready kit from bio m erieux a.s., france as follows: serum total ch was determined by the ch enzy matic method using a series of enzy mes (i.e. ch east erase, ch oxidase and p eroxidase). the chromagnic comp elex formed was followed colorimetrically at soon, the absorbance of a known concentration of st andard ch was used to determine the concentrations of samp les by p rop ortion[12]. 1 serum tg was determined colorimetrically by tg enzy matic method using a series of enzy mes (i.e. lip ase, glycerokinase, glycerol-3-phosp hate oxidase and p eroxidase)[13]. 2serum ldlc was estimated indirectly by the use of friedewald formulaserum hdlc was determined after p recipitation of chylomicron, vldl and ldl contained in the serum samples by the addition of 4% p hosp hotungst ic acid solution magnesium chloride, the sup ernatant obt ained after centrifugation contains the hdl, from which the ch was determined as described in [12]. lipid peroxidation marker determination m alondialdehy de (m da), an end p roduct of the breakdown of p olyunsaturated fatt y acids, reacts with thiobarbituric acid to give a red chromop hor that has a maximum absorbance at 532 nm. in this method, p rotein was p recipitated with trichloroacetic acid (70%) which also acidifies t he medium; chloroform was added to remove the disp ersed lip ids then centrifuged. the absorbance of the sup ernatant was recorded at 532 nm against a blank. the m da concentration was calculated by using molar absorbtivity coefficient of 1.56×105 l.mol-1.cm-1 [15]. s erum iron determination the iron was determined in the serum by using a ready kit from teco diagnost ics france. the iron is allowed to dissociate from its ferric transferrin comp lex by the addition of an acid buffer containing hy droxy lamine. this p rocess reduces the ferric iron to ferrous form. the chromogenic agent (i.e. ferene) p rovided with the kit, will form a highly colored ferrous comp lex, which is measured sp ectrop hotometrically at 560nm. transfe rring (tf) dete rminatiom the concentration of the tf was determined indirectly as the ability of p lasma p rotein to bind iron, the so called total iron-binding cap acity (tibc), where the unsaturated iron binding cap acity (uibc) is determined by the addition of a known ferrous salt concentration to the serum samp le, so the added iron will bind to the unsaturated sites on transferrin. the excess (unbound) iron are reacted with ferene to form the colored comp lex and determined as in the method of serum iron determination using the ready kit teco dignost ic france. the difference between the added iron and the amount of iron measured represents the unsaturated iron binding cap acity ; therefore the (tibc) is determined by adding the serum iron value to the uibc value. then transferrin was est imated from the following equation[16]: transferring (mg/dl) = 0.7×t ibc (mg/dl). ferriti n dete rmination ferritin concentration in serum was determined by using a human ferritin test kit sup p lied by bio check company u.k. the method based on solid p hase enzy me linked immunosorbent assay (elisa), where a sy st em utilizes one rabbit anti-ferritin antibody for ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the solid p hase (microtiter wells) immobilization and a mouse monochlonal anti-ferritin antibody for the solid p hase (microtiter wells) immobilization and a mouse monochlonal antiferritin antibody in the antibody -enzy me (horseradish p eroxidase) conjugate solution[17]. ce rulopasmi n (cp) determination the method for cp concentration in serum based on the cataly tic ability of cp to oxidize the colorless p-p henylene diamine to a blue –violet oxidize form which has maximum absorbent at 525nm, using molar absorbtivity coefficient of 0.68 mol-1.cm-1 for the base[18] . s tatisti cal analysi s the results were exp ressed as mean ±sd of mean, using st udents t-test, significant variation is considered when p-values is≤0.05. re sults and discussion lip ids and lipop rotein p arameters in all subjects p articip ated in the st udy are shown in table (i). control (normolip idemic),ty p e iia hpl ( hy p ercholest erolemic ) and ty p e iv hpl (hy p ertriglyceridemic) were classified according to the criteria mentioned in the exp erimental p art (1). all lip id p arameters excep t for the high density lip op rotein (hdl) in both hplic group s were significantly higher than of control group excess ch is p resent in the form of low density lip op rotein (ldl) p articles, socalled "bad ch ", while the ratio of ch in the form of (hdl), referred as "good ch" to that in the form of ldl can be used to evaluate suscep tibility for the development of heart disease , due to the binding of hdl to the esterified ch released from the p erip heral tissues and transfer cholestry l est ers to the liver or tissues t hat use ch to sy nthesize st eroid hormones . t he exact nature of the p rotective effect of hdl levels is not known; however, a p ossible mechanism is that a serum esterase which degrades oxidized lip ids is found in association with hdl. possibly ,the hdl-associated p rotein destroy s the oxidized ldl (ox-ldl), accounting for hdl's ability to p rotect against coronary diseases . on the otherhand oxidized atherogenic lip op rotein, namely ox-ldl is taken up by immune-sy st em cells (macrophages), which become engorged to foam cells. these foam cells would become trapp ed in the wall of the blood vessels and contribute to the formation of atherosclerosic p laques that cause arterial narrowing and lead to heart att acks [19]. the significant increase in serum ldl and the decrease in serum hdl in this st udy agree with results reported higher levels of ldl and lower levels of hdl in p lasma of hplic subjects ,they also claimed that ldl p ossess a direct toxic effect on endothelial cells , and the p lasma concentration of ox-ldl might be one of the st rongest p redictors of endothelial dy sfunction in early atherosclerotic lesions [20]. it has been claimed that lower hdl values in p lasma of hplic subjects is to counter balance the oxldl levels ,because hdl not only att ributed to maintain normal cell cholesterol homeost asis by the reverse ch transp ort, but also p ossess considerable antioxidant p rop erties [21]. the results of lip id peroxidation marker m da and free iron in serum of the three st udied group s are shown in table (ii). a significant increase in m da and free iron levels in the serum of both hplic group s comp ared to control was found ,while no significant differences in the levels of both p arameters between both hplic group s was noticed . the results of t he present st udy agree with others st udies reported higher plasma levels of m da,ox-ldl and free iron in hplic subjects , which was exp lained by the fact that the increased p lasma concentration of lip ids and lipop rotein (as substrate for oxidation ) results in higher concentration of their oxidation p roducts . it has been p ost ulated that hpl could ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 increase levels of oxy gen free radicals in various way s ; hy p ercholest erolemia increase ch content of p lateles, leukocytes and endothelial cells so t hat endothelial , smooth muscle cells , neutrop hils and p latelets may be the source of oxy gen free radicals . it has been also demonst rated a higher oxidative st rees in hplic subjects who also showed clinical sy mptoms of endothelial dy sfunction later indicating that ox-ldl p lay s the crucial role in early st ages of atherosclerosis [20,22,23] . iron is intensively discussed as a p ossible risk factor of atherosclerosis, mainly for its cataly tic role in free radical formation and subsequent oxidative modification of atherogenic lip op rotein namely ldl [20]. on the otherhand a non –significant increase in p lasma free iron was reported in some subjects with hpl compared to control , y et an increased oxidative st ress markers were rep orted , which was claimed that an alteration in the antioxidant defence sy st em occur in resp onse to various diseases and hpl [24] . increased iron availability is , theoretically , exp ected to contribute to macrovascular disease because iron has an adverse effect on endothelium , and accelerates the development of atherosclerosis through the oxidation of atherogenic lip op rotein , ldl [25] . serum tf, ferritin and cp levels for ty p e iia and ty p e iv hplic group s with matched sex and age normolipidimic control are represented in table iii. a significant increase in serum ferritin levels in both hplic group s comp ared to control group was not iced. similar results were rep orted, when analysing subjects with different ty p es of hpl. the authors stated that it is st ill unclear whether elevated iron st ores (ferritin) alone or p lasma free iron alone or both p lay a crutial role in p athogenesis for atherosclerosis and cardiovascular risk developing in such subjects [20]. however , a p ossible exp lanation for the relation between serum free iron and ferritin comes from the fact that sy nthesis of apoferritin is induced at both the transcrip tional and p ost transcrip tional levels by the presence of free iron , since iron can be released from ferritin by the action of many factors including reducing agent t hat convert ferric to ferrous forms , so the increase in the ferrous form downregulates the affinity of iron-regulatory element (ire ) binding p rotein (bp) for its ire binding site in the s region of ferritin mrna , leading to increase ferritin translation , also when the concentration of antioxidants are low ,the reducing p otential and anaerobiosis p rogressively increase , facilitating a rapid release of iron from ferritin . additionaly, the ferroxidase activity in the heavy chain of apoferritin is downregulated in this setting, decreasing the incorp oration of iron into ferritin. the overall result of oxidative reactions is an increase in the availability of free iron from ferritin molecule as well as from other molecules (containing iron) undergoing degradation. these events, in turn, can enhance and amp lify the p rocess of generation of free radicals, causing cellular and tissue damage .the oxidative st ress also downregulates the affinity of ire for ire-bp. thus, ferritin can act both as a source of iron , which induce oxidative st ress , and as a mechanism that p rotects against the formation of highly toxic free radicals , which are cap aple of inducing lip id peroxidation [26,27,28]. the levels of tf and cp in serum of both hplic subject group s were not significantly alterd from that of control group , thus the results of the p resent st udy agreed p artly with a st udy reported a significant increase in p lasma cp levels and non significant differences in p lasma tf levels of hplic subjects t hey also reported that the increase of cp level was more p ronounced in hplic subjects with diabetes , due to the consideration of cp is one of the p ositive acute –phase reactants , whose concentration increase up on different diseases and this increase come from an increase liver sy nthesis of cp through the enhancement of ceruloplasmin mrna transcrip tion and/or a decrease in catabolism of this p rotein [29]. the results of the present study agree with reported data stated that neither tf nor cp in plasma of hplic showed significant differences from that for normolipidemic subjects [22] . two imp ortant agents were reported to be resp onsible for extracelluar antioxidant activity , through their rotes in iron homostasis, these are the copp er containing p rotein , cp and the iron-binding p rotein tf , as cp convert reduced iron released from its st orage site (ferritin )to t he oxidized form by this way cp allows iron to bind to its p lasma transp orter ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 p rotein (transferrin), while tf carries iron to st orage site , at this site , the iron is released from tf and st ored inside cells as ferritin, then tf may be used again for further iron transp ort [30,31]. in conclusion, this st udy shows t hat both subjects with either ty p e iia or ty p e iv hpl have enhanced lip id p eroxidation in their serum. the elevated serum ldl concentration, which is more susp tible to oxidation, in addition to high serum iron levels, may result in higher lip id p eroxidation . however the decreased concentration of hdl and non-increased levels of cp and tf as antioxidant are not likely to be sufficient enough to counter higher reactive oxy gen metabolites p roduction in hplic subjects, which may cause oxidative st ress leading to cellular and molecular damages thereby resulting in development of cardiovascular diseases. therefore further st udies needed to clarify the relation between lip id p eroxidation and other antioxidant p arameters of the defense sy st em to draw a conclusion as to whether the changes in this antioxidant are causes or results of increased oxidative st ress. re ferences 1.taysi,s.; gul,m .; saru,r.a.; akcay ,f. and bakan,n., (2002) : clin. chem. lab. m ed.; 40: 684-688. 2.prashant, a.v.;harishchandra, h.; dsouz a, v. and dsouz a, b., (2007) : indian journal of clinical biochem.; 22(1): 131-134. 3.m urray, r.k.; granner, d.k. and rodwell, v.w., (2006): "harp p r's illustrated biochemistry " 27 th edition, lange m edical books, m c grawhill comp anies u.s.a.; p 239. 4.bishop , m .l.; fody , e.p. and schoeff, l., (2005) "clinical chemist ry " 5 th edition, lip p incott williams and wilkins, a wolters kluwer kluwer comp any, philadelp hia; p p .293-298. 5.finch, c. (1994): blood; 84:1697-1702. 6.hubers, h.a. and finch, c.a., (1987): phy siol rev. 67:250-282. 7.jukell, m .b.; balla, j.; jessurun, j. and vercellott , g.m ., (1995): am. j. pathol; 147:782 789. 8.richardson, d.r., (1999): j. lap. clin. m ed; 134: 454-465. 9.esterbauer, h.; gebicki, j.; puhl, h. and jurgens, g., (1992): free radical biol. m ed.; 13:341-390. 10.dip lock, a.t .; charleux, j.l.;crozier-willi, g. and ricevance,c., (1998): british journal of nut rition; 80.81-96. 11.tietz, n.w., (1999): "textbook of clinical chemistry ", wb saunders comp any, philadelp hia, p p 809-861. 12.richmond, w., (1974): clin. sci. m ol. m ed.; 46: 6-7. 13.fsssati, p. and prencip e, l., (1982): clin. chem., 28(10): 2077-2080. 14.friedewald, w.t.; levy, r.i. and fredrickson, d.s., (1972); clin chem, 18:499-502. 15.fong, k.l.;m c cay , p.b. and poy er, j.l., (1973): j. biol. chem.; 248:7792-7797. 16.burtis, c.a. and ashwood, e.r. (1996): "tetiz fundamentals of clinical chemistry " eds. philadelp hia, sunders wb fourthed 309. 17.white, d.m .;kramer, d.; johnson, g.; dick, f. and hamilton, h. (1986): am. j. ciln. path; 72: 346-349. 18.m enden, c.e.; boian, j.m .; m urthy , l. and petering, h.g., (1977): anal lett; 10:197-204. 19.berg, j.m .;ty moczko, j.l. and stry er, l., (2007): "biochemist ry " 5 th ed. w.h. freeman and comp any, new york. 20.kraml, p., syrovaka, p., stip ek, s., fialova, l. and andel, m ., (2004): phy siol. res.; 53: 471-480. 21.hsueh,w.a. and quinonws, m .j., (2003): am. j. cardiol; 92:10-17. 22.efe, h.; kirci, d.;deger, o. and orem, c. (2004): tohoku. j. exp . m ed.; 202: 163-172. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 23.dave, g.v. and kalia, k., (2007): cell m ol bio; 53:68-78. 24.godin, d.v. and dahlman, d.m ., (1993): res. commun. chem. pathol phamacol; 79:151 166. 25.tuomainen, t.p.; punnonen, k. and salonen, j.p., ()1998 : circulation; 97:1461-1466. 26.reif, d.w., (1992): free radi biol m ed; 12: 417-42 27.juckett ,m .b.; balla, j.; jessurun, j. and jacob, h.s., (1995): am. j. pathol.; 147: 782-789. 28.fernandez-real, j.m .; bermejo, a.l. and ricat, w., (2002): diabetes; 51: 2348-2354. 29.kaviarasan, k.;arjunan, m .m . and pugalendi, k.v., (2005): clin. chem. acta.; 362:49-56. 30.baldwin, d.a., jenny , e.r. and aisen, p., (1994): j. biol. chem.; 259: 13391-13394. 31.tran, t., ashraf, m ., jones, l., az am, m .h. and linder, m .c., (2002): j. nut r.; 123: 351 356. table (1): lipid and li poprotei n parameters in sera of type iia, type iv hplic groups and normolipidemic control parameters groups tc mg/dl mean±sd p tg mg/dl mean±sd p hdl mg/dl mean±sd p ldl mg/dl mean±sd p normolip idimic control n=22 184.3± 11.2 123.7± 9.8 45.8±4.6 117.4±8.7 hpl typ e iia n=21 365.7± 14.8 p<0.05 179.2± 18.2 p<0.05 41.6±7.3 p<0.05 188.7±21.2 p<0.05 hpl typ e iv n=18 246.8± 12.6 p<0.05 378.9± 11.3 p<0.05 40.7±5.8 p<0.05 129.1±13.2 p<0.05 *p<0.05 *p<0.05 *p <0.05 *p <0.05 * represent p value between ty p e iia and iv hpl group s ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table(2) :s erum malondial dhyde and free iron in type iia, type iv hplic groups and normolipidemic control group parameters groups mda nmol/dl mean ±sd p serum free iron µg/dl mean ±sd p normolipidimic control n=22 16.3± 3.9 98.8 ± 7.2 hplic type iia n= 2 1 28.9 ± 4.2 p< 0.05 118.9 ± 9.3 p< 0.05 hplic type iv n=18 30.3 ± 6.5 p< 0.05 120.2± 10.1 p< 0.05 *p> 0.05 *p> 0.05 * represent p value between ty p e iia and iv hpl group s table (3) : s erum transfe rring , fe rritin and cerul oplasmi n i n type iia ,type iv hplic groups and normolipidemic control group parameters group s transferrin µg/dl mean ±sd p ferritin mg/ml mean± sd p cerulop las. mg/dl mean ± sd p normolip idimic control n=22 268.8 ±13.4 118.3±15.8 18.8±3.7 hplic ty p e iia n=21 270.3±11.7 p>0.05 223.7±19.2 p<0.05 20.1±4.2 p>0.05 hplic ty p e iv n=18 267.9±16.3 p>0.05 257.3±22.7 p<0.05 18.7±9.2 p >0.05 *p>0.05 *p<0.05 *p >0.05 * represent p value between ty p e iia and iv hpl group s ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table(4) hplic groups and normoli pidemic control group parameters groups mda nmol/dl mean ±sd p serum free iron µg/dl mean ±sd p normolipidimic control n=22 16.3± 3.9 98.8 ± 7.2 hplic type iia n= 2 1 28.9 ± 4.2 p< 0.05 118.9 ± 9.3 p< 0.05 hplic type iv n=18 30.3 ± 6.5 p< 0.05 120.2± 10.1 p< 0.05 *p> 0.05 *p> 0.05 * represent p value between ty p e iia and iv hpl group s 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وذمسببات االكسدة ومضادات االكسدة البروتینیة ؛االكسدة الفوقیة للدهون من الذكور ارتفاع البروتینات الدهنیة انواع مختلفة من في العالقة وفاء فاضل الطائي جامعة بغداد،هیثملیة التربیة ابن الك،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة ) 63-48(تتــراوح اعمـارهم بــین شـملت الدراسـة الحالیــة تسـعة وثالثـین مــن الـذكور یعــانون مـن ارتفـاع الــدهون فـي الـدم فضـال عـن، الخارجیـة لمستشـفى بغـداد التعلیمـيالعیادة فيلدهون الدم والمراجعین " خافضا" نهم عالجاسنة ال یتعاطى أي م .مجموعة سیطرة بوصفهم مستویات دهون طبیعیة في أمصالهم مقاربین في العمر يلذكور ذثنین وعشرین من اإ علــى صـــورة الـــدهون " كــرس الجـــزء االول مــن الدراســـة لتصـــنیف الــذكور المصـــابین بارتفــاع الـــدهون فـــي الــدم اعتمـــادا .والبروتینات الدهنیة على موجب معیار محدد والبروتینــات الدهنیــة ،)tg(الكلیســریدات الثالثیـة و ، )ch(رول الكلــي شــملت الكولسـتصـورة الــدهون و تـم التحــري عــن وافــي أمصـال الـذكور المشـاركین فــي الدراسـة وقـد صــنف) ldl(والبروتینـات الدهنیــة واطئـة الكثافـة،) hdl(عالیـة الكثافـة وثمانیــة ،)iia(ارتفــاع الكولســتیرول نــوع مـن یعــانون مریضــا وعشــرین اوظهــر ان واحـد fredericksonعلـى أســس نــوع ).iv(یعانون من ارتفاع في الكلسیریدات الثالثیة نوع اخرینعشر ن عـن طریـق قیـاس المـالون ثنـائي االلدیهایـد عیـین مسـتویات مؤشـر فـوق أكسـدة الـدهو تم في الجـزء الثـاني مـن الدراسـة ت )m da(، وبالزین في أمصال جمیع الذكور المشاركین في الدراسةسیریلوال،والترانسفرین،والفرتیین ،والحدید الحر. ، الكولسـترول الكلـي والكلســیریدات الثالثیـة والـدهون واطئـة الكثافــةمسـتویات فـي " معنویــا" عـااأظهـرت نتـائج الدراسـة ارتف ) iv(ونــوع ) iia(فــي مسـتوى البروتینـات الدهنیـة عالیـة الكثافــة فـي أمصـال المجمـوعتین نـوع" معنویـا" بینمـا وجـد انخفاضـا ) iia(نـوع مجموعتینفي حین لم تظهر فروقات معنویة في مستوى الدهون العالیة الكثافة بین ال،مقارنة مع مجموعة السیطرة ).iv(و ivونــوع iia مجمـوعتین نــوعالیهایــد والحدیـد الحـر والفـرتین ارتفاعــًا معنویـًا فـي دظهـرت معـدالت المـالون ثنـائي االلأ مقارنـة مـع المجموعـة ivفـي المجموعـة نـوع كذلك وجد أرتفاعـًا معنویـًا فـي مسـتویات فـرتین المصـل، ءع االصحامقارنة م pإن امـل علمـ\ملغــم 19.2±223مقابـل iia )257.3± 22.7نـوع معنویـة فــي حـین لـم تظهـر فروقـاتفــي ،) 0.05> .ivو iia بین المجموعتین معدالت المالون ثنلئي االلدیهاید وال الحدید الحر مقارنــة iiaفـي مسـتویات الترانسـفرین والسـیروبالزمین فـي أمصـال مجموعـة النـوع إرتفاعـًا غیـر معنـويً رت النتـائجأظهـ iv مسـتویات الترانسـفرین والسـیروبالزمین فـي أمصـال مجموعـة النـوعوجد إنخفاضًا غیر معنـوي كما، مع مجموعة السیطرة مســتویات الترانســفرین والســیروبالزمین بـــینى لــابالنســبة ات معنویــة بینمــا لــم تظهــر فروقـــ. رنــة مــع مجموعــة الســیطرةامق .ivو iia المجموعتین الـدم سـواء كـانوا مـن لشد التأكسدي فـي االفـراد الـذین یعـانون مـن إرتفـاع دهـونلترحت هذه الدراسة وجود أضرار نتیجة قا ضـة لالكســدة ر دهون واطئـة الكثافـة التــي تكـون عالــذي قـد یعـزى الــى المسـتویات المرتفعـة للــ ivأو نـوع iiaالمجموعـة نـوع صــورته لالكســدة فـي امولـد والمســتویات المرتفعـة للحدیــد الحـر فــي المصـل الــذي یكـون عــامالأكثـر مــن غیرهـا مــن الـدهون .ةر الح ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 60 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: shaymaa.m1979@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq abstract effect of drought stress induced by mannitol on secondary products in callus of golden sunrise cherry tomatoes were studied in vitro. seeds were irradiated with gamma at the doses (0, 20, or 40 gy), and germinated on murashige and skoog, (ms) basal medium. callus were initiated from cotyledon leaf explants using a combination of (2.0 kin + 2.0 iaa mg. l-1) then transferred into ms medium supplemented with mannitol at concentrations of (0, 40, and 60 g.l-1). vitamin c(vit c), enzyme activity, ascorbate peroxidase (apx), and amylase enzymes, proline amino acid and βcarotene were quantified by high-performance performance liquid chromatography (hplc). results revealed that, highest contents of (apx) 128.16 µg. ml-1 and 132.6 µg. ml-1 for amylase at 60 g.l-1 of mannitol and 0 gy of gamma, respectively. furthermore, the content of vit c (265.57 µg. ml-1 ) at 20 gy and 60 g.l-1 of mannitol. the results also showed that a combination of 40 gy and 60 g.l-1 of mannitol was optimum for the production of high proline amino acids (761.0 µg. ml-1 ) and (113.54 µg. ml-1 ) for βcarotene content in callus culture. keywords: secondary products, cherry tomato callus, mannitol stress, plant tissue culture. 1.introduction in the sixteenth century, tomatoes (solanum lycopersicum l.) were brought from the andes to europe. this plant has gained popularity in modern times and has developed into a significant crop for the economy [1]. it is a perennial crop belonging to the solanaceae family [2]. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3117 article history: received 28 november 2022, accepted 2 january 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq in vitro effect of mannitol stress and γ-ray on secondary products from golden sunrise cherry tomato callus *shaimaa n. mizil department of biology science college al-mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. shaymaa.m1979@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ekhlas. a.j. elkaaby department of genetic engineering ministry of sciences and technology, food and biotechnology center. ekhlasjasim@yahoo.com maher z. f. al-shammary department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. zakimaher164@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:shaymaa.m1979@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:shaymaa.m1979@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:shaymaa.m1979@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:ekhlasjasim@yahoo.com mailto:ekhlasjasim@yahoo.com mailto:ekhlasjasim@yahoo.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:zakimaher164@gmail.com mailto:zakimaher164@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 61 plants have been utilized for therapeutic purposes all across the world since prehistoric times. plants' pharmacological capabilities are based on their phytochemical components, particularly secondary metabolites, which are excellent sources of value-added bioactive chemicals. secondary metabolites (sms) are compounds with a complicated chemical makeup that are formed in response to various types of stress to carry out several physiological processes in plants [3]. furthermore, (sms) are substances that are not required for a cell (organism) to survive but play a function in the cell's (organism's) interaction with its environment [4]. these chemicals are frequently engaged in plant defense against biotic or abiotic stressors. a few sms are utilized as chemicals, particularly pharmaceuticals, flavors, perfumes, insecticides, and dyes, and so have a high economic value [5]. secondary molecules accumulate heavily in response to a number of environmental stresses, including light, temperature, soil water, soil fertility, and salinity. for most plants, a change in one element can affect sms content [4, 6]. many researchers investigate the accumulation of secondary products by exposing callus to different stresses [7, 8]. plant cell and tissue cultures (ptc) have a high regular capacity to produce a variety of beneficial secondary metabolites . it’s a continuous, stable source of plant medicines [9] and independent of meteorological and geographical variables, allow continuous, sustainable, affordable, and viable secondary metabolite production [3]. the advancement of plant biotechnology has created several potentials for tomato plant engineering [10]. in vitro mutagenesis in plant organ, tissue, and cell cultures allows for the rapid and prevalent spread of mutant plants [11]. mutation induction by gamma radiation (gr) has been reported in field-collected buds and seeds, as well as tissue cultures, protoplasts, and calluses [12]. plants can be managed under controlled conditions, in small spaces, and at any time of year using this technique [13]. in vitro biotechnological techniques ensure quality and safety, which, when combined with mutagenesis techniques, allows the selection of outstanding agronomic characteristics in economically and productively important plants [14]. plants developed several mechanisms to cope with stress, including morphological and structural changes and increased secondary production [15]. plants can cope with these stresses via a variety of antioxidant enzymes [16] and non-enzymatic antioxidants [17]. the main objective of this study is to investigate the effect of drought stress and gamma rays on secondary products of cherry tomato callus. 2.materials and methods seeds of cherry tomato cv (golden sunrise) were irradiated with gamma cobalt -60 source (co60) at the doses (0, 20 or 40 gy), and germinated on murashige and skoog, (ms) basal medium[18] supplemented with organic components and non organic compounds and combination of (2.0 kin + 2.0 iaa mg. l-1) for callus induction. one month later, 100 mg of callus fresh weight (fw) were cultured on ms medium supplemented with mannitol at concentration of (0, 40 and 60 g.l-1). the cultures were incubated in culture room condition.the cultures were kept in a controlled growth chamber at 25±2°c with a light photoperiod of 18/6 darkness for 30 days. 2.1. determination of active compounds in stressed callus by high-performance liquid chromatography (h. p.l.c) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 62 2.1.1. analysis of soluble vitamin c (vit c) in stressed callus of cherry tomato a. separated conditions: vitamin c was separated on the fast liquid chromatography (flc) column under the optimum conditions as follows: column:str ods-ii 1,3µm particle size (50 x 4.6 mm i.d.) column, mobile phase: (a) 0.1 m potassium phosphate, ph 2.6:5 m octane sulphonate (ion-pair); (b) acetonitrail a; b (9:1, v:v) detection uv set at 270 nm; flow rate 1.5 ml/min (40 c temperature). standard concentration: 25 µg. ml-1 retention time 1.052. b. preparation of sample: extraction and estimation of vitamin c according to the following method by [19] 1.0 g of sample was weighed and then dissolved in 100 ml of hplc methanol. water 60:40 v/v, the sample was shaken and agitated in ultrasonic bath for 10 minutes, then concentrated by evaporating the solvent with a stream of liquid n2 until it reached nearly 0.5 ml, then added some of the mobile phase to reach 1 ml. dried samples were re-suspended in 1.0 ml of hplc-grade methanol by vortexing. the mixture was passed through 2.5 µm disposable filters, and then 20 µl were injected on an hplc column. the retention time and peak of area for the standard were determined (figure 1), and then the concentration for each sample was quantitatively determined by comparison of the standard peak of area with the sample peak of area. 2.1.2.analysis of ascorbate peroxidase (apx) and amylase enzymes in stressed callus of cherry tomato a. separated conditions: apx and amylase enzymes separated on fast liquid chromatography (flc) under the optimum conditions as follows: column: 7 µm particle size, nuclosil 4000-7pei, anion exchange for enzyme and protein (125x 4.0 mm i.d) column, figure 1 .retention time of standard vc (1.052) vc ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 63 mobile phase: solvent (a) 2 mm.l-1 tris-acetate, ph 8.0. solvent (b) 20 mm.l-1trisacetate ph 8.0. 0.1 m phosphate buffer ph + 1.5 mm kcl isocratic separation using solvent (a: b, 40:60 v/v). detection uv set at 280 nm flow rate: 1.5 ml/min. standard concentration: 125 µg. ml-1 retention times are 2.05 and 3.70 for the apx and amylase enzymes, respectively. b. preparation of sample: a method described by [20] with slight modifications as follows: 1.0 g of each sample was weighed and homogenized with phosphate buffer, then the suspension was subjected to ultrasonication (bransonifier, usa) at 60% duty cycles for 10 min at 4ºc followed by centrifugation at 7,500 rpm for 10 min. at the clear supernatant of each sample containing the enzyme was extracted with phosphate buffer, then centrifuged. 5 mg of (nh4)2so4 precipitation was performed on the extracted enzyme, dialyzed, loaded, and eluted from a sephadex g-200 column with phosphate buffer. the overall purification was collected. a fast separation at 4ºc was maintained during the purification process and extraction. h.p.l.c separation conditions were optimal ph and temperature, which were determined as 8.0 and 25ºc. according to the optimal conditions given above. the mixture was passed through 2.5 µm disposable filter, and stored at 4ºc for further analysis. 25 µl of each sample is injected into h.p.l.c system according to the optimal conditions. the retention time and peak of area for the standard were determined (figure 2), and then the concentration for each sample was quantitatively determined by comparison of the standard peak of area with the sample peak of area. 2.1.3. analysis of proline amino acid in stressed callus of cherry tomato a. separated conditions: the pre-column derivatization method is used, where the amino acids are derivatized before injection, and then the reaction products are separated and detected. this concept is illustrated on the right (figure 3). the column is shimpack xr-ods (50x4.mm i.d), 3 µm particle size). figure 2 .retention time of standard enzymes apx 2.05 and amylase 3.70 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 64 detector uv set 254 nm gradients were formed between two degassed solvents as follows: solvent (a): 5% methanol in 0.1 n sodium acetate buffer ph (7.0). solvent (b): methanol, linear gradients in form 0-25 min. 25µl injection, and 35ºc . figure 3: hplc gradient for separation of amino acids extract pre-column derivatization b. sample preparation: the method of gokulakumar and narayanaswamy [21] was followed to extract the amino acid proline from stressed callus of cherry tomato: a 100 ml of boiled d. d water was added to (1) g dry weight of the callus from each treatment. after grinding, filtered using filter paper, the solution was kept over night at room temperature. then centrifuged at 12,000 rpm, for 1 minute and keep in bottles at 20°c until estimated.next day the mixture centrifuge at 12,000 rpm for 1 min, filtered and concentrated using a rotary evaporator at a temperature of 30 ° c until the final volume reached (5) ml. the clear medium was transferred to small bottles .amino acids were determined by jones and gilligan [22] derivatives and prepared as followed. a 50 mg of orthopthaldehyde (opa) and 50 μg of 2-mercaptoethanol dissolve in 1.25 ml of ethanol, then fill the volume to 50 ml by adding 50 mol of sodium borate, ph adjusted to 5.9, and the solution kept in the dark for 24 hours. the retention time and peak of area for the standard was determined (figure 4) proline figure 4.standard proline retention time (9.7) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 65 2.1.4. analysis of βcarotene in stressed callus of cherry tomato the standard of active compounds (pigments) was separated on fast liquid chromatographic (flc). the column zobax clipse xdbc-18, 3 µm particle size(50x4.6 mm i.d). mobile phase solvent (a): 0.1% acetic acid. solvent (b): methanol, using linear program from 0%b to 100% b for 9 min. detector uv set 370 nm.temperature 30ºc, flow rate 1.5ml/min. injection volume 25µl. the retention time and peak of area for the standard was determined (figure 5). calculation: the concentration of (enzymes, vit c, βcarotene and amino acids) were quantified using the following equation [23] * for statistical analysis each treatment replicated trice time statistical analysis the experiments were setup in completely randomized design (c. r. d). each treatment replicated three times. data collected and analyzed using genstat softwere (12ed) and means were separated using duncan’s multiple range test at 5% level. 4.results and discussion: 4.1.effect of gamma and mannitol stress and their interaction on apx and amylase concentration in stressed callus: for enzymes concentration (table 1&2) hplc analysis showed that the highest accumulation of apx and amylase were found when callus enhanced with 60 g.l-1 of mannitol with values (109.45 μg. ml-1 and 128.32 μg. ml-1 ) respectively compare with less amount in the control and concentration of sample (μg. ml-1) = area of sample × conc. of standard ×dilution factor area of standard figure 5: standard βcarotene retention time (5.63) 5.63 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 66 40 g.l-1 treatment were the value respectively for apx (94.04 μg. ml-1 , 92.89 μg. ml-1) and (107.14 μg. ml-1,112.32 μg. ml-1 )for amylase enzyme .when the callus was exposed to gamma doses of 20 and 40 gy ,the concentration of apx were (92.72 μg. ml-1, 96.53 μg. ml-1) respectively and the highest value was (107.13 μg. ml-1)in control and the value was ( 114.96, 114.24 μg. ml-1) while the superior was for control that recorded (118.58 μg. ml-1) for amylase concentration and it is clear that there are no significant differences among them. for the interaction effect on accumulation of enzymes according to table (1&2) the highest values for apx and amylase were (128.16μg. ml-1, 132.6 μg. ml-1) in 60gm.l-1 mannitol with (0) dose of gamma respectively, while it recorded the lowest value of apx that reached (88.2 μg. ml-1) in (20 gy, 40 g. l-1) and for amylase it was 132.6 μg. ml-1 . (table 1&2). table 1. effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress on apx µg.ml-1 in tomato callus gamma mannitol mean of gamma radiation 0 40 60 0 96.76 c 96.47 c 128.16 a 107.13 a 20 93.03 d 88.2 e 96.94 c 92.72 c 40 92.34 d 94.01 cd 103.24 b 96.53 b mean of mannitol 94.04 b 92.89 b 109.45 a *each value represent mean of three replicates *means followed by the different letters are significantly differed from each other within the single variant or their interactions at 5% level according to duncan’s multiple range test. table 2. effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress on amylase µg.ml-1 in tomato callus gamma mannitol mean of gamma radiation 0 40 60 0 98.66 g 124.49 c 132.6 a 118.58 a 20 110.22 e 110.68 e 123.97 c 114.96 b 40 112.53 d 101.8 f 128.39 b 114.24 b mean of mannitol 107.14 c 112.32 b 128.32 a *each value represent mean of three replicates *means followed by the different letters are significantly differed from each other within the single variant or their interactions at 5% level according to duncan’s multiple range test plants tend to amass complex chemical composition groups of organic compounds in response to various types of stress in order to enhance their resistance to environmental conditions and the stimulation of defensive mechanisms [24]. the addition of mannitol to the culture media inhibited growth and increased the sub-culturing duration in various crops [25]. a higher mannitol content lowered the nutritional medium's water potential and made water absorbtion more difficult, resulting in osmotic stress [26]. the osmotic potential of plants treated with mannitol steadily reduced, indicating that osmolyte buildup increased with time. mannitol is extensively utilised in several studies to explore the in vitro osmotic stress response of many plant species [27]. . our study agrees with the results of anca [28], which found that apx, cat were enhanced at the transcriptional level and in terms of enzyme activity, indicating the activation of antioxidant defense. apx activity is reduced when exposed to gamma doses of co60 [29]. beyaz's findings [30] clearly reveal that exposure to gamma irradiation pretreatment, alone or in conjunction with ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 67 drought stress, resulted in substantial increases in apx activities. it is noted that any increase in amylase enzyme callus content may be attributed to the amylase enzyme's role in converting starch into simple sugars to regulate osmosis and be absorbed by plant cells in order to release the necessary energy that is important in the vital processes of survival and continuity under stress [31]. the peroxidase enzyme developed more under stress situations, since it is regarded as one of the antioxidant enzymes that operate as a defense system for plants, trapping hydrogen peroxide and oxide radicals o-, where otransforms to o2 with h2o2 molecules to eventually turn into h2o water molecules. the enhanced enzyme activity reflects the plant's capacity to endure stress [32], and these findings are in line with previous findings [33]. 4.2. effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress on ascorbic acid (vit c) in cherry tomato callus: as for ascorbic acid in callus content, results in (table 3) showed superiority for mannitol concentrations of 60 g.l-1 with values (247.94µg.ml-1).while the highest concentration of vitamin c was found at the control treatment (0gy) compared with (20 and 40) gy. for the interactions between gamma radiation and mannitol concentrations, results in (table 3) clarified that 20 gy in combination with 60 g.l-1 mannitol accumulated the highest mean of vitamin c reached (265.57mg.g-1). l-ascorbic acid (vitamin c) is a primary antioxidant in plants, and it plays an important role in reducing excessive cellular reactive oxygen species activity produced by a variety of abiotic stressors. plant ascorbate levels fluctuate according to the degree of stress and species sensitivity [34]. plants with higher ascorbate content can effectively scavenge the excessive ros generated during stress conditions, and confer increased tolerance to abiotic stresses. table 3. effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress on vit c. µg. ml-1 in tomato callus gamma mannitol mean of gamma radiation 0 40 60 0 231.2 d 236.73 c 253.48 b 240.5 a 20 108.08 g 237.92 c 265.57 a 203.9 b 40 113.62 f 238.7 c 224.77 e 192.4 c mean of mannitol 150.96 c 237.8 b 247.94 a *each value represent mean of three replicates *means followed by the different letters are significantly differed from each other within the single variant or their interactions at 5% level according to duncan’s multiple range test 2.5. effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress on proline amino acid in cherry tomato:. as for ascorbic acid in callus content, results in (table 3) showed superiority for mannitol concentrations of 60 g.l-1 with values (247.94µg.ml-1).while the highest concentration of vitamin c was found at the control treatment (0gy) compared with (20 and 40) gy. for the interactions between gamma radiation and mannitol concentrations, results in (table 3) clarified that 20 gy in combination with 60 g.l-1 mannitol accumulated the highest mean of vitamin c reached (265.57mg.g-1). l-ascorbic acid (vitamin c) is a primary antioxidant in plants, and it plays an important role in reducing excessive cellular reactive oxygen species activity produced by a variety of abiotic stressors. plant ascorbate levels fluctuate according to the degree of stress and species sensitivity [34]. plants with higher ascorbate content can effectively scavenge the excessive ros generated during stress conditions, and confer increased tolerance to abiotic stresses. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 68 hadi [35] investigated that increasing mannitol concentration led to an increase in the accumulation of proline, and another study using peg to induce stress found an increase in proline content [36]. according to xiong and zhu [37], under stress circumstances, plants not only generate antioxidants but also accumulate suitable solutes such as proline, which were previously assumed to operate as osmotic buffers. they do, however, appear to have a role in maintaining the functional state of macromolecules as part of osmotic adjustment, most likely by scavenging reactive oxygen species. proline protects cells by scavenging oxidative free radicals such as the hydroxyl radical [38, 39]. it helps to lower cell acidity, which leads to an increase in the production of nadp+, which is required for biological processes. when plant cells are stressed, the production of nadp + increases by increasing the gene expression of the enzyme (p5cs) pyrroline-5-carboxylate synthetase, which is responsible for converting glutamate to proline [40, 31]. table 4. effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress on proline amino acid .µg.ml-1 in tomato callus. gamma mannitol mean of gamma radiation 0 40 60 0 482.1 e 533 d 604.7 c 539.9 b 20 402.1 f 655.8 b 666.6 b 574.9 a 40 402.1 f 508.2de 761.0 a 557.1 ab mean of mannitol 428.8 c 565.7 b 677.4 a *each value represent mean of three replicates *means followed by the different letters are significantly differed from each other within the single variant or their interactions at 5% level according to duncan’s multiple range test 2.6.effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress and their interaction on βcarotene accumulation in cherry tomato callus: table (5) show that the concentration of βcarotene rises as the concentration of mannitol increases, with significant differences appearing where a concentration of 60 of mannitol was recorded at a rate of 105.9 µg.ml-1, while the lowest concentration was recorded in the control treatment, at a rate of 75.96 µg.ml-1.while gamma doses recorded highest mean (98.32 µg.ml-1)at 40gy and the lowest concentration was (87.26 µg.ml-1). furthermore, the interaction between gamma dosages and mannitol concentration revealed that combining 60 g.l-1 mannitol with 40 gy of gamma therapy resulted in a larger rise in βcarotene accumulation (113.54 mg. g-1) that outperformed all other interaction parameters. it is clear from the results that there is a significant increase in βcarotene accumulation with increasing mannitol and gamma doses together. table 5. effect of gamma ray and mannitol stress on βcarotene .µg.ml-1 in cherry tomato callus. gamma mannitol mean of gamma radiation 0 40 60 0 66.61 f 106.11b 99.73 c 90.82 b 20 70.67 e 86.71 d 104.42 b 87.26 c 40 90.61 d 90.81 d 113.54 a 98.32 a mean of mannitol 75.96 c 94.54 b 105.9 a *each value represent mean of three replicates *means followed by the different letters are significantly differed from each other within the single variant or their interactions at 5% level according to duncan’s multiple range test ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 69 5.conclusion our results clarified that gamma rays at 20 or 40 gy and in vitro biotechnology under stress conditions in the presence of 40 or 60 g.l-1 mannitol have been considered reliable approaches for enhancing secondary metabolite production from cherry tomato callus. references 1. paduchuri, p.; gohokar, s.; thamke, b.; subhas, m. transgenic tomatoes. int j adv biotechnol res .2010, 2, 69–72. http://www. bipublication.com. 2. mamidala, p.; nanna, r.s. effect of genotype, explant source and medium on in vitro regeneration of tomato. int. j. gen. molec. biol., 2011, 3(3), 45–50. 3. chandran, h., meena, m., barupal, t.; sharma, k. plant tissue culture as a perpetual source for production of industrially important bioactive compounds. biotechnology reports, 2020,26, p.e00450. 4. yang, l.; wen, k.s.; ruan, x.; zhao, y.x.; wei, f.; wang, q. response of plant secondary metabolites to environmental factors. molecules, 2018,23(4), 762. 5. pagare, s., bhatia, m., tripathi, n., pagare, s. ; bansal, y.k. secondary metabolites of plants and their role: overview. current trends in biotechnology and pharmacy, 2015,9(3), 293304. 6. zykin, p.a.; andreeva, e.a.; lykholay, a.n.; tsvetkova, n.v. ; voylokov, a.v. anthocyanin composition and content in rye plants with different grain color. molecules, 2018, 23(4), 948. 7. jassim, e.h.; ameen, s.k. effect of sucrose and mannitol on ajmalicine production from leaves induced callus of catharanthus roseus lg don in vitro. j. biotechnol. res. center. 2014, 1,8(2), 27-34. 8. ibrahim, i.r.; ameen, s.k. influence of stress on secondary metabolites production from callus of moringa oleifera in vitro. the iraqi j. agric. sci. 2017, 48(4), 1099. 9. vijayasree, n.; udayasri, p.; aswani, k.y.; ravi, b.b.; phani, k.y. ; vijay, v.m. advancements in the production of secondary metabolites. j. nat. prod. 2010, 3, 112-123. 10. gerszberg, a.; hnatuszko-konka, k.; kowalczyk, t. ; kononowicz, a.k. tomato (solanum lycopersicum l.) in the service of biotechnology. plant cell, tissue and organ culture (pctoc), 2015, 120(3), 881-902. 11. spencer-lopes, m.m.; forster, b.p.; jankuloski, l. manual on mutation breeding (no. ed. 3). food and agriculture organization of the united nations (fao), 2018. 12. suprasanna, p.; vitthal, s.b.; yadav, p.v. in vitro mutagenesis and selection in plant tissue cultures and their prospects for crop improvement. bioremediation, biodiversity and bioavailability. 2012, 6(special issue 1), 6-14. 13. hernández-muñoz, s.; pedraza-santos, m.e.; lópez, p.a.; gómez-sanabria, j.m.; moralesgarcía, j.l. mutagenesis in the improvement of ornamental plants. revista chapingo. serie horticultura. 2019, 25(3), 151-167. 14. al-safadi, b.; elias, r. improvement of caper (capparis spinosa l.) propagation using in vitro culture and gamma irradiation. scientia horticulturae, 2011, 127(3), 290-297. 15. cecoli, g.; ramos, j.c.; ortega, l.i.; acosta, j.m.; perreta, m.g. salinity induced anatomical and morphological changes in chloris gayana kunth roots. biocell., 2011, 35(1), 9-17. 16. rajput, v.d.; singh, r.k.; verma, k.k.; sharma, l.; quiroz-figueroa, f.r.; meena, m.; gour, v.s.; minkina, t.; sushkova, s.; mandzhieva s. recent developments in enzymatic ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 70 antioxidant defence mechanism in plants with special reference to abiotic stress. biology. 2021, 26, 10(4), 267. 17. liang, x.; zhang, l.; natarajan, s.k.; becker, d.f. proline mechanisms of stress survival. antioxidants & redox signaling, 2013, 19(9), 998-1011. 18. murashige, t.; skoog f. a revised medium for rapid growth and bio assays with tobacco tissue cultures. physiologia plantarum, 1962, 15(3),473-97. 19. mitic, m.n. rapid and reliable hplc method for the determination of vitamin c in pharmaceutical sample. trop j pharm res. 2011, 10(1), 105-111. 20. yang, l.; xi, y.; luo, y.; ni1, h.; hai-hang, l.i. preparation of peroxidase and phenolics using discarded sweet potato old stems. scientific reports, 2019, 9, 1-10. 21. gokulakumar, b.; narayanaswamy, r. high performance liquid chromatography for the estimation and detection of amino acids in root rot disease in sesame. advan. biol. res, 2009, 3(5-6), 162-167. 22. jones, b.n.; gilligan, j.p. o-phthaldialdehyde precolumn derivatization and reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography of polypeptide hydrolysates and physiological fluids. j. chr. a. 1983, 266, 471-482. 23. budhiraja r.p. separation chemistry. new age international ltd, publishers, new delhi, 2004, 171-239 24. murthy, n.h.; lee e.j.; peak k.y. production of secondary metabolites from cell and organ cultures: strategies and approaches for biomass improvement and metabolite accumulation. plant cell tissue and organ culture. 2014, 118(1), 116. 25. lopez-puc, g.an effective in vitro slow growth protocol for conservation of the orchid epidendrum chlorocorymbos schltr. trop. subtrop. agroecosyst. 2013, 16, 61–68. 26. el-bahr, m.k.; abd el-hamid, a.; matter, m.a.; shaltout, a.; bekheet, s.a.; el-ashry, a.a. in vitro conservation of embryogenic cultures of date palm using osmotic mediated growth agents. j. genet. eng. biotechnol. 2016, 14, 363–370. 27. huang, g.t.; ma, s.l.; bai, l.p.; zhang, l.; ma, h.; jia, p.; liu, j.; zhong, m.; guo, z.-f. signal transduction during cold, salt, and drought stresses in plants. mol. biol. rep., 2012, 2, 969–987. 28. macovei, a.; garg, b.; raikwar, s.; balestrazzi, a.; carbonera, d.; buttafava, a.; bremont, j.f.; gill, s.s.; tuteja, n. synergistic exposure of rice seeds to different doses of-ray and salinity stress resulted in increased antioxidant enzyme activities and gene-specific modulation of tc-ner pathway. biomed research int., 2014, 2014. 29. beyaz, r.; sancak, c.; yildiz, ç.; kuşvuran, ş.; yildiz m. physiological responses of the m1 sainfoin (onobrychis viciifolia scop) plants to gamma radiation. appl radiat isot., 2016, 118, 73-79. doi: 10.1016/j.apradiso.2016.09.005. 30. beyaz, r. impact of gamma irradiation pretreatment on the growth of common vetch (vicia sativa l.) seedlings grown under salt and drought stress. international journal of radiation biology, 2020, 96(2), 257-66. 31. azizi, kh.; moradii, j.; heidari, s.; khalili, a.; feizian, m. effect of different concentrations of gibberellic acid on seed yield and yield components of soybean genotypes in summer intercropping. inter. j. agri.sci. 2012, 2(4), 291-301. 32. quiles, m.j.; lopez, n. i. photoinhibition of photosystems i and ii induced by exposure to high light intensity during oat plant grown effects on the chloroplastic nadh dehydrogenase complex. plant sci., 2004, 166, 815-823. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 71 33. kareem, t.k.; abbas, t.k. biochemical and physiological changes of callus growth and lycopene pigment production from tomato ( lycopersicon esculentum mill.) under drought stress. international journal of innovative. science and technology. 2018, 3(2), 7-21. 34. venkatesh, j.; park, s.w. role of l-ascorbate in alleviating abiotic stresses in crop plants. botanical studies. 2014, 55(1), 1-9. 35. hadi, s.m.; ibrahim, k.m.; yousif, s.i. effect of shock and elevated levels of mannitol on callus growth, regeneration and proline accumulation in ruta graveolens cultures. int. j. curr. microbiol. app. sci., 2014, 3(11), 479-88. 36. alaakel, s.; al-ouda, as. ; youssef, a.a. effect of salt and osmotic stresses on the activity of some antioxidant enzymes and biochemical traits in catharanthus roseus. baghdad science journal. 2021, 18(3). 37. xiong, l.;zhu, j.k. molecular and genetic aspects of plant response to osmotic stress. plant cell environ., 2002, 25, 131– 139. 38. shulaev, v.; cortes, d.; miller, g. ; mittler, r. metabolomics for plant stress response. physiological plant, 2008, 132(2), 199-208. 39. teixeira, j.; fidalgo, f. salt stress effects glutamine synthetase activity and mrna accumulation on potato plants in an organ dependent manner. plant physiological. biochem, 2009, 47(9), 807-813. 40. szabados, l.; savoure, a. proline: a multifunctional amino acid. trends plant sci., 2010, 15(2): 89-97. microsoft word 140-148   140  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       bayesian inference for the parameter and reliability function of basic gompertz distribution under precautionary loss function article history: received 15 july 2019, accepted 15 september 2019, published in april 2020. abstract in this paper, some estimators for the unknown shape parameter and reliability function of basic gompertz distribution have been obtained, such as maximum likelihood estimator and bayesian estimators under precautionary loss function using gamma prior and jefferys prior. monte-carlo simulation is conducted to compare mean squared errors (mse) for all these estimators for the shape parameter and integrated mean squared error (imse's) for comparing the performance of the reliability estimators. finally, the discussion is provided to illustrate the results that summarized in tables. keywords: basic gompertz distribution, maximum likelihood estimator, bayes estimator, precautionary loss function, mean squared errors. 1. introduction the gompertz distribution was originally introduced by benjamin gompertz in 1825. it is important in describing the pattern of adult deaths and actuarial tables. the gompertz distribution has many real life applications, especially in medical and actuarial studies and is also used as a survival model in reliability [1]. reliability theory has played a major role in the rapid interest in the study of models of failure. this theory deals with the study of ages to investigate and study the behavior failure time at posterior time. reliability theory is one of those standards that show the performances of any unite for an expected period of time. it is also considered an indicator for future planning 2 . the probability density function of the gompertz distribution is defined as follows [3]: f t ; λ λ exp c t 1 e ; t 0 𝑐, λ > 0 where c is the scale parameter and λ is the scale parameter of the gompertz distribution. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2435 manahel.kh@yahoo.com hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq manahel kh. awad huda a. rasheed department of mathematics, collage of science, university of mustansiriyah.   141  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 in this paper, we'll assume that c = 1 which is a special case of gompertz distribution known as basic gompertz distribution with the following probability density function: f t ; λ λ exp t λ 1 e ; t 0 , λ > 0 (1) the corresponding cumulative distribution function f(t) is given by [3]: f t 1 exp λ 1 e ; t 0 (2) the reliability or survival function r(t) and hazard rate h(t) of basic gompertz distribution are defined as r(t) f t exp λ 1 e ; t 0 the hazard function h(t) which is devoted to the rate of failure of the system immediately after time t, is defined as: h(t) = = λ λ λ = λ exp t respectively, 2. maximum likelihood estimator of the shape parameter ( λ) [4, 5]. let t = t1, t2,... ,tn be a random sample of size n from the basic gompertz distribution defined by eq. (1), the likelihood function for the sample observation will be as follows: l t , t , . . . , t ; λ π f t ; λ λ exp ∑ t λ ∑ 1 e (3) the natural log-likelihood function will be: ln l t ; λ n ln λ ∑ t λ ∑ 1 e by differentiating partially ln l t ; λ given above with respect to λ and equate to zero, the mle of λ become: λ ∑ (4) where t = ∑ 1 e 3. bayesian estimation 3.1. posterior density functions using gamma distribution [6, 7]. in this section, gamma distribution had been considered as a prior distribution of the shape parameter λ which is defined as follows: g(λ) = λ e α, β 0 ; λ 0 (5) the posterior probability density function of the shape parameter λ can be expressed as form h λ|t l t , t , . . . , t ; λ g λ l t , t , . . . , t ; λ g λ dλ ∀ 6 now, combining eq. (3) with eq. (5) in eq. (6), yields:   142  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 h λ|t after simplification, we get: h λ|t the posterior pdf of the parameter λ is obviously gamma distribution, i.e., λ|t ~𝐺𝑎𝑚𝑚𝑎 𝑛 𝛼, 𝛽 𝑇 , with e λ|t , var λ|t~λ 3.2. posterior density functions using jeffreys prior [8]. let us assume that λ has non-informative prior density defined as using jeffreys prior information g λ which given by: g λ ∝ i λ where i λ represented fisher information which defined as follows: i λ ne ∂ lnf 𝑡, λ ∂λ hence, g λ k ne ∂ lnf t; λ ∂λ , k is a constant 7 lnf 𝑡, λ lnλ t λ 1 e ∂lnf ∂λ 1 λ 1 e ∂ lnf ∂λ 1 λ thus, we get, e ; after substitution into eq. (7) yields, g λ k λ √n , λ 0   143  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 then, the posterior density function based on jeffreys prior is: h λ|t , … , t λ e ∑ λ e ∑ dλ p λ e г n where p= ∑ e 1 the posterior density is recognized as the density of the gamma distribution, i.e. λ|t , … , t ~gamma n, p , with [9]. 3.3. bayes estimation under precautionary loss function [10]. precautionary loss function, which is proposed by norstrom (1996), is one of asymmetric loss function, which can be defined as follows [11]. l λ, λ the precautionary loss function approach infinitely near the origin to prevent under estimation, thus giving conservative estimators, especially when low failure rates are being estimated. it is very useful when underestimation may lead to serious consequences. for instance, in the case of estimation of a financial charge or size of an order, underestimation has much more serious consequences. it can be deriving risk function and bayes estimator for the parameter λ in r λ, λ and λ based on precautionary loss function as follows: r λ, λ e l λ, λ r λ, λ l λ, λ h λ x dλ r λ, λ λ λ λ h λ x dλ λ λ h λ x dλ 2 λ h λ x dλ λ h λ x dλ r λ, λ e λ x λ 2e λ x λ taking the partial derivative for r λ, λ with respect to λ and setting it equal to zero, gives: λ e λ x λ h λ x dλ e λ x 8   144  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 3.3.1. bayes estimation under precautionary loss function with gamma prior bayes estimator relative to precautionary loss function based on gamma prior, can be derived as follows: e λ x λ г λ e d λ β t г n α 2 г n α β t β t г n α 2 λ e d λ e λ x thus, bayesian estimation for the shape parameter of basic gompartz distribution under precautionary loss function with gamma prior, denoted by λ is λ α n α n 1 β t 9 now, bayesian estimation for reliability function under precautionary loss function can be obtained using eq. 8 , as follows r t e r t t 10 e r t t e β t г n α λ e d λ β t β t 2 1 e β t 2 1 e г n α λ e dλ e r t t β t β t 2 1 e 11 combining equations (10) and (11) gives r t 3.3.2. bayes estimation under precautionary loss function with jefferys prior the bayes estimator for the shape parameter λ under jefferys prior can be obtained using equation (8) as follows: e λ x λ p г n λ e dλ p г n 2 г n p p г n 2 λ e dλ therefore, e λ x   145  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 λ n n 1 p similarly, we can find the estimator for reliability function under precautionary loss function, by using eq. 8 , where: r λ e r |t 12 e r t t r h λ t d λ substituting r(t) into eq. (12), gives: e r t t e p г n λ e d λ p г n λ e dλ e r t |t p p 2 1 e 13 combining eq. (12) with eq.(13) gives, r t p p 2 1 e 4. simulation study in this section, a monte carlo simulation has been done to compare the performance of the different estimators of the unknown shape parameter for basic gompertz distribution (λ). the process (l) have been repeated 5000 times with different sample sizes, n = 15, 50, and100. the values of shape parameter λ are chosen as λ= 0.5 and 3. bayes estimates have been generated with considering two different values for the parameters of gamma prior, α and β as α=0.8 and 3, β=0.5 and 3. all estimators that derived in the previous section are evaluated based on their mean squared errors (mse's), where, mse λ ∑ ; i 1,2,3,….l mse λ ∑ ∑ (14) substituting λ under precautionary loss function with gamma prior that defined in eq. (9) into eq. (14), gives: mse λ ∑ ∑ (15)   146  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 to compare the performance of the bayesian estimators for r(t) the integrated mean squared error (imse) has been employed because it is more accurate than mse. imse is defined as distance between the estimate value of the reliability function and actual value of reliability function which is given by imse(r̂(t)) = ∑ [ ∑ r t r t imse(r̂(t))= ∑ mse r t , where 𝑖=1, 2,…, 𝐿; n the random limits of t . in this paper, we use t = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5. the results were summarized and tabulated in the following tables for each estimator and for all sample sizes. table 1. expected values and mse’s of the different estimates for the gompertz distribution when λ =0.5 under precautionary loss function. n estimate criteria mle jeffreys prior gamma prior α=0.8 α=3 β=0.5 β=3 β=0.5 β=3 15 exp 0.5353497 0.5529070 0.5705174 0.5217681 0.6475865 0.5922530 mse 0.0236000 0.0266000 0.0292176 0.0170183 0.0530199 0.0298270 50 exp 0.5102127 0.5152898 0.5207399 0.5075928 0.5430734 0.5293627 mse 0.0056800 0.0059200 0.0061736 0.0052306 0.0081020 0.0064883 100 exp 0.5053571 0.5078771 0.5106167 0.5041987 0.5217073 0.5151500 mse 0.0026500 0.0027100 0.0027755 0.0025480 0.0032509 0.0028710 table 2. expected values and mse’s of the different estimates for the gompertz distribution when λ =3 under precautionary loss function. estimate criteria mle jeffreys prior gamma prior α=0.8 α=3 β=0.5 β=3 β=0.5 β=3 15 exp 3.2120990 3.3174430 3.1306090 2.0881310 3.5535200 2.3702080 mse 0.8484274 0.9577731 0.6126608 0.9436139 1.0737720 0.5410730 50 exp 3.0612750 3.0917390 3.0455510 2.6460040 3.1761730 2.7594880 mse 0.2044161 0.2130897 0.1883017 0.2303958 0.2335805 0.1721351 100 exp 3.0321400 3.0472660 3.0251940 2.8132220 3.0908960 2.8743160 mse 0.0954000 0.0976000 0.0917271 0.1028652 0.1033541 0.0867587   147  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 table 3. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of gompertz distribution where λ =0.5 under precautionary loss function. n mle jeffreys prior gamma prior α=0.8 α=3 β=0.5 β=3 β=0.5 β=3 15 0.0014595 0.0013583 0.0011921 0.0011893 0.0020073 0.0007856 50 0.0003847 0.0003768 0.0003637 0.0003559 0.0004424 0.0003110 100 0.0001869 0.0001850 0.0001819 0.0001793 0.0002019 0.0001677 table 4. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of gompertz distribution where λ =3 under precautionary loss function. n mle jeffreys prior gamma prior α=0.8 α=3 β=0.5 β=3 β=0.5 β=3 15 0.0069471 0.0063600 0.0099006 0.0830026 0.0060451 0.0661069 50 0.0021114 0.0020500 0.0024518 0.0186528 0.0020164 0.0154806 100 0.0010669 0.0010500 0.0011561 0.0062854 0.0010415 0.0053507 4. conclusions the discussion of the results obtained from applying the simulation study can be summarized as follows: 1. the performance of bayes estimator under precautionary loss function of gompertz distribution is the best estimator comparing to the other estimators (with all sample sizes) when:  the parameter λ=0.5 with α=0.8 and β=3 see table 1.  the parameter λ=3 with α=3 and β=3 see table 2. 2. the performance of bayes estimator under precautionary loss function for estimating the reliability function r(t) of basic gompertz distribution is the best estimator comparing to the other estimators when:  the parameter λ=0.5 with α=3 and β=3 for all sample size see table 3.  the parameter λ=3with α=3 and β=0.5 for all sample size see table 4. references 1. wetterstrand, w. parametric models for life insurance mortality data: gompertz's law over time. transactions of the society of actuaries.1981, 33, 159-175. 2. alwan, s.s. bayes and empirical bayes estimators for lomax distribution, thesis submitted to the council of the college of science at mustansiriyah university, 2015. 3. rasheed, h.a.; hasanain, w.s.; nadia, j. comparing some estimators of the parameter of basic gompertz distribution, journal of iraqi al-khwarizmi society (jikhs).2018, 2, 178-187. 4. lenart, a. the moments of the gompertz distribution and maximum likelihood estimation of its parameters, scandinavian actuarial journal.2014, 3, 255-277. 5. garg, m.l.; rao, b.r.; redmond, c.k. maximum likelihood estimation of the parameters of the gompertz survival function, journal of the royal statistical society c. 1970, 19, 152–159.   148  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 6. griffin, j. e.; brown, p.j. inference with normal-gamma prior distributions in regression problems, bayesian analysis.2010, 5, 1, 171-188. 7. jaheen, z.f. a bayesian analysis of record statistics from the gompertz model, applied mathematics and computation.2003, 145, 2-3, 307-320. 8. al-kutubi, h.s.; ibrahim, n.a. bayes estimator for exponential distribution with extension of jeffrey prior information, malaysian journal of mathematical sciences. 2009, 3, 2, 297-313. 9. walck, c. hand-book on statistical distributions for experimentalists, universitey stockholms, 2007. 10. li, j.; ren, h. estimation of one parameter exponential, international journal engineering and manufacturing.2012, 3, 75-81. 11. naji, l.f.; rasheed, h.a. bayesian estimation for two parameters of gamma distribution under generalized weighted loss function, iraqi journal of science.2019, 32, 1, 1161-1171. 1 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. evaluation the effectiveness of different concentrations phenols, alkaloids and terpenes extracted from pimpinella anisum against phytophthora fungi. ahmed j. fradi the ministry of education, baghdad, iraq. ahmed.ahmed.faradi@gmail.com abstract this study did the isolation, purification, and identification of the fungus phytophthora cinnamomi of some infected plants, including chili pepper, cucumber, and eggplant. the green parts of pimpinella anisum plant were grounded to a semi-powdered state. phenols, alkaloids and terpenes were extracted from this plant, then the anti-fungal activity was evaluated at different concentrations of 5% and 10%. the percentage of radial growth inhibition of fungi with plant extracts was measured after seven days of incubation. the results showed that the terpene extract was the most effective against fungi and the alkaloid extract had the least antifungal activity. the percentage of radial growth inhibition was 97%-65%, respectively. keywords: phenols, alkloids, terpenes, phytophthora cinnamomi, anti-fungal activity. 1. introduction phytophthora is one of the soil-borne pathogens that cause disease in many plant families.[1] pimpinella anisum. it is an important medicinal plant belonging to the family apiaceae. this family is known for its distinctive flavors due to its content of essential oils, and this plant has attracted more attention for its effect on human health as an antimicrobial, and anti-fungal. [2] plants contain many different and wellknown chemical compounds [3]. plants produce these chemicals terpenoids, alkaloids, and phenols to protect themselves as antibacterial and antifungal [4]. these chemical compounds in the plant are a biological defense function that reduces the risk of infection with fungi and other pathogens [5]. secondary metabolites include saponins, phenols, flavonoids, lignans, alkaloids, terpenes, plant steroids, curcuminoids, flavonoids, and glucosides [6]. these compounds possess biological properties such as detoxifying [7]. the absence of these compounds does not lead to instant death, but rather to the weakening of the organism [8]. most secondary metabolites are classified on biosynthetic origin as terpenes, phenolic compounds, and alkaloids [9]. these alkaloids are basic compounds synthesized by organisms containing heterocyclic nitrogen atoms derived from amino acids [10]. in addition, it is a natural product that contains heterocyclic nitrogen atoms, and the name alkaloid is derived from "alkali" ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2746 article history: received 27, december, 2021, accepted,1,march, 2022, published in april 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ahmed.ahmed.faradi@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 2 and has been used to describe any nitrogen-containing base. [11] alkaloids are also known as a large family consisting of more than 15,000 secondary nitrogen-containing metabolites [12]. it has a high solubility in the aqueous media of ethane and generally occurs as salts or nitrogen oxides in plants [13]. finally, alkaloids are famous for their amazing medicinal effect [14]. 2. materials and methods isolation and identification of the fungus fifteen samples of infected plants by five samples from each plant, which included a plant chili pepper, five cucumber samples, and five eggplant samples. then infected plants were transferred to the laboratory to isolate the pathogen p. cinnamomum from the infected plant and identify it. the infected plants were placed under running tap water for an hour to clean them from dust. the roots and crown area were then cut into 5 mm pieces the surface was sterilized by soaking them in sodium hypochlorite (1% chlorinefree), washed with sterile distilled water several times, and then placed in pda plates and incubated for four days at 27 °c [15]. all fungal isolates were cultured on sterile pda with 100 mg chloramphenicol and incubated for seven days at 27 0c prepare a tilted culture and store [16] pimpinella anisum collection the leaves and stems of p.anisum were purchased locally and ground into semi-powder with a grinder, then stored in containers until used. preparation of the plant extract phenols extraction was done according to [17]. divide 200 g of the dried materials into two equal quantities, then mix one with 300 ml of distilled water, the other weight was mixed with 300 ml of 1% hydrochloric acid. the samples were placed on an electric shaker for 5 minutes to homogenize and then into a centrifuge at 1 100 rpm for 24 hours. then all supernatants were mixed with an equal amount of butanol and saturated with an amount of nacl in a separating funnel. the two layers in a lower and upper separating funnel were concentrated and dried in an electric oven at 40°c. the dry matter of both layers was kept until use alkaloids according to [17], 100 g of the dried material was placed in an electric shaker with 350 ml of (1:4) ethanol: distilled water to homogenize. then filtered with gauze and then placed in a buckner funnel. the filter was concentrated to a quarter of the original volume (100 ml) and acidified by 2% drops h2so4 until it is between 1 and 2, and using chloroform three times in a separating funnel the alkaloids are precipitated by adding drops of concentrated nh4oh until the ph ranged between 9 and 10 and then (chloroform-methanol 1:3) twice as soon as two layers appear. the substrate is dried in an electric oven at 40°c. the remaining layer containing weak alkaloids is dried. in an electric oven at 40°c. and kept until use. terpene according to the method [17],10 g of dried material is successively extracted in a soxhlet extractor for 24 hours. with 200 ml of chloroform and then remove the solvent using an electric oven at 40 °c; then is kept until use. indicators used to detect plant extracts terpenoid indications acetic anhydride detector according to [17], one ml of the extract is added to it two drops of chloroform, then one drop of anhydrous acetic acid, then one drop of h2so4 turns brown indicating the presence of terpenes. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 3 alkaloid indications tannic acid reagent this is used to precipitate alkaloids according to [ 17] where 1% tannic acid is prepared and 1-2 ml of this reagent is added to 5 ml of the extract. white turbidity indicates the presence of alkaloids. phenol indicators ferric chloride test dissolve (30-50) mg of the dried material in (1 ml) of water. three drops of 2% add to the aqueous solution of ferric chloride. it is observed that a blue or purple precipitate formed, indicating the presence of phenols [17]. evaluation of plant extracts as a phytopathogenic fungicide according to [18], the medium poisoning technique was used to determine the inhibitory concentration of plant extracts on phytophthora cinnamomi. different values of terpenes, alkaloids, and phenols were prepared and mixed with 100 ml of (potato dextrose agar) to prepare the required concentrations of these extracts (0, 5, 10%). the mixture of both extract and pda was shaken well poured into petri dishes and left to solidify in sterile conditions. a 5 mm piece of fungal growth of the five-day-old culture is deposited into the center of each plate. inoculated plates are incubated at 27 c˚ for seven days. three replicates are made for each treatment. fungal growth diameters are measured after seven days, then the antifungal activity is calculated for each concentration by measuring growth inhibition using the following formula. growth inhibition% = [control growth − treatment growth ] control growth x 100 statistical analysis three replicates are performed for each treatment using a complete randomized design (crd) and all data are analyzed using analysis of variance (anova) and separate tests and alpha values of 0.05 (by a computer program called genstat v. 7.2, third version, and spss software). 3. results and discussion after isolating phytophthora cinnamomi from infected plants, it is identified after purification and collection according to morphological and microscopic characteristics.. [19] early detection and diagnosis of phytophthora cinnamomi are necessary to develop an effective disease control strategy. phenols, terpenes, alkaloids and are extracted from the leaves of pimpinella anisum. then the plant extracts are evaluated as antifungals against p.cinnamomi fungi. the results showed that the percentage of growth inhibition varies according to the concentrations of the extract used in this study. the phenols, alkaloids, and terpenes from the plant extract show an inhibitory effect against phytophthora cinnamomum at all concentrations used in this study figure1. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 4 figure 1: percentage of growth inhibiting phytophthora cinnamoni by using terpenes phenols and alkaloids extracted from pimpinella anisum at a concentration of 5% and 10% compared with control the results are agreed with the results of [20] that growth inhibition increases with increasing concentrations of plant extracts where the inhibitory percentage for all extracts ranged between 65 -76 at 5 % concentration, while the growth inhibition percentage at 10% concentration ranged between 85% 97% on phytophthora cinnamomi. the results also show that the percentage of inhibition differs according to the extract, the terpene extract record the highest inhibition rate of 97% compared to the alkaloid extract which records 65%. table 1. table (1): percentage of growth inhibition on phytophthora cinnamomi by using alkaloids, terpenes and phenols extracted from pimpinella anisum at a 5% concentration % of growth inhibition fungus pimpinella anisum terpenes alkaloids phenol phytophthora cinnamomi 76 65 70.66 results of growth inhibition percentage of fungi by plant extracts ranged between 85 97 % at 10 % con. pimpinella anisum terpenes significantly inhibited radial growth of phytophthora cinnamomi more than other plant extracts which recorded 97 %, while phenol inhibited radial growth of phytophthora cinnamomi which record 95 %.table2 table (2): percentage of growth inhibition on phytophthora cinnamomi by using alkaloids, terpenes and phenols extracted from pimpinella anisum at a 10% concentration % of growth inhibition fungus pimpinella anisum terpenes alkaloids phenol phytophthora cinnamomi 97 85 95 0 20 40 60 80 100 5% 10% g ro w th r a te d ia m e te r (m m ) concentrations phenols alkaloids terpenes control ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 5 results show that pimpinella anisum alkloids was a significant percentage of lower inhibition of phytophthora cinnamomi which record 85 % while terpenes are the highest percentage inhibition of phytophthora cinnamomi growth which record 97 %, figure 2. a b figure 2 . effect of plant extract terpene on phytophthora cinnamomi at 10% con. a control b phytophthora cinnamomi treated with terpen terpenes affect membrane enzymes and interfere with respiratory passages. terpenes also degrade fungal hyphae and the hyphae appear to be devoid of cytoplasmic content. [21]. at low concentrations, phenols affect the enzymatic activity of fungi, while at high concentrations they cause protein denaturation [22]. 4. conclusion the research results show that terpenes extracted from p.anisum have a high anti-fungal activity compared to the alkaloid and phenolic extract, so they can be used as a pesticide for plant diseases resulting from phytophthora. references 1.hossain, mb.; brunton, np.; rai, dk. effect of drying methods on the steroidal alkaloid content of potato peels, shoots and berries. molecules .2016 ,21(4),403. 2.nayak, b.; liu, rh.; tang, j. effect of processing on phenolic antioxidants of fruits, vegetables, and grains—a review. crit rev food sci nutr . 2015,55(7),887–918. 3.gan, r-y, et al.hot air drying induces browning and enhances phenolic content and antioxidant capacity in mung bean (vigna radiata l.) sprouts. j food process preserv . 2017,41(1),e12846. 4.guo, t.-t.; zhang, j.-c.; zhang, h.; liu, q.-c.; zhao, y.; hou, y.-f.; bai, l.; zhang, l.; liu, x.-q.; and liu, x.-y. bioactive spirans and other constituents from the leaves of cannabis sativa f. sativa. j. asian nat. prod. res. 2017, 19, 793–80 5.ingallina, c.; sobolev, a.p.; circi, s.; spano, m.; fraschetti, c.; filippi, a.; di sotto, a.; di giacomo, s.; mazzoccanti, g.; gasparrini, f. ; cannabis sativa l.inflorescences from monoecious cultivars grown in central italy: an untargeted chemical characterization from early flowering to ripening. molecules, 2020, 25, 1908. 6.xiao, h.; wu, f., shi, l., chen, z., su, s., tang, c., wang, h., li, z., li, m. ; shi, q. () cinchona alkaloid derivative-catalyzed enantioselective synthesis via a mannich-type reaction and antifungal activity of βamino esters bearing benzoheterocycle moieties. molecules, 2014,19 (4): 3955-3972. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 6 7.lopez-meneses, a.k., sanchez-marinez, r.i., quintanaobregon, e.a., parra-vergara, n.v., gonzalez-aguilar, g. a., lopez-saiz, c.a. and cortez-rocha, m.o. in vitro antifungal activity of essential oils and major components against fungi plant pathogens. j phytopatho. 2017,l,1-6. 8.alaklabi, a.; arif, i.a.; ahamed, a.; manilal, a.; surendrakumar, r. ; idhayadhulla, a. larvicidal, nematicidal, antifeedant and antifungal, antioxidant activities of mentha spicata (lamiaceae) root extracts. tropical journal of pharmaceutical research, 2016,15(11), 2383-2390. 9.enyiukwu, d.n.; awurum, a.n.; ononuju, c.c.; nwaneri j.a. significance of characterization of secondary metabolites from extracts of higher plants in plant disease management. int. j. adv. agric. res. 2014, 2,8-28 10.el–mohamedy, r.s.r. ; abdalla, a.m. evaluation of antifungal activity of moringa oleifera extracts as natural fungicide against some plant pathogenic fungi invitro. journal of agricultural technology. 2014, 10(4), 963-982. 11. tohidi, b.; rahimmalek, m.; arzani, a. essential oil composition, total phenolic, flavonoid contents, and antioxidant activity of thymus species collected from different regions of iran. food chemistry 2017, 220153–161. 12. bereksi; mohamed senouci; hafida hassaïne; chahrazed bekhechi; djamel eddine abdelouahid. evaluation of antibacterial activity of some medicinal plants extracts commonly used in algerian traditional medicine against some pathogenic bacteria. pharmacognosy journal 2018,10(3). 13.wagle, b. ; budathoki, u. antifungal activities of essential oils and crude extracts of some aromatic plants against fusarium rot of trichosanthes dioica. nepal journal of science and technology, 2012,13(2), 97-102. 14. dhaouadi, s.; rouissi, w.; mougou-hamdane, a.; hannachi, i.; nasraoui, b. antifungal activity of essential oils of origanum majorana and lavender angustifolia against fusarium wilt and root rot disease of melon plants. tunisian journal of plant protection, 2018, 13 (1), 39-55 15.watanabe, t. pictorial atlas of soil and seed fungi: morphologies of cultured fungi and key to species. 2nd ed. crc press, boca raton london. 2002 16.burmeister, l. the antagonistic mechanisms employed by trichoderma harzianum and their impact on the control of the bean rust fungus uromyces appendiculatus. ph.d. thesis, faculty of science gottfried wilhelm leibniz, university of hannover. germany. 2008 17.harborne, j.b. phytochemical methods. chapman and hall. new york 2nd edition.graminum. ph.d. thesis, college of science/babylon university, (in arabic). 1984 18.wang, s.y.; wu, c.; chu, f.; chien, s.; kuo, y.; shyur l. and chang, s. chemical composition and antifungal activity of essential oil isolated from chamaecyparis formosensis matsum. wood. holzforschung. 2005, 59, 295–299. 19.martin, f.n.; bull, c.t. biological approaches for control of root pathogens of strawberry. phyto pathology. 2002, 92,1356-1362. 20.shukla, a.; dwivedi, s.k. bioefficacy of plant extracts against fusarium species causing wilt in pulses. iosr journal of engineering. 2012, 2(1), 136-144. 21.toaima, w.i.m.; osman; y.a.h. hamed, e.s. comparative study for the effect of spraying withblue green algae extract on some russian dillvarieties under el-maghara region north sinaiconditions. jmps. 2017, 5(2), 112-119. 22. sun, w; shahrajabian, m.h.; cheng, q. anise (pimpinella anisum l.); a dominant spice and traditional medicinal herb for both food and medicinal purposes. cogent biology. 2019, 5,1673688,125. derivation of mathematical equations to calculate the geographical coordinates of unknown position situated at a distance from the observer position using gps data amaal j. hatem* taghreed a. naji ali a. ne'ma naz t. jar allah dept. of physics/college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 4 march 2013 , accepted in :24 june 2013 abstract this research introduced the derivation of mathematical equations to calculate the cartesian and geographical coordinates of a site situated at a far distance from the observer position by using gps data. the geographical coordinates (ϕobs., λ obs., hobs.) for observer position were transformed to cartesian coordinates (x obs., y obs., z obs.) of observer position itself. then the cartesian coordinates of unknown position mathematically were calculated from these calculated equations, and its transformed to geographical coordinates of (ϕunk., λunk.) position. keywords:global positioning system (gps), geographical & cartesian coordinates, geodetic science, world geodetic system (wgs-84). * (amaal, j. h. (2006), position evaluation for a distance point using gps and lrf techniques, phd) 154 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction the spheroid or geodetic latitude of a point on a spheroid is defined to be the angle between the normal at the point and the plane of the spheroid equator [1]. the geodetic longitude of a point on a spheroid is the angles between the meridians plane through this point and an arbitrarily defined zero meridian planes. this zero meridian plane may be defined by a point on the spheroid, or (actually) otherwise. the position of points being defined by latitude and longitude on a prescribed spheroid, the rational definition of the height of any point is its distance above the spheroid measured along the spheroid normal. such heights are called “spheroid heights”. spheroid heights are required for some purposes, but the geoid or mean sea-level surface has great significance, and a more generally useful height is the distance (whether it is measured along the vertical or the normal is immaterial) above the geoid. such heights are called “geoidal heights” and, unless otherwise stated, the height of a point implies its geoidal height. for common use it is essential that the zero height contours should lie close to mean sea-level, and spheroid heights are not an acceptable basis for topographical contouring [2].definitions of heights or levels requires consideration of further parameters and reference levels or surface, and are relevant to some of the vertical coordinate systems of epicenter. additionally they become relevant when considering three dimensional cartesian coordinates [3]. geographic coordinate geographic coordinates of positions are always expressed as a latitude and longitude. the latitude and longitude are related to a particular earth figure, which may be a sphere for most atlas maps and imprecise work, but for rigorous purposes is a mathematical figure which much more closely approximates the shape of the real earth. the earth’s shape is assumed to be an ellipsoid of revolution, (the figure defined by an ellipse rotated round its minor axis), sometimes (though not in epicenter) termed a spheroid. for historical reasons there are several such ellipsoids in use for mapping different countries of the world , each is defined by the length of its semi–major axis , a bout (6378.137 km) and either its semi–minor axis or , more usually , by the reciprocal of its flattening, a figure about (298 km) . each of these ellipsoids is generally matched to one or several countries. an ellipsoid appropriate for one region of the earth is not always appropriate to other regions [3]. another property is needed to uniquely specify geographical positions. this is the position and orientation of the ellipsoid relative to the earth. the term used to describe this fitting of an ellipsoid to the earth is the geodetic datum. many geodetic datum's exist throughout the world, each usually associated with the national survey of particular country or continent. more recently several new geodetic datum's have been successively derived, from steadily accumulating satellite and other data, to provide for a best worldwide fit [2]. all precisely surveyed and mapped points and features on the earth’s surface will be uniquely defined in position by stating their coordinates, (grid or geographical), the projection if grid, and the geodetic datum, including its earth ellipsoid. therefore, in order to be unambiguous and precise in the definition of position it is essential that as well as quoting latitude , longitude and height it is also necessary to specify the geodetic datum , including ellipsoid , and the level to which the height coordinate value are related [3]. cartesian coordinates the earth being supposed to be rigid, the reference system must be fixed to its center. the z-axis is taken parallel to the mean axis of rotation. the x-axis is parallel to the corresponding equator, in the meridian of greenwich, and the y-axis is perpendicular to them, towards (90º) east. these axes are parallel to those conventionally adopted for geodetic 155 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 reference spheroids. the origin can be taken at the center of any convenient reference spheroid on which one of the astro–triangulation stations can be located. (note: it is not essential that the coordinates accepted for the opening station should be associated with any spheroid and datum which may be in current use, but it may be convenient to have it so)[2]. global positioning system (gps) the global positioning system is a constellation of satellites which orbit the earth twice a day, transmitting precise information of time and position with a gps receiver; users can determine their location anywhere on earth. position and navigation information is vital to a broad range of professional and personal activities, including boating, surveying, aviation, national defense, vehicle tracking , navigation, more [4]. gps is a satellite–based system that uses a constellation of (24 satellites) to give a user an accurate position [5, 6].the gps is a network of satellites that continuously transmit coded information, which makes it possible to precisely identify locations on earth by measuring distance from the satellites [7]. the determination of position may be described as the process of triangulation using the measured range between the user and many satellites. the ranges are inferred from the time of propagation of the satellite signals. four satellites are required to determine the three coordinates of position and time. the time is involved in the correction to the receiver clock and is ultimately eliminated from the measurement of position. the design of the gps constellation had the fundamental requirement that at least four satellites must be visible at all times from any point on earth[8]. gps technical overview the technical and operational characteristics of gps are organized into three distinct segments: 1. the space segment. 2. the operational control segment. 3. the user equipment segment. the gps signals, which are broadcast by each satellite and carry data to both user equipment and the ground control facilities, link the segments together into one system. the gps system is shown in fig. (1) [9]. gps receiver technology the basis of gps technology is precise time and position information. a gps receiver receives the signals, listening to three or more satellites at once, to determine the user's position on earth [4]. a gps receiver cannot work inside building which shield, the highfrequency satellite transmissions. the user must therefore first find the right place to stand, preferably in a fairly level area with a full horizon, before switching on the gps receiver [10]. next it begins to acquire the satellite signals and may tell the user when it has a good connection by displaying the signal strength. when signals from three satellites are being received, it may perform a first, rough calculation of the geographical position and inform about the longitude and latitude. when more satellites are acquired, it will add the altitude above the sea level [6]. world geodetic system (wgs-84) the standard physical model of the earth which is used for gps applications is the world geodetic system-1984(wgs-84)[11]. 156 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 one part of wgs-84 is a detailed model of the earth’s gravitational irregularities. such information is necessary to derive accurate satellite ephemeris information;however, the estimating of latitude, longitude, and height of a gps receiver are concerned. for this purpose, wgs-84 provides an ellipsoidal model of the earth’s shape, as shown in fig. (2). in this model, cross–sections of the earth parallel to the equatorial plane are circular. the equatorial cross section of the earth has a radius of (6378.137 km.), which is the mean equatorial radius of the earth. in the wgs-84 earth model, cross-sections of the earth normal to the equatorial plane are ellipsoidal. in an ellipsoidal cross-section containing the z-axis, the major axis coincides with the equatorial diameter of the earth. therefore, the semi-major axis (a) has the same value as the mean equatorial radius given above. the minor axis of the ellipsoidal cross-section shown in fig.(2) corresponds to the polar diameter of the earth; the semi-minor axis (b) in wgs-84 is taken to be (6356.752 km.) thus, the eccentricity of the earth ellipsoid (e) is: [12] ( ) 2 22 a ba e − = -----------------(1) geographic coordinate system transformation formula the latitude (φ)is the angle measured between the equatorial plane and normal line of the ellipsoid and longitude (λ) is the angle measured from the greenwich meridian[13]. latitude (φ) and longitude (λ), in terms of geographic coordinate system may be expressed in terms of a geocentric (earth–centered) cartesian coordinate system(x,y, z) with the z-axis corresponding with the polar axis positive northwards, the x-axis through the intersection of the greenwich meridian and equator, and the y-axis through the intersection of the equator with longitude (90º) e. geocentric coordinate systems are conventionally taken to be defined with x-axis through the intersection of the greenwich meridian and equator. this requires that the equivalent geographic coordinate system is based on the greenwich meridian. in application of the formulas below, geographic coordinate system based on a nongreenwich prime meridian should first be transformed to their greenwich equivalent. if the earth’s spheroid semi-major axis is (a) equal (6378.137 km.), and semi-minor axis is (b) equal (6356.852 km.), the cartesian coordinate system(x, y, z) equationsare[14]. ( ) ( ) )4(..........sin.. )3........(sin.cos. )2......(cos.cos. 2 2 ϕ λϕ λϕ       += += += hn a b z hny hnx where n is the prime vertical radius of curvature at latitude φ and is equal to: ( )ϕ22 sin.1 e a n − = -------------(5) φ and λ are respectively the latitude and longitude (related to the prime meridian) of the point, h is height above the ellipsoid [15]. methodology the gps receiver was installed on wgs-84, and the geographical coordinates (latitude, longitude and height) of the site were determined also the units of the coordinates (deg., meter) were determined. the following steps are then done: 157 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 1. after selecting of appropriate position of the observer according to the unknown site. four satellites were considered to determine the geographical coordinates of the observer position. 2. an approximate value of the distances between the observer position and the unknown position of the site (i.e. the range(r)) was measured by using the laser rangefinder. 3. using equation (2, 3 and 4) the geographical coordinates (ϕi, λi, hi) of the observer were transformed to cartesian coordinates (xi, yi, zi), where (i = 1, 2, 3, 4…). 4. derivation of the mathematical equations to calculatethe cartesian coordinates of the unknown position in three dimensions (xunk.,yunk., zunk. ). 5. these cartesian coordinates of the unknown position transform to the geographic coordinates by using the equations (6 and 7):[2, 16].         + + = − 2 unk. 2 unk. 1 2 iunk.1 unk. yx .sin.enz tan ϕ ϕ --------(6)       = − unk. unk.1 unk. x y tanλ ------------------------(7) results and discussions the importance of this research is to solve the problem of determining the unknown position coordinates for a point or site from a long distance. in derivation these equations in order to find the unknown position, four measuring positions of the observer at a distance from the unknown position using the gps receiver were required. then the distances between the observer positions and unknown position are measured using the laser rangefinder (lrf). using thisderivation, the final form of the three equations necessary to determine the cartesian coordinates of the unknown positionwere found. the derivation of a mathematical equations to measure the cartesian coordinates of the unknown position in three dimensions (xunk, yunk., zunk.) situated at a distance from theobserver position. by useing four observer positions (xi, yi, zi) and the range (ri) between the observer and unknown positions, the resulted equations werefoundations: the x-axis of the cartesian coordinates: the y-axis of the cartesian coordinates: )9......(].........x [ 1 unk.54 6 . ddd yunk +−= the z-axis of the cartesian coordinates: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) )10......(1 21 3 1 5362 4361 21 3 2 5362 6143 211 12 .       −−      − − −+      − − −+ − = yy d d dddd dddd yy d d dddd dddd xxc zz z unk after that the calculation of the unknown position in three dimensions (xunk, yunk., zunk) by the deviated equations could be done. then, this research could perform another transformation from the cartesian coordinates of unknown position (xunk ., yunk ., zunk . ) to the geographic coordinates(ϕunk., λunk.). conclusions and suggestions from the obtained result, the following conclusions and suggestions can be derived: 158 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 1. 1.from the final deviated equations (8, 9, and 10) which are used to measure the unknown position that is situated at a distance from the observer position must be found four observers to hold the gps receiver. 2. lrf must be found to give the value of range between the observer and the unknown position. 3. these mathematical equations are successful in the practical applications. references 1. ibadi, a. g. (1980), map projections, baghdad university, department of engineering surveying. 2. bomford, g. (1977), geodesy, 3rd ed., oxford university. 3. htm, epicentre user guide, posc specifications(1997),coordinate systems-a deeper understanding, geography department, university of texas. 4. kumar, b. h. ;reddy, k. c. and namassivaya, n. (2008), determination of gps receiver position using multivariate newton raphson technique for over specified cases, international journal of applied engineering research (ijaer), 13, 1457-1460. 5. leica geosystem (1999), introduction to gps (global positioning system), ag, heerbrugg , switzerland. 6. al-delami, o. m. (2002), accuracy measurement of geodesy and gps, tech. university. 7. german company (2000), gps guide for beginners, usa. 8. nelson, r. a. (1999), the global positioning system a national resource, via satellite. 9. edu / openbook (2000), the global positioning system; a shared national asset, the national academy of sciences. 10. grejner, b.; dorota, a. and wang, j. (1998), gravity modeling for high accuracy gps/ins integration, navigation, 45, 209-220. 11. defense mapping agency (1992), world geodetic 1984 (wgs-84), dma tr 8350.2, 2nd.ed., fairfax, ua. 12. kaplan, e.d. and lava, j.i. (1993), fundamentals of satellite navigation, hughes space and communication. 13. staff members of surveying and faculty of engineering (1994), geodetic surveying, dar el rateb alexandriabeirut arab university. 14. hofman, wellenhof, b. lichtenegger, h. and ellins, j. (1993), gps theory and practice, new york. 15. epicentrevsage guide, (2000), geographic coordinates system transformations, posc specifications version 2.2, 16. ash, t. ;coatsee, j. ;silva, r. and brown, a. (1995),a low cost gps/inertial mapping (gim) system,mobile mapping symposium, columbus, oh. figure no.(1) ellipsoidal model of earth (cross-section normal to equatorial plane) [13] 159 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 اإلحداثیات الجغرافیة لموقع مجھول موضوع لحسابمعادالت ریاضیة اشتقاق gpsبمسافة عن موقع الراصد باستعمال بیانات آمال جبار حاتم* تغریدعبد الحمید ناجي علي عدنان نعمھ ناز طلب جار هللا / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھیثم(قسم الفیزیاء/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2013حزیران 24، قبل البحث في 2013اذار 4استلم البحث في : الخالصة ریاضیة لحساب اإلحداثیات الدیكارتیة والجغرافیة لموقع مجھول اإلحداثیات بعید عن اشتقاق معادالت قدم البحث لموقع الراصد إلى )hobs., ϕobs., λobs(یات الجغرافیة اإلحداث اذ حولت. gpsموقع الراصد وذلك باستعمال بیانات اإلحداثیات الدیكارتیة للموقع المجھول تبحسبعد ذلك .لموقع الراصد نفسھ )yobs, zobs. ،xobs( إحداثیات دیكارتیة )(xunk.,.yunk., zunk موقعللإلى إحداثیات جغرافیة ھا،ومن ثم تحویلحسوبةمـــن خــــالل المعــادالت الم)ϕunk., λunk.( . الجیوئیدنظام ِعلْم الجیوئید، االحداثیات الجغرافیة والدیكارتیة، ، (gps) نظام التموضع العالمي : الكلمات المفتاحیة .(wgs-84) العالمي طروحة دكتوراه)بحث مستل (أ* 160 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the basis of gps technology is precise time and position information. a gps receiver receives the signals, listening to three or more satellites at once, to determine the user's position on earth [4]. a gps receiver cannot work inside building which shield, the highfrequency satellite transmissions. the user must therefore first find the right place to stand, preferably in a fairly level area with a full horizon, before switching on the gps recei... in application of the formulas below, geographic coordinate system based on a non-greenwich prime meridian should first be transformed to their greenwich equivalent. if the earth’s spheroid semi-major axis is (a) equal (6378.137 km.), and semi-minor axis is (b) equal (6356.852 km.), the cartesian coordinate system(x, y, z) equationsare[14]. قسم الفيزياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم)/ جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في :4 اذار 2013، قبل البحث في 24حزيران 2013 microsoft word 3 339 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 spectrophotometric determination of mefenamic acid in pharmaceutical preparations sarmad b . dikran moen i. al-joboury alaa k. mohammed dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al haitham)/ university of baghdad ahmed s. naser dept.of chemistry/ college of science / university of tikrit received in: 14 april 2014,accepted in: 2 june 2014 abstract a simple, accurate and precise spectrophotometric method has been proposed for the determination of mefenamic acid(ma) in dosage forms. proposed method based on the reaction of cited drug with 1,2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonic sodium (nqs). the optimum experimental condition have been studied. beer's law is obeyed in the concentration range 0.5-10.0 µg/ml at 450nm with detection limit of 0.189µg/ml. effect of ph, reaction time, and volume of nqs on the determination of mefenamic acid, have been examined. the proposed method has been successfully applied for the determination of mefenamic acid in pharmaceutical preparations. key words: spectrophotometric , mefenamic acid, 1,2-nphatha quinona-4-sulfonic sodium. 340 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction mefenamic acid (ma) is 2-[(2,3-dimethylphenyl) amino benzoic acid. ma an anthranilic acid derivative, is a member of the fenamate group of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids). it exhibits anti-inflammatory, analgesic, and antipyretic activities. it is used for the relief of mild to moderate pain. it is also indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. similar to other nsaids, mfa inhibits prostaglandin synthetase [1]. the drug is official in british pharmacopoeia and the assay is based on non-aqueous titrimetric method [2]. literature survey reveals that various analytical techniques were used for the determination of ma such as viz, uv spectrophotometry [3-6]. high performance liquid chromatography[710]. therefore, the need for a fast, low cost and selective method is obvious, especially for the routine quality control analysis of pharmaceutical products containing mefenamic acid. the proposed method was successfully applied to the determination of mefenamic acid in bulk pharmaceutical, tablets, and capsules the results obtained by the proposed method were in excellent agreement with those given by the official method [2], proving that the method is a reliable alternative for the analysis of mefenamic acid in pure form and in pharmaceutical preparations. experimental apparatus: all spectrophotometric measurements were carried out using a cintra 5 gbc scientific equipment, holland with 1cm matched quartz cells, sartorious bl 210s electronic balance, gottingengermany and a ph meter model 3001 was used for all ph measurements. material and reagent all the chemicals used were of analytical grade and double distilled water was used for all dilution of reagent and sample. *1,2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonic sodium (nqs).0.5%(w/v)solution: a stock solution was freshly prepared by dissolving 0.5gm of the reagent in 100ml of distilled water. *sodium hydroxide ~0.2m solution: prepared by dissolving 0.80gm of sodium hydroxide in 25ml of distilled water and diluting to 100ml in volumetric flask with distilled water. *potassium chloride 0.2m solution: a standard solution was prepared by dissolving 1.429gm in 20ml of distilled water and diluting to 100ml in volumetric flask with distilled water. *sodium hydroxide – potassium chloride (buffer solution) (ph~12.40): prepared by mixing 60ml sodium hydroxide solution(2m) with 25ml potassium chloride solution (0.2m) and then the solution was diluted with distilled water to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask[11]. standard mefenamic acid (ma) solution (1000µg.ml-1): a standard drug (obtained from the state state drug industry company samara-iraq (s.d.i)solution was prepared by dissolving 0.1gm of ma in 50ml of methanol and diluting to 100ml in volumetric flask with methanol. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. *procedure for dosage forms: the content of 10 tablets or capsules was grinded and mixed well. a certain amount of the fine powder was accurately weighted to give an equivalent to 250mg for tablet and 500mg for capsules and dissolved in 50ml of methanol, swirled, leaved to stand for 5mints and diluted to 100ml in a volumetric flask with methanol. the solution was filtered by using 341 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 whatman filler paper no.41. to avoid any suspended or un-dissolved material before use, and the first portion of the filtrate was regected . working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions with distilled water, and analyzed by the recommended procedure. results and discussion *determination of wavelength maximum(λmax) to determine the λmax , an aliquot of the standard solution(100µg,ml-1) containing 100µg of ma was transferred to 10ml volumetric flask, then 1ml of buffer solution (ph~12.40) and 1ml of 0.5% (w/v) nqs solution were added. the contents were mixed well and diluted to 10 ml with distilled water, then the absorbance of the colored product was measured against reagent blank in the range of 300-600nm. the maximum absorption wavelength for ma was found to be 450nm (fig 1). under the experimental conditions, each reagent blank showed a negligible absorbance at the corresponding λmax. *method development:(optimization of the experimental conditions): the optimum experimental conditions were established by varying one parameter and observing its effect on the absorbance of the coloured species *effect of volume of nqs reagent: the effect of reagent volume on the formation colored product was studied. varying volumes of standard reagent (0.5%w/v ) nqs solutions in the range (0.2-2ml) were added and measuring the absorbances of the solutions.(fig 2). the investigation showed that 1ml of nqs solution gave maximum absorbance due to its full intensity and further volume additions of reagent would result in a gradual decrease in the absorbance of the colored product, this is may be due to formation of new species. *effect of time on reaction before dilution: the effect of time on the colour intensity of the reaction was studied by measuring the absorbance at room temperature (25±1˚c). it was found that the reaction got maximum absorbance at 5.0min and the value start to decrease gradually when reaction time raised above 5min, this may be due to decomposition of the fomed complex. (fig 3) *effect of the type and amount of added base: different base solutions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium chloride and lithium hydroxide were used to find maximum absorbance intensity. results for that using naoh give higher sensitivity and better reproducibly,therefore then base naoh is used for subsequent work. on the other hand ,the optimum concentration of sodium hydroxide leading to a maximum intensity of colour was found to by 1.5ml of ~0.2m in the final volume.(fig 4). *effect of temperature: the colour intensity of the proposed method were studied at different temperatures. the result indicate that the absorbance values reaction maximum value at 30˚c and remained constant up to 40˚c (fig 5). *effect of order addition of reactants: to obtain optimum results, the order of addition of reagents should be followed as given in the procedure below, otherwise a loss in colour intensity was observed. *effect of time on the stability of the formed complex: the reaction is instantaneous and the absorbance of the complex remained constant up to 3 5min (fig 6). 342 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 general procedure and calibration graph: in to a series of 10ml volumetric flasks, 1ml of 0.5%(w/v)nqs solution was added followed by the addition of increasing volume of ma (100µg.ml-1)solution to cover the range of the calibration graph (0.5-10µg.ml). the resulted mixtures were shaken and 1.5ml of approximately 0.2m naoh solution was added to each flask and the flasks were allowed to stand in dark for 5min in 30 c˚ in side water bath. after making up the volume of each flask to the make with distilled water. the absorbance of colored product was measured at 450nm.(fig 7). *suggested reaction scheme(12,13): mefenamic acid molecule contains only one center (secondary amino group ) available for this condensation reaction, which replaces the sulfonic acid group of nqs. the most probable mechanism of nucleophilic substitution reaction of ma with nqs is shown in scheme1. scheme ( 1) *spectral characteristics of the proposed method: under the experimental conditions described, beer's law, molar absorptivity and sandell's sensitivities for ma are given in table1. data of the regression analysis using the least squares method made for the calibration curves are also given in the same table(1). *precision and accuracy of the proposed method: the precision of the proposed methods was determined by replicate analysis of five separate sample solutions at three concentration levels of ma. the relative standard deviations (rsd%) were 1.29-2.14% , on the other hand the accuracy of the proposed methods was evaluated by calculating the relative error percentage (r.e%) table(2). the results indicated good accuracy of the method at each concentration level. *interference studies: the results of the interferences study showed that no interferences were found from any of the excipients studied lactose, magnesium stearate and starch, sucrose, fructose and glucose. the recovery of ma was ranged 99.80100.80%. table(3) indicated the absence of interferences from these excipients. 343 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 *application of the proposed method to analysis of ma in pharmaceutical formulation: to increase the insurance, the proposed spectrophotometric method was applied for the determination of ma in pharmaceutical preparation sample following the standard addition technique, (fig 8-13) shows the standard addition plot and table(4) shows the result of accuracy in term of relative error percent, and reveals that the method was reasonably accurate. references 1. archana, m. karnik; vishnu, p. choudhari; shailesh sharma; sachin murkute and vinita patole(2012)"  spectrophotometric simultaneous determination of mefenamic acid and paracetamol in combined tablet dosage form by dual wavelength, area under curve and absorbance corrected method", j.ph.res.clin.pra.2(2)43-48. 2. " british pharmacopoeia"(2009)the stationery office,london, volume i& ii, pg.3741. 3. vijayageetha ragupathy and shantha arcot, (2013) "spectrophotometric determination of drotaverine hcl and mefenamic acid in tablets by chemometric methods" res.j.pham.bio.&chem.sci..4, 2,.899-909. 4. smita p.shelke; priyanka j.manedeshmukh and d.g.baheti, (2012)"  spectrophotometric method for simultaneous estimation of drotaverine hydrocloride and mefenamic acid in a combined dosage form" int.j.pharm.sci.tech,.7, lssue.2,pp.33-36. 5. subramanian n; devipriyadharshini t; venkateshwaran k; and chandrasekar p. (2011)"spectrophotometric determination of tranexamic acid and mefenamic acid in tablet dosage form using derivatization technique" int,j.pharm .biomed .res..2,.1,.26-29. 6. dipal peajapati and hasumati raj (2012)"simultaneous estimation of mefenamic acid and dicyclomine hydrochloride by spectroscopic methods".3(10), pp.3766-3776. 7. padmalatha h.; and vidyasagar dr.g. (2011)"  validated rp hplc method for the estimation of mefenamic acid in formulation" int.j.res. pharm.&biomed .sci..2(3),pp.1261-1265. 8. peasad prakash; d. sanjay b.bari; suvarna bhoir; and ashok mukund bhagwat; (2009) "high performance liquid chromatographic estimation of drotaverine hydrochloride and mefenamic acid in human plasma" int.j.pharm .res,.8(9),.209-215. 9. madhukar a.badgujar; and kiran v. mangaonkar(2011)" simultaneous determination of paracetamol and mefenamic acid in tablet dosage form by high performance liquid chromatography" j.chem.pharm.res.,.3(4),.893-898. 10. wahab.s.u.; mohamed. p.u. firthouse; mohamed. s. halith; chandran .m.; and sirajudeen s.kadher(2011) "development of rp-hplc method for the simultaneous determination of mefenamic acid and drotaverine hcl combined tablet dosage form" int.j. pharm.sci.,.3(1),.115-117. 11. quan-min l.; and zhan-jun y.(2007)“spectrophotometric determination of aminomethylbenzoic acid using sodium 1,2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonate as the chemical derivative chromogenic reagent”, spectrochimica acta, 66:656-61. 12. abir abdalla ahmed ali; and abdalla ahmed elbashir(2012)“spectrophotometric determination of lisinopril dihydrate in pharmaceutical formulations using sodium 1,2-naphthoquinone-4sulfonic”, isesco journal of science and technology,8( 13),.30-36. 344 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(1): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of ma parameter under univariate conditions λmax (nm) 450 color brownish yellow linear range (µg.ml-1) 0.5 – 10.0 regression equation a =0.1409[ ma µg.ml-1] + 0.0009 slope (l.mg-1.cm-1) 0.1409 intercept 0.0009 molar bsorptivity (l.mol-1.cm-1) 3.40  104 corr. coefficient 0.9995 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.187 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 0.0071 table no.( 2): precision and accuracy of the proposed method taken conc. μg.ml-1 found conc. μg.ml-1 average r.e % r.s.d % 2 2.0332 2.0110 1.9571 1.9466 2.0383 1.9972 -0.13889 2.1459 5 5.0161 4.9771 5.1004 4.8730 4.9906 4.9915 -0.1709 1.6372 8 8.1939 7.9080 7.9941 8.0448 8.0352 8.0352 0.4400 1.2922 table no.(3): effect of the interference on the determination of the drug (ma) 10µg.ml-1 the proposed method excipients mefenamic acid conc. taken 10 µg.ml-1 conc. fond µg.ml-1 % recovery lactose 9.993 99.93 magnesium stearate 9.98 99.8 starch 10.06 100.6 sucrose 9.99 99.9 fructose 10.08 100.8 glucose 9.987 99.87 345 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(4):the result application of pharmaceutical r. e.% concentration (µg.ml-1) amount of drug (mg) sample found taken found labeled 2.3800 1.0238 1.0 254.68 250 mefril 250 mg bangalore-india 1.3640 5.0682 5.0 1.6500 1.0165 1.0 251.30 250 ponstidin 250mg sdi-iraq -0.6100 4.9695 5.0 1.4800 1.0148 1.0 507.12 500 mefex 500 mg neopharma -uae 1.3657 5.0683 5.0 figuer no.(1): absorption spectra of : (a) reagent blank agants + distilled water. (b) reaction product (ma =6µg.ml-1 ) aganst blank. figure no.( 2): effect of volume reagent 0.5% nqs on the absorbance of the reaction product. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 a b so rb a n ce volume of 0.5% nqs (ml) 346 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.( 3): effect time on the formation of the reaction product. figure no.( 4): effect of volume of sodium hydroxide on the absorbance of the reaction product. figure no.( 5) : effect of temperature on the formation of the reaction product. figure no.( 6): effect of time on the stability of the formed complex. 0.35 0.45 0.55 0.65 0.75 0 5 10 15 20 25 a b so rb a n ce time before dilution (min) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 a b so rb a n ce volume of 0.2 m naoh (ml) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 a b so rb a n ce temprature (ᵒc) 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 0 10 20 30 40 a b so rb a n ce standing time(min) 347 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.( 7): calibration graph for determination of mefenamic acid. figure no.( 8) :determination of ma in capsule mefril –india figure no.( 9) :determination of ma in capsule mefril -india figure no.(10):determination of ma in capsule ponstidin y = 0.1409x 0.0009 r² = 0.9991 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 a b so rb a n ce concentration of ma ( μg.ml-1) y = 1.8587x + 0.1903 r² = 0.9998 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) y = 1.4425x + 0.7311 r² = 0.9887 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) y = 1.7727x + 0.1802 r² = 0.9961 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 -0.2 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) 348 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(11):determination of ma in capsule ponstidin. figure no.(12) :determination of ma in tablets mefex figure no.(13) :determination of ma in tablets mefex. y = 1.476x + 0.7335 r² = 0.9973 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) y = 2.2960x + 0.233 r² = 0.9990 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 -0.2 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) y = 1.4425x + 0.7311 r² = 0.9887 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) 349 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 نيةفي مستحضراته الصيدالالميفيناميك التقدير الطيفي لعقار حامض سرمد بھجت ديكران معين اسكندر الجبوري عالء كريم محمد جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ( كلية تريبة/قسم الكيمياء أحمد صائب ناصر جامعة تكريت /كلية العلوم/قسم الكيمياء 2014حزيران 2, قبل البحث في: 2014يسان ن14:استلم البحث في خالصةال في صورتھا النقية وفي ma)طريقة طيفية بسيطة ,دقيقة ومضبوطة لتقدير حامض الميفيناميك( اقترحت سلفونيك الصوديوم -4نفثاكوينون 2,1المستحضرات الصيدالنية . الطريقة المقترحة تستند الى تفاعل العقار مع الكاشف )nqs درست الظروف الفضليات من تأثير حجم الكاشف و الدالة الحامضية, زمن التفاعل االفضل لتكوين المعقد الناتج .( نانومتر, وحد 450عند الطول الموجي 1مكغم.مل 10.00.5بير في مدى تراكيز يتراوح بين وكانت مطاوعة قانون . الطريقة المقترحة طبقت بنجاح لتقدير حامض الميفيناميك في مستحضراته الصيدالنية. 1-مكغم.مل 0.189الكشف )(nqsسلفونيك الصوديوم -4نفثاكوينون -2,1: التقدير الطيفي , حامض الميفيناميك, الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 7-17 7 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 effect of gamma ray irradiation on structural and optical properties of zno thin films bushra k. h. al-maiyaly dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:14 june 2015 ,accepted in :12july2015 abstract in this research, the structural and optical measurements were made on the zinc oxide (zno) films prepared by two methods once by using chemical spray pyrolysis technique, and another by using thermal evaporation technique before and after irradiation by gamma –ray (γ – rays) from source type (cs 137) with an energy (0.611)mev as a function of gamma dose (0.15,0.3 and 0.45) gy. the thickness of all films prepared by two method was about (300 ± 50) nm. xrd is used to characterize the structural properties, the results demonstrated that all samples prepared by two method before and after irradiation have polycrystalline structure with a preferred orientation (002).also it showed that the structural properties are weakly dependent on the gamma dose. the optical measurement shows that all zno films prepared by two method have a direct energy gap, and they in general decrease with the increase of gamma dose while the optical constant such as absorption coefficient, refractive index, extinction coefficient, real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant and optical conductivity showed an opposite trend, these values increase with the increase of irradiation dose. as well as all optical properties for the samples prepared by thermal evaporation technique is higher than the samples prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis technique. key words: zinc oxide film, structural properties, optical constant, gamma irradiation. 8 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction zno thin film is one of the ii-vi compound semiconductors, composed of hexagonal wurtzite crystal structure, it has a broad band gap (~3.3) ev at room temperature, large excitation binding energy(60)mev and high lattice constant[1,2]. zinc oxide thin films have unique physiochemical properties such as chemical stability in hydrogen plasma, high optical transparency in the visible and near-infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum and high refractive index[3,4,5]. due to these properties, zno is used in various applications such as solar cell window, antireflection coating ,transparent conducting material , flat displays, heat mirrors, chemical sensors, gas sensors, ultraviolet light sensors, light emitting diodes (leds), and other optoelectronic devices [2,5,6] . several growth techniques have been used by different workers to prepare zno films such as physical vapor deposition (pvd) [7], sol-gel [2, 4, 8], chemical spray pyrolysis [3], electro-deposition [9], sputtering [5, 10], chemical vapor deposition (cvd) [11], etc. ionizing radiations such as x-rays, gamma-rays, beta particles, alpha particles, fission fragments, etc. are present in several fields that include industry, medicine, military, particle accelerator based research, nuclear power plants, etc. several studies have been made on thin films made up of metal oxides and their mixtures for their use in radiation dosimetry, sensing, and memory cells. it is a well-known fact that the ionizing radiation produces changes in the physical properties (such as optical, electrical, structural, etc.) of the material[12]. one of the most promising applications of thin film solar cells is to work in the outer space, therefore it is very important to investigate the influence of radiation on these films. in this research, zno thin films are prepared by using chemical spray pyrolysis technique once, and thermal evaporation technique in another time. all samples were exposed to gamma ray form cs137withenergy (0.611)mev for different doses (0.15, 0.3 and 0.45) gy. the effect of two different preparation techniques on the structural and optical properties of zno thin films before and after irradiation by (γ – rays) at different doses was studied and investigated. experimental the first sets of zinc oxide (zno) thin film samples are prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method, the solution of (zin acetate dehydrate) zn(ch3coo)2.h2o was prepared in molarity (0.1) by diluted (2.195) gm of zn(ch3coo)2.h2o in (100) ml water in accordance with the following equation: [13] m = (wt / m wt). (1000 / v) ……………………… (1) = molecular weight, v = water volume. wt= weight of sample, m twhere m = molarity, w the obtained solution is used to prepare (zno) films of thickness (300 ± 50) nm by spraying the solution on preheated glass substrates at about (623)k which is measured by using thermocouple type nicr , the distance between sprayer nozzle and substrate of (25)cm, these glass substrates are placed on the hot plate for about (25) min before the spraying process, each spraying period lasts for about (15) sec followed by (2.5) min waiting period to avoid excessive cooling of the hot substrate due to the spraying process, based on the reaction:[14] zn(ch3 coo)2(solid near substrate) →hea 4zn(ch3coo) 2(gas near substrate) + h2o →adsorption zn4o(ch3coo) 6(adsorbed/ substrate) + 2ch3cooh (gas near substrate) and ↑ zn4o(ch3coo)6(adsorbed/ substrate) + 3h2o → 4zno (film/ substrate) + 6ch3cooh(gas) ↑….. ……………. (2) another set of samples has been prepared in a high vacuum system of (3x10-6) torr where pure metal zinc thin films deposited on glass substrate at ts = (423)k, of thickness (300 ± 50) nm by thermal evaporation technique using edward coating unit model (e 306), molybdenum 9 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 boat was used to hold powdered samples, the distance between the substrate and boat was about (15)cm. then we get zno thin films by thermal oxidation processes with exist air flow at temperature of (673) k for one hour by using (kilns furnaces). the thickness of all samples prepared was determined by using weighing method using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity is of the order (10-4) gm, according to the following relation: [15] t= (m / à .ρ) …………………….(3) where t= thickness of film, m= mass of film, à= area of film, ρ= density of films. gamma ray form a disc-type cs137 source with an energy (0.611)mev exposure to zno films using different doses (0.15, 0.3 and 0.45) gy. the crystal structure characteristics of all samples before and after irradiation by (γ – rays) were measured with x-ray diffraction technique by recording the intensity in the range of bragg’s angle θ from (20-80) using siemens x-ray diffractometer system (shimadzu japan xrd 600), source cu kα radiation of wavelength (λ=1.5405) a was employed with generator setting of current (30) ma and voltage (40) kv. transmittance (t) and absorbance (a) measurements have been carried out for different samples in the range of wavelengths (300-1100) nm using a double beam spectrophotometer (uv/vis). results and discussion structural properties figure 1(a,b) shows x-ray diffraction pattern of zinc oxide films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method and thermal evaporation technique respectively, before and after irradiation by gamma dose (0.45) gy. these figures show polycrystalline nature of the zno films with hexagonal phase formation as compared with astm , the peaks are observed due to diffraction from different planes with a preferred orientation (002) at around 34◦ , and small peaks belong also to zno phase with orientation at (101) and (100) direction. we can notice from these figures similar plots are obtained before irradiation and after irradiation with different preparation methods which show that no new peak is observed among the irradiated samples in comparison with that of the control sample, unless simple shift in 2θ position due to the gamma rays is not capable of displacement of damage in structure directly indicating that the film composition remains unchanged after radiation and structural properties are weakly dependent on the gamma dose . the grain size dimension (d) of the films could be calculated from diffraction line broadening using the scherrer equation: [16] d= k λ/ βcos θ …………………………………… (4) where k is a constant (0.9), and β is full width half maximum (fwhm) of the preferential plane. we can calculate the dislocation density (δ) and strain (η) values from the equations: [17] δ = 1/ d2 ……………………………………………(5) η = (βcos θ)/ 4 ………………………………………(6) while the number of crystallites per unit surface area (n) was calculated using the formula: [17] n = t / d3………………………………………………… (7) the observed d (hkl) values are in a good agreement with the standard values taken from astm data[18], the relative percentage error for the observed and astm standard d-values for crystalline zno thin films are calculated using the formula: [14] relative percentage error │ │ 100 ……………(8) where z1 represents the actual d value obtained and z is the standard d value in jcpds card file. all these parameters are shown in table (1). the results obtained have shown that the grain size increase while dislocation density , number of crystallites per unit surface area and 10 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 strain values showed an opposite trend after irradiation, which demonstrated the improvement of the crystallinity in the films with the increase of gamma dose. optical properties     the influence of different gamma doses on the optical properties of zno thin films grown on glass substrates by chemical spray pyrolysis method and thermal evaporation technique are studied deeply. we measured the transmission and the absorption spectrum in the range (3001100) nm by using a double beam spectrophotometer (uv). fig.2 ( a, b ) shows the plots of transmittance (t) as a function of wavelength for zno thin films before and after irradiation, prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method and thermal evaporation technique respectively, from these figures we can notice that the transmittance values increase generally as the wavelength increases and have high values in the nir region, all samples demonstrate (40-99) % transmittance at wavelengths longer than 400 nm which makes these films suitable for solar cell window. also we can see from these figures that the value of the transmittance of zno thin films decreased with the increase of gamma dose for all values of the wavelength due to the fact that when thin films are prepared, some intrinsic defects are always present. the interaction of gamma radiation induces defects during its passage through the thin film which results in a change in the order at the micro structural level of the film. for small gamma doses, these thin films possess fine uniform grains with no big pores which reduces the transmittance and increase absorbance[12].transmittance values are observed to be higher for the films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method. the incident photon energy (e=hν) was calculated as a function of wavelength (λ) according to equation: [16] e (ev) = (1240 / λ)………………… ( 9 ) the variation of absorption coefficient for each wavelength was calculated from equation: [16] α = 2.303 (a / t)……………………. ( 10 ) where a = absorbance. fig.3 (a,b) shows a plot of the absorption coefficient (α) versus photon energy for two sets of zno thin films as a function of irradiation dose, we can notice from these figures that the absorption coefficient values increase with the increase of gamma dose within the whole range of the spectrum, this behavior may be due to the changes in crystal structure of these films after irradiation, improvement of the crystallinity in the films leads to the growth of small grain and decrease of grain boundaries; the absorption is not attributed to the free carriers only, but to impurities or localized electronic states. also we can notice from these figures that all the films have high values of absorption coefficient (α > 104 cm-1) this means that the direct transition possibly occurs. this result is in agreement with refs. [ 4 ,14 ] figure 4 (a,b) shows a plot of the relation (α hν)2 versus photon energy (hν) to find the type of the optical transition for all zno films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method and thermal evaporation technique respectively before and after irradiation, which describes the allowed direct transition and calculation of the optical energy gap (egopt) values from tauc formulas: [19] (α hν) = b` (hν – egopt) r ………………. ( 11 ) where b` is a constant inversely proportional to amorphousity, (egopt) is the optical energy gap ,r is constant depending on the material and the type of the optical transition, by selecting the optimum linear part, which is determined by the extrapolation of the portion at (α =0).it is clear from fig. ( 5 ) that the optical energy gap values decrease when the irradiation dose increased. this behavior can be attributed to generate extra energy levels after irradiation between the valance and conduction bands. the value of the optical energy gap agrees with refs. [ 4 ,14 ]. 11 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the optical constants which include refractive index (n), extinction coefficient (k), and dielectric constant (ε) for each wavelength in the range (300-1100) nm for all zno samples prepared before and after irradiation are studied and investigated. the refractive index value can be calculated from the formula: [20] n = {[4r / (r-1)] k2}1/2 – [(r+1) / (r-1)]……………….. ( 12 ) where r is the reflectance which is calculated by using equation: [20] r = 1-t-a ………………………….. ( 13 ) the absorption coefficient (α) is related to extinction coefficient (k) by: [19] k = α λ / 4π ………………………. (14 ) the complex dielectric constant can be introduced by: [21] ε = ε1-i ε2 ………………………… ( 15 ) where ε1= n2-k2 ………………………… ( 16 ) ε2 = 2nk ………………………… ( 17 ) where ε1= real part of dielectric constant, ε2 = imaginary part of dielectric constant. figures from ( 6 ) to ( 9 ) show the variation of these optical constants versus photon energy (hν) for zno thin films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method and thermal evaporation technique as a function of irradiation dose. we can see from these figures that all optical constants increase with irradiation dose for the same reasons as we mentioned before. also, it is clear that the optical constants values for the samples prepared by thermal evaporation are higher than the samples prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method. the optical conductivity (σ) was calculated using the relation: [22] σ = αnc / 4π…………………………………………….. (18) where (c) is the velocity of light. figure 10(a,b) shows the variation of optical conductivity as a function of photon energy of zno films before and after irradiation prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method and thermal evaporation technique respectively .we can notice from these figures that the optical conductivity value increases after irradiated with gamma ray. this behavior is due to the optical conductivity value which depends mainly on refractive index and absorption coefficients according to equation (18). conclusion zno thin films were synthesized using two methods once by chemical spray pyrolysis technique, and another by using thermal evaporation technique, the influence of gamma dose on the structural and optical properties of (zno) films has been investigated. xrd pattern for all films prepared confirms the formation of zno phase with preferential orientation along (002) plane and the film composition remains unchanged after radiation which indicates that the structural properties are weakly dependent on the gamma dose. the crystallites sizes as measured using xrd data are found to be in the range of (25– 27) nm for the samples prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis while the samples prepared by thermal evaporation technique are found to be in the range of(21– 23) nm. the grain size increases while dislocation density,number of crystallites per unit surface area and strain values showed an opposite trend after irradiation for all samples. all films prepared have high values of absorption coefficient (α > 104 cm-1) , the absorbance values increase while the transmittance values decrease after irradiation, the average transmittance is more than 70% for wavelengths in the (400–1100) nm range, indicating these films have high transmittance in the nir region, which makes it suitable for use as a window material in photovoltaic application. the optical energy gap values decrease when gamma dose increases, while the increase of gamma dose resulted increase values of all optical constant (refractive index , absorption coefficient, extinction coefficient, real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant and optical conductivity). all optical properties for 12 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the samples prepared by thermal evaporation technique are higher than the samples prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis technique. references 1. ilican,s.; caglar,y.and caglar,m.,(2008), preparation and characterization of zno thin films deposited by sol-gel spin coating method, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 10, 10, 2578 – 2583. 2. foo1,k.l.; kashif1,m.; hashim,u. and ali,m.e. (2013), fabrication and characterization of zno thin films by sol-gel spin coating method for the determination of phosphate buffer saline concentration, current nanoscience, 9, 2, 1-5 3.ayouchia,r.;martinb,f.; leinena, d. and ramos-barradoa,j.r. (2003),growth of pure zno thin films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis on silicon, journal of crystal growth, 247 , 497–504 4. ziaul raza khan, mohd shoeb khan, mohammad zulfequar, and mohd shahid khan, (2011), optical and structural properties of zno thin films fabricated by sol-gel method, materials sciences and applications, 2, 340-345. 5. rosa ,a. m.; da silva ,e. p.; amorim,e.; chaves, m.; catto, a. c.; lisboa-filho, p. n.;and bortoleto,j.r.r.,(2012),growth evolution of zno thin films deposited by rf magnetron sputtering , journal of physics: conference series, 370 , 012020,1-7 6. purica, m.; budianu, e.; and rusu, e.,(2000) heterojunction with zno polycrystalline thin films for optoelectronic devices applications, microelectron. eng., 51–52, 425-431. 7. wang, l.; zhang, x.; zhao, s.; zhou, g.; zhou, y.; and qi, j.,( 2005), synthesis of wellaligned zno nanowires by simple physical vapor deposition on c-oriented zno thin films without catalysts or additives, appl. phys. lett. ,86 , 2, 024108-024108-3. 8. kashif, m.; usman ali, s. m.; ali, m. e.; abdulgafour, h. i.; hashim, u.; willander, m. and hassan,z. (2012), morphological, optical, and raman characteristics of zno nanoflakes prepared via a sol–gel method, physica. status solidi.(a), 209, 1, 143-147. 9. chen, z.; tang, y.; zhang, l. and luo, l. (2006), electrodeposited nanoporous zno films exhibiting enhanced performance in dye-sensitized solar cells, electrochimica.acta.,51,26, 5870-5875. 10. deng,b.;yan,x.; wei,q. and gao,w,(2007), afm characterization of nonwoven material functionalized by zno sputter coating, mater. charact, 58,10, 854-858. 11. li, b. s.; liu, y. c.; shen, d. z.; zhang, j. y.; lu, y. m. and fan, x. w. (2003),effects of rf power on properties of zno thin films grown on si (001) substrate by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition, j. cryst. growth ,249 ,(1-2), 179-185. 12. manisha mohil ,and anil kumar g.,(2013), gamma radiation induced effects in teo2 thin films," journal of nanoand electronic physics, 5 , 2, 02018(3pp) 13.al-ghabsha.th.s,andal-abachi.m.q,(1986)"fundamentals f analytical chemistry” baghdad. 14. yakuphanoglu,f.; ilicanb ,s.; caglar, m. and caglar, y. (2007), the determination of the optical band and optical constants of non-crystalline and crystalline zno thin films deposited by spray pyrolysis, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 9, 7, 2180 – 2185. 15. donald,a.neamen,(2003), semiconductor physics and devices, basic principles,3th edition, mcgraw-hill companies, inc. 16. blackmore, (1974), solid state physics,philadelpia and tokyo. 13 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 17.suryanarayana,c.and norton,m.g.,(1998), x-ray diffraction, a practical approach, plenum press.newyork. 18. jcpds, (1997).international center for diffraction data, card no. 36-1451. 19. tauc, j.(1974) amorphous and liquid semiconductor, plenums press. newyork and london. 20.william, d. and callister, j,(2003),materials science& engineering. an introduction 6th edition, john wiley sons inc, 96. 21. kasap,s.o. (2002), principles of electronic materials and devices, 2nd edition, mc graw hill. 22.pankove,j.i. (1975) optical processes in semiconductors, dover publications,inc.new york. table (1): xrd results of zno thin films for the (002) preferred peak (a)                                                                                               (b)  figure (1): x-ray diffraction pattern of zno thin films before and after irradiation (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation     sample prepared technique state ) ºd( a (astm) ) ºd( a observed error% d (nm) η*10-3 δ* 1014 (m-2) n*1015 (m-2) chemical spray pyrolysis before irradiation 2.6033 2.61118 3.027 25.727 1.347 15.11 1.7618 0.45 gy 2.6033 2.61528 4.602 27.204 1.274 13.51 1.4901 thermal evaporation before irradiation 2.6033 2.61197 3.33 21.639 1.602 21.36 2.9607 0.45 gy 2.6033 2.609422 2.352 23.921 1.449 17.48 2.1917 (002) (100) (101) (002) 14 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (a) (b) figure (2): the variation of transmittance versus wavelength for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation  (a) (b) figure (3): absorption coefficient & photon energy for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation (a) (b) figure (4):variation (α hν)2 & photon energy for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation 15 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 figure (5): variation optical energy gap as a function of gamma dose for zno thin films (a) (b) figure (6): variation refractive index & photon energy for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation figure (7): variation extinction coefficient & photon energy for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation   a b 16 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 figure (8): real part of dielectric constant & photon energy for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation   figure (9): imaginary part of dielectric constant & photon energy for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation   figure (10): optical conductivity & photon energy for zno thin films (a) prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis , (b) prepared by thermal evaporation a b a a b b b 17 | physics 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 الخواص التركيبية والبصرية فيالتشعيع بأشعة كاما تأثير الرقيقة znoالغشية بشرى كاظم حسون الميالي / جامعة بغداد) أبن الھيثم الصرفة( للعلوم كلية التربيةقسم الفيزياء / 2015 تموز12قبل في: 2015 حزيران 14:استلم في الخالصة تين واحدة في ھذا البحث المحضرة بطريق (zno) الزنكالبصرية الغشية أوكسيد و التركيبية القياسات يتأجر باشـعة كامـا .قبل وبعـد التشعيع واالخرى باستعمال طريقة التبخير الحراريالرش الكيميائي الحراري باستعمال طريقة . وكانت جميع gy(0.15,0.3 and (0.45مختلفة بجرع اشعاعية mev (0.611)بطاقة cs)137(من مصـدر اليجاد الخصائص التركيبية واكـدت النتائج xrdواستعملت ) 50) nm 300سمك االغشية المحضرة بكال الطريقتين ب ) وان 002ان لجميـع النمـاذج المحضـرة بكال الطريقتين قبل وبعـد التشعيع تركـيب متعدد التبلور بـأفضلية لالتجاه ( المحضـرة بكال (zno)وبينت القياسات البصرية ان الغشية االعتماد على جرعة االشعاع . الخصائص التركيبية قليلة جرعة االشعاع بينما اظھرت الثوابت البصرية مثل معامل قيمتھا بصورة عامة بزيادة تقلفجوة طاقة مباشرة و الطريقتين يه الحقيقي والخيالي والنوصيلية الضوئية سلوك ئاالمتصاص ومعامل االنكسار ومعامل الخمود وثابت العزل الكھربائي بجز للنماذج المحضرة بطريقة التبخير الحراري البصريةجرعة االشعاع .وأظھرت الخصائص بزيادة معاكس اذ ازدادت قيمھم .الرش الكيميائي الحراريقيم اعلى من النماذج المحضرة بطريقة اشعة كاما الثوابت البصرية، الخصائص التركيبية، ، زنكأوكسيد ال اغشية -: الكلمات المفتاحية ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 synthesis, characterization and effect of bis-1,3,4oxadiazole containing glycine moiety on the activity of some transferase enzymes. i. h. r. tomi , a. h. j. al-qaisi*, z. h. j. al-qaisi de partment of che mistry, colle ge of s cience, al-mustansiriya uni versity *de partment of che mistry, colle ge of s cience, al-nahrain university abstract we described herein the sy nthesis of novel bis-1,3,4-oxadiazole containing glycine moiety . n-{5-[5-(4-methoxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-sulfany l]-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-methy l}-4methoxy benzamide was fully characterized by elemental analysis, ft -ir and 1 h nm r sp ectroscop y . also this st udy was designed to show the effects of bis-oxadiazole comp ound on the activities of some transferase enzy mes such as: got, gpt and γ-gt in sera. this comp ound demonst rated activation on got and gpt activities, inhibitory effects on the γ-gt activity . these effects increased with the increasing of the concentration of the comp ound. the causes of the increases and decreases in the enzy mes activities are discussed. introduction derivatives of 1,3,4-oxadiazole constitut e an imp ortant family of heterocyclic comp ounds [1]. subst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole are considerable p harmaceutical and material interest, which are documented by a st eadily increasing number of p ublications and p atents, reported among these activities were: nervous sy st em depressing [2], muscle relaxants [3], analgesic[4], herbicidal [5], hy p oglycemic [6], antifungl [7], anti-inflammatory [8] and antibacterial [9] activities. in addition to that, derivatives of 1,3,4-oxadiazole are used in agriculture [10], p hotosensitizer [11] and liquid cryst als [12]. also, the derivatives of heterocyclic comp ounds were st udied to show their effects on activities of some transferase enzy mes. dere et al [13] st udied the biochemical analysis of (pq) (1,1-dimethy l-4,4 \ -bipiridillium) on some transferase enzy mes and they found some changes (increases or decreases) in these enzy mes activities. glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase (got) enzy me ec 2.6.1.1: it is called also asp artate amino transfer (ast), it is one of the most imp ortant of transferase enzy mes, cataly zes the transfer of the amino group of asp artate to α-ketoglutrate. got is widely distributed in human tissues; heart, liver, skeletal muscle and kidney . the op timum conditions of maximum enzy me activity are p h= 7.4 and temp . = 37 ° c. the clinical usefulness of the enzy me is largely restricted to the diagnosis of heart and liver diseases. large amount of got may be released in to the blood. very high levels are observed in acute liver disease while lesser elevation is seen in chronic liver disease. glutamate p y ruvate transaminase (gpt) enzy me ec 2.6.1.2: it is also called alanine amino transferase (alt) which is p revalent in mammalian tissue cataly zes the transfer of the amino group of alanine to α-ketoglutrate. gpt is found in a highest concentration in livers in sp ite of its active occurrence in skeletal muscles, heart and kidney s. the gpt activity in tissues is generally less than got. gpt level found to increase in the following diseases; infection hepatitis, liver cirrhosis and biliary cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice and liver cancer. gamma glutamate transferase (γ-gt) enzy me ec 2.3.2.2: it is also called gamma glutamate transp eptides (γ-gt) or (ggt), it is found in kidney s and liver and cataly zes the transfer of gamma-glutamyl group from glutathione to an amino acid. ggt levels are increased in most forms of liver disease, esp ecially cholestasis. ggt, a plasma membrane ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 bound enzy me, p rovides the only activity cap able to effect the hy drolysis of extra cellular glutathione (gsh), thus favoring the cellular utilization of its const ituent amino acids. the common p rocedures of cyclization of oxadiazole ring is p romoted by heat and anhydrous reagents like: thionyl chloride[14], p hosp horous oxy chloride [15], p hosp horous p entoxide [16], triphenylphosp hine [17] and triflic anhydride [18]. also, feray et al [19] showed the sy nthesis of the oxadiazole derivatives using the sy nthetic procedure based on the ring closure reactions of app rop riate acid hy drazides with carbon disulfide in alkali media [20]. in the literature, we did not found any st udies of the effect of oxadiazole derivatives on the activity of transferase enzy mes. so, we st udied here the effective of bis-1,3,4-oxadiazole comp ound containing sulfur atom between the two oxadiazole rings derived from n-p rotected glay cine att ached at c-5 of the oxadiazole ring, on the activities of some tranferase enzy mes in sera. this p roduct might be p otential comp ound for biological activity tests on transferase enzy mes. a literature search revealed that no such oxadiazoles derived from amino acids have y et been p repared excep t sebast iao et al [21] who sy nthesized some 3-aryl-1,2,4-oxadiazoles carry ing p rotected l-alanine side chain. re sult and discussion s ynthesi s the characterization data of all compounds 1-7 are given in the exp erimental section. all the newly sy nthesized comp ounds gave satisfactory analysis for the p rop osed st ructures, which were confirmed on the basis of their elemental analysis, ft -ir and 1 h nm r data. our sy nthetic strategy is show in scheme 1. s cheme 1. s ynthesis of compounds (1-7) the first st ep was began to convert 4-methoxy benzoic acid (anisic acid) to 4methoxy methy l benzoate 1 by the st andard esterfication method [22]. 4-m ethoxy benzoy l hy drazine 2 was sy nthesized in good y ield from the reaction of ester 1 with excess of hy drazine hy drate in ethanol. compound 3 was sy nthesized by the ring closure reaction of acid hydrazide 2 with carbon disulfide in ethanolic koh. the tautomeric equilibrium in comp ound 3 (3a and 3b) was invest igated both for isolated and for solvated sp ecies considering the solution medium. tsoleridis [23] st udied the same equilibrium and he found that t he thiol form (3b) is more st able in the gas p hase. however, ch3o co oh h ch3o cooch3 nh2-nh2.h2o ch3oh ch3o ch3o nn o s nh o nh2 nh2-nh2.h2o ch3o cl o h2n ch 2 co oh ch3o hn ch2 o pocl3 ch3o nn o s n n o ch2 nh o ch3 o co oh ch3o nh o nn o s o et o clc ooet nh 2 cs2 koh ch3o ch3o nn o s h nn o s h ethanol 1 2 ethanol 3b 3a4 e thanol5 6 5 + 6 7 + + tout. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 this is contrary to the known exp erimental finding. on t he basis of ft -ir and 1 h nm r data, it is know that 5-(4-methoxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thione (3a) exist in solution in the thione rather than the thiol form [24]. parallel to exp erimental data, the thione tautomer is more st able than thiol in the solution. the equilibrium is even more favored to words the thione because the thione is bett er solvated than thiol. in the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of comp ound 3 (fig. 1.), the broad p eak at δ 14.38-14.78 of the nh p roton was recorded, although it was very weak. it has been reported that the cryst al st ructure of comp ound 3 corresp ond to the thione form [25], but the reaction conditions for the sy nthesis of comp ound 4 p rove that comp ound 3 can be in the thiol form too. finally, the cryst al st ructure of comp ound 3 corresp onded to t he thione form, but they showed thiol – thione tautomerism in solution. . the mechanism [26] of ring closure of hy drazide by carbon disulfide may be outlined as follows in scheme 2. s cheme 2. the mechanism steps of formation of compound (3) an attemp t to p repare the thio ester of oxadiazole ring 4 by the treatment of comp ound 3 with an excess of ethy l chloroformate was successful and the p roduct obt ained was identified by elemental analysis, ft -ir and 1 h nm r, figure 2. shows the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of comp ound 4. the hydrazide of oxadiazole ring 5 was p repared in agood y ield by the reaction of comp ound 4 with an excess of 80% hy drazine hydrate in ethanol. the peaks at δ 5.75 and 13.75 in 1 h nm r sp ectrum (fig. 3.) are the good evidence for the formation of oxadiazole , s hy drazide 5. the comp ound 6 was sy nthesized by the reaction of 4-methoxy benzoy l chloride with glycine according to steiger , s p rocedure [27], to afford the corresp onding hipp uric acid 6. the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of comp ound 6 was shown in figure 4. the hydrazide of oxadiazole ring 5 and comp ound 6 could be smoothly cyclidehy drated by boilig in p hosp horus oxy chloride affording the bis oxadiazole 7 in good y ield. the 1 h nm r sp ectra of this comp ound was shown in figure 5. the mechanism of dehydration in the p resence of pocl3 is depicted in the following st eps: (scheme 3). ch3o nn o sh thiol form (3b) ch3o nn o s h thione form (3a) a r n h o n h 2 s = c = s a r c -h 2 s n k o h o o h n h c s k h c l s h a r n h o c h 3o -h n c s a r c s k n o h o h n h c s k s a r n h o n h c s a r c s k -h o h n o h n c s k s + a r = ++ ++ a r c n o n c s k + a r c n o n c s h h h + + + + + ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 s cheme 3. the mechanism st eps of formation of comp ound (7) biological activity of transfe rase enz ymes (got, gpt and ggt) this research addresses invest igation of the effects of comp ound (7) of got, gpt and γgt enzy mes. the biochemical tests revealed that t his comp ound caused inhibitory effects on γ-gt enzy me activity and activatory effects on got and gpt enzy mes activities. t able 1. shows t he effect of different concentrations of compound (7) on the activity of got, gpt and γ-gt enzy mes in human serum. the normal value of the got and gpt enzy me activities were (17 and 16 u/l) resp ectively. the relationship between comp ound (7) concentrations versus and the activity of enzy mes were shown in figure 6. these results observed that any increase in comp ound concentrations caused an increase in the p ercentage of activation of enzy mes. the greater activation of comp ound (7) was demonst rated at concentration 10 -2 m (364.705%) for got and 10 -2 m (300%) for gpt as shown in figure 7. the normal value of the γ-gt enzy me activity was (6.545 u/l). the relationship between comp ound (7) concentration versus and the activity of enzy me was shown in figure 8(a). these results observed that any increase in comp ound concentrations caused an increase in the p ercentage of inhibition of enzy me. the greater inhibition of comp ound (7) was demonst rated at concentration 10 -5 m (55%) as shown in figure 8(b). competitive, noncomp etitive and uncompetitive inhibition can be easily distinguished with the use of double recip rocal plot of t he lineweaver-burk p lot. t wo sets of rate determination ch 3o nn o s n n o ch2 nh oc h3 o ar o h o ar nh -n h2 o poc l3 ar c l o ar cl o c h3o nn o s ar n hnh o ar o ar ar c n n h c o aro h h + ar arar c n n h c ar oh 2 p .t -h3o o ar c n n c o ar n h ch2 o ch3o o h c n n h c o aro h c n n h c o h aro h c n n h c ar o h ar n hnh o h3po 4 ar o 3 3 3 ar = ar = + + + + + + ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 in which enzy me concentration was held constant, were carried out. in the first exp eriment the velocity of uninhibited enzy me was established, in the second exp erimental constant amount of inhibitor is included in each enzy me assay . varieties of substances have the ability to reduce or eliminate the catalytic activity of sp ecific enzy me [28]. table 2. and figure 9(a). showed that the ty p e of enzy me activation using lineweaver-burk p lot for compound (7) on serum got activity . the vm ax and km values determined with 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) and without it. vm ax and km values without comp ound (7) were 67 u/l, 200 m resp ectively. a liquate 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) was noncomp etitive activation for enzy me activity . noncompetitive activation changed the vm ax of the enzy me but not the km . when concentration of comp ound was 10 -2 m , the vm ax was 50 m . by using lineweaverburk equation, the ki values of enzy me for comp ound which was st udied in different concentrations. the ki of comp ound (7) in 10 -2 m was 0.0129 m . table 2. and figure 9(b). showed that the ty p e of enzy me activation using lineweaver-burk p lot for compound (7) on serum gpt activity . the vm ax and km values determined with 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) and without it. vm ax and km values without comp ound (7) were 100 u/l, 400 m resp ectively. a liquate 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) was noncomp etitive activation for enzy me activity . noncompetitive activation changed the vm ax of the enzy me but not the km . when concentration of comp ound was 10 -2 m , the vm ax was 50 m . by using lineweaverburk equation, the ki values of enzy me for comp ound which was st udied in different concentrations. the ki of comp ound (7) in 10 -2 m was 0.02 m . the enzy mes p lay imp ortant role in amino acid metabolism and in urea and tricarboxy lic acid cy cles. we suggested that comp ound (7) molecule has (nand o=) group s by which, it activates the active sides of amino acids of got and gpt enzy mes by increasing affinity of active sides of enzy mes t o react with t he subst rates. table 2. and figure 9(c). showed that the ty p e of enzy me inhibitor using lineweaver-burk p lot for compound (7) on serum γ-gt activity . the vm ax and km values determined with 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) and without it. vm ax and km values without comp ound (7) were 37.037 u/l, 0.4 m resp ectively. a liquate 10 -2 m of comp ound (7) was noncompetitive inhibition for enzy me activity . competitive inhibition changed the km of the enzy me but not the vm ax. when concentration of comp ound was 10 -2 m , the km was 1 m . by using lineweaver-burk equation, the ki values of enzy me for comp ound which was st udied in different concentrations. the ki of comp ound (7) in 10 -2 m was 0.000263 m . m olecule of comp ound (7)have an interaction between the group s (nand o=) with active sides of amino acids of γgt enzy me. conclusion novel bis-1,3,4-oxadiazole comp ound containing glycine moiety was p repared and st ructurally characterized using sp ectroscop ic techniques. the sy nthetic route st arted from esterfication of anisic acid followed by reaction the ester with hy drazine hy drate. the acid hy drazied was converted to thione-thiol oxadiazole tautomer (3) by ring closure mechanism. the thio ester of oxadiazole (4) was p repared by the reaction of tautomer (3) with ethy l chloroformate. the acid hy drazide of oxadiazole (5) was sy nthesized by the same conditions for p repared comp ound (2). compound (7) have been sy nthesized by dehydration mechanism in p resence of pocl3. the biochemical st udies revealed that the bis-oxadiazole caused activatory effects on got and gpt enzy mes activities, and inhibitory effects on γ-gt enzy me activity . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 experimental materials and physical me asureme nts. all starting materials and solvents were purchased from aldrich and fluka and used without further p urification. m elting p oints were determined on electrothermal cap illary app aratus and are uncorrected, elemental analysis (c, h, n) were carried out using a perkin-elmer model 2400 inst rument in university of al-albait, amman, jordan, ft -ir measurements were recorded on shimadzu model ft ir-8400s in university of al-m ust anseriy a , department of chemist ry , college of science, baghdad, iraq. 1 h nm r sp ectra were obtained with bruker sp ectrop hotometer model ultra shield at 300 m hz . in university of al-albait, amman, jordan. the compounds dissolved in dm so-d6 solution with t he tm s as internal st andard. not e: in some 1 h nm r sp ectra, the p eaks at δ 2.5 and 3.35 are for the solvent (dm so-d6) and dissolved water in (dm so-d6) resp ectively. materials and methods of biological activity se ction. effect of compound (7) on got and gpt activities: colorimetric determination of got or gpt activity according to the following reactions: got l – asp artate + α-ketoglutrate oxaloacetic + glutmate gp t alanine + α-ketoglutrate py ruvate + glutmate the p y ruvate or oxaloacetate formed was measured in its derived from 2,4dinitrop henylhydrazine, which was absorbed at wave length 505 nm [29]. effect of compound (7) on γ-gt activity : kinetic colorimetric method for the determination of γ-gt activity was assay ed by persijn and van der slik [30]. the principle of the method was measurement of the 5-amino-2-nitro benzoate form from reaction, which was absorbed at wave length 405 nm. γ gt l-γ-glutamyl-3-carboxy -4-nitroanilide + glycylglycine l-γ-glutamyl-glycylglycine + 5-amino-2-nitro-benzoate. a stock solution (0.01 m ) of comp ound (7) was p repared by dissolving it in ethanol/dmso (10/1), and the following concentrations (10 -2 , 10 -3 , 10 -4 , 10 -5 m ) were p repared by diluting with absolute ethanol. the enzy mes got , gpt and ggt activities were measured in human serum by using the same methods of these enzy mes with rep lacing 100µl of buffer with 100µl of comp ound (7). the inhibition p ercentage was calculated by comp aring the activity with and without the compound (7) and under the same conditions, according to the equation: % inhibition = 100 – 100 × (the activity in the p resence of inhibitor) / (the activity in the absence of inh ibitor) the activation p ercentage was calculated by comp aring the activity with and without the activator and under the same conditions, according to the equation: % activation = 100 × (the activity in the presence of activator) / (the activity in the absence of activator) – 100 a constant concentration of comp ound (7) (10 -2 m ) was used with different substrate concentrations of (40, 80, 120, 160, 200) mmol/l for got and gpt , and (0.4, 0.8, 1.2, 1.62) mmol/l for γ-gt, to st udy the ty p e of inhibition or activation. buffers were used to p repare different subst rates concentrations of t hese enzy mes, got , gpt (p hosp hate buffer ph= 7.40, 100 mmol/l) and γ-gt (tris buffer p h= 8.25, 100 mmol/l). the enzy mes activities were determined with and without comp ound (7), by using the lineweaver-burk equation and ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 p lott ing 1/v against 1/[s] were evaluated values [31] ; ki, ap p arent vm ax (vm app), ap p erent km (km app), ty p e of inhibition or activation. preparation methods and physical data of synthesi zed compounds (1-7) 4-methoxymethyl benz oate (1) this comp ound was p repared by following the p rocedure described by vogel [22]. yield (95%); mp : 49-51 ° c. 4-methoxybenz oyl hydrazine (2) this comp ound was p repared by following the procedure by described by smith [32]. yield (91%); mp : 135-137 ° c. 5-(4-methoxyphe nyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thi one (3) to a solution of hy drazide 2 (1.66 g, 0.01 mol) in ethanol (20 ml), p otassium hy droxide (0.56 g, 0.01 mol) in water (5 ml) and carbon disulfide (2 ml, 0.03 mol) were added. the reaction mixture was heated under reflux till the evolution of hy drogen sulfide ceased (app roximately 5 h.), therefore, it was cooled, diluted with cold water (30 ml) and acidified with 10% hy drochloric acid. the solid that sep arated was collected by filtration, washed with water and recry st allized from ethanol. yield (84%); mp: 199-201 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3217 (n-h), 1616 (c=n), 1253, 1080 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 14.3814.78 (s, br. 1h, nh), 7.79-7.85 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.11-7.16 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 3.86 (s, 3h, och3). anal. calcd. for c9h8n2o2s (208 g/mol): c, 51.92; h, 3.85; n, 13.46. found: c, 51.88; h, 3.80; n, 13.48. 5-(4-methoxyphe nyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-ethoxycarbonyl sulfanyl (4) compound 3 (2.08 g, 0.01 mol) in an excess of ethy l cloroformate (3ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. aft er cooling the residue of ethy l chloroformate was removed under reduced p ressure and the solid residue obtained was recry st allized from ethanol. yield (79%); mp: 124-125 ° c; ft-ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 2980, 2937, 2841 (c-h alip h.), 1773 (c=o), 1626 (c=n), 1259, 1078 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 7.88-7.85 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.17-7.14 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 4.48-4.41 (q, 2h, och2-), 3.86 (s, 3h, och3), 1.38-1.33 (t, 3h, ch3). anal. calcd. for c12h12n2o4s (280 g/mol): c, 51.43; h, 4.29; n, 10.00. found: c, 51.44; h, 4.32; n, 10.03. 5-(4-methoxyphe nyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-hydrazine carbonyl sulfanyl (5) this comp ound was p repared by the same method described for comp ound 2. yield (87%); mp: 222-224 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3316, 3146 (n-h), 2935, 2920, 2851 (c-h aliph.) 1640 (c=o), 1610 (c=n), 1255, 1074 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 13.8513.75 (s, br. 1h, nh), 7.95-7.92 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.05-7.02 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 5.72 (s, 2h, nh2), 3.78 (s, 3h, och3). anal. calcd. for c10h10n4o3s (266 g/mol): c, 45.11; h, 3.76; n, 21.05. found: c, 45.14; h, 3.77; n, 21.08. 4-(4-methoxybenz ene sulfonyl )-hi ppuric acid (6) gly sine (1.5g, 0.02 mol) in 1n sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml) was cooled at 0-5 ° c and the cold solution was added dropwise to a solution of 4-methoxy benzoy l chloride (3.41g, 0.02 mol) in chloroform (30ml). the reaction mixture was continued under st irring for an additional 1 h. the aqueous layer was separated and acidified with 2n hy drochloric acid. the p roduct 6 was collected by filtration and recry st allized from ethanol as colorless needles. yield (83%); mp: 178-180 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3366 (n-h), 3190-2534 (o-h, carboxy lic), 2933, 2847 (c-h alip h.) 1743 (c=o, acid), 1625 (c=o, amide); 1 h nm r ch 3o cooch3 ch3o nh o nh2 ch3o nn o s hch3 o nn o s h tout ch3o hn ch2 o cooh ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 8.65-8.63 (t , 1h, nh), 7.86-7.79 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 6.98-6.95 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 3.86-3.84 (d, 2h, ch2), 3.77 (s, 3h, och3). anal. calcd. for c10h11n1o4 (209 g/mol): c, 57.41; h, 5.26; n, 6.69. found: c, 57.44; h, 5.23; n, 6.72. n-{5-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-sulfanyl ]-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-methyl}4-methoxybenzamide (7) compound 5 (2.66 g, 0.01 mol) and compound 6 (2.09 g, 0.01 mol) were refluxed with p hosp horous oxy chloride (5ml) for 24 h. and the reaction mixture was then treated with ice water carefully and made basic by adding concentrated sodium bicarbonate solution. the resulting solid was filtered, dried and recry st allized by ethanol-dm so (10/1). yield (69%); mp: 193-195 ° c; ft -ir (kbr disk, cm -1 ) 3362 (n-h), 2920, 2839 (c-h aliph.), 1620 (c=o, amide), 1610 (c=n), 1255, 1026 (c-o-c); 1 h nm r (dm so-d6, 300 m hz , δ) 8.29-8.22 (t, 1h, nh), 8.17-8.11 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.88-7.81 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.23-7.18 (dd, 2h, ar.h), 7.097.02 (dd, 2h, ar.h) 3.87 (s, 3h, och3 att ached to p henyl-oxadiazole), 3.81 (s, 3h, och3 att ached to benzamide), 3.79-3.82 (d, 2h, ch2). anal. calcd. for c20h17n5o5s (439 g/mol): c, 54.67; h, 3.87; n, 15.94. found: c, 54.71; h, 3.89; n, 15.98. acknowledgme nt we thank m r. m ohanad h. m . m asad (al al-bayt university , jordan) for being help ful about doing the 1 h nm r sp ectra and m rs. zainab k. m ohammed jawad (al-m ust ansiriy a university , chem. dep t.) about doing the ft -ir sp ectra. also we are very grateful to dr. selma a. abbass (al-m ust ansiriy a university , chem. dep t.) for p erforming the biological exp eriments. refe rences 1. hill, j.(1984)"1,3,4-oxadiazoles in comp rehensive heterocyclic chemistry " katrizky , a. r., ress, c. w., pergamon p ress: oxford, new york, toronto, sy dney, paris and frankfurt, 6: 427. 2. m aillard, j.; vincent, m .; m orin, r.and benard, m . (1962) hy p notic and sedative drug, 2-(o-hy droxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadizole french patent m 379, chem. abstr.. 57:15251. 3. vousooghi, a. n.; tabatabai, s. a.; eezadeh, a. k.and shafiee, a. (2007) sy nthesis, ant iconvulsant and m uscle relaxant activities of subst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4thiadiazole and 1,2,4-triazole acta. chim. slov. 54: 317. 4. m ishra, l., said, m . k. it okawa, h. takey a, k. (1995) bioorg. m ed. chem, antitumor and ant imicrobial activities of fe(ii)/fe(iii) complexes derived from some heterocy clic compounds 3 (9) :1241. 5. kennedy, d. and summers, l. (1981) reduction pot ential and herbicidal activity of 4,4-(1,3,4-thiadiazole-2,5-diyl)-and4,4-(1,3,4-oxadiazole-2,5-diy l)bis(1m ethy lpy ridinium)diiodides. j. heterocyclic chem. xiv 409. 6. girges, m . m . arz neim-forsch, (1994) sy nthesis and pharmacological evalution of novel series of sulfonate-est er containing 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives with ant icipated hy p oglycimic activity . drug res. 44, 490. 7. xia, j.; lu, h.; gui,y. and zu, x. (2002) sy nthesis, fungicidal activity , and 3dqsar of py ridazinone-subst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole. j. agric. food chem, 50:3757. 8. suman, p. and bahel, s. c. (1979) 5-subst itut ed-1,3,4-oxadiazoles and related compounds as possible fungicides. j. indian chem. soc, 56 :712. 9. tashfeen, a. ;shahid, h.; najim, a. ;roberta, l.and paolo, l. c. (2005) in vitro ant itumor and ant iviral activities of new benzot hiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole-2thione derivatives. acta. pharm. 58:135. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 10. hodogaya, chemical co., ltd., jp n. tokky o koho, 8027.042, (1980) chem. abstr. 1980, 93: 232718g. 11. jai, f. w.; ghassan, e. j.; eugene, a. m . ;jeff, a. ;yadong, z.; paul, a. l.; neal, r. a. p. and nasser, bernard, k. (1999) oxadiazole m etal complex for organic lightemitt ing diodes. adv. m ater .11:15, 1266. 12. parra, m . ;hidalgo, p.; carrasco, e.; barbera, j. and silvino, l. (2006) new 1,2,4and 1,3,4-oxadiazole m aterials: sy nthesis, m esomorphic and luminescence prop erties. liquid cryst al, . 33( 8): 875. 13. dere, e. and polat, f. (2001) t he effect of paraquat on the activity of some enzy mes in different t issues of m ice (m us m usculus-swiss albino). turk j. biol. 25:323. 14. al-talib, m . ,tastoush, h. and odeh, n. (1990) a convenient sy nthesis of alky l and ary l subst itut ed bis-1,3,4-oxadiazoles. sy nth. commun. 20:1811. 15. theocharis, a. b. and alexandrou, n. e. (1990) sy nthesis and sp ectral data of 4,5bis[5-aryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl]-1-benzy l-1,2,3-triazole.j.heterocy clic chem. 27:1685. 16. carlsen, p. h. j.and jorgensen, k. b. (1994) j. heterocy clic chem. sy nthesis of unsy mmetrically subst itut ed 4h-1,2,4-triazoles. j. heterocy clic chem. 31: 805. 17. brown, p. ;best , d. j.; broom, n. j. p.; cassels, r.; o , hanlon, p. j.; m itchell, t. j. ;osborne, n. f. and wilson, j. m . (1997) the chemistry of pseudomonic acid. 18. heterocy clic replacment of the α,ß-unsaturated ester: sy nthesis, m olecular m odelling, and antibacterial activity . j. m ed. chem. 40: 2563. 18. liras, s. ;allen, m . p. and segestein, b. e. (2000) sy nth. commun. a m ild m ethod for the prep aration of 1,3,4-oxadiazoles: triflic anhy dride promoted cy clization of diacy lhydrazines. 30:437. 19. feray, a.; zuhal, t.; nuket, o. and safiy a, s. (2002) sy nthesis and electronic structure of new ary land alky lsubst itut ed 1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thione derivatives. j. m ed. chem. 26:159. 20. kop arir, m . ;cetin, a. and cansiz, a. (2005) 5-furane-2yl[1,3,4]oxadiazole-2-thiol, 5-furan-2y l-4h[1,2,4] triazole-3-thiol and their thiol-thione tautomerism. j. m ed. chem. 10:475. 21. sebast iao, j. m .; ant onio, d. s.; heron, l. l.and srivast ava, r. m . (1998) sy nthesis of some 3-ary l-1,2,4-oxadiazoles carrying a prot ected l-alanine side chain. j. m ed. chem. 19(5):465. 22. brian, s. f. ; antony , j. h. ;peter,w. g. s. and austin,r. t. (1989)vogel , s: practical organic chemistry , 5 th ed., longman scientific technical, new york, , p 1077. 23. tsoleridis, c. a. ;charistos, d. a. ;vagenas, g. v. (1997). uv and m o study on the dep rotonation of some 2-ary l-δ 2 -1,3,4-oxadiazole-5-thiones. j. heterocy clic chem 34:1715. 24. horning, m uchowski, (1972) five-membered heterocy clic thiones. part i. 1,3,4oxadiazole-2-thione. can. j. chem. 50: 3079. 25. oz turk, s. ;akkurt, m .; cansiz, a. ;cetin, a. ;sekerci, m .and heinemann, f. w. (2004) 5-(furan-2-y l)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2(3h)-thione. acta. cryst . e. e60 o322. 26. l. s. ibrahimi, (1989) m .sc thesis, university of baghdad, college of education ibn al-haitham, baghdad, iraq. 27. steiger, r. e. (1944). benzolation of amino acids. j. org. chem 9: 396. 28. saty anarayna,u. (2003) biochemistry 2 nd ed. books and allied (p) ltd, india, pp 9195. 29. reitman,s. and frankel, s. (1957) path. a colorimetric m ethod for the determination of serum glutamic oxalacetic and glutamic py ruvic transaminases. am. j. clin. 28, 56. 30. persijn, van der silk (1976) j. chem. clin. biochem. a new m ethod for the determination of gamma-glutamyltransferase. 4, 421. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 31. linweaver, h. burke, d. (1934) the determination of enzy me dissociation const ants. j. am. chem. soc. 56: 658. 32. smith,p. a. (1946) organic reactions 3: 366. table (1): the effect of different concentrations of comp. (7) on the activity of got, gpt and γ-gt enz ymes in human serum. no. conc. [m] got activity u/l activation % gpt activity u/l activation % γ-gt activity u/l inhibition % 1 0 17 0.000 16 0.000 6.545 0.000 2 10 -2 79 36 4.705 64 30 0.000 1.303 0.000 3 10 -3 30 76.470 20 25.000 2.618 20.000 4 10 -4 29 70.580 18 12.500 5.236 60.000 5 10 -5 24 41.176 17 6.250 6.545 80.000 table (2): the ki ne tic propertie s of got, gpt and γ-gt with comp. (7) en z ymes kma p (m) vma p (u/l) ki (m) type of effect got 10 0 50 0.0129 noncompet it ive gp t 40 0 50 0.02 noncompetit ive γgt 1 0.256 0.000263 noncompetit ive ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 fig ure 1. 1h nmr sp ectrum of compou nd 3 fig ure 2. 1h nmr spectrum of co mpo und 4 fig ure 3. 1h nmr sp ectrum of compou nd 5 fig ure 4. 1h nmr sp ectrum of co mpo und 6 figure 5. 1h nmr sp ectrum of compo un d 7 fig ure 6. (a) the relat ionship b etw een co nc. of co mpo und (7) and got enzyme activity . (b) the relat ionship b etw een con c. ocompo und (7) and gp t enzyme acti vity. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 figure 7. (a) the percentag e of activ ation got enzyme figure 8. (a) the relationship betw een co nc. of and co mpou nd (7) conc. compoun d(7) and ggt enzyme activity. (b) the percen tage of acti vation gp t enzyme (b) the percen tage of acti vation ggt and compo und (7) con c. en zyme and compo und (7) conc. figure 9. lineweaver-burk plots for comp. (7) effects o n (a) go t, (b) gp t and (c) gg t ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد فعالیة بعض فيتحضیر تأثیر حلقتي االوكسادیازول الحاویة على الكالیسین وتشخیصھا ودراستھا االنزیمات الناقلة ،زیاد حسین جواد القیسي * ،عالء حسین جواد القیسيایفان حمید روئیل تومي الجامعة المستنصریةالكیمیاء ،كلیة العلوم ، قسم جامعة النھرین قسم الكیمیاء ،كلیة العلوم ،* الجامعة المستنصریة قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة العلوم ، الخالصة -n-{5-[5اوكسـادیازول ومركـب الكالیسـین -4,3,1في هذا البحث حضر مركب جدید یحتوي على حلقتـین مـن (4-methoxy p henyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl-sulfany l]-1,3,4 oxadiazole-2-yl-methy l}-4methoxy benzamide .وطیــف االشــعة تحـت الحمــراء وطیــف ،طة التحلیــل الــدقیق للعناصـراشـخص هــذا المركــب بوسـ فعالیــة بعــض فــيقة كــذلك صــممت هــذه الدراســة لبیــان تــاثیر حلقتــي االوكســادیازول الملتصــ. الــرنین النــووي المغناطیســي ووجــد ان هـذا المركـب قــام بتنشـیط فعالیـة االنزیمــات . فــي مصـل الـدم got ،gpt ،ggt :مثـل ،االنزیمـات الناقلـة got وgpt بینما كان تاثیره مثبطا لفعالیة االنزیمggt . فعالیـة االنزیمـات تـزداد بزیـادة فيووجد ان هذه التاثیرات الزیادة والنقصان في الفعالیة الحیاتیة لهذه االنزیمات بوجود هذا المركـب نوقشـت بالتفصـیل ان . تركیز مركب االوكسادیازول . في هذا البحث ihjpas microsoft word 206-220 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|206    synthesis, characterization and thermal study of some transition metal complexes derived from quinoxaline2,3-dione taghreed m. musa taghreedmohya@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq taghreedmohya@yahoo.com mahmoud najim a. al-jibouri mahmoud_inor71@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq bayader fadhil abbas bayaderfadhil@gmail.com  dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of mustansiriyah abstract the present paper describes the synthesis and structural studies of new transition metal complexes of cobalt(ii), nickel(ii), copper(ii) and cadmium(ii) with two bi dentate ligands derived from quinoxaline-2,3-dione. the two ligands were fully identified by elemental analyses, ft-ir, nmr and uv-visible spectra. the metal complexes of co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and cd(ii) were isolated in the solid state after reactions of their metal chlorides with the ligands in 2:1 mole ratio. the isolated solid metal complexes were characterized with the help of elemental analyses, nmr, ft-ir and uv-visible spectra. as well as the thermal stability of the coordinated quinoxaline polymers were tested by tg-dsc analysis and it is found that cleavage of terminal moiety was investigated, the strong coordinated bonds between oxygen donor atoms in l1 while nitrogen donor atoms of quinoxaline ring in the l2 with the metal ions. furthermore, the thermal stability of cobalt(ii), nickel(ii), copper(ii) and cd(ii) complexes were screened by tg-dsc analysis and the results helped us in the investigation of the proposed structure of the prepared complexes in the formula [m(l)2cl2].xh2o and [cd(l)2]cl2 where l= l1 and l2 ligands derived from quinoxaline2,3-dione. keywords: coordination polymers, transition metal copolymers, inorganic polymers of quinoxaline. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|207    1. introduction most of coordination polymers formed with heterocyclic derivatives [1-3] belongs to organic-inorganic hybrid materials. the variety of their structures leads to one of functional performances and thus the studies on them have aroused interest. the involvement of bridge ligands in the skeletal of metal complexes of pyrazine moiety may have affected on the physical properties of coordination polymers [4]. however, the polymers involving quinoxaline moiety have been interested in the field of diodes and semiconductors [5]. the significant research efforts have been devoted to the synthesis of these new versions of conjugated polymers [6-8]. as well as the development of chelation of transition elements of the first row with poly dentate ligands of quinoxaline have introduced novel applications in the bioinorganic chemistry [10]. recently, the introduction of secondary nitrogencontaining ligands into the metal-carboxylate system has been of interest not only because the use of mixed components can lead to novel structural features and interesting properties but also to make the construction process more controllable than with only a single ligand [11,12]. however, syntheses involving mixed ligands are more difficult due to the different solubility of mixed organic ligands and the competition between different organic ligands for the metal [13]. 2. experimental material and methods elemental microanalysis (c.h.n) was performed on, euro vector e a 3000 a, al al bayt university (jordan). the ftir spectra of the solid compounds were done on a (shimadzu) ft-ir-8400s spectrophotometer. solid samples were run at al-mustansiriyah university. the1h -nmr was recorded in dmso using a ultra-shield bruker 300-mhz spectrometer at al-bayt university (jordan). the mass spectra were done on gc ms –qp 2010 vltra at department of chemistry, college of science al-mustansiriyah university. the electronic spectra of the ligands and its complexes in various solvents (0.001m) were recorded on a shimadzu uv-vis spectrophotometer at al-mustansiriya university. the molar conductance of complexes was measured on hana conductivity meter in dmso. tg and dsc (differential scanning colurimetry) thermo grams in different ranges were carried out at (r.t) heating rate = 10c0/ min (linseis sta pt-1000) were run in college of education for pure science \ibn-haitham. the metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption measurements were performed by using the instrument analytic jena / a spect ls /fl 1.3.0.0, a bnsina center, ministry of industry. magnetic moment for a prepared complex in the solid state at room temperature were measured according to faraday’s method using: auto magnetic susceptibility balance sherwood scientific. almustansiriyah university. the chloride content for complexes were determined by mohr’s method. mass spectra were performed using the instrument: gc ms –qp 2010 vltra, almustansiriyah university. purity of products was detected using t lc techniques using a mixture of chloroforms: methanol (4:1 v/v), and ethyl acetate: methanol (3:2 v/v), and iodine chamber for spot location. the metal chloride cocl2ꞏ6h2o, nicl2ꞏ6h2o, cucl2ꞏ2h2o and cdcl2.2h2o, were provided from sigma-aldrich company (uae), 1, 4-phenylenediamine and solvents were supplied from fluka company in 99% purity. all other chemicals used were of annular grade. the thermal analyses were scanned with differential scanning calorimetric (dsc) on sta pt-1000 lenses company/germany. the measurement was conducted at a heating rate 100c /min. the samples were recorded at ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|208    laboratories of college of education for pure science\ ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. synthesis of the compound [ diethyl 2,2'-(2,3-dioxo-2,3dihydroquinoxaline-1,4-diyl) diacetate] [b] a solution of (1.6g, 0.0126 mole) 1,4 –di hydro quinoxaline in (20 ml) koh (10%) [10gm koh dissolved in 100ml ethanol] was added with stirring. then (1.5g, 0.026 mole) ethyl chloro acetate was added drop wise. the reaction mixture was heating and stirring overnight on water bath, the grey precipitate washed several times with cold and derided to yielded 65% with melting point (122-124 0c), scheme 1. o o nh nh + oo ch3 cl ethyl chloroacetate1,4-dihydroquinoxaline-2,3-dione oo nnh o o ch3 ethyl (2,3-dioxo-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-1(2h)-yl)acetate scheme (1): synthesis of [b]. synthesis [4-aminophenyl 2,2(2,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydroquinoxaline-1,4 diyl)diactemide] the mixture of precursor [b] (1.3g, 0.0038mole) and (0.4g, 0.0038mole) 1,4 phenylendiamine in 25 ethanol were heated under reflux for 6 hours. the predicate was filtered, washed with water, dried and recrystallized from ethanol, scheme 2. o o n n h o o c h 3 + n h 2 n h 2 n h nh 2 o o n n h o scheme (2): synthesis of 4-aminophenyl 2,2 -(2,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydroquinoxaline-1,4diyl) diactemide] synthesis of complexes a solution of ligand (0.5g, 0.00109mole) in ethanol (25 ml). the added solution of [cocl2.6h2o (0.129 g, 0.00054 mole), nicl2.6h2o (0.129 g, 0.00054mole), cucl2.2h2o (0.093 g, 0.0019 mole), and cdcl2.2h2o (0.82g, 0.00109mole] were stirring to refluxed at water bath for 2-3 hours. the isolated precipitates were filtered, dried recrystallized from ethanol and washing the complexes from di ethyl ether scheme 3. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|209    m cl 2 .xh 2 o c 2 h 5 oh o nh n o o n h n h 2 c l c l m n h o n h n h 2 n o o n h o n hnh 2 n o o cl 2 n h o n h n h 2 n o o n h o n hnh 2 n o o cd m=co(ii),z=1, ni(ii), cu(ii).z=0 cdcl 2 .2h 2 o zh 2 o scheme (3): synthesis of metal complexes with l1 ligand. synthesis of l2 ligand the ligand l2 was prepared by refluxing 1 mmole of 1,2-diaminoethane with 1 mmole of diethyl 2,2'-(2,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydroquinoxaline-1,4-diyl) diacetate in absolute ethanol and after completion of reaction for 3 hours, the vaporization of half of original volume, the pale yellow crude was filtered off, washed several periods with ethanol and petroleum ether to afford pure precipitate of the ligand l2, scheme 4. + nh2 nh2 n nh ch 2 o o o o ch3 nh2 nh n nh ch 2 o o o scheme (4): synthesis of l2 ligand. synthesis of metal complexes with l2 ligand: the metal complexes with l2 ligand were prepared as the same method established in item 2.4 except the changing in the weights of ligand and metal salts, scheme ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|210    n h 2 n h on o o n h mcl 2 .xh 2 o c 2 h 5 oh . reflex cdcl 2 .2h 2 o m= co(ii), z= 2, ni (ii), z =1, x=6 m= cu(ii), x=2 ,z=0 h 2 n n n n c h 2 oo o m nh 2nn n c h 2 o o o c lc l h 2 n n h n n c h 2 oo o nh 2n hn n c h 2 o o o cd cl 2 z. h 2 o scheme (5): synthesis of [m(l2)2cl2] complexes 3. results and discussion the physical properties and the elemental analyses of the prepared ligands and their metal complexes are listed in table (1). the founding presents of chn values of the prepared compounds are in agreement with the theoretical values then confirm the expected structures. the metal complexes in dmso solutions showed molar conductance in the region (19-73) ohm-1.cm2.mol-1 indicating that all complexes were neutral except cadmium (ii) complexes which were electrolytes due to the presence of chloride species as counter ions in the structure of their structures [16]. as well as the metal estimation measured via faas indicated formula of complexes and the molar ratio 2:1 (l:m) in all metal complexes. the results obtained from flame atomic absorption spectroscopy for all solid complexes formed with the two ligands of quinoxaline) indicate the proper mole ratio 2:1. ft-ir spectra study the ft-ir spectra of quinoxaline-2,3-dione derivatives (a) and (b) exhibited absorptions in the 1653-1734cm-1 and 1630-1590 cm-1 absorptions which are attributed to the esteric ν-c=o and ν-hc=ch-, ν-hc=nof pyrazine ring, table (2). the l1 exhibited strong bands around 1660 and 1600 cm-1 assigning to vibration modes of carbonyl and immine respectively [13,14]. as well as the appearance of medium absorptions around 3200-3300 cm-1 confirms the stretching of amino –nh2moiety. the remarkable changes in these functional groups in the ir spectra of complexes to (1640-1654) and (1585-1610) cm-1 confirms the coordination of such active sites with the metal ions. in addition to the weak bands around 3074, 2960-2877 cm-1 and 780-900 cm-1 could be due to the vibration of -c-h and c-n[17] of pyrazine moiety ring respectively. the appearance of new absorptions in the regions (1070-1093), (1330-1381), and (1616-1577) cm-1 assigning to νnh2 , ν-c=o, and ν-c=n modes respectively thereby support the ring closure to afford the quinoxaline ring. the infra-red spectra of the metal complexes formed with the two ligands exhibited significant variations in the modes of –nhand –c=o in the ranges 3200-3300 cm-1 and 1650-1640 cm-1 respectively. furthermore, the new bands appeared around 400460 and 477-590 cm-1 could be assigned to m-o and m-n bonds respectively. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|211    nmr study the 1h nmr of the two ligands were shown in figures (1,2) where the variable peaks around (8.30.1-7.9), (8. 5-8.90) and (9.02-9.253) ppm were assigned to the resonance of aromatic and pyrazine protons in the structure of two ligand l1. furthermore, the absorptions around (2.20-3.74), (4.02-4.70) and (5.20-8.20) ppm may be ascribed to spincoupling methylene –ch2-ch2moiety, -nhand the aromatic ar-h protons respectively in the structure of l2 ligand [13,18]. uv-visible spectra the electronic spectra of the ligands l1, l2 and their solution metal complexes were recorded in ethanol and dmso solutions. the quinoxaline base ligand l1 exhibits an absorption around and in the 220 nm region assigning to the * transition which is remained in the spectra of all complexes. the peaks around 290 and 350 nm are assigned to nπ* transitions of (-c=n-, -c=c) groups and intra-ligand charge transfer[15].the electronic spectra of cobalt(ii) complex in dmso solution exhibited spin-allowed d-d transitions at 650 and 550nm assigning to the 4t1g→ 4t2g and 4t1g → 4t1g(p) transitions respectively, indicating the octahedral geometry around cobalt(ii) ion [19]. moreover, the pale green solution of nickel(ii) complexes in dmso showed a spin-allowed peak around 700-670 nm and two intense peaks around 280 and 218 nm which are assigned to 3a2g → 3t2g and intra-ligand charge transfer which is overlapped with π-π* respectively supporting an octahedral environment around nickel(ii) ion. however, the brownish solution of copper (ii) complexes displayed shoulder band in the visible region definitely around 790-835 nm that are assigned to 2b1g→2a1g transition. as well as the high energy bands in the region 400-390 nm could be ascribed to the overlapping of the resolute d-d transition of the2b1g→2eg type with lmct transition due to the pi bonding of imine moiety of quinoxaline that has been bonded to the central metal ion. the solutions of cadmium (ii) complexes in dmso (10-3 m) recorded high intensity peaks around 390-310 and 210-244 nm which are concerning with the transitions of π-π* , benzopyrazine bands and ligand to metal charge transfer respectively[17,19]. the magnetic moments of the solid complexes were measured by farady’s method at 300 k0 and the values observed for copper(ii) and nickel(ii) complexes were (1.65-1.80) and (2.80-2.76 ) bm which fall in the expected of one and two odd electrons for d9 and d8 configurations [20]. however, the increased magnetic susceptibility of cobalt(ii) complexes in the (4.75-4.85) bm region supporting the octahedral geometry around co(ii) ion due to orbital contribution, table (3). mass spectra: the figures (3,4) shows the mass spectra of the two ligands, hence, supports the molecular formula of their proposed structures. the mass spectra of the ligand (l1), showed the parent ion peak at (m/z =311) which corresponded to [m-]. other characteristic peaks were assigned to the fragments shown in scheme (6). the mass spectra of ligand l2 illustrates the parent ion peak at at m/z= 262 as the most stable species detected the other peaks detected 236, 174, 120 correspond to [c11 h14 n3 o3]+ ,[c9 h7 n2 o2]and [c7h8 n2] respectively. the proposed fragment ion pattern is out line in figure (4). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|212    n h nh 2 o o n n h o n h nh 2 n n . o o -nh 2 , c=o -44 m/z= 311 m/z=266 . n nnh o m/ z =239 -nh 2 , 2 (c= o) -72 o n n h o o m/z =204.4 -106 c 6 h 6 n 2 o n . n . o m/z=159.2 45n . n . m/z=104 -56 2( -c=o) + c 2 h 5 o scheme (6): other synthesis thermal analysis: the thermal degradation of cobalt(ii) of l1 ligand and nickel(ii) of l2 complexes was studied by thermo gravimetric analysis (tg) from ambient temperature to 600 °c. while the thermal degradation of nickel(ii) and copper(ii) of ligand [l1] and cobalt(ii) of [l2] ligand at 3550c. the data from the thermo gravimetric analysis clearly indicated that the decomposition of the complexes proceeds in four or five steps. the losing of hydrated water molecules was investigated from the exothermic peak around 50 250 °c temperature hence, the formation of copper oxide cuo was residue above 600 °c, figure (5,6). for these complexes, the removal of water can proceed in one or two steps [17,18]. all complexes lost hydration water between 50 and 120 °c, and then the coordinated water molecule was lost above ≥200°. the decomposition was complete at 350-600 °c for all complexes. furthermore, the dsc analysis of nickel(ii) complexes showed the stability of complexes in inert helium gas and the peaks as exothermic were very important to estimate some thermodynamic terms like entropy, enthalpy and gibbs-free energy [18,21]. the activation energy e* of the thermal behavior of the copper (ii), and nickel (ii) complexes, figures (5-9). the in the different stages is in the range of 31.14–333.95 kjmol‒1 may agree with their stability in air and their spontaneous preparation in the solid state. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|213    table (1): physical properties and elemental analysis of the prepared ligand l1and l2 and their metal complexes. compound mwt colour m.p. 0c elemental analysis (found) calculate % 10-3m dmsoλ ohm-1cm2 mol-1 c h n m cl l1 (c16h14n4o3) 310 beige 198 (60.69) 61.93 (4.21) 4.55 (18.4) 18.06 [co(l1) cl2] h2o (c32h30n8o7cl2 co) 768 red brown >300dec (49.53) 50.01 (3.78) 3.93 (14.69) 14.58 (8.72) 7.67 (8.56) 9.23 41 [ni (l1)2cl2] (c32h28n8o6cl2 ni) 768 dark green >272dec (48.75) 51.23 (3.73) 3.76 (15.22) 14.94 (8.38) 7.82 (9.11) 9.45 36 [cu (l1)2cl2] (c32h28n8o6cl2 cu) 755 dark red >290 dec (49.02) 50.90 (4.21) 3.74 (14.92) 14.84 (8.39) 8.42 (9.23) 9.39 22 [cd (l1)2] cl2 (c32h28n8o6 cl cd) 803 beige >300 dec (46.12 ) 47.81 (3.18) 3.51 (14.23 ) 13.94 (13.08) 13.98 (7.88) 8.82 73 l2 (c12h14n4o3) 262 brown 175-177 (53.32) 54.96 (4.89) 5.38 (22.91) 21.36 [co (l2)2cl2]2h2o 688 red brown >300 (43.44) 41.87 (4.02) 4.39 (17.85) 16.28 (8.24) 8.56 (9.19) 10.30 68 [ni(l2)2cl2]h2o (c24h26n8o7cl2ni) 670 olive 298dec (43.28) 43.02 (3.78) 4.21 (17.02 ) 16.72 ( 8.07) 8.76 ( 9.43) 10.58 29 [cu(l2)2cl2] (c24h26n8o8cl2cu) 656 pale green 290dec (43.09) 43.88 (3.99 ) 3.99 (17.29 ) 17.06 (8.32 ) 9.67 (9.78 ) 10.79 19 [cd(l2)2] cl2 (c24h26n8o8cl2cd) 705 beige 300dec (39.74) 40.84 (3.25) 3.71 (15.98) 15.88 (14.28) 15.93 (9.58) 10.05 69 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|214    br=broad, m=medium, sh.=shoulder,s=strong and w=weak. table (2): ir spectra of the ligands (l1,l2) and their metal complexes. νm-cl ν (m=o) ν (m-n) ν (c-n) νar-(c=c) ν(c=n) ν(c=o) νoh, ν(nh) compound - 1251(s) 1685 16301590(sh.) 1734 (s) 1653(s) 3392(sh), 3227(m) a -- 1302-1284(s) 1575 1600 1660(s) 3352(m), 3171 l1 360(w) 510(w) 1310-1240(m) 1599 1615 1640 3553(br), 3184(sh) [co(l1)2cl2]h2o 280320(w) 617(w) 1298(m) 1583 1600(sh) 1649 3454(br),3246 (sh) [nil1(h2o)2]cl2 376(m) 630(w) 1294(m) 1554 1585 (s) 1650 3454(br), 3272(m) [cul1cl2] 359(w) 602(w) 1294(s) 1584 1610(s) 1654 3530 (br), 3302(m) [cdl1]cl2 ---1319 1554 1654, 1635 3302(sh)3213 l2 -- 639 1278 1562 1591 1633 3530(br.) 3302 [co(l2)2cl2]2h2o 389 -- 656 1261 1552 1597 1627 3477(br), 3319 -- [ni(l2)2cl2] h2o - 603 1280 1593sh 1593(sh) 1645 3373(sh) 3209 [cu(l2)2cl2] h2o ----626 1298 1529 1597 1649 3522(br), 3522 [cdl2]cl2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|215    figure (1): h nmr spectra of l1 in dmso-d6 solvent. table ( 3) :uv-visible absorptions, molar conductivity and magnetic moments of the prepared complexes compounds band position λ max (nm) wave number ʋ cm-1 extinction coefficient dm3mol-1cm-1 assignment µ b.m. l1 324 247 30864 40485 800 1300 nπ* π π* [co(l1)2 cl2] h2o 672 420 354 238 14880 23809 28248 42016 90 120 820 600 4t2g4a2g 4t2g4a1g lmct 4.80 [ni(l1)2 cl2] 760 420 320 277 13157 23809 31250 36101 120 200 450 1180 3a1g3t1g 3a1g3t2g lmct 2.80 [cu(l1)2 cl2] 510 382 291 19607 26178 34364 500 800 2000 2a1g2b2g 2a1g2b1g lmct 1.80 [cd(l1)2] cl2 428 370 23364 27027 210 700 lmct lf 0.00 l2 346 266 28901 37593 900 1000 nπ* π π* [co(l2)2 cl2]2h2o 610 460 386 276 16129 21739 25907 36231 190 200 400 1700 3a1g3t1g 3a1g3t2g lmct lf 4.70 [ni(l2)2 cl2] h2o 620 390 370 16129 25641 27027 200 280 600 3a2g3t2g 3a2g3t1g lmct 2.75 [cu(l2)2 cl2] 580 370 290 16949 27027 34482 120 500 2000 2a1g2b2g 2a1g2b1g lmct 1.65. [cd(l2)2] cl2 405 380 24691 26315 1000 1200 lmct lf 0.00 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|216    figure (2): h nmr spectra of l2 in dmso-d6 solvent. figure( 3):mass spectra of l1 ligand. figure (4): mass of l2 ligand. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|217    figure (5): tg, dsc and dtg diagram of [co(l1)2 cl2] h2o. figure (6): tg diagram of [cu(l1) 2cl2] h2o ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|218    figure (7): dsc diagram of [cu(l1)2 cl2] figure (8): tg diagram of [co(l2)2cl2]. h2o ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|219    figure (9): tg, dtg and dsc diagrams of [ni(l2)2cl2].h2o .   4. conclusions the results obtained from elemental analyses, ft-ir, nmr and uv-visible spectra for the two ligands l1, l2 of quinoxaline-2,3-dione and their metal complexes with cobalt(ii), nickel(ii), copper(ii), zinc(ii) and cadmium(ii) have confirmed their expected structures and the data observed for metal complexes through tg-dtg and dsc assigned the thermal stability in addition to support the molecular weights of the prepared compounds. the proposed geometry of the prepared complexes is shown in scheme 5. acknowledgement      we appreciate the efforts of chemistry department, college of science, university of mustansiriyah for facilitating of analysis of ft-ir, uv-visible spectra and the measurements of magnetic susceptibility. also we are so thankful for the members working in -college of education for pure science\ ibn-al-haitham on the tg-dta analyses. references [1]. r. m. acheson, “an introduction to the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds, 3, 122. 1989 [2]. r.r., gupta; v. gupta, and m. kumar, “hetrocyclic chemistry, benzofused sixmembered aromatic hetrocycles” springer, germany, 47, 100-103. 1998 [3]. d.j. brown, primary syntheses, quinoxalines: supplement ii, chemistry of heterocyclic compounds, john wiley & sons, inc, 61,1-29. 2004 [4]. c. m. fitchett and p.j., steel, chiral heterocyclic ligands. metal complexes of a pyrazine ligand derived from camphor, arakivoc,3, 218-225. 2006 [5]. m. yohannes. “synthesis and characterization of metal complexes of a new heterocyclic ligand”. ph.d.thesis, addis ababa university ,2006 [6]. s. budagumpi; n.v. kulkarni; g.s kurdekar,.; m.p sathisha,.; v.k. revankar. eur.med.chem., 45,455-462. 2010 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https:// doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1794 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|220    [7]. mayadevi; s.yusuff, k.k.m. synthesis and reactivity in inorganic and metalorganic chemistry., 27, 319-324. 1997 [8]. v. k. naveen; s. k. gurunath; b.srinivasa; k. vidyanand; k. revankar and m. hugar,” transition metal complexes of thiosemicarbazone with quinoxaline hub: an emphasis on antidiabetic property” med.chem.res.,21,663-671. 2012 [9]. n.a. mahmoud, eur.chem.bull. 2014,3(4), 384-389. [10]. e. afnan, abdul.munim, m.sc. thesis, mustansiriya university, college of science,2013. [11]. i.k., chung; j.h. kim; s.w. kim, and g.e. lee, , identification of a quinoxaline derivative that is a potent telomerase inhibitor leading to cellular senescence of human cancer cells.biochem. j, 373, 523-529. , 2003 [12]. a. mahmoud; m.k.youssef, "use of modern technique for synthesis of quinoxaline derivatives as potential anti-virus compounds" der pharma chemica, , 4(3), 1323-1329. 2012 [13]. f. knusel; a. rosselet, and w. suter, mode of action of quindoxin and substituted quinoxaline-di-n-oxides on escherichia coli, antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy, ,13(5), 770-778. 1978 [14]. p. j. chac sadler and z. gua, "metals in medicine", 1st ed., angew chem. int. (1999).ón-garcía, l. and martínez, m., the search of dna-intercalators as antitumoral drugs: what it worked and what did not work, current medicinal chemistry, 12, 127133. 2005 [15]. m.c. deleuze ; g. moarbess; s. khier; n. david; p. s. gayraud; f.bressolle,; f.pinguet and p.a. bonnet, “new imidazo [1, 2-a]quinoxaline derivatives: synthesis and in vitro activity against human melanoma”. eur j med chem. 2009, 44, 3406–3411. [16]. y. c. wu and w. f. koch, “absolute determination of electrolytic conductivity for primary standard kcl solutions from 0 to 50 8c”, j. soln. chem. 1991, 20 (4), 391-401. [17].nv. kulkarni; gs. hegde; gs kurdekar; s. budagumpi and mp. sathisha; revankar vk.spectroscopy, electrochemistry, and structure of 3d-transition metal complexes of thiosemicarbazones with quinoline core: evaluation of antimicrobial property. spectrosc lett 2010, 43, 235-246. [18]. jc. bailar; hj. emeleus; sr. nyholm; dickenson aft." comprehensive inorganic chemistry". pergamon press, newyork,pp. 1975,3-12. [19]. m. sebastian; v. arun; p.p. robinson; p. leeju; d. varghese; g. varsha; k.k.m. yusuff and j.coord.chem.63, ,307-313. 2010 [20]. m. sebastian; v. arun; p.p. robinson; a.a. varghese; r. abraham; e. suresh and k.k.m. yusuff. polyhedron, 29,3014-2020. 2010 [21]. f.a. cotton and g. wilkinson, “advanced inorganic chemistry, 4th edn. interscience publishers, new york, ,7,16-721. 1980 [22]. s. mayadevi; k.k.m. yusuff. synthesis and reactivity in inorganic and metalorganic chemistry, 27, 319-325. 1997 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 study o f the optical properties for zns thin film irradiated by co2 laser a. s.jassim ,n. a.dahham, m.sh.marie departme nt of physics, college of science , unive rsity of tik rit abstract in this study zns thin film was p repared by using thermal evap oration vacuum technique under the p ressure (10 -6 ) torr on glass substrate at room temp erature and annealing at 523 k samp les were irradiated to co2 laser of p ower (1 watt) and wave length (10.6) μm at distance 10 cm from the source during (5 sec). the absorbance sp ectra was recorded by using uv-visible sp ectrop hotometer and used to calculated some of op tical p rop erties invest igated includin g their transmittance, reflectance sp ectra, energy gap, and extinction coefficient. from the result of thin films samples at room temp erature and at 523 k, we conclude that t he irradiation by laser causes a decrease in the transmittance and increasing in reflection and extinction coefficient and the irradiation leads to an increase in en ergy gap. introduction the thin film technique is one of imp ortant methods which is interested in the development and study of semiconductor material. the study of material p rop erties lead to draw att ention p hy sicians toward this technique, from the second half of seventeenths centaury, many of researches were taken out in the field [1, 2].in the nineteenth century there has been an imp rovement in the exp erimental p art of thin film [3, 4].the thin film is one lay er or many lay ers for sp ecific material in the range of tens nanometers thickness in some of micrometers [5]. m etal chalcogenides (sulfides, tellurides and selenides) are of great imp ortance for research because they are p otential candidates for op toelectronic app lication such as p hoto detectors, solar cells, and thin film transistors etc [6]. zinc sulphide is an imp ortant ii-vi group semiconductor with a large direct energy gap of (3.50-3.70) ev in the uv range, direct energy gap eg = 3.68 ev for bulk zns [7]. it is used as a key material for light emitt ing diodes and other op toelectronic devices such as electroluminescent disp lay s, cathodoluminescent disp lay s and multilayer dielectric filters. zns is highly suitable as a window lay er in hetrojunction p hotovoltaic solar cells; because the wide band decreases the window absorp tion loses and imp roves the short circuit current of the cell. in the area of op tics, zns can be used as a reflector, because of its high refractive index (2.35), and a dielectric filter because of its high transmittance, in the visible range [7, 8, and 9]. zns was st udied by m .y. nadeem and w. ahmed. they found that zns thin films grown here have energy gap in the range (3.51 -3.84 )ev and found that the refractive index increased for p repared thin film[ 10]. j.p. borah and k.c. sarma found that zns nanocry st alline films grown on glass substrates using pva as matrix ,also found that thin films wauld be p hotosensitive. the films kept in air adsorb oxy gen from air and they found that t heir resistance increases as observed from i/v characterist ics. sem st udy indicated a nanoparticle formation in thin film [9]. vipin kuma, , m .k. sharm, j. gau and t. p.sharm show that the energy gap of zns sintered film comes out to be 3.50 ev. the films of zns are found to be p olycryst alline in nature and have hexagonal wurt zite st ructure. it has been observed that the electrical resist ivity ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 and activation energy of zns comes out to be 0.370*10 5 ohm cm and 0.80 ev resp ectively. the conduction in zns film is through thermally activated process [7]. among molecular lasers, the co2 laser is of greatest p ractical imp ortance. the high level of efficiency with laser in which laser radiation can be generated in continuous wave (cw) and p ulse operation is its most fascinating feature. in atom and ion lasers, laser radiation is the result of the electron transitions close to the limit for single or double ionization. the infrared radiation of the co2 laser on the other hands is the result of the energy exchange between rotational vibrational levels within the electron ground level [11]. the objective of this research is to st udy the behavior of the material (zns) before the effect of laser radiation and what hap p en after irradiation by co2 laser experime ntal and theoretical part zns thin film was p repared by using thermal evap oration vacuum technique under the p ressure (10 -6 ) torr on glass substrate at room temp erature. thickness of the films has been carried out by weighting method and the measured thicknesses were about (300 nm) then the films were annealed at 523k by using electric oven. samp les were irradiated to co2 laser of p ower (1 watt) and wave length (10.6 μm) at distance (10 cm) from the source during (5 sec). the absorbance ad transmission sp ectra were recorded using uv-visible sp ectrop hotometer ty p e centra-5 in the range of wave length (180-1100) nm at room temp erature .some of op tical p rop erties was calculated from absorbance and transmittance sp ectra. the transmitt ance (t) was calculated from the relation[12]: t=log 1/a …………………………………. (1) where a is the absorbance. the reflection from the surface of the prepared thin films was calculated from the relation [12]: r=1-a-t…………………………………….. (2) the extinction coefficient k° was calculated from the relation [13]: k°=αλ/4π…………………………………….. (3) where λ is the wave length and α is absorp tion coefficient. the relation between the absorp tion coefficient and p hoton energy hυ is given by [14]: α hυ= a (hυ-eg±ep) n …………………………(4) where ep is p hoton energy and eg is the en ergy gap in a d irect t ransition and (n) is equal to 1/2. results and discussion 1. transmittance the plot of t ransmission data versus wave length (μm) is shown in figure (1). we can see the maximu m value for transmission at room temp erature before irradiation with co2 laser is 0.999% at wave len gth 0.184 μm that means at (uv) and the maximum value for transmission after irradiation with laser is 0.998% at t he wave len gth 0.4 μm (visible region) as shown in figure (2), so we can note the transmission is decreasing after irradiation with laser because laser causes to rearrange the atoms. figure (3) represents the transmittance as a function to wave length (μm) with annealing at 523k before irradiation with laser, so we note the maximum value of transmission is 0.9997% at the wave len gth 0.4 μm. we note a sm all incr ease in value of transmission before and after annealin g, the maximum v alue in transmittance happ ened in visible region, while f igure (4) represents the transmission as a function to wave length (μm) with annealing at 523 k after irradiation with laser and the maximum value for transmittance is 0.9999 % at the wave len gth 0.488 (μm). so we can note an increase in the transmittance value and shiftin g in wave length ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 because laser causes cryst al defect in the sa mple after irradiation ,this defect causes to increase the localized electronic st ates which increasin g the absorp tion and decreases the transmission . (2) re flectance figure (5) shows a plot of reflectance against wave length (μm) it can be noticed that t he maximu m value of reflectance before irradiation with laser at room temp erature is 0.033% at t he wave len gth 0.304 μm and after irradiation the maximum valu e is 0.058 % at the wave len gth 0.304 (μm) as shown in figure (6). and we note an in crease at reflection after irrad iation .we can exp lain this increase in the reflectance value because some of sub levels app eared in the crystal lattice for zns lattice. figure (7) shows t he reflectance as a function to wave length (μm) with annealing in 250 ° c before irradiation with co2 laser. in this p lot we note the maximum v alue for r eflectance is 0.0168 % at t he wave length 0.296 (μm) and figure (8) represents the reflectance as a function to wave len gth (μm) and the maximum value is 0.0137 % at the wave length 0.296 (μm), that is means the reflectance is decreasing after irradiation with laser .this decr ease may be happ ened because the transmittance was increased. 3 .extinction coefficient figure (9) shows the behavior of the extinction coefficient versus wave len gth (μm). it can be noticed that the maximu m valu e for extinction coefficient before irrad iation with laser is 0.000166 at the wave length 0.304 (μm) and after irrad iation the maximum v alue for extinction coefficient is 0.00031 at the same wav e length 0.304 (μm) as shown in figure (10) .this increasin g was h app ened because the absorp tion was increasing and the relation between the absorption coefficient and extinction coefficient is lin ear. figure (11) shows the extinction coefficient as a function of wave length (μm) with annealin g 250 ° c before irr adiation with laser the maximu m value is 7.97*10 -5 at t he wave len gth 0.296 (μm), and figure (12) represents to the extinction coefficient as a function of wave len gth (μm) with annealing in 250 ° c after irradiation with laser and the maximu m value is 6.47*10 -5 at the wave length 0.296 (μm). and we note the value for extinction coefficient is decreasin g after irradiation with laser because the relation b etween the absorp tion coefficient and extinction coefficient is linear. 4. energy gap a p lot of (αhυ)2 as a function of p hoto energy is show in figure (13) which represents t he direct op tical forbidden ener gy gap to allow direct electronic transmission at room temp erature before irradiation with laser and the value of this gap is 3.45 ev, and figur e (14) represents the direct op tical forbidden ener gy gap to allow direct electronic transmission at room temp erature after irradiation with laser and the valu e of this gap is 3.62 ev. this result coherent with theoretical direct ener gy gap[7] . we note the incr ease in ener gy gap valu e this increase in gap may be hap p ened because some of cryst al defects were ap p eared in cryst al lattice after irradiation with laser. these defect caused the increase of the density of localize st ates in the eg . figure (15) shaws the relation between (αhυ) 2 as a function of p hoton energy from this relation we calculated the value of ener gy gap in (ev) with annealin g in 250 ° c b efore irradiation with laser which equals to 4 ev. and figure (16) represents the relation b etween (αhυ) 2 as a function of p hoton energy from this relation we calculated the value of ener gy gap in (ev) with annealin g in 250 ° c after irrad iation with laser which equals t o 4.15 (ev), this incr ease in ener gy gap may happ en in result because some of cryst al defects appeared in cryst al lattice after irradiation with laser for the same r easons we mentioned before. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 conclusion 1. irradiation with co2 laser leads to a decrease in the transmittance 2. reflectance and extinction coefficient increase after irrad iation with laser, which means the absorption is not attributed to the free carriers only, but to defect or localized electronic st ates 3. the laser radiation causes t he increase in energy gap. re ference 1.al-ani, s.k.j.; m akadsi,m .n. and al shakarchi,i.k. (1993). journal of materials science, 28, 2.smith,r.a. (1987). semicondu ctors" cambridge university , press 2 nd ed. 3.al-ameen,a.f. (1992). optical p rop erties of cds and pbs thin films and their mixture"m .sc.thesis, university of baghdad 4.segger, k. (1980)." semiconductor p hysics", 2 nd ed.new y ork 5.ckertor,l.e. (1977). phy sics oh thin films "p lenar press new y ork, 6.sahay ,p. p. ; nath, r. k. and tewari, s. (2007).opt ical p rop erties of thermally evap orated cds thin films, cry st. res. technol. 42( 3): 275 – 280 7.kuma,v.; sharm,m .k. ; gau,j. and sharm,t. p. (2008),.poly cryst alline zns thin films by screen p rinting method and its characterization ",chalcogenide lett ers ,5(11): november p . 289 – 295. 8.ant ony ,a. ; m irali,k.v.; m anoj,r.and m ing.k. (2005).jayaraj, m ater.chem.phy s.90, 106 9. j.p. borah and k.c. sarma, "op tical and op toelectronic prop erties of zns nanost ructured thin film", acta physica polonica vol. 114, no. 4. (2008) 10. nadeem,m .y. and ahmed ,w. (2000). op tical prop erties of zns thin films, turk j phy , 24: 651 – 659 11. wood ,j.d.l.h. and pearson, p.r. ( 1990) a rep etitively p ulsed, journel de phy sique, , p .351. 12. obaid,y.n. ;a gool ,and alwan, i.r. (2002). s.th. sc. j.iraqi atomicener gy commission, 2, 13. habubi, n.f.; abdula, h.i. and m ansour,h.l. (1999). al-fateh journal, no.5, 14. pathinettam,d. ;padiyon; m arikani,a.and m urali,k.r. (2000). "cry st. res. technol.", 35, 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.99 1 1.01 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 t ra n sm it ta n ce t ra n sm it ta n c e (% ) wave length (μm) fig.(1) transmittance as a function to wave length at room te mperature before irradiation ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 t ra n sm it ta n ce ( % ) wave length (μm) 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 1.02 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 t ra n sm it ta n ce t ra n sm it ta n c e (% ) wave length (μm) fig.(2) transmittance as a function to wave length at room te mperature after irradiation 0.965 0.97 0.975 0.98 0.985 0.99 0.995 1 1.005 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8t ra n sm it ta n ce ( % ) wave length (μm) fig.(3) transmittance as a function to wave length at 0.97 0.975 0.98 0.985 0.99 0.995 1 1.005 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 t ra n sm it ta n ce ( % ) wave length (μm) fig.(4) trans mittance as a function to wave length at 523 k after irradiation ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 r ef le ct a n ce ( % ) wave length (μm) fig.(5) reflectance as a function to wave length at room temperature before irradiation 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 r ef le ct a n ce ( % ) wave length (μm) fig.(7) reflectonce as a function to wave length at 523 k before i rradiation 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 r ef le ct a n ce ( % ) wave length (μm) fig.(6) reflectonce as a function to wave length at room temperature after irradiation ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.014 0.016 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 r ef le ct a n ce ( % ) wave length (μm) fig.(8) reflectonce as a function to wave length at 523 k after irradiation 0 0.00002 0.00004 0.00006 0.00008 0.0001 0.00012 0.00014 0.00016 0.00018 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2e x ti n ct io n c o ef fi ci en t wave length (μm) fig(9) extinction coefficient as a function to wave length at room temperature before irradiation 0 0.00005 0.0001 0.00015 0.0002 0.00025 0.0003 0.00035 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 e x ti n ct io n c o ef fi ci en t wave length (μm) fig.(10) extinction coefficient as a function to wave length at room temperature after irradiation ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 0 0.00002 0.00004 0.00006 0.00008 0.0001 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 e x ti n ct io n c o ef fi ci en t wave length (μm) fig.(11) extinction coefficient as a function to wave length at 523 k before irradiation 0 0.00001 0.00002 0.00003 0.00004 0.00005 0.00006 0.00007 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1e x ti n ct io n c o ef fi ci en t wave length (μm) fig.(12) extinction coefficient as a function to wave length at 523 k after irradiation fig.(13) optical forbidden ene rgy gap for direct electronic transmi ssi on at room temperature before irradiation with laser 0 0.0001 0.0002 0.0003 0.0004 0.0005 0.0006 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 (α h υ )2 ( cm -1 * ev )2 photon energy (ev) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 0.002 0.0025 0.003 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 (α h υ )2 ( cm -1 * ev )2 photon energy (ev) fig.(14) optical forbidden ene rgy gap for direct electronic transmi ssi on at room temperature after irradiation with laser 0 0.00005 0.0001 0.00015 0.0002 0.00025 0 1 2 3 4 5 (α h υ )2 ( cm -1 * ev )2 photon energy (ev) fig.(15) optical forbidden ene rgy gap for direct electronic transmi ssi on at 523 k before i rradiation with laser 0 0.00002 0.00004 0.00006 0.00008 0.0001 0.00012 0.00014 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 (α h υ )2 ( cm -1 * ev )2 photon energy (ev) fig. (16) optical forbidden ene rgy gap for direct electronic transmi ssi on at 523 k after irradiation with laser ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد co2 شعع بلیزرلما zns دراسة الخواص البصریه لغشاء محمد شیاع مرعي، نجاة احمد دحام ، عواطف صابر جاسم جامعة تكریت م الفیزیاء، كلیة العلوم، قس الخالصة )تحت ضغط والمحضرة بطریقة التبخیر الحراري الفراغي znsتم في هذه الدراسة تحضیر اغشیة رقیقة من مادة 10 -6 یزرتشعیع العینات بلو وتم ) k 523(وتم تلدین العینات بدرجة حرارة ،من الزجاج في درجة حرارة الغرفة على قواعد ( co2 طاقة يذ(1watt) وطول موجي(10.6μm) وعلى بعد) (10cmومدة , من المصدر)(5 sec ةبعض الخواص البصریه التي تتضمن النفاذی ومنه حسبت uv-visible وسجل طیف االمتصاصیه باستخدام مطیاف بدرجة ةوالملدن ةحرارة الغرف ةبدرج ةلمحضر ا ةالرقیق ةومن نتائج نماذج االغشی. ةومعامل الخمود وفجوة الطاق ةواالنعكاسی (523 k)بلیزر ةوالمشععco2 لیزر ادى الى نقصان في النفاذیه وزیاده في االمتصاصیه ومعامل لاستنتج ان التشعیع با .ةفي فجوة الطاق ةزیاد التشعیع ادى الى الخمود وكذلك ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 extend differential transform methods for solving differential equations with multiple delay gh. j. mohammed, f.s. fadhel departme nt of mathematics, college of education (ibn al-haitham), unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of mathematics and computer applications, college of science, al-nahrain unive rsity received in : 29 november 2010 accepte d in :20 september 2011 abstract in this p ap er, we p resent an approximate analytical and numerical solutions for the differential equations with multip le delay using the extend differential transform method (dtm ). this method is used to solve many linear and non linear p roblems. key words: (differential transform method, solvin g differ ential equation, multiple delay). introduction in this p ap er, we extend the differ ential transform method (dtm ) to solve the nth order differential equations with multiple delay of the form: y (n) (x) = f(x,y (x),y (x – r1), y (x – r2), …, y (x – rm )) , mℕ …(1) where y : i  ℝ, f: i ℝ 2  ℝ, i  ℝ, r i > 0, i = 1,2, …, m the differential transform method was first applied in the en gineering domain in [1]. i n general, the dtm is app lied to find the solution of electric circuit p roblems [2]. the dtm is numerical method based on taylor series exp ansion, which is constructed as an analytical solution in the form of a polynomial. the traditional hi gh order taylor series method requires sy mbolic comp utation. however, the dtm obtains a p oly nomial series solution by means of an iterative p rocedure [3]. recently the app lication of differential transform method is successfully extended to obtain app roximate solutions to linear and non linear functional equations. delay differential equations are observed in many fields of science and technology , such as biology engineering and p hy sics. m any dy namic p op ulation first order nonlinear scalar equ ation of the form y '(x) = g(y (x)) – g(y (x – l)) …(2) may be used as a model for certain p op ulation growt h if ind ividuals have a constant life sp an l, where y (x) is the pop ulation size at time t and g(y ) is the birth rate. recently , various methods such as, monotone iterative technique, a do main decomposition method and the sp line functions method have been considered for app roximate solutions of dde [4]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 hence, due to p ractical reasons and the p ap ers mentioned above, we have been motivated to deal with dde and develop dtm for both linear and nonlinear delay differential equations. accordin g to the best of our knowledge, dt m has not been st udied for dde till now. with this technique, it is p ossible to obtain high ly accurate numer ical solution, analytical solution and as well as exact solutions. the aim this p ap er is to extend the method of differential transformation for solving differential equations with multiple delay of difference ty p es as in equation (1). differential transform method the differential transform of a function y(x) is defined as, [2]: 0 k x xk 1 d y(k) [ y(x)] , k k ! dx  � …(3) where y(k) refers to the differential transform of a given function y (x), and 0x is the initial st ate. throughout this p ap er, we use the small and cap ital letters to represent the original and transformed functions, resp ectively. the inverse of the differential transform y(k) is defin ed by k 0 k 0 y(x ) y(k)(x x )     …(4) the automatic comp utation of dtm might be done. in this case, the following st eps should be taken into consideration successively : i) the differential transform of each term in the dde is computed ; ii) the recurrence equation is obt ained ; iii)y(0), y(1), y(2), y(3),… are calculated by the recurrence equation and given initial condition ; iv)finally , these values are subst itut ed back into eq. (4). preliminaries of the dtm the following theorems give the p rop erties of the dtm which can be easily derived from equations (3) and (4), for their p roofs and more details (see [5], [6]). the orem (1):if y (x) = f(x)  g( x), then y(k) = f( x)  g(x). the orem (2):if y (x) = c f(x), then y(k) = c f( x) the orem (3):if n n d f (x) (k n)! y(x) , then y(k) [ ] f(k n ) k!dx     , k ℕ. the orem (4):if 1 k 1 1 k 0 y( x) f (x ).g (x ), theny(k ) f(k )g(k k )     , k ℕ. m oreover, we need the following theorem (see [4], [5]) : the orem (5):if y (x) = f1(x)  f2(x) … fn – 1 ( x)  fn( x), then n 1 n 2 2 1 k 3n 1 2 1 2 2 1 n 1 n 1 n 2 n 2 1 k 0 k 0 k 0 k 0 kk k y(k) ... f (k) f (k k )...f (k k ) f (k k )                  ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 main result the following theorems are p roved to give the differential transform of given functions with constant delay. theorem (6):the differential transform of y(x) = f(x – r), r  1, is  1 1 1 n hh k h k1 1 kh y (k) ( 1) r f(h ), n     proof: using the defin ition of the inverse dt m where the definition given by eq. (4), we get: k 0 k 0 y(x) f(k )(x r x )      0 1 2 3 0 0 0 0f(0)(x r x ) f(1)(x r x ) f(2)(x r x ) f(3)(x r x ) ...             2 3 0 2 3 0 1 2 3 2 0 0 [f(0) rf(1) r f(2) r f(3) ...](x x ) [f(1) 2f(2) 3r f(3) 4r f(4) ...] (x x ) [f(2) 3f(3) 6r f(4) 10r f(5) ...](x x ) ...                            1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h hh h 0 h 1 h 1 11 1 1 0 1 0h 0 h 10 1 h hh 2 h 2 h 3 h 32 31 1 1 0 1 0h 2 h 32 3 ( 1) r f(h )(x x ) ( 1) r f(h )(x x ) ( 1) r f(h )(x x ) ( 1) r f(h )(x x ) ...                              1 1 1 hh k h k k1 h1 0kk 0 h k y(x) ( 1) r f( )(x x )           …(5) taking in to account eq. (4) and eq. (5), we have y(k) as:  1 1 1 n hh k h k1 1kh y(k) ( 1) r f(h ), n     the orem (7):the differential transform of y (x) = f1( x – r1)f2( x – r2), p rovided that r1 > 0 and r2 > 0 is: 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 11 1 2 1 h h hk n h h k h k h k k h h1 1 2 2 k k k kk h h k k y( x) ( 1) r r f ( )f ( ), for                        n   proof: let the differential transforms of f1(x – r1) and f2(x – r2) at x = x0 be g1(k) and g2(k), resp ectively. using theorem (4), we hav e the differential transform of y (x) as: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 1 k 1 2 1 k 0 y(x) g(k)g (k k) ...(6)    from theorem (6), we get: 1 1 1 1 11 1 hn h k h k h1 kh k g (k) ( 1) r f( ), forn             and 2 2 1 2 1 2 11 1 hn h k k h k k h2 1 k kh k k g (k k ) ( 1) r f( ), forn                  subst itut ing these values in to equation (6), we obtain : 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 11 1 2 1 h hk n 1h h k h k h k k 1 1 2 2 k k kk h h k k h y( x ) ( 1) ( ) r r f (h )f (h ), n k                        the next remark shows that t he dtm in ddes is generalization to the dtm in odes. remark:if r1 = 0 and r2 = 0, then theorem (7) reduces to theorem (4). similar ly, as in theorem (7) we may generalize the r esult for t he n-delays as in the next theorem: the orem (8):the differential transform of y (x) = f1( x – r1)f2( x – r2)… fn( x – rn), p rovided that ri 0, i = 1, 2, …, n is: h h hk kk k n n n n 1 2 n 13n 1 2 h h ... h k1 2 ny(k) ..... ..... ( 1) .. k k k k kk 0 h 0 k 0 k 0 h k h k k h k k h k k 1 2 1 n 1 n 2n 1 n 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 n 1 n 1 n 2 n n 1 h n h k h k k h1 2 1r r ....r1 2 n 1 k k n 1                                                            k k h k kn 1 n 1 n 2 n n 1r f (h )f (h )...f (h )f (h ), for nn 1 1 2 2 n 1 n 1 n n           …(7) illustrative examples in this section, some liner and nonlinear differ ential equations with multiple delay are considered .by using dtm , we obtain an approximate and exact solutions when the original p roblem has an exact solution in p olynomial form. exam ple 1:let us consider the following initial value p roblem: dy y(x 1) y(x 2) 2x 2,0 x 1 ...(8) dx         ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 with the initial condition y (0) = 0 …(9) by app lying the dtm, we can get t he exact solution for eq. (8) and eq. (9). indeed, usin g theorems (2), (3) and (6) the differ ential transform for equation (8) is found as h hn n1 2h k h kh k h k1 21 2(k 1)y(k 1) ( 1) 1 y(h ) ( 1) 2 y(h ) 2 (k 1) 2 (k)1 2 k kh k h k1 11 1 2                              …(10) where (k – n) is the differential transform of x n at x0 = 0 and it is easily show that: 1,k n (k n) ...(11) 0,k n,n 0,2       considerin g, the differential transform of y (x) at x0 = 0, the initial conditions in equation (9) are transformed into y(0) = 0 , resp ectively. form equation(10), we obtain: y(1) = 1, y(k) = 0, for k  2 then, by using the inverse transform defined by equation (4), we obtain the exact solution y(x) = x. exam ple 2:in this examp le, we consider the second order linear differential equation with multiple delay: 2 2 2 d y y(x 1) y(x 2) 2x 6x 7,0 x 1 ...(12) dx          and the followin g initial condition: y (0) = 0, y '(0) = 0 …(13) using theorem (3) and (6), the diff erential transform for eq. (12) is found as: h hn n1 2h k h kh k h k1 21 2(k 1)(k 2)y(k 2) ( 1) 1 y(h ) ( 1) 2 y(h ) 2 (k 2) 6 (k 1) 7 (k)1 2 k kh k h k1 2                                 …(14) where (k – n) is defined in equation (11) considering, the differential transform of y (x) at x0 = 0, the initial conditions in equation (13) are transformed into: y(0) = 0, y(1) = 0 …(15) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 taking n = 3 ,we obtain the followin g sy st em of linear algebraic equations by usin g equati on (14) and eq.(15) for k = 0, 1. 7y(2) – 9y(3) = 7 – 6y(2) + 21y(3) = – 6 solvin g this sy stem, we obtain: y(2) = 1, y(3) = 0 similar ly, we have y(k) = 0, for k  4. then, by using equation (4), we obtain the exact solution y (x) = x 2 . exam ple 3:consider the linear diff erential equation of third order 3 x 0.3x 0.3 3 dy y(x) y( ) ,0 x 1 ...(16)e dx      and the followin g initial conditions y (0) = 1, y '(0) = – 1, y ''(0) = 1 …(17) using equation (3), the differential transform of x 0.3e   at x0 = 0 are obtained to be 1 k 0.3 ( )( 1) k! e .then because of theorems (3) and (6) the differential transform of equation (16) is: 1 hn 1h k h k k 0.31 kh k1 1 (k 1)(k 2)(k 3)y(k 3) y(k) ( 1) y(h ) ( 1) e ...(18)(0.3) 1 k!                   considerin g, the differential transform of y(x) at x0 = 0 the in itial conditions in equ ation (17) are transformed into: 1y(0) 0,y(1) 1,y(2) , ...(19) 2    taking n = 6, we obtain the following lin ear algebraic equations sy stem by using equati on (18) and equation (19) for k = 0, 1, 2, 3. 5.973y(3) 0.0081y(4) 0.00243y (5) 0.000729y(6) 0.995141192 0.27y(3) 23.892y (4) 0.0405y(5) 0.01458y(6) 0.950141192 0.9y(3) 0.54y(4) 59.73y(5) 0.1215y(6) 0.325070596 2y(3) 1.2y(4) 0.9y(5) 119.46y(6) 0.2                     24976468 solvin g this sy stem, we obtain: y(3) 0.1666666589, y(4) 0.04166662168 y(5) 0.008333153417, y(6) 0.001388386354       subsist ing these value of y(k) for k = 0, 1, 2, 3 into equation (4) we obtain the followin g app roximate solution : ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 2 3 4 5y(x) 1 x 0.5x 0.1666666589x 0.04166662168x 0.008333153417x 60.001388386354x ...         for n=8, the app roximate solution is given as: 2 3 4 5y(x) 1 x 0.5x 0.1666666666x 0.04166666657x 0.0083333329417x 6 4 7 5 8 6 90.001388887387x 1.98084138 10 x 2.479261343 10 x 2.742273669 10 x 7 10 8 112.61716267 10 x 1.626927858 10 x ...                      comparison between the numerical r esults for n = 6, n = 8 and the exact solution xy( x) e (see[3]) , are given in table (1). exam ple 4:consider the nonlinear dde with multiple delays: 2 x x x 2 d y 1 y(x ).y(x ) sin .cos cos ,0 x 1 ...(20) 4 4 2dx           and the initial cond itions y (0) = 1, y '(0) = 1, …(21) using theorem (3) and (7) the diff erential transform of equation (20) is obtained as 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 k n n h h k k h k h k k (k 1)(k 2)y( k 2) y(k ) ( 1)              h h h k h k k1 2 1 1 1 h h1 2 k k k1 y( ) y( )( ) ( ) 4 4                   k k x x x k k 1 1 1d d[ (sin cos )] [ (cos )] (k) ...(22) k! k! 2dx dx      where (k – n) is defined in eq. (11), with n = 0. the initial conditions in eq. (21) are transformed in to: y(0) = 1, y(1) = 0 from eq. (22), we obtain: 1 1 y(2) , y(3) 0, y(4) , y(5) 0 2 ! 4!      1 1 y( 6) , y(3) 0, y(8) , y(9) 0 6! 8! 1 1 y(10) , y(11) 0, y(12) , y(13) 0,... 10! 12!           subst itut ing these values in to eq. (4), we obtain the following analytical solution, 2 4 6 8 10 121 1 1 1 1 1y(x) 1 x x x x x x ... 2! 4! 6! 8! 10! 12!         ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 which is formally the same as m aclaurin series of cos x. in fact y (x) = cos x is the exact solution for eq. (20) and (21). conclusions in this p ap er the differential transform method is developed for solving d ifferential equations with multiple constant delay s. first , some new t heorems are p rovided and then used to solve linear and nonlinear ddes. the obtained results are found to be very accurate in comp arison with t he exact solution. re ferences 1. kurnaz ,a. and ot uranç, g. (2005)t he differential transform app roximation for the sy st em of ordinary differential equations,int . j. comp uter m ath. 82:709–719. 2. zhou,j.k. (1986)differential transformation and its app lication for electrical c ircuit, huazhong university press,wuhan,china, 3. evans ,d.j. and raslan,k.r. (2005)the adomian decomposition method for solving delay differential equation, int. j.computer m ath. 82 : 49–54. 4. arikoglu and öz kol, i. (2005) solution of boundary value p roblems for integro-d ifferential equations by using differential transform method, appl. m ath. comp ut 168: 1145-1158. 5. ay az, f. (2004) solutions of the sy stem of differential equations by differential transform method, app l. m ath. comput. 147:547–567. 6. cooke ,k.l. and yorke,j.a. (1973) so me equations modellin g growt h p rocesses and gonorrhea ep idemics, m ath. biosci.16: 75–101. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table (1):comparison of numerical results x n = 6 n = 8 exact 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 0.90483734 0.81873067 0.74081810 0.67320002 0.60653066 0.54881137 0.49658521 0.49328974 0.40656969 0.36787959 1 0.90483739 0.81873073 0.74081814 0.67320001 0.60653065 0.54881161 0.49653034 0.44932890 0.40656966 0.36787946 1 0.90483741 0.81873075 0.74081822 0.67032004 0.60653065 0.54881163 0.49658530 0.44932896 0.40656965 0.36787944 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة التباطؤ ي توسیع طریقة التحویالت التفاضلیة لحل المعادالت التفاضلیة ذ المتعدد فاضل صبحي فاضل ،غدیر جاسم محمد ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد –قسم الریاضیات ، كلیة التربیة لعلوم ، جامعة النهرین قسم الریاضیات وتطبیقات الحاسوب ، كلیة ا 2010تشرین الثاني 29: استلم البحث في 2011أیلول 20 : قبل البحث في ةصالخال توسـیع ال المعالتباطؤ المتعدد بأست يلیة ذضق عددیة لحل المعادالت التفاائق تقریبیة وطر ائا طر نقدم ،في هذا البحث .خطیة الت هذه الطریقة لحل العدید من المسائل الخطیة وغیر ملعستأ .ةلطریقة التحویالت التفاضلی نیون ذو القدرة الواطئة في نمو الفطر الجلدي -تأثیر لیزر الھلیوم trichophyton mentagophytes ھیفاء البیر یوسف مي مجید عبد هللا ضحى سالم عبد الحمید الصرفة (ابن الھیثم)/ جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحیاة/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم ریاض سلیم حبابة قسم الفیزیاء/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم)/ جامعة بغداد 2/2/2014، قبل البحث في : 12/5/2013استلم البحث في : الملخص 1نانومیتر وقدرة 632.8الطول الموجي ذي النیون)-تأثیر لیزر القدرة الواطئة (الھلیومدراسة الى البحث یھدف ملي واط في نمو وحیویة 4) نانومیتر وقدرة 635الطول الموجي ( شبھ الموصل ذي النیون)-ملي واط ولیزر (الھلیوم یعانون من مریضاً 22ولھذا الغرض فقد جمعت عینات من trichophyton mentagophytesالفطر الجلدي الخیطي ضمن مجموعة الفطریات الجلدیة ُعزلت ثالث عزالت وُشخصت االصابة بفطریات جلدیة و منامراض جلدیة ناتجة dermatophytes لفطر وكانت تعود الى اt. mentagophytes ذيالشعة لیزر شبھ الموصل تبین ان . ومن الدراسة في t. mentagophytes طر ملي واط تاثیراً في نمو عزلة واحدة (المثلى) للف 4نانومیتر وقدرة 635الطول الموجي ان إذثانیة 60-10زمینة مختلفة تراوحت بین ت الثالث لالشعاع اللیزري وبمددالوسط الصلب وذلك بعد تعریض العزال في الوزن الجاف he-ne laser العزلتین. اما عن تأثیر اشعة نمو العزلتین االخرتین لم تعِط ایة نتیجة ایجابیة لضعف واعتماداً على ھذه النتائج ظھر ان اشعة .تغیر وقت التشعیع لیس لھ تاثیر كبیر في تنشیط نمو الفطر فأظھرت النتائج ان he-ne laser ثانیة ذات فعالیة جیدة في عالج االصابة الجلدیة التجریبیة عند االصابة بالفطر 20-10التشعیع في مدةt. mentagophytes نیون والمضاد الفطري -اظھرت النتائج وجود تأثیر تعاوني بین اللیزر الھلیومكماclotrimazole في للمضاد بعد التشعیع. micالخالیا من خالل خفض قیمة .he-ne، trichophyton mentagophytes الكلمات المفتاحیة: الفطریات الجلدیة، لیزر 56 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة االونة االخیرة حاالت االخماج الفطریة الجلدیة الناجمة عن االصابة بالفطریات الجلدیة بسبب عوامل ازدادت في رتفاع الملحوظ في درجات الحرارة والنسبة لفطریات على جلد االنسان. نتیجة لالعدیدة منھا البیئة المالئمة لنمو ھذه ا مناطق الطیات الجلدیة وفي اماكن وجود الشعر الحتوائھ على العالیة من الرطوبة المتولدة من افراز العرق والسیما في immuneجیداً الغلب الفطریات الجلدیة، تزاید عدد مرضى الوھن المناعي مادة الكیراتین التي تعد غذاًء compromised patients ،الكابحة لعمل نتیجة الستعمال االدویة )السكري: (مرض االیدز، امراض السرطان، مثل .]1[ز المناعي الجھا یمكن لالنسان ان یصاب باالخماج الفطریة الجلدیة عن طریق االتصال مع االشخاص المصابین بھذه الفطریات أو عن طریق أرضیة الحمامات والمسابح الغرف الملوثة بالفطریات الجلدیة الخیطیة، كما یمكن ان تعد البشرة المتقشرة من من الفطریات المحبة للكیراتین (dermatophytes)د الفطریات الجلدیة . تع]2[ھذه االخماج مصراً لالصابة (keratinophilic) الطبقات الكیراتینیة السطحیة للجلد، مسببة التھابھ أو تساقط الشعر او االثنین ، اذ تھاجم ھذه الفطریات ) نوعاً تعود لثالثة 41ت الجلدیة (معاً فضالً عن اصابتھا االظافر في االنسان والحیوان على حد سواء، وتضم الفطریا أجناس ھي: trichophyton, microsporum, epidermophyton ]3[. ویة مبالغ وتكلف ھذه االدیة الكیمیاویة المضادة لھذه الفطریات ویة العالمیة العدید من االدواالدلقد انتجت شركات المستمر لھا في العالج یفقد فعالیتھا تدریجیاً بسبب ازدیاد تعمالتأثیرات جانبي، كما ان االس كبیرة في استیرادھا للكثیر منھا مباشرة أو قد تتعاون مقاومة الجراثیم لھا مما یستدعي ایجاد تقنیات قد تعمل في القضاء على المسبب المرضي synergies تقنیة اللیزر بانواعھا في حالة عدم االستجابة لھ بمفرده، وھذا ما تم تحقیقھ بأكتشاف مع المضاد الحیوي و التحفیزیة لخالیا، وذلك طیة االتي اثبتت فاعلیتھا في مجال الطب والجراحة وشفاء الجروح خالل تأثیراتھا التثبیالمختلفة الطول الموجي اللیزري ائص النظام الحیوي المتعامل معھ، خصاعلھ، لمعرفة العمیقة بخواص اللیزر وطبیعة تفنتیجة ل التي من شأنھا تحدید لخصائص اللیزریة أو البایولوجیة المتعلقة باتحثھا دون سواه وغیرھا من االمور الذي تمتصھ ویس االستخدام الصحیح او االمثل للیزر في كل تطبیق. قطرنا حول تأثیر ھذه االشعة في نمو وعالج االصابات بالنظر لقلة الدراسات في العالم في العالم وانعدامھا في الحصول على ي:فقد استھدفت ھذه الدراسة ما یأت t. mentagophytesدیة ومنھا اصابة الفطر الجلدي الفطریة الجل صفات فسلجیة عزل وتشخیص الفطریات الجلدیة باالعتماد على یة من بعض المصابین بأمراض جلدیة، عینات مرض t. mentagophytesذو القدرة الواطئة في النمو الفطري الشعاعي للفطر he-ne laserتأثیر اشعة وبایوكیمیائیة، dry weightذو القدرة الواطئة في الوزن الجاف للفطر he-ne laserتأثیر اشعة لیزر زمنیة مختلفة، بأوقات matter ، تأثیر التداخل بین اشعة لیزر والمضاد الحیوي الفطريclotrimazole .في نمو الفطر المواد وطرائق العمل من مناطق الشعر والجلد واالظافر الشخاص مصابین بالتھابات جلدیة من عینة اخذت 22 ُجمعت جمع العینات: • ).1كما في جدول ( 2002شباط الى 2001من المدة شھر كانون االول مستشفى الیرموك التعلیمي خوذة عینة الجلد المأ وضعت : direct examination of specimensالفحص المباشر للعینات • وتمرر الشریحة (cover slide)الشریحة غطیت% ثم koh 20قطرة من على شریحة زجاجیة بعدھا وضعت دون وضع أیة صبغة لكن في بعض االحیان قد توضع فحصت مجھریاً من على لھب نار مرتین او ثالث ومن ثم ثم ُغطي % koh 20بـ وضع على الشریحة وغطي. اما الشعر فparker stain or methylene blueصبغة .]4[فحص مجھریاً بغطاء و مع اضافة sadالجلد والشعر على وسط عیناتزرعت : culture of specimensزرع العینات • ، و (g/l 0.05)مل من االسیتون، 10باذابتھ بـ cycloheximide (0.5 g/l)المضادات الحیاتیة chloramphenicol مل من الكحول االثیلي الى الوسط بعد تعقیمھ لیمنعا تلوث الوسط بالبكتریا 10بـ ذابتھ بإ اً یوم 14-7المزارع بعد تم و فحص 28ْ-25والفطریات الرمیة ثم تحضن االطباق بعد الزرع بدرجة حرارة ].5[للتشخیص ووضعت على شریحة زجاجیة بعد اضافة عینات من االوساط الزرعیة تاخذ الصفات المظھریة للفطریات: • وذلك حسب اشكال الكونیدات trichophytonعزالت فطر تصثم وضع غطاء الشریحة، شخ kohقطرة من .]6[التي ظھرت في الشریحة الزجاجیة macroconidia and microconidiaالكبیرة والصغیرة فحص و .rubrum tو t. mentagrophytesللتفریق بین ureaseفحص اجري االختبارات البایوكیمیائیة: • agar trichophyton 7[حسب طریقة[. 57 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ائق السابقة الذكر بعد تشخیص الفطر بالطر :t. mentagrophytes طریقة قیاس منحنى النمو لفطر • . ومن ثم قیس ]8[مثلى لقیاس النمو وحسب طریقة لدراسة منحنى النمو ولتحدید الطریقة ال sd brothفي وسط زرع باستخدام colony forming units (cfu)واستخدمت طریقة عدد الخالیا الحیة مدة سبعة ایام النمو كل یوم و المعقم sdaطبق زجاجي ووضع فوقھ وسط المزروع ونقل الىمل من 1 األصلي وأخذمن المزروع 2-10تخفیف عدد استخدمت ثالثة مكررات وحسبم، 28ْ-25مع التحریك وترك حتى یتصلب وحضنت االطباق بدرجة حرارة مستعمرة. 300-3بحدود التي كانت المستعمرات عزلة واحدة اختیرت معامالت ما قبل التشعیع:: he-ne irradiationالتشعیع بلیزر الھلیوم نیون • sd brothتنمیتھا على فضالً عن sdaالمعزولة من الجلد ونمیت على وسط t. mentagrophytesمن فطر المستمر he-ne laserمدة اربعة ایام وبعد ذلك استخدم لیزر الھلیوم نیون م 28ْ-25وحضنت بدرجة حرارة الطول يملي واط كذلك استخدم لیزر شبھ الموصل ذ 1نانومیتر وقدرة 632.8الطول الموجي ) ذي.c.wالموجة ( ملي واط. 4نانومیتر وقدرة 635الموجي o :معامالت التشعیع -10ایام بأوقات زمنیة ( 4ة ق المزروعة بالفطر والمحضونة مدشععت االطباالتشعیع في اوساط صلبة: ثانیة) وذلك بتعریضھا الى حزمة اللیزر المنبعثة من الجھاز المثبت في قمة حامل لتسقط وتمر 20-30-40-50-60 نموذج والتحكم في حزمة اللیزریة على االطة ھذه العدسة یمكن تبئیر السم وبوسا 5دسة المة بعدھا البؤري خالل ع ) وقد اجري ھذا 1بقعة مسقطھا لیتالئم والتشعیع االمثل ویحول دون تشتت او تبدد طاقة االشعاع كما في الشكل ( التشعیع بدرجة حرارة المختبر. في: بعد االنتھاء من عملیة التشعیع یتم التحري عن مدى تاثیر االشعاعمعامالت ما بعد التشعیع: نیون بأوقات زمنیة مختلفة اخذ قرص -بلیزر الھلیوم sdaبعد ان شععت اطباق اقطار المستعمرات: -أ المعقم sdaمعاملة السیطرة من دون تشعیع وتزرع على وسط من كل مستعمرة مشععة فضالً عنسم 0.5قطره مكررات لكل معاملة مع السیطرة وذلك لقیاس قطر ةمدة اربعة ایام وبمعدل ثالثم ْ 28-25بدرجة حرارة حضنتو ستعمال المعادلة : د طرح القرص الذي وضع، استخرجت النسب المئویة باالمستعمرة المشععة وغیر المشععة بع 100× ر النامیة في اطباق المعاملة معدل قطر مستعمرة الفط –معدل قطر مستعمرة الفطر النامیة في اطباق المقارنة نسبة التثبیط= الفطر النامیة في اطباق المقارنةمعدل قطر مستعمرة المعقم في دوارق زجاجیة sd brothمن الوسط الزرعي السائل مل 100 استعملالوزن الجاف: -ب السیطرة ثم لقحت جمیع الدوارق لة مكررات لكل معادلة فضالً عن معام ثالثمل وبمعدل 150معقمة سعة رة من دون تشعیع ) ثانیة فضالً عن السیط60-10لفة (بأربعة اقراص من عزلة الفطر المشععة لالوقات المخت معقم بعد لفطري لعزلة الفطر على ورق ترشیح مدة اربعة ایام ثم رشح الغزل ام 28ْ-25وحضنت بدرجة حرارة الوزن الجاف لعزلة ساعة بعدھا قیس 24م مدة 80ْدرجة حرارة ان وزن الورق قبل الترشیح وجففت في الفطر. الخالیا تأثیر اشعة اللیزر في حساسیة درس تأثیر التشعیع في حساسیة الخالیا للمضادات الحیویة: • coltrimazoleحضر محلول إذ ) micالتركیز المثبط االدنى ( بإیجادوذلك colterimazoleلمضاد الحیوي ل مل بین كل تركیز 0.1مل بواقع 0.5-1.2واخذت تراكیز مختلفة من المحلول المحضر تراوحت بین ph= 7.4عند مل من عالق الفطر 0.5المعقم قبل صبھ في اطباق زجاجیة حاویة على sdaواخر واضیف كل تركیز الى وسط عدد اربعة ایام بعدھا حسب)ْ م مدة 28-25عت االطباق في حاضنة (غیر المشعع وترك الوسط لیتصلب، ووض .mic لكل تركیز وقُدر cfu/mlالمستعمرات مل من محلول فطري (سائل) 0.5ووضع في كل طبق نفسھ تركیز المحلول الفطري اعیدت التجربة وحضر بعد عملیة التشعیع mic ثانیة بعدھا حضنت االطباق مدة اربعة ایام وقیس 60-10مشعع باوقات زمنیة تراوحت ما بین وذلك بحساب عدد المستعمرات. التحلیل االحصائي • ول یمثل قطر كان العامل اال ، اذ]t-test ]9حللت نتائج التجارب المختبریة بطریقة التحلیل االحصائي الخالیا العامل الثاني الزمن (ثانیة) لتوضیح وجود اختالف معنوي في عدد ستعمرات، عدد المالمستعمرة المشععة و الحیة وكذلك اقطار المستعمرات لكل من العینات المشععة والسیطرة. النتائج والمناقشة تشخیص الفطر المعزول من الجلد: • sdaعینات الفطر ظھرت المستعمرات على وسط زرعت: بعد ان t. mentagrophytesالصفات المظھریة للفطر -أ ص المجھري وجود كونیدات كبیرة وقد اظھر الفح )2(كما في الشكل مسطحة ومقببة في المركز وذات لون ابیض 58 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 macroconidia ) وظھرت كونیدات الفطر الصغیرة 3) رقیقة الجدران كما في الشكل (5-4نبوتیة مقسمة بحواجز ( microconidia 10[) 4دیة الشكل ومتجمعة كما في الشكل (وقعن[. البایوكیمیائیة: الفحوصات -ب وسط ھذا الفحص وبعد زراعتھ على ب t. mentagrophytes: عن طریق فحص عینات فطر ureaseفحص . 1 urease base agar لون الوسط من االصفر الى االحمر وتعود ھذه الصبغة الى قابلیة ھذا الجنس على تكوین انزیم ُغیر urease ) استخدم الوسط للتفریق بین ). إذ5الذي یقوم بھضم مكونات الوسط وتغییر لونھا كما في الشكلt. mentagrophytes وt. rubrum ویتمیز الجنس الثاني بتحللھ للوسط لكن بشكل ابطأ وفي بعض االحیان تكون النتیجة . ]11[سالبة ، إذ.trichophyton sp: استخدم ھذا الوسط لتمییز النمو في انواع جنس trichophyton agar no. 1. فحص 2 .]6[بشكل مستعمرات بیضاء كثیفة جدا تنمو t. mentagrophytes) بأن مستعمرات الفطر 6یظھر كما في الشكل ( استخدمت ھذه الطریقة لمعرفة الیوم الذي یكون بھ عدد الكونیدات كبیر جداً ویتبین من قیاس منحنى النمو للفطر: • .tن فیھ نشاط الفطر ھو الیوم الذي یكو stationary phase) ان الیوم الرابع الذي یمثل 7الشكل ( mentagrophytes المیتة یساوي عدد الكونیدات الحیة ثم بعد ذلك یحدث ھبوط معدل ان عدد الكونیداتعاٍل أي النمو وھذا یؤكد ان عدد الكونیدات المیتة یزداد وذلك لنقص في المواد الغذائیة للوسط. اما األیام الثالثة األولى اعلى نقطة في الیوم الى یدات وذلك لوجود مواد غذائیة في الوسط الغذائي الى ان یصلزیادة في عدد الكون فھنالك .]12[ الرابع نیون-التشعیع بلیزر الھلیوم • معامالت التشعیع باوقات مختلفة ولم تظھر اي نتیجة وال 1mwشععت العینات بلیزر الھلیوم نیون ذو القدرة التشعیع على االوساط الصلبة: 20-10قات وجة ان التشعیع في االاي تغیرات بایولوجیة عند ھذه القوة، عند تشعیع العینة في الوسط الصلب تظھر النتی تبین ان قصر مدة من ھذا یان قطر المستعمرة یزداد كلما ازدادت مدة التشعیع، ) 8من الشكل ( ثانیة ھي االفضل، إذ یظھر كان النمو اقل عند من ھذا نستنتج انھ كلما قصرت مدة التشعیععملیة النمو ولیس قتلھا نھائیاً، في ئالتشعیع تؤدي الى بط عن تأثیر اشعة ]9[النتائج التي اجراھا تتفق ھذه .]13[مقارنة مع اقطار مستعمرات السیطرة he-ne laserالتشعیع بـ he-ne laser بكتریا فيe. coli لوحظ ان ھذا النوع من التشعیع یؤدي الى نقص في النمو للبكتریا المذكورة ولیس إذ sacchromycesفي خمیرة he-ne laserعن تأثیر ]14[الدراسة التي اجراھا ھا نھائیاً كما تتفق ھذه النتائج معقتل cerevisiae وجود اختالف معنوي في اقطار المستعمرات عند تشعیعھا عند لھا بینت نتائج التحلیل االحصائي التي . p> 0.05مستوى القدرة على تثبیط لھ he-neلیزر التشعیع بال التي أضح فیھا ان ]15[مع دراسة كما تتفق ھذه النتائج حول معاملة التشعیع ]16[) المنتشر في امریكا الالتینیة وكذلك دراسة pcm )paracoccidioidomycosisنمو الفطریات عند االصابة بالـ .pcmفي التقلیل من اثار االصابة بالـ he-neاللیزر التشعیع ة كفایحول معامالت ما بعد التشعیع • ) ان الوزن الجاف 9تبین كما في الشكل ( لمشععة ومقارنتھا مع السیطرة، إذالجاف للعینات ا الوزن قیسالوزن الجاف: عة الفطریة مقارنة الوزن الجاف للمزریدل على ان وقت التشعیع لم یؤثر في وھذاللمزروع كان متقارباً كلما زاد الوقت مستعمرات فطریة قول ان عملیة التشعیع قد قتلتي كان وزن المزروع الفطري كبیراً جداً وھذا یؤدي الى المع السیطرة الت . ومن خالل نتائج التحلیل االحصائي وجد اختالف he-ne laserمنھا ذو مقدرة على مقاومة اشعاع لكن الذي تبقى عدة .p> 0.05معنوي في الوزن الجاف للمستعمرات عند تشعیعھا عند مستوى ):clotrimazoleفي الخالیا للمضادات الحیویة ( he-ne laserتأثیر اشعاع • للمضاد micعند حساب عدد المستعمرات عند تراكیز مختلفة من المضاد الفطري لوحظ ان التركیز المثبط االدنى ) قیاسا مع السیطرة الذي یكون بھا عدد المستعمرات 10مل من مستحضر المضاد كما مبین في الشكل ( 1.1الفطري ھو ) ان قیمة 60-10تشعیع مختلفة ( اكیز من المضاد الفطري مددال تركبیراً جداً. كذلك لوحظ من خالل التجارب عند استعم mic للمضادclotrimazole ثانیة وھذا یبین انخفاض 10تشعیع مل من مستحضر المضاد في مدة 0.8 ھوmic تركیز مرات بوجود متغیرین (وقت التشعیع وعدد المستع ) الذي یظھر لنا11للمضاد عند وجود تشعیع كما في الشكل ( المضاد الفطري). من خالل نتائج التحلیل االحصائي لوحظ وجود اختالف معنوي بین المعالجة باللیزر والمعالجة بالمضاد صنع غشاء الخلیة طة تثبیطھا في اسلتي تؤثر في الخالیا بومن المضادات ا clotrimazole. یعد p< 0.005الفطري تعطي ھذه النتائج مؤشراً ایجابیاً الستخدام اشعة اللیزر مع ].17یة [تؤدي الى موت الخلیة الفطر الفطریة ومن ثم .]13[ الة المرضیة للعالج بالمضادات فقط وھذا ما لوحظ في دراسةتجابة الحالمضادات الفطریة في حالة عدم اس 59 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 تفاعل واضح بین ان جمیع الظواھر التي عرضت في ھذه النتائج التي تم التوصل الیھا في ھذه الدراسة تدل على وجود باختالفوع من اللیزر یختلف ، كما یتضح بأن تأثیر ھذا النt. mentagrophytes لیزر القدرة الواطئة مع خالیا الفطر ة الزمنیة المعرض الیھا الفطر وموقع اصابتھ.المد كیة تأثیره واسع في مجاالت عدیدة في الطب وعلوم الحیاة ومیكانی ذا استعمال he-ne laser في الوقت الحاضر اصبح اكتشف االطباء وعلماء البایولوجي ان ھذا النوع من اللیزر اً إذوعجیب اً یبقى تأثیره غامض نفسھ الوقت واضحة جداً لكن في في he-ne laserتخدم اللیزر حیث اس التقلیدیة عن ذلكیساعد على شفاء الجروح وااللتھابات التي تعجز فیھا المعالجة عالج نزف الجروح في اجسام الحیوان واالنسان وكانت نتیجة العالج قد قیست من خالل المعامالت الطبیة التي ھي درجة بلیزر القدرة م عالجھمن یعانون من نزف الجروح تلوحظ ان المرضى الذی إذاالنتفاخ وااللم ،وعدم االحمرار، وحرارة، ] وبالنظر لقلة الدراسة 18% أسرع من المرضى الذین تم عالجھم بالحالة االعتیادیة [35-25نسبة شفائھم الواطئة وكانت االحیاء المجھریة والخالیا بصورة عامة كان اطئة ضمن المدى الضوئي المرئي فيحول میكانیكیة تأثیر لیزر القدرة الو الفطریات. بة اعطاء تفسیر واضح لتأثیرھا فيمن الصعو المصادر 1rippon, j. w. (1988). medical mycology. the pathogenic fungi & the pathogenic actinomycetes. 3th edn, w. b. sauders co. phladelphia. 2hugo, w. b. and russell, a. d. (1989). pharmaceutical microbiology, 4th edn. black well scientific publications, boston-melbourne, 2: 43-58. 3emmons, c. w.; binford, c. h.; utz, j. and kwon-chung, k. j. (1977). medical mycology: 3rd edn., lea & febiger-philadephia: 117-167. 4ali, t. m. (1990). tinea capitis. clinical & mycological study. m.sc. thesis, college of medicine, university of baghdad: 105 pp. 5-ellbib, m. s. and khalifa, z. m. (2001). dermatophytes and other fungi associated with skin mycoses in tripoli, libya. annals of sudi medicine, 21(3-4): 193-195. 6kwon-chung, k. j. and bennett, j. t. (1992). medical mycology. lea & febiger, london: 81-102. 7al-hamadani, a. h. (1997). enzyme activity, purification of keratinase and proteinase and their roles in the pathogenicity and immunogenicity of clinical-isolated of dermatophytes and yeast. ph. d. thesis, college of education, university of basra: 120 pp. 8alió, a. b.; mendoza, m.; zambrano, e.a.; díaz, e. and cavallera, e. (2005). dermatophytes growth curve and in vitro susceptibility test: a broth micro-titration method. med mycol., 43(4):319-325. 9daniels, i. i. and quickenden, t. i. (1994). doses low intensity he-ne laser radiation produce a phosphological growth response in eschirichia coli. photochemistry and photobiology, 60(5): 481-485. 10ghannoum, m. a. , b. arthington-skaggs, v. chaturvedi, a. espinel-ingroff, m. a. pfaller, r. rennie, m. g. rinaldi, and t. j. walsh (2006). interlaboratory study of quality control isolates for a broth microdilution method (modified clsi m38-a) for testing susceptibilities of dermatophytes to antifungals. j. clin. microbiol.,44(12): 4353–4356. 11al-ani, f.k.; al-bassam, l.s. and al-salahi, k.a. (1995). epidemiological study of dermatomycosis due to trichophyton schoenleinii in camels in iraq. bull. anim. health prod. africa, 43: 87-92. ). الكائنات الدقیقة عملیاً. ترجمة عبد الحافظ، عبد الوھاب محمد 1986(وسیلي، ھاري ودیمارك، بول. ج. فان -12 صفحة. 120ومبارك، محمد الصاوي محمد. الدار العربیة للنشر والتوزیع، القاھرة: نیون) على حیویة خالیا الخمیرة المبیضات -). تأثیر لیزر القدرة الواطئة (الھلیوم2002حوار، سمیة نعیمة ( -13 candida albicans :صفحة. 110المعزولة من حاالت مرضیة. رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة (ابن الھیثم)، جامعة بغداد 14quickenden, t. i. and daniles, l. l. (1993). attempted biostimulation of division in saccharomyces cerevisiae using red coherent light. phytochemistry and photobiology: 57(2): 272-278. 15ferreira, m.c.; brito, v. n.; gameiro, j.; costa, m.r.; vasconcellos, e.c.; cruz-hofling, m. a. and verinaud, l. (2006). effects of hene laser irradiation on experimental paracoccidioidomycotic lesions. j photochem photobiol b., 84(2):141-149. 60 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=ali%c3%b3%20ab%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16110777 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=mendoza%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16110777 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=zambrano%20ea%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16110777 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=d%c3%adaz%20e%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16110777 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=cavallera%20e%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16110777 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16110777 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ghannoum%20ma%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=arthington-skaggs%20b%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=chaturvedi%20v%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=espinel-ingroff%20a%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=pfaller%20ma%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=pfaller%20ma%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=rennie%20r%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=rinaldi%20mg%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=walsh%20tj%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=ferreira%20mc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=brito%20vn%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=gameiro%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=costa%20mr%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=vasconcellos%20ec%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=cruz-hofling%20ma%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=cruz-hofling%20ma%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=verinaud%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=16624570 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16624570 16ferreira, m. c.; gameiro, j.; nagib, p. r. a.; brito, v. n.; vasconcellos, e. c. c. and verinaud, l. (2009). effect of low intensity helium–neon (hene) laser irradiation on experimental paracoccidioidomycotic wound healing dynamics. photochem. and photobio., 85(1): 227–233. 17nicholls, d. (1987). antifungal agent and the skin clinical efficacy proven worldwide, 13(6): 310-315. 18-simunovic, z.; ivankovich, a. d. and depolo, a. (2000). wound healing of anima and human body sport and traffic accident injuries using low level laser therapy treatment: a randomized clinical study of seventy-four patient with control group, j. clinical laser medicine & surgery, 18 iss2: 67-72. : قائمة تبین الفطریات الجلدیة الخیطیة المعزولة وعدد العینات واالمراض المسببة التي اخذت من مناطق )1( رقم جدول مصابة بالتھابات جلدیة. no. of isolates disease source of specimen fungal 5 tinea corporis skin (head) trichophyton rubrum 7 tinea cruris skin (thigh) t. mentagrophytes 10 tinea mannum skin (hands) t. mentagrophytes 61 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/php.2009.85.issue-1/issuetoc 62 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 63 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 64 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 65 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 66 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the effect of power he-ne laser on growth of dermatophyte trichophyton mentagophytes hayfaa a. yousif may m. abdullah dhuha s. abdulhamed riyadh s. habbaba dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. dept. of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 12/5/2013, accepted in : 2/2/2014 abstract this study aims to evaluate the effect of low power a semi-conductor he-ne laser 4 mw power with 635 nm length on the growth and cell viability of dermatophyte trichophyton mentagophytes. for this study, skin samples of 22 patents were collecting; those patients were suffering from dematophytsis caused by the dermatophytes, three isolates were diagnosed in dermatophytes group were t. mentagophytes. results showed that rays of semi-conductor laser with 635 nm wavelength of 4 mn power have affected the fungal growth t. mentagophytes (the ideal isolates) in sold media when exposed to laser radiation in different periods of 10-20 second duration, but the other two isolates gave negative results. the effects of he-ne laser rays in dry weight matter, the results showed that the change of radiation’s time did not inhibit largely the fungal growth. according to the above results it showed that how he-ne laser rays within 10-20 second radiation time are effective in medical treatment of experimental skin infection with t. mentagophytes. furthermore results showed a synergistic effect between he-ne laser and the antifungal clotrimazole on cells through reducing the minimum inhibitory concentration of antifungal after radation. key words: trichophyton mentagophytes, he-ne laser, dermatophytes. 67 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 1rippon, j. w. (1988). medical mycology. the pathogenic fungi & the pathogenic actinomycetes. 3th edn, w. b. sauders co. phladelphia. 2hugo, w. b. and russell, a. d. (1989). pharmaceutical microbiology, 4th edn. black well scientific publications, boston-melbourne, 2: 43-58. 3emmons, c. w.; binford, c. h.; utz, j. and kwon-chung, k. j. (1977). medical mycology: 3rd edn., lea & febiger-philadephia: 117-167. 4ali, t. m. (1990). tinea capitis. clinical & mycological study. m.sc. thesis, college of medicine, university of baghdad: 105 pp. 5-ellbib, m. s. and khalifa, z. m. (2001). dermatophytes and other fungi associated with skin mycoses in tripoli, libya. annals of sudi medicine, 21(3-4): 193-195. 6kwon-chung, k. j. and bennett, j. t. (1992). medical mycology. lea & febiger, london: 81-102. 7al-hamadani, a. h. (1997). enzyme activity, purification of keratinase and proteinase and their roles in the pathogenicity and immunogenicity of clinical-isolated of dermatophytes and yeast. ph. d. thesis, college of education, university of basra:... 8alió, a. b.; mendoza, m.; zambrano, e.a.; díaz, e. and cavallera, e. (2005). dermatophytes growth curve and in vitro susceptibility test: a broth micro-titration method. med mycol., 43(4):319-325. 9daniels, i. i. and quickenden, t. i. (1994). doses low intensity he-ne laser radiation produce a phosphological growth response in eschirichia coli. photochemistry and photobiology, 60(5): 481-485. 10ghannoum, m. a. , b. arthington-skaggs, v. chaturvedi, a. espinel-ingroff, m. a. pfaller, r. rennie, m. g. rinaldi, and t. j. walsh (2006). interlaboratory study of quality control isolates for a broth microdilution method (modified clsi m38-a) fo... 11al-ani, f.k.; al-bassam, l.s. and al-salahi, k.a. (1995). epidemiological study of dermatomycosis due to trichophyton schoenleinii in camels in iraq. bull. anim. health prod. africa, 43: 87-92. 12وسيلي، هاري وديمارك، بول. ج. فان (1986). الكائنات الدقيقة عملياً. ترجمة عبد الحافظ، عبد الوهاب محمد ومبارك، محمد الصاوي محمد. الدار العربية للنشر والتوزيع، القاهرة: 120 صفحة. 13حوار، سمية نعيمة (2002). تأثير ليزر القدرة الواطئة (الهليوم-نيون) على حيوية خلايا الخميرة المبيضات candida albicans المعزولة من حالات مرضية. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم)، جامعة بغداد:110 صفحة. 14quickenden, t. i. and daniles, l. l. (1993). attempted biostimulation of division in saccharomyces cerevisiae using red coherent light. phytochemistry and photobiology: 57(2): 272-278. 15ferreira, m.c.; brito, v. n.; gameiro, j.; costa, m.r.; vasconcellos, e.c.; cruz-hofling, m. a. and verinaud, l. (2006). effects of hene laser irradiation on experimental paracoccidioidomycotic lesions. j photochem photobiol b., 84(2):141-149. 16ferreira, m. c.; gameiro, j.; nagib, p. r. a.; brito, v. n.; vasconcellos, e. c. c. and verinaud, l. (2009). effect of low intensity helium–neon (hene) laser irradiation on experimental paracoccidioidomycotic wound healing dynamics. photochem. a... 17nicholls, d. (1987). antifungal agent and the skin clinical efficacy proven worldwide, 13(6): 310-315. 18-simunovic, z.; ivankovich, a. d. and depolo, a. (2000). wound healing of anima and human body sport and traffic accident injuries using low level laser therapy treatment: a randomized clinical study of seventy-four patient with control group, j. cl... ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 seasonal abundance of adult beetles species on the exposed carcasses in baghdad city m .s . abdul – rassoul , r. sh. augul , h. h. al – saffar iraq natural history museum, unive rsity of baghdad abstract beetles sp ecimens were collected from exp osed animal carcasses in baghdad city ; and p repared for farther taxonomic st udy . the invest igation st arted from february2006 till january 2007.the results obtained showed that beetles could be collected during late winter to early autumn with variation of their p op ulation density at different seasons. the majority of the collected sp ecies were abundant during sp ring and early summer. in this invest igation, four sp ecies confined to three families were identified. the sp ecies saprinus sp . 1 (family : hist eridae) was the most abundant followed by dermestes maculates de geer ( family : dermest idae ) , while saprinus sp . 2 and necrobia rufipes (de geer) (family : cleridae ) were the least abundant sp ecies . introduction necrophagous insects, mainly coleop tera , are att racted to sp ecific st ages of carcasses decomposition, in p rocess of faunist ic succession [ 1 ] , these animals feed , live or breed in and on the corp se , depending on their biological p references and on the state of decomposition [2 , 3 ] .the knowledge of this succession is an imp ortant tool in forensic st udies to estimate the interval since death from the sp ecies of organisms is found on t he body [4]. the habits of beetles , are extremely varied such as various decaying animals , dung and carrion [ 5 ] , m any ty p es of beetles are att racted to carcasses such as ; hist eridae , dermest idae , and cleridae [ 6 , 7] . the hist eridae are a large family , of comp act hard, shining beetles with geniculate and st rongly clubbed antennae, the ely tra are truncated behind leaving the two apical segments exp osed, for the most p art t hey are black or brown insects, but in some cases t he ely tra are marked with red, and a few sp ecies are metallic [5] . the prost ernum is very imp ortant in the taxonomy of hist eridae. the central region, which is usually somewhat p rominent, is the p rost enal keel. some sp ecies show p airs of st rinae on the keel, the carinal st riae, located toward the middle, and the lateral st riae, some sp ecies of sap rininae also bear a p air of fovea in the anterior p art of the keel , referred to as the p reap ical foveae , several sp ecies of hist eridae have in front of the p rost ernal keel a lobe called the p rost ernal lobe which extend laterally [8].the sp ecies of; saprinus foveisternus schm. ,s.interruptus pay kull and s.ornatus erichson were found in iraq [9] . dermest id beetles ( fam.: dermest idae ) , an elongate broadly oval , covered with scales or hairs , black or brownish , sometimes p att erned , antennae short , clubbed ,fitting in grooves below sides of p ronotum , dermestids feed on a great many things such as animals decompositions and storages skins [ 6 , 10]. on t he other hand, the family cleridae (checkered beetles) are often highly colored with intricate patt erns, they are small to medium in size, often cylindrical and usually hairy [10]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 adults body of checkered beetles, elongate – narrow with long erect p ubescence, p ronotum narrower than forewing, head usually as wide as or wider than p ronotum, antennae variously clubbed or threadlike 324 segments. some adults and a few larvae are p ollen feeders , one sp ecies ; the red legged ham beetle , necrobia rufipes ( de geer ) , is destructive to st ored meats ,and the adult are found near sp oiled fish and dead animals in the field [ 6 ]. the adults of n. rufipes are found on dried fish, skins and bones of dead animals and other carrion where they are sap rop hagous and p redaceous [7] .t his sp ecies was recorded in iraq [ 11 ] . because of rare information about those sp ecies of iraq, this invest igation is suggested to know beetles sp ecies which are att racted to exp osed carcasses in baghdad city . materials and methodes a survey of adult beetles was undertaken during the p eriod of feb. 2006 to jan.2007, using decomposed fish and rabbit carcasses p laced in the garden of iraq natural history m useum – bab-almudham. the rabbits were killed by using chloroform; the carcasses were p laced together in a metal cage and exp osed to direct sunlight [12], this method is replicated monthly . collection and samples were p erformed randomly among the carcasses. adult beetles were cap tured by forcep s and put in test tubes, and the sampling were killed by freezing and mounted on entomological p ins. the sp ecimens were identified by numerous taxonomical keys [6, 8], and the sampling comp ared with sp ecimens which they st ore in iraq natural hist ory m useum to assured identification. resultes adult beetles collected on exp osed carcasses (fish and rabbit) during the p eriod of invest igation from the garden of iraq natural hist ory museum were found to belong to different three families. their seasonal abundance and the relative annual abundance wer e given in table (1) and figur e (1), while the results in table (2) showed the temp eratures and relative humidity that recorded in baghdad city during invest igation period. the three families were as follows: (i) family hist eridae: two sp ecies were collected; these were: saprinus sp .1 : it st arted with low numbers during february , then st eadily increased during the next three months , followed by decline from july to september , then again increased during october. no beetles were collected during november to january. the p op ulation showed one peak during early summer; on the other hand, the p op ulation was the lowest during august . saprinus sp . 2: the numbers cap tures of this sp ecies were f luctuated during the invest igation p eriod which were the high est in jun and the lowest in october. no beetles were collected during february, m arch, m ay , july , august , september, november, december and january. (ii) family dermest idae : only one sp ecies was collected : dermestes macul atus de geer ; its seasonal abundance showed a h igh p eak during late sp ring and early summer . anot her, but much lower p eak was noticed during m arch, july and october. no beetles could be co llected during august , september, november, december and january. (iii) family cleridae : only one sp ecies was collected : necrobia rufi pes ( de geer ) : beetles were abundant during sp ring , the highest p eak was reached in m ay , the lowest p eak was in m arch and october . no beetles could be collected during febru ary, july , august , september, november, decemb er and january. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 the results showed that relative annual abundance of these families was; 79.87, 13.98 and 6.15 % resp ectively. disscussion a summary of the relative annual abundance of the collected sp ecies of coleoptera in the garden of iraq natural history museum on exp osed carcasses is given in figur e -1. these results showed different seasonal abundance of beetles. in the p resent study , hist eridae was most abundant during period from february to october compared with dermest idae and cler idae . the occurrence of these beetles is as follows: hist eridae and cler idae, resp ectively in sp ring, while hist eridae, dermest idae and cler idae during sum mer, also during fall. in winter, hist eridae sp ecies were the only sp ecies observed [4], which in general are in an agr eement with our results. while the adult hist eridae, dermest idae and cleridae were collected on p ig carcass during august and september [13]. in the p resent studay ; saprinus sp . 1 was collected at its highest rate during june ( mean temp erature 25.5 c o min . &44.2 c o max . & 20% r. h .) ,wher ease its lowest was in au gust ( at 26.5 c o min. & 42.7 c o max . & 33% r.h.). on t he other hand, saprinus sp .2 was very scarce in this invest igation. the sp ecies of saprinus chalcites ( illiger ) was found on exp osed carcass in summer ; whereas in winter , the family was well represented by saprinus subnitesc ens bickhardt and s . chaleites. in sp ring, only saprinus subnitescens and s . semipunctatus (fab.) were present on carcass [ 14 ], whereas koller et al. [15] found that the larger p op ulation levels of hist eridae were observed from october to m ay and from 17 july to 2 october ; saprinus aeneus appeared on carcass at rate of 1.48% (45, 20 sp ecimens in july and august resp ectively) [16] . also centeno et al. [4] found that saprinus sp . have a high lev el in summer ( at mean temp erature of 41.75 c o ) and the lowest level was in winter ( at 23.8 c o ). m eanwhile, oliva and ravioli [17] noticed that saprinus patagonicus was app eared in small numbers during m arch (at temp erature below 22 c o ) the sp ecies of dermestes maculatus (dermest idae ) was recorded in iraq [18] .in this st udy , this sp ecies was app eared in high number in june , whereas it was found in the lowest number in m arch , july and october . according to az ab et al. [19] the best condition for rearing d. maculatus adult stages was 21.5 c o and 64.8% r.h. during autumn , while, at 28.2 c o and 61.6% r.h. in summer was given short est longevities. the d. maculatus on ly reaches full development when the temp erature remains constant at above 18 c o (20), also dermestes maculatus was found on p ig car cass in summer and rain fall season at mean temp erature 18.73 c o &41. 75 c o resp ectively [4], while iannacone [16] in his st udy on p ig carcass (17 july to 2 october) found that d. maculatus was more abundant comp ared with other sp ecies. the adult d. maculatus was collected on p ig car cass during au gust and september [13], also the sp ecies was found feeding on meat exp osed in june [21]. adult of dermestes spp . associated with man cadaver in m arch (at t emp erature below 22 c o ) [17]. on other hand , cleridae sp ecies was found in the p resent study , rep resented by necrobia rufipes on exp osed carcasses , in high numbers during m ay ( 22.5 c o min & 38.2 c o max & 33% r.h. ) ; whereas its lowest was in m arch ( 11.5 c o min & 26.6 c o max & 43% r.h. ) , also the results indicated that there is no p resence of beetles at hot and cold seasons . the previous studies ; found that cleridae sp ecies (necrobia spp . ) , could be appeared in a carrion as necrop hagous sp ecies ( feeding and breedin g ) and as p redators [ 22 ] . n . rufipes was t he clerids recov ered on carrion, and was p redominant p resence in the decay st age in summer , winter and sp ring ; associated with fly maggots inside car casses [14]. the previous studies stated that n. rufipes is necrovorous only [23, 24], whereas t he sp ecies ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 of n . ruf ipes is found necrovorous as well as p redaceous [25]. adult of n . rufipes was found on dried fish , skins and bones of dead animals and other carrion where they are sap rop hagous and p redaceous , also this is a cosmopolitan sp ecies p robably originally from the palearctic r egion [7]. the sp ecies of n . rufipes was regist ered on p ig car cass at the rate of 0.45% from total beetles collected during the p eriod of 17 july to 2 october [16] . the results showed that the lowest level is comp arable with dermest idae and hist eridae sp ecies; it's app eared in july and august only. these results assured centeno et al. [4] , they observed no clerids sp ecies co llected in rain fall and winter at mean temp eratures of 18.73 c o & 20.5 c o resp ectively , whereas this sp ecies was app eared in sp ring and summer but in lowest level comp ared to other beetles ( such as hist eridae and dermestidae ) . on the other hand, differences between the results might be du e to the geographical region and season [26, 27]. generally , field observation in the p resent study showed that most , if not all , sp ecies of collected beetles are more abundant during the moderate and warmer temp erature of sp ring , early summer and early autumn seasons t han during cold winter and late summer . finally; it was found t hat saprinus sp . 1 was the most abundant sp ecies of coleop teran during this invest igation. re ferences 1. carvalho , .l . m . l . ;thy ssen , p . j . ; goff , m . l . and linhares , a . x.and palhares, f.a.b. (2000) m em.inst .oswaldo cruz,rio de janeiro,95(1):135-138. 2. deonier, c.c.(1940).j.econ.entomol.33 :166-170. 3. benecke, m . (2001) forensic sc. international, 120:2-14. 4. centeno , n. ; m aldonado , m . and oliva , a .(2002) forensic sc. international, 126: 63 – 70 . 5. imms,a.d.(1964)a general te xtbook of entomology ,9 th ed .butler and tannelr ltd . ,london. 886pp . 6. jaques, h.e.(1951) how t o know t he beetles .w.m .c. brown comp any p ublishers,u.s.a.205 pp . 7. op itiz,w.(2002) cleridae latreille 1804.in : arnett, r.h.,jr. , thomas,m .c., skelley , p.e.and frank, j.h.(eds) .2002 . american beetles ,vol.2: poly p haga: scarabaeioidea through curculionoid ea.crc press , boca raton ,usa. pp .267-280. 8. bousquet, y. (2002) hist erid beetles associated with l ivest ock dung in can ada .http :// es2 a gr. a/ corc/ p ss histkey/ntro.htm m arch, 2002. 9.holdhause, k.(1919)koleop teren aus mesop otamien :er gebnisse d er winenchaftlichen exp edition nach m esop otamien,1910.annalen des (k.k.) naturhistorischen hofmuseum (m useums), vienna,33:39-58. 10.borer,d.j.and white ,r.e.(1970) a field guide to t he insects of america nort h of m exico .3 rd p rinting, u s a , 404 pp . 11.derwesh, a.i.(1965)a preliminary list of identified insects and some arachnids of iraq direct gen. agr res. ro. baghdad, bulletin,no.121:1-123. 12.denno , r . f . and cothran , w . r . (1975)ann. entomol. soc. amer. 68(4):741-758. 13.carvalho , .l . m . l . ;thy ssen , p . j . ; goff , m . l . and linhares , a . x .(2004) anil aggrawal ُ◌ s int ernet journal of forensic m edicine and toxicology , 5 (1): 33 – 39 . 14.tantawi , t . i . , el kady , e . m . ; greenberg , b . and el – ghaffar , h . a .(1996 ) j . m ed . entomol . 33 (4 ) : 566 – 580 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 15.koller , w. w . ; gomes , a . and rodrigues , s . r .(2002) braz . j . biol . , 62 (3) : 473 – 478. 16.iannacone . j .(2003 )rev ista brasileira de zoologia , 20 (1) : 85 – 90 ( abst ract in english ) . 17.oliva , a . and ravio li , j . a .(2004 ) anil a ggrawal ُ◌ s int ernet journal of forensic m edicine and toxico logy . 5 (1) : 45 – 49 . 18.el-haidar i,h.;fatt ah,y.m . and sultan j.a. (1972) contribution of the insect fauna of iraq .(p art 4) ,m in.agr.iraq.bull.no.18,17p p . 19.az ab , a . k . ; tawfik , m . f . s . and abouzeid , n . a.(1972) bull . soc . ent . egypte .. 56. : 1 – 14. 20.rasp i , a . and antonelli , r .(1995 ) frustula entomologica 18 (31) : 169 – 176 . 21.leccese , a .(2004) anil aggrawa ُ◌ls internet j . of forensic m edicine and toxicology , 5 (1) : 26 – 32 22.smith, k. g. v. (1986) a manual of forensic entomology . british m useum, london, 205 pp . 23.fuller, m . e. (1934) council for scientific and industrial rese arch, bulletin 82: 1 – 63. 24.pay ne, j. a. and king, e. w.(1970) entomologist , s m onthly m agazine, 105: 224 – 232. 25.braack, l. e.o. (1981) koedoe, 24:33-46 (cited in tantawi et al. 1996) 26.bornemissz a, g.f. (1957) aus. j.z ool.5:1-12. 27.arnaldos, i.;romera, e. ;garcia,m .d. and luna , a.(2001) int .j.legal m ed.114:156-162. table (1):se asonal abundance of beetles on e xposed carcasse s in baghdad governorate during the period from feb. 2006 to jan. 2007 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ number of beetles in monthly collection jan007 de c nov oct se pt au g jul y jun ma y ap r ma r fe b.0 06 coleopteran species fam.:histe ridae saprinus sp.1 saprinus sp.2 fam.:dermestida e dermestes macul atus fam.:cleridae necropia rufi pes 34 2 1 2 6 2 14 1 152 19 39 7 63 15 16 43 8 3 3 25 1 1 9 6 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 table (2):the temperature and relative humidity dominated the period of study (acco rding to ira qi meteorological office) 0 20 40 60 80 100 histeridae sp. cleridae sp. dermestidae sp. fig. (1): percentages of beetle species collected from dead ani mal carcasse s during feb.2006-jan.-2007 months feb2006 march 20 06 apr20 06 may 2006 jun 20 06 jul20 06 aug2006 sep20 06 oct20 06 nov20 06 dec2007 ja n2007 min co max co 8.7 11.5 17.0 22.5 25 .5 27 .0 26 .5 20.9 18.5 8.1 3.1 3.0 19.6 26.6 30.3 38.2 44 .2 45 .3 42 .7 40.0 34.0 22.7 15 .7 14 .0 r.h% 63 43 49 33 20 22 23 28 43 49 62 67 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد على الجثث المكشوفة في مدینة ) الدور الكامل ( التواجد الموسمي ألنواع الخنافس بغداد ن عكل ،محمد صالح عبد الرسول الصفارهناء هاني ،رزاق شعال جامعة بغداد ،حف التأریخ الطبیعي مت خالصةال جمعت الخنافس المتجمعة حول الجثث المیتة لالرانب و االسماك المكشـوفة فـي دراسـة تعـد األولـى فـي مدینـة بغـداد التـي . 2007و الى كانون الثاني 2006 أجریت للفترة شباط یـف بكثافـة سـكانیة متباینـة حسـب بینت النتائج أنه باإلمكان جمع انواع من الخنافس فـي نهایـة موسـم الشـتاء ولغایـة بدایـة الخر :النوع والموسم،و أظهرت الدراسة وجود أربعة أنواع تعود إلى ثالث عوائل وهي saprinus spالنوع histعائلة 1 . eridae تاله النوع ،كان األكثر وفرة اذdermestes maculatus de geer العائلة dermest idae . بینمـا كـان النوعـانsaprinus sp histالعائلـة مـن 2 . eridae وnecrobia rufipes de geer .ةمدالهما األقل وفرة خالل تلك cleridaeعائلة microsoft word 105-111 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1778 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|105   antifungal activity of solanum nigrum extract against microsporum canis, the causative agent of ring worm disease yasser muafaq al-qertani lqertaniyasser@gmail.com dept. of biology/ college of science/ university of diyala abstract the present study was performed to evaluate the anti-fungal effect of alcoholic extract of solanum nigrum (aesn) on the growth of microsporum canis, the causes agent of ring worm. the results of this work referred to the inhibitory effect of the studied extract on the growth of tested fungi. the percentages of inhibition were (7.88 %, 19.88%, 23.41%, 57.65%), in comparison to the control, when (2%, 4%, 6%,8% ) of tested extract were used, respectively. the data illustrated that the higher concentrations of the extract are applied, the more inhibition of fungal growth is produced. key words: solanum niger extract, ring worm, inhibition, microsporum canis ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1778 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|106   1. introduction dermatophytes are group of pathogenic fungi attacking the keratinized tissues such as hair, skin, nails of human and animals causing dermatophytosis [1]. historically, the term “dermatophytes” referred to the dermal plant and defined as a parasitic fungi infect the keratinized tissues of skin causing the ring worm or tinea [2]. the hot and moist environments are required as the best growth conditions for dermatophytes, so they are widespread in the tropical and subtropical areas [3]. these fungi include three geneses; microsporum, trichophyton, epidermophyton [1]. microsporum canis is globally distributed species [4] infecting the dead superficial layer of skin [5]. at the site of infection, these fungi are loose, white and scattered with the hair tissue [6]. m. canis was isolated from infected scalp and various body sites causing tissue destruction and hair loss [4]. in mild cases of infection, localized anti-fungal treatment is usually applied at the site of infection. while in severe cases, a combination of anti-fungals is required, such as griseofulvin combined with itraconazole or terbinafine) for treatment of infection [7, 8]. the commonly used anti-fungal drugs play an important role in the treatment of fungal infections. however, many of these antimicrobials possess a harmful side effects on human and animals health if they would be administrated incorrectly. in addition, these antimicrobials characterized by the low efficacy due to their poor tissue penetration [9]. the abuse and overuse of these antimicrobials lead to the emergence of antifungal resistance [10]. finding an alternative medication is attracting the scientists’ attention to avoid fungal resistance. plants are reported as a good source of antimicrobials [11]. the demand on using some plant extracts as antibacterial and antifungal substances has risen recently. these extracts are produced as secondary metabolites which could be used in pharmaceutical applications [12, 13]. norikura et al. [14] confirmed that the mode of plant extracts action depends on their chemical composition. solanum nigrum is herbesiaus plant come from solonales order, solonaceae family, under the plantae kingdom. this plant was world -widely used as a traditional treatment for several disorders and chronic skin infections, such as ring worm, tinea, diarrhea, eye diseases, etc. the most active compounds of solanum niger are alkloids and saponins. furthermore, solanum niger is composed of glycosides, carbohydrates and proteins which have the anti-clumping and antitumor activity [15, 16,17, 18] . the aim of this study is to determine the effective concentrations of aesn against m. canis, the pathogenic fungi of ring worm infection. these pictures illustrated the early and late stages of infection by m. canis ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1778 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|107   2. materials and methods preparation of plant extract the alcoholic extract of solanum's fruit (aesn) was prepared according to [19] with minor modifications. after removing their seeds, the fruits were dried then crashed. the powdered fruits were weighted (30 gm) then mixed with 70% of ethanol and incubated with shaking and at darkness for three days at 35 °c. after incubation, the mixture was filtered by gauzes then by filter paper. filtration process was repeated to get rid of contaminants and ensure getting a purified solution. then, the solution was poured into sterile glass-made petri dishes and transferred into the oven at 45 °c for ethanol evaporation and extract production. the extract was collected in sterilized glass-made tubes which were closed tightly and then kept at 8 °c until they were used culture media and growth conditions m. canis was isolated and diagnosed at veterinary college/ diyala university. the fungi were inoculated and grown on sabouraud sucrose agar containing chloramphenicol 250 µg\ml to avoid bacterial growth and contamination. the inoculated agar plates were incubated at 37 °c for 6 days. preparation of the extract concentrations each 1 gm of extract was dissolved in 2 ml of phosphate buffer saline (ph=7). the mixture was strongly mixed by vortex to dissolve it completely. a stock solution (100%) of extract was prepared then diluted by agar dilution method in a suitable culture medium following [20], with some modifications. briefly, several dilutions of aesn (2%, 4%, 6%, 8%) were prepared and added into sabouraud sucrose agar at 45 °c and immediately poured into sterilized petri dishes. the prepared agar plates were left to solidify for 10 minutes inside the biosafety hood and then inoculated with 106 spores/ml of m. canis which were spread homogenously over the agar. all the agar plates were incubated at 37 °c for 6 days. to measure the inhibition percentages of aesn against m. canis, the following equation was used: inhibition% diameter of control diameter of treatment diameter of control x100 statistical analysis each experiment was performed at least three times. the collected values were then analyzed mathematically using spss system.    ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1778 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|108   tables and figures legends:                                 figure (1): the growth of m. canis treated with various concentrations of aesn table (1): percentages of fungal growth inhibition treated with aesn concentrations of extract 0% 2% 4% 6% 8% diameter of treated colonies average (mm) 8.5 7.8 6.8 6.5 3.6 % inhibition 0% 7.88% 19.88% 23.41% 57.65% ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1778 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|109   table (2): statistical analysis of m. canis treated with aesn diameter (mm) of fungal colonies after treatment replications concentrations 8.50 r1 2% 7.40 r2 7.60 r3 7.83a means 6.85 r1 4% 7.00 r2 6.60 r3 6.81a means 7.25 r1 6% 6.10 r2 6.20 r3 6.51a means 4.00 r1 8% 3.10 r2 3.70 r3 3.60b means 8.50 r1 0% 8.50 r2 8.50 r3 8.50c means ns lsd 3. results & discussion   in this study, no difference in fungal growth inhibition was noticed when 2% (t2) and 4% (t3) of aesn were used. in comparison to the control 0% (t1), a slight inhibitory effect on m. canis growth was reported when fungi treated with 6% (t4) of the extract. while the fungi growth inhibition by 8% (t5) of aesn was significantly different (p < 0.05) when compared to control tables (1 and 2). we concluded that the higher concentrations of aesn are used, the more m. canis growth inhibition is produced. our findings were in agreement with saleem et al. [21] who observed an increasing in the zone of fungi inhibition when the concentration of their tested extract was increased. an association between antimicrobial activity of plant extract and its composition was published. the aesn is basically composed of alkaloid, saponins, glycosids and antitumor molecules. these substances disrupt and inhibit the biological activities of succinate dehydrogenase, which is an important enzyme in metabolic processes, oxidation phsphorolation and electron transport mechanisms during fungi respiration and eventually, lead to cell death [17, 18]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1778 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|110   4. conclusion several studies were reported refer to resistance of m. canis to many of commonly prescribed anti-fungal substances. this study is suggested aesn as an alternative antimicrobial for treatment of ring worm infection in which m. canis is the main pathogenic cause. acknowledgments the author would like to thank each of dr. ammar algburi for editing of my writing and dr. gassan hamdan for giving me the fungal isolates as a gift references [1] b. jochen, and g. yvonne, trichophyton eboreum sp. nov. isolated from human skin. journal of clinical microbiology, 43 (10): 5230-5237. 2005. [2] t. matsumoto, and j.l. ajello, current taxonomic concepts pertaining to the dermatophytes and related fungi. international journal of dermatology, 26:491-499. 1987. [3] b.l. hainer, dermatophyte infections. american family physician, 67: 101-108. 2003. [4] j. w. rippon, medical mycology : the pathogenic fungi and the pathogenic actinomycetes. 3rd ed. philadelphia, pa. saunders. isbn 0-7216-(2444). 1988. [5] s.shafiee, , a.r. khosravi, and t. i. ashrafi, comparative study of microsporum canis isolated by dna fingerprinting. mycoses, 57: 507–512. 2014. [6] g.rebell, and d.taplin, dermatophytes: their recognition and identification. coral gables, florida: university of miami press. 1979. [7] i.török, , gy. simon, and m. pap, microsporum canis infections in hungary. mykosen, 25 (1): 42–46. 1982. [8] b.r.mignon, and b.j. losson, prevalence and characterization of microsporum canis carriage in cats. journal of medical and veterinary mycology, 35: 249–256. 1997. [9] j. c.gallagher , e.s. dodds ashley, r.h. drew, and perfect, j.rantifungal pharmacotherapy for invasive mould infections. expert opinion on pharmacotherapy, 4: 147-164 2003. [10] m.j.abad, , m. ansuategui, and bermejo , active antifungal substances from natural sources . arkivoc (vii): 116 – 145. 2007 [11] n.tabassum, and g.m. vidyasagar, antifungal investigations on plant essential oils . international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences, 5 (2).  2013.    [12] e.l.desouza ; t.l. stamford, and e.o.limaantimicrobial effectiveness of spices : an approach for use in food conservation systems . brazilian archives of biology and technology 48(4).549-558. brazil. 2005. [13] s.j.ajeenah, effect the extract of volatile oil of some plants on fungi growth. the 2nd conference of veterinary sciences. veterinary college, baghdad university. 21st november, baghdad, iraq. 2007 [14] t.norikura; a. kojima-yuasa; m.shimizu; x. huang, , xu, s., kametani, s., rho, s.n., kennedy, d.o. and matsui-yuasa, i. mechanism of growth inhibitory . effect of ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1778 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|111   blumea balsamifera extract in hepatocellular carcinoma. bioscience, biotechnology and biochemistry, 72(5):1183-1189. 2008 [15] k.s.heo; s.j. lee; j.h. ko; k. lim, and k.t. limglycoprotein isolated from solanum nigrum l. inhibits the dna-binding activities of nf-κβ and ap-1, and increases the production of nitric oxide in tpa stimulated .mcf-7 cells. toxicology in vitro,18: 755–763. 2004. [16] l.an; j.t.tang; j.t. liu, and n.n. gao, review about mechanisms of anti-cancer of solanum nigrum. china journal of chinese materia medica, 31:(15).1225–1226, 2006. [17] x.zhou; x. he, , g.wang, , h. gao, , g. zhou, , w. ye, and x. yao, steroidal saponins from solanum nigrum. journal of natural products, 69:(8).1158–1163. 2006. [18] c.c.hsieh; h.l. fang, and lina, w.c.. inhibitory effect of solanum nigrum on thioacetamide-induced liver fibrosis in mice. journal of ethnopharmacology,119:(1). 117– 121. 2008 [19] al-qertani, y.m.. influence of some plant extracts on afla toxin b1 produced by aspergillus flavus. msc. thesis, department of biology, college of education, diyala university, iraq. 2013 [20] k.ha.ibrahim; a. ahad, and a.abid ali, evaluation the activity of trichoderma harzianium and some plant’s powder against rhizoctonia solani, the causative agent of rhizoctonia stem and black scurf canker of potato. journal of babylon university for pure and applied sciences, 17( 1):212-225. 2009. [21] t. s. mohamed saleem, chetty; s. ramkanth; m. alagusundaram, , k.gnanaprakash, , v. s. thiruvengada rajan, and s. angalaparameswarisolanum nigrum linn.a review. pharmacology review, 3:(6)342-5, 2009.       ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 60 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. posterior estimates for the parameter of the poisson distribution by using two different loss functions jinan a. naser al-obedy drjanan1964@gmail.com technical college of management-baghdad, baghdad, iraq abstract in this paper, bayes estimators of poisson distribution have been derived by using two loss functions: the squared error loss function and the proposed exponential loss function in this study, based on different priors classified as the two different informative prior distributions represented by erlang and inverse levy prior distributions and non-informative prior for the shape parameter of poisson distribution. the maximum likelihood estimator (mle) of the poisson distribution has also been derived. a simulation study has been fulfilled to compare the accuracy of the bayes estimates with the corresponding maximum likelihood estimate (mle) of the poisson distribution based on the root mean squared error (rmse) for different cases of the parameter of the poisson distribution and different sample sizes. keywords: the poisson distribution, mle, bayes estimation, self, the proposed loss function. 1. introduction the poisson distribution is a discrete probability distribution for the counts of events that occur randomly in a given interval of time (or space). also, it is an appropriate model for; the number of phone calls received by a telephone operator in a ten minutes the number of flaws in a bolt of fabric, the number of spelling errors on each page of a document. the poisson distribution has widespread applications in almost every science, engineering and medicine. so, it is important to study different estimation methods for the poisson distribution. many authors investigate the effects on bayes’ estimators of the poisson distribution based on different loss functions, and the prior distributions represented by informative prior and noninformative prior. we mention some of them as follows: [1] discussed bayes estimators for the binomial and poisson distribution, based on informative and non-informative priors. he concludes that using non-informative priors results in equal tails posterior probability intervals in the corresponding frequentist confidence intervals. also, he pointed out that the posterior ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.1.2800 article history: received 7,september , 2021, accepted 5, december, 2021, published in january 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:drjanan1964@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 61 mean is larger than the mle, which explains why the bayesian interval is slightly shifted to the right compared to the frequentist interval. [2] examined bayes estimators of unknown parameters of the poisson distribution under different priors. they have derived the posterior distributions for the unknown parameter of the poisson distribution using single priors such as uniform, jeffrey’s, gamma distribution, also under double priors such as gamma-chi-square distributions, gamma-exponential distributions, chi-square-exponential distributions. they used r software to find posterior estimates. they explained the results of this study through numerical and graphical posterior densities of the parameters. [3] deals with the problem of estimating parameters of some well-known distribution functions such as binomial, poisson, normal and exponential distribution function. he derived estimation of parameters by using maximum likelihood, method of moment, and bayes estimation. he derived bayes estimators for the parameters of these distributions using lindley's approximation based on different types of priors. [4] discussed different estimation methods for poisson parameter estimations. which were represented by maximum likelihood, markov chain monte carlo, and bayes method. he derives the bayes estimators under the squared error loss function based on gamma prior distribution. he used a simulation study for investigating the performance of the ml method, the markov chain monte carlo method, and the bayes method. also, he applies to test a hypothesis that the means of poisson parameter estimations obtained from the ml method, markov chain monte carlo method, and bayes method were not different from the true parameters. [5] described several interval estimators for the poisson mean, such as classical interval estimators: the wald interval estimator, the score interval estimator, the exact interval estimator, and the bootstrap interval estimator. also, they described bayes credible estimators , such as the equal tails credible interval estimator, jeffrey's prior credible interval estimator, the highest posterior density (hpd) credible interval estimator, the relative surprise credible interval estimator. they derived bayes estimators based on four different priors, such as uniform prior, exponential prior, gamma prior and chi-square prior. performances of the proposed bayes estimators have been studied and compared in terms of coverage probabilities and coverage lengths based on a simulation study. the methodology is also illustrated on a real data set. [6] derived the bayes posterior estimator of the parameter of the poisson distribution under the squared error and stein's loss functions. he obtains the empirical bayes estimators of the parameter of the poisson distribution based on gamma prior distribution. he investigates the behavior of estimators for the parameter of poisson distribution by using simulation results. [7] discussed the e-bayesian and empirical ebayesian estimates for the parameter of the poisson distribution. he also derived posterior risk for empirical e-bayesian e-bayesian approximation based on the squared error loss function. he investigates the behavior of different estimators for the parameter of poisson distribution based on monte carlo simulation. he also applied ee-bayesian estimates and ee-posterior risk on a real data set. [8] used different estimation methods for the parameter poisson, represented by maximum likelihood, empirical bayes and bayes estimation. she derived the posterior distribution of the poisson parameter under the squared error and quadratic loss functions based on gamma prior distribution. she used a simulation method to obtain the results, to including the point estimates and confidence intervals and the mean square error (mse) for the parameter poisson. she applied methods of estimation on a real data set. our aim in this study is to examine the effects of the squared error loss function, and the proposed exponential loss function which are presented in this study, based on different priors ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 62 represented by erlang and levy prior distributions and non-informative prior on bayes’s estimators of poisson distribution. we compared the accuracy for bayes’ estimators with the corresponding maximum likelihood estimator (mle) of poisson distribution based on the root mean squared error (rmse). 2. poisson distribution assuming that ) t..., , t, t( n21 be identical independent distribution (iid) random variables from the poisson distribution with the following probability mass function [7,8]. ) 1 (0θ ... ,2, 0,1 t, t! θe θ and ) t;( p tθ   with the shape parameter 0θ  . the cumulative distribution function has no particular form. with mean =variance= θ . 2.1 maximum likelihood estimation (mle) the likelihood function for the sample observation of the poisson distribution defined by equation (1) will be as follows [7,8]: (2) t!π θe θ) n 1i ; n21 i tn 1inθ t..., , t, tl(     the log-likelihood function l) (ln  ,then the first partial derivative of the log of the likelihood l with respect to θ as follows 0 θ i t --n θ logt -logθt i nθ n 1i i n 1i i n 1             then maximum likelihood estimator(mle) of θ is given by (3) t n t θ i n i mle ^   2.2 bayesian estimation we derive the posterior distribution of θ under assuming different priors informative priors such as erlang and levy and non-informative prior whereas, bayes estimation under squared error loss function and bayes estimation under the proposed loss function based on different priors. 2.2.1 posterior distribution (a). posterior distribution under erlang's prior information it is assumed the prior for an unknown parameter θ is erlang distribution with hyperparameters ) δ ( as given below[9,10]: (4) 0 δ, θth wi) θ δ exp(θ δ ) θ (k 2 1  then, the posterior distribution of θ for the given the data t is given by : ) (5 )dθ θ k( ) l(θ θ ) θ k( ) l(θ t) \θ h(   substituting equation (2) and equation (4) in equation (5), yields the posterior probability density function of the shape parameter θ as the following: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 63 (6) θ 0 ))dn (δ θ exp( 1 i t θ ))n (δ θ exp( 1 i t θ ]dθ ) θ δ exp(θ δ [ t! n 1i π i tθ θ)exp(-n 0 ] ) θ δ exp( θδ [ t!π i t θ θ)exp(-n t) \θ (h n n 2 n 2 n 1i 1i 1i n 1i 1i 1                   rewrite 12)t(1t i n 1ii n 1i   and by multiplying the integral in equation (6) by the quantity which equals to ) i t )n (δ 2) i tγ( ( ) 2) i tγ( i t )n (δ ( 2)( 2)( n 1i n 1i n 1i n 1i             ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (7) ))n (δ θ exp( θ θ),a(t 2)t γ( t )n (δ t) \θ (h 1)2( 2)( i n 1i t i n 1i i n 1i 1            where 1dθ ))n (δ θ exp( θ 2)tγ( t )n (δ 0 θ)a(t, 1)2( 2)( i n 1i t i n 1i i n 1i              . be the integral of the pdf of gamma distribution [11]. then the posterior distribution of θ is gamma distribution as (8) 0n ,δ , 0θ , ))n (δ θ exp( θ 2)tγ( t )n (δ t) \θ (h 1)2( 2)( i n 1i t i n 1i i n 1i 1            i.e. ))n (δ2),t gamma(( )t \θ ( i n 1i   with posterior mean is )n (δ 2)t( )t \θ e( i n 1i     and posterior variance is 2 )n (δ 2)t( )t \θ var( i n 1i     . (b). posterior distribution under inverse levy's prior information it is assumed the prior for an unknown parameter θ is inverse levy distribution with hyperparameters (v) as given below[9,12]: (9) 0 v, θth wi) θ 2 v exp(θ 2π v ) θ (k 2 1 2   substituting equation (2) and equation (9) in equation (5) yields the posterior probability density function of the shape parameter θ like the following: ]dθ ) θ 2 v exp(2 1 θ 2π v [ t! n 1i π i t θ θ)exp(-n 0 ] ) θ 2 v exp(2 1 θ 2π v [ t! n 1i π i t θ θ)exp(-n t) \θ (h n 1i n 1i 2            ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 64 ) 10 ( θ 0 ))dn 2 v ( θ exp(2 1 i t θ ))n 2 v ( θ exp(2 1 i t θ t) \θ (h n 1i n 1i 2         rewrite 1) 2 1 t( 2 1 t i n 1ii n 1i   and by multiplying the integral in equation (10) by the quantity which equals to ) i t )n (0.5v )5.0 i tγ( ( ) )5.0 i tγ( i t )n (0.5v ( )5.0n 1i ( n 1i n 1i )5.0n 1i (             ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (11) ))n (0.5v θ exp( θ θ),)a1(t 5.0 i tγ( i t )n (0.5v t) \θ (h 1)5.0( n )5.0n( i n 1i t 1i 1i 2            where 1dθ ))n (0.5v θ exp( θ )5.0 i tγ( i t )n (0.5v 0 θ)a1(t, 1)5.0( n )5.0n( i n 1i t 1i 1i              . be the integral of the pdf of gamma distribution [11]. then the posterior distribution of θ is gamma distribution as (12) 0n , v, 0θ , ))n (0.5v θ exp( θ )5.0 i tγ( i t )n (0.5v t) \θ (h 1)5.0( n )5.0n( i n 1i t 1i 1i 2             i.e. ))n (0.5v),5.0tgamma(( )t \θ ( i n 1i   with posterior mean is )n (0.5v )5.0 i t( )t \θ e( n 1i     and posterior variance is )n (0.5v )5.0 i t( )t \θ var( 2 n 1i     . (c). posterior distribution under non-informative's prior information it is assumed that the prior for an unknown parameter θ is non-informative with hyper parameter )c ( as given below[9]: (13) 0 c θ, with c θ 1 ) θ (k α 3  substituting equation (2) and equation (13) in equation (5) yields the posterior probability density function of the shape parameter θ like the following: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 65 ) 14 ( θ 0 )dn θ exp( c i t θ )n θ exp( c i t θ ]dθ c θ 1 [ t! n 1i π i t θ θ)exp(-n 0 ] c θ 1 [ t! n 1i π i t θ θ)exp(-n t) \θ (h n n n 1i n 1i 1i 1i 3                   rewrite 11)ct(ct i n 1ii n 1i   and by multiplying the integral in equation (14) by the quantity which equals to ) i t )n ( 1)c i tγ( ( ) 1)c i tγ( i t )n ( ( 1)cn( n n 1)cn( 1i 1i 1i 1i           ,where ) γ(. is a gamma function .after some simplification, it yields (15) )n θ exp( θ θ),1)a2(t c i tγ( i t )(n t) \θ (h 11)c( n 1)cn( i n 1i t 1i 1i 3           where 1dθ )n θ exp( θ 1))c i tγ( i t )(n 0 θ)a2(t, 11)c( n 1)cn( i n 1i t 1i 1i             . be the integral of the pdf of gamma distribution [11]. then the posterior distribution of θ is gamma distribution as (16) 0n , 1c , 0θ , )n θ exp( θ 1)c i tγ( t )(n t) \θ (h 11)c( n 1)cn( i n 1i t 1i i1i 3           i.e. ))(n 1),ctgamma(( )t \θ ( i n 1i   with posterior mean is 1cfor n 1)c i t( )t \θ e( n 1i     and posterior variance is 1cfor n 1)c i t( )t \θ var( 2 n 1i     . 2.2.2 bayes estimation under squared error loss function we derive bayes estimation under the squared error loss function assuming different priors' informative priors such as erlang and levy and non-informative prior. then, the risk function is denoted by ]θ) θ (l e[θ) , θ (r 2 11 ^^  , t) \θ e(t) \θ e(θ2 θ θ)θ (r 2 ^ 2 ^ 1 ^  .the value of θ minimizes the risk function under squared error loss function which satisfies the following ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 66 condition 0 θ)θ r( ^ ^ θ    ; we get bayes estimator of θ denoted by θ ^ for each of the previous priors as follows ) (17 dθ t) \θ (h θt) \θ e(θ 0 ^    i.e., t) \θ e(θ ^  is equal to the posterior mean for different priors informative priors( erlang and levy ) and non-informative prior as have been derived in section 4.1. 2.2.3 bayes estimation under the proposed exponential loss function we derive bayes estimation under the proposed exponential loss function assuming different priors' informative priors such as erlang , levy and non-informative prior. then, the risk function is denoted by ]θ)) ( exp )θ (exp(l e[θ) ,θ (r 2 ^ 2 ^ 2  , t) \θ) e(exp(2t) \θ) exp( )e(θ2exp()θ2exp( θ), θ (r ^^ 2 ^  .the value of θ minimizes the risk function under the proposed exponential loss function which satisfies the following condition 0 θ)θ r( ^ ^ θ    ; we get bayes estimator of θ denoted by θ ^ for each of the previous priors ) (18 ) dθ t) \θ h( ) exp(θln(t) \θ) exp( e(lnθ 0 ^    (a). the bayes estimator for parameter under erlang prior can be derived as follows ) (18 ) dθ t) \θ (h θ) exp(ln(t) \θ) exp( lne(θ 1 0 ^    ) (19 ) dθ )) 1-n (δ θ exp( θ ) 2tγ( t )n (δ 0 ln( θ ) dθ ))n (δ θ exp( θ ) 2tγ( t )n (δ θ) exp(ln(θ 1)2( n 2)n( 1)2( n 2)n( i n 1i i n 1i t i1i i1i^ t i1i i1i 0 ^                          by multiplying the integral in equation (19) by the quantity which equals to t ) 1-n (δ t ) 1-n (δ 2)n( 2)n( i1i i1i         ,it yields ) θ)b(t, t ) 1-n (δ t )n (δ ln( θ 2)n( 2)n( i1i i1i^          , where ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 67 1 dθ )) 1-n (δ θ exp( θ ) 2t γ( t ) 1-n (δ 0 ) θ t,b( 1)2( n 2)n( i n 1i t i1i i1i              , be the integral of the pdf of gamma distribution [11], i.e. )20....( t ) 1-n δ n δ (ln θ) t ) 1-n (δ t )n (δ ln(θ 2)n( 2)n( 2)n( i1i ^ i1i i1i^                (b). the bayes estimator for parameter under inverse levy prior can be derived as follows ) (18 ) dθ t) \θ (h θ) exp(ln(t) \θ) exp( lne(θ 2 0 ^    ) (21 ) dθ 1))-n (0.5v θ exp( θ )5.0tγ( t )n (0.5v 0 ln( θ ) dθ ))n (0.5v θ exp( θ )5.0tγ( t )n (0.5v θ) exp(ln(θ 1)5.0( n )5.0n( 1)5.0( n )5.0n( i n 1i i n 1i t i1i i1i^ t i1i i1i 0 ^                          by multiplying the integral in equation (21) by the quantity which equals to t ) 1-n (0.5v t ) 1-n (0.5v )5.0n( )5.0n( i1i i1i         ,it yields ) ) θ t,b1( t ) 1-n (0.5v t )n (0.5v ln( θ )5.0n( )5.0n( i1i i1i^          , where 1 dθ 1))-n (0.5v θ exp( θ )5.0tγ( t 1)-n (0.5v 0 ) θ t,b1( 1)5.0( n )5.0n( i n 1i t i1i i1i              , be the integral of the pdf of gamma distribution [11], i.e. )22....( t ) 1-n5.0 n 0.5v (ln θ) t ) 1-n(0.5v t )n (0.5v ln(θ )5.0n( )5.0n( )5.0n( i1i ^ i1i i1i^                v (c). the bayes estimator for parameter under non-informative prior can be derived as follows ) (18 ) dθ t) \θ (h θ) exp(ln(t) \θ) exp( lne(θ 3 0 ^    ) (23 ) dθ ) 1)-(n θ exp( θ 1)ctγ( t )(n 0 ln( θ ) dθ )n θ exp( θ 1)ctγ( t )(n θ) exp(ln(θ 11)c( n 1)cn( 11)c( n 1)cn( i n 1i i n 1i t i1i i1i^ t i1i i1i 0 ^                        ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 68 by multiplying the integral in equation (23) by the quantity which equals to t ) 1-(n t ) 1-(n 1)cn( 1)cn( i1i i1i       , it yields ) ) θ t,b2( t ) 1-(n t )(n ln( θ 1)cn( 1)cn( i1i i1i^        , where 1dθ ) 1)-(n θ exp( θ 1)ctγ( t ) 1-(n 0 ) θ t,b2( 11)c( n 1)cn( i n 1i t i1i i1i             , be the integral of the pdf of gamma distribution [11], i.e. )24...() 1-n n (ln θ) t ) 1-(n t )n ( ln(θ 1)c( 1)cn( 1)cn( i n 1i t ^ i1i i1i^           3. simulation study we perform a simulation study to compare the accuracy of the different estimates of the parameter θ of the poisson distribution. the experiments have been repeated 3000)(r  with different sample sizes (n = 25, 50, and100). assuming different values for the true value of the parameter θ and the hyper parameters ( δ ,v , c) as combinations to compare the accuracy of the different estimates for θ as follows:  a data is generated from the poisson distribution, for several values assumed to the true value of the parameter θ will be 1,3,9θ  .  the value for a parameter of the erlang prior can be chosen arbitrarily as 2,3,5δ  .  the value for a parameter of the inverse levy prior is chosen arbitrarily as 5,3,1v  .  the value for a parameter of the noninformative prior is chosen arbitrarily as 5,3,2c  . to compare between the estimates, we depend on the root mean square error criterion, i.e. the estimates with the smallest rmse's will be the best estimates. ) 25 ( θ))r ( ^ θ( 3000 1r3000 1 rmse 2    we obtain the results by using matlab-r2018a program. the results were summarized and tabulated in the following tables for each estimator and for all sample sizes. table 1.estimated values ) θ ( ^ and rmse’s for the estimators of the poisson distribution under the self, based on different priors. true value ) θ ( sample size (n) method mle bayes under criteria ) δ erlang( prior ) vlevy( inverse prior 2δ  3δ  5δ  1 v  3 v  5 v  1θ  25 est. values rmse 1.0004 0.1973 1.0004 0.18268 0.96467 0.17967 0.90036 0.19225 1.0004 0.19343 0.96267 0.18984 0.92766 0.1934 50 est. values rmse 0.99681 0.1428 0.99694 0.1373 0.97813 0.13645 0.94256 0.14193 0.99684 0.14138 0.97749 0.14042 0.95887 0.14205 100 est. values rmse 0.9994 0.0983 0.9994 0.0964 0.98971 0.09601 0.97086 0.09807 0.9994 0.0978 0.98956 0.09743 0.9799 0.09801 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 69 3θ  25 est. values rmse 2.9999 0.33873 2.8518 0.3469 2.7499 0.39243 2.5666 0.51721 2.9607 0.33441 2.849 0.35344 2.7454 0.39956 50 est. values rmse 3.003 0.24378 2.926 0.24579 2.8708 0.26378 2.7664 0.322 2.9832 0.24193 2.9253 0.24818 2.8695 0.26629 100 est. values rmse 3.0008 0.17482 2.9615 0.17566 2.9328 0.18256 2.8769 0.20705 2.9908 0.1742 2.9613 0.17652 2.9325 0.18345 9θ  25 est. values rmse 9.0033 0.58613 8.4104 0.80132 8.1101 1.0324 7.5694 1.5117 8.8464 0.59482 8.5125 0.73714 8.203 0.95873 50 est. values rmse 9.0036 0.4215 8.6957 0.50678 8.5317 0.61437 8.2214 0.86776 8.9243 0.42412 8.751 0.479 8.5843 0.57785 100 est. values rmse 8.9985 0.30358 8.8417 0.3371 8.7559 0.38272 8.5891 0.50244 8.9587 0.30487 8.8705 0.32593 8.7839 0.36661 note: the shadow cells represent the smallest value of rmse. continue table 1 true value ) θ ( sample size (n) method mle bayes under criteria ) c e(informativnon prior 2c  3c  5c  1θ  25 est. values rmse 1.0004 0.1973 0.96043 0.20123 0.92043 0.21274 0.84043 0.25375 50 est. values rmse 0.99681 0.1428 0.97681 0.14463 0.95681 0.14915 0.91681 0.16523 100 est. values rmse 0.9994 0.0983 0.9894 0.09889 0.9794 0.10046 0.9594 0.10638 3θ  25 est. values rmse 2.9999 0.33873 2.9599 0.3411 2.9199 0.34807 2.8399 0.37465 50 est. values rmse 3.003 0.24378 2.983 0.24435 2.963 0.24655 2.923 0.25562 100 est. values rmse 3.0008 0.17482 2.9908 0.17507 2.9808 0.17588 2.9608 0.17917 9θ  25 est. values rmse 9.0033 0.58613 8.9633 0.58727 8.9233 0.59112 8.8433 0.60672 50 est. values rmse 9.0036 0.4215 8.9836 0.42181 8.9636 0.42306 8.9236 0.42836 100 est. values rmse 8.9985 0.30358 8.9885 0.30379 8.9785 0.30433 8.9585 0.30639 note: the shadow cells represent the smallest value of rmse. table 2. estimated values ) θ ( ^ and rmse’s for the estimators of the poisson distribution under the proposed exponential loss function, based on different prior. true value ) θ ( sample size (n) method mle bayes under criteria ) δ erlang( prior ) vlevy( inverse prior 2δ  3δ  5δ  1 v  3 v  5 v  1θ  25 est. values rmse 1.0004 0.1973 1.0194 0.18716 0.98231 0.18025 0.9157 0.18726 1.0206 0.19839 0.9813 0.19065 0.94495 0.19082 50 est. values rmse 0.99681 0.1428 1.0066 0.13877 0.98747 0.13654 0.95123 0.13976 1.0068 0.14293 0.9871 0.14056 0.96812 0.14093 100 est. values rmse 0.9994 0.0983 1.0043 0.09697 0.99454 0.09608 0.97551 0.09722 1.0044 0.09842 0.99446 0.09751 0.98471 0.09760 3θ  25 est. values rmse 2.9999 0.33873 2.9059 0.33315 2.8002 0.36708 2.6104 0.48398 3.0203 0.33939 2.9041 0.33956 2.7966 0.37388 50 est. values rmse 3.003 0.24378 2.9545 0.241 2.8982 0.25349 2.7918 0.30552 3.0131 0.24412 2.954 0.24336 2.8972 0.25593 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 70 100 est. values rmse 3.0008 0.17482 2.9761 0.17388 2.9471 0.17857 2.8907 0.19983 3.0058 0.17492 2.976 0.17474 2.9469 0.17945 9θ  25 est. values rmse 9.0033 0.58613 8.5701 0.70043 8.2584 0.91318 7.6984 1.3931 9.0245 0.58671 8.6773 0.64949 8.3558 0.84234 50 est. values rmse 9.0036 0.4215 8.7804 0.46441 8.6132 0.55747 8.2971 0.80227 9.0139 0.42173 8.8371 0.44418 8.6672 0.52445 100 est. values rmse 8.9985 0.30358 8.8853 0.32032 8.7986 0.35814 8.6302 0.47023 9.0036 0.3036 8.9145 0.3125 8.8271 0.34422 note: the shadow cells represent the smallest value of rmse. continue table 2 true value ) θ ( sample size (n) method mle bayes under criteria ) c e(informativnon prio 2c  3c  5c  1θ  25 est. values rmse 1.0004 0.1973 0.98016 0.20233 0.93934 0.21029 0.8577 0.24656 50 est. values rmse 0.99681 0.1428 0.98671 0.14482 0.96651 0.14805 0.92611 0.16204 100 est. values rmse 0.9994 0.0983 0.99438 0.09898 0.98433 0.10006 0.96423 0.1051 3θ  25 est. values rmse 2.9999 0.33873 3.0208 0.34632 2.9799 0.34628 2.8983 0.36035 50 est. values rmse 3.003 0.24378 3.0133 0.24658 2.9931 0.24632 2.9526 0.25074 100 est. values rmse 3.0008 0.17482 3.0058 0.1758 2.9958 0.17575 2.9757 0.17738 9θ  25 est. values rmse 9.0033 0.58613 9.1475 0.61608 9.1067 0.6076 9.025 0.59869 50 est. values rmse 9.0036 0.4215 9.0746 0.43225 9.0544 0.42922 9.014 0.42599 100 est. values rmse 8.9985 0.30358 9.0338 0.30696 9.0237 0.30602 9.0036 0.30512 note: the shadow cells represent the smallest value of rmse. 4. discussion for the results listed in table.1and table.2, we see that the best bayes estimates under the squared error loss function (self) according to the smallest value of rmse as compared with other estimates based on the other values of the parameters for the same priors as listed below  erlangen prior with 3δ  , inverse levy prior with 3 v  and noninformative prior with 2c  , for all sample sizes (n) when the true value is 1θ  .  erlang prior with 2δ  , inverse levy prior with 1v  and noninformative prior with 2c  , for all n when 4,3θ  . it is observed that the performance of bayes estimators under self are the best according to the smallest value of rmse as compared with other estimators in mle for  erlang prior with 3δ  and inverse levy prior with 3v  , for all sample sizes (n) when 1θ  .  inverse levy prior with 1v  , for all n when 3θ  . we see that the best bayes estimates under the proposed exponential loss function according to the smallest value of rmse as compared with other estimates based on the other values of the parameters for the same priors as listed below ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 71  erlang prior with 3δ  , inverse levy prior with 3v  and noninformative prior with 2c  , for all n when 1θ  .  erlang prior with 2δ  , for all n when 9,3θ  .  inverse levy prior with 1v  , for n=25 when 3θ  .and for all n when 9θ  .  noninformative prior with 5 3,c  , for all n when 3,5θ  respectively. it is observed that the performance of bayes estimators under proposed exponential are the best according to the smallest value of rmse as compared with other estimators in mle for  erlang prior with 3δ  , inverse levy prior with 3v  for all n when 1θ  .  erlang prior with 2δ  , for all n when 3θ  .  inverse levy prior with 1v  for n=25 and with 3v  for n=50, 100 when 3θ  . 5. conclusion in this paper we have presented the bayesian and maximum likelihood estimates of the parameter of the poisson distribution. the estimation is conducted on rmse. bayes estimators, under squared error loss function and the proposed exponential loss function. the mle’s are also obtained. our conclusions about the results are stated in the following points: the bayes estimates under the proposed exponential loss function usually have the most minor estimated rmse’s as compared to the rmse’s estimates under the squared error loss function based on the same prior, with the same values to their parameters for all sample sizes. from table 1 and table 2, we can see that 1. erlang prior with 3 , 2δ  when 9,3θ  and with 5δ  when 9 , 3 , 1θ  for all sample sizes. 2. inverse levy prior with v=1 when 9 θ  and with v=3 when 9,3θ  and with v=5 when 9 , 3 , 1θ  . 3. non-informative prior with 3c  when 3 , 1θ  and with 5c  when 9 , 3 , 1θ  . the bayes estimates under the proposed exponential loss function have the smallest estimated rmse’s as compared with the rmse’s of estimates of the maximum likelihood estimates(mle), for the same value for θ and sample sizes. from table 1 and table 2 , we can see that 1. erlang prior with ) 2δ (  when 3θ  and with 5 3,δ  when 1θ  . 2. inverse levy prior with v=3,5 when the true value 1θ  . references 1. larsson r.;how informative is a non-informative prior? . working paper department of statistics uppsala university. 2011, 2:1-8. 2. sultan r.; ahmad s. p.; posterior estimates of poisson distribution using r software. journal of modern applied statistical methods. 2012, 11, 2: 530-535. 3. sahoo s. a; study on bayesian estimation of parameters of some well known distribution functions. thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master of science, 2014. 4. araveeporn a.; parameter estimation of poisson distribution by using maximum likelihood, markov chain monte carlo, and bayes method. thammasat international journal of science and technology. 2014, 19, 3:1-14. 5. nadarajah s. ; alizadeh m. ; bagheri s.f.; bayesian and nonbayesian interval estimators for the poisson mean. revastat – statistical journal. 2015, 13, 3:245–262. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 72 6. zhang y.; ze-yu w.; zheng-min d.;wen m.; the empirical bayes estimators of the parameter of the poisson distribution with a conjugate gamma prior under stein's loss function. journal of statistical computation and simulation.2019, 89, 16: 3061-3074. 7. mohammed h. s.; empirical e-bayesian estimation for the parameter of poisson distribution. aims mathematics. 2021, 6, 8: 8205–8220. 8. supharakonsakun y.; bayesian approaches for poisson distribution parameter estimation. emerging science journal. 2021, 5, 5, issn: 2610-9182. 9. bickel p.j. ; doksum k. a.; mathematical statistics: basic ideas and selected topics. holdenday, inc., san francisco. 1977. 10. aijaz a.; qurat ul a. s.; ahmad a.; tripathi r.; an extension of erlang distribution with properties having applications in engineering and medical-science. int. j. open problems compt. math. 2021, 14, 1, print issn: 1998-6262. 11. carolynne a.k.; gamma and related distributions. a thesis submitted to the school of mathematics, university of nairobi in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master of science in statistics. 2013. 12. al-noor n.h.; alwan.s. s.; non-bayes, bayes and empirical bayes estimators for the shape parameter of lomax distribution. mathematical theory and modeling. 2015, 5, 2: issn 2224-5804 (paper). 50 novel heuristic approach for solving multi-objective scheduling problems begard a. amin ayad m. ramadan begardamin1976@gmail.com mathematics department, college of science, sulaimani university abstract in this paper, we studied the scheduling of 𝑛 jobs on a single machine. each of n jobs is to be processed without interruption and becomes available for processing at time zero. the objective is to find a processing order of the jobs, minimizing the sum of maximum earliness and maximum tardiness. this problem is to minimize the earliness and tardiness values, so this model is equivalent to the just-in-time production system. our lower bound depended on the decomposition of the problem into two subprograms. we presented a novel heuristic approach to find a near-optimal solution for the problem. this approach depends on finding efficient solutions for two problems. the first problem is minimizing total completion time and maximum tardiness. the second is minimizing total completion time and maximum earliness. we used these efficient solutions to find a near-optimal solution for another problem which is a sum of maximum earliness and maximum tardiness. this means we eliminate the total completion time from the two problems. the algorithm was tested on a set of problems of different n. computational results demonstrate the efficiency of the proposed method. keywords:scheduling problems, multi-objective function, maximum tardiness, maximum earliness, heuristic method. 1. introduction since 1954, scheduling problems have received much attention in the literature. at first, the researchers considered only one objective function. in practical cases, the decision-maker is obligated to choose only one objective from some objectives [1]. nowadays, research on multi-criteria scheduling problems has increased. nagar et al. [2] introduced a survey of multiple and bicriteria problems in scheduling. in general, we have two structures to deal ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2677 article history: received 20 december, 2020, accepted 16,febeuary,20 12 , published in july 2021. ayad.ramadan@univsul.edu.iq mailto:begardamin1976@gmail.com mailto:ayad.ramadan@univsul.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 51 with conflicting criteria: the hierarchical minimization and the simultaneous minimization [3]. the first one is the primary criterion, and the other is the secondary criterion. in this case, one minimizes the primary criterion and chooses a schedule with a minimum secondary criterion value. in the second approach, the efficient solutions (pareto set) will be generated, and the decision-maker the one with the best composite objective function [4]. the first paper on a problem of this type was presented by smith [5]. in this work, the problem of scheduling n jobs on one machine can be processed at most one job at a time and without interruption. each job becomes available for processing at time zero, which requires a positive processing time. the objective function is to minimize the sum of maximum earliness and maximum tardiness etmax. this problem was first introduced by amin-nayeri and moslehi [6]. we shall use a novel heuristic method to find the best solution for the problem and drive a lower bound which depends on a decomposition of the problem into two subprograms. we present a novel heuristic method to find a best solution depending on a new idea that is inserting an objective function to our problem, and then find efficient solutions for the two problems. 2. notations and definitions in this section, we give some notations and definitions n = the set {1, 2, 3,…, n}.  = the set of permutation schedules.  = a permutation schedule. pj = processing time for job j. dj = due date for job j. cj = completion time for job j. ei = max {di – ci , 0}; the earliness of job i. emax = max {ei}; the maximum earliness. ti = max {ci – di, 0}; the tardiness of job i. tmax = max {ti}; the maximum tardiness. mst: (minimum slack times) jobs are sequenced in non-decreasing order of minimum slack times sj, where sj = dj pj. spt: (shortest processing time) they are in non-decreasing order of pj. eddrule: (early due date) they are sequenced in non-decreasing order of dj. lb: lower bound. ub: upper bound. definition (1) [7]: consider a problem p , a schedule  (where  is the set of all schedules) is said to be feasible, if it satisfies the constraints of p. definition (2) [8]: a feasible schedule 𝜋 ∗ is efficient, with respect to the criteria (and ) if there is no any feasible schedule π such f() ≤ f(*) and g() ≤ g(*), and at least one of the inequalities is strict. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 52 3. problem formulation in this study, we consider the one machine scheduling problem with multi-objective function which is minimizing the sum of the maximum earliness and tardiness, denoted by 1   emax + tmax , for simplicity it is 1   etmax. a set n = {1, 2, … , n} of n independent jobs that has to be scheduled on a single machine to minimize a criterion. job j ( j = 1, 2, … , n) is to be processed on a single machine without interruption that handles only one job at a time, requires processing time pj, and due date dj. for a sequence π of the jobs, earliness eπ(j), and the tardiness tπ(j) are given by: eπ(j)= max {dπ(j) − cπ(j), 0}, j = 1, 2, … , n. tπ(j)= max {cπ(j) − dπ(j), 0}, j = 1, 2, … , n. so the mathematical form of this problem can be formulated as: z = min{emax(π) + tmax(π)} s. t. eπ(j) ≥ 0, j = 1, 2, … , n. tπ(j) ≥ 0, j = 1, 2, … , n. ... (p1) eπ(j) ≥ dπ(j) − cπ(j), j = 1, 2, … , n. tπ(j) ≥ cπ(j) − dπ(j), j = 1, 2, … , n. to find a sequence π that minimizes z, the schedules that minimize emax and tmax are referred to as edd and mst rules respectively [9]. for the composition of these two functions, we cannot find optimal solution by any direct rule. 4. analysis of the problem with special cases this problem has been studied in various conditions and compositions. the problem was studied at first by amin and moslehi [6], they studied the problem of sequencing a single machine to find an optimal sequence of jobs, also they showed that the algorithm solved 100% of the examples. since the problem is np-hard (no bounded polynomial exists) [10], several heuristic approaches have been developed for the problem. abdul-razaq and akram used local search algorithm to solve a multi-criteria function of five objectives included maximum earliness and maximum tardiness [11]. abdullah considered maximum earliness and maximum tardiness as primary criteria [12]. the problem is also considered with a common due date. in a known sequence, tavakkoli-moghaddam et al. [10] found the best value of an idle insert. tavakkolimoghaddam et al. presented also a branch-and-bound algorithm to solve the problem, with an idle insert [13]. mahnam and moslehi presented an efficient branch-and-bound algorithm to minimize the problem on a single machine with unequal release times and no unforced idle time [14]. moslehi, et al., showed that the problem is irregular; so many properties of regular will be missed for the present objective function. they presented a heuristic method using a novel branch-and-bound algorithm to minimize the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness on a single-machine scheduling problem where the due dates were distinct [15]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 53 5. algorithms for solving multi-objective problems in this section, we introduce two problems that concerning our problem. they have three criteria, namely ∑ ∁j n j=1 , tmax and emax. 5.1 1/ / f ( ∑ ∁j n j=1 , tmax) (total completion time and maximum tardiness) this problem can be written as: min ∑ ∁j n j=1 and ... (p2) min tmax v. wassenhove and gelders [8] found all efficient solutions for (p2). 5.2 1/ / f ( ∑ ∁j n j=1 , emax) (total completion time and maximum earliness) this problem can be written as: min ∑ ∁j n j=1 and ... (p3) min emax. hoogeveen and van de velde [16] presented an algorithm in which they found all the efficient solutions (pareto set) for (p3). 6. a novel heuristic approach two methods have been used to solve multi-objective scheduling problem exact and approximation method. the exact solutions are obtained by enumeration method, branch and bound method, and dynamic programming method. the approximate solutions are obtained by local search methods which form a very general class of heuristic methods [9]. here we will give a novel heuristic method to find a best solution for the (p1) problem. let s be a set of all efficient solutions for the problem (p2), and let s1 be a set of all efficient solutions for the problem (p3). proposition (1): s ∩ s1 ≠ φ. proof: since spt-rule is one of the efficient solutions for (p2), and also, spt-rule is one of the efficient solutions for (p4), so spt-rule is one of the common sequences of (s ∩ s1). ∎ for each π ∈ (s ∪ s1), find (emax (π)+tmax(π)). this construct a set of solutions, and one of them may be an optimal solution for problem (p1). in general, one cannot guarantee to find finding an optimal solution form the set. 6.1 special cases of the problem (𝐩𝟏) case (1): if a schedule π gives spt-rule and edd-rule at the same, then π is optimal schedule for (p2), and produces one efficient solution. proof: directly from the definition of spt-rule and edd-rule. ■ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 54 case (2): if a schedule π gives spt-rule and mst-rule at the same, then π is optimal schedule for (p3), and produces one efficient solution. proof: directly from the definition of spt-rule and mst-rule. ■ case (3): if a schedule π gives edd-rule and mst-rule at the same time, then π is optimal schedule for (p1), and produces the only efficient solution for (p1). proof: directly from the definition of edd-rule and mst-rule. ■ preposition (2): there exists an optimal solution π such that π (s ∪ s1). proof: since in general edd-rule and mstrule are not efficient solutions for the problems (p2) and (p3) respectively. let π be the edd-rule, and let π∗ be another schedule with tmax (π ∗) = tmax (edd). if π∗ is an efficient solution for (p2), this means π ∗ ∈ s, and dominates π, because ∑ cj n j=1 (π ∗) < ∑ cj n j=1 (π). at the same time, it is possible that emax(π ∗) > emax(π), so π is an efficient solution for (p1) (optimal) and dominates π ∗. ■ 6.2 lower bound (lb) deriving lower bounds for a multiple objective function is difficult, because we have to minimize the objectives at the same time, so we introduce here a lower bound for our problem as follows 6.2.1 derive a lower bound (lb) consider again the problem (p1). if we have only one objective function, 𝐸𝑚𝑎𝑥 problem, or 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 problem, then we can solve the problems by mst-rule and eddrule respectively. this technique is called the decomposition of the problem [13]. so lb = emax (mst) + tmax (edd). 6.3 optimal solution and efficient solutions it is clear that the optimal solution is greater than or equal to the lower bound. define the upper bound by ub = emax(mst) + tmax(mst). the relation between the optimal value (opt.), lower bound (lb) and efficient solutions for (p1) is presented below. theorem: there exists an integer r ≥ 0 such that lb + r = opt., and r ∈ [n1 − 1, n2 + 1], where, n1= number of efficient solutions, n2 = tmax( mst) − tmax( edd). proof: since lb  opt., so there exists an integer r ≥ 0 such that lb + r = opt., so the first part of the theorem is proved. now, we show that r ∈ [n1 − 1, n2 + 1] or that n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. now lb + r = opt., thus r = opt. – lb ≤ ub − lb = emax(mst) + tmax(mst ) − emax(mst) − tmax(edd). = tmax (mst) − tmax(edd) = n2 ≤ n2 + 1. hence, r  n2 + 1. we will prove n1 − 1  r by mathematical induction on n1. note that n1 is not known. if 𝐍𝟏 = 𝟏, that is, there is only one efficient solution which is edd (not edd-rule) as well as mst (not mst-rule), then r = 0pt. – lb = emax(opt. ) + tmax(opt. ) − emax(mst) − tmax(edd) = emax(mst) + tmax(edd) − emax(mst) − tmax(edd) = 0. thus n1 − 1  r ≤ n2 + 1. that is r ϵ [n1 − 1, n2 + 1], and so the theorem is true for n1 = 1. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 55 if 𝐍𝟏 = 𝟐, i.e., the number of efficient solutions is two which are (σ) and (σ1) such that emax (σ) = emax (mst) and tmax (σ1) = tmax (edd), since n1 = 2 implies that n1 − 1 = 1. now if (σ) is optimal then: r = emax(σ) + tmax (σ) − emax(mst) − tmax (edd) = emax(mst) + tmax (σ)− emax(mst) − tmax(edd) = tmax (σ) − tmax(edd) ≥ 1 = n1 − 1. hence n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. now if (σ1) is optimal then: r = emax(σ1) + tmax (σ1) − emax(mst) − tmax (edd) = emax(σ1) + tmax (edd ) – emax(mst) − tmax(edd) = emax(σ1)– emax(mst) ≥ 1 = n1 − 1. hence n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. so, r ϵ [n1 − 1 , n2 + 1] and the theorem is true for n1 = 2. if 𝐍𝟏 = 𝟑, i.e., there are three efficient solutions (σ), (σ1) and (σ2) such that emax (σ) = emax (mst) and tmax (σ2) = tmax (edd). since n1 = 3 implies that n1 − 1 = 2. now if (σ) is optimal then: r = emax(σ) + tmax (σ) − emax(mst) − tmax (edd) = emax(mst) + tmax (σ) − emax(mst) − tmax(edd) = tmax (σ) − tmax(edd) ≥ 2 = n1 − 1. hence n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. now if (σ1) is optimal then: r = emax(σ1) + tmax (σ1) − emax(mst) − tmax (edd) = emax(σ1) − emax (mst ) + tmax(σ1) − tmax(edd) ≥ 1 + 1 = 2 = n1 − 1. hence n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. finally if (σ2) is optimal, then: r = emax(σ2) + tmax (σ2) − emax(mst) − tmax (edd) = emax(σ2) − emax (mst )+ tmax(edd) − tmax(edd) ≥ 1 + 1 = 2 = n1 − 1. hence n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. so r ϵ [n1 − 1 , n2 + 1] and it is true for n1 = 3. suppose the theorem is true for n1 = k , i.e., the theorem is true for the k efficient solutions (σ), (σ1), …, (σk−1), that is, for these k efficient solutions n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. let n1 = k + 1, that is , there is k + 1 efficient solutions (σ) , (σ1),…, (σk−1), (σk), if any one of the first k efficient solutions (σ) , (σ1), ..., (σk−1) , is optimal then since it is true for n1 = k , we get n1 − 1 ≤ r , and hence, n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1, and if the last efficient solution (σk) is optimal, then: r = emax(σk) + tmax(σk)– emax(mst) − tmax(edd) = emax(σk) − emax(mst) ≥ k = k + 1 = 1 = n1 − 1, thus n1 − 1  r  n2 + 1. thus it is true for n1 = k + 1 which completes the proof. ∎ corollary: if tmax(mst) = tmax(edd), then r = 0. proof: since tmax(mst) = tmax(edd) so, we have a schedule π (say) which gives edd-rule and mst-rule at the same time, and π is also optimal schedule. the lower bound is defined as: lb = emax (mst) + tmax (edd). therefore, lb = opt. this implies that r = 0. ∎ 6.4 modified smith’s algorithm ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 56 smith presented an algorithm to solve a multi-criteria problem [5]. we modify it to find an optimal solution for a given tmax. step (1): set r = ∑ pj n j=1 , n = {1, 2, … , n}, k = n. step (2): find a job j* such that pj∗ ≥ pj, dj*, dj ≥ r, and r − dj ≤ tmax (edd), j and j ∗ ∈ n. (break ties arbitrarily). assign job j* to position k . step (3): set r = r − pj , n=n{j*}, k = k − 1. if k = 0 , stop. else, go to step (2). this theorem finds the difference between the lb and the opt. solution. we use this theorem to find a heuristic method and then the near optimal solution for (p1). let s1= {σ1, σ2, …, σk} which means that there are k efficient solutions for the problem (p3). also let s = {σ ∗ 1, σ ∗ 2, …, σk1 ∗ } which means that there are k1 efficient solutions for the problem (p2). in s1, there exists i (i = 1, . . . , k) such that emax (σi) = emax(mst), and there exists also in s j (j = 1, . . . , k1) such that tmax (σ ∗ j ) = tmax(edd). compute zi = emax (σi) + tmax(σi) ∀i, i = 1, … , k . also compute: zj = emax (σ ∗ j ) + tmax(σ ∗ j) ∀j, j = 1, … , k1. we get a set of solutions zi and zj which are upper bounds of the problem (p1). this means that they are greater than or equal to the optimal solution. let z∗ be the minimum one of zi and zj. from the theorem, we have opt. = lb + r, where r ∈ [n1 − 1, n2 + 1]. now we have the possible cases for the optimal. if n1 = 1, implies that r ∈ [0, n2 + 1], opt. = lb + 0. if n1 = 2, implies that r ∈ [1, n2 + 1], opt. = lb + 1, and so on. since we have z ∗ as the minimum upper bound, so if opt. = lb + 1 > z∗ stop the process. for the acceptable values of r we start with r = 0. it is a special case where tmax(mst) = tmax(edd), in this case, one can find the optimal solution directly. if not. we check for r = 1. if there exists a sequence π∗ ∈ s1 ∪ s such that emax(π ∗) + tmax(π ∗) = lb + 1, so it is optimal, otherwise solve (p1) using modified smith’s algorithm with given tmax(edd). if a solution exists, it is optimal otherwise check for r = 2. the proposed algorithm: step (1): find efficient solutions for (p3) , say s1= {σ1, σ2, …, σk} and for (p2), say s = {σ∗1, σ ∗ 2, …, σk1 ∗ }. n1 is the number of efficient solutions of (p1), n2 = tmax(mst) − tmax (edd) and lb = emax(mst) + tmax (edd). step (2): compute zi = emax (σi) + tmax(σi) ∀i, i = 1, … , k, and compute zj = emax (σ ∗ j ) + tmax(σ ∗ j) ∀j, j = 1, … , k1. z ∗ is minimum of zi and zj. step (3): if tmax(mst) = tmax(edd), then edd-rule as well mst-rule give optimal solution . go to step (7). else, go to step (4). step (4): find values of r such that r ∈ [n1 − 1, n2 + 1], stop if r > n2 + 1 or r > z ∗, r = 1. step (5): if there exists a sequence π∗ ∈ s1 ∪ s such that emax(π ∗) + tmax(π ∗) = lb + r, so it is optimal and go to step (7). else, go to step (6). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 57 step (6): use modified smith’s algorithm for given tmax(edd). if a solution exists, it is optimal. go to step (7). else, r = r + 1. go to step (5). step (7): stop. example: consider a 4 job problem with the following given data j 1 2 3 4 pj 5 3 2 7 dj 8 6 11 7 at first, we find efficient solutions for the problems (p2) and (p3) by suitable algorithms. the results are in the following table. we characterize each efficient solution for each problem by , and the other solutions are the corresponding solutions. s1 = {(3, 2, 1, 4), (2, 3, 1, 4), (2, 1, 3, 4), (4, 2, 3, 1)}, s = {(3, 2, 1, 4), (3, 1, 2, 4), (2, 1, 4, 3), (2, 4, 1, 3)}, k = 4 and k1= 4. in s1 schedule number 7 gives emax (7) = emax(mst) = 0, and in s schedule number 6 gives tmax (6) = tmax(edd) = 7 (in this example it is edd-rule). now find the set of solutions zi and zj which are in column 5. z ∗ = 9 to apply the theorem lb = 7 + 0 = 7, n2 = 7 − 7 = 0, so r ∈ [n1 − 1, 1]. if n1 = 1, implies that r ∈ [0,1], opt. = lb + 0 = 7. if n1 = 2, implies that r ∈ [1, 1], opt. = lb + 1 = 8. the possible cases for the optimal value are 7, 8, and 9. start with r = 0. since there exists no π∗ ∈ s1 ∪ s such that emax(π ∗) + tmax(π ∗) = lb + 0 = 7, use the modified smith’s algorithm, where tmax = tmax (edd). the solution is (4, 2, 1, 3) with tmax = 7 and emax = 0. 7. computational results here, we will introduce our results via computational tests to show the efficiency of the proposed algorithm. the problems are generated as follows: an integer processing time pj generated from the uniform distribution [1, 10]. also, an integer due date dj is generated from the uniform distribution [0, ∑ pj n j=1 ]. numbers schedules (∑ cj 4 j=1 , emax) (∑ cj 4 j=1 , tmax) (emax + tmax) 1 (3, 2, 1, 4)  (34, 9)  (34, 10) 19 2 (2, 3, 1, 4)  (35, 6) (35, 10) 16 3 (3, 1, 2, 4) (36, 9)  (36, 9) 18 4 (2, 1, 3, 4)  (38, 3) (38, 10) 13 5 (2, 1, 4, 3) (43, 3)  (43, 8) 11 6 (2, 4, 1, 3) (45, 3)  (45, 7) 10 7 (4, 2, 3, 1)  (46, 0) (46, 9) 9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 58 the proposed algorithm was running and coding it in matlab 8.1 (r2013a) and implemented on intel (r) pentium (r) cpu 2117u@ 1.80 ghz, with ram 4.00 gb personal computer. 8. conclusions and future works we presented a novel heuristic algorithm to minimize the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness in single-machine scheduling etmax. the algorithm depended on a new idea that is presented for the first time. the algorithm was easy to implement and had a simple structure comparing with other used algorithms such as branch and bound algorithm. to evaluate the efficiency of the proposed algorithm, the algorithm was tested on (25) examples for different n. for n = 3, it solves 100% of the instances. for n = 4, it solves 100% of the instances. for n = 5, it solves also 100% of the instances. computational results showed the ability of the algorithm. an important area for future research is to use the presented idea for other multi objective problems with a variety of environments and conditions. references 1. t'kindt, v.; billaut, j.-c. multicriteria scheduling: theory, models and algorithms, 2nd; springer: berlin, 2002; 9783540282303. 2. joksch, h. c. constraints objectives, efficient solutions and sub optimization in mathematical programming. journal of institutional and theoretical economics. 1996, 122, 5-13. 3. hoogeveen, j.a. single-machine bicriteria scheduling. ph.d. thesis. cwi, amsterdam. 1992. 4. hoogeveen, j. a. minimizing maximum promptness and maximum lateness on a single machine. mathematics of operation research. 1996, 21, 100-114, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0943. 5. ayad, m. ramadan. range of lower bounds. applied mathematics and computation. 2011, 218, 1008-1011, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2020.125904 6. amin-nayeri, m.r.; moslehi, g. optimal algorithm for single machine sequencing to minimize early/tardy cost. esteghlal journal of engineering. 2000, 19, 35–48. 7. jouni, l. multi-objective nonlinear pareto-optimization. lappeenranta university of technology, laboratory of information processing. 2000. 8. van wassenhove, l. n.; gelders, f. solving a bicriterion scheduling problem. european journal of operational research. 1980, 4, 42-48, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2021.01.025. 9. abdul-razaq, t. s.; hussam abid ali mohammed. exact and approximation approaches for solving multiple objective function. al-mustansiriyah journal of science. 2016, 27, 89-97, http://dx.doi.org/10.23851/mjs.v31i4.897. 10. moghaddam, r.t.; moslehi, g.; vasei, m.; azaron, a. optimal scheduling for a single machine to minimize the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness considering idle insert. applied mathematics and computation. 2005, 167, 1430-1450, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2020.125904. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0943 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00963003 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00963003/218/3 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2020.125904 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2021.01.025 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2020.125904 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 59 11. abdul-razaq, t. s.; akram, a. o. local search algorithms for multi-criteria single machine scheduling problem. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science (special issue). 2017, 436-451, http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817. 12. abdullah, h. f. multicriteria scheduling problems to minimize total tardiness subject to maximum earliness or tardiness. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2010, 23, 311-320, http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817. 13. tavakkoli-moghaddam, r.; moslehi, g.; vasei, m.; azaron, a. a branch-and-bound algorithm for a single machine sequencing to minimize the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness with idle insert. applied mathematics and computation. 2006, 174, 388–408, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2020.125904. 14. mahnam, m.; moslehi, g. a branch and bound algorithm for minimizing the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness with unequal release times. engineering optimization. 2009, 41, 521–536. 15. moslehi, g.; mahnam, m.; amin-nayeri, m.; azaron, a. a branch-and-bound algorithm to minimize the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness in the single machine. int. journal operational research. 2010, 8, 458-482. 16. hoogeveen, j.a.; van de velde, s.l. minimizing total completion time and maximum cost simultaneously is solvable in polynomial time. operations research letters. 1995, 17, 205– 208. https://www.iasj.net/iasj/journal/44/issues https://dx.doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 https://www.iasj.net/iasj/search?query=au:%22h.%20f%20abdullah.%22 https://www.iasj.net/iasj/journal/44/issues https://www.iasj.net/iasj/issue/227 https://dx.doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2020.125904 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 antimicrobial activities of aqueous and methanolic extracts from salvia officinalis and salix acmophylla used in the treatment of wound infection isolates m.r.ali, a.s.aboud departme nt of biology, collage of science, unive rsity of al-mustansiryah abstract the aqueous and methanol extracts of salvia officinals and salix acmoplylla traditionally used for the treatment of infections disease were tested for their active against gram p ositive and gram negative bacteria isolated from wound infection culture using the broth dilution and disc diffusion melhod. results of this st udy revealed the p rescence of p hy tochemical which were active against gram p ositive and negative bacteria. m ethanol extracts of both p lants showed the highest activity other the aqueous extract. the minimum inhibitory concentration (m ic) of the aqueous extracts on t he test organism was 25100 mg\ml,while that of t he methanol extract was ranged between 25 -50 mg\ml on the test organisms, the minimum bacterial concentration (m bc) ranging between 25-100 mg\ml for methanol extract , and 25-200 mg\ml for aqueous extracts. the highest activity at 100 and 121 o c was demonst rated by the methanol extracts of salix acmophylla against staphylococcus aureus and klebsiella spp. while in methanol extracts of salvia officinalis the 45 o c was the effective temp erature. in this st udy p lants extracts against gram negative bacteria showed activity in acidic p h only in contrast of gram p ositive bacteria which were constant in all p lants extract . salvia officinalis contained essential elements at higher levels than salix acmoplylla .ca and zn were p resent of high levels in salix acmoplylla than other. the results of this st udy suggest the p ossibility of using the methanolic extracts of these plants in treating diseases caused by the test organisms, esp ecially when p repared at acidic p h. introduction plants p lay a vital role in maintaining human health and contribute towards the imp rovement of human life. they are imp ortant comp onents of medicines, cosmetics, dy es,and beverages etc. [1] although hundreds of p lant sp ecies wer test ed for antimicrobial prop erties[2]. there are many cases of infection by drug resistant bacteria whereas few drugs are available effective for the treatment of such p atients. thus, it is urgently necessary to discover or develop new drugs that are effective on such drug resistant bacteria. we have been try ing to discover novel comp ounds, such as antimicrobial comp ounds and inhibitors of drug resistance sy st ems in bacteria, [3] that are effective against multidrug-resistant bacteria. though salvia officinalis (sage) is known as one of the herbs t hat has antimicrobial activity , there are few p apers that have shown ther antibacterial activity , and have shown anti-fungal, anti-viral p rop erties that make it a useful weapon in combating many illnesses [4]. salvia officinalis is cultivated in several countries mainly to obtain dried leaves to be used as raw material in medicine, p erfumery ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 and food industry [5]. salvia comp rises one of the largest genera of flowering p lants in the world with 900 to 950 sp ecies occurring worldwide excep t in aust ralia[6 and 7]. the european salvias, best known from salvia officinalis l. (common sage), the sage of culinary and herbal uses, also offer several st riking ornamental sp ecies[8 and 9]. the dried root of salvia (dan-shen in chinese) is one of the most p op ular traditional herbal medicines in some asian countries, and has been used extensively for the treatment of coronary artery diseases angina p ectoris, myocardial infarction , cerebrovascular diseases , various ty p es of hepatitis , chronic renal failure dy smenorrhea, and also t o imp rove microcirculation in human body [10 ]. an extract from salvia officinalis (sage) leaves showed antimicrobial activity against vancomycin-resistant enterococci (vre). we isolated the effective comp ound and identified it as oleanolic acid, a triterp enoid.. these two comp ounds also showed antimicrobial activity against streptococcus pneumoniae and methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (m rsa)[11]. willow and "bains," resp ectively, are common english and vernacular names for a number of sist er trees of the genera salix. these are fast growing and y et medium-sized deciduous trees belonging to the p lant family salicaceae. they are of enormous ecological and economic imp ortance [12]. as p er the unani sy st em of medicine the leaves of willows give "cold dry " effect while the flowers disp lay "cold wet" effect. sleeping on a bed of willow leaves is beneficial in treating heart p roblems and body p ain. a squash of fresh leaves is believed to control dy sentery, earache, worms, etc. inhaling the aroma of fresh flowers of willow relieves headache and mental tension. a distillate extract of willow flowers is much more effective in relieving the above ailments.[13]. the goal of this invest igation was to discover p lant p roducts that inhibit micro-organisms, esp ecially that causes wound infection. materials and methods col lection of plant samples the medicinal p lants used for the exp eriment were identified according to various literatures, and including other p ertinent taxonomic literature .collected p lants were washed thoroughly and chopp ed into small p ieces shade dried and grinded into p owdered form. clean and dry sep arating funnel was t aken. test mi croorganisms bacterial sp ecies shigella dysenteriae ; aeromonas hydrophila ; escherichia coli ; enterobacter spp ; klebsiella spp ; pseudomonas aeruginosa and staphylococcus aureus were all obtained from the student laboratory in m ust ansiryah university . culture medium and inocul um the st ock cultures of microorganisms used in this st udy were maintained on plate count agar slants at +4°c. cell susp ensions were p repared by inoculation of each bacteria into 10 ml of nut rient broth. incubation was p erformed at 37°c for 24 h. on t he next day m ueller-hinton agar (m ha) was p repared and cooled to 45°c. bacterial susp ension was added into m ha to give a final concentration of 10 7 bacteria/ml and p lated out. phytochemical screeni ng ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 the two p lant extracts were screened for p hy tochemical constituents by using st andard p rocedures of analysis [14 and 15]. anti bacterial activity the p late-hole diffusion assay as described by [16] was used to determine the growt h inhibition of bacteria by the p lant extract. the isolated bacteria from wound infection were obtained. the tests were carried out by using a st ock concentration of 500mg/ml p repared by dissolving 1g of the methanol extract (m te) and aquatic extract into 2ml of distilled water. nut rient agar was p repared and 25ml each was p oured into st erile p etri dish. this was allowed to solidify and dry . using a st erile cock-borer of 9mm diameter three equi-distant holes p er p late were made in the set agar and were inoculated with 0.5ml over night susp ension of the bacteria. thereafter, the wells (holes) were filled with the extract solution at varying concentrations of 500mg/ml, 400mg/ml and 300mg/ml resp ectively. this was done in triplicate and the p lates were incubated at 37ºc for 18hours. t he antibacterial activities were observed and measured by using a transp arent meter rule and recorded if the zone of inhibition was ،10mm [17]. minimum inhi bitory concentration (mic) m ic is defined as the lowest concentration where no visible turbidity is observed in the test tube (bacteriostatic concentration). the reuben et al.[18] was employed. in this method, t he broth dilution technique was utilized where the p lant extract was p repared to the highest concentration of 500mg/ml (st ock concentration) in st erile distilled water and serially diluted (two-fold) to a working concentration ranging from 0.780 mg/ml to 200mg/ml using nutrient broth and later inoculated with 0.2ml susp ension of the test organisms. after 18 hours of incubation at 37ºc, the test tubes were observed for turbidity . the least concentration where no turbidity was observed was determined and noted as the minimum inhibitory concentration (m ic) value. minimum bacterial concentration (mbc) the m bc is defined as the lowest concentration where no bacterial growt h is observed (bacteriocidal concentration). this was determined from the broth dilution resulting from the m ic tubes by sub culturing to antimicrobial free agar as described by usman et al., [19]in this technique, the contents of the test tubes resulting from m ic was streaked using a sterile wire loop on agar p late free of bacteria and incubated at 37ºc for 18 hours. the lowest concentration of the extract which showed no bacterial growt h was not ed and recorded as the m bc. the effect of heat and ph on medicinal plant e xtract the samples of p lant extract (one vial of 100 ml) were p rovided to determine the effect of heat on it, test samples were heated 45 ºc, 70 ºc, 100 ºc and 121 ºc for 15 min. [20]. to determine the effect of p h, extracts were treated at p h ranges of 3 to 8 using 1 n hcl and 1 n naoh solutions resp ectively in series of test tubes for 1 h and then tested for antibacterial activity [21]. de termination of e ssenti al elements three grams of dried p lants were taken and mixed with 8ml of concentrated h2so4 (98%) and 2ml of hclo3 (60%) in conical flask for 24 hours which covered by watch class. then this mixture was left for 6 hours at t he sand bath at 80c° , until the digestion material was converted to a white p owder. then add 8ml of deionized water to this p owder and the trace elements were determined by flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer[22]. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 re sult and discussion the result of the phy tochemical screening for salvia officinalis and salix acmophylla showed the same results waich are p resented in table 1. this reveals a moderate concentration of alkaloids,coumarines,cardiacglycosides,ratenges, p henols, flavonoids, sap onins, tannins,essensial oil and terpenes some of which chemical comp ounds have been associated to antibacterial activities and thus have curative prop erties against p athogens [23] excep t st eroids, no one of both p lant extracts contains it. phy tochemical constituents such as tannins, flavonoids, alkaloids and several other aromatic comp ounds are secondary metabolites of p lants that serve as defense mechanisms against p redation by many microorganisms [24]. this may therefore exp lain the demonst ration of antimicrobial activity of salvia officinalis and salix acmophylla. regression analysis of t he relationship between size of inhibition zone (mm) and plant crude extract concentration (log value) showed that there was a significant correlation between concentrations of tested p lant extracts and the mean inhibition zone of p athogenic isolates. the invitro antibacterial activities are shown in table 2. as is shown, a wide sp ectrum activity against some of bacterial st rains was st udied. amongst the gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria,gram p ositive bacteria s. aureus were inhibited by both p lant extracts. indifference methanol extract of salvia officinalis was more effective in compare is on with the extracts for the same p lant ,while in salix acmophylla the cold aqueous extract was p ossessed antibacterial highly than methanol and hot aqueous extract.all gram negative bacteria i.e. e. spp ,s. dysenteriae, a . hydrophila were found to be resistant to all of the extracts of salvia officinalis , excep tionally k .spp, e . coli and p. aeruginosa showed zone of inhibition . where as all gram negative bacteria i.e. s. dysenteriae, a . hydrophila, k . spp , e . coli and p . aeruginosa gave antibacterial activity as zone of inhibition around the extract of salvia officinalis, but only e . spp was resist ant t o all of the extracts p reparation. the demonst ration of antibacterial activity against both gram p ositive and gram negative bacteria may be indicative for the p resence of broad sp ectrum antibiotic comp ounds [25].several workers have reported that many p lants p ossess antimicrobial p rop erties including the p arts which include; flower, bark, st em, leaf, e.t.c. it has been shown that when solvents like ethanol, hexane and methanol are used to extract p lants, most of them are able to exhibit inhibitory effect on bot h gram p ositive and gram negative bacteria [26]. out of the two solvents used for extraction, the methanol extracts showed the highest activity against the test organisms, followed by the aqueous extracts(hot & cold). different solvents waer been reported to have the cap acity to extract different p hy toconstituents depending on their solubility or p olarity in the solvent [24]. m ethanol extracts in this st udy might have had higher solubility for more p hy toconstituents, consequently the highest antibacterial activity . the demonst ration of antimicrobial activity by water extracts p rovides the scientific basis for the use of these p lants in the traditional treatment of diseases, since most traditional medicine men use water as t heir solvent in which the decoctions are prepared. the minimum inhibitory concentration m ic and minimum bactericidal concentration m bc results are shown in tables 3,4,5 and 6 resp ectively. these tables reveal that t he ranges of activity for both m ic and m bc are 0.780 to 200mg/ml. the highest m ic and m bc values is an indication that either the plant extracts are less effective on some bacteria or that t he organism has the ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 p otential of developing antibiotic resistance, while the low m ic and m bc values for other bacteria is an indication of the efficacy of the plant extracts. result of the effect of temp erature on the p lant extracts showed that various temp erature ranges of 45, 70, 100 and 121 o c had various effects on the antimicrobial activity of the extracts (figs 1, 2, 3, 4,5and 6), the highest activity (diameter of zone of inhibition 30 mm) at 100 and 121 o c was demonst rated by the methanol extracts of salix acmophylla against s. aureus and k.spp , whether as a . hydrophila lose activity at the same temp erature. while in methanol extracts of salvia officinalis the 45 o c was the effective temp erature (diameter of zone of inhibition 25 mm).,while a.. hydrophila had the constant activity in different used temp eratures .as can clearly be seen by these figures, the rest bacteria did not hav resp onse to these temp eratures in each methanol,and both of aqueous extracts (no z one of inhibition ) . the activity is slightly increased at acidic p h (3 to 5). while at alkaline p h the activity of the p lant extracts is reduced excep t for a.. hydrophila in each of p lant exracts (figs. 7,8,9,10,11and 12). the antibacterial activity of the extracts is slightly increased at acidic ph. increase in activity of p hy otoconstituents in the p resence of acidic medium has earlier been reported [27]. the local app lication of these p lants involves the addition of high doses of p otash which is a st rong basic salt, and for the fact that the activity of the extracts reduced at alkaline p h in this st udy , it may exp lain why the plant concoction is taken for a longer p eriod of time before any curative effect is noticed. in this st udy , it was noticed that gram p ositive bacteria s. aureus gave constant result in all plant extracts. while p lant extracts against gram negative bacteria esp ecially e.coli and e.spp showed activity in acidic p h only, and this activity was st able in all p lant extracts app lication. as well as lactose fermented bacteria k.spp is inhibited in different p h ,but with low inhibition zone, similar to ps.aeruginosa . ten elements, ca, co, cu, m n, fe, k, na, p, zn and pb, were determined in salvia officinalis and salix acmophylla table 7 . salvia officinalis contained essential elements (m n, fe, k,na,p and pb,) at higher levels than salix acmophylla. ca and zn were p resent at high levels in salix acmophylla than other. therefore, it may not p roduce any health risks for human consumption, if other sources of t oxic metal contaminated food are not taken at t he same time. re ferences 1-khare, c.p. (2004). ency clop edia of indian m edicinal plants, rational west ern therapy and other traditional usage, botany (sp ringer verlag berlin m eidelberg) . 406-407. 2-nair, m .g. and burke, b.a. (1990 ).ant imicrobial metabolite and related comp ounds. journal of agricultural and food chemistry 38, 1093-1096. 3-horiuchi, k.; shiota, s.; hatano, t. ; yoshida, t. ; kuroda, t. and tsuchiya, t.(2007). ant imicrobial activity of oleanolic acid from salvia officinalis and related compounds on vancomycin-resistant enterococci (vre). biol. pharm. bull. 30(6) 1147—1149 . 4-eidi,a. ; a. and, baharc, m .(2006). effects of salvia officinalis l. (sage) leaves on memory retention and its interaction with the cholinergic sy st em in rats. ap p lied and basic nut ritional science.22(3): 321-326. 5santos,p.c.; seabra, r.m .; andrade, p.b.and fernandes,f.m . (2002). phenolic antioxidant comp ounds p roduced by in vitro shoot s of sage (salvia officinalis l.). plant sci. 162: 981 – 987. 6 clebsch , b . (1997). a book of salvias: sages for every garden. timber. press,. port land , or . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 7-lasseigne ,f.t ; stuart, l.w; frank a .b. and thomas, g.r.(2007). day /night temp erature affects growt h and phot osy nthesis of cultivatedsalvia taxa. j. amer. soc. hort . sci. 132(4):492–500. 8-reales, a. (2004). numerical taxonomy st udy of salvia sect. salvia (labiatae). bot. j. linn. soc. 145:353–371. 9-kintzios, s. e. (2000). sage: the genus salvia.. crc press. p p . 27. 10-jiang ,r.w.;lau, k.m .; hon ,p.m .; thomas ,c.w.m ; woo ,k.s.;and fung ,k.p.(2005).chemistry and biological activities of caffeic acid derivatives from salvia miltiorrhiza. crr.m ed.chem.12:237-246. 11kumiko,h.;sumiko,s.h.;tsut omu,h.;takashi,y.;teruo,k.;andtomofusa,t.a..(2005).antimicroi al activity of oleanolic acid from salvia officinalis andrelated comp ounds on vancomycin resistance entero coocci (vre).bio. and pharma.ball.30(6):1147-1149. 12 argus, g. w.( 1997). infragener ic classification of salix (sa licaceae) in the new world’, sy st . bot. m onogr. 52: 121. 13noatay,k.l.(2003).the bat wood from cold climes.agriculture tribune,chandigarh ,india. 14trease,g.e. and evans w.c. (2002).pharmacology .15thg edn.saunders publishers ,london.pp :42-393. 15harbome , j. b. (1993) . phy tochemist ry .academic press, london , p p :89-131. 16-ogundipe, o.o.; m oody , j.o.; fakeye, t.o. and ladip, o.b. (2000). ant imicrobial activity of mallotus oppositifolium extractives. afr. j. m ed. m ed. sci. vol. 29: 3/4, p p 281-283. 17-kudi, a.c.; umoh, j.u.; eduvic, l.o.and getu, j. (1999). screening of some nigerian m edicinal p lants for antibacterial activity . j. ethanopharm. 67:225-228 18-reuben,k.d; abdulrahman,f.i.; akan,j.c.; usman, h.; sodipo, o.a. and egwu, g.o. (2008). phy tochemical screening and in vitro ant imicrobial investigation of the m ethanolic extract of croton zambesicus m uell arg. stem bark. european journal of scientific research,23(1):134140. 19-usman, h.; abdulrahman, f.i. and ladan ,a.h. (2007). phy tochemical and ant imicrobial evaluation of tribulus terrestris l. (zy gop hy laceae). growing in nigeria. res. j. bio. sci. m edwell journals, 2007 2(3): 244-247. 20-franz,c.m .;toit,d.m .;holy,h.a.;schillinger,u. and holzapfel, w.h.(1997). production of nisinlike bacteriocins by lactococcus lactis st rains isolated from vegetables. j. basic. m icrobiol. 37:187-196. 21-doughari, j. h., pukuma, m . s. and de, n.(2007). ant ibacterial effects of balanites aegyptiaca l. drel and moringa oleifera lam. on salmonella typhi .african journal of biotechnology vol. 6 (19), p p . 221 22-beyenbach, k.w.(1990). transp ort of magnesium across biological membranes.m agnes trace elem.9 :233 –254 23-nweze, e.t.; okafor, j.i.and njoku, o. (2004). ant imicrobial activities of m ethanolic extract of trumeguineesis (schumm and thorn) and m orinda lucinda benth used in nigerian herb. m edicinal practice. j. bio. res. biotechnol. 2 (1): 34-46. 24-doughari,j.h. (2006). ant imicrobial activity of t a m a r in d u s in d ica linn .trop ical journal of pharmaceutical research; 5 (2): 597-603. 25-srinivasan, d.; perumalsamy , l.p.and nathan, s. s. t(2001).ant imicrobial activity of certain indian medicinal p lants used in folkloric medicine. j ethnop harm; 94: 217-222 26-bushra, n.r. and. ganga,t. d.( 2003). ant ibacterial activity of selected seaweeds from kovalam sout h west coast of india. asian. j. of m icrobiol. biotech. env. sc. 5(3): 319-322 27-m olan, p.c.(1992). the antibacterial activity of honey . the nature of antibacterial activity . bee world. 73: 59 – 76 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 table (1) phytochemical screening of methanol , hot water and col d water extract of sal via officinalis and extract of salix acmophylla so : salvia officinalis. sa : salix acmophy lla. number constituents methan ol extract hot water extract col d water extract s o s a s o s a s o s a 1 alkal oids i.dragendorff 's test ii.m eyer's test + + + + + + 2 phenols + + + + + + 3 cardiac glycosi des killer-killanis test + + + + + + 4 flavonoi ds i.shinoda' s t est ii.fecl3 test + + + + + + 5 s aponins frot hing test + + + + + + 6 terpenes salkowski test + + + + + + 7 s teroids libarmanburchard's test 8 tani ns i.fecl3 test ii.lead acetate test + + + + + + 9 ratenge s + + 10 coumarines + + 11 essensial oil + + ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 table 2: ant ibacterial activity of plant extracts against test organisms extract/concentration mg/ml zone of inhibition (mm) co. p.a. e.sp p k.sp p a.h. s.d. e.c. s.a. m ethanol extract of salvia officinalis 500 400 300 25 22 20 10 9 9 30 25 22 30 24 20 hot aqueous extract of salvia officinalis 500 400 300 20 20 18 9 28 25 21 12 11 9 cold aqueous extract of salvia officinalis 500 400 300 20 20 17 10 9 20 15 13 20 15 11 m ethanol extract salix cmophylla 500 400 300 25 20 18 15 10 10 22 22 20 15 15 10 14 13 10 27 18 16 hot aqueous salix acmophylla 500 400 300 25 25 21 11 10 10 21 19 18 12 10 9 14 14 10 20 18 16 cold aqueous salix acmophylla 500 400 300 25 25 20 18 15 12 20 20 18 15 15 13 13 13 12 30 29 26 control(water) control(m ethanol) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 tab le 3:minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) values for bacterial isolates against salvia officinalis extracts bacter ia extract concentration (mg/ml) 0.780 1.560 3.125 6.25 12.5 25 50 100 200 m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c p.a. i i i + + + + + + + + + e.sp p k.sp p a.h. s.d. e.c. i i + + i + + + s.a i + + i + + key: = r esistance (growth of bacteria) + = concentrations show no turbidity (inhibition of bacterial growth) i = least concentration showing no turbidity (mic) m=methanol extract h= hot aqueous extract c= c old aqueous extract tab le 4: minimum bacterial concentration (mbc) values for bacterial isolates against salvia officinalis extracts bacter ia extract concentration (mg/ml) 0.780 1.560 3.125 6.25 12.5 25 50 100 200 m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c p.a. b b b + + + + + + + + + e.sp p k.sp p a.h. s.d. e.c. b b + + b s.a b + + b + + = resis tance (gro wth of bact eria) + = con centratio ns sh ow no tu rbid it y (in hib it io n of bact erial gro wth ) b= = min imum bacteri cidal (mbc) m=meth anol extract , h= hot aq ueous extract c= col d aqu eous extract s.d = s. dyse ntriae; s.a = s. aureus; a.h.= a . hydrophila; e.c.= e. coli ; e.spp. = enterobac ter spp: k.spp = klebsiella spp: p.a.=p . aeruginosa s. d = s. dysentriae; s.a = s. aureus; a.h.= a . hydrophila; e.c.= e. coli ; e.spp. = enterobacter spp: k.spp = klebsiella spp: p. a.=p . aeruginosa ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 tab le 5: minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) values for bacterial isolates against salix acmophylla extracts bacter ia extract concentration (mg/ml) 0.780 1.560 3.125 6.25 12.5 25 50 100 200 m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c p.a. i i i + + + + + + + + + e.sp p k.sp p a.h. i + i i + + + s.d. e.c. i i + + i + + + s.a i + i i + + + + key: = r esistance (growth of bacteria) + = concentrations show no turbidity (inhibition of bacterial growth) i = least concentration showing no turbidity (mic) m=methanol extract h= hot aqueous extract c= cold aqueous extract tabl e 6: minim um b acterial co ncentration (mb c) val ues f or b acterial is ol ates ag ai nst sal ix acmop hyll a extracts bacter ia extract concentration (mg/ml) 0.780 1.560 3.125 6.25 12.5 25 50 100 200 m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c m h c p.a. b + b b + + + + + + e.sp p k.sp p a.h. b + b b + + + s.d. e.c. b b + + + + b s.a b b b + + + + + + + = resistance (growt h of bact eria) + = concentrations show no turbidity (inhibition of bacterial growth) b= = minimum bactericidal (mbc) m=methanol extract h= hot aqueous extract c= c old aqueous extract s.d = s. dyse ntriae; s.a = s. aureus; a.h.= a . hydrophila; e.c.= e. coli ; e.spp. = enterobac ter spp: k.spp = klebsiella spp: p.a.=p . aeruginosa s.d = s. dyse ntriae; s.a = s. aureus; a.h.= a . hydrophila; e.c.= e. coli ; e.spp. = enterobac ter spp: k.spp = klebsiella spp: p.a.=p . aeruginosa ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 tabl e 7: esse n ti al e l e m e n ts co n ce n tra ti on of salvia officinalis an d salix acmophylla elements concentration salvia officinalis salix acmophylla pb pp m 0.6 0.4 na pp m 594 594 k % 1.2 0.44 ca % 0.92 1.2 fe pp m 700 200 zn pp m 63.6 90.6 p % 0.35 0.13 m n pp m 5.7 3.1 co pp m 2.5 0.5 cu pp m 6.5 3.9 fig 1. effects of te m peratu re on antimicrobial acti vity of me thanol extract salix acmophylla fi g 2. effect of tem pe ratu re on an timicrobial acti vi ty of hot aque ous extract salix acmophylla fi g 3. effect of tem pe ratu re on antimicrobial acti vi ty of c ol d aque ous extract salix acmophylla fig 4. effects of tem pe ratu re on an timicrobial acti vity of meth an ol e xtra ct salvia officinalis ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 fig 5. effe ct of tem pe ratu re on an timicrobial acti vity of hot aqueous extract salvia officinalis fi g 6. effect of tem pe ratu re on antimicrobial acti vi ty of c ol d aque ous extract salvia officinalis fig 7. effects of ph on anti microbial activity of methanol extract sa salix acmophylla fig 8. effect of ph on anti microbial activity of hot aque ous extract salix acmophylla ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.23 (3) 2010 fig 9. effect of ph on anti microbial activity of cold aque ous extract salix acmophylla fig 10. effects of ph on anti microbial activity of methanol extract salvia officinalis fig 11. effect of ph on anti microbial activity of hot aque ous extract sal via officinalis fig 12. effect of ph on anti microbial activity of col d aque ous extract sal via offi cinal ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الفعالیة المضادة للبكتریا للمستخلص المائي والكحولي لنبات المیرمیة والصفصاف .في عالج اخماج الجروح عملھ المست منعم رضوان علي ، انمار سعدي عبود المستنصریةالجامعة ، كلیة العلوم ، قسم علوم الحیاة -:الخالصة ــة ي عـالج االمـراض المعدی ي ھـذه الدراسـة اسـتعمال المسـتخلص المـائي والكحـولي لنبـات المیرمیـة والصفصـاف ـف م ـف ـت وذلك باختبار فعالیتھا ضد البكتریا الموجبة والسالبة لصبغة كرام المعزولة من اخماج الجروح وذلك باسـتعمال طریقـة االنتشـار كمـا . الموجبـة والسـالبة لصـبغة كـرامالتي تكون فعالة ضد البكتریا ئج الدراسة وجود مركبات كیمیائیة اظھرت نتا. اص باالقر ىلو بط االدـن غ التركیـز المـث د بـل للمسـتخلص حظت فعالیة عالیة للمستخلص الكحـولي لكـال النبـاتین مقارنـة بالمسـتخلص المـائي وـق اء المجھریـة المخ ن ،مـل/ ملغـم 100 – 25رة تبـالمائي تجاه االحـی راوح المسـتخلص الكحـولي ـم مـل / ملغـم 50 – 25بینمـا ـت اظھـر . مـل للمسـتخلص المـائي/ ملغـم 25 – 200مل للمسـتخلص الكحـولي و / ملغم 10025وقد بلغ التركز البكتیري االدنى ى فعالیـة عنـد درجـات الحـرارة ل المستخلص الكحـولي بینمـا ، k .sppو s. aureusم تجـاه بكتریـا 121، 100لصفصـاف اعـل ذه الدراسـة ان مسـتخلص النبـاتین اظھـر فعالیـة . م 45كان المستخلص الكحولي للمیرمیة فعال عند درجة حرارة ي ـھ كما لوحظ ـف ى الن ة كرام في الدالة الحامضـیة وعـل ان البكتریـا الموجبـة لصـبغة كـرام كانـت ثابتـضد البكتریا السالبة لصبغ یض ـف ع ةـق ي جمـی ـف ي بكما لوحظ احتواء نبات المیرمیة على العناصـر االساسـیة وبتراكیـز عالیـة مقارنـة . المستخلصات النباتیة نبـات الصفصـاف ـف ذه نتـائج وقد بینـت. نبات المیرمیةبحین لوحظ وجود عنصري الزنك والكالسیوم بمستویات عالیة في نبات الصفصاف مقارنة ـھ المكان است ك السـیماالمستخلص الكحـولي لكـال النبـاتین فـي معالجـة االمـراض المتسـببة بوسـاطة الجـراثیم عمالالدراسة انھ با تـل .المحضرة في اس ھیدروجین حامضي . . ihjpas microsoft word 170-180 170 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 magnetic lens design using analytical target field function emad h. a. al-dawoody dept. of physics/ collage of sciences/ university of al-mustansyriyah receivedin :16january2014, accepted in :18march 2014 abstract analytical field target function has been considered to represent the axial magnetic field distribution of double polepiece symmetric magnetic lens. in this article, with aid of the proposed target function, the syntheses procedure is dependent. the effect of the main two coffectin optimization parameters on the lens field distribution, polepieces shape, and the objective focal prosperities for lenses operated under zero magnification mode has been studied. the results have shown that the objective properties evaluated in sense of the inverse design procedure are in an excellent correspondence with that of analysis approach. where the optical properties enhance as the field distribution of the electron lens distributed along a narrow axial interval with high field peak and virsa. keywords: magnetic lens , polepiece , aberrations , target function 171 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction the basic goal of the optimization procedure for any system of a charged particle beam optics is to produce electrodes or pole pieces systems that provide giving focusing properties with minimum aberrations, i.e., the approach that aims to improve the quality of the electron device, in general, and any desirable procedure leading to optimum design of an electron optical system [1]. however, the effect of aberrations leads to a degradation for any system of charged particle beam optics. indeed, generating aberrations is inevitable when the charged particle beams are extracted, accelerated, transmitted, and focused with electrostatic and magnetic fields. strictly speaking, aberrations degrade the focused beam spot, limiting the spatial resolution of these instruments [2]. however, the most effective aberrations that deteriorate the efficiency of any electron optical instrument are the spherical and chromatic aberrations. improvement of the resolution of electron microscope is limited by the aberrations of the objective lens. spherical and chromatic aberrations are the most effective ones. unfortunately, both spherical and chromatic aberrations cannot eliminate completely. but they can be minimized to improve the resolution of the electron microscope. traditionally, effort in improving electron lenses has concentrated on minimizing these aberrations and searching for field distributions with minimum or zero spherical aberration [3]. as it is well known that, in the field of electron and ion optics, there are essentially two different optimization procedures to be followed in the design of charged particle lenses. the first is called analysis in which the process of trial and error is followed; while the second approach is the synthesis as in some times it is called the inverse design procedure. the main feature that characterizes the later approach is that there is a target function which has to be optimized with certain conditions. the axial electrostatic or magnetic field, potential, or the beam trajectory of the electron optical device can be presented by this target function. mathematical formation target function synthesis procedure of magnetic lenses followed in the present paper starts with suggesting the following target function to approximate the axial magnetic field distribution bz (z).   ) 1 1 ( 2 2 1 2 a z z z o e a zb        (1) where z is the axial coordinate along the optical axis, zo may be any axial coordinate taking different values, and an optimization parameter may represent the radius of the magnetic lens pole piece. the first derivative of the magnetic field given by equation (1) can be easily deduced to be as;     )1 2 ( 2 2 1 22 a z z z o e az z z           (2) magnetic scalar potential as it is well–known that in the current-free region, the axial magnetic field distribution along the optical axis can be determined with aid of the magnetic scalar potential v(z) as    )( dz zdv zz  (3) where µo is the free –space permeability(4π ×10-7 h/m). 172 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 however, to determine the axial magnetic scalar potential distribution v(z) when the magnetic field is known along the optical axis, equation (3) can be integrated along the axial extension of the lens as follows[1]     dz)zb1( zf z z s   zv (4) where zs and zf are the terminally of the field distribution. in concerning with the inverse design procedure, the problem of determining the magnetic scalar potential distribution v(z) is an important consequence for determining magnetic lens pole pieces. therefore, with aid of equation (4), v(z) may be determined analytically when the field target function is easily to be integrated, or one can use the numerical integration techniques . fortunately, the cubic spline integration technique that had been introduced by [4] for symmetric fields has been used in this paper. accordingly, the magnetic field distribution bz (z) for each spline interval k can be represented by the following cubic expression [4].          3 1 12 zk 6 5.0b k kk kk kkkkk zz zz bb zzbzzbbz       (5) where z is the axial coordinate along the spline interval such that 1 kk zzz . in the case of symmetrical magnetic field distribution, the potential values at the terminals vzs and vzf have the following property (vzf=-vzs=o.5ni ) (6) where ni is the lens excitation. however, using equations (4) and (5), the magnetic scalar potential distribution v(z) along the solution domain [zs , zf ] can be determined as follows ( see, for more details in [4,5,6].   )(v 1 1 2 1 1 1 1kz        k j kk n k ako edb (7) where   ) 232 (e 3 1 2 k                              kkzzk k zkkzj dv v d vdv (8) and kk zz   1kd polepiece profile the final task of any synthesis procedure in the field of electron and ion optical systems is finding the electrodes or /and the pole piece profile which produces the suggested tragic function distribution (i.e, the distribution of the magnetic field in the present investigation). the solution of laplace's equation in cylindrical coordinates system for rotationally symmetric magnetic fields can be expressed by the following power series expansion [1].       )(v 2 1 zr,v )2( 2 0 2 z r ni n n n n          (9) however, by using the first two terms of equation (9), the pole piece shape can be obtained from the following equation. 173 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014      zv vzv z p    2r p (10) where  zr p is the radial height of the reconstructed polepiece shape, v"(z) is the second derivative of v(z) and vp represents the potential at the lens terminal which is equal to (o.5 x total excitation of the lens). electron lens aberrations in high-resolution transmission electron microscopy, lens aberrations play a key role in the imaging and the interpretation of object structures on an atomic scale .aberrations are beneficial and detrimental to high-resolution imaging at tle same time. on the one hand, they introduce unwanted blurring in any imaginy plane, hence obscuring the finest object details. on the other hand, they are urgently needed to produce the desired phase contrast of the very thin objects required for high-resolution structure investigations [7]. actually, any task in the field of the electron and ion optics aims to determine the aberrations of an optical instrument. to evaluate these aberrations, several axial functions must be determined. in this paper two relating figures of merit are considered to evaluate the objective focal properties, the spherical cs and chromatic cc aberration coefficients. the coefficients of these two important aberrations are represented by the following integral forms [8].                dzzrzrzbzrzbzrzb vv zzz z z rr s i c 2222224 88 3 128     (11)    dz zrb 8v η c 2α z z 2 z r c i o  z (12) where the limits of integrations, zo and zi are the object and image positions respectively, ƞ is the charge to mass quotient of the election and vr is the relativistically corrected accelerating voltage. the axial functions r(z) and rʹ(z) are the election beam trajectory and its first derivative .the integrals of aberrations cs and cc can be totally determined when r(z) is known along the interval of the lens. therefore, the beam trajectory r(z) can be evaluated by solving the following second –order differential equation [1]. 0rb rv dz rd 2 z2 2 8 η  (13) results and discussion effect of the parameter a in the present work five various values of the parameter a have been taken under consideration (i.e.,a=1,2,3,4,and 5mm) when the parameter zo is kept constant at 0.5mm .the effect of this parameter on the axial magnetic field distribution and their related axial functions such as v(z) ,rp(z) as well as the objective properties of a symmetric double polepiece magnetic electron lens has been investigated. figure1 shows different axial magnetic field distributions corresponding to the five various values of the parameter a. one can see that, as the parameter a is increased the physical and the geometrical parameters bmax the halfwidth w, and ni are varied as shown in figure2. however, as a is increased the axial 174 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 field would be distributed along a large axial interval,i.e, the halfwidth w is increased with increasing a, while the peak axial flux density value bmax and the excitation of the lens ni are decreased. the axial magnetic scalar potential distribution v(z) corresponding to the field distributions is plotted in figure 3. it is noted that the outer region of v(z) curves about the symmetry plane (i.e., z=0) represents a field-free region, since the potential is approximately constant in these regions. this behavior can be explained according to the equation (bz(z)=-µo dv(z)/dz).this means that the electron beams travel in straight lines in these regions. therefore, the main effect of the parameter a is confined in the region between the polepieces, i.e.,the effective (air gap) region in which the charged partical beams suffer from refraction effect. the reconstructed polepieces for each value of the parameter a are shown in figure 4. actually, one may note that the increasing of a will significally change the polepiece profile. the coincidence between this synthesis result and the well known conventional counterparts is that both of them announce the increasing of the bore diameter will redacting the ability of the polepiece in localizing and confining the magnetic flux lines. the objective properties the focal length fo,cs,and cc are affected by varying the parameter a as shown in figure 5. it is noted that as the parameter a decreases, the lens will be of good performance, hence, the aberrations cs and cc as well as the focal length fo have small values for fields (lenses) of small values of the parameter a. it should be mentioned that figure 5 illustrates the values of cs, cc, and fo at ni/vr1/2=20 for a lens operated under zero magnification mode. the values bmax ,w,and ni as well as the objective properties fo,cs,and cc at ni/vr1/2=20 for different values of the parameter a are listed in table i. o effect of the parameter z five values of the parameter zo (0.5, 0.7, 0.9, 1.1, 1.3 mm) have been chosen to investigate the effect of this parameter on the axial functions distributions, polepiece profiles, and the objective focal properties. the parameter a has been kept constant at 1mm, while the length of the lens which has no effect on the design of the magnetic lens is kept constant at 20mm. figure 6 shows different field distributions at different zo having different half width, bmax, and ni. however, variation of bmax,w and ni with the parameter zo is shown in figure7. the magnetic scalar potential distributions and the polepiece of the magnetic lens for different values of zo are shown in figures 8 and 9 respectively. the values of the objective focal length f0 ,the spherical cs and chromatic cc aberration coefficients for various values of zo are shown in figure 10. it is clear that these optical properties enhanced as the parameter zo decreases, i.e, the small zo values makes the field distribution more localized in the air gap region. table ii shows the computed parameters bmax,w,and ni and values of the lens objective properties fo,cs,and cc at ni/vr1/2=20. conclusion results in present article have shown that the objective focal properties cs, cc,and fo can be minimized to a suitable values under the effect of the bore polepiec rabius and a specific axial extension value. also, the results shown that the behavior of the aberration in sense of synthesis procedure is in excellent with that of analysis one. references 1 szilagyi,m.(1988) electron and ion optics .plenum press newyork and london 2 miyamoto,k.and hatayama,a(2009). theoretical study of the electrostatic lens aberration of a negative ion accelerator for a neutral beam injector. plasma and fusion research,4,1-17. 175 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 3 al-batat,a.h.h.(2013). modeling and design for objective charged partical lens, (ijaiem),2.(10).25-32. 4 al-obaidi,h.n.(1995) determination of the design of magnetic electron lenses operated under ressigned magnification condition, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, baghdad-iraq. 5al-saadi, s.r.a.(2007) improvement in application of the theory of charged beam optics,ph.d.theses,college of education, , the university of al-mustansiriyah, baghdad,iraq. 6al-jubori,w.j.(2001) inverse design of asymmetrical magnetic lenses in the absence of magnetic saturation ,ph.d. thesis, college of science, the university of al-mustansiriyah, baghdad,iraq. 7lentzen,m.(2006). progress in aberration-corrected hight-resolution transmission electron microscopy using hardware aberration correction .microsc.microanal 12,191-205. 8el-kareh,a.b.and el-kareh,j.c.j,(1970). electron beams,lenses,and optics.(academic press). table no.(1): some lens parameters and the objective properties for various values of the parameter a. a(mm) bmax(t) ni(a-t) w(mm) cc(mm) cs(mm) fo(mm) 1 0.4472 471 1.246 0.3181 0.2447 0.4455 2 0.2425 347 1.69 0.4324 0.3328 0.6050 3 0.1644 285 2.054 0.525 0.4044 0.7348 4 0.1240 248 2.3644 0.5890 0.4416 0.8348 5 0.0995 222 2.6398 0.6580 0.4939 0.9323 table no. (2): some lens parameters and the objective properties for various values of the parameter zo. (mm)of (mm)sc (mm)cc w(mm) ni(a-t) (t)maxb (mm)oz 0.4455 0.2447 0.3181 1.246 471 0.4472 0.5 0.5508 0.3029 0.3936 1.540 747 0.5735 0.7 0.6557 0.3607 0.4687 1.832 1038 0.6690 0.9 0.7620 0.4194 0.5449 2.130 1334 0.7399 1.1 0.8586 0.4544 0.6058 2.431 1632 0.7926 1.3 176 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 -10 -5 0 5 10 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 z(mm) b z( t ) a=1mm a=2mm a=3mm a=4mm a=5mm b m a x (t ), n ix 1 0 ^ 3 (a ‐t ), w (m m ) a(mm) bmax ni(a‐t) w(mm) -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 z(mm) v (z )( a -t ) a=5mm a=4mm a=3mm a=2mm a=1mm figure no.(1): the axial magnetic field distribution bz(z) for various values of the parameter a at zo =0.5mm figure no.(2): variation of bmax, w, and ni with a figure no.(3): the axial magnetic scalar potential distribution v(z) for various values of a at z0=0.5mm 177 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 z(mm) r p( m m ) a=1mm a=2mm a=3mm a=4mm a=5mm -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 z(mm) b z( t ) zo=0.5mm zo=0.7mm zo=0.9mm zo=1.1mm zo=1.3mm figure no.(4): different polepiece shapes for different values of the parameter a figure no.(5): variation of fo, cs, and cc with the parameter a at ni/vr1/2=20 values at a=1mm ofigure no.(6): different field distributions for different z cc (m m ), cs (m m ), fo (m m ) a(mm) cc(mm) cs(mm) fo(mm) 178 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 b m a x n ix 1 0 * 3 (a ‐t ), w (m m ) bmax(t) ni(a‐t) w(mm) zo(mm) -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 z(mm) r p( m m ) zo=0.5mm zo=0.7mm zo=0.9mm zo=1.1mm zo=1.3mm -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 z(mm) v z( a -t ) zo=1.3mm zo=1.1mm zo=0.9mm zo=0.7mm zo=0.5mm . for a=1mm ow,ni with the parameter z maxfigure no.(7):b for ofigureno.(8): the magnetic scalar potential distribution for different values of z a=1mm ofigure no.(9): the reconstructed polepieces at different values of z 179 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 =201/2rat ni/v owith the parameter z o,and fs,ccfigureno.(10): variation of c 180 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تصميم عدسة مغناطيسية باستخدام دالة ھدف مجالي تحليلي عماد حميد احمد الداودي الجامعة المستنصرية/كلية العلوم /قسم الفيزياء 2014اذار 18، قبل البحث :2014كانون الثاني 16استلم البحث : الخالصة ة وباالعتماد على تم في ھذا البحث تمثيل المجال المغناطيسي المحوري لعدسة ثنائية القطب المتناظرة بدالة ھدف تحليلي زيع مجال اسلوب التوليف تم استخدام تلك الدالة. حيث تم دراسة تاثير اھم عاملي امثلية في دالة الھدف على كل من تو وصلت اليھا باستخدام واص البصرية الشيئية باستعمال نمط التشغيل الصفري . والنتائج التي تالعدسة و شكل اقطابھا و الخ لخواص البصرية اسلوب التصميم العكسي بينت مدى التطابق الكبير مع التي درست باستخدام اسلوب التحليل. حيث ان ا لك الخواص ضيقة بقمة مجال عالية وتسوء ت تتحسن عندما يكون مجال العدسة االلكترونية موزع على طول منطقة محورية اذا كان المجال موزع على منطقة محورية واسعة. العدسة المغناطيسية, االقطاب, الزيوغ, دالة الھدفالكلمات المفتاحية: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 the effect of spot size on the fractal optical modulation a. a s mohammad , k. h harby , t.a. k al-aish departme nt of physics ,college of education ibn al-haitham ,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 30, october , 2010 accepte d in : 27, february, 2011 abstract the present p aper analy zes the sign al emitt ing from t he reticle during changing the sp ot size of laser fallin g on the disk and shows the optimum frequency and the amount of energy window in different p atterns of modulator (reticle). all results are obtained by establishing a sp ecial p rogram named “disk optical modulator version 3" usin g the lan guage visual b asic 6 ahich contains many p arameters. all models of op tical modulator consist of twenty sectors, ten sectors are op aque and other ten sectors are transmitted for the laser. the number of sectors dep ends on several factors as chopping frequen cy, p ower transp arent and modulation transfer function. it has been demonst rated by simulations, the op timal value of modulation transfer function is achiev ed when sp ot size of laser 0.3 mm and any increasin g in sp ot size lead to decrease in m tf value. keywords: fractal op tical m odulator, chopp ing frequency, sp ot size, p ower transp arent, the m odulation transfer function mt f introduction in any electroop tical tracking sy stems the optical modulation disk (r eticle) is used as optical filter for back ground discrimination. the design and movement of the reticle is to enhance the object and supp ress the background. the detection of reticle is limited to p oint sources of radiation and to ach ieve the best efficien cy of the disk [1]. in p ractice, it must not exceed the size of r eticle sector at three times the size of target image. the ideal situation, in fact, occurs when the dimensions of object image is equal to the dimensions sectors reticle, but the increase in the volume of object image as a result of the app roaching electrooptical sy stem is the real motive behind the reduced dimensions of its image in order to st art a third remove sections of reticle, should not exceed ing the dimensions sp ot dimensions of disk sectors [2]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 design of reticle there are some factors of spot size affecting on the reticle desi gn, usually the design of reticle dep ends on the following [2, 3, 4]: 1. the nature of work of electro-optical sy stem (negative or p ositive mode). 2. the typ e and nature of the objects t o be p ursued and sources of ambient noise. 3. the dimensions of reticle. 4. the rotation sp eed and the number of sectors of reticle. 5. the requirements of t he sp eed of resp onse of the syst em. 6. the field of vision to be cover ed. 7. the nature of the electronic cir cuits used in sign al p rocessing the dimensional ideal for reticle design whi ch is b ased on the p rogress of t he abov e factors will assume number of assumptions, in electro-op tical tracking sy stems with active mode, the target is illuminated by an external source of lighting, often the source is one type of lasers. where the p rinciple in such sy st ems, is based on the tar get ( as a reflectin g surface diffuse typ e), thus the source represented as radiation source or lamb ertian source [4]. since the p rop osed range of electro-opt ical tracking sy st ems is about 5 km therefore has been chosen one solid-state lasers (cw), which is nd-yag laser, high ener gy and wavelength (1.06 micrometers). t his wavelength is located within the limits of the op tical resp onse detector made of silicon with dist inctive characteristics and cheap p rice [5,6]. two models has been designed for reticle; the first design is normal way , so as to comp are the results obtained from this model with the results of the second model, which was design ed by using fractal function,( a new t echnique) [7,8]. the normal op tical modulator is a circular disc which has a radius r, which assumes the number of sector is (twenty sectors), ten sectors are op aque and the other ten sectors are transmitted for the light as shown in fig (1). one may consider these ten sectors also as op aque for the other regions of electro -magnetic wave sp ectrum. by using this concept and ifs (i te ra te d fu ncti on sys te m) kit p rogram [9], we have designed optical modulator as shown in fig (2). this op tical modulator consists of two p att ern circles. each circle is divided into t en transp arents and ten opaque sectors (q). the first p att ern, is (inner p att ern) designed in a circle with data as shown in table (1). aft er conducting the op erations of scaling, rotation and iteration (for many times) the obtained p att ern is as shown in fig (2). the second p att ern (outer p att ern) is designed in an equilateral triangle with data as shown in table (2).aft er (many times) of conducting the op erations of scaling, rotation and iteration, the result is as shown in fig. (2). re sult and discussion to get work it has been established a sp ecial p rogram named “disk optical modulator version 3" using the lan guage visual b asic 6 whi ch contains many p arameters and as shown in table (3). when calculating the frequ ency it has been converted to units (rev / s), as well as for angu lar velocity w, the law of frequency is given by [10]: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 2/wfr  ……..…. (1) qfrfc  …………. (2) where fc chopp ing frequency , fr rotation frequency and q number of sectors. the basic idea in this research requir es exp ansion the sp ot size of laser to cover the full reticle with radius equals to 90 mm and by assuming the p ower of laser emission from sourc e about pl= 50 watt and diameter of sp ot is r = 3 mm with wavelength , and distribution of the p ower density in the near field given by [2, 11]: ………….. (3) for r = 1.5 mm when extended the sp ot laser to cover all effective area of reticle become for r = 90 mm the great p art of the laser ener gy will loss as a result of the p rocesses of reflection, absorption, and that will suffer, when p assed through the op tical comp onents of the transmitter unit, if the transmitt ance of the lens of an exp anded p ackage are and , its means lost 20% of the power energy in lens and app roximately 80% of the energy falls on a reticle which have transp arent for transp arent sectors. the p ower transp arent p of each sector is given by the equation [2,11]: p = sn τr …………………….(4) where =0.729 and sn area of sub sector the modulation transfer function m tf is calculated for each p att ern by calculating the transmittance intensity by using the equation: minmax minmax ii ii mtf    where: im ax: is transmittance maximum intensity and im in : is oblique minimum intensity .we calculate imax (the ratio between the sp ot size and the transmittance area), and im in (the ratio between the sp ot size and oblique area [12,13]. then we measure the modulation transfer function m tf by using eq (5). the results that were obtained based on a number of infor mation assumed as shown in table (4) and table (5). first , we may draw the relationship between the rotation frequency and chopp ing frequency with number of sectors, we got the curve shown in fig(3) …… ……… ………….…….. (5) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 the movement of any section in a circular motion takes app roximately 0.0001 seconds (for the disc consists of 10 sections of dark does not allow p assage of the power and 10 section window allows p assage p ower) that would lead to cut the signal on an on go ing basis every 0.0001 seconds as shown in table ( 6 ) and figs (4, 5), which represents the relationship between p ower transp arent and the time, also it shows, that the p ower transp arent is directly p rop ortional with size of sector, consequently the p ower transp arent from fractal reticle is lar ger from normal r eticle. changing spot size of laser theoretically, the best detection occurs when sectors of the disk is determined p eriodically and the for ms and dimensions similar to the form and d imensions of sp ot, this leads to comp lete the modulation continues p rocess and reduce the frequency bandwidth occup ied by the optical signal to t he lowest extent p ossible, or in other words, reduce the impact of noise to a minimu m [2,9,8]. to exp lain the imp act of changing sp ot size of laser on the fractal modulator frequency, we will chan ge the sp ot size between 0.3 mm 2 to 0.6 mm 2 fro m ar ea of sector as shown in table (7), and then evaluate the best value of m tf dep ending on eq.5 in order to unify the values for all models we'll take st airs gr adually to cover these valu es, dependin g on the minimum value (0.376 mm 2 ) and maximu m value (0.93 mm 2 ) and between them in the followin g mann er s pot size in mm 2 0.0003 0.0004 0.0005 0.0006 0.0007 0.0008 0.0009 tables (8, 9, 10 and 11) shows the results of the fc and modulation transfer function m tf which was obtained as a result of changing the sp ot size from 0.3 mm 2 to 0.6 mm 2 (as shown in figure (6)to fi g.(13)). we note that the best value for the m tf was obtained when the size of the section is equal to 0.3 mm2 and any increase in sp ot size after this value leads to adverse ly affects on mt f for all models, and this supp orts what we assumed theoretically for the case of an ideal fit between the sp ot size and area of the section of the disk. conclusion 1 the outer p attern of fractal reticle is used to detect the target , which requires that the aperture sizes are larger than the target by three times to achieve the followin g:  early detection of distant targets situated within the range of reticle  the ability to detect more than on e objective, and d etermine the coordinates of based on its initial size and shap e  keep the targets under monitorin g, esp ecially when approaching where the bigger size  give adequate time for the reorientation of the visual sy st em in order to drop in body image exp osed on the inner pattern of fractal model by object-oriented lens. 2 the inner pattern of fractal reticle is used for the purp ose of the lock on the target, and this ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 requires that the exp ulsion of the target equals to the dimensions of sectors to achieve the followin g:  complete the modulation continues p rocess and this leads to reduce the imp act of noise to a minimum.  access to the regular si gnal and nearly constant frequency . 3. the p ower transp arent is directly p rop ortional with size of sector; consequently the p ower transp arent from fractal reticle is lar ger from normal reticle re ferences 1. harry , l. van trees, (2001), detection, estimation, and m odulation theory ", book: george m ason university , isbns: 0-471-10793-x (pap erback); 0-471-22109-0 (electronic), library of congr ess, usa. 2. reyad, n. ali, (2004), desi gn study on laser guidance sy st em emp loying an op tical reticle, ph.d thesis, alrasheed college of engineering. 3. hy un, k. hong, sun g, h . han, gy oung, p. hon g, and jong, s. choi, (1996), simu lation of reticle seek ers using the generated thermal images, proceed ings i e e e conf erence on circuits and sy st ems, seoul. 4. m arvin, k. simon, (2001), bandwidth-efficient di gital m odulation with app lication to deep-sp ace communications, book, publisher : wiley , california inst itut e of technology 5. biberman, l. m . (1966) reticles in electro-op tical devices, ergamon press, published pergamon press in oxford, toronto. 6. wolfe w, and zissis g, (1978), the infrared handbook, iria center, environmental research institut e of m ichigan. 7. m andelbrot, b.b (1982),the fractal geometry of nature. w.h. freeman and company.. isbn 0-7167-1186-9, new york. 8. thair, a.a.(2002), fractal image sy nthesis by iterated function sy stem, m sc thesis, university of baghdad. 9. ifs kit program, http://ecademy .agnesscott.edu/~lriddle/ifskit/ 10. gramm, c.f. (1965), infrared equip ment , chapter 9 volume two of app lied optics and opt ical engineering , r. kingsl ake editor, academic. 11. george, m . siouris, (2004), m issile guidance and control sy st ems, isbn 0-387-00726-1 (hc. : alk. p aper), sp ringer, verlag new york, inc. 12. fadl, w. (2004), desi gn op tical m odulator by using fractal function geometry , m sc thesis, al-m ustansiry ah university. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 13. ahmed, s.a. (2008), calculation of m tf for optical disk m odulator by using fractal function, m sc thesis, university of technology . table (1): the initial shape of the first pattern table (2): the initial shape of the se cond pattern table( 3) data of di sk optical modul ator v.2 program table( 4): the results of normal and reticle disk ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 state nor mal ret icle fract al ret icle inner patt ern oute r pattern radius 0.09 m 0.03 m 0.09 m time 0.002 sec 0.002 sec 0.002 sec number of sec tor 20 20 20 spot size of laser 0.5 mm 0.5mm 0.5 mm angle of se ct or 18 degre e 18 degre e 18 degre e circ umfe re nce 0.5652 m 0.1884 m 0.5652 m ar ea of disk 0.025434 m2 0.002826 m2 0.025434 m2 angular ve locity 1744.44 rad/sec 5233.33 rad/sec 1744.44 rad/sec rotational fr equency 277.77 833.33rad/sec 277.77 chopping fr equency 2777.7 rad/sec 8333.3 rad/sec 2777.7 rad/sec table (5): data of sub se ctor for normal and fractal reti cle state nor mal ret icle fract al ret icle inner patt ern oute r pattern circ umfe re nce sub sec tor 0.02826 m 0.1884 m 0.02826 m ar ea of tr ansparent sub sec tor 0.0012717 m2 0.00001256m2 0.00001558842m2 ar ea of tr ansparent sector 0.0012717 m2 0.001256m2 0.001558842m2 table (6) : the power transparent of reticle disk no of sector time in sec pow er tra nspa rent of normal in watt pow er tra nsparent of inner fractal in wa tt pow er tra nsparent of o ut er fra cta l in wat t 1. 0.0001 0 0 0 2. 0.0002 1.82 1.7999 2.234 3. 0.0003 0 0 0 4. 0.0004 1.82 1.7999 2.234 5. 0.0005 0 0 0 6. 0.0006 1.82 1.7999 2.234 7. 0.0007 0 0 0 8. 0.0008 1.82 1.7999 2.234 9. 0.0009 0 0 0 10. 0.001 1.82 1.7999 2.234 11. 0.0011 0 0 0 12. 0.0012 1.82 1.7999 2.234 13. 0.0013 0 0 0 14. 0.0014 1.82 1.7999 2.234 15. 0.0015 0 0 0 16. 0.0016 1.82 1.7999 2.234 17. 0.0017 0 0 0 18. 0.0018 1.82 1.7999 2.234 19. 0.0019 0 0 0 20. 0.002 1.82 1.7999 2.234 table(7): data of (0.3 0.6 )area of sub sector for normal and fractal reticle ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 ar ea of tr ansparent sector 0.0012717m 2 0.001256m 2 0.001558842m 2 outer pattern inner pattern normal reti cle sp ot size state sp ot size state sp ot size state 0.00046 0.3 0.000376 0.3 0.000381 0.3 0.00062 0.4 0.0005024 0.4 0.000508 0.4 0.00073 0.5 0.000628 0.5 0.000635 0.5 0.00093 0.6 0.0007536 0.6 0.000763 0.6 table(8 ):the mtf of normal and fractal reticle when s pot size = 0.0003 m nor mal ret icle fract al ret icle inner patt ern oute r pattern r fc mtf r fc mtf r fc mtf 0.009 27777.7 0.096 0.03 8333.33 0.32 0.09 2777.7 0.96 0.018 13888.8 0.192 0.02906 8602.89 0.309 0.08720 2866.97 0.930 0.027 9259.25 0.288 0.026477 9442.15 0.282 0.0794 3148.61 0.846 0.036 6944.44 0.384 0.02287 10931.35 0.243 0.0686 3644.31 0.731 0.045 5555.55 0.48 0.01946 12846.86 0.207 0.05840 4280.82 0.622 0.054 4629.62 0.576 0.018 13888.88 0.192 0.054 4629.62 0.576 0.063 3968.25 0.672 0.01946 12846.86 0.207 0.05840 4280.82 0.622 0.072 3472.22 0.768 0.02287 10931.35 0.243 0.0686 3644.31 0.731 0.081 3086.41 0.864 0.026477 9442.15 0.282 0.0794 3148.61 0.846 0.09 2777.77 0.96 0.02906 8602.89 0.309 0.08720 2866.97 0.930 table(9 ):the mtf of normal and fractal reticle when s pot size = 0.0004 nor mal ret icle fract al ret icle inner patt ern oute r pattern r fc mtf r fc mtf r fc mtf 0.009 27777.77 0.075 0.03 8333.33 0.25 0.09 2777.77 0.75 0.018 13888.88 0.15 0.02906 8602.89 0.242 0.08720 2866.97 0.726 0.027 9259.25 0.225 0.026477 9442.15 0.22 0.0794 3148.61 0.661 0.036 6944.44 0.3 0.02287 10931.35 0.190 0.0686 3644.31 0.571 0.045 5555.55 0.375 0.01946 12846.86 0.162 0.05840 4280.82 0.486 0.054 4629.62 0.45 0.018 13888.88 0.15 0.054 4629.62 0.45 0.063 3968.25 0.525 0.01946 12846.86 0.162 0.05840 4280.82 0.486 0.072 3472.22 0.6 0.02287 10931.35 0.190 0.0686 3644.31 0.571 0.081 3086.41 0.675 0.026477 9442.15 0.22 0.0794 3148.61 0.661 0.09 2777.77 0.75 0.02906 8602.89 0.242 0.08720 2866.97 0.726 table(10 ):the mtf of normal and fractal reticle when s pot size = 0.0005 nor mal ret icle fract al ret icle inner patt ern oute r pattern r fc mtf r fc mtf r fc mtf 0.009 27777.77 0.06 0.03 8333.33 0.2 0.09 2777.77 0.6 0.018 13888.88 0.12 0.02906 8602.89 0.193 0.08720 2866.97 0.581 0.027 9259.25 0.18 0.026477 9442.15 0.176 0.0794 3148.61 0.529 0.036 6944.44 0.24 0.02287 10931.35 0.152 0.0686 3644.31 0.457 0.045 5555.55 0.3 0.01946 12846.86 0.129 0.05840 4280.82 0.389 0.054 4629.62 0.36 0.018 13888.88 0.12 0.054 4629.62 0.36 0.063 3968.25 0.42 0.01946 12846.86 0.129 0.05840 4280.82 0.389 0.072 3472.22 0.48 0.02287 10931.35 0.152 0.0686 3644.31 0.457 0.081 3086.41 0.54 0.026477 9442.15 0.176 0.0794 3148.61 0.529 0.09 2777.77 0.6 0.02906 8602.89 0.193 0.08720 2866.97 0.581 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 table(11):the mtf of normal and fractal reticle when s pot size = 0.0006 normal reticle frac tal reticle inne r patter n outer pattern r fc mtf r fc mtf r fc mtf 0.009 27777.77 0.05 0.03 8333.33 0.166 0.09 2777.77 0.5 0.018 13888.88 0.1 0.02906 8602.89 0.161 0.08720 2866.97 0.484 0.027 9259.25 0.15 0.026477 9442.15 0.147 0.0794 3148.61 0.441 0.036 6944.44 0.2 0.02287 10931.35 0.127 0.0686 3644.31 0.381 0.045 5555.55 0.25 0.01946 12846.86 0.108 0.05840 4280.82 0.324 0.054 4629.62 0.3 0.018 13888.88 0.1 0.054 4629.62 0.3 0.063 3968.25 0.35 0.01946 12846.86 0.108 0.05840 4280.82 0.324 0.072 3472.22 0.4 0.02287 10931.35 0.127 0.0686 3644.31 0.381 0.081 3086.41 0.45 0.026477 9442.15 0.147 0.0794 3148.61 0.441 0.09 2777.77 0.5 0.02906 8602.89 0.161 0.08720 2866.97 0.484 fig. (1): the normal optical modulator fig. (2): the fractal optical modul ator ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 fig.( 3) :the relation between no. of sector versus frequency fig .(4): the relationship between power transparent and the time for normal reticle fig. (5): the relationship between power transparent and the time for fractal reticle ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 fig .(6): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0003 (normal reticle) fig. (7): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0003 (fractal reticle) fig .(8): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0004(normal reticle) fig. (9): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0004(fractal reticle) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 fig .(10): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0005(normal reticle) fig. (11): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0005(fractal reticle) fig. (12): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0006(normal reticle) fig. (13): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0006(fractal reticle) 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد التضمین البصري الكسوري في تأثیر حجم البقعة شعبد الرزاق عبد السالم محمد، خالد هالل حربي ،ثائر عبد الكریم خلیل العای جامعة بغداد –كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم -قسم الفیزیاء 2010، تشرین االول ،30: استلم البحث في 2011، شباط، 27: قبل البحث في الخالصة ة حللت في هذا البحث اإلشارات المنبعثة من قرص التضمین البصري من خالل تغییر حجم بقعة اللیزر الساقط .تردد من خالل مقدار الطاقة النافذة من قرص التضمین البصري فضلاوحسب على القرص قرص التضمین البصري االصدار الثالث الذي یحتوي هطة انشاء برنامج خاص اسمینااجمیع النتائج استحصلت بواس . عشرة منها مضیئة واالخرى معتمة لضوء اللیزر، "امقطع 20جمیع نماذج قرص التضمین تتألف من . العدید من البارمترات .مثل تردد القطع، القدرة النافذة ودالة االنتقال الضمني عدیدة ان عدد المقاطع یعتمد على عوامل ي 0.3یكون حجم بقعة اللیزر ماوقد ثبت عن طریق المحاكاة ان افضل قیمة لدالة االنتقال الضمني تتحقق عند ملم وا .زیادة في حجم المقطع یودي الى انخفاض في قیمة دالة االنتقال الضمني ، دالة االنتقال الضمني التضمین البصري الكسوري ، تردد القطع، حجم المقطع ، القدرة النافذة: كلمات مفتاحیةال الجزء النظري @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 في تلبید ومانیوالتطعیم بأوكسید الالنث نموذج تأثیر الحجم الحبیبيأ كرستوبالیت -ألفا علیة عبد المحسن شھاب جامعة بغداد/ )أبن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفةكلیة التربیة / الفیزیاءعلوم قسم سعد بدري حسون فرید الجامعة التكنولوجیة /قسم ھندسة المواد حنان كاظم حسون جامعة بغداد/ )أبن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفةكلیة التربیة / الفیزیاءعلوم قسم 2012تشرین االول 15 :قبل البحث في ، 2012نیسان 1:استلم البحث في الخالصة الم�ر حل�ة االبتدائی�ة ف�ي التكث�فمع�دالت ف�ي la2o3وم انیوتأثیر التطعیم بأوكس�ید الالنث�تأثیر الحجم الحبیبي درس l2-regression( بأس�تعمال تقنی�ة كرس�توبالیت -نمذجت النتائج التجریبی�ة لمس�حوق ألف�ا ذ إ،والوسطیة من عملیة التلبید ) ، 6.12 ،8.92 ،13.6( μm أحج���ام حبیبی���ةثالث���ة ل اس���تعماب الحج���م الحبیب���ي وت���أثیر التطع���یم ف���ي دراس���ة ت���أثیر ) بین�ت نت��ائج المحاك�اة الحس�ابیة لتغی�ر الحج�م الحبیب�ي ف�ي المرحل��ة )، وق�د la2o3ولح�التین( ع�دم التطع�یم والتطع�یم بم�ادة مع�دل ل المباش�ر عتم�ادوھذا یب�ین األعند نقصان الحجم الحبیبي والعكس بالعكس ، التكثفاالبتدائیة من التلبید ، تزاید سرعة ف�ي المرحل�ة التكث�فالتي تعكس مساحة التالمس بین الدقائق. اما مع�دالت للمسحوق المتراص كثافة االبتدائیةالعلى التكثف اكتم�ال و عملی�ة النم�و الحبیب�يل الحاص�ل نتیج�ة الوسطیة فكانت متسارعة جداً مقارنة بالمرحلة االبتدائیة وذل�ك بس�بب التكت�ل ف�ي المرحل�ة التكث�فأن التطعیم یرفع مع�دالت الدراسة . وقد بینت نمو االعناق الذي یسھل عملیة انتقال المادة بین الحبیبات فرص�ة لكب�ذ عملی�ة غل�ق المس�امات م�وفرةمس�ببة ت�أخیر حبیب�ات التطع�یم تعرق�ل حرك�ة الح�دود الحبیبی�ة ان إذ، الوسطیة . التكثفافضل لھروب الفجوات وحصول ،التمثیل الحسابي التكثفالحجم الحبیبي ، التلبید ، معدل -:الكلمات المفتاحیة 112 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة التركی�ب ال�دقیق لھ�ذه ف�يعملیة التلبید خطوة مھمة في صناعة االجسام السیرامیكیة ویظھر ذلك ف�ي تأثیرھ�ا الملح�وظ بس�بب تح�رك أثن�اء عملی�ة التلبی�دفي للجسم السیرامیكي یحدث تغیر في الخواص الكیمیائیة والمیكانیكیة إذ ]، 1 االجسام [ المسامات الموجودة بین دق�ائق المس�حوق وی�ؤدي ھ�ذا التغی�ر ف�ي مس�امیة الجس�م لء ق المسحوق الى اماكن التالمس ومدقائ یتكون الجسم السیرامیكي قب�ل الح�رق م�ن حبیب�ات مف�ردة تفص�لھا مس�امات إذ، السیرامیكي الى تحولھ الى جسم قوي كثیف زی�ادة بع�ض الخ�واص مث�ل المقاوم�ة ) حجماً ، اعتماداً على المادة المستعملة وطریقة التشكیل المتبعة . ول25-60بحدود %( .] 2 المیكانیكیة والشفافیة والتوصیلة الحراریة فأنھ یفضل اختزال مسامیة الجسم [ ) tetragonal form،وفي ھذه الدراسة تكون ذا شكل رب�اعي ( sio2كرستوبالیت ھي طور من مادة السلیكا -مادة ألفا ] 3) وأط�ى[ transformation ) β – αیة ألن التمدد الحجمي الحاصل بسبب یسمح بحدوث عملیة التلبید ولكثافة عال إذ، la2o3 االنث�انیومأثیر الحج�م الحبیب�ي وت�أثیر التطع�یم بأوكس�ید لدراس�ة ت� l2-regression ) مودیل ریاضي( استعمل . . التكثفمعدالت في ء النظريالجز المس�حوق وتقلص في شكل وحجمھا وشكل الحبیبات وحجمھا ، المسامات الل عملیة التلبید في شكل تحدث تغیرات خ ذيتنتقل المادة من المساحات والمكون الواحد بالحرارة يوق ذو الدقائق النقیة المرصوصة ذیتلبد المسح إذ ].[4 المتراص في الطاق�ة مسببة نقصا"،] 5مسببة ما یدعى بالعنق (الرقبة) بین الدقائق [ االنحناء االعلى ذياالنحناء القلیل الى المساحات ] 6العملیات او جمیعھا مشتركة [ هبحدوث احد ھذوالذي یمكن تحدیده السطحیة )التكثفصلب (-طاقة واطئة صلب ذيصلب بأوجھ داخلیة -استبدال الوجھ الداخلي غاز -األولى: الصغیرة الى جسیمة واحدة كبیرة (النمو الحبیبي) تحول عدد من الجسیمات -الثانیة: نقصان في مساحة الحدود الحبیبیة بوساطة النمو الحبیبي -الثالثة: ف��ي المرحل��ة االبتدائی��ة م��ن عملی��ة التلبی��د ت��زداد عملی��ة ت��رابط مس��احات الجس��یمات الداخلی��ة للمس��حوق المت��راص (نم��و ھ الداخلي الفاصل م�ابین ص�لب وص�لب) عل�ى حس�اب المس�احة الس�طحیة ل�ذلك ف�أن االعناق) وتتشكل الحدود الحبیبیة (الوج تتناقص طاق�ة الس�طوح الح�رة وك�ذلك یح�دث تغی�ر ف�ي ش�كل المس�ام فتص�بح عل�ى ش�كل من ثم المساحة السطحیة تتناقص و ت�زداد الكثاف�ة بمع�دل فام�ا ف�ي المرحل�ة الوس�طیة ] .7تم�اس [عند نقاط القنوات او كرات معزولة وھذا بسبب تكون االعناق ) 65-60وذلك بتقلیص حجم الفراغات والفجوات عن طریق انتشار دقائق المادة باتجاه الفراغات وبذلك تصل ال�ى %(كبیر ] . وھذه الفجوات تنكمش عندما تكون مجاورة للحدود الحبیبیة او واقعة علیھا وتؤدي الحدود الحبیبی�ة 8من القیمة النظریة [ ھذه المرحلة النھا تعد االحواض التي تس�تقر فیھ�ا الفج�وات المنتش�رة م�ن المس�امات الت�ي تحتویھ�ا وان الم�ادة دوراً مھماً في ] .10,9تنتقل من الحدود الحبیبیة الى المسامات بوساطة الیة االنتشار الحجمي [ ] 11[ خطوات انتقال الكتلة في المرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة تتم بخطوتین تتمثل بحركة المادة على طول ترابط الجزیئة بالجزیئة (الحدود الحبیبیة ) الى منطقة العنق . -: االولىالخطوة .الحركة من العنق الى منطقة السطح -: الخطوة الثانیة بیب�ات ف�ي القیم التجریبیة للحركیات المسیطرة في الخطوة االولى ألنھا الحركیات الس�ائدة للح استعملت وفي ھذه الدراسة ] 3[ المرحلتین االبتدائیة والوسطیة اكلت p ( fraction porosity )بداللة النسبة المئویة للمسامیة التكثفیمكن ان یعبر عن معادلة p = 1 – ρ ………………………………………………….(1) على إنھا النسبة ما بین كثافة المتراص الملبد إلى الكثافة النظریة للمواد . ρیمكن أن نعرف إذ [11] ان إذ، في ھذه الخطوة بالمعدل الزمني لتغیر المسامیة التكثفو یمثل التي تتناسب عكسیاً مع الحجم الحبیبي عدد الفجوات المرتبطة داخلیاً لكل وحدة حجم n،ثابت بثبوت درجة الحرارة c1 إذ ، t زمن التلبید )2....(.......... 4 1 12.0 2/1 17.060.0 2/1 1 nc dt dp pp −= ρ−+                113 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 : اآلتیة وباستعمال صیغة التكامل اآلخروa اقل من xین األول یتمثل بكون المسامیة اقل من الواحد لذلك تكون قیمة اعتماداً على سببین رئیس x > aان إذ . على صیغة التكامل اعاله [11]ھو اعتماد المصدر تبقى ثابتة في المرحلة nمع األخذ بنظر االعتبار أن ) وتبسیطھا2معادلة ( على و باستعمال صیغة التكامل اعاله نحصل علىاالبتدائیة من التلبید . ویمثل معامل معادلة التكثف الخاصة بالمرحلة االبتدائیة ، n4ثابت یتضمن k1 إذ p0 ،t0 . المسامیة والزمن عندما یصل المتراص الى درجة حرارة االختبار ھ�ذا االنخف�اض ف�ي و (n) [11]في المرحلة الوسطیة یرافق النمو الحبیبي انخف�اض ف�ي ع�دد الفج�وات لك�ل وح�دة حج�م . عدد الفجوات تبعاً لقانون المكعب للزمن المعتمد واجراء التكامل نحصل على : (2)في معادلة nبدل tوباستبدال ،معامل الزمن المستقل m0 إذ ویمثل معامل معادلة التكثف الخاصة بالمرحلة الوسطیة ثابت . k2ان إذ 0.54لكسریة قبل الحرق وللمسامیة ا 1400ھي اساس للزاویة (6)و (4)في معادلة (0.43,0.3-)ان القیم العددیة ) ، القیم األُخر لھذه الثوابت التغیر شكل الدالة ولك�ن تح�دث تغی�راً ف�ي الق�یم العددی�ة ف�ي 0.46( الكثافة الخضراء النسبیة :وكما یأتي (6)و (4)المعادلتین مع التغیر في واقع الدالة ولذلك فمن المالئم ولالغراض الحسابیة ان نعید صیاغة معادلة خاصة للمرحلة االبتدائیة من التلبید . (7)معادلة ویة والكثافة الخضراء .ثوابت تعتمد على الزا bو aان كالً من ،خاصة للمرحلة الوسطیة من التلبید (8)معادلة )regression l2مودیل ( اآلتیة : في ھذه البحث بالمعادلة l2-regressionیمكن ان نعبر عن معادلة x=( ata)-1 atb ………………………………………..…(9) xمتغیر عشوائي و bمع استبدال الصفوف اعمدة واستبدال االعمدة صفوفاً ، aھي المصفوفة atمصفوفة ، a إذ . ]12[ معرف الیمثل الجزء الثابت من المعادلة وغیر : ) بالشكل اآلتي7یمكن ان نعید صیاغة المعادلة ( )6.(.......... 11 3.043.0tanh3.043.0tanh 3 1 0 3 .12 2 1 0 12 11         −κ=         +−     +− −− tt pp )5.(.............................. 1 0 3 tm n = )8.(.......... 11 tanhtanh 3/1 03 12 2 1 0 12 11       −κ=         +−     ρ+ −− tt bpaba [ ] )7.().........()(tanh)(tanh 012/1012/11 ttkbpabpa −=+−+ −− 114 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 x1 = k1t + h1………………………..(10) 01 ثابت یمثل معادلة التكثف الخاصة بالمرحلة االبتدائیة h1 ان إذ 2 1 0 1 1 )(tanh tkbpah −+= − معامالت وثوابت في k1 ،h1واعتبار كل من -regression l2یمكن ان تستعمل في أنموذج معادلة )10( معادلة وبذلك θ) على التوالي تستعمل ألیجاد قیم -0.43) و (0.3التي تساوي ( bو aأنموذج المعادلة ، ان قیمة كل من ، نستطیع ان نحدد القیم الحسابیة ]3[ التجریبیة المأخوذة لقیم الكثافة والزمنواعتماداً على النتائج x1نستطیع ایجاد قیم على التوالي . h1,k1 التكثف) وقیم معامالت وثوابت معادلة .calcللكثافة ( ) بالشكل اآلتي:8فیمكن إعادة كتابة معادلة (لمرحلة الوسطیة الى ااما بالنسبة على فرض ان الوسطیةمعادلة التكثف الخاصة بالمرحلة ثابت یمثل h2ان و للمرحل�ة الوس�طیة التكثفمعامالت وثوابت خاصة بمعادلة بوصفھما k2 ، h2نستطیع ایجاد قیم كل من ) 12من معادلة ( المعرف�ة س�ابقاً الیج�اد b,a.وباس�تعمال ق�یم ك�ل م�ن l2-regressionمعادلة تتالءم مع أنموذج معادلة ال. على اعتبار ان calc, یمك�ن ایج�اد الق�یم الحس�ابیة للكثاف�ة ]3[بی�ة الم�اخوذة لق�یم الكثاف�ة وال�زمن یواعتم�اداً عل�ى النت�ائج التجر x2ق�یم lanthanum( االنث�انیوموقد اس�تعمل أوكس�ید ،كرستوبالیت -ألفا مسحوق ة الثالثة المحضرة منم الحبیبیولحجا تمعدالل oxide) (la2o3 ( % إذ 0.25م�ادة تطع��یم بنس�بة تطع��یم ھ�ي ) یض��افg 0.0125 ) م�ن م��ادة التطع�یم لك��ل (g 5 م��ن ( ال�ى ، ام�ا بالنس�بة ± ) 0.3% () من الكثافة النظری�ة 29.2المسحوق ، ان نماذج المسحوق تمتلك كثافة خضراء بمقدار (% ولق��د لب��د c0/min 15وبمع��دل تبری��د c0/min 10درج��ة ح��رارة التلبی��د ف��أن عملی��ة التلبی��د ق��د أُنج��زت بمع��دل ح��راري .]3[مختلفة زمنیة مددبو c0 1500المسحوق المتراص بدرجة حرارة ةالنتائج والمناقش : الكثافة في المرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة في . تأثیر تغیر الحجم الحبیبي 1 یؤدي الحجم الحبیبي دوراً مھماً في تحدید معدالت الكثافة للمادة السیرامیكیة ، اذ ان لحجم حبیبات المسحوق المس�تعمل في المرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة من عملیة التلبید وھذا ما یظھر بالشكل التكثفتأثیراً واضحاً على عملیة ) ، فعن�د المرحل�ة االبتدائی�ة م�ن 6.12 ،8.92 ،13.6( μmحج�ام الحبیبی�ة ) الذي یبین تغیر قیم الكثاف�ة م�ع ال�زمن لأل 1( gm.cm-3%61.7 مع زیادة الحجم الحبیبي فتصل الى في قیم الكثافة تظھر زیادة بسیطة التلبید عملیة زم��ن عن�د ) عل��ى الت�والي μm )6.12 ،8.92 ،13.6عن�د االحج�ام الحبیبی�ة gm.cm-3 %62.2 ،gm.cm-3 %63.9و التكث�فویعزى ذلك الى أن الكثافة في المرحلة االبتدائیة تعتم�د عل�ى الكثاف�ة قب�ل التلبی�د ونالح�ظ ان س�رعة )min10تلبید ( التكث��فأعل��ى م��ن س��رعة تكث��ف ) یمتل��ك س��رعةμm6.12نج��د ان الحج��م الحبیب��ي ( إذ، ت��زداد م��ع نقص��ان الحج��م الحبیب��ي ) ، ویب�ین الج�دول μm )8.92 ،13.6تكون متقاربة لكل من الحجم الحبیبي التكثفینة أعاله ، كما ان سرعة لألحجام المب التكث�فالذي یمثل دالة المسامیة للمرحلة االبتدائیة فعند نقصان دال�ة المس�امیة تح�دث زی�ادة ف�ي مع�دل k1) قیم المعامل 1( ، 8.92( μm) ام�ا عن�د الحج�م الحبیب�ي 0.027الى ( k1تصل قیمة إذ، ) m μ )6.12 وھذا ما یالحظ عند الحجم الحبیبي ال�ى ان الحج�م الحبیب�ي الكبی�ر ال ی�وفر التكثف) على التوالي ، ویمكن تفسیر سرعة 0.037، 0.0311) فتصل الى ( 13.6 عن�د المرحل�ة . لتكث�فاعملی�ة ؤی�ؤدي ال�ى تب�اطفرص تالمس بین الحبیبات بشكل كبیر مم�ا یقل�ل م�ن ف�رص انتق�ال الم�ادة و ان معدالت الكثاف�ة إذفي قیم الكثافة مع زیادة الحجم الحبیبي ، ) تزاید متسارعاً 1الوسطیة من عملیة التلبید یبین لنا الشكل ( ، gm.cm-3 %)74.7 تھ��ا ف��ي المرحل��ة االبتدائی��ة فتص��ل قیم��ة الكثاف��ة ال��ى اریف��ي ھ��ذه المرحل��ة تك��ون اعل��ى م��ن نظ ) عل�ى الت�والي وھ�ذا 6.12 ، 8.92 ،13.6(μm ) عن�د االحج�ام الحبیبی�ة min 30 عند زمن تلبی�د ()77.4، % %76.2 ( )12.........................................................................222 h+τκ=χ 115 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 التزاید في قیم الكثافة یعزى الى اكتم�ال تك�ون االعن�اق وزی�ادة انتق�ال الم�ادة وك�ذلك یع�ود ال�ى مرافق�ة عملی�ة النم�و الحبیب�ي grain growth یادة في مع�دل حج�م الحبیب�ات ال�ذي ی�ؤدي ال�ى تركی�ب دقی�ق اكث�ر التي یحدث خاللھا ز للمرحلة الوسطیة التكث��ف) اكب��ر م�ن س��رعة μm 6.12عن�د الحج��م الحبیب�ي ( التكث��فت�راص مقارن��ة بالمرحل�ة االبتدائی��ة ، ونج�د ان س��رعة أعلى عند الحجم الحبیبي المذكور بسبب التراص الكبیبر الحاصل في التركیب الدقیق . التكثفلألحجام األخر، أي ان معدل الذي یمثل دالة للمسامیة للمرحلة الوسطیة والذي نجده یتن�اقص م�ع الحج�م الحبیب�ي فعن�د k2) قیم المعامل1(ویبین الجدول 0.481) فتصل قیمت�ھ ال�ى ( 8.9 ،13.6( μmة ) اما عند األحجام الحبیبی0.2401) یصل الى ( μm 6.12الحجم الحبیبي ( ) 8.92 ،13.6( μmیقل لألحج�ام الحبیبی�ة التكثف) على التوالي ، كما یظھر لنا ان الفرق في قیم الكثافة وسرعة 0.516، ن�ة ) وبعبارة أخرى یك�ون الف�رق اق�ل وض�وحاً عن�د مقار μm 6.12عند الحجم الحبیبي ( التكثفمقارنة بقیم الكثافة وسرعة ) عند المرحلة الوسطیة من عملیة التلبید . μm )8.92 ،13.6لألحجام الحبیبیة التكثفقیم الكثافة وسرعة الكثافة في المرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة : في. تأثیر التطعیم 2 ) عل�ى 6.12 ، 8.92 ،13.6( μmتغی�ر ق�یم الكثاف�ة م�ع ال�زمن لألحج�ام الحبیبی�ة )4) و(3،() 2یبین الش�كل ( ) ، فنالحظ عدم ح�دوث تغی�ر ملم�وس ف�ي مع�دالت la2o3( االنثانیومالتطعیم بمادة أوكسید عدم التطعیم و في حالةالتوالي gm.cm-3تصل قیمة الكثافة إل�ى ( إذ، ) وللمرحلة االبتدائیة undopedالكثافة عن معدالت الكثافة في حالة عدم التطعیم ( وھ��ي قیم��ة ) min 10) عن��د زم��ن تلبی��د (la2o3ف��ي حال��ة التطع��یم بم��ادة ( ) μm 6.12عن��د الحج��م الحبیب��ي ( ) %61.5 ف�ي لبقی�ة االحج�ام الحبیبی�ة ) وھذا یالحظ gm.cm-3 %61.7تصل الى ( لكثافة في حالة عدم التطعیم ومقاربة جداً لقیمة ا مع�دالت الكثاف�ة ف�ي المرحل�ة االبتدائی�ة م��ن ف�يظھ�ر أي ت�أثیر ملم��وس . أي ان إض�افة تل�ك الم�واد ال یایض�ا" 4و3الش�كلین ) عند grain boundariesحركة الحدود الحبیبیة ( في عملیة التلبید ویرجع سبب ذلك الى دقائق المادة المضافة التي تؤثر ) 1لبی�د ، وب�النظر ال�ى الج�دول (حدوث النمو الحبیبي فتحد من سرعة النمو الحبیبي المرافق للمرحلة الوسطیة من عملی�ة الت وھو دالة للتناقص الحاصل في المسامیة مع تناقص الحجم الحبیبي وللحاالت ( ع�دم التطع�یم والتطع�یم k1نجد قیم المعامل ویعزى ذل�ك لس�بب الم�ذكور المرحلة االبتدائیة من عملیة التلبید حالة التطعیم عند في k1لم تتأثر قیم إذ )االنثانیومبأوكسید حركة الحدود الحبیبیة عند حدوث النمو الحبیب�ي فتح�د م�ن س�رعة النم�و الحبیب�ي المراف�ق فيتؤثر ان مادة التطعیم إذنفسھ ، عند المرحلة الوسطیة من عملیة التلبید نجد زیادة واضحة في قیم الكثافة مع زی�ادة الحج�م وھذا ما یالحظ للمرحلة الوسطیة ) وتصل 6.12( m μ) عند الحجم الحبیبي gm.cm-3 %76) تصل قیمة الكثافة الى (2ي . ففي حالة التطعیم الشكل (الحبیب ، ) min30وزم��ن تلبی��د () عل��ى الت��والي 8.92،13.6(μm) عن��د االحج��ام الحبیبی��ة gm.cm-3 %)77.4 %،79.9ال��ى الس�بب ف�ي ذل�ك ال�ى عملی�ة النم�و الحبیب�ي المرافق�ة للمرحل�ة وھي قیم اعلى م�ن ق�یم الكثاف�ة ف�ي حال�ة ع�دم التطع�یم . ویع�ود تتأثر عملیة النمو الحبیبي بحبیبات التطع�یم الت�ي تعم�ل عل�ى اح�داث إعاق�ة ف�ي حرك�ة الح�دود إذالوسطیة من عملیة التلبید ، انتق�ال اكب�ر للم�ادة سرعة النمو الحبیب�ي ال�ذي ی�ؤدي ال�ى حص�ول فرص�ة في الحبیبیة على طول عملیة االنتشار وھذا یؤثر ال�ذي یش�یر ال�ى حص�ول تن�اقص ف�ي k2) قیم المعام�ل 1ویبین الجدول ( . التكثفات وبذلك تزداد معدالت وھروب المسام قیم المسامیة مع نقصان الحجم الحبیبي ، أي عند اصغر حجم حبیبي نحصل على اقل مسامیة واكب�ر س�رعة تك�اثف . فتص�ل 0.543) فتصل الى ( 8.92 ،13.6( μmاما عند الحجم الحبیبي ) μm 6.12) عند الحجم الحبیبي (0.274الى ( k2قیمة یمك�ن ان نوض�ح ق�یم الثواب�ت المرافق�ة ،اقص كلما كان الحجم الحبیبي اصغر) وھذه القیم ھي دالة للمسامیة التي تتن0.592، ) .2في الجدول ( االنثانیومیة في حالة عدم التطعیم والتطعیم بأوكسید لكل من المرحلة االبتدائیة والوسط التكثفلمعادلة األستنتاجات أظھ���رت النت���ائج إذ تم���ت برھن���ة امكانی���ة التمثی���ل الحس���ابي ف���ي المرحل���ة األبتدائی���ة والوس���طیة م���ن عملی���ة التلبی���د ، س�رعة في توافقھا مع النتائج التجریبیة ، والتأثیر الكبیر للحجم الحبیبي regression l2بأستعمال مودیل calcالحسابیة وكان�ت المع�امالت سرعة التلبی�د فيوابرزت اھمیة فھم الزیادة او النقصان في مساحة التالمس بین الحبیبات التكثفعملیة ث او المھن��دس المص��مم تك��وین یمك��ن للباح�� إذ، التكث��فالمحس��وبة خ��الل ھ��ذه الطریق��ة تعب��ر ببس��اطة ووض��وح ع��ن س��رعة ظھ�ر ت�أثیر التطع�یم ف�ي من�ع النم�و كم�ا حس�ابیاً. التكث�فالمعامالت ومتابعة عملی�ة مادة خالل قراءة قیم اللتصرفات تصّور . التكثفالذي یؤدي الى حصول فرصة انتقال اكبر للمادة وھروب المسامات وبذلك تزداد معدالت الحبیبي المصادر 1 .wang1,q.b.;wang2,q.g. and wan2*,c.x.(2010) ,effect of sintering time on the microstructure and propertiesof inorganic polyphosphate bioceramics . science of sintering, 42 ,337-343 لمواد سیرامیكیة منتجة من مواد ) (( دراسة العوامل المؤثرة على عملیة التلبید 1992السعدي ، ضحى عبد االمیر .( . 2 اولیة محلیة )) ، الجامعة التكنولوجیة ، قسم الھندسة ، اطروحة ماجستیر. 3 . faridy ,s. b. h , a .(1999), sintering and microstructure development of α cristobalite,d.sc,physics .university of baghdad . 116 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 4 . choudhury,s.k. h.(1985), materials science and processes, in si unit , indian book distributing co . .new york . srm university –india no1. 5. rado,p. f.i . ( 1988) , an introduction to technology of pottery, oxford, 2nd edition, pergamon pres 6. shaw,n.j. (1989) .powder metalluray international. vanicheva, 21, 5,31. . 7. malyaly, h.k. (2005),analysis the three stage of sintering using linear programming.m.sc,physics . university of baghdad . 8. hannay,n.b.(1976), treutise on solid state chemistru,plenum press. university of 621. ,1 .new york .michigan 9. white, j. (1985) . sintering – am assessment , in proceeding of the british ceramic society , no .3 10. budworth, d.w. (1970) , an introduction to ceramic science, pergamon press new york. 11. wong, b . and pask, (1979). j.a. j .a mer . ceram. soc,62,138. 12. robert.j.v.b,(2001),linear programming.foundations and extensions,second edition ,copy right c.prinction university , prinction, nj08544 ,u.s.a االبتدائیة والوسطیة في المرحلة التكثفمعامالت معادلة في التطعیم و الحجم الحبیبي تأثیر :)1جدول ( la2o3في حالة عدم التطعیم والتطعیم بـ االبتدائیة والوسطیة في المرحلة التكثفثوابت معادلة :)2جدول ( الحجم الحبیبي 6.12 μm 8.92μm 13.6 μm 0.0004 0.0010 0.0011 (عدم التطعیم ) h1المرحلة االبتدائیة 1.336 1.281 0.485 (عدم التطعیم ) h2 المرحلة الوسطیة la2o3 ( 0.0011 0.0010 0.0004بـ (التطعیم h1 المرحلة االبتدائیة عند التطعیملحجم الحبیبي في حالة عدم ): تغیرالكثافة مع الزمن للمراحل االبتدائیة والوسطیة كدالة لتغیر ا1شكل ( )m μ )6.12 ،8.92 ،13.6الحجم الحبیبي الحجم الحبیبي 6.12 μm 8.92μm 13.6 μm 0.037 0.0311 0.027 (عدم التطعیم ) k1المرحلة االبتدائیة 0.516 0.481 0.2401 (عدم التطعیم ) k2 المرحلة الوسطیة la2o3 ( 0.027 0.0311 0.037بـ (التطعیم k1 المرحلة االبتدائیة la2o3 ( 0.274 0.543 0.592بـ (التطعیم k2المرحلة الوسطیة 117 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ) في حالة عدم التطعیم 6.12( μ mعند الحجم الحبیبي للمرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة تغیر الكثافة مع الزمن :) 2شكل ( والتطعیم بأوكسید الالنثونوم ) في حالة عدم التطعیم 8.92( μ mعند الحجم الحبیبي للمرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة تغیر الكثافة مع الزمن :) 3شكل ( والتطعیم بأوكسید الالنثونوم ) في حالة عدم التطعیم 13.6( μ mعند الحجم الحبیبي للمرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة تغیر الكثافة مع الزمن :) 4شكل ( والتطعیم بأوكسید الالنثونوم 118 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 modeling of the effect of grain size and la2o3 doping on sintering α – cristobilite alia a. shehab dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibnal-haitham)/ university of baghdad saad b. farid dept. of materials engenering / university of technelogy hanan k. hassun dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibnal-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 1 april 2012 , accepted in :15 october 2012 abstract in this research the effect of grain size and effect of la2o3 doping on densification rate for the initial and intermediate stages of sintering were studied .the experimental results for α – cristobilite powder are modeled using ( l2-regression ) technique in studying the effect of grain size and la2o3 doping using three particles size (6.12, 8.92, 13.6 ) µm, with undoped initial powder and with la2o3 doping . the mathematical simulation showes that the densification rates increase as the initial particles sizes decrease and vice versa. this shows that the densification depends directly on the initial compact density which reflects the contacts area between the particles . however the densification rates in the intermediate stages were enhanced compared with that of the initial stage .this is due to completion of neck growth that facilitates the mass transport between the grains ,and also, the presence of the massive grains due to the grain growth . al so it is show that the doping enhances the densification rates in the intermediate stage due to that , the dopants act against the grain boundaries movement causing discourage closing of porosity and encourage escaping of voids enhances the densification rates . key words :grain size, sintering, densification rate, mathematical simulatio 119 | physics من معادلة (12) نستطيع ايجاد قيم كل من k2 ، h2بوصفهما معاملات وثوابت خاصة بمعادلة التكثف للمرحلة الوسطية . على اعتبار ان المعادلة تتلاءم مع أنموذج معادلة l2-regression .وباستعمال قيم كل من b,a المعرفة سابقاً لايجاد قيم x2 واعتماداً على النتائج ال... من معادلة (12) نستطيع ايجاد قيم كل من k2 ، h2بوصفهما معاملات وثوابت خاصة بمعادلة التكثف للمرحلة الوسطية . على اعتبار ان المعادلة تتلاءم مع أنموذج معادلة l2-regression .وباستعمال قيم كل من b,a المعرفة سابقاً لايجاد قيم x2 واعتماداً على النتائج ال... 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد حساب دالة التضمین لمغیر التردد البصري الجزئي شبه الموصل عبد الرزاق عبد السالم محمد، آمال جبار حاتم أبن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد -قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة التربیة الخالصة والتــردد المكــاني ) السـیلكون(حــث دراسـة وحســاب دالـة التضــمین لمغیـر التــردد البصـري الجزئــي شـبه الموصــلیتضـمن الب ،وجـد أن عالقـة دالـة التضـمین للسـیلكون مـع التـردد المكـاني %)10و%35و%45و%58(لقیم مختلفة من النسبة المئویة للنفاذیة كــذلك تضـمن البحــث .t=58%ضــمین عنـدما تكـون النفاذیــة قیمتهـا هـي عالقـة أســیة لجمیـع قــیم النفاذیـة، وأفضـل حالــة لدالـة الت تضمن البحث أیضا بنـاء برنـامج حاسـوبي للبیانـات المسـتخرجة . دراسة عالقة النفاذیة مع قیم مختلفة لمعامل االنكسار للسیلكون . 1الخاصة بالتضمین البصري للمادة شبه الموصلة كما موضح في الشكل ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 modulation function calculation for optical semiconductor fractal modulator ar. a. s. mohammad , a. jabbar departme nt of physics, college of education i bn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the research includes the st udy and calculation of the modulation function of op tical semiconductor fractal m odulator and sp atial frequency for different values of silicon modulator transmittance p ercentage(10%,35%,45%,58%),it found the relation between the modulation function of silicon and sp atial frequency, the exp onential relation of all values of the transmittance , the best st ate of modulation function when the value of transmittance is t=58% ,also the research includes the st udy of the relation of transmittance with different values of refractive index of silicon . so the research involves building a computer p rogram of outp ut data which would relate to fractal op tical modulation made of semiconductor material as shown in fig. (1). introduction op tical modulator is used to generate op to-electronic signal, which depends on the modulator shape and rotation sp eed. in addition, it may be used (the modulator) as a filter of light for sp ecific wavelength depending on the values of refractive index of the modulator material. in this p aper fractal, function was used to design up date fractal op tical m odulator made of semiconductor material such as [germanium, silicon…] .in p resent article a silicon was used as a material of the fractal modulator for different values of transmittance percentage fractal function euclid ean geometry p rovides a first approximation to the structure of p hy sical object. it describes objects of simp le shap es p oint , line segments , ellip ses , circles, bo xes and cubes , they have a few characteristic sizes with dimensions of one , two and three .this geometry is mainly oriented a round liner integr al sy st em .benoit mondebort 2 mainly suggested the exist ence of geometries near to t he geometry of nature ,known as fractal geometry [1,2]. the word fractal is referred to infinitely comp lex; in mathematics a fractal is a geometric object that satisfies a sp ecific technical condition. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 an alternative way to sp ecify the dimension of self-similar p ieces with magnification factor n into which the figure may be broken. therefore, the d imensions of the sierpinski trian gle need logarithms t o find the exp onent in this case in general [3]. )1......(.......... k l n  where n: number se gment l: len gth of se gment k: len gth of each piece in the segment ).2.......(.......... '        k l d n where d’ is fractal d imension by taking logarithm for eq. (2) . '        k l loglogn d .'        k l logdlogn d′= [log n / log ﴾l/k ﴿] ……….. (3). [3] fractal o ptical modul ator design designing the op tical modulator from semiconductor material by using fractal function is done during building a comp uter p rogram , which consists of ten oblique sectors and ten transmittance sectors for light, each sector is divided by using fractal function to small elements of triangle shap e and sp read it randomly as shown in fig.(1). the area of each element (trian gles) is calculated substrate from the total area of d isc (size of modulator), t o evaluate the total area of transp arent by using mathematics: (h 2 )+ (a 2 ) = (1) 2 …..................... (4). [4] sup p ose we have similar triangle whi ch has equal side (a) =1mm therefor h 2 + (0.5) 2 = (1) 2 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010  h = 0.866mm the area of trian gle = (1/2) ah = (0.5)0.866 = 0.433mm 2 the summation of the tot al triangles ar ea=46.76mm 2 , but the tot al area of the d isc (modu lator) = пr 2 =3.14(30) 2 = 2826mm 2 the tot al area of transp arent =2779.24 mm 2 if we assume an incident, beam is p erp endicular on the modulator disc and its shap e is circular. by rotating the disc, the incident sign al wi ll be transmitted from the clear area while it is not transmitted from the oblique area. therefor the outp ut signal at m aximu m values (at arb itrary rm ax = 3000mm will be maximum amplitude as shown below :-[4] mm __ __ __ __ __ __ but when the output signal is not minimum values of rm in =300mm there will be minimum width as shown below: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that means the output signal will be equal to unit (1) when the incident beam transmitted from transp arency p art , while it is equal (0) when the beam would be on oblique p art of disc . by continuing the rotation of the disc we will get a continuous signal with a frequency, that frequency depends on the number and shap e of the sector as well as the sp eed of the disc rotation modulation evaluation in order to evaluate the modulation for st ander ordinary modulator we sup p osed as following:-refractive index of the modulation material =one (it means air refractive index) [4], which gave transmittance p ercentage 100%. n sequence number, r is radius of the modulator and s is sp atial frequency (as shown in data tables 1, 2, 3 & 4), and by using the following relation :-[ 5] m i= ( ii max – iimin) ∕ (i imax + ii min ) ………….(5) where: m i: m odulation of image. i imax : maximum irradiance of the image. iimin : minimum irradiance of the image. 30 0 mm 30 00mm ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 silicon (si) modulator silicon is used as an op tical widow p rimarily for 3-5m band as a substrate for optical filters. it has been used an optical fr actal modulator made of silicon, which has the characteristic of refractive ind ex with transmittance as shown in fig. (2) calculations and re sults four cases of silicon were taken with different transmittance (10%,35%,45% and 58%) , each case h as the data disp lay ed in a table and the output result shown by mf curve in figs (3,4,5,6). case (1) refractive index n=3.4975 with wavelength  =1.357m and the transmittance 10%, table (1) shows the data of (r, mf and s),the behave curve of m f results with sp atial frequency shown in fig(3) case (2) r efractive index n=3.4179 with wavelength  =10.00 & 10.5m and the transmitt ance 35%, table (2) shows the data of (r, mf and s) ,the behave curve of mf results with sp atial frequency shown in fig(4) case (3) refractive index n=3.4975 with wavelength  =3.432m and the transmittance 45%, table (3) shows the data of (r, m f and s), the behave curv e of m f results with spatial frequency shown in fig (5) case (4) refractive index n=3.4320 with wavelength  =3.0000m and the transmittance 58%, table (4) shows the data of (r, mf and s), the behave curve of mf resuls with sp atial frequency shown in fig. (6) conclusion 1using semiconductor m aterial to mak e the modulator gives an advantage to get a sp ecific output. 2the best case of modulation by optical modulater made of silicon (si)when transmittance is t=58% 3there is aclear relation between the intensity which increases by decreasing the sp atial frequency for all cases. 4it is very imp ortant t hat the op tical fractal modulator, when it is designed from a sp ecific material it will be sp ecial filter and frequency . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 re ferences 1m andelbert, b.b., (1983), “the fractal geometry of nature” (freeman, w.h. & comp any), p age54. 2frame, m .; m andelbrot, b. and n. neger, n., (2006), p hys.rev.e, 73, 0311114. 3-robert, e. fisher and biljana,t. galeb, (2000), “optical sy st em design “, the british library document sup p ly centre.p age36. 4-peter, o, and krister, f, (op tillion), (2000), “optical m odulation amplitude (oma) sp ecifications”, new orleans , p age 1. 5-riedl, m .j., (2001),"optical desi gn fundamentals for ir sy stem" 2 nd edition, the society of p hoto-op tical inst ruments engineers, p 155-163. table (1) data of a clear aperture for silicon with transmi ttance 10% s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 r 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 m x10 -2 10 5 3.3333 2.5 2 1.6667 1.428 1.25 1.111 1 table (2) data of a clear aperture for silicon with transmi ttance 35% table (3) data of a clear aperture for silicon with transmi ttance 45% s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 r 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 m x10 -2 35 17.5 11.666 8.75 7 5.8333 5 4.375 3.88 3.5 s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 r 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 m x10 -2 45 22.5 15 11.25 9 7.5 6.428 5.625 5 4.4 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (4) data of a clear aperture for silicon with transmi ttance 58% s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 r 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 m x10 -2 58 29 19.333 14.5 11.6 9.6667 8.282 7.26 6.444 5.8 fig.(1): the out put compute r program of the fractal optical modul ation made of se miconductor material ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (2) the transmi ttance with refractive index for sili con fig. (3) the mf with the spatial frequency at transmittance 10% fig. (4) the mf with the spatial frequency at transmittance 35% m f s i m f ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (5) the mf with the spatial frequency at transmittance 45% fig. (6) the mf with the spatial frequency at transmittance 58% m f m f s i microsoft word 23-30 biology | 23 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the role of some cytokines and trace elements in pregnant women with acute toxoplasmosis waheeda r. ali dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :5 january2016, accepted in :11may 2016 abstract the present study was conducted on sixty five pregnant women that infected with acute toxoplasmosis, serum samples were tested for detection specific anti-toxoplasma gondii igm using the rapid toxo igg/igm chromatographic immune assay test cassette and elisa, and fifty healthy married women (not pregnant) as was considered as control group. the level of serum il-6, il-8, il-12, tnf-α, tgf-β1, ip-10, mip-1, mig and icam were significantly increased (p <0.005) in pregnant patients infected with acute toxoplasmosis, while serum level of mcp-1(14.46 ± 1.38pg/ml) was not significantly increased when compared to controls(11.25 ± 0.24pg/ml) , these levels can be used as indicator to acute toxoplasmosis. trace elements concentrations in serum were measured during infection also, the results of this study revealed that serum zn was markedly elevated (p<0.05) and serum cu was significantly decreased (p<0.001) in toxoplasmosis-seropositive women as compared with control. key words: toxoplasma gondii, cytokines, zn, cu biology | 24 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction toxoplasma gondii is an obligate intracellular protozoan with unparalleled global distribution and mammalian host range. [1]. it is possible to differentiate between acute infections (initiated within infection with the prior12 months) and chronic infections (more than one year since the initial infection) by using elisa [2].toxoplasmosis infection stimulates humoral immune response as antibody (ab)production, in addition t cell-mediated immunity (cmi) which is essential for the host and control of intracellular infection [3]. the macrophage, tlymphocytes and natural killer (nk) cells, and cytokines are the major elements involved in immune response against t. gondii. cytokines are secreted by a variety of cell types, including inflammatory cells, and play crucial functions in immune-regulation and immune responses including responses to parasite infection [4, 5]. many studies have documented the role of cytokine in the resistance to acute and chronic infection to tachyzoite replication of t. gondii during pregnancy [6].il-10, il-12 and tnf-α play an important role in the innate immunity against t gondii and influence the adaptive immune response; these cytokines are important immunemodulators that act during the early stage of infection [7,8]. trace element plays an important role in biological systems through their action as activators or inhibitors of enzymatic reaction, or by its essential role of direct antioxidant enzyme, or by influencing the permeability of cell [9].zinc (zn) is essential for maintaining the integrity of immune function of t-cells has been associated with deficiency of zinc, which acts as a growth hormone [10]. the element copper (cu) is an integral part of cytochrome [8], and also required for normal red blood cells information [11]. the present study aimed to determine the serum levels of 10 cytokines il-6, il-8, il-12, tnf-α, ip-10, mcp-1, mip-1, mig-1, tgf-β1 and icam, also it is designed to investigate the effect of the infection with acute toxoplasmosis on the levels of essential trace elements zn and cu, such collective evaluations may aid in a better understanding of the immunological mechanisms that can lead to acute toxoplasmosis in iraqi pregnant women. materials and methods sixty-five pregnant women at first trimesters of pregnancy suffering from problems of miscarriage were attending to department of gynecology and pediatrics in al-yarmouk teaching hospital and imamein kadhimein medical city in baghdad during the period from october 2014 to march 2015 were conducted in this study. their age ranged from 20-41 years, in addition a group of 50 fertile healthy married women (not pregnant) were enrolled in this study as a control group. blood samples collection: five ml of venous blood were collected from each women and placed in plane tube where the serum was separated and stored at -20c until it is used. serological tests: 1-rapid toxo igg/igm chromatographic immune assay test cassette: detection of parasite antibody ,the kit is supplied by ctk biotech, san diego, usa. 2-elisa t. gondii –igm: the elisa toxo-igm (from biokit diagnostics company, spain) is an igmcapture immunoenzimatic assay for the determination of igm antibodies against t.gondii in the patient's serum or plasma. calculation of results: the mean of duplicate absorbance of the low positive calibrator was calculated which represents the cut-off value: cut-off = mean of low positive absorbance. the absorbance of biology | 25 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 each sample was divided by the cut-off value, and then the results were compared with the following ratios to differentiate between positive, negative and equivocal samples. positive sample: ratio absorbance/cut-off ˃ 1.0 negative sample: ratio absorbance/cut-off < 0.9 1.0 sample was retested with a fresh <off ≥ 0.9 -ratio absorbance/ cut :equivocal sample new sample after 2-4 weeks. through a result of serological tests that mentioned above, it was able to diagnose 65 cases of acute toxoplasmosis infection of pregnant women (with high titer igm antibody ) and 50 healthy married women (not pregnant) to measure serum level of cytokines and chemokines. 3-serum level of cytokines and chemokines: sera of pregnant women that have a positive igm antibody against t. gondii, and control group were enrolled to measure levels of cytokines il‐6, il‐8, il-12, tnf‐ α and chemokine mcp-1, ip-10, mip-1, icm, mig-1 and growth factor tgf‐β1 by using elisa test. all kits were provided from pepro tech; usa. the manufacturer's protocols were followed for each kit and recombinant reference cytokine and chemokine samples were served as positive control for calibration. 4-serum level of zn and cu: serum diluted (0.1 ml) to total volume of 1ml using 6%n-butanol solution and analyzed for zn and cu levels using atomic absorption spectrophotometer (shimadzu aa-646) using zn and cu hollow cathode lamps at wavelengths 213nm and 324.75nm respectively. statistical analysis: statistical analysis was computer assisted using statistical package for social science (spss) version 13.0 was applied and least significant difference (lsd) between groups. results table (1) shows that serum sample from the study population were successfully analyzed for igm by elisa. the median values of igm –toxoplasma antibodies titer was statistically significant .it is higher in the group of pregnant women with positive diagnosis by elisa (1.98±0.850), compared to those with negative diagnosis of toxoplasmosis (0.41±0.315) there were statistically significant differences between the two groups (p<0.001).the highest rate (27.0%) of toxo-igm was found in pregnant women from the age group 26-31 years old. the results of cytokines and chemokines levels show in table (2) there was a significant increase in cytokines il‐6, il‐8, il-12, nf‐ α, ip-10, mip-1, icm, mig-1 and tgf‐β1 in pregnant women that they were positive to t. gondii igm serology which significant increase (p < 0.05), while the mean of mcp-1 serum concentration (14.46±1.38pg\ml) was significantly decreased (p <0.05) in patients in comparison to control group(11.25±0.24pg/ml) (table 2). in table (3) zn and cu levels analysis in sera of positive women and in control, the mean levels of serum zn were significantly lower in patient group(p≤0.05) than in the healthy controls whereas serum cu concentrations were significantly (p≤0.001) higher in patient group when compared with control.. discussion the results of the present study showed that median value of igmtoxoplasma antibodies in women with toxoplasmosis was 1.98±0.850, this result reflects that infected women had acute toxoplasmosis .elisa technique for detection of igm and igg of t. gondii must be used within toxoplasma serologic profile that included different biology | 26 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 agglutination and elisa ,which are routinely used to assess whether infection was acquired during pregnancy[6]. the serum level of il-6 was higher than its level in control group which is considered as an indicator for acute inflammation during infection and the results were compatible with that recorded by al-damoshi et al., [7]. this cytokine may occur early in infection before the immunological shift from th2 into th1 that might be responsible for the several cases of abortion [12]. il-8 is a potent chemo attractant and activator of neutrophils. it is produced by wide variety of cell types, including macrophages, neutrophils, endothelial cells, fibroblasts, chondrocytes and osteoclasts, in agreement with the present results, koumantaki et al., [13] found that il-8 was significantly increased in acute with early acute inflammation or with a reactive from toxoplasmosis. the inflammatory cytokines, such as il-8,may play a vital role in mechanism of protease induced neurogenic inflammation leading to labor or abortion by enrolling neutrophils and lymphocytes in the endometrium, whereas previous studies reported that women with spontaneous abortions had pointedly decreased plasma level of il-8 compared to those with normal pregnancies [7,8]. in addition to il-8, the presence of a significant increase of serum level of il-12 is a key cytokine that drives the inflammatory response mediated by th1 cells. monocyte /macrophage and dendritic cells are active in il12 production during the first contact of toxoplasma with innate immune system [14]. il-12 is required for resistance to acute and chronic toxoplasmosis due to its essential role in stimulating production of ifn-ɣ, facilitates formation of th1 type response and activates lymphocyte cytotoxicity. this present study showed high level il-12 patients with toxoplasmosis in comparison with control group (table2). this may be due to the fact that the infection with t. gondii induce strong cmi characterized by high th1-cell response [15]. tnf-α is a th1 response cytokine produced by macrophage, t-lymphocyte, basophils and monocytes. in toxoplasmosis, tnf-α appears to be essential for macrophage activation and inhibition of parasite replication, of this cytokine documented in resistance to the acute and chronic toxoplasmosis, the level of this cytokine increases, abortion occurs, the current results in this regard is in consistency with trowsdal and betz [16]. the level of ip-10 cytokine that showed a significant increase in serum of infected group is a key mediator of the interferon response referentially attracts activated th1 lymphocytes to sites of inflammation, and is an inhibitor of angiogenesis. the present study indicated that ip-10 is critical for survival following t. gondii infection and is essential for guiding antigen specific cd41 and cd81 t cells into infected organs. t. gondii evokes a strong humoral and cellular immune response in the infected host. the chemokine ip-10 a specific chemoat-tractant for activated t cells. these observations suggest that ip-10 may play a broader role in the localization and the function of effector t cells at sites of th1 inflammation [17]. the chemokines, mcp-1 ,ip10 and mip-1 are involved in the cellular recruitment and activation of several leukocytes such as monocytes/macrophages, polymorphonuclear cells, and lymphocyte infiltration to the sites of infection (19).the immune response against infection stimulate macrophages and lymphocytes that work on the production of mcp-1 .low level mcp-1 (ccl2) were observed in pregnant women with acute toxoplasmosis (table-2), because live tachyzoiest forms of t. gondii inhibited the synthesis of mcp1(20),and t. gondii tachyzoites were found to modulate the synthesis of ccl2 in cell cultures of parturient and non-pregnant women[21]. the results of present study showed that the increase in the level of icam -1(table -2), in accordance with this study pfaff et al.,[22] that demonstrates icam-1 is the principal receptor for increased monocyte adhesion to activate primary trophoblast. ifn-ɣ plays a pivotal role in biology | 27 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the cell adhesion process through up regulation of icam-1 and in the process of congenital transmission of t. gondii [22]. the current study showed a significant increase in the level of mig-1(cxcl9) in the blood serum of infected group compared to control, and this may be due to the cxcl9 is critical for the recruitment of t cells in the immune areas that breed tachyzoites to prevent chronic activate toxoplasma infection [17]. the present study showed that the serum levels of transforming factor-beta tgf-β is significantly increased in infected women. tgf-β is a cytokine which plays key roles in the regulation of immune cell functions .this cytokine leads to inhibition of b and t lymphocytes proliferation and induces homeostasis [23].tgf-β also contributes to tissue remodeling which occurs after infections and injuries, this cytokine contributes to development of th17 and tregulatory lymphocytes, activation and suppression of immune which play significant roles in parasite responses, against infection [24]. the results showed ,that there was significant decrease in serum zn levels in patients ,this can be according to kadham [25]refearing to this lowering value , probably due to the shifting of this element from the transport media (serum) to the liver which is considered as a protective mechanism against the disease. zn is a metal essential for maintaining the integrity of immune system. the results showed that the specific cellular immunity is detectable in virtually all toxoplasma-infected patients [10, 11]. several investigators have found that zn deficiency depresses antibody responses possibly owing to a loss of thelper cell function. the increased serum level of cu may be explained to its form of serum which is formed in response to inflammation associated with the disease [26, 27]. references 1montoya, j.g. and liesnfeld,o.(2004).toxoplasmosis.lancet,12(9425):1965-19761. 2-bliss,s.k.;gavrilescu,c.;alcaraz,a.and denkers,e.y.(2001).neutrophil depletion during toxoplasma gondii infection leads to impaired immunity and lethal systemic pathology. infect. immun.,(69):4898-4905. 3-zhang,r.; zhang,h.; liu, x.; fu,q.; xu,x.and hu,x.(2012).the immunoprotective role of infection. gondii toxoplasma 10 in abnormal pregnancy outcome induced by-interleukin gynecol. obstet. invest., 73(3): 223–229. 4-aldebert, d.(2007).toxoplasma gondii triggers secretion of nterleukin-12 but low level of interleukin-10 from th-1human monocytic cell line. cytokine, 37(3):206-211. 5-pernas,l.;ramirez,r.;holmes,t.h.;montoya,j.g.andboothryd,j.c.(2014).immune profiling of pregnant toxoplasma-infected us and colombiabia pateints reveals surprising impacts of infection on peripheral blood cytokines. j. infect. dis., 210(6):923-931. 6-liesenfeld,o.; montoya, g. j; tathineni, j. n.; davis, m.; brown,w. b.;cobb, l. k. and parsonnet, j. (2001). confirmatory serologic testing for acute toxoplasmosis and rate of induced abortion among women reported to have positive toxoplasma immunoglobulin m antibody titers. j. obstet. gynol., 184:140-145. 7-al-damoshi,h.o.m.;al-mammori,r.t.o.;shareef,h.k.i.andal kafagee,n.s.k.(2013).study of il-8 and il-17 levels among certain group of repeated spontaneous abortion women with or without toxoplasmosis .iraq.int.res.j.biol.sci.,2(8):3741. biology | 28 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 8-calleja-agius j.; jauniaux,e. ;pizzey, a.r.and muttukrishna,s.(2012). proand antiinflammatory cytokines in threatened miscarriages. am. j. obstet. gynecol., 205(1): 83. 9griffiths,e.d.and wharton,c.d.(1961). studies of electron transport system. j.biol. chem., 236:1850-241. 10-wellinghausen,n.;gochle,w.;reuter,s.;flegel,wa.;grunert,a.and kern,p.(1999).zinc status in patients with alveolar echinococcosis is related to disease progression. parasite immunol., 21 (5): 237-241. 11-o’dell, b.(1976).biochemistry and physiology of copper in vertebrates. in: prasad, a.s. (ed.) trace elements in human health and diseases, academic press, new york: 391-413. 12hafedh, a., a.(2015).detection of il-6 level and the diagnosis value of anti-toxoplasma gondii igm in aborted women in al-nasiriya city/iraq. ejbps., 2(5):621-627. 13.koumantaki,y;matalliotakis,i;kyriakou,d.;neonaki,m.;goymenon,a.and koumantakis,e.(2001).detection of interlukne-6,interlukine -8 and interlukine -11 in plasma from women with spontaneous abortion. eur. j. obstet. gynecol. repord. biol., 98(1):66-71. 14nejad, m.r.; sherafat, s. j.; roshani, m.; telkabadi, m.; lahmi, f.; cheraghipour, k.; kaboli, a.r. and alavi-moghaddam m.(2011). the evaluation of interleukin-8 chemokine in chronic and acute toxoplasma gondii infection. gastroenterol. hepatol. bed. bench., 4(1): 34–37. 15-calleja-agius j.;jauniaux,e. ;pizzey, a.r.and muttukrishna,s.(2012). proand antiinflammatory cytokines in threatened miscarriages. am. j. obstet. gynecol., 205(1):38. 16-trowsdale,j .and betz, a.g. (2006). mother's little helpers:mechanisms of maternal-fetal tolerance. nat. immunol., 7(3):241-246. 17 -khan, i. a.; maclean,j.a.; lee, f.s.; casciotti, l.; dehaan,e., schwartzman, j.d. and luster, a.d. (2000). ip-10 is critical for effector t cell trafficking and host survival in toxoplasma gondii infection. immunity, 12(5): 483–494. 18 -deshmane, s.l.; kremlev, s.; amini, s.and sawaya, b.e. (2009). monocyte chemo attractant protein-1 (mcp-1): an overview. j. interferon cytokine res., 29(6):313–326. 19-rezende-oliveira, k.;silva,n.m.;mineo,jr. and rodrigues,j.v. (2012).cytokines and chemokines production by mononuclear cells from parturient women after stimulation with live toxoplasma gondii .placenta,33(9):682-687. 20mor, g. (2008). inflammation and pregnancy: the role of toll-like receptors in trophoblast-immune interaction. ann. n. y. acad. sci; 1127:121-128. 21pfaff; a. w. ; georges , s. ; abou-bacar , h. ; letscher-bru ,v.; klein, j.p. ; mosusli ,m. and candolfi , e. (2005). toxoplasma gondii regulates icam-1 mediated monocyte adhesion to trophoblasts . immunol. cell biol. , 83(5):483-489. 22kehrl, j.h. (1991).transforming growth factor-beta: an important mediator of immunoregulation. int. j. cell. cloning, 9(5):438–450. 23-karimi-googheri, m.; daneshvar, h.; nosratabadi,r.; zare-bidaki, m.; hassanshahi, g.; ebrahim, m.; arababadi ,m.k.and kennedy, d. (2014). important roles played by tgf-β in hepatitis b infection. j.med. virol., 86(1):102– 108. 24-strack, a.; asensio, v.c.; campbell,i. l.;schlüter,d.; and deckert,m. (2002).chemokines are differentially expressed by astrocytes, microglia and inflammatory leukocytes in toxoplasma encephalitis and critically regulated by interferon-gamma. acta neuropathol., 103(5):458-468. 25-kadham, m.(1996) evaluation of some biochemical constituents (enzymes and trace elements) in breast tumor patients. phd. thesis, college of science, baghdad univ. 26-mitreski,a.;visnjevac,v.;radeka,g.;curcić,a.;visnjevac,d.and ivanović,l.(2003).serum copper levels in early pregnancy complicated by symptoms of spontaneous abortion and infection.med.pregl.,56 (3-4):131-135. biology | 29 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 27-rajeswari,s.and swaminathan,s.(2014).role of copper in health and diseases. int. j. cur. sci., 10: 94-107. table(1): the median values of t. gondii igm antibodies in pregnant women by elisa p value diagnosis of toxoplasmosis by elisa(iu/ml) igm toxoplasma antibody titer positive ±s.e. negative ±s.e. <0.001 0.17-0.8 1.20-2.9 range 0.41±0.315 1.98 ±0.850 median 56 50 no. table(2): the mean level of cytokine and chemokine in sera of pregnant women with acute toxoplasmosis and control. cytokine serum level (mean ± s.e.; pg/ml) lsd value controls (no. = 50) patients (no. = 65) il-6 6.38 ± 0.78 27.01 ± 3.31 7.396* il-8 0.611 ± 0.01 0.805 ± 0.03 0.083* il-12 0.56 ± 0.12 2.47 ± 0.35 5.478* tnf-α 0.040 ± 0.002 0.056± 0.003 0.0087* ip-10 6.68 ± 0.76 26.39 ± 2.80 6.299* mip-1 3.50-± 0.31 15.55 ± 1.63 3.628* mcp-1 11.25 ± 0.24 14.46 ± 1.38 3.845n.s. mig-1 0.0004 ± 0.0047 0.009 ± 0.067 0.021* tgf-β1 1.52±0.05 20.99±4.13 9.05* 1cam 5.28 ± 0.61 13.33 ± 1.36 3.189* n.s.: not significant : significant* (p < 0.05) table -3: serum zn and cu levels in pregnant women with acute toxoplasmosis and control p value mean(µm\l)±sd parameters patients controls p<0.05 5.68±0.61 9.99±1.44 zn p<0.001 8.30±11.313 26.46±2.14 cu significant (p < 0.05), (p<0.001) biology | 30 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 دور بعض الحركيات الخلوية والعناصر النزرة لداء المقوسات الحاد في النساء الحوامل وحيدة رشيد علي / جامعة بغدادكلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم )/قسم علوم الحياة 2016ايار 11، قبل في: 2016كانون الثاني 5استلم في: الخالصة ى ة عل ت الدراس ن 65اجري ف ع د الكش اد بع ات الح داء المقوس ات ب ل المخمج اء الحوام ن النس م داد ة االض ة الكوندي وع للمقوس ن ن تعمالبا igmم ريع س ائي الس اتوكرافي الثن يت)الكروم صو (كاس فح االنزيم ( رتبط ب اعي الم اص المن زااالدمص ى ,)االلي ا عل تملت ايض ن 50واش حاء م ات االص اء المتزوج النس ل ر الحوام يطرة )(غي ة س ى .كمجموع ري عل م التح ض ت والء بع دى ه ج ل احبة للخم ة المص رات المناعي التغي ة ات الخلوي ض الحركي تويات بع اس مس الل قي ن خ اد م ات الح داء المقوس ة ب ل المخمج اء الحوام النس ائج ارتفاع ة.اظهرت النت تويات (p<0.005)امعنوي اوالكيميائي -il-6 ,il8 ,il-12,tnf-α, tgfبمس β1,mip-1, ip-10, mig-1 ذلك جل icam وك م يس ا ل توى معنوي -mcp 1بينم (14.46 امس يطرة ±1.38 ة بمجوعةالس ل ) مقارن وغرام /م ل ),0.24± (11.25بيك ذ بيكوغرام/م ن أن هوه تتيمك عملس لداء المقوسات الحاد. اتكمؤشر ائج انخفاض رت النت وي p<0.05( امعنوي ااظه اع معن وحظ ارتف ا ل ل بينم ي المص ك ف ز الزن ي تركي ) ف )p<0.001.في تركيز النحاس في مصل مريضات داء المقوسات الحاد مقارنة بالسيطرة غير المصابة ( رصين, النحاسامقوسات كوندي ,الحركيات الخلوية ,خ :الكلمات المفتاحية alterations in serum malondialdehyde levels estimation of serum malondialdehyde and uric acid levels in smokers and non-smokers salim kh. mohammad dept. of clinical analysis / college of pharmacy / hawler medical university sardar n. ahmed tayfoor j. mahmoud dept. of medical biochem. / college of medicine / hawler medical university received in : 26 september 2012 , accepted in : 4 december 2013 abstract malondialdehyde (mda) is one of many low molecular weight end-products of lipid peroxidation; it is as an index of lipid peroxidation. uric acid is one of the endogenous oxidant-antioxidant paradoxes. the aim of this study is to evaluate the levels of serum mda and uric acid in smokers and non smokers. this study was carried out from january to july 2012 on (30) smokers and (30) non smokers. serum mda level was measured spectrophotometrically using thiobarbituric acid method, whereas serum uric acid was measured using enzymatic colorimetric method. the results of the study revealed a significant increase (p<0.001) in uric acid value in smokers subjects compared to non smokers (6.54 ± 0.37 vs 4.68 ± 0.22) respectively, while no significant difference (p>0.05) in mda value was observed in smokers and non smokers subjects (2.227 ± 0.394 vs 1.912 ± 0.32) respectively. key words: smoking, mda, uric acid. 260 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction tobacco smoking has been claimed to cause a wide variety of health problems such as atherosclerosis, vascular diseases, including coronary heart disease and stroke, mutagenesis of exposed cells, and cancer in the upper respiratory system as well as lungs. one of the putative mechanisms of the hazardous effect of tobacco smoking is oxidative stress, which is caused by the numerous reactive chemicals both in tar and gas phases [1-5]. cigarette smoke is a complex mixture of chemicals containing more than 4000 different constituents. some of the compounds identified include pyridine alkaloids such as nicotine, ammonia, acrolein, phenols, acetaldehyde, n-nitrosamine, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, combustion gases such as carbon monoxide, hydrogen cyanide and trace elements [6]. as a consequence of these chemicals, cellular macromolecules such as, lipids, proteins, carbohydrates, and dna are oxidized and degraded [4]. when oxidizing compounds attack lipids, peroxidation of lipids initiates by abstraction of a proton from fatty acid side-chains and this process results in several degradation products: small molecule alkanes, alkenes and aldehydes[1]. mda is an aldehydic product of this process and its determination via the thiobarbituric acid assay is commonly used as a test for evaluating oxidative stress in the body [2]. uric acid is a final enzymatic product of degradation of purine nucleosides in humans [7]. in other mammals, the last enzymatic product of purine degradation chain is allantoin, which is excreted in urine; as a consequence, humans have to cope with the higher levels of uric acid in the blood (200—400 µm / l) and are prone to hyperuricaemia and gout [8]. the high concentration of urate was proposed to be one of the major antioxidant of the plasma and protects cells from oxidative damage, thereby contributing to an increase in life span of our species and decreasing the risk for cancer [9]. the initial experiments by ames et al [9], showed that when urate at physiological concentration (300µm / l) was exposed to singlet oxygen, it’s rapidly degraded (55% in 5 minutes), and the end product of this reaction was allontoin. the same authors reported that the chemistry of urate oxidation by radicals is much more complicated and can form free radicals in a variety of radical-forming systems. but sautin et al [23] reported that uric acid may work as oxidant-antioxidant paradox. thus, uric acid can become a pro-oxidant and proinflammatory factor by forming radicals in reactions with other oxidants [10]. the aim of this study is to demonstrate the possible effects of smoking on serum mda and uric acid concentrations. materials and methods 1. subjects: this study was proceeded over a period of six months, from january to july 2012, in collaboration between the dept. of clinical analysis/ college of pharmacy and dept. of medical biochemistry/ college of medicine/ hawler medical university on (60) apparently healthy smoker and non smoker volunteers, which were divided into two groups. informed consent was obtained from all participants and they were interviewed to obtain their smoking histories, including the number of cigarettes smoked / day and the number of years of smoking. inclusion criteria were as follows: > 18 years of age, smoking more than 5 cigarette/ day (smokers only). exclusion criteria of chronic diseases, regular use of medicine, use of vitamins or other dietary supplements within the last 2 years, and smoking (non smokers only) this study was approved by ethical committee/ medical college/ hawler medical university . details concerning number, age, number of cigarettes smoked/ day and duration of smoking are illustrated in table (1). 261 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 2. samples: five ml of venous blood samples were drawn in the morning from each individual, using disposable syringes. the samples were transfer into glass tubes, quitting for 30 minutes for clotting, and centrifuged for 15 minutes at 3000 round per minute. the separated serum was used for measurement of mda and uric acid. 3. methods a. evaluation of serum mda : the evaluation of serum mda was based on the reaction with thiobarbituric acid, forming red, fluorescent mda-tba2 which absorbed at wavelength 532 nm [11-12]. b. evaluation of serum uric acid: uricase acts on uric acid to produce allantoin, carbon dioxide and hydrogen peroxide. hydrogen peroxide in the presence of peroxidase reacts with a chromogen (amino-antipyrine and dichloro-hydroxybenzene sulphonate) to yield quinoneimine, a red colored complex, which absorbed at 520 nm (490-530) which is proportional to the amount of uric acid in the specimen [13]. 4. statistical analysis: the statistical analysis of the results [mean, standard deviation (s.d), and standard error of mean (s.e.m)], were calculated using the spss system version 13.0 for windows. the different variables were compared to each other. the unpaired student test (t test) was used. only p values < 0.05 were considered as statistically significant [14]. results table (2) provides the mean ± s.e.m. of serum. mda of both groups. the obtained results reveal that the mean± s.e.m. of serum mda concentration is 2.227± 0.394 µg/l, and 1.912± 0.32 µg/l in smokers and non-smokers respectively, the statistical analysis indicated that the mean value of serum mda in smokers is no significant comparing with non-smokers (p>0.05) p-value = 0.673. table (3), shows the mean ± s.e.m. values of serum uric acid in smokers (6.54 ±0.37 mg/dl) and non-smokers (4.68 ± 0.22 mg/dl). the mean level of serum uric acid in smokers group was significantly higher (p < 0.001) than that of non-smokers group. discussion the present study showed that there was a non-significant elevation of serum mda level in smokers compared to non-smokers. cigarette smoking leads to the uptake of many hazardous compounds or their metabolites which may be electrophorus which is able to react with biological macromolecules, or they may causes an oxidative stress by formation of reactive oxygen species ( ros ) that are capable of initiating the self-perpetuating chain reactions of lipid peroxidation in the membranes [4] . there is a study shows that there is an increased level of lipid peroxidation products such as mda in smokers compared to non-smokers [9]. lin et al [15] demonstrated that smoking of 10 cigarettes daily on an average, for 6-8 years was associated with enhanced lymphocyte dna strand breaks as well as greater urinary excretion of mda compared with non-smokers. the data obtained in this study for serum mda is disagreement to those obtained by flemming et al [16], ermis et al [17], klara et al [18]. these authors studied the effects of smoking on the serum and milk levels of mda and found an elevation. 262 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 on the other hand bahri et al [19] conduct study showed the influence of smoking on maternal and neonatal serum mda and found no significant difference between smokers and non-smokers. the results obtained in this study for serum mda is also not consistent with that reported by jain et al [5] and jens et al [20], who studied the influence of smoking on the serum level of mda and found an elevation in smokers compared with non smokers and suggested that is attributed partially to lower intake of fruits and vegetables by smokers which is due to the effect of smoking (via nicotine) on their sense of taste. furthermore, other epidemiologic studies showed also that cigarette smokers consume fewer fruits, vegetables and vitamin supplementation than do non-smokers [4]. the mean serum level of uric acid in smokers was significantly higher (p < 0.001) than that of non-smokers. this result is similar to results obtained by boshtam et al [21], and krishnan et al[28]. these authors compared the serum levels of creactive proteins (crp) and uric acid in active, passive and non-smokers and reported an elevation of the two variables in smokers, and suggested that this increase is due to the harmful effects of nicotine. kristine et al [22] showed the effect of smoking on serum uric acid and other metabolic markers throughout normal pregnancy and found an increase of these variables in smokers compared to non-smokers and suggested that this increase in the serum level of uric acid may be secondary to increased production through xanthine oxidase pathway. yuri and richart [23], rodrigues et al [29], tamariz et al [30], suzuki et al [31], and soletsky et al [32], reported that uric acid, despite a major antioxidant in the human plasma, both correlates and predicts development of obesity, hypertension and cardiovascular disease, conditions associated with oxidative stress in smokers, and they suggested that this paradox (antioxidant primarily in plasma or pro-oxidant primarily within the cell) could be that a rise in serum uric acid represents an attempt protective response by the host or uric acid being activated as a defense mechanism against oxidative stress. bagnati et al [24] and muraoka [25] reported also that uric acid can become a prooxidant by forming radicals in reactions with other oxidants, and these radicals seem to target predominantly lipids (ldl-c and membranes) rather than other cellular components. at the same time, they found that the hydrophobic environment created by lipids is unfavorable for the antioxidant effects of uric acid and oxidized lipids can even convert uric acid into an oxidant. however, in contrast to these findings, some investigators have not found any significant difference in the serum level of uric acid in smokers compared to non-smokers [16], whereas others have found significant lower serum levels of uric acid in smokers and suggested that this is attributed to a reduction of the endogenous production as a result of the chronic exposure to cigarette smoking that is a significant source of oxidative stress [26-27]. conclusions this study revealed a significant increase in the serum level of uric acid in smokers compared to non-smokers. however, further investigations involving a large number of participants and analysis of other oxidants and antioxidants are required to confirm the extent of the free radical load generated by smoking. references 1. munnia a, amasio me, and peluso m. exocyclic( 2004) mda and aromatic dna adducts in larynx tissues; free radic. biol. med.; 37: 850-58. 2. suna atasayar, hilmi orhan and hilal ozgues fabad( 2004) j.pharm. sci. 29:15-19. 263 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 3. abdulrahman m.alsenaidy( 2010) effects of short-term supplementation with vitamin c on lipid peroxidation in cigarette smokers; australian journal of basic and applied sciences 4(3): 487-93. 4. sanaappa virupaxappa kashinakunti, pampareddy kollur, gurupadappa shantappa kallaganada , manjula rangappa and jagadish basavara ingin( 2011) comparative study of serum mda and vitamin c levels in non smokers, chronic smokers and chronic smokers with acute myocardial infarction in men; j. res. med. sci. 16(8): 993-98. 5. jain, a.; agrawal bk.; varma, m. and jadhav, a.a.( 2009) antioxidant status and smoking habits: relationship with diet; singapore med. j. 50(6): 624-27. 6. yeh, c.; graham, b.; powell, c.; mesia-vela, s.; wang, w.; hamade, n. ( 2008) effects of cigarette smoking dose on oxidized plasma proteins environ; res. 106:219-25. 7. oda m.satta, y.; takenaka, o. and takahata ,n.(2002) loss of urate oxidase activity in hominoids and its evolutionary implication; mol. biol. evol.; 19 :640-53. 8. johnson, r.j.; kang, d.h.; cade, j.r.; rideout, b.a.; oliver, w.j.( 2005) uric acid, evolution and primitive cultures. in: uric acid in cardiovascular and renal disease; semin nephrol.; 25: 3-8. 9. ames, b.n.; cathcart, r.; schwiers, e. and hochstein, p.( 1981) uric acid provides an antioxidant defense in humans against oxidants and radicals caused aging and cancer: a hypothesis; proc. natl. acad. sci. usa; 78: 6858-62. 10. waqar, a.( 2010) effects of tobacco smoking on the lipid profile of teenage male population in lahore city; international journal of medicine and medical sciences; 2(6): 1717. 11. rehncrona, s.; smith, d.s.; akesson, b.; westerberg, e. and siesjo, b.k.( 1980) peroxidative changes in brain cortical fatty acids and phospholipids as characterized during fe +2 and ascorbic acid-stimulated lipid peroxidation in vitro.; journal of neurochemistry; 34: 1630-38. 12. jostana, a.p.; arun, j.p. ; ajit, v.s. and sajay, p.g.( 2009) oxidative stress and antioxidant status of occupational pesticides sprayers of grape gardens of western maharashtra (india); biochem. j.; 9(2): 204-13. 13. tietz, n.w.( 1986) text book of clinical chemistry; w.e. sounders company, london. 14. daniel, w.w.(1983) biostatistics: a foundation for analysis in the health sciences, 3rd edition; john wikey and sons, usa. 15. li ,n.; jla, x.; chen, c.y.; blumberg, j.b.; song, y.and zhang, w., et al(2007) almond consumption reduces oxidative dna damage and lipid peroxidation in male smokers; j. nutr; 137 (12): 2717-22. 16. flemming, n.; bo, b.; jsper, b.; helle, r. and phillippe, g.( 1997) plasma mda as biomarker for oxidative stress: reference interval and effects of life-style factors; clin. chem.; 43(7): 1209-14. 17. ermis, b. ; yildrim, a. ; ors, r. ; tastekin, a. ; ozkan, b. and akcay, f.( 2005) influence of smoking on serum and milk mda ,superoxide dismutase,glutathione peroxidase and antioxidant potential levels in mothers at the postpartum seventh day; biol. trace elem. res.; 105(1-3): 27-36. 18. klara, j.; chaudhary, a. and prasad, k.(1991) increased production of oxygen free radicals in cigarette smokers; int. j. exo. path. 72: 1-7. 19. behri ermis ; rahmi ors ; abdulkadir yildirim ; ayhan tastekin ; fatih kardas and fatih akcay( 2004) influence of smoking on maternal and neonatal mda , superoxide dismutase and glutathione peroxidase levels; annals of clinical and laboratory sciences; 34: 405-9. 264 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 20. jens lykkesfeldt; michael viscovich, and henrik poulsen(2004) plasma malondialdehyde is induced by smoking: a study with balanced antioxidant profiles; british journal of nutrition; 92(2): 203-6. 21. boshtam, m.; abbaszadeh, m.; rafie, m. and shaparian, m.( 2006) comparison of serum levels of crp and uric acid in active, passive and non-smokers; arya journal; 2(1):3-6. 22. kristine, y.l. ; nina, m. ; roberta, b.n. and james, m.r.(2005) effect of smoking on uric acid and other metabolic markers throughout normal pregnancy; the journal of clinical endocrinology and metabolism (jcem); 90(10): 5743-46. 23. yuri ,y. ; sautin, and richar j. johnson(2008) uric acid: the oxidant-antioxidant paradox nucleosides, nucleotides, uric acid; 27(6): 608-19. 24. bagnati, m.; peruguni, c.; cau, c.; bordone ,r.; albano, e. and bellomo, g.( 1999) when and why a water soluble antioxidant becomes pro-oxidant during copper-induced ldlc oxidation: a study using uric acid; biochem. j.; 340 (pt. 1): 143-52. 25. muraoka, s. and miura, t.( 2003) inhibition by uric acid of free radicals that damage biological molecules; pharm. toxicol.; 93: 284-9. 26. haj muhamed ,d.; ezzaher, a.; neffati, f.; douki, w.; gaha ,l. and najjar, m.f.( 2011) effect of cigarette smoking on plasma uric acid concentrations environ; health prev. med.; 16(5): 307-12. 27. bassam, e. h.; jamal, m. h. and luma, m. t.( 2008) serum uric acid in smokers; oman med. j.; 23(4): 269-74. 28. krishnan, e.; sokolove, j.( 2011) uric acid in heart disease: a new c-reactive protein?; curr opin rheumatol;23:174-7. 29. rodrigues ,s.l.; baldo, m.p.;capingana, p.; magalhaes, p.; dantas, e.m.; molina mdel, c.( 2012) gender distribution of serum uric acid and cardiovascular risk factors: population based study; arq bras cardiol;98:13-21. 30. tamariz, l.; agarwal ,s.; soliman, e.z.; chamberlain, a.m.; prineas, r.and folsom, a.r. al.(2011) association of serum uric acid with incident atrial fibrillation (from the atherosclerosis risk in communities [aric] study); am j cardiol;108:1272-6. 31. suzuki, s.; sagara, k.; otsuka, t.; matsuno ,s.; funada, r.and uejima, t, et al.(2012) gender-specific relationship between serum uric acid level and atrial fibrillation prevalence; circ j;76:607-11. 32. soletsky, b.; feig, d.i.(2012) uric acid reduction rectifies prehypertension in obese adolescents; hypertension;60:1148-56. table (1): the number, age, number of cigarettes smoked / day and duration of smoking of the smokers and non smokers subjects. groups no. age /years, (mean ± s.e.m) no. of cigarette smoked/ day no. of years of smoking (mean ± s.e.m.) group 1 (non smokers) 30 35 ± 2.61 0 0 group 11 (smokers) 30 39.73 ±2.84 10--20 21.23 ±2.00 table (2): the (mean± s.e.m.) of serum mda (µg/l) of the smoker and non-smoker groups. groups no. mda (mean± s.e.m.) smokers group 30 2.227 ± 0.394 non smokers group 30 1.912 ± 0.32 table (3): the (mean± s.e.m.) of serum uric acid (mg/dl) of the smoker and non-smoker groups. groups no. uric acid (mean± s.e.m.) p value smokers group 30 6.54 ± 0.37 < 0.001 non smokers group 30 4.68 ± 0.22 265 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 في مصل دم المدخنین وغیر تقدیر مستوى المالوندایالدیھاید وحامض الیوریك المدخنین سالم خالد محمد الطبیة أربیلقسم التحلیالت السریریة / كلیة الصیلة / جامعة سردار نوري أحمد طیفور جلیل محمود الطبیة أربیلكلیة الطب / جامعة قسم الكیمیاء الحیاتیة الطبیة / 2013كانون األول 4 ، قبل البحث في : 2012أیلول 26استلم البحث في : الخالصة مالوندایالدیھاید ھو احد المركبات ذات الوزن الجزیئي الواطيء والناتج النھائي لعملیة مافوق االكسدة للدھون ویعتبر كدلیل الكسدة الدھون أما حامض الیوریك فانھ یعمل بشكل متناقض كمؤكسد وكمضاد لألكسدة داخل خالیا الجسم. الھدف من البحث ھو تقدیر مالوندایالدیھاید وحامض الیوریك في مصل دم المدخنین وغیر المدخنین. وتم قیاس ) غیر المدخنین.30) من المدخنین و(30على ( 2012تم أجراء البحث بین فترة كانون الثاني الى تموز ) thiobarbituric acid) بأستخدام طریقة (spectrophotometerمستوى مالوندایالدیھاید في المصل بواسطة جھاز ( ).colorimetricوقیاس حامض الیوریك في مصل الدم بأستخدام الطریقة اللونیة ( ± 6.54أثبتت نتائج البحث على أن الزیادة في قیمة حامض الیوریك في المدخنین عالیة معنویاً مقارنةً بغیر المدخنین ( 0.37 vs 4.68 ± 0.22 ( على التوالي. وأما الزیادة في قیمة مالوندایالدیھاید لیس معنویة في المدخنین مقارنةً بغیر ) على التوالي.vs 1.912 ± 0.32 0.394 ± 2.227المدخنین ( 266 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 1 on weak g*sd -sets and associative separation axioms sabiha i. mahmood department of mathematics / college of science / al-mustansiriyah university received in:3 septamber 2013 , accepted in : 19 february 2014 abstract in this paper, we introduce new classes of sets called g*sd -sets , g*sd −α -sets , g*spred − sets , g*sbd − -sets and g*sd −β -sets . also, we study some of their properties and relations among them . moreover, we use these sets to define and study some associative separation axioms . keywords: s*gid -spaces , α -s*gid -spaces, pre-s*gid -space , b-s*gid -spaces, β -s*gid -spaces for 2,1,0i = . 351 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction tong, j . [1] , calads,m. [2], calads,m. and et.al. [3] , jafari, s. [4] and keskin,a. and noiri, t. [5] introduced the notion of d-sets, sd -sets , αd -sets , pred -sets and bd -sets respectively by using open sets, semi-open sets, α-open sets, pre-open sets and b-open sets respectively and used the notion to define some associative separation axioms . khan,m. and et.al.[6] introduced and investigated s*g-closed sets by using the concept of semi-open sets . in this paper we introduce and investigate new notions called g*sd -sets , g*sd −α -sets , g*spred − sets , g*sbd − -sets and g*sd −β -sets . moreover, we use these notions to define some associative separation axioms . recall that a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called semi-open [7] (resp. α -open [8], pre-open [9] , b-open[10] and β -open [11] ) set if ))a(int(cla ⊆ (resp . )))a(int(clint(a ⊆ , ))a(clint(a ⊆ , ))a(int(cl))a(clint(a ⊆ and )))a(cl(int(cla ⊆ ) . also, a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called s*g-closed if u)a(cl ⊆ whenever ua ⊆ and u is semi-open in x [6] . the complement of an s*g-closed set is defined to be s*g-open . the family of all s*g-open subsets of ),x( τ is denoted by ),x(go*s τ [6], this family from a topology on x which is finer than τ [6] . the s*g-closure of a , denoted by )a(cl g*s is the intersection of all s*g-closed subsets of x which contains a and the s*g-interior of a , denoted by )a(int g*s is the union of all s*gopen sets in x which are contained in a [6] . a function ),y(),x(:f σ→τ is called s*gcontinuous [12] (resp. s*g-irresolute [12]) if the inverse image of every open ( resp. s*g-open) subset of y is an s*g-open set in x . throughout this paper ),x( τ and ),y( σ (or simply x and y) represent non empty topological spaces on which no separation axioms are assumed, unless otherwise mentioned. preliminaries first we recall the following definitions . definition(1.1)[1]: a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called a d-set if there are two open sets u and v in x such that xu ≠ and v\ua = . definition(1.2)[1]: a topological space ),x( τ is called a 0d -space if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there exists a d-set of x containing one of the points but not the other . definition(1.3)[1]: a topological space ),x( τ is called a 1d -space if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there exists a d-set of x containing x but not y and a d-set of x containing y but not x . definition(1.4)[1]: a topological space ),x( τ is called a 2d -space if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there are two d-sets u and v of x such that ux ∈ , vy ∈ and φ=vu  . 352 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 definition(1.5)[13]: a topological space ),x( τ is called a door space if each subset of x is either open or closed . theorem(1.6): let ),x( τ be a topological space and xb,a ⊆ . then: i) a)a(int)aint( g*s ⊆⊆ and )a(cl)a(cla g*s ⊆⊆ . ii) )a(int g*s is an s*g-open set in x and )a(cl g*s is an s*g-closed set in x . iii) if ba ⊆ , then )b(int)a(int g*sg*s ⊆ and )b(cl)a(cl g*sg*s ⊆ . iv) a is s*g-open iff a)a(int g*s = and a is s*g-closed iff a)a(cl g*s = . v) )b(int)a(int)ba(int g*sg*sg*s  = and )b(cl)a(cl)ba(cl g*sg*sg*s  = . vi) )a(int))a((intint g*sg*sg*s = and )a(cl))a(cl(cl g*sg*sg*s = . vii) )ax(int)a(clx g*sg*s −=− and )ax(cl)a(intx g*sg*s −=− . viii) )a(intx g*s∈ iff there is an s*g-open set u in x s.t aux ⊆∈ . ix) )a(clx g*s∈ iff for every s*g-open set u containing x , φ≠au  . x) )u(cl)u(cl g*sg*s  ∧∈α α ∧∈α α ⊆ and )u(int)u(int g*sg*s  ∧∈α α ∧∈α α ⊆ . proof: it is a obvious . in this paper we introduce and investigate new notions called α -s*g-open sets , pre -s*gopen sets , b-s*g-open sets and β -s*g-open sets which are weaker than s*g-open . moreover, we use these notions to define some associative separation axioms . 2. weak forms of s*g-open sets in this section we introduce the following notions. definitions(2.1): a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is said to be : i) an α -s*g-open set if )))a((intcl(inta g*sg*s⊆ . ii) a pre-s*g-open set if ))a(cl(inta g*s⊆ . iii) a b-s*g-open set if ))a((intcl))a(cl(inta g*sg*s ⊆ . iv) aβ -s*g-open set if )))a(cl((intcla g*s⊆ . lemma(2.2): let ),x( τ be a topological space , then the following properties hold: i) every α -open (resp. pre-open, b-open, β -open) set is α -s*g-open (resp. pre-s*g-open, bs*g open, β -s*g-open) set . ii) every s*g-open set is α -s*g-open . iii) every α -s*g-open set is pre-s*g-open . iv) every pre-s*g-open set is b-s*g-open . v) every b-s*g-open set is β -s*g-open . proof: it is obvious . since every open set is s*g-open, then we have the following diagram for some types of open sets and s*g-open set . 353 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no. (1): relations between some types of open sets and s*g-open sets the converses need not be true in general as shown by the following examples . example(2.3): let }c,b,a{x = with the indiscrete topology },x{i φ==τ . then }b,a{ is an s*g-open (resp. α -s*g-open) set, but it is not open (resp. not α -open) set . example(2.4): let }d,c,b,a{x = & }}d,b,a{},c,a{},a{,,x{ φ=τ . then }d,c,a{ is an α -s*gopen set , but it is not s*g-open . example(2.5): let ℜ=x with the usual topology τ . let qa = be the set of all rational numbers. then a is an pre-s*g-open set (since a is pre-open set ) which is not α -s*g-open . example(2.6): let ℜ=x with the usual topology τ . let ]1,0(a = . then a is an b-s*gopen set (since a is b-open set ) which is not pre-s*g-open . example(2.7): let ℜ=x with the usual topology τ . let ]1,0[qa = . then a is a β -s*g open set (since a is β -open set ) which is not b-s*g-open . theorem(2.8): if a is a pre-s*g-open subset of a topological space ),x( τ such that )u(clau ⊆⊆ for a subset u of x , then u is an pre-s*g-open set . proof: since )u(cla ⊆ ⇒ )u(cl))u(cl(cl)a(cl =⊆ ⇒ ))u(cl(int))a(cl(int g*sg*s ⊆ . since ))a(cl(inta g*s⊆ and au ⊆ ⇒ ))u(cl(intu g*s⊆ . thus u is an pre-s*g-open set . theorem(2.9): a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is semi-open if and only if a is β s*g-open and ))a(int(cl))a(cl(int g*s ⊆ . proof: let a be semi-open, then ))a(int(cla ⊆ )))a(cl((intcl g*s⊆ and hence a is β -s*g open. also, since ))a(int(cla ⊆ ⇒ ))a(int(cl)a(cl ⊆ ⇒ ))a(int(cl))a(cl(int g*s ⊆ . conversely, let a be β -s*g-open and ))a(int(cl))a(cl(int g*s ⊆ . then )))a(int(cl(cl)))a(cl((intcla g*s ⊆⊆ ))a(int(cl= and hence a is semi-open . lemma(2.10)[13]: let ),x( τ be a topological space . if u is an open set in x, then )au(cl)a(clu  ⊆ for any subset a of x . propositions(2.11): let ),x( τ be a topological space , then: i) the intersection of a pre-s*g-open set and an open set is pre-s*g-open . ii) the intersection of aβ -s*g-open set and an open set is β -s*g-open . 354 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 iii) the intersection of a b-s*g-open set and an open set is b-s*g-open . iv) the intersection of an α -s*g-open set and an open set is α -s*g-open . proof: we prove only the first case since the other cases are similarly shown . i) let a be a pre-s*g-open set and u be an open set in x . since every open set is s*g-open , then ))a(cl(inta g*s⊆ and )u(intu g*s= . by lemma (2.10), we have ))a(cl(int)u(intau g*sg*s  ⊆ ))a(clu(int g*s = ))au(cl(int g*s ⊆ . therefore ua  is pre-s*g-open . remark(2.12): we note that the intersection of two pre-s*g-open (resp. b-s*g-open,β -s*gopen, α -s*g-open) sets need not be pre-s*g-open (resp. b-s*g-open, β -s*g-open, α -s*gopen) as can be seen from the following examples: example(2.13): let ℜ=x with the usual topology τ . let qa = and }1{qb c = , then a and b are pre-s*g-open , but }1{ba = which is not β -s*g-open since })))1({cl((intcl g*s }))1({(intcl g*s= φ=φ= })({cl . example(2.14): let }c,b,a{x = & }}c,b{,,x{ φ=τ . then }b,a{ and }c,a{ are α -s*g-open sets, but }a{}c,a{}b,a{ = is not α -s*g-open . theorem(2.15): if }:a{ ∧∈αα is a collection of b-s*g-open (resp. pre-s*g-open, β -s*gopen, α -s*g-open) sets of a topological space ),x( τ , then  ∧∈α αa is b-s*g-open (resp. pre-s*g-open, β s*g-open, α -s*g-open). proof: we prove only the first case since the other cases are similarly shown . since ))a((intcl))a(cl(inta g*sg*s ααα ⊆  for every ∧∈α , we have: ))]a((intcl))a(cl([inta g*sg*s αα ∧∈α∧∈α α ⊆  ))]a((intcl[))]a(cl(int[ g*sg*s   ∧∈α αα ∧∈α = ))]a(int(cl[]))a(cl([int g*sg*s   ∧∈α α ∧∈α α⊆ ))]a((intcl[]))a(cl([int g*sg*s   ∧∈α α ∧∈α α⊆ therefore  ∧∈α αa is b-s*g-open . proposition(2.16): let ),x( τ be a topological space and xa ⊆ . if a is a b-s*g-open set such that φ=)a(int g*s , then a is pre-s*g-open . proof: since a is b-s*g-open, then ))a((intcl))a(cl(inta g*sg*s ⊆ . since φ=)a(int g*s , then φ=))a((intcl g*s , therefore ))a(cl(inta g*s⊆ . thus a is a pre-s*g-open set . propositions(2.17): if ),x( τ is a door space , then: i) every pre-s*g-open set is s*g-open . ii) everyβ -s*g-open set is b-s*g-open . 355 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 proof: i) let a be an pre-s*g-open set. if a is open, then a is s*g-open. otherwise, a is closed and hence ))a(cl(inta g*s⊆ )a(int g*s= . therefore, )a(inta g*s= and thus a is an s*g-open set. ii) let a be anβ -s*g-open set . if a is open , then a is b-s*g-open . otherwise , a is closed and hence )))a(cl((intcla g*s⊆ ))a((intcl g*s= ))a((intcl))a(cl(int g*sg*s ⊆ . therefore a is an b-s*g-open set . definitions(2.18): a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called: i) an s*g-t-set if ))a(cl(int)aint( g*s= . ii) an s*g-b-set if vua = , where τ∈u and v is an s*g-t-set . proposition(2.19): let a and b be subsets of a topological space ),x( τ . if a and b are s*gt-sets, then ba  is an s*g-t-set . proof: let a and b be s*g-t-sets . then we have: ))ba(cl(int g*s  ))b(cl)a(cl(int g*s ⊆ ))b(cl(int))a(cl(int g*sg*s = )bint()aint( = )baint( = . since ))ba(cl(int)baint( g*s  ⊆ , then ))ba(cl(int)baint( g*s  = and hence ba  is an s*g-t-set . from the following example one can deduce that a pre-s*g-open set and a s*g-b-set are independent . example(2.20): let x = r with the usual topology τ . then q\r is pre-s*g-open, but it is not an s*g-b-set (since q\rrq\r = , where τ∈r ,but q\r is not an s*g-t-set ) and (0,1] is an s*g-b-set ( since ]1,0(r]1,0( = , where τ∈r and (0,1] is an s*g-t-set ) which is not pre-s*g-open (since )1,0(]))1,0((cl(int]1,0( g*s =⊄ ) . proposition(2.21): let ),x( τ be a topological space and xa ⊆ . then the following are equivalent: i) a is open . ii) a is pre-s*g-open and an s*g-b-set . proof: )ii()i( ⇒ . let a be open. then )a(inta g*s= ))a(cl(int g*s⊆ and a is pre-s*g-open . also , xaa = , where τ∈a and x is an s*g-t-set and hence a is an s*g-b-set . )i()ii( ⇒ . since a is an s*g-b-set, we have vua = , where τ∈u and v is an s*g-t-set . by the hypothesis, a is also pre-s*g-open and we have: ))a(cl(inta g*s⊆ ))vu(cl(int g*s = ))v(cl)u(cl(int g*s ⊆ ))v(cl(int))u(cl(int g*sg*s = )vint())u(cl(int g*s = hence u)vu(vua  == u))vint())u(cl((int g*s ⊆ )vint()u))u(cl((int g*s = )vint(u = )vint()uint( = )vuint( = )aint(= . therefore )aint(a = and a is open . 356 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 definitions(2.22): a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called : i) an s*gαt -set if )))a((intcl(int)aint( g*sg*s= . ii) an s*gαb -set if vua = , where τ∈u and v is an s*gαt -set . proposition(2.23): let a and b be subsets of a topological space ),x( τ . if a and b are s*gαt -sets, then ba  is an s*gαt -set . proof: let a and b be s*gαt -sets . then we have: ))ba((intcl(int g*sg*s  )))b(int)a((intcl(int g*sg*sg*s = )))b((intcl)a((intcl(int g*sg*sg*s ⊆ )))b((intcl(int)))a((intcl(int g*sg*sg*sg*s = )bint()aint( = )baint( = . since )))ba((intcl(int)baint( g*sg*s  ⊆ , then ))ba((intcl(int)baint( g*sg*s  = and hence ba  is an s*gαt -set . from the following example one can deduce that an α -s*g-open set and an s*gαb -set are independent . example(2.24): let x = r with the usual topology τ . then (0,1] is an s*gαb -set which is not α -s*g-open . also, in example (2.3), }b,a{a = is an α -s*g-open set, but is not an s*gαb -set. proposition(2.25): let ),x( τ be a topological space and xa ⊆ . then the following are equivalent: i) a is open . ii) a is α -s*g-open and an s*gαb -set . proof: )ii()i( ⇒ . let a be open. then )a(inta g*s= ))a((intcl g*s⊆ and ))a((intcl(inta g*sg*s⊆ therefore a is α -s*g-open. also, xaa = , where τ∈a and x is an s*gαt -set and hence a is an s*gαb -set . )i()ii( ⇒ . since a is an s*gαb -set, we have vua = , where τ∈u and v is an s*gαt set . by the hypothesis, a is also α -s*g-open, and we have: )))a((intcl(inta g*sg*s⊆ )))vu((intcl(int g*sg*s = )))v(int)u((intcl(int g*sg*sg*s = )))v((intcl)u((intcl(int g*sg*sg*s ⊆ )))v((intcl(int)u((intcl(int g*sg*sg*sg*s = )vint())u(cl(int g*s ⊆ hence u)vu(vua  == u))vint())u(cl((int g*s ⊆ )vint()u))u(cl((int g*s = )vint(u = )vint()uint( = )vuint( = )aint(= . therefore )aint(a = and a is open . 357 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 definition(2.26): a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called an s*g-set if vua = , where τ∈u and )v(int)vint( g*s= . from the following example one can deduce that an s*g-open set and an s*g-set are independent . example(2.27): let x = r with the usual topology τ . then q)1,0(a = is an s*g-set which is not s*g-open . also, in example (2.3) , }b,a{a = is an s*g-open set, but is not an s*g-set . proposition(2.28): let ),x( τ be a topological space and xa ⊆ . then the following are equivalent: i) a is open . ii) a is s*g-open and an s*g-set . proof: )ii()i( ⇒ . this is obvious . )i()ii( ⇒ . since a is an s*g-set, we have vua = , where τ∈u and )v(int)vint( g*s= . by the hypothesis, a is also s*g-open and we have: )a(inta g*s= )vu(int g*s = )v(int)u(int g*sg*s = )vint(u = )vint()uint( = )vuint( = )aint(= . therefore a is open . definitions(2.29): a topological space ),x( τ is said to satisfy: i) the s*g-condition if every s*g-open set is s*g-t-set . ii) the s*gαb -condition if every α -s*g-open set is s*gαb -set . iii) the s*g-b-condition if every pre-s*g-open set is s*g-b-set . definition(2.30): a topological space ),x( τ is called an s*g0t -space [14] (resp. α -s*g0t space, pre-s*g0t -space, b-s*g0t -space, β -s*g0t -space) if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there exists an s*g-open (resp. α -s*g-open, pre-s*g-open, b-s*g-open, β -s*gopen) set of x containing one of the points but not the other . definition(2.31): a topological space ),x( τ is called an s*g1t -space [14] (resp. α -s*g1t space, pre-s*g1t -space, b-s*g1t -space, β -s*g1t -space) if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there exists an s*g-open (resp. α -s*g-open, pre-s*g-open, b-s*g-open, β -s*g-open) set of x containing x but not y and an s*g-open (resp. α -s*g-open, pre-s*g-open, b-s*g-open, β -s*g-open) set of x containing y but not x . definition(2.32): a topological space ),x( τ is called an s*g2t -space [14] (resp. α -s*g2t space, pre-s*g2t -space, b-s*g2t -space, β -s*g2t -space) if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there are two s*g-open (resp. α -s*g-open, pre-s*g-open, b-s*g-open, β -s*gopen) sets u and v of x such that ux ∈ , vy ∈ and φ=vu  . 3. weak g*sd -sets and associative separation axioms 358 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 in this section we introduce and investigate new notions called g*sd -sets , g*sd −α -sets , g*spre d − -sets , g*sbd − -sets and g*sd −β -sets and we use these notions to define and study some associative separation axioms . definition(3.1): a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called an g*sd -set (resp. g*sd −α set, g*spre d − -set, g*sbd − -set, g*sd −β -set) if there are two s*g-open (resp. α -s*g-open, pre-s*gopen, b-s*g-open, β -s*g-open) sets u and v in x such that xu ≠ and v\ua = . remark(3.2): in definition (3.1), if xu ≠ and φ=v , then every proper s*g-open (resp. α s*g-open, pre-s*g-open, b-s*g-open,β -s*g-open) subset u of x is an g*sd -set (resp. g*sd −α set , g*spre d − -set, g*sbd − -set, g*sd −β -set) . proposition(3.3): in any topological space ),x( τ . i) any d-set is g*sd -set . ii) any g*sd -set is g*sd −α -set . iii) any g*sd −α -set is g*spred − -set . iv) any g*spre d − -set is g*sbd − -set . v) any g*sbd − -set is g*sd −β -set . proof: follows from lemma (2.2) . proposition(3.4): in any door space ),x( τ . i) any g*spre d − -set is g*sd -set . ii) any g*s d −β -set is g*sbd − -set . proof: follows from proposition (2.17) . proposition(3.5): in any topological space satisfies s*g-condition any g*sd -set is d-set . proof: suppose that a is an g*sd -set , then there are two s*g-open sets u and v in x such that xu ≠ and v\ua = . hence ))u(cl(int)u(intu g*sg*s ⊆= and ))v(cl(int)v(intv g*sg*s ⊆= . since x is satisfy the s*g-condition, then u and v are s*g-tsets . therefore )uint(u ⊆ and )vint(v ⊆ . hence u and v are open-sets . thus a is d-set . proposition(3.6): in any topological space satisfies s*gαb -condition any g*sd −α -set is d-set . proof: follows from proposition (2.25) . 359 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 proposition(3.7): in any topological space satisfies s*g-b-condition any g*spre d − -set is d-set . proof: follows from proposition (2.21) . from above propositions we can get the following diagram . (1) s*g-bα-condition (2) s*g-condition (3) s*g-b-condition (4) door space figure no. (2): relations among the weak g*sd sets definition(3.8): a function ),y(),x(:f σ→τ is said to be α -s*g-continuous (resp. pre-s*gcontinuous, b-s*g-continuous, β -s*g-continuous) if )v(f 1− is α -s*g-open (resp. pre-s*gopen, b-s*g-open, β -s*g-open) set in x for each open set v in y . definition(3.9): a function ),y(),x(:f σ→τ is said to be α -s*g-irresolute ( resp. pres*g irresolute ,b-s*g-irresolute,β -s*g-irresolute) if )v(f 1− is α -s*g-open (resp. pre-s*g-open, bs*g-open, β -s*g-open) set in x for each α -s*g-open (resp. pre-s*g-open, b-s*g-open, β -s*gopen) set v in y . theorem(3.10): if ),y(),x(:f σ→τ is an α -s*g-continuous (resp. s*g-continuous, pres*g-continuous, b-s*g-continuous, β -s*g-continuous) surjective function and s is a d-set in y, then the inverse image of s is an g*sd −α -set (resp. g*sd -set, g*spred − -set, g*sbd − -set, g*sd −β set) in x . proof: let s be a d-set in y , then there are two open sets 1u and 2u in y such that 21 u\us = and yu1 ≠ . since f is α -s*g-continuous ,then )u(f 1 1− and )u(f 2 1− are α -s*gopen sets in x. since yu1 ≠ and f is surjective , then x)u(f 1 1 ≠− . hence )u(f\)u(f)s(f 2 1 1 11 −−− = is a g*sd −α -set in x . by the same way we can prove that other cases . theorem(3.11): if ),y(),x(:f σ→τ is an α -s*g-irresolute (resp. s*g-irresolute , pres*g-irresolute , b-s*g-irresolute ,β -s*g-irresolute) surjective function and s is an g*sd −α set ( resp. 360 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 g*sd -set , g*spred − -set , g*sbd − -set , g*sd −β -set) in y, then the inverse image of s is an g*sd −α set (resp. g*sd -set , g*spred − -set , g*sbd − -set , g*sd −β -set) in x . proof: let s be an g*sd −α -set in y , then there are two α -s*g-open sets 1u and 2u in y such that 21 u\us = and yu1 ≠ . since f is α -s*girresolute , then )u(f 1 1− and )u(f 2 1− are α -s*g-open sets in x . since yu1 ≠ and f is surjective , then x)u(f 1 1 ≠− . hence )u(f\)u(f)s(f 2 1 1 11 −−− = is an g*sd −α -set in x. by the same way we can prove that other cases. definitions(3.12): a topological space ),x( τ is called: (i) an s*g0d -space (resp. α -s*g0d -space, pre-s*g0d -space, b-s*g0d -space, β -s*g0d -space) if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there exists an g*sd -set (resp. g*sd −α -set, g*spre d − -set , g*sbd − -set, g*sd −β -set) of x containing one of the points but not the other . (ii) an s*g1d -space (resp. α -s*g1d -space, pre-s*g1d -space, b-s*g1d -space, β -s*g1d space) if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there exists an g*sd -set (resp. g*sd −α -set, g*spre d − -set , g*sbd − -set, g*sd −β -set) of x containing x but not y and an g*sd -set (resp. g*sd −α set, g*spre d − -set , g*sbd − -set, g*sd −β -set) of x containing y but not x . (iii) an s*g2d -space (resp. α -s*g2d space, pre-s*g2d -space, b-s*g2d -space, β -s*g2d -space) if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there are two g*sd -sets (resp. g*sd −α sets, g*spre d − -sets, g*sbd − -sets, g*sd −β -sets) u and v of x such that ux ∈ , vy ∈ and φ=vu  . theorem(3.13): (i) every s*git -space (resp. α -s*git -space , pre-s*git -space , b-s*git -space, β -s*git -space) is s*g1it − -space (resp. α -s*g1it − -space, pre-s*g1it − -space, bs*g1it − -space, β -s*g 1it − -space) , 2,1i = . (ii) every s*git -space (resp. α -s*git -space , pre-s*git -space , b-s*git -space , β -s*git -space) is s*gid -space (resp. α -s*gid -space, pre-s*gid -space, b-s*gid -space, β s*gid -space) , 2,1,0i = . (iii) every s*gid -space (resp. α -s*gid -space , pre-s*gid -space , b-s*gid -space ,β s*gid -space) is s*g1id − -space (resp. α -s*g1id − -space, pre-s*g1id − -space, b-s*g1id − space, β -s*g 1id − -space) , 2,1i = . proof: (i) it is obvious . (ii) follows from remark (3.2). (iii) it is obvious . remark(3.14): the converse of theorem (3.13), no. (i) may not be true . consider the following examples: 361 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 example(3.15): let x be any infinte set and let τ ={ cu:xu ⊆ is finite} }{φ . then ),x( τ is an s*g 1t -space (resp. α -s*g1t -space , pre-s*g1t -space , b-s*g1t -space , β -s*g1t -space) , but is not an s*g2t -space (resp. α -s*g2t -space , pre-s*g2t -space , b-s*g2t -space , β -s*g2t -space) . example(3.16): let }b,a{x = and }}a{,,x{ φ=τ . then ),x( τ is s*g0t -space (resp. α -s*g0t space, pre-s*g0t -space, b-s*g0t -space, β -s*g0t -space), but is not s*g1t -space (resp. α s*g1t -space, pre-s*g1t -space, b-s*g1t -space, β -s*g1t -space) . remark(3.17): the converse of theorem (3.13), no.(ii) may not be true . consider the following examples: example(3.18): let }c,b,a{x = and }}c,a{},b,a{},a{,,x{ φ=τ . then s*g-open sets in x = open sets in x . hence ),x( τ is s*gid -space , but is not s*git -space , 2,1i = . example(3.19): let }c,b,a{x = and }}a{,,x{ φ=τ . then α -s*g-open sets in x = pre-s*gopen sets in x = b-s*g-open sets in x = β -s*g-open sets in x = }}c,a{},b,a{},a{,,x{ φ . hence ),x( τ is α -s*gid -space (resp. pre-s*gid -space , b-s*gid -space ,β -s*gid -space), but is not α -s*git -space (resp. pre-s*git -space , b-s*git -space , β -s*git -space) , 2,1i = . remark(3.20): the converse of theorem (3.13), no. (iii) may not be true . in example (3.16) , ),x( τ is s*g0d -space (resp. α -s*g0d space, pre-s*g0d -space, b-s*g0d -space, β -s*g0d -space) , but is not s*g1d -space (resp. α -s*g1d -space, pre-s*g1d -space, b-s*g1d space, β -s*g1d -space) . theorem(3.21): a topological space ),x( τ is an α -s*g0d -space (resp. s*g0d -space, pre-s*g0d -space, b-s*g0d -space, β -s*g0d -space) if and only if it is an α -s*g0t -space (resp. s*g0t space, pre-s*g0t -space, b-s*g0t -space, β -s*g0t -space) . proof: sufficiency. follows from theorem (3.13), no. (ii) . necessity. let xy,x ∈ such that yx ≠ . since ),x( τ is α -s*g0d -space, then there exists an g*sd −α -set u such that ux ∈ , uy ∉ . let 21 p\pu = , where xp1 ≠ and 21 p,p are α -s*gopen sets in x . by uy ∉ we have two cases: (i) 1py ∉ (ii) 1py ∈ and 2py ∈ . in case (i) 1py ∉ and 21 p\pux =∈ ⇒ 1px ∈ and 1py ∉ . in case (ii) 1py ∈ and 2py ∈ and 21 p\px ∈ ⇒ 2px ∉ ⇒ 2py ∈ and 2px ∉ . thus in both cases, we obtain that ),x( τ is an α -s*g0t -space . by the same way we can prove that other cases . theorem(3.22): a topological space ),x( τ is an α -s*g1d -space (resp. s*g1d -space, pre-s*g1d -space, b-s*g1d -space, β -s*g1d -space) if and only if it is an α -s*g2d -space (resp. s*g2d space, pre-s*g2d -space, b-s*g2d -space, β -s*g2d -space) . 362 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 proof: sufficiency . follows from theorem (3.13) , no. (iii) . necessity . let xy,x ∈ such that yx ≠ . since ),x( τ is an α -s*g1d -space, then there exists g*sd −α -sets u and v in x such ux ∈ , uy ∉ and vy ∈ , vx ∉ . let 21 p\pu = and 43 p\pv = ,where 4321 p,p,p,p are α -s*g-open sets in x and xp1 ≠ and xp3 ≠ . by vx ∉ we have two cases : (i) 3px ∉ (ii) 3px ∈ and 4px ∈ . in case (i): 3px ∉ . by uy ∉ we have two subcases: (a) 1py ∈ and 2py ∈ (b) 1py ∉ . subcase (a): 1py ∈ and 2py ∈ . we have 21 p\px ∈ , 2py ∈ and φ=221 p)p\p(  . observe that xp2 ≠ since φ≠u , thus by remark (3.2) 2p is an g*sd −α -set . subcase (b): 1py ∉ . since 21 p\px ∈ and 3px ∉ , then )pp(\px 321 ∈ and since 43 p\py ∈ and 1py ∉ , then )pp(\py 143 ∈ . observe also from theorem (2.15) that )pp( 32  and )pp( 14  are α -s*g-open sets . hence )pp(\px 321 ∈ , )pp(\py 143 ∈ and φ=))pp(\p())pp(\p( 143321  . in case (ii): 3px ∈ and 4px ∈ . we have 43 p\py ∈ , 4px ∈ and φ=443 p)p\p(  . observe that xp4 ≠ since φ≠v , thus by remark (3.2) 4p is an g*sd −α -set . hence ),x( τ is an α -s*g2d -space . by the same way we can prove that other cases . corollary(3.23): if ),x( τ is an α -s*g1d -space (resp. s*g1d -space, pre-s*g1d -space, bs*g1d -space, β -s*g1d -space) ,then it is an α -s*g0t -space (resp. s*g0t -space, pre-s*g0t -space , b-s*g0t -space, β -s*g0t -space) . proof: follows from theorem (3.13) , no. (iii) and theorem (3.21) . remark(3.24): the converse of corollary (3.23) may not be true . in example (3.16), ),x( τ is α -s*g0t -space (resp. s*g0t -space, pre-s*g0t -space, b-s*g0t -space, β -s*g0t -space), but is not an α -s*g1d -space (resp. s*g1d -space, pre-s*g1d -space, b-s*g1d -space, β s*g1d -space) . propositions(3.25): (i) every s*gid -space is α -s*gid -space , 2,1,0i = . (ii) every α -s*gid -space is pre-s*gid -space , 2,1,0i = . (iii) every pre-s*gid -space is b-s*gid -space , 2,1,0i = . (iv) every b-s*gid -space is β -s*gid -space , 2,1,0i = . remark(3.26): the converse of proposition (3.25), no.(i) may not be true . in example (3.19), ),x( τ is α -s*gid -space , but is not s*gid -space , 2,1,0i = . remark(3.27): the converse of proposition (3.25), no. (iii) may not be true . consider the following example: 363 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 example(3.28): let }c,b,a{x = & }}b,a{},b{},a{,,x{ φ=τ . then pre-s*g-open sets in x = open sets in x and b-s*g-open sets in x= }}c,b{},c,a}{b,a{},b{},a{,,x{ φ . hence ),x( τ is bs*gid -space , but is not pre-s*gid -space , 2,1i = . from above we can get the following diagram . figure no. (3): relations among the types of separation axioms definition(3.29): a subset a of a topological space ),x( τ is called an α -s*g-neighborhood (resp. s*g-neighborhood, pre-s*g-neighborhood, b-s*g-neighborhood,β -s*g-neighborhood) of a point x in x if there exists an α -s*g-open (resp. s*g-open, pre-s*g-open, b-s*g-open,β -s*gopen) set u in x such that aux ⊆∈ . definition(3.30): let ),x( τ be a topological space . a point xx ∈ which has x as the only α s*g-neighborhood (resp. s*g-neighborhood , pre-s*g-neighborhood , b-s*g-neighborhood ,β s*g-neighborhood) is called an α -s*g-neat (resp. s*g-neat, pre-s*g-neat, b-s*g-neat,β -s*gneat) point . theorem(3.31): for an α -s*g0t -space (resp. s*g0t -space , pre-s*g0t -space , b-s*g0t -space , β -s*g0t -space) ),x( τ the following are equivalent . (i) ),x( τ is an α -s*g1d -space (resp. s*g1d -space, pre-s*g1d -space, b-s*g1d -space, β s*g 1d -space) . (ii) ),x( τ has no α -s*g-neat (resp. s*g-neat, pre-s*g-neat, b-s*g-neat, β -s*g-neat) point . proof: )ii()i( ⇒ . since ),x( τ is an α -s*g1d -space , then each point x of x is contained in a g*sd −α -set v\ug = , where u and v are α -s*g-open sets and thus in u . by definition xu ≠ . this implies that x is not an α -s*g-neat point . )i()ii( ⇒ . if ),x( τ is an α -s*g0t -space , then for each distinct points xy,x ∈ , at least one of them, say x has an α -s*g-neighborhood u containing x , but not y . thus u is different 364 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 from x and therefore by remark (3.2), u is an g*sd −α -set . since x has no α -s*g-neat point, then y is not an α -s*g-neat point . thus there exists an α -s*g-neighborhood v of y such that xv ≠ . therefore , u\vy ∈ , u\vx ∉ and u\v is an g*sd −α -set . hence ),x( τ is an α -s*g1d space. theorem(3.32): let ),y(),x(:f σ→τ be an α -s*g-continuous (resp. s*g-continuous , pre-s*g-continuous, b-s*g-continuous, β -s*g-continuous) bijective function . if ),y( σ is a id space , then ),x( τ is an α -s*gid -space (resp. s*gid -space, pre-s*gid -space, b-s*gid -space, β -s*gid -space), 2,1,0i = . proof: suppose that ),y( σ is a 2d -space . let xy,x ∈ such that yx ≠ . since f is injective and y is a 2d -space , then there exists disjoint d-sets 1g and 2g of y such that 1g)x(f ∈ and 2g)y(f ∈ . by theorem (3.10), )g(f 1 1− and )g(f 2 1− are g*sd −α -sets in x such that )g(fx 1 1−∈ , )g(fy 2 1−∈ and φ=−− )g(f)g(f 2 1 1 1  . hence ),x( τ is an α -s*g2d -space . theorem(3.33): let ),y(),x(:f σ→τ be an α -s*g-irresolute (resp. s*g-irresolute , pres*g irresolute, b-s*g-irresolute, β -s*g-irresolute) bijective function . if ),y( σ is an α -s*gid space (resp. s*gid -space, pre-s*gid -space, b-s*gid -space, β -s*gid -space) , then ),x( τ is an α -s*gid -space (resp. s*gid -space , pre-s*gid -space , b-s*gid -space , β -s*gid space ) , 2,1,0i = . proof: suppose that ),y( σ is an α -s*g2d -space . let xy,x ∈ such that yx ≠ . since f is injective and y is an α -s*g2d -space , then there exists disjoint g*sd −α -sets 1g and 2g of y such that 1g)x(f ∈ and 2g)y(f ∈ . by theorem (3.11) , )g(f 1 1− and )g(f 2 1− are g*sd −α sets in x such that )g(fx 1 1−∈ , )g(fy 2 1−∈ and φ=−− )g(f)g(f 2 1 1 1  . hence ),x( τ is an α -s*g2d -space . 365 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 references 1. tong, j. (1982) a separation axioms between 0t and 1t , ann. soc. sci. bruxelles 96 ii,8590 . 2. calads,m. (1997) a separation axioms between semi0t and semi1t , mem. fac. sci. kochi univ. ser. a math. 181,37-42. 3. calads,m. ; georgiou, d.n. and jafari, s. (2003) characterization of low separation axioms via α -open sets and α -closure operator , bol. soc. paran. mat.(3s), 21(1/2), 1-14 . 4. jafari, s. on a weak separation axioms ,far east j. math. sci. (to appear) . 5. keskin,a. and noiri, t. (2009) on bd-sets and associated separation axioms , bulletin of the iranian math. soc. 35,1,179-198. 6. khan,m. ; noiri, t . and hussain, m .(2008) on s*g-closed sets and s*-normal spaces , 48 , 31-41 . 7. levine,n. (1963) semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces , amer. math. monthly 70, 36-41 . 8. njastad,o. (1965) on some classes of nearly open sets , pacific j. math. 15, 961-970 . 9. mashhour, a.s. ; abd el-monsef,m.e. and el-deeb,s.n. (1982) on precontinuous and weak precontinuous functions , proc. math. phys. soc. egypt 51, 47-53 . 10. andrijevic, d. (1996) on b-open sets, mat. vesnik , 48 (1-2) , 59-64 . 11. abd el-monsef,m.e. ; el-deeb , s.n. and mahmoud,r.a. (1983) β -open sets andβ continuous mappings , bull. fac. sci. assuit univ. 12, 77-90 . 12. veerakumar,m.k.r.s. (2001) ĝ -closed sets and g l̂ c-functions , indian j.math., 43,2 , 231-247. 13. kelly,j.l.(1955) general topology , van nostrand , new york . 14. s.i. and afrah, m . (2010) s*-separation axioms , iraqi journal of science, university of baghdad, 51, 1 ,145-153 . 366 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 صل المشتقة منھافال وبدیھیات الضعیفة g*sd-مجموعات حول ال صبیحة إبراھیم محمود المستنصریةالجامعة -كلیة العلوم -قسم الریاضیات 2014شباط 19 :، قبل البحث في 2013ایلول 3أستلم البحث في : الخالصة -المجموعات, g*sd -بالمجموعات اسمیناھا جدیدة من المجموعات اصناف یمقدبت قمنا في ھذا البحث g*sd −α g*spred -المجموعات , − g*sbd -المجموعات , g*sd -والمجموعات − −βھذه خواص بعض درسنا . كذلك بعض بدیھیات الفصلوالعالقات بینھم . فضال عن ذلك استخدمنا ھذه المجموعات في تعریف ودراسھ المجموعات . المشتقة منھا id -الفضاءات : المفتاحیة الكلمات s*g ,الفضاءاتid -s*gα , الفضاءاتid pre-s*g ,الفضاءاتid bs*g, الفضاءاتid -s*g-β )2,1,0i =(. 367 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 sabiha i. mahmood department of mathematics / college of science / al-mustansiriyah university صبيحة إبراهيم محمود قسم الرياضيات كلية العلومالجامعة المستنصرية أستلم البحث في :3 ايلول 2013 , قبل البحث في: 19 شباط 2014 الخلاصة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 synthesis and antibacterial study of the ligand type schiff base derived from amino acid [lphenylalanine] and its complexes with co (ii), ni (ii), cu (ii) and zn (ii) ions m. r. aziz departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract l-pheny lalanine amino acid was condensed with 2-hy droxy bezaldehy de to give the schiff b ase sodium 2-(2-hy droxy benzy lideneamino)-3-phenylprop anoate, which was used as a p recursor [nahl]. the p recursor was reacted with 1,2-dichloroethane to give the schiff base sodium 2,2'-(2,2'-(ethane-1,2diylbis(o xy ))bis(2,1-p heny lene))bis(methan-1-y l-1-ylidene)bis(azan1-y l-1-y lidene)bis(3-p henyl p rop anoate), which was used as a ligand [na2l], in comp lexation with some metal (ii) chloride m cl2, where [m = co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii)], t o give [m (l)] comp lexes. the [na2l] ligand and all complexes were characterized by sp ectroscop ic methods, [ft ir, uv-vis, atomic absorp tion], melting p oint, chloride content, conductivity and magnetic susceptibility measurements, as well as the na2l ligand characterized by 1 h nm r. the data, of these studies and measurements were imp ortant t o suggest an octahedral geometry around co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) ions. the sy nthesized ligand, alon g with its metal comp lexes, was screened for in vitro antibacterial activity against gram-p ositive bacteria lik e staphylococcus aureus, and acinetobacter baumannii. this st udy showed an effective inhibition of gram p ositive bacteria. introduction schiff b ases have been used as chelatin g ligands in the field of coordin ation chemistry and their metal comp lexes are of great interest for many y ears [1]. chemists have rep orted on the chemical, st ructural and biological p rop erties of schiff b ases, schiff b ases are char acterized by the -n=ch(imine) group which is imp ortant in elucidatin g the mechanism of transamination and rasemination reaction in biolo gical sy st em [2, 3]. schiff base metal comp lexes have b een widely studied because they have industrial, antifungal, antibacterial, anticancer and herbicid al applications [4, 5]. they serve as models for b iolo gically imp ortant species and find app lications in bio mimetic catalytic reactions, schiff bases are active against a wide range of or ganisms, for example; candida albicans, escherichia coli staphy lococcus aureus, bacillus p oly mxa, the try chophyton gyp seum. ant ibacterial activity has been st udied more than antifun gal activity , because bacterium can achieve resistance to antibiotics through bioch emical and morphological modifications [6, 7]. ch elatin g ligands containin g n, s and o donor atoms showed a broad biolo gical activity and are of sp ecial interest because of the variety of way s in which they are bonded to metal ions. it is known that the existence of metal ions bonded to biolo gically active comp ounds may enhance their activities [8-10]. t he aim of the present study is to sy nthesis, ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 characterize and evaluate the metal co mplexes as antibacterial agent as p romising addition of new class of complexes as metal b ased drugs. experime ntal the used chemicals were of analy tical gr ades; metals were used as chlor ide salts. the comp lexes were id entified by atomic absorp tion technique, usin g schimadzu (a.a) 680 g atomic absorption sp ectrop hotometer. i.r data were r ecorded as (kbr) d isc usin g schimadzu 4800 s ft ir sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000-400) cm -1 . 1 h nm r sp ectra were recorded in dm sod6 using brucker 300 mhz sp ectrometer. (uv-vis.) sp ectra were obtained in (m eoh) on a cecil, ce 2700 sp ectrop hotometer in the range (200-900) nm usin g quartz cell. the m agnetic measurements were carr ied out on solid comp ounds using 6 bruker b.m instrumental. m elting p oints were recorded on an electro thermal stuart apparatus and are uncorrected. electrical conductivity measurements of the comp lexes were recorded at 25c˚ for 10 -3 m solutions in (m eoh) as a solvent using a wissenchaftilich tecchnich werkst taten, d1820 bweilheimi.f 42 conductivity meter. chloride contents for comp lexes were determined p otentiometerically by using (686-titro p rocessor-665), dosinat-metrom swiss. antibacterial screen ing was used agar diffusion technique [11,12]. preparation of the ligand [na2l] the ligand was p repared by two steps s tep (1): l-p heny lalanine (1 g, 6.0 mmol), was added to (10 ml), (0.24g, 6.0 mmol) sodium hy droxide-methanol solution, the mixture was st irred until a clear solution was obtained. a solution of (0.74 g, 6.0 mmol) of 2-hy droxy bezaldehy de in (10ml) methanol was added to reaction mixture, which was cataly zed with (5drops) of glacial acetic acid and st irred for (3 hours). yellow p recipitate was formed, filtered, washed with ethanol, and r e-cry st allized from hot methanol to give yellow cryst als of the precursor [nahl], yield (67%), mp (225-232˚c). s tep (2): a solution of the p recursor [nahl] (2.35g, 8.08mmole) in (10 ml) methanol was added to (10ml), (0.45 g, 8.08 mmol) p otassium hy droxide-methanol solution, then a solution of (0.4 g, 4.04mmole) of 1,2-dich loroethane in (10ml) methanol was added to reaction mixture was reflu xed with stirring for (3 hours). orange precipitate was formed, filtered, washed with ethanol, and re-cryst allized from hot methanol t o give or ange cryst als of t he ligand [na2l], yield (72%), mp (260-266˚c). preparation of [na2l] complexes with metal ions a solution of (0.08g, 0.33mmole) of [na2l] ligand in methanol (5ml) was added to stirred clear solution of a solution of (0.2g, 0.33mmo le) of cocl2.6h2o in (5ml) methanol. r eaction mixture was reflu xed for (4 hours); dark-brown p recipitate was formed, filtered and washed by water and re-cry st allized with ethanol. the comp lexes [ni(l)], [cu(l)] and[zn(l)], were obtained in a similar method to that mentioned in the prep aration of [co(l)] comp lex described above. phy sical prop erties of the p rep ared comp lexes were given in (table 1). results and discussion synthesis of the ligand the ligand [na2l] was p repared accordin g to the gener al method shown in (scheme 1). the i.r sp ectral analysis of the precursor [nahl], (table 2), showed phenolic (–oh) band at (3433) cm -1, and υ(c=n) bands at (1638) cm-1, also the sp ectrum showed bands at (1519) cm-1, and (1404) cm -1 which assi gned to υas(coo ) and υs(coo ) resp ectively and showed band at (1149) cm -1 which can be attributed to υ(c-o)p henolic group [13-17], by comp aring with the i.r sp ectral ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 analysis of the ligand [na2l], fi g(1), (table 2), showed bands at (1635) cm -1 which assigned to υ(c=n) and band at (1219) cm -1 which assigned to ether group (c-o-c), also the sp ectrum showed bands at (1539) cm -1 , (1404) cm -1 which assigned to υas(coo ), and υs(coo ) resp ectively [13-17]. electronic sp ectral analy sis of the p recursor [nahl], (table 3), showed four absorp tion p eaks at (231.5) nm εm ax (2426) molar -1 cm -1 , (248.5) nm εm ax (2503) molar -1 cm -1 , (316.1) nm εm ax (1149) molar -1 cm -1 and (404.3) nm εm ax (777) molar -1 cm -1 , which assigned to (π→π * ), (π→π * ), (n→π * ) and (n→π * ) transition resp ectively [18,19]. by comp aring with electronic sp ectral analysis t he ligand [na2l], fig(2), (table 3), showed four absorp tion peaks at (236.0) nm εm ax (2395) molar -1 cm -1 , (259.0) nm εm ax (2501) molar -1 cm -1 , (319.2) nm εmax (1129) molar -1 cm -1 , and (407.5) nm εm ax (697) molar -1 cm -1 , which assi gned to (π→π * ), (π→π * ), (n→π * ) and (n→π * ) transition resp ectively [18,19]. 1 h nmr sp ectral analysis of the ligand [na2l], fig(3), showed chemical shifts δ (pp m) of schiff b ase proton (-ch=n-) at (7.9) as a singlet p eak. a multip le sign als at rings (6-7 and 7-7.5)pp m for phenylalanine p roton and phenyl-ether proton. (-ch) p roton of (-c=n-ch-) group at [3.7, 1h, t], (-ch-) methelene group at [3.4, 2h, d], and triplet p eak at (4.4)pp m, which assigned to (-ch2-) in (ph-o-ch2-) group . a singlet high p eak at (4.9)pp m for the trace m eoh solvent [14,15,20,21] . synthesis of the complexes complexation of ligand [na2l] with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) were carried out in m eoh. t hese comp lexes are st able in solution. the analytical and p hy sical data (table 1), and sp ectral data (table 2, and 3), are comp atible with the suggested st ructure (scheme 1). the i.r sp ectra of the comp lexes [co(l)](1), fi g(4), [ni(l)](2), ([cu(l)](3)) and [zn(l)](4), (table 2), exh ibited the band at (1635) cm -1 in the fr ee ligand sp ectrum which assi gned to υ(c=n) imine group shifted to lower frequen cy and appeared at (1619) cm -1 , (1614) cm -1 , (1617) cm -1 and (1614) cm -1 for the comp lexes (1),(2),(3), and (4) resp ectively [15-18]. these bands were assigned the υ(c=n) st retches of reduced bond order, this can be attributed to the delocalization of metal-electron density into the ligand π-sy stem (homo→lum o) [22, 23], (hom o=highest occup ied molecular orbital, lum o= lowest unoccup ied molecu lar orb ital). the ether (c-o-c) st retching vibration app eared at (1219) cm -1 in the free ligand was shifted to high er frequency and app eared at (1311) cm -1 , (1300) cm -1 , (1300) cm -1 and (1292) cm -1 for the comp lexes (1),(2),(3), and (4) resp ectively, all that indicated a linkage b etween o xy gen of ether group and the metal [14, 22], also t he sp ectrum showed bands at (1539) cm -1 , (1404) cm -1 which assigned to υas(coo ), and υs(coo ) resp ectively in the free ligand sp ectrum, was shifted to lower frequency and ap p eared at [(1496), (1350)], [(1486), (1377)], [(1450), (1369)] and [(1480), (1373)] cm -1 for the comp lexes (1),(2),(3), and (4) resp ectively, all that indicated a linkage between o xy gen of carbo xy late group and the metal [24,25]. the sp ectra showed the app earance of bands at (460) cm -1 , (482) cm -1 , (478) cm -1 and (474) cm -1 refer to υ(m -n) for comp lexes (1),(2),(3), and (4), these bands confirm the coordination of the nitrogen atom to the metal center, while t he bands at (576) cm -1 , (563) cm -1 , (574) cm -1 and (568) cm -1 assigned to υ(m -o) of comp lexes (1), (2), (3) and (4) resp ectively, bands confirm the coordination of the oxy gen atom of carboxy late group of the ligand to metal center, and the bands at (547) cm -1 , (532) cm -1 , (543) cm -1 and (536) cm -1 assigned to υ(m -o) of complexes (1),(2),(3), and (4) resp ectively, theses bands indicating that t he etheric o xy gen in the ligand is involved the coordin ation with metal ions in comp lexes [22-23, 26,27]. electronic sp ectral analy sis of t he complexes, (table 3): comple x[co(l)]: showed two high intense p eaks at (245.5) nm εm ax (2642) molar -1 cm -1 and (268.6) nm εm ax (2532) molar -1 cm -1 wer e assi gned to the ligand field, while a med ium p eak at (382.0) nm εmax (943) molar -1 cm -1 was assigned to (c.t), a weak broad peaks at (491.2) nm εm ax (62) molar -1 cm -1 ,(531) nm εm ax (56) molar -1 cm -1 , and (622.0) nm εm ax (16) molar -1 cm -1 , were ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 assigned to (d-d) electronic transition ( 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t2g(f)), ( 4 a2(g)→ 4 t1g), and ( 4 t1(g)→ 4 t1g(p)) resp ectively, suggesting o ctahedral geometry [19]. comple x [ni(l)]: showed one high intense absorp tion at (245.5) nm εm ax (2613) molar -1 cm -1 are due to the ligand field, another high intense p eak at (364.5) nm εm ax (1825) molar -1 cm -1 was assigned to (c.t), while a weak broad peaks at (450.6) nm εm ax (49) molar -1 cm -1 , (510.4) n m εm ax (22) molar -1 cm -1 , and (642.5) nm εm ax (17) molar -1 cm were assign ed to (d-d) electronic transition ( 3 a2g→ 3 t2g), ( 3 a2g→ 3 t1g), and ( 3 a2g→ 3 t1g(p)) resp ectively, suggesting octahedral geometry [19]. comple x [cu(l)]: fig(5), showed two high intense absorp tion peaks at (243.0) nm εm ax (2624) molar -1 cm -1 , and (272.1) n m εm ax (2543) molar -1 cm -1 are du e to the ligand field, a h igh intense absorption peak at (369.0) nm εm ax (1831) molar -1 cm -1 was assigned to (c.t ), while a weak broad p eak at (660.5) nm εmax (41) molar -1 cm -1 was assigned to (d-d) electronic transition ( 2 e→ 2 t2) suggesting o ctahedral geometry [19]. comple x [zn(l)]: showed two p eaks at (242.0) nm εm ax (2537) molar -1 cm -1 and (272.0) n m εm ax (2315) molar -1 cm -1 are due to the ligand field. while a high intense p eak at (361.0) nm εm ax (1763) molar -1 cm -1 was assi gned to (c.t), the d 10 configur ation of zn ii ion alon g with the data obtained confirms a o ctahedral structure around the ion [19]. the molar conductance of the co mplexes in methanol lie in the ran ge (5.1-12.9 ohm -1 cm 2 mol -1 ), (table 3), indictin g their nonelectroly te having mole ratio of metal:ligand as 1 :1 [28]. at the room temp erature magnetic moments of the all comp lexes showed normal magnetic moment in (table 3), the magnetic moment data were ca. (4.13), (3.25) and (1.65) b.m for co(ii) in [co(l)], ni(ii) in [ni(l)], cu(ii) in [cu(l)], r esp ectively and (0.00) b.m to zn(ii) in [zn(l)]. the magn etic moment studies showed that these complexes were octahedral geometry [29]. biological activity the antibacterial activity of the sy nthesized ligand [na2l] and its comp lexes [co(l)](1) , [ni(l)](2), [cu(l)](3), and [zn(l)](4) (table 4 and 5 ), were tested utilizing the agar diffusion technique [30]. the organism tested was staphylococcus aureus, and acinetobacter baumannii. the agar media were inoculated with test organisms and a solution of the tested comp ound (100μg/ml) was p laced sep arately in cups (6 mm diameter) in the agar medium. the inhibition zones were measured after 24 hours incubation. separate st udies were carried out with the solution alone of dm so and the showed no activity against any bacterial st rains [31]. t he results of these st udies revealed that the ligand and metals comp lexes showed an effective in the inhibition of acinetobacter baumannii and staphylococcus aureus. biological activity of the p revious compounds in inhibition of bacterial growt h could be att ributed to one of the following mechanisms, the first mechanism is by the inhibition of the bacterial cell wall sy nthesis by bounding to the p recursor of the cell wall, and second mechanism revealed that some antibodies have similar st ereo st ructure to substrate (d-alany l d-alanine). so it will act comp etitive inhibitions for t he enzy mes (t ransp eptidase and /or carboxp eptidase) which are the main enzy mes cataly zed the end st ep in the biosy nthesis of p eptidoglycans of the bacterial cell wall, other mechanisms could contributed to the results found in the st udy which include the inhibition of biosy nthesis of bacterial p roteins by linking to the ribosome by doing so, t he ribosome will not be in contact with trna (transfer ribonucleic acid) , so the bacteria will not survive, an other mechanisms were p ost ulated that some antibodies inhibit t he denovo sy nthesis of bacterial dna by sp litting dna in dna-enzy me comp lexes by inhibition dna ligase [32-34]. re ferences 1lotf ,a. saghatforoush 1, ali aminkhani , sohr ab ershad , ghasem kar imnezhad , shahriar ghammamy and roya kabiri, (2008), “preparation of zinc (ii) and cadmium (ii) complexes ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 of the tetradentate schiff base ligand 2-((e)-(2-(2-(py ridine-2-yl)ethy lthio)ethy limino)methy l)-4-bromop henol (pyt brsalh)”, m olecules, 13: 804-811. 2lau, k. y. ; m ayr, a.; cheung, k. k., (1999), "sy nhesis of transition metal isocyanide comp lexes containin g hy drogen bonding sites in p erip heral locations", inorg. chim. acta, 285: 223-232. 3shawali, a. s.; harb, n.m .s.and badahd ah, k. o., (1985), "a st udy of tautomerism in diazonium couplin g p roducts of 4hy roxy coumrin", j. heterocy lylic chem., 22: 1397-1403. 4cozzi, p.g. m etal–salen schiff base comp lexes in cataly sis: practical asp ects. (2004), chem. soc. rev. 33 : 410-421. 5chandra, s.; sangeetika, j., (2004), epr and electronic sp ectral studies on copp er (ii) comp lexes of some n-o donor ligands j. indian chem. so c, 81: 203-206. 6op letalová, v.; hartl, j.; patel, a.; palát, a. and buchta, v., (2002), "r ing substituted 3 p heny l-1(2-py raziny l)-2-p rop en-1-ones as p otential p hotosy nthesis-inhibiting, antifun gal and antimycobacterial agents", farmaco, 57: 135-144. 7biava, m .; fioravanti, r.; porretta, g. c.; sleite, g.; deidda, d.; lampis, g. and pomp ei, r., (2002), "ant imy cobacterial activity of new otho-, m etaand p ara-toluidine derivatives", farmaco, 54: 721-727. 8ferrari, m .b.; capacchi, s.; pe losi, g.; reffo, g.; tarasconi, p.; alb ertini, r.; pin elli, s.and lungh i, p., (1999), “sy nthesis, structural characterization and biological activity of helicin thiosemicarbazone monohydrate and a copp er(ii) comp lex of salicylaldehyde thiosemicarbazone” inor g. ch im. acta 286: 134-141. 9 canpolat, e.; kay a, m., (2004), studies on mononuclear chelates derived from substitut ed schiff-b ase ligands (p art 2): “sy nthesis and characterization of a new 5-bromosalicylidenp aminoacetop henone oxime and its comp lexes with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii)” j. coord. chem., 57: 1217-1223. 10yildiz, m .; dulger, b.; koy uncu, s. y.; yap ici, b.m ., (2004), “sy nthesis and antimicrobial activity of bis(imido) schiff bases derived from thiosemicarbazide with some 2hy droxy aldehydes and metal complexes”, j. indian chem. so c 81,:7-12. 11 – cruickshan, k. j.p.; dugu ld, p.; m armion, r.h.and swain ha, ,(1975), tests for sensitivity to antimicrobial agents. in: m edical m icrobiolo gy , 12 th edition, chur chill, livin g st one, edinbur gh, 190-204. 12clinical and labor atory standards institute (clsi), (2005). p erformance st andards antimicrobial susceptibility testing. fifteenth informational sup p lement, clsi document m 100s15, way ne, usa, 13a. thabet , and co-workers, (2009), "sy nthesis and characterization of novel ligand ty p e n2o2 and its comp lexes co(ii), cu(ii), ni(ii), and zn(ii) and cd(ii) , ions" ,ibn al-haithem journal for pure and app lied science , 2,22. 14parikh, v. m . , (1985). "absorption sp ectroscopy of organic molecules ", translated by abdul hussain khuthier , jasim m . a. alrawi , and m uhammed a. al-iraqi, baghd ad 15robert, m . silver schtein , bassler and m orril , (1981), "sp ecrop hotometer identification of orqanic co mpound", translated by dr. hadi khazem awad , dr. fahad ali hussain and sabri – az awi , 5 th ed. 16silv er ,m . and bassler , g. c. (1981). sp ectrometric identification of or ganic comp ounds 4 th ed j. wiely and sons 17singh, s. c., and ty agi, v. p., (2001). inorg. m et. org., chem., 31:(10), 1759 18william ke mp,(1987). "organic sp ectroscopy ," 2 end edition, 19lever, a. b. p., (1968)."inorganic electronic sp ectroscopy ”, new y ork . 6, 121, ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 20bellamy,l. j. (1975)."the infrared sp ectra of comp lexmolecules",hasted p ress,division of john willey and sons, inc.,new y ork, 21coop er,j.w., (1980), "sp ectroscop ic techniques for or ganic chemist ry",john willey and sons, new york. 22nakamoto, (1996), "infrared sp ectra of inorganic and coordination comp ound" 4 th ed. j. wiely and sons, new york. 23agarwal,r. k.; prased, s. and gahlot. n. (2004), “sy nthesis, sp ectral and thermal p rop erties of some penta-coordinated comp lexes of o xov anadium(iv) d erived from thiosemicarbazones of 4-aminoantipy rine,” turkish journal of chemistry , 28: ( 6) 691–701. 24pavel kop el , m artin biler , and m ilan nadvornik, (1998), " iron (ш) salen and saloph schiff bases bridged by dicarboxy lic acids " , chemica 37 ,. 25wei dany i, li nin g, lu gui & yao kemin, (2006), ” sy nthesis, cataly tic and biolo gical activity of novel dinuclear copp er comp lex with schiff base”, science in china: series b chemistry , 49 : (3) 225—229. 26raju ,k. c. and radhakr ishan, p. k. (2003), "complexes of copp er with 2,3-dimethy l-4formyl(benzhy drazide)-1p heny l-3-pyrazolin-5-one" sy nthesis and reactivity in inorganic and metal – or ganic chemistry , 33 : (8 ) ,1307-1318. 27 greenwood ,n. n. and earnshow ,a., (1998), "chemistry of the elements," j. wiely and sons inc. new york. 28geary, w. j. (1971), “the use of conductivity measurements in or ganic solv ents for the characterization of coordin ation comp ounds”, coord. chem. rev. 7:81-115. 29huheey,j. e., (1994), "inor ganic chemist ry : princip les of stracture and reactivity " harp er international edition, harp er and row p ublishers, new york. 30ali, m .m, ismail m .m .f., al-gaby m .s.a., zahram m .a., and ammar y.a. (2000), m olecules, 5:864-873. 31zahid, h. ;choton , m .; arif , m uhammed a. ;akhtar and claudiu, t. sup uran, ( 2006), "m etal-based ant ibacterial and ant ifungal a gents:sy nthesis, characterization, and in vitro biolo gicalev aluation of co(ii), cu(ii), ni(ii), and zn(ii) complexeswith amino acid-derived compounds" bioinorganic chemist ry , 5: 3. 32baron, e. j.; chang, r. s.; howed, h. d., k, (1994), “m edical m icrobiolo gy ", wiely liss., publication, new york. 33m urray ,p. r.; baron , e. j.; faller , m . a. p.; tenover ,.f. c.; yken, r. h. (1991), “m anual of clinical microbiolo gy ”, 7 th ed , asap ress , washington , usa. 34hopp er ,d. c.; quinolones. in. g. l. m andell , j. e. bennett , r. dolin(ed.) m andell, dou glas and bentell, s. (2002), "princip les and practice iinfections disease". 5 th ed. churchill livingst one, philadelp hia, 404-423. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (1): the microanalysis results and some physical propertie s for the ligand [na2l] and its complexes dec. = decomp ose table (2): infrared spectral data for the ligand [na2l] and its metal complexes cm -1 compounds formula colour m.p (˚ c) yield% chlo ride content metal m . wt na2l c34h30n2na2o6 orange 26 0-266 72 nil ----60 8.59 [co(l)](1) c34h30 n2o6co dark brown 28 5 dec. 81 nil 8.8 3 (9.48 ) 62 1.54 [ni(l)](2) c34h30 n2o6ni light g reen 27 9 dec. 79 nil 8.8 0 (9.45 ) 62 1.31 [cu(l)](3) c34h30 n2o6cu dark green 29 1 dec. 84 nil 9.4 5 (10.15) 62 6.16 [zn(l)](4) c34h30 n2o6zn yellowish brown 27 4 dec. 68 nil 9.7 0 (10.42) 62 8.02 compound υ(c= n) υ(o– h) υ a s(coo) υ a(coo) υ(c= c) ar omatic υ(c–h) ar omatic υ(c–h) aliphatic υ(c– o–c) et heric υ(m – o) et heric υ(m -o) car boxylate ion υ(m – n) na hl 1638 3433 1519 1404 1585 3028 2939 --- -- -- -- na 2 l 1635 ---1539 1404 1589 3028 2947 1219 ----- -- [co(l) ]( 1) 1619 ---1496 1350 1590 3028 2924 1311 547 576 460 [ni(l)](2) 1614 ---1486 1377 1587 3028 2931 1300 532 563 482 [cu(l) ]( 3) 1617 ---1450 1369 1587 3028 2924 1300 543 574 478 [zn( l)]( 4) 1614 ---1480 1373 1590 3024 2924 1292 536 568 474 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (3): electroni c spectral data for the ligand [na2l] and its metal complexes compound λ nm εmax mola r-1 cm-1 assig nment ratio molar conductivity s.cm2.mo l-1 magnetic sus ceptibility b .m coordina tio n nahl 231 .5 248 .5 316 .1 404 .3 2426 2503 1149 777 π→π * π→π * n→π* n→π* ---- ------ ----- ----- na2l 236 .0 259 .0 319 .0 407 .5 2395 2501 1129 697 π→π * π→π * n→π* n→π* ---- ------ ----- ----- [co(l)](1) 245 .5 268 .6 382 .0 491 .2 531 .0 622 .3 2642 253 2 943 62 56 16 ligand field ligand field c.t 4t1g(→ 4t2g 4a2g→ 4t1g 4t1g→ 4t1g ( p) neutral 8.7 3.8 7 (4.13) oct ahedral [ni(l)](2) 245 .5 364 .5 450 .4 510 .4 642 .5 2613 1825 49 22 17 ligand field c.t 3a2g→ 3t2g 3a2g→ 3t1g 3a2g→ 3t1g(p) neutral 5.1 2.8 3 (3.25 ) octahedral [cu(l)](3) 243 .0 272 .1 369 .0 660 .5 262 4 2543 1831 41 ligand field ligand field c.t 2e→2t2 neutral 5.6 1.7 (1.65 ) octahedral [zn(l)](4) 242 .0 272 .0 361 .0 2537 2315 1763 ligand field ligand field c.t neutral 12.9 diamagnetic octahedral ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 tab le (4): b iological activity of the ligand [na2l] an d its metal complexes against acinetobacter baumannii bacteria a= acinetobacter baumannii bacteria tab le (5): biological activity of the ligand [na2l] and its metal complexes against staphylococcus aureus bacteria s= staphylococcus aureus bacteria compound bacteria (zone of inhibition (diame ter mm)) a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 a1 0 na 2 l 13 10 14 15 14 15 13 14 14 14 [co(l) ]( 1) 13 9 8 16 16 16 13 13 11 15 [ni(l)](2) 15 9 14 16 16 17 13 nil 13 17 [cu(l) ]( 3) nil 9 14 14 13 14 12 nil nil 15 [zn( l)]( 4) 10 10 12 13 13 17 nil nil 12 12 compound bacteria (zone of inhibition (diameter mm)) s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s7 s8 s9 s10 na 2 l nil 9 nil nil nil nil nil nil nil nil [co(l) ]( 1) nil nil nil nil nil nil 12 nil nil 11 [ni(l)](2) nil nil nil nil nil nil nil nil nil nil [cu(l) ]( 3) nil nil 14 nil nil nil nil 8 nil nil [zn( l)]( 4) nil nil 15 16 nil nil nil nil nil nil ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 s cheme (1): preparation of the ligand [na2l] and its metal complexes c h o h n h c h 2 c c o o n a 2 [ (2 h y d r o x y b e n z yl id e n e) a m in o ] 3 -p he n y lp r o p a n o ic a ci d c h 2 ch o o c n h 2 + c h o o h h + 2 -a m i no 3 ph e n yl pr o p i o ni c ac i d 2 h y d r ox y be n z al de h y de s o d i um h yd ro x id e m et ha n o l , m ag n et ica ll y s ti rr i n g 3 h ou rs c h 3 c o o h ( 5 d r op s ) + m c l 2 m e t h a n o l r e f l u x 4 h o u r s m = c o ( i i ) ,n i ( i i ) , c u ( i i ) , a n d z n ( i i ) n a o h c h o h n h c h 2 c c o o n a 2 + c l c h 2 c h 2 c l d i c h l o r oe t h a n e c h n h c h 2 c o c h o n c h h 2 c h 2 c h 2 c c o o n a c o o n a s o d i u m 2 , 2 '(2 ,2 ' -( e t h a n e 1 , 2 d i y l b i s (o x y )) b i s (2 , 1 p h e n y l e n e ) )b i s (m e t h a n 1 y l 1 -y l i d e n e ) b i s(a z a n -1 -y l 1 y l i d e n e )b i s (3 p h e n y l p ro p a n o a t e ) c h n h c h 2 c o c h o n c h h 2 c h 2 c h 2 c c o o n a c o o n a r e f l u x 3 h o u r s m e th a n m e t h a n o l k o h c h n c h o c h o n c h h 2 c h 2 c m h 2 c c o o c h 2 c o o ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig (1): infrared spectrum of the ligand ( na2l ) fig. (2): electronic spectrum of the precursor (na2l) fig. (3) 1 h nmr spectrum of the ligand (na2l) ihjpas fig .(4): infrared spectrum of the complex [co(l)] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig.(5): electronic spectrum of the complex [cu(l)] ihjpas 2010) 2( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المشتقة من نوع قاعدة شیفلیة البایولوجیة للیكاند من عاالفودراسة تخلیق مع األیونات ومعقداته )فنیل األنین-ل( حامض أمیني co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) منهل ریمون عزیز جامعة بغداد ، كلیة التربیة أبن الهیثم ، قسم الكیمیاء خالصةال ل على قاعدة شیفللحصو زالدیهایدهیدروكسي بن-2 مع فنیل األنین -ل الحامض األمیني مفاعلة تضمن البحث sodium2-(2-hy droxy benzy lideneamino)-3-phenylprop anoate التي أستعملت مـادة وسـطیة [nahl] فتفاعل قاعدة شیأذ أعطى ال داي كلورو أیثان-1,2مع ثم مفاعلتها sodium2,2'-(2,2'-(ethane-1,2'diylbis(oxy ))bis(2,1-p henylene))bis(methan-1-y l-1y lidene)bis(azan-1-y l-1-ylidene)bis (3-p henyl p rop anoate) .والتي أستعملت كلیكاند [na2l] ثم مفاعلة m]تكونـت معقـدات ذوات الصـیغة اذ، بعـض العناصـر الفلزیـة أیونـات یكانـد مـعالل (l)] ، m = co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), and zn(ii). الكمـي الـدقیق التحلیـلو المرئیـة –االشعة تحت الحمراء واالشعة فوق البنفسـجیة ،ق الطیفیة ائلمركبات بالطر شخصت جمیع ا خص و كـذلك شــ التوصــیلیة الموالریـة الكهربائیــة ومحتـوى الكلــور ودرجـة االنصــهار والحساسـیة المغناطیســیة ، و للعناصـر طة اسااللیكاند بو 1 h nm r . السطوح ثماني ي المقترح للمعقدات المحضرةمن نتائج البحث كان الشكل الفراغفأن . staphylococcusال بكتریا موجبة لصبغة كرام درست الفعالیة البایولوجیة خارج الخلیة الحیة للیكاند ومعقداته ضد aureus وacinetobacter baumannii ،ر مانع للبكتریا الموجبة لصبغة كرامتأثی أظهرت وجود و. ihjpas microsoft word 149-155   149  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       chromatic number of pseudo-von neuman regular graph nabeel e. arif nermen j. khalel article history: received 18 june 2019, accepted 17 july 2019, published in april 2020. abstract let r be a commutative ring , the pseudo – von neuman regular graph of the ring r is define as a graph whose vertex set consists of all elements of r and any two distinct vertices a and b are adjacent if and only if 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 or 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 , this graph denoted by p-vg(r) , in this work we got some new results a bout chromatic number of p-vg(r). keywords: graph, chromatic number, commutative ring. 1. introduction beck [1]. studied coloring of commutative rings and studied chromatic number of it is graph such that two different elements x and y are adjacent iff xy = 0, bhavanari s. et.al. studied prime graph of a ring with some properties of its graph [2]. kalita s. [3]. computed chromatic number of prime graph of some finite ring, patra k. et.al [4]. studied chromatic number of prime graph of some rings namely 𝑍 , where n=∏ 𝑝 , elizabeth r. [5]. studied colorings of zero divisor graphs of commutative rings , in this paper we define pseudo-von neman regular graph of the ring r with some result of it graph and we study chromatic number of pseudo-von neman regular graph. 2. primer lay definition 1: [6]. a nonempty set r, together with two binary operations (+ ) and ( ∙ ) is said to be a ring if the following are satisfied i(r,+) is an a belian group ii(r,∙ ) is a semi-group iiis∙(t+l) = s∙t + s∙l and (s+t) ∙l = s∙l+t∙l for any s, t, l ∈r definition 2: [7]. let r be a ring and a ∈r , a is called regular element if there exist b∈r such that a=aba , if any element in r is regular then r is regular ring , if r is commutative then 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 and we say that r is von neumann regular ring. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2436                  nabarif@tu.edu.iq nrnjamal88@gmail.com department of mathematic, college of computer science and mathematics, tikrit university, tikrit, iraq.   150  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 definition 3: [8]. a graph g is defined by an ordered pair (v (g) , e (g) ), when v(g) is a non empty set whose elements are called vertices and e(g) is a set ( may be empty ) of unordered pairs of distinct vertices of v(g) . the element of e(g) are called edges of the graph g . we denote by 𝑢𝑣 , an edge between two end vertices u and v . definition 4: [8]. an edge whose end-vertices are the same is called loop. definition 5: [8]. if there are more than one edges associated with a given pair of vertices , then these edges are called multiple edges or parallel edges. definition 6: [8]. a simple graph that has no self-loops or multiple edges . definition 7: [8]. a graph h is said to be a subgraph of a graph g if all the edges and all the vertices of h are in g , and each edge of h has the same end vertices in h as in g . definition 8: [9]. a path is a graph g that contains a list𝑣 , 𝑣 , … , 𝑣 of vertices of g s.t. for 1 𝑖 𝑝 1 , there is an edge 𝑣 , 𝑣 in g and these are the only edges in g . definition 9: [9]. let 𝑣 and 𝑣 be two vertices , d (𝑣 , 𝑣 ) is called a distance from 𝑣 to 𝑣 if it is the shortest path from 𝑣 to 𝑣 . definition 10: [9]. a close path is called cylce , the degree of each vertex of a cycle graph is two , a cycle with n vertices denoted by 𝐶 . definition 11: [10]. let g( v, e ) be a graph and c ⊂ g , is called clique if the induced sub graph of g induced by c is a complete graph . the clique is called maximal if there is no clique with more vertices . definition 12: [11]. a h-coloring of the vertex set of a graph g is a function 𝛾: v(g) → 1,2, … , ℎ such that 𝛾(𝑣 ) 𝛾(𝑣 ) whenever 𝑣 is adjacent to 𝑣 , if a hcoloring of g exists, then g is called hcolorable. definition 13: [11]. the chromatic number of g is defined as 𝒳 (𝐺) = min { h : g is hcolorable } where 𝒳 (𝐺) = h , g is called hchromatic. theorem 14 [10]. for circular graph 𝐶 one has 𝒳 (𝐶 )= 2 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛 3 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑑𝑑 in other words 𝒳 (𝐶 ) = 3 , 𝒳 (𝐶 )= 2 for i ∈ {1,2, 3, …}. theorem 15: [3]. let r be a ring , b(r) ={(a, b) : arb = 0 or bra = 0, a, b ∈r, a b, a 0, b 0}. then χ pg(r)= χ g(b(r)) +1, when g(b(r)) is the induced sub graph of pg(r) whose edges are elements of b(r). 3. main result definition 3.1: let r be a commutative ring. a graph g (v , e ) is said to be (pseudo-von neumann regular graph ) of r if v(g) =r and e (g) ={ 𝑎𝑏/ 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 or 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 and 𝑎 𝑏 } denoted by p-vg(r) , shortly p-von neumann regular graph .   151  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 example 3.2 𝑍 ={0,1} figure 1: p-vg(𝑍 ) 𝑍 ={0,1,2} figure 2:p-vg(𝑍 ) 𝑍 ={0,1,2,3} figure 3:p-vg(𝑍 ) 𝑍 ={0,1,2,3,4} figure 4:p-vg(𝑍 ) note 3.3 c [r] = { 𝑎, 𝑏 ∶ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑎 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏 0, 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 or 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎} ⊂ r r. corollary 3.4 ithe number of element in c [r] is less than or equal to number of cycle 𝐶 in p-vg(r). iiif c [r] ∅ , then the longest trail has length 3. iiic [r] r r. proof ilet (a,b) ∈ c [r], then { 0, a, b } form a cycle 𝐶 in p-vg(r) , if (a,b) , (s,t) ∈ c [r] such that (a,b) (s,t) then a s or b t and so the cycle 𝐶 { 0, a, b } and { 0, s, t } in p-vg(r) are distinct , this show the number of elements in c [r] is less than or equal the number of cycle 𝐶 in p-vg(r). if a=s or b=t then the cycles { 0, a, b } , { 0, s, t} are adjust. 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4   152  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 iilet (a,b) ∈ c [r],then 0a , ab , 0b is cycle 𝐶 , this trail is of length equal to 3 hence , the longest trail has length 3. iiisince (0,a) ∈ 𝑅 𝑅 and (0,a) ∉ c [r] , then we have c [r] ⊂ 𝑅 𝑅 and c [r] 𝑅 𝑅 . by the same way of (theorem 2.15) we can prove below theorem. theorem 3.5 let r be a ring and let c [r] = { 𝑎, 𝑏 ∶ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑎 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏 0, 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 or 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎} then 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) )= 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) + 1 , where g(c [r]) is sub graph of p-vg(r) . proof let r be a ring , let c [r] = { 𝑎, 𝑏 ∶ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑎 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏 0, 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 or 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎} if c [r] = ∅ , then p-vg(r) graph is a star graph and 𝒳( p-vg(r) ) =2 suppose c [r] ∅ , let |𝐶 𝑅 |= n case i: let g(c [r]) = 𝑃 then 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) is equal to 2 , since 0 is adjacent to all vertices in pvg(r), so we have a third color to a vertex 0 , now the vertices do not belong to 𝑃 will be associated only with vertex 0, this vertices can colored by any color we used it in 𝑃 . hence 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) ) = 3 = 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) +1 case ii: now if g(c [r]) = 𝐶 then 𝒳 ( g(c [r]) ) must equal to 2 when n is even and equal to 3 when n is odd , and the vertex 0 adjacent to all vertices , implies that 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) ) equal to 3 if n is even and equal to 4 if n is odd, hence 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) ) = 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) +1. case iii : let g(c [r] is an i-partite graph where g(c [r]) = 𝐾 , ,…, , then 𝒳 ( g(c [r]) ) = i , then we have 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) ) = i+1 = 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) +1 case iv: if g(c [r]) = 𝐾 then the chromatic number of g(c [r]) ) equal to h and therefore 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) )= h+1 = 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) +1 case v: now if g(c [r]) is a connected graph and it includes a maximal clique 𝐾 , 𝑖 2 then the chromatic number of 𝐾 equal to i , and the rest of the vertices of g(c [r]) can be colored by any colors of the vertices of 𝐾 because they are not associated with it . then 𝒳 ( g(c [r]) ) = i and 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) )= i+1 = 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) +1 case vi : let 𝐺 , 𝐺 , … , 𝐺 be a disjoint components of g(c [r]) then 𝒳 ( g(c [r]) ) = max { 𝒳𝐺 , 𝒳𝐺 , … , 𝒳𝐺 } , suppose 𝒳 ( g(c [r]) )= s now if we have a vertices of p-vg(r) with degree 1 this can be colored by any color of these s colors used to color g(c [r]) , and the vertex 0 has another color since it adjacent to all vertices , this implies that 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) )= s+1= 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) +1 . from all above cases then 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) )= 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) +1 lemma 3.6 let r=𝑍 be a ring , where p 3 is prime number then 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) ) =3.   153  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 proof let 𝑎𝑏 ∈ vg (r) then 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 or 𝑏 𝑎 , 𝑎 𝑏 and 𝑎 0 𝑏, since p is prime then r is afield implies that 𝑏 𝑎 or 𝑎 𝑏 is unique number satisfy the equation , since 𝑎0 , 𝑏0 ∈ e(p-vg(r)) then p-vg(r) graph has cycle 𝐶 , then by( throrem 2.14 ) 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) )=3 example 3.7 the chromatic number of p –von neumann regular graph of 𝑍 , 𝑍 and 𝑍 are 4 figure 5:p-vg(z ) figure 6: p-vg(𝑍 ) theorem 3.8 the ring 𝑍 , 𝒳 ( p-vg(𝑍 ))=3 where p 3 is prime number. example 3.9 r= 𝑍 then 𝒳 ( p-vg(𝑍 )) = 3 . 6 9 4 7 8 2 3 5 1 0 4 12 2 11 9 613 7 1 8 3 5 10 0   154  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 figure 7: p-vg(𝑍 ) note 3.10 if r= 𝑍 and 𝑎𝑏 ∈ e ( p-vg(𝑍 )) then 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 and 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 and ab mod p =1. theorem 3.11 the ring 𝑍 , 𝒳 ( p-vg(𝑍 ))=3, when p 3 is a prime number and n a positive integer . proof let a ,b ∈ 𝑍 and a b , a 0 b and 𝑎𝑏 ∈ e(p-vg(𝑍 )) then 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 and 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 and ab=1 and since b is unique (because b is the inverse of a , and it is only element satisfy the equation ) then p-vg(𝑍 ) has only cycle 𝐶 by theorem ( 2.14 ) every cycle has odd vertices has chromatic number equal to 3 and in any p-vg(𝑍 ) graph has more than one 𝐶 , and all 𝐶 in a graph commend in one vertex (0) , so the vertex has one color it is clear that the color of other vertices in the same cycle are two another colors , so we have only three colors in any p-vg(𝑍 ) . 4. conclusion in this work we gave a definition of pseudo-von neumann regular graph p-vg(r) then proved the chromatic number 𝒳 ( p-vg(r) )= 𝒳 ( g(c [r] ) + 1 when 𝑎 𝑏 0 and 𝒳 ( p-vg(𝑍 ) ) , 𝑝 3 is equal to 3 , and 𝒳 (p-vg(𝑍 )) , 𝑝 3 equal to 3. 2 20 15 12 2311 9 22 8 21 5 17 0 14 24 18 7 6 19 4 3 13 10 16 1 0   155  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 references 1. beck, i. coloring of commutative rings, j. algebra.1988, 116, 1, 208-226. 2. gross, j.l.; yellen, j. graph theory and its applications, second edition, chapman & francis group, boca raton.2006, fl33487-2742. 3. patra, k.; kalita, s. prime graph of the commutative rings 𝑍 . utm center for industrial and applied mathematics.2014, 30, 1, 59-67. 4. rahman, md.s. basic graph theoey, first edition, springer, 2017. 5. ramos, r.e. colorings of zero-divisor graphs of commutative rings, m.sc.thesis, north dakota state university, 2015. 6. lewis, r.m.r. a guide to graph colouring algorthms and applications, first edition, springer.2016, isbn 978-3-319-25730-3. 7. kalita, s. some aspects of prime graph of some rings, ph.d. thesis, university of gauhati, india, 2014. 8. bhavanari, s.; kuncham, s.; dasari, n. prime graph of a ring. journal of combinatorics, information and system sciences.2010, 35, 1-2, 27-42.\ 9. bhavanari, s.; kuncham, s.p. discrete mathematics and graph theory, first edition, phl learning private limited, delhi, 2014. 10. al-hisso, sh. types of strongly regular rings, m.sc. thesis, mosul university, 2004. 11. khanna, v.k.; bhambri, s.k. a course in abstract algebra, first edition, vikas publishing house pvt ltp, 2004. 45 some games with soft -ᶅ-pre-generalized open sets hammood a.a. esmaeel r.b. department of mathematics, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad,iraq. abd.ali113a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ranamumosa@yahoo.com abstract in this paper, the concept of soft closed groups is presented using the soft ideal pregeneralized open and soft pre-open, which are 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-closed sets "𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-closed", which illustrating several characteristics of these groups. we also use some games and 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 separation axiom, such as şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ, ᶅ) that use many tables and charts to illustrate this. also, we put some proposals to study the relationship between these games and give some examples. keywords:soft ideal, soft-ʈ 𝑖 -𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 , soft-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-ʈ 𝑖 -𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 , şᶃ(ʈ 𝑖 , ӽ, ᶅ ). where i= {0,1,2} 1.introduction shaber [1] established the introduced soft topological space in 2011. through the use of soft sets, such as derived sets, compactness, separation axioms and other characteristics, various studies are introduced to study many topological characteristics. [2-4]. in addition, usesoft ideals as a group of soft sets to study the concept of soft logic functions [5]. this is the starting point for studying the properties of soft ideal topological spaces (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), and defining new type of near-open soft sets and studies their properties as [6-8 ]. in this paper, we will present new types of games şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ), şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ), şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ)) and determine the winning and losing strategies for any two players. 2.preliminaries some basic of soft space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) with soft ideal are presented. definition 2.1: [9] let ӽ ≠ ∅ and ɖ be a set of 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠, were 𝓹(ӽ) the collection of ӽ and 𝑃 ≠ ∅ such that 𝑃 ⊆ ɖ. (f, ɖ) (briefly fɖ) is a soft set over ӽ whenever, f is a function such that 𝐹: ɖ → 𝓹(ӽ). so, fɖ = { f(𝑑): 𝑑 ∈ 𝑃 ⊆ ɖ , f ∶ ɖ → 𝒑(ӽ) }. the 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 of all soft sets is (briefly şş(ӽ)ɖ). ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2702 article history: received 29 , march, 2021, accepted 11,april, 2021, published in october 2021. mailto:abd.ali113a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ranamumosa@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 46 definition 2.2: [9] let (f, ɖ) , (𝒵, ɖ) ∈ şş(ӽ)ɖ. then (f, ɖ) is a soft subset of (𝒵, ɖ), (briefly(f, ɖ) ⊆̃ (𝒵, ɖ)), if f(d) ⊆̃ 𝒵(d), for all 𝑑 ∈ ɖ . now (f, ɖ) is a soft subset of (𝒵, ɖ)and (𝒵, ɖ) is a soft super set of (f, ɖ), (f, ɖ) ⊆̃ (𝒵, ɖ). definition 2.3: [10] the complement of (f, ɖ) (briefly (f, ɖ)′ ) (f, ɖ)′ = (f ′, ɖ) , f ′: ɖ → 𝓹(ӽ) is a function such that f ′(d) = ӽ ‒ f(d), for all 𝑑 ∈ ɖ and f ′ is namely the soft complement of f. definition 2.5: [1] (f, ɖ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑁𝑈𝐿𝐿 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑠𝑒𝑡 (briefly ∅ ̃or øɖ) whenever, ∀𝑑 ∈ ɖ, f(𝑑) = ø. definition 2.6: [1] (f, ɖ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑏𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑠𝑒𝑡 (briefly ӽ̃ or ӽɖ) whenever, ∀𝑑 ∈ ɖ, f(𝑑) = ӽ. definition 2.7: [1] 𝐿𝑒𝑡 ʈ is the set of soft sets on ӽ with the same ɖ, then ʈ ∈ şş(ӽ)ɖ is a soft topology on ӽ if; i. ӽ̃ , ∅̃ ∈ ʈ where, ∅̃(𝑑) = ø and ӽ̃(𝑑) = ӽ, for each 𝑑 ∈ ɖ ii. ⋃ α∈ʌ (ƞα , ɖ) ∈ ʈ whenever, (ƞα, ɖ) ∈ ʈ ∀ α ∈ ʌ , iii. ((f, ɖ) ∩ ̃(𝒵, ɖ)) ∈ ʈ for each (f, ɖ) , (𝒵, ɖ) ∈ ʈ. the triple (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) i𝑠 𝑎 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑝𝑎ce if (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ʈ, then (ƞ, ɖ) is an open soft set. definition 2.8: [11] let (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) be a soft topological space. a soft set (f, ɖ) over ӽ is a soft closed set in ӽ , if (f, ɖ)′ ∈ ʈ , the collection of each 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 closed sets (briefly şc (ӽ) ɖ). definition 2.9: [11] 𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ). let (f, ɖ)′ ∈ şş(ӽ)ɖ, then 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒 of (f, ɖ)′, (briefly cl(f, ɖ)), cl((f, ɖ)) = ∩̃ { (ℳ, ɖ) ∶ (ℳ, ɖ) ∈ şc(ӽ)ɖ, (f, ɖ) ⊆̃ (ℳ, ɖ) }. definition 2.10: [11] for any (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ). let (f, ɖ) ∈ şş(ӽ)ɖ,𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑟 of (𝒵, ɖ), (briefly int(𝒵, ɖ)), int(𝒵, ɖ) = ∪̃ { (ℳ, ɖ) ∶ (ℳ, ɖ) ∈ ʈ ,(ℳ, ɖ) ⊆̃ (𝒵, ɖ)}. definition 2.11: [5] 𝐿𝑒𝑡 ᶅ≠ ∅, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 ᶅ ⊆̃ şş (ӽ) ɖ is a soft ideal whenever, i. if (f, ɖ) ∈̃ ᶅ and (𝒵, ɖ) ∈̃ ᶅ implies, ( f , ɖ) ∪̃ ( 𝒵, ɖ) ∈̃ ᶅ. ii. if (f, ɖ) ∈̃ ᶅ and (𝒵, ɖ) ⊆̃ (f, ɖ) implies, ( 𝒵, ɖ) ∈ ̃ ᶅ. any (ӽ,ʈ,ɖ) with a soft ideal ᶅis a soft ideal topological space (briefly (ӽ,ʈ,ɖ, ᶅ)). definition 2.12: [5] the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) with a soft ideal ᶅ can be defined as (ӽ,ʈ,ɖ, ᶅ) a soft topological space. definition 2.13: [12] for any (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ), then (f, ɖ) is a 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑝𝑟𝑒-open set (briefly ş𝑝-open set if (f, ɖ) ⊆̃ int(cl(f, ɖ)). a 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑝𝑟𝑒-closed set (briefly (f, ɖ)′).the family of each pre 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡-open sets in (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) (briefly ş𝑝o(ӽ)). the 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 of each 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 sets (𝑏𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑓𝑙𝑦 ş𝑝c(ӽ)). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 47 definition 2.14: [2] let (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) be a soft topological space over ӽ is a softʈ0-space if for all, ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ such that ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝. 𝐼𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 𝑠𝑒𝑡 (ƞ, ɖ) such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ) , ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ) or ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ) , ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ). definition 2.15: [2] let (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) be a soft topological space over ӽ is a 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 ʈ1-space if for all, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝. ∃ (f, ɖ), (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ʈ whenever, ᶁ ∈̃ (f, ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (f, ɖ) and ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ). definition 2.16: [2] 𝐿𝑒𝑡 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) be a 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 topological 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑟 ӽ is 𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑑 to be 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡ʈ2-space if, for each, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ such that ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝. ∃ (f, ɖ), (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ʈ whenever, ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (f, ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ) and (f, ɖ) ∩̃ (ƞ, ɖ) = {∅̃}. proposition 2.17: [2] for all softʈi +1-space is a softʈi-space and i ∈ {0,1,2} definition 2.18:[13] for a soft ideal space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), determane a game şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ ) as follows: pⅰ and pⅱ play an inning for each positive integer numbers in the 𝑧-𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses(ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 where, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃ .in the second step, p ⅱ chooses ƀ 𝑧 a open-soft containing only one of the two elements (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧. then pⅱ wins in the soft game şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ ) if ƀ = { ƀ 1 , ƀ 2 , ƀ 3 ,… ƀ 𝑧,…..} is a collection of an open-soft set in ӽ such that ∀ , (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ , ∃ ƀ 𝑧 ∈ ƀ containing only one of two element (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧. otherwise, pⅰ wins. definition 2.19:[13] for a soft ideal space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), determine a game şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ ) as follows: pⅰ and pⅱ are play an inning with each positive integer numbers in the 𝑧­𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, pⅰ choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 where, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃ . in the second step, pⅱ chooses (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) are two open-soft sets such that (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ ((ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ‒ (ư𝑧 , ɖ)) and (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ((ư𝑧 , ɖ) ‒ (ƌ𝑧 , ɖ)).then, pⅱ wins in the soft game şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ ) if ƀ = {{(ƌ1,ɖ), (ư1,ɖ)}, {(ƌ2,ɖ), (ư2,ɖ)}, … , {(ƌ𝑧,ɖ), (ư𝑧,ɖ)}, … } is a collection of an open-soft sets in ӽ such that ∀ (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 such that, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, ∃{(ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧 , ɖ)} ∈ ƀ such that (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ ((ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ‒ (ư𝑧 , ɖ))and (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ((ư𝑧, ɖ)‒ (ƌ𝑧 , ɖ)). otherwise, pⅰ wins in the soft game şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ ). definition2.20:[13] for a soft ideal space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), determine a game şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ ) as follows: pⅰ and pⅱ are play an inning with each positive integer numbers in the 𝑧­𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, pⅰ choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃. in the second step, pⅱ choose (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) are two open-soft sets such that (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧 , ɖ) , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ (ư𝑧 , ɖ) and (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∩̃ (ư𝑧 , ɖ) = {∅̃}. then pⅱ wins in the game şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ ) if ƀ = {{(ƌ, ɖ), (ư, ɖ)}, {(ư, ɖ), (ƈ, ɖ)}, {(ƌ, ɖ), (ƈ, ɖ)}} be a collection of a open-soft sets in ӽ such that ∀ (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧, (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, ∃{(ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧 , ɖ) } ∈ ƀ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 48 such that (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ ((ƌ𝑧, ɖ) and (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃((ư𝑧 , ɖ) and (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∩̃ (ư𝑧 , ɖ = {∅̃}. otherwise, pⅰ wins in the game şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ ). 3.on softـ ᶅ ـ𝒑𝒓𝒆 ـ 𝒈ـ closed set definition 3.1: for the soft ideal topological space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ ), let ( f, ɖ) ∈ şş(ӽ)ɖ then, ( f , ɖ) is a soft-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-closed set (briefly sᶅ𝑝𝑔-closed). if (𝐹, ɖ) (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ᶅ then, cl(f, ɖ) – (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ᶅ for each (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ş𝑝o(ӽ), and ӽ̃ – (f, ɖ) is a 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔open set (briefly 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open set). the family of all 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔closed sets (briefly 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-c(ӽ)) and the family of all sᶅ𝑝𝑔-open soft sets (briefly 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-o(ӽ)). example 3.2: for a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), whenever ӽ = {ᶒ, ᶆ}, ɖ ={d1, d2}, ʈ={∅̃,x̃,( f, ɖ), (ƞ, ɖ)}, ᶅ = {∅̃, ℳ} such 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 (f, ɖ)={(d1, {∅}), (d2, {ᶒ})}, and (ƞ, ɖ)= {( d1,{ᶒ}),(d2,{ᶒ})} and (𝑀, ɖ)={(d1, {ø}) , (d2, {ᶒ})} then, ş𝑝o(ӽ) = { ∅̃, ӽ̃, (𝐹, ɖ), (ƞ, ɖ), (𝒵, ɖ) , (ℋ, ɖ), (ℰ, ɖ), (𝒩, ɖ), (𝒢, ɖ)}, sᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝐶(ӽ)={ ӽ,̃ ∅̃ , (f′, ɖ), (ƞ′, ɖ)} ; (f′, ɖ))={(d1, {ӽ}), (d2, {ᶆ})}, (ƞ′, ɖ)={( d1,{ᶆ}),(d2,{ᶆ})} such that, (𝒵, ɖ)={(𝑑1,∅),(𝑑2, ӽ)}, (ℋ, ɖ)= {(d1, {ᶒ}), (d2, ӽ)}, (ℰ, ɖ) ={(𝑑1,{ᶆ}),(𝑑2,{ᶒ})}, (𝒩, ɖ)={(𝑑1,{ᶆ}),(𝑑2, ӽ)} and (𝒢, ɖ) = {(𝑑1, ӽ),(𝑑2,{ᶒ})}, and 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-o(ӽ) =ʈ. remark 3.3: for any (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) then i. every closed 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑠𝑒𝑡 is a sᶅ𝑝𝑔-closed. ii. every 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 𝑠𝑒𝑡 is a sᶅ𝑝𝑔-open. proof (i) let (ℳ, ɖ) be any closed soft set in (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) and (ƞ, ɖ) be a soft-𝑝𝑟𝑒-open set such that (ℳ, ɖ) – (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ᶅ , but cl(ℳ, ɖ) = (ℳ, ɖ), since (ℳ, ɖ) is a closed soft set so, cl(ℳ, ɖ)(ƞ, ɖ) = (ℳ, ɖ)– (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ᶅ; this implies (ℳ, ɖ) is a soft-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-closed soft set. (ii) let (ƞ, ɖ) be any open soft set in (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) then ӽ̃ – (ƞ, ɖ)is a closed soft set this implies by (i) (ӽ ̃ (ℳ, ɖ))is a sᶅ𝑝𝑔-closed set; thus (ℳ, ɖ)is a sᶅ𝑝𝑔-open soft set . the converse of remark 3.3 is not hold. see example 3.4 example 3.4: 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑟 ӽ = {ᶒ, ᶆ}, ɖ ={𝑑1, d2},ʈ={∅̃,χ̃, f(d) = {ᶒ} ∀d}then ş𝑝o(ӽ)= {( ∅) ̃, ӽ ̃, (𝑀, ɖ), (ƞ, ɖ), (𝑍, ɖ), (𝐻, ɖ), (𝐸, ɖ), (𝑁, ɖ), (𝐺, ɖ), (ȼ, ɖ), (𝜔, ɖ), (ƌ, ɖ), (𝛼, ɖ)}, such that (ℳ, ɖ)={(𝑑1,∅),(d2, {ᶒ})},(ƞ, ɖ)={(𝑑1,∅),(d2,{ӽ})}, (𝒵, ɖ)={(𝑑1,{ᶒ}),(d2,{ ∅})}, (ℋ, ɖ) ={(𝑑1,{ᶒ}),(d2,{ᶒ})}, (ℰ, ɖ)={( 𝑑1,{ ᶒ }),(d2,{ᶆ})}, (𝒩, ɖ)={(𝑑1, {ᶒ}),(d2,{ӽ})}, (𝒢, ɖ)={(𝑑1,{ᶆ}),(d2,{ᶒ})}, (ȼ, ɖ)={(𝑑1,{ᶆ}),(d2,{ӽ})}, (𝜔, ɖ)={(𝑑1,ӽ),(d2,{∅})}, (ƌ, ɖ)={(𝑑1,ӽ),(d2,{ᶒ})}, (𝛼, ɖ)={(𝑑1,ӽ),(d2,{ᶆ})}, ᶅ = şş(ӽ)ɖ, 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-c(ӽ)= 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-o(ӽ)= şş(ӽ)ɖ. i. let (ℰ, ɖ) = {(d1, {ᶒ}), (d2, {ᶆ})} is a sᶅ𝑝𝑔-closed set, but (ℰ, ɖ) is not 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 softset. ii. let (𝒢, ɖ)= {(d1, {ᶆ}), (d2, {ᶒ})} is a sᶅ𝑝𝑔-open set, but (𝒢, ɖ) ∉ ʈ. 1. 𝐒𝐞𝐩𝐚𝐫𝐚𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝐀𝐱𝐢𝐨𝐦𝐬 𝐰𝐢𝐭𝐡 𝐬𝐨𝐟𝐭-ᶅ𝐩𝐫𝐞-𝐠-𝐨𝐩𝐞𝐧 𝐒𝐞𝐭𝐬. definition 4.1. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a soft-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-ʈ0-space (briefly sᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-space), if for each ᶁ𝓜≠ ᶁ𝓝 and ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃, ∃ (ա, ɖ) ∈ 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-o(ӽ) whenever, ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ա, ɖ) ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (ա, ɖ) or ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ (ա, ɖ) ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ա, ɖ). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 49 example 4.2. in (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) let ӽ= { ᶒ , ᶆ, ᶉ}, ɖ= {ᶁ1 , ᶁ2}, ʈ= { ӽ̃ , ∅̃ , (ը, ɖ), (𝒵, ɖ)} where, ((ը, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ }) , (ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ })}, (𝒵, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ , ᶆ}), (ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ , ᶆ })} and ᶅ= {∅̃} . then ş𝑝𝑂(ӽ)= { (f, ɖ) ; ᶒ ∈ (f, ɖ) for some ᶁ ∈ ɖ}. so, 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝐶(ӽ) = { ∅̃ , 𝜒 ̃,(ը′, ɖ) , (𝒵′, ɖ) } and 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂(𝜒) = ʈ, hence, ((ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ)) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-space. since ∀ ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ , ∃ (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-o(ӽ) whenever, ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ, ) ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ) or ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ) ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ). proposition 4.3. if (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is a soft-ʈ0-space then (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-space. proof : let ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ such that ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝 since (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is a soft-ʈ0-space, then ∃ (ƞ, ɖ) ∈ ʈ whenever, ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ) or d𝓜 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ) . by 𝑅𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑟𝑘 3.3, (ƞ, ɖ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open set 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ) and ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ) or ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ (ƞ, ɖ) and ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƞ, ɖ). definition 4.4. (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a soft-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-ʈ1-space (briefly 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space),if for each ᶁ𝓜 , ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃̃ and ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝. then there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (ƞ1,ɖ), (ƞ2,ɖ) whenever, ɖ𝓜 ∈̃ ((ƞ1,ɖ) – (ƞ2,ɖ)) and ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ((ƞ2,ɖ) – (ƞ1,ɖ)). example 4.5. a topological space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) when ӽ= ℕ 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑡 of all 𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑙 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠, ʈ = ʈscof = { f𝓐 : f′(ᶁ) is finite set ∀ ᶁ } ⋃̃ {∅̃ } and ᶅ = {∅̃}. so (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space. if ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ and ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝. then there are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓝) , (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓜) whenever, ȴ𝓝 and ȴ𝓜 are two 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 sets such that ȴ𝓝⊆ ᶁ𝓝, ȴ𝓜⊆ ᶁ𝓜 such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓝) and ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓜) and (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓝) ∩̃ (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓜) ≠ {∅}. 𝐏𝐫𝐨𝐩𝐨𝐬𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟒. 𝟔. if (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is a 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡-ʈ1-space , then, (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a soft-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-ʈ1space. proof : let ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ such that ᶁ𝓜 ≠ᶁ𝓝 since (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is a soft-ʈ1-space, then ∃ (ƞ1,ɖ), (ƞ2,ɖ) ∈ ʈ such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ ((ƞ1,ɖ) – (ƞ2,ɖ)) and ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ((ƞ2,ɖ) – (ƞ1,ɖ)). 𝐵𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑟𝑘 3.3, (ƞ1,ɖ) and (ƞ2,ɖ) are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open sets, and the proof is over. proposition 4.7. if (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space then it is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. proof: let ᶁ , ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ such that ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝 since (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒, then ∃(ƞ1, ɖ), (ƞ2, ɖ) ∈ 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-o(ӽ) such that, ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ ((ƞ1, ɖ) – (ƞ2, ɖ)) and ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ((ƞ2, ɖ) – (ƞ1, ɖ)). then ∃ (ƞ , ɖ) ∈ 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-o(ӽ)-open set 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑟, ᶁ𝓜∈̃ (ƞ , ɖ) , ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (ƞ , ɖ) or ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ (ƞ , ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƞ , ɖ) . the conclusions in proposition 4.7, is not 𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 by 𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 4.8 example 4.8. in the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) ; ӽ= {ᶒ , ᶆ , ᶉ}, ʈ= {ӽ̃,∅̃, (ƞ, ɖ)} such that (ƞ, ɖ) ={(ᶁ1 ,{ᶒ , ᶆ}),(ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ , ᶆ})} and ᶅ =şş({ᶆ, ᶉ})ɖ. then şpo(ӽ)={şş(ӽ)ɖ{(ƞ ′, ɖ), (𝒵, ɖ), (ℳ, ɖ)}} such that (𝒵, ɖ) ={(ᶁ1,{∅}), (ᶁ2,{ᶉ})}, and (ℳ,ɖ)={(ᶁ1,{ᶉ}),(ᶁ2, {∅})}. so, sᶅpgc(ӽ) ={ ∅̃ , ӽ ̃, (ƞ′, ɖ), (𝒵, ɖ), (ℳ, ɖ)} and sᶅpg-o(ӽ) = {∅̃, ӽ̃,(ƞ, ɖ), (𝒵 ′, ɖ),(ℳ′, ɖ)}. implies (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a softʈ0-space, which is not sᶅpgʈ1-space . ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 50 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 4.9. (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a soft-ᶅ-𝑝𝑟𝑒-𝑔-ʈ2-space (briefly 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-space). if for any two 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝 there are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets (ƌ1,ɖ), (ƌ2,ɖ) such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƌ1,ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƌ2,ɖ)and (ƌ1,ɖ) ∩ (ƌ2,ɖ) = {∅̃}. example 4.10. a 𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ); ӽ = {ᶒ , ᶆ , ᶉ}, ʈ= {ӽ̃, ∅̃} and ᶅ= şş(ӽ)ɖ. then ş𝑝𝑂(ӽ)= şş(ӽ)ɖ. so, 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝐶(ӽ)=𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂(ӽ)=şş(ӽ)ɖ. then (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. remark 4.11. if (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is a soft-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒, then (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. proof : let ᶁ𝓜 , ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ whenever, ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝 since (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a soft-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 , then ∃ (ƌ1,ɖ),(ƌ2,ɖ) ∈ ʈ such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƌ1,ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƌ2,ɖ) and (ƌ1,ɖ) ∩̃(ƌ2,ɖ) = {∅̃}. by remark 3.3, there are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open sets (ƌ1,ɖ), (ƌ2,ɖ), such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƌ1,ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƌ2,ɖ) and (ƌ1,ɖ) ∩̃ (ƌ2,ɖ) = {∅̃}. remark 4.12. if (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 then it is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. proof: let ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ whenever, ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝 since (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ,then there are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open sets (ƌ1,ɖ) , (ƌ2,ɖ) such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƌ1,ɖ), ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƌ2,ɖ) and (ƌ1,ɖ) ∩(ƌ2,ɖ) = { ∅̃ }. implies, d𝓜 ∈̃ ((ƌ1,ɖ) – (ƌ2,ɖ)) and d𝓝 ∈̃ ((ƌ2,ɖ) – (ƌ1,ɖ)). the 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑢𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠 in remark 4.12 are not 𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 by example 4.5. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space. if for each, ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ӽ̃ and ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓝. then there are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓝), (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓜) whenever, ȴ𝓝 and ȴ𝓜 are two 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 sets such that ȴ𝓝 ⊆ ᶁ𝓝, ȴ𝓜 ⊆ ᶁ𝓜 such that ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓝) and ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓜) and (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓝) ∩̃ (ӽ̃ – ȴ𝓜) ≠ {∅}. so, (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. we have 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠𝑙𝑦 𝑛𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑑 that ӽ is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔ʈi-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 whenever, it is a ʈi+1-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (∀ 𝑖 = 0 , 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 2). the opposite is not necessarily true by the following example: example 4.13. (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈi -𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ( 𝑖 ∈ {0,1,2}) , where, ӽ= {ᶒ ,ᶆ ,ᶉ}, ʈ= {∅̃, �̃�} and ᶅ= şş(ӽ)ɖ so, 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝐶(ӽ) = 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂(ӽ) = şş(ӽ)ɖ. but the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡ʈi-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ( i ∈ {0,1,2}) . the following chart shows the relationships among the various types of notions of our previously mentioning figure 1. separation axioms with soft-ᶅpre-g-open sets (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is 𝑎𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 -2ʈ-𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-0ʈ-𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ)is 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-1ʈ-𝑠𝑜𝑓𝑡 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is 𝑎 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 -2ʈ (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ)is 𝑎 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-1ʈ (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ)is 𝑎 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-0ʈ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 51 5. games in soft -ᶅ-pre-generalized open sets topological spaces in this section, a new game that connects them with soft separation axioms through 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔 open sets is inserted. definition 5.1. in the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), define a game şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ) as follows: pⅰ and pⅱ are play an inning for every natural number in the 𝑧-𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, pⅰ choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃ . in the second step, pⅱ chooses(ƀ 𝑧,ɖ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂 set s.t ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ ƀ 𝑧 ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ ƀ 𝑧 or ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ ƀ 𝑧 ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ ƀ 𝑧.then pⅱ wins in the game şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ) if ƀ = {( ƀ 1 ,ɖ), (ƀ 2 ,ɖ),… ( ƀ 𝑧,ɖ)…..} is a collection of a soft-ᶅ𝑝𝑟𝑒 open set in ӽsuch that ∀ (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ, ∃ (ƀ 𝑧,ɖ) ∈ ƀ s.t (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ (ƀ 𝑧,ɖ) , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƀ 𝑧,ɖ) or (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƀ 𝑧,ɖ), (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ( ƀ 𝑧,ɖ) . otherwise, pⅰ wins. example 5.2. let ӽ= { ᶒ, ᶆ, ᶉ}, let şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ) be a soft game and ɖ= {ᶁ1 , ᶁ2}, ʈ= { ӽ̃ , ∅̃ , (ƌ, ɖ), (𝒵, ɖ) } where, ((ƌ, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ }) , (ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ })}, (𝒵, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ , ᶆ }) , (ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ , ᶆ })} and ᶅ= {∅̃} . then, ş𝑝𝑂(ӽ)= { (f, ɖ) ; ᶒ ∈ (f, ɖ) for some ᶁ ∈ ɖ}. so, 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔𝐶(ӽ) = { ∅̃ , ӽ ̃,(ƌ′, ɖ) , (𝒵′, ɖ) } and 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂(ӽ) = ʈ. then in the first inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝒩 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝒩 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓜 = {ᶒ} and ᶁ𝒩 = {ᶆ}. in the second step, p ⅱ chooses (ƌ, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ}),(ᶁ2,{ᶒ})} is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂 set. in the second inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓞 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝓞 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓜 = {ᶒ} and ᶁ𝒪 = {ᶉ}. in the second step, pⅱ chooses (ƌ, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ}),(ᶁ2,{ᶒ})} which is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂 set. in the third inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses ᶁ𝓝 ≠ ᶁ𝒪 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝒪 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓝 = {ᶆ} and d𝒪 = {ᶉ}. in the second step, pⅱ choose𝑠 (𝒵, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ , ᶆ }) , (ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ , ᶆ })} which is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂 set. in the fourth inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓡 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝓡 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓜 = {ᶒ} and ᶁ𝓡 = {ᶆ, ᶉ}. in the second step, pⅱ choose𝑠 (ƌ, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ}),(ᶁ2,{ᶒ})} which is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂 set. in the fifth inning: the first step, pⅰ choose ᶁ𝓞 ≠ ᶁ𝓢 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝓢 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓞 = {ᶉ} and ᶁ𝓢 = {ᶒ,ᶆ}. in the second step, pⅱ choose (𝒵, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ , ᶆ }) , (ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ , ᶆ })} which is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂 set. in the sixth inning: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 52 the first step, pⅰ choose ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓛 whenever, ᶁ𝓜, ᶁ𝓛 ∈̃ ӽ̃ such that ᶁ𝓜 = {ᶆ} and ᶁ𝓛 = {ᶒ , ᶉ}. in the second step, pⅱ choose(𝒵, ɖ) = {(ᶁ1,{ᶒ , ᶆ }) , (ᶁ2 ,{ᶒ , ᶆ })}which is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂 set. then ƀ = {(ƌ, ɖ), (𝒵, ɖ)} is the winning strategy for pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ). hence pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ). remark 5.4. in the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ): i. if pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ) then pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ , ᶅ). ii. if pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ , ᶅ) then pⅰ ↑ şᶃ (ʈ0 , ӽ). remark 5.5. in the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), if pⅱ ↓ şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ) then pⅱ ↓ şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ , ᶅ) theorem 5.6. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is 𝒯0-space if and only if pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ). proof: ( ⇒ ) in the 𝑧-𝑡ℎ inning pⅰin şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ) choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ) choose (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open set s.t ᶁ𝓜 ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) or ᶁ𝓜 ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∧ ᶁ𝓝 ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ). since (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-space. hence pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ). (⇐ ) clear. corollary 5.7. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-space if and only if pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ (ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ). proof: by theorem 5.6, the proof is over. theorem 5.8. in the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) : a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-space if and only if pⅰ ↑ şᶃ (ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ). proof:(⟹)in the 𝑧-th inning pⅰ in şᶃ (ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ )choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, pⅱ in şᶃ (ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ )cannot find (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔­𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 set (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) or (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), because (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔ʈ0-space. hence pⅰ ↑ şᶃ (ʈ0 , ᶅ). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.9. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ0-space if and only if pⅱ ⤉ şᶃ (ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ). proof: by theorem 5.8, the proof is over. definition 5.10. in the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), define a game şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ) as follows: pⅰ and pⅱ are play an inning for every natural number in the 𝑧-𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, pⅰ choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 53 in the second step, pⅱ choose (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) are two 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open soft sets s.t ( ᶁ𝓜 )z ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ⋀ ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) and (ᶁ𝓜 )z ∉̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ) ∧ ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∈̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ). then pⅱ wins in the game şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ) if ƀ = {{(ƌ1, ɖ), (ư1, ɖ)},{(ƌ2, ɖ), (ư2, ɖ)},…{ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ)}…...} is a collection of a soft-ᶅ𝑝𝑟𝑒 open sets in ӽ s.t ∀ (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ, ∃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) ∈ ƀ s.t( ᶁ𝓜 )z ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ⋀ ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) and (ᶁ𝓜 )z ∉̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ) ∧ ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∈̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ). otherwise, pⅰ wins in the game şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ). example 5.11. let şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ) be a game whenever, ӽ = {ᶒ, ᶆ, ᶉ} , ʈ= şş(ӽ)ɖ, ᶅ = {∅̃}, ɖ ={ ᶁ1, ᶁ2}. then ş𝑝𝑜(ӽ) = 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝐶(ӽ) = 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑂(ӽ) = şş(ӽ)ɖ. in the first inning: the first step, p ⅰ choose ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝒩 whenever, ᶁ𝓜 , ᶁ𝒩 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓜 = {ᶒ} and ᶁ𝒩 ={ᶆ} in the second step, pⅱ choose (ƌ,ɖ), (ư,ɖ) s.t ƌ(ᶁ) = {ᶒ}∀ ᶁ, ư(ᶁ) = {ᶆ} ∀ ᶁ which are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets. in the second inning: the first step, pⅰ choose ᶁ𝒩 ≠ ᶁ whenever, ᶁ𝒩, ᶁ 𝓞 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝒩= {ᶆ} and ᶁ 𝒪 = {ᶉ}. in the second step, pⅱ choose (ư,ɖ), (ƈ,ɖ) s.t ư(ᶁ) = {ᶆ}∀ ᶁ, ƈ(ᶁ) = {ᶉ} ∀ ᶁ which are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets. in the third inning: the first step, pⅰ choose ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ 𝒪 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝒪 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓜 = {ᶒ} and ᶁ𝒪 = {ᶉ}. in the second step, pⅱ chooses (ƌ,ɖ), (ƈ,ɖ) s.t ƌ(ᶁ) = {ᶒ}∀ ᶁ, ƈ(ᶁ) = {ᶉ} ∀ ᶁ which are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets. in the fourth inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses ᶁ𝓜 ≠ ᶁ𝓡 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝓡 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓜 = {ᶒ} and ᶁ𝓡 = {ᶆ,ᶉ}. in the second step, p ⅱ chooses (ƌ,ɖ), (f,ɖ) s.t ƌ(ᶁ) = {ᶒ}∀ ᶁ, f(ᶁ) = {ᶆ,ᶉ} ∀ ᶁ which are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets. in the fifth inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses ᶁ𝓝 ≠ ᶁ𝓢 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝓢 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝓝 = {ᶆ} and ᶁ𝓢 = {ᶒ,ᶉ}. in the second step, pⅱ chooses (ư,ɖ), (ƞ,ɖ) s.t ư(ᶁ) = {ᶆ}∀ ᶁ, ƞ(ᶁ) = {ᶒ,ᶉ} ∀ ᶁ which are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets. in the sixth inning: the first step, pⅰ chooses ᶁ𝓞 ≠ ᶁ𝓛 whenever, ᶁ , ᶁ𝓛 ∈̃ ӽ̃ s.t ᶁ𝒪 = {ᶉ} and ᶁ𝓛 = {ᶒ,ᶆ}. in the second step, pⅱ chooses (ƈ,ɖ), (ƥ,ɖ) s.t ƈ(ᶁ) = {ᶉ}, ƥ(ᶁ) = {ᶒ ,ᶆ} ∀ ᶁ which are 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets. then ƀ = {{(ƌ, ɖ), (ư, ɖ)}, {(ư, ɖ), (ƈ, ɖ)}, {(ƌ, ɖ), (ƈ, ɖ)},{(ƌ,ɖ),(f,ɖ)}, {(ư, ɖ), (ƞ, ɖ)}, {(ƈ, ɖ), (ƥ, ɖ)}}. is the winning strategy for pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ). hence player ⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 ,ӽ, ᶅ). by the same way in example 5.3, pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ). remark 5.12. for a space (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) : iif pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ ) then pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1,ӽ , ᶅ). iiif pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 ӽ,, ᶅ) then pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ ). remark 5.13. for a space (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), if pⅱ ↓ şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ ) then pⅱ ↓ şᶃ(ʈ1,ӽ , ᶅ). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 54 theorem 5.14. a space (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space) if and only if pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ). proof: (⟹) in the 𝑧-th inning pⅰ in şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ) choose(ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ) choose (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) , (ƞ𝑧, ɖ) are two 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open sets s.t (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∧ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) and (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃, (ƞ𝑧, ɖ) ∧ (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƞ𝑧, ɖ) since(ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ)is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space. then ƀ = {{(ƌ1, ɖ), (ƞ1, ɖ)}, {(ƌ2, ɖ) , (ƞ2, ɖ)}, … , {(ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ƞ𝑧, ɖ)}, … } is the winning strategy for pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ). hence pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.15. a space (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space if and only if pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ ,ᶅ). proof: by theorem 5.14, the proof is over. theorem 5.16. for a space (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ): a space (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space if and only if pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ,ᶅ). proof:(⟹) in the 𝑧-th inning 𝑃ⅰ in şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ) choose(ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, 𝑃ⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ ) cannot find (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) , (ƞ𝑧, ɖ) are two 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open sets s.t (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∧ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) and (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃, (ƞ𝑧, ɖ) ∧ (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ∉̃ (ƞ𝑧, ɖ) because (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space. hence pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1 , ӽ, ᶅ). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.17. if a space (ӽ , ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ1-space if and only if 𝑃ⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ1 ӽ, , ᶅ). proof: similar way of proof theorem 4.16. definition 5.18. in the space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), define a game şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ) as follows: pⅰ and pⅱ are playing an inning for every natural number in the 𝑧-𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, pⅰ choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃. in the second step, pⅱ choose (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) are two 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open soft sets s.t ( ᶁ𝓜 )z ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) , ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∈̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ) and (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∩ ̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ)={ ∅̃ }. then pⅱ wins in the game şᶃ(ʈ0 , ӽ, ᶅ ) if ƀ = {{(ƌ1, ɖ), (ư1, ɖ)},{(ƌ2, ɖ), (ư2, ɖ)},…{ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ)}…...} be a collection of a soft-ᶅ𝑝𝑟𝑒 open set in ӽ s.t ∀ (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ, ∃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) ∈ ƀ s.t( ᶁ𝓜 )z ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) , ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∈̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ) and (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∩ ̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ)={ ∅̃ }. otherwise, pⅰ wins in the game şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). for example, 5.11. ∀(ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ, ∃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) ∈ ƀ s.t( ᶁ𝓜 )z ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) , ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∈̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ) and (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∩ ̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ)={ ∅̃ }. so ƀ = {{(ƌ, ɖ), (ư, ɖ)},{(ư,ɖ),(ƈ,ɖ)},{(ƌ,ɖ),(ƈ,ɖ)},{(ƌ,ɖ),(f,ɖ)}, {(ư, ɖ),(ƞ,ɖ)}, {(ƈ, ɖ), (ƥ, ɖ)}}. is the winning startegy for pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). hence pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). by the same way in example 5.3, pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 55 remark 5.19. for a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ): iif pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ) then pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ , ᶅ). iiif pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ , ᶅ) then pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ). remark 5.20. for a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ), if playerⅱ ↓ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ) then pⅱ ↓ şᶃ(ʈ2 ӽ, , ᶅ). theorem 5.21. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 if and only if pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). proof: (⟹) in the 𝑧-th inning , pⅰin şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ) choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧 , (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ) choose (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ) are two 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open sets s.t ( ᶁ𝓜 )z ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) , ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∈̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ) and (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∩ ̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ)={ ∅̃ }. since (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔ʈ2-space. then ƀ = {{(ƌ1, ɖ), (ư1, ɖ)},{(ƌ2, ɖ), (ư2, ɖ)},…{ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), (ư𝑧, ɖ)}…...} is the winning strategy for pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). hence pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.22. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-space if and only if pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ, , ᶅ). proof: by theorem 5.21, the proof is over. theorem 5.23. for a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ): a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-space if and only if pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2,ӽ , ᶅ). proof: (⟹) in the 𝑧-th inning, pⅰin şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ choose (ᶁℳ )𝑧 ≠ (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 whenever, (ᶁℳ )𝑧, (ᶁ𝒩 )𝑧 ∈̃ ӽ̃, pⅱ in şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ) cannot find (ƌ𝑧, ɖ),(ư𝑧, ɖ) are two 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-open sets s.t( ᶁ𝓜)z ∈̃ (ƌ𝑧, ɖ), ( ᶁ𝓝 )z ∈̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ) and (ƌ𝑧, ɖ) ∩ ̃ (ư𝑧, ɖ)={ ∅̃ }, because(ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-space. hence pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2 , ӽ, ᶅ). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.24. a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈ2-space if and only if pⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ , ᶅ). proof: by theorem 5.23, the proof is over. remark 5.25. for a space (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) : i. if pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝒊+𝟏, ӽ, ᶅ) then pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝒊, ӽ, ᶅ), where 𝑖 = {0,1}. ii. if pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝒊, ӽ); then pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝒊, ᶅ), where 𝑖 = {0,1,2}. the following (figure) clarifies relationships in theorem 5.6, theorem 5.14, theorem 5.21 and remark 5.25. pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ) pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ 1 , ӽ) pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ 0 , ӽ) (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ ) is a soft-ʈ2­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is a soft-ʈ1­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is a soft-ʈ0­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ) pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ) pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 56 figure 2.the winning and losing strategy for any player in şᶃ(ʈ𝑖 , ӽ) and şᶃ(ʈ𝑖 , ᶅ) where i={0,1,2}. remark 5.26. for a space (ӽ, ʈ, ᶅ): iif pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝑖 , ӽ, ᶅ) then pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝑖+1, ӽ, ᶅ), where 𝑖 = {0,1}. iiif pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝑖 , ӽ, ᶅ) then pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ𝑖 , ӽ), where 𝑖 = {0,1,2}. the following (figure) clarifies relationships in theorem 5.8, theorem 5.16, theorem 5.23 and remark 5.26. figure 3.the winning and losing strategy where ӽ is not 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔-ʈi-space and not soft ʈi-space. pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ 2 , ӽ, ᶅ) pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ 1 , ӽ, ᶅ) pⅱ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ 0 , ӽ, ᶅ) plⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ) pⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ) pⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ) (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔­ʈ2­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔­ʈ1­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔­ʈ0­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 pⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ, ᶅ) pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ 2 , ӽ, ᶅ) pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ 1 , ӽ, ᶅ) pⅰ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ 0 , ӽ, ᶅ) pⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ, ᶅ) pⅱ ⤉ şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ, ᶅ) pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ) pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ) pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ) pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ2, ӽ, ᶅ) pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ1, ӽ, ᶅ) pⅰ ↑ şᶃ(ʈ0, ӽ, ᶅ) (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is not a soft-ʈ2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is not a soft-ʈ1­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ) is not a soft-ʈ0­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔­ʈ2­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔­ʈ1­𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ӽ, ʈ, ɖ, ᶅ) is not a 𝑠ᶅ𝑝𝑔­ʈ0-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 57 𝐑𝐞𝐟𝐞𝐫𝐞𝐧𝐜𝐞𝐬 1. shabir, m; naz,m. on soft to topological spaces. com put math .appl. 2011, 61:1786-1799. 2. hussain,s. ; ahmad, b. soft separation axioms in soft topological spaces. hjms. 2015, 44(3): 559-568. 3. kadil, a.; tantawy, o. a. e.; el-sheikn, s. a ; abd el-latif, a. m. γoperation and decompositions of some forms of soft continuity in soft topological spaces, afmi. 2014 7:181-196. 4. abd el-latif, a.m. supra soft topological spaces jo ̈ kull journal. 2014, 8(4): 17311740. 5. kandil, a.; tantawy, o. a. e.; el-sheikh, s.a ; abd el-latif, a .m. (soft ideal theory, soft local function and generated soft topological spaces ,appl .math . inf .sci . 2014,8(4): 1595-1603. 6. nasaf ,a. a.; radwan, a. e.; ibrahem, f. ; esmaeel, r. b. () soft α-compactness, via soft ideals, jou. of advances in math, june. 2016, 12(4): 6178-6184. 7. esmaeel, r. b.; naser, a. i. some properties of-ĩ-semi open soft sets with respect to soft ideals, ijpam. 2016,4: 545-561. 8. esmaeel, r. b.; nasir, a. i. ; bayda atiya kalaf. () on α-gĩ-closed soft sets, sci. inter. (lahore), 2018, 30(5): 703-705. 9. maji ,p. k.; biswas , r .; roy ,a.r. () soft set theory. comput. math. appl . 2003,45: 555-562. 10. ali, m. i.; feng ,f.; liu ,x.; min ,w. k .; shaber .m. () on some new operations in soft set theory .com put. math. appl . 2009,57(9):1547-1553. 11. zorlutuna, i.;akdag ,m.; min ,w . k.; atmaca .s. () remark on soft topological spaces, ann. fuzzy math. inform. 2012, 3(2): 171-185. 12. subhashini, j. soft pre generalized closed sets in a soft topological space, international journal of engineering trends and technology, 2014 , 12, number 7jun. 13. mohammad, r.j. ; esmaeel, r.b. new games via softℐ-semi-g-separation axioms, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2020,33(4): 12. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 comparative study of serum lactic acid, lactate dehydrogenase and lipid profile in ischemic heart disease patients and healthy control m. r. abdullah departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al – haithem, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the term ischemic heart disease (ihd) defines a disease sp ectrum of diverse etiology , with the common factor being on imbalance between myocardial oxy gen sup p ly and demand . fifty p atients (30 male and 20 female) att ending ibnalbetar cardic center, the mean age of male was 65 y ears and 58 y ears for female were included in the p resent st udy , thirty healthy subjects ( 15 male and 15 female ) of matched age were used as control group s. some biochemical p arameters including lip id and lip op rotein, total cholesterol (tc) , triglycerides (t g), high density lip op rotein (hdl) and low density lip op rotein (ldl), in addition to lactic acid and lactate dehydrogenase (ldh) activities , were evaluated in the sera of ihd p atient group s and control group . the results indicate a significant increase in all p arameters excep t hdl which showed a significant decrease in the sera of male and female p atient group s comp ared with matched sex and age control group . the results indicate the imp ortance of using the above p arameters as risk factors in addition to new biomarkers for differential dignosis and evaluation of the severity of ihd. introduction ischemic heart disease involves a p rogression of p athologic conditions that include erosion and rup ture of coronary artery p laqes, activation of p latelets and thrombi. this p rogression is termed acute coronary sy ndrome and ranges from unst able angina to extensive tissue necrosis in acute myocardial infarction[1]. coronary heart disease is caused by a lack of nutrients and oxy gen reaching the heart muscle and resulting in myocardial ischemia. ischemia is a reduced blood sup p ly to one erea of the heart and is often a result of atherosclerosis, t hrombosis, sp asms, or embolisms but may also be a result of anemia, carboxy hemoglobinmia, or hy p otension, which ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 causes reduced blood flow to the heart. m ost frequently, ischemia is the result of abnormal coronary arteries, usually caused by an obst raction in one or more of these arteries. at herosclerosis is a thickening and hardening of the artery walls caused by deposits of cholestrollip id-calcium p laque in the lining of the arteries [2]. lactic acid is a by -p roduct of an emergency mechanism that p roduces a small amount of at p when oxy gen delivery is severely limited. py ruvate is the normal end p roduct of glucose metabolism (glycoly sis). the conversion of p y ruvate to lactate is activated when a deficiecy of oxy gen leads t o an accumulation of excess nadh. as aresult, only 2 at p are p roduced for each mole of glucose metabolized to lactate, with the excess lactate released into the blood. this case has a clinical imp ortance because the accumulation of excess lactate in blood is an early, sensitive, and quantitative indicator of the severity of oxy gen dep rivation. as oxy gen delivery decreases below a critical level, blood lactate concentration rises rapidly and indicates t issue hy p oxia earlier than ph. m easurements of blood lactate are useful for metabolic monitoring in critically p atients, for indicating the severity of the illness, and for objectivly determining p atient p rognosis. there are two ty p es of lactic acidosis. ty p e a is associated with hy p oxic condition, such as shook, myocardial infarction, severe congestive heart failure, p ulmonary edema, or severe blood loss. ty p e b is of metablic origin, such as with diabetes mellitus, severe infection, leukemia, liver or renal disease, and toxins (ethanol, methanol, or salicylate poisoning)[3]. lactate dehydrogenase (ldh) is an enzy me that cataly zes the interconversion of lactic and p y ruvic acids. it is a hy drogen-transfer enzy me that uses the coenezy me nad + . lactate dehydrogenase is widely distributed in the body . high activities are found in the heart, liver, skeletal muscle, kidney , and erythrocytes; lesser amounts are found in the lung, smooth muscle, and brain. because of its widesp read activity in numerous body tissues, ldh is elevated in a variety of disorders. increased levels are found in cardiac, hep atic , skeletal muscle, and renal diseases, as well in several hematologic and neop last ic disorders[4]. an increased serum cholesterol concentration has been shown to have a st rong association with atherosclerosis. lowering the serum cholesterol, esp ecially the low-density lip op rotein (ldl) cholesterol fraction, has been shown to decrease the incidence of coronary artery disease and slow the progression of coronary atherosclerosis[5]. experimental part the chosen p atients were affected by ihd and were referred to the intensive care unit (icu) in ibnalbetar cardiac center according to their sp ecialist surgeon diagnosis which was confirmed by (ecg) electro cardio graphs, x– ray and echo st udy , and were subjected to angio – catheterization and found to be angio – p ositive. this st udy includes 50 p atients 30 male and 20 female .the mean age of male was 65 y ear and 58 year for female. blood samples were collected from 30 healthy subjects to be used as control group (15 male and 15 female), the mean age of the control group was 63 y ears for male and 55 y ears for female. both group s (study and control) have no other medical diseases, which may interfere ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 with the tests of our st udy , like viral hepatitis, renal failure, diabetes mellitus, and endocrine disorders. 8ml of blood samples were collected from all subjects by venip uncture, and left for 45 minutes for clotting, centrifuged to get the serum, which was refrigerated unless worked immediately . the method used is modificed from that of classical method by david.(1963). lactate concentration was determined by using a couple enzy matic reaction, and was monitored colorimetrically .first lactate oxidized to p y ruvate and h2o2 lactate + o2 lactate oxidase py ruvate + h2o2 secondly p eroxide in the p resence of p-chlorop henol and 4-aminoantipy rine y ield quinoneimine, a red comp lex absorbing light at 500 nm. h2o2 + p chlorop henol + 4aminoantip y rine p eroxidase quinoneimine + 2 h2o totale serum ldh activity was measured by utilizing a colorimetric method (wroblewski and due,1955), where a readymade kit from randox laboratories england is used, this method is based on the reduction of py ruvate to lactate in p resence on nadh by the action of ldh. py ruvate + nadh + h ldh lactate + nad+ the p y ruvate that remains unchanged reacted with 2,4dinitrop henyl hy drazine to give the corresp oding p henylhydrazone, which is determined colorimetrically in alkaline medium by measuring maximum absorbance at 520 nm. enzy me activity was exp ressed in u/l. determination of total serum cholesterol [12] involves the use of three enzy mes , cholesterol esterase , cholesterol oxidase and peroxidase . in the p resence of the former mixture ( nethy l prop y l m anisidine ) and 4 amino antip y rine are condensed by hy drogen p eroxide to form quinoneimine dye prop ortional to the concentration of cholesterol , when the absorbance of the samp les was measured against the reagent blank within 60 minutes at 500 nm. the triglycerides were determined after enzy matic hy drolysis with lipases . the indicator is aquinoneimine formed from hy drogen p eroxide , 4-aminophenazone , and 4 – chlorop henol under the cataly tic influence of perioxidase . the absorbance was measured for test and st andard against the reagent blank within 6 minutes at 500 nm [13]. in determination of high density lip op rotein – cholesterol hdlc (14), the method uses a selective p recipitations of chylomicrones and the apolip op rotein containing lip op rotein vldlc and ldlc by addition of 4% p hosp hotungst ic acid solution , which contains 10 % magnesium chloride ph 6.2 . sedimentation of the p recipitant is by centrifugation, and subsequent enzy matic analysis of hdlc as residual cholesterol remaining in the clear sup ernatant, from which the cholesterol can be determined as described above according to [12]. low density lip op rotein ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 cholesterol ldlc was determined by using emp irical friedwald formula which was based on the assump tion that vldlc is p resent in serum at a concentration equals to one fifth of the tg concentration. this formula is as follow [15]: when all concentration are given in milligrams p er deciliter: ldlc(mg / dl) = total cholesterol ( hdlc +vldlc ) vldlc = 1/5 tg ldlc (mmo l/l) = total cholesterol – (hdlc + tg/2.2) s tatistical analysis of data to comp are the significance of the differences in the mean values of any two group s student’s t-test was app lied and p value less t han 0.05(p<0.05) was considered st atistically significant. results and discussion lactic acid concentration and lactate dehydrogenase activity in all group s p articip ated in this st udy are shown in table (1). a significant increase in lactic acid in serum of p atient group s (male and female) comp ared to control group s (male and female) was noticed, while no significant differences between male control group comp ared to female control group was found. on the other hand, a significant increase in serum lactic acid for female p atient group comp ared to that for male p atient group was found (252.7±18.7 vs. 227.3±29.3 mg/dl, <0.05). ischemia (not enough oxy genated blood gett ing to a certain area), sever oxy gen deprivation of tissues results in a switch from aerobic to anaerobic metabolism, since lactate is the main p roduct of anaerobic metabolism, it accumulates and leads to lactic acidosis. as most of lactate is metabolized p redominantly in the liver (60%) and kidney (30%), so any liver disease and renal diseases will lead to disturbance of p roduction of h + (or of the lactate anion) and imp airment of its excretion from the body . also the fact that only the liver and kidney that have the enzy mes that can convert lactate to glucose.orchard,1990(8) reported that the effects of lactic acidosis on the cardiovascular sy st em are p articularly p ernicious and can include decreased cardiac outp ut, decreased arterial blood p ressure, deceased hepatic and renal blood flow, and centralization of blood volume[ 6]. yong et al, 1997 reported that ischemia resulted in a significant elevation in lactate levels in blood[ 7]. the significant differences found between lactic acid in the sera of p atient group s (male and female), could be due to excessive p roduction or reduced utilization associated with st age, duration or the severity of the disease. a significant increase in the activity of ldh in the sera of male p atient group comp ared to male control group , also in female patient group to that in female control group was found. lactate dehy drogenase is among other diagnost ic aid of biomarkers for acute my ocardial ischemia [8]. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 also adams and m iracle(1998) reported that measurement of cardiac enzy mes do not alway s p rovide accurate clinical diagnosis, p articularly in p atient with other concomitant diseases , and alternative biomarkers of cardic disease should be used such as , cardiac trop onins and myoglobin[9]. it has been reported that ldh activity is inhibited in the p ostischemic my ocardium, which is associated with p oor glucose oxidation and impaired my ocardial p erformance [10]. a st udy conducted on rat reported that a three fold increase in ldh content in rat heart comp ared with liver, the authors also demost rated that greater basol content of ldh kinase, which inhibits ldh activity , in rat liver compared with heart[11]. serum levels of total cholesterol and triglycerides in all st udied group s are shown in table (2). a significant increase in male p atient group comp ared to male control, also a significant increase in female p atient group comp ared to female control group was found. our results are comp atable with many st udies anticip ated that p atients with both hy p ercholest erolemia and hy p ertriglyceridemia , show imp aried endothelium – dependent vasodilation even before hemogy namically significant arterial st enosis develops, and the association between tg and ischemic heart disease events may be related to the p resseuss of atherogenic triglyceride rich p articles in the p lasma , also elevated levels of cholesterol found to be related to t he evolution of ischemic heart diseases which may lead to cardic death [12,13]. while elevated p lasma cholesterol levels are believed to be the major factor in p romoting atherosclerosis , it is now recognized that t riglycerides are also an indep endent risk factor [14]. serum levels of high density lip op rotein and low density lip op rotein in all of the st udied group s are shown in table (3). a significant increase in ldl levels and a significant decrease in hdl levels in the serum of both p atient group s (male and female) compared to that in control group s was found. the drastic decrease in serum hdl and elevation of ldl level were common features among p atient group s comp ared to control group s in this st udy which agree with other studies reported that t he excess tc p resent in the form of ldl p articles to that t he form of hdl can be used to evaluate susp tibility to the development of heart diseases , where ldl/hdl ratio may give a p romising evidence when evaluated carefully with sufficient samp les , and could be conclusive in this resp ect , due to p rotective effect of hdl , which transp ort circulating cholesterol to the liver for clearance , exerts anti _ atherogenic effect , and the significant decrease in it ’ s value in both p atient group s , and the high levels of ldl which is more susp table to oxidation (ox-ldl) , forming foam cells which become trapp ed in the walls of blood vessels and contribute to the formation of atherosclerosis p laques that cause arterial narrowing and lead to heart att ack[15] studies conducted on p atients with different lip id p rofile abnormalities , reported that the higher (ox-ldl) and the lower hdl levels showed the severety of clinical sy mptoms of ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vol. 23 (1 ) 2010 endothelial dy sfunction indicating that ox-ldl and hdl p lay the crucial role even in the early st ages of atherosclerosis [13][16]. in conclusion, the abnormal lip id p rofile detected by elevation in tc , tg and ldl could be among other crucial factors in the cascade leading to ischemic damage in the cardium , and p rolonged ischemic caused accumulation of non-esterified fatt y acid intraand extra cellularly which may change the p ermeability of p lasma membrane of heart, which may lead to the leakage of cellular substance and enzy mes out side the cells , therefore more work is required, considering careful selection of ihd p atients, with st rict control of the variables which affect the st udied p arameters , and the time course of the onset and duration of the acute ihd att ach. re ferences 1.christenson, rh, duh sh.(1999).scand j clin lab invest .59(supp l 230):90-102. 2.thomas, cl,. (1997). tabe , s cy clop edic m edical dictionary ,18 th ed. philadelp hia: fa davis;168. 3.burtis, ashwood er, (2001). titz fundamentals of clinical chemist ry . philadelp hia: wbsaunders, 496:451. 4.lott , ja and stang jm . (1980). serum enzy mes and isoenzy mes in the diagnosis and differential d iagnosis of my ocardial ischemia and necrosis. clin chem ,475. 5.gazes, pc. (1997). clinical cardiolo gy : a cost-effective app roach. new york: chapman and hall, 535. 6.juarez, u.; trejo, w.; whente, m ., contreras, g.; cardenas, m . and rey es,(1986). arch.inst. cardiol.m ex. 68:214. 7.yon g, m .y.; yan, y.; ye, w.; lian , r.l. and zhi, y. s. , (1997). china n atl. j. new gast roenterol, 3(4): 225-227. 8.orchard, c.h.and kentish, j.c., (1990). amer.j. phy siol., 258:967-981. 9.adams, j.e. and m iracle,v.a. (1998). am. j. care 7 :418. 10.m c veigh, j.j. and lop aschuk, g.d., amer.j.physiol.(1990). heart cric physiol.28:1079-1085. 11.priestman, d.a.; m istry , s.c. halsall, a. and randle,p.j. (1994). bioch em.300:659-664. 12.jahn , s. and schmied, r.e., (2003), curr hy p ertension , 41 : 1301-1307. 13.kraml, p.; sy rovatka , p.; stipek , s.; flalova , l. and andel , m .,(2004), phy siol, res 53: 471-480. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 14.m urry , r.k., granner, d.k. and rodwell, v.w. (2006) harp er , s illustrated biochemist ry ,27 th ed. m c graw hill , m edical publishin g division , u sa. 15.berg, j>m ., tymoczko , j.l. and stry er , l. , (2007). biochemistry . 5 th ed. w.h., freeman and company, newy ork. 16.dave, g.s. and kalia , k. (2007) , cell . m ol. biol. 53: 68-78. table (1) :se rum lactic acid and lactate dehydrogenase in all studied groups *represent p value between male and f emale for control group ** represent p value between male and f emale for p atient group s = sign ificant ns = non _ significant n = number of subject group p arameters control n=30 patients n=50 p -value lactic acid (mg/dl) m ean  sd m ale n=15 m ale n=30 p < 0.05 (s) p * > 0.05 (ns) 131.2  19.7 227.3  29.3 female n=15 female n=20 p < 0.05 (s) p ** > 0.05 (s) 128.8  27.1 252.7  18.7 lactate dehy drogenase (ldh) (u/l) m ean  sd m ale n=15 m ale n=30 p < 0.05 (s) p * < 0.05 (s) 182.8  22.3 430.4  30.3 female n=15 female n=20 p < 0.05 (s) p **< 0.05 (s) 136.7 28.6 415.6  34.2 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (2): se rum triglyceride and total cholesterol in patient and control groups. group p arameters sex control p atients p-value tc (mmole /l) m ean  sd m ale 3.46  1.21 5.8  1.36 p < 0.05 (s) female 4.2  0.3 5.07  1.26 p < 0.05 (s) tg (mmole /l) m ean  sd m ale 1.5  0.47 2.25  0.4 p < 0.05 (s) female 1.4  0.38 2.31  0.48 p < 0.05 (s) table (3): se rum lipoprotei n levels in patients and control groups. group p arameters sex control patients p-value hdl mmole /l m ean  sd m ale 1.2  0.23 0.98  0.07 p < 0.05 (s) female 1.1  0.28 0.96  0.23 p < 0.05 (s) ldl mmole /l m ean  sd m ale 2.3  0.87 3.1  1.001 p < 0.05 (s) female 2.46  0.59 3.73  1.009 p < 0.05 (s) ldl/hdl m ean  sd m ale 1.9  0.21 3.16  0.2 p < 0.05 (s) female 2.23  0.17 3.88  0.21 p < 0.05 (s) 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة مقارنة لحامض اللبنیك وفعالیة أنزیم الالكتیك دي ھایدروجینیز و صورة الدھون في امصال مرضى القلب الزاویة و األصحاء محمد رعد عبدهللا ة بغدادابن الھیثم ، جامع -ة یقسم الكیماء ، كلیة الترب الخالصة علـى المـرض الناشـئ مـن عـدم تـوزان كمیـة االوكسـجین المطلوبـة لعضـلة (ihd)یطلق مصطلح امراض القلـب الزاویـة . القلب وكمیة االوكسجین المجهزة یراجعون مستشـفى ابـن البیطـار وكانـت معـدل اعمـار الـذكور ) اناث 20و اذكر 30(تضمنت الدراسة خمسین مریضًا متقـاربین فــي معــدالت اعمــارهم لمجموعــة ) انــاث 15و اذكــر 15( ســنة وكــذلك ثالثـین مــن االصــحاء 58االنــاث سـنة و 65 .المرضى مجامیع سیطرة ،ریدات الثالثیـــةســـیلوالك ،وشـــملت الـــدهون والبروتینــات الدهنیـــة وهـــي الكولســـترول الكلـــي الحیویـــةبعـــض الـــدوال تقیســ حامض اللبنیك وفعالیـة الالكتیـك دي هیـدروجینیز فضال عنوالبروتینات الدهنیة واطئة الكثافة ،والبروتینات الدهنیة عالیة الكثافة .في امصال مجامیع المرضى ومجامیع السیطرة عـدا البروتینـات الدهنیـة عالیـة الكثافـة التــي ةالحیویـة المدروسـ دلـت النتـائج علـى وجـود زیـادة معنویـة فـي جمیـع الــدوال .نوي في امصال مجامیع المرضى مقارنة مع مجموعة السیطرة المتماثلة في الجنس والعمر ظهر فیها انخفاض مع امها دالدراسـةً اهمیـة اسـتخدام الـدوال المـذكورة اعـاله عامـل خطـورة مقترنـًا مـع مؤشـرات جدیـدة یمكـن اسـتخ لنـا اظهـرت .حیویابعة المرضى معیار كیمو حیوي للتشخیص التمییزي وتقییم شدة امراض القلب الزاویة ومتا determination (il-36γ) levels and study of its relation with other cytokines in iraqi endometriotic women zuhair i. al-mashhadany bushra h. ali rasha z. jasim department of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) / university of baghdad received in : 9 february 2014, accepted in :2 june2014 abstract endometriosis, an autoimmune disease is among one of the most challenging of the 21 st century that affects women in reproductive age. the aim of the present study is to highlight the role of il-36γ, and its relationship with other cytokines (ang-2 and tnf-α) in the pathogenesis of endometriosis . seventy five (75) consecutive women patient of reproductive age (25-40) years were enrolled in this study , patients were divided into three groups , group 1 (g1) included (25) newly diagnosed endometriotic patients , that were not given any treatment related to gynecology or anti-inflammatory medications . second group : group 2 (g2) consists of (25) endometriotic patient who were treated with zoladex for 3 to 5 months , they received zoladex injection every 28 day in the first day after diagnosis. the third group: group 3 (g3) involved (25) patients with recurrent endometriosis , they were post treatment of zoladex and diagnosis revealed recurrence of endometriosis. patients groups were compared with two control groups , with matched age with patients’ groups. the first control group (c) included (25) healthy women , and the second control group or pathological control group (pc) involved (25) women suffering from infertility caused by gynecological disorder unrelated to endometriosis.il-36γ , ang-2 and tnf-α were estimated in sera of studied groups. the results from this study revealed that il-36γ levels were highly significant increase (p<0.001) and significant increase (p<0.05) in g1 comparing with groups c and pc respectively. while high significant decrease(p<0.001) was found in g2 comparing with g1. also , there are no significant differences (p≥0.05) shown in g2 comparing with c group and in g3 comparing with g1.on the otherhand , ang-2 levels were highly significant increased (p<0.001) and significant increase (p<0.05) in g1 comparing with groups c and pc respectively. while significant decrease (p<0.05) was found in g2 comparing with g1. also , there are no significant differences (p≥0.05) in ang-2 levels shown in g2 comparing with c group and in g3 comparing with g1 our results also implied that tnf-α levels were highly significant increased (p<0.001) in g1 comparing with c group. while no significant differences (p≥0.05) was found in g1 comparing with pc group and in g3 comparing with g1. also there are significant differences (p<0.05) shown in g2 comparing with g1 and c group. this paper is part of phd. thesis of the third author. 178 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 our findings for endometriotic patient groups. a high significant difference was found between ang-2 and tnf-α levels with il-36γ for g1 , g2 and g3. the conclusion of this study reveals that il-36γ could be considered a novel biochemical marker in endometriotic patients. conclusion could be drawn from the results that endometriosis may be influenced on the cytokines secretion such as il-36γ beside ang-2 and tnf-α in g1 and g3 , suggesting that inflammatory / immunological factors associating with angiogenesis responses play crucial roles in the pathogenesis of endometriosis. also, the results showed the role of zoladex in alteration immune responses as shown in g2. keywords : il-36γ , ang-2 , tnf-α , endometriosis. 179 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction endometriosis is a common benign chronic – inflammatory gynecologic disorder [1,2] , defined as the presence and proliferation of functional endometrial glands (endometrial like tissue ) outside of the normal location (uterine cavity) [1,3-5] . although most women experience retrograde menstruation, which may play a role in the seedling and establishment of implants, few develop endometriosis. hence , menstrual tissue and endometrium that is refluxed into the peritoneal cavity is usually cleared by immune cells such as macrophages, natural killer (nk) cells, and lymphocytes. for this reason, immune system dysfunction is one likely mechanism for the genesis of endometriosis in the presence of retrograde menstruation[1]. cytokines such as interleukines , growth factors and tumor necrosis factors are low molecular weight soluble glycoproteins that are secreted mainly, but not exclusively, by immunological cells such as tcells, macrophages, and neutrophils [1,6]. numerous cytokines, especially interleukins, have been implicated in the pathogenesis of endometriosis[1]. interleukin-36 (il-36) sub-family of cytokines comprises a set of provital mediators of inflammation [7]. il-36 refers to three cytokines that are members of the il-1 family which expressed predominantly by epithelial tissues and promote inflammatory responses. il-36γ, a pro-inflammatory , belongs to the il-36 subfamily [ 8,9 ] . angiopoietins (angs) are protein growth factors that promote angiogenesis [ 10-12]. it has been generally accepted that the establishment of new biomarkers as (ang-2) played a key part in the progression of endometriosis , however this role still needs further confirmation to suggest a relation to endometriosis already proven for many pivotal factors [13] . ang-2 participates in systemic inflammation[10-12]. it can directly activate endothelial cells and neutrophils to promote pro-inflammatory responses[10]. tumor necrosis factor alpha ( tnf-α) ( a secreted pro-inflammatory cytokine ) is a nonglycosylated protein , plays a crucial role in inflammation, angiogenesis, cell proliferation , apoptosis and cell death [6,14,15]. tnf-α is widely expressed in several tissues associated with reproduction, including endometrium , where participates in several physiological inflammatory events, such as embryo implantation and menstruation., tnf produced by endometrial cells probably contributes to the adhesion process[14,15]. material and method subjects: seventy five (75) consecutive women patient of reproductive age (25-40) years were enrolled in this study , who attended departments of gynecology and obstetrics related to the following hospitals : baghdad teaching hospital / medical city , al-yarmook teaching hospital and kamal al-samarray hospital from april to october 2013. patients were divided into three groups , group 1 (g1) included (25) endometriotic patients that are newly diagnosed. the patients don’t administrate any treatment or anti-inflammatory medications. second group : group 2 (g2) consists of (25) endometriotic patients who were treated with zoladex for 3 to 5 months , they received zoladex injection every 28 day after the date of diagnosis. the third group: group 3 (g3) involved (25) patients with reccurent endometriosis , they were post treatment of zoladex and diagnosis revealed recurrence of endometriosis. patients groups were compared with two control groups , with matched age with patients' groups . the first control group (c) included (25) healthy women , and the second control group or pathological control group (pc) involved (25) women suffering from infertility caused by gynecological disorder unrelated to endometriosis. blood sampling and parameters determination: five milliliters ( 5 ml) of venous blood were collected from the all subjects enrolled in this study , placed into plain tubes until coagulation was performed . serum was separated from blood cells by centrifugation at 4000 r.p.m . the sera was obtained and divided into 180 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 small portions and kept frozen until analysis . the quantitative sandwich enzyme immunoassay (elisa) technique was employed for the determination of (il-36γ) and (ang-2) . also a sandwich assay demeditec tnf-α human elisa was used for the determination of tnf-α . chemicals were supplied as kits from cusabio, china. the procedures were done according to the manufactured instruction as kit supplied statistical analysis: the results expressed as mean ± sem. students t-test was applied to compare the significance of the difference between all the studied groups. p-value (p<0.05) , (p<0.001) considered statistically significant and highly significant respectively. the correlation coefficient (r) test was used for describing the association between the different studied parameters. results table (1) shows the sera levels of some biochemical parameters in the studied groups. the results from this study revealed that il-36γ levels were highly significant increased (p<0.001) and significant increase (p<0.05) in g1 comparing with groups c and pc respectively. while high significant decrease(p<0.001) was found in g2 comparing with g1. also , there are no significant differences (p≥0.05) noticed in g2 comparing with c group and in g3 comparing with g1.on the otherhand , ang-2 levels were highly significant increased (p<0.001) and significant increase (p<0.05) in g1 comparing with groups c and pc respectively. while significant decrease (p<0.05) was found in g2 comparing with g1. also , there are no significant differences (p≥0.05) observed in g2 comparing with c group and in g3 comparing with g1 our data also implied that tnf-α levels were highly significant increased (p<0.001) in g1 comparing with c group. while no significant differences (p≥0.05) were found in pc group comparing with g1 and in g3 comparing with g1. also there are significant differences (p<0.05) shown between g2 comparing with g1 and c group. the correlation relation between all parameters is investigated. the correlation between il36γ and ang-2 showed highly significant positive correlation in g1 and g3 (p<0.001 , r=0.054 , r=0.245) , whereas a high significant negative correlation (p<0.001 , r= -0.542) was observed in g2, as shown in fig(1). on the otherhand , a highly significant positive correlation was found between il-36γ and tnf-α in g1 and g3 (p<0.001 , r=0.089 , r= 0.18) , while a significant negative correlation was found in g2 (p<0.001 , r= 0.329) as shown in fig(2). discussion il-36γ level increased in (g1) compared with control group (c) and pathological control (pc) . il-36 plays significant roles in immune responses [16]. endometriosis is an autoimmune disease[ 1] and the role of the immunological system in endometriosis with several abnormalities indicated [16] . previous study reported that dendritic cells (dcs), the initiators of immune responses, respond strongly to il-36 which plays significant roles in immune responses[17]. our results also agreed with other study that indicates il36γ as a novel direct target of t-cells action in myeloid cells and contributes to t-cells functions in immunopathology and influence the differentiation of native t-cells in the human system. [17,18] other studies revealed that the biology properties of il-1 family ligands ( including il-36γ) are typically pro-inflammatory. since endometriosis involve inflammatory disorders , as [1,2]. inflammatory stimuli increase il-36γ gene expression in primary human keratinocytes[18]. 181 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 infertile women generally suffer from gynecological disorders implicate immunological/inflammatory responses. [19]. previous studies revealed that the induction of proinflammatory cytokines may be unrecognized cause of idiopathic infertility. several macrophages-derived cytokines are present in the follicular fluids of infertile women [20,21]. zoladex ( gonadotropin releasing hormones) (gnrh) has been proved for relieving pain in endometriotic patients [22] , this concept has been explained as its role in regression of the inflammatory nature responsible for adhesions , the main cause of pain . on the other hand , a strong inflammatory reaction in endometriosis reported to be associated with the detrimental effect on fertility [23] . il-36γ is decreased in g2 ( after treatment with zoladex) compared with g1 ( newly diagnosed patients , without any treatment). gnrh are able to markedly reduce the inflammatory reaction [23]. accumulating evidence suggests that gnrh, apart from regulating the hypothalamopituitary-gonadal axis, also exerts potent effects on the immune system [24]. our findings of decreased inflammatory reaction among gnrh users are in agreement with other results which indicate that gnrh can control the development and functioning of the immune system via the hypothalamus-pituitary axis and is involved in an autocrine or paracrine regulation of the immune response during postnatal life [25]. there are several possible mechanisms of gnrh action on the immune system: it can interact with specific receptors on thymic epithelial cells that synthesize peptides participating in tcell maturation, as well as directly interact with such receptors on lymphocytes. in addition , these biological effects of gnrh at the tissue level were not influenced by different treatment periods [23]. taken together , these findings indicate that il-36γ exerts marked stimulatory effects on dc and may therefore play a critical role in early immune and inflammatory responses related to tissue damage and pathogens of endometriosis. in the present study the non-significant differences between (g1) and (g3) agreed with other studies indicate that endometriosis is a recurrent disease [26,27] because immunological and inflammatory responses have appeared again. . the proximity of peritoneal fluid to endometriotic lesions shows the milieu in which the immune mediators are associated with the local inflammation of endometriosis [28]. (ang-2) levels elevated in group 1 (g1) compared with control group (c) and pathological control group (pc). previous suggested that angiopoietins may be considered acute pro-inflammatory mediators , which may contribute to initial steps of pathogenic angiogenesis [10]. current knowledge has reported that angiopoietin-2 (ang-2) participates in the inflammatory process [11] . during inflammatory processes, newly formed vessels supply the inflamed tissues with nutrients and oxygen allowing the transport of inflammatory cells. among these, neutrophils are the first cells recruited in the angiogenic bed and provide cytokines together contribute to regulate angiogenesis [10] . on the otherhand , it has reported that angiogenesis enables endometrial cells to proliferate. [29] macrophage-derived cytokines in the follicular fluids of women with infertility due to immunological causes [21] . in contrast , ang-2 level decreases in sera of group 2 (g2) patients ( after treatment with zoladex) compared to (g1) ( newly diagnosed patients , without any treatment) , our data are in agreement with previous results , which support zoladex role in regression of the inflammatory nature responsible for adhesions. furthermore , gnrh ( involving zoladex) are able to markedly reduce the inflammatory reaction. further experiments relating to the 182 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 expression of gnrh receptors in vascular endothelial cells and the effect of gnrh on these cells may clarify the anti-angiogenic response of gnrh [22,23]. the nonsignificant difference between (g1) and (g3) , indicates the recurrence of endometriosis as revealed by previous studies , suggesting that inflammatory mediators have been shown again[26,27]. the elevated levels of tnf-α levels in sera of group 1 (g1) compared to control group (c) reflects the importance of tnf-α in pathological inflammation related to autoimmune diseases. tnf –α has diverse and critical roles in the pathogenic progression of a number of chronic inflammatory disorders. tnf is a key signalling protein in the immune system. as a regulatory cytokine, tnf orchestrates communication between immune cells and controls many of their functions[6,30]. endometriosis is associated with chronic inflammatory process with defects in immune system. particularly , the development of endometriosis seems to be associated with increased number of macrophages that secrets inflammatory products including tnf-α [26]. the reason for non-significant variation between group1 (g1) and pathological control group (pc) may be due to deregulated or excessive production of tnf-α has been implicated in the pathogenesis of not only endometriosis but also several debilitating inflammatory conditions [31]. other studies [31,32] supported the role of tnf-α or its receptors were reported to affect certain phases of the immune process, including innate immune activation or dc maturation/recruitment, t cell priming , t cell function , or pathogen clearance. in fact , tnf belongs to a super family of ligand/receptor proteins called the tnf/tnf receptor (tnf/tnfr) superfamily proteins. tnfrs are either constitutively expressed (tnfr) or inducible (tnfr2). tnf-α/tnfr2 signals on t cells were critically required for effective priming, proliferation, and recruitment of tumor-specific t cells [31]. tnf-α facilitates the proliferation of immune cell clones, especially of t cells, to counter a pathological infection or invasion. they also allow the differentiation and recruitment of naive immune cells to continue waging the battle, as well as the destruction of superfluous immune cell clones to limit internal inflammation and tissue damage once the infection or invasion has resolved [33] . in contrast , tnf-α levels are depressed in sera of g2 patients compared to g1 patients , this depression reflects the zoladex action on immunity, which was indicated in a previous study that zoladex ( as gnrh) is involved in the modulation of t helper cytokine balance. gnrh administration is associated with an increase in t cell proliferation and natural killer cell activity , and can reverse thymic involution in aging mice and increase the helper t cells during immunodeficiency [24]. at last , the reason for non-significant difference in tnf-α between g1 and g3 is the recurrence of endometriosis, thus immunodeficient features have appeared again [26,27]. conclusion could be drawn from the results that endometriosis may be influence on the cytokines secretion such as il-36γ beside ang-2 and tnf-α in g1 and g3 , suggesting that inflammatory / immunological factors associating with angiogenesis responses play crucial roles in the pathogenesis of endometriosis. also, the results showed the role of zoladex in alteration immune responses as shown in g2. references 1 hoffman , b. ; schorge ,j. ; schaffer,j. ; halvorson , l. and brashaw , k. (2012) williams gynecology / section 1 :-benign general gynecology / chapter 10 : endometriosis , 2nd edition. mcgraw-hill global education. 2arnold , j. ; mechsner , s. ; schneider , a. and arellano , m. (2013) 183 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 neuroendocrinology and immune function. journal of brain , behavior and immunity , 29:1013. 3estrade , c. ; arellano , m. ; schneider , a. and mechsner , s. (2013) neuroimmunmodulation in the pathogenesis of endometriosis . journal of brain , behavior and immunity , 29:2-9. 4schweepe , k. ; rabe , t. ; langhardt , m. ; woziwodzki , j. ; petraglia , f. and kiesel , l. (2013 ) reproduktionsmedizin and endokrinologie. journal of reproductive medicine and endocrinology , 10(1): 102-119. 5al-azzawy, m. ( 2012) goserlin acetate for recurrent endometriosis. journal of iraqi medicine science , 10(1):22-26. 6sharma , v. ; thakur , v. ; singh , s. and guleria , r. (2012) tumor necrosis factor and alzheimer’s disease: a cause and consequence relationship. journal of bulletin of clinical psychopharmacology, 22(1):86-97. 7vign,s. ; palmer,g. and lamacchia, c. il36r ligands are potent regulators of dendritic and t cells. ( 2011) blood journal of hematology 118(22):5813 5823. 8veerdonok , v. and neta , m. new insights in the immunobiology of il-1 family members. ( 2013 ) journal of front immunology , 4:(167)1-11. 9sims , j. and smith , d. (2010). the il-1 family : regulators of immunity. journal of rev. immunology , 10 (89). 10lemieux , c, ; maliba , r. and favier , j. (2005) angiopoietins can directly activate endothelial cells and neutrophils to promote proinflammatory responses.journal of the american society of hematology, 105:1523-1530. 11polyzou , e. ; evangelinakis , n. and pistiki , a. (2014) angiopoietin-2 primes infection induced preterm delivery.journal of plos one , 9 (1): 1-7. 12 roviezzo , f. ; tsigkos , s. and kotanidou , a. angiopoietin-2 causes inflammation in vivo by promoting vascular leakage. (2005) journal of pharmacology experimental therapeutics., 314(2):738-744. 13abdel-moety , h. ; khalid , g. and el-sharkawy, r. (2013) non-invasive prediction of endometriosis revisited; 3 biomarkers as angiopoietin-2, interleukin-1β and vascular endothelial growth factor. open journal of obstetrics and gynecology, (3):528-535. 14boric , m. ; torres , m. and pinto, c. (2013) tnf system in eutopic endometrium from women with endometriosis. open journal of obstetrics and gynecology , (3):271-278. 15nelson , c. ; akhman , k. and ohayer , p. (2013) tumor necrosis factor-alpha is produced by dying retinal neurons and is required for muller glia proliferation during zebrafish retinal regeneration. the journal of neuroscience, 33 (15):6524-6539. 16 podgaec , s. ; junior , j. and chapron , c. th1 and th2 immune responses related to pelvic endometriosis. (2010) journal of rev. association medical bras, 56(1):92-98. 17 sims , j. ; vinge , s. gabay , c. and towne , j. (2014) regulation of immune responses in health and disease /chapter 8: il-36: an epithelial cytokine important in psoriasis. doi 10.1007/978-4-431-54442-5-8, spriger japan. 18 bachmann , m. ; scheiermann , p. and hardle , l. (2013) il36γ/ il1f9 an innate t bet bet target in myeloid cells.journal of the american society for biochemistry and o e molecular biology , doi: 10.1074/jbc.m112.385443. 19 bradova, a. ; zidkova , j. ; peltre , g and ulcova-gallova,z. (2012) igg , iga and ige rea reactivities to serum antigens in infertile women. jordan journal of biological science, 5 5(2):85-89. 20spandorfer , sd. (2001) relationship of abnormal vaginal flora, proinflammatory c cytokines and idiopathic infertility in women undergoing ivf.j. of reprod mmmed.46(9):806810. 21calogero , ae (1998) macrophage-derived cytokines in the follicular fluids of women w with infertility due to immunological causes.elevated levels of interleukin 6 and low levslevels of granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor j. of cytokines , 10(10):814 8 818. 184 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 22nirgianakis , k. bersinger , n. and mckinnon , b. regression of the inflammatory m microenviroment of the peritoneal cavity in women with endometriosis by gnrha tt treatreatment.eurpian journal of obstet. gynecol.reprod. biol, 2013 , 170(2):550-4. 23khan , k. ; kitajima , m . and hiraki , k. (2010) changes in tissue inflammation, angiogenesis and apoptosis in endometriosis, adenomyosis and uterine myoma after gnrh agonist therapy. journal of human reproduction , 25 (3):642-653. 24dixit , v. ; yang , h. ; udhayakumar , v. and sridaran , r. (2003) gonadotropin releasing hormone alters the t helper cytokine balance in the pregnant rat. journal of biology and reproduction , 68: 2215-2221. 25 zakharova , l. and izvolskaia , m. (2012)sex steroids / chapter 11 :interactions between reproductive and immune systems during ontogeny: roles of gnrh, sex steroids, and immunomediators. isbn 978-953-307-857-1 , hard cover , 330 pages. 26 muntahana , f. ; jiao , j. and cuil , b. (2014) a rare presentation of endometriosis with recurrent massive hemorrhagic ascites which can mislead. international journal of woman s health reproduction science, 2(1):30-34. 27tsai , e. ( 2012) endometriosis basic concepts and current research trends / chapter 13 :stem cell as the novel pathogenesis of endometriosis. isbn 978-953-51-0524-4. 28hendarto , h. (2013 ) medicine / obstrics and gynecology / basic concepts and current research trends./ chapter 18 :pathomechanism of infertility in endometriosis. asia pacific journal of reproduction , 2 (2):142-145. 29hadisaputra , w. (2013) clinical signs, symptoms and serum level of interleukin-6 and tumor necrosis factor in women with or without endometriosis. asian pacific journal of reproduction , 2(2):142-145. 30harris , j. (2013) autophagy and il-1 family cytokines. american journal of immunology, american journal of immunology , 9(1):36-42. 31calzascia , t. ; pellegrini , m. and hall , h. (2007) tnf-α is critical for antitumor but not antiviral t cell immunity in mice. the journal of clinical investigation, 117 (12) : 3833-3845. 32hu , m. ; yang , q. and zhang , j. (2013) trim38 inhibits tnfαand il-1β–triggered nf-κb activation by mediating lysosome-dependent degradation of tab2/3. journal of immunology , pnas early edition.1-6. 33 bergin , d. reeves , e. and hurley , k. ( 2014 ) journal of science translation medicine the circulating proteinase inhibitor α-1 antitrypsin regulates neutrophil degranulation and autoimmunity. , 6 (217):217ra1. table no. (1): levels of il-36γ , angiopoitein -2 , tumor necrosis factor-α in sera of the studied groups. g1vs g3 t.test c vs g2 t.test g1 vs g2 t.test bc vsg1 t.test c vs g1 t.test mean ±sem g3 mean ±sem g2 mean ±sem g1 mean ±sem bc mean ±sem c parameter n.s n.s h.s s h.s 547.9 ±28.9 ( pg / ml) 258.4 ±19.2 ( pg / ml) 587.8 ±89.2 ( pg / ml) 332.4 ±17.0 ( pg / ml) 246.1 ±22.2 ( pg / ml) il-36γ n.s n.s s s h.s 47.6 ±1.7 ( ng / ml) 36.9 ±4.5 ( ng / ml) 49.4 ±3.6 ( ng / ml) 38.8 ±3.8 ( ng / ml) 28.6 ±3.4 ( ng / ml) angio-2 n.s s s n.s h.s 8.0 ±0.9 ( pg / ml) 6.3 ±0.2 ( pg / ml) 7.5 ±0.5 ( pg / ml) 7.6 ±0.3 ( pg / ml) 5.5 ±0.1 ( pg / ml) tnf-α s:significant variation , ( p<0.05). h.s:high significant, ( p<0.001). n.s:non significant , (p≥0.05). 185 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 tableno, (2) : student t.test (p) and correlation coefficient (r) for il-36γ verse( ang-2 and tnf-α) for patients groups. g3 g2 g1 correlated parameters p<0.001 p<0.001 p<0.001 il-36γ vs angio-2 r= 0.245 r= -0.542 r=0.054 p<0.001 p<0.001 p<0.001 il-36γ vs tnf-α r= 0.018 r= -0.329 r=0.089 p values< 0.001 considered high significant (hs). figare no. (1): correlation between interleukin-36 γ and angiopoitein-2. figare no. (2) : correlation between interleukin-36 γ and tnf-α. g1 y = 0.0022x + 49.218 r² = 0.0029 g2 y = -0.1274x + 71.208 r² = 0.2933 g3 y = 0.0137x + 41.693 r² = 0.06 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 500 1000 1500 2000 angio-2 (ng/ml) il-36ϒ (pg/ml) g1 y = 0.0005x + 7.3893 r² = 0.0079 g2y = -0.0029x + 7.2192 r² = 0.0922 g3 y = -0.0001x + 8.3308 r² = 0.0003 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 500 1000 1500 2000 tnf-α (pg/ml) il-36-ϒ (pg/ml) 186 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 عالقتھ مع سایتوكینات أخرى مع ودراسة كاما 36نترلوكین تقدیر مستویات اإل مریضات عراقیات بھجرة بطانة الرحم األنجیوبویتین ل زھیر إبراھیم المشھداني بشرى حمید علي. رشا زھیر جاسم كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھیثم / جامعة بغدادقسم الكیمیاء / 2014حزیران 2، قبل البحث في : 2014شباط 9استلم البحث في : الخالصة التي تواجھ النساء في سن خطیرة في القرن الحادي والعشرین من أحد التحدیات ال مرض ھجرة بطانة الرحم یعد و ang-2وعالقتھ بالسایتوكینات األخرى ( il-36γإن ھدف ھذه الدراسة ھو تسلیط الضوء على دور ال اإلنجاب. tnf-αوقسم المرضى على ثالث ) سنة45-20) مریضة ضمن سن اإلنجاب( 75( ) في نشوء ھذا المرض. أخذت ن أي عالج نسائي أو مضادا یضة تم تشخیصھن حدیثا ، ولم یعط) مرg1 )25تضمنت المجموعة األولى مجامیع ، إذ ) أشھر ویتلقین العالج (حقن 5-3) مریضة تم تشخیصھن منذ (25من ( g2لإللتھاب ، في حین تألفت المجموعة الثانیة ) مریضة 25فقد تضمنت ( g3أما المجموعة الثالثة یوما إعتبارا من الیوم األول لتشخیص المرض. 28الزوالدكس) كل بمجموعتین یةأشار تشخیصھن تكرار نشوء المرض بعد إكتمال الجرع العالجیة الالزمة. تمت مقارنة المجامیع المرض ) إمرأة التعاني من أي مرض مزمن ، في حین c )25. تضمنت المجموعة الضابطة األولى نفسھ المدى العمريب ضابطة ) إمرأة تعاني من العقم بسبب إضطراب نسائي غیر مرتبط بھجرة بطانة pc )25تضمنت المجموعة الضابطة الثانیة في مصل دم المجامیع المرضیة tnf-α وال ang-2 وال il-36γالرحم. تضمن البحث تقدیر مستویات ال ال و معنوي (p<0.001)قد ارتفعت بشكل معنوي عال il-36γأثبتت نتائج ھذه الدراسة أن مستویات الوالضابطة. (p<0.05) فيg1 مقارنة معc وpc نخفاض معنوي عال، بینما وجد ا على التوالي (p<0.001) فيg2 مقارنة مع g1 . وجد إختالف غیر معنوي(p≥0.05) فيg2 مقارنة مع أیضاc وكذلك فيg3 مقارنة معg1 ومن ناحیة ، مقارنة مع g1في (p<0.05)و معنوي (p<0.001)رتفعت بشكل معنوي عال قد ا ang-2أخرى وجد أن مستویات ال c وpc نخفاض معنوي عال بینما وجد ا ، على التوالي(p<0.001) فيg2 مقارنة معg1 ختالف غیر . لوحظ ا . إن نتائجنا أوحت أن g1مقارنة مع g3وكذلك في cمقارنة مع أیضا g2في ang-2لل (p≥0.05)معنوي ختالف غیر بینما وجد ا ، c مقارنة مع g1في (p<0.001)رتفعت بشكل معنوي عالي قد ا tnf-αمستویات ال g2ل (p<0.05)كما لوحظ إختالف معنوي g1مقارنة مع g3وكذلك في pcمقارنة g1في (p≥0.05)معنوي . cو g1بالمقارنة مع جھة من il-36γمن جھة ومستوى ال tnf-αوال ang-2كما أشارت نتائجنا إلى وجود تناسب مابین مستویات ال مقارنة مع مستوى tnf-αوال ang-2في مستویات ال أخرى للمجامیع المرضیة ، إذ لوحظ فرق معنوي عال إفراز السایتوكینات ، مرض ھجرة بطانة الرحم قد یؤثر في. إن النتائج تؤكد أن g3و g2و g1لمجامیع il-36γال المترافقة مع اإلستجابات ، مما یشیر إلى أن العوامل اإللتھابیة المناعیة tnf-αو ang-2 و il-36γعلى سبیل المثال ما في نشوء مرض ھجرة بطانة الرحم ، فضال عن دور الزوالدكس في تحسین وعیة الدمویة تؤدي دورا حاسالخاصة باأل .g2اإلستجابة المناعیة كما ھو الحال في كاما ، االنجیوبویتین ، عامل النخر الورمي ، ھجرة بطانة الرحم 36الإلنترلوكین الكلمات المفتاحیة : 187 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة (pmma )لبولي مثیل میثاكریالت اعلى الخصائص البصریة ألغشیة تأثیر أشعة بیتا النقیة خلدون محمود رشید وزارة التربیة ، مدیریة تربیة الكرخ األولى الخالصة pm ) البولي مثیل میثـاكریالتالبصریة الخصائص في یتاب أشعة تأثیر البحثفي هذا درس m a) المحضـرة بطریقـة النقیـة مــن خــالل تسـجیل طیفــي االمتصاصــیة والنفاذیــة وبعــده قبــل التشـعیع األغشــیةدرســت الخصــائص البصـریة لهــذه اذ ،الصـب ،االنعكاسـیة و ،النفاذیـةو ،ةاالمتصاصـی ودراسـةومنها یتم حسـاب ) تدریج كامل( nm(1100-190)الموجیة األطواللمدى .بجزئیه الحقیقي والخیالي الكهربائي ثابت العزل،معامل االنكسار، ومعامل الخمود المقدمة pm یمتاز m a یعد الناحیة الكیمائیة فمن]1,2[ بخواص كیمائیة وفیزیائیة جیدة pm m a مادة مقاومة للحوامض الــى وبالنســبة. والكلوروفــورم ،والتلــوین ،مثــل البنــزین ،نــه یــذوب فــي المــذیبات العضــویةوالمـواد الكیمیائیــة القلویــة المخففــة لك pmخصائصه الفیزیائیة یمتاز m a ففي درجة حرارة الغرفة یكون مادة ) لدنة حراریاً (بكونه من البولیمرات المتأثرة بالحرارة tg=102)كثـر لیونـة وبالوصـول إلـى درجـة الحـرارة صلبة وصافیة قابل للتقطیع والبرادة، وبارتفـاع درجـة الحـرارة یصـبح أ o c) pmالتـي تمثــل درجـة حــرارة االنتقـال الزجــاجي لــ m a تبــدأ خصــائص المرونـة وقابلیــة المـد والتشــكیل بـالظهور ممــا یــوفر ن أھـم المـواد المسـتعملة ایضـایمتـاز .إمكانیـة تشـكیله بـالحرارة إلـى أشـكال معقـدة ومختلفـة لغـاز ، مثـل متحسسـات ابكونـھ ـم ك بسـبب حساسـیتھ وانتقائیتـ (vocs) للمركبـات العضـویة المتطـایرة والسیما الطویلـة هاسـتقراریتو ، ]2و1[العـالیتین ھوذـل إذ وجـد ، ]5[ودرجـة انتقالـه الزجـاجي الواطئـة ]4[ كلفته الواطئة وكذلك لفقده البصري الواطئ في المنطقة المرئیـةو ، ]3[ األمد pm ان m aذلـك دویعـ ضویة المتطایرة مثل الزایلین والتلـوین لحـدود كشـفیة تصـل الـى جـزء مـن الملیـونحساس للمركبات الع ].6[ من خصائصه العامة ، امـا یــؤدي فـي البـولیمرات حسـب نــوع البـولیمر المشـعع نعامــة فـان التشـعیع یـؤدي عملیــت عنـد تشـعیع البـولیمرات بصـورة ــابك تــرابط تـــرابط باالواصــر ومــن ثــم البولیمریـــة، او یــؤدي الــى تتكســر الســالل تشــعیع الــى تكســیر االواصــر فمـــن ثــمال تتشـ pm)السالسـل البولیمریـة والبـولیمر بـولي مثیـل میثـاكریالت m a) یـؤدي التشـعیع الـى تـرابط اواصــره ،اذ مـن النـوع االخیـر .وع من البولیمراتفي هذا الن) موضوع الدراسة(بك سالسله، مما یؤدي الى زیادة في الخواص البصریة البولیمرة وتشا ن البـولیمرات التـي تتعـرض لبخــار المـذیب تمـتص الجزیئـات العضــویة وتنـتفخ وصـوال إلـى حالــة االتـزان وبعـد هــروب ا النتفـاخ واالنكمـاش فقـد تـم وبسبب خصـائص ا. هذه الجزیئات المذیبة فان البولیمر یعود لینكمش رجوعا الى حجمه االبتدائي فــي الصـورة العاكســة ثالثیــة األبعــاد لتخــزین و ، ]7[ تتضــمن المتحسســات الكیمیائیــة یـدة،یقــات عدالبــولیمر فــي تطب اسـتعمل جیالتینیــــة فـــي النضـــائد الحدیثــــة "اقطابـــاو ]10[فصـــل واســــتخراج المعـــادنو ،]9[ الســـیطرة علـــى تســــلیم الهـــواءو ، ]8[البیانـــات .]13[ في نبائط الكهروكرومكذلك و، ]12[ المتسعات الجبارة وفي،]11[ pmكما یمتاز m a غ ـــمقارنة بــالقیمة النظریـة التـي تبل) %92(إذ تبلغ نفاذیة الضوء العملیة خالله ،بالشفافیة العالیة لضــوء الـى ابالنسـبة "اویكـون شــفاف )2.54cm(عنـد سـمك ) nm 100 -360 nm(عنـد األطـوال الموجیـة ) 92.3 %( ،والبیوت الزجاجیة،والمصانع ،شفافة واقیة في الطائرات "األواح عملن الزجاج یستمالمرئي لیوفر بدیًال ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة . ثمنــه عــن رخــص" فضــالاشــیر لســهولة تصــنیعه وتشــكیله العدســات والمو ،مثــل والمختبـرات فــي التقنیــات البصــریة المعقــدة .لما یتمتع به من خصائص] 3[ ل الكواشف الذكیة في حق عملومؤخرًا أست التجاري والصناعي والتي تعرف على الصعید من المواد المهمة صناعیًا )pmma(یعد بولي مثیل میثاكریالت كما س(organic glass) بالزجاج العضوي persp)أو البرسبك ex) نها تعتبر من الرانتجات الصناعیة التي یمكن تلوی اذ یعد ة عن استعمالها " اعمال الدیكور واالثاث فضالفي بسهولة بالوان مختلفة لتستعمل بشكل واسع في صناعة االشكال الهندسی .]4[ واالغراض الزراعیة كمــا .(cross linking)او تشــابكها (degradation)البــولیمرات هــو انحاللهــا فــي لألشــعة الــرئیسالتـأثیر أن ونواتجهـا تغیـر فـي كوالتشـابعملیتـي التحلـل مـن یتولـد اذ، التغیـرات الرئیسـة فـي خـواص البـولیمر ویمثل هذان التأثیران اسلفنا، .]6[.المستخدم اإلشعاعونوع ،على مدة التشعیعیعتمد الذي بعض الخواص البصریة مثل تغیر لون البولیمر المشعع الجزء العملي pm( ) مثیـل میثـاكریالت (لقد استخدمت طریقة الصب لتحضیر مادة البـولي m a ( وذلـك لعـدم احتیاجهـا إلـى .سمك متساو تقریبا ي مساحة كبیرة نسبیا وذيطتها تحضیر نماذج ذاویمكن بواس، تقنیات متقدمة وأجهزة معقدة األلمانیــة ) (dentaurumالنمـاذج علــى شـكل أفـالم مكونــة مـن خلـیط مــن البـولیمرالنقي المجهـز مــن شـركة رتحضـ pmعن طریق إذابة (%99.99)نقاوة وب m a في الكلورفورم ثـم صـب الخلـیط فـي أحـواض زجاجیـة للحصـول علـى أغشـیة ذي indicating micrometer 0.25nmقیس سمك النماذج المحضـرة باسـتخدام جهـاز . مایكرون 20بولیمریة بسمك ) .100µm-0(المــدى pm البــولیمر أغشــیة شــععت m a عالمصدرالمشــاســتخدام النقــي ب (sr 90 /y 90) (الفعالیــة االشــعاعیة يذ (100µc مقــداره وعمــر نصـــف(28.5year) مـــن قبــل شـــركة (31/10/1978)والمصـــنع بتــاریخ (phy we) األلمانیـــة. .متواصلة ساعة 240من المصدر المشع ولمدة (1mm)األغشیة أمام المصدر المشع وعلى بعد توضع ــــــاف مــن نـــوع كـل مــن لقـد ســجل uv-160a uv-visطیفــي النفاذیـة واالمتصاصــیة باســتخدام مطیـ recording sp ectrop hotometer) ( المصـنع مــن شـركة شـیمادزو الیابانیـة ولمـدى مــن األطــوال الموجیـة یتـراوح بــین nm )190-1100( جمیع القیاسات في درجة حرارة الغرفة تسجلاذ. شةوالمناق النتائج ):a(االمتصاصیة -1 لبـولي مثیـل میثـاكریالت visوالضـوء المرئـي uvطیـف االمتصـاص لألشـعة فـوق البنفسـجیة ) 1(یمثـل الشـكل )pm m a( ان الزیـادة الحاصـلة فـي قبـل التشـعیع عن البـولیمر النقـي المشععونالحظ زیادة في االمتصاصیة للبولیمر النقي، تتـرابط االواصـر البولیمریـة بالتشـعیع ممـا یــؤدي ،اذ واص البصـریة للبـولیمر المشـعع زیـادة الخـ مـننسـبة االمتصاصـیة ناتجـة لوحــدة المســاحة، ویمكـن حســاب هـذه النســبة مــن الـى تشــابك بالسالسـل البولیمریــة، وهـذا یــؤدي الــى زیـادة الكثافــة البولیمریـة .والكثر من نقطة خالل حساب اعلى نسبة امتصاصیة بعد التشعیع الى اعلى امتصاصیة قبل التشعیع : (t)النفاذیة 2 ]9[ هي النسبة بین شدة الضوء النافذ في المحلول إلى شدة الضوء الساقط ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة pm)بولي مثیل میثاكریالت طیف االنبعاث للبولیمر )2(یمثل الشكل m a) ولیمر و والمشعع نالحظ بان طیف االنبعاث للـب pm)بولي مثیل میثـاكریالت اقل من البولیمر ععالمش m a)زداد بھـذا التشـعیع قبـل التشـعیع ى ان نسـبة النفاذیـة ـت ، داللـة عـل .بزیادة الطول الموجي -:االنعكاسیة 3 :]10[اآلتیة االنعكاسیة باستخدام العالقة حسبت r+ t +a=1 ----------------(1) االمتصاصیة) a(،النفاذیة) t(، االنعكاسیة) r: (ان اذ ولیمر العالقة البیانیـة بـین االنعكاسـیة والطـول المـوجي 3)(یمثل الشكل pm)بـولي مثیـل میثـاكریالت لـب m a)ععوالمشـ ، pmالغشیة تزداد ) r(ونالحظ من الشكل بان االنعكاسیة m a بزیادة الطول الموجي المشععة. -: معامل الخمود4 ]12[ اآلتیة یمكن حساب قیم معامل الخمود من المعادلة   4 a ko  ------------------(2) 9.الطول الموجي) λ(، معامل االمتصاص) α(، معامل الخمود (ko): ان اذ -:معامل االنكسار -5 : ]13[ اآلتیة یمكن حسابھ من المعادلة )no(معامل االنكسار (3) ---------------   r r k r r n                     1 1 1 1 1 2/1 2 0 2 0 نالحظ ععوالمش(pmma)اكریالت لبولیمر بولي مثیل میثلطاقة الفوتون "معامل الخمود دالةتغیر ) 4(یمثل الشكل و بولیمر النقي ثابت تقریبا عند الطاقات الواطئة ثم یقل تدریجیا بصورة قلیلة ثم یزداد عند من الشكل بان معامل الخمود لل فنالحظ بان معامل الخمود ثابت تقریبا عند الطاقات الواطئة ثم یزداد سریعا عند عع الطاقات العالیة أما البولیمر المش .طاقات العالیة ال ــكل ــ) 5(امـا الش ي والمش ــولیمر النـق ون للب ــة الفوـت ــار دالـة لطاق ــر معامـل االنكس ل تغی ــل ععفیمـث ــي معام وان طبیعـة منحن النعكاسیة ونالحظ من الشـكل ان ، االنكسار مشابھة تقریبا لطبیعة منحني االنعكاسیة وذلك العتماد معامل االنكسار على ا النكسار بزیادةالزیادة السریعة بقی ولیمر المشـ ععطاقة الفوتون للبولیمر النقي والمش م معامل ا ععلكن قـیم معامـل االنكسـار للـب .سریعا بعدھا ثم تقل ev (5.0) الطاقة عند قیمة ) 4.49( البالغةذروتھا مقدار تصل الى -:ثابت العزل الحقیقي والخیالي6 ـــمن خ) є2(والخیالي ) є1(الحقیقيثابت العزل الكھربائي بجزئیھ حسب ــ :]13[ اآلتیتین الل العالقتینـ є1 = no 2 _ ko 2 -----------(4) --------- (5) є2 = 2noko ون السـاقطة ) 6(یمثل الشكل ت العـزل ،تغیر ثابت العزل الكھربائي الحقیقي مع طاقة الفوـت ونالحـظ مـن الشـكل أن ثاـب ــي ــي یتصـرف مثـل تصـرف منحن ت العـزل الحقیق ــظ ان منحنـي ثاـب ون السـاقط كمـا یالح ــة الفوـت ي یـزداد بزیـادة طاق الحقیـق ت العـزل الكھربـائي الخیـاليف) 7(أما الشكل . االنكسار ولیمر ،یمثل العالقة بـین ثاـب ون السـاقط ألغشـیة الـب ل وطاقـة الفوـت قـب . ویالحظ من الشكل ان طبیعة تغیر منحني الجزء الخیالي لثابت العزل مشابھة لطبیعة منحني معامل الخمود وبعد التشعیع االستنتاجات ذذلك للتغیر الحاصل في التركیب البنائي للبولیمر، واالمتصاصیة ادى الى زیادة عیعان التش 1 ط ا یؤدي التشعیع الى تراب .في االواصر بین السالسل البولیمریة وزیادة كثافة البولیمر ل من بعد التشعیع اظھرت النتائج 210ان معامل االمتصاص اق 4 cm -1 ر الت الكترونیة غی وھذا یعني حصول انتقا .وممنوعةمباشرة مسموحة حافظ على طبیعة انتقالھ غیرالمباشرة انما)pmma(من طبیعة االنتقاالت االلكترونیة ألغشیة البولیمرعیع لم یغیر التش 3ط )pmma(البولي مثیل میثاكریالتأدى تشعیع -4 بصریة بزیادة طاقة الفوتون الساق ثوابت ال إلى زیادة في ال المصادر 1osswald, t. a. (1998). "polymer processing fundamentals", hauser pubs., munich. 2 harman, f. m. (1976). "encyclopedia of polymer science and engineering", 2nd ed, . 15, p(377-397), ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 3 ballato, j. (2003) "novelpolymr ic optical fibers amplifiers and lasers", national textile c enter research briefs-materials competency, ، جامعة الموصل، "كیمیاء اللدائن" 1993)(اكرم عزیز محمد،-4 ).2 ,(23j. sol. egypt (2000) g. a. ,addle-5 6bajp ai ,r .et al. (2003), bull. mater. sci., 26(4):401–405. © indian academy of sciences.9 7. hasan ,b.a. (2005),j.of colloge of education, 5,449-465. ، العــــــدد الخامس، مجــــلة كلیة التربیة ،الجامعة المستنصریة (2005) ,،محمد جواد ، یاسین 8 .، ,384-371ص ، العــــــدد الخامس ،مجــــلة كلیة التربیة ، الجامعة المستنصریة (2005) ،محسن صلبوخ ، رھیف -9 . 384-371ص ــعة المستنصریة (2008) ،عبد الكریم ، لفتة -10 ـــلة كلیة التربیة ، الجامـــ ـــــــدد ،مجــــــــ العــــ 341-328ص ،االول 11-arthur, w.a. (1973), textbook of physical chemistry, university of southern california 12habubi, n. f.; mishjil, k. a.; hassoni,m. h. (2005), j. of education, 5, 410 13 mutter, s. f. ; ibrahim,a. e. and tawfig,s. a. (2000), si j. iraqi atom ic energy commission, 2, 167. ]11[ (pmma)یمثل التركیب البنائي لسالسل بولیمر :)1(شكل ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة قبل وبعد التشعیع pmmaالطول الموجي واالمتصاصیة لالغشیة یوضع العالقة بین ): 2(شكل ع pmmaلالغشیة (t)یوضح العالقة بین الطول الموجي والنفاذیة ): 3(شكل قبل وبعد التشعی جمیع االشكالىلا تمثل البولیمر قبل التشعیع، بالنسبة bتمثل البولیمر بعد التشعیع ، a ان اذ1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 waevlength t % t% b t% a 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 wevelength a b s abs. b abs. a (nm a b s o rp ti o n a % t ra n sm is si o n t % (nm) ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة قبل وبعد التشعیع pmmaلالغشیة (r)یوضح العالقة بین الطول الموجي واالنعكاسیة :)4(شكل قبل وبعد التشعیع pmmaلالغشیة (k0)ومعامل الخمود طاقة الفوتونیوضح العالقة بین :)5(شكل 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 waevle ngth r r b r a 0 0.0002 0.0004 0.0006 0.0008 0.001 0.0012 0.0014 0.0016 0.0018 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 photon energy k o k0 b k0 a r ef le ct an c e (nm) e v e x ti n ct io n c o ff ic in t ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد فة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصر لالغشیة (n0) معامل االنكسارو (ev)مقاسا ب طاقة الفوتونیوضح العالقة بین :)6(شكل pmma قبل وبعد التشعیع (er)وثابت العزل الحقیقي (ev)مقاسا ب طاقة الفوتونیوضح العالقة بین :)7(شكل ع pmmaلالغشیة قبل وبعد التشعی 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 p hoton energy e r εr b εr a 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 photon energy n o n0 b n0 a ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 photon enrgy e i εi b εi a (ei) خیاليوثابت العزل ال (ev)مقاسا ب طاقة الفوتونیوضح العالقة بین :)8(شكل ع pmmaلألغشیة قبل وبعد التشعی ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the effects of the opticals properties on the (pmma) puerty k. m. rashid directorate of first al-karkh education, ministry of education abstract in this research, we st udied the effect of (β-rays) on the op tical p rop erties of p ure (pm m a) films p repared by using cast ing technique, and the op tical p rop erties for these films was st udied before and after irradiation by recording the absorp tion and transmission sp ectra for a range of wavelength range (190-1100) nm. and then the absorp tion and transmission and the reflectivity , extinction coefficient, refractive index, and real and imaginary p arts of dielectric const ant was st udied. ihjpas special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 1 relationships of osmolality and oxidative stress with semen quality and their effects on male fertility edrees mohammad ameen edrees.ameen@su.edu.krd department of biology, college of science, salahaddin university, erbil, kurdistan region, iraq. abstract the objective of this study was to investigate and find the relationships between human semen osmolality and oxidative stress with semen quality. semen analysis was determined to evaluate semen quality and fertility. the concentration of semen malondialdehyde (mda) was measured to assess oxidative stress. for this purpose, one hundred seventy healthy adult males were used in this study. the study was conducted from september 2018 to november 2019 in the infertility care and in vitro fertilization center (ivf) and the biology department of the college of science at salahaddin university in erbil city. a significant positive correlation was observed between the total sperm motility, grade activity, and sperm motility index with semen osmolality less than 300 mosm kg-1 (r= 0.62, r = 0.64, and r= 0.75 p≤0.01 respectively) and osmolality 300-350 (r= 0.53, p≤0.05 r= 0.52 p≤0.05, and r= 0.56 p≤0.01 respectively). total sperm motility, grade activity, and sperm motility index are negatively correlated with osmolality 351-400 mosm kg-1 (r= -0.65 p≤0.05, r= -0.56 p≤0.05, and r= 0.67 p≤0.01) and more than 400 mosm kg-1 (r= -0.86, r = -0.74 and r= -0.88 p≤0.01). regarding the relation between oxidative stress and sperm motility kinetics, total sperm motility, grade activity, and sperm motility index is negatively correlated with mda more than 2 µmol/l (r= -0.56 p≤0.05, r= -0.52 p≤0.05, and r= -0.67 p≤0.01 respectively). no significant correlation was found between semen osmolality and mda concentration with sperm concentration, total sperm count, sperm viability, and normal sperm morphology. keywords: osmolality, semen quality, fertility, oxidative stress, semen analysis. 1. introduction infertility has become a global health problem in recent years and is affecting 25-30% of reproductive-age couples worldwide to varying degrees [1]. an estimated 70 million people worldwide, suffer from subfertility or infertility [2, 3]. about 15% of couples are infertile and over 10% are subfertile. comparison with females, males responsible for infertility and subfertility in about 40% to 50% of cases [4, 5]. a meta-analysis of recent studies carried out between 1973 and 2011, that was reported a decrease in sperm counts by more than 50%. the same goes for several other studies that have also recorded a continuous decline in semen quality [6, 7]. low quality of semen is well known as a large disorder causing male fertility [8, 9]. the study of semen quality is the most important and most commonly used clinical laboratory test to evaluate the capacity of male fertility. in 2010, the world health organization (who) guidelines lowered the sperm concentration reference interval from 20 http://ihicps.com/ mailto:edrees.ameen@su.edu.krd special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 2 million to 15 million/ml [10]. osmolality is known as a solution's concentration of osmotically active particles. it is related only to the number of particles per kilogram of solution [11]. mammalian spermatozoa are mixed with the seminal vesicles, prostate, and bulbourethral gland secretions during ejaculation. seminal plasma osmolarity has previously been shown to affect sperm motility and activity in invertebrates and vertebrates [12]. the motility of spermatozoa is primarily influenced by changes in the surrounding ionic contents, osmolality, and ph [13, 14]. in sturgeon fish, a negative correlation was found between the osmolality of semen and the percentage of sperm motility [15]. the development of oxidative stress (os), due to the imbalance between the development of reactive oxygen species (ros) and antioxidant protection mechanisms [16]. in the male reproductive system, the primary causes of ros are defective sperm and leukocytes [16, 17]. in the sperm plasma membrane, the high concentration of polyunsaturated fatty acids is vulnerable to ros, and its attack contributes to lipid peroxidation. lipid peroxidation takes place in three stages: initiation, progression, and termination. the free radicals combine with fatty acid chains during activation to create the radical lipid peroxyl. besides, peroxyl radicals bind with fatty acids to create free radicals, and thereby spread the reaction. in closing, the two radicals connect, allowing lipids to break down [18]. concentrations of seminal mda are negatively correlated with sperm count and motility [19]. malondialdehyde is negatively associated with the main sperm parameters [20]. impaired sperm quality is accompanied by high oxidative stress [21]. due to poor data worldwide and no data in erbil city of iraq about the relationships between semen osmolality and oxidative stress with semen quality and fertility. the present study was done and aimed to evaluate the influence of seminal plasma osmolality and oxidative stress on semen quality and fertility of adult males. 2. materials method 2.1. subjects the study included 170 healthy males and divided into four groups according to the semen osmolality: semen osmolality is less than 300 mosm kg-1 (50 males). semen osmolality 300-350 mosm kg-1 (45 males). semen osmolality 351-400 mosm kg-1 (40 males). semen osmolality more than 400 mosm kg-1 (35 males). also, the subjects were divided into other groups depending on the seminal fluid concentration of the malondialdehye ( indicators to oxidative stress) and as follows: seminal fluid with low normal mda concentration (less than 2 µmol/l) (110 males). seminal fluid with high abnormal mda concentration (more than 2 µmol/l) (60 males). the study was conducted from september 2018 to november 2019 in the infertility care and in vitro fertilization center (ivf) and the biology department of the college of science at salahaddin university in erbil city. the ages of the subjects ranged between 30-40 years. 2.2. semen collection semen samples were collected in plastic containers after 3 days of abstinence via masturbation and after 30 minutes of the liquefaction of semen samples, the following routine http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 3 parameters were evaluated according to the methods described in the who [22, 23]. the parameters were including; the volume of the semen, osmolality of the semen, sperm (count, motility, and morphology). 2.3. seminal fluid analysis a graduated tube was used to measure the volume of the semen. to determine sperm concentration, 10 μl of semen sample was placed in a makler chamber and covered by a covered glass, and then analyzed at approximately 200 magnifications [23]. total sperm count= sperm concentration ×volume. a drop of semen, covered with a cover glass and analyzed under a microscope 400x equipped with heat plate 37ºc was used to determination of sperm motility. motility % = number of motile spermatozoa/total number of spermatozoa (motile and immotile) ×100. progressive motility was measured by counting the spermatozoa with straight-line forward movement only in the presence of motile spermatozoa [22]. in each sample, sperm motility is graded to 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, depending on the degree and activity of the movement. grade 0 represents xero or no movement and grade 4 represents the excellent forward movement of the spermatozoa [24]. the sperm motility index was calculated by multiplying the grading activity with the percentage of motility [25]. for measurement of sperm viability, two drops of 1 % eosin y solution were mixed with a drop of liquefied semen, then three drops of nigrosin solution 10 % was added, and mixed after 30 seconds. within 30 seconds of adding nigrosin, a thin smear of the semen–eosin–nigrosin mixture was made and after air-dried, examined under the microscope (1000×). to determine the percentage of live spermatozoa, one hundred sperm were counted. the live spermatozoa are white and the dead are stained red [22]. sperm vitality = number of viable sperm/total number of spermatozoa × 100. the normal morphology of spermatozoa was determined by using the hematoxylin and eosin staining procedure [26]. 2.4. seminal fluid osmolality osmometer type (knauer, d14163, berlin, germany) and the freezing point depression method was used to measure the seminal plasma osmolality. this method requires samples of semen to be centrifuged free of particulate matter. before the osmolality of the sample was measured, the osmometer must be calibrated between 0 and 400 mosm kg-1 using distilled water and standard nacl solution. 2.5. seminal fluid mda determination a procedure described by [27] was used to measure the concentration of the semen mda. in short; apply the following to 150 μl of semen plasma: 1 ml of trichloroacetic acid 17.5 %, 1 ml of 0.6 % thiobarbituric acid, combined well with vortex, incubated for 15 minutes in a boiling water bath, and then allowed to cool. then add 1 ml of 70% trichloroacetic acid (tca), then let the mixture stand at room temperature for 20 minutes, centrifuged for 15 minutes at 2000 rpm, and remove the supernatant for spectrophotometric scanning [28]. the conc. of mda = absorbance at 532 nm × d / l × e˳ l: light bath (1 cm) e˳: extinction coefficient 1.56×105 m-1.cm-1 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 4 d: dilution factor = 1 ml volume. used in ref./0.15=6.7 2.6. statistical analysis the data analysis was performed using spss version 17. pearson's correlation (r) was used to founding the relationships between seminal plasma osmolality and oxidative stress (mda) with semen analysis parameters (volume of semen, sperm concentration, sperm motility, sperm viability, and morphology). a p-value of less than 0.05 was considered to be statistically significant. 3. results and discussion 3.1. osmolality and semen quality pearson's correlation (r) between semen osmolality and semen quality parameters are presented in table (1). the volume of semen positively (r = 0.55, p≤0.05) correlated with semen osmolality less than 300 mosm kg-1. while in the osmolality 300-350, 351400, and more than 400 mosm kg-1 it is negatively correlated (r= -0.46, r= -0.48, and r= -0.54 p≤0.05 respectively). no correlation was found between semen osmolality with sperm concentration, total sperm count, sperm viability, and normal sperm morphology. the correlation between sperm motility kinetics and semen osmolality is mentioned in table (2). a significant positive correlation was observed between the total sperm motility, grade activity, and sperm motility index with semen osmolality less than 300 mosm kg-1 (r= 0.62, r= 0.64, and r= 0.75 p≤0.01 respectively) and osmolality 300-350 (r= 0.53, p≤0.05 r= 0.52 p≤0.05, and r= 0.56 p≤0.01 respectively). the increase in the semen osmolality is caused by a decrease in the sperm motility kinetics parameters. total sperm motility, grade activity, and sperm motility index are negatively correlated with osmolality 351-400 mosm kg-1 (r = -0.65 p≤0.05, r = 0.56 p≤0.05, and r = -0.67 p≤0.01) and more than 400 mosm kg-1 (r = -0.86, r = -0.74 and r = -0.88 p≤0.01). the seminal plasma is a complex fluid secreted from the testes, epididymis, and accessory sex glands, that acts as a carrier for spermatozoa from the male testicles to the oocyte, their target, and may influence the morphology of sperm, motility, acrosome reaction, and fertility. several biochemical components are found in seminal plasma, some of which are relatively unique for sperm function control [29, 30]. it is also recognized that there are substances in the seminal plasma that sustain sperm cells. the osmotic balance is formed by sodium and potassium cations in the seminal plasma, while the basic trace elements are the components of several significant enzymes, calcium is also required to stimulate steroidogenesis in the leydig cells of the testis [31]. table 1. pearson's correlation (r) between semen osmolality and semen quality parameters. semen quality semen osmolality (mosm kg-1) less than 300 300-350 351-400 more than 400 volume (ml) 0.55* 0.46* 0.48* 0.54* sperm concentration (×106/ml) 0.12 0.18 0.22 0.15 total sperm count (×106/volume of semen) 0.24 0.18 0.21 0.35 sperm viability % 0.35 0.14 0.25 0.32 normal sperm morphology % 0.14 0.34 0.36 0.18 *correlation is significant at p≤0.05, the negative correlation was found http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 5 table 2. pearson's correlation (r) between semen osmolality and sperm motility kinetics parameters. sperm motility kinetics semen osmolality (mosm kg-1) less than 300 300-350 351-400 more than 400 total sperm motility % 0.62** 0.53* 0.65* 0.86 *** grade activity 0.64** 0.52* 0.56* 0.74** sperm motility index 0.75** 0.56** 0.67** 0.88*** *correlation is significant at p≤0.05, **correlation is significant at p≤0.01, ***correlation is significant at p≤0.001, the negative correlation was found. the seminal plasma is a complex fluid secreted from the testes, epididymis, and accessory sex glands, that acts as a carrier for spermatozoa from the male testicles to the oocyte, their target and may influence the morphology of sperm, motility, acrosome reaction, and fertility. several biochemical components are found in seminal plasma, some of which are relatively unique for sperm function control [29, 30]. it is also recognized that there are substances in the seminal plasma that sustain sperm cells. the osmotic balance is formed by sodium and potassium cations in the seminal plasma, while the basic trace elements are the components of several significant enzymes, calcium is also required to stimulate steroidogenesis in the leydig cells of the testis [31]. the results of our study are in agreement with the findings of [15] who observed a significant negative correlation (r= -0.893) between semen osmolality and motility percent in sturgeon fish. also, the study of [12] found that semen osmolality correlates negatively with the kinetic characteristics of sperm motility such as motility percent and grade activity in humans. besides, when sperm were placed in a solution with an increase in osmolality from 300 to 600 mosm kg-1, kinetic characteristics of sperm motility were gradually decreased and almost arrest when the osmolarity was 600 mosm kg-1. these results are in the line with the findings of our study. with the increased osmolality of the activating solution, the percentage of motile spermatozoa drops, osmolality greater than 400 mosm kg-1 should be present in the immobilizing solution in pikeperch [32]. the effect of various osmolalities (240-460 mosm kg-1) on the sperm quality parameters of jenynsia multidentata viviparous fish was evaluated by [33]. the results found that semen motility in osmolalities between 280 and 300 mosm kg-1 was higher and the motility observed above 380 mosm kg-1 was 0%. 3.2. oxidative stress and semen quality the correlation between oxidative stress and semen quality parameters is presented in table (3). no significant correlation was found between semen mda concentration with semen volume, sperm concentration, total sperm count, sperm viability, and normal sperm morphology. regarding the relation between oxidative stress and sperm motility kinetics, total sperm motility, grade activity, and sperm motility index were not significantly correlated with semen mda concentration less than 2 µmol/l, but is negatively correlated with mda more than 2 µmol/l (total sperm motility r = 0.56 p≤0.05, grade activity r = 0.52 p≤0.05, and sperm motility indexer =0.67 p≤0.01), table (4). as showed in table (5), no correlation was found between seminal plasma osmolality and oxidative stress. the cellular damage of oxidative stress initiate when the reactive oxygen species (ros) exceeds the body's natural antioxidant defenses. a common disease seen in nearly half of all infertile men is oxidative stress. ros, described as comprising oxygen ions, free radicals, and peroxides, is produced http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 6 within semen by sperm and seminal leukocytes and produces infertility through two main mechanisms. they damage the sperm membrane first, decreasing the motility of the sperm and its ability to fuse with the oocyte. secondly, sperm dna can be changed by ros, which contributes to the passage of faulty dna from parents to the fetus [34]. table 3. pearson's correlation (r) between oxidative stress and semen quality parameters. semen quality oxidative stress (seminal plasma mda concentration) less than 2 µmol/l more than 2 µmol/l volume (ml) 0.12 0.18 sperm concentration (×106/ml) 0.25 0.21 total sperm count (×106/volume of semen) 0.32 0.34 sperm viability % 0.15 0.36 normal sperm morphology % 0.14 0.22 no correlation was found between oxidative stress and semen quality table 4. pearson's correlation (r) between oxidative stress and sperm motility kinetics parameters. sperm motility kinetics oxidative stress (seminal plasma mda concentration) less than 2 µmol/l more than 2 µmol/l total sperm motility % 0.35 0.56* grade activity 0.32 0.52* sperm motility index 0.43 0.67** *correlation is significant at p≤0.05, **correlation is significant at p≤0.01, − the negative correlation was found. table 5. pearson's correlation (r) between oxidative stress and semen osmolality. semen osmolality (mosm kg-1) oxidative stress (seminal plasma mda concentration) less than 2 µmol/l more than 2 µmol/l less than 300 0.42 0.25 300-350 0.35 0.34 351-400 0.18 0.22 more than 400 0.38 040 no correlation was found between oxidative stress and semen quality. malondialdehyde is one of the lipid peroxidation byproducts. this by-product is a significant marker of oxidative stress, and the degree of lipid peroxidation has been extensively studied for monitoring. sperm membrane lipid peroxidation can cause changes in sperm and can reduce fertility by affecting sperm motility and sperm-oocyte fusion ability. however, it remains to be determined whether the concentration of mda seminal fluid influences the consistency or role of sperm [35]. our results are in agreement in some aspects with the results of [19], who found a negative association between the mda level of seminal fluid and sperm motility but in contrast with them which record a decrease in sperm count, and sperm morphology. the discovery of a high level of mda in infertile subjects 'semen suggests that infertile subjects' spermatozoa have been subjected to elevated oxidative stress. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 7 in infertile subjects, the sperm count, sperm morphology, and motility as well as the volume of semen were all found to be significantly lower compared to fertile subjects. it thus means that increased oxidative stress has a detrimental effect on semen quality [36]. due to rosinduced peroxidation of lipids in the sperm membrane reduced flexibility has been shown to reduce motility [37]. mitochondria that produce energy from intracellular atp stores cover the axosome and related dense fibers of the middle sections of the spermatozoa. ros is well known to cause axonemal and mitochondrial damage, resulting in the immobilization of spermatozoa [38]. besides, ros-induced mitochondrial dna damage contributes to decreased atp and energy availability and leads to caspase stimulation and eventually apoptosis, impeding the motility of spermatozoa [39]. another theory includes a sequence of interrelated events leading to a reduction in ros motility due to a reduction in phosphorylation of axonemal protein and mitochondrial membrane damage and intracellular enzyme leakage [40]. 4. conclusion our results concluded that the total sperm motility, grade activity, and sperm motility index are negatively correlated with osmolality 351-400 and more than 400 mosmkg-1. seminal plasma mda concentration of more than 2 µmol/l harms sperm motility kinetics. no significant correlation was found between semen osmolality and mda concentration with sperm concentration, total sperm count, sperm viability, and normal sperm morphology. 5. acknowledgement the authors would like to show sincere gratitude for all patients who participated in the study. the authors are also grateful for the ivf in erbil city for their help and collection of the samples. 6. conflict of interest the authors declare no conflict of interest. references 1. inhorn, m.c.; patrizio, p. infertility around the globe: new thinking on gender, reproductive technologies and global movements in the 21st century. hum. reprod. update, 2015 ,21, 411. 2. légaré, c.; droit, a.; fournier, f.; bourassa, s.; force, a.; cloutier, f.; tremblay, r.; sullivan, r. investigation of male infertility using quantitative comparative proteomics. j. proteome res. 2014 ,13, 5403. 3. salas-huetos, a; bulló,m.; salas-salvadó, j. dietary patterns, foods and nutrients in male fertility parameters and fecundability: a systematic review of observational studies. hum. reprod. update 2017, 23, 371. 4. chandra, a.; martinez, g.m.; mosher, w.d.; abma, j.c.; jones, j. fertility, family planning, and reproductive health of us women; data from the 2002 national survey of family. growth vital health statist. 2002 ,23, 1. 5. hwang, k.; walters, r.c.; lipshultz, l.i. contemporary concepts in the evaluation and management of male infertility. nat. rev. urol. 2011 ,8, 86. 6. li, c.j.; tzeng, c.r.; chen, r.y.; han, b.c.; yeh, c.y.; chien, l.c. decline in semen quality in men in northern taiwan between 2001 and 2010. chin. j. physiol. 2016 ,59, 355. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 8 7. engupta, p.; nwagha, u.; dutta, s.; krajewska-kulak, e.; izuka, e. 2017 evidence for decreasing sperm count in african population from 1965 to 2015. afr. health sci. 2017 ,17, 418. 8. radwan, m.; jurewicz, j.; polańska, k.; sobala, w.; radwan, p.; hanke, w. exposure to ambient air pollution-does it affect semen quality and the level of reproductive hormones? ann. hum. biol. 2016 ,43, 50. 9. levine, h.; jørgensen, n.; martino-andrade, a.; mendiola, j.; weksler-derri. d.; mindlis, i.; pinotti, r.; swan, s.h. temporal trends in sperm count: a systematic review and meta-regression analysis. hum. reprod. update 2017 ,23, 646. 10. liu, j.; dai, y.; li. y.; yuan. e.; wang, q.; wang. x.; guan. y.a. a longitudinal study of semen quality among chinese sperm donor candidates during the past 11 years. sci. rep. 2020 ,10, 1. 11. holmes, e. on osmolality and sperm function during processing for assisted reproduction phd thesis. karolinska institutet, stockholm ,2020. 12. rossato, m.; balercia, g.; lucarelli, g.; foresta, c.; mantero, f. role of seminal osmolality in the regulation of human sperm motility. int. j. androl. 2020, 25, 230. 13. alavi, s.m.h.; rodina, m.; gela, d.; linhart, o. sperm biology and control of reproduction in sturgeon:(i) testicular development, sperm maturation and seminal plasma characteristics. rev. fish biol. fisher. 2012 ,22, 695. 14. dzyuba, b.; cosson, j.; boryshpolets, s.; dzyuba, v.; rodina, m.; bondarenko,o.; shaliutina, a.; linhart, o. motility of sturgeon spermatozoa can sustain successive activations episodes. anim. reprod. sci. 2013 ,138, 305. 15. baradaran, n.s.; noori, a.; bahmani, m.; sadati, y.; akbarzadeh,a. effects of seminal plasma ionic content, ph and osmolality on spermatozoa motility in bester (female huso huso× male acipenser ruthenus) sturgeon. iran. j. fisher. sci. 2019 ,18, 395. 16. agarwal, a.; virk, g.; ong,c.; du plessis. s.s. effect of oxidative stress on male reproduction. world j. mens. health 2014 ,32, 1. 17. leclerc,p.; de lamirande, e.; gagnon, c. regulation of protein-tyrosine phosphorylation and human sperm capacitation by reactive oxygen derivatives. free radic. biol. med. 1997 ,22, 643. 18. ding,g.l.; liu, y.; liu, m.e.; pan, j.x.; guo, m.x.; sheng, j.z.; huang, h.f. the effects of diabetes on male fertility and epigenetic regulation during spermatogenesis. asian j. androl. 2015 ,17, 948. 19. hsieh, y.y.; chang, c.c.; lin, c.s. seminal malondialdehyde concentration but not glutathione peroxidase activity is negatively correlated with seminal concentration and motility. int. j. biol. sci. 2006 2, 23. 20. la vignera, s.; condorelli, r.; d'agata, r.; vicari, e.; calogero, a.e.; la vignera, s.; condorelli, r.a.; vicari, e.; d'aagata, r.; salemi, m.; calogero, a.e. high levels of lipid peroxidation in semen of diabetic patients. andrologia 2012, 44, 565. 21. omu, a.e.; al-bader, m.d.; al-jassar, w.f.; al-azemi, m.k.; omu, f.e.; al-jassar. w.f.; al-azemi, m.k.; omu, f.e.; mathew, t.c.; anim, j.t. antioxidants attenuates the effects of insulin dependent diabetes mellitus on sperm quality. bioenergetics 2014 ,3, 1. 22. who world health organisation. laboratory manual for the examination of human semen and sperm-cervical mucus interaction cambridge university press, 2009. 23. who world health organization. laboratory manual for the examination and processing of human semen fifth edition. geneva 27 switzerland ,2010. 24. seaman, e.; bar-chama, n.; fisch, h. semen analysis in the clinical evaluation of infertility. mediguide urol. 1994 ,194, 7, 1. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2643 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 9 25. makler, a.; itskovitz, j.; brandes, j.m.; paldi, e. sperm velocity and percentage of motility in 100 normospermic specimens analyzed by the multiple exposure photography (mep) method. fertil. steril. 1979 ,31, 155. 26. jequier, a.m.; crich, j.p. semen analysis: a practical guide blackwell scientific publications; st. louis, mo, usa. distributors, usa, blackwell mosby book distributors, 1986. 27. guidet, b.; shah, s.v. enhanced in vivo h2o2 generation by rat kidney in glycerolinduced renal failure. am. j. physiol. renal physiol. 1989 ,257, f440. 28. muslih, r.; al-nimer, o.; al-zamely, m. the level of malondialdehyde after activation with h2o2 and cuso4) and inhibited by desferoxamine and molsidomine in the serum of patients with acute myocardial infection. j. chem. 2002 ,5, 148. 29. mann, t.; lutwak-mann, c. epididymis and epididymal semen. male reproductive function and semen springer-verlag new york. 1981, l39. 30. asadpour, r. relationship between mineral composition of seminal plasma and semen quality in various ram breeds. acta sci. veter. 2012 ,40, 1. 31. zamiri,m. ;khodaei, h.r. seasonal thyroidal activity and reproductive characteristics of iranian fat-tailed rams. anim. reprod. sci. 2005 ,88, 245. 32. dziewulska. k. effect of ph, osmolality and ion concentration on spermatozoa motility and composition parameters of sperm and seminal plasma in pikeperch (sander lucioperca l.). aquaculture 2020 ,520, 735004. 33. da silva, j.c.; junior, a.s.v.; caldas, j.s.; da silva, f.c.; bothlho,j.g.; colares, e.p.; corcini. c.d. the effects of osmolality on sperm quality in jenynsia multidentata (cyprinodontiformes: anablepidae). fish physiol. biochem. 2016 ,42, 93. 34. tremellen, k. oxidative stress and male infertility-a clinical perspective. hum. reprod. update 2008 ,14, 243. 35. chaudhari, a.; das, p.; singh, r. study of oxidative stress and reduced glutathione levels in seminal plasma of human subjects with different fertility potential. biomed. res. 2008 ,19, 207. 36. un-nahar,z.; ali, m.; biswas, s.; kamrun, n.; bashar, t.; arslan, m. study of seminal mda level as a oxidative stress marker in infertile male. j. sci. found. 2011, 9, 85. 37. armstrong, j.s.; rajasekaran, m.; chamulitrat, w.; gatti, p.; hellstrom, w.j.; sikka, s.c. characterization of reactive oxygen species induced effects on human spermatozoa movement and energy metabolism. free radical biol. med. 1999 ,26, 869. 38. peris, s.i.; bilodeau, j.f.; dufour, m.; bailey, j.l. impact of cryopreservation and reactive oxygen species on dna integrity, lipid peroxidation, and functional parameters in ram sperm. molec. reprod. develop. 2007 ,74, 878. 39. gual-frau, j.; abad, c.; amengual, m.j.; hannaoui, n.; checa, m.a.; ribas-maynou, j.; lozano, i.; nikolaou, a.; benet, j.; garcía-peiró, a.; prats, j. oral antioxidant treatment partly improves integrity of human sperm dna in infertile grade i varicocele patients. hum. fertil. 2015,18, 225. 40. de lamirande, e.; gagnon, c. reactive oxygen species and human spermatozoa: i. effects on the motility of intact spermatozoa and on sperm axonemes. j. androl. 1992 ,13, 368. http://ihicps.com/ 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة تأثیردرجة الحرارة على بعض الخواص المیكانیكیة لمتراكبات منفردة وھجینة *بلقیس محمد ضیاء الدباغ ،مصطفى زید عبدهللا عزیز ، عبد الحمید رحیم الصراف بغداد أبن الھیثم ،جامعة قسم الفیزیاء ،كلیة التربیة قسم العلوم التطبیقیة،الجامعة التكنولوجیة* 2010شباط 16 :استلم البحث في 2010حزیران 30 : في قبل البحث الخالصة بوصفه مادة لمتراكبات مكونة من االیبوكسي ومقاومةاالنضغاط مقاومة الصدمة واألنحناء درس في هذا البحث بوصفها مواد وألیاف الصوف الصخري ،ومسحوق الزجاج ،)االبیض الروسيو االحمر الجاوي(اساس مع دقائق الخشب ول حص ، بینت النتائجالمقارنة في ظروف مختلفة بدرجات الحرارةواجراء ولجمیع النماذج%) 20( تدعیم وبكسر حجمي ند الزیادة بدرجات عتزداد مقاومة الصدمة وكذلك الدقائق واأللیافو الدقائق باالراتنج تدعیم زیادة في مقاومة الصدمة عند وانخفاض فقط بالدقائق ولوحظ ایضا حصول زیادة في معامل المرونة للمواد المتراكبة المدعمةولجمیع النماذج، الحرارة حصول انخفاض في معامالت المرونة ولجمیع عن " محشوة بالدقائق واأللیاف فضالمعامل المرونة للمواد المتراكبة ال الزیادة بدرجات الحرارة،اما عند اجراء اختبار مقاومة االنضغاط تبین حصول زیادة في مقاومة االنضغاط عندالنماذج عن .ولجمیع النماذج وتناقص هذه المقاومة مع زیادة درجات الحرارة درجة حرارة الغرفة متراكبات ،خواص میكانیكیة ، ألیاف الصوف الصغري، دقیق الخشب ، راتنج االیبوكسي: كلمات مفتاحیة المقدمة أهـتم العدیـد مـن البـاحثین بدراسـة الخصـائص المیكانیكیـة للمـواد المتراكبـة بشـكل عـام ومـن بینهـا مقاومـة الصـدمة فـي عــام ف .تطبیقـات الصــناعیة المختلفـةلمـا لهـا مــن أهمیـة بالغـة فــي تحدیـد نوعیـة المــادة المالئمـة لل واالنضـغاطواألنحناء خصائص المرونة للمواد المتراكبة الدقائقیة وذلـك بأسـتعمال فيوجماعته تأثیر الدقائق (sumite)درس الباحث ) 1982( بــدقائق ان معامــل یونــك للمتراكبــات المحشــوة فقــد تبــین تمتــزج مــع البــولي بـروبلین الســیرامیكیةدقائق الــ انـواع مختلفــة مــن متراكبـات المحشـوة بـدقائق یـادة حجـم الـدقائق، امـا بالنسـبة الـى الیزداد مع زیادة محتوى الحشوة ولكنـه یتنـاقص مـع ز صغیرة (chand)قـام الباحــث ) 1987(وفـي عـام ،[1]زیـادة محتـوى الحشـوة وحجـم الـدقائقكبیـرة فـأن معامـل یونـك یتنـاقص مـع اذ. للمـادة المتراكبـة (impact)بدراسة متراكبات راتـنج البـولي آسـتر المحشـو برمـاد قشـرة الـرز وحسـاب الصـدمة وجماعته .[2]اقص بزیـادة الكســر الحجمـي للحشــوةتتنــتـزداد لكنهـا تبـین عنـد أضــافة الحشـوة الــى البـولي آسـتر فــأن مقاومـة الصــدمة المیكانیكیة للبولي أستر غیـر المشـبع والمـدعم بـدقائق سـیرامیكیة بدراسة الخواص )ایناس(قامت الباحثة ) 1999(وفي عام أســتر غیــر المــدعم وكــذلك المرونــة الــى أربــع أضــعاف بالنســبة الــى البــوليحصــول زیــادة فــي معامــل وجــد مختلفــة ،وقــد m)قـام الباحــث )2003(وفــي عــام.[3]حصـول زیــادة فــي قــیم مقاومـة األنحنــاء atsumura) ص بدراســة الخــوا وجماعتــه د معامـل المرونـة یــزدا سـود والســلیكا، وقـد تبـین أنألیبوكسـي بوصـفه مـادة أســاس والمـدعم بـدقائق الكـاربون األالمیكانیكیـة ل قــام ) 2007(وفـي عـام .[4]الـدقائق لكـن ضـمن المنطقـة المطاطیـة ویقــل عنـد األقتـراب مـن الحالـة الزجاجیـةبأضـافة هـذه األیبوكســي بوصـفه مــادة أسـاس والمحشــو واألنحنـاء لمــواد متراكبـة مكونــة مـن مقاومـة األنضــغاطبدراســة ) أحمـد(الباحـث نحنـاء ومقاومــة األنضـغاطیة لجمیـع النمــاذج متانـة األحصــول زیـادة فـي قــیم ،وقــد أظهـرت النتـائج وز الهندبـدقائق قشـرة جـ .mm(0.3-0.063)[5]المدعمة بالدقائق ذي الحجم الحبیبي الذي یمتد بین 2011) 2( 24لعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم ل الجانب النظري impact s(مقاومــة الصــدمة اختبار )1( trength test ( : اختبــار مقاومـــة الصــدمة یعــد مــن الفحوصــات المهمـــة اختیـار الصــدمة بطریقـة جــاربي الـذي یمثــل لاســتعم اقعـة تحــت تـأثیر قــوى سـریعة، اذاالمسـتعملة لدراســة سـلوك المــواد الو ً◌ رئیسـا ً◌ ان اإلجهـاد المسـلط وتـأثیرات المحـیط تـؤدي دورا ،إحدى صور فحص االنحناء ثالثي النقاط ولكن بنوعه الحركي ، اذ ان الطاقـة الكامنـة للمطرقـة تتغیـر ویحـدث تحـول للطاقـة ویـتم انجـاز شـغل علـى الجـزء في تحدید متانة الصدمة للمواد ، لـذلك فــان لطاقـة وامتصاصــها ومـن ثـم التشــتتي تصـل إلیــه الصـدمة أي ان جهـاز اختبــار الصـدمة یتضــمن تحـول االـذ ـــل المتانــــة الطاقـــة الممتصــــة تحــــدد صــــفات ومیـــزات المــــادة الواقعــــة تحــــت أحمــــال الصـــدمة، اذ ان طاقــــة الصــــدمة تمثـ )toughness (یة تتطلب طاقـة اكبـر مـن المـادة ذيلمتانة العالا و، فالمادة ذمنجز لكسر األنموذجوتعرف بأنها الشغل ال :ویمكن استخراج مقاومة الصدمة من العالقة االتیة.[6]المتانة األقل ) 1...............(مساحة المقطع العرضي للعینة \الطاقة الالزمة للكسر = مقاومة الصدمة لقـد القـى . عند إخضاعها الختبار الصدمة ً◌ هناك بعض البولیمرات تتمیز بمتانة جیدة لكن أداءها یكون ضعیفا ) ductile( ةاختبار الصدمة اهتمامًا كبیرًا من الباحثین الن هناك خطرًا یكمـن فـي ان المـواد البولیمریـة قـد تكـون مطیلیـ britt(قد تبدو هشة تحت تأثیر االجهادات الساكنة ولكنها le ([7] تحت تأثیر االجهادات السریعة. ان اذ. تعـرف المرونـة بأنهـا مقـدرة المـادة علـى االنحنـاء تحـت الحمـل المسـلط: )bending test(اختبار االنحنـاء) 2( نـت مطاوعـة ام تمثل إحدى أهم الخواص التي تتمتع بها البولیمرات عن غیرهـا مـن المـواد سـواء أكا) flexibility(المرونة متصلدة حراریًا، وكذلك تعرف المرونة بأنها قابلیـة المـادة علـى تحمـل التشـوه المـرن دون ضـعف او تحطـم وهـي میـزة مهمـة لعجـالت المسـننة والطـائرات والسـفن كـذلك یمكـن تعریـف مقاومـة االنحنـاء بانهـا مثـل اجدًا تعتمد علیها الكثیرمن التطبیقات او اتجاهیـة الجزیئـةنسـق (واد المتراكبـة یتـاثر بعـدد مـن العوامـل منهـاوان معامل المرونة للم .فشلقدرة المادة على مقاومة ال اثنـاء تحضـیر فـي العیـوب الناتجـة عـن الفجـوات المتكونـة جـم الـدقائق والكسـر الحجمـي للحشـوة،حللمادة األساس البولیمریة، االختبـار مـن االختبــارات األساسـیة للمـواد الهشـة وذلـك لتحدیــد یعـد هـذا .[6])معامـل مرونـة الـدقائق المدعمــة ،المتراكبـات لتحمیــل والمســافة نــوع ومعـدل ایــدة تـؤثر فــي نتیجـة هــذا االختبــار ومنهـا خـواص المرونــة واللدونـة للمــادة وهنـاك عوامــل عد االختبـار ثالثـي هـي اك طریقتـان اختبـار لقیـاس متانـة االنحنـاء و هنـ اذوٕابعاد المقطع العرضـي لألنمـوذج ، مابین المسندین فـي قیـاس مقاومـة االنحنـاء وذلـك لسـهولته وبسـاطته النقاط،اذ شاع استخدام االختبار ثالثـي النقـاط االختبار رباعيو النقاط ، [8]الضـغط جهـاد الن سابقه ألنه یقلل من احتمالیة ان تتـأذى عینـة االختبـار نتیجـة مأكثر من النوع الثاني الذي یتمیز فـي (والثانیـة قـوة شـد ،)فـي طبقـات المقطـع العلیـا(الـى أربـع قـوى األولـى قـوة انضـغاط یتعرض االختبار األنموذج في هذاف ان اختبـار االنحنــاء اذ . [9]والرابعــة قـوة زحـف، لــذا فهـو معیـار للدونــة المـادة ،والثالثــة قـوة قـص ،)طبقـات المقطـع السـفلى حسـب ) e(وبـذلك یمكـن حسـاب معامـل المرونـة ) االنحـراف -الكتلـة(یعد من االختبـارات المناسـبة للحصـول علـى منحنـى :[10]العالقة االتیة )2).......................( i gl 48 3 ) ( deflection mass = (e :ان اذ ) deflection mass: ( تمثل المیل)slope ( المحسوب من منحنى)m assdeflection( ،)g :(التعجیل األرضي )l:(،المسافة بین نقطتي األرتكاز )i: (یمثل عزم االنحناء الهندسي والذي یعطى بالمعادلة االتیة)10(: )3....................................( 12 3 bd=i .سمك األنموذج: (d) ، عرض األنموذج (b) :أن اذ 2011) 2( 24الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن compressive s(اختبـار مقاومـة االنضـغاط )3( trength test( : أعظـم إجهـاد تقاومـه مقاومـة االنضـغاط هـي rigid m(المـادة الجسـوءة aterial ( تحـت الضـغط العمـودي، وهـذه المقاومـة تقـاس عـن طریـق قسـمة الحمـل المسـلط علـى : [10]وتعطى مقاومة االنضغاط بالعالقة . [8]وحدة المساحة للمقطع العرضي االبتدائي المعرض للحمل )4.....(............................... a p = ).mm²(المساحة ):n ( ،)a(الحمل المسلط):mpa( ،) p(مقاومة االنضغاط):: (اذ ان :[10]فتعطى بالعالقة االتیة) compressibility(اما مضغوطة المادة )5.... (..........................   com :اذ ان ) :(التغیر بالطول)mm( ، ) :( الطول االبتدائي)mm ( ، )com : (االنفعال عند لحظة التشوه. ارة والراتنجـات المتصـلدة بـالحر ،والزجـاج ،مثـل الكونكریـت ،یسـتعمل هـذا االختبـار بشـكل واسـع لفحـص المـواد الهشـة جهـادات الشـد ویعـود السـبب فـي ذلـك التي تمتـاز بمقاومـة انضـغاط عالیـة مقارنـة بمقاومتهـا المثـل االیبوكسـي والبـولي اسـتر یـوب فمقاومـة الشـد لهـذه المـواد تعتمـد علـى توزیـع الع،وجـود الشـقوق فـي المادةلوجـود االجهـادات الجدیـدة المتولـدة نتیجـة الـى تعمل هذه العیـوب بوصـفها منـاطق لتركیـز االجهـادات وتنمـو باالتجـاه العمـودي لقـوة الشـد لـذلك نالحـظ ان دة ،اذداخل الما لهذه المواد مقاومـة عالیـة لالنضـغاط، كـذلك یمكـن تعریـف إجهـاد االنضـغاط بأنـه مقاومـة االنضـغاط عنـد الفشـل او نقطـة ك تــأثیر مهـم لتحسـین الخصــائص المیكانیكیـة للبـولیمرات وذلــ يالتـدعیم بالـدقائق ذان میكانیكیــة ، [8]الخضـوع لالنضـغاط االلتصـاق مـابین البـولیمر ،بنیـة او تركیـب الحشـوة ،والحشـوةالطبیعیـة الكیمیائیـة للبـولیمر (باالعتماد على عدة متغیرات هي قویـًا ومتینــًا فـان متانــة االنضـغاط ســوف فــاذا كـان الســطح البینـي ، [5] القولبــة وظـروف التصــلد للبـولیمر ،وسـطح الحشـوة بینمـا فـي حالـة كـون هــذا السـطح ضـعیفًا فـان المـادة المدعمـة ســوف . تتحسـن بشـكل ملحـوظ وتصـل تقریبـًا الـى متانــة الشـد سـلوك واختبـار االنضـغاطیة ذ(مسـتوى متانـة الشـد الـى تنفصل بسهولة عن المادة األساس ومتانة االنضغاط التصل ابدا عضــها الـــى ب اط تكــون فــي دفــع نهایـــات العینــةاختبــار الشـــد فیمــا عــدا ان القــوة العاملـــة فــي اختبــار االنضـــغمشــابه الــى .[8]البعض الجانب العملي وهـو (quickmast 105)المادة األساس المستعملة في هذا البحـث هـي راتـنج األیبوكسـي نـوع : المواد المستعملة) 1( ay)أحـد أنـواع الراتنجـات المتصــلدة بـالحرارة والمصـنع بوسـاطة la const ruction chemicals) وبأمتیـاز مـن شــركة (dcp) الذي سوف یرمز له یتمتع األیبوكسي ، األنكلیزیة)(ep ن بـاقي األنـواع مـالبحث بخواص تمیـزه هذا المستعمل في تــدعیم بصــورة جیــدة لحــین الوصــول الــى التشــبع التــام مــا بــین المــادة وهـي لزوجتــه الواطئــة التــي تســمح بخلطــه مــع مــواد ال عـدم حــدوث انكمــاش بعــد صــب القالــب فهــو یمتلـك خاصــیة التصــاق عالیــة، فضــال عــن األسـاس ومــادة التــدعیم، كــذلك ج لــون شـفاف، یضــاف المصــلد الــى الــراتن وفهــو مـادة ســائلة خفیفــة القــوام ذ (hardener)وتصـلبه، امــا المحلــول المصــلد ـــد أســــتعمویحــــدث بینهمــــ) 1: 5(بنســـبة ـــرارة الغرفـــة،أما مــــواد التــــدعیم فقـ ـــل عنــــد درجــــة حـ مــــن دقیــــق انل نوعــــا التفاعـ یمتلـك كثافـة مقــدارها الـذي) w.w.f(یرمزلـه الـذي وهمـا دقیـق الخشـب األبـیض الجـام الروسـي )wood flour(الخشـب )(521.757 kg/m 3 495.544kg/m) ارها كثافـة مقـدو (r.w.f)رمزه الجاوي الذي ، ودقیق الخشب األحمر 3 ، وكـال ( ـــدقائقي بــــین ـــاعم الــــذي یمتــــد حجمــــه الــ ـــتعمكــــذلك مایكرون،) 140-100(نــــوعي الــــدقائق مــــن النــــوع النــ ــــحوق اسـ ل مسـ یمتلــك حجــم حبیبــي مقــداره اذ g.p)(ســوف یرمزلــه الــذي (soda-lime glass)مــن نــوع )glass powder(الزجـاج (35µm) 2480( وبكثافة kg/m 3 تمتلك كثافة مقدارها )r.w(التي رمزها)rock wool(الصخريوألیاف الصوف ) 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )0.7 gm/cm3 (وتعـد هـذه األلیـاف مـن العـوازل الحراریـة نظـرًا لمـا تمتـاز بـه مـن مقاومـة حراریـة .وتتمیز بلونها األخضـر .وتمتاز بمقاومة كیمیائیة عالیة (c°800)عالیة لمستوى یصل الى لعملیـة تـم تهیـأة قالـب خـاصاذ هـذه المرحلـة اتبعـت تقنیـة القولبـة الیدویـة فـي تحضـیر العینـات فـي: تحضیر العینات) 2( وبعـد تهیــأة القالـب أجریـت لـه عملیــة تنظیـف دقیقـة ثـم تبعتهــا .cm(21*21)مصـنوع مـن الحدیــد المغلـون وبأبعـاد الصـب عملیـة تجفیـف، ثـم بعـد ذلــك ولضـمان عـدم ألتصـاق الــراتنج علـى القالـب وسـهولة أســتخراج المصـبوبات بعـد أكتمـال عملیــة لعملیــة ً◌ خلیــة للقالــب بوصـفه مــادة عازلــة بعــدها أصــبح القالــب جــاهزاالتصـلب وضــع الفــابلون الالصــق علــى الجــدران الدا : ستة أنواع من المواد وكما یأتي اذ حضرت بعدها قطعت القوالب الخاصة بالفحوصات .الصب  منفـردة بوصـفه مـادة متراكبـة فقـط )الجـاوي(األیبوكسـي المـدعم بـدقائق الخشـب األحمـر (ep+r.w.f) واألیبوكسـي، ep+r.w.f+g.p)المدعم بدقائق الخشب األحمرومسحوق الزجاج بوصفه مادة متراكبة هجینة ) .  ـــــــیض ـــب األبـ ــــــدقائق الخشــــ ـــــــدعم بــ ـــي المـ ـــام(األیبوكســــ ــــ ـــردة ) الجـ ــــ ـــــة منفـ ـــــادة متراكبـــ ـــــفه مــ ـــــــط بوصـــ ــــي فقـ الروســـ (ep+w.w.f) صــفه مــادة متراكبــة الروســي ومســحوق الزجــاج بو ) الجــام(،واألیبوكسـي المــدعم بــدقائق الخشــب األبــیض ep+w.w.f+g.p)هجینة ).  ـــي المـــــدعم بألیـــــاف الصـــــوف الصـــــخري و ـــــوعي األیبوكســ ـــال نـ ــــة كــ ــــب بوصـــــفه مـــــادة متراكبـــــة هجینــ ــــائق الخشـ دقـ (ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f)واألیبوكسي غیر المدعم للتعرف على خصائصه،)ep.( غرافیـــة لجهـــاز اختبـــار الصـــدمةیبـــین صـــور فوتو -1-والشــكل -1-وحســب المواصـــفات القیاســـیة الموضـــحة فـــي جـــدول testing m)المصنع من قبل شـركة achines inc, amity villenew york) المصـنع مـن وجهازاختباراألنحنـاء phy)شـــركة we) المكـــبس الهیــــدرولیكي نـــوع ،و األلمانیــــة(ley bold harris no.36110) الجـــراء اختبــــار : [8]العالقات األتیة وذلك من خالل %) 20(بكسر حجمي مقداره مواد متراكبة اذ صنعتاالنضغاطیة، )6... ....(...... ....%.... .....100 c f w w )7.......(....................mfc www  )8....(.................... . 1 1 1 m f        : ان اذ  =لوزني لمـادة التـدعیم ،الكسـرا : ، الكسـر الحجمـي لمـادة التـدعیمfm  كثافـة المـادة األسـاس والحشـوة : , wc, wm على التوالي ، , wf :وزن المادة المتراكبة والمادة األساس والحشوة على التوالي. النتائج والمناقشة لجمیـع النمـاذج المحضـرة فـي البحـث المبینـة بالجـدول مـن مالحظـة النتـائج التـي توصـلنا الیهـا: اختبارمقاومـة الصـدمة)1( ــادة فـــي مقاومـــة الصـــدمة ولجمیـــع النمــاذج المدعمـــة المنفـــردة والهجینـــة عنـــد درجـــة حـــرارة الغرفـــة -2تبــین حصـــول زیـ (20±2°c)، حیـث عنــد أضـافة الــدقائق الــى راتـنج األیبوكســي الــذي یعـد مــن المـواد البولیمریــة الهشــة (britt le poly mer) تعمل هذه الدقائق على زیادة متانة المادة المتراكبة ألن وجودها ، [11]لة ومقاومة صدمة واطئةمتانة قلی ذي أثنـاء تقدمـه خـالل المـادة سـیولد أعاقـة فـي حركتـه مـن هـذه الـدقائق فـي ن مالقاة الشق للدقائقاذ ا ،یؤدي الى انحراف الشق فـي مراكـز تواجـد الـدقائق، ولكـي یتجـاوز الشـق هـذه الحـواجز ویسـتمر بـالنمو التي تعد حواجز امام الشق وتعمل على تثبیتـه سیغیر من شكله ویتحول الى مجموعة شقوق ثانویة صـغیرة محـاوًال بـذلك المـرور بـین الدقائق،وهـذا األمـر یـؤدي الـى زیـادة الهجینة المدعمة كما تبین لنا ان المادة .[11]في سطح الشق وبذلك تزداد الطاقة المطلوبة لحصول الكسر 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )ep+r.w.f+g.p (الهجینـة امتلكت اعلى مقاومة صدمة ثم تلتهـا المـادة المدعمـة )ep+w.w.f+g.p( ومـن ثـم ، ومن هنا نالحـظ أنـه عنـد أضـافة مسـحوق الزجـاج على التوالي)ep+r.w.f(،) ep+w.w.f(المنفردة المواد المدعمة (owen)الى المواد المدعمة یؤدي الى زیادة مقاومة الصدمة أي زیادة في متانة المادة المتراكبـة، وهـذا یتفـق مـع الباحـث نــةالهجی أمــا المـادة المدعمـة، [12]الحـظ أن مسـحوق الزجـاج یعطــي متانـة كسـر وصــالبة للمـادة البولیمریـة األسـاس ،اذ )ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f( لیـــاف لنســبة الـــى النمـــاذج المدعمـــة وذلـــك ألن أفقــد أمتلكـــت أقـــل مقاومـــة صـــدمة با gm/cm(الصـوف الصـخري تتمیـز بكثافــة واطئـة جـدًا 3 التـي تعمــل بوصـفها نقـاط ضــعف أي انــه یتضـمن فجـوات ) 0.7 اذالــدقائق علـى زیـادة المسـافة الداخلیـة بـین األلیـاف، وكـذلك تعمــل هـذه لألجهـادات ً◌ داخـل المـادة المدعمـة وتكـون مركـزا امـا عنــد ،[13]ان طاقـة الكسـر للمـواد الهشـة المدعمـة بالـدقائق تـزداد عنـدما یــتم التنـاقص فـي المسـافة الداخلیـة بـین الـدقائق مـاذج عنــد العالقـة بــین مقاومـة الصـدمة لجمیـع الن -2-الشـكل ویوضـح أجـراء اختبـار الصـدمة عنـد درجـات حــرارة مختلفـة ـــرارة ،اذدرجـــات حـــرارة مختلفــــة ، فـــنالحظ زیـــادة مقاومــــة الصـــدمة بزیـــادة درجــــة الحـــرارة ولجمیـــع النمــــاذج عنـــد درجـــة حـ (40±2°c) نالحـظ ان الزیـادة تكـون طفیفـة، وقــد تكـون بسـبب زیـادة قـوى التــرابط بـین السالسـل الجزیئیـة للمـادة البولیمریــة فنالحظ ان هنـاك زیـادة كبیـرة فـي (c°2±60)، أما عند درجة [14]التشابكیة حدوث أستكمال للتفاعالت لاألساس نتیجة مقاومة الصدمة بسبب ارتخاء األواصر بین جزیئات المادة البولیمریة وزیادة حركتهـا األنزالقیـة وهـذا یعطیهـا امكانیـة أكبـر جزیئـات المـادة البولیمریـة یرجـع ، وسـبب ارتخـاء األواصـر بـین [15]الكسـر ألمتصاص الطاقة مما یؤدي الى زیـادة طاقـة اذالى أن األواصر الموجودة بـین الجزیئـات هـي أواصـر ثانویـة التـي تتمیـز بأنهـا أواصـر ضـعیفة مقارنـة باآلواصـر األولیـة تضعف هذه اآلواصر عند ارتفاع درجات الحرارة ،وكذلك فأن الهشاشة عند معدالت التحمیل العالیة لیسـت خاصـیة مطلقـة .[7]ن البولیمر الذي یكون هشًا عند درجة حرارة الغرفة فأنه یصبح مطیلیًا عند درجات حرارة مرتفعةللبولیمرات أل اذ تخضع العینة في هذا األختبار لمعـدل ،ار الصدمة بمعدل األجهاداختبهذا األختبار یختلف عن : اختبار األنحناء) 2( ، والهـدف الــرئیس مــن هـذا األختبــار هــو التعـرف علــى الســلوك الخطـي أو مــا یــدعى فـي اغلــب األحیــان [9]أجهـاد بطیــئ (hooken behavior) اذ .للمـادة الواقعـة تحــت تـأثیر الحمـل المســلط باألتجـاه العمـودي علــى المسـتوى السـطحي للمــادة زوال تــأثیر الحمـل المسـلط تسـترجع المــادة یتناسـب طردیـًا مــع الحمـل المسـلط، فعنـد (deflection)أن األنحـراف الحظنـا قــیم معامــل -3-یســتعرض الجـدول و .(hook law)ن ذلـك أن المــادة تخضـع لقــانون هــوكحالتهـا األولــى ویسـتنتج مــ نالحــظ ان المــادة المدعمــة (c°2±20)المرونـة لجمیــع النمــاذج عنــد درجـات حــرارة مختلفــة فعنــد درجـة الحــرارة الغرفــة تلتها المـواد) ep+r.w.f(المنفردة امتلكت أعلى معامل مرونة ومن ثم المادة المدعمة) ep+r.w.f+g.p(الهجینة )ep+w.w.f(و ،)ep+w.w.f+g.p(و،)ep(و،)ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f (نالحــــظ ان علـــى التــــوالي، اذ (lee and ohkita)دقـائق الخشـب یعمـل علـى زیـادة معامـل المرونـة وهـذا یتفـق مـع البـاحثین التـدعیم بالـدقائق والسـیما دون مــن مـع بعضـها اآلخـر (contact)، وان هـذه الزیـادة ناشـئة مـن أحتمالیـة ان الـدقائق قـد اصـبحت فـي تمـاس [16] وجود الطبقة المستمرة للمادة األساس بینها او الـى ان صـفوف الـدقائق تحـاط بوسـاطة قشـرة مـن المـادة األسـاس وهـذا یتفـق كـذلك یمكـن القـول أن وجـود الـدقائق یـؤدي الـى التقیـد أو التحدیـد لمرونـة . [13][17] (ishai and cohen)مـع البـاحثین یــة الجزیئــات الكبیــرة للمــادة األســاس والتراكیــب الجزیئیــة المضــافة التــي یــتم تكوینهــا خــالل وجــود الــدقائق ممــا یجعــل عمل وان سـبب أمــتالك المــادة . [18][19]یـؤدي الــى زیـادة معامــل المرونــة للمـادة المتراكبــة األسـترخاء أكثــر صـعوبة ومــن ثــم یعـود الـى ان ) ep+r.w.f(المنفـردة معامل مرونـة أعلـى مـن المـادة المدعمـة) ep+r.w.f+g.p(الهجینة المدعمة تعمـل هـذه الـدقائق الصـغیرة ،اذ (35µm)تكـون ذا حجـم حبیبـي صـغیر جـدًا (glass powder)دقـائق مسـحوق الزجـاج . [1] (sumita)على زیادة معامل المرونة فكلما قلَّ حجم الـدقائق ادى الـى زیـادة معامـل المرونـة وهـذا یتفـق مـع الباحـث فقـد اعطــت مـادة بخـواص جدیـدة وهـي بأمتالكهـا معامــل ) ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f(الهجینـة امـا المـادة المدعمـة ، ویعود ذلك الى أن ألیاف الصوف الصخري غیر المدعمة لمادة األساسمرونة أوطأ من معامل مرونة ا 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0.7gm\cm)تكـون ذا كثافــة واطئـة 3 داخــل المــادة (voids)، لــذلك فــأن هـذه األلیــاف ســوف تـؤدي الــى تكــوین فجـوات ( ، وان هـــذه وجماعتــه (kulkarni)الفجــوات علـــى تقلیــل معامـــل المرونــة وهــذا یتفـــق مــع الباحـــث تعمــل هـــذه ،اذالمدعمــة وعند اجراء هذا األختبار عنـد درجـات حـرارة مختلفـة لـوحظ أنخفـاض قـیم معامـل ،[20]لألجهادات ً◌ً◌ الفجوات تكون مركزا الجزیئیـة للمـادة األسـاس ومـن ثـم سالسـلالمرونة ولجمیع النماذج المحضرة ویعود سبب ذلك الى ضـعف قـوى التـرابط بـین ال ، فـي [18]تصبح مادة لینة عند ارتفاع درجات الحرارة ویحدث فیها انفعال كبیر مؤدیـًا بـذلك الـى انخفـاض معامـل المرونـة بـین السالسـل الجزیئیـة للمـادة األسـاس ممـا یـؤدي ةحین عند انخفاض درجات الحرارة یحدث هناك شـد فـي الـروابط الموجـود ، [21]حیــث تصــبح المــادة صــلدة وذات معــدالت انفعــال واطئــة ممــا یزیــد مــن معــامالت مرونتهــا ،اذالــى تقیــد حركتهــا التــي تحتــوي علــى غــازات محصـورة داخــل هــذه الفجــوات فعنــد ارتفــاع وجــود الفجــوات فــي المـواد المدعمــة ذلــك عــن "فضـال ة تـؤدي الـى تمــدد هـذه الغـازات وبالتـالي تكــوین أجهـادات داخلیـة تقلـل مــن جسـاءة المـادة، وان األخـتالف فــي درجـات الحـرار معامالت المرونة بین المادة األساس ومواد التـدعیم یـؤدي كـذلك الـى خلـق اجهـادات داخلیـة تقلـل مـن جسـاءة المـادة ، وهـذا ة المنفـردة والهجینـة بقیـت تمتلـك أعلـى معـامالت مرونـة عنـد وان جمیـع المـواد المدعمـ. [17] (young)الباحـث یتفق مع العالقـة بــین معــامالت المرونـة لجمیــع النمــاذج المحضـرة عنــد درجــات -3 الشــكل ویوضــح ارتفـاع درجــات الحـرارة ، .حرارة مختلفة المهمـة، ومــن مالحظــة یعــد سـلوك األنضــغاط للمــواد المتراكبـة مــن الخـواص المیكانیكیــة : اختبـار مقاومــة االنضـغاط)3( الذي یوضح قیم مقاومـة األنضـغاطیة لجمیـع النمـاذج عنـد درجـات حـرارة مختلفـة، نالحـظ أن التـدعیم بالـدقائق -4-الجدول ،(c°2±20)ولجمیع النمـاذج عنـد درجـة حـرارة الغرفـة (compresion strength)أدى الى زیادة مقاومة األنضغاطیة اعلــى قیمــة لمقاومــة األنضـــغاطیة ومــن ثــم المــادة المدعمـــة ) ep+r.w.f+g.p(نـــة امتلكــت المــادة المدعمــة الهجیاذ ـــردة ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــوالي ) ep+w.w.f(المنفـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــى التــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــة علــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــردة والهجینــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــة المنفــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــواد المدعمـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــا المــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ وتلتهــــ )ep+r.w.f(و،)ep+w.w.f+g.p(و،)ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f ( ــــنج ـــرة راتـــ ـــــة األخیــــ ـــي المرتبـ وجــــــاء فــــ لمقاومـة األنضـغاطیة،وان زیـادة مقاومـة األنضـغاطیة عنـد التـدعیم بالـدقائق یعـود الذي أمتلك أوطأ قیمة (ep)األیبوكسي ان متانـة أیـة مـادة متعلقـة وبصـورة اذ، [22]الى ان الدقائق تعمل بوصفها معوقات لنمو الشقوق والصـدوع وحـدوث الفشـل أساسیة بوجود العیوب التي تتضمنها المادة ومن الجدیر بالذكر أن متانة المـادة المتراكبـة یمكـن السـیطرة والـتحكم بهـا وذلـك عنــد اجـراء هـذا األختبـار عنــد درجـات حـرارة مختلفـة نالحــظ ،و [22]عـن طریـق السـیطرة علـى خصــائص بدایـة نمـو العیـب ار لقــیم مقاومـة األنضـغاطیة مــع ارتفـاع درجـات الحــرارة، وهـذا یعـزى الــى ضـعف المـادة األســاس وقـوة الــربط حصـول انحـد ان اذ، [15]اذ ان الحـرارة تجعـل الــراتنج أكثـر لیونـة ممــا یضـعف مقاومـة المــادة لحمـل األنضــغاطیة ،بینهـا وبـین الــدقائق كـذلك یمكــن تفســیر انخفــاض قـیم اجهــاد الخضــوع عنــد . [7]البـولیمرات تظهــر ســلوك مطیلــي عنـد ارتفــاع درجــات الحــرارة ان األیبوكسـي یتمــدد اذ ،ارتفـاع درجـات الحـرارة بســبب األخـتالف فـي معامـل التمــدد الحـراري بـین المـادة األســاس والـدقائق سـاس ممـا دون تمدد وهكذا تكون الدقائق بوصفها نقـاط ضـعف للمـادة األ من عند هذه الدرجات الحراریة بینما الدقائق تبقى ، وهـذا مــا یفسـر امـتالك األیبوكسـي غیـر المـدعم اعلـى مقاومـة انضــغاط [7]یعطـي للمـادة المدعمـة مقاومـة واطئـة للكسـر العالقـــة بـــین قـــیم مقاومـــة -4-الشـــكل ویوضـــح.(ductile)یتحـــول الـــى مـــادة مطیلیـــة اذ ،عنـــد ارتفـــاع درجـــات الحـــرارة .لفةماذج عند درجات حرارة مختاألنضغاطیة لجمیع الن االستنتاجات : في بعض الخواص المیكانیكیة تم استنتاج االتيدرجة الحرارة تأثیرالتدعیم و اجراء البحث والدراسة حول بعد 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد فضــال ،لجمیــع النمـاذج عنـد درجــة حـرارة الغرفـةو المیكانیكیـةملحوضـة فــي الخـواص التـدعیم بالـدقائق أدى الــى زیـادة -1 درجـة الحـرارة بینمـا یقـل معامـل المرونـة ومقاومـة االنضـغاط بارتفـاع بارتفـاعمقاومـة الصـدمة في زیادةحصول عن .درجات الحرارة .لحراریة المرتفعةعند الدرجات ا واالنضغاط أمتالك عینات األیبوكسي غیر المدعم أعلى قیم لمقاومة الصدمة-2 ـــل التــــدعیم الـــذي تضــــیفه الــــدقائق ان وجـــود ألیــــاف الصــــوف الصــــخري -3 ـــى المــــادة مــــع الـــدقائق یعمــــل علــــى تقلیـ الـ الصـدمة الـى ضافة مسحوق الزجاج الى المادة المتراكبة الدقائقیة المنفـردة تـؤدي الـى زیـادة مقاومـة ة،اما عند االمتراكب ما یقارب ثالثة اضعاف، مواصـفة جدیــدة تمثلـت بأمتالكهــا الهجینـة )بنـوعین مـن الخشــب وألیـاف الصـوف الصــخري(المدعمــة أظهـرت المـادة -4 .معامل مرونة أوطأ من معامل مرونة عینات األیبوكسي غیر المدعمة المصادر 1. sumita,m .; ookuma, t.; m iyasaka, k. and ishikawa, k.(1982), journal of m aterials science , effect of ultra fine particles on t he elastic p rop erties of oriented polyp ropy lene comp osites, 17(10):2869 -2877. 2. chand,n.; dan ,k.t verma .s and rohat gi ,p.k.(1987),journal of m aterials science letters , rice hush ask filled-p olyester resin comp osites, 6 (6): 733-735. ق ،) 1999(ایناس محي ، ،ھادي .3 دراسة الخواص المیكانیكیة و الحراریة للبولي استر غیر المشبع و المدعم بدقائ . الجامعة التكنولوجیة –علوم تطبیقیة ، رسالة ماجستیر،سیرامیكیة 4. m atsumura,t. ;ochi, m and nagata ,k. (2003) journal of app lied poly mer science, thermomechan ical prop erties , structure , & conductivity of organic / inor ganic hy brid m aterial filled with a conductive filler , 90: 1980-1984. د احمد سرحان، 5. جوز الھند، دراسة الخصائص المیكانیكیة و ا)2007(احم ، لحراریة لمتراكبات بولیمیریة من قشور .الجامعة التكنولوجیة-علوم تطبیقیة رسالة ماجستیر، 6. gupt a,m .c. and gup ta ,a.p. (2005), poly mer composite, published by new age international(p)ltd,newdelhi. 7. bhatnagar ,m .s. (2004), ch emistry & technology of p olymers, 3 , p ublished by s.chand & co mpany ltd , new delhi. 8. hull .d , (1980) , an introduction to comp osite m aterials, 1st edition , f irst p ublished , cambridge university press u.k . ى ،)2000(نجالء رشدي محمد ،،علیان 9. راریة لخلطات بولیمیریة و اخر راسة الخواص المیكانیكیة و الح تصنیع و د .الجامعة التكنولوجیة –قسم العلوم التطبیقیة ،رسالة دكتوراه،مدعمة 10. tolf ,g ,and clarin ,p. (1984) , fiber science & technology , comparsion between flexur al & tensile m odulus of fiber comp osites, 21(4): 319-326. 11. broutman, l.j .(1974),composite m aterials ,fracture & fatigu e, 5 , academic press inc. 12. owen ,a.b . (1979), journal of m aterials scien ce, dir ect observations of debonding at crack tip s in glass bead f illed ep oxy , 14(10): 25212523. 13. youn g .r.j. and b eaumont .p.w.r , (1977), journa l of m aterial science, failur e of britt le poly mers by slow crack growt h p art 3 : effect of composition up on the fracture of silica p article filled ep oxy resin compositions,12(4):(684-692). 14. tavakoli, .s.m .; palfrey ,r.a. and phillips, m .g. (1989),composites, 20(20): 159 – 165. 15. grawford ,r.j .(1987),plastics engineering, second ed ition , pregmon press, new york. 16. seung – hwan lee & ohkita ,t. (2003), journal of app lied poly mer science, m echanical & thermal flow prop erties of wood flour biodegradab le poly mer composites, 90: 1900 – 1905. 17. youn g ,r.j . ; m axwell,d.l. and kinlock ,a.j. (1986), journal of m aterials science, the deformation of hy brid particulate comp osites, 21(2): 380 -388. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 18. vladkova ,t.; vassilera ,st. and natov, m .(2003),journal of app lied science, wood flour a new filler for the rubber processing indust ry . i . cure characteristics & m echanical prop erties of wood flour filled nbr & nbr/pvc co mpounds, 90: 2734 – 2739. 19. stepek, j. and daoust ,h. (1983 ), additives for plastics, sp ringer varla g new york heidelber g b erlin. 20. kulkarni ,s. ; dha,d.; m urthy ,c and kishore, (2002), bulletin of m aterials science, analysis of filler fiber interaction in fly ash filled short fiberepoxy comp osites using ultrasonic nde, 25(2): 137-140. 21. m ccrum, n.g.; buckly ,c.p. and bucknall ,c.bb , (1997), princip le of poly mer engineer ing , second edition, jhon wiley & sons, new york. 22. pand , j and sharma ,d. (1984), fiber science & technology , fracture toughness of short glass fiber & glass particulate hy brid comp osites, 21(4): 307-317. یبین االبعاد القیاسیة للعینات):1(جدول المواصفات القیاسیة األبعاد القیاسیة للعینات نوع األختبار أختبار الصدمة impact test ansi/astm-d790 نحناء أختبار األ bend ing test iso-179 نضغاط أختبار اال compression test astm-d695 یبین قیم مقاومة الصدمة عند درجات حراریة مختلفة): 2(جدول impa ct s trength (kj/m 2 ) material c˚2±60 c˚2±40 c˚2±20 13.1 8.35 8.2 ep +r.w.f+g.p 9.4 3.1 2.8 ep +r.w.f 11.4 3.7 2.5 ep +r.w+r.w.f+w. w.f 8.5 6.4 6.2 ep +w.w.f+g.p 6.5 3.1 2.7 ep +w.w.f 67.3 5.6 2.1 ep یبین قیم معامالت یونك عند درجات حراریة مختلفة): 3( جدول young‘s modul us (mpa) material c˚2±60 c˚2±40 c˚2±20 23.72 274.91 2307.56 ep +r.w.f+g.p 20.67 228.98 1944.07 ep +r.w.f 110.64 248.39 1297.98 ep +r.w+r.w.f+w. w.f 159.14 259.95 1608.05 ep +w.w. f+g.p 21.21 297.73 1846.64 ep +w.w.f 18.48 20.41 1415.41 ep ة (4):جدول یبین قیم مقاومة االنضغاط عند درجات حراریة مختلف الهیثم مجلة ابن الصرفة للعلوم والتطبیقیة 24المجلد 2011 )2 ( یبین االجھزة المستخدمة في الفحوصات):1(شكل بین قیم مقاومة الصدمة عند درجات حرارة مختلفةیبین العالقة ):(2شكل compresi on strength (mpa) material c˚2±60 c˚2±40 c˚2±20 46.97 53.65 96.26 ep +r.w.f+g.p 36.02 42.71 92.11 ep +r.w.f 41.97 46.56 74.48 ep +r.w+r.w.f+w. w.f 37.83 45.94 87.51 ep +w.w.f+g.p 43.37 45.93 93.57 ep +w.w. f 61.38 63.15 73.86 ep ة جھاز اختبار الصدم جھازاختبار األنحناء جھازاختبار االنضغاطیة 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 0 20 40 60 80 temp erature ( c) im p ac t s tr en g th ( k j/ m ^2 ) ep+r. w.f+g.p ep+r. w.f ep+r. w+r. w.f+w .w .f ep+w .w .f+g .p ep+w .w .f ep º الهیثم للعلوم مجلة ابن والتطبیقیة الصرفة ) 2( 24المجلد 2011 یبین العالقة بین قیم معامالت یونك عند درجات حرارة مختلفة :)3(شكل 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 0 20 40 60 80 temperature ( c) y o u n g `s m o d o u lu s ( m p a ) ep+r.w.f+ g.p ep+r.w.f ep+r.w+r.w .f+w.w.f ep+w.w.f+g .p ep+w.w.f ep º 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 20 40 60 80 temperature ( c) c o m p re s s iv e s t re n g th ( m p a ) ep+r.w .f+ g.p ep+r.w .f ep+r.w +r.w. f+w.w. f ep+w .w. f+g.p ep+w .w. f ep º یبین العالقة بین قیم مقاومة االنضغاط عند درجات حرارة مختلفة ):4(شكل ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 studing effect of temperature on some mechanical properties o f single and hybrid composites m. z. abdullah, a. r. al-sarraf, b. m. dhiaa* departme nt of physics، college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad * department of application sciences , unive rsity of technology received in: 16, february , 2010 accepte d in: 30, june, 2010 abstract in this research,we are st udied imp act st rength, bending and comp ression st rength of comp osites including the epoxy resin as a matrix , with gawaian red wood flour ,russian white wood flour ,glass p owder and rock wool fibers as reinforcement materials with volume fraction (20%) for all samples,and comp ared them in different conditions of temp eratures. the results have shown t hat t he impact st rength increased with the reinforcement with (p articles and fibers),and at high temp eratures for all samples p repared,and also observed an increase in elasticity coefficient of epoxy comp osites filled with (different p articles) and decreased in elasticity coefficient of epoxy comp osites filled with (p articles and fibers) , on the other hand the elasticity coefficient of all the samples p repared decreased at high temp eratures,and increased in compression st rength of all samples at room temp erature ,but at high temp eratures comp ression st rength of all samp les decreased. key words: epoxy resin , comp osites , mechan ical p rop erties , rockwool fibers , wood flour ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 synthesis o f 1, 2, 4triazole derivatives and their biological activity study e. m. hussain departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bnal-haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract this study includes the sy nthesis of new derivatives of 1, 2, 4triazole which are contain schiff bases derived from 1, 4, 5, 6tetrahy dropy rimidine. the st ructures of these derivatives were characterized fro m their melting points, infrared sp ectroscopy and elemental analysis. t hese derivatives were tested for inhibition of e-coli and were all found to be active. introductions the sy nthesis of 1. 2, 4triazole derivatives has att racted widesp read att ention due to their diverse biolo gical activities, in cluding antimicrobial, antiinflammatory , analgesic, and antitumoral [1-7]. nurhan et al [8] h ave p repared some new 1, 2, 4 triazole derivatives with antimicrobial activity [figure 1]. h3c nn n ch3 nhc o h3c h3c c o o nn n ch3 nh2 n nn n c h3 nh c o c h3 n nn n c h3 hn c h2 r r= c o och3 ho oc h oh, , , , , [figure 1] neslihan [9] has sy nthesized comp ounds incorp orating both 1, 2, 4triazole and 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole due to t heir p ossible diverse pharmacological prop erties [figure 2]. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 r nn n ch2 nn s s o h r= ch3 , -ch2 ph , -ph h2c o nn sh [figure 2] abeer [10] has sy nthesized different derivatives of bis1, 2, 4-triazole of p ossible biolo gical activity [figure 3] am c ch2 s nn n h nn n s ch2 c c ch2 am h am c ch2 s nn n h nn n s ch2 c c ch2 am h (ch2)4 n nh nam=( ), ch2 c ch2 c [figure 3] biocidal activity of schiff bases have also been well established. these have been att ributed to the toxop horic c=n linkage in them [11]. amina [12] h as sy nthesized different heterocyclic comp ounds derived fro m dgalactose incorp oratoring both 1, 2, 4trizole and schiff bases [fi gure 4]. these derivatives were test ed for inhibition of e-coli and staphy lococcus and were all found to be active. o nn n o o o o h3c ch3 ch3 ch3 ch2 o ch2 sh hn ch r r= (p-mec6h4,p-me2nc6h4, m-o 2nc6 h4) [figure 4] in this study new derivatives of 1, 2, 4triazole which are contain schiff bases were sy nthesized and study their biological activity . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 experime ntal materials all chemical used were sup p lied from ried elde ha en ag, bdh chemicals, acros organics, janssen chemical, m erk chemicals fluska ag and hop kin and wiliams. e lemental analyzer were carried out by using c arlo erba / m od 1106, infrared sp ectra were record ed using shimadzu 408 (kbr disc) and meltin g p oints were recorded usin g electrot hermal meltin g p oint app aratus. t he biometrials were obtained from bio merieux ltd. s ynthbesis of 1, 4, 5, 6tetrahydropyrimi dine -2thi ol. 1 compound 1 was used as st arting material, this derivative was p repared by dissolving1,3 diaminoprop ane (1 ml) in ethanol (10 ml) and carbon disulphide (2 ml) was added. the mixture was stirred for (15) minutes then refluxed for (3) hrs, the mixture was cooled to room temp erature, then the white precipitate was formed filtered and recry st allized from ethanol to give 1. s ynthesis of 3, 4, 5, 6tetrahydropyrimi dine -2thioacetic acid. 2 compound 1 (3g, 25.86 mmo l) and sodium hy droxide (1.9, 27.5 mmol) wer e dissolved in ethanol (25 ml) and reflu xed for (2h). a solution of chloro acetic acid (2.44 g, 25.82 mmol) in ethanol (15 ml) was added. the reaction mixture was st irred for (24 hrs). t he white precipitate was filtered and recry st allized from ethanol to give 2. s ynthesis of 3, 4, 5, 6tetrahydropyrimi dine 2methylthioacetate. 3 compound 2 (5g, 28.73 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (100ml) and anhydrous sodium carbonate (3 g, 28.3 mmo l) was added. the mixture was reflu xed for (1h). dimethy lsulp hate (3.5 ml) was added and the mixture was further refluxed for (24 hrs). the solvent was removed under p ressure and the residue diluted with water and extracted with ethy lacetate (2x30 ml). the organic lay er was dried and removed to give 3 as solid. compound 3 was recrystallized from ethanol: water (8:2). s ynthesis of 3, 4, 5, 6,-tetrahydropyrimi de2thi oacetichydrazi de. 4 compound 3 (3g, 15.95 mmol) and hy drazine hy drate (15 ml) were dissolved in ethanol (25 ml). the reaction mixture was reflu xed for (24 hrs). the p recipitate which sep arated on cooling was fi ltered and recryst allized from ethanol to give 4. sy nthesis of 3, 4, 5, 6tetrahy dropy rimdine2thiomethy lpotassiumxanthate. 5 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 to a mixture of potassium hydroxide (0.9 g, 16.07 mmo l) and comp ound 4 (3 g, 15.95 mmol) in absolute ethanol (25 m l), carbon disulfide (1.5 ml) was added. the reaction mixture was diluted with ethanol (25 ml) and st irred over night at room temp erature. it was them diluted with dry ether (30 ml) y ieldin g a p ale y ellow p recipitate which was filtered, washed with ether and dried at room temp erature to give the p otassium salt 5 in quantitative y ield. the product was utilized in the next st ep without further p urification. s ynthesis of 2[5mercapto 4. amino-1, 2, 4-triaz o-3-yl] thiomethyl-3, 4, 5, 6tetrahydropyrimdine. 6 the p otassium salt 5 (2g, 6.62 mmol) was suspended directly in hy drazine hy drate (98%, 5 ml) and heated under reflu x for (3hrs). the mixture was cooling, diluted with water (75 ml) and f iltered. the filterate was neutralized with (10 %) hcl the p recipitate formed was filtered, dried and r ecry st allized from ethanol to give 6 as solid. sy nthesis of 2[m ercapto-4-ary lidineimino-1, 2, 4-triazol-3-yl]thiomethy l-3, 4, 5, 6 tetrahy dropy rimdine. (7-11) general procedure: a hot ethanolic solution of comp ound 6 (3g, 12.29 mmol) was mixed with a solution of the selected aldehy de (12.29 mmol) in (25 ml) ethanol. the resulting mixture was then reflu xed for (3 hrs). the p roduct was filtered and recry st allized from ethanol. results and discussion the strategy used for the sy nthesis new derivatives of 1, 2, 4-triazole was started with derivatve 1 in a ser ies of reactions. [scheme 1]. compound 1 was synthesized from the reaction of 1, 3diaminop rop ane with carbon disulphide [13]. the ir sp ectrum of 1 showed stretching bands at 3220 cm -1 , 1050 cm -1 and 1625 cm -1 for (nh), (c=s) and (c=n) resp ectively. tables (1) and (2) showed the characteristic ir absorp tion bands and p hysical prop erties for all new deriv atives. treatment of comp ound 1 with chloroacetic acid in b asic medium under ref lux gave 2. the ir sp ectrum of compound 2 showed the disapperance of st retching band at 1050 c m -1 for thion group with app erance of st retching band at 1660 cm -1 for (c=o) group resp ectively. compound 3 was synthesized by the reaction of compound 2 with dimethy lsulphate in aceton. the ir sp ectrum of 3 showed the disapp erance of st retching broad band of (oh) group at (3200-2300) cm -1 with apperance of (c=o) group at 1720 cm -1 which is disp lacement to high frequency . gatterman method [14] was used for the sy nthesis of ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 derivative 4. the ir sp ectrum of 4 showed the disp lacement of (c=o) group to low frequency at 1675 cm -1 with apperance of stretching band at 3355 cm -1 for (nh2) group . the salt 5 was indicated by its solubility and infrared sp ectrum which showed multip le (nh) st retching bands at (3300-3100) cm -1 , a stretching band at 1640 c m -1 due to a mide group . the sp ectrum, also showed absorp tion at1055 cm -1 , 1215 cm -1 which is att ributed to (c=s) and (n-n) stretching vibrations resp ectively. the cyclization of 5 to 6 could be accomplished by the suggested st eps [15] in [scheme 2]. the ir sp ectrum of compound 6 showed a sp lit broad band at 3360 and 3210 cm 1 which was assign ed to the asy mmetric and sy mmetric st retching bands of (nh2 and nh) group s resp ectively. the ir sp ectrum also showed a bending b and at 1645 cm -1 for (nh) group , st retching band at 1595 cm -1 for (c=n) endocy lic, appearance band at 1496 cm -1 due to (-n-c=s) toutomeric [ figur e 5]. the compounds 7-11 were sy nthesized from the reaction of comp ound 6 with different substituted benzaldehy des in p ara p osition. the ir sp ectra of these derivatives showed the disapp earance of st retching bands due to (nh2) of the triazole and (co) group of different substituted benzaldehy des with app earance of st retching band in the range (16101650) cm -1 att ribute to the imine group . compound 7-11 exhibited a biolo gical activity against e-coli bacteria. co mpound 11 exh ibited higher degree of activity than the others table (3). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 [scheme 1] ch2 ch2 ch2 nh2 nh2 + cs2 c2h5oh n n c h sh n n c s h h (1) (1a) n n c h s ch2 c o oh a n c n h s ch2 (2) c o och3 b (3) n c n h s ch2 c o nh (4) nh2 c n c n h s ch2 c o nh (5) c s s-k+nh d n n c h s ch2 (6) n n n h nh2 s n n c h s ch2 n nn s nh2 n n c n n c nn n h s ch2 nn n s n ch r h h s ch2 s n ch (7-11) e r h taut . t hion thiol h taut . thion thiol a: clch2cooh, naoh, c2h5oh. b: na2co3, (ch3)2so4, acetone. c: nh2-nh2, c2h5oh. d: cs2, c2h5oh, koh. e: nh2-nh2. h2o (98%). f: r cho , c2h5oh where r= h m e m eo cn compound no. 7 8 9 10 11 n m e m e ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 [scheme 2] r c o nhnh c s s k + nh2n h2 r c o nh nh c s s k + nh h n h2 r c o nh n h c sh n hh 2n s k r c o nh n h c s k n h2n h +-+ -h2 s r c o h n h n c nh2hn s k +r nn n nh2 s k + r h nh2 s k n nn h2 o +h3o + nn n n h2 r sh hcl+ kclr= ( n n c h s ch2 ) r c o nhnh2 koh/cs2 c2h5oh +h + ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 re ferences 1: neslihan, d.; ahmet, d.; sengul, a.and sancak, k. (2004), "sy nthesis and antimicrobial activities of some n ew 1,2,4-triazolre deriv atives", eur. j. m ed. chem. 39:793-804. 2: neslihan, d.; ahmet, d.; sengu l, a., and elif. c. (2005) " sy nthesis and antimicrobial activities of some new [1,2,4] triazolo [3,4-b] [1,3,4] thiadiazines" arkivoc (i). 7591. ant imicrobial activities", arkivoc (i), 7591. 3: neslihan, d.; ahmet, d.and sen gul, a. k. (2005), " sy nthesis and biological activity of new 1,2,4-triazol-3-one derivatives", russian j. bioor g. chem. 39 : 38797. 4: sabir, h.; gy oti, s.and m ohd, h. (2008), "sy nthesis and antimicrobial activities of 1,2,4-triazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives of 5amino-2-hydroxy benzoic acid", e. j. chem. 5 (4), 963968. 5: aiy alu, r. and kalasalingam, a. r. (2009), " sy nthesis of some novel triazole derivatives as anti-nociceptive and anti-inflammatory agents", 59: 355364. 6: m udasir, r. b.and abdul, r. (2009), "subst ituted 1,2,4-triazoles and thiazolidinonce from fatty acids: sp ectral charterization and antimicrobial activity ", indian j. chem., 48 b, 97-102. 7: m alii, r. r.; so mani, r. r. ; toraskar, m . p.; m ali, k. k.and shirodkar, p. y. (2009) "sy nthesis of some antifun gal and ant i-tubercular 1,2,4-triazole analoges", int. j. chem tech res., 1 (2). 168-173. 8: nurhan, g.; m evlut, s.; elif, c.; ali, s.and neslihan, d. (2007), "sy nthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new 1,2,4-triazole deriv atives", turk. j. chem. 31: 335-348. 9: neslihan, d. (2005) "sy nthesis and characterization of new trihetrocy clic comp ounds consisting of 1,2,4-triazol-3-one, 1,3,4-thiadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole rings", turk. j. chem. 29:125-133. 10: abeer, j. h. (2002), "sy nthesis and antimicrobial evolution of some new bis-1,3,4oxadiazole, b is-1,2,4-triazole and bis-1,3,4-thiadiazole deriv atives", m . sc. thesis, college of education/ ibn al-haitham baghdad university , 29-34. 11: hodett, e. m. and dunn, w. d. (1970), "structure – antitumor activity correlation of some schiff bases". j. m ed. chem., 13(4):768771. 12: amina, a. f. (2008). " sy nthesis of new heterocyclic comp ounds derived fro m dglactose and evolution of their biological activity of these derivatives" ph. d. t hesis, college of education/ ibn al-haitham, baghdad university ; 38-47 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 13: brown, d. j.and evans, r. f. (1962), "hy dropy rimidines. part i. 1,4,5,6tetrahy dropy rimidine and its derivatives", j. chem. so c. 527533. 14: gatterman, l.and weiland, h. (1952), "laboratory methods of organic chemistry ", m acillon co. p. 135. 15: hoggarth, e. (1952), "2-benzoly ldithiocarbazinic acid and related comp ounds" j. chem. so c., 48114817. table (1): characteristic ir a bsorption bands of the ne w derivatives compound no. infrared data (m axcm -1 ) (kbr disc) 1 (nh) 3220; (c=s) 1050; (c=n) 1625. 2 (nh) 3215; (oh) (3200-2300); (c=o) 1660; (c=n) 1620. 3 (nh) 3230; (c=o) 1720; (c=n) 1620. 4 (nh2) 3355; (nh) 3215; (c=o) 1675; (c=n) 1615. 5 m ultiple (nh) (33003100); (c=o) amide 1640; (c=n) 1615; (c=s) 1055; (n-n) 1215. 6 (nh2) 3360; (nh) 3210; (nh) bending (1645); (c=n) 1595; (-n-c=s) 1496; (c=s) 1055. 7 (nh) 3225; (c=s) 1055; (c=n) 1640; (c=c) (1590); (-n-c=s) 1490; (c=c) bendin g 820. 8 (nh) 3230; (c=s) 1050; (c=n) 1630; (c=c) 1600; (-n-c=s) 1495. (c=c)bending 815. 9 (nh) 3220; (c=s) 1050; (c=n) 1650; (c=c) 1595; (-n-c=s) 1495; (c=c) bending 820. 10 (nh) 3225; (c=s) 1050; (c=n) 1650; (c=c) 1610; (-n-c=s) 1495; (c=c) bending 835. 11 (nh) 3230; (c=s) 1055; (c=n) 1625; (c=c) 1595: (-n-c=s) 1495; (c=c) bending 830. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (2): physical propertie s for derivatives compound no. formula m elting p oint cº elemental analy sis calculated (found) yield % c% h% n% 1 c4h8n2s 210 41.37 (41.22) 6.89 (6.68) 24.13 (23.98) 78 2 c6h10n2o2s 172 41.37 (41.05) 5.74 (5.52) 16.09 (15.88) 82 3 c7h12n2o2s 188 44.68 (44.8) 6.38 (6.07) 14.59 (14.71) 77 4 c6h12n4os 231 38.29 (38) 6.38 (6.11) 29.78 (29.56) 91 6 c7h12n6s2 240 34.42 (34.22) 4.91 (4.9) 34.42 (34.61) 65 7 c14h16n6s2 227 50.60 (50.92) 4.81 (4.53) 25.30 (24.98) 88 8 c15h18n6s2 235 54.21 (53.99) 5.20 (5.18) 24.27 (24.45) 95 9 c15h18n6os2 196 49.72 (49.49) 4.97 (5.11) 23.02 (22.88) 78 10 c16h21n7s2 218 51.20 (51.00) 5.60 (5.82) 26.13 (26.33) 80 11 c15h15n7s2 226 50.42 (50.61) 4.20 (3.92) 27.45 (27.54) 96 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (3): effect of antimicrobial agents on esche richia coli compound no. effect of new derivatives on t he growt h of e-coli bacteria 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 9 concentratio n gm/ml 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 + 11 + blank + (-) no growt h (+) growth ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد فعالیة بایولوجیة محتملة وترایزول ذ -4،2،1تحضیر مشتقات جدیدة لـ محمد حسین إیمان جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة ر . حتوي على قواعد شفترایزول ت -4، 2، 1یدة من مركبات مشتقات جد تحضر تم في هذا البحث حض مادة 1استخدم المشتق رقم . ثنائي امین بروبان مع ثنائي كبریتید الكاربون 3، 1المركب ةمن مفاعل 1المشتق رقم مشتق ة علثم مفا. 6المشتق الىترایزول بعد مروره بسلسلة من التفاعالت وصوال 4، 2، 1ابتدائیة لتحضیر مشتقات 1ال اعطى اذ ،الذي عومل بدوره مع كبریتات ثنائي المثیل 2اعطى المشتق ،اذوسط قاعدي فيمع حامض كلورید الخلیك ةحضر من مفاعل 5المشتق . امع الهیدرازین بوجود الكحول مذیب 3المشتق ة حضر من معامل 4المشتق. 3المشتق الذي عومل بدوره مع 6اعطى المشتق ،اذمع الهیدرازین 5یت ثعومل ملح الزان. مع ثنائي كبریتید الكاربون 4المشتق الفعالیة البایولوجیة تدرس. 11-7من االلدیهایدات المختارة لیتم الحصول على مشتقات لقواعد شف من ة یدعدانواع .11رها فاعلیة هو المشتق ضد بكتریا القولون وكان اكث 11-7للمشتقات من ihjpas @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 on a bitopological (1,2)*proper functions sabiha i . mahmood department of mathematics/college of science/ al-mustansiriyah university received in: 14 junuary 2013 accepted in : 1 april 2013 abstract in this paper, we introduce a new type of functions in bitopological spaces, namely, (1,2)*-proper functions. also, we study the basic properties and characterizations of these functions . one of the most important of equivalent definitions to the (1,2)*-proper functions is given by using (1,2)*-cluster points of filters . moreover we define and study (1,2)*-perfect functions and (1,2)*-compact functions in bitopological spaces and we study the relation between (1,2)*-proper functions and each of (1,2)*-closed functions , (1,2)*-perfect functions and (1,2)*-compact functions and we give an example when the converse may not be true . key words: (1,2)*-proper functions, (1,2)*-perfect functions , (1,2)*-compact functions , (1,2)*-cluster points, (1,2)*2t -spaces , (1,2)*-compactly closed sets and (1,2)*-k-spaces . 358 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction the concept of a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ was first introduced by kelly [1] , where x is a nonempty set and 1τ , 2τ are topologies on x . lellis thivagar et. al. [2] introduced the concepts of (1,2)*-compact spaces and studied their properties . ravi et. al. [3] introduced the concepts of (1,2)*-closed functions . the purpose of this paper is to introduce a new class of functions, namely , (1,2)*-proper functions . we give the definition by depending on the definition of (1,2)*-closed functions . also, we study the characterizations and basic properties of (1,2)*-proper functions . we can prove that a (1,2)*-continuous function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is (1,2)*-proper if and only if whenever ξ is a filter on x and yy ∈ is a (1,2)*-cluster point of )(f ξ , then there is a (1,2)*-cluster point x of ξ such that y)x(f = . moreover we study (1,2)*-perfect functions and (1,2)*-compact functions in bitopological spaces and study the relation between (1,2)*-proper functions and each of (1,2)*-closed functions , (1,2)*-perfect functions and (1,2)*-compact functions and we give an example when the converse may not be true . throughout this paper ),,x( 21 ττ , ),,y( 21 σσ and ),,z( 21 ηη (or simply x , y and z ) represent non-empty bitopological spaces on which no separation axioms are assumed, unless otherwise mentioned . if xa ⊆ , then ),,a( aa 21 ττ is called a bitopological subspace of ),,x( 21 ττ . 1.preliminaries first we recall the following definitions: definition(1.1)[4]: a subset a of a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is called 21ττ -open if 21 uua = where 11u τ∈ and 22u τ∈ . the complement of a 21ττ -open set is called 21ττ -closed . notice that 21ττ open sets need not necessarily form a topology [4] . definition(1.2)[4]: let a be a subset of a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ .then: i) the 21ττ closure of a , denoted by )a(cl21ττ , is defined by: =ττ )a(cl21 }closedisf&fa:f{ 21 −ττ⊆ . ii) the 21ττ interior of a , denoted by )aint(21ττ , is defined by: =ττ )aint(21 }openisu&au:u{ 21 −ττ⊆ . definition(1.3)[2]: a function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ from a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ into a bitopological space ),,y( 21 σσ is called (1,2)*-continuous if )v(f 1− is 21ττ -closed set in x for every 21σσ -closed set v in y . definition(1.4)[5]: let ∧∈αααα τ′τ ),,x( be a family of bitopological spaces . on the product set α ∧∈α π= xx we define a bitopological structure ),( τ′τ by taking τ as the product topology generated by the ατ s and τ′ as the product topology generated by the ατ′ s . 359 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 definition(1.5)[6]: a filter ξ on a set x is a non-empty collection of non-empty subsets of x which has the following properties: i) every finite intersection of sets of ξ belongs to ξ . ii) every subset of x which contains a set of ξ belongs to ξ . definition(1.6)[6]: a non-empty collection 0ξ of non-empty subsets of a set x is called a filter base for some filter on x if and only if for each 0 2 0 1 0 f,f ξ∈ , there exists 0 3 0f ξ∈ such that 20 1 0 3 0 fff ⊆ . definition(1.7):a subset a of a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is called a (1,2)*-neighborhood of a point x in x if there exists a 21ττ -open set u in x such that aux ⊆∈ . the family of all (1,2)*-neighborhoods of a point xx ∈ is denoted by )x(n * . definition(1.8): a filter ξ on a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ has xx ∈ as an (1,2)*-cluster point (written x )*2,1( ∝ξ ) iff each ξ∈f meets each )x(nn ∗∈ . remark(1.9): a filter ξ on a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ has xx ∈ as an (1,2)*-cluster point iff }f:)f(cl{x 21 ξ∈ττ∈ . proof: to prove that }.f:)f(cl{xx 21 )*2,1( ξ∈ττ∈⇔∝ξ  φ≠ξ∈∀∈∀⇔∝ξ∴ fn,f&)x(nnx * )*2,1(  ξ∈∀φ≠∈∀⇔ ∗ f,nf,)x(nn  ξ∈∀ττ∈⇔ f),f(clx 21 }.f:)f(cl{x 21 ξ∈ττ∈⇔  definition(1.10): a filter base 0ξ on a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ has xx ∈ as an (1,2)*cluster point (written x )*2,1( 0 ∝ξ ) iff each 0f ξ∈ meets each )x(nn ∗∈ . definition(1.11)[5]: a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is called a (1,2)*2t -space (or quasihausdorff space if for any two distinct points x and y of x , there are two 21ττ -open sets u and v such that ux ∈ , vy ∈ and φ=vu  . definition(1.12)[2]: a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is said to be a (1,2)*-compact space if and only if every 21ττ -open cover of x has a finite subcover . theorem(1.13): a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is (1,2)*-compact if and only if given any family ∧∈αα }f{ of 21ττ -closed subsets of x such that the intersection of any finite number of the αf is non-empty, then φ≠ ∧∈α αf . proof: it is obvious . 360 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 theorem(1.14): a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is (1,2)*-compact if and only if every filter on x has an (1,2)*-cluster point . proof: ⇒ suppose that ),,x( 21 ττ is a (1,2)*-compact space and ξ be a filter on x . take }f:)f(cl{ 21 ξ∈ττ=ω , then by (1.5) ω has the finite intersection property (f.i.p.) . but x is (1,2)*-compact , then by (1.13) , φ≠ω . this implies that any point of this intersection is an (1,2)*-cluster point of ξ . ⇐ let ω be a collection of 21ττ -closed subsets of x such that ω has the f.i.p . then there exists a filter ξ on x such that ξ⊆ω . ⇒ }a:)a(cl{}f:)f(cl{ 2121 ω∈ττ⊆ξ∈ττ  . since ξ has an (1,2)*-cluster point , then there exists }f:)f(cl{x 21 ξ∈ττ∈ ⇒ φ≠ξ∈ττ }f:)f(cl{ 21 . since }a:)a(cl{}f:)f(cl{ 2121 ω∈ττ⊆ξ∈ττ  , then φ≠ω∈ττ }a:)a(cl{ 21 . but ω is a collection of 21ττ -closed subsets of x , then }a:a{ ω∈ }a:)a(cl{ 21 ω∈ττ=  . hence φ≠ω∈ }a:a{ and by (1.13) , x is a (1,2)*-compact space . 2. (1,2)*-closed functions definition(2.1)[3]: a function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ from a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ into a bitopological space ),,y( 21 σσ is called (1,2)*-closed (resp. (1,2)*-open) if )f(f is 21σσ closed (resp. 21σσ -open) in y for every 21ττ -closed (resp. 21ττ -open) set f in x . examples(2.2): i) let ),,(),,(:f µµℜ→µµℜ be a function which is defined by : ℜ∈∀= x,0)x(f . then f is an (1,2)*-closed function . ii) an inclusion function ),,x(),,f(:i ff τ′τ→τ′τ is (1,2)*-closed iff f is a τ′τ -closed set in x . theorem(2.3): a function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is (1,2)*-closed if and only if for each subset b of y and each 21ττ -open set u in x containing )b(f 1− , there exists a 21σσ -open set v in y containing b such that u)v(f 1 ⊆− . proof: ⇒ suppose that b is an arbitrary subset in y and u is an arbitrary 21ττ -open set in x containing )b(f 1− . put )ux(fyv −−= . then by ( 2.1) , v is a 21σσ -open set in y . since u)b(f 1 ⊆− ⇒ )by(fux 1 −⊆− − ⇒ by)ux(f −⊆− ⇒ )ux(fyb −−⊆ ⇒ vb ⊆ and u)v(f 1 ⊆− . conversely , let f be any 21ττ -closed set in x . put )f(fyb −= , then we have fx)b(f 1 −⊆− . since fx − is 21ττ -open , then by hypothesis there exists a 21σσ -open set 361 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 v in y such that vb ⊆ and fx)v(f 1 −⊆− . therefore, we obtain vy)f(f −= and hence )f(f is 21σσ -closed in y . this shows that f is a (1,2)*-closed function . theorem(2.4): let ),,x( 21 ττ , ),,y( 21 σσ and ),,z( 21 ηη be three bitopological spaces , and ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ , ),,z(),,y(:g 2121 ηη→σσ be two functions . then: i) if f and g are (1,2)*-closed , then fg  is (1,2)*-closed . ii) if fg  is (1,2)*-closed and f is (1,2)*-continuous and onto, then g is (1,2)*-closed . iii) if fg  is (1,2)*-closed and g is (1,2)*-continuous and one-to-one ,then f is (1,2)*-closed. proof: i) to prove that ),,z(),,x(:fg 2121 ηη→ττ is a (1,2)*-closed function . let f be any 21ττ -closed subset of x . since f is a (1,2)*-closed function, then )f(f is a 21σσ -closed set in y . since g is a (1,2)*-closed function , then ))f(f(g is a 21ηη -closed set in z , hence )f)(fg(  is a 21ηη -closed set in z . thus ),,z(),,x(:fg 2121 ηη→ττ is a (1,2)*-closed function . ii) to prove that ),,z(),,y(:g 2121 ηη→σσ is a (1,2)*-closed function . let f be any 21σσ closed subset of y . since f is (1,2)*-continuous, then )f(f 1− is a 21ττ -closed set in x . since fg  is (1,2)*-closed, then ))f(ff(g))f(f)(fg( 11 −− =  is a 21ηη -closed set in z . since f is onto ,then )f(g is a 21ηη -closed set in z . thus ),,z(),,y(:g 2121 ηη→σσ is a (1,2)*-closed function . iii) to prove that ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is a (1,2)*-closed function . let f be any 21ττ closed subset of x . since fg  is (1,2)*-closed, then )f)(fg(  is a 21ηη -closed set in z . since g is (1,2)*-continuous, then ))f(f)(gg())f(fg(g 11  −− = is a 21σσ -closed set in y . since g is one-to-one, then )f(f is a 21σσ -closed set in y . thus ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is a (1,2)*-closed function . theorem(2.5): let ),,y(),,x(:f σ′σ→τ′τ be a (1,2)*-closed function . then for each subset t of y , the function ),,t(),),t(f(:f tt)t(f)t(f 1 t 11 σ′σ→τ′τ −− − which agrees with f on )t(f 1− is also (1,2)*-closed function . proof: let f be a )t(f)t(f 11 −− τ′τ -closed subset of )t(f 1− . then there is a τ′τ -closed subset 1f of x such that )t(fff 11 −=  . since t)f(f)f(f 1t = and f is (1,2)*-closed function , then )f(f 1 is σ′σ -closed in y . hence t)f(f 1  is a ttσ′σ -closed set in t . thus tf is a (1,2)*closed function . theorem(2.6):if ),,y(),,x(:f 21 σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-closed function ,then the restriction of f to a τ′τ -closed subset f of x is a (1,2)*-closed function of f into y . proof: since f is a τ′τ -closed set in x , then the inclusion function ),,x(),,f(:i ff τ′τ→τ′τ 362 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 is a (1,2)*-closed function . since ),,y(),,x(:f 21 σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-closed function , then by (2.4) ),,y(),,f(:if 21ff σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-closed function . but f/fif = , thus the restriction function ),,y(),,f(:f/f 21ff σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-closed function . remark(2.7): if ),,y(),,x(:f 2112111 σσ→ττ and ),,y(),,x(:f 2122122 σ′σ′→τ′τ′ are two (1,2)*-closed functions . then ),,yy(),,xx(:ff 22112122112121 σ′×σσ′×σ×→τ′×ττ′×τ×× is not necessarily a (1,2)*-closed function . example: let ),,(),,(:f1 µµℜ→µµℜ be a function which is defined by : ℜ∈∀= x,0)x(f1 . and let ),,(),,(:f 2 µµℜ→µµℜ be a function which is defined by : ℜ∈∀= x,x)x(f 2 . where 2f is the identity function on ℜ . clearly 1f and 2f are (1,2)*closed functions , but ),,(),,(:ff 21 µ′µ′ℜ×ℜ→µ′µ′ℜ×ℜ× such that ℜ×ℜ∈∀=× )y,x(,)y,0()y,x)(ff( 21 (where µ′ is the product topology on ℜ×ℜ ) is not a (1,2)*-closed function , since the set }1yx:)y,x{(a =ℜ×ℜ∈= is µ′µ′ -closed in ℜ×ℜ , but }0{\}0{\}0{)a)(ff( 21 ℜ≅ℜ×=× is not µ′µ′ -closed in ℜ×ℜ . theorem(2.8): let ),,y(),,x(:f 2112111 σσ→ττ and ),,y(),,x(:f 2122122 σ′σ′→τ′τ′ be functions . if ),,yy(),,xx(:ff 22112122112121 σ′×σσ′×σ×→τ′×ττ′×τ×× is (1,2)*-closed , then 1f and 2f are also (1,2)*-closed functions . proof: suppose that ),,yy(),,xx(:ff 4321212121 ρρ×→ρρ×× is a (1,2)*-closed function where 4,3,2,1i,i =ρ be the product topology on 21 xx × and 21 yy × respectively . to prove that ),,y(),,x(:f 2112111 σσ→ττ is (1,2)*-closed . let f be a 21ττ -closed subset of 1x , to prove that )f(f1 is 21σσ -closed in 1y . suppose that )f(fg 1= ⇒ 2xf× is 21ρρ -closed in 21 xx × . since 21 ff × is (1,2)*-closed ⇒ )x(fg)x(f)f(f)xf)(ff( 22221221 ×=×=×× is 43ρρ -closed in 21 yy × . i.e. )x(fg)x(fg(cl 222243 ×=×ρρ ⇒ g)g(cl21 =σσ ⇒ )f(fg 1= is 21σσ -closed in 1y ⇒ ),,y(),,x(:f 2112111 σσ→ττ is a (1,2)*-closed function . by the same way we can prove that 2f is a (1,2)*-closed function . thus 1f and 2f are (1,2)*-closed functions . definition(2.9)[7]: a function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ from a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ into a bitopological space ),,y( 21 σσ is called (1,2)*-homeomorphism if : i) f is (1,2)*-continuous . ii) f is one-to-one and onto . iii) f is (1,2)*-closed (or (1,2)*-open ) . 3. (1,2)*-proper functions in this section we introduce a new type of functions in bitopological spaces which we call (1,2)*-proper functions . besides we give examples and theorems . definition(3.1): a function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ from a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ into 363 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 a bitopological space ),,y( 21 σσ is called (1,2)*-proper if : i) f is (1,2)*-continuous . ii) ),,zy(),,zx(:if 2121z τ′×στ×σ×→τ′×ττ×τ×× is (1,2)*-closed for every bitopological space ),,z( τ′τ . examples(3.2): i) let ),,(),,(:f µµℜ→µµℜ be a function which is defined by : ℜ∈∀= x,0)x(f . notice that f is a (1,2)*-closed function , but f is not a (1,2)*-proper function , since for the usual bitopological space ),,( µµℜ the function ),,(),,(:if µ×µµ×µℜ×ℜ→µ×µµ×µℜ×ℜ× ℜ which is defined by ℜ×ℜ∈∀=× ℜ )y,x(,)y,0()y,x)(if( is not a (1,2)*-closed function . ii) an inclusion function ),,x(),,f(:i ff τ′τ→τ′τ is (1,2)*-proper iff f is a τ′τ -closed set in x . theorem(3.3):every (1,2)*-proper function is a (1,2)*-closed function . proof: let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ be a (1,2)*-proper function , then the function ),,zy(),,zx(:if 2121z τ′×στ×σ×→τ′×ττ×τ×× is (1,2)*-closed for every bitopological space ),,z( τ′τ . let }t{z = , then y}t{yzy&x}t{xzx ≅×=×≅×=× and we can replace zif × by f . thus ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is a (1,2)*-closed function . remark(3.4): the converse of (3.3) may not be true in general . consider the following example: example: in (3.2) (i) , ),,(),,(:f µµℜ→µµℜ is a (1,2)*-closed function, but it is not a (1,2)* proper function . theorem(3.5):let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ be a (1,2)*-continuous and one-to-one function. then the following statements are equivalent: i) f is (1,2)*-proper . ii) f is (1,2)*-closed . iii) f is a (1,2)*-homeomorphism of x onto a 21σσ -closed subset of y . proof: by theorem (3.3), )iii( → . )iiiii( → . assume that ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is a (1,2)*-closed function . since x is a 21ττ -closed set in x , then )x(f is a 21σσ -closed set in y . since f is (1,2)*-continuous and one-to-one, then f is a (1,2)*-homeomorphism of x onto a 21σσ -closed subset )x(f of y . )iiii( → . to prove that ),,zy(),,zx(:if 4321z ρρ×→ρρ×× is (1,2)*-closed for every bitopological space ),,z( τ′τ , where 4,3,2,1i,i =ρ be the product topology on zx × and zy × respectively . since f is a (1,2)*-homeomorphism of x onto a 21σσ -closed subset f of y , then zif × is a (1,2)*-homeomorphism of zx × onto a 43ρρ -closed subset zf× of 364 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 zy × and therefore zif × is (1,2)*-closed . thus ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is a (1,2)*proper function . corollary(3.6): every (1,2)*-homeomorphism is a (1,2)*-proper function . remark(3.7): the converse of (3.6) may not be true in general . consider the following example: example: let ),,(),],1,0([:f µµℜ→µ′µ′ be a function which is defined by : ]1,0[x,x)x(f ∈∀= . (where µ′ is the relative usual topology on [0,1]) . clearly that f is a (1,2)*-proper function, but it is not (1,2)*-homeomorphism . theorem(3.8):let ),,y(),,x(:f σ′σ→τ′τ be a (1,2)*-proper function . then for each subset t of y , the function ),,t(),),t(f(:f tt)t(f)t(f 1 t 11 σ′σ→τ′τ −− − which agrees with f on )t(f 1− is also (1,2)*-proper . proof: to prove that ),,t(),),t(f(:f tt)t(f)t(f 1 t 11 σ′σ→τ′τ −− − is (1,2)*-proper . since f is (1,2)*-continuous , then so is tf . since f is (1,2)*-proper , then for every bitopological space ),,z( τ′τ the function ),,zy(),,zx(:if 4321z ρρ×→ρρ×× is (1,2)*-closed , where 4,3,2,1i,i =ρ be the product topology on zx × and zy × respectively . since ztzzt )if(if ××=× , then by (2.5) zt if × is (1,2)*-closed . thus ),,t(),),t(f(:f tt)t(f)t(f 1 t 11 σ′σ→τ′τ −− − is a (1,2)*-proper function . definition(3.9): if the function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is (1,2)*-proper and ),,x( 21 ττ is a (1,2)*2t -space, then f is called a (1,2)*-perfect function . corollary(3.10):every (1,2)*-perfect function is a (1,2)*-proper function . remark(3.11): the converse of (3.10) may not be true in general . consider the following example: example: let ),,(),,(:f .cof.cof.cof.cof ττℜ→ττℜ be the identity function , where .cofτ be the cofinite topology on ℜ . then f is a (1,2)*-homeomorphism and by (3.6) , f is (1,2)*-proper . since ),,( .cof.cof ττℜ is not a (1,2)*2t -space, then f is not a (1,2)*-perfect function . theorem(3.12): let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ and ),,z(),,y(:g 2121 ηη→σσ be two (1,2)* continuous functions . then: i) if f and g are (1,2)*-proper, then fg  is (1,2)*-proper . ii) if fg  is (1,2)*-proper and f is onto, then g is (1,2)*-proper . iii) if fg  is (1,2)*-proper and g is one-to-one , then f is (1,2)*-proper . 365 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 proof: i) it is clear that ),,z(),,x(:fg 2121 ηη→ττ is (1,2)*-continuous . let ),,z( 1 τ′τ be any bitopological space . we have : )if()ig(i)fg( !11 zzz ××=×  . since f and g are (1,2)*proper, then 1z if × and 1z ig × are (1,2)*-closed . hence by (2.4) , no.(i) !z i)fg( × is (1,2)*closed . thus fg  is a (1,2)*-proper function . ii) to prove that ),,zz(),,zy(:ig 211211z1 τ′×ητ×η×→τ′×στ×σ×× is (1,2)*-closed for every bitopological space 1z . since fg  is (1,2)*-proper, then )if()ig(i)fg( !11 zzz ××=×  is (1,2)*-closed . since f is (1,2)*-continuous and onto, then so is 1z if × , hence by (2.4), no. (ii) 1z ig × is (1,2)*-closed . thus ),,z(),,y(:g 2121 ηη→σσ is a (1,2)*-proper function . iii) to prove that ),,zy(),,zx(:if 211211z1 τ′×στ×σ×→τ′×ττ×τ×× is (1,2)*-closed for every bitopological space 1z . since fg  is (1,2)*-proper, then )if()ig(i)fg( !11 zzz ××=×  is (1,2)*-closed . since g is one-to-one and (1,2)*-continuous, then so is 1z ig × , hence by (2.4) , no. (iii) 1z if × is (1,2)*-closed . thus ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is a (1,2)*-proper function . corollary(3.13): if ),,y(),,x(:f 21 σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-proper function, then the restriction of f to a τ′τ -closed subset f of x is a (1,2)*-proper function of f into y . proof: since f is a τ′τ -closed set in x , then the inclusion function ),,x(),,f(:i ff τ′τ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-proper function . since ),,y(),,x(:f 21 σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-proper function , then by (3.12) , no.(i) ),,y(),,f(:if 21ff σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-proper function . but f/fif = , thus the restriction function ),,y(),,f(:f/f 21ff σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-proper function . corollary(3.14): if ),,y(),,x(:f 21 σσ→τ′τ is a (1,2)*-perfect function, then the restriction of f to a τ′τ -closed subset f of x is a (1,2)*-perfect function of f into y . proof: it is obvious . corollary(3.15): the composition of two (1,2)*-perfect functions is a (1,2)*-perfect function. corollary(3.16):let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ and ),,z(),,y(:g 2121 ηη→σσ be functions . if f is a (1,2)*-perfect function and g is a (1,2)*-proper function . then fg  is a (1,2)*perfect function . theorem(3.17): if ),,y(),,x(:f 2112111 σσ→ττ and ),,y(),,x(:f 2122122 σ′σ′→τ′τ′ are two (1,2)*-proper functions . then ),,yy(),,xx(:ff 22112122112121 σ′×σσ′×σ×→τ′×ττ′×τ×× is also (1,2)*-proper function . proof: let ),,z( τ′τ be any bitopological space .we can write z21 iff ×× by the composition of z2y ifi 1 ×× and zx1 iif 2 ×× . since 1f and 2f are (1,2)*-proper functions, then 366 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 zx1 iif 2 ×× and z2y ifi 1 ×× are (1,2)*-closed functions , hence by (2.4), no. (i) )iif()ifi( zx1z2y 21 ××××  is (1,2)*-closed . but )iif()ifi(iff zx1z2yz21 21 ××××=××  ⇒ z21 iff ×× is a (1,2)*-closed function . thus ),,yy(),,xx(:ff 22112122112121 σ′×σσ′×σ×→τ′×ττ′×τ×× is a (1,2)*-proper function . theorem(3.18): let ),,y(),,x(:f 2112111 σσ→ττ and ),,y(),,x(:f 2122122 σ′σ′→τ′τ′ be two (1,2)*-continuous functions such that 21 ff × is a (1,2)*-proper function . then , 1f and 2f are (1,2)*-proper . proof: let ),,z( τ′τ be any bitopological space . since 21 ff × is (1,2)*-proper , then ),,zyy(),,zxx(:iff 43212121z21 ρρ××→ρρ×××× is (1,2)*-closed , where 4,3,2,1i,i =ρ be the product topology on zxx 21 ×× and respectively . to prove that ),,zy(),,zx(:if 432212z2 ηη×→ηη×× is (1,2)*-closed , where 4,3,2,1i,i =η be the product topology on zx 2 × and zy2 × respectively . let f be any 21ηη -closed set in zx 2 × and )f)(if(g z2 ×= . to prove that g is 43ηη -closed in zy2 × . since φ≠1x , then fx1 × is 21ρρ -closed in zxx 21 ×× . since z21 iff ×× is (1,2)*-closed, then g)x(f)fx)(iff( 111z21 ×=××× is 43ρρ -closed in zyy 21 ×× ⇒ g)x(f)g)x(f(cl 111143 ×=×ρρ ⇒ g)g(cl43 =ηη ⇒ )f)(if(g z2 ×= is 43ηη -closed in zy2 × . therefore z2 if × is (1,2)*-closed . thus 2f is a (1,2)*-proper function . by the same way we can prove that 1f is (1,2)*-proper . lemma(3.19): let ),,x( 21 ττ be any bitopological space such that the constant function }w{p),,x(:f 21 =→ττ is (1,2)*-proper .then x is a (1,2)*-compact space, where w is any point which does not belong to x . proof: let ξ be a filter on x and let }w{xx =′ . then }m:}w{m{ ξ∈=ξ′  is a filter on x′ . this filter with φ form a topology on x′ say τ . hence ),,x( ττ′ is a bitopological space associated with ξ . let xx ′×⊆∆ such that }xx:)x,x{( ∈=∆ and let f)(cl21 =∆ρρ be the 21ρρ -closure of ∆ in ),,xx( 21 ρρ′× , where 2,1i,i =ρ be the product topology on xx ′× . since p),,x(:f 21 →ττ is (1,2)*-proper , then xpxx:if x ′×→′×× ′ is (1,2)*-closed . but xxp ′≅′× so xxx:pr2 ′→′× is (1,2)*-closed . hence )f(pr2 is ττ -closed in x′ . since ∆∈)x,x( for each xx ∈ ⇒ )(pr)x,x(prx 22 ∆∈= for each xx ∈ ⇒ )f(prx 2⊆ ⇒ )f(pr))f(pr(cl)x(cl 22 =ττ⊆ττ . since )x(clw ττ∈ ⇒ )f(prw 2∈ ⇒ xx ∈∃ such that f)(cl)w,x( 21 =∆ρρ∈ .by the definition of the bitopology of xx ′× , this means that for each zyy 21 ×× 367 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 (1,2)*-neighborhood v of x in x and each ξ∈m , we have φ≠∆× )mv( ⇒ φ≠mv  . hence x is a (1,2)*-cluster point of the filter ξ . thus x is a (1,2)*-compact space . theorem(3.20): let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ be a (1,2)*-continuous function . then the following statements are equivalent: i) f is (1,2)*-proper . ii) f is (1,2)*-closed and )y(f 1− is (1,2)*-compact for each yy ∈ . iii) if ξ is a filter on x and if yy ∈ is a (1,2)*-cluster point of )(f ξ ,then there is a (1,2)* cluster point x of ξ such that y)x(f = . proof: )iii( → . if f is (1,2)*-proper ,then by (3.3) f is (1,2)*-closed . to prove that )y(f 1− is (1,2)*compact for each yy ∈ . since f is (1,2)*-proper , then by (3.8) }y{)y(f:f 1}y{ → − is (1,2)*-proper for each yy ∈ . by lemma (3.19) , we get )y(f 1− is (1,2)*-compact for each yy ∈ . )iii( → . to prove that ),,zy(),,zx(:ifh 4321z ρρ×→ρρ××= is (1,2)*-closed for every bitopological space ),,z( τ′τ , where 4,3,2,1i,i =ρ be the product topology on zx × and zy × respectively . let c be any 21ρρ -closed in zx × . to prove that d)c(h = is 43ρρ closed in zy × . let cd)s,y( ∈ ⇒ )d(h)s,y(h c11 −− ∈ ⇒ )d(h)s,y()if( c11z −− ∈× ⇒ )d(h)s,y)(if( c11z 1 −−− ∈× ⇒ c1 c}s{)y(f ⊆×− , where cc is 21ρρ -open in zx × ⇒ ∃ 21ττ -open set u in x and τ′τ -open set v in z such that c1 cvu}s{)y(f ⊆×⊆×− ⇒ u)y(f 1 ⊆− and v}s{ ⊆ . since f and zi are (1,2)*-closed , then by (2.3) ∃ 21σσ -open set u′ in y and τ′τ -open set v′ in z such that u}y{ ′⊆ , v}s{ ′⊆ , u)u(f 1 ⊆′− and v)v(i 1z ⊆′ − ⇒ cdvu)s,y( ⊆′×′∈ ⇒ cd is 43ρρ -open ⇒ d is 43ρρ -closed in zy × . hence ),,zy(),,zx(:if 4321z ρρ×→ρρ×× is (1,2)*-closed . thus ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ is (1,2)*-proper . )iiiii( → . let ξ be a filter on x and yy ∈ be a (1,2)*-cluster point of )(f ξ 368 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ⇒ }f:))f(f(cl{y 21 ξ∈σσ∈ . since f is (1,2)*-closed and (1,2)*-continuous , then by [1,8] ))f(cl(f))f(f(cl 2121 ττ=σσ for every ξ∈f ⇒ ))f(cl(fy 21ττ∈ for every ξ∈f ⇒ φ≠ττ− )f(cl)y(f 21 1  for every ξ∈f . let }f:)f(cl)y(f{ 21 1 0 ξ∈ττ=ξ −  ⇒ 0ξ is a filter base on )y(f 1− whose elements are )y(f2)y(f1 11 −− ττ -closed subsets of ),),y(f( )y(f2)y(f1 1 11 −− ττ− . since )y(f 1− is (1,2)*-compact , then by (1.14 ) there exist )y(fx 1−∈ such that }f:)f(cl)y(f{x 21 1 ξ∈ττ∈ −  ⇒ ∃ )y(fx 1−∈ such that )f(clx 21ττ∈ for every ξ∈f ⇒ x )*2,1( ∝ξ and y)x(f = . )iiiii( → . let a be a non-empty 21ττ -closed subset of x and let ξ be the filter of subsets of x which contains a ⇒ a is the set of (1,2)*-cluster points of ξ . let b be the set of (1,2)*cluster points of )(f ξ on y ⇒ b is 21σσ -closed set in y and b)a(f ⊆ . to prove that )a(fb ⊆ , let by ∈ ⇒ y)(f )*2,1( ∝ξ by (iii), ∃ xx ∈ such that x )*2,1( ∝ξ and y)x(f = . but a is the set of all (1,2)*-cluster points of ξ , then ax ∈ and y)x(f = ⇒ )a(fy ∈ ⇒ )a(fb ⊆ ⇒ )a(fb = ⇒ f is (1,2)*-closed . now , to prove that )y(f 1− is (1,2)*-compact for each yy ∈ . let yy ∈ , then either φ=− )y(f 1 or φ≠− )y(f 1 . if φ=− )y(f 1 ⇒ )y(f 1− is (1,2)*-compact . if φ≠− )y(f 1 , then let ξ be a filter on )y(f 1− ⇒ )(f ξ be a filter generated by f on }y{ , but }y{ is (1,2)*-compact and }y{y ∈ , then y)(f )*2,1( ∝ξ in y}y{ ⊆ . this implies that y)(f )*2,1( ∝ξ in y . by (iii) ∃ xx ∈ such that x )*2,1( ∝ξ and y)x(f = ⇒ )y(fx 1−∈ and )y(f 1− is (1,2)* compact for each yy ∈ . corollary(3.21): a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is (1,2)*-compact if and only if the constant function }w{p),,x(:f 21 =→ττ is (1,2)*-proper . proof: it is obvious . theorem(3.22): if ),,x( 21 ττ is any (1,2)*-compact space and ),,y( 21 σσ is any bitopological 369 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 space , then the projection ),,y(),,yx(:pr 2122112 σσ→σ×τσ×τ× is a (1,2)*-proper function . proof: since ),,x( 21 ττ is a (1,2)*-compact space, then by (3.21) p),,x(:f 21 →ττ is (1,2)* proper . since ),,y(),,y(:i 2121y σσ→σσ is (1,2)*-proper , then by (3.17) yypyx:if y ≅×→×× is (1,2)*-proper . but y2 ifpr ×= . thus ),,y(),,yx(:pr 2122112 σσ→σ×τσ×τ× is a (1,2)*-proper function . definition(3.23): a function ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ from a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ into a bitopological space ),,y( 21 σσ is called (1,2)*-compact if the inverse image of every (1,2)* compact set in y is a (1,2)*-compact set in x . theorem(3.24): every (1,2)*-proper function is a (1,2)*-compact function . proof: let ),,y(),,x(:f σ′σ→τ′τ be a (1,2)*-proper function and k be a (1,2)*compact subset of y, then by (3.8) , ),,k(),),k(f(:f kk)k(f)k(f 1 k 11 σ′σ→τ′τ −− − is (1,2)*-proper . since pk → is (1,2)*-proper (by (3.21)) it follows from (3.12) , no.(i) that the composition pk)k(f kf1 →→− is (1,2)*-proper . hence by (3.21), )k(f 1− is (1,2)*-compact set in x . remark(3.25): the converse of (3.24) may not be true in general .consider the following example: example: let }c,b,a{yx == , }}a{,x,{1 φ=τ , }}c,b{,x,{2 φ=τ , }}a{,y,{1 φ=σ and }}b{,y,{2 φ=σ . the sets in }}c,b{},a{,x,{φ are 21ττ -closed sets in x and the sets in }}c{},c,a{},c,b{,y,{φ are 21σσ closed sets in y . let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ be a function which is defined by : a)a(f = , b)b(f = and c)c(f = ⇒ f is a (1,2)*-compact function, but it is not (1,2)*-proper function ,since f is not (1,2)*-closed function . theorem(3.26): let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ and ),,z(),,y(:g 2121 ηη→σσ be two (1,2)* continuous functions . then: i) if f and g are (1,2)*-compact, then fg  is (1,2)*-compact . ii) if fg  is (1,2)*-compact and f is onto, then g is (1,2)*-compact . iii) if fg  is (1,2)*-compact and g is one-to-one , then f is (1,2)*-compact . proof: the proof is similar of theorem (3.12) . 370 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 definition(3.27): a subset f of be a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is said to be (1,2)*compactly closed if kf  is (1,2)*-compact for each (1,2)*-compact set k in x . remark(3.28): every 21ττ -closed subset of a bitopological space ),,x( 21 ττ is (1,2)*compactly closed . but the converse is not true in general . consider the following example: example: let }c,b,a{x = , }}a{,x,{1 φ=τ and }x,{2 φ=τ . the sets in }}c,b{,,x{ φ are 21ττ -closed . thus }a{ is (1,2)*-compactly closed in x , but it is not 21ττ -closed . definition(3.29): a (1,2)*2t -space ),,x( 21 ττ is called a (1,2)*-k-space if every (1,2)*compactly closed subset of x is 21ττ -closed . theorem(3.30): let ),,y(),,x(:f 2121 σσ→ττ be a (1,2)*-continuous function such that y is a (1,2)*-k-space . then f is a (1,2)*-proper function if and only if f is a (1,2)*-compact function . proof: ⇒ by (3.24) every (1,2)*-proper function is a (1,2)*-compact function . conversely , since f is a (1,2)*-compact function and }y{ is a (1,2)*-compact set in y , then by (3.23) , )y(f 1− is (1,2)*-compact in x for each yy ∈ . now , to prove that f is (1,2)*-closed . let f be any 21ττ -closed set in x , to prove that )f(f is a 21σσ -closed set in y . suppose that k is a (1,2)*-compact set in y , then )k(f 1− is a (1,2)*-compact set in x . since )k(ff 1− is a (1,2)* compact set in x and f is (1,2)*-continuous, then by [5] ))k(ff(f 1− is a (1,2)*-compact set in y . since k)f(f))k(ff(f 1  =− , then by (3.27) )f(f is a (1,2)*-compactly closed set in y . but y is a (1,2)*-k-space , then by (3.29) )f(f is a 21σσ -closed set in y . therefore by (3.20) f is a (1,2)*-proper function . references 1. kelly, j. c. (1963) bitopological spaces , proc. london math. soc.,13 (3), 71-89 . 2. lellis thivagar, m.; ravi, o. and ekici, e. (2008) on (1,2)*-sets and decompositions of bitopological (1,2)*-continuous mappings , kochi j. math., 3 , 181-189. 3. ravi, o. ; jeyashri, s.; pious missier, s. and nagendran, r. (2010) (1,2)*-semi-normal spaces and some bitopological functions (to appear) . 4. ravi, o. and lellis thivagar, m. (2004) on stronger forms of (1,2)*quotient mappings in bitopological spaces , internat j. math. game theory and algebra , 14(6) , 481-492 .datta, 371 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 5. m. c. (1972) projective bitopological spaces , j. austral. math. soc., 13 , 327–334. 6. willard, s. (1970) general topology , addison-wesley inc., mass . 7. lellis thivagar, m. ; ravi, o. ; joseph israle, m. and kayathri, k.(2009) decompositions of (1,2)*-rg-continuous maps in bitopological spaces (to appear in antarctica j. math.) . 8. antony, j.; ravi, o.; pandi, a. and santhana, c.m.(2011) on (1,2)*-s-normal spaces and pre-(1,2)*-gs-closed functions , international journal of algorithms ,computing and mathematics, 4 (1) ,29-42 . 9. ravi, o.; pious missier, s. and salai parkunan, t. (2011) on (1,2)*-semi-generalized-star homeomorphisms,international journal of computer science and emerging technologies , 2 (2) ,312-318 . 372 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ) في الفضاءات التبولوجیة الثنائیة-*(1,2حول الدوال السدیدة صبیحة إبراھیم محمود الجامعة المستنصریة/ كلیة العلوم / قسم الریاضیات الخالصة -*(1,2جدیدا من الدوال في الفضاءات التبولوجیة الثنائیة أسمیناھا بالدوال السدیدة افي ھذا البحث قدمنا نوع . ((1,2)*-proper functions) احد أھم لتعارف-*(1,2كذلك درسنا الخواص األساسیة والمكافئات للدوال السدیدة . ( cluster points of-*(1,2)) . للمرشحات (*(1,2) -باستخدام النقاط العنقودیة الدوال أعطي المكافئة لھذه filters الدوال و *(1,2) (perfect functions-*(1,2)) -التامة الدوال درسنا و ذلك عرفنا عن فضال -*(1,2)تراصةالم ((1,2)*-compact functions) كذلك درسنا العالقة بین الدوال السدیدة .الفضاءات التبولوجیة الثنائیةفي-والدوال المتراصة *(1,2)-والدوال التامة ( closed functions-*(1,2)) *(1,2)-الدوال المغلقة وكل من *(1,2) على التوالي مع أعطاء مثال لالتجاه غیر الصحیح. *(1,2) *(1,2) -النقاط العنقودیة ،-*(1,2)الدوال المتراصة ،)-*(1,2الدوال التامة ،)-*(1,2الدوال السدیدة المفتاحیة: الكلمات . *k -(1,2)-فضاءات ، *(1,2)-، المجموعات المغلقة رصا *2t-(1,2)-فضاءات ، 373 | mathematics in this section we introduce a new type of functions in bitopological spaces which we call (1,2)*-proper functions . besides we give examples and theorems . صبيحة إبراهيم محمود قسم الرياضيات / كلية العلوم / الجامعة المستنصرية الخلاصة microsoft word 22 513 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 efficient semi-analytic technique for solving nonlinear singular initial value problems luma n. m. tawfiq reem w. hussein dept .of mathematics \ college of education for pure scince (ibn al-haitham)/ university of bagdad received in :23 september 2012 , accepted in: 9 december 2012 abstract the aim of this paper is to present a semi analytic technique for solving singular initial value problems of ordinary differential equations with a singularity of different kinds to construct polynomial solution using two point osculatory interpolation. the efficiency and accuracy of suggested method is assessed by comparisons with exact and other approximate solutions for a wide classes of non–homogeneous, non–linear singular initial value problems. a new, efficient estimate of the global error is used for adaptive mesh selection. also, analyze some of the numerical aspects relevant for the implementation, describe measures to increase the efficiency of the code and compare its performance with the performance of established standard codes for singular initial value problems. many examples are presented to demonstrate the applicability and efficiency of the suggested method on one hand and to confirm the convergence order on the other hand. kay ward : ode, singular initial value problems . 514 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1. introduction the modeliy of nonlinear phenomena in physics, engineering and other sciences, leads to singular initial value problems (sivp) associated with nonlinear second order ordinary differential equations (ode) [1]. the general form of the sivp is : xm y" + f(x, y, y') = 0 , 0 < x < 1 , (1) with some initial conditions. the object is to find a function y that satisfies the differential equation together with ic. we view f as a generally nonlinear function of y and y', but here it wins, we as look f = f(x) only. for such a problem to have a solution, it is generally necessary either that f(x) ≠ 0 hold. when f(x) ≡ 0, and/or a = 0 , b = 0 the ivp is said to be homogeneous and will in general have only the trivial solution, y(x) ≡ 0 [2]. 2. solution of second order sivp in this section, we suggest a semi analytic technique which is based on osculatory interpolating polynomials p2n+1 and taylor series expansion to solve second order sivp, we consider the problem (1) , where f are in general nonlinear functions of their arguments . now, to solve the problem by suggested method we do the following steps: step one : evaluate taylor series of y(x) abut x = 0 : y = a 0 + a 1 x +   2i a i x i (2) where y(0) = a0 , y'(0) = a1 ,y"(0) / 2! = a2 ,…, y(i)(0) / i! = ai , i= 3, 4,… and evaluate taylor series of y(x) about x = 1 : y = b 0 + b 1 (x-1) +   2i b i (x-1) i (3) where y(1) = b0 , y'(1) = b1 , y"(1) / 2! = b2 ,… , y(i)(1) / i! = bi ,i = 3,4,… step two : insert the series form (3) into equation (1) and put x = 1 ,then equate the coefficients of powers of (x-1) to obtain b2 . step three : derive equation(1) with respect to x, to get new form of equation say (4) xm y''' + m xm-1 y'' + df(x, y, y' ) / dx = 0 (4) then, insert the series form (2) into equation (4) and put x = 0 and equate the coefficients of powers of x to obtain a2 ,again insert the series form (3) into equation(4) and put x = 1, then equate the coefficients of powers of (x-1) to obtain b3 . step four : iterate the above process many times to obtain a3 ,b4 ,then a4 , b5 and so on, that is , to get ai and bi for all i ≥ 2, the resulting equations can be solved using matlab version 7.10, to obtain ai and bi for all i  2 . step five : the notation implies that the coefficients depend only on the indicated unknowns a0, a1, b0, b1, and use the ic to get a0 , a1, therefore we have only two unknown coefficients b0 and b1. now, we can construct two point osculatory interpolating polynomials p2n+1(x) from these coefficients ( aisۥ and bisۥ ) by the following : 515 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 p2n+1 =   n i 0 { ai qi(x) + (–1)i bi qi(1–x) } (5) where q j (x) / j! = ( x j / j!) (1–x) 1n    jn s 0        s sn xs step six : to find the unknowns coefficients b0 and b1, integrate equation (1) on [0, x] to obtain : xm y'(x) – mxm-1y(x) + m(m–1)  x 0 xm-2 y(x) dx +  x 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (6a) and again integrate equation (6a) on [0, x] to obtain : xmy(x) –2m x 0 xm-1y(x) dx +m(m–1) x 0 (1–x)xm-2y(x)dx+ x 0 (1–x)f(x,y,y') = 0 (6b) step seven : putting x = 1 in equations (6) to get : b1 – mb0 + m(m-1)  1 0 xm-2 y(x) dx +  1 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (7a) and b0–2m 1 0 xm-1y(x)dx +m(m–1) 1 0 (1–x)xm-2 y(x)dx +  1 0 (1–x)f(x,y, y')dx = 0 (7b) step eight : use p2n+1(x) which defined in equation (5) as a replacement of y(x) , we see that equations (7) have only two unknown coefficients b0 and b1. so, we can find b0 and b1 by solving the system of algebraic equations (7) using matlab, so insert the value of b0 and b1 into equation (5) , thus equation (5) represents the solution of the problem . note extensive computations have shown that this generally provides a more accurate polynomial representation for a given n . 3. examples in this section, many examples will be given to illustrate the efficiency, accuracy , implementation and utility of the suggested method. the bvp4c solver of matlab has been modified accordingly so that it can solve some class of sivp as effectively as it previously solved nonsingular ivp. 516 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 example 1 order nonlinear sivp : ndconsider the following 2 +18x + 4 3+ 4x 6= x 2y" + (4/x) y' + y with ic : y(0) = 2 , y'(0) = 0 it is clear that x = 0 , is singular point and it is singularity of first kind and the exact solution is y(x) = x3 + 2. now, this example is solved by using semi-analytic technique, from equation (5) we have : p3 = x3 +2 example 2 order nonlinear sivp : ndconsider the following 2 y" + (6/x) y' + (6/x2) y + y2 = 20 + x4 with ic : y(0) = 0 , y'(0) = 0 it is clear that x = 0 , is singular point and the exact solution is y(x) = x2. now, this example is solved by using semi–analytic technique, from equation(5) we have :p3 = x2 now,the suggested method is used to investigate the solution of emden–fowler equations as a class of nonlinear sivp, which plays very important role because of the singularity behaviour at the origin. we study the emden–fowler equations of the form : , b ϵ r (8) 0 ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 , a = g(x) n y 1-my" + ( a/x ) y' + b x under the following initial conditions : y(0) = a , y'(0) = 0 where a, a, b, m are constants, n ≠ 0, n ≠ 1. when m = 1, a = 2 and b = 1 equation (8) reduces to the lane – emden equation [3]. example 3 consider the following emden – fowler equation as a sivp : ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 4+ x 5= x 2y" + ( 8/x ) y' + x y with ic : y(0) = 1 , y'(0) = 0 it is clear that x= 0, is nonlinear singular point of the first kind, we solve this example by using semi-analytic technique , from equation (5), we have : p9 = – 0.00078826882 x9 + 0.0012952791 x8 + 0.00879760172 x7 + 0.014414828109 x6– 0.000150192x5 – 0.0333333333337578 x3 + 1.0 higher accuracy can be obtained by evaluating higher n, now, take n= 5, i.e., + 7+ 0.0014538812 x +0.009581210401 x90.00189361335x -10+ 0.00086427359x110.00021822695x – 11=p + 1.0 30.033333333333758 x -6 x 0.0137816833 now, increase n, to get higher accuracy , let n = 6 , i.e. , 517 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 p13= 0.0000996316x13 + 0.0004488478x12 0.000849659317x11 + 0.0007848859x10 0.0007538654 x9 + 0.0001852901x8 + 0.01017813169x7 + 0.01367521368x6 0.03333333333375776x3 + 1.0 demir[3] solved this example by dtm and gave the following solution: also, this example is solved by numerical method by using the maple11 as given in [3] and the results are compared with the suggested method and its results are given in table (1a) and (1b). figure (1) give a comparison between the numerical solution in[3] and p13 ; table (2) gave the results obtained with dtm for different values of n which are given [3] . 4. error / defect weights every known ivp software package reports an estimate of either the relative error or the maximum relative defect. the weights used to scale either the error or the maximum defect differ among ivp software. therefore, the ivp component of pythode [4] allows users to select the weights they wish to use. the default weights depend on whether an estimate of the error or maximum defect is being used. if the error is being estimated, then the ivp component of pythode uses, in this thesis we modify this package to consist sivp and named " pythsode ", defined as : ║y(x) − p(x)║∞ / ( 1 + ║p(x)║∞ ) ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 , (9) where y(x) is exact solution and p(x) is suggested solution of sivp (1). if the maximum defect is being estimated, then the sivp component of pythsode uses : ║p(x)−f(x, p(x), p(x))║∞ /(1 +║f(x, p(x), p(x) )║∞) ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 , (10) the relative estimate of both the error and the maximum defect are slightly modified from the one used in sivp solver . again applied equation (10) for example 3 is as following : 4+ x 5x= 2consider the nonlinear sivp : y" + (8/x) y' + x y with ic : y(0) =1 , y'(0) = 0 , apply equation (10) as the following : then equation (10) became : ( for more detail see table 3 ) ║p13(x) f(x, p13(x), p13(x))║∞ / ( 1 + ║f(x, p13(x), p13(x) )║∞ ) = e-007 / 1.999966681360863 = 8.419941391601780e-0081.683960224221478 5. accuracy of the computed values the convergence orders of the approximations appear to be very stable, indicating that our results are reliable and accurate. in this section, we try to quantify the accuracy we can obtain. to examine the error of the approximation, let e(n) = max | y(xi) − yi | (11) 518 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 where y(xi) is the exact solution at the xi and yi suggested solution at xi . it is known that for a large n, if m is the order of convergence of the method, then : e(n)  k |n|m (12) where k is the error constant and e(n) is the max error . following the generalized algorithm for the order verification of methods given in [5], we can find m and k from the line : y = m x + log k (13) that best fits the equation : log e(n) = log k + m log n (14) where y represent log e(n) and x represent log n . applying this algorithm for the following example : y" + (2/x) y' − 6y = − 4ylny , with the ic: y(0) =1 , y'(0) = 0 the exact solution is y(x) = exp( x− 2), we have from table (4) the best fit line whose graph is shown in figure (2) ,i.e., y = − 6.6214 x − 1.3330 from equation (13), we conclude that the order of convergence |m|  6 with error constant : k =101.3330. 6. conclusions our decision to use semi-analytic technique for the solution of the underlying initial value problem was motivated by its advantageous convergence properties , whereas in presence of a singularity other direct higher order methods (finite difference) show order reductions and become inefficient. moreover, the standard acceleration techniques like iterated . our reason for choosing the global error estimate instead of monitoring the local error is the non-smoothness of the latter near the singular point and the order reductions it suffers from. the results show that the convergence order estimates are increased, if we increase n . this is not surprising. references 1karakostas (2010) c1-approximate solutions of second-order singular ordinary differential equations, electronic journal of differential equations., 125: 147 . 2robert and courtney (1996) " differential equations a modeling perspective " , united states of america . 3demir and süngü (2009) numerical solution of a class of nonlinear emden-fowler equations by using differential transform method , journal of arts and sciences,. 75-82 . 4shampine ( 2002 ) " singular boundary value problems for odes " , southern methodist university j., . 1 . 5rasheed (2011) "efficient semi-analytic technique for solving second order singular ordinary boundary value problems" , msc. thesis, university of baghdad , college of education – ibn – alhaitham . 519 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(1a):the result of suggested method for n =2, 3, 4& method in[3] for example 3 0.990235879509409 0.9902358748522030.990235914910346 0b 0.050589305215627 0.0505893414767570.0505890348752984 1b 13p 11p 9p numerical solution (y) ix 1 1 1 1 0 .0.999966681360863 ..999966681419201 0.999966680471501 0.99996668000000 0.1 0.999734338980186 0.999734340836996 0.999734323342549 0.999734330000000 0.2 0.999112195858900 0.999112205091858 0.999112136946651 0.999112190000000 0.3 0.997939333529043 0.997939352185325 0.997939228062444 0.997939330000000 0.4 0.996126225634366 0.996126243561995 0.996126122885822 0.996126220000000 0.5 0.993720978536793 0.993720981359821 0.993720947623996 0.993720970000000 0.6 0.991004633063186 0.991004619559273 0.991004695132483 0.9910046300000000 0.7 0.988619280474356 0.988619263799973 0.988619382084590 0.988619280000000 0.8 0.987731920033536 0.987731909996439 0.987731993184585 0.987723192000000 0.9 0.990235879509409 0.990235874852203 0.990235914910346 0.990235880000000 1 table no.(1b):comparison between suggested method with method in[3] for example 3 |13p-error |y |11p-error |y |9p-error |y ix 0 0 0 0 1.360863421950850e-009 1.419200645891300e-009 4.715006163279999e-010 0.1 8.980186372298251e-009 1.083699618931180e-008 6.65745103487000e-009 0.2 .5.858900142818871e-009 1.509185754144940e-008 5.305334893623799e-008 0.3 3.529043057781680e-009 2.218532491049530e-008 1.019375558408700e-007 0.4 5.634365973783420e-009 2.356199502173690e-008 9.711417825464299e-008 0.5 8.536792939217721e-009 1.135982052868910e-008 2.237600371657300e-008 0.6 3.063186371221600e-009 1.044072739375680e-008 6.513248329564900e-008 0.7 4.743559989250900e-010 1.620002665347900e-008 1.020845900034930e-007 0.8 3.353606281564000e-011 1.000356053548760e-008 7.318458528082800e-008 0.9 4.905914563480000e-010 5.147797188520500e-009 3.491034628044800e-008 1 2.437493949383256e-016 2.021641245529962e-015 4.442053594825927-014 sse 520 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(2): comparison of numerical results with the maple11&dtm solution for different values of n n = 10 n = 20 n = 30 n = 35 maple11 solution x 0.99996668 0.99973433 0.99911219 0.99793933 0.99612622 0.99372096 0.99100452 0.98861874 0.98772971 0.99022826 0.99996668 0.99973433 0.99911219 0.99793933 0.99612622 0.99372097 0.99100463 0.98861927 0.98773191 0.99023588 0.99996668 0.99973433 0.99911219 0.99793933 0.99612622 0.99372097 0.99100463 0.98861927 0.98773191 0.99023587 0.99996668 0.99973433 0.99911219 0.99793933 0.99612622 0.99372097 0.99100463 0.98861927 0.98773191 0.99023587 0.99996668 0.99973433 0.99911219 0.99793933 0.99612622 0.99372097 0.99100463 0.98861928 0.98773192 0.99023588 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 table no. (3) : max. error of example 3 0.990235879509409 0b 0.050589305215627 1b '(x) |13(x), p 13f(x, p-''13error | p ''13p ix 9.826181241272956e-009 0.019954693976617 0.1 9.851733395474671e-008 0.0392066876027930.2 1.564345449579437e-007 0.0556393319692250.3 6.350270132559042e-009 0.065139098987678 0.4 e-0071.683960224221478 0.0611184343317380.5 1.159391418267258e-007 0.0340786855653940.6 4.083249415301991e-008 0.028767057993287 0.7 6.01923548237699e-008 0.143788913036560 0.8 7.582132859063062e-009 0.331125863858524 0.9 4.761522773288895e-012 0.614718461206487 1 e-0071.683960224221478 max. error table no. ( 4) : the log of max. error of the suggested solution of example log of max error max error logn 2n+1p -3.408460003282497 3.904271375693158e-004 0.301029995663981 5p -4.294089562455153 5.080546580960021e-005 0.477121254719662 7p -5.435358725358707 3.669790521687588e-006 0.602059991327962 9p 521 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 for example 3 13 numerical solution in[3] and p gure no.( 1): comparison between thefi figure no.( 2) : the best fit line for the order of convergence 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0.985 0.99 0.995 1 x y the soulution at n=6 numerical solution p13 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 -5.5 -5 -4.5 -4 -3.5 -3 the best fit line for the order of convergent log n lo g m a x e rr e r 522 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 خطيةالر كفاءة التقـنيـة شبـه التحـليليـة في حـل مسائل القيم االبتدائية غي الشاذة لمى ناجي محمد توفيق حسين ريم وليد جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ( كلية التربية /قسم الرياضيات 2012كانون االول 9، قبل في : 2012ايلول 23استلم في : الخالصة للمعــادالت التفاضــلية االعتياديــة اقتــراح تقنيــة شــبه التحليليــة لحــل مســائل القــيم االبتدائيــة الشــاذة الهــدف مــن هــذا البحــث النقطتــين أوجــدنا كفــاءة الطريقــة يباســتخدام االنــدراج التماســي ذمتعــددة حــدود بوصــفها وبأنواع مختلفة للحصول على الحل من خالل المقارنــات مــع الحــل المضــبوط و حلــول تقريبيــة أخــرى ألصــناف واســعة متجانســة وغيــر متجانســة ودقتها المقترحة خطية و غير خطية لمسائل القيم االبتدائية الشاذة . العالقـــة ذييـــار الشـــبكة المناســـبة أيضـــا ناقشـــنا بعـــض الصـــفات العدديـــة اســـتخدم تخمـــين جديـــد و كفـــوء للخطـــأ الـــرئيس الخت لمســائل القــيم االبتدائيــة الشــاذة . كــذلك عــدد مــن األمثلــة نوقشــت )codeو لزيــادة كفــاءة الشــفرة (ومناقشــتهالتطبيــق المقــاييس لتقارب من جهة أخرى.لتوضيح الدقة و الكفاءة وسهولة أداء الطريقة المقترحة من جهة ولتعزيز و تأكيد رتبة ا معادالت تفاضلية اعتيادية , مسائل القيم االبتدائية الشاذةالكلمات المفتاحية : قياس وتوصيف الملوثات الاشعاعية الطبيعية والصناعية لمياه ورواسب نهر دجلة في مدينة بغداد باستعمال مطيافية اشعة كاما نھر حوض رواسب لوالصناعیة الطبیعیة اإلشعاعیةقیاس وتوصیف الملوثات اشعة كاما باستعمال مطیافیة دیالى نصیف محمود رعد احمد فاضل مخیبر درید ھاني یونس عدي طارق صبحي /جامعة بغداد )ابن الھیثمالتربیة للعلوم الصرفة(كلیة قسم الفیزیاء / 2013حزیران 24، قبل البحث 2013 اذار 27استلم البحث في : الخالصة قیاس فعالیتھا النوعیة فضالً عن دة في نماذج رواسب نھر دیالىلنویدات المشعة الموجوفي ھذا البحث توصیف ا تم ًء في منطقة وانتھا الرستمیةاً على طول نھر دیالى ابتداء من منطقة انموذجعشر ا احدجمع اذ، شعة كاماأ یةباستعمال مطیاف . في مدینة بغداد دیالى بنھر دجلة التقاء نھر وقدرة 50% كفایةذي (hpge)كاشف الجرمانیوم عالي النقاوة تكون منت التياشعة كاما یةاستعملت منظومة مطیاف حلیل الطیف یربط على حاسبة نوع لت وكارد. 60co القیاسي للمصدر (kev 1332)طاقة الى البالنسبة (kev 2.2)تحلیل ) المكافئة 228acو( 238u) المكافئة لفعالیة 214bi(لفعالیة النوعیة للنویدات المشعة،معدالت او لعرض الطیف . 4بانتیوم على )bq/kg 839.85) و (bq/kg 13.74) و (bq/kg 29.997ھي (في ھذه الرواسب ) 40kو ( 232thلفعالیة لھذه النویدات كان (h). لقد بینت الحسابات أن دلیل الخطورة 137csبالنسبة لنویدة (bq/kg 4.85) فضالً عن، التوالي )0.389 bq/kg (ومقاربة لما سجلتھ بعض المنظمات العالمیة مثل 1المسموح بھ كونھا اقل من الحد ، وھو ضمن ، (who) و(icrp) و(ncrp) و(epa) مسموح بھأعلى اً حد . الكلمات المفتاحیة : الفعالیة النوعیة ، اشعة كاما ، دلیل الخطورة. 161 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمـة إن حوض نھر دیالى ھو أحد ھذه االحواض التي تغطي أجزاء مھمة من العراق ولھا تاثیر في نوعیة میاه نھر ). 1(شكل یلتقي باالخیر جنوب مدینة بغداد اذدجلة ,macdonald اربع مناطق كما اقترحھا علىحوض نھر دیالى اعتماداً على االختالف في طوبوغرافیة المنطقة قُسم دیالى االسفل. و ان الدراسة الحالیة شملت حوض -4دیالى االوسط -3دیالى االعلى -2أعلى سد دربندخان -1: 1959 یشمل دیالى االسفل المنطقة الواقعة اسفل سد حمرین و حتى مصب نھر دیالى في نھر دجلة و تبلغ مساحة اذلى االسفل، دیا تعد ھذه المنطقة من اجود المناطق الزراعیة في ویجري النھر ضمن السھل الرسوبي اذ ، 2كم 1940حوض دیالى االسفل . [2,1]العراق لیس لمحافظة دیالى وانما لكونھ من االنھار المغذیة لنھر دجلة . ان تردي نوعیة میاه نھر اً نھر دیالى مھم یعد اذ ان عددا كبیرا من المدن الجنوبیة التي تقع بالقرب من النھر قد فقدت ،لمشكلة المستقبل مؤشرالسفلى ھو ئھدجلة في اجزا ان تتوجھ ادارة االحواض المائیة بشكل رئیس الى االجزاء مااومن ثم اصبح لز ،الفائدة من استخدام میاھھ الغراض الشرب ھا السفلى وان حوض نھر دیالى ھو احد ھذه االحواض التي ئالعلیا منھا للمساعدة في تحسین نوعیھ میاه االنھر في اجزا . [1] یلتقي باالخیر جنوب مدینة بغداد اذمھمة من العراق ولھا تاثیر في نوعیة میاه نھر دجلة تغطي اجزاءً متر مربع وتشمل االجزاء الشرقیة من العراق واالجزاء یلو) ك32 600تبلغ مساحة حوض نھر دیالى الكلي ( ) متر 3000الغربیة من ایران . تمثل االجزاء الشمالیة والشرقیة من الحوض مناطق جبلیة یصل ارتفاعھا الى اكثر من ( ح البحر كلما اتجھنا جنوبا حتى التقاء نھر دیالى مع نھر دجلة عن مستوى سط اً ) متر 33ل ارتفاعھا لیصل ( ءویتضا جنوب مدینة بغداد . یحد حوض نھر دیالى من الغرب حوض نھر العظیم ویحده من الجنوب والجنوب الغربي نھر دجلة . [3,1] ومن الشرق یحده خط تقسیم المیاه بین نھري الكارون ودراوي سیروان ومن الشمال الغربي حوض الزاب الصغیر الھدف من الدراسة تیر أتھدف الدراسة الى تحدید العناصر المشعة الطبیعیة والصناعیة لح�وض نھ�ر دی�الى و دراس�ة نوعی�ة المی�اه و ث� نوعیة میاه حوض نھر دیالى و مقدار التلوث الذي تتعرض لھ و كذلك تقییم نوعی�ة المی�اه و فيالفعالیات البشریة و الطبیعیة مدى صالحیتھا لالستھالك البشري و مالئمتھ للنشاط الزراعي. الجانب النظري سلة سل -واھمھا:تمت دراسة رسوبیات الحوض ذات التكوینات الجیولوجیة المختلفة عن طریق سالسل العناصر المشعة . (235u) 235-الیورانیوم سلسلة االكتینیوم و، (232th)سلسلة الثوریوم و، (238u) 238-الیورانیوم من الیورانیوم الطبیعي بعمر نصف لھذه (%99.2)ذو الوفرة الطبیعیة (238u) 238-تبدأ سلسلة الیورانیوم مھا ذلك یصاحب معظ فضالً عن βأو α. تعاني افراد ھذه السلسلة العدید من االنحالالت ببعث (yr 109×4.5)النواة تعاني السلسلة اذ. تضم السلسلة ستة عشر نظیراً تتراوح انصاف اعمارھا بین الثواني ومئات االالف من السنین، γانبعاث ذو الوفرة الطبییعیة (232th). تبدأ سلسلة الثوریوم [5,4] 206 العدید من االنحالالت لتنتھي بالنظیر المستقر الرصاص وبتراكیز قلیلة في الطبیعة وتعاني العدید من االنحالالت لتنتھي بالنظیر المستقر (yr 1010×1.4)%) وعمر النصف 100( . [6,4] 208-الرصاص الذي ھو النظیر االم االولى في السلسلة، وبعمر نصف (235u) 235-تبدأ سلسلة االكتینیوم بالیورانیوم (7.10×108 yr) الذي یعاني العدید من االنحالالت 235-، وتبدأ السلسلة بالیورانیوم (%0.72)، ووفرتھ في الطبیعة وفرة من نظائر البوتاسیوم المشعة الموجودة بفھو 40-. اما نظیر البوتاسیوم207-وتنتھي بالنظیر المستقر الرصاص ویمكن تمییز اضمحاللھ عن اضمحالل النویدات المشعة في السالسل المذكورة سابقاً من خالل (%11.8)طبیعیة قدرھا ھو ناتج صناعي عن النشاطات (137cs). فیما یكون النظیر [9,8,7] (kev 1460)الخط الكامي المفرد ذي الطاقة الیومیة. الجانب العملي بمنطقة ىوانتھالرستمیة منطقةوابتدأ العمل من نھر دیالى حوض عینة رواسب في وسط ةعشر احدى تمعججمع العینات: .1 . 2010تشرین الثاني عام العینات جمعت في ). 1رقم ( جدولھي مثبتة ب، وكما التویثة غربلت للتخلص من ولیا باستعمال طاحونة یدویة مصنوعة من الخزف ومن ثم أطحنت طحنا وجففت النماذج -تحضیر العینات: .2 ومن ثم غربلت مرة اخرى للحصول على ،االجسام الغریبة ثم بعد ذلك تم طحنھا طحنا جیدا للحصول على دقائق متناھیة الصغر .2mmوسمك 2.5cmغرام من كل عینة وكبست بمكبس یدوي على شكل قرص دائري بقطر 2ومن ثم وزن ،دقائق متجانسة -: بقیاسات اشعة كاما وتتكون منمنظومة القیاس: ھي منظومة خاصة .3 وقدرة تحلیل (50%) (efficiency) كفایةال ذي، ھو من كواشف المواد شبھ الموصلة (hpge)كاشف الجرمانیوم أ (resolution) (2.2 kev) لطاقة الى ابالنسبة(1332 kev) للمصدر(60co) وقد اتخذت االجراءات الالزمة الحاطة . 162 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 عمل حاویة تحیط بالبلورة مكونة من ثالث طبقات من فضالً عنلتقلیل الخلفیة االشعاعیة (cm 10)بجدار من الرصاص بسمك الكاشف. فيلتقلیل تاثیر االشعة السینیة ملم) لكل طبقة 1االلمنیوم والكادمیوم والحدید بسمك ( spectrumمن شركة ةحاسبة شخصیة مصنع بطافة يوھ : )card) pci-ics ةمطیاف الحاسبة التكاملی بطاقة ب techniques, inc. لبطاقةا هحتوي ھذتللتطبیقات الطیفیة وذلك للعمل أساسا مع الكواشف الومیضیة . البطاقة هھذ ت، صمم mcaومحلل متعدد القنوات ، ومجھز فولتیة عالیة یجھز بھا كاشف آیودید الصودیوم ، ومضخم رئیس ،على مضخم ابتدائي . إن المضخم ومجھز lldواألدنى uldمیزین المستویین األعلى ة مع ذاكرة بیانات فضالً عن م) قنا4096-1024ذي ( والربح coarse gainالفولتیة العالیة یتالئمان كلیا مع اغلب الكواشف الومیضیة ، ولسھولة التنصیب والمعایرة فان الربح الكبیر ین األعلى واألدنى یتم السیطرة علیھا مباشرة من الحاسبة الشخصیة للمضخم ومجھز الفولتیة وأوضاع الممیز fine gainالدقیق pc ایضاً . ویمكن استعمال مضخم خارجي ومجھز فولتیة منفصلین. على ع المصدروض اذ. (152eu)لطاقة باستعمال مصدر الى القد تم تعییر منظومة القیاس بالنسبة معایرة الطاقة:. 1 ) ثانیة.1000القیاس المختار (. وكان زمن كاشف الجرمانیوم تم الحصول على المعادلة الخاصة اذالخاص بمعایرة الطاقة لمنظومة القیاس (152eu)) طیف الیوربیوم 2یوضح الشكل ( بتعییر الطاقة فكانت e = 0.4041 * ch + 9.5659 یمثل رقم القناة chان اذ ).3الشكل (والرسم البیاني الخاص بمعایرة الطاقة موضح كما في الكاشف للطاقات المختلفة وذلك بتسجیل طیف كفایةللطاقات المختلفة: المنظومة مصممة لحساب الكاشف كفایة. حساب 2 ومن ثم حساب المساحة تحت الذروة من طیف االشعة لكل طاقة بعد طرح الخلفیة االشعاعیة (152eu)المصدر القیاسي من المعادلة االتیة: كفایةوحساب ال )1.........(....................%.........100 ***)( ×= mtibqa net ε net :. تمثل صافي مساحة الذروة i.تمثل الشدة النسبیة لكل طاقة من طاقات المصدر المشع : a(bq)تمثل النشاط االشعاعي للمصدر القیاسي عند القیاس بعد أن تم تصحیحھا : a=ao𝑒−𝜆𝑡……………………………………………………..(2) ان اذ ao الفعالیة عند التصنیع a عند القیاس الفعالیة 𝜆 ثابت التحلل 𝑡 زمن القیاس وھي االتي: كفایةتم الحصول على المصادر الخاصة بال اذالنسبیة، كفایة) العالقة بین الطاقة وال4الشكل (یبین و . [10]النسبیة لھا ونسبة االنحالل كفایةوال (152eu)) طاقات نظیر 2( جدولیوضح تي:ما یأوكانت العالقة ك matlab2008من خالل العالقة مع الطاقة باستعمال برنامج كفایةال تحسب 1367.0*054.6)( )5073.0( −= −eeeff اقة الذروةتمثل ط eان اذ كاشف علىتم تثبیتھ على شكل قرص دائري ی األنموذج: بعد كبس )(special activity. حساب الفعالیة النوعیة 3 integrated computer ) (، ثم یقوم برنامج (10000s)الجرمانیوم . ویسجل طیف اشعة كاما مدة قیاس spectrometer pci برسم الطیف وعمل تقریر یتضمن ارقام القنوات والطاقات المقابلة لھا وقیم(fwhm) وصافي -: [11]يأتكما ی الفعالیة النوعیةمساحة الذروة من منحني طیف الطاقة ومقدار الخطأ فیھا. فتحسب )3.........................................................(s.a= 𝑐𝑝𝑠 ε.𝑤.iγ :اذ cps.صافي مساحة الذروة للطاقة المختارة : ε :الكاشف للطاقة المختارة. كفایة iγ.الشدة النسبیة الشعة كاما من جداول خاصة بھا : 163 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 w األنموذج: وزن. دلیل الخطورة االخر مضر إلى الحد الذي یجعل االنسان ھاإن االشعاعات تسبب اضراراً كثیرة للكائن الحي، بعضھا قاتل وبعض وقد جمعت معدالت جرعات التعرض اإلشعاعي الخارجي والداخلي ألشعة كاما یعاني من اثارھا الزمان طویلة جداً. :كون مقامات لعالقة دلیل الخطورة ، التي ھي المنبعثة من المصادر الطبیعیة و الصناعیة لت )4...(........................................1 4810 .).( 259 .).( 185 u(s.a) 40232238 ≤++= kasthas h .[13,12]وعندما تكون قیمة ھذا الدلیل واحداً أو اكثر فھذا یعني أن ھناك خطراً ویكون خارج الحدود المسموح بھا -ایجاد الجرعة الممتصة والفعالة للنماذج: [14]تم ایجاد الجرعة الممتصة من ھذه الرواسب باستعمال المعادلة االتیة d = 0.429a u + 0.666a th + 0.042a k ...............................................(5) a ان اذ u a و th a و k bq)= الفعالیة النوعیة ب kg . لرواسبللنویدات المشعة في ا ( [14 ]الجرعة الفعالة الخارجیة والداخلیة وذلك باستعمال العالقات االتیة : تومن خالل حساب الجرعة الممتصة حسب معدل الجرعة الفعالة الخارجیة (msv.y -1 ) = d (ngy h −1 ) × 24 h × 365.25 d × 0.2 (عامل االنشغال)× 0.7 sv.gy −1 10 × (عامل التحویل) −6 ….………….……(6) معدل الجرعة الفعالة الداخلیة (msv y -1 ) = d (ngy h −1 ) × 24 h × 365.25 d × 0.8 (عامل االنشغال)× 0.7 svgy −1 ×(الخارج/الداخل) 1.4 ×(عامل التحویل) 10 −6 …………………(7) رج فھو مقدار التعرض لخاالمغلقة ، اما اوالمقصود بالداخل ھو مقدار التعرض لالشعاع الناتج من مواد البناء في المناطق . [14]ور وغیرھا البیئة االرضیة مثل التربة والصخلالشعاع من النویدات الموجودة في النتائج والمناقشة ) یوضح نتائج الفعالیة النوعیة لسلسلة الیورانیوم والثوریوم وكذلك لعنصر البوتاسیوم والسیزیوم لنماذج 3( جدول ان جدولیوضح اذ ، )hpgeرواسب نھر دیالى باستعمال تقنیة مطیافیة اشعة كاما التي تحتوي على كاشف الجرمانیوم ( ) s-11رقم ( األنموذجعند ) bq/kg 57( العینات ھي في 214-و الرصاصأ 214-لنویدة البزموثكانت أعلى قیمة جسر ( منطقة ) والمأخوذ منs -9رقم ( األنموذج) عند bq/kg 13.95ھي(، وأقل قیمة ) التویثة(من منطقة والمأخوذ مستویات جدولكما یوضح ھذا .)bq/kg 29.997(. والمعدل العام للفعالیة النوعیة للیورانیوم كانت ) دیالى القدیم ) والمأخوذs-3(األنموذجعند ) bq/kg 25.1فكانت أعلى قیمة( 208-والثالیومأ 228-الفعالیة النوعیة لنویدات األكتینیوم ) جسر دیالى القدیم(من منطقة ) والمأخوذ s-8( األنموذج) عند bq/kg 8.23(، وأقل قیمة )جسر دیالى الجدید( من منطقة . )bq/kg 13.74للفعالیة النوعیة للثوریوم كانت ( . ومعدل عام عند (bq/kg 1000)فكانت أعلى قیمة جدولفي ھذا 40-وسجلت مستویات الفعالیة النوعیة لنویدة البوتاسیوم والمأخوذ من ) s-3( األنموذجعند ف) bq/kg 618.6اما اقل قیمة (، ) التویثة(من منطقة ) والمأخوذ s-11رقم ( األنموذج . )bq/kg 839.85( یة كانتع، والمعدل العام للفعالیة النو) جسر دیالى الجدید( طقةمن ) bq/kg 10.32( أعلى قیمةھذه الرواسب فكانت في 137-مستویات الفعالیة النوعیة لنویدة السیزیوماما ) s -9( األنموذج) وسجلت في bq/kg 0.79(، وأدنى قیمة) الرستمیة (منطقة) والمأخوذ من s-1( األنموذجوسجلت في . )bq/kg 4.85(كان النوعیة لنویدة السیزیوم في ھذه النماذج فعالیة المعدل و، ) جسر دیالى القدیم(منطقة والمأخوذ من .i.p ، وكذلك دراسة [15] 2006ان ھذه النتائج متقاربة مع الكثیر من الدراسات السابقة ومنھا دراسة العبیدي عام farai &m.o. isinkaye [16] 2008عام. كذلك حسب كل من دلیل الخطورة والجرعة الممتصة والجرعة الفعالة الخارجیة والداخلیة والنتائج موضحة في ) وھو ضمن الحدود المسموحة التي bq/kg 0.389ان معدل دلیل الخطورة ھو ( جدولیوضح اذ) ، 4رقم ( جدول ) والجرعة ngy/h 57.28ان معدل الجرعة الممتصة ھو ( جدولكما یوضح )whoحددتھا منظمة الصحة العالمیة ( والمجموع الكلي لمعدل ، ) msv/y 0.393والجرعة الفعالة الداخلیة ھي (، ) msv/y 0.0698الفعالة الخارجیة ھي ( ) msv/y 1وھي () وھذه القیم ھي ضمن الحدود المسموح بھا لتعرض عامة الناس msv/y 0.4628الجرعة الفعالة ھو ( .icrp([17]اللجنة الدولیة للوقایة االشعاعیة (التي حددتھا 164 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المصادر الجزء االوسط، اطروحة دكتوراه -تقییم الموارد المائیة في حوض نھر دیالى، (2007)،التمیمي، عمر صباح ابراھیم .1 . 165صفحةكلیة العلوم، -(غیر منشورة)، جامعة بغداد ھیدرولوجیة و ھیدروكیمیائیة نھر دیالى االسفل، رسالة ماجستیر (غیر منشورة)، ،(1985)،السنوي، غیدة طارق .2 .212 صفحةكلیة العلوم، -جامعة بغداد : تأثیر الفعالیات البشریة على نوعیة میاه نھر دیالى، رسالة ماجستیر (غیر منشورة)، (1992)،العادلي، عقیل شاكر .3 .108 صفحةكلیة العلوم، -جامعة بغداد 4. little fied, t.a. and thorley, n.,(1963) “atomic and nuclear physics, london, new york, van nostrand. 5. al-ansari, n.a; al-jabbari, m.h.and al-sinawi, g.t. (1987), hemrin reservoir, geological & hydrological investigation,j. waterres., special publication. 6. buday, t. (1980), the regional geology of iraq, vol i: stratigraphy and paleogeography. i.i.m. kassab and s.z. jassim (eds). som, b. baghdad, dar el-kutib publ.house,univ. of mosul.,p.p445 . ،مترجم، مطبعة الموصل.مقدمة في الفیزیاء النوویة )1989( عزوز، عاصم عبد الكریم، .7 8. tayal, d.c. (1982) ,nuclear physics, himalaya publishing house, new delhi. 9. weidner r.t. and sells r.l.(1999) ,elementary modern physics, second edition, allyn and bacon, inc., boston. 10. radioactive standard substances pib, stand 1.3.1980 and 1.7.1980. 11. cumhur, c.l. and mahmut, d.h. (2013) , preliminary study on 226ra , 232th , 40k , and 137cs activity concentrations in vegetables and fruits frequently consumed by inhabitants of elazig region ,turkey , j. radioanal. nucl. chem., 295 , 1245-1249. 12. yanchou lu; jingzhao z.; jun x. & xueli w., (1988), tl dating of pottery sherds and baked soil from the xian terracota army site, shaanxi province, china, nuclear tracks & radiation measurements, 14(1-2): 283-286. مقدمة في الفیزیاء الصحیة، جامعة الموصل. )1993 (االحمد، د. خالد عبید، .13 14. abdel-razek, y. ; bakhit a. and nada, a.a.(2008) measurements of the natural radioactivity along wadi nugrus , egypt , radiation physics & protection conference , 15-19 november , nasr city-cairo , egypt. توصیف وقیاس الملوثات االشعاعیة والصناعیة في نماذج بیئة مدینة بغداد باستعمال )2006 (، خالد ھادي العبیدي .15 )، رسالة دكتوراه ، جامعة بغداد ، كلیة cr-39مطیافیة اشعة كاما وتقنیة كاشف االثر النووي في الحالة الصلبة ( التربیة ابن الھیثم . 16. m.o. isinkaye and i.p.(2008) activity concentrations of primordial radionuclides in sediments of surface – water dams in southwest nigeria –a baseline survey, j. of radioprotection , 43(4):533-545. ھا ، سلسلة من ) ، مبادئ االشعاعات المؤینة والوقایة من2007احمد، محمد فاروق و السریع ، احمد بن محمد ، ( .17 النشرات المتخصصة تصدرھا اللجنة الدائمة للوقایة من االشعاعات بجامعة الملك سعود ، المملكة العربیة السعودیة . 18. ziqiang, p.; yin, y.and mingqiang, g., (1988). national radiation and radioactivity in china. radiat. prot. dosim. 24 (1/4):29–38. 19. travidon, g.; flouro, h.; angelopoulos, a., sakelliou, l.(1996) envioronmental study of the radioactivity of the spasin the island of ikaria, greece. radiat. prot. dosim. 63 (1),63– 67. 20. abdi, m.r.; faghihian ,h.; mostajaddavati, m.; hasanzadch, a.and kamali, m. (2006) distribution of natural radionuclides and hot points in coasts of hormozgan, persian gulf, iran, j. radioanal. nucl. chem. 270, 319-324. 21. kemru, m.n.( 1997). possible uranium rich areas in the aegean region of turkey. appl. radiat. isot. 48 (2) : 295–299. 22. lambrechts, a.; foulquier, l.and garnier-laplace, j., (1992). natural radioactivity in the aquatic components of the main french rivers. radiat. prot. dosimetry 45(1/4) : 253–256. 165 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 23. mantazul, i.c.; alam,m.n.and hazari, s.k.s. (1999). distribution of radionuclides in the river sediments and coastal soils of chittagong, bangladesh and evaluation of the radiation hazard. appl. radiat. isot. 51, 747–755. 24. chu, t.c.; weng, p.s.; lin, y.m., (1992). distribution of naturally occurring radionuclides in taiwanese rocks. radiat. prot. dosim. 45 (1/4):281–283. 25. ibrahiem, n.m.; abd el ghani; a.h., shawky; s.m., ashraf; e.m.and farouk, m.a., (1993). measurement of radioactivity levels in soil in the nile delta and middle egypt. health phys. 64 (6):297–299. 26. saada,h.r,*and al-azmib d., (2002), radioactivity concentrations in sediments and their correlation to the coastal structure in kuwait , j. of applied radiation and isotopes 56, 991–997. 27. http://www.iraqwho.com/archaeologicalsite/meso_map_ar.gif. ) یبین نماذج رواسب نھر دیالى التي تم الحصول علیھا1جدول رقم ( مكان جمع األنموذج رقم األنموذج ت 1 s -1 الرستمیة 2 s -2 الرستمیة 3 s -3 جسر دیالى الجدید 4 s -4 جسر دیالى الجدید 5 s -5 الزویة 6 s -6 العریفیة 7 s -7 العریفیة 8 s -8 جسر دیالى القدیم 9 s -9 جسر دیالى القدیم 10 s -10 التویثة 11 s -11 التویثة االنحالل النسبیة لھا ونسبة كفایةوال 152eu) طاقات نظیر 2( جدول رقم الكفایة % efficiency نسبة االنحالل percentage per disintegration photonطاقة الفوتون energy (kev) 39.2 28.37 121.779 23.2 7.51 244.693 18.7 26.58 344.272 6.5 12.96 778.890 3.5 14.62 964.05 2.8 20.58 1408.03 166 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://www.iraqwho.com/archaeologicalsite/meso_map_ar.gif قیم الفعالیة النوعیة للنویدات المكتشفة في الرواسب): 3( رقم جدول رقم األنموذج مكان جمع األنموذج bq/kgالفعالیة النوعیة bi-214)* و أ(pb-214 (ac-228 أو tl-208**) k-40 cs-137 s -1 10.32 786.6 10.4 29.6 الرستمیة s -2 3.17 634.3 15.84 31.41 الرستمیة s -3 4.21 618.6 25.1 20.53 جسر دیالى الجدید s -4 4.05 682.2 18.8 43.76 جسر دیالى الجدید s -5 2.06 987.2 9.28 31.05 الزویة s -6 9.93 902.5 15.94 27.38 العریفیة s -7 1.27 961.8 10.1 16.32 العریفیة s -8 3.65 800.8 8.23 18.04 جسر دیالى القدیم s -9 0.79 919.49 10.05 13.95 جسر دیالى القدیم s -10 5.64 944.9 11.26 40.93 التویثة s -11 8.34 1000 16.165 57.0 التویثة 4.85 839.85 13.74 29.997 المعدل . 232-** مكافئ الثوریوم . 238 –* مكافئ الیورانیوم ) قیم الجرعة الممتصة والفعالة ودلیل الخطورة 4( رقم جدول )ngy/h(الجرعة الممتصة األنموذج األنموذجمكان جمع ةیالفعالة الداخلالجرعة )msv/y( الجرعة الفعالة الخارجیة )msv/y( دلیل الخطورة s – 1 52.66 0.361 0.064 0.363 الرستمیة s – 2 50.66 0.348 0.062 0.362 الرستمیة s – 3 51.49 0.353 0.063 0.336 جسر دیالى الجدید s – 4 59.94 0.411 0.073 0.45 جسر دیالى الجدید s – 5 60.96 0.418 0.075 0.405 الزویة s – 6 60.26 0.414 0.074 0.397 العریفیة s – 7 54.12 0.371 0.066 0.327 العریفیة s – 8 46.85 0.321 0.057 0.295 جسر دیالى القدیم s – 9 51.29 0.352 0.0629 0.305 جسر دیالى القدیم s – 10 64.74 0.444 0.079 0.461 التویثة s – 11 77.2 0.53 0.094 0.578 التویثة 0.389 0.0699 0.393 57.01 المعدل ) مقارنة النتائج المستحصلة مع دراسات محلیة وعالمیة . 5( رقم جدول البلد ت )bq/kgالفعالیة النوعیة ( 238u 232th 40k المصدر المعدل المعدل المعدل المعدل المعدل المعدل 15 891.3 1030-805 54.9 66.9 -41 53 59.4-44.3 العراق 1 16 859 1126-635 39 48.8-27 22.1 38.3-11.3 نیجیریا 2 18 524 711-281 90 228-35 62 119-26 الصین 3 19 1130 2464-258 43 66-18 214 1049-15 الیونان 4 20 510 1200-140 33 160-11 70 400-29 ایران 5 21 3202-220 24 63-5 75 224-15 تركیا 6 22 599 1026-120 38 55-16 37 62-9 فرنسا 7 23 272 320-217 66 88-51 38 90-20 بنغالدش 8 24 479 970-160 28 66-0.4 18 35-0.87 تایوان 9 25 316 653-26 18 96-2 17 64-5 مصر 10 26 227 492-41 6 17-2 36 115-5 الكویت 11 الدراسة الحالیة 839.85 1000-618.6 13.74 25.1-8.23 29.99 57-13.95 العراق 12 167 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 البیاني الخاص بمعایرة الطاقة): الرسم 3شكل رقم ( ): العالقة بین الطاقة والكفایة النسبیة للكاشف4شكل رقم ( 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900 en er gy (k ev ) chanals no. energy calibration using eu-152 e ff ic ie nc y ): خارطة توضح اماكن جمع العینات1شكل رقم ( [27]من نھر دیالى موزعة على طول النھر 152-): یوضح طیف نظیر الیوربیوم 2شكل رقم ( الخاص بمعایرة الطاقة لمنظومة القیاس 168 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 measurement and characterization of natural radioactive contaminants and industrial for the sediments diyala river basin with using gamma-ray spectroscopy raad m. nasif ahmed f. mkhaiber duraid h. younis auday t. subhi dept. of physics / college of education for pure sciences / (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 27 march 2013 , accepted in : 24 june 2013 abstract in this research, we have achieved the description of radionuclides that exist in the samples of diyala river sediments as well as to measure the specific activities using gamma-ray spectroscopy. the eleven samples were collected among the length of diyala river starting from alrustumiya and finishing at the point where diyala river meets tigris which is in baghdad. gamma-ray spectrometry system consists of high-purity germanium detector (hpge) with 50% efficiency and resolution (2.2 kev) for the energy (1332 kev) was used for standard source 60co. card spectrum analyzer connected to the pc type pentium 4 was used to view the spectrum. and rates of the specific activity for the radionuclides, (214bi) equivalent to the specific activity of 238u and (228ac) equivalent to the specific activity of 232th and (40k) in these sediments are (29.997 bq / kg) and (13.74 bq / kg) and (839.85 bq / kg), respectively.in addition to that (4.85 bq / kg) for nuclide 137cs. calculations showed that hazard index (h) for these radionuclides was (0.389 bq / kg), which is within the allowable limit being less than 1, and approach to recorded some international organizations such as the (who) , (icrp) , (ncrp) and (epa ) which are within maximum allowed. key words: specific activity, gamma-ray, hazard index. 169 | physics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 effects of licorice extract on sperm motility of chilled stored ram semen a.k.mah di departme nt of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract this st udy was designed to inv estigate the effects of licorice extract (glycyrrhiza glabra l.) addition to semen diluters on ram sp erm p rogressive motility during st orage at 5 ˚c for 72 h. semen was collected from 3 p roven awassi rams. licorice extract p owder was added at levels of 1, 5, 10, 50 and 100 µg p er ml. of diluter. diluter containing no licorice extracts served as control (0).progressive motility was estimated subjectively after dilution (0h), and at 24, 48, and 72 h of st orage. the exp eriment was replicated 2 times with egg y olk-tris (eyt) diluter and 2 times with y olkglucose-citrate diluter. progr essive motility increased significantly (p < 0.01) in levels of licorice extract 1, 5, 10, 50 and 100 µ g / ml in both diluters, during all st orage p eriods. the means of p rogr essive motility were 72.5 ± 1.02 %, 72.08 ± 1.05, 70.90 ± 2.05 % and 66.25 ± 3.15 % resp ectively, comp ared to the control (0) 61.45 ± 16.2 %. levels 1, 5 and 10 µg /ml were sup erior (p < 0.01) to levels 50 and 100 µg /ml. in conclusion, the addition of licorice extract to the diluter imp roved ram sp erm p rogressive motility during cooled st orage at 5 ˚c. key words: licorice extract; diluter; ram sem en; progressive mo tility. introduction licorice is t he name app lied to t he roots and rhizomes of glycyrrhiza sp ecies and has been used for medicinal p urp oses for at least 4000 y ears [1]. glycyrrhiza glabra l. is one of the very imp ortant nutraceuticals, contains some 400 bioactive p hytochemicals [2], and has many documented bioactivities such as: st eroid like activity [3], p owerful antioxidants activity [4], antibacterial activity [5] and antiviral activity [6]. in traditional herbal med icine, licorice was considered as a natural source of se x hor mones and used to: strengthen female reproductive sy stem [7], treat some women's sterility cases in jap an and china [8,9], strengthen male reproductive sy stem, imp rove sp erm count as well as semen viscosity in ay urvedic medicine [10], and improve erection [11,12]. our p revious st udy results indicated that treatment with licorice imp roved reproductive p erformance of ram lambs and rams [13]. m any additives were used to imp rove p reserved semen quality such as: dy es [14], caffeine [15], sugars [16], aromatic compounds [17], chelating agents [18], antioxidants [19], seleniu m [20], seminal p lasma [21] and soy bean [22]. licorice contains many p hy tochemicals which may have amelioratin g effects on semen quality , so this study was designed to invest igate the p ossible effects of licorice extract addition to t he diluter on sp erm motility of chilled stored ram semen. material and methods two typ es of diluters were used, egg y olktris (e yt) [23] and y olkglucose-citrate [24]. licorice extract p owder (glycyrrhiza glabra l.) p urchased from local company (al-ahliah company for aromatic odors & flavorings production ltd., baghdad, iraq) was added at ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci . vol.23 (1) 2010 levels of 1, 5, 10, 50 and 100 µg p er ml. of diluter. diluter containing no licorice extracts served as control (0). diluters were p repared the day p rior to use, allowing lar ge p articip le to settle overnight at 5˚c, so that the sup ernatant could be used. before use, each diluter was warmed to 37 ˚c. fresh semen was collected by an artificial vagina from awasi rams. semen of 3 p roven rams was p ooled, mixed and kept in a water bath at 37 ˚c. semen was diluted 1:10 (vol. /vol.) to different diluters, then gradually cooled by p utting the tube of diluted semen in about 500 ml of 37 ˚c water containers and p laced in a 5 ˚c refrigerator for 2 hours t o reduce cold shock [24], then st ored at 5 ˚c for 72 h. progressive motility was estimated subjectively after dilution(0h), and at 24, 48, 72 h of st orage, by diluting a drop of semen with 0.9 % sodium chlor ide solution in a warm slide, mounting it with cover slip and examining it under a microscop e at x 400 magnification, using a 100-p oint scale for linear movement [25]. the data were exp ressed in p ercentage of total cells. m otility estimations were p erformed from 5 different fields in each sample by the same p erson throughout the st udy ; the mean value averaged from 5 successive estimations was used as t he final motility score. the exp eriment was replicated 2 times with egg y olk-tris (eyt) diluter and 2 times with y olkglucose-citrate diluter. the statistical analysis syst em [26] general linear model was used to analyze the data. differences among treatment means were compared for st atistical si gnificance, us ing duncan's multiple range test [27]. results progressive motility increased si gnificantly (p < 0.01) in levels of licorice extract 1, 5, 10, 50 and 100 µg / ml in both diluters, during all st orage p eriods. the means of p rogressive motility were 72.5 ± 1.02 %, 72.08 ± 1.05, 70.90 ± 2.05 % and 66.25 ± 3.15 % resp ectively, comp ared to the control (0) 61.45 ± 16.2 %. (fig1). levels 1, 5 and 10 µ g /ml were sup erior (p < 0.01) to levels 50 and 100 µg /ml (fig1). diluter typ e had a significant effect (p < 0.01) on sp erm motility . overall the p ercenta ge of motile sp erm in eyt diluter (66.48 ± 1.21 %) was higher than that in y olk-glucose citrate diluter (64.37± 1.44 %). sp erm motility tended to decline si gnificantly (p < 0.01) as the len gth of st orage p eriod increased. the means of p rogressive motility were 80.00 ± 2.04 % after dilution (0h), 68.75 ±3.15 % 61.25 ± 4.27% and 50.62 ±4.61 %, at 24, 48 and 72 h after cooling, resp ectively. discussion although the hist ory of licorice is as old as the history of medicine and of confection [28] and references to licorice d ate back to approximately 2500 b.c on assy rian clay tablets and egy p tian p apy ri [29], this study , to the best of our knowledge, is the first indication for a p ositive effect of licorice (gl ycyrrhiza glabra l.) on sp erm motility of chilled st ored ram semen. sp erm motility is regarded as a man ifest ation of sp erm functional comp etence [30] and licorice extract imp roved (p < 0.01) p rogressive motility esp ecially in low levels (1, 5, 10 µg /ml diluter). progressive motility is the most imp ortant individual quality test, because fertility is high ly correlated with number of motile sp erm inseminated [24]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 the precise role of the comp onents of diluters (sugars, p roteins, a range of additives, etc.) in p reserving the inte grity and the fertilizing p otential of sp ermatozoa is st ill far from being understood, and the comp osition of the diluents has be en imp roved by more or less emp irical st udies [31,32,33]. licorice may be considered as a versatile additive. first , an imp ortant reason for the decrease in motility during the storage of semen is the formation of lip id p eroxides from oxy gen radicals [34]. the sp erm p lasma membran e contains a high amount of unsaturated fatty acids and is therefore p articularly suscep tible to p eroxidative d amage [35]. the lip id p eroxidation destroy s the structure of the lip id matrix in the membranes of sp ermatoz oa, and it is associated with a loss of motility and membran e inte grity [36]. semen contains app reciable amounts of antioxidants that balance lip id p eroxidation and p revent excessive p eroxide formation [37] but t he endogenous antioxidative capacity of semen may be insufficient during st orage or dilution [38]. the addition of antioxidants is well known to imp rove the viability and motility of liqu id st orage or cryop reserved ram sp erm cells [19, 39]. licorice has p owerful antioxidant activity , it is contains seven antioxidant comp ounds, four isoflavans, t wo chalcon es and an isoflavone [4], and these comp ounds were shown to be effective to p rotect biolo gical sy stems against various oxidative st resses [40] via a mechanism involv ing scaven ging of free r adicals [41]. second, licorice contains many sugars such as fructose and sucrose [11]. fructose is one of the p rinciple ener gy substrate for sp ermatozoa [24] and an activator factor of mammal sp ermatoz oa [42], sucrose are reported to be effective in st abilizing sp erm membrane bilay ers during st orage [43]. third, licorice has antimicrobial activity , and the antimicrobial agents are routinely added to semen diluters to control many semen organisms which are p athogenic and compete with sp erm for nutrients and p roduce metabolic by -p roducts that have an adverse effect on livability of the sp erm [24]. the decrease in sp erm motility at high levels of licorice extract in this st udy (50 and 100 µg /ml) is p ossibly caused by high osmolality ; hyp er osmotic environment can inhibit sp erm motility [44]. furt her researches are need ed to design an isotonic diluter with high lev el of licorice extract. overall p rogressive motility was better in eyt. different diluents for semen have been used to imp rove fertility rate. eyt extender was r ecommended by many researchers and commonly used for artificial insemination [23, 45]. over st orage p eriod, sp erm motility declined si gn ificantly (p < 0.01) p robably due to the accumu lation of the toxic p roducts of sp erms metabolism [38]. the study findings may contribute to the recent attemp ts to design defined semen diluter and move away from animal-based cryop rotectants, which may p ose hy gienic r isks and are difficult to st andardize [46]. finally there are several factors affecting the p hytochemist ry of the licorice root such as geogr aphical location, soil condition, time of h arvest ing and the environ mental f actors [47] and this should be considered when ap p lying such treatment widely . in conclusion, the addition of licorice extract to the diluter imp roved ram sp erm p rogressive motility during cooled st orage at 5 ˚c. re ferences 1. nomura, t.; fukai, t. and akiy ama, t .(2002) chemistry of p henolic comp ounds of licorice (gl ycyrrhiza sp ecies) and their estrogenic and cytotoxic activities. pure ap p l. chem., 74:1199–1206 2. duke, j. (1995) phy tochemical constituents in licorice. in : nut raceticals: desi gn er foods iii: garlic, soy and licorice .ed. p.a. lachan ce .food and nut rition press, inc., usa chap .26, pp . 259-264. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 3. kumagi, a.; yano, m .; ot omo, m . and takeuchi, k. (1957) study on the corticoid – like action of glycyrrhizin and mechanism of its action .endocrinol.jp n.4:17-27. (abstr.) 4. vaya, j.; belinky, p.a and aviram, m . (1997) antioxidant constituents from licorice roots: isolation, st ructure elucidation and antio xidatives capacity toward ldl oxidation. free radic. bio. m ed., 23:302-313. 5. hatano, t.; shintani, y.; a ga, y. ; sh iota, s.; tsuchiya, t. and yoshida, t. (2000) phenolic constituents of licorice.vii : st ructures of glicophenone, and glicoisoflavon e and effects of licorice p henolic on methicillin-resistant staphyloco ccus aureus. chem. pharm. bull., 48: 1286-1292. (abst r.). 6. jeong, h.g. and kim, j.y. (2002) induction of inducible n itric o xide sy nthase exp ression by 18b-glycyrrhetininc acid in macrop hage. feb s lett. , 513:208-212. (abstr.). 7. paulien, g.b. (1995).the divine phi losop hy and science of health and healin g. teach services, inc., u sa., p .366. 8. yaginuma, t.; ismumi, r. ; arai, t. and kawabata, m . (1982) effect of traditional herbal medicine on seru m test ost erone levels and its induction of regular ovulation in hyp erandrogenic and oli gomenorrh ic women. act. obst et. gynaec.jp n., 34:939-944. 9. ostrzenski, a. (2001) gy necology : integrating conventional, complementary, and natural alternative therapy . lipp incott williams & wilkins, usa., p .147. 10. m oharana, d. (2008). shatavari, jastimadhu and aswagandha the ay urvedic therapy . orr. rev., 7-8:72-77. 11. ross, i.a. (1999) glycyrrhiza glabra. in: m edicin al pl ants of the world : ch emical const ituents, traditional, and m odern m edicinal uses. humana press, usa.chap.11, pp .191-227. 12. duax, w.l. (2000) personal communication. hauptman –woodward m edical research institut e, buffalo, n.y, usa. 13. m ahdi, a.k. (2000) effect of licorice extract on r eproductive performance of awassi rams. m .sc. thesis, college of agr iculture, baghd ad university . 14. phillips, p.h. (1945) a p ractical method of coloring semen for identification p urp ose .j. dairy sci., 28: 843-844. (abst r.) 15. garbers, d.l. first, n.l., sullivan, j.j., and lardy , h.a. (1971) stimulation and maintenance of ejaculated bovine sp ermatoz oon resp iration and motility by caffeine. bio. rep rod., 6:336-339. 16. abdelhakeam, a. a., graham, e. f., and chalon er, e.m . (1991) studies on the absence of glycerol in unfrozen and frozen ram semen. development of an extender for freezing: effects of osmotic p ressure, egg y olk levels, types of sugar and method of dilution .cryobiology , 28: 43-47 17. bamba, k. and m iyagawa, n.(1992) prot ective action of aromatic comp ounds a gainst cold-shock injur ies in boar sp ermatoz oa. cryobiology , 29: 533-536. (abst r.) 18. nishimura, k. (1993) effects of calcium ions on the malate –asp artate shuttle in slow cooled boar sp ermatoz oa. biol.rep rod., 49:537-543. (abst r.) 19. m axwell, w.m . and stojanov, t. (1996) liquid storage of ram semen in the absence or p resence of some antioxidants. rep rod.fertil.dev., 8: 1013-1020. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 20. seremak, b. ,udala, j., and lasot a, b .(1999) influence of se lenium on r am semen freezing qu ality . electr.j.of pol. agri. univ., 2: 110-117. 21. ghaoui, r.e.h; gillan, l.; thomson, p.c.; evans, g. and m axwell, w.m .(1996) effect of seminal p lasma fractions from entire and vasectomised rams on t he motility characterist ics, membrane st atus and in vitro fertility of ram sp ermatoz oa. j. androl., 28:109-122. 22. fukui, y.; kohno, h.; togari, t.; hiwasa, m . and okabe, k.(2008) fertility after artificial insemination usin g a soy bean-based semen extender in she ep. j. reprod. dev., 54:286-289. 23. liu, z. and foot e, r. (1998) osmotic effects on volume and motility of bull sp erm exp osed to membrane p ermeable and non-p ermeable agents. cry obiology , 37: 207218. 24. bearden, h.j, and fuquay , j.w.(1997) app lied animal reproduction .4 th edn. prentice hall, usa. , p p .133-141, 158-191. 25. walton, a. (1933). the technique of artificial insemin ation. imperial bureau anim. genetics. oliver and boyd, edinbur gh.uk. 26. sas. (2001) sas user's guide: statist ics. sas inst . inc., n.c., usa. 27. duncan, d.b.(1955).m ultiple range and multiple f tests. biometrics, 11:1-42. 28. peter, s. v., and testa, l. c.a. (1995) phy tochemist ry of licorice horticultural and p rocessing p rocedures. in: nutraceticals: designer foods iii: garlic, soy and licor ice .ed. p.a. lachance .food and nutrition press, inc., usa. chap .25, 243-257. 29. braun, l., and cohen, m . (2007) licorice .in: herbs & natural sup p lements .2 nd edn. elsevier australia. p p . 786-807. 30. scott , m .a. (2000).a glimpse at sp erm functions in vivo: sp erm transp ort and epithelial interaction in the female reproductive tract. anim. rep. sci., 60-61 : 337348. 31. polge, c.;smith, a.u. and parks, a.s. (1949) revival of sp ermatoz oa after vitrification and dehy dration at low t emp eratures. nature, 164:666–669. (abst r.) 32. gebauer, m . r.; pick ett , b. w.; kom arek, r. j. and gauny a, w. s. (1970).m otility of bovine sp ermatoz oa extended in def ined diluents. j. dairy sci., 53: 817-823. 33. bergeron, a. and m anjunath, p.(2006) new insights towards understanding the mechan isms of sp erm p rotection by egg y olk and milk. m ole.rep.dev., 73: 13381344 (abstr.) 34. aurich, j. e.; shonder, u.; hopp e, h. and aurich, c. (1997) effect of antioxidants on motility and membrane integr ity of chilled-stored stallion semen. therio genology , 48: 185-192. 35. griveau, j.f.; dumont, e.; renard, p.; callegari, j.p. and lelannou , d.(1995)reactive o xy gen sp ecies, lip id p eroxidation and enzy matic defense sy stems in human sp ermatoz oa. j. reprod. fertil., 103: 17-26. 36. sharma, r.k. and a garwal, a. (1996) ro le of reactive o xy gen sp ecies in male infertility . urology , 48: 835-850. 37. lewis, s.e.m .; sterling, e.s. l. and youn g, l.s.(1997) comparison of individual antioxidants of semen and se minal p lasma in fertile and infertile men. fertil. steril., 67: 142-147. 38. m axwell, w.m . and salamon, s. (1993) liqu id st orage of ram semen. reprod.fertil. dev., 5: 613-638. 39. sanch ez-partida, l.g.; setchell, b.p. and m axwell, w.m .(1997) epididy mal comp ounds and antio xidants in dilu ents for the frozen st orage of r am sp ermatoz oa. reprod. fertil. dev., 9: 689-696. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 40. haragu chi, h.; ishikawa, h.; m izutani, k.; tamura, y. and kinoshita, t. (1998) ant ioxidative and sup eroxide scaven ging activities of retrochalcones in gly cyrrhiza inflate. bioorg. m ed. chem., 6: 339-347. 41. fuhrman, b.; buch, s.; vaya, j.;belinky, p.a.; coleman, r.; hay ek, t. and aviram, m . (1997) licorice extract and its major p olyp henol glabridin p rotect low-density lip op rotein against lip id p eroxidation: in vivo and ex vivo st udies in human and in atherosclerotic apolip op rotein e-deficient mice. am. j. clin. nutr., 66: 267-275. 42. rigau, t.; camprubi, m .; badia, j.; ballester, j. and pa lomo, m .j. (2000) different effects of glucose and fructose on energy metabolism in do g sp erm from fr esh ejacu lates. 14 th international congress on animal r eproduction, 2:24. 43. chen, y.; foot e, r.h. and brockette, c. (1993) effect of sucrose, trehalose, taurin e and blood serum on survival of frozen bull sp erm .cry obiology , 30:423-431. 44. pommer, a.c. rutllant, j. and m ey ers, s. a. (2002). the role of osmotic resistance on equine sp ermatoz oa function. theriogenolo gy , 58: 1373-1384. 45. evans, g. and m axwell, w.m . (1987) salamon’s art ificial insemination of sh eep and goats. sidney , butterworth, australia, p p . 66-76. (cited by m axwell & salamon, 1993). 46. ball, p.j.h., and peteres, a.r. (2004) reproduction in catt le.3 rd edn. blackwell publishing, uk ., p . 131. 47. lutomski, j., nieman, c., and fenwick, g.r. (1991) licorice, glycyrrhiza glabra l. biolo gical prop erties. herba polonica, 37:163-178. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لسائل افي لحیامن لالحركة الفردیة قیم في مستخلص عرق السوس تأثیر المنوي المبرد للكباش أحمد قاسم مھدي ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحیاة ، كلیة التربیة خالصةال ت إلى (.glycyrrhiza glabra l)مستخلص عرق السوس إضافة تأثیرمت هذه التجربة لدراسة صم مخففا جمع .ساعة 72ة مد ˚م 5لحیامن الكباش خالل حفظ السائل المنوي بدرجة الحركة الفردیة على قیم السائل المنوي و 50 و 10و 5و 1مستویات رق السوس بمستخلص ع أضیف.السائل المنوي من ثالثة من كباش العواسي المختبرة . )0(مجموعة مقارنة محتوي على مستخلص عرق السوس الغیر استعمل المخخف .مل من المخفف / مایكروغرام 100 كررت . ˚م 5ساعة من الحفظ بدرجة 72و ، 48،و 24،و بعد ، (0h) ركة الفردیة بعد التخفیف تم تقدیر قیم الح صفار -الكلوكوز–السترات ومرتین باستعمال مخفف ) (eytصفار البیض -ال مخفف الترس التجربة مرتین باستعم p)قیم الحركة الفردیة معنویا ازدادت. البیض مخففة والمضاف (0.01 > مستخلص إلیهافي عینات السائل المنوي ال كانت . الحفظ مددخالل كل ن كال المخففی في مل/ مایكروغرام 100و 50 و 10و 5و 1عرق السوس بمستویات % 3.15± 66.25و % 2.05± 70.90 و% 1.05± 72.08و % 1.02± 72.5م الحركة الفردیة قی متوسطات في مل / مایكوغرام 10و 5و 1وتفوقت المستویات . %16.2± 61.45) 0(على التوالي مقارنة بمجموعة المقارنة p) المخفف معنویا نستنج من نتائج هذه . مل في قیم الحركة الفردیة / مایكوغرام 100و 50ن یستویعلى الم (0.01 > ظ مدلكباش خالل لحیامن االمخفف قد حسن من قیم الحركة الفردیة إلىمستخلص عرق السوس إضافةالدراسة ان ة الحف . ˚م 5المبرد بدرجة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 investigation of the projector properties of the magnetic lenses using analytical function a. h.h. al-batat, m. j. yaseen, m.m. majeed* departme nt of physics, college of education, unive rsity of mustansiriyah * department of biomedical, al-khawarizmi college of engineering, baghdad unive rsity recei ved in se pt. 29 , 2010 accepted in feb. 8 , 2011 abstract a comp utational invest igation h as been carr ied out to describ e sy nthesis optimization p rocedure of magnetic lenses. the r esearch is concentrated on the determination of the inverse design of the sy mmetrical double p olep iece magnetic lenses whose magnetic field distribution is already defined. m agnetic lenses field model well known in electron op tics have been used as the axial magnetic f ield distribution. this field has been st udied when the halfwidth is variable and the maximum magnetic flux density is kep t constant. the imp ortance of this research lies in the p ossibility of using the present sy nthesis optimization procedure for finding the polep ieces desi gn of sy mmetrical double polep iece magnetic lenses which have the best p rojector focal p rop erties. key word: electron opt ics, magn etic electron lenses, op timization of magnetic lenses, inverse desi gn of magnetic lens. introduction in electron op tics, t he sy nthesis p rocedure of electron lenses op timization is based on the fact that, the first-order p rop erties and aberrations of any ima ging magnetic field can be calcu lated by using mathematical fun ctions to approximate the magnetic field sev eral good mathematical functions exist for assign ing the magnetic field distribution such as gaussian model, exp onential model, cosine model ……. etc. it is imp ortant to note that, the values of optical p rop erties, aberrations and p olep iece shap e depend on the mathematical distribution of field function i.e. the optimum design of magnetic lenses depend on the op timization parameters of p rop osed formula to rep resent the optimum axial magn etic field dist ribution [1]. the mathematical model dep ending on the si milarity between the curve shap es of the axial magnetic sc alar p otential distribution and the hyp erbolic tangent function, this following function can be used for approximatin g the axial magnetic scalar potential distribution vz given by [2]. vz(z)=α tanh(z/β) (1) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 zs ≤ z ≤ ze along the axial len gth of the lens, where zs and ze are the terminals of the axial coordinate, here (α=w.bm ax / 2μo) and (β=w / 2). where μo is the sp ace p ermeability and equal 4πx10 -7 h.m -1 , w is the halfwidth of the field distribution, bm ax is the maximum magnetic flux density . w and bmax rep resent two optimization parameters. for sy mmetrical charged p article lens, the magn etic field and its axial p otential distribution would be sy mmetric about the mid plane. therefore, the followin g constraints can be st udied: 1. b(z)=b(-z), v(z)=v(-z) 2. | zs |= ze accordin gly the lens length can b e exp ressed as l=2ze or l=2zs. in the sy nthesis technique, sy mmetric conditions depend on the p rocedure taken under considerations for a electron lens design. however, these conditions dep end on the target function to be analy sized. for more details see [3,4,5,6]. for iron-free r egion the axial magnetic flux density distribution along the optical axis can be determined with the aid of the followin g eq. [2] : dz dv μ(z)b zoz  (2) therefore, in the present work t he axial magn etic field of the lens can be approximated by the followin g eq. : bz(z)=bmaxsech 2 (2.270(z/w)) (3) it can be seen that the target function rep resented in eq. 3 has three main control p arameters bm ax, the maximum magn etic flux density , the halfwidth of the field distribution w, and the lens len gth l(=ze zs). the present invest igation concerns with the more effective design p arameter which is the halfwidth, while the other two p arameters bmax and l are k ept constant at 1t and 40mm. polepiece reconstruction to determine the lens p otential, the region of its axial extension is divided into (n-1) subintervals where n rep resents the points of t he field alon g the z-a xis. by numerical analy sis t he axial magnetic flux density distribution bz is rep resented by a cubic sp line function in each subinterval [3]. by using the eq. 2 and with the aid of the cubic sp line technique, the axial magnetic scalar potential may be given by: kzk1)(kz gvv  (4) where:                                                3 2 h k 3 b // 1k 3 2 h k b // k 2 2 h k b / kh kb kμ 1 og k (5) here hk=z k+1zk; it represents the width of each subinterval. when the lens is sy mmetrical vz(n)= -vz(1) =0.5 ni. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 consider the magnetic field model given in eq. 3. the magnetic f ield distribution is determined under sy mmetric conditions along the lens optical axis. since the lens is sy mmetric, then the absolute value of the potential at the lens terminals are equal in magnitude (see fig. 1). this indicates that the area under the condenser and objective fields are equal. at the p lane where z=0 the p otential is zero as shown in fig. (1). the sy mmetrical lens is achieved by maintainin g this p lane and keep ing the condenser field on its left-hand side equivalent to the objective field on the right-hand side. by using the analytical solution of lap lace’s equation, the shap e of the p olep iece that would p roduce the desired field can be determined. for axially sy mmetric sy stems the electrost atic or magn etic scalar p otential v(r,z) can be calculated fro m the axial distribution of the same potential v(z) by the following p ower series exp ansion [7]:     2k 2k2k p 0k 2 k p dz v(z)d 2 r k! 1 z),v(r           (6) where rp is the radial height of the p olep iece. taking the first two terms of equation 6 under consideration, the equipotential surfaces (p olep iece shap es) are given by the following formula:   z pz p v vv 2(z)r    (7) where vp is the value of the potential at t he iron base of the polep eice. eq. 7 has been app lied on the two equivalent p arts of the sy mmetrical field. results and discussion the effect of halfwidth w on the field distribution and its focal p rop erties can be invest igated by keep ing the remain ing two p arameters constant at t he following valu es bm ax=1t and l=40mm. the axial flux density bz and the corresp onding axial magnetic scalar p otential vz for each value of w ar e shown in fig. 2 and 3. it is clear that t he area under the curve in creases as long as w increases, i.e. the refractive p ower ni increases with the increase of the value of w. since the excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 =25 is kept constant t he acceler ation voltage vr increases with resp ect to the increase of ni. fig. 4 shows the electron beam trajectory inside the magnetic f ield distribution for different values of the halfwidth (w=1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mm) when bm ax=1t and l=40mm at ni/vr 1/2 =20 under zero magnification condition. it should be noted that the electron beam enters the magn etic field in the same height. since the p resent investigation deals with determined the p rojector p rop erties, the electron beam trajectory calculated with aid of the paraxial ray equation alon g the total length of the magnetic electron lens. from the figure, one can see that when the halfwidith w incr eases the refractive p ower of the magn etic field decreases for the electron beams, this means that when the halfwidth increases the lens excitation increases. therefore, electron beam need ed more acceleration voltage to p enetrate field dist ribution for large halfwidth [6]. fig. 5 shows the reconst ruction p rocedure of the magnetic lens p olep ieces for different values of the halfwidth (w=1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mm) when bm ax=1t and l=40mm. it should be noted that the polep iece diameter d and the air gap width s are increased with the increase of the value of w. for high v alues of the h alfwidth, the p olep iece shap e are v ery comp lex in design field, therefore, in order to neglect the manufacturin g difficulties. desi gner should be considered the lower values of the parameter w as p ossible as [1]. fig. 6 represents the relationship between the p rojector focal len gth fp with the excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 . it is seen that the value of the projector focal len gth decr eases with t he ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 increase of the excitation p arameter until reach the minimum value ((fp)m in =0.440808, 0.88117, 1.321719, 1.762284, 2.202852 mm) for the mentioned w v alues taken under consideration. so, we seen that t he values of the minimum p rojector focal len gth (fp)m in for all the values of h alfwidth p roduce at t he same of excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 =14.2. also, we saw that when the values of halfwidth increases the values of focal length increases, that’s meaning when the values of halfwidth increases the area under the curve of field distribution increases [6]. fig. 7 r epresents the relationship between the radial distortion coefficient and excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 . it is seen that for each curve of the radial d istortion coefficient has constant value at min imum excitation p arameter and increases tell reaches maximum value, then decreases until reaches zero app roximately at excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 ≈15 and continue toward negative value with the increae of the excitation p arameter. one can see that from the figure, when the halfwidth of t he field increases the radial distortion coefficient dr has small values. this means that t he field distributions of small halfwidth have large values of the radial distortions [6]. it should be that the magnetic p rojector lenses in p resent work have no r adial distortion at the excitation p arameter in which the minimu m p rojector focal len gth occurs for all w v alues. this means that these lenses have no radial d istortion at the excitation p arameter in which the maximu m magn ification occurs. the radial distortion p arameter qr as a function of the excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 for various values of t he halfwidth is shown in fig. 8. fig. 9 represents the variation of the sp iral distortion coefficient with the excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 . it is seen that the values of sp iral distortion coefficient increase rapidly at small v alues of the h alfwidth with the increase of the excitation p arameter. it should be mentioned that for the lar ge v alues of the h alfwidth of the field distribution the magnetic p rojector lens has small distortion. this behavior can be exp lained as the halfwidth increases the bore radius and, the air gap region of the reconstructed p rojector magnetic lenses are increasin g. fig. 10 shows the variation of the sp iral d istortion p arameter qs with the excitation p arameter ni/vr 1/2 . the curves in the figur e 10 have on e minimu m value equal (qs)m in =0.893 at excitation p arameter extend from (ni/ vr 1/2 =9.1) to (ni/vr 1/2 =9.7), this value less than unity ((qs)m in =1) is well known at symmetrical projector lenses [8]. the low value of sp iral distortion p arameter qs gives p ossible reduce the p rojector distance for the electron microscope and then get on the lar ge p rojector angle, this leads to reduce the len gth tube of the electron microscop e. fig. 11 r epresents the minimu m valu e of focal length, radial distortion p arameter and sp iral distortion p arameter, lens excitation ni and acceleration volta ge vr as a fun ction of the halfwidth at constant maximum value of the flux density . the relationship between (fp)m in and ni with w are linear. but, qr and qs are not effected by values of w because the value of maximu m flux density is constant. t he value of (qr= 0.13) at ( 1/2 r ni/v =15) and (qs=0.893) at ( 1/2 r ni/v =9.1 to 9.7). the variation of the accelerated voltage vr with halfwidth w) is shown in the same figure (11). it indicates that in order to increase the halfwidth w one should increase the acceleration volta ge, but not linear ly because the area under the curve incr eases with halfwidth increase. re ferences 1. warid, h.h. (2006), ap p roximation of the m agnetic field distribution for objective m agnetic lenses by using analytical function"j.of college of education, 3:360-381. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 2. hawkes, p.w. (1982). m agnetic opt ical sy nthesis and optimization "proceedings of the ieee, 73:412-418. 3. al-obaidi, h. n. (1995),determination of the design of magnetic electron lenses op erated under preassigned ma gnification conditions"ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 4. al-batat, a. h. h. (1996), inverse design of magnetic lenses usin g a defined magnetic field,m .sc. thesis, university of mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. 5. al-kadumi,k.s. (2007). computer-aided-design of opt imized m agnetic electron lenses m .sc. thesis, university of mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. 6. zangana, h. a. (2005). using gray’s model as a target function in the inverse design of magnetic lenses m.sc. thesis, college of education, the university of mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. 7. szilagy i, m . (1984), reconst ruction of electrodes and p olep ieces from optimized axial field distributions of electron and ion optical systems,appl. phys. lett . 45: 499-501. 8. lambrakk is, e.; m arai, f.z . and m ulvey , t.,(1977). correction of sp iral dist ortion in the tem"develop ment in electron m icroscopy and analysis .ed.d.l.m isell (inst .phys.conf.sonf.ser.no.36: 35-38. fig.(1): the axial magnetic scalar potential distribution of symme trical double polepiece magne tic lens. ax ial mag ne ticscalar po tential dis tribution object space side image spa ce s ide opt ic al axis z neg ative z-axi s po s itive z-ax is 0 1 2 3 4 5 -2 -1 0 1 2 -20 -10 0 10 20r (m m ) z( mm) 1234 5 0 5 10 15 20 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 r p (m m ) z( mm) fi g. (4): ele ctron be am traje ctory in side the m agne ti c field fo r di fferen t values of (w =1, 2, 3 , 4, 5 mm ) when b max=1t and l=40 mm at ni/vr 1/ 2 =20. fig. (5): profile of polepieces for different values of (w=1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mm) whe n bmax=1t and l=40mm. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig.(2): the axial magnetic fiel d distributi on for different values of (w=1, 2, 3,4,5 mm) whe n bmax=1t and l=40mm. fig.(3): the axial magnetic scalar potenti al distribution for the field plotted in fig. 2. 1 2 3 4 5 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 -20 -10 0 10 20 v z (a .t ) z(mm) 1 2 3 4 5 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -20 -10 0 10 20 b z (t ) z(mm) 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25 f p (m m ) n i/vr1 /2 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25 q r ni/vr 1/ 2 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25 d s (m m )2 ni/vr 1/2 fi g. (9 ): the spi ral di storti on coe ffi cien t as a function of the e xcitati on paramete r for various val ues of (w =1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mm) when bmax=1t an d l=40mm. fi g. (8 ): vari ati on of the radial distorti on parame ter with the exci tati on paramete r for di fferen t values of (w =1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mm) when bmax =1t and l=40mm. fig. (6): the projector focal length angst excitation paramete r for different values of (w=1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mm) whe n bmax=1t and l=40mm. fig. (7): the radial distortion coefficient excitation paramete r for different values of (w=1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mm) whe n bmax=1t and l=40mm. 1 2 3 4 5 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 0 5 10 15 20 25d r( m m )2 n i/vr1/2 0 5 1 0 1 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 ni/vr 1/2 q s (fp)m in (q r)m i n (q s)min ni(a.t) vr(v) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 (f p ) m in (m m ) , ( q r) m in , (q s ) m in , n i( a .t )x 1 0 3 , v r( v )x 1 0 4 w(mm) fi g. (11): the minimum proje ctor fo cal length , spi ral distortion paramete r, radi al distortion parame ter, lens exci tati on ni an d accele rate d vol tage vr as a functi on of the hal fwi dth of the m agne ti c fiel d at constant e xcitation paramete r (ni/vr 1/2 =25) when b =1t and fig. (10): variation of the spiral distortion parameter qs with ni/vr 1/2 for different value of w at bmax=1t and l=40mm. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 2011) 1( 24جلدالم مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة دالة تحلیلیة مسقطیة لعدسات مغناطیسیة باستعمالدراسة الخواص ال *مجید میادة منذر ،محمد جواد یاسین ،علي هادي حسن البطاط الجامعة المستنصریة ، كلیة التربیة ،قسم الفیزیاء * جامعة بغداد ، الخوارزمي هندسة كلیة ، اتيقسم الطب الحی 2010 ایلول 29 في استلم البحث 2011 شباط 8 في قبل البحث الخالصة وقـد تركـز البحـث علـى . في هذا البحث أجریت دراسة تصف طریقة من طرائق التولیف االمثل للعدسات المغناطیسیة وتمـــت . د توزیــع مجالهــا المغناطیســي مســبقاثنائیــة القطــب المتنـــاظرة التــي حــدّ إیجــاد التصــمیم العكســي للعدســات المغناطیســیة توزیع، حیث درس المجال عندما یكون عرض النصف متغیرا والقیمة العظمـى لكثافـة الفـیض المغناطیسـي النموذج أاالستفادة من العدســة أهمیـة هـذا البحــث تكمـن فـي أمكانیـة االســتفادة مـن الطریقـة التولیفیـة المتبعـة وذلــك بإیجـاد تصـمیم أقطـاب تكمـن . ثابتـة .المغناطیسیة الثنائیة القطب المتناظرة التي لها خواص مسقطیة مقبولة ـــترون,عدسات الكترونیة مغناطیسیة ــــ ــــ ـــریات االلكــــ ــــ ــــ ـــاتیح; بصــــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ كلمات المفــ المغناطیسیة امسلیة العدسات , تصمیم عكسي للعدسات المغناطیسیة , ihjpas. 36(1)2023 74 creative commons attribution 4.0 international licensethis work is licensed under a abstract phytoplankton community is a model for of monitoring aquatic systems and interpreting the environmental change in aquatic systems. the present study aimed to forecast environmental parameters that drive the change of phytoplankton community structure in the lake. the present study was carried out in baghdad tourist island lake (btil) for the period from october 2021 to may 2022. the study included the quality and quantity of phytoplankton, moreover, the highest and lowest value of the physical and chemical parameters were (water temperature (13-30 °c), light penetration (94-275cm), electric conductivity (837-1128 µs/cm), salinity (0.5-0.7 ‰), ph (7-8.2), total alkalinity (126-226 mg caco3/l), total hardness (297-395 mg caco3/l), calcium (62-98 mg/l), magnesium (59-75mg/l), sodium (45-77 mg/l), potassium (4-9 mg/l), dissolved oxygen (6-9 mg/l), total dissolved solids (586-777 mg/l), total phosphorus (0.1-0.7 mg/l), total nitrogen (0.2-3 mg/l). monthly samples were taken from the subsurface water from three sampling sites in the lake and the results and presented as dry and wet seasons. a total of 127 algal taxa was identified in the dry and wet seasons with the dominancy of diatoms (nitzschia, gomphonema, navicula, ulnaria) and followed by cyanophyceae (oscillatoria, merismopedia) and chlorophyceae (cladophora), while dinophyceae (ceratium, gymnodinium), and euglenophyceae (euglena) were uncommon. the lowest total cell number of phytoplankton was 221cell*104 /l in the first site during the wet season, while the highest total cell number of phytoplankton was recorded at the third site with 323×104 cells/l in the dry season. the canonical correspondence analysis (cca) showed the impact of environmental parameters on phytoplankton community structure. therefore, the changes in phytoplankton species were noticed in the present study in comparison with previous periods and this finding is a warning of alteration in the environmental condition of the lake. keywords: algae, cca, environmental parameters, phytoplankton, spatial, temporal. doi.org/ 10.30526/36.1.3001 article history: received 6 september 2022, accepted 25 september 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq environmental parameters drive the phytoplankton community structure: a case study in baghdad tourist island lake, iraq taibat a. wahhab department of biology, college of sciences for woman, university of baghdad taybat.adnan1202a@csw.uobaghdad.ed u.iq fikrat m hassan department of biology, college of sciences for woman, university of baghdad. fikrat@cswuobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:taybat.adnan1202a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:taybat.adnan1202a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:fikrat@cswuobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 75 1.introduction lakes are a critical part of the hydrological budget, a source of water, and provide valuable habitats for biological species [1]. aquatic diversity is extremely delicate and influenced by several factors such as light, dissolved oxygen, and nutrients. the organisms in aquatic ecosystems are, however, markers of changes that take place because of numerous anthropogenic activities, such as pollution, climate change, etc. phytoplankton are unicellular, free-floating members of the algae family. the simplest organism is phytoplankton. the primary producers of food in every aquatic ecosystem, serve as a food source for fish and most other aquatic organisms [2]. the nutrient cycle and the equilibrium between living things and abiotic elements are both significantly influenced by phytoplankton. an essential and crucial organism, phytoplankton serves as the main source of food in all aquatic environments and the primary factor in resolving various environmental issues [3]. in general, algae is considered a suitable organism for biomonitoring of the aquatic system because of their abundance, sensitivity to alteration in water quality, and pollution impact [4]. phytoplankton is a diverse group of algae, and its species act as a base of the food web, good indicators of water body statutes, and have a different role as a functional group in an aquatic ecosystem [5,6]. phytoplankton (diatoms) used a model of monitoring aquatic systems, and interpreting the environmental change in aquatic systems [7,6,8]. van dam et al., (1998) reported the importance of phytoplankton as potential indicators of aquatic system degradation [9]. hussian et al. (2015) studied the phytoplankton in lake nasser and some physicochemical parameters and revealed that electric conductivity (ec) and water temperature were driving the phytoplankton community in the study area [10]. many studies reported the importance of the impact of physicochemical parameters on phytoplankton community structure in different aquatic systems [11, 12,13,14]. tumas and hassan (2015) mentioned that baghdad tourist island lake is suffering from less attention in the environmental management and needs to enhance it. while another study, an enhancement in water quality was mentioned, which means take attention to environment management of the lake [15,13]. the aim of this study is to forecast the impact of environmental changes on phytoplankton community structure and compare the findings of the current study with those of earlier studies that were conducted in the same study area. 2.material and methods study area: baghdad tourist island lake is one of the most well-known tourist destinations in iraq. it is an artificial lake situated in the al-fahhama region to the north of baghdad city (figure 1). the lake is in the right part of the tourist island. because the lake is exposed to tourist-related pollution, it is important to monitor water quality. the first site is located at the northern side of the lake, the second site is located in the tower area in the middle of the lake, and the third site is on the southern side of the lake (table 1). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 76 figure 1. map of the study area table 1. global position system (gps) of the study sites site longitude (eastwards) latitude (northwards) s1 44° 20’32.4 e 33 °46’39.6 n s2 44° 09’25.2 e 33 °12’247 n s3 44 °19’47.4 e 33° 22’366 n sample collection: physicochemical analysis of tourist baghdad island lake: samples were collected monthly, from three sites in the study area (table 1) from oct 2021 to may 2022 and represented as dry and wet seasons. the field measurements are water temperature (c), ph, electric conductivity (µs/cm), salinity(s‰), total dissolved solids (mg/l), which were measured by the digital portable multimeter (hach hq40d -germany). the dissolved oxygen (mg/l) using winkler methods after field fixing of oxygen using manganese sulfate and alkali-iodide-azide in winkler bottles total hardness (mg caco3/l) edta titrimetric method , total alkalinity (mg caco3/l) hydrochloric acid, calcium (mg caco3/l) edta titrimetric method, magnesium (mg caco3/l) calculation method, sodium (mg/l), and potassium (mg/l) standard methods of examination of water and waste water, total phosphate (mg/l) ascorbic acid, total nitrogen (mg/l) sulphanilamide, estimated following the methodology of furet and benson-evans [16]. phytoplankton sample: taken a 1l of each sample and preserved in lugol’s solution (1:100) ml in a cylinder of a 1l then left to settle for (21-27) days and concentrated the sample to 500 ml and then concentrated the sample to 100 ml finally repeated the process to reach (10 ml). the permanent slides were prepared using a concentrated nitric acid, for diatoms clarification, then ihjpas. 36(1)2023 77 classified by utilizing permanent slides. while non-diatom algae were diagnosed by preparing temporary slides and examined by microscope model gx140105 at (40x) according to furet and benson-evans method [17]. the taxonomic references [18, 19] were used for the identification statistical analysis the statistical analysis was performed by using r-statistical programming packages [20] and canonical correlation analysis (caa) was used by performing the canoco software to examine the relationship between algal species and environmental parameters [21]. 3.results and discussion the highest water temperature was 29.93 °c in the dry season, but the lowest was 13.4 °c in the wet season. the ph fell to 7 in the wet season, and it rose to 8.2 in the dry season, the lower electrical conductivity was 837.67 µs/cm in the dry season, but the highest was1128.67 µs/cm in the wet season, the lower salinity was 0.52 s‰ but the highest was 0.7 s‰ in wet season. the increase in electrical conductivity and salinity in the wet season, was caused by soil erosion which results in the salts being transferred to the water body and an increase in areas affected by agricultural activity [22], due to the rains and the erosion of the soil in the river. the lp value ranged between 94 cm to 275 cm in dry and wet seasons, respectively. the decline in lp in the dry season caused by increasing in turbidity values and density of phytoplankton in addition to tourist activity and the dust also greatly affected the lp during the dry season [23,24]. the lowest dissolved oxygen concentration was 6.7 mg/l in the dry season, but the highest was 9.17 mg/l in the wet season. this is because rising temperatures cause dissolved oxygen to become less soluble in water, which increases the activity of microorganisms and their oxygen consumption while also causing existing organisms to use dissolved oxygen for respiration [25]. the lowest value of hardness was 297.2(mg caco3/l), whereas the highest hardness in the dry season was 395.27(mg caco3/l), water hardness has risen, according to agriculture, and human activity [26]. the wet season recorded the highest water alkalinity was 226.67 (mg caco3/l), while the dry season had the lowest level at 126.67 (mg caco3/l). cole (1983) explains that the alkalinity was affected by temperature which leads to an increase in the solubility of co2 and carbonic acid in water [27]. smith (2004) reported a decrease in alkalinity because of increases in the density of algae and subsequently leads to the consumption of co2 [28]. calcium values were between 62.8-92.9 (mg caco3/l) highest in the dry season and lowest in the wet season and return increase in calcium value is due to erosion of soil loaded with these salts [29], as for the decrease in the value of calcium concentration returns to its consumption by algae and aquatic plants and building some structures of living organisms. while magnesium was between 54.03-72.2 (mg caco3/l) in wet season the high concentration of magnesium may be the result of soil washing rainwater, while its decrease is due to its consumption by algae, as it enters the structure of the chlorophyll molecule, increasing the numbers of algae works to consume magnesium and thus drop its percentage in water [30].the lowest value of na+, k+ (45, 4.83 mg/l) was recorded in wet season, while the highest value (77.67, 9.47 mg/l) was recorded in the dry season. the weathering of the rocks is the reason for the addition of sodium and potassium in aquatic bodies [31]. total dissolved solids tds ranged from 586.37 to 777.23mg/l, highest in dry season and lowest in the wet season, the activity of tourists and agriculture is one of the possible reasons for the increase in tds [23]. the lowest total phosphorus concentration of 0.1 mg/l, but the highest concentration of 0.69 mg/l in the wet season. decrease tp due to its consumption by algae and aquatic plants because phosphorous is an important nutrient for living organisms [33]. its rise is due to the use of ihjpas. 36(1)2023 78 phosphate fertilizers and its erosion in the watercourse due to the washing of agricultural land [34]. the lowest value of total nitrogen was 0.25 mg/l in the dry season, but the highest was 3.2 mg/ l in the wet season. the high concentration of nitrogen that was recorded is attributed to fertilizers usage and the sweeping of irrigation water from the adjacent land into the river [35]. some physicochemical parameters were determined in the lake during the two seasons (table 2). the lake was alkaline, very hard, oligohaline and good aerated. the trophic states were oligotrophic according to tp and tn concentrations. table 2. physicochemical parameters during the study period in baghdad tourist island lake parameters code dry wet mean±sd mean±sd water temp. °c wt 22.343±4.513 15.08±1.615 light penetration lp 159.25±41.06 158.583±57.25 electric conductivity µs/cm ec 906.807±40.357 993.499±109.595 salinity ‰ s‰ 0.552±0.023 0.613±0.067 ph ph 7.759±0.312 7.478±0.199 total alkalinity (mg caco3/l) ta 153.61±13.291 172.502±23.317 total hardness(mg caco3/l) th 345.193±31.406 341.368±19.425 calcium (mg caco3/l) ca 74.614±10.425 73.719±7.327 magnesium (mg caco3/l) mg 64.881±6.995 66.136±5.105 sodium (mg/l) na 59.722±6.189 56.473±7.157 potassium (mg/l) k 7.667±0.833 6.735±0.728 total dissolved solids (mg/l) tds 630.293±25.299 704.866±94.305 dissolved oxygen (mg/l) do 7.82±0.808 8.139±0.715 total phosphorus (mg/l) tp 0.486±0.104 0.359±0.178 total nitrogen (mg/l) tn 0.992±0.681 1.262±1.135 a total of 127 taxa were identified in the lake throughout the study period (table 3). the identified phytoplankton belonged to diatoms (bacillariophyceae (50.4%), fragilariophyceae (6.2%) and coscindiscophyceae (5.4%) which represented 62% in terms of a number of species, followed by cyanophyceae (18.60%),(11.63%), euglenophyeae (5.42%) and dinophyceae (2.33%). bacillariophyceae was the predominant group at all sites during the study seasons because of their ability to tolerate a wide range of environmental changes and the availability of silica in the iraqi ihjpas. 36(1)2023 79 water system [36], moreover, bellinger and sigee (37) interpret diatom dominancy due to their genetic diversion and high diversity make them enabled to exist in high percentage and present in many different environments [37]. the identified phytoplankton in the present study was less than recorded by previous studies on the same lake [12,13]. ismail (12) recorded 230 phytoplankton taxa during 1988-1989, and 180 taxa by kadeem et al. [13] study. the decline of phytoplankton taxa during the three periods (1988-1989, 2019-2020, and the present study, 2021-2022) was an alarm of environmental change in the lake. the change in species abundance and disappearance are sign of climate change which impacts aquatic ecosystems and subsequently community structure [38,39]. moreover, the alteration in the phytoplankton communit y depends on different environmental factors and anthropogenic effects [40]. table3. identifies phytoplankton taxa during the study period in baghdad tourist island lake (104 cell/l) classes dry wet s1 % s2 % s3 % s1 % s2 % s3 % chlorophytyceae 15 5 17 6 17 5 5 2 7 2 5 2 cyanophyceae 7 3 9 3 8 2 6 3 7 2 9 3 dinophyceae 3 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 euglenophyceae 1 0 1 0 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 coscinodiscophyceae 16 6 17 5 20 6 7 3 15 5 14 5 bacillariophyceae 232 83 251 81 247 76 176 79 255 87 245 80 fragilariophyceae 6 2 12 4 26 8 26 12 8 2 31 10 total number 280 100 310 100 323 100 221 100 293 100 307 100 figure 2. a spatial variation in number of species and genera of phytoplankton during the study period in baghdad tourist island lake. 0 20 40 60 bacillariophycea e fragilariophycea e coscindiscophyc eae cyanophyceae chlorophyceae euglenophyeae dinophyceae site1 s g 0 50 100 bacillariophy ceae fragilariophy ceae coscindiscop hyceae cyanophycea e chlorophycea e euglenophye ae dinophyceae site2 s g 0 50 100 bacillariophyce ae fragilariophyce ae coscindiscoph yceae cyanophyceae chlorophyceae euglenophyeae dinophyceae site 3 s g ihjpas. 36(1)2023 80 some genera were recorded as a high number of species; nitzschia (10spp.), navicula (7spp.), gomphonema (4 spp.), merismopedia (4spp.), and 3 species for each of cymbella, cocconeis, ulnaria, phacus. according to previous studies on phytoplankton, some genera were reduced in number, and others such as oscialltoria and achnanthidium which they recorded as dominant species in previous studies [12, 13]. the total number of phytoplankton ranged from 280 to 323 cells*104/l at sites 1 and 3, respectively in the dry season and 221 to 307 cells*104/l at sites 1 and 3 in the wet season (figures 3 and 4). pokhrel et al. [41] noticed a high algal diversity in the dry season than in the wet season and they interpreted it on the basis of the nutrient dilution factor in the wet seasons. . figure 3. spatiotemporal variation in total amount of phytoplankton during the study period in baghdad tourist island lake. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 s1 s2 s3 s1 s2 s3 dry wet c e ll s* 1 0 4 /l 0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 chlorophyta dinophyceae euglenophyceae coscinodiscophyceae bacillariophyceae fragilariophyceae cells*104/l dry s3 s2 s1 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 81 figure 4. spatiotemporal variation in percent of phytoplankton groups during the study period in baghdad tourist island lake. fragilariophyceae recorded a high total number in the wet season (>6 cells*104/l at sites 1 and 3) except in site 2 (<3) and greater than 3 cells*104/l in dry season at sites 2 and 3, while it’s number of cells at site 1 less than 2. coscindiscophyceae ranged from 4.09-5.12 cells*104/l at sites 1 and 3 in dry season, respectively while in the wet season its total number was less than 4 cells*104/l. the dominance of diatoms is a very known phenomenon in the iraqi aquatic ecosystem [42]. this finding is supported by previous studies on the lake [12,13]. on another hand, the dominancy of diatoms in the lake referred to the satiability of the ecosystem [43,44]. cyanophyceae were <1 -<7 cells*104/l in both seasons. chlorophyceae was noticed a high total number (19.30 cells*104/l) in the dry season at site 1 and 4.89 cells*104/l in the wet season while its low total number was recorded in the wet season (<2). li et al. (45) found that the increase in tds values caused an increase in the total number of diatoms and cyanocphyceae, while an inhibitory effect was observed on chlorophyceae, therefore, in the present study both algal groups (diatoms and cyanocphyceae) were increased in the wet season with a noticeable rise in tds values [45]. euglenophyeae and dinophyceae had a higher number of cells in dry season than in the wet season. the phytoplankton community structure was becoming altered from the previous studies in terms of richness in genera and species. in the present study, some of the genera of phytoplankton were dominant in terms of the number of taxa and total cell number compared with previous studies on the lake (table 4). nitzschia spp.; n. frusbulus, n. obtuse n. longissima, n. microcephala, n. fonticola, n. sigma, n. amphibian, n. palea, n. minuta, and n. linearis were recorded a high taxa number and total cell number (figure 5). lowe (46) mentioned that nitzschia spp., is considered as an indicator for alteration in water quality and its tolerated-pollution species. moreover, the nitzschia spp., their number increased in the presence of organic nitrogen. in the present study, their total number increased in the wet season with synchronism with an increase in tn concentration. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 cyanophyceae chlorophyta dinophyceae euglenophyceae coscinodiscophyceae bacillariophyceae fragilariophyceae cells*104/l wet s3 s2 s1 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 82 table 4. the alteration in dominancy of phytoplankton genera during three periods in baghdad tourist island lake. (modified from [12]) 2021-2022 (present study) 2019-2020 (kadeem et al., 2021) 1988-1989 (ismail 1989 nitzschia achnathidium cyclotella gomphonema amphora anomoeoneis gomphonella cocconeis meloseira navicula cyclotella diplona achnanthes cymatotopleura cymbella bacillaria gomphonema achnanthes cocconeis ulnaria nitzchia ulnaria melosira navicula rhoicosphenia navicula cymbella peronia gomphonema encyonema synedra navicula spp., were recorded a high number at site 2 in dry seasons, these genera included the following species; n. inflafa, n. radiosa, n. oblonga, n. cryptocephala, n. cincta, n. schoretri, and n. phyllepta. navicula is classified in functional group mp in shallow, turbid, continue mixing lake [47,48]. figure 5. spatiotemporal variation in dominant phytoplankton species during the study period in baghdad tourist island lake. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 s1 s2 s3 c e ll s* 1 0 4 / nitzschia spp. dry wet 0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 s1 s2 s3 c e ll s* 1 0 4 navicula spp. dry wet 0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 s1 s2 s3 c e ll s* 1 0 4 gomphonema spp. dry wet -1.00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 s! s! s! c e ll s* 1 0 4 merismopedia spp. dry wet ihjpas. 36(1)2023 83 a high number of gomphonema were noticed in wet season at site 2, and its species were; g. olivacea, g. parvlum, g. gracile, g. aceumutum, g. intrcticm, and gomphonema sp. according to palmer index the nitzschia, navicula and gomphonema are considered as organic pollution indictors [49,50]. shcherbak et al. (2018) mentioned the presence of centric diatoms (coscinodiscophyceae) in urban water body referred to the adaptation to organic pollution [51]. merismopedia spp, were noticed a high total number of cells in dry season at site 2 in contrast with wet season, and its species were m. glance, m. convoluta, m. elgans, and m tennuissima. reynolds (47) put the merismopedia in group lᴼ, which found in mesotrophic lake and its tolerance to segregated nutrient. canonical correspondence analysis. the canonical correspondence analysis (cca) showed the relationship between the phytoplankton species and some physiochemical parameters in the present study. figure 5 illustrate the bacillaria paxillifera (bpa) and achnanthes microcephala (ami) have a positive correlation with water temperature, light penetration (lp), hardness, total alkalinity, ph, dissolved oxygen (do), ca++, k+, and total phosphorus in dry seasons. while nitzschia microcephala (nmi) showed a negative correlation with physicochemical parameters. cocconeis placentula (cpl), encyonema ventricosum (eve), nitzschia amphibian (nam), navicula radiosa (nra), and tryblionella apiculata (tap) were not recorded a correlation with parameters. while navicula inflafa (min), cocconeis pediculus (cpe), ulnaria ulna (uul), gomphonella olivacea (gol), nitzschia frusbulus (nfr), and navicula cincta (nci) have correlated with total nitrogen (tn) and total nitrogen: total phosphorus (tn:tp). figure 6.cca analysis describe the relationships between phytoplankton species and physicochemical parameters in baghdad tourist island lake in dry season in wet season (figure 7), achnanthes microcephala (ami), cyclotella meneghiniana (cma), hantzsch amphioxus (ham), nitzschia minuta (nmi), ulnaria ulna (uul), staurosira construens (scu) and gomphonema parvlum (gpa) were positively correlated with all parameters except tn,tp, and tn:tp. gomphonella olivacea (gol) and rhoicosphenia abbreviate (rab) were correlated with tp. peronia fibula (pfi)and nitzschia amphibian (nam) correlated with tn and ihjpas. 36(1)2023 84 tn:tp, while nitzschia palea (npa), bacillaria paxillet (bpa), and navicula radiosa (nra) were correlated with tn: tp. nitzschia frusbulus (nfr) was not correlated with physicochemical parameters. phytoplankton species have different ability to response to the physicochemical parameters [10,52]. kadeem et al. (13) found different results by cca with results of the present study such as; nitzschia microcephala (nmi) showed a positive correlation with physicochemical parameters (13), while it’s a negative correlation in the present study which reflected the alteration in phytoplankton community structure [12]. figure 7.cca analysis describe the relationships between phytoplankton species and physicochemical parameters in baghdad tourist island lake in wet season. 4.conclusion the environmental parameters revealed that the lake was alkaline, very hard, oligohaline, and good aerated. the trophic states were oligotrophic according to tp and tn concentrations. the community of phytoplankton undergoing a change in dominancy is a term of species not in the main phytoplankton groups. the phytoplankton community has undergone a spatial variation; therefore, the environmental factors drive their community structure. references 1. al-haidarey, m.; abdumunem, i.; abbas, m.; al-ansari, n. the trophic state index of bahr al-najaf depression reservoir, iraq. journal of environmental hydrology 2016, 24. 2. bhaskar, k.; nautiyal, s.; khan, y.i.; rajanna, l. a preliminary study on phytoplankton in fresh water-lake of gogi, yadgir district, karnataka. international journal of innovative research in science, engineering and technology 2015, 4(4),2030-2037. 3. wetzel, r.g. limnology: lake and river ecosystems. gulf professional publishing 2001. 4. bae, m.j.; park, y.s. biological early warning system based on the responses of aquatic organisms to disturbances: a review. science of the total environment 2014, 466, 635-649. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 85 5. litchman, e.; klausmeier, c.a. trait-based community ecology of phytoplankton. annual review of ecology, evolution, and systematics 2008,615-639. 6. gligora udovič, m.; cvetkoska, a., žutinić, p.; bosak, s.; stanković, i.; špoljarić, i.; mršić, g.; kralj borojević, k.; ćukurin, a.; plenković-moraj, a. defining centric diatoms of most relevant phytoplankton functional groups in deep karst lakes. hydrobiologia 2017, 788(1), 169-191. 7. pandey, l.k.; bergey, e.a.; lyu, j.; park, j.; choi, s.; lee, h.; depuydt, s.; oh, y.t.; lee, s.m.; han, t. the use of diatoms in ecotoxicology and bioassessment: insights, advances and challenges. water research 2017, 118,39-58. 8. park, j.; bergey, e.a.; han, t.; pandey, l.k. diatoms as indicators of environmental health on korean islands. aquatic 2020, 227, 105594. 9. van dam, r.a.; camilleri, c.; finlayson, c.m. the potential of rapid assessment techniques as early warning indicators of wetland degradation: a review. environmental toxicology and water quality. an international journal 1998, 13(4), 297-312. 10. hussian, a.e.; napiórkowska-krzebietke, a.; toufeek, m.e.; el-monem, a.m.a.; morsi, h.h. phytoplankton response to changes of physicochemical variables in lake nasser, egypt. journal of elementology 2015, 20(4). 11. varadharajan, d.; soundarapandian, p. effect of physico-chemical parameters on species biodiversity with special reference to the phytoplankton from muthupettai, south east coast of india. journal of earth science & climatic change 2014, 5(5),1. 12. ismail, a.m. ecological and comparative study between baghdad touristic island lake ang tigris river within baghdad. 1989. 13. kadeem, z. j.; hassan, m.; al obaidy, a.h. m.j. monitoring of phytoplankton in the artificial lake comparison study, iop conf. series earth and environ. sci. 2021,779,1755-1315 14. al-dawoodi, n.a.; al-ani, h.a.a.; talib, a.h. limnological features baghdad island lake baghdad city, iraq. indian journal of ecology 2022, 48 special issue (18) 354-359. 15. tumas, y.y; hassan, z a r. the properties of tourism services and entertainment in the city of baghdad (baghdad island park, tourism). journal of the college of education for women 2015, 26(2). 16. apha. standard methods for examination of water and wastewater. 23rd editi. rodger b. baird. andrew d. eaton ewr, editor. washington 2017, dc 20001-3710: american public health association. 17. furet je, benson-evans k. an evaluation of the time required to obtain complete sedimentation of fixed algal particles prior to enumeration. british phycological journal 1982, 17(3):253-8. 18. wehr, j.d.; sheath, r.g.; kociolek, j.p. (eds.). freshwater algae of north america: ecology and classification. elsevier 2015. 19. round, f.e. crawford rm and mann dg. diatoms: biology and morphology of the genera. cambridge university press 1990. 20. love, j.; selker,r.; marsman,m.; jamil,t.; dropmann, d.; verhagan,j. ; wagenmakers. jasp: graphical statistical software for common statistical designs. j stat softw 2019, 88(1),1-17. the comprehensive r archive network (r-project.org). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 86 21. ter braak, c.j.; smilauer, p. canoco reference manual and canodraw for windows user's guide: software for canonical community ordination (version 4.5) 2002, www. canoco. com. 22. mohammed za. ecological study of epiphytic algae on phragmites sp. and typha sp. hydrophytes in kufa river. journal of applied. physical and biochemical research 2015, (1) 117-32. 23. maulood, b.k.; hinton, g.c.f.;whitton, b.a.; al-saadi, h.a. on the algal ecology of the lowland iraqi marshes. hydrobiologia 1981,80(3),269-276. 24. murray-tortarolo, g.; jaramillo, v.j.; maass, m.; friedlingstein, p.; sitch, s. the decreasing range between dry-and wet-season precipitation over land and its effect on vegetation primary productivity. plos one 2017, 12(12), 0190304. 25. shakirat, k.t.; akinpelu, a.t. study of heavy metals pollution and physico-chemical assessment of water quality of river owo, agbara, nigeria. international journal of water resources and environmental engineering 2013, (7), 434-441. 26. omer, n.h. water quality parameters. water quality-science, assessment and policy 2019,18:1-34. 27. cole, g.a. text book of limnology, 3rd. the cv mosby co. st. luis, toronto london 1983. 28. smith, r. current methods in aquatic science. univ waterloo, canada 2004. 29. al-lami, a. a.; sabri, a.w.i; mohsen, k. a.a.; al-dulaimi aa. the environmental effects of the thistle river on the tigris river: aphysical and chemical properties. sci.j iraqi at energy organ 2001,3(2),122–136. 30. al-asadi, sh.a.a. an environmental study of the algae community and some environmental pollutants in the husseiniya river. holy karbala / iraq. phd thesis, college of education for pure sciences university of karbala 2015. 31. sharma, s.; tali, i.; pir, z.; siddique, a.; mudgal, l.k. evaluation of physicochemical parameters of narmada river, mp, india. researcher 2012,4(5),13–9. 91 141. 32. darweesh, s.f.a. water quality assessment of tigris river by diatoms community between al-aziziyah and kut/iraq 2017. 33. al-saeady, r.n.q. an ecological study of epiphytic algae on aquatic macrophytes in tigris river within baghdad city/ iraq, a thesis to coll sci women, univ baghdad 2014. 34. sims, j.t.; sharpley, a.n. phosphorus: agriculture and the environment. american society of agronomy, 2005. 35. a l-janabi z.z.; al-obaidy, a.h.m.j. hassan, f.m. a brief review of water quality indices and their application, iop conf. series: environmental science 2021, (1) 012088,1-12. 36. maulood, b.k.; hassan, f.m. algal studies in iraqi inland waters. a review. tigris and euphrates rivers: their environment from headwaters to mouth 2021, 553-570. 37. bellinger, e.g.; sigee, d.c. freshwater algae: identification and use as bioindicators. journal of applied phycology 2013, 25(4), 1265-1266. 38. walther, g.r.; post, e.; convey, p.; menzel, a.; parmesan, c.; beebee, t.j.; fromentin, j.m.; hoegh-guldberg, o. ; bairlein, f. ecological responses to recent climate change. nature 2002, 416(6879), 389-395. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 87 39. mooij, w.m.; hülsmann, s.; de senerpont domis, l.n.; nolet, b.a.; bodelier, p.l.; boers, p.; pires, l.; gons, h.j.; ibelings, b.w.; noordhuis, r.; portielje, r. the impact of climate change on lakes in the netherlands: a review. aquatic ecology 2005, 39(4), 381400. 40. ariyadej, c.; tansakul, r.; tansakul, p.; angsupanich, s. phytoplankton diversity and its relationships to the physico-chemical environment in the banglang reservoir, yala province. songklanakarin journal of science and technology 2004, 26(5), 595-607. 41. pokhrel, s.; ghimire, n.p.; rai, s.k. seasonal variation of algal diversity with reference to water quality in jagadishpur reservoir, nepal. limnological review 2021, 21(4),189199. 42. maulood, b.k.; hassan, f.m. phytoplankton and primary production in iraqi marshes. in: jawad, l.a. (eds) southern iraq's marshes. coastal research library 2021, 36,springer, cham. 43. armbrust, e. v. the life of diatoms in the world’s oceans. nature 2009, 459(7244),185– 192. 44. baliarsingh, s.k.; srichandan, s.; lotliker, a.a.; sahu, k.c.; srinivasa kumar, t. phytoplankton community structure in local water types at a coastal site in north-western bay of bengal. environmental monitoring and assessment 2016, 188(7),1-15. 45. li, r.; xu, q.; zhang, g.; cheng, x.; sai, b.y.r.t. effects of various total dissolved solids (tds) on the growth of phytoplankton. research of environmental sciences 2013, 26(10),1072-1078. 46. lowe, r.l.; keeled and canalled raphid diatoms. in freshwater algae of north america 2003,669-684. academic press. 47. reynolds, c.s. the ecology of phytoplankton. cambridge university press 2006. 48. jin,y.; yu, r.; zhang,z.; zhang, q.; li, m.; cao, z.; wu, l.; hao, y. spatiotemporal variability of phytoplankton functional groups in a shallow eutrophic lake from cold, arid regions. environmental monitoring and assessment 2020, 192(6), 1-21. 49. galinato, m.i.; evangelio, j.c. dynamics of plankton community in banahao-palhi river in leyte, philippines. annals of tropical research 2016, 38(2), 130-152. 50. serino, e. k. l.; belonias, b. z. planktonic algae as bioindicators of water quality in pagbanganan river, baybay city, leyte. annals of tropical research 2020, 42(2),43-51. 51. shcherbak, v.i.; genkal, s.i.; kravtsova, o.v. centric diatoms (centrophyceae) of water bodies of urban agglomerations. hydrobiological journal 2018, 54(6). 52. baliarsingh, s.k.; srichandan, s.; lotliker, a.a.; sahu, k.c.; srinivasa kumar, t. phytoplankton community structure in local water types at a coastal site in north-western bay of bengal. environmental monitoring and assessment 2016, 188(7), 1-15. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة نظریة لتأثیر درجة حرارة المحیط على معامل األمتصاص ،میسون فیصل احمد *محمد عبد الرضا حسین قسم الیزر والبصریات ،الجامعة التكنلوجیة * قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة العلوم ،جامعة بغداد الخالصة معادلة ریاضیة جدیدة لوصف العالقة بین معامل الخمود او معامل االمتصاص و درجة حرارة الوسط تاقترح لقد اشتقت هذه المعادلة اعتمادا على . ة ضمن مجال االشعة تحت الحمراءلمعالمحیط والطول الموجي لبعض المواد المست قیم لارجیة مختلفة التي تصف العالقة بین قیم النفاذیة دالة للطول الموجي بعض المنحنیات العملیة المأخوذة من مصادر خ ان الدراسة المكثفة و المتعمقة لطبیعة هذه المنحنیات و اسلوب تغیرها مع كال من . من درجات حرارة المحیطعدیدة وضع معادلة تصف تغیر اینشتاین االحصائي قادت الى واعتمادا على توزیع بوز الطول الموجي و درجة الحرارة ان االفتراض ، تغیر النفاذیة مع درجة حرارة المحیط من ثممعامل الخمود دالة للطول الموجي و درجة حرارة المحیط و االساسي في عملیة ایجاد هذه المعادلة هو اعتبار ان التغیر الرئیس في النفاذیة یعود الى التغیر في قیم معامل الخمود ان النتائج النظریة للمعادلة المقترحة اعطت تطابقا جیدا مع مجمل النتائج . حرارة الوسط الخارجينتیجة لتغیر درجة .العملیة التي تمت دراستها في هذا البحث ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 theoretical study o n the effect of ambient temperature on absorption coefficient m. a. hussain and m.f. ahmed laser and optoe lectronic departme nt, unive rsity of technology. physics departme nt, science college, unive rsity of baghdad. abstract anew mathematical formula was p rop osed to describe the behavior of the extinction coefficient as a function of ambient temp erature and wavelengths for some of infrared materials. this formula was derived depending on some exp erimental data of transmittance sp ectrum versus wavelengths for many ambient temp eratures. the extensive st udy of the sp ectrum characterist ics and depending on bose-einst ein distribution led to derive an equation connecting the extinction coefficient or the absorp tion coefficient with the ambient temp erature and wavelengths of t he incident rays. t he basic assump tion in deriving p rocess is the decreasing in transmittance value with the increasing temp erature which is only due to the changing in extinction coefficient values. introduction m any infrared transp arent materials, esp ecially those that are st rongly absorbing materials in the visible region, have high indices of refraction in the infrared region [1]. this is esp ecially true for semiconductors such as ge, inas, insb, which are widely used in the infrared as windows, lenses, and long wavelength p ass filters. their high refractive indices cause large reflection losses so t hat even thin non absorbing p lates of these materials transmit only 50% or less of the incident radiation. a t ransp arent lay er of another material such as sio or zns to p roduce zero reflectance can coat these materials [1]. the design of any op tical sy st em requires the selection of materials based up on knowledge of the op tical, mechanical and thermal p rop erties available. a st udy of the material characterist ics, p articularly the absorp tion and disp ersion p rocesses, is therefore essential for the selection of suitable materials for use both as substrates and evap orated lay er materials. all of the observed intrinsic absorp tion characteristics p resent in the sp ectrum of an infrared op tical material can be classified by three fundamental p rocesses involving the interaction between the material and the incident electromagnetic radiation, namely ; electronic absorp tion, latt ice or phonon absorp tion and free-carrier absorp tion. all these processes which are affected by the ambient temp erature would make the absorp tion or extinction coefficient and then the resulting transmittances decrease as the temperature increases. this decrease in transmittance with the increasing temp eratures is due to the changing in values of both refractive index and extinction coefficient or absorp tion coefficient, but since the exp erimental results illustrate that the change in the refractive index of both the coating and substrate materials is small comp aring with the change of the extinction coefficient so it can be assumed that the transmittance decreases entirely due to an increase of absorp tion coefficient or extinction coefficient and not t o refractive indices. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 in this p aper, we will p rop ose a new mathematical formula for the relationship between the extinction coefficient of some semiconductor materials and both ambient temp erature and incident wavelength. general description of absorption the electronic absorption characterist ics observed towards the higher frequency end of the infrared sp ectrum are the result of interaction between the incident radiation and the motions of electrons or holes within the material [2]. only electromagnetic radiation with sufficient energy to cause an electron to transfer between the valence band and conduction band (hf) will be absorbed by this mechanism. the various transitions of these electrons define the p osition of the short wavelength absorption edge. the resulting sp ectrum provides information on the width of the ener gy band gap of the material, and through sp ectral anomalies, can indicate the presence of impurities [3]. the lattice absorp tion characterist ics observed at the lower frequency regions, in the middle to far-infrared wavelength range, define the long wavelength transp arency limit of the material, and are the result of the interactive coupling between the motions of thermally induced vibrations of the constituent atoms of the substrate cryst al lattice and the incident radiation. hence, all materials are bounded by limiting regions of absorp tion caused by atomic vibrations in the far-infrared (>10µm), and motions of electrons and/or holes in the short wave visible regions. in the inter band region, the frequency of the incident radiation has insufficient energy ( e=hf ) to transfer electrons to the conduction band and cause absorp tion; here the material is essentially loss-free. in addition to the fundamental electrons and lattice absorp tion p rocess, free carrier absorp tion in semiconductors can be p resent. this involves electronic transitions between initial and final st ates within the same energy band. the absorp tion or emission of the resulting p hotons is accomp anied with by ascattering by op tical or acoust ic-mode p honon vibrations or by charged imp urities. this ty p e of absorp tion is evident where the sp ectral p rofile of the material is highly absorbing, p roducing considerably lower transmission than otherwise exp ected. these intrinsic absorp tion prop erties of semiconductors and insulators define the transp arency of the material. to be transmitt ed in the region between the electronic and lattice absorp tion, the incident radiation must have a lower frequency than the band-gap ( ��) of the material. this is defined by the short wavelength semiconductors edge at ( � = ℎ� /��� ), p reventing electrons t ransferring to the conduction band. the generalized p rofile of the electronic edge is known as the urbach tail (4) where the exp onentially increasing absorp tion coefficient follows the general relationship : �( �� �) � (��) = � ��� …………………………………………………………. (1) ( kb ) is boltz mann constant, ( h ) is blank constant, ( f ) is the incident radiation frequency, and ( t ) is t he temperature. the concept of temp erature and thermal equilibrium associated with cryst al solids are based on individual atoms in the sy st em p ossessing vibration motion. the classical theory of thermal energy by atomic vibrations, thought p roviding suitable exp lanations at elevated temp erature, has p roved unsatisfactory at reduced temp eratures. quantum mechanics has subsequently p rovided theories based upon st atist ical p robabilities t hat have provided p ossible mechanisms to exp lain some of the observed p henomena. a sy st em of vibrating atoms in a cryst al is highly comp licated, and beyond any realizable theoretical methods of analy sis or ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 calculations to verify sp ectral measurements from the total thermal energy of a cryst alline substrate. for a sy st em of distinguishable p articles, the p robability st atist ics of the energy (e) of the sy st em are described by m axwell-boltz mann general equation[5-7]: ��� = �� � � �� � ………………………………….…………………… (2) if p articles are indist inguishable they are divided into t wo t y p es: (i) electrons; which are subject to the pauli exclusion princip le[5-7] and obey fermi-dirac st atist ics ��� = � � ��� � ��� �� ………………………………………………………… (3) (ef) is fermi energy . (ii) p photons and p honons which are defined by bose-einst ein st atist ics ��� = � � ��� �� ��� ……….….…….…………….…………………… (4) (α) is a normalizing constant, adjust ed so that the total p robability is equal to unity when each function is summed over all the energy st ates available. for the electronic absorp tion edge, the effect of increasing temp erature on the forbidden energy gap reduces the energy gap shifting the edge p osition to short er wavelengths. this shift was fitted for various materials by the following emp irical relationship[5]: �� (�) = �� (0) − ��� � �� ……………..….………….…………………… (5) where �� (0) is the value of the energy gap at z ero kelvin and α and β are constants. experimental results (single-layer coating) in this research, we dep end on two ty p es of exp erimental data: (1) the transmission sp ectrum [1] of the semiconductor materials ge, inas and insb which have refractive indices near absorp tion edge 4.1, 3.4 and 4.0, resp ectively. in the near infrared region, the exp erimental and theoretical results show that sio film is the most suitable antireflection coating for ge, and inas while zns film was found most suitable as a single lay er antireflection coating for the (7-15) µm. the transmittances versus wavelength for different temp eratures of one lay er coatings are obtained for the following cases: a) inas p late (thickness 0.21 mm) with coating consists of sio with quarter wavelength thickness (at 5.75 µm) as shown exp erimentally in fig. (1-a). b) ge p late (thickness 2.0 mm) with coating consists of zns with quarter wavelength thickness (at 9.80 µm) as shown exp erimentally in fig. (1-b). c) insb p late (thickness 0.08 mm) with coating consists of zns with quarter wavelength thickness (at 10.8 µm) as shown exp erimentally in fig. (1-c). all these figures show that the transmittance decreases st rongly with increasing ambient temp erature, while the maximum peaks of transmittance are shifted towards t he high values of wavelength. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 (2) the exp erimental st udies [8-10] of some other materials like (pbs, pbse, and pbte) which represent the relation between the thermal energy and the p hoton energy at minimum absorp tion as shown in fig.(2). both of these exp erimental data are used to evaluate a theoretical equation for the extinction coefficient as a function of ambient temp erature and incident wavelength. theoretical study the extensive st udy of the exp erimental curves of transmittance behaviour versus wavelengths and temp erature (fig.1) gives: (1) the extinction coefficient for the case of constant ambient temp erature has the mathematical form: � = �� � ��(����� ) � …………………………………………………… (6) (a0, a1, a2) are constant p arameters for wavelength. (2) the extinction coefficient for the case of constant frequency or wavelength of the incident radiation has the mathematical form: � = �� � �� �� ��� � ��(������ ) � ………………………………………………. (7) (b0, b1, b2, b3) are constant p arameters for temp erature dep ending on the incident wavelength and the material nature. (3) the combination of both cases to find the general case of variable frequency and temp erature will then has the mathematical form: � = � � �� �� ��� � ��(������� ���) � …………………………..………………………. (8) (  ) is a const ant which dep ends on the material ,the p hy sical meaning of the parameter  is the ratio between the deviations in p hoton energy at maximum transmittance (minimum absorp tion coefficient) t o heat energy due to t he relation: � = − ∆(�� ) ∆(�� �) …………………………..………………………………………. (9) from the above equation, it is obvious that the minimum value of extinction coefficient (minimum absorp tion) occurs when: �� − ��� � − ℎ� = 0 ………………………………….….…….…………… (10) this result imp lies that the energy of the incident light, at maximum transmittance or minimum absorp tion depends linearly on the heat energy . this is a real fact which can be shown via the curves in (fig.2) for the materials (pbs, pbse and pbte). the parameter c3 has a relationship with the melting temp erature of the substrate (tm), it equals to: �� = 2� ��� ……………………………………………….………..….…………….. (11) by using the general form of multilay er sy st em equation [11], one can obtain the values of the extinction coefficient that fit the exp erimental data of transmittance sp ectrum, it was found that t he parameter c1 has also a relation with melting temp erature, it equals to: ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 �� = 2� ��� ………………………………………………….……………………….. (12) while both of p arameter  and  depending on the ty p e of material. table (1) shows these values for the chosen materials. the parameter c2 was found to depend on the thickness of coating lay er and gap energy of the substrate lay er, it has the form: �� = ��� ���� � ………………………………………………………….. (13) (n and d) are the refractive index and the thickness of the coating lay er, (eg) is the energy gap of the subst rate. then the new formula of the extinction coefficient has t he form: � = � � �� �� � �� � � …………………………………………………….…….. (14) � = 4� � �� ( �� ����� ��� ) �� � ……………………………………….……… (15) re sults and discussion (1) the theoretical st udy for the behaviours of the exp erimental transmittance sp ectrum of the substrate materials ge, inas and insb gives a value of 1.0 for the p arameter  which means that t he heat energy equals to (kbt), while it’s p ositive value means that t he maximum p eak of transmittance (λm ) increases with t he increase of the temp erature. the theoretical studies of the materials (pbs, pbse, and pbt e) give a value (-3.5) for the p arameter ω, which means that the heat energy equals to ( � � ���), while the minus value means that t he maximum p eak of transmittance decreases with t he increase of the temp erature which is a different behaviour comp aring with the semiconductor materials. the maximum transmitt ance occurs at the minimum value of the extinction or absorp tion coefficient, the wavelength λm at which minimum extinction coefficient can be obtained by letting the derivative of k in equation [13] with resp ect to λ for constant t emp erature equals to zero, that will give the result: ℎ�� = 2�� �� − ��� � ………………..……….……………………. (16) from the above equation, the maximum transmittance wavelength can be obtained: �� = �� ��(������) ………………………………………………………………..….. (17) equation (17) has imp ortant conclusion st ates that the increasing of temp erature led to increase the value of λm when  has p ositive values and decrease the value of λm when  has negative values. since the values of temp erature are bounded between zero and tm that means the values of λm are bounded between two values: ��(���) = �� ����(�� �) ………………………………………………… (18) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 ��(���) = �� ����� ………………………………………………….. (19) (2) equation (13) is a new semi-emp irical equation evaluated from the exp erimental values of the transmitt ance versus wavelength for different values of temp eratures. by using the general equation of multilayer sy st em, and introducing the value of refractive index, as a const ant and extinction coefficient according to equation (13), one can obtain the theoretical transmittance. the results of theoretical transmittance are nearest to the exp erimental values within an average error less than 10.0% as shown in the case of the semiconductor substrate materials discussed above. the theoretical and exp erimental results are shown in figures (3). the agreement between the theoretical and exp erimental results are good for insb, but there is a shift in the maximum values of transmittance for inas, while for ge substrate, the agreements are good excep t for the temp erature 398 k in which the theoretical transmittances are lower within less 10% comparing with the exp erimental values. (3) the melting temp eratures (tm ) for lead comp ound (pbs, pbse, and pbt e) are (1387, 1338, and 1190) k, and the thicknesses of the samp les are (1.25, 0.68 and 0.35) mm, resp ectively. figures (2) represent the theoretical and exp erimental values of minimum absorp tion wavelength at different temp eratures. the agreements are good for pbs and pbt e, but for pbse there is a shift between the theoretical and exp erimental curves due to the value of em which is related to melting temp erature conclusions the final semi-emp irical formula for the extinction coefficient was derived depending on transmittance sp ectrum of some semiconductor materials. the resulting formula has a good accuracy comp aring with the exp erimental results of the transmittance sp ectrum for the materials inas (coated with sio), ge (coated with zns) and insb (coated with zns), also the agreement is good for the exp erimental results of incident p hoton energy versus heat energy at minimum absorp tion coefficient for the materials pbs, pbse and pbt e. the use of the mathematical model depends on bose-einst ein st atist ics and on behaviour st udy of the exp erimental curves through using fitt ing theory. the need is st ill up to st udy more materials to reach an exact equation for the extinction coefficient as a function of wavelength and ambient temp erature. re ferences 1. cox,j.t . and hass. (1964) ‘antireflection coatings’ in phy sics of thin films, new york: academic, 2. gary , j. hawkins, (1998) “sp ectral characterization of infrared op tical m aterials and filters’, phd t hesis, university of reading, dep artment of cy bernetics, 3. sze,s.m . (1981)”phy sics of semiconductors devices”, second edition, john wiley and sons 4. urbach,f. (1953).phy sical review, 92:1324 5. pankove, j.i. (1971).”optical p rocesses in semiconductors”, dover publications,inc. isbn 0-486-60275-3, pp 35 6. houghton,j.t . and smith, s.d. (1966).”infrared phy sics”, oxford university press, pp 92 7. rosenberg,h.m .” (1978). the solid state”, oxford university press, pp 99, 8. ravindra,n.m . ; auluck, s. and srivast ava, v.k. (1970)phy s.state.sol., (a)52,k151 9. gibson,a.f. (1952 )“ the absorp tion sp ectra of single cryst al of lead sulphide solenoid and telluride”,proc.phy s.soc. b65:378-387 10. smith,r.a. (1953)”advance in phy sics” 2:321-368 11. berning, p.h. (1963)” theory and calculation of op tical thin-film”, in phy sics of thin films, g. hass, new york: academic 1: 69-121. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 a b c fig. (2): comparison betwee n the present work and experime ntal resul ts of i ncident photon ene rgy versus he at ene rgy at minimum absorption coefficie nt for: the smooth line represe nts the the oreti cal results. the dotted line represe nts the experime ntal data. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 heat energy (1/2 k t ) (ev) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 p ho to n e ne rg y (h f) (e v ) 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 heat energy (1/2 k t ) (ev) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 p h o to n e n e rg y ( h f ) (e v ) 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 heat energy (1/2 k t ) (ev) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 p h ot o n e n er gy ( h f) ( ev ) a: pbs , b: pbs e, c: pbte. fig.(1): experime ntal transmi ttance versus wavelength for different temperatures. a: for inas substrate coated with s io. b: for ge substrate coated with zns . c: for ins b substrate coated with zns . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 wavelemgth (um) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 t ra n s m it ta n c e % te mp.= 298 k temp.=373 k te mp.= 413 k te mp.=4 43 k 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 wavelength (um) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 t ra n s m it ta n c e % tem p.= 298 k temp.=398 k temp.= 473 k temp.=523 k 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 wavelength (um) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 t ra n s m it ta n c e % temp.= 298 k temp.= 378 k temp.= 408 k temp.= 453 k temp.= 498 k a b c table (1): the important paramete rs values of some materials ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 m aterial ge ev mt k γ ω germanium (ge) 0.69 1210 0.15 1.0 indium arsenide (inas) 0.39 1216 0.64 1.0 indium ant imonide (insb) 0.23 808 0.20 1.0 a b c fig. (3): comparison between the present work and the experimental transmi ttance versus wavelength for different temperatures. a: in as substrate, b: ins b substrate, c: ge substrate the smooth line represents the theoretical results. the dotted line represents the experimental results 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 wavelength (um) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 t ra n s m it ta n c e % temp .= 2 98 k te mp.=373 k te mp.= 410 k temp.=443 k 7 8 9 1 0 11 1 2 13 14 15 wavelength (um) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1 00 t ra n s m it ta n c e % temp.=298 k t emp.= 378 k temp.=408 k temp.= 453 k temp.= 498 k 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 wavelength (um ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 t ra n s m it ta n ce % t emp. =298 k temp.=39 8 k temp.=4 73 k temp. =523 k 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المشكل من مواد محلیة يالبورسلین خصائص التقلص لجسم العازل السیرامیكي و رنا إسماعیل خلیل محاسن فاضل هادي حسین،عتاب فاضل الجامعة المستنصریة ، كلیة العلوم ،قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة لمحلــول اتــأثیر تغیــر نســب تركیــز خصــائص الــتقلص لجســم العــازل الســیرامیكي ،و الــى دراســة هــذا البحــث یهــدف كـاؤلین -:هـذه المـواد هـي .محلیـة ةمـواد عراقیـ المعحضـر بأسـت كهربـائيالعـازل جسـم ال. هذه الخصـائصفي اإللكترولیتي تصــنیف ، ال تمــت عملیــات. علــى التــوالي%) 25 و %30، % 45( ةدویخلــه،رمل زجــاج أرضــمه، فلدســبار وبنســب وزنیــ ة التـي تضـاف بتراكیــز مختلفـة للمحلــول یــعملیــة خلـط المحلـول االلكترولیتــي والمـادة المعدن لحــرق خـالالتشـكیل و والخلـط، وال المحلـول االلكترولیتـي حضـر بخلــط كاربونـات الصـودیوم وســلیكات . )%0.1 , %0.2 %0.7%0.5, (%1 ,االلكترولیتـي .د الزنك ، تضاف بنسبة وزنیة ثابتةی،أوكسة یند، بینما المادة المع) 1/2(دیوم بنسبةالصو ) 1250،1300،1350( لبدت بدرجات حرارة تلبیدت لنماذج مستطیلة ذالقیاسات أخ ە انـه حصلنا علیهـا النتیجة التي .م ) 1300،1350(اعلى تقلص كلي في ) %0.5( كترولیتيلمحلول االالتركیز ل ە وبـذلك فـان . ق كذلك علـى اعلـى تقلـص حـر و م .هربائيهذا التركیز هو االفضل العطاء المادة صفة العزل الك ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 shrinkage p roperties of insulator ceramic body porcelain formed using lo cal material it. f. hussain , m. f. hadi, r. i. khaleel departme nt of physics, college of science , unive rsity of almustansiriyah abstract this work was carried out to investigate the shrinkage prop erties of insulator ceramic body , and the effect of changing the ratio of con centration of electroly te solution on these p rop erties. the electrical insulator body was p repared by using iraqi local materials. these are :kaolin duakh la, arudhuma sand glass, and potash feldsp ar with weight p ercentage (45%, 25%,and 30%) resp ectively. the p rocesses of milling, classification, mi xing, forming and firin g, through the process of mixing electroly te solution and mineralizer were added at different concentrations for electrolyte solution, (1%, 0.7%, 0.5%, 0.2%, and 0.1%). the electrolyte solution was p rep ared by mixing sodium carbonate and sodium silicate by (2:1) ratio, while the miner alize, zinc o xide, was add ed at fixed weight p ercentage. the measurements were undertaken on rectangu lar sample burnt at sintering temp eratures of (1250, 1300,and 1350) o c. the result was obt ained at (0.5%) electrolyte solution concentration has hi ghest total shrinkage at (1300,1350) o c sinterin g temp erature and also high est firing shrink age .so that, it is the best concentration to get material prop erty of insulating. introduction the st ructure and p rop erties of cryst alline ceramic material can be interp reted in terms of t heir comp lex st ructures and p hase diagram because of their britt le behavior, they are normally manufactured into useful comp onent by p ressing moist aggregated or p owders into shap es. following by dry ing and firing. this p ermits the particles to shrinkage and sintering to become solid, the cryst alline ceramics ty p ically have high melting temp eratures, high hardness and are suitable for many high temp erature or corrosion – resistant app lications [1,2]. kaolin has numerous industrial app lications and new uses continued to be discovered. they are unique industrial app lications and new uses including chemical inertness over a wide range of acid/alkaline conditions [3]. it has been shown that cracking resulting from shrinkage p rocesses occurs esp ecially if the material is homogenized and close to its saturation p oint[4]. the shrinkage p rocess has been divided into normal shrinkage p hase and residual shrinking p hase[5]. horn et al [6] showed normal shrinkage p rop erties while comp action at water contents below the op timum resulted in residual shrinkage behavior. bauer et al [7] and wysocka et al [8] found that the shrinkage p otential for kaolin increased with water content during comp action. s hrinkage processes the major mechanical p rop erties for ceramic insulator are the shrinkage p rocesses. shrinkage and dry ing are of p rofound concern to the st ructure clay p roducts industry . since clay minerals are resp onsible for shrinkage, the amounts p ercentage and their p article sizes determine the shrinkage p otential, then the amount of water p resent in the p last ic clay is p rop ortional to, but not equal to shrinkage [2]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the values of liner firing shrinkage in the p ercent of shrinkage are due to variation in the size and shape of sample p article , the liner shrinkage is app roximately p rop ortional to the inverse of p artial radius but is not greatly affected sintering time [9,10]. electrolyte sol uti on electrolytes are class of solid solutions that exhibit sp ecial behavior comp ared to non– electrolytes. the distinction arises both because electrolytes dissociate up on dissolution and because the ions p roduced interact through much large distances than uncharged solutions [11]. it is well known that many substances– inorganic salts in p articular–dissociate to form ions in aqueous solutions. the most direct evidence of this is the large electrical conductivity of such solution; in fact, the solution is called electrolytes because it conduct electricity readily [12]. the electrical double lay er is formed at interfaces of charged objects and electrolyte solutions comp osed of ions and solvent molecules [13]. the ions with the charge of the op p osite sign than the charged object (counterions) are accumulated close to the charged object, while the ions with the charge of the same sign as the charged object (coions) are depleted from the vicinity of the charged object. well known examp les of p lanar electrical double lay er are biological membranes, liquid cryst als and metals in contact with the electrolyte solution [2,14] . clay minerals have the p rop erty of sort ing certain anions and cations, retaining these in an exchangeable st ate; i.e. they are exchangeable for other anions or cations by treatment with such ions in a water solution (the exchange reaction also t akes p lace sometimes in a non -aqueous environment). the exchangeable ions are held around the outside of silica–alumina clay mineral st ructural units, and the exchange reaction generally does not affect the st ructure of silica–alumina clay p acket. in clay minerals ,the common exchangeable cations are calcium, magnesium, hy drogen, p otassium, and sodium, frequently in about that order of general relative abundance [15]. the aim of the work one of additives, which are used in the p roduce of porcelain bodies, is the electrolyte solution. our st udy was carried out to op timize the required weight p ercentage of these additives t o be app licable to porcelain body , which is p repared from iraqi local material, to be used as an insulator ceramic body from the st udy of the shrinkage prop erties. s amples preparation samp les were p repared with affixed p ercentage of raw material. 2%wt of zinc oxide was added to the mixture followed by mixing for 2hours. a p olyvinyl alcohol binder was p repared and app lied with 1%wt for each group . the mixing p rocess was done under heating (80 o c) until it gets a slurry form, and then dried at 70 o c with continuous mixing for 3 hours, until obtaining agglomerated p owders. electrolyte sol uti on preparation electrolyte solution is p repared by using na2co3 & na2sio3 by ratio 2: 1 resp ectively. from this mixture, we determine the amount of adding distilled water to obtain electrolyte solution with concentration 5 %. so the amount of distilled water added was 114 ml. m ixing 4 gram of na2co3 with 2gm of na2sio3 and solving these massed in 50 ml distilled water, with continues mixing p rocess for half hour using magnetic st irrer (model (great britain, serial 11750)). aft er that we carried on adding distilled water to obtain a final volume 114 ml. the p reparation of electrolyte solutions with the concentrations (1%, 0.7 %, 0.5 %, 0.2 %, and 0.1 %) from mentioned above 5 % done by using dilution equation given by [16]: m i vi = mj vj ---------(1) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 where m i is the p ercentage of solution before dilution, vi is the volume of solution before dilution, m j is the p ercentage of solution after dilution, vj is the volume of solution after dilution. s inte ring processe s the final p owder was milled for about one hour, and then sieved by using a sieve of size 250 μm. the sieved p owders then were p ressed by using p ress (model (38888.4d10a00, made in usa)), with p ressure 7m pa for 5 min., a rectangular form of length 50mm. these samples were dried in a furnace at a temp erature 70 o c for two hours. the p repared samples were burnt by a furnace ( model (hi 62, ti7, 1700, nabertherm)) by using different temp eratures 1250, 1300, and 1350 o c, with sintering time 2 hr. and sintering rate 100 o c/ hr. shrinkage test: the dry ing shrinkage, firing shrinkage and the total shrinkage were calculated for each test sp ecimen by using the following formula stated in [17,18]: %100%    ol dlol geingshrinkaaveragedry ...........(2) %100%    dl fldl geingshrinkaaveragefir ...........(3) %100%    ol flol kagetotalshrin ......................(4) where ol means original length, dl st ands for dry length and fl is fired length. result and discussion the results obt ained for the shrinkage tests are presented in table 1. the relation between dry ing shrinkage and concentration of electrolyte solution at different sintering temp eratures (1250, 1300, and 1350) o c was shown in fig{3}. it shows that t he behavior of curves at (1250 and 1300) o c is nearly similar. it reaches the maximum dry ing shrinkage at 0.2% concentration of electrolyte solution. while at 1350 o c the dry ing shrinkage reaches maximum at 0.5%. the large dry ing shrinkage indicates to some degree the p last icity of the mixture. so, the highest dry ing shrinkage led to absorb much water which in turn indicates fine mixture p articles. this is in agreement with the work of b.i.ugheoke et al [3]. the relation between firing shrinkage and concentration of electrolyte solution is shown in fig. {4}. at (1250 and 1300) o c, the firing shrinkage reaches maximum at 0.5% concentration. while 0.2% concentration of electrolyte solution represents maximum firing shrinkage at 1350 o c. fig. {5} and table 1, show that at 1350 o c the sample of 0.5% concentration of electrolyte solution has the highest total shrinkage 30.667. the least total shrinkage of 20.833 was for sample without electrolyte solution. at 1300 o c, the highest value of total shrinkage was 28 at 0.5% concentration of electrolyte solution. while, at 1250 o c, the value of total shrinkage is changeable from lowest to highest at 0.01% concentration of electrolyte solution. the firing shrinkage indicates how fusible the mixture is. a high shrinkage normally means a lower melting p oint. the tot al shrinkage of refractory bodies tells us how much bigger we should make our moulds. from our st udy there is an agreement that temp erature increases lead to higher shrinking of p ores, which subsequently leads to disapp earing of the many p ores, the result of this is that less water is absorbed by moulds[8,18]. the behavior clearly shows that there is a highly variation and non– linear p henomena. this can be exp lained, because each group have the same p ercentage of the raw material (kaolin duekhla, arut hma sand glass and feldsp ar) imp ling to the ability of the results depending on the mechanism of reaction between sio2 – na2o, as shown in figures ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 {1} and, {2}. from all of the results, we can say that the highly p orous structure of samp le would make them suitable for b ack up insulation since the air whi ch fills the pores acts as an insulator. conclusion based on the shrinkage p rop erties of t he samp les tasted and analysed in this study , it can be conclud ed that the porcelain which was p reformed from local material is suitable for the p roduction of insulating materials. from the result, that the samp les with 0.5% electrolyte solution have the best result at 1300, and 1350 o c that have high total shrinkage. re ferences 1.ewsuk,k. g. (1999)"ceramic p rocessing",entry for ency clop ed of chemical p hy sics and p hy sical chemistry , ,version 9;13-99. 2.askeland,d.r. (1988)"the science and engineering of materials", van nost rand reinhold international co. ltd, hong kon g. 3.ugheoke,b.i. ; onche, e.o.; namessau, o.n. and asikpo, g.a. (2006)"prop erty optimization of kaolin-rice husk insulating firebriks", leonardo electronic journa l of practices and technologies, issue 9, july-december, p.167-178. 4.hartge, k.h. and. horn, r. e.(1999)in fuchrung in die boden phy sik, 3 rd edition, stuttgart,. 5.junkersfeld ,l. and . horn, r.(1997)"variab ility of fixed water content on the example of soil aggregates", z .planzen bodenk., 159:137-142. 6.horn, r. and stepniewski, w. (2004)" m odification of mineral liner to improve its long term st ability ", int. agrop hysics, 18 : 317-323. 7.bauer, b. and taubner, h. and tip p koetter,r. (2001)"m easurement of mechanical and hy draulic comp ression susceptibility of clay subst rates with an improved p roctor test", wasserund boden, , 53:27-30. 8.wysocka,a. and stephiewski,w. and horn,r. (2006)"shrinkage prop erties of three clay materials at differ ent t emp eratures", int. agrop hysics, , 20:255-260. 9.petrzzelli,g. and guldi,g. and sequi,p. (1976)"electro-optical measurement of clay shrinkage", clay minerals, , 11:81-84. 10. norsker, h. (1987)"the self reliant p otter: refractories and kilns", vieweg& sohn. 11. m cdonald ,j. a and . rennie, a.r. (1995)progress in colloid and p olymer science, , 98:75-78. 12.berry, r.s. and flynn, g.p. (1995)"phy sical chemist ry" by john wiely &sons, inc. new york. 13.bohinc,k. (2003)"effect of ion size in planar, cy lindrical and sp herical electrical double lay ers", , 10(4):167-171. 14.m claughlin, s. (1989)"the electrost atic prop erties of membranes, ann. rev. biop hy s. chem, , 18:113. 15.grim,r. (1962)"app lied clay mineralo gy "m cgraw-hill book comp any, inc. newyork and llondon. 16.skoo g, d.a. and west, d.m . (1986) "analytical chemist ry and introduction", , 4 th edition, by cbs college publishin g, chicago. 17.chesters, j.h. (1973)"refractories: production and prop erties,iron and steel inst itut e", , london, p.p.24-25. 18. onche, e.o. and ugh eoke,b.i.and lawl, s.a. and dickson,u.m . (2007)"effect of rice husk and diatomite on the insulating p rop erties of kaolin-clay firebriks", ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (2): the phase rel ationshi ps between s odium disi licate and corundum[19]. leonardo electronic journa l of practices and technologies i ssue 11, july -december, p.p.81-90. 19grimshaw,r.w. (1971) "the chemistry and phy sical of clays and allied ceramic m aterials"4 th by rex, w. grimshaw fig.(1):the sodium oxide / silica phase diagram.[19] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 1200 800 1800 1600 1400 1000 20 40 60 80 1470 tridymit e + li quid na 2 o.2sio2 + liquid 867 quartz + li quid na2o.2sio2+quart z n a 2 o 2 s in a 2 o . 2 s io 2 na2o.sio2 + 2n a2o.sio 2 2n a2o.sio 2 + li quid na2o + liquid na2o.sio2 + liquid cristobalite + liquid liquid na2o.2sio2 + na2o.sio2 sio2 na2o t em p er at u re o c al2o3 100 20 600 0 40 60 80 sodum disilicate+ nephlit e na2o.2sio2 na2o.al2o3.2sio2 1000 1400 1800 2200 1600 2000 800 1200 2050 o c corundum + liquid 1475 o c corundum +carnegiet e 1254 o c corundum + nephelit e carnegieite + liquid 1526 o c sodium disilicate + liquid nepelite + liquid 768 o c t e m p e r t u r e o c table (1).the result of shrinkage tests length of samples shrinkage of samples 1250ْ c 1300ْ c 1350ْ c 1250ْ c 1300ْ c concentrati on of electrolyte solution original state drying state firing state drying state firing state drying state firing state drying state firing state total state drying state firing state 0 6 4.87 4. 64 4.75 4.62 4.89 4.75 18.833 4.723 22.661 20.833 2.7368 0.1% 6 5.4 4. 68 5. 6 4.64 5.16 4.63 10 13.33 22 6. 6667 17.143 0.2% 6 5.1 4. 69 4. 6 4.57 5.7 4.69 15 8.039 21.833 23.333 0.6522 0.5% 6 5.63 4.9 5. 4 4.32 4.54 4.16 6.1667 12.97 18.333 10 20 0.7% 6 4.54 4. 49 5. 4 4.48 5.2 4.59 24.333 1.101 25.167 10 17.037 1% 6 4.58 4.4 4. 7 4.62 4.76 4.32 23.667 3.93 26.667 21.667 1.7021 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 electrolyte s oluti on t o ta l sh ri n k a g e 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 ele ctrolyte s olu tion d ry in g sh ri n ka ge 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 electrolyte solution f ir in g s h ri n k a g e ■ 1350c ▲1300c × 1250c ■ 135 0c ▲1300 c × 1250c fig.(4):the change of firing shrinkage with concentration of electrolyte soluti on fig. (5):the change of total shrinkage with concentration of electrolyte solution ■ 135 0c ▲1300 c × 1250c fig. (3)the change of drying shrinkage with concentration of ele ctrolyte solution 60 new travelling wave solution of burgers equations abstract in this paper, we studied the travelling wave solving for some models of burger's equations. we used sine-cosine method to solution nonlinear equation and we used a direct solution after getting travelling wave equation. keywords: travelling wave solution, cosine-sine method, nonlinear differential equations, wave equations. 1.introduction a large variety of physical, chemical, and biological phenomena are waves, such as sound waves, string waves, water waves, etc. wave phenomena are very important in dispersion, diffusion, reaction, and convection, and such phenomena are represented by nonlinear partial differential equations. moving waves are visible in many linear equations and nonlinear wave modeling, such as heat waves, string waves, and the cycle life of some organisms one of the travelling waves, etc. one of the most important methods for solving wave equations is the travelling wave solution (tws), which many researchers have discussed ( see [1,2], the tanh-coth method [3], the tanh [4,5] sine-cosine method [6], and see [7-12]). 2.infinite sires method [5,9] to clarify the travelling wave solutions method, we note the following: let the nonlinear partial differential equation has the form 𝑔(𝑢, 𝑢𝑡 , 𝑢𝑥 , 𝑢𝑥𝑥 , … ) = 0, (1) ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2678 article history: received 19 january 2021, accepted 11 april 2021, published in 2021. zainab john department of mathematical, college of science, al-mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. zainabjohn22@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq basim akhudir abbas department of mathematical, college of science, al-mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. baasim_math@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 61 where 𝑢 = (𝑥, 𝑡) is a solution of equation (1), and g is a polynomial with respect to u and with its derivatives. to solve eq. (1), we follow the following steps: step 1: first, we change the independent variables x, t, by using one independent variable 𝜉 that combines the two variables as shown let 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑓(𝜉) 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝜉 = 𝑥 − 𝑐𝑡 , (2) where 𝜉 is a wave variable and 𝑐 is constant. step2: derivative equation (2) with respect to 𝑥 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡, we have the following ordinary differential equations: 𝑢𝑥 = 𝑢 ′ = 𝑑𝑢 𝑑 𝜉 ; 𝑢𝑥𝑥 = 𝑢 ′′ = 𝑑2𝑢 𝑑 𝜉2 ; 𝑢𝑡 = −𝑐𝑢 ′ = −𝑐 𝑑𝑢 𝑑 𝜉 ; 𝑢𝑡𝑡 = 𝑐 2𝑢′′ = 𝑐2 𝑑2𝑢 𝑑 𝜉2 ; 𝑢𝑥𝑡 = −𝑐𝑢 ′′ = −𝑐 𝑑2𝑢 𝑑 𝜉2 (3) when substitute (3) into (1), we find that equation (1) is transform to (linear or nonlinear) ordinary differential equation transformed into 𝐺 (𝑓(𝜉), 𝑑𝑓 𝑑𝜉 , 𝑑2𝑓 𝑑𝜉2 , … ) (4) where g is a polynomial in 𝑓(𝜉) and with its derivatives, step 3: integrate (4) with respect to 𝜉 , and let the constant of integration equal to zero. step 4: (a) we can solve equation (4) directly through many methods that solve ordinary differential equations. or (b) use sine-cosine method to solve equation (4). 3. applications of the travelling wave solution 3.1: some models of burgers equations [13] the viscid burgers equation to be the nonlinear parabolic pde has the form 𝑣𝑡 = 𝑣𝑥𝑥 +∈ 𝑣𝑣𝑥 . ,0 < 𝜖 ≤ 1. (5) 3.1.1. travelling wave solution the travelling wave solution of eq.(5) is 𝜉 = 𝑥 − 𝑐𝑡 ⇒ 𝑣(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑣(𝜉) , 𝑣𝑥 = 𝑣 ′ = 𝑑𝑢 𝑑 𝜉 ; 𝑣𝑥𝑥 = 𝑣 ′′ = 𝑑2𝑣 𝑑 𝜉2 ; 𝑣𝑡 = −𝑐𝑢 ′ = −𝑐 𝑑𝑣 𝑑 𝜉 . (6) substituting eq. (6) into eq. (5), we have got 𝑣′′ + 𝑐𝑣′+∈ 𝑣𝑣′ = 0 (7) 𝑣′′ + 𝑐𝑣′+∈ ( 𝑣2 2 ) ′ = 0 (8) integral eq. (8) with respect to 𝜉 we have got 𝑣′ + 𝑐𝑣 + 𝜖 𝑣2 2 = 𝑐1 (9) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 62 let 𝑐1 = 0 𝑣′ = −(𝑐𝑣 + 𝜖 𝑣2 2 ) (10) 𝑑𝑣 −(𝑐𝑣+𝜖 𝑣2 2 ) = 𝑑𝜉 by solving this equation, we have got 𝑣(𝜉) = 𝑐 (𝑐𝑒 𝑐(𝜉+𝑐2) −𝜖/2) (11) where = 𝑥 − 𝑐𝑡 , substituted in (11), we have 𝑣(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑐 (𝑐𝑒 ((𝑥−𝑐𝑡)+𝑐2)−𝜖/2) , which is a general solution of burgers equation (5). by drawing the solution function (v(x,t)), we find the following figure singular kink of u figure 1. when c=1, 𝛿=1/3, x=[-10,10], t=[-10,10]. 3.2. kdv-burgers equation: 3.2.1: cosine function method: in this part, we want to find (tws) of kdv-burgers equation, by using the cosine function method see [6,7]. kdv-burgers equation [13,14] has the form 𝑢𝑡 + (𝑢 2)𝑥 − 𝛾𝑢𝑥𝑥 + 𝛿𝑢𝑥𝑥𝑥 = 0, (12) where 𝛿 and 𝛶>0 are constants and 𝑢 is a function of spatial variable 𝑥 and time variable 𝑡 let 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑢(𝜉) , 𝜉 = 𝑥 − 𝑐𝑡 (13) application (tws) on eq. (12) yields into the ordinary differential equation −𝑐𝑢′ + (𝑢2)′ − 𝛾𝑢′′ + 𝛿𝑢′′′ = 0 (14) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 63 integrating (14) we get −𝑐𝑢 + 𝑢2 − 𝛾𝑢′ + 𝛿𝑢′′ = 0 (15) then we have the nonlinear travelling wave equation (15). solution eq.+(15) by cosine function method has the form. 𝑢(𝜉) = 𝜆𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) (16) where 𝛌, 𝛃 and μ are unknown parameters to find its, we derivatives (16) we get 𝑢′ = −𝜆𝜇𝛽𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽−1(𝜇𝜉)sin (𝜇𝜉) (17) 𝑢′′ = −𝜆𝛽𝜇2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) + 𝜆𝜇2𝛽(𝛽 − 1)𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽−2(𝜇𝜉). (18) substituting (16-18) into equation (15) gives −𝑐𝜆𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) + (𝜆𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽 (𝜇𝜉)) 2 + 𝛾𝜆𝜇𝛽𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽−1(𝜇𝜉) sin(𝜇𝜉) + 𝛿 (−𝜆𝛽𝜇2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) + 𝜆𝜇2𝛽(𝛽 − 1)𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛽−2(𝜇𝜉)) = 0 the following algebraic equation system is obtained by equating the exponents and the coefficient of each pair of the cosine functions. −𝑐𝜆 − 𝛿𝜆𝛽𝜇2 = 0 (19) 𝜆2 + 𝛿𝜆𝜇2𝛽(𝛽 − 1) = 0 (20) 2𝛽 = 𝛽 − 2 ⇒ 𝛽 = −2 , substitute in (19-20) we have 𝜇 = ∓√ 𝑐 2𝛿 , 𝜆 = 3𝑐, substitute in (16) we get the solution 𝑢(𝜉) = 3𝑐 𝑐𝑜𝑠−2(√ 𝑐 2𝛿 𝜉) or 𝑢(𝜉) = −3𝑐 𝑐𝑜𝑠−2(√ 𝑐 2𝛿 𝜉) 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) = 3𝑐 𝑠𝑒𝑐2(√ 𝑐 2𝛿 (𝑥 − 𝑐𝑡) ) (21) by drawing the solution function u(x,t), we find the following figure the periodic solution of u figure 2. when c=1, 𝛿=1/3, x=[-10,10], t=[-10,10]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 64 3.2.2.sine function method: solve equation (15) by use (sine-function method), we have the form, 𝑢 = 𝜆𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) (22) where 𝛌, 𝛃 and μ are unknown parameters, to find its, we derivatives (22) we get. 𝑢′ = 𝜆𝜇𝛽𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽−1(𝜇𝜉)cos(𝜇𝜉) (23) 𝑢′′ = −𝜆𝛽𝜇2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) + 𝜆𝜇2𝛽(𝛽 − 1)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽−2(𝜇𝜉) (24) substituting (22-24) into equation (15) yield in −𝑐𝜆𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) + (𝜆𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽 (𝜇𝜉)) 2 − 𝛾𝜆𝜇𝛽𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽−1(𝜇𝜉)cos(𝜇𝜉) + 𝛿(−𝜆𝛽𝜇2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽 (𝜇𝜉) + 𝜆𝜇2𝛽(𝛽 − 1)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽−2(𝜇𝜉)) = 0 we find the following system of algebraic and we obtain to parameters by equating the exponents and the coefficient of each pair of the (cosine function). −𝑐𝜆 − 𝛿𝜆𝛽𝜇2 = 0 (25) 𝜆2 + 𝜆𝜇2𝛽(𝛽 − 1) = 0 , (26) 2𝛽 = 𝛽 − 2 ⇒ 𝛽 = −2 (27) substitute (27) in (25,26) we have 𝜇 = ∓√ 𝑐 2𝛿 , 𝜆 = 3c then, we have the solution 𝑢 = −3𝑐 𝑠𝑖𝑛−2(√ 𝑐 2𝛿 𝜉) or 𝑢 = 3𝑐 𝑠𝑖𝑛−2(√ 𝑐 2𝛿 𝜉) 𝑢 = ∓3𝑐 𝑐𝑠𝑐2(√ 𝑐 2𝛿 (𝑥 − 𝑐𝑡)) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 65 the periodic solutions of u figure 3. when c=1, 𝛿=1/3, x=[-10,10], t=[-10,10]. conclusion in this work, we conclude that the method of sine and cosine function gives the exact solution to the nonlinear partial differential equation, which is difficult to find in other ways. references journal of soliton solutions of a nonlinear wave equation.‐hirota, r. exact envelope .1 .809-), 8057(14 ,1973, mathematical physics 2. hirota, r., ; satsuma, j. soliton solutions of a coupled korteweg-de vries equation. physics letters a, 1981, 85(8-9), 407-408. 3. kumar, a. ; pankaj, r. d. tanh–coth scheme for traveling wave solutions for nonlinear wave interaction model. journal of the egyptian mathematical society, 23(2), 282-285. 4. taha, w. m., hameed, r. a. ; noorani, m. s. m. (2016). traveling wave solutions by using extended tanh function method with special values. diyala journal for pure science, 2015, 12 (4-part 2), 1-13. 5. fan, e. extended tanh-function method and its applications to nonlinear quations. physics letters a, 2000, 277(4-5), 212-218. 6. bibi, s., ; mohyud-din, s. t. traveling wave solutions of kdvs using sine–cosine method. journal of the association of arab universities for basic and applied sciences, 2014,15(1), 90-93. 7. taghizadeh, n., mirzazadeh, m. ; farahrooz, f. exact travelling wave solutions of the coupled klein-gordon equation by the infinite series method. applications and applied mathematics: an international journal (aam), 2011, 6, 1964-1972. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 66 8. he, j. h. ; wu, x. h. exp-function method for nonlinear wave equations. chaos, solitons & fractals. 2006, 30(3), 700-708. 9. bekir, a., & boz, a. exact solutions for nonlinear evolution equations using expfunction method. physics letters a, 2008, 372(10), 1619-1625. 10. alam, m. n., & akbar, m. a. traveling wave solutions for the mkdv equation and the gardner equations by new approach of the generalized (g′/g)-expansion method. journal of the egyptian mathematical society, 2014, 22(3), 402-406. 11. bibi, s., & mohyud-din, s. t. new traveling wave solutions of drinefel’d–sokolov– wilson equation using tanh and extended tanh methods. journal of the egyptian mathematical society, 2014, 22(3), 517-523. 12. shi, q., xiao, q., & liu, x. extended wave solutions for a nonlinear klein–gordon– zakharov system. applied mathematics and computation, (2012). 218(19), 9922-9929. 13. wazwaz. a.m. partial differential equations: method and applications, taylor and francis, london. 2002. 14. wang, m. l. exact solution for a compound kdv-burgers equation. phys,(1966). lett. a 213(279-287). microsoft word 221-234 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |221   use of acidic hydrolysis and diazo coupling reaction for spectrophotometric determination of furosemide in urine and pharmaceutical formulation hawraa ali sumayha muhammed sumayha.mu@gmail.com dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham / university of baghdad abstract simple and rapid spectrophotometric determination of furosemide (fur) has been investigated .the method is based on acid hydrolysis of fur to free primary aromatic amine and diazotization followed by coupling with 3, 5 di methyl phenol (3, 5-dmph) at basic medium. the absorbance was measured at 434 nm, the method was optimized for best condition, and beers’ law is obeyed over the range of 0.4-50 µg.ml-1 with molar absorptivity and sandal’s sensitivity 1.3899 x104 l mol-1 .cm-1 and 0.0238x104 µg.cm-2 respectively. analysis of solution containing nineteen different concentrations of fur gave a correlation coefficient of (0.9999) and limit of detection, limit of quantitation were 0.127, 0.464µg.ml-1 respectively. the reaction stoichiometry was evaluated by job’s and mole ratio method was found to be 1:1(diazotized fur: 3, 5-dmph) .the method was applied in synthetic urine and pharmaceutical formulation. the recovery of fur in spiked urine was satisfactory resulting in the values of (99±3.32) %, the results of the suggested method was compared with available official literature method. keywords: furosemide, 3,5-dimethyl phenol spectrophotometry, diazotization. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |222   1. introduction furosemide or frusemide (4-chloro-n-furfuyl -5-sulfamaylanthranilic acid is formally a sulfonamide, an antibacterial agent. however, the intense and fast dieresis produced by this drug, has extended its application as a powerful acidic diuretic for diverse treatment in human and veterinary medicine. furosemide is often classified as a loop diuretic due to its predominate action in the nephron [1]. fur acts inhibiting of sodium on henle, s 100g and inhibiting the co-transportation of sodium, potassium and chloride, and causes excretion of calcium, magnesium and bicarbonate ion. intense and fast dieresis may also mask the ingestion of other doping agents by reducing their concentration in urine [2]. fur have a large number of analytical technique to determinate it in pharmaceutical and biological samples a number of spectrophotometric method have also been reported for furosemide [3-8]. also electrochemical detection and capillary electrophoresis have been used to quantify fur [9-11]. hplc is generally the method of choice for diuretics quantitation, due to the required time and cost of the analysis [12-13]. the aim of this study was to develop and validate a new spectrophotometric method for quantitative determination after acidic hydrolysis with strong acid media to yield salumine that can be azotization and coupled with 3.5 dimethyl phenol to form a new orange complex have a maximum absorption at 434nm. scheme (1): chemical structure of furosemide 2. experimental apparatus 1-all spectrophotometric measurements were made on shimadzu u.vvisible double beam spectrophotometer equipped with 1 cm quartz cells (kyoto, japan) the uv-vis spectra of standard and solution were recorded in 1cm quartz cell at wave length of 434nm. 2-sartorius bl210 electronic balance was used for weighing the samples. 3-ph measurements were taken with jan way ph-meter 3310. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |223   material and reagents: all chemicals used were of analytical grade or chemically pure, distilled water was used for all dilutions of reagents and samples expect 3, 5dmph which was dissolved in methanol. standard grade of furosemide was kindly provided by state company for drug industries and medical appliances (s.d.i), samara-iraq. standard hydrolyzed furosemide (100 µg.ml-1) standard fur was prepared by dissolving 0.25 g of pure drug in methanol and diluting to the mark in 250ml volumetric flask with distilled water to prepare (1000 µg.ml-1). transfer 150ml of prepared solution with 25ml hcl (m 11.8 to volumetric flask of 250ml and diluting to the mark with distilled water to prepare (600µg.ml-1) of fur. the obtained solution was reflexed 3hr at 70c° until it would be clear and yield a light yellowish solution pointed to complete the acidic hydrolysis, leave it to cool in ice bath then transfer 16.6ml to 100ml volumetric flask then diluted to the mark with distilled water to prepare (100µg.ml-1) of hydrolyzed fur . reagent solutions 1-sodium nitrate solution (1%) was prepared by dissolving 1g of nano2 (merck) in distilled water and dilute to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask. 2-sodium hydroxide solution (1.5m) was prepared by dissolving 1.5g of naoh (merck) in distilled water and dilute to the mark in 25ml volumetric flask. 3buffer solution (ph11) was prepared by mixing 100ml of 0.025 m borax with 41ml of 0.1 m hcl 4-sodium carbonate solution (1.5m) was prepared by dissolving 3.9g of salt in distilled water and dilute to the mark in 25ml volumetric flask. pharmaceutical and synthetic urine solutions a_ synthetic urine sample was spiked in order to achieve concentration close to (4.0x10-4) m. a complete description of the components of the synthetic urine is given in table (1) b_ solutions for tablets were weighted out grinded and mixed well. a portion of the result powder (containing 0.25 g fur) was used for the preparation of the solution as described before. calibration curve procedure. calibration curve was prepared by taking appropriate aliquots (0.1_4) ml of working standard solution of hydrolyzed fur in 5ml volumetric flask to give (0.4_50) µg.ml-1. samples for each test were prepared by adding 0.5 ml of freshly 1% nano2, then 0.5 ml of 3,5_dmph added to the resulting solutions followed addition of 0.7 ml buffer solution. the solutions were making up to the mark with distilled water and mixed well, the absorbance of the light orange dye was measured at 434 nm against the reagent blank. standard addition procedure a_ in synthetic urine the method was used for assay fur present in synthetic urines samples. to a series of seven (5ml) calibrated flasks , transfer 0.5 ml of synthetic urine sample containing 4.25 ml of 600.µg.ml-1 hydrolyzed fur followed by addition (0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 and 0.6 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |224   ml)of standard fur solution of 100 µg.ml-1. the result mixtures were then treated as described in calibration curve procedure and measured the absorbance at 434nm. b_ in pharmaceutical samples to a series of seven 5ml volumetric flask, transfer 0.5ml of 100µg.ml-1 tablet solution followed by addition (0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 and 0.6ml)of standard fur of 100 µg.ml-1 .the result mixture were then treated as described in calibration procedure and measure the absorbance at 434 nm. 3. result and discussion absorption spectra the primary test of the present method involved diazotization of hydrolyzed fur (the ph of fur 5) with sodium nitrate then reacted with 3, 5-dmp in basic medium to form colored azo dyes product. the absorbance and ⋋ max of azo dye was measured against the reagent blank. figure (1) shows the maximum absorption obtained at wavelength 434nm. optimization of reaction conditions the optimum conditions for color development were established by varying the parameters one at time keeping the others fixed and observing the effect produced on the absorbance of the colored product. preliminary investigation showed that the light orange product resulted upon treating fur solution with 3, 5_dmph after diazotization in alkaline medium. study of the variables affecting the color development of reaction product, namely : the amount of reagent for the range ( 0.1 _ 2 )ml , the amount of nano2 for the range ( 0.1 _ 2 ) ml, the ph of the coupling reaction by using different volumes (0.1_ 2) ml of borax buffer, the effect of diazotization reaction time was studied at different times (0_30 min) , and the order of mixing reagent solutions, were performed on 10 µg.ml1 of fur solution. 0.5 ml of 3, 5_dmph solution was selected as an optimum amount figure (2), while 0.5ml was the optimum volume of nano2 figure (3), of buffer solutions different volumes are tested to control the ph of coupling reaction medium. the study showed using 0.7 ml of borax gave the best absorbance of the colored product figure ( 4) while the study of reaction time showed the reaction spontaneously occur at zero time .the optimum order which gave the highest absorbance was ; fur+ reagent + buffer. the suggested mechanism for the hydrolysis and diazotization with coupling reaction is shown in scheme (2): ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |225       final absorption spectra the absorption of the spectrum colored produced under optimum reaction condition, shows, maximum absorption at 434 nm against reagent blank figure (5) calibration curve and analytical data employing the optimum conditions, the measured absorbance at 434 nm versus different standard concentrations of fur were plotted to construct calibration curve. the linearity of the obtained plot was in the concentration range (0.4 _ 50) µg.ml-1 as shown in figure (6). evaluating the liner regression evaluating the liner regression of the suggested method is done by plotting the standardized concentration residuals vs the predicated concentration of the tested standard solutions. the residuals for fur in all points appear to be randomly distributed around zero as show in figure (7) stoichiometry of the product jobs and mole ratio methods have been used to determine the stoichiometry of the colored product. fur and 3, 5_dmph solution of 1.38x10-3m were prepared and mixed in various molar ratio in 5ml volumetric flask. according to the suggested procedure, the absorbance was measured at434nm. the graph of the results obtained as in figure (8) & (9) gave maximum mole ratio xmax= 0.5, x= 1 in jobs and mole ratio method respectively and showed that1:1 fur: 3, 5_dmph. scheme (2): the hydrolysis and diazotization with coupling reaction of fur with 3, 5-dmph ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |226   precision and accuracy the precision and accuracy of the proposed method was tested by analyzing five replicate of fur in three different levels (within beers' law range). the result list in table (3) indicates an acceptable accuracy and precision to suggested work. interferences study the presence of different quantity (2, 6 and 12ml) of 1000µg.ml-1 for excipients can be tolerates in the analysis 5µg.ml-1 fur since it would cause relative error percent less than 5% as it shown in table (4). application in pharmaceutical forms in order to demonstrate the applicability of the proposed method in determination of fur, the method was applied to different manufacturing source containing fur: 1_ furosemide (tablet 40 mg) ajanta (india) 2_ lazine (furosemide injection 20mg) (syria) to apply the suggested method on pharmaceutical formulation, an accurately weighed 1.212g from tablet (40mg) and 12.5ml-1 (20mg) from ampule which contains 0.25g of pure furosemide to prepare the solutions as described before. five replicate of three concentration levels (2, 6 and 12µg.ml-1) were taken and calculated the recovery and relative standard deviation. the result indicated the suitability of suggested work for routine analysis of fur asset shown in table (5). standard additions method the proposed method was applied to the determination of fur in synthetic urine as described before. 4.25ml of 600µg.ml-1 hydrolyzed fur was transferred to the prepared urine sample and completed the volume to the mark in 25ml volumetric flask with distilled water. seven solutions were prepared in seven-5 ml volumetric flasks, by the addition of 0.5ml of synthetic urine solution and different volumes (0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, and 0.6 ml) of 100 µg.ml-1 standard fur drug solution and the same procedure of calibration curve were to give a good recovery in drug sample which indicate no interferences from the matrix affect the determination of fur. figure (10) and table (11) show the standard addition plots and table (6) shows the recovery. comparison with the reported methods table (7), shows the between the proposed method and other literature spectrophotometric methods throughout some measured analytical parameter. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |227   table (1): the components of the synthetic urine [22]. table (2): summary of optical characteristics, validation parameters and statistical data for the proposed method. value parameter 434 (nm)max λ light orange color 0.4-50 )1-linear range (μg.ml y =0.042x+0.0112 regression equation 0.042 slop 0.0112 intercept 4x10 1.3889 )1-.cm1-molar absorptivity (l.mol 0.9999 correlation coefficient 0.127 )1-detection limit (μg.ml 0.464 )1-(μg.mlquantitative limit 40.0238x10 )2-sensitivity (μg.cm shandell’s table (3): evaluation of the accuracy and precision of the propose method fur conc. ( µg.ml-1) relative error % r.s.d.* % taken found* 2 2.021 1.050 0.043 6 5.891 -1.816 0.016 12 11.931 -0.575 0.021 *average of five replicate compound weight ( g) nacl 0.05 na2so4 0.05 kh2po4 0.05 kcl 0.05 cacl2 0.05 nh4(so4)2 0.05 urea 0.62 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |228   table (4): the relative error value for 10µg.ml-1of fur in the presence of different excipients relative error (%) taken 1000 excipients 0.2783 2 acacia 0.3671 6 0.4559 12 0.1214 2 glucose 0.3801 6 0.7345 12 0.3889 2 starch 0.6100 6 0.9842 12 0.1851 2 vanillin 0.4141 6 0.8148 12 0.1960 2 maltose 0.3944 6 0.5784 12 0.0971 2 sucrose 0.1784 6 0.3012 12 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |229   table (5): recovery data obtained by application the present method in drug formulations table (6): recovery data obtained by standard additions method for fur in rigin tablet and synthetic urine pharmaceutical preparation conc.taken µg/ml conc.found µg/ml recovery sample fur +0.5ml tablet 10 10.01 100.3 sample fur with synthetic urine 12 11.82 98.5 *average of three replicate pharmaceutical preparation labeled amount mg conc.taken µg/ml conc.found* (µg) recovery% s.d movineer, tablet ,actavis england 40 6.000 5.902 98.366 0.130 12.000 12.000 100.000 0.044 movineer,tab,ajanta/india 40 6.000 5.734 95.566 0.033 12.000 11.947 99.558 0.175 lazine ampule syria 20 1.000 0.968 96.800 0.049 2.000 1.993 99.650 0.086 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |230   table (7): analytical parameter for the determination of fur by the proposed method comparing to other methods fur against reagent blank, (b) blank 1-a) 10µg.ml ( (1): absorption spectra of figure solution technique used d.l liner range rec.% ref. electrochemical m )7-3.8x10 ( )m7-5.0x10-2-(1.0x10 14 electrochemical ----) 8-7.0x10 ( ----) 6-7.0x10 –7-1.0x10( 15 hplc 1-µg.ml)200-20( 99.9 16 hplc 1-ng.ml) 5.2 ( 1-ng.ml ) 25.00-5.20( 17 fluorescence 1-µg.ml )0.007( 1-g.mlµ )140.00 –0.03( 97.8-100.8 18 spectrophotometric -----)21.20x10-3-8x10( 99.14 19 spectrophotometric (0.50)-----(20-160)------20 spectrophotometric 0.23) ---( (5-30)-----99.69-100.83 21 present method 0.12 )----( 0.4-50) ------( 99 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |231   figure (4): effect of the volume of buffer solution on color development of colored compound under optimum 1-(a) 10µg.ml ,figure (5): absorption spectra of condition, (b) lank solution against solvent 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0 1 2 3 a b s v buffer solution(ml) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 1 2 3 a b s v. of nano2 (ml) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 1 2 3 a b s v.of reagent (ml) figure (2): effect of the volume of 3, 5dimethyl phenol on colour figure (3): effect of the sodium nitrate volume on colour development ab  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |232       figure (8): job's curve of 1.38×10-3m fur and 3, 5-dmph  figure (9): mole ratio of 1.38×10-3m for each fur and 3, 5-dmph     figure (10): plot of standard additions method for determination of fur in tablet   ‐0.04 ‐0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5r e si d u a l fitted value 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.5 1 a b s v l fur. /vml fur. +vm l reag.  y = 0.042x + 0.0113 r² = 0.9999 0 1 2 3 0 20 40 60 a b s µg/ml 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 a b s vml reg./vml fur. figure (6): calibration curve for the determination of fur under optimum conditions figure (7): the residual error of liner regression model  y = 0.8314x + 0.4074 r² = 0.9992 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 ‐0.6 ‐0.4 ‐0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 a b s v.(ml) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |233   figure (11): plot of standard additions method for determination of fur. in urine   references [1] maria jose ruiz –angle and alain berthod, analytical techniques for furosemide determination, separation & purification reviews, 35, (2006)39-58. [2] m. espinosa bosch; a.j. ruiz sánchez; f. sánchez rojas; c. bosch ojeda analytical determination for furosemide: the last researches review article pharmaceutical sciences, ijpbs,(2013). [3] jasmin shah, m. rasul jan and mir azam khan, determination of furosemide by simple diazotization method in pharmaceutical preparation, journal of the chinese chemical so city,( 2005) 347_352. [4] iard lucia tescarollo dias, furosemide determination by first derivative spectrophotometric method, analytical letters, 38, (2005) 1159_ 1166. [5] k. tharpa.; k. basavalah; kb. vinay, use of diazocoupling reaction for sensitive and selective spectrophotometric determination of furosemide in spiked human urine and pharmaceuticals. chem papers 64, (2010) 415-423. [6] k. tharpa; k. basavalah; kb. vinay, spectrophotometric determination of furosemide in pharmaceuticals using permanganate. jordan j chem; 4 , (2009)387-397. [7] y liu.; h.wang; j. wang; y. li a simple and sensitive spectrofluorometric method for the determination of furosemide using zinc (ii)-1, 4-bis (imidazole-1-ylmethyl) benzene complexes. luminescence; doi, 10,(2012).1002-2451. [8] cm.peralta; lp.fernández; an. masi, solid phase extraction using nylon membranes with fluorescence detection as a fast and sensitive method for amiloride and furosemide determination in urine samples. microchem j, 98, (2011)39-43. [9] np.shetti; lv. sampangi; rn. hegde; st. nandibewoor, electrochemical oxidation of loop diuretic furosemide at gold electrode and its analytical applications, intj electrochem sci, 4, (2009)104-121. [10] sj. malode; jc. abbar; np. shetti; st. nandibewoor, voltammetric oxidation and determination of loop diuretic furosemide at a multi-walled carbon nanotubes paste electrode. electrochim acta; 60:95,( 2012)101. [11] d. shikandar ; bukkitgar & p. nagaraj . shette ,electrochemical oxidation of loop diuretic furosemide in aqueous acid medium and it’s analytical application, cogent chemistry,volumez, , 2, (2016)1. y = 0.685x + 0.4944 r² = 0.9995 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 ‐1 ‐0.5 0 0.5 1 a b s v.(ml) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1795 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |234   [12] jina n.tandel , development and validation of rp-hplc method for the simultaneous determination of amiloride hydro chloride and furosemide in pure and pharmaceutical dosage form, eurasian journal of analytical chemistry 124,( 2017) 385_394. [13] m. saeed aryan; sufila naveed, najma sultana, avalidated reverse phase liquid chromatography method for simuttaneous analysis of enalapril maleate , hydrochloro thiazide and furosimde in active pharmacutical ingredients , pharmacutical dosage forms and human serum pharm anal acta, (2013) 4-6. [14]o. santini, alberto,potentiometric sensor for furosemide determination in pharmaceuticals, urine, blood serum and bovine milk." journal of the brazilian chemical society 20.1: (2009)64-73. [17] youm, ibrahima, and bi-botti celestin youan. "validated reverse-phase highperformance liquid chromatography for quantification of furosemide in tablets and nanoparticles." journal of analytical methods in chemistry article id 207028 ,(2013)9. [18] heidarimoghadam, rashid, and abbas farmany. "rapid determination of furosemide in drug and blood plasma of wrestlers by a carboxyl-mwcnt sensor." materials science and engineering: c 58 (2016): 1242-1245. [19] d. alfred-ugbenbo,; o. a. zdoryk, and v. a. georgiyants. "validation of analytical method for determination of furosemide in extemporaneous syrup." medical and clinical chemistry, v.12 (2017)7859. [20] g. dill rani; a. russia rani2 and p. venkates warlu, spectrophotometric determination of furosemide in pharmaceutical formulation by charge transfer complex method, international journal of chem tech research,.10.3,(2017) 666-670. [21] gölcü, a. "spectrophotometric determination of furosemide in pharmaceutical dosage forms using complex formation with cu (ii)." journal of analytical chemistry 61, (2006) 748-754. [22] silva semaan, felipe, and eder tadeu gomes cavalheiro. "spectrophotometric determination of furosemide based on its complexation with fe (iii) in ethanoic medium using a flow injection procedure." analytical letters 39, 13, (2006) 2557-2567. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 the impact of cigarette smoking on levels of sex hormones and zinc in blood of smokers l. h.a.al-azzawy de partment of health community, college of health and medical technology, foundation of technical education. received in :6, june, 2010 accepte d in : 14, december , 2010 abstract smokin g has multiple effects on sex hormone , some of which are associated with imp ortant clinical imp lication .the p resent study was undertaken to invest igate the biochemical chan ges of sex hormones associated with long st anding cigarett e smoking in 40 heavy smokers comp aring with nonsmoker and to correlate it with bm i for each .the sex hormones l evels were determined by ria t echnique . at omic absorp tion technique was used to measure the zinc levels. the serum testost erone and estrogen levels of non – smoker group were 17.775ng\ml and 38.65ng\ml at p < 0.05, resp ectively .while the serum testosterone and estrogen levels of smoker group were 17.615ng\ml and 39.65n g\ml at p <0.05, resp ectively .the zinc levels of smokers and nonsmokers group were 92 µg/dl and 105.5 µg/dl at p < 0.05, resp ectively. the bm i of smokers and nonsmokers were 20.273 and 23.66 at p <0.01, resp ectively, which were high ly significant. key words: sex hor mones, z inc, smoking ,bm i . introduction the health consequences of cigarette smoking and the use of the other tobacco p roducts are well known . t hey are an important cause of the increase of mortality and morbidity in develop ed countries and the p revalence is increased in developing world as well[ 1] .the risk of cancer is much greater in smokers than in nonsmokers which p articularly lung cancer [2] .tobacco smoke contains numerous comp ounds , the imp ortant substance of material is being the carcinogen ( such as p oly cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons ) , irritant subst ances , nicotine , carbon monoxide and other gases[3].smoking has an effect on the various metabolic and biological p rocesses in the body including secretion of hormones [4] .cigarette smoking has major effects on the reproductive p otential of humans , it has anti-estrogenic effect in women [5,6,7] .in males, the effect of smoking is on androgen levels ; given the recent interest in the association between androgen levels and metabolic sy ndrome and coronary heart disease [8]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 cigarette smoking may be associated with sub-fertility in males and may result in decreased sp erm concentration, low sp erm motility and reduce percentage of morp hologically normal sp erm resp ectively [9,10,11]. nicotine –addicts usually have the risk of depletion / deficiency in imp ortant nutrients and minerals including zinc. the zinc deficiency leads to decrease number of sp erm and imp otence in males .[13], z inc also inhibits t he aromatase enzy me that converts testost erone in to excess estrogen ; the high estrogen activity results in increased risk of heart disease, weight gain and obesity in male [14]. the low levels of zinc lead to lower sp erm count, lower sex drive and can aid in produceing p rost ate cancer [15]. the aim of this st udy is to evaluate the effects of smoking on the testost erone and estrogen levels in men and to detect the association of smoking with zinc and bm i. materials and methods blood samples were obtained from 80 p articip ants, 40 smokers and 4o nonsmokers. they were residences in baghdad city . the venous blood (about 10 ml) was drawn from the subjects in the morning without regard to fasting or non fasting st ate. all blood samples were collected in the sp ecial p recautions required for tracing metal analysis , est rogen and testost erone measurements. testost erone and estrogen levels were measured in blood serum by using (ria) technique which was described by [16] .zinc and copp er levels were measured in serum by using atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer / flame emission technique which was described by [ 17] .body mass index was measured depending on the method described by [18]. statist ical analysis : t-test was used to t est the difference between two means. re sults the study of p op ulation included 80 men, with a mean age of 22±2 y ears. fort y p eople were heavy smokers and forty p eople were nonsmokers. baseline data of the st udy group s are shown in table (1). no significant differences were noticed in testost erone levels among smokers and non-smoker (17.615ng\ml, 17.775ng\ml at p >0.05) resp ectively and no st atist ical significant differences were noted in estrogen levels of both smokers and nonsmokers (39.45ng\ml, 38.65ng\ml at p >0.05).highly differences were found in bm i between smokers and non-smokers (20.273, 23.66 at p <0.01) . t hese results wear shown in table (2). table (3). demonstrates that no significant differences among the mean conc. of testost erone and the mean of bm i of smokers (17.615ng\ml, 20.273 at p >0.05) resp ectively although there ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 were highly significant differences among the mean conc. of testost erone and the mean of bm i of nonsmokers (17.775ng\ml, 23.66 at p <0.01) resp ectively. table (4) showed that no st atist ical significant differences were noted among the mean conc. of testost erone and the mean conc. of zinc in smokers (17.615ng\ml, 92µg\dl at p >0.05) resp ectively. the significant differences were noted between the mean conc. of testost erone and the mean conc. of zinc of nonsmokers (17.775ng\ml, 105.5µg\dl at p <0.05) resp ectively. discussion cigarette smoking is an imp ortant modifier of hormones and a detailed smoking history is essential when assessing p atients with endocrine disorders [19] . the direct toxic effect of environmental toxins p resent in cigarette smoking which contains a lot of known toxins that may have detrimental effects on fertility in both sexes [20] .some of chemicals in cigarette’s smoke generate a large number of free radicals , which may be related to etiology of cancer and various diseases [21,22] . the p resent st udy is designed to evaluate the effect of cigarette smoking on sex hormone levels, body mass and serum trace element concentrations in healthy iraqi men. in our st udy , the data suggest that t obacco smoking has no significant effect on the biological active function of testost erone in smoker compared with nonsmoker group which was similar to other p ublished st udies [22] who found no significant effect of cigarette smoking on the active fraction of testes in smoker but may influence the levels of total testost erone through the change in the levels of sex hormone binding globulin(shbg) ,while , other researches have observed a p ositive significant correlation between testost erone level and tobacco smoking[20,23] . table (2) regarding bm i and smoking st atus, we found that mean concentration of bm i and smoking is controversial, since some authors found that smoking was p ositively in association with bm i and this is due to t he p oor behavioral habits among smoking [24]. different from other p ublished st udies our results are similar to t he result of [25] found that smoking was p ositively in associated with p hy sical inactivity , which mediated the association between tobacco use and bm i. the present study (table 3, 4) is different from other p ublished st udies [13, 26] who found that a significant association between bm i, zinc and testost erone concentration of smoking st atus subject and agree with [27] indeed, all the subject in this st udy are a y oung males and their habitual androgen intake as a muscular builder. conclusion the present st udy has revealed a dep ressed antioxidant nutritional st atus (i.e. serum zinc) and changing in other p arameters like bm i, mean concentration of testost erone and estrogen in smoker status. there were no significant association between these parameters in smoking st atus , when the samp les intake the androgen as t he muscular builder. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 re ferences 1. kap oor,d. and jones,t .h. (2000) ʺ smoking and hormones in health and endocrine disorder ʺ european journal of endocrinology ,.125 ,issue4,491-499. 2. terry,p. d. m iller, a.b.and rohan,t. e. (2006) ̋ ap ositive cohort study of cigarette smoking and the risk of endomaterial of cancer ʺ british journal of cancer , 86 :14301435. 3. smoking and health now.(1971) report of the roy al college of phy sicians .london: pitman medical and scientific co . ltd. 4. trummer, h.; habermann,h. hass, j.and pummer, k. (2002) ʺ the imp act of cigarette smoking on humen semen p arameters and hormones ʺ human reproduction , 17 :1554-1559. 5. tako,l. b. and christ iansen, c. (2004) ʺ anup date on the antiestrogenic effect of smoking : a literature rexiew with imp lications for researchs and p ractitioners ʺ menopause ,11 :104-109. 6. baron,j. a. la vecchia,c. and levi, f. (1990) ʺ the antiest rogenic effect of cigarette smoking in women ʺ american journal of obstertries and gynecology, 126:502-514. 7. sp angler ,j. g. (1999) ʺ smoking and hormone –related disorder ̋ primary care ,.26: 499-511. 8. jones, t. h. jones,r. d. and channer,k. s.(2003) ʺ testost erone and cardiovascular disorders ʺin recent research and development in endocrinology and metabolism , 1:143-168. 9. lewin, a.; gonen ,o.; orvieto, r. and schenker,j. g. (1991) ʺ effect of smoking on concentration ,motility & zona-free hamst er test on human sp erm ʺ arch .androl., 27 :51-54. 10. sofikitis , n.; m iyagawa, i.; dimitriadis, d.; zavos, p.; sikka, s. and hellstrom ,w. (1995) ʺ effect of smoking on testicular function, semen quality and sp erm fertilizing ʺ capacity .j.urol., 154 : 1030-1034. 11. zinaman, m . j.; brown , c. c.; selevan,s. g. and clegg, e. d. (2000) ʺ semen quality and human fertility : ap rosp ective st udy with health coup lesʺ j. antrol., 21:145-153. 12. m eeker, j. d. baller, l. g. and hauser, r. (2007) ʺ relationship s between serum hormone levels and semen quality among men from anifertility clinic ʺ american journal of andrology , 28 ,no. 3,1-17. 13. oldereid , n. b.; thomassen, y. and purvisk, k. ( 1994) ʺ seminal p lasma lead , cadmium and zinc in relation to tobacco consump tion. ̋int.j.androl.,.17:24-28. 14. brown, k. h.; wuehier,s. e. and peerson, j. m . (2001) ʺ the imp ortance of zinc in human nutrition and estimation of the gobal p revalence of zinc deficiency .ʺ food nutr. bull ,.22:25113. 15. netter, a.; hartoma, r. and nahoul, k. (1981) ” effect of zinc administ ration on p lasma testost erone dihydrotestost erone, and sp erm count”. archandrol 7:69-73. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 16. sodergard ,r.; backst rom, t.; shanbhag,v. and carstensen, h. (1982) ʺcalculation of free and bound fractions of testost erone and estradiol to human p lasma p roteins at body temp erature ̋.journal of steroid boichemistry ,.16:68-73 17. keilchiro.fuwa,pulido,robert,m ckay ,b.l.vallee.(1964) “measurement of trace metals by atomic absorp tion sp ectrometry ʺ.anal.chem.,.36, no.13, p p 2407-2411 . 18. romero -corral , a.; somers , v. k.; sierra –jhnson ,j.; t ho mas , r. j.; collazoclavell, m . l.; korinek, j.;allison, t. g.; bast sis, j. a.; sert -kuniy oshi, f. h. and lopez-jimenez, f. (2 008) "accuracy of body mass index in diagnosing obesity in the adult general p op ulation". international journal of obesity,(june 2008).32(6): 959–956. doi:10.1038/ijo. 19. vine, m .f.(1996) ʺ smoking and male reproduction : a review ʺ int .j. androl ., 19 , 323-337. 20. svartberg, j.; m idtby , m . and bonaa, k. h. et al. (2003)." the association of age, lifesty le factors and chronic disease with testost erone in men": the tromso study . european journal of endocrinology ,149: 145–152. 21. 19.m arti, b.;tuomilehto, j.; korhonen, h. j.; kartovaara, l. andvartiainen, e. et al.(1989) “ smoking andleanness:evidence for change in finland " bm i , 90 :2981287. 22. english ,k. m .; pugh, p.; parry , h.; scutt , n.; channer ,k. and jones, t.h. (2001) ʺeffect of cigarette smoking on levels of bioavailable testost erone in healthy menʺ. clinical science , 100:661-665. 23. tamimi, r., m ucci, l. a., spanos, e. et al. (2001)" testost erone and oestradiol in relation to tobacco smoking, body mass index, energy consumption and nutrient intake among adult men". european journal of cancer prevention, 10, 275–280. 24. m arc, w.; urs, g.; m anfred, g.; heinz-gerd, w.; jobest , b. and gerhard, a. w.(2007)"controlled st udy on the combined effect of alcohol and tobacco smoking on testost erone in alcoholdep endent men " alcohol & alcoholism. 42: (1) 19–23. 25. ap ost oli, a.; telisman, s. and sager, p. r.(2007) " reproductive and develop mental toxicity of m etals". handbook on the toxicology of metals. vol 12. third edition. edited by : nordberg gf, fowler ba, nordberg m and friberg lt. amst erdam, academic press elsevier; 213-249. 26. . kulikauskas, v.; blaust ein, d. and ablin, r. j. (1985) ʺ cigarettesmoking and its p ossible effects on sp erm.ʺ fertil steril ., 44:526-528. 27. steven, s. n. (2000) ʺ m ale in fertility nutritional and environmental considerationsʺ alter. med. rev. , 5(1): 28-38. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (1) testosterone and estrogen level ( ng / ml ) at both smokers and non – smokers s moki ng status mean conc. of testosterone (n=40) mean conc. of estrogen (n=40) smokers 17.615 1.93 39.45 nonsmokers 17.775 38.65 tabl e (2) me an bmi of both smokers and nonsmoke rs s moking status mean of bmi (n= 40) smokers 20.273 * nonsmokers 23.66 bm i= body m ass index. * hs = highly sign ificant ( p <0.01). table (3) relationship among mean conc. . of testosterone( ng /ml ) & mean of bmi of both smoke r and non-smoke rs. s moking status mean conc. of testosterone (n=40) mean of bmi (n=40 smokers 17.615 20.273 ** nonsmokers 17.775 23.66 ** = highly significant(p<0.01). table (4) relationship among mean conc. . of testosterone(ng /ml) & mean conc. . of zinc (µg /dl) of both smoke r and non-smokers. s moking status mean conc. of testosterone (n=40) mean conc. of zn (n=40 smokers 17.615 92 ** nonsmokers 17.775 105.5 **=highly significant (p <0.01) 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مستوى الهرمونات الجنسیة والزنك في دم المدخنین فيتأثیر دخان السكائر حسین علي العزاوي لمى هیئة التعلیم التقني ، كلیة التقنیات الصحیة والطبیة، قسم صحة المجتمع 2010 ،رانحزی ،6: استلم البحث في 2010، كانون االول ،14: قبل البحث في الخالصة ة الهرمونات افراز مستوى في كبیر بشكل یؤثر السكائر دخان ان مهم بشكل مؤثرة تكون بدورها التي االنسان في الجنسی ت لتحدید الدراسة هذه اجریت لقد . دخنینمال االشخاص اجسام في السریریة المضامینفي مستوى في الكیموحیویة التغیرا ة الهرمونات ة هذه شملت وقد .المدخنین دم في الجنسی ا 40 الدراس فقط الذكور من) مدخن غیر "شخصا 40و مدخنا "شخص االمتصاص تقنیة عمالباست المدخنین وغیر المدخنین دم مصل في الزنك مستوى قیس ,سنة 22 أعمارهم معدل كان و ( مایكروغرام 105.5 و لیتر دیسي| مایكروغرام92) بین المدخنین وغیر المدخنین دم مصل في الزنك مستوى تراوح ,الذري كان و مضبوط بشكل والطول الوزن قیاس بعد خاصة معادلة عمالباست الجسم كتلة مقیاس حسب , التوالي على ( لیتر دیسي| . المدخنین لغیر 23.66 و للمدخنین 20.273 الجسم كتلة مقیاس تقنیة عمالفي مصل دم المدخنین وغیر المدخنین باست) التیستوستیرون واالندروجین ( مستوى الهرمونات الجنسیة قیس 38.56ملیلیتر و | نانوغرام 17.775(كان مستوى التیستوستیرون والندروجین في مصل دم غیر المدخنین هو ) . ria(ال .17(التیستوستیرون واالندروجین في مصل دم االشخاص المدخنین حوالي على التوالي وكانت نسبة ) ملیلیتر |نانوغرام 615 .على التوالي )ملیلیتر |نانوغرام 39.65ملیلیتر و |نانوغرام .مقیاس كتلة الجسم ،مدخنین ، زنك ،الهرمونات الجنسیة : الكلمات المفتاحیة دور التغذیة الورقیة بالزنك والبورون في بعض مؤشرات النمو لنبات الحمص cicer arietinum l. امل غانم محمود القزاز جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / قسم علوم الحیاة 2014/اذار/18 : فيالبحث قبل ، 2014/كانون الثاني/23 : في البحث استلم خالصةال –اجری���ت التجرب���ة ف���ي الظل���ة الخش���بیة التابع���ة للحدیق���ة النباتی���ة ف���ي قس���م عل���وم الحیاة،كلی���ة التربی���ة للعل���وم الص���رفة راكی���ز م���ن توذل���ك لدراس���ة ت���اثیر ال���رش ال���ورقي بثالث���ة 2013 -2012اب���ن الھی���ثم ، جامع���ة بغ���داد خ���الل موس���م النم���و وت����داخلھما ف����ي ¹-) ملغ����م . لت����ر75، 50، 25، 0رون (واربع����ة تراكی����ز م����ن الب����و ¹-) ملغ����م . لت����ر75، 50، 0( الزن����ك ة العش����وائیالقطاع����ات تص����میم نب����ات الحم����ص . ص����ممت التجرب����ة ض����من لبع����ض مؤش����رات النم����و للج����زء الخض����ري ي:الثة مكررات ، اظھرت النتائج مایأتوبث rcbd الكامل ع����دد و ،للحش����ة االول����ىال����رش ال����ورقي بالزن����ك والب����ورون ادى ال����ى زی����ادة معنوی����ة ف����ي مع����دالت ال����وزن الج����اف -1 ،القیم���ة االنتاجی���ة الثانوی���ةوة النس���بیة للس���ماد للحش���ة االول���ى ی���الكفاو، ¹-ع���دد االزھ���ار . نب���ات و ،¹-التفرع���ات . نب���ات ومحت����وى الكلوروفی����ل الكل����ي ،نس����بة الب����روتین للحش����تین و ،الكالس����یوم للحش����تینو ،الفس����فورو ،محت����وى النت����روجینو مقارنة مع معاملة السیطرة. ملغ���م . 75ت���اثیر الت���داخل ب���ین العنص���رین ك���ان معنوی���ا ف���ي مؤش���رات النم���و االنف���ة ال���ذكر م���ع تف���وق المعامل���ة ( -2 افضل القیم للصفات المدروسة . ئھعطاإفي بورون) ¹-ملغم . لتر 75زنك و ¹-لتر زنك ، بورون ، الحمص التغذیة الورقیة ، -: الكلمات المفتاحیة 13 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 المقدمة یح���وي عل���ى نس���بة عالی���ة م���ن ،اذیع���د نب���ات الحم���ص م���ن النبات���ات االقتص���ادیة المھم���ة الرتف���اع نس���بة الب���روتین فی���ھ . یواج���ھ ]leguminosae ]1قولی���ة بو نب���ات عش���بي ح���ولي یع���ود ال���ى العائل���ة الن ، وھ���یالح���امض االمین���ي الالیس��� المھم���ة ، زی���ادة انت���اج المحاص���یل الغذائی���ة یتوج���ب ،اذتح���دیات كب���رى نظ���را لزی���ادة الس���كان ف���ي الع���الم االم���ن الغ���ذائي ة لمغ���ذیات الكب���رى م���ن المھ���ام الرئیس���ل���ذا تع���د التغذی���ة الص���حیة للنب���ات واعتم���اد المغ���ذیات الص���غرى وموازنتھ���ا م���ع ا النب���ات بكمی���ات قلیل���ة ل���ذي یحت���اج الی���ھك م���ن المغ���ذیات الص���غرى ایع���د الزن��� ].2[انت���اج للنب���ات اعل���ى للحص���ول عل���ى ینش���ط الزن���ك بن���اء .]3[یع���د نقص���ھ م���ن اھ���م مح���ددات النم���و للنب���ات اذولك���ن اھمیت���ھ زادت ف���ي الس���نوات االخی���رة ، carbonicنات ، كم����ا یحف����ز االنزیم����ات یالح����امض االمین����ي التربتوف����ان ال����ذي یع����د اللبن����ة االساس����یة لبن����اء االوكس���� anhydrase , enolase , proteinase peptidase, ل���ذا ف���ان ل���ھ دور ف���ي بن���اء الب���روتین والنش���ا ویحف���ز یبوس��وم راویح��افظ عل��ى ثباتی��ة اج��زاء ال , oxidase cytchrom cytochrom a , cytochrom bبن��اء متمثل���ة اكس���دة ال���دھون ، الش���یخوخة ن���واتج عرض���یة ی���وي مث���ل البن���اء الض���وئي والت���نفس ،االی���ض الح ان لمس���الك. ]4[ مث���ل ،ض���یات الت���ي یح���دث فیھ���ا نق���ل لاللكترون���ات عف���ي ال الس���یمابزی���ادة الج���ذور الح���رة المؤكس���دة ف���ي خالی���ا النب���ات و لالكس���دة اً مض���اد اً وس���یط ، ل���ذا یع���د الزن���ك ع���امالً ]5[والمایتوكون���دریا محدث���ة ض���رراً تاكس���دیاً ،البالس���تیدات الخض���ر ف���ي الغش���اء الخل���وي وذل���ك م���ن خ���الل زی���ادة نش���اط مض���ادات لم���ا ل���ھ م���ن دور دف���اعي وتنظیم���ي لالكس���دة الحاص���لة superoxid dismutase ,ascorbicمثل باتی����ة المتمثل����ة بانزیم����ات االكس����دة،االكس����دة الدفاعی����ة ف����ي الخالی����ا الن perxidase catalase ���دة والمع���ادل للت���اثیر كم���ا ی���ؤثر ف���ي زی���ادة محت���وى ح���امض االس���كوربیك المض���اد لالكس وف���ي ب���ان ھن���اك زی���ادة معنوی���ة ف���ي نم���و نب���اتي الحلب���ة والحم���ص ]7[اش���ار .]h2o2 ]6و o2 ¯الس���ام لج���ذور وللنب����اتین اس����تجابة لل����رش ال����ورقي ب����ذورمحت����وى الب����روتین ف����ي الج����زء الخض����ري والج����ذري وزی����ادة ف����ي حاص����ل ال ا لعنص���ر عل���ى م���دى احتیاجھ��� ارب���ع مج���امیع اعتم���اداً عل���ىقس���مت النبات���ات . ج���زء ف���ي الملی���ون 100بالزن���ك بتركی���ز یع����د الب����ورون .]8[الب����ورون ف����ي النم����و والتط����ور وق����د احتل����ت النبات����ات البقولی����ة المرتب����ة الثانی����ة ف����ي ھ����ذا التص����نیف الت����ي ت����دخل ف����ي تركی����ب م����ادة البكت����ین المھم����ة ف����ي rhamnogalacturonan)(rgالمك����ون التركیب����ي لجزئی����ات ،اذول���ھ دور مھ���م ف���ي ظ���اھرة نق���ل االش���ارة ونش���اط المس���تقبالت الغش���ائیة ] 9[ انب���وب اللق���اح بن���اء ج���دار الخلی���ة وج���دار ] 10[عالق���ة التكاف���ل ان نقص���ھ ی���ؤثر ف���ي بن���اء وثباتی���ة البروتین���ات الس���كریة ف���ي الغش���اء الخل���وي المھم���ة ف���ي اس���تمرار ل االش���ارة لمیكانیكی���ة اس���تقبا اً تثبی���ت النت���روجین ف���ي كون���ھ منظم���ویرج���ع دوره ف���ي تنظ���یم عالق���ة التكاف���ل واس���تمرار للجزئی��ات المس���ؤولة ع��ن االش���ارة اً ذاتی��� اً محف��ز وص���فھجذری���ة خ��الل عملی���ة تم��ایز االعض��اء بالعق��د الف��ي اغش��یة خالی���ا . یحف���ز الب���ورون ]11[م���ع مس���تقبالت خاص���ة ف���ي الغش���اء الخل���وي الخلوی���ة لبكتری���ا الرایزوبی���ا ع���ن طری���ق التفاع���ل ل����ذا فان����ھ یعم����ل ض����من ، وراس����یلیی����دخل ف����ي بن����اء الح����امض االمین����ي ال ،اذ rnaبن����اء البروتین����ات النووی����ة خاص����ة م���ن ح���امض البوری���ك یزی���د م���ن بن���اء mm 10ی���دخل ف���ي عملی���ات االستنس���اخ والترجم���ة وان ،اذالمس���توى الجزیئ���ي rna ]12[ وی����ؤثر ف����ي نق����ل الس����كریات ف����ي اللح����اء ومس����ؤول ع����ن تغی����ر تركی����ز فیت����امینc ،وای����ض النت����روجین، وان رش���ھ ورقی���ا یع���د اكث���ر ]4[وی���نظم نش���اط الھرمون���ات النباتی���ة ،وعملی���ة االخص���اب ،والبن���اء الض���وئي ،والفس���فور . ان معامل���ة نب���ات ]13[ف���ي بیئ��ة نم���و ج���ذور النب��ات اً اس��تفادة للنب���ات مقارن��ة م���ع اض���افتھ للترب��ة الن���ھ ق���د الیك��ون متاح��� broad bean )ال���ى زی���ادة معنوی���ة ف���ي ارتف���اع النب���ات ) ج���زء ف���ي الملی���ون ادى50,25ب���البورون وبتركی���زین ھم���ا وف����ي دراس����ة اجراھ����ا . ]14[حاص����ل الب����ذور و ¹-ع����دد الب����ذور . قرن����ة و ¹-ع����دد القرن����ات . نب����ات وال����وزن الج����اف و لل���رش ال���ورقي بالزن���ك بتركی���ز lupinus albusوالت���رمس vicia fabaح���ول اس���تجابة نب���ات الفاص���ولیا ]15[ ط���ول وج���زء ف���ي الملی���ون مش���یراً ب���ان ھن���اك زی���ادة ف���ي ارتف���اع النب���ات 75ج���زء ف���ي الملی���ون والب���ورون بتركی���ز 100 الكربوھی�����درات والب�����روتین ومحت�����وى الص�����بغات الكلوروفیلی�����ة وال�����وزن الج�����اف و ¹-ع�����دد االوراق . نب�����ات و الج�����ذر وزی���ادة ف���ي amylase و ، protease و ، catalase و ،peroxidase فض���الً ع���ن زی���ادة فعالی���ة انزیم���ات محتوى حامض الجبرلین واندول حامض الخلیك. ان للت����رب العراقی����ة القابلی����ة عل����ى تثبی����ت اغل����ب العناص����ر الص����غرى وجعلھ����ا غی����ر ج����اھزة لالمتص����اص م����ن قب����ل ورقي بھ����ذه وان ال����رش ال���� ة التس����مید االرض����ي بالعناص����ر الص����غرى تك����ون واطئ����ة ج����دا ،ءل����ذا ف����ان كف����ا ، النب����ات ل���ذلك تھ���دف ھ��ذه الدراس���ة الیج���اد التركی���ز االمث���ل للزن���ك والب���ورون الل���ذین اً ة واس���رع ت���اثیرءالعناص��ر تك���ون اكث���ر كف���ا یؤثران ایجابیا في نمو نبات الحمص . المواد وطرائق العمل –لحیاة،كلی���ة التربی���ة للعل���وم الص���رفة اجری���ت التجرب���ة ف���ي الظل���ة الخش���بیة التابع���ة للحدیق���ة النباتی���ة ف���ي قس���م عل���وم ا كغ����م .ترب����ة ، 8باس����تعمال االص����ص الفخاری����ة س����عة 2013 -2012اب����ن الھی����ثم ، جامع����ة بغ����داد خ����الل موس����م النم����و .وبثالثة مكررات 4x3تجربة عاملیة بوصفھا لكامل عل����ى ب����ذرة ف����ي ك����ل اص����یص وروی����ت بالم����اء 12وبع����دد 10/11/2012زرع����ت ب����ذور نب����ات الحم����ص بت����اریخ نب��ات ف��ي 8ری��ة اول��ى وبع��د م��رور اس��بوعین م��ن ت��اریخ الزراع��ة خف��ت النبات��ات ال��ى % م��ن الس��عة الحقلی��ة 50اس��اس . رش��ت النبات���ات غ���ال وال��ري حس��ب الفق���د ف��ي ال���وزنم���ن ازال��ة االدكاف��ة ك��ل اص��یص م���ع اج��راء العملی���ات الزراعی��ة 14 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 مص�����در وبح�����امض البوری�����ك ¹-ملغ�����م . لت�����ر) 75، 50، 0مص�����در للزن�����ك وبتراكی�����ز (بكبریت�����ات الزن�����ك بوص�����فھ وذل������ك ف������ي الص������باح الب������اكر 11/12/2012وبت������اریخ ¹-) ملغ������م . لت������ر75، 50، 25، 0للب������ورون وبتراكی������ز ( ناش���رة وحت���ى م���ادةم���ن محل���ول التنظی���ف الس���ائل ¹-لت���ر . ³س���م 0.15اض���افة لت���ر م���ع 1مرش���ة یدوی���ة س���عة باس���تخدام یوم���ا م���ن الرش���ة االول���ى تم���ت الرش���ة 14رش���ت مع���امالت الس���یطرة بالم���اء المقط���ر ، وبع���د م���رور ]16[البل���ل الت���ام . اخ����ذت عین����ات م����ن الج����زء الخض����ري للنب����ات ( اربع����ة نبات����ات ) 25/12/2012الثانی����ة وب����التراكیز نفس����ھا وبت����اریخ الج����زء واخ���ذت عین����ات اخ����رى م����نحش����ة اول����ى h158یوم����ا م����ن ت���اریخ الزراع����ة ورم����ز لھ����ا 58بع���د م����رور حش��ة ثانی��ة ، تم��ت دراس��ة h2 – 82یوم��ا م��ن ت��اریخ الزراع��ة ورم��ز لھ��ا 82الربع��ة نبات��ات بع��د م��رور الخض��ري -بعض الصفات لنبات الحمص : درج���ة مئوی���ة 65العین���ات ف���ي مجف���ف كھرب���ائي وعل���ى درج���ة ح���رارة تف���ُجف -ال���وزن الج���اف للحش���ة االول���ى : -1 لحین ثبات الوزن . حسبت عدد التفرعات الرئیسة في النبات . -: ¹-عدد التفرعات . نبات -2 ¹-نبات .عدد االزھار -3 :یة تاال ] 17وفق معادلة [على اد% للحشة االولى حسبت الكفاءة النسبیة للسم -4 الوزن الجاف لمعاملة المقارنة –الوزن الجاف لمعاملة التسمید 100× ـــــــــــــــــــالنسبیة للسماد % =ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــالكفاءة الوزن الجاف لمعاملة المقارنة ]18[وفق المعادلة على حسبتبات ) القیمة االنتاجیة الثانویة (غم. ن -5 n1 + n2 )w2-w1 ( × ــــــــــــــــــــــــــ =p 2 عدد النباتات للحشة االولى والثانیة n1 ، n2تمثل اذ معدل الوزن الجاف ( غم ) للجزء الخضري للحشة االولى والثانیة w1 ، w2ویمثل وقُ����در م����ن المس����تخلص ] 19[منھ����ا وزن معل����وم وھض����مت حس����ب طریق����ة بع����د تجفی����ف العین����ات طحن����ت واخ����ذ -6 الكالس����یوم حس����ب طریق����ة ، ]21[ الفس����فور حس����ب طریق����ة،] 20[حس����ب طریق����ة الح����امض للعین����ات النت����روجین ]22[ . ].23[نسبة البروتین في المجموع الخضري حسب طریقة تردقُ -نسبة البروتین في النبات : -7 6.25 ×نسبة البروتین % = تركیز النتروجین % ) وذل���كspadطة جھ���از ( اس���فی���ل الكل���ي بور محت���وى الكلوروقُ���د -ی���ل الكل���ي ف���ي اوراق النب���ات :وروفلمحت���وى الك -8 اوراق عشوائیا من كل معاملة . قراءات الربع باخذ معدل اربع رن���ت المتوس���طات باس���تخدام اق���ل ف���رق معن���وي قوو] 24[حلل���ت النت���ائج احص���ائیا حس���ب تص���میم التجرب���ة بطریق���ة .0.05مستوى احتمال عند النتائج والمناقشة ادى ال���ى زی���ادة حم���صبالزن���ك والب���ورون عل���ى الج���زء الخض���ري لنب���ات ال ب���ان ال���رش) 1اظھ���رت نت���ائج ج���دول ( اذ ل���وحظ زی���ادة معنوی���ة ف���ي مع���دل الص���فة بزی���ادة تراكی���ز الزن���ك م���ن ص���فر ،وی���ة ف���ي مع���دل ال���وزن الج���اف للنب���اتنمع % فض���الً ع����ن وج���ود زی����ادة معنوی����ة ف���ي مع����دل ال���وزن الج����اف بزی����ادة 79.64زی����ادة وبنس����بة ¹-لت���ر .ملغ����م 75ال���ى ام���ا الت���داخل ب���ین تراكی���ز العنص���رین فق���د %56.50وبنس���بة زی���ادة ¹-لت���ر .ملغ���م 75تركی���ز الب���ورون م���ن ص���فر ال���ى ب����ورون) افض����ل وزن ج����اف ومق����داره ¹-لت����ر . مملغ���� 75زن����ك و ¹-ملغ����م . لت����ر 75ل����ة (مك����ان معنوی����ا واعط����ت المعا تع��زى الزی��ادة ف��ي ال��وزن الج��اف ال��ى مق��درة النب��ات م��ن االس��تفادة م��ن الزن��ك المض��اف رش��ا والمم��تص م��ن غ��م. 3.7 الم����نظم لعملی����ة بن����اء االوكس����ین tryptophan synthetaseی����ؤثر الزن����ك ف����ي بن����اء ان����زیم ،اذقب����ل اوراق النب����ات ض���ادالم superoxide dismutase المس���ؤول ع���ن انقس���ام واس���تطالة الخالی���ا فض���ال ع���ن دخول���ھ ف���ي بن���اء ان���زیم م��ن مخلص��ا النب��ات م��ن س��میتھا ل��ذلك فان��ھ یس��اھم ف��ي ازدھ��ار نم��وه وo2 ¯لالكس��دة والمحل��ل لج��ذور ف��وق االوكس��ید ال���ذي راق النب���ات للب���ورون والمض���اف رش���ا تزامن��ا م���ع امتص���اص او ]25[غزارت���ھ مؤدی���ا ال���ى زی���ادة وزن���ھ الج���اف ث��م وبن���اء الح���امض الن���ووي ،خ���الل الغش���اء الخل���وي ال���ى اج���زاء النب���ات ونق���ل الس���كریات ،ی���دخل ف���ي ای���ض الكربوھی���درات rna ،ة ارات���ھ وغ���زعوای���ض ان���دول ح���امض الخلی���ك والفین���والت مم���ا ی���ؤثر ف���ي اس���تطالة النب���ات وزی���ادة ع���دد تفر 15 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 اش����ارت ،اذزی����ادة ف���ي ال����وزن الج���اف م����رتبط بزی���ادة ع����دد تفرعات���ھ الان ].26نم���وه وم���ن ث����م زی���ادة وزن����ھ الج���اف [ ال���ى م���ن ص���فر بزی���ادة تركی���ز الزن���ك ¹¯ ) ال���ى وج���ود زی���ادة معنوی���ة ف���ي مع���دل ع���دد التفرع���ات .نب���ات2نت���ائج ج���دول ( اش���ارت نت���ائج الج���دول ال���ى وج���ود زی���ادة معنوی���ة ف���ي مع���دل الص���فة % كم���ا 116.90 وبنس���بة زی���ادة ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر 75 % ، ام����ا الت����داخل فك����ان ت����اثیره 110.88وبنس����بة زی����ادة ¹-لت����ر ملغ����م . 75بزی����ادة تركی����ز الب����ورون م����ن ص����فر ال����ى ب�����ورون افض�����ل قیم�����ة لع�����دد ¹-ملغ�����م. لت�����ر 75زن�����ك و ¹-لت�����ر ملغ�����م. 75ف�����ي الص�����فة واعط�����ت المعامل�����ة اً معنوی����� انزیم�������ات ویحف�������زیس�������اھم الزن�������ك ف�������ي بن������اء البروتین�������ات وتك�������وین النش�������ا ، 8.75وبلغ�������ت ¹-التفرعات.نب������ات peptidase, proteinase ، ل����ذلك ف����ان نقص����ھ ی����ؤثر ف����ي ت����راكم المركب����ات النتروجینی����ة الذائب����ة مث����ل االحم����اض در بش����كل س����كروز ال����ى كم����ا ان معظ����م ن����واتج البن����اء الض����وئي ف����ي االوراق مكتمل����ة النم����و تص����االمینی����ة واالمی����دات ال����ى م����ع الت����درج ف����ي التركی����ز ب����ین خالی����ا المص����در symplastال����ذي ینق����ل عب����ر نظ����ام الس����ایتوبالزم اج���زاء النب����ات النب��ات كم��ا ل��ھ دور ف��ي بن��اء ج��در اء وال��ذي یس��اھم الب��ورون ف��ي نقلھ��ا مم��ا ی��ؤثر ف��ي زی��ادة نم��و لح��خالی��ا المص��ب ف��ي ال ان رش نب����ات .]25[ع����دد تفرعات����ھ زی����ادة وب����ذلك یك����ون ل����ھ دور مھ����م ف����ي زی����ادة نم����وه و خالی����ا النب����ات المنقس����مة ة) بوج���ود زی���ادة معنوی���3ھ���رت نت���ائج ج���دول (اظ ،اذالحم���ص بعنص���ري الزن���ك والب���ورون اث���ر ف���ي عملی���ة التزھی���ر ، %67.82وبنس���بة زی���ادة ¹-ملغ���م .لت���ر 75برف���ع تركی���ز الزن���ك م���ن ص���فر ال���ى ¹-ع���دد االزھ���ار .نب���ات مع���دلف���ي وبنس����بة زی����ادة ¹-لت����ر. ملغ����م 75ال����ى م����ن ص����فر ف����ي مع����دل الص����فة برف����ع تركی����ز الب����ورون ایض����ا وزی����ادة معنوی����ة ملغ����م . 75زن����ك والتركی����ز ¹-لت����ر . ملغ����م 75وتف����وق التركی����ز اً معنوی���� اً ت����اثیر% واعط����ى الت����داخل الثن����ائي 130.65 للزن���ك دور مھ���م ف����ي ل���ة الس���یطرة .مقارن���ة م���ع معام 10.25ة للص���فة وھ����ي ھ افض���ل قیم���ئ���ب���ورون ف���ي اعطا ¹-لت���ر ف����ي اً مھم���� اً كم����ا ان للب����ورون دور ]27[زی����ادة ع����دد االزھ����ار ف����ي النب����ات م����ن خ����الل تحفی����زه تك����وین حب����وب اللق����اح اً حب���وب اللق���اح ف���ي انس���جة میس���م وقل���م الزھ���رة كم���ا ان ل���ھ دور وان���ھ ض���روري النب���ات ونم��� ،اذعملی���ات االخص���اب الجب��رلین المس��ؤول ع��ن اس���تحثات ونم��و وعق��د االزھ��ار ف���ي ف��ي تنظ��یم ونش���اط الھرمون��ات النباتی��ة وم��ن ض���منھا اً مھم�� . ]25[النباتات ثل���ة بالزن���ك متقی���یم لكف���اءة ال���رش ال���ورقي بالمغ���ذیات الص���غرى المالج���ل الوق���وف عل���ى حال���ة نم���و النب���ات ووض���ع الت���ي تعتم���د المع���اییر والمق���اییس الفس���یولوجیة والب���ورون وم���دى اس���تجابة نب���ات الحم���ص لھ���ا تم���ت االس���تعانة ب���بعض ل اش���ارت نت���ائج ج���دو ،اذال���وزن الج���اف ال���ذي یع���د التعبی���ر الحقیق���ي لم���دى نم���و النب���ات ومنھ���ا الكف���اءة النس���بیة للس���ماد وبنس��بة زی��ادة ¹-لت��ر ملغ��م . 75ال��ى م��ن ص��فر ف��ي مع��دل الص��فة عن��د رف��ع تركی��ز الزن��ك ) ال��ى وج��ود زی��ادة معنوی��ة 4( ¹-ملغ��م. لت���ر 75ال���ى م���ن ص��فر ف��ي مع���دل الص��فة عن���د رف��ع تركی���ز الب��ورون ایض���اً % وھن��اك زی���ادة معنوی��ة207.76 ب����ورون اعل����ى قیم����ة ¹-ملغ����م . لت����ر 75وزن����ك ¹لت����ر ملغ����م . 75% واعط����ت المعامل����ة 133.20وبنس����بة زی����ادة ھ����ي وج�����ود زی����ادة معنوی�����ة ف�����ي القیم�����ة ) 5اش�����ارت نت����ائج ج�����دول(كم�����ا %.259.20للت����داخل المعن�����وي للص�����فة وبلغ����ت االنتاجی���ة الثانوی����ة لنب���ات الحم����ص الت���ي ت����م حس���ابھا باالعتم����اد عل���ى ع����دد النبات���ات الموج����ودة ف���ي الوح����دة التجریبی����ة ¹-ملغ���م .لت���ر 75االول���ى والثانی���ة ، فعن���د زی���ادة تركی���ز الزن���ك م���ن ص���فر ال���ى الخض���ري للحش���ة ج���زء وال���وزن الج���اف لل فعن���د اً ، وك���ان الب���ورون ت���اثیره معنوی���% 104.93كان���ت ھن���اك زی���ادة معنوی���ة ف���ي مع���دل الص���فة وبنس���بة زی���ادة ھ���ي اً معنوی���% وك���ان ت���اثیر الت���داخل 149.46كان���ت الزی���ادة معنوی���ة وبنس���بة ¹-لت���ر ملغ���م . 75رف���ع تركی���زه م���ن ص���فر ال���ى ملغ��م . 75زن��ك والتركی��ز ¹-ملغ��م . لت��ر 75ب��ین الزن��ك والب��ورون ف��ي ق��یم الص��فة وبلغ��ت اعل��ى قیم��ة ل��ھ عن��د التركی��ز م���ن نم���و النب���ات م���ن معنوی���ة وج���ود زی���ادة) 5، 4الج���دولین (نت���ائج تك���دا نب���ات .غ���م. 25.00ب���ورون وبلغ���ت ¹-لت���ر تراكھ ف���ي زی���ادة ل���رش بالزن���ك اث���ر ف���ي نم���و النب���ات نتیج���ة الش���ان ا،اذ تؤك���د النت���ائج خ���الل زی���ادة ف���ي ال���وزن الج���اف یزی���د نش���اط ،اذللنب���ات م���ؤثرا ف���ي زی���ادة اس���تطالتھ كم���ا یعم���ل الزن���ك عل���ى المس���توى الجزیئ���ي يینالمحت���وى االوكس��� ف���ي زی���ادة نم���و النب���ات واتس���اع المس���احات وم���ن ث���م م���ؤثرمزی���دا ب���ذلك بن���اء الب���روتین rna-polymeraseان���زیم pep carboxylaseالورقی����ة ویراف����ق ذل����ك زی����ادة ف����ي كف����اءة البن����اء الض����وئي ع����ن طری����ق تنش����یط االنزیم����ات fructose 1-6 biphosphatase, نقلھ���ا ال���ى اج���زاء الت���ي یس���اھم الب��ورون ف���يالمس���ؤولة ع��ن بن���اء الكربوھی���درات غ����زارة ف����ي النم����و م����ن ث����مر ف����ي زی����ادة امتص����اص الج����ذور للمغ����ذیات وللطاق����ة مم����ا ی����ؤث اً مص����درالنب����ات االخ����رى .ان زی����ادة نم����و النب����ات ت����رتبط بم����دى مقدرت����ھ عل����ى ]28[ف����ي ال����وزن الج����اف الخض����ري مم����ا ی����ؤدي ال����ى زی����ادة ) یمك���ن 6نت���ائج ج���دول ( م���ن مالحظ���ةوامتص���اص المغ���ذیات م���ن الترب���ة وزی���ادة محتواھ���ا ف���ي الج���زء الخض���ري ل���ھ، 75عن���د زی���ادة تركی���ز الزن���ك م���ن ص���فر فی���ادة معنوی���ة ف���ي مع���دل محت���وى النت���روجین وللحش���تین ان ھن���اك زاالس���تنتاج % للحش���تین 124.62، 94.04ف���ي مع���دل محت���وى النت���روجین وبنس���بة زی���ادة معنوی���ة ك���ان ھن���اك زی���ادة ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر 75ف���ي مع���دل الص���فة عن���د زی���ادة تركی���ز الب���ورون م���ن ص���فر ال���ى معنوی���ة كم���ا ل���وحظ زی���ادة . تتابع���ا وبلغ����ت اعل����ى قیم����ة للت����داخل الثن����ائي ف����ي محت����وى االول����ى والثانی����ة % للحش����تین 147.10، 78.67وبنس����بة زی����ادة 338.30، 129.50ب����ورون وكان����ت ¹-ملغ����م . لت����ر 75زن����ك والتركی����ز ¹-ملغ����م . لت����ر 75النت����روجین عن����د التركی����ز ی����رتبط ،اذالحف����اظ عل����ى ثباتی����ة الغش����اء البالزم����ي للزن����ك دور مھ����م ف����ي . االول����ى والثانی����ة للحش����تین نب����اتملغ����م . البروتین���ي م���ن الغش���اء وب���ذلك یحمی���ھ م���ن االكس���دة م���ؤثرا ف���ي زی���ادة تكامل���ھ وزی���ادة مقدرت���ھ ءللج���ز -sh بمج���امیع كم�����ا ان للنبات�����ات البقولی�����ة الق�����درة عل�����ى تثبی�����ت ]29[عل�����ى س�����حب العناص�����ر الغذائی�����ة المھم�����ة ومنھ�����ا النت�����روجین الت���ي تعم���ل عل���ى ش���كل مص���انع ص���غیرة النت���اج البكتری���ا التعایش���یة الرایزوبی���وم النت���روجین ف���ي عق���دھا الجذری���ة بوج���ود النت���روجین الم���اخوذ م���ن الج���و وتحویل���ھ ال���ى ش���كلھ الج���اھز للنب���ات ، ان ھ���ذه العملی���ة مدعم���ة بوج���ود الب���ورون ، فعن���د 16 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 cis – diolزوبی���ا للش���عیرات الجذری���ة فانھ���ا تنم���و وتتض���اعف وان غش���اءھا المح���یط بھ���ا غن���ي بمج���امیع اص���ابة الرای ان نق���ص الب���ورون ی���ؤدي ال���ى حص���ول حال���ھ م���ن ش���بھ . ]30[ال���ذي ی���دخل الب���ورون ف���ي تركی���ب اواص���ره التص���البیة یت���اثر محت���وى الب���روتین الس���كري ف���ي ج���دار ھ���ذه العق���د اذ ،االنتظ���ام ف���ي ش���كل وحج���م العق���د الجذری���ة االورام وع���دم وب������ذلك تت������اثر ]rhamnogalacturonan ]31و polygalacturonanلم������ادة غی������ر طبیع������ي اً توزیع������مح������دثا ال���ذي یش���كل ادى ال���ى زی���ادة محت���وى النت���روجین رونل���ذا ف���ان رش النب���ات ب���البو ،النت���روجینل وتثبی���ت ف���عملی���ة التكا ات فق���والمرا dna و rna بن���اء البروتین���ات وی���دخل ف���ي م���ن ث���ماالحم���اض االمینی���ة و بن���اءالج���زء المھ���م ف���ي كم����ا ان رش الج����زء الخض����ري بالزن����ك والب����ورون ادى ال����ى زی����ادة ف����ي . ]4[الكلوروفی����ل زیئ����ةاالنزیمی����ة وتركی����ب ج ة معنوی���ة )بوج���ود زی���اد7اش���ارت نت���ائج ج���دول ( ،اذمق���درة النب���ات عل���ى امتص���اص المغ���ذیات المھم���ة ومنھ���ا الفس���فور % 106.57، 91.94وبنس����بة زی����ادة ¹-لت����ر ملغ����م . 75ال����ى م����ن ص����فر ف����ي محت����وى الفس����فور بزی����ادة تركی����ز الزن����ك معنوی���ة ادى ال���ى زی���ادة ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر 75ص���فر ال���ى وان رف���ع تركی���ز الب���ورون م���ن . تتابع���ا االول���ى والثانی���ة للحش���تین لت����داخل ب����ین الزن����ك والب����ورون لوك����ان ایض����ا % للحش����تین118.05، 77.18ف����ي محت����وى الفس����فور وبنس����بة زی����ادة ¹-ملغ����م. لت����ر 75زن���ك و¹-ملغ����م. لت����ر75ت���اثیر معن����وي ف���ي محت����وى الفس����فور وبلغ���ت اعل����ى قیم����ة ل���ھ عن����د المعامل���ة ان عملی����ة النم����و تحت����اج ال����ى طاق����ة .للحش����ة االول����ى والثانی����ة تتابع����املغ����م .نب����ات 25.87، 11.99ب����ورون وبلغ����ت ل����ذا یج����ب ان یك����ون ھن����اك تجھی����ز ك����اٍف م����ن نج����از عملی����ة االی����ض الحی����ويلغ����رض بن����اء الب����روتین الض����روري ال ان الزن�����ك ض�����روري لعملی�����ة الفس�����فرة الض�����وئیة وتك�����وین الكلوك�����وز ،اذ للطاق�����ة اً مص�����درالكربوھی�����درات بوص�����فھا ف���ي atpالت���ي ی���تم ھ���دمھا وحرقھ���ا وتحویلھ���ا ال���ى المس���ؤولة ع���ن تمثی���ل الكربوھی���درات ی���دخل ف���ي بن���اء االنزیم���ات و ،ل���ذلك ف���ان الزن���ك ض���روري لعملی���ة الفس���فرة التاكس���دیة ، كم���ا ان���ھ مھ���م ف���ي تمثی���ل ال���دھون الفوس���فاتیدیةلت���نفس عملی���ة ا وب�����ذلك ت����زداد مركب����ات الطاق�����ة atpمث����ل اللس����ثین المھ����م ف�����ي نق����ل االلكت����رون عب�����ر االغش����یة الخلوی����ة بوج����ود ت����زداد مق����درة ج����ذور النب����ات عل����ى امتص����اص المغ����ذیات الت����ي یحت����اج م����ن ث����مالض����روریة لالمتص����اص الحی����وي و تنق���ل بش���كل معق���د ،اذنق���ل الس���كریات ام���ا الب���ورون ف���تكمن اھمیت���ھ ف���ي عملی���ة .امتصاص���ھا ال���ى طاق���ة ومنھ���ا الفس���فور م���ن الب���ورات والس���كریات وتك���ون حرك���ة ھ���ذا المعق���د م���ن خ���الل االغش���یة الخلوی���ة اس���ھل م���ن حرك���ة جزئی���ات الس���كر ددة ، ل���ذا فانھ���ا تنق���ل العائ���دة للمركب���ات العض���ویة مث���ل الس���كریات المتع��� ohفھ���و یمی���ل لالرتب���اط بمج���امیع لوح���دھا ، لالمتص���اص الحی��وي فت���زداد كف��اءة النب���ات اً ج��زاء النب���ات وال��ى مواق���ع االمتص��اص ف���ي الج��ذور الت��ي تع���د مص��درال��ى ا , gtp بن���اءیش���ترك ف���ي ،اذة ف���ي امتص���اص عنص���ر الفس���فور الض���روري لتحلی���ل الكربوھی���درات وتحری���ر الطاق��� atp, ctp , utp ]4[ . ف���ي ع���دد الخالی���ا باالنقس���ام الخل���وي وحج���م الخالی���ا باالتس���اع الخل���وي وعلی���ھ یتطل���ب ان عملی���ة النم���و تعن���ي زی���ادة ) تش��یر ال��ى وج��ود زی��ادة معنوی��ة ف��ي محت��وى الكالس��یوم المھ��م ف��ي 8ل��ذلك ف��ان نت��ائج ج��دول ( ،م��ادة ج��دار جدی��دةبن��اء ادى ال��ى زی��ادة معنوی��ة ف��ي محت���وى ¹-لت��رملغ��م. 75بن��اء خالی��ا ج��دار الخلی��ة فعن��د رف��ع تركی��ز الزن��ك م��ن ص��فر ال��ى معنوی�����ة ف�����ي محت�����وى % للحش�����تین تتابع�����ا ، واعط�����ت النت�����ائج زی�����ادة121.42، 109.89الكالس�����یوم وبنس�����بة زی�����ادة % للحش����تین ، 148.03 ، 71.21 وبنس���بة زی����ادة ¹-لت����ر ملغ���م. 75ال����ى م���ن ص����فر الكالس���یوم بزی����ادة تركی���ز الب����ورون ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر 75زن���ك و ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر 75ام���ا الت���داخل الثن���ائي فك���ان معنوی���ا وبلغ���ت اعل���ى قیم���ة للص���فة عن���د المعامل���ة ی����ؤثر الزن����ك ف����ي نش����اط ان����زیم .لحش����ة االول����ى والثانی����ة تتابع����ال نب����ات ملغ����م. 310.44، 122.10ب����ورون وكان����ت carbonic anhydrase الموج���ود ف���ي س���تروما البالس���تیدات الخض���ر ال���ذي یس���اھم ف���ي ات���زان تفاع���ل ث���اني اوكس���ید لل����رقم اً منظم����االن����زیم یعم����ل ،اذ +hالك����اربون والم����اء مكون����ا ح����امض الكربونی����ك م����ع تحری����ر ای����ون الھی����دروجین ل����ذلك فان����ھ یعم����ل عل����ى حمای����ة البروتین����ات م����ن فق����دان حیوتھ����ا h+-pumpالم����رتبط بمض����خة phالھی����دروجیني وطبیعتھ���ا مم����ا یس����اھم ف����ي زی����ادة مق����درة غش����اء الخلی���ة النباتی����ة عل����ى امتص����اص االیون����ات المھم����ة ومنھ����ا الكالس����یوم ل تحفی����ز ان����زیم المنقس����مة الجدی����دة ال����ذي اث����ر الزن����ك ف����ي زی����ادة اقس����امھا م����ن خ����الالض����روري لبن����اء اغش����یة الخالی����ا tryptophan synthetase المس����ؤول ع����ن بن���اء ھرم����ونiaa المھ����م ف����ي انقس���ام الخالی����ا . كم����ا ی����دخل الب����ورون ل���ذلك ف���ان زی���ادة الب���ورون ت���ؤثر ف���ي مق���درة النب���ات عل���ى ،ف���ي بن���اء م���ادة البكت���ین المھم���ة ف���ي بن���اء خالی���ا ج���دار الخلی���ة ویس���اھم الكالس���یوم ف���ي تك���وین الب���روتین .]28[الكالس���یوم اتلبن���اء اغش���یة الخالی���ا وتك���وین بكت���امتص���اص الكالس���یوم ی��دعم تك��وین العق��د الجذری��ة ع��ن طری��ق تعزی��ز الت��داخل ب��ین ،اذالنب��ات زی��ادة كمی��ة النت��رات الممتص��ة م��نع��ن طری��ق ان .]31[ل���ذا ف���ان تثبی���ت النت���روجین یحت���اج ال���ى كمی���ة مناس���بة م���ن الكالس���یوم ،الرایزوبی���ا وج���ذور النبات���ات البقولی���ة اش���ارت نت���ائج ،اذزی���ادة محت���وى النب���ات م���ن النت���روجین ادى اى زی���ادة نس���بة الب���روتین ف���ي الج���زء الخض���ري للنب���ات وبنس��بة ¹-لت��ر ملغ��م. 75ال��ى م��ن ص��فر تركی��ز الزن��ك زی��ادة ف��ي نس��بة الب��روتین عن��د معنوی��ة ) بوج��ود زی��ادة9ج��دول ( عن���د رف���ع تركی���ز الب���ورون م���ن ایض���ا ة الب���روتین ف���ي نس���ب معنوی���ة و وج���ود زی���ادة تتابع���ا % للحش���تین17.13، 8.85 وك�����ان للت�����داخل ت�����اثیر االول�����ى والثانی�����ة % للحش�����تین21.89، 15.77وبنس�����بة زی�����ادة ¹-ملغ�����م. لت�����ر 75ص�����فر ال�����ى ب���ورون ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر 50زن���ك والتركی���ز ¹-لت���رملغ���م. 75بلغ���ت اعل���ى قیم���ة لنس���بة الب���روتین عن���د التركی���ز ،اذمعن���وي ول����ھ دور ،للزن����ك دور مھ����م ف����ي تح����والت عنص����ر النت����روجین لك����ال الحش����تین. ملغ����م. نب����ات 21.44، 22.19وبلغ����ت تكام���ل الوح���دات ووب���ذلك ی���زداد تثبی���ت rna –polymeraseع���ن طری���ق زی���ادة نش���اط ان���زیم rnaمھ���م ف���ي بن���اء اء وتین فض����ال ع����ن دوره ف����ي تمثی����ل ن����واتج البن����روزی����ادة بن����اء الب���� rnaالرایبوس����ومیة مم����ا ی����ؤثر ف����ي زی����ادة بن����اء الت��ي ت���رتبط م��ع بعض��ھا باواص���ر حم���اض العض��ویة ال��ى احم���اض امینی��ة الض��وئي ال��ى بروتین��ات م���ن خ��الل تحوی��ل اال 17 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ف����ي تك����وین االحم����اض النووی����ة وفعالی����ة اً تحفیزی���� اً كم����ا ان للب����ورون دور .]32[البروتین����ات بیتدی����ة لتك����وین سالس����ل rna ل��ذلك ی��ؤثر ف���ي تنظ��یم بن��اء الب���روتین م��ن خ��الل زی���ادة بن��اءmrna وربط��ھ م���عtrna م���ؤثرا ب��ذلك ف���ي ف���ي مع���دل محت���وى الكلوروفی���ل معنوی���ة ) ال���ى وج���ود زی���ادة10واش���ارت نت���ائج ج���دول ( ].4[زی���ادة بن���اء البروین���ات % و وج����ود زی����ادة 34.79وبنس����بة زی����ادة ¹-لت����ر ملغ����م. 75الكل����ي للنب����ات عن����د رف����ع تركی����ز الزن����ك م����ن ص����فر ال����ى % ، 48.16وبنس���بة زی���ادة ¹-لت���ر ملغ���م. 75تركی���ز الب���ورون م���ن ص���فر ال���ى ف���ي مع���دل الص���فة بزی���ادة ایض���ا معنوی���ة ملغ���م. 75زن���ك والتركی���ز ¹-ملغ���م. لت���ر 75واعط���ى التركی���ز اً وان الت���داخل الثن���ائي ب���ین العنص���رین ك���ان ت���اثیره معنوی��� ذل���ك ة الكلوروفی���ل ویرج���ع ئ���ی���ؤثر الزن���ك ف���ي بن���اء جزی . spad 66.03افض���ل قیم���ة للص���فة وبلغ���ت ب���ورون ¹-لت���ر ات بن���اء جزئی���ة الكلوروفی���ل مم���ا ی���ؤثر ب���ادء ل���ى احم���اض امینی���ة الت���ي تع���دلمش���اركتھ ف���ي تحوی���ل االحم���اض العض���ویة ا المس��ؤول ع���ن تنظ���یم واالن���زیم ، starch synthetaseیحف��ز نش���اط ان���زیم زی���ادة عملی���ة البن��اء الض���وئي كم���ا ف��ي ].33یؤثر في زیادة نمو النبات [مما وزیادة مركبات الطاقة pep carboxylaseالكربوھیدرات الج���داول الس���ابقة ب���ان ت���اثیر ال���رش ال���ورقي بالزن���ك والب���ورون وت���داخلھما ف���ي نب���ات الحم���ص نت���ائج نس���تنتج م���ن ك���انك��ان ل��ھ ت��اثیر معن��وي ف��ي نم��و النب��ات م��ن خ��الل تاثیرھ��ا ف��ي الفعالی��ات الحیوی��ة الت��ي ت��دعم النم��و الخض��ري كم��ا ] 34تتف��ق النت���ائج م���ع [، محت���وى العناص��ر ف���ي نس���یج النب��ات مم���ا انعك���س ایجاب��ا ف���ي نم���وه ف��ي زی���ادة امعنوی��� ھم��اتاثیر ف���ي نم���و النب���ات synergisticاً ف���ي تراكی���ز المغ���ذیات وتعاونی��� antagonistic اً ال���ذي اك���د ان تاثیرھ���ا ك���ان ت���داخلی ال���ة ح تك���وینالحال���ة الغذائی��ة للنب���ات ع���ن طری��ق زی���ادة مقدرت���ھ عل��ى امتص���اص المغ���ذیات المھم��ة و ف���يمم��ا اث���ر ایجاب��ا النباتیة. ھرموناتمن التوازن بین المغذیات وال المصادر ).محاص���یل البق���ول . جامع���ة 1990عل���ي ، حمی���د جل���وب ؛عیس���ى ، طال���ب احم���د وج���دعان ، حام���د محم���ود ( -1 110 -108العلمي ، العراق ص : بغداد، وزارة التعلیم العالي والبحث 2-ali,s. ; khan ,a.z. ;mairaj, g. ; arif , m. ; fida,m . and bibi, s. (2008) .assessment of different crop nutrient management practices for yied improvement. austr.j. crop sci. , 2(3):150-157. 3-duffy,b.(2007).zinc and plant disease .in : mineral nutrition and plant disease, datnoff,l.e. ; elmer , w.h . and huber, d.m. , eds. , 155-175. 4verma , s.k. and verma , m. (2010). a textbook of plant physiology ,bichemistry and biotechnology . 10th ed . s. chand and company, ltd., ram nagar , new delhi , india. 5becana, m.; dalton , d. a. ; moran , j.f. ; iturbe , o. i. ; matamoros , m.a. and rubio, m. c. (2000) . reactive oxygen species and antioxidants in legume nodules. physiol plant, 109:372-381. 6tavallali , v.; rahemi , m. ; eshghi , s . ; kholdebarin ,b. and ramezanian , a. (2010) .zinc alleviates salt stress and increases antioxidant enzyme activity in the leaves of pistachio (pistacia vera l. badami) seedlings. turk. j. agric. , 34: 349 -359. 7tobbal, y .f . m. (1999) . physiological studies on the effect of some micronutrients on growth and metabolism of some plants . m . sc. thesis fac.sci. al-azhar univ. egypt . 8 – mengel, k. and kirkby, e. a. (2001) . principles of plant nutrition. kluwer academic publishers. 9 – taiz , l. and zeiger, e. (2009). a companion to plant physiology , boron functions in plants : looking beyond the cell wall. 5th ed. , reated by sinauer associates inc. 10 – bolanos ,l. ; cebrian, a. ; redondo – nieto , m. ; rivilla , r. and bonilla , i.(2001). lectin – like glycoprotein psnlec -1 is not correctly glycosylated and targeted in brorm deficient pea nodules. mol. plant microbe interact. , 14:663-670 . 11 – chen, x. ; schauder, s. ; potier, n. ; van dorsselaer, a. ; peiczer, i. ; bassier , b. l. and hughson , f. m. (2002). structural identification of a bacterial quorum – sensing signal containing boron . nature , 415: 545549. 12 – dzondo – gadet, m. ; mayap-nzietchueng , r. ; hess, k. ; nabet, p. ; belleville, f. and dousset, b.(2002). action of boron at the molecular level effects on transcription and translation in an acellular system.j. biol. trace element res. , 85:23-33. 13 – wissuwa, m. ; ismail, a. a. and graham, r. d.(2008). rice grain zinc concentrations as affected by genotype native soil – zinc availability and zinc fertilization.plant and soil ,306:37-48. 18 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 14 – mahmoud, m. s. ; el – sayed, f. a. ; el – nour, a. ; aly , e. a. m. and mohamed, a. k. (2006) . boron nitrogen interaction effect on growth and yield of faba bean plants grown under sandy soil conditions. international j. of agric .res. , 1(4): 322-330. 15-sharaf, a. e. m. ; farghal ,i.i.and sofy, m. r. (2009) .response of broad bean and lupin plant to foliar treatment with boron and zinc . australian j.of basic and applied sciences, 3(3) : 2226-2231. ) ت�اثیر التغذی�ة الورقی�ة ف�ي حاص�ل 2001لھمود، احمد محمد و الكواز ، غازي مجید ( ؛ ابو ضاحي ، یوسف محمد 16 .138 -122) : 1( 1، الذرة الصفراء ومكوناتھ . المجلة العراقیة لعلوم التربة 17bray , r. h. (1948). requirements for successful soi tests. soil sci. , 66: 8389. 18petrusewicz , k. and macfaydan , a.(1970). productivity of terrestrial laminals. principles and methods . ibp , handbook, 13, blak well , oxford. 19agiza , a. h. ; el-hineidy , m.t. and ibrahim , m. e. (1960) . the deter mination of the ifferent fractions of phosphorus in plant and soil. bull. fao . agric. cairo univ., 121 20-chapman , h. d. and pratt , f. p. (1961) . methods of analysis for soils,plants and water. univ. calif. div. agr. sci. , 161-170 . 21matt , k. j. (1970) . colorimetric determination of phosphorus in soil andplant materials with ascorbic acid. soil sci. , 109:214-220 . 22wimberly , n . w. (1968) . the analysis of agriculture material . maff. tech. bull. , london . 23schaffelen , a. c. a. and vanschauwenbury , j. c. h. (1960) . quick tests for soil and plant analysis used by small laboratories . neth. j. agric. sci., 9:2-16 . 24little , t. m. and hills , f. j. (1978) . agricultural experimentation design and analysis . john wiley and sons , new york . .189 -188ص : دولة قطر كلیة العلوم ، جامعة قطر ، .) . اساسیات فسیولوجیا النبات2001یاسین ، بسام طھ ( -25 26dordas , c . and brown , h. (2001). permeability and the mechanism of transport of boric acid cross the plasma membrane of xenopus laevis oocytes . j. biological trace element research , 81: 127-139. لنبات . جامع�ة بغ�داد ، وزارة التعل�یم الع�الي ) . دلیل تغذیة ا1988ابو ضاحي ، یوسف محمد و الیونس ، مؤید احمد ( -27 والبحث العلمي، العراق . 28jain , v. k. (2011). fundamentals of plant physiology. 13 th ed . , s. chand and company. ltd. , ram nagar, new delhi , india. 29sharma , p.n. ; kumar , n. and bisht, s.s. (1994) .effect of zinc deficiency on chlorophyll content, photosynthesis and water relations of cauliflower plants. photosynthetica , 30:353359. 30bolanos, l. ; lukaszewski, ; bonilla, i. and blevins, d. (2004). why boron ? plant physiology and biochem. , 42:907-912. 31redondo – nieto , m. ; wilmot, a. ; el – hamdaoui, a. ; bonilla, i. and bolanos, l. (2003) . relationship between boron and calcium in the n2 –fixing legumerhizobia symbiosis. plant cell environm. , 26 :1905 -1915. 32marschner, h. (1995). mineral nutrition of higher plants.2nd ed. academic press. 33barker, a. v. and pilbeam , d. j. (2007) . handbook of plant nutrition . 10th ed. , taylor and francis growp, baco raton, london, new york. 34hosseini, s. m. ; maftoun, m. ; karimian, n. ; rounaghi , a. and emam, y. (2007) . effect of zinc x boron interaction on plant growth and tissue nutrient concentration of corn . j. plant nutr. , 30: 773781. ) تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في الوزن الجاف (غم) لنبات الحمص1(رقم جدول 19 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 كیزكبریتات الزنكتر ¹-ملغم . لتر المعدل ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم . لتر 0 25 50 75 0 1.03 1.75 1.85 2.05 1.67 50 2.08 2.35 2.45 2.55 2.36 75 2.21 2.65 3.44 3.70 3.00 2.77 2.58 2.25 1.77 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.315التداخل = 0.182بوریك = التركیز حامض 0.157كبریتات الزنك = تركیز لنبات الحمص ¹-) تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في عدد التفرعات . نبات2(رقم جدول تركیزكبریتات الزنك ¹-ملغم . لتر المعدل ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم . لتر 0 25 50 75 0 1.75 2.75 3.00 3.84 2.84 50 2.83 4.00 4.38 6.00 4.30 75 4.25 5.62 6.00 8.75 6.16 6.20 4.46 4.12 2.94 المعدل lsd(0.05) 1.563التداخل = 0.902تركیز حامض البوریك = 0.781یتات الزنك= تركیز كبر لنبات الحمص ¹-) تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في عدد االزھار .نبات3جدول( كبریتات الزنكتركیز ¹-ملغم . لتر المعدل ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم . لتر 0 25 50 75 0 2.40 4.15 5.00 6.98 4.63 50 3.12 5.63 6.00 8.50 5.81 75 5.63 6.38 8.83 10.25 7.77 8.58 6.61 5.39 3.72 المعدل lsd (0.0 5) 1.468التداخل = 0.848تركیز حامض البوریك = 0.734یتات الزنك= تركیز كبر ) تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في الكفاءة النسبیة للسماد % لنبات الحمص4(رقم جدول تركیزكبریتات الزنك ¹-ملغم . لتر المعدل ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم . لتر 0 25 50 75 0 0.00 69.97 79.36 99.14 62.12 50 102.09 128.12 137.84 147.34 128.85 75 114.74 157.25 233.53 259.20 191.18 168.56 150.24 118.45 72.28 المعدل lsd (0.05) 10.081التداخل = 5.820تركیز حامض البوریك = 5.040تات الزنك= تركیز كبری لنبات الحمص (غم . نبات) تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في القیمة االنتاجیة الثانویة) تأثیر 5(رقم جدول الزنككبریتات تركیز ¹-ملغم . لتر المعدل ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم . لتر 0 25 50 75 20 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 0 5.80 8.44 11.72 13.00 9.74 50 6.08 15.40 15.44 23.88 15.20 75 12.92 20.80 21.12 25.00 19.96 20.63 16.09 14.88 8.27 المعدل lsd (0.05) 1.163التداخل = 0.672تركیز حامض البوریك = 0.582 یتات الزنك= تركیز كبر )تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في محتوى النتروجین (ملغم .نبات)في الجزء الخضري لنبات الحمص6(رقم جدول ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم. لتر زتركی كبریتات الزنك ¹-ملغم.لتر h1-58 h2-82 المعدل 75 50 25 0 المعدل 75 50 25 0 0 29.25 50.75 61.42 70.73 53.04 59.02 100.75 142.45 163.78 116.50 50 61.98 75.44 84.77 88.74 77.73 95.40 190.96 202.55 276.05 191.24 75 70.50 89.57 122.12 129.50 102.92 160.48 248.85 299.10 338.30 261.68 259.38 214.70 180.19 104.97 96.32 89.44 71.92 53.91 المعدل lsd (0.05) 3.267 = كت الزنیز كبریتاترك 3.772تركیز حامض البوریك = 6.533التداخل= 4.464تركیز كبریتات الزنك= 5.155تركیز حامض البوریك= 8.929التداخل= تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في محتوى الفسفور (ملغم .نبات)في الجزء الخضري لنبات الحمص )7(رقم جدول ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم. لتر زتركی كبریتات الزنك ¹-ملغم.لتر h1-58 h2-82 المعدل 75 50 25 0 المعدل 75 50 25 0 0 2.66 4.78 5.83 6.56 4.96 5.78 9.11 11.42 13.30 9.90 50 5.82 6.70 7.79 8.24 7.14 8.60 15.07 15.71 21.73 15.28 75 6.65 8.24 11.21 11.99 9.52 13.55 19.63 22.76 25.87 20.45 20.30 16.63 14.60 9.31 8.93 8.28 6.57 5.04 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.113 تركیز كبریتات الزنك= 0.130تركیز حامض البوریك = 0.226التداخل= 0.389تركیز كبریتات الزنك= 0.449تركیز حامض البوریك= 0.777التداخل= .نبات)في الجزء الخضري لنبات الحمص)تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في محتوى الكالسیوم (ملغم 8(رقم جدول ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم. لتر زتركی كبریتات الزنك ¹-ملغم.لتر h1-58 h2-82 المعدل 75 50 25 0 المعدل 75 50 25 0 0 24.51 46.90 54.58 62.53 47.13 54.06 99.97 137.66 158.47 112.54 50 60.11 72.85 78.40 82.11 73.37 84.60 179.18 194.98 264.97 180.93 75 71.16 87.20 115.24 122.10 98.92 157.22 245.71 283.40 310.44 249.19 244.63 205.35 174.95 98.63 88.91 82.74 68.98 51.93 المعدل lsd (0.05) 1.130 تركیز كبریتات الزنك= 1.305تركیز حامض البوریك = 2.152تركیز كبریتات الزنك= 2.485تركیز حامض البوریك= 21 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 2.260التداخل= 4.303التداخل= في الجزء الخضري لنبات الحمص % )تأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما في نسبة البروتین9( رقم جدول ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم. لتر زتركی كبریتات الزنك ¹-ملغم.لتر h1-58 h2-82 المعدل 75 50 25 0 المعدل 75 50 25 0 0 17.75 18.13 20.76 21.57 19.55 14.88 16.32 18.63 19.32 17.28 50 18.63 20.06 21.63 21.76 20.52 16.57 19.26 20.07 20.25 19.03 75 19.91 21.13 22.19 21.88 21.28 18.44 19.82 21.44 21.25 20.24 20.27 20.04 18.46 16.63 21.73 21.52 19.77 18.77 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.330 تركیز كبریتات الزنك= 0.381تركیز حامض البوریك = 0.659التداخل= 0.445تركیز كبریتات الزنك= 0.514تركیز حامض البوریك= 0.890التداخل= في الجزء الخضري ) spad( وروفیل الكليلالك في محتوىتأثیر تراكیز الزنك والبورون وتداخلھما )10(رقم جدول لنبات الحمص تركیز كبریتات الزنك ¹-ملغم . لتر المعدل ¹-تركیز حامض البوریك ملغم . لتر 0 25 50 75 0 29.50 47.93 51.10 51.25 44.95 50 39.40 56.87 54.95 61.75 53.24 75 51.95 59.48 64.89 66.03 60.59 59.68 56.98 54.76 40.28 المعدل lsd (0.05) = 1.949تركیز حامض البوریك = 1.688 تركیز كبریتات الزنك =3.376 22 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 role of foliar nutrition with zinc and boron on some growth parameters of chickpea plant (cicer arietinum l.). amel gh. m. al –kazzaz dept. of biology , college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) , university of baghdad received in 23/january/2014 , accepted in : 18/march/2014 abstract the experiment was carried out in the wooden canopy in the green garden of biology department , college of education for pure science – ibn al –haitham, baghdad university, during the growing season of 20122013 , to study the influence of foliar application of three concentrations of zinc (0,50,75)mg. l ¯¹ with four concentrations of boron (0, 25, 50, 75) mg. l¯¹ and their interactions on some growth parameters of vegetative part of chickpea plant. the experiment was designed according to randomized completely block design(rcbd)with three replications, results indicated that: 1foliar application of zinc and boron caused a significant increase in the averaye of dry weight for the first harvest, no. of branches. plant¯¹, no. of flowers . plant¯¹ , the relative efficiency of fertilizer for the first harvest , the secondary productivity , the content of each nitrogen , phosphorus and calcium for the both harvests , percentage of protein for the both harvests and the content of total chlorophyll, compared with the control . 2the interaction effect between the two elements was significant in the growth parameters and superiority of the treatment 75 mg . l¯¹ zinc and 75 mg. l¯¹ boron in giving the best value. keywords : foliar nutrition, zinc, boron ,chickpea 23 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 structural and electrical properties dependence on annealing temperature of a-ge:sb/c-si heterojunction a. a.shehab, h. kh.al-lamy*, and m. h.mustafa departme nt of physics, college of education i bn al hathaim ,unive rsity of baghdad * de partment of physics, college of science ,unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in june 9 2010 accepted in june 30 2010 abstract in this work, we are study the effect of annealin g temp erature on the st ructure of a-ge films dop ed with sb and the electrical p rop erties of a-ge:sb /csi heterojunction fabr icated by deposition of a-ge:sb film on c-si by using thermal evap oration. electrical p rop erties of age:sb/c-si heterojunction include iv characteristics in dark at different annealing temp eratures and c-v characterist ics and with the c-v characterist ics suggest that the fabricated heterojunction was abrupt type, built in p otential determin ed by extrapolation from 1/c 2 -v curve and show that t he built inp otential (vbi) for the ge:sb /si sy stem increases with the increase of ann ealing temp eratures. introduction iv-vi semiconductors are commonly considered to be p romising materials for optoelectronic, thermoelectric[1], and other iv-vi lay ers (chalco genid es) on si substrates applications in the ( inexp ensive, st able material, high efficien cy p hotovoltaic solar cell, bipolar, transistors, p hoto sensors, integrated circuit, infrared d etectors, infrared light emitt ing diodes and electro p hotographic)[2,3,4,5]. there has been a rapidly growing interest in the p hy sical p rop erties of amorp hous semiconductors such as si, ge. one r eason for this is the extensive background knowledge and understanding of the cryst alline material. the other reason is that bein g elemental; they lack co mpositional disorder [6]. the p reliminary results of structural and electrical p rop erties of this alloy film have been p resented. experime ntal work subst rates of p -type single cryst al si wafers of r esistivity (3-5) ohm-cm and orientation(111) was used in the p resent study . after the division of these wafers into small p ieces (typically 0.8cm x 0.6cm in size), si wafer was immersed and stirred in a chemical solution consists of 3ml hno3 1ml h2o for (1 3) minutes. were cleaned ultrasonically by dipping in d istilled water, acetone and isop ropy l alcohol alternately. aft er cleaning, the samples were oxidized in dry oxy gen [7]. the films of a-ge:sb wer e p repared by thermal evap oration in vacuum of the order of 10 -5 torr, the r ate of evap oration was equal to 9.43a/sec, onto clean silicon mirror-like side substrates at room temp erature (~300k). the average thicknesses of t he deposits were determined by microbalance method. the maximu m error in the determination of thickness was of the order of 10% estimated for the thinnest films (ge:sb/si films of thickness equals t o 0.5 μm).ohmic contacts of t he electrical ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 p rop erties of ge:sb/si heterojunction, aluminum [8] were evap orated on the silicon side and ge:sb /si side. theoretical part heterojunction is contacts, with interesting electrical or electroop tical p rop erties, between two different materials .t hey will therefor e be the sites, in gener al, of discontinuities in all the si gnificant semiconductor p arameters: energy gap , work function , lattice parameter , and effective mass[9]. the exp ression for the junction cap acitance p er unit area of an abrupt anisotyp e heterojunction can be written as [10].   21 ad 21 ppnn pnpn )vv( nn2 nnq a c             ……………………………………..(1) where nn and np are the donor and accep tor concentrations resp ectively, n and p are the dielectric constant of n and p -type semiconductor resp ectively, vd is the built-in junction p otential, v is the ap p lied voltage, and a is t he area of the junction. from p lots of the relation between the forward current and bias voltage, the ideality factor (β) can be determined by the relation [11]:        s fb i i ln v tk q ............................................................................................... (2) where v is the forward bias voltage, if is the forward bias current, kb is the boltzmann's constant, t is the absolute temp erature, q is charge of electron and is saturation current. from current-voltage measurements we can determin e the p otential barrier height ( b) which can be determined by the relation: js = a * t 2 exp (-qb/kbt)............................................................................................ (3) where a* is the effective r ichardson constant. result and discussion xrd analysis xray diffraction (xrd) studies have been carried out to identify the ge phase present in the film. fig.1 shows that xrd p attern recorded on ge film, coated on slide glass substrate. the structural of film is a morphous. i-v characteristics under dark one of the imp ortant p arameters of a heterojunction measurement is the current-voltage characterist ic which exp lains the behavior of the resultant current with the app lied forward and reverse bias voltage. fig. (2) shows t hat i-v characterist ic for a-ge:sb/c-si heterojunction at forward and reverse bias voltage at r.t and different annealing temp eratures (373,423.473)k. this result is in agreement with chik et al[12] when thickness of films equals to 0.5 μm. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 we observed that the current increases slightly with the increase of annealing temp eratures because the increases of temp eratures cause a rearrangement of the interface atoms and reducethe dangling bond, surface st ates and dislocation at interface lay er between a-ge:sb and c-si which leads to the improvement of t he junction characterist ics . also, we can notice from table (1) that the value of the ideality factor and p otential barrier height increases but saturation current decreases with the increase of annealing temp erature. this behavior att ributed to the improvement of cry st al st ructure at interface lay er ,also t he reduction of dangling bonds as well as the density of st ates in a-ge:sb. c-v characteristics the junction cap acitance variations as a function of the reverse bias (0 – 1.2) volt at frequency equal to 100khz has been st udied, for a-ge:sb/c-si heterojunction at different thicknesses of ge:sb lay er and annealing temp eratures are showed in fig. (3). it is clear that the cap acitance decreases with the increase of the reverse bias voltage and annealing temp erature. this result is confirmed by equation (1) and the decreae was nonlinear as shown in fig. (3). we can observe from table (2), that the cap acitance at zero bias voltage (co) decreases with the increasing of the annealing temp eratures for a-ge:sb/c-si junctions and this behavior is due to the surface st ates which leads to an increase in the dep letion lay er and a decrease of the capacitance. the inverse capacitance squar e is p lott ed against applied reverse bias voltage for age:sb/c-si heterojunction at different annealing temp eratures as shown in fig. (4). the p lots revealed st raight line relationship which means that the junction was of an abrupt ty p e. the intercep tion of the st raight line with t he voltage axis at (1/c 2 = 0), rep resents the built-in p otential. we can see from table (2) and that the variation of built-in p otential (vbi) from 0.589 to 0.893 volt when annealing temp eratures changes from room temp erature to 473 k. conclusion we get fro m the st udy the effect of annealing temp erature on the structure of ge:sb and electrical p rop erties of n-ge:sb/p-si heterojunction the junction is abrup t type and the built in p otential (vbi.) for the n-ge:sb/p-si sy st em was found to increase with the increase of annealin g temp erature. re ferences 1. ietal, r. e.; tavrina,t. v. ;us,m .; dresselhaus, m . s.; cronin,s. b. and rabin,o. (2002), quantum size effects in iv-vi quantum wells, phy sica. 2. satio,n.; aoki,k.; sannomiy a, h. and yamagu chi,t. (1984),thin solid fi lms, 115 ,253. 3. rudder,r.; cook, j. and lucovsy ,g. (1985),j. vac. sci. tech. , v. a3 ,567 . 4. m alinovska,d. ; nedial kova ,l. and kudoy arova,v. (1993), solar ener. m ater. and solar cells, v.30, 27. 5. sinha,a. ; a garwal, p. ; kumar,s.; a garwal, s. ; di xit,p.; panwar,o. ; seth ,t. and bhatt acharyya, r. (1993) ,p hy s. of semi. dev. p. 595. 6. m ott ,n. f. and davis, e.a. (1979) , e lectronic processes in non-cry st alline m aterials, 2 nd ed. university press oxford. 7. holmes, p.j. (1962) ,t he electrochemistry of semiconductors, academic press, new york. 8. etal,o. a. a. (1994) , the nature of some contacts (al, in, ge, sb and bi) to selenium films, t r. j. of phy sics, 18, 727-733. 9. holt, d. (1966), j.phy s.chem.solids,27, 1050 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 10. sharma, b. l.; purohit r.k. and m ukerjee, s.n. (1970) , infrared phy sics, 10, 225-231, p ergamon p ress, p rinted in great britain. 11. m ilnes,a. g. and feucht,d. l. (1972), heterojunctions and m etal-semiconductor junctions, academic press, new york . 12. seager,c.h. ; knot er m .l. and clark, a.h. (1974) , amorp hous and liquid semiconductors", proceedings of the fifth international conference on amorp hous and liquid semiconductors, taylor and francis ltd-london. table (1): value s of ideality factor (β), saturation current (is) and potenti al barrier he ight (фb) for a-ge:s b/c-s i he terojunction with different thi ckne sses and annealing temperatures. ta (k)  is (μa) фb(ev) r.t 1.591 0.0104 0.344 373 1.621 0.0096 0.345 423 1.627 0.0085 0.347 473 1.695 0.0067 0.352 table (2): value s of co and vbi for a-ge:s b/c-s i he terojunction with different thicknesses and anne aling te mperatures. ta (k) co (pf) vbi ( volt) r.t 18.1 0.589 373 16.11 0.667 423 11.88 0.727 473 10.19 0.893 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 (a) (b) fig.(1): x-ray diffraction of a-ge films at (a) ta =r.t (b) ta =473k t=0.5mm -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 v(volt) i( m a ) r t 3 73 k 4 23 k 4 73 k fig. (2): i-v characteristi cs in the dark for a-ge:s b/c-si heterojunction at forward and reverse bias voltage at different annealing temperatures ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 t=0.5mm 6 10 14 18 22 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 v (volt) c (p f ) rt 373 k 423 k 473 k fig. (3): the variati on of capacitance versus reverses bias voltage for a-ge:s b/c-s i he terojunction for different annealing temperatures fig.(4): the variati on of 1/c 2 versus reverses bias voltage for a-ge:s b/csi he terojunction at diffe rent annealing temperatures 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة الهجیني على التلدین للمفرق التركیبیة والكهربائیة الخواصاعتماد a-ge:sb/c-si محمد حامد مصطفى، *حسین خزعل الالمي.د، علیة عبدالمحسن شهاب جامعة بغداد،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم،قسم الفیزیاء جامعة بغداد،كلیةالعلوم،قسم الفیزیاء* 2010حزیران 9استلم البحث في 2010حزیران 30قبل البحث في الخالصة والخـــواص sbب المطعمـــة a-geالخـــواص التركیبیـــة الغشـــیة فـــي البحـــث دراس تـــأثیر التلـــدین فـــي هـــذا بطریقـــة التبخیـــر الحـــراري علـــى a-ge:sbالنـــاتج مـــن ترســـیب a-ge:sb/c-siألهجینـــي الكهربائیــة للمفـــرق فولتیـة فـي حالـة الظـالم وبـدرجات تلـدین مختلفــة –تتضـمن خصـائص التیـارالخـواص الكهربائیـة للمفـرق الهجینـي .السـلیكون فولتیة تبین ان المفـرق الهجینـي كـان مـن النـوع المنحـدر وان جهـد –سعة ومن خصائص .فولتیة –وخصائص سعة درجــات یــزداد بزیـادة الفولتیـة ومقلــوب مربـع الســعة وتبـین ان جهــد البنـاء للمفــرق الهجینـي البنـاء تـم تحدیــده مـن منحنــي .حرارة التلدین influence of the annealing temperature on optical properties of (cuinse2) thin films influence of the annealing temperature on optical properties of (cuinse2) thin films sabah a. salman muhammad h. abdalah dept. of physics/college of science/university of diyala received in : 28 november 2012 , accepted in : 25 february 2013 abstract the influence of annealing temperature on the optical properties of (cuinse2) thin films was studied. thermal evaporation in vacuum technique has been used for films deposited on glass substrates, these films were annealed in vacuum at (100c°, 200c°) for (2 hours). the optical properties were studied in the range (300-900) nm. the obtained results revealed a reduction in energy band gap with annealing temperature . optical parameters such as reflectance, refractive index, extinction coefficient, real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant, skin depth and optical conductivity are investigated before and after annealing. it was found that all these parameters were affected by annealing temperature. key words: cuinse2 thin films, optical properties, vacuum thermal evaporation, annealing temperature. 179 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction semiconducting thin films have been extensively studied for a long time due to their significant role in modern science and technology. cuinse2 (cis) semiconductor thin film has recently received much attention as an absorber layer in solar cells owing to its excellent optical and semiconducting properties[1]. it has a direct band gap around (1.0 ev), high optical absorption coefficient (>105 cm-1) [2,3], and reasonable work function, high long-term stability and largest efficiency in solar cell applications[4], photo detectors and light emitting diodes[5]. in order to meet the cost-effective large area requirement for cuinse2 production, there is continuous research into new processing techniques which are favourable for large scale deployment[6]. the most common methods for preparing of cis thin films on glass substrates are sputtering, molecular beam epitaxy (mbe) and electrodeposition (ed) [7]. in this work, the optical properties of (cis) thin films was studied extensively at two different annealing temperatures. experimental details copper indium diselenide thin films have been deposited by using thermal evaporation in vacuum technique (10-6 torr) on to well cleaned glass substrates by using ultrasonic path. the weighed high purity (99.999 %) elemental copper, indium and selenium are taken in a pure cleaned quartz ampoule of diameter (10 mm) and length (65 mm) under vacuum. using a cuinse2 ingot as the source material. the elements for the ingot were mixed and sealed in quartz ampoules under vacuum. the ampoules were heated at temperature (1200 c°) over (24 hours), and then cooled to room temperature. the thickness of the films was measured by using the weight methods. the accuracy of thickness measurements was (200 nm). these films were annealed in vacuum at (100c°, 200c°) for (2 hours). optical transmission spectra of cuinse2 films have been recorded from (300 nm) to (900 nm) wavelength using a double beam (uv/vis) (shimadzu corporation japan) at room temperature. results and discussions fig. (1) shows the spectral distribution of transmittance for the as deposited and annealed cuinse2 films at (100c°, 200c°) for (2 hours), in the wavelength range (300-900) nm. in the spectral region, transmittance of annealed films at (200 c°) is lower than that for as deposited and annealed films at (100 c°). decreasing the transmittance for cuinse2 might be due to increase scattering of photons by crystal defects, and the free carrier absorption of photons contributed to the reduction in optical transmittance, or might be due to increase of the crystallite size. the increased roughness of the annealed thin films contributed to the drastic decrease of optical transmittance [8], from this figure it is observed that the transmittance decreases at the low wavelength region, which is the spectral region of fundamental absorption, in this region the incoming photons have sufficient energy to excite electrons from the valence band to the conduction band and thus these photons are absorbed within the material to decrease the transmittance. for this reason, this region carries the information of the band gap of the material [7]. fig. (2) shows the reflectance spectrum of as prepared cuinse2 films and the films annealed .the reflectance after annealing became lower than that before annealing. the following relation could be used for calculating the absorption coefficient (α) [9]: (1) t aοα 303.2 = 180 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 where (a°) is the absorbance and (t) is the film thickness. fig. (3) shows the absorption coefficient (α) of annealed by two temperatures (100 c°, 200 c°) and as deposited cuinse2 films versus wavelength, all films show higher absorption on the shorter wavelength side (α >104 cm-1). from this figure α (annealed films at 200 c°) > α (annealed films at 100 c°) > α (films as deposited), this might be attributed to the increase of defect states which leads to increase absorption coefficient. absorption of photons creates electron-hole pairs. in turn, the field of such pairs may modify the electronic structure and hence of optical properties of cuinse2 films [10]. the energy band gaps of these films were calculated with the help of the absorption spectra. to determinate of the energy band gap, we plotted (αhf) 2 versus photon energy using the relation [11] : (2) n gehfbhf )( −=α in which (b) is a constant, (eg) is the energy band gap and (n) is the (½) and (2) for the allowed transition being direct and indirect, respectively . fig. (4) shows a plot of (αhf)2 as a function of photon energy. the energy band gap was shifted from (1.35 ev) to (1.33 ev) and (1.312 ev) due to annealing. this may be the cause for the increase in band tail width, and then decreases energy band gap. and the fig. (5) shows the relation between energy band gap (eg) and annealing temperature for cuinse2 films. refractive index (n°) is one of the fundamental properties for an optical material , because it is closely related to the electronic polarizability of ions and the local field inside materials. the refractive index (n°) is related to the optical reflectance (r) by the following relation [12] : (3)         − + −      − − = °° 1 1 )1( 4 2/1 2 r r k r r n where (k°) is the extinction coefficient. the behavior of refractive index is nearly similar to the reflectance, we can observe from fig. (6) the refractive index (n°) decreases with annealing temperature. the extinction coefficient (k°) is directly proportional to the absorption coefficient (α) by using the relation [13]: (4) π λα 4 =°k where (λ) is the wavelength of the incident photon. fig. (7) shows the variation in extinction coefficient (k°) as a function of the wavelength, it can be noticed that the extinction coefficient increases with annealing temperature. the variation of the real (εr) and imaginary (εi) parts of the dielectric constant values versus wavelength for cuinse2 films before and after annealing are shown in fig. (8) and fig. (9). the behavior of real (εr) part of the dielectric constant is similar to that of refractive index (n°) because the smaller value of ( k°2) compared with (n°2) [14] : 181 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (5) εr = n°2-k°2 while the imaginary (εi) part of the dielectric constant mainly depends on the extinction coefficient (k°) values, which are related to the variation of absorption coefficient [14]: (6) εi =2n° k° the real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant indicate the same pattern and the values of real part are higher than imaginary part [15]. it is useful to define a characteristic ‘‘skin’’ thickness that is subjected to an appreciable density of optical energy. the skin depth (χ) can be determined by using the relation [16]: (7) °κ = π λ χ 2 fig. (10) shows the variation of skin depth (χ) as a function of wavelength for cuinse2 films. at wavelength shorter than (700 nm), the skin depth for three films has approximately the same values, this might be due to equal probability of absorption at this spectral region. at wavelengths greater than (700 nm), the reduction in amplitude occurs after passing a larger distance, then the skin depth will be large. the skin depth decreases with annealing temperature ,this might be due to increase the probability of absorption as the annealing temperature increase . the optical conductivity (σ) of the films depends directly on the wavelength (λ) and absorption coefficient (α2 ). with the aid of the drude formula [17]: (8) σ = [ α 2 c εo λ / 4π ] where (c) is the velocity of light, (εo) is the permittivity of free space (εo = 8.85 x 10-12 c/n.m2) fig. (11) shows the variation of optical conductivity (σ) as a function of wavelength for cuinse2 films. from the curves, the effect of annealing temperature is increasing of optical conductivity. under wavelength (700 nm), high absorption of thin film behavior is due to the photon-atom interaction leading to higher carrier concentration. this effect increases the optical conductivity [18]. conclusions cuinse2 thin films have been prepared successfully by thermal evaporation in vacuum technique. it was found that the annealing temperature is an important role in the evolution of cuinse2 properties. the heat treatment changes the optical properties under investigation in this study. the results show that the (eg) is (1.35 ev) before annealing and (1.33 ev) after annealing in (100 c°) and (1.312 ev) after annealing in (200 c°). the film annealed at (200 c°) is a good optical properties (lower transmittance, reflectance, energy band gap, refractive index, real part of the dielectric constant and skin depth, and a larger absorption coefficient, extinction coefficient, imaginary part of the 182 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 dielectric constant and optical conductivity), it can be used as an absorber layer in the fabrication of thin film solar cells. references 1. prabahar, s.;balasubramanin, v.;suryanarayanan, n. and muthukumarasamy, n. (2010) optical properties of copper indium diselenide thin films" , chalcogenide letters , 7(1) : 49–58. 2. ruthe, d. ;zimmer, k. and hoche, t. (2005) etching of cuinse2 thin films comparison of femtosecond and picosecond laser ablation , applied surface science , 247 , 447– 452. 3. rabeh, m. b. ,kanzari, m. and rezig, b. (2009) effect of zinc incorporation in cuinse2 thin films grown by vacuum evaporation method , acta physica polonica a , 115 (3) :699-703. 4. adurodija, f. o.; song, j. and kim, s. d. (1999) growth of cuinse2 thin films by high vapour se treatment of co-sputtered cu-in alloy in a graphite container , thin solid films , 338 , 13-19. 5. diaz, r. (1988) preparation and some semiconducting properties of cuin(sexte1-x)2 thin films grown by thermal evaporation , photovoltaic solar energy conference , 2 , 1075-1082. 6. bouraiou, a. ;aida, m.s. ;mosbah, a. and attaf, n. (2009) annealing time effect on the properties of cuinse2 grown by electrodeposition using two electrodes system , brazilian journal of physics , 39(3) :543-546. 7. huang, c.j. ;meen, t.h. ;lai, m.y. and chen, w.r. (2004) formation of cuinse2 thin films on flexible substrates by electrodeposition (ed) technique , solar energy materials & solar cells , 82 , 553–565. 8. tigau, n.;,ciupin, v.; prodan, g.;rusu ,g. i.;gheorghies, c. and vasile, e. (2003) structural, optical and electrical properties of sb2o3 thin films with different thickness , optoelectronics advance materials , 8 (1) :37-42. 9. luis, m. a. s. (2006) thesis , study of structural, electrical, optical and magnetic properties of zno based films produced by magnetron sputtering , university of puerto rico. 10. afaf a.-a. , bahiga a.-h.m. and hoda m. , eissa3 (2005) "some physical properties of irradiated gex(as2te3)100 x chalcogenide system" , turk j. phys , 29 , 223-232. 11. pattar j. , sawant s. n. , nagaraja m. and shashank n. (2009) "structural optical and electrical properties of vacuum evaporated indium doped zinc telluride thin films" , int. j. electrochem. sci. 4 , 369-376. 12. vgwu e. i. and onah d. u. (2007) optical characteristics of chemical bath deposited cds thin films characteristics within uv, visible and nir radiation , the pacific journal of science and technology , 8(1) :155-161. 13. alnaimi s.m. and al-dileamy m.n. (2007) "determination of the optical constants of cadmium stannate (cd2sno4) films" , international journal of pure and applied physics , 3 (1) :30–39. 14. shokr, e. k. and wakkad, m. m. (1992) effect of laser irradiation on the optical properties of amorphous se96-xte4gax thin films , mater j. sci. 27 , 1197-1204. 15. pal u. , gonzalez r. s. , montes g. m. , jimenez m. g. , vidal m. a. and torres s. (1997) optical characterization of vacuum evaporated cadmium sulfide films" , thin solid films , 305 , (1-2) , 345-350. 16. eloy, j. f. (1984) power lasers , national school of physics , grenoble , france , john wiley & sons, 59 , (3). 17. allen, m. v. and blatter a. (1998) physical properties and applications , laser beam interaction with materials, 2edition , springer. 183 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 184 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 18. ali, j. a.-j. (2007) thesis , studying the effect of molarity on the physical and sensing properties of zinc oxide thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis technique , university of technology , baghdad. figure no. (1) : optical transmittance (t%) versus wavelength for cuinse2 films 185 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (2) : reflectance (r) versus wavelength for cuinse2 films figure no. (3) : absorption coefficient (α) versus wavelength for cuinse2 films figure no. (4) : energy band gap (eg) versus photon energy for cuinse2 films 186 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (5) : energy band gap (eg) versus annealing temperature for cuinse2 films. figure no. (6) : refractive index (n°) versus wavelength for cuinse2 films 187 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (7) : extinction coefficient (k°) versus wavelength for cuinse2 films. figure no. (8) : real (εr) part of the dielectric constant versus wavelength for cuinse2 films. 188 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (9) : imaginary (εi) part of the dielectric constant versus wavelength for cuinse2 films figure no. (10) : skin depth (x) versus wavelength for cuinse2 films. 189 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (11) : optical conductivity (σ) versus wavelength for cuinse2 films . الرقیقة (cuinse2)الخصائص البصریة ألغشیة فيتأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین صباح أنور سلمان محمد حمید عبد هللا جامعة دیالى /كلیة العلوم /قسم الفیزیاء 2013شباط 25، قبل البحث في 2012تشرین الثاني 28استلم البحث في : الخالصة طریق��ة التبخی��ر .ت��م دراس��تھالرقیق��ة (cuinse2)البص��ریة ألغش��یة ص��ائصالخ ف��يت��أثیر درج��ة ح��رارة التل��دین إن الفراغ ـفي دنت ــــــة لـــــــــــــعلى قواعد زجاجیة. ھذه األغشی الحراري في الفراغ استخدمت في تحضیر األغشیة الرقیقة nm (900-300) . البصریة بمدى صائصمدة ساعتین . درست الخ (°c°,100 c 200)ي حرارة ــــــــبدرجت المعلمات البصریة مث�ل االنعكاس�یة، معام�ل االنكس�ار، .بدرجة حرارة التلدین تتأثرفجوة الطاقة إن المستحصلةبینت النتائج . وج�د وبع�ده حسبت قب�ل التل�دین ، عمق االختراق والتوصیلیة الضوئیةالحقیقي والخیالي بجزئیھ معامل الخمود، ثابت العزل تأثرت بدرجة حرارة التلدین.قد كافة أن ھذه المعلمات اص البصریة ، التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ ، درجة حرارة، الخو أغشیة الكلمات المفتاحیة : (cuinse2) الرقیقة التلدین. 190 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 112-122 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|112    the congenital malformations in white pregnant mice fetus induced by metformin drug during 6-18 days of gestation faeza nasir toama fn_faezahisto@yahoo.com science \university kirkuk aziz khalid hamid azezkhalid370@yahoo.com science\university tikrit asmat jamal jameel doctoresmat2016@gmail.com veterinary medicine\ kirkuk abstract the metformin drug is anti-hyperglycemia and known to cross the placenta which leads to the fetus during pregnancy. the aim of this study is to define the drug effects in the fetus growth. the doses used, therapeutic dose (0.18 & 0.53) mg\25g body weight and over dose (1.8 & 2.85) mg\ 25g body weight, administrated orally at the beginning organogenesis stage at (6 -18) day of pregnancy in the morning. a total (50) animal were divided into five groups. the first group control not treated, 2nd group treated with (0.18) mg, 3rd group with (0.53) mg , 4th group with ( 1.8 ) mg and 5th group with ( 2.85 ) mg . in this study noted some congenital malformations in the fetus compared with normal control group , which included in the 2nd and 3rd group ( irregular body level , exophthalmia , micromelia , elevated some hand fingers , simple club foot , torsion tail and wrinkle skin ) while the defects was larger in the 4th and 5th group ( trunk abnormalities like c shape , big head ( scaphocethaly) , cranial flexure , prosencephaly, short neck , micromelia , syndactyly some of hand fingers and others hemimelia , torsion tail and some aquiline , sharply club foot and spina bifida ) . it is mentioning that the malformations were less in the 2nd group treated with (0.18) mg of the drug. the treatment with metformin drug during pregnancy induced the congenital malformations. keyword: metformin drug, congenital malformation, defect. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|113    1. introduction the metformin drug a biquanide compound used to treat diabetes [ 1 ] anti-hyperglycemia [2] soluble in water , chemical name (n.n. dimethyl limido dicarbonimidic ) [3] , the therapeutic dose recommended 500 mg , maximum 2.5 g [ 1 ] , tablet form taken orally , absorbs in the intestine and excrete by urine and bile [ 4 ] . it has ability to a cross the placenta during pregnancy and reach to the fetuses [5]. some studies indicated the metformin was safe if used during pregnancy [6 ] , the pregnant women used the drugs frequently despite of warning especially in the first three months which causes the malformation in the embryo [ 7 ] , the malformations caused by some factors , metabolic factors ( e.g diabetes ) , physical factors ( e.g heat ) [ 8 ], in addition to drugs , so the embryologists considered for study the malformations and reasons , most of them are focused on neural tube defects .the organogenesis or embryonic stage of pregnant is the most sensitivity period for malformations which extend from ( 3-8 ) weeks in human [ 9 ]and from ( 7-11 ) days in mice [ 10 ] . 2. materials and methods the animals: the animals total (50) pregnant mice were used with age (12-16) weeks, weight (25±2) g, they were obtained from the animals reproduction which brought from mosul university , veterinary medicine . they were arised in plastic cages in special room with standard laboratory conditions, temperature (24) c° and arrangement photo cycle, special food eating, contents (wheat 34%, barley 20%, corn 25% , animal protein 10% and salt 1% ) mixed with water and eating after dry [ 11 ] . the drug: the form used of metformin drug was tablet, made from (merck san , lyon france ) ,were concentrated ( 500 & 1000 ) mg , in this study, the doses used were therapeutic dose & over dose , the therapeutic dose is concentrated ( 0.18 & 0.53 ) mg of mice weight which represents ( 500 & 1500 ) mg in human , over dose is concentrated ( 1.8 & 2.85 ) mg of mice weight whose concentrate is ( 5000 & 8000 ) mg in human . the doses are determined in mice by depending on the recommended dose in human (500-2500) mg, according to the following equation [ 12]: y1*x2=y2*x1 y1= unknown dose in mice x1= adult mice weight ( 25 ) g y2= known dose in human (500 ) mg x2= adult human weight ( 70 *1000)    y1 =   x1 * y2       =    25g * 500 mg    =   0.18 mg     g 70000 x2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|114       y1 = 0.18 mg (unknown dose in mice)    the resulting dose is dissolved in distilled water to prepare the dose in ml to each animal, according to the following equation: v1*y2=v2*y1 v1= dispelled water size v2= unknown value y1= dose in mice y2= dose in human v1 * y1 = 250 ml * 0.18mg = 0.09 ml (12) v2 = mg 500 y2 note: therapeutic dose dissolved in 250 ml while over dose in 500 ml of d.w to best solubility . table (1). the mating: in the night two female isolated with one male in each cage, then pregnancy diagnosed in the morning by finding vginal plug . the fertilization day is zero of pregnancy and the day after it is the first day of pregnancy [ 13 ]. experimental design the animals were divided in to five groups : the first group : control group not treated the second group : treated with 0.18 mg from metformin the third group : treated with 0.53 mg from metformin the fourth group : treated with 1.8 mg from metformin the five group : treated with 2.85 mg from metformin ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|115    table (1): shows the groups, required doses and concentrations groups does in human dose in mice animals numbers mg mg ml control -------------10 therapeutic dose 500 0.18  0.09  10 1500 0.53 0.09 10 over dose 5000 1.8 0.18 10 8000 2.85 0.18 10 the treatment was orally by cavage tube from (6-18) day of pregnancy in the morning with start of the organogenesis stage, were the (6.75) day is considered beginning the formation of neural tube in fetus [14]. the dissecting: the animals were anesthetized with chloroform in ( 18 ) days of gestation before birth , then fetuses removed from uterus horns and saved in formalin 10% to study the malformations by naked eye and dissecting microscope ( 10 x ) and then photographed by the camera ( samsung ) ( 9.6 meqa pixel ) . 3. results and discussion the results showed some of the congenital malformations caused by the treatment with drug compared with control that normal of (body length, eyes, ear pinna, trunk and tail), figure (1). while the statistical analysis showed no significant changes in fetuses body length in all doses compared with control as shown in the table (2). the malformations were represented in the therapeutic dose in concentrate ( 0.18 ) mg ( big head , cranial flexure , exophthalmia , micromelia , elevated some of hand fingers , simple club foot , prosencethaly , torsion tail and wrinkle skin ), figure (2) . in addition to those defects noted ( irregular body line and swelling toe of club foot ) in high concentrate ( 0.53 ) mg , figure ( 3 ) .these defects were larger in over dose in both concentrates represented in ( 1.8 ) mg concentrate ( abnormalities of trunk like c shape ,big head( scaphocethaly ) , short neck , prosencethaly ,cranial flexure , exophthalmia, micromelia, torsion tail and sharply club foot ) , figure ( 4 ) . and in (2.85 ) mg concentrate shows more sharpness ( large number of fetuses with trunk like c shape , big of head ( scaphocethaly ) more than others , exophthalmia, sharply club foot , exophthalmia, micromelia and some hand fingers syndactyly and others hemimelia , spina bifida ( swelling in the back ) , torsion tail and some aquiline ) , figure ( 5 ) . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|116    figure (1): control mice fetus show : a. anterior view : eyes ( 1 ) ear pinna ( 2 ) ,trunk ( 3 ) , tail (4 ) . b. posterior view : trunk ( arrow ) c. foot ( arrow ) 20x. table (2): shows effect of metformin in fetus body length average ( cm ) ± standard deviation fetus body length averag ( cm ) ± standard deviation metformin drug concentration groups 3.57±0.13 a ___ control 3.80± 0.07 a 0.18 therapeutic dose 3.52± 0.05 a 0.53 3.57± 0.15 a 1.8 over dose 3.60± 0.00 a 2.85 2 2 1 ab c 1 2 3 4 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|117    ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|118    figure ( 3 ): abnormal mice fetuses treated with ( 0.53 ) mg of metformin show : a. exophthalmia ( 1 ) , micromelia ( 2 ) , big head ( 3) , torsion tail ( 4 ) , control fetus ( 5 ) b. irregular body line ( arrows ) . c. elevate foot toe ( 1 ), abnormal foot ( 2 ) 20x.. d. swelling toe ( 1 ), wrinkle skin ( 2 ). 20x. d c b a 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 1 2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|119    figure (4): abnormal mice fetuses treated with ( 1.8 ) mg of metformin show: a. anterior veiw : trunk like c shape ( 1 ) , big head ( scaphocephly) ( 2 ) , prosencephaly ( 3 ) , exophthalmia ( 4 ) , micromelia ( 5 ) , torsion tail ( 6 ) . b. side veiw : trunk like c shape ( 1 ) , cranial flexure ( 2 ) , wrinkle skin ( 3 ) . c. club foot (1) , torsion tail ( 2 ). 20x. d. big head ( 1 ) , exophthalmia ( 2 ) , short neck ( 3 ), micromelia ( 4 ) . 20x. d c b a 2 4 1 3 6 2 3 4 5 1 22 1 1 3 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|120    the results do not agree with what they mentioned kumar and khan ( 2012) [ 15 ] that reported was the use of metformin in pregnant women with ovary cyst syndrome was not caused any malformation , also it does not agree with bertoldo et al. ( 2014 ) [ 16 ] was showed adoption of metformin does not effect on the embryos formation during pregnancy .while in this study it was noted the malformations in all doses , these results agree with jabr ( 2009 ) [17 ] show the same defects in mice fetus which caused by treated the pregnant with therapeutic and over dose of acetaminophen . the formation of primitive streak in mice start in ( 6.5-7.5) days of pregnancy [14 ] , so the exposure of pregnant to effects in this period causes defect in the formation , the trunk anomalies result from neural tube closure defect [ 18 ] and a neural tube fusion failure in early time of neurolation causes defect in embryonic development [ 19 ]. anural tube defects have two types, open and closed type , the open type is in brain and spinal cord defect state ( skull & vertebrae ) , closed type is in spina defect which covered by the skin [ 20 ] , in this study it was noted both types occurred in the fetuses by brain and spinal cord defect and skin figure (5): abnormal mice fetuses treated with ( 2.85 ) mg of metformin show : a trunk like c shape ( 1 ) , big head ( scaphocephly) ( 2 ) , cranial flexure ( 3 ) , spina bifida ( swelling in the back ) ( 4 ) . bmicromelia ( 1 ) , syndactyly fingers ( 2 ) , aquiline tail ( 3 ) 20x. c elevate hand finger ( 1 ) , hemimelia hand finger ( 2 ) , wrinkle skin ( 3 ). 20x d club foot ( 1 ) , torsion tail ( 2 ) . 20x. cd b a 2 1 3 1 3 2 2 1 1 3 2 4 4 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|121    covered of spina defect ( swelling in the back ) which refers to spina bifida state and this agrees with al-tuhami ( 1999 ) [ 21 ] reported the swelling in the back of spinal cord place that refers to spina bifida type cystica . head malformation result from early closure of one suture or more, skull form depends on suture type which closed, the sagittal suture early closure causes the frontal suture expansion (scaphocephaly) [9]. the formation of head fold starts in (7. 5) day in mice (14) and the exposure to metformin began in (6) which caused early closure and defect in head formation al-hamodi and yousif ( 2005 ) [ 18 ] pointed to limb malformation included ( syndactyly , club foot , etc ) which resulted from bones growth defect. copp and green (2010) [ 22] pointed to tail defect, included (torsion tail and aquiline) which resulted from closure delay of posterior neural aperture. the disturbance of skin differentiation caused wrinkle skin (van et al .;1970 ) [ 23 ]. our malformations in this results attributed to high homocysteine in pregnant animals which caused by metformin drug , the drug causes an increase in homocysteine ( seto et al .; 2010 ) [ 24 ] , some studies have suggested that high homocysteine levels in pregnant mothers causes the malformations in the nervous system and limbs of embryos ( smith et al .; 2008 ) [ 25 ] . the treatment with metformin drug during pregnancy induced some congenital malformations in the fetus in both therapeutic and over dose. references [1]. l.brunaton;k.l.parker;d,l.blumenthal and i.l.o.buxton, manual of pharmacology and therapeutics. mc-grow–hill companies , usa, 582 , 945,946,2008. [2].g.g.graham; j. punt; m.arora; r.o.day and m.p. doogye , et al (2011) . clinical pharmacokinetics of metformin. j, clin, pharm, kine, issn, 50 (2):81-98. [3].h.m. roshdy. the effects of agnucaston and metformin on the chromosomes of pregnant females and their embryos. j, natu, scie,8(7):1-7(2010). [4] g.ena,; e.r.peaso, and k.sakamoto, (2013). molecular mechanism of action of metformin . university of dundee , j , diab, pmc, uk , 256(9):1898-1906 . [5] l.b.a. rojas , and m.b. gomes,. metformin : an old but still the best treatment for type 2 diabetes . am, j , diab, 304 (4 ) :356-366,2013. [6] h.y.lee; d. wei, and m.r.loeken. lake of metformin effect on mouse embryo ampk activity : implication of treatment during pregnancy . j, diab, metab, res, rev, 30( 1) : 2330( 2014 ). [7] a.alshaaer,; r. al-talib , and r. katash,. pharmacology . al-yazory companies, jordan , pp:437-438, 2004. [8] r.d.wilson; j.a . johnson ; j.v. schalkwyk , and m . steben,. principle of human teratology : drug , chemical , infectious , exposure .j, obs, gyn, 199 : 911-917,2007 . [9] t.w. sadler, langman's medical embryology, 12th ed. ; lippincott williams &wilkins, u.s.a. pp: 120,130, 207 ,283,2012 . [10] a.r .al-hamedy; a,a. al-doki, and m.h.al-kandour, principle of practical embryo vertebrata ( experimental ), sceintific companies , university of saud king , saudi arabia , 244. [ in arabic ] 1998 . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1779 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|122    [11] r. e.balducci; k. silvirio; m. gorge, and h. ganazaga, effect of isotretior on tooth germ of palate development in mouse embryos. braz. dent. j., 12(2): 115 – 119,(2001). [12] a.m. karch, focus on nursing pharmacology, 4thed. walters kluwer lippincott williams and wilkins, pp: 21, 23,2008. [13] r.r. fox, and b. witham,. the jackson laboratory handbook on genetically standardized jax* mice, 5thed . maine :the jackson laboratory,pp:148,1997. [14] k.m downs, and t.davies, staging of gastrulating mouse embryos by morphological landmark’s in the dissecting microscope . development , great britain , company biologist limited ,pp:118, 1255 ,1993. [15] k. kumar, and p. khan,.effect of metformin use in pregnant patients with polycystic ovary syndrome .j, hum , repro ,sci ,5(2):166-169, 2012. [16] m.j.bertoldo ; m. faure; j.dupont, and p. froment,.impact of metformin on reproductive tissues: an overview from gametogenesis to gestation . j, ann , transl , med, 2(6) :2305-5839, 2014. [17] f.n.t jabr,.some morphological and histological malformation induced of paracetamol ( acetaminophen ) drug on the liver of pregnant mice and their offspring . thesis , sceince college , university of tikrit , iraq 2009. [18] m.h. al-hmodi, and w.h. yousif , medical embryology ( vascucular system , urogenital system , head , ear, eey, nervous system ) .1st print, family companies , jordan ,pp: 281, 297,298 . [ in arabic ] 2005. [19] p.d marco.; e.merello.; a. cama; z. kibar, and v. capra, human neural tube defects: genetic cases and prevention. international union of biochemistry and molecular biology. inc, 37 (4) :261-268,2011. [20] t. pittman, spina bifida occulta . j. neuro, surg , pmid, 1(2):113,2008. [21] a.m al-tuhami, principle of embryology . university of saud king, saudi arabia, 451. . [ in arabic ] 1999 . [22] a.j. copp, and n.d. green , genetic and development of neural tube defects . j, patho, 220:217-230,2010 ). [23]. p.r. van; p.s. van; r.a. nbscar.; s.n. sinho , and m.h.paul, teratology of folate under development of pulmonary in funibulum . am , j, cardio :25-26,1970 . [24] s.w. seto; t.y.lam; y.w.lee; r.w.sum; j.h. xeung, et al . folic acid consumption reduceds resistin level and restores blunted acetylcholine – induced aortic relaxation in obese / diabetic mice. j, nut, bio , chem,21(9):872-880,2010. [25] a.d.smith; x.l. kim , and h. refsum,.is folic acid good for every one. am, j, clin, nut , 87(3):517-533, 2008.   ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 bayesian analyses of ridge regression prooblems h. m. gorgees departme nt of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad abstract: a bay esian formulation of the ridge regression p roblem is consid erd, which derives from a direct sp ecification of prior informations about p arameters of general linear regression model when data suffer from a high degr ee of multicollinearity .a new app roach for deriving the conventional estimator for t he ridge parameter prop osed by hoerl and kennard (1970) as well as bayesian estimator are presented. a numerical example is st udied in order to comp are the performance of these estimators. introduction: the problem of multicollin earity exists when there exists a linear relationship or an approximate linear relationship amon g two or more exp lanatory variables. m ulticollinearity can be thought of as a situation where two or more exp lanatory variables in the data set move together. as a consequence it is impossible to use this data set to decide which of the exp lanatory variables is p roducing the observed chan ge in the resp onse variable. no t reatment of the data or transformation of the model will cure this deficiency. consequently ,the best way to deal with multicollin earity may be to find a different data set, or additional data to break the association between the related variab les. however some multicollinearity is nearly alway s p resent, but the important p oint is whether the multicollin earity is serious enough to cause app reciable d amage to the regression. indicators of multicollinearity include a low determinant of t he information matrix, a very high correlation amon g two or more exp lanatory variables , very high correlations amon g two or more est imated coefficients, and sign ificant regr ession of one exp lanatory variable on one or more exp lanatory variables. key words: linear regr essioin model , multicollinearity , ridge regression , generalized shrinkage estimators , bayesian estimator , singular v alue decomposition. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 this p aper deals with multicollinear ity in the classical linear regr ession model y =xβ+u …..(1) where y is an ( of observations on t he resp onse variable, x = ( is an (n matrix and of full colu mn rank, β is a ( p p arameter vector (vector of unknown regr ession coefficients) and u is an ( n vector of random disturbances, e(u)=0 and var(u)= i, and both β and are unknown. t he least squares estimator of β is: (see[1]) = x'y …..(2) where denote the least squares estimator of β. t he two key p rop erties of are that it is unbiased,e( )=β, and that it has minimum variance among all lin ear unbiased estimators.the mean square error of is: mse( )= ……(3) (see[2]) where "s are the eigenvalues of x'x and ….. >0 .. if the smallest eigenvalue of x'x is very much smaller than 1, then a seriously ill_conditioned (or multicollinear ity ) p roblem arises. thus,for ill_conditioned data, the least squares solution y ields coefficients whose absolute values are too large and whose signs may actually reverse with negligible chan ges in the data. that is in the case of multicollinearity the least squares estimator can be poor in terms of various mean squared error criterion. consequently , a great deal of work has been done to const ruct alternatives to the least squares estimator when multicollinear ity is p resent. in the seventies hoerl and kennard introduced a class of biased estimators for p arameters in general lin ear regr ession model labeled ridge est imators as a rival to the least squares estimator when samp le data are affected by a high degree of multicollinear ity . the outhers show t hat in any given p roblem there is at least one member of this class which has t otal mean square error smaller than the tot al variance of the corresp onding least squares estimator. t he ridge est imator dep ends crucially up on an exo geneous p arameter, say k. for any k the corresp onding ridge estimator denoted by is defined to be: = x'y…….(4) ( see[1]) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 we argue that it is typ ically true that there is available p rior informations about t he p arameters, and this may be exp loited to find imp roved est imators. in this p aper attention is focuced upon bayesian formulation for gener alized shrinkage est imators and ordinary ridge regr ession estimator,moreover a bayes estimator as well as a conventional estimator for t he ridge p arameter is derived. generalized shrinkage esti mators: given an (n ) matrix of regr essors x and an (n ) vector of the corresp onding resp onse y . assume that sample means have been removed from the data (so that 1'x=0'and 1'y=0, where 1 is an n_vector of ones.) and write the standard linear regr ession model as e(y|x)= xβ and var(y|x)= (i-11'/n) where β is a vector of unknown regr ession coefficients and is the unknown error variance. the singu lar value decomp osition of x will b e denoted by: (see[3]). x=h g' …….(5) where h is an ( semi orthogonal matri x satisfy h'h= , is a (p diagonal matrix of orderd singular values of x, ….. > 0, g is a (p orthogonal matrix whose co lumns rep resent t he eigenvectors of t he information matri x x'x. assume that >0 so that β is estimable, then as in" obenchain (1978)" (see [4]) we get =gc where c= h'y contains the uncorrelated comp onents of where e(c)=e(g' ) = g'β =γ say, and: var(c)=var(g' )=g'var( )g= g' g= . not ice that the elements of c are uncorr elated since their variance matrix is diagon al. the vector of gener alized shrinkage est imator (or generalized ridge regression estimator) will be denoted here by and will be of the general form : (see[4]) =g∆c= …….. (6) where is the j_th column of the matrix g, is the j_th diagonal element of the shrinkage factors matrix ∆, we will usually restrict the range of shrinkage factors t o 0 , j= 1,2, ….,p. is the j_th element of t he uncorrelated components vector c. in the remain ing of this section we discuss bay esian methods for defining the form of shrink age of sample estimates t owards a subjective p rior distribution.lindely and smith (1972) describ e a bayesian formalizim for h ierarchical (multi_st age) an aly sis of linear mod els using conju gate ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 multivariate_normal prior dist ribution.(see [5]) this formalism exp resses unknown p arameters at each st age of an analysis in terms of a linear model at the previous lower st age . but, although disp ersion matrices at each stage can b e arbitrary , they must be known. and, at the final st age, both t he mean v ector and the disp ersion matrix must be known.the fundamental lemma of lind ely and smith (1972) states that: lemma:if the samp eling d istribution of the resp onse,y , is y | ~ n( , ) where is ( ×1) p arameter vector and the prior distribution is ~ n( , ) where is ( ×1) p arameter vector, t hen the marginal (unconditional) dist ribution of y is: y ~ n( , + ') ……(7) and the p osterior (conditional) dist ribution of given y is: |y ~ n(bb , b) ………(8) where : = ' + and b= ' y + to apply this lemma and d emonst rate that a simple 2_stage bay esian formalism p roduces generalized shrinkage estimators, we first make the identification: = xβ , = i and = x'x + . next, we set the p rior mean value for β to zero by taking =0 and assume that (and ) will be simultaneously diagonalizable with x'x by restricting att ention to p rior variance_ covariance matrices of the gener al form = .g g', where k is a diagonal p×p matrix and g is defin ed as in (5) . now the bay es estimate is the mean bb of the post erior distribution of β given y and this mean vector is of t he general form: e(β|y )=bb= ( ' y+ ) = = = g h'y =g h'y ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 =g d h'y = g∆c = …….(9) where ∆ = d is t he diagonal matri x of generalized shrinkage factors and c is the vector of uncorrelated comp onents of the least squares estimator. the ordinary ridge regression esti mator: in the previous section we have demonstrated that all generalized shrinkage estimators are 2_st age bayes estimators. this include of course the case of ordinary ridge regression estimator p rop osed by hoerl and kennard (1970). to demonstrate this fact let us assume that an orthogonal matrix p is given such that p' p = d = diag( ,….., ), ≥…….≥ >0. m orever, supp ose that z = p' = ( ,….., )' and w=p'β = ( ,…., )' then: z ~ (w, d). let us assume that w has a p rior dist ribution given by w ~ (0, λi) for some p ositive constant λ, thus, according to the lemma stated in section 2, the p ost erior distribution of w given z is: w|z ~ [ λ z, λi] …….(10) then the bayes estimator of w is: = z for z=p' . consequently , the bay es estimator of β is: p = p p' = = = x'y for k = = x'y = ……(11). it is obvious that the estimator in (11) coincid e with t he ordinary ridge regr ession estimator given in (4). esti mating the ridge parameter_bayesian approach: there are many different methods for selectin g the value of the ridge parameter k. the method we try here is based upon the lemma st ated in section (2). accordingly,the marginal distribution of z is: z ~ (0, d+ λi) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 e(z' z) = tr var(z) = tr ( d+ λ i) = tr +λ tr …..(12) where "tr" denotees the trace of the matrix.to find an unb iased estimator for λ, the following result is necessary. (see[6]) e( = ……..(13) where is an est imator of . the result in (13) can be easi ly p roved by setting (n-p 1) / =r then r ~ e( ) = e( ) = (see [7] page 176) from (12) and (13) an unbiased estimator for λ can be obtained as: = [ ( ) p ]/tr or equivalently: = = [ ( ) – p]/tr(x'x) ……….(14) esti mating the ridge parameter_new approach: subst itut ing from δ in formula (6) by d it can easily be shown t hat the ordinary ridge regression estimator is a member of generalized shrinkage est imators class, in such a case the shrinkage factors of ordinary ridge regression estimator will hav e the form : = , 1 ………(15) in (1970) hoerl and kennard prop osed an est imator for the ridge parameter given as: = ……..(16) [ see[ 8 ]) in this section, a new app roach is used to derive given in (16) , this app roach is represented by minimizin g m se( ) as follows: m se( ) = m se(gδc) = gm se(δc)g' where m se(δc) = +(i-δ)γγ'(i-δ) is t he mean squared error matrix of δc with ith diagon al element given as: { see[3]} ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 m se( ) = / + ……….(17) differintiating m se( ) with resp ect to we obtain: =2 / -2(1) ………. (18) while the second p artial derivative is nonnegative const ant it follows that equating the derivative in (18) to zero will yield a minimum value for m se( ) this optimal amount of shrinkage for the i_th uncorrelated co mponent is: = = …….. (19) we deriv e the formula in (19) as follows: 2 / -2(1) =0 then / = hence = which implies that + = then solving for we obtain the required result. now we suggest comp arin g the shrinkage factor of ridge regression estimator given in equation (15) with given in equation (19), hence we conclude that the value of the ridge p arameter k must be equal to / . since each of and is unknown, we can use their estimated values, thus : = = ……….(20) where is the residual mean square in the an aly sis of variance table obtained from the st andard least squares fit. numerical example: in this section a data set suffer from a high degr ee of multicollinearity is used. the data are from aljibori (2004) (see [11] for details). it was designed to measure the effect of five exp lanatory variables , ,…., on the resp onse variable y. where the exp lanatory variables rep resent t he number of , managerials , technicians, skilled workers, unskilled workers and service workers resp ectively, while the resp onse variable y represents t he p roductivity of the indust rial sector in iraq measured by the surp lus value method for t he p eriod 21 y ears from 1970 to 1990.our p urp ose is only to comp are the p erformance of bayesian and conventional estimators for the ridge parameter. the original data are presented in table (1). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 for t his data we found that the est imated value of the ridge parameter was = 0.125260 and = 0.494107 obtained by apply ing the formula in (14) and in (20) resp ectively. in order to make the rid ge regr ession analysis we used the numeric calculation statist ical system (ncss) and the results were given in table (2) throu gh table (6). pearson correlations were given for all variables in table (2). these correlation coefficients show which exp lanatory variables are h ighly correlated with resp onse variable and with each other. exp lanatory variables that are highly correlated with one another may cause multicollinear ity p roblem. table (3) gives an ei genvalue an aly sis of t he exp lanatory variables after they have been centerd and scaled. not ice that incremental p ercent is t he percent this eigenvalue is of the tot al. percents near zero indicate a multico llinearity p roblem. the condition number is t he largest eigenvalue divided by each corresp onding eigenvalue. condition numbers more than 100 indicates multicollinearity p roblem. (see[9]). conclusions: 1_a new app roach for estimating the rid ge parameter was introduced by using the singular value decomposition technique. 2_in their development of ridge regression, hoerl and kennard focus att ention on the eigenvalues of the information matrix x'x. a seriously non orthogonal p roblem is characterized by the fact t hat the smallest eigenvalue is very much smaller than unity . in our p roblem the smallest eigenvalue is 0.0093 t his indicates t hat our data set suffer from a high degr ee of multicollinearity . 3_it should also be noted that the variance inflation factor (vif) is an additional measure of multico llinearity . it is the recip rocal of (1) where is the square value of the multiple correlation coeff icient between the exp lanatory variable and other exp lanatory variables. a vif of 10 or more indicates a multicollinearity p roblem. (see[10]). in our p roblem the largest vif value is 65.16 which is an additional indicator that our data set suffer from a high degr ee of multicollinearity . 4_ since one of the objects of ridge regression is to reduce the st andard error of the regression coefficients, it is of interest to see how much reduction has taken p lace. for our p roblem it should be noted from table (5) and table (6) that t he standard errors for the ridge regression coeff icients are less than the corresp onding st andard errors for least squares coefficients. also we note that the standard errors for the ridge regr ession coefficients obtained by using the conventional mehod for est imatin g the rid ge parameter ar e less than the corresp onding st andard errors for the ridge regr ession coefficients obtained by using the bay esian method. from this comp arison we conclude that the conventional mehod is p erformed better than the bay esian method for this data set. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 references: 1. drap er, n.r. and smith, h. (1981),"applied regression analy sis" second edition, john wiley and sons, new york. 2.goldst ein,m . and smith,a.f.m .(1974),"ridge typ e est imator for regression analy sis."jornal roy al statist ical society . b36,284_291. 3.rao,c.r.(1973),"linear statist ical inference and its app lications."second edition,john wiley and sons. new york. 4.obenchain,r.l. (1978),"good and op timal ridge est imators." ann. statist.6,1111_1121. 5.lindley ,d.v. and smith,a.f.m .(1972),"bay es estimators for the linear model."jornal royal statist ical society . b34, 1_41. .srivast ava,m .i. (2002),"m ethods of m ultivariate statist ics."wiley, new york6 7.hogg,r.v. and craig,a.t .(1978),"introduction to mathematical statist ics." fourt h edition,m acmillan pub.co.new york. 8.hoerl,a.e. and kennard,r.w.(1970),"r idge regression: biased estimation for non , 55_67.12orthogonal p roblems."technometrics. 9.chatt erjee,s. and price,p.(1977),"re gression analy sis by examp le."john wiley and sons, new york. 10.m arquardit,d.w.(1970),"generalized inverse,ridge regr ession, and nonlinear , 591_612.12estimation."technometrics. تخطیط الموارد البشریة ودورھا في تنمیة القطاع الصناعي في العراق ) : 2004.( خالد ابراھیم سلمان، الجبوري 11. رسالة ماجستیر مقدمة الى مجلس المعھد العالي للدراسات السیاسیة والدولیة في الجامعة . 1990_1970للفترة .المستنصریة ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3) 2010 table(1)effects of five explanatory variable s x1,x2,….,x5 the response variable y on table(2) correlation matrix section y x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 0.749380 0.821688 0.380475 0.780634 0.967806 1.000000 x1 0.790267 0.912351 -0.541955 0.688120 1.000000 0.967806 x2 0.631133 0.513239 0.028945 1.000000 0.688120 0.780634 x3 0.295671 0.645230 1.000000 0.028945 0.541955 0.380475 x4 0.806230 1.000000 0.645230 0.513239 0.912351 0.821688 x5 1.000000 0.806230 0.295671 0.631133 0.790267 0.749380 y table(3) eigen values of correlati ons x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 y 14216 50096 24524 473 1516 1271 16467 57133 26012 1923 1514 1440 18697 66795 30360 2490 2037 1355 18716 66263 29385 2734 2019 1509 20696 61718 36619 3322 2210 1254 23474 61028 37393 3563 2234 1220 25283 69344 40034 4205 2525 1546 26172 66181 10310 4293 2381 1916 28108 62039 49163 5278 2944 2381 30707 69339 57299 8529 3528 2585 32561 69671 60965 9661 4308 2810 33609 69047 56600 9840 4444 1440 32789 65441 55789 10830 4588 2493 52340 44175 44125 12968 4075 3285 47633 52476 46492 12875 4563 3062 63398 48322 46599 12163 4031 3403 62205 49672 49070 12712 4479 2875 47530 47330 49035 12610 4343 2861 46260 46160 48013 12615 4299 2596 4510 45123 40860 12630 4345 1710 44915 44925 49095 12955 4865 1777 condit ion number cumulat ive percent in cremental percent eigenvalue no. 1.00 72 .47 72 .47 3.623598 1 3.45 93 .51 21 .04 1.051811 2 7.151 97 .73 4.22 0.211248 3 34 .83 99 .81 2.08 0.104043 4 389.65 100.00 0.19 0.009300 5 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 table(4)eigenvectors of correlations x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 eigenvalue no. 0.487824 0.304255 0.284390 0.518719 0.502625 3.623598 1 0.210802 0.751940 0.592083 0.007497 -0.199033 1.051811 2 0.425416 0.569859 0.539120 0.222736 0.190854 0.211248 3 0.710381 0.109447 0.303237 0.292886 0.552851 0.104043 4 0.179037 0.074329 0.035429 0.771674 0.604718 0.009300 5 table(5)ridge vs. least squares comparison section for k = 0.125260 ls st andad error ridge standard error ls vif ridge vif st andarded ls coefficients st andardized ridge coefficients explanat ory variables 0.4965 0.0884 42.54 0.955 0.9859 0.0126 x1 0.1562 0.0184 65.16 0.637 1.1247 0.2329 x2 0.0127 0.0093 3.326 1.248 0.2634 0.1695 x3 0.0154 0.0114 2.808 1.085 0.4680 0.1653 x4 0.0181 0.0085 9.261 1.447 0.7006 0.5359 x5 table(6)ridge vs. least squares comparison section for k = 0.494107 ls st andard error ridge standard error ls vif ridge vif st andardized ls coefficients st andardized ridge coefficients explanat ory variables 0.4965 0.0447 42 .54 0.1892 -0.9859 0.1319 x1 0.1562 0.0092 65 .16 0.1254 .12471 0.1970 x2 0.0127 0.0059 3.326 0.3861 0.2634 0.1563 x3 0.0154 0.0079 2.808 0.4101 0.4680 0.0452 x4 0.0181 0.0044 9.261 0.2951 0.7006 0.3126 x5 ihjpas 2010 )3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد توظیف اسلوب بیز في تحلیل انحدار الحرف س حازم منصور كوركی ة،قسم الریاضیات جامعة بغداد،ابن الھیثم -كلیة التربی خالصھال فر معلومات مسبقة عن احرف على فرض تواسلوب بیز في تحلیل انحدار الحرف وتقدیر معلمة ال وظففي ھذا البحث النموذج یعاني من مشكلة التعدد الخطي غیر التام بدرجة كبیرة ،معلمات انموذج االنحدار الخطي العام كما تم ، وان ا رف الذي اقترحھ كل من دام اسلوب جدید في ایجاد مقدر معلمة الح ومن 1970في عام hoerl and kennardاستخ .عددي اجریت مقارنة ألفضلیة اداء ھذه المقدرات خالل دراسة مثال ihjpas @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the study of a improve model for the d-d nuclear fusion reaction cross section raad h. majeed laheeb a. mohammed dapt. of physics/college of education for pure science /(ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 25 june 2012 , adccepte in: 9 december 2012 abstract the study of improved model for measuring the total nuclear fusion cross section characteristics the d-d reaction may play an important role in deciding or determining the hot plasma parameters such as mean free path , the reaction rate , reactivity and energy for emitted neutrons or protons in our work we see the it is necessary to modify the empirical formulas included the total cross section in order to arrive or achieve good agreement with the international publish result. keyword: dense plasma focus; the mean free path; the reactivity; d-d cross section; fusion reaction 120 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction dense plasma focus (dpf) machines are pulsed discharges in which microinstabilities and turbulence lead to generation of powerful beams of electron, ions, large emission of xrays and of fusion neutrons when the filling gas is deuterium. the plasma focus (pf) belongs to the family of the dynamic z-pinch. the first systematic study of z-pinches started in the 1950s in connection with the controlled thermonuclear fusion research. it is a non-cylindrical z-pinch formed on the axis at the end of a coaxial electrode system of a plasma accelerator. they were originally developed in early 1960s independently in the former soviet union (filippov type), and the usa (mather type) as shown in fig (1). most realizations belongs to one of two of the following geometrical types: ●mather-type characterized by a small anode aspect ratio (diameter / length < 1) ● filippov-type, characterized by a large aspect ratio. [1, 2, 3] plasma focus produces a short living, rather dense plasma, the properties of which are dominated by the occurrence of macroscopic and microscopic instabilities. at present, dpf is one of the most efficient sources of neutron emission. also scaling laws of neutron yield prepared on the basis of long experience with different devices of this type are very promising. unfortunately, it was found that neutron emission saturates at an energy level of several hundreds kj. [1] in typical dpf the zpinch is typically confined for ~100ns and intense x-ray, ion, and electron beams are generated though a complex combination of non-linear instabilities and other mechanisms that result in effective acceleration gradients of ~100mv/m. [5] when deuterium is used as a working gas, neutron is emitted from the pinch due to following nuclear fusion reactions: pf-type facilities emit both neutrons, and hard x-rays with quantum energies of tens and hundreds electron volts. [3] the dominant part of neutrons (70%) with energies in the range of (2.6-3.2 mev) was produced by deuterons moving downstream. the deuterons generating these neutrons have the energy in the range of (20-200 kev) with most probable value of 50 kev. from these energies, we can calculate the mean free paths of d-d reaction for the convenient deuteron densities of (1018-1020cm-3). on the basis of these results, we can estimate the number of fast deuterons lower than 1018and the density of the deuteron target higher than 1019cm-3. the d-d reaction is tested for the determination of basic parameters of hot plasmatemperature, density and duration of high value of these parameters. this reaction is tested mainly in tokomaks [6], high power lasers [7] and z-pinches (dpf) [8]. the d-d reaction is realized in 2 branches with the probability of 50%. these qualities make possible the usage of neutrons as a convenient tool for the diagnostics of fast deuterons with energies above 20 kev. in this paper we refer about the determinations of velocities and number of fast deuterons producing neutrons in d-d reaction and the estimations of densities of the targets in plasma focus pf-1000 facility. [9] fast neutrons from deuteron –deuteron fusion reaction were used for a study of fast deuterons in the pf-1000 plasma focus device. neutron energy-distribution enabled the determination of axial and radial components of energy of deuterons producing the fusion neutrons, as well as )01.1()02.3( )82.0()45.2( 3 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 0 2 1 2 1 mevtmevhdd mevhemevndd +→+ +→+ 121 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 a rough evaluation of the total energy distribution of all fast deuterons in the pinch. it was found that the total deuteron energy-distribution function decreases with the deuteron energy more slowly than the tail of the maxwellian distribution for (1-2 kev) [10]. the most important quantity for the analysis of nuclear reactions is the cross section, which measures the probability per pair of particles for the occurrence of the reaction. another important quantity is the reactivity, defined as the probability of reaction per unit time per unit density of target nuclei. in the present simple case, it is just given by the product συ. in general, target nuclei move, so that the relative velocity υ is different for each pair of interacting nuclei. in this case, we compute an averaged reactivity <συ> = ∫ ∞ 0 )()( υυυυσ df where f (υ) is the distribution function of the relative velocities, normalized in such a way that ∫ ∞ 0 )( υυ df = 1. it is to be observed that when projectile and target particles are of the same species, each reaction is counted twice. [11] and in turn the reaction rate can be evaluated by using the following: 〉〈 + = συ δ 12 21 12 1 nnr the kronecker symbol δij (with δij = 1, if i = j and δij = 0 elsewhere) r12=n1n2<συ> if the particles are dissimilar. where r is the reaction rate [12]. theory the energy of fast deuterons producing neutrons can be calculated from the known neutron energy using the equilibrium of the momentum and energy. the required energy of deuterons is about 200kev. the dominant part of neutrons with the energy of 2.6-2.8 mev is produced with deuterons in the energy range between 20 and 80 kev. the deuterons with the energy below 20 kev have very low and cross-section for the d-d fusion reaction and we do not take them into account. [9] the hot plasma parameters such as the mean free path of d-d reaction (λd-d), the number of fast deuterons (nd) and the probability of d-d reaction are strongly depending on the total cross-section of the d-d reaction (σ(ed)). the total cross-section is calculated by some empirical formulas given below [12]: is the cross section in barns [12]. σ e d and here ed is energy for deutereron in kev, in order to get suitable values for hot plasma parameters as in following: where ni is the ion density of the target (per m3 ). barnsee ee d d d )1( 288 ) 8.45 ( −−−−−= − σ )2( 1 −−−−−= σ λ e n d i dd )3(/* −−−−−−−= ln ddxd n λ 122 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 where nd is the number of fast deuterons nx is the total neutron yield= 1011 in the target with length mean free path [9]. λdd l=1cm, it is necessary to note that the above empirical formulas for the total cross-section given in equation (1) are not compatible with a given agreement between the recently calculated parameters and the published experimental values. for this reason and to avoid the error factor in calculating the hot plasma parameter, we must find to need of inserting a correction factor for all the above formulas which described the hot plasma parameters. a good approximation for the reactivity for the two main branches of the dd reaction are provided by slightly modified gamow expressions (hively 1977) [11]: 〉〈συ ddp = 2˟10 -14 t t 3/2 949.0 00577.01+ exp( t 3/1 31.19 ) (cm3/s) …… (4) and 〉〈συ ddn = 2.72˟10 -14 t t 3/2 917.0 00539.01+ exp ( t 3/1 80.19 ) (cm3 /s) …… (5) here the subscripts ddp and ddn indicate the reaction branches (4) and (5), releasing a proton and a neutron respectively, t is the temperature in kev [11]. results our calculated results deal with the total cross-section for the d-d reaction , the mean free path of d-d reaction (λdd) for various values of ion densities and the number of the fast deuterons (nd) before inserting the correction factor are listed in table(1) and these results are plotted in figures(2-4). we can conclude from the figures that there is a shift between the calculated results and the acceptable published experimental results, thus it is necessary to make an agreement between the two values by inserting a correction factor about (1.86) in the formulas previously described and for this case we found results yield a good agreement as it is presented in table (2) and plotted in figures (5-7). the variation of reactivity for temperatures ranging from (0 100 kev) are completely described in fig (8). discussion and conclusions the reason for inserting a correction factor is related to the fact that the empirical formula for the total cross-section of d-d reaction present an old and applied to sum facilities that are designed for previous decades and we found that it cannot be applied for the recent facilities such as the modern (pf-devices) so that we conclude that it is very important to modify these formulas by testing them for calculating sum fundamental hot plasma parameters. we have got a compatible formula by inserting a correction factor of values (1.86) which therefore makes a good agreement between the calculated and experimental data. finally, from fig (8) we observe agreement with the published result [11] for the d-d reactivity. 123 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 references 1marek scholz ,leslaw karpinski ; marian paduch ; krzysztof tomaszewski;ryszard miklaszewski and adam szydlowski; (2001),recent progress in 1 mj plasma – focus research, nukleonika, 46:35-39. 2klir,d. ; kravarik, j.; kubes , p.; rezac , k. ; cikhardt , j.; litseva , e.; hyhlik , t.; ananev ,s.s.; bakshaev , yu. l; bryzgunov ,v. a.; chernenko ,a s.;kalinin ,yu .g; e, d, kazakov ,e .d; korolev ,v .d; ustroev ,g. i; azelenin ,a. a; juha , l; krasa, j; velyhan ,a; vysin ,l; sonsky ,j. and volobuev i, v. (2010), plasma phy . control. fusion, efficent production of 100 kev deuterons in deuterium gas puff z-pinches at ma current, 52: 17. 3siahpoush,v. mohammadi, .m.a.; khorram ,s.; , shabani,i.; brohanina, j.;ashrafi ,s.; naghshara ,h.; sobhanian ,s.; (april 27-30 ,2004) , 2nd international conference on nuclear science and technology in iran , shiraz university, preliminary results of neutron production in sahand plasma focus device, 1-4. 4berard;a.; cloth,p.; conrads,h.; coudeville,a.; gourlan,g.; jolas,a.; maisonnier,ch. and rager,j.p.(1977), nuclear instruments and methods , the dense plasma focus – a high intensity neutron source , 145 :191-218. 5vincent tang and brain rusnak ; (february 29 , 2008), lawrence livermore national laboratory (llnl– tr – 401875 ) ) , review of dense plasma focus technology for intense and directional neutron sources , 1-6 6giacomelli,l.;conroy,s. ;ericsson,g. ; gorini,g. ; heriksson,h.; hjalmarsson,a.; kallne,j. and tardocchi,m .(2005), comparison of neutron emission spectra for d and dt plasmas with auxiliary heating ”, the european physical journal d-atomic , molecular , optical and plasma physics, 33 , number 2 , 235-241. 7-mima,k.k.a.;tanaka,k.a.;kodama,r.;johzaki,t.;nagatoma,h.;shiraga,h.; sentoku,y.;miyanaga ,n.;azechi,h.; nakai,m.; norimatu,t.; nagai,k.; sunanara,j.; nishihara,k; taguchi,t and sakagami,h; (2004),plasma science and technology 6 :2179. 8-.velikovich,a.l.;clark,r.w;davis,j.;chong,y.k.;.deeney,c.;coverdale,c.a.; c.lruiz.c.l.; cooper,g.w.; nelson,a.j.; franklin,j. and rudakov, l.i. (2007) ,physics of plasmas 14 , 022701. 9kubes,p.;klir,d.; kravarik,j.; rezac,k.; bienkowaka,b.; ivanova-stanik,i.; karpinski,l.; paduch,m.; schmidt,h.; sadowski,m.j.andtomaszewski.k; (july 15-20,2007 ), d-d reaction and fast deuterons in plasma focus facility” 28th icpig ,prague ,czech republic(the 28th international conference on phenomena in ionized gases,topic number:17. 10kubes,p.;kravarik,j.;d.klir,d.;rezac,k.;bohata,m.; scholz,m.; paduch,m.;tamaszewski,k.; ivanova-stanik,i.; karpinski,l.and sadowski,m.j. (jan 2009) , determination of deuteron energy distribution from neutron diagnostics in a plasma– focus device ” , plasma science , ieee transactions, 37,issue(1):83-87. 11-stefano atzeni and jurgen meyer-ter-vehn; , (2004) ,the physics of intertial: beam plasma interaction,hydrodynamics ,hot ,dense matter , clarenon press –oxford . 12david, j.rose and melville ,clark ; jr. (1961), plasmas and controlled fusion, john wiley and sons inc., new york , london . 13-heltemes,t.a.; moses,g.a. and santarius,j.f.; (april 2005), fusion technology institute university of wisconsin madison wisconsin, analysis of an improved fusion reaction rate model for use in fusion plasma simulations. 124 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (1): dependence of the total cross-section, mean free path, and the number of fast deuterons for the d-d fusion reaction on incident deuteron. ni=1026 (m-3 ) ni =1025 (m-3) ni =1024(m-3) σ (e d ) e -2 8 (m 2 ) ke v ( e d) *** nd (m3) ** nd (m3) * nd (m3) *** λdd (m) ** λdd (m) * λdd (m) *** nd (m3) ** nd (m3) * nd (m3) *** λdd (m) ** λdd (m) * λdd (m) *** nd (m3) ** nd (m3) * nd (m-3) *** λdd (m) ** λdd (m) * λdd (m) 3.61 e18 1.94 e18 3.6 e19 3.61 e5 1.94 e5 3.6 e5 3.61 e19 1.94 e19 3.6 e20 3.61 e6 1.94 e6 3.6 e6 3.61 e20 1.94 e20 --------3.61 e7 1.94 e-7 3.6 e-7 5.13 e-4 20 2.09 e17 1.12 e17 2.2 e18 2.09 e4 1.11 e4 2.2 e4 2.09 e18 1.12 e18 2.2 e19 2.09 e5 1.11 e5 2.2 e5 2.09 e19 1.12 e19 --------2.09 e6 1.11 e6 2.2 e6 8.860 e-3 50 9.59 e16 5.15 e16 --- 9.59 e3 5.15 e3 --- 9.59 e17 5.15 e17 --- 9.59 e4 5.15 e14 --- 9.59 e18 5.15 e18 -------9.59 e5 5.15 e5 ---0.01938 75 6.29 e16 3.38 e16 6.2 e17 6.29 e3 3.38 e3 6.2 e3 6.29 e17 3.38 e17 6.2 e18 6.29 e4 3.38 e4 6.2 e4 6.29 e18 3.38 e18 -------6.29 e5 3.38 e5 6.2 e5 0.02953 100 4.85 e18 2.61 e16 --- 4.85 e3 2.61 e3 --- 4.85 e17 2.61 e17 --- 4.85 e4 2.61 e4 --- 4.85 e18 2.61 e18 --------4.85 e5 2.61 e5 ---0.03831 125 4.07 e16 2.19 e16 3.7 e16 4.07 e3 2.19 e3 3.7 e3 4.07 e17 2.19 e17 3.7 e18 4.07 e4 2.19 e4 3.7 e4 4.07 e18 2.19 e18 --------4.07 e5 2.19 e5 3.7 e5 0.04562 150 3.60 e16 1.93 e16 --- 3.60 e3 1.93 e3 --- 3.60 e17 1.93 e17 --- 3.60 e4 1.93 e4 --- 3.60 e18 1.93 e18 --------3.60 e5 1.93 e5 ---0.05159 175 3.29 e16 1.77 e16 2.8 e15 3.29 e3 1.77 e3 2.8 e3 3.29 e17 1.77 e17 2.8 e18 3.29 e4 1.77 e4 2.8 e4 3.29 e18 1.77 e18 ---------3.29 e5 1.77 e5 2.8 e5 0.05647 200 * published [9],** before using correct factor,*** after using correct factor, e#=10# table (2): variation the d-d fusion reactivity with deuteron temperature. <συ>ddn(cm 3/s) ˟10-14 <συ>ddp (cm 3/s) ˟10-14 t(kev) 0 0.0003 0.0019 0.0047 0.0084 0.0128 0.0176 0.0226 0.0279 0.0333 0.0388 0 0.0003 0.0016 0.0041 0.0072 0.0108 0.0147 0.0188 0.0231 0.0274 0.0319 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 fig.(1,a ): schematic view of pf machinefilippov type: 1anode;2cathode; 3insulator; 4vacuum frame; c0-capactive bank, l0-external inductance, sspark gap switch.[3] 125 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (1,b): coaxial gun of the mather type.[4] fig.(2 ): mean free path for d-d reaction versus incident deuteron energy for ni=1024 m-3 fig.(3 ):mean free path for d-d reaction versus incident deuteron energy for ni=1025 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 8 ref [9] befor correction after correction 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 ref [9] befor correction after correction 126 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig.(4 ):mean free path for d-d reaction versus incident deuteron energy for ni=1026 fig (5): reactivity versus temperature for dd reaction fig.(6):mawell-averaged reaction reactivity versus temperature for the interest controlled fusion reactions [ref 11]. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 x 10 -16 temperature [kev] d dp -d dn r ea ct iv it yt [c m3 /s] reactivity ddp reactivity ddn 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 ref [9] befor correction after correction 127 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 نوع للتفاعل النووي االندماجي العرضیةنموذج تجریبي لقیاس المقاطع دراسة أ d-d رعد حمید مجید لھیب احمد محمد جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفھكلیة التربیھ /الفیزیاء علوم قسم 2012كانون االول 9، قبل البحث في 2012حزیران 25ستلم البحث في :ا الخالصة مھم�ھ الن�ھ لھ�ا ت�أثیر d-dللتفاع�ل الن�ووي االن�دماجي ن�وع وذج تجریبي لقیاس المقاطع العرضیة الكلی�ةدراسة أنم نیترون�ات او البروتون�ات التفاعلی�ھ وطاق�ة ال،مثل معدل المسار الحرو معدل التفاع�ل ومھم في تحدید عوامل البالزما الحاره ط�ویر او تح�ویر العالق�ات التجریبی�ة المتض�منة حس�اب المق�اطع المنبعثھ .لوحظ في البحث الح�الي ان م�ن الض�روري ج�دا ت المنشوره. توافق مقبول مع النتأئج العالمیة لبلوغ او تحقیق العرضیة الكلیة ،االندماج النووي. d-dنوع ر،التفاعلیة،المقاطع العرضیةفة، معدل المسار الح:بؤرة البالزما الكثیالكلمات المفتاحیة 128 | physics دارسة وراثية لنوعين من خنافس الطحين خنفساء الطحین : لنوعین من خنافس الطحین خلویة مقارنة دارسة وراثیة خنفساء الطحین و herbst (tribolium castaneum , 1797( الصدئیة duval (tribolium confusum , 1868المحیرة ( )coleoptera : tenebrionidae( سلمان حامد زینب االسدي حسن سعید جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثمللعلوم الصرفة (كلیة التربیة / قسم علوم الحیاة الطویلایاد احمد رة العلوم و التكنولوجیاوزا /دائرة البحوث الزراعیة / لالفات المتكاملة مركز المكافحة 2013آب 26، قبل البحث في : 2013حزیران 13أستلم البحث في : الخالصة t.castaneumنوعین من خنافس الطحین ھما خنفساء الطحین الصدئیة ذكور علىخلویة دراسة وراثیة أجریت والجنسیة . الجسمیة الكروموسومات أشكالإلظھار طبعة النواة ومعرفة t.confusumوخنفساء الطحین المحیرة كانت t.castaneum الصدئیة ) لذكر خنفساء الطحین2nأن الھیئة الكروموسومیة الكاملة ( اظھرت نتائج الدراسة فكانت ثمانیة عشر كروموسوم t.confusum) أما ذكر خنفساء الطحین المحیرة 2n=20,xyعشرین كروموسوم أي ( ±، إذ بلغ معدل طولھ الكروموسوماتاقصر y) ، وفي كال النوعین كان الكروموسوم الجنسي 2n=18,xyأي ( ، µm 2.000±0.0 غ ــفبل t.confusum اما في . t.castaneum 1.500 ±0.0 µm فيالخطأ القیاسي اطول من كروموسومات t.confusumفقد ظھرت كروموسومات ي تمتروموسومیة التكواستناداً الى قیاسات االطوال ال t.castaneum بالمایكرومیتر ، ووصفت اشكال اغلب الكروموسومات في كال النوعین بأنھا وسطیة القطعة المركزیة metacentric chromosomes . موسومات ، وراثة خلویة .و، كر tribolium castaneum ،tribolium confusum الكلمات المفتاحیة : 59 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة tribolium المحیرة، و herbst ( tribolium castaneumالصدئیة ( بنوعیھا تعود خنافس الطحین confusum )duval الى رتبة غمدیة االجنحة (coleoptera الطحین خنافس وعائلةtenebrionidae وتعد ھذه ] .1ات التي تصیب الحبوب والمواد المخزونة وھي ذات انتشار عالمي واسع [ فالخنافس من اھم اال ، أو خنفساء الطحین rust flour beetleالصدئیة الطحین ھي خنفساء t.castaneumومن التسمیات الشائعة للنوع جنوب الوالیات وھي استرالیة االصل وتكثر في المناطق الدافئة من العالم ووجدت بوفرة في flour beetle الحمراء ] . 3المحمیة [ األماكنوتستطیع البقاء في الشتاء في ] 2[ األمریكیةالمتحدة للتشابھ المظھري ید ھویتھا نظراً داسمھا من الحیرة في تح تلقت فیبدو أنھا t.confusum المحیرة الطحین أما خنفساء حیرة أو ـالشائعة ھي خنفساء الطحین الم أسمائھالذلك من t.castaneumالصدئیة الطحین الكبیر بینھا وبین خنفساء ْم مما تتحملھ خنفساء الطحین الصدئیة 2.5ب فساء درجات حرارة اقل نوتتحمل ھذه الخ rust flour beetleالمتشابھة t.castaneum لطحین المحیرة ووجدت خنفساء اt.confusum وھي األمریكیةبكثرة في شمال الوالیات المتحدة ] . 4افریقیة االصل [ الى اضرار اقتصادیة كبیرة ، إذ تتغذى على انواع كثیرة من الحبوب التي وجودھا یؤدي flour beetlesخنافس الطحین ، والدخن ، والشیلم ، والطحین وكذلك تتغذى على المواد تشتمل محاصیل الحنطة ، والشعیر ، والرز ، والذرة ، والشوفان والكیك الجاھز والشكوالتة المجففة ، والتوابل واإلزھارلیا ، والفواكھ ، ا، والبزالغذائیة المخزونة مثل الفاصولیا ] . 5والمعكرونة وغیرھا [ ، والبسكویت وامل في نمو الحشرتین وتطورھما ھي درجة الحرارة و یعیش النوعان في البیئة نفسھا ویحصل بینھما تنافساً ، والع ] . 6الرطوبة النسبیة [ إذ وجدت على حبوب الحنطة و الرز المخزون و 1918في العراق عام t.castaneum تسجیل لنوع اول لقد كان ] ظھورھا في التمور المخزونة في محافظة البصرة .8] . وسجل [ 7الطحین [ بكثافة في العراق ومصر والسودان ولیبیا ولبنان t.confusumو t.castaneumتشیر الدراسات الى توافر النوعین ] . 9وفلسطین [ وبھدف وضع برنامج متكامل للسیطرة على ھاتین اآلفتین فقد تم دراستھما وراثیاً وبالتحدید دراسة طبعة النواة karyotype ات النوعین في مرحلة االنقسام الخیطي (االعتیادي) ومالتي شملت دراسة كروموسmitosis division في مكافحتھا انات الحدیثةق) ووصف اشكالھا وقیاس اطوالھا ، وعلى اساس استخدام الت 2nوحساب عدد الكروموسومات ( معلومات اساسیة عن طبعة النواة یرات الوراثیة الخلویة التي تعطىاالتي تتطلب انجاز العدید من الدراسات منھا دراسة التغ امال في ان تقدم ھذه الدراسة مایضیف لقاعدة المعلومات عن نوعي خنافس الطحین ] 10[ لالنواع التابعة للجنس نفسھ t.castaneum وt.confusum مستقبال في العراق ولتجنب االضرار االقتصادیة التي تھمالغرض المساعدة في مكافح تسببھما . المواد وطرائق العمل وخنفساء الطحین herbst( t.castaneumالطحین الصدئیة ( ءخنفسا التربیة المختبریة لخنافس الطحین بنوعیھا duval( t.confusum( المحیرة وذل��ك للحص��ول عل��ى مس��تعمرة t.confusumوالمحی��رة t.castaneumربی��ت خن��افس الطح��ین بنوعیھ��ا الص��دئیة culture اب�یض المع�روف بطح�ین ( درج�ة ص�فر) عل�ى طح�ین خاصة بكل نوع ، حیث ربي كل نوع من خنافس الطح�ین % 95بعد التثبت من كونھ نظیفاً ( خالٍ م�ن أي دور م�ن أدوار الحش�رتین وخ�اٍل م�ن الش�وائب أیض�اً ) بنس�بة مئوی�ة وزنی�ة % وقیس�ت ھ�ذه االوزان بوس�اطة می�زان 5بنس�بة مئوی�ة وزنی�ة dried yeastخب�ز الجاف�ة وخلطت ھذه النسبة مع خمیرة ال ، إذ أن تربی�ة خن�افس الطح�ین تك�ون مع�اً خلط�اً جی�داً لك�ي یتج�انس الخل�یط المتك�ون الوزنی�ة حساس ، ثم خلطت ھذه النسب وذل�ك ألن الخمی�رة تك�ون غنی�ة بھ�ا م�ع الخمی�رة مقارن�ة ب�الطحین غی�ر المخل�وطط وافضل باستعمال الطحین األبیض المخل� ة لنم�و یالمفضل لنمو خنافس الطحین وتطورھا ، وقد وفرت الظروف البیئ ءالتي تعد الغذا b-complexبمجموعة فیتامین ْم 1 ± 27عل��ى درج��ة ح��رارة incubatorن��وعي خن��افس الطح��ین وتطورھم��ا وذل��ك بوض��عھما ف��ي الحاض��نة المختبری��ة واح�د ی�وم. وتم متابعة تربیة النوعین وذلك للحصول على حشرات بالغة ( ذكور ) بعمر ]11% [ 5± 70ورطوبة نسبیبة الخلویة علیھم . الوراثیة ألجراء الدراسات لخیطي واالختزالي من نسیج الخصىتحضیر كروموسومات االنقسام ا testesمن نسیج الخصى mitotic and meiotic divisionsحضرت كروموسومات االنقسامین الخیطي واالختزالي tissue الملحي نوع من خنافس الطحین ، إذ تم تشریحھا داخل المحلولللذكور بعمر یوم واحد لكل saline solution مل من الماء المقطر [ 1000من كلورید الكالسیوم وتم إذابتھما في 0.2غم من كلورید الصودیم و 7المحضر من إضافة أزیل الرأس وكذلك الصدر وبقیت فقط الحلقات البطنیة ، شرحت الحلقة البطنیة السابعة من الجھة البطنیة وتم ذلك ] ،12 وقد لوحظ تشابھ في الشكل كبیر جداً testes، عزلت الخصیتان insect pinesطة إبرة ناعمة خاصة بالحشرات ابوس 60 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 إذ تألفت كل خصیة من ست t.confusumوالمحیرة t.castaneumالصدئیة الطحین بین خصى نوعي خنافس . testicular folliclesحویصالت صغیرة غیبالتثبیت والتص carnoyطة ابرة التشریح الى قطرة صغیرة من مثبت كارنوي انقل نسیج الخصى لكل نوع من خنافس الطحین بوس fixative من حامض الخلیك الثلجي واحد افة حجمعلى شریحة زجاجیة مجھریة ومثبت كارنوي حضر من اضglacial acetic acid %45 الى ثالثة حجوم من كحول االیثانولethanol alcohol %95 اضیفت قطرة مدة خمس دقائق ثم ] من إذابة :13التي حضرت بطریقة [ lacto aceto orcein 2%صغیرة من صبغة orceinغم من باودر صبغة 2 lactic acid% حامض الالكتیك 85مل من 50في glacial acetic acid% حامض الخلیك الثلجي 45مل 50و االستعمال للتخلص من الشوائب التي تؤثر في تصویر الشرائح وذلك باستخدام ورق ورشحت الصبغة في كل مرة قبل لشریحة الزجاجیة ثم مرر اإلبھام ] وبعد التصبیغ غطي النسیج بغطاء ا 14دقیقة [ 15ترشیح ، وكانت مدة االصطباغ ویعد خروج الصبغة الزائدة من حافات غطاء squashing tissueیرفق وبضغطھ بسیطة وذلك لغرض ھرس النسیج الشریحة نظف مكانھا بورق نشاف ، ثم طلبت حافات الغطاء الزجاجي بطالء األظافر الشفاف وذلك لمنع تبخر الصبغة ذي یتسبب بتلف النسیج المحضر ، وتركت الشرائح الزجاجیة لحین جفاف طالء االظافر .السریع ولمنع دخول الھواء ال فحص الشرائح الزجاجیة وتصویرھا ) وقد 100xبعد أن حضرت الشرائح الزجاجیة ، فحصت بالمجھر المركب وباستخدام العدسة الزیتیة ذات قوة التكبیر ( الزجاجیة وبشكل عمودي وافقي ، وصورت الخالیا التي ظھرت فیھا كروموسومات الطور اجرى مسح شامل للشریحة بشكل واضح وكذلك صورت الخالیا التي ظھرت فیھا metaphase of mitoic division طي یاالستوائي لالنقسام الخ واضح لالنقسام االختزالي بشكل والطور اإلنفصالي األول كروموسومات الطور االستوائي االول metaphase i and anaphase i of meiotic division مجھر طة ا، وتمت عملیة تصویر كل شریحة على حدة بوس . mega pixel 3كامیرا يذ meiji compound microscope مركب نوع قیاس أطوال الكروموسومات البیانیة إذ قطعت األوراقالكروموسومات باستعمال أطوالقیست عھانفسھا وطببعد تصویر جمیع الشرائح بقوة التكبیر الكروموسومات بالمقص ولصقت على الورق البیاني وبوحدة قیاس ملمتر أي عدد المربعات التي شغلھا الكروموسوم الذي ) µmالوحدات الى المایكرومیتر (ذلك حٌولت بعد طول الكروموسوم بالملمتر ثم وھذا یمثل تم لصقھ على الورق البیاني ] . 15والذي یمثل الطول الحقیقي للكروموسوم [ النتائج والمناقشة t.castaneumذكر خنفساء الصدئیة لالدراسة الوراثیة الخلویة لالنقسام( االعتیادي ) metaphaseوالطور االستوائي karyotpeالھیئة الكروموسومیة أو طبعة النواة .1 mitosis division فة النطف یلسلspermatogonium ) أ ) 1صورة ) ، 2n=20( ا النوع من الحشرات یساوي عشرین كروموسوم) لھذ2nأ ) توضح العدد الكروموسومي الكامل ( 1صورة ( autosomal الجسمیة وقد تضمن ھذا العدد الكروموسومي تسعة ازواج من الكروموسومات chromosomes الجنسي وزوج من الكروموسومات الجنسیة المتمثلة بالكروموسومx الجنسي والكروموسومy أي أن مات الجسمیة بشكلھا االسطواني أو و) ، وقد تمیزت الكروموس2n=20,xy غة الكروموسومیة العامة للذكر ھي ( یالص أما الكروموسوم .بشكلھ العصوي القصیر xسیة فقد تمیز الكروموسوم الجنسي العصوي ، أما الكروموسومات الجن قیس اطوال الكروموسومات وترتیبھا من أطول كروموسوم الى وقد أو نقطي صغیر فقد ظھر بشكل كروي yالجنسي ( كل ة طبعة النواة ، إذ تم ترتیب الكروموسومات الجسمیة بشكل ازواج كرموسومی اقصر كروموسوم إلظھار . ) ین لھما الطول نفسھیجسم كروموسومین ) .yكان اطول من الكروموسوم الجنسي xالكروموسوم الجنسي (فكانا منفصلین yو xالجنسیین أما الكروموسومین first طور االستوائي االول ال في spermatocyte) لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة n( العدد الكروموسومي .2 metaphase لالنقسام االختزالي meiosis division ) ب ) 1صورة بمعنى كل زوجین متشابھین یكونان tetradsب ) تبین وجود عشرة ازواج كروموسومیة على شكل رباعیات 1صورة ( parachuteعلى شكل باراشوتي xالجنسي مع الكروموسوم yوباعیة واحدة ، ولوحظ ارتباط الكرموسوم الجنسي shpe ( xyp) الجنسیین وھي صفة ممیزة الرتباط الكروموسومین x وy في ذكر خنفساء الطحین الصدئیة t.castaneum . 61 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 first anaphaseفي الطور االنفصالي االول spermatocyteالعدد الكروموسومي لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة .3 ج ) . 1صورة ( meiosis divisionلالنقسام االختزالي ( جانبي للكروموسومات وقد ظھر في الصورة العدد الكامل للكروموسومات أيمنظر ج ) توضح 1صورة ( 2n=20 ولوحظ انفصال الكروموسومات الى مجموعتین مجموعة تمتلك تسعة كروموسومات جسمیة والكروموسوم ، ( جمیع تظھرو yالجنسي م وموسوروموسومات جسمیة والكركوالمجموعة االخرى تمتلك تسعة xالجنسي الذي ظھر بشكل نقطي مقارنة yسحبھا بخیوط المغزل عدا الكروموسوم الجنسي بسبب v الكروموسومات على شكل متشابھ الشكل مع الكروموسومات الجسمیة لكنھ اصغر منھا ، وھذا التغییر بشكل كان الذي xبالكروموسوم الجنسي ب ) . 1في الطور االستوائي االول ( صورة ینسوموالباراشوتي لھذین الكرومالكروموسومین الجنسیین اعطیا الشكل metacentricنوع وسطیة القطعة المركزیة من ج ) اتضح أن الشكل اغلب الكروموسومات ھي1ومن خالل ( صورة chromosomes . ) 1جدول ( chromosome lengths دراسة اطوال الكروموسومات .4 ) معدل الطول والخطا القیاسي والمدى الخاص بكل كروموسوم من الكروموسومات العشرین حیث 1یوضح جدول ( وكل قراءة أو معدل الطول الخاص بكل كروموسوم ھو في الحقیقة معدل ، spssأخضعت القراءات للبرنامج االحصائي ( ة رقم لخمس قراءات ( خمس خالیا ) ، وعند مقارنة معدالت اطوال الكروموسومات الجسمی ) كان أطول 2,1وجد أن الزوج االول أي كروموسوم رقم ( ) 18,17,16,15,14,13,12,11,10,9,8,7,6,5,4,3,2,1 0.0± 4.330الخطأ القیاسي في جمیع الخالیا التي صورت ویساوي± األزواج الكرموسومیة الجسمیة إذ بلغ معدل طولھ االزواج الكروموسومیة أقصر ) فكان18,17بینما الزوج الكروموسومي التاسع أي كروموسوم رقم ( mµمایكرومیتر أما 2.33-2.50اما المدى فتراوح بین mµ 0.041± 2.432الخطأ القیاسي ± الجسمیة إذ بلغ معدل طولھ ±2.160 القیاسي الخطأ± xنسي إذ بلغ معدل طول الكروموسوم الج ، فكانا منفصلین y,xالكروموسومین الجنسیین 0.0 mµ أما الكروموسوم الجنسي y 0.0± 1.500الخطأ القیاسي ھو± بلغ معدل طولھ mµ إذ ظھر ھذا الكروموسوم صغیر بشكل نقطي وھو اقصر كروموسوم في ھذه الحشرة . ولذلك ظھرت الھیئة الكروموسومیة أو طبعة النواة متدرجة واظھارھا كما ھي في ( غیباالسباب الى طریقة تحضیر الشرائح الزجاجیة والوقت الكافي للتصبالطول وممكن أن تعود أ ) . 1صورة ثة الخلویة الخاصة بخنفساء الطحین امن خالل مالحظة النتائج نجد انھا تتفق مع اغلب الدراسات المتوفرة في مجال الور بانھ نقطي الشكل وأن ارتباطھ مع الكروموسومات yنسي ] الكروموسوم الج16، إذ وصف [ t.castaneumالصدئیة وھي صفة ممیزة للكروموسومین xypشوتي ا) یكون على شكل بارmiفي الطور االستوائي االول ( xالجنسي . t.castaneumالجنسیین لھذا النوع ( ھو عشرون كروموسوم t.castaneumي الكامل لخنفساء الطحین الصدئیة واكدت الدراسات أن العدد الكروموسوم 2n=20( ووصفت اغلب اشكال الكروموسومات بانھا وسطیة القطعة المركزیةmetacentric chromomes وان ھذا ] .ferrugineum t. ]17 النوع النوع متشابھ من ناحیة العدد الكروسومي الكامل ونوع النظام الجنسي مع یمثل حالة متقدمة في الخنافس ذات العدد الكبیر من الكروموسومات وأن ارتباط xypأن النظام الجنسي من نوع الكروموسومات ھذهانفصال ثم ) ومن miیكون مستقراً في الطور االستوائي االول ( yو x الكروموسومین الجنسیین ] .ai ] (18بشكل منتظم في الطور االنفصالي االول ( t.confusumكر خنفساء الطحین المحیرة الدراسة الوراثیة الخلویة لذ ) لالنقسام الخیطي (االعتیادي) mوالطور االستوائي ( karyotypeالھیئة الكروموسومیة أو طبعة النواة .1 mitosis division فة النطف یلسل spermatogonium ) أ ) 2صورة ) ، وقد تضمن ھذا العدد ثمانیة 2n=18لوحظ أن العدد الكروموسومي الكامل لھذا النوع ھو ثمانیة عشر كروموسوم ( وزوج من الكروموسومات الجنسیة المتمثلة somatic chromosomesازواج من الكروموسومات الجسمیة اي ان الصیغة الكروموسومیة العامة للذكر ھي ( yالجنسي والكروموسوم x الجنسي بالكروموسوم 2n=18,xy الجنسیةالكروموسومات اما .بشكلھا االسطواني أو العصوي) ، وقد تمیزت الكروموسومات الجسمیة اذرع ویعادل طولھ طول احد xاقصر من الكروموسوم الجنسي yالجنسي الكروموسوم بشكل منفصل إذ كان فظھرت . xالكروموسوم الجنسي ) لالنقسام miاالول ( اإلستوائي في الطور spermatocyte) لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة nالعدد الكروموسومي ( .2 ب ) 2صورة ( meiosis divisionاالختزالي y، ارتباط الكروموسوم الجنسي tetradsب ) توضح وجود تسعة ازواج كروموسومیة على شكل رباعیات 2صورة ( xyل باویسمى ھذا االرتباط xایضا اال أن االرتباط یكون مع نھایة احد اذرع كروموسوم xمع الكروموسوم الجنسي neo احد آلیات ارتباط كروموسوم ھو وھذا y مع كروموسومx ویعد صفة ممیزة لذكر خنفساء الطحین المحیرة t.confusum . 62 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ) لالنقسام االختزالي aiفي الطور االنفصالي االول ( spermatocyte العدد الكروموسومي لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة .3 meiosis division ) ج ) 2صورة ) الى 2n=18ج ) منظراً فوقي للكروموسومات ، وقد لوحظ انفصال الكروموسومات الثمانیة عشر ( 2صورة ( تبین والمجموعة االخرى تمتلك ثماني xمجموعتین ، مجموعة تمتلك ثماني كروموسومات جسمیة والكروموسوم الجنسي . yكروموسومات جسمیة والكروموسوم الجنسي yفقد ظھر الكروموسوم الجنسي . أما الكروموسومان الجنسیان vوظھرت الكروموسومات الجسمیة على شكل حرف فظھر بشكل غیر منتظم ( وقد لوحظ انھ یمتلك ذراعاً طویالً وذراعاً x الجنسي موسومرویر ، أما الكبشكل عصوي قص metacentricنوع وسطیة القطعة المركزیة من ھيقصیراً ) ، كذلك لوحظ ان شكل اغلب الكروموسومات chromomes . ) 2جدول ( chromosome lengths دراسة اطوال الكروموسومات .4 عشر وأخضعت ة) معدل الطول والخطأ القیاسي والمدى الخاص بكل كروموسوم من الكروموسومات الثمانی2جدول (یبین وأن كل قراءة ھي معدل لخمس قراءات ، وعند مقارنة معدالت اطوال ، ایضاً spssالقراءات للبرنامج اإلحصائي ) وجد أن الزوج االول أي كروموسوم 16,15,14,13,12,11,10,9,8,7,6,5,4,3,2,1الكروموسومات الجسمیة ارقام ( والمدى mµ 0.041± 4.762 الخطأ القیاسي± ) كان اطول األزواج الكروموسومیة الجسمیة إذ بلغ معدل طولھ 2,1(رقم . 4.83 -4.66ن ترراوح بی الكروموسومیة الجسمیة وبلغ معدل األزواج) كان اقصر 16,15أما الزوج الكروموسومي الثامن أي كروموسوم رقم ( x ینالجنسی ین. أما الكروموسوم 3.50 – 3.33، أما المدى فتراوح بین mµ 0.04± 3.432الخطأ القیاسي ھو ± طولھ . mµ 0.0± 2.660الخطأ القیاسي ± xإذ بلغ معدل طول الكروموسوم الجنسي ،فكانا منفصلینy و ویمثل ھذا الكروموسوم اقصر mµ 0.0± 2.000الخطأ القیاسي ± طولھ فكان معدل yأما الكروموسوم الجنسي . t.confusumكروموسوم في ذكر خنفساء الطحین المحیرة أن العدد الكروموسومي الكامل لخنفساء الطحین أكدتومن خالل مالحظة النتائج نجد انھا تتفق مع البحوث المتوافرة التي metacentric) اغلبھا وسطیة الجسم المركزي 2n=18ھو ثمانیة عشر كرموسوم ( t.confusumالمحیرة chromomes ]19 [. بشكل tenebrionidaeموجود في عائلة yو x الجنسیین وأظھرت دراسة أن االختالف بین حجمي الكروموسومین سومین ووھذا االختالف بین الكروم] x ]20اصغر من الكروموسوم الجنسي yإذ یكون الكروموسوم الجنسي ، واضح كان واضحاً في الدراسة الحالیة . الجنسیین المصادر 1. scudder , g.g. and canninings , r. a. (2005) . the coleoptera families columbia 109pp. 2. smith, e. h. and whiman, r.c. (1992) . field guide to structural pests. national pest management associated , dunn loring, va. 3. tripathi , a .k; prajapative, v,;aggarwal, k.k . and kuman, s, ( 2001) . toxicity , feeding deterrence and effect of activity of 1,8cineole from artemisia annua on progeny production of tribolium castaneum . j.econ. entom .,94(2):979983. 4. walter , v. e ( 1990) , stored product pests . in hand book of pest control , franzak, c.o. and cleveland , o. h ( eds ) , 5 29pp . 5. weston , p .a.and rattingourd , p . l. (2000). progeny production by tribolium castaneum ( coleoptera ; tenebrionidae ) and oryzaephilus surinamensis ( coleoptera;silvanidiae ) on maize previously infested by sitoroga cerealla (lepideptera ; gelechiidae ) , j.econ entomol.,93(2):533-536. 6. park, t. (1954) , exprimental studies of inter of specific competition , temperature and humidity in two species of tribolium j.physiol , zoo,.27(1):177-238 . 7. buxton, p . and mellan, k.(1918) the measurement and control of humidity, j.bull. res., 25 : 171-175. صفحة . 141التمور العراقیة . مطبعة الحكومة العراقیة ، بغداد ، .) 1962عبد الجبار ( ، البكر .8 9. al-ali, a. (1977) . phtophagons and entomophagous insects and mites of iraq nat. hist . res . cent . pupl.,142pp. 63 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 64 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 10. munro, j. w. (1966). pests of stored products . hutctchinson and coltd . london , 234pp. 11. bergerson, o. and woll. d. (1987) . attraction of flour beetles . tribolium castaneum ( herbst) ( coleopera ; tenebrionidae ) to wheat flour . heritable character to conditioning j. appl . entomol 104 (3): 179-186. 12. humason , g. l . ( 1966). animal tissue techniques second edition , freeman , w.h. (ed.) , 468pp. 13. dev , v .; lachance , l . e . and whitten , c . j . (1985). polytene chromosomes of the screwworm fly , cochliomyia hominivorax . j . hered .,76(1):132-133. 14. canovai , r, ; caterini , b , ; contadini , l . and galleni , l . (1994) . karyology of the ceritis capitata ( wied) mitotic complement:as g bands . j. caryol ., 47(2):241-247 . 15. bedo, d . g . (1987). polytene chromosome mapping in ceratitis capitata (diptera : tephritidae ) . j ,genome, 29(1):589-611. 16. smith, s. g. (1952) . the evolution of heterochromatin in the genus tribolium ( coleptera : tenebrionidae ). j . chromosoma , 4 (1):585-610 . 17. juan , c. petitpierre , e. and oromi , p , (1989) . chromosomal analysis on tenbrionidae ( coleoptera) from the canary is-lands. j. cytologia , 5 7(2):33-41. 18. beemane , r. w. ; and brown . s. j , (1999). rapd – based genetic linkage maps of tribolium castaneum j . genet ., 153(3): 333338 . 19. yadav , j. s. and pillai , r . k. (1976) . evolution of karyotype in tenebrionidae ( inscta : coleoptera ) . j. symp. genet ., 195 (4) : 280-290. 20. juan , c. and petitpierre, e. ( 1990) . karyological differences among tenebrionidae (coleoptera) . j . genet ., 80(2):101-108 . t.castaneum ) : التحضیر الكروموسومي لذكر النوع 1صورة ( وسومات الطور االستوائي لالنقسام الخیطي لسلیفة وطبعة النواة .كروم أ لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة . اإلختزالي الطور االستوائي االول لالنقسام كروموسومات ب .االنفصالي االول لالنقسام االختزالي لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة ( منظر جانبي )كروموسومات الطور ج 3000xقوة التكبیر t.castaneum) لذكر خنفساء الطحین الصدئیة mµمیتر (و) معدل اطوال الكروموسومات بالمایكر1جدول ( االزواج رقم الكروموسوم الكروموسومیة موسومومعدل طول الكر mµ لـالمدى با .s.eالخطأ القیاسي± الزوج االول 1 4.330 ±0.0 2 4.330 ±0.0 4.16 – 4.08 0.019± 4.128 3 الزوج الثاني 4 4.128 ±0.019 4.08 – 4.16 4.00 – 3.91 0.022± 3.946 5 الزوج الثالث 6 3.946 ±0.022 3.914.00 الزوج الرابع 7 3.596 ±0.039 3.503.66 8 3.596 ±0.039 3.503.66 الزوج الخامس 9 3.362 ±0.019 3.333.41 10 3.362 ±0.019 3.333.41 3.25 – 3.16 0.022± 3.196 11 الزوج السادس 12 3.196 ±0.022 3.16 – 3.25 الزوج السابع 13 2.964 ±0.022 3.91 – 3.00 14 2.964 ±0.022 2.913.00 الزوج الثامن 15 2.762 ±0.041 2.662.83 16 2.762 ±0.041 2.662.83 2.50 -2.33 0.041± 2.432 17 الزوج التاسع 18 2.432 ±0.041 2.332.50 الزوج العاشر 19x 2.160 ±0.0 20y 1.500 ±0.0 مالحظة : الكروموسوم لخمس قراءات . طول ھو معدلمعدل طول الكروموسوم .spssار بباخت الیھ تم التوصل .s.eالخطأ القیاسي ادنى قراءة .والمدى ھو الفرق بین اعلى قراءة 65 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 66 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 t.confusum) : التحضیر الكروموسومي لذكر النوع 2صورة ( لالنقسام الخیطي لسلیفة النطف وطبعة النواة . اإلستوائيكروموسومات الطور أ كروموسومات الطور االستوائي االول لالنقسام االختزالي لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة . ب .كروموسومات الطور االنفصالي االول لالنقسام االختزالي لخلیة تناسلیة ذكریة ( منظر فوقي) ج 3000xوة التكبیر ق t.confusum لذكر خنفساء الطحین) mµ( بالمایكرومیتر ) معدالت اطوال الكروموسومات2جدول ( األزواج الكروموسومیة رقم الكروموسوم معدل طول الكروموسوم mµل المدى با .s.eالخطأ القیاسي ± الزوج األول 1 4.762 ±0.041 4.66-4.83 2 4.762 ±0.041 4.664.83 4.58 -4.50 0.019± 4.548 3 الزوج الثاني 4 4.548 ±0.019 4.504.58 4.41 -4.33 0.019± 4.378 5 الزوج الثالث 6 4.378 ±0.019 4.33 -4.41 الزوج الرابع 7 4.214 ±0.022 4.16 – 4.25 8 4.214 ±0.022 4.16 – 4.25 الزوج الخامس 9 4.048 ±0.019 4.004.08 10 4.048 ±0.019 4.00 4.08 3.91 -3.83 0.019± 3.878 11 الزوج السادس 12 3.878 ±0.019 3.833.91 الزوج السابع 13 3.660 ±0.0 14 3.660 ±0.0 الزوج الثامن 15 3.432 ±0.041 3.333.50 16 3.432 ±0.041 3.333.50 17x 2.660 ±0.0 الزوج التاسع 18y 2.660 ±0.0 مالحظات : .موسوم لخمس قراءات وطول الكر معدل الكروموسوم ھو طول معدل أ .spssتم التوصل باختیار .s.eالخطأ القیاسي ب .ادنى قراءة والمدى ھو الفراق بین اعلى قراءة ت 67 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 comparative cytogenetic study of two species of flour beetles tribolium castaneum ( herbst, 1797) rust flour beetle and tribolium confusum ( duval, 1968) confused flour beetle (coleoptera ; tenebrionidae) zainab h. salman hassan s. alasady dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad ayad a. al-taweel integrated pest control cent./directorate of agriculture researches/ministry of science and technology received in : 13 june 2013 , accepted in : 26 august 2013 abstract comparative cytogenetic studies were carried out on males of two species of flour beetles, rust flour beetle tribolium castaneum and confused flour beetle tribolium confusum to investigate the karyotype. in these species, somatic chromosomes were arranged according to its length except the sex chromosomes. results of this study showed that complete chromosomes karyotyping (2n) of t.castaneum equaled to twenty chromosomes ( 2n=20, xy ) whereas (2n) t.confusum equaled eighteen chromosomes ( 2n= 18,xy). in the two species the sex chromosome y was the shortest chromosome and had length of average ± standard error in t.castaneum equaled to 1.500 ± 0.0 µm whereas in t.confusum equaled to 2.000± 0.0 µm. based on chromosomal length measurement the chromosomes of t.confusum were longer than chromosomes of t.castaneum . the form of chromosomes in these species were described as metacentric chromosomes . key words: tribolium castaneum , tribolium confusum ,chromosomes, cytogenetic . 68 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <feff04180437043f043e043b043704320430043904420435002004420435043704380020043d0430044104420440043e0439043a0438002c00200437043000200434043000200441044a0437043404300432043004420435002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200434043e043a0443043c0435043d04420438002c0020043c0430043a04410438043c0430043b043d043e0020043f044004380433043e04340435043d04380020043704300020043204380441043e043a043e043a0430044704350441044204320435043d0020043f04350447043004420020043704300020043f044004350434043f0435044704300442043d04300020043f043e04340433043e0442043e0432043a0430002e002000200421044a04370434043004340435043d043804420435002000500044004600200434043e043a0443043c0435043d044204380020043c043e0433043004420020043404300020044104350020043e0442043204300440044f0442002004410020004100630072006f00620061007400200438002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020043800200441043b0435043404320430044904380020043204350440044104380438002e> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <feff004b0069007600e1006c00f30020006d0069006e0151007300e9006701710020006e0079006f006d00640061006900200065006c0151006b00e90073007a00ed007401510020006e0079006f006d00740061007400e100730068006f007a0020006c006500670069006e006b00e1006200620020006d0065006700660065006c0065006c0151002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b0061007400200065007a0065006b006b0065006c0020006100200062006500e1006c006c00ed007400e10073006f006b006b0061006c0020006b00e90073007a00ed0074006800650074002e0020002000410020006c00e90074007200650068006f007a006f00740074002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b00200061007a0020004100630072006f006200610074002000e9007300200061007a002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002c0020007600610067007900200061007a002000610074007400f3006c0020006b00e9007301510062006200690020007600650072007a006900f3006b006b0061006c0020006e00790069007400680061007400f3006b0020006d00650067002e> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <feff0049007a006d0061006e0074006f006a00690065007400200161006f00730020006900650073007400610074012b006a0075006d00750073002c0020006c0061006900200076006500690064006f00740075002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400750073002c0020006b006100730020006900720020012b00700061016100690020007000690065006d01130072006f00740069002000610075006700730074006100730020006b00760061006c0069007401010074006500730020007000690072006d007300690065007300700069006501610061006e006100730020006400720075006b00610069002e00200049007a0076006500690064006f006a006900650074002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400750073002c0020006b006f002000760061007200200061007400760113007200740020006100720020004100630072006f00620061007400200075006e002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002c0020006b0101002000610072012b00200074006f0020006a00610075006e0101006b0101006d002000760065007200730069006a0101006d002e> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <feff04180441043f043e043b044c04370443043904420435002004340430043d043d044b04350020043d0430044104420440043e0439043a043800200434043b044f00200441043e043704340430043d0438044f00200434043e043a0443043c0435043d0442043e0432002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002c0020043c0430043a04410438043c0430043b044c043d043e0020043f043e04340445043e0434044f04490438044500200434043b044f00200432044b0441043e043a043e043a0430044704350441044204320435043d043d043e0433043e00200434043e043f0435044704300442043d043e0433043e00200432044b0432043e04340430002e002000200421043e043704340430043d043d044b04350020005000440046002d0434043e043a0443043c0435043d0442044b0020043c043e0436043d043e0020043e0442043a0440044b043204300442044c002004410020043f043e043c043e0449044c044e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200438002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020043800200431043e043b043504350020043f043e04370434043d043804450020043204350440044104380439002e> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice 59 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. modified ranking function to compute fuzzy matrix games rasha jalal mitlif department of applied sciences, branch of mathematics and computer applications, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. rasha.j.mitlif@uotechnology.edu.iq abstract game theory problems (gtp) frequently occur in economy, business studies, sociology, political science, military activities, and so on are some of the subjects covered. to tackle the uncertainty in games, the analysis of games in which the payoffs are represented by fuzzy numbers (fn) will benefit from fuzzy set theory (fst). the purpose of this paper is to develop an efficient technique for solving constraint matrix games (mg) with payoff trapezoidal fuzzy numbers (tfn). the description of the new ranking method is introduced for a constrained matrix with tfn and values. stock market forecasting has been one of the most important research areas for decades. stock market values are volatile, non-linear, complicated and chaotic. based on a ranking function (rf), we used a new algorithm to solve the fuzzy game problem (fgp) employing tfn and also to try to get a desirable gain. centered on the latest proposed ranking algorithm, the fuzzy decision method is designed to analyze possible stock opportunists. the paper considers a zero-sum game for two persons in which tfn are fuzzy payoffs. a ranking method (rm) is proposed to convert tfn into crisp numbers (cn) and it is used to solve fgp. the fuzzy game (fg) issue with concept strategies pure minimax maximin is presented. this problem is converted into the crisp problem by a new rf and then solved using the arithmetic (oddment) method. with the help of numerical examples, the suggested technique is explained. this paper finalizes the conclusion and includes an outlook for future study in this direction. keywords: ranking of trapezoidal fuzzy numbers (rtfn), game theory (gth), saddle point (sp), pure strategy (ps). ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2765 article history: received 30, december, 2021, accepted, 8,fabruary, 2022, published in april 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rasha.j.mitlif@uotechnology.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 60 1. introduction fuzzy game (fg) has been used in many areas, including operations analysis, control theory and management sciences, etc. when j.newmann and o.morgenstern [1] published the influential essay 'theory of games and economic performance' in 1944, the mathematical treatment of g th became available. the important paper ' economic results and g th ' by j.newmann and o.morgenstern [1] published in 1944 presented the first statistical treatment of game theory (g th). fg is a body of information that discusses decision-making (dm) while two and most experienced and rational competitors are in dispute and competition conditions. g th has played a significant role in decision-making analysis fields like economics and management. we need to determine the right values of payoffs when we can use g th to design any specific problems we face in real life. knowing the actual value with payoffs, on the other hand, is difficult, and we could only know the calculated solution. in such situations, modeling the issues as games with uncertain payoffs is useful. all parameters are fn in a fgp. standard or irregular triangular, trapezoidal, or octagonal numbers can be fuzzy. the vague fgp is transformed to a crisp estimation problem using the rf and then solved using the traditional approach. some researchers extend fgp applications to crisp games and suggest appropriate solution methods and principles to solve fgp with ranking features [2-12]. recently, the theory of fuzzy sets (fs) has been established and is the most suitable to date theory to deal with uncertainties. many important g th applications have been extended by embedding the fs ideas [13-18]. several authors [19 -23] investigated two-person zero sum games with fuzzy payoffs and fuzzy aims g th. we have taken two people's zero-sum games in this article, in which trapezoidal fuzzy numbers (tfn) are imprecise values. we have explained it using the ranking technique to convert it to a crisply valued game problem. using tfn, we have exposed a fuzzy game problem. the paper is structured as follows. section 2 presents the concept of certain basic definitions and preliminaries regarding the crisp matrix games (cmg). in section 3, we present the mathematical formulation of the fgp. section 4 introduces the proposed ranking technique. section 5 presents the procedure for solving fgp using the matrix oddment method. in section 6, a numerical illustration is given to demonstrate the proposed method's efficacy. finally, section 7 presents the conclusions of this work. 2. basic concepts: definition (2.1): fuzzy set (fs) [24] if the membership function ŋǫ ∶ ʈ → [0,1] of a fs đ̃ defined on the set of points ʈ has the following properties, it is said to be a fn. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 61 (i) đ̃ is an upper semicontinuous membership function; (ii) đ̃ is convex, i. e.,ŋǫę(𝒽 𝜗 + (1 − 𝒽))𝑛𝑖𝑚 {ŋǫ(𝜗), ŋǫ(𝓋) },𝒽 ∈ [0,1] , for all 𝜗,𝓋 ∈ ʈ. (iii) đ̃ is normal, i. e., ∃ 𝜗0 ∈ ʈ for which ŋǫ(𝜗0) = 1. (iv) 𝑆𝑢𝑝𝑝 (đ̃) = {𝜗 ∈ ʈ ∶ ŋǫ(𝜗) > 0} is the support of the đ̃ , and its closure 𝑐𝑙 (𝑆𝑢𝑝𝑝 (đ̃)) is a compact set. definition (2.2): pure strategy (ps) [25] if a player knows precisely what the other player is going to do is called pure strategy. definition (2.3): saddle point (sp) [26] a saddle point has been said to occur when the maximum value equals the minimum value, and optimal strategies are known as the complementary strategies that give the saddle point. the crisp game value (cgv) of the game matrix (gm) is the number of payoffs at an equilibrium point. definition (2.4): trapezoidal fuzzy numbers (tfn) [27]: a fuzzy number đ̃ = (𝓉𝓅, 𝓉ç, ę, ᶁ) is said to be a tfn if its membership function is defined as follows: ŋǫę = { 𝜗−(𝓉𝓅−ę) ę , 𝓉𝓅 − ę ≤ 𝜗 ≤ 𝓉𝓅 1 , 𝓉𝓅 ≤ 𝜗 ≤ 𝓉ç (𝓉ç+𝛽)−𝜗 ᶁ , 𝓉ç ≤ 𝜗 ≤ 𝓉ç + ᶁ 0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 definition (2.5): ranking function (rf) [28]: the function: ʈ: ƒ(ʈ) → ʈ that maps each fn into the real line is a rf where a natural order exists. if �̌�, ᶌ̌ ∈ ƒ(ʈ) , then a) �̌� ≥ ᶌ̌ if and only if ʈ(�̌� ) ≥ ʈ( ᶌ̌); b) �̌� > ᶌ̌ if and only if ʈ(�̌� ) > ʈ( ᶌ̌); c) �̌� = ᶌ̌ if and only if ʈ(�̌� ) = ʈ( ᶌ̌); d) �̌� ≤ ᶌ̌ if and only if ʈ(�̌� ) ≤ ʈ( ᶌ̌). 3. mathematical formulation of fgp: consider a two-player zero-sum fg in which the payoffs matrix contains only tfn. let us suggest each player has ɱ strategies and ɲ strategies. it is presumed that each player must choose a pure strategy from the available options. the gainer is always assumed to be the player 𝛿 , and the loser is always assumed to be player ƴ. ɱ × ɲ is the payoff matrix. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 62 ƕ = ( ǥ11̃ ǥ12̌ ǥ13̃ ǥ21̃ ǥ22̃ ǥ23̃ ǥ31̃ ǥ32̃ ǥ33̃ … ǥ1�̃� … ǥ2�̃� … ǥ3�̃� … … … … … … ǥ𝑚1̃ ǥ𝑚2̃ ǥ𝑚3̃ … … … … … ǥ𝑚�̃�) 4. proposed ranking technique: in this section, we propose a new ranking function that depends on the idea of the maleki ranking function with a new weight ( 7 8 ) . assume ǥ̃ = ( 𝓉𝓅, 𝓉ç,ę,ᶁ ) is a trapezoidal fuzzy number, using the following formula to find the ranking function of �̃�. ʈ(đ̃) = 7 8 ∫ [ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 1 0 �̃�ȿ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝 �̃�ȿ ] 𝑑ȿ ʈ(đ) = 7 8 ∫ (( 𝓉𝓅 − 1 0 ęȿ) 𝑑𝛾 + ( 𝓉ç + ᶁȿ ) ) 𝑑ȿ ʈ(đ̃) = 7 8 [ 𝓉𝓅ȿ − 1 2 ę ȿ2 + 𝓉ç ȿ + 1 2 ᶁ ȿ2 | 0 1 ʈ(đ̃) = 7 8 (𝓉𝓅 − 1 2 ę + 𝓉ç + 1 2 ᶁ ) ʈ(đ̃) = 7 8 (𝓉𝓅 + 𝓉ç + 1 2 (ᶁ − ę ) ) ʈ(đ̃) = 7 8 (𝓉𝓅 + 𝓉ç) + 7 16 (ᶁ − ę ) . 5. procedures for solving fgp using the matrix oddment method: the following steps are used to implement a solution procedure for solving the two-person zero-sum matrix game problems (mgp) in this section: step1. in the fgp, describe the tfn in its parametric form. step2. translate the fuzzy game theory (fgth) into a cv problem by applying the new rf. step3. check and see if the problem has a sp. the solution can be obtained directly if it exists. proceed to the next level if the sp does not exist. testing this fuzzy matrix game has sp exists or does not exist, we will continue in the following cases: (𝑖) take a sp to test. (𝑖𝑖) if there is no a sp, find equalizing strategies to solve the problem. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 63 for players, the best-mixed strategies are 𝛿 = (ơ1 ,ơ2) in addition to the player ƴ = (ᶉ1 , ᶉ2) where ơ1 = ǥ22 −ǥ12 (ǥ11+ǥ22)−(ǥ12+ǥ21) , ơ2 = 1 ơ1 ᶉ1 = ǥ22 −ǥ21 (ǥ11+ǥ22)−(ǥ12+ǥ21) , ᶉ2 = 1 ᶉ1 and value of the game ℂ = ǥ11∗ǥ22−ǥ12∗ǥ21 (ǥ11+ǥ22)−(ǥ12+ǥ21) step4. to solve problems in g th, use the arithmetic (oddment) approach to find the best strategies and the corresponding matrix game value for players. 6. numerical examples: example 1: consider the payoff problem of the following fuzzy game as tfn. ƴ 𝛿 ( 30 12 7 9 19 10 28 21 32 ) the minimum in the first row = 7 the minimum in the second row= 9 the minimum in the third row = 21 the maximum in the first column = 30 the maximum in the second column = 21 the maximum in the third column =32 maximum (minimum) = 21 also minimum (maximum) =21 it has saddle point. value of game = 21 consider the following fuzzy game problem (fgp): ƴ 𝛿 ( (28,32,0.3,1.7) (10,14,0.3,1.7) (5,9,0.3,1.7) (7,11,0.4,1.6) (17,21,0.4,1.6) (8,12,0.4,1.6) (26,30,0.2,1.8) (19,23,0.2,1.8) (30,34,0.2,1.8) ) step1. we obtain the values of ʈ (đ) for the given fgp and transform it to a cv problem, as shown in the table below. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 64 table 1. the tfn problem is transformed cv in example1. step2. the given fgp is reduced in the following payoff matrix: ƴ 𝛿 ( 53.1125 21.6125 12.8625 16.2750 33.7750 18.0250 49.7000 37.4500 56.7000 ) the minimum in the first row =12.8625 the minimum in the second row = 16.2750 the minimum in the third row = 37.4500 the maximum in the first column = 53.1125 the maximum in the second column = 37.4500 the maximum in the third column = 56.7000 maximum (minimum) = 37.4500 also minimum (maximum) = 37.4500 it has saddle point. value of game = 37.4500 example 2: consider the payoff problem of the following fg as tfn. ƴ 𝛿 ( 3 13 5 7 14 8 12 16 6 ) ǥ11 = (28,32,0.3,1.7) ʈ (ǥ11) = 53.1125 ǥ12 = (10,14,0.3,1.7) ʈ (ǥ12 ) = 21.6125 ǥ13 = (5,9,0.3,1.7) ʈ (ǥ13) = 12.8625 ǥ21 = (7,11,0.4,1.6) ʈ (ǥ21) = 16.2750 ǥ22 = ((17,21,0.4,1.6) ʈ (ǥ22) = 33.7750 ǥ23 = ( 8,12,0.4,1.6) ʈ (ǥ23) = 18.0250 ǥ31 = (26,30,0.2,1.8) ʈ (ǥ31) = 49.7000 ǥ32 = ((19,23,0.2,1.8) ʈ (ǥ32) = 37.4500 ǥ33 = (30,34,0.2,1.8) ʈ (ǥ33) = 56.7000 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 65 the minimum in the first row = 3 the minimum in the second row = 7 the minimum in the third row = 6 the maximum in the first column = 12 the maximum in the second column = 16 the maximum in the third column = 8 maximum (minimum) = 7 but minimum (maximum) = 8 here maximum (minimum) ≠ minimum (maximum). it has no sp. the dominance approach is used. the second and third rows clearly dominate the first row, as all of the elements in the first row are lower than those in the second and third rows. as a result of removing the first row, we get ƴ 𝛿 ( 7 14 8 12 16 6 ) since all of the elements in the second column are greater than those in the first and third columns, the second column is once again dominated by the first and third columns. as a consequence of removing the second column, we get ƴ 𝛿 ( 7 8 12 6 ) to determine the best mixed strategy and game value: now, ǥ11 = 7 ,ǥ12 = 8 ,ǥ21 = 12 ,ǥ22 = 6 . ơ1 = ǥ22 − ǥ12 (ǥ11 + ǥ22) − (ǥ12 + ǥ21) = 6 − 8 (7 + 6) − (8 + 12) = −2 −7 = 0.285. ơ2 = 1 − ơ1 = 1 − 0.285 = 0.715. 𝑞1 = ǥ22 − ǥ21 (ǥ11 + ǥ22) − (ǥ12 + ǥ21) = 6 − 12 (7 + 6) − (8 + 12) = −6 −7 = 0.857. ᶉ2 = 1 − ᶉ1 = 1 − 0.857 = 0.143. strategy for player 𝛿 = (ơ1,ơ2) = (0.285 ,0.715) strategy for player ƴ = (ᶉ1, ᶉ2) = (0.857 ,0.143) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 66 value of the game ℂ = ǥ11∗ǥ22−ǥ12∗ǥ21 (ǥ11+ǥ22)−(ǥ12+𝑎ǥ21) = (7∗6)−(8∗12) (7+6)−(8+12) = − 54 − 7 = 7.714. consider the following fgp: ƴ 𝛿 ( (1,5,0.7,1.3) (11,15,0.7,1.3) (3,7,0.7,1.3) (5,9,0.6,1.4) (12,16,0.6,1.4) (6,10,0.6,1.4) (10,14,0.8,1.2) (14,18,0.8,1.2) (4,8,0.8,1.2) ) step1. we obtain the values of ʈ (đ) for the given fgp and transform it to a cv problem, as shown in the table below. table 2. the tfn problem is transformed cv in the example. ǥ11 = (1,5,0.7,1.3) ʈ (ǥ11) = 5.5125 ǥ12 = (11,15,0.7,1.3) ʈ (ǥ12 ) = 23.0125 ǥ13 = (3,7,0.7,1.3) ʈ (ǥ13) = 9.0125 ǥ21 = (5,9,0.6,1.4) ʈ (ǥ21) = 12.6000 ǥ22 = (12,16,0.6,1.4) ʈ (ǥ22) = 24.8500 ǥ23 = (6,10,0.6,1.4) ʈ (ǥ23) = 14.3500 ǥ31 = (10,14,0.8,1.2) ʈ (ǥ31) = 21.1750 ǥ32 = (14,18,0.8,1.2) ʈ (ǥ32) = 28.1750 ǥ33 = (4,8,0.8,1.2) ʈ (ǥ33) = 10.6750 step 2. the given fgp is reduced in the following payoff matrix: ƴ 𝛿 ( 5.5125 23.0125 9.0125 12.6000 24.8500 14.3500 21.1750 28.1750 10.6750 ) the minimum in the first row = 5.5125 the minimum in the second row = 12.6000 the minimum in the third row = 10.6750 the maximum in the first column = 21.1750 the maximum in the second column = 28.1750 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 67 the maximum in the third column = 14.3500 maximum (minimum) = 12.6000 but minimum (maximum) = 14.3500 here maximum (minimum) ≠ minimum (maximum). it has no sp. the dominance approach is used. the second and third rows clearly dominate the first row, as all of the elements in the first row are lower than those in the second and third rows. as a result of removing the first row, we get ƴ 𝛿 ( 12.6000 24.8500 14.3500 21.1750 28.1750 10.6750 ) since all of the elements in the second column are greater than those in the first and third columns, the second column is once again dominated by the first and third columns. as a consequence of removing the second column, we get ƴ 𝛿 ( 12.6000 14.3500 21.1750 10.6750 ) to determine the best-mixed strategy and game value: now, ǥ11 = 12.6000 ,ǥ12 = 14.3500 ,ǥ21 = 21.1750 ,ǥ22 = 10.6750 . ơ1 = ǥ22 − ǥ12 (ǥ11 + ǥ22) − (ǥ12 + ǥ21) = 10.6750 − 14.3500 (12.6000 + 10.6750) − (14.3500 + 21.1750) = −3.6750 −12.2500 = 0.3000. ơ2 = 1 − ơ1 = 1 − 0.3000 = 0.7000. ᶉ1 = ǥ22 − ǥ21 (ǥ11 + ǥ22) − (ǥ12 + ǥ21) = 10.6750 − 21.1750 (12.6000 + 10.6750) − (14.3500 + 21.1750) = −10.5000 −12.2500 = 0.8571. ᶉ2 = 1 − ᶉ1 = 1 − 0.8571 = 0.1429. strategy for player 𝛿 = (ơ1,ơ2) = (0.3000 ,0.7000) strategy for player ƴ = (ᶉ1, ᶉ2) = (0.8571 ,0.1429) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 68 value of the game ℂ = ǥ11∗ǥ22−ǥ12∗ǥ21 (ǥ11+ǥ22)−(ǥ12+ǥ21) = (12.6000∗10.6750)−(14.3500∗21.1750) (12.6000+10.6750)−(14.3500+21.1750) = −169.3562 −12.2500 = 13.8250. 7. conclusion this research evaluates the effectiveness of trapezoidal fuzzy numbers in stock market prediction using a proposed ranking technique based on ranking functions. our model can achieve a more suitable partition of the universe by using trapezoidal fuzzy numbers, significantly boosting forecasting results. furthermore, we struggle with games of fuzzy payoffs issues when stock market data is uncertain. we use the trapezoidal membership function to get the best gains, making the data fuzzier. the currently proposed ranking function algorithm uses trapezoidal fuzzy numbers for the decision-maker. we suggest an arithmetic oddment strategy to solve players (fuzzy game problem strategies, all trapezoidal fuzzy numbers) are implemented using the ranking of fuzzy numbers (fn). references 1. newmann , j.; morgenstern, o. theory of games and economic behaviour, princeton university press, princeton, new jersey (1947) . 2. raju , v.; vathana, m. p. discourse on fuzzy game problem in icosagonal fuzzy number, international journal of scientific research and review. 2019,8, 1384 – 1390. 3. selvakumari, k.; lavanya, s. on solving fuzzy game problem using octagonal fuzzy numbers, annals of pure and applied mathematics. 2014, 8(2), 211-217. 4. hussein, i h. ; mitlif, r j. ranking function to solve a fuzzy multiple objective function, baghdad science journal, 2021,18, 1, 144-148. 5. namarta, u.; gupta, ch.; thakur, n.i. solving game problems involving heptagonal and hendecagonal fuzzy payoffs, international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering (ijitee). 2019, 8, 2114-2120. 6. namarta, u.; gupta, ch.; thakur, n. applications of game problems in fuzzy enviornment, international journal for research in engineering application & management (ijream), 2019, 4, 228-232. 7. mitlif ,r j., computation the optimal solution of octagonal fuzzy numbers, journal of alqadisiyah for computer science and mathematics, 2020, 12, 4, 71–78. 8. krishnaveni, g.; ganesan, k. a new approach for the solution of fuzzy games, national conference on mathematical techniques and its applications , 2018,1-6. 9. monisha, p.; sangeetha, k. to solve fuzzy game problem using pentagonal fuzzy numbers, international journal for modern trends in science and technology, 2017, 03( 09), , 152-154. 10. mitlif, r j.; fatema ahmad sadiq, finding the critical path method for fuzzy network with development ranking function, journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics. 2021 ,13, 3 , 98–106. 11. raju, v.; vathana, m. p. discourse on fuzzy game problem in icosagonal fuzzy number, international journal of scientific research and review, 2019, 8, 1384-1390. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 69 12. namarta, u. ch. gupta, n. i. thakur, a new -cut approach to solve fuzzy game problem, international journal of management, technology and engineering.2018,8,2761-2766. 13. j.c. liu, y.f. zhu, w. j.zhao, quadratic programming method for cooperative games with coalition values expressed by triangular fuzzy numbers and its application in the profit distribution of logistics coalition, hindawi mathematical problems in engineering, 2019, 110. 14. mitlif, r j, an efficient algorithm for fuzzy linear fractional programming problems via ranking function, baghdad science journal, 2022, 19, 1, 71-76. 15. ch. cui; feng, z.; ch tan, credibilistic loss aversion nash equilibrium for bimatrix games with triangular fuzzy payoffs, hindawi complexity, 2018,1-16. 16. mitlif r j, ranking function application for optimal solution of fractional programming problem, al-qadisiyah journal of pure science, 2020, 25 , 1,27-35. 17. narmatha, s.; glory bebina, e. ; vishnu priyaa, r. solving game problem using icosikaitetragonal fuzzy numbers, the international journal of analytical and experimental modal analysis2020, 12, 55-60. 18. jahir hussain, r.; priya, a. solving fuzzy game problem using hexagonal fuzzy number, journal of computer . 2016, joc, l, 53-59. 19. hamiden abdelwahed khalifa , an approach for solving twoperson zerosum matrix games in neutrosophic environment, journal of industrial and systems engineering, 2019,12(2),186-198. 20. salman, israa m., and eman a. abdul-razzaq. "solving nonlinear second order delay eigenvalue problems by least square method." ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2020, 33(4)59-64. 21. kalaf, bayda atiya bakar ra, soon ll, monsi mb, bakheet aj, abbas it. a modified fuzzy multi-objective linear programming to solve aggregate production planning. international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2015,104(3) .339-352 22. thirucheran, m. ; meena kumari, e.r. ; lavanya, s. a new approach forsolving fuzzy game problem, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2017,114(6), 67 – 75. 23. krishnaveni, g. ; ganesan, k. new approach for the solution of two person zero sum fuzzy games, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2018, 119 ( 9 ), 405-414. 24. hamiden bdelwahed khalifa , an approach for solving twoperson zerosum matrix games in neutrosophic environment , journal of industrial and systems engineering , 2017,12(2),186198. 25. tharani r., s. rekha , a new approach of solving fuzzy game problem of order 3 x 3 using dodecagonal fuzzy numbers , international journal of scientific research in science, engineering and technology , 2017, 3 ( 6 ) , 131134. 26. selvakumari, k. ; lavanya, s. on solving fuzzy game problem using octagonal fuzzy numbers , annals of pure and applied mathematics . 2014, 8 (2) , 211-217. 27. savitha, m t.; mary, g. new methods for ranking of trapezoidal fuzzy numbers, advances in fuzzy mathematics, 2017, 12(5), 1159-1170. 28. zhong, y.; jia, y.;chen, d.; yang, y. interior point method for solving fuzzy number linear programming problems using linear ranking function, journal of applied mathematics, 2013, 1-9. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the effect of dryness o n the prevalence of few cases of cutaneous leishmaniasis in north iraq s. a. salman departme nt of biology ,college of sciences , unive rsity of baghdad abstract this is a contribution to st udy the comp lex effect of rainfall on the incidence of cutaneous leishmaniasis in an endemic area (al-m ohalabiy a) in ninava p rovince in the north region of iraq. key wards: effect .dry ness .p revalence . cases . cutaneous leishman iasis. al-m ohalabiy a. ninava .north. iraq. introduction the cutaneous leishmaniasis is one of the endemic diseases in iraq [1-7] m any st udies were performed on both vector and reservoir in many p arts of iraq [1,3,6,7,8] during the last century . also the st udies were oriented towareds the p arasite and the different st rains of leishmania tropica and l. major with function to the geographical regions [3,6,7,8,9,10,]. the susp ected animals as reservoir are dog, jackal and rodents [3,6,7]. the susp ected vectors are phlebotomus papatasi and sergentomiya baghdadis [2,3,4,5,6,12]. the distribution of sandflies depends widely on the geographical regions of iraq [2,3,5,6,8]. however the p.papatasi forms about 95% of t he tot al density of the sp ecies [1,3,57,12]. the suitable p laces of breeding are animal shelters, deep crack in the soil, dog p its, and rodent’s barrows [3,5,7]. the number of rodents (as p ossible reservoir) depends widely on the cultivated area [3,7,10]. the plateau of al-jazera is well known in iraq as the main source of wheat, and is depending entirely on rainfall. the main average of rainfall in iraq in this region is (900) mm/year. in 1998 this average fall-of (-80%) was according to the m inist ry of irrigation. method and materials a traditional area of cutaneous leishmaniasis (al-m ohalabiy a) in north iraq about 20 km in the west of al –m oussal city was visited in october 1998. the number of cases in al-m ohalabiy a area was rep orted from the regional directorate of health durin g for the years1996, 1997 and 1998. result and discussion alm ohalbiyia area is well known as one of the endemic area for cutaneous leishman iasis in ninava p rovince [6,8]. the area is a wide flat p lateau depends on rainfall as main source of irr igation to the wheat farms. human dwellin g is mud –block or cement made. the rep orted cases were 10, 108 and 0, resp ectively in 1996,1997 and 1998 table(1). in 1998 the rainfall was fall-of (–80%) of the average and this reduced high ly the quantities of wheat. also t he average of rodents barrows was (8) in 100 m 2 in the st udy area (about 1200 m 2 ) in ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 the sout h from the center of the main v illage. al l these barrows were emp ty now (villagers estimates t hat the lost of wheat is about 25% of the outcome). rodents were migrated towareds tigris river in the west of the endemic area (about 20 km) due to t he dryness [9]. so the number and density of sandflies were highly reduced [7,9]. as a result of t hat unfavorable condition for the reservoir the number of rep orted cases in 1998 was zero [3,5,7,8,9,12]. also t he villagers noticed that the sneak att acks dwellin g in high nu mbers during the night to search for food are due to the absence of rodents as a main source of nutrition [9]. it is necessary to mention that any kind of insecticide was not used during the dates indicated in the table. this note indicates that the comp lex ecological elements affect the prevalence of this disease in this p art of iraq. it seems also t hat a more comp rehensive study in this field is required. re ferences 1.abul-hab, j. and al-baghdadi, r. (1972) a: seasona l occurrence of man bitin g phlebotomus (diptera, psychodidae) in the baghdad area. iraqi. anal. trop . m ed. parasitol .66, 165-166, . 2.abul-hab j and al-hashimi, w. (1988) : night –biting activities, phlibotomus papatasi scolp i. (diptera phlibotamidae) in suwira iraq. bu ll. end. dis. baghd.29, 5-16.. 3.adler, s. and theodor.o. (1929) a: the distribution of sand fly and leishmaniasis in palest ine, sy ria and m esop otamia.ann. t rop . m ed. paras. 23, 269-303. 4.adler, s.; theodor, o. &lourie, e.m . (1930): sand fly from persia &palestine bull .end. res. .21: 529-539,. 5.pringel, g: (1952) the sand flies (phlebotominae) of iraq. bull.ent.res 43:707-734. 6.pringel, g: (1957) oriental sore in iraq. historical and epidemiological problems. bull.end.dis.bagh, 2:44-294. 7.sukker, f(1982): a st udy on sand flies in a focus of infantile kala-azar iniraq durin g 1978. bull.end.dis.bagh.20 (4), 67-73. 8.sukker, f. (1983): ep idemiolo gy of leishman iasis in iraqbull.end.dis.bagh. 22(4) 35-41. 9.rioux, j.a, croset h, et lanotte, g: (1974) ecologie d`un foyer mediterraneen de leishman iose viscerale essai de modelisation.collegu e intrenationux du c.n.r.s, no.39 m ontpellier, 295-305. 10.al-alak, s. s(1996) study in the epidemiology of visceral leishmaniasis (kala-azar) in alm agger district m issan p rovince. m sc. thesis .vet. coll. bagh.77. 11-jawdat, s .z; ali n .a; rifaat l. kh; ruth k. y and al m ahdawi s. k: (1985) serioepidemiological studies of leishmaniasis in central iraq. j.biol. sci.r es. 16(1): 185-202, . 12-jawdat, s. z; ali n .a; rifaat l. kh. and rutha ky: (1983) the incid ence of kala –azar in an endemic focus in central iraq.j.biol.sci.res, 148:81-87, and. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 table(1) reported case s of leishmani asis in the study area. area of al-mohalabiya / ninava province village no of case s date ce nter 2 november 1996 tal al –se nn 2 sheak ibrahim 1 farshah 1 moshe rfa 1 ain al waah 1 al yazidi 1 gazi al 1 kaberatt 1 de cember 1996 al s ahaji 1 kaberatt 1 january 1997 tal zalatt 1 adia 2 al boshih 1 tal se roall 5 february 1997 all villages 97 march 1997 all villages 0 during 1998 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد قفي شمال العر لجلديةتأثير الجفاف على انتشار بعض حاالت اللشمانيا ا ا شهاب احمد سلمان امعة بغدادج ،كلية العلوم ،قسم علوم الحياة خالصة ال ي البحث ھو محاولة لدراسة العالقة المعقدة القائمة بین انتش ذاھ ار مرض اللشمانیا الجلدیـة وسـقوط اإلمطـار ـف .لمنطقة الشمالیة من العراقفي محافظة نینوى في ا )المحلبیة(منطقة موبوءة ihjpas artin characters for the special linear group design an algorithm to calculate the inverse permutations of the symmetric group sn in computer hani m. abood al-dainy dept. of computer sci./ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 24 march 2014 , accepted in:14 april 2014 abstract the search is an application for one of the problems of mathematics in the computer; as providing construction and design of a major program to calculate the inverse permutations of the symmetric group sn , where 1 ≤ n ≤ 13; using some of the methods used in the number theory by computer . also the research includes design flow chart for the main program and design flow chart for the program inverse permutations and we give some illustrative examples for different symmetric groups and their inverse permutations. keywords: symmetric group, permutations, inverse permutations, identity permutation, length of cycle. 385 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction number theory is concerned with properties of the integers: . . . ,−4,−3,−2,−1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, . . . . the great mathematician carl friedrich gauss called this subject arithmetic and he said: (1) “mathematics is the queen of sciences and arithmetic the queen of mathematics” symmetry property can be described as many things, such as objects of engineering and mathematical equations, etc., and it is characterized by symmetry recipe human man convicted him, two hands, two legs, two eyes and ears, this means that half of it is similar to the right half of the left form. in mathematics, a permutation group is a group g whose elements are permutations of a given set m, and whose group operation is the composition of permutations in g (which are thought of as injective functions from the set m to itself); the relationship is often written as (g,m). note that the group of all permutations of a set is the symmetric group; the term permutation group is usually restricted to mean a subgroup of the symmetric group. the symmetric group of n elements is denoted by sn; if m is any finite or infinite set, then the group of all permutations of m is often written as sym(m).(2) the application of a permutation group to the elements being permuted is called its group action; it has applications in both the study of symmetries, combinatory and many other branches of mathematics, physics and chemistry. the degree of a group of permutations of a finite set is the number of elements in the set. at first blush one might think that of all areas of mathematics certainly arithmetic should be the simplest, but it is a surprisingly deep subject. mathematics is of abstract science, but do not touch reality only when we see its applications. so one of the mathematics problems we applied in the computer. this is guaranteed by our research. the inverse of permutation for sn has been given by morris (3) for 1 ≤ n ≤ 13. it seems to be that there are no-ready-programs available to calculate those tables. we give algorithms of programs to calculate the inverse for sn 1≤ n ≤ 13. in this paper we adopt the properties of inverse and permutations for sn. definition: (1) (4) let x is a non-empty set, a permutation of x is a function α: x → x that is a one-toone correspondence and the symmetric group on x, denoted by sx, is the group whose elements are the permutation of x and whose binary operation is composition of function, of particular interest is the special case when x is finite. if x = {1,2,3,…,n}, we write sn instead of sx and we call sn the symmetric groups of degree n, or the symmetric groups on n letters. note that sn = n! definition: (2) (5) a permutation 1 2 3 k 2 3 4 1 x x x ... x α x x x ... x   =     of a set x is called a cycle of length k or a k-cycle written α = (x1x2x3…xk) and α(x) = x for all x ∈ x but x ∉ {x1,x2,x3,…,xk} k is called the length of the cycle. definition: (3) (3) the product of two cycles need not again be a cycle. thus α = (x1x2 … xk) then α– 1 = (x1xk … x2) such that α. α– 1 = α– 1 .α = i (identity permutation). from the previous definitions we can deduce the following properties: (1) a cycle of length 2 has inverse that same cycle. (2) the inverse of identity permutation is itself. 386 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/group_(mathematics) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/permutation http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/set_(mathematics) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/bijective_function http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/symmetric_group http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/subgroup http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/group_action http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/group_action http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/symmetry http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/combinatorics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mathematics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/finite_set http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/cardinality (3) a cycle has two kinds joint and disjoint. the algorithms: this part contains a collection of the computer algorithms for many standard methods of number theory installed in our main program. algorithm (1): the length of cycle this algorithm is designed for determining the length of cycle of permutation for sn. input: sn (the symmetric group of degree n) step 1: to evaluate k if α = (a1 a2 … ak) ∋ α(a) = a for a ∈ ai but a ∉ {a1 a2 … ak} then k is length of cycle output: the length of cycle (k) end. algorithm (2): the inverse of joint cycle this algorithm is designed for determining the inverse of joint cycle. input: sn (the symmetric group of degree n) step 1: k1 is cycle of length k1,(by using algorithm 1) step2: for i = 1 to k1 ,a(i) is inverse of cycle of length i b (1) = a (1) b (2) = a (k1) end step 3: for j = 2 to k, l = 0 b (j) = a (k – l) l = l + 1 print b (j) end j-loop output: the inverse of joint cycle. algorithm (3): the inverse of disjoint cycle this algorithm is designed for determining the inverse of disjoint cycle. input: sn (the symmetric group of degree n) step 1: let 2 and (n – 2)! are two disjoint cycles step 2: for i = 1 to 2 a1 (i) print a1 (i) end i-loop step 3: for i2 = 1 to (n – 2)! a2 (i2) print a2 (i2) end i2-loop step 4: b1 (1) = a1 (1) l1 = 0 for j1 = 1 to 2 b (j1) = a (2 – l) l1 = l1 + 1 print b (j1) end j1-loop step 5: b2 (1) = a2 (1), l2 = 0 for j2 = 1 to (n – 2)! b (j2) = a2 ((n – 2)! – l2) l2 = l2 + 1 387 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 print b2 (j2) end j2-loop step 6: b1 (j1) b2 (j2) the inverse of cycle of length 2 is b1 (j1) and the inverse of cycle of length (n – 2)! is b2 (j2), that the inverse of disjoint cycle is b1 (j1) b2 (j2). step 7: if k1 = 3 and k2 = (n – 3)! then in general k & ( n – k)! output: the inverse of k & (n – k)! algorithm (4): special case the degree of the sn . input: sn (the symmetric group of degree n) step 1: for i = 1 to n print a (i) if a (i) = i then a (i) is inverse of cycle of length i else end i-loop step 2: for j = 1 to n print a (j) if (j.ge.2) then b(j) = index(i) end j-loop output: the inverse of identity and cycle of length 2 end algorithm (5): the main algorithm 1 ≤ n ≤ 13. input: sn (the symmetric group of degree n) step 1: call algorithm 1 step 2: call algorithm 2 step 3: call algorithm 4 step 4: call algorithm 3 output: (in (k)) (to evaluate the inverse of permutation for sn) end 388 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 flow chart of the main program 389 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the following will give some illustrative examples of the different symmetric groups and their inverse permutations. example : (1) the elements of s4 and the inverse permutations of the s4 elements elements of s4 inverse permutations of the s4 elements 1 (1234) (1432) 2 (2341) (2143) 3 (1432) (1234) 4 (1324) (1423) 5 (1423) (1324) 6 (1342) (1243) 7 (123) (132) 8 (342) (432) 9 (143) (134) 10 (243) (234) 11 (132) (123) 12 (134) (143) 13 (142) (124) 14 (12) (21) 15 (23) (32) 16 (34) (43) 17 (41) (14) 18 (24) (42) 19 (13) (31) 20 (14) (41) 21 (43) (34) 22 (21) (12) 23 (31) (13) 24 i i 390 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 example: (2)the elements of s5 and the inverse permutations of the s5 elements se. elements of s5 inverse permutations of the s5 elements se. elements of s5 inverse permutations of the s5 elements 1 i i 41 (143) (134) 2 (12) (21) 42 (153) (134) 3 (13) (31) 43 (154) (145) 4 (14) (41) 44 (243) (234) 5 (15) (51) 45 (253) (235) 6 (23) (32) 46 (254) (245) 7 (24) (42) 47 (345) (354) 8 (25) (52) 48 (35)(142) (53)(124) 9 (34) (43) 49 (12)(345) (21 )(354) 10 (35) (53) 50 (13)(245) (31 )(154) 11 (45) (54) 51 (14)(235) (41)(253) 12 (12)(34) (21)(43) 52 (15)(234) (51)(432) 13 (12) (35) (21) (53) 53 (23)(145) (32)(154) 14 (12) (45) (21) (54) 54 (24)(135) (42)(153) 15 (13)(45) (31)(54) 55 (12)(354) (21)(345) 16 (23)(45) (32)(54) 56 (13)(254) (31 )(245) 17 (13)(24) (31)(42) 57 (14)(253) (41)(235) 18 (13)(25) (31)(52) 58 (15)(243) (51)(234) 19 (14)(25) (41)(52) 59 (23)(154) (32)(145) 20 (14)(35) (41 )(53) 60 (24)(153) (42)(135) 21 (24)(35) (42)(53) 61 (25)(134) (52)(143) 22 (14)(23) (41)(32) 62 (34)(125) (43)(152) 23 (15)(23) (51)(32) 63 (35)(125) (53)(142) 24 (15)(24) (51)(42) 64 (35)(124) (53)(142) 25 (15)(34) (51)(34) 65 (45)(132) (54)(123) 26 (25)(34) (52)(43) 66 (1254) (1452) 27 (123) (132) 67 (1354) (1453) 28 (124) (142) 68 (2354) (2453) 29 (125) (152) 69 (1342) (1243) 30 (134) (143) 70 (1352) (1235) 31 (135) (153) 71 (1452) (1254) 32 (145) (154) 72 (1453) (1354) 33 (243) (234) 73 (2453) (2354) 34 (235) (253) 74 (1432) (1234) 35 (245) (254) 75 (1532) (1235) 36 (132) (123) 76 (1542) (1245) 37 (142) (124) 77 (2543) (2345) 38 (152) (125) 78 (1543) (1345) 39 (143) (134) 79 (12345) (15432) 40 (152) (152) 80 (12354) (14532) 391 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 se. elements of s5 inverse permutations of the s5 elements se. elements of s5 inverse permutations of the s5 elements 81 (12435) (15342) 101 (34)(152) (43)(125) 82 (12453) (13542) 102 (12543) (13542) 83 (1243) (1342) 103 (12543) (15342) 84 (]253) (1325) 104 (13254) (13542) 85 (1253) (1352) 105 (13425) (14352) 86 (1254) (1452) 106 (13452) (13452) 87 (]354) (1453) 107 (13524) (13452) 88 (2354) (2453) 108 (13542) (14523) 89 (1342) (1243) 109 (14235) (12543) 90 (1352) (1235) 110 (14253) (14253) 91 (1452) (1254) 111 (14325) (12453) 92 (1453) (1354) 112 (14352) (15324) 93 (2453) (2354) 113 (14523) (13524) 94 (1432) (1234) 114 (14532) (15234) 95 (1532) (1235) 115 (15234) (12534) 96 (1542) (1245) 116 (15243) (13254) 97 (2543) (2345) 117 (15324) (14325) 98 (1543) (1345) 118 (15432) (13425) 99 (1534) (1435) 119 (15342) (14235) 100 (25)(143) (52)(134) 120 (15423) (13245) conclusions 1. algorithms contained in the search provide the time and effort in the calculation of the inverse permutations of the symmetric group, as well as they give us the accuracy in the calculation. 2. the interval proposed in the search for the symmetric group sn is 1 ≤ n ≤ 13; therefore, the study the symmetric group sn when n>13 analog is not without complexity. references 1-clark,w. edwin (2003), elementary number theory, south florida university. 2marcus du sautoy (2009), finding moonshine: a mathematician's journey through symmetry ” fourth estate. 3morris,a.o. (1992), the spin nepresentation of the sy group, proc. london, math. soc. (3), 12, 55-76. 4fraleigh ,j.b. (1982), a first course in abstract algebra, wesley publishing company. 5-rotman, joseph, j. (1988), an introduction to the theory of groups, wm, c. brown publishers. 392 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/marcus_du_sautoy http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/fourth_estate الحاسوب) sn( تصمیم خوارزمیة لحساب معكوس التبادیل للزمرة التناظریة ھاني مسلم عبود الدایني جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھیثم (كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم علوم الحاسبات 2012نیسان 14قبل البحث في : ، 2014اذار 24 استلم البحث في : الخالصة یمثل البحث تطبیقا" إلحدى مسائل علوم الریاضیات في الحاسوب ؛ إذ نقدم بناء و تصمیم برنامج ؛ باستعمال بعض الطرائق n ≤ 13 ≥ 1 ؛ إذ snرئیس لحساب معكوس التبادیل للزمرة التناظریة مج الرئیس و تصمیم كذلك تضمن البحث تصمیم تخطیط للبرناالمعتمدة من نظریة األعداد في الحاسوب. مخطط لبرنامج معكوس التبادیل؛ وبعض األمثلة التوضیحیة لزمر تناظریة مختلفة ومعكوسات تبادیلھا. الكلمات المفتاحیة: الزمرة التناظریة ؛ التبادیل؛ معكوس التبادیل؛ التبدیل المحاید؛ طول الدورة. 393 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 abstract the search is an application for one of the problems of mathematics in the computer; as providing construction and design of a major program to calculate the inverse permutations of the symmetric group sn , where 1 ≤ n ≤ 13; using some of the me... definition: (1) (4) let x is a non-empty set, a permutation of x is a function (: x (( x that is a one-to-one correspondence and the symmetric group on x, denoted by sx, is the group whose elements are the permutation of x and whose binary operation is compositio... note that (sn( = n! definition: (3) (3) استلم البحث في : 24 اذار 2014 ، قبل البحث في : 14 نيسان 2012 comparative biochemical study of interleukin -35 and some sex hormones in ms female patients with duration of the disease* ali k. baden bushra h. ali drbushra750@yahoo.com dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 9 september 2013 , accepted in :24 september 2013 abstract multiple sclerosis (ms) is a chronic disorder of the central nervous system (cns) characterized by autoimmune inflammation, demyelination, and axonal damage. the present study aimed to shed a light on the contribution of interlukin-35 and its relation to some sex hormones in the pathogenesis of multiple sclerosis. sixty six female patients with age range (20-40) years were taken from baghdad teaching hospital through the period from nov. 2012 to –april 2013 and 20 apparently healthy subject as control group matched age as group g1. the patients were divided into three groups depending on duration of ms diseases g2 from 3 months to 2 years, g3 from 2 years to 4 years, g4 from 4 years to 10 years and more. investigations included estimation of serum levels of interlukin-35 (il-35), testosterone (test), progesterone (prog), follicle stimulating hormone (fsh), luteinizing hormone (lh) and prolactin (prl). serum il-35 levels were significantly higher in ms patients as compared with control subject, also significant increase appeared in test levels in g3 compared to control in for ms female patients. no significant differences were found between prog and fsh with duration also non-significant difference levels g2 compared to g1 in lh, on the other hand a significant increase levels for lh in g3 and g4 compared to control subject , a significant difference in prolactin levels for g2 and g4, but non-significant difference for g3. from this study a conclusion was drawn, that evaluation of concentration of a new super family cytokines il-35 can be considered as a clinical biomarker in multiple sclerosis female patients. this finding may indicate that ms might influence cytokine e.g. interleukin-35 production in these patients. keywords : interleukin-35multiple sclerosissteroid hormones *this paper is part of msc thesis of the first author 267 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 mailto:drbushra750@yahoo.com introduction multiple sclerosis (ms) is a chronic disorder of the central nervous system (cns) characterized by autoimmune inflammation, demyelination, and axonal damage [1,2]. ms, also known as '' disseminated sclerosis '' or ''encephalomyelitis disseminata'', is an inflammatory disease in which the fatty myelin sheaths around the axons of the brain and spinal cord are damaged, leading to demyelination and scarring as well as broad of signs and symptoms [3] . the etiology of ms remains elusive; however, it is assumed that both a complex genetic background and environmental factors contribute to disease manifestation [4]. the clinical course of ms classified into relapsing-remitting ms (rr-ms), secondary progressive ms (sp-ms), primary progressive ms (pp-ms) and progressive-relapsing ms (pr-ms) [5]. regulatory treg cells use a broad range of mechanisms to suppress immunity, including suppressive cytokine such as il-10, il-35, and transforming growth factor beta (tgf-β) [6]. il-35 belongs to il-12 family of cytokines. il-35 (composed of p35 and ebi3) is distinct from other family members in that it is produced by treg cell populations and is suppressive. in vitro and in vivo, il-35 has two known biological effects: suppression of the proliferation of conventional t cells, and the conversion of naïve t cells into a strongly suppressive induced treg cell population, called 'itr35' cells; which function in via il-35 [7]. steroid hormones are crucial substances that mediate a wide range of vital physiological functions of the body these protective effects are thought to be mediated by testosterone's immunomodulatory properties such as decreasing the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines tnfα and il-1β by macrophages [8] and monocytes [9] as well as increasing production of the anti-inflammatory cytokine il-10 by t cells [10]. several in vitro studies have shown that testosterone can also be more directly neuroprotective [11]. it is likely that the immunomodulatory, anti-inflammatory and neuroprotective actions of testosterone contribute to this effect [12]. prolactin (prl) has an important role in the innate and adaptive immune-response, by regulating the maturation of cd4cd8thymocytes tocd4+ cd8+ t cells via il-2 receptor expression [13]. there is a correlation between prl level and the number of b and cd4+ t lymphocytes [14]. prl changes th1 and th2 type cytokine production. prl up-regulates il-6 and infγ production and has an immune regulatory role on il-2level [15–17]. in addition, hyperprolactinemia (hprl) affects dendritic cell (dc) maturation, skewing dc function from antigen presentation to pro-inflammatory phenotype with increased interferon α production [18]. (hprl) have been described in many autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus (sle), rheumatoid arthritis(ra), the organ specific autoimmune-diseases associated with hprl including multiple sclerosis (ms) [19]. aim of the study the present study aimed to shed a light on the contribution of interleukin-35 and its relation to some sex hormones in the pathogenesis of multiple sclerosis. methods the present study was performed on a group of 66 female patients attending from baghdad teaching hospital in ms unit during nov.2012 to april 2013 .they were diagnosed by physician at the hospital using magnetic resonance imaging ( mri) examination .the patients were divided into three groups depending on duration of ms diseases (g2) from 3monthes to 2years ,(g3)from 2yers two four years, (g4) from 4years to 10 years and more . in addition, to group (g1) of 20 healthy were enrolled in the study as a control group. five ml blood were drawn from all subjects enrolled in this study, and kept in plain tubes left to clot at room temperature for 15 min which separated the serum and stored at -20 °c until used to 3500 rpm for 10 min to estimate il-35 and sex hormones. 268 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 interleukin 35(il-35) has been estimated by using enzyme linked immuno sorbent assay (elisa) technique using the manufacturer instruction as supplied with kit from cusabio, china, test determination by kits supplied from accu bind, usa, prog, fsh, lh and prl supplied from human, germany determinations. statistical analysis results were expressed as mean± sem. student-test was used to show the difference between groups variation was considered significant when p-values are ≤ 0.05. the correlation coefficient (r) test is used to describe the association between the different studied parameters. results table (1) shows the levels of il-35,test, prog,fsh,lh and prl concentration in sera of g1,g2,g3 and g4 for control and patients respectively. the interleukin-35 (il-35) levels showed a high significant increase (p<0.001) in sera of group 2 (g2) (34.7± 1) pg/ml, group 3 (g3) (35±0.66) pg/ml compared to group 1 (g1) (23.6±0.82) pg/ml, while there was a highly significant decrease (p<0.001) for group 4 (g4) (35.5±0.83) pg/ml compared to group 1 (g1) (23.6±0.82) pg/ml, while a non significant difference (p>0.05) was noticed among the patient groups. testosterone showed significant increase (p<0.05) in (g3) (2.9±0.38) ng/ml compared to (g1) (0.56±0.04) ng/ml, while it showed no significant difference (p>0.05) in (g4) (1.2±0.34) ng/ml and (g3) (2.9±0.38) ng/ml compared to (g2) (1.6±0.59) ng/ml, also there was a non significant difference (p>0.05) in (g4) (1.2±0.34) ng/ml and (g2) (1.6±0.59) compared to (g1) (0.56±0.04) ng/ml. progesterone level showed highly significant decrease (p<0.001) for (g3) (5.3±1.2) ng/ml compared to (g1) (0.6±0.08) ng/ml, also there was a significant increase (p<0.05) in (g2) (9.5±2.47) ng/ml compared to (g1) (0.6±0.08) ng/ml, while there was a non significant difference (p>0.05) in (g4) (4.1±1.68) ng/ml compared to (g1) (0.6±0.08) ng/ml, also there was a non significant difference (p>0.05) in (g4) (4.1±1.68) ng/ml and for (g3) (5.3±1.2) ng/ml compared to in (g2) (9.5±2.47) ng/ml. results of fsh showed a no significant difference in (g4) (6.2±0.76) iu/l, (g3) (4.7±0.7) iu/l, and (g2) (12.08±4) iu/l compared to group 1 (g1) (5±0.35) iu/l, also in (g4) (6.2±0.76) iu/l, (g3) (4.7±0.7) iu/l compared to (g2) (12.08±4) iu/l. while luteinizing hormone levels showed highly significant increase (p<0.001) in group 3 (g3) (2.6±0.4) iu/l compared to (g1) (11.7±1.31) iu/l, on other hand there was highly significant decrease (g4) (2.9±0.42) iu/l compared to (g1) (11.7±1.31) iu/l, while there was a significant decrease (p<0.05) in (g3) (2.6±0.4) iu/l, and (g4) (2.9±0.42) iu/l compared to (g2) (7±1.87) iu/l, but there was a non significant difference (p>0.05) in (g2) (7±1.87) iu/l compared to (g1) (11.7±1.31) iu/l. prolactin levels showed significant increase (p<0.05) in (g4) (20.5±4.41) ng/ml compared to (g1) (8.2±0.67) ng/ml, while there was a non significant difference (p>0.05) for (g3) (9.1±1.44)ng/ml and (g2) (13.3±2.62) ng/ml compared to (g1) (8.2±0.67) ng/ml, also there was a non significant difference (p>0.05) in (g4) (20.5±4.41) ng/ml and (g3) (9.1±1.44)ng/ml compared to (g2) (13.3±2.62) ng/ml. table (2) shows positive correlation for il-35,prog,prl and duration of diseases (r=0.139,0.162 ,0.327 respectively) as well as the positive correlation in g3 for lh (r= 0.021) ,g4 for test,fsh,lh and prl(r=0.046,0.265,0.0841 and 0.026) as shown in figures (1,2,3,4,5) respectively, while there was negative (-ve) correlation in g3,g4 for il-35 (r=-0.142, -0.178 ) ,g2,g3 for test( r=-0.17,r=-0.134),g3,g4,for prog( r=-0.112,-0.22),g2,g3 for fshr(r=-0.404,-0.118), g2 for lh(r=-0.283) , g3for prl(r=-0.092) & duration. 269 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 discussion the results in the present study showed that the serum level of il – 35 was significantly higher in patients with ms than in healthy control. but other study suggested that ms is a debilitating neuro inflammatory disease that occurs when auto reactive t cells gain entry into the central nervous system (cns) and destroy myelin-producing oligodendrocytes. t cell-derived cytokines, including th1, th17, il-17 and ifn-γ, are primarily responsible for the disease symptoms that occur when the myelin sheath that insulates the neurons is damaged during ms [20]. inflammatory dendritic cells (dcs) and macrophages also contribute to disease induction and progression by activating these auto reactive t cells and secreting inflammatory cytokines in the cns. recent studies have identified that chemical mediators, interleukin-23 (il-23) and granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (gm-csf), contribute to the autoimmune characteristics of these t cells. data suggests that absence of these pro-inflammatory signals was sufficient to prevent inflammation in the brain. this suggests that therapeutic strategies directed at blocking the production of inflammatory mediators could be effective for treating ms [21]. other study provides that il-35 can be used to induce the conversion of conventional cd4+ t-cells into induced regulatory t-cells that have potent suppressive capacity in vitro and in vivo [22]. these cells have been designated itr35 cells by the inventors. this approach can be used to generate regulatory tcells to treat autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, such as (but not limited to) type 1 diabetes, ms, arthritis, asthma and allergic diseases, ibd, etc. the autoimmune diseases involve both genetic and environmental factors and the autoimmune process is characterized by the breakdown of tolerance in subjects with genetic susceptibility, with subsequent target (organ-specific and not) injury, that, in turn, elicits repairing mechanisms. increasing evidence in the literature suggests an important role of the microenvironment on the immune system activity and of sex steroids in this context. sex steroids may act at the multiple steps of the autoimmune process with different (and contrasting) effects, depending on the type of the steroid (natural or synthetic), the concentration and co-presence of the ligands and the binding to their specific receptors. regarding the effectors of the immune system, different actions of sex steroids depend on the type of immunocytes involved (with final stimulatory or inhibitory actions). to complete the scenario, sex steroids may influence the whole process through multiple, contrasting and time-dependent pathways, for instance, modulating the autoimmune destroying process and/or stimulating the reparation. increasing evidence in the literature indicates an immunomodulatory role of sex steroids in the pathogenesis of autoimmune diseases. the results of the clinical trials will give the basis in order to better define the use of sex steroids in combination with current therapeutic drugs in autoimmunity [23]. sex steroid receptor modulating drugs are a promising class of therapeutic agents that will provide new approaches in these pathologies. as far as to our knowledge, this is the first in the field at il35 and its relation to steroid hormones in ms patients. references 1. rossalind , c. and kalb,r.l. (2012) multiple sclerosis: the questions you have the answers you need, 5th ed. bradford& bigelow. 2. manual, c.; and samia, j.k. (2012) immunopathgenesis of multiple sclerosis. j. clinically immunology. 142(1):8-12. 3. compston, a. and coles, a. (2008) multiple sclerosis, j, lancet. 372 (9648): 1502–17. 4. benjamen, w.; richard, n. and omer, m. (2012) multiple sclerosis. j. med. 40(10):523528. 5. confavreux, c. and vukusic, s. (2006) natural history of multiple sclerosis: a unifying concept. j. brain, 129 (pt 3): 606-16. 270 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 6. mattson,d.; petrie, m .and srivastava, d.k. (1995) multiple sclerosis: sexual dysfunction and its responses to medications. j. arch neurol. 52(9):862-868. 7. goodman, a.d.; brown, t.r.; krupp, l.b. (2009) sustained-release oral fampridine in multiple sclerosis: a randomized, double-blind, controlled trial. j. lancet. 373: 732-738. 8. neema, m.; stankiewicz, j. and arora, a. (2007). mri in multiple sclerosis: what inside the toolbox?, j. neurotherapeutics. 4:602-617. 9. bruck, w.; bitsch, a, and kolenda, h. (1997) inflammatory central nervous system demyelination: correlation of mri findings with lesion pathology. j. ann. neurol. 42:783793. 10. fisher, e.; chang, a. and fox, r.j. (2007). imaging correlates of axonal swelling in chronic multiple sclerosis brains. j. ann neurol. 62:219-228. 11. van, w.; lycklama, a .and jongen p.j. (2001) hypointense lesions on t1-weighted spinecho magnetic resonance imaging: relation to clinical characteristics in subgroups with multiple sclerosis. j. arch. neurol. 58:76-81. 12. ulf, z.; mathias ,w. and elke, h. (2012) development of biomarkers for multiple sclerosis as a neurodegenerative disorder. j. progress in neurology sci. 95:670-685. 13. bettelli, e.; carrier, y.; gao,w.; korn, t.and strom, tb. (2006) reciprocal developmental pathways for the generation of pathogenic effector th17 and regulatory t cells. j. nature. 441(7090):235-8. 14. siffrin, v.; radbruch, h.; glumm, r.; niesner, r.; paterka, m. and herz, j. (2010) in vivo imagingof partially reversible th17 cell-induced neuronal dysfunction in the course of encephalomyelitis. j. immunity. 33(3):424-3. 15. mosmann, t.r.; cherwinski, h. and bond, m.w. (1986) two types of murine helper t cell clone: i. definition according to profiles of lymphokine activities and secreted proteins. j. immunol.136(1):2348–2357. 16. johnson, a.j.; suidan, g.l. and mcdole, j. (2007) the cd8 t cell inmultiple sclerosis: suppressor cell or mediator of neuropathology, j. int rev neurobiol. 79 :73–97. 17. skulina, c.; schmidt, s.; dornmair, k. and babbe, h, (2004) multiple sclerosis: braininfiltrating cd8+ t cells persist as clonalexpansions in the cerebrospinal fluid and blood. j. proc natl acad sci. 101:2428–2433. 18. stromnes, i.m.; cerretti, l.m.and liggit d.( 2008) differential regulation of central nervous system autoimmunity by th1 and t(h17) cells. j. nat med. 14(3): 337-42. 19. brennan, f. and feldmann, m. (2000) cytokines networks. in: balkwill f (ed.), the cytokine network, oxford university press, new york.pp 49-70. 20. howard, l.w. and james, m.s. (2012) multiple sclerosis diagnosis and therapy a john wiley & sons, ltd.pp 18-21. 21. jock, m.; carlos s.s. and nancy .h.( 2013) a guide for the newly diagnosed of multiple sclerosis, 4th ed. domes medical publishing, llc. 15-6. 22. zhao, n.w. (2010) interleukin (il)-35 is raising our expectations. j. rev med chile. 138: 758-766. 23. martocchia, a.; stefanelli, m.; cola s. and falaschi, p. (2011) sex steroids in autoimmune diseases. j. curr top med chem. 11: 1668-83. 271 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (1): levels of il-35, testosterone, progesterone, prolactin, fsh, and lh in sera of the four studied groups. studied groups parameter control (g1) mean±sem ms (g2) mean±sem ms (g3) mean±sem ms (g4) mean±sem g2 vs g1 g3 vs g1 g4 vs g1 g3 vs g2 g4 vs g2 il-35pg/ml 23.6±0.82 34.7±1 35±0.66 35.5±0.83 hs hs hs ns ns test ng/ml 0.56±0.04 1.6±0.59 2.9±0.38 1.2±0.34 ns s ns ns ns progng/ml 0.6±0.08 9.5±2.47 5.3±1.2 4.1±1.68 s hs ns ns ns fsh iu/l 5±0.35 12.08±4 4.7±0.7 6.2±0.76 ns ns ns ns ns lh iu/l 11.7±1.31 7±1.87 2.6±0.4 2.9±0.42 ns hs hs s s prl ng/ml 8.2±0.67 13.3±2.62 9.1±1.44 20.5±4.41 ns ns s ns ns p values< 0.05 considered significant (s) p values< 0.001 considered highly significant (hs) p values>0.05 considered nonsignificant (ns) table (2): correlation analysis between biochemical parameters among three studied groups. group2 (g2) ms group 3 (g3) ms group 4 (g4) ms il-35&years r 0.139 -0.142 -0.178 p p<0.05 p<0.05 p<0.05 test& years r -0.170 -0.134 0.046 p p<0.05 p<0.05 p<0.05 prog& years r 0.162 -0.112 -0.220 p p>0.05 p>0.05 p>0.05 fsh& years r -0.404 -0.118 0.265 p p>0.05 p>0.05 p>0.05 lh& years r -0.283 0.021 0.0841 p p>0.05 p<0.05 p<0.05 prl& years r 0.327 -0.092 0.0260 p p<0.05 p>0.0 p<0.05 272 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig. (1): correlation between il-35 and duration of disease in years fig. (2): correlation between testosterone and duration in years. g2 y = 0.2056x + 33.438 r² = 0.0196 r= 0.139 g3 y = -0.1378x + 35.91 r² = 0.0202 r= -0.142 g4 y = -0.2172x + 36.908 r² = 0.0317 r=-0.178 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 il-35 years series1= g2 series2=g3 series3=g4 series1 series2 series3 g2 y = -0.1488x + 2.6324 r² = 0.029 r= -0.170 g3 y = -0.1641x + 3.9455 r² = 0.018 r= -0.134 g4 y = 0.024x + 1.1351 r² = 0.0022 r=0.046 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 5 10 15 test ng/ml years series 1=g2 series1=g3 series3=g4 series1 series2 series3 linear (series1) 273 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig.(3):correlation berween progesterone and duration of diseases in years fig .(4): correlation between fsh and duration of diseases in years. g2 y = 0.5913x + 5.889 r² = 0.0264 r=0.162 g3 y = -0.2008x + 6.6221 r² = 0.0126 r= -0.112 g4 y = -0.5459x + 7.4836 r² = 0.0485 r= -0.220 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 5 10 15 prog ng/ml years series1=g2 series2=g3 series3=g4 series1 series2 series3 linear (series1) linear (series2) g2y = -1.2196x + 19.737 r² = 0.0418 r= -0.204 g3y = -0.1241x + 5.5547 r² = 0.014 r= -0.118 g4y = 0.2989x + 4.3485 r² = 0.0703 r= -0.265 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 5 10 15 fsh iu/l years series1= g2 series2=g3 series3=g4 series1 series2 series3 linear (series1) 274 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig.(5): correlation between lh and duration of diseases in years. fig .(6):correlation berween prl and duration of diseases in years. g2 y = -0.7854x + 11.936 r² = 0.0806 r= -0.283 g3y = 0.013x + 2.5524 r² = 0.0005 r=0.021 g4y = 0.0526x + 2.593 r² = 0.0071 r= 0.084 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 5 10 15 lh iu/l years series1=g2 series2=g3 series3=g4 series1 series2 series3 g2 y = 1.2571x + 5.4793 r² = 0.1073 r= -0.283 g3 y = -0.1972x + 10.363 r² = 0.0086 r= 0.021 g34y = 0.1682x + 19.533 r² = 0.0007 r= 0.026 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 5 10 15 prl ng/ml years series1=g2 series2=g3 series3=g4 series1 series2 series3 linear (series1) 275 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 عند وبعض الھرمونات الجنسیة 35 -دراسة كیمو حیویة مقارنة لال نترلیوكین مریضات التھاب االعصاب المتعدد مع مدة من المرض علي كاظم بدن بشرى حمید علي جامعة بغداد /) ابن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكیمیاء 2013أیلول 24، قبل البحث في : 2013أیلول 9استلم البحث في : الخالصة تصلب االعصاب المتعدد ھو اضطراب في الجھاز العصبي المركزي ویوصف بانھ احد امراض المناعة الذاتیة وعالقتھ 35-االلتھابیة وفقدان المایلین وتحطم المحاور .ھذه الدراسة تھدف الى تسلیط الضوء على مساھمة االنترلیوكین ) مریضة 66ض تصلب االعصاب المتعدد . أجریت التجربة على (مع بعض الھرمونات الجنسیة االساسیة في نشوء مر وكذالك 2013ألى أبریل 2012) سنة من مستشفى بغداد التلعیمي للمدة من نوفمبر 40-20بمعدل عمر یتراوح بین ( على مجموعة السیطرة بالفئة العمریة نفسھا وعدت مجموعة أولى. قسمت الحاالت المرضیة على ثالث مجامیع باالعتماد أشھر إلى سنتین مجموعة ثانیة، والمدة من سنتین 3مدة االصابة بمرض التصلب العصبي المتعدد ، حیث أعتبرت المدة من سنوات أو اكثر مجموعة رابعة. تضمن التشخیص تقدیر مستوى 10سنوات إلى 4سنوات مجموعة ثالثة، والمدة من 4إلى فضال عن lhالبروجیستیرون ، والھرمون المحفز للجریبات ، و ھرمون و التستوستیرون، وھرمون 35-أالنترلیوكین عند مریضات التصلب العصبي التعدد 35-ھرمون البروالكتین. وأتضح وجود أرتفاع جوھري بمستوى االنترلیوكین و التستوستیرون عند مریضات التصلب العصبي 35-مقارنة باالصحاء و ھذه الحقائق وجدت في مستوى أالنترلیوكین لبروجیستیرون والھرمون المحفز للجریبات خالل مدة المرض المتعدد. لوحظ عدم وجود اختالف جوھري بین ھرمون ا خالل المدة المرضیة للمجموعة الثانیة، فضال عن وجد فرق جوھري في lhوكذالك لم یالحظ أختالف جوھري لھرمون مھم مستوى ھرمون االتینزنك في المجموعتین الثالثة والرابعة خالل مدة المرض ،أما ھرمون البروالكتین فوجد أختالف بالنسبة الى المجموعتین الثانیة و الرابعة على عكس المجموعة الثالثة التي لم یوجد بھا فرق جوھري. من ھذه الدراسة التي یمكن أن یعد دالة كیموحیویة للمصابات بمرض التصلب 35-أجریت نستنتج بأن أرتفاع مستوى تركیز أالنترلیوكین الموجود 35-مرض التصلب العصبي المتعدد یتأثر بالسایتوكین مثل أالنترلیوكین العصبي المتعدد. وتبین ھذه النتیجة أن عند تلك المریضات. ، التصلب العصبي المتعدد، الھرمونات السترویدیة. 35-أنترلیوكین الكلمات المفتاحیة: 276 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 synthesis and spectral studies for new schiff base and its binuclear complexes with znii,cdii and hgii a.t. numan departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a new ligand (h4l) and its comp lexes with ( zn ii , cd ii and hg ii ) were p repared. this ligand was p repared in two st eps. in t he first st ep a solution of terep hthaldehyde in methanol was reacted under reflux with 1,2-p henylenediamine to give an p recursor comp ound which reacted in the second st ep with 2,4-dihydroxy benzaldehy de to give the ligand. the comp lexes were then sy nthesized by direct reaction of the corresp onding metal chloride with the ligand. the ligand and comp lexes were characterized by sp ectroscop ic methods ft -ir, uv-vis, 1 hnm r, and atomic absorp tion, chloride content, hplc, mole-ratio determination. in addition to conductivity measurement. t he data of these measurements suggest a distorted tetrahedral geometry for zn ii , cd ii and hg ii comp lexes and that they would be p resented as [m 2l(h2l)ci2]. the stability const ant k and gibbs free energy ∆g were calculated for [zn2(h2l)cl2] and [cd2(h2l)cl2] comp lexes by using sp ectrop hotometer method. the obtained values indicate that these comp lexes are st able in their solution. the biological activity for the following ligand ( h4l ) and comp lexes [zn2(h2l)cl2] and [cd2(h2l)cl2] was studied . introduction schiff's bases derived from aromatic amines and aromatic aldehydes and its comp lexes have a wide variety of app lications in many fields, e.g., biological, inorganic and analytical chemist ry [1-3]. schiff's bases of o-p henylenediamine and its comp lexes have a variety of app lications including biological, analytical [4] and clinical [5]. m etal comp lexes of schiff base are extensively st udied due to sy nthetic flexibility and sensitivity toward a variety of metal atoms [6].they are found useful in cataly sis, in medicine as antibiotics and anti-inflammatory agent and in the industry as anti-corrosion [7-10]. it has been found that all the comp lexes are antimicrobially active and show higher activity than the free ligand. m etal chelation affects significantly the antimicrobial/bioactive behavior of the organic ligands [11].in this p aper the sy nthesis and characterization of schiff base [4,4'–(2,2'-(1,4-phenelenebis(methan-1-y l-1y lidene))bis(azan-1-y l-1-ylidene)bis(1,2-p henylen))bis(azan-1-l-1-ylidene)bis(methan-1-yl-1y lidene)dibenzene1,3-diol] ligand derived from the reaction of terep hthaldehyde, op henylenediamine and 2,4 -dihy droxy benzaldehy de and some of its comp lexes with ( zn ii , cd ii and hg ii ) are reported. experime ntal reagent gr ade terep hthaldehyde and 2,4 -dihy droxy benzaldehy de obtained from fluka and o-p heny lenediamine obtained from aldrich and used as received while zncl2 , cdcl2.h2o and hgcl2 wer e available from (ried ial – dehaen, fluka, m erck and hop kins & william ltd) resp ectively. the ft-ir sp ectra of comp ounds were recorded as (kbr) disc using a shimadzu 8300 ft ir sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000-400) cm -1 . electronic sp ectra of prep ared ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 comp ounds were measured in the region (200-900) nm for 10 -3 m solutions in (dm f) as a solvent at 25 c˚ by using a cecil, ce7200 sp ectrop hotometer. while metal contents of the comp lexes were determined by atomic absorp tion (a.a) technique using a shimadz (aa.620) atomic absorption sp ectrop hotometer .electrical conductivity measurements of the comp lexes were recorded at 25 c˚ for 10 -3 m solutions of the samples in (dm f) by using a ( wissenschaftlich techniche werkst att en. d1820 wilhelm lf 42) conductivity meter. nuclear magn etic resonance sp ectra 1 hnm r for the ligand (h4l) were recorded via usin g burker (400m hz) sp ectrop hotometer with a tetramethy lsilane (tm s) as an internal st andard in dm so-d 6 in albaath university , sy ria. the chloride contents for comp lexes were determin ed by p otentiometric titration method on (686-titro p rocessor-665. dosimat m etrohn swiss).the melting p oint was measured using stuart melting p oint. preparation s ynthesis of the ligand (h4l): the li gand was p repared in two step s s tep (1): preparation of the (precursor compound). to a solution of terep hthaldehyde 0.15 g ( 1.12 mmole) in (5 ml) of methanol, (5) drop s of glacial acetic acid were slowly added, the obtained solution was mixed with 1,2p heny lenediamine 0.241 g (2.23 mmole) (5ml) in methanol. the mixture was reflu xed for (5 hrs.) with stirring. the oran ge solution was left t o dry for (24 hrs.) in room temp erature, the p recipitate was washed with an excess of methanol, and was dried. an orange solid was obtained. yield (0.26) g, (74%), m.p (190 dec). s tep (2): preparation of the ligand (h4l): a solution of (p recursor comp ound) 0.12 g ( 0.38 mmole) in methanol (5 ml) and few drop s of dmf were added to 0.1 g ( 0.72 mmo le) of 2,4-dihydroxy benzaldehy de dissolving in methanol (5ml), then five drops of glacial acetic acid were added slowly to the reaction mixture. the reaction mixture was refluxed for (5 hrs.) with continuous stirring. the brown solution was left to dry for (72 hrs.) at room temp erature, the p recipitate was washed with an excess of methanol, and was dried. a brown solid was obtained. yield (0.18) g, (85%), m.p (223 dec) . s ynthesis of complexes ions s ynthesis of [zn2(h2l)cl 2] (1) complex: 5ml of methanol it solution containing 0.15 g (0.27 mmole) of (h4l) with few drop s of dm f were p laced in a round bottomed flask. then a 0.04g (0.71 mmol) of koh in (5 ml) ethanol was added. a solution of zncl2 0.074g (0.54 mmole) in (10 ml) methanol was drop wise added with st irring. the mixture was refluxed for (3 hrs.). a deep green p recipitate was formed, which was filtered off, washed several times with methanol and dried at room temperature during (72 hrs.). yield (0.051) g, (76 %), m.p. (270 dec). s ynthesis of [cd2(h2l)cl 2] (2), [hg2(h2l)cl 2] (3) the method used to p rep are these comp lexes was a similar method to that mentioned in the prep aration of [zn2(h2l)cl2] comp lex. table (1) shows t he stated weight of st arting materials, % y ield and some p hysical p rop erties of the prep ared comp lexes. results and discussion the prep aration of the ligand (h4l) and comp lexes of the general method as shown in scheme ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 (1) o o h2n nh2 n n nh2h2n (1 mole) (2 mole) oh oh ch o n n n n hc chch hc ohho oh ho meo h \ dmf hc ohho o m cl cl n n n n hc chch o m me oh terep hthalaldehy de 1,2p he nylene diam ine glac ia lac eti c acid (5 dr op s) refl ux (1 5 hrs .) me oh \ dm f 2 ,4-di hydroxy benza lde hyde (2mo le ) r efl ux (15 hr s.) gl acial aceti c acid 5 drop s 2m c l2 + 2 ko h reflux ( 3h rs.) [w here m (ii)=zn,c d a nd hg ] scheme (1) synthesis route of the schiff's base ligand (h4l) and its complexes ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 the 1 hnm r sp ectrum of ligand (h4l), figure (2) in dm so–d 6 solvent shows a singlet signal at ( = 10.93 p p m) equivalent to two p rotons assigned to (o–h) group of carbon (c1,32). two p rotons of (c5-oh, c30-oh) group app ear as a singlet signal at ( = 13.1 p p m) [18]. two p rotons of (n=c7–h, n=c28–h) imine group app ear as a singlet signal at ( = 8.36 p p m). two p rotons of (n=c14–h, n=c21–h) imine group app ear as a singlet signal at ( = 9.93 p p m). the multiplet signals at ( = 6.33 p p m), (7.23), (7.33), (7.46), (7.53), (7.63), (7.95) p p m are due to aromatic hy drogen of carbon (c2,33), (c3,34), (c6,31), (c9,12,23,26), (c10,11,24,25), (c16,17), (c19,20) resp ectively[13,14]. the ftir sp ectra of the ligand and the comp lexes are p resented in table (2) and fig (3a,3b). the sp ectrum of the ligand fig (3a) shows the disapp earance of c=o and n-h bands, which sup p ose the comp lete condition of keto group with amino group [15,16]. so the st rong band app eared at 1635 cm -1 and 1620 cm -1 can be att ributed to imin group c=n (benz) and (tere) resp ectively while the band at 1238 cm -1 can be assigned to c-o. t he two bands at 3429 cm -1 and 3140 cm -1 are due to the υ (o-h) st retching [17,18]. in the case of the comp lexes (1-3) fig (3b) the bands of c=n and c-o shifted to lower frequency app earing for c=n at (1627,1604) cm -1 ,( 1620 , 1589) cm -1 , (1600, 1577) cm -1 and at (1215, 1203, 1226) cm -1 for (c-o)[19-22]. the shifting which may be due to (hom o →lum o), (where hom o: highest occupied m olecular orbital, lum o: lowest unoccupied m olecular orbital) confirmed the coordination of ligand through nitrogen and oxy gen atoms [23]. the broad band at (3429) cm -1 att ributed to υ(oh) in the free ligand shifted to lower frequency app eared at (3329) cm -1 , (3387) cm -1 and (3356) cm -1 for comp lexes [1-3] resp ectively[24]. the bands at (550), (551) and (559) were assigned to υ (m – n) for comp ounds [1-3] resp ectively, indicating that the imine nitrogen is involved in coordination with metal ions [25, 26]. the bands at (421), (470) and (497) cm -1 were assigned to υ(m –o) for comp ounds (1-3) resp ectively indicating that the p henolic oxy gen of the ligand is involved in coordination with metal ions[25,26]. the (uv-vis) sp ectrum for the ligand (h4l), figure (4) exhibits three high absorp tion p eak, the first p eaks, at (282nm) (35460.99 cm -1 ) (εm ax=2229molar -1 .cm -1 ), the second absorp tion p eak at (330nm)(30303 cm -1 ) (εmax=2175 molar -1 .cm -1 ) and the third p eak at (348nm)(28571.4 cm 1 )(εm ax= 1861molar -1 . cm -1 ), which were assigned to (π→ π*) , (π→ π*) and (n→ π*) transition resp ectively[17]. the (uv-vis) sp ectra data for the comp lexes (1-3) are given in table (3).the absorp tion sp ectra for these comp lexes show intense bands about (291-345) nm , which may be related to ligand filed. the absorp tion p eaks in the range (351-360) nm for these comp lexes are due to charge transfer (c.t) since they belong to d 10 configuration and they don’t have d-d transition [27,28]. from the p osition of the band and the value of εm ax the tetrahedral st ructure may be p rop osed for these complexes. the m olar conductance values for the ligand (h4l) comp lexes are summarized in table (3). these values were found in the range (24.9 27.9) s.cm 2 .mole -1 , so they corresp ond to nonelectrolytic behavior [29]. the (hplc) chromatograms for the comp ound (h4l), [zn2(h2l)cl2] and [cd2(h2l)cl2] comp lexes, exhibits one sharp signal at retention time (rt=6.877), (rt=7.036) and (rt=7.048) resp ectively, indicating the purity of the compounds . the atomic absorp tion analysis and the chloride content results of the comp lexes are in a good agreement with the suggested formula [m 2(h2l)cl2]. the mole-ratio (l:m ) was calculated depending on the measurement the absorbance of the solutions which contain increased molar concentrations of one component (ligand) with constant concentration to the other comp onent metal ion. the optical absorbance was measured at wave length of highest absorbance of p roduced comp lex and does not occur at the absorbance to the chelate ligand alone or to the metal ion alone. the relationship between the absorbance which ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 was p resented as (y) axis and the concentration of the two reactants (ligand: metal) was drawn, which was p resented as (x) axis, then the rectum contiguity was drown until they intersect and from the intersection p oint equivalent metal was limitated as it was shown in the figures (5a) and (5b). on the basis of these measurement the st ability constant k and gibbs free energy ∆g were calculated. the st ability constant k and gibbs free energy were calculated using the method shown above. the equilibrium of the comp lex metal ion and the ligand for 2:1 mole ratios and k for this ratio is exp ressed by : 2m+ l m2l …………... (1) k= [m 2l] / [m ] 2 [l] ……………. (2) k= (1α)/ 4α 3 c 2 …………… (3) where c and α are the concentration and degree of decomp osition of the comp lex resp ectively, the values were determin ed from the equation α = (am as) / am as = the absorbance for m :l= 1:2. am = the absorbance for m :l= 1:3. as and am, are the absorbance of the m : l =1:1, m : l=2:1, m : l=3:1 and m: l=4:1 resp ectively. the calculation of ∆g at 300°k was carried out according to followin g exp ression ∆g = 2.303rt log k where r=8.31j mole 1 .k -1 and t=300°k. the obtained date is list ed in table (4) which shows t hat the complexes are stable (∆g < 0) and there stability increase in the order cd (ii) > zn (ii). the biological activity of the ligands (h4l) and [zn2(h2l)cl2], [cd2(h2l)cl2], comp lexes was st udied by using inhib ition method for two typ es of p athogenic bacteria. one ty p e of bacteria was gram positive which is bacillus cereus. t he second one was gram n egative which is pseudomonas. the biological effect of the chemical co mplexes, was studied for the (2) typ es of bacteria as shown in table (5). the rate of inhibition diameter was varied accordin g to the variation in the comp lex ty p e and bacterial typ e. re ferences 1. cimerman, z.; m iljanic, s. and galic, n. (2000), croatica chemica acta., 73 (1), 8195 2. singh p, goel r l, and singh b p, (1975) j. indian chem. soc., 52, 958. 3. perry , b.; beezer, a. e.; m iles, r. j.; smith, b. w.;, m iller, j. and nascimento, m . g., (1988) m icrobois., 45, 181. 4. patel, p. r.; thaker, b. t. and zele. s., (1999) indian j. chem., 38 a, 563. 5. m ahindra, a. m .; fisher, j. m .and rabinovitz, (1983) nature (london) 303 64. 6. sp inu, c .and kriza, a. (2000) acta chime. slov., 47,179. 7. sun, b.;chen, j.;hu ,j. y. and li, x. (2001), j chin.chem.lett .,12 (11),1043. 8. boghaei d m and m ohebi s, (2002) tetrahedron,58 (26), 5356.. 9. liu,j.;wu, b.;zhang ,b. and liu, y. (2006) turk j.chem., 30,41. 3), 677.( 358. inorg. chim.actad, j )2005( ,and ranford .i .s ,tan.;x .v ,jin10. 11. m ishra ,a. p. and m onika soni, (2008) m et based drugs,. 12. ahsen ,v.; gök celi, f. and bekaroğlu, ö. (1987) j. chem. soc. dalton t rans., 1827. 13. parikh, v. m . (1985) “absorp tion sp ectroscop y of organic m olecules” translated by khut hier abdul hussain, al-rawi jasim m . a. and al-iraqi. m ahammed a. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 14. robert, m . silver schtein, bassler and m orrill, (1981) “sp ectrop hotometer identification of organic compound”, 5yh ed. 15. sanmartim, j.; bermejo, m . r. ; garcia deibe ,a.m . and rivas, i.m ., (2000) j. chem. soc. dalton trans., 4174 4181. 16. aldulaimi, sultan j. s., (2005) m sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education ibnal-haitham,. 17. william kemp, (1987) “organic sp ectroscop y ” 2nd edition. 18. koksal, h.; tumer, m . and serin, s., (1996) sy nth. read. inorg. m et. org. chem., 26, 1577. 19. xishi tai, xianhong yin, qiang chen, and m inyu tan, (2003) m olecules, 439-440. 20. agrawal, r. k.; prasad, s. and gahlot, n.. (2004) t wk. j. chem. 28. 21. al-janabi, a. e., (2005) m sc thesis, university of baghdad,. 22. smith, p.h.; m orris, j.r. and ry an, g.d., (1989) j. am.chem.soc., 111, 7437. 23. tumer, m .; celik, c.; koksal, h. and serin, s., (1999) trans. m et.chem., 24, 525. 24. tumer, m .; koksal, h.; serin, s. and digrak, m ., (1999) trans. m et. chem., 24, 13. 25. addison, a.w.; rao, t.n. and sinn, e., (1984) inorg. chem., 23, 1957-1967. 26. preti, c. and tosi, g., (1977) can j.chem., 55, 1409. 27. lever, a. b. p., (1968) “ inorganic electronic sp ectroscop y ”, new york, 6, 121. 28. karabocek, s. and kaeabocek, n., (1997) polyhedron, 11, 1771-1774. 29. ketlle, s. f. a., (1975) "coordination comp ounds", t homas nelson & sons, london,. table (1) elemental analysis results and some physical propertie s of the complexes and their reactants quantities. dec=decomposition, calc. = calculated, ( ) =t heoretical no. empirical formula colour m.p ºc wt of metal chlo ride (g ) wt. of product (g) yield % found (cal c.)% metal cl 1 h4l brown 22 3 dec 0.18 85 2 [zn2( h2l)cl2] p ale yellow 27 0 dec 0.074 0.051 68.91 (17.34) 16.35 (9.4) 8.5 3 [cd2( h2l)cl2] p ale yellow 24 0 dec 0.109 0.078 72 (26.50) 25.45 (8.36 ) 7.4 4 [hg2( h2l )cl2] p ale yellow 25 0 dec 0.146 0.046 32 (39.15) 37.86 (6.92 ) 5.1 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (2): ft-ir spectral data (wave number ύ) cm -1 for the ligand (h4l) and its complexes table (3): electronic data and molar conductivity for the ligand (h4l) and its metal complexes υ (m-o) υ (m-n) υ (c-o) υ (c-h) al iph. υ (c-h) arom. υ(c=c) arom. υ (o-h) υ(c=n) compounds no. 12 35 29 27 30 62 1500 3429 1635 1620 [h4l] 421 55 0 12 15 29 24 30 66 1527 3329 1627 1604 [zn2(h 2l)cl2] 1 470 55 1 12 03 29 24 29 50 1539 3387 1620 1589 [cd2(h2l)cl2] 2 497 55 9 12 22 29 58 30 89 1550 3356 1600 1577 [hg2(h2l)cl2] 3 coordination m  s. cm2. mole –1 assignments ύ cm -1 λ nm compou nd s no. _____ π → π * 35460.99 282 h4l π →π * 30303 330 n→ π * 28735.63 348 distorted t etrahedral ligand field 34246.57 292 [zn2(h2l)cl2] 1 25 ligand field 29940 334 c.t 28490 351 distorted t etrahedral ligand field 34364.689 291 [cd2(h2l)cl2] 2 24.9 ligand field 28985.5 345 c.t 27777.7 360 distorted t etrahedral ligand field 34246.57 292 [hg2(h2l)cl2] 3 27.9 ligand field 29850.74 335 c.t 28490 351 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 table (4) stability constant and ∆g for the ligand (h4l) complexes [zn2(h2l)cl2] and [cd2(h2l)cl2] compou nd s as am α k log k 1/k ∆g [zn2(h4l)cl2] 2.37 2.4 0.0125 1.26408090117× 10 11 11 7.91×10 -12 -62.8 [cd2(h4l)cl2] 1.82 1.83 0.00546 1.527711213517×10 12 12.18 6.55×10 -13 -69.5 table (5) showed the inhibition circle diameter in millimeter for the bacteria after 24 hour incubation paid and 37c for h4l and some complexes compounds p.s . b.c. control dm f 10.9 9.9 h4l 30 25 [zn2(h2l)cl2] 16 20 [cd2(h2l)cl2] 20 18 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig. (2) 1 hnmr spectrum of the ligand (h4l) fig. (3a) ft-ir s pectrum for the (h4l) fig .(3b) ft-ir s pectrum of the complex [(zn2 (h2l)cl 2] fig. (4) electroni c spectrum of the ligand (h4l) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (2) 2010 fig. (5a) the mole-ratio curve of complex [zn2(h2l)cl 2] in solution (1× 10 -3 mole.l -1 ) at (λ=345 nm) fig. (5b) the mole-ratio curve of complex [cd2(h2l)cl 2] in soluti on (1× 10 -3 mole.l -1 ) at (λ=335 nm) ihjpas 2010) 2( 32المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة حضیر ودراسات طیفیة لقاعدة شف جدیدة ومعقداتها ثنائیة النواة مع ت znii, cdii and hgii أحمد ثابت نعمان قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد الخالصة دند الجدیاتضمن البحث تحضیر اللیك 4,4'–(2,2'-(1,4-phenelenebis(methan-1-y l-1-ylidene))bis(azan-1-y l-1-ylidene)bis(1,2p henylen))bis(azan-1-y l-1-ylidene)bis(methan-1-yl-1-ylidene)dibenzene1,3-diol :إذ حضر هذا اللیكاند بخطوتین terep) (ةفاعلمالخطوة األولى hthaldehyde 1,2 ) مع-p henylenediamine) و تكوین n 1 ,n 1 '-(1,4-phenylenebis(methan-1-y lylidene))dibenzene-1,2diamine ــــة ــــم الخطـــــوة الثانیــ n ةفاعلــ 1 ,n 1 '-(1,4-phenylenebis(methan-1-y lylidene))dibenzene-1,2diamine ـــــع مـ 2,4dihydroxy benzaldehy de ).h4l( الجدید اللیكاندو تكوین 4,4'–(2,2'-(1,4-phenelenebis(methan-1-y l-1-ylidene))bis(azan-1-y l-1-ylidene)bis(1,2p henylen))bis(azan-1-y l-1-ylidene)bis(methan-1-yl-1-ylidene)dibenzene1,3-diol تكونت معقدات جدیـدة لهـا اذ) 2:1(المیثانول وسطا للتفاعل وبنسبة عمالتم مفاعلة هذا اللیكاند مع بعض العناصر الفلزیة باست m]الصیغة العامة 2(h2l)cl2] zn : اذ ii , cd ii and hg ii =m (hplc), ،المرئیـة –األشعة تحت الحمـراء ، واألشـعة فـوق البنفسـجیة ، ق الطیفیةائیع المركبات بالطر جم شخصت , 1 hnm r مـع قیـاس التوصـیلیة الموالریـة ، مطیافیة االمتصاص الذري للعناصر وتم تعیین محتوى الكلور ودرجـات االنصـهار فــانمـن نتـائج البحـث .1:2 للیكانـد الـى الفلـز وكانـت النسـبةلتعیـین نســبة ا) mole-ratio( طریقـة كـذلك اسـتخدمت .الكهربائیـة ) k (ب ثابـت االســتقراریةحســ .المشـوه الســطوح ربـاعي وهــ الزنـك والكــادمیوم والزئبـق كـل مــن الشـكل الفراغــي المقتـرح لمعقــدات .لوجیة للیكاند المحضر ومعقداتهو الفعالیة البای أختیرت . ∆ g وطاقة جبس الحرة ihjpas ihjpas 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة لخواص عدسة مغناطیسیة مسقطیة متناظرة نموذج االسياال باستعمال انتهاء احمد محمد قسم الفیزیاء ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد 2010، نیسان ،28: استلم البحث في 2011شباط ، ،8: فيقبل البحث الخالصة یتركز . بطرائق التحلیل العددي ةیتضمن البحث دراسة نظریة في مجال بصریات الجسیمات المشحونة باالستعان .طریقة التولیف(الطریقة العكسیة باستعمالالبحث حول تصمیم عدسة مغناطیسیة مسقطیة متناظرة ثنائیة القطب ( exponentialاالسي نموذج اال اذ أختیر ،كثافة الفیض المغناطیسي من خالل اختیار دالة جهد مناسبه وزعت model لتصمیم عدسة مغناطیسیة ثنائیة القطب . ومن ثم ایجاد مسار الجسیمات المشحونه التي تحقق معادلة الجهد المفروضة من خالل حل معادلة االشعة المحوریة ، معامالت التشویه (الخواص البصریة بعد بؤري ومعامالت زیوغ والثانیة للجهد المحوري تحتسب ومن معرفة المشتقة االولى .الخواص البصریة واقل زیوغ ممكن تم الحصول على افضلی اذ ،)الشعاعي والحلزوني . واخیرا یمكن تحدید الشكل الهندسي للقطب القادر على تولید المجال المغناطیسي البصریات االلكترونیة،عدسة مغناطیسیة مسقطیة متناظرة ثنائیة القطب ، الطریقة العكسیة لتصمیم العدسات : الكلمات مفتاحیة الكهروستاتیكیة، الخواص البصریة ـــةلمقدما ـــــ من ةالجسیمات المشحون ةالبصریات االلكترونیة فرع من فروع الفیزیاء الذي یتعامل مع المسائل المتعلقة بحرك تعد . [1] حیث تعجیلها وتبئیرها او حرفها باستعمال المجاالت االلكتروستاتیكیة والكهرومغناطیسیة عدسة مغناطیسیة مسقطیة بطریقة التولیف او الطریقة العكسیة ودراسة خواصها المسقطیة لما صممت في بحثي هذا .لهذه العدسات من اهمیة في استخدامها في الكثیر من التطبیقات العلمیة واالجهزة البصریة بتصمیم ملف محاط بحدید 1924قام في عام اذ ،(gabor)یعود بدایة استعمال العدسات المغناطیسیة كانت من العالم بعد ذلك شهدت العدسات االلكترونیة تطورًا سریعًا ؛ . یقوم بتركیز حزمة من االلكترونات الداخلة خالل محوره في نقطة واحدة الجزء المشترك في جمیع االجهزة االلكترونیة تعدالنها االت البحثیة من خالل استعماالتهاوذلك ألهمیة هذه العدسات في المج .[2] )المجهر االلكتروني من اهمها ویعد(لبصریة ا 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ،(analysis)الكهربائیة اوالمغناطیسیة هما طریقة التحلیل وهناك طریقتان رئیستان للتصمیم االمثل للعدسات سواء اما في طریقة التحلیل فیبدا المصمم بتغییر المعامالت (synthesis).واالخرى طریقة التولیف او ماتسمى بالطریقة العكسیة المغناطیسیة او الكهربائیة او الهندسیة الجل التوصل الى تصمیم مقبول ضمن شروط معینة، اذا كان هناك تخمین مالئم هي الطریقة التي تم اعتمادها في فواما الطریقة العكسیة ةولكنها طریقة بطیئ ةمالئم "اللتصمیم فان هذه الطریقة تعطي نتائج طه تحدید او تعیین دالة محوریة اخواص الرتبة االولى والزیوغ لمجال تصویري تحدد كلیا بواس ان بحثي هذا فانها مبنیة على فیض المغناطیسي وبعدها یمكن حل معادلة الشعاع المحوري حیث قمت باستخدام الدالة االسیة في عملي لتمثیل توزیع كثافة ال . الحزمة االلكترونیة ومن ثم تحدید الخواص البصریة المقابلة لهذه الدالة واخیرا تمكنا من تحدید شكل االقطاب الیجاد مسار . الطریقة تتمیز بدقتها العالیة وسهولة تصمیم العدسات هالطریقة الن هذ هولقد اعتمدت هذ [3] 1948عام grinbergإن األسس النظریة للتولیف في بصریات الجسیمات المشحونة كان قد وضعها ان الصور التي تكونها العدسات سواء العدسات االلكترونیة ام المغناطیسیة لیست مثالیة والسبب یعود الى ان هذه العدسات الزیوغ في العدسات المغناطیسیة المسقطیة والتي تمت دراستها في تعاني عددا من العیوب التي تسمى بالزیوغ وان من اهم .الزیوغ اللونیة والكرویة هي من اهم العیوب للعدسات الشیئیة دبحثي هذا هما التشویه الشعاعي والتشویه الحلزوني بینما تع . [4]سات المغناطیسیةتصحیح التشویهین الشعاعي والحلزوني في ان واحد للعد al-hillyاستطاع 1982في عام الحصول على صورة عدیمة التشویه الشعاعي والحلزوني في نقطة التكبیر االولى لعدسة 1991كما استطاع العبیدي عام .[5]ثنائیة القطب من الحصول على صورة عدیمة التشویه and al-batat, al-juboriاستطاع كال من الباحثین 2001في عام .[6] باستخدام اسلوب التولیف ولیس التحلیل ، لدراسة الخواص البصریة الشیئیة والمسقطیة لعدسة grayأنموذج استعمالب zanganaقام الباحث 2005في عام لموس كلما قلت قیم معامالت التصمیم الحظ ان الخواص البصریة الشیئیة تتحسن وبشكل م اذمغناطیسیة ثنائیة القطب متناظرة ة. الهندسیة .[7] في حین وجد ان األمر معاكس لحالة الخواص البصریة المسقطی الدالة (خواص مسقطیة جیدة من خالل اختیار دالة هدف مناسبة يالحصول على عدسة مغناطیسیة ذالى یهدف بحثي هذا ).االسیة النظریة العكسیة لتصمیم ودراسة الخواص المسقطیة لعدسة مغناطیسیة باالستعانه بطرائق الطریقة استعملتفي هذا البحث من خالل اختیار دالة مناسبة التي تمثل . (simpson's rule and runge-kutta technique)التحلیل العددیة magnetic field(bz)لغرض دراسة توزیع شدة المجال المغناطیسي المحوري (exponential model)نموذج االسي اال distributions التشوه االشعاعي والحلزوني (الخواص البصریة لهذه العدسة من بعد بؤري وزیوغ كما تم درستلهذه العدسة . التي تعتمد بصورة كبیرة على الدالة التي تم اختیارها) ومعامالتها half وعرض النصف bmaxنموذج االسي بالعالقة التي تربط بین قیمة شدة المجال المغناطیسي یمكن تمثیل اال width (w) والتي تعتمد علیها الدالة وكما مبین في المعادلة: exponential mode l [8]. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )1())(2ln2exp ()( max        w z bzbz یمثل المحور البصري z ان اذ: ــــّدد ــــ ــــحونه حـــ ــــ ـــــــیمات المشـــ ــــار الجســــ ــــ ـــــث r(z)مســـ ــــ ــــــذا البحــ ــــ ـــــي هـ ــــ ــــعاع فــ ــــ ــــة الشـــ ــــ ـــل معادلـــ ــــ ـــــــالل حــــ ـــــــن خــــ مــــ fourth-order runge-kutta)المرتبــة الرابعــة يكتــا ذ-طریقــة رنــج باســتعمال (paraxial ray equation)المحــوري technique) .[9] )2(0)( 8 2  rzb v r z r  :ان اذ bz(z) یمثل شدة المجال المغناطیسي. η تمثل النسبة بین شحنة االلكترون وكتلته. vr فولتیة التعجیل المصححة نسبیا. r  یمثل المشتقة الثانیة لـz. اصبح باالمكان دراسة الخواص البصریة للعدسة ةالمشحونوبعد حساب شدة المجال المغناطیسي ومسار الجسیمات المسقطیة من معامل تشوه شعاعي وحلزوني  معامـل التشــویه الشــعاعي(radial distortion) dr الــذي یحــدث بســبب ان االجــزاء الخارجیــة للمجــال المغناطیســي للعدسة تكون قویه نسبیا فان االشعة المارة من خـالل منـاطق ًتكـون الصـورة تكسـر بحـدة اكثـر مـن االشـعة القریبـة مـن اعي وهات همـا التشـویه الشـعوفیـه نوعـان مـن التشـ(المحوروهذا یؤدي الى اخـتالف التكبیـر فـي منـاطق الصـورة عمومـا ویحصــل هـذا النـوع مــن التشـوه الن المنــاطق (pincushion distortion) او مایسـمى التشــویه الوسـادي الموجـب والتشـــوه االخـــر هـــو التشـــوه الشـــعاعي الســـالب او [10].الخارجیـــة للصـــورة تكـــون مكبـــرة اكثـــر مـــن المنـــاطق الداخلیـــة المنـاطق الخارجیـة للصـورة اصـغر مـن المنـاطق تكـون یحدث عنـدما (barrel distortion)مایسمى بالتشوه البرمیلي ).[11] الداخلیة لها  معامل التشویه الحلزونيds (spiral distortion) محور البصري بفعل تاثیر یحدث بسبب دوران الصورة حول ال .حركته بشكل حلزوني ةحركة االلكترون مسبب ىالقوة المغناطیسیة بشكل عمودي على مستو التعبیر والذي تم simpson's ruleتقینة خالل استعمالمن كَال من التشوه الشعاعي والحلزونيولقد حسب [12 ]:على الترتیب 4،3معادلتین عنهما بال (3)-dzrrrrrrbrrbb vv d z z zzz rr r               2 1 )(4)8 3 ( 128 22232   (4) ------dzbr v br v d z z z r z r s         2 1 2 1 2322 3 )( 6 1 )( 128 3   :ان اذ bz توزیع كثافة الفیض المغناطیسي المحوري. zb المشتقة االولى لكثافة الفیض المغناطیسي المحوري نسبة الىz . zb  المشتقة الثانیة لكثافة الفیض المغناطیسي المحوري نسبة الىz . 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد rγ ،rα حلول مستقلة خطیة لمعادلة الشعاع المحوري. z1، z2 حدود المجال. vr فولتیة التعجیل المصححة نسبیا. qr (radialاعلومة التشویه الشعاعي) كمیات عدیمة الوحدات(ومن معرفة معامل الزیغ الشعاعي والحلزوني یمكن حساب quality factor) الشعاع الحلزوني ةواعلومqs (radial quality factor) [12]: من خالل المعادلتین في ادناه qr = (dr) 1/2 fp --------------(5) qs = (ds) 1/2 fp --------------(6) :ان اذ qr ،dr التشویه الشعاعي و معامل الزیغ الشعاعي على الترتیب ةهما اعلوم. qs ،ds الحلزوني على الترتیبالتشویه الحلزوني و معامل الزیغ ةهما اعلوم. fp هو البعد البؤري المسقطي. من خالل ایجاد توزیع شدة المجال المغناطیسـي والمشـتقة االولـى والثانیـة للجهـد المغناطیسـي یمكـن تعیـین شـكل القطـب بنـاء اشــكال فـي اعـادة بنـاء اقطـاب العدسـة الكهروسـتاتیكیة مـن اجـل (szilagyi) ت مـن قبـل التـي اسـتعملالتقنیـة عمالباسـت .االقطاب المغناطیسیة : [13] تعطى بالصیغة االتیة) االقطاب في هذه الحالة(استنادا الى هذه التقنیة فان معادلة سطوح تساوي الجهد ] 1/2 ----------------( 7) ’’ rp(z)=2[(vz-vp)/ vz اذ ان rp :االرتفاع القطري لالقطاب. vz :الجهد العددي المغناطیسي. zv المشتقة الثانیة للجهد vz vp الجهد على اي سطح او قطب. الحسابات والنتائج لقد تم في بحثنا هذا تصمیم عدسة مسقطیة ثنائیة القطب متناظرة ولغرض حساب ودراسة المجال المغناطیسي وباختیار قیم متغیرة لعرض bmax=0.6tعظمى لشدة المجال ةوالخواص البصریة المسقطیة لهذه العدسة تم تثبیت قیم .(w=1,2,3,4,5)النصف حساب المجال المغناطیسي المحوري لعدسة ثنائیة القطب .1 دالة )) 1(التي تم حسابها من معادلة رقم b(z)توزیع شدة المجال المغناطیسي المحوري ) 1(یوضح الشكل ة هللمجال المغناطیسي لهذ(refractive power) یبین الشكل ان قوة االنكسار ،اذ zللمحور البصري والذي العدس .(w=1,2,3,4,5) تزداد بزیادة عرض النصف bzیمثل المساحة السفلى لمنحني التوزیع حساب الخواص البؤریة المسقطیة للعدسة المغناطیسیة .2 یبین الشكل السلوك اذ ، ni/sqrt(vr)مع اعلومة التهیج fpتغیر البعد البؤري المسقطي ) 2(یوضح الشكل حتى یصل الى اقل ni/sqrt(vr)ان االنحدار السریع یتناقص مع زیادة اذfp التقلیدي لكل منحني من منحنیات 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ان السبب في نقصان قیمة البعد البؤري ،اذ ni/sqrt(vr) =15عند اعلومة التهیج min(fp)قیمة له الزمنیة للتالحم بین مسار الحزمة االلكترونیة والمجال المغناطیسي بعد ذلك یعود هذا المنحني المدةالمسقطي هو زیادة ة ni/sqrt(vr)لیاخذ بالزیادة التدریجیة التي تزداد شیئا فشیئا لتكون سریعة جدا عند قیم كما یوضح الشكل العالی ج ةبزیادة عرض النصف ویعود السبب الى زیادة اعلوم fpزیادة قیمة البعد البؤري التهیج التي تؤدي الى توسع او انفرا ر العدسة وهذا یعني بان الحزم من ثمّ المجال و االلكترونیة في مسافة ابعد وبحساب المسافة نسبة ةالى ضعف قوة كس بزیادة قیمة عرض min(fp)بعد البؤري، كما یبین الشكل زیادة قیم الى موقع قطع الحزمه للمحور البصري یحسب ال . وهذا یعني زیادة التكبیر للعدسة (w)النصف حساب معامالت الزیوغ او التشوه للعدسة المغناطیسیة .3 مع اعلومة ) 3معادلة رقم الذي تم حسابه باستعمال( drالشعاعي هتغیر معامل التشوی) 3(یوضح الشكل یكون موجبا drاذ یالحظ من الشكل ان كل منحني من منحنیات ،القطاب هذه العدسة ni/sqrt(vr)التهیج ،اذ (optimization value)التي ثمثل القیمة المثلىو ni/sqrt(vr) =17ثم عند قیمة ) اي تشویه وسادیا ( وبعدها یصبح (w=1,2,3,4,5)م ولجمیع قی dr=0یتالشى معامل التشویة الشعاعي اي تصبح قیمته یساوي صفرا ).اي تشویه برمیلي(تشویها سالبا مع اعلومة التهیج ) 5 التي تم حسابها من المعادلة رقم( qrالعالقة بین اعلومة التشویه الشعاعي ) 4(یبین الشكل ni/vr 1/2 القلیلة ثم مایلبث ان یقل هذا ni/sqrt(vr)تاخذ بالتناقص السریع لقیم qr یبین الشكل ان قیم اذ optimization)وهذه القیم تمثل القیم المثلى ni/sqrt(vr) =17التناقص تدریجیا حتى یصل الى اقل قیمة عند value) وكما موضح بالشكل التي تمثل اقل قیم للزیوغ بعد ذلك یعود هذا المنحني لیاخذ بالزیادة التدریجیة التي تزداد العالیة ni/sqrt(vr)سریعة جدا عند قیم شیئا فشیئا لتكون .1وكما موضح بالجدول رقم مع ) 4معادلة رقم عمالالذي تم حسابه باست( dsالحلزوني هالعالقة بین معامل التشوی) 5(یبین الشكل ni/vrاعلومة التهیج 1/2 ة بزیادات ویتضح من الشكل ان كل منحني من هذه المنحنیات تبدا القطاب هذه العدس یقل بزیادة ds كما یبین الشكل ان معامل التشویة الحلزوني .قلیلة جدا ثم یزداد بشكل سریع مع زیادة اعلومة التهیج والسبب في ذلك یعود الى ان زیادة عرض النصف تعني زیادة اتساع المجال المغناطیسي ) عرض النصف(w قیم .عام والذي یؤدي الى نقصان التشویه الحلزوني بشكل ) 6معادلة رقم ابه باستعمالالذي تم حس( qsقة بین اعلومه التشویه الحلزوني العال) 6(یوضح الشكل ni/vrمع اعلومة التهیج 1/2 القلیلة ثم ni/sqrt(vr)تاخذ بالتناقص السریع لقیم qsیوضح الشكل ان قیم اذ مایلبث ان یقل هذا التناقص تدریجیا حتى یصل الى حالة من الثبوت بعد ذلك یعود هذا المنحني لیاخذ بالزیادة العالیة ni/sqrt(vr)التدریجیة التي تزداد شیئا فشیئا لتكون سریعة جدا عند قیم الذي تحصل عندها حالة من .هذا السلوك یحصل بسبب التغیرفي البعد البؤريبعد حالة من التطابق و qsاالختالف في قیم نموذج االسي المتمثل شكل االقطاب للعدسة التي تم تصمیمها من خالل اختیار اال) 7(یبین الشكل كما تبین من خالل l=80mmبینت النتائج أن العدسة هي عدسة ثنائیة القطب متناظرة بطول اذ) 1( بالمعادلة .d=4.9mmوقطر فتحة محوریة s=0.2mmلعدسة تمتلك عرض فجوة هوائیة ان هذه ا) 7(حل المعادلة 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد االستنتاجات دالة هدف لتمثیل اي دالة محوریة مثل المجال المغناطیسي او الجهد المغناطیسي البد من یكـون المجـال عند استعمال واال فـان جـزء مـن التهـیج سـتتم خسـارته وسـیؤدي الــى . المغناطیسـي مسـاویا للصـفر او قریبـا منـه عنـد نهایـات المحـور البصــري .زیادة نسبة الخطا في الحسابات یـادة خطـوط الفـیض المغناطیسـي تـؤدي الزیـادة فـي قیمتـه الـى ز (optimization parameter)ان اي متغیـر امثلیـة فان ذلك یؤدي الى زیادة قوة كسر العدسة المغناطیسیة وهذا یؤدي الى نقصـان قیمـة البعـد البـؤري وبالتـالي نفسها وحدة المساحةل .زیادة التكبیر في العدسة ي العدســـات المغناطیســـیة المســـقطیة وذلـــك بزیـــادة قـــیم هـــذه المتغیـــرات او كمـــا یمكـــن تقلیـــل التشـــوهات او العیـــوب فـــ .المعامالت الهندسیة .عدسة مكبرة وذج االسي یمكن استعمالها ملمسقطیة التي تم تصمیمها باستعمال االنان العدسة المغناطیسیة ا المصادر 1cosslett, v. e. (1946), introduction to electron op tics", 1 st edition, oxford: clarendon p ress, university of m ichigan. 2gabor,d. (1948), t he electron m icroscop e. its develop ment, present performance and fut ure possibilities, edition 2, brookly n, chemical pub. co. 3 ni guoqiang, zhou liwe i, jin weiqi ,and fang, (1990), b eijing inst itut e of technology , "electron op tics with wide beam focusin g, 7( l) 6-14. 4al-hilly , s.m . and m ulvey , t. (1982), electron m icroscopy and analysis, “ wideangle p rojector system for the tem ”, inst. phys. conf. ser no.61:103-106. م/ ، رسالة ماجستیر" تصمیم العدسات الكھرومغناطیسیة " ، ) 1991(العبیدي، حسن نوري عبد الوھاب-5 الجامعة / كلیة العلو .المستنصریة 6al-batat, a. h. h. (2001), "a theoretical and computational investigation on m agnetic lenses synthesis", ph.d. thesis, university of al-m ust ansiriy ah. 7-zangana, h .a. (2005), “using gary ’s model as a target function in the inverse desi gn of magnetic lenses”, m sc. thesis, university of al-m ust ansiriy ah. 8szilagy i , m (1988), electron and lon op tics, new york and london: plenum press, university of m ichigan. 9m arton ,l. (2007),” advances in electronics”, volu me 2, academic press inc., new york. 10-wischnitz er s. (1981), introduction to electron m icroscopy , edition 3, pergamon p ress, university of m ichigan. 11glauert , a. w.(1974), practical m ethods in electron m icroscopy , volume 1, amst erdam, the netherlands. 12-hawkes,p.w.(1972), electron op tics and electron microscopy , tay lor and francis ltd., london, university of m innesota. 13-szilagy i, m . (1984), reconst ruction of electron and pol e p iece from op timized axial field dist ribution of electron and ion optical sy st em, j. appl. p hy s .lett, 45( 5): 499-501. 2011) 2( 24الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن اظرة لقیم مختلفة من عرض النصف ): 1(جدول ة ثنائیة القطب متن ة لعدس w hal)یوضح الخواص المسقطی f width) عند ثبوت كال منbmax=0.6t, l=80mm w(mm) half width (fp)min (mm) ni/sq rt(vr) dr (fp)min ds (fp)min q r q s ni/sq rt(vr) at dr=0 1 0.472 15 0.21785 0.2965 0.798 0.923 17 2 0.625 15 0.04167 0.1010 0.685 0.924 17 3 0.821 15 0.01846 0.0448 0.684 0.957 17 4 1.054 15 0.01032 0.0252 0.682 0.969 17 5 1.536 15 0.00652 0.0162 0.677 0.976 17 2011) 2( 24الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم ni/s واعلومة التھیج dsیوضح العالقة بین معامل التشویھ الحلزوني ) 5(الشكل qrt(vr) 0 5 10 15 20 25 -3 -2 -1 0 1 d r( 1/ m m 2 ) n i/sq rt(vr) w = 1 (17 ,0) w=2 (17 ,0) w=3 (17, 0) w= 4(17 ,0) w= 5(17 ,0) (1 7,0) drیوضح العالقة بین معامل التشویھ الشعاعي :)3(شكل ni/sq واعلومة التھیج rt(vr) ن اعلومة التشویھ :)4(شكل یوضح العالقة بی ni/sq واعلومة التھیج qrالشعاعي rt(vr) 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 ni/sqr t(vr) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 q s w=1 w=2 w=3 w=4 w=5 ي): 6(شكل ni/s واعلومة التھیج qsیوضح العالقة بین اعلومة التشویھ الحلزون qrt(vr) l=80mmیوضح شكل القطب لعدسة مسقطیة ثنائیة القطب المتماثلة بطول ) : 7(شكل s =0.2mm,d=4.9mm ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 projective properties for symmetrical magnetic lens by using exponential model i. a. mohammed departme nt of physics, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 28, april , 2010 accepte d in : 8, february, 2011 abstract a computational invest igation is carried out in the field of charged particle optics with the aid of the numerical analysis methods. the work is concerned with the design of sy mmetrical double p ole p iece magnetic lens. the axial magnetic flux density distribution is determined by using exp onential model, from which the paraxial-ray equation is solved to obtain the trajectory of p articles that satisfy the suggested exp onential model. from the knowledge of the first and second derivatives of axial potential distribution, the op tical p rop erties such as the focal length and aberration coefficients (radial distortion coefficient and sp iral dist ortion coefficient) are determined. finally, the pole p iece p rofiles cap able of producing the assign were determined. key words :electron op tics, sy mmetrical double p ole p iece magnetic lens, sy nthesis, op tical p rop erties. special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2644 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 10 notes on the ecology and distribution of the annual fern anogramma leptophylla (l.) link. (pteridaceae) in northern districts of iraq abstract the study involved the description of the environmental characters and distribution of anogramma leptophylla (annual maidenhair fern) in erbil and garmian districts during may2017 in kurdistan of iraq. the geographical distribution of the taxa was recorded in bani bee region for the first time within the garmian district but it was recorded before in the zar gali region within the erbil district. the climatic characters of the studied site in erbil district were: moist, cold and the elevation was up to 560 m above sea level with sandy clay soil texture whereas in the garmian district: dry, hot, and the elevation was only 330 m above sea level with sandy stone soil. plant up to 13 cm long, megaphyllous, fronds compound 3-6 cm long, divided into alternate petiolate pinnae. in the present work, some ecological, morphological, and geographical distribution for a. leptophylla is described for the first time in the iraqi kurdistan region. keywords: anogramma , pteridaceae, iraq, ferns. 1. introduction there are over 10,560 species of ferns and 1000 species of fernallies, recorded in the world so far [1]. seedless vascular plants have much more diversity over the world in contrast to other plants [2], whereas most previous studies have been carried out on the other vascular plants [3, 4]. recently many scientific researches on phytochemical, morphological and anatomical features of ferns appeared [2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]. pteridaceae includes over 1000 species which make up almost 10% of ferns [10], the members of this family have a world wide distribution in tropics and arid regions [11]. anogramma is a genus of pteridioideae, a subfamily of the pteridaceae [12], which involves about ten species found in regions with alternating wet and dry seasons [13]. however, a. leptophylla has one of the widest ranges of distribution among all other fern species [14]. in the flora of iraq, the authors referred to the geographical distribution and habitat of a. leptophylla only without any detail of its morphology or ecological features [8, 9, 15, 16] figure (1a-b). the present study aimed to investigate the ecology and the geographical distribution of the annual fern anogramma leptophylla l. as it is the first attempt in iraq that deals with pteriodoflora in this respect. a.m. ismail abbasmurtadeh@yahoo.com college of science for women university of baghdadiraq b. k. maulood bahram.khider@auis.org precedency of kurdistan regional governmenterbiliraq http://ihicps.com/ mailto:abbasmurtadeh@yahoo.com mailto:bahram.khider@auis.org special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2644 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 11 figure 2. afern in bani bee bfern in zar gali 2. materials method plant samples (mature sporophyte) have been collected from erbil district within the zar gali region, geographical data were found to be as follows: gps (36º 37. 490 n, 44º 26. 540 e), elevation up to 560 m above sea level whereas in garmian district, the station was in bani bee region gps (35º 02. 221 n, 045º 42. 650 e), elevation was only 330m above sea level. voucher sample under the no. ( 4, 17, 2, an, le) of the ferns was deposited in the herbarium of howler botanical gardenerbil city. soil samples were collected from studied sites of both regions in plastic bugs and brought back to the laboratory, then the soil properties were estimated according to the standard procedure [17]. in addition, soil texture was also determined. the annual mean of metrological data for the two districts was; (1) in erbil temperature 36ºc, humidity 65% and rainfall 120 mm, but in (2) garmian temperature 40.5 ºc, humidity 55% and rainfall 90 mm. the morphological characters of the fern were studied using dissecting and light compound microscope in the advanced environmental postgraduate laboratory in garmian university-faculty of science, kalar. the classification was performed according to [11]. 3. results and discussion 3.1. ecological study results of the present study showed a wide range of variation between soil samples of the two stations, in respect to ph, alkalinity, soil texture, chemical and physical properties of soil, plant nutrients were also estimated and documented in tables (1 and 2). table 1. some chemical and physical characters of the soil in both studied sites. sites ph ec µsem./cm co3 ppm no3 ppm po4 ppm ca ppm mg ppm k ppm na ppm zar gali 7.9 240 200 2.0 0.3 48 42 40 30 bani bee 7.8 400 145 0.8 0.13 41 37 28 60 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2644 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 12 table 2. soil color, texture and total organic content of soil samples from the two sites. sites color texture total organic content % (toc) zar gali light brown sandy clay 14.6 bani bee light red sandy stone 5.4 the result of the present investigation showed a wide range of variation between soil samples of the two stations in respect of both chemical and physical parameters. the outcome results of ph, electrical conductivity, bicarbonate, nitrate, phosphate, and major cations are represented in table (1) whereas table (2) involved the result of soil texture, color, and total organic content of soil samples. it is found that soil color ranged from light brown in zar gali to light red in garmian whereas total organic content in zar gali was more than double of that of bani bee (14.6% & 5.4%) respectively although soil ph in both sides was weak alkaline the electrical conductivity was almost half of that of bani bee. variation and difference between the two sites were quite evident in respect to elevation as it exceeded 560 m in zar galirwanduz whereas it did not exceed 360 m in garmian. however, the variation extended to the difference in metrological data also between the two sites as its shown in table (3) where the amount of rainfall in zar gali exceed 120 mm with the temperature only 36ºc whereas in garmian mean annual rainfall do not exceed 90mm and temperature normally exceed 40ºc. table 3. meterological data in the studied sites. sites temperature (°c) rainfall (mm) humidity (%) zar gali 36 120 65 bani bee 40.4 90 55 3.2. morphological study the fern morphologically is found to be herbaceous 8.5-13 cm long, petiole up to 4 cm long, brown near the rhizome and green near the blade, blade up to 3 cm long, frond up to 7 cm long, divided into pinnules with a short petiole, pinnule consist of four deltoid segment, smooth ad axial surface, venation is dichotomous, rhizome erect very short up to 0.5 cm long, roots are brown color up to 1-2 cm long, petiole dark brown, with a few small scales near the base, pinna is divided into trilobite pinnules, sori clustered on ab axial surface of pinna along the veins without indicium figure (2). http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2644 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 13 figure 2. anogramma leptophylla (mature sporophyte in the laboratory). 3.3. habitat and distribution the concerned fern is known to be found in moist shaded rocky cliffs which was the case in the current study. in the present investigation, plant was recorded at different elevations (330-560 m) above sea level the habitat was either individual form among other plants or rarely found aggregate in groups. in the erbil district, the associated taxa were cheilanthes fragrance in the zar gali region. [15] had found the fern in moist and low-temperature climate in derbendikhan region also they had recorded the fern even in khanaqin region which is quite hot and regarded as a temperate climate, had also recorded the fern in rawandoose and iranian foothills regions which is characterized with low temperature and high humidity at an elevation of 800 m above sea level was recorded by [16]. the climate in the iraqi kurdistan districts characterized by iran toraniane climate [15]. in new zealand, the plant is normally reported to begin growth in late winter and early spring but the maturity has been found in august and september [18], had reported were the fern growth with aggregate form and associated with some bryophytes and grasses which inhabit sandy stone soil and moist environment this agree with present finding in erbil (zar gali) whereas, the results from this work in bani bee region disagree with [18] and [19] study because the garmian district characterized with high temperature and low humidity [8, 9] and the fern was found as individual plants along the area between stones and rocks. 4. conclusion the fern anogramma leptophylla have been recorded in a wide range of climatic environments in kurdistan of iraq the plant was found to be either a single individual or an aggregation group among the mosses or ferns. description, habitat, and some ecological factors have been reported for the first time in iraq in respect to this fern. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2644 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 14 references 1. christenhusz, m.j.; byng, j.w. the number of know plants species in the world and its annual increase. phytotaxa. 2016, 45, 3, 201-217. 2. murtaza, g.; asgher. r.; majed. s.a.; waheed. a.; mirza. s.n. aanatomical and palynological studies on some fillicales from neelum valley, muzaffarabad, azad kishmir. pak. j. botany. 2006 ,38, 4, 921-929. 3. mir, s.a.; mishra. a.k.; .pala. s.a.; reshi. z.a.; sharma. m.p. ferns and fern allies of district shopian kashmir valley, india. biodiversity. 2015 16, 1, 27-43. 4. javad, s. sporulation and spore germination in the tissue culture of cheilanthes fragrans. j. appl. environ. biol. sci. 2015 ,5, 2, 225-229. 5. bercu, r. anatomy of asplenium trichomanes l. udk. 2004 ,582, 41-48. 6. chaning, a.; zamuner, a.; edwarda, d.; guido, d. equisetum thermal nov. (equisetales) from the jurassic san augstin hot spring deposit, patagonia: anatomy, paleoecology, and inferred palieoecophysiology. american j. of botany. 2011 ,98, 4, 680-698. 7. al-snafi, a.e. the chemical constituents and pharmacological effects of a. capillusveneris: a review. pharmacologia, 2015 ,5, 5, 106-111. 8. ismail, a.m. biological and molecular study on the ferns in three districts north of iraq. ph. d thesis tikrit university. 2018 pp: 211. 9. ismail, a.m.; ouaid, t.; al-amery, m.; maulood, b.k. a preliminary syudy of phytochemicals of equisetum arvense l. & e. ramosissimum desf. (equisetaceae) extracts from northern of iraq. fern gazzet. 2020 ,21, 3, 125-130. 10. schuttpelz, e.; schneider, h.; huiet, l.; windham, m.d.; pryer, k. m. a molecular phylogeny of the fern family pteridaceae: assessing overall relationships and the affinities of previously un sampled genera. mol. phylogen. evol. 2007 ,44, 11721181. 11. smith, a.r.; pryer, k.m.; schuettpelz, e.; korall, p.; schneider, h.; wolf, p.g. a classification for extant ferns. taxon. 2006 ,55, 705-731. 12. christenhausz, mjm; zhang, x.c.; shcnider, h. 2011 a linear sequences of extant families and genera of lycophytes and ferns. phytotaxa. 2011, 19, 7-54. 13. nakazato, t.; gastony, g.j. molecullar phylogeny of anograma species and related genera (pteridaceae, pteridiodeae). syst. bot. 2003 ,28, 3, 490-502. 14. christ, h. die geographic der farne. verlag von gostav fischer, jena, 1910. 15. townsend, c.c.; guest, e. flora of iraq, ministry of agriculture-baghdad. 1966, 2, 184. 16. al-rawi, a. (1988). wild plants of iraq with their distribution . ministry of agriculture – iraq baghdad 1988, 232. 17. goerg, e.r.; jhon, r. methods for soil, plants, and water analysis : manual fore west asia and north african regions. 3rd ed 2013, 244. 18. brownsey, p.j.; smith-dodswerth, j.c. news eland fern and allied plants, davi batimas, auklant, new seland. 2nd ed ed. 1989, 211. 19. brownsey, p.j.; perrie, lr. flora of new sland ferns and lycophytes (thelypteridaceae). fascicle 16. manaaki whenua press, lincoln 2016, 36. http://ihicps.com/ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 73 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. the homomorphism of cubic bipolar ideals of a ku-semigroup abstract the idea of a homomorphism of a cubic set of a ku-semigroup is studied and the concept of the product between two cubic sets is defined. and then, a new cubic bipolar fuzzy set in this structure is discussed, and some important results are achieved. also, the product of cubic subsets is discussed and some theorems are proved. 2010 ams classification: 06f35, 03g25, 08a72 . key words: a ku-semigroup, a cubic sub ku-semigroup, a cubic bipolar k-ideal, homomorphism. 1.introduction in 2009, prabpayak and leerawat [1,2] studied a new algebra called a ku-algebra. they introduced homomorphism in a ku-algebra and discussed some recent results. after that, mostafa et al. [3, 4] studied the concepts of fuzzy ku-ideals and an interval value fuzzy kuideals. in [5] kareem and hasan presented the structure of a ku-semigroup and introduced some ideals of this structure. after that, they introduced the fuzzy ideals of this structure in [6]. in [7] kareem and talib gave the concept of an interval value fuzzy some ideal in kusemigroup. jun et al. [8, 9] introduced the concept of cubic subalgebras/ideals in bck/bci-algebras. yaqoob et al [10] presented a cubic ku-algebra and discussed a few interesting theorems. this work studied the idea of a homomorphism of a cubic set of a ku-semigroup, and a new cubic bipolar fuzzy set in this structure is defined, and some important results are achieved. also, the product of cubic subsets was discussed, and a few theorems were proved. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.1.2801 article history: received 22, june 2021, accepted 4,october 2021, published in january 2022. wisam k. awad aa.ww21@yahoo.com department of mathematics, ibnal-haitham college of education, university of baghdad. fatema f. kareem fa_sa20072000@yahoo.com department of mathematics, ibn-alhaitham college of education, university of baghdad. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:aa.ww21@yahoo.com mailto:fa_sa20072000@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 74 2. basic concepts we introduce some definitions, propositions and theorems of ku-algebra and kusemigroup in this part. definition2.1[1]. a ku-algebra (ℵ,∗ ,0) is satisfied the following conditions, for allα, β, δ ∈ ℵ, (ku1) (𝛼 ∗ 𝛽) ∗ [(𝛽 ∗ δ) ∗ (𝛼 ∗ δ)] = 0 (ku2)𝛼 ∗ 0 = 0 (ku3) 0∗ 𝛼 = 𝛼 (ku4)𝛼 ∗ 𝛽 = 0 and𝛽 ∗ 𝛼 implies 𝛼 = 𝛽 and (ku5)𝛼 ∗ 𝛼 = 0 the relation ≤ on a ku-algebra ℵ is define 𝛼 ≤ 𝛽 ⟺ 𝛽 ∗ 𝛼 = 0. example 2.2 [1].the following table define the binary operation ∗ on the set ℵ = {0, 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐} then (ℵ,∗ ,0) is a ku-algebra. theorem2.3[2]. the following axioms are satisfying, in a ku-algebraℵ. for all α, β, δ ∈ ℵ, (1) if 𝛼 ≤ 𝛽 imply𝛽 ∗ δ ≤ 𝛼 ∗ δ (2)𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ) = 𝛽 ∗ (𝛼 ∗ δ) (3)((𝛽 ∗ 𝛼) ∗ 𝛼) ≤ 𝛽 definition2.4[5]. the set ℵ ≠ 𝜑 and two binary operations ∗,∘ with a constant~0 is named a ku-semigroup if ~~ (i) the triple (ℵ,∗ ,0)isˑa ku-algebra (ii) the ordered pair (ℵ,∘)is aˑsemigroup (iii) α, β, δ ∈ ℵ,, α ∘ (β ∗ δ) = (α ∘ β) ∗ (α ∘ δ)and(α ∗ β) ∘ δ = (α ∘ δ) ∗ (β ∘ δ). example 2.5[5]. if ℵ = {0,1,2,3} is ˑa set and two binary operations ∗ and ∘ are defined by the following. thenˑ(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) is aˑku-semigroup. " definition 2.6[5]. a non-empty subset a of ℵ is named aˑsubku-semigroup if it is satisfied 𝛼 ∗ 𝛽, 𝛼 ∘ 𝛽 ∈ 𝛢, for all𝛼,𝛽 ∈ 𝛢. definition2.7[5]. a non-empty subset 𝐼ℵ is called an s-ideal of ℵ, if (i) 0 ∈ 𝛪 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 75 (ii) 𝛼 ∗ 𝛽 ∈ 𝛪 and 𝛼 ∈ 𝛪 imply 𝛽 ∈ 𝛪.ˑˑ (iii)∀𝛼 ∈ ℵ, 𝒆 ∈ 𝐼, we have 𝛼 ∘ 𝒆 ∈ 𝐼 and 𝒆 ∘ 𝛼 ∈ 𝐼. definition2.8[5]. the set 𝜑 ≠ 𝐴ℵ is named a k-ideal ofℵ, if~ i) 0 ∈ 𝛪 ii) ∀𝛼,𝛽, δ ∈ ℵ, (𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)) ∈ 𝐼, 𝛽 ∈ 𝛪imply𝛼 ∗ δ ∈ 𝛪. iii) ∀𝛼 ∈ ℵ~,𝒆 ∈ α,~we have~𝛼 ∘ 𝒆 ∈ α and 𝒆 ∘ 𝛼 ∈ α~. definition2.9[5]. letˑℵ and ℵ′be two ku-semigroups. a mapping ˑ𝑓: ℵ → ℵ′is called a kusemigroup homomorphism if𝑓(𝛼 ∗ 𝛽) = 𝑓𝛼 ∗ 𝑓(𝛽)and𝑓(𝛼 𝛽) = 𝑓(𝛼) 𝑓(𝛽) for all𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ ℵ. the set {𝛼 ∈ ℵ: 𝑓(𝛼) = 0}is called the kernel of𝑓 and denoted by𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 moreover, the set { 𝑓(𝛼) ∈ ℵ′ ∶ 𝛼 ∈ ℵ} is called the image of 𝑓 and denoted by 𝑖𝑚𝑓. we recall that a cubic bipolar valued fuzzy subset in [11] as follows: definition 2.10[11]. let ℵ be a non-empty set. a cubic bipolar set in a set ℵ is the structureω = {〈𝛼, 𝜇ω +(𝛼), 𝜇ω −(𝛼), 𝜆ω + (𝛼), 𝜆ω − (𝛼): 𝛼 ∈ ℵ〉} where 𝑁(𝛼) = {�̃�ω +(𝛼), 𝜇ω −(𝛼)} is calledinterval valued bipolar fuzzy set and 𝐾(𝛼) = {𝜆ω + (𝛼), 𝜆ω − (𝛼)} is a bipolar fuzzy set. consider 𝜇ω +: ℵ → 𝐷[0,1] such that 𝜇ω +(𝛼) = [𝛿ωl + (𝛼), 𝛿ωu + (𝛼)] and 𝜇ω −: ℵ → 𝐷[−1,0] such that 𝜇ω −(𝛼) = [𝛿ωl − (𝛼), 𝛿ωu − (𝛼)] , also 𝜆ω + : ℵ → [0,1], and 𝜆ω − : ℵ → [−1,0]it follows that ω = {< 𝛼, {[𝛿ωl + (𝛼), 𝛿ωu + (𝛼)], [𝛿ωl − (𝛼), 𝛿ωu − (𝛼)]}, 𝜆ω + (𝛼), 𝜆ω − (𝛼)} >: 𝛼 ∈ ℵ} it is a cubicbipolar set and can be denoted by ω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉. definition2.11[11]. a cubic bipolar set ω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉 is named a cubic bipolar sub kusemigroup if: ∀𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ ℵ, (1) 𝜇ω +(𝛼 ∗ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇ω +(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω +(𝛽)}, 𝜇ω −(𝛼 ∗ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇ω −(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω −(𝛽)} 𝜆ω + (𝛼 ∗ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆ω + (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω + (𝛽)}, 𝜆ω − (𝛼 ∗ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆ω − (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω − (𝛽)}, (2) 𝜇ω +(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇ω +(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω +(𝛽)}, 𝜇ω −(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇ω −(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω −(𝛽)} 𝜆ω + (𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆ω + (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω + (𝛽)}, 𝜆ω − (𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆ω − (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω − (𝛽)}, example2.12[11]. if ℵ = {0,1,2,3} is ˑa set and two binary operations ∗ and ∘ are define by the following. then(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) ˑ is a ku-semigroup. defineω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉 as follows 𝑁(𝛼) = { {[−0.2, −0.5], [0.1,0.9]} 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 = {0,1} {[−0.6, −0.2], [0.2,0.5]} 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , 𝜆ω + (𝛼) = { 0.5 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 = {0,1} 0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝜆ω − (𝛼) = { −0.6 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 = {0,1} −0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 then ω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉is a cubic bipolar sub ku-semigroup ofℵˑ. definition 2.13[11]. a cubic bipolar set ω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉in ℵis called a cubic bipolar ideal of ℵif, ∀𝛼 , 𝛽 ∈ ℵ (bc1) 𝜇ω +(0) ≥ 𝜇ω +(𝛼), 𝜆ω + (0) ≥ 𝜆ω + (𝛼) and 𝜇ω −(0) ≤ 𝜇ω −(𝛼), 𝜆ω − (0) ≤ 𝜆ω − (𝛼)   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 76 (bc2) 𝜇ω +(𝛽) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇ω +(𝛼 ∗ 𝛽), 𝜇ω +(𝛼)} , 𝜇ω −(𝛽) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇ω −(𝛼 ∗ 𝛽), 𝜇ω −(𝛼)}and 𝜆ω + (𝛽) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆ω + (𝛼 ∗ 𝛽)ˑ, 𝜆ω + (𝛼)}, 𝜆ω − (𝛽) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆ω − (𝛼 ∗ 𝛽)ˑ, 𝜆ω − (𝛼)}, (bc3)𝜇ω +(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇ω +(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω +(𝛽)}, 𝜇ω −(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {�̃�ω −(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω −(𝛽)} and 𝜆ω + (𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆ω + (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω + (𝛽)}, 𝜆ω − (𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆ω − (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω − (𝛽)}. example 2.14[11]. if ℵ = {0,1,2} is ˑa set and two binary operations ∗ and ∘ are defined by the following. then(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) ˑ is a ku-semigroup. defineω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉 as follows 𝑁(𝛼) = { {[−0.3, −0.1], [0.1,0.8]} 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 = 0 {[−0.7, −0.3], [0.4,0.6]} 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , 𝜆ω + (𝛼) = { 0.9 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 = 0 0.4 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝜆ω − (𝛼) = { −0.8 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 = 0 −0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 we can easily prove thatω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉is a cubic bipolarideal ofℵˑ. definition 2.15[11]. a cubicbipolar set ω = 〈𝑁, 𝐾〉in ℵis called a cubic bipolark-ideal of ℵ if, ∀𝛼 , 𝛽, δ ∈ ℵ (a) 𝜇ω +(0) ≥ 𝜇ω +(𝛼), 𝜆ω + (0) ≥ 𝜆ω + (𝛼) and 𝜇ω −(0) ≤ 𝜇ω −(𝛼), 𝜆ω − (0) ≤ 𝜆ω − (𝛼). (b) 𝜇ω +(𝛼 ∗ δ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇ω +((𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜇ω +(𝛽)}, 𝜇ω −(𝛼 ∗ δ) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇ω −((𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜇ω −(𝛽)}and 𝜆ω + (𝛼 ∗ δ) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆ω + ((𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ))ˑ, 𝜆ω + (𝛽)}, 𝜆ω − (𝛼 ∗ δ) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆ω − ((𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ))ˑ, 𝜆ω − (𝛽)}, (c)𝜇ω +(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇ω +(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω +(𝛽)}, 𝜇ω −(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {�̃�ω −(𝛼)ˑ, 𝜇ω −(𝛽)} 𝜆ω + (𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆ω + (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω + (𝛽)}, 𝜆ω − (𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆ω − (𝛼)ˑ, 𝜆ω − (𝛽)}. 3. a cubic bipolark-ideal underhomomorphism we study some definitions of homomorphism; the product of cubic bipolar k-ideals and a cubic bipolar ideal. also some theorems are discussed. definition 3.1. for any 𝛼 ∈ ℵ. we define a new cubicbipolar fuzzy set ω𝑓 = (𝛼, 𝜇𝑓 +, 𝜇𝑓 −, 𝜆𝑓 −, 𝜆𝑓 +)in ℵ by 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼)) and𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛼)),𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼) = 𝜆 −(𝑓(𝛼)) and𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼)),where𝑓: ℵ → ℵ′ is a ku-semigroup homomorphism. for short ω𝑓 = (𝛼, 𝜇𝑓 +, 𝜇𝑓 −, 𝜆𝑓 −, 𝜆𝑓 +) is written ω𝑓 and a cubic bipolar is acb. example3.2. in example2.14, we have ℵ′ = {0′, 𝑎, 𝑏} is a set and 𝑓: ℵ → ℵ′ is mapping such that 𝑓(𝜒) = 𝜒′ with two tables ∗ 0 1 2 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 ∘ 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 2 ∗ 0′ a b 0′ 0′ a b a 0′ 0′ b b 0′ b 0′ ∘ 0′ a b 0′ 0′ 0′ 0′ a 0′ a 0′ b 0′ 0′ a ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 77 then 𝑓: ℵ → ℵ′ is a ku-semigroup homomorphism and 𝑁(𝜒′) = { {[−0.2, −0.1], [0.2,0.9]} 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 0 {[−0.8, −0.2], [0.3,0.5]} 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , 𝜆ω + (𝑥) = { 0.6 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 0 0.2 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝜆ω − (𝑥) = { −0.9 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 0 −0.4 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 we have: 𝜇𝑓 −(0) = 𝜇−(𝑓(0)) = 𝜇−(0′) = [−0.2, −0.1] and 𝜇𝑓 −(1) = 𝜇−(𝑓(1)) = 𝜇−(𝑎) = [−0.8, −0.2] and so on. theorem 3.3. let𝑓: ℵ → ℵ′ be a ku-semigroup homomorphism and onto mapping. then ω𝑓 is acb k-ideal of ℵ ′if and only if ω𝑓 is acb k-ideal of ℵ. proof. for any𝛼′ ∈ ℵ′ there exists𝛼 ∈ ℵ such that𝑓(𝛼) = 𝛼′, we have 𝜇𝑓 +(0) = 𝜇+(𝑓(0)) = 𝜇+(0′) ≥ 𝜇+(𝛼′) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛼)) = 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼) and𝜇𝑓 −(0) = 𝜇−(𝑓(0)) = 𝜇−(0′) ≤ 𝜇−(𝛼′) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼)) = 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼). also, 𝜆𝑓 +(0) = 𝜆+(𝑓(0)) = 𝜆+(0′) ≥ 𝜆+(𝛼) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼)) = 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼) and𝜆𝑓 −(0) = 𝜆−(𝑓(0)) = 𝜆−(0′) ≤ 𝜆−(𝛼′) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝛼)) = 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼). let 𝛼, δ ∈ ℵ,𝛾′ ∈ ℵ′ then there exists 𝛽 ∈ ℵ such that 𝑓(𝛽) = 𝛽′. we have 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛼 ∗ δ)) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ 𝑓(δ)) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇+ (𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝛽′ ∗ 𝑓(δ)) , 𝜇+(𝛽)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�+(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝑓(𝛽) ∗ 𝑓(δ))}, 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�𝑓 +(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛽)}. and 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼 ∗ δ)) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ 𝑓(δ)) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇− (𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝛽′ ∗ 𝑓(δ)) , 𝜇−(𝛽′)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝑓(𝛽) ∗ 𝑓(δ))}, 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛽)}. also, 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼 ∗ δ)) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ 𝑓(δ)) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆+ (𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝛽′ ∗ 𝑓(δ)) , 𝜆+(𝛽′)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝑓(𝛽) ∗ 𝑓(δ))}, 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛽)}. and 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝛼 ∗ δ)) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ 𝑓(δ)) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆− (𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝛽′ ∗ 𝑓(δ)) , 𝜆−(𝛽′)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆−(𝑓(𝛼) ∗ (𝑓(𝛽) ∗ 𝑓(δ))}, 𝜆−(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛽)}. and the condition (c) is 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽)) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛼) ∘ 𝑓(𝛽)) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇+(𝑓(𝛼), 𝜇+(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼), 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛽)} and 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽)) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼) ∘ 𝑓(𝛽)) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇−(𝑓(𝛼), 𝜇−(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼), 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛽)} also, 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽)) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼) ∘ 𝑓(𝛽)) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆+(𝑓(𝛼), 𝜆+(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼), 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛽)} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 78 and 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽)) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝛼) ∘ 𝑓(𝛽)) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆−(𝑓(𝛼), 𝜆−(𝑓(𝛽)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼), 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛽)} conversely, since 𝑓: ℵ → ℵ′ is an onto mapping, then for any 𝛼, 𝛽, δ ∈ ℵ′. it follows that, there exists 𝒂, 𝒃, 𝒄 ∈ ℵsuch that 𝑓(𝒂) = 𝛼, 𝑓(𝒃) = 𝛽 and 𝑓(𝒄) = δ. we have 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄)) = 𝜇𝑓 +(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�𝑓 +(𝒂 ∗ (𝒃 ∗ 𝒄)), 𝜇𝑓 +(𝒃)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇+(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ (𝑓(𝒃) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))}, 𝜇+(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇+(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜇+(𝛽)}. and 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄)) = 𝜇𝑓 −(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇𝑓 −(𝒂 ∗ (𝒃 ∗ 𝒄)), 𝜇𝑓 −(𝒃)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {�̃�−(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ (𝑓(𝒃) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))}, 𝜇−(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {�̃�−(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜇−(𝛽)}. also, 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄)) = 𝜆𝑓 +(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆𝑓 +(𝒂 ∗ (𝒃 ∗ 𝒄)), 𝜆𝑓 +(𝒃)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆+(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ (𝑓(𝒃) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))}, 𝜆+(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆+(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜆+(𝛽)}. and 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼 ∗ δ) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄)) = 𝜆𝑓 −(𝒂 ∗ 𝒄) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆𝑓 −(𝒂 ∗ (𝒃 ∗ 𝒄)), 𝜆𝑓 −(𝒃)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆−(𝑓(𝒂) ∗ (𝑓(𝒃) ∗ 𝑓(𝒄))}, 𝜆−(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆−(𝛼 ∗ (𝛽 ∗ δ)), 𝜆−(𝛽)}. and the condition (c) is 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜇+(𝑓(𝒂) ∘ 𝑓(𝒃))) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇+(𝑓(𝒂)), 𝜇+(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇𝑓 +(𝛼), 𝜇𝑓 +(𝛽)} and 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜇−(𝑓(𝒂) ∘ 𝑓(𝒃))) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇−(𝑓(𝒂), 𝜇−(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇𝑓 −(𝛼), 𝜇𝑓 −(𝛽)} also, 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜆+(𝑓(𝒂) ∘ 𝑓(𝒃))) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆+(𝑓(𝒂), 𝜆+(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆𝑓 +(𝛼), 𝜆𝑓 +(𝛽)} and 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼 ∘ 𝛽) = 𝜆−(𝑓(𝒂) ∘ 𝑓(𝒃))) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆−(𝑓(𝒂), 𝜆−(𝑓(𝒃)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆𝑓 −(𝛼), 𝜆𝑓 −(𝛽)} therefore ω𝑓 is acb k-ideal of ℵ ′. in the following, we introduce the product of the cubic bipolar k-ideals and a cubic bipolar ideal as follows. definition 3.4. let ω𝑓1 and ω𝑓2 be two cb fuzzy sets of ℵ. the product ω𝑓1 × ω𝑓2 = ((𝛼, 𝛽), ; 𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −, ; 𝜇1 +;×; 𝜇2 +, ; 𝜆1 −;×; 𝜆2 −, ; 𝜆1 +;×; 𝜆2 +) is defined by the following: (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {; 𝜇1 −(𝛼), ; 𝜇2 −(𝛽)}, (𝜇1 +;×; 𝜇2 +)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇1 +(𝛼), 𝜇2 +(𝛽)} and (; 𝜆1 −;×; 𝜆2 −)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {; 𝜆1 −(𝛼), ; 𝜆2 −(𝛽)}, (; 𝜆1 +;×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {; 𝜆1 +(𝛼), ; 𝜆2 +(𝛽)}where ; 𝜇1 − ×; 𝜇2 −: ℵ × ℵ → [−1,0], 𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +: ℵ × ℵ → [0,1] and 𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −: ℵ × ℵ → [−1,0], 𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +: ℵ × ℵ → [0,1], for all 𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ ℵ. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 79 theorem 3.5. let ω𝑓1 and ω𝑓2 be two cb k-ideals of ℵ, then ω𝑓1 × ω𝑓2 is acb k-ideal of ℵ × ℵ. proof. let (𝛼, 𝛽) ∈ ℵ × ℵ, we have (𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +)( 0, 0) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�1 +(0), 𝜇2 +(0)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇1 +(𝛼), 𝜇2 +(𝛽)} = (𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛼, 𝛽) and (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)( 0, 0) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇1 −(0), 𝜇2 −(0)} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇1 −(𝛼), 𝜇2 −(𝛽)} = (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛼, 𝛽). let (𝛼1, 𝛼2), (𝛽1, 𝛽2) and (δ1, δ2) ∈ ℵ × ℵ , then (�̃�1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛼1 ∗ δ1, 𝛼2 ∗ δ2) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇1 +(𝛼1 ∗ 𝜏1), 𝜇2 +(𝛼2 ∗ δ2)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇1 +(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜇1 +(𝛽1)} , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇2 +(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2)), 𝜇2 +(𝛽2)}} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇1 +(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜇2 +(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2)}, 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇1 +(𝛽1), 𝜇2 +(𝛽2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛(�̃�1 + × 𝜇2 +) {(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), (𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2))} , {(𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}} and (�̃�1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛼1 ∗ δ1, 𝛼2 ∗ δ2) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇1 −(𝛼1 ∗ δ1), 𝜇2 −(𝛼2 ∗ δ2)} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇1 −(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜇1 −(𝛽1)} , 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇2 −(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2), 𝜇2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {�̃�1 −(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜇2 −(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2)}, 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇1 −(𝛽1), 𝜇2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {(�̃�1 − × 𝜇2 −) {(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), (𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2))} , {(𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}}. also, (𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1 ∗ δ1, 𝛼2 ∗ δ2) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆1 +(𝛼1 ∗ δ1), 𝜆2 +(𝛼2 ∗ δ2)} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆1 +(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜆1 +(𝛽1)} , 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆2 +(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2)), 𝜆2 +(𝛽2)}} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆1 +(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜆2 +(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2)}, 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆1 +(𝛽1), 𝜆2 +(𝛽2)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +) {(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), (𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2))} , {(; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}} and (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(𝛼1 ∗ δ1, 𝛼2 ∗ δ2) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆1 −(𝛼1 ∗ δ1), 𝜆2 −(𝛼2 ∗ δ2)} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆1 −(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜆1 −(𝛽1)} , 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆2 −(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2), 𝜆2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆1 −(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), 𝜆2 −(𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2)}, 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆1 −(𝛽1), 𝜆2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {(𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −) {(𝛼1 ∗ (𝛽1 ∗ δ1)), (𝛼2 ∗ (𝛽2 ∗ δ2))} , {(𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}}. and (𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛼1 𝛽1, 𝛼2 𝛽2) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�1 +(𝛼1 𝛽1), 𝜇2 +(𝛼2 𝛽2)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇1 +(𝛼1), 𝜇1 +(𝛽1)} , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇2 +(𝛼2), 𝜇2 +(𝛽2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇1 +(𝛼1), 𝜇2 +(𝛼2)}, 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇1 +(𝛽1), 𝜇2 +(𝛽2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{{(�̃�1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛼1, 𝛼2)}, {(�̃�1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}} and (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛼1 𝛽1, 𝛼2 𝛽2) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�1 −(𝛼1 𝛽1), 𝜇2 −(𝛼2 𝛽2)} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇1 −(𝛼1), 𝜇1 −(𝛽1)} , 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇2 −(𝛼2), 𝜇2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇1 −(𝛼1), 𝜇2 −(𝛼2)}, 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇1 −(𝛽1), 𝜇2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{{(�̃�1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛼1, 𝛼2)}, {(�̃�1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}}. also, (𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1 𝛽1, 𝛼2 𝛽2) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆1 +(𝛼1 𝛽1), 𝜆2 +(𝛼2 𝛽2)} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆1 +(𝛼1), 𝜆1 +(𝛽1)} , 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆2 +(𝛼2), 𝜆2 +(𝛽2)} =             ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 80 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆1 +(𝛼1), 𝜆2 +(𝛼2)}, 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆1 +(𝛽1), 𝜆2 +(𝛽2)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{{(𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1, 𝛼2)}, {(𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}} and (𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)(𝛼1 𝛽1, 𝛼2 𝛽2) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆1 −(𝛼1 𝛽1), 𝜆2 −(𝛼2 𝛽2)} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆1 −(𝛼1), 𝜆1 −(𝛽1)} , 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆2 −(𝛼2), 𝜆2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆1 −(𝛼1), 𝜆2 −(𝛼2)}, 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆1 −(𝛽1), 𝜆2 −(𝛽2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{{(𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)(𝛼1, 𝛼2)}, {(𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)(𝛽1, 𝛽2)}}. then ω𝑓1 × ω𝑓2 is acb k-ideal of ℵ × ℵ. theorem 3.6.let ω𝑓1 and ω𝑓2 be two cb ideal of ku-semigroupℵ, such that ω𝑓1 × ω𝑓2 is acb ideal of ℵ × ℵ. we have (i) either𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝛼),𝜇1 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼)or𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛽),𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛽), also, 𝜆1 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +(𝛼),𝜆1 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝛼) or𝜆2 +(0) ≥ 𝜆2 +(𝛽),𝜆2 −(0) ≤ 𝜆2 −(𝛽) for all 𝛼 , 𝛽 ∈ ℵ. (ii) if 𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝛼), 𝜇1 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼) and 𝜆1 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +(𝛼),𝜆1 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝛼)for all 𝛼 ∈ ℵ. then either𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝛼),𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼) and 𝜆2 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +(𝛼),𝜆2 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝛼)or 𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛽),𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛽)and 𝜆2 +(0) ≥ 𝜆2 +(𝛽),𝜆2 −(0) ≤ 𝜆2 −(𝛽)for all𝛼 , 𝛽 ∈ ℵ. (iii) if𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛼), 𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛼), and λ2 +(0) ≥ λ2 +(α),λ2 (0) ≤ λ2 (α),for all α ∈ ℵ , then either 𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝛼),𝜇1 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼), and𝜆1 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +(𝛼),𝜆1 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝛼)or𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛼), 𝜇1 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛼) and 𝜆1 +(0) ≥ 𝜆2 +(𝛼),𝜆1 −(0) ≤ 𝜆2 −(𝛼)for all𝛼 ∈ ℵ. proof. (i)suppose that 𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝛼),𝜇1 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼) and 𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝑦),𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛽), also, 𝜆1 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +(𝛼),𝜆1 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝛼) and𝜆2 +(0) ≥ 𝜆2 +(𝛽),𝜆2 −(0) ≤ 𝜆2 −(𝛽), for some 𝛼 , 𝛽 ∈ ℵ.then (𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�1 +(𝛼), 𝜇2 +(𝛽)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇1 +(0), 𝜇2 +(0)} = (�̃�1 + × 𝜇2 +)(0,0) and (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇1 −(𝛼), 𝜇2 −(𝛽)} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{; 𝜇1 −(0), ; 𝜇2 −(0)} = (𝜇1 − ×; 𝜇2 −)(; 0, ; 0) also, (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆1 +(𝛼), 𝜆2 +(𝛽)} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{; 𝜆1 +(0), ; 𝜆2 +(0)} = (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(0,0) and (𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆1 −(𝛼), 𝜆2 −(𝛽)} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆1 −(0), 𝜆2 −(0)} = (𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)(0,0) , for all 𝛼 , 𝛽 ∈ ℵ. this is a contradiction. therefore, either𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝛼),𝜇1 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼) or𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛽),𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛽), also, 𝜆1 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +(𝛼),𝜆1 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝛼) or𝜆2 +(0) ≥ 𝜆2 +(𝛽),𝜆2 −(0) ≤ 𝜆2 −(𝛽) for all 𝛼 , 𝛽 ∈ ℵ. (ii)suppose that ; 𝜇2 +(0) ≤; 𝜇1 +(𝛼), ; 𝜇2 −(0) ≥; 𝜇1 −(𝛼) and 𝜇2 +(0) ≤ 𝜇2 +(𝛽),𝜇2 −(0) ≥ 𝜇2 −(𝛽) also,; 𝜆2 +(0); ≤; ; 𝜆1 +(𝛼);,; 𝜆2 −(0); ≥; 𝜆1 −(𝛼) and ; 𝜆2 +(0) ≤; 𝜆2 +(𝛽);,; 𝜆2 −(0); ≥; ; 𝜆2 −(𝛽), for all𝛼 , 𝛽 ∈ ℵ. then (𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +)(0,0) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇1 +(0), 𝜇2 +(0)} = 𝜇2 +(0) and (𝜇1 + × 𝜇2 +)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�1 +(𝛼), 𝜇2 +(𝛽)} ≥ {𝜇2 +(0), 𝜇2 +(0)} = 𝜇2 +(0) = (�̃�1 + × 𝜇2 +)(0,0) and (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(0,0) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇1 −(0), 𝜇2 −(0)} = 𝜇2 −(0). (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�1 −(𝛼), 𝜇2 −(𝛽)} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇2 −(0), 𝜇2 −(0)} = 𝜇2 −(0) = (𝜇1 − × 𝜇2 −)(0,0)aaa     ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 81 also, (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +; )(0,0) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{; 𝜆1 +(0); , ; 𝜆2 +(0); } =; 𝜆2 +(0); and; ; (; 𝜆1 +;×; 𝜆2 +; )(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{; 𝜆1 +(𝛼); , ; 𝜆2 +(𝛽); } ≥ {; 𝜆2 +(0); , ; 𝜆2 +(0); } =; 𝜆2 +(0); = ; (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(0,0). and (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(0,0) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{; 𝜆1 −(0), ; 𝜆2 −(0)} =; 𝜆2 −(0) . (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{; 𝜆1 −(𝛼), ; 𝜆2 −(𝛽)} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{; 𝜆2 −(0), ; 𝜆2 −(0)} =; 𝜆2 −(0) = (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −); (0,0) . this is a contradiction. therefore, either 𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝜒),𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼) and 𝜆2 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +(𝛼),𝜆2 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝑥)or 𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛽),𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛽)and 𝜆2 +(0) ≥ 𝜆2 +(𝛽),𝜆2 −(0) ≤ 𝜆2 −(𝛽). (iii)the proof is similar to (ii). the partial converse of theorem (3.5) is the following. theorem3.7. in a ku-semigroupℵ. if ω𝑓1 × ω𝑓2 is acb ideal of ℵ × ℵ, then ωf1 or ωf2 is acb ideal of ℵ. proof. by use the theorem (3.5) (i), without loss of generality we suppose that 𝜇2 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛼), 𝜇2 −(0) ≤ 𝜇2 −(𝛼), and λ2 +(0) ≥ λ2 +(α),λ2 (0) ≤ λ2 (α),for allα ∈ ℵ. it follows from theorem (4.6)(iii) that either then either 𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇1 +(𝛼),𝜇1 −(0) ≤ 𝜇1 −(𝛼), and𝜆1 +(0) ≥ 𝜆1 +𝛼,𝜆1 −(0) ≤ 𝜆1 −(𝛼) or 𝜇1 +(0) ≥ 𝜇2 +(𝛼), ; �̃� 1 − (0); ≤; �̃� 2 − (𝛼); and ; 𝜆1 +(0); ≥; 𝜆2 +(𝛼),; 𝜆1 −(0); ≤; 𝜆2 −(𝛼). , for all α ∈ ℵ. then (; �̃� 1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(0, 𝛼) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{; �̃� 1 + (0), ; �̃� 2 + (𝛼)} =; �̃� 2 + (𝛼) … . . (1) (; �̃� 1 − ×; �̃� 2 − )(0, 𝛼) = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{; �̃� 1 − (0), ; �̃� 2 − (𝛼)} =; �̃� 2 − (𝛼) … … (2) also, (𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +)(0, 𝛼) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆1 +(0), 𝜆2 +(𝛼)} = 𝜆2 +(𝛼) … … (3) (𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)(0, 𝛼) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆1 −(0), 𝜆2 −(𝛼)} = 𝜆2 −(𝛼) … . . (4) since ω𝑓1 × ω𝑓2 is acb ideal of  , then ; (; �̃� 1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 ); ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; �̃� 1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∗ (𝛽1, 𝛽2)), (�̃�1 + × �̃� 2 + )(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{(�̃� 1 + × �̃� 2 + )(𝛼1 ∗ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (�̃�1 + × �̃� 2 + )(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} put𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0 , then we have (�̃� 1 + × �̃� 2 + )(0, 𝛽 2 ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; �̃� 1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )((0, 𝛼2) ∗ (0, 𝛽2)), (; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(0, 𝛼2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; �̃� 1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(0, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(0, 𝛼2)} and by equation (1), then 𝜇2 +(𝛽2) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�2 +(𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), 𝜇2 +(𝛼2)}. and (�̃� 1 − × �̃� 2 − )(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 ) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{(�̃� 1 − × �̃� 2 − )((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∗ (𝛽1, 𝛽2)), (�̃�1 − × �̃� 2 − )(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{(�̃� 1 − × �̃� 2 − )(𝛼1 ∗ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (�̃�1 − × �̃� 2 − )(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} put 𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0 , then we have (�̃� 1 − × �̃� 2 − )(0, 𝛽 2 ) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; �̃� 1 − ×; �̃� 2 − ; )((0, 𝛼2) ∗ (0, 𝛽2)), (; �̃�1 − ×; �̃� 2 − ; )(0, 𝛼2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; �̃� 1 − ×; �̃� 2 − ; )(0, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (; �̃�1 − ×; �̃� 2 − ; )(0, 𝛼2)} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 82 and by using equation (2), we have 𝜇2 −(𝛽2) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�2 −(𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), 𝜇2 −(𝛼2)}. also, ; (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +; )(𝛽1, 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{; (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +; )((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∗ (𝛽1, 𝛽2)), (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 + )(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1 ∗ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} put 𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0, then we have (: 𝜆1 + ×: 𝜆2 +; )(0, 𝛽 2 ) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{(: 𝜆1 + ×: 𝜆2 +; )((0, 𝛼2) ∗ (0, 𝛽2)), (: 𝜆1 + ×: 𝜆2 +; )(0, 𝛼2)} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{(: 𝜆1 + ×: 𝜆2 +)(0, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (: 𝜆1 + ×: 𝜆2 +; )(0, 𝛼2)} and by using equation (3), we have 𝜆2 +(𝛽2) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆2 +(𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), 𝜆2 +(𝛼2)}. and (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 ) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∗ (𝛽1, 𝛽2)), (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(𝛼1 ∗ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(𝛼1, 𝛼2)} put𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0 , then we have (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(0, 𝛽 2 ) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )((0, 𝛼2) ∗ (0, 𝛽2)), (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(0, 𝛼2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; 𝜆1 − × ; 𝜆2 −; )(0, 𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(0, 𝛼2)}and by using equation (4), we have 𝜆2 −(𝛽2) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆2 −(𝛼2 ∗ 𝛽2), 𝜆2 −(𝛼2)}. and the condition (bc3) is (�̃� 1 + × �̃� 2 + )((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∘ (𝛽1, 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(𝛼1, 𝛼2), (; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 )}(; �̃� 1 + × ; �̃� 2 + )(𝛼1 ∘ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(𝛼1, 𝛼2), (; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + )(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 )} put 𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0, then we have (; �̃� 1 + ×; �̃� 2 + ; )(0, 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + ; )(0, 𝑥2), (; �̃�1 + ×; �̃� 2 + ; )(0, 𝛽 2 )} and by using equation (1), we have 𝜇2 +(𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�2 +(𝛼2), 𝜇2 +(𝛽2)} and (�̃� 1 − × �̃� 2 − )((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∘ (𝛽1, 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; �̃�1 − ×; �̃� 2 − )(𝛼1, 𝛼2), (; �̃�1 − ×; �̃� 2 − )(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 )} (; �̃� 1 − ×; �̃� 2 − ; )(𝛼1 ∘ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; �̃�1 − ×; �̃� 2 − )(𝛼1, 𝛼2); , (; �̃�1 − ×; �̃� 2 − )(; 𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 ; )} put 𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0, then we have (; �̃� 1 − ×; �̃� 2 − ; )(0, ; 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; �̃�1 − ;×; �̃� 2 − ; )(0, 𝛼2), (; �̃�1 − ×; �̃� 2 − ; )(0, 𝛽 2 )} and by using equation (2), we have 𝜇2 −(𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�2 −(𝛼2), 𝜇2 −(𝛽2)} also, we have (𝜆1 + × 𝜆2 +)((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∘ (𝛽1, 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1, 𝛼2), (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 )} (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1 ∘ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛼1, 𝛼2), (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 )} put 𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0, then we have (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(0, 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{(; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(0, 𝛼2), (; 𝜆1 + ×; 𝜆2 +)(0, 𝛽 2 )} and by using equation (3), we have 𝜆2 + (𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆2 +(𝛼2), 𝜆2 +(𝛽2)} and (𝜆1 − × 𝜆2 −)((𝛼1, 𝛼2) ∘ (𝛽1, 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(𝛼1, 𝛼2), (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(; 𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 ; )} (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(𝛼1 ∘ 𝛽1, 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(𝛼1, 𝛼2), (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(𝛽 1 , 𝛽 2 )} put 𝛼1 = 𝛽1 = 0, then we have (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −)(0, 𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(0, 𝛼2), (; 𝜆1 − ×; 𝜆2 −; )(0, 𝛽 2 )} and by using equation (4), we have 𝜆2 − (𝛼2 ∘ 𝛽2) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆2 −(𝛼2), 𝜆2 −(𝛽2)} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 35(1)2022 83 then, it follows that ωf2 is acb ideal of ℵ. this completes the proof. references 1. prabpayak,c.; leerawat. u. on ideals and congruence in ku-algebras. scientia magna. 2009, 5, 1, 54-57. 2. prabpayak, c.; leerawat, u. on isomorphisms of ku-algebras. scientia magna (international book series). 2009. 5, 3, 25-31. 3. mostafa, s.m.; abd-elnaby ,m.a. ; yousef, m.m.m. fuzzy ideals of ku-algebras. int. math, forum. 2011. 6, 63, 3139-3149. 4. mostafa, s.m.; abd-elnaby ,m.a. ; elgendy, o. r. interval-valued fuzzy ku-ideals in ku-algebras. int. math, forum. 2011. 6, 64, 3151-3159. 5. kareem, f.f.; hasan,e.r. on ku-semigroups. international journal of science and nature. 2018. 1, 9, 79-84. 6. hasan, e. r.; kareem, f.f. fuzzy ku-semi-groups and investigate some basic properties, journal of engineering and applied science. 2018. 13, 18, 7739-7744. 7. kareem, f.f.; talib, s.a. interval value fuzzy k-ideal of a ku-semigroup, ibn alhaitham jour for pure & appl. sci. 2020. 33, 2, 95-106. 8. jun, y. b.; kim, c. s.; kang,m. s. cubic subalgebras and ideals of bck /bci-algebras. far east journal of mathematical sciences, 2010. 2, 44, 239–250. 9. jun, y. b.; kim c. s.; yang, k.o. cubic sets, annals of fuzzy mathematics and informatics. 2012. 1, 4, 83–98. 10. yaqoob, n.; mostafa, s. m.; ansari, m. a. on cubic ku-ideals of kualgebras. international scholarly research notices, 2013. 11. kareem f. f.; awad,w. k. cubic bipolar ideals of a semigroup in ku-algebra, accepted for aip conference ser. 2021. synthesis and characterization of some o-[2-{''2substituted aryl (''1,''3,''4 thia diazolyl) ['3,'4-b]-'1,'2,'4 triazolyl]-ethyl]-pchlorobenzald oxime derivatives. eman m.hussain department of chemistry, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham university of baghdad received in : 12january 2014, accepted in : 14 april 2014 abstract in this study new derivatives of o-[2-{''2-substituted aryl (''1,''3,''4 thia diazolyl) ['3,'4b]-'1,'2,'4triazolyl]-ethyl]-pchlorobenzald oxime (6-11) have been synthesized from the starting material p-chloro – ebenzaldoxime 1. compound 2 was synthesized by the reaction of p-chloro – ebenzaldoxime with ethyl acrylate in basic medium. refluxing compound 2 with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol absolute afforded 3. derivative 4 was prepared by the reaction of 3 with carbon disulphide, treated of compound 4 with hydrazine hydrate gave 5. the derivatives (6-11) were prepared by the reaction of 5 with different substitutes of aromatic acids. the structures of these compounds were characterized from their melting points, infrared spectroscopy, elemental analysis and 1hnmr (some of them). compounds (6-11) were exhibited biological activity against ecoli bacteria. compound 9 exhibited higher degree of activity than the other. key words:synthesis of new derivatives of thiaduazol and triazol compounds. introduction heterocyclics bearing a triazole or 1,3,4thiadiazole moiety are reported to show biological properties such as antibacterial, antiinflammatory, anticonvalsant, anticonvulsant, analgesic and antitumoral [1,2]. banday and rouf [13] have prepared some new 1, 2, 4 triazole derivative with antimicrobial activity. neslihan [14] has synthesized compounds incorporating both 1, 2, 4-triazole and 1,3,4 thia diazole due to their possible diverse pharmacological properties. cherkupally et al [15] synthesized a new series of triazoloe and thiadiazole derivatives. all the symthesized compounds were tested for in vitro activities against certain strains of bacteria such as staphylococcus aureus, baccillus subtills, escherichia coil and fungi such as aspergillus niger aspergillus nodulans , alternaria alternate some of these derivatives showed marked inhibition of bacterial and fungal growth. the other new compounds also showed appreciable activity against the test bacteria and fungi. gowramma et al [16] synthesized a series of 1, 3, 4thiadiazole derivatives .all the compounds were evaluated for antibacterial and antifungal activities. most of the compounds have shown significant antibacterial and antifungal activity when compared with the standard drugs. in this study, we decided to synthesize new derivatives of thiadiazole and triazole for their biological activity. 188 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 experimental materials: all chemical used were supplied from riedel-de hean ag, bdh chemicals, acros organics, janssen chemical, merk chemicals fluka ag hopkin and wiliams. elemental analyzer were carried out by using carlo erba/mod 1106, infrared spectra were recorded using shimadzu-408 (kbr disc), 1hnmr spectra were recorded in hitachi perkin elmer, r-24 b at 60mhz and melting points were recorded using electrothermal melting point apparatus. the biometerials were obtained from biomerieux ltd. synthesis of o-[2-ethoxy carbonyl) ethyl –p-chlorobemzaldoxime] [18]. 2 a mixture of (0.01 mole) of ethyl acrylate and 1.2 ml of 2n koh solution in etoh was added dropwise into a solution of (0.01 mole) of p-chloroe-benzaldoxime 1 in etoh (8ml). the mixture was heated at 38 c° for 15 hrs. and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. the residue was dissolved in diethyl ether, treated with 10% naoh solution and h2o. the organic layer was dried and removed to give 2 as solid. compound 2 was recrystallized from ethyl acetate. synthesis of o-(ethyl hydrazide) –p-chloro benzaldoxime. 3 a mixture of (0.005 mole) of compound 2 and (1ml) of hydrazine hydrate 98% in 10 ml of etoh absolute was refluxed for 2hrs. after cooling the precipitate was fromed, filtered and recrystallized from etoh to give derivative 3 as solid. synthesis of o-2-[΄5 thiol΄1, ΄3, ΄4oxadiazole-΄2yl) ethyl] –pchloro benzaldoxime. 4 compound 3 was dissolved in (20ml) of etoh, a solution of (0.5g) koh in (5ml) water and (0.03 mole) of cs2 was added. the reaction mixture was heated under reflux until the evaluation of hydrogen sulphide ceased. the reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with cold water (30ml) and acidified with hcl 10%. the precipitate was formed, collected by filtration, washed with water and recrystallized from (ethanoldmf 9:1) mixture. synthesis of o-[2-΄4 n-amino -΄5 – thiol -΄1, ΄2, ΄4triazole΄3-yl) ethyl] –pchloro benzaldoxime. 5 a mixture of compound 4 (0.01 mole) and hydrazine hydrate 98% (0.01 mole) in dry pyridine (15ml) was refluxed for 2hrs. reaction mixture was cool and neutralized with dilute hcl. the precipitate was formed filtered and recrystallized from dmf. 1hnmr (cdcl3) δ 3.4 (1h, s, ch=no); 7.4 (2h, d, aromatic); 7.8 (2h, d, aromatic); 4.4 (2h, t, o*ch2 ch2); 3.3 (2h, t, och2 *ch2) synthesis of o-[2 {''2-p-substituted –phenyl (''1, ''3, ''4thiadiazoly) ['3,'4] ''1, ''2, ''4 triazolyl} ethyl] p-chloro benzaldoximc. 6-11 general procedure: a mixture of compound 5 (0.01) mole, substituted benzoic acid (0.01 mole) and pocl3 (15ml) was refluxed for 6hrs, cooled and poured in to crushed ice with stirring. the solid which separated, filtered, washed successively with aqueous na2co3 solution and cold water. the product was dried and recrystallized from methanol. 1hnmr (cdcl3) for derivative 6:𝛿3.2 (1h, s, chno) 7.3-7.8 (9h, m, aromatic), 4.5(2h, t, o *ch2 ch2); 3.4 (2h, t, och2 *ch2), 5.2 (2h, s, nh2); 5.5(1h, s, 5h). results and discussion the synthesis of the compounds [2-11] is depicted in the scheme 1 we used e-isomer of the oxime 1 as starting material. compound 1 was synthesized according to known procedure [17]. compound 2 was synthesized by the reaction of 1 with ethyl acrylate by michaletype addition [18]. the ir spectrum of 2 showed a strong stretching band at 1725cm-1 due to (c=o) of the ester group, another stretching band was observed at 1195cm-1 for (oc2h5). tables (1) and (2) showed the characteristic ir absorption and physical properties for all new derivatives. gatterman method [19] was used for the synthesis of derivative 3. the derivative 189 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 3 was indicated by its melting point and infrared spectrum which showed displacement of (co) group to low frequency at 1650 cm-1 with appearance of stretching band at 3355 cm-1 for (nh2) group. the cyclization of compound 3 with carbone disulphide in alkaline medium gave the oxadiazole derivative 4. derivative 4 was characterized from its melting point and ir spectrum. the ir spectrum of 4 showed two distinct peaks, the first stretching band at 1050 cm-1 due (c=s) [20] and the second weak band at 3410 cm-1 due to (nh) stretching [21], another stretching band at (1650 cm-1) was also obtained for (c=n) of the oxadiazole ring. treatment of compound 4 with hydrazine hydrate 98% gave the triazole 5which was characterized from its melting point, ir spectrum and 1hnmr . the ir spectrum showed stretching bands at 3390 cm-1, 3280 cm-1 due to (nh2) group, other bands at 2800 [22] cm-1 for (sh) and 1610 cm-1 for (c=n). the 1hnmr of compounds 5 exhibited a singlet at 𝛿 3.4 due to (ch=no) proton, two doublets at 𝛿 (7.4 and 7.8) integrating for four aromatic protons; triplet at 𝛿 4.4 for (o *ch2 ch2) protons and triplet at 𝛿 3.3 for (o ch2 *ch2) protons. scheme 2 explains the suggested mechanism for derivative 5. the derivatives (6-11) were synthesized from the reaction of compound 5 with different substituted aromatic carboxylic acids in pocl3. derivatives 6-11 were characterized from their m.p., ir and chn analysis, ir spectra showed the disappearance of the (nh2) and (sh) stretching bands for triazole with appearance of a weak bands in the range (1600-1640) cm-1 attribute to the (c=n) group. a strong bands were appeared in the range (1490-1498) cm-1 attributed to the (s-c=n) stretching in thiadiazole ring [23]. compound 6 was also characterized by 1hnmr. the 1hnmr of 6 exhibited a singlet at 𝛿 3.2 due to (ch=no) proton, multiplet at 𝛿 (7.3 7.8) integrating for nine aromatic protons, triplet at 𝛿 4.5 for (o *ch2 ch2) and triplet at 𝛿 3.4 (o ch2*ch2) protons. scheme 3 explains the suggested mechanism for compounds (6-11). compounds 6-11 exhibited a biological activity against e-coli bacteria. compound 9 exhibited higher degree of activity than the others table (3). references 1. sedar,m.; gumaukcuoglu,n.; karaoglu, s.a. and demirbas, n. (2007)"synthesis of some novel 3, 5diaryl -1,2,4triazole derivatives and investigation of their antimicrobial activites", turk. j. chem., 31:315-326. 2. palaska, e.; sahin,g.; kelicen,p.; durlu,n.t. and altionk, g.(2002) "synthesis and anti-inflammatory activity of 1-thio semicarbazides, 1,3,4oxadialzoles, 1,3,4-triazoles and 1,2,4-triazole-3thiones, farmaco, 57(2): 101-7. 3. dua, r. and srinivas,s.k. (2010) "synthesis several new 2-('2 substittutedbenzylidene-hydrazino-acetyl)-mercapto-5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazoles, international jornal of pharma and bio sciences, 1(2). 4. singh,a.k.; lahani,m. and singh,u.p.(2011) "synthesis a series of new 5-substituted [1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] benzamid as antimicrobial activity". pak. j. pharm. sci. 24 (4): 571-574. 5. jamal,g.s.; khan,s.a.;alam,o. and siddiqui,n.;(2011) "synthesis a series of 6 substituted1,2,4-triazolo[3,4-b]-1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives". acta poloniae pharmaceticadrug research, 68(2): 205-211. 6. demirbas,n.; alpay karaoglu,s.; demibas.a. and sancak,k.(2004) "synthesis and antimicrobial activites of some new 1,2,4-triazole derivatives", eurj. med. chem. 39:793-804. 7.demirbas,n.;demirbas,a.;karaoglu,s.a. and celik,e.(2005) "synthesis and antimicrobial activities of some new [1,2,4] triazolo [3,4-b] [1,3,4] thiadiazines" arkivoc (i):75-91. 8. demirbas ,n.; demirbas, a. and karoglu, s.a.(2005) "synthesis and biological activity of new 1, 2, 4triazol-3-one derivatives", russian j. bioorg. chem. 39:387-97. 190 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 9.rajasekaran,a.;murugesan,s. and anaudara-jagopal,k.(2006)"antibacterial,antifungal and anticonvulsant evaluation of newly synthesized 1-1-[2(1h-tetrazol-5-yl) ethyl]-1 h-benzol [d] [1,2,3] triazoles", arch. pharm. res, 29,535-540. 10. rajasekaran,a. and rajagopal,k.a.(2009)"synthesis of some novel triazol derivatives as anti-nociceptive and antiinflammatory agents", acta pharm, 59:355-364. 11. kadi,a.a.; al-abdullah,e.s.; shehata,i.a.; habib,e.e.; ibrahim,t.m. and el emam,a.a.(2010)" synthesis a new series of 1adamanyl1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives as antimicrobial agents", eur. j. med. chem., 45:5006-5011 12. baharam,l.; negar,m.; ali,a.; alireza,f.(2011) "synthesis and in vitro antibacterial activity of new 2-(1-methyl-4-nitro-1h-imidazol-5-yl-sulfonyl-1,3,4-thiadiazoles", e. journal of chemistry, 8, 1120-1123. 13. banday,m.r. and rauf,a.(2009) "substituted 1,2,4-triazoles and thiazolidinones from fatty acids : spectral aracterization and antimicrobial activity", indian journal of chemistry, 48b, 97-102. 14. demirbas,n.(2005) "synthesis and characterization of new triheterocylic compounds consisting of 1,2,4-triazol-3-one, 1,3,4-thiadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole rings", turk. j. chem.; 29: 125-133. 15. reddy,c.s; rao,l.s.; kumar,g.r. and nagaraj,a.(2011) "synthesis of new series of6-caryl/heteryl)-3 (5-methyl -1-phemyl1 h-4-pyrazolyl) [1,2,4] triazolo [3,4-b] [1,3,4 thiadiazoles", chem. pharm. bull.; 1328-1331. 16. gowramma,b; gomaty;s and kalirajan,r;(2011) "synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial evaluations of some 1,3,4-thiadiazole"; ijpsr, 2(6), 1476-1479. 17. lapucci,a.; macchia,a.m. and baldacci,m.m.(1994) "synthesis, ant-inflammatory activityand molecular orbital studies of a series of benzylidene aminoxypropionic acids substituted on the phenyl ring", eur. j. med. chem., 29:33. 18: macchia,b.; balsomo,a. and lapucci,a. (1990) "molecular design, synthesis, and antiinflammatory activity of a series of beta-aminoxy propionic acids", j. med. chem.; 33, 1423. 19. gatterman,l. and wieland,h.(1952) "laboratory method of organic chemistry", macillon co.; p. 135. 20. mahmoud, m.j. and mustafa, i.f. (1996) "synthesis and characterization of some dioxadiozoles and their methyl and ethyl thioether" mu'tah journal for research and studies; 11(5),155-170. 21. williams,d.h. and fleming,i.f.(1973) "spectroscopic methods in organic chemrstry" 2nd edit. me, graw hill, london, 64. 22. rani, h.s. ; mogilaiah rao and sreenivasulu, b. (1996) "synthesis and antibacterial activity of 6-aryl-3-( methyl , naphthyridin-yl)-1,2,4triazolo-[3,4-b] [1,3,4] thiadiazoloes"; indian journal of chemistry; 35b,745-747. 23. koji,n. (1962) "infrared spectroscop", nankodo company limited, tokyo, pp. 54. 191 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table (1): characteristic ir absorption bands of the new derivatives compound no. infrared data (𝜇𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑐𝑚−1) kbr (disc) 2 (c=o) 1725; (ch aliphatic) 2910, 2930; (c-o) 1195; (c=c) 1610; (c=c) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 820. 3 (c=o) 1650; (nh)3150; (nh2) 3300; (c=c) 1610; (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 815. 4 (nh) 3310; (c=n) 1605; (c=s) 1050; (-n.c=s) 1495; (c=c) 1595; (c=c) bending 820. 5 (nh2) 3370; (sh) 2800; (c=n) 1610; (c=n)1610, (c=c) 1590; (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 815; (-n.c=s1)1490. 6 (c=n) 1600; (c=c) 1595; (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 835. 7 (c=n) 1620; (c=c) 1590; (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 850; (och3) 2830 8 (c=n) 1640; (c=c) 1600; (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 830. 9 (c=n) 1625; (c=c) 1610; (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 820. 10 (oh) 3630; (c=n) 1630; (c=c) 1600; (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 810. 11 (-no2) (1345 and 1515); (c=n) 1615; (c=c) 1610: (c=c) ) out of plan (c-h) aromatic 820. table (2): physical properties for all new derivatives compound no. formula melting point ℃ elemental analysis calculated (found) yield % c% h% n% 2 c12h14no3cl 179 56.47 (56.27) 5.49 (5.41) 5.49 (5.53) 60 3 c10h12n3o2cl 195 49.79 (49.68) 4.97 (5.00) 17.42 (17.33) 55 4 c11h10n3o2cls 225 46.64 (46.62) 3.53 (3.61) 14.84 (14.90) 75 5 c11h12n5ocls 284 44.44 (44.60) 4.04 (3.91) 23.56 23.73 86 6 c18h15n5ocls 228 59.01 (59.11) 4.29 (4.02) 19.12 (19.11) 65 7 c19h17n5o2cls 222 57.57 (57.21) 3.66 (3.31) 17.67 (17.15) 70 8 c18h14n5ocl2s 219 56.54 (56.21) 3.66 (3.31) 18.32 (18.11) 68 9 c18h14n5oclsbr 221 48.64 (48.41) 3.15 (3.01) 15.76 (15.51) 62 10 c18h14n5o2cls 252 56.54 (56.32) 3.92 (3.81) 18.32 (18.21) 67 11 c18h14n6o3cls 231 52.55 (52.42) 3.40 (3.21) 20.43 (20.22) 58 192 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table (3): effect of antimicrobial agents on escherichia coli no. compound effect of new derivatives on the growth of e-coli bacteria 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.09 concentration gm/ml 6 _ _ _ _ _ _ + 7 _ _ _ _ _ + 8 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ + 9 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ + 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ + 11 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ + blank + (-) no growth (+) growth 193 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 (scheme 1) where ar = phenyl p-methoxy phenyl p-chloro phenyl p-bromo phenyl phydroxy phenyl pnitro phenyl compound no. 6 7 8 9 10 11 a: b: 𝐍𝐇𝟐𝐍𝐇𝟐, 𝐄𝐭𝐎𝐇 c: 𝐂𝐒𝟐, 𝐊𝐎𝐇 d: 𝐍𝐇𝟐𝐍𝐇𝟐, 𝐏𝐲𝐫𝐢𝐝𝐢𝐧𝐞 e: 𝐀𝐫𝐂𝐎𝐎𝐇, 𝐏𝐎𝐂𝐥𝟑 cl ch n oh cl n o ch2 ch2 cooet 1 2 cl ch n o ch2 conhnh2 a c ch n o ch2 ch2 nn o shcl 4a cl ch n o ch2 ch2 ch n o ch2 ch2 nn n shcl 5 nn o h s d 4b nh2 cl ch n o ch2 ch2 nn n n s ar 6-11 b ch2 3 e ch ch2 ch c oet o koh, 194 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 nn o r sh o nh2 nn sh nh2 + p t n n n r sh h2o r hn nn shr -h2o nn n r sh nh2 nh2 nh2 nh2 hh2o .. .. ho nn nh r sh + nh2 h+ nh2 195 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 (scheme 3) pocl3ar-cooh c o nn n nh2 sh ar clr nn n sh r ncar h o nn n sh r ncar o h enol nn n r s c nar h o h nn ns c nar r + h2o c o ar cl n n n nh2 sh r c o cl ar pt n n n nh sh r c o cl ar h -hcl 196 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 o-[2 {2'' – معوض اریل تحضیر ودراسة بعض مشتقات اثیل] -ترایزولیل} '4,'2, '1-[b-'4,'3] (1'',3'' ,4'')ثایادایزولیل باراكلورو بنزالدوكزیم ایمان محمد حسین جامعة بغداد/ ابن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكیمیاء 2014نیسان 14،فبل البحث في : 2014كانون الثاني 12استلم البحث في : الخالصة -1' ,2',4' )ثایادایزولیل (1'',3'' ,4''معوض اریل o-[2 {2'' – تم في ھذا البحث تحضیر مشتقات جدیدة من [b-'4,'3] {كلورو -لمركب بارااستعمل ا. وقد 6-11بنزالدوكزیم واثیل] باراكلور -ترایزولیل--e مادة 1بنزالدوكزیم مع 2مع االثیل اكریلیت في وسط قاعدي. مفاعلة المركب 1حضر من تفاعل المركب 2اولیة في التحضیر. المركب 4. معاملة المشتق 4مع ثنائي كبریتید الكاربون، اعطى المركب الحلقي 3. تم مفاعلة المركب 3اعطى المشتق الھیدرازین مع حوامض اورماتیة 5من تفاعل المشتق حضرت 6-11. المشتقات 5 مع الھیدرازین بوجود البریدین اعطى المشتق كما شخص .وتحلیل العناصر irالمشتقات الجدیدة من درجة انصھارھا وباستخدام طیف شخصت مختلفة التعویض. قولون وكان اكثرھا ضد بكتریا ال 6-11الفعالیة البایولوجیة للمشتقات من درست . 1hnmrوباستخدام 6,5المركب .9فاعلیة المشتق جدیدة لمركبات الثایادیازول و الترایازولتحضیر مشتقات مفتاحیة :الكلمات ال 197 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 microsoft word 212-221 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 212 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 the comparison between different approaches to overcome the multicollinearity problem in linear regression models hazim mansoor gorgees fatimah assim mahdi dept. of mathematics/ college of pure science ibn al-haithem/ baghdad university hazim5656@yahoo.com fatima_assim92@yahoo.com received in:10 /september/2017, accepted in:22/ october /2017 abstract: in the presence of multi-collinearity problem, the parameter estimation method based on the ordinary least squares procedure is unsatisfactory. in 1970, hoerl and kennard insert an alternative method labeled as estimator of ridge regression. in such estimator, ridge parameter plays an important role in estimation. various methods were proposed by many statisticians to select the biasing constant (ridge parameter). another popular method that is used to deal with the multi-collinearity problem is the principal component method. in this paper, we employ the simulation technique to compare the performance of principal component estimator with some types of ordinary ridge regression estimators based on the value of the biasing constant (ridge parameter). the mean square error (mse) is used as a criterion to assess the performance of such estimators. keywords: multi-collinearty, ridge regression, ridge parameter, condition number, principal components.                     https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 213 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 introduction consider the linear regression model (1) where is 1 vector of response variable, is matrix of explanatory variablesand n > p, is 1 vector of unknown parameters, is 1 vector of unobservable random errors and 0, the aim of regression analysis is to estimate the numerical values of linear model parameters. recently, biased estimators of regression parameters get attention of many researchers, because the ordinary least squares procedure is unable to provide reasonable point estimates when the matrix of explanatory variables if there exists the problem of multi-collineardata. where we refer through the paper to the ridge regression estimators and principal component estimators as alternatives to the ordinary least square estimators with multi-collineardata. the estimators of each ridge regression and principal component allow a small amount of bias in order to achieve a major reduction in the variance in contrast to ordinary least squares. the case of multi-collinearity the problem of multi-collinearity occurs when there exists an exact linear relationship or an approximate linear relationship among two or more explanatory variables, two types of multicollinearity may be faced in regression analysis, exact and near multi-collnearity. during regression calculations, the exact linear relationship causes a division by zero which in turn leads to the abortion of the calculations. in case of not exact relationship, the calculations will not be aborted and the division by zero does not occur. nevertheless, the results will be distorted when the division is done by a very small quantity. therefore, the determination whether the multi-collinearity is a problem is one of the first steps in regression-analysis. multi-collinearity can be thought of as a situation where two or more explanatory variables in the data set move together, as a consequence it is impossible to use this data set to decide which of the explanatory variables is producing the observed change in the response variable. some multi-collinearty is nearly always present, but the important point is whether it is serious enough to cause appreciable damage to the regression analysis. indicators of multicollineaity include a low determinant of the information matrix x'x, a very high correlation among two or more explanatory variables, very high correlation among two or more estimated coefficients, a very small (near zero) eigenvalues of the correlation matrix of the explanatory variables and the too large condition number. the class of shrinkage estimators applying the singular value decomposition technique, we can decompose the matrix x as follows [1] 1 2x = h λ g' (2) where h is ( n p ) matrix satisfying h'h =ip, 1 2 is a (pp) diagonal matrix of ordered singular values of x. 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 pλ λ ... λ > 0   , g is a (pp)orthogonal matrix whose columns represent the normalized eigenvectors of x'x. consequently, the ordinary least squares estimator of the regression parameters vector  can be rewritten as: https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 214 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 1 olsb = (x'x) x'y  = 1 1 2(g λg') g λ h'y = 1 2 g λ h'y  = gc where c = 1 2 λ h'y = g' olsb is the vector of uncorrelated components of olsb . this can be noticed by considering the variance-covariance matrix of c that can be easily shown to equal the diagonal matrix 2 1  . the generalized shrinkage estimators denoted by shb can be defined as shb = p j j j j=1 gδc = g δ c  (3) where jg  is thejthcolumn of the matrix g, jδ is the j thdiagonal element of the shrinkage factors diagonal matrix  , j0 δ 1, j = 1, 2,..., p  and jc is thej thelement of the uncorrelated components vector c. ordinary ridge regression estimators the most popular method that has been proposed to deal with multi-collinearity problem is the ordinary ridge regression. the ordinary ridge regression method is a modification of ordinary least squares method to allow the biased estimators of regression coefficients. the ridge estimators depend crucially upon an exogenous parameter, say k, called the ridge parameter or the biasing parameter of the estimator. for any k 0 , the corresponding ordinary ridge estimator denoted by rrb is defined as: 1 rrb = ( x'x + ki) x'y  (4) wherek 0 is a constant selected by the statistician according to some intuitively plausible criteria put forward by hoerl and kennard [2]. it can be shown that the ridge regression estimator given in equation (4) is a member of the class of shrinkage estimators as follows by using matrix algebra and singular value decomposition approach we get 1 rrb = ( x'x + ki) x'y  = 1 1 2[ g (λ + ki) g'] g λ hy = 1 1 2g ( λ + ki) g'gλ h'y = 1 1 2g( λ + ki) λ h'y = 1 1 2g [ (λ + ki) λ] λ h'y = gδc (5) where 1δ = ( λ + ki) λ . equivalently, the shrinkage factors jδ , j= 1,2,...,p of the ridge estimator has the form j δ = j j λ λ + k (6) where jλ is thej th element (eigenvalue) of the diagonal matrix  , and k is the ridge parameter. the mean square error of ordinary ridge regression estimator can easily demonstrated to be[2] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 215 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 p 2 2 2i rr 2 i=1 i λ mse(b ) = σ + k β'(x'x + ki) β (λ + k)  (7) the first term can be shown to be the sum of variances(total variance) of the parameter estimates and the second term can be considered to be the square of the bias introduced when rrb is used instead of olsb . choice of ridge parameter the ordinary ridge regression estimators do not provide a unique solution to the multicollinearity problem, but provide a family of solutions. these solutions depend upon the ridge parameter (the value of k). no explicit optimum value can be found for k. yet, several stochastic choices have been proposed for this ridge parameter. some of these choices may be summarized as follows hoerl and kennard (1970).suggested graphical method called ridge trace to select the value of the ridge parameter k. when viewing the ridge trace, the analyst picks the value of k for which the regression coefficients have stabilized. often, the regression coefficients will vary widely for small values of k and then stabilize. we have to select the smallest value of k (which introduced the smallest bias) after which the regression coefficients have seemed to remain constant. hoerl, kennard and baldwin in (1975), proposed another method to select a single value of k given as [3] 2 hkb ols ols p s = b ' b k  (8) where p is the number of explanatory variables, 2s is the ols estimator of 2σ and olsb is the ols estimator of the vector of regression coefficients . lawless and wang (1976) proposed selecting the value of k by using the formula [4] 2 ols ols p s = b ' x'x b lwk  (9) assuming that the regression coefficients vector has certain prior distribution srivastava followed bayesian approach to estimate the ridge parameter. he concluded that [5] bayes ols ols 2 tr(x'x) = max[0, b ' x'x bn p 3 [ ( ) p] n p 1 s k       (10) where tr (x'x) denote the trace of the matrix x'x. hazim mansoor gorgees and fatimh assim mahdi (2017) proposed a new method for selecting the ridge parameter by employing the concept of condition number [6]. the suggested estimator denoted as ^ cnk is defined as 2^ 1 [ 0, ] ' cn ols ols s k max b b cn    (11) where cn reffered to the condition number which is the ratio of the largest to the smallest singular value of the matrix of explanatory variables x. principal components regression ridge regression was offered as a technique which attempted to overcome the multicollinearity problem. an alternative procedure known as principal components approach, was first proposed by harold hoteling (1933). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 216 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 in order to obtain a good realization of this approach let us proceed our discussion with the case of two predictors .if these predictors are correlated then the matrix x will not be orthogonal consequently, this will complicate the interpretation of the effects of and on the response variable y. from the geometric point of view, suppose we rotate the coordinate axis so that in the new system, the predictors are orthogonal. moreover, let us make the rotation so that the first axis lies in the direction of the greatest variation in the data, the second axis lies in the direction of the second greatest variation in the data. these rotated directions ( and say in our two predictors' case) are simply linear combinations of the original predictors. we now illustrate how these directions can be calculated. using singular value decomposition then x = h 1 2 g' where each of h,  , g is defined earlier x'x = g 1 2 h'h 1 2 g' = g  g' since g is orthogonal matrix then the general linear regression model y = xβ +  can be rewritten as y = x gg' β +  = z +  (12) where z= xg and  = g'β hence: z'z = g'x'xg = g' (g  g') g =  = diag( , ,…, where ⋯  0 are the eigenvalues of x'x. the columns of g are the eigenvectors of x'x and the columns of z are the principal components of x and these are orthogonal to each other. thus, the procedure creates a set of artificial variables 's jz from the original ' sjx via a linear transformation z = xg in such a way that the z vectors are orthogonal to each other. the corresponding to the largest value is called the principal component and it explains the largest proportion of the variation in the standardized dataset. further, ' s jz explain smaller and smaller until all variation is explained. typically, one does not use all the 's jz but follows some type of selection rule. no universal rule is presented for selecting the components. some statisticians use the rule that only eigenvalues greater than 1 are of interest. other statisticians suggested that the components might be computed until some arbitrarily large proportion ( maybe 0.75 or more ) of the variances has been explained the ols estimator of  is given as: ^ 1 1( ' ) ' ' 'z z z y g x y    (13) assuming that the first q ( q p ) principal components are selected, then the reduced estimator can be written as https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 217 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 ^ 1 1( ' ) ' ' 'q q q q q qz z z y g x y     (14) where qz = x qg , qg denote as the first q eigenvectors of x'x matrix and q is the diagonal matrix contains the first q eigenvalues of x'x. to find the principal component estimator of the regression coefficients in terms of the original variables we can solve  = g'β for β to get β = g since g is orthogonal matrix. let pcb denote the principal component estimator of β then ^ p cb g  if q principal components are selected then ^ 1 ( ) ' 'qpc q q q q qb g g g x y    (15) the simulation results to exhibit multi-collinearity in the simulated data, we use different degrees of correlation between the variables included in the model. specifically, we assume correlation values to be ρ 0.75, 0.80 and 0.95 ,four predictor variables have been generated. since the performance of different estimators is influenced by the sample size, we have used three types of samples, small of size 20, median of size 50,80 and large of size 200. the standard deviations of the error terms are taken as σ 10, 25 and 30 . ordinary ridge estimates are computed using different ridge parameters given in equation (8) to (11) and the principal components regression given equations (12) to (15). the mean square error (mse) is used as a criterion in order to assess the performance of the stated methods. this experiment is repeated 1000 times. and the results are presented in tables (1), (2) and (3). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 218 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 table (1):the values of mse at 0.75  n  method  standard deviation    10  25  30  20  pc  3.9252e‐018    9.4206e‐018    1.1776e‐017      hkbk    0.0215    0.0215      0.0214  lwk        0.0027  0.0027      0.0027       bayesk        0.0275  0.0276      0.0276  cnk    1.2561e‐017  8.6355e‐018  1.9626e‐018  50  pc  2.9790e‐018    4.9651e‐018    1.4895e‐017      hkbk        0.0217      0.0220      0.0220  lwk    8.2379e‐004    8.2387e‐004    8.2388e‐004       bayesk        0.0151      0.0151      0.0151  cnk      2.8797e‐017  1.2909e‐017  1.9860e‐018  80    pc  3.9252e‐018  4.7103e‐018  1.2561e‐017      hkbk    0.0287   0.0287  0.0287  lwk    6.2243e‐004  6.2243e‐004   6.2243e‐004       bayesk    0.0575  0.0576  0.0576  cnk    2.0411e‐017  4.2392e‐017  8.6355e‐018  200  pc  2.4205e‐018  2.7680e‐017  4.2948e‐017      hkbk    0.0271      0.0273  0.0273  lwk    1.1161e‐004  1.1161e‐004  1.1161e‐004       bayesk    0.0370  0.0372  0.0372  cnk    3.4524e‐004  7.7579e‐017  2.8425e‐017  https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 219 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 table (2):the values of mse at 0.80  n  method  standard deviation    10  25  30  20  pc    5.8878e‐018  9.4206e‐018    2.3551e‐018      hkbk    0.0215  0.0215      0.0214  lwk        0.0027      0.0027      0.0027       bayesk        0.0275      0.0276      0.0276  cnk    1.8056e‐017  3.9252e‐018    1.4916e‐017  50  pc  7.9441e‐018  1.6881e‐017    6.9511e‐018      hkbk        0.0217      0.0220  0.0220  lwk    8.2379e‐004    8.2387e‐004  8.2388e‐004       bayesk    0.0151      0.0151  0.0151  cnk    3.4755e‐017    6.7525e‐017  2.1846e‐017  80  pc  2.7477e‐017  1.2561e‐017  4.7103e‐018      hkbk    0.0287   0.0287   0.0287  lwk    6.2243e‐004  6.2243e‐004   6.2243e‐004       bayesk     0.0575  0.0576  0.0576  cnk     7.8505e‐018  1.8056e‐017   5.4953e‐018  200  pc  2.6067e‐018  4.2762e‐017  1.8867e‐017      hkbk    0.0271  0.0273  0.0273  lwk    1.1161e‐004  1.1161e‐004  1.1161e‐004       bayesk    0.0370  0.0372  0.0372  cnk    3.4879e‐004  1.1935e‐016  2.4701e‐017  https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 220 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 table (3):the values of mse at 0.95  n method standard deviation 10 25 30 20 pc 3.9252e-18 9.4206e-018 9.8131e-018 hkbk  0.0215 0.0215 0.0215 lwk  0.0027 0.0027 0.0027 bayes k  0.0275 0.0276 0.0276 cnk  2.5121e-017 8.6355e-018 1.0206e-017 50 pc 1.7874e-017 5.9581e-018 0 hkbk  0.0216 0.0220 0.0220 lwk  8.2376e-004 8.2387e-004 8.2387e-004 bayes k  0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 cnk  7.9441e-018 1.7874e-017 2.3832e-017 80 pc 7.8505e-018 1.5701e-017 4.7103e-018 hkbk  0.0287 0.0287 0.0287 lwk  6.2243e-004 6.2243e-004 6.2243e-004 bayes k  0.0575 0.0576 0.0576 cnk  1.3346e-017 2.0411e-017 5.4953e-018 200 pc 2.5446e-018 4.4686e-018 2.4081e-017 hkbk  0.0271 0.0273 0.0273 lwk  1.1161e-004 1.1161e-004 1.1161e-004 bayes k  0.0370 0.0372 0.0372 cnk  3.8924e-004 1.1116e-016 1.6720e-016 conclusions in the sense of mean square error (mse) as a criterion of performance. in our paper "an alternative approach for selecting ridge parameter for ordinary ridge regression estimator regression estimator" international journal of science and research (ijsr).we made the comparison between the performance of different type ordinary ridge regression as well as the generalize ridge regression and we found the proposed method was the best in the since of mse, while in this paper we introduced another which will be known method of estimation which is the principal component method and compared it with many different types of ridge https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1841 mathematics | 221 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 regression estimator, the simulation results displayed that the principal components estimator performs better than all types of ordinary ridge regression estimators that are included in this articles while the ordinary regression estimator based on the ridge parameter ^ cnk seems to be better than other studied types of ordinary ridge regression estimators in all conditions of multicollinearity levels, sample sizes and the standard deviations of the error terms. however, for the purpose of future works, many other methods can be used to overcome the multi-collinearity problem such as the generalized inverse method and the jackknife ridge regression method. references [1] h.m. gorgees, “using singular value decomposition method for estimating the ridge parameter", journal of economic and administrative science, 1-10. 2009 [2] a. e. hoerl and r.w. kennard. "ridge regression: biased estimation of nonorthogonal problems", techno metrics. 55-67. 1970 [3] a.e. hoerl, r. w. kennard and k.f. baldwin. "ridge regression: some simulation" communications in statistics. 105-123. 1975 [4] j.f lawless and p. wang. "a simulation study of ridge and other regression estimators", communications in statistics theory and methods .1177-1182. 2005 [5] m.s srivastava. "methods of multivariate statistics", wiley, new york. 2002 [6] h.m. gorgees, and f. a. mahdi, "an alternative approach for selecting ridge parameter for ordinary ridge regression estimator regression estimator", international journal of science and research (ijsr). 2426-2429. 2017 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 comments on properties of gas rich dwarfs galaxies in the range of radio frequencies (b-band) layali y. al-mashhadani dept. of physics/college of education for pure sciences(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 30 october 2011 , accepted in: 21 may 2012 abstract in this project we analyze data of a large sample of gas rich dwarfs galaxies including; low surface brightness galaxies (lsbgs), blue compact galaxies (bcgs), and dwarfs irregulars (dir). we then study the difference between properties of these galaxies in the range of radio frequencies (b-band). the data are available in hipass catalogue and mcgaugh’s data page. we depended also nasa/ipacextragalactic databes web site http://ned.ipac.caltech.edu in the data reduction. we measured the gas evolution (hi mass), gas mass-to-luminosity ratio, and abundance of the elements such as the oxygen abundance for these galaxies. our results show a big discrepancy between the behavior of lsbgs at low and high luminosity ranges. we find that the lsbgs have higher hi masses than other samples of bcgs. bcgs are forced to stem from lsbgs or from dlrs according to their gas to light ratio vs total luminosity value. key words: galaxies, low surface brightness galaxies, galaxies evolution, gas rich galaxies 59 | physics http://ned.ipac.caltech.edu/ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction dwarf galaxies are important to our understanding of galaxy formation and evolution, because they are the smallest star-forming units at the time of galaxy´s formation. the key to the star formation history of any galaxy and to its subsequent evolution is its gas supply. whether the gas supply is converted completely into stars immediately after formation, as in elliptical, or whether the gas supply remains dispersed until a dynamic event increases the number of cloud collisions, as in a tidally induced starburst, the gas mass fraction, fg, is the primary parameter for quantifying the evolutionary state of a galaxy. a galaxy's chemical and photometric evolution closely follows the gas consumption rate. [1] historically, gas-rich galaxies have been divided into two types, disk galaxies and dwarf galaxies. disk galaxies are brighter and higher in surface brightness and have dominated our studies of the star formation process. in contrast, dwarf galaxies are fainter and lower in surface brightness, making their detection and inclusion in galaxy catalogs problematic. in the last decade, new galaxy catalogs have widened our range of central surface brightness to include new extremes in low stellar densities (i.e., lsb). the common interpretation is that these systems have had, in the past, very low rates of star formation, and thus there is the expectation that lsb galaxies should be rich in gas compared to their stellar mass. [2] dwarf galaxies are typically low in density, so division by central surface brightness (based on fits to the galaxy’s profile) can be used as an indicator of dwarfness. there is some physical reasoning to support the idea that all lsb galaxies should be dwarf systems. to produce low stellar densities would require very low past star formation rates and, hence, low total stellar mass and luminosity. low surface brightness does not necessarily mean low stellar densities, but the colors of lsb galaxies rule out any highly unusual connection between luminosity and mass which is parameterized by, [3] υ∗ = 𝑀∗/𝐿 (1) 𝑀∗ is the stellar mass and l is the total luminosity of a galaxy. that means the low optical density is indeed low stellar density. or, conversely, we might expect a dwarf galaxy of low mass to have low mean density which, in turn, inhibits star formation to produce a lsb object. one could argue that initial conditions, such as the amplitude of the density perturbation in the early universe from which the galaxy will form, produces a necessary connection between a dwarf galaxy and a lsb galaxy. unfortunately, the discovery of large malin galaxies destroyed the notion that all lsb galaxies are dwarfs. in fact, most lsb disk systems are comparable in size to the ordinary spirals that make up the hubble sequence. gas rich dwarfs the gas rich dwarfs have a significant fraction of their baryonic matter is in the form of gas (mostly neutral hydrogen). they are divided into low surface brightness galaxies (lsbgs), blue compact galaxies (bgcs), and dwarfs irregulars (dis). in the following i listed the main characteristics of gas-rich dwarfs. [4] lsbgs it is a commonly used criterion to set the limit between (lsbgs) and high surface brightness galaxies hsbgs galaxies at surface brightness μb > 23.5 mag*arcsec2. [4] observations show that lsbgs typically have low hi surface densities, approximately 3 times lower than in normal late-type galaxies. this results in a reduced efficiency in production of massive molecular clouds and low star formation efficiency per gas mass fraction. lsbgs thus are more gas rich than their high surface brightness counterparts but less evolved. the stellar population can roughly be characterized by their broadband colours 60 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ranging from very red (b-v~1.2) to very blue (b-v ~ 0.2). luminosities range from mb = -13 to -20 plus a few rare cases of real giants like malin i (mb ~ -22). [4] the extremely blue lsbgs, are chemically unevolved and hence useful as templates in studies of early star and galaxy formation. the low chemical abundances also make them valuable in the determination of the primordial helium content. it has sometimes been argued that some of the blue lsbgs are genuinely young systems or of intermediate age. bcgs bcgs have quite similar hydrogen masses and chemical abundances as lsbgs but with the main difference that the bcgs have a higher central surface brightness, up to ~ 4 times that of the lsbgs. luminosities ranges from mb = -12 to -21. bcgs are characterized by compact appearance (barely distinguishable from stars on the photographic survey plates where they were first classified), high gas content, blue colour and low chemical composition (as all the dwarfs they are metal-poor). these properties are typical of unevolved systems, those that have experienced few starbursts in their life. therefore they are an important link with the early epoch of galaxy formation. [4] there are two main types of bcgs: 1. low luminosity, quiet regular, rather ordered rotation (low mass) ⟹ may be more related to normal irregulars 2. luminous, more irregular, chaotic rotation, (more massive) ⟹ may steam from mergers dwarfs irregulars dir are characterized by their diffuse size and have a range of luminosity mb = -11 to -19. they show a little organized rotation, characterized by a slope in the rotation curve not as steep as in the bcgs. the mass in fact is not so centrally concentrated being the dlrs very diffuse, with an asymmetrical appearance on the sky: the stars lye in disorganized patches in a relatively large fraction of the disk. as all the dwarfs, dlrs turned to be dark matter dominated. mostly, they are not satellites of larger systems. in the local group, about a dozen of dlrs were found. usually they are found in the local field and in nearby clusters and groups. [4] data reduction and discussion we have included a sample of 217 galaxies classified as irregular, 331 lsb galaxies and 288 galaxies classified as bcgs galaxies. all these galaxies were observed with the nancay radio telescope in 1995 and 1996, and available in the hipass catalogue and mcgaugh’s data page. our samples of the galaxies have been reduced using nasa/ipac extragalactic database ned. we obtained the distance r in mpc, absolute magnitude in b-band mb in mag., hi flux f(hi) in jy km/s, for each galaxy in the sample. depending values of r, mb, f(hi), we calculated gas mass m(hi), luminosity lb of the galaxies, m (hi)/ lb, and oxygen abundance, as it will be explained in the following sections. the obtained results are ascii table containing five columns and 836 rows of the samples of the galaxies. the five columns are the galaxy name, m(hi), lb, m (hi)/ lb, and oxygen abundance. the output results can be read into your favourite plotting program for further analysis. our results have been plotted using matlab program. the mass-luminosity relation gas evolution of the galaxies can be explained through studying the cool atomic gas hi, and the gas abundance. hi mass (m(hi)) of the galaxies define by, [5] 𝐻𝐼 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 = 2.356 𝑥 105𝑟2𝑓(𝐻𝐼) (2) figure 1 shows the relation between m(hi) in solar units versus mb for our sample. we can see clearly that all the dwarfs seem to follow a general tendency: the b-magnitude scales with the hi mass, since during a galaxy’s aging the gas is used up to fuel the star 61 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 formation and by the time the luminosity slows down, unless an event as an instantaneous burst or a gas infall or supernova explosion occurs. there are many important properties of the gas-rich dwarfs can derive from analyzing their positions in the log (m (hi)) vs mb diagram. for example, one can estimate the range in blue luminosity and in the hi mass: the dirs seems to have the lowest values for both the ranges, while the lsbgs the highest. the lsbgs also seem to be scattered more than other types of dwarfs as if they can embody variegated evolution scenarios. one can see also, most of bcgs are at the high luminosity tail, while the different type of galaxies seems to merge at the high luminosity end. the cool atomic gas hi the m (hi)/ lb value represents the gas mass-to-luminosity ratio, a measure of the relative hi content. [5] lb gives the ratio between the galaxy luminosity and the solar luminosity, it is given by, [4] 𝐿𝐵 = 10 �0.4�𝑀𝐵,𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟− 𝑀𝐵,𝑔𝑎𝑙𝑎𝑥𝑦�� (3) the absolute magnitude of the sun 𝑀𝐵,⨀ = 5.48 depending values of 𝑀𝐵,𝑔𝑎𝑙𝑎𝑥𝑦 which they obtained from ned, we calculated lb for all the galaxies in our sample. in gas rich galaxies, hi mass typically accounts for the majority of the gas content and its distribution is centered on the optical position of the galaxy, usually extending well beyond the optical system (mostly in lsbgs and dlrs). the key to the star formation history (sfh) of any galaxy and its subsequent evolution is the gas supply and its density. whether the gas supply is immediately converted into stars, whether it remains dispersed until a dynamic event increases the number of gas clouds collision, the gas mass fraction is the primary parameter for quantized the evolutionary state of a galaxy. [6] the neutral density peaks coincide with regions of star formation, being its necessary fuel. the general law describing the relation between the sfr and the neutral density is the schmidt law and it is define by, [3,7] 𝛴𝑆𝐹𝑅 = 𝐴 𝛴𝑔𝑎𝑠𝑁 (4) where 𝛴𝑆𝐹𝑅and 𝛴𝑔𝑎𝑠 are the surface densities of sfr and gas. a is simply assumed to be constant, and n is a power index. sfr = density n where n = 1-2 figure 2 explained the relation between m (hi)/ lb versus mb, it seems clear that low luminosity lsbgs have a higher m (hi) / lb and so differ significantly from the bcgs and dirs having the same range in luminosity. they have as well as higher hi mass at fixed luminosity and lower star formation efficiency (sfe) if the sfr is considered as a measure of the blue luminosity. the opposite seems to happen at high luminosity: lsbgs and bcgs seem to have similar hi mass and sfe. in this figure, one sees bcgs mainly distributed in the central area where most of the dwarfs seem to lie. in the surroundings, there are lsbgs and dirs: most of dirs lies along a line placed at. oxygen abundance the oxygen abundance is used to test the metallicity content of dwarf galaxies, since the fe abundance is very little and not useful for this purpose, because in the early stages of a galaxy the abundance of o is higher than fe. the galaxy’s progress might be measured by the mass of stars formed and by the metals produced. in fact the chemical abundance can be used as a ”clock” for galactic aging and in some cases (as in the dwarfs) it can tell us if the galaxy is passing through a sf period. [8] the metallicity of a galaxy is controlled mainly by: 62 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 • stellar evolution and nucleosynthesis. • star formation history. • outflows and inflows. • mergers and interactions. • ism mixing. figure 3 shows the relation between oxygen abundance (12+ log (o/h)) and mb. oxygen abundance can be calculated using the equation, [9] 12 + log(𝑂/𝐻) = 12 + 0.196𝑦𝑜 + log (log � 1 𝜇 �) (5) 𝜇 is the relative baryonic gas mass fraction = (gas mass)/(gas mass + stellar mass). in the previous figure one can see that masses of dirs are mostly low enough. luminous bcgs which lie on the right side of dirs distributions in the figure have to stem from lsbgs because it would be necessary to increase the luminosity quite a lot and there is not enough fuel for this in dirs, even mixing lots of them. bcgs have the highest metallicity value at the same mass. the bcgs seem to retain better the metals, as if they can avoid outflows. this unexpected property may be explained by: • high compactness • presence of dark matter, who enhance the gravitational field • round morphology, this may prevent the gas to flow out in the polar direction conclusions in the different types of gas rich dwarfs galaxies there are different hi morphologies: • in the lsbgs, the ratio (m (hi)/ lb is quite big ~ 1) but their sfr is quite low. • the bcgs are very compact object; the gas is concentrated in the central region where the sfr reaches high values. • the dlrs lie in an intermediary situation: they have a more extended hi component than bcgs (but not as much as lsbgs) and thus have lower sfr (than bcgs). • dirs have a lowest range in blue luminosity and in the hi mass, while the lsbgs have the highest value for both the ranges. that means the majority of the gas content and its distribution is centered on the optical position of lsbgs. • bcgs have a higher brightness and that may be due to a more centrally concentrated stars forming region: just a true sign of an increased star formation activity. • bcgs have also the highest metallicity value at the same mass as it is clear in figure 3. this property may be explained by presence of dark matter, which enhances the gravitational field. references 1. boissier,s. and prantzos, n. (2000), chemo-spectrophotometric evolution of spiral galaxies ii. main properties of present-day disc galaxies, mon. not. r. astron. soc. 312, 398-416. 2. james, m., and gregory, d. (1988), a catalogue of low surface brightness objects. i. declination zone + 20o”, the astrophysical journal, 95, ( 5). 3. eder, j. and james, m. (2000), gas-rich dwarfs from the pss-ii. iii. hi profiles and dynamical masses”, the astrophysical journal, supplement seris, 131:27e70, usa. 4. sparke, s. and gallagher, s.( 2000), galaxies in the universe. cambridge u.p. 5. davies, et al., (2001), gas rich galaxies and the hi mass function, astrophysics, v.1, http://arxiv.org/pdf/astro-ph/0109087.pdf 6. deidre, a., (2008), dust and gas as seeds for metal-poor star formation, astrophysics, v.1, http://arxiv.org/pdf/0810.5069.pdf 7. yuexing, li. et al., (2006), star formation isolated disk galaxies. ii. schmidt law and efficiency of gravitational collapse”, the astrophysical journal, 639:879-896. 63 | physics http://arxiv.org/pdf/astro-ph/0109087.pdf http://arxiv.org/pdf/0810.5069.pdf @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 8. david, s., (2010), galaxy mergers and the mass-metallicity relation: evidence for nuclear metal dilution and flattened gradients from numerical simulations”, astrophysics, v.1, arxiv:1001.1728v1 9. rachel, k.; stacy, s. and de blok, w. (2004) oxygen abundance and chemical evolution in low surface brightness galaxies”, mon. not. r. astron. soc. 355, 887-898. fig. (1): hi mass vs absolute blue magnitude. the symbols correspond to: dlrs (red triangles), bcgs (blue circles), lsbgs (green crosses) fig. (2): gas to light ratio vs absolute blue magnitude. this diagram roughly shows the stellar mass. in the area with m (hi)/ lb ≤ 0 and mb ≤ -18. the symbols correspond to: dirs (red triangles), bcgs (blue circles), lsbgs (green crosses) 64 | physics http://arxiv.org/abs/1001.1728v1 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (3): oxygen abundance vs absolute blue magnitude. the symbols correspond to: dirs (red triangle), bcgs (blue circles), lsbgs (green crosses) 65 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تعلیقات على خصائص المجرات االقزام الغنیة بالغاز ضمن مدیات الترددات b-band الطیفیة الرادیویة المعروفة لیالي یحیى صالح المشھداني جامعة بغداد )/ ( ابن الھیثم كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /الفیزیاءعلوم قسم 2012ایار 21: قبل البحث في ، 2011تشرین االول 30 : استلم البحث في الخالصة ف�ي ھ��ذا العم��ل حلل�ت بیان��ات النم��وذج مك��ون م�ن مج��رات اق��زام غنی�ة بالغ��از الت��ي تش��مل مج�رات واطئ��ة ف��ي اض��اءتھا رات ف�ي السطحیة و مجرات زرقاء مندمجة و مجرات اقزام غی�ر منتظم�ة الش�كل. اذ درس الف�رق ب�ین خص�ائص ھ�ذه المج� مدیات الترددات الرادیویة. hipass catalogue and mcgaugh’s data pageكما ان ھذه المجرات موجودة في: كما قیس .في تحلیل البیانات (nasa/ipac extragalactic database ned)اعتمد موقع hi mass .و نسبة كتلة الغاز الى االضاءة، ووفرة العناصر مثل االوكسجین في ھذه المجرات ایضا ، اظھرت النت�ائج وج�ود تف�اوت كبی�ر م�ابین س�لوك المج�رات الواطئ�ة الس�طوع ف�ي م�دیات اللمع�ان الواطئ�ة و العالی�ة. اذ فض�ال ع�ن ان bcgsاعلى مما ھو علیھ بالنسبة الى المجرات lsbgsفي المجرات mass hi استنتج ان كتل الغازات اعتم�ادا عل�ى العالق�ة ب�ین كتل�ة الغ�از ال�ى االض�اءة الس�طحیة ف�ي dirاو lsbgsھذه المجرات ھي من اسالف المجرات مدیات اللمعان المختلفة. المجرات، المجرات الغنیة بالغازالمجرات الواطئة االضاءة السطحیة، نشوء المجرات، مفتاحیة:الكلمات لا 66 | physics abstract entamoebaتاثیر حلیب وادرار االبل في حیویة طفیلي االمیبا الحالة للنسیج histolytica الوسط الزرعي المنماة في lem بسعاد عقرب العبودي فارس ھدى ناطق ذي قارجامعة /كلیة العلوم /قسم علوم الحیاة الحسنيحسن وفاء جامعة بغداد /كلیة العلوم /قسم علوم الحیاة 2/2/2014، قبل البحث في : 26/6/2013استلم البحث في : الخالصة حالة للنسیج من عینات االسھال الدموي المخاطي للمرضى المصابین بداء الزحار االمیبي الطفیلي االمیبا عزل حلیب وإدرار تأثیر ةسارلد ، locke – egg medium (lem)باستخدام الوسط الزرعيوتمت تنمیتھ في المختبر ولكل من الحلیب %) 10,5,1 ( مختلفة تراكیزوب) entamoeba histolytica ( جیللنس ةحالالاألمیبا حیویة اإلبل في . مئویة 37 بدرجة حرارة الحضن من ساعة 48 و24 بعد واإلدرار وقیاس النسبة المئویة لھالك الطفیلي بلغت ذ إ ،تتناسب طردیا مع الزیادة في التركیز ومدة الحضناإلبل وإدرار حلیب فعالیة ج إنالنتائ أوضحت ساعة من 48التوالي بعد لكل من الحلیب واإلدرار على%) 99.4% و 99.5% (10نسبة لھالك الطفیلي بتركیز أعلى % ) لكل من الحلیب واإلدرار على التوالي ، 96.2% و 94.2(وللتركیز نفسھ ساعة 24بینما بلغت نسبة الھالك بعد الحضن ساعة على التوالي . 48و 24% ) بعد 6.5% و 4.2بینما كانت نسبة الھالك في مجموعة السیطرة ( entamoeba histolytica ،amoebiasis ، milk ،treatment: الكلمات المفتاحیة 68 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 المقدمة إذ ینتج من اإلصابة ] 1[ واحداً من أكثر األمراض الطفیلیة شیوعاً في العالم (amoebiasis)یعّد داء األمیبا عدداً من و ، ]3، 2[ أحد األوالي المعویة التي تصیب اإلنسان entamoeba histolytica بطفیلي األمیبا الحالة للنسیج ابتالع األكیاس رباعیة النواة عن طریق الطعام أوالشراب الملوثین لتستقر إذ تحدث اإلصابةعند.]4[ اللبائن مثل القطط وقد (dysentery)في القولون وتتغذى على الدقائق الغذائیة والبكتریا وتھاجم جدار المعي لتكون القرح وتسبب الزحار ر عدد األفراد المصابین باألمیبا الحالة للنسیج . ویقدّ لكبد والرئة والدماغ في الدم إلى مواقع خارج األمعاء اطةتتنقل بواس إلى أن طفیلي األمیبا الحالة للنسیج مسؤول عن موت ما ] 7[، فیما تشیر ]5[ملیون فرد سنویاً ) 50-40( یاً بنحوـعالم في ارتفاع معدل الوفیات )plasmodiumفرد سنویاً ، وھو بھذا یقع في المرتبة الثانیة بعد المالریا ( 100000یزید عن الناتج من اإلصابة بطفیلي أّولي . اً ـفقط من المصابین ممن یظھرون أعراض %10وعلى الرغم من العدد الكبیر للمصابین باألمیبا الحالة للنسیج إالأن ونة األخیرة تّمت الموافقة على إن كل ما كان یعرف سابقاً انھ طفیلي األمیبا الحالة للنسیج ، وفي اآل ]1[للمرض entamoeba histolytica)( فھو في الواقع یتضمن نوعین متمایزین وراثیاً ومتماثلین شكلیاً ، أحدھما طفیلي )entamoeba histolyticaوھو طفیلي ممرض و اجتیاحي((invasive) أما اآلخر فھو طفیلي األمیبا المتغیّرة ، )entamoeba dispar( الذي یعد متعایشا(commensally) 7 [غیر ضار[ ، تعد المنتجات والمشتقات النباتیة والحیوانیة فضال عن المعادن من المصادر الرئیسة للعقاقیر ومنُذ زمن طویل،لذا تدعو االدمي من المصادر الطبیعیة سواء النباتیة او الحیوانیة ویعد حلیب عمالاالست الحاجة الى التوصل الى عالجات امنة وادرار االبل من اھم المصادر الحیوانیة التي لھا تأثیر فعال ، وقبل ان یقول العلم كلمتھ كان كتاب هللا الكریم قد كرم االبل العربیة وتعدد استخداماتھا ومنافعھا فقد دعا هللا سبحانھ یة لإلنسان ونظرا ألھمیة االبل في البیئة آوجعلھا تحدیا وعبرة و ) 17وتعالى الناس الى النظر واالمعان في خلقھا قال تعالى (( افال ینظرون الى االبل كیف خلقت )) الغاشیة ( في المناطق الصحراویة وشبھ ا ال سیمیعد حلیب اإلبل من العناصر المھمة المغذیة لإلنسان في العدید من أنحاء العالم، وفقدان الماء قادرة على إنتاج ,الجفاف ,رغم مرورھا بظروف قاسیة من ارتفاع درجة الحرارةبالصحراویة، وتبقى اإلبل نوعیة جیدة من الحلیب. ونظراً ألھمیة الحلیب ، قام العدید من الباحثین بدراسة تركیبھ وخواصھ الكیمیائیة وقد وجدوا إن و, lactoferrinمثـــــل ,فعالیة وقائیة ضد البكتریا والفیروسات يبل یحتوي على نوعیة جیدة من بروتینات ذحلیب اال ,lactoperoxidase و lysozyme أكدت . ]10,9,8[ التي تجعلھ أكثر تفوقا من حلیب األبقار من ناحیة المغذیات منع دخول الفیروس الموجودة في حلیب اإلبل لھا القدرة على تثبیط أولمعرفة إي البروتینات ] 11[ دراســة أجریت من وتضاعفھ داخل النظام الخلوي وقد الحظوا إن hepatitis c virus (hcv)المسبب اللتھاب الكبد الفیروسي عند معاملتھا الالكتوفیرین لھ القدرة على منع دخول الفیروس إلى الخلیة وتثبیط تضاعف الفیروس داخل الخالیا المصابة بحلیب االبل . جاه قامت بھا لفصل وتنقیة وتشخیص بروتینات المناعة ثقیلة السلسلة لحلیب االبل ودراسة فعلھا تفي دراسة ] 12[ فعالیة الموجودة في حلیب االبل ذات nanobodiesبروتینات المناعة الثقیلة السلسلة الـمستضدات البكتریا المرضیة ل المسببة لقرحة المعدة في اإلنسان ومستضدات helicobacter pyloriالمعزول من بكتریا lpsعالیة ضد مستضد .escherichia coli وklebsiella pneumoniaبكتریا ) مبیداً فعاالً لألمیبا ، وقد أصبح العقار المختار لعالج أشكال داء األمیبا metronidazoleیعد عقار المترونیدازول ( غثیان والفم ، جفافوالصداع ، والطعم المعدني ، : مثل ,جانبیة ا". وقد سجل لھذا العقار أضرار]13[ ذي األعراض كافة . بلون اسود . وادرار,حكة واللسان ، التھابوقلیل ، سھلة لذاھدفت ھذه الدراسة إلى عزل و تنمیة األمیبا الحالة للنسیج في أوساط زرعیة مناسبة متوافرة المكونات و و ذلك امالً في الحصول على عالج آمن و مصدر عالجي حیواني ھو حلیب وإدرار اإلبل أفضلیة عن والتحريالتحضیر ستعمال العقار الكیمیائيألنتیجة فعال لداء األمیبا بعیداً عن األضرار الجانبیة التي یمكن أن تحدث ق العمل ائالمواد وطر طرائق العمل rice starch solutionنشا الرز تحضیر – 1 مادة نشا الرز المجھزة صناعیاً بمطحون الحبة الكاملة لتاستبدإال انھ ] 14[لتحضیر ھذا المحلول اُتبعت طریقة إذ طُحن الرز . نمیة و تكاثر األمیبا في المزارعوذلك لالستفادة من البروتینات و عوامل النمو األخرى المفیدة في ت للرز في علبة زجاجیة عبئو مایكرومتر 20اس قیذي غربلتھ بمنخل دقیق الثقوب ثم تمت طحنة كھربائیة طحناً ناعماً م خدامباست و لغرض التعقیم ، ملیغرام/أنبوبة 500جافة ونظیفة ، بعدھا ھُیأت أنابیب زجاجیة نظیفة و ُوضع فیھا مطحون الرز بوزن م ، بعد تبرید األنابیب 120حرارة ُوضعت ھذه األنابیب بصورة أفقیة وبرؤوس متراخیة في فرن مدة ثالث ساعات بدرجة ) تحت ظروف معقمة ، ُحّضر معلق نشا م 22-26أحكم غلق الرؤوس وُحفظ مطحون الرز المعقم في درجة حرارة الغرفة( المجانسة وُحفظت ملیغرام/ملیلتر ، ُرّجت األنابیب جیداً لغرض 50الرز من أنابیب مطحون الرز وبذلك أصبح بتركیز االستعمال . م لحین 20 -مجمدة بدرجة 69 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 preparation of inactivated human serumتحضیر مصل اإلنسان مثبط المتمم -2 في المستشفیات لألغراض العالجیة ، إذ یتم االستغناء عنھ بعد مرور مدة عملفي البحث مصل اإلنسان المست عملأست ثم ُوضع ھذا الدورق في حّمام مائي ,زمنیة محددة . ولتثبیط العامل المتمم ُوضع المصل في دورق زجاجي نظیف ومعقم مایكرومتر و 0.22 دقیقة ، وللتعقیم ُرّشح المصل بوساطة مرشحات غشائیة ذات قیاس 30م مدة 56بدرجة حرارة .]15[ م لحین االستخدام 20 – ظت األنابیب مجمدة بدرجةملیلتر/أنبوبة ، ُحف 10ُوزعت في أنابیب زجاجیة معقمة وبحجم locke-egg diphasic medium (lem)البیض ثنائي الطور -تحضیر وسط لوك -3 ] .16[ُحّضر ھذا الوسط طبقاً لما ورد في طریقة الحصول على الطفیلي . – 4 والمراجعین لمستشفى الزحاراألمیبي بمرض لمصابینا براز المرضى عینة من للنسج الحالة االمیبا طفیلي شخصو عزل م 37بدرجة للنسج الحالة وحضنت االمیبا (lem)لوسط الزرعي اعلى ونمیت العینة ھذه الشطرة العام ،أخذت ) حقنت ھذه المجامیع بكمیات متساویة من الطور المتغذي من الطفیلي lemوسط ( مجامیع حاویة علىوحضرت سبع :كما یاتي المجامیع السبع ووزعت %1المجموعة االولى اضیف الیھا حلیب االبل بتركیز -1 % 5المجموعة الثانیة اضیف الیھا حلیب االبل بتركیز -2 % 10المجموعة الثالثة اضیف الیھا حلیب االبل بتركیز -3 % 1المجموعة الرابعة اضیف الیھا ادرار االبل بتركیز -4 % 5المجموعة الخامسة اضیف الیھا ادرار االبل بتركیز -5 % 10المجموعة السادسة اضیف الیھا ادرار االبل بتركیز -6 لسابعة السیطرة االمجموعة -7 الطفیلي لھالك لمئویة ا النسبةقیست ) ساعة 48 -24(الحضن ةمد وبعد م37 ه المجامیع بدرجة حرارة ھذوحضنت ) واضافة (heamocytometerحة یلطفیلیات الى شرا الحاویةعلى لمزرعةا قعر كل انبوب من من قطرة بأخذ وذلك لحساب النسبة المئویة لھالك االتیةبتطبیق المعادلة الطفیلیات الحیة والمیتة اعداد حسبتقطرة من صبغة االیوسبن و -الطفیلي : 100× النسبة المئویة لألمیبا المیتة = عدد األمیبا المصطبغة باإلیوسین/ عدد األمیبا الكلي التحلیل االحصائي لتش��خیص جمی��ع الفروق��ات duncan multiple range testاج��ري باس��تخدام اختب��اردنكن المتع��دد الم��دى (spss ).الجاھز االحصائي البرنامج باستخدام p˃0.05 مستوى معنویة وعند المعامالت معدالت الممكنة بین جمیع لنتائج ان النسبة المئویة لھالك ، إذ االمیبي النمو تثبیط في عالیة فعالیة ذا اوضحت النتائج ان حلیب وادرار االبل كانا بلغت النسبة المئویة لھالك الطفیلي المعرض إذ ,تزداد بزیادة التركیز ومدة الحضنالطور الخضري لطفیلي امیبا الزحار ساعة من الحضن على التوالي، بینما بلغت نسبة الھالك بتركیز 48 و 24% بعد 99.5% 94.2% حلیب ابل 10لتركیز ) 1ساعة من الحضن على التوالي . جدول ( 48 و24% بعد 85.8و % 82.6 1% ساعة من 48و 24% بعد 99.4و ,% 96.2% ادرار 10وكانت نسبة ھالك الطفیلیات المعرضة لتركیز ساعة من الحضن على 48و 24% بعد 84% و 80.2% فكانت نسبة الھالك 1الحضن على التوالي، اما عند تركیز . ) 2التوالي . جدول ( كانت الفروق معنویة عند مستوى لكن یع التراكیز ، وولم یالحظ وجود فروق معنویة بین الحلیب واالدرار ولجم ) 2و 1 بین السیطرة وكل من الحلیب واالدرار شكل ( p˃0.05 احتمالیة المناقشة: مركبات توجد المعادن عن كبیرة . فضال بكمیات الكالسیوم فرویتوا لكالسیوما وأھمھا بالمعادن انغنیً الحلیب یعد الموجود lactoferrinالى ان ]18[اشار .]lactoferrin ]17 بروتین أھمھا للجراثیم مضادة نوعیة غیر "عوامال تعد الموجود في cysteine proteaseألنزیم تثبیطھ بسبب بالجراثیم االصابة قدرة تقلیل في را"دو یؤدي اللبائن حلیب في . الطفیلیات بعض عن فضال والفایروسات البكتریا اإلنسان ومن ھذه التأثیرات خواصھ المضادة للجراثیم وھذه في الى إن حلیب اإلبل لھ تأثیرات صحیة ]19[أشار والفیتامینات. ،والدھون ،مثل البروتینات ،الخواص یمكن إن تنسب إلى بعض المواد ذلك إلى الفعالیة المضادة یعود السبب في وبدون تجمید الیام عدة قوامھ یمكن ان یبقى محافظا" على إن حلیب اإلبل إذ یحتوي حلیب اإلبل على العدید من البروتینـــــــــــــــــات منھا ، للبكتریا التي تتمیز بھا البروتینات الموجودة في الحلیب immunoglobulins, lactoalbumins , lactoperoxidase , casein , lysozyme lactoferrin , 70 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 amaylase إذ یقوم الالكتوفیرین بوظیفٍة دفاعیٍة مھمٍة لوحده أو مع بقیة بروتینات الحلیب ضد ,وبروتینات اخرى اإلصابات الفطریة والبكتیریة والفیروسات من خالل تفاعلھ مع سلفات الھیبارین الموجود على سطح الخلیة وبذلك یمنع ]25,24,23,22,21,20[التصاق الفیروس أو من خالل تفاعلھ مع الفیروس نفسھ %5-10-15-20وبتراكیز ( والبقر االنسان بحلیب axenicالزرعي الوسط في جیللنس الحالة االمیبا بمعاملة ] [26كما قام بحسب مختلفة قتل وبنسب التركیزاالول ومن amoebicidalلألمیبا قاتل والبقر االنسان حلیب بأن النتائج ) واظھرت الطفیلي نموفي یب االبل ـــلــحــل عاليــال بیطيـــالتأثیرالتث وحظــل ذإ الحالیة الدراسة مع یتفق التراكیز،وھذا ختالفا لھا التي lysozyme lactoferrin مثل ،الحلیب بروتیناتفعالیة ) ، وقد فسر ذلك الى %1-5-10( ـــالثالث تراكیزـــولل pepsinانزیم بفعل یتحلل الكالسیوم والسیما االیونات نقل في یشترك الذي الكاسائین نأ ذكر كما , االمیبا قتل القابلیةعلى ال وربما cysteine proteaseانزیم یثبط انھ فضالعن للبكتریا مضاد نشاط ذات ببتیدات وینتج الھضم بعد trypsin و بوساطة الكالسیوم تأثرنقل وعدم االمیبا لھدف غیر الموجودة فيامواقع بسبب لألمیبا "قاتال "فعال الكاسائین یمتلك مع التفاعل من دقائق خمس غضون في االمیبا سطح على شوھد lactoferrinبأننفسھا الدراسة ذكرت كما الكاسائین، یؤدي مما الدھنیة الطبقة في ا"دھون الغشاء البالزمي لیسبب ضرر مع یتداخل اذ, االمیبا موت ثم ومن المغتذیة االطوار . والتحلل الغشاء نفاذیة في التغیر الى میاه تركیز ضعف إلى أحیاًنا یرتفع تركیزھا أن لدرجةا كبیراختالفا تختلف األمالح تركیز نسباما ادرار االبل فأن بعض إلجراء نیالباحث بعض لجذبا"رئیس دوًرا اإلبلادرار في الفریدة فكان لتلك الممیزات ].29,28,27[البحر الدراسات. في (cl) الكلورید إفراز زیادة ]30[ ،فوجد األخرى المجترات ببقیة اإلبل ادرار لمقارنة الدراسات توالت وقد ،وكان دسل /مملغ 407 تركیزه بلغ الذي یكرالیو حمض فضال" عن مل100 /مغ ( %1.706 نسبتھ بلغت إذل،باإل بول الخراف،و، البقرادرار في وذلك دسل /مملغ5,7,8,10بلغ إذ ، األخرى األھلیة الحیواناتفي ادرار المفرز أكثرمن . التوالي على والخیول الخنازیر،و، الماعزو ,الزاللیة والبروتینات ,والیوریا ,البوتاسیوم من ركیزعالٍ ى تعل یحتوي اإلبلادرار أن المعملیة التحالیل أوضحت ولقد ]32,31[ األبقار أدرارب مقارنة والكریاتین, والصودیوم, الیوریك حامض من قلیلة وكمیات ,واالزموالرتي -hypoxanthinإلنزیمي متدنیة مستویات وجود عن]33[ دراسة أظھرت اإلبلفي ادرارفرة المتوا اإلنزیمات وعن guanine و hepatic guanase عملیة من یحدان اإلنزیمان وھذان األخرى، الحیواناتادرار في بوجودھما مقارنة المضادة المواد بعض مستویات في زیادة إلى یؤدي ،مما للسرطان المضادة البیورین لمادة االیضي والتحلیل تكسیر البیورین قواعد وجود عن الكیمیائي، التحلیل ماأظھره ذلك على یزید والھیبوكسانثین، البیورین قواعد مثل, للسرطان . اإلبلادرار في والھیبوكسانثین في تتمثل فعالة عالجیة عوامل على یحتوي اإلبلادرار أن نتائجھما دلتإذ ,] 34[ بھا قامت أخرى دراسة وفي لھا اإلبلادرار في بكتیریا فر توا عن مرة وألول الكشف فضال" عن ، اإلبل علیھا یتغذى التي ،النباتات العالیة الملوحة من المعزولة البكتیریا فیھا استخدمت التي] 35[ بھا قامت دراسة في ذلك أثبت وقد الحیویة، المكافحة على القدرة الكائنات أكبرمن بدرجة كفاءة وأظھرت في الباذنجان الذبول لمرض والمسبب الممرض الفطر على القضاء في اإلبلادرار . الثمرة ووزن المحصول نسبة بزیادة وذلك الزراعي لمجالافي والمعروف استخدامھا المقارنة األخرى الدقیقة .aspegillus nigerلفطر االیضیة األنشطةفي واضًحا تأثیًرا لھ اإلبلادرار بأن خاللھا من أثبتتا] 36[ دراسة وفي فعالیة في معھا متفقة كانت الحالیة فأن الدراسة السابقة الدراسات في االبل وادرار الحلیب فعالیة عن ماذكرالى تبعا" یحویھ وذلك لما التركیز بزیادة التثبیط معدل وازدیاد المختبر في جیللنسلحالة ا لألمیبا لنمواالطوارالمغتذیةمثبطا" الحلیب . ھالكھ الى یؤدي مما الطفیلي فسلجة خلل في أحداث على ةقادر ومعادن ةفعال مركبات من المصادر 1. huston , c. ; haque , r.and petri , w.a. ( 1999) . molecular-based diagnosis of entamoeba histolytica .expert reviews in molecular medicine cambridge university press . issn 1462-3994 http//www.expert reviews.org/ . 2. faust , e. c. ; beaver , p. c. and jung , r. c. (1968) . animal agents and vectors of human disease . 3rd ed. , lea &febiger , philadelphia , usa .pp.461 . 3. tavares , p. ; rigothier , m. ; khun , h. ; roux , p. ; huerre , m. and guillen , n. (2005) . roles of cell adhesion and cytoskeleton activity in entamoeba histolytica pathogenesis : a delicate balance . infect. immun. 73:1771-1778 . 4. shimada , a. ; muraki , y. ; awakura , t. ; umemura , t. ; sanekata , t. ; kuroki , t. and ishihara , m. (1992) . necrotic colitis associated with entamoeba histolytica infection in a cat . j. comp. pathol، 106:195-199 . 5. walsh , j. a. (1986) . problems in recognition and diagnosis of amebiasis estimation of the global magnitude of morbidity and mortality . rev. infect. dis. 8:228-238 . 71 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://www.expert/ 6. who/world health organization (1997) . amoebiasis . weekly epidemiological . geneva , switzerland . records 72:97-100 7. clark , c. g. & diamond , l. s. (1993) . methods for cultivation of luminal parasitic protists of clinical importance . clin. microbiol. rev. 15 :329-341 . 8. el-gammal, o. and moussa, m. (2007). improving the quality of yoghurt manufactured from camel milk. j. agric. sci. mansoura univ., 32: 6431. 9. hassan, z.; farahat, a. and abd el-gawad, m. (2009). effect of cold storage and heating of camel milk onfunctional properties and microstructure in comparison with cow and buffalo milk. ann. agric. sci. ain. shams univ., 4: 12. 10. mal, g. and pathak, k. (2010). camel milk and milk products. smsv' dairy, year book, pp: 97-103.national research center on camel ,p.b.no.7,bikaner,rajasthan,334001 india. 11. el-fakharany, e.; ashraf, t.; abeer, a.; bakry, m. and redwan, e. (2008). potential activity of camel milk-amylase and lactoferrin against hepatitis c virus infectivity in hepg2 and lymphocytes. egy. hep., 8 : 101-109. بروتینات المناعة الثقیلة السلسلة لحلیب االبل ودراسة ). "فصل وتنقیة وتشخیص 2012العباس، أمل خضیر یوسف ( .12 فعلھا تجاه مستضدات البكتیریا المرضیة". رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة الزراعة/ جامعة البصرة. 13. freeman , c. d. ; klutman , n. e. and lamp , k. c. (1997) . metronidazole . a therapeutic review and update . drugs 54:679-708 .. 14. diamond , l. s. (1983) . luminal dwelling protozoa ; entamoeba , trichomonads , and giardia . p.67-109, in : j. jensen (ed.) , invitro cultivation of protozoan parasites . crc press , boca raton ,. 15. garvey , j. s. ; cremer , n. e. and sussdorf , d. h. (1981) . methods in immunology . 3rd ed. , w.a. benjamin , inc. , canada . pp. 297 . entamoeba). تاثیر بعض المستخلصات النباتیة المضادة لالمیبا الحالة للنسیج 2007العبیدي،ھبة محمد ( .16 histolytica جامعة بغداد.المنماة في اوساط زرعیة .(اطروحة ماجستیر) .كلیة العلوم، 17. gillin, f. d.; reiner, d. s. and wang,c. (1983) . killing of giardia lamblia trophozoites by normal human milk j . c .bioch. ,23:47-56 18. ohashi,a.;murata,e.;yamamoto,k.;majima,e.sano,e.;le,q.and katununa,k.(2003). new functions of lactoferrin and beta-casein in mammalian milk as cysteine protease inhibitors. bioch.biophys res. commum.,20:98-103 19. konuspayeva, g. ; loiseau, g. ; levieu, d. and faye, b.(2008). lactoferrin and immunoglobulin content in camel milkfrom bactrian, dromedary and hybrids in kazakhstan. j. camelid sci. , 1: 54-62. 20. harmsen, m.; swart, p.; de bethune, m.; pauwels, r. and de clercq, e. (1995). antiviral effects of plasma and milk proteins: lactoferrin shows potent activity against both human immunodeficiency virus and human cytomegalovirus replication in vitro. j. infect. dis., 172: 380-388. 21. hara, k.; ikeda, m.; saito, s.; matsumoto, s. a.; numata, k and kato, n. (2002). lactoferrin inhibits hepatitis b virus infection in cultured human hepatocytes. hepatol res., 24: 228. 22. drobni, p.; naslund, j. and evander, m. (2004). lactoferrin inhibits human papillomavirus binding and uptake in vitro. antiviral res., 64: 63-68. 23. longhi, g.;pietropaolo, v.; mischitelli, m.; longhi, c.; conte, m. and marchetti, m. (2006). lactoferrin inhibits early steps of human bk polyomavirus infection. antiviral res., 72:145-52. 24. jenssen, h. (2005).anti herpes simplex virus activity of lactoferrin/lactoferricin--an example of antiviral activity of antimicrobial protein/peptide. cell mol. life sci., 62:30023013. 25. marchetti, m.; trybala, e.; superti, f.; johansson, m. and bergstrom, t. (2004). inhibition of herpes simplex virus infection by lactoferrin is dependent on interference with the virus binding to glycosamino glycans. virol,318: 405-13. 72 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 26. león-sicairos, n.; lópez-soto, f.; reyes-lópez, m.; godínez-vargas, d.; ordaz pichardo, c. and de la garza, m.( 2006.) amoebicidal activity of milk, apo-lactoferrin, siga and lysozyme. clin med res., 4: 106–113. 27. charnot, y. (1960). repercussion de la dehydration sur la biochimieet lendocrinologie du dromadaire. travaux inst. sci. cherfien, ser-zool.20:1-167. 28. gauthier-pilters, h. and dagg, a.i.(1981).the camel it,s evolution, ecology, behavior and relationship to man. the univ. of chicago press.chicago and london. 29. wilson, r.t. (1984). the camel. longman. london and new york.73-75. 30. kaneko, j.j. (1989). clinical biochemistry of domestic animals. 4th ed.academic press. inc., harcourt brace jovanovich, publishers san diego, . )أطروحة ماجستیر. (اإلبلادرار. دراسة في المكونات الكیمیائیة وبعض االستخدامات الطبیة (1998)أوھاج، محمد .31 .السودان – قسم الكیمیاء التطبیقیة بجامعة الجزیرة ).(21:23مجلة العلوم والتقنیة .التراث والعلم،الجزء الثالث.حلیب اإلبل وادرارھا بین (2004)باسماعیل،سعید .32 33. mura, u., osman, a.m., mohamed, a.s. and ipata, p.l. (1986). studieson purine turnover in the camel (camelus dromedarius) and zebu (boindicus).comp. bioch . and phy . (84):589-593. مجلة .ادرار اإلبل على نمو بعض الفطریات الممرضة والخمیرة تاثیر .(2000)والجدیبي ،عواطفالعوضي،أحالم .34 (54) 57-56الجزءالثاني .الطب والحیاة : . إش�راف)أطروح�ة دكت�وراه (. دراسات على المكافحةالحیویة لمرض الذبول في الباذنجان (2002)صدیق،آمنة .35 .جدة ناھد ھیكل ،كلیة التربیة لألقسام العلمیة، .د االبل على النمو وبعض األنشطة األیضیة الدرارالتأثیر ضد الفطري (2001)العوضي،أحالم والجدیبي ،عواطف .36 .51-44.مجلةالخلیج العربي للبحوث العلمیة، جامعة الخلیج العربي،البحرین ،ص: aspegillus nigerلفطر e. histolytica) تأثیر حلیب االبل في حیویة طفیلي 1جدول رقم ( %تركیز حلیب اإلبل النسبة المئویة لھالك الطفیلي *% بعد48ساعة بعد24ساعة 1 82.6±1.33 85.8±1.62 5 89.5±0.58 95.2±0.64 10 94.2±0.35 99.5 ±0.29 0.29±6.5 0.52±4.2 السیطرة االنحراف المعیاري sd ±* تمثل قیمة ثالث مكررات e. histolytica) تأثیر ادرار االبل في حیویة طفیلي 2جدول رقم ( تركیزإدرار اإلبل % النسبة المئویة لھالك الطفیلي% * بعد48ساعة بعد24ساعة 1 80.2±0.41 84± 1.15 5 87.93±0.75 98.4±0.51 10 96.2±0.46 99.4±0.17 0.29±6.5 0.52±4.2 السیطرة االنحراف المعیاري sd ±* تمثل قیمة ثالث مكررات 73 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ) المعرض لتراكیز مختلفة من حلیب وادرار االبل بعد e . histolyticaالنسبة المئویة لھالك طفیلي( : ) 1(رقم شكل ساعة من الحضن 24 48) المعرض لتراكیز مختلفة من حلیب وادرار االبل بعد e . histolytica) النسبة المئویة لھالك طفیلي( 2( رقم شكل ساعة من الحضن 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% االدرار الحليب السيطرة ю ѕђќ ґс � њ !щ с � яы �ў с� �� � цс� concentration 1% concentration 5% concentration 10% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% ю ѕђќ ґс � њ !щ с � яы �ў с� �� � цс� concentration 1% concentration 5% concentration 10% 74 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the effect of camel milk &urine in viability of entamoeba histolytica growing in culture media lem basad aqrab al-aboody huda n. faris department of biology/ college of science/university of thiqar wafa´a hassan al hassany department of biology /college of science /university of baghdad received in : 26/6/2013 , accepted in : 2/2/2014 abstract this study included the isolation of the parasite entamoeba histolytica from bloody mucoid diarrhea specimens of patients suffering from amoebic dysentery and cultivation of parasite in locke-egg medium (lem) to study the effect of camel's milk and urine on the viability of e . histolytica with different concentrations (1 , 5 and 10 % ). the ability of camel's milk and urine in inhibiting the e . histolytica viability is examined after 24 and 48 h of incubation the results showed that the activity of camel's milk and urine was directly proportional with the increase in concentration and incubation period. since the highest rate of parasite death reached ( 99.5% and 99.4% ) in 10% milk and urine respectively after 48 h of incubation while the rate of parasite death was reached after 24 h of incubation and to the same concentration ( 94.2% and 96.2% ) of milk and urine respectively, control group was (4.2% and 6.5% ) after 24 and 48 h of incubation respectively. keywords : entamoeba histolytica ، amoebiasis ، milk ،treatment 75 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 preparation and study of some electrical properties of mn-ni fe2o4 abbas kareem saadon dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :9 may 2012 , accepted in : 24 december 2012 abstract in this study, mn-ni ferrite was prepared by using two composites of manganese ferrite ( mnfe2o4 ) and nicle ferrite ( nife2o4) tested by x-ray diffraction (xrd) method. the dielectric constant (𝜀)̅ and the dielectric loss tangent (𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝛿) were studied for the ferrite system prepared at different frequencies (100, 200… and 5000 khz). it was found that the values of (𝜀)̅ and (𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝛿) decrease with the increase of frequencies. key words: ferrite, electrical properties, preparation 69 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction ferrite most widely used magnets comprising 52% of the world market [ 1 ] . the advancement of high frequency ferrite was initiated by the work done by snock [ 2 ] who found that associated with excellent properties in the high frequency range , ( mn – zn ferrite ) , ( cu-zn ferrite ) and ni-zn ferrite provide a family magnetic materials useful for radio and tv sets as well as carries telephon as cores of industries transformers and so forth . x-ray diffraction study of the cation distribution in the ( mn – zn ferrite ) is also carried out by abbas et.al [ 3 ] . electrical transport properties of zn substituted mn ferrite has been studied by ravinder and reddy [ 4 ] . the (mn0-8-zn0-2 fe2o4) was prepared by flash combustion technique by mangalaraja et. al. [ 5 ] . in 2003 were sintered at 1340℃ in controlled atmosphere and characterized for their magnetic initial permeability and electrical properties. experimentation samples preparation: the ferrite was prepared by using ceramic technique involving solid state reaction using metal oxides in the form of grinding powders. the qualitative of each sample were calculated in terms of weight percentage according to the chemical reaction. nio +fe2o3→ ni2 fe2o4 mno+fe2o3→ mn fe2o4 mno( x) + nio (1-x) + fe2o3→ mnx-ni1-x fe2o4 samples of ferrite were prepared by mixing for (5 hrs) . after that the mixture was pressed to pellets with (1×1 cm). these pellets were sintered at ( 1150co ) in air for ( 4hrs ) . x –ray diffraction analysis: the x-ray diffraction meter is an instrument for studding samples of using (philips x-ray diffract meter) with cukα radiation source source. for phase identification and study of preferred orientation a full scan of 2θ ( from 1080 degrees ) , which were analyzed to calculate ( d ) ( interatomic spacing )at index ( hkl ) . the relative intensities were taken from xrd pattern. dielectric measurement: the dielectric properties of (mnx-ni1-x fe2o4 ) ferrite have measured capacitance method . air –dried silver epoxy electrical contacts were deposited on the flat surface of sintered pellets and the dielectric constant (ε�) and dielectric loss tangent ( tan δ ) were calculated using the formula: ε� = cd ϵa where c = is the measured capacitance d = is the thickness of the sample a = is the area of the capacitors’ plate ϵ= is the permittivity of free space and its value is 8.85 x10-12f/m tan δ = ε� ε� where (ε�) is loss factor being the imaginary part of complex permittivity. results and discussion x-ray diffraction analysis ferrite samples mn fe2o4 , nife2o4 and mnx-ni1-x fe2o4 , with x=0.5 were prepared by high temperature solid state reaction method . the powder mixture was pressed into pellets of 20mm diameter the samples were sintered in a furnace at 1150 co for 4 hours 70 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 for making a homogeneous product. the samples were quenched in air and using x-ray diffracion by using (philips x-ray diffracto meter) cukα radiation. the samples were rotated through an angle of ( 10-80o ) at a scanning speed of ( 10 deg/min ) to identify the phases formed and to confirm completion of the chemical reaction figures { 1,2,3 }.the diffraction patterns were taken on a plotter which were analysis to calculate ( inter – atomic spacing ) and to index ( h,k,l ) [ 6 ] .by using the relation d2 = h 2 a2 + k 2 b2 + l 2 c2 ,to calculate lattice constants (a, b, c)which are completely described in tables(1,2,3). dielectric properties the variation of the dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent as a function of frequency for mnx-ni1-x fe2o4, x=0.5 , ferrite at room temperature are shown in figure (4 ) and figure (5 ) . it is clear from the figures that both of the dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent decrease with the increase of frequencies. the decrease of dielectric and dielectric loss tangent with frequencies is a normal dielectric behavior of spinal ferrite [7-8] as the frequency of the externally applied field increases gradually .the decrease of dielectric loss tangent by increasing frequencies is due to strong correlation between the conduction mechanism and dielectric behavior of ferrite [7]. conclusions the variation of the dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent as a function of frequencies for ferrite system shows that both of the dielectric and dielectric loss tangent decrease with the increase of frequencies. the decrease with frequency is a normal dielectric behavior of spinal ferrite. references 1.haq a-uland proc, a.ali, (1998)7th national conference on frontiers in physics , quaidi-azam university , islamabad , pakistan 19-21. 2.snock, j.l. ( 1947 ) new developments in ferromagnetic materials , elsevier publ. john wiely, new york 3.tahir abbas , (1992 ) x-ray diffraction data of the mn-zn ferrite", solid state communications , 82( 9) :701-703 . 4.ravinder, df and ramana reddy, a.v. ( 1999 ) electrical transport properties of zn substituted mn ferrite ,materials letters,38 ( 4 ): 265 – 269 . 5.mangolaraja ,r.v. and anantha kumer, s. ( 2003 ) ,prepared the mn-zn ferrite by flash combustion techinqu, materials letters , 57 ( 5-6 ) :1151-1155. 6.bayliss ,p.d . g-erd, more annp sabina ,m .e, and smith,d.k, ( 1986 ) mineral powder diffraction file jcpds .edited by w.l., everitt, englewood cliffs, n.j. printers-hill, new jersey usa. 7.abdeen a.m. ( 1999 ) study of the mechanism and dielectric of ferrite,journal of magnetism and magnetic materials , 192, 121-129 . 8. mangolaraja, r.v. and anantha kumer s., manohar p, and gnanam f-d, ( 2002 ) ,study the electric properties of the mn-zn ferrite, journal of magnetism and magnetic materials , 253, 56 – 64 . 71 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no. ( 1 ): x – ray diffraction data of ni fe2 o4 astm d(a) hkl d (a) 2ө(deg) 4.813 111 4.769 18. 59 2.948 220 2.933 30.455 2.514 311 2.504 35.837 2.407 222 2.401 37.419 2.085 400 2.080 43.464 1.702 422 1.697 53.973 1.604 511 1.601 57.527 1.474 440 1.472 63.114 1.318 620 1.316 71.629 1.271 533 1.269 74.709 1.257 622 1.257 75.583 1.204 444 1.203 79.603 table no.( 2 ): x – ray diffraction data of mn fe2 o4 astm d(a) hkl d (a) 2ө(deg) 4.926 111 4.911 18.046 3.016 202 3.010 29.654 2.570 311 2.567 34.922 2.461 222 2.457 36.535 2.134 004 2.127 42.445 1.738 422 1.738 52.631 1.640 333 1.638 56.095 1.506 440 1.505 61.581 1.298 533 1.298 72.791 1.284 622 1.283 73.775 table no. ( 3 ): x – ray diffraction data of mn – ni fe2 o4 with x = 0.5. c a b a a a 0.699 0.725 1.914 hkl d (a) 2ө(deg) 111 4.828 18.358 220 2.960 30.162 311 2.524 35.537 222 2.412 37.242 400 2.091 43.228 422 1.708 53.602 333 1.614 57.025 511 1.606 57.305 440 1.474 62.883 622 1.279 74.040 622 1.275 74.301 72 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 2θ degree figure no. (1): x-ray diffraction of ni fe2o4. intensity 2θ degree figure no. (2): x-ray diffraction of mnfe2o4. 73 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 2θ degree figure no. (3 ): x-ray diffraction of mnni fe2o4. figure no. ( 4 ): variation of dielectric loss tangent tanδ with frequencies for mn-ni ferrite. 74 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. ( 5 ): variation of dielectric constant ε with frequencies for mn-ni ferrite. 75 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ) fe2o4 mn-ni( تحضیر ودراسة بعض الخصائص الكھربائیة للمركب عباس كریم سعدون جامعة بغداد/كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) /قسم الفیزیاء 2012كانون االول 24، قبل البحث في : 2012ایار 9استلم البحث في : خالصةال ) بخلط مركبین منغنیز فرایت ونیكل فرایت x=0.5نیكل فرایت ) ، ( –في ھذه الدراسة حضر مركب( منغنیز ومن ثم قیست بعض الخصائص الكھربائیة لھذا النوع من الفرایت ، ولوحظ ان ثابت العزل ومعامل الفقد العزلي یتناقصان مع زیادة الترددات. تحضیر،الخصائص الفیزیائیة ،فرایـت الكلمات المفتاحیة: 76 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 67 common diskcyclic vectors nareen bamerni department of mathematics, university of duhok, kurdistan region, iraq nareen.sabih@uod.ac abstract in this paper, we study the common diskcyclic vectors for a path of diskcyclic operators. in particular, if {𝑇𝑡 : 𝑡 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]} is a path of diskcyclic operators, we show that under certain conditions the intersection of diskcyclic vectors for theses operators is a dense gδ set. keywords: diskcyclic operators, common diskcyclic vectors, weighted shift operators. 1. introduction 𝑂𝑟𝑏(𝑇, 𝑥) = {𝑇𝑛𝑥: 𝑛 ∈ ℕ} which is dense in 𝑋. the study of hypercyclic operators on a banach space goes back to a 1969 paper of rolewi let 𝑋 be a banach space and 𝐵(𝑋) be the space of all bounded linear operators on𝑋. an operator 𝑇 ∈ 𝐵(𝑋) is called hypercyclic if there is a vector 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 called hypercyclic vector for 𝑇 such that cz [1] that proves if 𝐵 is the backward shift on the sequence space 𝑙𝑝(ℕ) of then 𝜆𝐵 is hypercyclic whenever 𝜆 is a scalar of modulus > 1. perhaps, inspired by rolewicz example, hilden and wallen [2] considered the scaled orbit of an operator. an operator 𝑇 is supercyclic if there is a vector 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 called supercyclic vector for 𝑇 such that ℂ𝑂𝑟𝑏(𝑇, 𝑥) = {𝜆𝑇𝑛 𝑥: 𝜆 ∈ ℂ, 𝑛 ∈ ℕ} is dense in 𝑋. also, an operator 𝑇 is called diskcyclic if there is a vector 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 called diskcyclic vector for 𝑇 such that the disk orbit 𝔻𝑂𝑟𝑏(𝑇, 𝑥) = {𝜆𝑇𝑛𝑥: 𝜆 ∈ ℂ, |𝜆| ≤ 1, 𝑛 ∈ ℕ} is dense in 𝑋 [3]. for more information on these operators, the reader may refer to [46]. recently, the orbit of an operator in subspaces was studied. more precisely, if the orbit of an operator is dense in a subspace, then such an operator is called subspace-hypercyclic. by, the same manner if the scaled orbit (disk orbit) of an operator is dense in a subspace, then such an operator is called subspace-supercyclic (subspace-diskcyclic) respectively. for more information on these operators, the reader may refer to [710]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.3.2679 article history: received 5 november 2020, accepted 11 april 2021, published in 2021. mailto:nareen.sabih@uod.ac ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 68 of real numbers, then, the set {𝑇𝑡 : 𝑡 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]} is called a path of operators if 𝑇𝑡 ∈ 𝐵(𝑋) for it has been studied that under certain conditions, an uncountable family of hypercyclic operators (or supercyclic operators) has a dense gδ set of common hypercyclic vectors (or supercyclic vectors, respectively). for example, [11] ( [12] ) gave some conditions on a path of supercyclic ( hypercyclic ) operators to have a common supercyclic (or hypercyclic, respectively) vectors. for more information on common hypercyclic and supercyclic vectors, the reader may refer to [1319]. now, since the set of all diskcyclic vectors is dense gδ, then a countable collection of diskcyclic operators, by applying the baire category theorem, has a dense gδ set of common diskcyclic vectors. however, it is unknown in which cases an uncountable family of diskcyclic operators has a common diskcyclic vectors. therefore, in this paper, we study the common diskcyclic vectors for some uncountable families of diskcyclic operators. in particular, we give a sufficient condition for a path of operators to have a dense gδ set of common diskcyclic vectors, every operator in this path satisfies diskcyclic criterion. then, we study a path of unilateral weighted backward shifts with common diskcyclic vectors. first, we recall the following definition from [12]. definition 1.1. let 𝑋 be a banach space and [𝑎, 𝑏] be an interval all 𝑡 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏] and if the map 𝑇: [𝑎, 𝑏] → (𝐵(𝑋), ‖. ‖ ) defined by 𝑇(𝑡) = 𝑇𝑡 is continuous with respect to both the operator norm topology on 𝐵(𝑋) and the usual topology on ℝ. 2. main results definition 2.1. let {𝛼𝐹𝑡 𝑛: 𝛼 ∈ 𝔻, 𝑛 ≥ 1} ⊂ 𝐵(𝑋) for each 𝑡 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]. let 𝑡 → 𝛼𝐹𝑡 𝑛 be a path of operators on [𝑎, 𝑏], then the set of common diskcyclic vectors for the path of operators is defined as follows: ⋂ 𝐷𝐶(𝐹𝑡 ) = {𝑥 ∈ 𝑋: 𝑂𝑟𝑏(𝐹𝑡 , 𝑥), 𝑡 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]} 𝑡∈[𝑎,𝑏] is dense in 𝑋. theorem 2.2. the set ⋂ 𝐷𝐶(𝐹𝑡 )𝑡∈[𝑎,𝑏] of common diskcyclic vectors is dense gδ set in 𝑋 if and only if for each nonempty open sets 𝑈 and 𝑉, there exists a partition 𝑃 = {𝑎 = 𝑡0 < 𝑡1 < ⋯ < 𝑡𝑘 = 𝑏} of [𝑎, 𝑏], 𝛼1, 𝛼2, … , 𝛼𝑘 ∈ 𝔻, 𝑛1, 𝑛2, … , 𝑛𝑘 ∈ ℕ, and an open set 𝐺 such that if 1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑘 and 𝑡 ∈ [𝑡𝑖−1, 𝑡𝑖 ] then 𝐺 ⊆ 𝑈 and 𝛼𝑖 𝐹𝑡 (𝑛𝑖)𝐺 ⊆ 𝑉. proof. the proof follows the same idea of [12, theorem 2.1], therefore we omit the details. the following theorem shows that in some cases, an uncountable family of diskcyclic operators has a common diskcyclic vectors which is a dense gδ set. theorem 2.3. let 𝑋 be a separable, infinite dimensional banach space, and let ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 69 {𝐹𝑙 : 𝑙 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]} be a path of non-trivial bounded linear operators on 𝑋. if there exists a dense set 𝐷1 such that for every 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷1 and > 0, there exists 𝛿 > 0, a dense set 𝐷2, an increasing sequence of positive integers {𝑚𝑗 }𝑗=1 ∞ , and a set of maps {𝑆𝑙,𝑗 : 𝐷1 → 𝑋: 𝑙 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏], 𝑗 ≥ 1}such that 1. for each 𝑝 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏] and 𝑥 ∈ 𝐷2, the sequence ‖𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑥‖ ‖𝑆𝑝,𝑗 𝑦‖ → 0 for all 𝑙 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏] and 𝑗 → ∞, 2. for each 𝑝 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏], ‖𝑆𝑝,𝑗 𝑦‖ → 0 as 𝑗 → ∞, 3. for each 𝑝 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏] and integer 𝑐 ≥ 1, there exists 𝑗 ≥ 𝑐 such that if |𝑙 − 𝑝| < 𝛿 then ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑆𝑝,𝑗 𝑦 − 𝑦‖ < . then ⋂ dc(ft)t∈[a,b] of common diskcyclic vectors is dense gδ. proof. let u1and u2 be two non-trivial open sets in x. pick y ∈ d1{0} and σ > 0 such that b(y, σ) ⊆ u2. then there is an increasing sequence {mj}j=1 ∞ of positive integers, a dense set d2, δ > 0 and a set of maps sl,j: d1 → x which satisfy the conditions (1), (2) and (3) with respect to the vector y and ε = min { σ 3 , ‖y‖ 2 }. let p = {a = l0 < l1 < ⋯ < lk = b} be a partition of [a, b] where max{|li − li−1|: 1 ≤ i ≤ n} < δ. claim. let 𝑖 be an integer such that 1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑛, 𝐺 be a nontrivial open set, and 𝑐 ≥ 1 be an integer. then there exists a nonempty open set 𝐺 ′ ⊆ 𝐺, a number 0 < 𝜆 ≤ 1, and an integer 𝑗 ≥ 𝑐 such that 𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝐺 ′ ⊆ 𝑈2, whenever 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li]. proof of claim. let 𝑤 ∈ 𝐷2 and 𝑘 be a small enough positive integer such that 𝐵(𝑤, 𝑘) ⊆ 𝐺.by putting 𝑝 = 𝑙𝑖 in conditions (1), (2) and (3), one can see that there exists 𝑗 ≥ 𝑐 such that ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑤‖ ‖𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦‖ < 𝜀𝑘 2 for all 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li], (1) ‖𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦‖ < 𝑘 2 , (2) and ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦 − 𝑦‖ < for all 𝑙[li−1, li]. (3) since ε = min { σ 3 , ‖y‖ 2 } and 𝑦 ≠ 0, then 𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦 ≠ 0 by (3). now, let 𝜆 = 2 𝑘 ‖𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦‖, then it is clear that 0 < 𝜆 ≤ 1 by (2). let = 𝑤 + 1 𝜆 𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦 , 𝛼 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 {𝜆𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) : 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li]} > 0 and 𝐺 ′ = 𝐵(𝑧, 𝜀 𝛼 ) ∩ 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐺. to prove that the open set 𝐺 ′ is nonempty, it is clear that ‖𝑧 − 𝑤‖ = ‖ 1 𝜆 𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦 ‖ = 𝑘 2 < 𝑘, therefore 𝑧 ∈ 𝐵 (𝑧, 𝜀 𝛼 ) ∩ 𝐵(𝑤, 𝑘) ⊆ 𝐵 (𝑧, 𝜀 𝛼 ) ∩ 𝐺 = 𝐺 ′. now, if 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li], then ‖𝜆𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑧 − 𝑦‖ = ‖𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑤 + 𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦 − 𝑦‖ ≤ 𝜆 ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑤‖ + ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦 − 𝑦‖ < 𝜆 ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑤‖ + by (3) = 2 𝑘 ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑤‖ ‖𝑆𝑙𝑖,𝑗 𝑦‖ + < 2 𝑘 𝜀𝑘 2 + by (1) = 2 . and so if 𝑔 ∈ 𝐺 ′ and 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li], then ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 70 ‖𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑔 − 𝑦‖ = ‖𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑔 − 𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑧 + 𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑧 − 𝑦‖ ≤ 𝜆 ‖ 𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) ‖ ‖𝑔 − 𝑧‖ + ‖𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑧 − 𝑦‖ < 𝑠𝑢𝑝 {𝜆 ‖ 𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) ‖ : 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li]} 𝛼 + 2 < 3 < 𝜎. therefore, 𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) (𝐺 ′) ⊆ 𝐵(𝑦, 𝜎) ⊆ 𝑈2, whenever 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li]. the claim is proved. returning to the proof of the theorem, let 𝐺0 be an open ball with center 𝑏, 𝑏 ∈ 𝐷2 such that 𝐺0 ⊆ 𝑈1. then by claim, there are a scalar 𝜆1such that 0 < 𝜆1 ≤ 1, a nonempty open set 𝐺1 ⊆ 𝐺0, and a positive integer 𝑗1 ≥ 1 such that 𝜆1𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗1 )(𝐺1) ⊆ 𝑈2 whenever 𝑙 ∈ [l0, l1]. again, by the claim, there is a scalar 𝜆2such that 0 < 𝜆2 ≤ 1, a nonempty open set 𝐺2 ⊆ 𝐺1, and a positive integer 𝑗2 ≥ 𝑗1 such that 𝜆2𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗2 )(𝐺2) ⊆ 𝑈2 whenever 𝑙 ∈ [l1, l2]. by applying this process 𝑛 times, we get open sets 𝐺𝑛 ⊆ 𝐺𝑛−1 ⊆ ⋯ ⊆ 𝐺1 ⊆ 𝐺0, scalars 0 < 𝜆1, 𝜆2, … , 𝜆𝑛 ≤ 1, and integers 1 ≤ 𝑗1 < 𝑗2 < ⋯ < 𝑗𝑛 such that 𝜆𝑖 𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗𝑖 ) (𝐺𝑖 ) ⊆ 𝑈2 whenever 1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑛 and 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li]. so, 𝐺𝑛 ⊆ 𝑈1 and 𝜆𝑖 𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗𝑖 ) (𝐺𝑛) ⊆ 𝜆𝑖 𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗𝑖 ) (𝐺𝑖 ) ⊆ 𝑈2 whenever 𝑙 ∈ [li−1, li]. the proof follows from theorem 2.2. even though not every diskcyclic operator satisfies diskcyclic criterion, the following proposition shows that in some cases every diskcyclic operator satisfies diskcyclic criterion. proposition 2.4. if a path {𝐹𝑡 : 𝑙 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]} satisfies the conditions of theorem 2.3., then every that {𝜆𝑖 ∈ 𝔻\{0}: 𝑖 ≥ 1} be a countable set. suppose that the sequence {𝑇𝑛} is an enumeration of the set {𝜆𝑖 𝐹𝑙 𝑗 : 𝑖, 𝑗 ≥ 1} for each 𝑙 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏].now, suppose that {𝑇𝑛} satisfies the operator 𝐹𝑙 satisfies the diskcyclicity criterion. proof. suppose universality criterion, and then each 𝐹𝑙 satisfies the diskcyclic criterion; see [20, definition 1.1], [5, theorem 1.2, theorem 2.6, proposition 2.8]. thus, it is enough to prove that {𝑇𝑛} satisfies the universality criterion which is equivalent to showing that for every nonempty open sets 𝑈, 𝐺, 𝑊 with 0 ∈ 𝑊, we have 𝑇𝑛(𝑈) ∩ 𝑊 ≠ ∅ and 𝑇𝑛(𝑊) ∩ 𝐺 ≠ ∅; see [20, theorem 3.4]. now, by theorem 2.3, for any dense set 𝐷1, we can choose 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷1{0} and 0 < < ‖𝑦‖ such that 𝐵(𝑦, ) ⊆ 𝐺 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵(0, ) ⊆ 𝑊. then there exists an increasing sequence {mj}j=1 ∞ of positive integers, a dense set 𝐷2, a small positive number 𝛿 > 0, and maps {𝑆𝑐,𝑗 : 𝐷1 → 𝑋: 𝑗 ≥ 1, 𝑐 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]} satisfying all conditions of theorem 2.3. thus, we can choose 𝑥 ∈ 𝐷2 ∩ 𝑈, an integer 𝑗 ≥ 1 such that ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑥‖ ‖𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦‖ < 𝜀2 2 , ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦 − 𝑦‖ < and ‖𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦‖ → 0 let 𝜆 ∈ {𝜆𝑖 : 𝑖 ≥ 1}, since 𝜆 < 1 we can assume that 𝜆 < 2‖𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦‖ < 2 𝜆 (4) then 𝜆𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) = 𝑇𝑛 for some 𝑛 ≥ 1. since 𝑥 ∈ 𝑈, then by equation (4), we get ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 71 ‖𝑇𝑛𝑥‖ = ‖𝜆𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑥‖ < 2 𝜀 ‖𝐹 𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑥‖ ‖𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦‖ < 2 𝜀 𝜀2 2 = then, 𝑇𝑛 (𝑈) ∩ 𝑊 ≠ ∅. again from equation (4), we have 1 𝜆 ‖𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦‖ < which means that 𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦 ∈ 𝑊. also, we have ‖𝑇𝑛(𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦) − 𝑦‖ = ‖𝐹𝑙 (𝑚𝑗) 𝑆𝑙,𝑗 𝑦 − 𝑦‖ < so, 𝑇𝑛(𝑊) ∩ 𝐺 ≠ ∅, which gives the proof. corollary 2.5. an operator 𝑇 ∈ 𝐵(𝑋) satisfies diskcyclic criterion if and only if there exists a dense set 𝐷1 such that for each 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷1and a small positive number > 0, there is an increasing sequence {mj}j=1 ∞ of positive integers, a dense set 𝐷2 and maps 𝑆𝑗 : 𝐷1 → 𝑋 satisfying 1. for each 𝑥 ∈ 𝐷2, the sequence ‖ 𝑇 𝑚𝑗 𝑥‖‖𝑆𝑗 𝑦‖ → 0 as 𝑗 → ∞, 2. ‖𝑆𝑗 𝑦‖ → 0 as 𝑗 → ∞, 3. for each integer 𝑐 ≥ 1, there exists 𝑗 ≥ 𝑐 such that ‖𝑇𝑚𝑗 𝑆𝑗 𝑦 − 𝑦‖ < . since a unilateral shift 𝑇 is diskcyclic if and only if it is hypercyclic with 𝐻𝐶(𝑇) = 𝐷𝐶(𝑇) [5, corollary 3.6], then the following propositions follow immediately by [12, theorem 3.5] and [12, theorem 4.1] respectively. proposition 2.6. suppose that 𝑇 and 𝑆 are two diskcyclic weighted backward shifts. then , there exists a path of unilateral weighted backward shifts between 𝑇 and 𝑆 , such a path has a dense gδ set of common diskcyclic vectors. proposition 2.7. suppose that 𝑇 and 𝑆 are two diskcyclic weighted backward shifts. then , there exists a path of unilateral weighted backward shifts between 𝑇 and 𝑆 , such a path has no any common diskcyclic vector. conclusion we have given a sufficient condition for a path of operators to have a dense gδ set of common diskcyclic vectors such that every operator in that path satisfies diskcyclic criterion. references 1. rolewicz, s. on orbits of elements. studia mathematica, 1969 ,1(32):17-22,. 2. hilden, h. ; wallen, l. some cyclic and non-cyclic vectors of certain operators. indiana university mathematics journal, 1974, 23(7):557-565. 3. zeana, j. cyclic phenomena of operators on hilbert space. phd thesis, thesis, university of baghdad, 2002. 4. bamerni, n. ; kilicman, a. operators with diskcyclic vectors subspaces. journal of taibah university for science, 2015, 9(3):414-419, 5. bamerni, n. ; kilicman, a. ; noorani, m. s. m. a review of some works in the theory of diskcyclic operators. bulletin of the malaysian mathematical sciences society, 2015, 1-17. 6., bayart f. ; matheron, e. dynamics of linear operators, volume. cambridge university press, 2009, 179. 7. bamerni, n. ; kadets, v. ; kilicman, a. hypercyclic operators are subspace hypercyclic. journal of mathematical analysis and applications, 2016, 435,2,1812-1815. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(3)2021 72 8. bamerni, n. ; kilicman, a. on subspaces diskcyclicity, arab journal of mathematical sciences, 2015, 23(2),133-140,. 9. madore, b. f. ; martinez-avendano, r. a. subspace hypercyclicity. journal of mathematical analysis and applications, 2011, 373(2):502-511,. 10. xian-feng, z.; yong-lu, s. ; yun-hua. z. subspace-supercyclicity and common subspace supercyclic vectors., journal of east china normal university, 2012, 1(1):106112. 11. chan, k. c. ; sanders, r. common supercyclic vectors for a path of operators. journal of mathematical analysis and applications, 2008, 337(1):646-658. 12. chan, k. c. ; sanders, r. two criteria for a path of operators to have common hypercyclic vectors. journal of operator theory, 2009, 61(1):191-223. 13. abakumov, e. ; gordon, j. common hypercyclic vectors for multiples of backward shift. journal of functional analysis, 2003, 200(2):494-504,. 14. aron, r.; bes, j.; leon, f. ; peris, a. operators with common hypercyclic subspaces. journal of operator theory, 2005,54(2):251-260,. 15. bayart, f. common hypercyclic subspaces. integral equations and operator theory, 2005, 53(4):467-476,. 16. bayart, f. ; matheron, e. how to get common universal vectors. indiana university mathematics journal, 2007, 56(2):553-580. 17. sanders, r. common hypercyclic vectors and the hypercyclicity criterion. integral equations and operator theory, 2009, 65(1):131-149. 18. shkarin, s. remarks on common hypercyclic vectors. journal of functional analysis, 2010, 258(1):132-160. 19. zhang, l. ; zhou, z.-h. notes about the structure of common supercyclic vectors. journal of mathematical analysis and applications, 2014, 418(1):336-343. 20. bernal-gonzalez, l. ; grosse-erdmann, k.-g. the hypercyclicity criterion for sequences of operators. studia mathematica, 2003, 157:1. microsoft word 1-10 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   1                     nutritional value of white button mushroom (agaricus bisporus) which is most widely consumed in kurdistan region-iraq rawi-areej a. farman al zubaidy-adel mohan aday al hawrez ali nadir kocher jamal ibrahim kocher.ibrahim@univsul.edu.iq article history: received 2 october 2019, accepted 7 january 2020, published in april 2020. abstract this study was conducted in 2018, at technical college of applied sciences, sulaimani polytechnic university, and kurdistan region-iraq. the aim of the study was to determinate nutritional compositions and some elemental contents in marketable white button mushroom (agaricus bisporus) that is collected in local markets of kurdistan region-iraq. five different samples (a: penjwen product fresh, b: sulaimani product fresh, c: american caned, d: valencia netherlandcaned and e: erbil product fresh) were collected to be observed. the elements were analyzed by atomic absorption spectrometry methods, and their chemical compassions were determined, too. the collected data were analyzed by one way anova. the highest fat, protein, fiber and dry matter were obtained from treatment b (3.93%, 43.693%, 15.8% and 10.611%) respectively, and the highest carbohydrate and moisture were found from treatment d (49.267% and 95.053%). the maximum percentage of ash was taken from e (14.11%). moreover, the highest metabolizable energy was taken from treatment d (296.105 food industry department, agriculture college, sulaimani university, sulaimny, kurdistan regioniraq. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2437 department of biology college of education for pure science, university of baghdadiraq. horticulture and landscape design department , technical college of applied sciences, sulaimani horticulture and landscape design department , technical college of applied sciences, sulaimani hawrez.nadir@spu.edu.iq  areej_alwrd@yahoo.com del.adday@spu,edu.iqa ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   2    kcal %) and the lowest was taken from parameter e (223.097 kcal %). the highest mineral contents (zn:15, mn:1.1, cu:3.5, ni:1, ca:6.7 and mg:90 ppm) from b, (fe:15 ppm) from c, (si:350ppm) from a, and (na:1080 ppm) from d were taken. however, the lowest elemental contents (fe:6, mn:0.48, ni:0.6, na:180 and ca:3.5 ppm) from e, (zn:5, cu:0.9 and mg:35 ppm) from d and b (si:120 ppm) were taken. therefore, we recommend carrying out more studies on micronutrients for different marketable crops and consuming fresh mushroom instead of caned mushrooms. keyword: agaricus bisporus, white button mushroom, nutrition, element and chemical composition. 1. introduction agaricus bisporus, an edible mushroom, belongs to the family of basidiomycetes, and it is saprophytic, which decomposes agricultural waste and wooden plant [1, 2]. most of the resent studies have regarded approximately (53110 thousand) of total species of mushroom, but only about 2000 species are recognized, and 60 species are commercially acceptable [3]. a long time ago, mankind has consumed mushroom as food [2, 4]. however, today, human is consuming mushroom for some reasons such as food, health, and human disease [1, 2, 5]. although button mushrooms is a common product in the world, its production has rapidly increased day by day [6]. the first leader country for producing button mushroom is china, which supplies 87% globally; on the other hand, united states (us) is the second largest country after china to supply button mushrooms. in 2016, consumed mushroom is around 450,000 metric tons from the us, a proximately 12% of mushroom exported and 1% of that imported [7, 8]. the most important species of mushroom commercially grown is agaricus, especially agaricus bisporus. thus, people in the winter and spring collect white button mushrooms from the nature [1]. also, some farmers cultivate agaricus bisporus on different types of agricultural waste after composting them [1, 2]. in addition, mushrooms play an important role in ecosystem because myceliums of the mushroom are able to biodegrade the agricultural and plant waste [9]. agaricus bisporus contains many vital substances, such as protein, fat, carbohydrate, ash, moisture and fiber. furthermore, it is rich with vitamins (b complex, d, k, e and c) [10]. finally, it contains some elements (iron (fe), magnesium (mg), manganese (mn), couper (cu), (zinc) zn, (nickle) ni, (silicon) si, (sodium) na, and (calcium) ca) [11]. additionally, nutritional composition, which is directly related to the mushroom, is affected by some factors that are substrate and growing technics [2, 5, 12]. likewise, mushroom cultivation on agricultural waste is higher than cultivation of agriculture crops such as vegetable and fruit on agricultural waste, so mushroom is very effective to uptake heavy metals from the nature [13]. agaricus bisporus is a major mushroom cultivation and is used in kurdistan region. at that region, some of them can be found in the market. people consume agaricus bisporus as daily meals. white button mushroom is valuable and low-priced so that it is important in the region. likewise, in kurdistan region-iraq, three main mushroom production farms can be found in different places, such as penjwen, erbil and sitek. thus, in kurdistan regioniraq, different types of substrate have been used for mushroom production. it has a good ecological factor to ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   3    grow and cultivate mushrooms [14]. this study will address chemical compositions and some heavy metals of the most popular mushroom that people are mostly consuming in the region in order to determine nutritional values of the mushroom. 2. material and methods this study was conducted in halabja technical college of applied sciences, sulaimani polytechnic university in 2018. samples of mushroom were obtained from local markets in different territories, such as erbil, sulamani, and halabja. five marketable mushrooms that are continuously consumed in kurdistan region-iraq were selected to evaluate nutritional values, chemical compositions, and some heavy metals (fe, mg, mn, cu, zn, ni, si, na, and ca) table 1. the collected samples were dried in oven at 650 c for 72 hours. then, each sample was mixed with fine dryer powder. next, from each treatment, three samples were obtained to evaluate the moisture, protein, ash, fiber, fat, and carbohydrate [15]. five grams of fresh mushroom samples were weighted to evaluate moisture content in them. then, the samples were put into oven at 105 °c for three hours until the weight of samples got constant. the moisture contents were calculated by the following equation (1) [15]. 𝑀𝑜𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 % 100 (1) ‘soxhlet extracto’ method was used to evaluate the fat contents, cited by [16]. 10±0.1gm of mushroom was sampled, and the petroleum ether was used in a soxhlet for sixteen hours. after that, the samples were put in oven at 105 0c for one hour and were calculated by the following equation (2). 𝐹𝑎𝑡% – (2) 𝑊𝑡 weight of soxhlet flask with extract fat 𝑊𝑡 weight of empty soxhlet flask kjeldahl method’ was used to determine protein contents in this study. 0.7±0.05 gm of dry mushroom was weighted, and sensitive electronic balance was used to analyze. then, the samples were put in digestion flask until they became colorless with adding 1gm of copper sulphate, 10 gm potassium sulphate, and 20 ml sulfuric acid. after that, the digestion contents were transferred to the vessel. then, 25 ml of sulpharic acid 0.2 n was pipetted out into beaker. distillation was started in kljdahl device, and the distillated sample was allowed to collect in sulpharic acid for a known volume and time. next, the collected distillation (was) titrated against 0.2 n sodium hydroxide using methyl red as an indicator to determine the amount of nitrogen. the nitrogen was taken from the sample multiplied by 6.25 factors to get the percentage of real total protein [17]. the percentage of nitrogen and protein was calculated by the following equation (3), and (4). 𝑁% – ∗ . ∗ (3) protein % n% ∗ 6.25 (4) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   4    table 1. illustrated the mushroom, agaricus bisporous, samples that were evaluated in this study. treatment types product mushroom from supermarket sours location a penjwen product fresh sawdust compost penjwen, halabja, kurdistan region iraq b sulaimani product fresh sawdust compost setak, sulaimani, kurdistan region iraq c amrican made in china caned (agaricus bisporous, water , salt and ctric acid) caned china d valencia netherland caned (agaricus bisporous, water , salt and ctric acid) caned netherland e erbil product fresh sawdust compost erbil, kurdistan regioniraq muffle furnace’ was used to determine ash content in samples at 600±10 0c for approximately 3 hours. the following equation was applied to calculate the ash content (5) [18]. 𝐴𝑠ℎ% 100 (5) for the determination of crude fiber, 5.0±0.01 grams of mushroom free of moisture and fat were sampled, treated to the 200ml sulfuric acid 0.225n in a beaker, and heated for 30 minutes. after that, the samples were filtered, washed by boiling water and followed washing by 200ml of sodium hydroxide 0.313n. the previous processes were repeated again. the residues were ashed in muffle furnace at 600 ±5 0c. crude fiber was calculated by this equation (6) [18]. crude fiber ∗ (6) the carbohydrate content was calculated by the following equation (7) [18]. carbohydrate% 100 mosture ash protein fat crude fiber (7) also, metabolizable energy contents (kcal/100g) were calculated by the following equation (8) [19]. me kal 100g 3.5 ∗ cp 8.5 ∗ cf 3.5 ∗ nfe (8) when: cp = (% crude protein), cf= (% crude fat) nft= [% nitrogen free extricate (carbohydrate)]. heavy metals (fe, cu, zn, mg, mn, ni, si, na, and ca) were analyzed by atomic absorption spectrometry, and each treatment (2.2±0.50g dried mushroom) was ashed in muffle furnace 590±20 0c for approximately 4 hours until the samples changed to white or grey. then, the residue was dissolved in 5 ml of hno3 (5%) and mixed, and after that, it was filtered [12]. the data were analyzed by anova using (xlstat-pro version 7.5.2 window) program, fisher (lsd) multiple comparison tests at p<0.05. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   5    3. results and discussions the metabolizable energy proportions in different marketable mushrooms have been illustrated in figure 1. the highest metabolizable energy was obtained from treatment d (296.105 kcal %) and the lowest was achieved from parameter e (223.097 kcal %). that result showed a significant difference in various marketable mushrooms. the amount of metabolizable energy in mushrooms was affected by amount of protein, fat and carbohydrate content [20]. the results of proximate chemical compositions were given in table 2. the values of moisture content in marketable white button mushroom (agaricus bisporus) range from (89.387 %-95.053 %) confirmed the highest value of moisture content to this product [20, 21]. moisture content is changeable depending of temperature, post-harvest stage, time of harvesting, relative humidity of the mushroom during growth stage and storage technic [22, 23, 24]. those results are significantly different at (p<0.05). also, percentage of dry matter values range between 4.947%-10.613%. the results of these studies reported 9.24 % [21]. and (10.9%) [25]. our result agrees with (8%) [26]. the highest percentage of crud protein was taken from treatment b (43.693 %), and the lowest percentage of protein was taken from treatment e (26.07%). according to statistical analysis, crud protein is significantly different at (p<0.05). in addition, that result agrees with these researchers [21], showed (33.65%), and [27]. displayed (31.4%), based on dry matter have little differs from the results of the experiment. the highest percentage of crud protein was taken from treatment b (43.693 %), and the lowest percentage of protein was taken from treatment e (26.07%). according to statistical analysis, crud protein is significantly different at (p<0.05). in addition, that result agrees with these researchers [21], showed (33.65%), and [27]. displayed (31.4%), based on dry matter have little differs from the results of the experiment. the highest percentage of fat was taken from b (3.93%), and the lowest percentage of fat content was obtained from treatment c (1.577%). based on the statistical analysis, the percentage of fat is significantly different at (p<0.05). that result agrees with [27] who reported (2.48%). statically, the amount of carbohydrate in various marketable mushrooms are significantly different at (p<0.05). the highest carbohydrate content was taken from treatment d (49.267%), and the lowest was taken from treatment b (15.89%). that result agrees with (15) who achieved (34.0%). consequently, the amounts of crud fiber in different parameters are not an important difference. the chemical compositions in mushrooms are related to the growing technics and substrate when they are used for the growing mushrooms [1, 2, 25, 5]. maximum crud fiber was taken from treatment e (18.48%) and the lowest was taken from treatment d (6.23%).   6  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 table 2. illustrated the percentage (%) chemical composition (moisture, protein, ash, fiber, fat and carbohydrate) in different marketable mushroom. treatme nts moisture % mean ±s.e. dry matter% mean ±s.e. ash% mean ±s.e. fat% mean ±s.e. protein% mean ±s.e. carbohydrat e % mean ±s.e. crude fiber% mean ±s.e. a 90.200±1. 79a 10.010±1.1 1a 12.975±0. 22a 3.777±0.8 2a 31.563±0. 05a 29.150±1.44a 12.525±1.79 a b 89.387±0. 69ab 10.613±0.5 9ab 10.073±0. 25b 3.930±0.1 9a 43.693±0. 11b 15.890±0.03b 15.800±0.12 a c 91.423±0. 82ac 8.577±0.70 ac 11.385±0. 40ab 1.577±0.5 2b 30.160±0. 01c 33.060±1.27a 15.242±1.30 a d 95.053±0. 12d 4.947±0.10 d 8.160±0.2 8c 2.757±1.9 9ab 28.640±0. 08d 49.267±0.54c 6.230±0.18b e 92.237±0. 75c 7.763±0.64 c 14.110±1. 21a 2.867±0.2 0a 26.070±2. 22e 30.710±0.96a 18.480±0.50 a lsd 1.294 1.515 1.668 1.201 0.867 6.211 7.339 a, b, c, d and e letter: means treatments followed by the same letter are not significantly different at p<0.05. s.e.: standard error overall, most of the studies about mineral contents in mushrooms have displayed a high amount of heavy metals. heavy metals recorded in fruiting body of white button mushrooms in kurdistan region-iraq is clarified in table 3. the metals (fe, mg, mn, cu, zn, ni, si, na, and ca) in mushrooms were based on dry weight. mushroom in comparison with vegetable provides a good recourse of minerals, so fresh mushrooms is better than caned mushrooms according to [21, 27]. iron is a main element of almost all living organisms, especially human body, and it participates in most metabolic processes [26]. the highest iron (fe) content in marketable mushrooms was achieved from treatment c (15 ppm). this result displays a significant difference compared to other treatments, and the lowest iron content was given from e (6 ppm). however, the amounts of zinc (zn) content in mushroom samples range between 5-15 ppm that was given from treatment (a and d – b). in addition, zinc has an important role in various enzymes [28]. the world health organization (who) recommends 60-80 ppm intake/ daily [29]. figure 1. metabolizable energy content (kcal/100g) in different treatments. 244.598 241.947 234.672 296.105 223.097 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 a b c d e k ca l% treatments   7  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 despite manganese has an extremely important role in mitochondria, it is superoxide dismutase [21]. manganese content in the collected mushrooms ranged between 0.48 -1.1 ppm. that result is limited under toxicity of the plant, and plant makes toxicity around (500-1000 ppm). given various literature about mushroom and heavy metal contents, different metal contents have been reported 10-73 ppm in different parts of mushrooms [21]. 8.3 ppm [23]. 0.42-5.5 ppm [20]. and 4.16 ppm [30]. respectively. these results agree with those studies that have been carried out earlier. the copper content of the marketable mushrooms ranged between 0.9 3.5ppm, and the highest copper content was given from treatment b, which was a significant different compared to other treatments, and the lowest copper was given from treatment d. that result is not risky to human bodies because the accumulation in mushrooms is nearly (100-300 ppm) [21]. element levels are more important, in the view of the fact that levels of elements are very high in some mushrooms, and that element contents are changeable according to substrate with compost at that time of grown [30, 31]. in addition, nickle content in mushroom samples is not significant different between treatments at p<0.05. maximum and minimum levels of nickle were obtained from (0.6 1ppm). the who recommended daily intake around (100-300 ppm) [29]. the concentration of ni is low even though ni is a very good nutrition for human to consume. those results contrast with [27]. that recorded (12.5721.00ppm) and agree with [31]. who worked on button mushroom, rerecording (1.91 ppm). sodium content in marketable mushrooms is significantly different at treatment groups. maximum level of sodium was obtained from treatment d (1080 ppm), and its minimum level was taken from e (180 ppm). also, sodium levels of fresh mushroom were extremely low compared to the caned mushroom that was affected by the packaging process. most of the researchers stated that mushroom contained the lower of sodium [27, 29, 30, 32]. so, our results agree with those researchers worked on mushroom that recorded (350-1000 ppm) [33]. also, sodium, calcium, and magnesium were the most common mineral in mushrooms [33]. table 3. illustrated mineral content in marketable mushroom (agaricus bisporus). treatment s fe /ppm zn /ppm mn /ppm cu /ppm ni /ppm na /ppm ca/pp m mg/pp m si/pp m a 6.8a 5a 0.52a 2a 1a 185a 6.5ab 80ab 350a b 8a 15b 1.1b 3.5b 1a 230b 6.7ab 90ab 120b c 15b 8a 0.64a 1.7a 0.8a 1050c 8a 48c 140b d 7a 5a 0.5a 0.9a 0.8a 1080d 5bc 35c 200c e 6a 5.2a 0.48a 2.2a 0.6a 180a 3.5c 65a 210c lsd 3.452 3.586 0.208 0.640 0.372 16.693 2.257 15.943 24.744 the a,b,c and d letter: means treatments followed by the same letter were not significantly different at p<0.05.calcium levels in marketable mushrooms showed significant differences between treatments at p<0.05. the highest ca level was given from treatment c (8 ppm), and its lowest ca was obtained from treatment e (3.5 ppm). the most element level in different researchers ranged between (1.3023.0 ppm), mentioned by [33]. those results showed by different researchers agree with (10.30 ppm) [27]. and (1.4 ppm) [34]. and disagree with (25.0 ppm) [21]. in addition, calcium has an important role to human body, and it is an essential compound of the human bone [27].   8  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 according to the results obtained from this study, the highest magnesium content was obtained from treatment b (90.0 ppm), and the lowest mg was given from treatment d (35.0 ppm). those results obtained from the analysis of marketable mushrooms show significant differences between treatments at p<0.0.5. as a matter of fact, the results agree with [27]. who recorded (130 ppm) and disagree with [34]. silicon is a naturally mineral different kind of foods that naturally contains silicon such as coffee, water, some vegetables. silicon has another medicine supply, which people take for weak bones [27]. silicon content level in the samples ranged between 350-120 ppm in treatment a and b. those displayed significant differences between treatments. however, those results contrast with [27]. who obtained (811.67 ppm). consequently, mushroom is suitable to consume for people without making toxicity in human body. 4. conclusion cultivated mushroom is a good resource of human nutrition and is proved to have different kinds of minerals. in addition, sulaimani cultivation of mushroom grown on sawdust is the best nutritional resource to the human at that region and most of the results are below the limitation safety level of daily intake for human by fao/who. thus, this study recommends that people should consume fresh mushroom instead of caned mushroom. also, our study recommends more studies on marketable food and mushroom with different elements and chemical composition. even, it recommends more studies that will apply on effects of various elements in mushroom on human. references 1. kong, w.s. descriptions of commercially important pleurotus species. oyster mushroom cultivation. part ii. oyster mushrooms. seoul: heineart incorporation.2004, 54-61. 2. stamets, p. growing gourmet and medicinal mushrooms. ten speed pres.1993, isbn: 0-89815-608-4. 3. mueller, g.m.; schmit, j.p.; leacock, p.r.; buyck, b.; cifuentes, j.; desjardin, d.e.; halling, r.e.; hjortstam, k.; iturriaga, t.; larsson, k.h.; lodge, d.j. global diversity and distribution of macrofungi. biodiver conserv.2007, 16, 1, 37-48. 4. shu-ting, c.; miles, p.g. mushrooms: cultivation, nutritional value, medicinal effect, and environmental impact. 2nd ed , crc pressp.2004, 159-185. 5. thongnaitham, m. organic mushroom cultivation manual, freeland foundation.2012, 591, 56. 6. royse, d.j. cultivation of oyster mushroom. the pennsylvania state university, usa, 2003. 7. royse, d.j.; baars, j.; tan, q. current overview of mushroom production in the world. edible and medicinal mushrooms. technol appl.2016, 5–13. 8. united states department of agriculture economic research service. yearbook tables. retrieved from https://www. ers.usda.gov/data-products/vegetables-and-pulses, data/ year booktables / #supply and utilization: fresh market, 2017. 9. manzi, p.; aguzzi, a.; pizzoferrato, l. nutritional value of mushrooms widely consumed in italy. food chem.2001, 73, 3, 321-325. 10. dhamodharan, g.; mirunalini, s. a novel medicinal characterization of agaricus bisporus (white button mushroom). pharmacol online.2010, 2, 456-463.   9  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 11. muszyńska, b.; piotrowska, j.; krakowska, a.; gruba, a.; kała, k.; sułkowska-ziaja, k.; kryczyk, a.; opoka, w. study of physiologically active components in different parts of fruiting bodies of varieties of agaricus bisporus (white mushroom). europ food res technol.2017, 243, 12, 2135-2145. 12. khan, m.a.; tania, m.; amin, s.r.; alam, n.; uddin, m.n. an investigation on the nutritional composition of mushroom (pleurotus florida) cultivated on different substrates. bangl j mushroom.2008, 2, 2, 17-23. 13. garcía, m.á.; alonso, j.; melgar, m.j. lead in edible mushrooms: levels and bioaccumulation factors. journal of hazardous materials.2009, 167, 1-3, 777-783. 14. nadir, h. a.; ali, a. j.; muhammed, g.; muhammed, a.r. deterrmination of yield and quality of oystre mushroom (pleurotus florida) using different substrates in hlabja, kurdistan regin-iraq. plant prod mansoura univ.2016, 7, 7, 787-790. 15. aoac. official methods of analysis. association of official analytical chemists. washington d.c, 2000. 16. folch, j.; lees, m.; sloane stanley, g.h. a simple method for the isolation and purification of total lipides from animal tissues. j biol chem.1957, 226, 1, 497-509. 17. burtis, c.a.; ashwood, e.r.; bruns, d.e. tietz textbook of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics-e-book. elsevier health sciences, 2012. 18. raghuramulu, n.; madhavan, n.k.; kalyanasundaram, s. a. a manual of laboratory techniques. national institute of nutrition indian council of medical research, 2003, 56–58. 19. kortei, n.k.; odamtten, g.t.; obodai, m.; wiafe-kwagyan, m. nutritional qualities and shelf life extension of gamma irradiated dried pleurotus ostreatus (jacq. ex. fr.) kummer preserved in two different storage packs. food sci technol.2017, 5, 1, 9-16. 20. mihalcea, l.i.; bucur, f.c.; cantaragiu, a.m.m.; gurgu, l.c.; borda, d.d.; iordachescu, g.s. temperature influence on the agaricus bisporus mushrooms dehydration process. sci study res chemist chem eng biotechnol, food indus.2016, 323-333. 21. nasiri, f.; tarzi, b.g.; bassiri, a.; hoseini, s.e. comparative study on some chemical compounds of button mushrooms (agaricus bisporus) cap and stipe during the first to third flushes. ann biol res.2012, 3, 12, 5677-5680. 22. donker, h.c.w.; van as, h.; edzes, h.t.; jans, a.w.h. nmr imaging of white button mushroom (agaricus bisporis) at various magnetic fields. magn reson imag.1996, 14, 10, 1205-1215. 23. kumar, b.; kumari, c.; kumar, m. comparative study of the nutritional content of white button mushroom [agaricus bisporus (lange) imbach] after application of pseudomonas putida. int j curr microbiol appl sci.2018, 7, 2, 2210-2215. 24. taghizadeh, m.; gowen, a.; o’donnell, c.p. prediction of white button mushroom (agaricus bisporus) moisture content using hyperspectral imaging. sens instrumen food quality safety.2009, 3, 4, 219. 25. ishara, j.r.; sila, d.n.; kenji, g.m.; buzera, a.k.; mushagalusa, g.n. nutritional and physical attributes of maize-mushroom complementary porridges as influenced by mushroom species and ratio. am j food nut.2018, 6, 1, 17-27.   10  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 26. mshandete, a.m.; cuff, j. proximate and nutrient composition of three types of indigenous edible wild mushrooms grown in tanzania and their utilization prospects. afr j food agric nutr develop.2007, 7, 6. 27. poongkodi, g.k.; harithra priya, g.p.; harshitha priya, g.p. nutrient contents of edible mushrooms, agaricus bisporus and pleurotus ostreatus. int j mod chem appl sci.2015, 2, 2, 78-86. 28. mattila, p.; könkö, k.; eurola, m.; pihlava, j.m.; astola, j.; vahteristo, l.; hietaniemi, v.; kumpulainen, j.; valtonen, m.; piironen, v. contents of vitamins, mineral elements, and some phenolic compounds in cultivated mushrooms. j agric food chem.2001, 49, 5, 2343-2348. 29. joint, f.a.o. who expert consultation on human vitamin and mineral requirements and world health organization dept of nutrition for health and development vitamin and mineral requirements in human nutrition. vitamin and mineral requirements in human nutrition. 2nd ed., geneva: world health organization.2005, 341. 30. vetter, j. mineral elements in the important cultivated mushrooms agaricus bisporus and pleurotus ostreatus. food chem.1994, 50, 3, 277-279. 31. owaid, m.n. mineral elements content in two sources of agaricus bisporus in iraqi market. j adv appl sci.2015, 3, 2, 46-50. 32. tüzen, m.; özdemir, m.; demirbaş, a. heavy metal bioaccumulation by cultivated agaricus bisporus from artificially enriched substrates. zeitschrift für lebensmitteluntersuchung und-forschung a.1998, 206, 6, 417-419. 33. directorate, e. joint meeting of the chemicals committee and the working party on chemicals, pesticides and biotechnology, oecd environment, health and safety publications series on the safety of novel foods and feeds no.2007, 15. 34. györfi, j.; geösel, a.; vetter, j. mineral composition of different strains of edible medicinal mushroom agaricus subrufescens peck. j med food.2010, 13, 6, 1510-1514. 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تفاعلالن متحلیل محّسن للتوزیع الزاوي ألشعة كاما الناتجة ypnmgni 80 39 58 28 ),(  و إنعام نوري إبراهیم یوحنا يهرمزموش،ماهر ناصر سرسم امعة بغدادابن الهیثم ، ج -قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة التربیة خالصةلا ـــب الخلـــــط حســــبت ـــت )(نسـ ـــر يویات ذالنتقــــاالت كامــــا مـــــن المسـ ـــل مــــن م الواطئــــة والعالیــــة المتولـــــدة البــ التفاعــ ypnmgniالنــووي 80 39 58 28 ),(  یطلــق علیهــا تســمیة طریقــة یمكــن ان جدیــدة )مســتحدثة(وذلــك باســتعمال طریقــة صـحة هـذه الطریقـة فـي حسـاب نسـب الخلـط وتوافقهـا علـى نحـٍو جیـد كد النتائج التـي تـم الحصـول علیهـاتؤ و .التحلیل المحسن .ونسب الخلط للقیم المتبناة lsfو cstوطریقة الطریقة العملیة مع التوزیع الزاوي ألشعة كاما ybaxن تفاعـل نـووي مـة كامــا المنبعثـة شـعرف التوزیـع الـزاوي ألیعـ كامـا دالــة اشـعة شـدةلتوزیـع بأنــه ),( :بالعالقة اآلتیة ویعبر عنها ،بین اتجاه انبعاث أشعة كاما واتجاه الجسیم الساقط للزاویة   k kfikikkk pjjfjpaw )1.........()(cos)()()(cos)(  -:نإ اذ ka معامل التوزیع الزاويt)coefficienondistributi(angular )(coskp متعدد حدود الجندر)polynomial(legender )( ik j الناتجــة عــن التفاعــل والباعثـــة للنـــواةالتنّســرات االحصــائیة التــي تصـــف تراصــف المســتوى االبتــدائي .شعة كاماأل )(إن fik jjf معـامالت تتضــمن معلومـات عـن تغیــرات الـزخم الـزاوي ونســب الخلـط وتعطــى هـي -: [1]تیة بالعالقة اآل )2........( )1( )]()(2)([ )( 2 22 2 2111       ifkifkifk fik jlljfjlljfjlljf jjf -:ن إ اذ )3.........(..............................1 12  ll ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )4........(....................0||1  fi jjl )( تعطى المعامالت وبصورة عامة 21 ifk jlljf اآلتیة بالعالقة:   )5........(),( )0|11()12)(12()12()1()( 21 21 2 1 21 1 21 fii i jj ifk kjlljjw klljlljlljf if    ـــل ــــ ــــ )|(تمثـــ 011 21 kll  ــــــامالت ــــ ــــ ــــــش معـ ــــ ــــ ـــــوردن –كالبـ ــــ ــــ gordan)(clebsch كــ  و ),( 21 fii kjlljjw معامالت راكاهt)coefficien(racah وهـذه المعـامالت تحـدد قیمـة k [2]على النحو اآلتي : )6..(........................................)2,2,2(min0 21 ijllk  -:فإن 0kوفي حالة  2121 llif jlljf  )( )7...(.................... 21 21 1 0    llif llif )(أمــا التنســرات االحصــائیة ik j معــدلفإنهــا تعطــى بــالجمع ال sum)(weighted عبــر ـــد )(مثبـــات التولـ imp)parametersn(populatio ـــ )12(لــ ij مــــن المســــتویات الثانویــــة -:وعلى النحو اآلتي ijالمغناطیسیة المرافقة لـ     i i i j mr m iiikik mpmjj 2 1 0 0 )8.....(........................................)(),()(  -:اآلتي )(normalization conditionیر یالتع شرط عتمادمع أ    i ii j jm imp )9.....(........................................1)( 24 معــامالتاســتخدام تــم , ff 20لغایـــة الصــحیحة العــداد البــرم [3]التــي قــام الزهیــري بحســابهاij ــــة ــــة وللمضـــــاعفات نصـــــف فردیـ لغایـ 2 51  i j. ــــا اســـــتخدمت ــــداول كمـ ــــمعـــــامالت التن جـ ر االحصـــــائيّسـ ),( iik mj [1]المصدر. -:kتوهین الترصیف تمالمعا )( ktscoefficiennattenuatioalignmentthe ثوابـتیمكـن تحدیـدها بمعرفـة للحالـة االبتدائیـة التـي تمتلـك بـرم )alignment)ofdegreeإن درجة الترصیف ـــد ــــ ــــ )()(التولـ mpparameterspopulation ــــــى ب ــــ ـــــن أن یعطـــ ــــ ــــــائيویمكــــ ــــ ــــــر االحصـــ ــــ ــــة التنســـ ــــ ــــ داللـ )()( ik jtensorlstatistica . ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )(ن إ ik j [2,4]وتعطى بالعالقة اآلتیة ، یحوي معلومات عن مثبات التولد . )10......()()0|()1(12)( im m ii mj iik jpkmjmjjj i     )|(یمثل إذ 0kmjmj ii  معامل كلبش كوردن)tcoefficiengordenclebsch( و )(mp كثافـــة األعلومـــات)parametersn(populatioالثانویـــة ، وهـــي االحتمالیـــة النســـبیة لتولیـــد الحـــاالت )(),......,()( mjjm ii substatemagneticofpopulation ــــة ــــ ــــــاالت االبتدائیـــ ــــ للحـ . constant)n(generatioالتولد ثوابت أیضا وتسمى -:بالمعادلة اآلتیة distributi(gaussian(onیمكن التعبیر عنها توزیع كاوسي mp)(إن   )11........(.................................................. 2 2 2 2 2 2            i i j jm m m m e e p   ـــل إذ ــــي width)(halfتّســـــاع انصـــــف یمثــ ــــة الترصـــــیف التـــــام ، التوزیـــــع الكاوسـ وفـــــي حالـ alignment)(complete 0تكون 1و)(2 ij . م ءیـتال substates)(للمسـتویات الثانویـة gaussian)on)distributiإن التوزیع الكاوسي .[2]مع تجارب التوزیع الزاوي )(تعرف ik j بأنها معامالت التوهینat tenuation coefficients)(. ـــــوهین ــــ ــــ ــــــامالت التــ ــــ ــــ ـــــتویات ذ kإن معـ ــــ ــــ ــــل يللمســـ ــــ ــــ ــــــر المكتمــــ ــــ ــــ ــــي غیـ ــــ ــــ ـــــــیف الجزئــــ ــــ الترصــــ states)alignedy(partialll یعطى بالعالقة اآلتیة. .6,4,2;)12.........(.......... )( )( )(  k jb j j ik ik ik   ـــــا ـــــام امـ ـــــیف التـ ــــة الترصــ ـــــي حالــ ـــــائي ف alignment)(completeفـ یعطــــــى التنّســــــر االحصــ )( ik jbtensor)al(statistic بالعالقة اآلتیة :           spinintegralhalffor)0|()1()12( spinintegralfor)0|00()1()12( )( 2 1 2 1 2 1 kjjj kjjj jb j i j i ik … …. (13) . [2,4]في المصدر 4bو 2bقیم جداول وقد تم اعتماد 22طریقة نسبة aa : methodratio -:تعتمد هذه الطریقة على شرطین هما ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد لصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم ا )(نفسـه ئیـةالطاقـة االبتدا ىن لكاما من مسـتو انتقاالهناك االقل فيأن یكون -1 ij ) ى أي االنبعـاث مـن المسـتو )( ij الى مستویات مختلفة لـ نفسه)( fj .( .أحد االنتقاالت یجب أن یكون نقیا أو یفترض أن یكون نقیاإن -2 22تعتمـد حســابات نسـبة aa )( ratio 222111 الـزخم الــزاوي علــى ـــ كلیــاً اعتمـاداً ــــ ,, llllll )(لتعاقــب البـــرم fi jj  2ي انتقـــال مـــن انتقـــاالت كامـــا وعلـــى معـــامالت التوزیـــع الـــزاو لكـــلa وعلـــى على طاقـات المسـتویات وال علـى طاقـات كامـا ال تعتمد 2aن طریقة نسبة إأي ، لكل انتقال 2fمعامالت .وال على التماثل .نتقاالت كاماإن الشرط االول یجعل هذه الطریقة غیر قادرة على حساب نسب الخلط لكل ا المخــتلط وٕانمــا لالنتقــال لــیس لحســاب قــیم youhana[5,6,7]هــذه الطریقــة بنجــاح مــن طبقــت لقـد .الختبار صحة النتائج التجریبیة cst)(طریقة التنّسر االحصائي الثابت methodtensorlstatisticaconstant -:ریقة على شرطین أساسیین هذه الطتعتمد ــــة تقــــــاالتناوجـــــود -1 ـــل نقیــ )02(مثـــ  01(أو(  ، ـــل ــــة مثـــ ــــن عــــــدها نقیــ أو انتقـــــاالت یمكــ    )4,3,2(3 ،    )6,5,4(5 ،    )8,7,6(7 . -:[8] حسابها من القانون اآلتيیمكن kaإن قیمة )14......( )1( )()(2)( )( 2 22 2 2111       ifkifkifk kfik jlljfjlljfjlljf jja 2)(1 -:لشرط اآلتي اق یتحقوجوب -2 ij lsf)(طریقة مطابقة المربعات الدنیا methodfittingsquaresleast (lsf) )(إن طریقـة مطابقــة المربعـات الــدنیا methodlsf لحسـاب قــیم عملحلیلیـة تســتهـي طریقــة ت 2)(ّســوري نالثابــت االحصــائي الت ij عنــد أقــل خطــأ)( 2  2)(لقــیم ij التــي یــتم حســابها بطریقـــة )(cst.هـذه الطریقـة تحسـب كـذلك فـإن)(2 ij للمسـتویات االبتدائیـة )( ij مـع اخـتالف قـیم البـرم لهــا :بالصیغة اآلتیة series)l(polynomiaالتي تكون مطابقة لحساب متعددة الحدود     nx x x ixi njcj 0 2 )15.(....................4,3,2,1,0;)( ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )(إیجاد معامالت إلى یهدف lsf)(إن استخدام طریقة xc لكل قیمn كـاي وایجاد مربعـات)( 2  لكـل n. -:التحلیل المحسَّنطریقة یـتم حسـاب ، إذ e)1أو 2e(نقیـة وصـفها ت التـي یمكـناو االنتقـاالتعتمد هذه الطریقة على االنتقـاالت النقیـة )(2 ij لهذه االنتقاالت من العالقة: )16......(.................................................. )( )( )( 2 2 2 i i i jb j j    2)(ویجب ان تحقق ij 2)(1: الشرط ij. 2)(إیجـاد المنــاظرة لــ د ذلـكبعـ -ویـتم ij لكـل)( ij نصــف وایجـاد ،]6[باسـتخدام الجــداول فـي المصـدر 4)(ایجاد قیم من ثم له و half)(widthاالتساع ij 42المناظرة لكل من , aa و)( i j  الجداول عمالباست )(الیجـــاد مثبـــات التولـــد cst)(وتـــتم االســـتعانة بطریقـــة ، نفســـهاأ imp 2)(وایجـــاد قـــیم ij 4)(و ij و التوزیــع الـزاوي ألشــعة كامــا اتحسـاب كــذلك اجریــت .لنتــائج المنشـورةابمعـامالت التوزیــع الـزاوي لالنتقــاالت النقیــة ومقارنتهـا )( ـــد عنـ 90 ـــت ــــل هــــافادة منلالســ ــــة والمختلطــــة للتفاعـ ــــب الخلــــط لجمیـــــع االنتقــــاالت النقیـ ـــي حســــاب نسـ فــ ypnmgni 80 39 24 12 58 28 ),( .ـــزاويماعــــم ومـــن ثــــم حســـبت 42الت التوزیـــع الـ ,aa باالعتمـــاد علــــى قــــیم فـي ایجـاد قــیم lsf)(وكـذلك تـتم االسـتعانة بطریقـة .المنشــورةالنتـائج التجریبیـة برنتهـا قبـل الزهیـري و مقا المحسـوبة مـن )(2 ij 1(ال تحقق الشرط للمستویات التي ال تمتلك انتقاالت نقیة أو التي)(( 2 ij. )((ن هـذه الطریقــة تعتمـد علــى الطرائــق الـثالث ا i j  وعلــى القـوانین الرئیســة للتوزیــع ) lsf)(و cst)(و . الزاوي أي تـم تكـوین طریقـة واحـدة تعتمـد علـى ثـالث ،علیهـا ضـمنیا أعتُِمـدنینهـا إن الطرائق الثالث التي تم االعتمـاد علـى قوا . ویمكن إطالق مصطلح التحلیل المحّسن على هذه الطریقة، طرائق االستنتاجات مـن الواطئـة والعالیـة المتولـدة مالبـر ياالت كامـا مـن المسـتویات ذالنتقـ )(في هذه الدراسة حسـب نسـب الخلـط ypnmgni :التفاعــل النــووي 80 39 24 12 58 28 ),(  ــمیة طریقــة التحلیـــل باســتعمال طریقـــة جدیــدة أطلقنـــا علیهــا تسـ فضــًال عــن lsf، و cstالمحسَّـن ، ذلــك ألن نتائجهــا متوافقـة علــى نحــٍو كبیــر جـدا مــع القیاســات العملیـة وطرائــق .واقع األخطاء التجریبیة او الحسابیة الناتجة من أخطاء المعطیات إمكانیتها تحدید م ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة طُِبقــت هــذه الطریقــة علــى التفاعــل اعــاله الــذي ســبق وأن ُدرس مــن عــدد مــن البــاحثین باســتعمال الطرائــق الــثالث yوكانـت نتـائج حسـابات نسـب الخلـط النتقـاالت كامـا لــ .هالمذكورة في أعـال 80 )5(وجـدول )4(كمـا هـو مؤشـر فـي جـدول 39 :تي یأامك عدم توافق حّدد انتقاًال كما ) 24(انتقاًال كامیًا نقیًا التي عدت نقیة اظهرت النتائج توافقًا جیدًا جدًا لـ ) 42(من أصل ونعتقـد ان ذلـك . التجریبیـة فقـط 2aإلـى االعتمـاد علـى قـیم -بحسب رأینـا -ذلك ایضًا یعود سبب انتقاًال كامیًا )18(في .الذي قد ُیعد أحد األسباب الرئیسة في احتساب األخطاء التجریبیة ) ثانیة 35( بسبب عمر النصف الصغیر جداً قــیم ) 3(انتقـاًال هنالــك عـدم توافــق فـي ) 21(النتقـاالت المختلطــة فمـن أصــل ل )(وفـي حســاب نسـب الخلــط خطاء التجریبیة لهذه االنتقاالتفحسب ، وقد ثُِبتت األ :5مالحظات حول الجدول ــب الخلـط ــابات نس ــا المختلطـة لـــ )( ان نتـائج حس ــاالت كام yالنتق 80 ــد نٌفِـذت ب ــامج الحاســوبي ق ــتعمال البرن اس (matlab) من دون االعتماد على طاقة المستوى أو التماثل. ــب -:أوال ــة لـــ إن اغل ــاالت كامــا المختلط yانتق 80 ــط ــب الخل ــائج نس ــا نت ــة مــع )(تكــون فیھ ــین متوافق للقیمت ین ( )(نسب الخلط او ان نسب الخطأالقیاسات السابقة ضمن ع القیاسـات ) إلحـدى القیمـت د جـدا ـم ى نحـٍو جـی متوافقـة عـل في المصدر ـ -: نیاثا الت كاما المختلطـة ـل yبعض انتقا 80 ع القیاسـات )(تكـون فیھـا نتـائج نسـب الخلـط غیـر متوافقـة ـم ي اشـیر الیھـا بعالمـة النجمـة السابقة ود لتـأثیر قـیم *)(الـت ي إیجـاد نسـب الخلـط 4aوالسـبب یـع التجریبیـة التـي اسـتُعِملت ـف )(، 4 إذ إن قـیمa ر دقیقـة لـــ yالتجریبیـة لھـذه االنتقـاالت غـی 80 ي قـیم ــط،وسـبب ظھـور االختالفـات ـف نسـب الخل ــب الخلــــط ــون نســ ــ ــاة )(لــــبعض االنتقــــاالت ؛ ك ــ ـــط للقــــیم المتبن ـــا ھــــي نســــب الخـل ــي تــــتمم المقارنــــة معـھ ــ الت value)(adopted وھي ناتجة من ثالثة قیاسات لنسب الخلط)2طریقةa وطریقةlsf وطریقةcst ( . المصادر 1. polett i, a.r. and warburton, e.k. (1965).phy s.rev. 137, b595 2. yamazaki, m . (1976),in beam  -ray sp ectroscopy , northholland p ublishing comp any, 3. al-zuhairy , m .h.m . (2002). ph.d t hesis, university of baghdad 4. krane, k.s. (1980). at omic data nucl. data tables, 25, 29, 5. youhana, h.m .; al-obeidi s.r and al-amili m .a (1996),iraqi j.sci.37 (2):775 6. youhana h.m . (2001). ibn al-haitham j.for p ure andapp .sci.14(4a):45 7. youhana h.m .; al-obeidi s.r and al-amili m .a.,abid h.e. and abdulla a.a. (1986). nucl.phy s.a458,51 8. m ohammed-karim a. (2006). ph.d thesis, university of salahaddin, erbil 9. bucurescu, d.; ur m .ionescu-bujor c.a .;iordachesau, a.;bazzacco, d.; brandolini, f. de angelis ,g.; de poli m .; cadea, a.;lunard i, s. ; m arginean, n.;m edina n.h.;napoli ,d.r.; pavan, p.; rossi, c. alvarez, p.spolaore ; (2002). nucl.phy s ;a705,3 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ـــة قـــــیم معـــــامالت تـــــوهین الترصـــــیف : (1)جــــدول ـــاالت التـــــي عـــــدت نقـیـ نتـقـ وقـــــیم ) 2eأو 1e(لال i j  وقـــــیم التنســـــر 2)(االحصائي الثابت ij التي تم حسابها بالطریقة الحالیة لـy 80 avei j )( 2  p. w. ]3[)( p.w.)( 2 2 lsfj j i i   )( p. w. ij  th )(2 ij th f j ex i j ex -0.4163 -0.4161 -0.41644 2.428 0.607 0.3654 2 4 -0.4641 -0.4633 -0.46482 2.770 0.554 0.4105 3 5 -0.5237 -0.5237 -0.52378 3.006 0.501 0.4643 4 6 -0.5888 -0.5878 -0.5899 3.178 0.454 0.5241 5 7 -0.6661 -0.6688 -0.66338 3.224 0.403 0.5902 6 8 -0.7410 -0.7400 -0.74194 3.249 0.361 0.6608 7 9 -0.8236 -0.8232 -0.82402 3.14 0.314 0.7345 8 10 -0.9080 -0.9081 -0.90799 2.893 0.263 0.8098 9 11 -0.9919 -0.9916 -0.9922 2.448 0.204 0.8853 10 12 -1.0760 -1.0770 -1.07506 1.534 0.118 0.9596 11 13 )theoretical(مختصرا) th(و)experimental(مختصرا)ex(تم استخدام : مالحظة )(قیم ): (2جدول ij4 بداللةij التي ُحسبت بطریقتین مختلفتین للنظیرy 80 . والتي تم اعتمادھا في البحث4aكل اساسي الیجاد معامالت التوزیع الزاويیستفاد منھا بش اذ كان یتم اھمالھا سابقا اذالحالي aveij )(4 p.w. 24 )( ij p.w. 14 )( ij p.w. )( ij4 p.w. i j  f j ex i j ex 0.0764 0.0764 0.0764 0.0633 0.607 2 4 0.1007 0.1006 0.1008 0.0857 0.554 3 5 0.1359 0.1359 0.1358 0.117 0.501 4 6 0.1794 0.1792 0.1796 0.156 0.454 5 7 0.2463 0.2463 0.2462 0.215 0.403 6 8 0.3212 0.3206 0.3218 0.282 0.361 7 9 0.4279 0.4278 0.4279 0.376 0.314 8 10 0.5718 0.5711 0.5725 0.504 0.263 9 11 0.7549 0.7545 0.7553 0.666 0.204 10 12 0.9918 0.9923 0.9912 0.875 0.118 11 13 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الھیثم yالنتقاالت كاما النقیة واالنتقاالت التي عّدت نقیة من مستویات 4aو 2aقیم : (3)جدول 80 بطریقة ن ومقارنتھا مع النتائج العملیةالتحلیل المحس 0. 25 -0. 0 6 0.24(5) -0.03(7)   68 788.4 1358.6 0.22(9) 0.23(15)   68 315.0 1490.2 0.17(22) -0.01(36)   68 304.7 0.26(6) -0.09(9)   68 588.9 1764.1 0.14(19) -0.24(30)   68 730.5 1915.7 0.28(5) -0.08(9)   68 750.2 1956.7 -0.18 0.00 -0.15(4) 0.10(12)   78 553.0 1490.2 0.28 -0.05 0.34(11) -0.14(11)   79 535.7 1823.7 0.24(3) -0.17(5)   79 887.6 1825.2 0.21(32) -0.31(51)   79 813.8 2322.7 0.30 -0.07 0.29(3) -0.10(5)   810 777.3 2267.5 0.26(6) -0.24(9)   810 992.3 2351.0 p.w.2 4 a a 2 4 a a [9] ex jj fi   ex )( keve  ex )(kevlevele ex 0.1 9 -0.02 0.1 8(12) 0.1 0(16)   24 33 6.1 64 8.1 0.19 (9) -0.04 (13)   24 33 9.7 66 3.2 0.2 0 -0.02 0.2 8(14) 0.0 7(21)   35 41 8.0 87 8.2 0.2 1 -0.03 0.12 (5) 0.06 (8)   46 57 0.1 57 0.0 0.2 5(10) 0.0 5(16)   46 52 7.1 1175.2 0.2 0(10) -0.02 (17)   46 53 7.0 1085.2 -.01 5 0.0 0 -0.28 (8) 0.1 6(13) )(   56 80 2.1 105 9.0 0.2 3 0.0 0 0.24 (3) -0.03 (7)   66 48 9.9 1059.0 0.2 3 -0.034 0.19 (3) -0.05 (5)   57 68 0.6 93 7.6 0.2 3(13) -0.01 (16)   57 62 3.0 1509.0 ihjpas 0.29(6) -0.24(9)   810 853.9 2618.0 0.35(7) -0.01(8)   810 959.0 2915.7 p.w.2 :مالحظ������ة 4 a a ل������ى لت�������ي ت������م حس�������ابھا 2aق�������یم تش�������یر ا ت اش������عة كام�������ا ا ل�������ى بل������بعض انتق�������اال ادا ع التحلی�������ل المحس������ن اعتم������� طریق������ة 2)(قیم ijوaveij )(4 لط ب الخ دا على نس ط للق�یم المتبن�اة )(واعتما ل�ط value)(adopted الخل ب الخ ات لنس� 2aطریق�ة(وھ�ي ناتج�ة قیاس� )cstوطریقة lsfوطریقة yالنتقاالت كاما النقیة من مستویات قیم نسب الخلط بعض : (4)جدول 80 0 p.w. δ[3] th 2 4 a a [9] ex jj fi   ex )( keve ex )( kevlevele ex -0.38 (3)* -0.15 (8) 0.12 (5) 0.06 (8)   46 570 .1 570 .0 -0.32 ).( . . 310 290010   0.1 8(12) 0.1 0(16)   24 336 .1 648 .1 0.0 5(2) 0.0 1(21) 0.19 (9) -0.04 (13)   24 339 .7 663 .2 0.0 4(5) 450 280170 . ..   0.2 8(14) 0.0 7(21)   35 418 .0 878 .2 -0.06 (2) -0.06 (4) 0.19 (3) -0.05 (5)   57 680 .6 937 .6 -0.29 (2) * -0.14 (10) -0.28 (8) 0.1 6(13)   56 802 .1 10 59.5 0.17 -0.14 ? . .   120 040 0.24 (3) -0.03 (7)   66 489 .9 -0.04 (5) 250 170 070 . . .   0.2 5(10) 0.0 5(16)   46 527 .1 11 75.2 -0.04 (6) -0.02 (17) 0.2 0(10) -0.02 (17)   46 537 .0 11 85.2 -0.04 (1) -0.02 (7) 0.24 (5) -0.03 (7)   68 788 .4 13 58.6 -0.04 (4) 0.02 (4) -0.15 (4) 0.1 0(12)   78 553 .0 14 90.2 -0.51 (7) * -0.04 (12) 0.22 (9) 0.2 3(15)   68 315 .0 -0.20 (11 ) ).( . . 330 300110   0.1 7(22) -0.01 (36)   68 304 .7 ihjpas -0.04 (2) 0.0 0(20) 0.2 3(13) -0.01 (16)   57 623 .0 15 09.0 0.0 8(2) 0.01 (8) 0.26 (6) -0.09 (9)   68 588 .9 17 64.1 080 060260 . ..   0.0 7(14) 0.3 4(11) -0.14 (11)   79 533 .7 18 23.7 التي تتم المقارنة معھا ھي نسب )(؛ كون نسب الخلط [3]نسب الخلط المحسوبة مع القیم فيالى عدم توافق قیم *تشیر عالمة النجمة: مالحظة ) . cstوطریقة lsfوطریقة 2aطریقة(وھي ناتجة من ثالثة قیاسات لنسب الخلط adopted)(value الخلط للقیم المتبناة yالنتقاالت كاما المختلطة من مستویاتبعض قیم نسب الخلط : ) 5 (جدول 80 -0.07(2) 60 8065 . ..   -0.02 (4) -5.0(18) -0.18 (5) 0.0 2(9)   45 215 .1 87 8.1 0.0 0(1) -8.9(7 ) 0.01 (3) -6.3(17) -0.14 (3) 0.0 0(5)   45 237 .9 88 6.0 0.1 0(2) only 0.11 (2) only -0.04 (4) 0.0 1(7)   56 289 .0 11 75.2 0.0 9(3) only 0.10 (2) only -0.05 (4) 0.0 2(8)   56 299 .2 11 85.2 320 440070 . ..   6.7 -0.08 (2) -4.7(7 ) -0.22 (3) -0.01 (45 )   56 328 .2 12 06.5 -0.23 (2) -3.5(3 ) -0.21 (5) -2.9(5 ) -0.36 (5) 0.0 4(9)   67 231 .0 12 90.0 -0.11 (1) -5.7(3 ) -0.07 (3) -4.9(8 ) -0.23 (3) 0.0 7(5)   67 281 .4 14 88.1 -0.47 (4) -1.96 (14 ) -0.42 (6) -1.7(2 ) -0.59 (4) 0.0 6(8)   78 200 .0 14 90.2 p.w. δ[3] th 2 4 a a [9] ex jj fi   ex )( keve  ex )(kevlevele ex -0.03 (1) -7.0(5 ) 0.04 (3) -7.3(25) -0.12 (3) 0.0 6(5)   45 257 .0 25 7.0 0.12 (2)* 40 6054 . ..   * 0.04 (5) -3.0(5 ) -0.12 (3) -0.07 (6)   12 95 .5 32 3.6 0.0 6 * -6.9(2 )* -0.01 (3) -3.8(5 ) -0.14 (2) -0.07 (3)   23 143 .0 45 5.2 0.02 (1) -5.4(2 ) -0.04 (6) -3.4(9 ) -0.16 (4) -0.06 (6)   23 132 .6 45 9.8 -0.13 (3)* -4.8(7 ) * -0.02 (4) -6.3(23) -0.17 (5) 0.1 3(10)   56 312 .9 57 0.0 0.07 (1) 51 01413 . ..   0.0 5(4) -7.3(24) -0.09 (3) -0.02 (3)   34 192 .9 46 8.1 010 050000 . ..   50 7076 . ..   -0.05 (5) -4.1(14) -0.17 (5) -0.05 (8)   34 203 .0 66 3.2 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 improved analysis of angular distribution of  ray's product from reactions ypnmgni 80 39 58 28 ),(  m. n.sarsam and h. m.youhana and i. n. ibrahim departme nt of physics, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the  m ixing ratios of  transitions from low and high sp in st ates p op ulated from the nuclear reaction ypnmgni 80 39 58 28 ),(  are calculated using a new method which we called it as improved analysis m ethod. the comp arison of the results of exp erimental values,cst method, lst and adopted  mixing ratios with the results of the p resented work confirm the validity of this method. ihjpas 93 an estimation of survival and hazard rate functions of exponential rayleigh distribution abstract in this paper, we used the maximum likelihood estimation method to find the estimation values for survival and hazard rate functions of the exponential rayleigh distribution based on a sample of the real data for lung cancer and stomach cancer obtained from the iraqi ministry of health and environment, department of medical city, tumor teaching hospital, depending on patients' diagnosis records and number of days the patient remains in the hospital until his death. keyword: exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution; maximum likelihood estimation; chi square test; real life data application. 1.introduction statistical tests are essential for scientific research. some of these tests are called parametric tests and others are called non-parametric tests. these tests help the researcher analyze the data accurately and thus are useful in summarizing the results an essentially and appropriately way and drawing general conclusions. in parametric tests, some assumptions are based the suitability of data for a normal distribution, while non-parametric tests do not require that your data follow the normal distribution. non-parametric tests include various tests. in this study we will use the chi-square test which is a non-parametric test and it represents the oldest known goodness of fit test introduced by karl pearson in )1900(. this test is used to how likely the observed article history: received 27, june, 2021, accepted 29, august, 2021, published in october 2021. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index lamyaa khalid hussein department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university lamyaakhalid8242@gmail com. doi: 10.30526/34.4.2706 huda abdulla rasheed department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university iraqalnoor1@gmail.com iden hasan hussein department of mathematics, college of science for women, university of baghdad,iraq. idenalkanani58@gmail.com mailto:lamyaakhalid8242@gmail.com mailto:lamyaakhalid8242@gmail.com mailto:idenalkanani58@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 94 distribution of data fits with the distribution that is expected (i.e., to test the goodness of fit), it is used to analyze categorical data. the goodness of fit test is used to check whether a given sample of data follows from a proposed distribution. the formula for calculating a chi-square statistic is [4,6]: 𝜒2 = ∑ (𝑂𝑖−𝐸𝑖) 2 𝐸𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 where 𝑘 represents the number of classes. 𝑂𝑖 represents the observed frequency in class i 𝐸𝑖 represents the expected frequency in class i the characteristics of the chi-square test is that it can be easily calculated and applied to both continuous and discrete variables. it is not recommended for small sample size ( less than 25). also the asymptotic distribution of the test statistic is the chi-square distribution with (𝑘-1) degrees of freedom. the null and alternative hypotheses are as follows: 𝐻0: the failure time data is distributed as exponential rayleigh p.d.f. 𝐻1: the failure time data is not distributed as exponential rayleigh p.d.f. the null hypothesis is rejected when comparing the tabulated value at level of significance (𝛼) and degree of freedom (𝑘 − 1) is less than the calculated value 𝜒2 > 𝜒2 𝛼,(𝑘 −1) . the exponential distribution is the most commonly used distribution for lifetime data analysis. its simplicity and mathematical feasibility made it the most widely used lifetime model in reliability (survival) theory. it is commonly used to model the time until something occurs in the process. a continuous non-negative random variable 𝑍 is called to have an exponential distribution with parameter 𝛼, if its probability density function is given by [3]: 𝑓(𝑧; 𝛼)𝐸 = 𝛼 𝑒 −𝛼𝑧 ; 𝑧 ≥ 0; 𝛼 > 0 …(1) and zero otherwise, where 𝛼 is the scale parameter. figure 1: probability density function of exponential distribution for different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4,0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 95 the cumulative distribution function is: 𝐹(𝑧; 𝛼)𝐸 = 1 − 𝑒 −𝛼𝑧 ; 𝑧 ≥ 0; 𝛼 > 0 (2) figure 2: the cumulative distribution function of exponential distribution for different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. rayleigh distribution with one parameter is one of the most widely used distributions. it is an essential distribution in statistics and operation research. in (1880) lord rayleigh presented the rayleigh distribution [5]. it shows the main role in connection with a problem in various branches modeling and analyzing lifetime data for instance project effort loading modeling, communication, survival and reliability theory, physical sciences, technology, diagnostic imaging, clinical subjects, and applied statistics [7]. a continuous non-negative random variable 𝑌 is called to have a rayleigh distribution with parameter 𝜆, if its probability density function is given by [2]: 𝑓(𝑦; 𝜆)𝑅 = 𝜆𝑦 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑦2 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0; 𝜆 > 0 (3) and zero otherwise, where 𝜆 is the scale parameter. figure 3: the probability density function of rayleigh distribution for different values of ( 𝜆 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. the cumulative distribution function is: 𝐹(𝑦; 𝜆)𝑅 = 1 − 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑦2 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0; 𝜆 > 0 (4) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 96 figure 4: the cumulative distribution function of rayleigh distribution for different values of ( 𝜆 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. the exponential rayleigh distribution is obtained based on mixed between cumulative distribution function of exponential distribution in equation (2) and cumulative distribution function of rayleigh distributions in equation (4) as follows [1]: let 𝑋 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑍, 𝑌) where 𝑍 and 𝑌 are two independent random variables then: 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 𝑝𝑟(𝑋 ≤ 𝑥) 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − 𝑝𝑟(𝑋 > 𝑥) 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − 𝑝𝑟(𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑍, 𝑌) > 𝑥) 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − [𝑝𝑟(𝑍 > 𝑥). 𝑝𝑟(𝑌 > 𝑥)] 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − [( ∫ 𝑓(𝑧; 𝛼)𝑑𝑧 ∞ 𝑥 ). (∫ 𝑓(𝑦; 𝜆)𝑑𝑦 ∞ 𝑥 )] 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − [( ∫ 𝛼 𝑒 −𝛼𝑧 𝑑𝑧 ∞ 𝑥 ). (∫ 𝜆𝑦 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑦2 𝑑𝑦 ∞ 𝑥 )] 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 (5) figure 5: the cumulative distribution function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝛼 = 0.5 and different values of ( 𝜆 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. the probability density function is given by [1]: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 (6) and zero otherwise, where 𝛼 𝑎nd 𝜆 are scale parameters. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 97 figure 6: probability density function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝛼 = 0.5 and different values of ( 𝜆 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. the survival function can be expressed by [1]: 𝑆(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑡 + 𝜆 2 𝑡2) 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 (7) figure 7: survival function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝛼 = 0.5 and different values of ( 𝜆 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. the hazard rate function is obtained by [1]: ℎ(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 𝛼 + 𝜆𝑡 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 (8) figure 8: hazard rate function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝛼 = 0.5 and different values of ( 𝜆 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [matlab r2015a]. the 𝑟𝑡ℎ moment about the origin can be expressed by [1]: 𝐸(𝑋𝑟)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑟+𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑟+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑟+𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑟+𝑛+2 2 )] ; 𝑟 = 1,2,3, (9) the mean: the first moment which is named the mean is obtain by put 𝑟 = 1 in equation (9) thus [1]: 𝐸(𝑋)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 1+𝑛 2 𝜆 1+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 )] (10) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 98 the variance: the general formula 𝑣(𝑋) of 𝐸𝑅 distribution is given by [1]: 𝑣(𝑋)𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑋 2)𝐸𝑅 − [𝐸(𝑋)𝐸𝑅] 2 = [∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 2+𝑛 2 𝜆 2+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+4 2 )]] – [∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 1+𝑛 2 𝜆 1+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 )]] 2 (11) the moment generating function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution can be obtained by [1]: 𝑀𝑋(𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 )] (12) 2. maximum likelihood estimation let 𝑥 = (𝑥1, 𝑥2, … , 𝑥𝑛) be a random sample of size (𝑛) drawn from 𝐸𝑅 distribution with pdf given by equation (6). the complete data likelihood function 𝐿(𝛼, 𝜆| 𝑥 )𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 for a given random sample can be expressed by, 𝐿(𝛼, 𝜆| 𝑥 )𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 = ∏ 𝑓(𝑥𝑖; 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 = ∏ [(𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥𝑖)𝑒 −(𝛼𝑥𝑖 + 𝜆 2 𝑥𝑖 2) ]𝑛𝑖=1 (13) the natural log – likelihood function is: ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 = ln 𝐿(𝛼, 𝜆| 𝑥 )𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 = ∑ ln(𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥𝑖) − ∑ (𝛼𝑥𝑖 + 𝜆 2 𝑥𝑖 2)𝑛𝑖=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 (14) we derive the natural log – likelihood function partially with respect to 𝛼 and 𝜆 respectively and setting it equal to zero yields, 𝜕ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝛼 = ∑ 1 𝛼+𝜆𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 − ∑ 𝑥𝑖 = 0 𝑛 𝑖=1 (15) 𝜕ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝜆 = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝛼+𝜆𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 − 1 2 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝑛 𝑖=1 = 0 (16) the maximum likelihood estimators denoted by �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) and �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) are the values of 𝛼 and 𝜆 that maximizes 𝐿(𝛼, 𝜆| 𝑥 )𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 can be obtained by the solution of equations (15), (16). note that there are no closed solutions of these equations; therefore, newton – raphson method is iterative technique can be applied to find the solution. in newton – raphson method, the solution of the likelihood equation at iteration (ℎ + 1) is extract through the following iterative process, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 99 [ �̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ+1) �̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ+1) ] = [ �̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ) �̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ) ] − 𝐽(ℎ) −1 [ 𝜕ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝛼 𝜕ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝜆 ] 𝛼=�̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ) 𝜆=�̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ) ; ℎ = 0,1,2, … where, 𝐽(ℎ) = [ 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝛼2 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝛼𝜕𝜆 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝜆𝜕𝛼 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝜆2 ] 𝛼=�̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ) 𝜆=�̂� 𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) (ℎ) where the first partial derivatives as in equations (15), (16) and the second partial derivatives are obtained as follows, 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝛼2 = − ∑ 1 (𝛼+𝜆𝑥𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (17) 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝜆2 = − ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 (𝛼+𝜆𝑥𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (18) 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝛼𝜕𝜆 = 𝜕2ℓ𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 𝜕𝜆𝜕𝛼 = − ∑ 𝑥𝑖 (𝛼+𝜆𝑥𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (19) now, based on an invariant property of the 𝑀𝐿𝐸 estimator, the survival function at mission time (t) of the 𝐸𝑅 distribution can be obtained by replacing 𝛼 and 𝜆 in equation (7), by their 𝑀𝐿𝐸 estimators as follows: �̂�(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝑒 −(�̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅)𝑡 + �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸(𝐸𝑅) 2 𝑡2) (20) 3. real-life data applications 3.1 practical application (1) in this section, real data for lung cancer disease is analyzed, because of the importance of this disease, we have collected data related to mortality from this disease from the iraqi ministry of health and environment, department of medical city, tumor teaching hospital, from 1 / 1 / 2015 to 1 / 1 / 2021. the data related to this disease were not taken during 2021 due to the spread of the covid-19 epidemic, as patients do not stay in the hospital for more than a day or two for fear of contracting this epidemic. the sample size consists (100) observations. it was noted that all patients died during different periods and this means that the data or sample used is a complete data set. the following real data set represents the number of days of entering a patient with lung cancer to the hospital until death. the data set consist (100) observations: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 100 [ 4 28 3 6 2 6 4 21 5 10 5 8 3 2 5 10 4 2 7 13 6 2 11 5 7 10 5 21 12 3 13 12 2 10 4 3 22 2 7 20 18 4 10 5 16 21 4 26 12 15 3 5 25 3 15 20 13 6 22 27 13 6 8 6 7 5 11 6 17 5 4 3 21 18 9 13 3 18 24 18 4 10 20 7 12 17 19 4 6 15 15 4 6 6 12 11 3 10 2 29 ]. using the maximum likelihood estimation in practical application to calculate the estimated value for the two parameters 𝛼 and 𝜆 as follows; number of observation 100 initial value of 𝛼 0.01 initial value of 𝜆 0.01 estimated value of 𝛼 0.0412 estimated value of 𝜆 0.0074 the following graphic shows the frequency histogram table for lung cancer patients, the vertical axis represents the number of patients and the horizontal axis represents the number of days from the patient's admission to the hospital until his death figure 9: frequency histogram table for lung cancer patients now, we'll compute the expected frequency 𝐸𝑖 as follows; 𝐸1 = 𝐹(3) × 100 = [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(3) + 0.0074 (9) 2 ] × 100 𝐸1 = 14.6 𝐸2 = [𝐹(6) − 𝐹(3)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(6) + 0.0074 (36) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(3) + 0.0074 (9) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸2 = 17.1 𝐸3 = [𝐹(9) − 𝐹(6)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(9) + 0.0074 (81) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(6) + 0.0074 (36) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸3 = 17.2 n o . o f p a ti e n ts d d days ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 101 𝐸4 = [𝐹(12) − 𝐹(9)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(12) + 0.0074 (144) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(9) + 0.0074 (81) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸4 = 15.3 𝐸5 = [𝐹(15) − 𝐹(12)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(15) + 0.0074 (225) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(12) + 0.0074 (144) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸5 = 12.4 𝐸6 = [𝐹(18) − 𝐹(15)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(18) + 0.0074 (324) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(15) + 0.0074 (225) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸6 = 9.1 𝐸7 = [𝐹(21) − 𝐹(18)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(21) + 0.0074 (441) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(18) + 0.0074 (324) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸7 = 6.1 𝐸8 = [𝐹(24) − 𝐹(21)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(24) + 0.0074 (576) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(21) + 0.0074 (441) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸8 = 3.8 𝐸9 = [𝐹(27) − 𝐹(24)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(27) + 0.0074 (729) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(24) + 0.0074 (576) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸9 = 2.2 𝐸10 = [𝐹(30) − 𝐹(27)] × 100 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(30) + 0.0074 (900) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0412(27) + 0.0074 (729) 2 ]] × 100 𝐸10 = 1.2 now, we’ll compute 𝜒2 = ∑ (𝑂𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖) 2 𝐸𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 102 𝜒2 = (7 − 14.6)2 14.6 + (28 − 17.1)2 17.1 + (17 − 17.2)2 17.2 + (11 − 15.3)2 15.3 + (10 − 12.4)2 12.4 + (7 − 9.1)2 9.1 + (8 − 6.1)2 6.1 + (6 − 3.8)2 3.8 + (3 − 2.2)2 2.2 + (3 − 1.2)2 1.2 𝜒2 = 17.915 it is discovered that the calculated value is (17.915); when comparing this value with tabulated value at the level of significance (0.01) and degrees of freedom (9) we find out that the calculated value is less than the tabulated value (21.67). that means accepting the null hypothesis 𝐻0 and the data is distributed according to exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution. now, using estimate values for two parameters in exponential rayleigh distribution by 𝑀𝐿𝐸 method to find numerical values for probability density function 𝑓(𝑡), cumulative distribution function �̂�(𝑡), survival function �̂�(𝑡) and hazard rate function ℎ̂(𝑡) as follows; table 1 : estimated values for functions 𝑓(𝑡), �̂�(𝑡), �̂�(𝑡) and ℎ̂(𝑡) t 𝑓𝑖 𝑓(𝑡) �̂�(𝑡) �̂�(𝑡) ℎ̂(𝑡) 2 7 0.0507 0.093 0.907 0.056 3 9 0.054 0.146 0.854 0.0634 4 10 0.056 0.201 0.799 0.0708 5 9 0.057 0.259 0.741 0.0782 6 10 0.0584 0.317 0.683 0.0856 7 5 0.0581 0.375 0.625 0.093 8 2 0.056 0.433 0.567 0.1004 9 1 0.055 0.489 0.511 0.1078 10 7 0.052 0.543 0.457 0.1152 11 3 0.049 0.594 0.406 0.1226 12 5 0.046 0.642 0.358 0.13 13 5 0.043 0.687 0.313 0.1374 15 4 0.035 0.766 0.234 0.1522 16 1 0.031 0.8 0.2 0.1596 17 2 0.028 0.83 0.17 0.167 18 4 0.024 0.857 0.143 0.1744 19 1 0.021 0.88 0.12 0.1818 20 3 0.018 0.901 0.099 0.1892 21 4 0.016 0.918 0.082 0.1966 22 2 0.013 0.933 0.067 0.204 24 1 0.0096 0.956 0.044 0.2188 25 1 0.0079 0.965 0.035 0.2262 26 1 0.0065 0.972 0.028 0.2336 27 1 0.0053 0.978 0.022 0.241 28 1 0.0042 0.983 0.017 0.2484 29 1 0.0033 0.987 0.013 0.2558 here, we will discuss the following important notes on the previous results table (1): 1. the values of probability density function are increasing until 𝑡 = 6. then the probability density function are decreasing when the failure times ( 7 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 29 ), so 𝑡 = 6 is the mode of this function. noting that the differences between all the values of probability density function are very small and converged. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 103 2. the cumulative distribution function values are increasing with the increase of failure times for the lung cancer patients in the hospital. this means there is a direct relationship between failure times and cumulative distribution function. 3. the values of the probability of survival for patients are great at small failure times and vice versa. there is a reverse relationship between failure times and survival function. this means the values of the survival function �̂�(𝑡) are decreasing with the increasing of the failure times. so the patient who remains (𝑡 = 2) days has greatest probability of survival with (0.907), but the patient who remains (𝑡 = 29) days in a hospital has the smallest probability of survival with (0.013). 4. the values of hazard function ℎ̂(𝑡) are increasing with the increasing of the failure times for the lung cancer patients in the hospital. this means there is a direct relationship between the failure times and hazard function. noting that the probability of hazard for patients is small when small failure times and vice versa. the patient who remains (𝑡 = 2) days in a hospital has a smallest probability of hazard for death with (0.056), while the patient who remains (𝑡 = 29) days in a hospital has a greatest probability of hazard for death with (0.2558). 3.2 practical application (2) stomach cancer is an abnormal growth of cells that begins in the stomach. because of the importance of this disease, we have collected data related to mortality from this disease from the iraqi ministry of health and environment, department of medical city, tumor teaching hospital, from 1 / 1 / 2015 to 1 / 1 / 2021.the data related to this disease were not taken during the year 2021 due to the spread of the covid-19 epidemic, as patients do not stay in the hospital for more than a day or two for fear of contracting this epidemic. the sample size consists (81) observations. it was noted that all patients died during different periods and this means that the data or sample used is a complete data set. the following real data set represents the number of days from entering a patient with stomach cancer to the hospital until death. the data set consist (81) observations: [6, 11, 27, 5, 2, 16, 8, 25, 7, 26, 14, 8, 19, 5, 24, 22, 16, 20, 17, 11, 3, 15, 2, 6, 15, 29, 3, 24, 15, 7, 3, 13, 19, 6, 4, 2, 11, 16, 27, 25, 15, 12, 7, 26, 9, 4, 2, 16, 22, 17, 6, 24, 23, 11, 15, 20, 6, 4, 22, 10, 8, 4, 13, 9, 7, 2, 5, 26, 14, 19, 25, 22, 4, 9, 3, 8, 13, 27, 25, 16, 8]. using the maximum likelihood estimation in practical application to calculate the estimated value for the two parameters 𝛼 and 𝜆 as follows; number of observation 81 initial value of 𝛼 0.01 initial value of 𝜆 0.01 estimated value of 𝛼 0.0182 estimated value of 𝜆 0.0063 the following graphic shows the frequency histogram table for stomach cancer patients, the vertical axis represents the number of patients and the horizontal axis represents the number of days from the patient's admission to the hospital until his death. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 104 figure 10: frequency histogram table for stomach cancer patients now, we'll compute the expected frequency 𝐸𝑖 as follows; 𝐸1 = 𝐹(3) × 81 = [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(3) + 0.0063(9) 2 ] × 81 𝐸1 = 6.48 𝐸2 = [𝐹(6) − 𝐹(3)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(6) + 0.0063 (36) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(3) + 0.0063 (9) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸2 = 9.72 𝐸3 = [𝐹(9) − 𝐹(6)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(9) + 0.0063 (81) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(6) + 0.0063 (36) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸3 = 11.583 𝐸4 = [𝐹(12) − 𝐹(9)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(21) + 0.0063 (144) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(9) + 0.0063 (81) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸4 = 11.907 𝐸5 = [𝐹(15) − 𝐹(12)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(15) + 0.0063(225) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(12) + 0.0063(144) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸5 = 11.016 𝐸6 = [𝐹(18) − 𝐹(15)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(18) + 0.0063(324) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(15) + 0.0063(225) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸6 = 9.315 𝐸7 = [𝐹(21) − 𝐹(18)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(21) + 0.0063(441) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(18) + 0.0063(324) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸7 = 7.209 𝐸8 = [𝐹(24) − 𝐹(21)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(24) + 0.0063(576) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(21) + 0.0063(441) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸8 = 5.265 𝐸9 = [𝐹(27) − 𝐹(24)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(27) + 0.0063(729) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(24) + 0.0063(576) 2 ]] × 81 n o . o f p a ti e n ts days ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 105 𝐸9 = 3.564 𝐸10 = [𝐹(30) − 𝐹(27)] × 81 = [[1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(30) + 0.0063(900) 2 ] − [1 − 𝑒 −[0.0182(27) + 0.0063(729) 2 ]] × 81 𝐸10 = 2.187 now, we’ll compute 𝜒2 = ∑ (𝑂𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖) 2 𝐸𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝜒2 = (5 − 6.48)2 6.48 + (12 − 9.72)2 9.72 + (14 − 11.583)2 11.583 + (8 − 11.907)2 11.907 + (6 − 11.016)2 11.016 + (12 − 9.315)2 9.315 + (5 −7.209)2 7.209 + (5 − 5.265)2 5.265 + (10 − 3.564)2 3.564 + (4 − 2.187)2 2.187 𝜒2 = 19.526 it is discovered that the calculated value is (19.526), when comparing this value with the tabulated value at the level of significance (0.01) and degrees of freedom (9), we find out that the calculated value is less than the tabulated value (21.67). that means accepting the null hypothesis 𝐻0 and the data is distributed according to exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution . now, using estimate values for two parameters in exponential rayleigh distribution by 𝑀𝐿𝐸 method to find numerical values for probability death density function 𝑓(𝑡), cumulative distribution function �̂�(𝑡), survival function �̂�(𝑡) and hazard rate function ℎ̂(𝑡) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 106 table 2 : estimated values for functions 𝑓(𝑡), �̂�(𝑡), �̂�(𝑡) and ℎ̂(𝑡) t 𝑓𝑖 𝑓(𝑡) �̂�(𝑡) �̂�(𝑡) ℎ̂(𝑡) 2 5 0.0293 0.0479 0.9521 0.0308 3 4 0.03414 0.0797 0.9203 0.0371 4 5 0.0383 0.116 0.884 0.0434 5 3 0.0419 0.1562 0.8438 0.0497 6 5 0.0448 0.1996 0.8004 0.056 7 4 0.0469 0.2456 0.7544 0.0623 8 5 0.0484 0.2934 0.7066 0.0686 9 3 0.0492 0.3423 0.6577 0.0749 10 1 0.0493 0.3917 0.6083 0.0812 11 4 0.0489 0.4409 0.5591 0.0875 12 1 0.0478 0.4894 0.5106 0.0938 13 3 0.0463 0.5366 0.4634 0.1001 14 2 0.0444 0.5819 0.4180 0.1064 15 5 0.0422 0.6254 0.3746 0.1127 16 5 0.0396 0.6664 0.3336 0.119 17 2 0.0370 0.7047 0.2953 0.1253 19 3 0.0312 0.7731 0.2269 0.1379 20 2 0.0284 0.8029 0.1971 0.1442 22 4 0.0228 0.8542 0.1458 0.1568 23 1 0.0202 0.8757 0.1243 0.1631 24 3 0.0178 0.8948 0.1052 0.1694 25 4 0.0155 0.9115 0.0885 0.1757 26 3 0.0134 0.9259 0.0740 0.182 27 3 0.0115 0.9385 0.0615 0.1883 29 1 0.0083 0.9583 0.0417 0.2009 here we will discussion the following important notes on the previous results table (2): 1. the values of probability density function are increasing until 𝑡 = 10. then the probability density function are decreasing when the failure times ( 11 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 29 ), so 𝑡 = 10 is the mode of this function. noting that the differences between all the values of probability density function are very small and converged. 2. the cumulative distribution function values are increasing with the increase of failure times for the stomach cancer patients in the hospital. this means there is a direct relationship between failure times and cumulative distribution function. 3. the values of the probability of survival for patients are great at small failure times and vice versa. there is a reverse relationship between failure times and survival function. this means the values of the survival function �̂�(𝑡) are decreasing with the increasing of the failure times. so the patient who remains (𝑡 = 2) days has greatest probability of survival with (0.9521), but the patient who remains (𝑡 = 29) days in a hospital has the smallest probability of survival with (0.0417). 4. the values of hazard function ℎ̂(𝑡) are increasing with the increasing of the failure times for the stomach cancer patients in the hospital. this means there is a direct relationship between the failure times and hazard function. noting that the probability of hazard for patients is short when small failure times and vice versa, the patient who remains (𝑡 = 2) days in a hospital has a smallest probability of hazard for death with (0.0308), while ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 107 the patient who remains (𝑡 = 29) days in a hospital has a greatest probability of hazard for death with (0.2009). 4. conclusion based on real data of lung cancer and stomach cancer the differences between all the values of probability density function 𝑓(𝑡) are very small and converged. the values of cumulative distribution function �̂�(𝑡) are increasing with the increasing of failure times for the patients in the hospital. the values of the probability of survival for patients was great at small failure times and vice versa. there is a reverse relationship between failure times and survival function �̂�(𝑡). the values of hazard function ℎ̂(𝑡) are increasing with the increasing of the failure times for the patients in the hospital, that means there is a direct relationship between the failure times and hazard function. references 1. hussein l. k., hussein i. h. and rasheed h. a.; a class of exponential rayleigh distribution and new modified weighted exponential rayleigh distribution with statistical properties, journal of physics conference series. 2021. 2. merovci, f. and elbatal, i.; weibull rayleigh distribution: theory and applications, applied mathematics and information sciences. 2015, 9, 4, 2127 – 2137. 3. oguntunde, p. e.; balogun, o. s.; okagbue, h. i.; bishop, s. a.; the weibullexponential distribution: its properties and applications, journal of applied sciences. 2015, 15, 11, 1305 – 1311. 4. rana, r. ; singhal, r.; chi‑square test and its application in hypothesis testing, journal of the practice of cardiovascular sciences. 2015, 1, issue 1, 69 – 71. 5. rayleigh, j. w. s.; on the resultant of a large number of vibrations of the some pitch and of arbitrary phase, philosophical magazine series 5. 1880, 10, 60, 73 – 78. 6. turhan, n. s.; karl pearson’s chi-square tests, educational research and reviews. 2020, 15, 9, 575 – 580. 7. tomy, l.; gillariose, j.; a generalized rayleigh distribution and its application, biom. biostat. int. j. 2019, 8,4, 139 – 143. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 بواسطة المنزلیة االجھزة من المنبعثة الكھرومغناطیسیة الموجات شدة قیاس میتر كاوس الملي جھاز القدسي شریف رجب نجالء /جامعة بغداد (ابن الھیثم) التربیة للعلوم الصرفة كلیة/ الفیزیاءعلوم قسم 2013شباط 3قبل البحث في ، 2012اب 26استلم البحث في الخالصة وتبیان قراءات لتسجیل [1]الفرضي اسماعیل قصي الفیزیائي قبل من المصنع میتر كاوس الملي جھاز استخدم االجھزة بعض من المنبعثة كیلوھیرتز 100 من اقل جدا منخفضة ترددات ذي الكھرومغناطیسیة الموجات مقدارشدة بعض ان القیاسات نتائج واظھرت.میتر كاوس الملي جھاز من سم (60,30,15) مسافة من المختلفة المنزلیة الكھربائیة وكما كاوس ملي(650-350) من تتراوح لقیم الكھرومغناطیسي االشعاع من عال مستوى سجلت الكھربائیة االجھزة انبعاث ادنى سجلت فقد المحمول للكومبیوتر lcd السائل الكرستال شاشات اما كاوس ملي(200-1) االجھزة بقیة سجلت .المسافة زیادة مع سریع بانحدار تتناقص االشعاع قیم ان اتضح اذ القدیمة الكومبیوتر لشاشات مقارنة لالشعاع .الدقیقة میتر،الموجات كاوس ملي ، الكھرومغناطیسیة الموجات:المفتاحیة الكلمات 129 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة متالزما االخر لوجد احداھما وجد لو انھ بمعنى ومغناطیسي كھربائي مجالین من الكھرومغناطیسیة الموجات تتكون .ھیرتز(20000_20) بین ما یتراوح وتردد موجي طول ولھا المادي الوسط في او الفراغ في الموجات ھذه وتنتشر معھ االرضیة كاوس .الكرة الفرنسي الریاضي العالم الى نسبة بالجاوس تعرف بوحدة الكھرومغناطیسي المجال شدة وتقاس االنسان جسم یستطیع كما وشمالي، جنوبي قطبین كبیرذي مغناطیس بداخلھا موجود كان لو كما كھرومغناطیسي مجال لھا صناعیا اي المتولدة الكھرومغناطیسیة الموجات شدة ان اال تذكر اضرار دون الطبیعیة من االرضیة المغناطیسیة تحمل بعض في المجاالت ھذه شدة تتراوح اذ، االنسان جسم على بھا یستھان ال مخاطر لھا الكھربائیة االجھزة من المنبعثة المغناطیسي للمجال القصوى الشدة ان المختلفة التجارب اثبتت وقد [2]كاوس ملي(1500_3) من االرض على المناطق طویلة مدة جاوس ملي 3 عن شدتھ تزید لمجال التعرض ان, جاوس ملي 1 عن تزید ال ان یجب لھا للتعرض المسموح من كھربیة نبضات بوساطة تنتج ضعیفة حیویة مغناطیسیة مجاالت بھ االنسان جسم ان علما االنسان على خطرا یشكل في تتسبب الخارجیة للمجاالت الجسم تعرض ،فعند الجسم خالیا نشاط في تتحكم الحیویة المغناطیسیة المجاالت ،وھذه المخ نشاط في ینتج منھ خلل مما الخالیا ھذه حركة لطبیعة معاكسة حركة حدوث الى وتؤدي الداخلیة الحیویة المجاالت تشویھ او كمركبات الحدیدیة المواد بعض على یحتوي االنسان جسم ان ،كما المختلفة الجسم اعضاء وظائف وفي الحیویة الخالیا طبقا المجال خطوط طبیعة حسب وتتشكل مغناطیسي مجال في وجدت اذا كبیرة بصورة تتأثر بطبیعتھا المواد وھذه اكاسید الحال بطبیعة ذهوھ البشري الجسم داخل الجزیئات بعض تاین الى یؤدي الكھربي المجال فان وكذلك ، المغناطیسیة لقوانین للمجاالت لتعرضل نتیجة الحیة بالكائنات الضارة التأثیرات تنقسم عموما كھربیا المتعادل البشري الجسم طبیعة تخالف [3]: قسمین على الكھرومغناطیسیة .الوعي فقدانو االجھاد و االتزان عدمالدوار و و الصداع مثل ،عرضیة تأثیرات1 .المفاصل واالم الشرایین تصلبالوالدة و مشاكل و بانواعھ السرطانو الحمل تشوھات مثل ، ومستمرة خطیرة تأثیرات2 [3,4] الكھرومغناطیسي والتلوث االمراض من العدید بین العالقة لدراسة التجارب من العدید اجریت وقد درجة ان لوحظ وقد ساعات اربع مدة التجارب ارانب من مجموعة الى میكروویف موجات فیھا وجھت تجارب اجریت بعد العین في البیضاء المیاه بمرض منھا الكثیر اصیب كما ملحوظ بشكل ارتفعت قد االرانب ھذه في العین سوائل حرارة . التجربة اجراء من اسبوعین حوالي الى التجارب فئران من ذكر فأر 200 نحو تعریض بعد االمریكي الطیران سالح خبراء بھا قام التي التجارب اثبتت كما كامل بتدمیر اصیبت قد الفئران ھذه من %40 نحو ان فوجدوا مرة كل في قصیرة مدة الرادار اشعة من متقطع تیار .الدم بسرطان منھا %35 اصیب كما التناسلیة لخالیاھا من بالقرب موضوعة الحیوانات من مجموعة على االمریكیة المتحدة الوالیات في اجریت التي التجارب اثبتت كما لوحظ كذلك. اللبن ادرار ونقص الصغار نمو عدم مع میتة اجنة والدة من تعاني الحیوانات ھذه ان الكھربائي النقل خطوط في یختل الھرمونات مستوى وان قوي كھرومغناطیسي مجال الى النحل تعرض عند كثیرا انخفض قد النحل عسل انتاج ان التي التجارب اثبتت ،وكذلك االحیان بعض في االتجاه معرفة على قدرتھ یفقد الزاجل الحمام ان ،كما نفسھ للسبب الدجاج الكھرومغناطیسي االشعاع ان التلفزیوني البث ابراج من بالقرب موضوعة الفئران من مجموعة على نیویورك في اجریت البیضاء الدم خالیا ،وان للموجات التعرض مدة طول مع السیما الذكور بین عقم حدوث الى یؤدي االبراج ھذه من الصادر [5,6] المیكروویف لموجات تعرضھا عند ونشاطھا قدرتھا من كثیرا تفقد العملي الجزء الكھرومغناطیسیة الموجات الستقبال متحسس من (2)و(1) الشكل في موضح كما البحث في المستخدم الجھاز یتكون بقلب عال حث يذ ملف عن عبارة وھو.كیلوھیرتز 100 من اقل جدا منخفضة بترددات تكون التي االجھزة من المنبعثة الكھرومغناطیسیة الموجات یحول الجھاز اعلى في مثبت(pvc) بالستیكي انبوب داخل موضوع (25mh) حدیدي . المصدر من المنبعثة الموجات مع وتتناسب شدتھ تعتمد جدا ضعیف كھربائي تیار الى المستلمة الكسب مقدار على السیطرة ویتم 741 برقم(operation amplifier) عملیاتي مكبر طةاسبو التیار ھذا تكبیر یتم (gain) ترانزستور ھو اخر مكبر الدائرة ھذه تلي ثم 6 , 2 المكبر قطبي بین میغااوم 2.2 المقاومة طةاسبو bc546 الالحقة dpm(digit panal meter) بمرحلة قراءتھا نستطیع حتى مناسب بمستوى وجعلھا االشعاع تیار شدة لزیادة . milli guess والثانیة micro tasla االولى بقیمتین الرقمیة الشاشة على واظھارھا (1milli guess =0.1 micro tasla) . كھربائي مستوى الى االشارة لتحویل 1n4148 السلیكون من ثنائي بكاشف الترانزستور بعد المكبرة االشارة كشف یتم . dc level مستمر شاشة على وتعرض 1cl7106 (dpm) المتكاملة الدائرة طةاسبو ذكره سبق بعدما المستلمة االشارة شدة قراءة تتم lcd (twm 259) مراتب باربع . بھبوط تنبیھ مرحلة الدائرة الى اضیفت كما (كاوس ملي او مایكروتسال) القراءة نوع الختیار الجھاز ةھواج في مفتاح یوجد .الھبوط ھذا بسبب بالقراءة خطأ ھنالك یكون ال حتى فولت 8 من اقل الى البطاریة فولتیة 130 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 عن المنزلیةوذلك الكھربائیة االجھزة بعض من المنبعث االشعاع شدة لتبیان الجھاز ھذا باستخدام عدیدة تجارب باجراء قمنا منھ الصادر االشعاع شدة قیاس رادالذي ی الكھربائي الجھاز باتجاه كاوس الملي لجھاز المتحسس الجزء توجیھ طریق مجفف و الكھربائیة والمكنسة الكھربائیة العلب فتاحة) الكھربائیة االجھزة لبعض قراءات سجلت ، اذ مختلفة ابعاد وعلى على(280,350,650) القراءات فكانت (1) الجدول في كما الكھرومغناطیسي اإلشعاع من عال مستوى على وكانت(الشعر سم 60 مسافة من االشعاعات تنعدم وتكاد سم 30 بعد على منخفضة قراءات الجھاز وسجل, سم 15 مسافة وعلى التوالي .(1) الجدول في الیھا المشار المنزلیة االجھزة بقیة االنبعاث شدة في وتلتھا والمناقشة النتائج عال كھرومغناطیسي انبعاث يذ االجھزة ھذه من بعض ان لنا تبین علیھا الحصول تم التي والقیاسات النتائج خالل من سم 15 لمسافة كاوس ملي(250 -5) من تتراوح التي جھزة اال باقي وتلیھا كاوس ملي (650 -250) من یتراوح جدا ھذه وتوضح (1) الجدول في مبین ھو كم سم 60 عند الصفر الى وتصل سم 30 المسافة زیادة عند القراءات ھذه وتنخفض لنوع الكھرومغناطیسي االنبعاث شدة ان ،كما المسافة زیادة مع الكھرومغناطیسي المجال شدة انخفاض سرعة مدى النتائج مرتفعة القیم فھذه سم 30 بعد من كاوس ملي 5 الى ویتناقص سم 15 بعد على كاوس ملي 25 بلغت القدیم الكومبیوتر شاشة سم 15 بعد من كاوس ملي (1-0) من قراءتھ بلغت التي السائل الكرستال شاشة يذ المحمول مبیوتربالكو مقارنة نسبیا االجھزة مختلف مع والمتكرر الیومي تعاملنا ءجرا من بھ یستھان ال خطر امام فاننا نتائج من الیھ توصلت ما وازاء الالزمة التدابیر اتخاذ یجب فعلیھ یومیا ساعة 24 مدار على منھا المنبعثة الكھرومغناطیسیة للموجات وتعرضنا الكھربائیة عن سم 15 عن تقل ال مسافة كاوس ملي(150-0) من قراءات سجلت التي الكھربائیة االجھزة بابعاد وذلك االشعاع لتقلیل القدم من قریبا الطاقة مجھز ووضع سم 60 الجسم عن ابعادھا المفروض فمن وملحقاتھ الكومبیوتر اجھزة اما االنسان جسم شاشة يذ المحمول الكومبیوتر وضع ینبغي وكذلك والجذع الراس السیماو الجسم اجزاء لجمیع االشعاع لتقلیل وذلك كنا فاذا المفاتیح لوحة على الید باستثناء عنا بعیدا سم 30 عن تقل ال المسافة ان من ثبتوالت مكتب او طاولة على الكرستال النساء السیماو السائل الكرستال بشاشة عنھا تستعیض ان فعلینا یوم كل طویلة مدداو القدیمة الشاشة اذ كومبیوتر ستعملن ،ومن الخلقیة والتشوھات االجھاض معدالت ارتفاع مع ارتبطت التي الشاشات ھذه استخدام من یحذرن ان علیھن الحوامل لالجھزة والمتواصل الكثیر واالستخدام الطویل المدى على ولكن ولیلة یوم في یاتي ال الخطر ھذا ان بالذكر الجدیر .الكھربائیة لمصادرا الموجات لقیاس كاوس الملي جھاز تصنیع ,الفیزیاء قسم, المستنصریة الجامعة, (2000),الفرضي اسماعیل . قصي1 /vb/ showthread.php?t=7076 www.laselki.net .العرب الالسلكي منتدى,الكھرومغناطیسیة 2-eds,d.noble,a.mckinlay,m.repacholi(2005),effects of static magnetic field relevant to human health,progress in biophysics and molcular biology,vol.87,nos.(2-3),februaryapril,171-372. 3-iarc monographs on the evaluation of carcinogenic risk to human (2002),non-ionization radiation,part1:static and extremely lowfrequency (elf)electric and magnetic fields .lyon:international agency for research on cancer,monograph,vol.80. 4-khabir a.,(2004),living near high-voltige power lines coud cause leukaemie,lancet, 6. 450. 5-henshaw d.l.,ross a.n.,fews a.p.and preece a.w.,(2004),enhanced depositon of radon daughter nuclei in the vicinity of power frequency electromagnetic field.international journal of radiation biology, 69,25-38. 6-feychting, m. and a. (1993),magnetic fields and cancer in children residing near swedish high – voltage power lines", american journal of epidemiology , 7, 467,481. 7-al-modares,hanan al-yyalil,(2004)"biological effects of static magnetic field on peripheral 131 | physics http://www.laselki.net/ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ): شدة المحال الكھرومغناطیسي بوحدة الملي كاوس المنبعث من االجھزة المنزلیة كدالة للمسافة1جدول ( cm 30 cm 60 cm 1.2m 15 اسم الجھاز 5 27 160 650 فتاحة العلب 0 1 2 350 مجفف الشعر 0 10 70 350 مكنسة كھربائیة كھربائيمنشار 250 40 4 0 0 0 25 100 خالط 0 2 20 125 ست البیت 0 10 25 150 دفایة مروحیة 1 5 30 100 الطابعة 0 0 25 1250 ماكنة الحالقة 0 0 2 3 مكیف الھواء 0 2 10 35 شاحنة البطاریة 0 0 0 10 ساعة الكترونیة 0 0 2 2 مجففة المالبس 0 5 10 45 مصباح فلورسنت الصحون غسالة 30 10 2 0 0 0 1 5 مروحة منضدیھ 0 0 0 1 مكواة 0 0 1 2 ثالجة 0 0 10 15 تلفاز 0 3 6 20 شاشة كمبیوتر 0 0 2 3 كمبیوتر منضدي 0 0 0 5 كمبیوتر محمول 0 0 5 10 فرن كھربائي 132 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 eme in milli-gauss at distance ) 2جدول:( 133 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 [1]میتر كاوس الملي جھاز (1) الشكل 134 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ) : الدائرة الكھربائیة للجھاز 2شكل ( 135 | physics http://www.gulfup.com/show/x6n6ulqnr9ng7 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the measurement of electromagnetic wave emitted from home appliance by milligauss meter najlaa r. shareef dept. of physics/college of education for pure sciences( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 26august 2012, accepted in : 3 february 2013 absetract the appliance of milligauss meter was designed by qusay ismail to measure the induce of electromagnetic field for home appliance which are put at a distance from milligauss meter (15-30-60)cm .the results showed some appliance has recorded higher than normal acceptable level of electromagnetic radiation emissions and produced radiation of (350650)milligauss as for the rest of appliances has recorded values which are ranged between (1200)milligauss ,laptop was recorde radiation generally lower than from desktop and computer moniter (crt).the radiation ,intensity decrease with increasing distance. keywords: electromagnetic wave, microwave, milligauss meter. 136 | physics microsoft word 99-113 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 99 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 two physiochemical and antibacterial studies of ) and their complexes 2o2tetradentate ligands type (n ions iiand zn ii, niiiwithco hasan a. hasan dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad khaled salman dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science/ al-anbar university hassan_salehy@yahoo.com received in:22/june/2017, accepted in:22/november/2017 abstract two tetradentate ligands type (n2o2) and their complexes with coii, niii and znii ions were synthesized via two steps; in the first, the precursors w1 and w2 were synthesized from the reaction of 2,6-diamine pyridine or 2,4-diamine tolylene with 2,5-hexanedione respectively in a 2:1 mole ratio. in the second step the ligands [h2l1] and [h2l2] were prepared from the reaction of the two precursor’s with 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde in 1:2 mole ratio. metal complexes were synthesized by the reaction of the ligands with equivalent amounts of the metal chloride. the prepared compounds were characterized with the physiochemical and spectral techniques which confirmed tetrahedral structure around the metal ions. the antibacterial activity of the ligands and complexes were screened. keywords: ligands type (n2o2), complexes and antibacterial activity. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 100 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ntroductioni as a mixed donor systems, the schiff bases may be considered the most important in the field of coordination chemistry. in the condensation reaction of the primary amines with an aldehyde or a ketone, c=o double bond replaced by a c=n double bond to form schiff bases [1,2 & 3] in the transition metal complexes with schiff base ligands, the coordination with metal ions through the azomethine nitrogen atom is studied due to selectivity, sensitivity and synthetic flexibility towards metal atoms [4]. some schiff bases can be derived from condensation of 2,6-diaminopyridine with other compounds, which are important in metal chelation, extraction, host–guest systems, antibiotics, enzyme mimics and natural products such as marine alkaloids[5,6].schiff bases containing 2-hydroxy-1-napthaldehyde moiety coordinates to transition metal ions via deprotonation of phenolic hydroxyl at o-position and the imine nitrogen [7].these kindes of schiff base ligands possess high importance due to existence of (n–hꞏꞏꞏo and o–hꞏꞏꞏn) type hydrogen bonding tautomer between keto-enamine and enolimine forms [8]. the metal ion complexes have been used in medicine, toxicology and pharmacology. the high molecular weight polymers or poly schiff bases can be obtained by poly condensation of dialdehydes or diketones with aromatic or aliphatic diamine [9 & 10]. some natural, non-natural, and natural-derived compounds have broad band of biological applications, this ability may correspond to the presence ofazo-methine group in the structure of these compounds. experimental materials the commercially available reagents were used without further purification. physical measurements the precursors, ligands and their metal complexes were characterized using the following measurements: elemental analyses (c, h, n) for ligands and their metal complexes were carried out on a heraeus instrument (vario el) and euro ea 3000. melting points were obtained on a buchi smp-20 capillary melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. infrared spectra were obtained as kbr discs using a shimadzu 8300s ft-ir spectrophotometer in the range 4000-400 cm-1. electronic spectra were measured between 200-1100 nm with 10-3 m solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (dmso) spectroscopic grade solvent at 25 °c using a perkinelmer spectrophotometer lambda. thermogravimetric analysis was carried out using an sta pt-1000linseis company / germany. nmr spectra (1h, 13cnmr) were acquired in dmsod6 solutions using a brucker-300 and a jeol-400mhz for 1h-nmr and 75, 100.61 mhz for 13c-nmr, respectively with tetramethylsilane (tms) as aninternal reference. metals were determined using a shimadzu (a.a) 680 g atomic absorptionspectrophotometer. conductivity measurements were made with dmso solutions using a jenway 4071 digital conductivity meter at25 °c. magnetic moments at 303.8k were determined with a magnetic susceptibility balance (sherwood scientific). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 101 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 synthesis synthesis of precursors equivalent amount of 2,6-diaminepyridine or 2,4-diaminetolylene dissolved in ethanol (20ml) was added to a solution of 2,5-hexanedione (0.52g 4.58mmol) in ethanol (20ml) with stirring, also few drops of glacial acetic acid was added. the reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 hrs.,then cooled and the precipitate was recrystallized in hot ethanol to yield [(1.20g, (88%), (1.00g,(77%)] from w1 and w2, respectively. synthesis of the ligands to equivalent amount of the precursors (w1) and (w2) dissolved in 25 ml of methanol, it was added (1.16 g, 6.75mmol) of 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde in 10 ml of methanol with a few drops of glacial acetic acid as a catalyst, refluxed for 4 hrs., left at room temperature to 15 minutes, filtered off. the precipitate was collected with 10ml of cold dry methanol to yield [1.4g, 70%, m.p=(228-230) c and 1.3g, 67%, m.p. = (178-180)c] of [h2l1] and [ h2l2], respectively. synthesis of the complexes ] complex1synthesis of [col to a solution of (0.40 g, 0.660mmole) of the ligand [h2l1] dissolved in (40ml) of ethanol, it was added (0.074g, 1.322mmol) of potassium hydroxide dissolved in 10 ml ethanol with stirring and heating. then (0.157) g, 0.661mmol) of cobalt (ii) chloride hexahydrate dissolved in 10 ml ethanol was added to ligand solution. the resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 hrs. filtered off then washed with absolute ethanol and recrystallized from ethanol. (yield: 0.33g, %75) m.p.= (272-275) c. complexes ]2l2[h] and 1l2synthesis of [h a similar method to that mentioned in the preparation of coii complex was used to prepare the other complexes, the quantity of the other reagents was adjusted accordingly; table (1) shows the physical properties of the complexes and their reactant quantity. table (1): some physical properties of the prepared [h2l1], [h2l2] complexes and their reactant quantity empirical formula color m.p.c wt of metal salt (g) wt of product (g) yield % [col1] brown (272-275) 0.157 0.33 75 [znl1] dark brown dec over(320) 0,157 0.37 84 [nil1] light yellow dec over(320) 0.112 0.35 81 [col2] light brown dec over(320) 1.508 0.34 79 [znl2] pal brown dec over(320) 0.863 0.34 77 [nil2] olivy dec over(320) 1.507 0.29 66 dec. = decomposed https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 102 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 results and discussion the precursors w1 and w2 were synthesized by the reaction of 2,5-hexanedione with 2,6diaminepyridin and with 2,4-diaminetolylene, respectively, in 1:2 mole ratio using ethanol as a solvent according to the general synthetic route shown in scheme (1). the precursors were characterized by ft-ir spectroscopy and melting point measurements. the potentially two tetradenate ligands type n2o2 donor atoms have been synthesized. the ligands contain two labile protons [h2l1] and [h2l2], by removing these protons an anionic (2) tetradentate system is formed. the ligands [h2l1] and [h2l2] were synthesized by the condensation reaction of precursors [w1] and [w2] with 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde, respectively in, 1:2 mole ratio using methanol as a solvent according to the general route shown in scheme (1). the method used to prepare all complexes involves the reaction of the ligands with metal chloride in 1:1 mole ratio at reflux in ethanol and pure complexes were formed, scheme (2). x n h2n x nh2 n [h2l] 1 where x= 2,4-diamino pyridine , [h 2l 2]where x= tolylene 2,4-diamine cho oh + 2 x n n x n n oh ho reflux 4 hrs. g.a.a , etoh scheme (1): synthesis route of the ligands scheme (2): synthesis route of complexes i.r spectra ft-ir spectral data for [h2l1]and [h2l2] spectra of the precursors shows bands at [(3391), (3377) cm-1] and[(3381), (3354)cm–1]could be attributed to asymmetrical and symmetrical stretching of primary amine υ(nh2) in w1 and w2, respectively.the υ(c=o) stretching at 1710 cm-1in the hexandion spectrum disappeared in the precursors spectra indicating the formation of the schiff base precursors[11,12,13]. the ligands spectra, figures (1) and (2) show the disappearing of carbaldehydic υ(c=o) stretching at (1650) cm–1 and the amine stretching of the precursors moiety [(3391), (3377) cm-1] and [(3381), (3354)cm–1]. also the spectra show appearing of two azomethen bands at(1626) cm-1 and(1630) cm-1of [h2l1] and [h2l2], respectively.the disappearing of the carbonyl and amine groups and appearing of the imine groups revealing the formation of the ligands. finally, the spectra show bands at (3440) cm–1 and (3400) cm–1for [h2l1] and [h2l2], https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 103 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 respectively, assignable for interference of the two oh phenolic groups in each ligand[14,15,16].the spectrum of [h2l1] shows a band at (1532) cm–1may attributed to(c=n)indoof pyridine moiety, while the band at 2926) cm–1 in the[h2l2] spectrum may be assigned to the ring methyl group. the infrared spectra of the complexes exhibited broad bands at the range (3215-3381) cm-1 for complexes, that may be attributed to the oh group of the adsorbed water molecules [18]. the detected bandsat (1626) cm-1 and (1630) cm-1 which assigned to the stretching vibration of the azomethine group υ(c=n) of the free ligands[h2l1] and [h2l2]. respectively, this band is shifted to the range (1587-1630) cm-1in the complexes, the shift to lower frequency may be due to delocalization of metal electron density into the ligand π-system [18] (homo→lumo). in the spectra of the metal complexes the υ(c-o) band underwent a shift towards 1ower and higher frequencies and appeared at the range (1200-1255) cm-1 in the complexes, and this shift confirms the participation of oxygen in the (c-o-m) bond. on the other hand, in the infrared spectra of the complexes, new absorption bands at the range [(505) -(577) and (417) (459)] cm-1, were observed indicating the υ(m–o) and υ(m–n) bonds, in the complexes [19]. the assignment of characteristic bands is summarized in table (2). table (2): infrared spectral data (wave number ύ) cm-1 of the ligands [h2l1], [h2l2] and their metal complexes figure (1): ft-ir spectrum of the ligand[h2l1] compound υ(o-h) υ(c-h) υ(c=n)imini υ(c=c)arom. υ(c-o) υ(m-o) υ(m-n) [h2l1] 3400( br) 1626 ( s) 1610 [col1] 2920 1630(s) 1539 1200( w) 511( w) 459(w) [znl1] 3334 2931(m) 1593(s) 1450 1246( w) 577( w) 451(w) [nil1] 3350 2925 1614 1545 1250 505 420 [h2l2] 3400( br) _ 1630 ( s) 1574 _ _ _ [col2] 3365 2924(m) 1610(s) 1531 1254( w) 573( w) 459(w) [znl2] 3215 2924(m) 1606(s) 1539 1255 (w) 561 (w) 451 (w) [nil2] 3381 2924 1610 1535 1255 573 478 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 104 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (2): ft-ir spectrum of ligand[h2l2] figure (3): ft-ir spectrum of [nil1] complex   figure (4): ft-ir spectrum of [znl2] complex electronic spectra peaks of shortness wave length figures (5) and (6) at [(265 nm) (37735 cm–1) (ɛmax=10171 molar–1cm–1) and (311nm) (32154 cm–1) (ɛmax=1076 molar–1 cm–1)] and [(276 nm) (36231cm– 1) (ɛmax2291 molar–1cm–1) (301 nm) (3322 cm–1) (ɛmax=2291 molar–1 cm–1) may be due to π→π* transition of the aromatic rings of schiff’s base ligands [h2l1] and [h2l2], respectively [20]. the peaks at the ranges (380-475) and (361-460) may be assigned to interference of the (n→π*) transitions of azomethane groups and hydroxyl moiety in ligands [h2l1] and [h2l2], respectively [21.22]. the absorption data of the prepared ligands are given in table (3). the absorption peaks of the complexes were summarized in table (4). in the complexes spectra, it was shown intense peaks in the (u.v) region at the range [(270)nm (37037 cm–1) (max =1890 molar–1 cm–1) and (301 nm) (33222 cm–1) (max=2112 molar–1 cm–1)]and [(267) nm (37453 cm–1)(max =1432 molar–1 cm1) and (313 nm) (31948 cm–1) (max=1181 molar-1 cm-1)]can be assigned to(→*) transitions. the (n→*) peaksat the ranges (380-475nm) and (361-460) in free ligands shifted to longer wave lengths in the complexes as a result of coordination to the metal https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 105 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ion and appeared as broad bands (due to interference with charge transfer transitions) at the range (347-520nm).finally, the peaks in the visible region can be assigned with d-d transitions. the coii complexes, figures (7) and (8) show peaks at (746 nm) and (696) may be assignable to 4a2(f)4t2(f)transition of[col1] and [col2], respectively, suggesting tetrahedral geometry around coii ion. the results were in a good agreement with results reported [23 & 24]. the niii complexes show peaks at (744 nm) and (756nm) assignable to 3ti →3ti(f) transition of [nil1] and [nil2] suggesting tetrahedral geometry around niii ion. the results were in a good agreement with results reported [24]. the znii metal ion of complexes belongs to d10 system and these metals do not show (d–d) transition. tetrahedral geometry was proposed around zn ii ions. the results were in a good agreement with results reported [23]. table (3): electronic spectral data of ligands [h2l1]and [h2l2] table (4): electronic spectral data of [h2l1], [h2l2] and its metal complexes compound  (nm) – cm–1 mamolar–1 cm–1 assignments [h2l1] 265 311 37735 32154 1017 1076 →* (380-475) n →* [h2l2] 276 301 36231 3322 2332 2291 π→π* (361-460) n →π* https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 106 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (5): electronic spectrum of the ligand [h2l1] figure (6): electronic spectrum of the ligand [h2l2] figure (7): electronic spectrum of [col1] complex https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 107 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (8): electronic spectrum of [col2] complex nmr spectra the 1h -nmr and 13c-nmr analysis were used to characterize the [h2l1], [h2l2], [znl1] and [znl2]. the spectra were recorded in dmso–d6 solution. figure (9), shows the 1h-nmr spectrum of the prepared schiff base ligand [h2l1] in dmso–d6. a single chemical shift of the oh proton in the carbaldehyde ring observed at (=15.19 ppms,1h) due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding with the nitrogen atom of the imine group[25]. the spectrum showed chemical shift at (δ=1.19 ppm, m,6 h) can be assigned to the methyl (ch3) group protons, while the chemical shift at (=0.86 ppm, 4h ) may be attributed to the methylene (ch2) group protons. multiplate chemical shifts around (=6.93-8.19 ppm, m,18 h) may be assigned to protons of aromatic rings (26). finally, the spectrum showed a chemical shift may be assigned to the iminic (-ch=n) proton at (= 10.02ppm, s,1h) of the free ligand[26]. the results are summarized in table (5). 1h-nmr spectrum of the [znl1] complex shown in figure (10), includes the same functional groups with a shift in the positions. the oh resonance disappeared in the spectrum as expected, revealing coordination with metal ion after deprotonation.the results are summarized (6).1h-nmr spectrum of schiff base ligand [h2l2] in dmso–d6 shown in fig.(11). single atchemical shift of the oh protonat 5.7 ppmas exprotonation, because it was established that the investigated schiff bases exist as nh tautomers in dmso-d6 solution with nh group orientated in cisposition relative to the carbonyl of naphthylidenemoiety[27]. the same interpretations mentioned for [h2l1] can be used in explanation of [h2l2] 1h-nmr spectrum. the results are summarized in table (7). 1h-nmr spectrum of the [znl2] complex was shown in figure (12), the same interpretations mentioned for [znl1] can be used in explanation of [znl2] spectra. the results are summarized in table (8). the 13c-nmr spectrum of [h2l2], figure (13) in dmso–d6 solvent shows a chemical shift at the range (=108.46-129.02) ppm can be attributed to (c_c), (c_n) and(c_o) groups. the chemical shifts at the range (=131.72-143.21) ppm can be attributed to aromatic (c=c).the chemical shifts at (155.28-155.57) ppm may refer to azomethene (c=n) groups[26]. finally, the chemical shift at (=171,71) ppm can be attributed to (c=o) group resulted from tautomerism[15].the results are summarized in table (9). same chemical shifts were appeared in the 13c-nmr spectrum of [znl2], figure (14) in dmso–d6 solvent, but the chemical shift of azomethene (c=n) groups shows a shifting at low field and appeared at (161.68) ppm may be due to coordination to the metal ion. the results are summarized in table (10). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 108 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (5): 1h-nmr spectral data for [h2l1] measured in dmso–d6 and chemical shift in ppm () table (6): 1h-nmr spectral data for [znl1] measured in dmso–d6 and chemical shift in ppm () s= single, m = multiple table (7): 1h-nmr spectral data for [h2l2] measured in dmso–d6 and chemical shift in ppm () compound funct. group  (ppm) [h2l2] oh (5.8) (1h, s) ch3 (1.22)(6h,s) ch3 (tolyle) (2.17)( 6h,s) ar-h (7.02-8.56) (18h,m) ch2 (0.83) (4h,s) (-ch=n) (9.80-9.95) (1h,s) s= singlet, m= multiple table (8): 13c_nmr spectral data for [znl2] measured in dmso–d6 and chemical shift in ppm () compound funct. group  (ppm) [znl2] c_c,c-n 108.61-129.88 c-o 130.15-137.77 c=c aromatic 141.72 c=n 161.68 s= singlet, m= multiple compound funct. group  (ppm) [h2l1] o-h (15.19) (1h, s) (-ch=n) (10.02) (1h,s) ch3 (1.19) (6h) ar-h (6.93-8.19) (18hm) ch2 (0.86) (4h) compound funct. group  (ppm) [znl1] ar-h (=6.678.00 )(18 h,m) (-ch=n ) (=9.54) (1h,s) ch3 ( δ=1.2-1.4) (6h,s) ch2 ( δ=0.7-0.9 ) (4h) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 109 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (9): microanalysis and physical properties for the ligands[h2l1], [h2l1] and its complexes (calc.) = calculate table (10): bacterial activity [h2l1], [h2l2] and its complexes staphylococcus aureus(g+) bacillus stubtilis(g+) enterobacter cloacae(g−) escherichia coli(g−) compounds no. control 1 10 10 10 _ ][1l2h 2 _ 11 _ _ ]1col[ 3 _ 12 _ _ ]1nil[ 4 12 18 _ _ ]1znl[ 5 _ 10 12 _ ][2l2h 6 12 13 _ _ ]2col[ 7 _ _ _ _ ]2nil[ 8 _ 19 20 ]2znl[ 9 (-) =no activity figure (8): electronic spectrum of [col2] complex compound m s.cm2 molar–1 eff. b.m. expt. found (calc.) % c h n [h2l1] _ _ (75.48) (5.33) (13.90) 75.20 5.53 13.24 [h2l2] _ _ (79.97) (6.07) (8.88) 79.96 5.87 8.05 [col1] 16.60 4.411 [nil1] 13.40 3.800 [znl1] 5.90 _ [col2] 9.43 4.497 [nil2] 2.96 4.000 [znl2] 20.00 _ https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 110 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (9): 1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand [h2l1] figure (10):1h-nmr spectrum of [znl1] complex figure (11): 1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand [h2l2] figure (12): 1h-nmr spectrum of [znl2] complex https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 111 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018   figure (13): 13c-nmr spectrum of the ligand [h2l2] inhibition zone diameter (mm) figure (14): 13c -nmr spectrum of [znl2] complex bacterial activity the antibacterial activity for synthesized ligands and their metal complexes were studied against four bacterial species (escherichia coli, enterobacter cloacae, staphylococcus aureus and bacillus). the aim was understanding their potential antimicrobial activity. separated studies were carried out with the solutions of dmso (alone) to check the role of dmso in the biological screening; these studies showed no activity against the bacterial strains tested [28]. tables (12) give the measured zones of inhibition against the growth of different bacteria, the effect of the synthesized compounds on bacterial strains displayed in fig. (15). the antimicrobial activity depends on two factors; difference in the ribosomes of microbial cells and the impermeability of the microbial cells. data information obtained (shown in the tables), reveals two important points: 1compared to the free ligands, it was found that the complexes were potentially more active against the bacterial strains tested, which may mean that the complexation increases antimicrobial activity. this may be due to (chelation effect) in which the partially sharing of the metal positivecharge in complexes by the donor atoms of the ligand. also the π-electron delocalisation over the whole chelate ring increases the lipophilic character of the metal chelate system. this will result in increasing of its permeation through lipid layer of the cell membranes of the microorganism [28 & 29]. 2zinc (znii) complexes may have the higher antimicrobial activity compared with the other complexes. this may be due the electronic configuration (d10 system) and their higher molecular weight, compared with other metal complexes. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 112 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (15): evolution of diameter zone (mm) of inhibition of [h2l1], [h2l2] and their complexes against the growth of various bacterial strains. conclusions according to the elemental analysis, conductance and magnetic studies [which shown in table (11)] along with the mentioned spectral data a tetrahedral geometry were proposed for the complexes. some of the prepared compounds have antibacterial activity against the tested bacteria. references [1] b. priya and s.lakhmi,int.j. chem.tech res. 6(1), 87-94. 2014. [2] m. aslam; i. anis;n. afza; z. noreen and l. iqbal, mol. clin. pharm., 4, 26-31, 2013. [3] section11.6: imine (schiff base) formationchem., wiki. [4] sh .jadhava; m. raia; f. b. ansarib and r. k. pardeshic, j. chem., pharm., ,8(1):245249,2016 . [5] f. a. bassyouni; h. a. tawfik; a. soliman; m. abdel rehim and res chemintermed, 38, 1291–310, 2012. [6] m. r. h. keypour, 280, 203–53, 2014. [7] s.r. salman and nai’l a.i. saleh, can. j. anal. sci. spectrosc 42(1), 9. 1997. [8] a. m. asiri and k. o. badahdah.mol,12, 1796-1804,2007. [9] o. thomas; o. inganas and r.m., andersson., macromolecules 31, 2676-2678. 1998. [10] a.r.r.d,a.tzchoppe; j.korbmacher; a.k.azad;c.h.cuppens and c.korbmacher ,thejournl of physiology,ew588,1211,2010. [11] c.j. pouchert, “the alderich library of infrared spectra” 3rd, edition, 1950. [12] r. m. silverstein, "spectrometric identification of organic compounds "7th edition, john willey and son, inc., 174,2005. [13] y.r.sharma "orgnanic spectroscopy principles and chemical applecation" iso. 9001, 2000. [14] f. karipcin and e. kabalcilar, acta. chim.slov,54, 242-247,2007. [15] w. m. alwan, "m.sc. thesis", university of baghdad college of education (ibn-alhaitham), 2006. 0 20 40 c o n t… l1 [c o l1 ] [c u l1 ] [c d l1 ] [n il 1 ] [z n l1 ] c o n t… l2 [c o l2 ] [c u l2 ] [c d l2 ] [n il 2 ] [z n l2 ] escherichia coli(g−) enterobacter  cloacae(g−) bacillus stubtilis(g+) ligands and thier metal complexes https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1858 chemistry | 113 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [16] f.r.ali,"m.sc. thesis", university of baghdad college of education (ibn-al-haitham), 2014. [17] e. erdem; e.y.sari; r. kinlincarslan and n. kabay, trans.met.chem.,dol, 008-9173, 2008. [18] d.sakthilatha; r.rajavel and j. chem, pharm. res , 5 (1):57-63,2013. [19] m. usharani; e. akila, and r. rajavel , inter. j . , 5 (3), 2013. [20] x. d. west; w. kaminsky; i. k. goldber; p. j. jasinski and r.woudenberg, j. mol.struct, 608, 135-141,2002. [21] h. colchoubian; wl. waltz and j.w. quail, can. j.chem., 37-77, 1999. [22] j.w. ledbetter and j. phys. chem70-2245. , 1966. [23] a.b.p. lever, "inorganic electronic spectroscopy", second ed, elsevier publishing,newyork, 1984. [24] s. chandra; m. pundir, spectrochim. acta, part , 69, 2008. الجزء النظري master sintering curve for tio2 saad b. h. farid dept. of materials engineering / university of technology sawsan a. h. mahdi hanan k. h. al.mayaly dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 9 december 2012 , accepted in : 17 march 2013 abstract the master sintering concept is introduced as a unifying sintering model for the initial, intermediate and final stage of sintering. the master sintering curve is independent on the time-temperature trajectory due to account for its integral. the master sintering curve is constructed on a material parameter, which is the activation energy for sintering and other curve shaping parameters, which depends on the initial state of the powder. literature data of sintering of tio2 compacts with two initial packing densities of 55% and 69% of theoretical is utilized for the construction of the master sintering curves. the higher initial packing density compact shows higher densification rate, which is reflected by different set of shaping parameters compared with those of lower initial packing density. the master grain growth curve of tio2 compacts is also constructed which shows slower grain growth for the higher initial packing density compact. key words : sintering, master sintering curve, tio2 191 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction sintering, as a thermal process that bonds particles together into a solid, coherent structure, by means of mass transport mechanisms, is divided into initial, intermediate and final stages [1]. in the initial stage of sintering, the interparticle contact area of the powder compact increases and the grain boundaries are formed on the expense of surface area. the intermediate stage begins at the start of the grain growth and shrinkage of the volume of the pore network. the densification continues with pore shrinkage and reaches a stage where pore phase transforms into individual closed pores assigning the final stage of sintering [1-2]. sintering behavior of any particular material depends upon several characteristics of the powder; including composition, the particle size, and size distribution, initial powder packing, heating rate, sintering temperature, sintering time and atmosphere [3-5]. synthesis of nanocrystalline materials powders has paid much attention due to their promising properties. the sintering of nanocrystalline materials is an important step in the fabrication process that significantly affects their final microstructure and properties [6-8]. one of the important cases of nanomaterials is tio2 powder; it is one of the most widely used metal oxides in the nanometric sizes. tio2 nanopowder has broad range of applications, including pigments, gas and humidity sensors, catalyst support, solar cells, and capacitors. thus, tio2 has been widely studied with respect to synthesis of nano-sized powder, thin film fabrication and sintering of nano structured tio2 ceramics. on the other hand, the properties of sintered tio2 ceramics are affected by their micro structural features, which originate from the initial properties like the grain size distribution and packing [9-10]. generally, initial powder packing is an essential influencing parameter which is rarely investigated [5]; accordingly, the aim of this study is to study the sintering behavior of nanotio2 powder via application of the recent master sintering curve theory on published data and build msc model for sintering of tio2 powders. theoretical part in general, the modeling of the sintering is very complicated and the developed sintering models are limited to both initial and intermediate stage or to the final stage of sintering. the first unifying sintering model that brings together the three stages of sintering is that by hansen et al [11]. this work is followed by that of hunghai and johnson [12], which attempted to model the sintering process by a single equation, called the master sintering curve (msc). msc describes densification through all stages of sintering through density as a function of time and a second parameter represents the thermal history throughout the sintering process. the model is further described and the application of methodology is explained by teng et al [13] and park et al [14]. based on msc formulations [11-14], the density ρ is described by sigmoidal (s-shaped) function as follows: 𝜌𝜌 = 𝜌𝜌𝑜𝑜 + 𝑎𝑎 [1+exp �−log (θ )−log (θ o ) 𝑏𝑏 �]𝑐𝑐 … … … … … … … (1) ρo is the initial density which corresponds to the lower asymptote of the curve; where the upper asymptote is ρo+a. the parameter b controls the densification rate and c influence near which asymptote maximum densification occurs. the parameter θ represents the timetemperature profile of the sintering process which is called the work of sintering, and θo is the value of θ at the point of inflection of the s-curve. the parameters ρo, a, b, c and log (θo) are called the shape parameters of the s shaped function. the parameter θ is expressed in terms 192 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 as of sintering time t and the absolute sintering temperature as function of time t(t) as follows: θ(𝑡𝑡, 𝑇𝑇) = ∫ 1 𝑇𝑇 𝑡𝑡 0 exp �− 𝑄𝑄 𝑅𝑅𝑇𝑇 �𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 … … … … … … … … … (2) the symbol r appears in equation (2) denotes the gas constant and q is the activation energy of the sintering process. sintering data should be utilized to fit msc mentioned in equation 2 in order to find the activation energy of the sintering process. once the activation energy q is found, the density profile can be calculated for any time temperature profile utilizing the equations (1-2). the grain growth equation that resembles the master sintering curve is as follows [15]: 𝐺𝐺 = �𝐺𝐺𝑜𝑜3 + 3θg 3 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … (3) g represents the grain size as function of time and the initial grain size is go. the variable θg is expressed as follows: θg (𝑡𝑡, 𝑇𝑇) = ∫ 𝐾𝐾𝐺𝐺 𝑡𝑡 0 exp �− 𝑄𝑄𝐺𝐺 𝑅𝑅𝑇𝑇 �𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 … … … … … … … … … (4) the shape parameter kg and the activation energy for the grain growth qg can be determined by curve fitting the experimental data. concluding, finding the activation energy for densification q and activation energy for the grain growth qg comprises the groundwork for modeling of the sintering process. modeling experimental sintering data of tio2 compacts obtained by barringer and bowen [16] were used as for modeling of sintering. the data is composed of densification and grain growth for two initial packing densities, 55% and 69% of theoretical at different sintering temperatures. also, microsoft excel "data analysis" and "solver" built in routines are used for solving equations; in addition, the program is used to perform numerical integration and all other mathematical calculations. the reason to prefer microsoft excel environment is the flexibility of the program to manage data and drawing results next to it. the density-sintering time trajectories are used to calculate θ by numerical integration of equation (2) with assumed activation energy q for densification. as well, the values of θ is used to obtain the master sintering curves by excel's "solver" routine for equation (1); then the calculated densities are compared with the original (experimental) data. the above steps are repeated with different values of activation energies until reach the minimum difference between the calculated and experimental data of the densities. similarly, θg values are calculated via equation (3) and the experimental grain growth data. equation (4) can be simply integrated due to that the time t is only variable on the right hand side due to that the temperature t is constant through the sintering experiment according to the experimental data. accordingly, an expression for θg is found for each sintering experiment that is associated with sintering temperature. these expressions then solved simultaneously for qg and kg utilizing excel's "data analysis" routines. the primary results are finding the activation energies for densification and grain growth q and qg respectively. these activation energies are principal materials parameters. the other 193 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 parameters that define the profile of densification and grain growth graphs depend on other parameters like the initial grain size. the initial packing density of the powder affects the profile of the densification and grain growth as will be shown in the results. results and discussion the calculated master sintering curve of tio2 powder of initial packing density of 55% of theoretical is shown in figure (1). it represents the percentage of the relative densities plotted against the natural log of the work of sintering (θ). it also resembles an s shape function as expected. three sets of sintering data of isothermal sintering at 1060°c, 1100°c and 1160°c are used to construct the master sintering curve. the value of the activation energy that makes minimum difference between the experimental and calculated densities is 226.9 kj mol-1. the activation energy and the shape parameters for the tio2 compacts are listed in table (1). the master sintering curve of tio2 powder of initial packing density of 69% of theoretical is presented in figure (2). in addition, shape parameters are shown in table (2). the model values of the parameter ρo shown in the table is not exactly 55% and 69% but slightly different which reflects the best calculated or model values that are expected for compacts. in both figures (1) and (2), the equation of the master sintering curve is listed at the top of the figure. comparing the two figures shows that the higher initial packing density squeezes the s shape by pushing its base upward and pushing the start of the growth to the right. note that the work of sintering (θ) contains the effect of temperature t as shown in equation (2); thus, all temperatures are included in the same master sintering curve, i.e. the master sintering curve is independent of the sintering temperature. in order to see the densification behavior for each sintering time separately, figure (3) is plotted as percentage of the relative density versus time. the figure shows both experimental densities and that is calculated with the aid of the master sintering curve. the densification rate is increased as the sintering temperature increased as shown in figure (3). the figure also shows that the higher packing density significantly increases the densification rate. the calculations of the master sintering curves for grain growth yields activation energy for grain growth of 288013.3 kj mol-1 and different shape parameter kg for each initial packing density of tio2. these data is listed in table 2. additionally, a plot of the relative grain size g/go versus the percentage of the relative density is shown in figure (4). the figure shows that same grain size-density trajectory is for different sintering time but the higher packing leads to slower grain growth for the sintered tio2 compacts. conclusion 1. the master sintering curves are built for tio2 compacts for different packing densities. the master sintering curves represents the entire sintering process including initial, intermediate and final stage of sintering. 2. the densification rate is increased as the sintering temperature increased and the higher packing density significantly increases the densification rate for the tio2 compacts. 3. the grain growth for the sintered tio2 compacts is independent on the sintering temperature but slower grain growth is observed with higher initial packing density. references 1. zhao, j. and harmer, m.p.(1988 ), effect of pore distribution on microstructure development: i, matrix pores, j. am. ceram. soc. 71, 2,113-20 . 2. wong, b. and pask, j. a.( 1979), models for kinetics of solid state sintering, j. amer. ceram. soc. 62,138 194 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 3. zhao, j. and harmer, m.p.(19880, effect of pore distribution on microstructure development: ii, first and second generation pores, j. am. ceram. soc. 71, 7, 530-39 4. wang, q.b.; wang, q.g. and wan2*, c.x, 2010 , effect of sintering time on the microstructure and properties of inorganic polyphosphate bioceramics. science of sintering, 42,337-343. 5. bjørk, r.; tikare, v.; frandsen, h. l.; and pryds, n. (2012) , the sintering behavior of close-packed spheres, scripta materialia 67, (81–4) 6. ebrahimi, f.( 2012) , nanocomposites new trends and developments, intech publishing, new york, usa . 7. neralla, s.(2012), nanocrystals synthesis characterization and applications, intech publishing, new york, usa . 8. hashim, a. a.( 2012) , smart nanoparticles technology, intech publishing , new york, usa . 9. sheng, c.; vladimir, p. and fatih, d, ( 2010) , effects of sintering temperature on the microstructure and dielectric properties of titanium dioxide ceramics, j.mat. sci.45, 24, 6685-93. 10. mahdi, e. m.; hamdi, m. and yusoff, m. s. m.( 2012) , the effect of sintering on the physical and optical properties of nano-tio2 synthesized via a modified hydrothermal route, arab j. sci. eng.,1-11. 11. hansen, j. d.; rusin, r. p.;teng, m-h and johnson, d. l.(1992), combined-stage sintering model, j. am. ceram. soc., 75, 5, 1129-35 . 12. hunghai, s. and johnson, d. l.(1996) , master sintering curve: a practical approach to sintering, j. am. ceram, soc., 79, 12, 3211-17. 13. teng, m. h.;lai ,y. c.and chen ,y. t.(2002) , a computer program of master sintering curve model to accurately predict sintering curves, western pacific earth sciences, 2, 2, 171-80. 14. park, s. j.; chung, s. h.; blaine, d.;suri, p.and german, r. m.(2004), master sintering curve: construction software and its applications, advances in: powder metallurgy and particulate materials, mpif, princeton, nj. 15. bollina, r. (2005), in situ evaluation of supersolidus liquid phase sintering phenomena of stainless steel 316l: densification and distortion, ph.d. thesis, the pennsylvania state university, the graduate school, psu 16. barringer, e. a. and bowen, h. k. (1988), effects of particle packing on the sintered microstructure, appl. phys. a 45, 271-5. table no. (1) : the master sintering and grain growth curve parameters for tio2 compacts the master sintering curve activation energy q 226.9 kj mol-1 initial packing density 55% initial packing density 69% a 43.346 a 26.005 b 0.144853 b 0.334145 c 0.127167 c 3.100600 ρo 56.12% ρo 69.49% log (θo) -8.150293 log (θo) -10.497811 the master grain growth curve activation energy qg 288013.3 kj mol-1 initial packing density 55% initial packing density 69% kg 4.9539×10-12 kg 3.4889×10-12 195 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no (1) : the master sintering curve for tio2 compacts of initial packing density of 55% of theoretical. figure no. (2) : the master sintering curve for tio2 compacts of initial packing density of 69 % of theoretical 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 -20 -15 -10 -5 r el at iv e d en si ty % log(θ) y =56.122+(43.346 / ((1+exp(-(x -8.150) /.145)) ^ .127)) experimental calculated 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 -20 -15 -10 -5 r el at iv e d en si ty % log(θ) y=69.490+(26.005/((1+exp(-(x -10.498) /.3348)) ^3.101)) experimental calculated 196 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no (3) : the density-time trajectories for the sintered tio2 compacts of initial packing density of 55% and 69% of theoretical. the data labels represent the input data for the model and the lines is the calculated. the dash lines are for 55% initial packing density and the solid line is for the 69% packing density figure no (4) : the master grain growth curve for tio2 compacts. the data labels represent the input data for the model and the lines is the calculated. the dash lines are for 55% initial packing density and the solid line is for the 69% packing density 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 0 50 100 150 200 r el at iv e d en si ty % time [min] 1060⁰c,rho=55% 1100⁰c,rho=55% 1160⁰c,rho=55% 1060⁰c,rho=69% 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 50 60 70 80 90 100 g /g o density % 1060⁰c,rho=55% 1100⁰c,rho=55% 1160⁰c,rho=55% 1060⁰c,rho=69% 197 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 tio2منحنى التلبید الحاكم الى سعد بدري حسون فرید الجامعة التكنولوجیة /قسم ھندسة المواد سوسن عبد الحسین مھدي حنان كاظم حسون جامعة بغداد/ أبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013اذار 17قبل في : 2012كانون االول 9تلم في : أس الخالصة یوحد المرحلة االبتدائیة والوسطیة والنھائیة للتلبید. الیعتمد منحنى التلبید منحنى التلبید الحاكم أنموذج مفھوم قدم الحاكم على منحنى الحرارة وزمن التلبید النھ یتعامل مع تكامل الحرارة مع الزمن. ویتم بناء منحنى التلبید الحاكم على شكل في نى كذلك على عوامل اخرى تؤثر عامل خاص بنوع المادة وھو طاقة التنشیط الخاصة بالتلبید ویعتمد ھذا المنح قیم منشـورة لتلبید مضغوطات مسحوق اوكسید التیتانیوم ذات تالمنحنى وتعتمد على الحالة االولیة للمضغوطات. استخدم % من الكثافة النظریة لبناء منحنى التلبید الحاكم. بینت المضغوطة ذات كثافة الرص 69% و55كثافات رص اولیة بمقدار شكل منحنى التلبید الحاكم مقارنة بتلك في لى معدل تكاثف أعلى، التي انعكست من خالل قیم مختلفة للعوامل التي تؤثر االع وتم كذلك بناء منحنى النمو الحبیبي الحاكم لمضغوطات الخاصة بتلبید المضغوطات ذات كثافة الرص االبتدائیة األقل. طأ للمضغوطة ذات كثافة الرص األعلى.اوكسید التیتانیوم الذي بین نمو حبیبي اب منحنى التلبید الحاكم، اوكسید التیتانیومالتلبید ، الكلمات المفتاحیة 198 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 55 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract this study was contacted on orchidaceae, it is a second largest family in flowering plants, comes after asteraceae, and approximately has 25,000–30,000 species in 750–800 genera in the world. this study included 10 genera, anacamptis (five species), androrchis (two species), cephalanthera (one species), dactylorhiza (three species), epipactis (two species), himantoglossum (two species), limodorum (one species), neotinea (one species), ophrys (seven species ), and orchis (four species). the name abbreviation of authors of plant names follows the international plant name index (ipni) (https://www.ipni.org/). images of type collections of most species were checked on virtual herbaria (https://herbarium.univie.ac.at/database/search.php) and jstor global plants (https://plants.jstor.org/). the taxonomic status, geographical distribution, and the conservation status for all taxa were provided. keywords: orchidaceae, taxonomy, conservation status, kurdistan, iraq. 1. introduction orchidaceae is considered the second largest family after asteraceae which includes five subfamilies (apostasioideae, vanilloideae, cypripedioideae, orchidoideae, epidendroideae) and doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3031 article history: received 21 september 2022, accepted 24 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq morphological characterization and conservation status for the herbarium specimens of orchidaceae in kurdistan iraq 1,2saman a. ahmad 1department of biotechnology and crop science, college of agricultural engineering sciences, university of sulaimani, kirkuk road, sulaimani, kurdistan iraq. 2kurdistan botanical foundation (kbf), american univerisity of iraq, sulaimani (auis), kurdistan iraq. saman.ahmad@univsul.edu.iq rubar h. m. salih department of biotechnology and crop science, college of agricultural engineering sciences, university of sulaimani, kirkuk road, sulaimani, kurdistan iraq. rubar.salih@univsul.edu.iq sakar y. hama department of biotechnology and crop science, college of agricultural engineering sciences, university of sulaimani, kirkuk road, sulaimani, kurdistan iraq. sakar.rahim@univsul.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:saman.ahmad@univsul.edu.iq mailto:rubar.salih@univsul.edu.iq mailto:sakar.rahim@univsul.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 56 approximately 25,000–30,000 species in 750–800 genera [1, 2], many members of orchidaceae economically very important such as orchis, ophrys, phalaenopsis, dendrobium, and vanilla. in the last century, efforts have been taken by townsend and guest during 1966-1985 [3], to record and publish them, and at that time orchidaceae are represented by 9 genera and 22 species. then after, several floristic studies of kurdistan iraq have been conducted, of them, faris [4] studied the vascular plants of piramagrun mountain, recorded five genera and seven species of orchidaceae; then, fatah [5] studied the vascular plants of haibat sultan mountain and recorded two genera and four species of orchidaceae; and the wild plants of hawraman mountain were studied in details by ahmad [6], recorded five genera and 10 species of orchidaceae; moreover, the study of azmargoizha mountain [7], recorded two genera with two species of orchidaceae; also, the comprehensive floristic study carried out on the qaradagh mountain [8] was based on three-year field work (2015−2018), in that six genera and 14 species were recorded for orchidaceae; in addition of the floristic study carried out on the qaiwan mountain [9] recorded five genera and six species of orchidaceae; and lastly, the vascular plants of gmo mountain was studied in details [10], in that six genera and nine species were recorded of orchidaceae and for the first time to the mountain. the orchidaceae species are well represented in kurdistan region according to the flora of iraq, all are teristerial, due to its mediterranean and eurasiatic biogeographical affinities [3, 11, 12]. in the field guide work of european and middle-east orchids conducted by baumann et al. [13] 13 species of orchidaceae were recorded as endemic to kurdistan region-iraq. forthermore, during the field survey for the first time on orchids in duhok governorate of kurdistan region-iraq [11], 10 orchids taxa were recorded including one species (ophrys cilicica) new for flora of iraq and amedi district, and the status of other founded species were discussed regarding the flora of iraq. in addition, govaerts et al. [14] recorded 27 orchids species for flora of iraq in the word most recent check list, finally, [15] added two new species which are anacamptis papilionacea and dactylorhiza romanafor the first time in amedi district. the present study add the new locations for the different taxa and expansion the distribution range of most of the species in kurditan iraq, in addition to add the detail information about habitat, occurrence, and conservation status. this study was very urgent to conduct because of the rapid loss of natural habitats and disturbance in this region, including industrial and oil development, overgrazing, reforestation of mountain slopes and foothills by nonnative trees, conversion of vast areas to vineyards and fruit orchards, fire, increasing recreation throughout the year, urbanization in some parts of the mountains throughtout the region. furthermore, the global warming and climate change specially the fluctuation of the precipitation rate become a strong threat. these continued threats would undoubtedly endanger the biodiversity and the landscape of the region [8]. this study mainly based on the survey was conducted by the first auther in the last 15 years in the kurdistan region in different locations such as qaradagh, qaiwan mountain, azmer-goizha mountain, halgurd-sakran mountain, hawraman mountain, amide district, beside the historical date from the different resourses. furthermore, intensive study of the plants in the field, libraries, and herbaria. all images and profiles in this paper have been taken by the first author. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 57 2. materials and methods material originated from herbarium specimens preserved in both sulaimani university, college of agricultural engineering sciences (sufa) and kurdistan botanical foundation (kbf) herbaria, from the several field trips made since 2006–2021. the process of identification and writing descriptions depended on the examination of all specimens and checking various floras, such as flora of iraq [3], flora iranica [16] and flora of turkey [17]. furthermore, illustration photos or published papers were used to prove the identification, such as kreutz and colak [18] and baumann et al. [13], kreutz and colak [19], and youssef et al. [15]. name, abbreviation of authors, and plant names follows the international plant name index (ipni) (https://www.ipni.org/). taxa placements follow mabberley [20] and the angiosperm phylogeny website (http://www.mobot.org/mobot/research/apweb). images of type collections of most species were checked on virtual herbaria (https://herbarium. univie.ac.at/database/search.php) and jstor global plants (https://plants.jstor.org/). distribution of the species outside of kurdistan iraq is given primarily for southwest asia. key characters of species in boldface are the most important distinguishing features. the geographical distribution were mapped by geographic information system application of qgis (https://qgis.org) using the coordinates (altitude, longitude, latitude) recorded during the field works. the key charecters of the family highlighted with bold font. 3. results and discussions the field survey, generic and infraspecific identification, environment and geographical distribution, conservation status, and description for new genera and speacies and the key characters for the subspecies and variety are provided. this study shows that the orchidaceae represent by 10 genera in kurdistan iraq which are anacamptis (five species), androrchis (two species), cephalanthera (one species), dactylorhiza (three species), epipactis (two species), himantoglossum (two species), limodorum (one species), neotinea (one species), ophrys (seven species), and orchis (four species). orchidaceae j. j. wood. kurdish name: khezani gia salma, saeelaba herbs perennial, terrestrial, with rhizomes or tubers or rootstocks with mycorrhizal fungi in roots, roots filiform. stem leafy. leaves simple, 1 to many. inflorescences racemes, few to many flowered. flowers bisexual, zygomorphic, hermaphrodite; tepals 6, arranged in 2 whorls, differentiated, one petal much larger and differentiated (labellum); stamens united with style to form rostellum; pollen in 2 sacs (pollinia) each with a stalk attached to gland; ovary inferior. fruit capsule, dehiscing by 1–6 longitudinal sutures. seeds are vnumerous, usually very small. 1anacamptis rich. entymology: anacamptis (from the greek anakamptein, to bend back), alluding wither to the reflexed tips of the floral bracts or to the reflexed pollinia. herbs perennial. rootstock tuberous. stem leafy, glabrous leaves rosulate and cauline, unspotted. inflorescence dense, bracts membranous.flowers purple or light pink. perianth segments concave, the dorsal sepal and petal connivent to form a helmet, the lateral sepals spreading, glabrous, labellum spurred, 6–9 mm long, deeply 3-lobed, flat, glabrous, with 2 longitudinal calli at the https://plants.jstor.org/ https://qgis.org/ ihjpas. 36(2)2023 58 base, spur filiform 12–15 mm long, column short, stigmas 2, clearly separated by and lying on either side of the anther on the column. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, asia, europe, n. africa. 1anacamptis collina (banks & sol, ex russell) r.m.bateman, pridgeon & m.w.chase. (figure 2.3) herbs perennial. tubers ovate-oblong. stems up to 30 cm tall, often red or purplish above. leaves 2–6, mostly rosulate or 2–3 spreading on stem, dark green, sometime spotted brown, ovate or ovate-lanceolate. inflorescences 4–15-flowered, oblong or cylindrical, 5–15 cm long. flowers purple-violet, brownish or greenish purple to dull olive-green; sepals oblong to ovate, obtuse, 0.9– 1.2 cm × 3–4 mm, margins irregularly undulate; dorsal sepal ca. 10 mm long, oblique lanceolate, ca. 1.2 cm long, petals oblanceolate, narrowly ligulate or narrowly ovate; labellum ovate, ovateoblong, obovate or orbicular, entire; ovary oblong, 5–10 mm long. habitat: oak woodlands, foothill side, among grassland, clay and sandy soil; elevation 835–1562 m. flowering : march – april occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 1-a) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, cyprus, mediterranean europe, c. asia, algeria, libya. conservation issues: the most critical threats on this species are the expanstion of agriculture lands, and reforestation of slopes by nonnative trees, conversion of vast areas to vineyards and fruit orchards, most likely this species will be disappear in near future. collections: qaradagh mt. near jafaran village, saman a. ahmad, et al. 15-674 (kbf); qaradagh mt. on the road to naramsin, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-127 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-279 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-539 (kbf); qardagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-797 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-996 (kbf); qaiwan mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 19-144 (kbf); zewe, s. a. ahmad et al. 2007-1623 (kbf). 2anacamptis coriophora (l.) r.m.bateman, pridgeon & m.w.chase. common name (eng.): bug orchid herbs perennial. tubers subglobose or ellipsoid, shortly stipitate. stems robust, up to 60 cm tall, often red or purplish above. leaves 4–10, mostly rosulate or 2–3 spreading on stem, dark green, sometime spotted brown, linear or lanceolate, occasionallv oblong. inflorescences many-flowered, oblong or cylindrical, 5–15 cm long. flowers dark purple, brownish-purple, reddish-purple; sepals ovate-elliptic to oblong, free at apex, obtuse, 0.9–1.2 cm × 3–4 mm, margins irregularly undulate; dorsal sepal ca. 10 mm long, lateral sepals sepals whitish centrally with dark green mid-vein, oblique lanceolate, ca. 1.2 cm long, petals linear-lanceolate; labellum ovate, ovate-oblong, entire, 5–10 mm long. habitat: mountainsides, oak woodlands, grassy wetlands, eroded rocky place; elevation 950–1543 m. flowering : may–june. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 1-a) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, cyprus, mediterranean europe, n africa. https://www.ipni.org/n/998299-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 59 conservation issues: this species highly impact by loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone. collections: qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-310 (kbf). subsp. coriophora helmet acute, labellum 6–8 mm long, the midlobe only a little longer than the lateral lobes, flowers foetid. -subsp. fragrans (pollini) k.richt. helmet acute, labellum 6–11 mm long, the midlobe distinctly longer than the lateral lobes. only a little longer than the lateral lobes of flowers foetid. habitat: wetlands and grassy places, open hillsides, clay soil; elevation 600–1450 m, flowering : may–june. occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 1-b) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, cyprus, central and mediterranean europe (prtugal, spain and france to the balkans, s. w. russia), armenia, azerbaijan, georgia,, n. africa. collections: zhala, s. a. ahmad et al. 5/2010; qaradagh s. a. ahmad et al. 1399–2012. 3anacamptis laxiflora (lam.) r.m.bateman, pridgeon & m.w.chase. herbs perennial. tubers subglobose or ellipsoid, subsessile or shortly stipitate. stems robust, up to 80 cm tall, often red or purplish above. leaves 4–8, mostly cauline, linear to lanceolate, somewhat conduplicate, sheathing at the base, acute, erect to slightly spreading, unspotted inflorescences 8–20-flowered, oblong or cylindrical, 5–25 cm long, bracts 1.5–2.5 cm long, narrowly elliptic. flowers redish purple, to violet with a pure white central area usually extending from the base to the apex of the; sepals ovate-elliptic to oblong, free at apex, obtuse, 0.9–1.2 cm × 3–4 mm, margins irregularly undulate; dorsal sepal ca. 10 mm long, lateral sepals sepals dark purple vein, oblique lanceolate, ca. 1.2 cm long, petals linear-lanceolate; labellum ovate-oblong, entire, 5–12 mm long. habitat: mountain side, moist steppe zone, wetlands, among grasses, streamsides, sandy soil; elevation 800–1600 m. flowering : april – june. occurrence: occational. conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and foothills, beside the reforestation of mountain slopes and foothills by non-native trees. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, channel islands, netherlands, france, portugal, spain, switzerland, italy, former yugoslavia, albania, greece, cyprus, s. russia, n. africa. subsp. dielsiana (lam.) r.m.bateman. https://www.ipni.org/n/998299-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 60 stem 60–80 cm tall, leaves 8, mostly basal, , linear to lanceolate. labellum is slightly trilobed: the centre of the lip is white into the base without mottled and much shorter than the side lobes; spur approximately is half as long as ovary. habitat: upper forest zone, wetlands, streamsides, sandy-clay soil; elevation 1200–1700 m. flowering : april–may. occurrence: rare distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey. 4anacamptis papilionacea (l.) r.m.bateman, pridgeon & m.w.chase. (figure 1.1) herbs perennial. tubers subglobose, subsessile or shortly stipitate. stems erect, up to 35 cm tall, often red or purplish basal part. leaves 6, rosulate, linear to linear-lanceolate, lowermost leaves often recurved. inflorescences many-flowered, cylindrical, ca. 10 cm., dense; bracts 2–3 cm long. purple, linear-lanceolate, acute, membranous, with 3 main parallel yellow-green nerves. flowers white, pink with red spots; sepals concave, acuminate; with helmet shape at the apex; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, ca. 12 mm long, lateral sepals sepals dark purple vein, oblique lanceolate, ca. 1.2 cm long, petals linear-lanceolate; labellum spured, spatula-shaped, crenate, ca. 9 mm long; with 2 prominent, dark purple, narrow, erect calli at the base, extending from the mouth of the spur toward the center of the labellum and acting as guide-plates for insects. habitat: mountainside, wetlands, clay soil; elevation 1000–1600 m. flowering : april–july occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 1-b). distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey. conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and foothills. collection: rania, s. a. ahmad et al. alt., 1334 m. , 15/5/2010 (sufa). subsp. schirwanica (woronow) h.kretzschmar. distribution: kurdistan iraq, europe, asia, and nafrica. habitat: open oak woodlands, among grasses; elevation 800–1250 m. flowering : april–may. occurrence: distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey. 5anacamptis pyramidalis (l.) rich. common name (eng.): pyramidal orchid herbs perennial. tubers ovoid or subglobuse, subsessile or shortly stipitate. stems erect, up to 75 cm tall, often red or purplish basal part. leaves 3–6, rosulate, linear to linear-lanceolate, elliptic, lowermost leaves often recurved. inflorescences many-flowered, cylindrical, ca.12 cm long, dense; bracts 2–3 cm long. purplish-pink, linear-lanceolate, acute, membranous, with 3 main parallel yellow-green nerves. flowers pale pink to dark reddish-pink, rarely bright blood-red or white; sepals concave, acute, 6–8 mm long; dorsal sepal oblong-ovate to ovate-elliptic, loosely conivent with the petals; lateral sepals obliquely narrowly elliptic to oblong-ovate; labellum broad, ca. 10 mm long, flat. than long flabellate-cuneate, 3-lobed, 6–9 x 8–12 mm. flat. habitat: foothills, oak woodlands, wetlands, ; elevation 500–800 m. flowering : april–may https://www.ipni.org/a/12653-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/14598-1 https://www.ipni.org/n/998299-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 61 occurrence: very rare. (supp. fig. 1-b) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, cyprus, palestine central and mediterranean europe (s. scandinavia and britain to greece, aegean island, w. russia and crimea), armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, n. africa. conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and moist steep zone. the occurrence of the species is very rare and phytogeographical range of the distirbution in kurdistan region is very limit and it might be disappear in the near future. subsp. pyramidalis (l.)rich. this subspecies is recorded by youssef (et al. 2019) in kurdistan region. flowers pale pink to dark reddish-pink, rarely bright blood-red or white. flowers very long, spur thin. labellum three elongated lobes. habitat: forest zone, wetlands, shady places streamsides ; elevation 500–850 m. flowering : april–may. occurrence: rare. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, cyprus, palestine central and mediterranean europe (s. scandinavia and britain to greece, aegean island, w. russia and crimea), armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, n. africa. 2androrchis d.tyteca & e.klein. notes on the genus: tyteca and klein [21, 22] proposed splitting genus orchis into two genera, orchis, which incorporated all species with a so-called "anthropomorphic" lip, i.e., the o. militaris group, and androrchis tyteca and klein. with all the remaining "non-anthropomorphic" species, i.e., the o. mascula group. however this results from tyteca and klein [21, 22] is not accepted by neither ipni nor govaerts [23] and the angiosperm check list [24], but there are other accepted synoname of “orchis mascula subsp. mascula” treated under the genus androrchis, i.e., androrchis pinetorum (boiss, and kotschy) d.tyteca & e.klein. androrchis tenera (landwehr) d.tyteca and e.klein. in addition, there is one species “orchis anatolica” which is treated under the genus orchis is now moved to the genus androrchis and became “androrchis anatolica”confermed by the ipni. herbs perennial. rootstock tuberous, tubers 2 or 3, globose, ovoid or ellipsoid, entire, sessile or stipitate, stem erect, up to 50 cm tall. leaves basal, rosulate, spotted or unspotted, oblong, oblonglinera, acute to obtuse. lnflorescence cylindrical to broadly cylindrical, sparsely to densely flowered. flowers in various shades of red, purple, pink or yellow, rarely greenish yellow, reddish brown or white;dorsal sepal usually erect, free, green, pale green, violet; lateral sepals spreading, erect or connivent with dorsal sepal and petals to form a hood, all glabrous; petals entire, free, usually porrect, linear, lanceolate, narrowly lanceolate; labellum pale yellow, or sometimes white, large, triangular, cuneate, convex at the base, expanded into 3–4 linear-filiform lobed. 1androrchis anatolica (boiss.) d.tyteca & e.klein. (figure 1.2) herbs perennial. tubers subglobose or ovoid, sessile or shortly stipitate. stems up to 40 cm tall, dark pink to purplish red. leaves 3–5, rosulate, narrowly elliptic or oblong to obovate. inflorescences 8–14-flowered; bracts dark pink to purplish red, greenish white in albino forms. flowers pink to purple; sepals pale green to violet, oblong-ovate or narrowly elliptic; petals oblong https://www.ipni.org/a/28015-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/4834-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 62 to obliquely ovate, spurs 13 mm long, cylindrical, petals pale green, linear to narrowly lanceolate, 1 veined, pale green, 12–16 x 2–3mm; labellum 6 mm long, pale pink to purple occasionally white, with a white central area spotted and flecked with purplish red, obovate or suborbicular in outline, 3-lobed; spur pale pink to purple, linear-cylindrical, ca. 2 cm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.8–1.4 cm long. habitat: grasslands, among open oak woodlands, sandy soil, elevation 860–1480 m. flowering: april–may. occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 2-a) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, greece, and cyprus. conservation issues: this species is highly impacted by human use, and overgrazing especiallyin the areas close to villages. collection: qaradagh mountain, s. a. ahmad et al., 15-961 (kbf). 2androrchis spitzelii (saut, ex w.d.j.koch) d.tyteca & e.klein. herbs perennial. tubers ovoid, sessile or shortly stipitate. stems up to 40 cm tall, dark pink to purplish red. leaves 3–5, rosulate, oblong-ovate to ovateor oblong-lanceolate. inflorescences dense, 8–14-flowered; bracts dark pink to purplish red, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate. flowers pink to purple; sepals pale green to violet, oblonoblong-ovatearrowly elliptic; petals oblong to obliquely ovate, spure 13 mm long, cylindrical, petals pale green, linear to narronarrowly lanceolate, pale green, 10–13 x 2–3 mm; labellum 8 mm long, broadly ovate, purple occasionally white, with a white central area spotted and flecked with purplish red, obovate or suborbicular in outline, 3-lobed; spur pale pink to purple, linear-cylindrical, longer than labellum habitat: above timberline, thorn-cushion zone, open dwarf shrublandsrocky soil; elevation 1750– 2300 m. flowering: april– may. occurrence: rare. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran turkey. conservation issues: this species is highimpacted by human use. it is considered an endangered species due to the increasing ethnobotanical activities by local collectors. subsp. latiflora (b.baumann & h.baumann) w.foelsche & jakely inflorescence lax, many-flowerd, flowers pink-purple; labellum large, 3-lobed, broadly obovate 13–16 mm long, 3-lobedspur short, slightly curved and oriented downward. 3cephalanthera l. c. rich. herbs perennial. rootstock rhizomatous, rhizome short, creeping, horizontal or perpendicular. leaves cauline, flat to plicate, unspotted. inflorescence usually few-flowered, lax or rather dense; bracts leafy towards base of the inflorescence. flowers medium to large, showy; sepals subequal, ± connivent, concealing the labellum, glabrous or puberulous. petals slightly shorter than the sepals. labellum spurred (in kurdistan iraq) or unspurred, bipartite; column long, slender, erect, rostellum absent, stigma rounded, slightly concave, viscidia absent, bursicles absent. pollinia crescent-shaped. ovary sessile or subsessile, not twisted. distribution: europe, n. africa and w, asia, extending eastwards via the himalayas to china, indo-china and japan, with one saprophytic species native to the n.w, united states: only 1 species occur in iraq. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 63 1cephalanthera kurdica bornm. ex kraenzl. (figure 2.1) herbs perennial. stems 10–70 cm tall, erect, somewhat flexuose. rhizomes short, up to 5 cm long. leaves 3–5, elliptic or ovate-elliptic, 3.5–5 × 1.6–2 cm., amplexicaul. inflorescence few to manyflowered, often dense, sometimes elongated and lax. flowers bright pink, rarely white; sepals lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, 1.8–2.2 cm × 6–7 mm glabrous, slightly spreading; outer sepal cucullate, lateral sepals slightly oblique; petals lanceolate or lanceolate-oblong, oblong or narrowly-oblong, apex obtuse and rounded, 1.4–1.6 cm × 6–7 mm; ., labellum divided into a pale rose-pink hypochile and a whitish epichile, 13–156 mm long; ovary sessile, narrowly fusiformcylindric, slightly twisted, glabrous or with minute scattered hairs. habitat: mountain side, oak woodlands, sandy-clay soil; elevation 910–1750 m flowering : april–june. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 1-c) distribution: endemic to kurdistan. conservation issues: this species is significantly impacted by the rapid loss of the ecological condition omixed forest zone. collections: azmer mt. khamza, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-770 (kbf); azmer mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 15-924 (kbf); qaradagh mt. sagrma, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-1450 (kbf); qaradagh. smaila, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-960 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 15-1879 (kbf); qaradagh mt. near jafaran village, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-675 (kbf); qaradagh nt. near dara zardaka, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-1305 (kbf); qaradagh mt. sagrma, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1688 (kbf); qaradagh mt. above waziara picnic area, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1711 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1901 (kbf); qaradagh mt. darbandy astel, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-2471 (kbf); qaradagh mt. near hamay hawas village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17-192 (kbf); qaiwan mt. kollard village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17-392 (kbf); qaiwan mt. the mountain above kollard village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17-544 (kbf); qaiwan mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 19-364 (kbf). cephalanthera kurdica, sharbazher area, alt., 1287, 10/5/02010, sufa; sharbazher area / bnawela, alt., 955, 2010, sufa; qaradagh/ jafaran, alt., 987, 26/4/2005, sufa. 4dactylorhiza neck. ex nevski. herbs perennial. rootstoc tuberous, 2 or 3, ovoid, oblong-cylindrical or cylindrical to napiform. stem erect or flexouse, fistular or solid, glabrous. leaves basal, rosulate and or cauline inflorescence many-flowered, bracts leafy, rather fleshy; sepals glabrous; dorsal sepal and petals often connivent, forming a helmet; lateral sepals free, spreading or deflexed, very rarely connivent; labellum entire or 3-lobed, spurred, the surface either flat, convex, undulate or dflexed, without calli at the base, glabrous or papillose, porrect to deflexed, column short, anther-connective absent, viscidia 2, placed in a simple bursicle, this genus represented by ca. 40 species, mainly distributed in europe, the mediteranina and asia (extending to japan), with two species in n. america; two species in kurdistan iraq. 1. dactylorhiza iberica (m.bieb. ex willd.) soó. herbs perennial. tubers 2–3-fid, cylindrical to napiform, sessile,. stems up to 65 cm tall, thin, weakly ridged, fistular, with several membranous sheaths below, bearing subterranean stolons at the base, just above the tubers. leaves 3–6, rosulate, cauline, linear or narrowly lanceolate. inflorescences few-many-flowered; bracts dark pink to purplish red, greenish white in albino https://www.ipni.org/a/6129-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/11692-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/9897-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 64 forms. flowers pink to purple; sepals oblong ovate, ovate-elliptic, narrowly elliptic; petals oblong to obliquely ovate; labellum spotted and flecked with dark purple, obovate or suborbicular in outline, 3-lobed; spur pale pink to purple, spur narrowly cylindrical, slender, ± acute, shorter than the ovary; ovary cylindrical, slightly curved, twisted, glabrous. habitat: above timberline, subalpine, wet places among shrublands, rocky-clay soil; elevation 1700–2600 m. flowering: june–july. occurrence: very rare. conservation issues: this species significantly impact by ecological condition, human use, and overgrazing in late season in high mountain. ggeographical range of the species is very restrict and it might be desapear in very near future. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, greece, and cyprus, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia. 2. dactylorhiza umbrosa (kar. & kir.) nevski. herbs perennial. tubers 2–5-fid, elongated, napiform, sessile. stems up to 80 cm tall, thin, weakly ridged, fistular, with several membranous sheaths below, bearing subterranean stolons at the base, just above the tubers. leaves 4–9, rosulate, lanceolate, narrowly elliptic or oblong-ligulate. inflorescences few-many-flowered; bracts bracts green or purple-red, leafy, narrowly lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate. flowers purple-lilac, pale purple, very rarely white; sepals oblong ovate, ovate-elliptic, narrowly elliptic; petals ovate or lanceolate; labellum with dark purple spots and irregularly broken loops and lines, 3-lobed; spur pale pink to purple, narrowly cylindrical; ovary cylindrical, slightly curved, twisted, glabrous. habitat: wetlands, streamsides, near springs, grassy places, rocky soil; elevation 1000–2550 m. flowering: may – june. occurrence: occasional. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, greece, and cyprus, c. asia, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia. conservation issues: this species significantly impact by ecological condition, human use. var. umbrosa (kar. & kir.) nevski. (figure 2.2). bracts purple-red, leafy, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, exceeding the flower, not noticeably elongated, the lowermost 2.5–3 cm long. habitt: high oak woodlands, wetlands, streamsides; elevation 1000–2200 m. flowering: may–june occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 1-d) distribution: throughout the range of the specie. collection: zawita, s. a. ahmad et al. 2010, alt., 934, sufa. 3dactylorhiza romana (sebast.) soó. herbs perennial. tubers 2–3-fid, elongated, napiform, sessile. stems up to 40 cm tall. leaves 2– 3, rosulate, lanceolate, narrowly elliptic or oblong-ligulate. inflorescences many-flowered; bracts herbaceous, exceeding the violet-purple, dull red or yellow, whitish, leafy, narrowly lanceolate or https://www.ipni.org/a/4648-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/4806-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/6943-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 65 oblong-lanceolate. flowers purple-lilac, pale purple, very rarely white; sepals oblong; petals obliquely ovate; labellum with dark purple spots and irregularly broken loops and lines, 3-lobed; spur pale pink to purple, 10–25 mm long. habitat: high oak forest, subalpine zone, wetlands among dense dwarf shrublands, elevation 1650–2500 m. flowering: april–june occurrence: occasional. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, c asia. conservation issues: this species is significantly impacted by the ecological condition, human use, and overgrazing in the late season in high mountains. subsp. georgica (klinge) soó ex renz & taubenheim. flowers yellow colour; sepals not connivent; labellum usually longer than broad, to 8 mm broad, shortly 3-lobed towards the apex. spur narrowly cylindric. habitat: coniferous forest, forest margins, quercus scrub, alpine meadows. flowering: may–june. occurrence: frequent. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, c asia. 5epipactis zinn. etymology: epipactis, a name used by theophrastus for a plant of uncertain identity possibly a hellebore-which was used by the greeks to curdle milk. herbs perennial. rootstock rhizomatous, rhizome short, thickened, creeping, horizontal or vertical. stem erect, robust or slender. leaves flat to plicate, unspotted. inflorescence often secund, few many-flowered, lax to dense; bracts leafyflowers spreading or pendent, often partially or totally autogamous; sepals and petals spreading or connivent, arranged into a campanulate perianth.petals slightly shorter than the sepals; labellum not spurred, ; ovary pedicellate, clavate, glabrous or minutely papillose, slightly twisted. epipact has ca. 30 species in europe, eastwards through temperate asia to japan, southwards to tropical africa (ethiopia) , one species native to n. america, and represented by 2 species in kurdistan iraq. epipactis, a name used by theophrastus for a plant of uncertain identity, possibly a helleborewhich was used by the greeks to curdle milk. tow sections: section 1: epipactis, flowers small to medium-sized, hypochile semiglobose, concave, epichile not hinged, connected to the hypochile by means of a rigid fold, column short, fleshy, [ e, helleborine (l.) crantz.]. section 2: cymbochilium schltr, flowers relatively large, hypochile narrowly cymbiform, epichile ovate-lanceolate, column slightly elonagate. epipactris veratirifolia subsp. veratrifolia was discovered by youssef et al. [12] and current study, new morphological, geographical, and collections added for this species and its subspecies to the flora of kurdistan. 1. epipactis helleborine (l.) crantz. herbs perennial. stems to 1 m tall, straight or slightly flexuose. rhizomes short, 2–4 mm in diam. leaves 8–20, ovate-elliptic to ovate-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 5–8 × 1–3 cm. inflorescences ihjpas. 36(2)2023 66 many-flowered, erect or slightly curved, lax or rather dense, to 20 cm long; bracts leafy, ovate to narrowly elliptic or lanceolate. flowers 1–1.5 cm in diam, becoming pendulous with age; green or olive-green, sometimes with brownish nerves, ovate-elliptic; petals pale green, suffused roseviolet, ovate or oblong, 0.8–1.2 cm × 4–6 mm, acute; ovary narrowly cylindrical, indistinctly pedicellate. ripe capsule accrescent, distinctly pedicellate, pendulous. habitat: oak woodlands, by streams, riverian woodlands; elevation 900–1400 m. flowering: june –augest occurrence: very rare. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, cyprus, syria, lebanon, palestine, egypt, yemen, oman, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, pakistan, afghanistan, himalaya, europe (including scandinavia and in the crimea), c. asia, n. africa (morrocco, algeria). introduced into n. america. conservation issues: this species significantly impact by ecological conditionand specially the level of the river and stream. 2. epipactis veratrifolia boiss. & hohen. (figure 1.3) herbs perennial. stems to 1.5 m tall, robust. rhizomes short, 2–4 mm in diam. leaves 8–20, ovateelliptic to ovate-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 10–25 × 1–6 cm. inflorescences few-manyflowered, erect or slightly curved, lax or rather dense, to 30 cm long; bracts leafy, ovate to narrowly elliptic or lanceolate. flowers 2–4 cm in diam., becoming pendulous with age; sepals green, buff or yellow, with broad reddish brown or dark purple areas; petals pale green with reddish brown or dark purple marginal bands, broadly ovate to ovate-elliptic, 0.8–1.8 cm × 4–8 mm, acute; ovary narrowly cylindrical, indistinctly pedicellate. ripe capsule accrescent, distinctly pedicellate, pendulous. habitat: valley sides, by streams, dense riverian woodlands, in rocky cliffs by waterfall. ; elevation 800–1750 m. flowering: june-augest. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 1-f) distribution: : kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, cyprus, syria, lebanon, palestine, egypt, yemen, oman, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, pakistan, afghanistan, himalaya, and tropical africa (ethiopia, somalia). conservation issues: this species significantly impact by ecological condition specially the level of river and stream. subsp. veratrifolia boiss.& hohen. inflorescence lax to dense, flower large 20–40 mm diam., becoming pendulous with age; labellum large; hypochile narrowly boat shaped white, up to 10 mm long, epichile ovate-lanceolate reddishbrown with a purple band and a white apex. habitat: valley sides, by streams, dense riverian woodlands, in rocky cliffs by waterfall.; elevation 800–1600 m. flowering: may – july. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey. collections: qaradagh mt. qopi astel, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-2079 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 15-2940 (kbf); qaradagh mt. darbandy astel, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-2448 (kbf); qaradagh mt. the qopi above jafaran village, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-3905 (kbf); qaradagh mt., https://www.ipni.org/a/16284-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/4033-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 67 s. a. ahmad et al. 16-3963 (kbf); qaradagh mt. hamay hawas village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17241 (kbf). barzan area, s. a. ahmad alt., 995, 1/6/2011, sufa. 6himatoglossum w. d. j. koch. herbsa perennial. rootstock tuberous, tubers 2, large, ovoid to subglobose. stem erect, robust, leafy, glabrous, leaves often large, oblong-ligulate. inflorescence many-flowered, dense or lax; bracts membranous, equaling or shorter than the helmet. flowers large, greenish; sepals and petals connivent to form a helmet. labellum spurred, 3-lobed, much longer than the helmet; spur short, conical, saccate, a small genus of about 4 species, distributed in w.c. & s. europe, n. africa, eastward in asia to turkey, aremia, azerbijan, georgia and iran. 1. himantoglossum hircinum (boiss.) schltr. herbs perennial. tubers ovoid, oblong or spherical, sessile. stems up to 1 m tall. leaves 4–7, the lowermost oblong-elliptic or obovate, 5–25 cm long; uppermost bract-like, acute, amplexicaul. inflorescence many-flowered, lax to very dense; bracts longer than the ovary. flowers large; sepals subglobose or ovoid helmet, ovate, ovate-oblong or elliptic; petals pale green or green, linear to linear-lanceolate, acute, slightly shorter than sepals; labellum 3-lobed, coiled and spring-like in bud, mid-lobe ribbor-like, spirally twisted or almost flat habitat: mountain sides, open oak woodlands, sandy soil; elevation 900–1220 m. flowering: april– june. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 1-e) distribution: w. c. & s. europe and the middle fast, north africa (morocco and alger). collections: qaradagh mt. sagrma, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-2882 (kbf); qaiwan mt. the mountain above kollard village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17-543 (kbf); qaiwan mt. kollard village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17-391 (kbf). conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and overcollecting the tubers and sell as a powder in the local bazaar. subsp. hircinum labellum 3-lobed, coiled and spring-like in bud, a middle lobe brownish green, more or less spirally twisted, ribbon-like, spirally twisted or almost flat, ca. 6 cm long, shortly bifid into 2 acute apical un equal in length lobules; lateral lobes often falcate, undulate, acute, 7.5–8 mm long; spur conical, saccate, acute, decurved, 5 mm., long collection: qaradagh, s. a. ahmad alt., 1201, 1/5/2011, sufa; h. hircinum subsp. hircinum, hawraman, s. a. ahmad alt., 1595, sufa; shoke-nawshakhan, s. a. ahmad alt., 1167, 5/5/2010, sufa. (supp. fig. 1-e) subsp. affine (boiss.) sunderm. labellum 3-lobed, ca. 8 cm long.; mid-lobe green or dull brownish-green, often suffused dingy brownish-violet, white or whitish with fine pale purple flecks at the base, narrowly ligulate, shortly bifurcate, 2–5 x 0.1–0.2 cm., slightly twisted; lateral lobes dull green, suffused pale violet, short, obliquely-triangular to falcate; spur olive-green, conical, saccate, apex acute and slightly curved, 3.5–5 mm. habitat: in the mountains, on limestone, among oak forest or scrub. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 68 distribution: s. e. europe (greece), syria, lebanon, palestine, w. & s. turkey, s.w. iran. var. affine (boiss.) j. j. wood. (figure 3.1c,d) labellum 3-lobed; mid-lobe green or dull brownish-green, often suffused dingy brownish-violet, white or whitish with fine pale purple flecks at the base, narrowly ligulate, shortly bifurcate, ca. 4 cm long, slightly widen toward the apex, apex rolled to, the apical lobules acute or obtuse, 6 mmlong, disc with 2 tiny calli at the mouth of the spur; lateral lobes dull green, suffused pale violet, short, obliquely-triangular to falcate, acute, 6 x 1.5 mm.,, outer margin undulate. habitat: mountain sides, among oak woodlands, grassy places, sandy soil; elevation 900-1500 m. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 1-e) flowering: may–june. distribution: throughout the range of the species. (supp. fig. 1) var. pseudocaprinum j.j.wood. (figure 3.1e) labellum 3-lobed, ca. 5 cm long; mid-lobe green or dull brownish-green, often suffused dingy brownish-violet, white or whitish with fine pale purple flecks at the base, narrowly ligulate, ca. 5 mm long, twisted, bifurcate; lateral lobes dull green, suffused pale violet, short, obliquelytriangular to falcate, ca. 1 mm long. habitat: shady places under oak trees, clay soil; elevation 800–1200 m. flowering: april occurrence: rare (supp. fig. 1-e) distribution: endemic to kurdistan iraq. 2himantoglossum comperianum (steven) p.delforge. (figure 3.2) herbs perennial. tubers ovoid, oblong or spherical, sessile. stems up to 80 m tall. leaves 3–5, oblong-ligulate or oblong-elliptic, uppermost narrowly elliptic, acute to subacute, amplexicaul. inflorescence many-flowered, lax to very dense; bracts longer than the ovary. flowers large; sepals olive-green, often suffused brownish purple or rose; petals pale green, linear-ligulate or narrowly lanceolate, broadest at middle, acuminate; labellum pale pink or white, triangular-cuneate, convex at base. column ca. 5 mm long. anthers brownish purple, acute. habitat: mountain sides, dense coppiced oak woodlands, under oak trees, rocky places; elevation 1200–1300 m. flowering : may–june. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 1-e) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia. conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and overcollecting the tubers and sell as a powder in the local bazaar. collections: azmer mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 15-997 (kbf); azmer mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 15923 (kbf); azmer mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 15-1055 (kbf). 7limodorum boehm. herbs perennial. saprophytes with very little or no chlorophyll. roots rhizomltous, rhizome short and thick. stem erect, clothed with violet scale-like sheaths, green leaves absent. peduncle glabrous. inflorescence an erect, spike-like raceme. flower purple, dark pink dark blue violet to violet-purple; perianth segments free; dorsal sepal erect or curving forward, convex; lateral sepals ihjpas. 36(2)2023 69 spreading, ±flat, petals spreading; labellum spurred, entire or obscurely bilobed at the apex, horizontal or deflexcd, margin unoulate, ecallose, glabrous. distribution: two species distributed in central and southern europe, s.w, asia, n. africa and represented in kurdistan iraq by one specie. limodorum abortivum (l.) sw. herbs perennial. . rhizome short, stout, up to 1 cm. stem violet, to violet-red or bluish-green, erect, robust, thick, rigid, bearing numerous violet to violet-red or bluish-violet, , ovate, obtuse sheaths. leaves absent. inflorescence raceme, 22 cm long, lax to dense; bracts bluish-green, usually flushed violet, 3 cm long flowers dark blue, dark pink, violet to violet-purple; sepals pale to dark violet, flushed greyish-violet on the exterior, erect or slightly spreading; dorsal sepal ovate to obovate, obtuse, 2 mm long; sparsely papillose on the dorsal surface, curved forwards, forming a hood over the column; lateral sepals obliquely ovate to broadly elliptic, subacuminate, 2 cm long; petals pale violet distally, whitish proximally, narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, 1.6 x 0.4 cm, glabrous, spreading, labellum violet, fading to dingy-yellow with age, 2 mm long; column 13 mm long, erect, slender. habitat: high forest zone, timberline among grasses; elevation 1000–2100 m. flowering : june-july occurrence: very rare (supp. fig. 1-f) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, lebanon, palestine, jordan, armenia, azerbijan, georgia, mediterranean europe (portugal and spain to switzerland, italy, yugoslavia, albania, greece and crimea), n. africa (morocco, algeria), conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and digridation of the forest. var. abortivum inflorescence violet to violet-purple large flowers; sepals pale to dark violet while petals are pale violet towards the tip; labellum is entire and dark violet, distinctly constricted between the hypochile (pale violet) and epichile has dark violet longitudinally arranged lines and slightly undulated margins; spur pale violet. habitat: mountainside, oak woodlands, sandy soil; elevation 1280–1900 m. collection: qaradagh mt. qopi smaila, s. a. ahmad et al. 16–4159 (kbf). sakran, s. a. ahmad alt., 1275, 15/5/2011, sufa. 8neotinea rchb.f. 1. neotinea tridentata (scop.) r.m.bateman. herbs perennial. tubers ovate-oblong, ovate or subglobouse. stems 15–40 cm tall, often red or purplish above. leaves 2–8, mostly rosulate, oblong-ligulate or narrowly elliptic, rarely oblongovate. inflorescences many-flowered, oblong or cylindrical; bracts green or suffused rose, lanceolate. flowers pale rose-violet; sepals oblong-lanceolate, the lateral oblique, acute to acuminate, 7–12 mm long; petals obliquely ligulate or narrowly lanceolate, 6–9 mm long, 1veined; labellum deeply 3-lobed, cuneate at the base, 6–12 mm long. habitat: mountain side, shrublands, , shady meadows and grassy, rocky soil places; elevation 800–1400 m. flowering : april-may. https://www.ipni.org/a/8254-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 70 occurrence: rare. (supp. fig. 2-a) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, armenia, azerbijan, georgia, c & s europe (from belguim and france to the danube region and greece), n. africa (morrocco to tunisia). conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and overcollecting the tubers and sell as a powder in the local bazaar. subsp. tridentate inflorescence up to 10 cm long; flowers pale rose ; sepals and petals coherent or connivent, forming a loose helmet with sepals divergent at the top; labellum (7 to 10 mm long) deeply 3lobed that are devoid of hair white, pale rose or pale reddish-violet, spotted purple, mid-lobe cuneate. habitat: mountain side, oak woodlands, grasslands, rocky soil, elevation 1000–1450 flowering : april occurrence: rare (supp. fig. 2-a) distribution: kurdistan iraq, s. europe to caucasus (armenia, azerbaijan, georgia),. var. tridentata plant often quite robust, inflorescence dense, sepals acute, mostly 6–8 mm long. labellum mostly 6–9 mm long; lobules of mid-lobe often entire at the apex, occurrence: rare (supp. fig. 2-a) distribution: kurdistan iraq, , c. & s. europe to armenia, azerbijan, georgia, n. africa.. var. commutata (tod.) rchb.f. plant often slender, inflorescence lax. flowers rose-violet; sepals acuminate, mostly 8-10mm long; labellum mostly 8–10 mm long; lobules of mid-lobe often denticulate at the apex. habitat: mountain forest, oak woodlands, , sandy soil; elevation 1074–1299 m. distribution: kurdistan iraq, s. & central europe. (supp. fig. 2) collections: qaradagh mt. darband waziara, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-353 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-244 (kbf). 9ophrys l. herbs perennial. rootstock tuberous, tubers 2–3, globose or ovoid, sessile or stipitate. stem glabrous leaves basal, rosulate and/or cauline, unspotted perianth segments free, ± spreading, the 3 outer sepals larger, usually glabrous, the 2 inner petals smaller, often hirsute, labellum without a spur, entire or 3-lobed, glabrous or velutinous, often strongly convex;column having a minute rostellum with the position of the staminodes often indicated by coloured points some 30 species distributed throughout europe, w. asia and n. africa and mediterranean region . represented by seven species in kurdistan iraq. 1ophrys bornmuelleri m.schulze ex bornm. (figure 1.4). herbs perennial. stems 15–40 cm tall. tubers 2, sessile or stipitate. leaves 3 or 4, grouped at base, narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, 6–12 × 1.3–3 cm. inflorescences 2–15-flowered; bracts ovate-elliptic, usually longer than ovary. flwers pale yellow or pale pink; sepals pale green or whitish green, sometimes flushed with pink, ovate oblong or ovate-elliptic, obtuse; petals ihjpas. 36(2)2023 71 triangularovate, 1–2 mm long, pubescent; mid lobe of lip slightly convex or somewhat flattened, broadly ovate to suborbicular, 7–12 mm long; lateral protuberances of lip prominent, to 3 mm long; speculum reduced to a short-branched h-shaped or to 2 spots only; anther connective very short; labellum brown to purplish-brown, becoming paler towards the margin, broadly ovate, suborbicular, quadrate or trapeziform-flabellate and emarginate in outline, 7–12 mm long. habitat: mountain side, oak woodland, grasslands, , sandy soil; elevation 750-1300 m. flowering : april–may. occurrence: very rare. (supp. fig. 2-c) distribution: cyprus, syria, lebanon, palestine and southern turkey. collection: zakho-kani mase, s. a. ahmad alt., 780, 18/5/2010, sufa. conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and foothills. this species grows in very restricted riverine woodlands, it might be disappear due to climit change. subsp. carduchorum renz & taubenheim. sepals pale green, sometimes flushed with pink at the base, ovate-elliptic, obtuse, glabrous; dorsal sepal 6–12 x 4.5–5 mm at the base, curving forward; lateral sepals 9 × 4–5 mm., with 3-nerved, reflexed or spreading. petals small, elongated triangular, 2 x 0.8–1 mm., yellowish-green to pale pink, the edges somewhat villous, triangular-lanceolate, acute, 1-nerved, pubscent, lowerpart of margin villose. labellum brown to purplish-brown becoming pale yellow toward the margin, convex or rather rounded. habitat: mountain cliffs, foothills, rocky place; elevation 992–1650 m. flowering : may. occurrence: very rare (supp. fig. 2-c) distribution: zagrosian endemic collection: qaradagh mt. takia mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-580 (kbf); qaradagh mt. top of the mountain above waziara, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1770 (kbf); qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-796 (kbf); qaradagh mtt. sagrma mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1516 (kbf); qaiwan mt. kollard village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17-390 (kbf). 2ophrys cilicica schltr. herbs perennial. stems 15–40 cm tall. tubers 2, sessile or stipitate. leaves 3 –5, grouped at base, narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, 6–12 × 1.3–3 cm. inflorescences lax, or dense, 2–12flowered; bracts ovate-elliptic, usually longer than ovary. flwers pink; sepals pale green or whitish green, sometimes flushed with pink, ovate oblong or ovate-elliptic, obtuse; petals triangularovate, 1–2 mm long, pubescent; mid lobe of lip slightly convex or somewhat flattened, broadly ovate to suborbicular, 7–12 mm long; lateral protuberances of lip prominent, to 3 mm long; speculum reduced to a short-branched h-shaped or to 2 spots only; anther connective very short; labellum deeply 3-lobed, narrowed towards the base, spiculate at apex, without distinct appendix. habitat: open oak woodlands, grasslands, riverine woodlands, sand or rocky soil; elevation 800– 1100 flowering : april – may. occurrence: rare distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey. https://www.ipni.org/a/8297-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/10450-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 72 conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and foothills. this species grows in very restricted riverine woodlands, it might be disappear due to climit change. 3ophrys mammosa desf. herbs perennial. stems up to 70 cm tall. tubers 2or 3. leaves 3 –5, grouped at base, narrowly elliptic to obovate, 6–12 × 1.3–3 cm. inflorescences lax, or dense, 6–18-flowered; bracts narowlly ovate-elliptic, usually longer than ovary. flwers brownish-red; sepals pale green or whitish green, sometimes flushed with pink, ovate oblong or ovate-elliptic, obtuse; petals triangularovate, 1–2 mm long, pubescent; mid lobe of lip slightly convex or somewhat flattened, broadly ovate to suborbicular, 7–12 mm long; lateral protuberances of lip prominent, to 3 mm long; speculum reduced to a short-branched h-shaped or to 2 spots only; anther connective very short; labellum deeply 3-lobed, narrowed towards the base, spiculate at apex, without distinct appendix. habitat: stream sides, shady wet places, , sandy soil; elevation 700–1350 m. occurrence: frequent. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, cyprus, greece, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, e mediterranean. conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and foothills. subsp. mouterdeana b.baumann & h.baumann. dorsal sepal greenish, lateral ones half green up, half purplish down. petals ribbon-like, glabrous or subglabrous, greenish, suffused brownish-rose. labellum slightly 3-lobed, narrowed towards the base, spiculate at apex, without strong appendix; partially convex, brown to purplish-brown velvety. habitat: mountain sides, among oak woodlands, grasslands, , sandy soil; elevation 750–1350. flowering : mar. – may. occurrence: rare. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, cyprus, greece, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, e mediterranean. 4ophrys reinholdii spruner ex boiss. herbs perennial. stems up to 60 cm tall. tubers 2. leaves 2–6, grouped at base, narrowly elliptic, oblong or oblanceolate, 8–12 × 1–3 cm. inflorescences lax, or dense, 3–10-flowered, lax; bracts narrowly elliptic, usually longer than ovary. flwers brownish-red; sepals roseviolet, greenish-rose or greenish-white with a green mid-vein, oblong or ovate-oblong; petals trianguler, pale to dark violet-rose, rarely dull olive-green, 5–7 mm long, pubescent; mid lobe of lip slightly convex or somewhat flattened, broadly ovate to suborbicular, 7–12 mm long; lateral protuberances of lip prominent, to 3 mm long; speculum reduced to a short-branched h-shaped or to 2 spots only; labellum 3-lobed, 12–15 mm., slightly convex; mid-lobe dark brown or blackish-purple, with a paler brown or yellowish-green margin, subrotund or transversely elliptic. habitat: dry oak woodlands, rocky and sandy soil; elevation 1650–2100 m. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 73 subsp. reinholdi speculum reduced, usually consisting of two separate spots or commas arising from the sinus between the mid and lateral lobes of the labellum. subsp. straussii (h.fleischm.) e.nelson sepals often rose, sometimes whitish or greenish-rose with a dark green midnerve, spreading to reflexed; petals ligulate, pink brownish to dark violet-rose; speculum snowy-white, consisting of two spots or parallel lines sometimes joined at base. habitat: mountainside, oak woodlands, shady places; sandy soil; elevation 900–1200 m. occurrence: very rare. distributions: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey. 5ophrys schulzei bornm.&fleischm. herbs perennial. stems up to 55 cm tall. tubers 2. leaves 5–6, lowermost leaves obovate, upper narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate, 8–14 × 2–4 cm. inflorescences lax, or dense, many-flowered, lax; bracts narrowly elliptic, usually longer than ovary. flowers very small for the genus, spreading; sepals bright violet-rose with a green mid-vein, 10 x 4 mm., slightly concave, reflexed; dorsal sepal oblong, obtuse; lateral sepals obliquely oblong-ovate, slightly acute; petals rose-violet, minutes, elongated-triangular, obtuse, 2.5 x 1.8 mm., villous towards the base, otherwise minutely papillose, labellum distinktly 3-lobed, 11 x 7 mm; mid-lobe dark brown, oval, or round in outline, strongly convex, margin and apex revolute. habitat: foothills, dense oak woodlands, wet grassy places; elevation 600–1400m. flowering : april–may. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 2-c) distribution: kurdistan iarq, iran, turkey, syria. conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and foothills. collection: amedi, s. a. ahmad et al., 995, 16/4/2011, sufa; s. a. ahmad et al, 1087, 15/4/2011, sufa. 6ophrys sphegodes mill. herbs perennial. tubers 2, oblong or ovoid, shortly stipitate or sessile. stems 20–80 cm tall, erect or slightly flexuous. leaves 3–6, mostly grouped at base, narrowly to broadly elliptic, sometimes narrowly obovate. inflorescences 2–12-flowered, lax; bracts ovate-elliptic, obtuse. sepals yellowish to dull olivegreen, sometimes variously suffused with dull red or reddish purple, oblong to ovate-oblong or elliptic; petals ligulate or linear-ligulate, 7–11 mm long, subglabrous or minutely pubescent; mid lobe of lip strongly convex, broadly obovate, 1–1.6 cm long; lateral protuberances of lip poorly developed or absent; speculum hor π-shaped. anther connective short or rostrate, acute. habitat: grasslands, among oak woodlands, sandy soil; elevation 900–1650 m. flowering : april–june. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 2-b) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, and w, c & s europe (s england, through c germany to greece and crimea). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 74 conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition in the forest zone and foothills. collections: qaradagh mt. near jafaran village, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-653 (kbf), qaradagh mt. sagrma, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1517 (kbf), qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-2318 (kbf), qaradagh mt. kella barza village, s. a. ahmad et al. 17-99 (kbf), qaradagh mt. between jafaran and qaradagh town, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-792 (kbf), qaradagh mt. near dara zardaka, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-1307 (kbf), qaradagh mt. darbandy sagrma, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-813 (kbf), qaradagh mt. cliff side above balkha village, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-2765 (kbf), qaradagh mt., s. a. ahmad et al. 16-994 (kbf), qaradagh mt. smaila, s. a. ahmad et al. 15958 (kbf). peramagroon, s. a. ahmad alt., 1470, 11-5-2008, sufa. subsp. sphegodes mill. sepals olive green to bright purple, oblong or ovoid, obtuse 8–10 mm x 3–3.5 mm., revolute, glabrous, 4–7 x 2–3 mm, dorsal sepal slightly reflexed, reflexed. petals yellowish-green, narrowly elliptic, 5-7 x 1–1.5 mm, undulate, pubescent at the upper surface, labellum maroon with yellowish marginal zone, 7–9 x 3–6mm, ovate sub-entire with small incision on the each sides. habitat: the typical subspecies, which occurs almost throughout the range of the species, has not found in iraq, where the species is represented by: flowering : march – may. occurrence: frequent. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, cyprus, armenia, azerbijan, georgia. subsp. transhyrcana (czerniak.) soó. sepals dull olive-green, reddish-purple; dorsal sepal appearing distinctly narrow because of the strongly revolute margin, 10–16 x 4-5 mm, when flattened; lateral sepals 10–17 x 4–7 mm, when flattened; petals narrowly ligulate or linear, acute, 7-11 x 2-3 mm., margins somewhat revolute, rarely flat,  glabrous or very shortly pubescent, often strongly reflexed. labellum dark brown, broadly obovate, 10-16 x 13 mm.. habitat: pine forest, foothills, sany and rocky soil; elevation 500–1500 m. flowering : march – may. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 2-b) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, cyprus, armenia, azerbijan, georgia. 7. ophrys umbilicata desf. herbs perennial. tubers 2, oblong or subglobuse, shortly stipitate or sessile. stems 20–40 cm tall, erect or slightly flexuous. leaves 3–8, mostly grouped at base, narrowly to broadly elliptic, sometimes narrowly obovate. inflorescences 4–12-flowered, lax; bracts ovate narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate, acute. sepals pale to olive-green or greenish-white to pale pink, rarely whitish, ovateoblong or oblong-obtuse, revolute, glabrous; petals ligulate or linear-ligulate, 7–11 mm long, subglabrous or minutely pubescent; labellum deeply 3-lobed, ovate, oblong or flabelliform in outline, with or without a distinct sinus, between the mid and lateral lobes. habitat: mixed oak woodlands, valley sides, dense grasslands, sandy and rocky soil; elevation 800–1100 m. https://www.ipni.org/a/6485-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 75 occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 2-c) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, cyprus, e. aegaean isles (samos etc.). conservation issues: this species highly impact by rapid loss the ecological condition of the wetlands in the forest zone and foothills. collection: qaradagh mt. near naramsin, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-451 (kbf). subsp. carmeli (h.fleischm. & bornm.) j.j.wood. sepals green: dorsal sepal 8–10 mm long; lateral sepals 8–12 mm long; petals olive-green; labellum with a distinctly excised sinus between the mid and lateral lobes. 7–10 mm long, ; speculum reddish-brown with a creamy-white. habitat: mountain side, damp places, stream sides; elevation 500–1200 m. flowering : april – may. occurrence: rare. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria. subsp. khuzestanica renz & taubenheim etymology: khuzistan ophrys (referring its discovery from khuzistan, iran). sepals greenish or green, the dorsal one folded back on the gynostema, petals olive-green coloured; labellum deeply 3-lobed with a distinctly excised sinus between the mid and lateral lobes; lateral lobes protuberances with short horns; middle lobe convex, oblong; speculum complex and large, reddish-brown with a creamy-white border usually encircling only 3 patches; basal field dark brown with a pale violet border. habitat: mountain side, oak woodlands, wetlands, rocky soil; elevation 50–1400 m. flowering : april–may occurrence: occasional. distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turky ( endemic to zagros system). 10orchis tourn, ex l. herbs perennial. rootstock tuberous, tubers 2(–3), globose, ovoid or ellipsoid, entire, sessile or stipitate. stem glabrous. leaves basal, rosulate and/or cauline, spotted or unspottedinflorescence many-flowerd;floral bracts thin, membranous. perianth segments usually concave and connivent to form a helmet, or with the 3 outer sepals more flattened and spreading to deflexed, the sepals and the 2 inner petals either equal in length or the latter shorter, glabrous; labellum spurred, entire to deply 3-lobed, porrect to deflexed, the surface wither flat, undulate or bilateraly deflexed, sometimes with subfalcate lobes, with or without calli at the base, glabrous or papillose; column with a 3-lobed rostellum, the median lobe of which is short and lamelliform, anther-connective absent, viscidia 2, placed in a simple bursicle. some 35 species distributed over europe, the mediterranian region and temperate asia, orchis (from gr, orchis, testicle, referring to the appearance of the plants tubers). the genus was represented by 8 species in kurdistan flora of iraq (hutchinson, 1959), currently represended by four species. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 76 1orchis mascula (l.) d.tyteca & e.klein, j, eur, orch. herbs perennial. tubers 2, ovate-oblong or ellipsoid, shortly stipitate. stems up to 60 cm tall. leaves 3–7, blotched or speckled purple-red or unmarked, grouped towards base, narrowly elliptic, ovate-elliptic, oblanceolate, oblong, or obovate. inflorescences few-many-flowered, cylindrical; bracts purple-red, lanceolate to linear-lanceolate. flowers purple, lilac, or rose-pink, occasionally white; labellum subrotund, broadly oblong to obovate, cuneate, 3-lobed above middle or sometimes subentire; ovary cylindrical, 5–7 mm long. habitat: mountain cliffs, oak woodlands, , rocky soil; elevation 1580–1700. flowering : may-july occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 2-d) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, n asia, and n africa.collection: qaradagh mt. top of the mountain above waziara, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1769 (kbf). conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and overcollecting the tubers and sell as a powder in the local bazaar. subsp. mascula bracts exceeding the flower, acuminate, dark purple; sepals acute to acuminate, midlobe of labellum spotted, truncate, slightly exceeding the lateral lobes; spur slightly dilated at the apex, equalling the ovary. habitat: high mountain forest, wetlands, oak woodlands, shady places, sand-clay soil; 1300– 1800 m. flowering : may–june. occurrence: rare. (supp. fig. 2) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, armenia, azernbijan, georgia. subsp. pinetorum sepals rather obtuse, labellum unmarked or with only a few spots or lines towards the centere, shortly cuneate at the base, pointing forwards; midlobe emarginated or slightly bilobed, longer than the lateral lobes; spur dilated at the apex, shorter than or equaling the ovary, gently upwardly curved. habitat: high mountain forest, wetlands, oak woodlands, shady places, sand-clay soil; 1300– 1800 m. flowering : may–june. occurrence: rare (supp. fig. 2-d) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, armenia, azernbijan, georgia. subsp. longicalcarata akhalk., h.baumann. bracts purple-red, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, shorter than the ovary, 23 x 4 mm, membranous; flowers purple, lilac, labellum with a central white area extending around the mouth of the spur which is lined with dark purple and purple spots; dorsal sepal connivent with the petals to form an incomplete helmet, oblong, obtuse, 8 x 3.5 mm, slightly concave; lateral sepals obliquely oblong, obtuse, 10 x 3 mm., erect to spreading or somewhat reflexed; petals obliquely oblong, obtuse, 9 x 2 mm; labellum subrotund, obovate, slightly formed 3 unequal lobes above the middle subentire. habitat: dense oak woodlands, stream sides, wetlands, grasslands, clay soil; elevation 700–1800 m. https://www.ipni.org/a/12653-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/28015-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/4834-1 https://www.ipni.org/p/20000037-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 77 flowering : apr, – may. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 2-d) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey. collection: qaradagh, s. a. ahmad, 2007 (sufa), alt., 987; batif / mam, s. a. ahmad 11/5/2011 (sufa), alt., 749 m. 2orchis palustris jacq. herbs perennial. tubers 2, subglobose or ellipsoid, shortly stipitate. stems up to 1 m tall. leaves 3–8, cauline, linear to lanceolate, narrowly elliptic, ovate-elliptic, oblanceolate, oblong, or obovate. inflorescences 5–50-flowered, cylindrical; bracts green suffused with pale reddishpurple, narrowly elliptic, acute, enclosing and usually equaling the ovary, the lowermost exceeding the ovary. flowers dark purple, sometimes pink, rarely pure white, petals sometimes yellowish; labellum obovate, triangular-obovate, transversely oblong or obcordate in outline, cuneate at the base, 3-lobed, sometimes entire or subentire, 9–15 mm long, flat or slightly convex. habitat: valley and hillside, grasslands, caly soil; elevation 835–1050 m. flowering : may–june. occurrence: frequent. (supp. fig. 2-e) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, lebanon, palestine, jordan, armenia, azerbijan, georgia, c. asia , w. c. & mediterranean europe (sweden, belgium, france, spain & portugal to w. russia, greece etc.), n. africa (morocco, algeria). conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and overcollecting the tubers and sell as a powder in the local bazaar. collection: qaradagh mt. darbarw village, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-1148 (kbf). 3orchis simia lam. herbs perennial. tubers 2, ovoid or ellipsoid, stipitate. stems up to 60 cm tall. leaves 3–8, glossy green, unspotted, oblong, oblong-elliptic, oblong-ovate or narrowly elliptic. inflorescences many flowered, cylindrical; bracts green suffused with pale reddish-purple, narrowly elliptic, acute, enclosing and usually equaling the ovary, the lowermost exceeding the ovary. flowers dark purple, sometimes pink, rarely pure white; sepals ovate to narrowly elliptic, sometimes oblong-elliptic, the lateral oblique petals sometimes yellowish; petals linear, acuminate, 9–12 mm long; pale pink or white with tufts of purple papillae at the base and centre, with dark purple or pinkish-violet lobes, rarely entirely white or pink, distinctly 3-lobed. habitat: mountains forest, grasslands, sandy-clay soil; elevation 850–1050 m. flowering : april–may. occurrence: occasional. (supp. fig. 2-e) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, greece, and cyprus, mediterranean europe, armenia, azerbijan, gergia, n. africa (libya). conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and overcollecting the tubers and sell as a powder in the local bazaar. subsp. simia monkey orchid has two elongated ovoid or ellipsoid tubercles. ; bracts triangular-ovate to elliptic ; sepals and petals are coherent or connivent in a loose helmet, sepals are whitish to pale greyishpink outside but purple spotted inside, like petals; labellum is deeply four-lobed ihjpas. 36(2)2023 78 habitat: mountain side, oak woodland, rocky soil; elevation 1285–1700 m. flowering : april – may. occurrence: rare. (supp. fig. 2-e) collection: qaradagh mt. near dara zardaka, s. a. ahmad et al. 15-1306 (kbf). 4orchis punctulata steven ex lindl. herbs perennial. tubers 2, oblong or ellipsoid, stipitate. stems up to 75 cm tall. leaves 3–9, glossy green. unspotted. mostly rosulate except for 1 or 2 just above the main rosette, oblong. oblongligulate or narrowly elliptic. inflorescences many-flowered, cylindrical; bracts green suffused with pale reddish-purple, narrowly elliptic, acute, enclosing and usually equaling the ovary, the lowermost exceeding the ovary. flowers dark purple, sometimes pink, rarely pure white; sepals yellowish-green. yellow or brownish-yellow. rarely flushed with pink; petals yellowish-green. linear ob oblong, 8–9 mm long yellowish-green at the base. ochre to brown or brownish-violet towards the ends of the lobes. with numerous tufts of violet-red papillae. habitat: foothill side, oak woodlands, silty soil; elevation 600–837 m. flowering : march– april. occurrence: very rare. (supp. fig. 2-e) distribution: kurdistan iraq, iran, turkey, syria, lebanon, palestine, jordan, greece, and cyprus, se europe, armenia, azerbijan, gergia, n. africa (libya). conservation issues: this species highly impact by habitat loss and overcollecting the tubers and sell as a powder in the local bazaar. collections: qaiwan mt. near mokaba, s. a. ahmad et al. 16-149 (kbf). acknowledgment we are profoundly grateful to dr. ihsan a. al-shehbaz (mo and board member of kurdistan botanical foundation) for his advice and help throughout all kbf floristic study projects. we are equally grateful to dr. sarbagh salih (board member of kurdistan botanical foundation) for her continuous support. special thanks are owed to ms. narmin osman, president of the kbf board of trustees for her support. the affiliation and support of the american university in iraq, sulaimani (auis) are greatly appreciated. websites angiosperm phylogeny: http://www.mobot.org/mobot/research/apweb international plant names index: http://www.ipni.org/ jstor global plants (https://plants.jstor.org/) world wildlife: http://www.worldwildlife.org/ecoregions/pa0812 virtual herbaria (https://herbarium.univie.ac.at/database/search.php) http://www.mobot.org/mobot/research/apweb http://www.ipni.org/ https://plants.jstor.org/ http://www.worldwildlife.org/ecoregions/pa0812 https://herbarium.univie.ac.at/database/search.php ihjpas. 36(2)2023 79 figure1: 1. anacamptis papilionacea (l.) r.m.bateman, pridgeon & m.w.chase. subsp. schirwanica, 1a. inflorescence, 1b. tubers; 2. androrchis anatolica (boiss.) d.tyteca & e.klein., 2a. habit, 2b. dissect flower; 3. epipactis veratrifolia boiss. & hohen., 3a. part of inflorescence, 3b. dissect flower; 4. ophrys bornmuelleri m.schulze ex bornm., 4a. habit, 4b. flower. https://www.ipni.org/a/12653-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/14598-1 https://www.ipni.org/n/998299-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/16284-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/4033-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 80 figure 2: 1. cephalanthera kurdica bornm. ex kraenzl., 1a. inflorescence, 1b. rhizome, 1c. flower; 2. dactylorhiza umbrosa (kar. & kir.) nevski. var. umbrosa, 2a. inflorescence, 2b. tubers; 3. anacamptis collina (l.) r.m.bateman, 3a. inflorescence, 3b. tubers, 3c. flower; 4a, anacamptis coriophora (l.) r.m.bateman, pridgeon & m.w.chase. subsp. fragrans, 4a. habit, 4b. flower. https://www.ipni.org/a/4648-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/4806-1 https://www.ipni.org/a/6943-1 https://www.ipni.org/n/998299-1 https://www.ipni.org/n/998299-1 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 81 figure 3: himantoglossum hircinum (boiss.) schltr. subsp. affine var. affine, 3a. part of inflorescence, 3b. tubers, 1c & ld. labellum; 2a. himantoglossum comperianum (steven) p.delforge.; 2a part of inflorescence, 2b. flower. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 82 a b c d e f supplementary figure 1: geographical distirbution of the different taxa in kurdistan iraq. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 83 a b c d e supplementary figure 2: geographical distirbution of the different taxa in kurdistan iraq. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 84 references 1. swarts, n.d. ; k.w. dixon terrestrial orchid conservation in the age of extinction. annals of botany, 2009, 104(3),543-556. 2. chase, m.w.; et al., an updated classification of orchidaceae, botanical journal of the linnean society, 2015,177(2),151-174. 3. guest, e. ;c. townsend, flora of iraq. 1966. 4. faris, y., the vascular plants of pira magrun mountain., m. sc. thesis, salahaddin university, erbil, iraq. 1983. 5. haedar, f.u., vascular plants of haibat sulltan mountain., university of sulaimani. 6. ahmad, s.a., eighteen species new to the flora of iraq. feddes repertorium, 2013, 124(2‐3), 65-68. 2003. 7. ahmad, s.a. ; salih, s., azmar-goizha plant field guide. ., sulaimani, iraq.: kurdistan botanical foundation. 2017. 8. ahmad, s.a. ; salih, s., qaradagh mountain plant field guide., sulaimani, iraq.: american university (auis) press. 2019. 9. ahmad, s.a. ; salih, s., qaiwan mountain plant field guide. 2021, sulaimani, iraq.: american university (auis) press. 10. hama, s.y., vascular plants of gmo mountain., university of sulaimani. 2020. 11. vela, e.; s. youssef; a. mahmood, first survey on orchids (orchidaceae) of duhok province in kurdistan region (n-iraq). journal europäischer orchideen, 2013, 45(2-4), 235. 12. youssef, s.; et al., new contribution on orchids (orchidaceae) of duhok province in kurdistan region (n-iraq). journal europäischer orchideen, 2015,47(2-4), 405. 13. baumann, h.; s. künkele; r. lorenz, orchideen europas: mit angrenzenden gebieten. 2006: weltbild. 14. govaerts, r.; et al., world checklist of orchidaceae, kew: royal botanic gardens, 2005– 2020. 2020. 15. youssef, s.m.; et al., two new records of orchid species for the flora of iraq: anacamptis papilionacea (l.) rm bateman, pridgeon & mw chase and dactylorhiza romana (sebast.) soó. aro-the scientific journal of koya university, 2017, 5(2),55-60. 16. renz, j., flora iranica. part 126: orchidaceae. 1978, naturhistorisches museum vienna. 17. davis, p.h., flora of turkey and the east aegean islands., 3. flora of turkey and the east aegean islands, 1970,3. 18. kreutz, k.; çolak, ah. ;türkiye orkideleri; alper hüseyin çolak.; rota yayınları, 2009. 19. kretzschmar, h.; w. eccarius; h. dietrich, the orchid genera anacamptis, orchis, neotinea: phylogeny, taxonomy, morphology, biology, distribution. ecology and hybridisation. bürgel, 2007. 20. mabberley, d.j. the orthographic significance of the latin name for the “norfolk island hibiscus”(malvaceae). taxon, 2018.,67(4), 792-793. 21. tyteca, d.; e. klein, genes, morphology and biology–the systematics of orchidinae revisited. j. eur. orch, 2008, 40(3), 501-544. 22. tyteca, d.; e. klein, genes, morphology and biology–the systematics of orchidinae revisited: a reappraisal. journal of european orchids, 2009, 41(3), 473. 23. govaerts, r.; et al., world checklist of orchidaceae. kew: royal botanic gardens. 2012. 24. reveal, j.l.; m.w. chase, apg iii: bibliographical information and synonymy of magnoliidae. phytotaxa, 2011, 19, 71-134. microsoft word 147-154 147 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 purely goldie extending modules saad a. al-saadi ikbal a. omer dep. of mathematics /college of science/university of al mustansiriyah received in: 4 march 2015, accepted in : 13 april 2015 abstract an -module is extending if every submodule of is essential in a direct summand of . following clark, an -module is purely extending if every submodule of is essential in a pure submodule of . it is clear purely extending is generalization of extending modules. following birkenmeier and tercan, an -module is goldie extending if, for each submodule of , there is a direct summand d of such that . in this paper, we introduce and study class of modules which are proper generalization of both the purely extending modules and -extending modules. we call an -module is purely goldie extending if, for each , there is a pure submodule p of such that . many characterizations and properties of purely goldie extending modules are given. also, we discuss when a direct sum of purely goldie extending modules is purely goldie extending and moreover we give a sufficient condition to make this property of purely goldie extending modules is valid. key words: extending module, purely extending module, -extending module, purely goldie extending. 148 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 introduction throughout all rings are associative and r denotes a ring with identity and all modules are unitary r-modules. a submodule of a module is called essential if every non-zero submodule of intersects nontrivially (notionally, e m). also, a submodule of is closed in , if it has no proper essential extension in [1]. recall that a module m is extending if every submodule of is essential in a direct summand of . equivalently, every closed submodule of m is direct summand [1]. many generalizations of extending modules are extensively studied. following fuchs [2] and clark [3], an -module is purely extending if every submodule of is essentialin a pure submodule of m (recall that a submodule n of an r-module m is pure if im∩n =in for every finitely generated ideal i of r). also in [4], the following relations on the set of submodules of an r-module m are considered. (1) if and only if there exists a submodule of such that e a and e a; (ii) if and only if ∩ e x and ∩ e y. following [4], is reflexive and symmetric, but it may not be transitive. also, is an equivalence relation. moreover, an r-module is extending if and only if for each submodule of , there exists a direct summand of such that [4]. in 2009 birkenmeier and tercan [4], an module is called goldie extending (shortly, -extending) if, for each submodule of , there is a direct summand d of such that . in section one, we introduce purely -extending modules. an r-module m is -extending if, for each , there is a pure submodule p of such that . it is clear that every extending (purely extending) module is purely -extending module and the converse is not true in general. additional conditions are given to make the converse true. in fact we prove that: let be a pure split. then is a purely -extending module if and only if is a – extending module. moreover, the hereditary property of purely -extending modules is discussed. we call an r-module m is purely -extending if every direct summand of m is purely – extending. we do not know whether every purely –extending module is purely extending. indeed, we conclude that every purely extending module is purely -extending. finally, we prove that an z-module is extending if and only if m is a purely extending and is a -extending. in section two, various characterizations of purely -extending modules are given. for example, we prove that an -module is purely -extending if and only if every direct summand of the injective hull of , there exists a pure submodule of such that ∩ ) . on other direction, the direct sum property of purely –extending modules is discussed. we prove that, if is purely -extending module for each ∈ and every closed submodule of =⊕ ∈ is fully invariant, then =⊕ ∈ is purely -extending module. 1. purely goldie extending modules. recall that an -module is -extending if, for each submodule of , there is a direct summand d of such that . equivalently , is goldie extending if and only if for each closed submodule c of , there is a direct summand d of such that [4], also, an module is purely extending module if every submodule of is essential in a pure submodule of [3]. we introduce and study the class of modules which is a generalization of both -extending modules and purely extending modules. 149 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 definition (1.1) an -module is called purely goldie extending (shortly, purely -extending) if, for each , there is a pure submodule p of such that . remarks and examples (1.2) 1) every purely extending module is a purely -extending, but the converse is not true in general. for example, the z-module ⊕ is a purely –extending since is -extending [4]. but by [4, example (3.20)] and proposition (1.14), ⊕ is not purely extending z-module. 2) every extending module is purely -extending, but the converse is not true in general. for example, by [5, example (3.4)], the z-module ⊕ ∈ z is purely extending but it is not extending. so m is a purely –extending while, by proposition (1.14), m is not -extending . 3) every uniform module is purely -extending, but the converse is not true in general. for example, as z-module is purely extending but it is not uniform. recall that an -module is a pure-split if every pure submodule of is a direct summand [6].the following proposition gives conditions under which the concepts of extending modules and purely extending modules are equivalent. proposition (1.3): let is a pure split -module. then is a purely -extending if and only if is a extending. ∎ following [7], a non-zero -module is pure-simple if the only pure submodules of are 0 and itself. proposition (1.4) let be a puresimple -module. then is a purely extending if and only if is a uniform module. proof:(⟹) let be a submodule of . by assumption, there is a pure submodule p of such that β . so, ∩ is essential in .but is a puresimple then = , then is essential in . thus, is a uniform module. (⟸) let be a submodule of . since is a uniform module, then is essential in , but is a pure submodule of , then β . hence, is a purely extending. ∎ corollary (1.5) let be a puresimple -module. then the following statements are equivalent. (1) is a purely extending module. (2) is a purely -extending module. (3) is uniform module. following [4], a submodule of -extending module need not to be -extending. moreover, a submodule of purely extending module need not to be purely extending [5]. in fact, we do not know whether a submodule of a purely -extending module is purely -extending. indeed, we have the following result. proposition (1.6) every submodule of a purely -extending -module with the property that the intersection of with any pure submodule of is a pure submodule of is purely extending. 150 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 proof : let be a submodule of . since is a purely -extending, then there is a pure submodule of such that . by assumption, ∩ is a pure submoduleof .but, ∩ ≤e p and ∩ ≤e a, so ∩ ∩ ≤e ∩ and ∩ ∩ ≤e ∩ =a. therefore, ∩ . thus, is purely -extending module. ∎ from [4], recall that is -extending module if every direct summand of is extending.this lead us to introduce the following. definition (1.7): an -module is called purely -extending if every direct summand of is purely extending. in fact, we do not know whether, every purely -extending module is purely extending. in fact, we have the following result. proposition (1.8): every purely extending module is purely -extending module. proof : let be a direct summand of a purely extending module . by [5], is purely extending module. hence is purely -extending module. thus, is a purely extending. ∎ but the converse of proposition (1.8) is not true in general, for example, the zmodule ⊕ (for any prime number ) is not purely extending by (1.2), but is purely -extending, since the only direct summands of , ( ⊕ 0 , (0 ⊕ ) , (0 ⊕ 0 and , which are purely -extending. recall that an r-module m has the pure intersection property (pip) if the intersection of any two pure submodule of m is pure [8]. proposition (1.9) : let be a purely -extending and has the . then is a purely -extending. proof : let be a direct summand of and be a submodule of . since is a purely extending, then there is a pure submodule of such that . but satisfies , then ∩ is a pure submodule of . but ∩ ⊆ n, hence ∩ is a pure submodule of .therefore, ∩ ∩ by [9], and so is a purely -extending. ∎ corollary (1.10) : let be a prime module over a bezout domain. if is a purely -extending module, then is a purely -extending. ∎ recall that an -module is a multiplication if for each submodule of , there exists an ideal of such that = [10]. since every multiplication module has the [8]. thus, we have the next corollary. corollary (1.11): let be a multiplication purely -extending module. then is a purely extending. ∎ corollary (1.12) : let is cyclic module over a commutative ring . if is a purely -extending, then is purely -extending. ∎ corollary (1.13) : let be a purely -extending commutative ring, then is a purely extending. ∎ 151 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 the following result gives a characterization of extending abelian groups. proposition (1.14): a -module is extending module if and only if is a purely extending and is a extending as -module. proof : (⟹) it is clear that . (⟸) let be a closed submodule of . since is a purely extending, then is a pure submodule of by [5]. also, since is a -extending as -module by [4], then is a direct summand of .therefore, is extending module. ∎ 2. characterizations of purely goldie extending modules it is known that is a purely extending module if and only if every closed submodule in is a pure in [5]. also from [4], is -extending module if and only if for every closed submodule of m, there is a direct summand of such that . here, we give analogous characterization of purely -extending modules. proposition (2.1): an -module is purely -extending if and only if for every closed submodule of , there is a pure submodule of such that . proof : (⟹) it is clear . (⟸) let be a submodule of .by zorn's lemma, there exists a closed submodule of such that is essential in . so, we have a .by assumption, there exists a pure submodule of such that . since is transitive relation, then a .therefore, is purely -extending module. ∎ proposition (2.2): an -module is purely -extending if and only if every direct summand of the injective hull , there exists a pure submodule of such that ∩ ) . proof : (⟹) let be a direct summand of the injective hull of , then ( ∩ is a submodule of , since is purely -extending,then there exists a pure submodule of such that ∩ . (⟸) let is a submodule of and let be a relative complement of such that ⨁ is essential in [11]. since is essential in , then ⨁ is essential in . thus, ⨁ ⨁ )= [10]. by hypothesis, there exists a pure submodule of such that ( ∩ ) . but is essential in . therefore, ∩ ≤e ∩ . but ∩ = ∩ ∩ ∩ ≤e ∩ and ∩ = ∩ ∩ ∩ ≤e ∩ . so, ∩ ) ∩ . since is transitive, then ∩ . so is purely -extending. ∎ proposition (2.3): the following statements are equivalent for an an module : (1) is purely – extending module. (2) for each is a submodule of , there exists a submodule of and a pure submodule of , such that and . proof: (1)⟹(2) let be a submodule of . then there exists a pure submodule of such that , so ∩ and ∩ . the proof is complete put ∩ . (2)⟹(1) let be a submodule of . by (2), there exists a submodule of and a pure submodule of such that and . now, since ∩ and ∩ then ∩ and ∩ . so and so is purely – extending module. ∎ following [4], a direct sum of -extending modules need not be -extending module. also, a direct sum of purely extending modules need not be purely extending module [5]. here, we discuss when a direct sum of purely -extending modules is a purely -extending. 152 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 recall that a submodule n of an r -module m is fully invariant if f ( n )  n for each r-endomorphism f of m [12]. m is called duo if every submodule of m is fully invariant [13]. proposition (2.4) let is purely -extending r-module for each ∈ such that every closed submodule of =⊕ ∈ is fully invariant, then =⊕ ∈ is purely -extending module. proof : let be a closed submodule of and let : ⟶ be the natural projection on for each ∈ . let ∈ , so ∑ ∈ , where ∈ and hence ( )= . now, since is closed submodule of, then by hypothesis , is fully invariant and hence ( )⊆ ∩ . so ( )= ∈ ∩ and hence ∈⊕ ∈ ∩ . thus ⊆⊕ ∈ ∩ ). also, ⊕ ∈ ∩ )⊆ and so ⊕ ∈ ∩ ) . since ∩ )⊆ and by purely extending property of , then there is a pure submodule of such that ∩ , ∀ ∈ . now, since is a pure submodule of ,∀ ∈ , then ⊕ ∈ is a pure submodule in ⊕ ∈ [8].so, ⊕ ∈ ∩ ⊕ ∈ [9].thus, is purely -extending module. ∎ corollary (2.5) : let ⨁ be a duo module such that and are purely -extending modules. then is a purely -extending. ∎ by the same argument of the proof proposition (2.4), one can get the following result. firstly, recall that an rmodule m is distributive if for all submodules k, l and n of m, k ∩ (l + n) = (k ∩ l)+ (k ∩ n)[14]. proposition (2.6) let ⨁ be a distributive module such that and are purely -extending modules. then is a purely -extending. proof: let is a submodule of ⨁ since is a distributive module so a a⋂m a⋂ ⨁ a⋂ ⨁ a⋂ . but and are purely extending, then there are a pure submodule of such that a⋂ and pure submodule of such that a⋂ . so, a a⋂ ⨁ a⋂ ⨁ by [9] and by [8] ⨁ is a pure submodule of ⨁ . thus, is a purely -extending. ∎ proposition (2.7): let and be purely -extending -modules such that . then ⊕ is a purely -extending module. proof : let (≠0) be a submodule of ⊕ . since , then ⊕ , where is a submodule of and is a submodule of [15]. since (≠0) then (≠0) or (≠0).if ≠0 and =0, then = is a submodule of . but m is purely -extending and hence there is a pure submodule of such that . since is a direct summand of ⊕ , then is a pure submodule of ⊕ , (by [16]), then pure submodule of ⊕ .thus ⊕ is a purely -extending module. by the similar way if =0 and ≠0, then ⊕ is a purely -extending module. if (≠0) and (≠0), since and are purely extending modules, then there is a pure submodule of such that , and there is a pure submodule of such that . but ⊕ is a pure submodule of ⊕ [8] and by [9], ( ⊕ ⊕ . therefore, ⊕ is a purely -extending module. ∎ 153 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 references 1. dung, n.v.; huynh, d.v.; smith, p.f. and wisbauer r.: (1994), extending modules, john wiley and sons, inc. new york. 2. fuchs, l.: (1995), notes on generalized continuous modules, preprint. 3. clark, j.: (1999), on purely extending modules, in abelian groups an modules. proceedings of the international conference in dublin, ireland, august 10-14, 1998 (ed. by eklof, paul c, etal.), basel, birkhasure, trends in mathematics, 353-358. 4. akalan, e., birkenmeier g. f. and tercan a. , (2009), goldie extending modules, comm. algebra 37: 2, 663-683. 5. alzubaidey , z. t.: (2005), on purely extending modules, msc. thesis, univ. of baghdad . 6. azumaya, g. and faccini a.: (1989), rings of pure global dimension zero and mittagleffler modules, j.pure appl. algbra, 62, 109-122. 7. fieldhouse, d.j.: (1969), pure theories, math. ann. 184, 1-18. 8. albahraany b.h.: (2000), modules with pure intersection property, ph.d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 9. enas, m. kamil: (2014), goldie extending (lifting) modules, msc. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 10. barnad, a.: (1981), multiplication modules, j. algebra 71, 174178. 11. anderson, f.w. and fuller k.r.: rings and categories of modules, springer-verlag. new york 1973. 12. wisbauer, r.: (1991), foundations of module and ring theory, reading: gordon and breach science publishers. 13. lam, t.y.: (1988), lectures on modules and rings, springer-verlag, berin, heidelberg. new york. 14. erdogdu, v. : (1987), distributive modules, can. math. bull 30, 248-254. 15. abbas, m. s.: (1991), on fully stable modules, ph.d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 16.yaseen, s.h. : (1993), f-regular modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 154 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (٢) 2015 -مقاسات التوسع النقية من النمط سعد عبد الكاظم الساعدي قبال احمد عمرإ المستنصرية العلوم / الجامعةقسم الرياضيات/ كلية ٢٠١٥نيسان ١٣في: البحث قبل ،٢٠١٥أذار ٤ :في البحث استلم الخالصة يكون mبأنه توسع إذا كان كل مقاس جزئي من mيقال للمقاس r.مقاسا ً معرفا ًعلى mحلقة و rلتكن يكون mبأنه توسع نقي إذا كان كل مقاس جزئي من m. تبعاً كالرك، يقال للمقاس mجوھريا ً من مركبة جمع مباشرمن . -. من جھة اخرى، بركانمير و تيركان عرضا مفھوم مقاسات التوسع من النمطmجوھريا ً من مقاس جزئي نقي من بحيث mمن dيوجد مركبة جمع مباشر mمن xأذا كان لكل مقاس جزئي بأنه توسع من النمط mيقال للمقاس . في ھذا البحث، تم عرض و دراسة صنف من المقاسات كتعميم فعلي لكل من صنف مقاسات التوسع النقية mمن xإذا كان لكل مقاس جزئي -بأنه توسع نقي من النمط m. نقول عن المقاس -ومقاسات التوسع من النمط . تم أعطاء العديد من التشخيصات و النتائج و الخواص لمقاسات التوسع بحيث mن م pيوجد مقاس جزئي نقي مقاس توسع –. وكذلك تم مناقشة متى تكون مركبة الجمع المباشرلمقاسات التوسع النقية من النمط -النقية من النمط . –صية متحققة لمقاسات التوسع النقية من النمط . أكثر من ذلك، تم تقديم شروط كافية لجعل ھذه الخا نقي من النمط ، مقاسات التوسع النقية من النمط مقاسات التوسع من النمط النقية،مقاسات التوسع التوسع،مقاسات :المفتاحيةالكلمات – . microsoft word 363-377 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|363    different estimation methods for system reliability multi-components model: exponentiated weibull distribution abbas najim salman abbasnajim66@yahoo.com dept. of mathematical / college of education (ibn al – haitham)/ bagdad university fatima hadi sail sailfatima652@gmail.com ministry of education / directorate of education al-karkh ii abstract in this paper, estimation of system reliability of the multi-components in stressstrength model r(s,k) is considered, when the stress and strength are independent random variables and follows the exponentiated weibull distribution (ewd) with known first shape parameter θ and, the second shape parameter α is unknown using different estimation methods. comparisons among the proposed estimators through monte carlo simulation technique were made depend on mean squared error (mse) criteria. keywords: exponentiated weibull distribution (ewd), reliability of multi-component stress – strength models r(s,k), maximum likelihood estimator (mle), moment estimator (mom), shrinkage method (sh), least squares estimator (ls), rank set sampling (rss). and mean squared error (mse). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|364    1. introduction the stress-strength (s-s) reliability of the system which contains one component is denoted by r=p(y<x), where y arise the stress random variable and x arise the strength random variable. and hence "the stress-strength (s-s) reliability is computed as 𝑅 f x . f x dx. its application has spread out into many fields; one of the most developed usual applications focuses on engineering-oriented problems. for example, the common tennis racket is composed of two basic subsystems, the frame, and string. during a tennis match, the random stress a racket is exposed to includes hitting the ball repeated times or falling on the ground accidently [29]. as well as (s-s) model is used in engineering devices, it has been usually determined, how long rang time of the system will be live. the stress-strength model has been studied by many authors like ali, pal, and woo (2012), they estimated the (s-s) reliability of generalized gamma distribution with four parameters [3]. hussian in 2013, considered the estimation of the reliability of stress strength model for generalized inverted exponential distribution [11]. ghitany et al. (2015), studied estimation of the reliability of stress-strength system from power lindley distribution [7]. najarzadegan et al. (2016), considered the estimation of p (y<x) for the levy distribution [18]. the reliability of the system model; s out of k (s-k) denoted by r(s,k) functioning when at least s (1≤s≤k) of components survive was introduced by bhattacharyya and johnson (1974). "they developed the reliability multi-component stress-strength system model r(s,k) which including k of a component and identical strength component put up with common stress function if s (1≤s≤k) or more of the components simultaneously operate";[6]. this system works successfully, if at least s out of k components resist the stress. noted that, if s=1 and s=k corresponded respectively, to parallel and series systems. the mentioned model was used in many applications in physics and engineering such as strength failure and the system collapse [9]. in 2010, rao & kantam studied a system of k multi-component which have independently and identically strength x1, x2, …, xk random variables distributed experiencing the random stress y when stress and strength follow the log–logistic distribution [21]. srinivasa rao (2012) estimated the multicomponent system of reliability for log-logistic distribution with different shape parameters [24]. as well as, in the same year, srinivasa rao studied estimation for the reliability of multi-component stress-strength model based generalized exponential distribution [23]. while hassan & basheikh (2012) studied reliability estimation of stressstrength model with non-identical component strengths by using the exponentiated pareto distribution [9]. in 2016, srinivasa rao et al. estimated the multi-component stress-strength reliability of a system when stress and strength follow exponentiated weibull distribution [22]. recently, hassan (2017) studied the estimation of multi-component of reliability (s-s) system model when each of stress and strength follows lindley distribution [10]. mudholkar and srivastava (1993) introduced the exponentiated weibull distribution (ewd) as an extension of the weibull distribution, the obtained distribution is characterized by bathtub-shaped and model failure rates besides a broader class of monotone failure rates [16]. mudholkar et al. (1995) explained also applications of the exponentiated weibull distribution in reliability and survival [17]. some properties and a flood data application of exponentiated weibull family were studied by mudholkar and ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|365    huston (1996) [15]. nassar and eissa (2003) had done some studies on exponentiated weibull distribution model [19]. several authors have been used the (ewd) as a model of many fields like flood data, biological studies also in physical explanation …etc. the aim of this paper is to estimate the multi-component system reliability of stressstrength model r(s,k) based on exponentiated weibull distribution with known shape parameter θ and the other shape parameter α will be unknown via different estimation methods like maximum likelihood estimator mle, the modified thompson shrinkage method th, the least square ls, as well as some of the ranked set sampling rss. the comparisons between the proposed estimator methods by using simulation are performed, depends on a mean squared error as criteria. now, if the two random variables x and y follows the ewd with parameter (α1, θ) and (α1,θ) as stress and strength respectively as below: 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛼 , 𝜃 𝛼 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 1 𝑒 x>0, 𝛼 , θ>0 (1) 𝑓 𝑦; 𝛼 , 𝜃 𝛼 𝜃𝑦 𝑒 1 𝑒 y>0, 𝛼 , θ>0 (2) while the cumulative distribution function (cdf.) is: 𝐹 𝑥, 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑥 0, 𝛼 , 𝜃 0 (3) 𝐹 𝑦, 𝛼 1 𝑒 𝑦 0, 𝛼 , 𝜃 0 (4) in order to find a system reliability consisting of kth identical components (when at least s out of k function) for the strength x1, x2, …, xk which are random variables with ewd (𝛼 , 𝜃 , subjected to a stress y which is a random variable follows ewd (𝛼 , 𝜃 depend on bhattacharyya and johnson (1974), the reliability of a multi-component stress-strength model r(s,k) ;[5] can be calculated as r(s,k) =p(at least s of the x1, x2,…, xk exceed y) =∑ 1 𝐹 𝑦 𝐹 𝑦 𝑑𝐺 𝑦 =∑ 1 1 𝑒 1 𝑒 𝛼 𝜃𝑦 𝑒 1 𝑒 𝑑𝑦 =∑ 1 1 𝑒 𝛼 𝜃𝑦 𝑒 1 𝑒 𝑑𝑦 and by some of the simplification, we get r(s,k)= ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 ; where k, i and j are integers (5) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|366    2. estimation methods of r(s,k): 2.1 maximum likelihood estimator (mle): suppose that k of components are put on life-testing experiment, in this case, we consider that x1,x2,…,xn are a random sample of size n follows ewd (𝛼 , 𝜃 , and y1,y2,…,ym be a random sample of size m follows ewd (𝛼 , 𝜃 ,. then the likelihood function of the mentioned system will be: l≡ l(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝜃; 𝑥, 𝑦)=∏ 𝑓 𝑥 ∏ 𝑔 𝑦 ) =∏ 𝛼 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 1 𝑒 ∏ 𝛼 𝜃𝑦 𝑒 1 𝑒 =𝛼 𝜃 ∏ 𝑥 𝑒 ∑ ∏ 1 𝑒 𝛼 𝜃 ∏ 𝑦 𝑒 ∑ ∏ 1 𝑒 take logarithm for both sides, we get: ln 𝑙 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝛼 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝜃 𝜃 1 ∑ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 ∑ 𝑥 𝛼 1 ∑ 1 𝑒 𝑚𝑙𝑛𝛼 𝑚𝑙𝑛𝜃 𝜃 1 ∑ 𝑙𝑛𝑦 ∑ 𝑦 𝛼 1 ∑ 1 𝑒 derive the above equation with respect to the unknown shape parameters 𝛼 (i=1,2) and equating the result to zero, we get: 𝑑ln 𝑙 𝑑𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 0 𝑑ln 𝑙 𝑑𝛼 𝑚 𝛼 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 0 thus, the maximum likelihood estimator of the parameter 𝛼 (i=1,2) will be as follows: 𝛼 ∑ (6) 𝛼 ∑ (7) by substituting 𝛼 (i=1,2) in equation (5) we get the reliability estimation for r(s,k) model via maximum likelihood method as below: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (8) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|367    2.2 moment method (mom) r(s,k): let x1, x2, …, xn be a random sample of size n for strength x follows ew (𝛼 , 𝜃 , and y1 , y2, …, ym be a random sample of size m for stress y follows ew (𝛼 , 𝜃 . let 𝑋 and 𝑌 are the means of samples of strength and stress respectively, then the population moments of x, y are given by; see[20]. 𝐸 𝑋 = 𝛼 ∑ 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑁 𝛼 ∑ ! 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 , 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 ∉ 𝑁 for r=1,2,3…. where 𝛼𝑃 =α (α-1) (α-2)….. (α-j+1) and n is the set of natural number therefore, the population means of x and y are respectively as below: e(x)= 𝛼 ∑ 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑁 𝛼 ∑ ! 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 , 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 ∉ 𝑁 … (9) and, e y 𝛼 ∑ 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑁 𝛼 ∑ ! 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 , 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 ∉ 𝑁 (10) equating the samples mean with the corresponding populations mean for both x and y as follows: 𝑋 ∑ 𝛼 ∑ 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 𝑌 ∑ =𝛼 ∑ 1 𝑗 1 𝛤 1 by simplification, we obtain the estimation of unknown shape parameters 𝛼 (i=1,2) using moment method as follows: 𝛼 ∑ (11) 𝛼 ∑ (12) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|368    substitution 𝛼 (i=1,2) in equation (5), we conclude the reliability estimation for r(s,k) model via moment method as below: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (13) 2.3 shrinkage estimation method [1, 4, 5, 25 & 28]. thompson in 1968 has suggested the problem of shrink a usual estimator 𝛼 of the parameter 𝛼 to prior information 𝛼 using shrinkage weight factor ∅ 𝛼), such that 0 ∅ 𝛼 1. thompson says that "we are estimating 𝛼 and we believe 𝛼 is closed to the true value of 𝛼 or we fear that 𝛼 may be near the true value of 𝛼, that is mean something bad happens if 𝛼 𝛼 and we do not use 𝛼 ". thus, the form of shrinkage estimator of α say 𝛼 will be: 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 (14) in this work, we apply the unbiased estimator 𝛼 as a usual estimator and the moment estimator as a prior estimation of α in equation (14) above. where ∅ 𝛼 denote the shrinkage weight factor as we mentioned above such that 0 ∅ 𝛼 1, which may be a function of 𝛼 ; can be found by minimizing the mean square error of 𝛼 .thus, the shrinkage estimator for the shape parameter 𝛼 of ewd will be as follows: 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 (15) note that, 𝛼 𝛼 ∑ , hence, e(𝛼 )= 𝛼 and var(𝛼 )= and, 𝛼 𝑚 1 𝑚 𝛼 𝑚 1 ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 implies, e(𝛼 )= 𝛼 and var(𝛼 )= . 2.4 modified thompson type shrinkage weight function (th) in this subsection, we introduce and modify the shrinkage weight factor consider by thompson in 1968 as below. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|369    𝛾 𝛼 0.01 for i=1,2 (16) therefore, the shrinkage estimator of 𝛼 (i=1,2) by using above modified shrinkage weight factor will be: 𝛼 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 for i=1,2 (17) substitute equation (17) in equation (5), we conclude the reliability estimation of r(s,k) based on modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor as follows: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (18) 2.5 least squares estimator method (ls) [2 & 13] in this subsection, we discuss the estimator of least squares method, this method used for many mathematical and engineering application [2]. the main idea for this method by minimizes the sum of squared error between the values and the expected value. to find the parameters αi (i=1,2) via mentioned least squares method, let: s=∑ 𝐹 𝑥 𝐸 𝐹 𝑥 i=1,2,3……n (19) where, 𝐹 𝑥 refer to the cdf of two parameters ewd which is defined in equation (3) as follows: 𝐹 𝑥 = 1 𝑒 and, 𝐸 𝐹 𝑥 =𝑃 such as; 𝑃 = , i=1,2,…,n 𝐹 𝑥 𝐸 𝐹 𝑥 1 𝑒 = (20) now, taking the natural logarithm of both sides in equation (20) as below: 𝛼 ln 1 𝑒 =ln𝑃 𝛼 ln 1 𝑒 -ln𝑃 =0 (21) now, by putting equation (21) in equation (19) we obtain: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|370    𝑆 ∑ 𝛼 ln 1 𝑒 ln𝑃 (22) and be finding the partial derivatives for the equation (22) with respect to α1. 2 ∑ 𝛼 ln 1 𝑒 ln𝑃 ln 1 𝑒 (23) then, equal the equation (23) to zero get as: ∑ 𝛼 ln 1 𝑒 – ln𝑃 ln 1 𝑒 0 ∑ 𝛼 ln 1 𝑒 ln 1 𝑒 ∑ ln𝑃 ln 1 𝑒 𝛼 = ∑ ∑ (24) by same way, one can estimate the parameter 𝛼 for y which is represent stress random variable and follows ewd (α2,θ) with size m as follow: 𝛼 = ∑ ∑ (25) ; 𝑃 = , j=1,2,…,m. put 𝛼 and 𝛼 in equation (5), will be obtain the reliability estimation of r(s,k) based on ls as follows: 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑳𝑺 𝜶𝟐𝑳𝑺 𝜶𝟏𝑳𝑺 ∑ 𝒌! 𝒌 𝒊 ! ∏ 𝒌 𝜶𝟐𝑳𝑺 𝜶𝟏𝑳𝑺 𝒋𝒊𝒋 𝟎 𝟏𝒌 𝒊 𝒔 i, j, k are integer (26) ranked set sampling method (rss) [8, 12, 26 & 27] “ranked set sampling was introduced and applied to the problem of estimating mean pasture yields by mclntyre in 1952 this function was to improve the efficiency of the sample mean as an estimator of the population mean in situations in which the characteristic of interest was difficult or expensive to measure, but using ranked, it become cheaper” [27 & 12] “the concept of rank set sampling is a recent development that enables one to provide more structure to the collected sample items” [26] let x1, x2, …, xn be a random sample ewd, let x(1), x(2),…, x(n) be order statistics increasing order. the pdf of x(q) is: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|371    𝑓 𝑥 ! ! ! 𝐹 𝑥 1 𝐹 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 (27) by substituting the pdf from equation (1) and the cdf from equation (3) in equation (27) will get: 𝑓 𝑥 𝑛! 𝑞 1 ! 𝑛 𝑞 ! 1 𝑒 1 1 𝑒 𝛼 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 1 𝑒 … (28) 𝑓 𝑥 q𝛼 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 1 𝑒 1 1 𝑒 such that; q ! ! ! the likelihood function of order sample x(1),x(2),…,x(n) is: l 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝛼 , 𝜃 𝑄 𝛼 𝜃 ∏ 𝑥 ∏ 𝑒 ∏ 1 𝑒 ∏ 1 1 𝑒 …(29) where, take (ln) for both side of the equation (29) as below: ln 𝑙 nlnq nln𝛼 nln𝜃 𝜃 1 ∑ 𝐿𝑛𝑥 – ∑ 𝑥 𝑞𝛼 1 ∑ 𝐿𝑛 1 𝑒 𝑛 𝑞 ∑ 𝐿𝑛 1 1 𝑒 take the partial derivative with respect to the parameter 𝛼 get the following: ∑ 𝑞 𝐿𝑛 1 𝑒 ∑ 𝑛 𝑞 (30) now, equal the equation (30) to zero, we get: ∑ 𝑞 𝐿𝑛 1 𝑒 ∑ 𝑛 𝑞 0 ∑ 𝑛 𝑞 ∑ 𝑞 𝐿𝑛 1 𝑒 then, ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|372    𝛼 ∑ ∑ (31) and by same way assume the stress y random sample follows ewd with two parameters (α2and θ) with size m to find α as below: 𝛼 ∑ ∑ (32) substitution the estimation parameter 𝛼 (i=1,2) in equation (5) will be obtain the reliability estimation of r(s,k) based on rss as follows: 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺 𝜶𝟐𝑹𝑺𝑺 𝜶𝟏𝑹𝑺𝑺 ∑ 𝒌! 𝒌 𝒊 ! ∏ 𝒌 𝜶𝟐𝑹𝑺𝑺 𝜶𝟏𝑹𝑺𝑺 𝒋𝒊𝒋 𝟎 𝟏𝒌 𝒊 𝒔 (33) simulation study in this section we numerical results were studied to compare the performance of the different estimators of reliability which is obtained in section 2, using different sample size =(25,50,75 and 100), based on 1000 replication via mse criteria. for this purpose, monte carlo simulation was used the following steps:-[14] step1: we generate the random sample which follows the continuance uniform distribution defined on the interval (0,1) as u1,u2,…, un. step2: we generate the random sample which follows the continuance uniform distribution defined on the interval (0, 1) as w1, w2,…, wm. step3: transform the uniform random samples in step1 to random samples follows ewd, applying the theorem that using the inverse cumulative probability distribution function (cdf) as below shown: f x 1 𝑒 𝑈 1 𝑒 𝑥 ln 1 𝑈 and, by the same method, we get: 𝑦 ln 1 𝑊 step4: we recall the r(s,k) from equation (5). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|373    step5: we compute the maximum likelihood estimator of the r(s,k) using equation (8). step6: we compute the moment method of r(s,k) using equation (13). step7: we compute the modified thompson types shrinkage estimator of r(s,k) using equation (18). step8: we compute the least squares method of r(s,k) using equation (26). step9: we compute the ranked set sampling of r(s,k) using equation (33). step10: based on (l=1000) replication, we calculate the mse as follows: 𝐌𝐒𝐄 𝟏 𝑳 ∑ 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒊 𝐑 𝐬,𝐤 𝟐𝑳 𝒊 𝟏 where 𝑅 , refers the proposed estimators of real value of reliability r , . note that in this paper, we consider (s,k)=(2,3), (2,4) and (3,4), and all the results are put it in the tables (1-3) below: table (1): shown estimation value of r(s,k), and mse when (s,k)=(2,3), and α1=2, α2=5, 𝜽=3; r(s,k)= 0.24242 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 mse (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑳𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑳𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺 best (25,25) 0.24791 0.24283 0.49692 0.23294 0.00488 0.00024 0.08271 0.00029 th (25,50) 0.43344 0.24312 0.17813 0.43157 0.04141 0.00019 0.01516 0.03600 th (25,75) 0.55136 0.24343 0.01305 0.55219 0.09928 0.00018 0.05345 0.09613 th (25,100) 0.62907 0.24342 0.03564 0.63177 0.15264 0.00018 0.04533 0.15174 th (50,25) 0.10944 0.24014 0.58209 0.09797 0.01892 0.00016 0.12174 0.02090 th (50,50) 0.24405 0.24254 0.13274 0.23333 0.00253 0.00012 0.01865 0.00018 th (50,75) 0.35270 0.24296 0.14738 0.34225 0.01472 0.00010 0.01531 0.01007 th (50,100) 0.43686 0.24371 0.08694 0.42684 0.04038 0.00010 0.02523 0.03411 th (75,25) 0.06155 0.23740 0.38130 0.05372 0.03315 0.00016 0.02095 0.03561 th (75,50) 0.15610 0.24118 0.36197 0.14613 0.00864 0.00009 0.02494 0.00931 th (75,75) 0.24192 0.24214 0.15093 0.23350 0.00155 0.00007 0.00976 0.00013 th (75,100) 0.31836 0.24290 0.11883 0.30854 0.00755 0.00007 0.01784 0.00444 th (100,25) 0.03960 0.23560 0.72816 0.03387 0.04134 0.00019 0.24874 0.04349 th (100,50) 0.11040 0.24081 0.57515 0.09964 0.01807 0.00008 0.11484 0.02040 th (100,75) 0.17674 0.24118 0.17903 0.16956 0.00535 0.00007 0.00824 0.00534 th (100,100) 0.24444 0.24270 0.12698 0.23309 0.00119 0.00005 0.01604 0.00013 th ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|374    table (2): shown estimation value of r(s,k), and mse when (s,k)=(2,4), and α1=2, α2=5, 𝜽=3; r(s,k)= 0.33566 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 mse (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑳𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑳𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺 best (25,25) 0.33902 0.33616 0.40165 0.32468 0.00612 0.00030 0.01323 0.00039 th  (25,50) 0.53639 0.33595 0.14739 0.53480 0.04521 0.00027 0.03988 0.03988 th  (25,75) 0.65045 0.33767 0.07510 0.64660 0.10217 0.00023 0.06972 0.09682 th (25,100) 0.71426 0.33733 0.02873 0.71654 0.14586 0.00025 0.09450 0.14518 th (50,25) 0.16928 0.33330 0.46971 0.15389 0.02996 0.00021 0.03347 0.03312 th  (50,50) 0.33761 0.33591 0.34261 0.32479 0.00293 0.00014 0.01547 0.00023 th (50,75) 0.45225 0.33613 0.19639 0.44531 0.01634 0.00013 0.02012 0.01213 th  (50,100) 0.53925 0.33703 0.16807 0.53043 0.04380 0.00013 0.03956 0.03803 th  (75,25) 0.10250 0.33124 0.86866 0.08935 0.05540 0.00021 0.28612 0.06070 th  (75,50) 0.23217 0.33458 0.43460 0.21818 0.01276 0.00013 0.01351 0.01387 th  (75,75) 0.33637 0.33573 0.37699 0.32495 0.00206 0.00010 0.00330 0.00019 th  (75,100) 0.42069 0.33658 0.30343 0.40879 0.00911 0.00009 0.00514 0.00542 th  (100,25) 0.06675 0.32741 0.37284 0.05869 0.07278 0.00025 0.08851 0.07672 th  (100,50) 0.16750 0.33292 0.60934 0.15680 0.02943 0.00012 0.07658 0.03203 th  (100,75) 0.25687 0.33418 0.54797 0.24809 0.00760 0.00009 0.05578 0.00771 th  (100,100) 0.33762 0.33584 0.43285 0.32471 0.00166 0.00008 0.01129 0.00018 th  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|375    table (3): shown estimation value of r(s,k), and mse when (s,k)=(3,4), and α1=2, α2=5, 𝜽=3; r(s,k)= 0.14918 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 mse (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑳𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑳𝑺 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺 bes t (25,25) 0.1582 9 0.1495 4 0.0540 2 0.1408 0 0.00367 0.0001 7 0.0139 8 0.0002 0 th (25,50) 0.3371 9 0.1501 3 0.0474 5 0.3271 4 0.04068 0.0001 4 0.0105 6 0.0319 0 th  (25,75) 0.4590 6 0.1504 9 0.1145 1 0.4567 7 0.10095 0.0001 3 0.0262 0 0.0948 4 th  (25,100) 0.5477 3 0.1507 9 0.0221 2 0.5457 3 0.16312 0.0001 3 0.0163 3 0.1574 4 th  (50,25) 0.0499 7 0.1471 0 0.4219 2 0.0421 1 0.01034 0.0001 1 0.0833 1 0.0114 7 th  (50,50) 0.1528 9 0.1493 4 0.1268 3 0.1413 3 0.00185 0.0000 8 0.0039 1 0.0001 3 th  (50,75) 0.2508 5 0.1497 2 0.0462 8 0.2396 3 0.01302 0.0000 8 0.0113 8 0.0082 8 th  (50,100) 0.3325 6 0.1500 0 0.1722 7 0.3236 0 0.03638 0.0000 7 0.0107 2 0.0305 3 th (75,25) 0.0229 0 0.1457 2 0.3805 0 0.0177 6 0.01607 0.0001 1 0.0807 0 0.0172 7 th  (75,50) 0.0833 0 0.1485 3 0.2898 8 0.0734 3 0.00499 0.0000 6 0.0260 3 0.0057 5 th  (75,75) 0.1528 7 0.1494 8 0.0986 3 0.1411 4 0.00125 0.0000 5 0.0034 3 0.0001 0 th  (75,100) 0.2194 8 0.1497 7 0.0292 0 0.2074 7 0.00647 0.0000 5 0.0155 1 0.0034 5 th (100,25) 0.0121 0 0.1438 6 0.4206 8 0.0091 1 0.01883 0.0001 2 0.0841 6 0.0196 2 th  (100,50) 0.0491 3 0.1475 1 0.3445 1 0.0431 9 0.01025 0.0000 6 0.0419 0 0.0112 4 th  (100,75) 0.0997 1 0.1489 5 0.4359 3 0.0901 9 0.00300 0.0000 4 0.0955 7 0.0034 9 th  (100,10 0) 0.1501 1 0.1490 5 0.3288 5 0.1415 2 0.00085 0.0000 4 0.0370 9 0.0000 8 th ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|376    3. discussion numerical simulation results: for all n=(25,50,75, and100) and for all m=(25,50,75, and100), in this work, the minimum mean square error (mse) for reliability estimation of r(s,k) model for the exponentiated weibull distribution is held using modified thompson type shrinkage estimator 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉. this implies that, the shrinkage for reliability estimation (𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉) is the best and follows by using. for any n, some of the proposed estimator (mle, ls, and rss) with m the methods are vibration. finally, for any n and m the second order best estimator is ranked set sampling (𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑹𝑺𝑺) or maximum likelihood estimator (𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬). 4. conclusion: from the numerical results, one can find the proposal using modified thompson type shrinkage estimator 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉) which depends on unbiased estimator and prior estimate (moment method) as a linear combination, performance good behavior and it is the best estimator than the others in the sense of mse. acknowledgment the authors wanted to provide thanks to the referees and to the editor for constructive suggestions and valuable comments which resulted in the improvement of this article. references [1] z.n. al-hemyari, and a.n., al-joboori, "on thompson type estimators for the mean of normal distribution", revista investigacion operacional j.,.30,.2,.109-116.2009 [2] h.m., ali, "comparison of some methods to estimate some of the stress –strength lomax models", m.sc. thesis, al -mustansiriya university, 2013. [3] m., ali,; m. pal, & j., woo, "estimation of p(y < x) in a four-parameter generalized gamma distribution", austrian journal of statistics, 41, 3, 197–210. 2012 [4] a, n., al-joboori, et al., "on shrunken estimation of generalized exponential distribution", journal of economics and administrative sciences,.17,.1-8. 2011 [5] a.n., al-joboori, et al., "single and double stage shrinkage estimators for the normal mean with the variance cases", international journal of statistic, 38, 2,.1127-1134. 2014 [6] g.k. bhattacharyya, and r. a.johnson, , "estimation of reliability in a multicomponent stress-strength model", journal of the american statistical association,.69, 348. 1974 [7] m. e.,ghitany; d. k. al-mutairi, & s. m. aboukhamseen, , ‘estimation of the reliability of a stress-strength system from power lindley distributions’, communications in statistics-simulation and computation, 44, 118–136. 2015 [8] d.d. hanagal, “ estimation of system reliability”, statistical papers, 40 (1), 99106. 1999 [9] a.s. hassan, and h.m.basheikh, , "reliability estimation of stress-strength model with non-identical component strengths: the exponentiated pareto case", international journal of engineering research and applications (ijera), 2, 3, 2774-2781. 2012 [10] m.k. hassan, "estimation a stress-strength model for p(yr:n1<xk:n2) using the lindly distribution", revista colombiana de estadistica,.40.1,.105-121. 2017 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1809 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|377    [11] m. a., hussian, "on estimation of a stress-strength model for generalized inverted exponential distribution", journal of reliability and statistical studies, 6, 2, 55–63. 2013 [12] h. h., jani, “reliability of some multicomponent stress-strength models with empirical studies”, m.sc. thesis, al -mustansiriya university, 2015 [13] n.s. karam, & h.g., ramk, "reliability estimation for a component exposed tow, three independent stresses based on weibull and inverse lindly distribution", mathematical theory and modeling, 6, 8,.2225-0522. 2016 [14] kroese, d. p., taimre, t., and buter, z. i., "handbook of conte carlo methods", john wiley & sons; inc, (2011). [15] g. s. mudholkar, and a. d., hutson, "the exponentiated weibull family: some properties and a flood data application". communications statistics—theory and methods, ,.25, 3059–3083. 1996 [16] g. s. mudholkar, and d. k.srivastava, "exponentiated weibull family for analyzing bathtub failure-real data", ieee transaction reliability, 42, 299–302. 1993 [17] g. s., mudholkar; d. k. srivastava, and m. freimes, , "the exponentiated weibull family: a reanalysis of the bus-motor-failure data", technometrics, 37, 436–445. 1995 [18] h. najarzadegan; s. babaii; s. rezaei, & s. nadarajah, ‘estimation of p(y < x) for the levy distribution’, hacettepe bulletin of natural sciences and engineering, 45(3) 957– 972. 2016 [19] m. m., nassar, and f. h.,eissa, "on the exponentiated weibull distribution", communications in statistics—theory and methods, 32, 1317–1333. 2003 [20] m. pal; m. m. ali, and j. woo, "exponentiated weibull distribution". statistic,66, 139–147. 2006 [21] g.s. rao, and r., kantam, "estimation of reliability in multicomponent stressstrength model: log-logistic distribution", electronic journal of applied statistical analysis (ejasa), 3, 2, 75-84. 2010 [22] g.s., rao; m. aslam and arif, o.h., "estimation of reliability in multi-component stress-strength based on two parameter exponentiated weibull distribution", communications in statistics-theory and methods, 2016 [23] g.s., rao, "estimation of reliability in multicomponent stress-strength based on generalized exponential distribution", revista colombiana de estadistica, 35, 1,.67-76. 2012 [24] g.s., rao, "estimation of system reliability for log-logistic distribution", journal of atoms and molecules, 2, 2,.182-190. 2012 [25] a.n. salman, and m.m., ameen, "estimate the shape parameter of generalized rayleigh distribution using bayesian-shrinkage technique", international journal of innovative science, engineering, and technology, 2,.675-683. 2015 [26] l., stokes, “parametric ranked set sampling “, annals of the institute of statistical mathematics, 47, 3, 465-482. 1995 [27] s. s., taher, “estimate parameters of logistic distribution by different methods with practical application”, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 2013 [28] r., thompson, j., "some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean", j. amer. statist. assoc., 63, 113-122. 1968 [29] b.s., yu zhang, "pre-stressed weibull strength", a thesis in mathematics and statistics texas tech university, 2011 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 biochemical study on diabetic nephropathy patients h. s h. ahmed, e. abd-ali, m. r. abdul lah de partment ofche mistry,colle ge of education ibn al-haitham.university of baghdad abstract this st udy deals with thirty non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus p atients suffering from diabetic nep hrop athy in addition to twenty five healthy control.some biochemical p arameters were determined in the serum of all subjects enrolled in the st udy .these p arameters are serum glucose,serum urea,serum creatinine,total serum p rotein and serum albumin.the aim of the p resent study was t o estimate these parameters in diabetic nephrop athy p atients. the results of the p resent st udy revealed a significant increase in glucose,urea and creatinine in p atients as comp ared to controls . also a significant decrease was found in total serum p rotein, serum albumin and albumin to globulin ratio (a/g) in p atients comp ared to controls,while a significant increase in serum globulin in p atients comp ared to control was found (p<0.001).in conclusion no st atist ical differences were found in the st udy p arameters between gender and between group s with different ages. key words:diabetes mellitus,total serum protein,albumin, chronic renal failure,end st age renal disease. introduction diabetes mellitus is a group of metabolic disorders of carbohy drate metabolism in which glucose is underutilized by the body tissues,p roducing hy p erglycemia.the diabetic p atients are at increasing risk of developing sp ecific comp lications such as renal failure nephrop athy [1].diabetic nephrop athy is the most common cause of end-stage renal failure in p atients st arting dialysis in the develop ed world [2].in individual cases,it is often difficult to establish the duration of renal failure[3].chronic kidney disease (ckd) is associated with an advers effect on p rognosis from cardiovascular disease.this includes increased mortality after an acute coronary sy ndrome and after precutaneous coronary intervention (pci) with or without st enting [4],[5].chronic renal failure (crf) is a p athop hy siologic p rocess with multiple etiologies, resulting in the alteration of nephrone number and function,and frequently leading to end-stage renal disease.in turn,end stage renal disease (esrd) rep resents a clinical st ate or a condition in which there has been irreversible loss of endogenous renal function,a degree sufficient to render the p atient p ermanently dependent up on renal replacement therap y (dialysis or transp lantation) in order to avoid life-threatening uremia.the main causes of crf are glomerulonephritis, p olycyst ic kidney , accelerated hy p ertension, calculi disease,analgesic nephrop athy , diabetes mellitus, amy loid, hereditary nephritis and interst itial nephritis[5].hy p oalbuminemia although not sy nony mous of malnutrition, is highly related to it.poor nutrient, frequently observed in uremia ,may cause malnutrition and subsequently hy p oalbuminemia. in addition ,it has been recently reported that a sy st emic inflammatory resp onse may p articip ate in developing hy p oalbuminemia in crf.other conditions nonassociated to inflammatory resp onse,such as the protein losses t hrough dialysis,may cause and increase malnutrition. overhy dration ,frequently p resent in p atient with renal failure, on the one hand causes dilution of serum albumin concentration,and on the other hand ,is a cause of onset and/or enhancement of congestive cardiac failure,which in turn may be associated with malnutrition[6].m any sy mptoms of uremia result from accumulation of urea,creatinine,and other nitrogenous end products of amino acid and protein metabolism in blood.among the ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 nutritional p arameters,serum albumin level has been identified as the most p owerful laboratory p redicator of mortality and as an indep endent risk factor for death [6]. the aim of the p resent work is to evaluate urea, creatinine,total serum p rotein,serum albumin and globulin in diabetic p atients suffering from renal failure according to genders. experimental part: -s election of subjects and blood sampli ng: this st udy was conducted during the p eriod from december 2008 until the end of m arch 2009.the blood samples were taken from p atients whose ages ranged from (38-72) y ear admitt ed to m edical city in baghdad.ten ml of venous blood wasl obtained after a 12 hour fast from thirty p atients with non insulin dependent diabetes mellitus and non-hepatitus, t hese p atients were on hemodialysis treatment for different durations, and twenty five healthy individuals as control group and their ages ranged from (31-65) year. blood samples were transferred into p lain tube, allowed to st and for 15 minutes at room temp erature, centrifuged at 3500 rp m for 10 minutes.the resulting serum was sep arated and used for the est imation of glucose, urea, creatinine, total serum protein, serum albumin, and globulin. methods blood – -de termination of se rum glucose : o o glucose was determined by using the enzy matic method (god-pod) according to the triender p.method [7]. glucose in the fasting serum is oxidized to gluconic acid by glucose oxidase. hy drogen p eroxide, which is also formed in the reaction, reacts with the indicator reagents 4-aminoantipy rine in the p resence of p eroxides enzy me to form a st able red quinine comp ound which absorbs at 500 nm. -de termination of serum urea:o was d urea was determined by using coloremetric method (urease-berthelot m odified) according to the fawcet and scot method [8],which urease cataly ses t he convertion of urea to ammonia ion and bicarbonate ,then ammonia hy drolysed to form ammonium ion,which reacts with salicylate and hy p ochlorite to give colored complex absorbance at 580 nm determination of serum creatinine: creatinine was measured by using kinetic method [9].creatinine reacts with alkaline p icrate y ielding an orange y ellow comp lex which absorbs at 462nm.it is measured within one minute thereby avoiding interferences of other comp ounds which also react with p icrate,but more slowly than creatinine. aaaaaaaaa( by using of s --de termination of total se rum protei n: that recognizes a sp ecific total serum p rotein was measured by (coloremetric biuret m ethod).cop p er salts in an alkaline medium reacts with the peptide bonds of the p rotein p roducing a violet colour which is p rop ortional to the amount of p rotein p resent [10].absorbance at 546nm substance called an are -de termination of serum albumi n::: 1serum albumin was measured by bromo cresol green (bcg) [11].the measurement of serum albumin is based on its quantitative binding to the indicator (3,3',5,5'-tetra bromo-mcresol sulp honp hthalein).the albumin-bcg-complex absorbs maximamlly at 578nm. p ercent of the bone marrow.it i -globulin was calcul ated using the rel ation: (total serum prot ein=albumin+globulin). ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 s tatisti cal analysi s: all values were exp ressed as mean ± st andard deviation (m ±sd). statistical analysis were performed using st udent ’s t-test (p ≤ 0.01) t he lowest limit of significance differ ence between the studied group s [12]. rs ults and discussion table (1) shows a marked si gnificant increase in blood glucose,urea,and creatinine in diabetic nep hrop athy p atients as compared to controls. econd most sep arated and the mean (±sd) of serum glucose in the control group was (85.36±10.22) mg/dl,while in p atient group was (218.60±59.21) mg/dl which exhibited a significant elevation (p<10 -5 ) from the control level.fast ing glucose increases p er decade throught life.renal threshold (the p oint at which glucose sp ills in the urine) also increases with age; there is also an altered insulin resp onse to glucose [13]. table (1) also showed elevation in urea and creatinine.increases in urea in renal failure are caused by imp aired ability to excrete p rotein aceous catabolites because of marked reduction in glomerular filtration rate(gfr).urea is directly related to the p rotein content of the diet.urea can also be increased by gastrointest inal hemorrhage,enhanced p rotein catabolism.increases in creatinine are a result of decreased renal excretion.because many external factors may influence urea concentration ,creatinine is often used as a more reliable indicator of glomerular filtration rate in p atients with renal disease [14]. table (2) showed a marked significant decrease in total serum p rotein,serum albumin and a/g ratio in p atients group ,while a significant increase was found in serum globulin as comp ared with their controls.indicate that those p atients have a sever malnutrition st ate nephrop athies and controls. patients with crf develop hy p oalbuminemia to a comp lex setting of conditions,with sy st emic inflammatory resp onse as a major cause, not with st anding ,other factors such as malnutrition and overhydration can also p lay a relevant role [15]. it has been p ost ulated that increased incidence of renal disease and a reduced ability to handle the excretion of drugs.problems affecting renal function are related to damage from infections or drugs disorders such as diabetes mellitus [16],[17].the sex dependent and gender of diabetic nephrop athy p atients and control group are shown in table (3) ,and table(4). it has been concluded from the results of this st udy that no st atist ical differences were found in p arameters( serum glucose, serum urea, serum creatinine, total serum p rotein and serum albumin) between gender and between group s with different ages.develop n-associated to inflammatory a 444444444444444444444444444444444455 re ferences 1shivan anda,n.b.(2008):"m anip al manual of clinical b iochemist ry ".,3 rd ed.,p 70. 2joss,n.;paterson,c. ;deighan simpson ,k. and jones ,b.m .(2002).diabetic nephrop athy .how effective is treatment in clinical practice ?.q.j.m ed.,95(1):41-49. 3emil,a.and ja ck,w.(2000).″a lang medical book″.smith general neurolo gy .chronic renal failure and dialysis.,15 th ed.,ch.36 ,p 610. 4united state renal data sy st em.national institute of diabetes and digestive and kidney disease(2008).am.j.kidney dis. suppl (1):s1. 5post,t.w.;gibson,c.m .and henrich,w.l(2008).chronic kidney disease. am.j.kidney .,65:2380. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 6braunwald, e. ; fau ci ,a.s. ;kasp er, d.l.,hauser,s.l.;longo,d.l. and jameson,j.(2001)."harrison´s p rinciple of internal medicine".chronic renal failure.,15 th ed.,p 1551. 7trinder,p.(1969).ann.clin.biochem. 6 :24 8-patton ,j.k.and crouch,s.r(1977).anal. chem., 46:464-469. 9-bartles,h.and bohmer ,m .(1978): clin.chem. acta. ,37:193 10weichse lbaum,t.e.and amer,j.(1974):"clinical ch emistry , p rinciples and techniques".harper and row.,2 nd ed. 11doumas,b.t.;watson,w.a.and bigg,h.g.(1971):clin.chem.acta.,31:87 12sorlie,d.e.(1995)."m edical biost atist ics & epidemiology :examination & board review". norwalk ,connecticut, app leton & lange",1 st ed.,47-88. 13m ichael ,l.;bishop ;edward,p.; fody ,and lary –schoeff(2005)."clin ical biochemist ry ".,5 th ed., 648-649. 14burits and ashwood,e.(1999)."tietz text-book of clinical chemistry ".,2 nd ed.,ch 22, 2: 15cuetom anzano,a.b.(2001).hypoalbuminemia in dialysis.is it a marker for malnutrition or inflammatory ?.rev.clin.,53(2):152-158. 16radbill,b.(2008)."r ationale and strategies for early detection and management of diabetic kidney disease.rev.clin.,83(12) :1373-1381. 17robertson,j.and sequin,m .a.(2006).renal diaeasecase-based app roach to acute renal failure and protein-losing nephrop athy ."diabetic nephrop athy ",4298(1):8. "diabetic nephrop athy " 7 455 44 4444444 354444324444444 444444444 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 444444 4444 table (1): se rum glucose,urea and creatinine in patients group and the ir controls (mean±sd) in mg/dl. healthy control patients clinical data 25 30 number 47.20±9.25 54.37±11.35 age 85.36±10.22 218.60±59.21*** serum glucose 23.36±6.58 174.83±38.81*** serum ur ea 0.98±0.51 8.03±1.34*** serum creatinine ***p<10 -5 table (2): total se rum protein,serum albumi n & globulin in (g/l) and (a/g) ratio i n patients group and their controls (mean±s d). healthy control patients clinical data 69.04±0.71 63.23±0.70*** total serum protein (g/l) 41.36±0.44 30.83±46.8*** serum albumin (g/l) 27.68±0.80 32.40±0.80** serum globulin (g/l) 1.64±0.56 1.04±0.38*** (a/g) ratio ***p<10 -5 , **p < 0.001 table (3):distribution of diabetic nephropathies patients and healthy control groups according to ge nder. 12 16 28 48.0% 53.3% 50.9 % 13 14 27 52.0% 46.7% 49.1 % 25 30 55 100.0% 100.0% 1 00.0 % n % n % n % male fem ale gender total healthy control patients studie d groups total ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (3) 2010 table (4):the (mean±sd) in diabeti c nephropathi es patients and healthy control groups according to gender healthy control patients clinical data 47.20±9.25 54.37±11.35 age/y ears (mean±sd) 31 38 m inimum 65 72 m aximum 0.014 t-test (p-value) ihjpas 2010) 3( 23 مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد كلوي السك ري عتالل ال دراسة كیموحیویة لمرضى اإلعتالل الكلوي السكري حمد رعد عبد اهللام، ایمان عبد علي ،هند شاكر أحمد جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثمكلیة التربیة،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة بداء السكري غیر المعتمد على اإلنسولین ممـن یعـانون مـن اإلعـتالل ن مریضًا مصاباً یعامل هذه الدراسة مع ثالثتت .عشرین شخصأ من األصحاءخمسة و عن الضفالكلوي السكري ــــ ــــ ـــــدوال تقیسـ ــــ ـــــذه الـ ــــ ـــــت هـ ــــ ــــة و كانـ ــــ ـــي الدراســ ــــ ــــــاهمین فـــ ــــــــخاص المســـ ــــــع األشــ ـــة لجمیــــ ــــ ـــــدوال الكیموحیویـــ ــــ ــــض الـ ــــ بعــ الهــدف مـن هــذه الدراسـة تقــدیر .البـروتین الكلــي و األلبـومین فــي أمصـال المسـاهمین فــي الدراسـة،الكریــاتنین،الیوریـا،الكلوكـوز .هذه المتغیرات لدى مرضى اإلعتالل الكلوي ي أمصـال المرضــى أن هنــاك زیـادة معنویــة فـي تركیــز الكلوكـوز و الیوریــا و الكریـاتنین فــ الـى الحالیـة تشــیر الدراســة نتـائج p< 10)(كانـت اذ ،مقارنة مـع األصـحاء -5 معنـوي ملحـوظ فـي البـروتین الكلـي و األلبـومین و نسـبة نقصـان كـذلك هنـاك . تركیـز الكلوبیـولین فـي أمصـال المرضـى مقارنـة مـع فـي معنوي إرتفاع بینما وجد ، األلبومین الى الكلوبیولین في مصل الدم .p< 0.001)(كانت ،اذ األصحاء ـــتنتاج ــــة ب یمكـــــن اإلســ ــــن هـــــذه الدراســ ــــمـ ـــتهاأنـ ـــي تـــــم دراســ ـــي الـــــدوال التــ ـــد أخـــــتالف معنـــــوي فـــ ـــــا (ه ال یوجــ الكلكوز،الیوریـ .حیث العمربین المرضى من حیث الجنس ،وكذلك بین المرضى من ) الكلي،وااللبومین،الكریاتینین،البروتین .المراحل النهائیة لعجز الكلیة،العجز الكلوي،األلبومین،البروتین الكلي،مرض السكري: كلمات مفتاحیة ihjpas ihjpas ihjpas ihjpas ihjpas microsoft word 235-247 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|235    synthesis, spectral and bacterial studies of mixed ligand complexes of schiff base derived from methyldopa and anthranilic acid with some metal ions  lekaa k. abdul karem dr.likaakhalid@gmail.com, orcid.org/0000-0002-0735-128x taghreed h. al-noor drtaghreed2@gmail.com, orcid.org/0000-0002-6761-7131 dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad abstract bidentate schiff base ligand 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-2-[(4-dimethylaminobenzylidene)-amino]-2-methyl-propionic acid was prepared and characterized by spectroscopic techniques studies and elemental analysis. the cd(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), co(ii), cr(iii) and fe(iii) of mixed-ligand complexes were structural explicate through  moler conductance, [ft-ir, uv-vis & aas], chloride contents, , and magnetic susceptibility measurements. octahedral geometries have been suggested for all complexes. the schiff base and its complexes were tested against various bacterial species, two of {gram(g+) and gram(g-)} were shown weak to good activity against all bacteria. keywords:  bidentate schiff base, methyldopa, spectroscopic techniques, and bacterial activities. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|236    1. introduction coordination chemistry that related with the chelate or complexes got a large attention [1-2]. through chemical bonding as the recent studies the formula which involve of central metal (lewis acid) and ligands (lewis base) gives us a strong bond and very stable compounds [3]. schiff bases form stable complexes with some transition metal ions, and they play an important role in general life with industries such as chemistry and biological activities [4 -6]. methyldopa, (m-dop) = (α-methyl-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl alanine) is one of the catecholic molecules which are liable to interact with fe (ii). it is a catecholamine used (anti-hypertensive drug) [7]. the stability constants (ks) of (4 metals) with (nitrilotriacetic &/ or iminodiacetic) acids as primary ligands and (methyldopa and/ or levodopa) as secondary ligands potentiometrically [8]. the spectrophotometric determination of dopamine. hcl and methyldopa in pharmaceutical preparations using flow injection analysis (fia). the method is based on oxidative coupling reaction of drug with 2-furoic acid hydrazide (c5h6n2o2) in the presence of sodium nitroprusside in (naoh) medium to form soluble product. the results obtained were in good agreement with those obtained by british pharmacopoeia method [9]. the stability constants of ternary complexes of m(ii) ions with two amini acids (aspartic acid(asp) &glutamic (glu) acid) as primary ligands and (levodopa & methyldopa )as secondary ligands, also all complexes have been carried out (ph-metrically) [10]. 2. experimental all chemicals used in this research were purchased from bdh, fluka and merck companies and used without moreover purification. the melting points were obtained using "stuart melting point apparatus". the metal contents of the complexes were obtained by atomic absorption technique using a "shimadzu aa 620g ". the chloride contents of complexes were obtained by testing all complexes (0.05 gm.) which were decomposed with conc. nitric acid and diluted with water. the1h and 13c nmr spectra were performed on by "brucker drx system 500 (500 mhz)", university of tehran. elemental micro analysis chns was carried out by the euro ea 3000, university of baghdad. uv-vis spectra were performed on a "shimadzu uv160a". the ftirspectra were carried out by a "shimadzu, ftir8400s" (4000400) cm-1 with samples prepared as kbr discs. magnetic measurements were recorded on a "bruker bm6 instrument" at 298k following the faraday’s method'. ligand's preparation (hl [11]) a solution of {4-dmba} 1 mmole in methanol (10 ml) was added to a solution of {mdopa} 1 mmole in methanol (20 ml) and then 1mmol of koh. the mixture was refluxed for 4~hours with stirring. the product was a deep orange solution. it was allowed to cool and dry at room temperature, then recrystallized with ethanol. the brown colored solid mass formed during refluxing was cooled at room temperature, filtered and washed completely with hot ethanol, and recrystallized from acetone to get a pure sample. it yields 90% . the synthetic pathway is as shown in scheme -1. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|237    o ho h3c oh oh n c h n h3c ch3 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-2-[(4-dimethylamino-benzylidene)-amino]-2-methyl-propionic acid c o h n h3c ch3 + 4-dimethylamino-benzaldehyde o ho h3c oh oh nh2 methyl dopa hl ref luxed f or 4~hours methanol scheme (1): the preparation of the ligand (hl) preparation of potassium anthranilate {c7h6no2k}: potassium anthranilate ligand has been prepared depending on literature method [11]. a general method in preparation of complexes [11]: in methanol solution (2mmol of c7h6no2k ) and a solution of (hl & koh) each one is 1mmole were added to a stirred for (1 hour) solution of mclx.nh2o 1mmole. the mixture was (filtered & precipitation) then washed several times with a surplus of ethanol and dried during (24 hours) at room temperature the synthetic pathway is as shown in scheme -2. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|238    o ho oh oh n c h n h3c ch3 h2n o o h2n o o o o ho ho n ch n ch2hc m h3c o +k-o h2n 2 potassium anthralniate + + mcl2.nh2o m= co(ii), ni(ii),cu(ii), and cd(ii) ref lux f or (1 hour) k and h2n o o h2n o o o o ho ho n ch n ch3h3c m h3c m=cr(iii),fe(iii) k hl methanol scheme (2): the preparation of complexes 3. results and discussion 1. physical properties  the physical properties for the starting materials and schiff base (hl) ligand are given in table (1a and 1b).  the complexes are soluble in (dmso) & (dmf), while insoluble in water [12].  the melting points of ligands were lower than all complexes, table -1c.  the conductivity measurement values in dmso (10−3molar) solution range in (31.4-38.1) ω-1cm2mol-1 for cd(ii) ,ni(ii) ,cu(ii) , and co(ii), complexes. the complexes are electrolytes types 1:1 as the data indicate, but the complexes cr(iii)& fe(iii) were nonelectrolytes [13].  silver nitrate solution was (-) when we exanimated (chloride ion)  the found and theory values of (m%) in each complex are in good agreement [14]. 2. 1h-nmr spectrum for the ligand (hl) the integral intensities ( δ ) in ppm of each signal in the 1h-nmr spectrum of hl figure-1, was found to agree with the number of different types of protons present. the signal obtained in range δ (6.44 -7.68) ppm was appointed for doublet due one proton of aromatic ring of phenyl, the formation of schiff base is supported by the presence of a singlet at (δ 8.46) ppm corresponding to the azomethine proton ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|239    (–n=ch). the signal obtained in range δ (7.10-7.70) ppm was appointed for doublet due one proton of aromatic ring. (m, arom. proton,). the signals observed at δ (1.31 & 1.23) ppm ascribed to methyl protons (-ch3) group4[15,16]. 3. 13c-nmr spectrum for (hl) the spectrum of [hl] in (dmso-d6 solvent) is shown in figure-2. chemical shift [δ ppm] azomethine h-c=n carbon (c1) at 195ppm. the carbon atoms of aromatic ring at range (δ=130.25-139.24) ppm, note methyl carbon (3ch3) in schiff base at (δ=41.72 ,41.51 and 41.09) and at δ=40.68 ppm is ascribed to methyl carbon (1ch3) of dmso [15,16]. 4. ftir spectra: methyl dopa spectrum: the bands at (1490) cm-1, (3105) cm-1, (2956, 2808) cm-1 and (1257) cm-1 were appointed to υ(c=c) aromatic, υ(c–h) aromatic, υ(c–h) aliphatic stretching vibration and υ(c–c) aliphatic respectively, table-2a. the band at (1209) cm-1 which account for υ(c-n) cm-1 stretching vibration. the observed bands at [1618 and 1402 ]cm−1were due to υasym{coo−}carboxyl] and υsym{coo−}carboxyl groups,δυ{coo-}asym-υ{coo-}sym =216 cm -1.the strong broad bands around (3481 , and 3421 ) cm-1 were ascribed to the stretching vibration of υ (o-h) .the band at (3223) cm-1 was appointed to the stretching vibration of υ (n-h2) [17,18]. ligand (hl) spectrum: a very strong broad band around (3473) cm-1 ascribed to stretching vibration of (o-h) group, table-2a and figure-3. the spectrum shows a new band at (1620) cm-1 ascribed to υ(c=n) str. vibrations of the (hl) with disappearance of the stretching vibration bands for the amine (nh2) group [17]. the bands at (1446) cm -1, (3039) cm-1, (2966) cm-1 and (1273)cm-1 were appointed to υ(c=c) aromatic, υ(c–h) aromatic, υ(c–h) aliphatic and υ(c–c) aliphatic str. vibration, respectively. the observed bands at carboxyl groups] in (hl) respectively [19,20]. a sharp band at (1620) cm−1 was due to stretching vibration of the υ(hc=n-), it was shifted to lower frequency for every complex and its range appeared in (1604–1616) cm-1, indicating coordination of the azomethine n atom (hc=n:→ m ) with the metal ion [ 21] . anthranilic acid spectrum : the region of all amino acids ( nh3+) appears at (30303130) cm-1 [22], and, the band of anthh appears at (3101) cm-1, but this band was disappeared in every complex with appearance of coordinated bands nh2 within the range (3062-3371)cm-1, table-2b. the bands at (1662 & 1485) cm-1 respectively due to υ (coo)asym and υ (coo -)sym , therefore δυ = 177 cm -1 , in complexes were shifted to a lower frequency in range (1554-1593)cm-1 for υ (coo-)asym and (1327-1400) cm-1 for υ (coo)sym, table-2c . the δυ = [υ (coo-)asym υ (coo-)sym] appeared within the range (189227) cm-1 indicating that the carboxlate ion coordinates as a mono dentate donor with the metal ions [23]. ir spectra explain that the anthranilato ligand (anth) is negatively charged can be coordinated to the metal atom [m(ii) & m(iii)] through the nitrogen atom in amin group (h2n→m), and oxygen carboxylate group (-coo _m), serve as a ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|240    bidentate .ft-ir spectral results provide strong evidences for the complexation of schiff base (hl) with metal ions in bi dentate mode fashion (no) occured through the [ (o) of carboxylato (-coo-) and (n) of the (hc=n-)] groups. new weak intensity bands were observed in the regions (532-586) cm-1 might be due to m-n and (412-486) cm-1 due to mo vibrations, [24,25]. the experimental data suggest that the anthranilic acid acts as bidentate uni negative charge and adopt an octahedral geometry as proposed. 5. electronic spectra and magnetic moment for the ligands and complexes: the uv-vis spectrum of the ligand (hl), figure-4, table-3 shows two peaks at λmax (301 and 344)nm due to (π→ π*) & (n→ π*) transition respectively[26]. the uv spectrum of (anthh) showed two high intensity peaks at (242 and 332) nm appointed to (π→ π*) & (n → π*) respectively [22,24]. cr(iii) complex: the (uvvis) spectrum, shows high broad peak at 342 nm was indicated to the charge transfer and overlap with υ3 ( 4a2g→ 4t1g(p), while the weak broad peak at 798 nm , which indicated to (4a2g→ 4t2g(f) (d–d), transition in an octahedral geometry , and magnetic moment value is 3.94 b. m. indicating three unpaired electrons close to spin only value, that agreement of the structure of cr (iii) to be an octahedral geometry table-3, [26]. [fe (l)(anth)2] complex: the electronic spectrum, shows absorption peak in the uv region at 344nm which is ascribed to (ct) transitions while another absorption peak in the visible region at 790 nm which belongs to electronic transition 6a1g→ 4t1g(4p) , table-3 [26], and μ eff = 5.09 b.m. is lower than the μ eff of the high spin octahedral complex , which is in agreement with an octahedral geometry [27]. [co(l)(anth)2] complex: the (uvvis) spectrum, shows more than one peak. the first high intense peak at 344nm which is ascribed to (c.t) transitions. the second peak is at 430 nm which is ascribed to 4t1g→ 4t1g(p) υ3 , and the third absorption peaks are of (d-d) transitions as shown in table-3, at (734 nm) and 790 nm, which are considered as 4t1g→t2g(f) υ1 transitions[28] , and μ eff = 4.36 which suggest an octahedral geometry [24 ]. [ni (l)(anth)2] complex: the electronic spectrum shows two peaks at (344nm), which may be appointed to (ct) transitions & (υ3) 3a2g(f)→ 3t1g(p). the peak at 797 nm, which is due to 3a2g(f)→ 3t1g(f) (υ2) {d-d transitions}, respectively [28], and the μ eff = 2.83 b.m. which suggest an octahedral geometry [24]. [cu (l)(anth)2] complex: this complex , shows a high intense peak at 344 nm is ascribed to a strong charge transfer and peak at 696nm due to 2eg →2t2g .these peaks are characteristic in position and width with those reported for octahedral copper (ii) complexes, [28], and μeff = 1.62 b.m. which agrees by several research worker's data[24 ]. [cd (l)(anth)2] complex: the diamagnetic properties showed as expected from their electronic configuration of cd(ii) d10 complex which did not display any peak in the visible region. the electronic spectrum of cadimum(ii) complex shows the absorption peak at 342nm table-3 which ascribed to the charge transfer, and which agrees with those complexes that have an octahedral structure [23], and the diamagnetic properties did not show any d-d transition,[24] . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|241    6. bacterial activities: schiff base ligand, anthranilic acid and the new complexes were tested against various bacterial were given in chart-1. the [cr(l)(anth)2] shows negative against e-coli and bacillus. the [fe(l)(anth)2] shows negative result against e-coli and pseudomonas. complexes k [co(l)(anth2] & k [ni(l)(anth2] show good antibacterial activity against the 3-organisms except e-coli. the k[cu(l)(anth)2] and k[cd(l)(anth)2] show very good antibacterial activity against the four bacteria . mostly the (zi)mm of the prepared compounds was in the following order; metal complexes > anthh > hl > dmso k[cd(l)(anth)2] > k[cu(l)(anth)2] > k [ni(l)(anth2] > k [co(l)(anth2] >>[cr(l)(anth)2] >[fe(l)(anth)2] it is obvious from the top datum that the (zi) increased significantly on celates special the partial sharing of the (m+2 & m+3) positive charge and electronic spectra of d10 of the metal ion with {n and o} atoms as donor groups or increased because of concept of cell permeability the lipid membrane that surround the cell surplus the vocal of only lipid soluble materials pump to which liposolubility is a significant operator that controls antimicrobial activity [29,30]. table (1a): the physical properties for the starting materials and ligand hl table (1b): the solubility of the hl in various solvents (+) soluble & insoluble (–) compounds compound formula molecular weight m .pºc colour found (calc.) c h n o s m-dop c10h13no4 211.22 290 white 56.86 6.20 6.63 30.30 ------ 4-dmab c9h11no 149.19 72-75 white 72.46 7.43 9.39 10.72 ------ hl c19h22n2o4 342.39 160165 brown 64.95 (66.65) 6.87 (6.48) 8.66 (8.18) 13.32 ------ compound h 2 o d m f d m s o c h 3 o h c 2 h 5 o h c 3 h 6 o c 6 h 6 c c l 4 c h c l 3 petroleume ether hl + + + + + ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|242    table (1c): physical properties of the mixed [lmetal-anth] complexes metal% λm ω-1 cm2 mol1 m .p°c yield % colour m. wt calc. compound formula theory (exp) 7.81 (6.83) 13.8 250 dec 80 brown 665.48 [cr(l)(anth)2] c33h33crn4o8 8.34 (8.70) 9.5 190 89 brown 669.48 [fe(l)(anth)2] c33h33fen4o8 8.28 (8.24) 31.4 220 67 brown 711.67 k [co(l)(anth)2] c33h33cok n4o8 8.25 (8.79) 36.2 225 72 brown 711.43 k [ni(l)(anth)2] c33h33n4nio8 8.87 (9.24) 38.1 240 dec 78 brown 716.28 k [cu(l)(anth)2] c33h33cun4o8 14.69 (13.97) 37.9 260 dec 91 brown 765.15 k [cd(l)(a.nth2] c33h33cd n4o8 m.wt = {molecular weight},m={molar conductivity},dec ={decomposition },m .p=melting point table (2a): ftir of the m-dop and hl υ(c-h) arom. alph. -ch3 υ (cn) υ(c=c) arom. alph. (coo) υ asy υ sym hl υ(c=n-) υ (n-h2) υ (oh) arom compounds 3015 2956,2808 1375 1209 1490 1257 1618 1402 -------3223s 3481 3421br m-dop 3039 2966 1315 1249 1449 1273 1593 1365 1620 -------3473 hl table (2b): ft-ir of the l-anthranilic acid δ (-coo-)asmysmy (-coo-)sym. (-coo -)asym. c=o str (carbox.)  (n-h3 +) (nh2) asym,sym str 177 1485s 1662s 1716 3101s 3321 s 3240 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|243    table (2c): ft-ir of the complexes table (3): electronic spectral of the mixed [lmetal-anth] complexes comp. λmax nm υ' cm-1 є max mol-1.l.cm-1 assignments µeff b.m [cr(l)(anth)2] 342 798 29239 12531 2444 13 charge transfer 4a2g→ 4t1g(p) ν3 3.94 [fe(l)(anth)2] 344 790 29069 12658 1797 41 charge transfer 6a1g→ 4t1g(4p) υ3 5.09 k [co( (anth2] 344 430 734 790 29069 23255 13623 12658 1691 70 54 charge transfer 4t1g→ 4t1g(p) υ3 4t1g→ 4t2g(f) υ1 4.36 k [ni(l)(anth2] 344 797 29069 12547 1700 16 c.t 3a2g(f) → 3t1g(p) υ3 2.83 k[cu(l)(anth)2] 344 696 29069 14367 1712 55 charge transfer 2eg →2t2g 1.62 k[cd(l)(anth)2] 342 29239 1874 c.t diamagnetic υ (m-o) for l3&(anth ) υ (m-n) for l3&(anth ) δ υ (coo ) asym sym (-coo) asy,sy m υ c=c arom υ(hc=n -) υ (c– h) +ch3 aliph. υ (nh) asy,sy m in anth υ (oh) arom comp. 459 414 568 540 212 1577 1365s 1523 1612 2943 2816 3371 3078 3444 [cr(l)(anth)2] 462 412 567 532 208 1581 1373 1523 1612 2981m 2816 3363 3062 3479v s [fe(l)(anth)2] 455 416 586 563 207 1593 1386 1535 1612 2939 2812 3305 3136 3433 k [co( (anth2] 466 412 567 532 202 1593 1381 1543 1604 2943 2804 3305 3217 3429 k [ni(l)(anth2] 462 424 563 536 227 1554 1327 1527 1604 2947 2808 3275 3236 3433 k[cu(l)(anth)2 ] 451 412 578 555 189 1589 1400 1535 s 1616 2939 2804 3290 3136 3433 k[cd(l)(anth)2 ] ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|244    figure (1): 1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand (hl) figure (2): 13c-nmr spectrum of the ligand (hl) figure (3): ft-ir of (hl) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|245    figure (4): electronic spectrum of the (hl) figure (5): the (zi) of mixed [ l-metal -anth] complexes references [1] s. annapoorani and c. krishnan ,synthesis and spectroscopic studies of trinuclear n4 schiff base complexes international, j. chemtech res., 5 (1): 180–185. 2013 [2] d.chen and a.e martell, dioxygen affinities of synthetic cobalt schiff base complexes. inorganic chemistry, 26, 1026-1987. 1987 [3] f.tehmina ; f. nasreen; zafar abbas zaidi1, tanveer abbas , mohib r. kazimi; investigation of iron complex formation of anti-hypertensive drug: methyldopa, american journal of analytical chemistry, 6(6): 551. 2015 [4] s. kumar; s. m. lim; k. ramasamy,  synthesis, molecular docking and biological evaluation of bis-pyrimidine schif base derivatives, kumar et al. chemistry central journal 11:89. 2017 [5] atmaram. k. mapari1 and kiran. v. mangaonkar; synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of mixed schiff base ligand complexes of transition metal(ii) ions,  international journal of chemtech research, 3(1):477-482. 2013 [6 ] ab. patil; stability constants of ternery complexes of transition metal (ii) ions with aspartic acid and glutamic acid as primary ligands and levodopa and methyldopa  as secondary ligands , oriental j. chem., 28, (3): 1321-1324. 2012 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 e‐coli  pseudomonas staphylococcus aureus bacillus    ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|246    [7] "who model list of essential medicines''. world health organized. october (2013) retrieved 22 april 2014(2013) . [8] a. b.patil and t. h. mhaske. , "  potentiometric studies on binary and ternary complexes of transition metal ions with some pharmaceutical compounds"asian j. chem., 13(4): 1544-1548 . 2001 [9] m. q. al-abachi, raghad sinan and hind haddi .," spectrophotometric determination of methyldopa and dopamine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparations using flow injection analysis" , national journal of chemistry, 36 : 597-604. 2009 [10]  l. k. abdul karem t. h. al-noor and f. m. ali ; schiff base and ligand metal complexes of some amino acids and drug, lambert academic publishing germany, march, 2016 . [11] t. h. al-noor ; amer. j. jarad and a. o. hussein ;  synthetic, spectroscopic and antibacterial studies of fe(ii),co(ii),ni(ii),cu(ii),zn(ii),cd(ii)and hg (ii),mixed ligand complexes of saccharin and amoxicillin(antibiotics), chemistry and materials research, 6(3):20-30. 2014 [12] g. omoruyi; idemudia1, a.peter; ajibade1 and anthony i. okoh;  synthesis, characterization and antibacterial screening of 2, 4-diaminopyrimidine pyrimethamine and trimethoprim silver complexes, african journal of biotechnology .,  11(39): 9323-9329. 2012 [13] w. j.geary ; the use of conductivity measurements in organic solvents for the characterization of coordination compounds coord, chem. rev., 7: 81-122. 1971 [14] v. aia ; text book of quantitative inorganic analysis , 2nd ed (longman, london),: 694. 1978 [15] ww. simons ; the sadtler handbook of proton nmr spectra, sadtler re-search laboratories , philadelphia, sadtlerk,1978. [16] y. sakakibara; s. okutsu; t. enokida; t. tani; red organic electroluminescence devices with a reduced porphyrin compound, etraphenylchlorin . applied physics letters, 74(18)(199): 2587. [17] k. nakamoto ,infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, 3th ed., john wiely and sons, new york. 1986. [18] r.m. silverstein, and f.x. webster; spectrometric identification of organic compounds, 6th ed .new york , john wiley and sons ,inc,:401-406. 1996 [19] t. h. al-noor , a. j. jarad and a. o. hussein ; synthesis, physico-chemical and antimicrobial properties of some metal (ii)-mixed ligand complexes of tridentate schiff base derives from β-lactam antibiotic {(cephalexin mono hydrate)-4chlorobenzophenone} and saccharin , international journal of chemical and process engineering research, 1(11): 109-120. 2014 [20] a. l.davis; j. keeler; e. d. laue, , & d. moskau,; experiments for recording pureabsorption heteronuclear correlation spectra using pulsed field gradients, journal of magnetic resonance (1969), 98(1): 207-216. 1992 [21] k. nakamoto, "infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds "4 th ed ;john. wiley and sons, new york. 1996. [22] t.h. al-noor and l.k. abdul karem;  synthetic, spectroscopic and antibacterial studies of co(ii),ni(ii),cu(ii),zn(ii),cd(ii)and hg (ii),mixed ligand complexes of trimethoprime antibiotic and anthranilic acid ,tofiq journal of medical sciences, 3 (2): 64-75. 2016 [23] t.h.al-noor and l.k. abdul karem ; synthesis , characterization and antibacterial activities of co (ii),ni(ii),cu(ii),zn(ii),cd(ii)and hg(ii) mixed-ligand complexes of lproline and trimethoprim antibiotic ,chemistry and materials research, 7 (3), 32-39. 2015 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry|247    [24] c. j. brown; the crystal structure of anthranilic acid, proc. royal society of london a, 302: 185-199. 1968 [25] s.h. naji, l.k. abdul karem and f. h. mousa; synthesis, spectroscopic and biological studies of a new some complexes with n-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-benzene-1,2diamine, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci.26(1):194-207. 2013 [26] lever abp inorganic electronic spectroscopy (2nd ed.). elsevier. in amsterdam, new york. 1984. [27]cosmetic ingredient review expert panel ;final report of the safety assessment of niacinamide and niacin".int. j. toxicol,24 (5): 1–31. 2005 [28] t.h. al-noor and l.k. abdul karem ;  synthesis, physico-chemical and antimicrobial activities co(ii),ni (ii) ,cu(ii), zn(ii),cd(ii) and hg(ii) mixed ligand complexes of lalanine and trimethoprim antibiotic, chemistry and materials research , 7 (5):82-90. 2015 [29] m.n. patel; v.j.patel;  studies on novel coordination polymers of a tetradentate ligand with some transition metal ions, synth .react. inorg. met. org. chem.: 19: 137. 1989 [30] k. p. srivastava; sunil kumar singh and bir prakash mishra; l-1β, il-1ra and il18 gene variants in type 2 diabetes, journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research, 7(1):197-203. 2015 proposed speech analyses method using the multiwavelet transform baydaa jaffer al-khafaji dept. of computer science/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 7april 2014, accepted in :14 april2014 abstract speech is the first invented way of communication that human used age before the invention of writing. in this paper, proposed method for speech analyses to extract features by using multiwavelet transform (repeated row preprocessing).the proposed system depends on the euclidian differences of the coefficients of the multiwavelet transform to determine the beast features of speech recognition. each sample value in the reference file is computed by taking the average value of four samples for the same data (four speakers for the same phoneme). the result of the input data to every frame value in the reference file using the euclidian distance to determine the frame with the minimum distance is said to be the "best match". simulation program using visual basic has been in order to determine final results. keyword: multiwavelet transform, euclidian distance, hamming window, repeated row preprocessing 394 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction speech communicate system consists of the speech mechanism and hearing system , speech mechanisms shows how human speech is produced by complex interactions between the diaphragm, lungs, throat, mouth and nasal cavity [ 1] . the processes which control speech phonation is the process of converting air pressure into sound via the vocal folds, or vocal cords as they are commonly called , resonation is the process by which certain frequencies are emphasized by resonances in the vocal tract ,and articulation is the process of changing the vocal tract resonances to produce distinguishable sounds. in general, in its most simplistic form speech can be viewed as a stochastic process involving two principal dimensions time and frequency. the complexity of the speech recognition task lies in the fact that a given utterance can be represented by an effectively infinite number of timefrequency patterns. a human speech signal is produced by moving the vocal tract articulators towards target positions that characterize a particular sound [2]. there are several viable methods currently used for speech recognition including template matching, acoustic-phonetic recognition and stochastic processing.the human auditory system is based on a time-frequency analysis of sounds. the information received by the human ears can be described most conveniently as non-linear auditory responses to frequency selectivity and perceived loudness [ 3]. the multiwavelet transform is widely used in the extraction of features in all the types of signals, especially for extracting features in the speech sound signal. the wavelet and multiwavelets transformations are directly applicable only to one – dimensional signals. the two main categories of methods for doing this are separable and non separable algorithms which are mostly applied for 2-d signals,where separable methods simply work on each dimension in series. the typical approach is to process each of the rows in order and then process each column of the result. non-separable methods work in both signal dimensions at the same time. while non-separable methods can offer benefits over separable methods, such as savings in computation, they are generally more difficult to implement [ 4] . preprocessing for multiwavelets as mentioned before , multiwavelets filter banks require a vector –valued input signal .there is a number of ways to produce such signal from 2-d data signal perhaps the most obvious method is to use adjacent rows and columns of the data [4] . however, this approach does not work well for general multiwavelets and leads to reconstruction artifacts in the lowpass data after coefficient quantization. this problem can be avoided by constructing "constrained" multiwavelets , which possess certain key properties . unfortunately, the extra constraints somewhat restrictive; data compression tests show that constrained multiwavelets do not perform as well as some other multifilters. another approach is to first split each row or column into two half-length signals and then use these two half signals as the channel input into the multifilter. a naive approach is to simply take the odds samples for one signal and the even samples for the second signal. this approach doesn't work well because it destroys the assumes characteristics of the input signal. it is generally presumed that data will locally well-approximated by low-order polynomials, usually constant, linear ,or quadratic. the high-pass filter is designed to give a uniform zero output when the input has this form. taking alternating data points as the filter alerts character of the input signal, hence the filter output will no longer be forced to zero ,reducing compression performance .but there is a way around this problem :one may first prefilter the two half length signals before passing them into the multifilter . 395 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 over sampled scheme: repeated row preprocessing in multiwavelets setting , ghm multiscaling and multiwavelets function coefficients are 2*2 matrices ,and during transformation step they must multiply vector(instead of scalars) .this means that multifilter bank need 2input rows . so the most obvious way to get two input rows from a given signal is to repeat the signal .two rows go into the multifilter bank .this procedure is called "repeated row" which introduces over sampling of the data by factor of 2. for a given scalar input signal {xk} of length n (n is assumed to be power of 2 and so is of even length), repeated row preprocessing of this signal is by repeating the input stream with the same stream multiplied by a constant α . so the input leangth-2 vector is formed from the original as here α is constant: it is typically chosen so that if xk=c=constant, for all k, then the output from the high-pass multifilter is zero .this can always be done if the system has approximation order higher than zero. for the ghm case , α=1/ 2 is selected since the output from the low-pass multifilter is simply a scaled version of input, speech recognition via multiwavelet there is an extensive amount of information in the speech signal only some of which is relevant to the selection of the correct machine response. a critical task is to extract from all that information all those parts that convey the message. * feature extraction is done by multiwavelet transform. however, it is extremely difficult to do this. an objective of speech analysis for speech recognition is therefore to extract useful information from the signal by approaching directly in the time domain, or by some related techniques in the frequency domain .in some way or another most proposed schemes are based on, or can be related to, short-time frequency analysis of the speech waveform. xk αx where k=0.1.2….n-1 c [h 0+h 1+h 2+h 3] 4 4 c c = ----(3) [g0+g1+g2+g3] c 8 0 0 c 0 = ---(2) 0 396 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 proposed speech recognition system using multiwavelet transform 1preprocessing the data the first thing to be done before getting the data to be processed in the system is data acquisition processing. the data to be processed is stored on the computer as a" wave pcm sound files 8-bit mono" as shown in figure (1). 2data framing it may simply consist of placing the data into fixed-size blocks , thus the speech samples are taking in frames small enough not to cover too many changes in this speech signal but large enough to discover meaningful information about the signal .each block is of 256 bit as shown in figure (2) 3choosing data windowing two main types of window functions that had been used in speech recognition namely the hamming window which is used here       − π − 1 2 cos46.054.0 n n if 10 −≤≤ nn ------(4) wn= 0 if otherwise and the rectangular window 1 if 10 −≤≤ nn ---(5) wn= o if otherwise 4-feature extraction is done by multiwavelet transform using the over-sampled scheme of processing, the dmwt matrix is double in dimension compared with the input which should be a square matrix (of 4*1 minimum). 5creating the reference each sample value in the reference file is computed by taking the average value of four samples for the same data (four speakers for the same phoneme) . 6finding the best match finding the distance of the input data to every frame value in the reference file using the euclidian distance measurement function e=(x-ref) ^2. the frame with the minimum distance is said to be the "best match" the table of result shows in figure (3). a flow diagram for the proposed speech analyze method via multiwavelet shown in figure (4) conclusions this paper presents a new technique for speech analyze through the use of multiwavelet to extract features by using (repeated row preprocessing).the proposed system depends on the euclidian distance measurement for finding the distance of the input data to every frame value in the reference file to compute the average value of four samples for the same data (four speakers for the same phoneme) to determine the beast result. we can apply this method to a wider set of phonemes (more than 7 speakers). also it has been seen that the bandwidth of the hamming window is about twice the bandwidth of the rectangular window of the same length. this method could be developed to use as a preprocessing for the development of a speech to text recognition system. 397 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 references 1. steven, e. and golowich(1998) a support vector/hmm aprouch to phoneme recognition,october,14bell labs,lucent technology. 2. mohamed debyeche ( 2000) phoneme recognition system basec on hmm with distributed vq codebook,ieee trans on comm., 28. 3. jenkins, w.k, ( 1986) ,recent advances in residue number techniques for recursive digital filtering, ieee transactions on acoustics, speech, and signal processing,assp 27, 19-30, february . 4. waled, a. mahmoud ,quantization techniques for the classification and recognition of speech signals( 1986),ph.d thesis,university of wales. figure no. (1): shows the opening of a wave file interface in the proposed system 398 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no.(2)the data to be processed is stored on the computer as a" wave pcm sound files 8-bit mono الحرف ش الحرف س الحرف ز الحرف ر الحرف ذ الحرف د الحرف خ الحرف ح الحرف ج الحرف ث الحرف ت الحرف ب الحرف ا اللفظة ا 22 204 188 190 216 85 117 99 125 222 111 156 203 ب 77 17 122 79 212 56 43 122 55 205 136 98 69 ت 67 189 7 33 260 34 123 87 46 89 76 123 54 ث 45 132 76 20 34 142 84 29 66 87 45 200 80 ج 132 88 34 98 13 66 55 112 65 99 122 50 32 figure no. (3)table of result the frame with the minimum distance is said to be the best 399 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure no. (4):a flow diagram for the proposed speech analyze method by using multiwavelet euclidian distance output in the best match feature extraction by multiwavelet windowing 1-hamming 2-rectangular put data into affixed size input speech signal wave 400 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 لتحلیل الكالم باستخدام التحویل متعدد المویجة طریقة مقترحة بیداء جعفر صادق الخفاجي / جامعة بغداد ( ابن الھیثم) للعلوم الصرفةكلیة التربیة / قسم علوم الحاسبات 2014 نیسان 14، قبل البحث 2014 نیسان 7 في استلم البحث الخالصة لتحلی�ل جدی�دة طریق�ة ص�فن الورق�ة، ھ�ذه ف�ي. ق االتصال بین البش�ر وحت�ى قب�ل اخت�راع الكتاب�ةائالكالم ھو اول طر المھمة وباستخدام التحویل متع�دد المویج�ة وباح�د انواع�ھ الت�ي ھ�ي طریق�ة تك�رار تجھی�ز الص�فوف النظ�ام الكالم خصائص المقترح یعتمد على طریقة اقلیدس في حساب المسافة ومعامالت التحویل متعدد المویجة في حساب فرق المسافة كل قیمة في )ولكي نحقق افضل للصوت نفسھمتحدثین ة(اربعنفسھا یاناتالبلترتیب فایل المصدر تحسب باخذ متوسط قیمة اربع عینات )6(لغة البرمجة فیجوال بیسك متالنتائج نعتمد بتحقیق ا قل مسافة بطریقة اقلیدس، استخد الكلمات المفتاحیة:تحویل متعدد المویجة،طریقة اقلید س في قیاس المسافة ، نافذة المبالغة،المعالجة بالصفوف المتكررة 401 | computer science @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 quantification of acrylamide content in potato chips and in iraqi “harissa” khalid w. s. al-janabi dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad email: khalid.janabi@gmail.com received in : 26 february 2013, accepted in : 24 july 2013 abstract a simple, environmentally benign, sustainable, accurate and cost effective green approach has been developed for the determination of acrylamide (2-propenamide) in different samples of potato chips collected from the iraqi market during the year 2012 and a traditional iraqi meal called harissa. the method entails a straightforward de-fatting practice with n-hexane, extraction with lukewarm water, and cleanup with solid-phase extraction (spe) cartridges containing the sorbent bed of the mixed mode ion exchangers (siliaprep c8/scx-2/sax). the final extracts are directly determined by liquid chromatography-ultra violet (lc-uv) at a wavelength of 205nm for quantification. the acrylamide content in the examined potato chips were in the range 339–1024 μg/kg, while for harissa sample it was 235 μg/kg. the recoveries were in the range of 97.4 and 101.2% with relative standard deviations (rsd%) of about 4.1%. the limit of detection (lod) and the limit of quantification (loq) were 20 μg/kg and 50 μg/kg in the basis of signal to noise ratios of 3:1 and 9:1, respectively. the green goal of the proposed method was accomplished by developing a procedure that uses minimal amounts of benign reagents and the avoidance of producing toxic residues. this method can be used for routine analysis of acrylamide in any fatty food matrices. key words: acrylamide, solid phase extraction, high performance liquid chromatography, harissa, potato chips, iraq 236 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction prior to the determination of any environmental analyte, a sample preparation process must be carried out to effectively separate the analyte from its matrix quantitatively. this step is considered as the most polluting one [1]. sample preparation typically implies a solvent extraction such as the soxhlet technique which is slow, costly, labor intensive, and requires the use of large quantities of hazardous solvents. extreme reduction in the use of solvents is an alternative to develop cleaner analytical procedures when the use of toxic reagents cannot be avoided [2]. conversely the use of solid-phase extraction (spe) technique for sample pretreatment complies with the general principles of green chemistry as it saves time, solvents, cost and waste with minimal labor [3]. acrylamide, as a carcinogenic and mutagenic hazardous compound on animals and humans public health [4] [5], is consequently formed as a byproduct of certain cooking processes, such as frying of carbohydrate rich food. so it is expected to be found in potato chips [6]. the formation of acrylamide in heat-processed foods occurs via the maillard reaction [7] [8]. the ability of acrylamide to induce chromosomal damage was observed in bone marrow cells in vivo. frequent doses of 10-50 mg/kg body weight per day, by any route, in most laboratory animal species, causes a neuropathy affecting primarily the peripheral axons (both motor and sensory) and the visual system. while single doses exposure of 100-200 mg acrylamide/kg body weight was fatal in most animals [9]. gas chromatography with different detectors was used for the determination of acrylamide in foodstuff. however such methods require derivation of acrylamide which is a time consuming step, costly, and produce waste as well as gc technique may outcome with over estimation results due to additional formation of analyte in hot gc injector [10] [11]. similarly hplc with different detectors is employed for the determination of acrylamide in foodstuff [12] [13]. however, hplc analysis does not require a tedious derivation and is a less expensive alternative to gc. acrylamide is a polar molecule which can be extracted efficiently by water [14]. this study has developed a green approach which is rapid, accurate, cost effective and easy to operate with minimal solvent consumption for the determination of acrylamide in different brands of potato chips and a traditional iraqi meal called “harrisa” which is consisting mainly from wheat and lamb. experimental reagents and equipment all reagents were hplc grade; methanol, water, n-hexane and acrylamide were from biosolve chimie sarl (france). the mobile phase was filtered through a whatman membrane 0.2µm pore size. chromatographic analyses were performed on a shimadzu prominence uflc (japan) high-performance liquid chromatograph hplc, equipped with a quaternary pump lc-20 ad, degasser dgu-20a5, column ec 250/4.6 nucleodur 100-5 c18 ec, and a uv/vis detector spd-20a. data collection and the performance of all components in the system were controlled by lc-solution chromatography software of shimadzu. extraction and clean-up were accomplished with (siliaprep c8/scx-2/sax, 3ml/500mg, particle size 40-63 µm, pore size 60 å) spe tubes from (silicycle inc, canada). 237 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 standard solutions working standard solutions of acrylamide were prepared by serial dilution of a 1000mg/l stock standard solution which has been prepared by dissolving 10mg of acrylamide in 10ml of hplc grade water. sample preparation different samples of potato chips are locally purchased from grocery stores in iraq in the period of may – sep 2012. a 5 g of each sample has finely grinded with a coffee grinder (braun ksm2, germany). harissa sample was made in the same iraqi traditional way. wheat is soaked overnight in water. then a 1 kg of the presoaked wheat is mixed with a 200 g of lamb and boiled for 4 hr at a constant stirring. about 5 g of table salt is added during the cooking process. samples were de-fatted, where a 1 g mass of the homogenized and finely grinded sample is placed into a 50ml centrifuge tube, and a 20ml of n-hexane was added. the tube was shaken by vortex for 5min. then each tube was centrifuged at 9000 rpm for 15 min, followed by filtration under vacuum and the n-hexane layer was discarded. the de-fatted sediment is dried in the oven at 90 ºc for 15min then extracted by the addition of 5ml lukewarm water and vortex for 5min. the homogenized mixture was filtered under vacuum and the aqueous phase is collected and further cleaned-up by applying each sample to a preconditioned spe tube. the spe dispersive conditions removed most of the remaining fats and other interferences remaining in the aqueous aliquot. spe cartridges were conditioned with 3ml methanol then equilibrated with 6ml of water; the methanol and the water portions used to prepare the cartridge were discarded. a 2ml of the aqueous filtrate is directly loaded on the top of an spe cartridge at a flow rate of 2ml/min. the extract was allowed to pass through the spe sorbent bed followed by 0.5 ml of water. the first 0.5 ml eluted from the spe tube is discarded while the next 1ml is collected and filtered by a 0.2µm syringe filter then introduced directly to hplc-uv analysis. samples are spiked appropriately with acrylamide to work out recoveries and reproducibility. hplc condition sets of experiments were conducted to adjust the best proportion of gradient mixture and to determine the optimum flow rate of the eluent capable of separating acrylamide from other interferences in the sample and the best detection. the optimum conditions of hplc separation and detection for the acrylamide from its matrix are listed below in (figure 1). results and discussion to average effect of acrylamide distribution in the samples of potato chips, an exactly 1g portion of each sample was taken out of a finely grinded 5g portion. because it is necessary to take food specimens to be analyzed from a large homogenized food sample to average effect of analyte distribution on the results [15]. in addition to time and energy consumption, enrichment of contaminants and the formation of emulsions; one serious drawback for the conventional procedures in the extraction and determination of acrylamide in fatty food matrices is the use of relatively large amounts of organic solvents. however to comply with the principles of green chemistry and sustainability; acetonitrile, which is a common mobile phase modifier in such traditional chromatographic applications, was avoided for its expensiveness and hazardousness. the exceptionally high water-solubility of acrylamide provides an efficient extraction of it from food samples with water effectively at room temperature. the extract is not ph adjusted since the buffer capacity of distilled and de-ionized water is extremely low. while 238 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 due to the remarkably low solubility of acrylamide in n-hexane[16] enabled an easy defatting process by washing the aqueous extracts with few milliliters of n-hexane. clean-up has been accomplished by spe of the sorbent bed siliaprep c8/scx-2/sax from silicycle. the mixed mode of this sorbent can work as a strong anion exchanger (tma chloride, sax) or a strong cation exchanger (propyl sulfonic acid, scx-2) (figure 1). during the conditioning step and the sample application, spe cartridges never left to run dry. dryness of the sorbent bed of the spe cartridge may irreversibly coagulate the active sites of the spe sorbent bed which reduces the cartridge capacity and efficiency. elution of the conditioning solvents and the sample from the spe tube is left to gravity and vacuum never used to speed up the elution process. spe clean-up step removes a number of early eluting co-extractives which improved signal to noise ratios and resulting in a better precision in measurements (figure 2). analytical standards were prepared freshly prior to each analysis because, especially the highly concentrated standards (> 1 mg/l) have showed a tendency for inaccurate readings after storage at room temperature [17]. a number of standard concentrations of acrylamide in water of hplc-grade are prepared and used to produce the calibration curve (figure 3). each sample has been fortified with 1mg/l acrylamide standard solution to accurately identify the retention time of acrylamide in each sample and to compensate for any recovery losses during the extraction and the cleanup steps as well to ensure that results are reliable (fig. 4). real samples of potato chips and one sample of harissa were prepared, de-fatted, spe cleaned up then lc-uv determined for acrylamide content following the pre-described conditions listed in table 1. extraction procedures give almost a full recovery. the samples of potato chips showed a high level of acrylamide content in the range of 339–1024 μg/kg, which is considered as a risky dosage for human health while harissa sample exhibited less acrylamide content which is 235 μg/kg. acrylamide content and other analytical data for samples of potato chips and harissa are listed in (table 2). conclusion an efficient, simple and green procedure is developed for the quantification of acrylamide in potato chips and harissa using solid phase extraction technique for sample cleanup and high-performance liquid chromatography with ultra-violet detection for quantification. it complies with the principles of green chemistry since it reduces the environmental impact in terms of reducing solvent usage, disposal, energy consumption and the avoidance of employing hazardous chemicals and reagents. this procedure can be applied for routine analysis of any other oily food stuff. as well, this research has validated the presence of acrylamide in all brands of potato chips collected from iraqi grocery stores for the period of may – sep 2012 as well as in harissa meal. all the samples exhibited acrylamide content exceeding the recommended average dosage to maintain public health. references 1. gonc, s. ;pe. c.; farré, m.; pérez, s.; gonçalves, c.; alpendurada m. f.; and barceló, d.; (2010). “green analytical chemistry in the determination of organic pollutants in the aquatic environment;” trac trends in analytical chemistry; vol. 29 no. 11: 1347–1362. 2. melchert, w. r.; infante, c. m. c. and rocha, f. r. p. (2007). “development and critical comparison of greener flow procedures for nitrite determination in natural waters;” microchemical journal; vol. 85: 209–213. 239 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 3. anastas, p. t. and warner, j. c. (1998). “green chemistry: theory and practice;” in oxford university press; new york: 30–48. 4. kütting, b.; schettgen, t.; schwegler, u.; fromme, h.; uter, w.; angerer, j.; and drexler, h. (2009). “acrylamide as environmental noxious agent: a health risk assessment for the general population based on the internal acrylamide burden.;” international journal of hygiene and environmental health; vol. 212 no. 5: 470–80. 5. capuano, e. and fogliano, v. (2011) “acrylamide and 5-hydroxymethylfurfural (hmf): a review on metabolism; toxicity; occurrence in food and mitigation strategies;” lwt food science and technology; vol. 44 no. 4: 793–810. 6. kaplan, o.; kaya, g.; ozcan, c.; ince, m. and yaman, m. (2009). “acrylamide concentrations in grilled foodstuffs of turkish kitchen by high performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry;” microchemical journal; vol. 93 no. 2: 173–179. 7. a. h. k.; katherine, d. j. l.; brill, a. and jennifer, s. li. (2005). “detection of acrylamide in potato chips via soxhlet extraction and gc/ms analysis” the dartmouth undergraduate journal of science; no. winter; 29–33. 8. praegitzer, s. m. and smith, j. s. (2011). “acrylamide formation and mitigation in processed potato products;” manhattan. 9. w. h. o. united nations environment programme; international labour organisation; (1991). “health and safety guide no. 45;” geneva. 10. dunovská, l.; cajka, t.; hajslová, j.; and holadová, k. (2006). “direct determination of acrylamide in food by gas chromatography-high-resolution time-of-flight mass spectrometry.;” analytica chimica acta; vol. 578 no. 2: 234–40. 11. ghani, n. m.; saim, n.; osman, r.; and munir, z. a. (2007). “accelerated solvent extraction method with one-step clean-up for hydrocarbons in soil;” the malaysian journal of analytical sciences; vol. 11 no. 1: 193–197. 12. granda, c.; moreira, r. g.; and tichy, s. e. (2004). “reduction of acrylamide formation in potato chips by low-temperature vacuum frying;” journal of food science; vol. 69 no. 8 405–411. 13. gökmen, v.; şenyuva, h. z.; dülek, b. and çetin, a. e. (2007). “computer vision-based image analysis for the estimation of acrylamide concentrations of potato chips and french fries” food chemistry; vol. 101 no. 2: 791–798. 14. helmut, r. h.; guenther, s.; anklam, e. and thomas, wenzl (2007). “acrylamide in coffee: review of progress in analysis; formation and level reduction;” food additives and contaminants; vol. 24 no. s1: 60–70. 15. food chemistry section; (2002). “determination of acrylamide in food;” swiss federal office of public health: 1–2. 16. habermann, c. e. acrylamide; 4th ed. vol. 1. new york, u.s. j. wiley & sons (1991):251–266. 17. brandl, f.; demiani, s.; ewender, j.; franz, r.; gmeiner, m.; gruber, l.; gruner, a.; smolic, s.; störmer, a. and wolz, g. (2002) “a rapid and convenient procedure for the determination of acrylamide in foodstuffs;” ejeafche; vol. 1 no. 3: 137–144. 240 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (1): hplc conditions used for separation and determination of acrylamide column ec 250/4.6 nucleodur 100-5 c18 ec flow rate 0.7 ml/min column temperature 25 ºc injection volume 100 µl mobile phase isocratic elution: methanol absolute (solvent a) and water (solvent b) in the ratio 30% v/v a run time 10 min post time 2 min detection wavelength uv at 205nm table (2): acrylamide content in some samples of potato chips collected from iraq markets in the period may – sep 2012 and an iraqi traditional meal “harissa “ sample acrylamide content (µg/kg) 1 lay’s/ french cheese 437 2 lay’s/ salt & vinegar 398 3 lay’s/ yogurt & herbs 342 4 baz/ potato snacks 779 5 pringles 1024 6 lucky chips 594 7 mr chips/ cheese 516 8 taycon/ salt & vinegar 339 9 “harissa” meal 235 figure (1) :structure of the sorbents (sax and scx-2) used for ionic compounds characteristics 241 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure (2):comparison of two overlaid chromatograms showing the enhancement obtained after the use of spe clean-up for potato chips samples; (a) before spe cleanup (b) after spe clean-up step. figure (3) :calibration curve of acrylamide in water y = 7.5127x r² = 0.9813 pe ak a re a x 10 6 standard concentrations of acrylamide (mg/l) figure(4) :comparison of two overlaid graphs showing the resulting hplc chromatograms for a sample: (a) neat; (b) spiked with acrylamide. spiking is accomplished for samples before spe clean-up. peak 1 is for acrylamide. 243 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 تعیین محتوى األكریل أمید في رقائق البطاطا والھریسة العراقیة خالد ولید صالح الجنابي جامعة بغداد )/إبن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكیمیاء 2013تموز 24، قبل البحث في : 2013شباط 26استلم البحث في : الخالصة بروبین -2مستدامة، دقیقة وذات تكلفة مناسبة لتعیین مقدار األكریل امید ( طُورت طریقة خضراء بسیطة، آمنة بیئیاً، وفي إنموذج وجبة عراقیة تقلیدیة تسمى 2012أمید) في نماذج مختلفة من رقائق بطاطا جمعت من السوق العراقي للعام "ھریسة". ي ثم االستخالص بالماء الفاتر یتبعھ تضمنت الطریقة التخلص المباشر من الدسم في النماذج باستخدام الھكسان العاد التي تحتوي على مواد ماصة بھیئة مبادالت آیونیة speالتنظیف بتقنیة االستخالص بالطور الصلب بوساطة خراطیش ). ثم یجري التقدیر الكمي المباشر للمستخلص النھائي بوساطة (siliaprep c8/scx-2 / saxمختلطة نوع نانومتر. 205عند الطول الموجي (lc-uv)ألشعة فوق البنفسجیة الكروماتوغرافیا السائلة وا 1024-339ان محتوى األكریل امید في نماذج رقائق البطاطا التي تم قیاسھا كان ضمن النطاق 97.4میكروغرام/كیلوغرام. وكانت قیم االسترداد ضمن النطاق 235میكروغرام/كیلوغرام، في حین كان لعینة الھریسة ھو loq، حد التقدیر الكمي lod%. وكان حد الكشف 4.1یقارب %rsd% مع انحراف معیاري نسبي 101.2الى على 1الى 9، 1الى 3میكروغرام/كیلوغرام على أساس نسبة إشارة الى تشویش 50میكروغرام/كیلوغرام و 20 التوالي. كمیات ضئیلة من الكواشف الحمیدة أُنجز الھدف األخضر للطریقة المقترحة من خالل تطویر إجراءات تستخدم وتتجنب إنتاج مخلفات سامة. ویمكن استخدام الطریقة في عملیات التحلیل المتكرر والدوري لمادة األكریل امید ألي إنموذج من األغذیة الدھنیة. العالیة، ھریسة، أكریل امید، االستخالص بالطور الصلب، الكروماتوغرافیا السائلة ذات الكفاءة: الكلمات المفتاحیة رقائق بطاطا، العراق. 244 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 the study o f the variations effect of tngiston lamp lightening on standard deviation for the captured imagesvia web camera (enet) z. i. h. alassadi , f. j.kathem,h. m. jawad departme nt of physics, college of science, unive rsity of mustansiriy received in: 10, may , 2009 accepte d in: 27, february 2011 abstract the sy stem of work has been built , which consists of dark box with dimensions (61 cm 74 cm 120 cm) when the dist ance between the testing ima ge and the li ght source is (120 cm) . we st udied the white testing image (a4 p aper) put in the box which is p ossible to control on the light inside it by electric sy st em resp ected to tenkist en lamp . the homogenous of light has been st udied on the x and y axis for different image and light intensities . then st andard deviation has been st udied for color bands rgb and intensity l for a recorded images and st udy its change as a function of app lied power on the light sy st em . our conclusion is that the const ant value for the extracted lines on the x and y axis resp ectively equal to z ero (when the tenkisten lamp did not give sensitive light) , so t he web camera did not sense low intensity then the sensitive of the web camera start when the p ower is greater than (0.001492 watt) and the st andard deviation value st ill without change in the low intensity which in the volts are less than (60 volt) and the p owers less than (0.001492 watt) . observe the oscillation in the st andard deviation value in the high p ower this can be considered as sensing characterist ics of the web camera sensors p rop erties (enet) . also ; observed with increasing p ower the mean  increase and in the high light intensities arrangement accord in the mean sp ecially in the p ower larger than (0.005803 watt) . key words :image quality , contrast, brightness . kkk 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المعیاري دراسة تأثیر اختالف اضاءة مصباح التنكستن على االنحراف enetطة الویب كامیرا اللصور الملتقطة بواس هدى محمد جواد زینب ارحیم حسین األسدي ، فرح جواد كاظم، قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة العلوم، الجامعة المستنصریة 2009، ایار، 10: استلم البحث في 2011، شباط ، 27: قبل البحث في الخالصـة عنـدما تكـون ) cm cm 74 cm 120 61(أبعـاد ي تتـألف مـن صـندوق مظلـم ذ التـيمنظومة العمل بنیت لقد الموضــوعة a4)الورقـة (درسـنا الصـورة االختباریـة البیضـاء . 120cmومصـدر اإلضــاءة صـورة االختباریـةالمسـافة بـین ال درس تجـــانس . یـــة تعتمــد مصــباح التنكســتن كهربائطة منظومــة االـــتحكم بالضــوء داخلــه بواســ الــذي یمكــنصــندوق الفــي y)وعلـى المحــور (x)االضـاءة علـى المحـور ثــم بعـد ذلـك درس االنحـراف المعیــاري . للصـور وللشـدات الضـوئیة المختلفـة ( ا ولقـد اســتنتجن .للصـور المسـجلة ودراسـة تغیرهـا دالــة للقـدرة المسـلطة علـى منظومـة االضـاءة lوالشـدة rgbللحـزم اللونیـة عنـدما الیعطـي مصـباح التنكســتن (علـى التـوالي تسـاوي صــفر y وx ان قیمـة التبـاین للخطـوط المســتقطعة علـى المحـورین ات االكبــر مـــن القــدر ویبــدأ تحســس الویـــب كــامیرا عنــد الشــدات الواطئــة التتحســـس الویــب كــامیرا أي ان) اضــاءة محسوســة (0.001492 watt) مـن دون تغییـر عنـد الشـدات الواطئـة أي عنـد الفولتیـات االقـل ان قیمـة االنحـراف المعیـاري تبقـى و ویالحـظ تذبـذب فـي قـیم االنحـراف المعیـاري عنـد القـدرات العالیـة (watt 0.001492) والقـدرات االقـل مـن (volt 60)من وعنــد  المعـدل زیـادة القـدرة یـزدادو لـوحظ ایضـًا عنـد . enetوهـذا یمكـن عـّده مـن خصـائص متحسسـات الویـب كــامیرا w 0.005803) في المعدل والسیما في القدرات األكبر من" الشدات الضوئیة العالیة یحدث انتظاما at t ) االشراقیة ،التباین ، جودة الصورة الرقمیة: الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمـة ان التطور الهائل في التقنیة الحاسوبیة ، والتقدم الكبیر في مجال التسجیل الرقمي للصور ، ساعد على ظهور ت أن أهم المزایا التي یوفرها التصوی. األجهزة التي تسمح بالحصول على الصورة بدون معالجة كیمیائیة ر الرقمي هي ثبا . ة التخزین وٕامكانیة المعالجة بالحاسوب جودة الصورة بصرف النظر عن طول مد او (d – 2) فالصـورة عبـارة عـن تحسـس ضـوئي لإلشـارات المسـتلمة مـن الكاشـف الـذي یكـون عبـارة عـن فلـم ثنـائي األبعـاد عبارة عن مجموعة من المتحسسات االلكترونیة المرتبة بشكل مصفوفة ثنائیة األبعاد ، كذلك یمكن تعریفها على انهـا عبـارة أن عملیـة الرؤیـة .ن تمثیل بصري لألشعة الواصلة للمتحسس مـن الجسـم سـواء كانـت منعكسـة أو منبعثـة منـه او كالهمـا ع تنتقل اذ ،طة انعكاس أشعة الضوء المرئي من الجسم إلى العین التي بدورها تكون صورة للجسم على شبكیة العیناتتم بواس 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة معلومات الصورة مـن خـالل األعصـاب البصـریة إلـى الـدماغ الـذي یقـوم بترجمـة صـورة الجسـم ، ومـن هنـا نسـتنتج أن عملیـة هــذا ب. الرؤیـة تعتمــد أساسـًا علــى أشـعة الضــوء المرئـي ســواء كـان مصــدرها أشـعة الشــمس أو مصـابیح اإلضــاءة الكهربائیـة بینمـا تلـتقط الكـامیرا . فر الضوء المنعكس من الجسم إلى العـین اتتمكن العین من رؤیة األشیاء في الظالم لعدم تو السبب ال راد تصـویره إلــى الكــامیرا ویسـقط علــى الفلــم أو المتحســس الــذي یــ الصـور الضــوئیة عــن طریـق انعكــاس الضــوء مـن الجســم كـامیرا مشــابه تمامـا لعمـل عـین اإلنسـان فــي الرؤیـة لـذلك یعـد الضــوء الـذي یشـكل فـي النهایـة الصــورة ، أي أن مبـدأ عمـل ال المرئي أساس عمل الكامیرا فالصور التي نحصل علیها بشـكل طبیعـي مـن الكـامیرا تشـكل مـن الضـوء الـذي یكـون عبـارة عـن یحولهـا الــى موجـات كهرومغناطیسـیة تمثـل طاقــة فوتونیـة فعنـد وصــول هـذه الجسـیمات إلــى المتحسـس الفوتـوني فأنــه سـوف شكل تحسسي مثل تفاعل كیمیـائي كمـا فـي األفـالم أو یحولهـا إلـى أشـارة كهربائیـة تتناسـب وتتنـاغم مـع شـدة الضـوء الواصـل .[2,1] للمتحسس حسب األطوال الموجیة الموجودة فیه كما في الكامیرات الرقمیة جودة الصوره الرقمیة یشـیر الــى درجــة الوضـوحیة لرؤیــة الصــورة ویمكـن أن یعبــر عنهــا image quality ةن مصـطلح جــودة الصــور ا وتمییزهـا ةبتحلیلیة الصورة أو قدرة تحلیلها التي یمكن أن تعرف بأنهـا قابلیـة المنظومـة البصـریة علـى فصـل األجسـام المتقاربـ بصـریة ویمكـن أن أو هي مقدار أصغر فصل زاوي بین جسمین بحیث یبقـى كـل منهمـا منفصـل عـن اآلخـر فـي المنظومـة ال وأهـم جـودة الصـورة فـيتـؤثر عدیـدة تعرف جودة الصورة بأنها مقدار الحدة والتباین فـي تفاصـیل الصـورة وهنالـك عـدة عوامـل [3 ,4] هذه العوامل هي نسبة التباین عــرض وهــو ببســاطة جــودة الصــورة ویعـرف بأنــه المــدى الــدینامیكي لنظـام ال فــيمــن العوامــل المـؤثرة د أن التبـاین یعــ طریقـة للتعبیــر عــن درجـة األخــتالف بــین التـدرجات األكثــر أشــراقًا واألكثــر دكنـًا فــي الصــورة أي الفـرق فــي األضــائیة بــین ن أكبر نسبة مقارنة تعرض أكبر وأعظم نسـبة تبـاین مـع األخـذ ا اذ ،[6,5] العناصر المتجاورة في مناطق الصورة المختلفة لنظــام التصـویر تــدعى darkness واألظلـم lightnessن نسـبة لمعــان اللـون األلمــعا اذ ،منـيبنظـر األعتبـار البعــد الز ذا افـ .بینما نسبة لمعان اللون األلمع واألظلم لنظام التصویر بمرور الوقت تـدعى نسـبة تبـاین دینامیكیـة ،نسبة تباین ساكنة ذا كانت الصـورة والخلفیـة بینهمـا فـرق فـي األضـائیة االصورة و كان نظام العرض ذا تباین قلیل فأن هنالك خسارة في تفاصیل هـي contrast rationن نسـبة التبـاین ا. [7,5] تبـاین عـال أي ال توجـد خسـارة فـي تفاصـیل الصـورة وفـأن الصـورة ذ كـذلك هــي عوامـل عدیــدة فـاللون ومقــدار الضـوء الــذي یـنعكس مــن السـطح یـؤثران فــي األشـراق النســبي الـذي نــراه ، و لنتیجـة فـي یـوم مشـمس وعلـى ) 1:20( الحال في نسبة األضـــاءة التـي هـي الفـرق بـین الضـوء والظــــل ویمكـن أن تصـــل الـى درجـــة مـرة أكثـر ممـا یفعـل علـى األجــزاء 20أرتفـاع كبیـر ویعنـي ذلـك أن الضـوء ینتشـر علـى أجـزاء الموقـع المضـاء بشـكل مباشـر . [8]قعًا بیضاء جدًا وظالًال سوداء ألن النسبة كبیرة جدًا نالحظ حینها ب اذ ،الموجودة في الظل m التي تمثل تباین مایكلسن (1)قد تم أعتـماد المــودیل الریاضي لحســاب التـباین باألعــتماد على المعادلة ل ichelson contrast [8,7,6]ق على الصور ذي األنماط الدوریةالذي یطب : 2011) 2( 24للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم :حیث أن c : التبـاین ،imax : یمثــل أعلــى شـدة ضــمن منطقــة حســاب التبـاین ،imin : یمثــل أوطــأ شـدة ضــمن منطقــة حســاب .التباین األشـراقیة brightnessبسطح أخـر وعلـى هـذا األسـاس فـأن األشـراقیة هالتأثیر الذاتي للضوء الذي ینیر سطح واحد عند مقارنت هي تتطلــب وجــود ســطحین أو أكثــر لكــي یكــون أحــدهما أكثــر لمعانــًا مــن األخــر وهــي أســاس التجربــة الكلیــة للعــالم المرئــي ، ن كثافـة األنـارة المثالیـة تعتمـد علــى ا [9] . ) الجسـم المـراد تصـویرة (عنـى أخرهـو كثافـة األنـارة علـى السـطح أو العینـة موب الــى أنهـا تعتمـد علـى أنعكاسـیة السـطوح حیـث السـطوح البیضــاء عـن " فضـال) سـتخدمونوعیـة الضـوء الم بعـد العینـة أوالجسـم( فقــط مــن األمتصاصــیة لألشــعاع الســاقط فتزیــد بــذلك األنعكاســیة وتقــل األمتصاصــیة فالســطوح البیضــاء تكـــون % 12لهــا . [8]ضروریة لزیادة األنعكاسیة لضمان دخول الضوء للعین بدون أجهاد التــي تعنــي التــأثیر البصــري للضـوء المــنعكس مــن الســطح كمــا (luminance)األشــراقیة والسـطوع ویجـب التمییــز بــین f.l footیقاس بالفوتومتر أوبوحدة lambert من أو المنتقلة خالل العینة وقیاسـها نعكسةوهي وحدة كمیة األضاءة الم cd/m(المتــري 2 معــًا فــي جــودة الصــورة فالقــدرة األنســانیة لتحلیـــل ن األشــراقیة والتبــاین والوضــوحیة مترابطـــةا. أوالنــت ) . [10,9]التفاصیل الدقیقة للصورة متأثرة بأشراقیة وتباین ووضوحیة الصورة الجزء العملي منظومة التصویر المعتمدة في الدراسة ) cm 74 cm 120 cm 61(عاد ـــأب يمـن صـندوق مظلـم ذ (1)منظومـة العمـل الموضـحة بالشـكل بنیـت لقـد یحتوي الصندوق في أحد الجوانب على مصدر اإلضاءة . cm 120عندما تكون المسافة بین الجسم ومصدر اإلضاءة یحتــوي علــى فتحــة للتصـویر توضــع علیهــا الكــامیرا وفـي الجانــب المقابــل توضــع نفسـه وفــي الجانــب) مصـباح التنكســتن( الكهربائیـــةالـــدائرة یـــتم الــتحكم بشـــدة اإلضـــاءة باســتعمالفـــة حیــث ضـــاءة مختلاراد تصـــویرها تحـــت شــروط التـــي یــ الصــور سـتخدم الترانزســتور ، اذ اكمـا یوجــد فـي الجانـب المقابــل للكـامیرا متحســس لتسـجیل شـدة الضــوء. (2)الموضـحة فـي الشــكل عند كل عملیة تصویر لغرض قیاس شدة اإلضاءة bp 103وللماركة npnنوع الكاشف الضوئي : ي منظومة التصویر فهي كما یأت أما مكونات الترانزستور الضوئي الكاشف -1 الضــوء هـذا المتحســس هـو عبــارة عــن شـریحة تحتــوي عــدد كبیـر مــن الخالیــا المتحسسـة للضــوء التــي تسـتطیع أن تلــتقط ستور ز لعمل هو الترانن المتحسس المستخدم في منظومة اا .ستور لقیاس شدة الضوء ز هذا التران الساقط علیها اذ یستخدم  1.......... minmax minmax ii iic    2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد phot الكاشـف الضـوئي o transistor detector مــادة شـبة موصـلة مـن الســیلكون نـوع وهــو عبـارة عـن شـریحة مـن npn و للماركةbp103 . -:ن أهم خصائصهُ ا  الضوء الذي تتراوح أطواله الموجیة ما بینكشفnm )420 1130ـ ( .  یمتاز هذا الكاشف بالعالقة الخطیة العالیة بین شدة الضوء والقدرة التي یتحسسها الكاشف.  فـــي الــدوائر األلكترونیــة المتكاملـــة وفــي الصـــناعات و یســتخدم هــذا المتحســـس فــي الحاســوب فـــي وحــدات الســیطرة .أیضا االلكترونیة . في تحسس شدة اإلضاءة القلیلة یةواثبت الترانزستور الكاشف الضوئي هذا كفا enet: كامیرا الویب -2 هي جهاز التقاط الصور اذ تتمكن الكامیرا من التقاط منظر ثالثي األبعاد وتحویله الى صور ثنائیة األبعـاد والكـامیرا cm)المستخدمة ذو متحسس نوع os) وتتصف بالمواصفات اآلتیة: .بیكسل 480x640 بوضوحیة حیزیة مقدارها video captureلقط صور فدیویة -1 still image capلقط صور ثابتة -2 ture 640بوضوحیة حیزیة مقدارهاx480 بیكسل. . لقطة في ثانیة 48أكثر من : frame rateنسبة اللقطات -3 : مصباح خویط التنكستن مصدر ضـوئي حـراري ، ویتركـب باح المتوهج وهو شائع االستعمال بوصفه یطلق على هذا النوع من المصباح بالمص ترتفـع درجـة اذ ،)تنكسـتن ( في أبسط صورة من أنتفاخ زجاجي مفرغ یحتوي على خویط مـن مـادة جیـدة التوصـیل للكهربـاء مـن الطاقـة الكهربائیـة (%2)ي مناسـب الشـدة فیتحـول جـزء صـغیر مرار تیـار كهربـائابـ 2000cحـرارة الخـویط الـى حـوالي یعطـي طاقـة ضــوئیة w 100المسـتنفذة فـي تسـخین الخـویط الـى طاقـة ضـوئیة ، أي أن المصـباح الكهربـائي الـذي قدرتـه التیـار یتوقـف طـول عـدد السـاعات التـي یضـیئها علـى شـدة . ة المصـباح الكهربـائي عـادة بـالواط یـوتقـدر كفا . w 2بمعـدل المصــباح الـذي یمـر فیـه ، فالتیارالشـدید یزیـد مـن القـدرة االضـائیة للمصـباح ولكـن علـى حسـاب عـدد السـاعات التـي یضـئیها ولـه توزیـع طیفـي یشـمل جمیـع ن الضوء المنبعث من مصباح خویط التنكستن ضـوء مائـل الـى الصـفرة ا. ) عمر المصباح( volt ( 250 – 0 ) الفولتیـة، w(100)القـدرة :خـویط التنكسـتن هـي ن خصـائص مصـباح ا .الطیف المرئـيااللوان في . لضوء الشمس بالنسبة نفسها لكن لیس یبعث االطوال الموجیة للطیف المرئيو : جهاز الفولتمیتر واالمیتر -4 بالمصــابیح التیـار المـار وجهـاز االمیتـر لقیــاس ،اسـتخدم جهـاز الفـولتمیتر لقیــاس الفولتیـة المسـلطة علــى المصـابیح . یجاد القدرة الكهربائیة المصروفة عند كل شدة إضاءة مستخدمة اوذلك لغرض :منظم الفولتیة -5 یمكـن الـتحكم بشـدة ضـوء المصـابیح او لتیار المار في المنظومـة ومـن ثـمیستخدم منظم الفولتیة لكي یتم التحكم با . مصباح اإلضاءة داخل الصندوق :الصور المعتمدة في الدراسـة ) cm cm 74 cm 120 61( عادهـــووضـعت داخـل صـندوق مظلـم أب )a4(صـور اختباریـة بیضـاء ورقـة اعتمـدت اثناء عملیة التصویر تم تغییر شدة االضاءة داخل الصندوق المظلم في وتم تصویر هذه الورقة باستخدام الویب كامیرا و 2011) 2( 24الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم صـورة لكـل تغیــر فـي شـدة االضــاءة داخـل الصــندوق تطــألتق ورقـة البیضـاء اذوبـذلك یـتم الــتحكم باالضـاءة المسـلطة علــى ال . صـورة اي صـورة لكــل فولتیـة مســلطة 13وبهـذا نكــون قـد حصـلنا علــى ) اي لكـل فولتیـة مســلطة علـى منظومـة االضــاءة( امـا الخـط الظـاهر فـي الصـورة فقـد تـم وضـعه باسـتخدام برنـامج التحلیـل المعتمـد فـي هـذه ) . 3(هذه موضحة بالشـكل والصور أي لكـل هـذه الخطـوط الظـاهرة ولكـل شـدة اضـاءة لـى مسـتوى الصـورة وحـدودها باسـتعمالدرس تجانس االضـاءة ع اذ الدراسة .قیمة فولتیة مسلطة لمنظومة االضاءة النتائج والمناقشة الموضــوعة فــي صــندوق مظلـــم ممكــن الــتحكم بالضــوء داخلـــه a4)الورقــة (لقــد درســنا الصــورة االختباریــة البیضـــاء وقد درس تجانس االضاءة على المحور . ) 3(وكما موضحة في الشكل طة منظومة كهربائیة تعتمد مصباح التنكستن ابواس (x) وعلـى المحــور(y rgbاالنحــراف المعیــاري للحــزم اللونیــة درس ثـم بعــد ذلــك . للصــور وللشــدات الضــوئیة المختلفــة ( .للصور المسجلة ودراسة تغیرها دالة للقدرة المسلطة على منظومة االضاءة lوالشدة xدالــة لموقــع العنصـر علــى طــول المحــور lو المركبــة rgbالعالقـة بــین قــیم الشــدة للحـزم ) 4(یالحـظ مــن الشــكل ولجمیــع الحـزم اللونیــة ) 28(علـى التــوالي ویالحـظ هنــا ان الویـب كـامیرا قرائتهــا الصـفریة هــي بحـدود yوعلـى طـول المحــور rgb ولمركبـة االضـاءةl (0)وللقـدرة ) 0(وعنــد الشـدات الضـوئیة الواطئــة للفولتیـة ) 5(ایضــاً ویالحـظ ذلـك فــي الشـكل watt ، (0.000218)، والى القدرة )20(وللفولتیة wat t (0.000711)وللقدرة ) 40(كذلك الحال بالنسبة للفولتیة watt فیالحظ هنالك انتظام فـي االضـاءة ویالحـظ ایضـاً تذبـذب فـي قابلیـة المتحسسـات الضـوئیة فـي ) 6(و ) 5(اما االشكال . الویب كامیرا في تحسس االشارات الضوئیة في الصورة وهذا التقلب واضح في اغلب هذه الرسوم فـي قــیم المعــدل علــى طــول الخــط "ان هنــاك تذبــذبا) watt )0.003219-0.013671ویالحـظ عنــد قــدرات االضــاءة انـه اذویزداد المعدل لكل خط مـع زیـادة شـدة االضـاءة ، ویرجـع سـبب التذبـذب هـذا لتذبـذب الشـدة لمتحسسـات الویـب كـامیرا .كلما زاد التذبذب زاد معه االنحراف المعیاري سوسـة لـذلك فـان االنحـراف المعیـاري فـیالحظ انـه عنـد القـدرات الواطئـة الیعطـي المصـباح اضـاءة مح )8(أما في الشكل تبقـى مـن دون تغییـر كمـا یالحـظ تذبـذب فـي قـیم االنحـراف المعیـاري عنـد القـدرات العالیـة lوالشـدة rgbلجمیع الحزم . (enet )ویعود سبب هذا التذبذب الى طبیعة خصائص متحسسات الویب الكامیرا االستنتاجات عنـدما الیعطـي مصـباح التنكسـتن (على التـوالي تسـاوي صـفر y وx ان قیمة التباین للخطوط المستقطعة على المحورین -1 ات االكبــر مــن القـدر ویبـدأ تحســس الویــب كـامیرا عنــد الشـدات الواطئــة التتحســس الویـب كــامیرا أي ان) اضـاءة محسوســة )(0.001492 watt . والقـدرات volt 60)(دون تغییر عند الشدات الواطئة أي عند الفولتیـات االقـل مـن ان قیمة االنحراف المعیاري تبقى من -2 ــائص watt 0.001492)(االقــل مــن ویالحــظ تذبــذب فـــي قــیم االنحــراف المعیــاري عنــد القــدرات العالیــة بســبب خصـ . enetمتحسسات الویب كامیرا ام فـــي المعــدل وال ســـیما فـــي القــدرات األكبـــر مـــن وعنـــد الشـــدات الضــوئیة العالیـــة یحـــدث انتظــ بزیــادة القـــدرة یــزداد -3 )(0.005803 w at t . 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المصادر 1. burger, w. and burge, m . j. (2007) ,digital image processing app roach using java , sp ringer isbn1846283795 . 2. gonz alez, r. c. and wood, r. e. (1992) " digital image processing . 3. schreiber, w.f. (1998) , fundamental of electronic imaging sy st ems , sp ringer – verlag , berlin . 4. cornsweet, t. n . (1970) , visual percep tion , academic press , new york . 5. gonz alez, r. c.and wood, r. e. , ( 2004) "digital image processing using m atlab , parson prentice – hall . 6. jin, y. ; fayad, l. and laine, a. (2006) ,contrast enhancement by m ult – scale adap tive hist ogram equalization , columbia university . 7. waldman, g. and woott on, j. (1993) , electro op tical sy st em performance m odeling , arch house , inc. . 8. nezamzbad, m . and berns, r.s . (2006) the effect of image size on the color app earance of image reproduction using colorimetrically calibrated lcd and dlp disp lay s , j. soc .inf .disp.14(9):773 . 9. desmon, d.m .and simon, g.g. (1975) , phy sics for biology and per m edical students , 2 nd edition , university of dundee . 10. wiley , j. and sons , (2001) , digital image processing , 3 rd , isbns: 0 – 471 – 37407 – 5 ( hard back ) , 0 – 471 – 22132 – 5 ( electronic ) . 2)شكل ة لمنظومة التصویرلكهربائییوضح الدائرة ا ( المنظومة البصریة باستخدام مصباح التنكستن) 1(شكل 2011) 2( 24للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم (0)volt (20)volt (40)vo lt (60)volt (80)volt (100)volt (120)volt (140)vo lt (160)volt (180)volt (200)volt (220)volt (240)vo lt (a) فولتیة (طة منظومة التصویر المعتمدة لشدات اضاءة مختلفة اة بواسیوضح الصور الملتقط) a-3(شكل و التي تم استقطع خط من منتصف ارتفاعها لغرض الدراسة )مختلفة (0)volt (20) volt (40) vo lt (60) volt (80) volt (100)volt (120)volt (140)volt (160)volt (180)volt (200)volt (220)volt (240)vo lt (b) التي ) فولتیة مختلفة(طة منظومة التصویر المعتمدة لشدات اضاءة مختلفة ایوضح الصور الملتقطة بواس) b-3(شكل ع خط من منتصف عرضها لغرض الدراسةتم استقط 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد (a) (b) على طول الخط االفقي المستقطع من منتصف (a)للعنصر lوالمركبة rgbالعالقة بین قیمة الشدة (4): شكل watt (0)للخط العمودي المستقطع من منتصف عرض الصورة عند استخدام قدرة اضاءة (b)ارتفاع الصورة (a) (b) a)للعنصر lوالمركبة rgbالعالقة بین قیمة الشدة (5) :شكل على طول الخط االفقي المستقطع من منتصف ارتفاع ( watt (0.001492)للخط العمودي المستقطع من منتصف عرض الصورة عند استخدام قدرة اضاءة (b)الصورة 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 15 0 posi tion-y l u m v a lu e lum 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 15 0 position -y r e d -v a lu e red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 15 0 pos ition -y g r e e n -v a lu e green 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 10 0 150 positi on-y b lu e v a lu e blue =0  =28 con t.= =0  =28 con t.=0 = 0  =28 con t.=0 =0  =28 con t.=0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 200 250 position -x l u m v a l u e lum 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 10 0 150 20 0 25 0 posi tion-x r e d v a lu e red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 10 0 15 0 200 25 0 position-x b lu e v a lu e blue 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 200 250 p osition-x g r e e n v a lu e gr een = 0  = 28 con t.= = 0  =28 con t.=0 = 0  =28 con t.=0 = 0  = 28 con t.= 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 200 250 pos ition-x r e d -v a lu e red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 20 0 25 0 position-x g re e n -v a lu e gree n 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 10 0 15 0 20 0 25 0 pos ition -x b lu e -v a lu e blue 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 15 0 200 25 0 pos ition -x lu m -v a lu e lum = 0.99 =27.06 =0  =28 =0  =28 =0  =28 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 posi tion -y r e dv a lu e red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 pos ition-y g re e n -v a u e gr een 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 10 0 15 0 pos itio n-y b lu e -v a lu e blue 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 posi tion-y lu m -v a lu e lum =0  =28 =0  =28 =0  =28 = 0.68  = 27.72 con t.=0 2011) 2( 24الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن (a) (b) على طول الخط االفقي المستقطع من منتصف ارتفاع (a)للعنصر lوالمركبة rgbالعالقة بین قیمة الشدة (6): شكل watt (0.00234)للخط العمودي المستقطع من منتصف عرض الصورة عند استخدام قدرة اضاءة (b)الصورة (a) (b) a)للعنصر lوالمركبة rgbالعالقة بین قیمة الشدة (7) شكل (b)على طول الخط االفقي المستقطع من منتصف ارتفاع الصورة ( د استخدام قدرة اضاءة watt (0.013671)للخط العمودي المستقطع من منتصف عرض الصورة عن 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 100 150 200 250 pos ition-x r e d -v a lu e red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 100 15 0 20 0 250 position-x g re e n -v a lu e green 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 10 0 150 200 25 0 posi tion-x b lu e -v a lu e blue 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 10 0 150 200 25 0 pos ition -x lu m -v al u e lum = 3. 93  =20.73 = 1.8  =28.59 =1.8  =28.59 = 1. 9  =29.97 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 100 15 0 position-y r e d -v a lu e red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 100 150 position-y g r e e n -v a lu e green 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 100 150 positiony b lu e -v a lu e blue 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 50 100 15 0 position-y l u m -v a lu e lum =2.35  = 28.91 con t.=0.081 = 2. 35  = 28 .91 con t.=0.081 =2.45  = 30.41 con t.=0.08 =4.16  = 20 .93 con t.=0.198 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 position-x r e d v a lu e r ed 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 position-x g r e e n v a lu e gr een 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 position-x b lu e v a lu e blue 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 position-x l u m -v a lu e lum = 2. 02  = 225. 74 con t.=0.008 = 8.09  = 239.23 con t.=0.033 = 8.26  =250.52 con t.=0.032 = 26 .56  =217.77 con t.=0.121 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 0 50 100 150 position-y r e d -v a lu e red 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 0 50 100 150 position-y g r e e n v a lu e green 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 0 50 100 150 p osition-y l u m -v a lu e lum 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 0 50 100 150 posit ion-y b lu e -v a lu e b lue = 2. 64  =241.77 con t.=0.010 =1.99  =225.11 con t.=0.008 =1.9  = 253.82 con t.=0.007 =15.23  = 224. 73 con t.=0.067 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد (a) نتائج تجانس االضاءة على طول الخط االفقي المستقطع من الصور و للحزم اللونیةrgb وللمركبةl (b) نتائج تجانس االضاءة على طول الخط العمودي المستقطع من الصور و للحزم اللونیةrgb وللمركبةl نتائج تجانس االضاءة للصور تحت ظروف اضاءة مختلفة وتبین العالقة بین االنحراف المعیاري(8): شكل ضاءة لشدة اضاءة الخط المستقطع مع قدرة منظومة اال 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 0 0.00 5 0.01 0.01 5 po wer (w att) s t d l lu m 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0. 005 0.01 0.0 15 power (wa tt) s t d -r red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0. 005 0.01 0.015 po wer (watt) s t d b blue 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0. 005 0. 01 0.015 pow er (watt) s t d -g green 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 power (watt ) s t d -l lum 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0.0 05 0.0 1 0. 015 power (w att) s t d -r red 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 power (wa tt) s t d -g gree n 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0.0 05 0.01 0.0 15 powe r (watt) st d -b blue ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the effect of number o f training samples for artificial neural network l. n. m. tawfiq , m. n. m.tawfi q departme nt of mathematics, college of education-ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad . abstract in this p aper we study the effect of the number of trainin g samples for artificial neural networks ( ann ) which is necessary for training p rocess of feed forward neural network .also we design 5 ann's and train 41 ann's which illustrate how good the training sa mples t hat rep resent the actual function for ann's. 1. introduction art ificial neural networks ( ann ) are relatively crude electronic models based on the neural st ructure of the brain. the brain basically learns from exp erience. it is a natural p roof that some p roblems that are beyond the scop e of current comp uters are indeed solvable by small energy efficient p ackages. this brain modeling also p romises a less technical way to develop machine solutions. this new app roach to comp uting also p rovides a more graceful degradation during sy st em overload than its more traditional counterparts. the, advances in biological research p romise an initial understanding of the natural thinking mechanism. this research shows that brains st ore information as p att erns. some of these patt erns are very comp licated and allow us t he ability to recognize individual faces from many different angles. t his p rocess of st oring information as p att erns, utilizing those p att erns, and then solving p roblems encompasses a new field in comp uting. this field, as mentioned before, does not utilize traditional p rogramming but involves the creation of massively p arallel networks and the training of those networks t o solve sp ecific problems. this field also utilizes words very different from traditional comp uting, words like behave, react, selforganize, learn, generalize, and forget. [1] 2. artifi cial ne urons and their work the fundamental p rocessing element of artificial neural network (ann) is a neuron. a neuron is an information-p rocessing unit that is fundamental to the op eration of a neural networks, figure (1) shows the model of a neuron, which forms the basis for ann's. the artificial neurons we use to build our neural networks are truly p rimitive in comp arison to those found in the brain. an artificial neuron has several inp uts but only one outp ut. here we identify three basic elements of the neuronal model [2], [3] : 1. synapses or connecting links, each is characterized by a weight or st rength of its own. a sp ecifically , a signal xj at inp ut of sy napse j connected to a neuron is multiplied by the sy naptic weight wj. 2. an activation function for limiting the amplitude of the outp ut of a neuron. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 3. the model of a neuron also includes an external bias, denoted by b, which has the effect of increasing or lowering the net input of the activation function. in mathematical terms, we may describe a neuron by : y = φ (   n j jj xw 1 + b) ……… ( 1 ) where x1,…xn are the input signals w1,…,wn are the sy naptic weights of the neuron, b is the bias, φ is the activation function and y is the outp ut signal of the neuron. 3. training of ann's basically, training is the p rocess of determining the weights which are the key elements of an ann. the knowledge learned by a network is st ored in the nodes in the form of weights and node biases. in this p aper network training that the desired resp onse of the network (target value) for each inp ut p att ern (examp le) is alway s available. the training input data is in the form of vectors of input variables or training p att erns. corresp onding to each element in an input vector is an input node in the network input lay er. hence the number of input nodes is equal to the dimension of input vectors. the total available data is usually divided into a training set (in-samp le data) and a test set (out-of-sample). the training set is used for estimating the weights while the test set is used for measuring the generalization ability of the network. the training p rocess is usually as follows. first , examp les of the training set are entered into the input nodes. the activation values of the input nodes are weighted and accumulated at each node in the first hidden lay er. the total is then transformed by an activation function into the node’s activation value. it in turn becomes an input into t he nodes in the next lay er, until eventually the outp ut activation values are found. the training algorithm is used to find the weights that minimize some overall error measure such as the sum of squared errors (sse) or mean squared errors (m se). hence the network training is actually an unconst rained nonlinear min imizat ion p roblem [4] . 4. fee d forward ne ural ne twork feed-forward neural network (ffnn) has a lay ered st ructure. each lay er consists of units which receive their input from units from a lay er directly below and send their outp ut to units in a lay er directly above the unit. there are no connections within a layer. the ni inputs are fed into the first hidden lay er of nh,1 hidden units. the input units are merely 'fan-out' units; no processing takes p lace in these units. the activation of a hidden unit is a function fi of the weighted inp uts p lus a bias, as given in equation ( 1 ). the outp ut of the hidden units is distributed over the next lay er of nh,2 hidden units, until the last lay er of hidden units, of which the outp uts are fed into a lay er of no outp ut units. although back-p rop agation can be app lied to networks with any number of lay ers. in most app lications a feed-forward network with a single lay er of hidden units is used with a sigmoid activation function (bounded, monotonically increasing and differentiable) , where these sigmoid satisfy the boundary condition: x x lim (x) 1, lim (x) 0       ) [ 5 ], [ 6 ] for the units. this activation function also called transfer function or mathematically basis function. in this p aper we depend the results in [ 7 ] for choosing most transfer function, which is 'tansig'. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 5. an e xample a feed-forward network can be used to app roximate a function from data. sup p ose we have a sy st em (for examp le a chemical p rocess or a financial market) of which we want to know t he characterist ics. the input of the sy st em is given by the two-dimensional vector (x, y )and the outp ut is given by the one-dimensional vect or z. we want to estimate the relat ion ship z = f(x, y ) from 80 data {(x, y ), z} as depicted in figure (2) (top left). a ann was p rogrammed with two input units, 10 hidden units with 'logsig' activation function and an outp ut unit with a linear activation function. the network weights are initialized to small values and the network is trained for 5000 training iterations with the back-p rop agation (gradient descent) training rule. the relationship between (x, y ) and z as represented by the network is shown in figure (2) (top right), while the function which generated the training samples is given in figure (2) (bottom left). the app roximation error is depicted in figure (2) (bottom right). we see that the error is higher at the edges of the region within which the training samples were generated. the network is considerably bett er at interp olation than extrapolation. 6. how good are multi-layer fee d-forward ne tworks? from the examp le shown in figure (2) it is clear that t he ap p roximation of the network is not p erfect. t he resulting app roximation error is influenced by : 1. the training algorithm and number of iterations: this determines how good the error on the training set is minimized. 2. the number of training samples: this determines how good the training samples represent t he actual function. 3. the number of hidden units: this determines the "exp ressive p ower" of the network. for "smooth" functions only a few number of hidden units are needed (2n+1) [7], for wildly fluctuating functions more hidden units will be needed. in this p aper , we particularly address the effect of the number of training samples. we first have to define an adequate error measure. all neural network training algorithms try to minimize the error of the set of training samples which are available for training the network. the average error p er training sample is defined as the training error rate: elea rning = (1/plea rning ) ∑ lea rningp 1=p pe in which e p is the difference between the desired outp ut value and the actual network outp ut for the training samples : e p = (1/2) 2p o n 1=o p o )yd(∑ this is the error which is measurable during the training p rocess. it is obvious that t he actual error of the network will differ from the error at the locations of the training samples. the difference between the desired outp ut value and the actual network outp ut should be integrated over the entire input domain to give a more realistic error measure. this integral can be estimated if we have a large set of samples: the test set. we now define the test error rate as t he average error of the test set: etest = (1/ptest) ∑ testp 1=p pe . ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 in the following section we will see how these error measures dep end on training set size and number of hidden units. 7. the effect of the number of traini ng samples s p roblems are used as examp le: a function y i = fi(x), i=1,2,3,4, has to be app roximated with a ann. a neural network is created with an inp ut, 3 hidden units with 'tansig' activation function and a linear outp ut unit in first three p roblems and two input unit, 5 hidden units with 'tansig' activation function and a linear outp ut unit in fourth p roblem. sup p ose we have l number of training samples variant from 1 to 100. the networks are trained with these samples. training is st op p ed when the error does not decrease anymore and the number of testing sample is 100 – l. the training samples and the testing sample of the network are shown in the same figure. we see that in the interval [1, 20] and [90, 100] etraining is small ( the network out p ut goes p erfectly through the training samples ) but etest is large: the test error of the network is large. this exp eriment was carried out with other training set sizes, where for each training set size the exp eriment was repeated 10 times. the average training and test error rates as a function of the training and test set size are given in figure (3). not e that the training error increases with an increasing training set size, and the test error decreases with increasing training set size. a low training error on the (small) training set is no guarantee for a good network p erformance! with increasing number of training samples the two error rates converge to the same value. this value depends on the representational p ower of the network: given the op timal weights, how good is the app roximation. this error depends on the number of hidden units [8] and the activation function. if the training error rate does not converge to the test error rate the training p rocedure has not found a global minimum. re ferences 1. jay a,g.p. prakash and trbst aff representative,(1999),"use of art ificial neural networks in geomechanical and pavement sy st em", transp ortation research circular, number e-co12 ,december. 2. csáji, b.c. (2001), "ap p roximation with art ificial neural networks", m sc thesis, faculty of sciences, eötvös loránd university , hungary . 3. alldrin,n; smith, a. and d.turnbull , (2001)," a t hree – unit networks is all you need to discover females " , d.simonl nerocomp uting , 4. pinkus, a.,(1999), "ap p roximation theory of the m lp model in neural networks" , acta numerica ,.143-195. 5. zhang, g; eddy b. p atuwoand y.hu, (1998), " forecast ing with art ificial neural networks: the state of the art ", international journal of fore cast ing.14, p p .35 62 . 6. dijkstra, e.w;( 2001), " ap p roximation with art ificial neural networks ", m sc thesis, faculty of m athematics and computing science eindhoven university of technology , the netherlands . 7.hatim, q; (2007), " comparison of ridge and radial basis functions neural networks for interpolation problems " , m sc thesis, baghdad university , college of education ibn al-haitham . 8. tawfiq, l.n.m . and eqhaar, q.h.( 2009), " on m ultilay er neural networks and its app lication for app roximation problem ", 3 rd scientific conference of the college of science , university of baghdad. 24 to 26 m arch. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 fig 1: nonlinear model of a neuron fi g 2: exam pl e of fu n cti on approx i m at i on wi th a ann. top l e ft: the original training samples; top ri gh t: th e approx i m ati on wi th th e n e two rk ; bottom left: the function which generated the tra i n i n g sam pl e s; bot to m ri gh t: th e e rror i n th e approx i m at i on . y1 = f1(x) = sin(x) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 y2 = f2(x) = 2 x 5 + 6 x 3 – 9 x 2 + 1 y3 = f3(x) = 3 x ( x0.6 ) ( x + 1.17) y4 = f4(x) = ( x1x2 ) 3 18 x1 ( x2 – x1)7 x2 fi g 3: effect of the training se t size on the e rror rate. th e a ve rage erro r rate and the ave rage test e rror rate as a fun ction of the numbe r of training sam ple s wi th l trainin g sam ples an d 100 – l tes ting samples for 4 problems ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ـةتأثیر عدد عـینات التدریب في الشبكات العـصبیة الصناعی ناجي محمد توفیق محمد،لمى ناجي محمد توفیق جامعة بغداد ،أبن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات الخالصة دالت�ي تع�� الص�ناعیةف�ي ھ�ذا البح�ث درس�نا ت��أثیر ع�دد عین�ات الت�دریب ف�ي الش��بكات العص�بیة أیض�اً صناعیةش�بكات عص�بیة 5ضروریة في عملیة التدریب لھذا النوع من الشبكات صممنا ی��ؤدي إل��ى دریب ش��بكة عص��بیة توض��ح كی��ف أن االختی��ار الجی��د لع��دد عین��ات الت�� 41دربن��ا ، .تقریب أو تمثیل جید للدالة الحقیقیة ihjpas microsoft word 42-60 42 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 new schiff base derived from folic acid and 3aminoacetophenone and its metal complexes with some transition metals and evaluation of their biological activity ahmad t. numan khalid f. ali eman i. al-salihi dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn –al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 15 october 2014, accepted in : 2 february 2015 abstract the ligand [potassium (e)-(4-(((2-((1-(3-aminophenyl) ethylidene) amino)-4-oxo-1,4dihydropteridin-6-yl) methyl) amino)benzoyl)-l-glutamate] was prepared from the condensation reaction of folic acid with (3-aminoacetophenone) through schiff reaction to give a new schiff base ligand [h2l]. the ligand [h2l] was characterized by elemental analysis chn, atomic absorption (a.a), (ft-i.r.), (u.v.-vis), tlc, e.s. mass (for spectroscopes), molar conductance, and melting point. the new schiff base ligand [h2l], reacts with mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), cr(iii) and cd(ii) metal ions and (2-aminophenol), (metal : derivative ligand : 2-aminophenol) to give a series of new mixed complexes in the general formula:k3[m2(hl)(ha)2], (where m=mn(ii) and cd(ii)); k3[m2(hl)(ha)2.h2o], (where m= cu(ii) , ni(ii) and co(ii); and k[cr2(hl)(ha)2(h2o)3]. these complexes were characterized by elemental analyses [(c.h.n) and (a.a)], (ft-i.r), (u.v-vis.), molar conductance, 1h,13cnmr, biological activity, tlc and magnetic moment measurements. from the above data the proposed molecular structure for mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), cr(iii) and cd(ii) complexes adopt a tetrahedral structure about the metal ions. key words: vitamin b9, cd(+2)complexes infrared spectra , schiff base, 1h,13c-nmr, tlc measurements. 43 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction folic acid (pteroylglutamic acid) heterocyclic compound is composed of three large subcomponents. these are the pteridine ring, para-amino benzoic acid and glutamic acid, fig.(1). glutamic acid is an amino acid that the body can actually synthesize by itself and is found in proteins,[1] the folates are a group of heterocyclic compounds. they were the subject of previous recommendations prepared by the iupac-iub commission on biochemical nomenclature (cbn).[2] folic acid also known as vitamin m, vitamin b9 [3], and vitamin bc[4] (or folacin).the electrophilic carbon atoms of aldehydes and ketones can be targets of nucleophilic attack by amines. the end result of this reaction is a compound in which the c=o double bond is replaced by a c=n double bond. this type of compound is known as an amine, or schiff base. a schiff base, named after hugo schiff, is a compound with a functional group that contains a carbon-nitrogen double bond with the nitrogen atom connected to an aryl or alkyl group.[5] schiff bases in a broad sense have the general formula r1r2c=nr3, where r is an organic side chain. in this definition, schiff base is synonymous with azomethine. some restrict the term to the secondary aldimines (azomethines where the carbon is connected to a hydrogen atom), thus with the general formula rch=nr.[6] our study includes the synthesis characterization and biological study of folic acid with mixed ligand (3-aminoacetophenone) and (2-aminophenole) through schiff base reactions and their complexes with (mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) , cu(ii), cr(iii) and cd(ii) transition elements. experimental reagents were purchased from fluka and redial – dehenge chemical co. ft-i.r spectra were recorded as thermo scientific, id5, atr nicolet, is5 ftir spectrophotometer in the range (4000-400) cm-1. electronic spectra of the prepared compounds were measured in the region (200-900) nm for 10-3 m solutions in (dmso) and distilled water at 25c using a shimadzu160 spectrophotometer with 1.0000.001 cm matched quartz cell. elemental microanalyses were performed on a (c.h.n) analyzer model thermo scientific flash 2000 organic elemental analyzer.while metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption (a.a) technique using a shimadzu aa 680g atomic absorption spectrophotometer. electrical conductivity measurements of the complexes were recorded at 25c for 10-3 m solutions of the samples in (dmso) and distilled water using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter. magnetic measurements were recorded on a bruker bm6 instrument at 298k following the farady's method. most of the measurements are made in department of chemistry, manchester university, u.k. synthesis of schiff base ligand [h2l] [potassium (e)-(4-(((2-((1-(3-aminophenyl)ethylidene)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydropteridin6-yl)methyl) amino)benzoyl)-l-glutamate]:a solution of folic acid (2 g),(3.61 mmole) in methanol (20 ml)] was added to a mixture of little amount of koh dissolved in small amount of hot distilled water (1 ml), and a solution of (3-aminoacetophenone) (0.488 g),(3.6 mmole) dissolved in (5 ml) methanol was added to the above mixture. and allow refluxing for (48 hrs.), then stirred at room temperature for (1 hr.). mustard solid was collected by filtration. scheme (1) and dried under vacuum for (24 hrs.), to give [h2l] derivative ligand as a mustered solid, yield (1.5 g),(75 % yield), m.p (117-119 0c). 44 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 scheme (1) synthesis of k3[mn2(hl)(ha)2] complex a solution of the derivative ligand [h2l] (0.3g),(0.446 mmole) in a hot distilled water (20 ml), mixed with another solution of (2-aminophenol was[h2a]) (0.097 g),(9.7 mmole) in a hot distilled water (5 ml), added slowly to a stirred solution of (mncl2.4h2o),(0.176 g),(0.89 mmole) in (10 ml) distilled water. the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for (2 hrs.), during which, the solution became brown-yellow in color. the solution was concentrated by evaporating ethanol at room temperature and a deep-brown solid was formed, this was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to give (0.23 g),(76.6 % yield), of the title compound, m.p (dec. 240 0c). synthesis of k3[co2(hl)(ha)2.h2o], k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h2o], k3[cu2(hl)(ha)2.h2o], k[cr2(hl)(ha)2(h2o)3] and k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] complexes a similar method to that mentioned for preparing mnii complex was used to prepare the complexes of schiff base ligand [h2l] and (2-aminophenol [h2a]) with (coii, niii, cuii criii and cdii) complexes. scheme (2)., and table (1) stated the quantities, reaction conditions and some physical properties of the prepared complexes scheme (2) 45 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 results and discussion ft-i.r spectral data for schiff base ligand [h2l] the essential infrared data are summarized in table (2).the f.t-ir. spectra of the starting materials, folic acid and 3-aminoacetophenone are shown in figs.(2) and (3). the two bands at (3414 and 3547 cm-1) of folic acid, and (3369.6 and 3469.9 cm-1) of 3-aminoacetophenone are due to the υsy (n-h) and υasy (n-h), respectively of the primary imines (r-nh2) groups [7]. these bands are shifted to higher and lower frequency at (3367.7 and 3701 cm-1) indicating forming of new derivative ligand [h2l]. fig.(5). accompanied by the appearance of a new band at (1589 cm-1) range assigned to the υ(c=n) stretching indicates schiff base reaction [8,9]. the sharp absorption bands at (1668 cm-1) and (1695 cm-1), are due to the υ(c=o) stretching vibration of free keton group of 3-aminoacetophenone and folic acid, respectively,[10,11] . on the other hand folic acid exhibits three bands at (1606.7 cm-1),(1485cm-1) and (1413.8 cm-1) assigned to the symmetric and asymmetric stretching vibration modes of (υasy coo –), (υasy coo –) and (coo – ) of carboxylic groups.[12] these peaks are still presented at (1575 cm-1), (1508cm-1) and (1400 cm-1) range in the spectrum of the derivative ligand [h2l] fig(5). compared with folic acid as starting material. with {υδ=189 = (υasy coo –) (υasy coo –)}. the (u.v-vis) spectrum of the schiff base ligand [h2l] the (u.v-vis) spectrum for [h2l], fig (12), exhibits a high intense absorption peak at (220 nm) (45454 cm-1) (max= 460 molar-1.cm-1), assigned for (*). shoulder peaks at (280 nm) (35714 cm-1) (max= 370 molar-1.cm-1) and (345 nm) (28985 cm-1) (max= 110 molar-1.cm-1) were assigned to (n*) transitions,[13,14] table (3). synthesis of the complexes the reaction of schiff base ligand [h2l] with (2-aminophnole [h2a]) and (mnii, coii, niii, cuii, cr iii, and cdii) was carried out in methanol under reflux. all complexes are stable in the solid state. the analytical and physical data, table (1) and spectral data table (2) are compatible with the suggested structures for all the complexes of (mnii , coii, niii, cuii , cr iii, and cdii ) ion metals. the i.r. spectra, the essential infrared data are summarized in table (2). the spectra of the derivative ligand [h2l], fig.(5) and (2-aminophenone[h2a]) fig.(4) shows two bands at (3367.7 and 3701 cm-1) and (3305 and 3475 cm-1) rang respectively, assigned to the stretching vibration of υs(n-h) and υasy(n-h) of amine group (nh2),[7] are disappeared in the spectra of mnii, niii, coii, cuii, cr iii and cd+2 complexes figs.(6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11), and a new bands are formed at (3462 3306 cm-1) range due to the stretching vibration of�� υ(nh) secondary amine (r2-nh), because of reduced band order indicating the coordination with the metal ions through n and o atoms, and forming ring system. the band at (1589 cm-1) range due to the υ(c=n) stretching [8,9] of the schiff base ligand [h2l], is shifted to lower and higher frequency at (1593 1573) rang for the complexes of mnii, niii, coii, cuii, cr iii and cdii as a result of forming ring system with the metal ions and delocalization of electron π density. the spectrum of the ligand [h2l] exhibits two bands at (1508-1589 cm-1) range due to υasy(coo –), and one at (1400 cm-1) range assigned to υsy(coo–)[12]. and the {υδ= (υasy coo –) (υasy coo –)}, {υδ=1589 -1400=189}. these three bands are shifted to lower and higher frequencies for all the complexes, indicating the forming of new compounds. the asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration modes (υsy(coo –) and υasy(coo – ) of the coo – group should help in elucidating the structure of the derivative ligands and their complexes. the direction of the frequency shift of the υasy(coo – ) and the υsy(coo – ) band with respect to those of the free ion depends on the coordination mode of the (coo –) group with the metal ion. nakamoto and mccarthy, claimed that if the coordination is monodentate, the υasy(coo – ) and the υsy(coo –) will be shifted to higher and lower frequencies, 46 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 respectively. therefore all the υasy(coo – ) and the υsy(coo – ) groups of mnii, niii, coii, cuii, cr iii and cdii complexes are monodentate because they are shifted to different directions . [15,16] and the value of the υδ=(υasycoo –) (υasycoo –)} for the complexes compared with the schiff base ligand [h2l] are :(υδ, mn= 254; υδ, co= 248; υδ, ni= 254; υδ, cu= 195; υδ, cr = 254; and υδ, cd= 193.the observed broad bands at (3051-3258.9 cm-1) rang are due to the υ (o-h) stretching of lattice water molecules, [17,18] of the coii, niii, cuii, and cr iii (bar mnii and cdii complexes, metal oxygen and metal nitrogen band further confirmed by the presence of peaks at (520-586 cm-1) and (420-470 cm-1) range were assigned to υ(m-o) [19], and υ(m-n) , [20] stretches for the mnii, niii, coii, cuii, cr iii and cdii complexes, respectively. the (u.v-vis.) the (u.vvis) spectra of the mnii, coii, niii, cuii, cr iii and cdii complexes, respectively. table (3) summarized the absorption peaks of the complexes. the (u.v) spectra of mnii and cdii complexes figs.(13) and (18) respectively showed two intense peaks in the range (256 nm), (39062 cm-1), (max =419 molar-1. cm-1) and (259 nm), (39370 cm-1), (max =500 molar-1. cm-1 ) range assigned to the ligand field for mn ii and cd ii, respectively[21]. another two peaks at (418 nm), (23923 cm-1), (max =290 molar-1. cm-1) and (418 nm),(23923 cm-1), (max =663 molar-1. cm-1) range assigned to the charge transfer transition for mnii and cdii respectively[22]. the third peak detected in the visible region for mnii complex at (436 nm),(22935 cm-1),(max =936 molar-1. cm-1 ) is due to (6a1→4a1(g)) transition, indicating a tetrahedral structure[22] around mnii. the third peak for cdii complex at (436 nm),(22935 cm-1),(max =688 molar-1. cm-1 ) is assigned to charge transfer transition[23], suggesting a tetrahedral structure around cdιι ion. since the metal ion of compounds belongs to (d10) system, this peak is assigned to charge transfer transitions and this is in according compound with results reported by ramesh and coworkers [24]. in the case of the spectra of (2), (3) and (4) figs.(14), (15) and (16), respectively the intense peaks in the (u.v) region at (224-274) and (294 418) rang for coii, niii and cuii assigned to ligand field and charge transfer transitions about respectively. [21] peaks at (436 nm) (22935 cm-1) (max =936 molar-1. cm-1), (416 nm) (24038 cm-1), (max =269 molar-1. cm-1) and (414 nm) (24154 cm-1) (max =275 molar-1. cm-1) range of (2), (3) and (4) complexes, respectively were assigned to (4a2(f) →4e(p)), (1a1→1e) and (e' → a1) [22]. (dd) transitions suggesting a trigonal-bipyramidal structures around (coii and cuii) ions, and square pyramidal structure around niii.[22] the (u.v) spectrum of complex (5) fig.(17) showed two intense peaks in the range (260 nm),(38461 cm-1), (max =907 molar-1. cm-1) and (291 nm) (34364 cm-1), (max =1126 molar-1. cm-1) assigned to ligand field and charge transfer transition[21]. the strong peak at the visible region at (353 nm), (28328 cm-1), (max = 303 molar-1. cm-1) is assigned to (4a2g → 4t2g(p)) transition, confirming a trans octahedral structure around cr iii ion complex[22]. the molar conductance the molar conductance of the complexes in (dmso) lies in the (81-87 ohm-1.cm2.mole-1) range indicating the complexes are electrolyte with 1:3[25]. bar cr iii complex where it lie in the (30 ohm-1.cm2.mole-1) range indicating the complex is electrolyte with 1:1[26]. the electronic spectral data of the complexes are summarised in (table-3). 47 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the magnetic moment the magnetic moment values for the of k3[co2(hl)(ha)2.h2o] complex indicated trigonalbi-pyramidal geometry around coii metal ion. according to the calculated and expected values of the µeff which is lies in (3.93 b.m.) of the complexes indicating paramagnetic [27]. 1h-nmr spectrum 1h-nmr spectrum of k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] complex:-the 1h-nmr spectrum for k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] complex in dmso-d6 fig.(19) showed single signal peak appear at (δ 1.31 ppm-ch)(3h) attributed to methyl groups. the quartarete signal obtained at (δ 2.4 ppmch)(4h) due to methylene ch2 group. the triplet signal obtained at (δ 3.0 ppm-ch)(3h) due to methylene ch2 group has shifted to low field as a result of the effect of c=o group. a single signal obtained at (δ 4.0 ppm-nh)(1h) assigned to (c-nh) aromatic. a signal at (δ 4.90 ppm-ch)(1h) due to methylene ch2 group has shifted to low field because of the cycle effect from one side and n-h group effect of the other side. the triplet signal at (δ 5.20 ppmch)(3h) due to methane (ch2) group. this group has shifted to low field as a result of the effect of (nh sec.) amide group and c=o. four signals are due to benzylidenimine, doublet signal at (δ 6.51 ppm-ch)(2h), single signal at(δ 7.42 ppm-ch)(1h), triplet signal at (δ 7.60 ppm-ch)(3h) and doublet signal at(δ 7.80 ppm-ch)(2h). a single signal at (δ 8.5 ppmch)(1h) is due to (-ch=n) 2-pyrazine group. a signal at (δ 9.02 ppm)(1h) is due to (nh) amide group. and multiple group of resonance signals at (δ 6.20-7.90 ppm-ch) range is due to benzene ring. the nmr spectral data of k2[cd2(l)ha2] complex was compared with the spectral data for the ligand according to chemoffes program. table (4) summarized the details of the chemical shifts. 13c-nmr spectrum of k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] complex the 13c-nmr spectrum of the k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2]complex in dmso-d6 solvent shown in fig.(20). the characterization of chemical resonances are listed in table (5). e.s-mass spectrum of the derivative ligand [h2l] the e.s-mass (+) spectrum of schiff base ligand [h2l], fig.(21) shows the parent ion peak at (m/z=634.11), which corresponds to (m)+. peak detected at [m/z=657.0 is assigned for (m+na)+ , other fragments are summarized in table (6). biological activity for the schiff base ligand [h2l] the biological activity of the schiff base ligand (h2l] is studied by using inhibition method. [28-31] for four types of pathogenic bacteria. two types of bacteria were gram positive which are staphylococcus aureuand bacillus subtilis, the second two were gram negative which are escherichiacoli and psedomonasaeruginosa. the schiff base ligand (h2l] did not show any inhibition diameter against any type of the four bacterial, neither after 24 hrs. nor after 48 hrs., as shown in table (7). but the results indicate that there complexes show more activity than the ligands under similar experimental conditions with the same kinds of bacteria. 48 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 thin-layer chromatography (tlc) measurement the t.l.c technique measurement for the schiff base ligand (h2l] was performed with mn+2, co+2, ni+2, (cu+2, cr+3, and cd+2 complexes and resulting the appearance of a new spots in different positions belong to (mn+2), co+2, ni+2, cu+2, cr+3, and cd+2 ion complexes these spots position are differ from the position of the starting materials spots about (3.2 mm) range indicating the forming of a new compounds. as in the t.l.c chromatography for k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h2o] complex. the proposed molecular structure the proposed molecular structure of k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h2o] complex according to chem. office program display band angles and band lengths, table (8) and the proposed geometrical shape of the complex is trigonalbipyramedal fig.(22) acknowledgment i am very grateful to professor richard e. p. winpenny and professor mohamed jaber aljeboori for helping me with respect to the required measurements for the compounds. references 1bailey, lb.; gregory, jfr.; dc, international, bowman b. and russell washington r. (2006), (folate. present knowledge in nutrition), life sciences institute), 1, 278-301. 2hgtwg hgh,g hk ahx hggi dhvfgmical nomenclature, (1978), (nomenclature and symbols for folic acid and related compounds .also in biochemical nomenclature and related documents,cbn), the biochemical society iupac-iub commission on biochelwh]v, p. 214 london . 3allen, l. h., (2004), "folate and vitamin b12 status in the americas." nutrition reviews, 62, no. 6, pt. 2: 29–33. 4bailey, l. b., (2004), "folate and vitamin b12 recommended intakes and status in the united states." nutrition reviews, 62, no. 6, pt. 2: s14–20. 5griffin, r. n., (1968), photochempholbiol, 7, 159. 6lindqvist, l., (1972) , j. phys. chem. , 76, 821. 7rostkowska, nowak, m.j.; lapinski, l.; bertner, m.; kulikowski, t.; les, a. and adamowicz, l. , (1993) spectro chim. acta h. 49a, 551. 8nakamoto, k., (1997), "infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds", john wiley sons, new york. parts a and b, 5th ed., 9panda, s.; mishra, r., and satpathyl, c.k., (1989), j. ind. chem. soc., 66, 472. 10ali hussain and suphi al-azawi, silverschtien, r.m., bassler and morril, (1981) "spectrophotometers indentification of organic compounds". 11molbank, ivanov, i. and nikolova, s., (2008), m, 565. 12mesubi, m. a., (1982), an infrared study of zinc, cadmium, and lead salts of some fatty acids,’journal of molecular structure,. 81,. 1-2, 61-71. 49 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 13anuradha, k. and rajarel, r., (2011internatiol journal of pharmacy & technology,) 2, 2217. 14colchoubian, h.; waltz, wl. and quail, jw., (1999), can .j. chem., , 37-77. 15el-wahed, m. g. a.; refat, m. s., and el-megharbel, s. m., (2008),‘synthises, spectroscopic and thermal characterization of some transition metals complexes of folic acid,’ spectrochimica acta a vol. 70. no. 4, pp. 916-922. 16nakamato, k. and mccarthy, p. j., (1968), spectroscpy and structure of metal chelate compounds , johnwiley and sons, new york, ny, usa 17wiely, j. and sons, nakamoto, k. (1996), “infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”., 4th. ed, new york, 18 ferraro, (1971), “low frequancy vibrations of inorganic and coordination compounds”, plenum, new york. 19kindeel, a.s.;dawood, i.j. and aziz, m.r., (2013), j. baghdad for sci, 10(2), 396. 20halli, v.b.; patil, r.b.; sumathi and mallikarjun, k., (2012), dev pharma chemica, 4(6), 2360. 21jakels, s.c.; ciavola, j.; carter, r.c.; cheek, p.l. and pascarlli, t.d., (1983), inorg. chem., 22, 3956. 22lever, a.b.p., (1984), "inorganic electronic spectroscopy", 2nd. ed., new york 23rao, p.v. and rao, n.r., (1988), ind.j. of chem., 27a, 73. 24al-shihri, a.s., (2004), spectrochimica acte, , 60, 1189-1192 part (a). 25kettle, s.f.a., (1975), ‘’coordination compounds’’ thomas nelson and son lndon, p. 165. 26quaylian, j. v.; fjita, j.,and franz, g., (1965), j. am chem. soc., , 81, p.3770. 27huheey, j. e., (1994) principles of structure and reactivity”, harper international edition, harper and row publishers, new york, “inorganic chemistry“. 28anacona, j.r., (2006), j. coord. chem., 54, 355– 365. 29petra, d.; tatjano, z. and boriset, p.. (2005), j. inorg. bio. chemistry, 2, 432. 30tauber, s. c. and nau, r., (2008), “immunomodulatory properties of antibiotics”, current molecular pharmacology, 1, 68. 31sultana, n. and arayne, m. s., (2007), pakistan, j. pharma. sci., 4, 305. 50 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (1): some physical properties of the schiff base ligand [h2l] and its complexes. empirical formula m.w yield % w.t of metal ion= mmole w.t of product=g m.p c color found, (cal.) % c h n k metal [h2l] 634.73 75 1.5 117119 mustar d (51.0 9)47. 25 (3.81) 3.00 (17.6 5)15. 28 (12.32) 10.00 k3[mn2(hl)(ha)2] 996.91 76.6 0.89 0.23 240 (dec.) deepbrown (46. 99)54 .11 (3.43) 2.66 (14.0 5)12. 22 (11.77) 10.00 (11.02) 9.12 k3[co2(hl)(ha)2.h2 o] 1058.9 5 70 0.942 0.20 249 (dec.) brown (44.2 3)43. 45 (3.71) 2.66 (13.2 3)12. 18 (11.08) 9.20 (11.13) 10.18 k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h2 o] 1058.4 7 80 0.943 0.22 220 (dec.) green (44.2 5)43. 80 (3.71) 2.50 (13.2 3)11. 01 (11.08) 9.98 (11.09) 10.01 k3[cu2(hl)(ha)2.h2 o] 1068.1 7 73 0.939 0.23 248 (dec.) deepbrown (43.8 5)42. 09 (3.68) 2.10 (13.1 1)12. 00 (10.98) 9.61 (11.90) 9.00 k[cr2(hl)(ha)2(h2 o)3] 963.23 63 0.943 0.19 232 (dec.) deepbrown (48.4 8)46. 12 (4.07) 3.10 (14.4 9)13. 50 (4.04) 3.61 (10.76) 9.49 k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] 1111.8 6 63 0.944 0.25 230 (dec.) palbrown (42.1 3)41. 41 (2.99) 2.00 (12.0 0)11. 11 (10.55) 9.76 (20.22) 19.11 (calcu.): calculated (dec.): decom 51 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (2): ft-i.r. spectral data (wave number ) cm-1 of the schiff base ligand (h2l] and its complexes strong vs: very strong m: medium w: weak s,sh: strong sharp br: broad o.o.p: out of plane aliph: aliphatic arom: aromatic : stretching : bending compound (n-h) primary r-nh2 (n-h) secondar y r2-nh (o-h) h2o (c=o) (coo)as (coo-) s (c=n) imin. (ch3) (cn)aroma (cn)aliph. mo mn k2 [c27h24n8o6] [h2l] 3701(br.) 3367.7(br) 1610(w .) 1575(m) 1508(sh) 1400(sh) 1589(s) 1334(sh) 1292(br) 1174.6(s) 2-aminophenole [h2a] 3475(sh) 3305(sh) 3051(br) 1217 k3[mn2(hl)(ha)2] 3412(w) 1573(w ) 1654.9(w .) 1573.9(br .) 1400(br.) 1589(br.) 1325(sh) 1338.6(w) 1203(sh) 584(sh) 470(sh) k3[co2(hl)(ha)2. h2o] 3369.6(w ) 3151.6(b r.) 1654.9(w .) 1546.9(br .) 1406(w) 1585(w) 1330(sh) 1342(br.) 1273(w) 584(sh) 470(sh) k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h 2o] 3317.8(sh ) 3258.9(s h) 1650(w) 1448.6(br ) 13 96(w) 1593(w) 1300(sh) 1373(br) 1280.7(br.) 520(sh) 420(sh) k3[cu2(hl)(ha)2. h2o] 3462(w) 3253.9(b r) 1595(w) 1508(w) 1400(w) 1573(br) 1340(sh) 1350(br) 1294(br) 586(sh) 450(sh) k[cr2(hl)(ha)2(h2 o)3] 3412(sh) 3248(br) 1654.9(w ) 1585(w) 1400(w) 1573.9(s) 1300(sh) 1357(w) 1273(br.) 584(sh) 420(sh) k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] 3375(sh) 3306(sh) 1595 1595(w) 1512(w) 1402(w) 1573(w) 1325(sh) 1344(br.) 1267(sh) 584(sh) 465(sh) 52 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (3): electronic spectral data of derivative ligand (h2l] and it’s metal complexes compound  nm  cm1 max molar-1. cm-1 assignmen t geometric al shape solven t ratio m.c*(oh .m2.cm1m )1-ole [h2l] 220 4545 4 460   * 280 3571 4 370 n  * 345 2898 5 110 n  * k3[mn2(hl)(ha)2] 256 3906 2 419 ligand field tetrahedr al dmso 1:3 85 418 2392 3 290 ch.t 436 2293 5 303 6a1→4a1(g) 510 1960 7 60 6a1→4a1(g), 4e k3[co2(hl)(ha)2. h2o] 224 3663 0 900 ligand field trigonalb ipyramidal dmso 1:3 85 418 2392 3 908 ch.t 436 2293 5 936 4a'2(f)→4a' 2(p) 500 2000 0 300 4a'2(f) →4e"(p) k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h 2o] 259 3861 0 1158 ligand field square pyramidal dmso 1:3 86 294 3401 3 1003 ch.t 416 2403 8 269 1a1→1e ' 440 2272 7 190 1a1→1e" k3[cu2(hl)(ha)2. h2o] 274 3649 6 360 ligand field trigonabi pyramidal dmso 1:3 87 334 2994 0 232 ch.t 414 2415 4 275 e' → a1 53 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (4) :1h-nmr spectral data of k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] group funct. group δ ( ppm) methane c (28) –h 5.20 1-benzene c (2,3,4,5.......)-h 6.20-7.90 2-pyrazine c (19)-h 8.5 benzylidenimin c (8,10,11,12)-h 6.51-7.80 methylene c (21,31,32)-h2 4.90, 3.0 , 2.4 methyl c (14)-h3 1.31 aromatic c15 -nh c(15) -nh (s) 4.0 amide c(28)-nh (s) 9.02 dmso solvent 2.5 510 1960 7 150 e" → a1 k[cr2(hl)(ha)2(h 2o)3] 260 3846 1 907 ligand field octahedr al dmso 1:1 30 291 3436 4 1126 ch.t 353 2832 8 303 4a2g →4t1g(f 445 2247 1 100 4a2g →4t2g k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] 259 3937 0 500 ligand field tetrahedr al dmso 1:3 81 418 2392 3 663 ch.t 54 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (5) :13c-nmr spectral data of k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] group c13 δ ( ppm) pyrazine c (17,18,20) 133-152 imine c (13,15) 168-165 carbonyl c (16) 189 benzen c (…1,6,7,9,11) 134,145,147,148,123,1 31 amide c (28) 167 carboxyl c (29,33) 177 dmsosolve nt 30 pyrazine ch (19) 145 benzen ch (….4,3,2) 118,120,128,127,110,1 15,116, aliphatic ch (30) 57 aliphatic ch2 (21,31,32) 28,27,29 aliphatic ch3 (14) 20 table (6): e.s-mass spectral data of derivative ligand [h2l]. fragmentations mass/charge (m/z) relative abundance [m]+ 634.11 22 [m-{c2h5}]+ 543.o7 9 [m-{c2h5-c2h3n}]+ 502.0 30 [m-{c2h5-c2h3n-c5h4o}]+ 370.3 35 [m-{c2h5-c2h3n-c5h4o-c2h5n}]+ 326.9 18 [m-{c2h5-c2h3n-c5h4o-c2h5n-cko2}]+ 245.05 35 [m-{c2h5-c2h3n-c5h4o-c2h5n-cko2c4h4o2}]+ 121.0 40 [m-{c2h5-c2h3n-c5h4o-c2h5n-cko2c4h4o2-chno}]+ 78.03 8 55 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (7): inhibition circle diameter in millimeter for the ligands after 24 hrs. , and after 48 hrs. compounds time staphylococ cus aureu pseudomo nas aeruginosa bacillu s subtilis escher ichia coli [h2l] 24 hrs. _ _ _ _ [h2l] 48 hrs. _ _ _ _ table (8): the proposed bond lengths and bond angles of k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h2o] type of bond bond length (a˚) type of angles bond length (a˚) ni-o 1.790 o-ni-o 90.000 ni-n 1.826 o-ni-n 180.000 n-h 1.050 ni-o-c 124.455 c-h 1.100 h-n-ni 125.500 c-n 1.356 n-ni-o 90.000 c-c 1.397 n-ni-n 90.000 c-o 1.208 h-n-c 125.500 c-n-ni 109.000 ni-n-c 152.746 (a˚)= angstrom,, (˚)= degree fig(1) :the structure of folic acid 56 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 57 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 58 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig(19): the 1h-nmr spectrum for k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2] complex in dmso-d6 fig(20): the 13c-nmr spectrum of the k3[cd2(hl)(ha)2]complex in dmso-d6 solvent 59 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig(21): the e.s-mass (+) spectrum of schiff base ligand [h2l], fig(22) : the proposed molecular structure of k3[ni2(hl)(ha)2.h2o] complex: 60 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 امينو 3تحضير وتشخيص قاعدة شف جديدة مشتقة من حامض الفوليك و ( اسيتوفينون) ومعقداتھا المختلطة مع بعض الفلزات االنتقالية ودراسة فاعليتھا البايولوجية احمد ثابت نعمان فھد علي خالد ايمان ابراھيم عبد الكريم /جامعة بغداد )ابن الھيثم (قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015شباط 2،قبل البحث في:2014تشرين االول 15استلم البحث في : الخالصة متشكلة من سلسلة جديدة من المعقدات (المع من حامض الفوليك بطريقة قاعدة شف اليكند مشتق تضمن البحث تحضير -لصيغة:مزيج من الليكاندات) بوجود ھيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم والميثانول وسطا للتفاعل باشكال رباعية السن ذات ا k[cr2(hl)(ha)2(h2o)3] -:بالصيغة العامة mn, cd m ] 2(hl)(ha)2[m3k=حيث k3[m2(hl)(ha)2.h2o] m=co, ni, cd حيث سجية وطيف الكتلة واالشعة فوق البنفطة التحليل الدقيق للعناصر واطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء اتم تشخيص الليكاند بوس لسلة جديدة من كروماتوكرافيا الطبقة الرقيقة كما تضمن البحث تحضير سقياس والفعالية البايولوجية ودرجة االنصھار و ) іі( ) والنيكلіі( ) والكوبلتіі( المنغنيز : المعقدات من خالل مفاعلة الليكاند اعاله مع بعض امالح العناصر مثل ن النووي والرني طة التحليل الدقيق للعناصر سا) وشخصت المعقدات اعاله بوіі( والكادميوم )ііі( ) والكرومіі( اسوالنح ياس واالمتصاص الذري واطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء واالشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية وق 13المغناطيسي والكاربون ع الفعالية غناطيسية للمركبات وطيف الكتلة ودرجة االنصھار مدراسة الحساسية المفضال عن التوصيلية الكھربائية مينية واالستعاضة للمجموعة اال ابينت اطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء فقدانالبايولوجية وقياس كروماتوكرافيا الطبقة الرقيقة و فوليك مع ق مشتق التروجين والكاربون دليال على حدوث تفاعل قاعدة شف عند تناسيعنھا باالصرة المزدوجة بين الن كما بينت اطياف . ليكاندات كيتونية محتوية على مجموعة كاربونيلية قابلة للتفاعل مع المجموعة االمينية لمشتق الفوليك التناسق مع االشعة تحت الحمراء سلوك الليكاند عند تناسقه مع بعض العناصر الفلزية وھذا السلوك يعود تفسيره الى كبات متعادلة اما عند تناسق الليكند مع المنغنيز والكادميوم فانه يعطي مر -:اتي مجاميع فعالة وكما يالليكاندات المعوضة ب لكروم فانه عند تناسقه مع النيكل والنحاس والكوبلت فانه يعطي مركبات مشحونة بشحنة سالب واحدة وعند تناسقه مع ا لمغناطيسية االشعة فوق البنفسجية وقياسات الحساسية ااطياف عملتاستيعطي مركبا مشحونا بشحة موجبة واحدة ولقد : من خالل ما تقدمللمعقدات لدراسة التوزيع الفضائي لليكاندات مع ايونات الفلزات واالستدالل على الشكل الفضائي لھا. و السطوح ة) ھي رباعيіі) والكادميوم(ііز(فان الشكل الفضائي المتوقع لمعقدات المنغني -1 ) ھوخماسي السطوح іі) والكوبلت (іі) والنحاس (ііالشكل الفضائي المتوقع لمعقدات النيكل ( -2 ) ھو ثماني السطوح ііі( الكروم الفضائي المتوقع لمعقد الشكل-3 قة ، النين فيتامين بي ، المنطقة الحمراء لمعقدات الكادميوم ، قواعد شف ، تقنية الطبقة الرقي :الكلمات المفتاحية 13النووي المغناطيس للبروتون واحد والكاربون 54 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 adsorption kinetic and thermodynamic study of congo red dye on synthetic zeolite and modified synthetic zeolite ahmed m. abbas yousif i. mohammed taki a. himdan dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science/ (ibn –al haitham ) university of baghdad received in: 28 september 2014, accepted in: 24 november 2014 abstract linde type-a (lta) zeolite was modified by adding lead sulfide into cavities of zeolite. the zeolite and zeolite –pbs were characterized by ftir, xrd, afm and sem. the adsorption of congo red (cr) dye from aqueous solution by zeolite and zeolite – pbs were studied. different parameters like contact time, temperature and concentration of (cr) dye were investigated. the results show that at contact time of 45, 30 min for maximum adsorption of (cr) dye onto zeolite and zeolite -pbs respectively were observed. the kinetic data was analyzed using pseudo-first-order and pseudo-second-order kinetic models. the adsorption kinetics of (cr) dye were fitted well with the pseudo-second-order kinetic model for both adsorbents. experimental equilibrium data onto adsorption of c-r dye on zeolite and zeolite –pbs were analyzed by the langmuir, freundlich and temkin isotherm models .the calculated thermodynamic parameters, namely δgο, δhο, and δsο for zeolite showed that adsorption of c-r dye onto zeolite was spontaneous , endothermic and increase in the randomness and for zeolite –pbs showed that adsorption of c-r dye onto zeolite -pbs was spontaneous and ,exothermic and decreasing randomness under examined conditions ,the results of analysis errors and r2 values shows that the best fit was achieved with the langmuir isotherm equation and were followed order: ( big r2) langmuir > temkin > freundlich( small r2) ( small error) langmuir < temkin < freundlich( big error) key words: adsorption, adsorption isotherms, modified adsorbent, thermodynamics, kinetics, error analysis. 55 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 introduction synthetic dyestuffs can exist on the effluents of wastewater from different industries such textiles, paper, leather, plastics, etc.[1].discharge of wastewater into natural streams and rivers from the industries using dyes poses severe environmental problems. even small quantities of dyes can color large water bodies, which not only affect aesthetic merit but also reduce light penetration and photosynthesis. in addition, most of the dyes are either toxic or mutagenic and carcinogenic [2,3]. azo dyes are the largest class of dyes with the greatest variety of colours approximately 10–15 % of the dyes are released into the environment during dyeing of different substrates, such as synthetic and natural textile fibres, plastics, leather, paper, mineral oils, waxes, and even foodstuffs and cosmetics. congo red (cr) serves as a model compound for common water-soluble azo dyes, which is used in paper, plastic, textile and dyes industries[4] for these reasons, removal of these dyes from effluents in an economic way remains as a major problem for textile industries[5,6] . the most commonly used methods of color removal are biological and chemical precipitation however,. many physicochemical methods have been tested, but adsorption is considered to be superior to other techniques. this is attributed to its low cost, easy availability, simplicity of design, high efficiency, easy operation , biodegradability, and ability to treat dyes in more concentrated forms[7,8]. sorption technology, including physical and chemical adsorption and ion exchange process technologies have the potential waters and industrial residues. in adsorption processes, atoms or ions (adsorbates) contained in a fluid phase diffuse to the surface of a solid (adsorbent), where they are chemically bound to the surface or held there by intermolecular forces[9]. zeolite is used as adsorbent which has a large group of natural and synthetic hydrated aluminum silicates. they are natural, which offerd only a limited range of atomic structures and properties, and synthetic, with a wider range of properties and larger cavities than their natural counterparts [10] for their chemical, physical and structural individuality, zeolites are appropriate for various applications in different areas, like adsorption of cations, separation, ion exchange catalysis, due to their high sorption capacity and selectivity resulting from high porosity and sieving properties [11]. the present study is undertaken to evaluate the efficiency of a zeolite modified for the removal of dye in aqueous solution. in order to design adsorption treatment systems. materials and methods materials thioacetamide (hopkin and williams chemicals .ltd) , hcl (bdh) ,lead nitrate (bdh) , congo red (bdh) (m.wt: 696.66 g mol-1figure1),synthetic zeolite 5a (petroleum research & development center) . the composition of zeolite 5a mineral is: sio2 (32.52), al2o3 (27.64) , na2o (4.20) , cao (11.38) , l.o.i.( 99.99). methods preparation of modified pbszeolite the synthetic zeolite was washed with excessive amounts of distilled water, dried at 160 co for three hours for remove water molecules from zeolite cavities, the clay was ground and sieved to a particle size of 150 μm, the sieved zeolite (10 g) suspended in aqueous solution(200 ml) then added (5ml) of lead nitrate (0.06 m) to suspension solution of zeolite with continues stirring for half hr .then thioacetamide (1g) dissolved in hot aqueous solution (20 ml) acidification with concentrated hcl (1 drop )and was added to suspension aqueous solution of zeolite under stirring (qa9010x hot plate stirrer, ceramic surface) for one hr and heating ≤ 50 co.the zeolite was separated from the mixture by decantation, washed 56 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 about seven times with distilled water, and dried in an oven (daihan labtech oven ldo 060e ) at a temperature of 60 c for 2hr. adsorption experiments wavelength of maximum absorbancy (λmax) was found 498nm for congo red by using uv-visible spectro-photometer double beam (shimadzu uv-1800), this value were utilized for estimation of quantity of c-r dye adsorbed, solutions of different concentrations for dye was prepared by serial dilution. absorbance values of these solutions were measured at the selected λmax value for each dye and plotted against the concentration values. the calibration curves in the concentration range that falls in the region of applicability of beer-lambert's law were employed. the quantity of dye adsorbed can be calculated by using the following equation[12]: ° --------------(1) m: weight of adsorbent (g). co: initial concentration (mg/l). ce: equilibrium concentration (mg/ l). v : volume of solution (l). all batch adsorption kinetic and isothermal testes shaken using shaker (labtech shaking water bath) at 120 rpm at different time and temperature, adsorbent dose, contact time, temperature and were optimized by continuous variation method (studying one, while keeping the other parameters constant). after equilibrium, the solution was allowed to settle for 10 15 min, and separated by centrifuged (centrifuge tubes. hettich (eba-20) ) and volumes of 3ml supernatant were taken for spectrophotometrically measurements of dye content.by using visible spectrophotometer single beam (cecil,ce 1011). contact time and kinetic study batch adsorption tests were carried out at different contact time intervals (1, 2, 4, 6, 10,15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 90,120, 180min) at initial c-r concentration of 40 mg/l. this was done by contacting 0.1g of each adsorbent with 10 ml of c-r dye solution within range temperatures ( 288,298, 308, 318) k at ph 7 and uniform particle size ( ≤ 150 μm). result and discussion characterization of zeolite and modified zeolite figure( 2 zeolite) xrd pattern (xrd-6000 shimadzu ) of lta zeolite before modified showed high purity and a good crystallinity of zeolite. these results are in good agreement with those reported in the literature [13]. figure (2 –zpbs) xrd pattern of lta zeolite after modified showed that there are no changes in the positions of the diffraction peaks of zeolite a (figure 2-pbs) after loading of lead sulfide cluster into the framework voids (figure 2 zpbs). this means that loading of lead sulfide cluster into the framework voids of zeolite a does not distort the zeolite framework. the change in the relative intensities of peaks is caused by higher stress by lead sulfide cluster on the zeolite framework atoms (al, si, o) and compensating sodium and calcium ions [14]. figure( 3-zeolite) fti r spectra of lta zeolite is shown in figure 1. the bands at 450 to 1200 cm−1 are known to assignable to si-o-al, si-o-si, si-o, si-al and t-o species [15].the peaks at 403.cm-1 are assigned to the structure insensitive internal (to4) tetrahedral bending peaks of zeolite a in literature. peaks 1633 cm-1 and 3033 cm-1 are assigned to the external linkage asymmetrical stretching and internal tetrahedral symmetrical stretching respectively. in the other hand, the broad bands at 3350 to 3700 cm−1 are attributed to si-oh, si-oh-al and -oh hydroxyl groups. the band at 668 cm−1 is known to assignable to si-o-m where m is the exchangeable na+ ion metal species. the absorption band at 677 cm−1 in lta is visible 57 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 which is in corporate with na atoms in the zeolite framework [13]. figure (3zeolite-pbs) fti r spectra of lta zeolite modified by pbs shows agreement with xrd results. the afm images (spm aa3000 atomic force microscope-usa 2008) (in two and three-dimensional) and granularity distribution charts for the synthetic zeolite and pbszeolite in figure (4) . it shows that the diameter of the particles for zeolite (95 nm) and for pbs – zeolite ( 81 nm) ,the average particle size for zeolite was (0.58 nm) and for the pbs – zeolite (0.84 nm ) . this result indicates that average particle size for pbs zeolite less then zeolite. figure (5-zeolite) shows the sem image (sem-t-scan ,vega-111,czech), of zeolite and pbs zeolite particles with magnification of 25000, scanning electronic micrographs show uniform morphology and cubic shape of particles for lta zeolite. the average diameter of the particle observed from sem analysis is ≥ 1 μm, figure (5-zeolite-pbs) shows the changes on the surface of the pbs zeolite up to 500 nm and this indicates on pbs cluster from pores to zeolite surface. kinetic studies of adsorption effect contact time the adsorption of congo red dye on zeolite and modified zeolite was studied as a function of contact time, and draw qe versus t in figure (6) at different temperatures . from figures (6) are shown the adsorption rates of congo red dye onto zeolite and modified zeolite are observed to be very fast within the first few minutes and gradually decrease and become almost constant after a period of 45 and 30 min respectively. and shows a very fast increase in qe with time in both adsorbents, the initial uptake is attributed to surface adsorption. when the dye adsorption at the exterior surface reached the saturation level, the dye begins to enter the pores of the zeolite and modified zeolite surface and is adsorbed by the interior surface of the adsorbent particles. the interior surface seems to be very active and have a very high affinity toward dye molecules. hence, a high dye uptake by is observed [16], and these results are similar with result of the percentage adsorption of dye on zeolite and modified zeolite were calculated using the equation : % ° ° 100 --------(2) figure(7) shows nearly 40-52%, 50-69% the percentage adsorption of congo red on zeolite and modified zeolite at 45 and 30 min respectively within range (288, 298 ,308 .318) k. kinetic of adsorption kinetic of adsorption describes the solute uptake rate, which in turn governs the residence time of adsorption reaction. batch experiment were conducted to study the rate of congo red (40 mg/l) adsorption by the zeolite and modified zeolite (0.1g) at ph 7 . 1-pseudofirst order model the pseudo first order model was described by lagergren [17], -------(3) the linear form is ln -------------(4) where qe and qt are the amount of (cr) dye adsorbed mg /g at equilibrium and at any time t respectively and k1 (min-1 ) is the equilibrium rate constant of pseudo first order adsorption . the plot of ln (qeqt) vs. t should give linear relationship from which the value of k1 , equilibrium adsorption qe and correlation coefficient r2 were calculated . the pseudo first order kinetic model for adsorption of (cr) dye on the zeolite and modified zeolite are less applicable due to the low correlation coefficients( r2 >0.88) at different temperatures table (1), figure (8) . 58 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 2-pseudo -second order model the pseudo-second order model is represented by the following differential equation [18] --------(5) where k2 is the equilibrium rate constant of pseudosecond order adsorption (g/ mg.min ) the linear form is : -------(6) the initial adsorption rate , h (mg/ g.min ) is expressed by the following equation: ------------(7) the slope and intercept of plot t/qt versus t were used to calculate the second order rate constant k2 .the correlation coefficients were found ( r2 > 0.98) for both adsobent different temperatures ,and the calculated qe values agree very well with experimental data (table2,figure 9 ). this model confirms that the adsorption of ( cr ) dye on the zeolite and modified zeolite follows the pseudo second order model . the adsorption rate constant may be expressed as a function of temperature by following the relationship of arrhenius equation [19]: (8) ---------rteaak a /lnln  where ka is the rate constant of sorption (min-1), ea is the activation energy of sorption (kj.mol-1), r is the gas constant (0.008314 kj k-1 mol-1), t is solution temperature(k).the ln kad values for the pseudo second order were plotted as a function of reciprocal of the kelvin temperature. linear variation were observed as shown in figure (10) . from figure (10 ) the value of activation energy of adsorption obtained is( 5.92kj.mol1) for adsorption (cr) dye on zeolite and , (27.70 kj.mol-1) for adsorption (cr) dye on zeolite-pbs which activation energy of adsorption on zeolite –pbs larger than zeolite which indicates that the process occurs in favor of adsorption direction. adsorption isotherms adsorption of congo red dye from an aqueous solution on zeolite and modified zeolite was studied first at different temperatures(288, 298, 308,318)k keeping ph of the solution (ph7) unchanged. the results of this study were represented as the initial concentration of congo red (co), the equilibrium concentration (ce) measured at equilibrium time and the quantity adsorbed (qe) and the quantities adsorbed (qe) were plotted versus equilibrium concentration (ce) to obtain the general case of the adsorption isotherms as shown in figures (11) which represent the isotherms of (cr) dye on the zeolite and zeolitepbs at different temperatures,and as shown the (cr) equilibrium isotherm for both adsorbents are a l-type isotherm. l-shaped adsorption isotherm indicate the adsorbed solute molecules are most likely being adsorbed in a flat geometry, which is based on the assumption of high adsorption affinity between the dye and the surface [20,21]. on the other hand we note increasing quantity with increasing temperature of the zeolites and it was due to the likelihood of absorption of the dye inside the zeolite as well as the occurrence of adsorption and decreases with increasing temperature for zeolite -pbs and that of an adsorption process only [22]. several models were published to describe the experimental data of the adsorption isotherms, the freundlich equation is an empirical model that considers heterogeneous adsorptive 59 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 energies on the adsorbent surface and the equation expressed as follows the linear form of freundlich isotherm [23] is: efe c n kq ln 1 lnln  ------------(9) where kf is a constant, indicating the relative adsorption capacity of the adsorbent (l/g-1) and n is a the heterogeneity factor, representing the intensity of adsorption, plotting ln qe versus ln(ce) (equation (9)) figure (12-a) results in a straight line of slope 1/n and intercept ln (kf). langmuir model is the most widely used isotherm equation, which has the linear form as follows [24,25] ------------(10) where a and kl are langmuir isotherm parameters, representing the maximum uptake capacity per unit mass of adsorbent (mg/g), and the langmuir constant (l/mg) respectively. plotting ce /qe versus ce (equation (10))figure ( 12-b ) results in a straight line of slope a/kl and intercept 1/ kl. the temkin isotherm model assumes that the adsorption heat of all molecules decreases linearly with the increase in coverage of the adsorbent surface, and that adsorption is characterized by a uniform distribution of binding energies, up to a maximum binding energy. the temkin isotherm can be described by equation [26]: ln ln -------------(11) where kt is the equilibrium binding constant (l mol-1) corresponding to the maximum binding energy, b is related to the adsorption heat, r is the universal gas constant (8.314 j k−1 mol−1) and t is the temperature (k). plotting qe versus ln(ce) (equation (11)) figure (12-c ) results in a straight line of slope rt/b and intercept (rt ln kt)/b. constants of isotherms were mentioned previously recorded in table(3) shows the values of the constants of the freundlich isotherm at different temperature, for zeolite where (n > 3 ) for all temperatures indicates that the adsorption of c-r dye on zeolite is easily achieved. the value of kf increases with increasing temperature ,and it is obvious that high temperature is helpful for adsorption and the mechanism of the adsorption is chemical adsorption but for zeolitepbs that (n > 6 ) for all temperatures indicates that the adsorption of c-r dye on zeolitepbs is more easily achieved than adsorption on zeolite and the value of kf decreases with increasing temperature indicates that process is a favourable physical adsorption. table(3) shows the values of the constants of the langmuir isotherm at different temperatures, for zeolite the maximum adsorption capacity (al) of c-r dye on zeolite increased with an increase in temperatures , showing that (al) is enhanced at high temperatures on the other hand the energy of adsorption (kl) is enhanced at high temperatures on zeolite surface, because it was increased with a increase in temperatures, while for zeolite pbs the maximum adsorption capacity (al) of c-r dye on zeolite decreased with an increase in temperatures , showing that (al) is enhanced at lower temperatures on the other hand the energy of adsorption(kl) is enhanced at lower temperatures on zeolite -pbs surface, because it was decreased with an increase in temperatures [27]. table(3) shows the values of the constants of the temkin isotherm at different temperatures, for zeolite which have heat of adsorption bt within( 13-23 ) kj.mol-1 and zeolite – pbs have bt within(10-18) kj.mol-1 and kt of zeolite –pbs greater than kt of zeolite this means that the values of bt zeolite – pbs are smaller than zeolite and that indicates that zeolite-pbs. more favorable for the physical adsorption from zeolite at all different temperatures. 60 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 thermodynamic studies the batch adsorption process was studied at different temperatures of 15, 25, 35, 45 °c in order to investigate the effect of temperature on the adsorption process using modified pbs zeolite. this was done by contacting 0.1g of adsorbents with 10 ml of different concentrations (10,15,20,25,30, 40 ,50mg/l ) c-r dye solution at ph 7 for 45 and 30 min respectively. the results were used to investigate the thermodynamics of the adsorption process. thermodynamic parameters including the change in free energy (∆g_), enthalpy (∆h_) and entropy (∆s_) were used to describe thermodynamic behavior of the congo red adsorption onto zeolite and zeolite pbs. the equilibrium constant (ke) for the adsorption process at each temperature is calculated from division of the quantity of dye adsorbed on the zeolite and zeolite – pbs form the equation [28,29]: ------------(12) where (0.1g) represents the weight of the clay that has been used and (0.01 l) represents the volume of the dye solution used in the adsorption process, the change in free energy (∆gº) could be determined from the equation [30]: krtg ln -----------(13) where r is the gas constant (8.314 j.mole-1. k-1) and t is the absolute temperature. the heat of adsorption (∆hº) may be obtained from the vant hoff's equation: -------------(14) where k is the equilibrium constant when ce approaches to zero at certain temperature. figure (13) obtained from plotting (ln k) of each concentration against corresponding ce. plotting (in k) versus (1/t) should produce a straight line with a slope =(-∆hº/r) from which the enthalpy (∆hº) of the adsorption process is obtained .the change in entropy (∆sº) was calculated from gibbs equation: ---------------(15) the equilibrium constant ( ke), free energy (∆g◦), enthalpy (∆h◦) and entropy (∆s◦)were recorded in table (4) from table (4 ) for zeolite the negative δg° values indicate thermodynamically spontaneous nature of the adsorption. the decrease in δg values with increasing temperature shows an increase in feasibility of adsorption at higher temperatures. the positive δh° is an indicator of endothermic nature of the adsorption, the positive δs° value suggests an increase in the randomness at sorbate solution interface during the adsorption process. while for zeolitepbs the negative value of δg° confirms the feasibility of the process and the spontaneous nature . the increase in δg° values with increasing temperature shows an increase in feasibility of adsorption at lower temperatures the value of δh° was negative, indicating that the nature of the adsorption is exothermic. the negative value of δs° shows the decreasing randomness at sorbate-solution interface during the adsorption process [31]. error analysis determination of the best isotherm model is only possible through analysis of the correlation coefficient (r2). although efficient, this indicator is limited to solving isotherm models that present linear forms . therefore, in this work, three different error functions were employed in order to discover the isotherm model most suitable for representing the experimental data. e e c q k 1000*  tcons rt h k tanln     sthg 61 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the sum of squared errors (sse) (equation (16)) is the most commonly utilized error function. however, it has the disadvantage of providing isotherm parameters that present better adjustment to the final portion of the isotherm. this is due to the magnitude of the errors, which causes an increase in squared errors as the adsorbate concentration increases. 16 the sum of absolute errors (sae) (equation (17)) also provides better adjustments for higher concentrations. this occurs because an increase of the concentration range causes an increase in error. the average relative error (are) (equation (18)) function attempts to minimize the fractional error distribution across the entire concentration range. where qcalc is the calculated value, qexp is the experimental value and n is the number of data points [32,33] . table (5) according values of r2 and types errors the isotherm models for zeolite and zeolite –pbs at all temperatures are following order: ( big r2) langmuir > temkin > freundlich( small r2) ( small error) langmuir < temkin < freundlich( big error) shows that the langmuir, temkin, freudlich models have smaller errors in almost all of the cases and that the langmuir model shows high accuracy. in this case, the langmuir isotherm model can be more useful for describing the adsorption process of congo red by both adsorbents . references 1chiou ,m. s.; ho. p., and li ,h. y., (2004) “adsorption of anionic dyes in acid solutions using chemically cross-linked chitosan beads,” dyes and pigments,. 60, no. 1, 69–84. 2chen ,k.c.; wu, j.y.; huang ,c.c.; liang ,y.m., and hwang ,s.c.j., (2003) ,decolorization of azo dye using pva-immobilized microorganisms, j. biotechnol. 101: 241252. 3gong ,r .; ding, y.; li. m.; yang. c., liu, h. and sun ,y., (2005), “utilization of powdered peanut hull as biosorbent for removal of anionic dyes from aqueous solution,” dyes and pigments, 64, no. 3: 187-192. 4sponza ,d. t. and isik, m.,(2005), toxicity and intermediates of c.i. direct red 28 dye through sequential anaerobic/aerobic treatment, process biochem. 40 : 2735–2744. 5weber ,wj, and morris jc ,(1964) advances in water pollution research. pergamon press, new york. 6arslan ,i.; balcioglu, i,a and bahnemann, dw. (2000) , advanced chemical oxidation of reactive dyes in simulated dyehouse effluents by ferrioxalate-fenton/uva and tio2/uv-a processes. dyes pigments 47:207–218. 7sanghi ,r. and bhattacharya ,b. (2002),review on decolorization of aqueous dye solutions by low cost adsorbents. color technol 118:256–269. 62 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 8meshko ,v; markovska, l.; mincheva ,m. and rodrigues ae (2001) ,adsorption of basic dyes on granular activated carbon and natural zeolite. water res 35:3357–3366. 9seadar, j. d. and henley, e. j., (1998), separation process principles, john wiley & sons, new york, , 778. 10barrer, r.m., (1978), zeolites and clay minerals as sorbents and molecular sieves, academic press, frs london. 11castaldi, p.; santona, l.; enzo, s. and melis, p., (2008), sorption processes and xrd analysis of a natural zeolite exchanged with pb+2, cd+2 and zn+2 cations, journal of hazardous materials, 156:428–434. 12 belhachemi ,m. and addoun ,f. (2012) /adsorption of congo red onto activated carbons having different surface properties: studies of kinetics and adsorption equilibrium, desalination and water treatment 37 .122–129. 13kugbe ,j.; matsue ,n. and henmi, t.(2009), “synthesis of linde type a zeolite-goethite nanocomposite as an adsorbent for cationic and anionic pollutants, journal of hazardous materials,164, no. 2-3: 929-935. 14(a) treacy ,m. m. j. and higgins, j.b., in collection of simulated xrd powder patterns for zeolites, elsevier, amsterdam (2001) p212; (b) gramlich, v. and meier, w.m. z. kristallogr. (1971), 133, 134–149. 15thompson ,r. w. and huber ,m. j., (1982), “analysis of the growth of molecular sieve zeolite naa in a batch precipitation system,” journal of crystal growth, 56, no. 3:711722. 16lataye, d. h.;mishra ,i. m. and mall, i. d. (2006), removal of pyridine from aqueous solution by adsorption on bgasse fly ash, ind. eng. chem. res., , 45, 3934. 17namasivayama ,c. and kanchana, n. (1992),waste banana pith as adsorbent for color removal from wastewaters chemosphere, 25:1691. 18ho, y. s. and mckay, g., (1998),sorption of dye from aqueous solution by peat, chem. eng.j., 70, 115. 19-. daniels, f. and alberty, r.a., (1966), physical chemistry, 3rd ed., john wiley and sons, inc., 338. 20macewan ,c. h.; nakhwa, t. h.; s. n. and smith, d., (1960). studies in adsorption. in diagnosis of adsorption mechanisms and in measurement of specific surface areas of solids. giles j. chem. soc., 786:3973-3993 21ash, s.g.; everett ,d. h. and findenegg, g. h., (1968). multilayer theory for adsorption from solution. mixtures of monomers + dimmers , trans. farad. soc., 64:2645-2666 . 22chatterjee, s.; chatterjee, s.; chatterjee, b. p. and guha, a. k., (2007).adsorptive removal of congo red, a carcinogenic textile dye by chitosan hydrobeads: binding mechanism, equilibrium and kinetics. colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects, 299: 146-152. 23ho, y. s.; porter, j. f. and mckay, g., (2002). equilibrium isotherm studies for the sorption of divalent metal ions onto peat: copper, nickel and lead single component systemswater air soil pollut., 141: 1 . 24dursun, a.y. and kalayc, c. s., (2005). equilibrium ,kinetic and thermodynamic studies on the adsorption of phenol onto chitin, j. hazard. mater., b123: 151–157 . 25-liu ,h., chen b., lan ,y. and cheng ,y., (2004). biosorption of zn(ii) and cu(ii) by the indigenous thiobacillus thiooxidans. j. chem. eng., 97: 195-201 26mall ,i. d., srivastava ,v. c., agarwal, n. k. and mishra ,i. m., (2005), removal of congo red from aqueous solution by bagasse fly ash and activated carbon: kinetic study and equilibrium isotherm analyses. chemosphere,61: 492–501. 27vinod ,v.p., and anirudhan, t.s. (2001).,“sorption of tannic acids on zirconium pillared clay”, j. chem. technol. biotechnol., 77:92-101 63 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 28valdimir, p., zlatko, k. and slaro ,c., (1974)."adsorption on solids", butter worths, london,: 301-304, 572-604 . 29kipling, j. j., (1965)."adsorption from solutions of non-electrolytes", academic press, london,: 3, 101-168, 257-259 . 30kapoor, k. l., (1994). "a text book of physical chemistry", macmillan india limited, india,: 449-481. 31koyuncu ,m. and kul, a.r. ,thermodynamics and adsorption studies of dye (rhodamine b) onto natural diatomite, physicochem. probl. miner. process. 50(2), 2014  32wong, y. c.; szeto, y. s.; cheung, w. h. and mckay,g., (2004). adsorption of acid dyes on chitosan –equilibrium isotherm analyses. process biochemistry, 39, 6: 695-704. 33mane, v. s.; mall, i. d. and srivastava, v. c. (2007)., kinetic and equilibrium isotherm studies for the adsorptive removal brilliant green dye from aqueous solution by rice husk ash. journal of environmental management, 84, 390 400 . table no. (1): adsorption kinetics parameters of pseudo-first order of (cr) dye on zeolite and zeolite – pbs adsorbent 288 k 298 k pseudo-first order pseudo-first order k1(min-1) qe(mg/g) 2r k1(min-1) qe(mg/g) 2r zeolite -0.094 0.786 0.941 -0.128 0.762 0.942 zeolite pbs -0.070 0.787 0.915 -0.140 0.638 0.953 adsorbent 308 k 318 k pseudo-first order pseudo-first order k1(min-1) qe(mg/g) 2r k1(min-1) qe(mg/g) 2r zeolite -0.121 0.692 0.976 -0.115 0.685 0.995 zeolite pbs -0.130 0.639 0.947 -0.120 0.374 0.883 table no. (2): adsorption kinetics parameters of pseudo-second order of (cr) dye on zeolite and zeolite – pbs adsorbent 288 k 298 k pseudo-second order pseudo-second order k2 (g. mg-1 .min-1) qe (mg/g) r2 h (mg. g-1 .min-1) k2 (g. mg-1 .min-1)in qe (mg/g) r2 h (mg. g-1 .min-1-1) zeolite 0.382 1.912 0.988 5.102 0.428 2.033 0.999 7.315 zeolite + pbs 0.318 2.410 0.994 10.733 0.619 2.488 0.999 23.714 adsorbent 308 k 318 k pseudo-second order pseudo-second order k2 (g. mg-1 .min-1)in-1) qe (mg/g) r2 h (mg. g-1 .min-1-1) k2 (g. mg-1 .min-1)-1) qe (mg/g) r2 h (mg. g-1 .min-1-1) zeolite 0.481 2.083 0.999 9.058 0.475 2.132 0.998 9.817 zeolite + pbs 0.605 2.747 0.999 34.455 1.077 2.513 0.999 42.961 64 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (3): freundlich, langmuir and temkin isotherm constants for dyes uptake by zeolite and zeolite pbs zeolite t/k freundlich isotherm langmuir isotherm temkin isotherm kf n kl a kt b 288 0.208 3.001 0.126 0.819 1.384 13.812 298 0.321 3.880 0.220 0.879 4.026 15.478 308 0.424 4.520 0.333 0.969 8.823 15.972 318 0.628 7.668 0.598 1.024 231.27 23.981 zeolite +pbs t/k freundlich isotherm langmuir isotherm temkin isotherm kf n kl a kt b 288 1.269 6.578 0.941 2.108 222.0 10.254 298 1.160 6.869 2.038 1.785 302.1 12.165 308 0.979 7.511 1.079 1.522 790.4 16.969 318 0.764 6.094 0.489 1.402 247.8 18.004 table no.(4): thermodynamic parameters of adsorption process of (cr) dye on the adsorbents at different temperatures table no. (5). correlation coefficient, r2 and errors function for different isotherm models at different temperatures t/k zeolite zeolite –pbs isothermtypes are sae sse r2 are sae sse r2 288 freundlich 0.100 0.681 0.167 0.955 0.498 2.043 1.454 0.834 langmuir 0.047 0.001 0.001 0.996 8.197 0.638 0.504 0.996 temkin 0.158 0.000 0.002 0.977 0.779 0.164 0.098 0.800 298 freundlich 0.175 0.004 0.010 0.893 0.488 0.032 0.120 0.794 langmuir 0.296 0.000 0.002 0.997 1.479 0.080 0.027 0.999 temkin 0.330 0.000 0.006 0.932 0.153 0.071 0.086 0.796 308 freundlich 0.184 0.006 0.015 0.871 0.573 0.039 0.101 0.656 langmuir 0.682 0.014 0.004 0.996 0.739 0.113 0.052 0.996 temkin 0.355 0.000 0.010 0.899 1.876 0.060 0.088 0.775 318 freundlich 0.024 0.001 0.003 0.962 0.170 0.009 0.025 0.874 langmuir 0.557 0.023 0.003 1.000 1.894 0.111 0.029 0.994 temkin 0.044 0.000 0.002 0.975 2.116 0.110 0.026 0.958 t/k zeolite zeolite pbs δg (j mol-1) δh (kj mol-1) δs (j mol-1 k-1) ke δg (j mol-1) δh (kj mol-1) δs (j mol-1 k ke 288 -8391.1 15.297 82.25 33.3 -13151.9 -24.626 -39.84 242.9 298 -9223.5 15.297 82.28 41.4 -13128.5 -24.626 -38.58 200.1 308 10157. 4 15.297 82.64 52.8 -12519.5 -24.626 -39.31 132.8 318 10816. 7 15.297 82.12 59.8 -12021.7 -24.626 -39.64 94.4 65 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(1) :the chemical structure of congo red figure no. (2): x-ray diffraction of zeolite ,zeolite-pbs 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 in te n si ty 2theta zeolite 0 100 200 300 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 in te n si ty 2theta z pbs 66 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (3): fti r spectra of zeolite ,zeolite-pbs                       figure no. (4): afm image of zeolite ,zeolite-pbs zeolite-pbs zeolite zeolitepbs zeolite intensity 1/ cm 1/ cm intensity 67 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (5): sem image of zeolite, zeolite-pbs       figure no. (6): effect of contact time on the removal of (cr) by zeolite and zeolite pbs at different temperatures 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 q e t z 288 k 298 k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 q e t z+pbs 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k zeolit zeolite 68 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(7): effect of contact time on the percentage removal of (cr) by zeolite and zeolite – pbsat different temperatures figure no. (8): the applicability of the first order kinetic model to (cr) dye adsorption on zeolite , zeolite – pbs 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 % q e t z 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 % q e t z+pbs 15 k 25 k 35 k 45 k ‐3 ‐2.5 ‐2 ‐1.5 ‐1 ‐0.5 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 ln (q e ‐q t) t z 288 k 298 k ‐4 ‐3 ‐2 ‐1 0 0 10 20 30 ln (q e ‐q t) t z+pbs 288 k 298 k 69 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no .(9): the applicability of the second order kinetic model to (cr) dye adsorption on zeolite and zeolite – pbs figure no.(10): relationship for arrhenius equation to calculate the activation energy for pseudo second order reaction by effect of temperature at ph of 7 figure no.(11 ): adsorption isotherms of (cr) dye on zeolite and zeolite-pbs at different temperatures 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 10 20 30 40 q t/ t t z 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 10 20 30 40 q e /t t z+pbs 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k ‐1.2 ‐1 ‐0.8 ‐0.6 ‐0.4 ‐0.2 0 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 ln  k 1/t z 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 20 40 60 q e ce z 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 10 20 30 40 q e ce z-pbs 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k ‐1.4 ‐1.2 ‐1 ‐0.8 ‐0.6 ‐0.4 ‐0.2 0 0.2 0.00310.00320.00320.00330.00330.00340.00340.00350.0035 ln  k 1/t z‐pbs 70 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(12): isotherm models of (cr) adsorption on zeolite ,zeolite –pbs : afreundlich model, blangmuir model, ctemkin model at different temperatures -1.2 -1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0 1 2 3 4 ln q e lnce z 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 -1 0 1 2 3 4 ln q e lnce z‐pbs 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 c e /q e ce z 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 10 20 30 40 c e /q e ce z‐pbs 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 1 2 3 4 q e ln ce z 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 -1 0 1 2 3 4 q e ln ce z-pbs 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k b c 71 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (13): plot of ln ke against reciprocal absolute temperature for adsorption of (cr) dye on zeolite and zeolite-pbs 3.2 3.6 4 4.4 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 ln (k e) 1/t(k) 3 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5 5.4 5.8 6.2 6.6 7 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 ln (k e) 1/t(k) zeolite z-pbs 72 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 وثرموديناميكية امتزاز صبغة الكونغو األحمر على الزيواليت الصناعي دراسة حركية والزيواليت الصناعي المعدل أحمد محمد عباس يوسف ابراھيم محمد تقي الدين حمدان بغداد جامعة )/ الھيثم أبن (الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية / الكيمياء قسم 2014 تشرين الثاني 24البحث في : قبل،2014 ايلول 28استلم البحث في: الخالصة من خالل اضافة كبريتيد الرصاص الى فجوات الزيواليت وتم تشخيص كل من aعدل الزيواليت من نوع ليندا ومجھر الماسح xrdواالشعة السينية ftirالزيواليت والزيواليت المعدل بواسطة مطيافية االشعة تحت الحمراء .درس في ھذا البحث امتزاز صبغة الكونغو االحمر من محلولھا المائي afm ومجھر القوى الذرية sem االلكتروني بواسطة الزيواليت والزيواليت المعدل بكبريتيد الرصاص درست عن طريق عدة عوامل مثل زمن االتزان , درجة دقيقة العظم امتزاز 30و 45الحمر . وبينت النتائج ان زمن االتزان ھو الحرارة و التركيز االبتدائي لصبغة الكونعو ا للكونغو االحمر على الزيواليت والزيواليت المعدل تواليا . حللت البيانات الحركية بواسطة انماط حركية من المرتبة االولى المرتبة الثاتية الوھمية على كال السطحين الوھمية والمرتبة الثانية الوھمية أذ بينت حركية امتزاز الكونغو االحمر تتبع المازين .حللت بيانات التوازن المتزاز الكونغو االحمر لكال السطحين حللت بواسطة موديالت فريندليش و النكماير ) لالمتزاز على الزيواليت تبين انه تلقائي وماص وغير منتظم ,δh, δg δs وتمكين , الدوال الثرموديناميكة المحسوبة ( ت ظروف الدراسة واالمتزاز على الزيواليت المعدل تبين انه تلقائي وباعث واكثر انتظاما .بينت نتائج معامل االرتباط تح 2r:وتحليل االخطاء ان موديل النكماير ھو افضل ايزوثيرم مطبق لھذه الدراسة وذلك بحسب الترتيب األتي .فريندليش >تمكين >النكماير .تحليل االخطاء ,حركيات ,ثرموديناميكية ,المازات المعد لة ,ايزوثيرمات االمتزاز ,:االمتزاز احيةالكلمات المفت the effect of humidity on superconducting phase of bi-2212 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the effect of humidity on superconducting phase of bi-2223 ghazala y.hermiz bushra a. aljurani awattif a. mohammed harith i. jaafar dept. of physics/ college of science/ university of baghdad received in: 19 september 2011, accepted in: 2 july 2012 abstract the ceramics specimens as superconducting phase (bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δ) with different concentrations of pb from (0.0-0.5) were prepared by solid-state reaction method. superconducting samples were exposed to high humidity (rh 75% at 25ºc) for seven weeks time interval. the humidity has a negative effect on the transition temperature of superconductor phase .it destroys the superconducting phase and the samples were converting to insulator. keywords: superconductor, bi-2223, htc phase, humidity effect 67 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction since the discovery of the high temperature superconductor compound, several difficult have been encountered in manufacturing and storing theses materials because of their chemical instability in the presence of water. the chemical instability of the superconducting phase both in high-humidity environments and in direct contact with water at temperature ranging from 25ºc to 80ºc has been the subject of several studies [1,2]. one great advantage of oxide compounds is their high resistivity which permits a decrease with about three orders of magnitude to humidity variations. due to low cost and high durability, the use of the ceramic humidity sensors has greatly increased not only in electronic industry, but also in alimentary industry [3]. the high temperature superconductor compound is very brittle and suffers from a high degree of porosity .in order to overcome the poor mechanical properties, techniques such as degradation of these materials upon exposure to the humid environment have been applied [4]. zheng et al. [5] studied the effect of water vapor on the microstructure and superconducting properties of bipbsrcacuo. they found that the crystal growth, especially around grain boundaries, is greatly enhanced by water vapor processing. as a result, the transport critical current density jc is considerably enhanced. smrčková et al. [6] found that yba2cu3o7-y superconductor is destroyed in few minutes by boiling water. at lower temperatures the hydrolysis reduces the volume of the superconductive phase,. reaction of bi1.4pb0.6sr2ca2cu3.6ox with water causes a decrease of the relative volume of both superconducting phases at a rate substantially higher for the high temperature one. the objective of this work is to investigate the water-vapor effect on the microstructure of bi-pb-sr-ca-cu-o superconductor upon exposure to humidity level (rh 75% at 25ºc) for seven weeks time interval. after storage under this condition the specimens were characterized by x-ray diffraction (xrd), optical microscopy and electrical measurements. experimental part samples of bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δ for x=0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4 and 0.5 were prepared by solid –state reactions. mixing appropriate amounts of bi2o3,pbo,cu2o,caco3 and sr(no3)2 develop bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δ precursor. the mixture homogenization takes place by adding a sufficient quantity of 2-propanol to form paste, during the process of grinding for about (5060) min. the mixture was put it in an alumina crucible, calcinied in a tube furnace in air that has programmable controller type (eurptherm818) for 24 hours at 800 °c with a rate of 2°c / min. this mixture was then pressed into pellets 1.3 cm in diameter and (0.2 – 0.3) cm thick, using hydraulic type (specac) under pressure of 0.5gpa. the pellets placing in alumina crucible then heated at a rate of 2 °c/min., at 850 °c. this temperature was kept constant for about 140 hours .after that, the furnace was cooled to room temperature by the same rate four probe dc methods at a temperature range of (80-250) k were used to measure the resistivity (ρ) and to determine the critical temperature (tc). the structure of the prepared samples was obtained by using x-ray diffractometer (xrd) (philips).a computer program was established to calculate the lattice parameters a, b, and c. the program is based on cohen's least square method [7]. the densities (dm) of unit cell of the samples were calculated using the following equation [8]: vn w d a m m = where wm is the molecular weight, na is avogadro's number and v is the volume of the unit cell. 68 | physics http://dx.doi.org/10.1351/goldbook.h02902 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the samples were exposed to humidity level (rh 75% at 25ºc) for seven weeks time interval. after storage under this condition the specimens were characterized by x-ray diffraction (xrd), optical microscopy and electrical measurements. results and discussion the quantity test of the element for bi1.66pb0.2sr1.9ca1.9cu2.13o10+δ and bi1.66pb0.5sr1.9ca1.9cu2.1o10+δ system were carried out by x-ray fluorescent (xrf) before and after soaking in water for seven weeks .the elemental distribution in the samples were shown in fig.(1) .this figure indicated that pb ions have partially replaced the bi ions in the system. the xrd data collected from various samples before exposed to water show that all the samples are polycrystalline and correspond to high phase (2223) as a dominate phase with low phase (2212) and impurity phases which is due to the creation of the stacking faults which leads to deform the structure. the peaks intensity of the samples stored at a constant relative humidity of 75% were found to decrease and there is a shift of 2θ values if compared before exposed to water as shown in fig.(2). the parameters a,b and c, c/a, c/b and density (dm) were also calculated from the xrd analysis as shown in table (1) .this table shows a variation of a,b and c parameter for bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δ system, in compression with the pb free system. indeed the deformation in the lattice parameters, as a result of substitution or deficiency of some atoms, adjusts the amount of charge transfer from bi layer to cu layer; this will be a driving force to the pairing generation of superconductor holes forming bosons which are the current carriers of the superconductor [9]. a deterioration of the structure was observed for samples after exposed to water, specially samples with x=0.5 as shown in fig.2d. also it is found from the table an enhancement of the density value, which attribute to the decreases of the unit cell volume. dc-four-probe resistivity measurements were performed on each ceramic specimen in the temperature range from room temperature down to boiling point of liquid nitrogen. the behavior of the samples was superconductor ,there was a decreases of the resistivity with the decreasing of temperature ,although in some cases a complete zero resistance could not be observed as shown in fig.(3). it is interesting to note that addition of pb to the bisrcacuo system will improve the transition temperature from less than boiling point of liquid nitrogen for pb free samples to to 118k, for samples with x=0.3 .more addition of pb to 0.4 and 0.5 will reduce tc to105 and 104 respectively as shown in table1.a certain amount of pb is necessary for the occurrence htp, while excessive pb addition promotes another reaction to produce an impurity phases[10,11] which is likely to assist the formation of the low – tc phase instead of the htp. indeed the amount of pb suitable for the formation of the htp is determined by the competition between these reactions. another feature of sample with x = 0, 0.1, 0.2 and 0.3 has a tail which disappeared with pb addition increases to 0.4 and 0.5.the reason may be attributed to the fluctuation of the oxygen content and/or existence of small amounts of the secondary phase(low and impurity phases) as indicated in the xrd analyses during seven weeks of exposure in a humid atmosphere (25ºc, 75%rh), the resistive properties of the samples deteriorated with an increase of resistivity and convert to insulator. this could be explained as flows: in the beginning water adsorption, a few water vapor molecules chemisorbs on grain surfaces by a dissociative mechanism to form two surface hydroxyls per water molecule. with increasing humidity levels, water is physisorbed on top of the chemisorbed layer [12]. fig.(4) shows an increase of weight of the sample after the first week which was exposed to humidity . the surface topography of the samples was determined by optical microscopy in fig.5 before and after exposed to humid atmosphere. the most reaction occurs when bipbsrcacuo 69 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 material comes in contact with water vapor or humidity. according to this reaction calcium reacts with water to form calcium hydroxide which subsequently reacts with the atmospheric carbon dioxide to form calcium carbonate and that destroys the superconducting phase [4]. conclusion the humidity has a negative effect on the superconducting properties (structural and electrical properties).it destroys the superconducting phase and the samples were converting to insulator. references 1. bansal, n. p. and sandkuhl, a. l. (1988), chemical durability of high-temperature superconductor yba2cu3o7-x in aqueous environments, appl. phys.lett., 52,323-325. 2. garland, m. m. (1988), fabrication of the bisrcacu2o(x) high t(c) superconductor, appl. phys. lett., 52, 1913-1914. 3. nicolae, r. and florin, t. (2003), structure and characteristics for humidity sensor between 70%rh and 85% rh ,nanoforum workshop,sinaia(romania). 4. arora, s.m.;desal, v.h. and sundaram, k.b.(1993) ,the effect of processing parameters on the environmental stability of ybacuo superconductor ,j. of material science;28,454-460. 5. zheng,x.; yamaguchi, n.; kuriyaki, h.and hirakawa, k.(1995), effect of water vapor processing on microstructure and superconducting property of high-t c superconductors yba2cu3ox and bi1.85pb0.35sr1.90ca2.05cu3.05oy, jpn. j. appl. phys. 34: 93-97. 6. smrčková,o.; sýkorová, d.; svoboda, p.and vašek, p.(1993),decomposition of high temperature superconductors in water, collect. czech. chem. commun., 58: 1548-1554. 7. ferguson ,i.f.and rogrson, a.h.(1984) ,a program for the derivation of crystal unit cell parameters from x-ray powder diffraction measurements,computer phys.communication 32: 95-107. 8. kresin, v.z. and wolf, s.a. (1990) ,fundamentals of superconductivity,plenum press,new york. 9. mott,n.f. (1993),coduction in non-crystalline materials,2nd edition,clarendon press,oxford. 10. murayama, n.; awano, m.; sudo, e.and torii, y.(1988),cation contents and superconducting properties of the hightc phase of bi-pb-sr-ca-cu-o ceramics, jap. j. appl. phys., 27 (12):l2280-l2282. 11. oota, a.; kirihigashi, y.; sasaki and k. ohba , (1988),the effect of pb addition on superconductivity in bi-sr-ca-cu-o, jap. j. appl. phys., 27(12): l2289-l2292. 12. arshaka,k.;twomey,k.and egan,d.(2002),a ceramic thick film humidity sensor based on mnzn ferrite,sensors,2:50-51. 70 | physics http://ipap.kopas.co.jp/cgi-bin/findarticle?journal=jjap&author=x%2ezheng http://ipap.kopas.co.jp/cgi-bin/findarticle?journal=jjap&author=n%2eyamaguchi http://ipap.kopas.co.jp/cgi-bin/findarticle?journal=jjap&author=h%2ekuriyaki http://ipap.kopas.co.jp/cgi-bin/findarticle?journal=jjap&author=k%2ehirakawa http://ipap.kopas.co.jp/archive/jjap-34.html @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (1): values of lattice constants, c/a, c/b, volume, transition temperature, and density of unit cell for samples before and after exposure to water pb a( å ) b ( å ) c ( å ) c/a c/b v( å )3 tc(k) density(g/cm 3) 0 before 5.417 5.3643 37.072 6.84364 6.91087 1077.25 <77k 1.701704 0 after 5.3875 5.3819 36.9016 6.84948 6.85661 1069.96 ------1.713301 0.1 <77k 0.2before 5.407 5.3627 36.9673 6.83693 6.89341 1071.91 ≈100 1.70953 0.2 after 5.3367 5.3994 36.8696 6.90869 6.82846 1062.4 -------1.790249 0.3 118 0.4before 5.40901 5.4497 37.1187 6.86239 6.81115 1094.17 105 1.80114 0.4 after 5.3632 5.3567 37.2975 6.95434 6.96278 1071.52 ------1.839205 0.5before 5.38146 5.39587 36.9574 6.86755 6.8492 1073.16 ≈104 1.86846 0.5after 5.1461 9.08926 35.8585 6.96809 3.94515 1677.25 -----1.195496 fig. (1): x-ray fluorescent for the samples bi1.66pb0.2sr1.9ca1.9cu2.13o10+δ and bi1.66pb0.5sr1.9ca1.9cu2.1o10+δ before and after exposure to water 71 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig.(2) : x-ray diffraction patterns for the samples bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δ system before and after exposure to water h≡2223 l≡2212 72 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (4): weight of the sample as a function of time of exposed to humidity for bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δ system 73 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig.(5): surface topography of bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δ system before and after exposure to water 74 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 2223-الطور الفائق التوصیل لنظام البزموث فيتاثیر الرطوبة غزالة یلدا ھرمز بشرى عبد الوھاب الجوراني عواطف عذاب محمد حارث ابراھیم جعفر جامعة بغداد /كلیة العلوم /قسم الفیزیاء 2012تموز 2قبل البحث في: ، 2011أیلول 19استلم البحث في: الخالصة للرصاص باستخدام (0.5-0.0)ولتركیز bi2pbxsr2ca2cu3o10+δحضرت العینات الفائقة التوصیل للنظام طریقة تفاعل الحالة الصلبة. لزیة ومدة سبعة اسابیع .لقد كان یدرجة س 25% وفي درجة حرارة 75تم تعریض العینات الفائقة التوصیل للرطوبة وبنسبة الى تحطم الطور الفائق وتحولت العینات إذ للرطوبة تاثیر سلبي على درجة الحرارة االنتقالیة للطور الفائق التوصیل .عازل تاثیر الرطوبة ، الطور ذو الدرجة الحراریة العالیة ، 2223 -بزموث ، التوصیل الفائق : الكلمات المفتاحیة 75 | physics 6. smrčková,o.; sýkorová, d.; svoboda, p.and vašek, p.(1993),decomposition of high temperature superconductors in water, collect. czech. chem. commun., 58: 1548-1554. microsoft word 222-230 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 222 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 generalized spline approach for solving system of linear fractional volterra integro-differential equations nabaa najdi hasan doaa ahmed hussien dept. of mathematics/ college of science/ university of al-mustansiriyah doaaa92@yahoo.com alzaer1972@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq received in: 20/november/2017, accepted in:2/january/ 2018 abstract in this paper generalized spline method is used for solving linear system of fractional integro-differential equation approximately. the suggested method reduces the system to system of linear algebraic equations. different orders of fractional derivative for test example is given in this paper to show the accuracy and applicability of the presented method. keywords: linear system of fractional volterra integro-differential equations, generalized spline functions. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 223 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction the concept of fractional or non-integer order derivative and integration can be traced back to the genesis of integer order calculus itself. almost every mathematical theory applicable to the study of non-integer order calculus was developed through the end of 19th century. however, it is in the past hundred year that the most intriguing leaps in engineering and scientific application have been found. the calculation technique has to change in order to meet the requirement of physical reality in some cases [1]. the use of fractional differentiation for the mathematical modeling of real world physical problems has been wide spread in recent years,e.g. the modeling of earthquake , the fluid dynamic of viscoelastic material properties, etc, [2]. there are several approaches to the generalization of the notation of differentiation of fractional orders, e.g. riemann-liouville, grunwald-letnikov, caputo and generalized functions approach [3]. in this paper, we present numerical solution of the system of integro-differential equation with fractional derivative. , , 1,2,… … 1 with initial conditions: 0 , 0,1,…, 1. generalized spline function: consider the linear differential operator, [4]: ⋯ . where ∈ , , (class of all function which are n continuously differentiable defined on , , 0,1,…, 0 , , / and associate with l its formula adjoint operator ∗ 1 1 ⋯ 1 (1), [5]: let  : a  w0 < w1 < … < wn  b, n be a partition on [a,b]. a real function s, defined on [a,b] is said to be generalized spline with partition  if : s  2n [wi-1,wi] ; i=1,2, …, n. 1‐ l* ls(x) = 0; ∀ w  [wi-1,wi] ; i=1,2, …, n. 2‐  , where 2n [wi-1,wi] class of all functions defined on [wi-1,wi] has derivative of order 2n. definition (2), [5]: let : , → is an interpolating generalized spline function of f associated with the partition  and the operator l, if in addition to the conditions of definition (2.1), on  and for i = 0,…, n and g = 1,2, …, n 1 . definition (3): the caputo fractional derivative operator of order v is defined in the following from: https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 224 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ∗ ∗ ∗ , 0 …(2) where ∗ 1 ∗ , ∗ ∈ . similar to integer-order differentiation, caputo fractional derivative operator is a linear operatin . where, and µ are constants, for the caputo's derivative we have [6]: 0 , islconstant. 0 ∈ ┌ ┐; 1 1 ∈ ┌ ┐ … 3 we use the ceiling function ┌ ┐to denote the smallest integer greater than or equal to v , and 1,2,… . recall that for ∈ , the caputo differential operator coincides with the usual differential operator of linear order. 2theorem,[7]:let ∈ , 1 , ∈ , ∈ . then the caputo fractional derivative of the exponential function has the form: г 1 , where , is the two-parameter function of mittag-leffler type. proof: to prove the theorem, the relation between caputo and riemann-liouville fractional derivative: ∑ г 0 as well as the well-known riemann-liouville fractional derivative of the exponential function, namely, , could be used. then for the caputo fractional derivative holds г 1 0 , ∑ г ∑ г ∑ г https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 225 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ∑ г ∑ г , . solution of system of linear fractional integro-differential equation in this paper, the generalized spline function is applied to study the approximate solution of system of fractional integro-differential of equations are given in equation (1) let ∑ , 1,…, 0 1 …(4) be the generalized spline function to approximate the solution of equation (1) where , 1,…,2 be the basis function of generalized spline and 2n is order of ∗ 0 and be the coefficients, 1,…, , ∈ , 1,…,2 . now, substituting equation (4) in equation (1), ∑ ∑ ∑ , ∑ … 5 then ∑ ∑ ∑ , ∑ … 6 , let ∑ ∑ , , 1,…,2 adding the initial conditions of equation (1) as a new raw in the following matrices: https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 226 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ⋯ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋯ ˊ 0 ˊ 0 ⋯ ˊ 0 ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ 0 0 ⋯ 0 , ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ , ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ …(7) or in the system form: …(8) and f are constant matrices with dimensions (n+ )×2n and (n+ )×1 respectively . the system will construct has n+ equations and coefficients where 1,…, 1,…,2 . by solving the above system, we obtain the values of the unknown coefficients and the approximate solution of equation (1). to demonstrate the accuracy and applicability of the presented method illustrative example for solving linear system of fractional integro-differential equations with different values of fractional derivative is provided. illustrative example: consider the following system of integro-differential equations of fractional order,, . ∗ ∗ sin ∗ … 9 . ∗ ∗ 1 , ∗ …(10) . ∗ ∗ ∗ …(11) the exact solution of this system is ,[8]: ∗ ∗ , ∗ ∗ , ∗ ∗ . and ∗ . ∗ / ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ , https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 227 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ∗ . ∗ / ∗ ∗ , ∗ . ∗ / ∗ ∗ ∗ . let ∆ be the partition, ∆ 0 ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ 1. where 0.2,then ∗ 0 , ∗ 0.2, ∗ 0.4, ∗ 0.6, ∗ 0.8, ∗ 1. applying the generalized spline function to the fractional integro-differential equation (9), (10) and (11) let ∗ 13 36 , with basic functions: ∗ ∗ , ∗ ∗ , ∗ ∗ , ∗ ∗ by equation (4), let ∗ will approximate by ∗ ,where ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ … 12 and ∗ will approximate by ∗ , where ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ … 13 and ∗ will approximate by ∗ , where ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ … 14 to find the unknown coefficients , 1,2,3 1,2,3,4 twelve algebraic equations are needed. substituting equation (12), (13) and (14) in the initial conditions 0 0, 0 0 0 0 ,respectively ,yield: 0 …(15) 0 …(16) 0 …(17) now, substituting equation (12), (13) and (14) in equation (9), (10) and (11) respectively, get: . ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ … 18 . ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ 1 3 4 ∗ ∗ … 19 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 228 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 . ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ … 20 where ∗ . ∗ / ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ . ∗ / ∗ ∗ ∗ . ∗ / ∗ ∗ ∗ . then by solving the system: … 21 where is constant matrix and: 0 0 0 ∗ ∗ ∗ … ∗ ∗ ∗ finally , gauss elimination method may be used to solve system (21) to find 0.067 , 0.221 , 0.314 , 0.023 , 0.036 , 0.743 , 0.205 , 0.913, 0.05 , 0.952 , 0.04 , 1.031 so the approximate solutions: ∗ 0.067 ∗ 0.221 ∗ 0.314 ∗ 0.023 ∗ ∗ 0.036 ∗ 0.743 ∗ 0.205 ∗ 0.913 ∗ ∗ 0.05 ∗ 0.952 ∗ 0.04 ∗ 1.013 ∗ . table (1), presents a comparison between the exact and numerical solution and gives the least square error https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 229 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (1): numerical results of the illustrative example above: w | | | | | | 0 3 10 9 10 1 10 0.1 0.011 8.218 10 0.037 0.2 9.646 10 0.014 0.044 0.3 4.877 10 0.021 0.035 0.4 5.265 10 0.023 0.019 0.5 4.506 10 0.021 3.865 10 0.6 6.268 10 0.011 5.624 10 0.7 6.535 10 5.162 10 8.192 10 0.8 7.993 10 0.028 5.257 10 0.9 0.016 0.058 1.732 10 1 0.04 0.094 6.85 10 lse 25 10 2.665 10 1 10 to show the implementation of the method figure (1) is given the approximate solution of the system of fractional integro-differential equation. figure (1): exact and approximate solution of the illustrative example conclusions in this paper, the application of generalized spline functions investigated to obtain approximate solution of system of linear fractional integro-differential equations and we give illustrative example with different α to show this approximation. as a comparison with the exact solution, table (1) and figure (1) showed the result. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.5 1 s1 z( ) y1 z( ) s2 z( ) y2 z( ) s3 z( ) y3 z( ) z https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1842 mathematics | 230 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 references [1]. jd. munkhammar,"fractional calculus and the taylor-riemann series", undergraduate math journal ,2005. [2]. a. arikoglu, and i. ozko,"solution of fractional integro-differential equation by using fractional differential transform method ",choas , solution and fractals ,.5521-529, 2009. [3]. i. podlobny ,"fractional differential equations: an introduction to fractional derivatives, fractional differential equations, to methods of their solution and some of their applications", network; academic press; 1999. [4]. j.h. ahlberge ; e.n. nilson, and j.l. walsh ,"the theory of splines and their application ", academic press , new york ,1967. [5].fadhel,s.fadhel;suha.n.al-rawi,and nabaa n.hassan ,"generalized spline approximation method for solving ordinary and partial differential equations", eng.&tech .journal ,2010. [6]. i. podlubuy ,"fractional differential equation ",academic press, san diago, .24-32, 1999. [7].mariya kamenova ishtera ,"properties and applications of the caputo fractional operator",thesis department of mathmetics unversity karlsruhe(th), 2005. [8].m.asgari, "numerical solution for solving a system of fractional integro-differential equations", iaeng international journal of applied mathematics , 2015. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 349 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author:alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com abstract a new technique to study the telegraph equation, mostly familiar as damped wave equation is introduced in this study. this phenomenon is mostly rising in electromagnetic influences and production of electric signals. the proposed technique called as he-fractional laplace technique with help of homotopy perturbation is utilized to found the exact and nearly approximated results of differential model and numerical example of telegraph equation or damped wave equation in this article. the most unique term of this technique is that, there is no worry to find the next iteration by integration in recurrence relation. as fractional laplace integral transformation has some limitations in non-linear terms, to get the result of nonlinear term in this differential mode, he polynomials via homotopy techniques of iteration is proposed to find the result of the computation assignment. the obtained result by this proposed technique directed that this technique is quite ease to apply and convergent rapidly to exact solutions. numerous examples are described to determine the stability and accuracy of the proposed technique with the graphical explanation. keywords: fractional laplace method, he’s polynomials, homotopy perturbation, approximated solutions, telegraph equation. 1. introduction integral transformations are mathematical operations that transform a complex function in a function space into a simpler function in a transformed space. this transformed function can be easily characterized and manipulated through integration in the transformed function space. the doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3239 article history: received 25 january 2023, accepted 14 march 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq study of telegraph equation via he-fractional laplace homotopy perturbation technique ali moazzam* university of agriculture, faisalabad, pakistan alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com ayza anjum university of agriculture, faisalabad, pakistan ayzaareeza@gmail.com nimra saleem university of agriculture faisalabad, pakistan nimrase4@gmail.com emad a. kuffi al-qadisiyah university, college of engineering, iraq. emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com mailto:alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com mailto:alimoazzam7309723@gmail.com mailto:ayzaareeza@gmail.com mailto:ayzaareeza@gmail.com mailto:nimrase4@gmail.com mailto:nimrase4@gmail.com mailto:emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq mailto:emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 350 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license inverse transform technique is often used to convert the transformed function back into its original space. although the information on this topic is abundant, the derivation of various research results is only sometimes reliable. the outcomes often show contrasts depending on the material utilized and the analysis area. some related studies are assessed here. many mathematicians have presented the theories of fourier and laplace transformations theories, but no one has yet compared k-fourier and k-laplace transforms. ongoing work on modern integral transformations, such as laplace, fourier, mahgoub, mohand, and aboodh transformations, is still in progress. the authors of some comparative studies have proven that these transformations are integral to solving many advanced problems in engineering and sciences. unstable responses, bifurcation situations, chaos, and various other complex effects of vibration typically describe nonlinear vibrational phenomena. it is essential to understand the vibrational behavior to comprehend nonlinear vibration systems better. factors contributing to vibrational phenomena include nonlinear damping, elastic deformation, and electrical fields. to proceed, we must consider the following variables: 𝐼 present the current 𝑢 indicate the potential 𝐿 present the inductance 𝐶 shows the capacitance 𝐺 indicate the conductance leakage law of physics which described the relationship between the changes of potential and current in transmission line can be described by the partial difference equation of first order as, 0cu i gu      (1) 0 i li u r      (2) the above relation is known as telegraphic equation. we can get 2nd order differential equation by differentiate (1) with respect to “𝜇” and (2) with respect to “𝜉” and after resolving them, we have 0u l gu cu r gu cu                   this can also write as,   2 u u u u            (3) where 1 , , r g l lc c      this is the telegraph equation which take place in electrometric waves. many works on the numerical solution of differential 2nd order hyperbolic equations have been done in previous years. an algorithm of numerical solution of a telegraphic equation is described by [2]. in [3], the author formulated a scheming couple for haar wavelets and finite differences to solve telegraphic hyperbolic equality with some variable coefficients. the solution of the https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 351 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license telegraphic equation is also explained in [4,5] for the nonlinear phenomenon. kamal integral technique was used with delay differential equations in [6]. the differential-integral equations in [7] were resolved using modified laplace series results via the adomian polynomial decomposition method (ladm). the conventional adomian polynomials were utilized to get around the non-linearity. to find out the numerical approximated results of the system of partial on linear differential equations in [8], practiced the laplace decomposition approach and the pade approximation. it also modified the laplace decomposition method used in [9] for differential equalities of the emden-lane type. the first and second kinds of non-linear volterra-fredholm integro differential equations were solved analytically by the author [10] using a collective form of the modified laplace adomian substitution and laplace adomian polynomial decomposition method (ladm). there are many applications for partial differential equations in the sciences. there are many different ways to solve partial differential equations. engineering and scientific sectors frequently employ used laplace integral techniques. numerous writers [11-14] have discussed how integral transformations can resolve improper integrals that include error functions. [15] used the kamal integral technique to find the answers to abel's equation. [16] offered a kamal integral technique-based solution to the error function. in [17], the authors described the substitution method of laplace transforms to solve linear partial differential equations with more than two independent variables. the influence of bio-convection and activation energy on the maxwell equation on nano-fluid has been explained by [18] with the help of the matlab program. an analytical solution of the advection-diffusion equation in onedimensional with a semi-infinite medium has been elaborated by [19] with the help of the laplace transformation technique. in 2021, researchers in [20,21] introduced a new transformation to solve differential equations with trigonometric coefficients. the application of kamal transformation in thermal engineering has been shown in [22], and the solution to the temperature problem and some of its applications are shown in the article. in [23], a new see transformation has been shown, which is quite helpful in solving differential equations and systems of differential equations. the solution of differential equations of moment pareto distribution with logarithmic coefficients has been shown in [24] with the help of the al-zughair transformation. a new transformation in the logarithmic kernel has been shown in the article [25]; this transformation helps solve differential equations with logarithmic coefficients and also ordinary differential equations. the main concept of the variation iterative method (vim) gave by [26], but finding the lagrange multiplier (lm) was challenging. after that, vim introduced a methodology as he’s polynomial mentioned in [27-29], and many applications of this are seen in [30-32] to get solutions to nonlinear problems. approximated results obtained by vim converge rapidly to the exact solution. also, the solution of the telegraphic equation by vim is shown in [33]. many researchers find the approximate solution of many non-linear differential equations via homotopy perturbation shown in [34-39] and in [40,41], authors used the combined technique of laplace and homotopy perturbation to find the lagrange multiplier. sometimes, finding the value of lm is difficult due to some limitations of existing techniques. to overcome all hurdles, we introduced a new technique https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 352 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license to find the analytical results of the telegraphic mathematical model. in this article, we will introduce he-fraction laplace integral transformation and its applications in resolving the telegraph model or damped wave mathematical model. fractional laplace transformation can be defined as below. definition:[42] integral fractional laplace transformation of the function 𝑓(𝜉) for all 𝜉 ≥ 0 is defined as   1 0 ( ) ( ) v l f e f d          (4) where 𝛼 is real numbers and 𝑣 is transformed variable. by choosing the values of parameter 𝛼 = 1 as arbitrary real number, we can get the laplace transformations as laplace. 2. methodology a decomposition homotopy perturbation technique of nonlinear equations for the implementation of homotopy perturbation method, let assume a nonlinear equation as,    r c s   (5) in above 𝑆, 𝑅 and 𝑐 described the nonlinear term, linear term and source value respectively. by using the homotopy technique we have    , : 0,1h    r r as            0, 1h r r r s c                          0 0r r r s c            (6)     0r c s      here,  0r c     r c s     in this technique, solution 𝜙 can be shown as,  2 30 1 2 3 0 lim ... ,               (7)  0 1 2 3 ... ,        0 i     (8) in this [0,1]  and 0 is the first approximation, by using (6) and (7) https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 353 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license           0 01 02 2 2 3 ' 0 1 2 3 0 01 02 '' 0 ... ... ... 2 ... s c s s                                         by equating the powers of  , one has 0 0 : ,c     1 1 0 : s   ,   '2 2 : s     ''3 3 : s   m so equation (8) can be expressed as, 0 1 2 3 ...         2.2. he–fractional-laplace technique to find the he-fractional laplace technique, first we need to take fractional laplace integral transformation of equation (5)       0sr c       l (9) it implies,        0c sr            l l reccurrence relation can be expressed as,        1 1 1n n v v r cs                                 l l (10) we may use optimal conditions, to identify the lagrange multiplier 1 v       1 1 1 0 n n v v                   by applying the inverse fractional-laplace integral transformation of eq. (10) we get, https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 354 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license        1 1 1 1n n v v r s c                                    l l l (11) at the end, homotopy perturbation technique has used to find the approximation series results by equating the degrees of  . 3. application analytical solution of telegraph equation has been found in this section with the help of hefractional laplace technique. proposed method shows the significant and novel behavior in results obtained. illustrated numerical examples provides the existence and efficiency of proposed technique. example 1: let assume the proceeding telegraph equation          (12) with given initial and boundary values respectively,    , 0 , , 0 2e e        (13)     2 2 0, , 0,e e            (14) by using the fractional-laplace integral technique on equation (12) 2 2 2 2 0                    l multiply the above mentioned equation by 1 1 v       , we get 2 1 2 2 2 0                    l recurrence relation can be expressed as, 1 1 2 2 1 2 21 , , n n v v                                      l (15) by using the variational parameter in eq. (15) 1 1 2 2 1 2 21 , , n n v v                                        l   11 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 , , , , 0 , n n n n v v vv v                                                                  l https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 355 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 , , , n n n v v vv                                  it will turn into, 21 1 1 1 v v                here n  is restricted as 0 n   and 1 1 1 , 0 , n n v v                     by putting the value of  1 s in eq. (15) 1 1 2 2 1 22 2 1 1 , , n n n n n n v v v                                              l by using the inverse fractional-laplace in above mentioned equation     2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 , , n n n n n n v                                                l l by the help of he’s polynomials, above equation turns into   2 2 2 4 1 0 1 2 224 1 2 1 , n n n n nv                                                    l l l it can also written as,  4 2 2 2 1 0 1 2 4 2 1 1 , , n n n n v                                                   l l l https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 356 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license   2 2 0 0 1 1 0 12 2 1 22 2 3 3 32 2 2 32 2 1 2 1 , , n v                                                                                             l l by equating highest powers of 𝛹    0 0 0 0 , , ,:        2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 : 1 v                                     l l 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 : 1 v                                     l l 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 : 1 v                                     l l 2 2 1 1 4 4 4 4 2 4 : 1 v                                     l l m so, we get 0 (1 2 )e     2 3 1 2 2 3 e            3 4 5 2 2 1 1 3 2 15 e               https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 357 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license 4 5 6 7 3 1 1 2 1 6 6 45 315 e                5 6 7 8 9 4 1 7 1 1 1 30 180 70 504 11340 e                   m hence this result can be expressed as,   0 1 2, ...n n             2 3 4 5 4 2 4 , 1 2 2 .... 3 3 15 n e                      (16) result is rapidly convergent to below equation,   2 , n e        (17) equation (17) provides the exact solution and (16) provides the he-fractional fractional-laplace approximated solution. figure 1: the given diagram explain the exact solution of example 1. figure 2: the given diagram explain the he-fractional fractional-laplace solution of example 1. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 358 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license example 2: let assume the proceeding telegraph equation, 4 4          (18) with given initial and boundary values respectively,     2 , 0 1 , , 0 2e          (19)     2 0, 1 , 0, 2e           (20) by using the fractional-laplace integral technique on equation (18) 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 0                   l multiply the above mentioned equation by 1 2 v       2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 0                     l recurrence relation can be expressed as, 1 1 2 2 2 2 21 4 4, 4, n n n n n n v v                                       l (21) by using the variation in equation (21) 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 ,, , n n n n n n v v                                          l 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 , , , n n n v v v v                                    it will turn into, 2 1 2 1 1 v v                 here n  is restricted as 0 n   and 1 1 1 , 0 , n n v v                       https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 359 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license by putting the value of 1 2 v       in equation (21) 21 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 4 4 4, , n n n n n n v v v                                            l by using the inverse fractional-laplace in above mentioned equation   1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 4, 4 4, n n n n n n v v                                                   l l by the help of he’s polynomials, above equation turns into  2 3 40 1 2 3 4 2 2 2 2 1 21 4 1 , 4 4 n n n n nv                                                            l l l it can also written as,  2 3 40 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 2 , 4 4 1 4 n n n n v                                                          l l l   2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 4 4 4 4, n n n n n n n n n n n n n v                                                                                                              l l l by equating highest powers of     0 0 0 0 ,: ,         https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 360 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 1 : 4 4 4 v                                       l l 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 : 4 4 4 v                                       l l 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 1 : 4 4 4 v                                       l l 2 2 4 1 1 3 3 4 3 2 1 : 4 4 4 v                                       l l m so, we get 2 0 1 2 ,e      2 3 1 4 2 , 3     3 4 5 2 8 4 2 , 3 15        4 5 6 7 3 8 32 4 8 , 3 15 9 315         5 6 7 8 9 4 32 16 16 2 4 , 15 9 36 45 2835            m so by using the series terms, solution can be written as,   0 1 2 3 4, ,n           l https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 361 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license   2 2 3 4 5 4 2 4 , 1 2 2 3 3 15 n e                l (22) result is rapidly convergent to below equation,   2 2 , n e e         (23) equation (23) provides the exact solution and (22) provides the he-fractional fractional-laplace approximated solution. figure 3: the given diagram explain the exact solution of example 2. figure 4: the given diagram explain the he-fractional fractional-laplace solution of example 2. 4. conclusion in this research, he–fractional-laplace technique has been shown to solve non-linear and linear partial differential telegraph equations which elaborate the behavior of current and voltage in an electric transmitted line with different distance and time. it is shown that the proposed technique provides the easiest steps for lagrange identifier other than already existing techniques like vim and adm (adomian decomposition method). i t is concluded from the existing results in this https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 362 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license study that he–fractional laplace technique is quite suitable and reliable for resolving initial value problems as well boundary problems in applied sciences. on the behalf of above computation, following results are drawn. 1. the results obtained by this technique shows the efficiency of he-fraction laplace homotopy perturbation techniques. 2. the proposed method has less error, avoid the assumptions and discretization of variables. 3. partial differential linear and nonlinear equations can be solved by the proposed method and the exact solution can get after some iteration. 4. this proposed has direct command for lm in both case of linear and nonlinear phenomenon. 5. from the above all discussions, it is cleared that the proposed technique is not only restricted to solve nonlinear vibration phenomenon. it is valid form also other nonlinear and linear problems. references 1. gong q.; liu c.; xu y.; ma c.; zhou j.; jiang r.; zhou c. nonlinear vibration control with nanocapacitive sensor for electrostatically actuated nanobeam. journal of low frequency noise, vibration and active control, 2018, 37(2), 235-252. 2. el-azab m.s.; el-gamel m. a numerical algorithm for the solution of telegraph equations. applied mathematics and computation, 2007, 190(1), 757-764. 3. pandit s.; kumar m.; tiwari s. numerical simulation of second-order hyperbolic telegraph type equations with variable coefficients. computer physics communications, 2015, 187, 83-90. 4. evans d.j.; bulut h., the numerical solution of the telegraph equation by the alternating group bbexplicit (age) method. international journal of computer mathematics, 2003, 80,(10),1289 1297. 5. ding h.f.; zhang y.x.; cao j.x. tian jh. a class of difference scheme for solving telegraph equation by new non-polynomial spline methods. applied mathematics and computation. 2012, 218(9), 4671-4683. 6. evans d.j.; raslan k.r.. the adomian decomposition method for solving delay differential equation. international journal of computer mathematics. 2005, 82(1), 49-54. 7. mohamed m.a.; torky m.s. numerical solution of nonlinear system of partial differential equations by the kamal decomposition method and the pade approximation. american journal of computational mathematics. 2013, 3(3), 175-183. 8. yindoula j.b; youssouf p.; bissanga g.; bassono f. application of the adomian decomposition method and laplace transform method to solving the convection diffusion-dissipation equation. international journal of applied mathematics research. 2014 3(1), 30-37. 9. hamoud a.a.; ghadle k.p. the combined modified laplace with adomian decomposition method for solving the nonlinear volterra-fredholm integro differential equations. journal of the korean society for industrial and applied mathematics. 2017, 21(1), 17-28. 10. aggarwal s.; gupta a.r.; kumar d. mohand transform of error function. international journal https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 363 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license of research in advent technology. 2019, 7(5), 224-231. 11.aggarwal s.; sharma s.d. sumudu transform of error function. journal of applied science and computations. 2019, 6(6),1222-1231. 12.patil d.p.; kandakar k.s.; zankar t.v. application of general integral transform of error function for evaluating improper integrals. international journal of advances in engineering and management. 2022, 4(6), 242-246. 13.aggarwal s.; gupta a.r.; sharma s.d.; chauhan r.; sharma n. mahgoub transform (laplace carson transform) of error function. international journal of latest technology in engineering, management & applied science. 2019, 8(4), 92-108. 14.patil d.; application of sawi transform of error function for evaluating improper integral. journal of applied science and computations. 2019, 6(5), 2235-2242. 15.aggarwal s.; sharma s.d. application of kamal transform for solving abel’s integral equation. global journal of engineering science and researches. 2019, 6(3), 82-90. 16.aggarwal s.; singh g.p. kamal transform of error function. journal of applied science and computations. 2019, 6(5), 2223-2235. 17.fariha m.; muhammad z.i.; moazzam a.; usman a.; muhammad u.n. subtituition method using the laplace transformation for solving partial differential equations involving more than two independent variables. bulletin of mathematics and statistics research.2021, 9(3),104-116. 18.muhammad i.k.; khurrem s.; muhammad m.u.r.; maria; moazzam a. influence of bioconvection and activation energy on maxwell flow of nano-fluid in the existence of motile microorganisms over a cylinder. international journal of multidisciplinary research and growth evaluation. 2021, 2(5), 135-144. 19.ammara a.; madiha g.; amina a.; moazzam a. laplace transforms techniques on equation of advection-diffussion in one-dimensional with semi-infinite medium to find the analytical solution. bulletin of mathematics and statistics research. 2021, 9(3), 86-96. 20.muhammad k.; khurrem s.; moazzam a.; ammara a.; mariyam b. new transformation ‘amk-transformation’ to solve ordinary linear differential equation of moment pareto distribution. international journal of multidisciplinary research and growth evaluation. 2021, 2(5), 125-134. 21.moazzam a.; kashif m.; amjed u.; khawar m.i. devolpment of a new transformation to solve a new type of ordinary linear differential equation. bulletin of mathematics and statistics research (bomsr). 2021, 9(3), 56-60. 22.muhammad w.; khurrem s.; moazzam a.; alizay b. applications of kamal transformation in temperature problems. scholar journal engineering and technology. 2022, 10(2), 5-8. 23.eman a.; mansour; emad a. k.; sadiq a.; mehdi. on the see transform and system of ordinary differential equations. periodicals of engineering and natural sciences, 2021, 9(3), 277-281. 24.moazzam a.; muhammad z.i. al-zughair transformations on linear differential equations of moment pareto distribution. proc. 19th international conference on statistical science, 2022, 36, 199-206. 25.moazzam a.; muhammad z.l. a new integral transform "ali and zafar" transformation and https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 364 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license it's application in nuclear physics. proc. 19th international conference on statistical sciences, 2022, 36, 177-182. 26.inokuti m.; sekine h.; mura t. general use of the lagrange multiplier in nonlinear mathematical physics. variational method in the mechanics of solids. 1978, 33(5):156-162. 27.he j.h. variational iteration method–a kind of non-linear analytical technique: some examples. international journal of non-linear mechanics. 1999, 34(4), 699-708. 28.he j.h. variational iteration method for autonomous ordinary differential systems. applied mathematics and computation. 2000, 114(3), 115-123. 29.he j.h.; wu x.h. variational iteration method: new development and applications. computers & mathematics with applications. 2007, 54(7-8), 881-894. 30.odibat ζ.μ.; momani s. application of variational iteration method to nonlinear differential equations of fractional order. international journal of nonlinear sciences and numerical simulation. 2006, 7(1), 27-34. 31.he j.h. some asymptotic methods for strongly nonlinear equations. international journal of modern physics b. 2006, 20(10), 1141-1199. 32.nadeem m.; li f.; ahmad h. he’s variational iteration method for solving non-homogeneous cauchy euler differential equations. nonlinear sci lett a math phys mech.2018, 9(3), 231-237. 33.cheng h.; yu y.y. semi-analytical solutions of the nonlinear oscillator with a matrix lagrange multiplier. journal of low frequency noise, vibration and active control. 2019, 38(3-4), 1214 1219. 34.biazar j.; ebrahimi h.; ayati z. an approximation to the solution of telegraph equation by variational iteration method. numerical methods for partial differential equations. 2009, 25(4), 797-801. 35.he j.h. homotopy perturbation technique. computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering. 1999, 178(3-4), 257-262. 36.he j.h. homotopy perturbation method: a new nonlinear analytical technique. applied mathematics and computation. 2003, 135(1), 73-79. 37.he j.h. application of homotopy perturbation method to nonlinear wave equations. chaos, solitons & fractals. 2005, 26(3), 695-700. 38.he j.h. recent development of the homotopy perturbation method. topological methods in nonlinear analysis. 2008, 31(2), 205-209. 39.wu y.; he j.h. homotopy perturbation method for nonlinear oscillators with coordinate dependent mass. results phys. 2018, 10, 270-271. 40.gupta s.; kumar d.; singh j. analytical solutions of convection–diffusion problems by combining laplace transform method and homotopy perturbation method. alexandria engineering journal. 2015, 54(3), 645-651. 41.khuri s.a.; sayfy a. a laplace variational iteration strategy for the solution of differential equations. applied mathematics letters. 2012, 25(12), 2298-2305. 42.medina g.d.; ojeda n.r.; pereira j.h.; romero l.g. fractional laplace transform and fractional calculus. international mathematical forum. 2017, 12(20), 991-1000. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ microsoft word 52-68 52 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 adsorption of anionic dye from equeous solution by modified synthetic zeolite ahmed m. abbas yousif i. mohammed taki a. himdan dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn –al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 3 november 2014، accepted in: 21 december 2014 abstract the adsorption of congo red (cr) dye on modified synthetic zeolite 5a , the general name of which is linde type a (lta)which is modified by amino mercepto thiadiazole (amt) and have been characterized by using fourier transform infrared (ft-ir) , x-ray diffraction (xrd) spectroscopies, atomic force microscopy (afm) and scanning electron microscope (sem) analysis.in this work modified zeolite was utilized as adsorbent to remove (cr) dye from aqueous solution by adsorption. batch experiments were conducted to study the effects contact time , initial concentration of adsorbate and temperature on dye adsorption. the equilibrium adsorption data were analyzed by using several isotherm models ( freundlich , langmuir , temkin , dubinin-radushkevitch and redlich–peterson )models. the best results were achieved with the redlich–peterson isotherm equilibrium model. the equilibrium adsorption capacity (qe) increases with the increase of the initial concentration of dye. the values of qe were found to be decreased with the increase of solution temperatures. the thermodynamic parameters δg°, δh° and δs° have been calculated. key words: adsorption, (lta) zeolites, congo red,several isotherm models, thermodynamic parameters . 53 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction synthetic dyes and pigments are extensively used for dyeing and printing in industry over 7×105 tons and approximately 10000 dyes are produced annually worldwide, azo dyes (n= n group) are the largest class of synthetic dyes with the greatest variety of colours approximately 10–15 % of the dyes are released into the environment during dyeing of different substrates, such as synthetic and natural textile fibres, plastics, leather, paper, ineral oils, waxes, and even foodstuffs and cosmetics[1,2], in addition, many dyes are toxic to some organisms causing direct destruction of aquatic communities. some dyes can cause allergic dermatitis, skin irritation, cancer and mutation in man[3]. (cr) dye is an anionic dye, very stable in aqueous medium. it is moderately resistant to light and oxidation agents, thus, it is very difficult to be biodegraded. congo red contains an azo (-n=n-) chromophore and an acidic auxochrome (-so3h) associated with the benzene structure figure (1) [4,5]. (cr) is also called acidic diazo dye , (cr) dye is a benzidine-based, direct, anionic diazo dye. its molecular structure and physicochemical characteristics are presented in table (1). congo red is the first synthetic azo dye produced that is capable of dying cotton directly. congo red containing effluents are generated from a number of industrial activities: textiles, printing and dyeing, paper, rubber, plastics industries[6,7]. there are common methods of textile wastewater treatment including: adsorption [8], biosorption [9] coagulation/flocculation [10],to remove dyes from aqueous solution. the use of natural materials as clays and siliceous materials for waste water treatment is increasing because of their high abundance, availability and low cost.the removal of dyes and organics in an economic way, however, remains an important problem although a number of systems have been developed with adsorption technique. adsorption is a very effective separation technique and now it is considered to be superior to other techniques for water treatment in terms of initial cost, simplicity of design, high abundance, availability, ease of operation and insensitiveness to toxic substances [11,12] . also, dyes can be effectively removed by an adsorption process in which dissolved dye compounds attach themselves to the surface of adsorbents. various adsorbents such as: activated carbon [13]; bentonite [14] polymers [15], zeolite [16], etc. have been widely studied for dye removal from aqueous solution. zeolites are hydrated microcrystaline aluminosilicates containing exchangeable cations of alkaline metals and of alkaline earth metals. they are made up of three-dimensional cage-like frameworks of silica (sio4−4) and alumina (alo5−4) molecules linked together through oxygen atoms, the number of water molecules contained in the zeolite, which have the number of (sio4− 4 ) and (alo5− 4 ) tetrahedrons contained in a basic cell .the tetrahedron units form cavities of various size, total volume of which is usually 20 − 50%. the effective size of channels and cavities is 0.3 − 0.7 nm. the most important properties of zeolites are as follows: • vigorous and partially selective cation exchange properties. • adsorption ability of different capacities for a number of compounds (including metal-ions, vapors and gases). • high chemical-, temperatureand radiation stability. • low density and large void volume of dehydrated samples. • specific physical and catalytic properties. modification of clay minerals and zeolites with organic cations – surfactants is undergoing the extensive study because of their potential use as environmental sorbents. zeolite minerals have surface chemistry similar to clays, but display superior hydraulic properties [17], the present study undertaken to evaluate the efficiency of a zeolite modified for the removal of dye in aqueous solution. in order to design adsorption treatment systems, knowledge the applicability of masstransfer isotherm models for the adsorption of congo red dye onto modified zeolite was reported. 54 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 merialsats and instrumental materials the synthetic zeolite 5a with chemical formula ( ca.na.al3si3o12) used in the present work was supplied from petroleum research & development center) of ministry of oil of iraq with the chemical formula of and chemically characterizedin the state company of geological survey and mining-ministry of industry using x-ray florescence spectra. table (2) shows the composition of this zeolite 5a. 1-chemicals ethanol(bdh) , thiosemicarbazide (fluka) ,lead nitrate (bdh) , anhydrous sodium carbonate(bdh), carbon disulphide (merck) , congo red (bdh) 2methods 2-1 preparation of 2amino -5 – mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole (amt)[18]. a mixture of (2g , 0.02 mol.) of thiosemicarbazide and (2.33g , 0.02mol.) of anhydrous sodium carbonate were dissolved in 25 ml. abs. ethanol . to this solution (3.2g , 0.04 mol.) of carbon disulphide was added.the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 10 hrs. the reaction mixture was then allowed to cool down at room temperation. most of solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in 20 ml of distilled water, carefully acidified with cold con. hydrochloric acid to give pale yellow precipitate . the crude product was filtered and washed with cold water , recrystallized from hot water to give the desired product as yellow needles , yield (75%) , m.p (230-232)co. 2-2-preparation of modified zeolite by lead amino,merchapto-thiadiazole (pbamt) complex the sieved zeolite (10 g) suspended in aqueous solution(200 ml) then added (5ml) of lead nitrate (0.06 m) to suspension solution of zeolite with continues stirring (centrifuge tubes. hettich (eba-20) for half hr .the zeolite was separated from the mixture by decantation, washed about seven times with distilled water, and dried in an oven at a temperature of 60 co for 2 hours. then the dry zeolite was added to ( 200 ml ) of absolute ethanol with continuous stirring for 10 minute then added a certain amount of amt compound to suspension solution of zeolite + pb with continuous stirring (qa9010x hot plate stirrer, ceramic surface) for half hr the zeolite +pb(amt)2 complex was separated from the mixture by filteration, and dried in an oven (daihan labtech oven ldo 060e) at a temperature of 60 co for 2 hours. 2-3-adsorption procedure wavelength of maximum absorbancy (λmax) was found 498 nm for congo red by using (uv-visible spectrophotometer double beam (shimadzu uv-1800)) . this value were utilized for estimation of quantity of c-r dye adsorbed .adsorption studies were performed by the batch technique (spectrophotometer single beam (cecil,ce1011) to obtain equilibrium data. batch adsorption studies were performed at different temperatures, dyes initial concentrations with known weight of adsorbent modified zeolite ( 0.1 g) to obtain equilibrium isotherms. for isotherm studies, a series of 50 ml conical flasks were employed. each conical flask was filled 10 ml of congo red dye solution of varying concentrations (10,15,20,25,30,40,50 ppm) at ph 7 and uniform particle size ( ≤ 150 μm) the contents were shaken(labtech shaking water bath) by using shaker with a speed of (120 rmp) after equilibrium, the solution was allowed to settle for 10-15 min, and separated by centrifuged (centrifuge tubes. hettich (eba-20) and volumes of 3ml supernatant were taken for spectro -photometrically measurements of dye content. the quantity of dye adsorbed can be calculated by using the following equation [19]: ° -------------(1) 55 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 m: weight of adsorbent (g). co: initial concentration (mg/l). ce: equilibrium concentration (mg/ l). v : volume of solution (l). the percentage adsorption of dye on d modified zeolite was calculated using the equation : % ° ° 100 -------(2) the effect of contact time on the removal of dye by the adsorbent in a single cycle was determined by keeping particle size, initial concentration, dosage, ph and concentration of other ions as constant. results and discussion characterization of zeolite and modified zeolite figure( 3 zeolite) xrd pattern (xrd-6000shimadzu) of lta zeolite before modified showed high purity and a good crystallinity of zeolite. these results are in good agreement with those reported in the literature [20]. figure (3 –zpb (amt )2) xrd pattern of lta zeolite after modified shows that there are no changes in the positions of the diffraction peaks of zeolite after loading of pb (amt)2cluster into the framework voids (figure 3 zpbamt). this means that loading of pb (amt)2cluster into the framework voids of zeolite a does not distort the zeolite framework. the change in the relative intensities of peaks is caused by higher stress by pb (amt)2 cluster on the zeolite framework atoms (al, si, o) and compensating sodium and calcium ions [21]. figure ( 4-zeolite) fti r spectra (iraffinity-1 ftir spectro-photometer (shimadzu 8400 s ) of lta zeolite is shown in figure 1. the bands at 450 to 1200 cm−1 are known to assignable to si-o-al, si-o-si, si-o, si-al and t-o species [22] .the peaks at 403.cm-1 are assigned to the structure insensitive internal (to4) tetrahedral bending peaks of zeolite a in literature. peaks 1633 cm-1 and 3033 cm-1 are assigned to the external linkage asymmetrical stretching and internal tetrahedral symmetrical stretching respectively. in the other hand, the broad bands at 3350 to 3700 cm−1 are attributed to si-oh, si-oh-al and -oh hydroxyl groups. the band at 668 cm−1 is known to assignable to si-o-m where m is the exchangeable na+ ion metal species. the absorption band at 672 cm−1 in lta is visible which is in corporate with na atoms in the zeolite framework [20]. figure (4zeolitepb (amt)2) fti r spectra of lta zeolite modified by pb (amt)2 is in agreement with xrd results by changing in the relative intensities of peaks . the afm images (spmaa3000atomic force microscope-usa 2008 ) (in two and three-dimensional) and granularity distribution charts for the synthetic zeolite and pb(amt)2 zeolite in figure (5). it shows that the diameter of the particles for zeolite (0.58 nm) and for pb(amt)2 – zeolite (13.35 nm) ,the average particle size for zeolite was (95.13 nm) and for the pb(amt)2 – zeolite (77.33 nm) . this result indicates that average particle size for pb(amt)2 zeolite more than zeolite.figure (6-zeolite) shows the sem image (sem-tscan ,vega-111,czech) of zeolite and pb(amt)2 zeolite particles with magnification of 25000, scanning electronic micrographs show uniform morphology and cubic shape of particles for lta zeolite. the average diameter of the particle observed from sem analysis is smaller than 1 μm, figure (6-zeolite-pb(amt)2) shows the changes on the surface of the amt zeolite up to 300 nm and this indicates on pb(amt)2 cluster from pores to zeolite surface. 56 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 adsorption batch effect of contact time the experimental results of adsorptions of at various concentrations (10, 20, 30,40, 50 and 60 mg/l) with contact time are shown in figure (7). which showed the adsorption rates of congo red dye onto zeolite –pb(amt) observed to be very fast within the first few minutes and gradually decrease and become almost constant after a period of 30 min ,percent adsorption of (cr) dye increased with increase in time, become almost constant after a period of 30 min. it means that amount of dye reached to saturation, suggesting the possible monolayer coverage of the dye on the modified zeolite surface [23] . effect of initial concentration the quantities adsorbed (qe) were plotted versus equilibrium concentration (ce) to obtain the general case of the adsorption isotherms as shown in figure (8) which represents the isotherms of (cr) dye on the zeolitepbamt at different temperatures,and as shown the (cr) equilibrium isotherm for modified zeolite is a l-type isotherm. l-shaped adsorption isotherm indicates the adsorbed solute molecules are most likely being adsorbed in a flat geometry, which is based on the assumption of high adsorption affinity between the dye and the surface [24,25]. quantity adsorption decreased with increase in initial dye concentration, but the actual amount of dye adsorbed per unit mass of modified zeolite increased with increase in dye concentration. it means that the adsorption is highly dependent on initial concentration of dye. it is because of that at lower concentration, the ratio of the initial number of dye molecules to the available surface area is low subsequently the fractional adsorption becomes independent of initial concentration. however, at high concentration the available sites of adsorption become fewer and hence the percentage removal of dye is dependent upon initial concentration [23,26].on the other hand we note decrease of quantity with increase of temperature of the modified zeolites and that was indicated of adsorption of (cr) dye on zeolite – pbamt exothermic process [27]. equilibrium isotherm modelling adsorption properties and equilibrium parameters, commonly known as adsorption isotherms, describe how the adsorbate interact with adsorbents and comprehensive understanding of the nature of interaction. isotherm helps to provide information about the optimum use of adsorbents. in order to optimize the design of an adsorption system to remove dye from solutions, it is essential to establish the most appropriate correlation for the equilibrium curve. there are several isotherm equations available for analyzing experimental sorption equilibrium parameters. the freundlich isotherm model the freundlich equation is an empirical model that considers heterogeneous adsorptive energies on the adsorbent surface and the equation expressed as follows: the linear form of freundlich isotherm [28] is: efe c n kq ln 1 lnln  ------------(3) where kf is a constant, indicating the relative adsorption capacity of the adsorbent (l/g-1) and n is a the heterogeneity factor, representing the intensity of adsorption, plotting ln qe versus ln(ce) (equation (3) figure (9-a) results in a straight line of slope 1/n and intercept ln (kf). 57 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 the langmuir isotherm model langmuir model is the most widely used isotherm equation, which has the linear form as follows [29,30] l e lle e a c kaq c  1 ------------(4) where al and kl are langmuir isotherm parameters, representing the maximum uptake capacity per unit mass of adsorbent (mg/g), and the langmuir constant (l/mg) respectively. plotting ce /qe versus ce (equation (4))figure ( 9-b ) results in a straight line of slope 1/al and intercept 1/al kl . the temkin isotherm model the temkin isotherm model assumes that the adsorption heat of all molecules decreases linearly with the increase in coverage of the adsorbent surface, and that adsorption is characterized by a uniform distribution of binding energies, up to a maximum binding energy. the temkin isotherm can be described by equation [31]: ln ln -------------(5) where kt is the equilibrium binding constant (l mol-1) corresponding to the maximum binding energy, bt is related to the adsorption heat, r is the universal gas constant (8.314 j k−1 mol−1) and t is the temperature (k). plotting qe versus ln(ce) (equation (5)) figure (9-c ) results in a straight line of slope rt/bt and intercept (rt ln kt)/b. the dubinin and radushkevich isotherm model the experimental adsorption data were applied to the linear form of dubinin and radushkevich isotherm equation is expressed as follows [32]: 2 maxlnln  qqe ---------------------(6) the constant b gives the mean free energy e of sorption per molecule of the sorbate when it is transferred to the surface of the solid from infinity in the solution and can be computed using the relationship: )2( 1 b e  -----------------------(7) plotting ( 2 ) versus ln (qe ) (equation (7) figure (9-d ) results in a straight line of slope (  ) and intercept(qmax) the redlich-peterson isotherm model the experimental adsorption data were applied to the linear form of redlich-peterson isotherm equation is expressed as follows is [33]:  e r r re e c k a kq c  1 ---------------------(8) plotting(ce/qe) versus (  ec ) (equation (8) figure (9-e ) results in a straight line of slope(ar) and intercept(kr) .constants of isotherms were previously recorded in table ( 3 ) table(3) shows the values of the constants of the freundlich isotherm at different temperature, for zeolite -pbamt where (n > 5 ) for all temperatures indicates that the adsorption of (cr) dye on zeolite -pbamt is more easily achieved than adsorption on zeolite and the value of kf decreases with increase of temperature indicates that process is a favourable physical 58 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 adsorption ,the values of ( r2 > 0.83) for the freundlich model was not higher for all the temperatures evaluated, and this indicated that model not fitted to experimental data for all the temperatures. table(3) shows the values of the constants of the langmuir isotherm at different temperatures for zeolite -pbamt the maximum adsorption capacity (al) of (cr) dye on zeolite decreased with an increase in temperatures , showing that (al) is enhanced at lower temperatures. on the other hand, the energy of adsorption(kl) is enhanced at middle temperatures on zeolite -pbs surface, because it was oscillated with a increase in temperatures , the values of ( r2 > 0.99) for the langmuir model was higher for all the temperatures evaluated, and this indicated that model fitted better to experimental data for all the temperatures [34]. table(3) shows the values of the constants of the temkin isotherm at different temperatures for zeolite-pbamt which have heat of adsorption bt within( 15-25 ) kj.mol-1 ,this means that the values of bt zeolite -pbamt smaller than zeolite and that indicates that zeolite pbamt favorable for the physical adsorption at all different temperatures, the values of ( r2 > 0.83) for the temkin model were not higher for all the temperatures evaluated, and this indicated that model not fitted to experimental data for some the temperatures. table(3) shows the values of the constants of the dubinin and radushkevich (d-r) isotherm at different temperatures for zeolite-pbamt is not useful because they have values of ( r2 = 0.58 to 0.85) for all the temperatures, and this indicated that model is not fitted to experimental data for some the temperatures. table(3) shows the values of the constants of the redlich-peterson (r-p) isotherm at different temperatures for zeolite-pbamt which have values of β (0.85-1.00) and this leaded to applying of experimental data under of the ideal langmuir condition with the low concentration limit the redlich-peterson isotherm exhibit extremely high( r2 > 0.99) values indicating, superficially at least, that it produces a considerably better fit compared to the preceding two-parameter isotherms. this equation reduces to a linear isotherm at low surface coverage, to the freundlich isotherm at high adsorbate concentration and to the langmuir isotherm when β =1 [35]., according values of r2 of the isotherm models for zeolite –pbamt at all temperatures are as following order: (big r2) r-p > langmuir > freundlich > temkin > d-r (small r2) thermodynamic studies the effect of temperature (at 288,298,308, 318 k) on the adsorption of congo red dye by modified zeolite was studied at 0.1 g adsorbent and initial dye concentrations (10,15, 20, 25 ,30,40,50 ppm) at ph 7 and uniform particle size ( ≤ 150 μm for 30 minutes contact time. thermodynamic parameters including the change in free energy (δg°), enthalpy (δh°) and entropy (δs°) were used to describe thermodynamic behavior of the congo red adsorption onto zeolite – pb(amt)2. the equilibrium constant (ke) for the adsorption process at each temperature is calculated from division of the quantity of dye adsorbed on the zeolite and zeolite – pbs form the equation [36,37]: ----------(9) where (0.1g) represent the weight of the clay that has been used and (0.01 l) represents the volume of the dye solution used in the adsorption process, the change in free energy (∆gº) could be determined from the equation [38]: krtg ln -----------(10) where r is the gas constant (8.314 j.mole-1. k-1) and t is the absolute temperature. the heat of adsorption (∆hº) may be obtained from the vant hoff's equation: ce qe k 1000*  59 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ------------(11) where k is the equilibrium constant when ce approaches to zero at certain temperature. figure (10) is obtained from plotting (ln k) of each concentration against corresponding ce. plotting (in k) versus (1/t) should produce a straight line with a slope =(-∆hº/r) from which the enthalpy (∆hº) of the adsorption process is obtained .the change in entropy (∆sº) was calculated from gibbs equation: ----------------(12) the equilibrium constant ( ke), free energy (δg°), enthalpy (δh°) and entropy (δs°) were recorded in table (4) from table (4 ) for zeolitepbamt the negative value of δg° confirms the feasibility of the process and the spontaneous nature the increase in δg° values with an increase temperature shows an increase in feasibility of adsorption at lower temperatures the value of δh° was negative, indicating that the nature of the adsorption is exothermic. the positive δs° value suggests an increase in the randomness at sorbate solution interface during the adsorption process. references 1minussi, r. c; de moraes, s. g; pastore, g. m and duran, n. (2001), biodecolourization screening of synthetic dyes by four white rot fungi in solid medium. possible role of siderophores. letters of applied microbiology., 33 (1): 21-25. 2gharbani, p; tabatabaii, s. m and mehrizad, a. (2008). removal of congo red from textile wastewater by ozonation. international journal of environmental science and technology., 5 (4): 495-500. 3vaidya, a.a. and datye, k.v., , (1982 )“environmental pollution during chemical processing of synthetic fibers”,. colourate, 14, 3-10.  4vimonses, v. lei, s. jin .b; chow ,c.w.k and saint ,c. (2009) ,kinetic study and equilibrium isotherm analysis of congo red adsorption by clay materials, chem. eng. j. 148(2-3): 354–364. 5purkait,m.k; maiti ,a.; gupta ,s.d and de.s., (2007)removal of congo red using activated carbon and its regeneration, , j. hazard. mater. 145 :287–295. 6sabnis,r.w. (2010), handbook of biological dyes and stains. synthesis and industrial applications (john wiley & sons, new jersey, canada, springer, pp. 106-107). 7chatterjee,s; chatterjee, b.p and guha ,a.k., (2007) ,adsorptive removal of congo red, a carcinogenic textile dye by chitosan hydrobeads: binding mechanism, equilibrium and kinetics, colloid surface a 299 (1–3) :146–152. 8-. mahmoodi, n. m., (2011), equilibrium, kinetics, and thermodynamics of dye removal using alginate in binary systems j. chem. eng. data, 56: 2802-2811. 9. sivaramakrishna ,m. c.; l. and varada reddy, a., (2012) , the use of an agricultural waste material, jujuba seeds for the removal of anionic dye (congo red) from aqueous medium. somasekhara reddy, j. hazard. mater, 118 :203-204. 10. man, l. w.; kumar, p.; teng, t. t. and wasewar, k. l., (2012). design of experiments for malachite green dye removal from wastewater using thermolysis–coagulation– flocculation. desalin. water treat., 40:260-271 . tcons rt h k tanln     sthg 60 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 11sen.k; afroze, s. and ang ,h.m., (2011) , equilibrium, kinetics and mechanism of removal of methylene blue from aqueous solution by adsorption onto pine cone biomass of pinus radiate, .,water air soil poll. 218 :499-515. 12abd ei-latif, m.m; ibrahim ,a.m and ei-kady ,m.f., (2010) ,adsorption equilibrium, kinetics and thermodynamics of methylene blue from aqueous solutions using biopolymer oak sawdust composite, j. am. sci. 6 (6) :267-283. 13khaled, a.; el nemr, a.; el-sikaily, a. and abdelwahab, o., (2009).removal of direct n blue-106 from artificial textile dye effluent using activated carbon from orange peel: adsorption isotherm and kinetic studies. j. hazard. mater., 165, 100-110 . 14bulut, e.; özacar, m. and şengil, i̇. a., (2008). adsorption of malachite green onto bentonite: equilibrium and kinetic studies and process design. micropor. mesopor. mat., 115: 234-246 . 15kim, h. and guiochon, g., (2005). adsorption on molecularly imprinted polymers of structural analogues of a template. single-component adsorption isotherm data. anal. chem., 77:6415-6425 . 16mesko, v.; markovska, l.; minceva, m. and burevski, d., (2001). equilibrium isotherms for adsorption of basic dyes from aqueous solutions on different adsorbents. macedonian j. chem. chem. eng., 20:143-150 . 17senesa, l. r.; dutta, p.; datskos, p .g. and sepaniak, m., j., (2006) , analyte species and concentration identification using differentially functionalized microcantilever arrays and artificial neural networks. anal chim acta,558:94-101. 18nadia, a. s. , (2005), ph. d. thesis , synthesis of new heterocyclic compounds derived from 2-amino -5mercapto 1,3,4-thiadaiazole college of science , al-nahrain university , iraq. 19belhachemi, m. and addoun ,f. (2012) /adsorption of congo red onto activated carbons having different surface properties: studies of kinetics and adsorption equilibrium, desalination and water treatment 37 ,122–129. 20kugbe, j., matsue ,n. and henmi ,t. (2009), “synthesis of linde type a zeolite-goethite nanocomposite as an adsorbent for cationic and anionic pollutants,” journal of hazardous materials,164, no. 2-3: 929-935. 21treacy, m. m. j. and higgins ,j.b., in collection of simulated xrd powder patterns for zeolites, elsevier, amsterdam (2001) :212. 22thompson,r. w. and huber, m. j., (1982), “analysis of the growth of molecular sieve zeolite naa in a batch precipitation system,” journal of crystal growth, 56, no. 3: 711-722. 23namasivayam, c.; muniasamy, n.; gayathri, k.; rani, m. and renganathan, k. (1996), removal of dyes from aqueous solutions by cellulosic waste orange peel . biores.technol. 57: 37-43. 24giles, c. h.; macewan, t. h.; nakhwa, s. n. and smith, d., (1960). studies in adsorption. in diagnosis of adsorption mechanisms and in measurement of specific surface areas of solids. j. chem, soc., 786:3973-3993 . 25ash, s.g.; everett, d. h. and findenegg, g. h., (1968). multilayer theory for adsorption from solution. mixtures of monomers + dimmers , trans. farad. soc., 64:2645-2666 . 26namasivayam, c. and yamuna, r. t., (1995), adsorption of direct red 12 b by biogas residual slurry: equilibrium and rate processes environ. pollut., 89, 1-7. 27chatterjee, s.; chatterjee, s.; chatterjee, b. p. and guha, a. k., (2007), adsorptive removal of congo red, a carcinogenic textile dye by chitosan hydrobeads: binding mechanism, equilibrium and kinetics. colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects, 299:146-152. 28ho, y. s.; porter, j. f. and mckay, g., (2002).  equilibrium isotherm studies for the sorption of divalent metal ions onto peat: copper, nickel and lead single component systems. water air soil pollut., 141: 1-33 . 61 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 29dursun, a.y. and kalayc, c. s., (2005).equilibrium ,kinetic and thermodynamic studies on the adsorption of phenol onto chitin, j. hazard. mater., b123: 151–157 . 30-liu, h.; chen, b.; lan, y. and cheng, y. (2004).biosorption of zn(ii) and cu(ii) by the indigenous thiobacillus thiooxidans.,chem. eng. j., 97: 195-201 . 31 mall, i. d.; srivastava, v. c.; agarwal, n. k. and mishra, i. m., (2005). removal of congo red from aqueous solution by bagasse fly ash and activated carbon: kinetic study and equilibrium isotherm analyses. chemosphere,61: 492–501 . 32dubinin, m. m. and radushkevich ,l. v., (1947), equation of the characteristic curve of activated charcoal, chem. zentr. 1: 875. 33mckay, g. (1984), "two resistance mass transfer modles for the adsorption of dyestuffs from aqueous solution using activated carbon" j. chem. technol. biotechnol., 34a: 294. 34vinod, v.p., and anirudhan, t.s., (2001). “sorption of tannic acids on zirconium pillared clay”, j. chem. technol. biotechnol., 77:92-101. 35jossens, l; prausnitz ,j.m ; fritz ,w; schlünder ,e.u and myers ,a.l., (1978) ,thermodynamics of multi-solute adsorption from dilute aqueous solutions, chem. eng. sci.33 :1097 –1106. 36valdimir, p.; zlatko, k. and slaro, c., (1974). "adsorption on solids", butter worths,london , 301-304, 572-604 . 37kipling, j. j., (1965)."adsorption from solutions of non-electrolytes", academic press , london, 3, 101-168, 257-259 . 38kapoor, k. l., (1994)."a text book of physical chemistry", macmillan indialimited, india,: 449-481 . table no.( 1) :physiochemical characteristics of ( cr ) dye ca index name 1-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 3,3’-[(1,1’-biphenyl)4,4’-diylbis(2,1diazenediyl)]bis[4-amino-,sodium salt (1:2)] molecular formula c32h22n6na2o6s2 molecular weight 696.66 g mol-1 molecular surface area 557.6 å2 physical form brounish-red powder solubility soluble in water, ethnol; very slightly soluble in acetone; practically insoluble in ether, xylene density 0.995 g cm-3 at 25oc dye class azo melting point > 360oc ph range 3.0-5.0 colour blue (ph 3.0) to red (ph 5.0) pka 4.1; 3.0 absorption wavelength (λmax) 498 nm 62 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (2) the composition of zeolite 5a mineral constituent sio2 al2o3 na2o cao l.o.i. weight % 32.52 27.64 4.20 11.38 24.25 table no. (3): several isotherms constants for cr dye uptake by zeolite pbamt freundlich isotherm t/k r2 n kf (l/g) 0.968 8.461 0.984 288 0.939 11.618 0.948 298 0.833 7.042 0.714 308 0.969 5.899 0.707 318 langmuir isotherm t/k r2 (mg/g) la )(l/mg lk 0.996 1.570 0.606 288 0.997 1.340 0.781 298 0.998 1.151 1.028 308 0.999 1.319 0.492 318 temkin isotherm t/k r2 bt )(l/mg tk 0.944 16.849 974.095 288 0.919 25.999 19825.535 298 0.833 19.012 169.563 308 0.987 15.403 47.628 318 the dubinin and radushkevich isotherm t/k 2r (mg/g) maxq e kj/mol /kj2βmol 0.608 1.33 2.995 8-5.8x10 288 0.589 1.19 3.291 8-4.6x10 298 0.835 1.09 1.051 7-4.5x10 308 0.855 1.17 1.059 8-4.4x10 318 the redlich-peterson isotherm t/k 2r β )1−(l g rk )1−(lmg ra 1.000 0.850 -18.292 -20.371 288 0.999 0.900 14.381 15.652 298 0.998 1.000 1.183 1.028 308 1.000 0.950 0.973 0.894 318 table no.(4): thermodynamic parameters of adsorption process of c-r dye on the adsorbent at different temperatures t/k δg (j mol-1) δh (kj mol-1) δs ( j mol-1 k-1) ke 288 -11454.6 -8.497 10.27 119.6 298 -11224.1 -8.497 9.15 92.8 308 -11277.4 -8.497 9.03 81.8 318 -11793.0 -8.497 10.37 86.5 63 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (1): structure of cr dye figure no. (2): structure of amt figure no.(3): x-ray diffraction of zeolite , z pbamt 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 in te n si ty 2theta zeolite 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 in te n si ty 2theta zpbamt 64 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (4): fti r spectra of zeolite ,zeolite-amt figure no.(5) :afm image of zeolite ,zeolite-amt zpbamt zeolite zeolite zpbam t intensity intensity 1/ cm 1/ cm 65 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (6): sem image of zeolite, zeolite-amt figure no. (7). effect of contact time on the removal of cr = 40 mg/l; ph = 7; adsorbent dose = 100 mg/10 ml figure no. (8): adsorption isotherms of dyes on zeolite and zeolite-pbs at different temperatures 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 0 10 20 30 40 % r em ov al o f d ye time(min) 0 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 q e( m g/ g) ce(mg/l) 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k zeolite zpbamt 66 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (9): adsorption isotherms models of cr dye on zeolite-amt:afreundlich, blangmuir , ctemkin , d dubinin and radushkevich , eredlich-peterson .at different temperatures 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 c e /q e ce 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k -0.400 -0.300 -0.200 -0.100 0.000 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 -2.000 0.000 2.000 4.000 ln q e ln ce 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 -2 0 2 4 q e ln ce 288 k 298 k 308 k -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 4000000 8000000 ln q e ɛ2 288 k 298 k 308 k 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 20 40 60 c e /q e ce^β 288 k 298 k 308 k 318 k a b c d e 67 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (10): plot of ln ke against reciprocal absolute temperature for adsorption of cr dye on zeolite-amt 4.000 4.400 4.800 5.200 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 ln (k e) 1000/t(k) 68 | chemistry 2015) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 مائي بواسطة زيواليت صناعي معدلصبغة سالبة من محلول امتزاز احمد محمد عباس يوسف ابراھيم محمد حمدان عبد الھاديتقي الدين بغداد جامعة) / الھيثم أبن (الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية / الكيمياء علوم قسم 2014 االولكانون ٢١قبل البحث في ، ٢٠١٤الثانيتشرين ٣استلم البحث في: الخالصة اذ تم aصنف lindوالذي اسمه العام 5aقمنا بامتزاز صبغة الكونغو االحمر بواسطة زيواليت صناعي معدل ) وتم تشخيص السطح المعدل عن طريق amtتعديل السطح قيد الدراسة بواسطة مركب امينومركبتوثايادايزول ( مطيافية االشعة تحت الحمراء ومطيافية االشعة السينية ومجھر القوى الذرية ومجھر الماسح االلكتروني . تعتبر صبغة ستعمل في ھذه الدراسة الزيواليت المعدل كسطح ماز الزالة صبغة الكونغو الكونغو االحمر من الملوثات البيئية، لذلك ا االحمر من محلولھا المائي بواسطة االمتزاز اذ تم اعتماد تجارب الدفعات لدراسة تاثير زمن االتزان والتركيز االبتدائي نات التوازن لالمتزاز تم تحليلھا عن للمادة الممتزة و تاثير درجة الحرارة في امتزاز صبغة الكونغو االحمر ، حللت بيا بيترسون) وجصلنا على رودشكيفج ، ريدليشطريق تطبيق عدة معادالت مثل ( فريندليش ، النكماير ، تمكين ،دوبنن بيترسون . اذ تزداد سعة االمتزاز تزداد بزيادة التركيز االبتدائي للصبغة وكما –افضل النتائج من تطبيق معادلة ريدليش . °δh°, δg° δs ,ع زيادة درجة الحرارة كذلك تم حساب الدوال الثرموديناميكيةتقل م دوال ثرموديناميكية. ، ايزوتيرم صبغة الكونغو الحمراء، االمتزاز، :الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 110-117 110 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 التأثيرات الحيوية لألنثوسيانينات المستخلصة من ثمرة البرتقال في بعض انواع البكتريا سعيد حميد محمد قسم علوم الحياة/كلية التربية األساسية / جامعة ديالى 2014/تشرين الثاني /24 في البحث قبل ، 2014/اذر/5: في البحث استلم الخالصة يتناول البحث دراسة تأثيرات نوعين من األنثوسيانينات المستخلصة من ثمرة برتقال "الحسناء" وھما من نوع ) ،في methiola violet) وميثيو ال أنثوسيانين البنفسجية ( evolvulusanthocyoninايفولفيوالس انثوسيانين ( ) والمكورات العنقودية الذھبية coli escherichiaعين من البكتريا المرضية وھما األشريكية القولونية ( نو )staphylococcus aureus وأظھرت النتائج ان المستخلصين لھما تأثير متقارب أذ كان قطر دائرة التثبيط (عدم ,( ملغم /مل له التأثير األكبر. 10-3مم وأن المستخلص األول عند تركيز 12-10النمو أو الخالية من النمو) بين و ھالة النمو .staphylococcus aureusو بكتريا e.coliاألنثوسيانيات و بكتريا كلمات مفتاحية:ال 111 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة المركبات التي تشغل علماء التغذية ھذه األيام. وھذه األنثوسيانينات والمركبات متعددة الفينول األخرى ھي من بين أھم ا في الفواكه والخضر م) الموجودة بتراكيز عالية والسيphytochemicalsالمركبات من أصناف الكيميائيات النباتية ( لسرطان كالعنب ,والبرتقال ,والشاي, والثوم, وغيرھا من النباتات المتنوعة التي يعرف عن فعاليتھا المضادة لمرض ا ).2,1وضغط الدم وغيرھا من األمراض ( )تحت قشرة النباتات والفواكه، وتوجد vacuoles cellتتجمع األنثوسيانينات والفالفونات في الحويصالت الخلوية ( يق أو كذلك في الجذور والسيقان واألوراق. وفي الخلية النباتية، تتركز فـــي الحويصالت في المحلول المائي ويقال بأن رح عصارة الخلية يكون حامضيــآ ضعيــفآ أومتعادآل مما يجعل الوان ھذه الصبـغات ثابتة في ھذه الظروف الحامضية الضعيفة. األنثوسيـانينات و الفالفونــات صبغات نباتية وھي التي تضـفي األلوان المختــلفة على زھـــور النباتات. وتوجد في كاليكوسيدات يحتوي بنـاؤھا على وحدات سكرية وھي مركبـات أمفوتيرية تذوب في المـاء، وغالـبآ ما الطبيعة على ھيئة تكــون أمالحھا الحامضية حمراء في حين تكـون امالحھا القاعدية زرقآ. وتتلون المحاليل المتعادلة من ھذه المركبات ) المعروفة phenylbenzopyrilium chloride-2يوم (باللون البنفسجي. والنواة األم ھي كلوريد فينيل بتروبريل . flavylium chloride)بكلوريد فالفيليوم ( في sinesis. l. (osbeck) citيتناول البحث دراسة تأثير مركبات األنثوسيانينات المستخلصة من نبات البرتقال staphylococcus) والمكورات العنقودية الذھبية((escherichia coliنوعين من البكتريا وھي األشريكية القولونية aureus .ومقارنة فعالياتھا مع بعض المضادات الحيوية ،( المواد وطرائق العمل المواد المستعملة – riedelde)ھان –دي –المواد التي استعملت في ھذا البحث من النوع التجارياالعتيادي مصدره من شركة ريدل heanوميرك(e. merck) : وھي (ا) اطباق بتري معقمة، (ب) مــاء معقم(محلول فسلجي)، (ج) عيدان خاصة بالمسحات (مسحات قطنية)،(د) ، (و) اقراص مضادات حيوية مختارة للمقارنة ( wathman 1))، (ه) اقراص ورق ترشيح معقمة loop(ناقل)( )neomycin وsterptomycine وcefaloxine المجــھزة ). الشــركةgist brocades ab(sweden) staphylococcus, والمكــورات العنقودية الذھبية ( (escherichia coli)(ر) مـزارع بكتيـريا االشـريشا القولونيـة aureus. النقية التي تم الحصول عليھا من احد مختبرات الصحة المركزية للمستشفى التعليمي في ليبيا ( مزارع بكتريا نقية التي تم الحصول عليھا من احد مختبرات الصحة المركزية للمستشفى التعليمي في ليبيا (أ) طرائق العمـــل : (أ): استخالص االنثوسانيات . تم تعيين citrus sinesis. l.(osbeck)تم استخالص الألنثــوسيانـيات من ثمرة البرتقال (الحسناء) واسمھا العلمي ، وتم (gallenkamp)درجات االنصھار للألنثوسيانيات بجھاز تعيين درجات األنصھار الميكرســكوبي من نــوع -األســتخالص بالخطوات االتية: مل+ 300قطعت ثمرتان من ثمار (الحسناء ) الى قطع صغيرة واستخلصت االنثوسيانيات بواسطة الميـثانـول المحمض ( %0.1hcl ( في جـھاز االستـخالص(soxhlte extraction apparatus) تم تركيز مستخلص الميثانول تحت وفصلت المادة المترسبة بالترشيح وحصلنا على مادة صلبة صفراء فاتحة بلورية دقيقة درجة ₒم40ضغط مخلخل في . ₒ(3,4)م280انصھارھا ودلت النتائج على وجود (tlc),ح كروماتوجرافيا الطبــقة الرقيــقة ومن اجل معرفة مكونات المستخلص استعملنا شرائ ، بعد مقارنة اطياف (evolvulus anthocyonin , methiola violet)نوعين من االنثوسيانيات في المستخلص حاليل القياسية االشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية لالنثوسانيات المستخلص باالطياف المختلفة لالنثــوسيانـيات ( الم الجاھزة ) . وتمت تنقية وفصل مكونات المستخلص السائــل وفصل مكونــاتـه بطريقة كروماتوجرافيا العمود ).5باستعمال المبادالت األيونية وتمليص العمود بمزيج من الميثانول والماء ( 112 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 (ب) اعداد المعلق البكتيري: م في انبـوب ونأخذ بواسطة الناقل مستعمرة بكتـيرية مفردة من المزرعة النقية لكل من مل(5)نأخذ ماء معقـمآ نوعي البكتريا المزروعة في اطباق بتري ونفردھا مبدئيآ على جدار األنبوب ونحركھا في الماء حتى تختلط جيدا لتعطي )6) خلية / مل.(x 10 81.5 معلقآ بكتيريآ(العدد التقريبي للخاليا البكتيرية ھو ): disk diffusion test(ج): اختبار انتشار القرص ( ) muller – hinton agarتؤخذ المسحة القطنــية وتغمس في المعلـق البكتــيري وتـزرع البكتـــريا علــى طبق( قراص ورق الترشيح المعقمة بطريـقة المسـح الكامل على سـطح اآلجار حتى يتغطى تمامآ بالمعلق وبمكررين توضـع ا في انابيب على حدة وتـترك لـيوم واحد في (%50 ,%25)في المواد المجـھزة من مستخلـصات األنثوسـيانين بتراكيـز المستخلصات لضمان تشبعھا وبعد ذلك تؤخذ االقراص المشبعة التي تم اعدادھا وتوضع على سـطح اآلجار المـلقح يث تتوزع بتناـسق في الطبق. ويوضع على الطبق الثاني الملقح اقراص المضادات الحيوية بواسـطة ملقـط معـقم بح .(6)ساعة 24م لمدة ه37بالطريقة نفسھا وتحضن األطباق في درجة النتائج والمناقشة ) على نوعين من evolvulus anthocyonin ,methiola violetتمت دراسة تأثير مستخلصات االنثوسيانينات ( ) staphylococcus aureusوالمكورات العنقودية الذھبية ( e.coli)البكتريا المرضية وھما االشريكية القولونية ( كان قطر دائرة تثبيط النمو أو الخالية من `h,) لھما تأثير متقارباً 2)و(1) ان المستخلصين (2) و(1ويظھر من الجدولين ( ).2) و (1) له التأثير األكبر أيضا كما ھو واضح من الشكلين (1المستخلص ( مم وان 10 -12النمو ) 4و 3وعند دراسة تأثير بعض المضادات الحيوية في نمو نوعي البكتريـا تحت الدراسة يالحظ من الجدولين ( وعي البكتريا وان دائرة تثبيط النمو ) ان المضادات الحيوية المستعملة في الدراسة قد ادت الى تثبيط ن 4و 3والشكلين ( مم في حالة 1612مم في حالة نيومايسين مم وبين 12-10مم في حالة المضاد ستربتومايسين و 16 –12كانت بين سيفالوكسين.وھذه النتائج مقاربة لما حصلنا عليھا بواسطة مستخلصات االنثوسيانينات. وتبين ھذه الدراسة أن لھذه تأثيرات مھمة كمركبات مضادة للجراثيم. وھذه النتيجة ليست غير متوقعة ألن االنثوسيانينات المستخلصة المستخلصات تحتوي على مجاميع ھيدروكسي فينولية عديدة. والسيا تلك التي تحتوي مواقع متجاورة في حلقة البترين االروماتية ولھاتين مع ايونات معدنية في أنزيمات مھمة في البكتريا ربما يكون السبب المجموعتين المتجاورتين المقدرة على تكوين معقدات ) 7,8في اعاقة عمل ھذه األنزيمات في البكتريا وبالتالي موتھا.( وھنك آلية اخرى ربما تكون السبب في الفعالية المضادة للميكروبات وھي أن ھذه المركبات باحتوائھا على مجاميع ) جيدة يمكنھا االرتباط مع أيونات المعادن الموجودة في جدران ligand سلوك مرتبطة (ھيدروكسي متجاورة تسلك )9,10البكتريا مما يسبب تكسير جدران خالياھا ونضوح مكوناتھا مما يؤدي إلى موتھا. ( المصادر 1anesini, c. and perez, c.(1993) . screening of plants used in argentin folk fedicine for antimicrobial activity. j . ethnopharma . , 39(20): 119-128. ed . ministry ndrawi ,a . and chakravart, h,l,. (1988) . medicinal plants of iraq . 2-al -2 of agriculture and irrigation , baghdad . 3 aborziza. m, sarkis. j,(2004) " extraction and identificatio of anthocyanins from the orang fruit "hasna"" msc thesis, almargheb university. 4-. majumdir d.r.d.r , (2009) " the study of the methanol extract plantago major against gram (-) &(+) pathogens , dep, of micro abeda inamdar senior collage , pane. w .j of micro& bio , 1322-1317(6-7)21. 5mosoke,betty,e(2002) . " the uses of plant colors anthocyanine pigments and methods to isolate them from plants ,"world woman congress .department ofchemistry .markere univ , kampala – uganda. 113 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ed , the c.v. thbaron ,e.j. and finegold ,s .m .(1994). diagnostic microbiology .9 -6 mosby co .,usa. 7reynolds , s.j,. black ,d.w.; borin , s.s ., breuer , g.; burmeister , l.f.; fuortes, l.g.; smith , t.f .; stein , m.a.; subramanian , p.; thorne , p.s . and whitten , p .(2001) . indoor environmental quality in six commercial office buildings in the midwest united states . apple . occup . inviron . hyg., 16 : 10650-10677 8reed ,j.d. (1995) . nutritional toxicology of tannins related polyphenols in forage legumes . j. ani.soc., 73:1516-1528. 9-hande, toshio and saito norio (2002)"rrevent progress in the chemisry of polyacelated anthocyanines as flower color . helerocycles, 56, 633-699 pigments 10varel , i. and vincent ,h .(2002) . carvacrol and thymol reduce swim waste odor and pathogens : stapility of oils . curr . microbiol ., 44:38-43. تأثير مستخلص االنثوسيانينات :)2( رقم تأثير مستخلص االنثوسيانينات جدول :)1(ل رقم جدو ) e.coliفي نمو البكتيريا األشريكية القولونية في نمو البكتيريا المكورات العنقودية الذھبية ( )staphylococcus aureus ( معدل قطر دائرة تركيز المستخلص التثبيط الخالية من النمو/ملم معدل قطر دائرة تركيز المستخلص التثبيط الخالية من النمو/ملم المستخلص (25%e)   e( 10%25المستخلص ( 12 المستخلص )50%e(  e  ( 9%50المستخلص (10 المستخلص )25%m(  m( 8%25المستخلص ( 8 المستخلص )50%m(  m( 4%50المستخلص (6 القيم المذكورة في الجدول ھي معدل القيم المذكورة في الجدول ھي معدل ± ) 0.1لتجربتين ( ± ) 0.1لتجربتين ( *m,e تمثل المستخلص األول والثاني على التوالي 114 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 حساسية بكتيريا المكورات :)4( رقم جدول حساسية بكتيريا االشريكية :) 3( رقم جدول العنقودية الذھبية لمضادات) لبعض ا e.coliالقولونية ( ) staphylococcus aureus( الحيوية معدل قطر دائرة الحيوي المضاد التثبيط الخالية من النمو/ملم معدل قطر دائرة المضاد الحيوي التثبيط الخالية من النمو/ملم  12 ستربتومايسين16 ستربتومايسين  10 نيومايسين12 نيومايسين  16 سيفالوكسين6 سيفالوكسين القيم المذكورة في الجدول ھي معدل لتجربتين القيم المذكورة في الجدول ھي معدل ±) 0.1لتجربتين ( ± ) 0.1( e.coliفي نمو البكتيريا (m,e)تأثير مستخلص االنثوسيانينات : ) 1(رقم شكل 12 10 8 6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 1 2 3 4 ط بي تث ال رة دائ ر ا ط ق ل ـد عـ م ) م مل ( المستخلص 115 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 staphylococcus aureusفي نمو البكتيريا (m,e)تأثير مستخلص االنثوسيانينات : ) 2( رقم شكل e.coliبكتيريا tdتأثير بعض المضادات الحيوية : ) 3( رقم شكل 10 9 8 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 1 2 3 4 ط بي تث ال رة دائ ر ط ق دل مع ) م مل ( المستخـلص 16 12 6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 1 2 3 0 ط بي تث ال رة دائ ر ط ق دل عـ م ) م مل ( سيفالوكسين نيومايسين ستربتومايسين 116 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 staphylococcus aureus) تأثير بعض المضادات الحيوية في بكتيريا 4( رقم شكل 12 10 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 1 2 3 0 ط بي تث ال رة دائ ر ط ق دل عـ م ) م مل ( سيفالوكسين نيومايسين ستربتومايسين 117 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 biological effect of anthocyanin extracted from the orange fruit on some types of pathological bacteria saeed h. lmohommed dept.of biology / college of basic education/ university of diyala receivd in:5/march/2014, accepted in :24/november/2014 abstract this research includes study of the effect of two kinds of anthocyanin extracted , from extracted orange fruit ( anthocyanin evolvulus ,methiola violet ) on two types of pathological bacteria e.coli , staphylococcus aureus. the result shows that two kinds of extraction have nearly similar effect , and there is inhibition zone of no growth between 10-12mm ,and the extraction (1) that has concentration of 10-3 mol./l is more effective.. key word: anthocyanin, e.coli , staphylo coccus aureus ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 84 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. strongly maximal submodules with a study of their influence on types of modules abstract let s be a commutative ring with identity, and a is an s-module. this paper introduced an important concept, namely strongly maximal submodule. some properties and many results were proved as well as the behavior of that concept with its localization was studied and shown. keywords: maximal submodule, regular module, regular ring, semi-simple module, prime module. 1.introduction along with this paper, s is a commutative ring with identity, and a is an s-module. a proper submodule n of an s-module a is named maximal if there exists a submodule d of a such that n⊊d⊆a, then d=a[1][11]. equivalently, n is the maximal submodule in a if and only if a/n is a simple s-module [1][12]. maximal submodules may not exist; for instance, the z-module ℂ has no maximal submodules. the main goal of this paper is to introduce a new concept called strongly maximal submodule (for short, sm-submodule) where a proper non-zero submodule b of an s-module a is said to be strongly maximal submodule if and only if, for every non-zero ideal e of s implies a/e2b is a regular module. field house is defined in [9], a pure submodule of the form: a submodule d of an s-module a is pure if ia⋂d = id for every ideal i of s and sahera introduced in [2], the definition of f-regular module, where module a is said to be f-regular if and only if every submodule of a is pure every strongly maximal submodule is a maximal submodule, but the opposite does not true. this paper is divided into three sections. we reviewed some basic definitions and properties needed in our next work. section three introduced the definition of strongly maximal submodule. lots of properties and examples of this concept were shown. in section four, the ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.1.2802 article history: received 24, august, 2021, accepted 26, september, 2021, published in january 2022. fatima m. mohialdeen mathematics department, college of education ibn al-haitham for pure sciences, university of baghdad, iraq fatima.mohy.fm@gmail.com buthyna n. shihab mathematics department, college of education ibn al-haitham for pure science, university of baghdad, iraq dr.buthyna@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:fatima.mohy.fm@gmail.com mailto:dr.buthyna@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 85 behavior of strongly maximal submodules under localization was some characterized and results were proved. 2.basic concepts and results this part includes some well-known definitions, concepts, and results that are useful for us in our study of the next section. proposition (2.1) every submodule of the regular module is regular [2]. proposition (2.2) an s-module a is cyclic if and only if it is isomorphic to a factor module of s [4]. proposition (2.3) an s-module a is simple if and only if a ≅ s/e for some maximal ideal e of s [4] [1]. definition (2.4) a submodule b of an s-module a is called prime if b ≠ a, and whenever tx ∈ b for t ∈ s and x ∈ a we have either t ∈ [b: a] or x ∈ b [5]. definition (2.5) a submodule b of an s-module a is called a semimaximal submodule if and only if a/b is a semi-simple s-module [3, definition (2.1.1),p32]. definition (2.6) let b be a submodule of an s-module a , the closure of b is denoted by cl(b) = { x ∈ a : [b:(x)] essential in s }. it is clear that cl(b) is a submodule of a containing b. that is b ⊆ cl(b) [7] . s3: strongly maximal submodules with its advantages in this section, the concept of strongly maximal submodule (for short, sm-submodule) was introduced, which was a generalization of the concept the strongly maximal ideal in a ring s. several examples and properties were proved also a lot of characterizations, and different results were presented. let us start with our basic definition. definition (3.1) let a be an s-module, and b be a non-zero proper submodule of a. then b is named strongly maximal submodule (for short sm-submodule) if and only if, for every non-zero ideal e of s implies a/e2b is a regular module. examples and remarks (3.2) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 86 1. all the following modules have no sm-submodules. (i) z as a z-module. (ii) zp as a z-module, p is a prime number. (iii) zp as a zp-module, p is a prime number. 2. every simple s-module has no sm-submodule. but the opposite is not true and the following example shows that: the module a=z4⊕z as a z-module. since a has no smsubmodules , a is not a simple module. also notice examples (ii) and (iii) in no.(1) . 3. it is important to note that it is not necessary that all modules contain sm-submodules; for example zp∞ asz-module. since, all the submodules of zp∞ are of the form <1/pi + z>, where p is a prime number and i= 0, 1, 2… now, we write n = <1/pi +z> and let e be an ideal of z. if we take e= <1>, then, zp∞/e2b = zp∞/<1>2b = zp∞/b ≅ zp∞ is not a regular module and hence b = <1/pi + z> is not smsubmodule of zp∞. that is, zp∞ has no sm-submodules. also, we can give another example z8 as a z8-module that has no sm-submodules .since <2> and <4> are not smsubmodules in z8 . 4. the submodule <3 > of a z6-module z6 is an sm-submodule. to clarify, let e be an ideal of a ring z6 . if e = <1> , then z6/<1> 2 <3> = z6/ <3> ≅z3 is a regular module . if e = <2> , then z6/<2> 2 <3 > = z6/<0> ≅z6 is a regular module . if e = <3 >, then z6/ <3 > 2 <3 > = z6/ <3 > ≅ z3 is a regular module . therefore <3 > is an sm-submodule of z6 . in general, all submodules of z6 as a z6-module are sm-submodules. 5. in z10 as a z20-module, the submodule b = <5> is an sm-submodule. since if we take e = <1> , <2> , <10> , <4> , <5> ,where e is ideal of z20 , then z20/e 2<5> is a regular module for all ideal e of z20 . this ends the proof of example. 6. consider z4 as a z-module. the submodule <2> is not sm-submodule of z4. since z4/e 2<2> is not regular, e is an ideal of z. to prove that, take e = <4>. then, z4/<4> 2 <2> ≅ z4 is not regular module. 7. let z4 as a z4-module. then the submodule b = <2> is not an sm-submodule. notice if e = <2> then z4/e 2 <2> is not regular module. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 87 8. let b = <2> be a submodule of a z20-module z10 . since z10/ e 2b = z10/<2> 2<2> ≅ z8 is not a regular module, where e = <2> is an ideal of z20. 9. let a = z6⊕z3 be an z12-module and b = <2>⊕<0> be a submodule of a. then a/e 2b = z6⊕z3/e 2(<2>⊕<0>) is regular module where e = <1>, <2> , <3> , <4> and <6> be ideals of z12 . therefor b = <2>⊕<0> is an sm-submodule of a = z6⊕z3 . 10. consider a = z6⊕z as a z-module. then the submodule b = <3>⊕<2> of a is not smsubmodule. since a/e2b = z6⊕z/<2> 2 (<3>⊕<2>) = z6⊕z/<0>⊕<8 > is not a regular module, where e = <2> is an ideal of z. 11. every sm-submodule is maximal but the opposite is not true and the following example shows that: the submodule <2> of a z-module z4 is a maximal submodule in z4 but it is not a sm-submodule, see no.(6) . 12. a submodule of an sm-submodule is not necessary to be an sm-submodule, for example: a submodule <2> in a z6-module z6 is sm-submodule. see no.(4) , while <0> is a submodule of <2> and it is not sm-submodule . 13. the intersection of two sm-submodules is not condition to be sm-submodule, for example : the two submodules <2> , <3> in z6-module z6 are smsubmodules but <2> ∩ <3> = <0> is not an sm-submodule 14. more generally, let {bi}i=1 n be a finite collection of sm-submodules of an s-module a. then ∩i=1 n bi is not always sm-submodule. 15. the direct sum of two sm-submodules of an s-module a is not necessary to be an smsubmodule, for example: let <2>, <3> be two sm-submodules of a z6-module z6, but <2>⊕<3>=z6 is not an sm-submodule. 16. from the fact that every maximal submodule is a semimaximal by [3, remarks and examples (2.1.2), p32], and the fact no.(11), we obtain that every sm-submodule of an smodule a is a semimaximal while the converse is not true in general and the following shows that: let 6z be a submodule of a z-module z . then, 6z is a semimaximal submodule of z. since 6z =2z∩5z where 2z, 5z are maximal submodules of z. but 6z is not an smsubmodule of z. since z/(2z)2(6z) = z/24z ≅ z24 is not a regular module . proposition (3.3) let b, d be two submodules of an s-module a with b⊆d. then b is sm-submodule in d when b is sm-submodule in a. proof: suppose b is sm-submodule in a, then a/e2b is regular module for every non-zero ideal e of s. since d/e2b is a submodule of a/e2b (notice, e2b ⊆ b ⊆ d), and hence by proposition (2.1), d/e2b is a regular submodule of a/e2b. thus b is sm-submodule in d. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 88 next, we will give an application to a proposition (3.3) corollary (3.4) let a be an s-module and b be a proper submodule of a. if b is an sm-submodule of [b aa : ] and [b aa : ] is an sm-submodule in a, then, b is an sm-submodule in a. proof: it clear that b⊆ [b aa : ] ⊆ a. therefore, by using proposition (3.3), we conclude that b is sm-submodule in a. now, we will give the sufficient condition for a submodule to not be sm-submodule. proposition (3.5) let a be an s-module. if a is cyclic module (if a=sx for some x∈a) and anns(x) is maximal ideal of s, then a has no sm-submodule. proof: since a= sx for some x∈a, then a is isomorphic to a factor module of s by proposition (2.2). we can define f : s → a such that f(r) = rx . it is easily to show that f is welldefine and epimorphisim, by the first fundamental theorem of isomorphism s/ker f ≅ a. next, ker f ={r∈s : f(r) =0a } = {r∈s : rx=0a } =anns(x) that is s/anns(x) ≅a. also, we have anns(x) is maximal ideal of s which implies s/anns(x) is simple and hence a is simple. therefore, by examples and remarks ((3.2) no. (2)), we get the result. next is the application of proposition (3.5) corollary (3.6) if a non-zero prime and semi-simple s-module a, then a has no sm-submodule. proof: suppose that a is a prime and semi-simple module, then, we obtain a is simple module. to prove this, assume that a is not simple which implies a is a direct sum of simple smodules. then, there exists a simple module m1 and m2 which are a direct summand of a with m1 ≠ m2. m1≅ s/e, m2≅ s/d where e and d are maximal ideals of s, by proposition (2.3). but a is prime module, then anns(m1) = e= anns(a) and anns(m2) = d =anns(a).thus e = d which implies that m1 = m2, and this is a contradiction. hence, a is a simple module and by using proposition (3.5), we have a has no sm-submodule. as a direct of corollary (3.6), we have the following. corollary (3.7) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 89 let p be a prime and semimaximal submodule of an s-module a. then the quotient module by p has no sm-submodule. proof: since p is a semimaximal submodule of a, then by definition (2.5), we have a/p is a semisimple s-module. on the other hand, p is a prime submodule of a, then, by [3, proposition (1.1.51)] we obtain that a/p is a prime s-module, and hence by corollary (3.6), then a/p is a simple s-module and hence a/p has no sm-submodule. s4: the behavior of sm-submodules under localization. let k be a subset of a ring s, w is multiplication closed if the two condition hold: 1. i ∈ w . 2. xy ∈ w for every x , y ∈ w . we know that every proper ideal e in s is prime if and only if s-e is multiplicatively closed, see [8].if a is an s-module and w be a multiplicatively closed on s such that w≠<0> , then sw be the set for all fractional r/w where r ∈s and w ∈w and aw be the set of all fractional m/w where m ∈a and w ∈w . for m1, m2∈ a and w1,w2∈ w , m1/w1=m2/w2 if and only if ∃ t ∈ w such that t(w1m1-w2m2)= 0. also, we can make aw in to sw-module by setting m1/w1+m2/w2 =(w2m1+w1m2)/w1w2 and (r/w1) (m1/w2) = rm1/w1w2 for every m1,m2 ∈a and every r ∈ s , w1,w2 ∈ w. if w =s-e where e is a prime ideal, we used ae instead of aw and se instead of sw. if a ring has only one maximal ideal, then it is called a local ring. hence se is often called the localization of s at e, similar ae is the r/1,ɐ r ∈ s and 𝜱 :a →aw such that 𝜱(m)=m/1 ,ɐm∈a. furthermore, if b is a submodule of an s-module a and w be a multiplicatively closed in s, then bw = {n/w: n ∈b, w∈w} be a submodule on swmodule , see [8]. in this section we study the behavior of an sm-submodule under localization and several of results have been proved. the following lemma is needed in our next result. lemma (4.1) [10] let a be an s-module and b, l are two submodules of a. then, b=l if and only if bp=lp for every maximal ideal p of s. the following proposition study the relationship between a module a and its locally and prove that they are equivalent. proposition (4.2): let a be an s-module and b is nonzero proper submodule of a. then, bp is smsubmodule of an sp-submodule ap if and only if b is sm-submodule of an s-module a. proof: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 90 suppose that b is nonzero proper submodule of a. we must prove that a/e2b is a regular s-module for every nonzero ideal e of s; that is, every submodule of a/e2b is pure. let l/e2b be a submodule of a/e2b. it is clear that i(l/e2b) ⊇ i(a/e2b)⋂(l/e2b) where i is an ideal of s. now, to prove i(l/e2b) ⊆ i(a/e2b)⋂(l/e2b). let x ∈ i(l/e2b). then x = ∑ ani=1 i(li+e 2b) . therefore xs/s = (∑ ani=1 i(li+e 2b))s/s ∈ ip(lp/ep 2bp) but lp is sm-submodule in ap, then ip(lp/ep 2bp) = (ip(ap/ep 2bp))⋂(lp/ep 2bp) which implies xs/s ∈ ip(ap/ep 2bp)⋂(lp/ep 2bp) = ((ipap+ep 2bp)/ ep 2bp)⋂(lp/ep 2bp )=(((ia)p+(e 2b)p)/(e 2b)p)⋂(lp/(e 2b)p) by [ 10]. and hence as/s ∈((ia+e2b)p)/(e 2b)p)⋂(lp/(e 2b)p)= ((ia+e 2b)/(e2b))p⋂(l/(e 2b))p = (((ia+e2b)/(e2b))⋂(l/(e2b)))p . therefore x ∈ ((ia+e 2b)/(e2b))⋂(l/(e2b)) which implies x ∈ (i(a/(e2b))⋂(l/(e2b)) and hence i(l/e2b) ⊆ (i(a/(e2b)) ⋂ (l/(e2b)). therefore i(l/e2b) = (i(a/(e2b))⋂(l/(e2b)). thus l/e2b is pure submodule of a/e2b. this proves that a/e2b is regular and finally b is an sm-submodule of a. conversely: suppose that b is an sm-submodule of a. to prove bp is sm-submodule of an sp-module ap we must show that ap/ep 2bp is regular sp-module. it is clear that (ip(ap/ep 2bp))⋂(lp/ep 2bp) ⊆ ip(lp/ep 2bp). to prove ip(lp/ep 2bp) ⊆ (ip(ap/ep 2bp))⋂(lp/ep 2bp) . let x/1 ∈ i and a/s ∈ ip(lp/ep 2bp) (xa/s + ep 2bp) = ∑ (b n i=0 i/si)(li/ti+ep 2bp 2) where si , ti ∉p and bi ∈i ,li ∈l . put ci=siti . therefore (xa/s + ep 2bp) = ((b1l1v1+b2l2v2+…+bnlnvn)/u)+ ep 2bp 2 where u = c1c2c3….cn and v1 = c2c3….cn , v2 = c1c3c4….cn , vn = c1c2c3….cn-1 . thus there exist k∉ p such that kxau+e2b = k(b1l1v1+b2l2v2+…+bnlnvn)∈ i(l/e 2b) but l is pure submodule in a, that is i(l/e2b) = i(a/ e2b)⋂ (l/ e2b) (since a/ e2b is regular s-module) and hence by (13,theorem (2.6)] we have (xa+ e2b) ∈ i(a/ e2b ⋂ l/ e2b). this leads us to write (xa/s+ep 2bp)∈(ip(ap/ep 2bp)⋂(lp/ep 2bp). this gives ip(lp/ep 2bp) ⊆ (ip(ap/ep 2bp))⋂(lp/ep 2bp) and ap/ep 2bp is a regular sp-module and finally , we obtain that bp is an sm-submodule of ap . proposition (4.3): let l, b be two finitely generated submodules of an s-module a. if lp, bp are smsubmodules of ap, then l⋂b is an sm-submodule of a. proof: since l, b are two finitely generated submodules of a, then by {10,p24}, [lp:bp] + [bp:lp] = sp for every maximal ideals p of s. thus, lp⋂bp = lp or lp⋂bp = bp, but lp and bp are sm-submodules, then lp⋂bp is an sm-submodule, and we have lp⋂bp = (l⋂b)p. therefore (l⋂b)p is an sm-submodule and by proposition(4.2), l⋂b is an sm-submodule of a. proposition (4.4): let l, b be two finitely generated submodules of an s-module a. then, l+b is an smsubmodules of a, if lp ,bp are sm-submodules of an sp-module ap . ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 91 proof: let l, b be two finitely generated submodules of a. then by {10, p24}, we have [lp:bp]+[bp:lp] = sp for every maximal ideal p of s. let y1 ∈ [lp:bp] and y2 ∈ [bp:lp] such that y1+y2 =1 = unity of sp. then, either y1 is a unit element or y2 is a unit element (since sp is local ring). therefore [lp:bp] = sp or [bp:lp] = sp and hence either lp ⊆ bp or bp ⊆ lp which implies lp + bp = lp or lp + bp = bp ,but lp , bp are sm-submodules of ap . thus lp + bp is an sm-submodule and (l+b)p is an sm-submodule and by proposition(4.2) , l+b is an sm-submodule of a. 5.conclusion the conclusion of this work is to study an important concept, namely strongly maximal submodule. some properties and many results were proved and the behavior of that concept with its localization were studied and shown. references 1. burton, d. m. 1970. a first course in rings and ideals. addison-wesley. 2. sahera mahmod yasin about regular module type-f, master letter,scince college,univ.of baghdad, 1993. 3. khalaf, h.y. semimaximal submodules ph.d.thesis, univ. of baghdad, 2007. 4. frank w. , anderson k. and . fuller r. , rings and categories of modules , springerverlag , berlin , heidelberg , new york , 1974 . 5. lu.c.p., m-radicals of submodules in modules, math. japon., 34 1989, 211-219. 6. kazem, a.d. some types of visible submodules and fully visible modules m.sc.thesis, univ. of baghdad,2020 . 7. goldie, k.r. torsion free modules and rings,j.algebra,1,268-287, 1964. 8. larson m.d., mc carthy p.j., 1971, multiplication theory of ideals, academic press, new york and london. 9. fieldhouse, d.j. pure theories, math.ann., 184,1-18,1969. 10. mijbass a.s. , on cancelation modules, m.sc. thesis , baghdad university , 1992. 11. faris, h. i., jasim, r. h., & mohammed, n. j. 2021, march. pseudo maximal submodules. in journal of physics: conference series (vol. 1818, no. 1, p. 012055). iop publishing. 12. mohammed, a. s., & sallman, m. d. 2017. 2-maximal submodules and related concepts. journal of university of anbar for pure science, 11(3). 13. jud h.m. , some types of fully cancelation modules , m.sc.thesis, baghdad university,2016. 193 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 " new schiff – bases prepared from pyromellitic dianhydride via its hydrazide derivative" jinan m. abdulrasool emad t. ali jumbad h. tomma dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) / university of baghdad received in:6/september/2015,accepted in:12/october/2015 abstract n, n′bis[4-hydroxy phenyl] pyromillitdiimide [ii] was prepared from the corresponding diamic acid , which was transfered to its new ester by the reaction with chloroethyl acetate [iii ], [iii] was used to prepare the novel hydrazide derivative [iv] , which was allowed to react with several aldehydes to yield the hydrazones [v – ix]. all the new compounds were synthesized , and characterized by their melting points .hnmr for some of them1ftir,c,h,n analysis and , key words: hydrazide , pyromellitic dianhydride , ester , schiff – bases. 194 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 c o o o c c o o o c nh2ho acetone2 cooh hooc ohconh ho (ch3co)2o o c c o o c c o ohho nn clch2c-och2ch3 hnco o c c o o c c o n n nh2-nh2-h2o ethanol o c c o o c c o nn och2cnhnh2 o h2nhn-ch2co iii ii ch3coona och2coch2ch3 o h3ch2och2co o o xchx ch v-ixx = ( och3 , n(ch3) , -ch3 , oh , -h ) scheme 1 gaa* o aceton i x c-h o 2 2 (glacial acetic acid ) o c c o o c c o nn och2cnhn= o =nhn-ch2co o 2 iv 195 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction pyromellitic diamic acids , imides are known to include an essential category in a wide range of applications such as , polymers , and are best known as segments of highly insulating polyimide dielectrics , they are though quit surprising that no attempt have been made to fabricate transistor from pyromellitdiimide derivatives , which have the simple aromaticring(benzene) in the center and the tetra carboxylic diimides on both sides of the benzene ring . thus , it is possible to screen a large number of imide side chains and investigate the impact of side chains on the mobility and environmental stability of pyromellitdiimide derivatives [1,2] , inetermediate compounds to a several reactions , biological activity … etc. on other hand , hydrazides , are known to have a great deal of their biological active organic compounds [37] these hydrazide and their condensation products were state to possess a wide range of biological activities as well as antibacterial activity[3] , hivinhibitors [5] pesticidal [6] , antifangal [7] . these hydrazides can be prepared by different methods [8,9] ; the most popular method is through their correspounding esters , by simple reaction between these esters and hydrazine hydrate[8]. hydrazide and their different products show a wide range of biological activities , as well as , antibacterial activity [3] , hiv inhibitors [5] , pesticidal [6] , and antifungal [7] . some of them and their corresponding hydrazones are psychopharmacological agent such as monoamine oxidase inhibitor and serotonin antagonists [10]. hydrazide – hydrazones compounds are not only intermediates but they are also very effective organic compounds in their own right . when they are used as intermediates , a very high number of derivatives can be synthesized and formed , that is because of the presence of the active hydrogen component of [ conhn=ch-] azomethine (imine) group [11 – 14] . hydrozone compounds as it was mentioned above , due to their azo methane group activities have taken an important role of many researchers in synthesizing a great numerous compounds of hydrazones by well – known hydrazinolysis method [15,16]. these compounds as well as their corresponding hydrazides found to have a wide applications in both health and medicine [17,18]. the aim of the following work is to synthesize , and characterize new hydrazide and their corresponding schiff – bases , their characterization was done via melting points , ftir , their biological activity was translated hnmr for some of them ,1elemental analysis and for further works . experimental material :all the chemicals were supplied from fluka , gcc, merck and aldrich chemicals co. , and were used as received. techniques:ftir spectra were recorded on a ftir – 600 ftir spectrometer elemental microanalysis (c.h.n) were carried out by a(c.h.n) . in the centeral lab at hnmr spectra were carried out by 1haitham . -college of education for ure science ibn / al company : bruker , model : ultra shield 300mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(s) , dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard uncorrected melting points were determined using hot-stage ( stmart melting point [spm 10] ) melting point apparatus. 196 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthetic methods synthesis of n ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (0.218 gm , 0.001 mole) in (15 ml) acetone , a solution of 4-hydroxy aniline (0.218 gm , 0.002 mole) in (15 ml)acetone was added dropwise during one hour , the mixture was then left at room temperature with continuous stirring for 24 hrs , the yellowish product was then obtained and filtered off , washed and recrystalized from acetone to give the corresponding n ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] [19] . ).1(c. all physical properties are shown in table oyeild 90% , m.p >300 synthesis of n, ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitdiimide (ii) [19] a (0.436 gm 0.001 mole) of n, ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)pyromellitamic diacid was placed in (50 ml) round bottom flask fitted with a condenser , a mixture of sodium acetate (0.164 gm , 0.002 mole) and acetic anhydride (3 ml) was added . the mixture was maintained between bath and stirred for one hour.the mixture was allowed to stirr –c) by means of water o 90 -(80 for 24 hrs at room temperature. then the mixture was poured on ice-water (400ml) and filtered off , recrystalized from acetone. the physical data of n, ,n′-bis(4-hydroxy phenyl) pyromellitdiimide are listed in table(1). synthesis of n,n′-bis(4-methoxy acetate phenyl)pryromellitdiimide (iii) [9] [ester] in 100 ml round bottom flask , a (0.4 gm 0.001 mole) of compound (ii) , (0.006mole) soduim acetate and (0.88 gm , 0.002 mole) chloro ethyl acetate were added , 10 ml of absolute ethanol was added , then the mixture was refluxed for 5 hrs , then the selvent was removed and the ester was washed with ethanol and recystalized from ethanol . the physical properties of the new ester are listed in table(1) (yeild70%). synthessis of the hydrazide(iv) [9] a mixture of (0.572 gm , 0.001 mole) of compound( iii) and (0.072 gm , 0.002 mole) hydrazine hydrate was placed in 100 ml round bottom flask , 10 ml of absolute ethanol was added , the mixture was refluxed for 5hrs , then the solution was filtered off and the filterate was concentrated , allowed to cool at room temperature , the precipitate was filter off , recrystallized from ethanol . (yield 68%) of the hydrazide . all physical propertie are listed in table(1). the c,h,n analysis for prepared hydrazide are listed below nhc  15.443.6757.35 calculated%  15.393.8457.73 found    197 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis of schiff – bases: [v – ix] a solution of (0.002 mole) of certain aldehydes with three drops of glacial acetic acid in 10ml absolute ethanol was placed in 100 ml round bottom flask , (0.4 gm 0.001 mole) of hydrazid in 10 ml absolute ethanol was added . the mixture was allowed to reflux for 3-5 hrs , then the mixture was cooled to room temperature , filtered off and recrystallized from ethanol to get schiff – bases [v – ix] . all physical properties are listed in table (1). c c c c oo o o nn -o ch 2 c o -n -n =c h h x ch3-o-co c h n n h x x= -h -ch3 -och3 -oh -n(ch3)2 v vi vii viii ix results and discussion: n, n′ bis(4-hydroxy phenyl) pyromellitamic diacid (i) was synthesized by the reaction of one mole of pmda. with two moles of 4 – hydroxyl aniline in acetone as a solvent [20]. the reaction mechanism involves nucloophilic addition , as follows scheme (2) . hoc c c c o o o oo hoc c c c o oo o n h h -oh n h h o o proton exchance c c c c oo o o oh ho ho-n h n h -oh hoi scheme 2 nh3 o nh3 198 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the characterization of n,n′ bis(4hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitamic diacid was by its melting point . and ftir , ftir spectra show the disappearance of absorption -group and other characterizing peaks due to anhydride ring of 4 2bands due to nh hydroxyl aniline and pmda respecivly , with appearance of new absorption stretching , c=o 1-3248 ) cm-bands due to oh of carboxylic and phenolic groups at (3217 . 1 -, c=o (amid) stretching at ( 1643 ) cm 1-at(1705 ) cm (carboxylic acid) stretching the ftir data obtained support the proposed structure. n,n′ bis(4-hydroxy phenyl) pyromellitdiimide (ii) was synthesized by the intra molecular cyclization reaction of the prepared diamic acid (i) using acetic anhydride – c) . the mechanism of o90-sodium acetate system [20] as a dehydrating agent at (80 the cyclization involves neucleophilic substitution reaction this compound (ii) was characterized by its melting point , ftir spectroscopy [21]. the ftir spectrum shows the disappearance of stretching absorption bands of nh , oh and c=o (amide and carboxylic acid moiety) groups of compound (i) , and the , which due to the 1 -1770 ) cm -appearance of two peaks in the region ( 1718 stretching vibration of the c=o (cyclic imide) and , also two absorption bands at about 21] , also c (cyclic) [-n -)symmetrical and asymmetrical c 1-)and (713 cm1 -(1132 cm ) , these ftir data fit with the 1-the phenolic (oh) group appeared at (3323 cm .proposed compound (ii) n,n′-bis –(4ethyl acetoxy phenyl) pyromillidiimide (iii) [9]. the phenolic group attached to the prepared diimide was converted to new ester by the reaction of compound (ii) with ethylchloroacetate in a basic medium , by nucleophilic subsititution reactions ,the etheylcholoroacetate and the diimidic phenol form the new ester (iii) , in which the phenoxide ion replaced the halogen of the ethyl chloro acetate to form the etheric ester , according to the following scheme . 199 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 200 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the prepared ester was identified by its melting point,ftir spectrum , which shows the disappearance of phenolic hydrogen (-oh) and the appearance of [-cooh) aliph. -) due to (c 1 -) , and the peak at (2927 cm 1 -ester group at (1442 cm] moiety. the following structure was proposed to the prepared ester . preparation of the hydrazide (iv) . [9] the prerpared ester was converted to the correspounding hydrazide by the reaction with hydrazine hydrate (80%) in ethanol as a solvent . the reaction between the hydrazine and the ester is a simple nucleophilic subsititution reaction mehanism at the carbon of the carbonyl group , by which an unstable intermediate will be formed , which lose a good leaving group (ethoxide group) to form the hydrazide as a final product . as shown in the following mechanism. (schem 4) . the final product was identified by its crystal shape and its melting point , ftir , c,h,n analysis and hnmr spectrum. h setrtching -) due the n 1-cm the ftir results show a sharp peak at ( 3172 group,and a band at 2due to nh )1 -) and (3340 cm1 -freqancy , and at (3282 cm ) due to the c=o group , this band was observed to be in lower frequency 1-(1697cm compared to that found in c=o group of the ester due to the resonance phenomena in the hydrazide moiety which lead to reduce the double bond order of (c=o) group and then to reduce the force constant of the bond , so that its frequency will be , then , reduced too [21]. 201 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the hnmr data figure (1) for the hydrazide (iv) shows the following signals: groups at δ 8.425 2four protons of ch ten protons of (aromatic ring protons ) at δ 6.39 – 6.48 two protons of nh (group) at δ 2.5 (groups) at δ 2.2 2four protons of nh these results (m.p , ftir , c,h,n and hnmr ) are fit with the proposed structure (iv). finally the formation of schiff bases (v-ix) which were prepared by the reaction of one mole of the prepared hydrazide with two moles of certai aromatic aldehydes to form the new schiff – bases in the acidic medium and follows the following mechanism . schem (5) . schiff – bases were idenfied by their melting points ftir ,c,h,n – analysis and hnmr for some of them. the ftir spectra , show the diappearnace of c=o group of the aldehydes used , and the formation of c=n at frequencies ranges -( 735 c bond of the hydrazone moiety at-n-, also the c 1 -cm) 1658 1606( 1618 ) -, and finally the c=c aromatic bonds which appeared at (1435 1 -cm) 1130 .which may interfere with c=c groups 1 -cm the c,h,nanalysis shows the following results in the (table2). the hnmr shows the following data [21] figure (2). two protons of ch= n (imin protons) at δ 9.4 (groups) at δ 3.8 3six proton of och two protons of nh (groups) at δ 2.5 (groups) at δ 8.515 2four protons of ch eighteen protons of aromaticring protons at δ 6.2 – 7.85 202 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 from the above data we can conclude that all the structure of the prepared schiff – bases fit with the proposed one . the formation of the new schiff – bases derivatives which was affected by the presence of attracting or repulling groups attached to the phenyl moiety of the aldehdes was translated for further research works[22]. references 1-sharma , p. ; kukreja , p. ; choudhary , v. and narula , a . (2005) curing and thermal behavior of epoxy resin in the presence of aromatic imides – amines , ind.j . of engine . and mat. sci; , 12 : 259 – 264. 2-lee , s. ; shin , g. ; chi, j. ; zin , w. ; jung, j. ; hahm , s. ; ree , m. and chang , t. (2006) synthesis , characterization and liquid – crystal aligining properties of novel aromatic polypyromellitimides bearing (n – alkyloxy) biphenyloxy side chains , polymer , 47(19 ) : 6606 – 6621. 3-rollas , s. ; gulerman , n. and erdeniz , h. (2000) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new hydrazones of 4-fluorobenzioe acid hydrazide and 3-acetyl – 2 ,5 – disubstituted – 1,2,3 – oxadiazolines. farma co , 57 ; (2) : 171 – 174 4-pavan , f. ; maia , r. ; and leite , s.(2010) , thiosemi carbazones , semicarbazones , dithiocarbazate , and hydrazide / hydrazones : anti – mycobacterium tuberculosis activity and cytotoxicity . eur.j. med chem. , 45 ; (5) : 1898 – 1905. 5-marastoni , m. ; baldisserotto , a. ; trapelle , c. ; mcdonald , j. ; bortolotti , f. and tomatis r. (2005) hiv protease inhibitor : synthesis and activity of n-aryl n′ hydroxyalky hydrazide pseudopeptides . eur – j.med. chem. ,40 (5) ; 445 – 451. 6-tabanca , n. ; ali , a. and bernier , ur.(2013) biting deterrence and insecticidal activity of hydrazide – hydrazones and their corresponding 3acetyl – b3 , 5-disubstituted – 2, 3 – dihydro – 1,3,4 – oxxa-diozoles against aedes aegypti. pest manag sci. , 69 ;(6) 703 – 708. 7-turan – zitounti , g. ; altintop , md. ; ozdemir , a. ; demirci , f. ; mohsen , ua. and kaplancikli , za. (2012) synthesis and antifangal activity of new hydrazide derivatives. j. enzym inhib.med. chem.. ; 55 ; (3). 8-aymen nabeel yaseen.(2005) ; m.sc. thesis submitted to college of education for pure science , university of mosul. 9-karam , n. ; tomma , j. and al-dujalli , a. (2013) " synthesis and characterization of heterocyclic compounds derived from 4-hydrox and 4-amino acetophenone . ibn alhaithum j. for pure and applied sci – (36) 3 , 28 34. 10-ashish , k. ; and jkm. (2012) a highly efficient solvent free synthesis of hydrazides using grinding technique , an int. q.j. heterocycles. , 2 ; (4) :401 -404. 11-rollas , s. ; and kuckgzel , sg . (2007) biological activities of hydrazone derivates. molecules. , 12;(8) :1910 – 1939. 12-kobayashi , m. ; goda , m. ; and shimizu , s. (1999) hydrazide synthesis : novel substrate specificity of amidase. biochem biophys res comman. , 256 ; (2):415 – 418. 203 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 13-hanumanagoud , h. ; and basavaraja k.m. (2013) synthesis and evaluation of some new oxadiazole and pyrazole derivatives incorporating benzofuran moiety . der pharma chem. , 5 ;(4) :87 – 98. 14-mohammad , s. ; and aymen , n. (2015) synthesis and characterization of some new hydrazides and their derivatives . ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sceince , (in press). 15-zabivky , j. (1970) "the chemistry of amides" john wiley and sons ltd. 16-govindasami t. (2011) synthesis , characterization and antibacterial activity of biologically important vanillin related to hydrazone derivatives. int. j. org . chem. , 1 ; (9): 71-77. 17-bernardino amr. ; gomes , ao. ; and charred ks. (2006) synthesis and leishmanicidal activities of 1-(4-x-phenyl)-n′-[(4-y-phenyl)methelen]-1h-parazole-4carbohyrazides. chem. inform. , 37 ; (27) 18-turan-zitouni g. ; altintop , md. ; ozdemir a. ; demirci f. ; mohsen ua. ; and kaplancikli za. (2013) synthesis and antifungal activity of new hydrazide derivatives. j. enzym inhib.med. chem. , 28 ; (6) , 1211-1216 . 19-ali , e. ; aliawy , k. and tomma , j. (2011) " synthesis and characterization of new symmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives and their amic acids " ibn al-haithum j. for pure and applied science , 24(3) :1-11. 20-awad , w. ; and ali , e. (1976) synthesis of some pyromellillitic acids , pyromellitdiimides and iso – imides" . iraqi j. of chem. (2), 88-94. 21-silverstein , r.m. ; webster , f. x. ; and kiemle, d.j. (2005) ("identification of ., eddition thorganic compounds") john wiley and sons , inc. 7 22-zahmathesh , s. and vakili , m. r. (2010) " synthesis and characterization of new optically active poly(ethyl –l-lysinamides and poly(ethyl – l-(ysinimide)s , j of amino acids , 1-6.   table ( 1 ):the physical properties of the prepared compounds recrystalization solvent yield copoint melting color the name of the compound compound no. acetone 90% 300> yellow [2,5-bis(4-hydroxy phenyl carbomoyl)terphthalic acid] i acetone 80% 300> deep yellow [2,6-bis(4-hydroxy phenyl)pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole-1,3,5,7(2h,6h)-tetraone ii ethanol 70% 300> pale light [ethyl 2-(4-(6-4-((ethoxy carbonyloxy))methyl)phenyl)-1,3,5,7,tetraoxo-6,7dihydro pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole(-2(1h,3h,5h)-yl)phenoxy acetate] iii ethanol 75% (187-189) orange [4-(6-(4-(2-hydrazinyl-2-oxoethoxy phenyl)-1,3,5,7-tetraoxo-6,7-dihydro pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole 2(h,3h,5h)-yl)benzo hydrazide] iv ethanol 76% (190-192) grey [2,2'-(4,4'-(1,3,5,7-tetreoxo pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole-2,6(1h,3h,5h,7h)diyl)bis(4,1-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(n'-benzylideneaceto hydrazide] v benzene 76% (207-209) yellowish-grey [2,2'-(4,4'-(1,3,5,7-tetreoxo pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole-2,6(1h,3h,5h,7h)diyl)bis(4,1-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(n'-(4-methyl)benzylideneaceto hydrazide] vi benzene 76% (238-240) deep yellow [2,2'-(4,4'-(1,3,5,7-tetreoxo pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole-2,6(1h,3h,5h,7h)diyl)bis(4,1-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(n'-(4-methoxy)benzylideneaceto hydrazide] vii ethanol 70% >>300 yellowish-red [2,2'-(4,4'-(1,3,5,7-tetreoxo pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole-2,6(1h,3h,5h,7h)diyl)bis(4,1-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(n'-(4-hydroxy)benzylideneaceto hydrazide] viii ethanol 70% 250 deep orange [2,2'-(4,4'-(1,3,5,7-tetreoxo pyrrolo[3,4-f]isoindole-2,6(1h,3h,5h,7h)diyl)bis(4,1-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(n'-(4-amino di methy)benzylideneaceto hydrazide] ix 205 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (2): the c, h, n analysis of the prepared schiff bases n % h % c % molecular formula compound no. 11.66 11.56 3.88 3.90 66.66 66.18 cal. found 8o6n28h40c (v) r =h 11.22 11.10 4.27 4.22 67.37 67.03 cal. found 8o6n32h42c (vi) r = ch3 10.76 10.61 4.10 4.59 64.61 64.33 cal. found 10o6n32h42c vii) r= och3( 11.17 10.98 3.72 3.77 63.82 63.69 cal. found 10o6n28h40c viii) r= oh( 13.89 13.78 4.71 4.67 65.50 66.08 cal. found 8o8n38h44c ix) r = 2n(ch3)(   206 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 hnmr for the hydrazide compound[iv] 207 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 hnmr for the compound [vii] 208 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 تحضير قواعد شف جديدة مشتقة من انهدريد البايروملتيك ومن خالل مشتقات الهيدرازايد جنان محسن عبدالرسول تقي علي عماد هرمز توما جمبد ابن الهيثم) / جامعة بغدادالصرفة (كلية التربية للعلوم /قسم الكيمياء 2015تشرين األول//12،قبل في: 2015أيلول//6استلم في: الخالصة (ثنائي اميك) , اذ ) من الحوامض المقابله له iiبايرومليتا داي ايميد ( ]هيدروكسي فينيل -4[ثنائي n′,nتم تحضير ) استعمل تحضير iii) . وهذا االستر االخير(iiiتم تحويله الى االستر الجديد من خالل تفاعله مع اثيل كلورواسيتيت ( ) بمفاعلته مع الهايدرازين المائي بوجود الكحول كمذيب , تم مفاعله مجموعة من الديهايدات ivالهيدرازيد الجديد ( ).v-ixالمحضر لتحضير قواعد شف الجديدة ( اوروماتية مع الهيدرازيد شخصت جميع المركبات المحضرة الجديدة من خالل درجات االنصهار , واالشعة تحت الحمراء وتحليل العناصر الدقيق والرنين النووي المغناطيسي للبعض منها اذ وجد من نتائج التحليل تطابق التراكيب المقترحة. .الهيدرازايد , انهدريد البايرومليتاميك , االسترات , وقواعد شف: الكلمات المفتاحية @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 effect of thickness on some optical properties of fe2o3 thin films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis technique noor alhuda h. abd al-husain dept. of physics/college of education for pure sciences(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 9 december 2012 , accepted in:1april 2013 abstract the paper reports the influence of the thickness on the some optical properties of fe2o3 thin films,which were prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis technique on glass substrate heated to 400˚c.the thickness of thin films (250,280,350)nm were measured by using weighting method. the optical properties include the absorbance and reflectance spectra,extinction coefficient,and real and imaginary part of the dielectric constant.the result showed that the optical constant(k,εr,εi)decreased with the increase of the thickness. keywords : fe2o3, spray pyrolysis technique, optical properties 137 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction fe2o3 is one of the most important transition metal oxides with a bandgap of 2.2 ev. it received an extensive attention due to its good intrinsic physical and chemical properties, such as its low cost, stability under ambient conditions, and environmentally friendly properties [1] .due to these properties, fe2o3 nanostructures can have wide applications in many fields including magnetic recording materials, catalysis, optical devices, gas sensors, photochemical and pigments.[2] . thin films of fe2o3were prepared using many deposition techniques such as aerosol – assisted chemical vapor deposition (aac-vd)which is simple to operate and very versatile.[3] and of fe2o3were prepared using technique pulsed laser deposition( pld)[4],solgel[5],sputtering [6,7] and from aim of research rajendra n.goyal et al[8]. reported the preparation and characterization of iron oxide nanocrystalline thin films by ultrasonic spray pyrolysis technique iron oxide films were grown on quartz substrate at different deposition temperatures varing from( 400-700)˚c.so the notice of both orientation and the size of the crystalline thin films revealed the magnetite to hematite phase transformation with on increase in substrate temperature and they showd the deposited thin films exhibited the estimated direct band gap (eg) in range 2-2.2ev ,in addition to that, the films deposited on quartz substrate at different temperatures had low conductivity and thus are not suitable for electrochemical sensing .while qing wei et al.[9] were reported thedifferent morphologies ofα − fe2o3 films including particles,porous,granular and nanosheets , which have been prepared by directly oxidizing the as-deposited fe films in air ,also the effect of the heating temperature ,duration of time and rate of heating were reported by adjusting the rapidly oxidation condition .they noticed that ,one can easily control the morphology of α fe2o3filmsfrom clusters of particles to porous films ,inaddition ,through the oxidation process at the low heating rate , 𝛼fe2o3 nanosheets can easily fabricated on the si subsitrate . expermintal thermal spray pyrolysis method is basically a chemical process, which consists of a solution that is sprayed into a substrate held at high temperature, where the solution reacts forming the desired thin film.fe2o3 films were grown onto glass substrates, using a typical spray pyrolysis system. the spray solution was prepared by mixing the appropriate volumes of ferrite nitride dehydrate (fe(no3)3.9h2o3) (molecular weight404.02 g/mol)which is a solid material with white color when it is completed dray while it has an orange color when it is dissolved in the water . the solution was prepared with (0.2 mol/l) by mixed (8.0804 gm) from (fe(no3)3.9h2o3) with (100ml) deionized water in magnetic stirrer to facilitate the complete dissolution of the solute in the solvent to obtain clear solution. finally, the solution was spray in to a spray pyrolysis deposition chamber. the flowing equation is used to obtain the required weight according to the calibration above: m= � ԝ𝑡 𝑀 𝑡 � . (1000 𝑉 ) ( 1) 𝑤𝑤 where :m is the concentration molars , v is the volume of water, ԝ𝑡 is the required weight and mwt is the molecular weight of (fe(no3)3.9h2o3). the following chemical equation is used to obtain the fe2o3 thin films: 4fe(no3)→2fe2o3 + 12no2↑ +3o2 (2) the substrate temperature was fixed at 400ºc and was controlled within ± 5 ºc with carrier air pressure (105n/m2) , flow rate of solution (10cm3/min) and the substrate to nozzle distance is 30cm.spraying was done in short time intervals (15sec) ,subsequent the deposition is stopped about 5min in order to returned the temperature into its original value. optical transmission 138 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 data were obtained with an uv-visible shimadzu 3101 pc double beam spectrophotometer.the effect of the thickness on the optical properties was investigated. weighting method ground glass is weighted before and after deposition completion of the re-depositionprocess and weighted again ,and weight difference ,which represents the weight of film material and the density of the material deposited area of the film can be calculated by the thickness of the thin film of the following equation : weight film material the thickness of the thin film= ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ the thickness of the thin film material x area of the film results and discussion the absorption spectrum of fe2o3 thin films in the spectral range (340-1100)nm was prepared at substrate temperature of 400c and different thickness is shown in figs.(1).it is clear from this figure that the spectral characterization is affected by thickness. the optical absorption spectrum decreases as the wavelength extends toward the visible region. the absorption decreases significantly and from590-1100 nm becomes linear into the infrared region. the presence of an absorption tail between 590 and 1100 nm indicates probably the existence of sub-band gap states[10]. also, we can observe from fig.(1) that the absorbance increases with the increase of thickness and shifted to longer wavelengths. this may be attributed to the creation of levels at the energy band by increasing thickness and this leads to the shift of peak to smaller energies. also we studied the spectrum of the reflectance as shown in fig.(2). it is obvious that their behavior is increased up to 480nm and than decreses with increase of wavelength. it can be observed that the reflectance increases with increasing of thickness this is attributed to the increase in the absorbance and decreases in the transmittance. optical constant of fe2o3 thin films were studied with the help of absorption spectra in the uv–visible region.fig (3) shows the extinction coefficient of fe2o3 thin films recorded in the range(340-1100)nm at different thickness. we can observe from this figure that the extinction coefficient, in general, decreases with the increase of wavelength for all films. also its value increases by the increase of thickness in the range(250,280,350)nm. this is attributed to the same reason mentioned previously in the absorption spectrum. the fundamental electron excitation spectrum of the film was described by means of a frequency dependent of the complex electronic dielectric constant. the dielectric constant is defined as, ε(ω)=εr(ω)+iεi(ω) and real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant are related to the n and k values. the ε1 and ε2 values were calculated using the formulas [11] , r (ω) = n2 (ω) − k2 (ω) i (ω) = 2n (ω) k (ω) the εr and εi values dependence of wavelength are respectively shown in fig. 4 and fig. 5. the εr values are higher than that of εi values. it is seen that the εr and εi values decrease with increasing of thickness. conclusion fe2o3 thin films were prepared using spray pyrolysis technique onto glass substrate at temperature equal to 400˚c and different thickness (250,280&350)nm .from uv-visible spectrometer , the absorption spectrum was measured .also, the optical constant such as 139 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 extinction coefficient real and imaginary dielectric constant were determined and indicated that they decreased with the increase of the wavelength and the thickness. references 1. wu, j. j.; lee, y. l.; chiang, h. h. and wong, d. k. p(2006). j. phys. chem. b110 18108. 2. yiroky´ k. s ˇ ;jiresˇova´, j. and hudec l. o. (1994), thin solid films 245 211 3.asif ali tahir , upul wijayan tha k.g., sina saremi-yarahmadi,muhammad mazhar and vickie mckee, .2009,nanostructured ∝fe2o3 thin films for photoelectrochemical hydrogen generation ,chem.mater,21,3763-3772,3763. 4.krause. m.k., esquinazi p., ziese m., hohne r., pan a., galkin a.and zeldov e., (2002) j. magn. magn. mater. 245 1097 5. tang, n.j; zhong.w.;jiang, h.y.; wu.x.l, iu.w l, du.y.w, (2004) j. magn. magn. mater. 282 92. 6. ohta,s. andtterada, a. (1986) thin solid films 143 73. 7. zhang, g.; fan, c.; pan, l.; wang, f.; wu ,p.; giu, h.;gub. y .; zhang.y. magn. magn.j. 8. rajendra, n. goyal a,∗, davinder kaurb, ashish k. pandeya (2009), growth and characterization of iron oxide nanocrystalline thin films via low-cost ultrasonic spray pyrolysis, materials chemistry and physics, 116, 638–644 9. qing wei, zhengcao li, zhengjun zhang* and qin zhou, (2009), facile synthesis of _fe2o3 nanostructured films with controlled morphology, materials transactions, 50: ( 6) 1351 to 1354 10. beermann, n.; vayssieres, l.; lindquist, s.-e.and hagfeldt, a. j. (2000) electrochem. soc., 147, 2456–2462. 11. moss, s.;burrell, g.j.and. ellis, b. (1973), semiconductor opto-electronics, wiley, new york. fig.(1): absorption spectrum as a function of wavelength for fe2o3 films at different thickness 140 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig.(2): reflectance spectrum as a function of wavelength for fe2o3 films at different thickness fig. (3): extinction coefficient as a function of wavelength for fe2o3 thin films at different thickness fig.(4) variation of εr as a function of wavelength forfe2o3films at different thickness fig.(5) variation of εi as a function of wavelength for fe2o3films at different thickness 141 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 التحللالرقیقة المحضرة بطریقة fe2o3 بعض الخواص البصریة ألغشیة فيتأثیر السمك الكیمیائي عبد الحسین نورالھدى حسن / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھیثم ( الفیزیاء/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفةعلوم قسم 2013نیسان 1قبل البحث في ، 2012كانون األول 9أستلم البحث الخالصة وبسمك متغیر c˚400 الكیمیائي على أرضیات زجاجیة وبدرجة حرارة التحللالرقیقة بطریقة fe2o3أغشیة حضرت بأستخدام الطریقة الوزنیة .الخواص البصریة تم تحدیدھا بسمك العینات المستخدمة وقیس )nm)250,280,350من الثوابت البصریة التي تتضمن درست)كذلك nm)340-1100المطیاف الخاص بدراسة الخواص البصریة وللمدى من سیة معامل الخمود من القیاسات المباشرة لالمتصاصیة واالنعكا معامل الخمود ،ثابت العزل بجزئیھ الحقیقي والخیالي .یحدد .وتشیر النتائج الى أن الثوابت البصریة لالغشیة الرقیقة تقل بزیادة السمك. الكیمیائي ،الخواص البصریة التحللثالثي أوكسید الحدیدوز، ، : الكلمات المفتاحیة 142 | physics قسم علوم الفيزياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الهيثم)/ جامعة بغداد microsoft word 118-125 mathematics | 118 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 wn-2-absorbing submodules and wns-2-absorbing submodules wissam a. hussain departmentt of"mathematics ,college of education for pure science, tikrit"university,iraq wissam.abbas1987@gmail.com 'haibt k. mohammd ali 'department of"mathematics,college"of'"computer 'science"and"mathematics, tikrit"university,iraq'/ ///' article history: received 30 july 2018, accepted 3 september 2018, published december 2018"" abstract"" "in''this"article, we"study, the"concept"of wn"-"2"-''absorbing'''submodules and wns''''2''-''absorbing"submodules as generalization of weakly 2-absorbing and weakly semi 2absorbing submodules respectively. we investigate some of basic properties, examples and characterizations of them. also, prove, the class of wn-2-absorbing "submodules is contained in the class of wns-2-absorbing "submodules. moreover, many interesting results about these concepts, were proven. keywords:"wn-2-absorbing submodules, wns-2-absorbing submodules, weakly 2absorbing submodules, weakly semi-2-absorbing submodules. 1. introduction" weakly''2''-''absorbing'''submodules'''was"introduced by"darani and''"soheilinia, in 2011, where a''proper''submodule''b of an"r''-''module"y is''called'''weakly'''"2 absorbing''submodule,''if''whenever'''0 ≠ aby ∊ b, with a, b ∊ r, y ∊ y, implies that either ay ∊ b or by ∊ b or ab ∊ [b:y] [1]". and the concept of a weakly semi 2-absorbing submodule was introduce by"haibt and khalaf in 2018, where a''proper ''submodule''b of an"r"'''module"'''y'''is'''called a"weakly"semi'''2-"absorbing"submodule , if"whenever 0 ≠ a y ∊ b , with a ∊ r, y ∊ y, implies that either ay ∊ b or'''a ∊ [ b : y] [2]. "these two concepts are generalized in this article, to wn-2-absorbing submodules and wns-2-absorbing submodules, we prove that the class of wn-2-absorbing submodules is contained in the class of wns-2-absorbing submodules while the converse is not true see example (3.14).''''recall'''that''a''submodule a of an r"-''module y is ''called'''small if"for any"submodule b of y, y = a + b, implies that a = y [3]. recall that an r-epimorphism f ∶ y → y is called small if kerf is a small submodule of y, and f ȷ m ȷ m` ȷ f m and ȷ m f ȷ m [3]. a ring r is a good ring if 𝚥(r) y = 𝚥(y), where y is an rmodule equivalently r is a good ring if 𝚥(y) ∩ a = (a) for every submodule a of y [3]. if y is an r-module and a, b, c are submodules of y with b ⊆ c. then (a + b) ∩ c = ( a ∩ c ) + (b ∩ c ) = ( a ∩ c ) + b [3]. recall that an "r-"module y is '''regular ''if'''r'/'ann'(x)''is''regular''ring'''[4].'''recall''that''a''subset''s'''of'''a''ring'r is called multiplicatively'''''closed'''subset''''of r if '''1'∈'s''and'''ab ∈ s "for all'''a'',''b'∈ s [5]". this note consists of two parts in the first part, we introduced'''the''concept''of "wn''-2"-''absorbing''submodule'', and in the second part we introduced"the''concept''of'''wns'-'2'-'absorbing''''submodule'. mathematics | 119 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2. wn-2-absorbing"submodules"and related concept in this part of the research,'we''''introduce''''and'''studied''''the''''concept'''of wn-2"'absorbing'''submodules'''as''a''generalization'''of weakly"2'-'absorbing''submodules''. 'definition'1 a"proper'''submodule''b of an"r'-'module'''y is''said''to"be wn-'2'-'absorbing submodules'"if''whenever' 0 aby ∊ "b, where a, b ∊"r, y ∊ y, implies that either ay ∊ "b ′ "ȷ y or by ∊ "b ′ "ȷ y or ab ∊ "b ′ "ȷ y : y , where 𝚥(y) is the jacobsen radical of y. an''ideal' i"of a ring r' is"'said' to'"be wn-'2-'absorbing' ideal of"r, if'''i is'''a wn-"2'absorbing'''submodules'"of"an"r'-'module'r. remark"2 'every"weakly 2-absorbing"submodule of an r-module y is wn-2-absorbing submodules, while the converse is not true. proof clear. for the converse consider the following example : let y = z , r = z and b = 〈8〉 it is clear that b is a wn-2-absorbing submodules of y since b + 𝚥(y) =〈8〉 + 〈2〉 = 〈2〉. but b is not weakly 2-absorbing submodule of y since, 0 ≠ 2.2.2 ∊ b, but 2.2 ∉ b and 2.2 ∉ [b:y] = 8z. 'proposition' 3 let''y'''be'''an"r''-''module',''and'''b''a'''proper'''submodule'''of"y''''with'''𝚥''(y)''⊆b then'''b'''is'''a''''weakly"2''-'''absorbing''''submodule''of'''y'''if''and''only"if''''b'''is"a"wn-2"'absorbing'''submodule'''of'''y. proof" ⟹ by remark (2.2). (⟸ since 𝚥 (y) ⊆ b then b + 𝚥 (y) = b , hence proof is direct. proposition 4 let y be an"r-module, and b a"proper"submodule of y with a ⊂ b. if a is a wn-2absorbing"submodule of y and 𝚥 (y) ⊆𝚥(b), then a"is'''a"wn-2-''absorbing' 'submodule"of b. 'proof" 'let 0" aby ∊ ′a, where′a, b ∊ r, y ∊ ′b , since a is a"wn-2-absorbing "submodule of y then either ay ∊ a ȷ y or by ∊ a ȷ y or ab ∊ a ȷ y : y , but 𝚥 (y) ⊆𝚥( b), so either ay ∊ a ȷ b or by ∊ a ȷ b or ab ∊ a ȷ y : y ⊆ a ȷ b : y ⊆ a ȷ b : b since b is a"submodule of y. hence a a wn-2-absorbing"submodule of b. proposition 5 let"y be an"r"-'module,''and'''b a'proper'''submodule''of y,"'if b + 𝚥(y) is''a wn-2"absorbing'''submodule'''of y,''then'''b is'''a wn-2"-'absorbing"'submodule''of'''y. 'proof" since'''b ⊆ b + 𝚥(y), hence proof is clearly. mathematics | 120 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 remark 6 the"intersection of two is a "wn-2"-'absorbing''submodules'"of"an"r'-"module y need not to be is a wn-2-absorbing"submodule. the following example explain that: let y = z, r = z, a = 6z, b = 7z. clearly a, b is a wn-2-absorbing submodules since they are weakly 2-absorbing submodules of y but a ∩ b = 42z is not wn-2-absorbing submodule of y since, if 0 ≠ 2.3.7 ∈ a ∩ b, but 2.7 ∉ a ∩ 𝚥(y) and 3.7 ∉ a ∩ 𝚥(y) and 2.3 ∉ [a ∩ 𝚥(y): y] = 42z. 'proposition'7 'let y"be an"r'-"module ,"and''a, b are wn-'2'-'absorbing''submodules"of''y with a ⊆ 𝚥( y) and b ⊆ 𝚥(y), then a ∩ b is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y. proof" let 0 ≠ aby ∈ a ∩ b , with a, b ∈ r, y ∈ y, implies that 0 ≠ aby ∈ a and 0 ≠ aby ∈ b. it follows that either ay ∊ "′a ′"ȷ y or by ∊ "′a′ "ȷ y or ab ∊ a ȷ y : y , and either ay ∊ ′b′ ′ȷ y or by ∊ ′b ′ȷ y or ab ∊ "′b ′ȷ y : y . but"a ⊆ 𝚥( y) and b ⊆ 𝚥(y), then a + 𝚥(y) = 𝚥(y) and b + 𝚥(y) = 𝚥(y). hence ay ∊ ȷ y or by ∊ ′ȷ y or' ab′ ∊ ′ ȷ y : y . thus'a ∩ b ⊆ 𝚥(y), implies that a ∩ b + 𝚥(y) = 𝚥(y) thus, we have ay ∊ a ∩ b ȷ y or by ∊ a ∩ b ȷ y or ab ∊ a ∩ b ȷ y : y . so, a ∩ b is a wn-2'absorbing'''submodule of'"y. 'proposition"8 ' let"y be an r'-"module, over"a good ring and a, b are submodules of y, a ⊈ b and 𝚥(y) ⊆ a , if b is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y, then a ∩ b is wn-2-absorbing submodules of a. proof since a ⊈ b, then a ∩ b is a proper submodule of a, let 0 ≠ aby ∈ a ∩ b , with a, b ∈ r, y ∈ y. then 0 ≠ aby ∈ a and 0 ≠ aby ∈ b. since b wn-2-absorbing submodules of y, then either ay ∊ ′b′ ′ȷ y or by ∊ ′b" "ȷ y or ab ∊ ′b ′ȷ y : y . that is either either ay ∊ b" "ȷ y ∩ a or by ∊ b "ȷ y " ∩ a or aby ⊆ b ȷ y ∩ a , hence by moduler law we have either ay ∊ a ∩ b ȷ a or by ∊ a ∩ b ȷ a or ab ∊ a ∩ b ȷ a : y ⊆ a ∩ b ȷ a : a , thus a ∩ b is wn-2-absorbing submodules of a. as a direct consequence of proposition 2.8, we get'''the''following"'corollary 'corollary"9 'let"y be'''an"r'-"module", over a"good ring and a, b are"submodules of y, a ⊈ b and a is a"maximal"submodule of y, if b is wn-2-absorbing"submodules of y, then a ∩ b is wn-2-absorbing submodules of a. proposition 10 let y'''be''an"r'-'module'',"and''a proper"submodule'"of y.''then"a'''is"wn-2"'absorbing'''submodules'''of"y if'''and'''only'''if'''for each submodule b of y with [ a:y] ⊆ [a:b] and for each a, b ∊ r with 0 ≠ abb ⊆ a, implies that either ab⊆a + 𝚥(y) or bb⊆a + 𝚥(y) or ab ∊ [a+𝚥(y):y]. mathematics | 121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 proof suppose that 0 ≠ abb ⊆ a for each submodule b of y and a, b ∊ r. then 0 ≠ aby ∊ a for each y ∊ b ⊆ y. but a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y, implies that either ay ∊ a + 𝚥(y) or by ∊ a + 𝚥(y) or ab ∊ [a+𝚥(y):y]. it follows that either ab⊆a + 𝚥(y) or bb⊆a + 𝚥(y) or ab ∊ [a+𝚥(y):y]. conversely: let 0 ≠ aby ∊ a for all y ∊ y, a, b ∊ r . that is 0 ≠ aby ⊆ a, implies that ab ∊ [ a:y] ⊆ [a:b], it follows that 0 ≠ abb ⊆ a hence by hypothesis either ab⊆ a + 𝚥(y) or bb⊆ a + 𝚥(y) or ab ∊ [a+𝚥(y):y]. that is either ay ∊ a + 𝚥(y) or by ∊ a + 𝚥(y) or ab ∊ [a+𝚥(y):y]. thus a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y. 'proposition 11 let y be an"r'-'module'''and"a is'''a'''proper'''submodule''of y.'if"a''is"wn-2"-'absorbing submodules"'of"y, 'then" s a is"wn-2"-'absorbing"submodules"'of an ' s r -"module" s y , where s is''a'''multiplicatively'''closed'"subset"'of 'r. proof let 0 ≠ ∈ s a , where , ∊ s r and ∈ s y with r , r ∈ r , s , s , s ∈ s , y ∊ y. then 0 ≠ ∈ s a , where t = s s s ∈ s , then there exists t ∈ s such that 0 ≠ t r r y ∈ a. but a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y, then either t r y ∈ a + 𝚥(y) or t r y ∈ a + 𝚥(y) or t r r ∈ a + 𝚥(y) : y]. implies that ∈ s a ȷ y ⊆ s a ȷ s y or ∈ s a ȷ y ⊆ s a ȷ s y or ∈ s a + 𝚥(y) : y] ⊆ [ s a ȷ s y : s y . thus either ∈ s a ȷ s y or ∈ s a ȷ s y or ∈ [s a ȷ s y : s y . hence s a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of an s rmodule s y. proposition 12 let h : y → y` be a small r-epimorphism . and a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y containing kerh. , then h a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of of y`. 'proof " 'it''is''clear''that ℎ(a) is'''a'''proper'''submodule''of y` , let aby`∈ h (a) , where a , b ∈ r, y` ∈ y` , then h (y) = y`. for some y ∊ y. thus 0 ≠ abh(y) ∊ h(a), then h(aby) = h(n) for some nonzero n ∊ a. since kerh ⊆ a it follows that 0 ≠ aby ∊ a , but a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y, then either ay ∊ a + 𝚥(y) or by ∊ a + 𝚥(y) or ab ∊ [ a + 𝚥(y) :y]. thus either ah(y) ∊ h(a) +h( 𝚥(y)) or bh(y) ∊ h(a) + h(𝚥(y)) or abh(y) ⊆ h(a) +h( 𝚥(y)). but h is small epimorphism then either ay`∈ h (a) + (y`) or by`∈ h (a) + (y`) or aby` ⊆ h (a) + 𝚥(y`). hence h a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of of y`. proposition 13 let h : y → y` be a small r-epimorphism . and a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y` then ℎ 𝐴 is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y. proof let 0 ≠ aby ∊ ℎ 𝐴 , where a , b ∈ r, y ∊ y, with ay ∉ ℎ 𝐴 + 𝚥(y)and by ∉ ℎ 𝐴 + 𝚥(y). it follows that ah(y) ∉ h( ℎ 𝐴 + 𝚥(y)) = a + 𝚥(y`) and bh(y) ∉ h( ℎ 𝐴 + 𝚥(y)) = a mathematics | 122 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 + 𝚥(y`) because h is a small epimorphism. we have 0 ≠ aby ∊ ℎ 𝐴 , implies that 0 ≠ abh(y) ∊ 𝐴 , but a is wn-2-absorbing submodules of y`, then ab ∊ [a + 𝚥(y`): y`] that is ab y` ⊆ a + 𝚥( y` ), implies that abh(y) ⊆ a + 𝚥( y` ), hence aby ⊆ ℎ 𝐴 𝚥 𝑌` ⊆ ℎ 𝐴 𝚥 𝑌 . thus ab ∊ [ℎ 𝐴 𝚥 𝑌 :y]. 3. wns-2-absorbing submodules and related concept this section devoted to'''introduce'''and'''study''the'''concept'''of wns"-2"absorbing'''submodules''''as"a'''generalization'''of'''a''weakly"semi"2-'absorbing'''submodule. definition 14 a''proper'''submodule'''b'''of"an"r'-'module"y"is'"said''to'be"a"wns'-'2''absorbing'''submodule'''of''y , 'if"whenever' 0 ≠ 𝑎 𝑦 ∈ "𝐵 , where a ∊"r, y ∊y, implies that either ay ∊ b + 𝚥(y) or 𝑎 ∈ [ b + 𝚥(y) :y]. an"'ideal i'"of"a"'ring r"'is'''called'''a'''wns;-"2'absorbing'''ideal if"i is"a wns-'2-'absorbing'r-'submodule'''of an''r'-'module"r. remarks''and'examples 15 1. it is clear that'''every'''weakly'''semi'''2-'absorbing"submodule"'of an"r-'module"y is'a wns-"2-'absorbing"submodule of y while'''the'''converse' is'''not'''true 2. in the z-'module" 𝑍 , the submodule b = 〈8〉 is'a wns-2'-"absorbing submodule'"'of y, 'but"'not''weakly"'semi 2-absorbing of y since 0 ≠ 2 2 ∈ 𝐵 , but 2 ∉ 𝐵 and 2 ∉ [b:y]. 3. if y be an r-module, with 𝚥(y) = 0, then a wns-2-absorbing submodule of y, equivalent with a weakly semi 2-absorbing submodule of y. 4. if y is semi simple (regular) r-module, then a wns-2-absorbing submodule of y and weakly semi 2-absorbing submodule of y are equivalent. 5. if y is a r-"module", and b"a proper"submodule"of y, with 𝚥(y) ⊆ b. then b is"a wns-2"-absorbing"submodule"of y if"and"only"if b is a"weakly semi 2"absorbing"submodule"of y. 6. if b is a proper submodule of y, with b + 𝚥(y) is a wns-2"-'absorbing 'submodule'"of''y, then''b is'"a wns-"2"-'absorbing"'submodule"of' y. 'proposition 16 let y be"an"r'-'module'''and b be'a''proper''submodule'"of'y then b + 𝚥(y)'is a'"wns-2'"absorbing"'submodule"of' y 'if"and"only"if"for each non-zero a ∊ r [b + 𝚥(y) : 𝑎 𝑦] = [b + 𝚥(y) : ay] or 𝑎 ∊ [b + 𝚥(y) : y]. proof ⟹ suppose that 𝑎 ∉ [b + 𝚥(y) : y], and let c ∊ [b + 𝚥(y) : 𝑎 𝑦], implies that 0 ≠ 𝑎 𝑐𝑦 ∊ b + 𝚥(y), but b + 𝚥(y) is a wns-2-absorbing submodule of y and 𝑎 ∉ [b + 𝚥(y) : y], then acy ∊ b + 𝚥(y), implies that c ∊ [b + 𝚥(y) : ay]. thus [b + 𝚥(y) : 𝑎 𝑦] ⊆ [b + 𝚥(y) : ay]. clearly [b + 𝚥(y) : ay] ⊆ [b + 𝚥(y) : 𝑎 𝑦]. hence [b + 𝚥(y) : 𝑎 𝑦] = [b + 𝚥(y) : ay]. ⟸) let 0 ≠ 𝑎 𝑦 ∊ b + 𝚥(y), where a ∈ r, y ∈ y. by hypothesis, if [b + 𝚥(y) : 𝑎 𝑦] = [b + 𝚥(y) : ay] and 0 ≠ 𝑎 𝑦 ∊ b + 𝚥(y), implies that [b + 𝚥(y) : 𝑎 𝑦] = r implies that [b + 𝚥(y) : ay] = r, hence ay ∈ b +'𝚥(y)'. mathematics | 123 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 proposition 17 'let"y 'be"'an"r'-'module"'and"a',"b are submodules of y, with a is a subset of b. if a is a wns-2-"absorbing"submodule"of y and 𝚥(y) ⊆ (b), then a is a wns-2-absorbing submodule of b. proof similarly as in proposition 2.4 proposition 18 let y be an"r'-'module"over"a good"ring''r" and"a', b are"proper'"submodules of"y. if a is a wns-"2-'absorbing'"submodule'"'of"y"then' a is' a; wns-'2-'absorbing''submodule''of b. 'proof"" 'let"0 ≠ b y ∊ b, for b ∈ r, y ∈ b ⊆ y, it follows that either by ∈ a + 𝚥(y) or b ∊ [a + 𝚥(y):y], implies that by ∈ (a + 𝚥(y))∩ b or b y ∊ (a + 𝚥(y)) ∩ b, for each y ∈ b. thus by modular law, by ∈ (a∩b) + (𝚥(y)∩ b). but r is a good ring, then 𝚥(y)∩ b = 𝚥(b) and''a ∩'b'is'''a'''proper'''subset'of"a, hence either by ∈ 'a"+"𝚥('b") or b y ∊ a + (b) for each y ∈ b. thus either by ∈ a + (b) or b y ∊ [a + (b):b]. hence a is a wns-2-absorbing submodule of b. 'remark 19 the intersection of two wns-2"-"absorbing' submodules 'of 'an"r-"'module y"is' not necessary wns-"2-"absorbing'"submodules"of y. the following example explain that: let y = z, r = z and a=2z, b=25z, clearly a, b are wns-2-absorbing submodules of y, but a ∩ b = 50z, is not wns-2-absorbing submodule of y. 'proposition 20 let y be"'an"r'-"module'","and'"a', b are"proper' submodules"of y with 𝚥(y) ⊆ a, or 𝚥(y) ⊆ b, if a and b are wns"-2-'absorbing'"submodules"of'"y',"then' a ∩ b]is a''wns"-2"absorbing'"submodule'"of;;y. proof"" let '0" ≠ r y ∈ a ∩ b, where r ∈ r, y ∈ y, then 0 ≠ r y ∈ a and 0 ≠ r y ∈ b, but both a and b are wns-2-absorbing submodules of y then either ry ∈ a + 𝚥(y) or r ∈ a ȷ y : y and either ry ∈ b + 𝚥(y) or r ∈ b ȷ y : y . implies that ry ∈ a + 𝚥(y) ∩ b + 𝚥(y) or r y ⊆ a ȷ y ∩ b ȷ y if 𝚥(y) ⊆ b, then b + 𝚥(y) = b , thus either ry ∈ a + 𝚥(y) ∩ b or r y ⊆ a ȷ y ∩ b, it follows that either ry ∈ a∩ b + 𝚥(y) or r y ⊆ a ∩ b ȷ y . that is ry ∈ a∩ b + 𝚥(y) or r ∈ a ∩ b ȷ y : y . hence a ∩ b is a wns-2-absorbing submodule of y. similarly if 𝚥(y) ⊆ a, we get a ∩ b is a wns-2absorbing submodule of y. proposition"21" let"y be' an"r-"module' ,"and'"a' is a"proper'"submodule'"of' y with 𝚥(y) ⊆ a ,"'if a'"is' a'"wns-2-"absorbing' submodules'"of y, then'"['a :y] is"a wns-2-"absorbing''"ideal' of'''r. mathematics | 124 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 proof since a is a wns-2-absorbing submodules of y, and 𝚥(y) ⊆ a, then by remarks and examples 15 (5), a a weakly semi 2-absorbing submodule of y, then by [2,prop. 4], [ a:y] is a weakly semi 2-"absorbing'"ideal' of'"r, so by (1) ['a':y ] is"a wns-'2-"absorbing'"ideal' of'r'. proposition 22 let y 'be"'a cyclic r'-"module ,'and"a is"a'"proper'"submodule'"of' y if'"[a:y]"'is a'"wns"-2-"absorbing'"ideal' 'of"r' with' 𝚥(r) ⊆ ['a:y], then"a"is a wns-2"absorbing'"submodules'"of'' y. proof follows by remarks and examples 15(5)(1) and corollary [2, coro. 2.5]. proposition 23 let g : y → y` be small r-epimorphism and a proper submodules of y, with kerg ⊆ a. if a is a wns-'2-"absorbing'''submodules"of'"y',"then'"g(a) is'"a' wns-"2-"absorbing'' submodules 'of "y`. proof"" similarly,"'as"'in"'proposition'"2.12. proposition 24 'let′ 𝑔 ∶ "𝑌′ → ′𝑌` ""be small"r'-epimorphism and 𝐴` proper submodules of 𝑌` . if 𝐴` is a wns-2"-"absorbing'' submodules 'of"' 𝑌′` ,"then' 𝑔 𝐴` 'is"a''wns-"2-"absorbing'' submodules"of'"y. proof""" similarly,"'as"'in"'proposition'"2'.13. proposition"25 'let"y"be"an"r'-"module ,"and' a is'"a'"proper'"submodule'"of'' y"if'' a is"a wns-2"absorbing'"submodules"'of y,"then' s a "is' is a wns'-2-absorbing' submodules of s r module s y. proof similarly as in proposition 2'.11 proposition 26 'let"y"be"an"r'-"module"and'"a"is"a'"wn-2-"absorbing'"submodules"'of"y,then'"a is'"a' wns-"2-"absorbing'' submodules'"of'"y. proof" let"0' ≠ a y ∈ a , where a ∈ r , y ∈ y that is 0 ≠ a. a y ∈ a . since a is a wn-2absorbing. then either ay ∈ a + 𝚥(y) or a ∈ a ȷ y : y . thus a is wns-2-absorbing submodules of y. 'the"'converse"'of"'proposition '3.13 is"'not"'true. 'in"'general 'as"'the"'following"examples' shows' that: mathematics | 125 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2001 vol. 31 (3) 2018 example"27 let y = z ⊕ z , r = r , a = 15z ⊕ (0), a is wns-2-absorbing submodules of y, but not is wn-2-absorbing. since 0 ≠ 3.5(1,0) ∊ a, but 3(1,0) ∉ a + 𝚥(y) and 5(1,0) ∉ a + 𝚥(y) and 3.5 ∉ [a + 𝚥(y) : y] = (0). references 1. darani'. a."y.'; soheilnia, f. 2'-"absorbing"and"weakly'"2-"absorbing' "submodules'.taحhi journal"math."2011, 9',"577' – 584. 2. haibat. m. k.; khalaf, a.h. weakly semi 2-absorbing submodules. journal of alanbar university for pure science. in press 2018. 3. kasch, f. modules and rings. london math. soc. monographs. 17, new york, academic press. 1982. 4. yaseen, m."s. f-'regular''modules'."m. sc".'thesis''university"of' baghdad'. 1993. 5. larsen, d. m; mc carthy, g. p. multiplication theory of ideals. academic press new-york and london. 1971. 1 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 137 8201( عام 2العدد) 13المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 soft (1,2)*-omega separation axioms and weak soft (1,2)*-omega separation axioms in soft bitopological spaces sabiha i. mahmood asaad adel abdul-hady dept. of mathematics/ college of science/ university of mustansiriyah ssabihaa@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq received in:24/april/2018, accepted in:6/june/2018 abstract in the present paper we introduce and study new classes of soft separation axioms in soft bitopological spaces, namely, soft (1,2)*-omega separation axioms and weak soft (1,2)*omega separation axioms by using the concept of soft (1,2)*-omega open sets. the equivalent definitions and basic properties of these types of soft separation axioms also have been studied. keywords: soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets, soft (1,2)*-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-α-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-b-ωit ~ -spaces, and soft (1,2)*-β-ωit ~ -spaces, for 2,1,,0 2 1i . https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 mailto:ssabihaa@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 138 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction soft set theory was firstly introduced by molodtsov [1] in 1999 as a new mathematical tool for dealing with uncertainty while modeling problems in computer science, economics, engineering physics, medical sciences, and social sciences. in 2011 shabir and naz [2] introduced and studied the concept of soft topological spaces. in 2014 senel and çagman [3] investigated the notion of soft bitopological spaces over an initial universe set with a fixed set of parameters. in 2018 mahmood and abdul-hady [4] introduced and studied new types of soft sets in soft bitopological spaces called soft (1,2)*-omega open sets and weak forms of soft (1,2)*-omega open sets such as soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open sets, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open sets, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open sets and soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open sets. the main purpose of this paper is to introduce and study new types of soft separation axioms in soft bitopological spaces called soft (1,2)*-omega separation axioms and weak soft (1,2)*-omega separation axioms by using the notion of soft (1,2)*-omega open sets such as soft (1,2)*-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-α-ωit ~ spaces, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-b-ωit ~ -spaces, and soft (1,2)*-β-ωit ~ -spaces , for 2,1,,0 2 1i . moreover we study the fundamental properties and equivalent definitions of these types of soft separation axioms. 1. preliminaries: throughout this paper u is an initial universe set, )(up is the power set of u, p is the set of parameters and pc . definition (1.1) [1]: a soft set over u is a pair ),( ch , where h is a function defined by )(: upch  and c is a non-empty subset of p. definition (1.2)[5]: a soft set ),( ch over u is called a soft point if there is exactly one ce such that }{)( ueh  for some uu and φ)(eh , }{\ ece  and is denoted by }){,(~ ueu  . definition (1.3)[5]: a soft point }){,(~ ueu  is called belongs to a soft set ),( ch if ce and )(ehu , and is denoted by ),(~~ chu . definition (1.4) [5]: a soft set ),( ch over u is called countable (finite) if the set )(eh is countable (finite) ce . definition (1.5)[6]: a soft set ),( ch over u is called a null soft set with respect to c if for each ce , φ)(eh , and is denoted by cφ ~ . if pc , then ),( ch is called a null soft set and is denoted by φ~ . definition (1.6)[6]: a soft set ),( ch over u is called an absolute soft set with respect to c if for each ce , ueh )( , and is denoted by cu ~ . if pc , then ),( ch is called an absolute soft set and is denoted by u ~ . definition (1.7)[6]: let ),( 11 ch and ),( 22 ch be soft sets over a common universe u. then we say that: (1) ),( 11 ch is a soft subset of ),( 22 ch denoted by ),( ~),( 2211 chch  if 21 cc  and )()( 21 eheh  for each 1ce . (2) the soft union of two soft sets ),( 11 ch and ),( 22 ch over a common universe u is the soft set ),( ch , where 21 ccc  , and ce ,          2121 122 211 )()( )( )( )( cceifeheh cceifeh cceifeh eh  and we write ),( ~ ),(),( 2211 chchch  . https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 139 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 (3) the soft intersection of two soft sets ),( 11 ch and ),( 22 ch over a common universe u is the soft set ),( ch , where 21 ccc  , and ce , )()()( 21 eheheh  , and we write ),( ~ ),(),( 2211 chchch  . (4) the soft difference of two soft sets ),( 11 ch and ),( 22 ch over a common universe u is the soft set ),( ch , where 21 ccc  , and ce , )()()( 21 eheheh  , and we write ),(),(),( 2211 chchch  . definition (1.8)[2]: a soft topology on u is a collection τ~ of soft subsets of u ~ having the following properties: (i) τφ ~~~  and τ~~ ~ u . (ii) if τ~~),(),,( 21 phph , then τ ~~),( ~ ),( 21 phph  . (iii) if τ~~),( ph j ,  j , then τ ~~),(    j j ph . the triple ),~,( pu τ is called a soft topological space over u. the members of τ~ are called soft open sets over u. the complement of a soft open set is called soft closed. definition (1.9)[3]: let u be a non-empty set and let 1 ~τ and 2 ~τ be two soft topologies over u. then ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft bitopological space over u. definition (1.10)[3]: a soft subset ),( ph of a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called soft 21 ~~ ττ -open if ),( ~ ),(),( 21 phphph  such that 11 ~~),( τph and 22 ~~),( τph . the complement of a soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set in u ~ is called soft 21 ~~ ττ -closed. definitions (1.11)[7]: a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*0 ~ t -space if for any two distinct soft points x~ and y~ of u ~ , there exists a soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set in u ~ containing one of the soft points but not the other. definition (1.12)[7]: a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space if every soft singleton set in u ~ is either soft 21 ~~ ττ -open or soft 21 ~~ ττ -closed. definition (1.13)[7]: a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*1 ~ t -space if for any two distinct soft points x~ and y~ of u ~ , there exists a soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set in u ~ containing x~ but not y~ and a soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set in u ~ containing y~ but not x~ . definition (1.14)[7]: a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*2 ~ t -space if for any two distinct soft points x~ and y~ of u ~ , there are two soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets ),( ph and ),( pk in u ~ such that ),(~~ phx , ),(~~ pky and φ ~),( ~ ),( pkph  . definition (1.15) [4]: a soft subset ),( ph of a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called soft (1,2)*-omega open (briefly soft (1,2)*-ω-open) if for each ),(~~ phx , there exists a soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set ),( po in u ~ such that ),(~~ pox and ),(),( phpo  is a countable soft set. the complement of a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set is called soft (1,2)*-omega closed (briefly soft (1,2)*-ω-closed). clearly, every soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set is soft (1,2)*-ω-open, but the converse in general is not true we can see in the following example: example (1.16): let }3,2,1{u and },{ 21 ppp  , and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and , ~ {~2 uτ )},(,~ 2 phφ be soft topologies over u, where })}2,1{,(}),{,{(),( 211 pupph  and ),( 2 ph https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 140 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 })}3,1{,(}),{,{( 21 pup . the soft sets in )},(),,(, ~, ~ { 21 phphu φ are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets in u ~ . thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft bitopological space and })}1{,(}),{,{(),( 21 pupph  is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set in u ~ , but is not soft 21 ~~ ττ -open. definition (1.17) [4]: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be a soft bitopological space and uph ~~),(  . then: (i) the soft (1,2)*-omega closure (briefly soft (1,2)*-ω-closure) of ),( ph , denoted by (1,2)* ),( phclω is the intersection of all soft (1,2)*-ω-closed sets in u ~ which contains ),( ph . (ii) the soft (1,2)*-omega interior (briefly soft (1,2)*-ω-interior) of ),( ph , denoted by (1,2)* ),int( phω is the union of all soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets in u ~ which are contained in ),( ph . theorem (1.18) [4]: if ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft bitopological space, and upkph ~~),(),,(  . then: (i) ),( ph ~ (1,2)*),( phclω ~ ),(~~ 21 phclττ . (ii) (1,2)*),( phclω is soft (1,2)*-ω-closed set in u ~ . (iii) ),( ph is soft (1,2)*-ω-closed iff (1,2)*),( phclω  ),( ph . (iv) if ),(~),( pkph  , then (1,2)*),( phclω ~ (1,2)*),( pkclω . definitions (1.19) [4]: a soft subset ),( ph of a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called: (i) soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open if ~),( ph (1,2)*(~~int( 21 clττω (1,2)*))),int( phω . (ii) soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open if ~),( ph (1,2)*)),(~~int( 21 phclττω . (iii) soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open if ~),( ph (1,2)*)),(~~int( 21 phclττω  ~ (~~ 21 clττ (1,2)*)),int( phω . (iv) soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open if ~),( ph (~~ 21 clττ (1,2)*))),( ~~int( 21 phclττω . proposition (1.20) [4]: if ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft bitopological space, then the following hold: (i) every soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set is soft (1,2)*-ω-open. (ii) every soft (1,2)*-ω-open set is soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open. (iii) every soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open set is soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open. (iv) every soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open set is soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open. (v) every soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open set is soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open. definition (1.21) [4]: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be a soft bitopological space and uph ~~),(  . then the soft (1,2)*-α-ω-closure (resp. soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-closure, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-closure,soft (1,2)*-β-ω-closure) of ),( ph , denoted by (1,2)*-α),( phclω (resp. (1,2)*-pre),( phclω , (1,2)*-b),( phclω , (1,2)*-β ),( phclω ) is the intersection of all soft (1,2)*-α-ω-closed (resp. soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-closed) sets in u ~ which contains ),( ph . definition (1.22) [4]: a soft subset ),( pn of a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*-ω-neighborhood (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-neighborhood, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωneighborhood, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-neighborhood, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-neighborhood) of a soft point x~ in u ~ if there exists a soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) set ),( ph in u ~ such that ),(~),(~~ pnphx  . definition (1.23)[8]: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be a soft bitopological space over u and uyφ . then } ~~),(: ~~ ),{(~ 1~1 ττ  pmypmy  and ),(: ~~ ),{(~ ~2 pnypny τ } ~~ 2τ are called the relative soft topologies on y ~ and ), ~,~,( ~2~1 py yy ττ is called the relative soft bitopological space of ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ . 2. soft (1,2)*-omega separation axioms and weak soft (1,2)*-omega separation axioms now, we introduce and study new types of soft separation axioms in soft bitopological spaces called soft (1,2)*-ω-separation axioms and weak soft (1,2)*-ω-separation axioms such as soft (1,2)*-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-α-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωit ~ -spaces, soft https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 141 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 (1,2)*-b-ωit ~ -spaces, and soft (1,2)*-β-ωit ~ -spaces, for 2,1,,0 2 1i . the fundamental properties and equivalent definitions of these types of soft separation axioms also, have been studied. definitions (2.1): a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space) if for any two distinct soft points x~ and y~ of u ~ , there exists a soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) set in u ~ containing one of the soft points but not the other. proposition (2.2): every soft (1,2)*0 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t space). proof: it is obvious. remark (2.3): the converse of proposition (2.2) is not true in general we can see by the following example: example (2.4): let },,{ cbau and },{ 21 ppp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and , ~, ~ {~2 φτ u )},( 2 ph be soft topologies over u, where ),( 1 ph })}{,(}),{,{( 21 apap , ),( 2 ph })}{,(}),{,{( 21 bpbp and ),( 3 ph })},{,(}),,{,{( 21 bapbap . the soft sets in ),,(, ~, ~ { 1 phu φ ),,( 2 ph )},( 3 ph are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*β-ω0 ~ t -space), but is not soft (1,2)*0 ~ t -space, since }){,( 1 ap }){,( ~~ 2 apyx  , but there exists no soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set containing one of the soft points but not the other. theorem (2.5): a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*β-ω0 ~ t -space) if and only if (1,2)*})~({xclω  (1,2)*})~({yclω (resp. (1,2)*-α})~({xclω  (1,2)*-α})~({yclω , (1,2)*-pre})~({xclω  (1,2)*-pre})~({yclω , (1,2)*-b})~({xclω  (1,2)*b})~({yclω , (1,2)*-β})~({xclω  (1,2)*-β})~({yclω ) for any two distinct soft points x~ and y~ of u ~ . proof: let uyx ~~~,~  such that yx ~~  . since ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space, then there exists a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set ),( ph containing x~ , but not y~ . therefore ),( ~ phu is a soft (1,2)*-ω-closed set containing y~ , but not x~ . hence (1,2)*),( ~~})~({ phuycl ω . since ),( ~~~ phux  , this implies that  ~~x (1,2)*})~({yclω . so we get, ~~x (1,2)*})~({xclω , but  ~~x (1,2)*})~({yclω . thus (1,2)*})~({xclω  (1,2)*})~({yclω . conversely, to prove that ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space. let uyx ~~~,~  such that yx ~~  . since (1,2)*})~({xclω  (1,2)*})~({yclω , then there exists uz ~~~  such that ~~z (1,2)*})~({xclω , but  ~~z (1,2)*})~({yclω . suppose ~~z (1,2)*})~({xclω , to show that  ~~x (1,2)*})~({yclω . if ~~x (1,2)*})~({yclω  }~{x ~ (1,2)*})~({yclω  (1,2)*})~({xclω ~ (1,2)*clω ((1,2)*})~({yclω ) = (1,2)*})~({yclω . since ~~z (1,2)*})~({xclω  ~~z (1,2)*})~({yclω which is a contradiction. thus  ~~x (1,2)*})~({yclω  ~~x u ~ (1,2)*})~({yclω , but (1,2)*})~({yclω is soft (1,2)*-ω-closed, so u ~ (1,2)*})~({yclω is soft (1,2)*ω-open which contains x~ , but not y~ . therefore ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 142 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 similarly, we can prove other cases. theorem (2.6): every soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space). proof: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be any soft bitopological space and uyx ~~~,~  such that yx ~~  . since }~{ ~ yu  is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) subset of u ~ containing x~ , but not y~ . therefore ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space). corollary (2.7): every soft subspace of a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space) is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space). proof: it is obvious. proposition (2.8): if ),~,( 1 pu τ or ), ~,( 2 pu τ is a soft 0 ~ t -space, then ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-bω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space). proof: it follows from the fact ~~iτ soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets in u ~ , 2,1i and proposition (2.2). remark (2.9): the converse of proposition (2.8) is not true in general in example (2.4), ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space), but both ),~,( 1 pu τ and ),~,( 2 pu τ are not soft 0 ~ t -space. definition (2.10): a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space) if every soft singleton set in u ~ is either soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) or soft (1,2)*-ω-closed (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-closed). proposition (2.11): every soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-βω2 1 ~ t -space). proof: it is obvious. remark (2.12): the converse of proposition (2.11) is not true in general. in example (2.4) ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space), but is not soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t space. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 143 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proposition (2.13): every soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-αω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t space) is a soft (1,2)*0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space). proof: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space and let uyx ~~~,~  such that yx ~~  . if }~{x is soft (1,2)*-ω-open, then }~{x is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set containing x~ , but not y~ and if }~{x is soft (1,2)*-ω-closed, then }~{ ~ xu  is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set containing y~ , but not x~ . therefore ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space. similarly, we can prove that other cases. remark (2.14): the soft (1,2)*0 ~ t -space may not be soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space in general we can see in the following example: example (2.15): let },{ bau and },{ 21 ppp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and , ~, ~ {~2 φτ u )},( 2 ph be soft topologies over u, where ),( 1 ph })}{,(}),{,{( 21 bpap , ),( 2 ph })}{,(}),{,{( 21 bpbp and ),( 3 ph })}{,(}),,{,{( 21 bpbap . the soft sets in ),,(, ~, ~ { 1 phu φ )},(),,( 32 phph are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*0 ~ t -space, but is not soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space, since }~{})}{,{( 1 xap  is not soft 21 ~~ ττ -open and is not soft 21 ~~ ττ closed. theorem (2.16): every soft bitopological space is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-βω2 1 ~ t -space). proof: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be any soft bitopological space and ux ~~~  . since }~{ ~ xu  is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) subset of u ~ , then }~{x is a soft (1,2)*-ω-closed (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ωclosed, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-closed) subset of u ~ . therefore ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space). corollary (2.17): a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space) iff it is a soft (1,2)*-ω0 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω0 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω0 ~ t -space). proof: it follows that from the proposition (2.13) and theorem (2.16). corollary (2.18): every soft subspace of a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t space) is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space). proof: it follows that from the theorem (2.16). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 144 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proposition (2.19): if ),~,( 1 pu τ or ), ~,( 2 pu τ is a soft 2 1 ~ t -space, then ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space). proof: it follows from the fact ~~iτ soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets in u ~ , 2,1i and proposition (2.11). remark (2.20): the converse of proposition (2.19) is not true in general in example (2.4) ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space), but both ),~,( 1 pu τ and ),~,( 2 pu τ are not soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space. definition (2.21): a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space) if for any two distinct soft points x~ and y~ of u ~ , there exists a soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) set in u ~ containing x~ but not y~ and a soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) set in u ~ containing y~ but not x~ . proposition (2.22): every soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space) is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)* pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space). remark (2.23): the soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space may not be soft (1,2)*1 ~ t -space in general we can see in the following example: example (2.24): let },{ bau and }{pp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~1 phu φτ  and } ~, ~ {~2 φτ u be soft topologies over u, where ),( ph })}{,{( ap . the soft sets in )},(, ~, ~ { phu φ are soft 21 ~~ ττ open sets. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*2 1 ~ t -space, but is not soft (1,2)*1 ~ t -space, since }){,( ap }){,(~~ bpyx  , but there exists no soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set containing y~ , but not containing x~ . proposition (2.25): every soft (1,2)*1 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t space). proof: it is obvious. remark (2.26): the converse of proposition (2.25) is not true in general. we see that in the following example: example (2.27): let },{ bau and },{ 21 ppp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and , ~, ~ {~2 φτ u )},( 2 ph be soft topologies over u, where ),( 1 ph })}{,(}),{,{( 21 bpap and ),( 2 ph })}{,(}),{,{( 21 apbp . the soft sets in ),,(, ~, ~ { 1 phu φ )},( 2 ph are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space), but is not soft (1,2)*1 ~ t -space. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 145 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 theorem (2.28): in a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ the following statements are equivalent. (i) ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space) (ii) for each ux ~~~  , }~{x is a soft (1,2)*-ω-closed (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-closed, soft (1,2)* pre-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-closed, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-closed) set in u ~ . (iii) every soft subset of u ~ is the intersection of all soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) sets containing it. (iv) the intersection of all soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) sets containing the soft point ux ~~~  is }~{x . proof: )()( iii  . let ux ~~~  . to prove that }~{x is soft (1,2)*-ω-closed in u ~ . let }~{ ~~ xy  yx ~~  . since ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space, then there is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set ),( ph in u ~ such that ),(~~ phy , but ),( ~~ phx  φ ~),( ~ }~{ phx   }~{x c ph ),(~  (1,2)*})~({xclω ~ (1,2)*)),(( c phclω c ph ),( . since c phy ),( ~~    ~~y (1,2)*})~({xclω  (1,2)*})~({xclω }~{x . therefore }~{x is a soft (1,2)*-ω-closed set in u ~ . )()( iiiii  . let uph ~~),(  and ),( ~~ phy . then c yph }~{~),(  and c y}~{ is soft (1,2)*-ωopen in u ~ . hence ),( ph }),(~~:}~{{ ~ cc phyy  is the intersection of all soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets containing ),( ph . )()( iviii  . obvious. )()( iiv  . let xyx ~~~,~  , yx ~~  . by our assumption there exist at least a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set containing x~ , but not y~ and also a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set containing y~ , but not x~ . therefore ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space. similarly, we can prove that other cases. theorem (2.29): every soft bitopological space is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t space). proof: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be any soft bitopological space and uyx ~~~,~  such that yx ~~  . since }~{ ~ xu  and }~{ ~ yu  are soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωopen, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) sets in u ~ such that }~{ ~ yu  containing x~ , but not y~ and }~{ ~ xu  containing y~ , but not x~ . therefore ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space). corollary (2.30): a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-βω1 ~ t -space) iff it is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*pre-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 1 ~ t -space). proof: it follows that from the proposition (2.22) and theorem (2.29). corollary (2.31): every soft subspace of a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space) is a https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 146 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space). proof: it follows that from the theorem (2.29). proposition (2.32): if ),~,( 1 pu τ or ), ~,( 2 pu τ is a soft 1 ~ t -space, then ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-bω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space). proof: it follows from the fact ~~iτ soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets in u ~ , 2,1i and proposition (2.25). remark (2.33): the converse of proposition (2.32) is not true in general in example (2.27) ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space), but both ),~,( 1 pu τ and ),~,( 2 pu τ are not soft 1 ~ t -space. definition (2.34): a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is called a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 ~ t -space) if for any two distinct soft points x~ and y~ of u ~ , there are two soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) sets ),( ph and ),( pk in u ~ such that ),(~~ phx , ),(~~ pky and φ~),( ~ ),( pkph  . proposition (2.35): every soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)* -pre-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 ~ t -space) is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space). proof: let uyx ~~~,~  , yx ~~  . by our assumption there are two soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets ),( ph and ),( pk in u ~ such that ),(~~ phx , ),(~~ pky and ),( ~ ),( pkph  φ~ . thus ),( ph and ),( pk are soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets in u ~ such that ),( ph containing x~ , but not y~ and ),( pk containing y~ , but not x~ . therefore ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space. similarly, we can prove that other cases. remark (2.36): the converse of proposition (2.35) is not true in general. we see that in the following example: example (2.37): let x and },{ 21 ppp  and let 1 ~τ = cphuph ),(: ~~),{(  is finite}  ~ }~{φ and } ~, ~ {~2 φτ u be soft topologies over u. thus ), ~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω1 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω1 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω1 ~ t -space), clear that is not soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 ~ t -space. proposition (2.38):(i): every soft (1,2)*2 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space. (ii) every soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space. (iii) every soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 ~ t -space. (iv) every soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 ~ t -space. (v) every soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 ~ t -space. remark (2.39): the converse of proposition (2.38) is not true in general as shown by the following examples: https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 147 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 example (2.40): let },,{ cbau  and },{ 21 ppp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and , ~, ~ {~2 φτ u )},( 2 ph be soft topologies over u, where ),( 1 ph })}{,(}),,{,{( 21 apcap and ),( 2 ph })},{,(}),{,{( 21 cbpbp . the soft sets in ),,(, ~, ~ { 1 phu φ )},( 2 ph are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space, but is not soft (1,2)*2 ~ t -space. since }){,( 1 ap x ~ }){,(~ 2 apy  , but there exists no soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set ),( 1 pk containing x ~ and soft 21 ~~ ττ open set ),( 2 pk containing y ~ such that φ~),( ~ ),( 21 pkpk  . example (2.41): let u and }{pp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and 2 ~τ )},(,~, ~ { 2 phu φ be soft topologies over u, where ),( 1 ph })}1{,{( p , ),( 2 ph })}1{,{(p and ),( 3 ph })}1,1{,{( p . the soft sets in ),,(, ~, ~ { 1 phu φ ),( 2 ph , )},( 3 ph are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space, clear that is not soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space. example (2.42): let u and }{pp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~1 phu φτ  and } ~, ~ {~2 φτ u be soft topologies over u, where ),( ph })}1{,{(p . the soft sets in )},(, ~, ~ { phu φ are soft 21 ~~ ττ open. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 ~ t -space, but is not soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space. since })2{,(p  yx ~~ })3{,(p , but there exists no a soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open set ),( 1 pk containing x~ and a soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open set ),( 2 pk containing y ~ such that  ~ ),( 1 pk φ~),( 2 pk . theorem (2.43): for a soft bitopological space ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ the following statements are equivalent. (i) ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 ~ t -space) (ii) if ux ~~~  , then for each xy ~~  , there is a soft (1,2)*-ω-neighborhood (resp. soft (1,2)*-α ω-neighborhood, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-neighborhood, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-neighborhood, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-neighborhood) ),( pn of x~ such that  ~~y (1,2)*),( pnclω (resp.  ~~y (1,2)*-α ),( pnclω ,  ~~y (1,2)*-pre),( pnclω ,  ~~y (1,2)*-b),( pnclω ,  ~~y (1,2)*-β),( pnclω ). (iii) for each ux ~~~  , { ~  (1,2)*:),( pnclω ),( pn is a soft (1,2)*-ω-neighborhood of x~ } (resp. { ~  (1,2)*-α:),( pnclω ),( pn is a soft (1,2)*-α-ω-neighborhood of x~ }, { ~  (1,2)* pre:),( pnclω ),( pn is a soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-neighborhood of x~ }, { ~  (1,2)*-b:),( pnclω ),( pn is a soft (1,2)*-b-ω-neighborhood of x~ }, { ~  (1,2)*-β:),( pnclω ),( pn is a soft (1,2)*-β-ω-neighborhood of x~ }) }~{x . proof: )()( iii  . let ux ~~~  . if uy ~~~  such that xy ~~  , then there exists disjoint soft (1,2)*ω-open sets ),( ph and ),( pk such that ),(~~ phx and ),(~~ pky . hence  ~),(~~ phx c pk ),( which implies that c pk ),( is a soft (1,2)*-ω-neighborhood of x~ . also c pk ),( is soft (1,2)*-ω-closed and c pky ),( ~~  . let ),( pn c pk ),( . then  ~~y (1,2)*),( pnclω . )()( iiiii  . obvious. )()( iiii  . let uyx ~~~,~  , yx ~~  . by hypothesis, there is at least a soft (1,2)*-ω-neighborhood ),( pn of x~ such that  ~~y (1,2)*),( pnclω . we have ( ~~ x (1,2)*c pncl )),(ω which is soft (1,2)*-ω-open. since ),( pn is a soft (1,2)*-ω-neighborhood of x~ , then there exists a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set ),( ph in u ~ such that  ~),(~~ phx ),( pn and  ~ ),( ph ( (1,2)*c pncl )),(ω φ~ . hence ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space. similarly, we can prove that other cases. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 148 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 now, we need the following lemma. lemma (2.44): let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be a soft bitopological space and uy  . if ),( ph is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set in u ~ , then yph ~~ ),(  is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set in y ~ . proof: let ),( ph be a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set in u ~ . to prove that yph ~~ ),(  is a soft (1,2)*ω-open set in y ~ . let yphy ~~ ),(~~   ),(~~ phy . since ),( ph is soft (1,2)*-ω-open in u ~   a soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set ),( pv in u ~ such that ),(~~ pvy and ),(),( phpv  is a soft countable set. hence ),( ~~ pvy  is a soft yy 21 ~~ ττ -open set in y ~ . since  ~~ ()),( ~~ ( ypvy  )),( ph )),(),(( ~~ phpvy   )),(),((~ phpv  , then )),( ~~ ()),( ~~ ( phypvy   is soft countable. thus yph ~~ ),(  is a soft (1,2)*-ω-open set iny ~ . proposition (2.45): every soft subspace of a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t space. proof: let ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ be a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space and ),~,~,( ~ 2 ~ 1 py yy ττ be a soft subspace of ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ . to prove that ), ~,~,( ~ 2 ~ 1 py yy ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space. let yyx ~~~,~  such that yx ~~  . since uy ~~~  , then uyx ~~~,~  . but ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space, then there are two soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets ),( ph and ),( pk in u ~ such that ),(~~ phx , ),(~~ pky and φ ~),( ~ ),( pkph  . by lemma (2.44), yphph ~~ ),(),(  and ypkpk ~~ ),(),(  are soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets in y ~ such that ),(~~ phx  and ),(~~ pky  . since  ~ ),( ph  ),( pk  ~ ) ~~ ),(( yph  ~ ),(( pk ) ~ y ypkph ~~ )),( ~ ),((  φφ ~ ~~~  y . thus ),~,~,( ~ 2 ~ 1 py yy ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space. remark (2.46): soft subspace of a soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space is not a soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t space as shown in the following example: example (2.47): let u and }{pp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and 2 ~τ )},(,~, ~ { 2 phu φ be soft topologies over u, where ),( 1 ph })}1{,{( p , ),( 2 ph })}1{,{(p and ),( 3 ph })}1,1{,{( p . then ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space. if  uy }1{ , then )},(,~, ~ {~ 1~1 phyy φτ  and } ~, ~ {~ ~ 2 φτ y y  are soft topologies over y. the soft sets in )},(,~, ~ { 1 phy φ are soft 2 ~ 1 ~ ~~ yy ττ -open. therefore ),~,~,( ~ 2 ~ 1 py yy ττ is not a soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t space, since })3{,(p  x~ })4{,(~ py  , but there exists no soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open sets ),( 1 pk and ),( 2 pk in y ~ such that ),(~~),,(~~ 21 pkypkx  and ),( ~ ),( 21 pkpk  φ ~ . proposition (2.48): if ),~,( 1 pu τ or ), ~,( 2 pu τ is a soft 2 ~ t -space, then ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-bω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 ~ t -space). proof: it follows from the fact ~~iτ soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets in u ~ , 2,1i and proposition (2.38). remark (2.49): the converse of proposition (2.48) is not true in general. we see that by the following example: example (2.50): let },,,{ dcbau and },{ 21 ppp  and let )},(, ~, ~ {~ 11 phu φτ  and )},(,~, ~ {~ 22 phu φτ  be soft topologies over u, where ),( 1 ph }),,{,{( 1 bap })},{,( 2 bap and ),( 2 ph })}{,(}),{,{( 21 apap . the soft sets in ),,(, ~, ~ { 1 phu φ )},( 2 ph are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open. thus ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 149 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 pre-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ω2 ~ t -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ω2 ~ t -space), but both ),~,( 1 pu τ and ),~,( 2 pu τ are not soft 2 ~ t -space. definition (2.51): a soft function ),~,~,(),~,~,(: 2121 pvpuf σσττ  is called strongly soft (1,2)*-ω-continuous (resp. strongly soft (1,2)*-α-ω-continuous, strongly soft (1,2)*-pre-ωcontinuous, strongly soft (1,2)*-b-ω-continuous, strongly soft (1,2)*-β-ω-continuous) if )),(( 1 phf  is a soft 21 ~~ ττ -open set in u ~ for each soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ωopen, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) set ),( ph in v ~ . theorem (2.52): let ),~,~,(),~,~,(: 2121 pvpuf σσττ  be a strongly soft (1,2)*-ω-continuous (resp. strongly soft (1,2)*-α-ω-continuous, strongly soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-continuous, strongly soft (1,2)*-b-ω-continuous, strongly soft (1,2)*-β-ω-continuous) injective function. if ),~,~,( 21 pv σσ is a soft (1,2)*-ωit ~ -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ωit ~ -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωit ~ -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ωit ~ -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ωit ~ -space, then ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*it ~ -space, for 2,1,,0 2 1i . proof: suppose that ),~,~,( 21 pv σσ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space. let uyx ~~~,~  such that yx ~~  . since f is injective and ),~,~,( 21 pv σσ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space, then there exists disjoint soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets ),( 1 ph and ),( 2 ph in v ~ such that ),(~)~( 1 phxf  and ),( ~)~( 2 phyf  . by definition (2.51), )),(( 1 1 phf  and )),(( 2 1 phf  are soft 21 ~~ ττ -open sets in u ~ such that )),((~~ 1 1 phfx   , )),((~~ 2 1 phfy   and φ ~)),(( ~ )),(( 2 1 1 1   phfphf  . hence ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*2 ~ t -space. similarly, we can prove that other cases. definition (2.53): a soft function ),~,~,(),~,~,(: 2121 pvpuf σσττ  is called strongly soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. strongly soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, strongly soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, strongly soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, strongly soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) if )),(( phf is a soft 21 ~~ σσ -open set in v ~ for each soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, soft (1,2)*-bω-open, soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) set ),( ph in u ~ . theorem (2.54): let ),~,~,(),~,~,(: 2121 pvpuf σσττ  be a strongly soft (1,2)*-ω-open (resp. strongly soft (1,2)*-α-ω-open, strongly soft (1,2)*-pre-ω-open, strongly soft (1,2)*-b-ω-open, strongly soft (1,2)*-β-ω-open) bijective function. if ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ωit ~ -space (resp. soft (1,2)*-α-ωit ~ -space, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωit ~ -space, soft (1,2)*-b-ωit ~ -space, soft (1,2)*-β-ωit ~ -space), then ),~,~,( 21 pv σσ is a soft (1,2)*it ~ -space, for 2,1,,0 2 1i . proof: suppose that ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t -space. let vyy ~~~,~ 21  such that 21 ~~ yy  . since f is surjective, then there exists uxx ~~~,~ 21  such that 11 ~)~( yxf  and 22 ~)~( yxf  . since f is a function, then 21 ~~ xx  . but ),~,~,( 21 pu ττ is a soft (1,2)*-ω2 ~ t space, then there exists disjoint soft (1,2)*-ω-open sets ),( 1 ph and ),( 2 ph in u ~ such that ),(~~ 11 phx  and ),( ~~ 22 phx  . by definition (2.53), )),(( 1 phf and )),(( 2 phf are soft 21 ~~ σσ -open sets in v ~ such that )),((~)~( 11 phfxf  and )),(( ~)~( 22 phfxf  . since f is injective, then  ~ )),(( 1 phf φ ~)),(( 2 phf . hence ), ~,~,( 21 pv σσ is a soft (1,2)*2 ~ t -space. by the same way we can prove that other cases. the following diagram shows the relation among soft (1,2)*it ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-α-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-pre-ωit ~ -spaces, soft (1,2)*-b-ωit ~ spaces, and soft (1,2)*-β-ωit ~ -spaces, for 2,1,,0 2 1i . https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1953 mathmatics | 150 8201( عام 2العدد) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 references 1. molodtsov, d. (1999), “soft set theory-first results”, computers and mathematics with applications,37 (4-5):19-31. 2. shabir, m. and naz, m. (2011), “on soft topological spaces”, computers and mathematics with applications, 61(7):1786-1799. 3. senel, g. and çagman, n. (2014), “soft closed sets on soft bitopological space”, journal of new results in science, 5:57-66. 4. mahmood, s. i. and abdul-hady, a. a. ,(2018), “weak forms of soft (1,2)*-omega open sets in soft bitopological spaces”, iraqi journal of science, 59 (1c): 572-580. 5. das, s. and samanta, s.k. ,(2012),” soft metric”, annals of fuzzy mathematics and informatics,1-18. 6. maji, p. k.; biswas, r. and roy, a. r. (2003), “soft set theory”, computers and mathematics with applications, 45: 555-562. 6. mahmood, s. i. (2017)” weak soft separation axioms and weak soft (1,2)*d ~ separation axioms in soft bitopological spaces”, journal of al-nahrain university, 20 (3): 137-148. 8. hussein, a. m . (2016) “soft pre-open sets in soft bitopological spaces”, american scientific research journal for engineering, technology, and sciences (asrjets), 26 (4) : 42-53. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.19523 univariate and multivariate optimization of spectrophotometric determination of europium (iii) in pure form and synthetic sample wasan abdil-wahid jasim alaá kareem mohammed rafiá kadori atawi department of chemistry/ college of education for pure science –ibn al haitham /university of baghdad received in : 29 december 2013, accepted in : 2 february 2014 abstract two different approaches, univariate and multivariate (simplex method), have been used to obtain the optimum conditions for the quantitative spectrophotometric determination of eu3+ using solochrome violet rs (3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy phenyl azo) naphthalene -1sulfonic acid) (svrs) as a chromogenic reagent. the investigation shows that eu3+ ion forms a wine-red complex with svrs in alkaline buffer solution having a maximum absorbance at 464 nm against reagent blank. calibration graphs obtained under univariate and simplex were found to be linear in the range of (0.30-8.0) µg/ml with detection limit 0.061µg/ml and molar absorptivity of 9877.66 l/mol.cm and (0.40-10.0)µg/ml with detection limit 0.055µg/ml and molar absorptivity of 10759.05 l/mol.cm respectively. the stoichiometric composition of the formed eu-svrs chelate complex is 1:4 (metal:ligand). effect of the presence of some metal ions as interferences was studied and the method has been applied successfully to the determination of cited ion in synthetic sample. key words: lanthanides, simplex, solochrome violet(svrs), spectrophotometric. 198 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction rare earth of elements have gained a great attention in the last few decades owing to their unique properties and wide range of applications that utilizes these elements in huge quantities, consequently, data on the total lanthanide content often suffices in practical problems, particularly when all the lanthanides beingchemically similar to one another, invariably occur together in the source mineral[1]. europium is one of the rarest and most costly of the rare earth of elements accounting for only about 0.05 0.1 % of the rare earthelements present in the mineral monazite[2]europium oxide is now widely used as a doping agent inred phosphors activatorandeuropium compounds are also used in color cathode-x-ray tube, liquid-crystal displays used in computer monitor, high-intensity mercury vapor lamps, neutron scintillations, charged-particle, detectors and optically red mercury systems[3]. various methods such as mass spectrometry (ms), inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry (icp-aec)[4], inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (icp-ms)[5-7], isotope dilution mass spectrometry, neutron activation analysis and x-ray fluorescence spectrometry are viable for low-level determination of rare earth ions in solution, these methods are either time-consuming, involving multiple sample manipulations, or too expensive for most analytical laboratories. on the contrary, uv-visible spectrophotometry is the most convenient techniques because of their inherent simplicity, adequate sensitivity, low cost and wide availability in all quality control laboratories. azo metal chelates have drawn the attention and can offer an inexpensive and convenient analysis method with metal ions in solution, provided that the acceptable sensitivity and selectivity are achieved[8,9]in experimental chemistry the optimization of technical system is the process of adjusting the control variables to find the levels that achieve the best optimization. usually many conflicting response must be optimized simultaneously. in lack of systematic approaches the optimization is done by trial and error, or by changing on control variable at a time while holding the rest constant, such methods require a lot of experiments to be carried out. simplex system was first used to determine the optimal conditions for the variables in the testing process by the researcher deming[10]and then applied in the field of analytical chemistry by spendley[11]et al., and modified by nelder and mead[12]because it offers the capability of optimizing several factors simultaneously depending on a statistical design search to find the maxima or minima of response, by rejecting the point producing the worst response and a replacement of it by the new point which is obtained statistically. [3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy phenyl azo) naphthalene -1-sulfonic acid] (svrs) azo dye, used as metal indicator in the chelatometric determination of al(iii) in natural[13]. in addition, svrs is a reactive azo dye belonging to the largest class of dyes commonly used in textile industry[14]. the present work describes the utility of solochrome violet (svrs) for spectrophotometric determination of eu3+ and the optimization of chemical spectrophotometric variables of the proposed methods namely ph, reagent concentration and reaction time have been studied by using both classical univariate and modified simplex. 199 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 experimental apparatus a shimadzu (model 1601 uv-visible spectrophotometer from shimadzu, kyoto, japan) with 1cm quartz cells was used for the absorbance measurement and a ph-meter model bp 3001, (professional benchtop ph meter) was used for all ph measurements. material and reagent all chemicals used were of analytical reagent grade or chemically pure grade and double distilled water was used for all dilution of reagents and samples. preparation of standard solution 1. standard eu3+ (100 μg.ml-1) was prepared by dissolving 0.0243 gm of eu2o3 purity (99.5%) fluka in 20 ml 5 m hno3 and then then diluted to 200 ml with distilled water. 2. reagent solochrome violet (svrs) purity (99.5%) fluka, 1 × 10-3 m solution was prepared by dissolving 0.0367 gm in 100 ml distilled water by using a volumetric flask . preparation of buffer solution buffer solution (ph=10.4) was prepared by mixing 3.21 gm nh4cl with 2.24 gm kcl then 22.5 ml of concentrated nh4oh solution was added and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. preparation of synthetic europium sample 1. 0.0243 gm of eu2o3 purity in 20 ml 5 m hno3 and then then diluted to 200 ml with tap water (100 μg.ml-1 eu3+). 2. 10 ml of stock 100 μg.ml-1 eu3+ was diluted to obtain 100 ml of 10 μg.ml-1 eu3+ working solution. general procedure according to univariate optimization an aliquot of the standard solution containing no more than ( 3 80 µg) was transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flasks, to each flask 1ml of 2.6 × 10-3 m of (svrs) complexing agent followed by the addition of 1 ml of buffer solution (ph=10.4), then the resultant solutions was made up to 10 ml with distilled water. the absorbance was measured at 464 nm after 10 min against a reagent blank. all measurements were made at room temperature (25.0 ± 0.5). a calibration graph of the absorbance versus the concentration of eu+3 was plotted. general procedure according to simplex optimization accurately measured aliquot of eu3+ solution containing(4 – 100 µg) were transferred into 10 ml volumetric flask, 1ml of( 3 × 10-3 m) of svrs-reagent was added followed by( 1.4 ml) of buffer solution (ph=10.4), then the mixture was completed to final volume and the resultant solution was measured at 464 nm after 15 min against a reagent blank treatedsimilarly. 200 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 results and discussion the optimization of the method was carefully studied in order to achieve complete reaction formation, highest sensitivity and maximum absorbance. spectral characteristics of eu3+ –svrs complex under the conditions used, eu+3 ions and rs reagent form a red-pink complex with an absorption maximum at 464 nm at ph = 9.42 against the reagent blank (fig. 1). the reaction between eu3+ ion and the svrs-reagent is rapid and instantaneously and the color obtained remained strictly stable for at least 2 hours. optimization of experimental variable i. univariable method the goal of this investigation was to find a simple, reliable and accurate method for the determination of the cited ion under study, so several parameters such as ph, reaction time reagent concentration, and order of mixing were optimized to achieve the best results. for this reason a variable was modified while maintaining the other variable at their constant value, then by maintaining that variable at its optimized value another was modified, all variable were optimized via this method. effect of volume of buffer to study the effect of the volume of the ph on the absorbance of the complex formation, varying volumes of standard buffer (ph =10.4) in the range (0.2 1.2 ml) were added and measuring the absorbances of the solutions (fig 2). maximum color intensity of the complex was achieved with 1ml of the buffer solution, which remained unaffected by further volume additions of buffer solution due to completeness of the reaction. effect of reagent concentration the influence of the concentration of reagent on the development of color was investigated by treating varied concentrations (1 × 10-3 3.2 × 10-3m) of reagent solution (fig. 3). it was observed that the absorbance measured at 464 nm increased with the increase of concentration of reagent and became constant at 2.6 × 10-3 m due to the high stability of the complex, above this concentration no more increase in absorbance values was obtained, therefore, the cited concentration of reagent solution were used. effect of time on the stability of the formed complex the reaction is instantaneous ,and the eu+3-reagent complex attained maximum and constant absorbance at 10min and remained constant up to 30min (fig 4); therefore ,10 min of development time was selected as optimum through out the determination process. 201 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 effect of order of addition different orders were used to mix the solutions of the reagent used in this investigation. it was found that the addition of the reagent solution followed by the buffer solution to the eu3+ solution (order 1 in table 1) gave the best results. ii. simplex method simplex method is used to confirm the optimum conditions, which were obtained by the univariate procedure. to set the simplex optimization of the three major studied variables (reagent concentration, volume of buffer and standing time). four experimental conditions should be chosen and the values of these variables were selected within specified boundaries for each at which it affects the absorption signal of the colored product (table 2). the absorbances of these four initial experiments were measured and the results were fed to the computer program (table 3). the program then started simplex by searching the worse absorption signal and reflected it in hyper-plane of the remaining points to produce a new set of experimental conditions, which were applied to carry out experiment and the measured absorption signal was fed again to the program. the process is repeated successively until optimum conditions were obtained (i.e. conditions yielding highest absorption signal). the procedure continued for further few experiments to ensure that the optimum conditions are reached similarly to those obtained by the univariate method. stoichiometry of the complex the stoichiometry of the complex was studied by the mole ratio method. a series of solutions were prepared by addition of varying amounts of reagent (svrs) 6.026 60.26 µg to a constant amount of eu3+ 50 µg. to each solution 1.4 ml of standard buffer solution was added and the resulted solutions were diluted up to the 10 ml with distilled water, then the absorbances were measured at 464 nm after 15 min against the reagent blank solution and plotted against the ratio of [reagent svrs ] / [eu3+] (figure 5). figure 5, shows that the mole ratio of eu3+: svrs in the complex is 1:4, therefore a structure of the complex could be proposed as shown in the following scheme. analytical data and calibration graph employing the optimum experimental condition (under univariate and simplex conditions), two calibration graphs, figures 6 and 7 respectively, for the determination of eu3+ at 464 nm were obtained. table (4) shows a brief comparison between the two recommended procedures. it is obvious, that the conditions obtained under multivariate simplex optimization gave better results; therefore these conditions were followed in subsequent work. accuracy and precision the accuracy of the proposed method was confirmed by performing five replicate analysis for three different amounts of eu3+ (selected within beer’s law) by calculating the relative error percentage (table 5). the results indicated good accuracy of the method at each concentration level. the precision was determined in each case by calculating the percentage relative standard deviation (rsd %) for three 202 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 determinations at each of the studied concentrations and level and were found to be in the range of 0.631.68. effect of foreign ions: the effect of presence of some foreign ions on the trace level determination of eu3+ has been studied. the results are depicted in table 6 which indicate that the studied ions have significant effect on the determination of the cited ion, so that prior separation would be essential. otherwise, standard addition method must be followed for such purpose. standard addition method the proposed method was applied to determine synthetic europium sample by standard addition technique according to following procedure: varying aliquots (0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.0, 1.4, 2.0 ml) of standard 10 μg.ml-1 eu3+ solution were added to seven 10 ml volumetric flasks each of them contains 0.5 ml of the unknown (the synthetic europium sample solution), followed by addition of 1ml of 3 × 10-3 m of svrs-reagent and 1.4 ml of buffer solution (ph=10.4). each mixture was then diluted to final volume via distilled water and the absorbance was measured at the recommended wavelength after 15 min against its reagent blank (fig. 8)-. references 1. gschneidner,k.a. and eyring,l.(1981) handbook on the physics and chemistry of rare earth , elsevier ,amsterdam. 2. per enghag,(2004) encyclopedia of the elements: technical data, history, processing, and applications. john wiley and sons, page 450. 3. haxel,g.; hedrick and orris, j. (2008) rare earth elements critical resources for high technology. reston(a):united states geology survey .usgs fact sheet . 4. pei liang and yan. li guo. (2005) determination of trace rare earth elements by inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry after preconcentration with multiwalled carbon nanotubes. fuel, vol. 60, issue 1, 10 january, pages 125-129. 5. zhang, n.; huang, c.and hu, b. (2007) icp-aes.,determination of trace rare earth elements in environmental and food samples by on-line separation and preconcentration with acetylacetone modified silica gel using microgram. anal.sci,23(8):997-1002. 6. akinluam, j.a.;torto,n.and ajayi,t. r.(2008) determination of rare earth elements in niger delta cmde oils by inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry. fuel, vol 87, issue 8, july, page 1469-1477. 7. zhang ,a.; liu, y.and zhang, w. (2004) determination of rare earth impurities in high purity europium dxide by inductively coupled plasma –mass spectrometry and evaluation of concentration values for europium oxide standard material, eur. j. mass spectro., 10 (5), page 589-598. 8. wang, s.p.; shen, s. and xu, h. (2000) synthesis spectroscopic and therma (properties of a series. fazo metal chelate dyes pigments. 44, p; 195. 9. wanger, j. b.; sonia, r. g.; ieda, s. s.; dilson, n. i.and miriam, de. f. (2010) determination of ni2+ in metal alloys by spectrophotometry uv–visible using dopasemi-quinone, quim. nova, vol. no ,1 ,109-113 . 203 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 10. deming, s. n.and morgan ,s.l. (1973) simplex optimization of variables in analytical chemistry, anal. chem.; 45 (3); 278-283. 11. spendly, w.; hext, g.r.and himswarth, f.r. (1962) sequential application of simplex design in optimization and evolutionary operation, technomertics; 4; 441-402 . 12. nelder, j. a.and mead, r. a. (1965) a simplex method for function minimization, computer j .7; 308-313 . 13. wang ,x.; lei, j.and gan, s. (2001) determination of the speciation of al3+ in natural waters by adsorption stripping voltammetry and complexation with solochrome violet rs, analytica chimica acta,1, page 499 (2001). 14. mrowetz, m.and selli, e., enhanced photocatlytic formation of hydroxyl radicals on fluorinated tio2. phys. chem:7:1100. figure( 1): absorption spectra of (a) 10 µg.ml-1 eu3+, 3 × 10-3 m reagent at ph 9.40 against blank reagent, (b) 3 × 10-3m reagent at ph 9.40 against distilled water. figure( 2): effect of buffer volume. 0.54 0.56 0.58 0.6 0.62 0.64 0 0.5 1 1.5 a bs or ba nc e buffer volume (ml) figure( 3 ) : effect of reagent concentration figure (4): effect of time on the stability of the formed complex. figure( 5): mole ratio method for 3.29 × 10-5 m eu3+ with variable concentrations of reagent at ph = 9.4. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 a bs or ba nc e reagent concentration (m) 0.58 0.59 0.6 0.61 0.62 0 10 20 30 40 a bs or ba nc e time (min.) 205 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 figure (6): calibration curve for the determination of eu 3+ under optimum conditions obtained via univariate optimization. figure (7): calibration curve for the determination of eu 3+ under optimum conditions obtained via multivariate simplex optimization. figure (8): standard addition plot for the determination of eu3+ in synthetic sample. y = 0.0671x + 0.0102 r² = 0.9 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 2 4 6 8 10 a bs or ba nc e concentartion (μg.ml-1) y = 0.0708x + 0.0031 r² = 0.9 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 a bs or ba nc e concentartion (μg.ml-1) y = 0.0298x + 0.0784 r² = 0.9993 y = 0.0298x + 0.0784 r² = 1 a bs or ba nc e volume of standard (ml) vs = 2.6308 ml 206 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table ( 1): effect of sequence of addition on the absorbances of 10µg.ml-1 (eu+3), 2.6x103m at ph=9.4. absorbance types of mixing 0.613 buffer reagent metal order 1 0.569 reagent buffer metal order 2 0.609 metal buffer reagent order 3 table ( 2):boundary conditions for the studied variables. table (3):absorbance of each of the simplexes in the optimization of color development for determination of eu3+. range variable 1.2 3.0 reagent concentration m ×10-3 0.1 1.4 buffer volume (ml) 0.0 – 30 standing time (min) absorbance time (min) vol. of buffer ( ml) reagent conc. ×10-3 m exp. no. 0.2888 5 0.5 1.2 1 0.5142 0 1.4 2.0 2 0.6330 30 0.8 2.6 3 0.6524 10 1.0 3.0 4 0.6607 20 1.4 3.0 5 0.6802 30 1.0 3.0 6 0.7127 15 1.4 3.0 7 0.6743 30 1.4 3.0 8 0.6925 25 1.2 3.0 9 0.6848 10 1.2 3.0 10 0.6610 5 1.4 3.0 11 0.7002 30 1.4 3.0 12 0.6607 20 1.2 3.0 13 207 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table (4): comparison between the two recommended procedures. simplex optimization univariate optimization condition 3.0x10-3 2.6x10-3 conc. of reagent(mol.l -1) 1.4 1.0 volume of buffer (ml) 15 10 stability of complex(min) a=0.0708[eu3+]µg.ml-1+0.0031 a=0.065[eu3+]µg.ml-1 +0.013 regression equation 0.055 0.3013 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 10759.051 9877.66 ε (l.mole -1cm-1) 0.4-10 0.3-8.0 calibration range (µg.ml-1) table (5): evaluation of accuracy and precision of the proposed method. concentration (µg/ml) r.e. % r.s.d % taken found 1 0.96 -3.78 1.68 5 5.11 2.17 0.93 8 8.22 2.78 0.63 table (6):determination of (6.0µg/ml) of eu3+ in the presence of foreign ions. interfering ion eu+3 (6 µg.ml-1) taken (µg.ml-1) ratio re% cr3+ 6 1:1 -20.44 60 10:1 -86.94 fe3+ 6 1:1 -82.71 60 10:1 -77.95 co2+ 6 1:1 -64.46 60 10:1 -70.38 cu2+ 6 01:1 -64.46 60 10:1 -70.38 mg2+ 6 1:1 -13.60 60 10:1 -75.09 na+ 6 1:1 -5.02 60 10:1 0.52 300 50:1 -3.26 600 100:1 -1.58 208 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 n o nho s oo o na n o n oh s o o o na n o nho s oo o na n o n oh s o o o na eu scheme (1): the proposed structure of eu3+ –svrs complex. 209 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 االحادیة والمتعددة للتقدیر الطیفي الیون الیوربیوم الثالثيیات الظروف الفضل مصنعنموذج أالنقیة وفي ھفي حالت وسن عبد الواحد جاسم عالء كریم محمد رافع قدوري عطیوي ابن الھیثم/جامعة بغداد-قسم الكیمیاء/كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2014شباط 2 ، قبل البحث في : 2013كانون األول 29استلم البحث في : الخالصة للتقدیر الطیفي الكمي الیون الیوربیوم الثالثي باستخدام الكاشف یاتللوصول الى الظروف الفضل اناسلوبأُتبع مع اً شرابی اً احمر اً .اظھرت الدراسة ان ایون الیوربیوم یكون معقد solochrome violet(svrs)الكروموجیني .امكن خلبنانومیتر مقابل المحلول ال464 الكاشف في وسط قلوي ویظھر محلولھ امتصاص اعظم عند الطول الموجي المتغیر الواحد والسمبلكس ھما التي تم الحصول علیھا باسلوبین یاتالحصول على منحنیي معایرة باتباع الظروف الفضل وامتصاصیة موالریة مقدارھا ،مایكروغرام/مل 0.3) مایكروغرام/مل وحد كشفي مقدارة 0.3-8.0( هوبمجال خطي مقدار ه مایكروغرام/مل وحد كشفي مقدار )(0.40-10.0 هالسلوب االول وبمدى خطیة مقدارالى التر/مول.سم بالنسبة 9877.66 سمبلكس.لتر/مول.سم باسلوب ال10759.05مایكروغرام/مل وامتصاصیة موالریة مقدارھا 0.055 درس تاثیر وجود ایونات ثم ، 1:4ان نسبة الكاشف الى العنصر كانت ،اظھرت دراسة تكافؤیة المعقد الكلیتي المتكون نموذج مصنع.أتقدیر العنصر وطبقت الطریقة المقترحة لتقدیر كمیتھ في في مختلفة المطیافیة.الالنثانات، السمبلكس، سولوكروم فایولیت، الكلمات المفتاحیة: 210 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 15 gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome in celiac disease of iraqi children abstract celiac disease (cd) is an autoimmune disorder characterized by chronic inflammation that essentially affects the small intestine and is caused by eating gluten-containing foods. this study sought to determine gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome in peripheral blood of iraqi cd children using quantitative real-time pcr (qrt-pcr) assay. thirty children with cd (12 males and 18 females) were enrolled in the study and their age range was 3-15 years. the diagnosis of the disease was confirmed by serological examinations and intestinal endoscopy. a control sample of 20 age-matched healthy children was also included. the children were stratified for age, gender, body max index (bmi), histological findings, and marsh classification. further, the sera were examined for iga anti-tissue transglutaminase (ttg) antibody, iga anti-gliadin antibody, and interleukin-1 beta (il-1β). based on marsh classification, the results revealed that the majority of patients (70%) had partial villous atrophy (marsh ш 3a), while children with subtotal and total villous atrophy (marsh iii: 3b/3c) were presented with a lower frequency (30.0%). neither marsh i nor marsh ii has been observed among the patients studied. serum levels of anti-ttg and anti-gliadin iga antibodies were significantly higher in cd children than in control children (73.8 and 31.8 vs. 0.8 u//ml, respectively; p < 0.001). conversely, il-1β serum level was decreased in cd children but the difference was not significant (35.5vs. 53.4 pg/ml; p = 0.285). in the case of nlrp3 inflammasome, the relative fold change method (2-∆∆ct) was used to assess the gene expression. the results revealed that the expression of nlrp3 inflammasome was decreased by 0.594 fold in cd children. in conclusion, the nlrp3 inflammasome was down-regulated in the present sample of cd children, and it was accompanied by a decreased serum level of il-1β. keywords :celiac disease; nlrp3 inflammasome, il-1β; gene expression. 1. introduction celiac disease (cd) is an autoimmune disorder that occurs in genetically predisposed individuals who develop an immune reaction to the ingestion of gluten-containing foods (wheat, barley, and rye) [1]. it is also characterized by chronic inflammation that primarily affects the small intestine and can lead to malabsorption of nutrients, chronic or intermittent diarrhea, growth failure or short stature, weight loss, iron deficiency, and osteopenia [2]. the global prevalence of cd is 1.4%, and it is more common in children than in adults. further, the prevalence of cd varies with age, gender, and geographical location [3]. in iraq, the prevalence was found to be 0.25% among healthy blood donors [4]. human autoimmune anwar i. s. al-assaf anwar.idrees@yahoo.com department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hiba m. ali hibamn19921992@gmail.com department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ali h. ad'hiah dr.ahadhiah@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq tropical-biological research unit, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq http://ihicps.com/ mailto:anwar.idrees@yahoo.com mailto:hibamn19921992@gmail.com mailto:dr.ahadhiah@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 16 diseases affect 3-5% of the population and arise from complex interactions between genetic and environmental factors, which consequence in immune dysregulation and immune attack to target tissues [5]. the innate immune system works as the first line of defense in protection from pathogenic microbes and host-derived signals of cellular distress. one way in which these “danger” signals trigger inflammation is through activation of inflammasomes, which are multi-protein complexes that assemble in the cytosol after exposure to pathogenassociated molecular patterns (pamps) or danger-associated molecular patterns (damps) [6]. they result in activation of caspase-1and subsequent cleavage of the pro-inflammatory cytokines il-1β and il-18, and this may be destructive to tissues; however, the specific regulatory mechanisms of nlrp3 inflammasome activation remain unclear [7]. a role for the nlrp3 inflammasome in recurrent and chronic inflammation was initially described in a group of rare auto-inflammatory conditions, such as rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, and celiac disease [8]. further, the nlrp3 inflammasome has been implicated in many common diseases, including cancer, gout, and diabetes [9]. being able to analyze gene expression patterns is essential for understanding protein function, biological pathways and cellular responses to external and internal stimuli [10]. to elucidate the role of the nlrp3 inflammasome in celiac disease, this study examined the gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome in peripheral blood within the downstream regulatory region of the nlrp3 gene for association with the expression of nlrp3 in addition to the pro-inflammatory marker il-1β. 2. materials method 2.1. children studied a total of 30 iraqi children (12 males and 18 females; mean age ± sd: 9.60 ± 0.55 years) with cd attending the consultant clinic at the central pediatrics hospital, private nursing hospital, and specialist center for endocrinology and diabetes in iraq-baghdad during the period august 2018 march 2019 were enrolled in this study. they were clinically examined and evaluated by the consultant medical staff at these hospitals, and the diagnosis was confirmed through serological and histological tests [11]. serological diagnosis of cd was based on the presence of iga antibodies against gliadin and tissue transglutaminase (ttg). this was followed by an examination of an intestinal biopsy. cases seropositive for the two antibodies but their intestinal biopsy did not confirm the disease were excluded from the study. children with giardiasis were also excluded. a control sample of 20 healthy children (12 male and 8 females; 9.99 ± 0.77 years) was included. they were randomly selected from healthcare units in baghdad and had no clinical evidence or family history of cd or other autoimmune diseases. 2.2. immunological parameters serum levels of anti-gliadin and anti-tissue transglutaminase test (anti-ttg) antibodies and il1β were measured using elisa kits (aeskulisa and demeditec, respectively; germany) and instructions of the manufacturer were followed. 2.3. gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome was determined by the reverse transcriptionhttp://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 17 quantitative polymerase chain reaction (rt-qpcr) method. total rna was isolated from peripheral using ready-to-use reagent (trizoltmls reagent; thermo fischer scientific; usa). the isolated rna was reverse-transcribed and the gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome was assessed using gotaq®1-step rt-qpcr system kit (promega, usa), and instructions of the manufacturer were followed. forward and reverse primers for nlrp3 inflammasome (5’aacagcagatggagagtggc-3’ and 5’-ggtcggactcctcaaacagg-3’, respectively) and the housekeeping gene gapdh (5’-agaaggctggggctcatttg-3’ and 5’aggggccatccacagtcttc-3’, respectively) were according to published sequences. the primers were designed using primer design web-based service and validated using the primer-blast-ncbi database. to determine gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome (expression fold change), the 2-δδct was calculated (relative fold change). thus, the expression was expressed as a fold change in the level of the target gene expression, which was normalized to the expression level of the housekeeping gene gapdh (endogenous control) and relative to the target gene in control subjects (calibrator) [12]. 2.4. statistical analysis the data was statistically analyzed using the statistical package for social sciences (spss version 19.0). pearson chi-square test or two-tailed fisher exact test was used to analyzing categorical variables. for continuous variables and depending on the distribution of data, parametric variables were given as mean ± standard deviation (sd), and significant differences between means were assessed using the student t-test. for non-parametric variables, median and interquartile range (iqr: 25-75%) were given and a significant difference between medians was assessed using either mann–whitney u test (to compare to groups) or kruskal– wallis test (to compare more than two groups). receiver operating characteristic (roc) analysis was employed to estimate the area under the curve (auc) and optimum cut-off point that predicts cd. a probability (p) value ≤ 0.05 was considered statistically significant. 3. results and discussion as shown in table (1), the highest incidence of cd was noticed in children aged 8-12 years (56.7%). this may indicate that the disease is more common in this age range. there is no specific explanation for such age-dependency, but delayed diagnosis and lack of awareness of disease due to the absence of any symptoms may account for underestimation of disease prevalence at a younger age [13]. delayed onset of cd may also account for the development of disease later in life [14]. thus, the majority of cd patients are diagnosed during adulthood [15]. the results revealed that female patients outnumbered male patients (60 vs. 40%) but the difference was not significant compared to controls (p = 0.248) table (1). it is generally agreed that cd is a female-predominant disease, but males had a shorter duration of illness before diagnosis and more severe manifestations of malabsorption [16]. the higher prevalence of cd among females could be explained by multiple factors such as hormones and genetics, the male y chromosome might have a protective role [17]. reasons for female predominance have not been well defined, but it has been proposed that females are at greater risk to develop immune-mediated diseases [18]. regarding growth criteria, most of cd patients were of normal weight (5th to ˂85th; 63.3%) as shown in table (1). a study in indian patients indicated that the bmi was significantly lower in cd patients compared to healthy children (17.18 vs. 21.2 kg/cm2; p <0.001), and there was no significant difference between http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 18 boys and girls with cd [19]. it has been found that bmi can be increased significantly after a gluten-free diet [20]. generally, withdrawal of gluten from the diet leads to rapid catch-up growth of body weight within 6-12 months, whereas the height catches up is more gradually [21]. a swedish study showed that the bmi median was slightly lower among the children with screening-detected cd compared to their healthy children, but most of the cd cases had a normal bmi [22]. in the case of march classification, the majority of patients had partial villous atrophy (marsh шa; 70%), while children with subtotal and total villous atrophy (marsh iii b and iii c) were less frequent (30%) table (1). in a previous iraqi study, different frequencies were found (24% marsh iiia, 47.8% marsh iiib, and 28.2% marsh iiic respectively) [23]. the reason behind the increased frequency of marsh iii a might be related to an early diagnosis of the studied samples. comparable frequencies have also been presented; 5.3% marsh iii c, 24.2%, 55.3% marsh iii-a, and 15.1% marsh iii b and marsh iii c [24]. in this study, serum concentrations of anti-ttg and anti-gliadin iga antibodies were significantly elevated in cd children compared to healthy children (73.8 and 31.8 vs. 0.8 u//ml, respectively; p < 0.001) table (1). consistent with these findings, [25] indicated that an anti-ttg is the marker of choice for cd mass screening and helpful in identifying patients who can benefit from a gluten-free diet and follow-up. although the gold standard for detecting cd is a duodenal biopsy, it has been shown that anti-ttg antibody together with an anti-gliadin antibody is a sensitive marker for cd [26, 27]. the findings of this study and other studies indicate the diagnostic potential of both antibodies in cd when conducting screening surveys for the disease in children and adolescents [28, 29]. in a study of cd children 5 years old and younger, it has been reached that anti-gliadin iga is suitable to test for diagnosing the disease, because anti-ttg antibodies may only appear in the elderly [30]. the study also pointed to the role of il-1β in the pathogenesis of cd. the serum level of this cytokine was decreased in cd children compared to healthy children (35.5 vs. 53.4 pg/ml respectively); however, the difference did not attend a statistical significance (p = 0.285) table (1). consistent with these findings, it has been demonstrated that serum levels of il-1β and other cytokines (tnf-α, il-2, il-4, and il-8) showed no significant differences between 3 years old cd children and matched children. the authors also concluded that a gluten-free diet may also influence the serum level of some cytokines [31]. in table (1), the gene expression of nlrp3 inflammasome was also given as a relative fold changing (2-δδct). the expression was down-regulated by 0.594 in cd children and this may suggest a role for the nlrp3 inflammasome in the immunopathogenesis of cd. to the best knowledge of investigators, this study was the first in iraqi cd patients. it has been demonstrated that inflammasomes play a significant role in the pathogenesis of autoimmune diseases including cd [8]. table 1. anthropometric and laboratory data of celiac disease patients and controls. characteristic* cd patients (n = 30) control (n = 20) p http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 19 age (year) 9.6 ± 3.0 10.0 ± 3.4 0.666 age groups (year) < 8 8 (26.7) 5 (25.0) 0.768 8 – 12 17 (56.7) 10 (50.0) 13 15 5 (16.7) 5 (25.0) gender male 12 (40.0) 12 (60.0) 0.248 female 18 (60.0) 8 (40.0) bmi percentiles < 5th (underweight) 8 (26.7) 1 (5.0) 0.121 5th to < 85th (normal weight) 19 (63.3) 15 (75.0) ≥ 85th (overweight/obese) 3 (10.0) 4 (20.0) marsh classification marsh iii: 3a 21 (70.0) na marsh iii: 3b/3c 9 (30.0) na iga anti-ttg antibody (u/ml) 73.8 (26.7-526.1) 0.8 (0.5-1.5) < 0.001 iga and anti-gliadin antibody (u/ml) 31.8 (18.0-94.6) 0.8 (0.5-1.2) < 0.001 il-1β (pg/ml) 35.5 (28 -47.7) 53.4 (25.7-132) 0.285 nlrp3 gene expression (2-∆∆ct) 0.594 (0.120-2.018) na *values are mean ± sd (standard deviation), number followed by percentage in parentheses or median with the interquartile (iqr) range (25% 75%); cd: celiac disease; bmi: body mass index; ttg: tissue transglutaminase; nlrp3: nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain leucine-rich repeat and pyrin domain-containing protein 3; na: not applicable; p: probability; significant p is bold-marked. to make a further understanding of the investigated immunological and molecular parameters in the pathogenesis of cd, the patients were distributed into subgroups according to some anthropometric and clinical characteristics table (2). no significant variations between the medians of anti-ttg and anti-gliadin iga antibodies, il-1β, and nlrp3 gene expression between subgroups of cd children were distributed according to age, gender, bmi, and march classification. two exceptions were encountered. in the first, the decreased level of il1β was more pronounced in male patients compared to female patients and the difference was significant (24.7 vs. 37.6 pg/ml; p = 0.050). although cd patients were children, sex hormones might have a role in deviating serum levels of il-1β in males and females [32]. the second exception involved a significantly increased concentration of anti-ttg iga antibody in cd children with marsh iii: 3b/3c classification compared to marsh iii: 3a children (501.6 vs. 36.8 iu; p = 0.022). this may suggest a correlation between anti-ttg iga antibody and marsh classification; however, the low sample size of patients may limit such suggestion. table 2. iga anti-ttg antibody, anti-gliadin antibody, il-1β, and nlrp3 gene expression (2-∆∆ct) distributed according to anthropometric and clinical characteristics of celiac disease patients. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 20 characteristic median with the interquartile (iqr) range (25% 75%) iga anti-ttg antibody (u/ml) iga and anti-gliadin antibody (u/ml) il-1β (pg/ml) nlrp3 gene expression (2-∆∆ct) age groups (year) < 8 7.0 (35.4 70.8) 35.4 (7.0 70.8) 36.9 (31.4 49.6) 1.214 (0.305 3.807) 8 – 12 29.0 (56.0 147.4) 56.0 (29.0 147.4) 36.2 (31.3 40.9) 0.300 (0.182 1.774) 13 15 17.2 (19.4 22.4) 19.4 (17.2 22.4) 24.4 (15.1 25.0) 0.051 (0.029 2.954) p-value 0.537 0.088 0.155 0.353 gender male 39.2 (24.5 73.4) 22.4 (14.3 38.8) 24.7 (19.5 36.3) 0.191 (0.058 3.043) female 220.6 (29.9 529.2) 51.8 (25.9 123.7) 37.6 (31.4 49.6) 0.725 (0.246 1.657) p-value 0.204 0.086 0.050 0.703 bmi percentiles < 5th (underweight) 28.3 (1.5 377.9) 29.6 (22.4 244.5) 37.6 (28.7 40.9) 0.422 (0.246 1.207) 5th to < 85th (normal weight) 183.7 (41.5 801.8) 31.0 (15.0 93.0) 32.6 (24.1 37.4) 0.508 (0.065 3.132) ≥ 85th (overweight/obese) 15.5 (14.5 16.4) 73.8 (47.5 100.0) 38.4 (29.0 47.8) 1.214 (0.887 1.540) p-value 0.061 0.562 0.591 0.562 marsh classification marsh iii: 3a 36.8 (18.1 226.5) 28.8 (15.0 48.6) 36.3 (29.0 40.9) 0.592 (0.176 2.010) marsh iii: 3b/3c 501.6 (152.8 992.0) 93.4 (56.0 95.5) 33.1 (24.1 40.9) 0.775 (0.120 1.774) p-value 0.022 0.110 0.635 0.839 cd: celiac disease; bmi: body mass index; ttg: tissue transglutaminase; nlrp3: nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain leucine rich repeat and pyrin domain-containing protein 3; p: probability; significant p is bold-marked. receiver operating characteristic (roc) curve analysis was performed to determine whether there was an additional advantage of using the study parameters for predicting cd. both antibodies (anti-gliadin and anti-ttg iga antibodies) occupied a significant area under the curve (auc). it was 0.999 for the former antibody, while it was lower in the latter antibody (auc = 0.956) with sensitivity and specificity of 100 and 95% and 91.7 and 90%, respectively. whereas, il-1β and nlrp3 gene expression did not occupy a significant auc (0.398 and 0.627, respectively); therefore, their diagnostic performance in cd was limited table (3) and figure (1). table 3. roc curve analysis of iga anti-ttg, iga antibody, anti-gliadin antibody, il-1β and nlrp3 gene expression in celiac disease patients. variable auc 95% ci p-value sensitivity (%) specificity (%) cut-off value iga and anti-gliadin antibody (u/ml) 0.999 0.995-1.000 < 0.001 100.0 95.0 1.7 iga anti-ttg antibody (u/ml) 0.956 0.896-1.000 < 0.001 91.7 90.0 1.8 il-1β (pg/ml) 0.398 0.219-0.576 0.248 55.0 50.0 56.4 nlrp3 gene expression (dct) 0.627 0.461-0.793 0.150 65.0 58.0 0.800 http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 21 figure 2. roc curve analysis of iga anti-ttg, iga antibody, anti-gliadin antibody, il-1β and nlrp3 gene expression in celiac disease patients showing area under the curve. 4. conclusion in conclusion, the nlrp3 inflammasome was down-regulated in the present sample of cd children, and it was accompanied by a decreased serum level of il-1β. the diagnostic significance of anti-ttg and anti-gliadin iga antibodies was reinforced by the present study. references 1. lebwohl, b.; sanders, d.s.; green, p.h. coeliac disease. lancet 2018 ,391, 70. 2. mearin, m.l.; montoro-huguet, m.; polanco, i.; ribes-köninckx, c.; santolaria, s. clinical manifestations of celiac disease and diagnostic criteria: differences among children, adolescents and adults in: arranz. e.; fernández-bañares. f.; rosell. c.m.; rodrig, l.; peña, a.s. (eds.). advances in the understanding of gluten related pathology and the evolution of gluten-free foods. omnia science.barcelona, spain. 2015, 291. 3. singh, p.; arora,a.; strand, t.a.; leffler, d.a.; catassi, c.; green, p.h.; kelly, c.p.; ahuja. v.; makharia. g.k. global prevalence of celiac disease: systematic review and meta-analysis. clin. gastroenterol. hepatol. 2018 ,16, 823. 4. toma, m.; fayadh, m.h.; al-nasseri, s. broad look on celiac disease in iraq. m.sc. thesis submitted to college of medicine baghdad university, 2004. 5. aune, t.m.; maas, k.; parker, j.; moore, j.h.; olsen, n.j. profiles of gene expression in human autoimmune disease. cell biochem. biophys. 2004 ,40, 81. 6. horai, r.; saijo. s.; tanioka, h.; nakae, s.; sudo, k.; okahara, a.; ikuse, t.; asano,m.; iwakura, y. development of chronic inflammatory arthropathy resembling rheumatoid arthritis in interleukin 1 receptor antagonist-deficient mice. j. exp. med. 2000 191, 313. 7. yang, y.; wang, h.; kouadir,m.; song, h.; shi, f. recent advances in the mechanisms of nlrp3 inflammasome activation and its inhibitors. cell death dis. 2019 10, 128. 8. shaw, p.j.; mcdermott, m.f.; kanneganti, t.d. inflammasomes and autoimmunity. trends mol. med. 2011 ,17, 57. 9. cook, g.p.; savic, s.; wittmann, m.; mcdermott, m.f. the nlrp3 inflammasome, a target for therapy in diverse disease states. eur. j. immunol. 2010, 40, 631. 10. aslam, b.; basit, m.; nisar, m.a.; khurshid, m.; rasool, m.h. proteomics: technologies and their applications. j. chromatogr. sci. 2017 ,55, 182. 11. volta, u.; villanacci, v. celiac disease: diagnostic criteria in progress. cell mol immunol. 2011, 8, 96. 12. livak, k.g.; schmittgen, t.d. analysis of relative gene expression data using real-time quantitative pcr and the 2-delta, delta c (t). methods 2001 ,25, 402. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1ihicpas 202 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2645 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 22 13. ludvigsson, j.f.; montgomery, s.m.; ekbom, a.; brandt, l.; granath, f. small-intestinal histopathology and mortality risk in celiac disease. jama 2009 ,302, 1171. 14. vilppula, a.; kaukinen, k.; luostarinen, l.; krekelä, i.; patrikainen, h.; valve. r.; mäki. m.; collin, p. increasing prevalence and high incidence of celiac disease in elderly people: a population-based study. bmc gastroenterol. 2009 ,29, 49. 15. van gils, t.; nijeboer, p.; hein, g.; waesberghe, t.v. splenic volume differentiates complicated and non-complicated celiac disease 2016 https://doi.org/10.1177% 2f2050640 616663571. 16. bai, d. effect of gender on the manifestations of celiac disease: evidence for greater malabsorption in men scandinavian. j. gastroenterol. 2005 ,40, 183. 17. quintero, o.l. author's personal copy autoimmune disease and gender: plausible mechanisms for the female predominance of autoimmunity. j. autoimmun. 2012 ,38, j109. 18. tajuddin, t.; razif, s.; thorne, j.; murray, f.e. clinical presentation of adult coeliac disease. irish med. j. 2011 ,18, 30. 19. siddh, l.; sengar, g.s.; nagraj, n.; shyam, r.; garg, p. body mass index in celiac disease and effect of a gluten-free diet on body mass index. home 2016 ,4, 20. 20. dehghani, s.m. prevalence of celiac disease in healthy iranian school children. ann. saudi med. 2018 ,33, 159. 21. meazza, c.; pagani, s.; diletta, g.; laarej., k. growth retardation in children with celiac disease. curr.ped. rev. 2008 ,4, 174. 22. van der pals, m.; myléus, a.; norström, f.; hammarroth, s.; högberg, l.; rosén, a.; ivarsson, a.; carlsson, a. body mass index is not a reliable tool in predicting celiac disease in children. bmc pediatr. 2014 ,14, 165. 23. osman, m.; taha, b.; al-duboni, g. assessment of the response to gluten-free diet in an iraqi population with coeliac disease. a histological and serological follow-up study. arch. med sci. 2014 ,10, 294. 24. bekdas, m. investigation of celiac disease according to marsh classification in childhood. bangladesh j. med. sci. 2017, 16, 259. 25. dipper, c.; maitra, s.; andrew, c.; thomas, l.r. anti-tissue transglutaminase antibodies in the follow-up of adult coeliac disease. aliment. pharmacol. therap. 2009 ,30, 236. 26. hopper, a.d.; hadjivassiliou, m.; hurlstone, d.p. lobo, a.g.; mcalindon, m.e.; egner. w.; wild, g.; sanders. d.s. what is the role of serologic testing in celiac disease? a prospective, biopsy-confirmed study with economic analysis. clin. gastroenterol. hepatol. 2008 ,6, 314. 27. al-kazraji, k. celiac disease: presentation with clinical and serological response. med. j. tikrit university 2009 ,2, 145. 28. benson, b.c.; mulder, c.j.; laczek, j.t. anti-gliadin antibodies identify celiac patients overlooked by tissue transglutaminase antibodies hawaii. j. med. public health 2013 ,72, 14. 29. aldaghi, m.a. evaluation of the correlation between ttg-iga titer and duodenal biopsy findings in children with suspected celiac disease. iranian j. pediatr. 2016 ,26, 1. 30. bizzaro, n.; tonutti, e. anti-gliadin antibodies in autoantibodies 2nd elsevier 2007 451pp. 31. björck, s.; lindehammer, s.r.; fex, m.; agardh, d. serum cytokine pattern in young children with screening detected coeliac disease. clin. exp. immunol. 2015 ,179, 230. 32. oertelt-prigione, s the influence of sex and gender on the immune response. autoimmun. rev. 2011, 11, a479. http://ihicps.com/ microsoft word 89-101 89 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis, characterization and spectral studies of y(iii), la(ii) and rh(iii) complexes with 2,4-dimethyl-6-(4-nitro-phenylazo)phenol . amer j. jarad dhafir t. a. alheetimi sumayha m. abass rasha a. hashim dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:5/may/2015،accepted in:30/june/2015 abstract transition metal complexes of y(iii), la(iii) and rh(iii) with azo dye 2,4-dimethyl-6(4-nitro-phenylazo)-phenol derived from 4-nitroaniline and 2,4-dimethylphenol were synthesized. characterization of these compounds has been done on the basis of elemental analysis, electronic data, ft-ir,uv-vis and 1hnmr, as well as conductivity measurements. the nature of the complexes formed were studies following the mole ratio and continuous variation methods, beer's law obeyed over a concentration range (1x10-43x10-4). high molar absorbtivity of the complex solutions were observed. from the analytical data, the stoichiomerty of the complexes has been found to be 1:3 (metal:ligand). on the basis of physicochemical data octahedral geometries were assigned for the complexes. key words: complexes, transition metals, spectral studies, azo dyes. 90 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction synthetic dyes produced in large quantities are extensively used in paper printing, textile dyeing, pharmaceutical, food, color photography, cosmetics, textile and other industries[1-3]. for many years the azo compounds have been the main class of dyes used in various applications such as textile fibers dyeing and coloring of different materials and advanced organic synthesis [4-7]. several bidentate azo dyes in which the phenolic-oh group and azo nitrogen are present in such a way that they form six membered ring with metal ions are published [8].the vast applications of azo dyes have inspired the modern chemists to prepare new metal chalets by reacting with new poly dentate azo dyes with different transitional and non-transitional metal ions[9].recently metal complex dyes have also attracted increasing attention due to their increasing electronic and geometrical features in connection with their application for molecular memory storage[10].this work presents the synthesis of an azo dye derived from 4-nitro aniline as diazo component and 2,3dimethylphenol as coupling agent.complexes of this ligand (l) with y(iii), la(iii) and rh(iii) have also been studied and characterized physicochemical. experimental instrumentations uvvis spectra were recorded on a shimadzu uv160a ultra violet-visible spectrophotometer. irspectra were taken on a shimadzu, ft-ir8400s fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer in the 4000400 cm-1 spectral regions with samples prepared as kbr discs. atomic absorption was obtained using a shimadzu a.a-160a atomic absorption/flame emission spectrophotometer. the 1h-nmr spectra were recorded on a brucker-300 mhz ultra shield spectrometer at university of alalbayt using dmso as the solvent and tms as the reference. micro elemental analysis (c.h.n) was performed at the alalbayt university, jordan, using euro vector ea 3000a elemental analyser. conductivities were measured for 10-3 m solutions of complexes in ethanol at 25оc using philips pwdigital conductmeter. in addition, melting points were obtained using stuart melting point apparatus. materials and reagents the following chemicals were used as received from suppliers: yttrium nitrate pentahadrate (99.9%), lanthanum chloride nonahydrate (98.8%) and rhodium chloride monohydrate (98.8%) (merck), 4-nitroaniline and 2,4-dimethylphenol (b.d.h). preparation of 2,4-dimethyl-6-(4-nitro-phenylazo)-phenol ligand (l) a solution of 4-nitroaniline[11] (0.342g, 1mmole) (10ml) of etoh solution contain (2ml) conc.h2so4 was diluted with 10 ml h2o, and diazotized at 5oc with nano2 solution. the diazo solution was added drop wise with stirring to a cooled ethanolic solution of (0.305g, 1mmole) of 2,4-dimetylphenol. 25 ml of 1m sodium hydroxide solution was added to the dark colored mixture. the precipitate was filtered, washed several times with (1:1) ethanol: water, mixture then left to dry. the reaction is shown in scheme (1), while table (1) describes the physical properties and elemental micro analysis. 91 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 scheme (1) buffer solution buffer solution, covering the ph range of 4-9, were prepared as 0.01 m solutions of ammonium acetate in distilled water. the required ph was obtained by the addition of either ammonia solution or glacial acetic acid. metal salt solutions solutions of (1x10-51x10-3 m) of the metal salt were prepared by dissolving appropriate weight of the metal salt in the buffer solutions. ligand solution ligand solutions of (1x10-51x10-3 m) were prepared by dissolving a required weight of the ligand in ethanol. preparation of metal complex (general procedure) an ethanolic solution of the ligand (l) (0.271g, 3mmole) was added gradually with stirring to the 0.120g, 0.134g and 0.075g of y(no3)3.5h2o, lacl3.9h2o and rhcl3.h2o dissolved in the buffer solution with the required ph. the mixture was cooled until dark color precipitate was formed, filtered, and washed several times with 1:1 water: ethanol mixture, then with acetone. nh2o2n o2n n2 + n ao h no2n n ho ch3 ch3 10% nano2 h2so4 conc 2 ,4 -d i m e th y lp h en o l 92 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 results and discussion the ligand 2,4-dimethyl-6-(4-nitro-phenylazo)-phenol (l) was prepared by coupling 2,4dimethylphenol with the 4-no2.phenol.diazonium in alkaline solution. the ligand (l) was sparingly soluble in water but soluble in organic solvents such as dmso and dmf, stable toward air and moisture. synthesized ligand (l) was characterized by 1hnmr, ft-ir, elem.anal. (c.h.n) and uvvis spectroscopic technique. the 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand in dmso (figure 1) shows multiplet signal at δ=7.36-7.77 ppm, which refers to aromatic protons[12] . a signal at δ = 4.32 ppm appears due to hydrogen atom of the phenolic group[13]. the signal at δ= 3.33 ppm is assigned to δ(ch3) and the signal at δ=2.50 ppm referred to dmso-d6 [14]. interaction of the metal ions (yiii, laiii and rhiii) with the prepared ligand (l) has been studied in solution; an aqueousethanolic solution was always performed over wide molar concentration and acidity range. colours of these mixed solutions were varied from brown to yellow. different ranges of molar concentrations (10-5-10-3 m) of the mixed solutions, only concentrations in the range of 10-4 m obey the lambertbeer's law, and only these solutions showed intense colour. a calibration curve was fitted to data points in the range 1.10-4 – 3.10-4 m, which shows absorbance against molar concentration (figure 2). best fit straight lines were obtained with correlation factor of r> 0.998. the optimal concentration was chosen for complex solutions, and it was observed that the absorption maximum (λmax) remained the same at different ph values. the influence of ph was also studied in the ph range of 4-8, and the absorbanceph curves for each metal ion measured at λmax are plotted in figure(3). figure (3) shows selective ph-absorbance curves. the plateaus of the curves represent the completion of the reaction and consequently represent the optimum ph value. the composition of complexes formed in solutions has been established by mole ratio and job methods. in both cases the results reveal a 1:3 metal to ligand (l) ratio. a selected plot is presented in figure (4). table( 2) summarizes the results obtained, as well as conditions for the preparation of the complexes. the solid complexes have been prepared by direct reaction of alcoholic solution of the ligand (l) with the aqueous solution of the metal ions at the optimum ph and in a m:l ratio of 1:3. the result of c.h.n analysis and the metal content of these complexes were in good agreements with the calculated values. the molar conductance of 10-3 m in ethanolic solutions of these complexes indicated their nonelectrolytic type[15] , data are presented in table 2.the uvvis spectrum of an ethanolic solution of the ligand 10-3 m displayed mainly two peaks, the first was observed at 350 nm due to the moderate energy ππ* transition of the aromatic rings and the second peak was observed at the 422 nm was referred to the n-π* transition of (-n=n) group[16]. the spectra of the prepared complexes dissolved in ethanol 10-3 m have been measured and the data obtained are included in table (2). the large bathchromic shift of the absorption maximum (λmax), assigned to (n-π*) transition of the ligand (l), suggests the involvement of the ligand (l) in the bond formation with the metal ion. figure 5 showed a comparison between the spectra of the ligand and rh(iii) complex. in order to study the bonding mode of the ligand (l) with the metal ion, the ft-ir spectra of the free ligand (l) and the prepared complexes have been compared, and the data was tabulated in table (3). the ir spectrum of the ligand (figure 6) exhibited broad band at 3462 cm-1, which was assigned to the stretching vibration of υ(oh) group. this band was absent in the spectra of the prepared complexes (figure 7), which indicated deprotonation and involvement of the enol oxygen in chelation[17,18]. bands characteristic of the azo bridge vibration at 1489 cm-1 and 1429 cm-1 shifted to lower frequency with change in shape in spectra of the complexes, which is an indication of the engagement of this group in the coordination with the metal ion[19]. the appearance of new bands in the region (482-572) cm-1 are tentatively assigned to υ(m-n) and υ(m-o) (metal-ligand) stretching bands[20,21]. 93 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 according to the results obtained, an octahedral structure has been tentatively suggested to rhodium complex. references 1. kirkan,b. and gup,r.(2008) synthesis of new azo dyes and copper (ii) complexes derived from barbituric acid and 4-aminobenzoylhydrazone,turk.j.chem.; 32 ,9-17. 2. raghavendra,k.r. and kumar,k.a.(2013) synthesis of some azo dyes and their deying, redox and antifungal properties, inter.j.chem.techno.res.; 5, 4, 756-1760. 3. lemr,k.;holcapek,m.;jandera,p. and .lycka,a. (2000) analysis of metal complex azo dyes by high performance liquid chromatography / electrospray ionization mass spectrometry and multistage mass spectrometry; rapid commun.mass spectrom.;14,1881-1888. 4. turcas,c.v. and sebe,i. (2012) azo dyes complexes, synthesis and tinctroial properties, u.p.b.sci.bull.; 74, 1,109-118. 5. hrdina,r.;lustine,d.;stolin,p.;burgert,l.;lunak,s. and holcapek,m. (2004) iron complexes of reactive azo dyes, advan.color.sci.techn.; 7,1,6-17. 6. patel,v.h.;patel,m.p. and patel,r.g. (2002) synthesis and application of novel heterocyclic dyes based on 11-amino-13h-acenaphtho [1,2-e] pyridazino [3,2-b] quinazolin-13-one, j. serb. chem. soc.; 67, 11, 727-734. o ch3 ch3 n no2n n n o h3c h3c o ch3 n n h3c m no2 no2 m = y(iii), la(iii) and rh(iii) 94 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 7. taura,y.b.;gumel,s.m.;habibu,s. and adam,j.l.(2014) synthesis of cobalt complex azo dye from 2,2[benzene-1,3-diyl di-(e)-diazene-2,1-diyl] bis(4-nitroaniline), iosr j.appl.chemm.; 7,8,34-37. 8. modhavadiya,v.a. (2011) synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of metal complexes containing azo dye ligand of sulfa drugs, asian j.biochemm.pharm.res.;11,1,173-179. 9. mahapartra,b.b. and panda,s.k.(2010) coordination compounds of coii,niii,cuii,znii,cdii and hgii with tridentate ons doner azo dye ligands, biokemistri; 22,2,71-75. 10. dharmalingm,v.;ramasamy,a.k. and balasuramanian,v. (2011) synthesis and epr studies of copper metal complexes of dyes derived from remazol red b,procino yellow, fast green fcf, brilliant cresyl blue with copper acetate monohydrate, e.j.chem.; l., si, s211-s224. 11. naik,s.j. and halkar,u.p. (2005) synthesis and application of novel 4,5,6,7tetrahydrobenzothiazole based azo disperse dye, general papers,airkivoc; xiii, 3, 141149. 12. carballo,r.;castineiras,a.;covelo,b.;niclos,j. and vazguez-lopez,e. (2001) synthesis and characterization of potassium complex of magneson: [k(hl)(oh2)2][h2l=4-(4nitrophenylazo) resorcinol (magneson)], polyhedron 20, 2415-2420. 13. bartta,p. (2006) sulpher bridged ruthenium-molybdenum complexes:(r-aapm) 2ru(µs)2mo(oh)2] synthesis, spectroscopic and electrochemical characterization. r-aapm = 2(arylazo)pyrimidine; j.chem.sci, 118, 2, 171-177. 14. pal,s. and sinho,c. (2001) studies on the reactivity of cis-rucl2 fragment in ru(pph3)2(taime)cl2 with n,n-chelators (taime=1-methyl-2-(p-tolylazo) imidazole). spectral and electrochemical characterization of the products, proc. ind. acad. sci ; 113, 3, 173-182. 15. geary,w.j. (1971) characterization of coordination compounds, coord.chem .rev.; 7, 110. 16. anitha,k.r.;venugopala,r. and rao,v.r.s. (2011) synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of metal (ii) complexes of a novel bisazo dye 2,2 [benzene-13 diyl di (e) diazene 2,1-diyl] bis (4-chloroaniline)", j.chem.pharm.res.; 3, 3, 511-519. 17. karipcin,f. and kabalcilar,e. (2007) spectroscopic and thermal studies on solid complexes of 4-(2-pyridylazo)-resorcinol with some transition metals, acta.chim.slov.; 54, 242-247. 18. yildiz,e. and boztepe,h. (2002.) synthesis of novel acidic mono azo dyes and an investigation of their use in the textile industry, turk.j.chem.; 26, 897-9030. 95 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 19. oututu,j.o. (2013) synthesis and application of azo dyes derived from 2-amino-1,3,4thiadiazole-2-thiol on polyester fibre, ijrrs; 15, 2, 292-296. 20. raman,n.;raja,j.d. and sakthivel,a. (2007) synthesis, spectral characterization of schiff base transition metal complexes: dna cleavage and antimicrobial activity studies, j.chem.sci.; 119, 4, 303-310. 21. rajavel,r.;vadivu,m.s. and anitha,c. 2008) synthesis, physical characterization and biological activity of some schiff base complexes, e.j.chem.; 5, 3, 620-626. table (1): physical properties and elemental analysis of the ligand and it,s complexes. compounds color m.p°c yield % analysis calc (found) m% c% h% n% ligand(l) orange 246 82 61.99 (60.95) 4.79 (3.81) 15.49 (14.53) [y(l)3] brown 280 68 24.38 (23.74) 56.06 (55.73) 4.00 (3.95) 14.01 (13.75) [la(l)3] deep brown 325 71 14.64 (13.96) 53.10 (52.58) 3.79 (2.93) 13.27 (12.88) [rh(l)3] deep yellow >360 73 11.28 (10.93) 55.20 (54.88) 3.94 (3.15) 13.80 (12.63) 96 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (2): conditions for the preparation of the complexes and uv-vis, conductance measurements data. compound s optimum ph optimum molar conc. 4-x 10 m:l ratio )max(λ nm abs maxє )1-.cm1-(l.mol ) 1-.mol2(s.cmmλ in absolute ethanol ligand(l) 350 422 1.951 1.176 1951 1176 [y(l)3] 8 2 1:3 394 547 0.836 0.381 836 381 18.37 [la(l)3] 7 2.5 1:3 348 490 0.926 0.627 926 627 12.85 [rh(l)3] 7 2.5 1:3 284 395 530 969 1.472 0.483 1.371 1.126 1472 483 1371 1126 16.24 97 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (3): the main frequencies of the ligand and it,s complexes (cm-1). br = broad, s= strong, , sh = sharp, w = weak figure (1): 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand. compounds ν (oh) ν(-n=n-) ν (m-n) ν (m-o) ligand(l) 3462 br. 1489 sh. 1427 sh. [y(l)3] 1462 sh. 1418 s. 572 w. 485 w. [la(l)3] 1470 s. 1420 s. 567 w. 494 w. [rh(l)3] 1450 s. 1420 s. 553 w. 482 w. 98 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure(2): linear relation between molar figure(3): effect of ph on absorbance concentration and absorbance. (λmax) for complexes. figure (4): mole ratio and job methods for complex solution. 99 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure ( 5): uv-vis spectra of free ligand and rhiii complex 100 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (6): ft-ir spectrum of the ligand.  figure (7): ft-ir spectrum of the [rh(l)3] complex. 101 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) والروديوم iii)، الالنثانيوم(iiiتحضير وتشخيص ودراسة طيفية لمعقدات الليتيريوم ( )iii فينول فنيل آزو) –نيترو-4( -6-ثنائي مثيل -2،4) مع عامر جبار جراد الهتيمي ظافر تموين عجيل سمية محمد عباس رشا احمد هاشم جامعة بغداد /)ابن الهيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفةجامعة بغداد/ 2015/حزيران/30في :،قبل 2015/مارس /5استلم في: الخالصة فنيل –نيترو -4( 6-ثنائي مثيل 4،2الليتيريوم، الالنثانيوم واالروديوم الثالثية الشحنة مع الليكاند معقداتحضرت ثنائي مثيل فينول. شخصت االمركبات المحضرة بوساطة -2،4نايتروانيلين مع -4فينول المشتقة من تفاعل ازدواج -آزو) ، ( (c.h.n)المرئية والتحليل الدقيق للعناصر -اء وفوق البنفسجيةأطياف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي، األشعة تحت الحمر فضال عن قياسات التوصيلية الكهربائية. درست تراكيب المعقدات باستعمال طريقتي النسب المولية والمتغيرات المستمرة، النتائج الطيفية ) ومنm 4-3×10 4-1×10بير ضمن مدى التراكيز ( –وخضعت محاليل هذه المعقدات لقانون المبرت فلز: ليكاند. ومن النتائج المحصول عليها تم اقتراح الشكل ثماني السطوح 3:1)والتحليلية وجد ان نسبة التفاعل هي ( .للمعقدات المحضرة المعقدات، العناصر اإلنتقالية، الدراسات الطيفية، اصباغ اآلزو. :كلمات مفتاحيةال abstract structural and electrical properties of insb films prepared by flash evaporation technique iman hamed khdayer dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science(ibn-al-haithem)/ university of baghdad maysoon faisal ahmed alias mati nasir makadsi department of physics/ college of science /university of baghdad received in : 22may 2012, accepted in 21 janury 2013 abstract indium antimony (insb) alloy were prepared successfully. the insb films were prepared by flash thermal evaporation technique on glass and si p-type substrate at various substrate temperatures (ts= 423,448,473, and 498 k). the compounds concentrations for prepared alloy were examined by using atomic absorption spectroscopy (aas) and x-ray fluorescence (xrf). the structure of prepared insb alloy and films deposited at various ts were examined by x-ray diffraction (xrd).it was found that all prepared insb alloy and films were polycrystalline with (111) preferential direction . the electrical properties of the films are studied with the varying ts. it is found that the electrical conductivity of the films increased with the increase of ts, while the activation energies decreased. the hall effect measurements showed that the type of all prepared films was n-type .the charge carrier concentration decreased with the increase ts whereas, the carriers mobility increased. the drift velocity, mean free path and life time of the deposited films for all the range of ts have been determined. from the measurements of the four point probe methods, the sheet conductivity increased with the increase of ts. key words: insb thin films, d.c conductivity, hall effect. 77 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction in recent years, searches have been made on various semiconductors to supplement silicon and germanium for use in electric applications. among many elements appear particularly useful, interest has been focused on compounds formed from group iii and v of the periodic table, such as gaas, gap, insb, etc. [1]. these compounds, such as, insb has highest electron mobility and smallest band gap with large lattice constant[2], due to these characteristic, it is well established material system for midthermal imaging middle wavelength infrared (mwir) applications, including ir thermal imaging obtained from insb focal plan array (fpa) on si, in the (3-5)µm wavelength ranges, military infrared systems, environmental gas monitoring [3], photocell[1], fast automatic recording instruments, infrared photonic detectors ,hall generator, transport device ,such as magneto resistors ,magnetic sensor[4],glavanomagnetic device[5],high speed electronic devices operating at low temperature, free space communications[6], antennacoupled infrared detectors, photo-electronic and magnet-electric conversion devices[7,8]. thin films of insb may be deposited by different methods like r.f. sputtering, molecular beam epitaxy (mbe), chemical vapor deposition (cvd), flash evaporation and vacuum evaporation[9].insb films are very attractive for using in application as hall effect, magnetoresistance devices, and for tuning in infrared laser and detectors [10]. this paper investigates the effect of substrate temperatures on the structural and electrical properties of prepared insb films by flash evaporation technique from its prepared alloy. experimental procedure the compound is prepared as ingots by melting the components together (in and sb) in stoichiometric proportion. the starting materials used were indium and antimony of high purity (99.9999%). the quartz tube was cleaned, then the appropriate weight of in and sb were placed in quartz tube which was attached to the evacuated system, then sealed under (2x10-5) mbar vacuum [11]. the melting processes were done in an electric furnace type heraeui. the temperature arises gradually to 1023 k. the furnace still about 12 h to complete the reaction. the temperature then was lowered slowly. the prepared ingots were of size 5.4 cm long and 0.6 cm diameter as shown in fig.(1). the flash evaporation technique chosen in the present investigation, because, it ensures stoichiometry in deposited films even at low substrate temperatures [12] .the insb films of 1.0μm thickness were prepared under pressure 2x10 -5 torr. by using balzer’s coating unit model (bae 370) on corning glass substrates. all the samples were prepared under constant conditions (pressure, rate of deposition and thickness), the main parameters that control the nature of the film structure, is the substrate temperatures, which varied within the range (423498) k under vacuum of 2x10-5 torr. the elemental composition of insb alloy has been measured using atomic absorption spectroscopy (aas) and x-ray fluorescence (xrf) techniques. the structure of the alloy and deposited films has been examined by using siemens x-ray diffraction (xrd) methods, which records the intensity as a function of bragg angle. the inter planer distance (d) for a different plane (hkl) was measured by bragg's law [13]: 2dsin θ=n λ (1) where n is the reflection order. the lattice constant (a) estimated from the relation: a=d (h2+k2+l2)1/2 (2) the insb grain size dimension (d) could be calculated from diffraction line broadening using the scherrer equation [13]: d=k1 λ/β1 cos θ (3) 78 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 where θ is the diffraction angle, k1 is the shape factor, which takes value about 0.9; β1 is the line ,the d.c conductivity for the films deposited on the glass substrate with al electrode could be calculated by measuring the electrical voltage and current by using keithley 616 digital electrometer as a function of temperature range (303-513) k. also the resistivity of the films deposited at si p-type substrate has measured by four-point probe techniques by using, veeco, fpp-5000, instruments, inc. the concentration, type carrier and mobility of insb films deposited on glass can be obtained using hall effect experiment. we calculated the mobility, drift velocity, free mean path and carrier lifetime from the mobility [11]. results and discussion table (1) illustrates the theoretical and experimental values of in and sb concentration in alloy examined by the two techniques xrd and xrf. we can notice that theoretical value was close to that examined by xrf technique. from the x-ray diffraction pattern of insb alloy powder we can find that this alloy had polycrystalline structure in nature and it had zinc blend structure and the preferential orientation was in the (111) direction, as shown in fig.(2). we can observe that values of lattice constant (a)and the grain sizes (d) and 2θ for insb alloy nearly similar to that in the astm cards as shown in the table (2) . the xrd pattern of deposited insb films of different ts is illustrated in fig. (3).this figure showed the films had two phases amorphous and polycrystalline structure of all samples. this result is in agreement with senthilkumar et.al.[14] . xrd pattern for film deposited at ts=423 k appeared no specified orientation. the same behavior noticed for the other substrates temperatures equal to (448,473 and 489) k as shown in part b, c, d of the figure except in the 448 k there is a peak in the (311) direction of small intensity but it disappear in other cases. we can deduce from fig. (3), that in general the intensity of peak, (220) is decreased as ts is increased with no indication of separate phase during the process of prepared alloys. this implies the compositions of the prepared alloys are stoichiometry and no re-evaporation was occurred from the growing layer of these alloys. the variation of various structural parameters of the prepared alloys with various ts using xrd technique is showed in table (3). we could explain the variation of grain size (d) with ts in according to preferred direction (111) peaks. it decreased with the increase of ts from 423 k to 448 k, whereas it increased with increasing the substrate temperature from 448 k to 498 k. this result goes in line with outcomes of other researchers [14-16]. just opposite to above trade occured for the peak intensity (111) of the prepared alloys as shown in fig.( 4) , that is , the peaks intensity is increased with the increase of the substrate temperatures during the range 423 -448 k while its decreased when the substrate temperature increased from 448 k up to 498 k. same kind of behaviors were nearly found by rao et.al.[17]. the plots of ln σ versus 103/t at different ts (423,448,473, and 498) k for insb films are shown in fig.(5).the electrical conductivity is increased with the increase ts for all deposited films .it was elevated about two times of magnitude. other noticeable behavior one can be drawn from figure 6, there are two values of activation energy in the range of temperature (303-383) k and (393-493) k. accordingly one can deduce that there are two mechanisms of transport, one at higher temperature range (383-493) k the conduction mechanism of this stage is due to carriers excited into extended states beyond the mobility edge [18]and the second one lies with the range of temperature (303-383) k, this conduction mechanism might be due to carriers excited into the localized states at the edge of the band and hopping [19]. 79 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 one can draw from the data shown in table (4) that the activation energies decrease with the increase of ts about one and half times, this is might be due to the increase of the density of states in the gap or saturate the dangling bond .similar behavior was found by sharma and reddy [15]. also the data shown in table (4) indicated that the activation energy became less than the band gap of the material (0.18ev) with the increase of substrate temperature .this behavior leads to conclusion that the transformation is due to impurity levels which is located within the band gap of insb films, to valence band. this outcome result is emphasized by m singh and y k vijay [7]. table (4) moreover illustrates the variation of conductivity at room temperature (σr.t) for insb films as a function of ts. these data show that σr.t of films increased about one order of magnitude with varying ts from 423 k to 498 k . it was clear from this table that σr.t increased monotonically with the increase of ts. this behavior could be attributed to the improvement in the films structure with the increase of ts, and this might be due to reduce of dangling bonds, voids and defects. this result is in agreement with sharma and reddy[15] . hall measurements are carried out to investigate the type of charge carriers, concentration(nh) , hall mobility (µh) ,drift velocity (vd) ,lifetime(τ) ,and mean free path (l) of charge carriers for deposited insb films at different ts .the result of such measurement and calculation is illustrated in table (5). we can notice from this table that the all deposited films at various ts have n-type charge carriers. the mobility will the increase of with the increase of ts because the coalescence of insb islands and in turn is producing larger grains with temperature elevation and this leads to increase the hall mobility of these preparing films the carrier concentration will decrease with the increase of ts .this might be due to the increase of the carrier mobility. this result is in agreement with outcomes of results published by burvenich[20]. a four point prop method was used to measure the sheet resistivity (r'), resistivity (ρ) and conductivity (σ ) of insb films deposited on si p-type wafer at different ts . the result of this measurement is shown in table (6). we can notice from data of this table that the sheet resistivity of the films was decreased with the increase of ts, while the conductivity was increased. this might be due to the increase in the density of states as well as the high lattice mismatch and thermal expansion coefficient. this result is in agreement with outcomes of other researcher [20]. another noticeable remark, shown in table (6), is that the electrical conductivity (σ) increased with the increase of the temperature. conclusions we prepared successfully insb alloy and then films were prepared by flash evaporation technique. the effect of substrate temperature on structural and electrical properties for prepared insb films were studied .the outcome of this investigation can be summarized as follows: • the structure of insb film was polycrystalline at various ts and the preferential orientation was in (111) direction. • all the samples were prepared at various ts were n-type. • dc conductivity is increased with the increase of ts. • there were two activation energies and they were decreased with the increase of ts. • the carrier concentration of films decreased with the increase of ts, while the mobility increased. • the sheet resistivity of the films was decreased with the increase of ts. 80 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references 1. king,r.e.j. and bartlett,b.e.(1961)properties and application of insb, phihps techincal review , 22, 217-225. 2. okamoto,b.v ;rao, t .; shinmura,a .; gruznev ,d .; mori, m.; tambo, t . and tatsuyama ,c .(2000)growth temperature effect on the heteroepitaxy of insb on si(111), ,applied surface science, 159(160): 335-340. 3.yoon soo park, (1998)current status of infrared detectors and focal plane arrays, journal of the korean physical society , 32(3): 443-451. 4. rogalski, .a. and chrzanowski, (2002)infrared devices and techniques, opto-electronic review , 10 (2):111-136. 5.james, c.pickel, (2003)radiation effects on photonic images-a historical perspective”, ieee transactions on nuclear science , 50(3):671-688. 6. michel,e. and mohesei,h.(1997), electrical properties of insb quantum wells remotely doped with si, mat .res .soc. symp. proc.450, 97. . 7. singh,m and vijay,y. k.(2004),electrical, optical and structural of indium-antimonide (insb) bilayer film structure, indian journal of pure and applied physics, 42, 610-614. 8. singh, m and vijay,y. k.(2005), magneto-resistance and i-v characteristic studies of alsb and insb thin film bilayer structure”, indian journal of pure and applied physics, 43, 383385. 9. mangal,r. k.; vijay,y. k.;avasthi., d. k. and shekhar, (2007),rutherford back scattering and optical band gap of in/sb thin films”, indian journal of engineering and materials sciences,14, 253-256. 10.shosan lida , (1989)study on the dependence of electrical properties on dislocation levels in insb films vacuum deposited on glass, j. appl. phys., 65(2):636-641. 11. iman hameed khdayer, (2005),photoconducting properties of insb junction with some single crystal semiconductor, ph.d. thesis,university of baghdad. 12. sharma,a.k. and jayarama reddy,p.(1980)electrical properties of amorphous and crystalline insb and inas thin films, journal of non-crystalline solids , 41,13-30. 13. cullity,b. d.(1956)elements of x-ray diffraction,1, addisonwesley publishing company, inc. 14.senthilkumar,v.;venkatachalam,s.;viswanathan,c.;gopal.s.d.;mangalaraj, sa.k. narayandass, (2005), effect of substrate temperature on the properties of vacuum evaporated insb thin films, crystal research and technology, 40(6): 573-578. 15. sharma,a.k. and jayarama reddy,p. (1983),temperature and thickness dependence of electrical conductivity of flash-evaporated insb films, physica status solidi (a), 79 (1):183-188. 16.al-ani .s. k j, obaid. y.n., kasim. s. j., mahdi. m. a., (2009) electrical and structural properties of flash evaporation insb thin films ,int. j. nanoelectronics and materials ,.2(1): 99-109. 17. rao,b.v.;gruznev,d.;tamo,t. and tatsuyama,c. (2001), growth of high-quality insb films on si(111) substrates without buffer layers, journal of crystal growth , 224,.224, 316322. 18. yanping yao, chunling liu, haidong qi, xi chang, chunwu wang, and guangde wang, , (2011), electrical conduction mechanism and photon-generated carrier recombination process in amorphous insb films, current applied physics ,11,620-623. 19mott, m. and davis ,e. (1979)electronic process in non-crystalline materials, 2nd edition, univers, press oxford 20. burevich,k.m. (1975)influence of substrate temperature on the electrical properties of thin insb films flash-evaporation onto glass, thin solid films , l.27(27):129-134. 81 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s016943320000074x http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=mat+res+soc+symp+proc+%22michael+%22+%221997+%22+450+si++++insb+&source=web&cd=3&cad=rja&ved=0cd8qfjac&url=http%3a%2f%2fwww.nhn.ou.edu%2f%7ejohnson%2fresearch%2fair_spm%2fiii-vs%2fgoldammer98.pdf&ei=m27oumk0idok0axx04gwaw&usg=afqjcnfwh8kkre7nmkteespm2tbv7iyzyg http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=mat+res+soc+symp+proc+%22michael+%22+%221997+%22+450+si++++insb+&source=web&cd=3&cad=rja&ved=0cd8qfjac&url=http%3a%2f%2fwww.nhn.ou.edu%2f%7ejohnson%2fresearch%2fair_spm%2fiii-vs%2fgoldammer98.pdf&ei=m27oumk0idok0axx04gwaw&usg=afqjcnfwh8kkre7nmkteespm2tbv7iyzyg http://www.myjurnal.my/public/article-view.php?id=17949 http://www.myjurnal.my/public/article-view.php?id=17949 table no. (1) illustrates the composition of insb alloys by aas and xrf techniques theoretical concentration of element% experimental concentration of element% by aas experimental concentration of element% by xrf sb 50 47.57 50 in 50 52.43 50 total% 100 100 100 table no. (2) the x-ray diffraction parameters of insb alloys 2θ (hkl) i/io stand. d stand.( å) d exp.( å) i/io a (å) d (nm) 23.65 111 100 3.740 3.735 100 6.469 20.278 39.40 220 80 2.290 2.271 77.27 6.424 21.079 46.50 311 55 1.953 1.952 36.36 6.474 21,599 56.82 400 16 1.620 1.619 18.18 6.476 18,056 62.60 331 20 1.486 1.483 7.58 6.463 23.257 table no.(3) parameters form xrd pattern for insb films versus ts. ts(k) hkl i/io stand. d (å) stand. 2θ d(å)exp. i/io a(å) d(nm) 423 111 100 3.740 23.8 3.734 100 6.467 8.112 220 40 2.290 44 2.055 60 5.812 25.942 448 111 100 3.740 23.6 3.765 100 6.521 1.308 220 80 2.290 39.2 2.295 28.57 6.491 14.043 311 55 1.953 46.2 1.963 19.05 6.511 10.787 473 111 100 3.740 23.8 3.734 100 6.467 1.560 220 80 2.290 39.3 2.289 53.33 6.474 8.929 498 111 100 3.740 23.7 3.749 100 6.493 1.763 220 80 2.290 39.4 2.284 30 6.460 8.431 table no.(4) the electrical conductivity and ea for insb films versus ts ts(k) σ r.t (ω.cm) -1 ea1(ev) temp. range (k) ea2(ev) temp. range(k) 423 0.0217 0.0916 303-383 0.185 393-493 448 0.0372 0.0671 303-383 0.174 393-493 473 0.0869 0.0594 303-383 0.154 393-493 498 0.1818 0.0576 303-383 0.149 393-493 table no. (5) hall effect parameters for insb films versus ts ts(k) nh(cm -3) µh x 10 3(cm2/v.s) vd (cm/s) τ(s) l(cm) type 423 3.210x1016 2.191 483.5 2.0x10-9 9.66x10-7 n 448 1.092x1015 5.176 346.8 3.4x10-10 1.18x10-7 n 473 4.460x1014 25.469 2461.9 1.0x10-10 2.46x10-7 n 489 2.677x1014 53.060 12822.8 3.0x10-9 3.84x10-5 n table no. (6) the variation of sheet resistivity, resistivity and conductivity versus ts ts ( k) r'(ω/□)x104 ρ(ω.cm) σ(ω.cm)-1 423 1.58 0.375 2.666 448 1.23 0.342 2.923 473 1.01 0.328 3.048 498 0.98 0.228 4.385 82 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (1) as grown insb ingot figure no.(2) xrd patterns of insb alloys 83 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(3) xrd patterns of insb films at different ts. figure no.(4) the variation of the (111)peak intensity versus ts. figure no.(5): lnσ vs 103/t for insb films versus ts. 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 400 420 440 460 480 500 substrate temperaure (k) p e a k ( 1 1 1 ) in te n si ty 84 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 لخصائص الكھربائیة والتركیبیة الغشیة االندیوم انتیموناید المحضرة بتقنیة ا التبخیر الومیضي ایمان حمید خضیر جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء میسون فیصل احمد الیاس متي ناصر مقادسي جامعة بغداد / كلیة العلوم /قسم الفیزیاء 2013كانون الثاني 21، قبل البحث في : 2012ایار 22استلم البحث في : الخالصة اغشیة االندیوم انتیموناید بتقنیة التبخیر الومیضي على ترندیوم انتیموناید بنجاح، وكذلك حضسبیكة االحضرت كیز تر وحدد. كلفن,423,448,473) 498( عند درجات حرارة اساس مختلفة النوع ارضیة من الزجاج والسلیكون موجب .، وفلورة االشعة السینیة مطیاف االمتصاص الذري باستخداممركبات السبیكة عناصر عند مختلف درجات حرارة االساس ذيمن تحلیل حیود االشعة السینیة تبین ان تركیب السبیكة وجمیع االغشیة المرسبة .)111 (، واالتجاه المفضلتركیب متعدد التبلور غشیة وجد ان التوصیلیة الكھربائیة لألعند مختلف درجات حرارة االساس، غشیةلألدراست الخصائص الكھربائیة ، بینما تقل طاقة التنشیط.داد مع زیادة درجات حرارة االساس تز من النوع السالب. تقل تراكیز حوامل الشحنة مع زیادة درجات حرارة المحضرة بینت قیاسات ھول ان االغشیة .حضرةغشیة الماالنجراف ومعدل المسار الحر لأل عینت.، بینما تزداد حركیة الحواملاالساس توصیلیة تزداد مع زیادة درجات حرارة االساس.المن قیاسات طریقة المجسات االربعة تبین ان : اغشیة االندیوم انتیموناید الرقیقة، التوصیلیة المستمرة، تاثیر ھول.تاحیةمفالكلمات ال 85 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 weakly relative quasi-injective modules l. s mahmood, a. s. mijbass, k. s. kalaf departme nt of mathematics, ibn al-haitham college of education, unive rsity of baghdad. departme nt of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, tik rit unive rsity. departme nt of physics, college of science, unive rsity of al-anbar. abstract: let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m , n be unitary r-modules. in this research, we give generalizations for the concepts: weakly relative injectivity , relative tightness and weakly injectivity of modules. we call m weakly n-quasi-injective, if for each f  hom(n,  ) there exists a submodule x of  such that f (n)  x ≈ m , where  is the quasi-injective hull of m . and we call m n-quasi-tight, if every quotient n / k of n which embeds in  embeds in m . while we call m weakly quasi-injective if m is weakly n-quasiinjective for every finitely generated r-module n. m oreover, we generalize some p rop erties of weakly n-injective, n-t ight and weakly injective modules to weakly n-quasi-injective, n-quasi-tight and weakly quasi-injective modules resp ectively. the relations among these concep ts are also st udied. introduction the concept of weak relative injectivity of modules was introduced originally in [1]. since then, the st udy of this concept has been illustrated extensively. we introduced in this research the concept of weak relative quasi-injectivity of modules as a gener alization of the concep t of weak relative injectivity which motivates our p rinciple subject of this research. this p aper contains five sections. in the first section, we introduced the concept of weakly relative quasi-injectivity of modules, where we call an r-module m weakly nquasiinjective (n is any r-module) if for each f  hom(n,  ) imp lies that f (n) is contained in t his paper represents a part of p h.d thesis written by the third author under the supervision of the first and the second authors and was submitted to the college of education ibn-al-haitham university of baghd ad. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 some submodule of  which is isomorphic to m , see definition 1.1. we established som e p rop erties of such modules. we showed that the class of such modules is not closed und er direct summand, see ex. 1.6. while we could not p rove or disp rove that this class of modu les is closed und er dir ect sum. but we p roved a sp ecial case of this, see prop osition 1.7. next we p roved that this class of modules is closed under essential extension, see p rop osition 1.15. the second section is devoted to give some characterizations of weakly relative qu asiinjective modules which are v ery useful in the n ext sections, see theorem 2.1, theorem 2.2, theorem 2.3, theorem 2.8, theorem 2.9, and theorem 2.10. in section three, we generalized the concept of relative tightness of modules which appeared in [2] into t he concep t of relative quasi-ti ghtness of modules, where we called an rmodule m to be n-quasi – tight (n is any r-module) if and only if every quotient n / k of n which embeds in  embeds in m , see definition 3.2, we related this concept with the concept of relative quasi-injectivity of modules. it truns out that relative quasi-lightness of modules is a necessary condition for relative quasiinjectivity of modules, see prop osition 3.4, while the two concepts are equivalent in the class of uniform modules, see corollary 3.7 and corollary 3.8. we established in se ction four certain relations between quasi-ti ght modules and comp ressible modules in order to relate we ak relative quasi-in jectivity and co mpressibility of modules, where an r-module m is called compressible, if for every essential submodule n of m , m embeds in n, see [3]. some of the results of this section were given in: theorem 4.2, corollary 4.3, corollary 4.4 and corollary 4.5. in the last section of this p aper, we considered those modules which are we akly quasiinjective relative to each finitely generated module we would refer to any such module as bein g weakly -injective module. we would establish that: 1. an r-module m is weakly quasi-injective; i. if and only if m is weakly r n –quasi – injective for all p ositive integer n, se e theorem 5.3. ii. if and only if for all x1, x2, , xn   , there exists a submodule x of  such that xi  x ≈ m for all i = 1, 2, , n, see coro llary 5.5. 2. a ring r is weakly r n –quasi – injective if and on ly if for all x1, x2, , xn r , there exist s an element b  r such that annr(b) = 0 and xi  r b for all i = 1, 2, , n, see p rop osition 5.6. 3. a cyclic r-module is weakly quasi-injective if and on ly if it is weakly r 2 -quasiinjective, se e prop osition 5.8. section one: weakly relative quasi-injective m odules we shall introduce in this section the concep t of weakly relative qusiinjectivity of modules. the relation between weakly relative qu asi-injective modules and certain typ es of modules are st udied. so me p rop erties of weakly relative quasi-injective modules are established. 1.1 de fini tion let m and n be two r-modules. m is called weakly n-quasi-injective, if for each f  hom(n,  ), there exists a submodule x of  such that f (n)  x ≈ m , where  is the quasi-injective hull of m . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 1.2 remark let m and n be two r-modules. then i. if m is weakly n-injective, then m is weakly n-quasi-injective and the converse is not true in general. ii. if m is n-quasi-injective, then m is weakly n-quasi-injective and the converse is not true in general. iii. if m is quasi-injective, then m is weakly n-quasi-injective and the converse is not true in general. to disp rove the validity of the converse of the above remarks consider the following examp les resp ectively: 1.3 example i. let m = z 2, n = z and r = z. since z2 is a quasi-injective z-module, then z2 is z-quasiinjective and hence weakly z-quasi-injective. however, z2 is not weakly z-injective, for if, f : z  2  = e(z2) (the injective hull of z2), is such that f (a) = 3 2 a + z for all a  z, then f  hom(z, 2  ) and f (z) ≈ z 8 which is not embed in z2. ii. let m =z, n = 2z, r = z and f : 2z  q is such that f (2a) = 2 5 a + z for all a  z, then f  hom(2z, q). we take x = 2 ( ) 5 the submodule of q generated by 2 5 and consequently f (2z)  2 ( ) 5 . hence z is weakly 2z-quasi-injective. however, z is not 2z-quasi-injective, since f (2z)  z. iii. let m = z, n = 2z and r = z. then z is weakly 2z-quasi-injective, but z is not quasiinjective. 1.4 proposi tion let m and n be two r-modules and let i be an ideal of r such that i  annr(  )  annr(n). t hen m is weakly n-quasi-injective r-module if and only if m is weakly n-quasiinjective r / i-module. proof: i  annr(  )  annr(n), imp lies that m and n are r / i-modules. m oreover, f :n   is an r-homomorphism if and only if f is an r / i –homomorp hism, and x is an rsubmodule of  if and only if x is an r / i – submodule of  . hence the details of the p roof are followed directly by using the definition 1.1. 1.5 remark a direct summand of weakly relative quasi-injective module is not weakly relative quasiinjective in general, as it is shown in the following examp le. 1.6 example let m =z  q, n = q and r = z. let f  hom(q, q ) = hom(q,q  q). if f = 0, the proof is obvious. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 if f  0, then f is a monomorp hism, for if x  q and f (x) = 0 with a x b  and a, b  z, a  0, b  0, then 0 = f ( ) a b = a f 1 ( ) b imp lies that f 1 ( ) b = 0. now, f (1) = f ( ) b b = b f 1 ( ) b = 0. hence f (q) = 0, which is a contradiction. so f is a monomorp hism. therefore f (q) = 0  a or f (q) = b  0 or f (q)={(x,x): xq}, where a and b are submodules of q. if f (q) = 0  a, t hen f (q)  0  q  z  q  q  q. t ake x = m = z  q, t hen f (q)  x ≈ m = z  q. similarly , if f (q) = b  0. if f (q)={(x,x): xq} ≈ q, take y = {(x,x): xq}  q  q. it is easy to p rove that z  y ≈ z  q. t herefore f (q)  y  z  y ≈ z  q. hence z  q is weakly q-quasi-injective. but it is clear that z is not weakly q-quasi-injective. 1.6 remark we can not p rove and we can not disp rove that the class of weakly relative quasiinjective modules is closed under direct sum. however, we give a sp ecial case of this. 1.7 proposi tion let m and n be two r-modules, such that l m = l m . if l and m are weakly nquasi-injective, then l  m is also weakly n-quasi-injective. proof: let f  hom(n, l m ). then f  hom(n, l m ). but hom(n, l m ) ≈ hom(n, l )  hom(n, m ) by [4]. hence f = (,) with  hom(n, l ) and  hom(n, m ). therefore there exists submodules x and y of l and m resp ectively, such that (n)  x ≈ l and (n)  y ≈ m . on t he other hand, (n) ≈ (n)  0  x  y ≈ l  m , and (n) ≈ 0  (n)  x  y ≈ l  m . now, f (n) = (,)(n) = ((n),(n))  x  y ≈ l  m , which comp letes the proof. 1.8 remark if l, m and n are r-modules, such that m is weakly n-quasi-injective and m is weakly l-quasi-injective, then it is not true in general that: i. m is weakly n  l quasi-injective. ii. m is weakly n + l quasi-injective. consider the following examp les: i. let m = l = n = z and r = z. then z as a z-module is weakly quasi injective. but z is not weakly z  z quasiinjective. in fact, if we define f : z  z  q by f (a,b) = 2 a + 3 b where a, b  z, then it can be easily seen that f  hom(z  z,q) and f (z  z) = (( 1 2 , 1 3 )) ≈ z . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 ii. let m = z, n = ( 1 2 ), l = ( 1 3 ) and r = z. then z as a z-module is weakly ( 1 2 )-quasiinjective and z is weakly ( 1 3 )-quasi-injective. but z is not weakly ( 1 2 ) + ( 1 3 )-quasiinjective. for if, we define f : ( 1 2 ) + ( 1 3 )  q by f ( 2 a + 3 b ) = 2 a + 3 b where a, b  z, then it can be easily shown that f  hom(( 1 2 ) + ( 1 3 ),q) and f (( 1 2 ) + ( 1 3 )) = (( 1 2 , 1 3 )) ≈ q. 1.9 proposi tion let m be an r-module and n be a submodule of m . if m is weakly n-quasi-injective, then m is weakly l-quasi-injective for each submodule l of n. proof: let f  hom(l, m ). consider the following diagram: l i j      f      m where i and j are the inclusion homomorp hisms and the homomorp hism  which makes the diagram commutative exists because m is quasi-injective. therefore  i j = f . let  = n : n  m . so there exists a submodule x of m such that (n)  x ≈ m . but f (l)  (n), t hus f (l)  x ≈ m and hence m is weakly l-quasi-injective. 1.10 corollary let l and n be two submodules of an r-module m such that l  n. if m is weakly nquasi –injective, then m is weakly l-quasi-injective. 1.11 corollary let m be an r-module and n be a submodule of m . if l is a submodule of m and m is weakly n-quasi-injective, then m is weakly n  l quasi-injective. in the following two results, we exp lain the behavior of weakly -quasi-injectivity under homomorp hism. 1.12 proposi tion let h, n and m be r-modules and let g : n  h be an epimorp hism. if m is weakly n-quasi-injective, then m is weakly h-quasi-injective. proof: let f  hom(h, m ). then f  g  hom(n, m ). so there exists a submodule x of m such that f (g(n))  x ≈ m which means t hat m is weakly h-quasi-injective. 1.13 corollary let n be a submodule of an r-module m and let g: m  m be an ep imorp hism. if m is weakly n-quasi-injective, then m is weakly g(n)-quasi-injective. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 recall that, a submodule n of an r-module m is called quasi-invertible if hom(m / n, m ) = 0, [5]. 1.14 proposi tion let m be a torsion-free r-module and let n be a quasi-invertible submodule of m . if m is weakly m / n-quasi-injective, then n is a quasi-invertible submodule of m . proof: assume that n is not quasi-invertible in m . then hom( m /n, m )  0. let f : m / n  m be a non-zero homomorphism. therefore there exists m + n  m / n with m  m and m  n such that 0  f (m + n) = x for some x  m . let i : m / n  m / n be the inclusion homomorp hism. then f  i  hom(m / n, m ). so there exists a submodule x of m such that f  i (m / n )  x ≈ m . let g : x  m be an isomorphism, then g f i  hom(m / n,m ) = 0. therefore g f i = 0 imp lies that f i = 0 and hence f (m / n) = 0. but m  m and m  n and m is essential in m , so t here exists 0  r  r such that r m  m . hence r m + n  m / n and f (r m + n) = 0 = r f (m) + n = r x imp lies that r = 0 which is a contradiction. therefore n is quasi-invertible in m . 1.15 proposi tion let m and n be two r-modules and let l be an essential extension of m . if m is weakly n-quasi-injective, then l is also weakly n-quasi-injective. proof: let f  hom(n, l ). but l = m [by cor.19.8, p.65, [6]]. hence f  hom(n, m ). so there exists a submodule x of m such that f (n)  x ≈ m . consider the following diagram: 32 l l iig        i1                l where g : x  m be an isomorp hism and i1, i2, i3 are inclusion homomorphisims. l being quasi-injective, so there exists a homomorp hism  : l  l such that  i g = i1 with i = i3 i2. we claim that ker  = {0}. let 0  ℓ  l and (ℓ) = 0. but m is essential in l , so t here exists 0  r  r such that 0  r ℓ  m . hence there exists x  x such that g(x) = r ℓ. now, x =  i g (x) =  (r ℓ) = r (ℓ) = 0. so, r ℓ = 0 which is a contradiction. therefore  is a monomorphism. let  = l. then  i g = i1. hence x  (l) ≈ l. therefore f (n)  x  (l), which means that l is weakly n-quasi-injective. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 section two: characterizations of weak ly relative quasi injective module s we give in this section many interesting characterizations of weakly relative quasiinjective modules which are very useful in the next sections. first , we shall show that t he concep t of weakly quasi-injectivity can be given in terms of commutative diagram. 2.1 the orem let m and n be two r-modules. then m is weakly n-quasi-injective if and only if every element f  hom(n,  ) can be written as a comp osition g h where h : n  m is a homomorp hism and g : m   is a monomorp hism. that is the following diagram is commutative. hom o. h      f   g    proof: assume that m is weakly n-quasi-injective. let f  hom(n,  ). then there exists a submodule x of  such that f (n)  x ≈ m . so, f : n  x is a homomorp hism. let  : x  m be an isomorphism. we take h =  f. then h : n  m is a homomorphism. let g = i  – 1 where i : x   is the inclusion homomorp hism. hence g : m   is a monomorp hism. now, g  h = (i  – 1)  ( f.) = i f = f which proves the "only if” p art. to p rove the "if” p art: let f  hom(n,  ). by hy p othesis, there exists a homomorp hism h : n  m and a monomorp hism g : n   such that f = g h. we take x = g(m ). then x is a submodule of  and x ≈ m , moreover, f (n) = g(h(n))  g(m ) = x ≈ m . therefore m is weakly nquasi-injective. the following concept is needed for our next result. let m and n be two r-modules. m is called n-cyclic, if m is isomorphic to n / k for some submodule k of n, [7]. 2.2 the orem let m and n be two r-modules. then m is weakly n-quasi-injective if and only if for any n-cy clic submodule x of  there exists a submodule l of  such that x  l ≈ m . proof: assume that m is weakly n-quasi-injective. let x be an n-cy clic submodule of  . so, x ≈ n / k for some submodule k of n. then we have: / i        where  is the natural homomorp hism,  is an isomorphism and i is the inclusion homomorp hism. let f = i   . then f  hom(n,  ), imp lies that there exists a homomorp hism h : n  m and a monomorp hism g : n   such that f = g h (by theorem 2.1). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 now, g h(n) = f (n) = i (n) = i(n / k) = i(x) = x. t herefore g h(n) = x. we take l = g(n) t o obtain that l is a submodule of  and l ≈ m . m oreover x = g(n)  g(m ) = l. conversely , to p rove m is weakly n-quasi-injective. let f  hom(n,  ). then f (n) is a submodule of  and f (n) ≈ n / ker f. that means f (n) is an n-cyclic submodule of  . therefore there exists a submodule l of  such that f (n)  l ≈ m , and hence the result follows. 2.3 the orem let m and n be two r-modules. then the following st atements are equivalent: 1. m is weakly n-quasi-injective. 2. for any submodule k of n, m is weakly n / k-quasi-injective. 3. for any submodule k of n and any homomorp hism f : n / k   , there exists a monomorp hism g: m   and a homomorp hism h: n / k  m such that g h = f. proof: (1)  (2) let k be a submodule of n and let f  hom(n / k,  ). let : n  n / k be the natural homomorp hism. then f   hom(n,  ) and hence by (1), there exists a submodule x of  such that f (n)  x ≈ m . therefore f (n / k)  x ≈ m which proves (2). (2)  (3) we follow as in the proof of theorem 2.1. (3)  (1) let f  hom(n,  ) and let k = ker f . then define f : n / k   by f (a + k) = f (a) for all a  n. f is a homomorp hism. it can be easily shown that f is a monomorp hism. hence by (3), there exists a monomorp hism g : m   and a homomorp hism h : n / k  m such that g h = f . now, f (n) = f (n/k) = g(h(n/k))  g(m ). we take x = g(m ), imp lies that f (n)  x ≈ m , which proves (1). the following lemma is needed in order to give some ap p lications of theorem 2.3. 2.4 lemma let k, m and n be r-modules with n ≈ k. if m is weakly n-quasi-injective, then m is weakly k-quasi-injective. proof: is obvious, so it is omitt ed. 2.5 corollary let k, m and n be r-modules. if m is weakly k-quasi-injective and n is k-cy clic. then m is weakly n-quasi-injective. proof: m being k-quasi-injective, imp lies that m is weakly k / l-quasi-injective for every submodule l of k (by theorem 2.3). but n is k-cy clic, so n ≈ k / l for some submodule l of k. hence m is weakly n-quasi-injective (by lemma 2.4). 2.6 corollary if m is weakly n-quasi-injective r-module and a is a direct summand of n, then m is weakly a-quasi-injective. proof: follows easily by using theorem 2.3 and lemma 2.4. as a consequence of 2.6 we have the following result: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 2.7 corollary let m and n be two r-modules such that n is quasi-injective and m is weakly n-quasiinjective. then m is weakly a-quasi-injective for every closed submodule a of n. proof: n being quasi-injective and a is a closed submodule of n imp lies that a is a direct summand of n [see cor. 16.9, p.64, [6]]. hence the result follows by 2.6. the following theorem characterizes weakly -quasi-injectivity relative to the r-module r. 2.8 the orem let m be an r-module. then m is weakly r-quasi-injective if and only if for each element x   , there exists a submodule x of  such that x  x ≈ m . proof: assume that m is weakly r-quasi-injective. let x   . define f : r   by f (r) = r x for each r  r. clearly f is well-defined r-homomorp hism. thus there exists a submodule x of  such that f (r)  x ≈ m . but x = 1x = f (1)  f (r). hence x  x which is what we wanted. conversely , let f  hom(r,  ). then f (1)   . let x = f (1). hence there exists a submodule x of  such that x  x ≈ m . it is left to show that f (r)  x. let a  f (r), then a = f (r) for some r  r. a = f (r) = r f (1) = r x  x. t herefore f (r)  x and hence m is weakly r-quasi-injective. as a sp ecial case, we shall characterize the weakly quasi-injectivity of the r-module r relative to itself. 2.9 the orem r is weakly r-quasi-injective r-module if and only if for each element a  r , there exists an element b  r such that a  r b and annr(b) = 0. proof: assume that r is weakly r-quasi-injective r-module. let a  r . define f : r  r by f (r) = r a for each r  r. it can be easily shown that f is a well-defined rhomomorp hism. hence there exists a submodule x of r such that f (r)  x ≈ r. clearly , f (r) = r a. thus r a  x, implies that a = 1a  x. let : r  x be an isomorp hism. so there exists an element c  r such that a = (c). hence a = (c1) = c (1) = c b  r b where b = (1). therefore a  r b. now, let r  annr(b). then r b = 0 and hence 0 = r (1) = (r) imp lies that r = 0. hence annr(b) = 0. conversely , let f  hom(r, r ). then f (1)  r . let f (1) = a. so there exists an element b  r such that a  r b and annr(b) = 0. we take x = r b imp lies that x  r . but r b ≈ r / annr(b) ≈ r. m oreover f (r) = {f (r) : r  r} = {r f (1) : r  r} = r a  r b. therefore f (r)  x ≈ r. this comp letes the proof. we shall establish in the following theorem a general case of theorem 2.9. 2.10 the orem r be an integral domain. let m and n be two cyclic torsion-free r-modules. then m is weakly n-quasi-injective if and only if for each element x   there exists an element y   such that x  ry and annr(y) = 0. proof: assume that m is weakly n-quasi-injective. let x   . sup p ose that m = (m) and n = (n) for some m  m and n  n. define f : n   by f (r n) = r x for all r  r. f is well ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 defined homomorphism. therefore there exists a submodule x of  such that f (n)  x ≈ m . let y = f (n). then y = x   and x = 1y  r y. now, if t  annr(y), then t y = 0. let g : x  m be an isomorphism, implies that 0 = g(ty) = t g(y) and hence t = 0. thus annr(y) = 0. conversely , let f  hom(n,  ), and let x = f (n). then x   and hence there exists an element y   such that x  r y and annr(y) = 0. let x = (x). then x is a submodule of  and f (n)  x. we claim that x ≈ m . define h : m  x by h(r m) = r x for all r  r. it is clear that h is a well-defined homomorp hism. m oreover if r x = 0, imp lies that r (t y) = 0 for some t  r. thus r t = 0. if r = 0, we have done. if t = 0, then x = 0 which is a contradiction. thus h is a monomorp hism. clearly h is an epimorp hism. hence x ≈ m and therefore m is weakly nquasi-injective. when we weaken the conditions in theorem 2.10, we get t he following result: 2.11 proposi tion let m and n be two cy clic r-modules. if m is torsion-free, then m is weakly n-quasiinjective. proof: let m = (m) and n = (n) for some m  m and n  n. let f  hom(n,  ) and let x = f (n). then x   . sup p ose that x = (x). then x is a submodule of  and f (n)  x. define g : x  m by g(r x) = r m for all r  r. if r x = 0, we claim that r = 0. we have x   and m is an essential submodule of  , so t here exists a non-zero element t  r such that t x  m . hence annr(t x) = 0. but annr(x)  annr(t x), so annr(x) = 0. hence r = 0, thus g is well-defined. it can be easily shown that g is an isomorphism. therefore x ≈ m and hence the result follows. 2.12 remark the converse of p rop osition 2.11, may not be true in general, consider the following examp le: 2.13 example let m = z 4, n = z and r = z. then m is weakly n-quasi-injective. but m is not torsionfree r-module. on t he other hand, examp le 1.6 shows t hat t he condition n is cyclic in prop osition 2.11, can not be dropp ed. section three: weak ly re lative quasi-injective module s and quasitight module s we introduce in this section the concept of relative quasi-tightness of modules and we st udy the relation of this concept with the concept of relative weakly quasi-injectivity of modules. 3.1 de fini tion let m and n be two r-modules. we say that m is n-quasi-tight if and only if every quotient n / k of n which embeds in  embeds in m . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 m is called r-quasi-tight if and only if for every ideal i of r, every quotient r / i of r which embeds in  embed in m . 3.2 de fini tion an r-module m is called quasi-tight if m is n-quasi-tight for every finitely generated rmodule n. 3.3 remark every n-t ight r-module is n-quasi-tight and the converse is not true in general. consider the following examp le: let m = z 2, n = z, and r = z. let k be a submodule of n. if n / k embeds in 2 = z 2, so m is n-quasi-tight. now, let k = 4z. thus z / 4z ≈ z4 embeds in 2  = e(z2), but z4 can not embeds in z2. whence m is not n-t ight. 3.4 proposi tion let m and n be two r-modules. if m is weakly n-quasi-injective, then m is n-quasitight. proof: let k be a submodule of n such that n / k embeds in . then there exists a monomorp hism f : n / k   . let  : n  n /k be the natural homomorp hism. hence f   hom(n,  ), so t here exists a submodule x of  such that (f )(n)  x ≈ m . hence f (n / k)  x ≈ m which implies that f : n / k  x is a homomorp hism. let g : x  m be an isomorphism. then g f : n / k  m is a monomorp hism. which comp letes the p roof. 3.5 corollary let m be an r-module. if m is weakly r-quasi-injective, then m is r-quasi-tight. recall that, if a and b are submodules of an r-module c, such that a is a maximal submodule of c with the prop erty that a  b = 0, then a is called a complement of b in c, [8]. 3.6 the orem let m and n be two r-modules. then m is weakly n-quasi-injective if and only if for each submodule l of n and for every monomorp hism f : n / l   , we have: i. there exists a monomorp hism f : n / l  m , and ii. for every comp lement k of f (n / l) in m , there exists a submodule k of  such that k  f (n / l) = 0 and k ≈ k. proof: assume that m is weakly n-quasi-injective. let l be a submodule of n and let f : n / l   be a monomorp hism, m being weakly n-quasi-injective imp lies that m is weakly n / l-quasi-injective (by theorem 2.3) and hence there exists a homomorp hism f : n / l  m and there exists a monomorp hism  : m   such that  f = f (by theorem 2.1). but f is a monomorphism, therefore f  is also a monomorphism. thus (i) follow. to verify (ii), let k be a comp lement of f (n / l) in m . let k = (k). then k is a submodule of  . we claim that k  f (n / l) = 0. let x  k  f (n / l) and x  0. hence there exists 0  y  k such that x = (y) and there exists 0  z  n / l such that x = f (z). therefore (y) = f (z) and hence (y) = ( f (z)), but  ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 is a monomorphism, so y = f (z), imp lies that 0  y  k  f (n / l) which is a contradiction. hence k  f (n / l) = 0, so (ii) is also hold. conversely , let us assume that (i) and (ii) are hold. let l be a submodule of n and let f : n / l   be a monomorp hism. by (i), there exists a monomorp hism f : n / l  m . let k be a complement of f (n / l) in m . by (ii), there exists a submodule k of  such that k  f (n / l) = 0 and k ≈ k. let h : k k be an isomorphism and define  : f (n / l)  k   by ( f (x) + k) = f (x) + h(k) for all x  n / l, for all k  k. t hen  is well-defined homomorphism, moreover, if f (x) + h(k) = 0 for some x  n / l and k  k, implies that f (x) = – h(k)  k  f (n / l) = 0. so, f (x) = 0 and h(k) = 0, hence  is a monomorp hism. therefore  is extended to a monomorp hism : m   . we claim that  f = f. let x  n / l. then ( f (x)) = ( f (x)) = ( f (x) + 0) = f (x). hence  f = f and so, m is weakly n-quasi-injective (by theorem 2.1). 3.7 corollary let m and n be two r-modules. if m is uniform and n-quasi-tight, then m is weakly nquasi-injective. proof: let l be a submodule of n let f : n / l   be a monomorp hism. but m is nquasi-tight, therefore there exists a monomorp hism f : n / l  m and hence (i) in theorem 3.6 holds. now, if l = n, then f (n / l) = 0 and hence m is a comp lement of f (n / l) in m and m  f (n / l) = 0. if l  n, t hen f (n / l) is a non-zero submodule of m and since m is uniform imp lies that 0 is the only comp lement of f (n / l) in m , and hence (ii) in theorem 3.6 is also hold. therefore m is weakly n-quasi-injective (by theorem 3.6). 3.8 corollary let m and n be two r-modules such that m is uniform. then m is n-quasi-tight if and only if m is weakly n-quasi-injective. proof: follows by p rop osition 3.4 and corollary 3.7. section four: quasi-tight module s and compressible module s in this section, we establish some relations between relative quasi-tight modules and comp ressible modules in the class of quasi-injective modules. 4.1 de fini tion an r-module m is called comp ressible if for all non-zero submodules n of m , m embeds in n, [9]. in general, an r-module m is comp ressible if for every essential submodule n of m , m embeds in n, [4]. first , we establish the relationship between relative quasi-tight modules and comp ressible modules. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 4.2 the orem let m be a quasi-injective r-module and let n be any r-module. then every submodule of m is n-quasi-tight if and only if every quotient n / k of n which embeds in m is comp ressible. proof: assume that every submodule of m is n-quasi-tight. let n / k be embeds in m . hence there exists a monomorp hism f: n / k  m . we have to show that n / k is comp ressible. let l be an essential submodule of n / k. it can be easily seen that f (l) is essential in f (n / k) and hence ( l) ( / l)f f  [by cor.19.8, p .65, [6]]. since n / k embeds in ( / l) (l)f f  and f (l) is n-quasi-tight, we get that n / k embeds in f (l) ≈ l. thus n / k embeds in l which is what we wanted. conversely , sup p ose that every quotient of n which embeds in m is comp ressible. let a be a submodule of m . we have to show that a is n-quasi-tight. let k be a submodule of n and let h : n / k   be a monomorp hism. but    = m , imp lies that i h : n / k  m is a monomorp hism where i :    is the inclusion homomorp hism. let b = h(n / k)  a. then b  0. we claim that b is essential in h(n / k). for if, b  c = 0 for some non-zero submodule c of h(n / k), then 0 = (h(n / k)  a)  c = a  c which is a contradiction. therefore 0  b is essential in h(n / k), which implies that h – 1 (b) is essential in n / k. but n / k is comp ressible therefore n / k embeds in h – 1 (b). on t he other hand h – 1 (b) ≈ b a. t hus n / k embed in a, as desired. 4.3 corollary let m be a quasi-injective r-module. then every submodule of m is quasi-tight if and only if every finitely generated submodule of m is comp ressible. proof: assume that every submodule of m is quasi-tight. let a be a finitely generated submodule of m . then a is n-quasi-tight for every finitely generated r-module n. therefore m is a-quasi-tight and according to theorem 4.2. we get t hat for each submodule b of a such that a / b embeds in m is comp ressible. but a is finitely generated imp lies that a / b is also finitely generated. hence every finitely generated submodule of m is comp ressible. conversely , assume that every finitely generated submodule of m is comp ressible. to p rove that every submodule of m is quasi-tight. let a be a submodule of m and let n be a finitely generated r-module. let k be a submodule of n such that n / k embeds in  . but n / k is a finitely generated r-module which embeds in m , so by hy p othesis, n / k is comp ressible. therefore a is n-quasi-tight for each finitely generated r-module n (by theorem 4.2). hence a is aquasi-tight. 4.4 corollary let m be a quasi-injective r-module. then every submodule of m is weakly r-quasiinjective if and only if every cyclic submodule of m is comp ressible. proof: assume that every submodule of m is weakly r-quasi-injective. then every submodule of m is r-quasi-tight (by corollary 3.5) and according to theorem 4.2, we get that every quotient r / i of r (with i is an ideal of r) which embeds in m is comp ressible. now, let a = (a) be a cyclic submodule of m for some a  m . then a ≈ r / annr(a). so, r / annr(a) is comp ressible. hence a is compressible. conversely , assume that every cyclic submodule of m is comp ressible. because of the fact that every cyclic submodule of m can be writt en as a quotient r / i for some ideal i of r, and hence for each ideal i of r, if r / i embeds in m is comp ressible, therefore every cyclic submodule of m is r-quasi-tight (by theorem 4.2). to p rove every submodule of m is weakly r-quasi ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 injective. let a be a submodule of m and let x   . then (x) ≈ r / annr(x)   . but every cyclic submodule of m is r-quasi-tight, hence (x)  a. we take x = a implies that x  x = a. t hus a is weakly r-quasi-injective (by theorem 2.8). 4.5 corollary let n be an r-module. if every r-module is n-quasi-tight, then n / k is comp ressible for every submodule k of n. proof: assume that every r-module is n-quasi-tight. let k be a submodule of n and let a = /  . by hy p othesis, we get t hat every submodule of a is n-quasi-tight, and since a is a quasi-injective r-module, imp lies that n / k is comp ressible for every submodule k of n (by theorem 4.2). section five: weak ly quasi-injective module s in this section, we shall concentrate on considering those modules which are weakly quasi-injective relative to each finitely generated module; we shall refer to any such module as being weakly quasi-injective module. 5.1 de fini tion an r-module m is called weakly quasi-injective, if m is weakly n-quasi-injective for every finitely generated r-module n. equivalently , m is weakly quasi-injective if and only if for each finitely generated r-module n and for each f  hom(n,  ), there exists a submodule x of m such that f (n)  x ≈ m . 5.2 remarks 1. a ring r is called weakly quasi-injective if and only if the r-module r is weakly quasiinjective. 2. every weakly injective r-module is weakly quasi-injective and the converse is not true in general, see examp le 1.3. 5.3 the orem let m be an r-module. then m is weakly quasi-injective if and only if m is weakly r n quasi-injective for all p ositive integer n. proof: the "only if” p art is obvious. to p rove the "if” p art. let n be a finitely generated r-module. we have to show that m is weakly n-quasi-injective. sup p ose that n = ra1 + ra2 + + ran where ai  n for all i = 1, 2, , n. define f : r n  n such that f (r1, r2, , rn) = r1 a1 + r2 a2 +  + rn an for all r1, r2, , rn  r. it can be easily checked that f is well-defined epimorp hism. therefore, r n / ker f n. but m is weakly r n -quasi-injective, imp lies that m is weakly r n / ker f-quasi-injective (by theorem 2.3). therefore m is weakly n-quasi –injective. 5.4 proposi tion an r-module m is weakly r n -quasi-injective if and only if for all x1, x2, , xn   , there exists a submodule x of  such that xi  x ≈ m for all i = 1,2, , n. proof: assume that m is weakly r n -quasi-injective. let x1, x2, , xn   . let n = rx1 + rx2 + + rxn. thus n is a finitely generated r-module. in fact n is a submodule of  . let j: n   be the inclusion homomorp hism. by theorem 5.4, m is weakly n-quasiinjective, therefore there exists a submodule x of  such that j(n)  x ≈ m . hence xi  x for all i = 1, 2, , n which completes the proof of the first p art. conversely , ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 we have to show that m is weakly r n -quasi-injective. let f  hom(r n ,  ). sup p ose that f (1,0,0,,0) = x1, f (0,1,0,,0) = x2, , f (0,0,0,,1) = xn. then x1, x2, , xn   . so, by hy p othesis there exists a submodule x of  such that xi  x ≈ m for all i = 1, 2, , n which imp lies that f (r n )  x ≈m and hence m is weakly r n -quasi-injective. 5.5 corollary an r-module m is weakly quasi-injective if and only if for all x1,x2,,xn , there exists a submodule x of  such that xi  x ≈ m for all i = 1, 2, , n. 5.6 proposi tion a ring r is weakly r n -quasi-injective if and only if for all x1, x2, , xn  r there exists an element b  r such that annr(b) = 0 and xi  rb for all i =1,2,,n. proof: sup p ose that r is weakly r n -quasi-injective. let x1, x2, , xn  r . by p rop osition 5.4., there exists a submodule x of r such that xi  x ≈ r, for all i = 1, 2, , n. let  : r  x be an isomorp hism. put b = (1). then b  r and for all i = 1, 2, , n, xi = (ri) for some ri  r and hence xi = ri (1) = ri b for all i = 1, 2, , n. therefore xi  rb for all i = 1, 2, , n. m oreover, if r b = 0 for some r  r, imp lies that r = 0 and hence annr(b) = 0. conversely , we have to show that r is weakly r n -quasi-injective. let f  hom(r n , r ). let f (1,0,0,,0) = x1, f (0,1,0,,0) = x2, , f (0,0,0,,1) = xn. then x1, x2, , xn  r and hence there exists b  r such that xi  rb for all i = 1, 2, , n and annr(b)=0. let x = rb. then x is a submodule of r , xi  x for all i = 1, 2, , n and x ≈ r. therefore r is weakly r n -quasiinjective (by p rop osition 5.4). the following corollary is also a consequence of theorem 5.3 and p rop osition 5.6. 5.7 corollary a ring r is weakly quasi-injective if and only if for all x1, x2, , xn  r there exists an element b  r such that annr(b) = 0 and xi  rb for all i = 1, 2, , n. finally, we give the following characterization. 5.8 proposi tion a cyclic r-module is weakly quasi-injective if and only if it is weakly r 2 -quasiinjective. proof: the "only if " p art is obvious. to p rove the "if " p art, let m be a cyclic r-module. sup p ose that m is weakly r 2 -quasi-injective. let us p roceed by induction. assume that m is weakly r n – 1 –quasi-injective and let x1, x2, , xn . by p rop osition 5.6, there exists a submodule rx   such that x1, x2, , xn – 1  rx ≈ m . but m is weakly r 2 -quasi-injective, so t here exists a submodule x of  such that x ≈ m and x, xn  x. hence x1, x2, , xn x ≈ m . therefore m is weakly quasi-injective (by corollary 5.5). 5.9 corollary a cyclic r-module is weakly r n -quasi-injective if and only if it is weakly r 2 -quasiinjective. proof: follows from theorem 5.3 and p rop osition 5.8. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 re ferences 1. jain, s. k. and lopes permonth, s. r., (1990), "a survry on the theory of weakly injective m odules", comp utational algebra, m arcel dekker, 205-232. 2. salih, m ., (1999), "a note on tightness", m ath. dep . birzeit university , p.o.box 14, glasqow m ath. j., 41: 43-44. 3. jain, s. k. and lopez-p, s. r., (1990), "rings whose cy clics are essentially embeddable in projective m odules", j. of algebra, 128(1): 208-220. 4. kasch f., (1982), "m odules and rings", academic p ress, london, newyork. 5. m ijbas a. s., (1997), "quasi-dedekind m odules", ph.d. t hesis, university of baghdad. 6. faith ii, c., (1976), "algebra, rings theory", sp ringer-verlay, berlin heidelberg, new york. 7. somchit chotchasithit, (2002), "when is quasi-p -injective m odule continuous, south east asian bulletin of m athematics, 26: 391-394. 8. goodearl, k. r., (1976), "ring theory", m arcel dekker, new york. 9. nicholson, w. k. and desale, g., (1981), "endoprimitive rings", j. algebra, 70: 548560. 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة اغماریة نسبیة ضعیفة مقاسات شبه ف، لیلى سلمان محمود علي سبع مجباس، كریم صبر خل جامعة بغداد ، بن الهیثمكلیة التربیة ا ،قسم الریاضیات جامعة تكریت ،كلیة علوم الحاسبات والریاضیات ،قسم الریاضیات جامعة االنبار ،كلیة العلوم ، قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة أعطینا هذا البحث اعماماً للمفاهیم . rمقاسا احادیاً على nو mحلقة تبادلیة بمحاید وكل من rلتكن ضعیف n –اغماري –مقاس شبه mأسمینا . اغماریة نسبیة ضعیفة واحكام االغالق النسبیة واغماریة ضعیفة للمقاسات ,f  hom(n اذا كان لكل  ان ، إذ من xیوجد مقاس جزئي ، mاغماري للمقاس –الغالف الشبه  ، إذ ( f (n)  x ≈ m . .mیمكن ان یغمر في یغمر في nمن n / kاذا كان كل كسر n -محكم االغالق-مقاس شبه mواسمینا ة nلكل مقاس منته التولد ضعیف n –اغماري –شبه mاغماري ضعیف اذا كان -مقاس شبه mبینما اسمینا على الحلق r . ً عن ذلك عممنا بعض الخواص للمقاسات االغماریة فضال– n االغالق الضعیفة والمحكمة– n واالغماریة الضعیفة االغماریة الضعیفة على –وشبه ، n –االغالق المحكمة –وشبه ، الضعیفة n –االغماریة –الى المقاسات شبه .راسة العالقة بین هذه المفاهیموقمنا بد. التوالي 108 some results via gril semi –p-open set abstract the significance of the work is to introduce the new class of open sets, which is said ǥ𝑠𝑝-open set with some of properties. then clarify how to calculate the boundary area for these sets using the upper and lower approximation and obtain the best accuracy. keywords. ǥ-semi-p open set, ǥsemi-p closed set , 𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 𝑠𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒 𝔐(μ). 1.introduction a nonempty family g 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ẋ is named 𝑎 𝐺𝑟𝑖𝑙𝑙 whenever i. μ ∈ ǥ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 μ ⊆ ѕ ⊆ ẋ then ѕ ∈ ǥ. ii. μ, ѕ ⊆ ẋ ∧ μ ∪ ѕ ∈ ǥ then μ ∈ ǥ ∨ ѕ ∈ ǥ. [1] suppose that ẋ is a nonempty set, then the following families are grills on ẋ. [1-3] ∅ and p(ẋ) \ {∅} are trivial examples of a grill on ẋ ǥ∞which is the collection of all infinite subsets of ẋ. ǥ𝑐𝑜which is the collection of all uncountable subsets of ẋ. ǥ𝑝= {ʌ: ʌ∈ p(ẋ), p ⊆ ʌ} is a specific point grill on ẋ. ǥά= {ѕ: ѕ∈p(ẋ), ѕ∩μ ≠ ∅ }, and if (ẋ, 𝒯) is a topological space, then the family of all non-nowhere dense subsets called ǥ= {μ:𝑖𝑛𝑡𝒯 𝑐𝑙𝒯 (𝛭) ≠ ∅ } is the one of kinds of a grill on ẋ. suppose that ǥ is a grill on (ẋ,𝒯) the operator ǿ: p(ẋ)→p(ẋ) is defined by ǿ (μ)={x ∈ ẋ\ ủ ∩ μ ∈ ǥ, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 ủ ∈ 𝒯(ẋ)},𝒯(ẋ) indicate the neighborhood of x. a mapping ѱ: p(ẋ)→p(ẋ) is defined as ѱ (μ ) = μ ∪ ǿ (μ) for all μ ∈ p(ẋ).[4,5] 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑎𝑝 ѱ satisfies kuratowski closure axioms: [3,4] 1. ѱ( ∅ ) = ∅ doi: 10.30526/34.4.2707 article history: received 9, april,2021, accepted 29,june,2021, published in october 2021. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index esmaeel r.b. department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham university of baghdad, iraq. ranamumosa@yahoo.com shahadhuh n.m. department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham university of baghdad, iraq. noora1993327@gmail.com mailto:ranamumosa@yahoo.com mailto:noora1993327@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 109 2. if μ ⊆ѕ, then ѱ (μ) ⊆ ѱ(ѕ), 3. if μ ⊆ ẋ, then ѱ (ѱ (μ)) =ѱ (μ), 4. if μ,ѕ ⊆ ẋ, then ѱ (μ ∪ ѕ) =ѱ (𝛭) ∪ ѱ (ѕ). a subset μ of (ẋ,𝒯) is a preopen set if 𝛭 ⊆ intcl 𝛭 the complement of a preopen set is named preclosed set. the collection of all preopen sets of ẋ is indicate by po(ẋ). the collection of all preclosed sets of ẋ is indicate by pc(ẋ).[7] now, pcl=∩ {μ ⊆ ẋ ; ủ ⊆ μ whenever μ𝑐 ∈ 𝑃𝑂(ẋ)}. [7] a subset μ of (ẋ, 𝒯) 𝑖𝑠 named semi-p-open set, if and only if there exists a preopen set in ẋ say ụ such that ụ ⊆ μ ⊆ pcl ụ. the collection of all semi-p-open sets of ẋ is indicated by s-po(ẋ). the complement of a semi-pclosed set. the family of all semi-p-closed sets of ẋ is indicate by s-pc(ẋ). [7] it is clear that every preopen set is a s-po set [7]. 2.preliminaries. definition 2.1: [8] let ẋ be a nonempty set and ř be an equivalence relation on ẋ , ḿ ⊆ ẋ; the upper approximation of ḿ for ř is denoted by ữ(ḿ ) , which is, ữ( ḿ) = ⋃ {𝑥∈ẋ ř( x): ř( x) ∩ ḿ ≠ ∅ } such that ř( x) 𝑖𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑥 and the lower approximation of m for ř is denoted by ₤ (ḿ ) , which is, ₤(ḿ) = ⋃ {𝑥∈ẋ ř( x): ř( x) ⊆ ḿ} . the boundary region of m for ℛ is denoted by ℬ(m), which is, ℬ (ḿ) = ữ( ḿ) − ₤(ḿ ). proposition 2.2: [9,10] if ḿ, ỷ ⊆ ẋ 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑙𝑖𝑧𝑒𝑑 1. ₤(ḿ ) ⊆ m ⊆ ữ (ḿ). 2. ḿ ⊆ ỷ , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 ₤(ḿ) ⊆ ₤(s) and (ữḿ) ⊆ ữ(ỷ). 3. ₤(∅) = ữ(∅) = ∅ 𝑎𝑛𝑑₤ (ẋ) = ữ(ẋ) = ẋ . 4. ữ(ḿ ∪ ỷ) = ữ(ḿ) ∪ ữ(ỷ). 5.ữ(ḿ ∩ ỷ) ⊆ ữ(ḿ) ∩ ữ(ỷ). 6. ₤(ḿ ∪ ỷ) ⊇ ₤(ḿ) ∪ ₤(ỷ) 7. ₤(ḿ ∩ ỷ) ⊆ ₤(ḿ) ∩ ₤(ỷ). 8.ữ(ữ(ḿ)) = ₤(ữ(ḿ)) = ữ(ḿ). 9. ₤(₤(ḿ)) = ữ(₤(ḿ)) = ₤(ḿ). example 2.3: let ẋ= {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ǥ= p(ẋ) \ {∅} , ř = {(ϼ1, ϼ1), (ϼ2, ϼ2), (ϼ3, ϼ3), (ϼ4, ϼ4), (ϼ1, ϼ2), (ϼ2, ϼ1)} ,ř (ϼ1)={ ϼ1, ϼ2} = ř (ϼ2) ř (ϼ3) = {ϼ3} , ř (ϼ4)= {ϼ4} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 110 table 2.1. the boundary region p(ẋ) ữ (ḿ) ₤ (ḿ) ℬ (ḿ) ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ { ϼ1} { ϼ1, ϼ2} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2} {ϼ3} {ϼ3} {ϼ3} ∅ {ϼ4} {ϼ4} {ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} {ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ4} { 𝑠ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} {ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} {ϼ3} {ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ2, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} {ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ definition 2.4:[11] let ẋ be a nonempty set and ḿ ⊆ ẋ 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ř is any relation on ẋ so, by using the concepts of lower and upper approximation. 𝔐(ḿ) = |₤(ḿ)| |ữ(ḿ)| , | ₤(ḿ)| ≠ ∅ we can define the second accuracy measure of ḿ which is called a semi-accuracy measure of approximation. 𝔐𝜉 (ḿ) = |ữ(₤(ḿ))| |ữ(ḿ)| , | ₤ (ḿ)| ≠ ∅ the third measure is called pre –accuracy measure of approximation. 𝔐𝑝(ḿ) = |₤(ữḿ)| |ữ(ḿ)| , | ₤ (ḿ)| ≠ ∅ example 2. 5: let ẋ = {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} and, ǥ= p(ẋ) \ {∅}, ř= {(ϼ1, ϼ1), (ϼ2, ϼ2), (ϼ3, ϼ3), (ϼ4, ϼ4), (ϼ2, ϼ3), (ϼ3, ϼ2)} ř (ϼ1)={ ϼ1} ,ř (ϼ2) = {ϼ2, ϼ3} = ř( ϼ3) , ř (ϼ4) = {ϼ4}. table 2. 2. accuracy measure of approximation p(ẋ) ữ (ḿ) ₤ (ḿ) ℬ (ḿ) ₤ (ữ (ḿ)) ữ (₤ ḿ)) ẋ ẋ ẋ ∅ ẋ ẋ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ { ϼ1} { ϼ1} { ϼ1} ∅ { ϼ1} { ϼ1} { ϼ2} { ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ {ϼ3} {ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ { ϼ2, ϼ3} {ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 111 {ϼ4} {ϼ4} {ϼ4} ∅ {ϼ4} {ϼ4} { ϼ1, 𝑠ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1} { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1} { ϼ1, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} {ϼ1} { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1} { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ2, ϼ3} {ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ2, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ4} { ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} table 2. 3 accuracy measure of approximation . p(ẋ) 𝔐(ḿ) 𝔐𝜉 (ḿ) 𝔐𝑝(ḿ) ẋ 1 1 1 ∅ 1 1 1 { ϼ1} 0 0 1 { ϼ2} 0 0 1 {ϼ3} 1 1 1 {ϼ4} 1/3 1/3 1 { ϼ1, ϼ2} 1/3 1/3 1 { ϼ1, ϼ3} 1 1 1 { ϼ1, ϼ4} 1 1 1 { ϼ2, ϼ3} 1/3 1/3 1 { ϼ2, ϼ4} 1/3 1/3 1 { ϼ3, ϼ4} 1 1 1 { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} ½ ½ 1 { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} ½ ½ 1 { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} 1 1 1 { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} 1 1 1 3. grill semi-p-open sets definition 3.1 𝐿𝑒𝑡 (ẋ, 𝒯, ǥ)𝑏𝑒 𝑎 𝑔𝑟𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑑 μ ⊆ ẋ, then μ is called grill semi-popen set denoted by "ǥ-spo set " if ∃ v ∈ po(ẋ) such that v-μ ǥ ∧ 𝛭-pcl(v) ∉ǥ. the set of all ǥspo sets is denoted by ǥ-spo(ẋ). example3.2 let ẋ= {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3}, 𝒯= {ẋ,∅,{ϼ1}} po(ẋ)= {ủ ⊆ ẋ; ϼ1 ∈ ủ} ∪ ∅ , pc(ẋ) = {ℱ ⊆ ẋ ; ϼ1 ∉ ℱ } ∪ ẋ . then ǥ-spo (ẋ) = 𝑝(ẋ). example 3.3: 𝐿𝑒𝑡 ẋ = {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, 𝒯 = {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ1}, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ4}},ǥ= p(ẋ) \ {∅}, po(ẋ) = {ẋ,∅, {ϼ1}, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4}}. pc(ẋ) = {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3}, {ϼ2, ϼ3}, {ϼ3}, {ϼ2}}, then ǥ-spo(ẋ)= {ẋ,∅,{ϼ1}, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2}, {ϼ1, ϼ3} , {ϼ1, ϼ4}, {ϼ2, ϼ4}, {ϼ3, ϼ4}, { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} , {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4}, {ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4}. remark 3.4: [7] ⋃ 𝑃𝐶𝐿(ủ𝑖 ) ⊆ 𝑃𝐶𝐿(⋃ ủ𝑖 )𝑖∈∧𝑖∈∧ . proposition 3.5: if μ𝑖 ∈ ǥ-spo(ẋ) ∀ 𝑖 ∈ ∧, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 ⋃ μ𝑖𝑖𝜖∧ ∈ ǥ-spo(ẋ). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 112 proof: let μ𝑖 ∈ ǥ-spo(ẋ), ∃ ủ ∈ po(ẋ), (ủ𝑖 − μ 𝑖 ) ∉ǥ ∧( μ𝑖 −pcl( ủ𝑖 ))∉ ǥ∀ 𝑖 ∈∧ . this implies, ⋃ ( ủ𝑖𝑖 𝛭𝑖 ) ∉ ǥ, 𝑠𝑜 (⋃ ủ𝑖 − ⋃ 𝛭𝑖 )𝑖𝑖 ⊆ ⋃ ( ủ𝑖 − 𝛭𝑖 )𝑖 ∉ ǥ, therefore, (⋃ ủ𝑖𝑖 − ⋃ μ𝑖 ) ∉ 𝑖 ǥ, on the other hands, (μ𝑖 − pcl (ủ𝑖)) ∉ ǥ ∀ 𝑖 ∈ ∧ ,⋃ ( μ𝑖 − 𝑃𝐶𝐿(ủ𝑖 ))𝑖 ∉ ǥ, (⋃ μ𝑖 − ⋃ 𝑃𝐶𝐿 (ủ𝑖 )) ⊆ ⋃ (μ𝑖 − 𝑃𝐶𝐿(ủ𝑖 )) ∉ ǥ𝑖𝑖𝑖 so, ⋃ μ𝑖 − ⋃ (𝑃𝐶𝐿(ủ𝑖 )) ∉ ǥ𝑖𝑖 ,since ⋃ 𝑃𝐶𝐿(ủ𝑖 ) ⊆ 𝑃𝐶𝐿(⋃ ủ𝑖𝐼 ),𝑖 there for ( ⋃ μ𝑖 − 𝑃𝐶𝐿(⋃ ủ𝑖 )) ⊆ (⋃ μ𝑖 − ⋃ 𝑃𝐶𝐿(ủ𝑖 ))𝑖𝑖 ∉ ǥ𝑖𝑖∈∧ so,(⋃ μ𝑖 − 𝑃𝐶𝐿(⋃ ủ𝑖 )) ∉ ǥ𝑖𝑖 . corollary 3.6: if ℱ𝑖 ∈ ǥ-spc(ẋ), then ⋂ ℱ𝑖𝑖 ∈ ǥ-spc(ẋ). remark 3.7: 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝛭, 𝑆 ∈ ǥ -spo(ẋ) then μ ∩ 𝑆 need not to be a ǥ-spo set. example 3.8: 𝐿𝑒𝑡 ẋ = {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, 𝒯 = {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ1}, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ4}}. 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑃𝑂(ẋ) = {ẋ, ∅, { ϼ1 }, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4}}, 𝑃𝐶(ẋ) = {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3}, {ϼ2, ϼ3}, {ϼ3}, {ϼ2}}, when ǥ=p(ẋ)\ {∅}, 𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 ǥ-𝑆𝑃𝑂(ẋ) = {ẋ, ∅ , {ϼ1}, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2}, {ϼ1, ϼ3}, {ϼ1, ϼ4}, {ϼ2, ϼ4}, {ϼ3, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3}, {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4}, {ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4}}, 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝛭 = {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѕ = {ϼ2, ϼ4}, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝛭 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѕ are ǥ-spo(ẋ) but 𝛭∩ѕ = {ϼ2},which is not a ǥ-spo(ẋ). remark 3.9: let μ , 𝑆 ∈ ǥ -spc(ẋ) then μ ∪ 𝑆 need not be a ǥ-spc set. see example 2.8, 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝛭 = {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3}, ѕ = {ϼ2, ϼ4}, 𝛭 𝑐 = {ϼ4}, ѕ 𝑐 = {ϼ2, ϼ3} ,μ 𝑐 , 𝑆 𝑐 𝑎𝑟𝑒 ǥ𝑆𝑃𝐶(ẋ), and μ𝑐 ∪ ѕ𝑐 = {ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} which is not a ǥ-spc(ẋ). remark 3.10: [7] each open set is a preopen set. proposition 3.11: each open set is a ǥ -spo set. proof: let 𝛭 ∈ 𝒯 by remark 2.4, so 𝛭 is a preopen set; ∃𝛭 ∈ 𝑝𝑜(ẋ), such that, 𝛭-𝛭 = {∅} ∉ ǥ, and 𝛭-pcl (𝛭) = {∅ } ∉ ǥ, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝛭 is a ǥ-spo set. corollary 3.12: if f is a closed set, then f is a ǥ-spc set. proposition 3.13: every semi-po set is a ǥ-spo set. proof: let 𝛭 ∈ s-po(ẋ) for that ∃ủ ∈ 𝑃𝑂(ẋ) 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ủ ⊆ μ ⊂ 𝑃𝐶𝐿(μ), further more ủ μ= {∅} ∉ ǥ ∧ 𝛭-𝑃𝐶𝐿(𝛭) = {∅} ∉ ǥ. hence, μ is a ǥ-spo set. as for the reverse proposition (2.13), it is not necessarily to be achieved. example 3.14: suppose that ẋ = {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, 𝒯 = {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ1}, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ4}}, ǥ= ∅ ,𝑃𝑂(ẋ) = {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ1}, { ϼ4}, { ϼ1, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4}}, 𝑃𝐶(ẋ) = {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} , {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3}, {ϼ2, ϼ3}, {ϼ3}, {ϼ2}}, ǥ-spo(ẋ)=p(ẋ). then {ϼ2}∈ ǥ-𝑆𝑃𝑂(ẋ),but {ϼ2} ∉ ǥ -spo(ẋ). corollary 3.15: the set of all ǥ-spo is a supra topological space. now, let's calculate the following example; example 3.16: let ẋ= {ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3}, 𝒯= {ẋ,∅,{ϼ1}} then ǥ-spo (ẋ) = 𝑝(ẋ) and ř = {( ϼ1, ϼ1), ( ϼ2, ϼ2 ), ( ϼ3, ϼ3)} ř (ϼ1)={ϼ1 }, ř(ϼ2)={ϼ2}, ř (ϼ3) = {ϼ3}. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 113 table 3. 1 grill of accuracy measure of approximation ǥ-spo(ẋ) ữ (ǥspo(ẋ)) ₤(ǥspo(ẋ)) 𝓑(ǥspo(ẋ)) ₤(ữ (ǥspo(ẋ) ₤ (ǥ-spo(ẋ) ẋ ẋ ẋ ∅ ẋ ẋ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ { ϼ𝟏} { ϼ1} { ϼ1} ∅ { ϼ1} { ϼ1} { ϼ𝟐} { ϼ2} { ϼ2} ∅ { ϼ2} { ϼ2} {ϼ𝟑} {ϼ3} {ϼ3} ∅ {ϼ3} {ϼ3} { ϼ𝟏, ϼ𝟐} { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ𝟏, ϼ𝟑} { ϼ1, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ3} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ3} {ϼ𝟐, ϼ𝟑} {ϼ2, ϼ3} {ϼ2, ϼ3} ∅ {ϼ2, ϼ3} {ϼ2, ϼ3} table 3. 2 grill of accuracy measure of approximation ǥ-spo(ẋ) 𝔐(ǥ − spo(ẋ)) 𝔐𝜉 (ǥ − spo(ẋ)) 𝔐𝑝(ǥ − spo(ẋ)) ẋ 1 1 1 ∅ 1 1 1 { ϼ1} 1 1 1 { ϼ2} 1 1 1 {ϼ3} 1 1 1 { ϼ1, ϼ2} 1 1 1 { ϼ1, ϼ3} 1 1 1 {ϼ2, ϼ3} 1 1 1 by example 3.3 ǥ-spo(ẋ)= {ẋ, ∅, {ϼ1}, {ϼ4}, {ϼ1, ϼ2}, {ϼ1, ϼ3}, {ϼ1, ϼ4}, {ϼ2, ϼ4} , {ϼ3, ϼ4},{ ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} , { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4},{ ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4}, {{ ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4}}. ř = {(ϼ1, ϼ1), (ϼ2, ϼ2), (ϼ3, ϼ3), (ϼ4, ϼ4), (ϼ3, ϼ4), (ϼ4, ϼ3)} ř (ϼ1)={ ϼ1}, ř(ϼ2)={ϼ2}, ř(ϼ4), ř(ϼ3)={ϼ4, ϼ3}. table 3.3 gspo of accuracy measure of approximation ǥ-spo(ẋ) ữ(ǥ-spo(ẋ)) ₤(ǥ-spo(ẋ)) ℬ(ǥ-spo(ẋ)) ₤ (ữ (ǥ-spo(ẋ) ữ(₤ (ǥspo(ẋ) ẋ ẋ ẋ ∅ ẋ ẋ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ { ϼ1} { ϼ1} { ϼ1} ∅ { ϼ1} { ϼ1} { ϼ4} {ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ {ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2 } { ϼ1, ϼ2} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ3} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1} {ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1} {ϼ1, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1} {ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1} {ϼ2, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ2} {ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2} {ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ {ϼ3, ϼ4} {ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ2} {ϼ3, ϼ4} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ2} {ϼ3, ϼ4} ẋ { ϼ1, ϼ2} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} ∅ { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 114 table 3. 4. gspo of accuracy measure of approximation ǥ-spo(ẋ) 𝔐(ǥ − spo(ẋ)) 𝔐𝜉 (ǥ − spo(ẋ)) 𝔐𝑝(ǥ − spo(ẋ)) ẋ 1 1 1 ∅ 1 1 1 { ϼ1} 0 0 1 { ϼ4} 1 1 1 { ϼ1, ϼ2} 1/3 1/3 1 { ϼ𝑠1, ϼ3} 1/3 1/3 1 {ϼ1, ϼ4} 1/3 1/3 1 {ϼ2, ϼ4} 1 1 1 {ϼ3, ϼ4} ½ ½ 1 { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ3} ½ ½ 1 { ϼ1, ϼ2, ϼ4} 1 1 1 { ϼ2, ϼ3, ϼ4} 1 1 1 { ϼ1, ϼ3, ϼ4} 1 1 1 4. conclusion the aim of our study is to define the ǥ-𝑆𝑃𝑂 sets and study some of the properties of these sets, and then find the boundary area for the family of ǥ-𝑆𝑃𝑂 (ẋ). and try to get the best accuracy for the set when it equals 1 for most of m ∈ ǥ-𝑆𝑃𝑂 (ẋ). references 1. choquet, g. sur les notions de filter et grille, comptes rendus acad. sci. paris, 1947, 224,171-173. 2. roy, b .; mukherjee, m n .on a type of compactness via grills matematicki vesnik. 2007, 59 , 113-120. 3. roy, b .; mukherjee, m n. on a typical topology induced by a grill soochow j ath. 2007,33 , 4, , 771-786. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 115 4. shawqi a hazza ; sobhy a el-sheikh ali kandil and mohamed ahmed abdelhakem on ideals and grills in topological spaces south a sian journal of mathematics. 2015, 5 , 6, 233238. 5. thenmozhi, p.; kaleeswari, m. ; maheswari, n. regular generalized closed sets in grill topological spaces, international journal of science research issn ,2015, 23197064. 6. chaudhary, m p .; vinesh kumar on g-closed sets in a topological space global journal of science frontier research .2010, 10 , 2, 10-12. 7. r b. esmaeel, on semi-p-open sets m s, college of education ibn alhaithatham university of baghdad, 2004. 8. pawlak, z., rough sets, international journal of computer and information sciences. 1982. 11, 341-356. 9. lellis thivagar ,m. ;carmel richard, on nano forms of weakly open sets, international journal of mathematics and statistics invention. 2013. 1, 1, 31-37. 10. lellis thivagar, m. carmel richard,note on nano topological space (communicated) 11. nayle, m. s.; nasir a. i. some rough sets properties on simple graphs, australian journal of basic and applied science. 2011. 5, 12, 1824-1829. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 52 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 measurement of radon concentration in college of education for pure science / ibn alhaitham buildings using cr-39 detector duaa abed salim sameera ahmed ebrahiem dept. of physics / college of education for pure science /(ibn al haitham) university of baghdad . husseinsh2007@yahoo.com received in:2/january/2018, accepted in:24/january/2018 abstract in the present work , radon concentration was measured indoor buildings in the college of education for pure science/ ibn alhaitham university of baghdad using detector (cr-39) by counting track of alpha resulting from decay series of uranium on the detectors which have exposure to air inside the rooms for (30) days , have been applied the equation (1) and (2) to calculate concentrations of radon and the results showed that all samples were within the allowable range globally except two samples f1 and f2 where concentrations were (445.868bq/m3) and (436.791bq/m3) respectively , they were higher than allowable range globally which was (200-300) bq/m3 recorded by (icrp) [1] . kay word: radon, reaction, calibration, detector, radiation. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 mailto:husseinsh2007@yahoo.com https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 53 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction radon is a gas that results from the disintegration of 235uand 238u or 232th, as both sources of radon are 232th and 235uand238u which are found in low concentration in rock and soil [2]. its atomic number is (86) and mass number is (222) in the periodic table [3]. radon is a rare natural element as it is found in gas form, noble and radioactive in its isotopes. radon gas can gather in buildings, especially in closed regions, such as under roofs and basement. it is found in some spring waters and hot springs too [4]. but from other opinion, inhalation may be a problem to human's health. since radon is noble gas, this guarantees that it cannot be frozen through chemical reactions [5]. 226 ra whose half-life is (1600) years can be formed through radon decay with 238 u during four intermediate cases in order to form 226ra, after that it decays to form 222rngas which has half -life (3.82) days, which in turn gives sufficient time to be diffused through soil and into houses, where it then disintegrates in order that it can produce more radiologically active radon breeds (radon daughters) [4]. the presence of 226 ra in the ground of the facilities and in the building materials is considered the main radon source [6]. the outside air also has a role to radon concentration indoors, through the air ventilation. other radon sources can be existed in tap-water; the domestic gas supplies are generally 229rn source. it was noticed that high indoor radon levels are created from radon that is in the underlying rocks and soils [7]. experimental details radon concentration was measured using solid state nuclear track detectors type cr-39 detector with a thickness of (250 µm) and the approximate area (1cm²) were used in this work. the detectors are covered from both sides with plastic and this plastic is removed when the detector is used to prevent detector from radiation background and there are distortions that occur as a result of exposure to external stresses,where detectors were distributed in random buildings inside college of education , in every room placed two detector . the detectors were placed at hight (160cm) for (30) days. after it has been collected for the configured to chemical etching process using sodium hydroxide solution (naoh) , water bath from type (memmert) german-made used for heating sodium hydroxide solution (naoh) and the temperature was suitable for etching process of cr 39 detectors (60 c°) for four hours , afterward previewed microscopically to count number of track for alpha per unit area and calculate radon concentrations after the comparison process with standard source as shown in figure (1). calibration of the cr -39 detector in the present work , four (cr – 39) detectors were used standard source (226ra) .figure (2) shows the relation between the exposure of radon (es) and the density of track (ρs). slope= ρs/ es… (1) where: ρs is the density of track of standard source (tracks/mm2). esis the exposure of radon of standard source (bq/m 3).days = (bq/m3) the radon concentration was determined by using the following equation [8,9] : crn(bq/m3) =1/slop* (ρ/t )… (2) since : 1/slop= es (bq.d/m 3) /ρs(track/mm 2) crnis radon concentration it has been calculation of the effects of radiation ; 1-the annual effective dose (aed) in units (msv/y) was calculated by using following equation[10] . https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 54 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 aed (m sv/y) =crn* f * h * t * d …(3) where , f: is the equilibrium factor , f= (0.4) h : is the occupancy factor , h =(0.8) [11] . t :is the time in one year in hours , t= (8760 h/y). d:is the dose conversion factor d = (9*10-6 (m sv) / (bq.h.m-3)) [11]. 2-the lung cancer cases per year per million person (cppp) was calculated using the following equation [12,13] : (cppp) = aed *(18*10-6 msv.y-1)… (4) 3-exposure to radon progeny (ep) in term of (wlm y -1) units was calculated using the following equation [14]: ep(wlm y-1) = 8760 * n * f *crn / 170* 3700 … (5) n : is the fraction of time spent indoors n= (0.8) . where the number of hours per yearis (8760) and is the number of hours per working month(170) [11] . 4-the potential alpha energy concentration (paec) in units (wl) were calculated using the following equation [12,15] : paec (wl) = f * crn / 3700 … (6) where crn : is the radon concentration in (bq.m -3) units . f : is the equilibrium factor f = (0.4) . (a) (b) figure (1): cr-39 detector https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 55 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (2): the relation between the exposure of radon (es) and the density of track (ρs). result and discussion in this work, radon concentration was measured indoor buildings in the college of education. table (1) the result obtained in this work for radon concentration indoor college buildings. y = 0.2568x r²=0.9728 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 ρ s (n .o f tr a ck /m m 2 ) es (bq.day/m 3) calibration https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 56 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 table (1): the radon concentration, the effects of radiation ((aed) , (cppp) ,(ep) and (paec)) for concentration of radon in the buildings indoor college . sample code sample location crn (bq/m3) aed (msv/y) cppp *10 – 6 ep (wlm/y) paec (wl) d1 gr.floor 101.695 2.565 46.18 0.453 0.0109 d2 gr.floor 152.08 3.836 69.06 0.677 0.0164 d3 gr.floor 85.58 2.159 38.86 0.381 0.0092 d4 basement 138.372 3.490 62.83 0.616 0.0149 d5 basement 177.458 4.477 80.58 0.790 0.0191 ph1 1fst floor 40.011 1.009 18.16 0.178 0.0043 ph2 1fst floor 35.01 0.883 15.89 0.156 0.0037 ph3 1fst floor 92.804 2.341 42.14 0.413 0.0100 ph4 1fst floor 61.128 1.542 27.75 0.272 0.0066 ch1 gr.floor 95.397 2.406 43.32 0.425 0.0103 ch2 gr.floor 108.734 2.743 49.37 0.484 0.0117 ch3 gr.floor 197.093 4.972 89.50 0.878 0.0213 ch4 gr.floor 122.257 3.084 55.51 0.544 0.0132 ch5 gr.floor 125.406 3.163 56.94 0.558 0.0135 ch6 gr.floor 170.974 4.313 77.64 0.761 0.0184 ch7 1fst floor 164.491 4.149 74.69 0.733 0.0177 bio1 gr.floor 101.881 2.570 46.26 0.454 0.0110 bio2 gr.floor 202.465 5.107 91.94 0.902 0.0218 bio3 gr.floor 102.066 2.575 46.35 0.454 0.0110 bio4 gr.floor 131.704 3.322 59.80 0.586 0.0142 ps1 gr.floor 120.219 3.032 54.59 0.535 0.0129 ps2 gr.floor 132.074 3.332 59.97 0.588 0.0142 b1 1fst floor 65.944 1.663 29.94 0.293 0.0071 b2 1fst floor 97.435 2.458 44.24 0.434 0.0105 b3 1fst floor 142.262 3.589 64.60 0.634 0.0153 b4 1fst floor 135.779 3.425 61.65 0.605 0.0146 b5 1fst floor 87.061 2.196 39.53 0.387 0.0094 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 57 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 sample code sample location crn (bq/m3) aed (msv/y) cppp *10 – 6 ep (wlm/y) paec (wl) m1 gr.floor 147.079 3.710 66.79 0.655 0.0159 m2 gr.floor 140.225 3.537 63.67 0.624 0.0151 m3 gr.floor 149.394 3.769 67.84 0.665 0.0161 m4 1fst floor 78.355 1.976 35.58 0.349 0.0084 m5 gr.floor 75.577 1.906 34.32 0.336 0.0081 l1 gr.floor 159.675 4.028 72.51 0.711 0.0172 l2 gr.floor 74.65 1.883 33.89 0.332 0.008 l3 gr.floor 58.905 1.486 26.74 0.262 0.0063 l4 first floor 47.976 1.210 21.78 0.213 0.0051 l5 first floor 45.753 1.154 20.77 0.203 0.0049 l6 first floor 34.639 0.873 15.73 0.154 0.0037 c1 gr.floor 17.412 0.439 7.90 0.077 0.0018 c2 gr.floor 213.95 5.397 97.15 0.953 0.0231 e1 gr.floor 21.302 0.537 96.73 0.094 0.0023 e2 gr.floor 60.387 1.5234 27.42 0.269 0.0065 f1 basement 445.868 11.248 202.47 1.987 0.0482 f2 basement 436.791 11.019 198.35 1.946 0.0472 r1 gr.floor 176.717 4.458 80.25 0.787 0.0191 r2 first floor 186.534 4.706 84.70 0.831 0.0201 h gr.floor 60.572 1.528 27.50 0.269 0.0065 a gr.floor 133 3.355 60.39 0.592 0.0143 ch8 gr.floor 117.255 2.958 53.24 0.522 0.0126 average 123.8652 (3-10) msv/y [16] (170-230) [16] (1-2) wlm/y [17] (53.33) mwl [18] global limit (200-300) bq/m3 [1] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 58 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (3): levels concentration of radon indoor college buildings. the radon concentration (crn) as observed from table (1) , for buildings inside college of education varies from (17.412 bq/m3) to (445.868 bq/m3) with average (123.8652 bq/m3) . the highest value was found in sample f1 which value of radon concentration was (445.868 bq/m3) and the lowest value was found in sample c1 which value of radon concentration (17.412 bq/m3) . all results of radon concentration were lower than the recorded value by [icrp] except two samples f1and f2 were higher than the recorded value by [icrp] (200300)bq/m3[1] . as observed from the table (1) the annual effective dose (aed) was calculated using equation (3) for buildings and was found in samples f1, f2 (11.248 msv/y) (11.019msv/y) respectively, they were higher than the allowable limits and all samples were within the allowable limit (3-10 msv/y) recorded by (icrp) [16] . the lung cancer cases per year per million person (cppp) vary between value (7.90) and (202.47) , all the results in the table (1) for samples were within allowable limit (170-230) per million person recorded by (icrp) [16]. the highest value of exposure to radon progeny (ep) as observed in table (1) was found in samples f1and f2 which was (1.987 wlm/y) and (1.946 wlm/y) ,the lowest value was found in sample c1 which was (0.077 wlm/y) , all the results of samples were within allowable limit recorded by (ncrp) which was range of (1-2) wlm/y [17].the potential alpha energy concentration (paec) as observed from the table (1) ,for samples the values were varied between (0.0018 wl) and (0.0482 wl) , all the result of samples were within allowable limit (53.33mwl) which was recorded by (unscear) [18] . references 1. (icrp) (international commission on radiological protection statement on radon), (2009) icrp, ref. 00/902/09, 2. (unscear 1993) united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation, ''sources and effects of ionizing radiation. '', report to the general assembly, with scientific annexes. united nations sales publication united nations, new york (1993). 3. (unscear 2000) united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation (2000)''sources and effects of ionizing radiation”, the general assembly, 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 c o n ce n tr a ti o n o f ra d o n ( b q /m 3 ) code sample https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1943 physics | 59 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 with scientific annexes, united nations sales publication, united nations, new york, report.1). 4. (ncrp 1988) national council on radiation protection and measurements, ''measurement of radon and daughters in air" ncrp, bethesda, (m.d.),.97, u.s.a. november 15, (1988). 5. (epa1992) environmental protection agency, "a citizens guide to radon, the guide to protecting yourself and your family from radon", u.s. department of health and human services, 402-k92-001, may (1992). 6 .nero, a.v. (1988), "radon and its decay products in indoor air: an overview", chapter 1 of "radon and its decay products in indoor air", wiley inter science,.1-53. 7. castrkn, o.; voutilainen, a.; winqist, k and miikelainen, i. (1985) "studies of high indoor radon areas in finland", journal of the science of the total environmental.45,.18,. 311-318. 8-wiegand, j. (2001) ''a guideline for the evaluation of the soil radon potential based on geogenic and anthropogenic parameters '' journal of environmental geology, 40, 949963. 9. mahmoud, r. (2003) '' measurement of radon and its daughter’s concentration in indoor and outdoor throughout gaza strip " theses is m.sc. islamic university of gaza. 10. mowlavi, a. m.; fornasier ,m.r.; binesh, a. and de denaro, m. (2012) " indoor radon measurement and effective dose assessment of 150 apartments in mashhad, iran" environ monit assess,184,.1085-1088,. 11.unscear united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation: (2000)sources and effects of ionizing radiation, 1,united nations ,new york,. 12.ismail, a. h and jaafar, m.s.(2010). " indoor radon concentration and its health risks in selected locations in iraqi kurdistan using cr-39 ntds" bioinformatics and biomedical engineering (icbbe) , ldo 4th international conference in cheng du ,18-20 june. 13.abdullah,a.a. (2013) "internal and external radiation exposure evaluation amongst selected workers and locations in iraq" ph.d. thesis, university sains malaysia, malaysia,. 14 . icrp "international commission on radiological protection publication", protection against radon-222 at home and at work, annals of icrp:oxford: pergamon press, (1994). 15.kansal, s.; mehra, r and singh, n.p. (2012), " life time fatality risk assessment due to variation of indoor radon concentration in dwellings in western haryana, india" applied radiation and isotopes, 70,.1110-1112. 16.icrp, (1993)"protection against rn-222 at home and at work" international commission on radiological protection publication, 65, annals of icrp 23 (2), pergamon press; oxford,. 17.ismail, a.h and jaafar m.s. (2010) " indoor radon concentration and its health risks in selected locations in iraqi kurdistan using cr-39 ntds" bioinformatics and biomedical engineering (icbbe) , ldo 4th international conference in cheng du ,18-20 june. 18. unscear (1993). "genetic and somatic effects of ionizing radiation" ,united nations, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 microsoft word 114-123 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 114 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 two derivative spectrophotometric methods for the simultaneous determination of 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic products ruba fahmi abbas dept. of chemistry/collage of science/ al-mustansiryiah university rubaf1983@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq received in:10/october/2017, accepted in:6/december/2017 abstract simple, economic and sensitive mathematical spectrophotometric methods were developed for the estimation 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic product. the estimation of binary mixture 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product was achieved by first derivative and second derivative spectrophotometric methods by applying zero-crossing at (valley 255.9nm and 234.5nm) for 4-aminoantipyrine and (peak 243.3 nm and 227.3nm) for acidic product. the value of coefficient of determination for the liner graphs were not less than 0.996 and the recovery percentage were found to be in the range from 96.555 to 102.160. normal ratio spectrophotometric method 0dd was used 50 mg/l acidic product as a divisor and then measured at 299.9 nm with correlation coefficient 0.998 and limit of detection 0.04098. ratio derivative methods 1dd and 2dd; are based on measuring the first derivative and second derivative for normal ratio spectrum at (peak 290.7 nm and valley 310 nm) for 1dd and (peak 286, valley 301 and peak 316nm) for 2dd the correlation coefficient for linearity graph not less than 0.997 and the recovery percentage were found to be in the range from 99.64 to 100.11. keyword: 4-aminoantipyrine; zero-crossing; spectrophotometric; ratio derivative; 1dd and 2dd. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 115 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction 4-aminoantipyrine(4aap) is an antipyretic, analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties [1]. it is used as a reagent for biochemical reactions producing phenol or peroxides [2], and used for the estimation of drugs via oxidative coupling reaction forming coloured products [35]. there are many methods for the determination of 4-aminoantipyrine including electrochemical method based on fabrication of multi walled carbon nanotube electrodes for the estimation toxic drugs 4-aminoantipyrine [6], solid-phase spectrophotometry [7], electrochemical method by using graphite pencil electrode [8], capillary electrophoresis [9] and lc/mass spectrometry [10]. on the other hand, spectrophotometric methods such as zero-crossing [11-12] and ratio derivative [13-14] methods are still favorite studies because of the simplicity, accuracy and availability of the instrumentation [15-16]. therefore, the aim of this study is to develop rapid, simple and inexpensive spectrophotometric methods for the analysis of 4aminoantipyrine in the presence of its acidic product without chemical process separation. furthermore, the zero-crossing and ratio derivative spectrophotometric methods could be used for the estimation of 4-aminoantipyrine without any interference from its acidic product. experimental instruments 1. uv-visble spectrophotometer (model 1650 pc, shemadzu, japan) with software program. 2. ftir spectrophotometer (shemadzu, japan) materials standard pure powder of 4-aminoantipyrine (sigma-aldrich) (c11h13n3o) (m.wt= 203.24 gm/mol) and hydrochloric acid(bhd) prepared by 2n aqueous solution. a. preparation of acidic product for irspectral 0.01 gm of pure 4-aminoantipyrine was refluxed with 100 ml 2n hcl for 60 min. after cooling, the solution was evaporated to dryness by using oven at 700c, the residue was extracted with ethanol, filtered and then dried in air. the separated acidic product was subjected to ir spectral analysis [17-18]. b. preparation of standard solutions 1. 4-aminoantipyrine stock standard solution 100mg/l was prepared by dissolving 0.01 gm of pure 4-aminoantipyrine with distilled water and then complete to the 100ml with the same solvent. after then different volumes of 4-aminoantipyrine stock standard solution (100mg/l) ranging from (2.5 ml to 17.5 ml) were transferred into a series of 25 ml volumetric flasks and completed to the mark with distilled water to obtain a range of concentrations from (10 to 70 mg/l). 2. 4-aminoantipyrine acidic product stock standard solution was prepared by refluxing 0.01 gm of pure 4-aminoantipyrine with 100ml 2n hcl for 60 min. after cooling, were transferred into a series of (2.5, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 17.5 ml) of this solution to 25 ml volumetric flasks and complete to the mark with distilled water to obtain the acidic product solutions in the concentration range of (10 to 70 mg/l). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 116 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 procedure a. zero-crossing method 1. the first derivative 1d and second derivative 2d of the uv spectrum of pure 4aminoantipyrine standard solutions were measured. two calibration graphs were obtained by plotting the valley of 1d spectra at 255.9nm and the valley of 2d spectra at 234.5nm (corresponding to zero-crossing of its acidic product) of 1d and 2d spectra against the corresponding concentrations. in the same way, the 1dand 2d of 4-aminoantipyrine acidic product standard solution were recorded. two calibration graphs were obtained by plotting the values of 1d spectra at 243.3 nm and peak of 2d spectra at 227.3nm ( corresponding to zero-crossing of pure 4-aminoantipyrine) of 1d and 2d spectra against the corresponding concentrations. 2. to series of binary mixtures solutions of pure 4-aminantipyrine standard and its acidic product were prepared; the first series was prepared by using a concentration of 20 mg/l of acidic product with different concentrations of pure 4-aminoantipyrine, while the second series of mixture was prepared by using a concentration 20 mg/l of pure 4-aminoantipyrine with difference concentrations of the acidic product. b. ratio spectra method standard solutions of 4-aminoantipyrine ranging from 10 to 70 mg/l were scanned in the range (from 200 to 400nm), and then divided by a spectrum of standard solution (50 mg/l) of its acidic product (as a divisor). the value of peak 299.9nm of the resultant spectra were plotted against the corresponding concentrations to obtain a calibration graph. the first derivative of ratio spectra(1dd) at peak 291 nm and valley 310 nm was selected, the value of the resultant at these pair of wavelength was measured and plotted against the concentrations to obtain two calibration graphs for 1dd method. the second derivative of ratio spectra (2dd) at peak 286nm, valley 299.9 nm and peak 316nm were selected, three calibration graphs were constructed for 2dd method to the corresponding 4-aminoantipyrine concentration and the regression validation parameters were calculated. results and discussion the derivative spectrophotometric methods for the estimation of organic and pharmaceuticals compounds in presence of its acidic degradation products without chemical separation are always of interest. in this study, the acidic product of 4-aminoantipyrine was carried out by dissolving the pure organic compound 4-aminoantipyrine in 2m hcl and reflux at 1000c for 60 min. the suggested scheme of acidic product might be written as follows: n n nh2 4-aminoantipyrine h3c o h3c (2 n) hcl ref luxed f or 60 min n n+ acidic product h3c h3c o ncl the acidic product was subjected to ir spectrophotometry analysis, the comparison of ir spectra of 4-aminoantipyrine with that the acidic product, the characteristic band at 3433.413331.18 corresponding to the nh2 of the amine groups shown in figure(1a), has been disappeared in the irspectra of the acidic products figure (1b) [19]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 117 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (1): irspectra of (a) pure 4-aminoantipyrine and (b) its acidic product 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product uv-spectra are shown in figure (2); direct estimation of 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic products is impossible, zerocrossing and ratio spectrophotometric methods can be resolved and estimation of 4aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic products. figure (2): zero order spectra of 4-aminoantipyrine 30 mg/l(red) and acidic product 30 mg/l (black). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 118 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 zero-crossing method zero-crossing method used individual determination of 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product in binary mixture at the selected wavelengths as shown in figure (3) and figure (4) respectively. figure (3): zero-crossing measurements for (10-70 mg/l) 4-aminoantipyrine (red) and 40 mg/l acidic product(black) a1d at valley 255.9nm, b2d at valley 234.5nm for determination of 4-aminoantipyrine figure (4): zero-crossing measurements for (10-70 mg/l) acidic product(blue) and 40 mg/l 4aminoantipyrine(black) a1d at peak 243.3nm, b2d at peak 227.3nmfor determination of acidic product. linearity graphs for 1d and 2d at zero-crossing measurements of standard solutions of (1070mg/l) for each of 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product were obtained. linear equation, limit of detections and other validation parameters are listed in table (1). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 119 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (1): validation parameters for the obtained calibration graphs for the determination of 4aap and its acidic product using zero-crossing measurements. validation parameters 1d 2d 4aap at valley 255.9nm acidic product at peak 243.3 nm 4aap at valley 234.5nm acidic product at peak 227.3 nm linearity range (mg/l) 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 equation y= -0.026x -0.0041 y=0.0095x +0.0012 y=-0.0037x -0.018 y=0.0093x +0.0135 r2 0.9960 0.9980 0.9970 0.9970 slope -0. 026 0. 0095 -0.0037 0.0093 intercept -0.0041 0.0012 -0.018 0.0135 lod 0.495 1.354 3.478 1.383 lqd 1.5 4.105 1.054 4.193 r2= coefficient of determination, 4aap=4-aminoantipyrine and lod= limit of detection = 3.3×sdb/s , lqd=10×sdb/s. where, sdb= is the standard deviation of the solvent (n=3) and s= is the slop of the corresponding linearity graph. 1d and 2d methods used for the estimation 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic product by using zero-order measurements at valley 255.9nm and 234.5nm respectively. in the same way, 1d and 2d methods were used for estimation of the acidic product of 4aminoantipyrine in presence of 4-aminoantipyrine by using zero-crossing measurements at peak values at 243.3 nm and 227.3 nm respectively. the relative error and recovery percents for the estimation of 4aap and in presence of its acidic product in synthetic mixtures were calculated for triplicate measurements for the suggested zero-crossing spectrophotometric method, the values of recovery percentage were found in the range between 96.555 and 102.160 indicating that the recommended zero-crossing method is accurate as shown in table (2). table (2): the relative error and recovery percentage for estimation of 4aap and its acidic product using zero-crossing method taken mixture of 4aap +acidic product found mg/l 4aap 1d at valley 255.9nm e% rec% found mg/l 4aap 2d at valley 234.5nm e% rec% 20 mg/l+0 mg/l 19.397 -3.015 96.985 19.781 -1.095 98.905 20 mg/l+20 mg/l 19.718 -1.41 98.590 19.920 -0.400 99.600 40 mg/l+20 mg/l 39.511 -1.222 98.777 39.130 -2.175 97.825 30 mg/l+5 mg/l 30.219 0.730 100.730 30.424 1.413 101.413 30 mg/l+10 mg/l 29.624 -1.253 98.746 29.110 -2.966 97.033 taken mixture of 4aap +acidic product found mg/l acidic product 1d at e% rec% found mg/l acidic product 2d at e% rec% https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 120 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 peak 243.3nm peak 227.3nm 0mg/l+30mg/l 29.676 -1.08 98.920 29.522 -1.593 98.406 20mg/l+10mg/l 9.732 -2.68 97.320 9.866 -1.340 98.660 20mg/l+20mg/l 19.995 -0.025 99.975 19.311 -3.445 96.555 10mg/l+10mg/l 10.054 0.54 100.540 10.216 2.160 102.160 30mg/l+10mg/l 10.124 1.24 101.240 10.098 0.980 100.980 4aap=4-aminoantipyrine, e% = relative error = = 100 and rec% =recovery= e%+100 ratio spectrophotometric method in the ratio spectrophotometric method the obtained absorption spectra of the mixtures of 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product were divided then by the absorption spectrum of the acidic product standard solution (as divisor) as shown in figure (5). the first derivative 1dd and the second derivative 2dd spectra in each case was then obtained, as shown in figure (6). figure (5): normal ratio spectra (0dd) of 4-aminoantipyrine (10-70 mg/l) using 50 mg/l of acidic product as a divisor figure (6): derivative ratio spectra of 4-aminoantipyrine (10-70 mg/l) using 50 mg/l of acidic product as a divisor: (a) first derivative ratio spectra (1dd) and (b) second derivative ratio spectra (2dd) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 121 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 in order to optimize the ratio spectrophotometric method, various concentrations divisor solution (10, 30, 50, 70 mg/l) were tried of acidic product; the best results were obtained when a 50 mg/l of acidic product was used as a divisor. dividing the absorption spectrum of 4-aminoantipyrine in the range(10-70mg/l) by absorption spectrum of 50 mg/l of acidic product (as a divisor). the validation parameters of the obtained linear graphs are summarized in table (3). table (3): validation parameters for the linear graphs for the determination of 4aap and its acidic product using 0dd, 1dd and 2dd methods. validation parameters 0dd at peak 299.9nm 1dd at peak 290.7 nm 1dd at valley 310.nm 2dd at peak 286 nm 2dd at valley 301 nm 2dd at peak 316 nm linearity range (mg/l) 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 equation y=0.314x +1.338 y=0.014x +0.093 y=-0.014x -0.078 y=0.01x +0.06 y=-0.02x -0. 02 y=0.01x +0.05 r2 0.9980 0.9980 0.9970 0.9980 0.9970 0.9990 slope 0.314 0.014 -0.014 0.01 -0.02 0.01 intercept 1.338 0.093 -0.078 0.006 -0.02 0.05 lod 0.040 0.919 0.919 1.287 0.643 1.287 lqd 0.124 2.785 2.785 3.9 1.950 3.9 r2= coefficient of determination the relative error and recovery percentage were calculated and presented in table (4). the obtained values correspond to triplicate analysis of 4-amionantipyrine solution in the concentration range 25 -45 mg.l-1 using the ratio derivative method. the values of recovery percentage were found to be in the range between 99.64 and 100.11, indicating that the ratio derivative method is reliable and accurate. table (4): the relative error and recovery percentage for estimation of 4aap and its acidic product using 0dd, 1dd and 2dd methods parameters 0dd at 299.9 nm 1dd at 290.7 nm 1dd at 310 nm 2dd at 286 nm 2dd at 301 nm 2dd at 316 nm taken mg/l 25 25 25 25 25 25 found mg/l 24.92 24.96 24.93 24.96 24.91 24.93 e% -0.32 -0.16 -0.28 -0.16 -0.36 -0.28 rec% 99.68 99.84 99.72 99.84 99.64 99.73 taken mg/l 45 45 45 45 45 45 found mg/l 44.95 44.98 45.08 44.93 44.96 45.02 e% -0.11 -0.044 0.111 -0.155 -0.088 0.044 rec% 99.88 99.95 100.11 99.84 99.91 100.04 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 122 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 conclusion the proposed methods are simple and accurate making them easily for estimation of 4aminoantipyrine in presence its acidic product. the purposed methods require neither ph control nor temperature control and nor solvent extraction. so, the suggested spectrophotometric methods are appropriate for the estimation 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product in binary mixture. references [1] p. deshmukh; p. k.soni; a.kankoriya; a. k. halve and r. dixit, 4aminoantipyrine: a significant tool for the synthesis of biologically active schiff bases and metal complexes, int. j. pharm. sci. rev. res., 34, 162-170. 2015 [2] j.swaminathana; m.ramalingamb; v.sethuramana; n.sundaraganesanc and s.sebastianc, vibrational spectroscopic studies and dft calculations of 4aminoantipyrine, spectrochimica acta part a, 73, 593–600. 2009 [3]m. jasim; w. s. khayoon, and s. a. hasssan, batch and flow injection spectrophotometric methods for the determination of barbituric acid in aqueous samples via oxidative coupling with 4-aminoantipyrine, karbala international journal of modern science, 1,135-141. 2015 [4] j. m.hong; j. k. jun; h. y. kim; s. ahn and s.chang, colorimetric signaling of cu(ii) ions by oxidative coupling of anilines with 4-aminoantipyrine, tetrahedron letters, 56, 5393–5396. 2015 [5] h. y. kim; h. j. lee, reaction-based colorimetric signaling of cu2+ ions by oxidative coupling of phenols with 4-aminoantipyrine, talanta, 132, 625-629. 2015 [6] j. i. gowda; a. t. buddanavar and s. t. nandibewoor, fabrication of multiwalled carbon nanotube-surfactant modified sensor for the direct determination of toxic drug 4aminoantipyrine,journal of pharmaceutical analysis, 5, 231-238. 2015 [7] i. nukatsuka; s. nakamura; k. watanabe and k. ohzeki, determination of phenol in tap water and river water samples by solid-phase spectrophotometry, analytical sciences, 16, 269-273. 2000 [8] j. i. gowda and s. t. nandibewoor, electrochemical behavior of 4-aminophenazone drug at a graphite pencil electrode and its application in real samples ind. eng. chem. res, 51, 15936−15941. 2012 [9] e. zlotorzynska, capillary electrophoresis in the determination of pollutants, electrophoresis, 18(1997), 2453-2464. [10] d.puig ; i.silgoner ; m.grasserbauer and d. barcelo, part-per-trillion level determination of priority methyl-, nitro-, and chlorophenols in river water samples by automated on-line liquid/solid extraction followed by liquid chromatography/ mass spectrometry using atmospheric pressure chemical ionization and ion spray interfaces, anal. chem., 69(1997), 2756-2761. [11] k.h.al-saidi and r.a.hammza, spectrophotometric determination of promethazine hydrochloride and paracetamol in pharmaceutical tablets journal of alnahrain universityscience, 17, 14-23. 2014 [12] a. r. rote and p. d. bari, ratio spectra derivative and zero-crossing difference spectrophotometric determination of olmesartan medoxomil and hydrochlorothiazide in combined pharmaceutical dosage form, aaps pharm. sci. tech., 10, 1200-1205. 2009 [13] k. a.m. attia, m. w.i.nassar; m. b. el-zeiny and a. serag, different approaches in manipulating ratio spectra applied for the analysis of cefprozil in presence of its https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1859 chemistry | 123 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 alkaline-induced degradation product: a comparative study, spectrochimicaacta part a., 145, 289-294. 2015 [14] m. a. hegazy; a.m. yehia and a. a. mostafa, stability-indicating methods for the determination of mosapride citrate in the presence of its degradation products according to ich guidelines, drug test. analysis, 4, 104–15. 2012 [15] h. m. lotfy;s.s. saleh; n.y. hassan and s. m. elgizawy, a comparative study of the novel ratio difference method versus conventional spectrophotometric techniques for the analysis of binary mixture with overlapped spectra, american journal of analytical chemistry,3, 761-769. 2012 [16] h.m. lotfy; s.m. amer; h.e. zaazaa and n.s. mostafa, spectrophotometric methods for quantitative determination of binary mixture of naproxen sodium and domperidone maleate, austin j anal pharm chem., 2(2015), 1-8. [17] m.a. hegazy; a. m. yehia and a.a. mostafa, stability-indicating methods f or the determination of mosapride citrate in the presence of its degradation products according to ich guidelines, drug testing and analysis, 4, 104-115. 2012 [18] s. z. el khateeb ; s.a. abdel razek and m.m. amer, stability-indicating methods for the spectrophotometric determination of norfloxacin, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 17 ,829–840. 1998 [19] m. a. tantawya; n.a. el-ragehya;n.y. hassana and m. abdelkawy, stabilityindicating spectrophotometric methods for determination of the anticoagulant drug apixaban in the presence of its hydrolytic degradation product, spectrochemicaacta part a, 159, 13-20. 2016 2) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 009 قبل المفتوحة شبه المجموعاتبعض النتائج حول احمد إبراهیم ناصررشا ناصر مجید ، جامعة بغداد الهیثم ،أبن -كلیة التربیة سم الریاضیات،ق خالصةال x)اذا كان " عرفها بالشكل اذ ،إن أول من قدم تعریف المجموعة شبه قبل المفتوحة هو الریاضي اندرجفك ,  ) فضاء تبولوجي وa مجموعة جزئیة منx فأنa ان تسمى مجموعة شبه قبل المفتوحة اذا ك � ⊆ � ∘��� . " أعالهلقد قمنا في هذا البحث بدراسة خواص المجموعات شبه قبل المفتوحة ولكن لیس عن طریق التعریف تعریف ثاني مكافئ لتعریفها وكذلك درسنا العالقة بینها وبین أنواع أخرى من المجامیع طة ابواسانما .المفتوحة الضعیفة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 some results on semi-preopen sets r. n. majeed , a. i. nasir departme nt of mathematics,college of education – ibn alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the definition of semi-preopen sets were first introduced by "andrijevic" as were is defined by :let (x ,  ) be a top ological sp ace, and let a ⊆ �, then ais called semi-p reopen set if � ⊆ � ∘��� . in this p aper, we study the prop erties of semi-preopen sets but by another definition which is equivalent t o the first definition and we also st udy the relationships among it and (op en, α-op en, p reop en and semi-p -op en )sets. 1.preliminaries de finition 1.1 (1)(4): a subset a of a top ological sp ace (x ,  ) is called α – open set if and only if a �����°� °��ح ° the family of all α – op en sets is denoted by α . de finition 1.2 (1)(5) : a subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x ,  ) is called a p reopen set if a ح the complement of a preopen set is called preclosed set . the family of all preopen sets of x is denoted by po(x). the family of all preclosed sets of x is denoted by pc(x). the orem 1.3 (2) : the union of any family of p reop en sets is a p reop en set. de finition 1.4 (1) : the intersection of all p reclosed sets containing a is c alled the preclosure of a, denoted by p re-cl a. de finition 1.5 (1) : a subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x ,  ) is said to be semi-p-open set, if there exist s a p reop en set in x say u such that uح a ح p re-cl u. the complement of a semi-p-op en set is called semi-p -closed set. the family of all semi-p -op en sets of x is denoted by s-p(x). the family of all semip -closed sets of x is denoted by s-p c(x). proposi tion 1.6 (2): for any subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x,  ), p re-cl a ح a� and the converse is not true. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 2. semi– preopen sets de finition 2.1(6 ): a subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x ,  ) is said to be semi-preopen set , if and only if there exist s a p reop en set in x say u such that u ح a ح �� the complement of semi-p reopen set is called semip reclosed set . the family of all semi-p reopen sets of x is denoted by spo(x). the family of all semi-p reclosed sets of x is denoted by spc(x). de finition 2.2: let ( x ,  ) be a top ological sp ace and aح x, a is called semi-preneighborhood of a point x in x, if there exists semi-preopen set u in x such that xخ u ح a . the orem 2.3 : the union of any family of semip reopen sets is semipreop en set. proof : let { aα }; α خl be any family of semi-p reopen sets, we must p rove ⋃ ���∈� is semi-p reopen set. this means we must p rove there exists uخpo(x) such that u ⋃ ح �∈� . �� ح �� since for all αخl, aα is semip reopen , therefore there exists uα خpo(x) such that �� ح �� ح ���, and since ⋃ ���∈� is a preopen set (by theorem 1.3 ), therefore let u = ⋃ ���∈� ,then we get u ح ⋃ ���∈� ………… (1) now since �� ح ��� for all αخl, therefore ⋃ ���∈� ⋃ ح lخ���� for all αخl, implies ⋃ lخ� �� ⋃ ح ⋃ l, thusخl����������� for all αخ��� lخ� �� ⋃ = �� ح l����������� ….. (2) andخ��� from (1) and (2) we get, t here exists uخpo(x) such that u ح ⋃ �� �∈� ⋃ therefore ,�� ح �∈� �� is semi-p reopen set. ■ corollary 2.4 : the intersection of any family of semi-p reclosed sets is semi-p reclosed set . remark 2.5 : the intersection of two semi-p reopen sets need not to be semi-preopen set, as the following example shows: exam ple 1 : let x={1,2,3},  ={x,, {1,2}} po(x) =   {{1},{2},{1,3},{2,3}}, spo(x) = po(x) let a= {1,3} and b={2,3} are both semi-p reopen sets, but a  b={3} is not semi-p reopen set. remark 2.6 : the union of two semi-preclosed sets need not to be semi-preclosed set, as t he examp le 1, {1} and {2} are two semi-preclosed sets since x-{1}={2,3} and x-{2}={1,3} are two semi-p reopen sets, but {1}{2}={1,2} is not semi-p reclosed set since x-{1,2}={3} is not semi-p reopen set. de finition 2.7 : the union of all semi-p reopen sets contained in a is called the semi-preinterior of a, d enoted by s-p re-int a . de finition 2.8 : the intersection of all semi-p reclosed sets containin g a is called the semi-preclosure of a, denoted by s-p re-cl a . proposi tion 2.9: 1. if aح b, then s-p re-int a ح s-p re-int b. a . s-p ح re-int a 2. 3. s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b ح s-p re-int (a  b). 4. s-p re-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b. proof : the proof of (1) and (2) is direct by the definition of subsets and s-p re-int a . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 3. since aح a, therefore s-p re-int aح s-p re-int (a  b) (by p art 1), and since ح a, therefore s-p re-int ح s-p re-int (a  b) (by p art 1), imp lies s-p re-int a  s-p reint b ح s-p re-int (a  b). the converse is not true in gener al, as the following of examp le (1): let a={2}, ={3} and a={2,3}, then: s-p re-int{2}={2}, s-pre-int{3}=  and s-p re-int{2,3}={2,3}. ut s-p re-int (a  b) ={2,3} {2}= s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b. 4. a ح a, then this implies that s-pre-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int a (by p art 1), and a , then s-p ح re-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int  (by p art 1), therefore s-p re-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b. but s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b  s-p re-int (a  b), as the following examp le shows: exam ple 2 : let x={1,2,3,4}, ={x,,{1},{2},{1,2}} po(x) =   {{1,2,3},{1,2,4}} spo(x) = po(x)  {{1,3},{1,4},{1,3,4},{2,3},{2,4},{2,3,4}} let a ={2,3,4}, b ={1,3,4} and a  b= {3,4},then: s-p re-int {2,3,4}={2,3,4}, s-pre-int {1,3,4}= {1,3,4} and s-p re-int (a  b) =  .but s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b = {3,4}   = s-p re-int (a  b). proposi tion 2.10 : 1. if aح b, then s-p re-cl a ح s-p re-cl b. 2. a ح s-p re-cl a. 3. s-p re-cl  =  , s-p re-cl x = x. 4. s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b ح s-p re-cl (a  b). 5. s-p re-cl (a  b) ح s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b. proof : the proof of (1) and (2) is clear by the definition of subsets and s-p re-cl a . 3.  and x are semi-p reopen sets (by being op en set), thus s-pre-cl  =  and s-p re-cl x = x. 4. the proof is similarly to the p roof of p art (3) in p rop osition 2.9 . 5. the proof is similarly to the p roof of p art (4) in p rop osition 2.9 . but the converse of part (4) is not true to see this, let a={1},b={2} and a b={1,2} in the example 2, then: spc( x) ={x,,{,3,4},{1,3,4},{3,4},{4},{3},{2,4},{2,3},{2},{1,4},{1,3},{1}} s-p re-cl {1}={1}, s-pre-cl {2}={2}and s-p re-cl {1} s-p re-cl {2}={1,2 but s-p re-cl ({1}{2}) = x, which shows s-p re-cl (a  b)  s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b and also, the converse of part (5) is not true to see this, let a={1,2,3}, b={1,3,4} and a  b ={1,3} in the example 2, then: s pc( x) ={x,,{,3,4},{1,3,4},{3,4},{4},{3},{2,4},{2,3},{2},{1,4},{1,3},{1}} sp recl {1,2,3}=x, s-pre-cl {1,3,4}={1,3,4} and s-p re-cl {1,2,3} s-p re-cl{1,3,4}={1,3,4} but s-p re-cl ({1,2,3} {1,3,4}) ={1,3} which shows s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b  s-p re-cl (a  b). proposi tion 2.11 : a is semi-preclosed set, if and only if a= s-pre-cl a. proof: necessity , clear. sufficiency . the proof is direct (by corollary 2.4). corollary 2.12 : s-p re-cl (s-p re-cl a) = s-pre-cl a . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 now, we give the connection between semi-p reopen sets and some other kinds of weakly op en sets. 3. relationship among open, α-open, preopen, semi –popen and semi-preopen sets remark 3.1 (3) : 1. every op en set is a preop en set, but not conversely. 2. every closed set is a preclosed set, but not conversely. remark 3.2 : every p reop en set is semi-p reopen set. proof: since a is a preopen set and aح a, and since for any subset a of x, a ح a� , therefore there exist s a p reop en set a such that aح a ح a� . thus a is semi-p reop en set. but the converse need not t o be true in general, as t he following of examp le 2 x={1,2,3,4}, ={x,,{1},{2},{1,2}} po(x) =   {{1,2,3},{1,2,4}} spo(x) = po(x)  {{1,3},{1,4},{1,3,4},{2,3},{2,4},{2,3,4}} it is clear that {1,3} is semi-preop en set, but it is not a preop en set. from remark 3.1 and r emark 3.2 we obtain the following: remark 3.3 : every op en set is semi-p reop en set . but the converse may be false, as t he examp le 2 in remark 3.2 . remark 3.4 : every α-open set is semi-p reopen set. proof: since a is α-op en set, t herefore a ح �°����� ° , and since �° is op en set this imp lies �° is a preopen set (by remark 3.1). and �°ح a so �°ح a ح �°����� ° .����°� ح a ح°� hence , ���°� ح thus, a is semi-p reopen set. ■ the converse of remark 3.4 is not true, as t he following of example 2: x={1,2,3,4}, ={x,,{1},{2},{1,2}} α = po(x) =   {{1,2,3},{1,2,4}} spo(x) = po(x)  {{1,3},{1,4},{1,3,4},{2,3},{2,4},{2,3,4}}. remark 3.5 : every semi-p -op en set is semi-preop en set. proof: let a be any semi-p -op en set, this means there exists a p reopen set in x say u such that u ح a ح p re-cl u, and since pre-cl u ح �� (by p rop osition 1.6 ), therefore u ح a ح ��. thus a is semi-p reopen set. ■ ut the converse is not true, as t he following examp le show: exam ple 3 : let x= {1,2,3,4 }, ={, x, {1,2}, {3}, {1,2,3}}, �={ x, , {1,2,4},{3,4},{4}} (x) =   {{1},{2},{1,3},{2,3},{1,3,4},{2,3,4}} c(x) = �  {{2,3,4},{1,3,4},{2,4},{1,4},{2},{1}} s(x) = (x)  {{1,4},{2,4},{3,4},{1,2,4}} now {1,4}خ s(x), but  p{1,4} ح{1} re-cl {1}={1},thus {1,4} is not semi-p -op en set. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 re ferences 1. navalagi,g.b. (2000), "definition bank in general top ology ", internet. 2 . esmaeel, r.b. (2004) " on semi-p-op en sets", m .sc. thesis, university of baghd ad. 301, -4), 299-(356m ath. hungarica, 990), acta ganst er and ivan rrilly, (1 m aximum 3. internet. 4. olav njast ad, (1965), pacific journal of m athematics, 15:3 . 5. mshhour,a.s. abd el-m onsef m .e. and el-deeb, s.n. (1981). p roc.m ath. and p hy s.soc.egy pt 51. 6. dont chev, j. (1994 ), helsinki unv., j. p ure app l. m ath., 25(9). 7. navalagi, g.b. (2000). definition bank in general top ology , dep artment of m athematics , g.h.college, karan ataka,india @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 on solution of regular singular ordinary boundary value problem luma. n. m. tawfiq heba. w. rasheed dept. of mathematics /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 20 october 2011 , accepted in: 7 desember 2011 abstract this paper devoted to the analysis of regular singular boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations with a singularity of the different kind , we propose semi analytic technique using two point osculatory interpolation to construct polynomial solution, and discussion behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the regular singular points and its numerical approximation. many examples are presented to demonstrate the applicability and efficiency of the methods. finally , we discuss behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the singularity point which appears to perform satisfactorily for singular problems. kay ward : singular boundary value problems, ode, bvp. 249 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction in the study of nonlinear phenomena in physics, engineering and other sciences, many mathematical models lead to singular two-point boundary value problems (sbvp) associated with nonlinear second order ordinary differential equations (ode) . in mathematics, a singularity is in general a point at which a given mathematical object is not defined, or a point of an exceptional set where it fails to be well-behaved in some particular way, such as many problems in varied fields as thermodynamics, electrostatics, physics, and statistics give rise to ordinary differential equations of the form : y″ = f(t, y, y') , 0 < x < 1 , (1) on some interval of the real line with some boundary conditions. a two-point bvp associated to the second order differential equation (1) is singular if one of the following situations occurs : a and/or b are infinite; f is unbounded at some x0∈ [0,1] or f is unbounded at some particular value of y or y′ [1] . how to solve a linear ode of the form : a(x)y′′ + b(x)y′ + c(x)y = 0 , (2) the first thing we do is, rewrite the ode as : y′′ + p(x)y′ + q(x)y = 0 , (3) where, of course, p(x) = b(x) / a(x) , and q(x) = c(x) / a(x) . there are two types of a point x0 ∈ [0,1] : ordinary point and singular point. also, there are two types of singular point : regular and irregular points, a function y(x) is analytic at x0 if it has a power series expansion at x0 that converges to y(x) on an open interval containing x0 .a point x0 is an ordinary point of the ode (3), if the functions p(x) and q(x) are analytic at x0. otherwise x0 is a singular point of the ode, i.e. p(x) = p0 + p1(x-x0) + p2(x-x0)2+…….. = i i i xxp )( 0 0 −∑ ∞ = , (4) q(x) = q0 + q1(x-x0) + q2(x-x0)2+………. = i i i xxq )( 0 0 −∑ ∞ = , (5) if a , b and c are polynomials then a point x0 such that a(x0) ≠ 0 is an ordinary point. on the other hand if p(x) or q(x) are not analytic at x0 then x0 is said to be a singular. a singular point x0 of the ode (3) is a regular singular point of the ode if the functions xp(x) and x2q(x) are analytic at x0. otherwise x0 is an irregular singular point of the ode . [2] l.f. shampine in [3] give other definition, which illustrated by the following : if limx→x0 (x – x0)p(x) finite and limx→x0 (x – x0)2 q(x) finite , (6) that is, if both (x –x0)p(x) and (x –x0)2q(x) posses a taylor series at x0, then x0 is called a regular singular point, otherwise x0 is an irregular singular point . if a, b and c are polynomials and suppose a(x0) = 0, then x0 is a regular singular point if : limx → x0 (x x0)( b/ a) and limx → x0 (x x0)2(c/a) are finite , (7) now, we state the following theorem without proof which gives us a useful way of testing if a singular point is regular. theorem 1 [4] if the limx→0 p(x) and limx→0 q(x) exist, are finite, and are not 0 then x = 0 is a regular singular point. if both limits are 0, then x = 0 may be a regular singular point or an ordinary point. if either limit fails to exists or is ±∞ then x = 0 is an irregular singular point . there are four kinds of singularities : • the first kind is the singularity at one of the ends of the interval [0,1] ; 250 | mathematics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mathematics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/set_(mathematics) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/well-behaved @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 • the second kind is the singularity at both ends of the interval [0,1] • the third kind is the case of a singularity in the interior of the interval; • the forth and final kind is simply treating the case of a regular differential equation on an infinite interval. in this paper, we focus of the first three kinds . 2. solution of second order sbvp in this section we suggest semi analytic technique to solve second order sbvp as following, we consider the sbvp : xm y''+ f( x, y, y' ) = 0 , (8a) gi( y(0) , y(1) ,y'(0), y'(1) ) = 0 , i = 1 , 2 , (8b) where f , g1, g2 are in general nonlinear functions of their arguments . the simple idea behind the use of two-point polynomials is to replace y(x) in problem (8), or an alternative formulation of it, by a p2n+1 which enables any unknown boundary values or derivatives of y(x) to be computed . the first step therefore is to construct the p2n+1 , to do this we need the taylor coefficients of y (x) at x = 0 : y = a 0 + a 1 x + ∑ ∞ =2i a i x i , (9) where y(0)= a0 ,y'(0)= a1 ,y"(0) / 2! =a2 ,…, y(i)(0) / i! = ai , i= 3, 4,… then insert the series forms (9) into (8a) and equate coefficients of powers of x to obtain a2 . also we need taylor coefficient of y(x) about x = 1 : y = b 0 + b 1 (x-1) + ∑ ∞ =2i b i (x-1) i , (10) where y(1) = b0 , y'(1) =b1 , y"(1) / 2! =b2,…, y(i)(1) / i! =bi ,i = 3,4,… then insert the series form (10) into (8a) and equate coefficients of powers of (x-1) to obtain b2 ,then derive equation (8a) with respect to x and iterate the above process to obtain a3 and b3 , now iterate the above process many times to obtain a4 ,b4 ,then a5 ,b5 and so on, that is ,we can get ai and bi for all i ≥ 2( the resulting equations can be solved using matlab to obtain ai and bi for all i ≥ 2 ) , the notation implies that the coefficients depend only on the indicated unknowns a0, a1, b0, b1, we get two of these four unknown by the boundary condition .now, we can construct a p2n+1(x) from these coefficients ( aisۥ and bisۥ ) by the following : p2n+1 = ∑ = n i 0 { ai qi(x) + (-1)i bi qi(1-x) } , (11) where ( x j / j!)(1-x) 1+n ∑ − = jn s 0       + s sn xs = q j (x) / j! we see that (11) have only two unknowns from a0 ,b0 ,a1 and b1 to find this, we integrate equation (8a) on [0, x] to obtain : xmy'(x) – mxm-1y(x) + m(m–1) ∫ x 0 xm-2y(x) dx + ∫ x 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 , (12a) and again integrate equation (12a) on [0, x] to obtain : xmy(x) –2m ∫ x 0 xm-1y(x) dx +m(m-1)∫ x 0 (1-x)xm-2y(x)dx+∫ x 0 (1-x)f(x,y,y') = 0 , (12b) putting x = 1 in (12) then gives : b1 – mb0 + m(m-1) ∫ 1 0 xm-2 y(x) dx + ∫ 1 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 , (13a) and 251 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 b0–2m∫ 1 0 xm-1y(x)dx +m(m-1)∫ 1 0 (1-x)xm-2 y(x) dx + ∫ 1 0 (1-x)f(x, y, y')dx = 0 , (13b) use p2n+1 as a replacement of y(x) in ( 13 ) and substitute the boundary conditions (8b) in (13) then, we have only two unknown coefficients b1, b0 and two equations (13) so, we can find b1, b0 for any n by solving this system of algebraic equations using matlab, so insert b0 and b1 into (11) , thus (11) represents the solution of (8) . extensive computations have shown that this generally provides a more accurate polynomial representation for a given n . 3. examples in this section, many examples will be given to illustrate the efficiency, accuracy , implementation and utility of the suggested method. the bvp4c solver of matlab has been modified accordingly so that it can solve some class of sbvp as effectively as it previously solved nonsingular bvp. example 1 consider the following sbvp : x2 y"(x) – 9xy'(x) + 25y(x) = 0 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 with bc : y'(0) = 0 , y(1) = 1. the exact solution is : y(x) = x5 it is clear that x = 0, is regular singular point and it is singularity of first kind . now, we solve this example using semi analytic technique , from equations (11) we have : p9(x) = x5 for more details ,table(1) give the results for different nodes in the domain, for n = 4, i.e. p9 and errors obtained by comparing it with the exact solution. figure (1) gives the accuracy of the suggested method. example 2 consider the following sbvp: (1x2) y" + x y' + y = 0 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 with bc : y'(0) = 0 , y'(1) = y(1) . it is clear that x = 1, is regular singular point and it is singularity of first kind . now, we solve this example using semi-analytic technique ,from equation (11) we have : if n = 2 ,we have p5 as follows : p5 = 0.0109890110 x5 + 0.0627943485 x4 0.3296703297x3 0.9293563579x2 + x + 1.858712715855573. higher accuracy can be obtained by evaluating higher n, now take n = 3, i.e., p7 = 0.0017069701x7 +0.0098130167x6 0.0293029872 x5 +0.0766016098x4 0.3333333333 x3 0.9288921481 x2 + x + 1.8577842962 . now, increase n, to get higher accuracy , let n = 4, i.e. , p9 = -0.0003876355x9 +0.0025102583x8 -0.007761001x7 +0.0167512244x6 0.033114847889001 x5 + 0.077409158926178 x4 0.3333333333x3 – 0.9289099071x2 + x + 1.8578198142 . for more details ,table (2) gives the results of different nodes in the domain, for n = 2, 3, 4. also, figure (2) illustrate suggested method for n= 4. example3 consider the following sbvp: – x2 y"– 2xy' + 2y = – 4x2 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 with bc : y(0) = y(1) = 0 and exact solution is y = x2 – x it is clear that x = 0, is regular singular point and it is singularity of first kind . now, we solve this example using semi-analytic technique , from equation (11) we have : p9 = x2 – x . for more details ,table (3) give the results of different nodes in the domain, for n = 4. also, figure (3) illustrate suggested method for n= 4. 4. behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the singularity x= 0 252 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 our main concern in this section will be the study of the behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of singular point . consider the following sivp : y′′(x) + ((n − 1) / x ) y′(x) = f(y) , n ≥ 1 , 0 < x < 1 , (14) y(0) = y0 , limx→0+ x y′(x) = 0 , (15) where f(y) is continuous function . as the same manner in [6], let us look for a solution of this problem in the form : y(x) = y0 − c xk (1 + o(1)) , (16) y′(x) = − c k xk−1(1 + o(1)) , y′′(x) = − c k (k − 1) xk−2(1 + o(1)) , x → 0+ where c is a positive constant and k > 1. if we substitute (16) in (14) we obtain : c = (1/ k) (f(y0) /n )k−1 , (17) in order to improve representation (16) we perform the variable substitution : y(x) = y0 − c xk (1 + g(x)) , (18) we easily obtain the following result which is similar to the results in [6]. theorem 2 for each y0 > 0, problem (14), (15) has, in the neighborhood of x = 0, a unique solution that can be represented by : y(x, y0) = y0 − c xk (1 + g xk + o(xk) ) , where k, c and g are given by (17) and (18), respectively. we see that these results are in good agreement with the ones obtained by the method in [6], they are also consistent with the results presented in [7]. in order to estimate the convergence order of the suggested method at x = 0, we have carried out several experiments with different values of n and used the formula : cy0 = − log2 ( |y0n3 − y0n2| / |y0n2− y0n1 | ) , (19) where y0ni is the approximate value of y0 obtained with ni ,ni = 1,2, 3, 4,… references 1. robert ,l.b. and s. c. courtney , (1996) " differential equations a modeling perspective "united states of america ,. .2. rachůnková,i. ; staněk ,s. ,and tvrdý , m. (2008) " solvability of nonlinear singular problems for ordinary differential equations ",new york, usa, . 3. shampine ,l.; f. kierzenka, j.; and reichelt ,m. w. (2000)" solving boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations in matlab with bvp4c", 4. howell , k.b.(2009) " ordinary differential equations" , usa , spring 5. burden ,l. r. and faires , j. d. (2001). " numerical analysis " , seventh edition. 6. morgado l. and lima ,p. (2009) " numerical methods for a singular boundary value problem with application to a heat conduction model in the human head", proceedings of the international conference on computational and mathematical methods in science and engineering, cmmse . 7. abukhaled, m.; khuri,s.a. and sayfy , a. (2011) a numerical approach for solving a class of singular boundary value problems arising in physiology ", international journal of numerical analysis and modeling , 8, no.2,:353–363, 253 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (1): the result of the method for p9 of example 1 p9(x) 0 a0 5 b1 error | y(x) – p9| osculatory interpolation p9 exact solution y(x) 0 0 0 0 0 0.000010000000000 0.000010000000000 0.1 0 0.000320000000000 0.000320000000000 2 0 0 0.002430000000000 0.002430000000000 .3 0 0 0.010240000000000 0.010240000000000 .4 0 0 0.031250000000000 0.031250000000000 .5 0 0 0.077760000000000 0.077760000000000 .60 0 0.168070000000000 0.168070000000000 .70 0 0.327680000000000 0.327680000000000 .80 0 0.590490000000000 0.590490000000000 .90 0 1 1 1 table (2): the result of the method for n = 2, 3, 4 of example 2 p9 p7 p5 1.857819814228270 1.857784296228232 1.858712715855573 a0 1.650983731093794 1.650963483915429 1.65149136577708 b0 p9 p7 p5 xi 1.857819814228270 1.857784296228232 1.858712715855573 0 1.948204807591012 1.948169418187120 1.949095651491374 0.1 2.018110988145184 2.018075735440336 2.018998053375218 0.2 2.065775139074470 2.065740050052486 2.066651475667217 0.3 2.089560915079904 2.089526555233489 2.090411805337528 0.4 2.087939057875687 2.087906467474147 2.088746075353169 0.5 2.059472007087712 2.059442143114885 2.060219277864830 0.6 2.002801634885403 2.002774819034724 2.003481177393688 0.7 1.916639282152951 1.916615117147540 1.917253124018220 0.8 1.799757582816419 1.799735452392664 1.800314866561014 0.9 1.650983731088339 1.650963483906875 1.651491365775585 1 table( 3): the result of the method for n = 4 of example 3 p9 1 a1 1 b1 |9y-p| p9 y: exact 0 0.2100000000000000.210000000000000.30 0 .2400000000000000.2400000000000000.60 0 .0900000000000000.0900000000000000.90 254 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table( 4): comparison between suggested and other method given in [5]of example 3 errors |y(x) –p9| p9(x) using osculatory interpolation y2(x) using cubic spline y1(x) using piecewise linear algorithm exact solution y(x) xi 0 .2100000000000.2100000000000.21233333333300.210000000000.30 0 .2400000000000.2400000000000.2413333333330.24000000000000.6 0 .09000000000000.090000000000.0903333333330.09000000000000.9 fig.( 1):comparison between the exact and semi-analytic solution p9 of example1 fig.(2): illustrate suggested method for n= 4,i.e.,p9 of example 2 . fig. (3): illustrate suggested method for n= 4,i.e.,p9 of example 3 . 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 the solution at n=4 x y exact p9 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.65 1.7 1.75 1.8 1.85 1.9 1.95 2 2.05 2.1 the solution at n=4 x y p9 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 -0.25 -0.2 -0.15 -0.1 -0.05 0 the solution at n=4 x y exact p9 255 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 النظامیة الشاذة االعتیادیةمسائل القیم الحدودیة حول حل لمى ناجي محمد توفیق ھبة ولید رشید جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / الریاضیات علوم قسم 2011كانون الثاني 7قبل البحث في 2011الثاني تشرین 20استلم البحث في : الخالصة للمعادالت التفاضلیة االعتیادیة الھدف من ھذا البحث عرض دراسة تحلیلیة لمسائل القیم الحدودیة النظامیة الشاذة بوصفة النقطتین للحصول على الحل يالتقنیة شبھ التحلیلیة باستخدام االندراج التماسي ذأننا نقترح اذوبأنواع مختلفة وسھولة أداء الطریقة المقترحة و أخیرا ناقشنا سلوك الكافیة ،حدود، كذلك ناقشنا عدد من األمثلة لتوضیح الدقة ، متعددة و اقترحنا صیغة جدیدة مطورة لتخمین الخطأ تساعد في تقلیل .الحل في جوار النقاط الشاذة و إیجاد الحل التقریبي لھا لحسابات العملیة وإظھار النتائج بشكل مرضي فیما یخص المسائل الشاذة .ا عتیادیة ، مسائل القیم الحدودیة ه ، معادالت تفاضیلھ امسائل القیم الحدودیة الشاذ الكلمات المفتاحیة : 256 | mathematics fig. (3): illustrate suggested method for n= 4,i.e.,p9 of example 3 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 the effect of rifadin drug on lipids metabolism of rabbits r. f.abd al-lattif departme nt of biology, college of education ,ibn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract the aim of this st udy was intended to st udy the effect of rifadin drug on lip ids metabolism in the blood of the rabbits .eight rabbits were used in the exp eriment ,they were divided into two group s ,first group (control group ) was administ rated with 15mg/ml /day normal saline for 35 days ,while the second group (treated group )was administ rated with (15/mg /kg/day ) for 35 days of rifadin( cap sule 300mg/kg).this st udy examined the influences of rifadin drug on the concentration of cholesterol , triglycerides , hdl ,ldl and vldl in rabbits sera .the result showed that there were no significant increased (p >0.05) in cholesterol concentration in rifadin treated group comp ared with control group ,and there were no significant increase (p >0.05)in ldl and hdl concentration in rifadin treated group comp ared with control group ,where the result showed that there was a significant decrease (p <0.05)in triglycerides and vldl concentration in rifadin treated group comp ared with control group . it was concluded that t he rifadin drug has a negative effect p roduced dy sfunction on lip ids metabolism in blood. key words: rifadin drug, lip ids metabolism , lipids p rofiles . introduction cholest erol is a fatt y substance st eroid normally found in all body cells and p lasma ,the body uses cholesterol to help build cells and p roduce hormones, it travels through the blood att ached to a p rotein , this cholesterol –p rotein p ackage is called lip op rotein , 75% of the cholesterol is bound to low density p roteins (ldl the bad ) and 25% is bound to high density p roteins (hdl the good ) . triglycerides are a comp lex dietary lip ids comp osed of a glycerol and 3 fatt y acids ( made up of 50% fat and 50% sugar ) it is st ored mainly in the liver and it is an important source of energy , its transp orted by very low density p roteins (vldl) and hdl [1 ]the liver represents the main site of cholesterol and triglyceride metabolism [2], in the blood lip id are transp orted as a globular high molecular weight lip op rotein p articles , lip ids contents gradually undergo metabolism in various tissues including the liver and blood . cholest erol and hdl are p roduced in the liver and p lasma [3]. the lip id p rofiles include the test :total cholesterol , triglyceride , hdl , ldl and vldl [4] . rifadin is an imp ortant drug in the treatment of tuberculosis [ 5],[6] its an affective antibiotic against gram –p ositive bacteria inducing mycobacterium [7] ,rifadin inhibits dna –dep endent rna –p olymerase activity and protein sy nthesis in bacteria [8], it has a significant activity against neisseria m enoigitidis isolated [9] rifadin is an enzy me induce and enhance formation of reactive metabolism [10]and an oral dose of 600mg once or twice daily can eliminate the majority of meningococci from caries[5]. rifadin drug found to cause an increasing in the rate of t3 and t4 metabolism [11] anemia [12], thrombocy top enia and leucopenia [9] , reduced the level of glutathione [13] and the level of lip ids [14]. the aim of this st udy was intended to st udy the effect of rifadin drug on lip ids metabolism in the blood of the rabbits. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 material and method eight mature rabbits weighting a bout (1200─ 1700)gm were used in this exp eriment .animals were kept under slandered laboratory conditions and were given food and water ,animals were divided into two group s and were subjected to exp erimental schedule as follows :first group (control group ) was administ rated daily with (15gm/ml/day ) normal saline for 35 days and used as a control group , second group (treated group ) was administrated daily with (15gm/kg/day ) of rifadin cap sule (300gm/kg) from(m umbai , ajanta) .this schedule continued for consecutive for thirty five days .twenty four hours after the last treated ,p erip heral blood was collected from the rabbits and serum samp les were sep arated and were freezed until assay ed .plasma concentration of cholesterol ,triglyceride ,hdl,ldl and vldl were determined by using sp ectrop hotometer. re sult and discussion the result of st atist ics analysis showed no significant increase (p >0.05)in cholesterol concentration in treated group (61.0±4.6) mg/dl as comp ared with control group (59.0±3.0) mg/dl, also there was no significant increase (p .0.05)in hdl concentration in treated group (35.0±6.0) mg /dl as comp ared with control group (28.7±3.5) mg /dl ,see figures (1),(2) ,also was‘nt found any significant increase (p >0.05) in ldl concentration in treated group (7.66±4.9) mg /dl as comp ared with control group (3.5±0.5) mg/dl, see figure (3) .from the a above result one can conclude that rifadin drug caused an increase in the level of cholesterol , hdl and ldl and that is due to rifadin wt ich causes cholestasis ,cholestasis is a bile flow st agnations which may result from a failure in the secretary transp ort in the hep atocy te or in the ductular cells and that caused increase in the level of cholesterol (115) ,rifadin caused liver injury [12] ,[17] ,and toxicity to the liver [15] ,[8] liver represents the main site of the cholesterol and hdl sy nthesis and storage [2] . it was found from that there was a relationship between the level of cholesterol and the level of hdl and ldl, and that is because hdl and ldl represent a very imp ortant role in the transp ortation of cholesterol in blood to the tissues from the liver [4]. the result showed a significant decreased (p <0.05) in triglycerides in treated group (93.6±14.6) mg /dl as comp ared with control group (151.0±34.5) mg/dl .also it was found a significant decrease (p <0.05) in vldl concentration in treated group (`18.3±3.2) mg/dl as comp ared with the control group (25.0±2.0) mg/dl , see figures (4) ,(5) that result is because rifadin drug caused a decrease in the level of triglycerides [19], also from the above result it was found that there was a relationship between vldl is concentration and triglycerides concentration because vldl very rich with triglycerides and its level became in the same side of the triglycerides concentration that means when the level of triglycerides is decreased the level of vldl decreased also in the blood [4],the p lasma of triglycerides represent a biomarker for hepatot oxicity [19] because the liver represents the main site of the sy nthesis and storage of triglycerides [2] ,all that change in lip id p rofiles is due to the effect of rifadin drug in the liver [16] . it was concluded that rifadin drug decreases the concentration of triglycerides and vldl, and increases the concentration of cholest erol , ldl and hdl in the blood, that means rifadin drug dy sfunction the lip ids metabolism in the blood . re ferences 1. cardett, pat.(2007).wellness lab rep orts & rx .dr of wellness com . 2. schroeder ,s.b.(2005). chemical inhibition of the thy roid gland and its effects on e.coli o157-h7 fecal shedding p alierns in sheep .a t hesis submitt ed to t exas university . 3. kumana ,c. r. ;lam,k.s. and janus, e.d.(1996) .j hk coll cardiol 4. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 4. abd almahdi ,r .(2003). the effect of sub clinical hy p othy roidism on lip id profile and lip id per oxidation factors .a t hesis submitt ed to college of science .university of baghdad. 5. m anosuthi ,w .(2008) .bm c infections disease .8(136): 1-7. 6. koju ,d.; rao, b.,s.; shrestha,b. ;rajani ,sha and m akaj,r. .(2005) . journal of scince 1(1):1-5. 7. chen,j. and ray mond,k .(2006). m akaj.journal of scince 5(3) : 14 8. gz aanko, l.(2003).m id 30 :anti fungal &anti tuberculosis agents .//health sciences. columbia .edu./dept/ps/2007/mid/2006/m id30.p df 9. m ,n,^h.,roh,hu.(1999).cener for drug evaluation and research. benvenue laboraties.inc 10. razdan ,r. and amar ,deo,m .,j.(2008) . pharmacognosy m agazine .4( 15) : 09751296. 11. ormrod , p .(1998).chemotherap y and management of tuberculosis in the united kingdom: recommend dation 1998.thorax ,53 :537-548. 12. m ahmood,k .(2007).hep atot oxicity with anti tuberculosis drugs :the risk factors .park j m ed sci ,23(1) :1 -7. 13. nigama ,p. and m ukhija, r.d.(1982).heap ortective role of indigenous drug liv-52 in tepromatous leprosy .hansen logia in denationalize ,brazil ,7(1) :36. 14.kumer,r. j.; rajesh r. and m eena, b.d.(2008) .ant i hepatot oxic effect of p icrorhiza on mitoc hondriald defuse sy st em in anti tuberculosis (isonazid and rifampicin )induced hepatitis in rats .journal of m edicinal plants research ,2(1) :017 -019. 15. rodriuez ,a.e.(2003).annals of hematology .2(4):150158. 16. peradhx ,s.c.and cirish ,c.(2006) .indian j m ed res .124: 491-504. 17. m inihin ,p.y. and gandhi ,t.r .(2008).pharmacognosy review . 2 ( 3):1-4. 18. pari, l. and kumar ,w.a. (2002).journal of m edicinal food .5( 3): 171-177. 19. provost , j.p.; hanton ,g. and lie net,j. (2003) .comp arative clinical p athology . 12( 2): 95-101. table (1):-effect of rifadin drug(15mg/kg/day) on choleste rol, triglycerides, hdl, ldl and vldl in te sti ng and control groups. vldl mg/dl ldl mg/dl hdl mg/dl triglycerides mg/dl cholest erol mg/dl group s 18.3±3.2 7.66±4.9 35.0±6.0 93.6±14.5 61.0±4.6 treated with rifadin (15mg/kg/day 25.0±2.0 3.5±0.5 28.7±3.5 151.0±34.5 59.0±3.0 control ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 59 61 58 58.5 59 59.5 60 60.5 61 cholester ol concentr ation mg/dl c t control and treated groups fig.(1): effect of rifadin(15/mg/kg/day) on chol esterol concentratio in treated and control groups. 7.66 3.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ldl concentr a ti on m g/dl t c contr ol and tre ated grou ps fig. (2): effect of rifadin(15mg/kg/day) on ld l concentration in treated and control groups. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 28.7 35 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 hdl concentrati on mg/dl c t control and treated groups fig.(3): effect of rifadin(15mg/kg/day) on hdl concentration in treated and control groups 25 18.3 0 5 10 15 20 25 vldl concentrati on mg/dl c t control and treated groups fig. (4): effect of rifadin(15mg/kg/day) on vld l concentration in treated and control groups ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 151 93.6 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 triglycride concentrati on mg/dl c t control and treated groups fig. (5): effect of rifadin(15mg/kg/day) on triglycerides concentration in treated and control groups 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ایض الدهون في االرانب في تاثیرعقارالریفادین فائق عبد اللطیف أرش جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ، قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة ذة ثمانیـة ارانـب فـي هـ تاسـتخداماذ ،ایض الدهون في االرانـبفي هدفت الدراسة الحالیة دراسة تاثیر عقار الریفادین محلــوال ) یـوم/مــل /ملغـم 15( وتــم تجریعهـا ب) مجموعــة السـیطرة (مجمــوعتین المجموعـة االولـى علـى الدراسـة ثـم قســمت تم معاملتهـا بعقارالریفـادین فـ) المجموعـة المعاملـة (امـا المجموعـة الثانیـة , "ایومـ 35مـدة normal saline فسیولوجیا ملحیا تركیـز فـي شـملت الدراسـة تاثیرعقـار الریفـادین . "ایومـ 35مـدة ) یـوم/كغـم /ملغـم 15(وبجرعة ) كغم /ملغم 300كبسول ( pواظهـرت النتـائج عـدم حصـول زیـادة معنویـة، vldl وhdl , ، ldlالـدهون الثالثیـة ,الكولیسـترول فــي ) (0.05< ففـي حـین ،دین مقارنـة مـع مجموعـة السـیطرةفي المجموعة المعاملة بالریفـاhdl وال ldlتركیز كل من الكولیسترول وال p) اظهرت النتائج و جـود نقصـان معنـوي فـي المجموعـة المعاملـة vldl فـي تركیـز كـل مـن الـدهون الثالثیـة وال (0.05> ــــــیطرة ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــع مجموعةالسـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــة مــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــادین مقارنـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ . بالریفـــ .یتضح من هذه الدراسة ان لعقار الریفادین تاثیرا سلبیا یودي الى حدوث اختالل ایض الدهون في الدم @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الفاري الثدي غدة سرطان خالیا في خط النباتیة المستخلصات بعض تاثیر تقییم amn3. النعیمي عدنان حنان / جامعة بغداد) الھیثم ابن( للعلوم الصرفة التربیة كلیةقسم علوم الحیاة / الثویني نعمھ امنھ العلیا للدراسات االحیائیة التقنیات و الوراثیة الھندسة معھد 2013أیار 5، قبل البحث في: 2013كانون الثاني 28استلم البحث في: الخالصة و 62.5مختلفـة بتراكـیز الـكركــم و الجـزر و الباذنجـــان لنباتـات النباتیــة للمستخلصات السمـي التاثیـر درس بطریقة حضرت المستخلصات اذ. الفاري الثدي لغدة السرطاني الخالیا خط في ملیلتر / مایكروغرام 500و 250و 125 ھیدروجیني رقم ذو المستخلصات ان الكیمیائیة ووجد مكوناتھا عن الكشف تم و ، الكحولي و الحار المائي االستخالص للمستخلصات واضحة السمیة كانت و ساعة) 72 و 48و 24( مدد زمنیة بثالث وعرضت المستخلصات. حامضي 500 بتركیز السرطانیة للخالیا سمیة فعالیة افضل الكحولي الكركم لمستخلص كان و الجرعة و الوقت على اعتمادا النباتیة 93.20 بنسب و المائي والكركم الكحولي و المائي الباذنجان مستخلص یلیھ ، و% 94.61 بنسبة و مللتر \ مایكروغرام 50.56، و% 54.39 بنسبة و الكحولي و المائي الجزر مستخلص واخیرا التوالي على% 92.49 ،و% 92.63،و % . التوالي على% .الجزر، الكركم، الباذنجان، المستخلص، السرطان: المفتاحیة الكلمات 50 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة أودعھ�ا الت�ي األلھی�ة ال�نعم آالف ضمن وتعالى سبحانھ هللا أعدھا التي الطبیعیة الصیدلة استعمال القدم منذ اإلنسان بدأ اإلنس�ان ربط وقد، [1]) 34( اآلیة إبراھیم سورة) تحصوھا ال هللا نعمت تعدوا وان( تعالى قال، العالجي المخزن ھذا في أج�زاء أو األعش�اب ھ�ذه فاس�تعمل بھ�ا یص�اب الت�ي األم�راض و األرض وج�ھ تغط�ي التي البریة النباتات بین العالقة األول المس�ببات م�ن الكثی�ر ع�الج ف�ي الطبی�ة النبات�ات اس�تعمال ف�ي كبی�رة رغب�ة األخی�رة اآلون�ة ف�ي وظھ�رت، الع�الج ف�ي منھا وأن ،[2] الفعال��ة الم�واد م�ن الكثی��ر عل�ى واحتوائھ�ا ت��داولھا وس�ھولة الجانبی�ة الت��أثیرات م�ن معظمھ�ا لخل��و وذل�ك المرض�یة باس��تعمالھا وذل��ك األم��راض م��ن العدی��د ع��الج ف��ي طبی��ة أھمی�ة ذا جعلھ��ا الكیمیائی��ة المركب��ات م��ن ع��دد عل��ى النب��ات احت�واء الموج�ودة الفعال�ة المركب�ات باس�تعمال مباش�رة غی�ر بصورة أو وكمادات ومساحیق وعصائر محالیل بھیئة مباشرة بصورة الطبی�ة استعمال النباتات الى الحدیثة والبحوث الدراسات ھدفت كذلك، والعالجیة الطبیة األغراض في نقي بشكل النبات في لالس��تعماالت نتیج��ة ض��دھا مقاوم��ة الجرثومی��ة الس��الالت بع��ض اب��دت الت��ي تل��ك الس��یما الحیوی��ة لمض��ادات احتیاطی��ا ب��دیال .[3] المضادات لھذه وغیرمدروسة العشوائیة النبات�ات ھ�ذه م�ن الكاملة لالستفادة الصحیحة الطرائق العتماد نتیجة العالم في واسعا انتشارا الطبیة النباتات بحوث انتشرت نب�ات ، مث�ل الطبی�ة والنبات�ات البری�ة االعش�اب تن�اول بوس�اطة االمراض من و عولجت العدید الحدیثة، االدویة صناعة في و للب�ول م�در و الطبیعی�ة للمناع�ة مق�و و الس�كر م�رض ع�الج و الكل�ى التھاب�ات و المع�دة قرح�ة یستعمل لعالج الذي الجزر انس�داد من الجسم تحمي و المفاصل التھابات لعالج تستعمل الكركم ورایزومات ، المعویة االلتھابات و الكبد امراض عالج الحتوائھ الجسم خارج طردھا و الجراثیم قتل في یساھم الذي الباذنجان ونبات، الدم في الكولسترول نسبة خفض و الشرایین م�واد عل�ى تحت�وي النبات�ات ھذه ان ذلك عن فضال منھ الوقایة و الشرایین تصلب عالج في یستعمل و الغذائیة االلیاف على في النباتات ھذه تاثیر معرفة البحث ھذا في أرتاینا لذا.[5,4] السرطانیة لالورام عالجیة قدرة لھا التي التي لالكسدة مضادة . الطبیة المجاالت في منھا االستفادة و السرطانیة نمو الخالیا methodology العمل طرائق النباتیة العینات جمع curcuma( الكركم ورایزومات )daucus carota(والجزر) solanum melongen( الباذنجان نبات ثمرة استعملت longa(الموسوي علي الدكتور االستاذ من الدراسة قید النباتات فحصت ، بغداد في المحلیة االسواق من شراؤھا تم التي كھربائي خالط بوساطة انفراد على كال النباتات وقطعت بغداد جامعة/العلوم كلیة-الحیاة علوم قسم في المعشب مسؤول .االستعمال لحین الثالجة في وحفظت ، واالس�تخالص [6]طریق�ة حسب الحار المائي االستخالص بطریقتین النباتات استخلصت : النباتیة المستخلصات تحضیر soxhlet) السوكس��لیت جھ��از باس��تخدام النبات��ات الس��تخالص% 75 بتركی��ز االیث��انول كح��ول باس��تعمال الح��ار الكح��ولي apparatus) [7] طریقة حسب. -و كما یأتي: [2]تم الكشف تبعاً لما جاء عن -: * تحضیر الكشوفات الكیمیائیة للمستخلصات الخام -: (glycosides)الكشف عن الكالیكوسیدات -1 10 مدة مغلي مائي حمام في ترك ثم النبات لمسحوق المائي المستخلص و فھلنك كاشف من متساویین جزأین مزج • . احمر راسب بظھورالكالیكوسیدات وجود خالل من الفحص إیجابیة على واستدل دقائق الراسب ظھور یشیر ، اذ بندكت كاشف من لترمل 5 إلى المائي المستخلص من لترمل 1 أضیف النتیجة ھذه من للتثبیت • . لكالیكوسیدات ا وجود الى االحمر رشح مقطر ماء لترمل 50 في النباتي المسحوق من ماتراغ 10 غلیت -:( tannins)التانینات عن الكشف -2 على لالستدالل الرصاص خالت% 1 أضیف ثم لیبرد، الراشح وترك) ederol no.2 ( الترشیح ورقة باستخدام المحلول . القوام ھالمي راسب بظھور اتنالتانی وجود رشح مقطر ماء لترمل 50 في النباتي المسحوق من ماتراغ 10 غلیت -: (phenols)الكشف عن الفینوالت -3 ظھور یدل اذ الحدیدیك كلورید%1 أضیف ثم لیبرد، الراشح وترك) ederol no.2 ( الترشیح ورقة باستخدام المحلول . الفینوالت وجود على المزرق األخضر اللون -:saponins)( الصابونینات عن الكشف -4 : بطریقتین الكشف تم aتبقى كثیفة رغوة بظھور الصابونینات وجود على واستدل اختبار أنبوبة في بشدة النباتات لمسحوق المائي المحلول رج طویلة.مدة b شیری ، اذ الزئبقیك كلورید محلول من لترمل) 3 1( إلى النباتات لمسحوق المائي المستخلص منمللتر 5اضیف .الفحص إیجابیة إلى االبیض الراسب ظھور -: (resins) الراتنجات عن الكشف -5 51 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 یغل�ي مائي حمام في ترك ان وبعد النباتي المسحوق من مراغ 5 إلى% 95 بتركیز االثیلي الكحول من لترمل 50 اضیف و الھیدروكلوریك بحامض مستحمض مقطر ماء لترمل 10 للراشح اضیف ثم (ederol no.2 ) بورقة رشح دقیقتین مدة .عكارة ھورظب الراتنجیة المواد وجود على یستدل -:(alkaloids) القلویدات عن الكشف -6 ث�م الھی�دروكلوریك ح�امض م�ن% 4 ب مس�تحمض مقط�ر م�اء لت�رمل 50 م�ع النب�اتي المس�حوق م�ن غرام 10 غلي س���اعة زجاج���ة ف���ي الراش���ح م���ن لت���رمل 0.5 واختب���ر تبری���ده بع���د (ederol no.2) ترش���یح بورق���ة المحل���ول رش���ح ( watch glass) كال على انفراد االتیة الكواشف من كل مع : : ظھور راسب بني یشیر إلى وجود القلویدات .نركاشف واك كاشف مایر: ظھور راسب ابیض یشیر إلى وجود القلویدات. حامض البكریك: ظھور راسب اصفر یشیر الى وجود القلویدات. یدات. كاشف دراكندروف: ظھور راسب برتقالي یشیر الى وجود القلو -: (coumarins) الكومارینات عن الكشف -7 مرطب�ة ترش�یح بورق�ة األنبوب�ة فوھ�ة غطی�ت، اختب�ار أنبوب�ة ف�ي الكح�ول ف�ي النب�اتي المس�تخلص من قلیلة كمیة اذیبت لالشعة الورقة عرضت ثم ، دقائق بضع مغلي مائي حمام في ووضعت المخفف (naoh ) الصودیوم ھیدروكسید بمحلول عل�ى دالل�ة ب�راق مخضر – اصفر لون ظھور ان اذ ، مترنانو 336 موجي بطول ( u.v ) جھاز باستخدام البنفسجیة فوق .ینرالكوما وجود -: (flavones)فونات الفال عن الكشف -8 رشح ثم% 95 بتركیز االثیلي الكحول من لترمل 5 في النباتي المسحوق من مراغ 10 بإذابة) a(المحلول حضر . (ederol no.2 ) ترشیح بورقة المحلول یدل المحلولین كال من متساویة كمیات مزج وعند%50 بتركیز االثیلي الكحول من لترمل 10 بإضافة) b( المحلول حضر .الفالفونات وجود على األصفر اللون ظھور السرطانیة الخالیا خط تھیأة السرطان لبحوث العراقي المركز من 156 التمریره عند amn3 الفأري الثدي غدة سرطان خالیا خط تسلم وعاء تفریغ تم: اآلتیة النسیجي الزرع خطوات اجریت و معقمة ظروف تحت المستنصریة الجامعة/ الطبیة والوراثة – التربسین محلول من قلیلة كمیة اضیفت و ، القدیم الزرعي الوسط من السرطانیة الخالیا على الحاوي النسجي الزرع . القدیم الزرعي الوسط من ◌ً تماما التخلص ألجل محتویاتھ ترمى الوعاء تقلیب وبعد مللتر) 3-2( فرسین الحاضنة في ووضع جیدا الـوعاء أغلق ثم الـوعاء إلى فرسین – التربسین محلول من مللتر) 5-3( إضافة تمت بعدھا وبعد، منفردة خالیا إلى الخالیا تحلیل على فرسین – التربسینلعمل فرصة إعطاء ألجل دقائق 5-2 مدة º م 37 بدرجة . منفردة خالیا إلى الخالیا تفكیك تسھیل ألجل وذلك الـوعاء على خفیفة ضربات تعمل الحاضنة من الـوعاء إخراج مع مللتر 20 وبمقدار الـوعاء إلى العجل البقري مصل من% 10 نسبة على الحاوي الزرعي الوسط أضیف ذلك وبعد إلى الـوعاء محتویات سكبت ،بعدھا الـوعاء في الموجودة الخالیا من كمیة اكبر إزالة ألجل بسیطة دورانیة حركة إحداث حفرة كل حفرة 96 على والحاویة microtiter plate المعقمة الخاصة النسجي الزرع جھزت أطباق و ، معقم بیكر طریق عن الوسط الزرعي في الخالیا توزیع مجانسة عملیة اجریت الزرع بعملیة البدء قبل ، مایكرولیتر 300 تستوعب والكثرمن micropipette الدقیقة الماصة بوساطة البیكر في السرطانیة الخالیا على الحاوي الزرعي للوسط ودفع سحب وذلك الزرع عملیة بدأت ثم الخاص النسجي الزرع طبق في الحفر من حفرة كل زراعة عند العملیة ھذه وأعیدت مرة عملیة من االنتھاء وبعد النسجي الزرع طبق حفر من حفرة في ووضعھا البیكر محتویات من مایكرولتر 200 كمیة بسحب ثم التلوث حدوث عدم لضمان محكمة وبصورة معقم الصق ورق بوساطة الزرعي الطبق في الحفر غطیت الزرع الحفر قاع في الخالیا التصقت حتى ساعة 18-12 مدة º م 37 حرارة بدرجة الحاضنة في النسجي الزرع أطباق وضعت [8] . والكحولیة المائیة بالمستخلصات السرطانیة الخالیا معاملة ت�م المعامل�ة ألج�ل حف�رة 96 ذات الخاص�ة النس�جي ال�زرع أطب�اق ف�ي المزروع�ة الس�رطانیة الخالیا حضرت بعد أن 125 و 62.5( تخ�افیف اربع�ة حض�رت و [3] م�ن دراستھا تمت التي بالتراكیز االستعانة وتم المستخلص تخافیف تحضیر الخ�الي الزرع�ي بالوس�ط المس�تخلص خالص�ة تخفی�ف طری�ق ع�ن التراكیز حضرت و ملیلتر/مایكروغرام) 500و 250 و . ألبقري العجل مصل من وفحصت الحفر في المزروعة السرطانیة الخالیا على الحاوي الزرعي الطبق استخرج التخافیف حضرت أن بعد رفع معقمة ظروف وفي للمعاملة جاھزة الخالیا ھذه إن للتأكد المقلوب الضوئي المجھر باستخدام وعددھا الخالیا حیویة من كل من مللتر 0.1 حفرة كل في أضیف ثم القدیم الزرعي الوسط أھمل وبعدھا الزرعي الطبق سطح من الالصق . تركیز لكل مكررات ثالث وبمعدل) مللتر/مایكروغرام500و 250و 125و 62.5( المحضرة التراكیز 52 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ) peg-400% ( 30 على والحاوي فقط المذیب على تركیز ولكل التخافیف لتحضیر السابقة الخطوات إعادة وتمت سیطرة(تركیز لكل یكون تركیز،إذ لكل مكررات ثالث وبمعدل البقري العجل مصل من الخالي الزرعي بالوسط المخففة تعد التي البقري العجل مصل من الخالي الزرعي الوسط على فقط محتویة أخرى حفر زراعة مع، لھ خاصة) موجبة والمذیب العالجیة بالمادة الزرعي الطبق معاملة من االنتھاء وبعد) السیطرة( ألجل أطباق ثالثة وحضرت م 37 بدرجة الحاضنة إلى ادخل ثم معقم الصق بورق الزرعي للطبق الخارجي السطح غلف زرعي طبق لكل المقررة الحضن مدة انتھاء وبعد ، ساعة) 72و 48 و24( تراوحت حضن مدد على العالج عمل فحص صبغة من مایكرولتر 100 حفرة لكل وأضیف الحفر في الموجود الزرعي الوسط نبذ ثم الحاضنة من األطباق اخرجت، crystal violet stain الخالیا بینما الصبغة الحیة الخالیا ستأخذ( دقیقة 15 مدة الحاضنة إلى الزرعي الطبق ارجع ثم تركت بعدھا المقطر، الماء بوساطة الحفر غسلت وبعدھا الحاضنة من الزرعي الطبق اخرج ثم) الصبغة تأخذ ال المیتة nm 492 موجي طول وعلى elisa reader الـ جھاز باستخدام النتیجة قرأت ، دقیقة 15 لمدة لتجف الزرعیة األطباق التثبیطي التأثیر قیم تحویل تم وقد[10,9] طریقة وحسب السرطانیة الخالیا في للعالج التثبیطي التأثیر معرفة ألجل cell( الخالیا حیویة تمثل مئویة نسبة إلى amn3 السرطاني الخلوي الخط في الكحولیة و المائیة للمستخلصات viability (الخالیا حیویة آالتیة المعادلة وحسب ) =السیطرة قراءة/ تركیز لكل المعاملة قراءة (x 100 [11]. والمناقشة النتائج على% 25.6 ،% 3.8 ،% 8.5 الجافة اوزانھا الى والكركم والجزر الباذنجان لنبات المائي المستخلص وزن نسبة بلغت احتواء لوحظ وقد. التوالي على% 13.3 ،% 7.4،% 7.1 الكحولیة المستخلصات اوزان نسب كانت بینما. التوالي ، و الكالیكوسیدات ،و القلویدات ،و الفالفونات ،و ،والتانینات الراتنجات ،و الفینوالت مثل فعالة مركبات على النباتات ).1( الجدول في موضح كما الصابونینات خالی��ا خ��ط نم��و ف��ي والك��ركم والج��زر الباذنج��ان لنبات��ات والكحولی��ة المائی��ة المستخلص��ات ت��أثیر أختب��ار الطبیعیة الخالیا وخط amn3 الفأري اللبني الغدة سرطان والجزر الباذنجان لنبات والكحولي المائي للمستخلص cytotoxic effect السمي التأثیر اختبار التجربة ھذه في تم الدراس�یة األنظم�ة ف�ي الس�مي الت�أثیر اختب�ار یس�تخدم اذ amn3 الف�أري الث�دي غ�دة س�رطان خالی�ا خط نمو على والكركم تش�خیص ع�ن فض�الً المس�تخلص ف�ي الكامن�ة الفعال�ة المركب�ات تش�خیص بش�أن واض�حة نتائج معرفة ألجل السرطان لعالج الخلوي الغشاء تكاملیة في التغییر تحدث ربما التي المركبات لتلك السمیة الفعالیة معرفة یمكن خاللھا من و ومعرفتھا االلیة وھ�و ال�دوائي للفع�ل النھائی�ة النتیج�ة وتق�اس مباشراً موتاً الخلیة موت إلى تؤدي التي للخلیة االیضیة الفعالیة مسار تحویر أو [12] المستھدفة الخلیة وتشخیص للسرطان المضاده الفعالیة عن تكشف أنھا عن فضالً موتھا أو الخلیة شفاء موت خالل من السرطانیة الخالیا خطوط في النباتیة المستخلصات الستخدام واضحا تاثیرا ھناك ان الدراسة نتائج بینت مضادة فعالیة افضل للكركم الكحولي المستخلص سجل ، اذ0.706 البالغة السیطرة بخالیا مقارنة المعاملة الخالیا ھذه المستخلص اخیرا ، و للكركم المائي المستخلص الكحولي، ثم و المائي الباذنجان مستخلص یلیھ ، و السرطانیة للخالیا ) .2( الجدول في موضح كما ملیلتر \ ملغم 500 بتركیز و التوالي على للجزر الكحولي و المائي لمستخلص المیتة للخالیا المئویة النسبة وصلت فقد التركیز على اعتمادا مستخلص لكل المیتة للخالیا المئویة النسبة اختلفت الكحولي المستخلص كان بینما% 100 السیطرة بخالیا مقارنة 500 التركیز عند% 92.49 نسبة اعلى المائي الكركم من نسبة اقل وكانت نفسھ التركیز عند% 94.61 الى المیتة للخالیا المئویة النسبة وصلت اذ تاثیرا، اكثر للنبات نفسھ المائي الباذنجان الى مستخلص بالنسبة اما .والكحولي المائي للمستخلصین 62.5 التركیز عند النبات لھذا المیتة الخالیا عند االتوالي على% 92.63و% 93.20 الى وصلت المیتة للخالیا المئویة النسبة و متقارب التاثیر كان فقد والكحولي التركیز في للباذنجان المائي المستخلص ان النتائج بینت وقد، التركیز انخفاض مع المستخلص تاثیر وقل 500 التركیز خلصمست ،اما التوالي على% 89.99 و% 93.20 الى المیتة للخالیا المئویة النسبة وصلت عالیا،اذ كان 250 و 500 عند بكثیر واقل 500 التركیز عند% 54.39 المیتة للخالیا فیھ نسبة اعلى كانت اذ واطئ ، تاثیر ذا فكان المائي الجزر النسب كانت الكحولي الى المستخلص بالنسبة كذلك% 11.18 الى المیتة للخالیا المئویة النسبة وصلت اذ ، 250 التركیز ).1( الشكل و) 3( الجدول في كما مختلفة الف�أري الث�دي غ�دة س�رطان خالی�ا خ�ط والجزرف�ي والباذنج�ان الك�ركم لنب�ات والكح�ولي الم�ائي المس�تخلص ت�اثیر نتائج ان amn3 والكالیكوس�یدات الفالفون�ات مث�ل مركب�ات م�ن ماتحوی�ھ فعالی�ة یؤكد السیطرة بخالیا مقارنة فیھ الخالیا قتل ونسبة الطبیعی�ة الكیمیائی�ة المركب�ات ھ�ذه الن المب�رمج الموت على السرطانیة الخالیا تحث التي المركبات من وغیرھا والقلویدات م�ع متداخل�ة أیض�یة تف�اعالت ح�دوث خ�الل م�ن الوراثی�ة بالم�ادة الض�رر م�ن الح�اق أوالمس�رطنة المطف�رة المواد بمنع تقوم تنظ�یم عل�ى المس�یطرة والبروتین�ات العوامل ي أحدف بتأثیرھا أو ، مباشرا مثبطا تعمل وبذلك الجسم داخل المواد تلك مسار . [13] الحیة الخلیة في األصالح أنظمة تنشیط في تأثیرھا عن فضال ، الخلیة دورة عل�ى یحت�وي ،اذ carotene الكاروتین�ات مث�ل النباتی�ة الص�بغات وبع�ض a فیتامین من مرتفعة نسبة على الجزر یحتوي الج�ذور تحدث�ھ ال�ذي الض�ار الت�اثیر م�ن الخالی�ا حمایة و للتاكسد مضادات تعمل التي كاروتین الفا ، و كاروتین البیتا نوعین 53 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 والزانثوفی���ل lycopen والالیك���وبین retinoids والریتینوی���د الس���رطان ح���دوث احتم���ال یمن���ع م���ن ث���م و الح���رة xanthophylls ، عل��ى القابلی��ة لھ��ا أن كم��ا ، الس��رطانیة األورام م��ن والوقای��ة ، الطف��رات م��ن الحمای��ة ف��ي مھ��م دور ولھ��ا natural killerالطبیعی�ة القاتلة الخالیا تكوین زیادة وعلى ،c السایتوكروم تحریر على لقدرتھا المناعیة االستجابة تحفیز cells [15,14] . phip لم�ادة مثبط�اً ت�اثیراً curcuma longa الك�ركم نب�ات رایزوم من المعزولة curcumin لمادة أن [16] دراسة اثبتت ذل�ك و الث�دي س�رطان یح�ارب ان یمك�ن الك�ركم نب�ات ان [17] وج�د كم�ا، الحي الكائن جسم داخل تجارب في المسرطنة السرطانیة العملیة اتمام في تساعد التي الھرمونات ھذه عمل لیمنع البروجسترون ھرمون بمستقبالت یرتبط ان یستطیع النھ لالكس�دة مض�ادة فعالی�ة لھ الذي فینولي مركب ھو و الكلوروجینك حامض و الفالفونیدات على الباذنجان نبات احتواء و . الوراثی�ة بالم�ادة الخل�ل اص�الح على تعمل التي فینلبروبیانوید مركبات من بسیط صنف ھو و السرطان من ثم الوقایة من و من�ھ% 15.9 عل�ى تحت�وي ،والقش�رة% 84.1 نس�بة الل�ب یحت�وي ،اذ الس�رطانیة الخالی�ا تك�وین یمنع مما النووي للحامض . الجلد سرطان تعالج التي كلیكوكوالید مادة على یحتوي الباذنجان نبات ان [17] وجد كما، [18] الت�ي االیض�یة الفعالی�ات اغل�ب ف�ي تغی�رات ح�دوث س�رطانیة خلی�ة ال�ى الطبیعیة الخلیة تحول عند لوحظ عامة وبصورة الج�ذور تك�ون ھ�ي س�رطانیة ال�ى الطبیعی�ة الخالی�ا لتح�ول نتیجة تتولد التي العملیات بین ومن الطبیعیة الخلیة بھا تقوم كانت االص�الح آلی�ات وان بس�یط بش�كل تك�ون ول�دتھا وان الطبیعیة الخالیا تولدھا ال والتي كبیر وبشكل) free radicals( الحرة الخالی�ا في المتولدة الحرة الجذور ازالة على تعمل قد الخام المستخلصات فان لذلك ، ازالتھا على قادرة الخلیة في الموجوده عالج�ات معظ�م فان المناعیة و الجینیھ العالجات باستثناء. [19] السرطانیة الخالیا في ومن ثم تؤثر ، بانتقائیة السرطانیة من ھي االورام عالج في الطبیة النباتات استعمال فان لذلك للمرض تماما شافیھ عالجات تكن لم التقلیدیة السرطانیھ االورام .البحث طور في ما یزال الذي الواعد ذي الدور العالجات المصادر .260 ص عشر الثالث الجزء 34 ایة ابراھیم سورة. الكریم القران -1 الموجبة المرضیھ البكتیریا نمو على النباتیھ المستخلصات بعض فعالیة تقویم) .2005( شاكر عدنان حنان،النعیمي-2 االحیائیھ والتقنیات الوراثیھ الھندسھ معھد الى ماجستیرمقدمة رسالھ.اللوزتین و البلعوم التھاب حاالت من المعزولھ الصبغھ .بغداد جامعة/ العلیا للدراسات withania الفراخ سم نبات االوراق الخام الكحولي المستخلص تاثیر) 2001( حسین مراد شالل/ العتابي -3 somniferia.dun دكتوراه اطروحة الفئران في الفسلجیة المعاییر بعض وفي الزجاج في السرطانیة الخالیا نمو في ، .بغداد جامعة/ البیطري الطب كلیة 4-michiaki,m.(1989) article in ncl cancer weekly leads ateam of biochemists at japans kyoto prefectural university of medicine. . الزراعي االصالح و الزراعة وزارة، النبات مدیریة) 1976( العراق في النباتیة الثروة -5 6-swanston,f.s.k;day,c.;baileg,c.j. and flatt,p.r.(1990).traditional plant treatments for diabetes. studies in normal and streptozotocin diabetic mice, diabetologia 33:462-464. 7harborn j.b., mabray ,t.j . and mabray ,h. (1975) physiology and function of flavonoids. academic press ,new york, pp.970 8-freshney ,r.i (2000). culture of animal cells : a manual for basic technique (4th ed). wiley liss, a john wiley and sons,inc. publication, new york pp.566. 9mahony, d.e; gilliatt, e.; dawson, s.; stockdale, e.and lee, s.h.s. 1989. cell assay for rapid detection of clostridium perfringins enterotoxin. appl. environ. microbiol., 55: 21412143. 10-abdul-majeed, m.r.( 2000). induction and characterization of su.99 plasmacytoma cell line and its effect on mice immune response. phd thesis, al nahrain university. تثبیط في .cyperus rotundus lالسعد لعشب الخام المستخلصات تأثیر. 2004. علي المنعم عبد زید ، الحلي 11 بغداد جامعة/ العلوم كلیة األحیائیة، التقنیات ، ماجستیر رسالة. السرطانیة الخلویة نموالخطوط 12freshney, r.l.( 2001). application of cell culture to toxicology. cell biol. toxicol., 17: 213 -230. 13tsuda, h.; ohshima, y.; nomoto, h.; fujita, k.; matsuda, e.; iigo, m.; takasuka, n.and moore, m.a. 2004. cancer prevention by natural compounds. drug metab. pharmacokinet., 19: 245-263. 54 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 14-su, y.t;chang, h.l.; shyue, s.k.and hsu, s.l.( 2005). emodin induces apoptosis in human lung adenocarcinoma cells through a reactive oxygen species-dependent mitochondrial signaling pathway. biochem. pharmacol., 70: 229-241. 15heukamp, i.; kilian, m.; gregor, j.i.; neumann, a.; jacobi, c.a. ; guski, h.; schimke, i.; walz, m.k.and wenger, f.a.( 2005). effects of the antioxidative vitamins a, c and e on liver metastasis and intrametastatic lipid peroxidation in bop-induced pancreatic cancer in syrian hamsters. pancreatology, 5: 403-9. 16collett, g. p.; craig, n.;robson, j. c. mathers, and frederick, c. c.( 2001). curcumin modifies apc apoptosis resistance and inhibits 2-amino 1-methyl-6-phenylimidazo[4,5b]pyridine (phip) induced tumour formation in apc mice . carcinogenesis, 5: 821-825. .القاھرة \ القرى ام جامعة. قایة وو عالج السرطان تحارب التي االغذیة). 1998( كمال زینب، الترعي -17 18-koji,k.;takashi,n.;naofumi,m;yoshihiro,i.;toshiy,s and hido,i.;(2005). antioxadative activity in egg plant mizu – nasu fruit and its enhancement injury ,horticult. res . japan ,4(2):229-232. 19chen,f.d.;wu,m.;wang,h.e.;hwang,j.j.; hong, c.y.; huang, y.t.;yen, s.h. and ou, y.h. (2001).sensitization of tumor but not normal tissue to the cytotoxic effect of ionizing radiation using panax notoginseng extract.am j. chin. med., 16:234-242. والكركم والباذنجان للجزر والكحولي المائي المستخلصین في الموجودة الفعالة المركبات اھم :)1( الجدول مستخلص المواد الكیمیائیة الجزر المائي مستخلص الجزر الكحولي مستخلص الكركم المائي مستخلص الكركم الكحولي مستخلص الباذنجان المائي مستخلص الباذنجان الكحولي + + + + الفینوالت + + + ± + + الراتنجات + + + ± + + التانینات + + + + + + الفالفونات + ± + + + + القلویدات + + + + + + الكالكوسیدات + + + + الصابونیات المستخلص في الكیمیائیة المادة من عالیة كمیة+ المستخلص في الكیمیائیة المادة من قلیلة كمیة± المستخلص في الكیمیائیة المادة وجود عدم 55 | biology http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=abstract&list_uids=15941563&query_hl=11 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 بطول و االلیزا بجھاز مقاسة السرطانیة الخلویة الخطوط نمو في الخام للمستخلصات السمي التاثیر) : 2( الجدول .نانومتر 492 موجي 1لصخالمست كركم مائي معدل الخالیا المیتة سیطرة معدل الخالیا الحیة ملیلتر\التركیز مایكروغرام 62.5 0.420 0.706 0.286 125 0.415 0.706 0.291 250 0.401 0.706 0.305 500 0.053 0.706 0.653 2المستخلص كركم كحولي الخالیا المیتةمعدل سیطرة معدل الخالیا الحیة ملیلتر\التركیز مایكروغرام 62.5 0.473 0.706 0.233 125 0.471 0.706 0.235 250 0.470 0.706 0.236 500 0.038 0.706 0.668 3 المستخلص باذنجان مائي معدل الخالیا المیتة سیطرة معدل الخالیا الحیة ملیلتر\التركیز مایكروغرام 62.5 0.442 0.706 0.264 125 0.409 0.706 0.297 250 0.071 0.706 0.635 500 0.048 0.706 0.658 4المستخلص باذنجان كحولي معدل الخالیا المیتة سیطرة معدل الخالیا الحیة ملیلتر\التركیز مایكروغرام 62.5 0.693 0.706 0.013 125 0.642 0.706 0.064 250 0.414 0.706 0.292 500 0.052 0.706 0.654 5المستخلص جزر مائي معدل الخالیا المیتة سیطرة معدل الخالیا الحیة ملیلتر\التركیز مایكروغرام 62.5 0.647 0.706 0.059 125 0.639 0.706 0.067 250 0.627 0.706 0.079 500 0.322 0.706 0.384 6 المستخلص جزر كحولي معدل الخالیا المیتة سیطرة الحیة معدل الخالیا ملیلتر\التركیز مایكروغرام 62.5 0.695 0.706 0.011 125 0.622 0.706 0.084 250 0.604 0.706 0.102 500 0.349 0.706 0.357 56 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 . المیتة السرطانیة للخالیا المئویة النسبھ :)3( الجدول مایكروغرام/ملیلتر 62.5التركیز نوع المستخلص 125التركیز ملیلتر\مایكروغرام 250التركیز مایكروغرام/ملیلتر 500التركیز مایكروغرام/ملیلتر %92.49 %43.20 %41.21 %40.5 مستخلص الكركم المائي %94.61 %33.4 %33.2 %33.00 مستخلص الكركم الكحولي %93.20 %89.99 %42.06 %37.39 مستخلص الباذنجان المائي %92.63 %41.35 %9.06 %1.84 ن الكحوليمستخلص الباذنجا %54.39 %11.18 %9.49 %8.35 مستخلص الجزر المائي %50.56 %14.44 %11.89 %1.55 مستخلص الجزر الكحولي .الكحولي و المائي الباذنجان بمستخلص معاملة النسیجي الزرع طبق في میتة و حیة سرطانیة خالیا) 1( الشكل المائي الباذنجان مستخلص فعالیة الى یشیر السھم ،اذ الصبغة تاخذ ال المیتھ الخالیا بینما الصبغة تاخذ الحیة الخالیا . ملیلتر \مایكروغرام 500 بتركیز 57 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 evaluation of the effect of some plant extracts on mice mammary adenocarcinoma (amn3). hanan. a. al-naemi dept. of biology ,college of education for pure science ( ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad amina. n. althawani genetic engineering and biotechnology institute for post graduated studies baghdad university received on:28 january 2013 , accepted on:5 may 2013 abstract the cytotoxic effect of different concentrations of crude extracts of solanum melongena , curcuma longa and daucus carota on mice mammary adenocarcinoma cell line was studied . the concentrations used were 62.5 125 , 250, 500 microgram/militer for 24,48 and 72 hour . these exracts were prepared by using alcoholic and hot water methods . the preliminary chemical tests revealed acidic ph of all extracts. the results showed a clear toxic effect of all extracts in a time and dose –dependent manner . the curcuma longa had the highest effect on adenocarcinoma 94.61% , followed by solanum melonga( 93.20%) and the lowest effect was by daucus carota extract 54.39%. key word: cancer, extract, solanm melongena , curcuma longa , daucus carota , 58 | biology ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 231 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author :noha.ayad1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract our recent work displays the successful preparation of schiff_bases that carried out between hexane-2,5-dione and 2 moles of (z)-3-hydrazineylideneindolin-2-one forming in schiff-bases(l), which in turn allowed combining with each of the next metal ions: (m2+) = ni, mn, zn, cu and co forming complexes_ in high stability. the formation of resulting schiff_ bases (l) is detected spectrally using lc_mss which gave approximately matching results with theoretical incomes, 1hnmr proves the founding of doublet signal of (2h) for 2nh, ftir indicates the occurrence of two interfered imine bands and uv-vis mean is also indecates the formation of ligand. on the other hand, complexes-based-schiff were characterized using the same spectral means that relied schiff-bases_(l). those means gave satisfactory results and proved the distinguishable geometries that suggested. finally, and according to the antibiotic feature of schiff-bases and its metal ions we have also examined such character against (-bacteria and +bacteria) giving an acceptable inhibition efficiency. key words: hexadion ,isatin-3-hydrazone, schiff_bases complexes, biological activity . 1. introduction schiff bases are organic compounds originating from the condensation of a primary amine with an aldehyd e or a keton, to give imine_groups. electronic and steric effects can be easily adjusted by the proper choice of the amine and substituted carbonyl compound, to provide schiff bases with great structural variability [1, 2]. schiff bases constitute an important class of ligands with wide application in coordination chemistry: these bases can serve as bis-, tris-, tetra-, pentaor polydentate ligands for transition and representative metals and ions.[3,4] the presence of other doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3071 article history: received 11 october 2022, accepted 15 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq synthesis, characterization and biological activity study for some new metals complexes with (3z,3'e)-3,3'-(((2e,5e)-hexane-2,5-diylidene)bis(hydrazine-2,1diylidene))bis(indolin-2-one) nuha ayad abd al_qadir* department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. noha.ayad1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq naser dheyaa shaalan department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ndsh1972@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:noha.ayad1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://ejchem.journals.ekb.eg/?_action=article&kw=343574&_kw=isatin-3-hydrazone mailto:noha.ayad1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:noha.ayad1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ndsh1972@gmail.com mailto:ndsh1972@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 232 functional groups in the structure of the starting carbonyl and/or amine used to synthesize the schiff base provides the imine with two or more different donor atoms,[5] predominantly nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,[5, 6] but also phosphorus, selenium and tellurium, to chelate metals and ions.[7] as a result of their stability, facile preparation, structural variability and versatile coordinating capabilities, schiff bases play a key role in coordination chemistry, and their coordination complexes have several applications.[8,9] all these advantages have led schiff bases to be often called “privileged ligands.” [10, 11] in 1864, hugo schiff [12] was the first to synthesize schiff bases. although, this class of compounds has long been known, they are still extensively studied in diverse research fields. for example, numerous reviews have dealt with structures and reactions of schiff base complexes [13] and their catalytic [14-16], biological, magnetic, electrochemical [17] and cancer treatment applications, which often depend on the schiff base structure. 2. materials and method 2.1 methodology the starting materials including (mncl2.4h2o ,cocl2.6h2o ,nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o and zncl2) were commercially abundant in addition to the employed catalysts including (dimethyl sulfoxide, abs. ethanol. and diethyl-ether) that supplied from f-897ewluka, sigma aldrich. the employed ftir apparatus operates in the range (200-4000) cm-1 shimadzu-3800 model. electronic spectral inform were accomplished depending on shimadzu160-meter. lc/mss incomes are also established by mass100p_shimadzu contribution. pyrolysis diagnosis were carried out depending on perkin_elmer_pyris diamond d_s_c/tg. proton-nmr was published using bruker 400mhz-meter and elemental micro analysis were done on a perkin_elmer_automatical instruments model_240b. minerals were determined obeying a shimadzu_(a-a)_680g aa_spectrometer. the cl combination were estimated by conductivity measurements. magnetic features were measured using balance magnetic susceptibility model msr-mk 2.2 organic ligand (schiff-bases-(l)) and metal complexes synthesis this ligand has been synthesis using the general strategy that used in schiff base synthesis and carried out in round bottomed flask of 100 ml in volume. at which (1g, 2mol) of main substance (z)-3-hydrazineylideneindolin-2-one is dissolved in 10 ml of etoh. with continuous stirring and heating to perform the dissolution of the main substance. then, (0.342g, 1mol) of hexane-2,5dione is added onto the main substance solution. finally, adding two drops of glacial acetic acid with reflux and continuous stirring about 4 hours resulting in olive precipitate as in figure 1 below the (schiff-bases_ (l)) synthesis. the former is filtered and dried in oven. h n n nh2h3c h n n n ch3 h2 c c h2 n h3c n nh o + 2 o ch3 o o hexane-2,5-dione sterring reflux-4-hour o l etoh figure 1. ligand synthesis ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 233 2.3 metal complexes synthesis cobalt complex of the obtained (schiff-bases_ (l) has been prepared using the following approach: dissolving (0.08 g, 1 mol) of ligand_(l) in 10 ml of meoh with continuous stirring and heating to perform the dissolution, then adding (0.073 g, 0.001 mol) of co-salt (cocl2.6h2o) that dissolved in meoh, then reflux and continuous stir ring for 4 hours. after completely reflux, mixture is filtered while its heat, dried, washed and adding a few drops of diethylether. resulting in light orange precipitate with (215-219)⁰c. other complexes of the following metal salts: nicl2.6h2o (0.06 g, 1 mol), cucl2.2h2o (0.08 g, 1 mol), mncl2.4h2o (0.05g, 1 mol) and zncl2 (0.05g, 1 mol) , were prepared using the same approach that used in co-complex synthesis resulting in: light olive precipitate with (228-232)⁰c, brown precipitate with (215-220)⁰c, red precipitate with (275-279)⁰c and orange precipitate with (195-198)⁰c for each complex respectively. 3. result and discussion 3.1 ft-ir studies ft-r spectrum of newly obtained ligand l in figure 1. displays a distinguishable absorption band at 1658 cm-1 contributes to azomethine formation, which can be strong evidence about ligand (l) synthesis. in addition ,the absent of asymmetrical absorption band of nh2-amino group. this can be strong indication that proves the formation of ligand through the interaction between carbonyl group of hexane-2,5-dione and amino group of isaten. it’s important to note the absent of c=o absorption band of hexane-2,5-dione which can also support the formation of ligand through this group. other absorption bands were detected at (3155, 2900, 3356, 1683 and 1463) cm-1 that belonging to the stretching vibrational mode of the following functional groups: c-h aromatic, ch aliphatic, n-h amine, c=o of amide and c=c of alkene respectively [18]. as demonstrated in table 2 and figure 2 for copper(ii) complex [cu(l)(cl)(h2o)]cl in figure 2. demonstrates many changes including shifting in stretching vibrational mode of c=n group because of the occurrence of coordination through n of both c=n groups, to be detected at 1618 cm-1. in addition, appearing new absorption bands at (580, 482 and 254) cm-1 attributed to the vibration of m-n, m-o and mcl respectively. besides the bands of coordinated water molecule that observed at (3450, 1527 and 754) cm-1. those new bands can strongly prove the formation of complex and the presence of h2o aqua inside coordination sphere [19, 20]. other complexes in figures 3, 4, 5 and 6 also display individually such modifications that happened in copper complex as mentioned in table 2. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 234 table 1. ft-ir spectral data of ligand (l) and its complexes compound c-h alph. c-h atom c=n imine n-h c=o amide c=c m-n m-o m-cl h2o aqua c22h20n6o2 l 2900 (w-m) 3155 (s) 1658 (s) 3356 (m,b) 1683 1463 (m-w) ---- [cu(l)(cl)(h2o)] 2985 (w-m) 3109 (w) 1618 (s) 3195 (m,b) 1691 s 1463 (m-s) 580 m 482 wm 254 s 3450 1527 754 [ni(l)cl2(h2o)2] 2956 (w-m) 3161 (s) 1618 (s) 3215 (m,b) 1687 s 1465 (m-s) 501 m 445 wm 256s 3359 1552 748 [zn(l)cl2] 2966 (w-m) 3064 (m) 1618 (s) 32013218 (m,b) 1681 s 1463 (m-s) 541 m 497 wm 223 s - [mn(l)cl2(h2o)2] 2958 (w-m) 3050 (w) 1614 (s) 31633215 (m,b) 1685 s 1465 (m-s) 520 m 499 w 297 s 3361 1552 748 [co(l)cl2(h2o)2] 2990 (w-m) 3050 (m) 1656 (s) 31613217 (m,b) 1687 s 1465 (m-s) 520 w 499 w 239 s 3361 1554 748 s= strong, b= broad, m= moderate, w= weak figure 1. ft-ir spectrum of ligand (l) figure 2. ft-ir spectrum of copper complex 500750100012501500175020002500300035004000 1/cm 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 %t 3 3 5 6 .1 4 3 1 5 5 .5 4 2 8 8 5 .5 1 2 8 0 2 .5 7 2 3 6 2 .8 0 1 9 4 0 .3 9 1 9 0 1 .8 1 1 7 9 3 .8 0 1 6 8 3 .8 6 1 6 5 8 .7 8 1 5 9 1 .2 7 1 5 5 0 .7 7 1 4 6 3 .9 7 1 4 0 2 .2 5 1 3 4 6 .3 1 1 2 4 6 .0 2 11 9 9 .7 2 11 5 7 .2 9 1 0 9 5 .5 7 1 0 1 2 .6 3 9 7 7 .9 1 8 7 7 .6 1 7 8 6 .9 6 7 4 6 .4 5 6 7 7 .0 1 6 3 4 .5 8 5 2 6 .5 7 4 9 9 .5 6 4 4 1 .7 0 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 235 figure 3. ft-ir spectrum of nickle complex figure 4. ft-ir spectrum of zinc complex figure 5. ft-ir spectrum of manganese complex ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 236 figure 6. ft-ir spectrum of cobalt complex 3.2 uv-vis studies figure 7, demonstrates uv-vis spectrum of ligand (l), at which two π → π* transitions occurred at (236 nm, 42372.881cm-1) and (265 nm, 37735.849 cm-1). these transitions attributed to the presence of unsaturated bonds and aromatic rings in ligand’s structure. other electronic transition that occurred in ultraviolet region is n →π* electronic transition at (316 nm, 31645.569 cm-1). this transition causes by the presence of heteroatoms in ligand’s structure such as (-n-) that contains nonbonding electrons [21]. figure 8 illustrates uv-vis spectrum of copper-l complex in diluted form at which ultraviolet transitions that referred to as π → π* and n → π* were shifted compared to the same transitions that observed in ligand’s spectrum to be observed at (265 nm, 37735.849 cm-1) and (304 nm, 32894.736 cm-1) for both transitions respectively. this modification causes by the occurrence of coordination with metal ion through both schiff base groups. moreover, single transition observed at visible region (978 nm, 10224.948 cm-1) in its concentrated form figure 9, denoted as 2t2→ 2e the transition that found in metal itself. this transition and the magnetic moment [3.81b.m] can support (td) geometry of the complex [22]. by the same approach, we can apparently discuss the electronic transitions for the rest complexes that displayed in figures 10, 11, 12 and 13 and table 2, figure 11. illustrates uv-vis spectrum of cobalt-l complex at which ultraviolet transitions that referred to as 2 (π →π*) (202 nm, 49504.950 cm-1), (245 nm, 40816.326 cm-1) and n →π* (316 nm, 31645.569 cm-1). were shifted compared to the same transitions that found in ligand’s spectrum. this modification causes by the occurrence of coordination with metal ion through both schiff base groups. moreover, the transitions that observed at visible region are as follows: 4a2g→ 4t2g (f) at (412 nm, 24271.844 cm -1), 4a2g→ 4t1g (f) (461 nm, 21691.973 cm -1) and 4a2g→ 4t1g (p) at (482 nm, 20746.887cm -1) those transitions are found in metal itself. those transitions and the magnetic moment [2.79 b.m] can support (oh) geometry of the complex [23]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 237 table 2. uv-vis spectral data of ligand (l) and its complexes compound abs. ɛmax l.mol1.cm-1 λmax nm µeff b.m ύ cm-1 transition c22h20n6o2 l 3.115 3.070 1.317 3115 3070 1317 236 265 316 - 42372.881 37735.849 31645.569 *π→π *π→π *π→n [cu(l)(cl)(h2o)] 1.213 0.663 0.002 1213 663 2.00 265 304 978 1.62 37735.849 32894.736 10224.948 *π→π π→n e2→2t 2 [zn(l)cl2] 4.000 3.950 4.000 1333 321 488 299 310 406 diamagnetic 40322.581 37037.037 30303.030 *π→π π→n c.t(m→l) [co(l)cl2(h2o)2] 2.857 0.282 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 2857 282 4000 4000 4000 4000 202 245 316 412 461 482 3.12 49504.950 40816.326 31645.569 24271.844 21691.973 20746.887 π → π* n → π* n → π*+ (c.t ) 4a2g→ 4t2g (f) 4a2g→ 4t1g (f) (p) g1t 4g→2a 4 [mn(l)cl2(h2o)2] 0.952 4.000 4.000 0.004 952 4000 4000 4.000 212 352 401 908 2.79 47169.811 28409.090 24937.655 11013.215 π → π* n → π* 6a1→ 4t1g 6a1g→ 4a1g+ 4eg [ni(l)cl2(h2o)2] 1.997 1.660 0.002 1997 1660 2.000 303 325 978 3.81 33003.300 30769.230 10224.948 π → π* n → π* 3t1f→ 3t2f figure 7. uv-vis spectrum of ligand figure 8. uv-vis spectrum of dill. copper complex nm. 190.00 400.00 600.00 800.00 1100.00 ab s. 4.000 3.000 2.000 1.000 0.000 1 23 4 5 67 nm. 190.00 400.00 600.00 800.00 1100.00 abs . 1.500 1.000 0.500 0.000 1 2 3 4 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 238 figure 9. uv-vis spectrum of conc. copper complex figure 10. uv-vis spectrum of zinc complex ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 239 figure 11. uv-vis spectrum of cobalt complex figure 12. uv-vis spectrum of manganese complex figure 13. uv-vis spectrum of nickel complex nm. 190.00 400.00 600.00 800.00 1100.00 ab s. 3.000 2.000 1.000 0.000 1 2 3 4 5 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 240 3.3 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of ligand 13c-nmr & 1h-nmr 1h-nmr spectrum in figure 14 and table 4 demonstrates the next signals: two singlet signals at δ (2.5 and 3.5) ppm belongs to (2h) 2ch2 and (3h) 2ch3 , doublet signal at δ (9.55-9.60) ppm belongs to (2h) 2nh group, multiplet signal at (6.8-7.4) ppm belongs (8h) 2arh. this measurement was carried out using dmso-6 as solvent, which in turn gave a signal at (2.31-2.64). tms is used as reference [24, 25]. 13c-nmr spectrum in figure 15 demonstrates the next signals : (100.622 mhz, dmso-d6) that gave a signal at 40 δ ppm: (110-130) δ ppm belong to (c3-c7) of aromatic ring, 140 δ ppm belong to (c8 and c9), 160 δ ppm belongs to c10 and c11 [26]. table 4. 1h-nmr spectral data of ligand (l) figure 14. 1h-nmr spectrum of ligand (l) figure 15. 13c-nmr spectrum of ligand (l) compound 1h-nmr δ ppm c22h20n6o2 l singlet (2h) 2ch2 2.5 singlet (3h) 2ch3 3.5 doublet (2h) 2nh 9.55-9.60 multiplet (8h) 2arh 6.8-7.4 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 241 3.4 mass spectrum of ligand in coordination chemistry, mass spectroscopy is widely used as a potent structural characterization tool. mass spectra fragmentation analogues for free schiff base ligand [c22h20n6o2] were acceptable compared to its structure in scheme1. characterized the mass spectrum an intense peak at 401.287 m/z that approximately matching its calculated molecular weight 400.44 m/z [27]. figure 16. lc-mss spectrum of ligand (l) 3.5 bioactivity evaluation of the ligand (l) and its complexes two types of bacteria were tested, (-bacteria (escherichia_coli) and +bacteria (staphellococcus_aureus)). the effect of the synthesized schiff-species and its complexes on the mentioned bacteria were tested and compared in 0.001m (dmso-solvent) as control and the results are recorded in table 4. these results indicate that, the schiff-species (ligand l) and nickle complex has negative inhibitory action toward staphylococcus_aureus bacteria besides, whereas the rest compounds were effective toward both types of bacteria [28]. all the details are demonstrated in figure 17. figure 17. biological evaluation-incomes 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 (hl) zn-l mn-l cu-l ni-l co-l the bioactivity chart e-coli staphcusyloco ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 242 table 4. bioactivity results of schiff-species-(l) and its complexes compound escherichia_coli staphylococcus_aureus c22h20n6o2 16mm 10mm [zn(l)cl2 14mm 24mm [mn(l)cl2(h2o)2] 14mm 24mm [cu(l)(cl)(h2o)] 26mm 27mm [ni(l)cl2(h2o)2] 16mm 8mm [co(l)cl2(h2o)2] 20mm 24mm 4. conclusion recently synthesized schiff-bases_(l) (3z,3'e)-3,3'-(((2e,5e)-hexane-2,5-diylidene) bis(hydrazine-2,1-diylidene)) bis(indolin-2-one) was successfully obtained using common condensation combination between hexane-2,5-dione and 2 moles of (z)-3hydrazineylideneindolin-2-one, which forms massive stability schiff-bases-(l)-complexes in specific conditions of preparation. spectrally and using ftir spectrometry this ligand and coordinates with employed metal ions (m2+) = (ni, mn, zn, cu and co) through both azomethine functional groups. the information of such apparatus indicating the formation of m-n and m-o belongs to aquatic water molecule that attaches to metal ions except for (m2+) = zn. electronic spectra and conductivity measurements are also proved the distinguishable geometries of these complexes, which gave tetrahedral geometry for zinc and copper complexes and octahydral for the rest complexes. additionally, we have also examined antibiotic character of schiff-bases-(l) and complexes against (-bacteria and +bacteria) giving an acceptable inhibition efficiency as discussed in the article. references 1. sousa, j.; oliveira, d.r.; lomonaco, d.; correia, a.n.; sousa, c.p.; de lima neto, p.; mele, g. structural, photophysical and electrochemical properties of a novel cardanol-based salophen ligand and its mn (ii) complex. journal of molecular structure 2019, 1181, 279-286. 2. khachatryan, g.e.; mkrtchyan, n.i.; gavalyan v.b. antibacterial ppoperties of new chitosan based schiff-base, international journal of advanced research. 2018, 6,1187 3. masoudi, m.; behzad, m.; arab, a.; tarahhomi, a.; rudbari, h.a.; bruno, g. crystal structures, dft calculations and hirshfeld surface analyses of three new cobalt (iii) schiff base complexes derived from meso-1, 2-diphenyl-1, 2-ethylenediamine. journal of molecular structure 2016,1122,123-33. 4. woźniczka, m.; sutradhar, m.; pombeiro, a.j.; świątek, m.; pająk, m.; gą0dek-sobczyńska, j.; chmiela, m.; gonciarz, w.; pasternak, b.; kufelnicki; a. equilibria in aqueous cobalt (ii)—reduced schiff base n-(2-hydroxybenzyl) alanine system: chemical characterization, kinetic analysis, antimicrobial and cytotoxic properties. molecules 2020, 25(15),3462. 5. salehi, m.; rahimifar, f.; kubicki, m.; asadi, a. structural, spectroscopic, electrochemical and antibacterial studies of some new nickel (ii) schiff base complexes. inorganica chimica acta 2016, 443,28-35. 6. al-samraiy, f.m.; jassim, a.h.; muhyedeen, b.r. synthesis and ab initio study of some biologically important thioamide derivatives; part i: dithiooxamide, di (n-propyl)dithiooxamide and their copper (ii), nickel (ii) and pd (ii) complexes. european journal of scientific research 2005,19(1), 38-57. 7. el-sherif, a.a.; aljahdali, m.s. protonation, complex-formation equilibria, and metal–ligand interaction of salicylaldehyde schiff bases. journal of coordination chemistry 2013,66(19),3423-68. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 243 8. elangovan, n.; thomas, r.; sowrirajan, s.; manoj, k.p.; irfan, a. synthesis, spectral characterization, electronic structure and biological activity screening of the schiff base 4((4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-5-nitrobenzylidene) amino)-n-(pyrimidin-2-yl) benzene sulfonamide from 5-nitrovaniline and sulphadiazene. polycyclic aromatic compounds 2021, 1-18. 9. olalekan, t.e.; ogunlaja, a.s.; vanbrecht, b.; watkins, g.m. spectroscopic, structural and theoretical studies of copper (ii) complexes of tridentate nos schiff bases. journal of molecular structure 2016,1122,72-9. 10. boceiri n.; benabdallah, t.; hadj youcef, m.; reffas, h. synthesis and characterization of a novel series of amphiphilic mercapto-1, 2, 4-triazole schiff base ligands: investigation of their behavior in hydro-organic solutions. journal of surfactants and detergents 2016,19(3),58397. 11. torki, m.; tangestaninejad, s.; mirkhani, v.; moghadam, m.; mohammadpoor‐baltork, i. ruiii (otf) salophench2–nhsio2–fe: an efficient and magnetically recoverable catalyst for trimethylsilylation of alcohols and phenols with hexamethyldisilazane. applied organometallic chemistry 2014, 28(4),304-9. 12. al zoubi, w.; ko, y.g. organometallic complexes of schiff bases: recent progress in oxidation catalysis. journal of organometallic chemistry 2016, 822,173-88. 13. pradeep, c.p.; das, s.k. coordination and supramolecular aspects of the metal complexes of chiral n-salicyl-β-amino alcohol schiff base ligands: towards understanding the roles of weak interactions in their catalytic reactions. coordination chemistry reviews 2013,257(1112),1699-715. 14. matsunaga, s.; shibasaki, m. multimetallic schiff base complexes as cooperative asymmetric catalysts. science of synthesis 2013, 45, 421–437. 15. casas, j. s.; couce, m.d.; sordo, j. coordination chemistry of vitamin b6 and derivatives: a structural overview. coordination chemistry reviews 2012, 256, 3036–3062. 16. al zoubi, w.; al mohanna, n. membrane sensors based on schiff bases as chelating ionophores–a review. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy 2014, 132,854-870. 17. oiye, é.n.; ribeiro, m.f.; katayama, j.m.; tadini, m.c.; balbino, m.a.; eleotério, i.c.; magalhães, j.; castro, a.s.; silva, r.s.; da cruz júnior, j.w.; dockal, e.r. electrochemical sensors containing schiff bases and their transition metal complexes to detect analytes of forensic, pharmaceutical and environmental interest. a review. critical reviews in analytical chemistry 2019, 49(6),488-509. 18. muslah, s.i.; alabdali, a.j.; shaalan, n.d. synthesis of binuclear complexes of cu (ii), ni (ii) and cr (iii) metal ions derived from di-imine compound as biterminal binding site ligand. al-nahrain journal of science 2020,23(4),19-28. 19. fouad, r. synthesis and characterization of lanthanide complexes as potential therapeutic agents. journal of coordination chemistry 2020, 73(14),2015-28. 20. jawad, s.a..; ahmed, h.a. synthesis, characterization and study of amide ligand type n2s2 and metal complexes with di valance manganese, zinc and tri valance iron. annals of the romanian society for cell biology 2021, 25(3),8511-8520. 21. hussein, k.a.; shaalan, n. synthesis, characterization, and antibacterial activity of lanthanide metal complexes with schiff base ligand produced from reaction of 4, 4methylene diantipyrine with ethylenediamine. indonesian journal of chemistry 2022,1-11. 22. al zoubi, w.; kim, m.j.; on d.k.; al-hamdani, a.a.; kim, y.g.; ko, y.g. effect of organic compounds and rough inorganic layer formed by plasma electrolytic oxidation on photocatalytic performance. journal of alloys and compounds 2020, 823,153787. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 244 23. hussein, k.a.; shaalan, n. synthesis, spectroscopy and biological activities studies for new complexes of some lanthanide metals with schiff’s bases derived from dimedone with 4aminoantipyrine. chemical methodology 2021,6(2),103-13. 24. obaid, s.m.h.; sultan, j.s.; al-hamdani, a.a.s. synthesis, characterization and biological efficacies from some new dinuclear metal complexes for base 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-phenyl)-2-[(2hydroxy3-methylperoxy-benzylidene)-amino]-2-methyl propionic acid. indonesian journal of chemistry 2020, 20 (6),1311–1322. 25. halli, m.b.; sumathi, r.b. synthesis, physico-chemical investigations and biological screening of metal (ii) complexes with schiff base derived from naphthofuran-2carbohydrazide and citral. arabian journal of chemistry 2017, 10,s1748–s1759. 26. sönmez, m.; sogukomerogullari, h.g.; öztemel, f.; berber, i̇. synthesis and biological evaluation of a novel ons tridentate schiff base bearing pyrimidine ring and some metal complexes. medicinal chemistry research 2014, 23 (7), 3451–3457. 27. kareem, m.j.; al‐hamdani, a.a.s.; jirjees, v.y.; khan, m.e.; allaf, a.w.; al zoubi, w., preparation, spectroscopic study of schiff base derived from dopamine and metal ni(ii), pd(ii), and pt(iv) complexes, and activity determination as antioxidants. journal of physical organic chemistry 2021, 34 (3), 4156. 28. hamza, i.s.; mahmmoud, w.a.; al-hamdani, a.a.; ahmed, s.d.; allaf, a.w.; al zoubi w. synthesis, characterization, and bioactivity of several metal complexes of (4-amino-n-(5methyl-isaxazol-3-yl)-benzenesulfonamide). inorganic chemistry communications 2022,144,109776. microsoft word 102-115 102 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 synthesis and characterization of some metal complexes of [n-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol4-ylcarbamothioyl) acetamide] basima m. sarhan sajid m. lateef enass j. waheed dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in: 20 january 2015, accepted in: 15 march 2015 abstract a new ligand [n(1,5dimethyl -3oxo2 – phenyl 2 ,3 – dihydro -1hpyrazol -4ylcarbamothioyl) acetamide] (aad) was synthesized by reaction of acetyl isothiocyanate with 4-aminoantipyrine, the ligand was characterized by micro elemental analysis c.h.n.s., ft-ir ,uv-vis and 1h-13cnmr spectra, some transition metals complex of this ligand were prepared and characterized by ft-ir, uv-vis spectra, conductivity measurements, magnetic susceptibility and atomic absorption. from the obtained results the molecular formula of all prepared complexes were [m(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 (m+2 = mn, co, ni, cu, zn, cd and hg),the proposed geometrical structure for all complexes were octahedral. key word: 4-aminoantipyrine, acetyl isothiocyanate, complexes. 103 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction in recent years, there has been increasing interest in synthesis of heterocyclic compounds that have biological and commercial importance. antipyrine compounds play an important role in modern organic synthesis, not only because they constitute a particularly useful class of heterocyclic compounds, but also because they are of great biological interest. they have been found to have biological clinical, and pharmacological activities. one of the most important derivatives of antipyrine is 4-aminoantipyrine, which is used as a synthetic intermediate to prepare poly functionally substituted heterocyclic moieties with anticipated biological activity, analgesic, antiinflammatory, antimicrobial, and anticancer activities[1,2]. properties of 4-aminoantipyrine to coordinate with metal is varied by condensing it with aldehydes, ketones, thiosemicarbazides and carbazides etc. [3]. ligand complexes of metals (fe(iii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii)) with l1 and l2 (l1: obtained through the condensation of 4-aminoantipyrine with furfuraldehyde); (l2: derived from 2-aminophenol and 3-nitrobenzaldehyde) were synthesized [4]. noble metal complexes of schiff bases derived from 2-thiophenecarboxaldehyde and 4-aminoantipyrine have been synthesized[5]. the aim of this work is to prepare and characterize a new ligand [n(1,5dimethyl -3oxo 2 – phenyl 2 ,3 – dihydro -1hpyrazol -4-ylcarbamothioyl) acetamide] (aad),and it's metal complexes with mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) ions. experimental chemicals all reagents were analar or chemical pure grade by bdh, merck and fluka. all metal chloride salts and solvents were purchased from merk and fluka com., and used without purification. instruments 1h and13c–nmr were recorded using ultra shield 300 mhz switzerland at university of al al-bayt, jordan. melting point was recorded by using stuartmelting point apparatus. ftir spectra were recorded as kbr disc using 3800 shimadzu in the range of (4000-400) cm-1. electronic spectra were obtained using uv-160 shimadzu spectrophotometer at 25 ̊c for 10-3 m solution dmso with 1.000 ± 0.001 cm matched quartz cell. molar conductivity was measured at 25 ̊c for 10-3m solution of dmso by using philips pw. digital. micro elemental analysis (c.h.n.s) were performed using acrlo erba 1106 elemental analyzer. magnetic susceptibility measurements were obtained by balance magnetic susceptibility model msbmki. metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption technique by using shimadzu (aa680g ). preparation of ligand (aad) the ligand was prepared by two steps (scheme-1) (a)preparation of the (acetyl isothiocyanate )[6] mixture of acetyl chloride(1.86 ml,1mmol) and ammonium thiocyanate (2g, 1mmol) in (25 ml) of acetone was stirred under refluxed for 3 hrs and then filtered, the filtrate was used for further reaction. 104 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 (b)preparation of n-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1hpyrazol-4-ylcarbamothioyl) acetamide (aad) (5.33g, 1mmol) of 4-aminoantipyrine in (20ml) acetone was rapidly added to acetyl isothiocyanate and maintaining reflux. after refluxing for 6 hrs, the resulting solid was collected, washed with acetone and recrystallization from ethanol, yield (68%), (m.p = 218220) ˚c, c% found (55.58) calc.(55.26), h% found (5.47) calc.(5.26), n% found (18.35) calc.(18.42 ), s% found (10.69) calc.(10.53). s h n o o n n h n + o o n n h2n 4-amino antipyrine ch3 acetone ref lux 3hrs. acetone ref lux 6hrs. nh4scn + o o + nh4clch3-c-cl ch3-c-n=c=s ch3-c-n=c=s acetyl isothiocyanate n-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol4-ylcarbamothioyl)acetamide acetyl isothiocyanate 1) 2) (aad) synthesis ligand complexes synthesis of the [cu(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 complex a solution of (0.17g, 1mmol) cucl2.2h2o in (10ml) ethanol was added to solution of (0.61g, 2mmol) (aad) in (10ml) ethanol. the mixture was stirred for 6 hours at room temperature, the brown solid was collected by filtration, washed with (1:1) mixture of water: ethanol, recrystallized from ethanol and dried in an oven (50˚c). synthesis of [mn(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2, [co(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2, [ni(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2, [zn(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2, [cd(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2, [hg(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2complexes. a similar method to that mentioned for preparation of [cu(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 complex was used to prepare the complexes of [mn+2,co+2,ni+2,zn+2,cd+2and hg+2] ions with (aad), table (1) showed some physical properties of the prepared complexes. results and discussion ligand (aad) the ft-ir spectrum of the free ligand (aad) ,fig.(3) showed bands at(1635) cm-1,(1600) cm-1 and (1367) cm-1 due to υ c=o(in ring) , υ c=o(amidic) and υ c=s respectively. while another absorption band at (3138) cm-1 could be explained as υ n-h [7-9]. the ft-ir spectral data of the free ligand were listed in table(2). the uv-vis spectrum of the free ligand (aad). fig.(5) exhibits a high intense absorption peak at (33444) cm-1 which may be attributed to electronic transition type π π*[10].the data of electronic spectrum of the free ligand (aad) were listed in table (3). 105 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 the 1h-nmr spectrum of free ligand (aad),fig.(1) which was recorded in dmso-d6 solvent showed the following signals: singlet at δ(1.93-1.95) ppm refers to (3h, ch3), singlet at δ(2.36-2.38) ppm refers to (3h, ch3co), singlet at δ(3.10) ppm refers to (3h,ch3n), singlet at δ(3.34) ppm refers to (1h, nh sec. amine), the multiplet signals δ(7.31-7.53) ppm were attributed to aromatic protons, singlet at δ(11.37) ppm refers to (1h,nhsec. amide). 13cnmr spectrum of the free ligand (aad),fig.(2)showed chemical shift at δ(11.96) ppm refers (ch3) for (ch3co) group, signal at δ(24.21) ppm refers to (ch3co), signal at δ(36.13) ppm for (ch3n ), signals at δ(39.22-41.48) ppm for dmso, signal at δ( 108.53 ) ppm refers to (c=c-ch3), the chemical shifts at range δ(123.85-129.95) ppm due to aromatic carbons, signal at δ(135.47) ppm for (=c-n ), signal at δ(153.47) ppm for (=c-n, aromatic carbons), while the signals at fig. (2) showed the following signals at δ(161.55) ppm , δ(173.05) ppm and δ(182.32) ppm were attributed to ((c=o), antipyrine ring), (conh) and (c=s) [11,12]. complexes of the ligand (aad) the solid complexes soluble in some common solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulphoxide and relatively thermally stable. the molar conductivity values of all complexes in dmso solvent in 10-3 m at 25˚c (table-1) indicated electrolyte nature with 1:2 ratio [13].the atomic absorption measurements for all complexes gave approximated values when its comparison with theoretical values, table (1) includes the physical properties for the ligand and its complexes. ft-ir spectra these spectra exhibited marked difference between bands fig. (4) belonging to the stretching vibration of υ(c=o amido) in the range between (1635-1620) cm-1 shifted higher frequencies by (27-20) cm-1 suggesting of the possibility of the coordination of ligand through the oxygen atom at the carbonyl group[14] while the band caused by υ(c=s) appeared between (1434-1411) cm-1 shifted to higher frequencies by (67-44) cm-1 which indicates to the coordination of ligand through the sulfur atom at the thiol group to the central ion[15]. the stretching vibration band υ(c=o in ring), υ(n-h) either show no change or very little in their frequencies (1635-1650) cm-1, (3147-3186) cm-1 respectively there for indicating do not coordinate to the metal ion. metal-oxygen and metal-sulfur bonds were confirmed by the presence of the stretching tremor of υ(m-o) and υ(m-s) around (501-455) cm-1 and (447423) cm-1 respectively the spectra of complexes showed the appearance of bands in the range (918-805) cm-1 attributed to υ(oh), these bands confirm the coordination of the water with metal[14], table (2) describes the important bands and assignment for all prepared complexes. magnetic moment the values of measured magnetic susceptibility and effective magnetic moment (µeff) for the mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii)complexes are shown in table(1). mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes exhibit µeff (5.94, 4.83, 3.05, 1.76) b.m respectively ,which can be a normal values for high spin octahedral complexes.[16] 106 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 electronic spectra for complexes 5d 2]cl2o)2(h2[mn(aad) the brown complex of mn(ii) shows band at (33557) cm-1 due to ligand field and other bands at (14084) cm-1 and (10729) cm-1 which are caused by the electronic transfer 6a1g 4t2g(g) and 6a1g 4t1g(g) respectively, suggesting octahedral geometry around mn(ii) ion [17]. -[co(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 d7 the spectrum of the violet complex gave four bands at (33783) cm-1, (27624) cm-1, (14662) cm-1 and (12048) cm-1 attributed to (l.f),c.t mixed with 4t1g(f) 4t1g(p), 4t1g(f) 4a2g and 4t1g(f) 4t2g(f) respectively and the rach interelectronic repulsion parameter (b-) was found to be (409.46) cm-1, from the relation β=b/ b0, was found to be equal (0.42), these parameter are accepted to co(ii) octahedral complex[18]. -[ni(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 d8 the spectrum of green complex of ni(ii) has revealed the following electronic transfer (l.f),c.t mixed with 3a2g 3t1g(p), 3a2g 3t1g(f), and 3a2g 3t2g(f), transition at (38610) cm-1, (27322) cm-1, (22123) cm-1 and (12515) cm-1respectively, the (b-) value is found to be (793) cm-1, while β was equal to (0.76) these are the characteristics for octahedral complexes of ni(ii)[19]. -[ cu (aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 d9 the spectrum of brown complex of cu(ii) fig. (6) shows two bands at (33898) cm-1, (11750) cm-1 caused to (c.t), 2eg 2t2g transition respectively , which was a good agreement for distorted octahedral complex for cu(ii) ion [20,21]. -the complexes of [zn(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2,[cd(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 and [hg(aad)2(h2o)2]cl2 show only charge transfer of (m→l) in range (38610-27322) cm-1[22,23]. all transition with their assignments are summarized in table (3). suggested structures for complexes on the basis of molar conductivity, magnetic moment, spectroscopic studies(ft-ir,uv-vis and atomic absorption) and (1h-13c nmr for ligand(aad)only)for the ligand and all prepared complexes, we suggested that the ligand (aad) behaves as bidentate on coordination with mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) ions via oxygen atom of (c=o) amido group and sulfer atom of (c=s) group, suggesting octahedral geometry around metal ions for all prepared complexes. 107 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 references 1. ahmed, a.f. and khalid, m.e., (2012) “synthesis of novel azo disperse dyes derived from 4amino antipyrine and their applications to polyester fabrics”, american journal of organic chemistry, 2( 3): 52-57. 2. rajasekar, k.; balasubramaniya, s. and durairaj, p. (2014) “microwave assisted synthesis, spectral, antibacterial and antifungal activities of cu(ii) complex with 4-aminoantipyrine and oxalate ion”, world journal of pharmaceutical research; 3(7): 844-849. 3. al-shareefi, a.n.; salih, h.k. and waleed a.s.; (2013) “synthesis and study of fe(iii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes of new schiff’s base ligand derived from 4-amino antipyrine”, journal of applicable chemistry; 2(3): 438-446 . 4. josepha, j.;  ayisha, g. and bibin, r. (2014) “metal-based molecular design tuning biochemical behavior: synthesis, characterization and biochemical studies of mixed ligand complexes derived from 4-aminoantipyrine derivatives”, spectroscopy letters: an international journal for rapid communication., 47(2): 86-100. 5. al-saif, f.a.; (2014) “spectroscopic elucidation, conductivity and activation thermodynamic parameters studies on pt(iv), au(iii) and pd(ii) 1,5-dimethyl-2-phenyl-4[(thiophen-2-ylmethylene)-amino]-1,2-dihydro-pyrazol-3-one schiff base complexes”, int. j. electro chem. sci., 9: 398-417. 6. kabbani, a.t; ramadan, h.; hammuud, h.h. and hanuom, a.m.g.; (2005) “synthesis of some metal complexes of n-[(benzoyl amino)-thioxomethyl] amino acid (hl)”; journal of the university of chemical technology and metallurgy,40(4): 339-344. 7. cary, f.a. (2005) “organic chemistry”, 6th ed. the m.c graw-hill companies, inc., new york. 8. silverstein, r.m.; bassler, g.c. and morrill, t.c; (1981) “spectroscopic identification of organic compounds”, 4th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 9. marah, j.;(1991) “advanced organic chemistry”; 4th ed., j. wiley and sons, new york . 10. dyes, .r.j; (1996) “application of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds”, prentice –hall, inc., englewood cliffs, n, j. london. 11. seenaiah d., venkatesh b.c., padmaja a. and padmavathi v. (2013) “synthesis of some new oxazolinyl/ thiazolinyl/ imidazolinylbenzoxazoles, benzothiazoles and benzimidazoles” ;indian journal of chemistry , 52b : 942-948. 12. kumar, k.; satyanarayana, p. and reddy, b.; (2013) “nahso4-sio2-promoted solventfree synthesis of benzoxazoles, benzimidazoles, and benzothiazole derivatives” ;journal of chemistry , 1 : 1-10. 13.  diebbar-sid, s., benali-baitich, o. and deloume, j.p.; (2001) “synthetic and structural studies of some bivalent transition metal complexes with oxygen and nitrogen containing schiff base” ;j. mol. struct., 569: 121. 14. nakamoto, k; (1996) “infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”, 4th ed., john wily and sons, new york. 15. nawar, n.; el-swwah, i.i., hosny, n.m. and mostafa, m.m., (2011) “novel mono-and binuclear complexes derived from n-benzoyl-n-glycylthiourea (bgh) with some transition metal ions”, arabian journal of chemistry,17(1):434–438. 16. mulay, l., (1977) “ magnetic susceptibility”, john wiley and sons; new york; part1,vol(4). 17. sarhan, b .m.; abed, a.h. and rumez, r.m. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of some mixed ligand complexes of quinaldic acid and α -picoline with some metal salts”; almustansiriyah journal of science,24(4): 65-74. 18. lever, a.b.p.; (1968) “inorganic electronic spectroscopy”, elsevier publishing company amsterdam, london, new york. 19. drugo, r.s.; (1965) “physical methods in inorganic chemistry”, vann strand-reinhold, new york. 108 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 20. dichakjian, s. and farrago, m.e. (1985) “metal complexes of 2-amino-5-nitrothiazole”; inorg. chem. acta,108: 247-259. 21. walton, r.a.; (1966) “some donor properties of 1,4-thioxane:complexes with transition metal halides”; inorg.chem.,5(4): 643-649. 22. arjmamd, f.; parveen, s. and mohapatra, d.k. (2012) “synthesis, characterization of cu(ii) and zn(ii) complexes of proline-glycine and proline-leucine tetrapeptides: in vitro dna binding and cleavage studies”, inorg. chem. acta, 388(15): 1-10. 23. naik, a.d.; beck, j.; dirtu, m.n. and bebrone, c. (2011) “zinc complexes with 1,2,4triazole functionalized amino acid derivatives, synthesis, structure and β–lactam as essay”, inorg.chem.acta,368: 21-28. 109 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (1): some physical properties of the ligand(aad) and its complexes dec =decomp compound m.wt (gm/mole) color m.p( ̊c) or dec. m% calculation (found) molar cond. ohm-1cm2mol-1 in dmso µeff (b.m) s 4o2n16h14c aad 304 white 218-220 ̊c ─ 1.67 ─ 2]cl2o)2(h2[mn(aad) 768.94 brown 175-177 ̊c 7.14 (7.26) 78 5.94 2]cl2o)2(h2[co(aad) 772.93 violet 139-141 ̊c 7.62 (7.46) 79.11 4.83 2]cl2o)2(h2[ni(aad) 772.71 green 164-166 ̊c 7.59 (8.12) 76 3.05 2]cl2o)2(h2[cu(aad) 777.54 brown 136 dec. 8.17 (8.62) 71.2 1.76 2]cl2o)2(h2[zn(aad) 779.38 brown 164-166 ̊c 8.39 (8.19) 83 0 2]cl2o)2(h2[cd(aad) 826.41 brown 230 dec. 13.60 (13.77) 82 0 2]cl2o)2(h2[hg(aad) 914.59 brown 158-160 ̊c 21.93 (22.13) 72 0 110 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (2): the characteristic infrared band for free ligand (aad) and its metal complexes       com. υ(n-h) υ(c=o) in ring υ(c=o) amide (c=s) (o-h) (m-o) (m-s) ligand aad 3138 (s) 1635 (s) 1600(s) 1367(s) ─ ─ ─ 2]cl2o)2(h2[mn(aad) 3147(s) 1635(s) 1620(m) 1434(w) 856(s) 470(m) 425(w) 2]cl2o)2(h2[co(aad) 3178(m) 1635(w) 1620(s) 1419(m) 825(m) 455(m) 425(w) 2]cl2o)2(h2[ni(aad) 3147(m) 1635(s) 1623(m) 1411(m) 856(s) 501(m) 439(m) 2]cl2o)2(h2[cu(aad) 3170(m) 1635(w) 1620(w) 1411(s) 918(s) 501(m) 447(w) 2]cl2o)2(h2[zn(aad) 3155(m) 1650(s) 1635(w) 1419(s) 833(s) 473(s) 425(m) 2]cl2o)2(h2[cd(aad) 3186(s) 1635(s) 1620(m) 1419(s) 805(s) 475(m) 423 (m) 2]cl2o)2(h2[hg(aad) 3155(s) 1635(w) 1623(s) 1434(s) 870(s) 470(m) 425(w) 111 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (3): the peaks electronic transitions and structure geometries of the ligand (aad) and its complexes compounds λmax nm wave number cm-1 abs εmax molar1cm-1 transitions ligand aad 299 33444 2.392 2392 π π* 2]cl2o)2(h2[mn(aad) 298 710 932 33557 14084 10729 2.301 0.010 0.015 2301 10 15 l.f 6a1g 4t2g(g) 6a1g 4t1g(g) 2]cl2o)2(h2[co(aad) 296 362 682 830 33783 27624 14662 12048 2.119 0.432 0.033 0.010 2119 432 33 10 l.f c.t mixed with 4t1g(f) 4t1g(p) 4t1g(f) 4a2g 4t1g(f) 4t2g(f) 2]cl2o)2(h2[ni(aad) 259 366 452 799 38610 27322 22123 12515 1.484 1.623 0.391 0.091 1484 1623 391 91 l.f c.t mixed with 3a2g 3t1g(p) 3a2g 3t1g(f)7 3a2g 3t2g(f) 2]cl2o)2(h2[cu(aad) 295 851 33898 11750 2.051 0.017 2051 17 c.t 2eg 2t2g 2]cl2o)2(h2[zn(aad) 295 33898 2.015 2015 c.t 2]cl2o)2(h2[cd(aad) 298 33557 2.211 2211 c.t 2]cl2o)2(h2[hg(aad) 259 366 38610 27322 1.483 1.730 1483 1730 c.t c.t c.t = charge transfer 112 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (1): 1h-nmr spectrum of ligand (aad) nmr spectrum of ligand (aad)-c13figure no. (2): 113 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (3): infrared spectrum of ligand (aad) 2]cl2o)2(h2figure no. (4): infrared spectrum of complex [mn (aad) 114 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (5): u.v. spectrum of ligand (aad) 2]cl2o)2(h2figure no. (6): u.v. spectrum of complex [cu(aad) h2o h2o cl2 s hn o o n n hn ph s nh o o nn nh ph ch3 ch 3 m m+2 =[mn, co, ni, cu, zn, cd and hg] figure no. (7): the proposed chemical structure formula of the complexes 115 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات الفلزية مع n)٤-بايرازول -١-ثنائي ھايدرو -٢،٣-فنيل-٢-اوكسو -٣-ثنائي مثيل -١،٥ يل كارباموثايويل) استمايد باسمة محسن سرحان ساجد محمود لطيف  إيناس جاسم وحيد قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم ) / جامعة بغداد ٢٠١٥اذار ١٥،قبل البحث: ٢٠١٥كانون الثاني ٢٠استلم البحث في: الخالصة يل -٤بايرازول -١ثنائي ھايدرو -٢،٣فنيل -٢اوكسو ٣-ثنائي مثيل ١،٥( nحضر الليكاند الجديد ) ١:١وبنسبة ( أنتي بايرينامينو ٤يزوثايوسيانات) مع استيل ا( مفاعلهوذلك من (aad) ] كارباموثايويل) استمايد المرئية وطيف الرنين -فوق البنفسجية واألشعةتحت الحمراء واألشعة) chnsوشخص بوساطة التحليل الدقيق للعناصر( النتقالية الثنائية التكافؤبعض ايونات العناصر ا أمالح، كما حضرت وشخصت معقدات المغناطيسيالنووي (hg, cd, zn, cu, ni, co, mn) ) مع الليكاندaadتحت األشعة عمال) وشخصت المعقدات المحضرة باست المرئية والتوصيلية الموالرية والحساسية المغناطيسية واالمتصاص الذري واستنتج من فوق البنفسجية واألشعةالحمراء ) ثنائي السن. aadقدات لھا شكل ثماني السطوح حول االيون الفلزي مع اللكياند (المع إنالدراسات والتشخيصات ايزوثايوسيانات، معقدات.تيل امينو انتيبايرين، اس٤الكلمات المفتاحية: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 using web camera enet to measure statistical characteristic of homogenous target illuminated by different tungsten light s. h. abed muslim, h. k. abass*,a. a.d. al-zuk y departme nt of physics ,college of science ,unive rsity of mustansiriyah *departme nt of physics, college of science of women, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 10, may , 2009 accepte d in: 27, september, 2010 aabbss tt rraacc tt the effect of white place image ( test image ) a4 has been st udied as a function of luminous intensity using the tt uu nn ggss tt eenn llaammpp and web camera enet. it was found that the tungst en lamp gives almost even intensities for t he three color band and lighting comp osite at low voltage .while at high voltage causes a fare from each other . the st atist ical characterist ic(mean and st ander deviation ) results for three colors comp osites rgb and lighting comp osites l showed that the mean and st ander deviation increases with the increase of voltage possibly owing to the increase image resolution, which reflects the value of st ander deviation for the blue band greater than red ,green bands and lighting comp osites because of the high contribution of noise in it. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لقیاس الخصائص اإلحصائیة لمنطقة متجانسة enetاستخدام الویب كامیرا تحت إضاءة تنكستن مختلفة ، علي عبد داود الزكي* حسین عبد مسلم ، هبة خضیر عباسشیماء قسم الفیزیاء ،كلیة العلوم، الجامعة المستنصریة قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة العلوم للبنات ،جامعة بغداد * 2009، ایار، 10: استلم البحث في 2010، ایلول، 27: قبل البحث في الخالصة بعملیــة اإلضـاءة المختلفـة الشــدة باسـتخدام مصــدر a4توجهنـا فـي بحثنــا الـى دراســة تـأثر الورقـة االختباریــة البیضـاء وقــد أظهــرت النتـائج انــه عنــد الفولتیـات الواطئــة فــأن enetطة الویــب كـامیرا ااإلضـاءة مصــباح التنكســتن وتحسسـها بوســ فانــه أمـا فــي مــدى الفولتیـات العالیــة .lلــثالث ولمركبـة اإلضــاءة مصـباح التنكســتن یعطـي شــدات متســاویة للحـزم اللونیــة ا للمركبـات ) σواالنحـراف المعیـاري µ المعـدل ( العالقـة بـین الخصـائص اإلحصـائیة كمـا درسـت. یعطـي شـدات متباعـدة زیادة قیمها بزیادة الفولتیـة داللـة علـى زیـادة الوضـوحیة داخـل الصـورة ان ، والحظناlولمركبة اإلضاءة rgb هاللونیة الثالث وذلـك للمســاهمة l،وتكـون قـیم االنحـراف المعیـاري للحزمــة الزرقـاء أعلـى مـن الحـزمتین الحمــراء والخضـراء ومركبـة اإلضـاءة .العالیة للضوضاء فیها المقــــدمـــة الصورة عبارة عن تمثیل لتحسس ضـوئي لإلشـارات المسـتلمة مـن الكاشـف الـذي یكـون عبـارة عـن فلـم ثنـائي األبعـاد (2 – d) أو عبارة عـن مجموعـة مـن المتحسسـات االلكترونیـة المرتبـة بشـكل مصـفوفة ثنائیـة األبعـاد ، كـذلك یمكـن تعریفهـا و. س من الجسم سواء كانـت منعكسـة أو منبعثـة منـه أو كالهمـا على إنها عبارة عن تمثیل بصري لألشعة الواصلة للمتحس الصورة الرقمیة هي عبارة عن مصفوفة ثنائیة األبعاد مرتبة بشكل أعمدة وصفوف وكـل عنصـر مـن عناصـر هـذه المصـفوفة ر مـن ان كـل عنصـ ( x , y )یسـمى بالبكسـل ویمكـن تحدیـد موقعـه ضـمن الصـورة الرقمیـة بنظـــام اإلحـداثیات الحیزیـة الـذي lmin = 0للصــــورة عند تلك النقطة وتتراوح قیمها بین lعناصر المصفوفة قیمة عددیة تمثل قیمة المستوى الرمادي .تمثل اللون األبیض lmax = 255یمثل اللون األسود وبین قیمة عظمى قیمـــة وافیــــة وتكـــون بعیــــدة عـــن المنظـــر األصــــلي الملـــون ولكنهــــا ذ) غیـــر الملونــــة(أن الصـــور ذا التـــدرج الرمــــادي ن ا. بینما الصور الملونة تكون أغنى كثیرًا بالمعلومات ألن األلوان تزید مقدار المعلومـات التـي تحتویهـا الصـورة ،بالمعلومات red, green, blue (rgb)لــوان األساسـیة األحمـر واألخضــر واألزرقأنظمـة معالجـة الصــورالملونة تجمـع أشـارة األ التـي تكـون مفیـدة لتنـاغم الشـدة الرمادیـة وهنالـك أشـارتان أضـافیتان تسـمیان luminance (l)شارة النصوع اللحصول على الــذي saturationع الـذي یعـرف بلـون الطیـف المســیطر فـي الضـوء و اإلشـبا hueبأشـارتي التلـوین والمتمثلـة بتـدرج اللــون [1]. (rgb)ن هذه األشارات تشتق من قیم األلوان األساسیة ا اذ ،یمیز بین نقاوة الطیف للضوء الملون یكـون الضــوء الـداخل للعــین هـو نتیجــة لكثافـة اإلضــاءة اذ ،اإلضـاءة عنصــر شـدید األهمیــة فـي المعالجــة اللونیـة تعـد یتأثر اإلحساس اللوني في العین إذا حصلت تغیرات في اللون المنعكس . [2]كانومعامل انعكاس السطح ألي طول موجي 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد إن مـدى مسـتویات شـدة الضـوء الـذي یمكـن أن یتكیـف معـه نظـام اإلبصـار لـدى ،[3] عـن السـطح نتیجـة لتغیـر فـي اإلضـاءة ال (إن االنتقـال مـن رؤیـة العتمـة . إلـى حـد السـطوع scotopic مـن عتبـة 10¹º اإلنسـان واسـع جـدا ،فهـو یمتـد مـن مرتبـة ملــي المبیــرت 0.1ى إلــ 0.001إلــى رؤیـة الضــوء الســاطع تــدریجي علــى المـدى التقریبــي مــن ) ضـوء أو ضــوء قلیــل جــدا mililambert 3 ~1-أو ml) ( فـي التـدریج أللوغـاریتمي ، كمـا هـو موضـح بـالفرعین المـزدوجین لمنحنـي التكیـف فـي إن مسـتویات الحساسـیة الحالیـة لنظـام اإلبصـار وألیـة مجموعـة محـددة مـن الشـروط تـدعى سـویة ) . 1(هذا المدى في الشـكل إن المنحنـي القصـیر المتقطـع یمثـل مـدى اللمعـان الـذي ba ن توافق على سبیل المثـال اللمعـانتكیف اللمعان ، التي یمكن إ التـي عنـدها ومـا bbویالحظ إن هذا المدى مقید إلى حـد مـا لوجـود سـویة . یمكن أن تدركه العین عندما تتكیف مع هذه الشدة مـن المنحنـي غیـر مقیـد ، ولكـن إذا مـدد إلـى ابعـد ) المـنقط( إن الجـزء العلـوي. دونها تدرك جمیع المحفزات سوادات غیر ممیزة .ba[4]من ذلك بكثیر یفقد معناه ألن شدات أعلى بكثیر سترفع ببساطة مستوي التكیف إلى قیمة أعلى من تعـرف الضوضــاء الموجــودة فـي الصــور بشــكل عـام بأنهــا معلومــات غیـر مرغــوب فیهــا تـؤدي إلــى تشــویه الصــورة " فتعـرف بأنهـا قـدرة التحلیـل ألي منظومـة بصـریة، اذ تعـد مقیاسـا resolutionأمـا الوضـوحیة [5] .وضـوحیتهاوٕاضـعاف أو أشـارتین متقـاربتین فـي الشــدة، ) مكانیــًا أو طیفیـًا ( لقـدرة النظـام البصـري علـى التمییــز بـین نقطتـین متجـاورتین متقـاربتین [7,6]ت المحتواة فیهافكلما زادت تحلیلیة الصور زاد مقدار المعلوما یهدف البحث إلى دراسة عملیة التصویر بأستخدام أضاءة مختلفة في الشـدة ، اذ تقـّیم الصـور الملتقطـة بوسـاطة الكـامیرا وتحدیـد وضـوحیتها وخصائصـها اإلحصـائیة المتضــمنة (rgb)التـي تكـون ذا تمثیـل طیفـي بــثالث حـزم لونیـة ) الناتجـة( مــن خــالل عوامـل عدیــدة یــتم دراســتها بتغییــر شـدة األضــاءة أثنــاء عملیــة التصــویر ) واألنحــراف المعیــاري المعـدل ( بأســتخدام الویــب كـــامیرا وهــذه العوامــل تتضـــمن دراســة توزیــع شـــدة األضــاءة فــي علـــى مســتوي الصــورة مـــن حیــث الثبـــات الـذي لـه rgb الوضـوحیة لشـدة اإلضـاءة (ثـم دراسـة تـأثیر معـامالت الكـامیرا a4 والتجـانس وذلـك بتصـویر ورقـة بیضـاء .مع تغیر شدة اإلضاءة) عالقة بتجانس وانتظام اللون في الصورة، والتباین الذي یمثل حدة التفاصیل الجانب العملي منظومة التصویر المعتمدة في الدراسة عاد ـــ، اذ تتـألف منظومـة العمـل مـن صـندوق مظلـم ذي أب( 2 ) لقد بنیت منظومة العمـل الموضـحة بالشـكل 3 cm ) 74120 61 ( یحتــوي الصــندوق فـــي أحــد الجوانـــب علــى مصـــدر اإلضــاءة ) وفـــي الجانــب نفســـه ) مصـــباح التنكســتن یحتـوي علـى فتحــة للتصـویر توضــع علیهـا الكـامیرا وفــي الجانـب المقابــل توضـع الصـور واألجســام التـي یــراد تصـویرها تحــت كمـا یوجـد فــي (3)لكترونیــة الموضـحة فـي الشــكل شـروط أضـاءة مختلفـة، اذ یــتم الـتحكم بشـدة اإلضــاءة باسـتخدام الـدائرة اال ). لتسجیل شدة الضوء الساقط" الجانب المقابل للكامیرا متحسسا : ي مكونات منظومة التصویر فهي كما یأتأما photo transistor detectorكاشف الترانزستور الضوئي -1 الضــوئي الكاشـف وهــو عبـارة عــن مـادة شــبه موصـلة مــن المتحسـس المســتخدم فـي منظومــة التصـویر هــو الترانزسـتور -:، ان أهم خصــائصه هي) (4كما موضح في الشكل )(npn bp 103السیلكون نوع i – ( 1130 – 420 )یستخدم في التطبیقات التي تتراوح أطوالها الموجیة مابینnm ii – یمتاز بالخطیة العالیة وذلك یعني ان االستجابة تبقى ثابتة مع الزمن أي ان نسبة . اإلشارة الخارجة الى شدة األشعة الساقطة تتناسب طردیا مع شدة الضوء الساقط 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .في الحاسوب في وحدة السیطرة، و یستخدم في الدوائر االلكترونیة المتكاملة ، وفي الصناعات االلكترونیة یستخدم ـــي ان العالقـــة بـــین الحساســـیة الطیفیــــة النســـبیة والطـــول المــــوجي للمتحســـس الترانزســـتور الضــــوئي الكاشـــف موضـــحة فـ ــــل ــــ ) . 5 (الشكـ web camera enet الویب كامیرا -2 : وأهم مواصفاتهاweb camera enet ان الكامیرا الرقمیة المستخدمة في الدراسة هي .بیكسل 480x640بوضوحیة حیزیة : (video capture)تلتقط صور فیدیویة 1 .بیكسل 480x640بوضوحیة حیزیة : (still image capture) ثابتةتلتقط صور 2 .لقطة لكل ثانیة 48اكثرمن : (fram rate)نسبة عدد اللقطات 3 tt مصباح خویط التنكستن 3 uunnggsstteenn llaammpp مصباح خویط التنكستن یسمى بالمصباح المتوهج وهو شائع االستعمال بوصفه مصدر ضوئي حـراري ، ویتركـب فـي أبسـط ع درجـة حــرارة ، اذ ترتفــ)تنكسـتن ( صـورة مـن أنتفــاخ زجـاجي مفــرغ یحتـوي علـى خــویط مـن مــادة جیـدة التوصـیل للكهربــاء مــن الطاقـــة الكهربائیـــة (%2)بـــأمرار تیــار كهربـــائي مناســـب الشــدة فیتحـــول جــزء صـــغیر 2000cالخــویط الـــى حــوالي وتقـدر كفایــة المصـباح الكهربــائي عـادة بــالواط الـذي یعطــي قـوة شــمعة . المسـتنفذة فـي تســخین الخـویط الــى طاقـة ضــوئیة ویتوقف طول عد د الساعات التي یضیئها على شدة التیار الذي یمر فیه ، فالتیـار الشـدید یزیـد مـن القـدرة االضـائیة . واحدة ان الضـوء المنبعـث مـن مصـباح خـویط التنكسـتن ضـوء مائــل . حسـاب عـدد السـاعات التـي یضـیئیها للمصـباح ولكـن علـى : الى الصفرة وهو عبارة عن كل ألوان الطیف المرئي أن خصائص مصباح خویط التنكستن هي ب أنفسـها لضـوء لكـن لـیس النسـ ، یبعـث األطـوال الموجیـة للطیـف المرئـي volt ( 250 – 0 )،الفولتیـة w(100)القـدرة ( ).الشمس جهاز الفولتمیتر واالمیتر -4 استخدام جهاز الفولتمیتر لقیاس الفولتیة المسلطة على المصابیح وجهاز االمیتـر لقیـاس التیـار المـار بالمصـابیح وذلـك .لغرض ایجاد القدرة الكهربائیة المصروفة عند كل شدة إضاءة مستخدمة ـــم الفولتیة -5 ــ منظـ یستخدم منظم الفولتیة لكي یتم التحكم بالتیـار المـار فـي المنظومـة ومـن ثـم یمكـن الـتحكم بشـدة ضـوء المصـابیح أو . مصباح اإلضاءة داخل الصندوق النتائج والمناقشة enet web الملتقطـة بوسـاطة الكـامیرا الرقمـــیة نـوع a4اعتمدت هذه الدراسـة علـى صـور الورقـة بیضـاء بحجـم camera مصـــباح التنكســــتن ( ولشـــدات إضـــاءة مختلفــــة باالعتمـــاد علـــى الفولتیــــة المســـلطة علـــى المصــــدر الضـــوئي ( لمنظومـة التصـویر، حیـث نحصـل علـى شـدات إضـاءة مختلفـة لقـدرات مختلفـة نلـتقط خاللهـا مجموعـة مـن الصـور لغــرض ت الصور وترتیبهـا وفقـا الـى قیمــــة الفولتیـة المسـلطة علـى منظومـة ، اذ قّطعvisul basicبأستخدام برنامج بلغة دراستها صـورة لحـاالت إضـاءة مختلفــة 13، وبـذلك حصـلنا علـى bitmapثابتــــة منفصـــــلة وبصیغــة " التصـویر وخزنهــــــا صـورا .(6)لمصدر التنكستن كما موضحة بالشكل باضــائیات التنكســتن المختلفــة و a4بتصــویر الصــورة االختباریــة درس تجـانس اإلضــاءة لمنظومــة التصــویر وذلــك اذ یمكــن (7)وكمـا موضـح فـي الشـكلبـین الصـورة االختباریـة التـي یـراد تصــویرها ومصـدر اإلضـاءة cm 120المسـافة اإلضاءةتكون منتظمة وقیم شدة volt( 60– 0 ) مالحظة أن توزیع شدة اإلضاءة عندما تكون الفولتیة في المدى 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد أمـا فـي مـدى الفولتیـات األعلـى فـنالحظ . متسـاویة تقریبـا lومركبـة اإلضـاءة rgbتكـون قلیلـة، ومنحنیـات الحـزم اللونیـة rgارتفــاع فــي قــیم المعــدل واالنحــراف المعیــاري ونالحــظ ان قــیم االنحــراف المعیــاري للحزمــة الزرقــاء أعلــى مــن الحـــزمتین وضـوحیة داخـل ن زیـادة المعـدل واالنحـراف المعیـاري تـدل علـى زیـادة الا. وذلـك لمسـاهمتها العالیـة فـي الضوضـاء lوالمركبـة . زیادة كال القیمتین تدل على زیادة الوضوحیة ،اذ انالصورة التي تعتمد على اإلضاءة قـیم االنحـراف المعیـاري والمعـدل للحـزم ن العالقة بـینانالحظ (8)وعند دراسة العالقة بین المعدل واالنحراف الشكل rgb ولمركبـة األضــاءة l وأن قــیم ،تكــون ثابتـة ومســتقرةة نالحــظ أن شـده األضــاء ،اذتتغیــر وفقـًا لتغیــر شــده األضـاءة األلـوان تكــون ةوذلـك ألن لـون الورقـة أبـیض یعنـي أن مشـارك lاالنحـراف المعیـاري تكـاد تكـون ثابتـة لجمیـع الحـزم وللمركبـة ن أن هـذه الحزمـة تكـون المشــاركة مـالشـذوذ وذلــك نـاتج متكافئـة تقریبـًا باسـتثناء الحزمـة الزرقـاء التــي یكـون فیهـا شـيء مـن أمـا عنـد شـدات اإلضـاءة العالیـة فـأن قـیم . lللضوضاء فیها أعلى من غیرها وذلك لمسـاهمتها الصـغیرة فـي تكـوین األضـاءة ي فتبـدأ بـالهبوط أمـا قـیم االنحـراف المعیـار lالمعدل تكون ثابتة نسبیا بالنسبة للحزمتین الحمراء والخضـراء ولمركبـة اإلضـاءة أثنــاء توهجــه بــاالحمرار ثــم یتــوهج بشــدة عنــد فــي حزمــة الحمــراء وذلــك نــاجم عــن ان مصــباح التنكســتن یبــدأ الــى البالنسـبة وتـزداد قـیم االنحـراف المعیـاري . الفولتیات العالیة أي تتحول كثافة اللون للضوء مـن األحمـر العـالي الـى األحمـر الـواطيء بینما الحزمة الزرقاء یالحظ وجود شذوذ فیها بسبب المساهمة العالیـة للضوضـاء فیهـا ،lكبة اإلضاءة للحزمة الخضراء ولمر .وتبدأ قیمها بالتذبذب العشوائي البسیط االستنتاجات تكـون متسـاویة تقریبـا للحـزم اللونیـة الــثالث volt(60-0)ان قـیم المعـدل واالنحـراف المعیـاري فـي مـدى الفولتیـات الواطئـة .1 rgb ومركبة اإلضاءةl وتزداد قیمها بزیادة شدة اإلضاءة. ثابتـة نسـبیا، أمـا قـیم lومركبـة اإلضـاءة rgنالحظ انه في مدى الفولتیات العالیة تكون قیم المعدل بالنسبة الى الحزمتین .2 والهبــوط بالنســبة الـــى الحزمــة الحمــراء أمـــا lومركبـــة اإلضــاءة gخضــراء االنحــراف المعیــاري فتــزداد بالنســـبة الــى الحزمــة ال .بالنسبة الى الحزمة الزرقاء فقیمها تبدأ بالتذبذب العشوائي مـع منحنـي الحزمـة الخضـراء وذلـك نـاتج مـن كـون الحزمـة الخضـراء تعطـي " كبیـرا" یعطي تقاربـا lشكل منحني المركبة . 3 . في الصورة lتكوین الشدة في% 60مشاركة نسبتها بحدود المصـــــــــــــــادر ، هندســـة التلفزیــون ،تعریـــب هـــاني عزیـــز بطــرس،دار الكتـــب للطباعـــة والنشـــر، )1985 (أر فنــدا دهیكـــا -1 .الموصل 2nezamzbad, m . and berns, r.s. (2006), j. soc .inf .disp.14(9) :773. 3holst g. c. ,( 1998) " ccd array s cameras and disp lays " , 2 nd ed, . 4-gonz alez, r. g& wintz , p.,(1977), digitl image processing, addisson –wesley , p 600 5-umbaugh, s.e., (1998). computer vision and image p rocessing", p rentice hall pt r, up p er saddle river, usa. 6-gaskill , jack ,( 1978) ,linear sy st em , fourier transform and op tics , wiley interscience isbno – 471 – 29288 – 5 , . 7jenson, j.r . (1986),introductory digitial image processing a remote sensing persp ective , prentice –hall , englewood clifs , new -jersey 07632 ,. 8-.bp103 datasheet p df datenblatt – siemens semiconductor group – npn – silizium , (2003|0, http : //www. alldatasheet .com / datasheet – p df / p df / 44647/ siem ens/bp103.html ,. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لفولتیات عند استخدام مصباح التنكستن l ومركبة اإلضاءةrgbللحزم اللونیة )σ(و) µ(یبین قیم ) :1(جدول اإلضاءة المختلفة 240 220 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 volt 225 225 225 225 224 223 129 66 29 28 28 28 28 µ)red ( 2.69 3.24 3.03 2.63 3.84 4.55 6.32 4.2 2.11 0 0 0 0 red σ)( 248 250 249 247 251 251 136 70 30 28 28 28 28 µ)green( 10.6 9.04 9.6 11.47 8.29 7.4 6.3 4.51 2.26 0 0 0 0 σ)gree n( 204 209 213 194 216 221 72 42 20 27 28 28 28 µ)blue( 26.12 26.99 27.31 27.58 28.55 27.55 5.71 5.23 3.66 0.89 0 0 0 σ)bl ue( 236 238 238 234 239 239 126 66 29 28 28 28 28 µ)lum( 9.42 8.46 8.78 10.15 8.17 7.32 5.81 4.09 2.11 0 0 0 0 (σ)lum الدائرة االلكترونیة لمنظومة التصویر :)3(شكل ـــة التصویر المقترحة :) 2(شكل ـــــ منظوم مدى اإلحساس باللمعان مظھرا مستویات :)1(شكل ة (4)تكیف خاص 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0v 20v 40 v 60 v 80v 100v 120v 140 v 160 v 180v 200v 220v 240 v .طة الویب كامیرا لشدات إضاءة تنكستن مختلفةایمثل الصور الملتقطة بوس: (6)شكل العالقة بین الحساسیة الطیفیة النسبیة :)5(شكل والطول الموجي للترانزستور الضوئي الكاشف (8) )الترانزستور الضوئي الكاشف ( المتحسس :)4(شكل )npn( من نوع (8) 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 50 100 15 0 200 250 30 0 l-va lue p (l ) lum 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 50 100 15 0 200 250 30 0 b-val ue p (b ) blue 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 50 10 0 150 200 250 30 0 g-val ue p ( g ) gree n 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 50 10 0 150 200 250 30 0 r-va lue p ( r ) red (0v) 0 0. 05 0.1 0. 15 0.2 0. 25 0.3 0. 35 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l-va lue p (l ) lum 0 0. 05 0.1 0. 15 0.2 0. 25 0.3 0. 35 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b-va lue p ( b ) blue 0 0. 05 0.1 0. 15 0.2 0. 25 0.3 0. 35 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g-value p ( g ) green 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r-value p ( r ) red (80v) 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l-va lue p (l ) lu m 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b-va lue p ( b ) blue 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g-value p (g ) green 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r-value p ( r ) red (120v) 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l-va lue p ( l ) lum 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b-va lue p ( b ) blue 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g-value p ( g ) green 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 50 100 15 0 200 250 300 r-va lue p ( r ) red (160v) 0 0.0 5 0. 1 0.1 5 0. 2 0.2 5 0. 3 0.3 5 0. 4 0.4 5 0 50 10 0 15 0 20 0 250 300 l-val ue p (l ) lum 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0 100 20 0 30 0 b-va lue p (b ) blue 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0 50 100 150 20 0 250 300 g-value p (g ) green 0 0. 05 0.1 0. 15 0.2 0. 25 0.3 0. 35 0.4 0. 45 0 50 100 150 200 250 30 0 r-va lue p (r ) red (200v) 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0 10 0 200 300 l-val ue p (l ) lum 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0 10 0 20 0 300 b-val ue p (b ) blue 0 0. 05 0.1 0. 15 0.2 0. 25 0.3 0. 35 0.4 0 100 20 0 300 g-value p (g ) green 0 0.0 5 0. 1 0.1 5 0. 2 0.2 5 0. 3 0.3 5 0. 4 0 50 100 15 0 20 0 250 300 r-val ue p (r ) red (240v) عند استخدام مصباح التنكستن l ومركبة اإلضاءةrgbتوزیع مستویات شــدة اإلضاءة للحزم اللونیة :) 7(شكل لفولتیات اإلضاءة المختلفة µ=28 σ=0 µ=28 σ=0 µ=28 σ=0 µ=28 σ=0 µ=29 σ=2.11 µ=20 σ=3.66 µ=30 σ=2.26 µ=29 σ=2.11 µ=126 σ=5.81 µ=72 σ=5.71 µ=136 σ=6.3 µ=129 σ=6.32 µ=239 σ=8.17 µ=216 σ=28.55 µ=251 σ=8.29 µ=224 σ=3.84 µ=238 σ=8.78 µ=213 σ=27.31 µ=249 σ=9.6 µ=225 σ=3.03 µ=236 σ=9.42 µ=204 σ=26.12 µ=248 σ=10.6 µ=225 σ=2.69 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 0 1 00 200 3 00 mean -g s t d -g gree n 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 0 5 0 1 00 150 200 25 0 mean-r s t d -r re d 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 1 00 200 300 me an-l s t d -l lum 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 0 5 0 10 0 15 0 2 00 250 me an-b s t d -b blue بین المعدل واالنحراف المعیاريیوضح العالقة : 8)(شكل stability constant of some metal ion complexes of (6-(2amino-2-(4-hydroxy phenyl)-acetamido)-3,3--dimethyl-7oxo-4-thia-1-aza-bicyclo[3,2,0]heptanes-2carboxylicacid(amoxicillin) basima m. sarhan dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad nada j. kadhim college of pharmacy / university of karbala enas j. wheed dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 28 april 2013, accepted in : 24 july 2013 abstract measurement of stability constant of some complexes formed by (6-(2-amino-2-(4hydroxy phenyl)-acetamido)-3,3-dimethyl-7-oxo-4-thia-1-aza-bicyclo[3,2,0] heptanes-2carboxylic acid (amoxicillin) with (cr+3, co+2, ni+2, cu+2,ag+1, and cd+2) ions, have been performed(amoxicillin) was found to behave as bidentate ligand with ahardness parameter(α)of (0.46)and asoftness parameter(β)of (1.03) while complexes being formed were of (1:1)ratio. keywords: amoxicillin, stability constant, transation metals 245 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction amoxicillin is a member of penicillin,s group which is a very important class of β lactamic antibiotics used in the therapy because of ite their specific toxicity towards bacteria[1].most of the organic drugs used against bacterial and viral infection contain donor atoms (n,o,s) which easily coordinate with metal ions[2,3]. v.g.alekseev and coworkers [4,5] studied and determined of stability constants of cobalt(ii) and aluminum ions (iii) with amoxicillin , glycine and cephelexin in aqueous solutions by using ph-metric titration at 20c0 with 0.1(kno3). and also s.v. lapshin and coworkers [6] studied the stability constant of copper ions with ampicillinc, amoxicillin and cephalexin (l)anions in aqueous solution at 20 c0 with 0.1 (kno3) by using ph-potentiometry. recently synthesis of some new schiff bases derived from amoxicillin tri hydrate with cinnamaldehyde and p-chlorobenzaldehyde and their complexes with bivalent transition metal ions co(ii), zn(ii), ni(ii), and mn(ii) , the ligand and their metal complexes were characterized on the basis of elemental analysis and micro analytical datas. [7] in this work we are interested mainly in measuring the stability constants(kst) of complexes in aqueous solution of amoxicillin , also to apply pearsons [8] hard-soft , acid-base postutute (hsab) to explain the behavior of this ligand interms of misonos parameters[9] . experimental reagents: the ligand (amoxicillin) was used (b.d.h) analar grade. standard solutions of metal nitrate were prepared from analar reagents. solution of metal nitrate were made with distilled water and carbonate free allkali solution and were standardized against pure potasium hydrogen phthalate[10]. apparatus and proccdure: ph-measurements were carried out with philips ph-meter. the ph-meter was standardized before each run against buffer solutions of known ph values and was checked at the end of each run. results and calculation the acid dissociation constant of (amoxicillin) was calculated and the detailed calculation can be seen in table(1). in order to determine stability constant of metal complexes, two founctions must be calculated.the concentrations of the free chelating species (l-)and the degree of formation(n-) which is defind as the averge of ligand species bound per atom of metal. concentration of free ligand species was calculated by equation previously used with thorium-glycinate [10] of the form: log[l-]=(ph-pka)+ log{(l) t –[koh]t}……(1) an expression for the degree of formation(n-) was used of the form: n‾ = [l]t –[ [h+] ka +1][l‾ ] [m]t … … … (2) where [l]t,[l-],[m]t, are concentrations of total ligands, free ligands and total metal ion, respectively. for the present systems, the reported stability constants, β1, β2 and β3 were computed using the well known j.bierum summation equation with[l-] an[n-] calculated at different ph values from equations (1)and(2) respectively. � � [n − n‾]βn[l]n‾ = 0 𝑛=𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑛=0 � … … … (3) it can be shown after simple approximation that equation(3) may be written for the present system as: 246 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 1 β₃ + (n‾ − 1)[l] β1 β₃ + (n‾ − 2)[l]2 β2 β3 = (3 − n‾)[l]3 … … … . (4) where β1, β2 and β3 are the corresponding stability constants equation(4) is of the form: c+ ax+ by=z where 𝑋 = (𝑛− − 1)(l) 𝑛− 𝑌 = (𝑛‾ − 2)(l)2 𝑛− 𝑍 = (3 − 𝑛‾)(l)3 𝑛− all being experimentally determined functions and 𝑎 = β₁ β2 , b = β₂ β₃ and c = 1 β₃ in each system,the functions x,y and z were calculated from the experimentel data and where fitted to aggression equation using cramemer’s rule for solving such equation. typical titration results are summarized in tables (2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8). stability constants metalamoxicillin complexes and hardness-softness parameter of amoxicillin are calculated using misonos equation[8] results which are shown in table(9). discussion the decrease in the ph value of solutions of (amoxicillin) when aneutral salt solution of metal ions were added is a clear indication of complexe formation. the chemical equation representing the equllibrium could be written as follows. however, calculation of acidity as can be seen in table (1) (ka=9×10-9) indicates that amoxicillin behaves as an acid. it is reasonable to expect acorrelation between the stability of the complex and the acidic dissociation constant of the conjugate acid of the ligand nhl + m+m ⇌ [mln]m-n + nh+ considering the casc of amoxicillin,the association which metal ions takes the following route: n (amoxicillin) + m+m ⇌ [m(amoxicillin)n]m-n + nh+ where[m(amoxicillin)n]m-n represents from table (9) the following conclusion could be drown because of the negative values of (β2, β3 , β4)….etc formation of (1:1) complex species between (amoxicillin) and metal ions may be considered as the only species existing in solution. 247 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 hardness-softness parameters the relationship between stability constant of complexes and the characteristics properties of their constituents was established by pearson [9] he forwarded the interpretation of hard interaction as eleactrostic and soft one as covalent, later, drago and wayland put forward a two parametes equation to represent their acid-base interactions[11]misano[8]has introduced aquantitative relationships for coordination compounds which can be expressed as follows pk= _log k= αx + βy + γ…….(5) where k is the ((stability constant)) of the complex, x and y are parameters of metal ion, (α) and (β)those of the ligand .the parameter(γ) is characteristic of ligand and used to adjust the pks ,so that all lie on the same scale, .the(y) parameter is considered to be measure of softness and may be evaluated from atomic parameters including the radius of the ion from atomic parameters including the radius of the ion ,our results for the soft and hard parameters(y) is complete agreement with those published by misono [8] .the analogous ligand parameter(b) like wise shows the expected increase in values from hard to soft species: oh-=0.4, nh3=1.08, cl-=2.4, br-=5.58,i-=7.17, s2o3= =12.4[12] softness parameter(b)of(amoxicillin) ligand under investigation has value of (1.03) in reminiscent to between of glycine as ligand [13] (b=1.23)and amine as ligand (b=1.08). the(α)and(x)parameters were interpreted by misono as hardness parameters of ligand and metal ion respectively although it includes the inherent acids-base strength of the ligand and metal ion. thus(x)is closely related to the electronegativity of the ion and measures the tendency of metal ion to accept electrons from the ligand. calculated hardness parameter (α)for ligand (amoxicillin) was found to be (α =0.46) a value comparable to (0.455)of the (n,nbis (2-hydroxy ethyl)glycine[14] the weakly acidic ligand. references 1. parashuram, m.a. (2010) ((biocoordination computational modeling and antibacterial sensitivities of cobalt(ii), nikel(ii), copper(ii) and bismuth(v) with gentamicin and amoxicillin antibiotics mixed ligands)),international journal of pharmaceutical sciences review and resarch, vol.3(2):145. 2. nadia, e.a. (2010) ((metal chelates of ampicillin revsus amoxicillin :synthesis, structural investingation and biological studies)),journal of coordination chemistry; vol. 63(3): 534-543. 3. muhammad, z. i. (2009) ((synthesis, spectroscopic and biological studies of transition metal complexes of novel schiff bases derived from amoxicillin and sugars)); journal of the chemical society of pakistan ; vol.31(3):33. 4. alekseev, v.g. and samuilova, i.s. (2008) ((complexes formation in systems cobalt(ii)glycine-beta-lactam antibioties)), russian journal of inorganic chemistry; vol.53(2):327329. 5. alekseev, v.g. and zamyslov, v.g. (2007) ((al(iii)complexes with the ampicillin, amoxicillin and cephelexih anion)),russian journal of coordination chemistry, vol.33(4):12. 6. lapshin, s.v. and alekseev, v.g. (2009) ((copper(ii)complexes at ion with ampicillin, amoxicillin and cephalexin)); russian journal of inorganic chemistry; vol.54(7):44. 7. sunil, j. ; vatsala , p. and uma, v., (2013) ((synthesis, characterization and biological studies of schiff bases metal complexes co (ii), zn (ii), ni (ii), and mn (ii) derived from amoxicillin trihydrate with various aldehydes)), international journal of pharma and bio sciences, vol.62(1):8. 8. pearson, r.g. (1963) ((absolute electronegativity and hardness correlated with molecular orbital theory )) ,j.am.chem.soc; vol.85(3) :3353-3539. 248 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 9. misono, m. (1967) ((a new dual parameter scale for the strength of lewis acids and bases with the evaluation of their softness)), j. inorg. nucl. chem.,vol.29(2):2685. 10. majed, y.a.and zaki, n.s., (1980) ((studies on thorium glycinate from stability constants measurements)) , j.iraqi chem. soc; vol.5(1&2): 27-36. 11. drago, r.s. ;waland, b.b. (1965) ((hexamethyl phosphoramide as proton acceptor.part 1. a near-ir study of its hetro association with ordinary and halogenated valcohols)) , j.am. chem.soc.; vol. 87(4): 3571. 12. huheeg, g. (1978) ((introduction chemistry))2 nd edition,harper international new york ,hagerstone ,san fracisco ,london. 13. majid, y.a.; kawkab, a.g. and ahmed a.g. (1996) ((studies on thorium glycinate from stability constants measurements)) , j.coll. educ. for women, univ.baghdad, vol.7(2):33. 14. sarhan, b.m. (2001) ((stability constant of some metal ion complexes of n-n bis(2hydroxy ethylglycine)); ibn-al-hatham, j.for pure lappl. sci; vol.14(4a):89-99. 15. gordy, w. and thomas, j.o; j.chem.phys 1956; , (( electronegativities of the elements)) ,vol.(24) :43. 16. stockarg, k.h. and schnider, e. a. (1950) "synthesis of morphinan" , chem.acta.; vol.33(2):1437-1448. 17. seymour, l. (1968) schaums outline series linear 4 th edition , kindle edition. table no.(1):determination of the disscociation of aomoxicine.20ml(0.025m)of amoxiciline +27.5ml of water temp.:25c0 , μ =0.1 hl⇌ h+ + l pka=ph + log [𝐻𝐿]+[𝑂𝐻]‾ [𝐵]−[𝑂𝐻]‾ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ml koh 0.085m ph stoichiometric [b] [hl] [oh -] [𝐻𝐿] + [𝑂𝐻]‾ [𝐵] − [𝑂𝐻]‾ pka=ph+ logcol 6 0 6.66 0 1.05×10-2 4.5×10-8 0 0 0.5 7.06 8.85×10-4 1.04 1.148×10-7 10.7539 8.09 1 7.35 1.74×10-3 1.03 2.23×10-7 4.922 8.04 1.5 7.57 2.60 1.02 3.71×10-7 2.9345 8.03 2 7.74 3.43 1.01 5.49×10-7 1.8753 8.01 2.5 7.91 4.25 1×10-3 8.12×10-7 1.3534 8.04 3 8.09 5.05 9.9 1.23×10-6 0.9625 8.04 pka=8.04 , ka=9×10-9 table no.(2):titration of 30ml(0.025m)of amoxiciline and 5ml(0.05m)m(no3)n solutions with 0.085m koh solutions temp. :25c0 ,vol.47.5ml=0.1 ,μ=0.1 ml koh (0.085m) ag+ co+2 ni+2 cu+2 cd+2 cr+3 0.0 4.38 6.05 5.86 3.31 6.22 4.46 0.5 5.26 6.46 6.13 3.41 6.55 4.56 1.0 6.41 6.7 6.40 3.52 6.75 4.68 1.5 6.85 6.87 6.61 3.68 6.89 4.85 2.0 7.11 6.99 6.74 3.83 7.04 5.04 2.5 7.27 7.08 6.85 4.02 7.16 5.25 3.0 7.41 7.18 6.97 4.24 7.19 5.48 3.5 7.51 7.22 7.08 4.57 7.19 5.61 4.0 7.61 7.32 7.18 4.89 ppt 5.73 4.5 7.73 7.40 7.29 5.19 5.83 5.0 7.83 7.44 7.40 5.50 5.86 249 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=ntt_athr_dp_sr_1?_encoding=utf8&field-author=seymour%20lipschutz&search-alias=books&sort=relevancerank table no.(3):titration of (0.025m) amoxiciline and (0.05m) ag(no3) solution with 0.085m koh solution.temp.:25c0, μ =0.1 ml koh 0.085m ph [koh]t [m]t [l]t 𝐻 + 𝐾𝑎 [l]‾ n‾ 0.0 4.38 0 5.26×10-3 1.57×10 -4 4631.88 0 0 0.5 5.26 8.85×10-4 5.21 1.56 610.6 2.44×10-5 0.1274 1.0 6.41 1.74×10-3 5.15 1.54 43.22 3.2×10-4 0.2407 1.5 6.85 2.60 5.10 1.53 15.69 8.19×10-4 0.3165 2.0 7.11 3.43 5.05 1.51 8.62 1.37×10-3 0.3782 2.5 7.27 4.25 5.00 1.50 5.96 1.82×10-3 0.4587 3.0 7.41 5.05 4.95 1.48 4.32 2.28×10-3 0.5334 3.5 7.51 5.83 4.90 1.47 3.43 2.61×10-3 0.6333 4.0 7.61 6.60 4.85 1.47 2.72 2.93×10-3 0.7384 4.5 7.73 7.35 4.81 1.44 2.06 3.45×10-3 0.7970 5.0 7.83 8.09 4.76 1.42 1.64 3.76×10-3 0.8937 1) calculation of free ligand [l-] from equation log[l-]=(ph-pka) +log[l]t-[koh]t 2) calculation of the degree of formation (n‾)was used of the from n= [l]t−[ [h+] 𝐾𝑎 +1][l−] [m]t table no.(4):titration of (0.025m) amoxiciline and (0.05m) cd(no3)2 solution with 0.085m koh solution temp.:25c0 ,vol.47.5ml=0.1 , μ =0.1 ml koh 0.085m ph [koh]t [m]t [l]t 𝐻 + 𝐾𝑎 [l]‾ n‾ 0.0 6.22 0 5.26×10-3 1.57×10-4 66.951 0 0 0.5 6.55 8.85×10-4 5.21 1.56 31.315 4.76×10-4 0.0408 1.0 6.75 1.74×10-3 5.15 1.54 19.758 7 0.1665 1.5 6.89 2.60 5.10 1.53 14.31 8.99 0.3009 2.0 7.04 3.43 5.05 1.51 10.133 1.167×10-3 0.41738 2.5 7.16 4.25 5.00 1.50 7.68 1.41 0.5398 3.0 7.19 5.05 4.95 1.48 7.17 1.37 0.7167 3.5 7.19 5.83 4.90 1.47 7.17 1.25 0.91094 table no.(5):titration of (0.025m) amoxiciline and (0.05m) cu(no3)2 solution with 0.085m koh solution. temp.:25c0 ,vol.47.5ml=0.1 , μ =0.1 ml koh 0.085m ph [koh]t [m]t [l]t 𝐻 + 𝐾𝑎 [l]‾ n‾ 0.0 3.31 0 5.26×10-3 1.57×10-4 54419.8 0 0 0.5 3.41 8.85×10-4 5.21 1.56 43227.2 3.44×10-7 0.1321 1.0 3.52 1.74×10-3 5.15 1.54 33.5550 4.12 0.3058 1.5 3.68 2.60 5.10 1.53 23214.4 5.54 0.4764 2.0 3.83 3.43 5.05 1.51 16434.5 7.19 0.6482 2.5 4.02 4.25 5.00 1.50 10611.02 1.02×10-6 0.8224 3.0 4.24 5.05 4.95 1.48 6393.7 1.54 1.0004 3.5 4.57 5.83 4.90 1.47 2990.5 3.00 1.1684 4.0 4.89 6.60 4.85 1.47 1431.3 5.59 1.3379 4.5 5.19 7.35 4.81 1.44 717.39 9.95 1.506 5.0 5.50 8.09 4.76 1.42 351.36 1.76×10-5 1.6787 250 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no,(6):titration of (0.025m) amoxiciline and (0.05m) ni(no3)2 solution with 0.085m koh solution. temp.:25c0 ,vol.47.5ml=0.1 , μ =0.1 ml koh 0.085m ph [koh]t [m]t [l]t 𝐻 + 𝐾𝑎 [l]‾ n‾ 0.0 5.86 0 5.26×10-3 1.57×10-4 153.37 0 0 0.5 6.13 8.85×10-4 5.21 1.56 82.36 1.8×10-4 0.0974 1.0 6.40 1.74×10-3 5.15 1.54 44.23 3.1 0.2419 1.5 6.61 2.60 5.10 1.53 27.27 4.7 0.3844 2.0 6.74 3.43 5.05 1.51 20.21 5.84 0.5326 2.5 6.85 4.25 5.00 1.50 15.69 6.94 0.6826 3.0 6.97 5.05 4.95 1.48 11.90 8.2 0.8514 3.5 7.08 5.83 4.90 1.47 9.24 9.72 0.9675 4.0 7.18 6.60 4.85 1.47 7.34 1.09×10-3 1.1144 4.5 7.29 7.35 4.81 1.44 5.698 1.25 1.2479 5.0 7.40 8.09 4.76 1.42 4.423 1.39 1.3885 table no.(7):titration of (0.025m) amoxiciline and (0.05m) co(no3)2 solution with 0.085m koh solution. temp.:25c0 ,vol.47.5ml=0.1 , μ =0.1 ml koh 0.085m ph [koh]t [m]t [l]t 𝐻 + 𝐾𝑎 [l]‾ n‾ 0.0 6.05 0 5.26×10-3 1.57×10-4 96.77 0 0 0.5 6.46 8.85×10-4 5.21 1.56 38.52 3.87×10-4 0.0579 1.0 6.70 1.74×10-3 5.15 1.54 22.169 6.24 0.1812 1.5 6.87 2.60 5.10 1.53 4.98 8.58 0.3082 2.0 6.99 3.43 5.05 1.51 11.369 1.04×10-3 0.44259 2.5 7.08 4.25 5.00 1.50 9.241 1.17 0.5855 3.0 7.18 5.05 4.95 1.48 7.341 1.34 0.7220 3.5 7.22 5.83 4.90 1.47 6.695 1.34 0.8956 4.0 7.32 6.60 4.85 1.47 5.318 1.505 1.029 4.5 7.40 7.35 4.81 1.44 4.42 1.615 1.179 5.0 7.44 8.09 4.76 1.42 4.03 1.54 1.3463 table no.(8):titration of (0.025m) amoxiciline and (0.05m) cr(no3)3 solution with 0.085m koh solution. temp.:25c0 ,vol.47.5ml=0.1 , μ =0.1 ml koh 0.085m ph [koh]t [m]t [l]t 𝐻 + 𝐾𝑎 [l]‾ n‾ 0.0 4.46 0 5.26×10-3 1.57×10-4 3852.6 0 0 0.5 4.56 8.85×10-4 5.21 1.56 3060.2 4.87×10-6 0.13124 1.0 4.68 1.74×10-3 5.15 1.54 2321.4 5.96 0.30135 1.5 4.85 2.60 5.10 1.53 1569.48 8.19 0.4779 2.0 5.04 3.43 5.05 1.51 1013.34 1.16×10-5 0.6460 2.5 5.25 4.25 5.00 1.50 624.8 1.74 0.8178 3.0 5.48 5.05 4.95 1.48 367.9 2.68 0.9885 3.5 5.61 5.83 4.90 1.47 272.7 3.29 1.1589 4.0 5.73 6.60 4.85 1.47 206.89 3.86 1.3351 4.5 5.83 7.35 4.81 1.44 164.3 4.34 1.4995 5.0 5.86 8.09 4.76 1.42 153.37 4.03 1.6740 251 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(9): mesonos metal-amoxiline parameters calculation according to the equation logk=αx + βy + γ ,where k being the first association(β1). *x is related to the electronegatively of the ion and is obtained from the equation (10x)1/2 =x0m + (in) 1/2 ,where x0m is the electronegativity of the metal taken from gordy and thomas[15] and (in) is the ionization energy (e.v)[16]. **y =10{ in in+1 }{ ri n 1 2 } where(ri) is the ionic radius of metal ion and (n).is the formal charge *** values of ligands paramers were calculated using the least squares solution of an over determined system of linear equations to derive the normal equation[17] . metal ion β1 metal parameter notes ag+ 3.25×103 *x **y β2, β3 ,βn ……etc have negatives values. cd+2 5.84×103 4.80 3.99 cu+2 1.63×109 4.87 3.04 ni+2 3.67×104 5.31 2.80 co+2 3.307×104 4.73 2.82 cr+3 3.09×106 4.39 2.59 ***ligand parameters 8.39 2.70 α 0.46 β 1.03 γ 3.766 252 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 -4(-2 -امینو-2(-6( تعیین ثوابت االستقراریة لبعض المعقدات الفلزیة مع ثنائي -ازا -1-ثایا -4-وكسو -7-ثنائي مثیل -3,3-استیمایدو)ھیدروكسي فینول) حامض الكاربوكسیلك (اموكسلین) -2-) ھبتان0,2,3الحلقة ( باسمة محسن سرحان قسم الكیمیاء/كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھیثم/جامعة بغداد ندى جاسم كاظم جامعة كربالء لة/ كلیة الصید ایناس جاسم وحید جامعة بغداد /) ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / الكیمیاءقسم 2013تموز 24قبل البحث في : ، 2013نیسان 28استلم البحث في : الخالصة cd+2 and ag+1 ,cu+2, ni+2 ,co+2 ,cr+3 وثوابت 0م25ُعیَِن ثابت التفكك لالموكسلین في درجة مع ان ھذا اللیكاند یتصرف وكانھ ثنائي السن وانھ یكون مع معظم المعقدات معقدات ثابتة للمعقدات التي یكونھا االستقراریة ) تساويα) مع االیونات اعاله وحسبت معامالت الصالدة واللیونة للیكاند وقد وجد ان قیمة معامل الصالدة (1:1بنسبة ( ).1.03() تساويβ) وان معامل اللیونة (0.46( ثوابت االستقراریة، المعقدات الفلزیة االموكسلین،-الكلمات المفتاحیة: 253 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 10. majed, y.a.and zaki, n.s., (1980) ((studies on thorium glycinate from stability constants measurements)) , j.iraqi chem. soc; vol.5(1&2): 27-36. 11. drago, r.s. ;waland, b.b. (1965) ((hexamethyl phosphoramide as proton acceptor.part 1. a near-ir study of its hetro association with ordinary and halogenated valcohols)) , j.am. chem.soc.; vol. 87(4): 3571. 12. huheeg, g. (1978) ((introduction chemistry))2 nd edition,harper international new york ,hagerstone ,san fracisco ,london. 13. majid, y.a.; kawkab, a.g. and ahmed a.g. (1996) ((studies on thorium glycinate from stability constants measurements)) , j.coll. educ. for women, univ.baghdad, vol.7(2):33. 14. sarhan, b.m. (2001) ((stability constant of some metal ion complexes of n-n bis(2-hydroxy ethylglycine)); ibn-al-hatham, j.for pure lappl. sci; vol.14(4a):89-99. 15. gordy, w. and thomas, j.o; j.chem.phys 1956; , (( electronegativities of the elements)) ,vol.(24) :43. 16. stockarg, k.h. and schnider, e. a. (1950) "synthesis of morphinan" , chem.acta.; vol.33(2):1437-1448. 17. seymour, l. (1968) schaums outline series linear 4 th edition , kindle edition. table no.(1):determination of the disscociation of aomoxicine.20ml(0.025m)of amoxiciline +27.5ml of water temp.:25c0 , μ =0.1 hl⇌ h+ + l pka=ph + log ,,𝐻𝐿.+,𝑂𝐻.‾-,𝐵.−,𝑂𝐻.‾. table no.(2):titration of 30ml(0.025m)of amoxiciline and 5ml(0.05m)m(no3)n solutions with 0.085m koh solutions temp. :25c0 ,vol.47.5ml=0.1 ,μ=0.1 table no.(3):titration of (0.025m) amoxiciline and (0.05m) ag(no3) solution with 0.085m koh solution.temp.:25c0, μ =0.1 1) calculation of free ligand [l-] from equation log[l-]=(ph-pka) +log[l]t-[koh]t 10010018 10010019 10010020 10010021 10010022 10010023 10010024 10010025 10010026 10010027 10010028 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 26 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 calculating the sputtering yield of lithium, sodium and krypton bombarded by same target ion using trim simulation program enas ahmed jawad mustafa kamel jassim huda majeed tawfeek dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in :10/april/2016,accepted in :19 /july/2016 abstract calculations of sputtering yield for lithium,sodium and krypton bombarded by the same own ions are achieved by using trim program.the relation of angular dependent of sputtering yield for each ion/target is studied. also, the dependence of the sputtering yield of target on the energy of the same ion is discussed and plotted graphically. many researchers applied polynomials function to fit the sputtering data from experimental and simulation programs, however, we suggest to use ior function for fitting the angular distribution of the sputtering yield. a new data for fitting coefficients of the used ion/target are presented by applying used function for the dependence of the sputtering yield on the ion energy. keywords: sputtering, trim program, ion plasma, lithium, sodium, krypton. physics | 27 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 introduction sputtering is a process whereby atoms are ejected from a solid target material due to bombardment of the target by energetic particles [1 – 4]. sputtering begins when an energetic particle strikes a target surface atom. this particle is often called the incident, primary, or projectile particle.sputtering occurs as the result of a series elastic collisions where the momentum is transferred from the incident ions to the target atoms through a series of binary collisions or a collision cascades region. a surface atom may be ejected as a sputtered particle if it receives a component of kinetic energy that is sufficient to overcome the surface binding energy (sbe) of the target material [5]. the minimum ion energy required for sputtering is called threshold energy which depends on the heat of sublimation of target material; it is relatively insensitive to the nature of the bombarding ions [6]. trim (transport of ions in matter) is a simulation program which employs monte carlo algorithm to simulate sputtering process. it is part of the srim(stopping and range of ions in matter ),the software package which contains a set of programs that related to the stopping range of ions in matter calculations through quantum mechanical treatment of ion atom collisions [7]. in this paper we use trim program to calculate thesputtering yield of light/heavy target bombard by its own ion. we choose li,na and kr to study the sputtering yield parameters that affect the sputtering process, such as kinetic energy of bombarding ions and incidence angle. in this way, we can explore how the sputtering yield is when the target is bombarded by its own ions. theory sputtering yield can be defined as the mean number of atoms removed per incident particle: ………………………………………………………………..(1) the sputtering threshold is defined as the minimum kinetic energy of the bombarding particle for sputtering to occur [8].thus, the bombarding particle must have a kinetic energy above .the sputtering yield depends on the properties of both the incident particle (energy, mass and incidence angle) and the target(atomic mass, surface binding energy, surface etexture and crystal orientation) [9].the sputtering yield can be expressed as in the following expression [10]. ……………………………………………………….(2) where is a factor associated with target material, and have expression used in numerical calculations given as [10]. ………………………………………………………..(3) in which is a correction factor, which is a function of the mass ratio between bombarding target mass to the mass of the particle projectile ⁄ , is atomic density of the target , is initial angle of incidence , and is a nuclear stopping cross – section.the latter is given by [11]: ( )( ) …………………………….(4) where , are the atomic numbers for each of the incident particle and material target bombard respectively, and is the limit of the decline in the nuclear cross section and it is expressed by [10]. …………………………………………………(5) where is the reduced energy which is given by equation [10] physics | 28 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 ( ) ………………………………………………………….(6) results and discussion 1. effect of increasing incident ion angle on the sputtering yield figures (1 – 3) show the sputtering yield as a function of ion incidence angle for litarget bombarded by , na target bombarded by and kr target bombarded by at fixed ion energy of and with constant ion number of .in all figures mentioned the sputtering yield has a slight increase from the incident angle of ( ), and then a significant increase between ( ) of incident angle until finally decreases rapidly at larger angles.the reason for the increase of the sputtering yield is that the deposited energy distribution is shifted closer to the surface. on the other hand, the drop – off of the sputtering yield at higher angles is thought to be caused by the increase of ion reflection from the target surface. this behavior is common and similar to most of elements and alloys target that are bombarded by various ions. the difference is in the sputtering yield values at different angles of incident as well as in the angle which provides the maximum of sputtering yield .for the sputtering yield of the elements used, it is clear that light lithium has a higher sputtering yield than krypton and sodium respectively. obviously, from figures (1 – 3) the peak of sputtering yield of krypton is located at lower angle than the other elements. generally, the degree of effect of the bombarding angle on the sputtering yields depends on the target used. since the calculations are distinct and singular for each individual angle, the fitting process has to be working to provide equation that describes the behavior. of course, the suggested fitting would result in different coefficients for each element under consideration. we use two types of best – fit function to express the sputtering yield data for comparison provided by igor pro program. the first function is a six degree polynomial ……………………………………...(7) and the second is called (ior) function: …………………………………………………………………(8) where the coefficients of the best fit values of equation (7) which are given in table 1, and for equation (8) in table 2. although, many researchers used polynomials function for fitting the sputtering yield vs. angle of incident ion , we suggest using and activating the other fitting given by ior function due to the absence of fluctuations at small angles in compassion to the polynomial functions. 2. effect of increasing ion energy on the sputtering yield figures (4 – 6) show the sputtering yield vs. ion energy for li, na, and kr at direct incident of ions, respectively. the sputtering yield increases with the increase of incident ions energy until it reaches a maximum sputtering yield and then begins to decrease at higher ion energy. the width of the each target is , and the ion number used for these colocations is . this huge of ion number will interact per second with the target atoms at a direct bombardment and will stop at certain range of the target. the maximum energy transferred by ions to the target occurs approximately at a half distance of the ion range in the target. therefore, the collision cascades regions are extended from the surface to the distance of maximum energy deposited in to the target. for the same reason mentioned above, we work the fitting process, but now we use a ready formula proposed earlier for a particular ion – target sputtering [11]: ( ) ( ) ……………………………………………..(9) physics | 29 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 for the presented work the coefficients of , , , and which give the best fitting of trim are tabulated in table (3).it is for a specific interaction between certain similarly ion/target using above equation and it is new and not mentioned before. 3. the effect of the mass of both incident ions and target the calculations were carried out with ion number for each ions incident on the same width element targets of . the following table describes the properties of ion/target used in the calculations. ion mass target mass target density lithium ⁄ sodium ⁄ krypton ⁄ figure (7) shows the angular dependent of sputtering yield for mentioned ion/target.clearly, the higher the sputtering yield takes place for li, na and kr respectively. this is due to the lower mass and atomic number of the li in comparison with the other used ions.on average the light atoms in the cascades carry far greater momentum towards the surface of the target than do the heavy atoms. thus, this leads to a higher sputtering yield. in this paper the scheme is to use similar ion/target monoatomic element. this means the mass of incident ion is equal or less than the target atom mass. thus there is probability that an elastic reflection of ion from the target surface to takes place. the reflected particle becomes neutral because the ions are neutralized shortly before it impact the surface and it is not unaffected by sheaths. these neutral particles believe to be a source of losing energy from incident ion energy. therefore, this aspect leads to a significant effect of the sputtering process. conclusions there are many mathematical models that illustrate the interaction of ions with metals, as well as several of the simulation programs describing these interactions. in this paper, the global trim program has been used to calculate the sputtering yield of li, na and kr target bombarded by its own ion, respectively. we found that the sputtering yield depends on the mass of the target and the atomic number of both ion and target. the same lighter ion/target gives lower sputtering yield at lower angles of ion incident and a maximum point of sputtering yield at higher angles. further, the same lighter ion/target has a shifted peak of sputtering towards higher angles. moreover, the lower the sputtering yield of the same ion/target vs. ion energy is denoted by the lighter ion/target. regard to the angular distribution of the sputtering yield we suggest to use (ior) function instead of polynomial functions because it does not suffer from fluctuations and smother than the second functions. physics | 30 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 reference 1. kirk, a. z. ( 2007) “differential sputtering yield of refractory metals by ion bombardment at normal and oblique incidences” colorado state university fall 2. lucille, a. g. , and . fred. a . s, ,(2005) "introduction to focused ion beams: instrumentation, theory, techniques, and practice". springer. 3. sigmund, p. ,(1969) " theory of sputtering . i. sputtering yield of amorphous and polycrystalline target", physical review, (148), (2), 383 – 416. 4. behrisch,r. and eckstein,w. (2007)"sputtering by particle bombardment: experiments and computer calculations from threshold to energies", springer, berlin. 5. orloff, j. ; utlaut, m. and. swanson, l. (2003). “high resolution focused ion beams: fib and its applications”, kluwer academic/plenum publishers, ny. 6. shwartz, g.c.(2006) “handbook of semiconductor interconnection technology”, crc press book. 7. ziegler ,j.f. and biersack, j. p . (2003) srim. http://www.srim.org. 8. lucille, a.g. and fred, a.s. (2005) ,“introduction to focused ion beams: instrumentation, theory, techniques, and practice”. springer. 9. behrisch, r.( 1981).“introduction and overview ,sputtering by particle bombardment i” , 1-8, springer-verlag, berlin. 10. guping ,d. tingwen. x. and yun. l. (2012). preferential sputtering of ar ion processing sio2 mirror, aomatt, the 6th spie international symposium on advanced optical manufacturing and testing technologies. 11. nakles ,m. r. (2004) ,“experimental and modeling studies of low-energy ion sputtering for ion thrusters”, msc thesis, virginia polytechnic institute and state university. 12. bianchi,s.and ferrara,a.(2005)."igm metal enrichment through dust sputtering" mon. not. r. astron. (22), 1–20. physics | 31 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 table (1): the fitting coefficients of polynomial function for sputtering for(li, na and kr), which is shown in figure (1,2,3). k0 k1 k2 k3 k4 k5 li-li 1.4936 -0.39993 0.040218 -0.001451 2.1693e-3 -1.098e-7 na-na 1.4668 0.05796 -0.05796 -1.688e-5 2.0182e-7 -1.820e-8 kr-kr 2.0749 0.060443 -0.003202 0.007052 -8.694e-7 7.049e-10 table( 2): the fitting coefficients of ior function for sputtering for (li, na and kr), which is shown in figure (1,2, 3). y0 a x0 b li-li 0.22641 2295 79.976 174.4 na-na 1.1915 2412.5 72.573 323.01 kr-kr 1.3784 4958.4 73.026 863.88 table( 3): the fitting coefficients of equation (10) for the curves are shown in figure (4 – 6). li-li 0.238 0.0004 3.000 0.688 2.000 na-na 2.2638 0.0004 6.000 0.4398 9.000 kr-kr 6.787 0.001 10.000 0.4154 62.000 figure( 1): the sputtering yield as a function of ion incident angle for na target bombarded by na ion. the trim data are fitted using double functions; polynomial and ior provided by igor program. physics | 32 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure( 2): the sputtering yield as a function of ion incident angle for li target bombarded by li ion. the trim data are fitted using double functions; polynomial and ior provided by igor program. figure( 3): the sputtering yield as a function of ion incident angle for kr target bombarded by kr ion. the trim data are fitted using double functions; polynomial and ior provided by igor program. physics | 33 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure( 4): sputtering yield vs. ion energy for sputtering of li with theoretical equation fitting. figure( 5): sputtering yield vs. ion energy for sputtering of na with theoretical equation fitting. physics | 34 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (6): sputtering yield vs. ion energy for sputtering of kr with theoretical equation fitting. figure( 7): the angular dependent of the sputtering yield of li,na and kr with fixed ion number, the width of the target and ions energy. physics | 35 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انتطبٍقٍت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 حساباث حاصل الترريز لكل هي اللثيىم و الصىديىم و الكريبتىى عٌذ قصفها بٌفس ايىى الهذف باستخذام برًاهج هحاكاة التــــرم يٌاس احوذ جىاد ا هصطفً كاهل جاسن هذي هجيذ تىفيق جايعت بغذاد /كهٍت انتشبٍت نهعهىو انصشفت )ابٍ انهٍثى( /قسى انفٍضٌاء 6102/توىز/ 01قبل في,6102 /ًيساى/01استلن في : الخالصت بشَايج باستخذاو أٌىَاتها قصفها بُفسانكشٌبتىٌ عُذ و انصىدٌىوٍثٍىو ، وهان حاصم انتشرٌز نكم يٍ حساباث اَجضث حاصم اعتًاد وتى يُاقشت، أٌضا. أٌىٌ/انهذف قٍذ انبحث نكم نحاصم انتشرٌز انضاوياالعتًاد تى دساستعالقت . انتــــشو بٍاَاثعُذ اجشاءهى يالئًت انباحثٍٍ فً هزا انًجال اٌ انعذٌذ يٍ بٍاٍَا.سسى انهذف و أٌىٌ عهى طاقت َفس انهذف تشرٌز نًالئًتior دانت استخذاو َقتشح، ويع رنك، ٌستعًهىٌ يتعذدة انحذود وبشايج انًحاكاة انتجشٌبٍت تائجانُ رٌزحاصم انتش قٍذ /انهذفبٍاَاث حاصم انتشرٌز أٌىٌ نًالئًت يعايالث جذٌذةقٍى ت قذو. فً هزا انبحث نحاصم انتشرٌز انضاوي انتىصٌع .انًعتًذ عهى انطاقت االٌىَاث انساقطتانبحث انكشٌبتىٌ، هٍثٍىو،انصىدٌىو، انبالصياانتــــشو، بشَايج، :حاصم انتشرٌز كلواث الوفتاحيتال microsoft word 1-8   1 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 first occurrence of three species of the genus dactylogyrus diesing, 1850 (monogenea: dactylogyridae) in iraq from some diyala river fishes, diyala province abid ali j. j. al-saadi haider j. mohammed dept. of biology, college of education (ibn-al-haitham) for pure science, university of baghdad haidarprince@yahoo.com received in:18 /june/2017, accepted in:24 /september/2017 abstract three monogeneans: dactylogyrus folkmanovae from gills of chondrostoma regium, d. reinii from gills of mesopotamichthys sharpeyi and d. robustus from gills of leuciscus vorax were collected from diyala river in diyala province. the description, measurements and illustrations of these parasites were given. keywords: monogenea, dactylogyrus folkmanovae, dactylogyrus reinii, dactylogyrus robustus, diyala river, iraq   2 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction the fishes as a group from biodiversity view point, has the highest species variety among all vertebrate taxa. froese and pauly [1] have documented 32,500 fish species in the world. fishes are of great implication in the life of mankind as a source of food, profits and employment. they are known for nutritionally wealthy source of protein, minerals and fewer saturated fats. parasites and diseases however are known to affect the delectableness and availability of fish provisions [2], ultimately affecting the national wealth [3]. among the fish parasites, monogeneans are the most numerous ectoparasites of fish, constituting the main class of phylum platyhelminthes. monogeneans mainly contaminate the gills of fishes [4], typically infecting the gills and/ or external surfaces of freshwater and marine fishes [5] and feeds on mucus, epithelial cells, tissues and blood causing different signs and symptom [6]. the most significant monogenean parasites in fishes are the dactylogyrids and gyrodactylids [7], mainly infecting cyprinid fishes [8]. dactylogyrus parasites are the cause of serious infections in gill filaments which affect respiration, their pathogenicity consequences in high mortalities [9, 10] and cause important economic losses in aquaculture [11, 12]. in iraq, the first record of dactylogyrus species from diyala river was d. cornu on five freshwater fish species [13].  so, more surveys on fish parasites are needed to recognize more species in this river. the present investigation deals with the record of three monogenean species belonging to the genus dactylogyrus for the first time in iraq infecting gills of some freshwater fishes from diyala river. materials and methods a total of 84 fishes belonging to four species were collected from diyala river, at khan bani saad (situated between 33°-35° n and 36°-44° e). sampling was done weekly twice during the period from july 2016 to february 2017. the fishes were placed in a cool box containing local river water, transferred right away to the laboratory and were examined within 24 hours after their capture. the fishes were identified according to coad [14]. in the laboratory, the gill arches were isolated from both sides, kept moist in petri dishes and examined under dissecting microscope for the presence of dactylogyrids on each gill lamella. parasites were isolated and then stained with aqueous neutral red and permanent slides were prepared with glycerolgelatin [15]. drawings of the sclerotized pieces of the haptor were made by using a camera lucida. the measurements of parasites were achieved by ocular micrometer. the morphological terminology and the parasites identification were done on basis of pugachev et al. [16], as shown in figure (1). the information on the previous account records of parasites were checked by using the index-catalog of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq [17]. the mean values of all measurements (in mm) employed in this study are used in the description as in the following order: minimum maximum (mean) values.      3 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018             figer (1): the morphological terminology and measurements used in the description of dactylogyrus species according to pugachev et al. (16). mhmedian hook: amain part length, binner root  length, couter root length, dpoint length, ewing. dbdorsal bar: wlength, xwidth. hmarginal hook. co copulatory organ: ctcopulatory tube, apaccessory piece length.   results and discussion the present investigation showed the existence of three species of monogeneans belonging to the genus dactylogyrus. the following is an account of their measurements (in mm) which were based on five specimens of each species. dactylogyrus folkmanovae ergens, 1956 (figure (2)): three out of 29 chondrostoma regium were infected with this parasite with a prevalence of 10.4% and a mean intensity of 3. this parasite was not reported before from any fish species in iraq [17], therefore, the present parasite is considered as the first record in iraq. body length was 0.5-0.7 (0.6) and width was 0.09-0.13 (0.11). total length of marginal hooks was 0.023-0.027 (0.025). overall length of median hook was 0.0310.033 (0.032), main part was 0.032-0.034 (0.033), inner root was 0.012-0.014 (0.013), outer root was 0.004-0.006 (0.005), point 0.006-0.008 (0.007). size of dorsal bar was 0.003-0.005 (0.004) x 0.020-0.022 (0.021), size of ventral bar was 0.006-0.008 (0.007) x 0.019-0.021 (0.020). total length of copulatory organ was 0.029-0.035 (0.032). the description and measurements of the present specimens are similar to those reported by pugachev et al. [16].   db    mh    4 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 dactylogyrus reinii el-gharbi, birgi & lambert, 1994 (figure (3)). this species was reported on gills of mesopotamichthys sharpeyi of the present study with prevalence of 8.3% and the mean intensity of 8. this parasite was not reported before from any fish species in iraq [17], therefore, the present parasite is considered as the first record in iraq. small worms, body length was 0.42-0.40 (0.41) and width was 0.074-0.76 (0.075). total length of marginal hooks was 0.024-0.028 (0.026). overall length of median hook was 0.047-0.051 (0.049), main part was 0.031-0.033 (0.032), inner root was 0.020-0.022 (0.021), outer root was 0.005-0.007 (0.006), point was 0.013-0.017 (0.015). size of dorsal bar was 0.007-0.009 (0.008) x 0.027-0.031 (0.029). size of ventral bar was 0.003-0.005 (0.004) x 0.021-0.025 (0.023). total length of copulatory organ was 0.033-0.035 (0.034).   the description and measurements of the present specimen are similar to those reported by pugachev et al. [16]. dactylogyrus robustus malewitzkaja, 1941 (figure (4)). the specimens of d. robustus were collected from gills of leuciscus vorax with a prevalence of 6.3% and a mean intensity of 3. this parasite was not reported before from any fish species in iraq [17], therefore, the present parasite is considered as the first record in iraq. body length was 1.2-1.4 (1.3) and width was 0.2-0.4 (0.3). total length of marginal hooks was 0.037-0.039 (0.038). overall length of median hook was 0.048-0.050 (0.049), main part was 0.040-0.042 (0.041), inner root was 0.023-0.025 (0.024), outer root was 0.018-0.020 (0.019), point was 0.033-0.035 (0.034). size of bar was 0.0180.020 (0.019) x 0.083-0.085 (0.084). total length of copulatory organ was 0.0870.091 (0.089).   the description and measurements of the present specimen are similar to those reported by pugachev et al. [16]. acknowledgements thanks are due to prof. dr. furhan t. mhaisen for checking the present records with his index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq.   5 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018                   figure (2): dactylogyrus folkmanovae, aphotomicrograph of the haptor (400x), b camera lucida drawing of the haptor, cphotomicrograph of the copulatory organ (400x) and dcamera lucida drawing of the copulatory organ         6 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018   figure (3): dactylogyrus reinii, aphotomicrograph of the haptor (400x), bcamera lucida drawing of the haptor, cphotomicrograph of the copulatory organ (400x) and dcamera lucida drawing of the copulatory organ                           d   7 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018   figure (4): dactylogyrus robustus, aphotomicrograph of the haptor (400x), b camera lucida drawing of the haptor, cphotomicrograph of the copulatory organ (400x) and dcamera lucida drawing of the copulatory organ references [1] r. froese, and d. pauly, fish base.org. http://www.fishbase.org, 2017. [2] k.a. hadfield,the biodiversity, systematic and ecology of fish parasitic gnathid isopods from the east coast of south africa. m. sc. thesis, fac. sci., univ. johannesburg, 228,2007. [3] h.r. chiary;u. kapinder;u.c. goswami, and h.s. singh,abundance of diseases in food fishes of north east region of india with reference to economic loss. iosr j. agric. vet. sci., 7(1): 23-33, 2014. [4] b.e.bychowsky, monogenetic trematodes, their systematic and phylogeny. akad. nauk s.s.s.r., moscow, 509, 1957, (in russian). [5] d.i. gibson; t.a.timofeeva, and p.i. gerasev,a catalogue of the nominal species of the monogenean genus dactylogyrus diesing, 1850 and their host genera. syst. parasitol., 35: 3-48, 1996.     8 | biology 31.1.1843 /https://doi.org/10.30526   2018)عام 1العدد (31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [6] van c. jnr. duijn, diseases of fishes, 3rd edn., iliffe books, london: 372, 1973. [7] e. amlacher. textbook of fish diseases. (engl. transl.) t.f.h. publ., jersey city: 302, 1970. [8] a. šimková; o .verneau; m. gelnar, and s. morand, specificity and specialization of congeneric monogeneans parasitizing cyprinid fish. evolution, 60: 1023-1037,2006. [9] b. jiang; c. chi; y.w. fu; q.z, zhang, and g.x. wang, in vivo anthelmintic effect of flavonol rhamnosides from dryopteris crassirhizoma against dactylogyrus intermedius in goldfish (carassius auratus). parasitol. res., 112: 4097-4104,2013. [10] x. tu; f. ling; a. huang, and g. wang, the first report of dactylogyrus formosus kulwiec, 1927 (monogenea: dactylogyridae) from goldfish (carassius auratus) in central china. parasitol. res., 114: 2689-2696, 2015. [11] p.a. reed; r. francis-floydand, and r.c. klinger, fa28/fa033: monogenean parasites of fish. ediselectronic data information source uf/ifas extension, univ. florida, 2009. [12] p.t.k. woo; d.w. bruno, and l.h.s. lim, diseases and disorders of finfish in cage culture. cab int., wallingford: 354, 2002 [13] n.m. ali; a.r. al-jafery, and k.n. abdul-ameer, new records of three monogenetic trematodes on some freshwater fishes from diyala river, iraq. j. biol. sci. res., 17(2): 253-266, 1986. [14] b.w. coad, freshwater fishes of iraq. pensoft publisher, sofia: 274 pp. + 16 pls,2010. [15] a.v. gussev; n.m. ali; k.n. abdul-ameer; s.m .amin, and k. molnár, new and known species of dactylogyrus diesing, 1850 (monogenea, dactylogyridae) from cyprinid fishes of the river tigris, iraq. syst. parasitol., 25: 229-237, 1993. [16] o.n. pugachev; p.i. gerasev; a.v. gussev; r. ergens, and i. khotenowsky, (eds.) guide to monogenoidea of freshwater fish of palaeartic and amur regions. ledizioni ledi publ, milano: 567, 2009 [17] f.t. mhaisen, indexcatalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq. (unpublished: mhaisenft@yahoo.co.uk) 2017. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 316 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: dr.huda_hm2029@yahoo.com abstract some nonlinear differential equations with fractional order are evaluated using a novel approach sumudu and adomian decomposition technique (stadm). to get the results of the given model, the sumudu transformation and iterative technique are employed. the suggested method has an advantage over alternative strategies in that it does not require for additional resources or calculations. this approach works well, easy to use, and yield good results. besides, the solution graphs are plotted using matlab software. also, the true solution of the fractional newell-whitehead equation is shown together with the approximate solutions of stadm. the results showed our approach is a great way, fantastic, reliable and easy method to deal with specific problems in a variety of applied sciences and engineering fields. keywords: sumudu transformation, caputo derivative, fractional calculus, approximate solutions, decomposition method. 1. introduction partial differential equations with fractional order (fpdes) are a modification of integer order differential equations. the study of fpdes has attracted more attention recently. the fractional approach has developed into a powerful modeling technique that is frequently used in the fields of chaotic dynamics, wave propagation, turbulence, turbulent flow, diffusion processes, [1]-[4]. because some fractional order models cannot be tested analytically and the results for fpdes should be have. many researchers have focused on developing effective and reliable techniques for fpdes which include laplace transform [7], laplace variational method (lvim) [8], perturbation method [9], and differential transform method [5], variational iteration method [6], and many others. several analytical and approximation methods using svim solving nonlinear problems of fractional order [9,10], and others[11-17] have been proposed. in this work, we applied a new mixture which is a graceful coupling of two strong approaches stadm for solving fractional-order nonlinear pdes . doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3241 article history: received 26 january 2023, accepted 20 february 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq analytical solutions to investigate fractional newell-whitehead nonlinear equation using sumudu transform decomposition method jasem hussein qays education of collegedepartment of mathematics, university of ,thamhai-al ibn science pure for baghdad, baghdad, iraq. qaisalsaadm@gmail.com huda omran altaie* education of ecollegdepartment of mathematics, university of ,thamhai-al ibn science pure for baghdad, baghdad, iraq. dr.huda_hm2029@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:dr.huda_hm2029@yahoo.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:qaisalsaadm@gmail.com mailto:qaisalsaadm@gmail.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:dr.huda_hm2029@yahoo.com mailto:dr.huda_hm2029@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 317 2. idea of sumudu transform and decomposition approach (stadm): the stadm is discussed in this section as it relates to solving fpdes. the following general fpdes as: 𝐷𝑡 𝑤y(x, t) + ly(x, t) + ny(x, t) = q(x, t) , x ≥ 0, t > 0 , n − 1 < 𝑤 ≤ n ….(1) with the initial conditions y(x, 0) = g(x) or ∂ry(x,0) ∂ tr = g(r)(x, 0) = gr(x) ,……… (2) r = 0,1, … … . . n − 1 the caputo fractional derivative𝐷𝑡 𝑤𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) of 𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) denoted below: 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑡𝑤 𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) = { 1 γ(n − w) ∫ (𝑡 − 𝑠) 𝑛−𝑤−1 𝜕𝑛𝑦(𝑥, 𝑠) 𝜕𝑡𝑛 𝑛 − 1 < 𝑤 < 𝑛 𝑡 0 𝜕𝑛𝑦 (𝑥, 𝑡) 𝜕𝑡𝑛 𝑤 = 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 } taking sumudu transform of the eq. (1), we have: 𝑆[𝐷𝑡 𝑤𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)] + 𝑆[𝑅[𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)]] + 𝑆[𝑁[𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)]] = 𝑆[𝑞(𝑥, 𝑡)]……….(3) the property of sumudu transform of function derivatives used, then 𝑆[𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)] 𝑢𝑤 = ∑ 𝑦(𝑥, 0)𝑘 𝑢𝑤−𝑘 + 𝑆[𝑞(𝑥, 𝑡)] − 𝑛−1 𝑘=0 𝑆[𝐿(𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)) + 𝑁(𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡))] 𝑆[𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)] = 𝑦(𝑥, 0) + 𝑢𝑤𝑆[𝑞(𝑥, 𝑡)] − 𝑢𝑤𝑆[𝐿(𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)) + 𝑁(𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡))] (4) application of sumudu inverse transform on eq. (4) yielded: 𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑆−1(𝑢𝑤𝑆 [𝑞(𝑥, 𝑡)]) − 𝑆−1(𝑢𝑤𝑆[𝐿(𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝑁(𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)]) (5) the representation of the solution for eq. (5) as an infinite series is given below: 𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) = ∑ 𝑦𝑖(𝑥, 𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 (6) and the nonlinear term is being decomposed as: 𝑁[𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡)] = ∑ 𝐴𝑖(𝑦0, 𝑦1, … . , 𝑦𝑖) ∞ 𝑖=0 (7) where, 𝐴𝑖 are the adomian polynomials of functions 𝑦0, 𝑦1, … . , 𝑦𝑖 can be calculated by formula given as: 𝐴𝑖 = 1 𝑖! 𝜕𝑖 𝜕𝜆𝑖 [𝑁 (∑ 𝜆𝑖𝑦𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 )] 𝜆=0 substituting eqs. (6) and (7) in eq. (5): ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 318 ∑ 𝑦𝑖(𝑥, 𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 = ∑ 𝑦(𝑥, 0)(𝑘) 𝑢𝑤−𝑘 ∞ 𝑘=0 + 𝑆−1(𝑢𝑤𝑆[𝑞(𝑥, 𝑡)]) − 𝑆−1 [𝑢𝑤𝑆 [𝐿 (∑ 𝑦𝑖(𝑥, 𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 ) + ∑ 𝐴𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 ]] (8) simplification of eq. (7) as many times as possible resulted into series solution, we get: 𝑦0(𝑥, 𝑡) = ∑ 𝑦(𝑥, 0)(𝑘) 𝑢𝑤−𝑘 ∞ 𝑘=0 + 𝑆−1(𝑠𝑤𝑆[𝑔(𝑥, 𝑡)]) 𝑦1(𝑥, 𝑡) = −𝑆 −1[𝑢𝑤𝑆[𝐿(𝑦0(𝑥, 𝑡)) + 𝐴0]] 𝑦2(𝑥, 𝑡) = −𝑆 −1 [𝑢𝑤𝑆[𝐿(𝑦1(𝑥, 𝑡)) + 𝐴1]] ⋮ 𝑦𝑖(𝑥, 𝑡) = −𝑆 −1[𝑢𝑤𝑆[𝐿(𝑦𝑖−1(𝑥, 𝑡)) + 𝐴𝑖]] finally, the iteration 𝑦0, 𝑦1, … . , 𝑦𝑖 were obtained and we approximate the analytical solution 𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) by truncated series 𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) = ∑ 𝑦𝑖(𝑥, 𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 . 3. test example: the test example shows the reliable and efficient of stadm. all results are calculated using the software matlab r2021b. example 3.1:consider newell-whitehead pdes as follows: ∂w y(x,t) ∂tw − ∂2 y (x,t) ∂ x2 = y (x, t) − y3 (x, t) ……………..(9) with initial condition y (x, 0) = 1 2 [1 + tan h ( x 2√2 )] ……………..(10) and the true solution y (x, t) = 1 2 [1 + tan h ( √2x+3t 4 )] solution : the adomain polynomials for the nonlinear terms −y3 can be computed as follows: by using eq.(10), we have a0 = −y0 3 a1 = −3 y0 2 y1 a2 = −3(y0 2 y2 + y0 y1 2) a3 = −(3(y0 2 y3 + 6y0 y1 y2 + y1 3 ) y0(x, t) = 1 2 1 + tan h x 2√2 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 319 we determine the terms below using the same pattern: the analytical solution is provided by: y𝑛(x, t) = y0(x, t) + y1(x, t) + y2(x, t) + y3(x, t) y𝑛(x, t) = 1 2 1 + tan h x 2√2 + 3 8 sech2 x 2 √2 . t𝛼 α − 9 4 sin h4 x 2√2 csc h3 x √2 . tα α 2 + 9 128 . tα α 3 . cosh x √2 − 2 sech4 x 2√2 where n = 1 , 2 , 3 and 4 for the set of 𝛼 values that applied in this example, which are 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, and 1. 4. results the following figures present the absolute error at t=0.002 with various value of x . we employ a few terms to approximate the solution, and the suggested approach, fstadm, has a high convergence order and higher accuracy. similarly, figure4.1–figure4.6 show the 3d exact and achieved results are plotted at 𝛼 =0.4, 0.6, 0.8, and 1. all the accurate and approximate results on the graphs have shown are much closed and indicates the validity of the present technique. figure 4.1: abs error of the solutions at 𝛼=0.4,0.6,0.8,1. y2(x, t) = − 9 4 sin h4 x 2√2 csc h3 x √2 . tw w 2 y3(x, t) = 9 128 . tw w 3 . cosh x √2 − 2 sech4 x 2√2 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 320 figure4.2: approximate solutions ym at 𝛼=0.4,0.6,0.8 and 1 and exact solution . figure 4.3: the 3d approximate solutions plots at 𝛼 = 0.4 , 0.6 , 0.8 and 1. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 321 figure 4.4: the 3d absolute solution plots. 5. conclusion it is difficult to find analytical solutions to some fpdes with initial and boundary conditions, so the solution here rarely exists. here, the solutions of the time-fractional newellwhitehead equation are made successfully. the results are convergent and much closed to the true solutions. the results are shown through 2d and 3d at various fractional-orders. so, the presented method has an excellent convergent rate and can be used to solve non-linear applications. references 1. i. podlubny, fractional differential equations: an introduction to fractional derivatives, fractional differential equations, to methods of their solution and some of their applications. amsterdam, the netherlands: elsevier, 1998. 2. r. metzler and j. klafter, ``the random walk's guide to anomalous diffusion:afractional dynamics approach,'' phys. rep., 2000, vol. 339, pp. 1_77, dec.. 3. d. baleanu and j. h. kamil, ``a novel approach for korteweg-de vries equation of fractional order,'' j. appl. comput. mech., 2019, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 192_198. 4. h. k. jassim, ``the approximate solutions of three-dimensional diffusion and wave equations within local fractional derivative operator,'' in abstract and applied analysis. london, u.k.: hindawi, 2016. 5. h. k. jassim, ``homotopy perturbation algorithm using laplace transform for newellwhitehead-segel equation,'' int. j. adv. appl. math. mech., 2015, vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 8_12. 6. f. evirgen, ``analyze the optimal solutions of optimization problems by means of fractional gradient based system using vim,'' int. j. optim.control, theories appl., vol. 6, pp. 75_83, 2016. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 322 7. a. atangana, d. boleanu, nonlinear fractional jaulent-miodek and whitham-broer-kaup equations within sumudu transform, abstr. appl. anal., 2013. 8. s. s. ray, r. k. bera, an approximate solution of a nonlinear fractional differential equation by adomian decomposition method , appl. math. comput., 167 (2005). 9. javeed, s.; baleanu, d.; waheed, a.; khan, m.s.; affan, h. analysis of homotopyperturbation method for solving fractional order differential equations. mathematics 2019, 7, 40. 10. ali, h.m. an efficient approximate-analytical method to solve time-fractional kdv and kdvb equations. inf. sci. lett. 2020, 9, 189–198. 11. hh omran, solutins of systems for the linear fredholm-volterra integral equations of the second kind, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017, 23,2,200-206. 12. maad g.m and huda omran altaie, study on approximate analytical methods for nonlinear differential equations, journal of interdisciplinary mathematics, 2022, vol 25,issue 8. 13. 13. maad g.m and huda omran altaie, efficient analytical method for the solution of some fractional -order nonlinear differential equations, international journal of nonlinear analysis and applications, july 2022. 14. maad g.m and huda omran altaie, a new technique for solving fractional nonlinear equations by sumudu transform and adomian decomposition method , ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences,, 20 july 2022. 15. huda omran altaie, two efficient methods for solving non-linear fourth-order pdes, international journal of nonlinear analysis and applications, 2020, volume 11, 543-546. 16. fadhel s.fadhel_ , huda omran altaie, solution of riccati matrix differential equation using new approach of variational iteration method, int. j. nonlinear anal. appl. 12 (2021). 17. maad gatea mousa, approximate-analytical methods for solving non linear equations with its applications , thesis, 2022. https://www.iasj.net/iasj/download/681d96fa27e13411 https://www.iasj.net/iasj/download/681d96fa27e13411 https://ijnaa.semnan.ac.ir/ https://ijnaa.semnan.ac.ir/ https://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/home_page https://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/home_page https://ijnaa.semnan.ac.ir/ conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 195 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 co (ii) and cd (ii) mixed-ligands complexes prepared from n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazine carbodithioic acid methyl ester; synthesis and physico-chemical characterisation riyadh m. ahmed dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science ( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:13/november/2016,accepted in:12/december/2016 abstract this work is based on the synthesis of cobalt(ii) and cadmium(ii) mixed-ligands compounds obtained from the reaction of n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazine carbodithioic acid methyl ester as a ligand and using ethylendiamine (en), 2,2'-bipyridine (bipy) or 1,10-phenanthroline (phen) as a co-ligand. the synthesis of ligand (hl) was based on multi-steps synthetic procedure. the reaction of 4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl chloride with hydrazine gave 4-methylsulfanyl-benzoic acid hydrazide. this compound was reacted with carbon disulfide and potassium hydroxide in methanol to yield n'-(4-methylsulfanylbenzoyl)-hydrazine potassium thiocarbamate, which upon reaction with methyl iodide resulted in the formation of the ligand. a range of physico-chemical techniques was used to characterise the new ligand and its mixed-ligand metal complexes. these include; ir, uvvis, 1 h, 13 c nmr, elemental micro analyses, magnetic susceptibility, atomic absorption, chloride content, and melting point. the physico-chemical analyses indicated the formation of complexes of the general formula [m(l)2x], (x = ethylene diamine (en), 2,2` bipyridine`(bipy) and 1,10 phenanthroline` (phen)), in which the coordination sphere about metal centre is octahedral. keywords: n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazine carbodithioic acid methyl ester, dithiocarbamate derivative; mixed-ligands complexes. chemistry | 196 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction transition metal complexes that derived from dithiocarbamate (dtc) species, in particular that with heterocyclic backbone, have shown medicinal and industrial applications [1-3]. the presence of sulfur atoms in these type of compounds enhanced their anti-tumour properties [4] and allowed them to be used as fungicides and pesticides agents [5]. further, dithiocarbamate (dtc) compounds have displayed cytotoxic properties and applied in the treatment of metal poising [68]. the preparation of substituted dithiocarbamate ligands containing heteroatoms can facilitate these ligands to behave as a bidentate [9], tridentate [10, 11] or multidentate [12] chelating agent, upon complexation. mixed ligands complexes are an interesting type of species that having at least two different kinds of ligands linked with the same metal ion in a complex. the formation of complexes with more than one ligand allowed researcher varying complex properties and obtaining complexes with interesting physical and chemical properties, compared with that containing one ligand [13-15]. in this work, the formation and structural characterisation of cobalt(ii) `and cadmium(ii) mixed-ligands compounds that obtained from dithiocarbamate heterocyclic ligand and ethylene diamine (en), 2,2 bipyridine`(bipy) and 1,10 phenanthroline`(phen) co-ligand are reported. the physical and analytical analyses indicated the synthesis of complexes with octahedral coordination sphere around atom centre. experimental reagents reagents were acquired from aldrich, fluka and acros and applied as received. instruments (c. h. n) analyses were conducted on a euroea 3000 analyzer. ir samples were measured as solids, kbr discs, from 4000-400 cm -1 on a shimadzu 8400 s ftir `spectrophotometer. uv-vis samples were recorded from 200-1100 nm for 10 -3 -10 -5 m in dmso medium at 23 c with a shimadzu 160 spectrophotometer. a brucker amx300 mhz spectrometer was used to obtain 1 h 13 c-nmr data in dmso–d6 solutions. positive electrospray mass spectroscopy technique (esms) was used to achieve the mass spectrum. smp40 apparatus was used to measure melting points of compounds. metal content was determined using atomic absorption technique on a shimadzu instrument model 680 g. a titration`method using a 686 titrp`processor with 665 dosimat`-metrohm swiss`instrument was conducted to determine chloride content in complexes. molar conductance in dmso solutions was run on a pw 9526 conductance bridge. magnetic susceptibility measeurments at 30 c were performed on a sherwood scientific devise. chemistry | 197 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 synthesis preparation`of hl: the synthesis of hl was performed following a standard procedure stated in [16] in three steps and as follows: synthesis of the ligand: a solution of 4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl chloride (1.0 g, 5.35 mmol) in 10 ml of meoh was added dropwise to hydrazine (99%, 0.17 g, 5.30 mmol) with stirring for 1 h. the product was filter and washed with diethyl ether, which yielded (0.79 g, 81%). the product 4-methylsulfanyl benzoic acid hydrazide (0.7 g, 3.84 mmol) was dissolved in methanolic solution (10 ml) of koh (0.211 g, 3.83 mmol). the mixture was allowed to cool and then cs2 (0.292 g, 3.83 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring. the obtained solid of n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazine potassium thiocarbamate (0.83 g, 73%) was collected by filtration and then reacted with methyl iodide (0.396 g, 2.79 mmole) in methanol medium (20 ml). the mixture was allowed to reflux for 2 h, and the required ligand n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazinecarbodithioic acid methyl ester that isolated by filtration`was rinsed with diethyl ether and allowed to dry under vaccu. yield: (0.53 g, 70%), m.p=187 °c. infra-red ν(cm-1), (figure 1): 3329; 3111 cm -1 ν(n-h) of amide and hydrazide, respectively, 1667 ν(c=o), 1637 δ(n-h), 1618 ν(c=c), 1527 ν(c=s-nh), 1113 ν(n-n), 972 ν(c=s). 1 h nmr data (ppm), δh (300 mhz, dmso-d6), (figure 4): 1.99 (cs2-ch3), 2.038 (sch3), 2.97 (nh-c=s), 6.70 and 7.50 (protons of ring), 8.33 (c=o-nh); 13 c nmr`data (ppm), δc (100.63 mhz, `dmso-d6), (figure 5): 17.51 (s2ch3), 19.2 (sch3), 119.16, 123.20, 124.60, 135.72 (carbon of ring), 173.42 (c=o), 187.18 (c=s). esms of hl gave m/z, (figure 8), 272 (57 %) (m) + indicates the ion peak of the ligand. peaks observed at m/z 181 (31 %), 124 (100%), 78 (60%), assigned to the [m-(cs2-ch3)] + , [m-(cs2-ch3)+(nh-nh-c=o)] + and [m-(cs2-ch3)+(nh-nh-c=o)+(s-ch3)] + , respectively. formation of `complexes with mixed-ligands a solution of metal`chloride (1 mmole) in meoh (10 ml) was added to a mixture of hl (2 mmole) in meoh and chcl3 (25 ml, 50 v/v). the mixture was allowed to stirring for 2 h at room temperature followed by addition of co-ligands (ethylene diamine, 2,2-bipyridine and 1,10-phenanthroline) (1 mmole) in methanol (5 ml) that yielded a clear yellow solution. this solution was filtered and kept for slow evaporation, which gave coloured solids that washed with ether (2x5 ml). physical and chemical data for products are stated in (table 1). results and discussion chemistry: the new multidentate ligand (hl) was obtained in a good yield via a three-step procedure using a mixture of meoh and chcl3 medium. the reaction of 4-methylsulfanyl benzoic acid hydrazide with cs2 and koh yielded n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazinepotassium thiocarbamate. this compound was reacted with methyl iodide (0.40 g, 2.79 mmol) at reflux to give the ligand n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazinecarbodithioic acid methyl ester (scheme 1). the ligand was characterised by c.h.n.s analyses (table 1), infra-red analysis (table 2), electronic data (table 3), and nmr spectra. the formation of monomeric mixed ligands complexes with cobalt(ii) and cadmium(ii) were obtained`from the mixing of (1 mmol) of metal chloride salts, (2 mmol) of hl and (1 mmol) of co-ligands (ethylene diamine, 2,2-bpyridine and 1,10-phenanthroline) in meoh medium. neutral species of the general composition [m(l)2x], (m = co (ii) , and cd `(ii) ), x= en, bipy, phen, were isolated, see scheme 2. chemistry | 198 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 the solid complexes are stable in air that showed solubility in dmf and dmso. the coordination spheres of the`complexes were based on their physical and chemical data, see table 1. table 2 includes the ir data of the hl and its complexes. nmr and ir spectra the nmr data were used to deduce the chemical structure of the ligand. proton nmr spectrum of hl in dmso-d6 solvent, figure 4: revealed peaks at 1.99 and 2.83 ppm assigned to (cs2-ch3) and (s-ch3), respectively which appeared as expected at lower chemical shift. signal at 2.97 ppm assigned to (nh-c=s) that observed up-field due to its neighbouring to (c=s) group that lead to increase the density on (n-h) group and causes the shielding. the signal of ring protons was observed at 6.70 and 7.50 ppm, while the chemical shift at 8.33 ppm attributed to (c=o-nh). the appearance of this peak down-field can be attributed to intraor intermolecular-hydrogen bonding to the oxygen atom and/or to the nmr solvent, respectively. such interaction causes a decrease in the electrons density on the (n-h) moiety. the 1 h`nmr of [cd(l)2(en)], (figure 6), indicated the disappearance of proton signal that attributed to (nh-c=s) segment. this is due to loss of hydrazinic proton and confirming the involvement of nitrogen in coordination with cd(ii) ion. the spectrum showed signal at 2.25 ppm attributed to ch2 group. peak at 2.95 ppm assigned to (nh2) of the ethylenediamine coligand. the down-field appearance of this peak, compared with that in ethylendiamine, may attribute to the involvement`of the nitrogen atoms in the coordination to the cd(ii) ion. 13 c nmr spectrum (ppm), (figure 7): δc, 18.44 (sch3), 19.74 (s2ch3), 44.16 (ch2), 116.01, 123.78, 127.57, 139.16 (carbon of ring), 167.82 (c=o), 192.67 (c=s). the infrared chart of the free ligand, figure 1, exhibited typical bands related to ν(n-h), `ν(c=o), δ(n-h), `ν(c=c) and ν(c=s-nh), ν(c=s) functional groups. the distinct frequency around 3329, 3111 cm -1 assigned to ν(n-h). the band at 1667 can be attributed to ν(c=o) [17]. bands noticed at 1637 and 1618 cm -1 allocated to`ν(c=n) and`ν(c=c), respectively [18]. peaks at 1527 and 972 cm -1 related to ν(c=s-nh) and ν(c=s), respectively`[19]. the infrared spectra of the complexes confirmed hl bands`with the suitable changes and the`m-n and`m-o vibrations, confirming complexation (table 2). upon complex formation, new bands appeared at 3305, 3113 and 3328, 3188 cm -1 attributed to ν(nh2), confirming the involvement of ethylenediamine group in the coordination to metal ion in complexes 1 and 2, respectively. the ν(c=o) and δ(n-h) is shifted, to lower`frequency, and detected around 1642-1653 and 1606-1624 cm -1 for the complexes indicating the coordination of the n-h of hydrazide and oxygen of carbonyl amide group to the metal ions, compared`with that in the`free ligand [20-22]. the negative shift of 14-25 cm -1 in ν(c=o) value and the presence of new two bands at 422-590 cm -1 related to ν(m-n) suggests bonding of metal ions with ethylene diamine, bpy and 1,10-phenanthroline and one of hydrazinic nitrogen, after loss of a proton. the involvement of hydrazinic nitrogen in bonding is supported by positive shifts (1048) cm -1 in ν(n-n) in all complexes [20, 23]. further, complexes displayed new bands around 551-615 cm -1 that allocated to ν(m-o) and confirming the involvement of oxygen atom in complexation [18, 19], figure 2 and 3. electronic`spectra, magnetic`measuerments and molar`conductance: the`uv-vis spectrum of hl displays a peak at 245 nm related to π → π*. peaks at 305 and 423 nm assigned to n→ π* transitions. the uv-vis spectra of the complexes`showed peaks assigned to ligand`field π → π* and to the charge transfer transitions (table 3). the [co ii (l)2en] spectrum, figure 8, showed band in the d-d region attributed to 4 t2g (f) → 4 a2g (f) transition [24, 25]. the electronic information and the eff value confirmed an octahedral arrangment about the co(ii) atom [26]. the spectra of [co ii (l)2bipy], figure 9, and [co ii (l)2phen] also show one additional peak at 650 and 633 nm, respectively`attributed to chemistry | 199 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 spin forbidden transition and confirming octahedral geometry [24, 25, 26]. the eff value of co(ii) complexes confirmed a high spin`octahedral`structure. the uv-vis data of cd(ii) species showed bands related to ligand`field and intra-ligand interaction [26]. as expected, these compounds are diamagnetic, d 10 system the conductivity measurements indicate a nonelectrolyte complexes, table (1) [27]. conclusion a range of mixed-ligands co(ii) and cd(ii) complexes are reported. the complexes were obtained from the interaction of the multidentate ligand (hl) with co(ii) and cd(ii) metal ions and co-ligand ethylenediamine, 2,2-bipyridine or 1,10-phenanthroline. the entity and chemical structure of the complexes were deduced using a range of analytical and physical techniques. these methods indicated the formation of distorted octahedral geometries about metal centres. references 1. lal, r. a.; bhaumik, s.; lemtur, a.; singh, m. k.; basumatari, d.; choudhury, s.; de a.and kumar. a., (2004), synthesis, characterization and crystal structure of manganese (iv) complex derived from salicylic acid, inorg. chim. acta, 359, 3105, 2004. 2. pecoraro v. l., (1992), manganese redox enzymes. vch publish ers, new york 290. 3. dismukes,g. c., (1996), manganese enzymes with binuclear active sites chem rev., 96:2909. 4. trevisan, a.; marzano c.; cristofori p.; venturini m. b.; giovagnini l. and fregona d., (2002), synthesis of a palladium(ii)-dithiocarbamate complex: biological assay and nephrotoxicity in rats, arch toxicol, 262–268, 76. 5. jaga k. and dharmani c., (2006), ocular toxicity from pesticide exposure: a recent review environ health prevent med, 102–107, 11. 6. alverdi, v.; giovagnini, l.; marzano, c.; serglia r.; bettio f.; sitran s.; graziania r. and fregona d., (2002), characterization studies and cytotoxicity assays of pt(ii) and pd(ii) dithiocarbamate complexes by means of ft-ir, nmr spectroscopy and mass spectrometry j. inorg. biochem., 1117–1128, 98. 7. atanasov, a. g.; tam, s.; rocken, j. m.; baker, m. e. and odermatt a., (2003), inhibition of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 2 by dithiocarbamates biochem biophys res commun., 257–262, 308. 8. erl, w.; weber, c. and hansson, g. k., (2000), pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate-induced apoptosis depends on cell type, density, and the presence of cu 2+ and zn 2+ , am j physiology-cell physiology, 1116–1125, 278. 9. wang, x.; deng, z.; jin, b.; tian y. and lin x., (2002), bull chem soc jpn., 1269, 75. 10. tarafder m. t.; ali a. m.; wee d. j.; azahari k.; silong s. and crouse k. a.,( 2000), complexes of a tridentate ons schiff base. synthesis and biological properties transition met. chem., 456, 25. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169304006747 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169304006747 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/cr950053c http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00204-002-0329-7 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00204-002-0329-7 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1265/ehpm.11.102 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1265/ehpm.11.102 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0162013404000911 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0162013404000911 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0006291x03013597 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0006291x03013597 http://ajpcell.physiology.org/content/278/6/c1116 http://ajpcell.physiology.org/content/278/6/c1116 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1023/a%3a1007062409973 chemistry | 200 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 11. tarafder, m. t.; ali, a. m.; saravanan, n.; weng, w. y.; kumar, s.; umar-tsafe n. and crouse k. a., (2000), coordination chemistry and biological activity of two tridentate ons and nns schiff bases derived from s-benzyldithiocarbazate transition met. chem., 295, 25. 12. ali, a. m.; mirza, a. h.; butcher, r. j. and tarafder, m. t., (2001), synthetic, spectroscopic, biological and x-ray crystallographic structural studies on a novel pyridinenitrogen-bridged dimeric nickel(ii) complex of a pentadentate n3s2 ligand, inorg. chim. acta, 1, 320. 13. kumar, r.; johar, r. and aggarwal, a. k., (2012), synthesis, structural elucidation and antimicrobial effectiveness of coordination entities of cobalt (ii) and nickel (ii) derived from 9,17-diaza-2,6,11,15-tetrathia-1,7,10,16-(1,2)-tetrabenzenacyclooctadecaphan-8,17-diene, eurp. j. of chem., 3(1), 57-64. 14. sanap, s. v. and r. m. patil, (2013), synthesis, characterisation and biological activity of chiral mixed ligand ni(ii) complexes ,res. j. pharma. sci., 2(1), 1. 15. ndosiri, n. b.; agwara, m. o.; paboudam, a. g.; ndifon, p. t.; yufanyi, d. m. and amah c., (2013), res. j.pharma., bio. chem. sci., 4(1), 386. 16. singh, m.; aggarwal ,v.; singh, u. p. and singh, n. k., (2009), synthesis, characterization and spectroscopic studies of a new ligand [n′-(2methoxybenzoyl)hydrazinecarbodithioate] ethyl ester and its mn(ii) and cd(ii) complexes: xray structural study of mn(ii) complex, polyhedron, 107, 28. 17. al-jeboori, m .j.; issa, i. o. and al-dulaimi, j. s., (2011), formation of binuclear metal complexes with multidentate schiff-base oxime ligand: synthesis and spectral investigation, journal of ibn al-haitham for pure and applied sciences, 24, (2) , 142-153. 18. al-jeboori, m. j.; abdul rahman, a. a and atia, s., (2005), journal of ibn al-haitham for pure and applied sciences, 18, (2), 51. 19. nakomoto k., (1996), infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, 4 th ed., j. wiely and sons, new york. 20. al-jeboori m. j.; al-dujaili a. h. and al-janabi a. e., (2009), coordination of carbonyl oxygen in the complexes of polymeric n-crotonyl-2-hydroxyphenylazomethine , transition met. chem., 34, 109. 21. livingston, s. e.; mayfield, j. h. and moorse, d. s.,(1975), thio derivatives of βdiketones and their metal chelates. xx. magnetic moments of some ruthenium(iii) chelates of fluorinated monothio-β-diketones , aust. j. chem., 28, 2531. 22. el-sonbati, a. z.; el-bindary, a.a. and al-sarawy, a.a.,(2002), stereochemistry of new nitrogen containing heterocyclic aldehyde. ix. spectroscopic studies on novel mixed-ligand complexes of rh(iii), spectrochim acta part a, 58, 2771. 23. nakamoto, k., (1986), infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, 4th edn. wiley interscience, new york. 24. ma q.; zhu m.; feng l. l. and j. yan, (2011), trinuclear-based coordination compounds of mn(ii) and co(ii) with 4-amino-3,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-triazole and azide and thiocyanate anions: synthesis, structure and magnetic properties, inorg. chem. acta, 370, 102-107. 25. silverstein m. r., (2005), spectrometric identification of organic compounds 7 th edition, john willey and son, inc., 174 .26. nakamoto k. and ohkaku n., (1971), metal isotope effect on metal-ligand vibrations. vi. metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline, inorg. chem., 10, 798. 27. al-jeboori, m. j.; abdul-ghani, a. j. and al-karawi, a. j., (2008), synthesis and structural studies of new mannich base ligands and their metal complexes, transition met chem, 33, 925-930. http://link.springer.com/article/10.1023/a%3a1007044910814 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1023/a%3a1007044910814 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169301004522 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169301004522 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169301004522 http://www.eurjchem.com/index.php/eurjchem/article/view/448 http://www.eurjchem.com/index.php/eurjchem/article/view/448 http://www.eurjchem.com/index.php/eurjchem/article/view/448 http://www.isca.in/ijps/archive/v2/i1/1.isca-rjpcs-2012-003.php http://www.isca.in/ijps/archive/v2/i1/1.isca-rjpcs-2012-003.php http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0277538708005330 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0277538708005330 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0277538708005330 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0277538708005330 http://www.publish.csiro.au/ch/ch9752531 http://www.publish.csiro.au/ch/ch9752531 http://www.publish.csiro.au/ch/ch9752531 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1386142502000215 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1386142502000215 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1386142502000215 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169311000363 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169311000363 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0020169311000363 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ic50098a027 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ic50098a027 chemistry | 201 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table(1): colours,`yields,`elemental analyses, and conductivity`values. comp. colo. yield m.p found (calcd.) (%) m (cm 2 ω -1 mol -1 ) m c h n cl hl yellow 70 187 43.48 (44.09) 4.52 (4.44) 9.77 (10.28) [co ii (l)2en] yellow 68 276 8.12 (8.90) 39.37 (39.92) 4.67 (4.57) 12.87 (12.70) 7 [cd ii (l)2en] yellow 64 292 15.78 (15.71) 35.72 (36.94) 4.08 (4.23) 11.27 (11.75) 6 [co ii (l)2bpy] orange 69 289 7.56 (7.78) 46.73 (47.54) 3.67 (3.99) 10.19 (11.09) 8 [cd ii (l)2bpy] orange 72 284 13.17 (13.85) 43.96 (44.41) 3.42 (3.73) 10.07 (10.36) 4 [co ii (l)2phen] pale yellow 66 271 7.24 (7.54) 48.75 (49.15) 3.41 (3.87) 10.42 (10.75) 8 [cd ii (l)2phen] yellow 63 283 12.83 (13.46) 45.74 (46.01) 3.47 (3.62) 9.68 (10.06) 6 table (2). ir data (cm –1 ) of compounds. compound ν(n-h) ν(n-h2) ν(c=o) δ(n-h) ν(c=c) ν(nn) ν(c= s) ν(m o) ν(m-n) hl 3329 3111 1667 1637 1618 1113 972 [co ii (l)2en] 3165 3305 3113 1653 1618 1618 1161 958 551 501, 422 [cd ii (l)2en] 3131 3328 3188 1649 1612 1612 1128 945 609 502, 455 [co ii (l)2bipy] 3119 1644 1566 1566 1149 918 615 476, 441 [cd ii (l)2bipy] 3141 1642 1618 1618 1123 916 565 549, 486 [co ii (l)2phen] 3149 1647 1573 1573 1143 950 557 480, 457 [ cd ii (l)2phen] 3124 1645 1558 1558 1144 963 615 590, 515 chemistry | 202 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table( 3).`magnetic values with electronic data in dmso solutions. comp. eff (bm) band position ( nm) extinction coefficient max(dm 3 mol 1 cm -1 ) assignments co ii (l)2(en)] 2.44 240 421 626 861 680 630    * n   * 4 t2g (f) → 4 a2g (f) [cd ii (l)2en] 3.03 260 325 422 2608 1354 100    * n   * ct [co ii (l)2bipy] 0.79 245 370 650 631 800 340 l.f c.t 4 t1g (f) → 4 a2g (f) [cd ii (l)2bipy] 1.77 265 305 2163 1287 intra-ligand c.t [co ii (l)2phen] 1.55 235 395 633 727 510 500 l.f c.t 4 t1g (f)  4 a2g (f) [cd ii (l)2phen 0.38 245 422 413 120 l.f c.t chemistry | 203 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 koh cs2 c h 3 i nh2-nh2+ 4-methylsulf anyl-benzoyl chloride 4-methylsulf anyl-benzoic acid hydrazide n '-(4-methylsulf anyl-benzoyl)hydrazinepotassium thiocarbamate n '-(4-methylsulf anyl-benzoyl)hydrazinecarbodithioic acid methyl ester s o cl h3c s o nh h3c h2n s o hn h3c nh s s k s o hn h3c nh s s ch3 h2o hcl ch c l3 ch 3 o h scheme (1). synthetic route of` ligand scheme (2). general structure of complexes` chemistry | 204 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (1): ir spectrum`of l figure`(2): ir`spectrum of [co(l)2en] complex figure`(3): ir`spectrum of [co(l)2bipy] complex chemistry | 205 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure.(4): 1 h nmr.spectrum of l figure.(5): 13 c nmr.spectrum of l figure (6): 1 h nmr spectrum of [co(l)2en] complex chemistry | 206 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (7): 13 c nmr spectrum of [co(l)2en] complex figure( 8): mass spectrum of l figure(9): uv-vis spectrum of [co(l)2en] complex chemistry | 207 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure(10): uv-vis spectrum of [co(l)2bipy] complex chemistry | 208 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 -n'-(4مع نيكاوذات مختهطة مه cd(ii)وانـ co(ii) معقذات انـ methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazine carbodithioic acid methyl ester كيميائي-، تحضير وتشخيص فيزيو رياض محمود احمذ / جايعت بغذاد(ابٍ انهيثى )كهيت انخزبيت نهعهىو انظزفت قسى انكيًياء/ 6132/كاوون األول/36،قبم في:6132/تشريه انثاوي/31استهم انبحث في: انخالصة -n'-(4-methylsulfanylحضًٍ انبحث ححضيز يعقذاث انكىبهج وانكادييىو يع نيكاَذاث يخخهطت يٍ حفاعم benzoyl)-hydrazine carbodithioic acid methyl ester كهيكاَذ واسخخذاو انـethylendiamine (en) 2,2'bipyridine (bipy) or 1,10-phenanthroline (phen) .كًساعذ نيكاَذ يع انهيذراسيٍ نيعطي methylsulfanyl-benzoyl chloride-4حى ححضيز انهيكاَذ بعذة خطىاث ، حيث حى يفاعهت انـ 4-methylsulfanyl-benzoic acid hydrazide ويٍ ثى حى يفاعهت انُاحج يع ،cs2 وهيذروكسيذ انبىحاسيىو وانذي n'-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzoyl)-hydrazine potassium thiocarbamateوباسخعًال انًيثاَىل نيعطي حى يفاعهخه يع انًثيم ايىديذ نيعطي انهيكاَذ. ,irكيًيائيت نخشخيض انهيكاَذ انجذيذ وانًعقذاث نهيكاَذ انًخخهظ ويُها يطيافيت -حى اسخعًال يجًىعت يٍ انخقُياث انفيشيى uv-vis, 1 h, 13 c nmr وطيف انكخهت وانخحهيم انذقيق نهعُاطز، انحساسيت انًغُاطيسيت، االيخظاص انذري، يحخىي x= en, bipyحيث [m(l)2x]كيًيائيت حكىيٍ انًعقذاث بانظيغت -يشيىانكهىر ودرجت االَظهار. بيُج انخحانيم انف and phen .واٌ انكزة انخخُاسقيت حىل انفهش هى ثًاَي انسطىح هيذراسيٍ كاربىثُائي ثايىيك اسذ يثيم اسخز، يشخقاث ثُائي -بُشويم(-يثيم سىنفاَيم -4)انكهمات انمفتاحية: ثايىكارباياث، يعقذاث نيكاَذاث يخخهطت conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 88 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 isolation and partial purification of cell wall lipopolysaccharides of pseudomonas aeruginosa and using it as vaccine taghreed a. mohammad sawsan abdul hussain mahdi dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:21/february/2016,accepted in:17/april/2016 abstract this study ,the samples were collected from "118 patients " suffering from burn wound contaminated with pseudomonas aeruginosa and 100 health individuals (male and female ) as a control group ,the samples were wound swap and blood sample . chromatography technique was employed to extract and purify cell wall containing lipopolysaccharide by using p. aeruginosa isolate atcc 15692,the purification done by addition of ammonuium sulfate, sodium dodecyl sulfat (sds) anddialysis, gel filtration chromatography by using sepharose-4b. immunogenicity of lps component was determined by mice injection under the skin ,then ab concentration against lps component formed and determined by elisa . these findings indicated ability of lps to make immune system stimulated to release specific ab towards p. aeruginosa isolate atcc 15692 , therefore, this result may be a promising procedure to produce vaccine against p. aeruginosa isolate atcc 15692. key words: pseudomonas aeruginosa and lipopolysaccharides chemistry | 89 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction p. aeruginosa is a rod-shaped bacterium almost all types of strains are motile by means of a polar flagellum and includes bacteria slightly curved rods or straight. [1]. lipopolysaccharide (lps) form outer leaflet projecting outside and the inner leaflet containing phospholipids and lipoproteins [2]. the lps consists of three different sectors: lipid, core polysaccharide comprising the inner and outer cores and o-specific polysaccharide chains projecting outward [3]. active acquired immunity to a particular disease is enhanced by a biological preparation which is called vaccine contains is often made from weakened or killed forms of the microbe or bacteria derived toxins or a surface proteins [4].the agent the body's immune system stimulated by vaccine as foreign material, destroy it, and keep a memory, so that the immune system can destroy a specific microbe with short onset of reaction [5]. if a bacterium composed of an outer coating of sugar component called polysaccharides, as many harmful bacteria do, researchers may try making a conjugate vaccine for it[6].polysaccharide hides (ag) of bacterium so that the immature immune systems in younger children & infants cannot recognize or respond to them. conjugate vaccines, a subunit vaccine, can solve this problem [7]. conjugate vaccine composing of (polysaccharide – protein) proves to be effective primarily due to the effect of the bonded carrier protein which is combined to the polysaccharide[8], as this ensures that t cells (or thelper lymphocytes) are involved in the activation of β-cells which then go on to produce the antibody proteins that are required for immune defense again these extracellular pathogenic bacterial types[9]. materials and methods subjects samples were collected from patients who attended al-kadimiyateaching hospital and from feb 2014 to nov 2014 and were investigated for pseudomonas aeruginosa by many tests including [culture, vitek ,api and elisa kit-immunolab ].the results of investigation revealed that most of the p. aeruginosa isolated in this study to the isolate atcc 15692. methods 1-isolation and partial purification of lps-antigen from p. aeruginosa (isolate atcc 15692(. 1. p. aeruginosa (isolate atcc 15692) was cultivated blood agarto yield 50 mlfrom colony concentrations for p. aeruginosa (isolate atcc 15692), the cells were harvested by centrifugation at 4000 rpm for 30 minut. 2. p. aeruginosa suspension was treated with lysis buffer (0.1 m acetate buffer, ph=6 ,containing 2% sodium dodacylsulphate and 5% mercaptoethanol treated with water. the resultant suspnsion was vortexes strongly, incubated in boiling water for 5 minutes and refrigerated in ice bath for two minutes. 3. fifty ml of the digested mixture was centrifuged at 14000xg for 10 minutes ,the supernatant was precipitated using ammonium sulphate (nh4)2so4 at saturation ratio 80%. the precipitate was collected by centrifugation at 20,000xg for 10 minutes, suspend in 5 ml of 0.1 m acetatebuffer, ph= 6 also dialyzed again. 4. purifications of lps-antigen by-gel filtration chromatography preparation of sepharose4b was preparedas suggested by pharmacia fine chemicals company aamount of chemistry | 90 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 sepharose-4b dissolved in 0.1m acetate buffer ph=6 degassed and packet in column (2.5 x 78) cm, then equilibrated the same buffer. added 5 ml from sample that concentrated by ammonium sulphate was set onto sepharose-4b colum. elution achieved at a flow rate(f.r) of 5 ml fraction(12 tube through one hour) by the similar buffer of equilibration then the absorbance of each fraction was assessed at 280 nm. lps-antigen collected (tube no. 15, 16….., and 26 fraction) and concentration by dialysis tube against sucrose . 2-computation of lps concentration in stock and determination of lpsantigen immunogenicity detection of lps (stock) concentration by used elisa technique. principle of elisa technique was sandwich method and constrictions of antibody against lps-antigen was measured in serum samples mice using elisa kit . 3-estimationof ld50 to lps-antigen micewere separated into 4 groups: 4 mice for each group. all mice were injected subcutaneously with diverse concentrations of lps-antigen (25,50,100, and 200 μg/dl) and waited for 48 hours, ld50 for mice was 119.05 μg/kg . 4-preliminary trial of vaccination to p. aeruginosa using local preparation of lps – antigen eighteen mice were divided 3 groups ,6 mice in each groups. group a and c survived as control ,group b was test group. results and discussion in table (1)and figure(1), it was found that appear "isolation and purification for lps" dissolved with lyses buffer [containing 2% sodium dodacylsulphate and 5% mercaptoethanol treated with water] and vortexes for breakingthe cell wall of p. aeruginosa [isolate atcc 15692] and prepared in addition to chromatography column to" isolation and purification" the lps for otherproteins which were consistent with the previous study of phil [10]. portion turbidity was measured using spectrophotometer at 280 nm and assessed the lps concentration by sandwichelisa methods [11]. figure (2) shows that detection of lps (stock)concentration by using elisa technique. principle of elisa technique was sandwich method ,detection the lps as antigen and reaction with antibody , the concentration of lps was 200 μg/dl, the elisa method was high sensitive and specific technique which were consistent with the study [12]. table (2) showed that in the step of vaccine preparation, ld50 and immunogenicity to lps must know, ld50 for mice was 119.05 μg/kg [13]. the findings in table (3) and figure (3), regardingpreface trial vaccine to p.seudomonas barbicans mice were separated into three groups (six mice for each group). group a (positive control group), group b (sample group), and group c (negative control group). group a and b were injected subcutaneously with 11.905 μg/dl of lps [1/10 dilution of 11.905μg/dl]. this concentration was selected cause it was the most excellent concentration to domain the level of immune system and selected as a vaccine. these results agreed with the study of al-lammi [14], and waited for 4 weeks, group b was treated with the immunosuppressive drug (25 μg/dl prednisolone) and after 24 hours group (b andc) were infected with p. aeruginosa isolate atcc 15692 by creation wounds in the skin, then the wounds were contaminated with the colony of p. aeruginosa isolate atcc 15692 and waited for 48 hour. and showed that 6 mice from group c were infected with p. aeruginosa and all the mice from chemistry | 91 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 group b were not infected. a result which meant that the mice in group b had protection against p. aeruginosa infection as a result of vaccination by 11.905 microgram/dl lps. these findings were in agreement with the study of sandini et al [15]. conclusions lipopolysaccharide was found to have immunogenicity therefore ,it was used as a vaccine , it was hoped that it will become the first antibiotics vaccine approved for human use. reference 1. keith ,h.; turner,b.; aimee, k.; wessel, m. , gregory, c.; palmer g. , justine, l. ;murray f. ; and marvin,w.; (2015). genome of pseudomonas aeruginosa in cystic fibrosis sputum, proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of americapnas,112,13,4110–4115. 2. chiang, w.; nilsson,p. ;and pjensen, o.;(2014).“extracellular dna shields against aminoglycosides in pseudomonas aeruginosa biofilms,” antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy, 57, 5, 2352–2361 . 3. taha, a. ; and essien, j.;(2005)."growth profile and hydrocarbonoclastic potential of microorganisms isolated from tarballs in the bight of bonny, nigeria", world journal of microbiology and biotechnology, 21, 6, 1317-1322. 4. englund, j.; walter, e.; andgbadebo, a.;(2006).immunization with trivalent inactivated influenza vaccine in partially immunized toddlers. pediatrics,118,3,79-85. 5. josé, m.;(2006).live attenuated and inactivated vaccines.vaccines,chapter 8, 2nd editin, brooks / cole , cengage . learning ,p. 98. 6. manisha, n.;(2012). protein conjugate polysaccharide vaccines: challenges in development and global implementation, indian j community med,37,279–82. 7. brien, k.; hochman, m.;and goldblatt,t.; (2014).combined schedules of pneumococcal conjugate and polysaccharide vaccines: journal name plos one, 7,9 ,597-606. 8. sara,h. ; and nancy, m.; (2014) . use of 13-valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine and 23-valent pneumococcal polysaccharide vaccine among adults aged ≥65 years: recommendations of the advisory committee on immunization practices (acip), centers for disease control and prevention 1600 clifton road atlanta,37 ,37 ,822-825. 9. kathleen, s.; andrew, f.; erin, r.; and ellen,w.; (2011) . effects of vaccines, the. national academy of sciences , 31 ,10 , 892. 10. phil, c.; (2014). gel-filtration chromatography , school of biotechnology and national centre for sensor research, dublin city university, dublin, ireland, clifton, n.j,1, 12,25-33. 11. .aung,t.; and fatimah ibrahim.; (2015). a colorimetric enzyme-linkedimmunosorbent assay (elisa)detection platform for a point-of-care dengue detection system on a lab-on-compact-disc, centre for innovation in medical engineering, faculty of engineering, university of malaya,3, 7, 11431-11441. 12. .kragstrup, t.; vorup-jensen, t.; deleuran, and b.; hvid, m.; (2013) . "a simple set of validation steps identifies and removes fals results in a sandwich enzyme-linked chemistry | 92 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 immunosorbent assay caused by anti-animal igg antibodies in plasm,2 and mårtensegelmark a from arthritis patients". springer plu ,149 ,7, 263. 13. .al-ali, a .; alkhawajah, a.; randhawa, m.; and shaikh, n.; (2008). oral and intraperitoneal ld50 of thymoquinone, an active principle of nigella sativa, in mice and rats.jayub med collabbotabad, national center for biotechnology information, u.s. national library of medicine,20, 4,25. 14. al-lammi, t. j.; (2009). study the effect of neem and the cell wall of mannan of candida albicans as immunomodulators on vaccination of mice with brucella vaccinerev-1vaccine.ph.d. thesis, auniversity of al-muthana , iraq, international journal of advanced biological research ,2, 3, 742-746. 15. sandini, s.; lavalle, r.; debernardis, f.; macri, c. ; and cassone, a.; (2007) .the 65 kdamanno proteins gene of candida albicans encodes a putative bglucanaseadhesine required for hyphal morphogenesis and experimental pathogenicity. j. immunol ,178 ,35,2171-2181. table (1) estimation of lps concentration by absorbance at 280 nm at step gel-filtration chromatography no. of fraction absorbance at 280 nm concentration lps mg/dl 15 1.1 0.04 16 1.3 0.03 17 1.6 0.09 18 2 0.2 19 2.3 0.9 20 2.5 1.2 21 2.2 1.4 22 2 1.7 23 1.7 2 24 1.4 1.6 25 1.1 1.1 26 1 1 chemistry | 93 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (2) determination of ld50 of lps purified from p. aeruginosa atcc 15692 and its mortality rate table (3) immunization of lps as a vaccine in mice body figure (1) gel filtration chromatography of lps produced from p. aeruginosa atcc 15692 groups type lps injected subcutaneously prednisolone infections a control 11.905 μg/ mouse 0 b vaccination 11.905 μg/mouse 25μg/dl 6 c control 6 lps dose/moue number of animals mortality rate [%] 25μg 4 0 50μg 4 0 100 μg 4 50 % 200μg 4 75% chemistry | 94 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 . group b [not infected] group c[infected] figure (3) comparing group c (control) with group b (vaccinated) figure (2) curve of lps concentration in stock by elisa kit chemistry | 95 2017( عام 1العذد ) 30هدلة إبي الِيثن للعلْم الصشفة ّالتطبيقية الودلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 فصل وتٌقية جسئية لاليبىبىلي سكرايد هي جدار بكتريا سيدوهىًاش ارجيٌىزا واستعواله كلقاح هحود علىم تغريد ههدي عبدالحسيي سىسي بغذاد خاهعة (/ الِيثن ابي ) للعلْم الصشفة التشبية كلية /الكيوياء قسن 2012/ًيساى/11،قبل في:2012/شباط/21استلن في: الخالصة شخصلا )سخلا 118كلقلاذ. اد نملوٌا الذساسلة ُذف الذساسة ُْ فصل ّنٌقيلة خضهيلَ للوببْبْليسلكشابذ ّاسلتعوالَ اد اخلذ العيٌلا ،شلخ سللين بْهل ِن كودوْعلَ هقاسًلَ 100هصابيي بسلشّ هلْهلَ ببكتشبلا السليذّهًْاط ّ ًّساء( على شك ًوارج دم ّهسسَ للضسع . ( هلي 15692نن فص ّنٌقيلة الوببْبلْلس سلكشابذ هلي الاء الخليلة لبكتشباالسيذّهًْاسلذا السلولة)ا نلس سلس سلس هًْيْم ،كبشبتا الذّدّسي الصْدبْم ّالذبلض ّباسلتعوااللكشّهْنْ شافس التششلير الِوهلس خو التشسيبب بكبشبتا اال بس .4بْاسطَ السي شّص نن اختبلاس القلذس الوٌاعيلة للوببْبْليسلكشابذ علي حشبل زقٌلَ بدسلن ال الشاى ّقيلاط نشكيلض ادخسلام الوملاد بتقٌيلة اإلليضا . ى قللذس الوببْبْليسلللكشابذ علللى نس يلللض ًةللام الوٌاعللة ّنكلللْبي ادخسللام الوملللاد للذ بكتشبلللا ار أشللاس الٌتللاهح إلللل ( لزا فاى ُزٍ الٌتيدة قذ نكْى إخشاءإلًتاج لقاذ ذ ُزٍ البكتشبا. 15692السيذّهًْاط را السولَ )ا نس سس سس ، الذُْى للبْليوشا السكشبة) الوببْبْلس سكشابذ(بكتشبا السيذّهًْاط اسخيٌْصا)الضاه ة الضًداسبة( -الكلوات الوفتاحية : microsoft word 187-196   187    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 bayesian estimation for two parameters of gamma distribution under precautionary loss function loaiy f. naji department of mathematics, collage of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. louy.faeq@gmail.com huda a. rasheed department of mathematics, collage of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq   article history: received 29 july 2018, accepted 26 november 2018, publish january 2019 abstract in the current study, the researchers have been obtained bayes estimators for the shape and scale parameters of gamma distribution under the precautionary loss function, assuming the priors, represented by gamma and exponential priors for the shape and scale parameters respectively. moment, maximum likelihood estimators and lindley’s approximation have been used effectively in bayesian estimation. based on monte carlo simulation method, those estimators are compared depending on the mean squared errors (mse’s). the results show that, the performance of bayes estimator under precautionary loss function with gamma and exponential priors is better than other estimates in all cases. keywords: gamma distribution; maximum likelihood estimator; precautionary loss function; exponential prior; lindley’s approximation. 1. introduction the gamma distribution is extremely important in reliability analysis and life testing. hogg and et al. (2013), showed that, the gamma distribution is not only a good model for waiting times, but one for many nonnegative random variables of the continuous type [1]. also, it is a flexible distribution that commonly offers a good fit to any variable such as in environmental, meteorology, climatology and other physical situations [2]. the probability density function of the gamma distribution is defined as follows [3] 𝑓 𝑥; α, β γ ; x > 0 , α > 0 , β > 0 (1) where, α and β are often called the shape and scale parameters, respectively. the gamma function is γ 𝛼 𝑥 𝑒 ∞ 𝑑𝑥 , for α 0 the cumulative distribution function (cdf) is f (𝑥; α, β) = γ 𝑢 𝑒 𝑑𝑢   188    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 this function is called incomplete gamma function. the formula for the cumulative distribution can be written as f (𝑥; α, β) = 1 ∑ ! 𝑒 ∑ ! 𝑒∞ therefore, the reliability functions for γ 𝛼, 𝛽 is [3]: 𝑅 𝑥; α, β ∑ ! 𝑒 2. estimation methods in this paper, the moment estimators are used as primary estimators for maximum likelihood estimators of each of α and β.on the other hand, the maximum likelihood estimators are used as initial values for bayesian estimators. 2.1. moment method suppose that, x be a random variable has a gamma distribution defined by (1). let x1, x2, . . . , xn be a random sample of size n from x. defining the first k sample moments about origin as 𝑚′ ∑ 𝑥` , r = 1, 2, . . . , k. the first k population moments about origin are given by 𝜇′ 𝐸 𝑋 . now, equaling these moments, that is 𝜇 ′ 𝑚′ , r = 1, 2, . . . , k the solutions to the above equations denote by 𝜃^, 𝜃^, … , 𝜃^ , yields the moment estimators of θ1,θ2, . . . , θk [4] the moment method for estimating the two–parameter gamma distribution can be derived as 𝑚 ∑ �̅� 𝑚 ∑ μ′ e x α β 𝜇′ 𝐸 𝑋 α β α β from 𝑚 𝜇′ , 𝑚 𝜇′ , we get 𝛼 ̅ ∑ ̅ (2) 𝛽 ̅ ∑ ̅ (3) 2.2. maximum likelihood method the maximum likelihood method is one of the best methods of obtaining a point estimator of a parameter. this technique was proposed by r.a. fisher (1912), and he developed it in 1920s [5].   189    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 this method is the most popular procedure in estimating the parameter  which specifies a probability function f(x, 𝜃 , based on the observations 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 which were independent sample from the distribution. the maximum likelihood estimator ^  of the parameter  which maximizes the likelihood function will be as follows [6] 𝐿 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝜃 𝜋 𝑓 𝑥 ; 𝜃 the likelihood function for two-parameter gamma distribution is 𝐿 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝛼, 𝛽 г 𝜋 𝑥 𝑒 ∑ (4) taking the logarithm for (4), yields ln l nlnг α nαlnβ 𝛼 1 ∑ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝛽 ∑ 𝑥 the parameters that maximize the likelihood function are the solution of the equations = 𝑛𝛹 𝛼 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝛽 ∑ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 (5) ∑ 𝑥 (6) observe that, the two equations (5) and (6) are difficult and complicated to solve, then it is impossible to find mle for  and  analytically, we can use the numerical analysis (numerical procedure) to obtain and estimate  and  that maximize the likelihood function. one of these numerical procedures is newton-raphson method and using hessian matrix, which is the second partial derivative of the log-likelihood function. we can construct hessian matrix as follows [4] 𝑔 𝛼 𝑛ψ(α) 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝛽 ∑ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑔 𝛽 𝑛�̅� the partial derivatives of )(1 g with respect to unknown parameters  and  are 𝑛𝛹 𝛼 where ψ α is the derivative of ψ α which is called as tri-gamma the partial derivatives of )(2 g with respect to unknown parameters  and  are hence,                                )()( )()( 22 11 gg gg j k = 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 where, jk is the jacobean matrix and jk must be a non-singular symmetric matrix so, its inverse can be found as   190    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝐽 | | 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎                                    )( )( 2 1 1 1 1       g g j ik k k k k 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝛽 1 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝑛𝑎 𝛹 𝛼 𝑛𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝛽 𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑎 𝛼 𝛽 𝑛𝑎 �̅� 𝑛𝑎 𝛹 𝛼 𝑛𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝛽 𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑎 𝛼 𝛽 𝑛𝑎 �̅� ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ the absolute value for the difference between the new value for  and  in new iterative value with previous value for  and  in last iterative represent the error term, it's symbol is  , which is a very small and assumed value. then, error term is formulated as                                     k k k k k k       1 1 1 1 )( )( (7) where k and k are the initial values for  and  respectively, for which are assumed. 3. bayesian estimation 3.1. posterior density functions using gamma and exponential priors to estimate α and β parameters for gamma distribution, we assume that α has a prior π1(ꞏ), which follows gamma (a, b). at this moment we do not assume any specific prior on α. we simply assume that the prior on β is π2(ꞏ) and the density function of π2(ꞏ) is exponential and it is independent of π1(ꞏ). 𝜋 𝛼 г ; 𝑎 0, 𝑏 0, 𝛼 0 0 0. 𝑤 (8) 𝜋 𝛽 𝑐 𝑒 ; 𝑐 0, 𝛽 0 0 0. 𝑤 (9) the equations (8) and (9) are prior distribution for  and  respectively. the joint p.d.f is given by 𝐽 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝛼, 𝛽 𝐿 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝛼, 𝛽 𝜋 𝛼 𝜋 𝛽 г 𝜋 𝑥 𝑒 ∑ г 𝑐 𝑒 and the marginal p.d.f. of 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 is given by 𝑓 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 𝐿 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝛼, 𝛽 𝜋 𝛼 𝜋 𝛽 dα dβ ∞∞ hence, the posterior density functions of  and  can be written as follows   191    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 ℎ 𝛼, 𝛽|𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 𝐿 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝛼, 𝛽 𝜋 𝛼 𝜋 𝛽 𝐿 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; 𝛼, 𝛽 𝜋 𝛼 𝜋 𝛽 dαdβ ∞∞ = г ∑ г г ∑ г ∞∞ 3.2. bayes estimator under precautionary loss function norstrom (1996) introduced an asymmetric precautionary loss function, which can be defined as follows [7] l θ, θ based on precautionary loss function, risk function r θ, θ can be derived as follows r θ, θ e l θ, θ l θ, θ h θ x dθ ∞ 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 ∞ h θ x dθ 𝜃 𝜃 h θ x dθ 2𝜃h θ x dθ ∞ 𝜃 ∞∞ h θ x dθ 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜃 e θ x 𝜃 2e θ x 𝜃 taking the partial derivative for r θ, θ with respect to θ and setting it equal to zero, gives 𝜃 e θ x hence, bayes estimator relative to precautionary loss function, denoted by 𝜃 is given by 𝜃 e θ x (10) in general, 𝐸 u 𝛼, 𝛽 u 𝛼, 𝛽 ∞∞ h 𝛼, 𝛽|x , … x 𝑑𝛼𝑑𝛽 where u(α,β) be any function for α and β. therefore, 𝐸 u 𝛼, 𝛽 , ∞∞ , ,…, ; , , ,…, ; , ∞∞ i) bayesian estimation for the shape parameter α under precautionary loss function to obtain bayesian estimation for α, assume that, 𝑢 𝛼, 𝛽 𝛼   192    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 therefore, 𝐸 𝛼 𝑥 ∞∞ , ,…, ; , α β , ,…, ; , α β ∞∞ notice that, it is difficult to find the solution of the ratio of two integrals. therefore, lindley's approximate will be used to get 𝐸 𝛼 𝑥 as follows 𝑢 𝛼, 𝛽 𝛼 u α,β 2𝛼 , u , 2 , u α,β 0 , u , = 0 𝜋 𝛼, 𝛽 г 𝑐𝑒 𝑝 𝑙𝑛𝜋 𝛼, 𝛽 𝑎 1 𝑙𝑛𝛼 𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑏 𝑏𝛼 𝑙𝑛г 𝛼 𝑙𝑛𝑐 𝑐𝛽 𝑝 𝑏 , 𝑝 𝑐 recall that, ln l (x1,…,xn ; α,β) = nα ln β-n ln г(α)-β ∑ x α 1 ∑ ln x l12 = , β 𝑙 , 0 𝑙 , = 𝑙 , n ψ" α σ ψ′ α , 𝜎 𝐸 𝛼 𝛼 u 𝜎 𝑝 u 𝜎 𝑙 u 𝜎 𝑙 u 𝜎 𝜎 𝛼 2 ψ′ 𝑏 2𝛼 ψ′ n ψ" 𝛼 ψ′ ψ′ 𝛼 ψ′ 𝑏 ψ" ψ′ (11) now, substituting (11) into (10) yields, 𝛼 𝛼 ψ′ 𝑏 ψ" ψ′ ii) bayesian estimation for the scale parameter β under precautionary loss function assume that, u α, β β then,   193    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 u α,β 0 , u , = 0 , u α,β 2𝛽 , u , 2 thus, 𝐸 𝛽 𝛽 u 𝜎 𝑝 u 𝜎 𝑙 u 𝜎 𝛽 𝑐 𝛽 (12) after substituting (12) into (10) yields, 𝛽 𝛽 where 𝛼 , 𝛽 are the maximum likelihood estimators for α, β respectively. 4. simulation study in this section, monte – carlo simulation is employed to compare the performance of three estimates (moment, maximum likelihood and bayes estimators under precautionary loss function) for unknown shape and scale parameters based on the mean squared errors (mse’s) as follows mse(𝜃 = ∑ where, i is the number of replications. we generated i = 3000 samples of size n = 20, 30, 50, and 100 to represent small, moderate and large sample sizes from gamma distribution with α = 2, 3 and β = 0.5, 1. the values of α's prior parameters are chosen as a = 3, b = 3 and for β's prior parameter, c = 4. 5. discussion and conclusion the expected values and (mse's) for estimating α and β are tabulated in tables (1-8). the results of the tables can be summarized by the following points 1. the performance of bayes estimates under precautionary loss function for two parameters α and β are the best, since they give smallest mean square error, as indicated for all combinations of initial values of parameters. followed by maximum-likelihood estimates, for all cases 2. it is clear that, the result for α (expected values and mse's) at β = 0.5 are the same as the corresponding result when β = 1, the reason can be clarified easily, as follows according to moment method we have 𝛼 ̅ ∑ ̅ = ∑ 𝑥 (13) note that, 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 is a random sample from a gamma distribution defined by (1), where each observation say 𝑥 is generated independently and identically by the following equation   194    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝑥 ∑ log 𝑢 , i = 1, 2, …, n (14) where, 𝑢 is a random number followed uniform distribution with (0,1), i.e., 𝑢 ~ 𝑈 0, 1 after substituting (14) into (13) yields, 𝛼 𝛽 𝑛 1 𝛽 log 𝑢 therefore, 𝛽 will be canceled from moment estimation for 𝛼. recall that, the moment is the initial value for mle. also bayesian estimator are depending on mle , so the result for expected values and mse for 𝛼 are the same as the corresponding value of 𝛼 for different values of 𝛽. 3. it is observed that, mse's of all estimators of shape parameter is increasing with the increase of the value of the shape parameter. also, mse values for all estimates are increasing with the increase of the scale parameter value in all cases. table 1. the expected values for different estimators for unknown shape parameter α of gamma distribution when α = 2 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 2.486393 2.486393 2.33479 2.334791 2.14737 2.147371 30 2.298321 2.298321 2.194657 2.194658 2.085778 2.085778 50 2.183145 2.183145 2.118412 2.118412 2.058392 2.058392 100 2.090724 2.090724 2.055311 2.055311 2.027358 2.027357 table 2. the expected values for different estimators for unknown shape parameter α of gamma distribution when α = 3 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 3.600494 3.600494 3.447432 3.447433 3.091556 3.091556 30 3.405721 3.405721 3.299321 3.299319 3.082031 3.08203 50 3.255532 3.405721 3.18809 3.299319 3.066335 3.08203 100 3.126059 3.126059 3.089527 3.089528 3.032201 3.032202 table 3. the mse values for different estimators for unknown shape parameter α of gamma distribution when α = 2 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 1.13161 1.13161 0.80765 0.80765 0.52387 0.52387 30 0.58915 0.58915 0.38833 0.38833 0.29354 0.29354 50 0.29714 0.29714 0.18510 0.18510 0.15579 0.15579 100 0.13609 0.13609 0.08313 0.08313 0.07647 0.07647   195    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 4. the mse values for different estimators for unknown shape parameter α of gamma distribution when α = 3 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 2.06203 2.06203 1.62539 1.62540 1.02131 1.02132 30 1.11338 1.11338 0.84883 0.84883 0.62012 0.62012 50 0.61598 1.11338 0.44923 0.84883 0.37063 0.62012 100 0.25924 0.25924 0.18543 0.18543 0.16827 0.16827 table 5. the expected values for different estimators for unknown scale parameter β of gamma distribution when β = 0.5 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 0.63802 0.61058 0.59870 0.58464 0.58620 0.57713 30 0.58456 0.57368 0.55831 0.55562 0.55171 0.55141 50 0.55128 0.54540 0.53514 0.53420 0.53178 0.53201 100 0.52472 0.52256 0.51588 0.51658 0.51444 0.51562 table 6. the expected values for different estimators for unknown scale parameter β of gamma distribution when β = 1 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 1.27605 1.22115 1.19739 1.16928 1.10595 1.11258 30 1.16913 1.14735 1.11661 1.11124 1.06368 1.07708 50 1.10256 1.14735 1.07027 1.11124 1.04133 1.07708 100 1.04945 1.04511 1.03176 1.03317 1.01838 1.02428 table 7. the mse values for different estimators for unknown scale parameter β of gamma distribution when β = 0.5 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 0.09335 0.06904 0.06875 0.05533 0.05957 0.05055 30 0.04509 0.03596 0.03113 0.02778 0.02835 0.02615 50 0.02224 0.01936 0.01490 0.01465 0.01408 0.01412 100 0.01023 0.00824 0.00681 0.00627 0.00662 0.00615 table 8. the mse values for different estimators for unknown scale parameter β of gamma distribution when β = 1 method n 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 β=0.5 β=1 20 0.37339 0.27617 0.27500 0.22131 0.18993 0.17587 30 0.18037 0.14383 0.12452 0.11114 0.09764 0.09486 50 0.08896 0.14383 0.05961 0.11114 0.05129 0.09490 100 0.04091 0.03295 0.02723 0.02508 0.02535 0.02386   196    ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1914 vol. 32 (1) 2019 references 1. hogg, r.v.; mckean, j.w.; craig, a.t. introduction to mathematical statistics, 7th ed., pearson education publication, 2014. 2. apolloni, b.; bassis, s. algorithmic inference of two-parameter gamma distribution. communications in statistics simulation and computation. 2009, 38, 9, 1950 – 1968. 3. douglas, c.m.; george, c.r. applied statistics and probability for engineering, 3rd edition, john wiley and sons, inc. 2003. 4. sahoo, s.a. study on bayesian estimation of parameters of some well known distribution functions; master thesis, department of mathematics, national institute of technology rourkela-769008, india, 2014. 5. he, h.; zhou, n.; zhang, r. on estimation for the pareto distribution. statistical methodology. 2014, 21, 49–58. 6. alabadee, f.a.; al-mayali, y.m.; neama, i.a. a comparison between the bayesian and the classical estimators of weibull distribution. j. kufa math. comput. 2013,1, 8, 21-28. 7. li, j.; ren, h. estimation of one parameter exponential family under a precautionary loss function based on record values. international journal of engineering and manufacturing. 2012. 2, 3, 75-81. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 new adaptive satellite image classification technique for al habbinya region west of iraq taghreed a. naji amaal j. hatem dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science ( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :18 february 2013 , accepted in :8april 2013 abstrat developing a new adaptive satellite images classification technique, based on a new way of merging between regression line of best fit and new empirical conditions methods. they are supervised methods to recognize different land cover types on al habbinya region. these methods should be stand on physical ground that represents the reflection of land surface features. the first method has separated the arid lands and plants. empirical thresholds of different tm combination bands; tm3, tm4, and tm5 were studied in the second method, to detect and separate water regions (shallow, bottomless, and very bottomless). the optimum index factor (oif) is computed for these combination bands, which realized the higher oif value with low correlated from other tm combination bands. this study was performed using arcgis9.3, envi 4.5 softwares and matlab7.9b language. key words :image processing and analysis, supervised classification, empirical conditions, arcgis, remote sensing, thematic mapper (tm). 143 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction many remote sensing systems recorded brightness values at different wavelengths that commonly include not only portions of the visible light spectrum, but also infrared and, in some cases, middle infrared bands. the brightness values for each of these bands are typically stored in a separate grayscale image. each ground-resolution cell in an image therefore has a set of brightness values which in effect represent the color of that patch of the ground surface, if we extend our concept of color to include bands beyond the visible light range. the relationship between spectral classes and different surface materials or land cover types may be known beforehand, or determined and discriminated after classification algorithms using spectral reflectance features, i.e. the color information is contained in each pixel [1]. the precision of water color remote sensing inversion limits its application to water environmental monitoring [2]. various algorithms were implemented to extract water body in recent years, based on the spectral characteristics of this region. these algorithms are able to locate all of the major water pixels. however, they heavily depend on human experts to choose appropriate threshold values [3]. two image classification methods were proposed for classifying the al habbinya region with different band combinations. both the introduced classification methods are based on utilizing the reflection of land surface features. in the first method, a separation of arid lands, moist lands, arid plants, moist plants, and mature plants was achieved via regression line to best fit method, whereas the second method is carried on via empirical conditions method to detect al habbinya lake water regions (shallow, bottomless, and very bottomless). description of the study area and data used al habbinya region and around lies in al-anbar governorate in the middle of iraq. it extends between latitudes (33° 25' 36.51") to (33° 10' 29.59") north between longitudes (43° 17' 5.34") to (43° 36' 40.62") east, and it covers (852.68) km2. tested scene in al habbinya location, and main data source were the thematic mapper (tm) data which were taken on the 4th of march 1990 onboard landsat-5. this image was geometrically corrected and previewed with three bands combination (r: 5, g: 4, and b: 3), which show clear geographical variance for the land cover classes as shown in fig. (1). al habbinya region covers considerable part of the area which is dissected by the euphrates river. structurally the area is built up of sedimentary stony soils and lies within the tigris and mesopotamian sub-zones of the unstable shelf, and rutbajezira zone of the stable shelf. the most important structural feature is abu -jeer fault [4]. geomorphologically, the area has six geomorphological units of different modes. the erosion by water is effective overall the area due to dense drainage system. hydrogeologically the al habbinya water depth ranges from > 1m, (11-9) m, and 17m [5]. methodological approach two different image classification methods will be described below: 1first classification method the distribution of mir band (tm5) and red band (tm3) values in the spectral class plane in the feature space can be represented as right angle triangle from the top, the base of triangle describes the arid lands, which is calculated using the regression line to best fit method as a linear method. the top of the triangle represents the mature plants, which are extracted by applying mathematical theorem (the length of the straight segment drawn from the top of the right in the right angle triangle to the mid-gut (the middle of triangle base) equals to half the length of the hypotenuse) [6]. the equation of regression line to best fit method should be calculated, and it is given by [7]: 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑏……(1) 144 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 where: y represents mir band values. x represents red band values. m represents its slope. b represents mir intersection. the moist lands, moist plants, and arid plants can be determined in addition to some conditions for the eq. (1), as: 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑏 + 𝑇………(2) where: t represents specific threshold value. 2second classification method the water body information is accurately extracted from the false color image composed from bands: tm3, tm4, and tm5 with band combination of 5, 4, and 3 as rgb. to separate water body for al habbinya lake as shown in fig. (1) with different regions, the empirical conditions for the shallow, bottomless, and very bottomless water regions were determined with the following equations, respectively: 13 ≤ 𝑇𝑀4 ≤ 79 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑇𝑀5 ≤ 36 .…...….(3) 22 ≤ 𝑇𝑀3 ≤ 71 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑇𝑀4 < 14 .……….(4) 𝑇𝑀3 < 22 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑇𝑀4 ≤ 11 …………..(5) statistical approach in this study oif (optimum index factor) technique was applied to tm3, tm4, and tm5 bands of tm data. these combination bands were produced and analyzed using oif. the value of oif is recorded for these combination bands 5-4-3 is (140.164). the aim of this study is to determine oif in order to help for selecting the most favorable band color combination according to their information for different land cover studies of the region, to avoid the time consuming of visual analysis process. oif simplifies statistical calculation based on the amount of total variance and correlation between various bands. the used algorithm to compute the oif is [8]: oif= stdi + stdj + stdk / | corr i, j | + | corr j, k |+ | corr i, k | where: stdi : standard deviation of bandi, stdj: standard deviation of band j, stdk: standard deviation of band k, corr ij: correlation coefficient of band i and band j, corr ik: correlation coefficient of band i and band k, corr jk: correlation coefficient of band j and band k. experimental results & discussion the landsat tm data will allow for discrimination between the arid lands, moist lands, arid plants, moist plants, and mature plants. it provides useful information on these land covers. spectral class plane in the feature space analysis was used to understand the relation between classes in two-dimensional spaces of tm bands between red (tm3) and middle infrared (tm5) bands. the data points for the arid land cover class generally lie on a straight 145 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 line, which represents the base of right angle triangle. another land cover classes (moist lands, arid plants, moist plants, and mature plants) lie above the straight line due to the higher reflectance in the middle infrared region relative to the visible region. whereas the al habbinya lake body determine in the left-hand side of the right angle triangle base due to the smaller reflectance in the middle infrared region and the visible region. some of sunlight that enters a water body is absorbed; the degree of absorption is highly dependent on wavelength. fig. (2) illustrates the classification of al habbinya region with the proposed method implementing. as it is obvious in this figure, all land cover classes can be grouped into eight major categories. the plausible assignment of mean values to the each feature (class) for classified image of this scene are listed in table (1), which can be represented as the ratios centenary in fig. (3). as it is seen from fig. (2), the empirical conditions technique was used, as illustrated in previous equations (3, 4, and 5) to detect the different regions of al habbinya lake, by depending on the spectral characteristic of water absorption of these regions. conclusions and suggestions from the obtained result, the two image classification methods successes to cluster the region of al habbinya image into eight major categories. this research presented an influential technique with fast performing and simple conditions to separate al habbinya lake water into three regions (shallow, bottomless, and very bottomless) the optimum index factor (oif) is computed for tm combination bands. these best bands (tm5, tm4, and tm3) for classification have the biggest oif value from other tm combination bands which indicates, that these bands contain much information (e.g., high standard deviation) with little duplication (e.g., low correlation between these bands), and they provide a great amount of information and color contrast tm bands combination, which are useful for plants studies from where its conditions, circumstances, and monitoring. in addition to that, it is used to determine the extent of pollution in the water of lakes and rivers, the amount of the decline of coast, helps to know moisture content, the amount of organic matter lands, and to help us to find out whether the land was arable or not. it is seen from fig. (3) and table (1) the arid land attained the highest ratio from other categories. according to iraq soil map (1961), the demonstrated soil type for this arid land in the study area and surrounded by al habbinya lake is stony soil. rating term for depth of soil is shallow which represented less than 2 feets. thus, it is very important to take in consideration the effect of erosion and sediment processes in al habbinya lake coast inherent to dynamic coast changes which caused in long term a change in lake capacity. the major obstacle for using remote sensing data for land cover classification is the similarity between some of the surface spectral characteristics. endmember extraction algorithms can help to differentiate between similar classes. references 1. randall, b. s. (2011), image classification, tutorial, ph.d., microimages, inc. 2. wang, j. p. ;cheng, s. t. and jia, h. f. (2004), application of artificial neural network technology in water color remote sensing inversion of inland water body using tm data, the department of environmental science and engineering, tsinghua university, beijing, china. 3. wang, k. and zhu, y. (2003), recognition of water bodies from remotely sensed imagery by using neural network, computer science and engineering, university of nebraska lincoln. األغطیة وتحدید اإلنعكاسیةدراسة أسالیب(2002) , محمود قاسم ,والسعدي صالح أحمد ,ومحیمید حسن ,كاطع. 4 .44 -37 .ص، حزیران ,33، العراقیة الزراعیة مجلة العلوم العراق، في الصحراویة المناطق لبعض األرضیة 146 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 5. "hydrology from space", gosh (2009), http://www.legos.obs-mip.fr/en/. ، الثاني الفصل ,ھلبرت وتعدیل المستویة اإلقلیدیة الھندسة .6 http:// uqu.edu.sa/files2/tiny_mce/plugins/filemanager/files/4281667/.../lect7.doc. 7. anton, h. bivens, i. and davis, s. (2002), calculus, seventh edition, john wiley & sons, inc., new york, 1001. 8. ehsani, a . h . and quiel, f. (2010), efficiency of landsat etm+ thermal band for land cover classification of the biosphere reserve eastern carpathians (central europe) using smap and ml algorithms", int. j. environ. res., 4, 741-750, issn: 1735-6865. 9. http://www.geo.mtu.edu/rs/ table (1): mean pixel values for each land cover class land cover type mean of each land cover arid lands 39.49 moist lands 2.79 arid plants 20.49 moist plants 2.64 mature plants 7.49 shallow water 8.11 bottomless water 9.65 very bottomless water 9.04 fig. (1): rgb color composite of landsat 5, tm bands 5, 4 and 3, in 1990 of west iraq, and tested scene in al habbinya region [9] 147 | physics http://www.legos.obs-mip.fr/en/ http://www.hessamath.com/media/data_files/03583525-6dbe-4138-9bb9-b360f4a44be8.pdf http://www.geo.mtu.edu/rs/ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (2): classified image of al habbinya region with two image classification methods fig. (3) : centenary ratios for classified image features (al habbinya region) arid lands moist lands arid plants moist plants mature plants shallow water bottomless water very bottomless water arid lands 40% moist lands 3% arid plants 20% moist plants 3% mature plants 7% shallow water 8% bottomless water 10% very bottomless water 9% 148 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 منطقِة الحبانیة غرب ل تقانة مطورة جدیدة لتصنیِف صورة األقمار الصناعیةِ العراق تغرید عبد الحمید ناجي آمال جبار حاتم جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھیثم(الفیزیاء/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة علوم قسم 2013نیسان 8قبل البحث في : ، 2013شباط 18في : استلم البحث خالصةال دمج بین طریقة خط ارتداد افضل وطریقة لا الىمستندة ،لتصنیف الصور الفضائیةقدم ھذا البحث تقانة جدیدة ومطورة تعتمد ھذه طرائق تصنیف موجھ.بوصفھا الشروط التجریبیة الجدیدة لتمییزانواع أغطیة االرض المختلفة لمنطقة الحبانیة الطرائق على الخصائص الفیزیائیة لالرض التي تمثل انعكاسیة معالم سطح االرض. تفصل الطریقة االولى بین االراضي ) tm5و 3tm،tm4) المختلفة (tmتدرس الطریقة الثانیة حد العتبات التجریبیة لترابط حزم (و .النباتاتالقاحلة و ) لترابط الحزم المختلفة oifب معامل الدلیل القصوي (). حسضحلة، العمیقة، العمیقة جداً لكشف وفصل مناطق المیاه (ال الدراسة تمت ). tmترابط من ترابط الحزم المختلفة االخرى لل ( قل) وأoifأعلى قیمة لل ( حققتاآلنفة الذكر التي matlab7.9b.و لغة envi 4.5و arcgis9.3باستعمال برامج ، االستشعار عن بعد، arcgis، الشروط التجریبیِة، التصنیف الموجھ معالجة وتحلیل الصورة، :الكلمات المفتاحیة tm.الراسم ألغرضيمتحسس 149 | physics key words :image processing and analysis, supervised classification, empirical conditions, arcgis, remote sensing, thematic mapper (tm). تغريد عبد الحميد ناجي آمال جبار حاتم قسم علوم الفيزياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم)/ جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في :18 شباط 2013 ، قبل البحث في :8 نيسان 2013 الخلاصة قدم هذا البحث تقانة جديدة ومطورة لتصنيف الصور الفضائية، مستندة الى الدمج بين طريقة خط ارتداد افضل وطريقة الشروط التجريبية الجديدة لتمييزانواع أغطية الارض المختلفة لمنطقة الحبانية بوصفها طرائق تصنيف موجه. تعتمد هذه الطرائق على الخصائص الفيزيائية ل... الكلمات المفتاحية: معالجة وتحليل الصورة، التصنيف الموجه, الشروط التجريبيةِ، arcgis، الاستشعار عن بعد، متحسس الراسم ألغرضي.tm @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 klebsiella استخدام القراءة التفسیریة في توضیح آلیات المقاومة لبكتریا pneumoniae ن مرضى التھاب المسالك البولیةالمعزولة م جمال عبد الرحمن إبراھیم علي عبد شراد جامعة األنبار / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحیاة 2012 آذار 18 :قبل البحث في ، 2011تموز 6 :استلم البحث في الخالصة عینة 160في klebsiella pneumoniaeالرئویة الكلیبسیالبكتریا تھدف الدراسة الحالیة الى عزل وتشخیص الى غایة شھر 2007النسائیة و األطفال في مدینة الرمادي للمدة من شھر تشرین الثاني ادرار لمریضات راجعن مستشفى باالعتماد على . واختبار مدى حساسیتھا لعدد من المضادات الحیویة بغیة توضیح الیة مقاومتھا لتلك المضادات 2008ایار طریقة القراءة التفسیریة لتجنب استخدامھا عالجاً. ود لبكتریا الكلیبسیال الرئویة امتازت بمقاومتھا العالیة لعدد من المضادات الحیویة ولغرض تحدید عزلة تع 42شّخصت آلیات ھذه المقاومة فحصت حساسیة ھذه العزالت لطیف واسع من المضادات الحیویة التي إشتملت على مجموعة atcc 25922األقراص واستخدمت الساللةالبیتاالكتام ومنھا مجموعة االماینوكالیكوسایدات بطریقة االنتشار حول بكتریا قیاسیة. منتجة ألنزیمات %) 14،2( 42\6و (classical)%) من العزالت من النوع البري التقلیدي 16،6( 42\7وجد أن ألنزیمات %) منتج16،6 ( 42 \7و esbls%) من العزالت منتجة ألنزیمات 69( 42\29البنسلینیز بمستوى عاٍل وأن esbl-ceftazidimase منتجة ألنزیمات 52،3( 42\22و (%esblbroad أما مضادات االماینوكالیكوسایدات. %) منتجة لألنزیم 19( 42\8و classical)%) من النوع البري التقلیدي (9،5( 42\4فكانت آلیات المقاومة ھي aac(3´)-i منتجة ألنزیم 26(42\11و (%aac(3´)-ii 42\6و)منتج14 (% ة ألنزیمaph(3) 42\5و )11،9 (% ).42\8% (19 ھي ant(2´)في حین كانت نسبة وجود األنزیم aac(6´)منتجة لألنزیم تحمل آلیات مقاومة غیر اعتیادیة وأن وجود مثل ھذه النسبة العالیة k. pneumoniaeوأظھرت الدراسة أن عزالت جدیدة في ھذا النوع من بكتریا الكلبسیال یشیر إلى االستعمال غیر الحكیم من العزالت المنتجة النزیمات البیتاالكتامیز ال للمضادات الحیویة وضعف السیطرة على العدوى في المستشفى. .، القراءة التفسیریة klebsiella pneumoniaeالمقاومة البكتیریة ، : ةمفتاحیالكلمات ال 1 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة السبب الرئیس في حدوث اإلصابات باخماج المستشفیات المتكررة klebsiella pneumoniaeتعد بكتریا nosocomial infections السیما نوع الكلبسیال الرئویة ذي المقاومة المتعددة للمضادات الحیویةmultidrugresisance ]1[. تلجأ البكتریا الى مقاومة فعل المضاد الحیوي أما بانتاج انزیمات من أھمھا البیتاالكتام المحللة لمجموعتي البنسلینات ]2[والسیفالوسبورینات القادرة على تحلیل جزیئات المضاد الحیوي أو اجراء تحویرات فیھا لتحویلھا الى جزیئات خاملة غلب المضادات الحیویة ومنھا مضادات البیتاالكتام ظھور سالالت مطفرة امتازت بمقاومتھا وقد رافق االستعمال المتزاید أل (interpretative reading)والقراءة التفسیریة ]3[العالیة لھذه المضادات التي امتدت لتشمل أغلب مشتقاتھا الحدیثة ة وتحدید آلیات المقاومة المتوقعة ، كما تساعد تستھدف تحلیل أنماط الحساسیة للعزالت تجاه مجموعة من المضادات الحیوی على تقدیر انتشار آلیات المقاومة وتشخیص نتائج الحساسیة ، وتعد القراءة التفسیریة طریقة متقدمة عن الطرائق ھا ال تحل التشخیصیة التقلیدیة والمتداولة في المختبرات ومن الممكن اإلفادة منھا في حالة عدم توافر الطرائق الوراثیة و لكن .]4[محلھا من حیث الدقة تشكل مضادات البیتاالكتام المضادات الحیویة المثالیة للقراءة التفسیریة ونظراً للمدى الواسع آللیات المقاومة فإن غالبیة المختبرات ال تستعمل عدداً كبیراً من المضادات الحیویة في االختبارات الروتینیة ؛ لذا یجب أن تستعمل بعض من دات البیتاالكتم ذي القیمة التشخیصیة المھمة مثل السفتازدیم أو السفوتاكسیم الذي یعد مؤشراً جیداً لمعظم أنزیمات مضا وان المقاومة للسفتازدیم بغیاب المقاومة للسفوكستین shvأو tem البیتاالكتامیز الواسعة الطیف المشتقة من عائلة الذي یمكن تأكیدھا بوساطة esbls) مؤشر قوي أیضاً النتاج أنزیمات الـ esbls(ال یمثل المادة األساس ألنزیمات الـ ومن جانب آخر فإن المقاومة للسفوكستین من قبل أفراد العائلة المعویة یعد تشخیصاً تقریبیاً ]5[اختبار األقراص المتآزرة میز یعد وسیلة مفیدة في تشخیص آلیات المقاومة إن استعمال مثبطات البیتاالكتا .]6[بیتاالكتایمیز ampcالنتاج أنزیمات الـ ، إذ إن األنزیمات (tazobactam, sulbactam, clavulanic acid)في القراءة التفسیریة ومن المثبطات المستعملة بیتاالكتایمیز التثبط بھذه المثبطات ampcتتثبط بھذه المثبطات ولكن أنزیمات الـ tem ,shvمثل aالعائدة لصنف ]7[. المنتجة بمستوى عاٍل من قبل عزالت الـكلیبسیال k1(koxy)من الممكن تمییز أنزیمات البیتاالكتامیز الكروموسومیة لكونھا تسبب المقاومة لالزتریونام والسفروكسیم ولكن ال تسبب المقاومة للسفتازدیم والسفوتاكسم ، esblsعن أنزیمات وبصورة عامة فإن المقاومة لمضادات البیتاالكتام في غالبیة أفراد العائلة المعویة تعود إلى وجود أنزیمات البیتاالكتامیز .]8[الكروموسومیة أو البالزمیدیة جامیع كبیرة ومتنوعة من األنزیمات المحورة لألمینوكالیكوسیدات تعمل وبشكل فعال على المناطق كما توجد م و aac (6')الحساسة لھا في تركیب ھذه المضادات وأن أغلب عملیات التحویر الكیمیائي تعزى لوجود عائلة األنزیمات aac (3') كثرھا انتشاراً األنزیمات المحورة وأن المظھر الذي ھناك العدید من آلیات المقاومة لألمینوكالیكوسیدات ومن أ تعرضھ أنماط المقاومة من الصعب التنبؤ بھ ما لم تَُطبْق طرائق معینة مثل القراءة التفسیریة وأن العدید من المختبرات طریقة بالمعنى البكتریولوجیة تستخدم ھذه الطریقة لتعدیل استعمال المضادات الحیویة . وأن االستخدام العملي لھذه ال .k ومن ھنا برزت فكرة الحصول على عدد من العزالت بكتریا. ]6[السریري أصبح مطلوباً لتحدید العالج األكفأ للمریض pneumoniae من مستشفیات مدینة الرمادي ودراسة مقاومتھا لعدد من المضادات لتفسیر آلیة ھذه المقاومة بطریقة القراءة التفسیریة. طرائق العمل عینة إدرار من المریضات المراجعات لمستشفى النسائیة و األطفال في مدینة الرمادي للمدة من شھر 160جمعت وبمختلف الفئات العمریة بعد معاینتھن من الطبیب المختص. 2008الى غایة شھر آیار 2007تشرین الثاني الماكونكي ووسط اكار الدم بطریقة التخطیط وحضنت األطباق زرعت العینات مباشرة على أوساط االكار المغذي و واكار من المستعمرات النامیة و أجریت لھا عملیة تنقیة على 5-3ساعة بعدھا اختیرت 24درجة مئویة مدة 37بدرجة حرارة وسط الماكونكي الصلب لدراسة صفاتھا الزرعیة من حیث حجمھا ولونھا وارتفاعھا شّخصت العزالت باالعتماد على الفحوصات البكتیریولوجیة ات الزرعیة األخرى . وحافاتھا وغیرھا من الصف .]9[والكیموحیویة اعتماداً على المصادر العلمیة المتبعة لتشخیص البكتریا disk)) وبطریقة االنتشار حول األقراص 1استعملت أقراص المضادات الحیویة المبینة في الجدول الملحق ( diffusion) للتعرف على حساسیة ھذه العزالت البكتیریة لھذه المضادات الحیویة بشكل منفرد وتحلیل ]10[في وكما جاء استخدمت طریقة القراءة التفسیریة لتسھیل قراءة نتائج حساسیة ومقاومة العزالت قید انماط الحساسیة لھذه المضادات وقد .]5[الدراسة تجاه مضادات البیتاالكتام وتحدید آلیات المقاومة 2 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 النتائج و المناقشة عینة موجبة للبكتریا على شكل مستعمرات واضحة ذي خصائص مختلفة . شخصت منھا 160أظھرت نتائج زرع %) تعود لجنس الكلبیسیال الرئویة من خالل الخصائص الزرعیة و الفحوصات الكیموحیویة ، إذ امتازت 21.25عزلة ( 42 والمخاطیة القوام ، مخمرة لسكر الالكتوز والسالبة لملون كرام . وأظھرت نتائج االختبارات بمستعمراتھا الكبیرة واألندول والمثیل األحمر واختبار الحركة فیما أعطت نتائج موجبة h2s الكیموحیویة إنھا سالبة لفحص االوكسدیز وإنتاج api 20e. وقد أكدت نتائج اختبارات أشرطة الیوریزالختبارات الكاتلیز والفوكس بروسكاور واستھالك الستریت وإنتاج ھذه النتائج. عزلة لبكتریا الـكلیبسیال الرئویة تجاه المضادات الحیویة المستعملة في الدراسة كما 42نتائج اختبار حساسیة أظھرت 42\42إذ إن جمیع العزالت ) وجود مقاومة عالیة للعزالت تجاه مضادات البیتاالكتام المستعملة ، 1في الجدول رقم ( ، (aug)% ) مقاومة لمضاد االوكمنتین 83( 42 \35و ، )amp( % ) كانت مقاومة لمضاد االمبیسیلین100( وبذلك فإن (cef)%) مقاومة لمضاد السیفالوثین 83( 35/42و، (pip)%) مقاومة لمضاد الببراسلین 85(36/42و نسبة العزالت المقاومة لھذه المضادات عالیة وأن المقاومة لھذه المضادات قد یعود إلى إنتاج البكتریا إلنزیمات وإن اإلنتاج العالي لھذه األنزیمات قد تسبب في المقاومة للبنسلینات . ]shv-1 ]11وtem-1,tem-2بیتاالكتامیز ال فـقـد وجد أن جمیع (fox)أمـا بالنسـبة إلـى مضاد السفوكستین ]5[واسعة الطیف وسیفالوسبورینات الجیل األول shvو tem%) حساسة تجاھھا ، إذ إن ھذا المضاد یمتاز بمقاومتھ للفعل التحللي ألنزیمات الـ 100( 42\42العزالت بیتاالكتامیز ، ولذا فإن العزالت المقاومة للسفوكستین قد تكون منتجة ampcولكن یتحلل بفعل أنزیمات الـ esblsوالـ %) من العزالت مقاومة تجاه السفروكسیم 71( 42\30وجد أن كما .]14[بیتاالكتامیز البالزمیدیة ampcألنزیمات الـ (cxm) وأما بالنسبة الى مضادات السفتازدیم(caz) السفوتاكسیم ،(ctx) والسفترایكسون(cro) 42\30فقد وجد ت %) من العزالت مقاومة و على التوالي ، وبذلك فإن نسبة كبیرة من العزال67( 42\28%) و69( 42\%29) ، 71( %) 69( 29/42فقد كانت (atm)كانت مقاومة تجاه ھذه المضادات. أما بالنسبة إلى نتائج الحساسیة تجاه واالزتریونام عزلة مقاومة لذلك فان المقاومة لالزتریونام والسیفالوسبورینات الواسعة الطیف في عزالت الكلبسیال یمكن عدھا عالمة أما بالنسبة إلى نتائج حساسیة العزالت تجاه مضاد .]1[3بیتاالكتامیز واسعة الطیفلقدرة ھذه البكتریا على انتاج أنزیمات ال %) من عزالت الكلیبسیال كانت مقاومة تجاھھ ویعد السفیبیم أكثر فعالیة تجاه البكتریا 69( 42\29فقد وجد (fep)السفیبیم ار الخارجي للبكتریا السالبة لملون غرام وكون من سیفالوسبورینات الجیل الثالث لكونھ یمتاز باختراقھ السریع عبر الجد موقع الھدف لعملھ عبارة عن مجموعة من البروتینات المرتبطة بالبنسلین(إلیقافھا نمو البكتریا نتیجة االرتباط باألنزیمات ھذه األنزیـمات وتسمى peptidoglycanالمسؤولة عن إنھاء المـرحلة الـثالثـة واألخیرة فـي بناء طـبقـة الیبتیدوكالیكان بیتاالكتامیز المنتجة بمستوى ampc) . و یمتلك فعالیة متوسطة تجاه أنزیمات الـ pbpsبالبنسلینات المرتبطـة بالبروتیـن وكما أنھا أقل ]8،14[عاٍل من قبل العزالت الطافرة أي أنھ أقل تأثراً من سیفالوسبورینات الجیل الثالث بھذه األنزیمات وعلى الرغم من عدم استعمال ]14[بیتاالكتامیز ampcوسبورینات الجیل الثالث النتاج أنزیمات الـتحفیزا ًمن سیفال عالجاً في العراق إال أن المقاومة كانت عالیة تجاھھا في العزالت قید الدراسة وقد یعود ذلك إلى وجود مقاومة المضاد إلى أن استعمال واحدة من ]15[مشتركة مع مضادات البیتاالكتام األخرى السیما السیفالوسبورینات ، إذ اقترح مضادات الحیویة األخرى وال یشترط أن تكون من التركیب الكیمیائي السیفالوسبورینات قد تقلل من حساسیة البكتریا تجاه ال إلى وجود المقاومة المشتركة بین المضادات الحیویة المتشابھة في آلیة فعالیتھا ، مثل البنسلینات ]1[6نفسھ وكما أشار ي عزالت الكلبسیال قید الدراسة قد والسیفالوسبورینات وان لم تتشابھ في تركیبھا الكیمیائي، إن المقاومة العالیة للسفیبیم ف .]1[7یعود المتالكھا أنزیمات البیتاالكتامیز الواسعة الطیف التي تسبب نقصانا في حساسیة البكتریا لمضاد السفیبیم %) ، إذ إن مضادات 100كان ذا فعالیة عالیة تجاه بكتریا الكلیبسیال وبنسبة حساسیة ( ) ipmإن مضاد األمیبنم ( .]8[بیتاالكتامیز ampcنم ( األمیبنم و المیروبینم ) و التیموسیلین تكون مستقرة تجاه أنزیمات الـالكاربابی وبصورة عامة نجد أن البكتریا موضوع الدراسة أظھرت مقاومة عالیة تجاه مضادات البیتاالكتام المستعملة وھذا قد یعود إلصابة أو االستیطان ببكتریا منتجة آللیات مقاومة متعددة إلى كون العزالت معزولة من مرضى یمثلون عامال خطراً ل بیتاالكتامیز. ampcالـبصورة عامة وقد یعود ذلك إلى وجود أنزیمات ) 2من خالل نتائج اختبار الحساسیة باستعمال األمینوكالیكوسیدات وحساب النسب المئویة للمقاومة كما في الجدول( ، والتوبرامایسین (net)%) وكانت نسبة المقاومة للنتلمایسین 27\42 )64 (gen) وجد أن نسبة المقاومة للجنتامایسین (tob) األمیكاسین ، و(amk) ن الكانامایسی، و(kan) ، والنیومایسین(neo) 42\16%)، 38( 42\16ھي %) على التوالي. أظھرت المسوحات الوبائیة أن 53,3( 42\22%) و71،4( 42\%30)، 11،9( 42\%5)، 38( المجتمعات الثانویة للبكتریا ذي المقاومة المؤقتة شائعة الوجود في موقع االستیطان البكتیري وااللتھابات في المرضى الذین یتلقون العالج باألمینوكالیكوسیدات، وأنھ ال یمكن الكشف عن ھذه المجتمعات مبدئیاً في مختبرات البكتریا السریریة لكونھا تعود إلى عزالت تمتاز بحساسیتھا لألمینوكالكوسیدات وأن المجتمعات الثانویة المقاومة لھا عالقة وثیقة في فشل العالج وأن التعریض المستمر . ]1[8إطالة مدة العالج باألمینوكالیكوسیدات السیما في الحاالت التي تستوجب وأن ھذه المقاومة ال تحدث نتیجة للطفرات بل نتیجة adaptive resistanceلألمینوكالكوسیدات یؤدي إلى مقاومة متكیفة ت األخرى وھذه ھي الصفة لألمینوكالكوسیدا cross-resistanceالنتقاء مجتمعات ثانویة ویترتب علیھا مقاومة تصالبیة والتحویرات األنزیمیة التي ribosomal. mutationالمھمة للمقاومة المتكیفة على العكس من الطفرات الرایبوسومیة 3 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ، وباالعتماد على طریقة القراءة التفسیریة الستنتاج آلیات المقاومة ]1[9ینتج منھا مقاومة المینوكالیكوسیدات محددة %) من 48,7( 42\7) وجد1باالعتماد على مظاھر المقاومة للمضادات الحیویة وكما موضح في النتائج في الجدول ( اه األمبسیلین ، إذ كانت مقاومة تج (classical-low shv)العزالت منتجة لمستوى واطئ من أنزیمات البیتاالكتامیز ألنزیمات البیتالكتامیز العائدة clavulanic acidولكنھا متوسطة الحساسیة تجاه مضاد األوكومتین مما یدل على تثبیط الـ -penicillinase%) كانت منتجة لمستوى عاٍل من أنزیمات البیتاالكتامیز البنسلینیز (14,2( 42\6. وكما ان aلصنف high level اآللیة من آلیات المقاومة غیر االعتیادیة وتعد العزالت في ھذه الحالة مقاومة لجمیع البنسلینات. ) وتعد ھذه التي تعد من آلیات esbl ceftazidimase%) من العزالت قد تكون منتجة ألنزیمات الـ16,6( 42\6وقد وجد أن إلى [21]، فقد أشار [20]اومة لبقیة السیفالوسبوریناتالمقاومة غیر االعتیادیة والتي یجب أن تسجل العزلة المنتجة لھا مق التي أظھرت مقاومة عالیة تجاه السفتازدیم وحساسة تجاه e.coliحالة وفاة لمریض مصاب بتجرثم الدم المتسبب عن الـ من esbl-ceftazidimaseالسفوتاكسیم وعند إعطاء السفوتاكسیم عالجاً سببت فشل العالج والوفاة ، وتعد أنزیمات الـ %) من 52,3( 42\22. كذلك وجد [22]في عزالت الكلیبسیال الرئویة esblsاألنزیمات الشائعة من بین أنزیمات الـ ، إذ أعطت مقاومة عالیة ومتشابھ تجاه السیفالوسبورینات المستعملة esbl-broadالعزالت كانت منتجة ألنزیمات الـ أو بسبب وجود shv-1و tem-1 ،tem-2ة لمستوى عاٍل من أنزیمات الـ وقد یعود ذلك إلى ان ھذا العزالت منتج .[17]، أو قد یعود إلى حاجز النفاذیة ir أنزیمات الـ عادةً تُسجل مقاومة لكل البنسلینات والسیفالوسبورینات واالزتریونام esblsإن العزالت البكتیریة المنتجة ألنزیمات الـ ، ولكن ال ینصح باستعمال السفوكستین ألنھ [4]كذلك السفوكستین [20] من المضادات الفعالة باستثناء األمبنیم الذي یعد ، 5[یؤدي إلى انتقاء السالالت الطافرة المقاومة للسیفوكستین عن طریق النقصان في القنوات البروتینیة للغشاء الخارجي ، لذلك فمن الضروري لمختبرات علم البكتریا السریریة أن تكون قادرة على تشخیص األجناس البكتیریة واألشكال ]22 غیر الرشید الجدیدة من المقاومة وتحدید األنزیمات المنتجة ألن الفشل في الكشف عن ھذه األنزیمات قد یؤدي االستعمال وانتشار ممرضات سالبة لملون [23]عالج أحیاناً قد تؤدي إلى الوفاة حیویة غیر مالئمة وظھور حاالت فشل ال مضاداتل غرام مع آلیات مقاومة من الصعب السیطرة علیھا. تشیر أنماط المقاومة لألمینوكالكوسیدات في العصیات السالبة لصبغة كرام إلى إنتاج األنزیمات المحورة classicalتعزى إلى أنزیم %) ذو نمط مقاومة9,5( 42\4وجد أن ) 2لألمینوكالكوسیدات، ومن خالل نتائج الجدول ( 42\8ھي aac(3´)-iلفورتیمایسین وجد كذلك أن نسبة نمط المقاومة التي تعود إلى أنزیم الذي یسبب أحیاناً المقاومة ل في العزالت 30%)%) وھو ذو طیف مقاومة ضیق یتضمن الجنتامایسین والفورتیمایسین وشخص ھذا األنزیم بنسبة (19( أما نسب أنماط المقاومة األخرى فتعود إلى إنتاج أنزیمات مسؤولة عن نقل األسیتیل في [24]السالبة لصبغة كرام الذي یسبب المقاومة aac(3´)ii%) تعزى إلى أنزیم 26( 42\11األمینوكالیكوسیدات ، وفي ھذه الدراسة فان %) 11,9( 42\5امایسین والنتلمیسین، وكذلك وجد أن نسبة المقاومة في للجنتامایسین بصورة أكبر من مقاومتھا للتوبر الذي یسبب المقاومة لألمیكیسین والتوبرامایسین والنتلمیسین والكنامایسین. aac(6´)-iتعزى إلى أنزیم إلى أن ھذا األنزیم واسع االنتشار في [25]%) أشار 19( 42\8فقد كان بنسبة ant(2´)نمط المقاومة بأنزیم أما البكتریا لكن تكراره یختلف من بلد الى آخر ویمنح ھذا األنزیم المقاومة للجنتامایسین والتوبرامایسین. وكذا بالنسبة الى %) من العزالت الذي یسبب عادة المقاومة الكانامایسین اكبر من تلك المالحظة لمضاد14( 42\6وجد في aph(3)انزیم نیومیسین. إن كثرة استعمال الجنتامایسین في مستشفى الرمادي العام یمارس ضغطا انتخابیا تجاه األنزیمات المقاومة للجنتامایسین لألمینوكالكوسیدات األخرى التي تتحطم بھذه األنزیمات . وتشیر الدراسات الحدیثة إلى أن المقاومة لألمینوكالكوسیدات ملة سریریاً ، مثل الجنتامایسین ، والتوبرامایسین ، واألمیكیسین ، والنتلمیسین تكون شائعة في الواسعة الطیف المستع المستشفیات التي تمتاز بكثرة استعمالھا لھذه المضادات ففي بلغاریا وفرنسا والیونان التي تمتاز بكثرة استعمال األمیكیسین عالیة مقارنة ببلدان أوربا األخرى مثل ألمانیا التي تصل نسبة aac(6´)-iتكون نسبة تكرار المقاومة الناشئة عن األنزیم aac(6´)-iو ant(2´´)-i%) لذلك فان المقاومة بصورة رئیسة تعزى إلى األنزیمین 80استعمالھا للجنتامایسین إلى ( .[26]اللذین یسببان المقاومة للجنتامایسین المصادر 1. podschun, r and ullmann, u.(1998). klebsiella spp. as nosocomial pathogens: epidemiology, taxonomy, typing methods, and pathogenicity factors . clinical microbiology reviews (cmr) ; 11(4): 589-603 2. fiett, j; andrzej p; beata, m; stankiewicz, m; przondo-mordarska, h; hryniewicz, w and gniadkowski m.(2000). a novel complex mutant βlactamase, tem-68, identified in a klebsiella pneumoniae isolate from an outbreak of extended-spectrum βlactamaseproducing klebsiellae .j. antimicrob. agents and chemother.44 (6):1499-1505. 4 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 3. poyart, c; mugnier, p; quesne, g; berche, p and trieu-cuot p.(1998). a novel extendedspectrum tem-type β-lactamase (tem-52) associated with decreased susceptibility to moxalactam in klebsiella pneumoniae. antimicrob. agents chemother. 42:108-113. 4. livermore, dm; winstanley, tg and shannon, kp. (2001). interpretative reading : recognizing the unusual & inferring resistance mechanism from resistance phenotypes. j of antimicrobial agent & chemother.48 : 87-102 . 5. livermore, d.m.(1995). β-lactamase in laboratory & clinical resistance . clin. microbial rev. 8: 557-584. 6. livermore, dm and yuan m .(1996). antibiotic resistance and production of extended spectrum βlactamase amongst klebsiella spp from intensive care units in europe. j antimicrob chemother..38:409-24. 7. livermore, dm. (1998). determination of the activity of βlactamase inhibitor combination .j. of antimicrobial agent & chemother . 31 : 9-12 . 8. livermore, dm and yuan m.(1996). antibiotic resistance and production of extended spectrum β-lactamases amongst klebsiella spp from intensive care units in europe. j antimicrob chemother.38:409-24. 9. koneman, ew; allen, sd; junda, wm; schreckenberger, pc and winn wc.(1997).color atlas and text book of diagnostic microbiology. 5th ed. lippincott-raven publishers. philadelphia. 10. vandepitte, j; engbaek, k; poit, p and heuck cc.(1991). basic laboratory producers in clinical bacteriology world health organization geneva. 11. chaibi, eb; sedigheh, f; peduzzi, j and labia, r.(1996). an additional ionic bond suggested by molecular modeling of tem-2 might indyce a slight discrepancy between catalytic properties of tem-1 and tem –2 …-lactamases .fems. microbiol. lett. 143;121125. 12. thomson, k. s. ,moland, e. s. ,and sanders,c. c.(1999).use of microdilution panels with and without βlactamase inhibitors as aphenotypic test for βlactamase production among e. coli , klebsiella spp,enterobacter spp, citrobacter freundii,and serratia marcescens. . j antimicrobial agent & chemother; 43:1393-1400. 13. moland, es; sanders, cc and thomson ks.(1998). can results obtained with commercially available microscan panels serve as an indicator of beta-lactamase production among escherichia coli and klebsiella isolates with hidden resistance to extended-spectrum cephalosporins and aztreoman? j clin microbiol . 36:2575-2579. 14. jones,r n; biedebach, d t and gales, a c.(2003).sustained activity and spectrum of selected extended-spectrum βlactamase (carbapenem and cefepime) against enterobacter spp.and esblproducing kiebsiella spp.:report from the centry antimicrobial surveillance program (usa, 1997-2000). j. antimicrobial agent . 21 (1):1-7. 15. dancer sj.(2001).the problem with cephalosporins. j. antimicrobial agent & chemother. 48:463-478 . 16. chan, w c;li, r. c,ling, j m; cheng,a. f and schentag j j.(1999). markedly different rates and resistance profiles exhibited by seven commonly used and newer βlactamase on the selection of resistant variants of enterobacter cloacae .j. antimicrob. and chemother. 43:55-60. 17. fiett, j; andrzej, p; beata, m; stankiewicz, m; przondo-mordarska, h; hryniewicz, w and gniadkowski m.(2000). a novel complex mutant …-lactamase, tem-68, identified in a klebsiella pneumoniae isolate from an outbreak of extended-spectrum β-lactamaseproducing klebsiellae .j. antimicrob. agents and chemother. 44 (6):1499-1505. 18. price, ke; kresel, pa; farchione, la; siskin, sb and karpow sa.(2003). epidemiology studies of aminoglycoside resistance in usa j. antimicrosb. agent & chemother. 8:89-105 . 5 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 19. daikos, gl; lolans, vl and jackson gg.(1991). first exposure adaptive resistance to aminoglycoside antibiotic in vivo with meaning for optimal clinical use . j antimicrob. agent & chemother. .35:117-123. 20. siu, l. k.;lu, p. l.;hsueh, p. r.;lin, f.m.; chang, s. c.; luk, k. t.; ho, m., and lee, c. y. .(1999). bacteremia due to extendedspectrum βlactamase producing kiebsiella pneumoniae in apediatric oncology ward:clinical features and identification of different plasmides carrying both shv-5 and tem-1 genes. j. clin. microbiol.37(12):4020-4027. 21. schiappa, da; hayden, mk and matushek mg, et al.(1996). ceftazidime-resistant klebsiella pneumoniae and escherichia coli bloodstream infection: a case-control and molecular epidemiologic investigation. j infect dis . 174:529-36. 22. martinez-martinez, l; hernandez-alles, s; alberti, s; tomas, jm; benedi, v. j. and jacoby, g.a.(1996).in vivo selection of porin-deficient mutants of klebsiella pneumoniae with increased resistance to cefoxitin and expanded-spectrum cephalosporins. antimicrob. agents & chemother,. 40: 342–348 23. brun-buisson, c; legrand, p; philippon, a et al.(1997).transferable enzymatic resistance to third-generation cephalosporins during a nosocomial outbreak of multiresistant klebsiella pneumoniae. lancet. ii. : 302-306. 24. miller, gh; sabatelli, fj; hare, rs; glupczynski, y; makey, p; shlaes, d; shimizn, k; shaw, kj. (1997).the most frequent aminoglycoside resistance mechanisms changes with time & geographic area: a reflection of aminoglycoside usage patterns ? aminoglycoside resistance study group . clin. infect. dis . 24(1):46-62 . [medline ] 25. carattoli, a; tonsini, f; giles, wp; rupp, mf; hiniichs, sh and angulo, fj. (2002). characterization of plasmids carrying cmy-2 from extended spectrum cephalosporin resistant salmonella strains isolated in united states between 1995-1998 . j. antimicrob. agent & chemother.46:1269-1272 . 26. over, v; gur, d; unal, s and miller gh.(2007). the changing nature of aminoglycoside resistance mechanisms & prevalence of newly recognized resistance mechanism in turkey . clin. microbiol . infect; 7:470-478. 6 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 الدراسة.تجاه مضادات البیتاالكتام المستعملة في k. pneumoniae حساسیة وآلیات المقاومة لعزالت :)1جدول ( % inferred ß lactamase type قطر منطقة التثبیط (ملم) isolate ip m a t m f e p c r o c t x c a z c x m f o x c e f p ip a u g a m p 16,6 classical low shv-1 3 0 3 2 2 4 2 8 2 4 2 2 2 0 2 5 2 2 2 3 2 5 8 k. pneumoniae 3 5 2 6 2 9 2 6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 2 5 k. pneumoniae 3 0 2 9 3 0 3 0 2 9 2 3 2 2 2 7 2 6 7 2 3 7 k. pneumoniae 3 4 2 7 3 0 3 3 2 9 2 5 2 3 2 6 2 7 3 0 2 6 8 k. pneumoniae 3 6 2 9 2 9 3 2 2 8 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 5 2 7 2 1 6 k. pneumoniae 3 2 3 0 2 8 3 1 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 9 2 9 2 7 2 5 8 k. pneumoniae 3 2 3 0 2 7 2 7 2 9 2 2 2 5 2 5 2 1 2 2 2 2 6 k. pneumoniae 14،2 penicillina se-high level 3 0 2 8 2 5 2 9 2 8 2 2 2 5 2 2 6 1 4 6 4 k. pneumoniae 3 1 2 7 2 4 2 8 2 8 2 5 2 0 2 5 1 2 1 3 5 5 k. pneumoniae 3 0 2 4 2 4 2 8 2 6 2 4 2 3 2 6 8 9 6 6 k. pneumoniae 3 2 2 6 2 2 2 8 2 5 2 1 2 4 2 9 8 5 8 6 k. pneumoniae 3 0 2 6 2 5 2 5 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 4 7 5 7 5 k. pneumoniae 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 9 2 5 2 5 2 2 2 3 7 9 8 5 k. pneumoniae 16,6 esblceftazidi mase 2 9 6 2 0 1 9 1 8 8 1 8 2 2 6 1 1 6 8 k. pneumoniae 3 0 7 1 6 1 7 1 4 8 1 1 2 1 6 7 5 7 k. pneumoniae 3 1 7 2 1 2 2 1 3 9 1 4 2 4 8 9 6 8 k. pneumoniae 3 2 7 1 6 1 3 1 2 8 1 1 2 6 7 1 0 4 8 k. pneumoniae 3 3 5 2 0 1 8 1 3 8 1 6 2 5 7 6 7 5 k. pneumoniae 3 3 6 1 4 1 2 1 4 7 1 7 2 1 7 7 6 6 k. pneumoniae 29 6 1 2 1 8 1 7 7 1 5 2 0 6 8 6 5 k. pneumoniae 52,3 esbl-broad 3 0 6 8 6 8 8 5 2 9 6 8 8 5 k. pneumoniae 3 1 7 7 8 6 8 7 2 7 7 6 5 8 k. pneumoniae 7 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 3 2 7 7 8 8 7 8 2 9 7 5 7 7 k. pneumoniae 3 3 7 1 1 7 5 7 6 3 0 7 6 8 7 k. pneumoniae 2 7 6 1 1 7 5 6 8 3 0 5 4 6 6 k. pneumoniae 2 9 6 7 6 5 6 6 2 8 6 7 8 8 k. pneumoniae 3 0 6 7 6 5 8 8 2 7 6 6 6 7 k. pneumoniae 3 0 6 7 8 8 7 5 2 4 5 6 8 8 k. pneumoniae 2 8 7 6 7 8 7 5 2 6 5 8 5 8 k. pneumoniae 3 0 6 6 7 7 7 5 2 6 6 6 5 8 k. pneumoniae 3 1 6 8 7 7 8 5 2 3 7 5 5 8 k. pneumoniae 3 2 7 7 8 6 8 6 2 1 7 6 5 6 k. pneumoniae 3 1 7 7 8 6 7 7 2 9 7 4 6 7 k. pneumoniae 3 2 7 7 8 8 7 7 3 0 5 7 7 5 k. pneumoniae 3 3 5 8 6 7 6 7 3 1 6 6 7 5 k. pneumoniae 3 3 5 8 8 7 6 5 3 2 6 6 7 9 k. pneumoniae 2 9 7 8 5 7 8 5 3 3 4 8 5 6 k. pneumoniae 3 0 8 7 5 8 7 7 2 7 8 6 6 6 k. pneumoniae 3 1 6 7 5 8 7 8 2 9 6 5 6 6 k. pneumoniae 3 2 8 7 5 7 7 6 3 0 7 6 6 8 k. pneumoniae 3 1 6 6 6 7 8 8 3 0 7 4 7 8 k. pneumoniae 3 2 7 6 7 6 8 6 2 8 7 7 6 6 k. pneumoniae o 29 عدد العزالت المقاومة 2 9 2 9 2 9 3 0 3 1 0 3 5 3 6 3 5 42 69 0 %المقاومة 6 9 6 9 6 9 7 1. 4 7 3. 8 0 8 3. 3 8 5. 7 8 3. 3 100 amp: ampicillin , aug: augmentin (amoxicillin\ clavulanic), pip: pipracillin , cef : cephalothin, fox : cefoxitin, cxm: cefuroxim,caz: ceftazidime , ctx: cefotaxime, cro: ceftriaxon, fep: cefepime , atm: aztreonam , imp : imipenem (livermore , 1998; livermore et al., 2001)تفسیر آلیات المقاومة باالعتماد على الطریقة التفسیریة 8 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تجاه مضادات االماینوكالیكوسایدات المستعملة في k. pneumoniaeآلیات المقاومة لعزالت حساسیة و :) 2جدول ( الدراسة. % interpretation قطر منطقة التثبیط (ملم) isolates ne o ka n am k to b ne t ge n 9،5 % classical 21 20 30 28 22 18 k. pneumoniae 21 22 31 25 25 17 k. pneumoniae 22 19 25 24 22 20 k. pneumoniae 22 18 25 24 23 17 k. pneumoniae 19% aac(3′) i 29 26 29 22 22 14 k. pneumoniae 27 27 29 22 25 12 k. pneumoniae 28 23 30 29 25 11 k. pneumoniae 25 19 22 30 20 14 k. pneumoniae 28 23 23 29 25 11 k. pneumoniae 28 23 23 29 25 11 k. pneumoniae 25 19 22 30 20 11 k. pneumoniae 25 23 26 25 22 14 k. pneumoniae 26 % aac(3′) i i 25 22 24 11 6 13 k. pneumoniae 22 22 22 7 6 11 k. pneumoniae 21 20 25 9 5 6 k. pneumoniae 25 19 22 10 5 6 k. pneumoniae 26 19 21 6 6 9 k. pneumoniae 22 22 17 7 6 9 k. pneumoniae 21 25 20 8 6 11 k. pneumoniae 22 27 25 8 6 12 k. pneumoniae 21 26 23 6 6 5 k. pneumoniae 26 28 25 5 7 11 k. pneumoniae 24 24 22 12 7 6 k. 9 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 pneumoniae 14 % aac(6) 6 6 20 21 25 19 k. pneumoniae 6 6 22 22 27 22 k. pneumoniae 6 7 22 26 28 22 k. pneumoniae 11 7 25 24 24 23 k. pneumoniae 11،9 % ant(2′ ) 18 6 17 22 18 6 k. pneumoniae 18 8 21 19 20 7 k. pneumoniae 20 7 24 18 23 9 k. pneumoniae 18 8 20 22 28 11 k. pneumoniae 22 8 21 25 22 8 k. pneumoniae 23 6 22 27 23 7 k. pneumoniae 20 12 21 26 20 8 k. pneumoniae 22 14 26 28 22 8 k. pneumoniae 25 26 24 24 23 8 k. pneumoniae 19 % aph(3′ ) 6 6 19 25 22 20 k. pneumoniae 6 6 19 22 22 22 k. pneumoniae 6 5 25 21 20 19 k. pneumoniae 6 5 20 25 19 22 k. pneumoniae 6 6 22 26 19 20 k. pneumoniae 6 6 23 22 22 19 k. pneumoniae 30 11 16 0 19 13 عدد العزالت المقاومة 71,4 26,1 38 0 45,2 30,9 % للمقاومة gen:gentamicin , net : netilmicin , tob : tobramycin , amk : amikacin , kan : kanamycin , neo: neomgcin . (livermore , 1998; livermore et al., 2001)تم تفسیر آلیات المقاومة باالعتماد على الطریقة التفسیریة 10 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 والمواصفات القیاسیة للعائلة المعویة ومناشئھا و رموزھاأقراص المضادات الحیویة المستعملة في الدراسة :) 1ملحق ( المضاد الحیوي الشركة المجھزة ومنشأھا الرمز التركیز (مایكروغ رام/ قرص) قطر التثبیط (ملم ) حساسة (s) مقاومةr)( ampicillin bioanalyse® amp 10 ≥19 <14 augmentin (amoxicillin\ clavulanic) liofichem (italy) aug 20\10 ≥21 <14 piperacillin bioanalyse® pip 75 ≥20 <14 cephalothin bioanalyse® cef 30 ≥18 <12 cefoxitin bioanalyse® fox 30 ≥18 <14 cefuroxim bioanalyse® cxm 30 ≥22 <15 ceftazidime bioanalyse® caz 30 ≥21 <15 cefotaxime bioanalyse® ctx 30 ≥21 <15 ceftriaxon bioanalyse® cro 30 ≥21 <15 cefepime bioanalyse® fep 30 ≥21 <15 aztreonam bioanalyse® atm 30 ≥23 <17 imipenem bioanalyse® imp 10 ≥22 <17 gentamicin bioanalyse® gen 15 ≥18 <14 netilmicin bioanalyse® net 30 ≥19 <17 tobramycin bioanalyse® tob 10 ≥22 <14 amikacin bioanalyse® (turky) amk 30 ≥17 <15 kanamycin bioanalyse® kan 25 ≥16 <10 neomycin bioanalyse® neo 30 ≥19 <17 11 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 قائمة المختصرات :)2ملحق ( الرمز اسم المختصر ambler class c . ampc american type culture collection . atcc extended spectrum beta-lactamases. esbls minimal inhibitory concentration mic penicillin binding protiens . pbps sullphadryl variable1,5. shv-1,5 temoniera 1,2 42 . tem 1,2 42 12 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 using of interpretative reading to explain resistance mechanisms of klebsiella pneumoniae isolated from u. t. i. patients jamal ab-r. ibrahim ali a. sharad dept. of biology / college of education for pure science / university of alanbar received in : 6 july 2011 , accepted in: 8 march 2012 abstract the aim of this study was the isolation and characterization of klebsiella pneumonia from 160 urine samples of patients hospitalized in children hospital in al-ramadi proveng during october 2006 to may 2008. also determination of the susceptibility of k. pneumoniae against a number of antibiotics to explain resistance mechanism for these antibiotics by using interpretative reading to avoid using it in treatment. forty two isolates were detected as k. pneumoniae with resistance to a number of antibiotics . these isolates were tested to determine their sensitivities to a wide number of antibiotics which included β-lactum group and aminoglicosides using disk diffusion method and the strain e. coli atcc 25922, using as standard strain. the interpretative reading of the sensitivity data to β-lactamas inferred the following: classical type of k. pneumoniae 7\42 (16,6%), penicillinase-high level producing 6\42(14.2), 29\42(68.9%)esbls enzyme producing isolates. then 7\42(16.6) producing esbls ceftazidimase enzyme and 22\42 (52.3%) ) producing esblsbroad enzyme. as for aminoglicosides the interpretative reading inferred the following : classical type of k. pneumoniae 4\42 (9.5%) and 8\42 (19%) producing enzymes aac(3´)-i,11\42(26%) producing enzymes aac(3´)-i i,6\42(14%) aph(3) enzymes and 5\42 (11,9%) aac(6´)-ii enzyme further, the enzymes ant(3) were 8\42 (19%). the results of the present study indicated that k. pneumoniae strains had unusual resistance protocols and this high percentage of strains that produce β-lactamas enzymes in k. pneumoniae referred to wide unusual uses of antibiotics and poor control on infection in hospital. keyword : bacterid resistance , klebsiella pneumonia ,intwrpretative reading 13 | biology طرائق العمل ملحق (2): قائمة المختصرات isolate fox 16,6 25 k. pneumoniae قطر منطقة التثبيط (ملم) 9،5 % k. pneumoniae 29 29 aac(3′) i i 6 k. pneumoniae 6 6 30,9 اسم المختصر الرمز ambler class c . ampc american type culture collection . atcc extended spectrum beta-lactamases. esbls minimal inhibitory concentration mic penicillin binding protiens . pbps sullphadryl variable1,5. shv-1,5 temoniera 1,2 42 . tem 1,2 42 interpretation abstract << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <feff005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300730061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f50065007300200064006500200066006f0072006d00610020006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020006d00610069007300200061006400650071007500610064006f00730020007000610072006100200070007200e9002d0069006d0070007200650073007300f50065007300200064006500200061006c007400610020007100750061006c00690064006100640065002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000630072006900610064006f007300200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002000650020006f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002000650020007600650072007300f50065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002e> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice تشخيص سلالات البكتريا المعزولة من المرضى المصابين identification of bacterial strains isolated from patients with urinary tract infection and the role of plasmids in their antibiotic resistance zeena gh. faisal falah a. j. attawi ghalib h. al-bakiri dept. of biotechnology/college of science/ university of al -nahrain received in :26 july 1999 accepted in :26 july 1999 abstract one hundred fifty bacterial strains were isolated from patients with urinary tract infections (utis). they were belong to ten different species of gram-negative bacteria and to two genera of gram–positive bacteria. e. coli was the major causative agent and comprise 40% of all cases. klebsiella pneumoniae and proteus mirabilis were second and third with 18.67% & 18.0% respectively. other gram-negative bacteria were belong to the genera enterobacter, acinitobacter, pseudomonas, citrobacter and serratia. ten cases (6.67%) were caused by genus staphylococcus and seven (4.66%) were caused by streptococcus. out of the 150 positive cases, 96(64%) were from female patients, while 54(36%) were from males. high percentage of all isolates were resistant to all used antibiotics except for the nitrofuranation to which all isolates were sensitive . the second most effective antibiotic for all isolates was nalidixic acid (25% of all isolates were resistant), while the gentamycin was the third most effective antibiotic (39% were resistant). 75% of e. coli isolates and 86% of all isolates were resistant to ampicillin. high percentages of resistance to antibiotics is a reflection for the misuse of antibiotics. conjugation experiments showed that e. coli strains harbor a self transmissible plasmid carrying resistant genes for tetracycline (ter), chloramphenicol (cr), streptomycin (sr) and trimethoprime (sxtr). it seems that this plasmid is widely spread in the iraqi isolates since it was detected in all the three examined e. coli strains. no conjugation was detected between e. coli and other members of enterobacteriaceae like proteus, serratia and acinitobacter. keywords: bacteria, resistance to antibiotics, plasmids 1 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction the urinary tract is one of the most common sites of bacterial infection, particularly in females; 10-20% of the women have a urinary tract infection (uti) at some time in their life and a significant number have recurrent infection [1]. uti is a disease of worldwide importance and in some instances it threatens renal function and may be life [2]. however a considerable proportion of the population may acquire asymptomatic infection [5]. it may involve just the lower tract or both lower and upper tracts [6]. urinary tract infections are caused by gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. however the vast majority of infections are caused by enterobacteriaceas originating from the gut [7]. the most common bacteria causing utis is escherichia coli [2,3,4,8,9]. proteus mirabilis is often associated with urinary stone. klebsiella, enterobacter, serratia and pseudomonas aeuroginosa are more frequently found in hospital acquired uti [1]. grampositive cocci cause utis less often than gram-negative bacteria [10]. distribution of bacteria causing utis and their antibiotic sensitivities vary from place to place and from time to time depending on the environment and the choice of treatment which require a continuous assessment to establish the resistance pattern of the microorganisms [11,12,13,14,15]. the wide spread of bacterial strains resisting several antibiotics became one of the major problems in treating the uti. the antibiotic resistance can be coded by chromosomal or plasmid genes. many of the plasmids carrying antibiotic resistance genes can be transferred from one bacterial cell into another by conjugation, thus spreading the resistance to antibiotics [16]. the association of transmissible plasmids with the multiresistance to several antibiotics were established in several bacterial spp. causing utis [17,18]. in this study the distribution and antibiotic sensitivity of bacterial strains isolated from utis were determined, and the role of transmissible plasmid in the resistance to some antibiotics was investigated. materials and methods sample collection and culture: midstream urine samples were collected in sterile tubes from patients in medical city hospital and al-hilla hospital during the period from 20.6.1998 to 10.8.1998. loopful of undiluted urine samples were spread on blood agar plates (oxoid) and macconkey's agar plates (difco), and inclubated overnight at 37°c. bacterial identification: gram-negative bacterial isolates were identified by the api 20e system (api bio merieux, lyon, france) that designed for the performance of 20 standard biochemical tests. gram-positive isolates were identified by microscopic examination and some biochemical tests. antibiotics susceptibility testing: susceptibility to antibiotics were determined for all bacterial isolates by standard disk diffusion method [19], using 12 commercially available disks (al-raze center disks). the following antibiotics were tested: ampicillin (am, 25µg), tetracycline (te, 30µg), rifampicin (ra, 5µg), cephalexin (cx, 30µg), streptomycin (s, 10µg), chloromaphenicol (c, 30µg), neomycin (n, 30µg), gentamycin (gm, 10µg), amoxicillin (amx, 10 µg), nalidixic acid (na, 30 µg), nitrofurantion (ft, 300µg), and trimethoprime + sulfamethoxazole (sxt, 1.25µg 23.75µg). minimum inhibitory concentrations (mics) were determined on nutrient agar plates (oxoid) by agar dilution method [20]. bacterial conjugation: conjugation between donor and recipient e. coli hb 101 strain was performed on solid surface as described by [21]. cells of donor and recipient strains were grown in brain heart infusion broth (bhib) to mid log phase (o.d = 0.35). 0.5ml of donor and recipient cultures were mixed and filtered through a millipore filter (0.45um). the filter was laid on the surface of nutrient agar plate and incubated at 37°c for 6 hours. cells were 2 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 washed of the filter paper with fresh bhib, diluted and plated on nutrient agar plates containing the appropriate antibiotics to select for the transconjugants. controls of both donor and recipient cells were treated exactly in the same manner as above to check background spontaneous mutation frequencies. conjugation frequency was expressed as the number of transconjugants per donor cells in the mating mixture. results and discussion isolation and identification of bacterial strains: suspected bacterial colonies were picked up from blood agar and macconkey's plates and identified by microscopic examination and biochemical tests. the gram-negative rods were identified by using the api 20e system, while the gram-positive cocci were identified by microscopic examination and catalase and coagulase tests. one hundred and fifty urine samples were positive (i.e. more than 105 bacteria / ml were detected). microscopic and biochemical identification showed that the causative agents were belong to ten different species of gram–negative rod bacteria and to two genera of grampositive bacteria (table-1). e. coli was the major causative agent and comprise 40% of all cases (table-1). this is in agreement with what is known about the e. coli as the major cause of uti worldwide [1,2,10,22]. all other gram-negative bacterial spices isolated during the study are common cause of utis worldwide. however their prevalence are different from one place into another [1,2,10]. the frequency of infection with k. pneumoniae and p. mirabilis have approximately the same rate compared with previous studies that showed that p. mirabilis was the second causative agent of uti after e. coli [1,10]. this is probably because klebsiella and proteus produce potent urease which acts on urea to produce ammonia, rendering the urine alkaline [1]. enterobacter, citrobacter, serratia and pseudomonas species are more frequently found in hospital acquired uti because their resistance to antibiotic favours their selection in hospital patients [1]. seventeen positive cases were caused by gram-positive bacteria which represented 11.33% of all positive cases (table-1). gram-positive bacteria are known to be involved in the uti. however the vast majority of utis are caused by gram-negative bacteria originating from the gut before entering the urethra[7]. out of the 150 positive cases, 96(64%) were from female patients, while 54 (36%) of the cases were from males (table-2). it is known that the incidence of uti is generally higher in females than the males worldwide and for several reasons [1,7,10]. antibiotic sensitivity: the standard disk diffusion method was used to determine the sensitivity of all gram-negative bacterial isolates to several antibiotics. results are shown in (table-3). it is obvious that a high percentage of all isolates were resistant to all used antibiotics except the nitrofurantion to which all tested isolates were sensitive. nitrofurantion is an effective antibiotic in the treatment of uti all over the world [2,23]. 75% of e. coli isolates (the leading causative agent) and 86% of all isolates were resistant to ampicillin (table-3). the ampicillin is one of the common antibiotic used for the treatment of uti [10,21,23], and the spread of resistance to this antibiotic in the iraqi strain represent a major problem in treatment of the infection. it was reported in several parts of the world that the wide spread of ampicillin resistance is due to self transmissible plasmids carrying ampicillin resistance gene [22,24,25,26]. the second most effective antibiotic agent for all isolates was nalidixic acid (25% of all isolates were resistant), while the gentamycin was the third most effective antibiotic (39% were resistant) (table-3). both antibiotics are known to be effective in the treatment of uti worldwide [2,27]. generally speaking the percentages of resistance to antibiotics reported in this study are higher than those reported in some other part of the world [2,23,27]. this is a reflection for the misuse of antibiotics. 3 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 many of the antibiotics resistance genes were found to be carried on self transmissible or mobilizable plasmids, and the transfer of such plasmids from one strain to another via conjugation was one of the major reasons for spreading the antibiotics resistance between bacterial population specially those belong to the family enterobacteriaceae which represent the major causative agents for uti [17,18,21,25,27]. minimum inhibitory concentration: in order to determine the proper concentrations of antibiotics to be used in the selective media for selection of transconjugants, the minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) for several multiresistant isolates (donor) and e.coli hb101 (recipient) were determined. results in (table-4) showed that the standard strain e.coli hb101 was resistant to rifampicin (ra) and the mic was 30µg/ml. however it was sensitive to all other antibiotics and the mics were less than 10µg/ml,which was the lowest concentration used in the experiment. on the other hand, the three multiresistant e. coli donor strain were all more sensitive to rifampicin than e. coli hb101 but they were resistant to all other antibiotics tested in the experiment. their mics to all antibiotics were higher than that of e.coli hb101. according to the mic values obtained it was decided to add rifampicine (30µg/ml) and tetracycline (30µg/ml) to the media for the selection of transconjugants resulted from conjugation between e. coli strain. the mic value for other enterobacteriaceae donor strains are shown in (table-4) and accordingly (30µg/ml) tetracycline and rifampicine were used for the selection of transconjugants in all experiments. conjugation: results of conjugation experiments between different multiresistant donor strains and e. coli hb101are shown in (table-5). conjugation mixture of three e. coli donor and e. coli hb101were plated on media containing rifampicin and tetracycline to select for tetracycline resistance transconjugants. tetracycline resistant transconjugants were detected in all three cases and the conjugation frequencies were similar. it was concluded that tetracycline resistance marker in the three e. coli strains is a plasmid mediated maker. five tetracycline resistant transconjugants from each case were tasted for the transfer of other donor markers by rechecking their sensitivity to all antibiotics to which the donor strains are resistant. it was found that chloramaphenicol resistance, streptomycin resistance and trimethoprime + sulfamethoxazole resistance markers were all transferred with the tetracycline resistance in all tested transconjugants (table-5). these results indicated that the tetracycline, chloramaphenicol, streptomycin and trimethoprime+sulfamethoxazole resistance genes of the three e. coli strains are located on one selftransmissible plasmid. it seems that this plasmid is widely spread in the iraqi isolates since it was detected in all the three e. coli strains. studies in various parts of the world have demonstrated that different kinds of antibiotic markers including tetracycline resistance, streptomycin resistance, chloramphenicol resistance, trimethoprim + sulfamethexazole resistance are located (either singly or in combination of two or more) on plasmids of e. coli strains isolated from utis, and such plasmids plays an important role in spreading antibiotic resistance among the causative agents of uti [16,17,21,22,24,26]. it was also reported that the wide spread of ampicillin resistance in bacterial strains causing utis is due to self transmissible plasmids carrying ampicillin resistance gene [22,24,25,26]. however the ampicillin resistance gene did not transfer by conjugation during this study (table-5). this does not necessarily means that the ampicillin resistance gene is not located on a self transmissible plasmid in the studied strains because the selection for transconjugent was done on the bases of tetracycline resistance transconjugant and not for ampicillin resistance transconjugants. it is possible that the ampicillin resistance gene is located on conjugative plasmid other than the one carrying ter , cr , sr and sxtr genes. no conjugation was detected between e. coli and other member of the family enterobacteriaceae (i.e. proteus, serratia and acinitobacter) (table-5). it is known that the conjugation process between bacterial strains belong to the same species is more common 4 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 than conjugation between members of different species. however several studies reported that the antibiotic resistance can be spread between different members of enterobacteriaceae and related bacteria via conjugation [27]. the multiresistant conjugative plasmid detected in e. coli strain during this study deserve more detailed investigation because it seems to be widely distributed in the iraqi e. coli strains isolated from utis. characterization of this plasmid and determination of its exact role in spreading the antibiotic resistance will be certainly important for the understanding of the wide spread of antibiotic resistance among bacterial strains causing uti. references 1. mims, c.a. ; playfair, j. ; roitt, i.m. ; wakelin, d. and williams, r. (1994). medical microbiology, first edition. m. mosby toronto. 2. hannan, m. ; cormican, m. and flynn, j. (1993). a comparison of antimicrobial sensitivities of urinary pathogens for the years 1980 and 1990. i.j.m.s. , 162: 499-501. 3. wilkie, m.e.; almond, m.k. and marsh, f.p. (1992). diagnosis and management of urinary tract infection in adults. br. med. j., 305: 1137-1141. 4. leibovici, l.; greenshtain, s.; cohen, o. and wysenbeck, a.j. (1992). toward improved empiric management of moderate to sever urinary tract infections. arch. intern. med. 152: 2481-2486. 5. santoro, j. and kaye, d. (1978). recurrent urinary tract infections: pathogenesis and management. med. clin. north. am., 62: 1005-1010. 6. brooks, g.f., butel, j.s.; ornston, l.n.; jawetz, f. and adelberg, e.a. (1995). medical microbiology, twentieth edition. prentic – hall international inc. 7. stamey, t.a. (1973). the role of introital bacteria in recurrent urinary tract infection. j. urol., 109: 467-470. 8. kosakai, n.; kumamoto, y.; hirose, t. and shigeta, s. et al. (1990). comparative studies on activities of antimicrobial agents against causative organisms isolated from urinary tract infections. japanese j. antibiotics, 43: 954-967. 9. vigg, a. and jad, c.y. (1991). bacteriology of commutity acquired urinary tract infections. analysis of 1048 cases. j. assoc. phys. india, 39: 601-603. 10. glauser, m.p. (1986). medical microbiology and infections disease. w.b. saunders, west washington square, philadelphia. 11. gruneberg, r.n. (1976). susceptibility of urinary pathogens to various antimicrobial substances: a four year study. j. clin. path., 29: 292-295. 12. gruneberg, r.n. (1980): antibiotic sensitivities of urinary pahtogenes, 1971-1978., j. clin. path., 33: 853-856. 13. gruneberg, r.n. (1984). antibiotic sensitivities of urinary pathogens. 1971-1982. j. antimicrob. chemo., 14: 17-23. 14. adler, j.l. and shulman, j.a. (1970). nosocomial infection and antibiotic usage at grady memorial hospital: prevalence survey. southern med. j., 63: 102-106. 15. turck, m. (1981). new concepts in genitor – urinary tract infection. j.a.m.a., 246: 20192023. 16. satta, g.; coredda, m.; pruna, m. and pompei, r. (1987). bacterial resistance and singledose therapy of urinary tract infection. eur. urol., 13: 42-44. 17. pedler, s.j. and bint, a.j. (1985). comparative study of amoxicillin – clavulanic acid and cephalexin in the treatment of bacteriuria during pregnancy. antimicrob. chemother., 27: 508-510. 18. livrelli, v.; champs, c.; martino, p. and joly, b. (1996). adhesive properties and antibiotic resistance of klebsiella, enterobacter and serratia clinical isolates involved in nosocomial infection. j. clinc. microbiol., 34: 1963-1969. 5 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 19. national committee for clinical laboratory standard (nccls). (1990). performance standards for antimicrobial disk susceptibility tests, 4th ed. approved standard m2-a4. national committee for clinical laboratory standards. villanova, pa. 20. national committee for clinical laboratory standards (nccls). methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically. approved standard m7a3. national committee for clinical laboratory standard. villanova, pa. 21. rice, l.b.; carias, l.l.; bonoma, r.a. and shlaes, d.m. (1996). moleculor genetics of resistance to both ceftazidime and beta–lactam–beta–lactamase inhibitor combinations in klebsiella pneumoniae and in–vivo response to beta–lactam therapy. j. infect. dis., 173: 151158. 22. malkawi, h.i. and youssef, m.t. (1996). characterization of e. coli isolated from patients with urinary tract infections in northern jordan: antibiotic resistance and plasmid profiles. mu'tah j. research and studies. 11: 172-192. 23. damjanovic, v. and whitfield, e. (1986). antibiotic sensitivities of urinary pathogens isolated from patients in liverpool, 1984-1985. j. hyg. camb. 97: 299-303. 24. davies, j. (1994). inactivation of antibiotics and the dissemination of resistance genes. science, 264: 375-381. 25. harnett, n.; mongan, l.; brown, s. and krishnan, c. (1996). thermosensitive transfer of antimicrobial resistance and citrate utilization and cotransfer of hydrogen sulfide production from escherichia coli isolates. diagn. microbiol. infect. dis., 24: 173-178. 26. bermudes, h.; arpin, c.; el-harrif, z. and quentin, c. (1997). molecular epidemiology of an out break due to extended – spectrum b. lactamase–producing enterobacteria in french hospital. eur. j. clin. microbiol. infect. dis., 16: 523-529. 27. broda, p. (1979). conjugation in bacteria. in plasmids of medical, environmental and commercial importance. timmis k.n. and puhler a. elsevier; north–holland biomedical press. table no. (1): percentage of bacterial species isolated from urinary tract infections bacterial species number percentage (%) 1 escherichia coli 60 40 2 klebsiella pneumoniae 28 18.67 3 proteus mirabilis 27 18.00 4 enterobacter aerogenes 4 2.67 5 citrobacter ferundii 4 2.67 6 enterobacter cloacae 3 2.00 7 acinitobacter calco var anitral 3 2.00 8 pseudomonas maltophilia 2 1.33 9 pseudomonas aeurogenosa 1 0.67 10serratia marcescens 1 0.67 11staphylococcus sp. 10 6.67 12streptococcus sp. 7 4.66 total 150 100 table no.(2): prevalence of urinary tract infection in males and females. sex number of patients percentage (%) female 96 64 male 54 36 total 150 100 6 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(3): percentage of resistance to antibiotics by the bacterial strains isolated from urinary tract infection and the best three antibiotics isolates percentage of resistance to: the best three antibiotics am c n ra na s te sxt ft gn amx cx e. coli 75 50 70 73 17 65 77 88 0 53 75 20 ft, na, cx k. peneumoniae 89 54 57 100 32 50 43 86 0 61 100 32 ft, na, cx p. mirabilis 74 74 67 89 11 78 85 93 0 56 85 30 ft, na, cx ent. aerogenes 100 75 100 100 0 50 75 100 0 75 100 75 ft, na, s c. ferundii 25 50 50 75 25 50 50 100 0 25 50 0 ft, na, gm ent. cloacae 100 33 100 100 33 67 33 67 0 0 100 100 ft, gn, na a. calco var anitrat 100 100 33 0 33 67 67 100 0 67 100 67 ft, ra, na ps. maltophilia 100 100 50 50 0 0 100 100 0 50 50 50 ft, na, s ps. aeroginosa 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 0 0 100 100 ft, gn ser. marcescens 100 0 0 0 0 100 100 100 0 0 100 0 ft, na, gn total 86 64 63 69 25 63 73 84 0 39 86 48 table no.(4): minimum inhibitory concentration for different multiresistant donor strains and the recipient strain e. coli hb101. bacterial strain antibiotic mics µg/ml am ra na s te gm amx cx 1 e. coli hb101 < 10 > 30 < 10 < 10 < 10 < 10 < 10 < 10 2 e. coli z4 25 12.5 *25 30 30 30 3 e. coli z 64 25 25 30 25 30 30 30 30 4 e. coli z 76 30 25 30 25 30 30 35 30 5 p. mirabilis z 88 25 20 < 10 35 30 > 40 30 6 ser. marcescena z 109 <20 20 20 30 25 30 20 7 a. calco var anitrat z 45 < 20 35 25 35 20 * = not done table no.(5): conjugation between multiresistant bacterial donor strains and the recipient e. coli hb101 strain. donor and its resistance pattern recipient and its resistance pattern donor marker selected conjugation frequency other donor markers transferred 1 e. coli z4 amr, cr, nar, sr, ter, sxtr, gnr, amxr, cxr e. coli hb101 rar te r 1.5 x 10-4 cr, sr, sxtr 2 e. coli z64 amr , cr, nr, nar, sr, ter, sxtr, gnr, amxr e. coli hb101 rar te r 2 x 10-4 cr, sr, sxtr 3 e. coli z76 amr, cr, sr, ter, sxtr, gnr, amxr e. coli hb101 rar te r 3 x 10-4 cr, sr, sxtr 4 p. mirabilis z88 amr, cr, nr, ter, sxtr, gnr, amxr e. coli hb101 rar te r * 5 ser. marcescens z109 amr, cr, sr, ter, sxtr, amxr e. coli hb101 rar te r * 6 a. colco varanitrat z45 amr, cr, n.ar, ter, sxtr, amxr, cxr e. coli hb101 rar te r * 7 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 بالتھاب المجاري تشخیص سالالت البكتریا المعزولة من المرضى المصابین للمضادات الحیویة البولیة ودور البالزمیدات في مقاومتھا زینة غازي فیصل فالح عبد الجبار عطاوي غالب حمزة البكري جامعة النھرین /كلیة العلوم /قسم التقانة األحیائیة 1999تموز 26:قبل البحث في 1999تموز 26:استلم البحث في الخالصة عزلت مائة وخمس�ون س�اللة بكتری�ا م�ن المص�ابین بالتھ�اب المج�اري البولی�ة، ت�م تش�خیص ھ�ذه الس�الالت فوج�د أنھ�ا تع�ود لعش��رة أن���واع م���ن البكتری���ا الس���البة لص��بغة ج���رام، وإل���ى جنس���ین م���ن البكتری��ا الموجب���ة لص���بغة ج���رام. وج���د أن بكتری���ا e. coli م��ن جمی��ع الح��االت . وج��اءت البكتری��ا 40%ھ��ي المس��بب ال��رئیس اللتھاب�ات المج��اري البولی��ة حی��ث كان��ت تمث�ل klebsiella pneumonia, proteus mirabilis على التوالي. أما 18%و 18.67%بالمرتبتین الثانیة والثالثة وبنسب ,enterobacter, acinitobacterد لألجن��اس أن��واع البكتری��ا الس��البة لص��بغة ج��رام األخ��رى المعزول��ة كان��ت تع��و serratia, citrobacter, pseudomonas عش�رة ع�زالت كان�ت تع�ود للج�نس .staphylococcus 6.67%وبنس�بة (64%) 96حال�ة كان�ت 150 م�ن مجم�وع. 4.66%وبنس�بة streptococcusفي حین عزلت سبعة سالالت تعود للجنس ساللة معزولة من الرجال. 54 (36%)انت منھا معزولة من النساء في حین ك أظھرت جمیع الع�زالت نس�بة مقاوم�ة عالی�ة لجمی�ع المض�ادات الحیوی�ة المس�تخدمة ف�ي الدراس�ة باس�تثناء النتروفیورانیش�ن، م�ن الس�الالت 25%حیث كانت جمیع السالالت المعزولة حساسة لھ. أما حامض النالیدكسیك فجاء ثانیاً م�ن حی�ث الفعالی�ة ( م�ن الس�الالت مقاوم�ة ل�ھ. كم�ا أظھ�رت الدراس�ة أن 39%مة لھ) في حین جاء الجنتمایسین بالمرتبة الثالثة حی�ث كان�ت مقاو م�ن مجم�وع الس�الالت مقاومتھ�ا لالمبیس�یلین. أن النس�ب العالی�ة للمقاوم�ة للمض�ادات 86%و e. coliم�ن س�الالت %75 ما یشجع على زیادة نسب المقاومة في البكتریا.الحیویة ھي إنعكاس لسوء استخدام المضادات الحیویة م تحت���وي عل���ى بالزمی���د اقتران���ي یحم���ل الجین���ات المقاوم���ة للتتراس���ایكلین e. coliأظھ���رت نت���ائج االقت���ران أن س���الالت عزول�ة والكلورامفافینیكول والستربتومایسین والترایمیثوبریم معاً ویبدو أن ھذا البالزمید یتواجد بشكل واسع في السالالت الم .eالتي تمت دراستھا. لم تحصل عملیة االقتران بین بكتریا e. coliمن العراق حیث أنھ وجد في السالالت الثالثة لبكتریا coli والبكتریا العائدة للعائلة المعویة من األجناسacinitobacter ،proteus وserratia. الحیویة، البالزمیداتالبكتریا، المقاومة للمضادات الكلمات المفتاحیة: 8 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <feff04180437043f043e043b043704320430043904420435002004420435043704380020043d0430044104420440043e0439043a0438002c00200437043000200434043000200441044a0437043404300432043004420435002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200434043e043a0443043c0435043d04420438002c0020043c0430043a04410438043c0430043b043d043e0020043f044004380433043e04340435043d04380020043704300020043204380441043e043a043e043a0430044704350441044204320435043d0020043f04350447043004420020043704300020043f044004350434043f0435044704300442043d04300020043f043e04340433043e0442043e0432043a0430002e002000200421044a04370434043004340435043d043804420435002000500044004600200434043e043a0443043c0435043d044204380020043c043e0433043004420020043404300020044104350020043e0442043204300440044f0442002004410020004100630072006f00620061007400200438002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020043800200441043b0435043404320430044904380020043204350440044104380438002e> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <feff004b0069007600e1006c00f30020006d0069006e0151007300e9006701710020006e0079006f006d00640061006900200065006c0151006b00e90073007a00ed007401510020006e0079006f006d00740061007400e100730068006f007a0020006c006500670069006e006b00e1006200620020006d0065006700660065006c0065006c0151002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b0061007400200065007a0065006b006b0065006c0020006100200062006500e1006c006c00ed007400e10073006f006b006b0061006c0020006b00e90073007a00ed0074006800650074002e0020002000410020006c00e90074007200650068006f007a006f00740074002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b00200061007a0020004100630072006f006200610074002000e9007300200061007a002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002c0020007600610067007900200061007a002000610074007400f3006c0020006b00e9007301510062006200690020007600650072007a006900f3006b006b0061006c0020006e00790069007400680061007400f3006b0020006d00650067002e> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <feff005900fc006b00730065006b0020006b0061006c006900740065006c0069002000f6006e002000790061007a006401310072006d00610020006200610073006b013100730131006e006100200065006e0020006900790069002000750079006100620069006c006500630065006b002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002000620065006c00670065006c0065007200690020006f006c0075015f007400750072006d0061006b0020006900e70069006e00200062007500200061007900610072006c0061007201310020006b0075006c006c0061006e0131006e002e00200020004f006c0075015f0074007500720075006c0061006e0020005000440046002000620065006c00670065006c0065007200690020004100630072006f006200610074002000760065002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200076006500200073006f006e0072006100730131006e00640061006b00690020007300fc007200fc006d006c00650072006c00650020006100e70131006c006100620069006c00690072002e> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2646 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 23 estimation of some biomarkers and cholesterol / hdl ratio to predict the risk of cardiovascular disease in rheumatoid arthritis patients abstract rheumatoid arthritis (ar) is one of the chronic diseases resulting in many complications such as cardiovascular disease (cvd). any change in the lipid profiles and myocardial markers indicates cardiovascular disease risk, so this study is designed to monitor the pattern of lipid profiles and myocardial markers in newly diagnosed ra patients. blood samples were collected from 70 iraqi patients newly diagnosed with rheumatoid arthritis (male and female) and 30 healthy served as control. these individuals were aged 35-65 years. the serum samples were obtained to determine myocardial markers; included troponin, creatinine kinase (ck), lactate dehydrogenase (ldh), and glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase got; and lipid profiles; such as cholesterol, triglyceride, high-density lipoprotein (hdl), low-density lipoprotein (ldl), and very-low-density lipoprotein (vldl); using a kit from roch (germany), measured automatically with minividas, biomerieux (france). no differences between levels of all lipid profiles and myocardial markers in newly diagnosed ra patients compared with the healthy group were found as well as they were within the normal values, but interestingly, the cholesterol/hdl ratio increased significantly in ra patients comparing with healthy, so it could conclude that the risk of cvd could be increase also among the newly diagnosed of ra patients. moreover, the cholesterol/hdl ratio should be probably included in a model to predict the risk of cardiovascular disease for ra in addition to the gender, age at the disease onset, and severity markers of disease. keywords: cardiovascular disease risk, myocardial biomarkers, lipid profile, rheumatoid arthritis disease, tc/hdl ratio. 1. introduction one of the multiple systemic chronic diseases is rheumatoid arthritis (ra) which is usually characterized as heterogeneous symptoms, variable disease progression, and extracurricular manifestations [1]. one of the complications of this disease is the risk of developing cardiovascular disease (cvd), where studies indicate that the risk of accidental cardiovascular disease has increased by 48% in previously diagnosed patients with rheumatoid arthritis compared to the individuals without ra [2]. clinical reports define many markers that could detect the transaminases released from dying myocytes, help diagnosis of myocardial infarction, prognosis, and risk stratification of enas abdul kareem jabbar enaskareemjj0@gmail.com department of basic medical science, college of nursing, university of thi qar, iraq. shaymaa z. al-rumaidh shaymaaalrumaidh@gmail.com college of science,university of thi-qar, iraq. jamela jouda jamela.jouda@uomustansir iyaha.idu.iq department of biology, college of science, mustansiriyiah university, bagdad, iraq. http://ihicps.com/ mailto:enaskareemjj0@gmail.com mailto:shaymaaalrumaidh@gmail.com mailto:jamela.jouda@uomustansiriyaha.idu.iq mailto:jamela.jouda@uomustansiriyaha.idu.iq special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2646 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 24 patients with the potential cardiovascular disease. these markers included troponin, creatinine kinase (ck), glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase got, and lactate dehydrogenase (ldh). all these enzymes are released in different quantities by the death of muscle cells, but the research continued since the sensitivity and specificity for myocardial necrosis fuels are lacking [3]. many studies have reported lipid abnormalities in previously diagnosed ra patients [4, 5, 6] one of the traditional cardiovascular risk factors [7]. dyslipidemia is observed in these patients differently than in the general population, including total cholesterol and hdl [8, 9]. since the ratio of disproportionate between tc and hdl levels increases the index of atherogenic, it is an important predictive sign of cvd [1]. these pieces of evidence proved that the previously diagnosed patients with rd could have lipid and myocardial markers abnormalities while to our knowledge there is no research study on these markers in newly diagnosed patients with rd, so this study is designed to monitor the pattern of lipid profiles and myocardial markers in newly diagnosed ra patients. 2. materials method seventy newly diagnosed iraqi patients with rheumatoid arthritis and thirty healthy (male and female) are recruited from the al-husain hospital in thi-qar city at age of 35-65 years. five ml blood was collected from the antecubital vein of each of the patients and healthy and put in dry sterilized test tubes. the blood samples were centrifuged for 5min at 3000rpm to obtain the serum that used to determine myocardial markers; included troponin, ck, ldh, and got; and lipid profiles; included cholesterol, triglyceride, hdl, ldl, and vldl; using a kit from roch (germany), measured automatically with minividas, biomerieux (france). the results were computed as the mean ± standard error. in all statistical analyses, only p ≤ 0.05 was considered significant. differences among groups were analyzed by variance oneway analysis anova followed by fisher's test for multiple comparisons, using statview version 5.0. differences were considered significant when p<0.05. regression analysis was performed by analysis of covariance (ancova) also using stat view version 5.0. 3. results and discussion there are no differences between levels of myocardial markers in ra patients comparing with the healthy group included troponin, creatinine kinase, got, and lactate dehydrogenase. moreover, there are no differences between these enzyme levels in male and female groups. however, they were within normal values which are as following: (troponin=0-0.4ng/ml, ck=22-198u/l, got=8-45u/l, and ldh=140-280u/l) (figure 1). http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2646 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 25 figure 1. myocardial markers levels in rheumatoid arthritis patients and control groups. (a) troponin, (b) creatinine kinase (ck), (c) glutamic oxaloacetic transaminas got, (d) lactate dehydrogenase (ldh). figure 2 shows lipid profile levels in both ra patients and healthy groups (male and female). there were no differences in all lipid profiles levels of control and ra patients groups however they were within normal values which are as following: (cholestrol˂150mg/dl, triglyceride˂150mg/dl, hdl=40-59mg/dl, vldl=2-30mg/dl, and ldl˂100mg/dl). moreover, there are no differences between these enzyme levels in male and female groups. interestingly, the cholesterol / hdl ratio was also calculated. it increased significantly from (2.53±0.027) in control to (3.78±0.26) in ra patients. figure 2. lipid profiles levels in rheumatoid arthritis patients and control groups. (a) cholestrol, (b) triglyceridle, (c) high-density lipoprotein (hdl), (d) very-low-density lipoprotein (vldl), (e) low-density lipoprotein (ldl). the correlation between all these markers and age was also calculated. there were only significantly positive correlations between cholesterol and triglyceride with age whereas there http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2646 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 26 was no correlation between other markers and age (table 1). table 1. the correlation between lipid profiles and myocardial markers. parameters age r p. value myocardial markers troponin 0.134 0.198 ck 0.077 0.455 got 0.01 0.890 ldh 0.122 0.247 lipid profils cholestrol 0.219 0.049 triglyceride 0.305 0.002 hdl 0.01 0.946 ldl 0.055 0.687 vldl 0.045 0.687 4. discussion since ra patients have a higher rate of cardiovascular disease risk compared to individuals without autoimmune diseases [10], periodic examination of cardiovascular risk according to the national guidelines used for the care of ra patients [11]. however, the general risk calculators used do not succeed in capturing the increased risks in these patients [12, 13]. cardiovascular disease risk is associated with many mechanisms, for example, the adverse effects of pharmacological ra, ra treatment, and accelerated atherosclerosis due to inflammatory processes associated with long-term ra [14-17]. in our work, all patients were newly diagnosed with rheumatoid arthritis, so this could be the reason why there wasn’t a difference between cardiac parameters levels in ra patients compared with healthy groups. kremers et al and lindhardsen et al also stated that the cardiovascular disease risk in ra patients was similar to that of people without rheumatoid arthritis [7, 18]. but this result does not exclude the possibility of an increase in cardiovascular disease risk after 5–10 years of rheumatoid arthritis, although intensive treatment aimed at controlling inflammation in recent years is likely to decrease the cardiovascular disease risk rate that increases during the period of rheumatoid arthritis [19]. it is known that the lipid profile is one of the signs of cardiovascular disease because it makes rheumatoid arthritis patients triple cardiovascular disease risk. after all, this disease itself caused atherosclerosis (1). lipid levels seem to change due to rheumatoid arthritis activity. data of total cholesterol and low-density cholesterol concentrations differ in ra patients. some works show similar levels [20] or less [21] of total cholesterol, however other researches indicated high concentration of total cholesterol and ldl cholesterol in early ra patients [22] or indicate decreased total cholesterol, ldl, and hdl inactive untreated ra patients [6, 21, 23]. in our results, there was no difference in all lipid profiles between ra patients and the health group. regardless of the changes in total cholesterol and hdl in ra patients, several studies support the calculating importance of total cholesterol to hdl ratio in ra patients, which leads to a more fatty arteriosclerosis profile and is associated with disease activity and http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2646 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 27 improves after treatment with antirheumatic drugs [20, 21, 22, 24]. in our results, the cholesterol/hdl ratio increased significantly in the ra patients than in the control group. a similar gender-based pattern of cardiovascular disease risk observed in this study was reported by [25] and [7], who also found no general difference in cardiovascular disease risk between genders whereas there weren’t differences in lipid profile and myocardial markers between women and men with ra in this study. 4. conclusion in conclusion, the cardiovascular disease risk could be increase also in the patient with newly diagnostic rheumatoid arthritis so other patient characteristics, such as gender, age at the onset of the disease, disease severity markers, and tc / hdl ratio should be probably included in a model to predict the cardiovascular disease risk for ra, developing such a model, validating it and assessing its primary and secondary prevention strategies for cardiovascular disease in rheumatoid arthritis patients. references 1. erum, u.; ahsan, t; khowaja, d. lipid abnormalities in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. pak. j. med. sci. 2017, 33, 1, 227-230. 2. avina-zubieta, j.a.; thomas, j.; sadatsafavi, m.; lehman, a.j.; lacaille, d. risk of incident cardiovascular events in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: a meta-analysis of observational studies. ann. rheum. dis. 2012 ,71, 9, 1524-1529. 3. pant, s.; deshmukh, a.; neupane, p.; kumar, m.p.k.; vijayashankar, c.s. cardiac biomarkers. in: lakshmandoss u, editor. noval strategies in ischemic heart disease. india: mercy health 2012, 17-42. 4. gabriel, s.e.; crowson, c.s. risk factors for cardiovascular disease in rheumatoid arthritis. curr. opin. rheumatol. 2012 ,24, 2, 171-176. 5. boyer, j.f.; gourraud, p.a.; cantagrel, a.; davignon, j.l.; constantin, a. traditional cardiovascular risk factors in rheumatoid arthritis: a meta-analysis. joint bone spine. 2011 78, 2, 179-183. 6. choy, e.; sattar, n. interpreting lipid levels in the context of high-grade inflammatory states with a focus on rheumatoid arthritis: a challenge to conventional cardiovascular risk actions. ann. rheum. dis. 2009, 68, 4, 460-469. 7. lindhardsen, j.; ahlehoff, o.; gislason, g.h.; madsen, o.r.; olesen, j.b.; torppedersen. c. the risk of myocardial infarction in rheumatoid arthritis and diabetes mellitus: a danish nationwide cohort study. ann. rheum. dis. 2011 ,70, 6, 929-934. 8. steiner, g.; urowitz. m.b. lipid profiles in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: mechanisms and the impact of treatment. semin arthritis rheum. 2009 ,38, 5, 372-381. 9. amezaga-urruela, m.; suarez-almazor, m.e. lipid paradox in rheumatoid arthritis: changes with rheumatoid arthritis therapies. curr rheumatol rep. 2012 ,14, 5, 428-437. 10. naranjo, a.; sokka, t.; descalzo, m.a.; calvo-alen, j.; horslev-petersen, k.; luukkainen. r.k. cardiovascular disease in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: results from the quest-ra study. arthritis res. ther. 2008 ,10, 2, r30. 11. agca, r.; heslinga, s.c.; rollefstad, s.; heslinga, m.; mcinnes, i.b.; peters, m.j. eular recommendations for cardiovascular disease risk management in patients with rheumatoid arthritis and other forms of inflammatory joint disorders: 2015/2016 update. ann rheum dis. 2017 ,76, 1, 17-28. http://ihicps.com/ special issue 1220 icpasih ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2021.ihicpas.2646 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://ihicps.com/ b i o l o g y | 28 12. crowson, c.s.; matteson, e.l.; roger, v.l.; therneau, t.m.; gabriel, se. usefulness of risk scores to estimate the risk of cardiovascular disease in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. am j cardiol. 2012 ,110, 3, 420-424. 13. siontis, g.c.; tzoulaki, i.; siontis, k.c.; ioannidis, j.p. comparisons of established risk prediction models for cardiovascular disease: systematic review. bmj. 2012 ,344, e3318. 14. gonzalez, a.; maradit-kremers. h.; crowson. c.s.; ballman. k.v.; roger. v.l.; jacobsen, s.j. do cardiovascular risk factors confer the same risk for cardiovascular outcomes in rheumatoid arthritis patients as in non-rheumatoid arthritis patients? ann rheum dis. 2008 ,67, 1, 64-69. 15. solomon, d.h.; curhan, g.c.; rimm, e.b.; cannuscio, c.c.; karlson, e.w. cardiovascular risk factors in women with and without rheumatoid arthritis. arthritis rheum. 2004 ,50, 11, 3444-3449. 16. toms, t.e.; symmons, d.p.; kitas, g.d. dyslipidaemia in rheumatoid arthritis: the role of inflammation, drugs, lifestyle and genetic factors. curr vasc pharmacol. 2010, 8, 3, 301-326. 17. solomon, d.h.; kremer, j.; curtis, j.r.; hochberg, m.c.; reed, g.; tsao, p. explaining the cardiovascular risk associated with rheumatoid arthritis: traditional risk factors versus markers of rheumatoid arthritis severity. ann rheum dis. 2010 ,69, 11, 1920-1925. 18. kremers, h.m.; crowson, c.s.; therneau, t.m.; roger, v.l.; gabriel, s.e. high ten-year risk of cardiovascular disease in newly diagnosed rheumatoid arthritis patients: a population-based cohort study. arthritis rheum. 2008 ,58, 8, 2268-2274. 19. avina-zubieta, j.a.; choi, h.k.; sadatsafavi, m.; etminan, m.; esdaile, j.m.; lacaille, d. risk of cardiovascular mortality in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: a meta-analysis of observational studies. arthritis rheum. 2008 59, 12, 1690-1697. 20. park, y.b.; lee, s.k.; lee, w.k.; suh, c.h.; lee, c.w.; lee, c.h,. lipid profiles in untreated patients with rheumatoid arthritis. j. rheumatol. 1999 ,26, 8, 1701-1704. 21. boers, m.; nurmohamed, m.t.; doelman, c.j.; lard, l.r.; verhoeven, a.c.; voskuyl. a.e. influence of glucocorticoids and disease activity on total and high density lipoprotein cholesterol in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. ann rheum dis. 2003, 62, 9, 842-845. 22. georgiadis, a.n.; papavasiliou, e.c.; lourida, e.s.; alamanos, y.; kostara, c.; tselepis. a.d. atherogenic lipid profile is a feature characteristic of patients with early rheumatoid arthritis: effect of early treatment--a prospective, controlled study. arthritis res. ther. 2006 ,8, 3, r82. 23. myasoedova, e.; crowson, c.s.; kremers, h.m.; roger, v.l.; fitz-gibbon. p.d.; therneau. t.m. lipid paradox in rheumatoid arthritis: the impact of serum lipid measures and systemic inflammation on the risk of cardiovascular disease. ann rheum dis. 2011 ,70, 3, 482-487. 24. van halm, v.p.; nielen, m.m.; nurmohamed, m.t.; van schaardenburg, d.; reesink. h.w.; voskuyl, a.e. lipids and inflammation: serial measurements of the lipid profile of blood donors who later developed rheumatoid arthritis. ann rheum dis. 2007, 66, 2, 184188. 25. solomon, d.h.; goodson, n.j.; katz, j.n.; weinblatt, m.e.; avorn, j.; setoguchi, s. patterns of cardiovascular risk in rheumatoid arthritis. ann rheum dis. 2006,65, 12, 16081612. http://ihicps.com/ 10010029 10010030 10010031 10010032 10010033 10010034 10010035 جامعة تكريت تحضیر وتشخیص مركبات جدیدة من قواعد شف مشتقة من تفاعل السفكسیم فعالیتھا البایولوجیة وتقییمالبنزالیدیھاید مشتقات مع جبار عبد الستارسلوى محمود مجید محمود جامعة تكریت / للبناتكلیة التربیة / ءقسم الكیمیا 2013كانون األول 26، قبل البحث في : 2013أیلول 29استلم البحث في : الخالصة السفكسیم مع ع�دد م�ن مش�تقات البنزالیھای�د عقار من تفاعل )10-1(جدیدة من قواعد شف ةسلسل تفي ھذا البحث حضر . بوصفھ عامال مساعداالثلجي الخلیك قطرات من حامض بإضافة المیثانول مذیبا ستعمالبا المرئی�ة -ألش�عة ف�وق البنفس�جیةا , ftirلحم�راء مطیافی�ة األش�عة تح�ت ا س�تخدامتراكیب المركبات المحضرة با تتإثب u.v.-vis النووي والرنین h1-nmr، لعناصرالدقیق لتحلیل فضال عن). (c.h.n. س�یدوموناس ،) escherichia coli( ك�واليایشریش�یا الفعالیة البایولوجی�ة لقواع�د ش�ف المحض�رة ض�د تسدركذلك س�البة اجراثیم�بوص�فھا )klebseilla pneumoniaكالبس�یال رئوی�ة (، )pseudomonas auruginosaایروجین�وزا ( موجبة لصبغة كرام . اجراثیمبوصفھا )staphylococcus aureus( لصبغة كرام والمكورات العنقودیة الذھبیة الفعالیة البایولوجیة.، قواعد شف ،مشتقات البنزالدیھاید ،: السفكسیم الكلمات المفتاحیة 277 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 لمقدمةا عقار السفكسیم ثباتی�ھقاتل للبكتریا واسع الطیف، نصف مصنع من الجیل الثالث للسیفالوسبورینات، ذو وھو مضاد حیوي فعال فمویا، عالی���ة تج���اه البیتاالكت���امیز، ل���ذا ف���ان العدی���د م���ن البكتری���ا المقاوم���ة للبنس���لینات ول���بعض السیفالوس���بورینات نتیج���ة لوج���ود البیتاالكتامیز تكون حساسة للسفكسیم. السیالن والتھابات القصبات الھوائیة الحادة، واللوزتین، والتھاب البلعوم، اآلتیةحاالت یستعمل السفكسیم في عالج ال .]2,1[ ) مرة یومیا2-1ملغم ( 400اإلحلیلي أو العنقي غیر المعقد، یؤخذ عن طریق الفم بمعدل قواعد شف عالقة قواعد شف كان لھا المحتویة على التي أجریت والصفات الحیویة للمواد الكیمیائیة بحوثمن ال اكبیر اعدد إن المجموعة الخاصة الرئیسة لقواعد شف وأي رد فعل في النظام الحیوي ( c=n) ( imine )مین یبوجود مجموعة األ . ]34,[ھذه المجموعة الى ایكون مستند قواعد شف االروماتیة تكون أكثر ثباتاً من االلفاتیة وذلك لتعاقب الزوج االلكتروني المتواجد على ذرة النیتروجین شكلة ملاألروماتیة وھو سبب وھذا ھو سبب األستقرار الواضح لقواعد شف ا ]5[مع حلقة البنزین في مشتقات البنزلدبھاید أما .كذلك فان المشتقات االلفاتیة لقواعد شف تكون عادة مواد سائلة ]6[ألحیویة لمضاداتللمكروبیة اقاومة لمالمخفیة لقلة ا وغالبیة قواعد شف االروماتیة ضئیلة الذوبان في ]8,7[ لبة وتمتاز باستقراریتھا العالیةاالروماتیة فتكون بشكل مواد ص في تحضیر عدد كبیر من مركبات كما وتستعمل، ] 9[التي تحتوي على جزء كاربوھیدراتيالماء وتزداد الذوبانیة للقواعد .]11[في تحضیر البولیمرات المترابطة الخاصة التي تستعمل ]10[الحلقات غیر المتجانسة وكذلك معقداتھا كبیرة من الناحیة البایولوجیة وتساھم بدور كبیر في الفعالیات الحیویة كما في تفاعالت النقل أھمیةلقواعد شف السیماوالفایروسات و ]13[مضادات للبكتریا والفطریات بوصفھا مھمة تأثیراتولھا ]12[ مینیاألة لمجموع اإلنزیمي (mhv ) ]14[ في تركیب قواعد شف ؤدي ذرة النتروجین الموجودة قاتل فعال لألعشاب وھنا تومضادات للسراطان و ول لمسؤاألزومیثین ربما یكون ھو ا ارتباطعلى إن الباحثونھذا وقد أكد . ]14[دورا مھما في ألفعالیة ألمضادة للطفیلیات . ]15[لبایولوجیةالفعالیة عن ا لعمليالجزء ا -:آلتیةاألجھزة ا باستخدام لطیفیةالفیزیائیة یت القیاسات اجرأ وإن جمی��ع /automatic melting point /smp40 :لمحض��رة باس��تخدام جھ��ازللمركب��ات ا النص��ھاراقی��اس درج��ة لمحضرة بمطیاف نوع للمركبات ا والمرئیةلبنفسجیة سجلت أطیاف األشعة فوق ا ,غیر مصححة النصھارادرجات shimadzu (uv-vis) spectrophotometer uv-1800 ولجمی�ع 0م25ألطیاف عن�د درج�ة ح�رارة (وقد سجلت ا ( وس�جلت أطی�اف األش�عة ,س�م)1وبخالیا من الكوارتز طول مس�ارھا ( امذیب (etoh) لمطلقاألیثانول عمال اوباستلقیاسات ا :جھاز باستخداملحمراء تحت ا bio tech engieering management co.ltd.(u.k) ft-ir-600,kbr disk scale 400-4000 cm1 م�ذیب باس�تعمال ،جامعة الیرموك /) في المملكة االردنیة الھاشمیة h1-nmrسجلت أطیاف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي ( )d6-dmso( طة جھاز من نوع:اسبو h1-nmr ultra shield 3000 mhz. bruker 2003. .. باس�تخدام جھ�از م�ن ن�وعآل البی�تف�ي المملك�ة األردنی�ة الھاش�میة/ جامع�ة (c.h.n)سجلت قیم التحلی�ل الكم�ي للعناص�ر evrovector ea 3000a italy ، علم�ا انھ�ا اس�تعملت ب�دون اع�ادة )aldrich, bdh, flukaجمی�ع الم�واد الكیمیائی�ة المس�تعملة ھ�ي م�ن انت�اج ش�ركات ( بلورة لدرجة نقاوتھا العالیة. ] 10 – 1تحضیر قواعد شف [ مول ) مشتقات االلدیھایدات االروماتیة المختلف�ة ف�ي 0.004غم ) من السفكسیم مع ( 2.108مول ، 0.004أضیف ( س�اعات م�ع متابع�ة س�یر 6م�دة ) قطرات من حامض الخلیك الثلجي وصعد المزیج 6-4لمطلق مع ( مل من المیثانول ا 20 ل�ى ج��ریش ال�ثلج م�ع التحری��ك ث�م رك�ز الن��اتج ث�م ت�رك لیب�رد ف��ي درج�ة ح�رارة الغرف��ة ث�م أض�یف إtlc طة اس�التفاع�ل بو ی�ة لمش�تقات ئالخص�ائص الفیزیا ) 1(الج�دول یب�ین المیث�انول المطل�ق. الما رشح واعی�دت بلورت�ھ باس�تالمستمر فتكون راسب .) معادلة تحضیرھا1المخطط (یبین ، و] المحضرة 10 – 1قواعد شف [ 278 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 النتائج والمناقشة irاطیاف االشعة تحت الحمراء لیھ�ا بتقنی�ة األش�عة تح�ت ی�ة الت�ي حص�لنا عطریق التغی�ر ف�ي الخص�ائص الفیزیائ المركبات المحضرة عن تصشخ اختف��اء حزمت��ي االمتص��اص للم��ط المتن��اظر وغی��ر المتن��اظر إذ ل��وحظالت��ي اختلف��ت ع��ن الم��واد األولی��ة بوض��وح الحم��راء على التوالي وقد ظھ�رت حزم�ة م�ط 1-) سم 3381 – 3204العائدة للمادة األولیة من الطیف وكانت ( ( nh2 )للمجموعة فض�الً ع�ن الم�ط ,حزمة ضعیفةبوصفھا التي ظھرت 1-) سم 3028 – 3078االروماتیة ضمن مدى ( ( ch = )اآلصرة 2923 – 2945( -) 2815 – 2875( حزمة ضعیفة ض�منوالتي ظھرت ( ch2 )المتناظر وغیر المتناظر لمجموعة حزم�ة قوی�ة أو متوس�طة الت�ي ظھ�رت ( c=n )نت لمط مجموعة االزومیثین اعلى التوالي. أما الحزمة األوضح فك 1-) سم اعتماداً على طبیعة المعوض االروماتیة. 1-) سم 1600 – 1680ضمن المدى ( ش�ف المحض�رة تب�دو مطابق�ة م�ع الدراس�ات الت�ي إن موقع وأشكال حزم امتصاص االزومیثین في مركبات قواع�د ن ن�اتج م� 1-) س�م 1600 – 1650االمتص�اص ال�ذي یظھ�ر ف�ي المنطق�ة ( التي بینت بانُ ]16[أجریت سابقاً على قواعد شف المنطقة ر فيـــإن الحزمة التي تظھ مع إشارة اغلب الدراسات الى ( c=n )اھتزاز اآلصرة . ]17[( c=n )مرتبطة باھتزاز اآلصرة 1-) سم 1580مع تلك الحزمة في المنطقة ( 1-) سم 1630( حزمة حادة وقویة إلى متوسط حلقة االروماتیة التي تظھر عادة العائدة لل ( c=c )وقد ظھرت حزمة مط اآلصرة . 1-) سم 1495 – 1593الشدة عند ( العائ�دة لجمی�ع المركب�ات المحض�رة ( cooh )الكاربوكس�یل أم�ا الت�ردد االمتط�اطي لمجموع�ة كاربونی�ل مجموع�ة ( no2 )، كما لوحظ إن حزمتي المط المتناظر وغی�ر المتن�اظر لمجموع�ة 1-) سم 1674عند ( ھاحزمة امتصاصفظھرت الحامض�یة ظھ�رت ( oh )مجموع�ة وحزم�ة م�ط 1-) س�م 1330-1280) ظھ�رت عن�د ( 8، 7، 6العائ�دة للمركب�ات ( العائدة للمركب (c-cl )على التوالي وحزمة مط مجموعة 1-) سم 3304 -3464ضعیفة وعریضة متمركزة عند ( حزمة حزم�ة فظھ�رت ) العائ�دة لحلق�ة لبن�زین ( c-h= أم�ا حزم�ة م�ط المجموع�ة 1-) س�م 633حزمة مط عن�د ( ) فظھرت 10( أھ��م ) 2یب��ین الج��دول ( ). 10–1المحض��رة ( للمركب��ات 1-س��م (850-810)و 1-) س��م 740 – 780قوی��ة واض��حة عن��د ( طی�ف األش�عة تح�ت الحم�راء ) 2,1یمث�ل الش�كالن (االمتصاصات للمركبات المحض�رة ف�ي طی�ف األش�عة تح�ت الحم�راء. و )10,1للمركبین ( ) uvأطیاف األشعة فوق البنفسجیة ( التي ) نانومیتر، 272_ 235) عند المدى ( λ ( max) حزم ألعلى امتصاص u.vأظھر طیف األشعة فوق البنفسجیة ( )، و إن وجود األزواج االلكترونیة غیر المشاركة یعزى الیھا االنتق�ال م�ن ن�وع π ←*πتعود إلى االنتقاالت االلكترونیة ( )n ←*π ) إل�ى ) نانومیتر ، و إن زی�ادة ص�فة االقت�ران الناتج�ة ع�ن إدخ�ال حلق�ات بن�زین أخ�رى ت�ؤدي 365 275)عند ص��اص االش�عة ف��وق نت�ائج امت )2ج��دول(یوض�ح اإلزاح�ة إل�ى أط��وال موجی�ة أعل��ى وھ�ذا ی��دل عل�ى تك��وین ھ�ذه المركب��ات، )10-1( اتالبنفسجیة للمركب )h1-nmrدراسة طیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي ( )1المركب رقم ( -1 تع�ود إل�ى ppm (3.723.56) ) إش�ارة مف�ردة عن�د 1h-nmrاظھر طیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي للبروت�ون ( ppm(2.50)إش�ارة ف�ي فض�ال ع�ن) والمزاحة بتأثیر المجموعة المجاورة الساحبة sch2،-och2-بروتونات مجموعة ( وظھ��رت إش��ارة بروت��ون ppm(7.77),عن��د (nh)، وظھ��ور إش��ارة بروت��ون مجموع��ة dmsoتع��ود إل��ى بروتون��ات تع��ود إل�ى بروتون��ات الحلق��ة ppm (7.75-6.85)وظھ��ور إش��ارات متع�ددة عن��د ppm(6.81),مجموع�ة الث��ایوزول عن�د ) بت��أثیر الس��حب n=c-h) تع��ود إل��ى بروت��ون مجموع��ة االیم��ین (ppm )9.79االروماتی��ة، وظھ��ور إش��ارة منف��ردة عن��د ) الفینولی����ة عن����د ohوظھ����ور إش����ارة بروت����ون مجموع����ة ( ]18[وجینااللكترون����ي بالروزون����انس والح����ث ل����ذرة النت����ر (5.83)ppm) وظھور إشارة بروتون مجموعة ،cooh عند ( ppm)13.12(في وكما مبین ) 3الشكل(. )8المركب رقم ( -2 )، وظھ�ور إش�ارة sch2,-och2-)، تع�ود لبروتون�ات مجموع�ة (ppm)3.61-3.67ظھرت إش�ارة متع�ددة عن�د ppm(6.83),)، وظھ�رت إش�ارة بروت�ون مجموع�ة الث�ایوزول عن�د 5.50(ppm) عن�د chبروتونات مجموعة الالكت�ام ( ، كما ظھرت إشارة متعددة تعود لبروتون�ات حلق�ة الفنی�ل (dmso)تعود إلى بروتونات ppm(2.52)وظھرت إشارة عند )، وظھ�ور إش�ارة 8.70(ppm) فظھ�رت عن�د -ch=n-)، أم�ا إش�ارة بروت�ون مجموع�ة االیم�ین (ppm)6.81-7.60عند كم�ا ) 13.01(ppm) عن�د cooh، ،كما ظھرت إشارة بروت�ون مجموع�ة (ppm(8.14)عند (nh)بروتون مجموعة ).4في الشكل ( 279 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 مناقشة الجزء البایولوجي وھي: نمو أنواع من البكتریا لمركبات المحضرة في ھذا البحث فيتأثیر بعض ادرس 1-eschershia coli 2-klebsiealla pneumonjae 3-staphylococcui aureus 4-pseudomonas aeruginosa من األمراض كما تختلف في مقاومتھا اھذه االنواع بالنظر ألھمیتھا في المجال الطبي إذ إنھا تسبب عدد أحتیرت للمضادات الحیویة والمواد الكیموعالجیة. التثبیطیة للمركبات المحضرة ضد الجراثیم المستخدمةالفعالیة pseudomonas) المحضر مختبریا فعالیة تثبیطیة تجاه البكتریا1) امتالك المركب (4ن الجدول (ییب aeruginosa عند التراكیز 4) ملم كما موضح في الجدول (21,15,8) قیم تثبیطیة (1اظھر المركب ( إذ ( أنواع البكتریا المستخدمة.ي فعالیة تثبیطیة تجاه أي نوع من ) أ6نما لم یظھر المركب (بی ،مل /)ملغم 150,100,50( . psudomonas aeruginosa ) ضد البكتریا1الفعالیة التثبیطیة للمركب ( )5شكل (یوضح المصادر 1. umadeviparim (2012) lalithapappuz, synthesis and autimicro blal evaluation of imino substituted 1,3,4oxa and thiadiazoles, issu 09751491 vol, supp 15. 2. khan zia – vllah,k.m.; roni,m.; perveen,s.; haider, s.m.; choudhany, m.i.; rehmn, a. and vetter, v. (2004) tetrahedron letter org. chem., 1,50-52. 3. lau, k. y.; mayr, a. and cheung, k. k.(1999) synhesis of transiton 3metal isocyanide complexes containing hydrogen ,bonding sites in peripheral locations, inorganica chimica acta ,232-223 :285. 4. shawali, a. s.; harb, n. m. s. and badahdah, k. o.(1985) a study 4-of tautomerism in diazonium coupling products of 4-hyroxycoumrin, journal of heterocyclic chemistry, 22: 1397.1403. 5. gargiulo,d.; ikemoto,n.; odingo, j.; bozhkova, n.; iwashita,t.; berova,n. and nakanishi,k. (1994) synthesis and electrochemical of schiff bases j.am.chem.soc, 116,3760. 6. rachakonda, s. and cartee, l.(2004) challenges in antimicrobial drug discovery and the potential of nucleoside antibiotics ، current medicinal chemistry, 11: 775-793. 7. saeed, a.a.h.(1979) schiff bases preparation, characterization and donor properties ind.j.chem., 17b,462. 8. reeves,r.l.(1962) the protonationof benzylideneaniline its p-and p—dimethylamino derivative j.am.chem.soc., 84,3332. 9. ali,y.; habib,m.j.a. and al-janabi,k.w. (1996) comparative study of newly synthesized schiff bases iraqi j.chem., 21,104. 10. padder, s.n.z. (1963) barium aluminatehydrate.ii.the crystal structure anorg.chem., 332,326. 11. hang,t. and schmidtter,a. (1975) a, zh.obshch. khim.,c.a.,83,194518g. 12. hojo,s.(1971)chem. abst. sapan, 70,37,771. 13. hanna,h.; juncheng,z.; ozude, zhou,b.; meiying,l. and liu,w.y.(2010)j. of natural science, 15, 1,7177. 14. desai,s.b. and desai,p.b(2001) hererocycl. commun., 7,83. 15. phatak,p.; jolly,v. and sharma,k.(2000) synthesis of(2-chloropridine-3-yl)-(4-nitro benzylidene)amine and its antibacterial activity orient. j.chem., 16,493. 16. mohammed.s.a.(2010) m.sc. thesis, university of tikrit, tikrit,iraq. 17. stuart,b.; johan, w. and sons,b.(2004) infrared spectroscopy, ltd, 4,80. صبحي صالح ، العزاوي، د. ; فھد علي د. حسین، ;عوض، ھادي كاظم ترجمة د. )1990( سلفر اشتاین وموریل .18 . 1بعة ، جامعة بغداد ، جالطبعة الرا التشخیص العضوي للمركبات العضویة 280 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ] 10 1لمشتقات قواعد شف [ الفیزیائیةالخصائص : )1جدول( n s ch2 hn n och2cooh s n o o h h coohnc h ar yield % m.p 0c color molecular formula ar, comp. no 77 197 – 199 yellow c23h25n5011s2 ho 1 75 270 – 272 orange c23h25n5011s2 ho 2 77 266– 268 yellow c23h25n5011s2 oh 3 68 274– 276 red orange c24h27n5012s2 ho h3co 5 80 254 – 256 orange yellow c23h20n6012s2 o2n 6 78 277 – 279 light orange c23h20n6012s2 no2 7 76 232 – 234 orange yellow c23h20n6012s2 o2n 8 80 274 – 276 light yellow c25h30n6010s2 n h3c h3c 9 77 275 – 277 yellow c23h20n509s2cl cl 10 281 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 n s hn n och2cooh s n o o h h nh2 cooh + c o h r ref., 6 hr. abs. meoh glacial acetic acid n s hn n och2cooh s n o o h h n coohc h r r=3-oh, 4-oh, 2-oh, 2,4-dioh, 4-oh-3-meo, 4-no2, 2-no2, 3-no2 ,4-n(ch3)2, 4-cl ch2 ch2 [1-10] ) یوضح تحضیر قواعد شف1ط(طمخ واألشعة فوق البنفسجیة یبین أھم االمتصاصات للمركبات المحضرة في طیف األشعة تحت الحمراء: ) 2الجدول ( ir(kbr),cm-1 max 1λ max 2λ ethoh ar. comp . no. others c-h v out of plane c=c v ar. v =ch v =ch ar. (oh)3320 (ch)alf. vasy(2979),vsy(29 32) (c=o)1751 761 820 1515 1606 1638 3061 210 293 ho 1 (oh)3360 (ch)alf. vasy(2952),vsy(28 67) (c=o)1747 773 842 1514 1610 1639 3070 208 295 ho 2 (oh)3315 (ch)alf. vasy(2931),vsy(28 59) (c=o)1763 760 810 1531 1623 1623 3065 212 288 oh 3 (oh)3315 (ch)alf. vasy(2984),vsy(29 37) (c=o)1752 739 810 1527 1629 1673 3085 217 283 oh ho 4 282 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 (oh)3323 (ch)alf. vasy(2923),vsy(28 70) (c=o)1749 756 834 1515 1623 1638 3075 220 280 ho h3co 5 (oh)3330 (ch)alf. vasy(2982), vsy(2933) (c=o)1754 (no2) vasy(1406), vsy(1347) 741 815 1523 1606 1633 3033 218 290 o2n 6 (oh)3321 (ch)alf. vasy(2980),vsy(29 33) (c=o)1750 (no2) vasy(1437), vsy(1347) 788 819 1527 1612 1639 3032 215 295 no2 7 (oh)3321 (ch)alf. vasy(2979),vsy(29 31) (c=o)1748 (no2) vasy(1422), vsy(1351) 777 813 1529 1602 1617 3091 212 288 o2n 8 (oh)3323 (ch)alf. vasy(2935),vsy(28 36) (c=o)1766 727 817 1530 1593 1677 3092 110 268 n h3c h3c 9 (oh)3302 (ch) vasy(2980),vsy(28 56) (c-cl)633 (c=o)1763 761 820 1529 1590 1638 3061 220 275 cl 10 ]10,7,2للمركبات [ (h.c.n)نتائج التحلیل الدقیق للعناصر: ) 3جدول( calculated found molecular formula comp. no. n% h% c% n% h% c% 12.63 3,45 49.78 12.57 3.41 48.55 c23h19n5o8s2 2 14.30 3.20 46.95 14.33 3.07 47.10 c23h18n6o9s2 7 12.47 3.38 47.60 12.15 3.13 47.91 c23h18n5o7s2cl 10 283 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 )6,1یبین الفعالیة البایولوجیة للمركبین (: ) 4جدول( kelbesilla pneumonjae staphylococci aurues psudomonas aeruginosa e.coli conc. comp. no. 8 15 21 50 100 150 1 50 100 150 6 )1للمركب ( األشعة تحت الحمراءطیف : ) 1الشكل ( 284 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 )10طیف األشعة تحت الحمراء للمركب ( :)2الشكل ( )1للمركب (طیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي : ) 3الشكل( 285 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 )8طیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي للمركب (: ) 4الشكل ( psudomonas aeruginosa ) ضد البكتریا1الفعالیة التثبیطیة للمركب (: )5شكل ( a = یمثل التركیز 50μg /ml b = یمثل التركیز 100μg /ml c 150= یمثل التركیزμg /ml 286 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 synthesis and characterization of new schiff bases derived from reaction of the cefixime with benzaldehyde derivatives and evaluation of their biological activity salwaa a. s. jabbar mahmood m. mahmood dept. of chemistry / college of education for woman / university of tikrit received in : 29 september 2013, accepted in : 26 december2013 abstract the schiff bases (1-10) were synthesized by the reaction of cefixime with aldehydes derivatives. the characterization of schiff bases were carried out, by using spectroscopic techniques including ir, u.v – vis, h1-nmr, ei-ms along with elemental analyses (c.h.n.). key woeds : cefixime, schiff bases, benzaldehyde derivatives, biological activity. 287 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 microsoft word 126-134 mathematics | 126 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the approximation solution of a nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem via galerkin finite elements method with crank-nicolson jamil amir al-hawasy jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq marwa ahmed jawad hawasy20@yahoo.com department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, bahgdad, iraq. article history: received 16 july 2018, accepted 3 september 2018, published december 2018 abstract this paper deals with finding the approximation solution of a nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem (nlpbvp) by using the galekin finite element method (gfem) in space and crank nicolson (cn) scheme in time, the problem then reduces to solve a galerkin nonlinear algebraic system(gnlas). the predictor and the corrector technique (pct) is applied here to solve the gnlas, by transforms it to a galerkin linear algebraic system (glas). this glas is solved once using the cholesky method (chm) as it appears in the matlab package and once again using the cholesky reduction order technique (chrot) which we employ it here to save a massive time. the results, for chrot are given by tables and figures and show the efficiency of this method, from other sides we conclude that the both methods are given the same results, but the chrot is very fast than the chm. keywords: nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem, galerkin finite element methods, crank-nicolson. 1. introduction in the last decades many researchers interested to study the solution of boundary value problems (bvps) in general and the solution of nlpbvp in particular, there are many different methods for solving the nlpbvp, f.g. in 2000, karlsen and riserbo used a corrected operator splitting method [1], pao in 2001 used the time period solutions [2], in 2006, alam and etc used the simultaneous space–time adaptive wavelet method [3]. timothy in 2010 studied the explicit and implicit difference method [4], in 2011 ghoreishi and ismail are used the homotopy perturbation method (hpm) [ 5], and many others. the study of the solution for the parabolic bvp using the finite element method (fem) back to the beginning of the 17th century, and are studied from many researchers so as douglas and dupont [6], in 1993 reddy introduced in his book an introduction to the fem was applied to linear, one and two-dimensional problems of engineering and applied sciences [7]. in 1997-2006 thomee [8] studied the gfem with backward euler method for nonlinear parabolic bvp. according to these studied it was important in this paper to study the approximate solution for nlpbvp using the gfem method for the space variable and the cn scheme for the time variable. this paper starts with give a description of proposed nlpbvp and its weak form (wf). the approximation solution of the problem is obtained by discretize the wf by using the gfem for the space variable and the cn scheme for the time variable, the problem then reduces to solve a gnlas which transforms it to a las which is solved once using the chm and once again mathematics | 127 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 using that we give it the name chrot to save a massive time, which is explained in a two steps formula. finally, illustrative examples are given to solve different problems using matlab r2013a software, the results are given by tables and by figures and are show the efficiency of this method, and are show that the chrot is very fast to solve the linear algebraic system than the chm. definition 1, [9]: a point 𝑥∗ ∈ 𝑆 ⊂ ℝ is said to be fixed point of a given function 𝑞: 𝑆 → ℝ , if 𝑞 𝑥 ∗ 𝑥∗. definition 2, [9]: a function 𝑞: 𝑆 ⊂ ℝ → ℝ is said to be contractive on 𝑆, if for each 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑆: ‖𝑞 𝑥 𝑞 𝑦 ‖ 𝛽‖𝑥 𝑦‖ , where 0 𝛽 1 is a constant. theorem 3, [9]: a contractive function 𝑞 on a complete normed space 𝑆 has a unique fixed point 𝑥 ∗ in . theorem 4, [9]: let ‖∙‖ is a norm in ℝ and 𝑆 ⊂ ℝ . if 𝑞: 𝑆 → ℝ is contractive function on 𝑆, and one of the following is satisfied: (1) 𝑞 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆, ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆 . (2) 𝑆 𝑥|‖𝑥 𝑦‖ 𝜇 and ‖𝑞 𝑦 𝑦‖ 1 𝛽 𝜇 . (3) 𝑆 𝑥|‖𝑥 𝑥 ∗ ‖ 𝜇 , where 𝑥 ∗ is a fixed point of 𝑞 then 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆 , where 𝑥 is the 𝑙 th iterative value of 𝑥 . theorem 5, [9]: let ‖∙‖ is a norm in ℝ and 𝑆 be a closed subset of ℝ . if 𝑞: 𝑆 → ℝ is contractive function on, and 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆, then (1) 𝑥 is converge to a fixed point 𝑥∗ ∈ 𝑆 (2) 𝑥 ∗ is a unique in 𝑆 3. description of the (nlpbvpcc) let w = 𝑥 𝑥 , 𝑥 ∈ ℝ : 0 𝑥 , 𝑥 1 , with lipischitz boundary ∂w , and let i 0, t , 0 t ∞ , and p w i. the nonlinear parabolic equation is given by: 𝑢 ∆𝑢 𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 , in p (1) with the boundary condition (b.c) 𝑢 �⃗�, 𝑡 0 , on ∂𝑊 i (2) and the initial condition (i.c) 𝑢 �⃗�, 0 𝑢 �⃗� , in w (3) where 𝑢 𝑢 �⃗�, 𝑡 , ∆𝑢 ∑ is the laplace operator and 𝐻 ∈ 𝐶 𝑊 . in this work the inner product and norm in l w will be denoted by ∙ ,∙ and ‖∙‖ , the inner product and norm in sobolev space v h w will be denoted by ∙ , ∙ and ‖∙‖ , the duality bracket between v and its dual v∗ will be denoted by 〈∙ ,∙〉 and ‖∙‖ be the norm in l p . now, the wf of (1-3) is given by: 〈𝑢 , 𝜉 〉 〈𝛻𝑢 , 𝛻𝜉〉 = 𝐻 𝑢 , 𝜉 , ∀ 𝜉 ∈ 𝑉 a.e on i (4) 𝑢 0 , 𝜉 = 𝑢 , 𝜉 , in w (5) with 𝑢 belongs to 𝑉 and to 𝐿 w since 𝑉 ⊂ 𝐿 w . assumptions: (1) for some positive constants 𝛾 , 𝛾 and for each 𝜂 , 𝜂 ∈ 𝑉 & 𝑡 ∈ i ̅ , the following inequality are satisfies | 𝛻𝜂 , 𝛻𝜂 | 𝛾 ‖𝛻𝜂 ‖ ‖𝛻𝜂 ‖ 𝛻𝜂 , 𝛻𝜂 𝛾 ‖𝛻𝜂 ‖ mathematics | 128 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 (2) the function h is of a carathéodory type on p ℝ , satisfies the following sub linearity and lipischitz conditions |𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 | 𝛿 �⃗�, 𝑡 𝑐 |𝑢|, where 𝑐 0 , (�⃗�, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑃 , , 𝑢 ∈ ℝ and 𝛿 ∈ 𝐿 𝑃, ℝ |𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 | 𝐿|𝑢 𝑢 |, where (𝑥, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑃, 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ ℝ, l is a lipischitz constant. 4. discretization of the continuous equation: the wf of (4-5) is discretized by using the gfem, as follows, let the domain w is a polyhedron. for every integer 𝑛, let 𝑊 be an admissible regular traingulation of w into closed disimplices [8], 𝐼 be a subdivision of the interval i̅ into 𝑁𝑇 𝑛 intervals, where 𝑡 𝑡 , 𝑡 , of equal length ∆𝑡 𝑇 𝑁𝑇⁄ , let 𝑂 𝑊 𝐼 and 𝑉 ⊂ 𝑉 𝐻 w be the space of continuous piecewise affine in w. the discrete state equation (dseq) of the wf (4-5) is obtained after using the cn formula and is given by 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝜉 + ∆𝑡 𝛻𝑢 , 𝛻𝜉 = ∆𝑡 𝐻 𝑡 , 𝑢 , 𝜉 , j=0,1,...,nt-1 (6) 𝑢 , 𝜉 𝑢 , 𝜉 (7) where 𝜉 ∈ 𝑉 , 𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 , j=0,1 ...,nt, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑢 𝑢 𝑡 ∈ 𝑉 , ∀ 𝑗 0,1, … , 𝑁𝑇. 5. the approximation solution of the nonlinear parabolic equation: to find the approximation solution (app.sol) 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , … , 𝑢 of (6-7) by using the gfem, the following procedure can be used: (1) for fixed any 𝑗 , 0 𝑗 𝑁𝑇 1 , let 𝜉 , 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑁 , 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝜉 �⃗� 0 , 𝑜𝑛 𝜕𝑊 be a continuous piecewise affine finite basis of 𝑉 in w , then for any i=1,2,...,n and 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉 (6-7) can be rewritten as: 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝜉 ∆𝑡 𝛻𝑢 , 𝛻𝜉 ∆𝑡 𝐻 𝑡 , 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝜉 (8) 𝑢 , 𝜉 𝑢 , 𝜉 , 𝜉 ∈ 𝑉 , (9) (2) using the galerkin method [8], with the basis 𝜉 , 𝜉 , … , 𝜉 of 𝑉 , one has 𝑢 ∑ 𝑋 𝜉 , , 𝑢 ∑ 𝑋 𝜉 , and 𝑢 ∑ 𝑋 𝜉 where , 𝑋 𝑋 𝑡 , for each 𝑗 0,1, … , 𝑁𝑇 are unknown constants to be determine. (3) substitute 𝑢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑢 in (8) to get the following nonlinear algebraic system 𝑌 ∆𝑡𝑍 𝑋 𝑌 ∆𝑡𝑍 𝑋 𝑏 𝑡 , 𝑗 0,1, … , 𝑁𝑇 1 (10) and substituting 𝑢 in (9) to get the following linear algebraic system 𝑌𝑋 𝑏 (11) where 𝑌 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝜉 , 𝑍 𝑧 , 𝑧 𝛻𝜉 , 𝛻𝜉 , 𝑋 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 , 𝑉 𝜉 , 𝜉 , … , 𝜉 , �⃗� 𝑏 , 𝑏 ∆𝑡 𝐻 𝑉 𝑋 𝑉 𝑋 , 𝜉 and 𝑏 𝑏 , 𝑏 𝑢 , 𝜉 , ∀ 𝑖, 𝑘 1,2, … , 𝑁. system (10-11) has a unique solution [10]. to solve it, the linear algebraic system (11) is solved at first to get 𝑋 , then to solve the nonlinear system (10) the pct is used here [8], as follows : for each 𝑗 0 𝑗 𝑁𝑇 1 we predict at first the value 𝑋 by using the mathematics | 129 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 explicit form (just the value of 𝑋 ) in the component of 𝑏 in the right hand side (rhs) of (10) , then by substitute 𝑋 𝑋 , in the component of 𝑏 in the rhs of (10), makes system (10) linear, solving it w.r.t 𝑋 to get the corrector solution , this procedure can be repeated (more than one time if we need) by substitute the corrector solution 𝑋 𝑋 in the rhs of the linear system (10) and solve it again w.r.t 𝑋 , for fixed 𝑗 , to get a new corrector solution). hence the corrector equation described as follows: 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝜉 ∆𝑡 𝛻𝑢 𝛻𝑢 , 𝛻𝜉 ∆𝑡 𝐻 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝜉 (12) where 𝑢 ∶ 𝑢 is the predictor solution at the iteration 𝑙 1, 𝑢 ∶ 𝑢 is its corresponding corrector solution at the iteration 𝑙 and 𝑢 𝑢 is the known corrector solution for the previous step j, i.e. (12) can be written as : 𝑢 𝑞 𝑢 (13) theorem 6: the discrete state equation (6-7) with fixed point and for ∆𝑡 sufficiently small has a unique solution 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , … , 𝑢 , and the sequence of corrector solutions is convergence in ℝ. proof: let 𝑢 𝑢 , … , 𝑢 , … , 𝑢 and 𝑣 𝑣 , … , 𝑣 , … , 𝑣 are two solutions of (12) , i.e. (𝑢 𝑢 , 𝜉 ∆𝑡 ∇𝑢 ∇𝑢 , ∇𝜉 ∆𝑡 𝐻 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝜉 (14) ( 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝜉 ∆𝑡 ∇𝑣 ∇𝑢 , ∇𝜉 ∆𝑡 𝐻 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝜉 (15) by subtracting (15) from (14), setting 𝜉 𝑢 𝑣 in the obtained equation and using lipschitz condition on 𝐻 with respect to for 𝑢, once get that 𝑢 𝑣 + ∆𝑡 ∇𝑢 ∇𝑣 ∆𝑡𝐿 𝑢 𝑣 , 𝑢 𝑣 . keep in mind that the 2 term in the left hand side (lhs) is positive and then using cauchy schwarz (cs) inequality on the rhs of above inequality, once get that 𝑢 𝑣 𝛽 𝑢 𝑣 , where 𝛽 ∆𝑡𝐿 , using (13), to get that 𝑞 𝑢 𝑞 𝑣 𝛽 𝑢 𝑣 since ∆𝑡 is sufficiently small and 𝛽 1, then q is contractive, and by theorem (1) we get 𝑢 𝑣 , hence the dseq has a unique solution, also since 𝑢 ∈ ℝ , ∀ 𝑙 then mathematics | 130 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 𝑞 𝑢 𝑢 ∈ ℝ , ∀ 𝑙 implies that 𝑞 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅 , ∀ 𝑢 ∈ ℝ , and by using theorem (3) with s=ℝ , we get that 𝑢 is converged to a point in ℝ . 6. cholesky reduction order technique this technique in fact is based on an idea which is introduce first in [11] about reducing the diagonal elements of the galerkin matrix into columns, we formulate it by the following steps hence we called it by the cholesky reduction order technique (chrot): first, the 𝑁 𝑁 obtained matrix is reduced to 𝑁 𝑀1 matrix 𝐴 by transform the lower diagonals (𝑀1 of 𝑁 𝑁 matrix to columns, second the reduction of matrix 𝐴 is a new 𝑁 𝑀1 matrix 𝑅 which is computed by using the following formula : for 1,2, … , 𝑁 , 𝑗 𝑖 1 , … , min 𝑖 𝑀, 𝑁 • if 𝑖 1, then 𝑅 𝐴 and 𝑅 , 𝑙 𝑖 𝑗 𝑀1 • if 𝑖 1, then 𝑅 𝐴 ∑ 𝑅 , 𝐾 max 𝑖 𝑀, 1 : 𝑖 1 𝑅 𝐴 ∑ 𝑅 𝑅 , 𝑠 𝑟 𝑖 𝑗 , with 𝑗 𝐾 𝑀 . example 7: consider the following nonlinear parabolic b.v.p.: 𝑢 ∆𝑢 𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 , where �⃗� 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝑢 �⃗�, 𝑡 0 , on ∂𝑊 i 𝑢 �⃗�, 0 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 , on 𝑊 where, 𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 𝑒 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 1 sin 𝑒 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑢 sin 𝑢 the exact solution of this problem is: 𝑢 �⃗�, 𝑡 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 this problem solved using the gfem for m=9 and nt=20, the results are shown in table 1. and figure 1. at time �̂� 0.5 , the table shows the approximate solution 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 , the exact solution 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 and the absolute error at 𝑥 & 𝑥 . the mat lap software is used to solve this problem, it takes 5-hours when we use the chm, while takes 1-hour and 7 minutes when we use the chrot. table 1. comparison between exact and approximation solutions 𝑥   𝑥   𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 absolute error 𝑥 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 absolute error 0.1 0.1 0.0137 0.0137 0.0000 0.6 0.5 0.1014 0.1029 0.0015 0.2 0.1 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.7 0.5 0.0887 0.0901 0.0014 0.3 0.1  0.0319 0.0323 0.0004 0.8 0.5 0.0676 0.0687 0.0011 0.4 0.1 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.9 0.5 0.0380 0.0386 0.0006 0.5 0.1 0.0380 0.0386 0.0006 0.1 0.6 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.6 0.1 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.2 0.6 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.7 0.1 0.0319 0.0324 0.0005 0.3 0.6 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.8 0.1 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.4 0.6 0.0974 0.0988 0.0014 0.9 0.1 0.0137 0.0140 0.0003 0.5 0.6 0.1014 0.1029 0.0015 0.1 0.2 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.6 0.6 0.0974 0.0988 0.0014 0.2 0.2 0.0433 0.0440 0.0007 0.7 0.6 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.3 0.2 0.0568 0.0577 0.0009 0.8 0.6 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.4 0.2 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.9 0.6 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.5 0.2 0.0676 0.0687 0.0011 0.1 0.7 0.0319 0.0324 0.0005 0.6 0.2 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.2 0.7 0.0568 0.0576 0.0008 mathematics | 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 0.7 0.2 0.0568 0.0576 0.0008 0.3 0.7 0.0745 0.0757 0.0012 0.8 0.2 0.0433 0.0438 0.0005 0.4 0.7 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.9 0.2 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.5 0.7 0.0887 0.0901 0.0014 0.1 0.3 0.0319 0.0323 0.0004 0.6 0.7 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.2 0.3 0.0568 0.0577 0.0009 0.7 0.7 0.0745 0.0756 0.0011 0.3 0.3 0.0745 0.0756 0.0011 0.8 0.7 0.0568 0.0577 0.0009 0.4 0.3 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.9 0.7 0.0319 0.0323 0.0004 0.5 0.3 0.0887 0.0901 0.0014 0.1 0.8 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.6 0.3 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.2 0.8 0.0433 0.0438 0.0005 0.7 0.3 0.0745 0.0757 0.0012 0.3 0.8 0.0568 0.0576 0.0008 0.8 0.3 0.0568 0.0576 0.0008 0.4 0.8 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.9 0.3 0.0319 0.0324 0.0005 0.5 0.8 0.0676 0.0687 0.0011 0.1 0.4 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.6 0.8 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.2 0.4 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.7 0.8 0.0568 0.0577 0.0009 0.3 0.4 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.8 0.8 0.0433 0.0440 0.0007 0.4 0.4 0.0974 0.0988 0.0014 0.9 0.8 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.5 0.4 0.1014 0.1029 0.0015 0.1 0.9 0.0137 0.0140 0.0003 0.6 0.4 0.0974 0.0988 0.0014 0.2 0.9 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.7 0.4 0.0852 0.0865 0.0013 0.3 0.9 0.0319 0.0324 0.0005 0.8 0.4 0.0649 0.0659 0.0010 0.4 0.9 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.9 0.4 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.5 0.9 0.0380 0.0386 0.0006 0.1 0.5 0.0380 0.0386 0.0006 0.6 0.9 0.0365 0.0370 0.0005 0.2 0.5 0.0676 0.0687 0.0011 0.7 0.9 0.0319 0.0323 0.0004 0.3 0.5 0.0887 0.0901 0.0014 0.8 0.9 0.0243 0.0247 0.0004 0.4 0.5 0.1014 0.1029 0.0015 0.9 0.9 0.0137 0.0137 0.0000 0.5 0.5 0.1057 0.1072 0.0015 figure 1. (a) shows the approximation solution and (b) shows the exact solution example 8: consider the following nonlinear b.v.p.: 𝑢 ∆𝑢 𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 , where �⃗� 𝑥 , 𝑥 associated with the i.c and b.c 𝑢 �⃗�, 𝑡 0 , on ∂𝑊 i 𝑢 �⃗�, 0 0 , on 𝑊 where 𝐻 �⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑢 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑡 sin 𝑡 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 2𝑡 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑢 sin 𝑢 the exact solution of this problem is: 𝑢 �⃗�, 𝑡 𝑥 𝑥 𝑡 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 a 0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 b mathematics | 132 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 this problem is solved using the gfem for m=9 and nt=20, the results are shown in table 2. and figure 2. at �̂� 0.5 , the table shows the approximate solution 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 , the exact solution 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 and the absolute error at 𝑥 & 𝑥 . this problem is take 13 hours when we use the chm to solve the pct, while takes 3 hours and 27 minute when we use the chrot. table 2. comparison between exact and approximation solutions 𝑥 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 absolute error 𝑥 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑡 absolute error 0.1 0.1 -0.0043 -0.0044 0.0001 0.6 0.5 -0.0315 -0.0328 0.0013 0.2 0.1 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.7 0.5 -0.0276 -0.0287 0.0011 0.3 0.1 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.8 0.5 -0.0210 -0.0219 0.0009 0.4 0.1 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.9 0.5 -0.0118 -0.0123 0.0005 0.5 0.1 -0.0118 -0.0123 0.0005 0.1 0.6 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.6 0.1 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.2 0.6 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.7 0.1 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.3 0.6 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.8 0.1 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.4 0.6 -0.0302 -0.0315 0.0013 0.9 0.1 -0.0043 -0.0044 0.0001 0.5 0.6 -0.0315 -0.0328 0.0013 0.1 0.2 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.6 0.6 -0.0302 -0.0315 0.0013 0.2 0.2 -0.0134 -0.0140 0.0006 0.7 0.6 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.3 0.2 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.8 0.6 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.4 0.2 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.9 0.6 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.5 0.2 -0.0210 -0.0219 0.0009 0.1 0.7 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.6 0.2 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.2 0.7 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.7 0.2 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.3 0.7 -0.0232 -0.0241 0.0009 0.8 0.2 -0.0134 -0.0140 0.0006 0.4 0.7 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.9 0.2 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.5 0.7 -0.0276 -0.0287 0.0011 0.1 0.3 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.6 0.7 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.2 0.3 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.7 0.7 -0.0232 -0.0241 0.0009 0.3 0.3 -0.0232 -0.0241 0.0009 0.8 0.7 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.4 0.3 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.9 0.7 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.5 0.3 -0.0276 -0.0287 0.0011 0.1 0.8 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.6 0.3 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.2 0.8 -0.0134 -0.0140 0.0006 0.7 0.3 -0.0232 -0.0241 0.0009 0.3 0.8 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.8 0.3 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.4 0.8 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.9 0.3 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.5 0.8 -0.0210 -0.0219 0.0009 0.1 0.4 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.6 0.8 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.2 0.4 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.7 0.8 -0.0176 -0.0184 0.0008 0.3 0.4 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.8 0.8 -0.0134 -0.0140 0.0006 0.4 0.4 -0.0302 -0.0315 0.0013 0.9 0.8 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.5 0.4 -0.0315 -0.0328 0.0013 0.1 0.9 -0.0043 -0.0044 0.0001 0.6 0.4 -0.0302 -0.0315 0.0013 0.2 0.9 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.7 0.4 -0.0265 -0.0276 0.0011 0.3 0.9 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.8 0.4 -0.0202 -0.0210 0.0008 0.4 0.9 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.9 0.4 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.5 0.9 -0.0118 -0.0123 0.0005 0.1 0.5 -0.0118 -0.0123 0.0005 0.6 0.9 -0.0113 -0.0118 0.0005 0.2 0.5 -0.0210 -0.0219 0.0009 0.7 0.9 -0.0099 -0.0103 0.0004 0.3 0.5 -0.0276 -0.0287 0.0011 0.8 0.9 -0.0076 -0.0079 0.0003 0.4 0.5 -0.0315 -0.0328 0.0013 0.9 0.9 -0.0043 -0.0044 0.0001 0.5 0.5 -0.0328 -0.0342 0.0014 mathematics | 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 2. (a) shows the approximation solution and (b) shows the exact solution 7. conclusion • the gfem associated with the pct is suitable, efficient and very fast to solve the nonlinear parabolic boundary value problems. • the chrot is very fast than the chm with same results and this is important when we have problems gives very large algebraic systems which take a long time in the classical chm. • the value of �̂� is chose arbitral in the interval i , same results with same accuracy will obtained if we can take any other value of �̂� provided this value belong to i. acknowledgement: the authors thank prof. dr. i. chryssoverghi for fruitful discussion. references 1. karlsen k. h.; riserbo, n. h. corrected operator splitting for nonlinear parabolic equations. siam j. numr. anal. 2000, 37, 3, 980–1003. 2. pao, c. v. numerical methods for time-periodic solutions of nonlinear parabolic boundary value problems. siam journal on numerical analysis. 2001, 39, 2, 647667. 3. alam, j. m.; kevlahan, n. k.-r.; vasilyev, o. v. simultaneous space–time adaptive wavelet solution of nonlinear parabolic differential equations. journal of computational physics. 2006, 214, 829–857. 4. timothy, b. explicit and implicit methods in solving differential equations. honors scholarheses. university of connecticut – storrs. 2010. 5. ghoreishi, m. ismail, a. i. b, the homotopy perturbation method (hpm) for nonlinear parabolic equation with nonlocal boundary conditions. applied mathematical sciences, 2011, 5, 3, 113-123. 6. douglas, j.; dupont, t. galerkin methods for parabolic problems, siam j. numerical analysis. 1970, 7, 4, 575-626. 7. reddy, j.n. an introduction to the finite element method,  and ed., mcgraw-hill, 1993.  0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1 -0.04 -0.03 -0.02 -0.01 0 a 0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1 -0.04 -0.03 -0.02 -0.01 0 b mathematics | 134 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002 vol. 31 (3) 2018 8. thomee, v. galerkin finite element methods for parabolic problems, springer verlag berlin heidelberg, 2006. 9. suhas, p.; uttam, d. random fixed point theorems for contraction mappings in metric space. international journal of science and research (ijsr). 2015, 23,197064. 10. burden, r. l.; douglas faires, j. numerical analysis, seven ed. unite state, 2001. 11. bacopoulos, a.; chryssoverghi, i. numerical solutions of partial differential equations by finite elements methods. symeon publishing co. athens. 2003. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 151 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 new transform fundamental properties and its applications alaa k. jabber college of education/ university of al-qadisiyah alaa_almosawi@qu.edu.iq luma naji mohammed tawfiq dept of. mathematics /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad luma.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq received in:24/april/2018, acceptedin:29/may/2018 abstract in this paper, new transform with fundamental properties are presented. the new transform has many interesting properties and applications which make it rival to other transforms. furthermore, we generalize all existing differentiation, integration, and convolution theorems in the existing literature. new results and new shifting theorems are introduced. finally, comprehensive list of this transforms of functions will be providing. keywords: functions transform, integral transform, distribution space. mailto:alaa_almosawi@qu.edu.iq mailto:luma.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 152 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction recently, integral transformations played an important role in many fields of science and engineering [1-4], especially mathematical physics [5], optics [6], engineering mathematics [7, 8], cryptography [9], image processing [10] and, few others, because they have been successfully used in solving many problems in those fields. the possibility of solving a problem is required transforming the problem from a space to another space where the solving is possible or easy. as well as the possibility of decreasing the independent variables in some problems. many of these transforms have been introduced which were extensively used and applied on theory and applications, such as laplace [11, 12], fourier [2], sumudu [13, 14], elzaki [15-17], aboodh [18], natural, and zz transforms [19]. among these the most widely used is laplace transform.here, new integral transform is proposed to avoid the complexity of previous transforms. definition of new transform the transform of a function f(t)is defined by (̅ ) * ( )+ ∫ ( ) ( ) where u is a real number,for those values of u which the improper integral converges. lemma 1 the improper integral ∫ converges only for a > 0. proof ∫ ∫ ( ) in the case that a = 0, the improper integral is diverging, since we are computing the area of a rectangle with sides equal to one and infinity. in the case a < 0, holds ( ) therefore, the improper integral converges only for a >0. remark:lemma (1) holds when t[0,), if t(-,0] then the condition of convergence is a<0. now, we give illustrated examples example 1 * + proof * + ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) using the rule of integral by part n times to get ∫ , ( ) substituted the value in (3) into (2) to obtain * + https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 153 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 example 2 * + { , , proof * + ∫ ∫ ( ) | by lemma (1), the condition of convergence is if a0 then the condition holds for all u>a or u<0, that isur\ [0,a] if a<0 then the condition holds for all u<a or u>0, that isur\ [a,0] example 3 * ( )+ * ( )+ proof using the rule of integral by part with u0, to get * ( )+ ∫ ( ) similarly * ( )+ a list of the new transforms for common functionsis presentedin thetable (1). this can be computed in the same manner of previous examples. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 154 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (1): new transforms for some common functions f(t) (̅ ) * ( )+ ̅ t n ,n=0,1,… t a , a>0 (a+1)/u a u0 e at ur\[0,a] if a0 ur\[a,0] if a<0 sin(at) cos(at) sinh(at) | | | | cosh(at) | | | | ua(t)=u(t-a)=h(t-a) e -au u>0 (t-a) e -au /u u>0 ln(at) , a>0 ln(a/u)-γ u>0 in the next section, we discuss the existence of the new transform existence of the new transform does the new transform always exist?it can be shown that ∫ . / for every real number u. hence, the function does not have a transform. in this section, we will establish the conditions that ensure the existence of the new transform of a function. we first review some relevant definitions from calculus,and for simplicity, we take the following coding ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) definition 1 (limit) the limit of a function fat a point t0exists if and only if f(t0+) and f(t0 ) exists and are equal, that is: ( ) ( ) ( ) definition 2 (continuous) the function f is continuous at a point t0 in an open interval (a,b) if and only if ( ) ( ) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 155 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 and equivalent to ( ) ( ) ( ) definition 3 (jump discontinuity) if f(t0+)  ( )then we say that f has a jump discontinuity at t0, and the value f(t0+) ( ) is called the jump in f at t0. definition 4 (removable discontinuity) if the limit of a function f at a point t0exists, but either f is not defined at t0 or it's defined but ( ) ( ) then, we say that f has a removable discontinuity at t0. definition 5 (piecewise continuous)  a function f is said to be piecewise continuous on a closed interval [0,t]if f(0+) and f(t ) are finite and f is continuous on the open interval (0,t) except possibly at finitely manypoints, where f may have jump discontinuities or removable discontinuities.  a function f is said to be piecewise continuous on the interval [0,) if it’s piecewisecontinuous on [0,t] for every t > 0. definition 6(functions of exponential order) a function f is said to be of exponential order s0 if there exist constants m such that: | ( )| , ) theorem 1(sufficient conditions). if a function f is piecewise continuous on[0,)and of exponential order s0, then the transform of f exists for all u> s0. proof to proof the existences of the transform of f, we must show (̅ )is well-defined, that is, finite, by bounding its absolute value by a finite number. | (̅ )| |∫ ( ) | | ∫ ( ) | ( ) we got (4) by putting x= . since fof exponential order s0, then there exist m> 0 such that | ( )| , ) , then (4) becomes | ∫ ( ) | ∫ | ( )| | | ∫ | | ∫ ( ) | | then by lemma(1),the condition to this result is u-s0>0, this implies u>s0. then we have that | (̅ )| | | the general properties of the new transform. theorem 2(linear combination) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 156 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 if the transforms * +and * + of thefunctions f and g are well-defined and a, b are constants, then the following equation holds: * ( ) ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ proof * ( ) ( )+ ∫ ( ( ) ( )) ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ theorem 3 if the functions * + and * + are well-defined then: * + ( * +) proof * + ∫ ( ) ( ) using the integral by part we have * + ( )| ∫ [ ( ) ( )] ∫ * ( ( ))+ [ ∫ ( ) ] [ * +] * + ( * +) corollary 1 if the functions * + and * + are well-defined then: * + ( ) ( * +) proof the proof is clear by using the mathematical induction. theorem 4(shift) if the functions (̅ ) * +is the transform of the function f(t) then: * + (̅ ) proof * + ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) if we set x=(1 )tthen (t = and dt= ), substituted it in (5) we have https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 157 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 * + ∫ . / (̅ ) the convolution of two functions definition7 assume that f and g are piecewise continuous functions, or one of them is a dirac's delta generalized function. the convolution of f and g is a function denotedby f *g and given by the following expression. ( )( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) in [20] gabriel nagy summarized the main properties of the convolution illustrated in the following lemma. lemma 2 (properties) for every piecewise continuous functions f, g, and h, the following properties hold: 1. commutativity: f * g = g * f. 2. associativity: f * (g * h) = (f * g) * h. 3. distributivity: f * (g + h) = f * g + f * h. 4. neutral element: f * 0 = 0. 5. identity element: f * = f. theorem 5 if the functions f and g have well-defined transforms * +and * +, then * + * + * + proof * + ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ [ ∫ ( ) ( ) ] ( ) now let λ= then dλ= , then we get * + ∫ *∫ ( ) ( ) + ∫ ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) from figure1 and figure2, it is clear that the regions r1={(τ,λ)r 2 : 0τλ, 0λ<} and r2={(γ,ξ) r 2 : τ λ<, 0 τ} are equal. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 158 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (1): the region r1 figure (2): the region r2 then we can change the order of integration, i.e.,equation (8) becomes: * + ∫ ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) now,ifγ= λ-τ then dγ=dλ, since the variable τ is constant, hence when we integrate with respect to τ, we get * + ∫ ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) [∫ ( ) ] [∫ ( ) ] [∫ ( ) ] ifx=uτ and y=uγthen we have dx=udτ anddy=udγ, i.e., * + [∫ . / ] [∫ . / ] * + * + 6. the transform of derivative and integral theorem 6 (derivatives) if the functions * + and * +are well-defined then * + ( * + ( )) proof * ( )+ ∫ ( ) using the integral by part we have * ( )+ ( )| ∫ ( ) ( ) * + * + * + ( ) corollary2(n th derivatives) if the functions * +, * +, …, { ( )}are well-defined, n=1,2,3,… then 0 λ τ λ=τ 0 λ τ λ=τ https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 159 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 { ( )} * + ∑ ( )( ) proof we will use the mathematical induction if n=1 then the corollary (2) holds by theorem (6). now suppose it holds for n=m, i.e., { ( )} * + ∑ ( )( ) and suppose n=m+1: { ( )} {( ( )) } { ( )} ( )( ) [ * + ∑ ( )( ) ] ( )( ) * + ∑ ( ) ( )( ) then the corollary is performing for any nonnegative integer n. theorem 7 (derivatives of other variables) if the function * ( )+is well-defined then: { ( )} * ( )+ proof { ( )} ∫ ( ) (∫ ( ) ) { ( )} * + theorem 8(integral) if the function * ( )+ is well-defined then ,∫ ( ) * + proof suppose that g(t-τ)=1, then from theorem (5) and example (1) we have ,∫ ( ) ,∫ ( ) ( ) * + * + * + * + https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 160 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 the inverse of new transform definition8 let the functions (̅ ) * + is the transform of the function f(t), then f(t) is called the inverse transform of the function (̅ ) and we will write it as : ( ) { (̅ )} remark: the inverse transform has the linear combination property, i.e., {∑ ̅( ) } ∑ { ̅( )} the duality with laplace transform theorem 9 let fsatisfy the conditions in theorem1, and has laplace transform * ( )+ ̂( ). then the transform (̅ ) off(t) is given by (̅ ) ̂( ) proof (̅ ) ∫ ( ) ( ) if we set x= then (t = uxand dt=udx), substituted it in equation (10) to get (̅ ) ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) ̂( ) ( ) corollary3 let f satisfy the conditions in theorem (1)and has the transform (̅ ). then the laplace transform ̂( )of f(t) is given by ̂( ) (̅ ) ( ) the advantages of the new transform the new transform has many interesting properties which make it rival to the laplace transform. some of these properties are: 1. the domain of the new transform is wider than or equal to the domain of laplace transform as illustrated in the table (2). this feature makes the new transform more widely used in problems. 2. from section 8 the new transform has the duality with laplace transform, hence, that needs a wider domain. 3. the new transform can solve all the problems which would be solved by laplace transform. 4. the unit step function in the t-domain is transformed to unity in the u-domain. 5. the differentiation and integration in the t‐domain are equivalent to multiplication and division of the transformed function f(u) by u in the u‐domain. 6. by theorem 2(linear combination) and example (1) we have that for any constant ar, * + * + , and hence, * + , that is, we don’t have any problem when we deal with the constant term( the constant with respect to the parameter u). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 161 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 conclusion the new transform has some strength points for feature among others transform such that:the new transform easier than the laplace transform for beginners to understand and use. itcan be used to solve problems without resorting to the frequency domain. especially, with respect to applications in problems with physical dimensions.we showed it to be the theoretical dual to the laplace transform, and hence ought to rival it in solving intricate problems in engineering mathematics and applied science.also, the new transform is a convenient tool for solving differential equations in the time domain without the need for performing its inverse.the connection of the new transform with the laplace transform goes much deeper.we also present many of the new transform properties that make it uniquely qualified to address and solve some applied problems, especially ones in which the units of the problem must be preserved. table (2): illustrates the domain of laplace and new transform references 1. abdelbagy, a. alshikhand and mohand m. abdelrahim. mahgoub, 2016."solving ordinary differential equations with variable coefficients", journal of progressive research in mathematics(jprm), vol. 10, no. 1, pp:15-22. 2. luma naji mohammed tawfiqa and alaa k. jabberb, (2017).solve the groundwater model equation using fourier transforms method, int. j. adv. appl. math. and mech. 5(1), 75 – 80. 3. debnath, lokenath and dambarubhatta, (2014)."integral transforms and their applications", book,third edition, crc press. f(t) laplace new transform [l(f)](s) domain [ŧ(f)](u) domain t n n=0,1,2,… n!/s n+1 s>0 n!/u n u0 t a a>0 (a+1)/s a+1 s>0 (a+1)/u a u0 e at 1/(s-a) s>a u/(u-a) ur/[0,a] if a0ur/[a,0] if a<0 sin(at) a/(s 2 +a 2 ) s>0 au/(u 2 +a 2 ) u0 cos(at) s/(s 2 +a 2 ) s>0 u 2 /(u 2 +a 2 ) u0 sinh(at) a/(s 2 -a 2 ) s>|a| au/(u 2 +a 2 ) |u|>|a| cosh(at) s/(s 2 -a 2 ) s>|a| u 2 /(u 2 -a 2 ) |u|>|a| ua(t)=u(ta)=h(t-a) e -as /s s>0 e -au u>0 (t-a) e -as s>0 e -au /u u>0 ln(at) a>0 (ln(a/s)-γ) /s s>0 ln(a/u)-γ u>0 ∫ https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 162 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 4. enesiz, y. c. and a. kurt, (2016)."new fractional complex transform for conformable fractional partial differential equations",jamsi, vol. 12, no. 2. 5. bulnes francisco, (2015)."mathematical electrodynamics: groups, cohomology classes, unitary representations, orbits and integral transforms in electro-physics", american journal of electromagnetics and applications, vol. 3, no. 6, pp 43-52. 6. bölükbas, deniz and a. arifergin,(2005)."a radon transform interpretation of the physical optics integral", microwave and optical technology letters, vol. 44, no. 3. 7. polyanin, andrei d., and alexander v. manzhirov, (2006)."handbook of mathematics for engineers and scientists", book,crc press. 8. poularikas, ed. alexander d., (2000)."the transforms and applications handbook", second edition, crc press llc. 9. sedeeg, abdelilah k. hassan, mohand m. abdelrahimmahgoub and muneer a. saifsaeed, (2016). an application of the new integral “aboodh transform” in cryptography", pure and applied mathematics journal, vol. 5, no. 5, pp: 151-154. 10.higgins, w. e. and d. c. munson, (1988)."a hankel transform approach to tomographic image reconstruction", ieee trans. med. imaging, vol. 7, pp 59-72. 11.sarmad b. dikranalaa k. mohammed ali kh. mahmood, (2015). uni and multivariate optimization for the spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine drug via chargetransfer complex formation, ibnalhaitham journal for pure and applied science, vol. 28, no. 3. 12.luma naji mohammed tawfiq and alaa k. jabber, (2016).mathematical modeling of groundwater flow, global journal of engineering science and researches, 3(10):1522. 13.belgacemfethi bin muhammed and ahmed abdul latifkaraalli, "sumudu transform fundamental properties", journal of applied mathematics and stochastic analysis, vol. 2006, article id 91083, pp 1–23. 14.kiligman, a. and hassan eltayeb, (2010)."a note on integral transforms and partial differential equations", applied mathematical sciences, vol. 4, no. 3, pp 109–118. 15.elzaki, tarig m., salih m. elzaki and elsayed a. elnour, (2012)."on the new integral transform “elzaki transform” fundamental properties investigations and applications", global journal of mathematical sciences: theory and practical, vol. 4, no. 1, pp 1-13. 16.elzaki, tarig. m.,(2011)."the new integral transform 'elzaki transform", global journal of pure and applied mathematics, vol. 7, no. 1, pp 57-64. 17.amaal, a., mohammed yasmin, and abdh., (2017).algorithm to solve linear volterra fractional integro-differential equation via elzaki transform, ibnalhaitham journal for pure and applied science, vol. 30, no. 2. 18.aboodh, k. s., (2013)."the new integral transform 'aboodh transform", global journal of pure and applied mathematics, vol. 9, no. 1, pp 35-43. 19.mahgob, mohand m. abdelrahim and abdelbagy a. alshikh, (2016)."on the relationship betweenaboodh transform and new integral transform zz transform", mathematical theory and modeling , vol. 6, no. 9. 20.nagy, gabriel, (2014)."ordinary differential equations", michigan state university. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 mathmatics | 163 2018( عام 2العدد) 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 21.luma nm tawfiq and ashraf at hussein (2004). design and training artificial neural networks for solving differential equations, msc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education for pure science ibn – alhaitham. 22. tawfiq, l.n.m., and hussein, a.a.t., (2013). design feed forward neural network to solve singular boundary value problems, isrn applied mathematics, vol. 2013. 23.tawfiq, l.n.m., and hassan, m.a., (2018). estimate the effect of rainwaters in contaminated soil by using simulink technique,journal of physics: conf. series, vol. 1003, pp: 1-7. 24.tawfiq, l.n.m.,and hilal, m.m., (2017). solution of 2nd order nonlinear three-point boundary value problems by semi-analytic technique, ihjpas., vol. 27, no 3 25. tawfiq lnm, 2005, on training of artificial neural networks, al-fatih journal, 1(23), 130-139 26. tawfiq, lnm; and naoum rs, 2007, density and approximation by using feed forward artificial neural networks, ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences, 20(1) 67-81. 27. tawfiq lnm, and abood i n, persons camp using interpolation method, journal of physics: conference series. 2018; 1003(012055): 1-10. 28. tawfiq lnm, rasheed hw. on solution of non linear singular boundary value problem. ihjpas. 2013; 26(3): 3208. 29. salih h, tawfiq lnm, yahya zri, zin s m. solving modified regularized long wave equation using collocation method. journal of physics: conference series. 2018; 1003(012062): 1-10. doi :10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012062. 30. tawfiq lnm, jasim ka, abdulhmeed eo. numerical model for estimation the concentration of heavy metals in soil and its application in iraq. global journal of engineering science and researches. 2016; 3(3): 75-6. 31. tawfiq lnm , jabber ak. steady state radial flow in anisotropic and homogenous in confined aquifers. journal of physics : conference series. 2018; 1003(012056): 1-12. javascript:void(0) javascript:void(0) http://downloads.hindawi.com/journals/isrn.applied.mathematics/2013/650467.pdf http://downloads.hindawi.com/journals/isrn.applied.mathematics/2013/650467.pdf http://jihcoed.com/ihj/index.php/j/issue/view/7 https://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=article&aid=38354 microsoft word 60-68       60 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ( ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 assessment of radon concentrations in the soil of south baghdad suburbs sahar ahmed amin mukdad abd al-wahaab al-khateeb talib abd al shammari environmental research center/ university of technology. saharamin53@yahoo.com received in:26/november/2017, accepted in:22/february/2018 abstract measurements of radon gas concentrations were carried out for 12 soil samples at 3 sampling depths (surface, 5 cm and 10 cm) collected from (4) locations in south baghdad suburbs (bu'aitha) using solid state nuclear track detector cr-39 and sealed can technique. radon concentrations for surface samples were ranged from 402.2 to 1538.4 bq.m-3 with an average 994.4 bq.m-3. whereas, radon concentration was ranged from 813.1to 2050.4 bq.m-3 and from 1309.8 to 4626. 1bq.m-3 with an average values of 1359.8 bq.m-3 and 2338.3 bq.m-3 for 5 cm and 10 cm depths respectively. maximum radon level was found at the location near to the river (site s4) while the minimum radon level was found at residential area (site s2). radium contents were ranged from 0.42 to 1.62 bq.kg1, from 0.85 to 2.15 bq.kg-1 and from 1.38 to 4.86 bq.kg-1 with average values of 1.04, 1.43 and 2.46 bq.kg-1 for surface, 5 cm and 10 cm depths respectively. radon exhalation rates as a function of area and mass were also obtained. surface exhalation rate ranged from 0.05 to 0.18 bq.m-2.h-1, from 0.09 to 0.24 bq.m-2.h-1 and from 0.15 to 0.53 bq.m-2.h-1 with average values 0.11, 0.16 and 0.27 bq.m-2.h-1 for surface, 5 cm and 10 cm depths respectively. mass exhalation rate ranged from 0.02 to 0.06 bq.kg-1.h, from 0.03 to 0.08 bq.kg-1.h and from 0.05 to 0.18 bq.kg-1.h with average values 0.04, 0.05 and 0.09 bq.kg-1.h for surface, 5 cm and 10 cm depths respectively. the results obtained from this study indicate that the region background radiation levels are within the natural limits. keywords: radon, soil, cr-39, radon exhalation rates.       61 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction natural environment normally contains radionuclides of uranium and thorium series which are considered to be the main contributors of gamma radiation in addition to 40k which is mainly present in soil and building materials [1]. plants, water, food, and air [2]. the level of radiation differs according to the geological location as it differs from one place to another, demanding spatial proper measurement to determine gamma dose rate [3]. measurement of natural radioactivity in the soil has been globally of interest to many scientists as it determines the natural change of radioactivity with time [4]. three radioactive decay series produce radon isotopes [5], namely radon (222rn) with 3.82 days’ half-life, thoron (220rn) of 54.4 seconds half-life and actinium (219rn) whose half-life is 3.92 seconds. the three radon isotopes are gamma emitters. in studying radon levels, the radon alone is frequently considered important as the other two isotopes that decay before they can be flow out from the soil due to their short half-lives. depending on the composition of soil, the measurements of soil gas underneath soil surface will normally indicate thoron presence, while the top few meters of the ground emits 80% of the radon usually present in the atmosphere [6]. the radon emanation rate differs according to the concentration of radium and the soil parameters such as permeability, moisture content, porosity, and grain size [7]. there are two mechanisms resulting to the exhalation of radon from soil, emanation and transport (diffusion and convection) which are affected by several issues among which are the properties of the soil [8]. several studies in many countries were focusing on radiation hazards indices, radon emanation and migration in the earth and the atmosphere [9, 10, 11, 12, and 13]. radon has a massive physical effect on humans as it is considered as the main cause of lung cancer among non-smokers [14], and 222rn is considered as the most prevailing harmful radionuclide compared with the other radon isotopes. ambient air holds radon isotopes and their progenies emitted from the soil, attached to the aerosols enabling 222rn gas to get into the houses, penetrate and concentrated into closed rooms, sometimes reaching harmful levels for humans' health [15]. radon's concentration rises with depth, reaching its maximum levels at a depth of 2 m [16], while its exhalation from soil depends on several factors other than the radium concentration, such as: the amount of radon flowing out from the soil to the surrounding vicinity, referred to as emission power of constituents. the pores size of the composition material. conditions of the soil surface and its covering [17]. this paper measures radon concentration, surface exhalation rate and mass exhalation rate as a function of depth in the south baghdad suburbs (bu'aitha, ad-dorah) soil samples. description of study area the study area (northern part of bu’aitha, ad-dorah, baghdad, iraq) is 2 km to the south of addorah refinery center, covering an area of almost 0.9 km² (1.6km x 0.57km), bordered by addorah highway to the north while tigris river to the east, abandoned arable land to the south and inhabited rural area to the west called (hawasha and tulusiya). the samples have been chosen from four locations, (s1) near the highway, (s2) next to a random residential area, (s3) surrounded by palm dates planting and (s4) where us missile place which had been shot down during war operation in 2003. the study area land use is mainly of two parts. the eastern (500 m x 500 m) is mainly palm dates’ planting, containing some stripped areas (s3 and s4). the other part extend to the west is abandoned arable land containing few random residential houses which is present near (s2). map of the study area is shown in fig.1.       62 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (1): map of the study area materials and methods sample preparation alpha particles which emitted from radon were detected using cr-39 ssntd (thickness 500 μm) and sealed can technique [18]. twelve soil samples from 4 sites were collected from a land situated in bu'aitha, baghdad. three samples at three different depths (surface, 5 cm and 10 cm) were collected from each site as shown in table 1. the samples were dehydrated in order to get rid of their humidity, after drying the samples were crushed to a fine powder then sieved with 200µm cross section size. a weight of ten grams of each sample were put at the bottom of a plastic cup (height = 7.5 cm, diameter = 6 cm). cr-39 detector (1.5 × 1.5) cm2 was sticked in the inner side of the cover of the cup (distance = 6 cm from the sample) figure 1. then the dosimeters were kept aside for two months which is long enough to record alpha particles emitted from radon in the samples. then, cr-39 plastics were treated in 6.25n naoh at 70°c for 4 h [19]. after chemical treatment, cr-39 plastics were analyzed for α-tracks utilizing an optical magnifying lens with (10×40) amplification. table (1): soil sample site, code and depth site sample code depth cm near highway s11 surface s12 5 s13 10 residential area s21 surface s22 5 s23 10       63 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 date palm orchard s31 surface s32 5 s33 10 stripped orchard s41 surface s42 5 s43 10 figure (2): sealed cans technique calculations radon concentrations arn in (bq.m-3), effective radium content ara in (bq.kg-1), radon exhalation rates ea in bq.m−2.h−1 and em in bq.kg−1.h−1 in the soil samples were given by amin [20]: 𝐴 𝜌 𝐶𝐹 𝑇 1 𝐴 𝜌 ℎ 𝐴 𝐶𝐹 𝑇 𝑀 2 𝐸 𝐶 𝑉 𝜆 𝐴 𝑇 𝜆 𝑒 1 3 𝐸 𝐶 𝑉 𝜆 𝑀 𝑇 𝜆 𝑒 1 4 where, ρ is the measured α-track density (units track cm−2); h is the distance between the cr-39 detector and the sample (cm); a is the area of cr-39 (cm2); t is exposure time (h); m is sample mass (kg); c is the integrated radon exposure (bq.m−3 h-1), v is volume of the container (cm3), and 𝜆 is the decay constant of radon (h−1). the mass exhalation rate em of the sample for radon emission in (bq.kg−1 h−1). sample 7.5cm cr-39 1 cm 6.5 cm 222rn       64 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 the calibration factor is calculated using equation (5) given by hussein [21] and its calculated value was found equal to 0.04891 tr.cm-2.d-1/bq.m-3. 𝐶𝐹 𝑟 2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 𝑟 𝑅 5 where, r is the radius of the container (cm), θc (35°) is the critical angle of cr-39, and rα (4.15 cm) is the range of α particles emitted from 222rn. results and discussion radon concentration for surface samples ranged from (402.2 to 1538.4) bq.m-3 with an average (994.4) bq.m-3. whereas, radon concentration was ranged from (813.1to 2050.4) bq.m-3 and from (1309.8 to 4626.1) bq.m-3 with an average values of 1359.8 bq.m-3 and 2338.3 bq.m-3 for 5 cm and 10 cm depths respectively. maximum radon level was found at the stripped orchard where us missile place (site s4) while the minimum radon level was found at residential area (site s2). figure 3 illustrates radon concentration at the four study sites. the results of radon concentration reveal that radon concentration increases with depth. figure (3): radon concentration for the study sites radium content results are shown in figure 4. radium content was ranged from (0.42 to 1.62) bq.kg-1, from (0.85 to 2.15) bq.kg-1 and from (1.38 to 4.86) bq.kg-1 with average values of (1.04, 1.43 and 2.46) bq.kg-1 for surface, 5 cm and 10 cm depths respectively. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 s1 s2 s3 s4 r a d o n  c o n ce n tr a ti o n  ( b q .m ‐3 ) sample site surface 5 cm depth 10 cm depth       65 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (4): radium content for the study sites radon exhalation rates (ea and em) were also determined. surface exhalation rate ranged from (0.05 to 0.18) bq.m-2.h-1, from (0.09 to 0.24) bq.m-2.h-1 and from (0.15 to 0.53) bq.m-2.h-1 with average values (0.11, 0.16 and 0.27) bq.m-2.h-1 for surface, 5 cm and 10 cm depths respectively. the results obtained from this study indicate that the region background radiation levels within the natural limits. figures (5&6) show surface and mass exhalation rates for the study sites, respectively. figure (5): surface exhalation rate for the study sites 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 s1 s2 s3 s4 r a d iu m  c o n te n t  (b q .k g ‐ˉ ¹) sample site surface 5 cm depth 10 cm depth 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 s1 s2 s3 s4 s u rf a ce  e x h a la ti o n  r a te  ( b q .m ‐3 .h ) surface 5 cm depth 10 cm depth       66 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (6): mass exhalation rate for the study sites the obtained results of radon concentrations, radium content and exhalation rates in terms of surface and mass are given in table 2. the total average values of the 4 sites are (1564.2) bq.m-3, (1.6) bq.kg-1, (0.18) bq.m-2.h-1 and (0.06) bq.kg-1.h-1 for radon concentration, radium content, surface exhalation rate and mass exhalation rate, respectively. the results of this paper show that radium content in the study area, was below the recommended action level of (370) bq.kg-1 [22] and also less than the average global value of (35) bq.kg-1 [1], while the values of radon exhalation rate are below the world average of (0.016) bq.kg-1.s-1 (57.6) bq.m-2.h-1 [1]. as a whole, the study has confirmed that the radium concentration in the studying area and the associated radon exhalation does not expose the human health to associated risk. conclusions radioactivity level in soil samples collected from an area located in bu’aitha, addorah, south of baghdad were determined using ssntd cr-39 and sealed can technique method. the obtained results show that: 1. radium content and exhalation rates are less than the recommended world values. 2. radon gas increases with increasing depths. 3. maximum radon level was found in site s4 where us missile 4. the results show that the samples were safe as far as the health hazard effects are concerned. table (2): radon concentration, radium content and exhalation rates 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 s1 s2 s3 s4 m a ss  e x h a la ti o b  r a te  ( b q .k g ‐ˉ ¹. h ) surface 5 cm depth 10 cm depth site sample code arn bq.m-3 ara bq.kg-1 ea bq.m-2.h-1 em bq.kg-1.h-1 s1 s11 690. 1 0.7 0.08 0.03 s12 813.1 0.9 0.09 0.03 s13 1345.0 1.4 0.16 0.05 s2 s21 402.2 0.4 0.05 0.02 s22 1142.8 1.2 0.13 0.04       67 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 references 1. united nations scientific committee, (2000) unscear, sources and effects of ionization radiation, on the effects of atomic radiation, report to the general assembly with scientific annexes 1 united nations new york. 2. al marzooqi, f. h (2009) determination of natural radioactivity levels using high resolution gamma-ray spectrometry, m.sc. thesis, university of surrey, united kingdom, 3. martin, a. s.; harbinson, a.(1972) an introduction to radiation protection, john wiley and sons inc., new york,. 4. sroora, a.; el-bahia, s.m.; ahmed, f.; abdel-haleem, a.s. (2001) natural radioactivity and radon exhalation rate of soil in southern egypt, appl. radiat. isotopes 55 (873–879). 5. tawfik, m.n. (2012) radon evaluation studies using various monitoring devices, pilot plant case study, master, thesis, biophysics, physics department, ain shams university, egypt, 6. national council on radiation protection and measurements ncrp(1984), evaluation of occupational and environmental exposures to radon and radon daughters in the united states, report 78. 7. khayrat,. h.; oliver,m.a.; durrani,s.a. durrani, (2001) the effect of soil particle size on soil radon concentration, radiation measurements, 34 365–371. 8. tauner a.b. radon migration in the ground, a review, the natural radiation environment, university of chicago, 1964, 161–190. 9. hassan, s.f.; moharem a.f., (2009) geochemical, radioactive and environmental studies on behavior of radio-elements in some younger granites of central eastern desert, egypt, journal of the faculty of education, benha university, 111-123. 10. el-abnody. a.a(2010) active technique for radon gas concentrations and working level measurements in abu hamata and el-ramsa tunnels, south western sinai, egypt, journal of the faculty of education, benha university, 105-119. 11. hassan, s. f. (2011) radon emanation and radiation hazards indices for sedimentary rocks of wadi abu-mogherat area, sinai, egypt, journal of the faculty of education, ain shams university,. 12. holkko,j.; liukkonen, s. (1992) radon diffusion in finnish glacial till soil, radiation protection dosim. 45 231–233. 13. sun, k.; guo, q.; zhuo,w. (2004) feasibility for mapping radon exhalation rate from soil in china. journal of nuclear science and technology, 41(1) 86–90. 14. us environmental protection agency, (2004) a citizen’s guide to radon; fourth edition washington dc; us government printing office; 402-k02-006. 15. kurnaz, a. b.; küçükömeroğlu, u.; cevik, n.; celebi, (2011) radon levels and indoor gamma doses in dwellings of trabzon, turkey, applied radiation and isotopes, 69 1554-1559. 16. durrani, s. a. r.( 1997); ilac', radon measurements by etched track detectors: applications in radiation protection, earth sciences and the environment, world scientific publishing co. pte. ltd. singapore,. 17. r. shweikani, g. raja, (2009) radon exhalation from some finishing materials frequently used in syria. radiation measurement, 44 1019-1023. s23 1310.0 1.4 0.15 0.05 s3 s31 1347.2 1.4 0.16 0.05 s32 1432.9 1.5 0.17 0.05 s33 2072.4 2.2 0.24 0.08 s4 s41 1538.4 1.6 0.18 0.06 s42 2050.4 2.2 0.24 0.08 s43 4626.1 4.9 0.53 0.18 average 1564.2 1.6 0.18 0.06       68 | physics https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1944  2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 18. najam, l. a. n.; tawfiq, f. r.; mahmood, h. radon (2013) concentration in some building materials in iraq using cr-39 track detector, international journal of physics, 1 73-76. 19. hashim, a. k.; ali, r.h.a. (2015) measurement of annual effective doses of radon in plastic bottled mineral water samples in iraq, australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 9 31-35. 20. amin,s. a. (2016) assessment of naturally occurring radioactive material (norm) in the oil drilling mud of az zubair oil field, basra, iraq, environmental earth science, 75 (9) 769-775. 21. hussein, z. a.; jaafar, m. s.; ismail, a. h. measurement of radium content and radon exhalation rates in building material samples using passive and active detecting techniques, international journal of scientific and engineering research, 4(9) 1827-1830. 22. organization (1979) for economic cooperation and development (oecd), nuclear energy agency, paris, france. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 photoconductivity of an inorganic /organic composites containing dye-sensitized (zinc oxide) aseel a.kareem harith i. jaffer hussein k. al-lamy department of physics / college of science / university of baghdad received in:23 november 2011 , accepted in:12 january 2012 abstract in this paper we study the effect of adding zinc oxide powder (zno) at different ratios (10%,20%,30%,40%,50%) as particles and organic dyes rhodamine b(rhb), rohdamine 6g(rh6g) and eosin(eo) are added at different doping ratios to polystyrene (ps), to form photosensitized(ps/zno/dye) composites, for samples were prepared as films by spin method. photoconductive properties are investigated. for i-v characteristic measurements, the photocurrent (iph) and dark current (id) are generally increased in non linear behavior with increasing light intensity and applied voltage for all composites. the photocurrent goes decrease through its maximum value at high white light intensities or high voltage for 2.4*10-5mol/l rhb/a composites where a=0.06g ps+0.18g zno, while the dark current remains nearly constant. key words : photoconductivity of polymers, zno, dyes, polystyrene 123 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction photoconductivity is defined as an increase of the electrical conductivity by radiator polymers became photoconductive when the charge carriers to transmit electricity are generated by appropriate radiation as light, and also are insulating or poorly conductive in darkness they may be p-type(hole transportation), or n-type(electron transportation)junction or both types.[1,2] there are many polymers that are conductive or semi conductive in darkness and only slightly more conductive when exposed to light. since these polymers belong to the glass of conductive polymers. polystyrene is a linear polymer, much like the crystalline plastics or partially crystalline, its optical properties-color, clarity and the like – excellent, and its high refractive index (1.59-1.6). it is semi-transparent material, therefore its transmission on approximately 90% comparable to glass [3,4] photo conducting polymers have been the subject of considerable research due to their applications as solar-energy conversion devices, photovoltaic and photoreceptors in photocopying technology.[1,2]sensitization of photoconductivity, or ”doping” refers to the addition of small amounts of impurities to the host substance and its technique is often used to increase the dark conductivity and photoconductivity of the host material in molecular crystals and inorganic semiconductors[5]. sensitized impurities may be classified into dyes and pigments: 1dyes are complex organic molecules containing at least one chromospheres. they are usually completely soluble but pigments are insoluble[6].dyes can be classified as ntype or p-type conductors depending on the influence oxygen and hydrogen exert on the photoconductivity[7],in some dyes (rhodomines) the conductivity decreases when oxygen is absorbed(n-type) conductance[7]. 2pigments may be classified to organic pigments such as(yellow fgl,benzidene yellow). in organic pigments are usually metallic oxides, which have been calcined at high temperature. titanium dioxide and zinc oxide and zinc sulfide survey as white pigments and improve the weatherability of plastic and sensitized photoconductivity of polymers [3,5,6]. in this work we will study zno as photoconductivity pigment dispersed in polystyrene to obtain photoconductivity film. zno is an example of semiconductor sensor that can be used as a monocrystal, thin film or polycrystalline pellt [8].the percolation theory is a very useful tool to probe the pigment distribution within a polymer matrix. the percolation phenomenon also can be observed in semiconductor-polymer composites with similar behavior to metalpolymer composite[7,8] during the last years, several studying were curried out for using polymers such as pvk, ps and pc as binder materials. such binders were doped with different photosensitizing materials from which zno, rb, r6g, eo in order to get photoconductivity polymer composites. also at the present time the majority of studies of polymer photo conductivity are performed on poly(p-phenylen-vinylene)(ppv). preparing methods of the samples used in that studies are either physical or chemical doping. the studies which are related to our present work will be introduced separately for each material as follow. grammatica and mort [9] studies the photosensitization processes in molecular solids.the photosensitization is shown to be controlled by the dye-transport molecule separation. additional experiments involving the xerographic discharge of dye/transport molecule doped polymers overcoated with an a-se sensitizing layer the dual sensitizing and trapping role that dye molecules can play. diaz, et al. [10] studies the photo conductivity of zno/poly (methylmetlacrylate) particle s rhodamineb was sensitized zno-pmma composites. the result indicates that light and dark conductivity ratio104, and the photoactive response is affected by both the zno and the rhodamine b content, and the photocurrent efficiency is comparable to the observed with 124 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 dye-coated electrodes in electrochemical cell.nishiguch and urgu [11] studied the synthesis and photoconductivity of polystyrene containing nsubsitute 5-(p-diethylaminobenzylidene) rhodamine group inside chains. the content of substitution in polystyrene was 20% mol%. the result shows the wavelength of the peak absorbance of the polymer solution in thf 473nm. also these composites exhibited very large photoconductivity. rafiq[12] studied the double percolation phenomena of blends [(pmma/ps)/zno] composites. samples were prepared by molded, the effects of filler concentration on the dark current and the photocurrent of above composites were suddenly increased at certain filler content when reached at threshold value. besides, the experimental results revealed that the polymer has no effect on the intrinsic spectral response of the filler content. somani and radhakrishanan[13] studied the sensitization effect in conducting polyaniline (pani) by rhodamine 6g. the variation of the dark current(id) and light current(iph) with respect to the dye concentration in the linear portion of the current -voltage (i-v) characterization reveals that light current goes through a maximum whereas the dark current remains more or less constant. experimentals 1materials: the polymer material used in this work are commercial, polystyrene(ps) as grain polymer, which supplied by ici company. the main pigment which was used through this work, zinc oxide powder (zno), which supplied by fluka company of purity 97%. the dyes rhodamine b(rb), rhodamine 6g(r6g) and eosin(eo) (fluka company). solvents used are methylene chloride(mc) supplied by bdh company of purity 99.99%. 2-sample preparation: 2-1 pure polymer film casting (0.6 gm) of polystyrene were dissolved in (10ml) of methylene chloride to give solutions of 6%(wt/vol). asmallquantities of the prepared solutions (1-2 ml) was then transferred into a glass slide substrate of 2.5*3.75 cm in dimentions, which predeposited by grade of illuminume electrode, the casted solution on the slide were kept on the almost homogeneous content. 2-2 polmer film composites the same above method were repeated to prepare the composite films. the concentrations of the zno relative to the pure polymer matrix(inwt/wt ratio) was chosen as(10% to50%). the dyes concentration 10-2(mole/l) is the suitable molar concentration which was chosen for doping polymer/zno. 2-3 measurement d.c power supply (philips) were used to study and measure the dark currentvoltage(id-v) characteristics of prepared samples, with range (0-40) volt. kiethly 616 are used to measure current. the experimental system for measuring the pohotocurrent is similar to that of dark current only adding light source. the photocurrent can be calculated from equation iph=iop-id where iop: is the current observed under illumination and id is the dark current[14]. 3-optical microscopic: the morphology of the prepared pure and composites films with various concentrations were examined by an optical microscope, which used to study an investigation the morphology of pure polymeric composites, which indicated the a mount diffusion of zno in polymer, the morphology of pure polymeric composites which indicates to excits regular 125 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 distribution of particles in composite films. as shown in figure(1) with different zno concentration results and discussions figure(2,3) shows the variation of dark current (id) and photo current (iph) as a function of applied voltage for ps/zno composites at different zno concentrations with light intensity 150mw/cm2 .it is noticed that the both dark and photo current increase with increasing zno concentration. these results reveal that the physical mixture system rather than chemical mixture system between zno and ps matrix. from these figures we can see, the dark current at low electrical field is low and non linear dependent and then increase linearly with increasing the filled. it was known that the nonlinearly at low voltage region may be attributed to increasing of trapping probability and recombination due to defects and chemical impurities at surface sample. at low electric field the free carrier density is lower and the transit time of these carriers between electrodes is long so that the trapping probability of carriers will be increased by trapping and recombination centers[15,18]. so this leads to fact that the dark current have linear behavior with applied voltage. the iph-v characteristic was studied by using white light with intensity 150 mw/cm2 , it was observed that the photo current increases at low voltage and then the increase will continue gradually with increased applied voltage up to saturation state of photo current. it is noticed that the trapping and recombination centers are effective at which such centers were relatively unfilled. the saturation of photocurrent caused by the appearance of space charge[7]. figure(4) shows the variation of dark current and photo current as a function of applied voltage at range of light intensities (61.33 mw/cm2 to 180 mw/cm2 ), for high concentration of zno (50% ps +50% zno). this composite selected to study the effect of light intensity on iph-v characteristic because it has a linear behavior for photocurrent. the result shows increase the photocurrent with increase of light intensity in which the light is lowering of the potential barrier between ps/zno interface [7,13], causing increase in photocurrent up to the saturation iph with respect to applied voltage occurred due to the maximum carrier concentration to be injected by the electrode coincides with the carrier density of the solid[7,15]. figure(5) shows the variation of current as a function of intensity of light for various typical composites which have. the polymer matrix such as a=(0.06 gm ps+ 0.18 gm zno), 4*10-5 mol/l rh6g/a, 1.22*10-5 eo/a and 2.44*10-5mol/l rhb/a. generally the results show non linear dependence of light intensity for all composites. at low intensity the results refer to low dependent of photocurrent because the strong effects of free traps on few photogenerated carriers, but at medium intensity the photocurrent increases rapidly because the major traps were filled by electrons, while at high intensity the photocurrent approach the saturation state[15]. figure (6) shows the variation of photo and dark current as a function of applied voltage at various intensities of light for 2.4*10-5 mol/l rhb/a composites (where a=0.06 gm ps+ 0.18 gm zno).the results show that the photocurrent increases with increasing applied voltage. this result is explained with the efficient charge separation that resulted from the transfer of the photoexcited electrons from dye to zno[16]. also the photocurrent after that goes through maximum whereas the dark current remains more or less constant. also the photocurrent increases with increasing light intensity for up to 106.6 mw/cm2 and then decreases with increasing the light intensity. the decreasing of photocurrent for rb concentration due to increase light intensity or applied voltage attributed to limitation by space charge effect [12,17]. one notices that certain rhb doping not only introduces the desired shallow donor states but also alarge concentration of defect[18].these defects help to form space charge by which increasing light intensity or applied voltage leads to increase space charge by trapping process. 126 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 conclusions 1the zinc oxide (zno) is the fundamental additive which results in dark and photoconductivity in polymer/zno/dye composites better than polymer/zno. the dependence of dark and photo conductivity on the zno/dye content suggests that the charge transfer process can be described by percolation theory. 2photocurrent obtained due to increase applied voltage or light intensity is less stability than dark current, and the stability of the current at zno composites is better than zno/dye composites with polymer. references 1. zihlif, a.m, areport, (1994) polymer in solar energy technology, university of jordan, amman –jordan. 2. kroschwitz, j.i. (1998). electrical and electronic proprties of polymer” john wiely and sons. inc. new york, 3. meyer, f.w.b.jr, ,(1984), text book of polymer science”, john wiely and sons,3rd edition. inc. new york 4. park, c.h., jeong i.s., kim j.h.,and seangil,(2003 ,j.appl.phys.letters”,82(22):39733975 5. cao, l. chen h., wang m., sun j., zhangx. and kong, f. (2006). j.phys.chem.,106b:8971-8975. 6. meier, h. “organic semiconductors” verlag chemie, vol. 45, no.24 7. seymour r.b., (1994). polymer composites” vsp bv utrecht,the netherlands,34, (12) . 8. mienska, m.; sugier, h.mazurek,l. and wysock, s.(1998), j.of radint. phys. and chem.33(1):47-50 . 9. grammatica, s. and mort j.,(1999), j.chem.phys.67(12):5628-5633. 10. diaz ,a.f.;feldhaker, m.; kanazawa, k.,and gutierrez, a.r.(1997), j.phys.chem.93,4615-4619. 11. nishiguchi, t. and urgu, t.(2002) polymer journal,20(8):679-684. 12. rafiq, s.n. (1999).photoconductivity in double percolated polymer composites,ph.d.thesis physics dep.faculty of science university of baghdad 13. somani ,p.r. and radhakri, s.g.(2002), j.mat.sci.:materials in electronics, 12,735 . 14. sumita, o.; fukadaand, a. and kuze e.(2005), polym.phys.ed.,18,877-890. 15. habib,k.m.,(2005) study some doped polymer blends for photoreceptor applications”,ph.d. thesis physics dep. faculty of science university of baghdad . 16. patk, j.y.; lee, s.b.; park, y.s.; lee c.h.;lee j.i. and shim, h.k.(2008),appl. phys. lett.72(22):2871-2873. 17. jang, m.s.;suh ,m.c.; shim s.c. and shim,h.k., ,(1998). macromol.chem.phys. 199,2107-2112. 18. bube,r.h. (1990),photoconductivity of solids john wiley and sons,inc.,new york. 127 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 1.00e-12 1.00e-11 1.00e-10 1.00e-09 1.00e-08 1.00e-07 1.00e-06 1.00e-05 0 20 40 60 v(v) id (a ) ps pure 10%zno 20%zno 30%zno 40%zno fig(1): photomicrograph (*100) of ps/zno composites : (a)10% zno , (b) 20% zno , (c) 30% zno , (d) 40% zno fig(2): variation of dark current (id)versus applied voltage (v) for several concentration of zno content in ps fig.(3): variation of photocurrent(iph) versus applied voltage(v) fo r several concentration of zno content in ps at white light intensity 150 mw/cm2 a b c d 1.00e-12 1.00e-11 1.00e-10 1.00e-09 1.00e-08 1.00e-07 1.00e-06 1.00e-05 1.00e-04 1.00e-03 0 10 20 30 40 50 v(v) ip h (a ) ps pure 10% zno 20%zno 30%zno 40%zno 128 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.(4): variation of dark current (id) and photocurrent(iph) for (50% ps+ 50% zno) at different wihte light intensities fig(5) current versus white light intensity (ib) of a composite doped with different dyes at 40v. (a=0.06 gm ps+0.18 gm zno) 1.00e-09 1.00e-08 1.00e-07 1.00e-06 1.00e-05 1.00e-04 1.00e-03 0 10 20 30 40 50 v(v) i( a ) id 61.33 mw/cm2 106.6 mw/cm2 160 mw/cm2 180 mw/cm2 fig.(6): variation of dark current (id) and photocurrent(iph) for (2.44*10-5 gm rhb/a) at different white light intensites, a=0.06 gm ps+ 0.18 gm zno 1.00e-12 1.00e-10 1.00e-08 1.00e-06 1.00e-04 0 10 20 30 40 50 v(v) i(a ) id 61.33mw/cm2 106.6mw/cm2 160mw/cm2 180mw/cm2 1.00e-09 1.00e-08 1.00e-07 1.00e-06 1.00e-05 1.00e-04 1.00e-03 1.00e-02 0.00e+00 1.00e+05 2.00e+05 3.00e+05 ib*e-6 w/cm 2 i(a ) a 4*e-5g r6g/a 1.22*e-5g eo/a 2.4*e-5g rb/a 129 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 غیر عضویة ألوكسید الزنك المطعم -الضوئیة لمتراكبات عضویة التوصیلیة بالصبغات أسیل عبد االمیر كریم حارث ابراھیم جعفر حسین خزعل رشید جامعة بغداد/ كلیة العلوم / قسم الفیزیاء 2012الثاني كانون 12قبل البحث في ، 2011تشرین الثاني 23استلم البحث في الخالصة ) بنسب وزنیة znoفي ھذا البحث تمت دراسة تاثیر اضافة مسحوق اوكسید الزنك ( 6gورودامي b (rhb)واضافة بعض االصباغ العضویة مثل رودامین (50%,40%,30%,20%,10%) (rh6g) واالیوسین(eo) ) الى البولي ستایرین(ps للحصول على متراكبps/zno/dyes) .( و تأثیر ھذه االضافات ب تیار الضوء وتیار حسspin method) .في التوصیلیة الضوئیة لھذا المتراكب. اعدت العینات بشكل افالم وبطریقة ( جھد واظھرت النتائج زیادة غیر خطیة لتیار الضوء والظالم بزیادة الجھد و بزیادة شدة -الظالم من مواصفات منحني تیار -10*2.4 المتراكبات وكذلك اظھرت النتائج ان التیار الضوئي یتناقص عن قیمتھ العظمى للمتراكب الضوء االبیض لكل 5mol/l rhb/a (a=0.06g ps+ 0.18g zno) .بینما یبقى تیار الظالم اكثر ثباتا التوصیلیة الضوئیة للبولیمرات،اوكسید الزنك،دایز،بولي ستایرین: الكلمات المفتاحیة 130 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 on solution of regular singular initial value problems luma. n. m. tawfiq reem. w. hussein dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in:22 february 2012 , accepted in:2 july 2012 abstract this paper devoted to the analysis of regular singular initial value problems for ordinary differential equations with a singularity of the first kind , we propose semi analytic technique using two point osculatory interpolation to construct polynomial solution, and discussion behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the regular singular points and its numerical approximation, two examples are presented to demonstrate the applicability and efficiency of the methods. finally , we discuss behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the singularity point which appears to perform satisfactorily for singular problems. kay ward : ode, ivp ,singular initial value problems. 257 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction in the study of nonlinear phenomena in physics, engineering and other sciences, many mathematical models lead to singular initial value problems (sivp) associated with nonlinear second order ordinary differential equations (ode) [1]. in mathematics, a singularity is in general a point at which a given mathematical object is not defined, or a point of an exceptional set where it fails to be well-behaved in some particular way, such as many problems in varied fields as thermodynamics, electrostatics, physics, and statistics give rise to ordinary differential equations of the form : y″ = f(t, y, y') , a < x < b (1) on some interval of the real line with some initial conditions. an ivp associated to the second order differential equation (1) is singular if one of the following situations occurs : a and/or b are infinite; f is unbounded at some x0∈ [0,1] or f is unbounded at some particular value of y or y′ [1] . how to solve a linear ode of the form : a(x)y′′ + b(x)y′ + c(x)y = 0 (2) the first thing we do is, rewrite the ode as : y′′ + p(x)y′ + q(x)y = 0 (3) where, of course, p(x) = b(x) / a(x) , and q(x) = c(x) / a(x) . there are two types of a point x0 ∈ [0,1] : ordinary point and singular point. also, there are two types of singular point : regular and irregular points, a function y(x) is analytic at x0 if it has a power series expansion at x0 that converges to y(x) on an open interval containing x0 .a point x0 is an ordinary point of the ode (3), if the functions p(x) and q(x) are analytic at x0. otherwise x0 is a singular point of the ode, i.e. p(x) = p0 + p1(x-x0) + p2(x-x0)2 +…….. = i i i xxp )( 0 0 −∑ ∞ = (4) q(x) = q0 + q1(x-x0) + q2(x-x0)2 +………. = i i i xxq )( 0 0 −∑ ∞ = (5) if a , b and c are polynomials then a point x0 such that a(x0) ≠ 0 is an ordinary point. on the other hand if p(x) or q(x) are not analytic at x0 then x0 is said to be a singular. a singular point x0 of the ode (3) is a regular singular point of the ode if the functions x p(x) and x2 q(x) are analytic at x0. otherwise x0 is an irregular singular point of the ode [2] . shampine in [3] gave other definition, which illustrated by the following : if limx→x0 (x – x0)p(x) finite and limx→x0 (x – x0)2 q(x) finite (6) that is, if both (x –x0)p(x) and (x –x0)2q(x) possess a taylor series at x0, then x0 is called a regular singular point, otherwise x0 is an irregular singular point . if a, b and c are polynomials and suppose a(x0) = 0, then x0 is a regular singular point if : limx → x0 (x x0)( b/ a) and limx → x0 (x x0)2 (c/a) are finite (7) now, we state the following theorem without proof which gives us a useful way of testing if a singular point is regular. theorem 1 [4] if the limx→0 p(x) and limx→0 q(x) exist, are finite, and are not 0 then x = 0 is a regular singular point. if both limits are 0, then x = 0 may be a regular singular point or an ordinary point. if either limit fails to exist or is ±∞ then x = 0 is an irregular singular point . there are four kinds of singularities : • the first kind is the singularity at the first end point of the interval [0,1] ; i.e. , x = 0 . 258 | mathematics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mathematics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/set_(mathematics) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/well-behaved @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 • the second kind is the singularity at both ends of the interval [0,1] • the third kind is the case of a singularity in the interior of the interval; • the forth and final kind is simply treating the case of a regular differential equation on an infinite interval. in this paper, we focus on the first kind . solution of second order sivp in this section we suggest semi analytic technique to solve second order sivp as following, we consider the sivp : xm y''+ f( x, y, y' ) = 0 (8a) y(0) = a , y'(0) = b (8b) where f are in general nonlinear functions of their arguments . the simple idea behind the use of two-point polynomials is to replace y(x) in problem (8), or an alternative formulation of it, by osculator interpolation polynomials of order 2n+1, p2n+1 which enables any unknown boundary values or derivatives of y(x) to be computed . the first step therefore is to construct the p2n+1 , to do this we need the taylor coefficients of y (x) at x = 0 : y = a 0 + a 1 x + ∑ ∞ =2i a i x i (9) where y(0)= a0 ,y'(0)= a1 ,y"(0) / 2! =a2 ,…, y(i)(0) / i! = ai , i= 3, 4,… then insert the series forms (9) into (8a) and put x = 0 and equate coefficients of powers of x to obtain a2 . also we need taylor coefficient of y(x) about x = 1 : y = b 0 + b 1 (x-1) + ∑ ∞ =2i b i (x-1) i (10) where y(1) = b0 , y'(1) =b1 , y"(1) / 2! =b2 ,…, y(i)(1) / i! =bi , i = 3,4,… then insert the series form (10) into (8a) and put x = 1 and equate the coefficients of powers of (x-1) to obtain b2 ,then derive equation (8a) with respect to x to obtain new form of equation say (11) : xm y''' + m xm y'' + df( x, y, y' )/dx = 0 (11) then, insert the series form (9) into (11) and put x = 0 and equate the coefficients of powers of x to obtain a3 ,then insert the series form (10) into (11) and put x = 1 and equate the coefficients of powers of (x-1) to obtain b3 , now iterate the above process many times to obtain a4 ,b4 ,then a5 ,b5 and so on, that is ,we can get ai and bi for all i ≥ 2, the resulting equations can be solved using matlab to obtain ai and bi for all i ≥ 2 , the notation implies that the coefficients depend only on the indicated unknowns a0 , a1, b0 , b1, and we get a0 , a1, by the initial condition .now, we can construct a p2n+1(x) from these coefficients ( aisۥ and bisۥ ) by the following : p2n+1 = ∑ = n i 0 { ai qi(x) + (-1)i bi qi(1-x) } (12) where ( x j / j!)(1-x) 1+n ∑ − = jn s 0       + s sn xs = q j (x) / j! we see that (12) have only two unknowns b0 and b1 to find this, we integrate equation (8a) on [0, x] to obtain : xmy'(x) – mxm-1y(x) + m(m–1) ∫ x 0 xm-2y(x) dx + ∫ x 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (13a) and again integrate equation (13a) on [0, x] to obtain : 259 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 xmy(x) –2m ∫ x 0 xm-1y(x) dx +m(m-1) ∫ x 0 (1-x)xm-2y(x)dx+∫ x 0 (1-x)f(x,y,y') = 0 , (13b) putting x = 1 in (13), then gives : b1 – mb0 + m(m-1) ∫ 1 0 xm-2 y(x) dx + ∫ 1 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (14a) and b0–2m∫ 1 0 xm-1y(x)dx +m(m-1)∫ 1 0 (1-x)xm-2 y(x) dx + ∫ 1 0 (1-x)f(x, y, y')dx = 0 (14b) use p2n+1 as a replacement of y(x) in ( 14 ) and substitute the initial conditions (8b) in (14) then, we have only two unknown coefficients b1, b0 and two equations (14) so, we can find b1, b0 for any n by solving this system of algebraic equations using matlab, so insert b0 and b1 into (12) , thus (12) represents the solution of (8) . extensive computations have shown that this generally provides a more accurate polynomial representation for a given n . examples in this section, many examples will be given to illustrate the efficiency, accuracy , implementation and utility of the suggested method. the bvp4c solver of matlab has been modified accordingly so that it can solve some class of sivp as effectively as it previously solved nonsingular ivp. example 1 consider the following sivp : y" + (2/x) y' – 10 y = 12 – 10 x4 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 i.c. y(0) = 0 , y'(0) = 0 , exact solution is y(x) = 2 x2 + x4 it is clear that x = 0, is regular singular point and it is singularity of first kind . now, we solve this example using semi analytic technique , from equations (12) we have : p5(x) = x4 + 2x2 olga [6] solve this example using modification a domian decomposition method and gives the exact solution . example 2 consider the following sivp : y" + (2/x) y' + y = 0 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 with ic : y(0) = 1 , y'(0) = 0 . it is clear that x = 0 , is regular singular point and it is singularity of first kind and the exact solution is y(x) = sin(x) / x [7]. now, we solve this example using semi-analytic technique ,from equation (12) we have : if n = 6 ,we get p13 as follows : p13 = – 0.0000000000051205 x13 + 0.0000000001756046 x12 – 0.0000000000246766464 x11 – 0.0000000250276639921x10– 0.0000000000145659x9+ 0.00000275573675x8 – 0.00000000000068686 x7 – 0.00019841269841336 x6 + 0.008333333333333 x4 – 0.1666666666678793 x2 + 1 for more details ,table (1) gives the results of different nodes in the domain, for n= 6. also, figure(1) illustrated the accuracy of suggested method for n=6. 260 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ramos[7] solved this example by linearization techniques and the results gave in figure 2 and the absolute error e(y) = │yexact – yapp.│ gave in figure 3 for h = 0.01 and 0.001 respectively . batiha[8] solved this example by variational iteration method (vim) and the absolute error between the 5-iterate of vim and the exact solution gave in table 2. behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the singularity x= 0 our main concern in this section will be the study of the behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of singular point . consider the following sivp : y′′(x) + ((n − 1) / x ) y′(x) = f(y) , n ≥ 1 , 0 < x < 1 (15) y(0) = y0 , limx→0+ x y′(x) = 0 (16) where f(y) is continuous function . as the same manner in [9], let us look for a solution of this problem in the form : y(x) = y0 − c xk (1 + o(1)) (17) y′(x) = − c k xk−1(1 + o(1)) y′′(x) = − c k (k − 1) xk−2(1 + o(1)) , x → 0+ where c is a positive constant and k > 1. if we substitute (17) in (15) we obtain : c = (1/ k) (f(y0) /n )k−1 (18) in order to improve representation (17) we perform the variable substitution : y(x) = y0 − c xk (1 + g(x)) (19) we easily obtain the following result which is similar to the results in [9]. theorem 2 [9] for each y0 > 0, problem (15), (16) has, in the neighborhood of x = 0, a unique solution that can be represented by : y(x, y0) = y0 − c xk (1 + g xk + o(xk) ) , where k, c and g are given by (18) and (19), respectively. we see that these results are in good agreement with the ones obtained by the method in [9], they are also consistent with the results presented in [10]. in order to estimate the convergence order of the suggested method at x = 0, we have carried out several experiments with different values of n and used the formula : cy0 = − log2 ( |y0n3 − y0n2| / |y0n2− y0n1 | ) (20) where y0ni is the approximate value of y0 obtained with ni ,ni = 1,2, 3, 4,… references 1. robert, l.b. and courtney, s. c.,( 1996) , " differential equations a modeling perspective " , united states of america . 2. rachůnková, i., staněk, s., and tvrdý , m., (2008) , " solvability of nonlinear singular problems for ordinary differential equations " new york , usa . 3. shampine, l. f., kierzenka, j. and reichelt, m. w., (2000) , " solving boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations in matlab with bvp4c " . 4. howell , k.b., (2009) ," ordinary differential equations" , usa , spring. 5. burden, l. r. and faires, j. d., (2001) ," numerical analysis " , seventh edition. 6. olga ,f., zdeněk, š., (2010), a domian decomposition method 7. for certain singular initial-value problems, journal of applied mathematics (3): 2.91-98 . 8. ramos, j.i. , (2005), linearization techniques for singular initial-value problems of ordinary differential equations , applied mathematics and computation 161: 525–542 9. batiha, b. , (2009) , ( numerical solution of a class of singular second-order ivps by variational iteration method , int. journal of math. analysis(3): 40. 1953 – 1968. 261 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 10. morgado, l. and lima, p.,(2009) , " numerical methods for a singular boundary value problem with application to a heat conduction model in the human head", proceedings of the international conference on computational and mathematical methods in science and engineering, cmmse . 11. abukhaled, m. , khuri, s.a. and sayfy, a. , (2011), "a numerical approach for solving a class of singular boundary value problems arising in physiology ", international journal of numerical analysis and modeling (8):2.353–363. table 1: the result of the method for n = 6 of example 2 0.841470984807897 b0 0.301168678939757 b1 error | y(x) – p13 | p13 exact solution y(x) xi 0 1 1 0 e-016220446049250312. 0.998334166468282 0.998334166468282 0.1 e-016 40892098500626 4 .4 0.993346653975307 0.993346653975306 0.2 0 0.985067355537799 0.985067355537799 0.3 1.110223024625157e-016 0.973545855771626 0.973545855771626 0.4 e-01611022302462516.1 0.958851077208406 0.958851077208406 0.5 0 0.941070788991726 0.941070788991726 0.6 0 0.920310981768130 0.920310981768130 0.7 e-016 22044604925031 2. 0.896695113624404 0.896695113624403 0.8 . 33066907387547 e-016 3 0.870363232919426 0.870363232919426 0.9 0 0.841470984807897 0.841470984807897 1 e-031 4.314083075427408 sse table 3: the comparison of the suggested method and vim [8] of example 2 absolute error of vim exact solution y(x) xi 0 1 0 1.00000e-20 0.998334166468282 0.1 6.70000e-19 0.993346653975306 0.2 8.53100e-17 0.985067355537799 0.3 2.69223e-15 0.973545855771626 0.4 3.91600e-14 0.958851077208406 0.5 3.48972e-13 0.941070788991726 0.6 2.21760e-12 0.920310981768130 0.7 1.10021e-11 0.896695113624403 0.8 4.51811e-11 0.870363232919426 0.9 1.59829e-10 0.841470984807897 1 2.771272831459776 e-020 sse 262 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 figure 1: illustrate suggested method for n= 6,i.e.,p13 of example 2 . figure 2: linearization techniques for example 2 gave in [7] figure 3: absolute error of method gave in [7] for h=0.01 and 0.001 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 1.02 x y the soulution at n=6 exact p13 263 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 النظامیة الشاذة ةدائیاالبتحول حل مسائل القیم لمى ناجي محمد توفیق حسینریم ولید ) / جامعة بغدادابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة الریاضیات /قسم علوم 2012تموز 2قبل البحث في: ، 2012شباط 22استلم البحث في: الخالصة للمعادالت التفاضلیة االعتیادیة الھدف من ھذا البحث عرض دراسة تحلیلیة لمسائل القیم االبتدائیة النظامیة الشاذة بوصفھا النقطتین للحصول على الحل يالتقنیة شبھ التحلیلیة باستخدام االندراج التماسي ذننا نقترح إ ،إذوبأنواع مختلفة الحل و أخیرا ناقشنا سلوك .وسھولة أداء الطریقة المقترحة ، ة یالكفاوحدود ومناقشة عدد من األمثلة لتوضیح الدقة ، متعددة و اقترحنا صیغة جدیدة مطورة لتخمین الخطأ تساعد في تقلیل . و إیجاد الحل التقریبي لھا ، في جوار النقاط الشاذة الحسابات العملیة وإظھار النتائج بشكل مرضي فیما یخص المسائل الشاذة . ، مسائل القیم االبتدائیة الشاذة المعادالت التفاضلیة االعتیادیة، مسائل القیم االبتدائیة: الكلمات المفتاحیة 264 | mathematics ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 92 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. the implementations special third-order ordinary differential equations (ode) for 5th-order 3rd-stage diagonally implicit type rungekutta method (ditrkm) department of mathematics, facultyof computer sciences and mathematics,tikrit university, iraq. abstract the derivation of 5th order diagonal implicit type runge kutta methods (ditrkm5) for solving 3rd special order ordinary differential equations (odes) is introduced in the present study. the ditrkm5 techniques are the name of the approach. this approach has three equivalent non-zero diagonal elements. to investigate the current study, a variety of tests for five various initial value problems (ivps) with different step sizes h were implemented. then, a comparison was made with the methods indicated in the other literature of the implicit rk techniques. the numerical techniques are elucidated as the qualification regarding the efficiency and number of function evaluations compared with another literature of the implicit rk approaches from the result of the computations. in addition, the stability polynomial for ditrk method is derived and analyzed. keywords: numerical methods, ordinary differential equations, diagonal implicit type runge kutta methods, initial value problems, stability polynomial analysis. 1. introduction third-order odes are used in neural network engineering and applied sciences, the dynamics of fluid flow, the ship's motion, and electric circuits, among other fields [1-6]. consider the numerical method for solving the special "initial value problems" (ivps) for order three as the following form 𝑦′′′(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦(𝑥)) (2.1) 𝑦(𝑥0) = 𝛼, 𝑦 ′(𝑥0) = 𝛽 and 𝑦 ′′(𝑥0) = 𝛾 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.1.2803 article history: received 29 august, 2021, accepted 26, september, 2021, published in january 2022. firas a. fawzi firasadil01@gmail.com mustafa h. jumaa mustafa.hassan551991@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:firasadil01@gmail.com mailto:mustafa.hassan551991@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 93 the implicit methods are important because they can reach high orders of accuracy at the equivalent number of stages, which can be represented as an advantage that leads to the more accurate than the explicit approaches. this manufactures it easier to exist the solution to the difficulties of the problems. so, the implicit rk techniques play an important role for denomination the physical and mathematical problems, like a differential algebraic equation. in addition, diagonal implicit rk (dirk) techniques are also pointed to as semi-implicit approaches or semi explicit rk techniques since they obtained at minimum one value does not zero for the lower of the triangular diagonal matrices. therefore, to solve eq. (2.1), two general strategies can be employed. the elementary way is to transfer the eq. (2.1) into a problem with first-order then apply any pattern of the rk approach to it. as a result, numerous implicit rk approaches, such as ismail et al. [7] and others, have been developed. the second option is to use the rk type method to directly solve eq. (2.1). for second-order systems, several scholars provided an efficient implicit rk technique (see [8-13]). ghawadri et al. [14], constructed a solution to the ill-posed issue for a beam with an elastically base using special fourth-order odes. moreover, [15-17] developed a solution of the special 3rd order for the odes directly by rk technique. finally, senu [18] and fawzi et al. [19] constructed the embedded the rk technique to solve 3rd order for the odes. a significant objective for current research is to show how particular third-order odes are solving via the direct method. additionally, while solving eq. (2.1) numerically, the algebraic order of the technique used must be taken into account, as this is the most important factor in achieving high accuracy. section 2.2 demonstrates the basic idea of construction and derivation of the ditrk system for addressing initial value problems (ivps). the ditrk technique's order criteria are outlined in section 2.3. section 2.4 describes the 3rd stage 5th order (ditrkm5) methods. in section 2.5, the analyses of the stability polynomial for the ditrk method are presented. in section 2.6, mentions the ditrk approach with five ivps. in section 2.7, the validation of the current approach compared with those in the other literatures of the implicit rk techniques. 2. the methodology of ditrk techniques for solving ivps in eq. (2.1), the prevalent formula of the implicit rk approach for the 𝑚 stage can be expressed as follows: 𝑦𝑛+1 = 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 (2.2) 𝑦𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 (2.3) 𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 (2.4) and 𝑘1 = 𝑓(𝑥𝑛, 𝑦𝑛) (2.5) 𝑘𝑖 = 𝑓(𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑐𝑖 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑐𝑖 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 𝑘𝑗 ) (2.6) where 𝑖 = 2,3, … , 𝑚 . ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 94 the parameters of diagonal implicit rk type (ditrk) methods are presumed as 𝑐𝑖 , 𝑎𝑖𝑗 , 𝑑𝑖 , 𝑏𝑖 , 𝑔𝑖 where 𝑖, 𝑗 = 1, 2, 3 … , 𝑠 are real numbers and 𝑚 is referred to stage digit for the approach. this scheme is known as diagonal implicit when 𝑎𝑖𝑗 ≠ 0 for 𝑗 > 𝑖. the last denomination includes the single ditrk techniques that 𝐴 indicate that the lower the triangular diagonal matric of 𝐴 have same values with 𝑎𝑖𝑗 ≠ 0 where 𝑖 = 𝑗 at the diagonal. the ditrk approach proposed from the work of butcher, as illustrated in table 2.1 [20]. table 2.1: butcher form ditrk method. 3. order conditions of the ditrk technique according to mechee et al. [17], the orders of algebraic criteria for rkd approached over order 6 are as follow: order conditions of 𝑦: order 3 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 = 1 6 (2.7) order 4 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑐𝑖 = 1 24 (2.8) order 5 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑐𝑖 2 = 1 60 (2.9) order 6 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑐𝑖 3 = 1 120 and ∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 = 1/720. (2.10) order conditions of 𝒚′: order 2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 = 1 2 (2.11) order 3 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑐𝑖 = 1 6 (2.12) order 4 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑐𝑖 2 = 1 12 (2.13) order 5 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑐𝑖 3 = 1 20 and ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 = 1 120 (2.14) order 6 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑐𝑖 4 = 1 30 , ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 = 1 720 and ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 = 1 180 . (2.15) order conditions of 𝒚′′: order 1 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 = 1 (2.16) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 95 order 2 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 = 1 2 (2.17) order 3 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 2 = 1 3 (2.18) order 4 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 3 = 1 4 and ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 = 1 24 (2.19) order 5 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 4 = 1 5 , ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 = 1 120 and ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 = 1 30 (2.20) order 6 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 2𝑎𝑖,𝑗 = 1 36 , ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 2 + ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 = 7 720 , ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 5 = 1 6 , ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 2 = 1 360 , ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 = 1 144 and 1 2 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 2 + ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 = 1 120 (2.21) 4. formation of the 3rd stage 5th order (ditrkm5) method we implement a diagonal implicit type runge–kutta approach using order conditions derivations as demonstrated in section 2.3, which is developed according to mechee work [17]. for the 𝑝 order ditrk approach, the local truncation error is defined as follows: for order five: 𝐿𝑇𝐸order 5 = [(∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑐𝑖 3 − 1 120 )2 + (∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 − 1 720 )2 + (∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑐𝑖 4 − 1 30 )2 + (∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 − 1 720 )2 + (∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑖 − 1 180 )2 + (∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑖 2 − 1 36 )2 + (∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 − 1 144 )2 + (∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 5 − 1 6 )2 + (∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 2 − 1 360 )2 + (∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 2 + ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 − 1 720 )2 + ( 1 2 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 2 + ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 𝑐𝑗 − 1 120 )2] 1 2 (2.22) the error of local truncation terms for 𝑦, 𝑦′and 𝑦′′. the fifth-order three-stage of the ditrkm method in the present study can be computed by employing algebraic order conditions over 5. the system of the result includes 16 nonlinear equations with 16 unknown variables, assuming 𝑎1,1 = 𝑎2,2 and 𝑎2,2 = 𝑎3,3 (2.23) thus, the calculations of the system products the set of solutions in terms of the parameters 𝑎1,1 , 𝑎2,2 and 𝑐1 as follows: 𝑎2,1 = 0, 𝑎3,1 = 3 20 − 3 10 rootof(10z2 − 10z + 1), 𝑎3,2 = 0, 𝑎3,3 = 1 120 rootof(10z2 − 10z + 1), 𝑏1 = −5 18 rootof(10z2 − 10z + 1) + 5 18 , 𝑏2 = 2 9 , 𝑏3 = 5 18 rootof(10z2 − 10z + 1), 𝑐1 = rootof(10z2 − 10z + 1) , 𝑐2 = 1 2 , 𝑐3 = −rootof(10z 2 − 10z + 1) + 1, d1 = 1 8 − 5 36 rootof(10z2 − 10z + 1), d2 = 1 18 , d3 = 5 36 rootof(10z2 − 10z + 1) − 1 72 , 𝑔1 = 5 18 , 𝑔2 = 4 9 , 𝑔3 = 5 18 (2.24) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 96 finally, coefficients of the ditrkm method for 5-order 3 stages indicated by ditrkm5 can be read as shown in table 2.2. table 2.2: third-stage fifth-order ditrk method (ditrkm5). 5. the stability polynomial of ditrk method in order to study the stability polynomial of the ditrk method, the following equation is suggested : 𝑦′′′ = −𝛾 3𝑦 (2.25) by substituting the ditrk method from eqs. (2.2) (2.4) to exam eq. (2.25) with stage 𝑚 = 3 are yield 𝑦𝑛+1 = 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 3 𝑖=2 𝑘𝑖 (2.26) 𝑦𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 3 𝑖=2 𝑘𝑖 (2.27) 𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ ∑ 𝑔𝑖 3 𝑖=2 𝑘𝑖 (2.28) and 𝑘1 = 𝑓(𝑥𝑛, 𝑦𝑛 ) 𝑘𝑖 = 𝑓(𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑐𝑖 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑐𝑖 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 𝑘𝑗 ) (2.29) where 𝑖 = 2,3, … , 𝑚 and 𝑌𝑖 = 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑐𝑖 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑐𝑖 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 (−𝛾 3𝑌𝑗 ) (2.30) where 𝑌1 = 𝑦𝑛 (2.31) 𝑌𝑖 = 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑐𝑖 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑐𝑖 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 𝑓(𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑌𝑖 ) (2.32) more simplification 𝑦𝑛+1 = 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 (−𝛾 3)𝑌𝑗 (2.33) 𝑦𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 (−𝛾 3)𝑌𝑗 (2.34) 𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 (−𝛾 3)𝑌𝑗 (2.35) from eq. (2.25), the above equations can be written as follow 𝑦𝑛+1 = 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑑𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 𝑓(𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑌𝑖 ) (2.36) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 97 𝑦𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 𝑓(𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑌𝑖 ) (2.37) 𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 𝑓(𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑌𝑖 ) (2.38) from eq. (2.30), multiply eq. (2.34) by ℎ and eq. (2.35) by ℎ2,yield ℎ𝑦𝑛+1 ′ = ℎ𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 (−𝛾 3)𝑌𝑗 (2.39) ℎ2𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ = ℎ2𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑔𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=2 (−𝛾 3)𝑌𝑗 (2.40) then [ 𝑦𝑛+1 ℎ𝑦𝑛+1 ′ ℎ2𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ ] = [ 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑦𝑛 ℎ𝑦𝑛 ′ ℎ2𝑦𝑛 ′′ ] + (−𝛾 3ℎ3) [ 𝑑1 𝑑2 𝑑3 𝑏1 𝑏2 𝑏3 𝑔1 𝑔2 𝑔3 ] [ 𝑦𝑛 ℎ𝑦𝑛 ′ ℎ2𝑦𝑛 ′′ ] (2.41) also, the matrix format of eq. (2.30) can be defined as [ 𝑌1 𝑌2 ⋮ 𝑌𝑚 ] = [ 1 1 ⋮ 1 0 𝑐2 ⋮ 𝑐𝑚 0 𝑐2 2 ⋮ 𝑐𝑚 2 ] [ 𝑦𝑛 ℎ𝑦𝑛 ′ ⋮ ℎ2𝑦𝑛 ′′ ] + (−𝛾3ℎ3) [ 0 0 ⋯ 0 𝑎21 0 ⋯ 0 ⋮ 𝑎𝑚1 ⋮ 𝑎𝑚2 ⋱ ⋮ … 𝑎𝑚−1 ] [ 𝑌1 𝑌2 ⋮ 𝑌𝑚 ] (2.42) where 𝑚 = 3. therefore, [ 𝑦𝑛+1 ℎ𝑦𝑛+1 ′ ℎ2𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ ] = 𝑓(𝐻) [ 𝑦𝑛 ℎ𝑦𝑛 ′ ℎ2𝑦𝑛 ′′ ] , 𝐻 = (−𝛾 3ℎ3) (2.43) and 𝑓(𝐻) = [ 1 + 𝐻𝑑𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸1 1 + 𝐻𝑑 𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸2 1 + 𝐻𝑑 𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸3 𝐻𝑏𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸1 1 + 𝐻𝑏 𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸2 1 + 𝐻𝑏 𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸3 𝐻𝑔𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸1 𝐻𝑔 𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸2 1 + 𝐻𝑏 𝑇 𝑃−1𝐸3 ] (2.44) where 𝐸1 = [ 1 1 1 ] , 𝐸2 = [ 0 𝑐2 𝑐3 ] , 𝐸3 = [ 0 𝑐2 2 𝑐𝑚 2 ] and 𝑃−1 = (1 − 𝐻𝐴)−1 (2.45) 𝐴 = [ 0 0 ⋯ 0 𝑎21 0 ⋯ 0 ⋮ 𝑎𝑚1 ⋮ 𝑎𝑚2 ⋱ ⋮ … 𝑎𝑚−1 ] , 𝐵 = [ 𝑑1 𝑑2 𝑑3 𝑏1 𝑏2 𝑏3 𝑔1 𝑔2 𝑔3 ] (2.46) thus, the stability polynomial of the ditrk method can be written as ∅(𝜑, 𝐻) = |𝜑𝐼 − 𝑓(𝐻)| (2.47) where 𝑓(𝐻) is given value, the characteristic equation is defined as follow, ∅(𝜑, 𝐻) = 𝑃0(𝐻)𝜑 3 + 𝑃1(𝐻)𝜑 2 + 𝑃2(𝐻)𝜑 + 𝑃3(𝐻) (2.48) 6. test of problems the approaches that demonstrated in section 2.3 tested with 5 various problems in this part. the numerical results of the suggested approaches compared with those of other rk techniques at equivalent order which are already available. the numerical experiments were conducted using the following methods: (1) ditrkm5: 3rd stage 5th order ditrk approach computed in the present work. (2) radau i: 3rd stage 5th order rk technique presented in [20]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 98 (3) radau ia: 3rd stage 5th order rk method studied in [21]. (4) radau ii: 3rd stage 5th order rk scheme tested in [20]. (5) radau iia: 3rd stage 5th order rk approach noted in [21]. problem (1): consider a nonhomogeneous linear ode given in [23] 𝑦′′′(𝑥) = 𝑦(𝑥) + cos(𝑥), with 𝑦(0) = 0, 𝑦′(0) = 0, 𝑦′′(0) = 1 where 𝑥 ∈ [0,1], and analytic solution 𝑦(𝑥) = (e𝑥 −cos(𝑥)−sin (𝑥)) 2 . problem (2): consider the nonhomogeneous nonlinear ode 𝑦′′′(𝑥) = (𝑦(𝑥))2 + cos2(𝑥) − cos(𝑥) − 1, with 𝑦(0) = 0, 𝑦′(0) = 1, 𝑦′′(0) = 1 where 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2, the exact solution 𝑦(𝑥) = sin (𝑥). problem (3): the nonhomogeneous nonlinear odes is considered as 𝑦1 ′′′(𝑥) = 𝑦2(𝑥), with 𝑦1(0) = 1, 𝑦1 ′ (0) = 0, 𝑦1 ′′(0) = 1, 𝑦2 ′′′(𝑥) = −𝑦1(𝑥) − 2 𝑦2(𝑥) + 2 𝑦3(𝑥) with 𝑦2(0) = 0, 𝑦2 ′ (0) = 1, 𝑦2 ′′(0) = 0, 𝑦3 ′′′(𝑥) = 𝑦1(𝑥) + 𝑦2(𝑥) with 𝑦3(0) = 1, 𝑦3 ′ (0) = 1, 𝑦3 ′′(0) = 1,with analytic solution 𝑦1(𝑥) = cosh (𝑥) , 𝑦2(𝑥) = sinh (𝑥) and 𝑦3(𝑥) = e 𝑥 where 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1. 7. numerical results figure (2.1) shows the efficiency of the ditrkm methods created by charting of decimal logarithm for the highest "global error" versus logarithm of function estimate. problem 1 problem 2 problem 3 figure 2.1: accuracy curve for ditrkm5, radau i, radau ia, radau ii and radau iia with h = 0.1, 0.05 0.025, 0.00125, 0.00625 for the problem 1, problem 2 and problem 3. when compared the current study with another implicit rk approach for equivalent order, the ditrkm5 method requires fewer "function evaluations". the digit of equations increased three times with the problems turned to a system of 1st order odes. in the comparison, the existing implicit the rk approach with the equivalent order, the "global error" and digit of "function estimate" contain the smallest maximum for the ditrkm5 method at each iteration, as shown in figure (2.1) that obtained from table (2.1). as shown in figure (2.1), the fifthorder three stage results ditrk method (ditrkm5) produces more accurate findings than the other results in the literature (radau i, radau ia, radau ii, and radau iia). in this work, the logarithm of "maximum global error" is known as a logarithm function for "function 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 log (number of function call) l o g ( m a x g lo b a l e rr o rs ) ditrkm5 radau i radau ia radau ii radau iia 2 2.5 3 3.5 -6 -5.5 -5 -4.5 -4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 log (number of function call) l o g ( m a x g lo b a l e rr o rs ) ditrkm5 radau i radau ia radau ii radau iia 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 log (number of function call) l o g ( m a x g lo b a l e rr o rs ) ditrkm5 radau i radau ia radau ii radau iia ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 99 evaluation" with different step size ℎ = 0.1, 0.05, 0.025, 0.0125,0.00625 for five test problems. table 2.1: comparisons of number of function call and maximum global error for ditrkm5, radau i, radau ia, radau ii and radau iia methods with ℎ = 0.1, 0.05 0.025, 0.00125, 0.00625 for the problem 1, problem 2 and problem 3. problem 3 problem 2 problem 1 method step size (h) maximum global error maximum global error maximum global error no. of function call maximum global error no. of function call 9.74073e-05 88 0.000277124 160 9.16352e-05 88 ditrkm5 0.1 0.05488292 99 0.02489423 180 0.02986368 99 radau i 0.06335586 99 0.02867864 180 0.03449261 99 radau ia 0.05488292 99 0.02647426 180 0.02878467 99 radau ii 0.06335586 99 0.0298746 180 0.03336877 99 radau iia 1.8304e-05 160 6.8347e-05 320 1.74282e-05 160 ditrkm5 0.05 0.02293305 180 0.01292113 360 0.01273117 180 radau i 0.02656216 180 0.01494992 360 0.01475188 180 radau ia 0.02293305 180 0.01360768 360 0.01229666 180 radau ii 0.02656216 180 0.015539 360 0.0143079 180 radau iia 4.67234e-06 320 1.79521e-05 648 4.45635e-06 320 ditrkm5 0.025 0.0115538 360 0.006847777 729 0.006421128 360 radau i 0.01340439 360 0.007940234 729 0.007451075 360 radau ia 0.0115538 360 0.007152807 729 0.006195875 360 radau ii 0.01340439 360 0.008219884 729 0.007223443 360 radau iia 1.22981e-06 648 4.35276e-06 1288 1.1728e-06 648 ditrkm5 0.0125 0.005945227 729 0.003387183 1449 0.003298104 729 radau i 0.006903284 729 0.003931975 1449 0.003829934 729 radau ia 0.005945227 729 0.003535766 1449 0.003179202 729 radau ii 0.006903284 729 0.004074293 1449 0.003710422 729 radau iia 3.02667e-07 1288 2.88938e-06 2560 2.88938e-07 1288 ditrkm5 0.00625 0.002941504 1449 0.001667861 2880 0.00163419 1449 radau i 0.003416977 1449 0.001937206 2880 0.001898433 1449 radau ia 0.002941504 1449 0.001741931 2880 0.001575303 1449 radau ii 0.003416977 1449 0.001741931 2880 0.001839395 1449 radau iia 8. conclusion the test of the fifth-order three-stage ditrkm5 methods for the integration of odes obtained by testing the minimized error norm and studied the digit of the evaluations of function that described in this paper. the digit of "function evaluations" and the maximum error of the supposed technique is lower than those in implicit of the rk approaches, as indicated by numerical results in all figure (2.1) and table (2.1), and the introduced ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 100 techniques are most accurate by solving the directly specific odes of the order of three. the stability polynomial for ditrk method is analyzed and presented. references 1. wu, x.; wang, y.; price, w. multiple resonances, responses, and parametric instabilities in offshore structures. j. ship res. 1988, 32, 285–296. 2. cortell, r. application of the fourth-order runge–kutta method for the solution of highorder general initial value problems. comput. struct. 1993, 49, 897–900. 3. malek, a.; beidokhti, r. numerical solution for high order differential equations using a hybrid neural network—optimization method. appl. math. comput. 2006, 183, 260–271. 4. boutayeb, a.; chetouani, a. a mini-review of numerical methods for high-order problems. int. j. comput. math. 2007, 84, 563–579. 5. alomari, a.; anakira, n.r.; bataineh, a.s.; hashim, i. approximate solution of nonlinear system of bvp arising in fluid flow problem. math. probl. eng. 2013, 136043. 6. twizell, e. a family of numerical methods for the solution of high-order general initial value problems. comput. methods appl. mech. eng. 1988, 67, 15–25. 7. ismail, f.; jawias, n.i.c.; suleiman, m.; jaafar, a. solving linear ordinary differential equations using singly diagonally implicit runge–kutta fifth order five-stage method. wseas trans. math. 2009, 8, 393–402. 8. ismail, f. diagonally implicit runge–kutta nystrom general method order five for solving second order ivps. wseas trans. math. 2010, 9, 550–560. 10. senu, n.; suleiman, m.; ismail, f.; arifin, n.m. new 4 (3) pairs diagonally implicit runge–kutta-nyström method for periodic ivps. discret. dyn. nat. soc. 2012, 324989. 11. senu, n.; suleiman, m.; ismail, f.; othman, m. a singly diagonally implicit runge– kutta-nyström method for solving oscillatory problems. iaeng int. j. appl. math. 2011, 41, 155–161. 12. senu, n.; suleiman, m.; ismail, f.; othman, m. a fourth-order diagonally implicit runge– kutta-nyström method with dispersion of high order. in proceedings of the 4th international conference on applied mathematics, simulation, modelling (asm’10), corfu island, greece, 22–25 july 2010; 78–82. 13. attili, b.s.; furati, k.; syam, m.i. an efficient implicit runge–kutta method for second order systems. appl. math. comput. 2006, 178, 229–238. 14. wen, z.; zhu, t.; xiao, a. two classes of three-stage diagonally-implicit runge–kutta methods with an explicit stage for stiff oscillatory problems. math. appl. 2011, 1, 15. 15. ghawadri, n., senu, n., adel fawzi, f., ismail, f., & ibrahim, z. b. diagonally implicit runge–kutta type method for directly solving special fourth-order ordinary differential equations with ill-posed problem of a beam on elastic foundation. algorithms, 2019 12(1), 10. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (1)2022 101 16. mechee, m., senu, n., ismail, f., nikouravan, b., & siri, z. (2013). a three-stage fifthorder runge-kutta method for directly solving special third-order differential equation with application to thin film flow problem. mathematical problems in engineering, 2013. 17. f a fawzi, n senu, f ismail and z a majid a new integrator of runge-kutta type for directly solving general third-order odes with application to thin film flow problem applied mathematics & information sciences, 2018. 12 (4), 775-784. 18. f a fawzi and n senu and f ismail an efficient of direct integrator of runge-kutta type method for solving y''' = f(x,y,y') with application to thin film flow problem international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2018, 120, 27-50. 19. n senu, m suleiman, f ismail. an embedded explicit runge-kutta-nyström method for solving oscillatory problems, physica scripta, 2009, 80 , 015005. 20. fawzi, f. a., abdullah, z. m., & hussein, n. k. two embedded pairs for solve directly third-order ordinary differential equation by using runge-kutta type method (rktgd), journal of physics: conference series (vol. 1879, no. 2, p. 022123). iop publishing, 2021. 21. butcher, john charles, and nicolette goodwin. numerical methods for ordinary differential equations. new york: wiley, 2008. 2. 22. dormand, j. r. numerical methods for differential equations: a computational approach crc press, 1996.3. 23. hussain, k. a., ismail, f., senu, n., rabiei, f., & ibrahim, r. integration for special thirdorder ordinary differential equations using improved runge-kutta direct method, mjs, 2015 34(2), 172-179. abstract : synthesis and imidization of disuccinamic acid as polyvinyl alcohol-composite polymer zakaria h. aiube fadhel s. matty hiba a. ghani al-zaidi department of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al–haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 26 february 2014, accepted in : 18 march 2014 abstract two arylenedisuccinamic acids, namely 1,4-phenylene-disuccinamic acid and 4,4'biphenyl-disuccinamic acid were prepared from the reaction of two moles of succinic anhydride with one mole of 1,4-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride and beinzidine respectively.dehydration of arylenedisuccinamic acid in the pressence of polyvinyl alcohol (pva) and catalytic amount of concentrated.h2so4,gives n,n'-arylenedisuccinimidespvacomposite polymers. dehydration of arylenedisuccinamic acid (without pva) in the pressence of catalytic amount of conc. h2so4 gives n,n'-arylenedisuccinimides. arylenedisuccinamic acid and arylenedisuccinimides characterized by chn-analysis,ft.ir and 1h,c13-nmr.spectral analysis. keywords: succinic anhydride, 1,4-pheneylenediamin dihydrochloride,binzidine, acetic anhydride-sodium acetate, pva. 211 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 introduction many imides have been prepared via a dehydration of amic acids. several dehydrating agents can be used for dehydration of amic acids, like acetyl chloridetriethylamine[1,2,3,4],thionylchloride[5,6]aceticanhydride-sodiumacetate[7,8], phosphorous pentoxid[9] and phosphorous trichloride[10]. many cyclicimide have biological activities including antibacterial[11], antifungal[12,13], analgesic[14,15]and antitumor[16], as well as, some of cyclic imide acts as plant growth stimulation[15] and corrosion inhibitors. morover pva is a known polymeric material having good chemical stability and hydrophilicity[17]polyvinyl alcohol is well known as water-soluble polymer and widely used as fiber, film, adhesive, gel and stabilizer of polymer and organic and in organic particles[18]. in addition, pva extends the industrial application in optical, pharmaceutical, medical and membrane fields intense research on composite materials with enhanced mechanical[19] and thermal properties[20].to data, however, much of the research carried out has only focused on tensile strength, hardness which are essential quantities and can be very important in some applications[21].in this study pva/amic and pva/imide composite was prepared and its properties were investigated. experimental perparation of succinic anhydride a stirred mixture of (59g, 0.5mol) succinic acid and (94.5ml,1.02g,1mol) redistilled acetic anhydride, into round bottom flask provided with reflux condenser and calcium chloride drying tube , was refluxed until the solid succinic acid was dissolved and then for further an hour. reaction mixture allowed to cool in refrigerator ,a crystalline succinic anhydride was formed, filtered then washed two times with (2x40ml) dry ether, yield (45g, 90%). m.p. 118-120 °c [119-120], its ft.ir-spectrum which showed the appearance of symmetrical and asymmetrical stretching vibration of (c=o, anhydride) at (1782, 1863 cm-1) respectively[22]. preparation of arylenedisuccinamic acids [m3,m2] i/1,4-phenylenedisuccinamic acid [m3] to a clear stirred solution of (1.0g, 0.0055mol) phenylendiamin dihydrochlorid in (12 ml) water, (0.54g, 0.0054mol) succinic anhydride was added. reaction mixture was stirred for filtered an hour, a precipitated succinic acid was formed, filtered, washed with water, recrystallized from boiling water yield (12.0g, 80٪) m.p. above 300°c, chn-analysis and spectral data (table 1). ii/4,4'-biphenyldisuccinamic acid [m2] to a clear solution of (0.46g, 0.0025 mol) benzidine in (20 ml) of acetone, (0.5g, 0.0050mol) of succinic anhydride was added. reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for (2 hours), a solid was formed. reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and the precipitate was washed with water, to give 4,4׳biphenyl-disuccinamic acid yield (0.8g, 83.3%); m.p. above 300 °c; chnanalysis and spectral data (table 1). preperation of disuccinimidepva composide polymer a clear solution of (0.1g, 0.32mmol) of arylendisuccinamic acid(m3,m2) in (10 ml) of dmso was added to a clear solution of (0.35g) pva dissolved in (10 ml) of dmso and (4 drops) of concentrated sulphuric acid were added. reaction mixture was heated at 80 °c for (2 hours), cooled to room temperature, divided into two equal parts: a-acetone was added to the first part of reaction mixture, until a coagulated precipitate was formed, acetone solution was decanted and a precipitate was washed with (5 ml) 5% sodium 212 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 carbonate solution, then with acetone. dissolved in (2 ml) of dmso and poured into glass mold rectangular shape with dimension 15x5 cm2 and 0.5 cm height made and used for casting a polymer, leaved for few days, at room temperature to dryness, a thin film was formed, dried at 80 °c for 6 hours. ft.ir-spectrum of the film showed ʋ c=o symmetrical and asymmetrical stretching absorption of pva-imide at (1778-1780,1707-1710 cm-1). bsecond part of mixture was poured into glass mold rectangular shape with dimension 15x5 cm2 and 0.5 cm height made and used for casting a polymer, and was left for few days, at room temperature to dryness, a thin film was obtained, dried at 80 °c for 6 hours. ft.irspectrum of the film showed ʋ c=o symmetrical & asymmetrical stretching absorption of pva-imide at (1778-1780,1707-1710 cm-1). imidization of arylenedisuccinamic acids(m3,m2) with catalytic amount of conc h2so4 (without pva) to a clear solution of (0.0015mol) arylenedisuccinamic acids (m3,m2) in (20 ml) dmso at 80 °c, a (4 drops) of concentration sulphuric acid was added. then reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °c for 2 hours, it was cooled to room temperature and added to ice-cooled water, solid was formed, filtered and washed with 5%-sodium bicarbonate solution, then with water. recrystallized form dmf to give n,n'-arylenedisuccinimide physical properties, chnanalysis and spectral analysis are given in the table(2). results and discussion it is known that, pva can be modified by esterification reaction with many dicarboxylic acids like[23,24]in this work, we prepared some arylenedisuccinamic acid, like 1,4phenlenedisuccinamic acid (m3) and 4,4'-biphyldisuccinamic acid (m2) via reaction of (2 moles) of succinic anhydride with one mole of phenylenediamin and benzidine respectively. c c o o o + nh2 ar2 nh2 h2 c h2 c cho2c o h n ar h n c o h2 c h2 c co2h treatment of areylendisuccinamic acid (m3, m2) with pva in the presence of a catalytic amount of concentrated sulphuric acid (as a normal esterification condition), leads to format arylendisuccinimides (m5,m4) as a composite-pva polymers, rather than arylenedisuccinamte-pvapolymer, which are characterized by their (c=o, imide) symmetrical & asymmetrical vibration bands of arylenedisuccinimides(m5,m4)-pva composite polymers filmes at (1778,1705cm-1) and (1778,1710cm-1). 213 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 o oh oh oh c o co o oh oh oh h+/-h2o esterif ication process cross-linke polymer c co2h o n h ar n h c o co2h c c o o n ar n c c o o + pva h+/-h2o imidization process pvacomposite polymer fig. (1).shows esterification and imidization process. treatment of areylendisuccinamic acid (m3, m2) with catalytic amount of concentrated sulphuric acid (without pva), also gives arylendisuccinimides (m5,m4) respectively, characterized by identity of arylenedisuccinimide chn-analysis, ft.ir-spectral analysis shows symmetrical & asymmetrical stretching vibration of imide (c=o, imide) at (1778,1705cm-1) and (1780, 1708cm-1 ) rather than (c=o ester) stretching vibration, and c13nmr(proton decoupled) shows there types of signals belong to ch2 at δ (28ppm), aromatic carbons at δ (126-127ppm), and c=o imide carbon and at δ (176ppm), besides c13-nmr spectral (dept) indicated & ch2 carbones at δ (27.88ppm). so, it is clear to conclude, that imidization prosses areylendisuccinamic acid (m3,m2) to give arylendisuccinimides (m5,m4) is much faster than esterification process of areylendisuccinamic acid with pva, and conc. h2so4 acts as a dehydrating agents. finaly, we can conclude a suggested mechanism for dehydration of arylenedisuccinamic acid (m3,m2) to arylenedisuccinimides (m5,m4) as fallows. in presence a catalytic amount of concentrated sulphuric acid : 214 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 fig.(2).mechanism for dehydration. glass transition temperatures(tg)of the composite pva-imide the glass transition temperature (tg) of the imid-polyvinyl alcohol composites was determined from dsc figure. the glass transition temperature which is a measure of segmental mobility depends on the rigidity of the composites polymers. relatively higher tg was found for the compositions with high aromatic contents[25]. in this work composite polymers (m4a, m4b and m4c) are biphenyl based composite imide, and (m5a, m5b and m5c) are phenylene based composite imide. and (34.25°c) for pva table (3) presents the glass transition temperature (tg) composites polymer (100.12°c, 131.25°c and 161.48°c) have higher than that composites polymer (34.30°c,35.87°c and 38.43°c). this result could be attributed to higher rigidity of biphenyl as composite and the table shows the (tg) value increased with the increasing of the weight of additive. c n o c o oh h ar n c o h c o ho 2h+ c n o c oh oh h ar n c o h c oh ho c n o c h ar n c o h c oh oh ho oh c n o c ar n c o c oh o ho o h h h h c c o n ar n c c o h2o o oh2 oh h c c o n ar n c c o o o 2h2o 2h+ ar = 1,4phenylene, 4,4'-biphenyl 215 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 brinell hardness test hardness meanes the measurement of the material resistance to a localized deformation and the ductile absorbs more quantity of energy, also as the concentration of the fillers is increased. the ability of the filler to form chain structure in the polymeric medium becomes increasingly important[26,27].hardness results table (4,5)showed that brinell hardness values [hbr(n/mm2)] of pva/amic and pva/imide composite were higher than that of neat pva. and also composite pva have good resistance to indention and that could be due to the existence of filler particles which leads to transfer some of the applied stress to the filler particles. ultimate tensile strength ultimate strength is the maximum stress that material can with stand while being stretched or bulled before failing or breaking[28]. mechanical tests show that compared with pure pva, the tensile strength of the composite are greatly improve table (6,7) the ultimate tensile strength enhancement is attributable to the extremely high strength and the degree rein formant which is depudent on the dispersion state controlled by hydrogen bond. references 1-roderick.w.r. (1957) 1h and 13c nmr spectra for a series of arylmaleamic acids, arylmaleimides, arylsuccinamic acids and arylsuccinimides,j. am, magnetic resonance in chemistry, chem.. soc., 79, 1710,37,(682-686). 2-cotter. j.; sauers. c. and whelane. j. ( )1961 maleamic acids cyclodehydration with anhydrides dft studyin the gas phase and solution,revue roumaine de chimie,56,2,(89-95). 3-pyridi. t.m. and fraih. m. (1982) j. macromol. sci. chem., a(18),159. 4-alasli.n.a. ( )2000 ph.d. thesis, chem. dept. college of sci. univ. of baghdad. 5-pyridi.t.m. and harwood.h.j. (1972) maleamic acids cyclodehydration with anhydrides dft studyin the gas phase and solution,revue roumaine de chimie,56,2,(89-95). 6-warren.w. and briggs.r. (1931) ber., 26, 64b(1931), c.a.25, 2418. 7-searle.n.e.(1973) n-phenylmaleimide[maleimide,n-phenyl-],organic syntheses,coll.vol.,5,944. 8-cava.m.; deana. a.; mauth.k. and mitchell.m. (1961) n-phenylmaleimide[maleimide,nphenyl-],organic syntheses,coll.vol.,41,93. 9-barakat.m.z.; shehat. s.k. and elsadr. m.m. (1957) j. chem. soc., 23, 4133. 10-kulev.l.; gireva.r. and stepova.g. (1963) obshch. kim, 32, 2812 (1931), c.a. 58, 8961. 11-correa.r. and filho.v.c. (1997) pharm. sci., 3, 67. 12-brian. g.e. and tawney. p.o.(1961) u.s. pat., 2, 989, 436 (1961), c.a., 55, 23915. 13-filho.v.c. and correa. r. (1998) farmaco, 53, 55. 14-andricopulo.a.d. and muller.l.a. (2000) farmaco, 55, 319. 15-brunner.g.; georg.h. and marcus.b. ( ) 1988 eur. pat. appl. ep. 260/288 16 march. 16-andricopulo.a.d. and yunes.r.a. (1968) quimica nova, 21, 5, (573). 17immelman.e.; sanderson.r.d.; jacols.e.e. and vanreemen.a.j. (1993) j .appl. polymer sci,50 1013. 18finched.c.a. (1992) polyvinyl alcohol – development, john wiley and son.chichester. 19-daltons.a.b.;collins.s.(2003) nature,423,703. 20-biercuk.m.j.; ltaguno.m.c. ( )2002 etal,app. phys. lett.80 2767. 21-chen.w.; tao.x.; xue.p. and cheng.x. (2005) ''applied surface science'' , 252, 14041409. 22-vogel(1972) voglel a test book of practical organic chemistry fourth edition 23-vacshosaz.j.and koopaic. n. (2002) iranian polymer journal 17(11), no. 2 (123-131). 216 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 24-al-mousawy.z.a.; badri, d.h. and aiube, z.h.(2012) ''j. food industries & nutr. sci''., 2(1): 57-64. 25-gere.j.m.(2004) mechanice of materials, 6 th. ed. , belment, ca; brooksl col. thomas learning .xx,940p. 26-foro.c.l.and cicals.g.l. (2000) the energy absorbing properties of composite material, engineering materials , m.k. 27-harper.c.a. (2000) ''modern plastics hand book '' ,companies, inc.,newyork. 28-pavlina.e.j. ( )2008 vorral of material engineering and performance , 17:6 december. table(1): physical parameters. compounde chn-analysis cale./found c,h,n ft.ir ʋ (cm-1) nh,oh,ch,c=oamidei, conhamidii, c=ocarboxyl 1h-nmr δ(ppm) m3 54.55/55.42;5.19/5.5;9.09/9.66 3290,3147; 3055; 2926; 1654;1552; 1697 2ch2 (3.35,4h) aromatic h(7.5-7.6,4h) nh amide (9.85,1h) cooh(12,1h) m2 62.5/60.97;5.20/5.54;7.29/7.36 3302,3180;7107,3041;3041,2931; 1654; 1521; 1697 2ch2 (3.37,4h) aromatich (7.3-7.6,4h) nh amid (9,1h) cooh(12,1h) table(2): physical parameters. compound m.p(°c) yiled. ft.ir(c=o)(cm-1) c13.nmr(ppm) m5 above300 °c 71٪ 1778,1708 ch2 (28) arom. (126-127) c=o (176) m4 above300 °c 69٪ 1778,1705 ch2 (28) arom. (126-127) c=o (176) table(3): thermal behavior of synthesized polymers. samples tg (°c) m6 34.25 m4a 100.12 m4b 131.25 m4c 161.25 m5a 34.30 m5b 35.87 m5c 38.43 217 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 table(4): brinell hardness for (composite pva-amic compounds). samples hbr (n/mm2) m6 60 m6 & m7 63 m6 & m8 65 m6 & m9 66 m6 & m10 74 m6 & m11 75 m6 & m12 77 table(5): brinell hardness for (composite pva-imide compounds). samples hbr (n/mm2) m6 60 m6 & m5a 60.5 m6 & m5b 62 m6 & m5c 66 m6 & m4a 67 m6 & m4b 69 m6 & m4c 73 table(6): ultimate tensile strength for (composite pva-amic compounds). samples ultimate tensile strength (kj/m2) m6 10 m6 & m7 13 m6 & m8 15 m6 & m9 17 m6 & m10 17 m6 & m11 22 m6 & m12 27 table(7): ultimate tensile strength for (composite pva -imide compounds). samples ultimate tensile strength (kj/m2) m6 10 m6 & m5a 12 m6 & m5b 15 m6 & m5c 16 m6 & m4a 18 m6 & m4b 20 m6 & m4c 27 m1=succinicanhydride,m6=pva,m7=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.05g)m3,m8=compositem6 (0.15g)&(0.1g)m3,m9=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.15g)m3,m10=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.05g) m2,m11=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.1g)m2,m12=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.15g)m2,m4c=comp ositem6(0.15g)&(0.15g)m4,m4b=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.1g)m4,m4a=compositem6(0.15g) &(0.05g)m4,m5a=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.05g)m5,m5b=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.1g)m5,m 5c=compositem6(0.15g)&(0.15g)m5. 218 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 طة بولي فینایل اسبو مركبات احماض ثنائي السكسینامیكلوتحلق تكوین كبولیمرات مركبة -الكحول ھادي ایوب زكریا فاضل سلیم متي ھبھ احمد غني جامعة بغداد / ابن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة/ قسم الكیمیاء 2014آذار 18، قبل البحث في : 2014كانون الثاني 26استلم البحث في : الخالصة ب��اي فین��ل ثن��ائي -4,4و m3) السكس��ینامیك(فنیل��ین ثن��ائي -1,4حض��رت احم��اض اریل��ین ثن��ائي السكس��ینامیك مث��ل فنیل�ین ثن�ائي االمی�د ثن�ائي الھیدروكلوری�د -1,4) من تفاعل مولین من انھدرید الخلی�ك م�ع م�ول واح�د م�ن m2السكسینامیك( .والبن��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������زدین عل��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ى الت��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������والي طة ح�امض الكبریتی�ك المرك�ز وبوج�ود اس�المحف�رة بو m2) (m3,جزیئة ماء من احماض اریلین ثنائي السكس�ینامیك تسحب وعن��د س��حب .كب��ولي م��رات مركب��ة m5,m4(-pvaاریل��ین ثن��ائي السكس�نماید(-n,n)اعط��ي pvaب�ولي فینای��ل الكح��ول ( اریل�����ین ثن������ائي -n,n'اعط�����ي ایض������ا مركب�����ات pvaوج�����ود نفس�����ھا وم������ن دون الظ�����روف جزیئ�����ة الم�����اء تح������ت c13,1h-nmr .و ft.irواطیاف chn شخصت ھذه المركبات بواسطة التحالیل .)m5,m4السكسینماید( ، انھدرید الخالت ، خالت فنیلین داي امین داي ھایدروكلوراید -4و1، انھدرید السكسینیك :الكلمات المفتاحیة .الصودیوم ، بولي فینایل الكحول 219 | cemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 the maximum complete (k,n)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,4) by geometric method s. j. kadhum departme nt of mathematics, college of education, ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a (k,n)-arc a in a finite projective plane pg(2,q) over galois fi eld gf(q), q=p ⁿ for same p rime number p and some inte ger n≥2, is a set of k p oints, no n+1 of which are collin ear. a (k,n)-arc is complete if it is not contained in a(k+1,n)-arc. in this p ap er, the maximum complete (k,n)-arcs, n=2,3 in pg(2,4) can be constructed from the equation of the conic. 1. introduction [1], found the complete (k,2)-arcs in the p rojective planes over galois f ield gf(p ⁿ) for some p rime number p and some integer n. [2] found an algebraic method for construction of (k,4)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,4). in this p ap er, the maximu m comp lete (k,n)-arcs in pg(2,4), n=2,3 are obtained fro m the equation of the conic by geometric method. a p rojective plane pg(2,q) over gf(q) consists of 1+q+q 2 p oints and 1+q+q 2 of lines, every line contains 1+q p oints end every p oint is on 1+q lines. any p oint of t he p lane has t he form of triple (x0, x1, x2), wher e x0, x1, x2 are elements of gf(q) with the exception of a triple consisting of three zero elements, two triples rep resent the same p oint if there exist s λ in gf(q)\ {0}, s.t . ( y 0,y 1,y 2 ) = λ( x0,x1, x2 ) . similar ly, any line of the p lane has the from of a trip le [ x0,x1, x2 ], x0, x1, x2 are in gf(q) with the excep tion of a triple consisting three zero elements. two lines [x0,x1, x2] and [y 0,y 1,y 2] rep resent the same line if there exists λ in gp(q)\{0} s.t . [x0,x1, x2] = λ[y 0,y 1,y 2] . the point (x0,x1, x2) is incident with line [y 0,y 1,y 2] if x0y 0+x1y 1+x2y 2 = 0. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 2. basi c defini tions and theorems 2.1 de fini tion [3] a (k,n)-arc in a finite p rojective p lane as a set of k p oints no n+1 of which are collinear. 2.2 de fini tion [4] a (k,n)-arc is a set of k p oint, no t hree of them are collinear, we denote this by k-arc. 2.3 de fini tion [5] a (k,n)-arc is said to be complete if it is not contained in a (k+1,n)-arc. we denote by m(2,p) the maximum number of p oints in pg(2,p ) that a (k,n)-arc can have. 2.4 the orem [6] a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,p ) is comp lete if and only if c0 = 0. proof: (  ) let a (k,n)-arc k be a comp lete arc in pg(2,p ) sup p ose that c0 ≠ 0, t hen there is at lest one point say n has index zero and n  k. t hen k  {n} is an arc in pg(2,p ). hence k  k  {n}, which imp lies (k,n)-arc k is incomp lete (contradiction). (  ) sup p ose that c0=0 for t he (k,n)-arc k, then there are no points of index zero, then the (k,n)arc k is complete. 2.5 de fini tion [4] a k-arc is called an oval when k = (2,p ). 2.6 de fini tion [7] let ℓ be any line in pg(2,p ) if ℓ intersects a k-arc in i-p oints, | ℓ ∩ k | = i, then ℓ is called an i-secant of k, then 2-secont of k is called a bisecant of k then 1-secont of k is called a unisecant of k then 0-secont of k is called an external of k. 2.7 de fini tion [3] let n be a point in pg(2,p ) and n is not on a k-arc, then we say n is a p oint of index i if there are exactly i-bisecant through n . 2.8 de fini tion [5] the set ci consists of all p oints of index i ci = | ci | = # the number of points in ci and # the number of index i. 2.9 theorem [5] let m be a point of the k-arc of pg(2,k) and t(m ) be the number of the unisecants of k t hrough m , then t(m ) = p +2-k = t . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 proof: the number of lines in pg(2,p ) through any p oint is p +1 there are exactly p +1 lines through m the point m with any other point of t he k-arc determine a bisecant of k since there are (k-1) p oints of k other then m , then there are exactly (k-1) lines determined from m and the other p oint of k which are the bisecants of k through m since any line through m is either a bisecant or a unisecant, then the number of unisecants of k through m = p +1-(k-1) = p +2-k = t . 2.10 notati on: ti = the number of i-secant of a k-arc, t2 = the number of bisecant lines of a k-arc. t1 = the number of unsecant lines of a k-arc. t0 = the number of external lines of a k-arc. 2.11 de fini tion [4] let k be a k-arc which is an oval an external point t o an oval, is a point of intersection two unisecants of k. 2.12 the orem [5] m (2, p) =      ev en pfor 2p odd pfor 1p 2.13 the orem [5] the number of external p oints of an oval k-arc in pg(2,p ) is 2 )1( pp . proof: if k is an 0val, then m (2, p) =      ev en pfor 2p odd pfor 1p p is odd  k = p +1 t = p +2-k = p +2-(p +1) = 1 t1 = kt = (p +1)*1 = p +1 = t he number of unisecants of k in pg(2,p ) , since each two unisecants intersect in an external p oint, then the number of external p oints =        2 1p = !2)!21( )!1(   p p = 1*2)!1( )!1()1(   p ppp = 2 )1( pp . 2.14 de fini tion [3] an internal point to an oval if it is not any unisecant of t he oval which is not on the oval. 2.15 the orem [5] the number of the internal p oints to on oval is 2 )1( pp . proof: the number of the external p oints + the number of the internal p oints = p 2+p +1k. # of external p oints = 2 )1( pp ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 # of the internal points = p 2 + p + 1(p +1) 2 )1( pp = 2 22222 22 ppppp  = 2 2 pp  = 2 )1( pp . 2.16 the orem [7] in pg(2,p ) with p  4, there is a unique conic through a 5-arc . 2.17 the orem [4,5] every conic in pg(2,p ) is a(p +1)-arc the converse of theorem is also satisfied. 2.18 the orem [3] in pg(2,p ), with p odd, every oval has a conic. 2.19 de fini tion [8] a complete quadrangle is a set of four p oints a, b, c and d in which no three of them are collinear, the p oints a, b, c and d are called the vertices of the quadrangle, the lines joining any two vertices are called the sides which are ab, ac, bd, bc, ad, cd. t wo sides are said to be op p osite if they have no vertex in common. the point of intersection of any two op p osite sides is called a diagonal p oint t he diagonal p oints; d1 = ab  cd, d2 = ac  bd and d3 = ad  bc. 3. maximum comple te (k,n)-arcs i n pg(2,4) 3.1 the additions and mul tiplications o perations of gf(4) [9] to find addition and multiplication tables in gf(4), we have the order p airs (x1,x2) such that x1,x2 in gf(2), as follows: 0  (0,0), 1  (1,0), 2  (0,1), 3  (1,1). put these points in one ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 orbit, (1,0) at the first p oint and by the p rinciple of (1,0)a i , i=0,1,2,3 and a=       11 01 , (1,0)a=(0,1) and (1,0)a 2 = (1,1) , so (1,0)       11 01 )1,1( )1,0( . now, in the left of the following table, m is the operation of multiplication and in the right n is the operation of addition, in multiplication side we write the numeration of p oint as last , and the addition side takes t he normal sequence. m(*) (+)n = f(m) 1 (1,0) 0 2 (0,1) 1 3 (1,1) 2 mod 3 in addition table, we have the following relation: (x1, x2) + (y 1,y 2) = (z1,z2) where zi = ( y i+ xi ) mod(2) for i =1,2 in multiplication table we have the followin g relation: ( (1,0) a f(m 1 ) ) a f(m 2 )  m1*m2 = m3 =(1,0) a (f(m 1 )+f(m 2 )) (m od 3) = (x1, x2) for example : 2*3 = 1  ( (1,0)a 1 )a 2 = (1,0)a 3 = (1,0)a 0 = (1,0), where (1,0) is equal to 1 in multiplication tables. the additions and multiplications op erations of gf(4) are in table ( 1 ). 3.2 the projective plane pg(2,4) the projective plane pg(2,4) contains 21 p oints, 21 lines, 5 p oints on every line and 5 lines through every p oint. let pi and li ,i=1,2,---,21 b e p oints and the lin es of pg(2,4) resp ectively, the points and lines of pg(2,4) are in table ( 2 ). 3.3 the construction of k-arc in pg(2,4) let a={1,2,6,11}, be the reference and unit p oints of pg(2,4) where 1=(1,0,0), 2=(0,1,0), 6=(0,0,1), 11=(1,1,1). a is (4,2)-arc since it contains four p oints no three of them are collinear. there are six lines from the joining of these points which are ℓ1 = [1,2]={1,2,3,4,5} ℓ2 = [1,6]={1,6,7,8,9} ℓ3 = [1,11]={1,10,11,12,13} ℓ4 = [2,6]={2,6,10,14,18} ℓ5 = [2,11]={2,7,11,15,19} ℓ6 = [6,11]={3,6,11,16,21} the diagonal p oints of a are the p oints {3,7,10} where ℓ1  ℓ6 = 3, ℓ2  ℓ5 = 7, ℓ4  ℓ3 = 10. the points of pg(2,4) are classified with resp ect to the lines through the reference and unit p oints as follows: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 1. the number of points on these lines is 19. 2. there exists t wo p oints of index zero for a, which are the p oint 17 and the point 20 not on any of these lines, t hen the 4-arc a is incomp lete. 3.4 the conic in pg(2,4) through the reference and uni t points . the general equation of the conic is: 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 2 5 1 3 6 2 3 a x a x a x a x x a x x a x x 0      …..……….…(1) by substitut ing the points of the arc a in (1), we get: 1 = (1,0,0)  a1 = 0, 2 = (0,1,0)  a2 =0, 6 = (0,0,1)  a3 = 0, 11 = (1,1,1)  a4 + a5 + a6 = 0. so (1) becomes: a4 x1 x2 + a5 x1 x3 + a6 x2 x3 = 0 ………… …………………………...(2) if a4 = 0, then a5 x1 x3 + a6 x2 x3 = 0, and hence (a5 x1 + a6 x2) x3= 0 then the conic is degenerated, therefore for a4  0, similarly a5  0 and a6  0. dividing equation (2) by a4, we get: x1 x2 +  x1 x3 +  x2 x3 = 0 ………………………………………..…(3) where 5 6 1 2 1 3 2 3 4 4 a a x x x x x x 0 a a    where 5 6 4 4 a a , a a    , then  = – (1 + ) since 1 +  +  = 0 (mod.4) so x1 x2 +  x1 x3 – (1 + ) x2 x3 = 0 ………………………………..…(4) where   0 and   1 for if  = 0 or  = 1, we get a degenerated conics, i.e.  = 2, 3. 3.5 the equati on of the conics of pg(2,4) and the comple te arcs for any value of  there is a unique conic contains the reference and the unit p oints. 1. if  = 2, then the equation of the conic c1 is x1 x2 + 2 x1 x3 + x2 x3 = 0, the points of c1 are {1,2,6,11,12,21}, which is not a comp lete (k,3)-arc, since there exist the p oints {4,5,7,8,9,14,15,17,18,19,20} which are the points of index zero for c1. now, we add to c1 three p oints of index zero which are {4,7,8}. then 1c = {1,2,6,11,12,21,4,7,8} is a comp lete (9,3)-arc, since c0 = 0 and 1c is maximum arc. 2. if  = 3, then the equation of the conic c2 is x1 x2 + 3 x1 x3 + 2 x2 x3 = 0, the points of c2 are {1,2,6,11,17}, which is not a comp lete (k,2)-arc, since there exist one p oint {20} which is t he point of index zero for c2. now, we add to c2 one p oint of index zero {20}. then 2c = {1,2,6,11,17,20} is a comp lete (6,2)-arc, since c0 = 0. conclusion: 1. each of c1 and c2 is not comp lete (k,2)-arc. 2. we add the p oints of index zero for each of them for comp leteness. 3. the p oints of index zero of pg(2,4) with resp ect to 4-arc a are in the same line = {17,20}. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 3.6 the construction of complete and maximum (k,3)-arc in pg(2,4) we will try to get a comp lete (k,3)-arc by taking the comp lete (k,2)-arc, say 2 c and denoted by b, we notice that b={1,2,6,11,17,20,5} is incomplete (k,3)-arc, since there exists the points {7,9,10,12,14,16,19,21} which are the points of index zero for b. now, we add two p oints of index zero which are {9,10}. then b={1,2,6,11,17,20,5,9,10} is a comp lete (9,3)-arc, since c0 = 0 and b is a maximum arc. 3.7 the construction of complete (k,4)-arc we try to get a comp lete (k,4)-arc by taking the union of two maximum comp lete (k,3)-arcs, say 1 c and b denoted by d, we notice that d = {1,2,6,11,12,21,4,7,18,17,20,5,9,10} is incomp lete (k,4)-arc, since there exists t wo p oints {15,16} which are p oints of index zero for d. now, we add the two p oints of index zero. then d = {1,2,6,11,12,21,4,7,18,17,20,5,9,10,15,16} is a complete (16,4)-arc since c0 = 0, and d is a maximum arc. conclusion: 1. there exists one comp lete and maximum (16,4)-arc. 2. the points of index zero of (k,4)-arc with resp ect are in the same line. re frences : 1. salih, r. a., (1999), "complete arcs in projective plane over galois field", m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 2. hassan, a. s., (2001), "const ruction of (k,3) – arcs in projective plane over galois field gf(q), q = p h when p = 2 and h = 2, 3 and 4, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 3. hirschfeld, t. w. and sadeh, a. r., (1984), “the projective plane over field of eleven elements“ giessan . 4. rutter, j. w., (2000), "geometry of curves", chapman and hall / crc. 5. hirschfeld, t. w., (1979), “projective geometrices over finite field", oxford press. 6. thas, j. a., (1987), " complete arcs and algebraic curves in pg(2,p ) ", j. of algebra, 106(2): 451-464. 7. hughes, d. r. and pip er, f. c., (1973), " projective planes ", sp ringervelag , new york inc . 8. veblen, o. and young, j. w., (1910), " projective geometry " volment, ginn. 9. albert a. a., (1968), "an introduction to finite projective plane", holt rinehart and winst on, inc. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.23 (1) 2010 table ( 1 )the addition's and multiplications operations of gf(4) table ( 2 ) the points and lines of pg(2,4) li pi i 18 14 10 6 2 0 0 1 1 9 8 7 6 1 0 1 0 2 21 16 11 6 3 0 1 1 3 20 15 13 6 5 0 1 2 4 19 17 12 6 4 0 1 3 5 5 4 3 2 1 1 0 0 6 19 15 11 7 2 1 0 1 7 21 17 13 9 2 1 0 2 8 20 16 12 8 2 1 0 3 9 13 12 11 10 1 1 1 0 10 20 17 10 7 3 1 1 1 11 19 16 10 9 5 1 1 2 12 21 15 10 8 4 1 1 3 13 21 20 19 18 1 1 2 0 14 18 16 13 7 4 1 2 1 15 18 15 12 9 3 1 2 2 16 18 17 11 8 5 1 2 3 17 17 16 15 14 1 1 3 0 18 21 14 12 7 5 1 3 1 19 20 14 11 9 4 1 3 2 20 19 14 13 8 3 1 3 3 21 * 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 1 3 3 1 2 + 0 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 3 1 1 0 3 2 2 2 3 0 1 3 3 2 1 0 \ 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة بطریقة هندسیة pg)(2,4األقواس العظمى الكاملة في المستوى االسقاطي سوسن جواد كاظم قسم الریاضیات ،ابن الهیثم ،كلیة التربیة ، جامعة بغداد الخالصه إن ، إذ q=pⁿ و pg(q)حول حقل كالوا pg(2,4)قاطي منتهي في مستوي إس (k,n) األقواس p ولعدد صحیح أوليعددn ≥2 , هو مجموعة مكونة منk یوجد من النقاط الn+1 منها تقع على .مستقیم واحد ) .(k+1,n لم یكن محتوى في القوس إذایكون كامل ) (k,n –القوس من pg(2,4)في المستوي n=2,3,4العظمى الكاملة و ) k,n( – األقواسیتم بناء سفي هذا البحث .معادلة المخروط electron transfer at metal/molecule interface hadi j. m. al-agealy mohammed z. fadhil dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn-alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 24 june 2012, accepted in: 15 october 2012 abstract theoretically description of the electron transfer of the electron transfer of met/mol has been investigated in this work according to the quantum theory. by using a model that is derived depending on the first order perturbation theory, the rate constant at met/mol interface can be calculated with the calculated reorganization energy. the reorganization energy that is evaluated according to the outer sphere model is based on the electstatistics potential of the molecular donor and acceptor. the molecular parameters introduced in this model are the molecular weight, mass, density, and radius of molecule have been evaluated according to the apparent molar volume using spherical approach. the theoretical results are obtained according to our model of rate constant for electron transfer, a corresponding with the experimental data for some qualilative metal/molecule interface some qualitative of the experimental studies . key word : electron transfer, metal/molecule interface 86 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction electron transfer (et) from a metal donor to an acceptor molecule state is one of the simplest conceivable reactions, as chemical bonds are neither formed nor broken. such charge transfer reactions are of vital importance to a variety of processes in physics, chemistry and biology. for example, homogeneous et is the primary step in photosynthesis, and various chemical reactions. electron transfer at molecule–solid interfaces, on the other hand, plays an important role in technologically highly relevant fields [1]. electronic transport has been a central issue of physical research during the last century. tremendous amounts of materials have been investigated, for instance metals [2]. electron transfer processes through molecular systems have attracted much attention over the past fifty years [3]. now a days , the field of organic electronics has reached the point where several applications are routinely available for use.others are close to be commerce lilted , while others are in a design or testing phase for unique application including nano scale technologies [4]. electron transfer at the metal/ molecule interface is important for technological application such as bio catalysis, electrochemistry, photodiodes, solar energy conversion, and more recently, molecular electronics [5] .the traditional experimental approach for studying these processes is based on measuring the electron transfer in d – a super molecular systems between electron donor and acceptor a unit that are covalently liked through molecular. in many instances electron transfer reaction takes place near interface are part of the interface being the solvent and the other part being a more or less solid such as a metal [6]. electron transfer processes have been studied extensively in donor – acceptor system and in the last decade at an electrode interface through an electrochemical approach. rudolph marcus described electron transfer between two stats, a model which was the basis for his 1992 nobel prize [7]. latter, this model was extended to describe electron transfer from a single donating state to a continuum of accepting state. understanding transport across the interface between the active organic molecule and the metallic electrode has proved particular challenging, especially in the single molecule limit [8]. in this paper, a theoretical calculation of rate constant for electron transfer in metal/molecule interface system is given depending on the reorganization energy ,and the coupling matrix element coefficient. theory a theoretical model formulation for charge transfer in metal /molecule interface utilized is based on the first order perturbation theory and quantum mechanic theory. the state of donor and acceptor system is given by the time dependent wave function [9]. φ(r,t)=∑ ck(t) < φn(r) > ∞0 e _ien t ħ ……………….. (1) the hamiltonian model for our system consists of three parts [10]. ĥmet−mol= ĥmet + ĥmol + ûmet/mol ……………………..….….... (2) the hamiltonian operator of the metal/molecules system ĥmet−mol satisfies the schrodinger equation iħ ∂ ∂t �φ(r,t) >= ĥmet−mol�φ(r,t) > [11]. the probability of the rate electron transfer from donor state to acceptor state per unit time is the rate constant that is given by [12]. ket = wda t = 2π ħ │hda(e)│2 δ(ea − ed)………………….……… (3) then the probability of electron transfer rate constant equation [3], also can be expressed in term of density of state ρ(e − ea − ed) . ket = 2π ħ │hda(e)│2ρ(e)……………………………………….…. (4) where the integral delta function is ∫ ρ (e − eo)δ(e − eo)de = ρ(eo) ∞ −∞ [13]. 87 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the system density operator ρ by the definition can be expressed in the form [14]. ρ(e) = e −(e°+∆g) 4e°kbt (4emol metkbt) 1 2� …………………………………………………. (5) where ∆g is the free energy difference between the acceptor and the donor and e° is the energy of reorganization .the rate constant for electron transfer from a metal to a reactant at the interface is given by [15]. ket = 2π ħ ∫ │hda(t)│2 ∞ 0 1 (4emol metkbt) 1 2� f(e) e −(e°+∆g) 2 4emol met kbt de …………..... (6) where f(e) is the fermi-dirac distribution with e measured relative to the chemical potential of the electrons f(e) = 1 1+exp e−ef kbt [16]. the expansion of hda(∈) is given by. hda(∈) = a0v0 + a ∈ + ⋯ ≈ |v0|2(1 + a ∈ +b ∈2+ ⋯ … ………....… (7) the integration of equation [6], with expansion in equation [7], can be written as. ket = 2π ħ e −emol met 4kbt �4πemol metkbt ∫ |hda(∈) +∞ −∞ | 2 (1+∈ 2+∈4+⋯ ) 2(e ∈ 2kbt+e −∈ 2kbt e −∈2+f(∈,η) 4emol metkbt de ……..….. (8) where f(∈, η) = 2(emol met−∈)eη − e2η2, the result of solvent integral equation[8] ket = 2π ħ e −emol met 4kbt �4πkbt |hda|2 �πkbt − π3kb 3t3 16emol met + 5π5kb 3t3 522(emol met)2 − ⋯ . �....................... (9) using the first and second term that. ket ≅ 2π ħ e −λ 4kbt �4πkbt |hda|2 �πkbt − π3kb 3t3 16emol met�………………………………..… (10) where ħ is the planks constant,kb is the boltzmann' sconstant,t the temperature ,|hda|is the coupling coefficient between two state system and emol met is the free energy. the reorganization energy for charge transfer at metal /molecule system a notification of marcus theory exist which takes into account the electrostatic interaction between the metal and molecule is given by [17]. emol met = q 2 8πεo �1 d − 1 2r � ( 1 n2 − 1 ε )……………………………………….….. (11) where εois the vacuum permittivity , ε is the static dielectric constant of the solvent ,n is the refrective index of the solvent ,r is the distance between center to center ,and d is the radius of the molecules. the radii of molecules can be estimated from the apparent molar volume using spherical approach [18]. d = � 3m 4πnaρ � 1 3…………………………………………………….……….. (12) where m is the molecular weight, na is the avogadro's number, and ρ is the mass density. results first-order perturbation theory and quantum theory treatment have been used to study the transitions of electron at metal/molecule system. one of the important parameters for calculation and study of the rate constant of electron transfer at metal/molecule interface is the reorganization energies emol. met.(ev). it can be evaluated theoretically using equation [11], the first steps to calculate the reorganization energies emol. met.(ev) involved which estimated the radii for donor metals and acceptor molecules using spherical approach equation [12],inserting the values of avogadro's 88 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 construes n = 6.02 × 1023 molecule mol ,molecular weight m ,and density mass 𝜌 for all metals and molecules from tables (1) to (2)in equation [12], we can estimate the values of radii for metals and variety of molecules , results of calculation are listed in the table (2) . next we can calculated the reorganization energy for metal / molecule system for au metals donor ,and (4-aminothiophenol) ,(3,4,10-preylenetetracurboxyleicdiimide) ,pentacene, and naphthalene an acceptor molecules by substituting in equation[11], the values of accepter radius d, dielectric constant 𝜀 optical dielectric constant𝜖𝑜𝑝 for solvents from table (2) and assume the distance r = dd + da between center to center for donor and acceptor, knowing that e 2 8πϵ = 7.2 ev , results of reorganization energy have been summarized in table (3). next, we calculated the rate constant of electron transfer at metal / molecule depending on eq. [10], inserting the results of the reorganization energy from table (3), and take the coupling coefficient (91) cm-1 [20]. results are summarized in table (4) discussion as depending on quantum theory, a first-order perturbation theory and quantum theory treatment have been used to study the transitions of electron at metal/molecule system. the most important factor that limited the values of rate constant at metal/molecule system is the reorganization energy of electron transfer. it is calculated according to continuum classical theory .these theoretical approaches are modeled in the sense that their physical concepts such as a refractive index, and static dielectric constant for donor acceptor system are determined. table (3) shows that the reorganization energy values for metal / molecule system increase with the increase of the dielectric constant for the solvent lead to decrease in rate compared with system having small reorganization energy ,because the system has small value of reorganization energy more orient to transfer of electron. on the other hand there is an increase in the refractive index for solvent leads to decrease in the reorganization energies for all metal / molecule systems. the interactions of electron transfer should be affected by properties of organic solvent molecules, since these molecules have polarity parameter [ 1 ∈op − 1 ∈s ] which gives a less defined, the small polarity function results to decrease the reorganization energy and increase in rate of charge for system that shows a comparsion between table(3), and table(4) for rate constant. the more range dielectric constant for acceptor reduces the reorientation of the donor metal about acceptor molecule needed more energy. it has been observed from table (3) that when the refractive index of acceptor molecule is large leads to small energy to reorganizae for system and large rate of transfer see table (4).also, then in spite of these facts, the results showed in table (4) are depending on the active radii for both donor and acceptor respectively this meane the rate dependence on distant. also,table (4) shows that when the solvent is more polar leads to have large value of the reorganization energy and small rate transfer, this is because of the type of solvents has large dielectric constant and small refractive index that is shown for 2,2,2-trifluoroethano solvent have (ε≈ 26.726) and refractive index n= 1.2907 have polarity range value of (0.5628 ) ,and the reorganization energy are ranged emol. met.(ev) = 0.77748 , 0.565626, 0.583684 ,and 0.770667evfor theau/naphthalene,au/3,4,10,perylenetetracarboxyleicdiimide, au/pentacene, and au/4,aminothiophenol interface system and rate ket =1.92 × 10 11 ,2.25×1011 ,2.22×1011 ,1.93×1011 on the other hand the xylene liquid has small polarity ≈ 0.0259 , this indicats that xylene have small dielectric constant 2.3879 and large refractive index 1.4995,results to small 89 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 reorganization energy and large rate constant(8.88 × 1011 , 1.04 × 1012 , 1.02 × 1012 , 8.92×1011) that are shown in table(4). that leads to opinion the reorganization energies are the key of the probability of electron transfer at metal / molecule interface. our results show a good agreement with experimental data (7× 1011 − 4 × 1012 𝑠𝑒𝑐−1) [21]. conclusions in this study, we have investigated the electron transfer at metal/molecule interface system depending on quantum theory. the reorganization energy has been calculated depending on the semi classical continuum dielectric model based on classical electron transfer theory. it can be concluded that electron transfer at metal/molecules interface system depends on the polarity from depending on both dielectric constant, and optical properties (refractive index). our results of the reorganization energy calculation indicate that electron transfer is more probable happen in the metal/molecules system havy large polarity. it can be concluded that the metal/molecule with solvent system has large dielectric constant, leads to large reorganization energies for electron transfer, and the transitions involve more energy to happen. also the increases of refractive index lead to small reorganization energy depending on the optical properties of solvent. consequently the system has large e0 refers that system has less electron reaction media than other system has small reorganization energy. references 1-stähler, j.; meyer, m.; zhu1, x .y.;bovensiepen, u. and wolf2, m. (2007) dynamics of electron transfer at polar molecule–metal interfaces: the role of thermally activated tunneling new journal of physics.rev.9, 394. 2-simon, v. (2006), fabrication of metal-molecule contacts, group prof. dr. e. scheer department of physics university of konstanz. 3mendez, h.; thurzo,i. and zahn, r.t.(1997)experimental study of charge transport mechanisms in a hybrid metal organic l inorganic device, phys . rev .8,(75), 45321 4–elizabeth, t.; marco, d.; ferri, v.; klaus, m. and michael, z.(2006)approaches for controlling current flowing through metal / molecule sunctions , adv. mater .189: 1323 – 1328 5–wei, c.; wang, l.; hang, c.;ting, t.l.; gao x.y., kian p.l., chen z.k., and andrew t.s.w. (2006) effect of functional group of arowatic thiols on electron transfer at molecule / metal interface j.a chem. soc. 71 6-christoph h., and marc.t.m.k.(2003)solvent reorganization in electron and ion transfer reaction near a smoth electrified surface :a molecular dynamics study, j.an. chem. soc.125:9840-9845. 7-maria ,a.r. (2003)electron transfer through molecular system in a metal /sameconductor junction, phd thesis,harvard university. 8-kevin ,t.;pavel ,a.f.,and prashant, v.k.(2011)photoinduced electron transfer from quantum dot to metal oxide nano particles ,pnas. 108 , (1). 9-itzhak b.(2005) quantum mechanics,book . ,willy sonc publishing. 10-al-agealy h.j.m.,and hassooni, m.a.(2011),calculate of the rate constant of electron transfer in tio2-safranine dye system"ibn al-hatham j.for pure &appl.sci.24, (3) 11-garrison ,j. c. and chiao,r. y. (2008)quantum optic,book, oxford university press published in the united states by oxford university press inc., new york 12-jan,g.k. and andreas,gr.(2002)semiconductors for micro and nanotechnology—an introduction for engineers, wiley-vch verlag gmbh, weinheim 90 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 13-john,w.n.(2000)quantum mechanics, book,physics department university of wisconsin-milwaukeep.o.box 413milwaukee, wi 53201november 20 14-shigeji, f.and salvador, g.(2002)quantum statistical theory of superconductivity, book,kluwer academic publishers new york, boston, dordrecht, london, moscow 15mohsin aneed hassooni (2009) a theoretical model for electron transfer in dye/ semiconductor system interface with verity solvents” ph.d, thesis, ibn al-hatham of university of baghdad 16-charles, k.(2005) introduction to solid state physics ,book 8th edition, wiley and sonc pub. 17kuciauskas, h. and micheal .s. (2001)electron transfer in tio2 solar cells , j. phys .chem. b. 105. (2):394 – 402 18–al_agealy h.j., and hassooni m.(2010) a theoretic study of the effect of the solvent type on the reorganization energies of dye – semiconductor system interface, ibn al_haitham g.hor pure of appl. sci. 23(3): 51 – 57. 19-paul, w.; derek, m.; dolney, david, j.; giesen, christopher j., cramer (2010) minnesota solvent descriptor data base ,department of chemistry and supercomputer institute, university of minnesota, minneapolis, mn 55455-0431. 20-nienh, h.; chung, m. and charles, h.(2000) portrait of the potential femtosecond studies of electron dynamics at interface .acc.chm.res. 33:111-118. 21zhu, x.y. (2004) electron structure and electron dynamics at molecule/metal interface surface science reports, 56: 1-83. table no.(1):properties and calculated radii of molecule[11] molecule molecule weight 𝐠. 𝐦𝐨𝐥−𝟏 [11] density 𝐠. 𝐜𝐦−𝟑 [11] radii calculated (a) pentacene 278.36 1.3 4.39534 nphthalene 128.17 1.14 3.54594 3,4,10,perylenetetracarboxyl eicdiimide 390.35 1.68 4.51668 4-aminothiophenol 125.19 1.2 3.4586 table no.(2):properties of organic solvent[19] solvent type refraction index (n) dielectric constant (ε) 1,1,1-trichloroethane 1.4379 7.0826 dichloroethane 1.4448 10.125 hexanol 1.4178 12.51 pentanol 1.4101 15.13 butanol 1.3993 17.332 nitropropane 1.4018 23.73 trifluoroethanol 1.2907 26.726 acetonitrile 1.3442 35.688 dimethylsulfoxide 1.4170 46.826 formic acid 1.3714 51.1 n-methylformamide(e/z mixture) 1.4319 181.56 formamide 1.4472 108.94 water 1.3328 78.355 xylene (mixture) 1.4995 2.3879 dibromoethane 1.5387 4.9313 91 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(3): theoretical results of the reorganization energy for electron transfer at metal/ molecule interface system. solvent au/ nphthalene au/3,4,10,peryl enetetracarbox yleicdiimide au/pentacene au/4,aminothiop henol xylene(mixture) 0.035863 0.026091 0.026924 0.035549 dibromoethane 0.303312 0.220663 0.227708 0.300654 1,1,1-trichloroethane 0.47306 0.344157 0.355144 0.468914 1,2dichloroethane 0.525296 0.38216 0.39436 0.520694 1hexanol 0.576749 0.419592 0.432987 0.571695 pentanol 0.603394 0.438977 0.452991 0.598107 1butanol 0.625758 0.455247 0.46978 0.620275 1nitropropane 0.644732 0.46905 0.484024 0.639082 2,2,2trifluoroethanol 0.77748 0.565626 0.583684 0.770667 acetonitrile 0.72577 0.528007 0.544863 0.71941 dimethylsulfoxide 0.658443 0.479025 0.494318 0.652673 formic acid 0.70742 0.514657 0.531086 0.701221 water 0.75998 0.552895 0.570546 0.753321 formamide 0.64685 0.470591 0.485614 0.641182 n-methylformamide (e/z mixture) 0.666091 0.484589 0.500059 0.660254 table no.(4) : our theoretical results of electron transfer rate constant for metal/ mo0lecul interface system with variety solvent at the coupling coefficient h= 91 cm-1 rate of electron transfer ket (sec -1) au/4aminothiop henol au/pentacen e au/3,4,10,pe rylenetetrac arboxyleicdi imide au/nephthalen solvent 8.92ˣ1011 1.02ˣ1012 1.04ˣ1012 8.88 ˣ1011 xylene(mixture) 3.09ˣ1011 3.55ˣ1011 3.61ˣ1011 3.08 ˣ1011 dibromoethane 2.47ˣ1011 2.84ˣ1011 2.89ˣ1011 2.46 ˣ1011 1,1,1-trichloroethane 2.35ˣ1011 2.7ˣ1011 2.74ˣ1011 2.34 ˣ1011 1,2dichloroethane 2.24ˣ1011 2.57ˣ1011 2.61ˣ1011 2.23ˣ1011 1hexanol 2.19ˣ1011 2.52ˣ1011 2.56ˣ1011 2.18 ˣ1011 pentanol 2.15ˣ1011 2.47ˣ1011 2.51ˣ1011 2.14 ˣ1011 1butanol 2.12ˣ1011 2.43ˣ1011 2.47ˣ1011 2.11 ˣ1011 1nitropropane 1.93ˣ1011 2.22ˣ1011 2.25ˣ1011 1.92 ˣ1011 2,2,2trifluoroethanol 1.99ˣ1011 2.29ˣ1011 2.33ˣ1011 1.99 ˣ1011 acetonitrile 2.09ˣ1011 2.41ˣ1011 2.45ˣ1011 2.09 ˣ1011 dimethylsulfoxide 2.02ˣ1011 2.32ˣ1011 2.36ˣ1011 2.01 ˣ1011 formic acid 1.95ˣ1011 2.24ˣ1011 2.28ˣ1011 1.94 ˣ1011 water 2.11ˣ1011 2.43ˣ1011 2.47ˣ1011 2.1 ˣ1011 formamide 2.08ˣ1011 2.39ˣ1011 2.43ˣ1011 2.07ˣ1011 n-methylformamide 92 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 / جزیئةالنتقال الاللكتروني لسطح معدن ا ھادي جبار مجبل العكیلي محمد زھیر فاضل /جامعة بغداد)ابن الھیثم(قسم الفیزیاء/كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2012تشرین االول 15: قبل البحث في ، 2012حزیران 24 : في استلم البحث الخالصة لنظریة الكم. االنموذج المشتق باالعتماد على التقریب "انظریا تبع فة وصاإللكترون في سطح معدن / جزیئ انتقال ة مع حساب الطاقة إلعادة التنظیم.طاقة اعادة یئاالول لنظریة االضطراب استعمل لحساب ثابت المعدل لسطح المعدن / جز ت المالة. المعالتنظیم حسبت تبعا النموذج الكروي الخارجي على اساس الجھد الكھروستاتیكي للجزیئات المانحة والمستقب الجزیئیة التي أدخلت في ھذا االنموذج ھي الوزن الجزیئي والكثافة الكتلیة، ونصف قطرھا الجزئي الذي حسب تبعا لحجم وني كانت متوافقھ رمعدل االنتقال االلكت ثابت الموالري باستخدام التقریب كروي. النتائج النظریة المستحصلة وفقا النموذج عملیة لبعض سطوح معدن/ جزیئة لدراسات تجریبیة.مقارنة مع النتائج ال :االنتقال االلكتروني ،سطح معدن / جزیئةالكلمات المفتاحیة 93 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة في citrus grandisر ثمار السندي الزیت الطیار المستخلص من قشوتأثیر .المجھریة الملوثة لألغذیة األحیاءنمو بعض *ھادي محمد إبراھیم، عز الدین إستبرقبتول زینل علي ، جامعة بغداد ،بن الھیثم ا -كلیة التربیة ،قسم علوم الحیاة جامعة دیالى ،كلیة العلوم ،قسم علوم الحیاة * خالصةال فــي citrus grandis الصـفر تـأثیر الزیــت الطیـار المسـتخلص مـن قشـور ثمـار الســندي الـى هـدفت الدراسـة الحالیـة هـذا عمال اسـت إمكانیـةللكشف عـن aspergillus flavusبكتریا المعزولة من عینات غذائیة وفطر لنمو ثالث عزالت من ا األنــواعالنتــائج اخـتالف حساســیة أظهـرت. المجهریـة الملوثــة لألغذیــة األحیــاءغذائیــة أو مانعــة لنمـو الزیـت مــادة حافظـة staphyllococcusو salmonella enteritidisادا لعزلتــي البكتریــا ضـمللزیــت الطیــار الـذي اظهــر تــأثیرا البكتیریـة aureus وكـان الـــ . بزیـادة التراكیــزm ic البكتریـا وأظهــرت. علــى التـوالي )% 0.12و 1(للعـزلتینpseudomonas aeruginosa ة في الدراسة عملمة تامة للزیت بالتراكیز المستمقاو . االبواغ إلنباتفعالیة تثبیط تامة بتراكیز مختلفة من الزیت الطیار a. flavusابواغ الفطر قمعاملة عالنتائج أظهرتكما ) 17و 11(االبـواغ لغایـة إنبـات)% 0.06، 0.03(التركیزین أخرفي حین )% 1، 0.5، 0.25، 0.12(عند التراكیز أثـرتكمـا . حضـانة ساعات ) 6(بعد مرور لإلنباتساعة بعد الحضانة مقارنة بمعاملة السیطرة التي ظهراول مؤشر فیها 0.5، 0.25، 0.12(التراكیــز أظهــرت إذ، a. flavusللزیـت الطیــار فــي معـدل النمــو القطــري للفطـر التراكیـز المختلفــة المســتعمرات بزیــادة أقطـارانخفاضــا فــي أظهـرتمـن ذلــك فقــد األدنــىالتراكیــز أمـافعالیـة تثبــیط تامـة لنمــو الفطــر )% 1، .ز التراكی ة ـقدمـالم عنـد تعرضـها للهـواء تتبخـر إنهـاالنبتـة ، وبمـا أجـزاءتوجـد فـي جمیـع إنالزیوت الطیارة هي المواد العطریـة التـي یمكـن وكـذلك essential oils األساسـیةأو الزیـوت volatile oilsتسـمى الزیـوت الطیـارة فإنهـالـذلك في درجات حـرارة اعتیادیـة ) . 2، 1(تسـمى بـالزیوت العطریــة وهـذه التســمیة تعـود لكــون الزیـوت الطیــارة تشـمل المــواد العطریـة الموجــودة فـي النباتــات ت الطیـارة المفصـولة مـن الزیـو على زیوت طیـارة وفـي حـاالت عدیـدة تسـتعمل تستعمل قسم من العقاقیر الخام طبیا الحتوائها تســـتعمل فـــي العطــــور إذ ،العطریـــة لألغـــراضاســـتعماالت الزیـــوت الطیـــارة شـــیوعا هـــي أكثـــر أن. نفســـه "اعقـــار العقـــاقیر ، لـذلك مضـافات غذائیـة ولبعضـها خاصـیة معقمـة عملالعالجیـة ، كمـا تسـتتها عماالرات التجمیل فضـال عـن اسـتومستحض العدیـد مـن أجریـتوقـد ) . 2(موضـوع بحـث مسـتمر لتـزا ومـاكانـت فان فعالیة الزیوت الطیارة المضادة للبكتریا والفطریات ، 7، 6، 5، 4، 3(ضـد البكتریـا والفطریـات لبیان فعالیة الزیوت الطیـارة المستخلصـة مـن العدیـد مـن النباتـات الدراسات 8 ،9 . ( تبـــة ور rutaceaeعائلـــة إلــى pumelloتســـمیته االنكلیزیـــة citrus grandis (sindi)یعــود نبـــات الســندي geraniales )10 ( أوsapindales )11 ( التابعة لتحت الصفarchichlamyae )10 ( أوangiosp ermae . یســتخلص ) . 11(والالفونویــدات ، حـوامض ، وزیــوت طیـارة b1و cثمــار الحمضـیات غنیــة بفیتـامین دبصـورة عامــة تعـ ثمــار الناضــجة لمــن األوراق وا عمل مـادةالعطــور أو یســتفـي تحضــیر ، ویســتعمل المتفتحــة األزهــارمـن أمــاالزیـت الطیــار . ویستخدم كمادة غذائیة عطریة 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة وهــو مــن limoneneالحمضــیات باســتثناء السـندي هــو زیـت أنـواعلكــل للزیـت الطیــار وبصــورة عامـة المكـون الــرئیس أن وبنســـبة linaloolللزیـــت الطیـــار للزیـــت الطیـــار المســـتخلص مـــن الســـندي فهـــو المكـــون الـــرئیس أمـــا األحادیـــةالتربینــات -γ-3فعـال هــو أخــرفضــال عـن ذلــك یحـوي زیـت قشــور السـندي علــى مركـب أیضـا األحادیــة التربینـاتوه مـن )% 50.3( carene 12)% (2.37(وبنسبة . ( البكتریـا أنـواعفـي نمـو بعـض الصـفرتأثیر الزیـت الطیـار المسـتخلص مـن قشـور ثمـار السـندي الى یةالحالهدفت الدراسة أو مـادة غذائیـة حافظــة هـذا الزیــت عمالاسـت إمكانیــة مـن ثـمو aspergillus flavusالمعزولـة مـن عینـات غذائیــة وفطـر . المجهریة الملوثة لألغذیة األحیاءمانعة لنمو المواد وطرائق العمل القشـور عملتل علیـه مـن السـوق المحلیـة واسـتالذي تـم الحصـو الصفرالناضجة جمعت قشور ثمار السندي : نبات السندي ) . 12(دون تجفیفها من مباشرة : a. flavusالعزالت االبكتیریة وفطر pseudomonasو staphyllococcus aureusو salmonella enteritidisتـم الحصـول علـى عــزالت البكتریـا aeruginosa والمعزولـة مـن عینـات غذائیـة ، وفطـر a. flavus الـذي عـزل مـن عینـات مـن الطحـین فـي دراســة / المتقـدم فـي قسـم علـوم الحیـاة المجهریـة األحیـاءسموم االفالتوكسین ، من مختبـر إنتاجقدرته على أظهرت، ) 13(سابقة . كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم : تحضیر الزیت الطیار من قشور ثمار السندي غـم مـن القشــور ) 100(ن ،اذ تـم وز لثمـار نبـات السـندي الصــفرالسـتخالص الزیـت الطیـار مـن القشـور ) 14(اتبعـت طریقـة ، بعــد اســتخالص steam distillatorقطیــر بالبخـار ووضــعت فـي جهــاز التلتـر واحــد مــن المـاء المقطــر إلیهــا وأضـیف غـم ) 50(وكـان معـدل الزیـت المسـتخلص مـن كـل مة وحفظ في الثالجة لحـین االسـتعمالتالزیت الطیار وضع في قناني مع . )مل 2(قشور یعادل : a. flavusومحلول ابواغ فطر تحضیر مزروع البكتریا علـى الوسـط الصـلب البكتیریـة النامیـة األنـواعجـزء مـن مسـتعمرات نقـل اذ فـي تحضـیر مـزروع البكتریـا ) 15(اتبعـت طریقـة ساعة بدرجة ) 18-16(مل من وسط المرق المغذي وبعد حضانة ) 10(حاویة على اختبار أنبوبة إلىساعة ) 24(وبعمر جهـاز المطیـاف الضـوئي وعلـى خدامالمخفـف باسـت للمـزروعوحـددت الكثافـة الضـوئیة عملت تخافیف للمزروع م ) 30º(حرارة . نانومیتر ) 420(طول موجي قدره دكسـتروز -علـى وسـط البطاطـا a. flavus زرع الفطـراذ ) 16(طریقـة بإتبـاعفحضر a. flavusمحلول ابواغ الفطر أما طة اوتـم فصــل االبـواغ بوســالطبـق إلــىمــل مـن المــاء المقطـر المعقـم ) 5( أضـیف أیـام) 6-5(وبعـد مــرور (pda) أكـار جمـع . من الشاش المعقـم للـتخلص مـن هایفـات الفطـر عدة طبقات عمال طبقات متعددةل المعدني ، رشح المحلول باستالناق .10³ وهومحلول االبواغ في قنینة معقمة وعملت منه تخافیف متعددة ثم اختیر التخفیف المالئم : لزیت الطیار تجاه ااختبار حساسیة العزالت البكتیریة المتدرجــة حضـرت سلسـلة مـن التخـافیف اذ) 15(ر تـأثیر الزیـت المسـتخلص تجـاه العـزالت البكتیریـة وحسـب طریقـة اختبـ في وسط المـرق إذابتهلعمل مستحلب یمكن )% 0.05(بتركیز tween 80له مادة أضیفتلمستخلص الزیت الطیار الذي : تي مایأالمغذي وبثالث مكررات وك الســـیطرة الحاویـــة علـــى عوالــــق أنابیـــب، وحضـــرت ) حجـــم: حجـــم ()% 2، 1، 0.5، 0.25، 0.12، 0.06، 0.03( م بعدها اخذ ) 37º(بدرجة ساعة ) 19-16(مدة األنابیب، حضنت tween 80ومادة البكتریا ووسط المرق المغذي 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة االكار المغذي المعقم والمبرد لدرجة حرارة طركیز ووضع في طبق زجاجي معقم ثم صب فوقه وستمل من كل ) 0.1(حجم )40-45º ( وحضـنت بدرجـة وتركـت لحـین تصـلب الوسـط الزرعـي لمجانسة المزروع مع الوسـط الزرعـي األطباقحركت . م )37º ( لمـدة م)سـاعة ، بعـد ذلـك تــم حسـاب عـدد المسـتعمرات النامیـة لكــل تركیـز ومقارنتهـا مـع معاملـة الســیطرة ) 48-24 . الخالیة من الزیت . a. flavus ابواغ الفطر إلنباتفي النسبة المئویة لقشور نبات السندي اختبار تأثیر الزیت الطیار مل لع)% 0.05(بنسبة tween 80مادة إلیها وأضیفاختبار معقمة أنابیبحضرت تراكیز مختلفة من الزیت الطیار في دكسـتروز السـائل للحصــول -مسـتخلص البطاطـامـل مـن محلـول االبـواغ وحجـم معـین مـن وسـط ) 0.1( إلیـه أضـیفمسـتحلب معاملـة السـیطرة عـن " فضـال) حجم: حجم )% (10، 5، 2.5، 0.25، 0.62، 0.31، 0.15، 0.07(على التراكیز قطـرة مـن بأخـذوذلـك كـل سـاعة بزوغهـامـن حـین اإلنبـات أنابیبم وتمت متابعة ) 28º(بدرجة الحرارة األنابیبحضنت . السـیطرة ومقارنتهـا بمعاملـة سـاعة ) 24(مدة نابتةعدد االبواغ ال بتو حس كل تركیز على شریحة زجاجیة وفحصت مجهریاً . . a. flavusاختبار تأثیر الزیت الطیار في معدل النمو القطري لفطر ة السـیطرة مـن الفقـرة السـابقة ومعاملـمل من عالق االبواغ المعامل بالزیت الطیار ) 0.5(اخذ حجم اذ) 17(اتبعت طریقة األطبــاقوحضـنت pdaطة ماصــة معقـدة ووضـعت فـي مركـز الطبــق الزجـاجي علـى وسـط اسـسـاعة بو ) 24(بعـد مـرور إلــىلحـین وصـول النمـو فــي طبـق السـیطرة أیــاممـدة خمسـة قطــر المسـتعمرات فـي كـل یــوم ب حسـو . م ) 28º(بدرجـة حـرارة . حافة الطبق ة ـج والمناقشـئاالنت مـن الزیـت الطیـار بتراكیز مختلفـة p. aeruginosaو s. aureusو s. enteritidisنتائج معاملة البكتریا أظهرت . ) 0.05، 0.01، 0.001(تحـت مسـتوى احتمالیـة األدنـىالقاتـل تأثیرا مضادا وتدریجیا لنمـو هـذه العـزالت بزیـادة التركیـز عملةت بـالتراكیز المسـتة تامـة للزیـمقاومـ p. aeuroginosaبكتریا وأظهرت، في حساسیتها للزیت الطیار األنواعواختلفت یتـألف مــن الغــالف الخـارجي للبكتریـا إناذ للبكتریـا المـذكورة الجــدار الخلـوي إلـىتلــك المقاومـة تعـود إنفـي التجربـة ، ویعتقـد lip op olysaccharides )lps ( ــــض البروتینـــــات ــــدوكالیكان ودهـــــون فوســـــفاتیة وبعـ ــــة الببتیــ ـــــذه المـــــواد تغطـــــي طبقـ وهـ (pep tidoglycan) فضـال عـن قـدرة البكتریـا ) 16، 6(حمایة ضـد الزیـوت الطیـارة یمنح البكتریا المذكورة "احاجز وتعمل ، بعض الزیـوت الطیـارة التسـتطیع نا إذالطیار ، كذلك طبیعة الزیت المذكورة على تأییض مدى واسع من المركبات العضویة ) 1(شـكل s. enteritidisتأثرا من بكتریا أكثر فقد كانت s. aureusبكتریا أما) . 16(داخل الخلیة البكتیریة إلى فاذالن mكـان إذ، ic لبكتریـاs. aureus وs. enteritidis )0.12 تظهـر هـذه النتـائج . علـى التـوالي ) حجـم: حجـم )% (1و قـد یعـود ذلـك رام مـن البكتریـا السـالبة لملـون غـتـأثرا بالزیـت الطیـار أكثـركانـت s. aureusن البكتریا الموجبة لملون غـرام أ pepن طبقـة الــ ا إلـى tidoglycan حمایـة فـال تملـك ل بالزیـت الطیـار متاحـة لالتصـا أكثـرفـي البكتریـا الموجبـة لملـون غـرام ) . 16(مادة خارج هذه الطبقة أيمن قبل التـي األحادیـة المركبـات التربینیـةلكونـه مـن البكتیریـة األنـواعالزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار السندي على تثبیط تعزى قابلیة فــي النقــل الفعــال وعملیــة الفســفرة التأكســدیة آلیــة إیقــافعلــى األســاسبالدرجــة فتــؤثرالســایتوبالزمیة األغشــیةتتـداخل مــع أكثــرفـي الزیــوت الطیـارة كانـت ادت هــذه الخاصـیة دز امـا تكـون محبــة للـدهون وكل األحادیـةربینــات الت إنعـن البكتریـا فضـال ) . 6(المجهریة لألحیاءسمیة أكثركانت من ثمویة و الخل األغشیةقابلیة للذوبان في . a. flavus ابواغ الفطر إلنباتلقشور ثمار السندي في النسبة المئویة تأثیر الزیت الطیار 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة بتراكیـز مختلفـة مـن الزیـت الطیـار فعالیـة تثبـیط عالیـة تحـت مســتوى a. flavusنتـائج معاملـة عـالق ابـواغ الفطـر أظهـرت اظهـر الزیـت المسـتخلص فعالیـة إذ) . 2(ابـواغ الفطـر شـكل إلنباتفي النسبة المئویة ) 0.05، 0.01، 0.001(احتمالیة إنبــات)% 0.06، 0.03(التركیــز أخـرفـي حــین ) حجــم: حجـم )% (1، 0.5، 0.25، 0.12(تثبـیط تامــة عنـد التراكیــز ) 6(مــرور بعــد لإلنبـاتمــؤثر أولالتــي ظهـر الحضـانة مقارنــة بمعاملــة السـیطرة سـاعة بعــد) 17(و) 11(االبـواغ لغایــة على الفعالیـة التثبیطیـة العالیـة للزیـت الطیـار أكدااللذین ) 9، 8( إلیهتتفق هذه النتیجة مع ماتوصل . ساعات من الحضانة وقشـور ثمــار النـارنج الخضــراء علـى التــوالي فـي النســبة cymbopogan citratesالمستحصـل مـن نبــات حشیشـة اللیمــون ومــا الزیــوت الطیـارة إنمـن ) 18، 17( إلیــهكمــا تتفـق النتیجــة مـع ماتوصـل . a. flavusابــواغ الفطـر إلنبـات المئویـة . a. flavus ها تأثیر فعال تجاه نمو الفطرل األحادیةمن التربینات هتحوی . a. flavusالنمو القطري لفطر في تأثیر الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار السندي لنمــو )% 1، 0.5، 0.25، 0.12(عنـد التراكیــز )% 100(التراكیــز المختلفـة للزیــت الطیــار فعالیـة تثبــیط بلغــت أظهـرت المسـتعمرات بزیــادة أقطـارانخفاضــا فـي أظهـرتمـن ذلـك فقـد األدنــىكیـز االتر أمـا) 3شـكل ( a. flavusمسـتعمرات فطـر عنـد ) 0.05، 0.01، 0.001(تحـت مسـتوى احتمالیـة یة جدا وجود فروقات معنویة عال اإلحصائيالتحلیل وأوضحالتركیز لهــا األحادیــةالتربینـات إنمــن ) 18، 17( إلیـه، تتفـق هــذه النتیجـة مــع ماتوصــل )% 0.06، 0.03(التركیـزین المــؤثرین . a. flavusفي نمو الفطر "تأثیر تثبیطي عال salmonellaالطیــار المســتخلص مــن قشــور ثمــار الســندي لعزلتــي البكتریــا للزیــت نتــائج البحــث تــأثیر مضــاد أظهــرت enteridis وstaphyllococcus aureus االبــواغ وتـأثیر فــي معــدل النمــو القطــري إلنبــاتوكــذلك فعالیـة تثبــیط تامــة . aspergillus flavusللفطر المصادر 1-harborne, j.b. (1973). phy tochemical methods. c.x & wyman ltd., norfolk: 278 p p . ــي عبـد الحســین -2 ــات الطبیـة). 1989(الشـماع، عل ــل. العقـاقیر وكیمیــاء النبات ــة، الموص ــة دار الكتـب للطباع 400: مطبع . صفحة 3-cresp o, m .e.; jimenez, j.; gomis, e. & navarro, c. (1990). m icrobios, 61: 181-184. 4-el-kady , i.a.; el-m arap hy , s.s.m . & m ohamed, e.m . (1993). qat. univ. sci., 13 (1): 6369. 5-amaral, j.a.; ekins, s.r.r. & knowles, r. (1998). ap p l. envirom. m icrobiol., 64 (2): 520525. 6-m ann, c.m .; cox, s.d. & m arkham, j.l. (2000). lett . ap p l. m icrobiol., 30: 294-297. 7-shy h, m .y. & m ei, c.y. (2001). j. antimicrob: crob. chemother., 47: 665-670. والزیـت .brassica oleraceae var. capitata lتـأثیر عصـیر اللھانـة ). 2003(القیسي، صفاء الدین احمـد شـنتر -8 الت في نمو بعض األحیاء المجھریة وفعالیتھا وال cymbopogon citratusالطیار لحشیشة اللیمون ن حـا معزولـة ـم . صفحة 96: ابن الھیثم، جامعة بغداد/ رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة. مرضیة ود إسـتبرقالقیسـي ، -9 دین محـم اق الـدجاج ) . 2004(عـز اـل .zygophyllum fabago lتـأثیر مستخلصـات نبـات خـن ـات ـار نـب ـار لقشـور ثـم ي نمـو وفعا .citrus aurantium lوالزیـت الطـی . لیـة بعـض األحیـاء المجھریـة الخضـراء ـف .صفحة 97: رسالة ماجستیر ، كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد 10-bhatt acharyy a, b. & johri, b.m . (1998). flowering p lants taxonomy and p hy logeny. navosa p ublishing house, new delhi: 753 p p . 11-gonz 'alez, c.n. ; sanchez, f. ; quintero, a. ; usubillage, a.(2004). chemotaxonomic value of essential oil comp ounds in citrus sp ecies . international conference on medicinal and aromatic p lants . abst ract . http :// www.actahort. org . 2009) 3( 22المجلد یثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الھ 12-vekiari, s.a.; prot op apadakis, e.e.; pap adopoulou, p.; pap anicolaou, d.; panon, c. & vamovakias, m . (2002)..j.agric. food chem., 50(1): 147-153. . اد الحافظـة لألغذیـة فـي نمـو الفطریـات والتلـوث باالفالتوكسـین تـأثیر بعـض المـو) . 1998(الجنابي ، سندس جمیل -13 . كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد . رسالة ماجستیر 14-cavallito-freiitas, m .i.r and costa, m . (1945). l. biol. pharm. bull., 25(12) : 1629-1633. 15-m ann, c.m . & m arkham, j.l. (1998). j. ap p l. m icrobial., 84: 538-544. 16-chao, s.c.; young, d.g. & oberg, c.j. (2000). screening for inhibitory activity of essential oils on selected bacteria, fungi and viruses. j. essent. oil res., 12: 639-649. 17-benjilali, b.; elaraki, a.t.; ay adi, a. & ihlal, m . (1984). j. food prot ., 47 (10): 748-752 p p . 18-lopez, m .a.; al-zamora, s.m . & palou, e. (2002). int. j. food m icrobiol., 73 (2-3): 213218. البكتریا الملوثة لألغذیة أنواعتأثیر الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات السندي في نمو بعض ): 1(شكل 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 ٠.٠٣ ٠.٠٦ ٠.١٢ ٠.٢٥ ٠.٥ ١ ٢ ٤ رة ط سی ال لة ام مع ن م یة و مئ ال بة س الن (%)التركیز s. aureus 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 ٠.٠٣ ٠.٠٦ ٠.١٢ ٠.٢٥ ٠.٥ ١ ٢ ٤ رة ط سی ال لة ام مع ن م یة و مئ ال بة س الن (%)التركیز s. enteritidis 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة a. flavus ابواغ الفطر إلنباتتأثیر الزیت الطیار لقشور نبات السندي في النسبة المئویة ):2(شكل a. flavusتأثیر الزیت الطیار لقشور نبات السندي في النمو القطري لفطر ):3(شكل 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩ ١٠ ١١ ١٢ ١٣ ١٤ ١٥ ١٦ ١٧ ١٨ ١٩ ٢٠ ٢١ ٢٢ ٢٣ ٢٤ control ٠.٠٣ ٠.٠٦ 0 5 10 15 c ٠.٠٣ ٠.٠٦ ٠.١٢ ٠.٢٥ ٠.٥ ١ ر طا الق س ا یا ق ) )سم لتركیز (%)ا ل الیوم األو ي الیوم الثان ث ال الیوم الث ع الیوم الراب س الیوم الخام ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 effect of volatile oil extracted from citrus grandis yellow peel on growth of some food borne microorganisms b. z.ali , e. al-qaissi , e. h. mohamme d* de partme nt of biology ,college of education-ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad * departme nt of biology , college of science , unive rsity of diyala abstract the study is conducted to invest igate the effect of volatile oil extracted from the y ellow p eel of c. grandis fruits (sindi) on growt h of three bacterial sp ecies isolated from food samples , as well as a. flavus , and to check the p ossibility of using the volatile oils of this p lant as a food preservative . results showed a variation in the sensitivity of the bacterial isolates against the volatile oil which showed inhibitory effect on the growt h of s. enteritidis and s. aureus with the increasing concentration of the volatile oils used in this st udy s , m ic for both bacteria was (0.12 , 1)% (v:v) resp ectively. whereas , p. aeruginosa showed comp lete resistance to all treating concentrations used . results of treating sp ore susp ension of a. flavus with different concentrations of volatile oil showed also comp lete inhibition of germination at concentrations (0.12 , 0.25 , 0.5 , 1)%. whereas lower concentrations (0.03 , 0.06)% delayed sp ore germination for (11) and (17) hrs after incubation resp ectively comp ared to the control treatment in which sp ores germination was within (6) hrs after incubation . different concentrations of the volatile oil also affected the radial growt h rate of a. flavus was colonies with the increasing concentrations . a comp lete inhibition of growt h occurred at concentrations (0.12 , 0.25 , 0.5 , 1)% , whereas lower concentrations showed a reduction of colony diameters with the increasing concentrations . microsoft word 123-134 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|123   investigate of the ability of cronobacter sakazakii isolated from clinical samples of children under two years to induce swimming, swarming and biofilm luma abdal hady zwein lumaabdalhadee@yahoo.com tharieyt abdulrahman motlag dept. of biology, college of education for pure science -ibn al-haitham , baghdad university mohamed mousa ministry of science and technology abstract the study included 200 samples were collected from children under two years included (50 samples from each of cerebrospinal fluid, blood, stool and urine) from, central children hospital and children's protections educational hospital. isolates bacterial were obtained cultural, microscopic and biochemical examination and diagnosed to the species by using vitek2 system. the results showed there were contamination in 6.5% of clinical samples. the diagnosed colonies which gave pink color on the macconkey agar, golden yellow color on the trypton soy agar and green color on the birillent enterobacter sakazakii agar and gave a probability of 99% in the vitek 2 and were identified as cronobacter sakazakii. the identification revealed of thirteen isolates: 6(46.16%) isolated from cerebrospinal fluid samples, 7(53.84%) isolated from blood samples and not isolated bacteria from stool and urine samples. the results of the investigation of some virulence factors showed that all bacteria isolates were able to swimming with a diameter ranging (1-9 mm) and swarming with a diameter ranging (1-40 mm) and their ability to biofilm formation by using three methods. the results show the ability of isolates to form biofilm by using congo red media methods where it is 12 (92.30 %) out of 13 isolated bacteria belonging to c. sakazakii able to form biofilm on the congo red media which is 3 (23.07%) were strong production biofilm , 8 (61.53%) were intermediate production biofilm and 1 (7.69% ) were weak biofilm formation , while the 1 (7.69%) unable to form biofilm. tubes method were all isolates were able to form biofilm, it were found that 3 (23.07%) isolates strong, and 8 (61.53%) intermediate and 2 ( 15.38%) weak biofilm formation. microtiter plate method gave 5 (38.46 %) isolates strong, 6 (46.15%) intermediate and 1 (7.69%) weak biofilm formation. keywords: cronobacter sakazakii, clinical samples, swarming, biofilm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|124   1. introduction the genus c.sakazakii (formerly known as enterobacter sakazakii), which belongs to the intestinal family enterobactereacea. c.sakazakii is a gram negative, cells are rod shaped, not formation of spores, moving by peritrichous flagella, is a formation of capsule, and its other properties are facultative anaerobic, negative for the tests of indol, oxidase and positive of catalase, and its characteristic properties production of glycosidase. therefore, this enzyme was used differential characteristic on chromogenic agar [1] . cronobacter grows at a temperature ranging between 6-45˚c and optimal growth 37˚c [2]. c.sakazakii bacteria are present in the children's thermally tolerant milk, which varies from 58°c for 0.4 min [2] to 71 ° c for 2.6 min [3]. the bacterial resistance to dry, is characterized by high resistance compared to intestinal family (enterobacteriacae) [4, 5] the generation time of the gene was 40 min at 23 ° c and 75 min at 25°c. yellow colonies of c.sakazakii (tsa) are shown on the trypton soy agar medium to produce yellow pigment. it produces a bright yellow after 24 hours of incubation at 25 ° c, more than 36 ° c and colonies (1-2) mm and (2-3) mm respectively for both degrees [6, 7]. one of the most significant symptoms of these bacteria is diarrhea and high fever [8]. these bacteria cause meningitis, necrotizing enterocolitis and septicemia in infants [9], especially children under the age of 28 days with more mature children and newborns weighing 2.5 kg. [10]. the study aimed to detection of some of the virulence factors including the formation of biofilm, swimming and swarming. 2. experimental 2.1. materials and methods 2.1.1. sampling: 200 samples from different clinical sources were collected from the city of medicine complex (child protection hospital) and the central child hospital (50 stool samples, 50 blood samples, 50 urine samples, 50 cerebrospinal fluid sample(csf). 2.1.2. culture media: brain heart infusion broth (bhia) brilliant enterobacter sakazakii agar (besa) , macconkey agar and trypton soy agar (tsa) ,swimming media(10g tryptose, 5 g nacl and 1.5 g agarose in 1 l distilled water and swarming media ( 8 g nutrient broth ,5 g glucose and 5 g agar in 1 l distilled water )[ 11] 2.1.3. culture of sampling: blood samples and csf samples were inoculated on the brain heart infusion broth and incubated for 24 hours at 37 ° c, then inoculated on the macconkey agar medium. the stool samples and urine samples were inoculated directly on macconkey agar and incubated for 24 hours at 37 ° c, after which all colony were inoculated on the trypton soy agar medium and incubated at 25 ° c for 72 hours. finally, they were cultured on the brilliant enterobacter sakazakii agar and incubated at 37 ° c for 24 hours, according to [12]. 2.1.4 diagnosis with vitek-2 diagnostic kit 2.1.4.1. biofilm formation: the samples were cultured on congo red agar medium and incubated for 24 hours at a 37 ° c according to [13] . tube method and microtiter plate method according to [14] and [15], respectively. 2.1.4.2. swimming and swarming ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|125   swimming test, its ability the c.sakazakii to induce movement, the isolates were cultured on swimming media and incubated for 8 hours at 37 ° c. it was also cultured on the swarming media to test its ability to induce the swarming and incubated for 12 hours at 37 m. then measured the movement of the colonies in millimeters using the ruler for both tests [13]. 3. results and discussion the results were shown after the samples were cultured on the macconkey agar, then diagnosed as a preliminary diagnosis on the tsa and on the besa medium. the colonies were diagnosed by microscopic and using the biochemical tests and the confirmation of the use of the vitek 2-vitek. (200) of the sample and found that there were 13(6.5%) samples gave a positive result of c.sakazakii while there were 187(93.9%) samples gave a negative result figure (1). figure (1): the presence of c.sakazakii bacteria in clinical samples. 6(46.16%) isolates of spinal cord fluid and 7(53.84%) isolates of blood were obtained from c.sakazakii. the bacteria were not obtained from the stool and urine samples shown in table (2) table (1): source of c.sakazakii isolates, the number of isolates of each source and the percentage of clinical isolates. c.sakazakii no. isolation source % no. 46.16 6 50 csf 53.84 7 50 blood 0 0 50 stool 0 0 13 50 200 urine total culture of c.sakazakii, the pink isolates appeared on the macconkey agar. this indicates that it is fermentation of lactose and gold yellow pigment on the tsa as shown in figure 2. when cultured on the besa it appeared in green as in figure (3). the colonies were distinguished in circular form as having a head with moderate edge. these features were attributed to the colonies of c.sakazakii. c.sakazakii 6.50% no  c.sakazakii 93.50% ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|126   figure (2): c.sakazakii on tsa figure (3): c.sakazakii on besa the bacterial cell was then dyed by gram stain, as they were characterized as small shaped gram negative, whose cells were either single or double shaped, not formation spores [5]. bacterial isolates were then identification by biochemical tests [16]. biochemical tests all isolates c.sakazakii gave negative indol test and oxidase test, but gave a positive test for amino acid such as ornithine and ariginine which show the production of an enzyme ornithine decarboxylase and ariginine decarboxylase ,and gave a test negative for the amino acid lysin, suggesting the lack of production of the enzyme lysin decarboxylase ,showed all isolates their ability to ferment sugars (rhamnose, melibiosd and raffinose) and be yellow color indication of the ability to produce acid from suger [18], and use vitek2 for the purpose of diagnosis of bacterial isolates, vitek-2 showed that all isolates belonged to c.sakazakii , with a probability of 99%.the results of the current study conducted on iraqi children under two years in the hospitals mentioned in the study that the presence of c.sakazakii in the blood was 14% while 12% of the scf out of 200 samples of children under two years .there were 13 cases of c.sakazakii infection and 26%. in a local study of c.sakazakii by(17)confirmed the presence of these bacteria (11.9%) in environmental and clinical samples ,and another study indicated the presence of c.sakazakii in the stool of people with diarrhea 3%(18) .while the world health organization (who,19) confirmed in 2006 that the annual rate of infection in the united states of america among infants under normal weight was 8.7 per 100,000 children. at the global level, there is no effective control system to overcome this pathogen. however, from 1961 to 2008, who recorded 120 cases of cronobacter infection among infants and children under 3 years of age. [20]. although only 120 cases have been reported worldwide, the number of cases of these bacteria is increasing. [21] a study confirmed that the infection of these bacteria threatens the lives of newborn infants (infants 4 weeks old) [22, 23] .death rate between 40-80% [24, 25]. c.sakazakii causes meningitis in infants and is fatal within hours or days of birth [26] and surviving children often suffer from neurological disorders [27]. the incidence of children with c.sakazakii is 13% in newborns. infection of children under the age of 2 years is due to their low weight, weak immune system and feeding on dried baby milk, which leads to bowel necrosis, ranging between 5-10% and meningitis at 80-40% [28]. this is indicated by [29] that cronobacter bacteria have the potential to cause meningitis, necrosis of the intestines and bacteremia, or transmission from mother to child during cesarean delivery [30]. while [31, 32] reported that the infection may occur by vagina during normal delivery and that cronobacter may be part of vaginal infections. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|127   3.1. swimming and swarming motility of c.sakazakii the results showed that the ability of c.sakazakii isolates to motility, 13 isolates able to swimming and swarming in different diameters on different media. the results showed that 3 isolates (b5, csf1, and csf3) had a diameter of 5 mm and two isolates (b6 and b7) had a diameter 6 mm and 5 isolates (b1, b2, csf4, csf5 and csf6) with a diameter of 7 mm and two isolates (b4 and csf2) with a diameter of 8 mm and one isolation of b3 with a diameter of 9 mm. swarming showed that the isolation of one (b7) was a diameter of 40 mm and (csf6) was 36 mm, this is a strong movement. while the 4 isolates (b3 and b4 and csf1 and csf5) were 24, 20 and 26 mm respectively, this movement is moderate, while the movement of 7 isolates (b1, b2, b5, b6, csf2, csf3 and csf4) was 18, 12, 10, 13, 18, 10 and 13 mm respectively, figure (3). figure (4): the ability of c.sakazakii isolates to swimming and swarming b: blood, csf: cerebrospinal fluid. the results showed that c.sakazakii bacteria have the ability to induce swarming greater than their ability to induce swimming (9-5 mm) for all isolates. there are significant differences between swimming and swarming [11]. [33] showed that there was no significant difference between bacterial isolates when measuring the swimming on a medium containing 0.3% of agar, while there were significant differences between the same isolates when measuring swarming on the media contains 0.5% of the agar. [34] noted that the c.sakazakii bacteria had the ability to swarm and diameter 73 mm after 6 hours of incubation in the media containing 0.3% of the agar. while [35] reported that the ability of c.sakazakii bacteria on the swimming was 15.7 mm in wild strain. the results showed that the isolates (b3, b4, and csf2) showed a decrease in swarming ability while high in swimming. [11] showed the c.sakazakii l3101 strain was the most swimming of the c.sakazakii g362 which gave the swarming more than the c.sakazakii strain l3101, which also indicated [36] that st1 c.sakazakii isolated from the milk samples had a greater ability to swarm more than the strain isolated from clinical samples, while the strain c.sakazakii st4 isolated from clinical samples has the ability to swim more than the isolated strain of milk samples has been this is due to adaptation.bacteria have the ability to swarming because it is able to form biofilm formation [37]. this is what is indicated by [11] and [32] that flagella have a role in swimming which has a significant role in the formation of the biofilm and the swarming. several studies have confirmed that ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|128   there are genes that are encoded into the methyl-accepting chemotaxis protein (mcp), which regulates the movement of c.sakazakii bacteria as it acts to induce changes in the whiplash circulation of bacteria [38, 39]. and [40] reported that the movement is a virulent agent for many pathogenic bacteria. the mutation in the mcp gene in c.sakazakii atcc29544, which plays a major role in the colonization and invasion of the organism. 3.2. formation of the biofilm: three methods were used to test the ability of bacteria to form the biofilm and to identify the difference in the three methods. the isolation of c.sakazakii isolates from clinical samples was tested on the congo red agar. the result was based on giving dark brown colonies with dry crystalline density a positive result, whereas colonies that gave color pink is a negative result of this test. the results of the study showed that 12(92.30%) isolates out of 13 isolates belonging to c.sakazakii were able to form the biofilm. three (23.07%) isolates were active, which gave colonies of high blackness, 8(61.53%) isolates, which gave colonies of medium blackness, and one(7.69%) isolation , which gave colonies with very little blackness, while a one (7.69%) isolation was unable to form the biofilm, which gave pink colonies as shown in table (2) and (4). table (2): the ability of c.sakazakii bacteria to form of biofilm on the congo red media isolation congo red agar isolation congo red agar b1 (+++) csf1 (+++) b2 (++) csf2 (++) b3 (++) csf3 (+) b4 (++) csf4 (++) b5 (+++) csf5 (++) b6 )-( csf6 (++) b7 (++) (+++): black colonies,(++): colonies of medium black,(+): colonies of a few black, (-): pink colonies b: blood, csf: cerebrospinal fluid [36] indicated that 31% of the bacterial isolates of c.sakazakii had the ability to bind red congo, while 12.5% of the bacterial isolates showed a reduction in the association with the red congo dye and 56.5% did not have the ability to bind to the dye the association with the red dye of the congo is also a factor of virulence, indicating that isolated bacterial isolates from clinical samples had a high correlation with red pigment compared with isolated bacteria from pif samples due to environmental adaptation. the tubes method was used to test bacterial isolates from clinical samples on the formation of the biofilm. the positive result was based on the appearance of adherent cells on the walls and bottom of the test tubes. the absence of adherent cells on the walls and bottom of the tubes indicates the negative result as shown in figure 4. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|129   figure (5): the ability of c.sakazakii bacteria for the formation of biofilm by tubes method a: negative control, b: (+) weak biofilm formation: c: (++)medium biofilm formation d: strong biofilm formation. (+++) the results showed that 13 isolates of c.sakazakii showed 100% ability to form the biofilm. three (23.07%) isolates were highly bioactive, 8(61.53%) isolates were medium and 2 (15.83%) were weak, shown in table (3) and (4). table (3): the ability of c.sakazakii bacteria to form the biofilm by tubes method. isolation code tube method isolation code tube method b1 (+++) csf1 (+++) b2 (++) csf2 (++) b3 (+) csf3 (++) b4 (++)csf4(++) b5 (+++) csf5 (++) b6 (+) csf6 (++) b7 (++) (+): weak biofilm formation, (++): medium biofilm formation, (+++): strong biofilm formation b: blood, csf: cerebrospinal fluid. the bacterial isolates were examed to the formation of biofilm by using microtiter plate method and measured using elisa with a wavelength of 630 nm. the results showed that 13 isolates of c.sakazakii were 100% showed their ability to form the biofilm. five (38.46%) isolates were highly biofilm formation, 7(53.84%) isolates were medium and one (7.69%) isolation was a weak as shown in figure 5. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|130   figure (6): the ability of isolates of c.sakazakii bacteria to form the bioflim by the microtiter plate method, b: blood, csf: cerebrospinal fluid. table 8 shows that the method of microtiter method is more efficient in measuring the ability of c.sakazakii to form the biofilm than the other methods, as indicated by [11] when comparing the methods of measuring the formation of the biofilm .the microtiter was 14.4% while 11.8% and 1.97%for tm and congo method respectively, this was due to the difficulty of measuring the biofilm by tm because it isnt able to distinguish the growth in tube when the isolates are weak and isolates that are unable to form the biofilm and there is no relationship between congo red method and the tube method and the microtiter plate. table (4): percentage of the ability of c.sakazakii isolates to form biofilm the ability of bacteria to form a biofilm congo red method tubes method microtiter plate method number the ratio % number the ratio % number the ratio % strong 3 23.07 3 23.07 5 38.46 medium 8 61.53 13 68.42 7 53.84 weak 1 7.69 2 10.53 1 7.69 do'nt ability to form 1 7.69 total 13 100% 13 100% 13 100% it is clear from the above that the isolates have shown a difference in their ability on the formation of the biofilm, as most of the isolates have a medium active to form the biofilm. this is indicated by [36] the ability of c.sakazakii to form the biofilm differently, 119(70.8%) isolates showed high ability to biofilm formation, while 32(19.1%) isolates were medium and 17( 10.1%) have weak ability to the formation of the biofilm when using the microtiter plate method, indicating that the temperature has an effect on the formation of the biofilm, where 15 isolates out of 35 isolates have a high ability to form the biofilm at 28 ° c and medium at 37 ° c and showed that 20 isolates were highly ability of forming the biofilm at 37 ° c and medium at 28 ° c . the formation of the biofilm depended largely on conditions such as temperature, ph and incubation time [41]. the formation of the biofilm in c.sakazakii and other bacteria varies between of one the species and this depends on the media and the nature of the surface bacteria [42] . [41,43,44,45 and 46] formation of biofilm is affected by the availability of nutrients for ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|131   bacteria, and c.sakazakii have the ability to form biofilm in the equipment used in the preparation of powdered baby milk and adhesion to different surfaces including glass, silicon and others . the presence of a number of genes on the bacterial genome and plasmid can effect on biology processes and virulence factors such as movement, biofilm formation [42] . [35] the presence of methyl-accepting chemotaxis protein (mcp) in c.sakazakii (atcc29544) plays a role in some of the virulence factor , movement and biofilm, [11] showed that the difference in virulence of c.sakazakii strains was due to the presence of some proteins called membrane proteins. when comparing c.sakazakii g362 with c.sakazakii l310, there was an increase in the amount of proteins in the g362 strain compared with the l310 references [1] g.turconi; m.; guarcello c.; s.livieri comizzoli; l.maccarini; a. m.castellazzi; a.pietri; g.piva and c. roggi, evaluation of xenobiotics in human milk and ingestion by the newborn-an epidemiological survey in lombardy (northern italy). eur j nutr., 2004, (43), 191-197. [2] c. iversen; a. lehner; n. mullane; e. bidlas; i. cleenwerck and j. marugg, the taxonomy of enterobacter sakazakii: proposal of new genus cronobacter gen. nov. and descriptions of cronobacter sakazakii comb. nov. cronobacter sakazakii subsp. sakazakii, comb.nov., cronobacter sakazakii subsp. malonaticus subsp. nov., cronobacter turicensis sp. nov., cronobacter muytjensii sp. nov., cronobacter dublinensis sp. nov., cronobacter genomo species 1. bmc evol biol., 2007, (64), (7) 1471-2148. [3] c. iversen, and s. forsythe risk profile of enterobacter sakazakii, an emergent pathogen associated with infant milk formula. trends food sci technol., 2003, (14), (11), 443-54. [4] c.iversen; m. lane and s. j. forsythe, the growth profile, thermotolerance and biofilm formation of enterobacter sakazakii grown in infant formula .lett appl microbiol. 38 37882. [5] l. c. lin, and l. r. beuchat, survival of enterobacter sakazakii in infant cereal as affected by composition, water activity, and temperature. food microbiol., 2004, 24, 76777. [6] p.breeuwer ; a. lardeau; m peterz, and h .m. joosten , 2003 desiccation and heat tolerance of enterobacter sakazakii .j appl microbiol., 2007, (95), 967-73. [7] j. j.farmer; m. a. asbury; f. w. hickman, and d. j. brenner ,the enterobacteriaceae study group .enterobacter sakazaki, new species of enterobacteriaceae isolated from clinical specimens. intl j sys bacteriol., 1980, (30), 569-84. . [8] j. w. chenu and j.cox (cronobacter ‘) enterobacter sakazakii ’ ( current status and future prospects .lett appl microbiol., 2009, (49), 153-9. [9] m. d.fakruddin; m.rahaman;m. m. ahmed and m. d. hoque, cronobacter sakazakii (enterobacter sakazakii): an emerging food borne pathogen. inter. j. bio. adv. res., 2013, (4), (6) 350-9. [10] c. j.hunter;v. k.singasmetty; n. k.chokshi; p.boyle; v.camerini; a. v.grishin; j. s. upperman, and h. r. ford, enterobacter sakazakii enhances epithelial cell injury by inducing apoptosis in a rat model of necrotizing enterocolitis. j infectious dis., 2008, (198), 586–93. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|132   [11] y. w.ye; n., ling; r. jiao; q.wu; y .han and j. gao, effects of culture conditions on the biofilm formation of cronobacter sakazakii strains and distribution of genes involved in biofilm formation. lwt – food. scien. tech. 2015, (1), (35): 1-6. [12] k.kim; s.sik jang;s.ki kim; j. h., park; s. heu, and s. rye, prevalence and genetic diversity of enterobacter sakazakii in ingredients of infant foods. int. j. of food microbiol., 2008, (122), 196-203. [13] r.mittal; y.wang; c. j.hunter, i.gonzalez-gomez, and n. v. prasadarao, brain damage in newborn rat model of meningitis by enterobacter sakazakii: a role for outer membrane protein a. lab invest., 2009, (89), 263–77. [14] g. d.christensen; w. a.simpson; a. l. bison and h. beachy, adherence of slime– producing strains of staphlococcus epidermidis to smooth surfaces. j. infect. immune., 1982, (37), 317–26. [15] t. mathur; s.singhal; s., khan; d. j.upadlyay; t. fatma and a. rattan, detection of biofilm formation among the clinical isolates of staphylococci an evaluation of three different screening method. indian .j med microbiol., 2006, (24), (1), 25-9. [16] food and drug administration (fda). cronobacter. .bacteriological analytic manual. chapter. 29, 2012,1-11 [17] y. s. h. al-joubori ,isolation and identification of cronobacter sakazakii and enterobacter spp.in meningitis,necrotizing enterocolitis and infant food in baghdad. master thesis college of science for women, university of baghdad, 2014. [18] j.mahindroo; i.shyam, b.mohan; s. thakur and n. taneja cronobacter sakazakiian unrecognized food borne pathogen, india. int j infect dis., 2016,(45), 1-47. [19] fao/who enterobacter sakazakii and salmonella in powdered infant formula (meeting report). microbiological risk assessment series 10. rome: food and agriculture organization of the united nations/world health organization, 2006. [20] fao/who. enterobacter sakazakii (cronobacter spp.) in powdered follow-up formulae: meeting report, mra series 15. rome, italy: food and agriculture organization/world health organization, 2008. . [21] s.teramoto; y.tanabe ; e.okano; t.nagashima; m. kobayashi and y. etoh a first fatal neonatal case of enterobacter sakazakii infection in japan. pediatr int., 2010, (52), 312–313. [22] n. r.mullane; p.o’gaora; j. e.nally; c.iversen; p.whyte; p. g. wall and s.fanning molecular analysis of the enterobacter sakazakii o-antigen gene locus. appl environ microbiol., 2008, (74),3783–94. [23] b. bar-oz; a.preminger; o. peleg; c .block and i. arad enterobacter sakazakii infection in the newborn. acta paediatr., 2001, (90), 356–358. [24] a. b. bowen and c. r. braden, invasive enterobacter sakazakii disease in infants. emerg infect dis., 2006, (12), 1185–1189. [25] m.friedemann, enterobacter sakazakii in food and beverages (other than infant formula and milk powder). int j food microbiol., 2007,(116), 1–10. [26] h. l.muytjens; h. c.zanen; h. j.sonderkamp, l. a.kolle´e; i. k. wachsmuth, and j. j. farmer, iii analysis ofight cases of neonatal meningitis and sepsis due to enterobacter sakazakii. j clin microbiol., 1983, (18).115–120. [27] international commission on microbiological specifications for foods. microorganisms in foods, 7. microbiological testing in food safety management, chap. 8. selection of cases and attribute plans. new york, ny kluwer academic ∕ plenum publishers, 2002. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|133   [28] a.fiore; m.casale and p. aureli, enterobacter sakazakii: epidemiology, clinical presentation, prevention and control. ann ist super sanità, 2008, (44) , (3), 275-280. [29] b.healy, s.cooney; s. o’brien; c.iversen, p.whyte; j.nally; j. callanan and s. fanning cronobacter (enterobacter sakazakii): an opportunistic foodborne pathogen. food borne pathol. dis., 2010, (7), (4). [30] x. zogay; w.bokranz; m.nimtz and u. romlind production of cellulose and curli fimbriae by members of the family enterobacteriaceae isolated from the human gastrointestinal tract. infect immun., 2003, (71), 4151-4158. [31] c. j. hunter, and j. f. bean, cronobacter: an emerging opportunistic pathogen associated with neonatal meningitis, sepsis and necrotizing enterocolitis. j perinatol., 2013, v (33), 581–585. [32] q. q.yan; o.condell k.power; f.butler , b. d. tall and s. fanning cronobacter species (formerly known as enterobacter sakazakii) in powdered infant formula: a review of our current understanding of the biology of this bacterium. j appl microbiol., 2012, (113), 1–15 [33] c. d. l.fuente-nunez; v.korolik; m.bains; u., nguyen; e. b. m.breidenstein; s. horsman; s.lewenza; l. burrows and r. e. w. hancock, inhibition of bacterial biofilm formation and swarming motility by a small synthetic cationic peptide.antim. agents. chem., 2012, (56), (5), 2696-2704. [34] a.m.r.amalaradjou; k. s. kim and k. venkitanarayanan, sub-inhibitory concentrations of trans-cinnamaldehyde attenuate virulence in cronobacter sakazakii in vitro. int. j. mol. sci., 2014, (15), 8639-8655. [35] y.choi; s.kim; h.hwang; k. p.kim; d. h. kang, and s.ryu, plasmid-encoded mcp is involved in virulence, motility, and biofilm formation of cronobacter sakazakii atcc 29544. infect. immun., 2015,(83),(1),197204. [36] q.yan, j.wang; j.gangiredla; y.cao; m.martins; g. r.gopal.-gopinath; r.stephan k. lampel; d. t. tall, and s.fanning comparative genotypic and phenotypic analysis of cronobacter species cultured from four powdered infant formula production facilities: indication of pathoadaptation along the food chain. appl .environ. micro., 2015, (81), (13), 4388-4 402. [37] k. b.barken; s. j.pamp; l.yang; m.gjermansen; j. j.bertrand; m.klausen; m.givskov; c. b. whitchurch; j. n. engel andt. tolker-nielsen, roles of type iv pili, flagellum-mediated motility and extracellular dna in the formation of mature multicellular structuresin pseudomonas aeruginosa biofilms. environ. microbiol., 2008, (10), 2331– 2343. [38] j. p. armitage, bacterial tactic responses. adv. microb. physiol., 1999, (41), 229– 289. [39] c. josenhans, and s. suerbaum, the role of motility as a virulence factor in bacteria. int. j. med. microbiol., 2002, (291), 605–614. [40] q. d. duan; m. x. zhou; l. q. zhu, and g. q. zhu ,flagella and bacterial pathogenicity. j. basic. microbiol., 2013, (53), 1–8. cited by choi y, kim s, hwang h, kim k.p, kang d h and ryu s 2015. [41] h.kim; j. h. ryu, and l. r.beuchat, effectiveness of disinfectants in killing enterobacter sakazakii in suspension, dried on the surface of stainless steel, and biofilm. appl. environ microbiol., 2006, (73), (4), 1256-1265. [42] a.lehner, k.riedel; l.eberl; p.breeuwer; b.diep and r. stephan, biofilm formation, extracellular polysaccharide production, and cell-to-cell signaling in various enterobacter ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1780 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|134   sakazakii strains: aspects promoting environmental persistence. j. food. prot., 2005, vol. (68), no. (11), pp. 2287-2294. [43] h., kim, j. h. ryu, and l. r. beuchat, attachment of and biofilm formation by enterobacter sakazakii on stainless steel and enteral feeding tubes. appl .environ. microbiol., 2006, (72), (9), 5846-5856. [44] h., kim; j. h. ryu, and l. r. beuchat, survival of enterobacter sakazakii on fresh produce as affected by temperature, and effectiveness of sanitizers for its elimination. int. j. food microbiol., 2006, (111), (2),134-143. [45] h. j.kim, r.bang, l. beuchat, and j. h. ryu, fate of enterobacter sakazakii attached to or in biofilms on stainless steel upon exposure to various temperatures or relative humidities. j. food. prot., 2008, (71), p940–945.   2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المقاسات التوزیعیة الضبابیة شروق بهجت ، أنعام محمد علي هادي جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات 2009 كانون االول 13استلم البحث في 2010 اذار 9قبل البحث في الصةالخ والحلقـــات الحســـابیة المقاســـات التوزیعیـــة الضــبابیةودرســنا قـــدمنافـــي هــذا البحـــث . محایـــدبحلقـــة ابدالیــة rلــتكن .المفاهیموأعطینا بعض الخواص االساسیة حول هذه .للمقاسات التوزیعیة والحلقات الحسابیة) ناعتیادی(ن ییمتعمالضبابیة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fuzzy distributive mo dules i.m.a.hadi, sh. b.seme ein departme nt of mathematics, college of education ,ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in december,13,2009 accepted in march, 9,2010 abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity . in this p aper we introduce and st udy fuzzy distributive modules and fuzzy arithmetical rings as generalizations of (ordinary ) distributive modules and arithmetical ring. we give some basic p rop erties about t hese concep ts. introduction in this p aper we introduce and study fuzzy distributive modules as a generalization of the concept (distributive modules) in ordinary algebra. in section one, we recall some basic definitions and results which we will be needed later. in section two, we give some basic results about fuzzy distributive modules. also we st udy the direct sum of fuzzy distributive modules. in section three, we st udy the homomorp hic image and inverse image of fuzzy distributive modules. in section four, we introduce and st udy fuzzy arithmetical rings as a generalization of the concep t (arithmetical rings) in ordinary algebra. 1. preliminaries in this section, some basic definitions and results are collected. 1.1 de fini tion [1] let s be a non-empty set and i be the closed interval [0,1] of the real line (real numbers). a fuz zy set a in s (a fuzz y subset of s) is a function from s into i. 1.2 de fini tion [2] let xt:s  [0,1] be a fuzzy set in s, where xs, t[0,1] defined by : xt(y )=t if x=y , and xt(y ) = 0 if xy ys. xt is called a fuzzy singleton or fuzzy point in s. 1.3 de fini tion [3] let a and b be two fuzzy sets in s, then 1. a=b if and only if a(x)=b(x), for all xs. 2. ab if and only if a(x)  b(x), for all xs. 3. (ab)(x)=min{a(x),b(x)} for all xs. 1.4 de fini tion [4] let a be a fuzzy set in s, for all t[0,1], the set at={xs,a(x)t} is called level subset of a. 1.5 remark [1] the following p rop erties of level subsets hold for each t(0,1] 1. (ab)t=at  bt 2. a=b if and only if at=bt, for all t(0,1]. 1.6 de fini tion [5] let (r,+,) be a ring and let x be a fuzzy set in r. then x is called a fuzzy ring in ring (r,+,) if and only if, for each x, y  r ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 1. x(x+y )  min{x(x), x(y )} 2. x(x) = x(– x) 3. x(xy )  min{x(x), x(y )}. 1.7 de fini tion [6] a fuz zy subset x of a ring r is called a fuzzy ideal of r, if for each x, y  r 1. x(x–y )  min{x(x), x(y )} 2. x(xy )  max{x(x), x(y )}. 1.8 de fini tion [2] let m be an r-module. a fuzzy set x of m is called a fuzzy module of m if 1. x(x–y )  min{x(x), x(y )}, for all x, y m . 2. x(rx) x(x), for all xm and rr. 3. x(0)=1. 1.9 de fini tion [4] let x and a be two fuz zy modules of an r-module m . a is called a fuzz y submodule of x if ax. 1.10 proposi tion [7] let a be a fuzzy set of an r-module m . then the level subset at, t[0,1] is a submodule of m if and only if a is a fuzzy submodule of x where x is a fuzzy module of an r-module m . 1.11 de fini tion [8] let x:r[0,1] be a fuzz y ring, let a:r[0,1]. a is called a fuzzy ideal of x if a satisfies the following: 1. a≠ 2. a(x–y )  min{a(x), a(y )}, for all x, y r. 3. a(xy )  min{x(x), a(y )}, for all x, y r. 4. a(x)  x(x),  x  r. 1.12 de fini tion [9] let a, b be two fuz zy ideals of a fuzzy ring x. t hen 1. the sum a+b of a and b is defined as: (a+b)(x) = a b x sup   {min{a(a),b(b)}, xr. 2. the product ab of a and b is defined as (ab)(x) = n i i i 1 x a b sup   {inf{min{a(ai),b(bi)}}. 1.13 proposi tion let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of a fuzzy module x .then (ab)t = atbt ,  t(0,1]. proof : by similar p roof in [10,theorem 2.4 ] . 1.14 proposi tion let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of fuz zy module. then (a+b)t = at+bt,  t(0,1]. proof:let x(a+b)t. then (a+b)(x)=sup {min{a(a),b(b)}, x=a+b}t but a+b has a sup rimum prop erty , so t here exist a, b m such that sup {min{a(a),b(b)}, x=a+b}=min{a(a),b(b)}t consequently, a(a)t, b(b)t. thus, aat and bbt, it follows t hat x=a+bat+bt which means (a+b)t  at+bt now, let xat+bt, then ! aat and ! bbt such that x= a+b. thus (a+b)(x)=sup {min{a(a),b(b)},x=a+b} ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 = min{a(a),b(b)}t since the rep resentation of any element of m is unique. 1.15 de fini tion [2] sup p ose that a and b be two fuz zy modules of r-modules m . we define (a:b) by: (a:b)={r1:r1 is a fuzz y singleton of r such that r1ba} and (a:b)(r)=sup { t[0,1]  rtba, for all rr} if b=(bk), then: (a:(bk))={rtrtbk a, rt is a fuzz y singleton of r} 1.16 de fini tion [11] let x and y be two fuzzy modules of m 1, m 2 resp ectively. define xy: m 1m 2[0,1] by (xy)(a,b)=min{x(a),y(b)} for all (a,b)  m 1m 2 xy is called a fuzzy external direct sum of x and y. 1.17 prop osition [11] let x and y are fuzzy modules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, then xy is a fuzzy module of m 1m 2. 1.18 proposi tion [11] let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of a fuzzy module x, such that x=ab, then xs = as bs for all s(0,1]. 2. fuzzy di stributi ve modul e in this section we fuzzy ify the concep t of distributive modules into fuzzy distributive modules. then we study some of their basic prop erties. recall that an r-module m is said to be distributive if for any r-submodules a, b and c of m , a(b+c) = (ab)+(ac) [12]. 2.1 de fini tion let m be an r-module, let x be a fuzzy module over m . x is called distributive if for any fuzzy submodules a, b and c of x, a(b+c) = (ab)+(ac) the following result exp lains the relationship between fuzzy distributive modules and its level. 2.2 the orem a fuzzy module x of an r-module m is a fuzzy distributive if and only if xt is a distributive module, t(0,1]. proof: if x is fuz zy distributive module. to p rove xt is distributive module.  t(0,1], let i, j, k be submodules of xt. define t x ( x) 0 x      , t x j b(x) 0 x j    , t x k c(x) 0 x k    it is clear that a, b, c are fuzzy submodules of x and at=i, bt=j, ct=k. since x is fuzzy distributive, a(b+c) = (ab)+(ac). hence [a(b+c)]t = [(ab)+(ac)]t,  t(0,1]. at(b+c)t = (ab)t+(ac)t (remark 1.5 and p rop osition 1.13) at(bt+c t) = (atb t) +(atc t) (remark 1.5 and p rop osition 1.13) this i(j+k) = (ij)+(ik) conversely , if xt is a distributive module, for all t(0,1]. to p rove x is a fuzzy distributive module. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 let a, b and c fuzzy submodules in x. then at, bt, ct are submodules in xt, for all t(0,1]. since xt is a dist ributive r-module then at(bt+c t) = (atb t) +(atc t) at(b+c)t = (ab)t+(ac)t (remark 1.5 and p rop osition 1.13) [a(b+c)]t = [(ab)+(ac)]t (remark 1.5 and p rop osition 1.13) then a(b+c) = (ab)+(ac). (remark 1.5 ,(2) )  2.3 example let m =rr where r is any ring, m is an r-module, let x:m [0,1] defined by x(x)=1, let 1 (x, y) r(1,1) (x, y) 0 otherwise      , 1 (x, y) r(0,1) (x, y) 0 otherwise      , 1 (x, y) r(1, 0) c(x, y) 0 otherwise     at=r(1,1), bt=r(0,1), ct=r(1,0),  t(0,1]. at(bt+c t) =r(1,1), (atb t)+(atct)=(r(1,1)r(0,1))+(r(1,1)r(1,0))=(0)+(0)=(0) thus at(b+c)t  (ab)t+(ac)t, which imp lies xt is not a distributive module. thus x is not a fuzz y distributive module. 2.4 de fini tion [13] an r-module m is called chained if for each submodules a, b of m , either a  b or b  a. we fuzzified this concep t as follows. 2.5 de fini tion let x be a fuzzy module of an r-module m then x is called a fuzzy chained module if for each fuzz y submodules a, b of x, either a  b or b  a. now, we shall give a relationship between fuzzy distributive module and fuzzy chained module. 2.6 proposi tion let x be a fuzzy chained module of an r-module m . then x is a fuzzy distributive module. proof: let a, b, c fuzzy submodules of x, we can assume that abc. hence a(b+c)=ab=a. but (ab)+(ac)=a+a=a. thus a(b+c) = (ab)+(ac).  2.7 remark the converse of prop osition (2.6) is not true in general as the following examp le shows. 2.8 example let x(x)=1 for all xz, xt=z, t[0,1]. but z is distributive. hence by theorem (2.2), x is a fuzzy distributive. however x is not chained since there exists fuzzy submodules a, b such that 1 x 2z (x) 0 x 2z     , 1 x 3z (x) 0 x 3z      and a  b and b  a. now, we can give the following. 2.9 the orem let x be a fuzzy distributive module of an r-module m , then for all at, bk x, <1j >=(at:bk)+(bk:at) for all j(0,1]. pro of : let at, bk x, then axt, bxk. assume kt. hence xk  xt and so axk. thus a, b  xk. but xk is distributive r-module so (a:b)+(b:a)=r (by [12,theorem (1.3),p .54). it follows that 1=r1+r2 where r1(a:b), r2(b:a) for some r1, r2. hence 1j = (r1)j + (r2)j for all j(0,1]. but ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 (r1)jbk = (r1b)s , where s = min{j,k} = (r'a)s , since r1(a:b)  < as>  < ak > hence (r1)j(at:bk),  j(0,1] (r2)jat = (r2a)f , where f = min{j,t} = (r''b)f , since r2(b:a)  < bt>  < bk > hence (r2)j(bk:at),  j(0,1] so (r1)j +(r2)j(at:bk) + (bk:at) and hence (r1+r2)j(at:bk) + (bk:at). thus 1j  (at:bk) + (bk:at).  2.10 remark if yx and x is fuz zy distributive module then y is fuzzy distributive module. proof: let a, b, c are fuzzy submodules of y, then a, b, c are fuzzy submodules of x (since yx). but x is fuzzy distributive module, so a(b+c) = (ab)+(ac) which imp lies y is a fuzz y distributive.  now, we st udy the direct sum of fuzzy distributive modules. but first we st ate and prove the following lemma. 2.11 lemma if m 1, m 2 are distributive r-modules such that annm 1 + annm 2=r, then m 1m 2=m is a dist ributive r-module. proof: let a, b, c be submodules of m . since annm 1 + annm 2=r, a=a1b1, b= a2b2, c= a3b3 for some submodules a1, a2, a3 of m 1 and some submodules b1, b2, b3 of m 2. to p rove a(b+c) = (ab)+(ac) a(b+c) = (a 1b1)[(a2b2)+(a3b3)] = (a1b1)[(a2+a3)+( b2+b3)] = [a1(a2+a3)][b1(b2+b3)] = [(a1a2)+(a1a3)][(b1b2)+(b1b3)] (m 1 and m 2 are distributive modules) = [(a1a2)(b1b2)] + [(a1a3)(b1b3)] = [(a1b1)(a2 b2)]+[(a1b1)(a3 b3)] = (ab)+(ac).  2.12 proposi tion let x and y be fuzzy distributive modules of r-modules m 1, m 2 resp ectively, then xy is a fuzz y distributive module of m 1m 2, p rovided annm 1 + annm 2 = r. proof: by theorem (2.2), xt and yt are distributive submodules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively, for all t (0,1]. hence by lemma (2.11) (xtyt) is a distributive submodule of m 1m 2. but (xy)t = (xtyt) by ((11), lemma (2.2.4)). thus xy is a fuzzy distributive module by theorem (2.2).  3. the image and inverse image of fuz zy dist ributive m odules in this section, we shall indicate the behaviour of fuzzy distributive modules under homomorp hisms. to do this we need some definitions and prop ositions. 3.1 de fini tion (5) let f be a map p ing from a set m into a set n, let a be a fuzz y set in m and b be a fuzzy set in n. the image of a denoted by f(a) is t he set in n defined by 1 1sup{a(z) z f ( y)} if f (y ) , y a f (a )(y) 0 otherwise          and the inverse image of f denoted by f – 1 (b), where f – 1 (b)(x)=b(f(x)), for all xm. recall the following. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 3.2 de fini tion (14) let f be a function from a set m into a set m '. a fuzzy subset a of m is called f-invariant if a(x)=a(y ) whenever f(x)=f(y ), where x, y m . 3.3 de fini tion (4) let x and y be two fuz zy modules of r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. f:xy is called a fuzzy homomorp hism if f: m 1  m 2 is r-homomorp hism and y(f(x)) = x(x), for each xm 1. 3.4 proposi tion let x and y be two fuzzy modules of r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. f:xy be a fuzz y homomorp hism if a and b are two fuz zy submodules of x and y resp ectively, then 1. f(a) is a fuzzy submodule of y, (14). 2. f – 1 (a) is a fuzzy submodule of y, (14). 3. f(ab)=f(a)f(b), whenever a, b are f-invariant, (15). 4. f – 1 (ab)=f – 1 (a)f – 1 (b), where f is monomorphism, (15). 5. f(a+b)=f(a)+f(b), (15). 6. f(f – 1 (a))=a, (15). 7. f – 1 (f(a))=a whenever a is f-invariant, (15). first we have the following result. 3.5 proposi tion let x and y be two fuzzy modules of r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. let f:xy be a fuzzy epimorp hism, and every fuzzy submodule of x is f-invariant. if x is a fuzzy distributive module, then y is a fuzz y distributive module. proof: let a, b, c be fuzzy submodules in y. f – 1 (a), f – 1 (b), f – 1 (c) are fuzzy submodules in x by p rop osition 3.4, (2). since x is a fuzz y distributive, then f – 1 (a)(f – 1 (b)+ f – 1 (c)) = (f – 1 (a)f – 1 (b)) + (f – 1 (a)f – 1 (c)) f – 1 (a)(f – 1 (b)+ f – 1 (c)) = (f – 1 (ab)) + (f – 1 (ac)), p rop osition 3.4,(4)) f[f – 1 (a)(f – 1 (b)+ f – 1 (c))]=f[(f – 1 (ab)) + (f – 1 (ac))] f(f – 1 (a))f(f – 1 (b)+ f – 1 (c)) = f(f – 1 (ab)) + f(f – 1 (ac)), p rop osition 3.4,(3),(4)) a(b+ c) = (ab) + (ac), p rop osition 3.4,(6)).  3.6 proposi tion let x and y be two fuzzy modules over r-modules m 1 and m 2 resp ectively. let f:xy be a fuzzy homomorp hism, and every fuzzy submodule of y is f-invariant. if y is a fuzzy distributive module, then x is a fuzz y distributive module. proof: let a, b, c are fuzzy submodules in x. hence f(a), f(b), f(c) are fuzzy submodules in y, by p rop osition 3.4,(1). since y is a fuzz y distributive module, then f(a)(f(b)+ f(c)) = (f(a)f(b)) + (f(a)f(c)) f(a)(f(b)+ f(c)) = f(ab) + f(ac)), p rop osition 3.4,(3),(5)) f(a(b+ c)) = f((ab) + (ac)), p rop osition 3.4,(3),(5)). f – 1 (f(a(b+ c))) = f – 1 (f((ab) + (ac))). then a(b+ c) = (ab) + (ac), p rop osition 3.4,(7)).  4. fuzzy arithmetical rings in this section, we introduce the notion of arithmetical fuzzy ring. first we have the following definition. 4.1 de fini tion[12] a ring r is said to be an arithmetical ring if r, considered as r-module over it self, is distributive that is r is arithmetical if i(j+k)=(ij)+(ik) for all ideals i, j, k of r. we fuzzify this definition as follows: 4.2 de fini tion a fuzzy ring x of a ring r is called arithmetical if and only if a(b+ c) = (ab) + (ac) for all a, b, c fuzzy ideals of x. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 4.3 note a fuz zy ring x is arithmetical if and only xt is arithmetical ring t(0,1]. 4.4 example let x(x)=1 for all xϵ z4 , xt=z 4 ,  xϵ z4 .but z4 is arithmetical ring . hence by not e ( 4.3 ) , x is fuzzy arithmetical ring now, we can give the following theorem. 4.5 the orem a fuz zy ring x of a ring r is arithmetical if and only if a + (b  c) = (a+b)  (a+c) proof: let x be a fuzzy arithmetical ring, let a, b, c be fuzzy ideals of x. hence at, bt, ct are ideals of xt. since x is fuzzy arithmetical ring then xt is arithmetical ring (by note (4.3)). hence, at + (bt  c t) = (at + bt) (at + ct) ((16),exc.18) at + (b  c)t = (a+b)t  (a+c) t, (remark (1.5), prop osition (1.13)) (a + (b  c))t=((a+b)t  (a+c))t (remark (1.5), prop osition (1.13)) thus a + (b  c) = (a+b)  (a+c). conversely , to p rove x is a fuzz y arithmetical ring. we shall p rove xt is an arithmetical ring for all t(0,1]. let i, j, k be ideals in xt. it follows that there exist a, b, c fuzzy ideals of x, where t x i (x) 0 x i      , t x j (x) 0 x j      , t x k c( x) 0 x k    but by hy p othesis, a + (b  c) = (a+b)  (a+c). hence [a + (b  c)]t = [(a+b)  (a+c)]t for all t(0,1]. it follows that; at + (bt  ct) = (at+bt)  (at+ct), (remark (1.5), p rop osition (1.13)). but at=i, bt=j, ct=k, hence i(j+k)=(ij)+(ik), which imp lies that xt is an arithmetical ring, by ((16), exc.18). thus x is an arithmetical ring, by note (4.3).  4.6 the orem let r be an integral domain, let x be a fuzzy ring such that x(a)=1 ar. then the following are equivalent 1. x is arithmetical 2. a(bc)=ab  ac for all fuzzy ideals a, b, c of x. 3. (a+b)(ab)=ab for all fuzz y ideals a, b of x. proof: (1)  (2): to p rove a(bc) = ab  ac for all fuzz y ideals a, b, c of x. since x is a fuzzy arithmetical then xt is an arithmetical ring for all t (0,1] and since at, bt, ct are ideals of xt, t (0,1] we get at(btct) = atbt  atct, ([14],theorem (6.6)). hence at(bc)t = (ab)t  (ac)t, (p rop osition (1.12),(2), remark (1.5)) (a(bc))t = (abac)t, for all t (0,1] (p rop osition 1.12,(2)) thus a(bc)=ab  ac. (2)  (3): if a(bc)=ab  ac for all fuzzy ideals a, b,c of x, let t (0,1], let i, j, k be ideals of xt. then there exists fuz zy ideals a, b, c of x such that at=i, bt=j, ct=k, where t x i (x) 0 x i      , t x j (x) 0 x j      , t x k c( x) 0 x k    by (2), a(bc)=(ab)(ac), which imp lies that (a(bc))t = (abac)t, for all t (0,1]. hence at(bc)t = (ab)t  (ac)t, (remark (1.5),p rop osition (1.12)), so that at(btct) = atbt  atct, (remark (1.5),prop osition (1.12)). i (jk)=(ij)+(ik). t hen by ((16),exc. 18) (i+j)(ij)=ij. thus (at+bt) (atbt) = atbt, (a+b)t (ab)t = (ab)t which implies that (a+b)(ab)=ab. (3)  (1):if (a+b)(ab)=ab for all fuzz y ideals a, b of x. let t (0,1], let i, j, k be ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 ideals of xt. then there exists fuzzy ideals a, b, c of x such that at=i, bt=j, ct=k, where t x i (x) 0 x i      , t x j (x) 0 x j      , t x k c( x) 0 x k    by (3), (a+b)(ab)=ab, which imp lies that ((a+b)(ab))t=(ab)t for all t (0,1]. hence (a+b)t(ab)t=atbt, (p rop osition (1.12),(2)), so that (at+bt) (atbt) =atbt, (remark (1.5), prop osition (1.13)). (j+k) (ij)=ij. t hen by ([14], theorem (6.6)) xt is arithmetical ring for all t (0,1]. thus x is a fuzz y arithmetical ring (by note 4.3).  4.7 the orem let r be a noetherian integral domain, let x be a fuzzy ring such that x(a)=1 ar. then the following are equivalent 1. x is arithmetical 2. a(bc)=ab  ac for all fuzzy ideals a, b, c of x. 3. (a+b)(ab)=ab for all fuzz y ideals a, b of x. 4. if a, c are fuzz y ideals of x and if ca, t hen there exists fuz zy ideal b such that a=bc. proof: (1)  (2) and (2)  (3) follows directly by theorem (4.5). (3)  (4), let a, c be fuzzy ideals of x such that ca, implies at  ct, then at = btct ([14], theorem (6.26)), at=(bc)t then a = bc. (4)  (1), let a, c are fuzzy ideals of x, if ca, t hen there exists fuzzy ideal b of x such that a=bc, then at=(bc)t so w get at=btct , xt is arithmetical ring ([14], theorem (6.26)). thus x is a fuzz y arithmetical ring. re ferences 1. zahdi, l.a. (1965), fuz zy sets,information and control, 8, 338-353. 2. zadehi, m . m .(1992), on l-fuz zy residual quotient m odules and p -primary submodules, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 51, 331-344. 3. zadehi, m . m . (1991), a characterization of l-fuzzy prime ideals, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 44, 147-160. 4. m artinez, l. (1996), fuz zy m odules over fuzzy rings in connection with fuzzy ideal of fuz zy ring, j. fuzzy m ath., 4, 843-857. 5. nanda, s. (1989), fuz zy m odules over fuzzy rings, bull. col.m ath. soc., 81, 197-200. 6. bhambert, s.k.; kumar and kumar p. (1995), fuz zy prime submodule and radical of fuz zy submodules, bull. soc., 87, 163-168. 7. m ukherjee, t. k.; sen, m . k. and roy , d. (1996), n fuzzy submodules and their radicals, j. fuzzy m ath., 4, 549-558. 8. liu, w.j. (1982), fuz zy invariant subgroup s and fuz zy ideals, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 8, 133-139. 9. m artine, l. (1995), fuz zy subgroup s of fuz zy group s and fuzzy ideals of fuz zy ring, the journal of fuz zy m ath., 3:(4), 883-849. 10. hadi, m .a. (2001), on fuz zy ideals of fuz zy rings, 16:(4), 17-33. 11. rabi, h. j. (2001), prime fuz zy submodules and prime fuzzy m odules, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 12. m ohmad, a.a. (1997), chained m odules, m .sc. thesis university of baghdad. 13. shores, t.s. and lewis, w.j. (1974), serial m odules and endomorphism rings, duke m ath. j., 41, 889-909. 14. kumar, r. (1991), fuz zy semi-primary ideals of rings, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 42, 263-272. 15. zhao, jiandi, shik. yue m . (1993), fuz zy m odules over fuzzy rings, t he j. of fuzzy m ath., 3, 531-540. 16. larson, m .d. and m ccarthy , p.j. (1971), m ultip licutive theory of ideals, academic press, london, new yourk. 10880022 10880023 10880024 10880025 10880026 10880027 10880028 10880029 10880030 10880031 9 | biology 31.1844/https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 histopathological effect of zinc oxide nanoparticles on kkidney and liver tissues in albino male mice ruqayah ali salman university of al-forat al-awsat techniques rokayaalibio@gmail.com received in:4 /july/2017, accepted in:17/september/2017 abstract objective: the present study investigated the effects of different dose levels of zinc oxide nanoparticles (zno nps) on the liver and kidney tissues in albino male mice. methadology: zno nps was administrated as a daily oral dose of (150, 350 mg/kg body weight) gavage for 2 weeks. eighteen male mices were used by dividing them into three groups. result: histopathological examination of kidney and hepatic tissues treated with zno nps showed toxicity changes compared with control group. conclusion:this study demonstrated the ability of zno nps to effect on kidney and liver tissues. recommendation: more study needed to know the effect of different doses of nanoparticles on human health. key words: nanoparticles, zinc oxide nanoparticles, albino male mice, kidney and liver. 01 | biology 31.1844/https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 introduction nanoparticles can enter the human body through the different rolls such as inhalation, ingestion and injection [1]. then, transolcate to blood causing negative feedback in several organs [2]. some research looking at biological trace element of the human body and are usually found in foods or added as a food supplement. zinc concentration determines the toxicity [3]. it is the high concentration of zinc that leads to toxic effect [4]. other research indicated the histopathological changes of kidney tissues mice treated with zno nps such as hydropic degeneration in epithelial cells, necrosis and glomeruli segmentation [5]. the activity of metal oxides nanoparticles such as zinc oxide (zno nps), silicon oxide and selective toxicity of biological systems proposed potential entail application that includes herapeutics, diagnostics surgical devices and nano medicine based on antimicrobial agents [6]. the increasing production and use of metal oxide nanoparticles in many applications lead to negative effects on health [7]. several studies have demonstrated nanoparticle toxicity and increased cytotoxic potential of these materials [8]. zno nps can enter bodies water not only through dikardligh dyes and paints but also get rid of cosmetics [9,10]. zno is one of the few semiconductors quantum confinement effect and it is an environmental friendly oxide, because of its no toxicity (depended on the concentration and dose) and the ability to absorb in the uv range that use absorbent uv sunscreens in transferring power [11]. aragon g and younossi zm. suggest that the toxicity of nps depended on species, zno nps significant changes the levels of alt, alp and ast enzymes. the elevated of these enzymes are indicative of the functional efficiency of the liver. due to damaged liver cells, these enzymes are released into the blood, therefore, a high amount of these enzymes indicates destruction of liver cells [12]. in the current study, the effect of different dose levels of zinc oxide nanoparticles (zno nps) on kidney and liver tissues in albino male mice was investigated. materials and methods zinc oxide nanoparticles have been obtained from nanjing, china. structure and size measurement of nanoparticles sample were recognized by the scanning electron microscope sem (electronic microscope center-college of applied science, university of technology, iraq). different concentrations of nanoparticles colloids were prepared from stock solution of 300 μg/ml zno nps in (3:1) distill water and ethanol as a solvent. eighteen albino male mice obtained from the animal house of biotechnological center in alnahrain university. the age of mice was 3 weeks and the weight was 20-25 gm. animals cages were kept in standardized conditions (25±5 0 c, 12 hr light/ dark cycle). allow free taken water and pelleted. in this study, the male albino mice were divided into three groups (each group comprises six mice). first group (control group) received food and water. the second and third groups were oral gavages by 150 mg/kg and 350 mg/kg body weight of zno nps. all animals were sacrified at the end of experiment. a small piece of kidney and liver were taken and fixed in 10% formalin solution, after that routine histological preparations was conducted [13]. results the current study revealed that zno nps (150 mg/kg body weight) induced changes of kidney and liver tissue after 15 days of exposure. kidney sections of control group showed normal structure; normal renal cortex and normal nephritic tubules figure (1), liver section 00 | biology 31.1844/https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 showed normal hepatocytes, central vein and hepatic portal traid figure (2). in the second group that treated with (150 mg/kg body weight/ day zno nps) showed pathological changes which includes: medulla revealed slight enlargement in collecting tubules and normal cortex composed in the kidney figures (3) & (4) and proliferation of kupffer cell in the liver figure (5) compared to the control group figure (1) the third group that treated with (350 mg/kg body weight/ day) of zinc oxide nanoparticles showed marked, inflammatory cells particularly mononuclear cells aggregation around blood vessels and between renal tubules in the kidney figure (4), and amyloid like substance deposition in the wall of liver sinusoids and replacement of hepatic cords deposition in the wall of sinusoids figure (8). the liver also showed inflammatory cells infiltration particulary nentrophils and mononuclear cells appear around congested blood vessels. figure (9) figure (1): section in mouse kidney of control groups showed normal kidney structures; medulla, collecting tubules (1), lined by simple cuboidal epithelium (2) with normal renal corpuscles with their glomeruli (3). h &e stain 400x figure (2): section in mouse liver of control groups showed normal structures of hepatic cord (1), liver sinusoids (2). h &e stain 400x. figure (3): section in mouse kidney of animal treated with 150 mg/kg body weight/ day of zno nps for 15 days showed reveal slight enlargement in collecting tubules. h &e stain 400x. figure (4): section in mouse kidney cortex of animal treated with 150 mg/kg body weight/ day of zno nps for 15 days showed normal glomeruli (1), normal convoluted tubules (2). h &e stain 400x. 01 | biology 31.1844/https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 figure (5): section in mouse liver of animal treated with 150 mg/kg body weight/ day of zno nps for 15 days showed proliferation of kupffer cells. h &e stain 400x. figure (6): section in mouse kidney of animal treated with 350 mg/kg body weight/ day of zno nps for 15 days showed marked inflammatory cells particularly mononuclear cells aggregation around blood vessels and i between renal tubules. h & e stain 400x. figure (7): section in mouse kidney of animal treated with 350 mg/kg body weight/ day of zno nps for 15 days showed proteinous material in the lumen of renal tubules. h & e stain 400x. figure (8): section in mouse liver of animal treated with 350 mg/kg body weight/ day of zno nps for 15 days showed amyloid like substance deposition in the wall of sinusoids and replacement of hepatic cords deposition in the wall of sinusoids. h & e stain 400x. figure (9): section in mouse liver of animal treated with 350 mg/kg body weight/ day of zno nps for 15 days showed inflammatory cells infiltration particularly neutrophils and mononuclear cells around congested blood vessels. h &e stain 400x. 02 | biology 31.1844/https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 discussion the small sizes of the particles have the ability to enter and damage the organism allows to penetrate the physiological barriers traveling with circulatory systems [14]. the study found that oral exposure to nano-forms of different particles was more toxic than micro-counterparts [15]. this study investigates the effect of zno nps on the kidney and liver tissues. it can spread more in blood, kidney, liver and other organs [16]. this study agrees with sharma v. et al results [17] showed that oral acute exposure to zno nps causes apoptosis in mice liver cells and induces severe oxidative stress. histopathological section showed that zno nps is able to induce changes in tissues of kidney and liver in albino male mice. liver damage could be induced due to excess oral zno nps, and this agrees with another study in 2012 [18]. the histo-toxicity of zno nps in high doses (350 mg/kg body weight/ day) was more than in low doses (150 mg/kg body weight/ day) in kidney and liver tissues. dietary exposure to titanium dioxide nps caused liver toxicity and resulted in un activity of mice liver catalogs homogenate got [19]. other studies have demonstrated that pathogenic mechanisms initiated by some nps were dominated by inflammation-driven effects, which occurred due to the oxidative stress or dna damage [20], this explains the influence of oxidative stress in cellular death by necrosis or degeneration in the mouse kidney and liver treated with zno nps. conclusion this study demonstrated the ability of zno nps to effect on kidney and liver by causing pathological changes in these organs. recommendation further studies are needed to determine the effect of zno nps on liver enzymes, blood parameters and histological study to other organs. references [1] b a. koeneman; y. zhang; p. westerhoff; y. chen, and j c. crittenden, toxicity and cellular responses of intestinal cells exposed to titanium dioxide. cell biol. toxicol. 26:225-238, 2010. [2] hj. johnston; g. hutchison; fm. christensen; s. peters, and s. hankin, a review of the in vivo and in vitro toxicity of silver and gold particles attributes and biological mechanisms responsible for the observed toxicity. cri. rev. toxicol., 40: 328-346, 2010. [3] b. wang; w. feng, and m. wang, acute toxicological impact of nanoand submicroscaled zinc oxide powder on healthy adult mice. j nanopart res 10:263-276, 2008. [4] lm. plum; l. rink, and h. haase, the essential toxin: impact of zinc on human health. int j environ res public health 7: 1342-1365, 2010. [5] m.esmaeillou; m. moharamnejad, r. hsankhani, aa. tehrani and h. maadi, toxicity of zno nanoparticles in healthy adult mice. environment. toxicol. pharm., 35: 67-71, 2013. [6] j. mohsen, and b. zahra, protein nanoparticle, aunique system as drug delivery vehicles. african j. of biotechnology.7(25):2926-4934, 2008. 03 | biology 31.1844/https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 [7] s.galdiero;a. falanga; m. vitiello; m.cantisani; m. cantisani; v. marrya, and m .galdiero, silver nanoparticles as potential antiviral agents.molecules 16, 8894-8918, 2011. [8] n.duran; s. s.guterres, and o.l. alves, nanotoxicology : materials, methodologies, and assessments; springer : new york, ny, usa, p. 412, 2014. [9] a. a.taylor; i. m. marcus; r.l. guysi, and s. l. walker, metal oxide nanoparticles induce minimal phenotypic changes in a model colon microbiota .environ. eng. sci., v (00): num.00, 2015. [10] a.keller;s. mcferran;a. lazareva, and s. suh, global life cycle releases of engineered nanomaterials. j. nanopart. res. 15, 1, 2013. [11] s.s.bhinder, and p.dadra , application of nanostruture and new nanoparticles as advanced biomaterials. asian j. of chemistry, 21(10):5167-171, 2009. [12] g. aragon, and z.m. younossi, when and how to evaluate mildly elevated liver enzymes in apparently healthy patients. cleve. clin. j. med., 77(3): 195-204, 2010. [13] l. vacca, laboratory manual of histochemistry (1 st ed.), raven press: new york. usa. 1985. [14] j. wany;g. zhou; h. yu; t. wang; et al, acute toxicity and biodistribution of different sized titanium dioxide particles in mice after oral administration. toxicol. lett. 168: 176-185, 2007. [15] a. dhawan, and v. sharma, toxicity assessment of nanomaterials: methods and challenges. anal bioanal chem 398: 589-605, 2010. [16] jf. hillyer, and rm. albercht. gastrointestinal per sorption and tissue distribution of differently sized colloidal gold nanoparticles. j pharm. sci. 90: 1927-1936, 2001. [17] v. sharma; p. singh; ak. pandey, and a. dhawan. induction of oxidative stress dna damage and apoptosis in mouse liver after sub-acute oral exposure to zinc oxide nanoparticles. mutal res 745: 84-91. [18] sanaa a.a; maha z.r.; samy a.a.; hebatallah a.d., mai o.k. roll of potent antioxidants in regulation of smad-2 transcription and tgf-b1 signaling in nano sized titanium dioxide-induced oxidative injury in mice liver. inter. j. pharma. 5:17-26, 2015. [19] d. xiong;t. fang; l. yu, x. sima, and w. zhu, effect of nano-scale tio2, zno and their bulk counterparts on zebrafish: acute toxicity, oxidative stress and oxidative damage. sci total environ, 409:1444-1452, 2011. [20] j x. wang; gq. zhou; cy. chen;hw .yu; tc .wang; ym. ma; g. jia; yx gao; b. li;j. sun; yf. li; f. jia; yl. zhao, and zf. chai,acute toxicity and biodistribution of different sized titanium dioxide particles in mice after oral administration. toxicol. lett., 168 :176-185, 2007. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees علوم حياة |279 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 تقييم الكفاءة التثبيطية للمستخلصات المائية والكحولية لنباتات الكمون والحلبة والحبة السوداء والحبة الحلوة في نمو بكتريا escherichia coli و staphylococcus aureus طيف ماجد عبد الحسين عبد هللا الليثيشذى ايمن جاسم مهدي زينة مطلك محسن جامعة كربالء / كلية الزراعة 6192/تموز / 91قبل في: ، 6192/نيسان /91استلم في : الخالصة لمعرفة الكفاءة التثبيطية للمستخلصات 1022نفذت تجربة مختبرية في مختبرات كلية الزراعة /جامعة كربالء لعام و escherichia coliالمائية والكحولية لبذور نباتات الكمون والحلبة والحبة السوداء والحبة الحلوة في نمو بكتريا staphylococcus aureus أعطت مايكروغرام/مل 10و 20ان المستخلصات الكحولية وبالتركيزين . أظهرت النتائج اكبر منطقة تثبيط نمو من المستخلصات المائية ولكال النوعين من البكتريا فقد اعطى المستخلص الكحولي للكمون اكبر ينما لبكتريا ب staphylococcus aureusملم على الترتيب لبكتريا 12و 12مناطق تثبيط النمو وللتركيزين بلغت escherichia coli والمستخلص الكحولي للحبة الحلوة لتركيز مايكروغرام/مل10اعطى المستخلص الكحولي لتركيز ملم على الترتيب مقارنة مع بقية انواع المستخلصات . 22مل و 1..2اكبر مناطق تثبيط نمو بلغت مايكروغرام/مل 20 ، مستخلصات مائية، مستخلصات كحوليةالكفاءة التثبيطيةالكلمات المفتاحية: علوم حياة |280 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المقدمة كانت وما تزال وستبقى النباتات الطبية وسيلة مهمة وناجحة من وسائل العالج لدى الحكماء واألطباء والمختصين، الحيوية للمركبات مهما مصدراألنه قد شكل العالج النباتي الطبي األساس في النتائج التجريبية لمئات واالالف السنين تزايد الطلب قلة اعداد النباتات التي اختبرت فعاليتها، من الرغم على األمراض من للعديد العالجية القيمة ذات الفعالة فضال عن إن النباتات الطبية تعد ومخاطرها تجارياً على النباتات الطبية بسبب كثرة األضرار الجانبية لألدوية الكيمياوية المصدر الرئيس إلنتاج العقاقير الطبية النباتية وكمصدر للمواد الفعالة المستخدمة في تحضير العديد من المستحضرات الذي يعود الى العائلة cuminum cyminum lومن النباتات الطبية التي شاع استعمالها نبات الكمون ]1و2[الدوائية %21-00نسبة cumin aldehydeويكون الدهايد الكمون %1-1بتها الخيمية يحتوي على الزيوت الطيارة وتشكل نس ويستعمل pinenوالباينينات cuminic alcoholوالكحول الكوميني terpenesمن الزيت، ويحتوي على التربينات الموجود cumin aldehydeان الدهايد الكمون ]. [أوضح ]2[ في الطب البديل كطارد للغازات وعالج سوء الهضم trigonella foenumفي البذور يعمل كمثبط ألنواع مختلفة من البكتريا و االعفان وبعض الخمائر. اما نبات الحلبة graecum l. هو نبات عشبي طبي يعود الى العائلة البقولية التي تستعمل في عالج بعض االمراض منها تخفيض ضغط تعد بذور الحلبة مصدراً غنياً للمعادن والفيتامينات والبروتينات فضال عن ]8[الدم ونسبة السكر وعالج االلتهابات . من ]20و1و0[احتوائها على القلويدات مثل الكولين والترايجونللين والكاليكوسيدات مثل الدايوسجنين ومواد هالمية تحتوي البذور على عائلة الشقيقة يعود الى الl . nigella sativaأشهر النباتات وأكثرها استخدام نبات الحبة السوداء في الفعالة المركباتم ومن أه ]2[ % 2.1 – 0.1والزيت الطيار الذي نسبته % 21 – 20 الذي نسبته الزيت الثابت فضالً عن احتوائه على القلويدات thymoquinone ومركب ثيموكينون nigelloneالزيت الطيار مركب السوداء في الهضم ومدرره للبول والحليب ومهيجة وفاتحة للشهية ومقوية و والصابونيات وراتنجات وتساعد الحبة .اما نبات الحبة الحلوة s. aureusان مستخلص البذور مضاد لبكتريا ]22[.ذكر ]21و2[منشطة وطاردة للديدان foeniculam vulgar l.اللتهابات هو نبات عشبي حولي عطري يعود الى العائلة الخيمية ، إذ يستعمل كمضاد ل منها لةاحتواء البذور على المواد الفعاوهذا يرجع الى ]22[والمغص المعوي واالنتفاخات واالضطرابات التنفسية وكحوالت وفينوالت %01-12معظم مكوناته وبلغت anetholeالتي يكون االنيثول ٪2-2الزيوت الطيارة بنسبة هدف الدراسة الى معرفة الكفاءة ]20[والديهايدات فضالً عن احتوائها على كاليكوسيدات وصابونيات ومواد سامة .e.coliو s.aureusبكتريا التثبيطية للمستخلصات المائية والكحولية للنباتات الطبية المستخدمة أعاله في تثبيط نمو المواد وطرائق العمل ( بمكررين crdنفذت هذه التجربة في مختبرات كلية الزراعة /جامعة كربالء استعمل التصميم العشوائي الكامل ) و trigonella foenum graecum lوبثالث عوامل لكل منهما، العامل األول نوع النباتات الطبية وشملت الحلبة foeniculumالحبة الحلوة .nigella sativa l والحبة السوداء cuminum cyminum lالكمون .millvulgare والعامل الثالث نوع المستخلص ماكروغرام/مل 10و مل/مايكروغرام20، اما العامل الثاني تركيزين وهما كحولي ومائي من الشوائب والبذور الغريبة المرافقة لها جلبت بذور النباتات الطبية من المكاتب الزراعية وتم تنظيفها -العينات النباتية : بعدها انتقيت البذور سليمة وطحنت الى مسحوق ناعم باستخدام مطحنة كهربائية. المستخلصات النباتية  المستخلص المائي ( shakerمليلتر من الماء المقطر وضعت في جهاز المازج )200غم من كل النباتات أعاله واضيف اليها 00اخذ وزن ساعة ثم تم ترشيحه باستعمال ورق الترشيح للتخلص من الرواسب وبعدها تم تجفيفه باستعمال االوفن وعلى 10لمدة م. 01درجة الحرارة  تحضير المستخلصات الكحولية مليلتر(200) %70نفس طريقة تحضير المستخلصات المائية باستبدال الماء المقطر بكحول االيثانول -الكشف الكيميائي : ]22[كشف القلويدات حسب طريقة -أ ]21[كشف كاليكوسيدات حسب طريقة -ب ]7[كشف التاينتنات حسب طريقة -ت ]7[كشف الصابونيات حسب طريقة -ث ]27[كشف السترويد -ج ]28[كشف الفينوالت -ح e.coliو s. aureusدراسة الفعالية التثبيطية للمستخلصات أعاله في نمو بكتريا  مصدر االحياء المجهرية الحصول على العزالت البكترية مشخصة ونقية من مختبر الصحة المركزي /كربالء.تم علوم حياة |281 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017  األوساط الزراعية السائل والصلب في تقدير الفعالية التثبيطية للمستخلصات المائية mueller hinton broth and agarاستعمل وسط ي تنمية وحفظ العزالت البكترية .( فhimediaوالكحولية، إذ حضر حسب تعليمات الشركة المجهزة من شركة ) تحضير تراكيز من المستخلصات النباتية المائية والكحولية المستعملة في الدراسة ايثانول( إذ أصبح %20مليلتر من المستخلص مذيب ) 11ملغرام من المستخلص في 0.1حضر المحلول الخزين بإذابة مليلتر من 1مل من التركيز الخزين واضافة 1/مل بأخذ مايكروغرام 20مايكروغرام/مل، ومنه تحضر 10التركيز المذيب. دراسة الفعالية التثبيطية للمستخلصات النباتية المائية والكحولية المستعملة في الدراسة وبتراكيز مختلفة في العزالت البكترية قيد االختبار muellerى النحو االتي :حضر الوسط وعل ].2[بحسب ما ورد ذكره well assayاستعملت طريقة اختبار الحفرة hinton agar مل بعد 11-12وزرع الوسط في اطباق بتري وكان حجم الوسط المذاب المصبوب في االطباق بين مل من األوساط الزراعية السائلة المنماة فيها انواع البكتريا وزرعت باستعمال قضيب زجاجي 0.2تصلب الوسط نقل م لمدة ساعتين ،أخرجت االطباق من الحاضنة وثقبت باستخدام الة تثقيب 27حرارة منحني معقم وحضنت في درجة مايكروغرام/مل 10مايكروغرام/مل و 20مل من المستخلصات بتركيز 0.01ملم وضع 1الفلين ، وكان قطر الحفرة قة التثبيط بوحدات الملم ساعة تم قياس منط 28م لمدة 27نقلت الى الثالجة وتركت لمدة ساعتين بعدها نقلت للحاضنة حفر لكل معاملة. 0والمسطرة منقوص منه حجم الحفرة. كررت العملية مرتين واستخدمت مستوى احتمالية حللت البيانات احصائيا بتحليل التباين وقورنت المتوسطات باستعمال اقل فرق معنوي عن 0.01]10[. النتائج والمناقشة s.aureus وe.coli تأثير المستخلصات المائية للنباتات الطبية في نمو بكتريا ( بين انوع المستخلصات المائيه والتراكيز p<0.05( وجود فروق معنوية )1و2( والشكل )1أظهرت النتائج في الجدول ) 20وة وبتركيز ( ان مستخلص الحبة الحل2، وضح شكل) e.coliو s.aureusفي قطر منطقة الثبيط لبكتريا ملم مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة السوداء عند نفس التركيز الذي 22مايكروغرام/مل اعطى اكبر منطقة تثبيط نمو بلغت ملم ويرجع السبب الى احتوائها على نسبة عالية من الفينوالت تؤدي الى عدم قدرة البكتريا على االستمرار من 0اعطى .واعطى مستخلص الكمون ]12[ة عن تفاعالت االيض األساسية ومسخ البروتينات خالل تثبيط االنزيمات المسؤول ملم مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة السوداء عند نفس التركيز 22.1اكبر منطقة تثبيط نمو بلغت مايكروغرام/مل 10لتركيز . ]12[ملم ويرجع السبب الى الزيوت الطيارة والتربينات التي لها القدرة على تثبيط عمل االحياء المجهرية 0الذي اعطى اكبر منطقة تثبيط نمو في نمو بكتريا /ملمايكروغرام 20تأثير مستخلص الحلبة عند التركيز ( اظهر1بينما شكل ) e.coli ملم 2ملم مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة الحلوة ومستخلص الكمون اللذان اعطى اقل منطقة تثبيط نمو بلغت 2بلغت ويعزى السبب الى ويرجع سبب ذلك الى وجود القلويدات واالحماض الدهنية المشبعة والغير مشبعة التي لها دور في قتل اكبر مايكروغرام/مل 10. وأعطى مستخلص الكمون عند التركيز dna [22]ياء المجهرية من خالل تداخلها مع االح ملم ويرجع سبب ذلك الى 0ملم مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة السوداء عند نفس التركيز بلغت 22منطقة تثبيط نمو بلغت .]10[ا تاثير على االحياء المجهرية احتوائها على التربينات مثل الثايمول والكارفوكول التي له s. aureus وe. coli تأثير المستخلصات الكحولية للنباتات الطبية في نمو بكتريا ( بين انوع المستخلصات المائيه p<0.05( وجود فروق معنوية )0و3( والشكل )2أوضحت النتائج في الجدول ) و 20( ان مستخلص الكمون وبتركيز 2فقد بين الشكل ) ، e.coliو s.aureusوالتراكيز في قطر منطقة الثبيط لبكتريا ملم على الترتيب مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة السوداء 12و 12اعطى اكبر منطقة تثبيط نمو بلغت مايكروغرام/مل 10 عليها الكمون ملم ويرجع سبب تبيط البكتريا الى وجود المركبات الفعالة التي يحتوي 0عند نفس التركيزين الذي اعطى 20( اعطى مستخلص الحبة الحلوة عند التركيز0. بينما شكل)]11[مثل الزيوت الطيارة والتربينات والفينوالت ملم مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة السوداء عند نفس التركيز 22بلغت e.coliاكبر منطقة تثبيط نمو بكتريا مايكروغرام/مل ملم ويعود سبب ذلك الى وجود المركبات الثانوية مثل الفالفونيدات والكاليكوسيدات والفينوالت وان 0الذي اعطي ر منطقة تثبيط اكب مايكروغرام/مل 10. وأعطى مستخلص الكمون عند التركيز ]12[الفالفونيدات تمتلك فعال حيويا قويا ملم ويرجع سبب ذلك الى احتوائها على 0ملم مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة السوداء عند نفس التركيز بلغت 1..2نمو بلغت .]cuminaldihyde, cuminicalcohol ]12المركبات الهيدروكابونية والكحولية مثل ها على الكائن المجدي ،إذ وجد ان هنالك اختالف في لوحظ ان هنالك اختالف في التأثير المثبط لتراكيز المستخلصات نفس درجة تأثير التراكيز باختالف نوع الكائن المجدي والتركيز ونوع المستخلص المستعمل وتبين النتائج ان البكتريا الموجبة ام والمتمثلة اكثر حساسية لتراكيز المستخلصات مقارنة بالبكتريا السالبة لصبغة كر s.aureusلصبغة كرام والمتمثلة ب وهذا يعود الى االختالف في التركيب الكيميائي للجدار الخلوي البكتيري ،إذ ان مكونات وتركيب الجدار e.coliب علوم حياة |282 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 الخلوي للبكتريا الموجبة لصبغة كرام ابسط من التركيب الخلوي للبكتريا السالبة لصبغة كرام ومن ثم يكون من السهولة [26].ات الغريبة كالمستخلصات المستعملة قيد الدراسة مهاجمته واختراقه من قبل الجزيئ المصادر -( . النباتات الطبية والتداوي باالعشاب . مركز عبادي للدراسات والنشر 1002المياح ، عبد الرضا علوان . ) -2 اليمن. –صنعاء الطبية. دار الرضون للنشر والتوزيع ( النباتات 1022السعدي، علي حمود وباسم كاظم بريسم ومنى نجاح الطريحي. ) -1 عمان. – . الزيوت الطيارة. قسم الزراعة وانتاج النباتات الطبية والعطرية شعبة البحوث 1000، نصر أبو زيد. الشحات -2 .117الصيدلية والدوائية المركز القومي للبحوث بالقاهرة. الدار العربية للنشر والتوزيع ع ص . النباتات الطبية زراعتها مكوناتها. دار المريخ للنشر. الرياض.( 2.82، فوزي طه. )قطب -0 المركبات لبعض والنوعي الكمي (. الكشف1020تقي، رامي علي وامنة نعمة التويثي وصفاء عبد لطيف المعيني. ) -1 -396 الحياتية للتقانات العراقية المجلة trigonella foenum – graecum المحلية الحلبة لبذور الفعالة 385:(3)9. القاهرة –ألخبار اليوم أ( أسرار جديدة عن حبة البركة ، دار 7..2النجار ، عبد الرحمن ) -2 .2-1( .كيمياء النباتات الطبية.المكتبة الوطنية ببغداد.ص1008محمود، مهند جميل.) -7 8sur, p.; das, m.; gomes, a.; vedasiromoni, j.r.; sahu, n.p.; banerjee, s.; sharma, r.m and ganguly, d.k. 2001. trigonella foenum graecum (fenugreek) seed extract as an antineoplastic agent.phytother res.,15(3):257-259. .-de m.: de ak. ; mukhopadyay, r. ; banerjee, ab. and miro, m. 2003. antimicrobial activity of cuminum cyminum l . ars pharmaceutica , uu (3) , pp: 257-269. 20newall, c. a.; anderson, l. a. and phillipson, j. d.(1998). herbal medicines aguide for health care professional. 2nd ed. london. the pharmaceutical press,pp: 117-118. 12akgul , a . antimicrobial activity of black cumin (nigella sativa) essential oil . gazi journal of faculty of pharmacology , 6: 63 – 66 (1989). 11micheal,l.a.c.(2003). nigella sativa .l commonly known as "love in the mist"abeautiful middile eastern herb with many uses .islam on line .net. 12hansel, r. keller, k. and rimpler, h. (1993). foeniculum . hagers handbuch der pharmazeutishen . new york : 156-810 . 10marotti, m.and r. piccaglia. 1992. the influence of distillation condition on the essential composition of three varieties of (foeniculum vulgare mill.). journal of essential oils reseaech. (usa). 4 (6) : 569 – 576. 15-shiata, i.m. (1951). a pharmacological study of anagallis arvensis m.d.vet. thesis cairo university 16-harbone, j. (1973). phytochemical methods. chapman and hall. london. 17-al-abid, m.r., (1985). zurrzusamme mse turungder abschla b membrane in phoenixdactylifera. wurzburg university . wuzzburg, f.r. of germany, 153-140 18-adeday ,o.; aderson , w.; young ,m.; sncickus,v.; patil;p. and kolawole,d.(2001). photochemistry and antibacterial activity of san flower pharmuct.biol.,39:1-5. 19-gupt,p.k.,mitalb.k.,andgargs.k,1996.characterizationof lactobacillus acidophilus strains for use as dietary adjunct international j.food mic.29(7). 20steel, r.g.d. and j.h. torrie, 1981. principles and procedures of statistic .mcgraw.hill book co., inc.n.y.pp.485. 21-hamburger, h.and hostettmann, k.(1991).the link between phytochemistry and medicine.phytochemistr,30:3864-74. 22-phillipson, j.d and oneill , m.j. (1987) . newleads to the treatment of protozoal infections based on natural product molecules acta.pharm. nord; 1; 131-144. 23-de m.; de a.k.; mukhopadyay, r.; banerjee, a.b. and miro, m. (2003). antimicrobial activity of cuminum cyminum l. ars fharmaceutica .44 (3): 257269 24cowan , m.m.1999. plant products as antimicrobial agents . clinical microbiology reviews . 12(4) : 564-582. علوم حياة |283 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 25yan j.h, tang k.w, zhong m. deng n.h. (2002 ): determination of chemical components of volatile oil from cuminum cyminum l. by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry . sepu. nov; 20(6):569-72. (english abstract) 26. brantner, a.; males, z.; pepeljnjak, a. and antolic, a. 1996, antimicrobial activity of pliurus spinachristi mill. j. ethnopharmacol., 52: 119-122. 27-franklin,t.j.and g.a.snow.1981.biochemistry of antimicrobial,chapman and hll:london ( المركبات الفعالة الموجودة ضمن المستخلصات الكحولية للنباتات الطبية المدروسة9جدول ) الحبة السوداء الحبة الحلوة الحلبة الكمون الكواشف + + + القلويدات + + + + كاليكوسيدات + + + صابونيات + + تاينينات + + + + فينوالت + + + + ستيرويد + + + + فالفونيدات علوم حياة |284 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 e. coliوs. aureus ( أقطار مناطق تثبيط النمو)ملم( للمستخلصات المائية في بكتريا 6جدول) e. coliو s. aureusأقطار مناطق تثبيط النمو)ملم( للمستخلصات الكحولية في بكتريا ( 3جدول) النباتية المستخلصات قطر دائرة تثبيط ) ملم( s. aureus e. coli مل/التركيز مايكروغرام مل/التركيز مايكروغرام 10 20 10 20 55 5 .5 5.31 مستخلص بذور الكمون 5311 6 5531 5131 بذور الحلبةمستخلص 5 5 1 56 مستخلص بذور الحبة الحلوة 1 531 1 1 مستخلص بذور الحبة السوداء l.s.d 55351 5356 1310 1310 النباتية المستخلصات التثبيط ) ملم(قطر دائرة s. aureus e. coli مايكروغرام/مل التركيز مل/مايكروغرام التركيز 10 20 10 20 5131 .5 66 23 مستخلص بذور الكمون 5.31 5131 5.31 5531 مستخلص بذور الحلبة 6 56 6131 50 مستخلص بذور الحبة الحلوة 1 1 1 1 مستخلص بذور الحبة السوداء l.s.d 5131 .31 5535 .35 علوم حياة |285 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 باستخدام انواع من المستخلصات المائية .aureus s( اقطار مناطق تثبيط النمو في بكتريا 9كل )ش باستخدام انواع من المستخلصات المائية e. coli( اقطار مناطق تثبيط النموفي بكتريا 6شكل ) 13.5 15.5 16 0 13 11.5 5 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 مستخلص بذور الكمون مستخلص بذور الحلبة مستخلص بذور الحبة الحلوة مستخلص بذور الحبة السوداء ط بي تث ال ة سب ن مل/مايكروغرام10تركيز مل/مايكروغرام20تركيز 1 6 1 4.5 11 1.5 1 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 مستخلص بذور الكمون مستخلص بذور الحلبة مستخلص بذور الحبة الحلوة مستخلص بذور الحبة السوداء ط بي تث ال ة سب ن مل/مايكروغرام10تركيز مل /مايكروغرام20تركيز علوم حياة |286 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 بأستخدام انواع من المستخلصات الكحولية .aureus s( اقطار مناطق تثبيط النموفي بكتريا 3شكل ) باستخدام انواع من المستخلصات الكحولية e. coli( اقطار مناطق تثبيط النمو في بكتريا 4شكل ) 13.5 15.5 16 0 13 11.5 5 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 مستخلص بذور الكمون مستخلص بذور الحلبة مستخلص بذور الحبة الحلوة مستخلص بذور الحبة السوداء ط بي تث ال ة سب ن مل/مايكروغرام10تركيز مل/مايكروغرام20تركيز 1 6 1 4.5 11 1.5 1 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 مستخلص بذور الكمون مستخلص بذور الحلبة مستخلص بذور الحبة الحلوة مستخلص بذور الحبة السوداء ط بي تث ال ة سب ن مل/مايكروغرام10تركيز مل /مايكروغرام20تركيز علوم حياة |287 1027( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 evaluation of inhibitory efficiency for some aqueous and alcoholic extracts of cumin, fenugreek, sweet fennel and black cumin in growth of escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus bacteria taif majid abdulhussein shatha abdullah allaithi aemen jassim mahdi zeina motlik mouhsen college of agriculture/ university of kerbala received in:19 /april/ 2016, accepted in:19/ july/ 2016 abstract a factorial experiment was conducted at the laboratories of the college of agriculture – kerbala university during 2016. the aim was inhibitory efficiency for some aqueous and alcoholic extracts of cumin, fenugreek, sweet fennel and black cumin in growth of escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus bacteria. results of lab the extracts alcoholic, concentrations 10, and 20 μg/ml giving to the highest percentage of inhibition from water extracts for both types of bacteria. alcoholic extract of cumin highest percentage inhibition and concentration reached 23 and 26 mm, respectively, for the bacterium staphylococcus aureus, while the bacteria escherichia coli giving the alcoholic extract of the concentration of 20 μg/ml and extract alcohol for sweet concentration of 10 μg/ml highest rate was 19.5 mm and 16 mm respectively compared with other types of extracts. kay words: inhibitory efficiency, aqueous extracts, alcoholic extracts. microsoft word 178-186   178 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 a parallel numerical algorithm for solving some fractional integral equations khalid mindeel mohammed al-abrahemee khalid.mohammed@qu.edu.iq department of mathematics, college of education,university of al-qadisiyhah, qadisiyhah,iraq. article history: received 12 august 2018, accepted 26 september 2018, publish january 2019 abstract in this study, he's parallel numerical algorithm by neural network is applied to type of integration of fractional equations is abel’s integral equations of the 1st and 2nd kinds. using a levenberge – marquaradt training algorithm as a tool to train the network. to show the efficiency of the method, some type of abel’s integral equations is solved as numerical examples. numerical results show that the new method is very efficient problems with high accuracy. keywords: neural network, abel’s integral equations, levenberg – marquardt training algorithm. 1. introduction abel’s equations are interconnected to a wide-ranging of physecal problems, such as tempera ture transfer [1], nonlinear diffusion [2], the propagation of nonlinear waves [3], and were used in the theory of nautron transportation and traffic theory. there is several methods counting numerical analysis thus far away to reviewing this type of integration as well as their variations with several uses [4–5]. in [6] he also talked about solutions to this type of integration under assured conditions by some special ways. sumner calculated this type from the point of observation of the convolutional convert studied a numerical solution for this integration using orthogonal polynomials. hilbert worked on the problem of nonlinear type of energy, explained in locked shaped by expressive a sectional holomorphic function by earnings of an integral with energy nucleus, and converted the problem to one of resolving a generalized reviewing this type of integration. in [7] used the reverse of several of fractional order. in [8] resolved this integration numerically it is based on the process of approximation of partial integrations and derivatives. in [9] the researcher used chebyshev polynomials for solve this integration. in [10] for easy calculations the researcher used some conversions such homotopy pertuarbation and laplace transforms algorithm. 2. abel’s integral equations this type of integration studied by nieal henreik abel and liouveille for its real importance in modeling many phenomena in mechanical, electronic, engineering, chemical and basic sciences [1113]. where it emerged for this type of integration two types first and second as follows respectably   179 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝑓 𝑥 𝜆 𝑦 𝑡 𝑥 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 1 and 𝑦 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 𝜆 𝑑𝑡 2 where 𝜆, 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑓 𝑥 and the function are given where 0 𝛼 1, 𝑓 𝑐 ∈ 𝑐 0,1 , 0 𝑥, 𝑡 𝑇 and t is constant. we will solve this type of integration of fractional equations by means of neural networks using three layers: the input and output layers and the hidden layer contain 7 hidden units and one linear output unit, the sigmoid activation function of each unit in hidden layer is tanseg. function by a type of training, the levenberge – marqaurdt training algoreithm is used to train the network. 3. description of the method in this part we will describe how our method can be used to discovery the approximate result of equations (1) and (2) let 𝛾 𝜒 denotes the result to be calculated, 𝛾 𝜒 , 𝜌 ) refers to the analytical solution. in the proposed approach, the ffnn experimental solution is used and the factors 𝜌 correspond to the weights and bias of the neural architecture. we choose a model for a pilot function yt (x) to meet bc requirements. this is attained by lettering it as two sets: 𝛾 𝜒 , 𝜌 𝜙 𝜒 𝜉 𝜒, ν 𝜒, 𝜌 (3) where ν 𝜒, 𝜌 is a singleoutput ffnn with 𝜌 factors and one input element breast-feeding on the 𝜒 input vector. the part 𝜙 𝜒 does not contain parameters that can be adjusted and meet the boundary conditions. the second term 𝜉 𝜒, ν 𝜒, 𝜌 is created so that it does not contribute to bc, because 𝛾 𝜒 satisfies them. this part can be molded using ffnn whose weights and biases must be adjusted to address the minimization problem. 4. illustration of the method to explain the method, let the equations ((1) and (2)), where x ∈ [0, 1] and the bc: y(0) = α and y(1) = 𝛽, the approximation of solution can be written as: 𝛾 𝜒 , 𝜌 α 𝛽 α 𝜒 𝜒 𝜒 1 ν 𝜒, 𝜌 (4) the error calculated to be minimized is given by 𝐸 𝑝 ∑ 𝑓 𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝜒 𝑑𝑡 (5)   180 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 where the xi’s are points in [a, b]. 5. numerical examples in this section we will apply the above algorithm to three different examples of the first kind and second kind. for each test problem the analytic solution 𝛾 𝜒 was identified in improvement. so, we have tried the accuracy of the solutions obtained through the equation; ∆𝑦 𝑥 |𝛾 𝜒 𝛾 𝜒 |" (6) example 1 in the first example we will demonstrate the work of the proposed algorithm on the first type of fractional equations for that integration [14] ∪ 𝑑𝑡 , 0 1, where the exact solution ∪ 𝑡 table 1. analytic and neural solution of example 1 the error e(x)  | yt(x) ya(x) | w h e r e yt(x) computed by the following training algorithm ( trainlm) out of suggested ffnn yt(x) for lm training algorithm analytic solution input trainlmya(x) x 0.000000000000000.000000000000000.00000000000000 0.0 0.000000022894650.1111111340057650.11111111111111 0.1 0.000763781650320.222986003872540.22222222222222 0.2 0.000000000654060.333333333987390.33333333333333 0.3 0.000000120031940.444444564476380.44444444444444 0.4 0.000000002082650.555555553472910.55555555555556 0.5 0.000000000182700.666666666849370.66666666666667 0.6 0.000004347869570.777773429908210.77777777777778 0.7 0.000000003546000.888888885342890.88888888888889 0.8 0.0000000000000011.00000000000000 0.9 -0.010111456888841.121222567999951.11111111111111 1.0   181 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 2. the performance of the train with epoch and time table 3. initial weight and bias of the network for different training algorithm figure 1. exact and approximate solution of example1 using: modify trainlm & trainlm algorithms example 2 in this example we will demonstrate the work of the offered algorithm on the first type of fractional equations for that integration [15] ∪ / 𝑑𝑡 35 24 0 1, where the exact solution is: ∪ 𝑡 mse time epoch performance of train train function 9.34772e‐06 0:00:02 50 2.39-31 trainlm weights and bias for trainlm net.b{1}net.lw{2,1}net.iu{1,1}net.iw{1,1} 0.48760.12390.98760.2436 0.25420.63980.98430.4563 0.19840.27600.09870.6534 0.12950.08340.23410.4237 0.59340.23140.75230.3122   182 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 4. analytic and neural solution of example 2 table 5. the performance of the train with epoch and time mse time epoch performance of train train function 9.72845e-08 0:00:10 300 2.38-31 trainlm table 6. initial weight and bias of the network for different training algorithm the error e(x)  | yt(x) ya(x) | w h e r e yt(x) computed by the following training algorithm( trainlm) out of suggested ffnn yt(x) for  lm training algorithm analytic solution input trainlmya(x) x 0.0000000000000000.000000000000000.0 0.000004654342980.099004654342980.099000000000000.1 0.000045366572450.192045366572450.192000000000000.2 0.000065872297870.273065872297870.273000000000000.3 0.000999435226040.335000564773960.336000000000000.4 0.000000564773420.375000564773420.375000000000000.5 0.000000354288780.384000354288780.384000000000000.6 0.000006755341980.357006755341980.357000000000000.7 0.000254463901340.287745536098660.288000000000000.8 0.000006453372430.171006453372430.171000000000000.9 0.0000000000000000.000000000000001.0 weights and bias for trainlm net.b{1} net.lw{2,1} net.iu{1,1} net.iw{1,1} 0.12330.93650.09750.6574 0.75640.92840.43520.9786 0.87350.55420.75640.4352 0.92850.86350.97860.9807 0.56370.66570.98430.5543   183 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 2. exact & approximate solution of example1 by using: modify trainlm & trainlm algorithms example 3 in the third example we will demonstrate the proposed technique on the second type of fractional equations for that integration [16] 𝒖 𝟐 𝟏𝟔 𝟏𝟓 𝟓 𝟐 ∪ 𝒕 𝒕 𝟏 𝟐 𝒅𝒕 𝒙 𝟎 0 1, where the exact solution is ∪ 𝑡 table 7. analytic and neural solution of example 3 the error e(x)  | yt(x) ya(x) | w h e r e yt(x) computed by the following training algorithm (trainlm) out of suggested ffnn yt(x) for lm training algorithm analytic solution input trainlmya(x) x 0.000000000000000.000000000000000.000000000000000.0 0.000004356208660.010004356208660.010000000000000.1 0.000000653231460.040000653231460.040000000000000.2 0.000000534274650.090000534274650.090000000000000.3 0.000000635277630.160000635277630.160000000000000.4 0.000000006242420.250000006242420.250000000000000.5 0.000003425534270.360003425534270.360000000000000.6 0.000342776134500.49034277613450.490000000000000.7 0.001436628759300.64143662875930.640000000000000.8 0.000342876143380.810342876143380.810000000000000.9 0.0000000000000011.000000000000001.0   184 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 8. the performance of the train with epoch and time mse time epoch performance of train train function 2.08999e-07 0:00:11 700 3.38-31 trainlm table 9. initial weight and bias of the network for different training algorithm figure 3. exact & approximate solution of example1 using: modify trainlm & trainlm algorithms 6. conclusions in this paper, a new procedure was used to solve a special type of fractional integrals using parallel processors and a high-level training algorithm. then applied in three examples of different types were the results compared with analytical solutions for these integrals. the results show the accuracy of suggested method is very high and the speed of convergence is ideal. weights and bias for trainlm net.b{1} net.lw{2,1} net.iu{1,1} net.iw{1,1} 0.92750.95730.64770.7645 0.95390.36240.62980.8735 0.23650.87290.64290.1249 0.11260.75630.23140.9823 0.74030.83650.34250.8669   185 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 references 1. mann,w.r.; wolf, f. heat transfer between solids and gases under nonlinear boundary conditions. appl math. 1951, 9, 163–184. 2. goncerzewicz, j.; marcinkowska, h.; okrasinski,w.; tabisz, k. on percolation of water from a cylindrical reservoir into the surrounding soil. appl. math. 1951, 16, 249–261. 3. keller, j.j. propagation of simple nonlinear waves in gas filled tubes with friction. z. angew. math. phys. 1981, 32, 170–181. 4. lima, p.; diogo, t. numerical solution of nonuniquely solvable volterra integral equation using extrapolation methods. j. comput. app. math. 2002, 140, 537–557. 5. singh, o.p.; singh, v.k.; pandey, r.k. a stable numerical inversion of abel’s integral equation using almost bernstein operational matrix. j. quant. spectrosc. radiat. transf. 2010, 111, 245– 252. 6. bushell, p.j.; okrasinski,w. nonlinear volterra integral equations with convolution kernel. j. lond. math. soc. 1990, 41, 503–510. 7. li, m.; zhao, w. solving abel’s type integral equation with mikusinski’s operator of fractional order, adv. math. phys. 2013. doi:10.1155/2013/806984. 8. jahanshahi, s.; babolian, e.; torres, d.; vahidi, a. solving abel integral equations of first kind via fractional calculus. j. king saud univ. sci. 2015, 27, 161–167. 9. saleh, m.h.; amer, s.m.; mohamed, d.s.; mahdy, a.e. fractional calculus for solving generalized abel’s integral equations suing chebyshev polynomials. int. j. comput. appl. 2014, 100, 19–23. 10. kumar, s.; kumar, a.; kumar, d.; singh, j.; singh, a. analytical solution of abel integral equation arising in astrophysics via laplace transform. j. egypt. math. soc. 2015, 23, 102–107. 11. wazwaz, a. m. partial differential equations and solitary waves theory. springer. beijing and berlin. 2009. isbn 978-3-642-00250-2, e-isbn 978-3-642-00251-9. 12. rashidinia, j.; tahmasebi, a. approximate solution of linear integro differential equations by using modified taylor expansion method. world journal of modelling and simulation. 2013, 9, 4, 289-301. 13. abdulkawi, m.; eshkuvatov, z. k.; nik long, n. m. a. a note on the numerical solution of singular integral equations of cauchy type. world academy of science, engineering and technology. 2009, 3, 9, 893-896. 14. huang, l.; huang, y.; li, x-f. approximate solution of abel integral equation. comput. math. appl. 2008, 56, 1748-1757. 15. liu, y-p.; tao, l. high accuracy combination algorithm and a posteriori error estimation for solving the first kind abel integral equations. appl. math. comput. 2006, 178, 441451. 16. kumar, s.; kumar, a.; kumar, d.; singh j.; singh, a. analytical solution of abel integral equation arising in astrophysics via laplace transform. journal egypt. math. soc. 2014, 2, doi: org/10.1016/j.joems.2014.02.004. 17. al-abrahemee, k.m.m. solution of some application of system of ordinary initial value problems using osculatory interpolation technique. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2012, 25, 1.   186 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1918 vol. 32 (1) 2019 18. tawfiq, l.n.m. on training of artificial neural networks. al-fatih journal. 2005,1,23,130-139. 19. tawfiq, l. n. m.; yassien. s. m. solution of high order ordinary boundary value problems using semi-analytic technique. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 1. 20. tawfiq, l. n. m.; hussein, r. w. on solution of regular singular initial value problems. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 1. 21. tawfiq, l. n. m.; rasheed, h. w. on solution of regular singular ordinary boundary value problem. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 2. microsoft word 124-144 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 124 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 determination of the degree of consumption (doc) of lube engine oils using fluorescence spectroscopy rawnaq qahtan abdul kareem khalid w. salih al-janabi dept of. chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad raonaq_1993@yahoo.com khalid.janabi@gmail.com received in: 3/october/2017, accepted in:3/december/2017 abstract the accreditation of a fast, inexpensive, and simple way to discriminate between different kinds of oils and their efficacy “degree of consumption (doc)” has been developed. the fluorescence spectroscopy provides a reliable method for oil inspection without resorting to tedious separation. different new and used oil samples available in the local iraqi market were investigated. while the challenge is to build a directory containing data of all the oils available in the local market. this method expected to control the falsified (forged) trademarks of motor oils and to discriminate between different oils. the excitation-emission spectra of oil samples were determined in the range of 200 – 600 nm. the effect of the presence of trace metals on the fluorescence intensity of oils was considered by adding few milligrams of (cu, al, fe) to the diluted oil solution. no major effect noticed on fluorescence intensity. the research suggests installing a simple spectrofluorometer into vehicles to check the doc of the oil regularly and to notify the driver exactly when to replace the engine oil. the obtained results indicate the applicability to execute such gadget to be installed in the vehicles for routine detection of the engine oil quality and its degree of consumption doc. as well as demonstrate the potential of the technique in oil identification and could be further developed. keywords: fluorescence, degree of consumption (doc), lube oil, engine oil https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 125 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction the lube oil composition is a complex mixture of hydrocarbons with different molecular masses. the lube oil producers generally use the same base-stock then add different additives up to 5% by weight [1] to improve the oil performance [2]. lube oils are designed to lubricate the moving parts of internal combustion engines to reduce friction, provide oxidation resistance, improved deposit protection, better wear protection, better low-temperature performance over the life of the oil [2] and protect the engine from malfunctions [3]. thus, oil testing is important to examine lubricant's quality and to discriminate between new and used oils [4]. because of the complexity of lube oils and the many factors affecting their compositions, almost all analyses been partial and not very accurate [5]. exhausted motor oils are hazardous wastes to the environment [6] and could reach the sources of drinking water and crops irrigation [7]. most of the lubricants absorb uv or visible light, while few are fluorescent [8]. organic molecules such as oils, with extended π-electron systems as for aromatic and some unsaturated aliphatic compounds, often exhibit fluorescence efficiency [9]. compounds containing fused-rings usually exhibit high molecular fluorescence [10]. rigid molecules or multiple ring systems tend to have large quantum yields of fluorescence while flexible molecules generally have lower quantum yields [11]. fluorescence detectors are very selective and are about three orders of magnitude more sensitive (0.001–0.01 ng) than uv detectors as they measure the fluorescence of the analyte against an almost zero background [12]. there are many other applications for fluorescence spectroscopy, not limited to; determination of thermal stability of biocatalysts, characterizing bio labels for live cell imaging, hydrocarbon mixtures in petroleum oils, and characterizing gpcr (g protein– coupled receptors) oligomerization [13]. nevertheless, many other applications in nanoparticle characterization, surface chemistry research, analytical chemistry, pharmacology, biotechnologies, and in crime investigation [14]. most fluorescence measurements use to carry out in liquid media and the solutions must be very dilute in fluorimetry. otherwise, the results may not comply with the lambert–beer law and linearity cannot be achieved [15]. this leads to the apparently paradoxical result that the fluorescence can diminish even though analyte concentration increases. molecules that naturally fluorescence inactive can convert by chemical derivation or by reacting with a fluorescent molecule to become fluorescent. the interaction of a fluorescent molecule with the solvent medium will affect both the energy and intensity of fluorescence spectra. effects of polarization and hydrogen bonding, viscosity effects, heavy atom effect, compound formation and photo-reaction have a critical influence on the resultant fluorescence [16]. in polar media, fluoresce molecules may solvate by dipolar attraction. these effects produce differences in the equilibrium configurations of the ground and excited states [17]. the solvent can also interact with fluorophores to form excited state complexes that do not fluoresce. selection of a solvent to minimize this effect can enhance fluorescence. in addition to the absorption and emission, scattering may happen either due to rayleigh scattering or by small particles in colloidal suspension (tyndall scattering) [18]. some of the incident energy transferred to the solvent molecules in the form of vibrational and rotational energy. then reemitted in longer wavelength and less energy than the excitation radiation. this is called raman scattering, which is 100 to 1000 times weaker than rayleigh’s [19]. unlike absorption – emission fluorimetry is synchronous fluorescence scan (sfs), in which both monochromators moves simultaneously [20]. the synchronous technique allows the stronger peaks to be increased selectively by use of a suitable stoke shift δλ [21]. unlike uv/visible spectroscopy, fluorescence may undergo quenching, which is a reduction in fluorescence intensity [22]. one reason for quenching is the molecular interaction when a https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 126 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 fluorophore is in contact with another molecule. other reasons lead to a loss of emission from the fluorophore include energy transfer, charge transfer reactions or photochemistry [23]. the final goal of this study is to develop a sensing system uses a simple fluorometer, which can be installed in the vehicle to determine the doc and to notify the driver when to replace the engine oil. this will ensure changing the oil only when fully depleted, which reduces costs and preserve the environment. the reliance on the car mileage counter to replace the engine oil is not accurate enough since the consumption of oil (doc) depends on many factors not limited to oil quality, climate, driving habit, engine efficiency, etc. nevertheless, discrimination the quality of lube oils is of great importance as well. experimental part instrumentation  cary eclipse fluorescence spectrophotometer g9800a, agilent technologies, usa.  varian cary peltier multicell 4 position cell holder, g9808-00003, agilent technologies, usa.  quartz cuvettes with four clear faces.  digital analytical balance, sartorius gd503 (0.0001g), germany.  analog water bath, labtech, vietnam. materials and reagents  several motor oils from different producers available in the iraqi market over the period oct 2016 to may 2017, error! not a valid bookmark self‐reference.1.  benzene (97%, bdh), cyclohexane (99.7%, bdh), chloroform (99.4%, merk), dichloromethane (98.8%, fluka), ethanol absolute (99.9%, bdh), n-hexane (99.9%, scharlau), toluene (99.5%, himedia).  heavy metals (cu, fe, al) as fine powders, obtained from local workshops. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 127 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (1): codes and details of different motor oil samples examined in this study sample code trademark origin volume (lit) sae api r1 gardul germany 5 5w-20 sl/cf r2 youkn lraq 1 hd 50 cc/sc r3 hanover germany 5 5w-30 sn r4 hanover germany 4 20w-50 sg/cd r5 wagon lraq 1 140 gl4 r6 jumbo royal iraq 1 hd 50 cc/sc r7 mechilon french 5 10w-30 sn r8* morris uk 20 15w-40 hd4 r9* vulcan uae 5 50 cf r10 maxpro/ mopar usa 5 5w-20 sn r11* acdelco usa 4 10w-30 sn r12* quartz uae 4 20w-50 sl r13* petromin usa 1 20w-50 sl/cf r14* fuchs germany 1 20w-50 sl r15* acdelco usa 1 5w-30 sn r16* gat 1 usa 5 20w-50 sl  sae: the society of automotive engineers  api: american petroleum institute  * samples have a used peer. used oil samples followed by the suffix “u”. optimization of fluorescence measurement different conditions been examined as a function of the fluorescence intensity as an arbitrary unit (a.u.) to optimize the test method and increasing its sensitivity. conditions of emission and excitation wavelengths pairs (eews), slit width of both the excitation and the emission monochromators, adjustment of the emission path length, temperature, and the contamination by the presence of wear metals in engine oil. degree of consumption (doc) for lube oil doc has been determined for some lube oils by measuring the fluorescence intensity at a certain eews for each pair of the fresh/consumed oil at different proportions. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 128 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 results and discussion sampling eight out of 16 oil samples collected in pairs (new/used). solvents like strong acids, strong bases or even acetone were avoided while cleaning the quartz cuvettes as they might attach to their walls [20]. factors affecting fluorescence measurements a number of parameters have been studied intensely to determine the optimized conditions. setting up eews pairs finding the right eews pairs is of great importance to maintain sensitivity. eews found automatically using the function “prescan” available in the spectrofluorometer software. while manual recognition of the eews was accomplished by setting the excitation monochromator to the of the maximum wavelength (λmax) uv/vis absorption spectrum. then the emission monochromator is set to the highest emission intensity obtained, and scan the excitation radiation again to specify the best corresponding excitation wavelength. both approaches gave almost the same eews results. emission intensities have been compared for different couples of new/used oil samples under identical measurement conditions, as appears in figure (1-5). figure (1): comparing the fluorescence spectra for 5.18 mg/l of r11 vs. r11u oil samples in benzene 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 330 380 430 480 in te n si ty   fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) r11 r11u https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 129 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (2): comparing the fluorescence spectra for 2.59 mg/l of r13 vs. r13u oil samples in toluene figure (3): comparing the fluorescence spectra for 1.295 mg/l of r14 vs. r14u oil samples in hexane 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 330 380 430 480 in te n si ty fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) r13 r13u 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 340 390 440 490 in te n si ty fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) r14 r14u https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 130 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (4): comparing the fluorescence spectra for 1.295 mg/l of r15 vs. r15u oil samples in hexane figure (5): comparing the fluorescence spectra for 2.59 mg/l of r16 vs. r16u oil samples in hexane   setting up the radiation slits widths the best slit width of both the excitation and the emission monochromators were tested by changing the slit width of both monochromators individually. better sensitivity obtained with wider slit widths. however, if the priority is to selectively discriminate a specific analyte in a mixture then, the usage of narrower slits will be necessary [17] [24]. as it is clear from the figure (6); that the optimized value for the excitation-slit width was 10 nm while the best emission-slit width was 5 nm. however, the emission intensity was out of scale when both excitation and emission slits widths were set to 10 nm. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 260 310 360 410 460 in te n si ty fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) r15 r15u 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 330 380 430 480 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) r16 r16u https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 131 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (6): overlay fluorescence spectra for the following slits widths a: (ex10, em5), b: (ex5, em5), c: (ex10, em2.5), d: (ex2.5, em5) in nm. oils were dissolved in ethanol. the influence of emission path length the emission path length is the perpendicular distance between the excitation beam passing through the sample and the cuvette facet facing the detector. longer paths may lead to self-quenching caused by the unexcited molecules between the fluorescent analytic and the emission detector those may absorb the emitted light [23]. when an engine oil consumed, it become darker, then a shorter path length will be a good solution to reduce the optical density. a varian peltier multicell 4 position cell holder, figure (7), used to control the emission path length so that the incident beam passes closer to the cuvette face in front of the detector. this will shorten the thickness facing the detector, figure (8). figure (7): varian peltier multicell 4 position cell holder from agilent technology; a) a top view, b) partially dissembled, x) manual fine adjustment knob https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 132 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (8): controlling the emission path length by shifting the cuvette the multicell holder has been dissembled partially to enable controlling the cell position manually; this made the adjustment very easy and accurate by turning a fine adjustment knob. the effect of the cuvette position has examined as a function of the fluorescence intensities obtained, table (2). from the figure (9-10), the fluorescence intensity of the oil samples is inversely proportional to the emission path length facing the detector. this been expected, as the number of the unexcited molecules existing in the emission path those causing quenching by absorbing the fluorescent light is reduced. table (2): the emission intensity of r11 oil sample vs. path length intensity (a.u.) emission wavelength (nm) emission path length (mm) 498.195 535.07 1 551.822 531.04 2 530.776 531.94 4 510.339 531.94 5 442.854 528.05 6 281.476 521.94 7 252.306 525.97 9 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 133 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (9): fluorescence intensity of the oil samples is inversely proportional to the emission path length facing the detector figure (10): fluorescence intensity versus emission path length temperature effect oil samples were tested over a range of temperature (10 to 50) c° as a function of their emission intensity, error!  reference  source  not  found.11-14. nevertheless, some oil samples did not exhibit fluorescence activity when tested at ranges of (35-50) c°, which may relate to the loss of rigidity. as the molecules, those excited to a higher electronic excited state may lose their electronic energy by converting it to vibrational without emitting radiation [15]. y = ‐6.7637x2 + 29.034x + 502.07 r² = 0.8602 200 300 400 500 600 0 2 4 6 8 10 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) path length facing detector (mm) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 134 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (11): fluorescence spectra for 5.18 mg/l of r11 in benzene at different temperatures, best intensity obtained at 10 ºc figure (12): fluorescence spectra for 1.295 mg/l of r11u in toluene at different temperatures, best intensity obtained at 15cº   0 200 400 600 800 1000 330 350 370 390 410 430 450 470 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) 10 c° 15 c° 25 c° 0 200 400 600 800 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) 10 c° 15 c° 25 c° 30 c° 35 c° 40 c° 45 c° 50 c° https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 135 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (13): fluorescence spectra for 1.295 mg/l of r15 in hexane at different temperatures. the best intensity obtained at 50cº figure (14): fluorescence spectra for 2.59 mg/l of r15u in hexane at different temperatures. the best intensity obtained at 40cº 0 200 400 600 800 1000 260 310 360 410 460 510 560 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) 10 c° 15 c° 25 c° 30 c° 35 c° 45 c° 50 c° 0 200 400 600 800 1000 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) 10 c° 15 c° 25 c° 30 c° 35 c° 40 c° 45 c° 50 c° https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 136 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 metal contamination engine oil contaminates with some metals produced as a result of the friction of the rubbing of the moving mechanical metallic parts of the engine. this may affect the fluorescence activity of the lube oil due to increased rigidity when some organic chelating agents complexes with a metal ion. accordingly, small amounts of the metals those expected to compose the engine alloy (aluminum, iron, and copper) added to the lube oil samples to examine their effect as a function of fluorescence activity, figure (15-20). the examined effects were not significant. figure (15): fluorescence spectra for 5.18 mg/l of r11 in benzene with traces of different metals 0 200 400 600 800 1000 330 380 430 480 530 580 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) without metal with al with cu with fe https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 137 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (16): fluorescence spectra for 1.295 mg/l of r11u in toluene with traces of different metals figure (17): fluorescence spectra for 1.295 mg/l of r15 in hexane with traces of different metals   0 200 400 600 800 1000 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) without metal with al with cu with fe 0 200 400 600 800 1000 240 340 440 540 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) without metals with al with cu with fe https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 138 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (18): fluorescence spectrum for 2.59 mg/l of r15u in hexane with traces of different metals figure (19): fluorescence spectra for 2.59 mg/l of r16 in hexane with traces of different metals 0 200 400 600 800 1000 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) without metals with al with cu with fe 0 200 400 600 800 1000 330 380 430 480 530 580 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) without metals with al with fe with cu https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 139 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (20): fluorescence spectra for 1.295 mg/l of r16u in hexane with traces of different metals direct measurement of fluorescence the fluorescence of all oil samples was measured directly without dilution. the selected eews were obtained by the function “prescan” for each oil separately, figure (21). the excitation and emission slits widths were 5 nm for both monochromators. the temperature was controlled to 24±1c° during measurements. the resultant intensity for each oil sample considered as the 100% intensity of the fresh new oil which can be used for later comparison, table (3). 0 200 400 600 800 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) fluorescence emission wavelength (nm) with fe with al with cu without metals https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 140 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (21): pre-scan fluorescence spectrum of r1 oil sample table (3): fluorescence spectra for new motor oils oil sample excitation (nm) emission (nm) intensity (a.u.) r1 464 510 319 r2 532 583 344 r3 386 481 750 r4 408 442 387 r5 408 442 387 r6 532 583 283 r7 474 514 554 r8 464 473 73 r9 494 535 339 r10 462 532 206 r11 464 528 501 r12 462 503 562 r13 464 509 184 r14 350 578 465 r15 462 527 474 r16 462 499 830 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 141 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 degree of consumption (doc) of lube oil direct measurement of lube oil without the need for any sample preparation with no residues generated and a very short analysis time is of great significance. the fluorescence intensity was examined for 1.5 ml of new oil samples after spiked by different aliquots of consumed oil of the exact same brand and type. these tests were carried out in optimized conditions to test the doc. table (4), figures (22-31). table (4): fluorescence intensity versus the spiked volume for some new/used oil couples. as the table is very long some records those not affecting the overview have omitted oil sample volume of consumed oil (ml) excitation (nm) emission (nm) stokes shift intensity (a.u) doc % r11 0 464 540 76 501 0% r11 0.05 464 540 76 332 34% r11 0.1 464 540 76 298 41% r11 0.75 464 540 76 4 99% r12 0 462 511 49 562 0% r12 0.05 462 511 49 317 44% r12 0.1 462 511 49 205 64% r12 0.9 462 511 49 3 99% r14 0 530 581 51 465 0% r14 0.05 530 581 51 403 13% r14 0.1 530 581 51 385 17% r14 2.35 530 581 51 7 98% r15 0 462 514 52 474 0% r15 0.05 462 514 52 387 18% r15 0.1 462 514 52 331 30% r15 0.65 462 514 52 7 99% r16 0 462 506 44 830 0% r16 0.05 462 506 44 543 35% r16 0.1 462 506 44 325 61% r16 2.1 462 506 44 4 100% for each oil sample, the fluorescence intensity has been drawn against the added volume portions of the peer used oil. the slope and the linearity obtained from the sketch of the second order polynomial function for the curve represents doc and the oil quality, i.e. higher slope and r2 values means better oil quality, figure (22). however, the suggested relation between doc and the sample composition became clearer by plotting the value of logarithm to the base ten of the doc against the added volume of consumed oil, then getting the exponential trend line of the curve, figure (23). the resultant slope and linearity values represent the oil quality since high values mean the oil preserve lubricating properties and can endure larger volumes of the consumed residues without changing its properties. therefore, the next graphs conclude that the oil coded r14 has the best quality than the other samples since it has the highest values for slope, table (5). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 142 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (5): a comparison for the quality of some oil samples as a function of the corresponding slope and linearity extracted from the graphs of the fluorescence intensity of fresh oils (1.5 ml each) versus the added volume of its peer consumed oil figure (22): a comparison for the fluorescence intensity of some fresh oils (1.5 ml each) versus an added volume of its peer consumed oil 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) added volume of consumed oil (ml) r11 r12 r14 r15 r16 oil sample emission (nm) before log(10) after log(10) slope linearity r^2 slope linearity r^2 r11 540 -217.3700 0.7001 0.6285 0.989 r12 511 -121.9400 0.535 0.9729 0.976 r14 581 105.2100 0.612 55.2345 0.968 r15 514 -320.0300 0.720 0.3950 0.961 r16 506 98.7300 0.483 32.3665 0.963 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 143 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (23): a comparison for the logarithmic scale to the base 10 of fluorescence intensity of some fresh oils (1.5 ml each) versus an added volume of its peer consumed oil conclusion the experimental findings have indicated that fluorescence spectroscopy is easy, affordable, sensitive, fast, and an efficient way to identify and discriminate between different lube oils. as the measured fluorescence intensity of the of the new and used oil samples is proportional to the degree of consumption doc of the oil. in addition, doc is applicable and can be of great economic and environmental benefit. the major obstacle in this study is the lack of an updated indexed library implying data of all oils available in the local market. such data is vital for oil comparison and verification. references [1] j.h. christensen; a.b. hansen; j. mortensen; o. andersen, characterization and matching of oil samples using fluorescence spectroscopy and parallel factor analysis, anal. chem. 77 2210–2217. 2005 [2] s.q.a. rizvi; a. comprehensive review of lubricant chemistry, technology, selection, and design, university of virginia, virginia, 2008. [3] r. haycock; a. caines; j. hillier; automotive lubricants reference book, 2nd ed., 2004. [4] r.a.k. nadkarni, spectroscopic analysis of petroleum products and lubricants, bridgeport, 2011. [5] j. steffens; e. landulfo; l.c. courrol and r. guardani, application of fluorescence to the study of crude petroleum, j. fluoresc. 21 859–864. 2011 [6] european agency for safety and health at work, regulation (ec) no 1907/2006 reach, 2006. [7] j. cvengroš, t. liptaj, n. prónayová, polyaromatic hydrocarbons in used motor oils, pet. coal. 57 315–327. 2015 [8] y. zhou and a. fluorescent oil detection device, the graduate faculty of the louisiana state university and agricultural and mechanical college, 2013. [9] g. mcmahon, analytical instrumentation: a guide to laboratory, portable and miniaturized instruments, john wiley & sons, ltd, west sussex, 2007. [10] j. chen; e.j. leboeuf; s. dai and b. gu, fluorescence spectroscopic studies of natural organic 1 200 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 in te n si ty  ( a .u .) added volume of consumed oil (ml) r11 r12 r14 r15 r16 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1860 chemistry | 144 2018) عام 1دد (الع 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 matter fractions, chemosphere. 50 639–647. 2003 [11] d.a. skoog; d.m. west; f.j. holler and s.r. crouch, molecular fluorescence spectroscopy, in: fundam. anal. chem., mary finch, 2014: pp. 760–772. [12] g. mcmahon, analytical instrumentation: a guide to laboratory, portable and miniaturized instruments, 2007. [13] u. kubitscheck; biomedical imaging fluorescence applications in biotechnology and life sciences handbook of fluorescence spectroscopy and imaging, wiley-vch verlag gmbh & co., m¨orlenbach, germany, 2013. [14] t. kubic; n. petraco, forensic science, laboratory experiment manual and workbook, crc press llc, florida, 2003. [15] j.r. lakowicz, instrumentation for fluorescence spectroscopy, in: princ. fluoresc. spectrosc., springer us, boston, ma,: 27–61. 2006 [16] h. franz, v. jendreizik, fluorescence method development handbook, appl. note an70302_e 02/13s. 1–16. 2013 [17] perkinelmer, an introduction to fluorescence spectroscopy, microchem. j. 65 (2000) 353. [18] x. xue; y. zhao; l. dai; x. zhang; x. hao and c. zhang, et al., spatiotemporal drug release visualized through a drug delivery system with tunable aggregation-induced emission, adv. mater. 26 712–717. 2014 [19] f. rouessac and a. rouessac, fluorimetry and chemiluminescence, in: chem. anal., 2nd ed., john wiley & sons, ltd, hoboken, new jersey, us, 2007: pp. 267–288. [20] laurier research instrumentation, user guidelines & standard operating procedure for the cary eclipse fluorescence spectrophotometer, ontario, 2011. [21] d. patra and a.k. mishra, recent developments in multi-component synchronous fluorescence scan analysis, trac trends anal. chem. 21 787–798. 2002 [22] e. baszanowska and z. otremba, lubricate engine oil characterization based on single excitation fluorescence spectroscopy, zesz. nauk. akad. morskiej w gdyni. 91 ,2015, 5–12. [23] y. chen, a. j.h. spiering, s. karthikeyan, g.w.m. peters, e.w. meijer, r.p. sijbesma, mechanically induced chemiluminescence from polymers incorporating a 1,2-dioxetane unit in the main chain, nat. chem. 4 (2012) 559–562. [24] a.d.-93 (r2000), standard test method for quantification of complex polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures or petroleum oils in water, west conshohocken, pa, 2000. التكراریة levinson–durbinباستعمال طریقة ar(3)تقدیر انموذج و طریقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة جنان عباس ناصر بغداد الكلیة التقنیة االداریة 2013حزیران 24، قبل في : 2013نیسان 9أستلم البحث في : الخالصة –levinsonفي ھذا البحث نتحرى حول طرائق التقدیرألنموذج االنحدار الذاتي من الرتبة الثالثة باستعمال طریقة durbin التكراریة(ldr) وطریقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة (wlse) اذ تم تولید سلسلة زمنیة من أنموذج . ar(3) عندما یكون حد الخطأ یتبع التوزیع الطبیعي وغیر الطبیعي، وعند ما یتبع حد الخطاء ألنموذجarch(q) برتبة q=1,2 استعملت حجوم مختلفة من العینات .واستحصلت النتائج باستعمال المحاكاة. عموما نستنتج تحسین التقدیرات. ) بزیادة حجم العینة، ولكل التوزیعات المفترضة لحد wlseو ldrألنموذج االنحدار الذاتي بكال طریقتي التقدیر( ایضا التي تمثل عامل αالخطأ عدا التوزیع اللوغارتمي الطبیعي. ونرى تحسین التقدیر یعتمد على قیمة المعلمة α) (1والتي تكون قیمتھا اقل من الواحد اي (forgetting factor)االضمحالل ، اذ یتحسن التقدیر عند القیمة الكبیرة > α 0.99بالتحدید عند αللمعلمة لبیانات حقیقیة. (ldr&wlse)، وأخیرا استعملنا طریقتي التقدیر = طریقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة ,التكراریة levinson–durbinطریقة ,الكلمات المفتاحیة: نماذج االنحدار الذاتي . 357 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة .1 تعد مسالة التنبوء من احدى المسائل المعروفة في تحلیل السالسل الزمنیة، إذ إن دقة التنبوء باألنموذج تعتمد حتما على األنموذج الذي تم تقدیره من سلسلة البیانات المستحصلة لعملیة معینة على أوقات منتظمة ، من ھنا جاءت فكرة ھذا البحث. عندما ar(3)، للتحري عن حصانة تقدیرات معلمات أنموذج (ar(3))تي من الرتبة الثالثةإذ اختیر أنموذج االنحدار الذا المستعملة من (ldr)التكراریة levinson-durbinتكون قیم معلماتھ مولدة عشوائیا من التوزیع المنتظم ،بطریقة levinson واعید صیاغتھا فیما بعد 1947عام ،durbin وكذلك طریقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة 1960عام ، (wlse) [1, 4] التي تعد من إحدى طرائق التنقیة التكیفیة (adaptive filtering) وھناك العدید من البحوث التي . ففي التكراریة ،و طریقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة نذكر ابرزھا تجنبا لالطالة ، levinson–durbinتناولت طریقة واستعمل (ar)االنحدار الذاتي بنمذجة السلسلة الزمنیة التي تمثل تنقیة الصور بنماذج garg [1]قام الباحث 2003عام لتقدیر معلمات انموذج (wlse) وطریقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة (ldr)التكراریة levinson–durbinطریقة عندما تكون السلسلة الزمنیة ضعیفة االستقراریة ldrیقة على طر wlseاالنحدار الذاتي.والحظ تفوق طریقة roth & kauppinen [2]تناول الباحثون 2003باالعتماد علٮالمقیاس االحصائي متوسط مربعات الخطاء. ففي عام الھنسیة والتوافقیة باالعتماد على المقیاس burg مقارنة مع طریقتي (ldr)التكراریة levinson–durbinطریقة لقیاس دقة التنبوء باالنموذج ولكال الطریقتین لنمذجة (mape)إلحصائي المتمثل بمعدل القیم المطلقة لنسب األخطاء ا دراسة مقارنة لمعاییرالمعلومات ألختیارطول االزاحة الفعلیة لنماذج liew [3]قدم الباحث 2004تردد مشوه . وفي عام ومعیار akaike (aic).وقد استعمل معیارمعلومات arالمولدة من نماذج االنحدارالذاتي عند نمذجة السالسل الزمنیة schwarz (sic)ومعیارhannan-quinn (hqc) ومعیارخطأ التنبوء النھائي(fpe) ومعیارbayesian )(bic ، للتوزیع المنتظم ar(4)،عند خضوع معلمات األنموذج ar(4)لتقدیرطول االزاحة الفعلیة للبیانات المولدة من عملیة للتوزیع الطبیعي ar(4)لضمان شرط االستقراریة لتلك العملیة،وخضوع متغیرحد الخطاء لألنموذج (1 ,1-)بالمدة من ،واستنتج من خالل تجارب المحاكاة بان اداء 960و 30.ولحجوم عدة من العینات تتراوح بین2σبمتوسط صفروتباین قدره hwangناقش الباحث 2005 علومات المعتمدة في البحث یتحسن بزیادة حجم العینة.وفي عام كل معاییرالم خصائص عینة كبیرة لمقدرات المربعات الصغرى والمربعات الصغرى الموزونھ لمعلمة االنحدار الذاتي للعملیة [4] ar(1) المربعات تكون تقدیرات غیر متسقة عندما تكون معلمة االنموذج متغیر عشوائي ، وتوصل الى ان مقدرات اقل بعكس مقدرات المربعات الصغرى الموزونھ التي تكون متسقة وتكون محاذیة للتوزیع الطبیعي حتى عندما یكون حد الخطأ مقارنة asghar [5]و abidتناول الباحثان 2007غیر موزع طبیعیا . وفي عام ar(1)لعملیة باستعمال المحاكاة،وقد ar(p) لتقدیرطول االزاحة الفعلیة لعملیات (aic,fpe,sic,hqc ,aicc)لمعاییرالمعلومات ،عند خضوع معلمات األنموذج ar(5)استعمال تلك المعاییرفي تقدیرطول االزاحة الفعلیة للبیانات المولدة من عملیة ar(5) لضمان شرط االستقراریة لتلك العملیة، وفي حالة خضوع متغیرحد الخطأ (0.5 ,0.5-)للتوزیع المنتظم بالمدة autoregressive conditionally heteroskedasticللتوزیع الطبیعي وغیرالطبیعي اي نماذج ar(5)لألنموذج error terms (arch(q),q=2,3)) عندما تمثل (qرتبة االنموذج (اي عدد المعلمات في االنموذج) وعند خضوع .وتوصال 960و 30.ولحجوم عدة من العینات تتراوح بین 1 و 0للتوزیع المنتظم بالمدة من arch(q)معلمات انموذج افضل في تقدیرطول االزاحة الفعلیة عندما یكون sicالى ان اداء تلك المعاییر یتحسن بزیادة حجم العینة.ویكون اداء معیار تقریب المربعات الصغرى الموزونة لمقدر deo [6] و chen لباحثاناشتق ا 2010.وفي عام240حجم العینة اكبرمن متعدد المتغیرات بطریقة المربعات الصغرى p )(ar(p)االمكان وفقا لقیود محددة لعملیة االنحدار الذاتي من الرتبة بشكل معنوي مقارنة الموزونة وتوصال الى ان طریقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة قللت التحیز ومتوسط مربعات الخطأ [7]تناولت الباحثة جنان 2012مستقرة او غیر مستقرة . وفي عام ar(pبطریقة المربعات الصغرى عندما تكون عملیة ( ) لتقدیرالرتبة الفعلیة aiccومعیار aic،fpe ،sic ،hqcدراسة مقارنة للتحري عن فاعلیة معاییرالمعلومـات ( ذلك بتولید سالسل زمنیة مختلفة تخضع ألنموذج االنحدارالذاتي المستقرمن الرتبة من خالل المحاكاة،وar(p)ألنموذج -بقیم عدة مفترضة لمعلمات االنموذج ووفقا لبنیة متغیرحد الخطاء والمتمثلة بـاالتي : (ar(2),ar(1))االولى والثانیة بقیم q=1,2برتبة arch(qألنموذج ( خضوع متغیرحد الخطاء -خضوع متغیرحد الخطاء للتوزیع الطبیعي .ثانیا -اوال تحت افتراض تغیرفي بنیة متغیرحد الخطأ الذي یخضع للتوزیع الطبیعي. وفي عام -عدة مفترضة لمعلمات االنموذج.ثالثا دراسة مقارنة بین طرائق تقدیر االنحدار الذاتي متضمنة طریقة المربعات الصغرى [8]تناولت الباحثة جنان 2013 التكراریة وطریقة التوافقیة باالعتماد على المقیاس levinson–durbinو طریقة yule-walker وطریقة معادالت لقیاس دقة التنبوء (mse)ومتوسط مربعات الخطاء (mape)اإلحصائي المتمثل بمعدل القیم المطلقة لنسب األخطاء باالنموذج بكل طریقة مستعملة لنمذجة كمیة االنتاج للشركة العامة للصناعات القطنیة لثالثة منتجات تمثل سالسل زمنیة التكراریة على بقیة الطرائق المستعملة في البحث .وبناء levinson–durbinضعیفة االستقراریة، ولوحظ تفوق طریقة التكراریة و طریقة المربعات levinson–durbinباستعمال طریقة ar(3)بحث تقدیر انموذج على ماتقدم فان ھدف ال الصغرى الموزونة المقترح استعمالھا كطریقة تقدیر لنماذج االنحدار الذاتي عندما تكون السلسلة الزمنیة ضعیفة بقیم مفترضة لمعلمات األنموذج مولدة ar(3)االستقراریة من خالل المحاكاة. إذ تم تولید سلسلة زمنیة تخضع ألنموذج منھا ar(3)من التوزیع المنتظم وتحقق شرط االستقراریة، ولتوزیعات احتمالیة عدة مفترضة لمتغیر حد الخطأ ألنموذج 358 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 . فضال عن افتراض بان ( t )التوزیع الطبیعي القیاسي والتوزیع اللوغارتمي الطبیعي والتوزیع المنتظم المستمر وتوزیع وبقیم عدة مفترضة لمعلمات األنموذج q=1,2برتبة arch(q)یخضع ألنموذج ar(3)غیر حد الخطاء ألنموذج مت باستعمال كال الطریقتین المتقدم ar(3)وعلى وفق حجوم عینات مختلفة. ومن ثم إجراء عملیة تقدیر معلمات أنموذج یس عدة منھا: التقدیر التجریبي للمعلمة والتحیز للتحري عن حصانة التقدیرات من خالل مقای wlse)و ldrذكرھما ( ،ومتوسط مربعات الخطأ wlseو ldrفي تقدیر المعلمة ومتوسط مربعات الخطأ للمعلمة المحتسبة بكال الطریقتین . فضال عن احتساب المقیاس اإلحصائي المتمثل wlseومربعات الخطأ الموزونة المحتسبة بطریقة ldrبطریقة matlabلقیاس دقة التنبوء باالنموذج ولكال الطریقتین.وقد استعمل برنامج (mape)مطلقة لنسب األخطأ بمعدل القیم ال لتنفیذ تجارب البحث من خالل كتابة برامج وتحویر لبعض البرامج المنشورة على االنترنت والمدونھ في مصادر البحث. estimation for autoregressive model . تقدیر أنموذج االنحدار الذاتي2 x}{للسلس�لة الزمنی�ة t لق�یمt=1, 2, …, n الت�ي تمث�ل عین�ة عش�وائیة بحج�مn مس�حوبة م�ن ق�یم معین�ة للظ�اھرة قی�د x}{والتي تمثل عدد المعلمات المراد تقدیرھا للسلس�لة الزمنی�ة pالبحث ،یمكن تمثیل أنموذج االنحدار الذاتي من الرتبة t :[2,12]باستعمال الصیغة آالتیة )1...(εxax t i-tit p 1i +−= ∑ = a,...,a,(a(وتمثل p21 على وفق الصیغة (1)معلمات انموذج االنحدارالذاتي ویمكن كتابة الصیغةtt )x b a(ε = ، إذ ...(2) ba...baba1) b a( p2 p21 +++= + ح��د الخط��أ ال��ذي یك��ون سلس��لة م��ن المتغی��رات t ε. وتمث��لxt-i=xt biتمث��ل معام��ل االرت��داد الخلف��ي، إي إن biو ان وتقدیره یمثل ق�وة خط�اء التقری�ب للمق�درالخطي ف�ي 2σالعشوائیة المستقلة والمتطابقة التوزیع بمتوسط صفر وتباین مقداره مس�تقرا إذا كان�ت القیم�ة المطلق�ة لمجم�وع ق�یم معلم�ات األنم�وذج اق�ل م�ن ar(p). ویع�د أنم�وذج pمن الرتبة (1)الصیغة 1aالواحد إي ان ip 1i <∑ .وفیما یأتي شرح لطریقت�ي التق�دیر المس�تعملة ف�ي ھ�ذا البح�ث لتق�دیر نم�اذج [3,5,7] = . ar(p))االنحدار الذاتي ( ) بطریق�ة تكراری�ة، وتمت�از ھ�ذه الطریق�ة p )ar(p)إن ھذه الطریقة تق�در معلم�ات أنم�وذج االنح�دار ال�ذاتي م�ن الرتب�ة فان�ة p=5 اي عند الرتب�ة ar(5)الدنیا مرة واحدة ، اي عند تقدیر انموذج ar(p)بكونھا تقدر كل قیم المعلمات األنموذج (mse)، م�ع حس�اب قیم�ة متوس�ط مربع�ات الخط�أ ar(p=5)ولغای�ة ar(2) و ar(1)ی�تم تق�دیر ق�یم معلم�ات أنم�وذج ) ρ(ویرم����ز ل����ھ ب����ـ k ^ .والس����تعمال ھ����ذه الطریق����ة ی����تم حس����اب ق����یم دوال االرتب����اط ال����ذاتي [9,11]انظ����ر المص����درین p1,2,...,k(k),r ^ = )(no normalization غی��ر المتحی��زة المق��درة م��ن العین��ة للسلس��لة الزمنی��ة} x{ t عن��دما تك��ون t=1,2,..., n [1,10] .وتكون صیغة حسابھا على وفق األتي: (3) ... 0,1,...pk , xx)k)-(1/(n)k(r k-ttn 1kt ^ == ∑ += k(r(إذ ان ^ ، وتب�دأ ھ�ذه الطریق�ة عل�ى وف�ق الخط�وات kتمثل القیم المقدرة من العین�ة لدال�ة االرتب�اط ال�ذاتي عن�د االزاح�ة :[1,10]آالتیة 1aبجعل قیمة .1 0 ^ rρ(0)، وكذلك قیمة = ^ 0 =. r)a-(1ρ(0)، وكذلك قیمة وبذلك فان قیمة معلمة االنعكاس .2 ^ 111 2=. على وفق الصیغة االتیة : k=0,1,...,pعندما تكون kثم حساب معامالت االنعكاس لـ .3 )4...(ρ / i)](kra(k)r[a 1k1,ik 1-k 1ikk ^^ −−= −∑+−= من المعامالت على وفق kباالعتماد على قیمة معامالت االنعكاس لـ ar(p)اذ یتم حساب قیم معلمات أنموذج الصیغة االتیة: )5( ... p 0,1,...,k , aaaa k-p1,-p* kk,k1,-pkp, ^^ =∀+= (0)r(1)/ra ^^ 11 −= thelevinson-durbin recurision (ldr)التكراریة levinson-durbinطریقة 2.1 )11...( x(i)]-u(i)[aα5.0b(a) 2 t p ik 1i∑ == قیمة المعلمة في المرحلة التكراری�ة الس�ابقة ، أي [1,10,11]انظر المصادر complex conjugate تعني (*)إن اإلشارة وان ) ρ(إما تقدیرات متوسط مربعات الخطأ k : فتكون على وفق الصیغة آالتیة )7(...ρ)a-(1ρ 1-kkkk 2= طریقة اقل مربعات الخطاء الموزونة 2.2 weighted least squares error (wlse) التكراریة التي یتطلب فیھا حساب قیم دوال االرتباط الذاتي من levinsondurbinتناولنا في الفقرة السابقة طریقة لحساب ق�یم معلم�ات المق�در الخطي/عملی�ة االنح�دار ال�ذاتي بش�كل t=1,2,..., nعندما تكون txالعینة، ألیة عملیة عشوائیة التي الیتطلب فیھا حساب قیم دوال االرتب�اط [1,4] (wlse)تكراري. وھنا نستعمل طریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونھ ) لحساب قیم معلمات المقدر الخطي، إذ یتم اعتماد ق�یم معلم�ات المق�در الخط�ي المحتس�بة بالم�دة txالذاتي للعملیة المدخلة ( وتس�مى تل�ك t=k+1للحصول على مجموعة جدیدة من قیم المعلم�ات للمق�در الخط�ي بالم�دة الحالی�ة ل�تكن t=kالحالیة لتكن .[1] (filter coefficients)المعلمات بـمعلمات التنقیة : [1]الطریقة على وفق الخطوات آالتیة وتبدأ ھذه ، الت�ي ت�دخل ف�ي ×ppمصفوفة الوح�دة م�ن الرتب�ة p(1)=i، وجعل ap=[1 0 0 ...0]tبجعل قیم متجھ المعلمات .1 ) او معامالت التنقیة فیما بعد.aعملیة تحدیث متجھ المعلمات ( k)(x یتم حساب القیمھ التقدیریة .2 ^ =→∞ولقیم t=kبالمدة 2k: على وفق الصیغة االتیة ) 8 ( ... 1)u(k)-(kak)(x t p ^ = tp)]x(k... 2) x(k1)-x(k[ u(k)، إي إنkقیم العینات الداخلة بالخطوة u(k)وتمثل =. على وفق الصیغة آالتیة: t=kبالمدة aیتم تحدیث متجھ المعلمات .3 )9...( (k)]x-[x(k) 1)u(k)-(k)p(kuα 1)u(k)-p(k 1)-(ka(k)a ^ tpp + += ) α (1وتكون قیمتھا اقل من الواحد forgetting factorتمثل αإن إذ على طبیعة العملیة α ، إذ تعتمد قیمة> α 0.99المدخلة، وعادة ما تستعمل القیمة التي تكون عامل للموازنة بین خزن كل العینات السابقة في أثناء عملیة = .(ar(p))ألنموذج االنحدار الذاتي aحساب تقدیر متجھ المعلمات على وفق الصیغة االتیة :ar(p)المستعملة في حساب قیم معلمات انموذج pیتم تحدیث المصفوفة .4 )10...( } 1)u(k)-(k)p(kuα 1)-(k)p(ku 1)u(k)-p(k -1)-{p(k α 1p(k) t t + = وفي ھذه الطریقة یتم تعریف معیار جدی�د یعتم�د علی�ھ لتقلی�ل األخط�اء ب�ین الق�یم المتنب�أ بھ�ا والق�یم الحقیقی�ة.إذ ی�تم حس�اب تتن�اقص تل�ك األوزان للعین�ات األق�دم ، ویتحق�ق ذل�ك باختی�ار إذ المجموع الموزون لألخطأ وتقلیل�ھ لمجموع�ة م�ن األوزان ، kk-1ساویة لـاالوزان بطریقة مالئمة لتكون م α α α 1عندما تكون قیمة = وبذلك فان حس�اب المعی�ار االدن�ي بطریق�ة > wlse عندما تكونt=k : سیكون على وفق الصیغة االتیة . الجانب التجریبي3 levinson-durbinطریقة استعملت المحاكاة لغرض التحري عن حصانة التقدیرات المستحص�لة علیھ�ا باس�تعمال، بوصفھا طریقتین لتقدیر نماذج االنحدار ال�ذاتي، وذل�ك (wlse)وطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة (ldr)التكراریة وعلى وفق الفروض والمواصفات االتیة : (2)المتقدم ذكره في المبحث من خالل بناء تجارب المحور 360 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 عش�وائیا م��ن ar(3)لتولی��د ق�یم معلم��ات أنم�وذج b=0.5 و a=-0.5 بالم��دة ت�م اس�تعمال التوزی��ع المن�تظم المس�تمر .1 1,2,3i )u(-0.5,0.5ل���ثالث ق���یم إي لتولی���د التوزی���ع المن���تظم =∀~ia والت���ي تحق���ق ش���رط االس���تقراریة 1<++ 321 aaa وقد كانت تلك القیم كما یأتي: [3,5,7]،انظر المصادر 2919.0a,1154.0a,0553.0a 321 ==−= آالتیة:التي سیتم دراستھا على وفق الصیغة ar(3) لتكون السلسلة الزمنیة المولدة من أنموذج )12...(εx2919.0x1154.0x0553.0x t3-t2-t1-tt +++−= .n=30,60,120,240,480استعملت إحجام العینات .2 لتولی�د ق�یم السلس�لة المبین�ة اع�اله، (12) بالصیغة (1)المتقدم ذكره بالفقرة (ar(3))استعملت أنموذج االنحدار الذاتي .3 ) ε(لح�د الخط�اءالزمنیة المستقرة من األنموذج المتقدم ذكره وذلك عند افتراض توزیعات عدة t :ف�ي األنم�وذج منھ�ا التوزی�������������ع الطبیع�������������ي القیاس�������������ي بمتوس�������������ط مس�������������اویا للص�������������فر وتب�������������این مق�������������دارة واح�������������د اي )) 1 σ, 0 μ ( ondistributi (normal 2 وتب��این ’التوزی��ع اللوغ��ارتمي الطبیع��ي بمتوس��ط مس��اویا للواح��د و == σ, 1 μ ( ondistributi normal (log 1 ((مق�����دارة واح�����د اي 2 مس�����تمربالمدة ) والتوزی�����ع المن�����تظم ال== ) 1 b, 1a ( =−= ) بدرج��ة tوتوزی��ع b, 1(a ondistributi suniform(continuou == ) 1 ((اي ) 'df tionstdistribustudent) 2 ي(( ا (2)حری���ة ) ε(ح���د الخط���أافت���راض ب���ان توزی���ع . فض���ال ع���ن = t لمزی��د م��ن االتفاص���یل [5,7]، ((انظ��ر المص��درین q=1,2 برتب��ة arch(q)یخض��ع ألنم��وذج ar(3)ألنم��وذج -))وكما مبین أدناه : • -1ttt 2εzε 0.450.25 +=. • -1ttt 2εε 0.20.5z += . • 2-t-1ttt 22 εεε 0.20.20.01z ++=. • 2-t-1ttt 22 εεε 0.20.20.2z ++=. للتوزیع الطبیع�ي بمتوس�ط ص�فر بأنھا متغیر عشوائي یخضع tzالمتقدم ذكرھا أعاله، تعرف arch(q)لكل النماذج .[5,7]انظر المصدرین normal ~tz ) 0 , 1 (إي إن وتباین مقداره واحد ثم تجري التجارب المختلفة تبعا لجمیع التولیفات الممكنة للف�روض المتق�دم ذكرھ�ا أع�اله م�ن خ�الل تك�رار ھ�ذا التولی�د .4 .(n) مرة لكل تجربة ولكل حجم عینة 500للسالسل الزمنیة لـ .(r=500)ولكل تكرار nلكل ar(3)لتقدیر معلمات أنموذج wlseو ldrومن ثم یتم استعمال طریقتي .5 لكتابة برامج البحث،فضال عن تحویر بع�ض الب�رامج المنش�ورة عل�ى االنترن�ت والمتعلق�ة matlabوقد استعمل برنامج المرفقة في الملحق) لغرض الحصول على نت�ائج البح�ث.إذ بتلك الطریقتین المستعملة في البحث ( وعلى وفق الخوارزمیات سنالحظ ف�ي ك�ل م�رة مال�ذي س�تؤول إلی�ھ نت�ائج التق�دیر،وذلك باس�تعمال المع�اییر االتی�ة لإلش�ارة إل�ى حص�انة وج�ودت تل�ك التقدیرات وكما مبین أدناه. ویحتس��ب عل��ى وف��ق wlseو ldrباس��تعمال إي م��ن الط��ریقتین 1,2,3i =∀i(a (التق��دیر التجریب��ي للمعلم��ة .6 الصیغة آالتیة: )13...(500/)r(aees i ^ 500 1ra ∑ == ویحتس��ب عل��ى وف��ق wlseو ldrباس��تعمال إي م��ن الط��ریقتین 1,2,3i =∀i(a (التحی��ز ف��ي تقدیرالمعلم��ة .7 الصیغة آالتیة: )14...(500/))r(a-a(bias i ^ i 500 1ra ∑ == a]-2919.01154.00553.0[قد تكون أي قیمة من قیم عناصر المتجھ iaإذ إن ، وكلما اقتربت قیمة = ھذا المعیار من الصفر ازدادت جودة التقدیرات. و یحتس�ب wlseو ldrباس�تعمال إي م�ن الط�ریقتین 1,2,3i =∀i(a (متوسط مربعات خط�أ تق�دیر المعلم�ة .8 على وفق الصیغة آالتیة : 361 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 )15...(500/))r(a-a(mse 2i ^ i 500 1ra ∑ == قد سبق تعریفھا كما مبین أعاله وكلما اقتربت قیمة ھذا المعیار من الصفر ازدادت جــودة التقدیرات. iaإذ إن ) ρ(مقیاس متوسط مربعات الخطاء .9 k 3أو یك�ون ھن�ا مس�اویا ل�ـρ وفق�ا ألنم�وذجar(3) ال�ذي ی�تم حس�ابھ بطریق�ة ldr ویحتسب لكل تكرارات التجارب تبعا للصیغة آالتیة : ( 7 )على وفق الصیغة )16...(500/)r(ρ ρ 35001r3 ^ ∑ == (11)ویحتس�ب عل�ى وف�ق الص�یغة wlseباس�تعمال الطریق�ة المقترح�ة ( b(a) )مقی�اس مربع�ات الخط�أءالموزون .10 ویحتسب لكل تكرارات التجارب تبعا للصیغة آالتیة : )17...(500/b(a) )a(b )r(5001r ^ ∑ == mean absolute percentage)فضال عن اختیار المقیاس اإلحصائي المتمثل بمعدل الق�یم المطلق�ة لنس�ب األخط�أ .11 error(mape)) باستعمال إي من الطریقتینldr وwlse ق الص�یغة لقیاس دقة التنبوء الذي یحتسب على وف : [1]آالتیة )18...(x/x-x)n/1(mape tt ^ t n 1t∑ == في mapeثم یؤخذ المعدل لتلك القیم. ویمكن ان تضرب قیمة ( r =500 )ویحتسب لجمیع تكرارات التجارب % فان دقة انموذج التنبوء تكون عالیة جدا، واذا كانت القیمة المئویة 10اقل من mape، فاذا كانت القیمة المئویة لـ 100 تتراوح بین mape% فان دقة انموذج التنبوء تكون جیدة، اما اذا القیمة المئویة لـ 20-%10تتراوح mapeلـ % فان دقة انموذج التنبوء تكون معقولة او مقبولة،وتعد دقة انموذج التنبوء االسوء عندما تكون القیمة المئویة لـ 50%و20 mape لقیم السالبة لمعیار القول الشئ نفسھ حول ا.ویمكن [9]% 50اكثرمنmape. استعراض النتائج التجریبیة 3.1 )3arف�ي ھ�ذه الفق��رة س�نعرض النت��ائج الت�ي ت��م الحص�ول علیھ�ا وتحلیلھ��ا حس�ب توزی��ع متغی�ر ح��د الخط�أ ألنم��وذج ( ج�ودة للتح�ري ع�ن حص�انة و (3)، وذلك عند تقدیر معاییر المفاض�لة المتق�دم ذكرھ�ا ف�ي المبح�ث (12)المستقر في الصیغة . إذ لخص�ت النت�ائج مم�ا (n)عن�د إحج�ام العین�ات الم�أخوذة wlseوالطریقة المقترح�ة ف�ي البح�ث ldrتقدیرات طریقة ، انظر الملحق . (1 (5-4))تقدم ذكره في الجداول من عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع ldrباستعمال طریقة (12)أوال: إن جودة تقدیر األنموذج في الصیغة ) σ, 0μ 1 (الطبیع�ي القیاس��ي ب��المعلمتین .1 2 انظ�ر الملح��ق، نالح��ظ ان ج��ودة (1)وم��ن النت�ائج ال��واردة ف��ي ج��دول == . وعل��ى وف��ق معی��ار التحی��ز ف��ي تقدیرالمعلم��ة (n)عموم��ا ت��زداد بزی��ادة حج��م العین��ة (eesa)تق��دیرمعلمات األنم��وذج (biasa) م�ة ھ�ذا المعی�ارمن الص�فر، اذ تك�ون تل�ك الق�یم موجب�ة ومتناقص�ة فان التقدیرات تكون اجود كلم�ا اقترب�ت قی ، وبش��كل ع��ام تك��ون قیم��ة التحیزمتذبذب��ة بزی��ادة ونقص��ان. إم��ا بالنس��بة (a1)لمعلم��ات االنم��وذج ع��دا المعلم��ة nبزی��ادة وتك��ون قیم��ة . nف��ان التق��دیرات تك��ون متناقص��ة بزی��ادة (msea)المعی��ار متوس��ط مربع��ات الخط��اء ف��ي تق��دیر المعلم��ة تك�ون متزای�دة بزی�ادة mape، وكذلك قیم المعیار اإلحص�ائي nمتزایدة بزیادة ρ3)(متوسط مربعات خطأ األنموذج n ع�داn=60,120 وتع��د دق��ة انم�وذج التنب��وء غیرمض��بوطة( غی��ر مقبول��ة) ولك��ل احج��ام (1)وكم��ا مب��ین ف��ي الج��دول. . 50%اقل من mapeفیھا القیمة المئویة لـ التي تكون n=60,120العینات عدا σ, 1 (μ 1 (اللوغ��ارتمي الطبیع��ي ب��المعلمتین .2 2 ، ف��ان ج��ودة تق��دیر معلم��ات (1)وم��ن النت��ائج ال��واردة ف��ي ج��دول == التي ول�دت (12)تكون ضعیفة،إذ تكون تلك القیم اكبرمقارنة بالقیم المفترضة لألنموذج في الصیغة (eesa)األنموذج تك�ون س�البة عن�د معظ�م إحج�ام العین�ات (biasa)منھا السلسلة الزمنی�ة، وم�ن ث�م ف�ان قیم�ة التحی�ز ف�ي تق�دیر المعلم�ة ،إذ ت�زداد ج�ودة التق�دیر كلم�ا اقترب�ت قیم�ة ھ�ذا nبزی�ادة mseaعموما، یرافقھا تن�اقص قیم�ة معی�ار nومتزایدة بزیادة mape،ف�ي ح�ین تك�ون ق�یم المعیاراالحص�ائي n=480ع�دا nبزی�ادة 3ρالمعیار من الصفر. ونالح�ظ تن�اقص ق�یم . وتعد دقة انموذج التنبوء غیرمضبوطة( غیر مقبولة) لكل احجام العینات وفق�ا n=120متزایدة بزیادة حجم العینة عدا .50%التي تكون اكبرمن mapeللقیمة المئویة لـ ) b, 1a 1 (تین بالمعلم المنتظم المستمر .3 =−= (eesa)، فان جودة تق�دیر المعلم�ة (1)ومن النتائج الواردة في جدول ، إذ ت�زداد ج�ودة nبزی�ادة mseaو biasa، یرافقھ�ا تن�اقص ف�ي قیم�ة المعی�ارین (n)عموما تزداد بزیادة حج�م العین�ة . إم��ا قیم��ة المعی��ار اإلحص��ائي nبزی��ادة 3ρالتق��دیرات كلم��ا اقترب��ت قیم��ة المعی��ارین م��ن الص��فر،في ح��ین ت��زداد قیم��ة mape فتكون متذبذبة بزی�ادة ونقص�ان بزی�ادةn وتع�د دق�ة انم�وذج التنب�وء جی�دة( مقبول�ة) لك�ل احج�ام العین�ات ع�دا . n=60 الت�ي تك��ون فیھ��ا القیم�ة المئوی��ة ل��ـmape اذ تع��د دق��ة انم�وذج التنب��وء جی��دة ج�دا عن��د احج��ام 50%اكب�رمن ، .10%اقل من mapeالتي تكون فیھا القیمة المئویة لـ n=30,120العینات 4. )t نالحظ وبش�كل ع�ام ان ج�ودة تق�دیر المعلم�ة (1)ومن النتائج الواردة في جدول (2)) بدرجة حریة ،(eesa) ت�زداد متناقصة بزیادة 3ρ. وتكون قیمةnبزیادة mseaو biasaفي قیمة المعیارین ، یرافقھا تناقص(n)بزیادة حجم العینة n إما قیم�ة المعی�ار اإلحص�ائي ،mape فتك�ون متذبذب�ة بزی�ادة ونقص�ان وألغل�ب حج�وم العین�ات. وتع�د دق�ة انم�وذج 362 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 mapeالت�ي تك�ون فیھ�ا القیم�ة المئوی�ة ل�ـ n=30,240التنبوء غیرمضبوطة( غیر مقبولة) ولكل احجام العین�ات ع�دا . 50%اقل من عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ لنماذج عدة مفترض�ة ldrباستعمال طریقة (12)ثانیا: إن جودة تقدیر األنموذج في الصیغة وكما یاتي : q=1,2برتبة arch(q) لـ 1ttt-عل�������������ى وف�������������ق الص�������������یغة arch(1)ألنم�������������وذج .1 2εzε 0.450.25 ن عن�������������دما تك��������������و=+ ) 1 , 0 ( normal ~tz انظ�ر الملحق،ف�ان ج�ودة تق�دیر المعلم�ة (2)ومن النتائج الواردة في جدول(eesa) ت�زداد متناقص�ة 3ρ، ف�ي ح�ین تك�ون ق�یمmseaو biasaللمعی�ارین n، یرافقھا قیم متناقصة بزی�ادة (n)بزیادة حجم العینة فتك�ون mapeعندما یكون حجم العینة كبیر جدا. إما قیمة المعیاراالحصائي 3ρتزاد قیمة، اذ n=480عدا nبزیادة ثم تأخذ بالتزاید عند بقیة أحجام العینات الكبیرة. وتعد دقة انموذج التنبوء جیدة n=30-120عند قیم nمتناقصة بزیادة ، وتع�د دق�ة انم�وذج 50%التي تك�ون اكب�رمن mapeلقیمة المئویة لـ تبعا ل n=480و مقبولة لكل احجام العینات عدا .10%التي تكون اقل من mapeتبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ n=60,240التنبوء جیدة جدا عند قیم 1ttt-على وفق الصیغة arch(1)ألنموذج .2 2εε 0.20.5z وم�ن normal ~tz ) 0 , 1 (عن�دما تك�ون =+ ، (n)ت�زداد بزی�ادة حج�م العین�ة (eesa)،نالحظ وبصورة عامة ان جودة التق�دیر المعلم�ة(2)النتائج الواردة في جدول ، ف�ي ح�ین تك�ون قیم�ة المعی�ار nبزی�ادة 3ρوتزداد قیم�ة .nبزیادة mseaو biasaیرافقھا تناقص في قیم المعیارین عموم��ا. وتع��د دق��ة انم��وذج التنب��وء جی��دة و مقبول��ة لك��ل احج��ام nی��ادة ونقص��ان بزی��ادة متذبذب��ة بز mapeاإلحص��ائي . إذ تع��د دق��ة انم��وذج التنب��وء جی��دة ج��دا عن��د ق��یم 50%الت��ي تك��ون اق��ل م��ن mapeالعین��ات تبع��ا للقیم��ة المئوی��ة ل��ـ n=120,240 تبعا للقیمة المئویة لـmape 10%التي تكون اقل من. t-1ttt-2عل���������ى وف���������ق الص���������یغة arch(2)ألنم���������وذج .3 22 εεε 0.20.20.01z عن���������دما تك���������ون =++ ) 1 , 0 ( normal ~tz ف�ان ج�ودة تق�دیر المعلم�ة (2)ومن النتائج الواردة في جدول ،(eesa) وبش�كل ع�ام ت�زداد ) وكذلك قیمة متوسط مربع�ات الخط�أ ف�ي biasa، یرافقھا قیم متناقصة للتحیزفي تقدیرالمعلمة ((n)بزیادة حجم العینة . وتك���ون قیم���ة nمتذبذب���ة بزی���ادة ونقص���ان بزی���ادة 3ρ، ف���ي ح���ین تك���ون قیم���ةnبزی���ادة msea)ق���دیر المعلم���ة (ت متزایدة وبشكل عام بزیادة حجم العینة. وتعد دقة انموذج التنب�وء جی�دة لك�ل احج�ام العین�ات mapeالمعیاراإلحصائي . 50%التي تكون اكبرمن mapeلـ تبعا للقیمة المئویة n=30,480عدا الحجمین t-1ttt-2عل����������ى وف����������ق الص����������یغة arch(2)ألنم����������وذج .4 22 εεε 0.20.20.2z عن����������دما تك����������ون =++ ) 1 , 0 ( normal ~tz ت�زداد ج�ودة تقدیرالمعلم�ة بزی�ادة حج�م العین�ة(2)ومن النتائج الواردة في جدول،(n) ف�ي ، ،وتك�ون nفتك�ون متزای�دة بزی�ادة 3ρعموم�ا، إم�ا قیم�ة nمتناقصة بزیادة mseaو biasaحین تكون قیم المعیارین متذبذبة بزیادة ونقصان بزیادة حجم العینة. وتعد دقة انم�وذج التنب�وء جی�دة لك�ل احج�ام mapeقیم المعیار اإلحصائي وء جیدة جدا عن�د حج�م العین�ة ، اذ تكون دقة انموذج التنب50%التي تكون اقل من mapeالعینات تبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ n=120 وفقا للقیمة المئویة لـmape 10%التي تكون اقل من. للتق�دیر عن�د ق�یم ع�دة ل�ـ wlseباس�تعمال الطریق�ة المقترح�ة (12)عل�ى وف�ق الص�یغة ar(3)ثالثا: إن جودة تقدیر األنم�وذج 0.99 0.6, 0.3,α عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع = ) σ, 0μ 1 (الطبیع��ي القیاس��ي ب��المعلمتین .1 2 ، انظ��ر الملح��ق . (5-3)و (1-3)وم��ن النت��ائج ال��واردة ف��ي الج��دولین == . وعل�ى وف�ق معی�ارالتحیز (n)وحج�م العین�ة αتتحسن بزی�ادة قیم�ة eesa)نالحظ ان جودة تقدیر معلمات األنموذج ( ، ف�أن تل�ك التق�دیرات تك�ون أج�ود msea)ومعیار متوس�ط مربع�ات خط�أ تق�دیر المعلم�ة ( (biasa)في تقدیر المعلمة ، إذ تك�ون قیم�ة التحی�ز موجب�ة عن�د معظ�م إحج�ام (1-3)كلما اقتربت قیم�ة المعلم�ة م�ن الص�فر وكم�ا مب�ین ف�ي الج�دول ومتزای��دة nن بزی��ادة قیم��ة فتك��ون متذبذب��ة بزی��ادة ونقص��ا (b(a))العین��ات. إم��ا لقیم��ة معیارمربع��ات الخط��اء الم��وزون 0.3αع��دا nو αفتك�ون تل�ك الق�یم موجب�ة ولك�ل ق�یم mapeعموم�ا. ولق�یم المعی�ار اإلحص�ائي αبزی�ادة قیم�ة = .وعن�د القیم�ة (5-3)، انظ�ر الج�دول αولك�ل ق�یم n=30-120لق�یم n، ف�ي ح�ین تك�ون ق�یم متناقص�ة بزی�ادة n=240و 0.99α تبع��ا للقیم��ة المئوی��ة ل��ـ n=120ف��ان دق��ة انم��وذج التنب��وء تع��د غیرجی��دة لك��ل احج��ام العین��ات ع��دا قیم��ة = mape 50%التي تكون اقل من. σ, 1 (μ 1 (اللوغ��ارتمي الطبیع��ي ب��المعلمتین .2 2 ، وعل��ى وف��ق (5-3) و(2-3)وم��ن النت��ائج ال��واردة ف��ي الج��دولین == فان تلك التقدیرات تكون اكبر مقارنة بالقیم المفترضة لألنموذج الذي ولدت منھ السلسلة الزمنیة ولكل قیم eesaمعیار α )وحجم العینة(n إما على وفق معیار التحیز في تقدیر المعلمة .(biasa) فتكون تل�ك الق�یم س�البة لك�ل ق�یمα وn . nومتناقص�ة بزی�ادة αمتناقص�ة بزی�ادة قیم�ة msea)معیار متوسط مربعات خطأ تقدیر المعلم�ة ( في حین تكون قیمة 363 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.99αلقیم�ة ف�ي ح��ین αبزی�ادة قیم�ة (b(a)).وت��زداد قیم�ة معی�ار مربع�ات الخط�أ الم��وزون αبخ�الف بقی�ة ق�یم= ومتذبذب�ة αفتكون متناقصة بزی�ادة قیم�ة mape إما قیمة المعیاراإلحصائي .nتكون متذبذبة بزیادة ونقصان بزیادة 0.99α. وعن�د القیم�ة (5-3)لج�دول ، وكما مبین في اnبزیادة ونقصان بزیادة قیمة ف�ان دق�ة انم�وذج التنب�وء تع�د = . 50%التي تكون اكبرمن mapeغیرجیدة لكل احجام العینات تبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ ) b, 1a 1 (ب��المعلمتینالمن��تظم المس��تمر .3 =−= ، نالح��ظ ان ج��ودة(5-3)و(3-3)وم��ن النت��ائج ال��واردة ف��ي الج��دولین متناقص�ة (biasa)عموما. في حین تكون قیم التحیز في تقدیر المعلم�ة n)وحجم العینة ( αالتقدیرتتحسن بزیادة قیمة 0.99αلقیمة nبزیادة . msea). والشئ نفسھ لمعیار متوسط مربع�ات خط�أ تق�دیر المعلم�ة (αبخالف بقیة قیم = 0.99αلقیمة nفتكون متزایدة بزیادة b(a)إما قیمة معیار ، التي تكون ألغلب حجوم العین�ات αبخالف بقیة قیم = فتك�ون متذبذب�ة (5-3)وكم�ا مب�ین ف�ي الج�دول mape. إم�ا قیم�ة المعیاراإلحص�ائي nمتذبذبة بزیادة ونقصان بزیادة وألغلب حج�وم العین�ات. وعن�د القیم�ة α، في حین تكون متزایدة بزیادة قیمة αوألغلب قیم nنقصان بزیادة بزیادة و 0.99α mapeتبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ n=60,240فان دقة انموذج التنبوء تعد جیدة لكل احجام العینات عدا قیمة = . 50%التي تكون اكبرمن 4. )t انظر الملحق، نالحظ وبشكل عام ان جودة تقدیر (5-3) و(4-3)ومن النتائج الواردة في الجدولین (2)) بدرجة حریة ومعی�ار (biasa). إما على وفق معی�ارالتحیزفي تق�دیر المعلم�ة n)وثبوت حجم العینة ( αالمعلمة تتحسن بزیادة قیمة ، في حین تك�ون nوثبوت αفتكون تلك القیم غالبا متناقصة بزیادة قیمة msea)توسط مربعات خطأ تقدیر المعلمة (م ، وبشكل عام تتحس�ن ج�ودة التق�دیر كلم�ا اقترب�ت تل�ك الق�یم م�ن αعموما بثبوت قیمة nمتذبذبة بزیادة ونقصان بزیادة نالح�ظ ان قیم�ة (5-3). وم�ن الج�دول αولكل ق�یم nفتكون غالبا قیم متناقصة بزیادة b(a)الصفر. إما بالنسبة لمعیار . وعن�د αوثب�وت قیم�ة nدة تك�ون متذبذب�ة بزی�ادة ونقص�ان وألغل�ب حج�وم العین�ات بزی�ا mapeالمعیار اإلحصائي 0.99αالقیمة تبع�ا للقیم�ة n=30,240,480فان دقة انموذج التنبوء تعد غیرجی�دة لك�ل احج�ام العین�ات ع�دا قیم�ة = . 50%التي تكون اقل من mapeالمئویة لـ عند ق�یم ع�دة wlseباستعمال الطریقة المقترحة للتقدیر (12)على وفق الصیغة ar(3)رابعا: إن جودة تقدیر األنموذج α,0.3 ,0.6 0.99لـ وكم�ا q=1,2برتب�ة arch(q) عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ لنماذج مفترضة عدی�دة ل�ـ = یأتي : 1ttt-على وفق الصیغة arch(1)ألنموذج .1 2εzε 0.450.25 normal ~tz ) 0 , 1 (عن�دما تك�ون =+ انظ��ر الملح��ق، بش��كل ع��ام نالح��ظ ان ج��ودة تق��دیر المعلم��ة تتحس��ن (5-4)و (1-4)وم��ن النت��ائج ال��واردة ف��ي الج��دولین ومعی�ار (biasa). إم�ا بالنس�بة ال�ى ق�یم المعی�ارین التحی�ز ف�ي تق�دیر المعلم�ة n)وحج�م العین�ة ( αبزیادة قیمة كل من 0.99αبالتحدی�د لقیم�ة nو αفتكون متناقصة بزیادة قیمة كل من msea)مة (متوسط مربعات خطأ تقدیر المعل = ، (b(a))إذ تتحسن جودة التقدیركلما اقتربت تلك القیم من الصفر. إم�ا بالنس�بة ال�ى ق�یم معی�ار مربع�ات الخط�أ الم�وزون عن��د القیم��ة b(a)ف��ان قیم��ة (1-4)،وكم��ا مب��ین ف��ي ج��دول αوقیم��ة nفتك��ون عموم��ا متذبذب��ة بزی��ادة ونقص��ان بزی��ادة 0.99α تك�ون mapeنالحظ أن قیم المعی�ار اإلحص�ائي (5-4)تكون متزایدة بزیادة حجم العینة. ومن الجدول = 0.99αوألغلب حجوم العینات. وعن�د القیم�ة αعموما متناقصة بزیادة قیمة ف�ان دق�ة انم�وذج التنب�وء تع�د جی�دة = . إذ تع�د دق�ة انم�وذج 50%التي تك�ون اكب�رمن mapeتبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ n=480جدا لكل احجام العینات عدا قیمة التنبوء جیدة جدا عند بقیة الحجوم . 1ttt-ص�یغةعلى وف�ق ال arch(1)ألنموذج .2 2εε 0.20.5z وم�ن normal ~tz ) 0 , 1 (عن�دما تك�ون =+ α، عموم�ا نالح�ظ ان ج�ودة تق�دیر المعلم�ة تتحس�ن بزی�ادة قیم�ة ك�ل م�ن (5-4)و (2-4)النتائج ال�واردة ف�ي الج�دولین αفتك�ون متزای�دة بزی�ادة b(a) . إما بالنسبة الى ق�یم mseaو biasa. والشئ نفسھ لقیم المعیارین n)وحجم العینة ( . إما بالنسبة لقیم المعیار اإلحص�ائي αوثبوت قیمة n، في حین تكون تلك القیم متذبذبة بزیادة ونقصان بزیادة nوثبوت mape فان تلك القیم تك�ون متزای�دة عموم�ا بزی�ادة قیم�ة (5-4)المدونة في جدولα وألغل�ب حج�وم العین�ات. وعن�د 0.99αالقیمة الت�ي تك�ون اق�ل mapeفان دقة انموذج التنبوء تعد جیدة لكل احجام العینات تبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ = التي تك�ون mapeتبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ n=120,240ا عند حجم العینة . إذ تعد دقة انموذج التنبوء جیدة جد50%من .10%اقل من t-1ttt-2عل���������ى وف���������ق الص���������یغة arch(2)ألنم���������وذج .3 22 εεε 0.20.20.01z عن���������دما تك���������ون =++ ) 1 , 0 ( normal ~tz بش��كل ع��ام نالح��ظ ان ج��ودة تق��دیر (5-4)و (3-4)وم��ن النت��ائج ال��واردة ف��ي الج��دولین ، ، إذ إن ج�ودة التق�دیر تك�ون أفض�ل عن�د حج�وم العین�ات الكبی�رة n)وحجم العین�ة( αالمعلمة تتحسن بزیادة قیمة كل من ومعی��ار متوس��ط (biasa). وت��زداد ج��ودة التق��دیرعلى وف��ق معی��ارالتحیز ف��ي تق��دیر المعلم��ة n=480بالتحدی��د عن��د 0.99αبالتحدی�د عن�د القیم�ة ل�ـ αوقیم�ة (n)بزی�ادة حج�م العین�ة msea)عات خطأ تقدیر المعلمة (مرب إذ تك�ون = 364 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 . إم�ا nالتي تك�ون فیھ�ا ق�یم المعی�ارین متذبذب�ة بزی�ادة ونقص�ان بزی�ادة α، بخالف بقیة قیم nتلك القیم متناقصة بزیادة (5-4). ومن الج�دول αوقیمة nفتكون عموما متزایدة بزیادة (b(a))بالنسبة الى قیم معیار مربعات الخطأ الموزون بالتحدی���د لقیم���ة αالعین���ة وقیم���ة تك���ون متناقص���ة عموم���ا بزی���ادة حج���م mapeنالح���ظ ان ق���یم المعی���ار اإلحص���ائي 0.99α 0.99α، إذ تكون متذبذبة بزیادة ونقصان بزیادة حج�م العین�ة. وعن�د القیم�ة αبخالف بقیة قیم = ف�ان = التي تك�ون اق�ل mapeتبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ n=120,240دقة انموذج التنبوء تعد غیر جیدة لكل احجام العینات عدا . 50%من t-1ttt-2عل����������ى وف����������ق الص����������یغة arch(2)ألنم����������وذج .4 22 εεε 0.20.20.2z عن����������دما تك����������ون =++ ) 1 , 0 ( normal ~tz بش��كل ع��ام نالح��ظ ان ج��ودة تق��دیر (5-4)و (4-4)وم��ن النت��ائج ال��واردة ف��ي الج��دولین ، ومعی�ار (biasa). والشئ نفسھ لقیم التحیز في تق�دیر المعلم�ة n)وحجم العینة ( αالمعلمة تتحسن بزیادة قیمة كل من ،إذ تتحسن جودة التق�دیر ب�اقتراب قیم�ة المعی�ارین م�ن الص�فر. ف�ي ح�ین msea)متوسط مربعات خطأ تقدیر المعلمة ( نالح�ظ ان (5-4)وحجم العینة. ومن الج�دول αمتزایدة بزیادة قیمة (b(a))تكون قیم معیار مربعات الخطأ الموزون ولكل حج�وم العین�ات المس�تعملة ف�ي البح�ث ،ف�ي αتكون متناقصة عموما بزیادة قیمة mapeقیم المعیار اإلحصائي 0.99αحین تكون متناقصة بزیادة حج�م العین�ة عن�د القیم�ة بزی�ادة حج�م αذب�ة بزی�ادة ونقص�ان لبقی�ة ق�یم ، ومتذب= 0.99αالعینة. وعند القیم�ة تبع�ا للقیم�ة n=30ف�ان دق�ة انم�وذج التنب�وء تع�د جی�دة لك�ل احج�ام العین�ات ع�دا قیم�ة = تبع�ا n=120,240الحجم�ین .اذ تع�د دق�ة انم�وذج التنب�وء جی�دة ج�دا عن�د50%التي تكون اقل م�ن mapeالمئویة لـ .10%التي تكون اقل من mapeللقیمة المئویة لـ . الجانب العملي4 المتقدم ذكرھم�ا ف�ي الجان�ب النظ�ري ورب�ط الجان�ب التجریب�ي wlseو ldrفي ھذا المبحث طبقت طریقتا التقدیر بالجانب العملي من خالل تطبیق طریقتي التقدیرعلى البیانات المستحصلة من الواقع العملي. فقد اعتمدت البیان�ات المت�وافرة نویة الت��ي تع��دھا وح��دة ف��ي وح��دة المتابع��ة والتخط��یط للش��ركة العام��ة لتص��نیع الحب��وب ف��ي الع��راق . باالعتم��اد التق��اریر الس�� المتابعة في ھذه الشركة وھي من إحدى الشركات الصناعیة واإلنتاجیة والتسویقیة التابع�ة ل�وزارة التج�ارة، الت�ي تھ�دف إل�ى المساھمة في دعم االقتصاد الوطني في مجال إنتاج وتوزیع الطحین على الوكالء لتامین توزیعھ على المواطنین واإلش�راف زوالص��مون ف��ي مص��انع الش��ركة والقط��اع الخ��اص. وق��د تض��منت تل��ك البیان��ات كمی��ة الحب��وب المطحون��ة ( عل��ى إنت��اج الخب المتض��من كمی��ة الحب��وب المطحون��ة (7)( انظ��ر الج��دول 2011وال��ى غای��ة س��نة 2007باألطن��ان) ش��ھریا للم��دة م��ن س��نة لتخطیط في تقدیراالنتاج المخطط من كمیة (باألطنان) شھریا) ،وعلى مستوى القطر. ویعتمد العاملون في وحدة المتابعة وا الحبوب المطحونة باالعتماد على عدد االفراد في المحافظة التي ی�تم الحص�ول علیھ�ا م�ن وزارة التج�ارة والمستحص�لة م�ن متابعة المتغیرات الشھریة التي تحدث على البطاقة التموینیة مضروبا في تسعة التي تمثل حصة الفرد من الطحین مضروب للحص��ول عل��ى اربع��ة نم��اذج مقترح��ة للتق��دیر بكمی��ة wlseو ldr% . وھن��ا طبق��ت طریقت��ا التق��دیر 102ف��ي النس��بة الحبوب المطحونة لغرض تحدید االنموذج االكث�ر مالئم�ة للتق�دیر كمی�ة الحب�وب المطحون�ة وتبع�ا للمقی�اس االحص�ائي ال�ذي للحصول على النت�ائج المتعلق�ة بتطبی�ق طریقت�ي التقدیرالمتق�دم matlabترغب الشركة باالعتماد علیھ. وقد استعمل برنامج ذكرھما. فقد رسمت السلسلة الزمنیة التي تمثل كمیة الحبوب المطحون�ة (باألطن�ان) ش�ھریا، بھ�دف االط�الع عل�ى ش�كل السلس�لة تقرة أم ال فق�د رس�مت ق�یم دال�ة المبین في الملحق. و لمعرفة فیما إذا كانت السلسلة الزمنی�ة مس� (1)انظر الشكل (x)الزمنیة ,lag(k))اي kللعین�ة عن�د اإلزاح�ة acfالمتق�دم ذكرھم�ا. و تحس�ب ق�یم (x)للسلس�لة الزمنی�ة (acf)االرتباط الذاتي k=0,1, 2,….) والتي یرمز لھا بـ) r( k ^ على وفق الصیغة اآلتیة: -kإذ إن ^ k ^ rr التي یرمز لھا (.…,lag(k), k=0,1, 2) اي lag(k). إما صیغة حساب دالة التغایرالذاتیة للعینة عند = k(γ(بـ ^ -فتكون على وفق االتي : 0,1,...k , ) x(x ) x(x)(1/n)k(γ k-ttn 1kt ^ == ∑ += انظ��ر الملح��ق ،نالح��ظ من��ھ ض��عف اس��تقراریة السلس��لة الزمنی��ة وذل��ك لع��دم اقت��راب ق��یم (2)وكم��ا یتب��ین م��ن الش��كل wlseوطریق�ة ldrمعامالت االرتباط الذاتي من الص�فر بع�د اإلزاح�ة األول�ى والثانی�ة. وق�د اس�تعملت طریق�ة التق�دیر α,0.3 ,0.6 0.99بق��یم ع��دة ل��ـ ، إي تق��دیر أنم��وذج p=1,2,3,4، لتق��دیر نم��اذج االنحدارال��ذاتي ض��من مجموع��ة ق��یم ل��ـ = ar(1) وar(2) وar(3) وar(4) ثم تحدید الرتبة المثلى لألنموذج تبعا لمقیاس اقل قیمة لـ 0,1,...k ,γ/γr 0 ^ k ^ k ^ == 365 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 . ( 7 )على وفق الصیغة ldrالذي یتم حسابھ بطریقة ) ρ (متوسط مربعات الخطأ • .(11)الذي یتم حسابھ على وفق الصیغة wlseباستعمال طریقة (b(a))ت الخطأ الموزون مربعا • .(18)الذي یتم حسابھ على وفق الصیغة (mape)معدل القیم المطلقة لنسب األخطاء • ب�ان الرتب�ة (5)والمبین�ة ف�ي الملح�ق. وكم�ا مب�ین م�ن الج�دول 6)و 5وقد لخصت النت�ائج مم�ا تق�دم ذك�ره ف�ي الج�دولین ( ، اال ان�ھ تك�ون القیم�ة ar(4)اي انم�وذج p=4عن�د الرتب�ة ldrبطریق�ة ρتبع�ا ألق�ل قیم�ة ل�ـ ar(p)ألنم�وذج المثل�ى ρقیم�ة ل�ـ ، اال ان�ھ تك�ون ar(1)اي انم�وذج p=1عند الرتبة mapeاكبر من قیمة القیمة المئویة لـ mapeالمئویة لـ الت�ي تمث�ل (x)یوضح رس�م ق�یم السلس�لة الزمنی�ة في الملحق الذي (3).انظرالشكل p=4 عند الرتبة ρاكبر مقارنة بقیمة p=1ف�ي ح�ین تك�ون الرتب�ة المثل�ى عن�د الرتب�ة .ar(4)كمیة الحبوب المطحونة ( باألطنان) مع القیم المقدرة لھ�ا ب�أنموذج p=[1-4]للرت�ب ar(p). وبشكل عام تعد دقة انموذج التنبوء مقبول�ة عن�د ك�ل النم�اذج المقترح�ة mapeألقل قیمة لـتبعا (x)یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة الذي (4)انظرالشكل ، [1]%انظر المصدر 50اقل من mapeوفقا للقیمة المئویة لـ . ldrبطریقة ar(1)مع القیم المقدرة لھا بأنموذج تتحس��ن اي تحق��ق ش��رط wlseنالح��ظ ان ج��ودة تق��دیر معلم��ات انم��وذج االنحدارال��ذاتي بطریق��ة (6)وم��ن الج��دول pia..,1,2االستقراریة 1pi i1 =∀<∑ α 0.99بالتحدی�د عن�د القیم�ة αبزیادة قیمة = . وم�ن ث�م س�یتم تحدی�د = معی�ارین المن�اظرین لق�یم المعلم�ات الت�ي تحق�ق ش�رط االس�تقراریة، وب�ذلك س�تكون الرتب�ة المثل�ى الرتبة المثل�ى عل�ى وف�ق ال α 0.99عن�د القیم�ة) b(a) (متوسط مربعات الخطأ تبعا ألقل قیمة لـ ar(p)ألنموذج ، انظ�ر الش�كل p=4عن�د الرتب�ة = والتي تمثل كمیة الحبوب المطحونة ( باألطنان) مع الق�یم المق�درة (x)یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة في الملحق الذي (4) ال��ذي (4)انظرالش�كل ، mapeتبع�ا ألق��ل قیم�ة ل��ـ p=1ف��ي ح�ین تك��ون الرتب�ة المثل��ى عن�د الرتب��ة .ar(4)لھ�ا ب�أنموذج α 0.99عند القیمة wlse بطریقة ar(1)مع القیم المقدرة لھا بأنموذج ( x )یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة =. االستنتاجات .5 وطریق�ة اق�ل مربع�ات (ldr)التكراری�ةlevinson-durbin تناولن�ا ف�ي ھ�ذا البح�ث كفای�ة وج�ودة التق�دیر بطریق�ة . لدراس�ة كفای�ة تق�دیرات تل�ك all-poleف�ي تق�دیر نم�اذج االنح�دار ال�ذاتي او ماتس�مى بنم�اذج (wlse) الخط�أ الموزون�ة المس�تقر، عن�دما یحی�د س�لوك العملی�ة ع�ن الطبیعی�ة، وذل�ك م�ن خ�الل افت�راض ar(3)الطریقتین المتقدم ذكرھما ألنم�وذج ar(3) افت�راض ب�ان ح�د الخط�أ ألنم�وذجغی�ر الطبیعی�ة، فض�ال ع�ن ar(3) توزیعات احتمالیة عدة لحد الخط�أ ألنم�وذج ، لحجوم مختلفة من العینات.q=1,2برتبة arch(q)یخضع ألنموذج وقد تم التحري عن جودة التقدیر من خالل مقیاس التقدیر التجریبي للمعلمة والتحیز في تقدیر المعلمة ومتوسط مربعات ومربع��ات الخط��أ ldrمربع��ات الخط��أ بطریق��ة ،ومتوس��ط wlseو ldrالخط��أ للمعلم��ة المحتس��بة بك��ال الط��ریقتین . فض�ال ع�ن احتس�اب المقی�اس اإلحص�ائي المتمث�ل بمع�دل الق�یم المطلق�ة لنس�ب األخط�أ wlseالموزونة المحتسبة بطریقة (mape) .ولكال الطریقتین أوال: نبین أھم االستنتاجات التي أفضت إلیھا النتائج التجریبیة وكما یاتي: ) وبش�كل ع�ام ف�ان ج�ودة tالطبیعي القیاسي و التوزیع المنتظم المس�تمروتوزیع ( لخطأ للتوزیع عند خضوع متغیر حد ا .1 ، إذ ت�زداد ج�ودة التق�دیر ldrالتقدیر تكون ممتازة إلحجام العینات الكبیرة على وف�ق مق�اییس التق�دیر للمعلم�ة بطریق�ة للمعلمة من الصفر،وتختلف دقة انموذج التنبوء عن�د كلما اقتربت قیمة التحیز في تقدیر المعلمة ومتوسط مربعات الخطأ . إما بالنس�بة mapeخضوع متغیر حد الخطأ لتوزیع معین وفقا لكل حجم من احجام العینات وبحسب القیمة المئویة لـ α 0.99بالتحدید عند القیمة αفیمكن تعمیم ما تقدم ذكره غیر إن جودة التقدیر تزداد بزیادة قیمة wlseلطریقة = . فان جودة تقدیر المعلمة تقل وألحجام العین�ات كاف�ة عل�ى اللوغارتمي الطبیعيإما عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع .2 لقیم وفق مقیاس التحیز في تقدیر المعلمة ومتوسط مربعات الخط�أ للمعلم�ة، إذ تك�ون التق�دیرات المعلم�ة اكب�ر مقارن�ة ب�ا . تع�د دق�ة انم�وذج ldrومن ثم تكون قیم التحی�ز س�البة ولكاف�ة إحج�ام العین�ات بطریق�ة ar(3)المفترضة لألنموذج . إم�ا 50%الت�ي تك�ون اكب�رمن mapeالتنبوء غیرمضبوطة( غیر مقبولة) ألحجام العینات كافة تبعا للقیمة المئویة لـ وحجم العینة. αكره غیران جودة التقدیر لم تتحسن بزیادة قیمة فیمكن تعمیم ما تقدم ذ wlseبالنسبة الى طریقة وتبع�ا لمعلم�ات ك�ل أنم�وذج، إذ تتحس�ن ج�ودة التق�دیر q=1,2برتبة arch(q)عند خضوع متغیرحد الخطأ ألنموذج .3 العین�ة، ویك�ون التق�دیر ممت�از على وفق مقیاس التحیز في تقدیر المعلمة ومتوسط مربع�ات الخط�أ للمعلم�ة بزی�ادة حج�م ، وتختلف دق�ة انم�وذج التنب�وء عن�د خض�وع متغی�ر ح�د الخط�أ ldrبطریقة n=240,480عند إحجام العینات الكبیرة ف�یمكن wlse. إما بالنسبة لطریق�ة mapeلتوزیع معین تبعا لكل حجم من احجام العینات وبحسب القیمة المئویة لـ α 0.99بالتحدید عند القیمة αتعمیم ما تقدم ذكره غیر إن جودة التقدیر تزداد بزیادة قیمة =. ) ρ(ثانی�ا: وم�ن أھ�م االس�تنتاجات الت�ي أفض�ت إلیھ�ا النت�ائج العملی�ة،بان قیم�ة متوس�ط مربع�ات الخط�أ k بطریق�ةlevinsondurbin التكراری��ة(ldr) تك��ون اق��ل مقارن��ة بقیم��ة معی��ار مربع��ات الخط��أ الم��وزون(b(a)) المحتس��ب بطریق��ة اق��ل ح��ددت نفس��ھا الرتب��ة المثل��ى wlseوطریق��ة ldr. وان ك��ال م��ن طریق��ة التق��دیر(wlse)مربع��ات الخط��أ الموزون��ة 366 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ) ρ(تبعا لمقیاس اقل قیمة لمتوسط مربعات الخطاء p=4ألنموذج االنحدار الذاتي عند الرتبة عند الرتبة k ال�ذي ی�تم حس�ابھ ال�ذي ی�تم wlseباس�تعمال الطریق�ة المقترح�ة (b(a))ومربع�ات الخط�أ الم�وزون (7)على وفق الص�یغة ldrبطریقة الطریقتین المتقدم ذكرھا.ولكال mapeتبعا ألقل قیمة لـ p=1. في حین حددت الرتبة (11)حسابھ على وفق الصیغة references 1. garg , mohit. (2003). "linear prediction algorithms", indian institute of technology, bombay, india, apr 2003. 2. roth, k., & kauppinen, i. . (2003). "frequency warped burg's methods for armodeling ", ieee workshop on applications of signal processing to audio and acoustics, october 19-22. 3. liew, venus khim-sen (2004). "which lag length selection criteria should we employ?" economics bulletin, 3(33), 1-9. 4. hwang,s.,y.. (2005)."explosive random –coefficient ar(1) processes and related asymptotics for least squares estimation".journal of time series analysis issn:01439782 vol-26 , issue-6, pages 807-824 provider : blackwell publisher: blackwell publishing doi. 5. zahid asghar1 and irum abid2,(2007).performance of lag length selection criteria in three different situations. (by internet), interstat journals. net/year 2007/articles. 6. chen ,willaw., deo, rohit s. (2010)"weighted least squares approximate restricted likelihood estimation for vector autoregressive processes", biometrika issn: 00063444, vol. 97, issue:1 pages : 231-237, provider: oxford university press( oup) puplisher : oxford university press doi:10.1093/biomety/asp071. ،" حول معاییر المعلومات لتحدید طول االزاحة الفعلیة لنماذج االنحدار الذاتي " بحث منشور في (2012). عباس ، جنان 7 . (18)العدد -مجلة المنصورالسنة الثانیة عشرة ي بطرق االنحدار الذاتي " بحث مقبول للنشر في مجلة كلیة بغداد ،" تحدید افضل مقدر خط(2013). عباس ، جنان 8 .2013/3/10بتاریخ / 13/99للعلوم االقتصادیة بموجب الكتاب ذي العدد م 9. lewis, c. d. .(1982). industrial and business forecasting methods, london, butterworths. 10. broersen . p. m.t.. (2006)." automatic autocorrelation and spectral analysis", springerverlag london limited. 11. wang, w., & wong, a.k.. (2000). " a model-based gear diagnostic technique ", dsto technical report, dsto aeronautical and maritime research laboratory, australia. 12. wei, w. w. s. (1990). time series analysis: univariate and multivariate methods, addisonwesly publishing –inc., u.s.a. 367 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 التكراریة levinson – durbin یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة ( 1 ) جدول (ldr) على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذجar(3) (12)المستقر في الصیغة ~σ, 0μ ( normal 1 (وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع الطبیعي القیاسي 2tε و == ~σ, 1μ ( lognormal 1 (التوزیع اللوغارتمي الطبیعي 2tε والتوزیع المنتظم المستمر== ) 1 , 1 ( uniform cont.~tε t(df sstudent'~tε(2وتوزیع − =. )1تابع جدول ( . 100یتم ضرب القیمة المدونة بالجدول اعاله في mapeمالحظة: للحصول على القیمة المئویة لـ 368 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 التكراریة levinson – durbin یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة(2) جدول (ldr) على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذجar(3) (12)المستقر في الصیغة تبعا لمعلمات كل أنموذج . arch(q=1,2)وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ألنموذج 2)تابع جدول ( .100ل اعاله في یتم ضرب القیمة المدونة بالجدو mapeمالحظة: للحصول على القیمة المئویة لـ 369 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة(1-3) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج= ar(3) وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ الطبیعي القیاسي (12)المستقر في الصیغة ) 1 σ, 0μ ( normal~ 2tε ==. یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة (2-3) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج على وفق حجوم العینات = ar(3) اللوغارتمي الطبیعيوذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع (12)المستقر في الصیغة ) 1 σ1,μ ( lognormal~ 2tε ==. 370 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة(3-3) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج= ar(3) وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع (12)المستقر في الصیغة ) 1 b, 1a ( uniform continuous~tε =−=. یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة (4-3) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج = ar(3) وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع (12)المستقر في الصیغة 2)t(df sstudent'~tε =. 371 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (wlse)المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة mapeیوضح قیمة معیار (5-3) جدول α,0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ ar(3)على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج = وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ للتوزیع الطبیعي القیاسي (12)المستقر في الصیغة ) 1 σ, 0μ ( normal~ 2tε ~σ, 1μ ( lognormal 1 (الطبیعي اللوغارتميو== 2 tε == uniform cont.~tε ) 1 , 1 (وتوزیع المنتظم المستمر t(df sstudent'~tε(2و − =. . 100یتم ضرب القیمة المدونة بالجدول اعاله في mapeمالحظة: للحصول على القیمة المئویة لـ اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونةیوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة (1-4) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج= ar(3) وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ألنموذج (12)المستقر في الصیغةarch(q=1) تبعا لمعلمات كل أنموذج. 372 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونةیوضح قیم معاییر (2-4) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج = ar(3) وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ألنموذج (12)المستقر في الصیغةarch(q=1) تبعا لمعلمات كل أنموذج . یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة(3-4) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج= ar(3) وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ألنموذج (12)المستقر في الصیغةarch(q=2) تبعا لمعلمات كل أنموذج. 373 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة (4-4) جدول (wlse) 0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ,α على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات األنموذج= ar(3) وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ألنموذج (12)المستقر في الصیغة،arch(q=2) تبعا لمعلمات كل أنموذج . معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ mapeیوضح قیمة معیار (5-4) جدول α,0.3 ,0.6 0.99ولقیم عدة لـ (wlse)الموزونة على وفق حجوم العینات المأخوذة وقیم معلمات = ،وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ألنموذج (12)المستقر في الصیغة ar(3)األنموذج arch(q=1,2) .تبعا لمعلمات كل أنموذج . 100یتم ضرب القیمة المدونة بالجدول اعاله في mapeمالحظة: للحصول على القیمة المئویة لـ 374 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ) (ρیوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة التي تشمل قیم المعلمات المقدرة وقیم متوسط مربعات الخطأ (5)جدول عندما یكون حجم العینة (ldr)التكراریة levinson-durbinالمحتسبة بطریقة mapeمع قیم معیار n=60 ) ألنموذج االنحدار الذاتيar(p) عندما تكون(p=1,2,3,4 . یوضح قیم معاییر المفاضلة المستعملة التي تشمل قیم المعلمات المقدرة وقیم متوسط مربعات الخطأ (6)جدول (b(a)) مع قیم معیارmape المحتسبة بطریقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة(wlse) ولقیم عدة لـ 0.99 0.6, 0.3,α . p=1,2,3,4)عندما تكون ar(p)ألنموذج االنحدار الذاتي ( n=60عندما یكون حجم العینة = التي (x)) یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة 1شكل ( تمثل كمیة الحبوب المطحونة ( باألطنان) شھریا. ) یوضح رسم قیم دوال االرتباط الذاتي 2شكل ( التي تمثل كمیة الحبوب (x)للسلسلة الزمنیة المطحونة ( باألطنان) شھریا. التي (x)) یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة 3شكل ( تمثل كمیة الحبوب المطحونة ( باألطنان) مع القیم تبعا ar(4)المقدرة لھا بأنموذج االنحدار الذاتي . ldrبطریقة ρألقل قیمة لـ التي (x)) یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة 4شكل ( تمثل كمیة الحبوب المطحونة ( باألطنان) مع القیم تبعا ar(1)المقدرة لھا بأنموذج االنحدار الذاتي . ldrبطریقة mapeألقل قیمة لـ 375 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 التي (x)) یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة 5شكل ( تمثل كمیة الحبوب المطحونة ( باألطنان) مع القیم تبعا ar(4)المقدرة لھا بأنموذج االنحدار الذاتي .wlseبطریقة b(a)ألقل قیمة لـ التي (x)) یوضح رسم قیم السلسلة الزمنیة 6شكل ( تمثل كمیة الحبوب المطحونة ( باألطنان) مع القیم تبعا ألقل ar(1)اتي المقدرة لھا بأنموذج االنحدار الذ .wlseبطریقة mapeقیمة لـ تبع���ا ar(3): لتولی���د سلس���لة أنم���وذج (1)الخوارزمی���ة رق���م . (n)لتوزیع حد الخطأ المفترض في البحث وحجم العینة ar(3): تقدیر قیم معلمات أنموذج (2) الخوارزمیة رقم باالعتماد على قیم السلسلة المولدة وعلى وفق (ldr) بطریقة .( 1 )الخطوات المتقدم ذكرھا في الخوارزمیة مالحظ���ھ : ی���تم تك���رار الخط���وات نفس���ھا أع���اله لتولی���د سلس���لة ،ولك��ل توزی��ع م��ن nتبع��ا ولك��ل حج��م عین��ة ar(3)أنم��وذج التوزیعات المفترضة لمتغیر حد الخطأ قید البحث. مالحظ��ة: ی��تم تك��رار الخط��وات نفس��ھا أع��اله لحس��اب ق��یم مع��اییر ) وعل���ى 18و16و 15و 14و 13المقارن���ة عل���ى وف���ق الص���یغ ( ،ولكل توزی�ع م�ن التوزیع�ات المفترض�ة nالتوالي. ولكل حجم عینة لمتغیر حد الخطأ قید البحث. مالحظھ حول خوارزمیات الجانب العملي : اذ یتم اعتماد الخوارزمیات انفسھا للبیانات من الواقع العملي . r=1ولكن عندما تكون 376 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ar(3): تق��دیر ق��یم معلم��ات أنم��وذج (3)الخوارزمی��ة رق��م باالعتماد على قیم السلسلة المول�دة وعل�ى (wlse) بطریقة . ( 1 )وفق الخطوات المتقدم ذكرھا في الخوارزمیة 377 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 estimate ar(3) by using levinson-durbin recurrence & weighted least squares error methods jinan abbas naser dept. of information technique/technical college of management/baghdad received in : 9 april 2013 , accepted in : 24 june 2013 abstract in this study, we investigate about the estimation improvement for autoregressive model of the third order, by using levinson-durbin recurrence (ldr) and weighted least squares error ( wlse ).by generating time series from ar(3) model when the error term for ar(3) is normally and non normally distributed and when the error term has arch(q) model with order q=1,2.we used different samples sizes and the results are obtained by using simulation. in general, we concluded that the estimation improvement for autoregressive model for both estimation methods (ldr&wlse), would be by increasing sample size, for all distributions which are considered for the error term , except the lognormal distribution. also we see that the estimation improvement for wsle method, depends on the value for the forgetting factor parameter ( α ),which haave value less than one(i.e. 1) (α < ). the estimate is improved for large value for parameter α exactly at 0.99α = .finally, we used the estimation methods (ldr&wlse) for real data. key words : autoregressive models, levinson-durbin recurrence method, weighted least squares error method. 378 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 تقدير انموذج ar(3) باستعمال طريقة levinson–durbin التكرارية و طريقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة جنان عباس ناصر الكلية التقنية الادارية بغداد أستلم البحث في : 9 نيسان 2013 ، قبل في : 24 حزيران 2013 الخلاصة في هذا البحث نتحرى حول طرائق التقديرلأنموذج الانحدار الذاتي من الرتبة الثالثة باستعمال طريقة levinson–durbin التكرارية (ldr) وطريقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة (wlse). اذ تم توليد سلسلة زمنية من أنموذج ar(3)عندما يكون حد الخطأ يتبع التوزيع الطبي... الكلمات المفتاحية: نماذج الانحدار الذاتي ,طريقة levinson–durbin التكرارية ,طريقة المربعات الصغرى الموزونة . 1.المقدمة تعد مسالة التنبوء من احدى المسائل المعروفة في تحليل السلاسل الزمنية, إذ إن دقة التنبوء بالأنموذج تعتمد حتما على الأنموذج الذي تم تقديره من سلسلة البيانات المستحصلة لعملية معينة على أوقات منتظمة , من هنا جاءت فكرة هذا البحث. إذ اختير أنموذج الانحدار... للسلسلة الزمنية لقيم t=1, 2, …, n التي تمثل عينة عشوائية بحجم n مسحوبة من قيم معينة للظاهرة قيد البحث ,يمكن تمثيل أنموذج الانحدار الذاتي من الرتبة p والتي تمثل عدد المعلمات المراد تقديرها للسلسلة الزمنية باستعمال الصيغة آلاتية [2,12]: إذ ان تمثل القيم المقدرة من العينة لدالة الارتباط الذاتي عند الازاحة k, وتبدأ هذه الطريقة على وفق الخطوات آلاتية [1,10]: 1. بجعل قيمة , وكذلك قيمة . 2. وبذلك فان قيمة معلمة الانعكاس , وكذلك قيمة . 3. ثم حساب معاملات الانعكاس لـ k عندما تكون k=0,1,...,p على وفق الصيغة الاتية : اذ يتم حساب قيم معلمات أنموذج ar(p) بالاعتماد على قيمة معاملات الانعكاس لـ k من المعاملات على وفق الصيغة الاتية: إن الإشارة (*) تعني complex conjugateانظر المصادر [1,10,11] , أي قيمة المعلمة في المرحلة التكرارية السابقة وان إما تقديرات متوسط مربعات الخطأ فتكون على وفق الصيغة آلاتية : تناولنا في الفقرة السابقة طريقة levinsondurbin التكرارية التي يتطلب فيها حساب قيم دوال الارتباط الذاتي من العينة, لأية عملية عشوائيةعندما تكون t=1,2,..., n لحساب قيم معلمات المقدر الخطي/عملية الانحدار الذاتي بشكل تكراري. وهنا نستعمل طريقة اقل مربعا... وتبدأ هذه الطريقة على وفق الخطوات آلاتية [1] : 1. بجعل قيم متجه المعلمات ap=[1 0 0 ...0]t , وجعل p(1)=i مصفوفة الوحدة من الرتبة , التي تدخل في عملية تحديث متجه المعلمات (a) او معاملات التنقية فيما بعد. 2. يتم حساب القيمه التقديرية بالمدة t=k ولقيم على وفق الصيغة الاتية : وتمثل u(k) قيم العينات الداخلة بالخطوة k, إي إن. 3. يتم تحديث متجه المعلمات a بالمدة t=k على وفق الصيغة آلاتية: إذ إن تمثل forgetting factor وتكون قيمتها اقل من الواحد , إذ تعتمد قيمة على طبيعة العملية المدخلة, وعادة ما تستعمل القيمة التي تكون عامل للموازنة بين خزن كل العينات السابقة في أثناء عملية حساب تقدير متجه المعلمات a لأنموذج الانحدار الذاتي (ar(p)). 4. يتم تحديث المصفوفة p المستعملة في حساب قيم معلمات انموذج ar(p)على وفق الصيغة الاتية : وفي هذه الطريقة يتم تعريف معيار جديد يعتمد عليه لتقليل الأخطاء بين القيم المتنبأ بها والقيم الحقيقية.إذ يتم حساب المجموع الموزون للأخطأ وتقليله لمجموعة من الأوزان , إذ تتناقص تلك الأوزان للعينات الأقدم , ويتحقق ذلك باختيار الاوزان بطريقة ملائمة لت... 3. الجانب التجريبي استعملت المحاكاة لغرض التحري عن حصانة التقديرات المستحصلة عليها باستعمال,طريقة levinson-durbin التكرارية (ldr) وطريقة اقل مربعات الخطأ الموزونة (wlse) بوصفها طريقتين لتقدير نماذج الانحدار الذاتي, وذلك من خلال بناء تجارب المحور المتقدم ذكره في المبحث ... 1. تم استعمال التوزيع المنتظم المستمر بالمدة a=-0.5و b=0.5 لتوليد قيم معلمات أنموذجar(3) عشوائيا من التوزيع المنتظم لثلاث قيم إي لتوليد والتي تحقق شرط الاستقرارية ,انظر المصادر [3,5,7] وقد كانت تلك القيم كما يأتي: لتكون السلسلة الزمنية المولدة من أنموذج ar(3) التي سيتم دراستها على وفق الصيغة آلاتية: 2. استعملت إحجام العينات n=30,60,120,240,480. 3. استعملت أنموذج الانحدار الذاتي (ar(3)) المتقدم ذكره بالفقرة (1) بالصيغة (12) المبينة اعلاه, لتوليد قيم السلسلة الزمنية المستقرة من الأنموذج المتقدم ذكره وذلك عند افتراض توزيعات عدة لحد الخطاءفي الأنموذج منها:التوزيع الطبيعي القياسي بمتوسط مساويا للصفر�  .  .  .  . لكل النماذج arch(q) المتقدم ذكرها أعلاه, تعرف بأنها متغير عشوائي يخضع للتوزيع الطبيعي بمتوسط صفر وتباين مقداره واحد إي إن انظر المصدرين[5,7]. 4. ثم تجري التجارب المختلفة تبعا لجميع التوليفات الممكنة للفروض المتقدم ذكرها أعلاه من خلال تكرار هذا التوليد للسلاسل الزمنية لـ 500 مرة لكل تجربة ولكل حجم عينة (n). 5. ومن ثم يتم استعمال طريقتي ldr و wlse لتقدير معلمات أنموذج ar(3) لكل n ولكل تكرار(r=500). وقد استعمل برنامج matlab لكتابة برامج البحث,فضلا عن تحوير بعض البرامج المنشورة على الانترنت والمتعلقة بتلك الطريقتين المستعملة في البحث ( وعلى وفق الخوارزميات المرفقة في الملحق) لغرض الحصول على نتائج البحث.إذ سنلاحظ في كل مرة مالذي ستؤول إليه نتا... 6. التقدير التجريبي للمعلمة باستعمال إي من الطريقتين ldr و wlse ويحتسب على وفق الصيغة آلاتية: 7. التحيز في تقديرالمعلمةباستعمال إي من الطريقتين ldr و wlse ويحتسب على وفق الصيغة آلاتية: 8. متوسط مربعات خطأ تقدير المعلمة باستعمال إي من الطريقتين ldr و wlse و يحتسب على وفق الصيغة آلاتية : 11. فضلا عن اختيار المقياس الإحصائي المتمثل بمعدل القيم المطلقة لنسب الأخطأ (mean absolute percentage error(mape)) باستعمال إي من الطريقتين ldr و wlse لقياس دقة التنبوء الذي يحتسب على وفق الصيغة آلاتية [1] : إذ إن. إما صيغة حساب دالة التغايرالذاتية للعينة عند lag(k) اي (lag(k), k=0,1, 2,….) التي يرمز لها بـ فتكون على وفق الاتي : jinan abbas naser dept. of information technique/technical college of management/baghdad abstract in this study, we investigate about the estimation improvement for autoregressive model of the third order, by using levinson-durbin recurrence (ldr) and weighted least squares error ( wlse ).by generating time series from ar(3) model when the... microsoft word 317-330 317 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 الخواص البيئية لنھر دجلة عند سدة الكوت في محافظة واسط نجاة جمعة الشامي جميل سعد السراي كلية العلوم / جامعة واسط /قسم علوم الحياة مھند رمزي نشأت وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجيا / دائرة البحوث الزراعية /مركز الثروة الحيوانية والسمكية 2015/حزيران/7،قبل البحث في:2015/نيسان/17استلم البحث في: الخالصة يت النمذجة أجر .محطات ثالث اختيارية والكيمائية لمياه نھر دجلة ضمن مدينة الكوت وتم ئدرست الخصائص الفيزيا ارتفاعاً العكورة قيمأظھرت . 2015ولغاية شباط 2014 أيلولمن شھر لمحطات الدراسة شھريا ولمدة ستة أشھر أبتداءً ئج حدى النتاما بعد السد فكان اانخفاض العكورة لمياه نھر دجلة ، أما وحدة الكدرة النفثالين 84 تراوحت في الصيف مايكروسيمنز /سم 1340التوصيلية الكھربائية . اد العالقة الكلية المو وفينھر دجلة فيالكوت بحيرة سدة االيجابية لتأثير ،وقد وصل ذات تھوية جيدة و )مويلحة ‰0.48ينعكس لوجود العناصر الملوثة .ووجد ان مياه النھر عذبة ( في الشتاء مما المتطلب أماملغم /لتر 135 شباعاالظت حاالت فوق ملغم /لتر ولمرات عديدة ولوح 1.13 الى المذاب األوكسجينرتفاع ا فقد لھيدروجيني ا األسنتائج قيم تركيز ، لم يتجاوز المواصفات الدولية مع تذبذب في بعض القيمف لألوكسجينالحيوي ملغم 600الى لعسرة الكلية ارتفاع ا كما أظھرت النتائج ضمن الجانب القاعدي الضعيف.وھي 8.2 -7.1تراوحت ما بين كاربونات يونات الالقاعدية أغلبھا تعود لوجود أوكانت /لتر وان عنصري الكالسيوم والمغنسيوم ھما المسببان للعسرة فات المقررات للمياه تجاوزت الفوسوملغم /لتر148.33بمعدل االخرى اليونات الكبريتات عن ا ، وارتفعتوالبيكاربونات ملغم /لتر.1.75-60.29النترات فكانت ضمن المديات المسموح بھا بتراكيز بين اأمملغم /لتر 0.0388وبمعدل السطحية نھر دجلة، سدة الكوت، الخواص الفيزيائية والكيميائية، محافظة واسط.كلمات مفتاحية: 318 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ____________________________________________ االولباحث للالبحث مستل من رسالة ماجستير المقدمة العراقية حوالي األراضيكم ،ينبع من تركيا ومعظم جريانه داخل 1718يبلغ طول مجرى نھر دجلة حوالي يستلم كونهيختلف نھر دجلة عن الفرات في ] و2[في العالم من حيث الطول 39كما ويحتل نھر دجلة الرقم ]1[كم 1400 ير العراقية عن طريق مجموعة من الروافد المھمة و ھي الخابور و الزاب الكب ضافية داخل األراضيكميات من المياه اال ]. تقدر المساحة النھرية بين بغداد والكوت 1مثل ھذه الروافد [ إلىو الزاب الصغير و العظيم وديالى بينما يفتقر الفرات از نھر دجلة بين بغداد والكوت بكثرة يمت. كم222دينتين عبر الطرق المعبدة بكم بينما المسافة البرية بين الم350ب أكثرت الجانبي تعرجاته وذلك بسبب قلة انحدار األرض وبطء جريان ماء النھر بفعل ضعف النحت الرأسي بينما يكون النح لدجيلة عند عند مدينة الكوت إلى شط الغراف ومشروع ري ايتفرع نھر دجلة فاعلية ولقلة االنحدار كثرت عملية اإلرساب. .]3كم [3األيمن أمام سدة الكوت بمسافة هجانب وكانالبصرة وميسان وذي قار وواسط المياه لمحافظات توزيعم ولھا أھمية كبيرة في 1939ت سدة الكوت عام ئأنش ومشاريع لرفع منسوب نھر دجلة وتجھيز شط الغراف والدجيلة والدلمج والمزاك بالمياه لغرض السقيھا ائالغرض من أنش ].4[ شمال مدينة الكوت دراسة من قبل ] و5[ المائية في العراق وتلوثھا منھا دراسة السراج المسطحات التي شملتت أجريت العديد من الدراسا blier ني مياه النھر عسرة جدا وقاعدية خفيفة وان أيو إنلوحظ اذعلى مياه نھر دجلة مابين بغداد والكوت ]6[وجماعته وجماعته اوي العزالة كانت غير محسوسة كما درس تركيز الفوسفات الفع إنالكالسيوم والكبريتات ھما السائدان كما وجد ھا الخصائص الفيزيائية والكيميائية لنھر دجلة .وفي دراسة على نھر الفرات أجرا فيتأثيرمدينة بغداد ]7[ dugan ]8 [ لحال لك اوكذ تجاه الجنوباجدا تزداد عسرتھا ب مويلحة وقاعدية عسرة عذبة القادسية بل وبعد سد قمياه الفرات نوجد ا ية على ھور الحمار.أجريت حديثا عدة دراسات أھتمت بالخصائص الفيزيائية والكيميائ]9[ دراسة السعدي وجماعتهمع فة حجم الملوثات التي لمعر]10[لمياه نھر دجلة وبعض تفرعاته وجداولة في مدينة الكوت منھا دراسة عبود والسراي ، لمعرفة الخصائص البيئية لنھر دجلة عند سدة الكوت ]11[ودراسة القريشي والمختار ، مدينة الى النھرلتطرح من ا على نھر البتار ]13[ ودراسة الدبي والسرايالكوت، لى نھر المزاك جنوب غرب مدينةع ]12[ودراسة درويش و السراي وجداوله ضمن الحدود ةدجل لتصنيف مياه الري المأخوذة من نھر]14[ودراسة الرحمن وجماعته ،شمال مدينة الكوت s1االدارية لمحافظة واسط ضمن الصنف و c3 جميع ھذه الدراسات لم تأخذ ناال ا. حسب التصنيف االميريكي الخواص في بعض الدراسة الحالية معرفة تأثير سدة الكوت تھدفبالحسبان تأثير سدة الكوت في الخواص البيئية للنھر لذا .مياه نھر دجلةالفيزيائية والكيميائية ل المواد وطرائق العمل 2015الى شباط 2014للمدة من شھر ايلول وسط العراق نفذت الدراسة على نھر دجلة ضمن مدينة الكوت خالل الدراسة )1(شكل أختيار ثالثة مواقع في نھر دجلة تماذ الدراسة قرب سدة الكوت شمال مدينة الكوت وترتبط معظم حوالي عند المنطقة م ويبلغ عرض النھر100ويقع قبل سدة الكوت بحوالي الموقع االول (قبل سدة الكوت )الحالية . م ويتصف ببطء جريان ماء النھر نتيجة لحجز كميات من المياه قبل السدة من قبل أدارة 4م وعمقه حوالي 504.42 والبردي phragmites australisللنھر يمتاز بوجود النباتات المائية مثل القصب األيمنمشروع سدة الكوت ،الجانب typha domengnsis ويقع تحت جسر العزة ويبعد .)الموقع الثاني (بعد سدة الكوت .األيسرنب النباتات على الجا وقلة م اما الجانب 1.5م وبعمق الجانب االيمن 489.95كم عن الموقع االول يبلغ عرض النھر في الموقع الثاني 1.511مسافة يتصف بوجود جزرة وسطية زراعية ونباتات مائية كالقصب والبردي و جانبي النھر أراض يوجد علىوم 3 فعمقهااليسر ويمتد عند خروج نھر دجلة من مدينة الكوت ويبعد عن الموقع الثالث .ة عن الترسبات وقلة منسوب المياهكبيرة نسبيا ناتج بانتشاريمتاز مقطع النھر وم 2.5م وعمق 136.15ھذا الموقع كم ،يبلغ عرض النھر في 5.482الموقع الثاني مسافة typh والبردي phragmites australis لى جانبية وكثرة النباتات المائية كالقصب الزراعية ع األراضي domengnsis. سم تحت سطح الماء 30عينات بواقع ثالثة مكررات على جانبي النھر من الطبقة السطحية لعمق الجمعت اء باستعمال المحرار الزئبقي وأجريت عدة قياسات في الحقل مباشرة وقياسات مختبرية وقد شملت درجة حرارة الھو األس،أستعمل جھاز قياس صغيرةكرة باستعمالوأخذت في الظل ،وقيست سرعة جريان الماء م ˚1000المدرج من hanna جھاز قياس الكدرة باستعمالقيست كدرة المياه و hannaمن صنع شركة ph-meter الھيدروجيني instrument 93703موديل hi وأخذت قياسات التوصيلية الكھربائية .وعبر عن النتائج بوحدة كدرة نفثالين حسبت فيما martini instruments جھاز باستعمال الماءودرجة حرارة tdsسم والموادالذائبة الكلية /مايكروسيمنز التوصيلية الكھربائية )=‰الملوحة( معادلة استعملت اذ اعتمادا على قيم التوصيلية الكھربائية salinityالملوحة تم قياسه باتباع طريقة ونكلر الموضحة من فقد ،اما االوكسجين المذاب ]apha ]15 0.00064×(مايكروسيمنز/سم) لتر وتم تحديد المتطلب الحيوي /وبعد تثبيته حقليا و عبر عنه بوحدة ملغم ]apha ]16قبل منظمة الصحة االميريكية بعد خمسة ايام ،حسبت النسبة المئوية لالشباع باالعتماد على قيم االوكسجين الذائب وفق معادلة خاصة 5bod لألوكسجين 319 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 وعسرة الكالسيوم والمغنسيوم وفق والقاعدية الكلية .قيست كل من العسرة الكلية] machereth et.al ]17من قبل ائقالطروفق tssلفوسقات والمواد العالقة الكلية ، وأتبعت في قياس النترات وا]18[الطرائق الموضحة من قبل لند brand sand,tripkeقيست تبعا فقد ،اما الكبريتات ]apha ]16,15الموضحة من جمعية الصحة االميريكية وجدت الفروق بين مواقع الدراسة ]20[ degerementتباع الطريقة الموضحة من قبلاقيست بفقد البيكاربونات أما ،]19[ أقل فرق معنوي باستعمالوقورنت بعد ذلك sas)( statistical analysis system ظام التحليل االحصائيباستعمال ن )lsd(least significant difference وتحت مستوى معنوية p≤0.05 ]21.[ النتائج والمناقشة المواقع الفيزيائية والكيميائية للمياه فيلقيم الخصائص مديات ومعدالت و االنحراف المعياري )1يبين الجدول ( عل ومنھا نھر دجلة بدرجات الحرارة المحيطة بھا من خالل تجانسھا بف األنھرتتأثر درجة حرارة . الثالثة في نھر دجلة تدال ع اعم حار صيفاً إلى الوسطى من العراق ما بين بارد رطب شتاءً ةاالمتزاج الجيد لحركة الماء وتأثرھا بمناخ المنطق تمثل درجات الحرارة وقت أخذ العينات وقد يرجع االختالف ]23,23[ في درجات الحرارة خالل فصلي الربيع والخريف خالل شباط ول والثانياألفي الموقع م˚12سجلت درجة حرارة الھواء أدنى قيمة لھا إذ]24[ وقت أخذ القياس إلىفيھا في المواقع م˚ 58.20وم ˚18.8 م˚19.08وبمعدل عام 2014 أيلول في الموقع الثالث خالل م˚33قيمة وأعلى 2015 بين المحطات ات معنوية مااختالفعدم وجود أظھرت نتائج التحليل االحصائي )3و 2شكل ( الثالثة على التوالي p≤ 0.05 م ˚ 27.7وأعلى قيمة 2015خالل كانون الثاني األولفي الموقع م ˚ 11، بينما كانت درجة حرارة المياه أدنى قيمة على التوالي،وقد بينت م ˚ 18.8وم ˚ 18.1وم ˚ 18و بمعدالت في المواقع الثالثة 2014في الموقع الثالث خالل أيلول أختالفات بين المحطات بعدم وجود حصائينتائج التحليل اال p≥ 0.05 ج نتائ في الدراسة الحالية معوالمؤشرات وتوافقت، ]. 26,25,7[في العراق داخليةمحلية لمسطحات مياه ات لدراس 84وأعلى قيمة 2015في الموقع الثاني خالل شباط وحدة كدرة وحدة كدرة نفثالين 14.12سجلت أدنى قيمة للكدرة على نفثالين وحدة كدرة 37.47و 43.54و 36.83وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2014فسه خالل أيلول للموقع ننفثالين p≥ 0.05 بعدم وجود فروق معنوية بينت نتائج التحليل االحصائي التوالي ،وقد اً ،أظھرت النتائج أرتفاعمابين المحطات ج الماء نتيجة أمتزاومياه نھر دجلة و قلة االمطار الى ضحالة وانخفاض منسوب ودوقد يع للعكورة في الصيف اً متميز أن من الجوانب االيجابية لسدة الكوت على نھر دجلة ]27[بالرواسب واالطيان الموجودة في القعر وھذا يتفق مع دراسة تعد ما ك، ]28[انخفاض عكورة المياه الداخلة اليھا بسبب مكوث الماء فيھا مدة من الزمن وھذا يتفق مع دراسات مماثلة ].29[زيادة العكورة في نھري دجلة والفرات وروافدھما وشط العرب بتساقط االمطار وتصريف النھر وسرعة التيار وأعلى 2014 أيلولفي الموقع الثاني خالل ملغم / لتر 0.001تراوحت قيم الموادالعالقة الكلية في ادنى قيمة 0.0128و 0.0078و 0.007وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2014لسنة أيلولفي الموقع الثالث خالل ملغم / لتر 0.028قيمة معنوية بعد وجود فروقحصائي على التوالي .وقد سجلت نتائج التحليل االملغم /لتر p≥ 0.05 ان قيم .ما بين المحطات لھائمات النباتية يغ و الفيضانات واالمطار وارتفاع كتل االمواد العالقة الكلية يرتبط مع العكورة وارتفاعھا ناتج من التفر الھيدروجيني كان قليال مما يرجع الى السعة التنظيمية األسان مدى التغاير في قيم .]30[ buffer capacity اه للمي ية التحلل للمواد ،كما ان عمل ]31[بيكاربونات الالذي يرجع لقاعديتھا لكثرة الكاربونات والعراقية ومن ضمنھا نھر دجلة ونيك الذي بدوره العضوية وتنفس االحياء المائية تنتج غاز ثنائي أوكسيد الكاربون الذي يتحد مع الماء ينتج حامض الكارب خالل تشرين الثاني 8.2لألس الھيدروجيني أعلى قيمةبينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ]. 22[يؤثر في تركيز أيون الھيدروجين على 7.55و 7.53و 7.4وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2014خالل تشرين االول 7.1خريف وأقل قيمة في فصل ال 2014 بين المحطات مافروقات عدم وجودنتائج التحليل االحصائي وقد أظھرت، يالتوال p ≥ 0.05 االرتفاع الحاصل ودوقد يع ، وعلى ] 26[يني الھيدروج األسسيد الكاربون ورفع درجة ستھالك ثنائي اوكاء الضوئي من الھائمات النباتية ولفاعلية البنا في تراكيز الملوحة اً ملحوظ اً سجلت النتائج أر تفاع]. 33,32[العموم تتفق ھذه الدراسة مع دراسات في المياه العراقية وب مياه نھر نسوالتوصيلية الكھربائية في فصل الشتاء أكثر من الصيف والخريف على الرغم من قلة االمطار وانخفاض م دخول الىوالتي تعمل ان االمطار ذات عالقة الكبيرة بارتفاع التوصيلية الكھربائية والملوحة أذ 2015دجلة في شتاء تراوحت أدنى قيمة للتوصيلية الكھربائية ].34[بمساحات كبيرة للمدن فضالً عن زيادة واسعة مختلف العناصر والملوثات في الموقع الثاني مايكروسيمنز/سم1340وأعلى قيمة 2014قع االول خالل تشرين االول في المو مايكروسيمنز/سم750 على التوالى ،بينت نتائج مايكروسيمنز/سم 1291.1و 1273.3و 1043.4وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2015خالل شباط حصائي للتوصيلية الكھربائية والملوحة بمعنوية التحليل اال p ≤ 0.05 ن ع اً كبير اً المحطة الثانية والثالثة أختالفذ أظھرت ا 2014في الموقع االول خالل تشرين االول ‰0.48المحطة االولى ،اما المتغيرات بتركيز الملوحة فقد تراوحت أدنى قيمة 0.8181و 0.667وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2015سجلت في الموقع الثاني خالل شباط ‰0.8576وكانت أعلى قيمة يرجع الى طبيعة على التوالي كما لوحظ تباين الموقع الثاني بارتفاع قيم التوصيلية الكھربائية والملوحة مما‰ 8266.0و وثة نظرا ان قيم التوصيلية الكھربائية تحدد المناطق المتأثرة او الملاذ عديدة من االمالح أنواعالمطروحات الحاوية على الى ان ]36,35[مما يتفق مع دراسات ]5[صيلية كھربائية أعلى من المناطق غير الملوثة تو اً الن مثل ھذه المواقع تمتلك قيم ھري دجلة ارتفاع الملوحة والتوصيلية الكھربائية تتجه جنوب بغداد مقارنة بشمالھا كما ويتفق في دراسة ان ملوحة ن وجنوب العراق ياه الجوفية في مناطق وسطالمختلفة للمياه وارتفاع مناسيب الم االستعماالتوالفرات تزداد جنوبا بسبب وأعلى قيمة 2014في الموقع الثاني خالل ايلول غم /لتر 0.42الكلية في ادنى قيمة سجلت قيم المواد الذائبة]. 37[ 320 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 على التوالي.غم /لتر 0.645و 0.62و 0.625وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2015خالل شباط نفسه للموقع غم /لتر0.68 نت نتائج التحليل االحصائي وقدبي p≥ 0.05 ة ان الرواسب لھا دور مھم في السيطر .بين المحطاتمااختالفات بعدم وجود ا في معايير التي تؤثر في نوعية المياه كونه أساسيالمن أھم وكسجيناأل ]. يعد38[على العناصر الذائبة في النظام المائي المذاب أدنى األوكسجينتراوحت قيم ] وقد 39,5[الحيوية لألفعالالمائية ومنظم التوازن الطبيعي وتنفس الكائنات الحية في الموقع الثاني في شھر ملغم /لتر13.1وأعلى قيمة 2014في الموقع االول خالل كانون االول ملغم /لتر 6.6قيمة اما نتائج التحليل االحصائي ملغم /لتر10.066و 11.283و 8.4166وبمعدل عام لجميع المواقع 2015كانون الثاني تختلف عن ھاالثالثة ولكنختالفا عن المحطات تأتي بعدھا المحطة انت المحطة الثانية أكثر تأثيرا وكا ذا p≤ 0.05بمعنوية ية بين الى العالقة العكس يعودفي الصيف وانخفاضهالمذاب في موسم البرودة األوكسجينالمحطة االولى ، ان لزيادة لنباتية مات ازيادة فعالية البناء الضوئي من قبل الھائ فضالً عنالمذاب ودرجة الحرارة وذوبانية االغازات األوكسجين تي تستھلك ان أرتفاع درجات الحرارة يزيد عملية التحلل الالمذاب كما األوكسجينالتي تزيد من كمية والنباتات المائية المذاب يدل على األوكسجينرتفاع اكما وان ]42,41,40,18[ن وأنخفاض مناسيب المياه وسرعة الجريا األوكسجين ع دراسات المذاب في مدينة الكوت وھذا يتفق م األوكسجينالتھوية الجيدة لمحطات الدراسة وعدم تسبب نھر دجلة بخفض 2014ثاني للموقع االول خالل تشرين ال ملغم /لتر 0.7 لألوكسجينسجلت أدنى قيمة للمتطلب الحيوي ]. 45,44,43,26[ ملغم 3.216و 3.6و 2.383وبمعدل عام لجميع المواقع 2014خالل تشرين الثاني نفسهللموقع ملغم /لتر 3.7مة وأعلى قي p ≥ 0.05 بعدم وجود فروق معنويةالتوالي،وقد بينت نتائج التحليل االحصائي لى ع/لتر أظھرت كما ، ما بين المحطات منخفضة مع تذبذب اً أظھرت قيم االخرى لكن االشھر 2014اقع لشھر تشرين االول لجميع المو اً واضح اً النتائج ارتفاع تفاع في لبعض القيم على االغلب ان أرتفاع المتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين داللة حالة تلوث وتدھور للمياه وان ھذا االر الى عالقة يعودالموسم الحار do كما أن ة كبات العضوية والكيميائيرتفاعھا تزدادعملية التحلل للمرأبدرجة الحرارة فب كلھا توظف ف انخفاض مناسيب المياه في الصيف والخري ومن المدينة الفضالت المنزلية ومياه الصرف الصحي المفرغة االحياء المجھرية ستھلكة لالوكسجين ومن ثم زيادة المتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين وزيادة نشاطمتركيز الملوثات العضوية الل وبموجب المواصفات الدولية ]48,47,46[انخفاض درجات الحرارة والعكس ب who إذا سيءتصنف المياه الخام على انه ملغم 11.29لھا أقل قيمة نسبة االشباع باالوكسجين نتائج أظھرت . ]49[ ملغم /لتر4تجاوز المتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين في الموقع الثاني خالل تشرين االول ملغم /لتر135.391وأعلى قيمة 2014الل كانون االولفي الموقع الثاني خ /لتر ي على التوالي ،بينت نتائج التحليل االحصائ ملغم /لتر107.95و 82.189و 88.122وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2014 p ≤ 0.05أختالف كبير بين المحطات بمعنوية فاع نسبة أرتمحطة الثالثة .بينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية لل األكبرواالختالف ي نھاية فصل مرتفعة ف اً المذاب مع تذبذب بعض القيم وقد سجلت قيم األوكسجيناالشباع باالوكسجين الذي يعتمد على usdaالصيف و فصل الشتاء ان نسبة االشباع باالوكسجين حسب حجم والمذاب األوكسجينتعتمد على نسبة ]50[ رعة ان التدفقات العالية من التصاريف المائية وس ،اذرعة الجريان أضطراب سودرجة حرارة المياه ووكمية الملوثات لة التصاريف و ھذا المذاب والعكس صحيح مع ق األوكسجينتركيز الملوثات التي تستنزف فيالجريان العالية نسبيا تؤثر وأعلى 2014شرين االول في الموقع االول خالل تملغم /لتر850تراوحت ادنى قيمة للعسرة الكلية ]. 5[يتفق مع دراسات ملغم 566و 547.33و 553.33وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2014في الموقع الثالث خالل كانون االول ملغم /لتر 600قيمة ثة وبمعنوية بين المحطات واالختالف االكبر للمحطة الثال اً ختالفاائي على التوالي بينت نتائج التحليل االحص /لتر p ≤ الكالسيوم والمغنيسيوم لم تظھر أختالفات بمعنوية اما لعسرة 0.05 p≥ 0.05 في، ھناك عدة عوامل تفرض تأثيرھا شھريا في ملغم /لتر 80.16اما عسرة الكالسيوم فقد سجلت ادنى قيمة ]51[التفريغ والتبخر و العسرة الكلية منھا تساقط االمطار وبمعدل عام 2015الموقع الثالث خالل شباط م /لتر في ملغ 244.488وأعلى قيمة 2014الموقع الثاني خالل ايلول 2.1707على التوالي كذلك بينت عسرة المغنسيوم ادنى قيمة ملغم /لتر 160.98و 158.31و 181.027للمواقع الثالثة عام للموقع الثاني وبمعدل 2014أيلول ملغم /لتر خالل 78.73وأعلى قيمة 2015للموقع االول خالل شباط ملغم /لتر ما فضالً عنأن قلة االمطار وانخفاض مناسيب المياه ملغم /لترعلى التوالي .39.854و 36.927و 26.989للمواقع الثالثة تفعة للعسرة يضاف الى النھر من المخلفات الصناعية والبشرية والزراعية يزيد من عسرة المياه وعند مقارنة النتائج المر ياه العراقية التي أشارت الى أرتفاع العسرة الكلية في الما يتفق مع العديد من الدراسات ھذيظھر ان مياه النھر عسرة جداً و ان كما ]15[كما ان عسرة الكالسيوم متغلبة على عسرة المغنسيوم ]52[لوجود االيونات الموجبة الكالسيوم والمغنسيوم ين جزيئة بل الطحالب كونھا تدخل في تكوستھالك ھذه االيونات من قالمغنسيوم في شھر شباط يعود لسبب انخفاض ا اتكبريت ھيأةيتات التي تعمل على ترسيب المغنيسيوم على براو بسبب الك]53[الكلوروفيل في الخاليا الطحلبية ].55[نخفاض قيم العسرة صيفا ربما يعود الى زيادة ترسب كاربونات الكالسيوم بالحرارةااما ]54[لمغنسيوم في الموقع الثالث ملغم /لتر201وأعلى قيمة 2014في الموقع الثاني خالل ملغم /لتر137لت أدنى قيمة للبيكاربونات سج ول الل ايل ة 2014خ ع الثالث ام للمواق دل ع ر180.33و 175.66و 174.33وبمع م /لت د ملغ ى التوالى،وق ائج عل ت نت بين حصائي للبيكاربونات بمعنوية التحليل اال p≥ 0.05 محطة لل األكثرختالفات كبيرة بين المحطات وكان اا للقاعدية فظھرت ام في الموقع الثاني خالل ايلول 12.2االولى بعدھا الثالثة لكنھا تختلف عن المحطة الثانية ، كما وتراوحت أدنى قيمة للقاعدية ة 2014 ى قيم باط 20.2وأعل الل ش ع االول خ ي الموق ع 2015ف ام للمواق دل الع ان المع ة وك 13.96و 15.15الثالث ائج الدراسة الحالية أرتفاع القاعدية والبيكاربونات في فصل الشتاء مع ق .على التوالي 14.066و يم مرتفعة أظھرت نت د رين االول وق ول وتش ھر ايل ي ش ات ف ودللبيكاربون ات ا يع رارة فعملي ة الح ا بدرج ة الرتباطھ اع القاعدي ل أرتف ل تق لتحل 321 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 كما ان المطروحات ]56[وبھذا ينخفض غاز ثنائي أوكسيد الكاربون وبعض المواد العضوية بانخفاض درجات الحرارة كبات العضوية للقلوية نتيجة تفكك المر عضوي وبدورھا تمثل المصدر الرئيسالواصلة الى نھر دجلة تعد مصدرا للحمل ال يز الكبريتات في مياه دراسات تشير الى زيادة تركبينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية أرتفاع تركيز الكبريتات وھذا يتفق مع ]. 57[ ية ة الماض ود الثالث الل العق بي خ كل نس ة بش ر دجل ى د]51[نھ ل ال ات رويتماث ة الكبريت ات الموجب ة ان االيون ة متفق اس ستواھا في رتفع متجاه الجنوب لنھر دجلة وھذا التغير يتناسب مع طبيعة المياه الجوفية التي يابوالصوديوم والكلوريد تزداد 60وقد سجلت ادنى قيمة للكبريتات ]58[المناطق الوسطى والجنوبية 2015للموقع االول خالل كانون الثاني ملغم /لتر ملغم 133.33و 148.33و 138.33وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2015للموقع االول خالل شباط ملغم /لتر 220وأعلى قيمة p ≥ 0.05 بعدم وجود فروق معنويةعلى التوالي ،بينت نتائج التحليل االحصائي للكبريتات /لتر ،كما ان مابين المحطات تزيد من ان حصر مياه في بحيرة السد يعد من العوامل التي اذارتفاع الكبريتات عند السدود يتفق مع دراسات مماثلة ناعية اريف الص ول التص د وص ن عن ات الحق د759,5[عملي م ]. تع ا ان اھ ذيات كم واع المغ م ان فات أھ رات والفوس النت في الموقع الثاني ملغم /لتر 0.296تراوحت ادنى قيمة للنترات ]5[مصادرھا في المياه العذبة االنشطة البشرية والصناعية 1.09408ع الثالثة وبمعدل عام للمواق 2015في الموقع االول خالل شباط ملغم /لتر 51.7وأعلى قيمة 2014خالل ايلول ھذا يعودد على التوالي أظھرت تراكيز النترات زيادة واضحة في فصل الخريف والشتاء وقملغم /لتر 0.8371و 0.8907و اه نھر دجلة مما يساعد على أكسدة النتريت الى نترات كما ويعد مؤشر للظروف االرتفاع الى طبيعة التھوية الجيدة لمي وجلب كميات من النترات على طول النھر قرب المساحات الزراعية مع ارتفاع االسمدة]60,30[ الخلوية للھائمات النباتية ا سبب في أرتفاع تركيز النترات فضالً عنالنتروجينية [المجاري وتفريغھ 43 ائج التحليل االحصائي للنترات ] ا نت ام p ≥ 0.05 أظھرت عدم وجود فروق معنويةوالفوسفات فقد ھر لنترات في نالحاصلة في قيم االزيادة ان مابين المحطات. 0.019اماالفوسفات فقد سجلت ادنى قيمة لھا]. 55,45[دجلة تتفق مع دراسات على المسطحات المائية العراقية لنھر دجلة للموقع الثاني خالل تشرين الثاني وبمعدل عام مكغم /لتر 0.057وأعلى قيمة 2015للموقع االول خالل شباط مكغم /لتر ة ل ع الثالث م /لتر 0.0388و 0.0381و 0.02917لمواق اهمكغ فات للمي ز الفوس ررة لتركي ددات المق والي ان المح ى الت عل حسبالسطحية water watch ين ( ]61[ ة غم/لتركم)0.02 -0.005 ب اه نھر دجل ة لمي ائج الدراسة الحالي ا يعني نت مم ي فصل الشتاء لية أختالفات فصلية وموقعية تزايد الفوسفات فأظھرت الدراسة الحازت المقررات للمياه السطحية كما تجاو ان ارتفاع قيم وارتفاع للموقع الثاني والثالث بعد سدة الكوت وانخفاض قيم الفوسفات في الموقع االول قبل سدة الكوت كما ان ]62[ارھا من قبل الھائمات النباتية وأزدھ هكيز الفوسفات يزداد لقلة أستھالكالى ان تر يعودالفوسفات في الشتاء ي الزراعية كثافة االراض ت اخرى في تأثيرعن المحطة االولى يتفق مع دراساالتباين الموقعي للمحطة الثانية والثالثة ].5[نھر دجلة واالسمدة الفوسفاتية والى الصناعات وجريان روافد وأقل سرعة في وقت أكثر 2014سم/ثا في الموقع الثالث خالل تشرين الثاني 0.6سجلت أكثر سرعة في وقت أقل ا. 2.5و 2.8و 3.4وبمعدل عام للمواقع الثالثة 2015سم /ثا في الموقع االول خالل شباط 6.02 على التوالي .اما سم /ث p≥ 0.05 عدم وجود فروق معنويةالحصائي سجلت نتائج التحليل ا .ان متوسط الرواسب الرملية في نھر مابين المحطات الرمل في ياد نسبةزداوالطينية ولوحظ من دراسة سابقة دجلة عند سدة الكوت اقل بكثير من متوسط الرواسب الغرينية ترتفع ]63[يادة سرعة الماء في مجرى النھر وعزي ذلك الى ز وآيارذ تكون أعالھا في شھري نيسان ااشھر الفيضان ].64[لية النھر على حمل ھذه الرسوبياتوقاب ةمواد بصورة كبيرة كلما زادت سرعقابلية النھر على حمل ال المصادر .23 صفحة :جغرافية العراق ،مطبعة جامعةبغداد،]1979[ العاني ،خطاب صكار، -1 2-whitton,b.a.,[1975 ] , river ecology,blackwell scientific publication ,oxfored. جغرافية العراق الطبيعية واالقتصادية والبشرية ،دار المعرفة ،طبعة الثالثة ،]1965[خلف ،جاسم محمد ،-3 . 40ص:،القاھرة ت تعريفية .وزارة الزراعة السدات والنواظم الرئيسية بطاقا، ]1989[،وفاء عبد النور ،و عبد الحسين ،مرتضى4 والري ،الھيئة العامة لتشغيل مشاريع الري ،قسم السدود. بعض المؤشرات النوعية لمياه ، ]2014[،الرواي،ساطع محمود وجانكيز،منى حسين والسراج،إيمان سامي 5 : )1(25دراسة استداللية .مجلة علوم الرافدين ،–الموصل في مدينة نھر دجلة 1-22. 322 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 6-blier, r, g. laliberte, and j. delanoüe, [1996], production of the cyanobacterium phprmidium tohneri in parrall with equration of adairyan aerobic effluent process .biochem ,31(16) :587-59. 7-al-azzawe,m.n; nashaat,m.r and ahmed,d.s., [2012], limnological characteristics of tigris river at baghdad city ,conference on environmental sciences,4th,december5-6. 8-dugan, p.p. ,[1972], biochemical ecology of water pollution. plunmpress, new york 9-al-saadi, h.a .,al-mousawi,a.h.& al-arijy,m.j.,[1993], physico-chemical features of al-hammar marsh,iraq,j.,coll.,educ.,women,univ,baghdad,vol4,pp35-40 . عبود،سھير صاحب -10 ; يلة .دراسة بيئية لبعض انواع السائدة من البرغش غير الواخز لعو،]2014[، السراي،جميل سعد chironominae)diptera:chironomidae –) كدليل حيوي للتلوث في مياه نھر دجلة في مدينة الكوت ،كلية العلوم، جامعة واسط.العراق .رسالة ماجستير دراسة تأثير بعض العوامل البيئية لسدة ، ]2011[،المختار ،عماد الدين عبد الھادي والقريشي ،رويدا عبد الرحمن -11 القاع لنھر دجلة .رسالة ماجستير ،كلية العلوم للبنات ،جامعة بغداد ،العراق . أحياءالكوت في .بيئة وتشخيص بعض أجناس عويلة البرغش غير الواخز ، ]2012[ ،السراي ،جميل سعد ودرويش،نادية مھدي -12 chironominae)diptera:chironomidae جنوب العراق .رسالة –)في أحد فروع نھر المزاك في الكوت ماجستير ،كلية العلوم ،جامعة واسط ،العراق . .تأثير بعض العوامل البيئية و المستخلص الكحولي لبذور نبات ،]2014[، السراي ،جميل سعد والدبي ،فاطمة كريم -13 –في نھر البتار شمال مدينة الكوت chironomidaeواخز )على يرقات البرغش غير الalbizzia lebbeckاللبخ ( العراق ،رسالة ماجستير ،كلية العلوم ،جامعة واسط ،العراق . .تقييم نوعية مياه الري ضمن حدود ،]2007[ ،سھر ،عواد علي و رھل ،ناظم شمخي وعبد الرحمن ،جمال ناصر -14 الوسطى ،العراق .محافظة واسط .المعھد التقني الكوت ،الجامعة التقنية 15apha (american public health association). ,[1998], standard methods for the examination of water and waste water, 20th ed. 16-apha,[2003], standard methods for the examination of water and waste water. 14th ed. american public health association, washington. dc. 17-mackareth, f.j.h. ; herson, j. and talling, j.t. ,[1978], water analysis some revised method liminology. sci. publ. fresh water. bio. ass . england. 36:1-120. 18-lind, o.t. ,[1979], hand book of common methods in limnology. 2nd ed. london 199pp. 19-brands, h.j. and tripke, e. ,[1982], water manual. vulkan-verlag, essem: pp320. 20-degremont, company,[1979], water treatment hand book. 5ed, division of john wiley & sons, new york: 1186 pp. 21-sas, statistical analysis system ,[2012], statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical. version 9.1th ed. sas. inst. inc. cary. n.c. usa . الخصائص الكيميائية ،]2009[،القيسي ،بشرى ابراھيم واحمد ،ھاشم عبد الرزاق والخفاجي ،طه ياسين فرحان -22 .237)،2(14اقية ،ياه نھر دجلة في بغداد.مجلة الزراعة العروالفيزيائية والملوثات الھيدروكاربونية لم 323 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ،]2002[ ،محسن ،كاظم عبد االمير والدليمي ،عامر عارف وصبري ،انمار وھبي والالمي ،علي عبد الزھرة -23 نظمة الطاقة الذرية الخصائص الفيزيائية والكيميائية .المجلة العلمية لم -التأثيرات البيئية لذراع الثرثار على نھر دجلة أ .124)،3(2العراقية –التكوين النوعي للھائمات النباتية في ثالثة مبازل في محافظة ديالى ،]2001[ ،إسماعيل ،عباس مرتضى -24 . 191 184: )8دد(العراق .مجلة الفتح ،الع 25-al-lami, a,a ;kassim, t. i. and al-dulymi ,a . a. ,[1999], a limnological study on tigris river ,iraq .the sci. j. of iraqi atomic energy commission ,1:83-98. 26-sabri , a. w., maulood , b. k. and sulaiman ,n .e.,[1989], limnological studies on river tigris: some physical and chemical characters. j. biol. sci. res., 20(3):565-579. 27-mark .w. lechevallier, t.m. evans and ramon.j.seidler,[ 1981], applied and environmental of microbiology,vol.42,no.1. .العكورة وكفاءة إزالتھا في محطات تصفية المياه ،]2013[ ،النعمة ،بشير علي بشير والعبيدي ،مروة بدر فالح -28 .5339:) 3(24الرئيسية في محافظة نينوى .مجلة علوم الرافدين ، دراسة بيئية وتصنيفية للجنس . ،]2009[،الوتار ، مي طه -29 ptamogeton l في نھر دجلة المار بمحافظة .221 ص :العراق -الموصل الحياة، جامعة العلوم، علوم كليةدكتوراه، نينوى.اطروحة 30-al-lami,a .a.,al-saadi,h.a.,kassim, t.i.,al-dulymi, a.a . & al-aubaidi, k.h.[1997], seasonal variation of the limnological characters in qadisia lake , iraq ,mu'tah ,j.,res., studies, 12,(1),:383-414. 31-al-saadi ,h .a. and maulood ,b.k.[1991].the contribution of aquatic ecology for iraq development .j.col.edue.for women ,univ.baghdad,2:8-11. ي دراسة كمية ونوعية الفضالت السائلة المطروحة من مدينة الموصل وتأثيرھما ف،]2004[،طليع ،عبد العزيز يونس -32 .43-42عية مياه نھر دجلة ،رسالة ماجستير ،كلية التربية ،قسم علوم الحياة ،جامعة الموصل : نو ظيم وديالى دراسة بيئية تصنيفية مقارنة للھائمات النباتية في رافدي الع ، ]2006[ ، الصراف ،منار عبد العزيز عبد هللا-33 معة بغداد.وتأثيرھما في نھر دجلة ،اطروحة دكتوراه ،كلية العلوم ،جا 34-sabri, a .w.; rasheed, k.a. and kassim, t.i.,[1993], heavy metals in the water,suspended solids and sediment of the river tigris impoundment at sammarra.wat.res.,27(6):1099-1103. وم عل معلى نھر دجلة ضمن مدينة الموصل .رسالة ماجستير ،قس.دراسة بيئية ]2001[ السنجري ،مازن نزار فضل ، -35 . .33ص :الحياة ،كلية العلوم ،جامعة الموصل .بعض مظاھر التلوث في نھر دجلة في مدينة الموصل .مجلة أبحاث التنمية ]1999[ الراوي،ساطع محمود، -36 . 96-86ص:2،العدد1المستدامة ،المجلد .تنوع الطحالب القاعية في أربعة انھار ]2002[سلمان ،سعاد كاظم وعباس ،لؤي محمد الالمي، علي عبد الزھرة و -37 . 77-67:21متدرجة الملوحة وسط العراق .مجلة الثروة السمكية ،العدد 38-bordas, f.& bourg,a.[2001].effect of solid /liquid ratio on the remobilization of cu, cd& zn from polluted river, sediments, water, air& soil pollution ,128:391. 324 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ياه مجاري تقدير بعض الخصائص النوعية والعناصر األثرية الثقيلة في ترب وم، ]2005[ االرياني ،عادل قائد علي ، -39 لعلوم ،جامعة كلية امدينة الموصل وفي النباتات المروية بھا وتحديد كفاءة زھرة الشمس .رسالة دكتوراه ،قسم علوم الحياة ، الموصل ،العراق . ة العراق .رسال –دراسة بيئية وبكتيرية لمياه نھري دجلة وديالى ،]2004[،التميمي،عبد الفتاح شراد خضير عباس -40 جامعة بغداد .،كلية العلوم ،ماجستير 41-gispert ,a. v.; berthou,e. g. and moreno – amich,r., [2002],fish zonation in a mediterranean stream: effect of human disturbances ,aquat .sci.64:163 -170. 42-karlsen ,a. w.;carnin,t.m ;ishman ,s.e.;willated,d.a.;holmes c.w.;marot, ,m.and kerhin ,r.[2000],historical trends in chesapeake bay dissolved oxygen based on benthic foraminifera from sediment cores estuaries, 23(4):488 -508. 43ر ، خصائص المياه في شط العرب والمصب العام ومستويات تلوثھا ببعض العناص]2004[عاتي، رائد سامي، .124الثقيلة.أطروحة دكتوراه، كلية الزراعة، جامعة البصرة:ص سة بيئية عن نھر العظيم وتأثيره على نھر دجلة. رسالة ، درا]1997[الربيعي، ميادة عبد الحسن جعفر، – -44 .105ماجستير،كلية التربية للبنات، جامعة بغداد، العراق:ص 45-maulood,b.k., al-saadi,h. a.& hadi,r.a.m. ,[1993], a limnological study of tigris ,euphrates and shatt al-arab,iraq ,mu'tah j.,res.,studies, 8:53-67. 46-hynes,h.b.n. ,[1972],the ecology of running waters. liverpool univ.press. 47-hussein ,s.a,; essa, s.a. and al-sewech ,a.r.a.,[2002], comparative studies on ecological features of khora canal and the shatt al-arab estuary ,southern iraq.basrah j .agric. sci.15(4):27-41. 48-liu,q .; mamcl, k. m. and tuovinen, o.h.,[2000],high fat wastewater remediation using layered sand filter biofilm systems.in :proceedings of the eighth international symposium on animal, agricultural and food processing wastes. (24)2-(24)8-lowa nils road ,st. joseph ,mich:asae. 49-who,[1997],international program on chemical safety guidelines for drinking – water quality ,2nd ,edi, health criteria and other supporting information, eastern mediterranean regional office,(ceha). 50-usda (united states department of agriculture),[1992], agricultural waste management building design handbook, soil conservation service , washington , dc. 51-al-lami, a.a.,al-saadi, h.a., kassim,t.i., & al-aubaidi, k.h.,[1998], on the limnological features of euphrates river .iraq.edu.sci. magazine,univ. mosule,29:38-50. 52-michaud,j.p.[1991].acitizen ,s guide to understanding and monitoring lake and streams. publ. 94-149 .washington state dept.of ecology ,publications office , olympia ,wa,usa,(360)407-7472. 53-kassim ,t.i.and al-saadi,h.a. ,[1994], on the seasonal varation of the epiplic algae in matsh aereas (southern iraq)acta hydrobiol., 36(2):191-200. 325 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لعلوم كلية ا ،دكتوراهتقييم الحالة االغتذائية لبحيرة الرزازة بداللة الطحالب .أطروحة ، ]1998[، حسن ،فكرت مجيد-54 .جامعة بابل، ي التلوث العضوي وتأثيره في تنوع ووفرة الھائمات في شط العرب وقنات ،]2005[،الحميم ،فريال حميم إبراھيم -55 . 82:ص،كلية التربية .جامعة البصرة العشار والرباط 56-goldman ,c.r. and horne, a. j.,[1983],limnology. mcgraw hill,inc. التباين النوعي لموقعين على نھر دجلة ضمن مدينة ، ]2007[ ،جانكيز ،منى حسينومصطفى ،معاذ حامد -57 . 124111:)1(18الموصل .مجلة علوم الرافدين ، 58-al-nimma,b. a.b.,[1982], a study on the limnology of the tigris and euphrates rivers ,m.sc.,thesis,salahaddin, univ ., iraq . 59-mustafa, m.h.b.,[ 2000],tigris river water quality within mosul area, rafidain journal of science, 11 (4):26-39,the university of mosul, iraq. 60-golterman, h.l.,clymo,r.s. and ohnstad, m.a.m.,[1978],methods for physical and chemical analysis of fresh waters. 2nd .ed .,blackwell scientific, oxford. 61waterwatch ,[1997],water quality parameters and indicators phosphorus.namoi catchment management authority,australian government,1-6. 62pan,y.,[1996],gradient analysis of diatoms assemblages in western kentucky wetlands.j.physiol., 32(2):222-232. .جامعةته . رسالة ماجستير.كلية التربيةدراسة ھيدرولوجية نھر الغراف واستثمارا ،] 2005[، سوادي ،حسن -63 : البصرة .225ص 64andern ,a.w and harriss ,r.c.,[1973], methyl mercuryin estuarin sediments. nature 245:256-257. 326 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 مياه في نھر معدالت ومديات وانحراف معياري وتحليل احصائي لقيم بعض الخصائص الفيزيائية والكيمائية لل:)1جدول ( .2015لغاية شباط 2014دجلة قرب سدة الكوت للمدة من ايلول station 3 station 2 station 1 parameters 12.5 33 20.58 ±7.914 a 12 28.5 18.8 ±6.35 a 12 31.5 19.08 ±7.4003 a air temp. oc 12.2-27.7 18.86 ±6.117 a 11.4-26.6 18.166 ±5.954 a 11-27.5 18.016 ±6.336 a water temp. oc 18.69 -65 37.477 ±16.299 a 14.12-84 43.54 ±24.65 a 15.43-55 36.831 ±14.557 a turbidity ntu 1120-1330 1291.6 ±84.24 a 1100-1340 1278.3 ±88.63 a 750 -1320 1043.45-517.29 b ec µs/cm 0.7168-0.8512 0.8266 ±0.054 a 0.704-0.857 0.8181 ±0.0567 a 0.48-0.8448 0.667 ±0.3306 b salinity (‰) 7.2-8.2 7.55 ±0.3449 a 7.2-8.1 7.533 ±0.326 a 7.1-7.9 7.40 ± 0.2966 a ph 8.6 -11.8 10.066 ±1.329 ab 9.6-13.1 11.28 ±1.158 a 6.6-10.9 8.416 ± 1.770 b do (mg/l) 1.9-4.5 3.216 ±1.107 a 1.7 -6.9 3.6 ±1.959 a 0.7-7.3 2.383 ±2.4717 a bod5 (mg/l) 91.277 ±130.75 107.95 ±13.76 a 11.29 -135.39 101.93 ±45.37 b 65.54 ±104.51 88.12 ±16.43 b saturated oxygen (%) 532600 566 ± 26.015 a 512-580 547.33 ±31.94 a 508-580 553.33 ±26.00 a th (mg/l) 92.184 -232.46 160.98 ±44.661 a 80.16220.44 158.31 ±47.87 a 100.2244.488 181.03 ±47.98 a ca+2 (mg/l) 327 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 station 3 station 2 station 1 parameters 4.595 -73.36 39.854 ±22.433 a 7.048-78.73 36.927 ±25.368 a 2.1707-75.3 26.98 ±28.05 a mg+2 (mg/l) 90 -180 133.33 ±38.851 a 90-200 148.33 ±45.35 a 60-220 138.33 ±57.76 a sulfate (mg/l) 156-201 180.33 ±19.592 a 137-196 175.66 ±24.426 a 145-200 174.33 ±25.009 a bicarbonate (mg/l) 0.401-1.04086 0.8371 ±0.25404 a 0.296-1.425 0.8907 ±0.4337 a 0.533-1.75 1.09408 ±0.4592 a no3-1 (mg/l) 0.026 ±0.045 0.0388 ±0.0066 a 0.029 -0.057 0.0381 ±0.0105 a 0.019-0.036 0.02917 ±0.00618a po4-3 (µg/l) 0.56 -0.67 0.645 ±0.0418 a 0.42-0.68 0.62 ± 0.0985 a 0.55-0.66 0.625 ±0.03937 a tds (g/l) 0.0030.028 0.0128 ±0.01034 a 0.001-0.017 0.0078 ±0.0066 a 0.0020.016 0.007 ±0.00544 a tss (mg/l) 13.2 -15.5 14.066 ±0.8755 ab 12.215.9 13.96 ±1.385 b 12.6 -20.2 15.15 ±2.824 a t. alkalinity(mg/l) 0.6 -6 2.533± 1.9054 a 2.5 -3.4 2.883 ±0.37103 a 1.6-6.02 3.4033 ±2.0417 a water current cm/sec. 328 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 .)ضمن مدينة الكوتs3-s1مواقع الدراسة (يطة توضح : خر)1شكل ( الى شباط 2014التغيرات الموسمية لبعض الخصائص الفيزيائية والكيميائية في محطات الدراسة من ايلول ): 2شكل( 2015. 0 10 20 30 40 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 a ir t e m p  . (˚ c ) 0 10 20 30 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 w a te r  t e m p  . (˚ c ) 0 50 100 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3t u rb id it y    n t u 0 100 200 300 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 c a lc iu m    (m g /l ) 450 500 550 600 650 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 t .h a rd n e ss  ( m g /l ) 0 5 10 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 b o d 5  ( m g /l ) 0 5 10 15 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 d is so lv e d  o xy g e n  ( m g /l ) 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 p h  u n it s3 329 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 الى شباط 2014): التغيرات الموسمية لبعض الخصائص الفيزيائية والكيميائية في محطات الدراسة من ايلول 3شكل( 2015. 0 10 20 30 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 a lk a li n it y   m g /l 0 50 100 150 200 250 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 s u lp h a t  m g /l 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 n it ra te  ( m g /l ) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 s a li n it y  ( ‰ ) 0 20 40 60 80 100 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 m a g n e si u m (m g /l ) 0 500 1000 1500 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s c o n d ic ti v it y  ( µ s/ cm ) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 t d s  ( m g /l ) 0 50 100 150 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 p .s .o m g /l 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 t s s  ( m g /l ) 0 50 100 150 200 250 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 b ic a rb o n a te  ( m g /l ) 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 p h o s  p h a te  ( µ g /l ) 0 2 4 6 8 sept2014 oct nov dec jan2015 feb s1 s2 s3 w a te r  c u rr e n t  (c m /s e c) 330 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 environmental properties of tigris river at alkut dam in wassit province najat j. al-shamy jameel s. al-sariy dept. of biology/ college of science/ university of wassit muhanned r. nashaat animal and fish resources center/ agriculture and food technology directorate/ ministry of science and technology received in: 17/march/2015, receved in: 7/june/2015 abstract the physical and chemical parameters of tigris river water in alkut city have been studied. three stations have been chosen. . the sampling of study was made monthly and for six months from september 2014 until february 2015.the result of turbidity values showed height mean in summer 84 ntu, the decrease of turbidity was one of the positive results to the effect of al-kut dam on the tigris river after the dam and on the total suspended solids. the electrical conductivity was 1340 µs/cm in winter that may be due to the existence of the polluted elements. the river water was fresh (0.48‰ semiebrachish) with a good aerated water and the height of the dissolved oxygen mean value has been noticed 13.1mg/l at many times. over saturated oxygen condition was noticed 135 mg/l but the biological demand of oxygen didn,t pass the national specifics with oscillation in some values. the result of hydrogen ion concentration values varied from 7.1 8.2 on the weak alkaline side. height values of total hardness were recorded 600mg/l, calcium and magnesium were the cause of hardness. the alkaline is caused by carbonate and bicarbonate ions.the present study result showed that the sulphates are more than other ions with average of 148.33mg/l.the phosphate passed the decisions of the surface water in average 0.0388µg/l.the nitrate were in the acceptable ranges in concentration from 0.296-1.75mg/l. keywords:tigris river, alkut dam, physical and chemical, wassit province. microsoft word 510-522 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|510    dynamical study of an sir epidemic model with nonlinear incidence rate and regress of treatment saba noori majeed snoori39@yahoo.com dept. of computer/ college of education for women/ university of baghdad abstract in this research, dynamical study of an sir epidemical model with nonlinear direct incidence rate (beddington-de angelis) type, and regress of treatment investigated. an analytical study to the model shows that there are two equilibrium points appear, the discussed successfully with sufficient condition, the existence of local bifurcation and hopf bifurcation was analyzed, finally numerical simulations are done to explain the analytic studies. keywords: sir epidemic model, nonlinear incidence rate, regress treatment ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|511    1. introduction many theoretical mathematical study focused on sir epidemical model, the classical model (sir) usually has two equilibrium points, disease free equilibrium point dfe and at most one endemic equilibrium point eep, see [1]. the basic reproduction number (threshold value) r0 is a very important tool to discuss stability of the equilibrium points [2]: when r0 < 1 then dfe exists and stable, while if r0 > 1 the dfe become unstable and the eep exists and stable. the bifurcation happened when the dfe stability turns over from stable to unstable, and eep occurs and stable, and this is called trans critical bifurcation. newly many researchers have been very interested in nonlinear epidemical dynamic (such as saddlenode bifurcation and hopf bifurcation), see [3,4,5,6]. for instance in [7] dubey studied an sir model with both nonlinear incidence and treatment rate, in [8] li and gosh proposed an sir model with nonlinear incidence rate given by this incidence rate assumess that crowding of infective individuals caused effective contact between infective and susceptible. beddington and de angelis in [9] and [10] respectively, independently introduced nonlinear incidence rate known as beddingtondeangelis type incidence rate which is investigated in our research. the above researchers prove that the nonlinear dynamics of these epidemic models are very sensitive to the parameters included in the model and the outcomes may be highly affected depending on the population size, direct and indirect incidence rate and treatment rate. in view of the previous studies we study the dynamic of an sir nonlinear model with nonlinear direct incidence rate as( beddington-deangelis type) incidence rate , and regress of treatment . the research is arranged into five sections; section 2 introduced the improvement of epidemic model study, section 3 demonstrates the existence of the equilibrium points and prove its local and global stabilities, in section 4 we investigate the sotomayor theorem [11] to analyze the local bifurcation, to show the occurance of transcritical bifurcation however there in no saddle node and no pitch fork bifurcation, as well no occurance of hopf bifurcation. finally, in section 5 a numerical simulation is used to confirm our obtained analytical results and specify the control set of parameters. 2. mathematical model consider a community of people n(t) at time t, whose population is distinguished into three compartments, s(t) represents susceptible people, i(t) represents infected people and r(t)is the recovered people at time t. susceptible people s can become infected i with the disease only in case of direct contact with infected individuals and their chances of recovery are weak. the recovery r regression happened in many different ways such as the treatment is not available enough, or because lack of efficacy of treatment, or there is no actual treatment to cure the injury, leaving the infected person with the disease and the cause of transmission of the infection directly, and the effectiveness of treatment is limited to temporary suppression of symptoms of the disease ends if the patient stops taking medication, for instance hepatitis c, hepatitis b and aids…etc.. according to the previous description we assume the sir epidemic model in our article development is based on model (1) 𝐴 𝑎𝑆𝐼 𝛼𝑆 𝑎𝑆𝐼 𝛽𝑅 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 𝛼 𝑘 𝐼 ……..(1) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|512    𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 𝛼 𝛽 𝑅 model (1) represents an sir nonlinear epidemic model with linear incidence rate a and failure treatment rate 𝛿. in this research we adopt the beddington-deangelis incidence rate see [7], this incidence rate indicates direct contact between the effective and susceptible individuals under crowded number of effective individuals, to get model (2) as follows: 𝐴 𝛼𝑆 𝛽𝑅 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 𝛼 𝑘 𝐼 ……..(2) 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 𝛼 𝛽 𝑅 model (2) is formulated with following hypotheses: a > 0, represents the natural birth rate of the population, b>0 is the measure rate of inhabitation effect such as preventive measure taken by susceptible, c>0 is the measure rate of inhabitation effect such as treatment with respect to infective, 𝛼 0, represents natural death rate, 𝛽 0 retreat rate with medication for individuals undergoing treatment, k >0 disease related death rate. 𝛾 0 is the recovery rate due to success of treatment in some cases of infected individuals, finally 0 𝛿 1, is the failure treatment rate of infected individuals, when 𝛿 0 this means the treatment is very effective to treat the disease, however if 𝛿 1 then the treatment used is ineffective at all. therefore the dynamics of above described epidemic system can be described by the set of differential equations in model (2), with an initial condition in the region ℝ𝟑 𝑆, 𝐼, 𝑅 ∈ ℝ𝟑 ; 𝑆 0, 𝐼 0, 𝑅 0 ; clearly the interaction functions given on the right hand side of model (2) are continuously differentiable. therefore, the solution of model (2) with non-negative initial condition exists and is unique. moreover, the solution is uniformly bounded as shown in the following theorem. theorem 1 all the solutions of model (2), which initiate in the region ℝ 𝟑 are uniformly bounded at the set ω 𝑆, 𝐼, 𝑅 ∈ ℝ : 𝑅 0, 𝐼 0, 𝑆 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 0 𝑁 𝑡 . proof let n(t) = s(t) + i(t) + r(t) represents the population size, then 𝐴 𝛼𝑁 𝑘𝐼, then we get 𝑁 𝑡 𝑁 0 𝑒 1 𝑒 , and lim → 𝑁 𝑡 , so 0 if 𝑁 𝑡 , and the solution of system (2) is uniformly bounded and defined at the set ω, prove complete. ∎ 3. existence and stability of equilibrium points. in this section, we study the existence of equilibrium points of model (2), and their stability (local and global). it is clear model (2) has two equilibrium points, namely e0 and e1, disease free equilibrium point dfe and endemic equilibrium point eep respectively. e0 occurs when the population consists only of susceptible individuals, this means there are no ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|513    infected individuals and no recovered individuals( i.e. disease does not exist), so i=0, r=0 from model(2) we get e0 = ( s0,0,0) = , 0,0 . however if the disease is present then infected and recovered individuals are present and the endemic equilibrium point eep, e1=(s1,i1,r1) arises, where i1≠0, r1≠0, note that s1, i1, and r1 represent the positive solution of system (3): 𝐴 𝛼𝑆 0 𝛽𝑅 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 𝛼 𝑘 𝐼 0 … … … . 3 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 𝛼 𝛽 𝑅 0 now from the third equation of system (3) we get 𝑅 𝐼 ..(4) substituting (4) in the second equation of system (3) we get 𝑆 …(5), while 𝐼 is a positive root of the following equation 𝐵 𝐼 𝐵 𝐼 𝐵 0 ..(6) here: 𝐵 𝑎𝑐 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 𝛼𝑏𝑐 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝛼𝑐 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 ……………..(6a) 𝐵 𝑐𝑏𝐴 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 𝐴𝑐 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 𝑎 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 𝛼𝑐 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 2𝛼𝑐𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝛼𝑐 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 ………(b) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|514    𝐵 𝐴𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 𝛼 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑎 𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝑏 𝛼𝑏 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 ………….(6c) clearly, by using descarte’s rule [12] of signs then equation (6) has a unique positive root given by i1 if and only if one of the following conditions hold: b2 < 0 or b3 > 0. in order to discuss stability of the above equilibrium points the basic reproduction number 𝑅 [2], which represents the number of new infected people caused by a single infected patient when introduced into a completely susceptible population, is computed. it is well known that the value of this number plays a necessary role in the stability of the model (2). according to definition of basic reproduction number that given in [2], rewrite model (2) in the form 𝑥 ℋ 𝑥 ℳ 𝑥 …………(7) where 𝑥 𝐼, 𝑆, 𝑅 , ℋ 𝑥 is the matrix of new infection individuals and ℳ 𝑥 is the matrix of transferred individuals between the infected compartments and out of the infected compartments. therefore ℋ 𝑥 0 0 ; ℳ 𝑥 𝛽𝑅 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 𝛼 𝑘 𝐼 𝛼𝑆 𝐴 𝛼 𝛽 𝑅 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝐼 so the derivative of ℋ 𝑥 and ℳ 𝑥 , with respect to vector 𝑥, at the disease free equilibrium point 𝐸 are computed as follows: 𝐷ℋ x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 𝐻 𝟎 𝟎 𝟎 ;ℳ 𝑥 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 0 𝛽 0 0 𝛾 1 𝛿 0 𝛼 𝛽 𝑀 𝒋𝟏 𝒋𝟐 𝒋𝟑 , where 𝐻 ; and 𝑀 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 . consequently, according to definition of 𝑅 that given in [2], 𝑅 is equal to spectral radius of new generation matrix ℋℳ . therefore, the reproduction number of model (2) is given by 𝑹𝟎 𝝆 𝓗𝓜 𝟏 𝒂𝑨 𝜶 𝒃𝑨 𝜸 𝟏 𝜹 𝜶 𝒌 ………(8) theorem 2: the disease free equilibrium point dfe of model (2) is locally asymptotically stable provided that 𝑅 1 …(9a). while its unstable for 𝑅 1 ...(9b) proof the jacobian matrix of model (2) at 𝐸 can be written as: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|515    𝐽 𝐸 𝑏 ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝛼 0 0 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝛽 0 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝛽 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ …..(10a) then the characteristic equation of 𝐽 𝐸 is given by 𝜆 ω 𝜆 ω 𝜆 ω 0 ………(10b) where: ω 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 ω 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 ω 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 further: δ ω ω ω now according to (routh-hurwitz) criterion [13], e0 is locally asymptotically stable provided that ω 0 if 𝑏 0, ω 0 if 𝑏 0, and δ 0 if 𝑏 0, i.e. 𝑅 1. clearly ω 0, ω 0, and δ 0 holds in case condition (9a) satisfied. however if condition (10a) happened then ω 0, and e0 in this case is unstable equilibrium point. prove complete ∎ theorem 3: the endemic equilibrium point 𝐸 𝑆 , 𝐼 , 𝑅 of model (2) is locally asymptotically stable, provided that 1 𝑅 ……..(11) proof the jacobian matrix of model (2) at the endemic equilibrium point e1 can be written as: 𝐽 𝐸 𝑐 ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝛼 0 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝑘 𝛽 0 𝛾 1 𝛿 𝛼 𝛽 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ then the characteristic equation of 𝐽 𝐸 is given by 𝜆 ω 𝜆 ω 𝜆 ω 0 ..(10b), where: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|516    ω 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 ω 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 ω 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 𝑐 further: δ ω ω ω now according to (routh-hurwitz) criterion [13], e1 is locally asymptotically stable provided that ω 0, ω 0, and δ 0. it is easy to verify that ω 0, ω 0, and δ 0 holds in case condition (11) come true. prove complete ∎ theorem 4 : assume that the disease free equilibrium point of model (2) is locally asymptotically stable then it’s globally asymptotically stable for all: s > 0, i ⩾ 0 and r ⩾ 0 …….(12) proof let 𝒲 s s s ln i r , clearly 𝒲 : ℝ → ℝ is continuously differential function such that 𝒲 s , 0,0 0, and 𝒲 s, i, r 0; ∀ s, i, r s , 0,0 . differentiating 𝒲 with respect to time and then after doing some algebraic computation, we have: 𝒲 α α r i ki clearly condition (12) guarantee that 𝒲 0. hence according to lyapunov second theorem [14], of stability the free disease equilibrium point 𝐸 is locally asymptotically stable and the proof is complete. ■ next theorem establishes the global stability conditions for the endemic equilibrium point of model (2). theorem 5 assume that the endemic equilibrium point 𝐸 , of model (2) is locally asymptotically stable, then its globally asymptotically stable for all: s > 0, i ⩾ 0 and r ⩾ 0 …….(13) proof consider the following function: 𝒲 , clearly 𝒲 ℝ → ℝ is continuously differential function with 𝒲 𝑆 , 𝐼 , 𝑅 0, while 𝒲 𝑆, 𝐼, 𝑅 0; ∀ 𝑆, 𝐼, 𝑅 𝑆 , 𝐼 , 𝑅 . moreover, straightforward computation gives that: 𝑆 𝑆 𝑞 𝐼 𝐼 𝑞 𝑅 𝑅 𝑞 . where: 𝑞 , 𝑞 and ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|517    𝑞 𝛽 𝛾 thus according to the given conditions it’s easy to verify that clearly condition (13) come true and 𝒲 0, hence due to the second lyapunov theorem [14], the endemic equilibrium point of model (2), is globally asymptotically stable. ■ 4. local bifurcation analysis in this section, the local bifurcation (such as saddle-node , transcritical and pitchfork) is studied to find out the influence of changing one of the parameters value, on the dynamical behavior of system (1) around the disease free equilibrium point 𝐸 . an application of the sotomayor’s theorem, which presented in [10], for the local bifurcation is carried out in order to specify the type of bifurcation near the equilibrium point as shown in the following theorem. theorem 6 assume that 𝛿 1, then model (2) undergoes a transcritical bifurcation near the disease free equilibrium point 𝐸 , but neither saddle-node bifurcation nor pitchfork bifurcation can occur, provided that 0 .. (14), where q is given in the proof. proof it is easy to verify that when 𝛿 1 then the jacobian matrix given by (8a) would be : 𝐽 𝐷𝑓 𝐸 . 𝛼∗ 𝛼 ∗ 0 0 0 𝛽 0 0 𝛽 𝛼 ; clearly the second eigenvalue of j 𝜆 in the i-direction is zero (𝜆 0), while 𝜆 𝛼 and 𝜆 𝛽 𝛼 . hence the disease free equilibrium point is a non-hyperbolic point for 𝑅 1. further the eigenvector, say 𝐾 𝑘 , 𝑘 , 𝑘 , that corresponds 𝜆 0 is determined as: 𝐾 𝑞𝑘 , 𝑘 , 0 (14a), where 𝑞 ∗ and 𝑘 is a non-zero real number. similarly the eigenvector 𝑊 𝑤 𝑤 𝑤 that corresponds 𝜆 0 of 𝐽 is determined as: 𝑊 0, 𝑝𝑤 , 𝑤 (14b), where 𝑤 is a non-zero real number. now rewrite model (2) as vector form 𝑓 𝑥 , where 𝑋 𝑆, 𝐼, 𝑅 and 𝑓 𝑓 , 𝑓 , 𝑓 be the interaction functions vector given in model (2). then by determining 𝑓 , we get that: 𝑓 0 then 𝑓 𝐸 , 𝑎∗ 0 0 0 therefore: 𝑤 . 𝑓 𝐸 , 𝑎∗ 0, cosequently, according to sotomayor theorem, model (2) has no saddle-node bifurcation near 𝐸 at 𝑎 𝑎∗. now in order to investigate the other types of bifurcation, the derivative of 𝑓 with respect to vector x say 𝐷𝑓 𝐸 , 𝑎∗ is computed: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|518    𝐷𝑓 𝐸 , 𝛼∗ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡0 0 0 0 0 0 0⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ , and 𝑊 𝐷𝑓 𝐸 , 𝑎∗ , 𝐾 𝑤 𝑝𝑘 0. again, in view of sotomayor theorem, if in addition to the above the following holds 𝑊 𝐷 𝑓 𝐸 , 𝑎∗ , 𝐾, 𝐾 0 , then model (2) possesses a transcritical bifurcation but no pitchfork bifurcation appear. now since we get that: 𝐷 𝑓 𝐸 , 𝛼∗ , 𝐾, 𝐾 ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝑞 𝑘 𝑞𝑘 𝑘 𝑞 𝑘 𝑞𝑘 𝑘 0 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ ; thus it follows that : 𝑊 𝐷 𝑓 𝐸 , 𝛼∗ , 𝐾, 𝐾 0. therefore model (2) has a trans critical bifurcation at 𝐸 with 𝛼 𝛼∗ provided that condition (14) holds. prove complete ∎ now it is well known that, the three dimensional dynamical system undergoes a hopf bifurcation if and only if there is a complex conjugate eigenvalue, say 𝜆 𝜌 ∓ 𝑖𝜌 , with third eigenvalue is real and negative, so that [14] 𝜌 ℓ∗ 0 (15a) ,and ℓ |ℓ ℓ∗ 0 (15b) where ℓ ℓ∗ be a specific general parameter. this is equivalent, according to [14], to that model (2) undergoes a hopf bifurcation around the endemic equilibrium point if and only if the coefficient’s of the characteristic polynomial given by (10b) satisfy that ω 0; ∀𝑖 1,2,3 with ω ℓ∗ ω ℓ∗ ω ℓ∗ (i.e. ∆ ℓ∗ 0) such that ∆ ℓ |ℓ ℓ∗ 0. since the condition (11) that guarantees ω 0; ∀𝑖 1,2,3 is the same condition which guarantees ∆ 0, therefore there is no possibility to have a hopf bifurcation for model (2). 5. results and numerical simulation. in this section, we will emphasize two main analytic results numerically according to the parameters hypotheses in table 1, we get: 1. stability of equilibrium point e0 and e1 based on (basic reproduction number r0 ). i. according to data in table1 , r0 < 1= 0.0769 and the disease free equilibrium point of model (2), e0 = (125,0,0) is locally asymptotically stable. we find that all trajectories p1,p2,and p3 are tends to e0, which started from three different initial points: p1= (25,15,20), p2=(35,25,40), p3=(75,35,50) , as shown in (figure1) achieve the result we get in theorem (2) at section 3. , however when the incident rate a=0.1 preserving the rest data in table 1, and r0 =0.769 <1, the disease free equilibrium point disappears and the endemic equilibrium point e1=(78,27,5) shows up as asymptotically stable point as shown in (figure2). ii. according to data in table 1 when a = 0.2 we have r0 = 1.587 >1 the endemic equilibrium point of model (2) e1=(33,54,10) is locally asymptotically stable and all ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|519    solution tends to it started from three different initial points p1= (25,15,20), p2=(35,25,40), p3=(75,35,50) as shown in (fig.5), achieve the result we get in theorem(3) at section 3. 2. the effect of the parameter 𝛿 that responsible on failure of treatment on model (2) shown as follows: i. according to data in table 1, the time series trajectories in (figure3) shows that when 𝛿 0 the susceptible individuals trajectory increase more than 50, while the infected decrease to 20 and recovered individuals is less than10 , this support model (2), when there is no failure of treatment(i.e. 𝛿 0) , the population follows natural approach against the epidemic disease. ii. while relatively to data in table 1, with 𝑎 0.2 (figure4) shows that the susceptible individuals trajectories decrease less than 40, however the infected individuals increase to 70 and recovered individuals are exactly = 0, again this result support model (2), when the failure of treatment is full (i.e. 𝛿 1), the population is in complete decline with treatment. in addition a transcritical bifurcation happened ( when 𝛿 1) for the disease free equilibrium point e0 and this demonstrates theorem 6. table (1) a a b c k 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝛿 e0 e1 r0 50 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.5 0.4 stable unstable <1 0 stable unstable <1 1 unstable stable >1 50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.5 0.4 unstable stable ≃1 50 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.5 1 unstable stable =1 figure (1): stability of (e0) the trajectories p1, p2 and p3 are started from three different initial points with r0 < 1 and a=0.01 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|520    figure (2): stability of (e1) the trajectories started from three different initial points p1,p2 and p3 and data in table 1, for r0 < 1and a=0.1 figure (3): time series of model (2) with respect to data in table 1,when 𝛿 0 and a=0.01. figure (4): time series of model (2) with respect to data in table 1, when 𝑎 0.2. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|521    figure (5): stability of (e1) the trajectories started from three different initial points p1, p2 and p3, for data in table 1 when r0 > 1and a= 0.2. references [1] . v. capasso; g. serio, a generalization of the kermack–mckendrick deterministic epidemic model, math. biosci.,. 41-42. 1978. [2] , p. van den driessche ; james watmough, reproduction numbers and sub-threshold endemic equilibria for compartmental models of disease transmission , mathematical biosciences, elsevier, 180 (2002), pp. 29–48. [3], hu. zhixing; ma, wanbiao and shigui ruan, analysis of sir epidemic models with nonlinear incidence rate and treatment, mathematical biosciences, elsevier, 238 12–20 2012. [4]. xue. yakui and xlafeng duan, dynamic analysis of an sir model with nonlinear incidence rate and double delays, international journal of information and systems sciences, 7, 1. 92–10-2 2011. [5]. n. saba majeed, stability analysis of sir holing type ii infectious epidemic model with treatment failure rate, mathematical theory and modeling.6,.2,. 50-60. 2016 [6]. n. saba majeed, local bifurcation analysis for a special type of sir epidemic model, international journal of science and research ijsr,. 6, 2,. 1143 -1146. 2017. [7]. balram dubey, preeti dubey, and s. uma dubey, dynamics of an sir model with nonlinear incidence and treatment rate, applications and applied mathematics: an international journal (aam),. 10, 2, , . 718 – 737. 2015. [8]. x. li; w.li, and ghosh, m.. stability and bifurcation of an sir epidemic model with nonlinear incidence and treatment. applied mathematics and computation. 210,. 141150. (2009). [9]. j. beddington; r. mutual interference between parasites or predators and its effect on searching efficiency. journal of animal ecology,. 44,. 331-340. 1975. [10]. d.l. deangelis;r.a. goldstein, and o’neill, r.v. a model for tropic interaction, ecology,. 56 (1975). 881-892. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1810 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|522    [11] . lawrence perko , differential equations and dynamical systems, third edition, springer, new york.,.349-362. 2001 online available: http://journal.sapub.org/ajb. [12] .bruce anderson, jeffry jackson and meera sitharam, descartes' rule of signs revisited, the american mathematical monthly,. 105, no. 5. 447-451. 1998 [13]. r.m. may, stability and complexity in model ecosystem, ecology,. 54,. 3, 1973. 638641. [14] . a. m. lyapunov’s, the general problem of the stability of motion, int. j. control,55,. 3, 531-773. 1992. 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد methoxyfenozideمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ ب معاملة األطوار الیرقیة تأثیر spodoptera littoralis (boisd.)ورق القطن حیاتیة دودةفي رعد فاضل احمد ،ھند ابراھیم علي دادجامعة بغ كلیة الزراعة 0201، كانون الثاني ،25استلم البحث في 2101، اذار،29قبل البحث في خالصةال mمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ غیر االسترویدي لالتأثیرات الحیویة درست ethoxy fenozide األطوار الیرقیةفي أن لمشابھ نتائجالبینت تبرالمخبأجریت الدراسة spodoptera littoralis (boisd.)المختلفة لدودة ورق القطن راكیز المستعملة الى نسبة موت بلغت ، ھرمون االنسالخ تأثیراً كبیراً على الیرقات المعاملة % 100إذ أدت جمیع الت المتأخرة بلغت أعلى نسبة موت األطوار الیرقیة أما بالنسبة الى ، أیام من المعاملة 4-6 المبكرة بعد لألطوار الیرقیة الى وأدت المعاملة بالمشابھ الھرموني . المعاملةلترفي الیوم السادس من /غم مادة فعالة 0.2عند التركیز % 100تراكمیة لتر بلغت النسبة /غم مادة فعالة 0.08عند التركیز% 12ظھور نسبة من العذارى المشوھة وبلغت أعلى نسبة للتشوھات ،الیرقیة المتأخرة طواراألخالل تأثرت إنتاجیة البالغات المعاملة . نفسھ عند التركیز% 63.85المئویة لتثبیط بزوغ البالغات لتر /غم مادة فعالة 0.08أنثى عند التركیز/ بیضة150 إذ بلغ معدل عدد البیض الموضوع عند تزاوج ذكور وإناث معاملة عند % 80انخفضت الى التراكمیة كما أن النسبة المئویة لفقس البیض. أنثى/ بیضة 920وضعت فاما في معاملة المقارنة . لتر/غم مادة فعالة 0.08الیرقیة المتأخرة عند التركیز رطوااأل خالل تزاوج ذكور وإناث معاملة المقدمة ن تقنیات أكثر تخصصاً و أماناً لإلنسان و البیئة والكائنات أدت األبحاث الحدیثة للمبیدات الكیمیائیة وتواصل البحث ع دغیر الم ي خل مع عملیة النمو واستھدفة الى تطویر المركبات الصناعیة و الطبیعیة القادرة على الت التطور واالنسالخ ف ل insect growth regulators (igrs)الحشرات المستھدفة سمیت ھذه المركبات بمنظمات النمو الحشریة الجی igrs تأثیر ال یة النئن المبیدات الحشریة الكیمیابصورة كبیرة ع igrsتختلف إلیة عمل . الثالث للمبیدات الحشریة رات المستھدفة یكون في طور و االنسالخ و التكاثر في الحش راباً في ألحداثھا الت لھرمونات ل النشاط الطبیعي اضط . 2 ]، [1 یة الصناعیةئأبطأ كثیراً من نشاط المبیدات الحشریة الكیمیا igrsكما أن نشاط .والفعالیات الفسیولوجیة ل تقلی من ثمفي التأثیر في حیاتیة حشرة دودة ورق القطن و igrsالبحوث أھمیة استعمال منظمات النمو الحشریة أظھرت ecdy ومنھا مشابھات ھرمون االنسالخ إعدادھا sone agonist hormone، ي اذ أنتج المشابھ الھرمون m ethoxy fenozide أوrh2485 من شركة 1990عامrohm and ha as وھو النظیر األكثر فعالیة ) 1996(نةس دارة المتكاملة لآلفات نجاح ضمن برامج اإل ھذه المركبات .)ipm(الذي سجل ضد یرقات حرشفیة األجنحة واستخدم ب hy (تحاكي الفعالیة البیولوجیة الطبیعیة لھرمون االنسالخ في الحشرات droxy ecdysone-20 ( طة االرتباط مع ابوس بلة لجزیئات الھرمون الطبیعي في الخالیا المستھدفة بنمط تنافسي مؤدیة الى انسالخ مبكر وغیر مكتمل المركبات المستق mوجد أن الجرعات العالیة من . ینتھي بالموت ethoxy fenozide تؤدي الى توقف عن التغذیة یتبعھ موت للحشرة یلة فتعمل بعرقلة كل من عملیة تكوین البوی.المعاملة وعملیة تكوین الحیامن oogenesis ضاتأما الجرع القل sp ermatogensis تعد دودة . 5] ، 4 ،[3وطریقة التأثیر الرئیسة عن طریق تناول الطعام المعامل بمنظم النمو الحشري ي آفة spodoptera littoralis ورق القطن ل العالم لتعدد عوائلھا النباتیة العدیدالعراق وفي اقتصادیة ف مما من دو الظروف جویة او غذائیة هقدرة بقائیة ھائلة ویمكنھا تكییف حیاتھا تحت الظروف البیئیة المتغیرة سواء كانت ھذ اكسبھا مشاكل وئستعمال المتكرر للمبیدات الكمیالالنتیجة .8]،6،7 [اونوع تربة السیمایة في مكافحة ھذة الحشرة وماسببتھ من دام ظھور ھدفت [9].في مكافحتھا المبیدات الحدیثة من منظمات النمو الحشریة بدائالً صفة المقاومة لجأت الدول الى استخ m لمشابھ الھرمونيمعرفة التأثیرات الحیویة الى الدراسة ethoxy fenozide الحیاتیة والناتجة عن النواحيفي بعض دادھامعاملة الدور الیرقي لدودة ورق القطن لغرض خفض .وتقلیل اضرار الحشرة اع ث مست* ث األولبح ل من رسالة ماجستیر للباح 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المواد وطرائق العمل ا مصدر الحشرة وطریقة تربیتھ تلفة لدورة ورق القطن spodoptera littoralجمعت األطوار الیرقیة المخ is ب المصابة والتر البطاطانباتات من ول النباتات المزروعة دة ح م/ التابعة إلى كلیة الزراعةبالحقول الموجو ت . 2007ابوغریب بالعروة الخریفیة لعا نقلت الیرقا ذ،إلى المختبر م 19البحث استعملت أطباق زجاجیة بقطر طوال مدةلتوفره ربیت بتغذیتھا على أوراق نبات السلق ا س ل األع وضعتسم لغرض التربیة 4وارتفاع ق زجاجیة حاویة على ترب مزیجیة لغرض عم مار الیرقیة المتأخرة في أطبا ى .على بأحكام بقماش الململ الناعماألطباق الزجاجیة من األ للتعذر غطیتغرفة طینیة وعزلت األطباق الحاویة عل د . ة بقماش الململسم وجوانبھا مغطا 40× 40 × 40العذارى ووضعت في أقفاص التربیة المصنوعة من الخشب بأبعاد بع لغرض تغذیة % 20اكتمال التعذر و بزوغ البالغات زودت الصنادیق بقطعة من القطن مرطبة بمحلول سكري تركیزه ة كما وضعت داخل أقفاص التربیة بادرات الطماطة لغرض وضع البالغات وضعت في حاویات صغیرة داخل أقفاص التربی باستعمال ) % 5 ± 65( ورطوبة نسبیة ˚ م) 2± 25( جربة عند درجة حرارةأجریت الت .البیض علیھا من البالغات hyومزودة بجھاز tamerحاضنة من نوع grometer وthermometer ة لتأكید من ثبات درجة الحرارة والرطوب .النسبیة المختلفة لحشره دودة ورق القطن الیرقیة عماراأل ةمعامل راكیزأجریت معاملتان مختلفتان مست لمعرفة التأثیرات الحیویة للت ى عملة ال ي المعاملة األول في یرقات دودة ورق القطن ف ي الثانیة في األ )األول والثاني(الیرقیة المبكرة ر طوافي األ ق . )الخامس والسادس(ر المتأخرة طواوف جھزت األطبا ت 1/2رشة سعة الزجاجیة بأوراق نبات السلق المعاملة برشھا جیداً وذلك باستخدام م و 0.04 ( خدمةلتر بأحد التراكیز المس م مادة فعالة )0.2 و0.1 و 0.08 الماء فقطفمعاملة المقارنة ماألتر / غ المبكرة األطوار الیرقیةنقلت ، رشت األوراق ب ق المعاملة وبعد ذلك غذیت ع على ساعة 48وغذیت مدة سم 9إلى أطباق زجاجیھ بقطر ق أوراق نبات السل ى أوراق السل ل سم وأجریت لھا المعامالت 4سم وارتفاع 19بقطر ةالمتأخرة فقد نقلت إلى أطباق زجاجیاألطوار الیرقیة غیر المعاملة أما . یرقات لكل تركیز 10 مكون منكل معاملھ تكونت من ثالثة مكررات وكل مكرر . أنفسھا ًا ) 6و 5و4 و3 و2 (بعد ) التراكمیة ( لت النسبة المئویة للموت تمت متابعة و مالحظة تطور الیرقات یومیاً و سج یوم نسب المئویة للموت بعد والمبكرة طوارمن المعاملة لأل ً من المعاملة و تم ) 7و 6و 5و 3و 2(المتأخرة فقد سجلت ال یوما abbotمعادلة الى تصحیح نسبة الموت المئویة استناداً t )1925( [10]. للموت في المقارنة% -للموت في المعاملة % ــــــــــــ = المصححة للموت % ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ 100× ــــــــــــــــــــــــ للموت في المقارنة% 100 زان العذارى باستعمال سجلت ي أو میزان حساس ومالحظة التشوھات المظھریة ومعدل مدة الدور الیرقي والعذر emergence percentوالنسبة المئویة لتثبیط بزوغ البالغات وذلك من حساب النسبة المئویة المصححة لتثبیط البزوغ inhibition of ie) (% وفق معادلةm ulla 11 )1974(وآخرون] [ 100 ×t/c100 = emergence of inhibition percent of corrected :ناإذ t = النسبة المئویة للبزوغ في المعاملة c = النسبة المئویة للبزوغ في المقارنة لیرقیة المبكرة والمتأخرة في األداء الحیاتي للبالغات البازغة عنھا أجریت لھا اولمتابعة تأثیر معاملة كل من األعمار :في أقفاص التربیة الموصوفة سابقاً وبعد بزوغھا مباشرة ولكل تركیز التیةاالتزاوجات ذكر معامل 2×أنثى واحدة معاملة 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )للمقارنة(غیر معامل ذكر2× أنثى واحدة غیر معاملة وتم حساب عمر البالغات وعدد البیض الموضوع ونسبة فقسھ . ركیزوبمعدل ثالثة مكررات لكل ت التحلیل اإلحصائي ة ) complete randomized design )crdاستعمل التصمیم العشوائي الكامل في تصمیم التجارب لدراس [)sas )2001امج اإلحصائي لمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ واجري التحلیل اإلحصائي باستعمال البرنتأثیر التراكیز المختلفة الت المعامالت المختلفة تحت مستوى تأكیدل (l.s.d)واعتمد اختبار اقل فرق معنوي 12] من معنویة الفروق بین معد . لمقارنة النتائج 0.05احتمالیة النتائج والمناقشة التأثیر في دور الیرقة راكیز المستعملة لمشابھ ھرمون mاالنسالخ وجد أن جمیع الت ethoxy fenozide ر طور المبكرة الطواضد یرقات األ ة تأثیرھا ن كانت فعالة و تمتاز بسرع % 100 إذ بلغ معدل النسبة المئویة التراكمیة للموت ،األول والثاني لدودة ورق القط راكیز المستعملة د . عند جمیع الت ر إلى ال لة وفي جمیع التراكیز فشلتالیرقات المعام جمیع لوحظ أنلق ي طورفي التطو االت تشیر نتائج جدول طورو ماتت في ال م مادة 0.04الى أن النسبة المئویة للموت عند التركیز الواطئ ) 1(المعامل نفسھ و غ 40لتر فقد بلغت / غم مادة فعالة 0.2في الیوم السادس إما عند التركیز األعلى % 100و % 10لتر بلغت بعد یومین / فعالة رابع على التوالي %100و % یوم الثاني و ال . في ال ذ طواالمبكرة كانت أكثر حساسیة من األ طواریالحظ إن یرقات األ) 2و1(عند مقارنة النتائج في الجدولین ر المتأخرة إ یادة ر یرقي تزداد بزطویزداد تحمل الیرقة لمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ كلما تقدمت الیرقة بالعمر وان نسبة الموت لكل ز،ار المتأخرة طوإذ بلغت اقل نسبة مئویة لموت یرقات األ ،التركیز المستعمل ر / غم مادة فعالة 0.04عند التركی % 8.50لت م % 100 إذ بلغت ،لتر/ غم مادة فعالة 0.2في الیوم الثالث ، أما أعلى نسبة موت فكانت عند التركیز األعلى في الیو mالنتائج المذكورة أعاله تعزز كون أن). 2(السادس على التوالي جدول ethoxy fenozide من أكثر منظمات النمو الھرموني الذي كانت فعالیة المشابھوبتراكیز أظھرت حرشفیة األجنحة االطوار المختلفة لیرقاتالحشریة فعالیة ضد . فةالضارة في محاصیل مختل اآلفة ھذهفعالیتھ عالیة ومشجعة في التطبیق العملي في مكافحة احثین منھم أن frantiek & adel [13] (2000) النتائج أعاله تتشابھ مع ما وجده العدید من الب m ethoxy fenozide ت ذلك عند إضافتھ إلى الغذاء المقدم لیرقا یؤدي إلى انسالخ فوري وقاتل لیرقات دودة ورق القطن و رابع والسادس مدة pp) 1(ساعة وبتركیز 48الطور الثاني وال m ا وذكر الباحثان أن سبب موت الیرقات المعا ملة ھو توقفھ .لتر فوجدا قلة العذارى المتكونة وتثبیط بزوغ البالغات وعقمھا/ مل 0.001 و0.1 أما عند التراكیز المنخفضة عن التغذي ي سجلت عن الیرقات المعاملة في دراستنا سواء باأل د أخرة توقفھا عن التغذيبكرة والمتار المطومن المالحظات الت بع ت ،من المعاملة وقلة حركتھا وخمولھا وصغر حجمھا وتحول لون الكیوتكل الى اللون األسود عدیدة ساعات ومن ثم مو m أكده وھذا ما. إثناء االنسالخ وقبل اكتمالھفي الیرقات ولوحظ أن بعض الیرقات ماتت oulton etal.(2002) ] [4 أن mمون االنسالخ المعاملة بمشابھ ھر ethoxy fenozide للطور المعامل یتبعھ فوري عن التغذيتؤدي إلى االنقطاع ال ي .موت نھائي من خالل إحداث انسالخ مبكر وتتضمن عالمات التسمم اسوداد الكیوتكل ونمو متقزم كما ذكرت القیس mأن [ 14] )2005( ethoxy fenozide ل ،جوز القطن الشوكیة كان فعاالً ضد یرقات الطور الثالث لدودة إذ بلغ معد ة الى أعالهن المذكورین اوأشار الباحث. بعد خمسة أیام% 100بعد یومین و% 44نسب الموت للیرقات المعاملة فعالی ساعة من 24 -12 بعد وقفت الیرقات المعاملة عن التغذيإذ ت،مشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ حتى بعد یوم واحد من المعاملة أدى الى نقصان وزن الیرقات المعاملة وموتھا بدون حصول عالمات انسالخ بینة لكن المعاملة بھذا المنظم التعرض مما ل تحفیز خالیا البشرة للمرور بعملیة ى حصو apأدت ال olysis د و ي من ثم قبل األوان لتكوین الكیوتكل الجدی فشلھا ف .مواصلة نشاطھا االعتیادي مما یؤدي إلى موتھا النواحي الحیاتیة األعمار الیرقیة المتأخرة بمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ في بعض عاملةتأثیرات م لدوري الیرقة والعذراء �ت معنوی�اً ع�ن معامل�ة المقارن�ة وذل�ك عن�د ) 3(یوضح الجدول �یطة وان اختلف أن مدة الدور الیرق�ي ق�د ازدادت زی�ادة بس �ة 0.08و 0.04یوماً عند التراكی�ز28و 27.6 إذ بلغت ،معاملة األطوار الیرقیة األخیرة لت�ر عل�ى الت�والي / غ�م م�ادة فعال [ borchert )2003( ذك�ر. لكنھا لم تختلف معنوی�اً ب�ین التركی�زیین الم�ذكورین، یوماً 25بینما بلغت في معاملة المقارنة [15 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد �ة الش�رقیة �ة الفاكھ �ة بمش�ابھ ھرم�ون grapholita molestaحصول زیادة في معدل مدة الطور الیرقي لحشرة عث المعامل mاالنسالخ ethoxy fenozide . الیرقیة المتأخرة بمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ بالتركیزیین كما أن معاملة األطوار دة طفیفة في مدة الدور العذري وان كان�ت مختلف�ة معنوی�اً ع�ن تل�ك لترأدت إلى زیا/غم مادة فعالة 0.08و 0.04المنخفضین كما إنھما لم یختلفا معنویاً عن ، یوماً عند التركیزیین المذكورین على التوالي13.66و 13 إذ بلغت ،في معاملة المقارنة ثناء التش�كل الت�ي ظھ�رت أة في ولوحظ أن احد التأثیرات للمشابھات الھرمونیة ھو إحداثھا تشوھات مظھریة مختلف. بعضھما �ة في بوضوح وان نس�بة ، الع�ذراء -مرحلة التحول من الیرق�ة إل�ى الع�ذراء مم�ا أدى إل�ى ظھ�ور ط�ور وس�طي ب�ین الیرق لتر والتي ل�م تختل�ف معنوی�اً ع�ن النس�بة المئوی�ة للتش�وھات/ غم مادة فعالة 0.08 عند التركیز%12التشوھات المئویة بلغت �اثر/غم مادة فعالة 0.04 عند التركیز �ابھ ھ�ذه . لتر وھذه النسبة م�ن األف�راد المش�وھة ل�م ت�تمكن م�ن مواص�لة النم�و والتك تتش �ار ت�أثیر etal. carton ] [ 16 ] )2003( النتائج م�ع م�ا وج�ده methoxyو halofenozideعن�د اختب fenozide ض�د �ببا ف�ي ح�دوث انس�ال harmonia axyridisیرق�ات حش�رة ة م�ن اذ تس خ مبك�ر للیرق�ات المعامل�ة أم�ا الع�ذارى المتكون� �ة لتع�ذر الیرق�ات . الیرقات المعاملة التي نجت من الموت كانت مشوھة وغیر مكتمل�ة التك�وین ك�ذلك انخفض�ت النس�بة المئوی غ�م 0.08 و 0.04عند التراكی�ز المنخفض�ة% 46.66و 50% اذ بلغت النسبة المئویة للتعذر ،المعاملة في أعمارھا األخیرة وتشیر نتائج التحلیل اإلحص�ائي ال�ى وج�ود ف�روق معنوی�ة ب�ین 86.66%فقد بلغت في معاملة المقارنة اما لتر/ مادة فعالة .ین مع بعضھمام تكن معنویة عند مقارنة التركیزمعاملة المقارنة وبین التراكیز المذكورة أعاله بینما ل كما لوحظ وجود انخفاض معنوي في وزن عذارى دودة ورق القطن الناتجة عن الیرقات المعاملة بتراكیز مختلفة من mمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ ethoxy fenozide د بزیادة التركیز المستعمل وأن ھذا االنخفاض زن . یزدا د انخفض و فق أما ، لتر/غم مادة فعالة 0.08و 0.04ملغم عند التركیز 186 و 190في معاملة المقارنة إلى ملغم270من العذراء الذكر ذارى اإلناث فقد تراوح بین أما معاملة المقارنة فقد بلغ ، المذكورین وعلى التوالي ینملغم عند التركیز 200و 223وزن الع تحلیل اإلحصائي إلى وجود فروق . عذراء/ملغم 300وزن العذراء األنثى ذارى معنویة و أشارت نتائج ال بین في وزن الع تلفة لمشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ ل (معاملة المقارنة و بین المعامالت بالتراكیز المخ زن ). 4جدو أن االنخفاض الناتج في و ما أكدتھ نتائج العذارى المعاملة في دورھا الیرقي بمنظمات النمو الحشریة یعد احد التأثیرات السلبیة لھذه المركبات وھذا رقیة ابقة بحوث س ذارى عثة الفاكھة الش ھ grapholita molestaمن أن أوزان ع ـــاب ر الیرقي بمشــ ــلة بالدو ـ المعاـم ــــالخ mھرمون االنس ethoxy fenozide ء / ملغم 11.3عذراء ذكر وفي معاملة المقارنة فقد بلغ /ملغم 10.5بلغ عذرا ىعذراء /ملغم 14.6ة المقارنة بلغت وفي معاململغم 13.7بلغت فأما العذراء األنثى ، ذكر .15] [أنث التأثیر في النسبة المئویة لبزوغ وتشوه البالغات خ أن لمشابھ ھرمون) 5(جدول تشیر نتائج mاالنسال ethoxy fenozide ق ي تثبیط بزوغ بالغات دودة ور تأثیراً ف ل القطن عند معاملة األعمار الیرقیة المتأخرة و إن النسبة الم ئویة لتثبیط بزوغ البالغات تزداد مع زیادة التركیز المستعم خ فعند معاملة یرقات األعمار المتأخرة بالتركیز ت /غم مادة فعالة 0.04لمشابھ ھرمون االنسال لتر فأن ھذه النسبة بلغ ى% 51.80 ان د في ھذا المجال وج. لتر/ غم مادة فعالة 0.08عند التركیز % 63.85و ازدادت مع زیادة التركیز لتصل إل methoxyبالتراكیز المختلفة من مشابھة ھرمون االنسالخ lobesia botranaمعاملة یرقات fenozide ة في أثر حیاتی ز اً تام اً اذ سبب تثبیط،األدوار الالحقة بینما بلغت ، لتر/ملغم 0.02و ، 0.04و ، 0.08و ،0.1لبزوغ البالغات عند التراكی ذه /ملغم 0.0025و 0.005عند استعمال التركیزیین % 40 و ،% 65بزوغ البالغات النسبة المئویة ل لتر وقد أثرت ھ . [17](خصوبة البالغات الناتجة فيالتراكیز ت ) 5(فیما یتعلق بالمظھر الخارجي للبالغات توضح النتائج في الجدول أن ھناك ارتفاعاً ملحوظاً في نسبة البالغا ت سلیمة مظھریاً في معاملة المقارنة عند معاملة یرقات األعمار المتأخرة إذ وصلت إلى المشوھة في حین د % 15كان عن البالغات وموت تلكوحاالت التشوه التي لوحظت یغلب علیھا التواء وانكماش األجنحة . لتر/ مادة فعالة غم 0.08التركیز أن مشابھات ھرمون االنسالخ غیر االستیرویدیة تعمل بالتضاد من بزوغھا وقد یعود السبب في ذلك الى عدیدة بعد ساعات ط ك البالغة وھي داخل جلد العذراء وبعد خروج البالغة فأنھ یعمل على تنشی مع أنتاج ھرمون بزوغ البالغات الذي یحفز سلو النوع الثاني من ماا.إذ انھ من الثابت أن ھذا الھرمون ینطلق عندما یكون مستوى ھرمون االنسالخ منخفضاً ،سلوكھا ـــ البالغة إذ ظھرت بالغات كاملة وبأجنحة سلیمة ولكن وحظت في البالغات ھي تكون طور بین العذراء التشوھات التي ل .واضحة و ممیزة ومحتفظة بلون بني محمر وھو لون جلد العذراء ةمنطقة البطن كانت ذا حلقات بطنی �ث ل�دودة ورق القط�ن عل�ى أن] [pineda etal. 18 )2004(ھ�ذه النت�ائج تؤك�د م�ا ذك�ره �ة یرق�ات الط�ور الثال معامل mالغذاء الصناعي المحتوي على ethoxy fenozide اعة أو عن�د 48م�دة ) كغ�م غ�ذاء/ ملغم مادة فعال�ة 3.98 (بتركیز� س . بزوغ البالغات وظھور بالغات مشوھة فيمعاملة العذارى الحدیثة التكوین سطحیاً اثر ة م�ن ) 5(تبین النتائج في الجدول كما أن ھناك ت�أثیراً واض�حاً لمش�ابھ ھرم�ون االنس�الخ ف�ي مع�دل عم�ر البالغ�ات الناتج� أیام عند 7و 8في معاملة المقارنة بینما بلغت اً یوم 12إذ بلغت ،معاملة األعمار الیرقیة المتأخرة لدودة ورق القطن 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة �ة انخف�اض) (6یوض�ح الج�دولكم�ا .التوالي لتر على / غم مادة فعالة 0.08و 0.04التركیزیین البالغ�ات المعامل�ة ف�ي إنتاجی و اتبیض204أنثى / إذ بلغ معدل عدد البیض ،أعمارھا الیرقیة األخیرة للبیض وان ھذا االنخفاض یزداد بزیادة التركیز �ة 0.08و 0.04بیضة عند المعاملة ب�التركیزین المنخفض�ین 150 ف�ي ح�ین ك�ان المع�دل . لت�ر عل�ى الت�والي/غ�م م�ادة فعال عند المعاملة20%و 26.15% اذ بلغت،أنثى في معاملة المقارنة كما تأثرت النسبة المئویة لفقس البیض/بیضة 920 �ة لت�ر عل�ى الت�والي ام�ا /غم مادة فعال�ة 0.08و 0.04 المنخفضین بالتركیزیین �ة المقارن�ة فق�د بلغ�ت النس�بة المئوی ف�ي معامل . 97.40%لفقس البیض بتراكی�ز rh-2485أن استعمال مش�ابھ ھرم�ون االنس�الخ ] [frantiek & adel 13) 2000(وفي ھذا المجال ذكر �ة یرق�ات الط�ور ال والس�ادس ل�دودة ورق القط�ن عن�د والراب�ع ث�انيال تتداخل مع االنسالخ أثر في إنتاجیة البالغات فعند تغذی p 0.0001التركیز p mالت�والي لألعم�ارعلى % 22و 62، 72إلى بزوغ بالغات انخفضت إنتاجیتھا من البیض بنسبة أدى . السابقة الذكر لمصادرا 1williams, c.m . (1967). third generation p esticides. sci. ameri.227: 13-71. 2hoffmann, k.h. and lorenz, m .w. (1998). recent advances in hormones insect p est control. phy top arasitica. 26(4):1-7. 3smagghe, g., vinuela, e.; budia, f. and degheele, d. (1997). effect of the nonst eroidal mimic tebufenozid on the tomato looper chrysodeixis chalcites: an ultra st ructural analysis. archives of insect bioch. phy s. 35:179-190. 4m oulton, k.; pep p er, a.; jansson, k. and dennehy, j. (2002). proactive management of beet army worm (lep idoptera: noctuidae) resistance to the tebufenozide and methoxy fenozide: baseline monitoring, risk assessment, and isolation of resistance. j. econ. entomol. 95. 414-424. 5pineda, s.; m arcela-ines, s. and smagghe, g. (2007). lethal and sublethal effects of m ethoxy fenozide and sp inosad on spodoptera littoralis (lep idoptera: noctuidae) .j. econ. entomol. 100(3):773-780. 6m iyahara, y.i.; wakikoda, t. and tanaka, a. (1971). seasonl changes in the number and size of the egg masses of prodenia litura . jap anese. j. ap p l. entomol. zool. 15:139143. ر حسني، محمد محم7 علیم عاصم، السید عبد النبي نص د ال . اآلفات الزراعیة الحشریة و الحیوانیة. (1976).ود، محمد عب .دار المعارف بمصر spodoptera littoralis (boisd) حیاتیة وبیئة دودة ورق القطن. 2002. ربیع، سھى كاظم جعفر8 (lep idoptera:noctuidae) ًجامعة بغداد –كلیة الزراعة . ررسالةماجستی. ومكافحتھا كیمیائیا. . 9amin, a.a. and gergis, m.f. (2006). integrated management strategies for control of cotton key pests in middle egypt. agronomy research 4(special issue):121-128. 10abbot t, w.b.(1925). a method of comp uting the effectiveness of an insecticide. j. econ. 267. -: 26518entomol. 11m ulla, m .s.; darwazeh, h.a. and norland, r.l. (1974). insect growt h regulators: evaluation p rocedures and activity against mosquitoes. j. econ .entomol. 67(3): 329332. 12sas.( 2001). sas/stat. users guide for personal comp uters. release 6. 12. sas inst itute inc. cary. nc. usa. 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 13adel, m .m . and frantiek, s. (2000). az adirachtin p otentiates the action of ecdy st eroid agonist rh-2485 in spodoptera littoralis. j. insec. p hy siol. 46(3):267-274. lep(التكامل في مكافحة دودة جوز القطن الشوكیــــــــــة . (2005).القیسي، أمال سلمان عبد الرزاق 14idoptera : noctuidae) (boisd. (earias insulana ي وسط العراق ة . أطروحة دكتوراه. على محصول القطن ف كلی . جامعة بغداد. الزراعة 15borchert, d.m . (2003). oriental fruit m oth p henology in north carolina ap p les and ecdy sone agonist activity on oriental fruit m oth and codling m oth. j. entomol. p .105. 16carton, b.; smagghe,g. and tirry, l. (2003). toxicity of two ecdy sone agonists,halofenozide and methoxy fenozide against the multicolored asian lady beetle, harmonia axyridis (coleop tera: coccineallidae). j. ap p l. entomol. 127:240-242. 17irigaray , f.s.; vicente, m . and frank, g.z . (2005). effect of methoxy fenozide on lobesia botrana den & schiff (lep idoptera: tortricidae) egg, larval and adult st age. pest m anage. sci. 61(1):1133-1137. 18pineda, s.; budia, f.; m arcela-ines, s. and antonio, g. (2004). effect of two biorational insecticides, sp inosad and m ethoxy fenozide, on spodoptera littoralis (lep idoptera: noctuidae) under laboratory conditions. j. econ. entomol. 97(6): 1906-1911. ل ویة لموت) 1(جدو ت األعمار المبكرة لدودة ورق القطن المعاملة بتراكیز مختلفة من مشابھ ھرمون النسبة المئ یرقا methoxاالنسالخ yfenozide التراكیز لتر/غم مادة فعالة )یوم ( بعد المعاملة بالمدد % نسب الموت المصححة 2 3 4 5 6 0.04 10 36 58.50 86 100 0.08 10 40 65.40 96 100 0.1 20 50 82.70 100 100 0.2 40 70 100 100 100 l.s .d (0.05) 5.40 9.36 14.85 12.63 0 ز ) 2(جدول األعمار المتأخرة لدودة ورق القطن المعاملة بتراكی مئویة لموت یرقات النسبة ال methoxyfمختلفة من مشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ enozid ز التراكی لتر/غم مادة فعالة )یوم ( بعد المعاملة بالمدد % نسب الموت المصححة 2 3 5 6 7 0.04 0 8.50 10 16.66 25.32 0.08 0 12 24 26.80 39.50 0.1 8.33 31.30 50 70.30 100 0.2 20.60 35.20 79 100 100 l.s .d 0.23 3.89 7.64 6.91 2.97 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد كیز مختلفة من) 3(جدول أثیر المعاملة بترا methoxyfت enozide لیرقات اتیة في بعض الجوانب الحی ا ر المتطورة عنھ األعمار المتأخرة المعاملة واألدوا التراكیز لتر/غم مادة فعالة مدة الدور )یوم(الیرقي مدة الدور )یوم(العذري ت% للتشوھا في العذارى ر% للتعذ 86.66 0 12 25 المقارنة 0.04 27.6 13 8.66 50 0.08 28 13.66 12 46.66 ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ 0.1 ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ 0.2 l.s .d(0.05) 0.46 0.5 4.69 10.504 كیز مختلفة من مشابھأوزان العذارى الناتجة عن معاملة الیر) 4(جدول ھرمون قات بترا خ methoxyf االنسال enozide التراكیز غم لتر/مادة فعالة ة مار الیرقیة األخیر أوزان العذارى المعاملة باألع )ملغم(األنثى )ملغم(الذكر 300 270 المقارنة 0.04 190 223 0.08 186 200 ـــ ـــ 0.1 ـــ ـــ 0.2 l.s .d(0.05) 0.004 0.010 methoxyfتأثیر معاملة األعمار الیرقیة المتأخرة بتراكیز مختلفة من مشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ ) 5(جدول enozide ا دل عمرھ لبالغات ومع ویة لتثبیط بزوغ ا في النسبة المئ التراكیز ر/غم مادة فعالة لت األعمار الیرقیة المتأخرة ت% لتثبیط البزوغ % )یوم(معدل عمر البالغات لتشوه البالغا 12 0 3.33 المقارنة 0.04 51.80 10 8 0.08 63.85 15 7 ـــ ـــ ـــ 0.1 ـــ ـــ ـــ 0.2 l.s.d (0.05) 0.24 11.50 0.13 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ل methoxتأثیر معاملة األطوار الیرقیة المتأخرة بتراكیز مختلفة من مشابھ ھرمون االنسالخ ) 6(جدو yfenozide أنثى/البیض في معدل عدد ل النسبة المئویة لفقس البیضو معد ت الصفا )لتر/غم مادة فعالة(التراكیز l.s .d 0.2 0.1 0.08 0.04 المقارنة (0.05) معدل عدد البیض الموضوع 74.32 ـــ ـــ 150 204 920 النسبة المئویة لفقس ض البی 7.842 ـــ ـــ 20 26.15 97.40 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 treatment effect of larval stages by ecdysone agonist hormone (methoxyfenozide) on the biology of cotton leafworm spodoptera littoralis (boisd.) r.f.ahmed ،h.i .ali college of agriculture,university of baghdad recei ved in ,25,jan,2010 accepted in , 29, march ,2010 abstract studies were conducted to evalu ate the biological eff ects of t he non-steroidal ecdy sone agon ist (m ethoxy fenozide), on different developmental larval stages of cott on leafworm spodoptera littoralis (boisd.) in the labor atory . the results showed that the early larval st ages were the most suscep tible to m ethoxy fenozide which caused 100% mortality within 4-6 days after treatment at all used concentrations, while such p ercentage of mortality was achieved within 6 day s after treatment for late larval st ages when the highest concentration was used (0.2)g (ai) /l. several morphological deformations were noticed on pup al st age, the results showed that the highest p ercentage of defor mations was 12 % and the inhibition of emergence was 63.85% when the concentration 0.08 g (ai) /l was used. m ethoxy fenozide negatively affected the fecundity of adults emerged from treated late st ages larvae. the results showed that the number of eggs laid p er female when treated females and males were p aired was 150 eggs/f emale at 0.08 g (ai) /l concentration, while it was 920 eggs/female in the control. m eanwhile the fertility was reduced to 80% when the treated males and females were mated at 0.08 g (ai) /l. part of m. s c. thesis of the first author the relationship between interleukin-33(il-33) and oxidative stress in diabetic patients with cardiomyopathy zainab m. m. al-rubaei dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 8 may 2013 , accepted in : 24 june 2013 abstract interleukin -33 (il)-33 is among il-1 cytokine superfamily , which shows promise as a biomarker predictive of mortality in diabetic and several cardiovascular disorders in vivo study.the objective of this study is to investigate the differences in the levels of il-33 between healthy controls and patients with type 2 diabetes and diabetic cardiomyopathy and to investigate the correlation of il-33 with hba1c (biomarkers of type 2 diabetes), hs-crp and oxidant –antioxidant status. one hundred and fifty individuals (age 40-55) were enrolled in this study which was divided into three groups as follows: g1:50 healthy control,g2: 50 subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus,g3: 50 patients with diabetic cardiomyopathy. fasting blood glucose (fbg) , glycated hemoglobin (hba1c) ,high sensitive c-reactive protein(hs-crp), malondialdehyde (mda),uric acid ,total antioxidant capacity (tac) and il-33 were evaluated. the results in this study revealed highly significant increasing in fbg, hba1c , hs-crp ,mda, uric acid ,and mda/tac ratio. while a significant decrease in tac and il-33 were found in patients group comparing to control group. also a significant increase in crp,mda ,uric acid ,and mda/tac ratio were noticed for g3 compared to g2.a significant decrease in tac and il-33 were found for g3 compared to g2.furthermore,a significant negative correlation between il-33 and hba1c, hs-crp, and mda/tac ratio were found between patients groups. the conclusion could be drown from this study that the negative correlation of il-33 levels with hba1c ,hs-crp and mda/tac levels in patients groups most possibly reflects the inflammatory component of diabetes and oxidant –antioxidant status. key words: il-33, diabetic cardiomyopathy , oxidant –antioxidant status 254 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction il-33 is a recently described as a new member of the il-1 family [1] and has attracted attention because, uniquely among il-1 cytokines family, it stimulates the production of thelper cells (th2) cytokines such as il-5 and il-13, il-33 enhanced cytokine production by invariant natural killer t cells and human natural killer cells [2], activates (th2), and has a role in mast cell development and function [3]. il-33 may function as an “alarmin” and have a role in signaling cellular damage and inflammatory disease pathogenesis through release from damaged or necrotic cells [4].also, il-33 and st2 are widely expressed in vascular cells and tissues ,in fibroblasts and in the central nervous system[5], coronary artery endothelium [6],and in cardiac fibroblasts suggesting that il-33 may play a role in various cv disorders[7].moussion et al. [8] reported that il-33 is constitutively expressed in endothelial cells from both small and large blood vessels. abston et. al. (2013) [9] show for the first time that il-33 induces eosinophilic pericarditis while sst2 prevents eosinophilia and improves systolic function, and that il-33 independently adversely affects heart function via the il-33 receptor by using cytokine knockout mice to determine that this effect was due to il–33 -mediated signaling but not il1β or il-6. il-33 in the inflamed arteries could act earlier in artery inflammation promoting angiogenesis, vascular leakage and tissue infiltration by inflammatory cells.il-33 may also modulate the innate immune responses through the regulation of macrophage effecter functions [10]. diabetes mellitus is continuing to become a health problem since the prevalence of dm has increased dramatically over the past two decades [11].the duration of diabetes is an important factor in the pathogenesis of complication, but other factors frequently coexisting with type 2 dm [12].cardiovascular disease is a common complication of diabetes responsible for 80% of the mortality in the diabetic population [13]. hyperglycemia is the main pathogenesis factor, which causes abnormalities at the cardiac myocyte level, eventually leading to structural and functional abnormalities which led to diabetic cardiomyopathy that defined as the cardiovascular damage present in diabetes patients, which is characterized by myocardial dilatation and hypertrophy, as well as a decrease in the systolic and diastolic function of the left ventricle, and its presence is independent of the coexistence of ischemic heart disease or hypertension [14]. in recent years it has been shown that oxidative stress and antioxidant play an important role in dm and progression of its complication [14]. also, data on serum il-33 levels in human diabetic cardiomyopathy are not available. so from this point the study designed to evaluate the oxidative stress index ,il-33 in diabetic cardiomyopathy patients and compared the parameters with those for dm patients .also to correlate the above parameter with some inflammatory biomarkers to clarify at least in part the role of il-33 and the oxidant antioxidant status in such patients. also, data on serum il-33 levels in human diabetic cardiomyopathy are not available. materials and methods one hundred and fifty individuals with age ranged between (40-55) were enrolled in this study .they were divided into three groups; first group g1 consisted of 50 healthy individuals as a control group, the second group g2 consisted of 50 patients with t2dm as case control , the third group g3 consisted of 50 dm patients with diabetic cardiomyopathy which diagnosed by physician .the patients attended the baghdad teaching hospital from september 2011 to june 2012. patients with no other complications of dm, inflammatory or infectious disease ,autoimmune and rheumatic disease, fever ,cancer ,hematological disease, 255 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 renal or liver failure, as well as those who under treatment with steroidal anti -inflammatory drugs were excluded. fasting blood samples in all studied groups were analyzed for fbg, hba1c,hs-crp,uric acid using standard procedures of the biochemistry laboratory of hospital. malondialdehyde (mda) was determined in serum as a thiobarbituric reactive species according to the method of buege and aust [15].total antioxidant capacity (tac) was measured using randox total antioxidant capacity(cat no. nx 2331) according to the method of miller [16].serum il-33 levels was measured by enzyme-linked immuno sorbet assay (elisa) method [17] by the using ray bio human il-33 kit according to the manufactures protocol. statistical analysis data are presented as mean ± sd. the differences between two groups were analyzed by student,,s t-test by using spss. pearson,s correlation coefficient was used to examine between il-33 and hba1c, hs-crp, and mda/tac ratio in patients groups. p-value of < 0.05 , <0.001 considered significant. results & discussion this is the first study to document, as far to knowledge, which depict the relation between il-33 and oxidant-antioxidant status and some inflammation and diagnostic parameters in patients with type 2 diabetes and diabetic cardiomyopathy . descriptive and diagnostic parameters for the three studied groups(g1,g2,g3) are shown in table (1). the results in table (1) revealed a highly significant increasing in fbg ,hba1c, hscrp and uric acid in patients groups(g2,g3) comparing to control group(g1).also a significant increase was observed for g3 compared to g2. a well-described pathway for the development of diabetic vascular complications involves activation of the diacylglycerol (dag)-pkc pathway which induces by hyperglycemia this results in the development of complications through altered gene expression and/or protein function, thus contributing to cellular dysfunction and damage. a well-described pathway for the development of diabetic vascular complications involves activation of the diacylglycerol (dag)-pkc pathway [18].evidence suggests that increases in systemic markers of inflammation, such as hs-crp are associated with dm and its complications [19]. the results in table (2) showed a highly significant increasing in mda and mda/tac ratio, while a significant decrease in tac and il-33 were found in patients groups comparing to control .also a significant differences were noticed in g3 comparing to g2.serum levels of il-33 were significantly decreased in group g2(median 55.5 pg/ml, range 0-86) with higher reduction in il-33 levels in g3 (median 21 pg/ml, range 0-32), p <0.001 than control group (median 85.5 pg/ml ,range 0-150) p <0.05 , <0.001. the results in this study are compatible with reported data that strongly confirmed the evidence that diabetic patients were susceptible to oxidative stress and higher blood glucose level had an association with free radical –mediated lipid peroxidation. induction in tac levels in g2 and g3 suggest the imbalance between oxidant and antioxidant systems and the depletion of the protective antioxidant system may be associated with an increase in risk of complications from dm .the increase in ros serves to decrease the antioxidant capacity of the diabetic myocardium, contributing significantly to oxidative stress and the resultant myocardial damage [20]. increased uric acid concentration were present in patients with dm and these correlate positively with residual antioxidant activity and risk factor for cardiovascular disease [21]. il-33 is a cytokine with dual function, acting both as a traditional cytokine implicated in numerous inflammatory disorders and as a transcriptional factor .il-33 is expressed in various 256 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 tissues and in the heart and vascular tree and is considered to play a significant role in various cardiovascular disorders.the reduction in il-33 levels in dm patients may due to the protective effect of il-33 by reducing adiposity and improving glucose tolerance and insulin resistance [22]. recent study indicates that decreased levels of il-33 are responsible for the increased sensitivity of the myocardium to ischaemia/reperfusion( i/r) in dm which led to a chronic activation of pkcβii. i/r further enhances pkcβii activation in the diabetic myocardium which results in exaggeration of myocardial injury [23]. other study demonstrated eosinophil activation through activation of nf-kb and the mapk kinases by il-33 are connected to increased oxidative stress which increased expression of endothelin 1 has been found paradoxically to restore diastolic dysfunction and endothelin 1 is a known inducer of sst2 expression and inhibitor of il-33 signaling through p38 mapk [24]. a significant negative correlation between il-33 and hba1c, hs-crp,and mda/tac ratio were found which p <0.0001(r= -0.58,0.64, -0.65 respectively , which shown in fig 1(a,b,c) ). the finding of the present study lead to conclude that higher reduction in il-33 levels in the diabetic patients may be useful in detection of early cardiomyopathy events. references 1. milovanovic, m.; volarevic, v.; radosavljevic, g.; jovanovic, i.; pejnovic ,n.; arsenijevic, n.;and lukic,ml.(2012)il-33/st2 axis in inflammation and immunopathology,immunologic research; 52(1-2):89-99. 2. smithgal ,md.; comeau, mr.; yoon, br.; kaufman, d.;armtage ,r.; and smith, de. (2008) il-33 allergen-reactive th2 cells, inkt and nk cells. int immunol; 20:1019-30. 3. enoksson, m.; westerberg, cm.; wicher, g.; fallon, pg.; nilsson ,kf.; andersson, cl.; and nilsson, g.(2013) neutrophils in response to il-33 is mast cell–dependent .blood; 121:530-536. 4. nile ,c.j.; barksby,e.; jitprasertwong ,p.;preshaw, pm.;and taylor, jj.(2010) expression and regulation of interleukin-33 in human monocytes.immunology ; 30:172-180. 5. oboki ,k.; ohno ,t.; kajiwara ,n.; et al.(2010) il-33 and il-33 receptors in host defense and disease. allergol int.; 59:143-60. 6. bartunek ,j.; delrue, l.; van durme, f.; muller, o.; casselman, f.; de wiest, b.; croes, r.; verstreken, s.; goethals, m.;and de raedt, h. (2008) nonmyocardial production of st2 protein in human hypertropy and failure is related to diastolic load.j am coll cardial ;52:2166-2174. 7. kunes, p.; holubcova, z.;kolackova, m.; and krejsek, j. (2010) interleukin-33, a novel member of the il-1/il-18 cytokine family, in cardiology and cardiac surgery . thorac cardiovasc surg; 58:443–449. 8.haraldsen ,g.; balogh, j. ;pollheimer, j.; sponheim ,j.; and kuchler, am.(2009) interleukin -33 cytokine of dual function or novel alarmin ?.trends immunol.; 30:227-233. 9. abston, ed.; barin, jg.; cihakova, d.; bucek, a.; coronado ,mj.; brandt, je.; bedja, d.; kim ,jb.; georgakopoulos, d.; gabrielson, kl.; mitzner ,w.;and fairweather, d. (2013) il-33 independently induces eosinophilic pericarditis and cardiac dilation:st2 improves cardiac function. circ heart failure ,american heart association,inc.;111:769v1. 10-ciccia ,f.;alessandro, r.; rizzo, a.; raimondo, s.; giardina, ar.; raiata, f.;boiardi, l.; cavazza , a.;guggino, g.; de leo,g.; salvarani, c.;and triolo, g. (2013) il-33 is overexpressed in the inflamed arteries of patients with giant cell arteritis .ann rheum dis.;72:258–264. 257 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://europepmc.org/search/?page=1&query=auth:%22milovanovic+m%22 http://europepmc.org/search/?page=1&query=auth:%22volarevic+v%22 http://europepmc.org/search/?page=1&query=auth:%22radosavljevic+g%22 http://europepmc.org/search/?page=1&query=auth:%22jovanovic+i%22 http://europepmc.org/search/?page=1&query=auth:%22pejnovic+n%22 http://europepmc.org/search/?page=1&query=auth:%22arsenijevic+n%22 http://europepmc.org/search/?page=1&query=issn:%220257-277x%22 http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=eric+d.+abston&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=jobert+g.+barin&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/content/early/2012/03/27/circheartfailure.111.963769.abstract%23aff-1 http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=daniela+cihakova&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=adriana+bucek&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=michael+j.+coronado&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=jessica+e.+brandt&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=djahida+bedja&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=joseph+b.+kim&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=joseph+b.+kim&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=dimitrios+georgakopoulos&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=kathleen+l.+gabrielson&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=wayne+mitzner&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=wayne+mitzner&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://circheartfailure.ahajournals.org/search?author1=delisa+fairweather&sortspec=date&submit=submit 11-susanti, e.;donosepoetro, m.;patellong, i.; and arif, m. (2010): differences between several atherogenic parameters in patients with controlled and uncontrolled type 2 diabetes mellitus. med j indones;19:103-8. 12-raptis ,ae.; markakis, kp.; mazioti, mc.; raptis ,sa.;and dimitriadis ,gd. (2011) what the radiologist needs to know about the diabetic patient. european society of radiology; 2:193-203. 13-voulgari ,cc.; papadogiannis, d.;and tentolouris ,n.(2010) diabetic cardiomyopathy: from the pathophysiology of the cardiac myocytes to current diagnosis and management strategies. vascular health and risk management; 6 :883–903. 14watanabe, k.; thandavarayan, ra.; harima ,m.; sari ,fr.; gurusamy, n.; veeraveedu, pt.; mito, s.; arozal, w.; sukumaran, v.; laksmanan ,ap.; soetikno v.;and aizawa ,y.(2010) role of differential signaling pathways and oxidative stress in diabetic cardiomyopathy.curr cardiol rev; 6(4): 280–290. 15-buege,ja.; and aust ,sd.(1978) microsomal lipid peroxidation .methods enzymol; 52:302310. 16-miller, n.j.; rice –evans, c.; davies, m.j.; gopinathan, v.;and milier, a.(1993) a novel method for measuring antioxidant capacity and its application to monitoring the antioxidant status in premature neonates .clin sci.; 84 :407-412. 17-bishop, ml.; fody ,ep.; and schosff, le.(2010) clinical chemistry techniques ,principles correlations.6th ed, lippincott williams &wilkins:wolters klumer health. 18connelly ,ka. ; kelly ,dj.; zhang, y.;and et al.(2009) inhibition of protein kinase c-beta by ruboxistaurin preserves cardiac function and reduces extracellular matrix production in diabetic cardiomyopathy. circ heart fail; 2: 129–137. 19bloomgarden ,zt.(2011) diabetes and cardiovascular disease. diabetes care; 34:e24-e30. 20aydin, m.; selcoki, y.;nazli, y.;and et al.(2012)relationship between total antioxidant capacity and the severity of coronary artery disease.j clin exp invest ; 3(1):22-8. 21mclaren, je.; michael, dr .; salter ,rc.; ashlin ,tg.; calder, cj.; miller, am.; liew ,fy.;and ramji ,dp.(2010) il33 reduces macrophage foam cell formation.j immunology; 185:12221229. 22--miller ,am.; asquith, dl.; hueber, aj.; anderson, la.; holmes, wm.; mckenzie, an.; xu, d.; sattar, n.; mcinnes, ib.;and liew, fy.(2010) interleukin-33 induces protective effects in adipose tissue inflammation during obesity in mice.circ res ;185:1222-1229. 23-rui, t.; zhang, j.; xu ,x.; yao, y.; kao ,r.;and martin, cm.(2012) reduction in il-33 expression exaggerates ischaemia/reperfusion-induced myocardial injury in mice with diabetes mellitus. cardiovasc res; 94(2):370-8. 24-vignon-zellweger, n.; relle, k.; kienten, e.; seider, p.; sharkovska, j.; heiden ,s.; kalk, p.; schwab, k.;albrecht-kupper, b.; theuring, f; stasch, jp.;and hocher ,b.(2011) endothelin-1 over expression restores diastolic function in enosolate knockout mice. j. hypertens; 29:961-970. 258 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=watanabe%20k%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=thandavarayan%20ra%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=harima%20m%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=gurusamy%20n%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=veeraveedu%20pt%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=mito%20s%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=arozal%20w%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=sukumaran%20v%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=laksmanan%20ap%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=soetikno%20v%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=aizawa%20y%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=rui%20t%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22258632 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=zhang%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22258632 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=xu%20x%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22258632 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=yao%20y%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22258632 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=kao%20r%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22258632 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=martin%20cm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22258632 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22258632 table (1): descriptive and diagnostic parameters for the three studied groups(g1,g2,g3). groups parameters g1 n=50 g2 n=50 g3 n=50 p* p** p*** fbg( mg/dl) 89.3±19.7 206.8±29.8 404.1±45.9 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.001 hba1c% 5.83±0.97 8.90±0.82 10.2±0.54 <0.0001 <0.05 <0.001 hs-crp(g/l) 2.56±0.38 4.72±0.49 6.94±0.63 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.001 uric acid(mg/dl) 5.6±0.63 7.47±0.89 9.93±0.71 <0.001 0.012 <0.001 p*: p-value between g1&g2, p** between g1&g3,p*** between g2&g3 table (2): mda, tac and mda/tac and il-33 levels in three studied groups groups parameters g1 n=50 g2 n=50 g3 n=50 p* p** p*** mda(µmol/l) 1.4±0.34 3.63±1.16 4.98±0.62 <0.001 <0.05 <0.0001 tac(mmol/l) 0.81±0.06 0.57±0.08 0.36±0.02 <0.05 <0.001 <0.0001 mda/tac 1.87±0.61 6.40±2.1 13.75±2.72 <0.001 <0.001 <0.0001 il-33(pg/ml) 85.5(0-150) 55.5(0-86) 21(0-32) <0.05 <0.0001 <0.0001 p*: p-value between g1&g2, p** between g1&g3,p*** between g2&g3 figure(1):correlation between il-33 and (a)hba1c, (b)hs-crp, and (c)mda/tac y = -0.0251x + 7.2501 r2 = 0.2652 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 il-33(pg/m l) hb a1 c% y = -0.0122x + 6.3077 r2 = 0.0381 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 50 100 150 il-33(pg/m l) hs -c rp (g /l ) a b y = -0.101x + 14.596 r2 = 0.2318 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 il-33(pg/m l) m da /t ac c 259 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 في النوع الثاني من داء السكري واالعتالل القلبي 33-مستویات االنترلوكین مضادات االكسدة -السكري وعالقتھ بحالة االكسدة زینب منیب مالك الربیعي / جامعة بغداد )ابن الھیثم(قسم الكیمیاء/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2013حزیران 24، قبل البحث في : 2013آیار 8استلم البحث في : الخالصة كدالة حیویة للتنبؤ في التطور في داء السكرمن النوع الثاني وانواع 1-ھو من عائلة االنترلوكین 33-االنترلوكین بین 33-متعددة من امراض القلب . الھدف من الدراسة ھو ان من المھم بحث االختالفات في مستویات االنترلوكین الثاني والدین یعانون من اضطرابات قلبیة كمضاعفات لداء السكرو كدلك بحث االصحاء والمصابین بداء السكرمن النوع والھیموكلوبین المسكر (الدالة الحیویة لداء السكر) و بروتین سي التفاعلي ونسبة المالون 33-العالقة بین االنترلوكین سعة مضادات االكسدة الكلي. /ثنائي االلدیھاید سنة والدین تم تقسیمھم الى ثالث مجامیع 55-40شخصا تتراوح اعمارھم بین تضمنت الدراسة مائة وخمسون كمایلي:المجموعة االولى وعددھم خمسون شخصا من االصحاء كمجموعة سیطرة.والمجموعة الثانیة وعددھم خمسون .تم السكريمریضا من المصابین بداء السكري والمجموعة الثالثة وعددھم خمسون مریضا من مرضى االعتالل القلبي قیاس كل من السكر الصائم والھیموكلوبین المسكر و بروتین سي التفاعلي والمالون ثنائي االلدیھاید وحامض الیوریك و في كل المجامیع . 33-واالنترلوكین الون ثنائي بینت النتائج وجود زیادة معنویة في السكر الصائم والھیموكلوبین المسكر و بروتین سي التفاعلي والم سعة مضادات االكسدة الكلي. بینما وجد انخفاض معنوي في /االلدیھاید وحامض الیوریك و نسبة المالون ثنائي االلدیھاید في مجامیع المرضى مقارنة مع مجموعة االصحاء.كدلك لوحظ وجود 33-سعة مضادات االكسدة الكلي واالنترلوكین كلوبین المسكر و بروتین سي التفاعلي والمالون ثنائي االلدیھاید وحامض الیوریك زیادة معنویة في السكر الصائم والھیمو سعة مضادات االكسدة الكلي في المجموعة الثالثة مقارنة بالمجموعة الثانیة. كدلك وجد /و نسبة المالون ثنائي االلدیھاید ة الثالثة مقارنة بالمجموعة الثانیة.كدلك في المجموع 33-انخفاض معنوي في سعة مضادات االكسدة الكلي واالنترلوكین سعة /والھیموكلوبین المسكر وبروتین سي التفاعلي ونسبة المالون ثنائي االلدیھاید 33-وجدت عالقة سالبة بین االنترلوكین مضادات االكسدة الكلي في مجامیع المرضى. و والھیموكلوبین المسكر وبروتین سي 33-نترلوكینتم االستنتاج من ھده الدراسة وجود عالقة سالبة بین اال تعكس وجود االلتھاب عند المصابین بداء السكري و سعة مضادات االكسدة الكلي /التفاعلي ونسبة المالون ثنائي االلدیھاید مرضى االعتالل القلبي السكري . مضادات االكسدة-ةاالكسد-، االعتالل القلبي السكري،حالة33-الكلمات المفتاحیة: انترلوكین 260 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 adsorptive removal of congo red from aqueous solution by local chaff surface: thermodynamics and kinetics studies abdumuhsin a. al-haidari dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad saja s. j. al-taweel department of chemistry/ college of science/ university of al-qadisiyah laith s. jassim department of chemistry/ college of education /university of al-qadisiyah received in : 20 november 2011 , accepted in : 18 march 2012 abstract this study is concerned with the adsorption of congo red from solution on the surface of chaff. the adsorption isotherm is of l-curve type according to giles classification and the experimental data were best fitted to langmuir isotherm model. the adsorption phenomenon was examined as a function of temperature (25, 40, 55 oc). the extent of adsorption of congo red on chaff was found to increase with the increase of temperature (endothermic process). the basic thermodynamic functions have also been calculated. the effect of contact time was investigated and found that the adsorption process of dye on chaff surface reached complete equilibrium within 90 min. the maximum uptake of congo red by chaff was found to be 92.9% at 25oc. the kinetic data were well fitted to the lagergren, pseudo-second order models. the results indicated that adsorption process followed the second order model. this behavior was discussed depending on the chemical structure of dye and chaff surface. the kinetics of dye adsorption was also studied in terms of intraparticle diffusion model. the results indicated that intraparticle diffusion plays a significant role in the adsorption mechanism. key word: adsorption, congo red, chaff 166 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction approximately one-half of the industrially produced organic chemicals reach the global environment via direct and/or indirect routes; for example agricultural practices, municipal and industrial wastes, and landfill effluents. these products include a variety of organic compounds. when these substances reach the natural environment, various degradation and transfer processes are initiated [1]. major contaminants found in wastewater include biodegradable, volatile, and recalcitrant organic compounds; toxic metals; microbial pathogens; and parasites causing deterioration of the surrounding medium that can present a great danger to the environment and human health [2-4]. several studies have been undertaken on the toxicity of dyes and their impact on ecosystems [5,6]. these studies show that certain dyes degrade and that their derived products can be toxic and carcinogenic even at law concentrations [6]. textile industries are the major consumers of water, and they release a fair amount of color in their effluents. adsorption is a widely used method for the treatment of industrial wastewaters containing colors, heavy metals and other inorganic and organic impurities [7-10]. the advantages of adsorption are its simplicity of operation, low costs (compared to other separation processes), and absence of sludge formation [11-13]. liquid-phase adsorption has been used effectively for the removal of dye form wastewater [9]. sorption data are most often analyzed at equilibrium (or near-equilibrium) conditions. although concentrations of contaminants in soil, water, and other phases in natural systems frequently deviate from those at equilibrium, the equilibrium data serve as an essential guide to the direction of contaminant movement at a particular point in time and to the likely consequence of an earlier contamination event. a comparison of the field data with equilibrium values also enables one to elucidate whether a compartment (such as soil or sediment) functions as a sink (to receive a given contaminant) or as a source (to release a given contaminant) under specified conditions. such information is often valued in the characterization of a contamination site [14]. the aim of present work is to explore the feasibility utilizing chaff as adsorbent for congo red dye. equilibrium and kinetic analysis were conducted to investigate the mechanism of dye adsorption and optimization of various parameters in dye recovery. materials and methods instruments 1uv-visible spectrophotometer, shimadzu. pc1650, japan. 2shaker water bath, k&k scientific, korea. 3centrifuge, cl008, belgium. 4electronic balance, sartorius lab., + 0.0001g, germany. 5ph-meter, hanna, electronic ltd, romania materials congo red (scheme (1)) was supplied by fluka. chaff was obtained from "al diwaniyah grain silo". methodology chaff in powder forms was washed with excessive amounts of distilled water; several washings were performed to remove dust and soluble materials. the powder was then dried under sunlight and in an oven at 120oc for a period of 1.5 hours and kept in airtight containers. chaff surface was ground and sieved to a particle size of 150µm. wavelength of maximum absorbance (lmax) for dye was selected, and found 495nm. this value was utilized 167 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 m ccv m x eo )( −= ).1( .. el elm e ck ckq q + = for estimation of quantity of dye adsorbed. solutions of different concentrations of dye were prepared by serial dilution. absorbance values of these solutions were measured at the selected (lmax) value for dye and plotted against the concentration values. the calibration curve in the concentrations range that falls in the region of applicability of beer-lambert's law was employed. the adsorption isotherms were determined by shaking 0.2 g of chaff into 10 ml dye solutions, having concentrations ranging from 1 x 10-5 15 x 10-5m at ph ≈ 6.8. after 90 min. of shaking, the suspensions were centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 min. the dye concentration was determined spectrophotometrically. the quantity of dye adsorbed was calculated according to the following equation [15]: qe = ………………… (1) where: qe: sorption capacity (mg/g). x: the quantity adsorbed (mg). m: weight of adsorbent (g). co: initial concentration (mg/l). ce: equilibrium concentration (mg/l). v: volume of solution (l). thermodynamic parameters of adsorption adsorption experiment was repeated in the same manner at temperatures of 25, 40 and 55oc to estimate the basic thermodynamic functions. kinetic studies effect of contact time was determined by adding 0.2gm of adsorbent into 10ml dye solution, with initial concentration (34 ppm) under shaking. the temperature of solution was held constant at 25oc with a thermostatic shaker. after different time intervals, the solutions were centrifuged and volumes of 3ml supernatant were taken for spectrophotometrically measurements of dye content. results and discussion the adsorption isotherm of chaff for the dye at temperature (25˚c) and ph ≈ 6.8 is shown in figure (1), where the quantities adsorbed on chaff are plotted as a function of equilibrium concentration. the results showed an increase in adsorptive capacities of chaff as the concentration of congo red increased. the capacity of adsorption depends on several parameters such as the specific surface area, the expansible character, the mobility of dye molecules in the liquid phase and in the interior of the solid, and the forces of attraction between the surface of the solid and the molecules of dye [16,17]. the coulombic forces between dye species and negatively charged chaff in water are the major interactions which affect the adsorption of dye on the chaff. the shapes of congo red adsorption isotherms were found to coincide with the l-type isotherm reported by giles et al. [18]. l-shaped adsorption isotherm indicates the adsorbed solute molecules are most likely being adsorbed in a flat geometry, which is based on the assumption of high adsorption affinity between the dye and the surface [19,20]. the adsorption of congo red on chaff followed the linearized langmuir model as shown in figure (2). the langmuir isotherm can be expressed as follows [21]: ………………… (2) where 168 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 e mlme e c qkqq c ). 1 ( 1 += sthg ∆−∆=∆ . qe: amount adsorbed per unit weight of adsorbent at equilibrium (mg/g). ce: equilibrium concentration of adsorbate in solution after adsorption (mg/l). qm (mg/g) and kl (l/mg) are the langmuir isotherm constants. the langmuir isotherm constants are evaluated through linearization of equation (2). ………………… (3) figure (2) showed the linear relationship of ce / qe versus ce. the values of langmuir constants as well as the correlation coefficient are presented in table (1). the isotherm data fit the langmuir model well as indicated from the value of correlation coefficient. the general shapes of congo red adsorption isotherms at three different temperatures are given in figure (3). the results showed a slight increase in the amount of dye adsorbed on chaff with the increase of temperature; hence the adsorption process appeared endothermic. the extent of adsorption of some dyes was found to increase with the increase of temperature [22]. this means the interaction between chaff and the dye molecules requires an appreciable energy in order to take place. endothermic dye uptake can also be attributed to the possibility of occurring absorption or sorption process by the surface [23]. the basic thermodynamic quantities of adsorption of congo red on chaff were estimated through calculating xm values at different temperatures. the heat of adsorption (δh) may be obtained from van't hoff equation: constant, the change in free energy (δg) could be determined from equation (dg = -rtlnk) and the change in entropy (δs) was calculated from gibbs equation: ( …… ). table (2) and figure (4) demonstrate these calculations. table (3) shows the basic thermodynamic values of adsorption of congo red on chaff. an adsorption of van der waals type is suggested to take place as indicated by these values. the adsorption of congo red on chaff is endothermic as indicated by the positive value of enthalpy (δho). the negative value of free energy (∆go) indicates the spontaneous nature of the adsorption process of dye and the positive value of entropy (∆so) suggests the increase randomness at the solid-solution interface during the adsorption of dye onto adsorbent surface [24]. to evaluate the effectiveness of an adsorbent, the adsorption of congo red dye on chaff surface was studied as a function of contact time, and the result is shown in figure (5). the adsorption rate of dye onto chaff are observed to be very fast within the first few minutes and gradually decrease and become almost constant after a period of 60 min. the data for qt versus t during the initial hour of contact show a very fast increase in qt with time, followed by a gradual plateau at quasi-equilibrium situations. the initial uptake is attributed to surface adsorption. when the dye adsorption at the exterior surface reached the saturation level, the dye begins to enter the pores of the chaff surface and adsorbed by the interior surface of the adsorbent particles. as the surface saturates with dye molecules, the adsorption rate decreases due to an increase in the diffusion resistance. this means that the pore diffusion is the rate-controlling step during dye adsorption [25]. figure (5) showed rapid adsorption of dye in the first 10 min., and thereafter, the adsorption rate decreased gradually. nearly 91.8% of congo red is removed from an aqueous solution within 90 min. numerous kinetic models have been proposed to elucidate the mechanism by which pollutants are adsorbed. the mechanism of adsorption depends on the physical and / or chemical characteristics of the adsorbent, as well as on the mass – transport process. the rate constant of the dye removal from the solution by chaff was determined using first order and pseudo – second order equations. the lagergren first order rate equation was used to fit the experimental results. the integral form of the model is [26]: ln (qe qt) = ln qe – k1 t ……………………………………… (4) 169 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 where qe (mg/g) is the equilibrium sorption capacity and qt (mg/g) is the amount of dye adsorbed at time t (min), and k1 is the equilibrium first-order constant. values of k1 for dyechaff system were obtained from the slope of the plot of ln (qe-qt) vs. t figure (7). the adsorption kinetic parameters from figure (6) are indicated in table (4). the adsorption data were also analyzed in terms of a pseudo second order mechanism [2729]. the linearized-integral form of this model is: where k2 (g.mg -1.min-1) is the rate constant of the pseudo – second order adsorption. if the initial adsorption rate is h = k2 qe2 then equation (5) becomes: by plotting t/qt versus t figure (7), a straight line could be obtained and qe, k2 and h can be calculated. the adsorption kinetic parameters from figure (7) are listed in table (4). the fit goodness of the models was at first expressed by the liner regression coefficients of determination (r2): a relatively high r2 value indicated that the model successfully described the kinetics sorption of dye. the r2 values table (4) suggested that the process of dye adsorption followed second-order kinetics. the structure of chaff is cellulose based, and the surface of cellulose in contact with water is negatively charged [30]. congo red is an acidic dye and contains negatively charged sulfonated group. so, it may be expected that the dye have a low sorption affinity for the adsorbent surface. in general, the mechanism of adsorption of dye by porous adsorbent may be determined by the following four stages: (i) diffusion of molecules from the bulk phase towards the interface space so-called external diffusion; (ii) diffusion of molecules inside the pores internal diffusion; (iii) diffusion of molecules in the surface phase-surface diffusion; and (vi) adsorption desorption elementary processes [30]. one or more of the previous steps may control the rate at which dye is adsorbed and the quantity of dye adsorbed onto the solid particle. in many cases, there is a possibility that intraparticle diffusion will be the rate-limiting step, which is normally determined using the equation proposed by weber and morris [31]: qe= kp t1/2 + c where qe (mg/g) is the amount adsorbed at time t, kp is the intraparticle rate constant (mg.min1/2.g-1) and c is the intercept. qe was found to be linearly correlated with t1/2. the kp values were calculated using correlation analysis table (5). the r2 value reveals the occurrence of an intraparticle diffusion process [31]. the intraparticle diffusion plots are presented in figure (8). it can also observed that the plots did not pass through the origin, this was indicative of some degree of boundary layer control (the larger the intercept, the greater the boundary-layer effect) and this further showed that the intraparticle diffusion was not the only rate-limiting step, but other processes might control the rate of adsorption. this confirms that sorption mechanism was a multi-step process, involving adsorption on the external surface, diffusion into the interior, ion exchange and inclusion complex formation, as previously reported [32]. = 1 + t qt k2 qe 2 t qe 1 ( ) ……………………………………… (5) t = 1 qt h + t qe 1 ( ) ……………………………………… (6) ……………………………………… (7) 170 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 conclusions the chaff could be employed as adsorbent in wastewater treatment for the removal of congo red dye. 1. langmuir isotherm model adequately described the adsorption of congo red on chaff. 2. congo red-chaff reaction is endothermic and spontaneous as indicated by the positive value of enthalpy (δh) and negative value of free energy change (δg) 3. the process of adsorption is relatively fast and nearly 92.9 % of congo red removal is achieved within 90 min. of contact between chaff and the dye solution. 4. the kinetic of dye adsorption followed pseudo-second order rate expression and demonstrated that intraparticle diffusion plays a significant role in the adsorption mechanism. references 1aboul-kassim, t. a. t. and simoneit, b. r. t. (1999) the handbook of environmental chemistry: pollutant-solid phase interactions, vol. 5 part e, springer-verlag berlin heidelberg, p.6 (2001). 2sidat, m.; kasan h. c. and bux, f. (1999) laboratory-scale investigation of biological phosphate removal from municipal wastewaters, water sa: 25: 459-462 3pagga, u. and taeger, t. (1994) decolouration of textile dyes in wastewaters by photocatalysis with tio2, water res. 28:1051-1057. 4reife, a. (1993) "othmer encyclopedia of chemical technology", john wiley& sons, inc.: new york, 8: 753-784. 5shenai, v. a. (2001) non-ecofriendly textile chemicals and their probable substitutesan overview, indian j. fiber text. res. 26: 50-54. 6greene, j. c. and boughman, g. j. (1996) effects of 46 dyes on population growth of freshwater green alga selenastrum capricornutum, text. chem. color: 28: 23-30. 7majewska-nowak, k.; kowalska, i. and kadsch-korbutowicz, m. (2006) ultrafiltration of aqueous solutions containing a mixture of dye and surfactant original research article, desalination, 198: 149-157. 8abu-el-sha'r, w. y.; gharaibeh, s. h. and mahmoud, s. (2000) removal of dyes from aqueous solutions using low-cost sorbents made of solid residues from olive-mill wastes (jeft) and solid residues from refined jordanian oil shale, environ. geol., 39: 1090-1094. 9wu, j. n.; eiteman, m. a.; law, s. e. (1998) evaluation of membrane fltration and ozonation processes for treatment of reactive-dye wastewater, j. environ. eng.-asce, 124: 272-277. 10al-haidary, m.; zanganah, f. h.; al-azawi, s. r.; khalili, f. i. and al-dujaili, a. h. (2011) a study on using date palm fibers and leaf base of palm as adsorbents for pb(ii) from its aqueous solution, water air soil pollut, 214: 73-82. 11oakes, j. and dixon, s. (2003) adsorption of dyes to cotton and inhibition by polymers, color. technol. 119: 140-149. 12gang, s. and xiangjing, xu. (1997) sunflower stalks as adsorbents for color removal from textile wastewater, ind. eng. chem. res., 36: 808-812. 13mittal, a.; krishnan, l. and gupta, v. k. (2005) sorption processes and pollution: conventional and non-conventional sorbents for pollutant removal from wastewaters, purif. technol., 43:125. 14cary, t. (2002)partition and adsorption of organic contaminants in environmental systems, john wiley & sons, inc., p.107. 15voyutsky, s. (1978) colloid chemistry, mir publishers, moscow, pp. 91-116, 154-158. 16bagance, m. and guiza, s. (2000) elimination d'un colorant des effluents del' industrie textile par adsorption, ann. chim. sci. mater, 25: 615-625. 171 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 17rytwo, g.; nir, s.; crespin, m. and margulies, l. (2000),adsorption and interactions of methyl green with montmorillonite and sepiolite, j. colloid interface sci., 222: 12-19. 18giles, c.h.; macewan, t.h.; nakhwa, s.n. and smith, d. (1960) a system of classification of solution adsorption isotherms, and its use in diagnosis of adsorption mechanisms and in measurement of specific surface areas of solids, j. chem. soc., 786: 3973-3993. 19giles, c. h.; macewan, t. h.; nakhwa ,s. n. and smith, d. (1960) a system of classification of solution adsorption isotherms, and its use in diagnosis of adsorption mechanisms and in measurmeant of specific surface area of solids, j. chem. soc., 786: 39733993. 20ash, s.g.; everett, d. h. and findeneg, g. (1968) thermodynamics of adsorption from solution. part 3. the parallel-laer model, trans. farad. soc., 64: 2645-2666. 21liu ,h.; chen, b.; lan, y. and cheng, y. (2004) biosorption of zn(ii) and cu(ii) by the indigenous thiobacillus thiooxidans hsuan, chem. eng. j., 97: 195–201. 22giles, c. h.; greczek, j. j. and nakhwa, (1961) studies in adsorption. part xiii. anomalous (endothermic) effects of adsorption on inorganic solids, j.chem. soc., 93-95. 23rawicz, cates and ruth(1968) ibid., 50: 284. 24acemioglu, b. (2004) adsorption of congo red from aqueous solution onto calcium-rich fly ash, j. of colloid and interfaces science, 274: 371-379. 25lataye, d. h.; mishra, i. m. and mall, i. d. (2008) removal of pyridine from aqueous solution by adsorption on bagasse fly ash, chemical engineering journal, 138: 35–46. 26namasivayama, c. and kanchana, n. (1992) removal of congo red from wastewater by adsorption onto waste red mud, chemosphere, 25: 1691. 27deo, n. and ali ,m. (1993) dye adsorption by new low cost material congo red – indian, indian j. environ. prot., 13: 496-508. 28han, r.; wang, y.; han, p.; yang, j.; shi, j. and lu, y. (2006) removal of methylene blue from aqueous solution by chaff in batch mode, j. of hazardous materials, b137: 550557. 29ho, y. s. and mckay, g. (1998), kinetic models for the sorptiom and of dye from aqueous solution by wood, chem. eng. j., 70: 115-124. 30-browski, a. (2001) laser digitization of casts to determine the effect of tray selection and cast formation technique on accuracy, advances in colloid and interface science, 93:135224. 31al-asheh ,s.; banat, f. and abu-aitah, l. (2003) adsorption of phenol using different types of activated bentonites. separation and purification technology, sep. purif. technol., 33(1): 1-10. 32grini, g.; peindy, h. n.; grimbert, f. and robert, c. (2007) basic green 4 (malachite green) from aqueous solutions by adsorption using cyclodextrin-based adsorbent: kinetic and equilibrium studies, separation and technology 53: 97-110. 172 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (1): langmuir constants for the adsorption of congo red on chaff r2 qo kl 0.8990 10.25641 0.115412 table (2): effect of temperature on the maximum adsorbed quantity for adsorption of congo red onto chaff t (k) 103/t (k-1) xm(mg/g) ln(xm) ce =15.40 298 3.36 3.24 1.18 313 3.19 3.42 1.23 328 3.05 3.59 1.28 table (3):values of thermodynamic functions of adsorption process of congo red on chaff at 25 oc ∆h kj .mol-1 ∆g kj.mol-1 ∆s j.mol-1.k-1 +2.779 -3.560 +21.272 table (4): adsorption kinetic parameters of dye on chaff pseudo-first order pseudo-second order k1 (min-1) qe (mg/g) r 2 k2 (g. mg-1 .min-1) qe (mg/g) r 2 h (mg. g-1 .min-1) 0.0203 0.3229 0.6427 0.9169 1.6268 1 2.4266 table (5):the intraparticle rate constant for the adsorption of dye onto chaff kp (mg.g-1.min-1/2) intercept r2 0.045 1.3096 0.8557 scheme (1): the chemical structure of congo red 173 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 0 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.5 0 7 14 21 28 35 ce (m g/l) q e (m g/ g) -10 0 10 20 30 0 1 2 3 4 ce (m g/l) c e/ q e (g /l ) 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 1000/t(k) ln (x m ) fig. (1) :adsorption isotherm of congo red on chaff at ph ≈ 6.8 and constant temperature (25oc) fig.( 2):linear form of langmuir isotherm of congo red on chaff fig. (3): adsorption isotherms of congo red on chaff at ph» 6.8 and different temperatures 174 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 0 20 40 60 80 100 t (min) q e( m g/ g) 0 20 40 60 80 0 30 60 90 120 t (m in) t/q t -2.9 -2.4 -1.9 -1.4 -0.9 0 20 40 60 80 t (min) ln (q eqt ) fig. (4): plot of ln xm against reciprocal absolute temperature for adsorption of congo red on chaff fig.( 5): adsorption kinetics of congo red on chaff fig.( 6):the applicability of the pseudo first order kinetic model to congo red on chaff 175 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (7):the applicability of the pseudo second order kinetic model to congo red on chaff fig. (8): the intraparticle diffusion model for adsorption of congo red by chaff 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 0 2 4 6 8 10 t qe (m g/ g) 1 / 0 1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 0 7 14 21 28 ce ( mg/l) qe (m g/ g) 25oc 40oc 55 oc 176 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ازالة صبغة الكونغو الحمراء من محلولھا المائي باستخدام قشور الحنطة المحلیة : دراسة حركیة وثرمودینامیكة عبدالمحسن عبدالحمید الحیدري (أبن الھیثم) / جامعة بغداد الصرفة للعلوم الكیمیاء / كلیة التربیةعلوم قسم سجى صالح جبار الطویل جامعة القادسیة كلیة العلوم/ قسم الكیمیاء/ لیث سمیر جاسم قسم الكیمیاء / كلیة التربیة / جامعة القادسیة 2012آذار 18، قبل البحث في : 2011تشرین الثاني 20استلم البحث في : الخالصة یعنى ھذا البح�ث بدراس�ة أمت�زاز ص�بغة الكونغ�و الحم�راء م�ن محلولھ�ا الم�ائي عل�ى س�طح قش�ور الحنط�ة، وك�ان بین�ت الدراس�ة ان ایزوثی�رم .الغرض من الدراس�ة ھ�و البح�ث ع�ن أفض�ل الظ�روف الواج�ب توفرھ�ا ف�ي عملی�ة تنقی�ة المی�اه یة االمتزاز تتبع ایزو ثیرم النكمایر.وان عمل giles) طبقا لتصنیف lامتزاز الصبغة نوع ( ، كم�ا حس�بت (25oc ,40 ,55)ت�م دراس�ة عملی�ة امت�زاز الص�بغة عل�ى س�طح قش�ور الحنط�ة عن�دة ث�الث درج�ات حراری�ة لعملی��ة االمت��زاز. وق��د وج��د ان كمی��ة امت��زاز الص��بغة ت��زداد م��ع زی��ادة درج��ة (ho,∆so,∆go∆)ال��دوال الثرمودینامیكی��ة ص للحرارة).ماامتزاز الحرارة ( وقد وجد ان كمیة االمت�زاز القص�وى .دقیقة 90أن الزمن الالزم لحدوث االتزان في عملیة امتزاز الصبغة المذكورة أنفاً ھو .oم 25عند درجة حرارة %92.9ي على سطح قشور الحنطة ھلصبغة الكونغو الحمراء أظھرت نتائج حركیة االمتزاز وبتطبیق قوانین السرعة من المرتبة االولى والثانی�ة ب�ان عملی�ة امت�زاز الص�بغة عل�ى س�طح نوقشت النتائج على ض�وء التركی�ب الكیمی�ائي للص�بغة وطبیع�ة س�طح قشور الحنطة تتبع قانون السرعة من المرتبة الثانیة. وق��د أظھ��رت النت��ائج ان االنتش��ار ،لل��دقائق لدراس��ة حركی��ة امت��زاز الص��بغة طب��ق ق��انون االنتش��ار الض��مني .قش��ور الحنط��ة .الضمني للدقائق یلعب دوراً رئیسیاً في عملیة االمتزاز االمتزاز، صبغة الكونغو الحمراء، قشور الحنطة : الكلمات المفتاحیة 177 | chemistry references والبرولین في محتوى بعض العناصر الصغرى لنبات الجبریلیك يدور حامض peas (pisum sativum)البزالیا سمیرة مؤید یاسین / جامعة بغدادالھیثمابن كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة قسم علوم الحیاة/ 2014/حزیران/2، قبل البحث في : 2014/شباط/17استلم البحث في : الخالصة لقسم علوم الحیاة/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھیثم/ جامعة بغداد لموسم أجریت التجربة في الحدیقة النباتیة التابعة وثالثة تراكیز ،) جزء بالملیون100، 50، 0لدراسة تأثیر ثالثة تراكیز من حامض الجبریلیك ھي ( 2013-2012النمو المنغنیز والنحاس) ومحتوى ) جزء بالملیون في محتوى عناصر (الحدید والزنك و50، 25، 0من حامض البرولین ھي ( ) 8) في الجزء الخضري لنبات البازالء، إذ استعملت أصص سعة كل واحد منھا (2-الكلوروفیل الكلي (مایكروغرام. سم ) أصیصاً. 27وفق التصمیم العشوائي الكامل، وبثالثة مكررات بحیث تضمنت التجربة ( على كغم تربة. نفذت التجربة .(least significant difference-lsd test)طات بإختیار اقل فرق معنوي ین المتوسوقورنت الفروق المعنویة ب ) جزء بالملیون من حامض 50والتركیز (،) جزء بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك 100أظھرت النتائج بأن التركیز ( جزء ) 50ومحتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي بینما التركیز ( ،والنحاس ،الى زیادة معنویة في محتوى الحدید قد أدیا البرولین ) جزء بالملیون من حامض البرولین قد اعطیا زیادة معنویة في محتوى كل 50بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك والتركیز ( نك والمنغنیز.زمن ال البرولین، البزالیا، العناصر الصغرى.الجبریلیك، : الكلمات المفتاحیة 42 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 المقدمة وعشیرة pisum، جنس leguminosae familyالمنتمي الى العائلة البقلیة peas یعد نبات البزالیا faboideae tribe فضالً عن كون بذوره كغیرھا اً غذائی ھمیة االقتصادیة المستخدمة محصوالً من اھم النباتات ذات األ ، antioxidantالفالفونویدات المضادة لالكسدةمن بذور البقلیات تتمیز بخصائص طبیة لكونھا تحتوي على flavonoidsیحتل نبات البزالیا1م الحیاة [، ونظراً لذلك فإن ھذا النبات یمثل أحد األنظمة النباتیة الممیزة في علو .[ ، 1ا النبات [لھذفي العالم على انھ النبات البقلي األكثر زراعة، وتعد بلدان الشرق األوسط الموطن األصلي المرتبة الثانیة %، وكذلك 50)% والنشویات بطیئة الھضم بنسبة 25-23تتمیز بكونھا غنیة بالبروتین وبنسبة ( ]. ان بذور البزالیا2 ]. یزرع محصول 1تامینات [% فضالً عن احتوائھا على كمیة معینة من االلیاف والمعادن والفی5السكریات الذائبة بنسبة ].3لجافة، ویعطي حاصالً جیداً في جو بارد نسبیاً [لغرض قرناتھ او بذوره ا البزالیا الذي یعمل بدوره على تحفیز تنظیم ] من أھم الھرمونات النباتیة، 6[] و5] و [4یعد حامض الجبریلیك كما أشار [ ویة. نمو النبات عن طریق تحفیز انقسام الخالیا واستطالتھا فضالً عن دوره في تنظیم مستوى البروتینات والحوامض النو توازن الماء تغلب على التأثیرات التي تؤثر فيدوراً حیویاً في ال ] یؤدي7وحسب ما أشار [ان ھذا الھرمون النباتي .plant systemواالیونات ضمن النظام النباتي الحفاظ الذي یؤدي دوراً حیویاً في تنظیم التأثیر االزموزي للنبات یعد البرولین الحامض االمیني المسؤول عن یا واالغشیة الخھم بشكل فعال في حمایة الأنھ یسعلى نمو النبات بشكل عام تحت تأثیر الضغط االزموزي، فضالً عن ذلك ف superoxide dismutase :مثل ، الحیویة والبروتینات عن طریق زیادة فعالیة االنزیمات المثبطة لالكسدة (sod)،والبیروكسیدیزperoxidase،والكاتالیزcatalase ]8 ،9 ،10] الى ان حامض البرولین یزید 10]. كما أشار [ المسببة لالكسدة. ان دور free radicalsمن تحمل النبات للجھد االزموزي لكونھ منظم ازموزي ومقتنص للجذور الحرة chelatingللنبات یرجع الى تأثیره المخلبي micronutrientsالبرولین في تنظیم محتوى العناصر المغذیة الصغرى effect] 12] و [11حسب ما أشار كل من.[ ربة، وبكمیة تسد في الت soluble nutrientsفر المغذیات الذائبة اوإلنتاج محصول حیوي كماً ونوعاً یجب تو ت ان جمیع أجزاء النبات المتمثلة في الجذور والسیقان واألوراق واالجزاء األخرى تحتاج الى ھذه المغذیا حاجة النبات، اذ المحصول في ھذه المغذیات سیؤثر سلباً في كمیة أي نقص. كما ان حدوث ھأوقات خاصة من نمو النبات ونشوئ وفي و ]. وللحفاظ على مستویات معینة من ھذه العناصر المغذیة أصبح من الضروري رش النباتات بمنظمات النم13[ونوعیتھ .prolineوحامض البرولین ،gibberellic acidحامض الجبریلیكالنباتیة مثل ] الى ان 14قد ذكر [بأھمیة بیولوجیة عالیة في ھذا المجال ف micronutrientsتمتاز العناصر المغذیة الصغرى على أساس امتالكھ ألكثر من حالة تأكسدیة، أن ھذا النظام الناقل electron carrier اً الكترونی ناقالً الحدید یعمل ]. 15یشكل محوراً اساسیاً لعملیات االیض الخلوي للنبات مثل عملیة البناء الضوئي [ electron transportلاللكترونات واالنزیمات التنفسیة فضالً عن دوره في عملیة peptidaseالـ غنیز فیعد عنصراً منشطاً النزیمأما بالنسبة لعنصر المن یسبب ظاھرة شحوب ، وان نقص ھذا العنصر]15] و [14حسب ما أشار كل من [ photosynthesisالبناء الضوئي یة أخرى نجد أن عنصر الحیلولة دون عملیة النمو. ومن ناح ) واصفرار النبات ومن ثميالكلوروفیل األوراق (الشحوب carbonicانھایدریز الكاربونیك اتفعالیة أنزیمذكر ایضاً ان الزنك یحفز قدللعدید من االنزیمات، ف اً منشطالزنك یعمل anhydrase وalcohol dehydrogenase وhexokinase وpeptidase وفضالً عما سبق فأن عملیة النمو بشكل ، االندوالت ، الحیوي لالوكسینات دي دوراً فاعالً في عملیة التصنیععام ترتبط ارتباطاً وثیقاً بمحتوى ھذا العنصر، لكونھ یؤ protein metabolisumعملیة االیض الحیوي للبروتینات في اً وحامض الخلیك. كما انھ یعتقد ان لھذا العنصر تأثیر لاللكترونات، وكذلك یدخل ضمن تركیب وناقالً حامالً ] الى ان عنصر النحاس یعمل 16و[ ]14أیضاً كل من [].أشار 14[ رك توبذلك یش plastocyanin، ویكون جزءاً من معقد الـ phenol oxidase) وانزیم الـ cحامالت االسكوربیك (فیتامین ھذا العنصر في سلسلة نقل االلكترونات لعملیة البناء الضوئي. توجد في أوراق النبات، وھذه green pigmentعن صبغة خضراء ھو عبارة chlorophyllالكلوروفیل في عملیة البناء الضوئي طاقة الضوئیة من الشمس واستعمالھاالصبغة تكون بدورھا مسؤولة عن تجمیع ال photosynthesis ]16توى بعض العناصر المغذیة ]. أن زیادة محتوى الكلوروفیل یمكن تفسیرھا على أساس زیادة مح ].15، 14الحدید والمنغنیز [لتي بدورھا تحفز من عملیة التصنیع الحیوي للكلوروفیل، مثل االصغرى المواد وطرائق العمل علوم الحیاة/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھیثم/ جامعة بغداد أجریت التجربة في الحدیقة النباتیة التابعة لقسم ملم) ووضعت 2، إذ أُخذت التربة من الحدیقة النباتیة وجففت ھوائیاً وطحنت ونخلت بمنخل (2013-2012لموسم النمو العشوائي وفق التصمیم على عاملیة م) لكل اصیص. صممت التجربة بوصفھا تجربةكغ 8في اصص فخاریة بوزن ( ) أصیص. 27صص (وبذلك بلغ عدد االوبثالث مكررات completely randomized design (c.r.d)الكامل % من السعة 50بذرة لكل اصیص ورویت الریة األولى على أساس 15وبعدد 26/11/2012ُزرعت بذور البزالیا بتاریخ ، 0ثالثة تراكیز من حامض الجبریلیك وھي ( ص، استعملتنباتات لكل اصی 6لى ت اقلیة وبعد أسبوعین من الزراعة خفالح 43 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 ) جزء بالملیون، ُرشت النباتات بتراكیز 50، 25، 0وثالثة تراكیز من حامض البرولین وھي ( ،) جزء بالملیون100، 50 اتات الرشة االولى ُرشت النب أولى وبعد مرور أسبوعین من رشةً 7/1/2013وحامض البرولین بتاریخ ،حامض الجبریلیك كرشة ثانیة. 21/1/2013بتاریخ بالتركیز نفسھ درجة 70-65ت العینات بفرن كھربائي على درجة. جفف6/2/2013العینات للجزء الخضري بتاریخ تأخذ ] وتم تقدیر الحدید، الزنك، المنغنیز 17اخذ وزن معلوم منھا وھضمت حسب طریقة [وویة ثم طحنت بطاحونة كھربائیة مئ ثم ، atomic absorption spectrophotometer[18]جھاز لمستخلص الحامضي للعینات باستخداموالنحاس في ا قراءات ألربع أربعوذلك بأخذ معدل minot a (spad)طة جھاز تقدیر الكلوروفیل اسبو لوروفیل الكليمحتوى الك قیس شاشة الجھاز. تظھر القراءة في ، اذعلیھوالضغط أوراق عشوائیة من كل معاملة وذلك بوضع الورقة تحت ذراع الجھاز least significant)وقُورنت الفروق المعنویة بین المتوسطات باختبار أقل فرق معنوي ُحللت النتائج احصائیاً of difference-lsd test) أستُعمل البرنامج االحصائي .sas-statistical analysis system (2010) في .[19]التحلیل االحصائي والمناقشة النتائج والبرولین في محتوى الحدید لنبات لكل من حامضي الجبریلیك اً معنوی اً ) أن ھنالك تأثیر1أظھرت نتائج جدول ( جزء بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك كان األفضل في إعطاء اعلى معدل لمحتوى الحدید وھو 100إذ ان التركیز البازالء، % مقارنة مع أقل معدل لمحتوى الحدید الذي كان عند التركیز صفر من 49یادة قدرھا وبنسبة زجزء بالملیون 144.50 جزء 50فقد كان للمحتوى ،محتوى الحدید لین فيثیر حامض البروجزء بالملیون. أما بالنسبة لتأ 96.78الجبریلیك وھو جزء 137.70وھو بالملیون من البرولین األفضلیة في التأثیر المعنوي في زیادة محتوى الحدید، إذ اعطى أعلى معدل جزء 25جزء بالملیون للتركیزین صفر و 121.47و 112.62% مقارنة مع 11.8 و%22بالملیون وبنسب زیادة بلغت جزء 100عند التركیز في محتوى الحدید التداخل لعاملي الدراسة كان معنویاً ایضاً بالملیون على التوالي. إن تأثیر جزء 82.80% مقارنة مع المحتوى 97قدرھا جزء بالملیون وبنسبة زیادة 50بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك والتركیز والبرولین في من حامض الجبریلیك بالملیون عند التركیز صفر لكل من الجبریلیكوالبرولین. ان التأثیر اإلیجابي لكل زیادة في جاھزیة ثالثة من أن منظمات النمو ذات التاثیرالحامضي تسبب] الذي أكد 20محتوى الحدید یتفق مع نتائج [ منظم نمو ] ان أضافة حامض الجبریلیك 21لزنك. ومن ناحیة أخرى فقد أكد [العناصر الصغرى وھي الحدید والمنغنیز وا یحفز امتصاص الجذر للعناصر المغذیة الصغرى إنھیادة محتوى الحدید والمنغنیز، اذ بدوره الى زللنبات یؤدي micronutrients أن حامض الجبریلیك یقاوم التأثیرات التي تعیق من امتصاص یزداد محتواھا، وقد أكد أیضاً ومن ثم ، یادة محتوى الحدید لنبات البزالیاراً فاعالً في زالنبات للعناصر المغذیة، وعلى ھذا األساس یؤدي حامض الجبریلیك دو chelatingالذي أثبت أن التأثیر المخلبي]، 22ة محتوى الحدید یتفق مع نتائج [زیاد لمقابل نجد أن تأثیر البرولین فيوفي ا effect للبرولین كأي ان التأثیر المخلبيالصغرى للنبات، وقد أكد ایضاً للحوامض االمینیة یزید من محتوى العناصر زیادة امتصاصھا. ، ومن ثمplant systemحامض أمیني یكمن في سھولة انتقال العناصر الصغرى ضمن النظام النباتي یحفز من م منظمات النمو النباتیة، اذ] الذي اثبت أن حامض الجبریلیك یعد من أھ16أن ذلك یتفق ایضاً مع [ یعكس فاعلیة النمو النباتي دة محتوى الحدید في نبات البزالیاانقسام الخالیا وتوسعھا وتسریع عملیة النمو للنبات. أن زیا plant growth ] العدید من البروتینات التي تشترك لعنصر یؤدي دوراً حیویاً في تصنیعان ھذا ا ] 5حسب ما أكدت نتائج للحدید في تحفیز عملیة تكوین ایتوكرومات، فضالً عن الدور المھمة االیض للنبات مثل السفي وظائف مختلفة في عملی یؤدي دور المساعد األنزیمي للعدید من ان الحدید یاً لھذه العملیة، وأكد أیضاً یعد مساعداً انزیمیاً ضرور الكلوروفیل، اذ peroxidaseوالبیروكسیدیزcatalaseات مثل الكاتالیزلة في خالیا النباالنزیمات المسؤولة عن وظائف فیسیولوجیة فعا وانزیمات السایتوكروم. على نمو النبات، ومن ثمنتیجة إلضافة عوامل ذات تأثیر إیجابي ینعكس ایجابیاً البزالیاان النمو الجید لنبات جزء بالملیون من 100) أن التركیز 2في النبات، إذ أظھرت نتائج جدول ( micronutrientsمحتوى العناصر الصغرى % مقارنة 140.8جزء بالملیون وبنسبة زیادة قدرھا 84.75أعلى معدل لمحتوى الزنك وھو حامض الجبریلیك قد أعطى جزء بالملیون قد 50جزء بالملیون، كما أن تركیز البرولین 35.12بأقل محتوى لھذا العنصر عند التركیز صفر وھو % مقارنة مع أقل معدل لمحتوى 201.4زء بالملیون وبنسبة زیادة قدرھاج 104.18أعطى أعلى معدل لمحتوى الزنك ھو جزء بالملیون عند التركیز صفر. 33.57الزنك وھو بلغ أعلى معدل فقدیضاً معنویاً في محتوى الزنك، اوالبرولین فكان أما تأثیر التداخل الثنائي لحامضي الجبریلیك جزء بالملیون من حامض البرولین وھو 50جزء بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك والتركیز 50لمحتوى الزنك عند التركیز عند التركیز صفر لكل من الجبریلیك 16.18% مقارنة مع محتوى الزنك 663جزء بالملیون وبنسبة زیادة قدرھا 128.30 منظم نمو ألشجار الفاكھة یؤدي الى استطالة الذي أكد أن استعمال الجبریلیك ]23فق مع نتائج [أن ھذه النتائج تتوالبرولین. نفسھ یزید من الوقت یة الصغرى من قبل النبتة، وفي الخالیا، أذ ان الجبریلیك یؤدي الى زیادة امتصاص العناصر المغذ انزیمات التحلل ملیة تصنیعالنبات كما أنھ یسرع عاندول حامض الخلیك الذي یعد منشطاً ضروریاً لنمو انسجة تصنیع أن الذي أكد ]20ا تتفق ایضاً مع [في الخالیا المسؤولة عن تنشیط النمو بشكل عام، كما انھ amylaseمثل االمیلیز المائي 44 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 الحامضي لھذه المنظمات زیادة جاھزیة الحدید المنغنیز والزنك، لكون التأثیر منظمات النمو ذات التاثیر الحامضي تسبب یعادل تأثیر الكاربونات التي تعیق من امتصاص ھذه العناصر الصغرى. . وبالمقابل نجد أن زیادة محتوى الزنك لنبات البزالیا والبرولین في أن ھذا التفسیر یدعم تأثیر حامضي الجبریلیك chelatingى عموماً بسبب تأثیره المخلبيحامض البرولین كأي حامض امیني یعمل على زیادة محتوى العناصر الصغر effect ن حدوث نقص في محتوى الزنك للنبات یؤدي الى ]. ا22، 11النبات [ ذه العناصر من متصاص ھالذي یزید من ا ل ملحوظ كما التي تحد من نمو النبات بشك chlorosis حوب األوراق او ألشحوب الكلوروفیليحصول ظاھرة تسمى بش والسالمیات ، branchesواالفرع ، leavesتتضمن ھذه الظاھرة تقلیص حجم األوراق ]، اذ15[] و 14أكد [ internodes. القدرة على التجمیع أو االنتاج الطبیعي لحامض البرولین تحت ظروف االجھاد ان جمیع النباتات لیس لھا [10]وقد أكد ات وھنا تكمن أھمیة رش النبات بمنظمات النمو التي تزید البیئي لذلك اصبح من الضروري ادخال ھذا المركب داخل النب من محتوى العناصر المغذیة الصغرى وبضمنھا عنصر الزنك. ) وجود فروق معنویة في محتوى المنغنیز بزیادة تركیز حامض الجبریلیك، إذ ان التركیز 3أظھرت نتائج جدول ( جزء 33.63ھ أعلى معدل لمحتوى المنغنیز وھو طائمض الجبریلیك كان األفضل في اعجزء بالملیون من حا 100 % مقارنة بأقل معدل لمحتوى المنغنیز 48بالملیون متفوقاً معنویاً على التراكیز األخرى من الحامض وبنسبة زیادة مقدارھا المنغنیز جزء بالملیون. وأما بالنسبة لتأثیر حامض البرولین فإن أعلى محتوى لعنصر 22.67عند معاملة السیطرة وھو % مقارنة بأقل محتوى 68.23جزء بالملیون من البرولین وبنسبة زیادة قدرھا 50جزء بالملیون عند التركیز 36.17كان ) وجود فروق معنویة عند 3جزء بالملیون عند التركیز صفر من البرولین. كذلك أظھرت نتائج جدول ( 21.50وھو جزء بالملیون من 50جزء بالملیون من الجبریلیك والتركیز 50أعطى التركیز التداخالت الثنائیة بین عاملي الدراسة، فقد % مقارنة مع أقل معدل وھو 104.4وبنسبة زیادة جزء بالملیون 39.55لمنغنیز وھو البرولین أعلى معدل لمحتوى ا ) فإن أضافة 2) و(1في جدولي ( والبرولین، وكما نوقش جزء بالملیون عند التركیز صفر لكل من الجبریلیك 16.45 ھم في زیادة جاھزیة بعض العناصر الصغرى وبضمنھا المنغنیز فضالً عن العضویة الى النبات بشكل عام تس الحوامض التأثیر المخلبي لحامض البرولین في زیادة محتوى العناصر الصغرى. والبرولین وتداخلھما في زیادة جبریلیكلكل من حامضي ال اً معنوی اً ) بأن ھنالك تأثیر4أظھرت نتائج جدول ( جزء بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك كان األفضل في إعطاء أعلى معدل لمحتوى 100محتوى النحاس. إذ أن التركیز % مقارنة 86.24جزء بالملیون وبنسبة زیادة قدرھا 26.13أعطى لتراكیز األخرى من الجبریلیك، اذالنحاس مقارنة مع ا تركیز االنظر عن تركیز حامض البرولین. إم تركیز صفر من حامض الجبریلیك وبصرفحاس عند المع محتوى الن جزء بالملیون 25.20كان لھ األفضلیة في زیادة محتوى النحاس، إذ اعطى أعلى معدل وھو فجزء بالملیون 50البرولین % على التوالي. 19.148% و72.01جزء بالملیون وبنسب قدرھا 25للتركیزین صفر و 21.15و 14.65مقارنة مع جزء 100وھناك ایضاً فرق معنوي للتداخل الثنائي لعاملي الدراسة، فكان أعلى معدل لمحتوى النحاس عند التركیز جزء بالملیون وبنسبة زیادة 29.95جزء بالملیون من حامض البرولین وھو 50بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك والتركیز جزء بالملیون. 9.60لكل من الجبریلیكوالبرولین والذي بلغ ع محتوى النحاس عند التركیز صفر % مقارنة م212قدرھا الدور اإلیجابي لحامض ]، الذي بدوره أكد 21ع نتائج [إن التأثیر اإلیجابي للجبریلیك في زیادة محتوى النحاس یتفق م الجبریلیك في زیادة محتوى بعض العناصر الصغرى بضمنھا النحاس، وقد فسر ذلك على أساس أن منظمات النمو النباتیة plant growth regulators الخصائص كل ما یؤثر سلباً في فيحامض الجبریلیك تزید من مقاومة النبات مثل امتصاص النبات للعناصر المغذیة الصغرى ر الجبریلیك في مقاومة ما یعیق أكد دوثال الفسیولوجیة للنبات فعلى سبیل الم عن طریق تنظیم مستوى الماء واالیونات داخل الخالیا النباتیة. أما عن دور البرولین في زیادة محتوى النحاس، فیفسر على الذي تم تفسیره سابقاً. chelating effectأساس تأثیره المخلبي والبرولین وتداخلھما في زیادة محتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي ) تأثیر كل من الجبریلیك5نتائج جدول (أظھرت أعلى معدل لمستوى بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك جزء 100، إذ أعطى التركیز لنبات البزالیا) 2-(مایكروغرام. سم % مقارنة مع اقل معدل لمحتوى الكلوروفیل 56.56وبنسبة زیادة قدرھا 2-مایكروغرام. سم 49.02الكلي وھو الكلوروفیل جزء بالملیون من حامض البرولین 50التركیز عند التركیز صفر من الجبریلیك. وكذلك2-مایكروغرام. سم 31.31وھو وبنسبة زیادة 45.70إذ أعطي أعلى معدل وھو ،)2-كان األفضل في زیادة محتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي (مایكروغرام. سم للتركیز صفر من البرولین. أن تأثیر التداخل الثنائي 2-مایكروغرام. سم 34.52% مقابل أقل معدل وھو 32.38قدرھا عند 2-مایكروغرام. سم 54.66لعاملي الدراسة كان ایضاً معنویاً في ھذه الصفة، فكان أعلى معدل لمحتوى الكلوروفیل جزء بالملیون من البرولین مقارنة مع محتوى الكلوروفیل 50جزء بالملیون من حامض الجبریلیك والتركیز 100تركیز ال %. أن زیادة 136.1والبرولین، وبنسبة زیادة قدرھا عند التركیز صفر لكل من الجبریلیك 2-مایكروغرام. سم 23.15 بتأثیر حامضي ة محتوى بعض العناصر المغذیة الصغرى محتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي یمكن تفسیره على أساس زیاد biosynthesis ofالحیوي للكلوروفیل ذه العناصر تحفز من عملیة التصنیعن ھوالبرولین، اذ ا الجبریلیك chlorophyllعامالً مساعداً ] أن الحدید یعمل 15أكد [ . اذco-factorحیوي ال نزیمات المسؤولة عن عملیة التصنیعلال بیاً فيأن المنغنیز یؤدي دوراً إیجا ] الذي أكد 14[التصنیع جد أن ھذه النتائج تتفق مع ن وفیل، ومن ناحیة أخرىللكلور 45 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 في تحفیز عملیة التصنیع amino acids الدور اإلیجابي للحوامض االمینة ] أكد 11. كما أن [يوفیلالكلور التصنیع .الكلوروفیل الكلي للنبات زیادة محتوى في اً امینی اً حامضم تأثیر البرولین الحیوي للكلوروفیل، مما یدع ] 24] و[7اتفق ذلك مع نتائج كل من [زیادة محتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي، فقد أما عن تأثیر حامض الجبریلیك في تصنیعب على العوامل التي تعیق من منظم نمو للنبات، ویتغلاذ ان كل منھم أكد ان حامض الجبریلیك یعمل ] 25و[ ] انھ بعد الرش 24د محتواه في األوراق. وقد أكد [الكلوروفیل وبذلك یعمل الجبریلیك على زیادة تخلیق الكلوروفیل فیزدا تزداد، وفسر ذلك على أساس synthesis and stabilityالكلوروفیل واستقراریتھ مض الجبریلیك فإن عملیة تصنیعابح ultra structuralحتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي نتیجة لتحفیز التشكل فوق التركیبي أنھ بعد الرش بحامض الجبریلیك یزداد م morphogenesis للبالستیدات مما یؤدي الى احتجازretention الكلوروفیل مما یسھم في تأخیر حالة الشیخوخة senescence ] أن حامض الجبریلیك یسھم في إحیاء 7وكذلك أكد [restoration الصبغات المستنفذة وبذلك یزداد محتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي. لذلك نوصي باستخدام منظمات النمو النباتیة وبضمنھا الحوامض العضویة مثل حامض الجبریلیك وحامض التي تؤدي دوراً جوھریاً في عملیات النمو المختلفة زیادة محتوى العناصر الصغرى البرولین نظراً لدورھا اإلیجابي في لنبات.ل المصادر 1-symykal, f.; aubert, g. and bursting, j. (2012). pea (pisum sativum l.) in the genomic era. j. agronomy, 2: 74-115. 2-riethmuller, g (2003). successful field pea harvesting. j. dep. agric. bull. no. 4569. issn 1326-415x. تأثیر تركیز حامض .)2012مؤید؛ الساعدي، عباس جاسم حسین والشمري، ماھر زكي فیصل (یاسین، سمیرة -3 trigonella)لنبات الحلبة (الصنف المحلي) وتداخلھما في مؤشرات النمو الجبریلیك ومستوى السماد الفوسفاتي foenum graecuml.) ،علمي. 184-178):2(10. مجلة جامعة كربالء العلمیة ) في بعض الصفات المظھریة والفسلجیة ga3). تأثیر تراكیز مختلفة من حامض الجبریلیك (2008عماد داود (عباس، -4 جامعة السلیمانیة، العراق.الة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة، كالر،رس. .trigonella foenum graecumlلنبات الحلبة 5-asrar, a. (2011). seed germination indication of hommaidh (rumex vesicarium l.) by gibberellic acid and temperature applications. american eurasian j. agric. and environ. sci., 10(3): 310-317. 6-mostafa, g. and aboualhamd, m. (2011). effect of gibberelic acid and indole 3-acetic acid on improving growth and accumulation of phytochemical composition in balanitesaegyptiaca plants. american j. plant physiol., 6(1): 36-43. 7-ratnakar, a. and rai, a. (2013). alleviation of the effects of nacl salinity in spinach (spinaciaolercea l. var. all green) using plant growth regulators. j. stress physiol. and biochem.,9(3): 122-128. 8-xavier, d.; timalate, v. and lim, o. (2011). role of exogenous proline in ameliorating salt stress at early stages two rice cultivars. j. stress physiol. and biochem., 7(4): 157-174. 9-ali, q.; ashraf, m. and athar, h. (2007). exogenously applied proline at different growth stages enhances growth of two maize cultivars grown under water deficit conditions. pak. j. bot., 39(4): 113-1144. دور حامض البرولین .)2010ان، عبد الكریم حمد والقزاز، أمل، غانم محمود (الساعدي، عباس جاسم حسین؛ حس-10 ة االنبار . مجل.triticum aestivumlالسلبي لكلورید الصودیوم في مكونات الحاصل لنبات الحنطة تأثیرالفي تقلیل عدد خاص بمؤتمر. :433-444)2(8للعلوم الزراعیة، 11-datir, r. and laware, s. (2012). application of amino acid chelated micronutrients for enhancing growth and productivity in chili (capsicum annuum l.). j. plant sci. feed, 2(7): 100-105. 12-agrinos innovative by nature (2013). l-amino acids-plant impact.www.agrinos.com 13-brumbaugh, s. (2009). gibberellic acid and its effect on the growth of dwarf peas plants: dwarf peasʼquest for new height through hormone use/ group three/ biology 100/ section a. 14-pendias, a. (2001). trace elements in soil and plants. (3rded). crc press: 432 pp. 46 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 15-dohuky, m.; abdel, c. and khalid, n. (2011). a greenhouse study on growth, yield and anatomical parameters of three pea cultivars: under different irrigation levels and growth regulators. american j. exper. agric., 1(4): 121-173. 16-capon, b. (2010). botany for gardener: an introduction and guide, 3rd ed. portland, oregon: timber press. 17-agiza, a. h.; el-hinedidy, m. t. and ibrahim, m. e. (1960). the determination of the different fractions of phosphorus in plant and soil. bull. fad agric. cairo univ., 121. 18-oliveria,s.; neto,j.; nobrega,j. and jones,b.(2010).determination of macro and micronutrients in plant leaves by high resolution continum source flame atomic absorption spectrometry combining instrumental and sample preparation strategies. j. of colloquium spectroscopicum international.65(4):316-320. 19-sas,2010. sas/stat users guide for personal computers release 9.1 sas.institute inc.cary and n.c,usa. 20-mark,g.(2008).use of acidifying agent for promoting micronutrient uptake.world intellectual property organization/international publication number wo 2008/131535a1. 21-akman, z. (2009). effect of plant growth regulators on nutrient content of young wheat and barley plant under saline condition. j. anim vet. adv., 8(10): 2018-2021. 22-fawzy, z.; el-shal and yunsheng, l. (2012). response of garlic (allium sativum l.) plant to foliar spraying of some bio-stimulants under sandy soil condition. j. appl. sci. res., 8(2): 770-776. موقع زراعي .(2012)باتیة على أشجار الفاكھةاالستخدام اآلمن وغیر اآلمن للھرمونات الن -23 www.elasaala.comمتخصص. 24-pazuki, a.;sedghi, m. and aflaki, f. (2013). introduction of salinity and phytohormones on wheat photosynthesis traits and membrane stability. j. agric., 59(1): 33-41. 25-shaddad, m.; abd el-samad, h. and mostafa, d. (2013).drought tolerance of some( zea mays) genotype at early growth stage. internat. j. plant physiol. and biochem., 5(4): 5057. في نبات البزالیا.)ppm( feوالبرولین وتداخلھما في محتوى الحدید تأثیر الجبریلیك :)1( رقم جدول (ppm)الجبرلین (ppm)البرولین معدل تاثیر الجبریلیك 0 25 50 0 82.80 96.30 111.25 96.78 50 122.50 13.50 138.50 130.50 100 132.55 137.60 163.35 144.50 ــــــــ 137.70 121.47 112.62 معدل تاثیر البرولین ) عند lsdقیم ( )0.05( 4.223 الجبریلیك = 4.223 البرولین = 7.316 البرولین =× الجبریلیك 47 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 في نبات البزالیا.)ppm( znوالبرولین وتداخلھما في محتوى الزنك ): تأثیر الجبریلیك2(رقم جدول (ppm)الجبرلین (ppm)البرولین معدل تاثیر الجبریلیك 0 25 50 0 16.81 25.05 63.50 35.12 50 24.52 36.55 128.30 63.12 100 59.36 73.60 120.075 84.75 ـــــــ 104.18 45.07 33.57 معدل تاثیر البرولین ) عند lsdقیم ( )0.05( 5.424 الجبریلیك = 5.424 البرولین = 9.394 البرولین =× الجبریلیك في نبات البزالیا.)ppm( mnوالبرولین وتداخلھما في محتوى المنغنیز ): تأثیر الجبریلیك3(رقمجدول (ppm)الجبرلین (ppm)البرولین معدل تاثیر الجبریلیك 0 25 50 0 16.45 19.75 31.80 22.67 50 21.55 27.15 39.55 29.42 100 26.50 37.25 37.15 33.63 ـــــــ 36.17 28.05 21.50 معدل تاثیر البرولین ) عند lsdقیم ( )0.05( 2.696 الجبریلیك = 2.696البرولین = 4.67 البرولین =× الجبریلیك في نبات البزالیا.)ppm( cuوالبرولین وتداخلھما في محتوى النحاس ): تأثیر الجبریلیك4( رقم جدول (ppm)الجبرلین (ppm)البرولین معدل تاثیر الجبریلیك 0 25 50 0 9.60 13.85 18.65 14.03 50 14.05 21.45 27.00 20.83 100 20.30 28.15 29.95 26.13 ــــــــ 25.20 21.15 14.65 معدل تاثیر البرولین ) عند lsdقیم ( )0.05( 2.319 الجبریلیك = 2.319 البرولین = 4.017 البرولین =× الجبریلیك 48 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 في نبات ) 2-الكلوروفیل الكلي (مایكروغرام. سموالبرولین وتداخلھما في محتوى ): تأثیر الجبریلیك5(رقم جدول البزالیا. (ppm)الجبرلین (ppm)البرولین معدل تاثیر الجبریلیك 0 25 50 0 23.15 33.03 37.73 31.31 50 35.29 40.83 44.70 40.38 100 44.85 47.53 54.66 49.02 ــــــــ 45.70 40.48 34.52 معدل تاثیرالبرولین ) عند lsdقیم ( )0.05( 2.690 الجبریلیك = 2.690 البرولین = 4.659 البرولین =× الجبریلیك 49 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 role of gibberellicacid and proline on some micronutrients content of peas (pisum sativum) samira m.yassen department of biology/ college of education for pure science 9ibn-alhaitham)/ university of baghdad. received in : 17/february/2014 , accepted in : 2/june/2014 abstract an experiment was conducted in the green garden of department of biology/ in college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham/ baghdad university for the grouth season (2012-2013) to study the effect of three concentrations of gibberellic acid (0, 50, 100) ppm and three concentrations of proline (0, 25, 50) ppm on micronutrients content (iron (fe), zinc (zn), manganese (mn) and copper (cu) ppm) in addition to total chlorophyll content (µg. cm-2) for the green part of peas plant (pisum sativum), pots of (8 kg) soil were used, the experiment was conducted according to complete randomized design (crd) and three replicates, whereby the experiment included (27) pots, the significant variations were compared between means using least significant differencelsd test. the results have represented that the concentrations (100) ppm of gibberellic acid and (50) ppm of proline led to significant increase of iron and copper contents and total chlorophyll content, whereas the concentrations (50) ppm of gibberellic acid and (50) ppm of proline led to the higher significant contents of zinc and manganese . keywords: gibberellic, proline, peas, micronutrient. 50 | biology @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (2) 2014 microsoft word 135-142 mathematics | 135 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the comparison between standard bayes estimators of the reliability function of exponential distribution mohammed jamel ali moham198999@gmail.com hazim mansoor gorgees hazim5656@yahoo.com adel abdul kadhim hussein adilabed57@yahoo.com department, of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, iraq, baghdad article history: received 10 june 2018, accepted 15 august 2018, published december 2018"" abstract in this paper, a monte carlo simulation technique is used to compare the performance of the standard bayes estimators of the reliability function of the one parameter exponential distribution .three types of loss functions are adopted, namely, squared error loss function (self) ,precautionary error loss function (pelf) and linear exponential error loss function (linex) with informative and noninformative prior .the criterion integrated mean square error (imse) is employed to assess the performance of such estimators . key words: standard bayes estimator, loss function, imse 1. introduction the reliability theory is associated with random occurrence of undesirable events or failure during the life of a physical or biological system [1]. reliability is a substantial feature of a system. basic concepts related with reliability has been recognized for a number of years, however, it has got greatest importance during the past decennium as a consequence of the use of highly complex systems. in reliability theory, the exponential distribution has a distinctive role in life testing experiments. historically, it was the first life time model for which statistical procedures were widely developed. many researchers gave numerous results and generalized the exponential distribution as a life time distribution, particularly, in the field of industrial life testing. the exponential distribution is desirable because of its simplicity and its own features such as lacks memory and self-producing property. the probability density, cumulative distribution and reliability functions of one parameter exponential distribution are respectively defined as [2]: 𝑓 𝑡, ɵ ɵ𝑒 ɵ , 𝑡, ɵ 0 1 the cumulative distribution function is given by f t pr t t 1 e ɵ 2 r t 1 f t e ɵ 3 the one parameter exponential distribution is a member of exponential class of probability density functions which has the general form [3] f t, ɵ exp p ɵ k t s t q ɵ 4 then the exponential distribution the p.d.f. can be written as mathematics | 136 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 f t, ɵ exp ɵ𝑡 𝑙𝑛ɵ hence t ∑ 𝑘 𝑡 ∑ 𝑡 is the complete sufficient statistic for ɵ and it can be easily shown that t follows gamma distribution with parameters n and ɵ . 2. standard bayes estimators the researchers employed three types of loss functions, namely, the squared error loss function (self), precautionary error loss function (pelf) and linear exponential error loss function(linex) . the bayes estimator of the parameter ɵ is the value of ɵ that minimize the risk function r(ɵ, ɵ where [4] 𝑅 ɵ, ɵ 𝐸 𝐿 ɵ, ɵ 𝐿 ɵ, ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 ɵ 5 in the case of squared error loss function we have 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 6 then, the risk function will be r ɵ, ɵ ɵ ɵ ɵ h ɵ׀t dɵ = ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ 2ɵ ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ ɵɵ ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ ɵ 𝑅 ɵ, ɵ ɵ 2ɵ𝐸 ɵ׀𝑡 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ differentiating𝑅 ɵ, ɵ with respect to ɵ and setting the resultant derivative equal to zero, we get: 2ɵ 2e ɵ׀𝑡 0 solving for ɵ implies that ɵ e ɵ׀t 7 theprecautionary error loss function is defined as [5]: l ɵ, ɵ ɵ ɵ ɵ 8 if (pelf)is adopted, it can be in the same manner show that the bayes estimator of ɵ is ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 9 varian (1975) developed the following a symmetric linear exponential (linex) loss function 𝐿 ∆ 𝑒∆ ∆ 1 10 where ∆ ɵ ɵ and when the ((linex) is adopted, similarity the bayes estimator of ɵ is ɵ 𝑙𝑛 𝑒 ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 11 ɵ 4. posterior density based on jeffrey's prior information let us assume that ɵ has non informative prior density. jeffrey's (1961) developed a general rule for obtaining the prior distribution of ɵ [6]. he established that the single unknown parameter ɵ which is regarded as a random variable follows such a distribution that is proportional to the square root of the fisher information on ɵ, that is [5] 𝑔 ɵ 𝛼 𝐼 ɵ 12 that is mathematics | 137 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 𝑔 ɵ 𝑐 𝐼 ɵ where c is a constant of proportionality and i(ɵ) represent fisher information defined as follows: 𝐼 ɵ 𝑛𝐸 𝜕 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡, ɵ 𝜕ɵ if g ɵ denote jeffrey's prior information then 𝑔 ɵ 𝑐 𝑛𝐸 𝜕 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡; ɵ 𝜕ɵ 13 for the exponential distribution we have 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡, ɵ 𝑙𝑛ɵ ɵ𝑡 ;ɵ ɵ ɵ t hence, ∂ lnf t; ɵ ∂ɵ 1 ɵ substituting in equation (13) it follows that 𝑔 ɵ 𝑐 ɵ √𝑛 from bayes theorem the posterior density function of ɵ denoted by ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 can be derived as [4] ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑔 ɵ 𝐿 ɵ; 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑔 ɵ 𝐿 ɵ; 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑑ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 , … , 𝑡 ɵ 𝑒 ɵ ɵ 𝑒 ɵ 𝑑ɵ , t 𝑡 hence, the posterior density function for ɵ based on jeffery's prior information will be ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑇 ɵ 𝑒 ɵ г 𝑛 14 the posterior density in equation (14) is defined identified as a density of the gamma distribution, that is ɵ׀𝑡 , 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 ~ gamma (n, ) with e(ɵ) = and var(ɵ) = that is ɵ~gamma (n , ) 4. posterior density based on gamma prior distribution assuming that ɵ has informative prior as gamma distribution which takes the following form: 𝑔 ɵ 𝛽 ɵ 𝑒 ɵ г 𝛼 ; ɵ 0 , 𝛽 0 , 𝛼 0 15 where α,β are the shape parameter and scale parameter respectively the posterior density function is ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑔 ɵ 𝐿 ɵ; 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑔 ɵ 𝐿 ɵ; 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑑ɵ thus mathematics | 138 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑃 ɵ 𝑒 ɵ г 𝛼 𝑛 16 where p β t it can easily be noted that (ɵ׀𝑡 ~𝐺𝑎𝑚𝑚𝑎 𝛼 𝑛, with e(ɵ) = ,var(ɵ) = ( ) . bayes estimator when (self)is adopted 5 a: the case of jeffrey's prior information. from equation (7) we found that: ɵ e ɵ׀t ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 ɵ n t 17 similarly, the bayes estimator of the reliability function can be obtained as follows: r t e r t t׀ r t h ɵ׀t dθ r t t t t 18 b: the case of gamma prior distribution. in this case we have ɵ e h ɵ׀t α n p 19 the estimator of the reliability function can be obtained as 𝑅 𝑡 e r t t׀ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑒 ɵ 𝑃 ɵ 𝑒 ɵ г 𝛼 𝑛 𝑑𝜃 which, implies that 𝑅 𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 𝑃 𝑃 𝑡 20 . bayes estimator when (pelf) is adopted 6 a: the case of jeffrey's prior information from equation (9) we have ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑥׀ the 𝑟 moment of ɵ׀𝑡 can be evaluated as follows: e(ɵ 𝑡׀ ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ hence, e( ɵ 𝑡׀ г г 21 when r=2, we get 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ г 𝑛 2 г 𝑛 𝑇 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑇 hence, mathematics | 139 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 ɵ 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑇 22 similarly, the bayes estimators of the reliability function can be obtained as follows 𝑅 𝑡 e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ now, we have to determine e[( 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ = hence, 𝑅 𝑡 𝑇 𝑇 2𝑡 23 b: the case of gamma prior distribution from equation (9) we have ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑥׀ the 𝑟 moment of ɵ׀𝑡 can be evaluated as follows: 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ г 𝛼 𝑛 𝑟 г 𝛼 𝑛 𝑃 24 if r=2 then 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝑛 1 𝑃 hence, ɵ 𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝑛 1 𝑃 25 similarly, the 𝑟 bayes estimators of the reliability function can be obtained as follows 𝑅 𝑡 e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ now, we have to determine e[( 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ 𝑃 𝑃 2𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 𝑃 𝑃 2𝑡 26 7. bayes estimator when (linex) is adopted a: the case of jeffrey's prior information from equation (11) we have ɵ 𝑙𝑛 𝑒 ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 ɵ mathematics | 140 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 hence, ɵ 𝑙𝑛 𝑒 ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ by evaluating the integral we get ɵ 𝑙𝑛 𝑇 1 𝑇 27 the estimator of the reliability function can be obtained as 𝑅 𝑡 𝑒 ɵ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑇 1 𝑇 𝑡 28 b: the case of gamma prior distribution from equation (11) we have ɵ 𝑙𝑛 𝑒 ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 ɵ hence, ɵ 𝑙𝑛 𝑒 ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ by evaluating the integral we get ɵ 𝑙𝑛 𝑃 1 𝑃 29 the estimator of the reliability function can be obtained as 𝑅 𝑡 𝑒 ɵ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑃 1 𝑃 𝑡 30 simulation study 8. the simulation study was conducted in order to compare the performance of the bayesian estimators of the reliability function r(t)of one parameter exponential distribution. the integrated mean squared error (imse) as a criterion of comparison where 𝐼𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝑅 𝑡𝑖 ∑ ∑ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 1 𝑛 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 where 𝑛 is the random limitsof 𝑡 , using t=(0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4, 0.5,0.6,0.7,0.8,0.9,1) l is the number of replications which we assumed that l=1000 in our study, 𝑅(𝑡 ) is the estimator of r(t) at the 𝐿 replication. the bayesian estimators of r(t) are derived with respect to three loss function which are the square error loss function (self),precautionary error loss function (pself) and linear exponential error loss function(linex) , moreover, the informative and non-informative prior were postulated .the sample sizes n=10,50, 100 and 200 were chosen to represent small, moderate, large and very large sample sizes from the one parameter exponential distribution .the postulated values of the unique parameter ɵ were ɵ=0.5,1.5 and the values of the parameters for gamma prior were α=0.3,1 and β=1.2,3 . the results are presented in tables below: mathematics | 141 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 1. (imse’s) values of the reliability function estimators by using jeffrey's prior information at ɵ=0.5 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.002635 0.004064 0.004635 0.000524 jsqu 0.002632 0.004041 0.004524 0.000484 jpre 0.002981 0.005875 0.010603 0.027725 jlin table 2. (imse) values of the reliability function estimators by using jeffrey's prior information at ɵ=1.5 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.001260 0.002309 0.003425 0.000963 jsqu 0.001259 0.002301 0.003376 0.000932 jpre 0.001279 0.002565 0.005140 0.019773 jlin table 3. (imse’s) of the reliability function estimators by using gamma prior information at ɵ=0.5 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.002618 0.003941 0.004250 0.000416 β=1.2 =0.3α gsqu 0.002543 0.003743 0.003806 0.000312 β=3 0.002609 0.003954 0.004457 0.000528 β=1.2 α=1 0.002556 0.003749 0.003899 0.000335 β=3 0.002614 0.003918 0.004178 0.000389 β=1.2 α=0.3 gpre 0.002538 0.003719 0.003739 0.000308 β=3 0.002605 0.003931 0.004384 0.000478 β=1.2 α=1 0.002551 0.003725 0.003832 0.000320 β=3 0.002981 0.005859 0.010439 0.027407 β=1.2 α=0.3 glin 0.002980 0.005817 0.010204 0.026386 β=3 0.002981 0.005859 0.010539 0.028030 β=1.2 α=1 0.002980 0.005830 0.010251 0.026935 β=3 table 4. (imse’s) of the reliability function estimators by using gamma prior information at ɵ=1.5. 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.001250 0.002209 0.003000 0.000838 β=1.2 =0.3α gsqu 0.001227 0.002038 0.002462 0.001465 β=3 0.001250 0.002217 0.003055 0.000713 β=1.2 α=1 0.001227 0.002063 0.002497 0.001173 β=3 0.001249 0.002200 0.002949 0.000909 β=1.2 α=0.3 gpre 0.001226 0.002027 0.002410 0.001665 β=3 0.001249 0.002208 0.003004 0.000760 β=1.2 α=1 0.001225 0.002053 0.002446 0.001336 β=3 0.001279 0.002564 0.005123 0.018831 β=1.2 α=0.3 mathematics | 142 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2006 vol. 31 (3) 2018 0.001279 0.002564 0.005081 0.017556 β=3 glin 0.001279 0.002565 0.005127 0.019206 β=1.2 α=1 0.001279 0.002564 0.005087 0.017887 β=3 simulation results and conclusions 9. from our simulation study, the following results are clear  from table 1. and table 2.: the bayes estimator under  precautionary error loss function with jeffrey's prior is the best comparing to other estimators for all sample sizes.  from table 3.: the bayes estimator under precautionary error loss function with gamma prior (α=0.3, β=3) is the best comparing to other estimators for all sample sizes.  from table 4.: for (n=10) the performance of bayes estimator under squared error loss function with gamma prior (α=1, β=1.2) is the best, and for (n=50,100) the performance of bayes estimator under precautionary error loss function with gamma prior (α=0.3, β=3) is the best and for (n=200) the performance of bayes estimator under precautionary error loss function with gamma prior (α=1, β=3) is the best.  that is the performance of bayes estimator under precautionary error loss function is superior to the performance of other estimators in almost cases that are studied in this paper, where the integrated mean squared error (imse) is employed as a criterion to assess the performance of such estimators. references 1. meeker,w.q. ; escobar, l.u .statistical methods for reliability data. john wiley& sons. inc, canada. 1998. 2. pugh, e.l. the best estimation of reliability in the exponential case. journal of operation research. 1993, ii. 3. hogg, r.v.; graig, a.t. introduction to mathematical statistics. 4 edition. mocmillan pub. co. new york. 1978. 4. dey, s. bayesian estimation of the parameter and reliability function of inverse rayleigh distribution. malaysian journal of mathematical science. 2012, 6, 1,113-124. 5.rasheed, h.a.; al-gazi ,n.a.a. bayesian estimation for the reliability function of pareto type ι distribution under generalized square error loss function . international journal of engineering and innovative technology (ijeit) .2014, 4, 6, 105-112. 6. kuo, w.; zuo, m.j. optimal reliability modeling principles and applications. john wiley& sons, inc , hoboken , new jersey. 2003. microsoft word 96-106 chemistry | 96 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 spectrophotometric determination of cu(ii) by complex with ethyl cyano(2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (eca) elham nghaimesh mezaal kawther ahmad sadiq asmaa nihad zaki rasmia mahmood rumez dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn-al- haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:24/february/2016,accepted in:11/may/2016 abstract a new simple and sensitive spectrophotometric method for the determination of trace amount of cu(ii) in the ethanol solution have been developed. the method is based on the complexation of cu(ii) with ethyl cyano(2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (eca) in basic medium of sodium hydroxide givining maximum absorbance at (λmax = 521 nm). beer's law is obeyed over the concentration range (5-50) (μg / ml) with molar absorptivity of (3.1773 × 102 l mol-1 cm-1) and correlation coefficient (0.9989). the optimum conditions for the determination of cu(ii)-complex and have been studied and applied to determine cu(ii) in synthetic water sample using simple and standard addition methods. keywords: spectrophotometric, determination, copper, complex. chemistry | 97 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction copper has cu symbol, atomic number 29 and atomic mass 63.54 gm mol-1. copper is a reddish metal with a face centered cubic crystalline structure[1,2]. it is one of the several metals that play an important role in the biological systems, it occurs naturally which in many vegetables, meat and grains [3,4]. copper is a mineral that nowadays possess few problems. it is widely distributed, as a component of various enzymes in foodstuffs of all kinds, at levels between 1 and 5 ppm. milk is notably low in copper, at a round 2 ppm and mammalian liver is exceptionally high, at a round 80 ppm. the daily in take in normal adult diets is between 1 and 3 mg [5]. methods for determination of copper were studied spectrophotometric in synthetic mixture and water samples[6], natural waters and pharmaceutical samples with chloro(pheny) glyoxime[7], determination of micro amount of copper(ii) in different environmental and vital samples by new organic reagent[8], determination of micrograms of copper(ii) and platinum(ii)[9], complexation of cefixime with copper(ii) using acetate naoh buffer in water:methanol[10], determination of copper(ii) using 5-nitrosalicyldehyde semicarbazone (nss) as an analytical reagent[11], with 2-hydroxy-1-naphthalene carboxaldehyde phenyl hydrozone as an analytical reagent[12]. synthesis of the ligand ethyl cyano(2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (eca) and the structure of (eca) in figure (1) [13]. in this work a sensitive and simple method for the determination of trace amounts of cu(ii) by uv-vis spectrophotometry was described based on the formation of the cu(ii)eca complex and the influences of some parameters. experimental apparatus uv-vis spectrophotometer a shimadzu double beam uv-vis spectrophotometer model uv-1601 (kyoto, japan) working at wavelength of 190-1100 nm. -digital balance digital analytical-sartorius (bp 3015-germany). reagents copper chloride fluka ag buchs sg. sodium hydroxide fluka ag buchs sg. hydrochloride acid riedel-dehaen ag. ethyl cyano(2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (ligand) (1000 μg / ml) the ligand was prepared as same in paper [13]. a stock solution of (1000 μg / ml) of ligand was prepared by dissolving (0.1 gm) in ethanol absolute and then made up to (100 ml) in a volumetric flask and was kept ambient bottle a way from sun light. copper(ii) (1000 μg / ml) a stock solution of (1000 μg / ml) of cu(ii) was prepared by dissolving (0.2682 gm) of copper chloride dihydrate (cucl2.2h2o) in ethanol absolute and diluted to (100 ml) in a volumetric flask by absolute ethanol. working solution of (500 μg / ml) was prepared by simple dilution of stock solution with ethanol absolute. chemistry | 98 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 sodium hydroxide ≈ (0.1 m) this solution was prepared by dissolving (0.4 gm) of sodium hydroxide in ethanol absolute and diluted to (100 ml) in a volumetric flask by the same solvent. hydrochloric acid ≈ (0.1 m) this solution was prepared by diluting of (1.54 ml) of concentrated hydrochloric acid (37%) and diluted to (250 ml) in a volumetric flask by ethanol absolute. results and discussion absorption spectra the complex is produced from the reaction between (0.5 ml) of cu(ii) (500 μg / ml) with (0.5 ml) of ligand (1000 μg / ml) in a volumetric flask (5 ml) and diluted to ethanol absolute giving maximum absorbance at λmax = 521 nm an in figure (2). optimum conditions for regulation reaction there are many parameters affecting on the complexation reaction and absorbance of complex which is produced. effect of ligand volume when a various volumes of ligand solution (0.05, 0.1, 0.15, …..0.6) ml for (1000 μg / ml) were added to (0.5 ml) of (500 (μg / ml) cu(ii), solution was found that (0.5 ml) of ligand is enough to give a maximum absorption and was considered to be optimum for concentration range of (5-50) (μg / ml) of cu(ii). the results were shown in table (1). effect of hydrochloric acid volume existence of hydrochloric acid (0.1-1) ml of (0.1 m) in reaction solution effect on decreasing the intensity of absorbance for produced complex. the results were shown in table (2). effect of sodium hydroxide volume it was found that the presence of base in reaction solution effect on increasing the intensity of absorbance for the produced complex, naoh was selected and (0.1 ml) of (0.1 m) was found to be the optimum volume. this base gives high sensitivity which was selected in subsequent experiments the results were shown in table (3). effect of order of addition to obtain optimum results, the order of addition of base should be the first followed by addition of ligand and cu(ii). the results were shown in table (4). effect of temperature the resulting complex of the proposed method was studied at room temperature (25 ˚c), the absorbance values remain constant. the results were shown in table (5). effect of time on the complex formation the results show that the complex produced was stable between (5-60) minutes, the absorbance value was stable. the results were shown in table (6). chemistry | 99 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 calibration graph the content of series of (5 ml) calibration flasks containing (0.1 ml) of (0.1 m) naoh and (0.5 ml) of ligand (1000 μg / ml) with different concentrations (5-50) (μg / ml) of cu(ii) (500 μg / ml) were diluted with ethanol absolute. the absorption spectra were recorded against blank at temperature 25 ˚c. a linear calibration graph for cu(ii)-complex is obtained (figure 3), which shows that beer's law is obeyed. precision and accuracy under the optimum condition, the precision and accuracy of the method was calculated. the results were shown in table (7). structure of the complex the stoichciometry of the complex between cu(ii) and ligand was investigated using job's method and mole ratio method; the results show that 1:2 cu(ii) to ligand complex was formed. the formation of the complex produced suggest occurring as follows, figure (4)[14]. effect of interference elements we have studied the effect of interference elements (zn(ii), na(i), k(i), mg(ii), ca(ii)), on the complexation of cu(ii). a stock solution of each element (10000 μg / ml) was prepared by dissolving (2.0845 gm) zncl2, (2.5421 gm) nacl, (1.9067 gm) kcl, (2.7691 gm) cacl2 and (3.9173 gm) mgcl2 in ethanol absolute and then made up to (100 ml) in volumetric flask with the same solvent working solution of (1000, 500, 50) μg / ml of each element was prepared by simple dilution for primary stock solution (10000 μg / ml) in a volumetric flask (5 ml) which contains (0.1 ml) naoh, (0.1 m), (0.5 ml) ligand (1000 μg / ml) and (0.5 ml) cu(ii) (500 μg / ml) diluted up to the mark with ethanol absolute. taken absorbance of each solution in (λmax = 521 nm) against blank. the results showed that interference elements are not affected on to determination of cu(ii) as eca complex, table (9). application two methods were successfully applied, (simple method and standard addition method) for determination of cu(ii) in synthetic a river water. the sample cu(ii) in synthetic a river water (1000 μg / ml) was prepared by taking (0.2682 gm) of cucl2.2h2o dissolving in a river water and transferred in a volumetric flask (100 ml) diluted up to the mark with same solvent. simple method transferred (0.25 ml) of cu(ii) in synthetic a river water (1000 μg / ml) to a volumetric flask (5 ml) contains (0.1 ml) naoh (0.1 m) and (0.5 ml) ligand (1000 μg / ml) diluted up to mark with ethanol absolute. taken absorbance of solution in (λmax = 521 nm) against blank. the results were shown in table (10). standard addition method transferred (0.25 ml) of cu(ii) in synthetic a river water (1000 μg / ml) to each volumetric flask (5 ml) contains (0.1 ml) naoh (0.1 m) and (0.5 ml) ligand (1000 μg / ml) and various concentrations of cu(ii) solution (5-50) μg / ml diluted up to the mark with ethanol. taken absorbance of each solution in (λmax = 521 nm) against blank. the results were shown in figure (5) and table (10). conclusion a new simple and sensitive spectrophotometric method for the determination of trace amount of cu(ii) in the ethanol solution. the method is based on the complexation of cu(ii) with ethyl cyano(2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (eca). chemistry | 100 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 references 1. lim and zinkle, s.j. (2012) “physical and mechanical properties of copper and copper alloys”, comprehensive nuclear materials, 4, elsevier, amsterdam, 667-690. 2. zaki, a.n. (2015) “spectrophotometric determination of copper ion by direct method and indirect cloud point using the amino acid methionine”, m. sc. thesis, college of education for pure sciences -ibn-alhaitham, university of baghdad. 3. smith, w.f. and javad, h. (2003) “foundations of materials science and engineering”, mc graw-hill professional, 223. 4. kavitha, c.; babu, s.m. and saraswathi, k. (2013) “spectrophotometric determination of copper as copper piperazine”, international letters of chemistry, physics and astronomy, 8 (3): 205-209. 5. coultate, tp. food (1996) “the chemistry of its components”, the science park: cambridge; 314. 6. fullah, l.; sharma, s.;rahman, n.; najmul, s.;iqbal, b., ismail, m. and al-barwani, z. (2010) “uv spectrophotometric determination of cu(ii) in synthetic mixture and water samples”, journal of the chinese chemical society, 57: 622-631. 7. turkoglu, o. and soylak, m. (2005) “spectrophotometric determination of copper in natural waters and pharmaceutical samples with chloro(phenyl) glyoxime”, journal of the chinese chemical society, 52: 575-579. 8. jawad, s.k.; ali, s.k. and hameed, s.m. (2011) “spectrophotometric determination of micro amount of copper(ii) in different environmental and vital samples by new organic reagent”, iraqi national of chemistry, 43: 299-309. 9. taha, d.n.; abdul ridha, h.s.; mohammed, h.s. and hufdhi, r. (2012) “a rabid and sensitive spectrophotometric determination of copper(ii) and platinium(ii) of 5-[(4-hydroxy phenyl)azo]-4,6-dihydroxy-2-mercaptopyrmidine”, the first scientific conference the collage of education for pure sciences, 1: 294-302. 10. ramadan, a. a., manadil, h. and dahha, m. (2013) “uv-vis spectrophotometric study for determination of cefixime in pure from and in pharmaceuticals through complexation with cu(ii) using acetate naoh buffer in water:methanol”, international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences, 5 (1): 428-433. 11. lokhande, r.s., khadke, l., and patankar jain, k.n. (2014) “liquid extraction and spectrophotometric determination of cu(ii) using 5-nitrosalicylaldehyde semicarbazone (nss) as an analytical reagent”, asian journal of research in chemistry, 7 (11): 81-83. 12. sonawane, r.p.; lokhande, r.s. and chavan, u.m. (2013) “development of method for extraction spectrophotometric determination of cu(ii) with 2-hydroxy-1-naphthalene carboxaldehyde phenyl hydrozone as an analytical reagent”, international letters of chemistry physic and astronomy, 9 (1): 1-6. 13. hassan, h. a. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of some new 1,2,3-triazole, pyrazoline-5-one and thiazolidinone derivatives”, journal of al-nahrain university, 16 (1): 53-59. 14. sarhan, b. m.; rumez, r. m. and hassan, h. a. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of some new metal complexes of ethyl cyano(2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate)”, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 26 (2): 178-187. chemistry | 101 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (1) effect of ligand volume of absorbance value of complex at temperature (22 ˚c) vol. of ligand (ml) absorbance 0.05 0.039 0.10 0.075 0.15 0.101 0.20 0.110 0.25 0.113 0.30 0.125 0.35 0.137 0.40 0.140 0.45 0.147 0.50 0.149 0.55 0.148 0.60 0.147 table (2) effect of hydrochloric acid volume on absorbance value of complex at temperature (20 ˚c) vol. of hydrochloric acid (0.1m) (ml) absorbance 0.0 0.145 0.1 0.103 0.2 0.101 0.3 0.098 0.4 0.090 0.5 0.088 0.6 0.086 0.7 0.085 0.8 0.083 0.9 0.075 1.0 0.070 table (3) effect of sodium hydroxide volume on absorbance value of complex at temperature (20 ˚c) vol. of sodium hydroxide (0.1 m) (ml) absorbance 0.0 0.145 0.1 0.219 0.2 0.199 0.3 0.198 0.4 0.196 0.5 0.193 0.6 0.187 0.7 0.184 0.8 0.180 0.9 0.175 1.0 0.170 chemistry | 102 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (4) effect of order of addition on absorbance value of complex at temperature (21 ˚c) order of addition absorbance cu(ii) + ligand + naoh 0.220 cu(ii) + naoh + ligand 0.201 ligand + naoh + cu(ii) 0.090 ligand + cu(ii) + naoh 0.100 naoh + ligand + cu(ii) 0.245 naoh + cu(ii) + ligand 0.180 table (5) effect of temperature on absorbance value of complex temp. (˚c) absorbance 20 0.240 25 0.251 30 0.245 35 0.221 40 0.200 45 0.187 table (6) effect of time on the complex formation at temperature (20 ˚c) time (min.) absorbance 0 0.238 5 0.241 10 0.242 15 0.241 20 0.242 25 0.242 30 0.241 40 0.242 50 0.241 60 0.242 table (7) precision and accuracy of the method element taken (μg / ml) found (μg / ml) re % rsd % n = 5 recover % cu(ii) 05 05.0 0.000 0.00000 100.0 20 20.0 0.000 0.31494 100.0 50 50.2 -0.400 0.12577 100.4 chemistry | 103 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (8) method validation of the spectrophotometery determination of cu(ii) with ligand in ethanol absolute parameter value λmax (nm) 521 slope 0.0050 intercept 0.0000 r2 0.9980 r 0.9989 εmax (l mol -1 cm-1) 3.1773 × 102 sandell index (μg cm-2) 2.0000 × 102 table (9) effect of interference elements on the determination of cu(ii) as (eca) complex element of interference conc. element interference (μg / ml) found as taken of cu(ii) (μg / ml) found of cu(ii) (μg / ml) re % recover % zn(ii) 50 zncl2 50 49.8 0.040 99.6 500 50 50.0 0.000 100.0 1000 50 49.6 0.080 99.2 na(i) 50 nacl 50 50.0 0.000 100.0 500 50 49.6 0.800 99.2 1000 50 49.6 0.800 99.2 k(i) 50 kcl 50 50.2 -0.400 100.4 500 50 50.0 0.000 100.0 1000 50 50.0 0.000 100.0 ca(ii) 50 cacl2 50 49.8 0.040 99.6 500 50 49.8 0.040 99.6 1000 50 49.6 0.080 99.2 mg(ii) 50 mgcl2 50 50.2 -0.400 100.4 500 50 49.6 0.800 99.2 1000 50 49.6 0.800 99.2 table (10) results for analysis of cu(ii) in a river water by two methods element method of analysis taken (μg / ml) found (μg / ml) regression equation r2 r re % recover % rsd % n = 5 cu(ii) simple method 50 50.2 y=0.0050x+0.0000 0.9980 0.9989 -0.400 100.4 0.12577 standard addition method 50 50.0 y=0.0050x+0.2500 0.9980 0.9989 0.000 100.0 0.00000 chemistry | 104 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 cooch3 n n ch c cooc2h5 n figure (1) structure of (eca) figure (2) absorption spectra of (a) 50 (μg / ml) of cu(ii) (b) 100 (μg / ml) of ligand (c) 50 (μg / ml) of cu(ii) with 100 (μg / ml) of ligand against reagent blank figure (3) calibration graph of cu(ii)-complex y = 0.0050x + 0.0000 r² = 0.9980 r = 0.9989  0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce conc. cu(ii) (μg / ml) chemistry | 105 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 c n n ch och3o cu cl2 [cu(eca)2]cl2 c n nch o och3 c o oc2h5 c n n c o c2h5o c cooch3 n n ch cooc2h5 nc cucl2.2h2o + (eca) 2 + 2h2o figure (4) suggest product formation pathway figure (5) results for analysis of cu(ii) in a river water by two methods y = 0.0050x + 0.0000 r² = 0.9980 y = 0.0050x + 0.2500 r² = 0.9980 ‐0.2 ‐0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 ‐70 ‐60 ‐50 ‐40 ‐30 ‐20 ‐10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce conc. cu(ii) (μg / ml) chemistry | 106 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 مثيل -2(اثيل سيانو التقدير الطيفي للنحاس الثنائي بوساطة تكوين معقد مع )كاربوكسليت فنيل ازو خالت الھام نغيمش مزعل أحمد صادقكوثر أسماء نھاد زكي رسمية محمود رميز قسم الكيمياء/ )ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / جامعة بغداد 2016/أيار/11:،قبل في2016/شباط/22:استلم في الخالصة تعتمد . تم تطوير طريقة طيفية جديدة بسيطة وحساسة لتقدير كميات قليلة من النحاس الثنائي في المحلول الكحولي في وسط قاعدي من )مثيل كاربوكسليت فنيل ازو خالت -2(اثيل سيانو الطريقة على تكوين معقد بين النحاس الثنائي و وجد انه يطيع قانون بير ظمن ". نانوميترا 521عند الطول الموجي ھيدروكسيد الصوديوم الذي يعطي اعظم امتصاص ومعامل االرتباط 1سم 1-لتر مول) 102 × 3.1773(مللتر وقيمة االمتصاصية الموالرية / مايكروغرام ) 505(التراكيز تم دراسة الظروف المثلى لتقدير المعقد وطبقت الطريقة لتقدير النحاس في نموذج مصنع من الماء وباستعمال ). 0.9989( .الطريقة االعتيادية وطريقة اضافات القياس .طيفي، تقدير، نحاس، معقد :الكلمات المفتاحية synthises and spectroanlytical sudies of a new azodye derved from 2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole and 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol synthesis and spectroanalytical studies of a new azodye derived from 2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole and 4chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol and its complexes with fe (iii) ion asaad a. ali dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science / universityof basrah received in : 4 december 2012 , accepted in: 4 december 2013 abstract this study involves the synthesis of new azodye, derived from 2-amino-6ethoxybenzothiazole and 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol . the characterization of dye has been described by c.h.n. the tg , ir and visible. spectroscopic techniques .the acid-base properties were studied at different ph values . the ionization and protonation constants of dye were determined. solvents effects were also studied at different solvents polarities . the optimum conditions of this formation of complex with fe(iii) were investigated . the analytical applications of this azodye , were studied like; using it as acid-base indicator , and for the determination of nitrite ions . key words : azodyes , ionization & protonation constants , spectral studies , isobestic point 196 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction most of azodyes are weak acids or weak bases of very important class of chemical compounds containing a heterocyclic moieties which have attracted the attention of many researchers in recent years [ 1 ]. they have high soluble in common solvents and highly colored ( from yellow to blue , due to conjugated π system ) . they used as dyes and pigments for long years [ 2 ] due to their stable adsorption on surface cotton or wool textiles. 2-amino6-ethoxybenzothiazole azo dyes with dicarboximidoethyl-sulphonephthyl group are useful as dyes for hydrophobic textiles materials [ 3] , furthermore they have been studied widely for their excellent thermal and optical properties in applications. recently azo metal chelate have also attracted on attention due to their interesting electronic and geometric features [ 4].they were used as good reagents for the extraction and spectrophotometric determination of metal ions [ 5-9 ] . most of azodyes have acid – base properties with presence of a fixed isobestic points ( which represent the number of equilibriums in such azodye ) , for this reason they are used as acid – base indicators [ 10-12] for their sensitivity toward acid and base substances . some of them can be used as metallochromic indicator , antipyretic reagents and inhibitors corrosion. the solvents of different polarities may be affected on the absorption spectra of π – conjugated compounds , exhibit n → π* transition as well as π→π*transition causing blue or red shifts. the present work involves the synthesis of new azodye derived from 2-amino6 ethoxybenzothiazole and 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol . spectrophotometric studied on the dye were carried out like acid-base properties at different ph values , solvent effect of polar and non-polar solvents , the ability of using it as acid – base indicator and its complex with iron ( iii ). experimental double distilled water , solvents ( for spectral use ) and all chemicals of highest purity were used . apparatus and materials visible absorption spectra were recorded by using pd-303 uv.,v. spectrophotometer , ft-ir-8400s spectrophotometer ( shimadzw ) college of science basrah university , ph-meter ( h.jurgons co. beremen,l. puls munchen 15 ), heraus chn pro apparatus, petrochemical institute ( iran ), bunchi b190k for melting point measurement , accurate balance e-mette weender ( land strasse ) 94-108. and tg analysis at polymer & petrochemical institute-thermal analysis ( iran ) meter (star sw 10 ). synthesis of azodye reagent the azodye reagent ( l ) ( m.wt. = 362) was prepared by coupling 0.02 mole of diazonium salt of 2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole ( m.wt.194.3) with alkaline solution of 0.02 mole of 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol ( m.wt. 156.6 ) at 0o c ,then converting the prepared dye from sodium salt into hydrogen form by aid of dil. hcl . the dye was purified by recrystallization from aqueous methanol . the purity of the prepared dye was checked via thin layer chromatography and melting point . solutions 1 x 10-2 m stock solution of azodye was prepared by dissolving 0.1810 g. and complete the volume to 50 ml absolute ethanol . 1000 ppm of nitrite solution , by dissolving 0.15g. of nano2 in dil. water and complete to 100 ml . 0.002 mole of 2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole in 0.2 m hcl ( complete to 50 ml ) 0.002 mole of 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol in 0.3 m naoh ( complete to 50 ml ) 197 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 -1 x 10-2 m stock solution of nitrate salts of zn(ii),co(ii),cu(ii),sm(iii),fe(iii) and v(iii) ions universal ( ph2-12 ) and acetate ( ph1,1.4) buffer solutions [ 10 ] procedure for acid – base studies and determination of ionization and protonation constants of the dye a series of buffer solutions were prepared with different ph values ( 2 – 12 ) for dye concentration 1.4 x 10-3 m via using universal buffer , the absorbance of these solutions were recorded at range of ( 350 – 660 nm. ) using cell of 1cm. length , by aid of half height method the constants were calculated. for acid – base titrations, visual and spectral titrations for hcl vs. naoh were done in concentration range of azodye 0.8 – 1.6 x 10-3 m at λmax the absorbance values were measured at wavelength of ( 350-580 nm.) . for solvent effect studies, a series of solutions of azodye concentration 1.4 x 10-3 m were prepared with acetone , chloroform , cyclohexane , 1,4-dioxane , dmf , dmso , ethanol , methanol , thf and water , the absorbance of these solutions were recorded at range of ( 350 – 580 nm. ) using cell of 1cm. length . for nitrite determination, a series of solutions of ( 100 – 800 ppm ) nitrite , add 1 ml of ( 0.002 mole solution of 2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole in 0.2 m hcl ) ,to 1ml of ( 0.002 mole solution of 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol in 0.3 m naoh ) then complete to a volume of 5 ml with distilled water and measure the absorbance at λmax ( 420nm.) of each solution using mixture of amine and nitrite as blank solution. – for complex formation, the absorbance of series solutions of 0.001m of each dye and metal ions (zn(ii),co(ii),cu(ii),sm(iii),fe(iii) and v(iii) ) were measured at wavelength range of 360 – 530 nm. results and discussion some of physical and chemical properties of prepared dye were illustrated in table( 1 ) . the rf value indicates the similarity of affinity of dye to eluant as a result of its containing hydroxyl group. identification of the prepared dye elemental-analysis table ( 2 ) shows the elemental analysis of prepared dye, which gives good results for the suggested dye formula . ir analysis table ( 3 ) shows the famous ir frequencies of important bands of functional groups frequencies as seen in fig. ( 1 ) . according to the above analysis ( tables 2 & 3 ), data show the dye having this chemical structure ( scheme 1 ) : 198 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 n s n c2h5o n ho h3c ch3 cl ( scheme 1 ) the mechanism coupling reaction is : n sc2h5o ho h3c ch3 cl nh2 arnh2= and = aroh + aroh -+oh arn2 + + ar-n=n-ar thermal analysis from fig.( 2 ) , it was found that dye is stable up to 150 oc , and about 95% losing in weight and converted to gases ( like co2 .co and nitrogen and sulpher oxides) , remaining only a few of carbon . acid-base properties the absorption spectra of 1.4 x 10-3 m solution of dye of varying ph values ( 2– 12 ) were represented graphically ( fig. 3 ) . the spectra characterized two maximal bands at 410 nm. in ph range ( 2 7 ) and 510 nm. in range of ( 9 – 12 ). the first due to the absorption of the protonated form of hydroxyl group (acidic form , cationic form ) liable to exist in acid medium and the second is more intense bands due to ionized form of hydroxyl group (basic form , anionic form ) except for at ph 8 value there are two bands at 420 and 510 nm. ( fig.3 ) . the spectra were characterized by the presence of common isobestic point at 450 nm. due to the ionization of dye in acidic and basic medium . the suggested mechanism of protonation and ionization was shown in scheme ( 2 ) 199 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ( scheme 2 ) from absorbance – ph curve ( fig. 4 ) and by the aid of height method the pk values were obtained by the relation : pk = ph ( at a1/2 ) a1/2 = ( al + amin. ) / 2 where al and amin are limiting and minimum absorbances respectively . so the protonation ( pkp ) and ionization ( pka ) constants were found to be 4.11 and 8.23 respectively . band assignments and solvent effects fig. ( 5 ) shows the spectra of dye with strong bands λmax in the range of ( 415 – 430nm.) for all solvents. thf. it was found a very weak broad bands at λmax at 480 except for dmso and water at 500 and 520 nm. respectively. the band moves to shorter wavelength ( blue shift ) due to n → π* transition while to the longer wavelength ( red shift ) with π → π* transition ( in the range of 460 to 585 nm. ) , because of the polarities of the ground state ( g.s) and excited state ( e.s ) . thus for solvent of increasing polarity , the energy of the e.s ( π* ) will decrease relative to the that of the g.s ( π ) whereas with blue shift the non bonding electrons having affinity to hydrogen bonding more than bonding with π electrons, so the n energy level will decrease more than π* decreasing and the n → π* transition energy be more in the presence of polar solvent [ 13 ] . the absorption spectra in various solvents are influenced by salvation and / or dielectric effects of solvents. to verify whether the band shift ( ∆ν ) is due to change in salvation energy or pure dielectric effects , the gati and szalay was used ; ∆ν = { ( a-b ) [ ( n2 -1 ) / ( n2 + 1 ) ] } + b [ ( d-1 ) / ( d + 1 ) ] where n and d are refractive index and dielectric constant of the medium , a and b are constants. the plot of f (d) = [2(d-1) / (2d+1)] ) against the λmax ( table 4 ) gives more or less linear relation with solvents of moderate polarities ( fig. 6 ) where d is th dielectric constant of the solvent. this denotes that the dielectric constant of the medium is the main factor governing the band shift in such solvents. 200 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 applications of the azodye 1as indicator strong acid ( hcl ) with strong base ( naoh) hcl and naoh were standardized visually by recommended procedure [ 14 ] ,they found to be 0.098 and 0.097 m respectively . visual titrations table ( 5 ) shows that the best conc. of dye which gives small relative error is in the range of ( 0.2 – 1.0 x 10-3 m ) with sharp color change from red ( acid medium ) to yellow ( base medium ) at end point. spectrophotometric titrations it was found from spectrophotometric titration of hcl with naoh a sharp change in absorbances at end point region ( fig. 7 ). at concentration range of ( 0.8 –1.6 x10-3 m) of dye , it was found the concentration of naoh equal to 0.0961 m with relative error of 0.93 (at 0.8 x 10-3 m ) . from above results , it was seen that the dye is successfully used as indicator. 2determination of nitrite at λmax = 420 nm. of orange color of the dye, the calibration curve ( beer's law ) at varying concentrations of nitrite ( 50 – 800 ppm ) vs. absorbanes was done ( fig. 8 ) , and from beer s law sandel sensitivity ( s ) , molar absorptivity ( εmax ) , specific absorptivity ( a ) and correlation coefficient ( r ) were determined ( table 6 ) . it was found also limit of beer s law of 700 ppm. and the value of standard deviation of six measurement ( s.d) of 0.0032 . 3-fe(iii)-l complex formation fig.( 9 ) shows the electronic spectra of the solutions of 0.001m of each dye and metal ions (zn(ii),co(ii),cu(ii),sm(iii),fe(iii) and v(iii) ), at wavelength range of 360 – 530 nm. it was shown all studied metal ions dose not form a complex with dye ( l ) expect for fe(iii) which form,( that means they are not interfering with fe(iii)-l complex ) . ph effect on the fe(iii)-l complex from fig.( 10 ),shows the ph effect on the formation of fe(iii)-l complex at different ph values ( 1 – 12 ) in wavelength range ( 250 – 310 nm.). it was found that ph12 is the suitable ph value for forming the complex because it gives highest absorbance . so the λmax ( at ph12 ) of the dye and fe(iii)-l complex are 280 nm. and 300 nm. respectively ( fig. 11) , using the dye with ph12 as blank solution . it was found from fig.( 11 ) shift in wavelength λmax ( red shift ) from 280 to 300 nm. due to forming of complex time effect on the stability of fe(iii)-l complex it was found from fig. ( 12 ) the absorbances are constant up to 90 min. that means the complex is of highest stability , the absorbance decreases slowly with time increased . 201 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 references 1. kirkan ,b. and gup,r .(2008)"synthesis of new azo dyes and copper(ii) 2. complexes derived from barbituric acid and 4-aminobenyoy hydrazone" , turk j.chem.,32, 9 3. koh,j. and greaves,a.j.(2001)" dye pigments" ,50,117 4. i.john ,i. dale and max ,a. (1966)weaver,kingsport,tenn.,assignors to eastman kodak company , rochester. n.y., a corporation of new jersey ,no drawing. filed ,no.567.048 5. yilidiz,e. and boztepe,h.(2002)" synthesis of novel acidic mono azo dyes and an investigation of their use in the textile industry" turk j chem.,26, 879 6. j. inczedy ,j.( 1976)" analytical applications of complex equilibria " ellis horword publisher 7. marczenko,z.(1976) " spectrophotometric determination of elements " ellis horword publisher 8. ali,a.a. and issa,f.( 1994) " spectrophotometric studies of the complexes of (p hydroxyphenylazo)-8-hydroxyquinoline with some group ( iiia) metal ions ", abhath al yarmok,3, 31 9. si q.hu, y. , huang gyang,z. and yin ,j,(2005)" the atomic absorption spectrophotometric method for indirect determination of nimodipine in tablets ", turk j.chem.,29, 135 10. fahad, t.a. and a. a. ali,a.a.(2010) "spectrophotometric determination of silver by new azodyes derived from 2-thiobarbituric acid ( part ii)" , j.of basrah res., 36,60 11. ali,a.a. fahad,t.a. and moammod,i.k.(2011) " spectral properties of novel 12. azodyes derived from phenyl acetic acid ( part iii)" , j.of basrah res.,37, 131 13. okawara,m. t. kitao,t. ,hirashima,t. and malsouka,m.(1988) " a handbook of selected dyes for electro-optical applications " publ.elsevier of data 14. lurie,j.(1975) " handbook of analytical chemistry " mir publ. 15. lemr,k. and kotoucek ,m.(1989)" evaluation of colour changes of screened acid-base indicators " collect. czech.chem.,54,346 16. wadi ,n.m. ,ali,a.a. and saeed,b.a.(1993) "spectrophotometric studies on the acid-base properties and solvent effect on the absorption spectra of 2,2-bis-( 3formyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-butante " ,j.basrah res. 10 , 77 17. vogel,a.i.(1989) " a textbook of quntitative inorganic analysis " 5th. ed.longman scientific and technical table ( 1 ) physical and chemical properties of the dye oc m.p. % yield color m.wt. empirical formula 115.4 85 orange 362 c17h16cln3o2s table ( 2 ) : c.h.n analysis of the dye n % h % c % found calculated found calculated found calculated 11.49 11.60 4.34 4.42 56.92 56.35 table ( 3 ) : the important irbands of the dye ν cm-1 groups ν cm-1 groups ν cm-1 groups 1170s c-o 1412w c=c 1465.9s n=n 1587.4s c=n 1026.1m c-n 3319.5sb oh 2964.6 c-h 638.5s c-cl 3300.2w n-h 202 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (4) : the f ( d ) and λmax values of using solvents if different polarities λmax ( nm.) f ( d ) d solvent 420 0.940 24.55 ethanol 420 0.930 21 acetone 420 0.718 4.81 chloroform 420 0.981 80 water 420 0.405 2.02 cyclohexane 420 0.955 33 methanol 420 0.464 2.3 1,4-dioxane 420 0.813 7.5 thf 420 0.968 46.7 dmso 420 0.961 38 dmf table ( 5 ) : the effect of concentration of dye relative error % [ naoh ] , m [ d ] , m 5.15 0.092 0.2 x 10-3 3.03 0.094 0.4 x 10-3 1.03 0.096 0.6 x 10-3 1.03 0.098 0.8 x 10-3 1.03 0.098 1.0 x 10-3 table ( 6 ): were determined from beers law. limit of beer s law ( ppm ) s.d r a ml.g-1.cm-1 ε l.mol-1.cm-1 s μg. / cm-2 700 0.0032 0.9986 0.0522 2400 0.0191 fig. ( 1 ) : the ir – spectrum of the dye ( l ) 203 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig.( 2 ) : the tg analysis of the dye 204 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig. ( 3 ) : spectra of dye at different ph values 205 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig. ( 4 ) : absorbance – ph curve of dye at λmax = 510 nm. fig. ( 5 ) : the spectra of the dye at different solvents 206 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig. ( 6 ) : plot of λmax against the function f ( d ) , where : 1= ethanol, 2 = acetone, 3 = chloroform, 4 = water, 5 = cyclohexane, 6 = methanol, 7= 1,4-dioxane, 8= thf, 9 = dmso and 10= dmf. fig. ( 7 ) : spectrophotometric titration curves of concentrations of dye : a = 0.8 x 10-3, b = 1.2 x 10-3 and c = 1.6 x 10-3 m 410 412 414 416 418 420 422 424 426 428 430 0.35 0.45 0.55 0.65 0.75 0.85 0.95 f ( d ) w av el en g th ( m ax . ) n m . 5 7 3 8 2 1 6 10 9 4 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 v. naoh ( m l. ) ab so rb an ce a b c 207 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig.( 8 ) : the calibration curve of nitrite ion fig. ( 9 ) : the electronic spectra of dye complex 208 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 fig.(10): the ph effect on the electronic spectra of fe(iii)-l complex 209 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 at ph12 fig. ( 11 ) : the electronic spectra of dye and its complex fig. ( 12 ) : time effect on the stability formation complex at λmax ( at ph12 ) , [ l ] = [ fe3+ ] = 0.00012 m [ l ] = [ m ] = 0.00012 m 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 240 290 340 wavelength ( nm.) ab sor ban ce l fe(iii)-l 210 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 -6-امینو -2تحلیلیھ لصبغھ ازویھ جدیده مشتقة من -تخلیق ودراسات طیفیھ داي مثیل فینول ومعقدھا مع ایون -3,5-كلورو -4ایثوكسي بنزوثایوزول و دید الثالثيالح اسعد عبود علي جامعة البصره/كلیة التربیھ للعلوم الصرفھ / قسم الكیمیاء 2013أیلول 4، قبل البحث في : 2012أیلول 4استلم البحث في : الخالصة داي -3,5-كلورو -4ایثوكسي بنزوثایوزول و -6-امینو -2ھذه الدراسھ تتضمن تخلیق لصبغھ ازویھ جدیده مشتقھ من اشعة تحت مطیافیة صري الدقیق و التحلیل الحراري و تقنیة عنتشخیص ھذه الصبغھ تمت بواسطة التحلیل ال. مثیل فینول القاعدیھ وتاثیر قیمة االس الھیدروجیني وتعیین ثوابت –كما ودرست الصفات الحامضیھ الحمراء و االشعھ المرئیھ . ا دراسة تاثیر المذیبات مختلفة القطبیھ . وثبتت الظروف المثلى لتكوین معقد ھذه الصبغھ مع یضالبرتنھ والتاین لھا . وتم ا قاعدیوتقدیر ایونات النتریت . –الحدید الثالثي .ودرست تطبیقات ھذه الصبغھ مثال باستخدامھا كدلیل حامضي آزودات ، ثوابت ایون الھیدروجین الموجب والتاین ،دراسات طیفیة الكلمات المفتاحیة : 211 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 382 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: ghada.h.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract this work describes two efficient and useful methods for solving fractional pantograph delay equations (fpdes) with initial and boundary conditions. these two methods depend mainly on orthogonal polynomials, which are the method of the operational matrix of the fractional derivative that depends on bernstein polynomials and the operational matrix of the fractional derivative with shifted legendre polynomials. the basic procedure of this method is to convert the pantograph delay equation to a system of linear equations, and by using, the operational matrices, we get rid of the integration and differentiation operations, which makes solving the problem easier. the concept of caputo has been used to describe fractional derivatives. finally, some numerical examples are identified to show the utility and capability of the two proposed approaches. the mathematica® 12 program has been relied upon in the calculations. keywords: bernstein polynomials, legendre polynomials, pantograph delay equations. 1. introduction fractional calculus has recently been increasingly used due to its wide applications in real-world problems. it has been used as a powerful tool in various fields such as chemistry, physics, engineering, and applied sciences, where it can be seen in thermal modeling [1], networks [2], optics [3], optimal control [4], elasticity [5], fluid mechanics [6], and many other applications. the fractional nature of this class of problems makes the solution very difficult. as a result, many researchers and authors try to generalize and develop the current methods to simply apply them numerically or analytically and find approximate solutions to them. these methods include the collocation method [7, 8], adomian’s decomposition method [9–11], homotopy perturbation method [12, 13], and other methods [14–16]. fractional delay differential equations (fddes) are used in a variety of technical systems, including characterizing propagation, transport development, or population gestures [17, 18]. the pantograph equation is one of the most important types of delay differential equations, and it is used to describe a wide range of phenomena. various applications of these equations in practical doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3076 article history: received 16 october 2022, accepted 9 january 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq fractional pantograph delay equations solving by the meshless methods shefaa m. n. jasim department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. shefaa.mohammed1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.i q ghada h. ibraheem* department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ghada.h.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ghada.h.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:shefaa.mohammed1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:shefaa.mohammed1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:shefaa.mohammed1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:ghada.h.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ghada.h.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 383 disciplines such as biology, physics, economics, and electrodynamics have been researched by many scholars [19–21]. researchers have been interested in finding strategies to solve these kinds of problems and have presented a number of papers on the subject, where rabiei and ordok [22] introduce fractional-order boubaker polynomials related to the boubaker polynomials to achieve the numerical result for pantograph differential equations of fractional order in any arbitrary interval. yuttanan et al. [23] presented a new class of functions called fractional-order generalized taylor wavelets (fogtw) for the nonlinear fractional delay and nonlinear fractional pantograph differential equations. in [24], a method utilizing the chebyshev cardinal functions (ccfs) is formulated to find an accurate result for fractional pantograph delay differential equations; see more works [25–27]. operational matrices are one of the most widely used numerical methods for solving fractional differential equations (fdes) because they are based on polynomials, which are one of the simplest functions in terms of structure. as a result, the benefit of this method is that it transforms the problem into a set of algebraic equations. using the operational matrix, we get rid of the derivations and integrals, making the solution easier and simpler. studies that relied on operational matrices methods can be seen in [28–32]. the main objective of this work is to apply the operational matrix method for derivatives that depend on bernstein polynomials, as well as the operational matrix method, which depends on shifted legendre polynomials, for solving fractional pantograph delay equations (fpdes) with initial and boundary conditions. the rest of this paper is organized as follows: in section 2, we provide some basic definitions of fractional calculus. in section 3, bernstein polynomials and their operational matrices (bom) are introduced. also, in section 4, shifted legendre polynomials and their operational matrices (lom) are considered. in section 5, some numerical examples of pantograph equations with prime and boundary conditions will be solved by the proposed methods. finally, we discuss our findings and conclusions. 2. basic definitions the riemann-liouville and caputo operators [33] are the two most commonly used definitions in fractional calculus. this section will give the definitions and some of their properties. definition 1: the riemann–liouville fractional integration of order α is defined as [33] 𝐼𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = { 1 𝛤(𝛼) ∫ 𝑥 0   𝑦(𝑠) (𝑥−𝑠)1−𝛼 𝑑𝑠, 𝛼 > 0, 𝑥 > 0, 𝑦(𝑥), 𝛼 = 0 . (1) for the riemann–liouville integral 1. 𝐼𝛼1 𝐼𝛼2 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐼𝛼1+𝛼2 𝑦(𝑥), 2. 𝐼𝛼 (𝜆1𝑦(𝑥) + 𝜆2𝑔(𝑥)) = 𝜆1𝐼 𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) + 𝜆2𝐼 𝛼 𝑔(𝑥), 3. 𝐼𝛼 𝑥𝛽 = 𝛤(𝛽+1) 𝛤(𝛽+𝛼+1) 𝑥𝛼+𝛽 , 𝛽 > −1, where 𝛼1 , 𝛼2, 𝜆1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜆2 are constants. definition 2: caputo’s fractional derivative operator of order 𝛼 is defined as [33] 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = 1 𝛤(𝑛−𝛼) ∫ 𝑥 0   𝑦(𝑛)(𝑠) (𝑥−𝑠)𝛼+1−𝑛 𝑑𝑠, 𝑛 − 1 < 𝛼 ≤ 𝑛, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. (2) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 384 the characteristics of caputo derivative are 1. 𝐷𝛼 𝐼𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝑦(𝑥), 2. 𝐼𝛼 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝑦(𝑥) − ∑𝑛−1𝑖=0   𝑦 (𝑖)(0) 𝑥𝑖 𝑖! , 3. 𝐷𝛼 𝜆 = 0, where 𝜆 is constant. in this study, the concept of caputo was relied upon to define the fractional derivative. 3. bernstein polynomials and their operational matrix [34,35] in this section, we will go over bernstein's polynomial and some of its fundamental properties, as well as a description of an operational matrix with integer and fractional derivatives, and explain how to apply the approach (bom) for solving the pantograph equation. 3. 1. bernstein polynomials the bernstein polynomials of degree 𝑛 on the interval [0,1] are defined by 𝐵𝑖,𝑛(𝑥) = (𝑛 𝑖 )𝑥 𝑖 (1 − 𝑥)𝑛−𝑖 , for 𝑖 = 0, 1, … , 𝑛, where (𝑛 𝑖 ) = 𝑛! 𝑖! (𝑛 − 𝑖)! . bernstein basis polynomials in a linear combination 𝐵𝑛 (𝑥) = ∑ 𝑛 𝑖=0   𝑐𝑖 𝐵𝑖,𝑛(𝑥) , are called a bernstein polynomial or polynomial in bernstein form of degree , and 𝑐𝑖 are called bernstein coefficients. now we can approximate any polynomial of degree 𝑛 to the form of linear combination, as given below [34] 𝑦(𝑥) = ∑𝑛𝑖=1   𝑐𝑖 𝐵𝑖,𝑛 = 𝐶 𝑇 𝛷(𝑥), (3) where 𝐶𝑇 = [𝑐0, 𝑐1, … , 𝑐𝑛], 𝛷(𝑥) = [𝐵0,𝑛, 𝐵1,𝑛, … , 𝐵𝑛,𝑛], 𝑇 or in the form of a matrix resulting from multiplying a square matrix (𝑛 + 1) × (𝑛 + 1) and vector (𝑛 + 1) × 1 : 𝛷(𝑥) =𝐴𝑋, 𝐴 = [(−1)0(𝑛 0 ) (−1)1(𝑛 0 )(𝑛 − 0 1 ) … (−1)𝑛−0(𝑛 0 )(𝑛 − 0 𝑛 − 0 ) 0 (−1)0(𝑛 𝑖 ) … (−1)𝑛−𝑖 (𝑛 𝑖 )(𝑛 − 𝑖 𝑛 − 𝑖 ) ⋮ ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 0 0 … (−1)0(𝑛 𝑛 ) ](𝑛+1)×(𝑛+1), 𝑋 = [1 𝑥 𝑥 2 ⋮ 𝑥𝑛 ] (𝑛+1)×1 . we note that the ‖𝐴‖ ≠ 0, which indicates that the matrix 𝐴 is invertible. on the other hand, when using the bernstein polynomials in the least-squares approximation, the fact that they are not orthogonal becomes a disadvantage. according to [35], one method for direct least-squares approximation by polynomials in bernstein form relies on the construction of the ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 385 basis {𝑑0 𝑛(𝑥), 𝑑1 𝑛(𝑥), … , 𝑑𝑛 𝑛(𝑥)} that is "dual" to the bernstein basis of degree 𝑛 on to [0,1]. the attribute that distinguishes this dual basis is ∫ 1 0   𝑏𝑖 𝑛(𝑥)𝑑𝑗 𝑛(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = {1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑖 = 𝑗, 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑖 ≠ 𝑗, for 𝑖, 𝑗 = 0,1, . . . . . . . , 𝑛, where 𝑑𝑗 𝑛(𝑥) = ∑𝑛𝑘=0   𝜆𝑗𝑘 𝐵𝑘 𝑛(𝑥), 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛, 𝜆𝑗𝑘 = (−1)𝑗+𝑘 (𝑛 𝑗 )(𝑛 𝑘 ) ∑ 𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝑗,𝑘) 𝑖=0   (2𝑖 + 1)(𝑛 + 𝑖 + 1 𝑛 − 𝑗 )(𝑛 − 𝑖 𝑛 − 𝑗 )(𝑛 + 𝑖 + 1 𝑛 − 𝑘 )(𝑛 − 𝑖 𝑛 − 𝑘 ), (4) for 𝑗, 𝑘 = 0,1, . . . . , 𝑛. 3. 2 operational matrix of fractional derivative for bernstein polynomial (bom) in the beginning, we will present the operational matrix 𝐷 of derivatives for bernstein polynomials, which is a square matrix of degree (𝑛 + 1) × (𝑛 + 1), then the derivative of the vector 𝛷(𝑥) is ⅆ𝛷(𝑥) ⅆ𝑥 = 𝐷𝛷(𝑥), (5) where 𝐷 is given in [34], 𝐷 = 𝐴𝜎𝐵∗, where 𝜎 is (𝑛 + 1) × (𝑛) matrix given in [35] as 𝜎 = [0 0 0 … 0 1 0 0 … 0 0 2 0 … 0 ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ⋱ 0 0 0 0 … 𝑛 ] and, 𝐵∗ is (𝑛) × (𝑛 + 1) matrix define as 𝐵∗ = [𝐴[1] −1 𝐴[2] −1 ⋮ 𝐴[𝑛] −1 ] , 𝐴[𝑘] −1 𝑖𝑠 𝑘𝑡ℎ 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑜𝑓 𝐴−1, 𝑘 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝑛. we can generalize eq. (5) as follows ⅆ𝑛 ⅆ𝑥𝑛 𝛷(𝑥) = (𝐷)𝑛𝛷(𝑥), 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑛 = 1, 2, . . .. (6) let us now introduce the operational matrix of the fractional derivatives 𝐷(𝛼) , 𝛼 > 0, of size (𝑛 + 1) × (𝑛 + 1) is defined by the concept of caputo in [35] 𝐷(𝛼) = [∑𝑛𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔0,𝑗,0 ∑ 𝑛 𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔0,𝑗,1 … ∑ 𝑛 𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔0,𝑗,𝑛 ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ∑𝑛𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔𝑖,𝑗,0 ∑ 𝑛 𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔𝑖,𝑗,1 … ∑ 𝑛 𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔𝑖,𝑗,𝑛 ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ∑𝑛𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔𝑛,𝑗,0 ∑ 𝑛 𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔𝑛,𝑗,1 … ∑ 𝑛 𝑗=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜔𝑛,𝑗,𝑛 ] here 𝜔𝑖,𝑗,𝑙 is given by: 𝜔𝑖,𝑗,𝑙 = (−1) 𝑗−𝑖 (𝑛 𝑖 )(𝑛 − 𝑖 𝑗 − 𝑖 ) 𝛤(𝑗 + 1) 𝛤(𝑗 + 1 − 𝑞) ∑ 𝑛 𝑘=0   𝜆𝑙𝑘 𝜇𝑘𝑗 , where 𝜆𝑙𝑘 is given in eq. (4) and ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 386 𝜇 𝑘𝑗 = ∑ 𝑛 𝑠=𝑘   (−1)𝑠−𝑘 (𝑛 𝑘 )(𝑛 − 𝑘 𝑠 − 𝑘 ) 1 𝑗 − 𝛼 + 𝑠 + 1 . 3. 3 the steps of applying the bom method for solving the delay-pantograph equation in this paper, we consider the fractional neutral pantograph differential equation 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝑎(𝑥)𝑦(𝑝𝑥) + 𝑏(𝑥)𝐷𝛾 𝑦(𝑝𝑥) + 𝑑(𝑥)𝑦(𝑥) + 𝑔(𝑥), (7) where 𝑥 ∈ [0,1], 0 < 𝛾 ≤ 𝛼 ≤ 2, 0 < 𝑝 < 1. 𝑦(𝑥) is the unknown function, 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑, 𝑔 ∈ 𝐶[0,1], with initial and boundary conditions. now to apply the bom method, we follow the steps below: iwe will approximate unknown function 𝑦 (𝑥) by bernstein polynomials as (3), and we have 𝐷𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷 𝛷(𝑥), 𝐷𝑦(𝑝𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷 𝛷(𝑝𝑥),…, 𝐷𝑛 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷𝑛 𝛷(𝑥), 𝐷𝑛 𝑦(𝑝𝑥)𝐶𝑇 𝐷𝑛 𝛷(𝑝𝑥), 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷(𝛼)𝛷(𝑥), 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑝𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷(𝛼)𝛷(𝑝𝑥), 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝛼 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒. iiwe will substitute all initial or boundary conditions given in the problem. iiiwe use the roots of chebyshev polynomials to help reduce interpolation errors as the collocation node, 𝑥𝑖 = 1 2 + 1 2𝑐𝑜𝑠 ((2𝑖 + 1) 𝜋 2𝑛 ) , 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1. ivwe substitute the approximate polynomial 𝑦(𝑥) and its derivatives in eq. (7) to get the system of algebraic equations that we can solve using computer programs like mathematica and thus get the vector values 𝐶𝑇 . as a result, we will get an approximate solution to the problem. 4. the shifted legendre polynomials and their operational matrix [36] shifted legendre polynomials will be discussed in this section. then we will describe the method (lom) and how to use it to solve the problem. 4. 1. legendre polynomials legendre polynomials are known for the interval [-1,1] and can be calculated using the regression relationship as following 𝐿𝑖+1(𝑧) = 2𝑖 + 1 𝑖 + 1 𝑧𝐿𝑖 (𝑧) − 𝑖 𝑖 + 1 𝐿𝑖−1(𝑧), 𝑖 = 1,2, … (8) where 𝐿0(𝑧) = 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐿1(𝑧) = 𝑧. substitute the variable 𝑧 = 2𝑥 − 1 for these polynomials in the interval [0,1], and create the socalled shifted legendre polynomial, let 𝑃𝑖 (𝑥) be a symbol for the shifted legendre polynomial. 𝑃𝑖 (𝑥) is calculated as follows: ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 387 𝑃𝑖+1(𝑥) = (2𝑖 + 1)(2𝑥 − 1) (𝑖 + 1) 𝑃𝑖 (𝑥) − 𝑖 𝑖 + 1 𝑃𝑖−1(𝑥) , 𝑖 = 1,2, … , (9) here 𝑃0(𝑥) = 1 and 𝑃1(𝑥) = 𝑥. the following formulations of the shifted legendre polynomial of degree 𝑖 analytic form are found in the source [36]: 𝑃𝑖 (𝑥) = ∑ 𝑖 𝑘=0   (−1)𝑖+𝑘 (𝑖 + 𝑘)! (𝑖 − 𝑘)! 𝑥𝑘 (𝑘!)2 . (10) whereas: 𝑃𝑖 (1) = 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑃𝑖 (0) = (−1) 𝑖. the requirement of orthogonality is: ∫ 1 0   𝑃𝑖 (𝑥)𝑃𝑗 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = { 1 2𝑖+1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑖 = 𝑗, 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑖 ≠ 𝑗. the shifted legendre polynomials' power series is written as follows: 𝑃𝑖 (𝑥) = ∑ 𝑖 𝑘=0   (−1)𝑖+𝑘 (𝑖 + 𝑘 𝑘 )(𝑖 𝑘 )𝑥𝑘 . now we can approximate any function based on shifted legendre polynomial as follows: 𝑦(𝑥) = ∑ ∞ 𝑗=0   𝑐𝑗 𝑃𝑗 (𝑥), where 𝑐𝑗 = (2𝑗 + 1) ∫ 1 0  𝑦(𝑥)𝑃𝑗 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥, 𝑗 = 1,2, … only the first (𝑛 + 1) terms of shifted legendre polynomials are considered in practice. next, there is 𝑦(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑛 𝑗=0   𝑐𝑗 𝑃𝑗 (𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝛷(𝑥), (11) where 𝐶𝑇 = [𝑐0, … , 𝑐𝑛], 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠ℎ𝑖𝑓𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐿𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑟𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 , 𝛷(𝑥) = [𝑃0(𝑥), 𝑃1(𝑥), … , 𝑃𝑛 (𝑥)] 𝑇 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠ℎ𝑖𝑓𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐿𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑟𝑒 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟. 4. 2. operational matrix of fractional derivative for shifted legendre polynomials (lom) the operational matrix of derivatives defined based on shifted legendre polynomials is denoted by 𝐷(1) of degree (𝑛 + 1) × (𝑛 + 1) and can be expressed in the following form [36] ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 388 𝐷(1) = (𝑑𝑖𝑗 ) = {2(2𝑗 + 1), 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑗 = 𝑖 − 𝑘, 0, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 {𝑘 = 1,3, … , 𝑛, 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑜𝑑𝑑. 𝑘 = 1,3, … , 𝑛 − 1, 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛. the vector's derivative 𝛷(𝑥) can be written as follows 𝑑𝛷(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝐷(1)𝛷. (12) we can generalize equation (12) as 𝑑𝑛 𝛷(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥𝑛 = (𝐷(1)) 𝑛 𝛷(𝑥), 𝑛 = 1, 2, . . . . . . (13) let us now represent the fractional derivative operational matrix 𝐷(𝛼), 𝛼 > 0 , of size (𝑛 + 1) × (𝑛 + 1) defined by the caputo concept in the source [36] as follows: 𝐷𝛼 = [0 0 ⋯ 0 ⋮ ⋮ ⋯ ⋮ 0 0 ⋯ 0 ∑ ⌈𝛼⌉ 𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃⌈𝛼⌉,0,𝑘 ∑ ⌈𝛼⌉ 𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃⌈𝛼⌉,1,𝑘 ⋯ ∑ ⌈𝛼⌉ 𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃⌈𝛼⌉,𝑛,𝑘 ⋮ ⋮ ⋯ ⋮ ∑𝑖𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃𝑖,0,𝑘 ∑ 𝑖 𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃𝑖,1,𝑘 ⋯ ∑ 𝑖 𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃𝑖,𝑛,𝑘 ⋮ ⋮ ⋯ ⋮ ∑𝑛𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃𝑛,0,𝑘 ∑ 𝑛 𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃𝑛,1,𝑘 ⋯ ∑ 𝑛 𝑘=⌈𝛼⌉   𝜃𝑛,𝑛,𝑘 ], where 𝜃𝑖,𝑗,𝑘 𝑖𝑠 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝜃𝑖,𝑗,𝑘 = (2𝑗 + 1) ∑ 𝑗 𝑙=0   (−1)𝑖+𝑗+𝑘+𝑙 (𝑖 + 𝑘)! (𝑙 + 𝑗)! (𝑖 − 𝑘)! 𝑘! 𝛤(𝑘 − 𝛼 + 1)(𝑗 − 𝑙)! (𝑙!)2(𝑘 + 𝑙 − 𝛼 + 1) . it is worth noting that the initial ⌈𝛼⌉ rows in 𝐷(𝛼)are all zero. 4.3 the steps of applying the lom method for solving the delay-pantograph equation iwe will approximate unknown function 𝑦 (𝑥) by legendre polynomials as eq. (11), and we have 𝐷𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷 𝛷(𝑥), 𝐷𝑦(𝑝𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷 𝛷(𝑝𝑥),…, 𝐷𝑛 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷𝑛 𝛷(𝑥), 𝐷𝑛 𝑦(𝑝𝑥)𝐶𝑇 𝐷𝑛 𝛷(𝑝𝑥), 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷(𝛼)𝛷(𝑥), 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑝𝑥) = 𝐶𝑇 𝐷(𝛼)𝛷(𝑝𝑥), 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝛼 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒. iiwe will substitute all initial or boundary conditions given in the problem. iiiwe use the roots of chebyshev polynomials can help reduce interpolation errors as the collocation node, 𝑥𝑖 = 1 2 + 1 2𝑐𝑜𝑠 ((2𝑖 + 1) 𝜋 2𝑛 ) , 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 − 1. ivwe substitute the approximate polynomial 𝑦(𝑥) and its derivatives in eq. (7) to get the system of algebraic equations that we can solve using computer programs like mathematica and thus get the vector values 𝐶𝑇 as a result, we will get an approximate solution to the problem. 5. illustrative examples ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 389 in this section, some numerical examples are given to demonstrate the applicability and accuracy of the proposed method. 𝑀𝑎𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎® 12 is used for all numerical calculations. example 1: consider the following fractional neutral pantograph differential equation 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(𝑥) = −𝑦(𝑥) + 0.1𝑦(0.8𝑥) + 0.5𝐷𝛼 𝑦(0.8𝑥) + 𝑔(𝑥), 𝑥 ∈ (0,1], (14) 𝑦(0) = 0, 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1. now to solve eq. (14) by (bom), the exact solution to this problem for 𝛼 = 0.8 is 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝑥3.8 with (𝑥) = 2.211894885744887𝑥3 + 0.9571706039258614𝑥3.8 , and with 𝑛 = 2, by applying the suggested method in section (3-2), we have 𝐷0.8 = [−1.14334 − 1.55 − 0.276996 1.17281 0.872243 − 1.55 − 0.0294677 0.677756 1.82699 ] by applying the condition given in the problem and following the solution steps mentioned in section )3-3), a system of algebraic equations will be produced, and by solving this system, we get the values of 𝑐0 = 0, 𝑐1 = 0.0118614, 𝑐2 = 0.472083, the approximate solution is 𝑦(𝑥) = 0.0237227𝑥 + 0.44836𝑥2. if 𝑛 = 15, we have the following approximate solution: 𝑦(𝑥) = 9.543602968653811 × 10−17 + 0.000006511676397407056𝑥 − 0.0007034719961872769𝑥2 + 0.03467000244609836𝑥3 + 1.4120584194534938𝑥4 − 1.2900408484650545𝑥5 + 2.1428840263535394𝑥6 − 2.118319283516632𝑥7 − 0.6752474254279832𝑥8 + 6.081788398525532𝑥9 − 10.489702105988727𝑥10 + 10.517845113990916𝑥11 − 7.003103640066911𝑥12 + 3.1968135804363556𝑥13 − 0.9498166132520964𝑥14 + 0.14086738703346668𝑥15. table 1 shows the absolute error|𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑐𝑡 − 𝑦𝑎𝑝𝑝.| value for the some 𝑥 ∈ (0,1] at 𝑛= 9, 11, 13, and 15. table 1: the absolute error of ex. 1 for 𝑛=9,11,13,15 by (bom) 𝒙 𝒏 = 𝟗 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟏 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟑 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟓 0.1 1.21756×10-7 2.92165×10-8 6.77509×10-8 3.19953×10-8 0.2 1.07484×10-7 3.66589×10-8 7.85818×10-8 3.32075×10-8 0.3 1.40511×10-7 5.90616×10-8 5.80438×10-8 2.87904×10-8 0.4 3.05621×10-7 6.14799×10-8 2.5095×10-8 1.82177×10-8 0.5 5.54154×10-8 2.54537×10-8 9.48675×10-9 4.38442×10-9 0.6 2.92554×10-7 3.27859×10-8 2.82086×10-8 6.08513×10-10 0.7 3.1252×10-7 8.2099×10-8 3.73298×10-8 1.17502×10-8 0.8 6.18788×10-8 1.2187×10-7 3.22221×10-8 1.2558×10-9 0.9 2.07441×10-7 1.90066×10-7 1.81549×10-8 1.60439×10-8 in order to use the lom approach to solve example 1, we must follow the steps outlined in section (4-3). if we assume 𝑛 = 2, we get 𝐷0.8 = [0 0 0 1.81521 0.495057 − 0.206274 − 0.495057 4.08422 1.06084 ] the approximate solution 𝑦(𝑥) = 0.0237227𝑥 + 0.44836𝑥2, and the value of 𝑐0 = 0.161315, 𝑐1 = 0.236041, 𝑐2 = 0.0747266. if 𝑛 = 15, the approximate solution 𝑦(𝑥) = −5.917880389286895 × 10−17 + 0.000004941255572793077𝑥 − 0.0005604595883997804𝑥2 + 0.030640435190110164𝑥3 + 1.4662615402598584𝑥4 − 1.7082026330161135𝑥5 + 4.183434690591156𝑥6 − 8.78814674633918𝑥7 + ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 390 14.437646065525456𝑥8 − 18.130978138638397𝑥9 + 17.216360479207815𝑥10 − 12.200969372917305𝑥11 + 6.3079153582312015𝑥12 − 2.277429378098255𝑥13 + 0.5224877022689723𝑥14 − 0.058464614185574325𝑥15. we present table 2, in which we will show the absolute error value of 𝑛=9,11,13, and 15 table 2: the absolute error of ex. 1 for 𝑛=9,11,13,15 by (lom) 𝒙 𝒏 = 𝟗 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟏 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟑 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟓 0.1 1.21719×10-7 2.88811×10-8 2.34826×10-9 1.72445×10-8 0.2 1.07453×10-7 3.60137×10-8 1.13909×10-8 1.44977×10-8 0.3 1.40539×10-7 5.78547×10-8 9.88362×10-9 1.44738×10-8 0.4 3.05492×10-7 6.08407×10-8 9.05138×10-9 1.08162×10-8 0.5 5.55965×10-8 2.58773×10-8 3.71809×10-8 1.03386×10-9 0.6 2.92938×10-7 3.09694×10-8 6.09679×10-8 8.16747×10-9 0.7 3.1172×10-7 8.21428×10-8 6.37435×10-8 1.17671×10-8 0.8 6.3123×10-8 1.21236×10-7 5.67603×10-8 5.21886×10-9 0.9 2.09417×10-7 1.93688×10-7 6.72274×10-8 5.09303×10-9 in figure 1, we show a plot of both the exact solution and the approximate solution of the two proposed methods for 𝑛=15. figure 1: the comparison of the exact solution and the approximate solution of (bom, lom) methods for ex. 1 at 𝑛=15 also, in figure 2, logarithmic plots of the greatest absolute error of the approximate solution are given using bernstein or legendre polynomials with operational matrices to solve example 1 from 𝑛 = 2 to 𝑛 = 15. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 391 figure 2: logarithmic plots for the 𝑀𝐴𝐸𝑛 of ex. 1 form 𝑛=2 to 𝑛=15 we note from the above results that the two proposed methods are efficient because their results are highly accurate compared to the results of the exact solution, as shown in figure 1. also, we can see the efficiency of the two proposed methods in figure 2, which shows the decrease in absolute error when the value of 𝑛 is increased. in order to show which of the two methods is more efficient, we present table 3, in which we will show the absolute error values of the two proposed methods at 𝑛 = 15 table 3: the absolute error |𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑐𝑡 − 𝑦𝑎𝑝𝑝.| of (bom, lom) for ex. 1 at 𝑛=15 𝒙 absolute error (b) absolute error (l) 0.1 3.19953×10-8 1.72445×10-8 0.2 3.32075×10-8 1.44977×10-8 0.3 2.87904×10-8 1.44738×10-8 0.4 1.82177×10-8 1.08162×10-8 0.5 4.38442×10-9 1.03386×10-9 0.6 6.08513×10-10 8.16747×10-9 0.7 1.17502×10-8 1.17671×10-8 0.8 1.2558×10-9 5.21886×10-9 0.9 1.60439×10-8 5.09303×10-9 we notice from table 3 that the values of legendre's absolute error are less than those of bernstein’s absolute error, which indicates that (lom) method is more efficient than (bom) method in solving example 1. example 2: consider the following fractional pantograph equation 𝐷2𝑦(𝑥) + 𝐷 3 2𝑦(𝑥) + 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝑦 ( 𝑥 2 ) + 3𝑥2 4 + 4√ 𝑥 𝜋 + 2, 𝑥 ∈ [0,1], (15) subject to 𝑦(0) = 0, 𝑦(1) = 1, and the exact solution to this problem is 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝑥2. when applying the (bom) method for solving eq. (15) at 𝑛 = 2, we have 𝐷 3 2 = [ 24 35√𝜋 24 7√𝜋 136 35√𝜋 − 48 35√𝜋 − 48 7√𝜋 − 272 35√𝜋 24 35√𝜋 24 7√𝜋 136 35√𝜋 ], we also obtained the values of the unknown vector 𝐶𝑇 , which are as follows 𝑐0 = 1.18599 × 10−17, 𝑐1 = 0.00228219, 𝑐2 = 1. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 392 we also come up with the following approximate solution: 𝑦(𝑥) = 1.18599 × 10−17 + 0.00456438𝑥 + 0.995436𝑥2. if 𝑛 = 20, we have the following approximate solution: 𝑦(𝑥) = −2.786853970684164 × 10−15 − 0.000030030531854295995𝑥 + 1.006670875743893𝑥2 − 0.31622314969631304𝑥3 + 7.39417733179431𝑥4 − 101.22636028238139𝑥5 + 882.5852080762097𝑥6 − 5099.047105444493𝑥7 + 19465.37892066044𝑥8 − 44677.52886989678𝑥9 + 27582.502303316025𝑥10 + 211915.94892108513𝑥11 − 939140.5398020139𝑥12 + 2196019.891017601𝑥13 − 3463946.68783369𝑥14 + 3900531.650722769𝑥15 − 3162032.689661729𝑥16 + 1810684.418812781𝑥17 − 696899.7151342098𝑥18 + 162020.35868317497𝑥19 − 17212.384417226098𝑥20. table 4 shows the absolute error|𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑐𝑡 − 𝑦𝑎𝑝𝑝.| value for the some 𝑥 ∈ [0,1] at 𝑛= 14,16,18, and 20 table 4: the absolute error of ex. 2 for 𝑛=14,16,18,20 by (bom) 𝒙 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟒 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟔 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟖 𝒏 = 𝟐𝟎 0.1 3.3016×10-6 2.0304×10-6 1.679×10-6 1.42028×10-6 0.2 5.64738×10-6 3.96901×10-6 2.44675×10-6 1.92033×10-6 0.3 5.90691×10-6 4.01465×10-6 3.34437×10-6 2.143×10-6 0.4 6.08868×10-6 4.68942×10-6 2.963×10-6 2.48202×10-6 0.5 6.6422×10-6 3.86708×10-6 3.25554×10-6 2.06817×10-6 0.6 4.61383×10-6 4.11001×10-6 2.54331×10-6 1.97996×10-6 0.7 4.97604×10-6 2.68729×10-6 2.29425×10-6 1.58232×10-6 0.8 2.62815×10-6 2.43508×10-6 1.62869×10-6 9.01401×10-7 0.9 2.04652×10-6 1.1369×10-6 6.75106×10-7 3.45435×10-7 to solve example 2 using the (lom) technique, we must follow the steps indicated in section (43). if we take n=2, we get 𝐷 3 2 = [0 0 0 0 0 0 16 √𝜋 48 5√𝜋 − 16 7√𝜋 ], we also obtain the values of the unknown vector 𝐶𝑇 , which are as follows 𝑐0 = 0.334094, 𝑐1 = 0.5, 𝑐2 = 0.165906. and their approximate solution is 𝑦(𝑥) = 2.77555756 × 10−17 + 0.00456438𝑥 + 0.995436𝑥2. if 𝑛 = 20, the approximate solution will be as follows: 𝑦(𝑥) = −7.827619401012162 × 10−17 − 0.000030068562737359008𝑥 + 1.0066701273460272𝑥2 − 0.3161559593254199𝑥3 + 7.391520839002448𝑥4 − 101.1675850252221𝑥5 + 881.7639994208571𝑥6 − 5091.2533573008905𝑥7 + 19412.68134451585𝑥8 − 44415.30443366349𝑥9 + 26600.722236690082𝑥10 + 214722.2039331961𝑥11 − 945315.3904772103𝑥12 + 2206507.388919022𝑥13 − 3477652.419776158𝑥14 + 3914177.755634204𝑥15 − 3172189.258528861𝑥16 + 1816152.725780014𝑥17 − 698910.3552130745𝑥18 + 162471.92620954153𝑥19 − 17259.100690250787𝑥20. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 393 table 5 shows the absolute error|𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑐𝑡 − 𝑦𝑎𝑝𝑝.| value for the some 𝑥 ∈ [0,1] at 𝑛= 14,16,18, and 20 table 5: the absolute error of ex. 2 for 𝑛=14,16,18,20 by (lom) 𝒙 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟒 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟔 𝒏 = 𝟏𝟖 𝒏 = 𝟐𝟎 0.1 3.30159×10-6 2.03041×10-6 1.67929×10-6 1.41633×10-6 0.2 5.64737×10-6 3.96904×10-6 2.44733×10-6 1.91244×10-6 0.3 5.9069×10-6 4.0147×10-6 3.34525×10-6 2.13118×10-6 0.4 6.08866×10-6 4.68948×10-6 2.96416×10-6 2.4665×10-6 0.5 6.64218×10-6 3.86716×10-6 3.25698×10-6 2.04886×10-6 0.6 4.6138×10-6 4.11011×10-6 2.54504×10-6 1.95697×10-6 0.7 4.97601×10-6 2.6874×10-6 2.29617×10-6 1.55857×10-6 0.8 2.62812×10-6 2.43526×10-6 1.63045×10-6 8.94486×10-7 0.9 2.04649×10-6 1.13714×10-6 6.78982×10-7 4.05584×10-7 in figure 3, we show a plot of both the exact solution and the approximate solution of the two proposed methods of example 2 for 𝑛=20. figure 3: the comparison of the exact solution and the approximate solution of (bom, lom) methods for ex. 2 at 𝑛=20 in figure 4, logarithmic plots of the greatest absolute error of the approximate solution are given using bernstein or legendre polynomials with operational matrices to solve example 2 from 𝑛 = 2 to 𝑛 = 20. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 394 figure 4: logarithmic plots for the 𝑀𝐴𝐸𝑛 of ex. 2 form 𝑛=2 to 𝑛=20 the two proposed approaches are efficient, as seen by the above results because their results are accurate when compared to the precise solution's results, as shown in figure 1. figure 2 demonstrates the decrease in absolute error when the value of 𝑛 is increased, demonstrating the efficacy of the two proposed techniques. table 6 illustrates the absolute error numbers for (bom, lom) methods at 𝑛 = 20 to determine which of the two strategies is superior for solving example 2. table 6: the absolute error |𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑐𝑡 − 𝑦𝑎𝑝𝑝.| of (bom, lom) for ex. 2 at 𝑛=20 𝒙 absolute error (b) absolute error (l) 0.1 1.42028×10 -6 1.41633×10-6 0.2 1.92033×10 -6 1.91244×10-6 0.3 2.143×10 -6 2.13118×10-6 0.4 2.48202×10 -6 2.4665×10-6 0.5 2.06817×10 -6 2.04886×10-6 0.6 1.97996×10 -6 1.95697×10-6 0.7 1.58232×10 -6 1.55857×10-6 0.8 9.01401×10 -7 8.94486×10-7 0.9 3.45435×10 -7 4.05584×10-7 we notice from the above table that the greatest absolute error we acquired in the method (bom) is 2.48202×10-6, but in the method (lom) is 2.4665×10-6, indicating that the method (lom) is the best in solving ex. 2. 6. conclusion in this study, we propose the methods of operational matrices that depend on bernstein polynomials and shifted legendre polynomials for fractional derivatives in solving fractional delay pantograph equations. the numerical results of the approximate solutions in examples 1 and 2 were given accuracy when compared with the exact solutions, proving the effectiveness and efficiency of the proposed methods. figures 2 and 4 showed the absolute error of the two examples for more than 𝑛, where when the values of 𝑛 increase, the value of the absolute error decreases, which shows the accuracy and success of the proposed methods. tables 3 and 6 show that the method (lom) is the best solution for the two examples. mathematica®12 program was used to find the numerical results. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 395 references 1. jamil. b.; anwar. m.s.; rasheed. a.; irfan. m. mhd maxwell flow modeled by fractional derivatives with chemical reaction and thermal radiation. chinese journal of physics. 2020, 67, 512-533, doi: org/10.1016/j.cjph.2020.08.012. 2. alzubaidi. w.k.; shaker. s.h. methods of secure routing protocol in wireless sensor networks. journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics. 2018, 10, 3, 3855, doi: 10.29304/jqcm.2018.10.3.437. 3. alchikh. r.; khuri. s.a. numerical solution of a fractional differential equation arising in optics. optik. 2020, 208, 163911 –163919, doi: org/10.1016/j.ijleo.2019.163911. 4. bahaa. g. m. optimal control problem for variable-order fractional differential systems with time delay involving atangana–baleanu derivatives. chaos, solitons, fractals. 2019, 122, 129142, doi: org/10.1016/j.chaos.2019.03.001. 5. tarasov. v.e.; aifantis. e. c. on fractional and fractal formulations of gradient linear and nonlinear elasticity. acta mechanica. 2019, 230, 6, 2043-2070, doi: org/10.1007/s00707-0192373-x. 6. goufo. e.f.d.; nieto. j.j. attractors for fractional differential problems of transition to turbulent flows. journal of computational and applied mathematics. 2018, 339, 329-342, doi: org/10.1016/j.cam.2017.08.026. 7. mechee. m. s.; al-shaher. o. i.; al-juaifri. g. a. haar wavelet technique for solving fractional differential equations with an application. in aip conference proceedings. 2019, 2086(1), 030025, doi:org/10.1063/1.5095110. 8. agarwal. p.; el-sayed. a. a. non-standard finite difference and chebyshev collocation methods for solving fractional diffusion equation. physica a: statistical mechanics and its applications. 2018, 500, 40-49, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physa.2018.02.014. 9. alizadeh. a.; effati, s. modified adomian decomposition method for solving fractional optimal control problems. transactions of the institute of measurement and control. 2018, 40(6), 2054206, doi: https://doi.org/10.1177/0142331217700243. 10. thabet. h.; kendre. s. new modification of adomian decomposition method for solving a system of nonlinear fractional partial differential equations. int. j. adv. appl. math. mech. 2019, 6(3), 1-13, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/332014078. 11. ali. k. a., approximate solution for fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order using adomain decomposition method. ibn al-haitham j. for pure&appl. sci.2017, 30(2), 202-213. 12. javeed. s.; baleanu. d.; waheed. a.; shaukat khan. m.; affan. h. analysis of homotopy perturbation method for solving fractional order differential equations. mathematics. 2019, 7(1), 40, doi: https://doi.org/10.3390/math7010040. 13. hamoud. a.; ghadle. k. usage of the homotopy analysis method for solving fractional volterra-fredholm integro-differential equation of the second kind. tamkang journal of mathematics. 2018, 49(4), 301-315, doi: https://doi.org/10.5556/j.tkjm.49.2018.2718. 14. jiang. y.; xu. x. a monotone finite volume method for time fractional fokker-planck equations. science china mathematics. 2019, 62(4), 783-794, doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11425-017-9179-x . 15. baleanu. d.; jassim. h. k.; khan. h. a modification fractional variational iteration method for solving non-linear gas dynamic and coupled kdv equations involving local fractional operators. 2018, http://hdl.handle.net/20.500.12416/2276. about:blank about:blank about:blank about:blank https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijleo.2019.163911 about:blank about:blank about:blank about:blank about:blank about:blank https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physa.2018.02.014 https://doi.org/10.1177/0142331217700243 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/332014078 https://doi.org/10.3390/math7010040 https://doi.org/10.5556/j.tkjm.49.2018.2718 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11425-017-9179-x http://hdl.handle.net/20.500.12416/2276 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 396 16. raslan. k. r.; ali. k. k.; mohamed. e. m. spectral tau method for solving general fractional order differential equations with linear functional argument. journal of the egyptian mathematical society. 2019, 27(1), 1-16, doi: https://doi.org/10.1186/s42787-019-0039-4. 17. kuang. y. (ed.); delay differential equations: with applications in population dynamics. academic press. 1993. 18. macdonald. n.; macdonald. n. biological delay systems: linear stability theory. cambridge university press. 2008, www.cambridge.org/9780521340847. 19. dehghan. m.; shakeri, f. the use of the decomposition procedure of adomian for solving a delay differential equation arising in electrodynamics. physica scripta. 2008, 78(6), 065004, doi:https://doi.org/10.1088/0031-8949/78/06/065004. 20. magin. r.l. fractional calculus models of complex dynamics in biological tissues. comput math appl. 2010, 59,1586–1593, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2009.08.039. 21. aiello. w. g.; freedman. h. i.; wu. j. analysis of a model representing stage-structured population growth with state-dependent time delay. siam journal on applied mathematics. 1992, 52(3), 855-869, doi: https://doi.org/10.1137/0152048 22. rabiei. k.; ordokhani. y. solving fractional pantograph delay differential equations via fractional-order boubaker polynomials. engineering with computers. 2019, 35(4), 14311441. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00366-018-0673-8. 23. yuttanan. b.; razzaghi. m.; vo. t. n. a fractional‐order generalized taylor wavelet method for nonlinear fractional delay and nonlinear fractional pantograph differential equations. mathematical methods in the applied sciences.2021, 44(5), 4156-4175, doi: https://doi.org/10.1002/mma.7020. 24. avazzadeh. z.; heydari. m. h.; mahmoudi. m. r. an approximate approach for the generalized variable-order fractional pantograph equation. alexandria engineering journal. 2020, 59(4), 2347-2354., doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2020.02.028. 25. sedaghat. s.; ordokhani. y.; dehghan. m. numerical solution of the delay differential equations of pantograph type via chebyshev polynomials. communications in nonlinear science and numerical simulation. 2012, 17(12), 4815-4830, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cnsns.2012.05.009 26. hashemi. m. s.; atangana. a.; hajikhah. s. solving fractional pantograph delay equations by an effective computational method. mathematics and computers in simulation. 2020, 177, 295-305, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matcom.2020.04.026. 27. adel. w.; sabir, z. solving a new design of nonlinear second-order lane–emden pantograph delay differential model via bernoulli collocation method. the european physical journal plus. 2020, 135(5), 1-12, doi: https://doi.org/10.1140/epjp/s13360-020-00449-x 28. rostamy. d.; qasemi. s. discontinuous petrov-galerkin and bernstein-legendre polynomials method for solving fractional damped heat-and wave-like equations. journal of computational and theoretical transport. 2015, 44(1), 1-23, doi: https://doi.org/10.1080/23324309.2014.955207. 29. benattia. m. e.; belghaba. k. numerical solution for solving fractional differential equations using shifted chebyshev wavelet. gen. lett. math. 2017, 3(2), 101-110. 30. doha. e. h.; bhrawy. a. h.; ezz-eldien. s. s. a new jacobi operational matrix: an application for solving fractional differential equations. applied mathematical modelling. 2012, 36(10), 4931-4943, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apm.2011.12.031. https://doi.org/10.1186/s42787-019-0039-4 about:blank about:blank https://doi.org/10.1088/0031-8949/78/06/065004 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2009.08.039 https://doi.org/10.1137/0152048 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00366-018-0673-8 https://doi.org/10.1002/mma.7020 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2020.02.028 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cnsns.2012.05.009 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matcom.2020.04.026 https://doi.org/10.1140/epjp/s13360-020-00449-x https://doi.org/10.1080/23324309.2014.955207 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apm.2011.12.031. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 397 31. mohammadi. f.; hosseini. m. m. a new legendre wavelet operational matrix of derivative and its applications in solving the singular ordinary differential equations. journal of the franklin institute. 2011, 348(8), 1787-1796., doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfranklin.2011.04.017 32. ibraheem. g.h.; al-jawary. m.a. the operational matrix of legendre polynomials for solving nonlinear thin film flow problems. alexandria engineering journal. 2020, 59,5, 4027-4033, doi: org/10.1016/j.aej.2020.07.008. 33. alshbool. m. h. t.; bataineh. a. s.; hashim. i.; isik. o. r. solution of fractional-order differential equations based on the operational matrices of new fractional bernstein functions. journal of king saud university-science. 2017, 29(1), 1-18, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jksus.2015.11.004. 34. al-jawary. m.a.; ibraheem. g.h. tow meshless methods for solving nonlinear ordinary differential equations in engineering and applied sciences. nonlinear eng. j. 2020, 9,1, 244255, doi: org/10.1515/nleng-2020-0012. 35. saadatmandi. a.; bernstein operational matrix of fractional derivatives and its applications. applied mathematical modelling. 2014, 38(4), 1365-1372, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apm.2013.08.007. 36. saadatmandi. a.; dehghan. m. a new operational matrix for solving fractional-order differential equations. computers mathematics with applications. 2010, 59(3), 1326-1336, doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2009.07.006 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfranklin.2011.04.017 about:blank https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jksus.2015.11.004 https://doi.org/10.1515/nleng-2020-0012 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apm.2013.08.007 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2009.07.006 المستخلص معالجة مرض تعفن الحضنة األمریكي على نحل العسل بأستعمال الكحولي لنبات الزعتر ومادة الثایمول المستخلصة منھ ضا صكب الجورانير محمد عبد الجلیل الكناني جامعة بغداد/ الزراعةكلیة / ة النباتقسم وقای عالء شریف عباس دادبغ الجامعة /المأمون كلیة 2002آذار 7: ، قبل البحث في 2001تشرین األول 1استلم البحث في : الخالصة paenibacillus larvaeفي نمو بكتریا l thymbra spicata لنبات الزعتر أختبر تأثیر المستخلص الكحولي larvae المسببة لمرض تعفن الحضنة األمریكيamerican foul brood(afb) على نحل العسل وبتراكیز مختلفة مایكروغرام / قرص و 3000ووجد أن التركیز ،التحمیل على األقراص الورقیة والخلط مع الوسط الزرعي وبطریقتي الخام ى التتابع . حددت المادة الفعالة في المستخلصمایكروغرام / مل ھي المثبطة لنمو البكتریا ولكال الطریقتین عل 3000 البكتریا بطریقة في) وأختبر تأثیرھا thymol() ووجد أنھا مادة الثایمولtlcبطریقة كروماتوكرافي الصفائح الرقیقة ( مایكروغرام / قرص ھو الفعال في قتل البكتریا . أختبر تأثیر 1000التحمیل على األقراص الورقیة ووجد أن التركیز خالیا مصابة بمرض تعفن الحضنة األمریكي عند طریق خلطھ مع فيالمستخلص الكحولي ومادة الثایمول المعزولة منھ ات نتائجوأعطداخل خالیا نحل العسل على األطارات المصابة مایكروغرام / مل ورش 3000،المحلول السكري وبتركیز یوماً 27المعالجة بمادة الثایمول في حین أختفى المرض بعد مرور یوماً من بدء 21على المرض بعد مرور إذ قضيجیدة لنبات الزعتر .من بدء المعالجة بالمستخلص الكحولي .: مرض تعفن الحضنة األمریكي ، الثایمول ، الزعتر الكلمات المفتاحیة 9 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة ویتسبب في ضعف الطوائف یعد مرض تعفن الحضنة األمریكي من أخطر األمراض التي تصیب حضنة نحل العسل وھي بكتریا عصویة موجبة لصبغة كرام ،paenibacillus larvae larvae ومن ثم موتھا . المسبب لھذا المرض بكتریا عاماً 50طویلة قد تصل إلى مدهكتریا في طوائف نحل العسل وتحافظ على حیویتھا مكونة السبورات . تمكث سبورات الب یدخل المسبب المرضي إلى جسم الیرقة عن طریق الغذاء المقدم لھا من الشغاالت ، . ] 1عند عدم مالئمة الظروف للنمو [ اخل جسم الیرقة وتنتشر في جسمھا وتؤدي حساسة لإلصابة . تتكاثر الخالیا البكتریة د یوم 1-2 وتكون الیرقات التي بعمر ] . 3البكتریا سریعة األنتشار داخل الخلیة وبین الخالیا [ ] . ھذه2وتحویلھا إلى قوام مائي لزج [إلى موتھا وتحلل أنسجتھا ن األجراءات المتبعة لمعالجة ھذا المرض الخطیر في معظم دول العالم ھو حرق الخالیا المصابة بما فیھا من حشرات إ عمل] ، كذلك تست2ھذا المرض تكون كبیرة حتى في حالة المعالجة [ منوأجزاء خشبیة ولھذا فأن الخسارة الناتجة ) لمعالجة المرض إال أن ھذه المضادات ال تقضي oxytetracyclineاألوكسي تتراسایكلین (السیما المضادات الحیویة و ] . یھدف البحث إلى إیجاد طریقة فعالة في معالجة ھذا 4لبكتریا [لنمو الخالیا الخضریة على السبورات ولكنھا تمنع ن األجراءات المتبعة .مستفادة من النباتات الطبیعیة التي تنمو محلیاً لتكون بدیالً المرض باال ،مثل بعض الكائنات المجھریة فيألحتوائھ على مواد فینولیة وقلویدیة لھا تأثیر thmbra spicataأختیر نبات الزعتر ، rhizoctonia soloniو ، fusarium monilifromفطر الفطریات الموجودة في التربة والممرضة للنبات مثل وبكتریا ،] escherichia coli ]5 وبكتریا ،staphyllococciبكتریا العنقودیات ، مثل وبعض األنواع البكتیریة melissococcus pluton ] 6المسبب لمرض تعفن الحضنة األوربي على نحل العسل. [ مواد وطرائق العمل األستخالص النایلون تحت فرشت على فرشة منو إلى المختبرنطقة زاویتھ / محافظة دھوك ، و نقلت من مالزعتر نباتات جمعت ستمرار منعاً للتعفن حتى الجفاف ، بعدھا قطعت وسحقت بوساطة طاحونة كھربائیة وغربلت ادرجة حرارة الغرفة وقلبت ب غم 200لتحضیر المستخلص الكحولي إذ وزن ] 7وآخرون [ gul) ، أستعملت طریقة mesh 50مش ( 50بغرابیل سعة ، % 95مل من الكحول األثیلي تركیز 400مل ثم أضیف 1000عتھ من المسحوق النباتي ووضع في دورق زجاجي س ) watman no. 2ساعة ثم رشح المستخلص من خالل ورق ترشیح ( 24رج الدورق بوساطة رجاج كھربائي لمدة حفظ ) .rotary evaporator with vacuumر وركز الراشح بوساطة المبخر الفراغي الدوار (نبأستعمال قمع بوخ الخام في قناني زجاجیة محكمة الغلق وتحت التجمید لحین األستعمال.المستخلص العزالت البكتیریة محافظة بغداد مالزوراء علیھا من منحل تم الحصول p. larvae larvaeلبكتریا أستعملت عزالت بكتیریة محلیة جامعة بغداد. –كلیة الزراعة –قسم وقایة النبات وعزلت وشخصت في أختبار تأثیر المستخلص الكحولي الخام على البكتریا مختبریاً مختبریاً بأستعمال طریقة التحمیل على األقراص المستخلص الكحولي الخام لنبات الزعتر على البكتریا أختبرت فعالیة مایكروغرام / قرص . زرعت البكتریا (وھي 3000، 1250، 1000، 500الورقیة ، أذ حملت ھذه األقراص بالتراكیز brain heartالزرعي المناسب لنموھا والمسمى ثم على الوسط nutrient brothعلى شكل معلق) أوالً على الوسط infusion thiamin (bhit) بطریقة النشر . وضعت األقراص الورقیة المحملة بالتراكیز أعاله على األطباق ساعة ثم قیست أقطار 48ْم لمدة 35طبق لكل تركیز . حضنت األطباق بدرجة حرارة 2قرص في كل طبق) وبواقع 3( لتحدید التركیز الفعال . كذلك أختبر تأثیر المستخلص بطریقة الخلط ) inhibition zoneمناطق التثبیط حول األقراص ( 250) حیث حضرت التراكیز plate dilution technique( مع الوسط الزرعي ، إذ أستعملت طریقة التخفیف باألطباق ، وخلط كل تركیز على حده مع الوسط الزرعي الصلب بعد تعقیمھمایكروغرام / مل 3000و 1250، 1000، 500، . حضنت األطباق بدرجة فضال"عن معاملة المقارنةطبق لكل تركیز 2زرعت البكتریا في األطباق بطریقة النشر بواقع و ساعة وحسبت النسبة المئویة للنمو مقارنة مع أطباق السیطرة وحدد التركیز الفعال على أساس عدم 48ْم لمدة 35حرارة ] .4ظھور أي مستعمرة وعدم حصول نمو البكتریا [ تحدید المادة الفعالة المؤثرة في نمو البكتریا ، إذ أشارت البحوث السابقة إلى وجود مادة اد على نسبة وجودھا في المستخلص الكحوليحددت المادة الفعالة باألعتم abo – basha et] . أستعملت طریقة 6% مع الزیوت العطریة [55الثایمول وھي مادة فینولیة وتوجد بنسبة تصل إلى al. (1995) ]8 أستعملت رقائق بالستیكیة نوع (] لتشخیص وتنقیة الثایمول في المستخلص الكحولي الخام ، إذemerck, f254 مطلیة بطبقة من أوكسید األلمنیوم مع مادة مضیئة عند تعرضھا لألشعة فوق البنفسجیة . وضع مستخلص الزعتر ( من سم 2ومادة الثایمول القیاسیة (تم الحصول علیھا من الھیئة العامة لوقایة المزروعات / وزارة الزراعة) على مسافة 10 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 . ترك محلول 1: 1وبنسبة isopropyl ether : benzeneة السفلیة للرقیقة ، وأستعمل محلول الفصل المكون من الحاف فحصت تحت مصدر لألشعة فوق البنفسجیة بطول .سم ، ثم رفعت الرقائق وتركت لتجف في الھواء 17الفصل یرتفع إلى للمركب rfللمركبات المفصولة وقورنت بقیم rf یر لتحدید البقع المفصولة ، حسبت قیمتنانوم300 – 245موجي القیاسي . الثایمول أستخالص rfمقاربة لقیم rf) والتي أعطت قیم tlcقیقة (رأستخلص الثایمول من خالل البقع المفصولة على ألواح الطبقة ال للثایمول القیاس ، جمع ما تم قشطھ في أنبوبة أختبار وأضیف إلیھ كلوروفورم لغرض إذابتھ وفصلھ عن المسحوق ، رجت ر األنبوبة بعملیة الطرد المركزي . بخر الكلوروفورم عاألنبوبة برجاج كھربائي لمدة نصف ساعة ثم رسب المسحوق في ق فراغي الدوار الحصول على الثایمول النقي .أختبر الثایمول المستخلص ال بخرجھاز الم بوساطة(الحاوي على الثایمول) 1250، 1000، 500، 250األقراص الورقیة بالتراكیز على العزالت البكتیریة مختبریاً بطریقة التحمیل على مایكروغرام / قرص للتأكد من تأثیره على نمو البكتریا . نحل المصابة بالمرضایمول على خالیا الأختبار مستخلص الزعتر الخام ومادة الث خالیا ، مع خلیة مصابة أخرى 3مجموعة مكونة من جموعتین من الخالیا المصابة ، كلأجرى األختبار على م ماء مخلوط معھ مستخلص 1 سكر : 2تركت بدون معاملة كخلیة مقارنة ، رشت المجموعة األولى بمحلول سكري تركیزه مل 500مایكروغرام / مل (وھو التركیز الذي أعطى فعالیة في المختبر) .رشت كل خلیة بـ 3000الزعتر الخام بتركیز منھ شمل الرش وجھي كل أطار وقاعدة الخلیة والمتبقي رش على الحشرات العالقة الموجودة داخل الخلیة وذلك لضمان أیام . في حین رشت المجموعة الثانیة 5مرات بین مرة وأخرى 3د الطائفة . كررت العملیة وصول العالج إلى جمیع أفرا مایكروغرام/ مل . تركت خلیة المقارنة 1000بنفس الطریقة بمحلول سكري حامل لمادة الثایمول المستخلصة بتركیز نجات المربعة التي فیھا األصابة والمأخوذة بدون معالجة لمقارنة تأثیر ذلك على الخالیا المعاملة من خالل حساب عدد األ ) . سجلت البیانات والمالحظات وإنخفاض frame countعشوائیاً بأستخدام األطاري الزجاجي المقسم إلى أنجات مربعة ( نسب اإلصابة كل ثالثة أیام رافق ذلك أخذ عینات من الیرقات والعسل واألغطیة الشمعیة وزراعتھا مختبریاً للكشف عن وجود المسبب المرضي . والمناقشةالنتائج الزعتر الخام ومادة الثایمول القیاسیة على البكتریا مختبریاً فعالیة مستخلص أختبار أختبار التحمیل على األقراص الورقیة –أ مایكروغرام/ قرص 1000 و500 لم یكن لھ تأثیر تثبیطي معنوي بالتراكیز خاممستخلص الالأن )1جدول (أظھرت النتائج على البكتریا ، إذ لم تظھر أیة منطقة تثبیط حول األقراص الحاملة لھذه التراكیز ، بینما ظھر التأثیر في التركیزین .ظھر من خالل التحلیل الترتیب ملم على 16 و 9مایكروغرام / قرص فقد كان قطر منطقة التثبیط 3000و1250 ھذا مایكروغرام / قرص ، ولذا یعد 3000 و 1250بین التركیزین 0.05معنوي على مستوى األحصائي وجود فرق مایكروغرام / قرص وبدأ 250أما في أختبار الثایمول فلم یظھر تأثیر بالتركیز ، التركیز ھو الفعال ضد ھذه البكتریا ملم ، وإزداد تأثیر ھذه المادة 20قة التثبیط مایكروغرام / قرص حیث كان قطر منط 500التأثیر التثبیطي یظھر بالتركیز ملم على 33 و 32مایكروغرام / قرص 1250 و1000 بأزدیاد التركیز حیث كانت أقطار مناطق التثبیط للتركیزین مایكروغرام / 1000و 500بین التركیز 0.05.أظھرت نتائج التحلیل األحصائي وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى الترتیب مایكروغرام/ 1000مایكروغرام / قرص وأن التركیز 1250 و 1000قرص وعدم وجود فروق معنویة بین التركیزین ص ھو التركیز الفعال ضد البكتریا .قر أختبار إضافة تراكیز مختلفة من المستخلص الخام إلى الوسط الزرعي –ب مایكروغرام / مل لیس لھ تأثیر تثبیطي حیث ظھر على سطح الطبق 250) أن التركیز 2جدول (أظھرت النتائج % مقارنة مع طبق المقارنة وھي نسبة عالیة جداً مما یدل على 50.1مستعمرة أي بنسبة نمو 2757الحامل لھذا التركیز مایكروغرام / مل 500یز عدم وجود أي تأثیر تثبیطي لھذا التركیز على البكتریا . في حین كان عدد المستعمرات في الترك % وھي أیضاً نسبة عالیة إال أنھا أقل من التركیز األول ومن ھذا التركیز بدأ 16.7مستعمرة وبنسبة مئویة للنمو 921 مستعمرة 275مایكروغرام / مل فقد ظھرت 1000یظھر التأثیر التثبیطي للمستخلص على النمو البكتري . أما في التركیز % . في حین لم تظھر 2.05مستعمریة وبنسبة نمو 113یكروغرام / مل ظھرت ما 1250التركیز % وفي5وبنسبة نمو مایكروغرام / مل ولجمیع األطباق الحاملة لھذا التركیز مما یدل على أن تركیز مستخلص 3000أي مستعمرة بالتركیز مایكروغرام / مل . 3000الزعتر المثبط للبكتریا ھو ة الخالیا المصابة بالمرض بمستخلص الزعتر الخام ومادة الثایمول أختبار معالج -جـ أن مادة الثایمول أعطت نتائج إیجابیة وسریعة في القضاء على المرض ، حیث أنتھى المرض )1شكل (أظھرت النتائج المسبب المرضي في یوم من بدأ المعالجة ، إذ أختفت األعراض المرضیة ولم یعزل 21من الخالیا المصابة بعد مرور یوم عند 27بعد مرور في حین أختفى المرض من الخالیا ،ات المأخوذة من ھذه الخالیا عینالفحص المختبري األخیر من ال 11 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ، وأن ،ریھذا المرض الخط في معالجة فعال وسریع تأثیرلثایمول لمعاملتھا بمستخلص التركیز الخام . ومن ھذا یتضح أن األبتعاد عن أستعمال فضآل" عن من الخسائر األقتصادیة المتسببة عن أحراق الخالیا المصابة قلیلتأستعمالھ سیؤدي إلى ال المضادات الحیویة التي لھا تأثیر سلبي على المستھلك عند تناولھ لمنتجات النحل الحاویة على بقایا المضادات الحیویة ] .7[ بل أیقافھ مؤقتا"ضاء على ھذا المرض المستعملة في المعالجة ، كما أنھا طریقة غیر فعالة في الق المصادر 1 – ellis . j . d. and munn . p . a .(2005) the world wide health status bees . bee world 4. 88 – 101 . 2 – evans . j . d .(2004) transcription immune responses by honey bee lorvae during invasion by the bacterial pathogen paenibacillus larvae .j. invertebr pathd . 85. 105 – 111 . 3 – generch .e.; forsgren .e.; pentikainen .j.; ashiralieva .a.; rauch .s.; kilwinski .j.and fries ,i. (2006) reclassification of paenibacillus larvae subsp. palvitaciens and peanibacillus larvae subsp larvae as paenibacillus larvae without subspecies differentiation .int.j. sys. evol. microbial . 56. 501 – 511 . 4 – forsgren .e. ;olofsson .t.c. ;vasques .a. and fries .i. 2009. novel lactic acid bacteria inhibiting paenibacillus larvae in honey bee larvae . apidologic 41. 99 – 108 . 5 – aladin .a.s.; awan yousif , z. and abou, m.b.ch. (1993 ) quide to chemo theropy laxis in bacterial in fections non – communicable disease. eastern mediterranean regional office , alexanderia . egypt. دراسة مرض الحضنة األوربي على نحل العسل في العراق ومكافحتھ بأستخدام )2000 (الكناني ، محمد عبد الجلیل – 6 المستخلصات النباتیة . أطروحة دكتوراه . كلیة الزراعة . جامعة بغداد . 7 – gul, h.; choudhry , m.l.; farooq m.and jan, r. (1988) prelimirory studies on antimicrobio of common wood of pakiston and their extractive . pakistan j. forestry . 38 (3) : 167 – 173 . 8 – abou – basha , l.i.; rashid , m.s. and aboul – enein, h.y. (1995) the assay of thymoquinone in black seed oil (nigello sativa l) and identification of dithymoquinone and thymol .j. liquid chromatography . 18 (1) : 105 – 115 . 9 – clouse ,e.p.; tyler , v.e. and brady, l.p. (1970) the laboratory diagncosis of honey bee disease . amer . bee .j. 129 : 128 – 138 . التحمیل على األقراص بطریقة نمو البكتریا فيومادة الثایمول الخام ستخلصة للملالمختلفتأثیر التراكیز : )1ول (جد الورقیة المادة التركیز مایكروغرام / قرص 250 500 1000 1250 3000 16 9 0 0 الخاممستخلص ال 33 32 20 0 الثایمول lsd 0.05 2.81لمادة الثایمول .1.78 الخام لمستخلصل بكتریاالنمو في المضافة إلى الوسط الزرعي الخام لمستخلصالمختلفة لتأثیر التراكیز : ) 2جدول ( مایكروغرام/قرص 500 مایكروغرام/قرص 250 1000 مایكروغرام/قرص 1250 مایكروغرام/قرص 3000 control مایكروغرام/قرص عدد % للنمو المستعمرات عدد % للنمو المستعمرات عدد % للنمو المستعمرات عدد % للنمو المستعمرات عدد المستعمرات % للنمو 2757 50.1% 921 16.5% 275 65.0% 113 2.05% 0 0% 5500 12 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 .تأثیر المعالجة بأستعمال المستخلص الخام ومادة الثایمول على الخالیة المصابة بالمرض: ) 1شكل ( ة صاب لال ة وي مئ ال بة نس ال % ايام/ الوقت الثایمول الزعتر السيطرة 13 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 control of american foul brood disease (afb) in honey bee using thyme extracts and thymol ridha s. al – jorany mohammed a.j. al – kinani department of plant protection/ collage of agriculture/university of baghdad alaa s. abbas al – ma'mmon university collage received in : 1 october 2001, accepted in : 7 march 2002 abstract ethanolic extracts of thyme (thymbra spicata) were tested for their inhibitory action on paenibacillus larvae the causative agent of american foul brood with different concentration by using disc assay and mixed with culture media . results showd that 3000mg / disc and 3000 mg / ml was the effective concentroation for the both methods .thymol was isolated by using tlc technique . the effective concentration of thymol on growth of bacteria was 1000 mg / disc . thymol and crude extracts of thyme 3000 mg / ml were tested on infected hives by mixed with sugar solution . the symptoms of afb disease was full disappearance within 21 , 27 days after treatment with thymol and thyme extracts respectively . key wordes : afb , thyme , thymol , paenibacillus larvae 14 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <feff06270633062a062e062f0645002006470630064700200627064406250639062f0627062f0627062a002006440625064606340627062100200648062b062706260642002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200645062a064806270641064206290020064406440637062806270639062900200641064a00200627064406450637062706280639002006300627062a0020062f0631062c0627062a002006270644062c0648062f0629002006270644063906270644064a0629061b0020064a06450643064600200641062a062d00200648062b0627062606420020005000440046002006270644064506460634062306290020062806270633062a062e062f062706450020004100630072006f0062006100740020064800410064006f006200650020005200650061006400650072002006250635062f0627063100200035002e0030002006480627064406250635062f062706310627062a0020062706440623062d062f062b002e0635062f0627063100200035002e0030002006480627064406250635062f062706310627062a0020062706440623062d062f062b002e> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <feff00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200076006f006e002000640065006e0065006e002000530069006500200068006f006300680077006500720074006900670065002000500072006500700072006500730073002d0044007200750063006b0065002000650072007a0065007500670065006e0020006d00f60063006800740065006e002e002000450072007300740065006c006c007400650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f00620061007400200075006e0064002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0064006500720020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002e> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <feff03a703c103b703c303b903bc03bf03c003bf03b903ae03c303c403b5002003b103c503c403ad03c2002003c403b903c2002003c103c503b803bc03af03c303b503b903c2002003b303b903b1002003bd03b1002003b403b703bc03b903bf03c503c103b303ae03c303b503c403b5002003ad03b303b303c103b103c603b1002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002003c003bf03c5002003b503af03bd03b103b9002003ba03b103c42019002003b503be03bf03c703ae03bd002003ba03b103c403ac03bb03bb03b703bb03b1002003b303b903b1002003c003c103bf002d03b503ba03c403c503c003c903c403b903ba03ad03c2002003b503c103b303b103c303af03b503c2002003c503c803b703bb03ae03c2002003c003bf03b903cc03c403b703c403b103c2002e0020002003a403b10020005000440046002003ad03b303b303c103b103c603b1002003c003bf03c5002003ad03c703b503c403b5002003b403b703bc03b903bf03c503c103b303ae03c303b503b9002003bc03c003bf03c103bf03cd03bd002003bd03b1002003b103bd03bf03b903c703c403bf03cd03bd002003bc03b5002003c403bf0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002003c403bf002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002003ba03b103b9002003bc03b503c403b103b303b503bd03ad03c303c403b503c103b503c2002003b503ba03b403cc03c303b503b903c2002e> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <feff004b0069007600e1006c00f30020006d0069006e0151007300e9006701710020006e0079006f006d00640061006900200065006c0151006b00e90073007a00ed007401510020006e0079006f006d00740061007400e100730068006f007a0020006c006500670069006e006b00e1006200620020006d0065006700660065006c0065006c0151002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b0061007400200065007a0065006b006b0065006c0020006100200062006500e1006c006c00ed007400e10073006f006b006b0061006c0020006b00e90073007a00ed0074006800650074002e0020002000410020006c00e90074007200650068006f007a006f00740074002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b00200061007a0020004100630072006f006200610074002000e9007300200061007a002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002c0020007600610067007900200061007a002000610074007400f3006c0020006b00e9007301510062006200690020007600650072007a006900f3006b006b0061006c0020006e00790069007400680061007400f3006b0020006d00650067002e> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <feff004e006100750064006f006b0069007400650020016100690075006f007300200070006100720061006d006500740072007500730020006e006f0072011700640061006d00690020006b0075007200740069002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400750073002c0020006b00750072006900650020006c0061006200690061007500730069006100690020007000720069007400610069006b007900740069002000610075006b01610074006f00730020006b006f006b007900620117007300200070006100720065006e006700740069006e00690061006d00200073007000610075007300640069006e0069006d00750069002e0020002000530075006b0075007200740069002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400610069002000670061006c006900200062016b007400690020006100740069006400610072006f006d00690020004100630072006f006200610074002000690072002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002000610072002000760117006c00650073006e0117006d00690073002000760065007200730069006a006f006d00690073002e> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <feff0055007300740061007700690065006e0069006100200064006f002000740077006f0072007a0065006e0069006100200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400f300770020005000440046002000700072007a0065007a006e00610063007a006f006e00790063006800200064006f002000770079006400720075006b00f30077002000770020007700790073006f006b00690065006a0020006a0061006b006f015b00630069002e002000200044006f006b0075006d0065006e0074007900200050004400460020006d006f017c006e00610020006f007400770069006500720061010700200077002000700072006f006700720061006d006900650020004100630072006f00620061007400200069002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002000690020006e006f00770073007a0079006d002e> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice relationship between interleukin -33( il-33) and creactive protein in iraqi women patients with celiac disease. eiman a.a. abass eiman.aa.a@ihcoed.unbaghdad.edu.iq dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 7 october 2013 , accepted in : 26 december 2013 abstract interleukin -33 is a new member of the il-1 superfamily of cytokines that is expressed mainly by stromal cells.its expression is upregulated following pro-inflammatory stimulation. aim of the present study was to assess the serum il-33 level and its relationship with inflammatory biomarker crp in iraqi females patients with celiac disease. thirty five patients with celiac disease (cd) and thirty healthy individuals as control group were enrolled in this study,their age ranged (20-35) year.anti-gliadin iga ,igg and anti-tissue iga ,igg were estimated in all subjects as diagnostic parameters .esr and crp were assayed as inflammatory biomarkers. il-33 was determined in patients and control groups. the results of the present study revealed a highly significant increase in anti-gliadin (iga , igg) , anti-tissue (iga, igg) ,esr,and crp levels in cd patients compared to control. while no significant increase in il-33 level in cd patients compared to control was found. in conclusion, il-33 could be considered as a biomarker for celiac diseases, and it is correlated positively with inflammatory biomarker"crp" in iraqi women patients with cd. key words: il-33 , celiac disease , creactive protein, autoimmune inflammatory diseases. 288 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 mailto:eiman.aa.a@ihcoed.unbaghdad.edu.iq introduction interleukin-33 (il-33) is the 11th member of il-1 cytokine family which includes il1 and il-18. unlike il-1β and il-18, il-33 is suggested to function as an alarmin that is released upon endothelial or epithelial cell damage and may not enhance acquired immune responses through activation of inflammasome. st2, a il-33 receptor component, is preferentially expressed by t-helper type (th) 2 cells, mast cells, eosinophils and basophils, compared to th1 cells, th17 cells and neutrophils[1].identification of an il-1 family member that we have named il-33 (il-1f11)[2]. the human gene is located on chromosome 9p24.1, while its mouse counterpart can be found on the syntenic chromosome 19qc1 region. the il33 cdna sequences encode 270 and 266 amino acid polypeptides for human and mouse, respectively, corresponding to full-length proteins with calculated masses of 30 and 29.9 kda. il-33 is expressed as a prodomain containing polypeptide. incubation of in vitro translated il-33 with caspase-1 led to the production of mature il-33 with a mass of 18 kda as determined by sds-page. human and mouse il-33 are 55% identical at the amino acid level. the il-1 family member is most closely related to il-33 is il-18 [3]. using sequence and secondary structure alignment, girard and colleagues demonstrated that il-33consists of a homeodomain like helix turn helix motif (hth) on the aminoterminal side [4]. interleukin-33 (il-33) (nf-hev) is a chromatin-associated nuclear cytokine from the il-1 family, which has been linked to important diseases, including asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, ulcerative colitis, and cardiovascular diseases[5]. il-33 signals through the st2 receptor and drives cytokine production in type 2 innate lymphoid cells (ilcs) (natural helper cells, nuocytes), t-helper (th)2 lymphocytes, mast cells, basophils, eosinophils, invariant natural killer t (inkt), and natural killer (nk) cells.emma and others recently reported that, unlikeil-1β and il-18, full-length il-33 is biologically active independently of caspase-1 cleavage and that processing by caspases results in il-33 inactivation [6]. interleukin -33 is a new member of the il-1 superfamily of cytokines that is expressed by mainly stromal cells, such as epithelial and endothelial cells, and its expression is up regulated following proinflammatory stimulation. il-33 can function both as a traditional cytokine and as a nuclear factor regulating gene transcription. it is thought to function as an ‘alarmin’ released following cell necrosis for alerting the immune system to tissue damage or stress.it mediates its biological effects via interaction with the receptors st2 (il-1rl1) and il-1 receptor accessory protein (il-1racp), both of which are widely expressed, particularly by innate immune cells and t helper 2 (th2) cells[7,8]. celiac disease (cd)is an autoimmune inflammatory disease of the small intestine precipitated by the ingestion of gluten, a component of wheat protein, in genetically susceptible persons. classically, the disease manifests with diarrhea, weight loss and anemia. there are very few reports of osteomalacia as the presenting symptom, and even fewer of osteomalacia as the only symptom of celiac disease at presentation[9]. celiac disease is an immune-mediated enteropathy characterized by intolerance to gluten. celiac disease is usually characterized by various gastrointestinal (gi) symptoms (e.g. diarrhea, malabsorption and weight loss) associated with consumption of grains containing gluten (wheat, barley and rye). although some cd patients may have primarily gi symptoms, cd may be detected due to associated extraintestinal disorders, even without gi symptoms, or due to screening for cd based on a positive family history[10]. celiac disease is an autoimmune enteropathy triggered by the ingestion of gluten. gluten sensitive individuals (gs) cannot tolerate gluten and may develop gastrointestinal symptoms similar to those in cd,but the overall clinical picture is generally less severe and is not accompanied by the concurrence of tissue trans glutaminase autoantibodies or autoimmune comorbidities[11]. until a few years ago, celiac disease (cd) was thought to be a rare food intolerance that was confined to childhood and characterized by severe malabsorption and flat intestinal mucosa. currently, cd is regarded as an autoimmune disorder that is common in the general 289 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 population (affecting 1 in 100 individuals), with possible onset at any age and with many possible presentations[12]. the identification of cd is challenging because it can begin not only with diarrhea and weight loss but also with a typical gastrointestinal (constipation and recurrent abdominal pain) and extra-intestinal symptoms (anemia, raised transaminases, osteoporosis, recurrent miscarriages, aphthous stomatitis and associated autoimmune disorders), or it could be completely symptomless[13]. over the last 20 years, the diagnostic accuracy of serology for cd has progressively increased with the development of highly reliable tests, such as the detection of iga tissue transglutaminase and antiendomysial and igg antideamidated gliadin peptide antibodies [14]. as far as to our knowledge,there is no data in the litreture concerning the serum level of il-33 in patients with celiac disease.thus the present study aimed to shed a light on the role and level of il-33 and its relationship with crp in such patients,which could exploure at least in part the contribution of this interleukin to the pathogenesis of the disease. materials and methods patients and control serum samples were obtained from (35) iraqis women patients with celiac disease (cd), and (30) healthy individuals as a control group, age range (20-35) year, which enrolled in this study. the patients attended the specialized center for endocrinology and diabetes,kindy hospital,baghdad, during the period from october to january, 2012.serum was frozen until used for analysis. measurement of anti-gliadin iga and igg anti-gliadin iga and igg are an indirect solid phase enzyme immunoassay (elisa) for the quantitative measurement of iga and igg class autoantibodies against gliadin in human serum or plasma.the assay is intended for in vitro diagnostic use only as an aid in the diagnosis of celiac disease and dermatitis herpetiformis[15]. measurement of anti-tissue iga and igg anti-tissue-transglutaminase iga and igg are an indirect solid phase enzyme immunoassay (elisa) for the quantitative measurement of iga and igg class autoantibodies to tissue transglutaminase(ttg) in human serum or plasma.the assay is intended for in vitro diagnostic use only as an aid in the diagnosis of celiac disease and dermatitis herpetiformis [16]. measurement of serum il-33 serum il-33 levels were measured using specific enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay ( elisa) . kit (ray bio human il-33 for in vitro quantitative measurement of human il-33 in serum) ,according to the manufactures protocol.[17] inflammatory biomarkers assessment esr and crp were measured for patients and to the control group as inflammatory biomarkers[17]. statistical analysis the data was expressed as mean ± sem (standar error of mean). the comparison between patients group and control group were analyzed by using student t-test . pearson ,s correlation 290 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 coefficient was used to examine between il-33 and study parameters in patients group. pvalue of < 0.001 and < 0. 05 were considered highly significant and significant respectively. results and discussion table (1) shows levels (means ± sem) of antitissue and antigliadin in serum of control and women patients with celiac disease groups. in the current study,the results in table (1) revealed highly significant (p ˂ 0.001) increase in anti-tissue (iga , igg) and antigliadin (iga ,igg) levels in serum of women patients with cd when compared with control. these results are in agreement with reported results showing that cd is associated with an increase in anti-tissue and anti-gliadin[18]. the results in table (2) shows the levels of serum il-33, crp,and esr in both of control and women patients with cd.there was no significant (p ˃ 0.05) increase in serum il-33 level in women patients with cd when compared to control group .there were a highly significant (p˂ 0.001) increase in serum crp and esr levels in women patients with cd compared with healthy control.these results are in agreement with those obtained by[19]. table (3) shows the correlation between il-33 and other studied parameters ,which revealed no significant (p˃ 0.05) positive correlation between il-33 and crp (fig.1) ,antigliadin(iga) (fig.2),while there was no significant (p˃ 0.05) negative correlation between il33 and esr ( fig.3),anti-tissue(iga) (fig. 4),(igg) (fig.5) ,and anti-gliadin(igg) (fig.6). this is the first study which found the elevation in il-33 level in patients with celiac disease, which is the only treatable autoimmune disease by restrickting diet without glutin.interleukin-33 appears to be a crucial cytokine for th2-mediated host defense and plays a central role in controlling immune responses in barrier tissues such as skin and intestine. it is able to activate cells of both the innate and adaptive immune system, and depending on the disease can either promote the resolution of inflammation or drive disease pathology.interleukin -33 is a new member of the il-1 superfamily of cytokines that is expressed by mainly stromal cells, such as epithelial and endothelial cells, and its expression is upregulated following pro-inflammatory stimulation. il-33 can function both as a traditional cytokine and as a nuclear factor regulating gene transcription [20]. interleukin-33 is thought to function as an 'alarmin' released following cell necrosis for alerting the immune system to tissue damage or stress[20].by reviewing the references,there is no data in the literature concerning the serum level of il-33 in patients with celiac disease,but there are some studies which stated that inflammatory bowel disease (ibd) is a group of chronic inflammatory conditions of the colon and small intestine, including ulcerative colitis (uc) and crohn’s disease, resulting from dysregulated immune responses. serum il-33 and sst2 levels were elevated in uc patients compared with controls[21]. marina garcía ,etal in their paper review the role of the il-33/st2 system in innate immunity of the intestinal mucosa and its importance in inflammatory bowel diseases, especially ulcerative colitis[22].patients with active cd and those on gluten-free diet gfd with positive antibodies had significantly higher levels of proinflammatory cytokines, such as interferon-, interleukin(il)–1, tumor necrosis factor, il-6 and il-8, and also th-2 cytokines such as il-4 and il-10, compared withnormal controls[23].some researchers investigated that ,there was associations between genetic polymorphisms in il-33, il1r1 and risk for inflammatory bowel disease[24].recently results showed a significant increase in il-33 level in serum of patients with hyperthyroidism, knowing that is a well established autoimmune diseases [25]. celiac disease, also known as gluten-sensitive enteropathy and nontropicalsprue, is a prevalent autoimmune disorder that is triggered by the ingestion of wheat gluten and related proteins of rye and barley in genetically susceptible individuals[26]. the immune response in celiac disease involves the adaptive, as well as the innate, and is characterized by the presence 291 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 of anti-gluten and anti-transglutaminase 2 antibodies, lymphocytic infiltration in the epithelial membrane and the lamina propria, and expression of multiple cytokines and other signaling proteins. the disease leads to inflammation,( villous atrophy, and crypt hyperplasia in the small intestine[26].crp is a major inflammatory cytokine that functions as a nonspecific defense mechanism in response to tissue injury or infection[27]. conclusion from this study, a conclusion could be drawn, that il-33 could be considered as a biomarker for celiac diseases, and it is correlated positively with inflammatory biomarker crp in iraqi women patients with cd. references 1. keisuke, o.; nakae, s. ;matsumoto, k. and saito, h. (2011) il-33 and airway inflammation, allergy asthma immunol res , 3,2: 81-88. 2. mato, n.; fujii, m. and hakamata,y. (2009) interleukin-1 receptor related protein st2suppresses the initial stage of bleomycin-induced lung injury. eur respir j ,33: 14151428. 3. schmitz, j.; owyang, a.; oldham, e.;song, y.; murphy, e.;mcclanahan, t.k.; zurawski, g.; moshrefi, m.; qin, j.; li, x.; gorman, d.m.; bazan, j.f.; and kastelein, r.a. (2005) il33, an interleukin-1-like cytokine that signals viathe il-1 receptor-related protein st2 and induces t helper type 2-associatedcytokines, immunity ,23:479-490. 4. baekkevold, e. s.; roussigne, m.; yamanaka, t.; johansen, f.e.; jahnsen, f.l.; amalric, f.; brandtzaeg, p.; erard, m.; haraldsen, g. and girard, j.p. (2003) molecular characterization of nf-hev, a nuclear factor preferentially expressed in human high endothelial venules, the american journal of pathology ,163:69-79. 5. liew, fy.; pitman, ni. and mcinnes, ib. (2010) disease-associated functions of il-33: the new kid in the il-1 family, nat rev immunol.,10:103–110. 6. lefrançais, e.;roga, s.; gautier, v.; gonzalez-de-peredo, a.; monsarrat, b.;girard, j.ph.and cayrol, c. (2012) il-33 is processed into mature bioactive forms by neutrophil elastase and cathepsin g ,pnas, 109 , 5 : 1673–1678. 7. rank, ma.; kobayashi, t.; kozaki, h.; bartemes, kr.; squillace, dl.and kita, h. (2009) il-33 activated dendritic cells induce an atypical th2-type response. j allergy clin immunol, 123:1047-1054. 8. oboki, k.; ohno, t.; kajiwara, n.; saito, h. and nakae, s. (2010) il-33 and il-33 receptors in host defense and diseases, allergol int,59:143-60. 9. albany, c. and servetnyk, z. (2009) disabling osteomalacia and myopathy as the only presenting features of celiac disease: a case report, cases journal, 2,20. 10. freeman, hj.; chopra, a.; clandinin, mt. and thomson, abr. (2011) recent advances in celiac disease, world j gastroenterol, 17,18: 2259-2272. 11. sapone, a.; lammers, k.m.;casolaro,v.; cammarota, m.; giuliano, m.t. and de rosa,m. (2011) divergence of gut permeability and mucosal immune gene expression in two gluten associated conditions: celiac disease and gluten sensitivity, bmc medicine, 9,23. 12. rodrigo l. (2006) celiac disease. world journal of gastroenterology,12(41):6585– 6593. 13. briani, c.; samaroo, d. and alaedini, a. (2008) celiac disease: from gluten to autoimmunity, autoimmunity reviews,7,8. 14. volta, u. and villanacci, v. (2011) celiacdisease: diagnostic criteria in progress, cellular & molecular immunology,8: 96–102. 15. sollid, l.m. (2002) celiac disease:dissecting a complex inflammator disorder.nature rev.,2:647-655. 292 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s1568997208000761 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s1568997208000761 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s1568997208000761 16. fesus,l.,and piacentini, m. (2002) transglutaminase 2:an enigmatic enzyme with diverse functions. trends biochem.sci.,27:534-539. 17. burtis, ca.; ashwood, er.and bruns, de. (2006) tietz textbook of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics,4thed,elsevier saunders. 18. catassi, c. and fasano, a. (2010) celiac disease diagnosis: simple rules are better than complicated algorithms,the american journal of medicine, 123, 8. 19. kumar, s.;gupta, n.;jhamb, r. and mishra, d. (2007) celia disease:association with adult-onset still᾿s disease:apropos of a clinical case, indian j med sci, 61,7. 20. miller, a.m. (2011) role of il-33 in inflammation and disease, journal of inflammation , 8,22 21. pastorelli, l.; garg, rr.; hoang, sb.; spina, l.;mattioli,b.; scarpa, m.; fiocchi, c.;vecchi, m. and pizarro tt. (2010) epithelial-derived il-33 and its receptor st2 are dysregulated in ulcerative colitis and in experimental th1/th2 driven enteritis, proc natl acad sci usa, 107:8017-8022 22. garcía-miguel, m.; gonzález, m.j.;quera, r. and hermoso,m.a. (2013) innate immunity modulation by the il-33/st2 system in intestinal mucosa, bio med research international,volume 2013 , article id 142492, 13 pages. 23. manavalana, j.s.; hernandeza, l.; shaha, j.g.; konikkaraa, j.;naiyera, a.j.; leea, a.r.; ciaccioa, e.; minayaa, m.t. and peter, h.r. (2010) serum cytokine elevations in celiac disease: association withdisease presentation, human immunology ,71 :50–57 24. latiano, a.; palmieri, o.; pastorelli, l.; vecchi, m. and pizarro, tt. (2013) associations between genetic polymorphisms in il-33, il1r1 and risk forinflammatory bowel disease, plos one, 8,4, e62144. doi:10.1371. 25. ali, b.h. (2013) evaluation of the new marker interleukin-33 in iraqi female patients with hyperthyroidism, journal of the faculty of medicine-baghdad,5,2. 26. briani, c.; samaroo, d. and alaedini, a. (2008) celiac disease: from gluten to autoimmunity, autoimmunity reviews, 7, 8: 644–650. 27. bhagwat, r.; gupta, a. and yadav, ks. (2012) diagnostic vitality of hs-crp in coronary heart disease, international journal of molecular biology , 3,1:36-39. 293 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s1568997208000761 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s1568997208000761 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s1568997208000761 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/journal/15689972 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/journal/15689972/7/8 table (1):diagnostic parameters ( anti-tissue and anti-gliadin ) levels (mean ± sem )for control and women patients with celiac disease . parameters groups anti-tissue u/ml anti-gliadin u/ml iga igg iga igg control no.(30) 5.45±0.48 7.63±0.58 5.56±0.52 7.06±0.73 (cd) patients no.(35) 153.46±76.84 hs 126.11±43.09 hs 102.08±26.96 hs 129.83±33.80 hs hs highly significant(p < 0.001) table (2):serum il-33 , crp , and esr levels (mean ± sem) in control and patient with celiac disease (cd). groups parameters control no.(30) (cd) patients no.(35) il-33 (pg/ml) 42.12 ± 22.85 151.41 ± 100.35 ns crp (mg/l) 3.3 ± 0.52 17.2 ± 1.16 hs esr (mm/h) 6.4 ± 0.91 30.1 ± 0.65 hs hs highly significant(p < 0.001), ns no significant(p≥ 0.05) table (3) :correlation between interleukin-33 (il-33) and the study parameters. pearson correlation crp mg/l esr mm/l anti-tissue anti-gliadin iga igg iga igg il-33 pg/ml 0.196 ns 0.185 ns -0.149 ns -0.070 ns 0.016 ns -0.154 ns ns no significant(p≥ 0.05) 294 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure(1):correlation between il-33 and crp figure(2):correlation between il-33 and anti-gliadin iga figure(4):correlation between il-33 and anti-tissue iga figure(3):correlation between il-33 and esr figure(6):correlation between il-33 and anti-gliadin igg figure (5):correlation between il-33 and antitissue igg 295 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 وبروتین 33-العالقة بین االنترلیوكین الطور الحاد (بروتین سي التفاعلي ) لدى النساء العراقیات المصابات بمرض حساسیة الحنطة علي عباس ایمان عبد كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / ابن الھیثم / جامعة بغداد /قسم الكیمیاء 2013كانون األول 26قبل البحث في :، 2013تشرین األول 7استلم البحث في : الخالصة في مصل "crp "وعالقتھ مع عالمة االلتھاب البایلوجیة il-33الھدف من ھذه الدراسة ھو تقییم مستوى النساء العراقیات الالتي یعانن من مرض الداء الزالقي والمعروف بـــ (حساسیة الحنطة). ) شخصا من 30) فضال عن (cdتعاني من مرض حساسیة الحنطة () مریضة 35تتعامل ھذه الدراسة مع ( ) سنة. شخصوا من خالل قیاس مستوى 35 -20االصحاء بوصفھم مجموعة تحكم في ھذه الدراسة ،معدل اعمارھم مابین ( anti-gliadiniga ,igg and anti-tissue iga ,igg كما قیس مستوى .il-33 وعالمات االلتھاب البایولوجیة )esr,crp .في امصال المرضى والمجموعة الضابطة ( anti-gliadin iga ,igg andوأظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالیة ان ھناك زیادة معنویة كبیرة في مستوى anti-tissue iga,igg ومستوىesr,crp بینما توجد زیادة غیر معنویة في مستوى ،il-33 في امصال مرضى لمجموعة الضابطة .حساسیة الحنطة مقارنة مع ا ھو عالمة بایولوجیة لمرض حساسیة الحنطة ،ویرتبط بشكل ایجابي مع il-33نستنتج من ھذه الدراسة ان ) .cdلدى النساء العراقیات المرضى بحساسیة الحنطة ( crpعالمة االلتھاب البایولوجیة crp،مرض حساسیة الحنطة ، امراض المناعة الذاتیة ، il-33الكلمات االفتتاحیة : 296 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 انواع أستخالص الزیوت الطیارة وتقدیر بعض صفات الزیت الطیار من اوراق ومقارنتھا مع الزیت الطیار لبعض المحلي eucalyptus.sppالیوكالبتوس االنواع االجنبیة ثریا عبدالحسین عباس مصباحھالة مؤید الجامعة المستنصریة /كلیة العلوم / قسم علوم الحیاة 2012ایار 21قبل البحث في: ، 2011تموز 3استلم البحث في: ةصالخال e.camaldulensis(1)شملت الدراسة استخالص الزیوت الطیارة من اوراق بعض انواع الیوكالبتوس وھي , (2) e.camaldulensis , e.microtheca , e.krusianin e.sideroxylem , e.globules , بطریقة التقطیر ومعرفة بعض الصفات الفیزیائیة لھا. أظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن الزیت الطیار water distillation method المائي المستخلص یوازي بعض النسب العالمیة ویقارب النسب المستخلصة من الزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس في دستور االدویة ) للزیوت المستخلصة refractive indexالھندي ، كما اظھرت نتائج الدارسة ان ھناك تطابقا بین معامل االنكسار( ) وما ھو موجود في دستور االدویة البریطاني واالمریكي وھذا یؤكد اھمیتھا specific gravityوالوزن النوعي لھا ( الطبیة. الزیوت ، الطیارة ، انواع ، الیوكالبتوس: الكلمات المفتاحیة 14 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة ان االھمیة الطبیة والصناعیة للزیوت الطیارة ادى الى االقبال المتزاید على استعمالھا عالمیا في عالج الكثیر من االمراض دون حصول تاثیرات جانبیة كما ھو الحال في الكثیر من االدویة الكیمیائیة التي اصبح استعمالھا یشكل ضررا . [1]اكثر من نفعھا لمھمة قدیما وحدیثا نبات الیوكالبتوس الذي یعد من النباتات الغنیة بالزیوت الطیارة فھو عبارة عن ومن النباتات العطریة ا اوراقھ متطاولة یمأل 60m [2]نبات معمر دائم الخضرة ، اشجاره سریعة النمو یصل ارتفاعھا احیانا الى اكثر من سیة الشكل ثماره محاطة بتراكیب خشبیة كاسیة الشكل سطحھا غدد حاویة على الزیوت الطیارة ، ازھاره محاطة باغلفة كأ نوع ، ینمو في 700لھ انواع عدیدة تصل الى حوالي myrtaceaeینتمي الى العائلة [3]تحتوي على العدید من البذور درجات حرارة تتراوح بین في حین انتشرت [4]في استرالیا التي تعد الموطن االصلي لھا e.camaldulensis)ْم تنتشر انواع الجنس 60 – 27( زراعتھُ في دول عدیدة من العالم قامت بزراعتھُ وصرفت مبالغ كثیرة على زراعتھ الھمیتھ الطبیة واالقتصادیة في شمال .[5]ران ، وغیرھا وجنوب امریكا ، جنوب اوربا ، جنوب افریقیا ، الھند ، المغرب ، الجزائر ، العراق ، الیمن ، ای استعمل زیتھُ الطیار قدیماً في عالج حاالت البرد والحمى واالنفلونزا اما حدیثاً فقد استعمل زیت الیوكالبتوس مضاداً لاللتھابات ومسكناً قویاً یعمل بصورة جیدة على االعصاب المركزیة والمحیطیة فقد اكدت الدراسات الحدیثة اھمیة زیتھ فضالً عن اھمیة زیتھ في تثبیط [6]اف اصناف جدیدة من المسكنات واالدویة المضادة لاللتھابات الذي ساعد على اكتش [7]انواع مختلفة من االحیاء المجھریة فھو ذو تاثیر فعال ضد انواع عدیدة من البكتریا الموجبة والسالبة لصبغة كرام .[9]والحشرات [8]فضالً عن كونھ مضاداً ضد مدى واسع من الفطریات -1,3,3) الذي یعرف كیمیائیا باسم: eucalyptolاو الـ cineoleیحتوي زیتھ الطیار على نسبة عالیة من مركب trimethyl-2-or abicyclo[2.2.2] octane) ساعد على استعمالھ بصورة واسعة في المجاالت الطبیة كما ان احتواء استعماالً واسعا في عملیات الصناعة والتعدین فضالً عن استعمال زیتھُ على نسبة عالیة من التربینات جعلت منھ یستعمل . e.cidortrioa [2]زیتھ في صناعة العطور والسیما النوع الذي یعرف بأسم ونظرا الختالف كمیات الزیت المستخلصة باختالف النباتات وباختالف االنواع المختلفة للجنس الواحد التي قد تكون اثریة في البعض االخر متاثرة بالظروف المناخیة والعوامل البیئیة والوراثیة ولوجود دراسات عدیدة في العالم في بعضھا وعالیة تتضمن دراسة نسب الزیوت لالنواع المختلفة للیوكالبتوس اال انھ لم تتوافر لدینا بیانات في العراق حول ھذا النبات فیما في البیئة المحلیة وقد اجریت ھذه الدراسة بصدد ذلك. یخص نسب الزیت الطیار النواعھ المختلفة المتوافرة المواد وطرائق العمل ، e.camaldulensis ،(2)e.camaldulensis(1)وھــــي ُدرست انـــواع مختلــــفة مــــن الیوكالبتــــوس e.krusianin ،e.sideroxylem ،e.microtheca ،e.globules التي تم تصنیفھا من المعشب النباتي في جامعة ، e.camaldulensis(1)بغداد وتم الحصول على عینات الوراق ناضجة من مواقع مختلفة فقد أخذت العینات لألنواع (2)e.camaldulensis ، e.krusianin من الحدائق العامة المحیطة بالجامعة المستنصریة/محافظة بغداد اما العینات فتم الحصول علیھا من حدائق منطقة سبع e.sideroxylem ،e.microtheca ،e.globulesلالنواع االخرى اذ جففت االوراق بظروف 30/10الى 15/10وكذلك للمدة من 30/3الى 15/3ابكار/محافظة بغداد وللمدة الواقعة بین استخلص الزیت blenderطحنھا بوساطة الطاحونة الجو االعتیادیة بعیدا عن الشمس مع التقلیب المستمر لحین جفافھا ثم من اوراق الیوكالبتوس بطریقة التقطیرالمائي الطیار water distillation method غم من المادة الجافة لنبات الیوكالبتوس 450اذ أُخذ [10] , [11]التي استعملت من من الماء المقطر واستمرت عملیة 2000mlاضیفت الیھا clavengerووضعت في الدورق الزجاجي التابع لجھاز – 4ساعات. جمعت الزیوت الطیارة في عبوات معتمة ومعقمة وحفظت في الثالجة على درجة حرارة ( 3االستخالص مدة refrctive indexومعامل االنكسار specific gravity)ْم لحین االستعمال. قدرت نسبة الزیت والوزن النوعي 6 .[12]ئق المستخدمة من استنادا الى الطرا التحلیل االحصائي حللت احصائیا النتائج المتعلقة بنسب الزیت الطیار المستخلص من انواع الیوكالبتوس المختلفة المتوافرة في البیئة اذ تمت المقارنة بین متوسطات نسب الزیت (spss.vii)المحلیة وذلك من خالل استخدام احد االنظمة الجاھزة المسمى كما تم 0.05المعدل وتحت مستوى احتمال (least significant difference) (l.s.d)المختلفة باستعمال اختبار اختبار معنویة االرتباط بین خاصیتي معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي للزیوت الطیارة المستخلصة باستخدام (معامل .0.05وتحت مستوى احتمال (t)وذلك باستخدام مایعرف باختبار (spearmanś rho)تباط) سبیرمان لالر 15 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 النتائج والمناقشة ) ان معدل النسب المئویة للزیت یتفاوت باختالف االنواع 1تشیر النتائج التي تم الحصول علیھا في الجدول رقم ( وبینت ھذه (spss.vll)نات احصائیا باستخدام احد االنظمة الجاھزة المسمى المختلفة لنبات الیوكالبتوس ، اذ تم تحلیل البیا وبین e.camaldulensis , (1)e.camaldulensis(2)بین متوسط كل من (p<0.05)البیانات وجود فروق معنویة % 1.60االول و % للنوع1.65االنواع االخرى اذ یرتفع متوسطیھما مقارنة بمتوسطات االنواع االخرى الذي بلغ مقدار (1)بین متوسطي قیم كل من النوع االول (p>0.05)للنوع الثاني على التوالي. والیوجد اي فرق معنوي e.camaldulensis (2)والثاني e.camaldulensis. % ومتوسطات بقیة االنواع االخرى 0.745الذي وصل الى e.microthecaكما توجد فروقات معنویة بین متوسط % 0.275الذي بلغ e.krusinia(3)عن بقیة االنواع االخرى وباستثناء النوع e.microthecaاذ نخفض متوسط الـ % وبقیة االنواع االخرى ، اذ ینخفض متوسط 1.350الذي بلغ e.globulusبین (p<0.05)وتوجد فروقات معنویة ایضا e.globulus (2)عن متوسطe.camaldulensis , (1)e.camaldulensis بینما یرتفع معنویا متوسطe.globulbs عن االنواع الثالثة االخرى. بین النــــوع (p<0.05)ھذا فضال عما اشارت الیھ النتائج ایضا بخصوص وجود فروقات معنویة e.sideroxylem (2)واالنواعe.camaldulensis , (1)e.camaldulensis e.globulus , اذ ینخفض متوسط الـ e.sideroxylem بالمقارنة مع متوسطات االنواع الثالثة اعاله. في حین ارتفع 0.950ببلوغھ مقدار %e.sideroxylem (p<0.05)وتوجد فروقات معنویة , e.microtheca e.krusiniaعن متوسطي النوعین االخرى (p<0.05)معنویا مقارنة بمتوسطات االنواع e.krusinia ومتوسطات االنواع االخرى ، إذ ینخفض متوسط e.krusiniaمتوسط بین االخرى. وان الزیت [13]وكما یبدو من النتائج ان تكون الزیت الطیار مرتبط بالظروف البیئیة والمناخیة وطبیعة نمو النبات یزداد تكونا مع توفر درجات الحرارة والظروف البیئیة المالئمة لنموه ، اذ تتوافر درجات الحرارة المالئمة لنمو . فضال عن طبیعة مكونات التربة ونسبة [4]ْم (27-55)الیوكالبتوس في البیئة المحلیة العراقیة التي تتراوح عادة بین ف عن اشجار الیوكالبتوس انھا تمد جذورھا الى مسافات عمیقة من التربة المتصاص الماء الرطوبة المتواجدة فیھا فالمتعار وھذا یفسر انتشار اشجار الیوكالبتوس في مناطق مثل سبع ابكار والحدائق المحیطة بالجامعة المستنصریة وھي مناطق [2] معروف عنھا بان تربتھا واراضیھا ذي محتوى عاٍل من الرطوبة. اكدت الدراسات الحدیثة ان كال التقسیمین النوعي والكمي للزیوت الطیارة الذي یستعمل الیوم بصورة واضحة في وقد بین افراد المملكة النباتیة انما یعزى الى العوامل الوراثیة المسؤولة عن االنظمة chemotoxanomyالتقسیم الكیمیائي وھذا ما كان واضحا خالل [14]لوصفي للزیوت الطیارة للنباتات العطریة الحیویة المؤدیة بدورھا الى االختالف الكمي وا االنواع المختلفة من جنس الیوكالبتوس التي اعطت متوسطات مختلفة لنسب الزیت الطیار المتواجد فیھا. یة وتاثیر حول اھم [15]ھذا فضال عن ان استخالص الزیت الطیار من (اوراق) الیوكالبتوس یتفق مع ما اشار الیھ الجزء النباتي المستعمل على كمیة الزیوت الطیارة المستخلصة ، اذ یؤكد ان االوراق والقمم النامیة تكون غنیة جدا بالمكونات الفعالة السیما عندما تصل عملیة التمثیل الضوئي اعلى مراحل نشاطھا.وقد كان لتمیز النوع (1)e.camaldulensis (2) وe.camaldulensis دة نسب الزیت الطیار فیھما مقارنة باالنواع االخرى المستعلمة بزیا من ان الزیت المتكون مرتبط مع زیادة [16]في الدراسة عالقة (بالمساحة السطحیة) ، إذ اتفقت دراستنا مع ما اشار الیھ ر، اذ یتمیز النوع المساحة الورقیة والسیما مع زیادة كمیات الكلوروفیل نظرا لتكون الزیت في البالستیدات الخض (1)e.camaldulensis (2)باوراق رفیعة وطویلة والنوعe.camaldulensis ذي باوراقھ العریضة مقارنة بالنوع الذي اعطى اقل نسبة مستخلصة من الزیت الطیار النواع الیوكالبتوس المختلفة المحلیة. e.krusiniaاالوراق المتقزمة -10)والمدة بین (3/15 – 3/30)طیار من انواع الیوكالبتوس في المدد التي تتراوح بین وقد كان الستخالص الزیت ال دورا مھما في حصولنا على نسب جیدة من الزیت الطیار ، اذ لم نتمكن من تسجیل نسب یمكن حسابھا خالل (10-15 / 30 من مرور النبات بمرحلة سبات [17]بھ مدد الشتاء وكانت عبارة عن قطرات قلیلة الیمكن حسابھا وھذا یتفق مع ما جاء وانخفاض معدالت النمو شتاء ، ولربما تتحول بعض الزیوت المتكونة الى كحول بوصفھ نوعاً من المقاومة النخفاض درجات الحرارة. فضال عن ان الزیت یعاود زیادتھ كماً ونوعاً مع تحسن الظروف البیئیة واعتدال درجات الحرارة في لنباتات اعلى نشاطاتھا في النمو الخضري من حیث كثرة التفرعات وزیادة عدد االوراق وھذا یؤكد فصل الربیع ، اذ تصل ا ضرورة حش النبات واالستفادة من زیتھ الطیار قبل مدة الصقیع واالنجماد واالمطار. مستخلص ونوعیتھ فلقد والبد من االشارة الى طریقة االستخالص التي تعد من العوامل المھمة في تقدیر نسبة الزیت ال كانت طریقة التقطیر المائي جیدة واعطت نسب ملحوظة وقد یعزى ذلك الى الغدد الزیتیة المتواجدة في االوراق التي تتحطم وتذوب في الماء الحار المستعمل وھي مالئمة لجمیع مراحل نمو النبات ومالئمة للزیوت الطیارة التي التتاثر بدرجات الئمة للنباتات التي تستخلص منھا الزیوت بصورتھا المجففة كما في البردقوش والیوكالبتوس الحرارة كما انھا م فضال عّما اكدتھ الكثیر من الدراسات الحدیثة التي تشید بطریقة التقطیر المائي في استخالص الزیوت [18]والحصالبان .[19] الطیارة وتفضلھا على االستخالص بالبخار وبالمذیبات العضویة لالنواع الستة (sp.gr)والوزن النوعي (ri)) الذي یشیر الى نتائج معامل االنكسار 2اما فیما یتعلق بجدول رقم ( المدروسة من الیوكالبتوس فقد سجلت ھذه االنواع قیما متقاربة ومتساویة في بعض االحیان لكل من الوزن النوعي ومعامل 16 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 وھي قیم تؤكد ان الزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس ھو من (0.891 – 0.918)ن االنكسار وتراوحت قیم الوزن النوعي بی وھي نسبة تعد (1.450 – 1.447)اما معامل االنكسار فقد تراوحت نسبھ بین [15]الزیوت التي تكون اخف من الماء – 1.470)تراوحت بین التي uspودستور االدویة االمریكي bpمقاربة للنسب التي اشار الیھا دستور االدویة البریطاني لقیم معامل االنكسار. (10453 معامل ( riبین correlations) من خالل تقدیر معامل االرتباط 3ھذا وقد بینت نتائج تحلیل البیانات في جدول رقم ( (0.433) الذي كان یساوي )معامل سبیرمان لالرتباط(وذلك من خالل استخدام )الوزن النوعي( sp.grمع )االنكسار تبین انھ لیس ھناك اي ارتباط او تاثیر بین قیم الوزن النوعي t) اختبار(وعند اختیار معنویة معامل االرتباط باستخدام ) 3) والشكل (2. ویوضح شكل ((p>0.05)ومعامل االنكسار احدھما على االخر وكانت قیم معامل االرتباط غیر معنویة االنكسار لالنواع المختلفة للیوكالبتوس المحلي.قیم كل من الوزن النوعي ومعامل وعلى الرغم من ان العینات )اصفر قلیال(كان الزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس یتمیز بلون )المالحظات العینیة للبحث(ومن اخذت لمدد من فصلي الخریف والربیع إال انھ ظلت الرائحة الزكیة الممیزة واللون الرائق للزیت تتمیز بھا العینات التي اخذت في فصل الربیع. الم ومن خالل استعراض بعض نتائج استخالص الزیت الطیار لالنواع من الیوكالبتوس في مناطق مختلفة في الع ، e.camaldulensis(1)ومقارنتھا باالنواع المحلیة العراقیة نجد ان نسبة الزیت لنوعي الیوكالبتوس: (2)e.camaldulensis وتصل الى % (2)كانت مقاربة للنوع البرازیلي والمصري الذي وصلت نسبتھ الى حوالي (1.2)%الذي بلغ نسبة e.krusianiaع االیراني ، في حین تفوق النو [20]في حالة اتباع برنامج تسمیدي جید (2.5)% وقد جاءت نتائج استخالصنا %0.30وھي نسبة تفوقت على النوع نفسھُ المتواجد في البیئة المحلیة العراقیة الذي بلغ [5] اع الیوكالبتوس للزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس مقاربة لما جاء بھ دستور االدویة الھندي الذي أكد ان نسبة الزیت الطیار في انو .[21] (1-2)%تتراوح بین ومن خالل دراستنا ھذه نرید تاكید ضرورة االھتمام بزراعة نبات الیوكالبتوس ، اذ تتوافر الظروف المالئمة لنموه في البیئة المحلیة خاصة وقد لوحظ في السنوات االخیرة عملیات قطع عشوائیة الشجار الیوكالبتوس في االماكن العامة. االستنتاجات في البیئة العراقیة وقد كانت متوسط تم استخالص الزیت الطیار من اوراق نبات الیوكالبتوس لبعض االنواع المتوافرة .1 نسبة الزیت للنوعین المحلیین (2) eucalyptus camaldulensis , (1) eucalyptus camaldulensis على التوالي 1.60% و 1.65بمقدار % اذا ما قورنت مع االنواع المحلیة االخرى للیوكالبتوس التي تم استخالصھا. وھي نسب عالیة الذي اشار فیھ الى )دستور االدویة الھندي(سجلت بعض االنواع المحلیة العراقیة المستخلصة نسبا مقاربة لما نص علیھ .2 .(1 – 2)%ان الزیت الطیار المستخلص من نبات الیوكالبتوس كانت نسبة تتراوح بین تم تسجیل نسب معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي للزیوت الطیارة المستخلصة من انواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس. .3 طریقة مالئمة وجیدة الستخالص الزیت الطیار من water distillation methodتُعد طریقة التقطیر المائي .4 الیوكالبتوس. المقترحات العراقیة كافة الى ضرورة تاكید االھتمام والمحافظة على زراعة اشجار ندعو المعنین والمھتمین بالبیئة .1 الیوكالبتوس ووضع الضوابط لذلك حیث لوحظ في السنوات االخیرة عملیات قطع عشوائیة للیوكالبتوس في االماكن العامة نمو الیوكالبتوس.دون الوعي باھمیة ھذه االشجار وزیوتھا الطیارة السیما مع توفر درجات الحرارة المالئمة ل اجراء دراسة كیمیائیة لفصل وتنقیة المكونات الفعالة للزیت الطیار لنبات الیوكالبتوس المحلي العراقي ومعرفة .2 ھذه المكونات ونسبھا الستعمالھا الغراض طبیة وعالجیة. المصادر لبنان. -بیروت -مطبعة المتوسط). النبات والطب البدیل. الدار العربیة للعلوم. 2003یحیى ، توفیق الحاج. ( .1 2. botanical home page “eucalyptus” in internetile: http://www.botanical.com.(2011). 3. daizy,r.b. ; harminder , p.s. ; ravinder,k.k. and shalinder , k.(2008) forest ecology and management. 256(12) : 2166-2174. 4. from wikipedia , the free encyclopedia “eucalyptus” in internet file:http: // eh.wikipedia. org/wiki/eucalypas (2011). 17 | biology http://www.botanical.com.(2011)/ @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 5. assareh,m.h. ; jaimand,k. and rezaee,m.b. (2007) chemical composition of the essential oils of six eucalyptus species (myrtaceae) from south west of iran. jornal of essential oil research. in internet file: find articlec. com.po-box13185 , tehran , iran. 6. jean,s. ; wrku,a. ; sousa,s.m. ; duarte,v.g. ; machado,m.i.l. and matos,f.j.a. (2003). analgesic and anti-inflammatory effects of essential oils of eucalyptus. journal of ethnopharmacology 89 (2-3) : 277-283. 7. takahashi,t. ; kakubo,r. and sakaino,m.(2004). antimicrobial activities of eucalyptus leaf extracts and flavonoids from eucalyptus maculafa. applied microbiology j 39 :60-64. 8. javad,s.g. and atefeh,a.a. (2010). antimicrobial and antifungal properties of the essential oil and menthol extracts of eucalyptus largiflorens and eucalyptus intertexta. pharmacognosy magazine ., 6 (23) : 172-175. 9. sfara,v. ; zerba,e.n. and alzogaray,r.a. (2009). fumigant insecticidal activity and repellent effect of five essential oils and seven monoterpenes on first-instar nymphs of rhodnius prolixus. joarnal of medical entomology.46 (31) : 511-515. 10. al-janabi,anasahmed (2004) effect of galendula officinalis extracts on the graoth of some pathogenic microorganisms. athesis of m.sc. submitted to the college of science. alnahrain university. 11. al-ani,asmaa obaid (2002) effect of teucrium polium l.extracts on the growth of some pathogenic microorganisms. athesis of master submitted to the college of scince. al-nahein university. ) دراسة بعض العوامل المؤثرة في الصفات الكمیة والنوعیة للزیوت العطریة من النعناع 1999احسان سعد علي. ( .12 داد،العراق.والبطیخ. اطروحة دكتوراة،كلیة الزراعة،جامعة بغ 13. katzer,g.(2000). oregano (origanum unlgaeael). in internet file: http//:www.oregano floridata.com. مصر.-القاھرة-). الزیوت الطیارة. للدار العربیة للنشر والتوزیع2000الشحات، نصر ابو زید. ( .14 السعودیة.-الریاض-ومكوناتھا. دار المریخ للنشر). النباتات الطبیة زراعتھا 1981قطب، حسین فوزي طھ. ( .15 16. beech,d.f. (1990). the effect of carrier and rate of nitrogen application on the growth and oil production of lemon grass gymbopogon citrates in the ord irrigation area,western australia. australian journal of experimental agriculture and animal husbandry 30 (2): 243250. 17. usda(4), certified organic herbs and perennials. (2004). aquick view of herbs ocimumpoly gonum. in internet file: http://www.mountain valley growers.com/herb sotop.htm. مصر.-). النباتات الطبیة والعطریة. منشأة المعارف االسكندریة1993ھیكل، محمد السید وعبدهللا عبدالرزاق عمرز ( .18 19. thomassilou ; georges,m. ; roger,a. ; aubin,n.l. ; marc,m. and jean,c.ch. (2009). model of steam & water extraction of essential oil of eucalyptus citriodora using acomplete 2n factorial plan. international journal of food engineering. 5 (14). 20. lucia,al. ; susana,l. ;aerba,e. and masuh,h. (2008). yield,chemical composition and bioactivity of essential oils from 12 species of eucalyptus on aedes aegypti larvae. entomologia experimentalis et applicata journal.12 (1): 107-114. 21. trivedi,na & hotchandani,sc.(2004). astudy of the antimicrobial activity of eucalyotus. indian journal of pharmacology 36 (2):93-94. 18 | biology http://www.mountain/ @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 یبین متوسط معدل نسبة الزیت % لالنواع المختلفة من الیوكالبتوس (1)جدول االنحراف المعیاري متوسط نسبة الزیت 1e.comaidulensis 1.650 .0707107 2 e.comaidulensis 1.600 .1414214 e.microtheca .745 0 .0070711 e.globulus 1.350 .0707107 e.sideroxyiem .9500 .0707107 3e.krusiania .275 0 .0353553 total 1.095 .5156020 یبین قیم معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي النواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس (2)جدول الوزن النوعي معامل االنكسار انواع النبات 1e.comaidulensis 1.454 0.892 2 e.comaidulensis 1.450 0.893 e.microtheca 1.4587 0.893 e.globulus 1.457 0.891 e.sideroxyiem 1.457 0.918 3e.krusiania 1.477 0.918 m.longifolia 1.476 0.921 m.spicata 1.482 0.920 ) یبین اختبار معنویة معامل سبیرمان لالرتباط بین خاصیتي معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي3جدول ( معامل االنكسار النوعيالوزن معامل سبیرمان معامل االنكسار معامل االرتباط المعنویة عدد االنواع الوزن النوعي معامل االرتباط المعنویة عدد االنواع 1.000 6 0.433 0.391 6 0.433 0.391 6 1.000 6 19 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 : یبین متوسط معدل نسبة الزیت % لالنواع المختلفة من الیوكالبتوس(1)شكل : یبین الوزن النوعي النواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس(2)شكل : یبین قیم معامل االنكسار النواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس(3)شكل 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 series 3 0.875 0.88 0.885 0.89 0.895 0.9 0.905 0.91 0.915 0.92 0.925 الوزن النوعي 1.43 1.44 1.45 1.46 1.47 1.48 1.49 معامل االنكسار 20 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 extraction of volatile oils and evaluation some features of volatile oil from the leaves of some local eucalyptus spp trees and comparing them with volatile oil of some foreign species thuraya a .abbas hala m .musbah department of biology/ college of science / university of al-mustanseiyia received in:3 july 2011 , accepted in:21 may 2012 abstract this study included the extraction of volatile oils from the leaves of some local eucalyptus trees (i.e.(1)e.camldulensis ,(2) e.camldulensis , e.microtheca , e.globules , e.sideroxylem , e.krusianin. by the water distillation method. as well as exploring some of their physical properties. the results of this study reveald that the local eucalyptus trees gave a good rate of volatile oil equals to some global kinds and to the rate in india pharmacopeia. also the results revealed that there had been concurrence between the percentages of volatile oils and refractive index and specific gravity of the plants on which the study was made to study and those included in the us and uk. pharma copeias. this proves those plant , are of medical importance. key word : volatile , oils , eucalyptus , spp. 21 | biology << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <feff004b00610073007500740061006700650020006e0065006900640020007300e4007400740065006900640020006b00760061006c006900740065006500740073006500200074007200fc006b006900650065006c007300650020007000720069006e00740069006d0069007300650020006a0061006f006b007300200073006f00620069006c0069006b0065002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740069006400650020006c006f006f006d006900730065006b0073002e00200020004c006f006f0064007500640020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065002000730061006100740065002000610076006100640061002000700072006f006700720061006d006d006900640065006700610020004100630072006f0062006100740020006e0069006e0067002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006a00610020007500750065006d006100740065002000760065007200730069006f006f006e00690064006500670061002e000d000a> /fra <feff005500740069006c006900730065007a00200063006500730020006f007000740069006f006e00730020006100660069006e00200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740073002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200070006f0075007200200075006e00650020007100750061006c0069007400e90020006400270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e00200070007200e9007000720065007300730065002e0020004c0065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740073002000500044004600200063007200e900e90073002000700065007500760065006e0074002000ea0074007200650020006f007500760065007200740073002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000610069006e00730069002000710075002700410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002000650074002000760065007200730069006f006e007300200075006c007400e90072006900650075007200650073002e> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 273 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: elham.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abctract vitamins are a type of essential and important nutrient in the human body. it also plays an essential role in the health and protection of the human body. they share physiological functions with many chemicals, and their deficiency or increase endangers human health. therefore, it is required to evolve and use modern methods to estimate the concentration of vitamins, even if their concentration is very low, and these include the vitamin e group tocopherols, tocotrienols, isomers, esters, and derivatives. they disagree not in their ability as anti-cancer agents but rather in their physiological as well as chemical relations, unlike vitamin a and vitamin d. the richest source of vitamin e is vegetable oil. vitamin e, classified as a vitamin, dissolves in fat. it is pointed out in different types of foods involving vegetable oils, meat, eggs, cereals, and poultry, in addition to fruits. some of the vital signs and symptoms of a vitamin e deficiency include neurological defects such as dysfunction of the brain, nerves, spinal cord, and muscles; muscle pain and weakness; muscle deterioration, including cardiomyopathy or weak heart muscle; low birth weight; difficulty moving the eyes up and down; poor vision at night; loss or lack of sense of vibration; and a feeling of numbness or tingling. keywords: high pressure liquid chromatography, vitamin e, vitamin c, gas chromatography. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3113 article history: received 26 november 2022, accepted 18 januarey 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq review:-determination of vitamin e concentration in different samples a. mohammed maha department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. maha.a.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq elham n. mezaal* department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. elham.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq kawther ahmed sadiq department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. kawther.a.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:elham.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:maha.a.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:maha.a.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:elham.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:elham.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:kawther.a.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:kawther.a.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 274 1. introduction vitamin e, which is known as 2, 5, 7,8-tetra methyl-2-[(2r, 8r) 4,8,12-trimethyl tricycle] 3, 4dihydro2hchromene-6ol, inclusive eight particles presented via ring from chromanol with side chain from a phytol show matching jobs with four tocopherols α, β, γ, besides δ with four tocotrienols α, β, γ, also δ. tocopherol has saturated side chain α, β, γ also δ prefixes designate the site of groups for methyl on the ring of chromanol [1]. vitamin e is a fat soluble vitamin and is important in human metabolism. at first assimilated by the blood stream, vitamin e is able to prohibit oxidative reactions in some biomolecules as well as unsaturated fatty acids. vitamin e is important to protect the health of the human body from the occurrence of oxidative reactions because it leads to the formation of free radicals, which cause mutation in the dna. it also reverses vitamins a and d. the oils of vegetables are considered the richest sources of vitamin e [2]. several methods have been developed for the separation and estimation of vitamin e using paper, columns, thin layers, gas liquids, and high-pressure liquid chromatography (hplc). gas-liquid chromatography (gc-lc) effective method for determining vitamin e than other vitamins that dissolve in fat. 2.the methods used in determination of vitamin e several methods were used for the determination of tocotrienols and tocopherols by utilizing natural stage and adverse stage hplc [3, 4]. natural-stage high pressure liquid chromatography dissolves four tocotrienols with four tocopherols. reverse-stage hplc does not dissolve β also γ tocotrienols with tocopherols [5]. 2.1utilizing chromatography techniques derivatives of vitamin e (tocopherols) can be extensively analyzed using high-performance liquid chromatography (hplc) method that utilizes natural and reverse-phase columns by using various detectors such as uv-vis, fluorescence, electrochemical, and mass spectrometric. the preference of the analytical method depends on the nature of the forficate and the sample matrix, as afaf and jelena mentioned [6]. korchazhkina and his colleagues [7] elucidated that the removal of vitamin e obtained from human milk using hexane with and without preform has been compared. milk extractions were analyzed using hplc technology with a c18 column and a uv detector. using all methods, a considerable link was obtained (p < 0.01) between levels of tocopherol and γ-tocopherol in milk from humans, in spite of saponification, which resulted in the highest recovery of the internal standard, δ-tocopherol 99.6 ± 4.0%, also important for ameliorating the assurance of the data. the detection limit for methods including saponification, extraction, and hplc analysis is 0.65 μg / ml of -tocopherol in milk. a suggested saponification stride was an unpretentious modification for mode on account of it being completed in the toke igniter as the remove, engross, and 30 min also did not include the utilization of stable gas. the development of a modest and rapid method for estimating the amount of vitamins in complex matrices is important for monitoring the quality of foods eaten by humans, including milk of children. in this research, after submitting the method for determining vitamin e from the milk of children, its tenor was a comparison with label claims. in this study, the scattered liquid-liquid microextraction dllme procedure, together with acetonitrile and chloroform as scattered and stripped-off solvents, respectively, was utilized to insulate and clean up vitamin e in the milk of child models in the absence of saponification. a reversed phase in hplc consisting from column c18 is a fixed-phase constant-phase combination of acetonitrile: methanol: water (91:8:1%). as such, moving phases utilize the standard additive style. it was used to estimate vitamin e using a uv detector at the wavelength of 296 nm. after validating the method under optimal conditions, ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 275 the presented style gave a linear range with a determination coefficient r2= 0.99 and acceptable precision and accuracy. the results showed that the developed method was suitable for monitoring and knowing the quality of the milk of children. benefits for dllme compared with the saponification operation and liquid-liquid extraction are reduced consumption of organic solvents, and the proposed method is simple and quick to estimate vitamin e in children's milk. the developed method was applied for the analysis of vitamin e within the milk of children in the market, which showed significant differences between the named content and the obtained content of the samples [8]. in 2013 [9], a sensitive and rapid separation method using high-performance liquid chromatography on a homogeneous column evolved for the quantification of vitamin e (acetate) in nutritional supplements from commercial samples. 20 μ l the volume of sample, the filtered solution is injected directly into the device of hplc. the separation of vitamin e (acetate) from the rest of the components was carried out in a single column 100 × 4.6 mm with mobile moving methanol and water at a rate of 98:2 v / v respectively, flow rate of 2 ml / min, temperature 30oc, the detector measured at 290 nm. under optimal conditions, the calibration curve has been measured with perfect linearity, with the correlation coefficient of vitamin e (acetate) equaling r= 0.9992 for n= 6 among summit areas with concentrations of vitamin e (acetate). the accuracy of the method is calculated by calculating the recovery (rec%), which equals 96.4–103.6% in nutritional supplements from commercial samples, and the relative standard deviation rsd% is found to be 1.1-3.6 %. the developed method proved to increase the productivity of the model through the preparation operation, with a low time for the analysis process of 3.5 min. in 2011 [10], their study consisted of improving a method to verify, quantify, and estimate the complete isomeric structure of vitamin e α-, β-, γ also δ-tocopherols with tocotrienols in six types of cooked and raw vegetables, three herbs, the eggs row and cooked, vegetable oils canola, olive with soybean, flaxseed with sorghum [flour also seeds], and soy flour via hplc with a fluorescence detector. various conditions were selected for extraction and analysis. the best method for analysis consists of extraction directly from the solvents hexane and ethyl acetate at a rate of 85 or 15 v/v. a method analysis using a plain phase column together with moving molecules consisting of hexane, isopropanol, and acetic acid at rates of 98.9, 0.6, and 0.5 together with isocratic elution and detection from fluorescence a good segregation of each vitamin e isomer was received, together with adequate quantification in all nutrient analyses. linearity for each isomer ranges from 2.5137.5 ng / ml, r2 bigger than 0.995, and recovery ranges from 91.3-99.4%. limit of detection is 21.048.0 ng / ml for tocopherols and 56.0 67.0 ng / ml for tocotrienols, while the limit of quantification is 105.0 – 240.0 ng / ml for tocopherols and 280.0-335.0 ng / ml for tocotrienols. this method was considered fast, simple, and reliable. vitamin e isomers were preserved when compared to validated methods involving saponification. another analytical method was performed by mehmet et al. (2012) [11], utilizing rp-hplc with a uv-detector for the estimation of vitamin e isomers in grape seeds. this method depends on the separation and extraction of the solid from the liquid (solid-liquid) in a column of ods, and the sample is monitored analytically using a uv detector at a wavelength of 295 nm. the hplc separation of tocopherols is checked at 12 min, together with the ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 276 development of n-hexane and isopropyl alcohol 99.99: 0.01 v / v. rsd for n=10 at concentration of 500 ng/ml equals 2.57% -3.30 % and relative error equals 0.84% 6.54 %. limit of detection: 25 ng / ml for α-tocopherol, 43 ng / ml of γand 83 ng / ml for δ-tocopherols. in 2016 [12], it was shown that the presented chromatography method is appropriate for the estimation of tocopherols in grape seeds and can also be utilized for the estimation of tocopherols in different samples. nhexane is extracted without saponification, which saves a large amount of solvent, time, and stage of analysis, and prevents a lack of tocopherols. except for the δ tocopherols, which cannot be detected, direct extraction of hexane and chromatographic separation showed high efficiency in achieving extraction at high repeatability for all samples. more commonly found in grape seeds is α catechol range from 2.31-36.42 mg / g. the difference in the amount of tocopherols is large; this information can be utilized as an easy and simple way to distinguish between grape varieties. an amount of tocopherols has been calculated using the standard addition method. hplc method was used for the microscale estimation of alpha and gamma-tocopherols in leaves, flowers, and fresh beans from maringa oleifera is mentioned. optimized conditions for rfhplc together using a uv detector are as follows: column, 25 cm x 0.46 cm, heat of column equal 25o c , moving phase 20, 80 v / v mix from methanol and acetonitrile, 1 ml/min tidal rate rsd% is 5.6% for tocopherols and 4.9% for γgamma-tocopherols [13]. a fast and simple rp-hplc method was developed for simultaneous determination of each trans, retinol, and α-tocopherols in human serum, utilizing retinol acetate as the internal standard at a concentration of 0.5 µg / ml. the extraction of the liquid phase is applied at 250 µl from serum together nhexane and dichloromethane mix 70:30 (v/v) at the second step, utilizing ethanol and methanol mix 95:5 (v/v) for precipitation of protein and butyrate hydroxyl toluene as stabilizer for preparation of the sample. for each analysis, columns c18 (150 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 µm), c18 (150 mm x 3 mm, 3 µm) and c18 (30 mm x 4.6 mm, 10 µm) manufactured by perkin elmer were used. analysis and measurement were carried out at 292 nm wavelength using methanol and water 99: 1 (v/v). the mode of isocratic as moving phase utilized a 1.5 ml/min flow rate and also 1ml/min for each of the columns of 5 µm and 3 µm. perfect separation for each analysis was achieved in a time of 3 6 min on 3 and 5 µm columns by injecting 20 µl of sample inside hplc using an automatic sampling device while maintaining the temperature of the column oven at 25oc [14]. in 2019, a new method and simple hplc have been developed for simultaneous assessment of ubidecarenone and vitamin e acetate in the form of capsules. the method provides accurate separation between drugs and a short retention time. the results indicated that the intended technique is exact, durable, and sensitive. the sample recovery process was good and agree with the label claim, and the results indicated that there was no involvement of formulation excipients in the determination. therefore, the results of the proposed study confirmed that the developed method is a suitable technique for simultaneous estimation of ubidecarenone and vitamin e acetate in the form of a compound dose [15]. the rp-hplc is a selective bioanalytical method for determining vitamin e in a dried blood spot (dbs) model, extraction of vitamin e from the dbs model utilizes liquid-liquid extraction with 100% ethanol as the solvent to reconstitute the residue. an internal standard of αtocopherols acetate was used. the sample was analyzed directly in hplc with a c18 (250 × 4.6 mm × 5 µm) column phenomenex. moving phase was consist of methanol with water 99:1 (v / v) and influx rate 1.4 ml / min. at 292 nm wavelength [16]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 277 2. 2 . gas chromatography a quick, simple, and accurate method has been developed for determining of vitamin e in cereal and biscuit products. the detection limit and quantification were calculated. utilizing the source material fapas t10112qc, precision and accuracy for the method were estimated, and the specified values were consistent with approved values. vitamins in cereals and biscuits can be estimated using this method presented in the application by using gas chromatography with flame ionization detection (gc-fid). the results proved that most cereals are rich in vitamin e. bakery products that contain vanilla and nuts give an increased quantity of vitamin e, while bakery products that contain fruits give a lower content of vitamin e [17]. an efficient and rapid gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (gc-ms) method has been developed to identify isomers α , β -, γ and δ as well as tocotrienols, in addition to tocopherol acetate nutritional supplements and functional foods. vitamin e isomers were extracted directly from the sample without saponification by mixing together solvents for methanol and hexane 7:3 (v/v). a good separation was obtained by utilizing column vf-5ms (30 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.25 mm) for 13 min. mass spectrometry was run in full scan mode and sim mode, using specific detection of the effect of ionized electrons on distinct ion pairs during retention time. linearity of method ranged from 0.1 mg/ml to 40 mg/ml, and the correlation coefficients was higher than 0.997, and the detection limit was found to be 0.090.46 ng / ml and limit quantification: 0.29–1.52 ng / ml. relative standard deviation rsd for 1 mg/ml of the intraday and interday of method was 4.9%–8% and 2.1%–4.9%, respectively. the recovery rate of the method was 83.2%-107% together with rsd 1.1%-8.4% [18]. 2. 3. thin layer chromatography vitamin e is soluble in fat; it is found naturally in some foods and is beneficial to nutritional supplements and nutrients because of its biological job as an antioxidant. several methods are available to analyze vitamin e. it was used for the quantitative determination of vitamin e by private hplc and gc, which identified the different isomers of vitamin e. a loss average for the same vitamin through food processing and transformation also presents complications in the development of highly sensitive methods for its separation. so, hplc, despite its effectiveness, is relatively costly and ponderous. the objective of this study was to measure the advantage of highperformance thin layer chromatography (hptlc) in vitamin e [19]. the methods obtainable utilizing thin layer chromatography (tlc) are sensitive enough to determine the simultaneous isomers for vitamins. using hptlc, various isomers of vitamin e were determined. this technique is considered an alternative to other technologies such as gc and hplc. the history of vitamins is considered the most important chapter in the history of biochemistry for its profound impact on health and the understanding of the catalytic processes that occur in the metabolism of living organisms. it is known that there is a direct relationship between food and disease. several methods have been developed to determine the content of fat soluble vitamins in pharmaceutical preparations. it is considered one of the recommended methods, although it is less accurate than other methods, but it finds its rightful place among the methods of analysis when the expensive equipment for other methods is not available [20]. developing a new method for determining the presence of sunflower oil in olive oil is done by preparing a mixture of olive oil and sunflower oil in the following proportions: 5%, 10%, 15%, and 20% sunflower oil in olive oil. this mixture was analyzed using rp-hplc paired with a ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 278 fluorescence detector. the chromatographic system consists of c18 and a moving phase of methanol and acetonitrile 50:50 (v/v) that does not require saponification sample preparation or the addition of antioxidants. using a fluorescence detector, the excitation wavelength was set at 290 nm and the emission wavelength at 330 nm. in oil of olive adulterated with oil of sunflower, a concentration of αtocopherol increases linearly. the method is selective, simple, sensitive (rsd% = 2.65%), and it can detect oil of sunflower in oil of olive [21]. simple, sensitive, and rapid method development of estimation of vitamin e and c into pure and pharmaceutical formulations via the spectrophotometric method this method depends on the formation of complex charge transfer by reaction among fe+3 [fenh4 (so4)2.12h2o] and vitamins in the presence of k3 fe (cn)6 to configure complexes colored blue greenish, giving the greatest absorption at 743nm. the optimum conditions have been studied in terms of ph, volume, temperature, and reaction time. a linear dynamic range is 0.05-28 μg / ml, 0.5-28 μg /a limit of detection (lod) of 0.01 μg/ml, 0.09 μg/ml and a loq 0.033 μg/ml, 0.297 g/ml, respectively, of vitamin c and vitamin e. the correlation coefficient (r2) was found to be 0.9993, percentage linearity r2%= 99.93, and rsd % was less than 0.3% for n=3. this method has been successfully applied for the estimation of vitamin c and e in pharmaceutical preparations. a new method managed to be admitted as an alternative analytical method of estimation for vitamin c and e in their pure forms and dosages [22]. although there are many ways to quantify the antioxidant vitamins a, c, and e, there are no analytical methods to be practiced on a large scale where there are errors or limitations or an expensive device is required. therefore, they developed modifications to the spectrophotometric methods for the estimation of all of these vitamins that you could not originally apply to lab exercises in different aspects. this method depends on reactions between vitamin c and a reagent of phosphotungstate, a reaction for vitamin e with batophenanthroline and fecl3, fecl3 a vitamin a reaction with h3po4. the tests showed the complete validity of the analytical information obtained while preserving the benefits of a native method. as a result, it was successfully implemented in the clinical analysis routine. detailed adjustments to the estimation of vitamins in foodstuffs can also be used, for example: in milk, juices, and extracts of solid foods [23]. a fast, simple, and sensitive method of determining tocopherol in its pure form and dosage by utilizing uv-vis and atomic absorption spectroscopy by reaction with gold ions in solution. the vitamin e complex with gold is absorbed at a wavelength of 535 nm, so it was chosen for the analysis of vitamin e. the optimum conditions were studied in terms of ph, concentration, temperature, and complex formation time. the method obeys beer's law for the range of concentrations 240 μg / ml also 1-22 μg / ml of uv-vis and atomic absorption spectroscopy, respectively, r2=0.9991 for uv-vis and r2=0.9992 for atomic absorption. rsd% equals 1.95, 1.59, lod equals 0.18, 0.044 μg / ml and rec% equals 96.86%, 101.66% for uv-vis and atomic absorption spectroscopy, respectively. the method was applied to estimate the effective dosage of vitamins in various samples using compound doses. the accuracy of the method was verified by calculating the average recovery percentage, which was within the acceptable range [24]. the uv-vis technology is capable of detecting and characterizing small changes in the concentration of mixed e vitamins as a score for its irradiation [25], together with a comparison of the results with the ftir technique. the results of vitamin e vaccination resulting from radiation showed a linear relationship with radiation dose, with concentrations ranging from 3– ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 279 29% and doses ranging from 25–150 kgy. copper (ii)-neocuproine spectrometry can be used, as it has been shown that it allows the determination of various reducing agents for the estimation of vitamin e. this method obeys beer's law for the range of concentrations of 2.4 × 10 -6 9.0 × 10 6 m from tocopherols and rsd% =2.1%. the results obtained were compared with other methods, such as hplc, by calculating a t-test, which showed that the developed method is not fundamentally different from the other methods. the resulting molar absorbance of copper (ii)neocuproine at wavelength 450 nm versus blank indicated the presence of vitamin e oxidation, which could be slightly enhanced by solvent delay, and the entire copper (ii)-neocuproine is considered a strong oxidizer [26]. in this research, the physical properties of vitamin a and vitamin e were determined utilizing spectroscopic analysis of various tuber extracts from lavezares, in northern samar, philippines. as a score of physical characterization for various dioscorea types in tuber extracts, it was found to have a boiling temperature 97.6o c, white color, a ph equal 4.9, density of 0.81 g/ml, solubility in ethanol, and miscibility with water. while tuber extracts have a boiling point 98.6o c, they are brown, smell like tea, have a density of 0.86 g / ml also ph= 5.6, are solubilized in ethanol, and are miscible with water. uv-vis is utilized to estimate vitamin a and e content for dioscorea types, and the extracts were compared using water and ether. the analysis shows the type contains good natural vitamins [27]. estimation of vitamins e and c via stenography for the ion of ferric to the ion of ferrous during reaction with potassium dichromate in an acid medium by using vis-spectrophotometry this method depends on the utilization of a modern reagent, sodium nitroprusside, as a source for ferric ions. a colored solution gave the maximum absorption at 564.4 nm, which was applied in the estimation method. conditions are improved by studying various variables such as time, volume of acid, volume of reagent, and temperature. the score obtained displays the value of r2 = 0.99991 for each vitamin: lod=0.1, 0.07 μg/ml; loq = 0.33, 0.21 μg/ml, linear range 0.5 30 μg/ml and 0.25 50 μg/ml, rsd %= 2.88 %, 1.62 %; recovery % = 99.92%, 100.02%, for e vitamin and c vitamin, respectively. a score proves that it is possible to apply the newly developed methods for estimation of e and c vitamins in their pure state and into pharmaceutical preparations together to increase accuracy, reduce cost, and eliminate the need for complex treatments [28]. in this study, the covering period for antioxidant c vitamins and α-tocopherol in plasma and blood for the bengali population was a limitation, as was the comparison with the source periods in literature. healthy volunteers aged 18–68 years underwent extensive clinical procedures and were included in the study. uv-vis was used to estimate the c vitamin, also α-tocopherol. the number of volunteers was 71 healthy bengalis, 31 males and 40 females, and it was found that the average vitamin c in the plasma was 0.65 mg/dl. the average of α-tocopherol was 6.35 mg/l in this study, which is higher than the natural threshed amount of it, but less than other population groups. this study managed to set a nonspecific coverage period between the sexes of antioxidant vitamins, and the periods were less than the specified period in another population group [29]. a rapid method using ultra performance liquid chromatography (uplc) from human plasma has been upgraded for the estimation of vitamin e isomers. a method consisted of extracting the hydrophilic liquid portion of the plasma sample of injection in a system uplc. the uplc system is armed with a detector fluorescent with an excitement wavelength equal to 296 nm and an emission wavelength equal to 330 nm, and column c18 contains the separate particles. the mobile phase consists of h2o 1% and methanol 99% grade hplc, together with a flow rate of 0.4 ml / ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 280 min. the summit was reached after 3.5 min, and a 5 µl sample was required for injection. the results showed that the uplc system is capable of separating, detecting, and identifying six summits, viz α-, γ-, δand -tocopherol, as well as tocotrienol. the linear range was 1–10 µg/ml from the total of vitamin e and r2 > 0.9996 of all isomers [30]. vitamin e is a fundamental micronutrient for maintaining a healthy body, and it is also forbidden for illness. the aim of this study is to validate, develop, and test the reliability of a sensitive and easy-to-apply spectrophotometric method for the determination of αtocopherol in commercially manufactured soft capsules. this method can be easily applied linearly to commercial pharmaceutical samples containing αtocopherol. results showed that the suggested method may be an alternative to the routine method of estimation [31]. a simple method of uv-spectrophotometric estimation of tocopheryl acetate in bulk with microemulsion maintenance has been developed. tocopheryl acetate is freely soluble in ethanol and gives the greatest absorption at 286 nm. the suggested method obeyed beer-lambert's law at range concentrations 1 12 μg/ml with lod=0.093 μg/ml and loq=0.236 μg/ml. reproducible results are obtained with a coefficient of variation of less than 2% [32]. 3.conclusion in this review, several available methods are discussed for the separation and determination of vitamin e, such as separation by column chromatography (gc, lc, and hplc) and separation by paper or thin-layer chromatography. chromatography was successfully used to estimate vitamin e in different samples compared to other vitamins, which are also fat-soluble. acknowledgement after completing the review, the author thanks and appreciates their colleagues for their efforts in completing its preparation, and they also extend their thanks and appreciation to everyone who contributed to this work, even in one word. finally, thanks and appreciation to all the researchers whose achievements were presented in this review. references 1. kareti, s. r.; nargesh, k. k.; nikhil, v. b.; bhanoji, r.m. e; srinivasa, k .; ajay k. p. a. simple and rapid hplc method for the simultaneous determination of vitamin-a and vitamine in tablet dosage forms, research journal of chemical and environmental sciences, 2013, 1, 2-6. 2. brock, g.; joe m. quantifying vitamin e in vegetable oils with reversed-phase highperformance liquid chromatography, concordia college journal of analytical chemistry, 2011, 2, 44-50. 3. abidi, s.l. chromatographic analysis of tocol-derived lipid antioxidants, journal of chromatography a, 2000, 881,197–216. 4. ruperez, f. j.; martin, d.; herrera, e.; barbas c. chromatographic analysis of alphatocopherol and related compounds in various matrices, journal of chromatography a, 2001, 935, 45-59. 5. gimeno, e.; castellote, a. i.; lamela-raventos, r. m.; de latorre, m. c.; lopez-sabater, m. c. rapid determination of vitamin e in vegetable oils by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography, journal of chromatography a, 2000, 881, 251–254. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 281 6. afaf, k.; jelena j. hplc determination of vitamin e in fortified food. wiley online library, 2011, 211-221. 7. korchazhkina, o.; jones, e.; czauderna, m.; spencer, s. a.; kowalczyk, j. hplc with uv detection for measurement of vitamin e in human milk. acta chromatographical, 2005, 16, 48-57. 8. fatemeh, s.; ali, s.; hadi, v.; mahboob, n. a. fast and simple method for determination of vitamin e in infant formula by dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction combined with hplcuv. food analytical methods, 2019, 12, 23–31. 9. ivana, b.; lenka, k.; dalibor, š.; lucie, h.; petr, s. a fast hplc method for determination of vitamin e acetate in dietary supplements using amonolithic column, food analytical methods, 2013, 6, 380–385. 10. helena, m. p.s.; michele, g.; daniela da, s. o.; ceres, m. d. l.; bárbara de, l. r.; sebastião, c. c. b. method for simultaneous analysis of eight vitamin e isomers in various foods by highperformance liquid chromatography and fluorescence detection, journal of chromatography a, 2011, 1218 (47), 8496-8502. 11. mehmet, e. ş.; ali, ç.; kenan d. determination of vitamin e isomers of grape seeds by highperformance liquid chromatography-uv detection, journal of chromatographic science, 2012, 50 (2), 97-101. 12. barbora, c.; lenka, k. k.; dagmar, s.; bohuslav, m.; petr s. recent advances in the determination of tocopherols in biological fluids: from sample pretreatment and liquid chromatography to clinical studies, analytical and bioanalytical chemistry, 2016, 408 (10), 2407-2424. 13. sánchez-machado, d. i.; lópez-cervantes, j.; ríos, v. n. j. high-performance liquid chromatography method to measure alphaand gamma-tocopherol in leaves, flowers, and fresh beans from moringa oleifera, journal of chromatography a, 2006, 1105 (1-2),111-114. 14. khan, a.; khan, m. i.; iqbal, z.; shah, y.; ahmad, l.; watson d. an optimized and validated rp-hplc/uv detection method for simultaneous determination of all-trans-retinol (vitamin a) and alpha-tocopherol (vitamin e) in human serum: comparison of different particulate reversed-phase hplc columns, journal of chromatography. b, analytical technologies in the biomedical and life sciences, 2010, 878 (25), 2339-2347. 15. caroline, g. a.; prabha, t.; jagadeeswaran, m.; srinivasan; sivakumar, t. analytical method development for simultaneous determination of ubidecarenone and vitamin e acetate in capsule dosage form by hplc, international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences, 2019, 11, 79-84. 16. archana, m. n.; vichika, r. p.; falguni, b. t. chromatographic method for estimation of vitamin e from dried blood spot sample, future journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 2020, 6(8), 2-9. 17. ioannis, n. p.; ioannis, k. k.; lila, p. k.; charalampos, p. determination of vitamin e in cereal products and biscuits by gc-fid, foods, 2018, 7(3), 1-6. 18. dan lu; yi yang; xin wu; li zeng; yong xin li; chengjun sun. simultaneous determination of eight vitamin e isomers and a-tocopherol acetate in functional foods and nutritional supplements by gas chromatography – mass spectrometry, analytical methods, 2015, 7, 33533362. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 282 19. hari, r. k.; janaka, r. quantitative determination of vitamin e isomers using gas chromatography, high performance liquid chromatography and high-performance thin layer chromatography, indian journal of nutrition and dietetics, 2017, 54, 1-2. 20. ana, m. h.; mihaela, f. m.; cristiana, r.; mihaela, i.; vasile, m. tlc applications on separation and quantification of fat-soluble vitamins, romanian biotechnological letters, 2009, 14 (5), 46154619. 21. baker, s. m.; gad male, d. k.; toche, r. b.; gaikwad, v. b. rapid determination of alphatocopherol in olive oil adulterated with sunflower oil by reversed phase high-performance liquid chromatography, journal of food science and technology, 2015, 52 (5), 3093–3098. 22. ahmed, m. s.; mohammed, j. h.; noor, j. m. a. sensitive spectrophotometric method for determination of vitamins (c and e), international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research, 2018, 9 (8), 3373-3377. 23. maciej, r.; krzysztof, g. modifications of spectrophotometric methods for antioxidative vitamins determination convenient in analytic practice, acta scientia rum polonium, techno logia alimentaria, 2007, 6 (3), 17-28. 24. ahmed, m. s; abbas, s.; noor, j. m. a spectrophotometric determination of vitamin e via formation of gold, european journal of biomedical and pharmaceutical sciences, 2017, 4, 8287. 25. rowell, s.; oral, e.; mouratoglou, o. k. detection of vitamin e in irradiated uhmwpe by uvvisible spectroscopy poster no. 1186, ors annual meeting, 2011, 1186. 26. esma, t. r.; apak; esma, g.; kevser, s. spectrophotometric determination of vitamin e (alpha-tocopherol) using copper (ii)-neocuproine reagent, talanta, 1997, 44 (2), 249-255. 27. jonalyn, e. e.; karina, m. r.; merle, n. t.; rolando, a. d. spectrophotometric analysis of vitamin a and vitamin e in different species of dioscorea tuber, international journal of trend in scientific research and development, 2019, 3, 837-839. 28. ahmed, m. s.; abbas, s.; noor, j. m. a. colorimetric determination of antioxidant vitamins e and c, pakistan journal of biotechnology, 2018, 15 (2), 451-457. 29. sanghamitra, c.; indranil, c. determination of coverage interval of antioxidant vitamins (vitamin c & vitamin e) in plasma and serum of bengali population, biochemistry research international, 2013, 1, 1-4. 30. shahidee, z. a.; mohammad, j. i.; mohd, h. r.; nuraliza, a. s. determination of vitamin e isomers in plasma using ultra performance liquid chromatography, the malaysian journal of analytical sciences, 2012, 16 (1), 7178. 31. farmasötik, y. quantitative determination of α-tocopherol in pharmaceutical soft capsule by spectrophotometry, experimed, 2020, 10 (2), 72-76. 32. sayad, i. w.; md ismail, m.; tadwee, i. simplistic spectroscopic method for determination of α-tocopherylacetate in bulk and formulated microemulsion, international journal of pharmaceutical research & allie. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد طة النباتات المائیة االتوازن الحراري ألزالة الكروم من المیاه الملوثة بوس بطریقة االمتزاز محمد صادق سلمان جامعة بغداد ،االلكترونیة مركز الحاسبة الخالصة مــن خـالل اســتخدام نبــات القصــب المــائي فــي عملیــة ازالــة 2006عــام ) الجادریــة(بغــداد اجریـت الدراســة فــي مـع أخـذ بنظـر االعتبـار ) الوجبة( من المیاه الملوثة من خالل عملیة امتزاز بطریقة الحجم الثابت ) الكروم(العناصر الثقیلة دورة 300(سـرعة الــرج و، ) لتـر/ملغـرام 60(طبیعـة حامضـیة وثبـوت كـل مــن التركیـز االولـي للكـروم ياختیـار محلـول ذ ) القصـب( مـع أخـتالف اوزان المـادة الصـلبة ) سـاعات 4( زمـن الـتالمس ،و) درجـة مئویـة 30(درجة الحـرارة و ، ) بالدقیقة وكانـت نسـبة االزالـة لكـل وزن مـن . مـل مـن محلـول الكـروم 100حجـم ينمـوذج ذأغـرام لكـل ) 0.5، 1، 2، 3، 4( وكـان منحنـي التـوازن للتزكیـز لكـل وزن مـع كمیـة . علـى التـوالي% ) 8، % 17.5، % 31،% 40،% 50(لبة المادة الص وتبــین . علـى التـوالي) 0.97، 0.93(المـادة الممتـزة یطـابق مـودیالت النكمیــر و فرینـدلش بقیمـة مربـع عامــل االرتبـاط .ةز الزالة الملوثات من المیاه الملوثامتزا ةنتائج الدراسة امكانیة استخدام نبات القصب المائي ماد ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the equilibrium iso therm removal of chromium from waste water by aquatic plants using batch process adsorption m. s. salman computer center,unive rsity of baghdad abstract this st udy was carried out in baghdad (al-jadiriy a) in 2006 by detecting ability of aquatic reed p lant to remove heavy metals (chromium) from wast e water by batch p rocess of adsorp tion with considering that acidic solution is best selection for such p rocess with constant initial chromium concentration(60 mg/l),sp eed of shaking(300 rp m), temp erature (30 c o ) and const ant contact t ime (4 h) but with different weights of adsorbent (reed) (0.5 ,1 ,2 ,3 and 4 )gm for each 100 ml volume of sample . the results showed that the p ercentage of the removed chromium were ( 8% ,17.5% ,31% ,40% and 50%) resp ectively for each sample according to the mass of adsorbent used. equilibrium isotherm curve showed a good fitt ing with langmuir model and frendlich model with square regression value for both of them( r 2 =0.93) (r 2 =0.97) resp ectively. the st udy results showed that aquatic reed p lant can be used as an adsorbent to remove the p ollutants from contaminated waste water. key words equilibrium isotherm , adsorp tion , reed , chromium , lan gmuir model , frendlich model . introduction at least 20 metals are classified as toxic and half of these are emitt ed in to the environment in quantities that p ose risk to human health (1) . chromium has both beneficial and detrimental p ossessing p rop erties. two tables oxidation st ates of chromium p ersist in the environment, cr(iii) and cr(vi) which have contrast ing toxicities motilities and bio availabilities. herd on cr (iii) is essential in human nutrition (esp ecially in glucose metabolism). m ost of the hexavalent comp ounds are toxic. while cr(iii) is relatively innocuous and immobile. cr(vi) moves readily through soils and aquatic environment and is a st orage oxidizing agent cap able of being absorbed through the skin (2). chromium and its comp ounds are widely used in electrop lating, leather tanning cement , dy eing, metal p rocessing , wood p reservatives , p aint and p igments , textile st eel fabrication and canning industries. wide range of p hy sical and chemical p rocesses is available for the removal of cr(vi) from wast e water, such as electro-chemical p recipitation, ultra filtration, ion exchange and reverse osmosis (2) and (3). a m ajor drawback with p recipitation is sludge p roduction. ion exchange is considered a bett er alternative technique for such a p urp ose. however it is not economically app ealing because of high op erational cost .adsorp tion using commercial activated carbon (cac) can remove heavy metals from wast e water such as cadmium, nickel, chromium, and cupp er. however (cac) remains an exp ensive material for heavy metal removal . the technique of adsorp tion is where a solid surface in contact with a solution has the tendency to accumulate a surface lay er of solute molecule ,because of the imbalance of surface as –an adsorp tion takes p lace. the adsorp tion results in the formation of molecular ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 lay er of the adsorbate on the surface of adsorbent (solid).often an equilibrium concentration is rapidly forward . the surface is generally followed by a slow diffusion on to t he particles of the adsorbent (4) using natural adsorbent for removing heavy metals from wast e water with clays and betonies (5) because of there permeability which play s an imp ortant not e as p hy sical barriers. and using biotechnology for such a p urp ose in bioreactor (6). equate plouts is widly used as adsorbent because of its low cost materials. the removal of cadmium ,lead and zinc from wast e water were 32%,30% and 71%, resp ectively when maize cob was used as solid in adsorp tion process.(7) using p eat as adsorbent in process of clays removal of dy es on fixed bed columns of different variable (ph ,bed dept ,size range ,and control time) (8). adsorp tion isotherm is to examine the relationship between the amount of sorbet material (qe) and aqueous concentration ce at equilibrium in batch p rocess of contact between solid and liquid at condition which must be fixed at t he beginning of p rocess. sorp tion isotherm model is widely emp loyed for fitt ing the data of which the longmuir and frendlish equations are most widely used. the longmuir model assumes that the up take of metal ions occurs on homogenous surface by mono lay er adsorp tion without any interaction between adsorbed ions. to get the equilibrium data initial concentrations ci were kept constant . while the mass of adsorbent varied for at least 3hr of equilibrium p eriods for sorp tion. longmuir equation as shown below (2) and (4). qe =kl ce/(1+al ce) where qe (mg/g) is the amount of metal ions adsorbed in to unit mass of the adsorbent to comp lete monolayer on the surface . kl is the longmuir equilibrium constant which is related to the affinity of binding site. ce the solution p hase metal ion concentration and langmuir constant, kl and al are the characterist ics of longmuir equation and can be determined form linearzed from of the langmuir equation represented : ce/qe =1/kl +(al/kl) ce therefore a p lot of the frendlich equation in an equation is based on adsorp tion on heterogeneous surface. the equation is commonly represented by qe= ace where a and b are the frendlich constant of the sy st em indicating the adsorp tion capacity and the adsorp tion intensive resp ectively to simplify the derivation of a and b, the above equation can be linearized as ln qe=b ln ce+ lna therefore a p lot of ln qe versus ln ce to determine b as slop and (1/b) must be (>1) and a as an intercept. (9) experimental work the exp eriment have been carried out in baghdad (al-jadiriy a) in 2006 and all materials were prepared locally as shown below. -adsorbate the solution of chromium was p repared by dissolving of (70.7) mg of pot assium dichromate k2cr2o7 in 500 ml dist illed water as shown in st andard method 1995, at p h=5 by adding drop s of hcl (n 0.1) with stirring and measuring by p h meter. (2). -adsorbent ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 reed was collected from (al-jadiriy a) location when it is grown naturally in tigris river inside baghd ad . p arts of this p lant were cut into small p arts (2 – 5mm) and washed by distilled water many times then dried by oven at 100 c 0 for 4hr. equi librium uptake experime nt: the equilibrium exp eriment was carried out by using reed as adsorbent with mass (0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4) gm in five flask filled with 100 ml of the cr st ock solution with initial concentration 60 mg/l. the exp eriment was carried out by using shaker for mixing adsorbent with adsorbate at sp eed 300 rp m contact time 4hr, temp . at 25c o and fixed concentration 60 mg/l, p h=5 of st ock and varied mass of adsorbent (reed). aft er the time of shaking the samples were filtrated and the concentration of chromium was analyzed by flam atomic absorp tion . re sult and discussion fig(1) shows that increasing of the p ercentage adsorbed cr with increasing of adsorbent mass was due to increasing in the surface area at number of sites. equilibrium isotherm fig(2) shows t hat t he ty p e of curve is favorable (4) due to its non linear relation. equilibrium isotherm fits with langmuir and freundlich model fig (3) & (4) because the (r 2 =0.93, 0.97 ) resp ectively and (1/b) constant is (1.85) when 1/b must be more than (1). (9) both of theoretical and emp irical equilibrium isotherm are accep table as shown in the value of constant in table (1) . conclusion 1-removal of cr is increased with the increase of adsorbent mass. because of the increase of surface area (5% 50%) 2-equilibrium isotherm is fitt ed with langmuir and frendlich models. 3-possibility of making continuous exp eriment is fixed bed column but with low flow rate. 4-low up take (qe) which is because of the unknown surface area need. 5-low cost p rocess is comp ared with the costly p rocess by using commercial activated carbon. 6-this method is achieved widely by wet land st udies to decrease the p ollutant in surface water. nomuelctures a frendlich constant al langmuir constant b frendlich const ant -ce initial conc. of chromium (mg/l) kl langmuir constant -q e up take of sorbet chromium (mg/gm) re ferences 1.kortenkup, a; casadevall ,faux, s.p. (1996) archives and bio phy sics , 329 (2): 199-208 2.saifudin, m .and kumaran , p.( 2005)j. of biotechnology .8(1): 3.goel, p.k. (1997) "water p ollution" new-age publishers, new dlebi ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 4.johon,w.and barry ,t . critt enden(1998) "adsorp tion technology and design" butter wort h – heinemann , oxford, uk. 5.vega, j.l.and ay ala, j.(1995) 9 th international main water congress ,pero. 6. jamews, a. j., water and wast e water international, 1987, 2 (2): ap ril p p 31 – 35,university of piura,. piuro, peru, 9 th international mine water concerners pp. 603-609. 7 abia, a. a. and igwe, j.c.,african journal of biotechnology , june, 4 (6): 509 – 512, 2005. 8. poot s, v. j; m ckay , g. and haely , j.j., (1975) water research, 10:1061 – 1066 9.casey, t. j."unit of treatment p rocesses of wast e water" wiley serieo, new york, industrial conferences on water and environ, 1992. table(1) constant value of langmuir and frendli ch models fig. (1) percent of cr removal at adsorbents mass lan langmuir isotherm curve 1 al= 27.474 mg / l / k l = 0.434 gm/ mg r 2 = 0.9328 lan frendlich isotherm curve ( -a = 1.185 mg/gm ( b =0.5398 (1/b = 1.85) r r 2 = 0.9767 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 1 2 3 4 5 mass of adsorbent (gm) % o f c r r e m o v a l ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig.(2) equi librium isotherm curve fig. (3) langmui r model of e quilibrium isotherm 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 10 20 30 40 50 60 concentraion of cr at equilibrium(mg/l) ce a d s o rb e d c r p e r m a s s o f re e d (m g /g m )q e ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig.(4) frendlich model of equilibrium isothe rm y = 0.5388x + 0.1693 r 2 = 0.9767 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 ln ce l n q e 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لتراكیز .hordeum vulgare lالشعیر اتفي تحمل نباتتأثیر الكالسیوم متزایدة من ملح كلورید الصودیوم فاضل علیوي عطیة الربیعي معهد اعداد المعلمین ، وزارة التربیة الخالصة ي العائد لكلیة التربیة هذه الدراسة أجریت 20022001جامعة بغداد لموسم النمو ) ابن الهیثم ( في البیت الزجاج إنباتتم .لتأثیر الملوحة والملوحة مع الكالسیوم في وسط النمو. .hordeum vulgare lلتقویم استجابة نبات الشعیر 150(الصودیوم دـكلوری تراكیز مختلفة من وهوكلند یحتويالمحلول الغذائي ارنون باستعمال األطباقالبذور في اإلنباتعلى أیام 7بعد مضي . ملي مولر كبریتات الكالسیوم 5 إلیهامضافة نفسها و التراكیز) ملي مولر 100,50,0, ة أخذت أسابیع ةأربعمدة وبعد . في البیت الزجاجي الموجودة المزرعة المائیة إلىنقلت البادرات العینات النباتیة لدراس . بعض الصفات ومعدل نمو النباتات ومحتواها من البروتین وثباتیة لإلنباتخفض النسبة المئویة إلىالملوحة أدت أنالنتائج أظهرت .لنمو الملحيالكالسیوم في وسط ا إضافةالسلبیة للملوحة بصورة معنویة عند التأثیراتالغشاء البالزمي وقد اختزلت تلك .الكالسیوم في تحمل نباتات المحاصیل للشد الملحي أهمیةالنتائج أكدت المقدمة ، وتسبب الملوحة انخفاضا في معدل ) 1( المالحة في العراق بشكل واسع والسیما وسطه وجنوبه األراضيتنتشر أولنبات من ا water deficitالماء امتصاص عن نقص أماوهذا ینتج ) 4,3,2( وٕانتاجیتهانمو نباتات المحاصیل ionic toxicityالسمي لالیونات الملحیة التأثیر ionic imbاضطراب التوازن االیوني أو alance في خالیا النبات ) ملوحة من األسالیبعدد من وقد استعملت) 5,3 غسلمن خالل وضع نظام األراضياستصالح أهمهالمعالجة مشكلة ال ملوحةلجید عملیة الغسل مكلفة فضال أن إلىبعض الدراسات أشارتكما . یساعد على تحسین الخواص التركیبیة للتربة ل من المتبعة لمعالجة مشكلة الملوحة هي التعایش مع الملوحة األخرىومن الوسائل ) . 6(عن احتمالیة تملح التربة ثانیا زیادة تحمل إلىالكالسیوم في الوسط الزرعي یؤدي أمالح استعمال نا إلىعدد من الباحثین أشار، فقد قبل النبات كلورید ( األمالحبعض الدراسات الى ان المعاملة المسبقة للبذور بمحالیل بعض أشارتكما ) . 9,8,7(النباتات للملوحة د اذ ،)11,10( یؤدي الى زیادة تحمل بعض النباتات للملوحة ) هیدروكسید الكالسیوم أو یختزل امتصاص الصودیوم ویزدا ( الكالسیوم إضافةكما یتحسن نمو النبات عند ) . 9,8,7( البوتاسیوم مثل لنمو النباتات األساسیةامتصاص العناصر ) . 14,13( عدد من الباحثین الى دور الكالسیوم في المحافظة على نفاذیة الغشاء البالزمي أشاراذ ) 13,12,9,8 فقد استهدف البحث الحالي أخرىالملحیة من جهة األراضيعیر في االقتصاد العراقي من جهة وتزاید محصول الش وألهمیة ملي مولر في بعض المثبتات 5 كبریتات الكالسیوم بالتركیز تأثیردراسة 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة كلورید الصودیوم بعد مرور المظهریة والفسلجیة ت أسابیع ةعبار لنبات الشعیر النامي في تراكیز متزایدة من من نقل البادرا . الى وحدة المزرعة المائیة المواد وطرائق العمل california mصنف .hordeum vulgare lفي الدراسة بذور الشعیر استعملت arriout . عقمت البذور ثم غسلت عدة مرات ونشفت بقطعة قماش ) . 15( دقائق ) 3-5(مدة تتراوح بین %5س التجاري تركیزبمحلول كلورك سم تحتوي على ورقتي ترشیح معقمة ومرطبة بمحالیل 9قطرها )طبق 24( معقمة أطباقثم زرعت البذور في . جافة ملي 150,100,50,0(تراكیز متزایدة لكلورید الصودیوم یحتوي 10\1التجربة وهي المحلول المغذي الرنون وهوكلند قوة ملي مولر كبریتات 5 إلیهامضاف نفسها بذرة لكل مكررة والتراكیز 30وبثالثة مكررات لكل تركیز ملحي وبمعدل) مولر deionizedوقد خففت بالماء المقطر غیر االیوني 1\5مكونات المحلول المغذي بقوة ) 1(الجدول یوضح و الكالسیوم water الحامضیة للمحلول المغذي باستعمالوقد عدلت الدالة 10\1للحصول على المحلول المغذي بقوة 1:1 بنسبة ووضعت في حاضنة نمو بدرجة األطباقوغطیت 7 -6.8بحیث كانت تتراوح بین naohهیدروكسید الصودیوم لموسم ( نقلت الى المزرعة المائیة في البیت الزجاجيل قد اكتم اإلنباتكان أیام 7-6مضي بعد. م 20 ± 2 حرارة وقد استخدم التصمیم العشوائي ) .16(وذلك بوضع ثالث بادرات في كل ثقب من غطاء الحاویة ) 2002 – 2001النمو completelyالكامل randomized design ث تراكیز ةأربع باستعماللتنفیذ التجارب ملحیة من كلورید الصودیوم وبثال أخذت على نمو النباتات في وحدة المزرعة المائیة أسابیع ةربعمرور اوبعد . حاویة 24مكررات ، وتضمنت التجربة د باستخدام الذي حسب القیاسات المطلوبة وهي معدل طول المجموع الجذري والخضري ووزنهما الجاف المیزان الحساس بع كما تم تقدیر المحتوى . ساعة تقریبا 72مدة م و 60بدرجة حرارة ) oven( الجذري والخضري في فرن تجفیف المجموع 18,14وثباتیة الغشاء البالزمي لخالیا نسیج الورقة استنادا الى 17البروتیني في المجموع الجذري والخضري استنادا الى تحلیل التباین باستخدام 0.05احتمالیةبین المعامالت عند l.s.dاقل فرق معنوي إلیجاد إحصائیاحللت النتائج . one way األحادي analysis of variance )19 ( . النتائج والمناقشة ملوحة مع الكالسیوم في النسبة المئویة ) 2(یوضح الجدول أیام ةالبذور بعد مرور سبع إلنباتتأثیر الملوحة وال البذور إلنباتازدادت النسبة المئویة اإلنباتعلى الزراعة ، فباستعمال كبریتات الكالسیوم مع كلورید الصودیوم في وسط من نقل البادرات الى أسابیع ةأربعوبعد مرور . بصورة معنویة في جمیع مستویات الملوحة بالمقارنة مع معاملة الملوحة الى ازدیاد معدل طول المجموع الجذري أدىكبریتات الكالسیوم قد إضافةان ) 3(دول یالحظ من الجوحدة المزرعة المائیة نتائج مماثلة تم الحصول علیها في . والمجموع الخضري للنباتات بصورة معنویة بالمقارنة مع معدلیهما في معاملة الملوحة ة تأثیران ) 5(ویوضح الجدول . ) 4(حالة الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري والخضري وكما هو واضح في الجدول الملوح من نقل البادرات الى وحدة أسابیع ةأربعواضحا في محتوى البروتین للمجموع الجذري والخضري للنباتات بعد مرور أصبح ة أدىكبریتات الكالسیوم في وسط النمو قد وعند استعمال .المزرعة المائیة الى ازدیاد المحتوى البروتیني بصورة معنوی integrityان تكامل ) 6( كما یالحظ من الجدول . المقارنة مع معاملة الملوحة ب بوجود سلبا تأثرالغشاء البالزمي قد كلورید الصودیوم ، فقد حصل تسرب للمواد االلكترولیتیة من 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ملي مولر حصل انخفاض 5وعند استخدام كبریتات الكالسیوم بالتركیز. الورقیة للشعیر بتأثیر كلورید الصودیوم األقراص . في النسبة المئویة لتسرب المواد في جمیع مستویات الملوحة بالمقارنة مع تلك لمعامالت الملوحة فقط الى أدىفي وسط النمو قد ) ملي مولر 5(بریتات الكالسیوم ك ان استعمال أعالهیبدو واضحا من النتائج المذكورة ملوحة في ة التأثیراتالى خفض أدىكما . ونمو النباتات ومحتواها من البروتین إنباتاختزال التأثیرات السلبیة لل السلبی الملحي لإلجهادنباتات ایون الكالسیوم في تحمل ال أهمیةویمكن ان یعزى ذلك الى . للملوحة في تكامل الغشاء البالزمي amy , أنزیم:مثل الخاصة باالیض الخلوي األنزیماتودوره في تنشیط عدد من lase p hosp hary lase, nitrate reductase , adeny late cyclase بوصفه الرسول الثاني second messenger 21,20(في الخلیة النباتیة . ( لكالسیوم في الحد من امتصاص الصودیوم ، فبوجوده یختزل امتصاص الصودیوم ا أهمیةبعض الدراسات الى أشارتوقد ط ) 13,12(البوتاسیوم لنمو النبات مثل األساسیةویزداد امتصاص العناصر ، كما ان ایون الكالسیوم یعمل على رب ، فیقلل من ) 22(الرؤوس القطبیة للدهون الفوسفاتیة مع بعضها ومع البروتینات وبذلك یزداد تماسك الغشاء وتقل نفاذیته ملوحة فتتحسن الحالة الغذائیة للنبات ویزداد نموه اآلثار . السلبیة لل اما ازدیاد المحتوى ) . 24,23,21,10,8(ة ـات مختلفـنبات ثین باستعمالبعض الباح نتائج مماثلة وجدت من ط الغذائي فیعزى الى باستعمالالبروتیني للمجموع الجذري والخضري ة أهمیةایون الكالسیوم في الوس ایون الكالسیوم لعملی لعناصر الضروریة لبناء البروتین اد امتصاص افیزد لألغشیةدورا مهما في تنظیم النفاذیة االنتقائیة اذ یؤدي البناء البروتیني ر متصاص االیونات المسببة للملوحة مثل والكبریت وینخفض ا ،والفسفور ،النتروجینمثل الصودیوم والكلورید ، كما انه یؤث ) . 25(وتكوین البروتین في النبات nitrate reductaseاختزال النترات أنزیمفي نشاط صیاتاالستنتاجات والتو :تم الحصول على االستنتاجات االتیة نتائج البحثخالل من والــوزن الجـذري والخضـري وطــول المجمـوع اإلنبـاتكنسـبة ( ان التـأثیرات السـلبیة للملوحـة فـي معــدالت النمـو للنباتـات . 1 . اإلنباتوسط في الكالسیوم قد اختزلت كثیرا عند استعمال )الجاف لكلیهما الكالسـیوم وذلـك باسـتعمال البالزمـي المحتوى البروتیني وتكامـل الغشـاءان ازدیاد تحمل النباتات للملوحة قد ظهر بزیادة . 2 . الخلویة وتنظیم النفاذیة االنتقائیة األغشیةتكامل في" مهما" حي ، فالكالسیوم یؤدي دورافي الوسط المل :ي أتوبناء على ماتقدم نوصي بمای التربة بوصفها الوسط الطبیعي لنمو النبات مع هذا البحث باستعمال نتائج تطبیق. أ . متابعة نمو النباتات حتى مرحلة االنتاجیة . السلبیة للملوحة التأثیراتللكالسیوم للتقلیل من "امصدر استعمال مادة الجبس . ب المصادر النظریة والتطبیقیة ، األسس –ملوحة التربة ) . 1989(الزبیدي ، احمد حیدر . 1 .دار الحكمة –جامعة بغداد 2.katerj, i.n. ;van hoorn,j.w.; hamdy,a.and m astrorilli,m .( 1998). agric.wat. m ana. 38 : 59-68. 3.khan,m .a. ;ungar,i.a.and showalter,a.m .( 1999).j.plant.nut r. ,22 (1): 191-204. 4.khan,m .a. ;ungar,1.a.and showalter,a.m .(2000).the effects of salinity on the growt h, water st atus, and ion content of a leaf succulent p erennial halop hy te, suaedafruticosa (l.) forssk, j. arid envi., 45: 73-84. 5.katernbe,w.j.ungar,1.a.and m itchell,j.p.(1998). ann. bot.,82: 167-175. 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 6.abdul – halim . (1986 ) . reclamation and revegetation research . 5,73-82 . 7 .alberico, g.j.; cramer, g.r. (1993 ) . j. plant nut rition 6(11): 2289-2303 . 8 .a1-rahmani,h.f.k. ;a1-hadithi,t.r.and a1delemee,h.n .(2001).j.diala,10:27-40 . 9.huang,j.and redmann,r.e.(1995).j.plant nut rition.,18(7)13711389 . تأثیر نقع البذور بمحالیل امالح الكالسیوم ) . 2002(الربیعي ،فاضل علیوي عطیة . 10 رسالة. للملوحة . hordeum vulgare lفي تحمل نبات الشعیر .، جامعة بغداد ) ابن الهیثم ( كلیة التربیة . ماجستیر 11 .bharati,p.and vaidehi,m . p.( 1989).food and nutrition bulletin، 11 (2) . 12.lahaya ، p.a. and ep st ein,e . (1971 ). phy siol. plant, 25:213-218. 13.nakamura ، y. ;tanaka ، k. ; oht a, e. and sakata ، m . (1990) .plant cell phy siol. ,31 ( 6) :815-821. 14.ehret,d.l.redmann,r. e. ;harvev,b.l.and cipy wny k,a.(1990). plant and soil,28: 143151. 15 . ghorashy ,s. r.; sionity ,n.and kheradnam, m .( 1972). agern,j.64: 256-257. 16 . a1-rahmani,h.f.k.;ai-m ashhadani,s.m .and a1-delemee,h.n. (1997).m u tah j. for research and st udies,12(1):299 325 17.lowry ,o.h.; rosebrough,n.j. ;farr,a.l.and raiidall,r.j.( 1951 ). j. biol. chem., 193: 295-297 . 18.blum. a.and eteron,a.( 1981 ).crop sci.,2:43-47 .البلقاء التطبیقیة ، جامعة التكنولوجیة، كلیة عمان للهندسة اإلحصاء) . 2007(سمور ، خالد قاسم .19 20 .guern. j. (1987).j.ann.bot ., 6(4):80-84 . 21.takahashi,k. ;isobe,m .; knight,m .r. ;trewaras,a.j.and m uto, s. (1997). culture cells plant phy siol., 113:587-594. 22.leop old ، a.c. and villing ، r.p. ( 1984 ) . evidence for toxicity effects of salt on membrans . in: salinity tolerance in p lant st rategies for crop imp rovement. richarde, s. and gary ، h. (eds.) t oenniessen ، new york, 67-75. 23.hansen ,f.h.and m unns,d.n.(1988 ).. plant and soil, 107:95-99 . 24.qadar,a.;joshi,y. c.;bal,a.r. and rana, r.s.(1980). curr. agric., 4(1-2) : 83-86. العراق –الموصل . جامعة الموصل عالقة التربة بالماء والنبات ، مطبعة) . 1990(النعیمي ، سعداهللا نجم عبداهللا . 25 . . 1/5 بقوةمكونات المحلول المغذي الرنون وهوكلند ) 1( جدول ة للعناصر المغذیة " المستعملة مصدرا األمالح ز الصیغة التركیبی التركی a .ملي مولر امالح العناصر الكبرى )mm ( potassium nitrate kno3 2.0نترات البوتاسیوم . 1 magnesium sكبریتات المغنسیوم . 2 ulphate mgso4.7h2o 0.4 ammonium فوسـفات االمونیـوم ثنائیـة الهیـدروجین.3 dihydrogen phosphate nh4h2po4 0.4 calcium nitrate ca(no3)2 0.6نترات الكالسیوم . 4 b . جزء بالملیون الصغرىامالح العناصر )ppm( ferric citrate c6h5feo7.h2o 2.5سترات الحدید .1 ammonium molbydate (nh4)6mo7o24.h2o 0.004مولبیدات االمونیوم .2 copper sulphate cusكبریتات النحاس .3 o4.5h2o 0.004 رصین . 4 zink sulphate znso4.7h2o 0.01كبریتات الخا boric acid h3bo3 0.1حامض البوریك . 5 ز. 6 manganes sulphate mnso4 0.1كبریتات المنغنی 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة بعد مرور األطباقالنامیة في تأثیر الملوحة والملوحة مع الكالسیوم في النسبة المئویة ألنبات البذور) 2(جدول اإلنباتمن أیام ةسبع nacl ( mm ) 0 50 100 150 34.9 59.6 73.9 95.7 ملوحة كالسیوم+ ملوحة )5mm ( 97.9 93.6 81.5 73.2 l. s. d 3.1 1.8 3.2 1.4 )نبات / سم ( للنباتات تأثیر الملوحة والملوحة مع الكالسیوم في طول المجموع الجذري والخضري ) 3( جدول . من نقل البادرات الى وحدة المزرعة المائیة أسابیع ةأربعبعد مرور المجموع الخضريطول المجموع الجذري طول nacl ( mm ) nacl ( mm ) 0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150 7.9 13.0 19.4 19.8 5.8 8.1 17.6 18.7 ملوحة كالسیوم+ ملوحة (5mm ) 19.3 19.1 12.4 10.8 20.7 20.2 17.6 15. 8 l.s.d 0.8 0.9 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.3 بعد ) نبات / غم ( تأثیر الملوحة والملوحة مع الكالسیوم في الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري والخضري ) 4( جدول . من نقل البادرات الى وحدة المزرعة المائیة أسابیع ةأربعمرور المجموع الجذري المجموع الخضري nacl ( mm ) nacl ( mm ) 0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150 0.013 0.031 0.050 0.052 0.008 0.013 0.030 0.034 ملوحة كالسیوم+ ملوحة (5mm ) 0.042 0.041 0.033 0.023 0.063 0.062 0.058 0.039 l.s.d 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.001 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة غم وزن /ملغم ( البروتین في المجموع الجذري والخضري نسبةتأثیر الملوحة والملوحة مع الكالسیوم في ) 5( جدول . من نقل البادرات الى وحدة المزرعة المائیة أسابیع ةبعد مرور اربع) جاف المجموع الجذري المجموع الخضري nacl ( mm ) nacl ( mm ) 0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150 2.27 4.26 5.69 5.99 0.06 2.21 2.64 1.01 ملوحة كالسیوم+ ملوحة (5mm ) 3.94 4.08 3.28 2.37 6.67 7.10 5.19 4.13 l.s.d 1.48 0.36 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.05 0.10 0.01 الورقیة للشعیر النامي األقراصتأثیر الملوحة والملوحة مع الكالسیوم في النسبة المئویة لتسرب المواد من ) 6(جدول اإلنباتعلى أیام ةبعد مرور سبع األطباقفي nacl ( mm ) 0 50 100 150 85.3 71.2 47.8 24.5 ملوحة كالسیوم+ ملوحة )5mm ( 24.6 31.0 49.3 70.1 l. s. d 0.2 0.8 0.8 0.3 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 effect of calcium on barley tolerance to increased concentration of nacl f.a. a.alru baiee teacher training institute , ministry of education abstract this st udy was conducted to the college of education ( ibn alhaitham ) – university of baghdad ( 2001 – 2002 ) to evaluate the barley ( hordeum vulgare l. ) resp onse to effect of salinity and salinity with calcium in the growt h medium . seed germination was carried out in p etridishs by using the nutrient solution of arnon and hoagland containing different concentrations of nacl ( 0,50,100 and 150 mm ) and these concentrations with 5mm calcium sulfate . plant growt h was continued in hydrop onic culture in green house for 4 weeks . results showed that salinity caused a decrease in the p ercentage of germination, p lant growt h , p rotein content and stability of the p lasma membrane significantly reduced by addin g calciu m in the growt h medium . results sup p orted the imp ortance of calcium in tolerance of crop e plants t o saline stress microsoft word 69-78 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 69 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31المجلد ( مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 calculation of stopping power and range of nitrogen ions with the skin tissue in the energies of (1-1000) mev saad nafea yaqoob directorate of education of the first rusafa. ministry of education. saadalzaide69@gmail.com bashair mohammed saied dept. of physics/college of education (ibn alhaitham) for pure sciences/university of baghdad. received in:6/may/2018, accepted in:27/june/2018 abstract the use of heavy ions in the treatment of cancer tumors allows for accurate radiation of the tumor with minimal collateral damage that may affect the healthy tissue surrounding the infected tissue. for this purpose, the stopping power and the range to which these particles achieved of nitrogen (n) in the skin tissue were calculated by programs srim (the stopping and range of ions in matter),(srim dictionary) [1],(casp)(convolution approximation for swift particles  )[2]which are famous programs to calculate stopping power of material and bethe formula , in the energy range (1 1000) mev .then the semi empirical formulas to calculate the stopping power and range of nitrogen ions in the skin tissue were founded from fitting for average the values which calculated by using these programs using (matlab2016) program,the maximum value of energy for nitrogen ions can lose along its path in skin tissue is founded and the range correspond to this value, the maximum range for nitrogen ions can be reached in the skin tissue is founded too .the importance of the research is to know the data of thes particles and their use in treatment without causing a bad effect on the patient. keywords:  stopping power, range, nitrogen ions, skin tissue.    https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 70 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction of the important quantities that must be known when studying the particles therapy field or interaction of heavy particles with matter is the stopping power and range.the stopping power is the ability of the medium to stop the particles which penetrate it,the mass stopping power of a material is obtained by dividing the stopping power by the density (ρ). unit for mass stopping power is mev.cm g 3,4 , the range of the particle is the average distance travelled before the particle loses all its original kinetic energy [5],which computed by numerical integration of the stopping power.these quantities are studied to determine the energy needed for the particle to penetrate a specific dimension in the tissue,the energy range (1-1000)mev has been chosen because in low energies heavy ions cannot penetrate the materials as the light particles. the interaction of charged particles with materials enters a number of medical fields and nuclear interactions; generally, the interaction of heavy charged particles such as nitrogen (n) is different from that of other particles such as protons and alpha particles, which makes it more positive in the treatment of cancer diseases because of the ionic density in the latter orbit, making the damage in the rna molecule in one cell more effective and this increases the biological efficiency of the dose factor (1.5-3) compared with the use of protons [6]. the aim of this work is to study appropriate database can be chosen by selecting the appropriate energy of nitrogen ions to irradiate the infected skin tissue and prevent the passage of these particles into adjacent non-infected tissues, which may cause adverse medical effects on the patient, tables (1) & (2) show some properties of both nitrogen ion and skin tissue respectively [18,19]. table (1): properties of nitrogenion name of element sym bol number of protons number of neutrons number of electrons atomic weight (amu) electrons configuration valenc y atomic density atoms/cm3 x1022 nitrogen n 7 7 7 14.0067 4 [he]2s22p3 3 4.4111 table (2): properties of skin tissue human tissue density g/cm3 composition (element: fraction) by weight c cl h k n na o p s skin 1.09 0.204 0.003 0.100 0.001 0.042 0.002 0.645 0.001 0.002 thus, the range and stopping power of the skin tissue for nitrogen ions will be studied using several programs which are casp, srim and srim dictionary and bethe formula, also we calculate the range of this particle.previous research in this area has been carried out on this ion and carbon such as shown in references [7,8].in the present work we compared some famous and available theoretical (casp 5.2)[13] and semi-empirical (srim 2008)is a software package concerning the stopping and range of ions in matter. since its introduction in 1985, major upgrades are made about every six years. currently, more than 700 scientific citations are made to srim every year [14 & 15], procedures of stopping power calculation has been checked using statistical analysis of deficits between computed and experimental data of (skin tissue) for (nitrogen) ions in energy range of (1-1000) mev. the range formulas were obtained by directly integrating the reciprocal of stopping power for (nitrogen) ions and the values of the range for the (skin tissue) are calculated and compared with (srim). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 71 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 theory stopping power the bethe -bloch formula is used to calculate the stopping power of heavy charged particles derived using relative quantitative e mechanics given by the relationship [9,10]: ])1ln( 2 [ln 4 2 2 2 22 0 2 0 42 0 2 cci m m eknz dx de     --------(1) where (de/dx): stopping power z: charge of the incident particle n: number of electrons per unit volume. m0: rest mass of electron. ѵ: velocity of incident particle. e: electron charge. k0: 1/4 лє 0 i: mean excitation or the ionization energy of the medium. this equation shows dependence of (de/dx) on the velocity of interact particle but (ln ) almost does not give any little change in (v) .many researchers have reported different tables and relationships for stopping power. for mixture or compound the stopping power can be calculated from the following relation [11]: iii dx de w dx de )( --------(2) where 𝑊 :wight fraction of i the element, (de/dx):stopping power range of nitrogen ions because the stopping power depends on the energy of particle, thenit is possible to calculate the path of the particle which corresponds to the lower particle energy from the initial value𝐸 to some smaller value𝐸 . based on the definition of the stopping power, that path is equal to the integral [12]       0 10 0 1 )( 11 0 0 t tt t t r tr dx de de dx de de dx de de dxr --------(3) where dx: path length variable of integration. (de/dx): stopping power. t0: the initial kinetic energy of the charge particles. t1: some limit of energy below the calculation cannot be performed. results and discussion in the present work the calculations of the mass stopping power and range of nitrogen ions in the elements of skin tissue (c=20.4%,cl=0.3%,h=10%, k=0.1%,n=4.2%,na=0.2%,o=64.5% ,p= 0.1%ands=0.2%) [14] in energy range (11000)mev have been done using the (srim 2008), (casp 5.2) and (srim dictionary for i m 202  https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 72 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 compound) programs. the results tabulated in table (3) and plotted in figures (1, 2, 3 ) show these measurements. 1-using matlab 2016 we obtained the following semi-empirical formula for mass stopping power for nitrogen ions by calculation of the weighted average for mass stopping power. 32 2 1 3 65 2 4 3 3 4 2 5 1 qeqeqe pepepepep .)s.p.in(p.w    pe we get the equation constants which are as follows: p1 = 0.001452 , p2 = -2.065 , p3 = 902.8 , p4 = 2.727e+05 , p5 = 2.761e+05 p6 = -3.569e+04 , q1 = 14.56 , q2 = 23.18, q3 = -45.88 r-square: 0.9994 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 73 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 table (3): mass stopping power for nitrogen ions interacts with the skin tissue by using (four methods) mass stopping power (mev.cm2/gm) for (nitrogen) in skintissue energy of ion (mev) present work bethe formula casp srim dic. srim s.p.(p.w) average 5348.636351 5498.342706 --4762.8523485902.3 5829.87577 1 6664.196082 6634.273718 --5263.0765747353.66 7286.08458 1.5 7645.374797 7549.93627 --5763.3008018474.3 8412.20801 2 8361.436688 8268.893359 --6263.5250279300.42 9242.73505 2.5 8885.628442 8825.101834 --6763.7492539882.93 9828.62625 3 9267.338962 9256.841003 --7263.97347910279.86 10226.68953 3.5 9541.483557 9600.707628 --7764.19770510546.72 10491.20518 4 9733.364575 9879.342044 --8264.42193210714.22 10659.3842 4.5 9861.675633 10111.70696 --8764.64615810812.17 10758.30473 5 9940.45256 10123.01719 --8699.56809610860.46 10809.02347 5.5 9980.380449 10108.24712 --8634.49003410869.01 10821.24134 6 9989.691218 10076.91082 --8569.41197210857.77 10803.55049 6.5 9974.793011 10028.35965 --8504.33391 10816.68 10764.06504 7 9891.456953 9897.476491 --8374.17778610684.89 10633.36169 8 9759.445934 9737.666082 --8244.02166210513.47 10455.50658 9 9597.41597 9555.034872 --8113.86553810302.31 10248.92908 10 8647.4009098550.374333 ---7415.1862999141.6839094.253699 15 7753.203714 7619.180609 --6716.50706 8090.766 8050.268767 20 7000.109233 6927.222881 --6359.1745517228.57 7193.924093 25 6376.125145 6404.210358 --6001.8420426619.748 6591.041032 30 5856.608617 5950.732872 --5644.5095326115.147 6092.542085 35 5419.554539 5637.212168 6044.4372365287.1770235618.688 5598.546414 40 4727.6602044840.997116 5082.0387594572.5120054862.0294847.408699 50 4205.5379454298.381142 4403.9414264181.1897294309.5774298.816412 60 3797.328098 3861.807817 3898.0230943789.8674533883.248 3876.092723 70 3468.849045 3496.151626 3504.7910093398.5451773542.996 3538.274317 80 3198.223214 3211.266294 3189.5907863134.4115633261.797 3259.265825 90 2970.866049 2962.604411 2930.7986472870.2779493025.636 3023.705049 100 2214.256719 2163.353299 2111.3471122099.1421982221.138 2221.785886 150 1774.286927 1706.189704 1670.3930151664.9353261744.8786 1744.551875 200 1477.109751 1420.887228 1392.2212881433.4112511429.7185 1428.197874 250 1258.509254 1206.408714 1199.6532921201.8871761213.6094 1210.48499 300 1089.288779 1064.475676 1057.9220511077.2542821062.53 1060.196372 350 954.2707945 954.8027113 948.963801 952.6213887959.7696 957.8560555 400 844.7863435 872.8300878 862.4258826874.2780738877.922 876.6943946 450 755.5246614 799.3505753 791.9324599795.9347588805.3835 804.1515824 500 683.0508682 741.0540129 733.3342081741.8201841745.0517 744.0099594 550 625.045018 689.7032241 683.8101478687.7056094694.1249 693.1722391 600 579.8837272 647.3790763 641.3730382648.0007671650.502 649.6404998 650 546.3970222 609.3535828 604.5811076608.2959249612.6823 611.8549986 700 511.2011931 547.838088 543.9010829547.2791275550.4499 549.7222417 800 514.7370867 499.2052336 495.8667158499.1535146501.2245 500.576204 900 554.1427266 459.6853769 456.8551042459.8376999461.3039 460.7448034 1000 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 74 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 2-the following semi-empirical equation were obtained from same program for range of nitrogen ions in skin tissue: cbaewprange .).( we get the equation constants which are as follows: a = 4.617e-06 ,b = 1.794 , c = 0.002386 r-square: 1 3-we note that the maximum value of mass stopping powers found in hydrogen element, because hydrogen was gas molecules in the traversing path of the heavy ions and hence the more probability of interaction and more energy loosed, this conclusion is identical to what is stated in the reference [15].  4from table(3)we found that the maximum value of energy the nitrogen ions can lose along its path in skin tissue are ( 9989.691218mev.cm2/g ) which correspond to the energy ( 6.5 mev) . figure (4), illustrates this. 5-we note that the range corresponds to energy which can lose along its path of nitrogen ions in skin tissue is (0.002518656cm) in energy (6.5 mev). figure (5), illustrates this. 6-from figures (4) note that the theoretical values are consistent with the present work values of the mass stopping power values for nitrogen ions in skin tissue indicating the validity of the present results. 7-from figures (5) note that the theoretical values correspond to the present work values of the range for nitrogen ions in skin tissue, this indicates the validity of the present results. 8figure (6) shows the of the bruuge peak the range to which the nitrogen ions loses most of its energy in skin tissue. 9nitrogen ions can penetrate skin tissue a distance (1.115039336 cm) in the energy (1000mev). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 75 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (1): mass stopping power for nitrogen in elements presented in skin using srim program figure (2): mass stopping power for nitrogen in elements presented in skin using casp program https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 76 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (3): mass stopping power for n with skin tissue using srim ,srim dictionary, casp programs, bethe formulae and average for these values figure (4): comparison mass stopping power for n with skin tissue calculated by p.w and average of four methods https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 77 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (5): comparison range for n with skin tissue calculated by semi-empirical p.w and range calculated theoretically. figure (6): the braggcurve(p.w.) for n in skin tissue conclusions the menders can be provided with a database of nitrogen ions to enable them to deal with these ions to treat tumors in the skin tissue,we conclude that the atoms most responsible for loss of energy in the skin tissue are hydrogen atoms,the maximum value of energy the nitrogen ions can lose along its path in skin tissue are ( 9989.691218mev.cm2/g ) which correspond to the energy ( 6.5mev) ,the range correspond to energy which can lose along its path of nitrogen ion in skin tissue is (0.002518656cm) in energy ( 6.5 mev).nitrogen ions can penetrate skin tissue a distance (1.115039336 cm) in the energy (1000mev),which allows the processor to take into account this energy and the corresponding range of the reach of this particle when used in treatment. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1945 physics | 78 2018) عام 2) العدد ( 31لمجلد (ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 references 1.ziegler ,j.f,srim(the stopping and range of ions in matter )<http:www.srim.org/>. 2. lgrand,p; schiwietz, g and gabreva, r (2004) advances in quantum chemistry..45,elsevier ,sandiego:7(casp) 3. andnet nigussie habt, (2011) "calculations of stopping power and rang of alpha particles of several energies in different materials", addis ababa, university. 4. park, seo hyun, and jin oh kang. (2011) "basics of particle therapy i: physics." radiation oncology journal 29, no. 3: 135. 5. krane, kenneth s and david halliday.( 1988) introductory nuclear physics. vol. 465. new york: wiley,. 6. stoffels, eva, yukinori sakiyama, and david b. graves. (2008)"cold atmospheric plasma: charged species and their interactions with cells and tissues." ieee transactions on plasma science36, 4: 1441-1457. 7. linstadt, david e; joseph r. castro and theodore, l. phillips. (1991) "neon ion radiotherapy: results of the phase i/ii clinical trial." international journal of radiation oncology• biology• physics 20.4 : 761-769 8. mizoe, jun-etsu, hirohiko tsujii, azusa hasegawa, tsuyoshi yanagi, ryo takagi, tadashi kamada, hiroshi tsuji, and kintomo takakura. (2007) "phase i/ii clinical trial of carbon ion radiotherapy for malignant gliomas: combined x-ray radiotherapy, chemotherapy, and carbon ion radiotherapy." international journal of radiation oncology• biology• physics69, no. 2: 390-396. 9. tsoulfanidis,( 2010) nicholas. measurement and detection of radiation. crc press. 10. groom, don. (1993) "energy loss in matter by heavy particles." particle data group notes, 93 (6) . 11. groom, don. (1993) "energy loss in matter by heavy particles." particle data group notes, 93 (6) . 12. andrius poškus, (2010) "energy loss of alpha particles in gases", vilnius university faculty of physics department of solid state electronics laboratory of applied nuclear physics. 13. lgrand .p. (2004)"advances in quantum chemistry," elsevier 45. 14. ziegler, j. f and manoyan, j. m (1988). "the stopping of ions in compounds." nuclear instruments and methods in physics research section b: beam interactions with materials and atoms 35, no. 3-4: 215-228. 15. sarsam, maher n; bashair mohammed saied, and osamah nawfal oudah. (2013) "stopping power for proton interacting with aluminum, beryllium and carbon using different formulas." journal of al-qadisiyah for pure science (quarterly). 18, 1: 1-10. 16. woodard, h. q and white ,d. r. (1986). "the composition of body tissues." the british journal of radiology 59, 708: 1209-1218 mathad,. 17. devendrappa, mahalesh, r; mathad, d. and basavaraja sannakki. (2015) "determination of energy loss, range and stopping power of light ions using silicon surface barrier detector." intl. j. sci. technol. manage 4: 1654-1659. 18. kim, young s (1974) "human tissues: chemical composition and photon dosimetry data." radiation research 57, 1: 38-45. 19. hubbell, j. h (1999)"review of photon interaction cross section data in the medical and biological context." physics in medicine and biology 44, 1: r1. علوم الحياة | 249 2016) عام 3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تأثير درجة الحرارة في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية لثالثة أنواع من الهائمات الحيوانية نبراس لفتة الدوري قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم)، جامعة بغداد 2016حزيران 5 , قبل في: 2016 نيسان 27:استلم في الخالصة تناولت الدراسة الحالية متابعة تأثير التغير في درجة حرارة الوسط المائي في سلوكية الهجرة و cyclops vernalisfisher, 1883العمودية لمجاميع مختلفة من الهائمات الحيوانية تمثلت باالنواع daphnia magna müller, 1757 وdiaptomus dilopatuswilson m.s. 1958 التي تمت تنميتها في ظروف مختبرية مسيطر عليها من حيث الضوء واالس الهيدروجيني وذلك باختيار درجات درجة مئوية وعلى الترتيب. أظهرت نتائج الدراسة تغيراً واضحاً في 32و 28و 24و 20و 16حرارة ائمات ، إذ كانت العالقة طردية بين درجة الحرارة وصعود سلوك الهجرة عند األنواع المختبرة من اله . d. dilopatusو c. vernalisفي عمود الماء، بينما كانت العالقة عكسية مع النوع d. magnaافراد كما بينت النتائج كذلك وجود تأثير متباين للمعاملة ومستويات مختلفة من درجة الحرارة في حدة الحركة ، إذ لوحظ اختزال في مدة السباحة و نشاط الحركة عند النزول الى اسفل الماء السباحة ونشاط كلما ارتفعت درجات الحرارة ، في حين كان سلوك افراد النوع c. vernalis و d.dilopatus الفراد d.magna .على النقيض معن ذلك وتميز بأقصى نشاط عند ارتفاع درجة الحرارة درجة الحرارة، الهجرة العمودية، الهائمات الحيوانية.الكلمات المفتاحية: علوم الحياة | 250 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 مقدمةال ] إذ 1هي سلوكية شائعة ومألوفة عند الهائمات الحيوانية [ vertical migrationالهجرة العمودية ترتفع إلى األعلى باتجاه سطح تتمثل هذه الهجرة في قضاء ساعات النهار في أعماق المسطحات المائية ثم ]. هذه الظاهرة البيئية تتأثر بعدة عوامل في محيطها البيئي، أذ أن 2الماء ولمدة ساعات قليلة خالل الليل [ األنماط المختلفة من الهجرة الموسمية تعتمد على أنظمة درجات الحرارة خالل السنة، ولكل نوع من ت عدة نظريات لشرح وتوضيح أهمية تكيف الهائمات على ]، وقد طرح3أنواع الهائمات الحيوانية [ ]أن هناك عدة عوامل فيزياوية وإحيائية تؤثر في بدء هذه hutchinson, g. e]4الهجرة، فقد أوضح الهجرة وكيفية السيطرة عليها أو توجيهها، أو قد تكون هذه الهجرة مبرراً لكل نوع من الهائمات الحيوانية ]. وبعض هذه النظريات أوضحت بأن هذه الهائمات تعمد إلى الهجرة 5ثي فيما بينها [لزيادة التبادل الورا ] إذ ترتبط الهجرة مع التغير في كثافة وظهور المفترسات ووفرة الغذاء في محيطها 6لتفادي المفترسات [ من األهمية ]، ولكن 8]، أو قد تكون من أجل إعادة تشكيل مجتمعات الهائمات السكانية لنفسها [7البيئي [ فإن هناك عوامل اخرى لها أهمية قصوى في الهجرة العمودية أال وهي التغير في شدة اإلضاءة ولحد كبير ].9التغير في درجة الحرارة [ لذا فقد هدفت الدراسة الحالية الى التعرف على تأثير درجة الحرارة في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية في ثالثة نية.أنواع من الهائمات الحيوا المواد وطرائق العمل من بحيرة جزيرة بغداد السياحية بوساطة شبكة zooplanktonجمعت عينات الهائمات القشرية مايكرومتراً. تم عزل وتصنيف ثالثة انواع في 55سعة فتحاتها zooplankton net الهائمات الحيوانية cyclops vernalis fisher, 1883] هذه األجناس هي 10المختبر اعتماداً على مفتاح التصنيف [ وألجل diaptomus dilopatus wilson m. s., 1985و daphnia magna müller, 1785و وغذيت على 500mlسعته bekerتهيئة وإعداد مزرعة نقية تم عزل كل نوع بـالغ في بيكر paramecium سة سلوكية الهجرة وخالصة نبات الجت والسـلق. ُصممت التجربة لدراmigration behavior فقد استعمل لهذا الغرض اسطوانة مدرجةcylinder 50طولها cm 7.5وقطرها cm و ولغرض التحكم cm 35وعرض cm 55وارتفاعه cm 60طوله aquariumوضعت في حوض ماء داخل حوض الماء إليصال حرارة electrical heaterفي درجات الحرارة وضع سخان كهربائي متساوية داخل االسطوانة أي من خالل جدرانها، ووضع محرار داخل كل من االسطوانة والحوض لمتابعة قراءة درجات الحرارة، تم وضع كل فرد بالغ من هذه األجناس في االسطوانة المملوءة بماء مكررات لكل جنس ولكل درجة حرارية 6ساعة للتخلص من الكلور، وبواقع 24الحنفية المتروك لمدة درجة مئوية. 32و 28و24و 20و 16ابتداًء من وتم مراقبة ومتابعة حركة هذه الحيوانات وما يطرأ عليها من تغيير بوساطة العين المجردة وباستعمال دقيقة، وعند كل درجة حرارية ولكل 60العدسة المكبرة االعتيادية وكانت مدة إجراء كل تجربة كررات وأجري التحليل اإلحصائي لكل النتائج.الم النتائج هناك تغير في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية للهائمات الحيوانية داخل عمود الماء عند أي تغيير في درجات الحرارة، ولمعرفة االستجابات المختلفة لسلوكية الهجرة عند التغير الحاد والمفاجئ أجريت هذه التجربة جنس ردود أفعال خاصة به، إذ دقيقة لكل فرد من األجناس الثالثة، فقد سجل كل 60داخل المختبر ولمدة علوم الحياة | 251 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ذات حركة بطيئة وقليلة وسجلت نزوالً سريعاً نحو األسفل إلى أن استقرت عند مستوى d. magnaكانت على العكس تماماً إذ كانت c. vernalis، في حين كان رد فعل c°16قريب من القاع في درجة حرارة اء وواصلت سباحتها نحو األعلى حتى استقرت هناك حركة كثيرة ومتذبذبة صعوداً ونزوالً في عمود الم في نقطة قريبة من سطح الماء وهي أعلى ارتفاع تسجله مقارنة مع درجات الحرارة االخرى في هذه استجابات مختلفة عن الجنسين السابقين إذ أنها كانت دائمة السباحة إلى d. dilopatusالتجربة، أظهر عند تعريضها المفاجئ لدرجات حرارية مختلفة إذ كان اختالف األسفل وفي نقطة قريبة من القاع دائماً استجاباتها في المدة المستغرقة في النزول إلى قاع عمود الماء، إذ سجلت أطول مدة زمنية بالمقارنة مع ).1دقيقة وكما هو واضح في الشكل ( 22درجات الحرارة االخرى المستخدمة في التجربة لتبلغ سجلت تغيراً طفيفاً باتجاه الصعود نحو سطح d. manga) أن 2المبينة في الشكل (يتضح من النتائج على نشاطها أظهرت انخفاضاً c. vernalis، وفي الوقت الذي حافظت c°20الماء عند درجة حرارة كانت لها سرعة واضحة في السباحة والنزول إلى d. dilopatusقليالً جداً ضمن عمود الماء، إال أن دقيقة فقط، ويؤشر عليها حركتها البطيئة والمحدودة أثناء حركتها األفقية. وتبين من 12خالل األسفل و رافقها زيادة ملحوظة وواضحة في حركة كل من c°24خالل المتابعة أن زيادة درجة الحرارة إلى وبشكل متذبذب صعوداً ونزوالً في عمود الماء، وسبب ارتفاعc. vernalisو d. mangaالجنسين .dأما الــ cm 22في عمود الماء لتستقر عند ارتفاع c. vernalisدرجات الحرارة إلى نزول واضح للـ magna 35استمرت في السباحة إلى األعلى لتستقر عند ارتفاع cm كان الرتفاع درجات الحرارة تأثير ، و لتقطع المسافة للوصول إلى قاع االسطوانةd. dilopatusفي اختزال المدة الزمنية وزيادة سرعة ).3بحوالي تسعة دقائق فقط، كما هو واضح في الشكل ( إذ استغرقت سبع دقائق للوصول إلى نقطة d. dilopatus) استمراراً لسرعة نزول 4أظهر الشكل ( قريبة جداً من قاع االسطوانة، ولوحظ عليها أنها كانت ذات نشاط محدود جداً في حركتها االفقية في عمود ضمن عمود الماء إذ سجلت نوعاً جديداً من d. magnaيمكن مالحظة الزيادة الواضحة في نشاط الماء، و الحركة الدائرية والتموجية االفقية عند االستقرار في كل نقطة، ولتصل إلى مستوى االرتفاع نفسه في وسريعاً إال أنها فقد سجلت هبوطاً واضحاً c. vernalisدرجة الحرارة السابقة ولكن بوقت أقصر، أما استعادت توازنها ولكن بدت أقل نشاطاً في حركتها االفقية وسجلت حركة متذبذبة وقليلة ولتستقر في منطقة قريبة من قعر االسطوانة. النشاط نفسه وذات الحركات الدائرية والتموجية األفقية عند درجة حرارة d. magnaبدا جلياُ أن للـ 32°c تفاع في عمود الماء بالمقارنة مع درجات الحرارة االخرى، وبالرغم من إال أنها سجلت أعلى ار كان لها ردود أفعال مشابهة لما كانت عليه في درجة الحرارة c. vernalisزيادة درجة الحرارة إال أن السابقة ولكنها استمرت في الهبوط حتى بلغت أوطأ مستوى لها في عمود الماء مقارنة مع درجات بقة.كانت قلة النشاط في عمود الماء وسرعة الهبوط نحو القعر متزامنة مع ارتفاع درجات الحرارة السا ).5وكما هو واضح في الشكل (d. dilopatusالحرارة لجنس سجلت عالقة طردية مع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة، فكلما d. magna) أن سلوكية الهجرة لــ 6يبين الشكل ( واضح في عمود الماء، وانخفاض ملحوظ في سباحتها باتجاه أسفل زادت درجة الحرارة كان لها ارتفاع .cعمود الماء عند انخفاض درجة الحرارة، وعلى نقيض ما ذكر كانت سلوكية الهجرة لــ vernalis عكسية مع درجة الحرارة، فعند ارتفاع درجة الحرارة كانت عند أوطأ نقطة لها في عمود الماء ).7ملحوظاً بالصعود باتجاه سطح الماء كما هو واضح في الشكل (وعند انخفاضها سجلت نشاطاً استجابات مختلفة تماماً عن سابقاتها إذ كانت سباحتها نحو األسفل d. dilopatus) أن لــ 8أظهر الشكل ( في درجات الحرارة كلها لكن التغير حدث في سرعة الهبوط إذ سجلت هبوطاً أسرع في درجة الحرارة في درجة الحارة المنخفضة.العالية منها علوم الحياة | 252 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 .dو بينها وبين d. dilopatusو c. vernalisوعند تحليل النتائج إحصائياً وجدت فروق معنوية بين magna وغير معنوية بينc. vernalis وd. magna 16عند درجات الحرارة°c 20و°c 24و°c و غير d. dilopatusو c. vernalisو بين d. magnaو c. vernalisو فروقات معنوية بين .c°32و c°28عند درجات الحرارة d. dilopatusو d. magnaمعنوية بين المناقشة أظهرت الدراسة الحالية أن هناك تأثيراً واضحاً لدرجات الحرارة في تغير سلوكية الهجرة للهائمات شكل الهجرة العمودية ضمن الحيوانية، مما يؤكد أن جميع الهائمات أظهرت بشكل عام اختالفاً واضحاً في ].11عمود الماء [ أظهرت ردود d. dilopatusو c. vernalisو d. magnaتبين أن األجناس الثالثة قيد الدراسة أفعال مختلفة عند تغير درجات الحرارة، مما يؤكد أن األجناس المختلفة تستجيب للتغيرات البيئية بصورة ].12على مدى تكيف األفراد وتحملها لهذه التغيرات [ مختلفة عن بعضها إذ تعتمد إلى حد ما كانت في أدنى مستوى لها في عمود الماء، وذات حركة بطيئة d. magnaنالحظ أن c°16ففي درجة ومنخفضة، ربما يعود ذلك إلى أنه عند انخفاض درجات الحرارة فإن ذلك يؤدي إلى زيادة في لزوجة فقد لوحظ عليه زيادة في c. vernalis]، أما 13هائمات الحيوانية [الماء مما يتسبب في اختزال حركة ال النشاط والحركة والسباحة ليصل إلى أعلى نقطة في عمود الماء، هذا يؤكد أن بعض الهائمات الحيوانية تظهر نشاطاَ مؤقتاً عند انخفاض درجة الحرارة، تستجيب هذه الحيوانات للبرودة بالسباحة إلى األعلى فقد كانت أقل نشاطاً واستغرقت وقتاً طويالً للنزول إلى أسفل، هذا يدل أنه d. dilopatusا ] وأم14[ ].15عندما تنخفض درجات الحرارة فإن الحيوانات ينخفض معدل نشاطها فتعاود السباحة إلى األسفل [ .dكانـت النتـائـج نفـســها تقريباً كـما وجــدت عليـه في درجــة الحـرارة الســابقة لـكـال الجـنـسيـن magna وc. vernalis 20بالرغم من حـصول زيادة في درجة الحرارة إلـى°c أما الــ ، d.dilopatus لقدرة و القابلية فكان رد الفعل واضحاً في سرعة السباحة إلى األسفل، مما قد يعني أن ا ) 3) وأظهر الشكل (2]، كما هو مبين في الشكل (16على الحركة تكون أكبر في المياه الدافئة نسبياً [ rudyukasنتائج واضحة وحركة ملحوظة في عمود الماء لألجناس الثالثة قيد الدراسة فقد أوضح ]. ويتضح 14ياد درجات الحرارة [اد معدل نشاطها وحركتها مع ازددأن الهائمات الحيوانية يز (1975) نوعاً جديداً من الحركة الدورانية التموجية األفقية سجلتd. magna) أن 4من النتائج المبينة في الشكل ( وربما يعود ذلك إلى أنه نشاط ضربات اللوامس تزداد سرعتها وقوتها مع ازدياد ملحوظ في درجات هبوطاً سريعاً وواضحاً، قد يكون فقد سجال d. dilopatusو c. vernalis] ، أما النوعين14الحرارة [ ذلك عائداً إلى أن أفراد الهائمات الحيوانية تغير من سلوكية الهجرة اعتماداً على كمية الطاقة المتراكمة ].17عند هذه األفراد [ ولتسجل أعلى ارتفاع في عمود الماء d. magna) هناك النشاط نفسه 5وكما هو واضح في الشكل ( إذ كلما زادت درجة الحرارة زادت من سرعة teroen (1982)وتتفق نتائج هذه الدراسة مع دراسة ]، كما وجـدت ردود األفـعـال نـفسها 15الهجرة وتـعزز من سـلوكية السـبـاحة باتجاه األعـلى [ في أدنى مستوى لهما في عمود الماء مما يحمل إال أنهما كانا d. dilopatusو c. vernalisللجـنسين إذ copepodaعلى االعتقاد بأن تغير درجة الحرارة له تأثير في سلوكية الهائمات ذوات الدم البارد مثل ]، ومن متابعة منحنيات 18عند ارتفاع درجات الحرارة المفاجئ فإنها تسبح متجهة إلى أسفل عمود الماء [ سجل عالقة طردية مع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة، كلما ارتفعت d. magnaحظ أن ) نال6الحركة في الشكل ( درجات الحرارة يزداد معدل النشاط ومعدل السباحة باتجاه األعلى إذ بدا جلياً أن هناك استجابات من قبل الهائمات الحيوانية حتى عندما يكون التغير في درجات الحرارة قليالً ليظهر في أشكال مختلفة، فهي القة خطية بين تغير درجة الحرارة و بين سلوكية رد الفعل و تكون ردود أفعال هذه الحيوانات واضحة ع علوم الحياة | 253 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تمثلت بوجود c. vernalis]، أما سلوكية الهجرة لــ 19وبشكل قوي عندما تكون المؤثرات قوية نسبياً [ درجات الحرارة شكل عالقة عكسية مع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة، فسجلت انخفاضاً في السباحة مع ارتفاع ) وهذا يدل على أن التغير الحاد والمفاجئ في درجات الحرارة يؤدي إلى استجابات مختلفة إما 7( بالسباحة إلى األعلى أو السباحة إلى األسفل من أجل أن تصل الى درجات الحرارة المفضلة لهذه ) فكان وصفاً لسلوكية الهجرة 8الشكل ( ]، أما18الحيوانات أو القريبة من درجة الحرارة المتأقلمة عليها [ d. dilopatus إذ أنها سجلت رد فعل بالسباحة نحو األسفل في عمود الماء مع درجات الحرارة كلهاولكن التغير حدث في سرعة هبوطها مع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة وقد يعود ذلك إلى أن هجرة الهائمات الحيوانية اع الهائمات تظهر تفضيالً لدرجات الحرارة المختلفة فبعضها تتأثر بتغير درجة الحرارة، فبعض أنو ].clanoida ]20يفضل درجة الحرارة المنخفضة مثل المصادر 1. hays, g. c. (2003). areview of the adaptive significance and ecosystem consequence of zooplankton diel vertical migration. hydrobilogia., 503: 163170. 2.lampart, w. (1989). the adaptive significance of diel vertical migration of zooplankton. funct. ecol., 3: 21-27. 3.drans, g.and fortier, l. (2004). temperature, food and the seasonal vertical migration of key oretic copepods in the thermally stratified amundsen gulf. t. plankton. res., 36(4): 1092-1108. 4.hutchinson, g. e. (1967). a treatise on limnology.2. wiley. newyork. puplish. 5.david, p. m. (1961). the influence of vertical migration on speciation in the oceanic palnkton. syct. zool., 10: 10-16. 6.thomas, m. zaret and j. samuel suffern. (1976). vertical migration in zooplankton as predator avoidance mechanism, 2(16): 214-221. 7. baumgartner, m. f.; lysiak, n. s. j.; schuman, c.; urban-rich,j. andwenzel f.w. (2011). diel vertical migration behavior of calanus finmarchicus and its influence on right and sei whale occurrence. mar. ecol. progr. ser., 423:167184. 8. wynne-edwards v. c. animal dispersion in relation to social behavior, hamfner. sinave associated, inc.pub. 9.ringelberg, t. and van gool, e. v. (2003). on the combined analysis of prorimale and ultimate aspects in diel vertical migration (dvm). res. hydrobiologia., 491: 85-90. 10.james, h. thorp and alan, p. covich. (2010). ecology and classification of north american freshwater invertebrate. 3rd. ed. elsevier, london: 1188. علوم الحياة | 254 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 11.bhat, n. a.;wanganeo, a.; bhat, p. a.and raina, r. (2013). diurnal variation of zooplankton in bhoj wetland, bhopal, india. proceeding of international academy of ecology and environmental sciences, 3(3): 238-246. 12.sverdrup, k. a.; duxbury, a. and c.; duxbury, a. b. (2005). an introduction to the world's ocean. 8th. ed. mc graw hill companies. 13. loiterton, b.; sundbum, m.andvrede, t. (2004). separating physical and physiological effects of temperature on zooplankton feeding rate. a quat. sci., 66: 123-129. 14.rudyekov, y. a. (1975). influence of temperature on the locomotor activity of plankton crustaceans. tr. inst. okeanol. akad. nauk sssr., 102: 280-287. 15.jeroen, g. (1982). behavioral response of daphnia to rate of temperature change:possible enhancement of vertical migration. limnol. and oceanogr., 27(2):254-261. 16. huber, a. m. r.; peeters, f. and lorkeb, a. (2011). active and passive vertical motion of zooplankton in a lake. limnol. oceanogr., 56(2): 695-706. 17.sekino, t. and yamamura, n. (1999). diel vertical migration optimum migrating schedule based on energy accumulation. evol. ecol., 13: 267-282. 18.barber, s. b. (1961). chemoreception and thermoreception physiology of crustacea academic., 2: 109-131. 19.gerritsen, j. (1978). inter-specific swimming pattern and predation of plankton copepods. int. ver. theor. angew. limnol. verh., 20: 2531-2536. 20.margogliese, d. j.and esgh, g. w. (1992). alternation of vertical distribution and migration of zooplankton in relation to temperature. am. midl. nat., 128: 139-155. علوم الحياة | 255 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية لالجناس الثالثة. c˚16تأثير درجة حرارة )1شكل ( في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية لالجناس الثالثة. c˚20تأثير درجة حرارة )2شكل ( علوم الحياة | 256 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية لالجناس الثالثة. c˚24تأثير درجة حرارة )3شكل ( في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية لالجناس الثالثة. c˚28تأثير درجة حرارة )4شكل ( علوم الحياة | 257 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 في سوكية الهجرة العمودية لالجناس الثالثة. c˚32تأثير درجة حرارة )5شكل ( .daphnia magnaتأثير درجات الحرارة في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية )6شكل ( علوم الحياة | 258 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 .cyclops vernalisتأثير درجات الحرارة في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية )7شكل ( .diaptomus dilopatusتأثير درجات الحرارة في سلوكية الهجرة العمودية )8شكل ( علوم الحياة | 259 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 the effect of temperature in vertical migration behavior of three species zooplankton nibrass lafta al-doori dept. of biology, college of education for pure sciencem (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad received in :27 april 2016 ,accepted in: 5 june 2016 abstract the present study included the impact of the follow-up variation in the temperature of aqueous medium in the vertical migration behavior of different groups of zooplankton, consisted species cyclops vernalis, daphnia magna, diaptomus dilopatus, that have been grown in controlled in terms of light and ph laboratory conditions, so choosing temperature of respectively 16,20,24,28, and 32 ˚c. the result showed a clear change in the migration behavior of testing planktonic species, it was a negative relationship between temperatures arises and individual of d. magna in the water column.while being appositive relationship with individual of c. vernalis and the same with d. dilopatus. also, the result revealed a different impact of transaction with different levels of temperature in swimming and activity of movement, as observed reduction in swimming and activity of movement for individuals of species d. dilopatus and c. vernalis when getting down to the bottom of the water, whenever the temperature rose, while the behavior of individuals of a species d. magna contract and characterize the maximum activity at higher temperatures. key words: temperature, vertical migration, zooplankton. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 study the effect of thickness on the electrical conductivity and optical constant of co3o4 thin films bushra k. h. al-maiyaly dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in: 1april 2012 , accepted in: 21 may 2012 abstract in this research the cobalt oxide (co3o4) films are prepared by the method of chemical spray pyrolysis deposition at different thicknesses such that (250, 350, 450, and 550) ± 20 nm. the optical measurement shows that the co3o4 films have a direct energy gap, and they in general increase with the increase of the thickness. the optical constants are investigated and calculated such as absorption coefficient, refractive index, extinction coefficient and the dielectric constants for the wavelengths in the range (300-900) nm. the electrical conductivity (σ) and the activation energies (ea1, ea2) have been investigated on (co3o4) thin films as a function of thickness. the films contain two types of transport mechanisms, and the electrical conductivity (σ) increases whereas the activation energy (ea) would decrease as the films thickness increases. key words :cobalt oxide, optical constant, electrical conductivity, chemical spray pyrolysis 159 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction a glass with a co or fe oxide film on its surface is generally called a semi-reflective glass, because it partially reflects the solar spectrum. the glass reflects solar energy which reduces the cost of air-conditioning. in recent years the glass has become of interest with the rise in the cost of energy. the oxide films, mainly composed of co, are widely employed for semireflective glasses, not only because of their energy saving effect but also because of their good durability as a glazing of building. [1] cobalt oxide films that are highly protective against localized corrosion and depicting a wide variety of bright and uniform colors due to light interference, have been successfully electro generated on polycrystalline cobalt disk electrodes under potentiostatic. [2] several methods have been developed for (co3o4) films preparation, such as sputtering pyrolysis [3, 4], chemical vapor deposition [5], electro deposition [6, 7], pulsed laser deposition [8], electro chemical techniques [9], etc. in this research thermal chemical spray technique was used. experiment a-preparation of the samples cobalt oxide (co3o4) thin films in molarity (0.1) at different thicknesses were prepared by the method of chemical spray pyrolysis. they are prepared by spraying a solution of co(no3)2.6h2o on preheated glass substrates at (663) ºk. a diluted (2.9104) gm of co (no3)2.6h2o in (100) ml water as molarity (0.1) was used in accordance with the following equation: [10] m = (wt / m wt). (1000 / v) ……………………… (1) where m = molarity, wt = weight of sample, mwt = molecular weight, v = water volume. the obtained solution is used for the preparation of (co3o4) based on the reaction: ↑+↑+↓→ 243 heat 23 o4no6oco)no(co3 ……… (2) the thin films of co3o4 are prepared by spraying the solution on glass substrates which are placed on the hot plate for 25 min before the spraying process; each spraying period lasts for about 15 sec followed by 2 min waiting period to avoid excessive cooling of the hot substrate due to the spraying process. it has been found that the following deposition parameters give good stoichiometric films:-(i) substrate temperature at (663) ºk, (ii)distance between sprayer nozzle and substrate of( 30) cm, (iii)spray rate of (15 ml / min).the films were clear, dark colored and having good adhesive properties . b-measurement the thickness of the sprayed samples (250, 350, 450, and 550) nm was measured by using the weighing method according to the following relation: [11] t= (m / à .ρ) ……………………. (3) where t= thickness of film, m= mass of film, ρ= density of films, à= area of film. using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity is of the order (10-4) gm. to determine the optical parameters of the prepared thin film, we measured the transmission and the absorption spectrum in the range (200-900) nm using a double beam spectrophotometer (uv). the optical absorption spectrum used to determine the optical energy gap (egopt) from the calculation of the variable absorption coefficient (α) for each wavelength from equation: [12] α = 2.303 (a / t)………………. (4) where a = absorbance. also incident photon energy (e=hν) was calculated as a function of wavelength (λ) according to equation: e (ev) = (1240 / λ)………………… (5) the energy dependence of absorption coefficient near the band edge for band to band and exciton transition could be described by tauc formulas: [13] (α hν) = b` (hν – egopt) r………………. (6) 160 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 where b` is a constant inversely proportional to amorphousity, r is constant and may take values 2,3,1/2,3/2 depending on the material and the type of the optical transition. the optical constants including, the refractive index (n), extinction coefficient (k), and dielectric constant (ε), they are calculated from transmittance (t) and absorbance (a) spectrum in the range (200-900) nm. the refractive index value can be calculated from the formula: [14] n = {[4r / (r-1)]-k2}1/2 – [(r+1) / (r-1)]……………….. (7) where r is the reflectance which calculated by using equation: r = 1-t-a ………………………….. (8) the absorption coefficient (α) is related to extinction coefficient (k) by: [14] α = 4π k / λ ………………………. (9) the dielectric constant can be introduced by: [14] ε = ε1-i ε2 ………………………… (10) where ε1= n2-k2 ………………………… (11) ε2 = 2nk ………………………… (12) where ε1= real part of dielectric constant, ε2 = imaginary part of dielectric constant. for d.c. measurement films deposited on the glass substrate with al electrode keithly models 616 have been used to measure the variation of electric resistance (r) with temperature range (298473) ºk, then calculated the resistivity (ρ) by the formula: [14] l tbr ⋅⋅ =ρ ……………………………………… (13) where t is film thickness, b is electrodes width; l is distance between two al electrodes. then the conductivity (σ) of the films was determined by using the relation: ρ =σ 1 c.d ………………………………………… (14) results and discussion a -absorption coefficient fig (1) shows the variation of the absorption coefficient (α) of (co3o4) films as a function of photon energy at various thicknesses (250, 350, 450, and 550) nm. it is observed that the absorption coefficient decreases the increase of thickness (t) within the whole range of the spectrum; it is noticed that the absorption is not attributed to the free carriers only, but to impurities or localized electronic states. it is clear from this figure that all the films have high values of absorption coefficient (α > 105 cm-1) this means that the direct transition possible occurs. this result is in agreement with refs. [3, 15]. boptical energy gap the optical energy gap (egopt) values were calculated from tauc equation (6) which is used to find the type of the optical transition for (co3o4) films by plotting the relation (α hν)2 versus photon energy (hν) and select the optimum linear part, which describes the allowed direct transition, then we determined egopt by the extrapolation of the portion at (α =0) as shown in fig (2).fig (3) and table (1) show the optical energy gap as a function of thickness (t), the noticeable remark is that the egopt increased from (1.78 ev) to (2.1 ev) when the thickness increased. this behavior can be attributed to the increase of the density of localize states in the eg which caused the energy gap seems large. the value of the optical energy gap agrees with ref. [4] which found it equals to (2.1 ev). crefractive index fig (4) shows the variation of the refractive index values (n) versus wavelengths in the range (300-900) nm, at different thicknesses (250, 350, 450, and 550) nm. we can notice from 161 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 this figure that the refractive index values increase with the increase of thickness, this behavior may be due to increase in packing density.[2] the values of the refractive index of these films range from (2.69 to 3.38) at λ =625 nm, are in agood agreement with values reported in ref. [2] dextinction coefficient the variation of the extinction coefficient (k) with photon energy for various thickness is shown in fig (5), from this figure we can notice that the extinction coefficient values decrease with the increase of thickness, this behavior of the extinction coefficient values is similar for all the range of the wavelength spectrum to that of the absorption coefficients for the same reasons as we mentioned before. ethe dielectric constants fig 6( a, b) shows the variation of the real (ε1) and imaginary (ε2) parts of the dielectric constant values versus photon energy at different thicknesses. from this figure we can deduce that the imaginary part of the dielectric constant (ε2) decrease with the increase of thickness in all of the range of the spectrum while the real part of the dielectric constant (ε1) increases with the increase of thickness because the variation of (ε1) mainly depend on the value of the refractive index while the (ε2) value mainly depend on the extinction coefficient values which are related to the variation of absorption coefficient. fd.c conductivity the plots of lnσ versus 103/t at different thicknesses for (co3o4) films are shown in fig (7), the electrical conductivity (σ) shows an increase behavior with the increase of (t). it is increased from (0.527) ohm-1.cm-1 to (0.82) ohm-1.cm-1. this behavior is in an agreement with ref. [3]. the increase of trend in σ upon increase thickness can be attributed to the improvement in the films structure with the increase of (t), due to reducing dangling bonds, and defects like vacancy sites. we believe that the increases of film thickness (t) decreases the trapping centers of charge carriers, this is, perhaps, because of the decreased grain boundary scattering, moreover it yields more packing density. this figure also shows two mechanisms for electrical conductivity at lower and higher temperature with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2) for all films, which means that there are two mechanisms of transport. fig (8) shows the activation energies (ea1, ea2) of (co3o4) films as a function of thickness, it is clear from this figure that both ea1 and ea2 decrease with the increase of thickness (t) because of the decreased number of carriers available for transport, this behavior can be attributed to the decrease of the density of states in the gap, reducing of dangling bonds, and defects like vacancy sites in the films structure. table (2) shows the values of the electrical conductivity and the activation energies of deposited films. conclusion in conclusion, we studied in detail the influence of film thickness on the optical constant of (co3o4) films. throughout our research we showed that: 1. the absorption coefficient decreases with the increase of the thickness of prepared thin films. 2. all films prepared have high values of absorption coefficient (α > 105 cm-1) we can use (co3o4) films as a window for wavelength (λ > 625 nm) and as 625 nm).< filter for wavelength (λ 3. the optical energy gap values increases when films thickness increases. 4. the variation in films thickness resulted increase values of refractive index and decrease the extinction coefficient values. 5. the values of real part of the dielectric constant increase while the imaginary part of the dielectric constant decrease with the increase of films thickness. 162 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 6. the electrical conductivity shows as the increase of behavior with the increase of thickness, whereas the activation energies decrease as the thickness increases. references 1. sakata, n.; hyodo, m. and kawahara, h. (1982), optical properties and chemical resistance 438.-429:49cr oxide films, “journal of non crystalline solids, -of fe 2. danick gallant; michel pezolet and stephan simard (2006), optical and physical properties , 110of cobalt oxide films electro generated in bicarbonate aqueous media,”j.phys.chem.b”, (13),6871-6880. 3. kadam, l.d and patil, p.s. (2001), thickness dependent properties of sprayed cobalt oxide 232.-3, 225-, issue168thin films,” materials chemistry and physics”, 4. shinde, v.r.; mahadik, s.b.; gujar, t.p. and lokhande, c.d.(2006), super capacitive -,issue 20, 7487252ray pyrolysis,”applied surface science”,cobalt oxide thin films by sp 7492. 5. david barreca and cristian massignan, (2001), composition and micro structure of cobalt 593.-, (2), 58813oxide thin films,” 6. sunil kandalkar g.; hae-min lee, heeyeopchae and chang-koo kim(2011),structural, morphological and electrical characteristics of the electrodeposited cobalt oxide,” materials 51.-, issue 1, 4846research b”, 7. wang chong; wang dian; wang qiu-ming and huan-jun (2010), preparation and electrochemical performance of three-dimensional structure foam, “chemical journal of 2062.-, issue 10, 205831chinese universities”, 8. kennedy,rj (1995),the growth of iron oxide, nickel oxide and cobalt oxide thin films by 3831.-, issue 6, 382931laser ab targets,”magnetics”, 9. nicolae spataru; chiaki terashima; kenichi tokuhiro and akira fujishima (2003),”journal 341.-, (7), 337150of the electrochemical society”, 10. al-ghabsha;th.s and al-abachi.m.q (1986)”fundamentals of analytical chemistry" baghdad university, p39. 11. al-mizban, e.s. (1997),”a study of optical and electrical properties of cr2o3 and co3o4 thin films and their mixture”m.sc thesis university of baghdad,p.47-49. 12. william,callister, d. j (2003),”materials science& engineering. an introduction 6th edition, john wiley sons inc, p.96. 13. taus, j. (1974),”amorphous and liquid semiconductor”, plenums press.newyork and london. 14. kasap, s.o. (2002),” principles of electronic materials and devices”, 2nd edition, mc graw hill. 15. sunil, kandalkar, g.; lokhande c.d.; mane r.s. and sung, hwan han (2007), anonthermal chemical synthesis of hydrophilic and amorphous cobalt oxide films for super 3956.-, issue 8, 3952253capacitor application,” applied surface science “, table (1): the optical constant of (co3o4) films at different thicknesses. films thickness (nm) egopt (ev) optical constant at λ =625 nm α x 105 cm-1 n k ε1 ε2 250 1.78 1.316 2.69 0.655 6.819 3.528 350 1.84 0.9808 2.82 0.488 7.72 2.75 450 1.96 0.838 3.09 0.417 9.41 2.58 550 2.1 0.666 3.38 0.331 11.32 2.24 163 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (2): the electrical conductivity and activation energies of (co3o4) films at different thicknesses fig. (1): absorption coefficient behavior as a function of photon energy for (co 3o4) thin films deposited at different thicknesses. fig. (2): variation (α hν)2 & photon energy as a function of thickness for (co3o4) films. fig. (3) : variation optical energy gap as a function of thickness for (co3o4) films films thickness (nm) σ at r.t (ω.cm)-1 ea1 tem. rang ea2 tem. rang ( ev ) ( ºk ) ( ev ) ( ºk ) 250 0.526 0.0985 303-363 0.254 373-473 350 0.625 0.0934 303-363 0.232 373-473 450 0.724 0.0897 303-363 0.204 373-473 550 0.82 0.0845 303-363 0.175 373-473 co3o4 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 250 350 450 550 thickness (nm) e g op t (e v) co3o4 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 1 2 3 4 5 photon energy (ev) ( α *1 05 ) cm -1 t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm co3o4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 1 2 3 4 5 photon energy (ev) (ah u)2 e1 0 ( cm -1 .e v ) 2 t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm 164 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (a) (b) fig. (6): dielectric constant of (co3o4) thin films & photon energy: (a) real part at different thicknesses. (b) imaginary part at different thicknesses. fig. (7): variation lnσ versus 103/t as a function of thickness for (co3o4) films fig. (8): variation activation energies as a function of thickness for (co3o4) films. -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 1000/t (k)-1 ln s (oh m.c m)1 t=250 nm t= 350 nm t= 450 nm t= 550 nm 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 200 300 400 500 600 thickness (nm) ac tiv ati on en erg y ( ev ) ea1 ea2 co3o4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1 2 3 4 5 photon energy (ev) ex tin cti on c oe ffi cie nt (k ) t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm fig. (4): variation refractive index & photon energy as a function of thickness for (co3o4) films fig. (5): variation extinction coefficient & photon energy as a function of thickness for (co3o4) films co3o4 1.5 2.5 3.5 1 2 3 4 5 photon energy (ev) re fra cti ve in de x ( n o) t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm co3o4 2 4 6 8 10 12 1 2 3 4 5 photon energy (ev) re al pa rt of d iel ec tri c c on st an t ( e 1 ) t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm co3o4 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 1 2 3 4 5 photon energy (ev) im ag en ry p ar t o f d ie le ct ric co ns ta nt ( ε 2) t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm t=550 nm 165 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 دراسة تأثیر السمك في التوصیلیة الكھربائیة والثوابت البصریةالغشیة co3o4 الرقیقة بشرى كاظم حسون المیالي الفیزیاء / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (أبن الھیثم) / جامعة بغدادقسم علوم 2012أیار 21، قبل البحث في 2012نیسان 1أستلم البحث في : الخالصة بطریق�ة ال�رش الكیمی�ائي الح�راري وعن�د أس�ماك مختلف�ة (co3o4)في ھذا البح�ث حض�رت أغش�یة أوكس�ید الكوبل�ت (250, 350, 450, and 550) ± 20 nm . فجوة طاقة مباشرة وتزداد قیمتھا بصورة عامة بزیادة السمك .ولقد (co3o4)من خالل القیاسات البصریة تبین ان الغشیة حسبت الثوابت البصریة، مثل: معامل االمتصاص، ومعامل الخمود، وثابت العزل الكھربائي ضمن مدى االطوال الموجی�ة nm )300-900 . ( كدال�ة لتغی�ر الس�مك ، وق�د أظھ�رت (co3o4)الغش�یة (ea1, ea2)وطاقات التنش�یط (σ)وحسبت التوصیلیة الكھربائیة االغشیة آلیتین لالنتق�ال االلكترون�ي ول�وحظ زی�ادة التوص�یلیة الكھربائی�ة م�ع نقص�ان طاق�ات التنش�یط بزی�ادة س�مك االغش�یة المحضرة. : أوكسید الكوبلت ، الثوابت البصریة، التوصیلیة الكھربائیة ، الرش الكیمیائي الحراري . الكلمات المفتاحیة 166 | physics microsoft word 172-179 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 172 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 determination of osteocalcin, bone alkaline phosphatase, and lysyl oxidase in iraqi acromegalic patients eiman a. abass dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad baydaa ahmed abed national diabetes center/al-mustansiriya university sohaib n. mohsin dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad suhaibnayef@gmail.com received in:27/july/2017, accepted in:2/october/2017 abstract this study was aimed to determine bone formation markers (ost and balp) and lysyl oxidase in diabetes and non-diabetes iraqi acromegaly patients in addition to find the relationship among these parameters. the present study conducted 60 acromegalic patients (30 diabetes & 30 non diabetes) attending national diabetes center / al-mustansiriya university/baghdad, and 30 healthy individuals as a control group aged (35-60) years. all patients were administrated sandostatin drug, and they were diagnosed by physician in the hospital.fbg, gh, igf-1, ost, balp, and lox were determined in all groups. the results showed a highly significant rise in all parameters (gh, igf-1, fbg, ost, balp, and lox values in serum of all patients when compared with normal individuals. there were some positive highly significant correlations for lysyl oxidase with osteocalcin and a positive significant with balp in acromegalic patients. we concluded that lysyl oxidase may be a novel biomarkers in endocrine diseases like acromegaly. key words: acromegaly, bone formation markers, osteocalcin, balp, lysyl oxidase. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 173 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction acromegaly is a rare, chronic, advanced disease diagnosed by increased secretion of growth hormone (gh) with high concentrations of circulating insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1). it is caused by a pituitary adenoma in the wide majority of cases. the clinical diagnosis, based on symptoms associated with gh raise, is often late due to the insidious nature of the disease [1]. the gh and (igf-i) play a main role in the monitoring of skeletal health and early maturity. gh is important for acquisition of bone mass and the achievement of top bone mass, which is the main forecaster of osteoporotic fracture danger. furthermore, during adult age, gh is significant in the maintenance of skeletal architecture through the organization of bone turnover [2]. gh reverses impacts of insulin on glucose and lipid digestion, resulting in metabolic complications in acromegalic patients. more of these is altered glucose digestion [3].studies exploring the pathogenesis of changed glucose metabolism in acromegaly suggest gh excess induces insulin resistance by impairing the ability of insulin to suppress gluconeogenesis, decreasing peripheral glucose utilization , and decreasing insulin receptor numbers and restricting liking [4].gh and igf-i are critical controllers of bone remodeling.gh invigorates the multiplication of cells of the osteoblastic heredity and influences the destiny of mesenchymal forerunners preferring osteoblastogenesis, chondrogenesis and contradicting adipogenesis [5].notwithstanding its impacts on the separation of osteoblasts, gh animates, either forthrightly or by oblique through igf-i, the separated capacity of develop osteoblast. gh additionally animates the carboxylation of osteocalcin, which is an indicator of osteoblastic work, and empowers generation of osteoprotegerin and its aggregation in bone matrix [6].histomorphometric and clinical examinations exhibited that acromegaly patients have expanded bone turnover in strong association with action of sickness [7].bone turnover markers are peptides released by osteoblasts, osteoclasts, or by parts of bone grid, secreted in the blood circulation in bone resorption and building [8, 9].osteocalcin is a bone-specific protein created fundamentally by osteoblasts through bone development. in spite of the fact that the larger part of osteocalcin released by osteoblasts is saved in the extracellular of bone tissue, a little quantity of it enters the blood where it can be recognized. flowing osteocalcin has been utilized as a part of clinical examinations as an indicator of bone metabolism while the protein expression has been useful as indicator of osteoblastic phenotype and bone development in vitro[10,11]. bone-specific alkaline phosphatase (balp) is synthesized by osteoblasts and is supposed to be required in the calcification of bone matrix, however its exact part in the development procedure is obscure. balp is one of the various isoenzymes of alkaline phosphatase: bone, liver, kidney, digestive system, and placenta. in the serum of most normal people, bone and liver isoenzymes of the tissue non-specific ap gene prevail in around approach ratios. the distinction in glycosylation of the bone and liver isoenzymes (results of the same gene) have been used to produce particular antibodies against balp. balp is believed to be an exceptional particular marker of the bone-shaping action of osteoblasts [12, 13]. lysyl oxidase (lox, ec1.4.3.13) or (protein-lysine 6-oxidase, lox) is a copper dependent enzyme that starts crosslinking of collagen and elastin by stimulating oxidative deamination of alpha-amino groups of lysine and hydroxylysine residues [14].the lox family can be classified into two subsections comprising of lox and loxl1, and loxl2 – loxl4, respectively. lox and loxl1 each have exceptional propeptide districts with restricted like to each other, while loxl2 – loxl4 each have four preserved scavenger receptor cysteinerich (srcr) areas in their more extended propeptide locales. lox biosynthesis incorporates excretion of the idle 50 kda glycoprotein precursor thought to consist of copper and quinone https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 174 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 cofactors [15].the end enzyme reaction mechanism wanted for collagen cross-link creation is stimulated by the lysyl oxidase family [16]. this study aimed to determine bone formation markers (ost and balp) and lysyl oxidase in diabetes and non-diabetes iraqi acromegaly patients in addition to find the relationship among these parameters. materials & methods subjects blood was obtained from 60 acromegalic (ac) patients (30 diabetes & 30 non-diabetes) in addition to 30 healthy individuals as a control group which enrolled in this study, aged (3560) years. all patients were undergoing treatment by sandostatin drug, and they were diagnosed by physician. in this study, specimens were collected during the period from october 2016 to may 2017 in the national diabetes center / al-mustansiriya university/baghdad .serum was frozen until used for analysis fbg, gh, igf-1, ost, balp, and lox. methods determination of serum gh, and igf-1 levels: human gh and igf-1 were measured by a solid – phase eliza kit supplied by drg company, which intended for quantitative determination of their concentrations in serum [17, 18]. estimation of fasting blood glucose (fbg) level: fasting blood glucose was determined by enzymatic colorimetric method using glucose kit from randox[19]. determination of human osteocalcin (ost) level (ng/ml) and human bone alkaline phosphatase (balp) level (iu/l): serum osteocalcin and bone alkaline phosphatase levels were determined by eliza kit from cusabio company, based on biotin double antibody sandwich technology to assay human ot and balp levels. determination of serum lysyl oxidase (lox) level: serum lysyl oxidase level was measured by eliza kit from cusabio company, based on biotin double antibody sandwich technology to assay serum lox level. statistical analysis: data were expressed as mean ± sem. the multiple variations between patients and normal groups were tested by using anova test, pearson’s correlation coefficient. p-value of < 0.001 and < 0.05 that were considered highly significant and significant respectively. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 175 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 results & discussion the levels of diagnostic parameters in patients and control groups are abstracted in table (1). anova test showed a highly significant elevation in gh and igf-1 levels in serum of acromegalic patients with diabetes (g1) and non-diabetes(g2) when comparing with control group (p< 0.001), also there was a difference in gh and igf-1 levels between g1 and g2. acromegaly is an endocrine maladies described by excessive revolving growth hormone (gh) and insulin – like growth factor (igf-1) levels, that usually come as consequence for pituitary adenoma [20].growth hormone leads to synthesis of igf-1. both intemperate gh and igf-1 can lead to metabolic changes and smooth tissue, bone, and organ enlargement. gh, or somatotropin, is in charge of the growth of whole cells and tissues [21].most cases of acromegaly as a result of a gh secreting pituitary adenoma that leads to a rise levels of gh and insulinlike growth factor (igf)-i [22,23]. results, also showed a highly significant increase in fbg levels in patients groups when comparing with control group (p< 0.001), and fbg level in g1 was higher than that in g2. gh and igf-i are organized intermediary metabolism by either decreasing or strengthening insulin action [24].gh over abundance leads to insulin resistance and disability in pancreatic b cell work, making a great number of patients with acromegaly vulnerable to evolve diabetes mellitus [25].diabetes mellitus might be an early complexities of acromegaly, frequently being available at diagnosis of the malady [26], that may be interfering with the explanation and understanding of diagnostic tests for acromegaly, and once in a while causing instability in picking the suitable rapeutic approach for the malady. medications used to treat acromegaly might rise impact glucose homeostasis regardless of biochemical control of gh and igf-i overabundance [27]. table (2) illustrated serum osteocalcin (ost), bone alkaline phosphatase (balp) levels as bone formation markers, and lysyl oxidase (lox) level in control, g1, and g2, respectively. anova test showed a highly significant elevation in ot, balp, and lox levels in patients groups when comparing with control (p < 0.001). results in present study, showed that serum ost, balp, and lox levels in g2 were higher than their levels in g1. the concentration of osteocalcin in the blood cycle is an indicator for bone formation. in addtion to serum ocn level in people is conversely connected with measures of glucose metabolism. most human investigations don't concomitantly gauge other bone turnover markers to detach the role of osteocalcin as an index of bone building from its impact on glucose metabolism [28]. osteocalcin is a bone matrix protein that has been related with same hormonal activities on energy and glucose metabolism. animal and trial models have demonstrated that osteocalcin is liberated into the circulation system and works biological impacts on pancreatic beta cells and fat tissue [29].osteocalcin is emitted exclusively by osteoblasts and thought to assume a job in the body's metabolic direction and is expert osteoblastic, or bone-forming naturally. it is likewise embroiled in bone mineralization and calcium ion homeostasis. osteocalcin goes about as a hormone in the body, making beta cells in the pancreas produce additional insulin, and in the meantime guiding fat cells to produce adiponectin hormone, which elevates allergy to insulin [30]. our finding was contrasted the results in abdella n. et al. [31] study who found a high significant increase in balp level in diabetic patients. the level of bone isoenzyme of alp represent one of the most sensitive and specific indicators of bone disease. although deficiency of bone mineral is not generally considered as a major complication of diabetic patients have lower bone mass than natural individualss [32].bone isoenzyme of alp action was very elevated in 84% of the patients. also, none of the 15 patients with idle acromegaly had increased bone isoenzyme action. the serum balp gives a quantitative belief roundabout and not ultimate measure of the degree of bone development [33]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 176 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 markers of bone formation are immediate or roundabout results of dynamic osteoblasts communicated during different periods of their advancement and reflect diverse sides of osteoblast work. through bone development, osteoblasts excreate in serum the forerunner of type 1 collagen, i.e. procollagen type 1 n-propeptide, which is considered as a dependable marker of osteoblast work [34].the study by stephen t. ward and his group [35] was the first that reports that the direct measurement of serum lox concentration and showed an association between lox level and diabetes, also serum lox was increased with diabetes.it has long been known that there were widespread changes in collagen structure due to increased cross-linking of collagen fibers in patients with diabetes. collagen cross-links play an essential function in the expression of bone power and the suitable biological action of bone. the cross-links of collagen can be generally partitioned into two sorts: lysyl oxidase interposed crosslinks and developed glycation final products [36].lysyl oxidase stimulates the end known enzymetic step needed to collagen and elastin cross-linking. a cross-linked collagenous extracellular matrix is required for bone formation. thus, due to its critical function in collagen accumulation, lysyl oxidase is likely important in bone development and pathology [37],and acromegaly is a rare hormonal condition that results from an excess amount of growth hormonal in the body, this extra amount of gh causes growth in the bone and soft tissues of the body. acromegaly mostly affects the arms, legs, and face [38]. in this study, figures (1) and (2) showed a positive highly significant correlation (p<0.001) for lysyl oxidase with osteocalcin (r= 0.52) and a positive significant correlation ( p < 0.05) for lysyl oxidase with bone alkaline phosphatase ( r = 0.32) in iraqi acromegalic patients . in this study, it was determined that lysyl oxidase level in acromegalic patients in addition to relationship for lysyl oxidase with osteocalcin and bone alkaline phosphatase as bone formation markers for the first time in iraqi acromegalic patients. table (1): (mean ±sem) of diagnostic parameters levels in control, diabetes and nondiabetes acromegaly patients groups. groups parameters control no.(30) g1 patients no. (30) g2 patients no.(30) p-value gh (ng/ml) 2.13 ± 0.12 11.70 ± 3.12 6.18±1.22 p < 0.001 igf-1 (ng/ml) 256.90 ± 14.87 669.70 ± 58.36 795.53±79.4 p < 0.001 fbg (mg/dl) 86.70 ± 1.34 167.56 ± 10.30 98.57±4.57 p < 0.001 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 177 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (2): levels (mean±sem) of bone formation markers (osteocalcin and bone specific alkaline phosphatase) and lysyl oxidase in control, diabetes and non-diabetes acromegaly patients. groups parameters control no.(30) g1 patients no.(30) g2 patients no.(30) p-value ost(ng/ml) 5.97 ± 0.3 20.47 ± 1.72 28.81±4.63 p< 0.001 balp(iu/l) 9.30 ± 0.32 25.01 ± 1.10 27.50±1.04 p < 0.001 lox (ng/ml) 3.40 ± 0.21 5.51 ± 0.44 8.73± 0.74 p < 0.05 figure (1): correlation between lox and balp figure (2): correlation between lox and ost in acromegaly patients in acromegaly patients conclusions in conclusions, lysyl oxidase may be a novel biomarkers in endocrine diseases like acromegaly, and there was a positive highly significant correlation for lysyl oxidase with osteocalcin and a positive significant with bone alkaline phosphatase in acromegalic patients. also, bone formation markers (osteocalcin and balp) levels were highly significant increase in acromegalic patients, thus there were a relationship between osteoblast and growth of bone. references [1] r. dineen; p.m. stewart; and m. sherlock. acromegaly qjm: an international journal of medicine, 1–10, 2016. [2] a. giustina; g. mazziotti; and e. canalis. growth hormone,insulin-like growth factors, and the skeleton. endocr rev; 29:535–559, 2008. [3] a. kreze; e. kreze-spirova; & m. mikulecky. risk factors for glucose intolerancein active acromegaly. braz j med biol res; 34:1429-1433, 2001. [4] a. colao; d. ferone; p. marzullo; & g. lombardi. systemic complications of acromegaly: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and management. endocr rev; 25:102-152, 2004. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 178 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [5] m. kassem; w. blum; j. ristelli; l. mosekilde. & ef. eriksen. growth hormone stimulates proliferation and differentiation of normal human osteoblast-like cells in vitro. calcif tissue int; 52:222–226, 1993. [6] dj. digirolamo; a. mukherjee; k. fulzele; y. gan; x. cao; sj. frank. & tl. clemens. mode of growth hormone action inosteoblasts. j biol chem; 282:31666–31674, 2007. [7] g. mazziotti; s. chiavistelli; & a. giustina. pituitary diseases and bone. endocrinol metab clin north am; 44:171–180 2015. [8] t. ueland. “gh/igf-i and bone resorption in vivo and in vitro,” european journal of endocrinology; 152(3): 327–332, 2005. [9] o. bruyère; & j-y. reginster. monitoringof osteoporosistherapy. best pract res clin endocrinol metab; 28:835–841, 2014. [10] pv. hauschka; jb. lian; de. cole; & cm. gundberg. osteocalcin and matrix gla protein: vitamin k-dependent proteins in bone. physiol rev; 69:990–1047, 1989. [11] qq. hoang; f. sicheri; aj. howard; and ds. yang. bone recognition mechanism of porcine osteocalcin from crystal structure. nature; 425: 977-80, 2003. [12] ks. leung; kp. fung; ahl. sher; li. ck. & km. lee. plasma bone-specific alkaline phosphatase as an indicator of osteoblastic activity. j bone jt surg br; 75: 288-292, 1993. [13] s.b. rosalki; & a.y. foo. two new methods for separating and quantifying bone and liver alkaline phosphatase isoenzymes in plasma. clin. chem.; 30:1182-1186, 1984. [14] h. kagan; & p. trackman. properties and function of lysyl oxidase. am j respir cell mol biol; 5:206–210, 1991. [15] m. saito; and k. marumo. effects of collagen crosslinking on bone material properties in health and disease. calcif tissue int; 97: 242-261, 2015. [16] h. a. lucero; and h. m. kagan. lysyl oxidase: an oxidative enzyme and effector of cell function. cellular and molecular life sciences: cmls; 63:2304-2316, 2006. [17] e. daughaday; & p. rotwein. insulin like growth factor i and ii. peptide, messenger ribonucleic acid and gene structures, serum and tissue concentrations. endocrin. rev; 10: 6891, 1989. [18] s. reichlin; et al. hypothalamic hormones. annual review of medicine; 27: 359, 1979. [19] m. f. massod. nonparametric percentile estimate of clinical normal ranges. the american journal of medical technology; 43(3):243-252, 1977. [20] o. cigdem; e a. alev; tc. ethem; y. cagri; s. asife; s. duygu; s. aylin; f. dincel; t. balos; & a. mujde. markers of early atherosclerosis, oxidative stress and inflammation in patients with acromegaly. pitutary, doi 10.1007/s11102.01, 2014. [21] ja. jane; k. jr, thapar; er. laws; et al. acromegaly: historical perspectives and current therapy. j neurooncol; 54:129-137, 2001. [22] a. mestron; sm. webb; r. astorga, et al. epidemiology, clinical characteristics, outcome, morbidity and mortality in acromegaly based on the spanish acromegaly registry (registro espanol de acromegalia, rea). eur j endocrinol; 151:439–446, 2008. [23] a. giustina; g. mazziotti; & e. canalis. growth hormone, insulin-like growth factors, and the skeleton. endocr rev; 29:535–559, 2008. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1864 chemistry | 179 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [24] n. møller; and j.o.l. jørgensen. effects of growth hormone on glucose,lipid and protein metabolism in human subjects. endocr. rev; 30:152–177, 2009. [25] a. giustina, et al. insulinandgh–igf-i axis: endocrine pacer or endocrine disruptor? acta diabetol; 52: 433–443, 2015. [26] s. melmed, et al. aconsensus on the diagnosis and treatment of acromegaly complications. pituitary; 16:294–302, 2013. [27] r.r. henry, et al. hyperglycemia associated with pasir-eotide: results from a mechanistic study in healthy volunteers. j. clin. endocrinol. metab; 98:3446–3453, 2013. [28] s. l. booth; a. centi; s. r. smith; & c. gundberg. the role of osteocalcin in human glucose metabolism: marker or mediator? nature reviews endocrinology, 9(1), 43-55, 2013. [29] l.c. zanatta; c. l. boguszewski; v. z. borba; & c. a. kulak. osteocalcin, energy and glucose metabolism. arquivos brasileiros de endocrinologia & metabologia, 58(5), 444-451, 2014. [30] n. k. lee; h. sowa; e. hinoi; m. ferron; j. d. ahn; c. confavreux; & z. zhang. endocrine regulation of energy metabolism by the skeleton. cell, 130(3), 456-469, 2007. [31] n. abdella; m. barakat; t. al-sabbagh; m. mousa; l. malhas; a. salman; and k.a. gumaa. “serum alkaline phosphatase isoenzymes in an arab population with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus”. med principles pract; 2:215-220, 1990. [32] pl. selby. “osteopenia and diabetes”. diabetic med; 5:423-428, 1988. [33] j. stepan; j. marek; t. havranek; v. dolezal; and v. pacovsky. “bone isoenzyme of serum alkaline phosphatase in acromegaly”. clinical chemica acta; 93:355-363, 1979. [34] e. canalis; a. giustina; & jp. bilezikian. mechanisms of anabolic therapies for osteoporosis. n engl j med; 357:905–916, 2007. [35] t. stephen; j. christopher; h. elizabeth; d. sara; k. rahul; g. dion; m. gary; i. tariq; and h. david. “evaluation of serum lysyl oxidase as a blood test for colorectal cancer. eur j surg oncol; 40 (6): 731-738, 2014. [36] m. saito. “biochemical markers of bone turnover. new aspect. bone collagen metabolism: new biological markers for estimation of bone quality”. clinical calcium; 19 (8): 1110-1117, 2009. [37] j. eduardo; b. gabriel; and c. philip. “regulation of lysyl oxidase by basic fibroblast growth factor in osteoblastic mc3t3-e1 cells. the journal of biological chemistry; 271 (11): 6411-6416, 1996. [38] m. scacchi; and f. cavagnini. acromegaly. pituitary; 9 (4): 297-303, 2006. microsoft word 61-71 61 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 evaluation of mg, cu, zn, cr and mn concentrations in iraqi patients’ female with breast cancer. zohair i. al-mashhadani abdul jabbar a. mukhlis dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad. aliaá s. al-faraji center for market research and consumer protection/ university of baghdad received in: 20 april2014, accepted in: 26 march 2015 abstract to investigate the concentration and role of certain important elements in 30 patients women with breast cancer (without treatment, with treatment, and treated but recancer) by using statistical analysis. the serum concentration of some important elements (mg, cu, zn, cr, and mn) of the patients with breast cancer, and (7) healthy control women it is found that: there is a significant increase in the concentration of (mg, zn, and mn), but significant decrease in cu concentration in all breast cancer patients compared with the healthy control. and significantly higher in cr concentration in notreated and treated with recancer, but lower in treated patients as compared with healthy control. key words: trace elements, breast cancer. 62 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction breast cancer cancer is a disease in which cells become abnormal and form more cells in an uncontrolled way[1]. with breast cancer, the cancer begins in cells that make up the breast (usually in the tubes that carry milk to nipple or the glands that make milk). the cancerous cells form a mass of tissue called a malignant tumor that starts from cells in the breast. sometimes, the cancer spreads to other parts of the body[1,2]. the disease occurs mostly in women, but men can get breast cancer as well. breast cancer is the most common cancer among women, other than skin cancer. it is the second leading cause of cancer death in women, after lung cancer[1-4]. about one in eight women will be diagnosed with breast cancer during their lifetime. breast cancer also strikes men but in much lower numbers (1 in 100)[4]. there are several types of breast cancer, although some of them are quite rare. in some cases a single breast tumor can have a combination of these types or have a mixture of invasive and in situ cancer which are[5]: 1ductal carcinoma in situ. (dcis). 2 lobular carcinoma in situ. (lcis). 3invasive (or infiltrating) ductal carcinoma. (idc). 4invasive (or infiltrating) lobular carcinoma. (ilc). minerals biochemical background[6,7]: minerals are required for both physiological and biochemical function, they may be divided into two groups: 1. macrominerals (important minerals): macrominerals which are required in amount greater than 100 mg/day including: calcium, phosphorus, sodium, potassium, chloride and magnesium[6,7]. magnesium (mg): there are two major roles for magnesium in biological system: 1. it can compete with calcium for binding sites on protein and membrane. 2. it can form chelates with important intracellular anionic ligands, notably adenosine tri-phosphate (atp)[8]. the kidneys are the main organs of mg homeostasis in maintaining plasma concentration, during periods of mg depletion, kidney mg excretion can be markedly reduced. approximately 25% of filtered mg is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule and 50% to 60% in the ascending limb of the loop of henle[9]. the major part of mg in plasma about (60-70)% exists as free ions or in the form of various diffusible complexes, the remainder is bound to protein. reference value = 0.63-1.0 mmol/l (1.26-2.10 m eq/l)[10]. 63 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2. microminerals (trace elements): microminerals which are required in amount less than 100 mg/day including: copper, iodine, iron, zinc, chromium, and manganese [11,12]. copper (cu): copper is an essential trace element that is an integral component of certain metalloenzymes and protein [13]. copper is necessary for the formation of blood cells and connective tissue. it is also involved in the producing of the skin pigment melanin[14]. abnormalities in copper metabolism have come a hall marks for diagnosing many diseases states[15]. the highest concentration of copper is found in liver, brain, kidney and heart, while intermediate copper concentration is found in the lung, intestine and spleen[16]. generally, serum copper level has been found to be anon specific indicator of disease activity in many malignant and non malignant diseases. it was found that serum copper level is elevated in a variety of malignant lymphoproliferative disorders, such as leukemia[17], hodgkin's disease[18] and non-hodgkin’s lymphoma[19-21]. reference value = 700-1500 µg/l [10]. zinc (zn): zinc is an essential component of many important enzymes, such as alp, sod, rna and dna polymerase [22]. zinc plays an important role in protein synthesis regulation of gene expression [23]. moreover, zinc stabilizes the structure of proteins and nucleic acid [24]. zinc presents in higher concentration in the liver, pancreas, kidney, heart and leukocytes, where it shows a rapid deposition and turnover in these tissues. other tissues, show slower kinetic rates including muscle, red blood cell, brain and bone[25]. 98% of the total body zinc is intracellular [26], therefore the plasma might be only a transport medium. abnormalities of serum zinc level has been observed in association with certain malignancies [27]. reference value = 70-120 µg/dl[10]. chromium (cr): trivalent chromium is a nutritional component for a large class of organisms[28]. trivalent chromium (cr(iii) or cr3+) in trace amounts influences sugar and lipid metabolism in humans and its deficiency is suspected to cause a disease called chromium deficiency[29]. however, chromium deficiency is thought to be extremely rare in the general population and has only ever been confirmed in three people on parenteral nutrition, which is when a patient is fed a liquid diet through intravenous drips[30]. in contrast, hexavalent chromium (cr (vi) or cr6+) is very toxic and mutagenic when inhaled cr(vi) has not been established as a carcinogen when in solution, though it may cause allergic contact dermatitis (acd)[31]. reference value = < 0.05-0.5 µg/l [10]. 64 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 manganese (mn): manganese is an essential trace nutrient in all forms of life[32]. the classes of enzymes that have manganese cofactors are very broad and include oxidoreductases, transferases, hydrolases, lyases, isomerases, ligases, lectins, and integrins. the reverse transcriptases of many retroviruses (though not lentiviruses such as hiv) contain manganese[33]. the human body contains about 10 mg of manganese, which is stored mainly in the liver and kidneys. in the human brain the manganese is bound to manganese metalloproteins most notably glutamine synthetase in astrocytes[34]. reference value = 0.43-0.76 µg/l[10]. the aim of our study is to evaluate some biochemical parameters like minerals (i.e. mg, cu, zn, cr, and mn). in iraqi patients suffering from breast cancer and compared that with the same parameters in normal healthy iraqi control. subjects, material and methods patients: blood samples were collected from a thirty women with breast cancer (without treatment (8) women, treatment (12) women , treatment and recancer (10) women), with age range (19-60) years at the medical city hospital in baghdad. seven apparently healthy women were selected with age range (20-43) years. ten milliliters (ml) of venous blood were collected into plain tubes from each patient and healthy individuals after 12 hours fasting. the blood samples were allowed to stand for 15 minutes (min) then centrifuged at 3500 rpm for 10 min. serum was frozen at -20ºc till used for the estimation of mg, cu, zn, cr, and mn by atomic absorption technique. results and discussion results serum magnesium (mg) concentration: the results showed that there is no significant difference (p  0.05) in serum mg2+ concentration of breast cancer patients compared with healthy control as shown in table (1). serum copper (cu) concentration: data presented in table (2) showed a non-significant difference (p  0.05) in serum copper (cu2+) concentration of all breast cancer patients compared with healthy control and showed that the case without treatment is less in cu concentration three times and half than the control, while the treated and recancer group is less in concentration of cu five times compared with healthy control. 65 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 serum zinc (zn) concentration: the results showed that, there are no significant difference (p  0.05) between the concentrations of zn2+ in serum of all breast cancer patients compared with healthy control group as shown in table (3). serum chromium (cr) concentration: the results showed a non-significant difference (p  0.05) in serum cr3+ concentration of all breast cancer patients compared with healthy control as shown in table (4). serum manganese (mn) concentration: data presented in table (5) showed a non-significant difference (p  0.05) in serum manganese concentration of total breast cancer patients compared with healthy control group. discussions serum magnesium (mg) concentration: serum and tumor magnesium concentrations were determined in patients with breast cancer using atomic absorption spectrophotometry. serum values were found to be within normal limits of control. the cancerous tissues were found to contain significantly more magnesium than the control tissues. there was no correlation between the serum and tissue values and neither of these correlated with axillary lymph node metastasis[35]. magnesium (mg) deficiency can paradoxically increase the risk of, or protect against cancer yet we will find that just as severe dehydration or asphyxiation can cause death, magnesium deficiency can directly lead to cancer. we can see that magnesium deficiency would lead to physiological decline in cells setting the stage for cancer. an thing that weakness cell physiology will lead to the infections that surround and penetrate tumor tissues. these infections are proving to be an integral part of cancer[35]. serum copper (cu) concentration: cu blood level show low concentration than controls. a sharp different values in cases and controls. these mean known risk factors and related variables. we suggest that the low level incorporation of cu in cancer cases and that the same mineral might play a role in breast cancer risk[36]. in the human and other mammals, the first observable evidence of copper deficiency is a drop in the level of blood ceruloplasmin (cp). cp is a coppercontaining protein secreted by the liver into the blood. the copper in cp accounts for about 90% of the total plasma copper. as copper availability to the liver decreases, the liver decreases production and secretion of cp. thus, plasma cp is a good surrogate marker of body copper status[36]. 66 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 serum zinc (zn) concentration: previous studies that have assessed breast cancer in relation to zinc have yielded inconsistent results. our data raise the possibility that relatively low levels of zinc in breast tissue may be associated with a modest increase in risk of subsequent breast cancer[37]. deficiency of zinc may contribute to mammary carcinogenesis due to the roles of this element in regulating cell proliferation differentiation. additionally, zinc have immune-enhancing and antioxidant effect[37]. in conclusion, our data do not support the hypothesis that decrease in breast cancer risk, and indeed, raise the possibility that zinc may be associated with a modest increase in risk of subsequent breast cancer among women with breast disease[37]. serum chromium (cr) concentration: a large accumulation of cr in the breast cancer. these findings may have an implication for the pathogenesis of breast cancer. the etiology of human breast cancer is still controversial, although hormonal influences, toxic compounds, oxidative stress, and lipid peroxidation have been suggested to play a role in breast cancerogenesis[38]. cr has been recognized as mutagens and carcinogens because of their ability to inhibit the repair of damaged dna. in addition, they can enhance the mutagenicity and carcinogenicity of directly-acting genotoxic agents[39]. serum manganese (mn) concentration: manganese is a trace element which is ingested with food or water and it is needed to stay healthy. at high levels, it can cause damage to the brain, liver, kidneys and the developing fetus. high conc. mn in breast cancer patients may be due to its consumption by cancerous cells during the development of the breast cancer[40]. many, if not all, in vivo as well as in vitro studies demonstrate the importance of mn for cellular defense in hypoxy as well as against cytotoxic drugs[41,42]. it was shown that following mn gene transfection, tumor cells overexpressing mn have a lower mitotic speed[41,42]. for this reason,it was asserted that mn has a tumor suppressor role for human breast cancer[43]. conclusion results of the present study suggest that mg, cu, zn, cr, and mn may play an important role in breast cancer. a significant elevation in the concentration of mg, cu, zn, cr, and mn in female breast cancer. recommendation although, some of the present data were statistically non-significant, our interpretation from these results indicate that the chemotherapy are unusefull in treatment of breastcancer. 67 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 references 1. singh, s.p., (2008). textbook of biochemistry, 4th ed., cbs publishers & distributors, new delhi, bangalore. 2. harris, l.; fritsche, h.; mennel, r.; et al. (2007). american society of clinical oncology (2007) up date of recommendations for the use of tumor markers in breast cancer. j. clin. oncol., 25:5287-5312. 3. foubert, e., craene, b., and berx, g.(2010) the snail 1twist 1 conspiracy in malignant breast cancer progression. breast cancer research, 12:206. 4. diedrich, j., depke, j. and engel, j. (2007) an overview and update of breast cancer screening, diagnosis, and treatment. american nurse today volume 2, issue 10, 32-37. 5. diamandis, e.p., hoffman b.r., and sturgeon, c.m. (2008). national academy of clinical biochemistry laboratory medicine practical guidelines for the use of tumor markers. clin. chem. 54:1935-1939. 6. pillal, k.k., and qadry, j.s.,(1996). “biochemistry and clinical pathology” (theory and practical). text book. new york: (31-42). 7. varley, h., gowen, l., alan, h.,and bell, m., (1991). practical clinical “biochemistry”, 5th ed. nath nagar india. 8. rvan, m.f., (1991): ann. clin. biochem., 28:19-26. 9. sutton, r.a.l.,and dirks, j.h.,(2010). “calcium and magnesium. renal handing and disorders in metabolism. d.m. brenner, f.r. rector eds, philadelphia wb saunders co., pp.584-618. 10. bishop, m.l.; fody, e.p.;and schoeff, l.e. (2010). clinical chemistry, techniques, principles, correlations by lippincott williams & wilkins. 11. murray, r.k., granner, d.k., mayes, p.a. and rodwell, v.w., (2000). “harper’s biochemistry” 25th ed. alang medical book. me graw-hill, usa., p. 658. 12. friend, e: (1984). asurvey of the essential biochemical elements. in biochemistry of the essential ultratrace elements. e. fridieden ed. new york, plenum press, p:1-15. 13. vary, r.; olivers, m.; and gonzales, m., (1998):am. j. clin. nutr. 67: 9525-59. 14. danks, d.m. (1988): annu. ref. nutr.; 8: 235-257. 15. harris e.d. (1983): copper in human and animal health. trace elements in health. 16. sarker, b. (1987): metal-related genetic abnormalities; wilson’s and menke’s diseases, metabolism of minerals and trace elements in human disease; 2:11-16. 17. tessmer, c.f.; hrgovcic m.; thomas f.b.; wilbur j. and mumford d.m. (1972): long term serum copper studies in acute leukemia in children. cancer, 30: 358-365. 18. hrgovcic, m., tessmer, c.f.; minckler t.m.; mosier, b. and taylor, g.h. (1968): serum copper levels in lymphoma and leukemia special reference to hodgkin’s disease. cancer, 21:743-755. 19. cohen, y.; epelbaum, r.; haim, n.; mcshan, d.; and zinder, o. (1984): the value of serum copper levels in cancer, 53: 296-300. 20. reddy, i.s.; khilanani, p. and bishop c.r. (1980): serum copper levels in cancer, 45: 2150-2159. 21. hrgovcic, m., tessmer, c.f.; thomas, f.b.; ong, p.s., gamble, j.f., and shullen berger c.c. (1973): serum copper observation in patients with malignant disease. cancer; 32: 1512-1523. 68 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 22. lane, h.w.; barroso, a.o.; and enlgert, d. (1982): j. parenteral enteral nutr.; 6:426-431. 23. hanas, j.s.; and hazuda, d.j. (1983): biochem. : 258: 14120-25. 24. valee ,b.l., and auld, d.s. (1990): biochemis. : 29-5647. 25. beisel, w.k.; pekarek, r.s. and wannmacher, k.w.; (1976): hemeostatic mechanisms affecting plasma zin levels in acute stress, trace elements in humman health and disease. vol.1, 6 zinc and copper. ed. prasada.s. and oberleas-d. academic press, new york. 26. mathur, a., wallenius, k., abdulla, m. (1978): assessment of subclinical zinc deficiency for carcinogenetic and other long term studies in rats. arch. oral. biol.; 23:1077-1082. 27. schwartz, w.k. (1975): role of trace elements in cancer. cancer research; 35:3781: 3787. 28. hogan c. michael. (2010). heavy metal. encyclopedia of earth. national council for science and the environment. monosson & c. cleveland. washington dc. 29. mertz, walter (1april 1993) “ chromium in human nutrition: a review” , journal of nutrtion 123(4):626-636. 30. moukarzel, a. (november 2009). “chromium in parenteral nutrition: too little or too much? ” . gastroenterology 137 (5 suppl): 518-28. 31. herold, d.a., and fitzgeral, r.l. chromium. in seiler hg, sigel a, sigel h, eds. (2010). handbook on metals in clinical and analytical chemistry. newyork: marcel dekker, pp.: 321-332. 32. emsley, john (2001). “manganese”. nature’s building blocks :an a-z guide to the elements. oxford, uk: oxford university press. pp. 249-253. 33. law, n.; caudle, m.;and pecoraro, v. (1998), manganese redox enzymes and model systems : properties, structures, and reactivity, 46. p.305. 34. takeda a. (2003). “manganese action in brain function”. brain research reviews 41(1):79. 35. murray, h.; seltzer, m.d.; francis, e.; et al. (1970). serum and tissue magnesium levels in human breast carcinoma. j. of surgical res., 10(4): 159-162. 36. cavallo, f.; gerber, m.; pujol, h., et al. (2006). zinc and copper in breast cancer : a joint study in northern italy and southern france. cancer, 67(1):738745. 37. cui, y.; vogt, s.; olson, n., et al. (2007). levels of zinc, selenium, calcium, and iron in benign breast tissue and risk of subsequent breast cancer. cancer epidemiol. biomarkers prev., 16(8): 1682-1685. 38. ionescu, j.g.; novotny, j.; stejskal, v., et al. (2006). increased levels of transition metals in breast cancer tissue. neuroendocrindogy letters, 27(1):36-39. 39. beyersmann, d. (2002). effects of carcinogenic metals on gene expression. toxicol. lett.; 127(1-3):63-68. 40. arinola, o.g. and charles-davies, m.a. (2008) . micronutrient levels in the plasma of nigerian females with breast cancer. african journal of biotechnology.7 (11): 1620-1623. 41. soini, y.; vakkala, m.; kahlos, k., et al. (2001). mnsod expression is less frequent in tumor cells of invasive breast carcinomas than in situ carcinomas or non-neoplastic breast epithelial cells. j. pathol; 195:156-162. 42. li, z.; khaletskiy, a.; wang, j.; et al. (2001). genes regulated in human breast cancer cells overexpressing manganese-containing superoxide dismutase. free radic. biol. med.; 30:260-267. 69 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 43. dalan, a.b.; ergen, a.; yilmaz, h.; et al. (2008). manganese superoxide dismutase gene polymorphism, mnsod plasma levels and risk of epithelial ovarian cancer. j. obstel. gynaecol. res., 34(5):878-884. table (1): magnesium (mg) concentration (ppm) in serum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatment & recancer) and healthy control. groups n mean sd t-test without treatment 8 21.6983 11.5446 p  0.05 with treatment 12 38.4175 17.4881 p  0.05 with treatment & recancer 10 31.4700 2.5880 p  0.05 control 7 20.7900 2.4325 p<0.05 table (2): copper (cu) concentration (ppm) in serum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatment & recancer) and healthy control. groups n mean sd t-test without treatment 8 1.7648 0.0010 p  0.05 with treatment 12 4.7725 0.0002 p  0.05 with treatment & recancer 10 0.2500 0.0001 p  0.05 control 7 5.5660 0.0011 p<0.05 70 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (3): zinc (zn) concentration (ppm) in serum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatment & recancer) and healthy control. groups n mean sd t-test withou treatment 8 0.1850 0.0004 p  0.05 with treatment 12 0.2000 0.0001 p  0.05 with treatment & recancer 10 0.1950 0.0011 p  0.05 control 7 0.1850 0.0012 p<0.05 table (4): chromium (cr) concentration (ppm) in serum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatment & recancer) and healthy control. groups n mean sd t-test without treatment 8 14.9967 5.6089 p  0.05 with treatment 12 11.2825 5.3397 p  0.05 with treatment & reccancer 10 19.4050 11.7309 p  0.05 control 7 14.7550 7.1206 p<0.05 table (5): manganese (mn) concentration (ppm) in serum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatment & recancer) and healthy control. groups n mean sd t-test withouttreatment 8 0.0105 0.0002 p  0.05 with treatment 12 0.0079 0.0001 p  0.05 with treatment & recancer 10 0.0065 0.0002 p  0.05 control 7 0.0032 0.0001 p<0.05 71 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 29المجلد والتطبيقية الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2015 ضات في المري تراكيز المغنسيوم والنحاس والزنك والكروم والمنغنيزقييم ت العراقيات المصابات بمرض سرطان الثدي المشھداني زھير ابراھيم عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص جامعة بغداد / )الھيثم ابن( الصرفةللعلوم كلية التربية /قسم الكيمياء علياء سعدون عبد الرزاق الفراجي جامعة بغداد /مركز بحوث السوق وحماية المستھلك 2015 /أيار/ 26 :قبل البحث في، 2014/نيسان/ 20 استلم البحث في: الخالصة تركيز ودور بعض العناصر المھمة األساسية في المرضى المصابين بسرطان الثدي. لغرض بيان تم أخذ عينات نحاس بعالج مع رجوع المرض) وتم قياس تراكيز (المغنسيوم وال بعالج، عالج،) مصابة بالمرض (بدون 30تتألف من ( ) نساء تطوعن كمجموعة سيطرة خالية من أي مرض. كانت 7) مريضة و (30في مصل (والزنك والكروم والمنغنيز) راكيز العناصر ت باستعمال: حدوث ارتفاع معنوي يأتينتائج البحث للمجاميع المذكورة باستخدام التحليل اإلحصائي كما لمرضى ز النحاس بين جميع االمھمة األساسية (المغنسيوم و الزنك و المنغنيز) ولكن حدوث انخفاض معنوي في تركي الج مع مقارنة باألصحاء. وارتفاع معنوي في تركيز الكروم في المرضى الذين لم يأخذوا العالج وفي الذين اخذوا الع رجوع المرض ولكن مع حدوث انخفاض معنوي في المرضى الذين اخذوا العالج مقارنة باألصحاء. الثدي.سرطان النزرة،العناصر :المفتاحيةلكلمات ا microsoft word 15-22   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 15 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 urinary vitamin-d binding protein as an early predictor of diabetic nephropathyin type 1 and type 2 diabetes madha mohammed sheet saleh depat. of medical laboratory techniques/college of health and medical technology/baghdad madhataiz2004@yahoo.com isam noori salman al-karawi national center for the treatment of diabetes and research / collage of medicine / al-mustansiriyah university esam.kirwi@yahoo.com haael subhi abbas alkhafajy depat. of medical laboratory techniques/college of health and medical technology/baghdad haael16@gmail.com received in:27/ august/2017, accepted in:5/november/2017 abstract diabetic nephropathy (dn) is the most common microvascular complication that may lead to chronic renal failure in diabetic patients. till now microalbuminuria, with its restrictions, is the early marker of dn, appeared after the disease exacerbation. thus, new biomarkers are required to predict the early onset of dn before the appearance of microalbuminuria. the aim of this study is to investigate the possible use of uvdbp in the early prediction of dn. fifty diabetic patients with dn and 40 diabetic patients without dn for both types of diabetes were enrolled in this study. all patients were tested for uacr, uvdbp (measured by elisa), and blood hba1c. the results demonstrated a highly significant elevation of uacr, hba1c and uvdbp in diabetic patients with dn compared to those without dn. uvdbp exhibited a strong positive correlation with hba1c and uacr in dn patients. roc curve analysis showed a greater auc (0.93), and cutoff value was >152 ng/ml with 94% sensitivity and 82% specificity for early detection of dn. these findings suggesting the sensitive and potential role of uvdbp in the early prediction and diagnosis of dn in type 1 and type 2 diabetes. keywords: diabetic nephropathy, vitamin d binding protein, urinary albumin/creatinine ratio   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 16 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction diabetic nephropathy (dn) is the commonest microvascular complication of diabetes mellitus (dm), which is the prime reason of renal failure globally, and it is associated with increased cardiovascular mortality [1]. the prevalence of mortality in diabetic patients with dn is nearly 20-40 times higher than those patients without dn [2]. dn is a progressive disease or damage to the kidneys due to hyperglycemia-induced metabolic and hemodynamic changes resulted from dm [3]. microalbuminuria (30-300 mg/g), despite its restrictions, still the early marker of dn, which appears after the disease exacerbation [4]. now, new biomarkers have been found to be early predictors of dn even in normoalbuminuric stage which precedes mau onset, and these biomarkers can also assess renal functions [5]. vitamin-d binding protein (vdbp), also known as group-specific component (gc) globulin, is a multifunctional circulating α-globulin protein with 58 kda of molecular weight [6]. it has various functions such as transports vitamin-d, fatty acids and actin in the body, increases complement 5 (c5) chemotactic activity and promotes macrophage activation [7]. it is produced mainly by hepatocytes and found in plasma, ascitic fluid, cerebrospinal fluid and on the surface of many cell types [8]. vitamin-d circulate bound to vdbp (85–90%) and albumin (10–15%), with <1% exists as free form [9]. there are three main roles of vdbp in vitamin d physiology; protecting vitamin-d from biodegradation, limiting its access to target tissues, and reabsorbing vitamind in the kidneys [10]. the vdbp/25(oh)d (25-hydroxyvitamin d) complex is filtered in the glomerulus and then reabsorbed by megalin-cubilin receptors of the proximal tubular (pt) epithelial cells. the carrier vdbp is degraded in lysosomes, while 25(oh)d is converted into biologically active 1,25(oh)2d (calcitriol) via 1α-hydroxylase inside these cells, and resecreted into the circulation [11]. therefore, in dn, hyperglycemia induces ros (reactive oxygen species) and tgf-β (transforming growth factor-beta) production, as well as, induces proinflammatory cytokines secretion (such as interleukin-18) from podocytes [12]. these directly and indirectly causing renal tubular damage with destruction of megalin/cubilin receptors in pt epithelial cells that responsible for vdbp uptake leading to excretion of vdbp in urine [13]. the aim of this study was to find out the possible use of urinary vdbp (uvdbp) as a sensitive marker for early prediction of dn in diabetic iraqi patients. materials and methods patient: ninety type 1 (t1d) and type 2 (t2d) diabetic iraqi patients, with (50 patients) and without (40 patients) nephropathy, were enrolled in this study with diabetic duration ≥5 years and age range between (6-25) for t1d and (35-60) for t2d, selected from the specialized center for endocrinology and diabetes/baghdad and the national center for the treatment of diabetes and research/al-mustansiriyah university during the period from october 2016 to march 2017. the presence or absence of dn was defined by the detection of microalbuminuria (30-300 mg/g) using urinary albumin/creatinine ration (uacr). all subjects were screened for their urine microalbumin, creatinine and vdbp, and for their blood hba1c (glycated hemoglobin). also, all subjects were excluded from other chronic liver, kidney or heart diseases, urinary tract infections, smoking, and pregnancy. materials and methods: blood and random-spot urine specimens were collected from each subject; uncentrifuged urine was immediately tested for urinary albumin/creatinine ratio (uacr) using microalbuminuria test strips calledcombina 13 (human, germany) to detect urine microalbumin and creatinine, then the strips were read using combilyzer 13 (human, germany) instrument [14]. whereas centrifuged urine was frozen -20 °c until used for   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 17 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 detection of uvdbp using sandwich elisa kit (mybiosource, usa) which based on the reaction of vdbp in patient's urine with anti-vdbp antibody pre-coated onto microwell plate giving a color change proportional directly with vdbp concentration in patient's urine [15]. whole blood was used to estimate hba1c using fully automated clover a1cinstrument (infopia, korea) based on boronate affinity chromatography technique [16]. all results were statistically analyzed using spss (version 18.0), a significant of difference was tested by student's t test, and the correlation between parameters was obtained by pearson's correlation (r), the values of >0.05, ≤0.5, and ≤0.01 were considered non-significant, significant and highly significant. roc (receiver operating characteristic) curve was used to detect the diagnostic predictivity of urinary vdbp using medcalc software (version 17.8), a value <0.5 of auc (area under the curve) was considered statistically significant. results table (1) revealed a significant difference in t1d patients with dn than those without dn for uacr (97.0 vs. 14.0 mg/g), hba1c (11.0 vs. 9.5%), and uvdbp (347.2 vs. 127.9 ng/ml); also a significant difference in t2d patients with compared to without dn for uacr (74.7 vs. 16.7 mg/g), hba1c (11.5 vs. 8.6%), and (248.2 vs. 105.3 ng/ml). additionally, a highly significant difference (p<0.01) in diabetic patients with dn compared to those without dn for uacr (171.7 vs. 30.7 mg/g), hba1c (22.5 vs.18.1%) and (495.4 vs. 233.2 ng/ml) (data not shown in table (1)). table (1): comparison of the mean levels of biochemical and uvdbp markers in the diabetic patients with and without nephropathy. parameters statistics groups dps with dn vs. without dn t1d t2d with dn (n=25) without dn (n=20) with dn (n=25) without dn (n=20) uacr (mg/g) mean 97.0 14.0 74.7 16.7 0.000 (hs) sd 34.0 7.1 29.0 7.3 range 40-150 5-30 35-150 10-30 p-value 0.000 (hs) 0.000 (hs) hba1c (%) mean 11.0 9.5 11.5 8.6 0.001 (hs) sd 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.7 range 8-14 7-13 8-14 6-13 p-value 0.020 (s) 0.003 (hs) uvdbp (ng/ml) mean 347.2 127.9 248.2 105.3 0.000 (hs) sd 150.3 61.5 97.8 59.9 range 182-713 85-336 140-454 30-219 p-value 0.000 (hs) 0.000 (hs) t1d= type 1 diabetes, t2d= type 2 diabetes, dn= diabetic nephropathy, dps= diabetic patients, uacr= urinary albumin to creatinine ratio, hba1c= glycated hemoglobin, uvdbp= urinary vitamin d binding protein sd=standard deviation, s= significant, hs= highly significant table (2) exhibited a strong positive correlation of uvdbp with uacr in dn patients (r=0.540 with p=0.000) compared to non-significant relation in diabetic patients without dn (r=-0.061 with p=0.708). whereas a strong positive correlation of uvdbp with hba1c was seen in both diabetic patients with and without dn (r=0.560 with p=0.000 and r=0.694 with p=0.000, respectively).   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 18 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (2): correlation of uvdbp with uacr and hba1c in diabetic patients with and without nephropathy. parameters uvdbp(ng/ml) diabetic patients with dn diabetic patients without dn uacr (mg/g) r 0.540 r -0.061 p-value 0.000 (hs) p-value 0.708 (ns) hba1c (%) r 0.560 r 0.694 p-value 0.000 (hs) p-value 0.000 (hs) r= pearson's correlation, ns= non-significant table (3) and figure (1) showed roc curve characteristics of uvdbp with highly significant auc (0.935). urinary vdbp showed a diagnostic cutoff value of >152 ng/ml with 94%, 82%, 87%, and 92% of sensitivity, specificity, ppv (positive predictive value), and npv (negative predictive value) respectively. table (3): roc curve characteristics of uvdbp in diabetic patients with and without nephropathy. roc= receiver operating characteristic, auc= area under the curve, ppv= positive predictive value, npv= negative predictive value. figure (1): receiver operating characteristic (roc) curve analysis of uvdbp in diabetic patients with and without nephropathy discussion in the current study, diabetic patients with nephropathy demonstrated a significantly elevated levels of uacr, hba1c and uvdbp compared to diabetic patients without nephropathy (table 1). these results were consistent with a study in morocco that revealed a higher significant levels of albuminuria were seen in t2d patients with mau compared to tests roc curve characteristics auc p-valve cutoff sensitivity specificity ppv npv uvdbp (ng/ml) 0.935 0.000 (hs) >152 94% 82% 87% 92%   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 19 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 those with normoalbuminuria [17], also a study in egypt showed that there was a significant higher percentage of mau (89%) in t1d patients with poor glycemic control (hba1c >8.0%) and disease duration >10 years [18]. ufuomaet al. (2016) mentioned that hba1c levels were significantly higher (p<0.001) in t2d patients with mau than those without mau [19], and al-eisaet al. (2017) also agreed with our results that the mean hba1c levels were higher significantly in t1d with dn vs. without dn [20]. however, our results were inconsistent with a study which stated that there was no significant difference in hba1c levels in diabetic patients with micro and macroalbuminuria, and those with normoalbuminuria for both types of diabetes [21]. the possible explanation of increased uacr and hba1c in dn patients was due to hyperglycemia. hyperglycemia causes hyperproduction of tgf-β and ros, which directly damage the glomerular endothelium. hyperglycemia also stimulates the production of vegf-a that induce glomerular hyperpermeability [12] and inflammatory cytokines that destruct megalin-cubilin receptors involved in albumin reabsorption in renal tubules, leading to the appearance of mau [22], indicating that poor glycemic control could be an important risk factor for dn initiation and progression. concerning to uvdbp which was elevated significantly in dn patients than those patients without dn, these finding were in agreement with studies which reported that uvdbp levels were significantly higher (p=0.004) in diabetic patients with micro and macroalbuminuria compared to diabetic patients with normoalbuminuria [23, 24], whereas another study noticed that uvdbp was higher in microalbuminuric patients than normoalbuminuric patients with non-diabetic chronic kidney disease (ckd) [25]. the possible explanation of elevated uvdbp in dn patients was resulted from hyperglycemia-induced ros, tgf-β and proinflammatory cytokines (il-18) production from podocytes [12] causing renal tubular damage with destruction of megalin/cubilin receptors in pt epithelial cells that responsible for vdbp reabsorption leading to urinary excretion of vdbp [13]. furthermore, a significant positive association of uvdbp with uacr and hba1c was manifested in diabetic patients with nephropathy (table 2). these results were similar to thrailkillet al. (2011) and mohamed (2016) studies, who found that uvdbp was strongly positively associated (p<0.001) with elevated hba1c levels in t1d and t2d patients (respectively) with normo and microalbuminuria [23, 26]. other studies also agreed with our finding, which demonstrated a strong positive correlation (p<0.001) between uvdbp and uacr was seen in dn patients, and uvdbp levels were directly proportional with increased uacr levels [27, 28]. however, another study reported that there was no significant relation between uvdbp and uacr in microalbuminuric diabetic patients, but only in diabetic patients with macroalbuminuria [29]. these inconsistent results might be due to different study designs, different stages of dn, and different populations that had been studied. roc curve analysis exhibited a greater auc (0.935) for uvdbp with cutoff value (>125 ng/ml), this value has sensitivity (94%), specificity (82%), ppv (87%), and npv (92%) as shown in table (3) and figure (1). these findings were concurred with many studies which revealed a higher auc (0.96) of uvdbp with 90% sensitivity, 77% specificity, 79% ppv, and 88% npv [27,29, 30], suggesting a sensitive and potential role of urinary vdbp in the early prediction, diagnosis and assessment of dn in diabetic patients. in conclusion, poor glycemic control is an important risk factor for the initiation and development of dn, uvdbp levels were significantly elevated in dn patients and positively associated with higher hba1c and uacr, therefore it can be used as an early predictor for the detection and may prevent the early onset of dn in iraqi diabetic patients.   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 20 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 references [1] c. wang; c. li; w. gong, and t. lou, new urinary biomarkers for diabetic kidney disease. biomarker research, 1(1): 9. url: https://doi.org/10.1186/2050-7771-1-9. 2013 [2] s. thomas, and j. karalliedde, diabetic nephropathy. medicine, 43(1): 20-25. url: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mpmed.2014.10.007. 2015 [3] k.r. tuttle; g.l. bakris; r.w. bilous; j.l. chiang; i.h. de boer; j. goldstein-fuchs; i.b. hirsch; k. kalantar-zadeh; a.s. narva; s.d. navaneethan, and j.j. neumiller, diabetic kidney disease: a report from an ada consensus conference. american journal of kidney diseases, 64(4): 510-533. 2014 [4] c.h. lin; y.c. chang, and l.m. chuang, early detection of diabetic kidney disease: present limitations and future perspectives. world journal of diabetes, 7(14): 290-301. url: http://doi: 10.4239/wjd.v7.i14.290. 2016 [5] c. gluhovschi; g. gluhovschi; l. petrica; r. timar; s. velciov; i. ionita; a. kaycsa, and b. timar, urinary biomarkers in the assessment of early diabetic nephropathy. journal of diabetes research, 1(1): 1-13. 2016 [6] w. song; x.e. wang; y. tian; x. zhang;r. lu, and h. meng, gc gene polymorphisms and vitamin d-binding protein levels are related to the risk of generalized aggressive periodontitis. international journal of endocrinology, 1(1): 1-8. url: http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2016/5141089. 2016 [7] a.f. wookey; t. chollangi; h.e. yong, b. kalionis; s.p. brennecke; p. murthi, and h.m. georgiou, placental vitamin d-binding protein expression in human idiopathic fetal growth restriction. journal of pregnancy, 2017: 1-5. [8] m. speeckaert; g. huang; j.r. delanghe, and y.e. taes, biological and clinical aspects of the vitamin d binding protein (gc -globulin) and its polymorphism. clinicachimicaacta, 372(1) 2006: 33-42. url: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cca.03.011.2006 [9] r.f. chun; b.e. peercy; e.s. orwoll; c.m. nielson; j.s. adams, and m. hewison,vitamin d and dbp: the free hormone hypothesis revisited. the journalof steroid biochemistry and molecular biology, 144(1): 132-137. 2014 [10] a.j. brown, and d.w. coyne,bioavailable vitamin d in chronic kidney disease. kidney international, 82(1) 2012: 5-7. url: https://doi.org/10.1038/ki.2012.135 [11] n.k. jassil; a. sharma; d. bikle, and x. wang, vitamin d binding protein and 25hydroxyvitamin d levels: emerging clinical applications. endocrine practice, 23(5): 605-613. url: https://doi.org/10.4158/ep161604.ra. 2017 [12] b. satirapoj, and s.g. adler, comprehensive approach to diabetic nephropathy.kidney research and clinical practice, 33(3): 121-131. url: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.krcp.2014.08.001. 2014 [13] j.l. fowlkes; r.c. bunn; g.e. cockrell;l.m. clark; e.c. wahl; c.k. lumpkin, and k.m. thrailkill, dysregulation of the intrarenal vitamin d endocytic pathway in a nephropathy-prone mouse model of type 1 diabetes. experimental diabetes research, 2011: 1-7. url: http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2011/269378 [14] human gesellschaftfür biochemica und diagnosticambh. protocol of urine test strips for visual reading or with combilyzer13, germany. https://www.human.de/fileadmin/content/flyer/en/981142_urinalysis_system_line__e n.pdf (accessed 12.03.17). 2016   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 21 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [15] mybiosource co., gc elisa kit/human vitamin-d binding protein elisa kit, usa. https://www.mybiosource.com/prods/elisa-kit/human/vitamin-d-bindingprotein/gc/datasheet.php?products_id=763939 (accessed 12.05.17). i. 2017 [16] infopia co. ltd., clover a1cself analyzer. korea http://www.infopia21.com/upload/downloadmanual/[ce]clovera1c_self_analyzer _manual_(140519).pdf (accessed 12.03.17). 2014 [17] y. bentata, and r. abouqal, albuminuria in patients with young onset type 2 diabetes. journal of nephropharmacology, 6(2): 110-113. url: http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2016/4626125. 2017 [18] m.a. omar; m.m. rezk; a.a. el-kafoury, and m.s. kandil. microalbuminuria and glycated hemoglobin in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus, alexandria journal of medicine, 51(1) 2015: 83-88. url: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajme.2014.04.005 [19] c. ufuoma, j.c. ngozi, a.d. kester and y.d. godwin. prevalence and risk factors of microalbuminuria among type 2 diabetes mellitus: a hospital-based study from, warri, nigeria. sahel medical journal, 19(1): 16-20. url: http://www.smjonline.org/text.asp?2016/19/1/16/181889. 2016 [20] a.a. al-eisa, a. al-hajri, s. al-shuaib, d.m.a.a. razzak and i. al-basiri. earlyonset microalbuminuria in children with type 1 diabetes in kuwait. current pediatric research, 21(2): 254-259. 2017 [21] a. basu and j.s. jhala. correlation between serum lipid profile and albuminuria in normotensive diabetic subjects. education (asme), 1(4): 202-210. 2014 [22] r. nielsen, e.i. christensen and h. birn. megalin and cubilin in proximal tubule protein reabsorption: from experimental models to human disease. kidney international, 89(1) 2016: 58-67. url: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.kint.2015.11.007 [23] k.m. thrailkill, c.h. jo, g.e. cockrell, c.s. moreau and j.l. fowlkes. enhanced excretion of vitamin d binding protein in type 1 diabetes: a role in vitamin d deficiency. the journal of clinical endocrinology & metabolism, 96(1): 142-149. url: https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2010-0980. 2011 [24] x.q. tian, l.m. zhao, j.p. ge, y. zhang and y.c. xu. elevated urinary level of vitamin d-binding protein as a novel biomarker for diabetic nephropathy. experimental and therapeutic medicine, 7(2) 2014: 411-416. [25] k. mirković, c.r. doorenbos, w.a. dam, h.j.l. heerspink, m.c. slagman, f.l. nauta, a.b. kramer, r.t. gansevoort, j. van den born, g. navis and m.h. de borst. urinary vitamin d binding protein: a potential novel marker of renal interstitial inflammation and fibrosis. plos one, 8(2): 1-9. 2013 [26] a.s. mohamed. elevated urinary level of vitamin d binding protein as a biomarker for diabetic nephropathy, published master thesis, faculty of medicine, ain shams university, egypt, 2016. url: http://srv4.eulc.edu.eg/eulc_v5/libraries/ thesis/browsethesispages.aspx? fn=publicdrawthesis&bibid=12280766 [27] a. shoukry, s.e.a. bdeer and r.h. el-sokkary. urinary monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 and vitamin d-binding protein as biomarkers for early detection of diabetic nephropathy in type 2 diabetes mellitus. molecular and cellular biochemistry, 408(1-2) 2015: 25-35. url: https://doi.org/10.1007/s1101 [28] m.j. kim, a.h. frankel, m. donaldson, s.j. darch, c.d. pusey, p.d. hill, m. mayr and f.w. tam. oral cholecalciferol decreases albuminuria and urinary tgf-β1 in patients with type 2 diabetic nephropathy on established renin–angiotensin–aldosterone system inhibition. kidney international, 80(8) 2011: 851-860. [29] s.a. khodeir, n.m. kotb, k.m. okasha, k.a. ahmed and h.m. nagy. urinary level of vitamin d-binding protein as a new biomarker for diabetic nephropathy. journal of   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.845 biology | 22 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 the egyptian society of nephrology and transplantation, 16(1) 2016: 32-38 url: http://www.jesnt.eg.net/text.asp?2016/16/1/32/179210 [30] x.q. tian, l.m. zhao, j.p. ge, y. zhang and y.c. xu. elevated urinary level of vitamin d-binding protein as a novel biomarker for diabetic nephropathy. experimental and therapeutic medicine, 7(2): 411-416. url: https://doi.org/10.3892/etm.2013.1426. 2014   conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الكيمياء |384 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 تحضير وتشخيص بوليمر كالبي جديد مشتق من )بارا امينو بنزوك اسد( تجاه بعض ا ةاالستخالصيو)البايوريت( مع )الفورمالديهايد( ودراسة كفاءته ايونات العناصر خالدة عباس عمران الجنابي الكريم طابور حسونيزهراء عبد جامعة بغداد/ (الهيثمابن )قسم الكيمياء/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 6302/نيسان/01قبل في: ،6302/اذار/03استلم في: الخالصة ( و p-ab) p-amino benzoic acid)( من تكثيف )p-abbfتضمن البحث تحضير بوليمر ثالثي جديد ) (biuret( )b( مع )edyhedofmrof( )f )( على التوالي للمواد المتفاعلة وبوجود حامض 1:1:3وبنسب مولية ) ق الطيفية التي تضمنت ائشخص البوليمر المحضر بالطر ℃2±130)الهيدروكلوريك كوسط للتفاعل عند درجة حرارة ) عن التحليل الدقيق , فضالا )nmr-h1( , طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي )ir-ftطيف االشعة تحت الحمراء ) ( والتحلل tgaطة تقنية التحلل الحراري الوزني )اللعناصر وتم قياس اللزوجة الجوهرية وتم دراسة البوليمر حرارياا بوس ( لمعرفة االستقرار الحراري للبوليمر المحضر. واجري التحقق في خصائص سطح الراتنج dscالحراري الكالومتري ) (. درست الكفاءة التحليلية للراتنج المحضر semطح باستعمال المجهر االلكتروني الماسح )وذلك بدراسة مورفولوجية الس ni+2,cu,2+طريقة الوجبة على العديد من ايونات العناصر الثنائية والثالثية التي شملت ) عمالباست +3,cr+2,cd+2,zn+2co )يونات مع البوليمر من حيث تمت دراسة اال للبوليمر وعليهابدت هذه العناصر استجابة عالية إذ تاثير زمن المعاملة والدالة الحامضية على سعة التحميل للراتنج المحضر مع تثبيت العوامل االخرى كدرجة الحرارة cu,2+ ,6.5=) ( هي:abbf-pوتركيز االيونات المدروسة وكمية الراتنج , وقد كانت سعة التحميل القصوى للراتنج ) =5.5 +2=6.5, cd+2=7.4, zn+2=7.6, co+2ni =9.8+3 ( cr ( وكذلك دراسة قابلية استعادة االيونات من الراتنج-p abbf ساعة من المعاملة هي : 24( باستخدام حامض النتريك كعامل شافط , وكانت نتيجة االستعادة عند (45=+2= 50.6, ni+2,cu 12.3=+3cr =68.4,+2=75.2, cd+2=32.8, zn+2co). . بارا امينو بنزوك اسد , بايوريت , فورمالديهايد , راتنج كالبي -: المفتاحيةالكلمات الكيمياء |385 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 المقدمة حياة الكائنات الحية المختلفة لكونها فيطة أيونات المعادن السامة تشكل مشاكل جدية لتأثيرها اإن تلوث المياه بوس لتقلل من تركيز أيونات المعادن السامة في المياه , ومنها عملتمختلفة است , وهنالك تقنيات وعمليات[1]سامة بتراكيز قليلة , وتقنيات كيميائية والكتروكيميائية, وعمليات اإلدمصاص , وعمليات األغشية , وعمليات أكسده متقدمة معالجات بايولوجية الراتنجات عمالن هو استوركز عليه الباحث , ولكن من أهم ما[2]زالة أيونات المعادن السامة, هذه التقنيات كلها شائعة ال دمصاص عالية اأعادة تنشيطها مره أخرى , وسهولة عملها , ولها قابلية امكانيةزلة أيونات المعادن السامة بسبب الكالبية ال ة المتالك انها مصمم إذراتنجات أنتقائية د, كما ان بعضها تع , وكفاءتها , وانتقائيتها لبعض أيونات المعادن السامه نواع من الراتنجات تمتز األيونات الفلزية من خالل امتالكها تخصص عاٍل أليون معين أو مجموعة أيونات , هذه األ , وعلى هذا األساس [3,4]تداخالت أيونية وتناسقية بدل التداخالت األلكتروستاتيكية البسيطة في المبادالت األيونية التقليدية تلك انتقائية أكبر من المبادالت األيونية التقليدية .فإن الراتنجات الكالبية تم تعرف الراتنجات الكالبية بأنها اساساا بوليمرات عضوية تحتوي على مجاميع فعالة تحتوي في تركيبها على ذرات مانحة يها مجاميع ومن األمثلة عللاللكترونات لها القابلية على التناسق وتكوين معقدات مع مختلف أيونات العناصر الفلزية ( أو الكاربونيل c=n)االيزوميثين )( أو-cooh( أوالكاربوكسيل )-2nh( أو األمين )-oh) لالهيدروكسي (, وبشكل عام فإن الذرات 4po3h( أو المجاميع المشتقة من حامض الفسفوريك )o=s=o( أوالسلفونات ) وغيرها تشكل األساس في المواقع الكالبية في هذه الراتنجات التي لها القدرة على فصل ( o,n,s,pغير المتجانسة مثل ) إن انتقائية هذه الراتنجات تجاه الفلزات تعتمد على طبيعة الليكاندات فيها وقيمة األس األيونات من محاليلها المخففة. ايضاا في معالجة الفضالت المشعة الناتجة من محطات . وتعد هذه التقنية من التقنيات الصديقة للبيئة وتستعملالهيدروجيني [5].الطاقة النووية formaldehyde, salicylic acid , methylene diamine من تحضير راتنج كالبي منmasaram [6]كما قام hexa باتجاه ايونات واستعمل في فصل ايونات العناصر باستعمال طريقة العمود. ووجد ان هذا الراتنج له انتقائية عالية +2,ni+2,cu+3fe 2+اكثر من ايونات,pb+2,zn+2,cd+2co . اهميته ,anthralic acid formaldehyde , ureaان الراتنج المحضر من تفاعل[7] وجماعته mageshوقد اثبت .في عزل وفصل ايون من خليط من االيونات من تحضير راتنج كالبي عن طريق البلمرة التكثيفية الباراهيدروكسي بنزالديهايد [8]وجماعته shareefكما قام واستعمال hnmr1و ri-ftوالبايوريت مع الفورمالديهايد في وسط قاعدي , وتم تشخيص البوليمر طيفيا بوساطة dsc 2+ت )في دراستها حراريا واستعملت طريقة الوجبة في دراسة خصائص هذا الراتنج تجاه االيونا,hg+2,ni+2(pb . 2pb+وايون الرصاص 2ni+مقارنة مع ايون النيكل hg)2+, وقد اعطى هذا الراتنج انتقائية اتجاه ايون الزئبق ) ( وذلك من تكاثف البارا امينو (asa-u-f-4من تحضير ودراسة راتنج كالبي [9]وجماعته dhoreكما استطاع )h and 1و) ir -ftسالسليك اسد مع اليوريا والفورمالديهايد في وسط حامضي وتم تشخيص البوليمر طيفيا بوساطة nmr13c وتم التعرف على الصفات المورفولوجية لسطح الراتنج ودرست قابلية انتقائية للتبادل االيوني في دوال لوجبة وقد اعطى هذا الراتنج انتقائية عالية اتجاه االيونات بالترتيب اآلتي حامضية مختلفة وبطريقة ا +2>cd+2>pb+2>co+2>zn+2>hg+2ni الجانب العملي 2 %37, بايوريت , فورمالديهايد في هذا البحث المواد التالية : بارا امينو بنزوك اسد عملت: است عملةالمواد المست هيدروكسيد الصوديوم , حامض النتريك , داي مثيل سلفوكسايد , امالح الكلوريدات لكل حامض الهيدروكلوريك , ؤشضذ, بدون اعادة بلورة . عملتمن النحاس والكوبلت والكادميوم والنيكل والزنك والكروم لتحضير ايونات هذه العناصر واست ( , وجهاز طيف الرنين ft-irء )عدة اجهزة مطيافية مثل االشعة تحت الحمرا عمالجرى است: عملةاالجهزة المست والمجهر .a.a), وجهاز التحليل الدقيق للعناصر وجهاز االمتصاص الذري) )nmr-h1النووي المغناطيسي ) .dsc)( ومسعر المسح التفاضلي )semااللكتروني الماسح ) الكيمياء |386 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ( p-abbfتحضير الراتنج البوليمري ) العنق مزود بمكثف وفتحة لالضافة ومحرار , مزج في الدورق بارا امينو يتألف نظام التفاعل من دورق دائري ثالثي ( واضيف الى مزيج التفاعل 0.3mole ( وفورمالديهايد ) 0.1mole( مع البايوريت ) mole 0.1حامض البنزوك ) (2m hcl (200ml ة ثم وضع الدورق في حمام زيتي على مسخن مزود بمحرك مغناطيسي واجري التفاعل عند درج ( وبعد انتهاء التفاعل تكون محلول رائق ذا لون بني محمر بعد تبريده سكب على مجروش (5hلمدة 2cº± 130حرارة الثلج وترك لليوم التالي مع التحريك المستمر, تكون راسب اصفر تم غسله بالماء المقطر البارد ثم جفف الناتج وتم اعادة hcl /dstill (%v/v) 1:1.اعادة ترسيبه باضافة محلول بارد ( رشح وتم%( naoh 8تنقيته باذابته بمحلول [10]water وكانت االضافة تدريجية مع التحريك المستمر كررت هذه العملية مرتين , تم ترشيح الناتج وغسل عدة مرات تحت ( واجري له قياس طيف االشعة descatorبالماء الحار وجفف بالهواء وتم طحنه وحفظ فوق السليكا جل في ) .يبين الصيغة التركيبية للبوليمر 1)والشكل رقم )الحمراء تحضير المحاليل القياسية للعناصر حضرت المحاليل القياسية بإذابة األوزان الالزمة مـن كلوريدات الفلز فـي أقل كميـة ممكنة من الماء الالأيوني مع مل.500 مل من حامض الهيدروكلوريك المركز ثم اكمال الحجم الالزم بالماء الالأيونـي الى 2إضافة لكل أيون وفـي دوال حامضيـة مختلفة وقد ppm 100ثـم خففت حجـوم معينـة من محاليل هذه األيونات لتعطي تركيز ت الدالة الحامضية باستعمـال محلول حامض وقـد ضبط [11]استعمل الماء الالأيونـي في كل عمليات التحضير التحليلية موالري ( لكل منهما . 1الهيدروكلوريك ومحلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم بتركيز ) القياسات التحليلية لكفاءة الراتنج الكالبي فيي القياسيات التحليليية لمعرفية كفياة عملةق المستائ) وهي احدى الطرbatch method [12] طريقة الوجبة عملتاست الراتنج الكالبي لسحب االيونات الفلزية بتاثير دالة حامضية معينة وزمين محيدد ووزن محيدد ( فيي حسيا سيعة تحمييل كيل عنيد ميدى (100ppm)من المحلول المائي أليون العنصر بتركييز (10ml)من الراتنج الجاف مع (0.1g)إذ تم رج راتنج ويعتمد الحد األعلى على الدالة الحامضية الحرجة التيي يبيدأ عنيدها (2-6) مضية لكل أيون، والتي تراوحت مابين الدالة الحا هيدروكسيد. يأةأيون العنصر بالترسب على ه باستعمال هزاز كهربائي عند درجة حرارة المختبر 0.5h)-(24hزمنية تراوحت بين مددأجريت عملية المعاملة ل c)0(25 النتائج عدتثم رشحت المحاليل وعين تركيز العنصر في الراشح بوساطة مطيافية االمتصاص الذري, ولقد لكل عنصر. maximum loading capacityبأنها اعلى سعة تحميل ( (24hألعلى زمن معاملة أي استعادة األيونات من الراتنج المحمل ساعة ( بعد ذلك تم 24 غم ( من الراتنج مع محاليل أيونات العناصر لمدة ) 0.1تمت عملية تنشيط الراتنج بوساطة رج ) ترشيح المحلول ،وقياس تركيز أيونات الفلز في المحلول ومنها تم حسا سعة تحميل الراتنج)كمية األيونات المرتبطة مع ( وأجريت هذه موالري 3ريك تركيزه مل ( من ) حامض النت10 الراتنج( بعدها تم رج الراتنج نفسه بعد تجفيفه بالهواء مع) العملية على عدد من العينات ولفترات زمنية مختلفة ،ثم قيست تراكيز أيونات كل عنصر في محلول الحامض بعد ترشيح استعمالمحاليل منحني معايرة للعنصر محضرة ب استعمالطة مطيافية االمتصاص الذري اللهبي باالراتنج منه، وذلك بوس يز نفسه، ومن معرفة سعة التحميل وحسا تركيز أيونات العنصر المستعاد من الراتنج يتم حسا النسبة الحامض بالترك .[13]المئوية لالسترجاع النتائج والمناقشة (p-abbfتشخيص الراتنج ) المغناطيسي ( , طيف الرنين النووي ir-ftطيف االشعة تحت الحمراء ) -تم التشخيص بوساطة الطرائق اآلتية : (nmr-h1( , والتحليل الدقيق للعناصر وتم قياس اللزوجة الجوهرية ودراسة البوليمر حرارياا بواسطة تقنية التحلل ( لمعرفة االستقرار الحراري للبوليمر المحضر ودراسة dsc( والتحلل الحراري الكالومتري )tgaالحراري الوزني ) .sem)مورفولوجية السطح بوساطة ) الكيمياء |387 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ( (p-abbfللراتنج (ft-irاالشعة تحت الحمراء)طيف ( قيم 2كما موضح في الشكل ) cm –(400(4000-1سجل طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء للبوليمر المحضر ضمن المدى ومواقع حزم االمتصاص لهذا الراتنج. ( في -nhد مط االصرة )( تعود لتردcm(3357-1( حزمة امتصاص عريضة عند المنطقة abbf)-pاذ اظهر المركب (2nh-ar( والتي تتضمن تكوين آصرة هيدروجينية مع )cooh-ar)[14], كما اظهر حزمة امتصاص ضعيفة عند ( الوسطية والتي تظهر في سلسلة البوليمر -nh-(( وهي تشير الى -amine -nh( التي تعود الى)cm(3014-1المنطقة ( المندمجة مع nh<( تعود الى )cm(2372-1ترددوظهور حزمة امتصاص ضعيفة عند ,[15]الثالثي السلسلة (في-2ch-تعود لتردد مط مجموعة المثلين) cm(2954)-1حزمة امتصاص عند الهيدروكسيل.وظهور ( في الحلقة h-cتعود لتردد مط االصرة ) cm (2848)-1وظهور حزمة امتصاص عند ,[16]البوليمرية ( (c=oتعود لتردد مط االصرة cm (1693)-1دة عند المنطقة كما اظهر حزمة امتصاص حا,[17]االروماتية ( (c=o<تعود لتردد مط مجموعة cm (1606)-1الكاربوكسيلية الحامضية. وظهور حزمة امتصاص حادة عند المنطقة n-( تعود لتردد حني مجموعة 1560) cm-1التي تعود للبايوريت.كما اظهر حزمة امتصاص حادة متوسطة عند المنطقة )h( العائدة الى )2nh-ar ظهور حزمة امتصاص حادة عند المنطقة.) 1-(1527) cm تعود لتردد حني مجموعةh)-n ) [18]العائدة الى مجموعة االميد الثانوي. ( في الحلقة االروماتية.>c=c<تعود لتردد مط االصرة) cm (1437)-1وظهور حزمة امتصاص عند الذي يعود 1176,960,841)البنزين تم اثباته بوساطة ظهور قمم متوسطة عند الترددات )اما التعويض الرباعي على حلقة [19](.c-hالى حني االصرة ) (n.m.r. -h1 )طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ( اذ أظهرت نتائج التشخيص dmsoأجريت تحاليل الرنين النووي المغناطيسي للبوليمر المحضر باستخدام مذيب ) تداخل قمم ذرات الهيدروجين للمركب البوليمري بسبب تداخل السالسل البوليمرية مما يؤدي الى تبادل تاثير مجال ذرات لوحظ abbf)-(pللمركب (nmr -h1)( ومن خالل دراسة طيف 3الهيدروجين مع بعضها كما يتضح في الشكل ) ( ar-coohتون الكاربوكسيلية العائدة لمجموعة )( والتي تعود الى برو8.87ppmظهور اشارة ضعيفة عند الموقع ) [20]. الوسطية ) nh-( العائدة لمجموعة d( والذي يعود الى بروتون )7.36ppmوكذلك ظهور حزمة احادية عند الموقع ) c o h n c o الرزونانس لمدى اكثر ( وذلك بسبب وقوعها بين مجموعتين كاربونيل اللتان تعمالن على امتداد c( العائد لمجموعة )cمن البروتون ) o n h )[21] اي يظهر امتصاص بشكل حزمة ثالثية عند المنطقةppm(-4.11 ( للبوليمر.4.76 ( تعود الى بروتونات االروماتية .6.88-7.26)ppm( في المواقع a,bوظهور حزمتين احادية ) (. واخيرا 2nh-ar( لمجموعة )-2nh( تعود الى بروتونات )ppm(3.66زمة احادية عند الموقع ولوحظ ظهور ح ( المثيلية الجسرية.-2ch( العائدة الى بروتونات )3.05-2.87)ppmضهور حزمة ثنائية عند المنطقة elemental micro analysis( .c.h.nالتحليل الدقيق للعناصر) -اجري التحليل الدقيق للعناصر للراتنج البوليمر المحضر وكانت النتائج المحسوبة نظريا مقاربة للنتائج العملية وكما يلي : c=59.52 % (f) وc=58.33 (cal) ,h=5.022 %(f) (وcal )h=4.86 ,f))n=14.357% و n=14.58(cal) . (semطة )ادراسة مورفلوجية السطح بوس تمكنا من التعرف على (4كما في الشكل ) ( وعند درجات تكبير مختلفةsemالمجهر االلكتروني الماسح ) باستعمال ( دوراا أساسياا في فهم طبيعة هذه semالمحضر .اذ يؤدي ) يالمميزات المورفولوجية والمميزة لسطوح الراتنج البوليمر ( spherulitesراتنج المحضر لوحظ وجود مكورات )( لسطح الsemالمواد. من المعلومات التي تم جمعها من صور ) الراتنج , وان اوهي عبارة عن تشكيالت معقدة متعددة البلورات تعطي السطح نعومة وهذا يشير الى الطبيعة البلورية لهذ الكيمياء |388 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ( وهي حالة انتقالية مابينfring modelوجود الصفة البلورية تعتمد على طبيعة الحامضية للمونيمر وكذلك وجود ) ( لسطح متراص يحتوي على حفر عميقة amorphous( والطور غير المتبلور )crytstallineالطور المتبلور ) هر صفات غير متبلورة بشكل كبير لذلك كانت سعة التحميل عالية اليونات الفلزات .يظالراتنج ا.وان هذ]77[ المحضر ياالستقرارية الحرارية للراتنج البوليمر ( tgaالتحلل الحراري الوزني ذي الحرارة المتغيرة ) عمالاالستقرارية الحرارية للراتنج البوليمري باستتمت دراسة الوزني والكالومتري.ومن خالل ( الى منحنيات التحلل الحراري5شير الشكل)يو( dscوالتحلل الحراري الكالومتري ) يتضحمن ( على التوالي 2( و )1ا مبين في الجداول )وكم dsc و tgaالمعلومات التي تم الحصول عليها من منحني التي تتفاعل اثناء )-2nh-(,)coohوالسبب يعود الى وجود مجاميع ) تمتع بدرجة استقرار حراري عالٍ يان البوليمر .[23] عالٍ التسخين مكونة بوليمر متشابك ذو روابط أميدية ذات استقرار حراري للبوليمر المحضرايجاد اللزوجة الجوهرية إذ ( ubbelhode viscometerفسكوميتر من نوع) عمالقيست لزوجة البوليمر المحضر في هذه الدراسة باست .℃30الذابة الراتنج البوليمري المحضر وعند درجة حرارة dmso استعمل ( 3) رقم تم حسا اللزوجة النسبية المستحصلة لكل محلول وتحويلها الى لزوجة نوعية ولزوجة مختزلة وفي الجدول يدون قيم اللزوجة النسبية واللزوجة النوعية واللزوجة المختزلة واللزوجة الجوهرية والتي تم تعيين قيمها عمليا من الرسم ( وان تقاطع المنحني مع المحور 6لراتنج البوليمر المحضروكما في الشكل )البياني بين اللزوجة المختزلة والتركيز ل الصادي عندما تكون قيمة التركيز مساوية للصفر هي تمثل القيم العملية للزوجة الجوهرية. القياسات التحليلية لدراسة كفاءة الراتنج الكالبي المحضر فيها مؤثرةالتجاه العناصر والعوامل ادراسة انتقائية الراتنج محاليل قياسية عند أعلى زمن معاملة وهو عمالتجاه أيونات العناصر باست جرت دراسة انتقائية الراتنج المحضر ( ساعة وهو الزمن الالزم لقياس السعة القصوى للتحميل وعند أعلى دالة حامضية ممكنة لمحلول األيون الفلزي يكون 24) وغير متعكر اعتماداا على نوع األيون المدروس , وضبطت درجة الحرارة عند درجة حرارة فيها هذا األيون بشكل رائق المختبر . ارتباط هذه األيونات بالراتنج ومنها : فيوهنالك الكثير من العوامل التي تؤثر األيون شحنة 5-حجم األيون المرتبط بالراتنج 4درجة الحراره 3-الداله الحامضية 2-زمن المعاملة 1الكفاءة التحليلية للراتنج جرت فيولكن من أهمها هي تأثير زمن المعاملة وتأثير الدالة الحامضية , إن تأثير زمن المعاملة 24( من الراتنج مع محاليل أيونات الفلزات المختلفة واختيرت األزمان اآلتية كأزمان معاملة لهذه الدراسة )0.1gبمعاملة ) ( ساعة ولكل قيمة من قيم الدوال الحامضية التي جرت بها الدراسة لتحديد سعة التحميل عند زمن 0.5 , 1 , 3 ,10 , ( وهو الوقت الذي يصبح فيه مقدار التغيير في سعة التحميل قليالا أو معدوماا , أما تأثير equilibrium timeالتوازن ) ند مختلف الدوال الحامضية لمعرفة تأثير الدالة الحامضية الدالة الحامضية فقد درست سعة التحميل للراتنج من كل أيون ع لضبط الدالة الحامضية . لصوديوموهيدروكسيد ا لهيدروكلوريكحامض ا عمالعلى سعة التحميل واست :[p-abbf]دراسة الكفاءة التحليلية للبوليمر تجاه عدد من األيونات التي تمت دراستهاا [p-abbf]طريقة الوجبة في دراسة الكفاءة التحليلية للبوليمر عملتاست وتم تعين تركيز األيونات في هذه المحاليل بتقنية مطيافية (cr2+,zn2+,cu2+,co2+,cd2+ni,+3األيونات ) هذه وتشمل ( من البوليمر ولمدة 0.1g( مع )100ppm( من محلول األيون المدروس ذي التركيز )10mlاالمتصاص اللهبي بعد رج ) تجاه البوليمر لذلك درست األيونات بالتفصيل . اساعة , وقد أبدت األيونات استجابة كبيرة 24 الكيمياء |389 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 [p-abbf]اوالً: تأثير زمن المعاملة في السعة القصوى لتحميل البوليمر ة إذ في استخالص أيونات العناصر المدروس [p-abbf]كفاءة تحميل البوليمر فيتمت دراسة تأثير زمن المعاملة لوحظ انه بزيادة زمن المعاملة لمحاليل األيونات المدروسة تزداد سعة التحميل للبوليمر , وإن األيونات تصل حالة االتزان ( 4( ساعة من المعاملة, ويبين الجدول )24( ساعة تقريباا ويصبح مقدار زيادة سعة تحميل قليالا حتى بلوغ )10بعد مرور) لأليونات abbf]-[pتأثير زمن المعاملة على سعة تحميل البوليمر ( 12)و (11و) (10)و( 9)( و8( و)7واألشكال ) (3+,cr2+,zn2+,cu2+, co2+,cd2+ni. في الدوال الحامضية المدروسة ) [p-abbf]الكفاءة التحليلية للبوليمر فيثانياً: تأثير الدالة الحامضية أظهرت الدراسة أن الدالة الحامضية ذات تأثير كبير في سعة تحميل الراتنج لجميع األيونات المدروسة , فقد لوحظ بصورة عامة أن أعلى سعة تحميل للراتنج لهذه األيونات تكون عند أعلى دالة حامضية مستعملة في دراسة كل أيون في كل (.18)و( 17)و( 16)و( 15)و (14)و( 13) واالشكال (4)وكما موضح في الجدول األزمنة استعادة األيونات (cr2+,zn2+,cu2+,co2+,cd2+ni,+3المرتبط بأيونات) abbf]-[pعملية إعادة تنشيط الراتنج درست ( يزيد من النسبة المئوية لألسترجاع33m hnoهرت الدراسة أن زيادة زمن المعاملة مع حامض النتريك )ظأ إذ, (%recovery( كما في الجداول . )والش5 )(19ل )ك. [وزمن المعاملة عمليمكن ترتيب االيونات المختلفة نسبة الى استعادتها على النحو اآلتي عند ثبوت تركيز الحامض المست +3> cr +2> co +2> ni +2> cu +2> cd +2zn [ بلغت اقصى استعادة الى الزنك واقل نسبة استعادة لعنصر إذ .لكروم المصادر 1. shukla, s.r ; pia ,r.s.and shendarkar a.d.,(2006), absorption of ni(ii) zn(ii) and fe(ii) on modified coir fibres .sep purif technol. 47,( 7-147). 2. ning, r.y. ; (2002), desalination , arsenic removal by reverse osmosis, 143,(237-241). 3.chunmei ,niu and wenhui, wu,(2007), sep.purif technol., mtdy sndi dr mfefr ndit rydh easfdst tddssndi mr ydttdnibfo eymdnrhfsmrdf bdioe lds dheiiei, 141, (209-214). 4. harland, c.e.,(1994), ion exchange: theory and practice. the royal society of chemistry, cambridge, uk, 285. 5. beauvais, ra. and alexandratos, sd, (1998), polymer supported reagents for the selective complexation of metal ions: an ovwrview, react funct polym,36,(113-123). 6. masram, d.t; kariya, k.p. and bhave, n.s., (2007), synhtesis of resin i: salicylic acid, hexamethylene diamine and formaldehyde and ion-exchange prooerties, e-polymers, 75,(1-12). 7.c. magesh; vijayakumar, c.t. and karunakaran, m., (2010), anthrannilic acid-urea formaldehyde terpolymer resin and their ion-exchange properties, int. j. chem. appl, 2,1, (2132). 8.shareef, et al.; (2013), preparation and analytical properties of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, biuret and formaldehyde terpolymer resin,orinet. j. chem., 29,4, 1391. 9.dohre,m.s. et al.; (2014),removel of toxic metal ions from water using chelation terpolymer resin as a fuction of different concentration time and ph, isrn polymer science, 11, 873520. 10.riswan ahmed ma et al.; (2010),synthesis, characterization, metal ion binding capacities and applications of aterpolymer resin of anthranilic acid/salicylic acid/formaldehyde, iranian polymer journal, 19,8,(635-646). الكيمياء |390 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 11. bowers, e.;(1971),water quality and treatment,prepared by the american water association inc. 20. 12. hana, e. m.; taha,a.al-derzi a.; al-kass, m. n. khalaf and adam g.a., (1998),5 th src conference proceedings .baghdad-iraq, 2 ,( 21-233). 13.al–bayati ,th.f.;(2008),m.sc.thesis, university of tikrit , iraq 64, 67. 14. burkanudeen, a. r. ;azarudeen;r. s.; ahamed, m. a. r.; and gurnule, w. b. ,(2011),kinetics of thermal decomposition and antimicrobial screening of terpolymer resins,''polymer bulletin,67,8,(1553 1568). 15.a. vogel i.; (1989), text book of practical organic chemistry, longman scientific and technical, london,uk. 16. kemp, w.; (1975), organic spectroscopy, macmillan press, hong. 17.vogelai; (1989),quanntitative inorganic analysis, longman,london. 18. butoliya ,s. s.; gurnule, w. b. and zade, a. b.,(2010),study non-isothermal decomposition and kinetic analysis of dihydroxybenzoic acid-melamine-formaldehyde copolymer,e– j chem,7,3,(1101-1107). 19.gurnule, wb; butoliya, ss. and zade, ab, (2009), terpolymer resin viii, chelation ion exchanger properties of 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenon-oxamide-formaldehyde terpolymer resins, j apple poly sci.113,1-9 20.kalsi, ps,(1995) spectroscopy of organic compound,2nded., new age international , new delhi. 21. karunakaran, m. et al.,(2011),terpolymer resin-ii-thermal and metal ion binding properties of resorcinol-thiourea-formaldehyde terpolymer resin, international journal of engineering scinece and technology,3,1 ,(162-176). 22.shah ,ba.; shah, av and shab, ba, (2008), metal ion uptake bychelating resin derived from o-substituted benzoic acid and its synthesis, characterization and properties, macromol symp, 274,(81-90). 23.mohammed, a.muter,(2014),the study of the development of natural rubber blends using different types of polymers and fillers on mechanical and chemical properties of the vulcanizates,journal of natural research, 4,24,(60-73). الكيمياء |391 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 تحليل الحراري الوزنيال (0الجدول ) temperature of complet polymer pyrolysis (tcp) decomposition temperature after )10ten minuts(td polymer onset decomposition temperature (pod) copolymers 592 202 178 p-abbf الحراري الكالومتري ليل( التح2الجدول ) cross linking temperature ℃ (tcro) crystallization temperature tc)) ℃ glass transation temperature (tg) ℃ coplymers 436.5 245.4 145 p-abbf يدون قيم اللزوجة النسبية واللزوجة النوعية واللزوجة المختزلة واللزوجة الجوهرية للراتنج البوليمري 3)الجدول ) .المحضر [ƞ],dl/g red ƞ sp ƞ rel ƞ sect c polymer 0.879 1 0.03 1.03 102 0.03 p-abbf 1.2 0.06 1.06 105 0.05 1.285 0.09 1.09 108 0.07 1.4 0.14 1.14 113 0.1 الكيمياء |392 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ( من البوليمر 0.1gالمسحوبة من قبل ) cr2+,zn2+,cu2+, co2+,cd2+(ni,+3) عدد مليغرامات أيونات (4الجدول) [p-abbf] للزمن في دوال حامضية مختلفة كدالة capacity mg/g resin loading ph ions time (hr.) 24 10 3 1 0.5 5.6 4.4 3.6 2.3 1.8 2 +2co 6.8 6.3 5 3.9 2.7 4 7.4 7.2 6.5 4.7 3.2 6 4.6 3.9 3 2.2 1.3 2 +2ni 5.4 4.6 3.4 2.5 1.7 4 6.5 5.8 4.3 2.9 2.1 6 7.3 6.5 5.1 3.7 2.5 7 7.6 6.9 5.9 4.9 3.1 8 3 2.7 2.2 1.7 0.9 2 +2cu 3.6 3.5 2.9 2.5 1.9 4 6.5 5.8 4.4 3.9 2.9 6 3.1 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.1 2 +2zn 4.5 4.4 3.9 2.4 1.7 4 6.5 6.1 4.5 3.1 2 6 5.3 5.1 4.2 3.8 2.4 2 +2cd 5.4 5.2 4.4 4.1 3 4 5.6 5.4 4.8 4.5 3.3 6 2.8 2.6 2.4 1.3 1.1 3 cr+3 5.7 4.6 4.3 3.2 2.2 4 6.8 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.3 6 9.8 9.6 9.5 9.3 9 7 عند أزمان معاملة مختلفة .p-abbf] ]األيونات من البوليمرنسبة أسترجاع (5الجدول ) زمن المعاملة نسبة االسترجاع % cu 2+cd 2+zn 2+ni 2+co +3cr+2 )ساعة( 19.3 27.5 61.1 22.5 21.8 4.4 0.5 hr 24.4 33.2 64.8 31.4 23.6 5.1 1 hr 32.6 45.3 66.5 36.2 27.7 9.6 3 hr 48.2 64.1 74.4 43.4 30.5 11.3 10 hr 50.6 68.4 75.2 45 32.8 12.3 24 hr الكيمياء |393 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 cooh n nh2 c n o h c o nh2 + 3n ch2o 2m hcl 130 c, 5 hr cooh ch2h2c + n nh2 nh2 cooh nh2 ch2 n c h n o c o h n ch3 h cooh nh2 ch2 n (p-abbfيوضح الصيغة المقترحة للراتنج الكالبي ):( (1الشكل (p-abbf)يبين طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمركب 2)الشكل ) bbf) a-(pيبين طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي للبوليمر (3)الشكل الكيمياء |394 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 b 2500عند قوة تكبير p-abbfللراتنج البوليمري semصورة a( 4الشكل ) 1800عند قوة تكبير p-abbfللراتنج البوليمري semصورة ((p-abbf( يوضح التحلل الحراري للبوليمر 5الشكل ) p-abbf]]اللزوجة الجوهرية للراتنج البوليمري 6) الشكل ) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 ƞ s p / c d l/ g c g/100 ml ƞ int. a b m a ss c h a n g e 7 2 .1 1 1 8 % الكيمياء |395 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ( من البوليمر g 0.1( المسحوبة من قبل )co+2( عدد مليغرامات أيونات )7الشكل ) [p-abbf] . كدالة للزمن في دوال حامضية مختلفة ( من البوليمرg 0.1( المسحوبة من قبل )ni+2( عدد مليغرامات أيونات )8الشكل ) [p-abbf] . كدالة للزمن في دوال حامضية مختلفة ( من البوليمر g 0.1( المسحوبة من قبل )cu+2( عدد مليغرامات أيونات )9الشكل ) [p-abbf] . كدالة للزمن في دوال حامضية مختلفة ( من البوليمر g 0.1( المسحوبة من قبل )zn+2( عدد مليغرامات أيونات )10الشكل ) [p-abbf] . كدالة للزمن في دوال حامضية مختلفة 0 2 4 6 8 0 10 20 30 m g c o /g r e si n time(h) ph 2 ph 4 ph 6 0 2 4 6 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m g n i/ g r e si n time(h) ph 2 ph 4 ph 6 ph 7 ph 8 0 2 4 6 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m g c u /g r e si n time(h) ph 2 ph 4 ph 6 0 2 4 6 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m g z n /g r e si n time(h) ph 2 ph 4 ph 6 الكيمياء |396 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ( من البوليمر g 0.1( المسحوبة من قبل )cd+2( عدد مليغرامات أيونات )11الشكل ) [p-abbf] . كدالة للزمن في دوال حامضية مختلفة ( من البوليمر g 0.1( المسحوبة من قبل )cr+2( عدد مليغرامات أيونات )12الشكل ) [p-abbf] . كدالة للزمن في دوال حامضية مختلفة في أزمان معاملة مختلفة . وبلتالك أليونp-abbf]]ليمرسعة التحميل للبو فييبين تأثير الدالة الحامضية (13الشكل ) في أزمان معاملة مختلفة . نيكلأليون ال[p-abbf]سعة التحميل للبوليمر فييبين تأثير الدالة الحامضية (14الشكل ) 0 2 4 6 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m g c d \ g r e si n time(h) ph 2 ph 4 ph 6 0 5 10 15 0 10 20 30 m g c r /g r e si n time(h) ph 2 ph 4 ph 6 ph 7 0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 l. c (m g c o /g r e si n ) الدالة الحامضية 0.5 hr 1 hr 3 hr 10 hr 24 hr 0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 10 l. c (m g n i/ g r e si n ) الدالة الحامضية 0.5 hr 1 hr 3 hr 10 hr 24 hr الكيمياء |397 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 في أزمان معاملة مختلفة نحاسأليون ال [p-abbf]سعة التحميل للبوليمرفي ( يبين تأثير الدالة الحامضية 15الشكل ) . في أزمان معاملة خارصينأليون ال [p-abbf]سعة التحميل للبوليمرفي ( يبين تأثير الدالة الحامضية 16الشكل ) مختلفة . في أزمان معاملة كادميومأليون ال [p-abbf]سعة التحميل للبوليمر في( يبين تأثير الدالة الحامضية 17الشكل ) مختلفة . أليون الكروم في أزمان معاملة مختلفة . [p-abbf]سعة التحميل للبوليمر في( يبين تأثير الدالة الحامضية 18الشكل ) 0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8l .c (m g c u /g r e si n ) الدالة الحامضية 0.5 hr 1 hr 3 hr 10 hr 24 hr 0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 l. c (m g z n /g r e si n ) الدالة الحامضية 0.5 hr 1 hr 3 hr 10 hr 24 hr 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 8l. c (m g c d / g r e si n ) الدالة الحامضية 0.5 hr 1 hr 3 hr 10 hr 24 hr 0 5 10 15 0 2 4 6 8 l. c (m g c r/ g r e si n ) الدالة الحامضية 0.5 hr 1 hr 3 hr 10 hr 24 hr الكيمياء |398 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 من البوليمر( cr2+,zn2+,cu2+, co2+,cd2+ni,+3)( نسبة أسترجاع األيونات19الشكل ) [p-abbf] . في أزمان مختلفة 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ) % ( r e co v e ry (time)h cr co ni zn cd cu الكيمياء |399 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 synthesis and characterization of new chelating terpolymer resin derived from p-amino benzoic acid, biuret and formaldehyde and study efficiency extractive from some metal ion khalida abas omran aljanabi zahraa abdul kaream tabor hassouni dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn ai-haitham) /university of baghdad received in:30/march/2016,accpted in:17/april/2016 abstract in this study terpolymer resin )p-abbf) was prepared by condensation of (p-amino benzoic acid) and (biuret) with formaldehyde in (1:1:3) mol ratio using hydrolic acid as a reaction medium at 130±2 ℃ .the synthesized terpolymer resin was characterized by elemental analysis , ft-ir and (1h-nmr) spectroscopy. the intrinsic viscosity was determined. the thermal stability of the terpolymer was analyzed by (tga and dsc).the morphological feature of the (p-abbf) terpolymer resin was studied by scanning electron microscopy (sem).bach equilibrium method was employed to study analytical efficiency of the terpolymer resin towards certain trivalent and divalent metal ions such as (cu+2,ni+2, co+2,zn+2,cd+2 and cr+3( where these metal ions showed large responded to the terpolymer resin record.the effect of treatment time and ph on the loading capacity of the resin was studied while resin and metal ion concentration were kept constant. the results of max loding capacity for the resin (p-abbf) were as(cr+3 =9.8 ,cu+2=6.5, ni+2=7.6, co+2=7.4, zn+2=6.5, cd+2=5.5). the recovery of ions from resin (p-abbf) and the regeneration of the resin were also studied using 3m hno3 as an eluent.the % recovery of each ions from the studied resin are ( ni+2 =45,cu+2= 50.6, cr+3=12.3, co+2=32.8, zn+2=75.2, cd+2=68.4 ). keywords: p-amino benzoic acid, biuret, formaldehyde and chelat resin. ٣ charge transport at liquid/liquid interface hadi j. m. al-agealy adil a. m. al-saadi dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:24 june 2012 , accepted in :15 october 2012 abstract charge transfer (ct) at liquid/liquid interfaces are described theoretically depending on the quantum theory .a model that derived used to calculate the rate constant of transport at liquid/liquid interfaces. the calculation of the rate constant of charge transfer depends on the calculation of the reorganization energy, driving force ,and the coupling coefficient . large reorganization energies and large rate constant for charge transfer ,indicate that the transitions involve more energy to happen . the system have large 𝐸0 (𝑒𝑉) refers that type of liquid is more reactive media than other liquid types with same donor. driving force energy to drive the charge increases with the increase of absorption energy and decrease of in wave length. height barrier at liquid/liquid interface that decreasing with decreasing the driving force energy and increasing the absorption energies .charge transfer is so much small as a barrier of large values but in the low values of barrier ,the transfer is most probable. the large height barrier exclusion transfers across liquid/liquid system and the charger suffers from much resistant to transfer . however, this excluded transfer could be significantly large for high barrier and small concentrations .the theoretical values of rate constant of charge transfer show a good agreement with some of the experimental studies. key word: charge transfer, liquid/liquid interface. 94 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction charge transfer (ct) reaction is one of the most important processes in chemistry and biology. it has been the subject of lively investigation recently. in the past 30 years, both experiment and theory of charge transfer have made tremendous progress [1] . in simple terms, an electron transfer reaction involves the transfer of an electron from a 'donor'|𝐷 > to an 'acceptor'|𝐴 > state .[2].since no chemical bonds are broken or formed in the transfer and further more the changes in the bond lengths and angles are rather small .as a result ,the donor becomes oxidized and the acceptor will be reduced to the redox reactions .redox reactions play an important role in everyday life, for example, the sequence of reactions which sustain the metabolism in plants and animals consists entirely of redox reactions[3] . since the late 1940 s, the field of (ct) processes have grown enormously, both in chemistry and biology. the development of the field of the (ct) is experimental and theoretical, as will as its relation to the study of other kinds of chemical reactions [4]. the charge transfer is of highly importance in bioenergetics and is an active field of research. much attention has been devoted to study the charge transfer at liquid /liquid interface and molecular transport reaction processes [5] the classical transfer theory was initially generalized for the liquid |liquid interface considered the charge transfer reaction as asides of steps, where the formation of a precursor complex of the reactants is followed by reorganization of the precursor, charge transfer and dissociation of the products [6]. liquid/liquid system theoretically uses quantum mechanics ;this will be atransfer rate constant which is calculated. theoretical framework for the system liquid-liquid interface, we can suppose two localized quantum states |𝛷𝐷𝐿> ,and |𝛷𝐴𝐿>, donor and acceptor liquid state .the time dependent wave function at one dimensional quantum system is [7]. |𝛷(𝑟,𝑡)>=∑ |𝛷(𝑟) ∞0 > 𝑒 −𝑖 ħ 𝐸𝑇…… …………………....................... (1). where|𝛷(𝑟)>is the basis of the state vector in a hilbert space. the model hamiltonians used to describe the electron transfer dynamics comprise of several parts that have well defined physical origins. the full hamiltonian ,𝐻, is spilt into the donor liquid,𝐻𝐷𝐿,acceptor liquid, 𝐻𝐴𝐿 and time dependent term which describes the interaction 𝐻𝐷𝐴𝐿 [8]. 𝐻 = 𝐻𝐷𝐿 + 𝐻𝐴𝐿 + 𝐻𝐷𝐿𝐴𝐿 = 𝐻0 + 𝐻𝐷𝐿𝐴𝐿 ……………..................(2) where 𝐻0 is the time independent of the unperturbed system, the condition on the perturbation 𝐻𝐷𝐿𝐴𝐿 is relaxed to permit it to vary in time. in terms of orthonormal set 𝛷𝑘(𝑟) which satisfies [9]. 𝐻0𝛷𝑘(𝑟)=ek𝛷𝑘(𝑟) ……………………………………………..(3) then the probability of electron transition from donor liquid state to acceptor liquid state is given by [10]. 𝑊𝐷𝐿𝐴𝐿 = 2𝜋 ħ |𝑇𝐷𝐿𝐴𝐿|2𝛿(𝐸𝐷𝐿 − 𝐸𝐴𝐿 − ħ𝜔) ………………. ………………….(4). then the rate constant is given by with density [11]. 𝛫et 𝐿/𝐿 = 2π ħ |𝑇𝐷𝐴|2 ρ(ea _ed) ……………………….. …… …….(5) rate transfer eq. (5) with density becomes. 𝛫et 𝐿/𝐿 =2𝜋 ħ |𝑇𝐷𝐴| 2 n 𝑒 −(𝐸0+δ𝐺0) 2 4𝐸0𝑘𝐵𝑇 …………………………………… (6) but n(𝜋 𝛽 ) 1 2 = 1 ⇒ n = (𝛽 𝜋 ) 1 2=( 1 4𝜋𝐸0𝑘𝐵𝑇 ) 1 2 …………………………….(7) eq. (6) with eq. (7) is written 95 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝛫et 𝐿/𝐿=2𝜋 ħ | tda|2 ( 1 4𝜋𝐸0𝐾𝐵𝑇 ) 1 2 𝑒𝑥𝑝 −(𝐸0+δ𝐺0) 2 4𝐸0𝑘𝐵𝑇 ……………………… (8). where ℏ = ℎ 2𝜋 is the ℎ planck constant,𝑘𝐵 is the boltzmann constant, 𝑇 is the absolute temperature and 𝑇𝐷𝐴 is the coupling matrix element. when the liquid/liquid system absorption photon light to excite according to expression [12]. ∆𝐺 𝜊 = ℎ𝜈 − 𝐸0 ………………………………………………….(9) where ∆𝐺0 is the effective free energy (driving force) is given by [13] .∆𝐺 𝜊 = ℎ� 𝑐 𝜆 � − 𝐸0 ………………………………………………(10) where 𝜈 is the frequency, c is the velocity of light and 𝜆 is the wave length .also 𝐸0 is contribution of the reorganization energy due to reaction, can be written as [14] . 𝐸0 = (δ𝑒)2 4𝜋𝜖0 � 1 2𝑎1 + 1 2𝑎2 − 1 𝑅 �� 1 𝜖1 𝑜𝑝+𝜖2 𝑜𝑝 − 1 𝜖1 𝑆+𝜖2 𝑆�…………………….…(11) where 𝑅 = 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 is the separation distance between the two reactants and 𝑎1, 𝑎2 are the radii of ions,𝜖𝑜𝑝 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜖𝑠 refers to the optical and static dielectric constant of two liquid .the radii of donor and acceptor can be estimated from the apparent molar volume using spherical approach[ 15]. 𝑎𝑖 = � 3𝑀𝑊 4𝜋𝑁𝐴𝜌 � 1 3……………………………………………………....(12) where 𝑎𝑖 is the radius of donor or acceptor, avogadro's number construes 𝑁𝐴, mw is the molecular weight , and 𝜌 is the mass density of liquid. results a quantum theory have been used to study and calculate the transitions of electron rate constant at liquid/liquid system . the calculation of the rate constant of electron transfer is dependent on the calculation of the reorganization energy , the electronic coupling, and the driving force energy . one first step to calculate the reorganization energy . 𝐸0(𝑒𝑉) that can be calculated theoretically using eq.(11 ).to calculate the reorganization energies 𝐸0(𝑒𝑉) for water/liquid system, one can estimate the radius for donor (water) and acceptor liquid using eq.(12) , substation the values of avogadro's construes 𝑁𝐴 = 6.02 × 1023 𝑀𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑚𝑜𝑙 molecular weight mw ,and density mass 𝜌 for all liquids from table (1) in eq.(12 ),result are listed in table (2 ) . inserting in eq. ( 11) the values of radii of donor and accepter , dielectric constant 𝜖𝑠 optical dielectric constant 𝜖𝑜𝑝 from table (1) and assume the distance 𝑅 = 𝑎𝐷 + 𝑎𝐴 between center to center for donor and acceptor, knowing that 𝑒 2 4𝜋𝜖 = 14.4 𝑒𝑉 the results of reorganization free energy have been summarized in table (3 ) . on the otherhand, we can calculate the driving force energy ( free energy) term at the liquid/liquid interface as a function of the reorganization energy ,and the absorption energy using eq.(10). the absorption energy in eq.(9) can be roughly taking from the wave length in visible spectrum(4000𝐴°-7000 𝐴° ) and transform energy equation 𝐸 = ℎ𝜈 =ℎ𝑐 𝜆 where h is planck constant ,c is the velocity of light ,and 𝜆 is the wave length . since we have considered that the absorbed visible light is directed to the aqueous phase .we evaluated the driving force energy for liquid/liquid system by inserting the values of the reorganization energy from table(3),and absorption energy from spectrum in eq.(8),results are listed in table(4).next ,we calculate the rate constant using eq.(7), by feedback in a math lab program the results of both reorganization energy are from table(3), driving force energy is in table (4), and using the coupling coefficient (200 ,400 )cm-1[5],results are summarized in tables (5) to (6). 96 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 discussion first-order perturbation theory and quantum theory treatment have been used to drive an expression to the transitions of electron rate constant at liquid/liquid system .rate constant of charge transfer depends on many parameters such that :the reorganization energy, driving force energy ,height barrier ,and coupling coefficient. in this paper we will calculate the rate constant for charge transfer at liquid/liquid interface system depending on the results of the reorganization energies and the driving free energy (driving force ). the exponential in eq.( 8) have tested the probability of the transfer of charge from donor water to liquid acceptor state. the reorganization of free energies is calculated depending on the semi classical model for charge transfer at liquid/liquid interface system using a two spherical model based on the marcus theory of charge transfer (ct) . table(3) shows that the reorganization energy for charge transfer at liquid-liquid system indicates that is in general whenever there is an increase in the dielectric constant for acceptor, there is increase in the reorganization energies lead to an increases in rate of charge in tables (5) and (6) respectively and vice versa , similarly whenever, there is an increase in the interface index for acceptor liquid leads to a decrease in the reorganization energies for system with the same refractive index and dielectric constant for the donor resulted to decrease in rate of charge transfer . this indicates that the reorganization energy as a function of the polarity 𝑓(𝑛, 𝜖) = � 1 𝜖𝑜𝑝 − 1 𝜖𝑠 � for system, this means that a small polarity function results to a decrease in the reorganization energy and vice versa. comparison of the results of calculation of the reorganization energy 𝐸0 are in table ( 3) and the rate of charge transfer is in table(5)and(6),indicates that the charge transfer is more probable in liquid-liquid system have more polarity parameter for example water/formic acid have 𝑓(𝑛, 𝜖) ≅ 0.2657 leads to large reorganization energy 𝐸0 ≈ 0.898 𝑒𝑉. notably the charge transfer in the system that have large dielectric constant is stronger than the system have that a small dielectric constant. our results showed agreement with experimental value for 𝐸𝑂 [16 ]. next the results of driving force showed that table(4) gives the results of the driving force energy for charge transfer take term accounting for the attractive interactions between the tails of the donor state wave function and acceptor state wave function. results in table (4) of driving force δ𝐺0(ev), show that energy that is taken to bring the donor and acceptor together and is the part of the work broken to derive the charge to transfer from donor to acceptor. the driving force energy to drive the charge increases with the increase of absorption energy and decreases in wave length. the exponential in rate describing the barrier height is the function of both reorganization energy and driving force .decreasing barrier leads to increase the transfer of charge cross liquid/liquid interface with a decrease of the driving force energy and increase the absorption energies .this indicates the absorption energy is divided into reorientation of the system to transfer and the other enables to drive the charge to transfer due to potential barrier height from donor to acceptor. again, the transition is so much small as a barrier large values but in the low values of barrier ,the transfer is most probable the large height barrier exclusion transfer across liquid/liquid system and the electron suffering much resistant to transfer . however, this excluded transfer could be significantly lower for high barrier and small concentrations of charge because of the hard (large height ) barrier overlapping effect .the theoretical result as well as with the other results[ 2 ]. conclusions in this study ,it can be concluded depending on our results of calculation that the rate of charge transfer is more probable happen and stronger depends on the reorganization and driving force energies . the reorganization energy depends on three parameter dielectric 97 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 constant, optical properties (refractive index n )and polarity .it has shown that all donor molecular have large dielectric constant ,have large reorganization energies and large rate constant for charge transfer ,indicates that the transitions involve more energy to happen . on the otherhand the system have large 𝐸0 (𝑒𝑉) refers that type of liquid is more a reactive media than other liquid type with the same donor. the driving force energy for charge transfer takes term accounting for the attractive interactions between the tails of the donor state wave function and acceptor state wave function and depends on the reorganization energy and the absorption energy visible spectrum. its energy that is taken to bring the donor and acceptor together and drive the charge increases with the increase of absorption energy and decrease in wave length .height barrier at liquid/liquid interface that decreases with the decrease of the driving force energy and increases the absorption energies . this indicates that the absorption energy is divided into reformation the system to transfer and the other enables to drive the charge to transfer due to potential barrier height from donor to acceptor. it can be concluded that the transition is so much small as barrier large values but in the low values of barrier ,the transfer is most probable the large height barrier exclusion transfer across liquid/liquid system and the charger suffers much resistant to transfer . however, this excluded transfer could be significantly lower for high barrier and small concentrations of charge because of the hard (large height ) barrier overlapping effect . references 1-jing,m. c; tonging, h.and chung-yuan .m,(1990) experimental investigation of excited-state electron-transfer reaction: effects of free energy and solvent on rates, j. phys. chem, 94, 2889-2896 2kavarnos, j. g.(1993) fundamentals of photoinduced electron transfer, vch publishers, inc., new york isbn 0-89573-75 1-5. 3-hussein,k.m.(2011)study of the electron transfer at metal/semiconductor interface by using quantum mechanical theories,ms.c thesis. university of baghdad. 4-mohsin, a. h.(2009)a theoretical model for electron transfer in dye/semiconductor system interface with verity solvents, ms.c thesis, baghdad university. 5-xiaoquan ,l .q w.and xiuhui, l.(2007)review: recent applications of scanning electrochemical microscopy to the study of charge transfer kinetics, analytical chemical acta 601,10-25. 6-christoffer, j. (2003)electro deposition and reactions at liquid-liquid interfaces, ph.d., helsinki university of technology department of chemical technology laboratory of physical chemistry and electro chemistry. 7-itzhak,b. (2005)quantum mechanics, book ,3ed ,wily &sons. publisher. 8-al-agealy, h.j.m.and hassooni, m.a.(2011)calculate of the rate constant of electron transfer in tio2-safranine dye systemibn al-hatham j.for pure &appl.sci.,24,3. 9garrison, j. c.and chiao, r. y. (2008)quantum optics ,book, oxford university press published in the united states by oxford university press inc., new york 10-jan, g. k ,and andreas, g. (2002).semiconductors for micro and nanotechnology—an introduction for engineers,wiley-vch verlag gmbh, weinheim microscopy to the study of charge transfer kinetics,analytica chemical acta 6 0 1 10–25] 11-adil,a.al-saadi (2012) interface charge transfer in liquid/liquid ,m.sc. thesis, collage education ibn al-haitem.baghdad university. 12al-agealy, h. j m.( 2008) photo induced electron transfer between metal lop orphyrin complex dihydroxy antimony tetraphenylporphine and halide in acetonitrile solution" ibn –al hiatham j.for pure and appl. sci.21(1): 34-44. 13al-agealy,h.j. m.and hadi, a. z. (2008),et between ketone triplets and organic dyes in variety solvent, j. of the college of basic education, 64,16. 98 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 14al-agealy,h.j.m. and adil,a.m.al-saadi (2013) theory and calculation of the reorganization energy of electron transfer at liquid/liquid interface, ibn –al haitham j.for pure & appl. sci.26: (2). 15al-agealy h. j. m.., and hasoony,m. a. (2010)a theoretical study of the effect of the solvent type on the reorientation energy of dye/semiconductor system interface", ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 23(3) 51-57. 16-wibren ,d.o. (.2002)electron transfer donor –bridge-acceptor system and derived material. ph.d. thesis, debye institute and university of utrecht.chapter (1)1 -10. isbn 90393-3095-6. 17-greenwood, n. n.and earnshaw, a.(1997) chemistry of the elements, 2nd edition., butterworth-heinemann, oxford, uk. 18wells,a. f.(1984) 'structural inorganic chemistry, 5th edition., oxford university press, oxford, uk. 19-silberberg,m. s.( 2009). chemistry, book, 5th edition, mcgraw-hill. publisher. 20-west,r.c.(1995)."handbook of chemistry and physics".76th edition.crc. press:boca raton.fl. 21-paul,w.;derek,m.d;david,j.g.;christopher;j.c., and donald g.t.(2010)minnesota solvent descriptor database, department of chemistry and supercomputer institute, university of minnesota,minneapoils.mn 55455-0431. table no.(1):characteristic of liquid material liquid type molecule weight (mw) 𝒈. 𝒎𝒐𝒍−𝟏 [17,18,19] density (𝛒𝛒) 𝒈. 𝒄𝒎−𝟑 [17,18,19] dielectric constant 𝝐𝒔 [20,21] refractive index (n) [20,21] water 18 1 80 1.333 acetone 58.08 0.791 20.493 1.3588 formic acid 46.03 1.22 51.1 1.3714 bromoform 252.73 2.889 4.2488 1.6005 chloroform 119.38 1.483 4.7113 1.4459 n-methylformamide 59.07 1.003 181.59 1.4319 n,n dimethylformamide 73.09 0.944 37.219 1.4305 ethanol 46.0414 0.790 24.852 1.3611 n-hexadecane 226.44 0.733 2.0402 1.4345 haxanic acid 116.16 0.93 2.6 1.4163 1,2 ethanediol 63 1.1151 40.245 1.4318 99 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(2):the theoretical calculation values of radii 𝑎𝑖(𝐴°) for donor and acceptor liquid liquid type molecule weight 𝒈. 𝒎𝒐𝒍−𝟏 [17,18,19] density 𝒈. 𝒄𝒎−𝟑 [17,18,19] radii𝑎𝑖(𝑨 𝟎) water 18 1 1.92520792 acetone 58.08 0.791 3.076121696 formic acid 46.03 1.22 2.463847665 bromoform 252.73 2.889 3.261043233 chloroform 119.38 1.483 3.171881441 n-methylformamide 59.07 1.003 2.858087259 n,n dimethylformamide 73.09 0.944 3.13099322 ethanol 46.0414 0.790 2.848135287 n-hexadecane 226.44 0.733 4.96595975 haxanic acid 116.16 0.93 3.672073423 1,2 ethanediol 63 1.1151 2.818787796 table no.(3):our calculation results of reorganization free energy 𝑬𝟎 (𝒆𝑽) for change transfer at water\liquid interface system. system dielectric constant for acceptor 𝝐𝒔 [20,21] optical dielectric constant for acceptor 𝝐𝒐𝒑 reorganization free energy 𝑬𝟎 (𝒆𝑽) water/acetone 20.493 1.84633744 0.8516752339 waterfformic acid 51.1 1.88073796 0.8986405084 water/bromoform 4.2488 2.56160025 0.6932973949 water/chloroform 4.7113 2.09062681 0.7858438989 water/n,methylformamide 181.59 2.05033761 0.8363805396 water/n,ndimeethylformamide 37.219 2.04633025 0.8075301745 water/ethanol 24.852 1.85259321 0.8635918533 water/n-hexadecane 2.0402 2.05779025 0.8246426859 water/hexanic acid 2.6 2.00590569 0.8118435171 water/1,2 ethanediol 40.245 2.05005124 0.8244227082 100 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no. (4 ):the result of our calculation of driving force energy ∆𝑮𝒐(𝒆𝑽)for charge transport in water/liquid system. driving force energy ∆𝑮𝒐(𝒆𝑽) w av e le ng th 𝝀 ( 𝑨 °) w at er -b ro m of or m w at er -n -h ex ad ec an e w at er -c hl or of or m w at er n ,n di m et hy lf or m am id e w at er -h ax an ic a ci d w at er -1 ,2 et ha ne di ol w at er -n -m et hy lf or m am id e w at er -a ce to ne w at er -e th an ol w at er -f or m ic a ci d 4000 2.4127 2.2813 2.3201 2.2984 2..2941 2.2815 2.2696 2.2543 2.2424 2.2073 4500 2.0676 1.9362 1.9750 1.9533 1.9490 1.9364 1.9245 1.9092 1.8973 1.8622 5000 1.7915 1.6601 1.6989 1.6772 1.6729 1.6603 1.6484 1.6331 1.6212 1.5861 5500 1.5656 1.4342 1.4730 1.4513 1.4470 1.4344 1.4225 1.4072 1.3953 1.3602 6000 1.3774 1.2460 1.2848 1.2631 1.2588 1.2462 1.2343 1.2190 1.2071 1,1720 6500 1.2181 1.0867 1.1255 1.1038 1.0995 1.0869 1.0750 1.0597 1.0478 1.0127 7000 1.0816 0.9502 0.9890 0.9673 0.9630 0.9504 0.9673 0.9232 0.9113 0.8762 table no.(5):results of the electron transfer rate constant at water/liquid interface system with coupling coefficient 𝑻𝑫𝑨 = 𝟐𝟎𝟎 𝟖𝟎𝟔𝟓.𝟓𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐𝟒𝟕𝟗𝟔𝟗 (ev). w av e le ng th 𝝀 ( 𝑨 °) rate constant 𝛫et 𝐿/𝐿 (sec-1) w at er -b ro m of or m w at er -n -h ex ad ec an e w at er -c hl or of or m w at er -n ,n di m et hy lf or m am id e w at er -h ax an ic a ci d w at er -1 ,2 e th an ed io l w at er n ,m et hy lf or m am id e w at er -a ce to ne w at er -e th an ol w at er -f or m ic a ci d 4000 4.562 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒𝟖 1.788 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟖 3.807 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒𝟏 1.530 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟗 2.871 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟗 1.751 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟖 9.183 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟖 7.343 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟕 3.428 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟔 2.641 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟒 4500 2.20 8×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟓 8.226 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟖 8.845 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟎 1.184 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟖 1.947 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟖 8.123 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟖 3.007 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟕 1.548 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟔 5.209 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟔 1.605 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟒 5000 2.614 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟔 3.492 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟎 8.946 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟐 7.293 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟏 1.089 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟎 3.462 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟎 9.963 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟎 3.755 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟗 1.001 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟖 1.603 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟕 5500 1.353 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟗 1.539 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 7.476 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟔 4.218 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟓 5.887 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟓 1.525 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 3.652 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 1.091 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟑 2.461 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟑 2.426 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟐 6000 1.719 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 3.006 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 2.379 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟏 1.018 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 1.344 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 2.992 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 6.227 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 1.561 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟗 3.084 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟗 2.104 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟖 6500 1.621 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 6.586 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟕 7.621 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟖 2.629 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟕 3.333 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟕 6.582 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟕 1.224 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟔 2.679 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟔 4.771 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟔 2.440 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟓 7000 2.297 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟕 2.948 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 4.605 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟓 1.343 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 1.636 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 2.935 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 5.020 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 9.859 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 1.640 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 6.599 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 101 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(6):results of the electron transfer rate constant at water/liquid interface system with coupling coefficient 𝑻𝑫𝑨 = 𝟒𝟎𝟎 𝟖𝟎𝟔𝟓.𝟓𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟒𝟗𝟓𝟗𝟑𝟖(ev). w av e le ng th 𝝀 ( 𝑨 °) rate constant 𝛫et 𝐿/𝐿 (sec-1) w at er -b ro m of or m w at er -n -h ex ad ec an e w at er -c hl or of or m w at er -n ,n di m et hy lf or m am id e w at er -h ax an ic a ci d w at er -1 ,2 e th an ed io l w at er -n ,m et hy lf or m am id e w at er -a ce to ne w at er -e th an ol w at er -f or m ic a ci d 4000 1.839 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒𝟕 7.209 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟖 1.535 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒𝟎 6.125 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟗 1.149 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟖 7.010 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟖 3.675 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟕 2.938 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟔 1.372 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟓 1.057 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟑 4500 8.902 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑𝟓 3.316 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟕 3.540 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟗 4.739 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟖 7.793 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟖 3.251 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟕 1.203 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟔 6.197 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟔 2.084 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟓 6.424 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟒 5000 1.053 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟓 1.408 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟗 3.580 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟏 2.919 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟎 4.360 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟎 1.385 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟗 3.987 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟗 1.5030 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟖 4.009 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟖 6.437 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟕 5500 5.457 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟗 6.204 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 2.992 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟓 1.688 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 2.356 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 6.106 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 1.461 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟑 4.3692 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟑 9.851 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟑 9.709 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟐 6000 6.931 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟒 1.212 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟗 9.522 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟏 4.077 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 5.380 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 1.197 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟗 2.492 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟗 6.247 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟗 1.234 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟖 8.421 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟖 6500 6.538 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 2.655 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟔 3.050 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟕 1.052 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟔 1.334 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟔 2.634 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟔 4.901 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟔 1.072 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟓 1.909 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟓 9.767 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟓 7000 9.262 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟕 1.188 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 1.843 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 5.375 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 6.548 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟒 1.174 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 2.009 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 3.946 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 6.565 ×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 0.0264 102 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 انتقال الشحنة لسطح سائل/سائل ھادي جبار مجبل العكیلي عادل علي منصور السعدي جامعة بغداد/)ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة/قسم الفیزیاء 2012تشرین االول :15قبل البحث في ، 2012حزیران 24 :استلم البحث في الخالصة انتقال الشحنة لسطح سائل/سائل وصفت نظریا اعتمادا على النظریة الكمیة.اآلنموذج المشتق استعمل لحساب ثابت معدل األنتقال لسطح سائل/سائل. حساب ثابت معدل األنتقال للشحنة اعتمد على حساب طاقة اعادة التنظیم،والقوة والمعدل العالي لثابت األنتقال لشحنة یشیر الى ان األنتقاالت تتضمن المساقة،ومعامل الترابط. طاقة الكبیرة العادة التنظیم (طاقة اعادة التنظیم المقاسة باالكترون فولت) عالیة یشیر الى 𝐸0 (𝑒𝑉)مزیدا من الطاقة لتحدث. النظام الذي یملك نوعیة السائل الذي یتفاعل بالوسط اكثر من السوائل األخرى للواھب(المانح) نفسھ.طاقة القوة المساقة والتي تسوق الشحنة یتناقص مع تناقص القوة تتزاید مع زیادة الطاقة الممتصة وبتناقص األطوال الموجیة .ارتفاع البئر لسطح سائل/سائل المساقة مع زیادة الطاقة الممتصة . والشحنة المنتقلة تكون قلیلة الكمیة لقیم عالیة في بئر ما ولكن القیم واطئة لبئر فأن العبور یكون اكثر احتماال منھ.ارتفاع العالي للبئر یحجب االنتقال عبر نظام السائل والشحنة تعاني ممانعة األنتقال .وعلى حال فأن احتجاب العبور یكون ملحوظا لبئر عالي األرتفاع وبتركیز قلیل. القیم النظریة لثابت معدل االنتقال للشحنة اي اظھرت تطابقا مع بعض الدراسات التجریبیة. :أنتقال الشحنة،سطح سائل/سائل.الكلمات المفتاحیة 103 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تاثیر شحنة الفراغ على تصمیم قاذف الكتروني باستخدام عدسة كھروستاتیكیة مغمورة خماسیة االقطاب بشرى ھاشم حسین جامعة بغداد) / ابن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / الفیزیاءعلوم قسم 2012ایار 21، قبل البحث في 2011تشرین الثاني 28استلم البحث في الخالصة صّممت عدسة كھروستاتیكیة خماسیة االقطاب تعمل في حالة التكبیر الصفري الستخدامھا عدسة معجلة في تصمیم القاذف االلكتروني باالستعانھ طرائق تصمیم العدسات وھي طریقة التحلیل التي تعد من الطرائق المھمة والشائعة سب القطاب ھذه العدسة، ومن ثم حساب توزیع الجھد المحوري اختیار شكل منااوال االستخدام في تصمیم العدسات، فلقد تم على ھذه االقطاب من خالل حل معادلة بوزان،ومن خالل حساب الجھد المحوري ومعادلة المسار المحوري تمكنا من دراسة الخواص البصریة من بعد بؤري ومعامالت الزیوغ ( الكرویة واللونیة) واخیرا حساب خواص القاذف الذي تم r=100 nmمن خالل استخدام راس كاثود ذي نصف قطر a 4*10-4 صمیمھ اذ بینت الحسابات امكانیة تجھیز تیارت العدسات االلكتروستاتیكیة، شحنة الفراغ، القاذف االلكتروني، معامالت الزیوغ الكرویة واللونیة، : الكلمات المفتاحیة (finite element method)طریقة العناصر المتناھیة 144 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة تُعد البصریات اإللكترونیة فرعاً من فروع علم الفیزیاء اإللكترونیة الذي یتعامل مع حرك�ة الجس�یمات المش�حونة( اإلیونی�ة اإللكترونات أو األیونات) في المجاالت الكھربائیة والمغناطیسیة، من حـیث انتشار و إنتاج وانتقال و تبئیر الحزم و اإللكترونیة. ان أي مج�ال الكتروس�تاتیكي متماث�ل محوری�ا ھ�و عدس�ة الكتروس�تاتیكیة . وان المج�االت االلكتروس�تاتیكیة تن��تج م��ن مجموع��ة م��ن األقط��اب ذي جھ��ود مالئم��ة (أي ان لك��ل قط��ب جھ��د) وان ھ��ذه العدس��ات تس��تخدم لتبئی��ر الح��زم .]1[االلكترونیة لمصدر الرئیس للحزمة اإللكترونیة والجزء المھ�م ف�ي أي نظ�ام بص�ري إلكترون�ي، تت�ألف تعد القاذفة اإللكترونیة ا forming)الذي یمثل الكاثود وأقط�اب لتش�كیل الحزم�ة ( free electron)القاذفة من مصدر النبعاث اإللكترونات الحرة electrode ) .والسیطرة علیھا وتركیزھا وتعجیلھا التي تمثل األنود شاش��ة الكمبی��وتر (radar gun)یس��تخدم الق��اذف االلكترون��ي ف��ي ع��دد كبی��ر م��ن االجھ��زة منھ��ا ق��اذف ال��رادار . [2]وغیرھا (crts)والتلفاز إن انتشار استخدام الكومبیوتر في التصامیم النظریة أدى إلى التوسع الكبیر في البحوث والدراسات في مجال تصمیم بوضع برامج حاسوبیة جدیدة لتطویر التصامیم 1986 عام munro & smithترونیة فلقد قام منظومات البصریات اإللك المتعددة والمتنوعة ألنظمة الحزم اإللكترونیة واالیونیة وباستخدام طرائق ریاضیة مختلفة مثل طریقة كثــافة الشـــحنة (charge density method ) المتناھیةوطریقة العناصر )(finite element method (fem) لحساب وذلك . [3]توزیع المجال على العدسات االلكترونیة و الخواص البصریة لھا بدراسة في مجال البصریات االلكترونیة، اذ تركز البحث على محاكاة al-mudarris قامت الباحثة 2001في عام انواع العدسات الكھروستاتیكیة تعمل باطوار وظروف تكبیر ایونیة مكونة من مختلف –تصمیم منظومة نقل وتبئیر بصریة بتصمیم قاذف الكتروني كاثوده من البالزما وتم استخدامھ في xiaowei gu , et alقام 2008، في عام [4]مختلفة تم تصمیم ومحاكاة وتبئیر قاذف الكتروني باستخدام nehra et al 2011، في عام [5] بائیةالمایكروویف العالي الكھر opera 3d [6] ھدف الدراسة الحالیة تصمیم عدسة مغمورة تعمل قاذفا" الكتروني حیث اذ تصّممت العدسة باستخدام طریقة التحلیل (analysis) یم العدسات الكھروستاتیكیة، اذ یبدا" المصمم في ھذه الطریقة تعد ھذه الطریقة االكثر استخداما في تصم توزیع الجھد من خاللبعناصر معینة (االقطاب ) ویحاول ان یثبت صحة المنظومة التي یقوم بتصمیمھا ویتم ذلك الحصول وتحلیل الخواص البصریة وتغیر االبعاد الھندسیة لھذه العدسات للوصول الى افضل النتائج وبعد vzالمحوري على عدسة ذي خواص بؤریة جیدة واقل زیوغ ممكنھ نقوم بتصمیم القاذف االلكتروني ودراسة خواصھ. النظریة ب ان اساس عمل ھذه الطریقة وكما معروف ھو تم استخدام طریقة التحلیل لتصمیم عدسة مغمورة خماسیة االقطا بتقسیم العدسة او االقطاب او أي منطقة یراد دراستھا الى عدد كبیر من المناطق او االجزاء الثانویة الصغیرة التي تدعى بالعناصر المحددة وھذه العناصر غالبا ماتكون على شكل مثلثات اذ یتم توزیع الجھد على كل جزء من اجزاء العدسة .[7]وتستخدم ھذه الطریقة وذلك لسھولة تعاملنا مع شكل االقطاب : poisson's equation [8]لقد حسب توزیع الجھد المحوري لھذه العدسة من خالل حل معادلة بوزان (1) ° − =∇ ε ρv2 یمثل الجھد االلكتروستاتیكي مقاسا" بوحدة الفولت vاذ ان كتا ذي الرتبة -باستخدام طریقة رنج (paraxial ray equation)من خالل حل معادلة الشعاع المحوري r(z)تمكنا من دراسة مسار الجسیمات المشحونة (fourth-order runge-kutta technique)الرابعة )2 ( حیث v ′ ،v (z) بالنسبة الى المشتقة االولى والثانیة للجھد االلكتروستاتیكيتمثل ′′ r ′′،r′ المشتقة االولى والثانیة لمسار الجسیمات المشحونة تمثلr(z) بالنسبة الى (z) r تمثل المسافة على المحور i یمثل تیار القاذف األلكتروني و یقاس بوحدة األمبیرa rv iv rvrvr 2/1)2(2 ) 2 (2 ηπε = ′′ +′′+′′ 145 | physics http://rd.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22xiaowei+gu%22 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 معادلة الشعاع المحوري الت�ي تص�ف مس�ار الجس�یمات المش�حونة ف�ي المج�ال الكھروس�تاتیكي المتماث�ل (2)تمثل المعادلة دورانی����������������ا وھ����������������ي معادل����������������ة تفاض����������������لیة خطی����������������ة متجانس����������������ة م����������������ن الدرج����������������ة الثانی����������������ة ) (secondorder linear homogenous differential equationل�ة متجانس�ة وتتمی�ز ھ�ذه المعادل�ة بانھ�ا معاد . v [8]بالنسبة الى الجھد -:cc [9]ومعامالت الزیوغ اللونیة csومن المعادالت التالیة تم دراسة وحساب معامالت الزیوغ الكرویة 3) (dzvrrv v rr v v r v v v vi z zrv i cs 2 1 22 2 33 3 3 144 4 24 5 2 4 5 42/116 1 ′ ′ −′ ′ + ′ + ′′ ∫ ′ =                                  اذ ان csi معامل الزیغ الكروي في جانب الصورة zi ھو مستوي الصورة vo تمثل الجھد في مستو الجسم 4) ( dzv iz z r v vrr v v r v icc 2/12 2 2/1 42 − ∫ ′′ +′ ′ ′ =        معامل الزیغ اللوني في جانب الصورة cci وبعد اختیار العدسة المناسبة ودراسة خواصھا البصریة تم حسبت خواص الق�اذف االلكترون�ي م�ن كثاف�ة تی�ار، و او السطوعیة، االنتشاریة، شحنة الفراغ.تیار القاذف ،واالضاءة ) (space charge limited current densityكثافة التیار المحدد بشحنة الفراغ -1 عند تصمیم القاذف ھذا فانھ یتم الحص�ول عل�ى التی�ار بوض�ع ف�رق جھ�د ب�ین اقط�اب الق�اذف لتعجی�ل االلكترون�ات childولق�د وض�ع الع�الم limited current space chargeالحرة ویطلق على ھذا التیار بالتیار المح�دد بش�حنة الف�راغ child'sع�رف باس�مھ cm بوح�دةd مس�افة vف�رق جھ�د مق�داره قانونا لكثافة التیار بین اقطاب مستویة متوازیة بینھما lawو یسمى بقانون(three – halves power law) [10] : (5) 2 2 3 2 2 3 0233.0 2 9 4 d v d v m e cj a a = °= ε اذ ان jc كثافة التیار المحدد بشحنة الفراغ وحدتھاa/cm2 va الجھد على االنود وحداتھv electron gun currentتیار القاذف االلكتروني 2 . [1] الذي یمثل كمیة االلكترونات والشحنات الماره خالل وحدة المساحة jri 2π= (6) :اذ ان i القاذف االلكتروني ویقاس بوحدة االمبیر تیارa. r یمثل نصف قطر فتحة الكاثود . brightnessالضاءة او السطوعیة ا -3 . current density/ solid angle[1]التي تمثل كثافة التیار لكل زاویة صلدة 146 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ( )2γπr ib = )7( اذ ان b اإلضاءة او السطوعیة وتقاس بوحدةa/m2 sterad γ الزاویة النصف قطریة radial angle. perveance of electron gunانتشاریة القاذف االلكتروني 4 تستخدم االنتشاریة لوصف حركة الحزم االلكترونیة (اشعة الجسیمات المشحونھ) التي تؤثر فیھا شحنة الفراغ وتع�رف [11] 3/2انتشاریة ریاضیا على انھا النسبة بین تیار الحزمة الى فولتیة تعجیل االنود مرفوعة لالس 2 3 v i p = (8) a/v3/2تقاس بوحدة pاذ ان النتائج والمناقشة ذي زیوغ قلیلة تعمل عدسة مكب�رة لق�اذف الكترون�ي ف�ي حال�ة 20mmصّممت عدسة مغمورة خماسیة االقطاب بطول التكبیر الصفري. المجال االلكتروستاتیكي لعدسة مغمورة خماسیة االقطابحساب -1 ) حی�ث 1للعدسة الت�ي ت�م حس�ابھا م�ن معادل�ة ( z) توزیع الجھد المحوري على طول المحور البصري 1یوضح الشكل ( ود االول والثاني ان الشكل یبین ان الجھد الكھربائي یبدا عند الكاثود ویكون اقل مایمكن (صفر) وبعدھا یبدا بالزیادة عند االن الى الخامس ،اذ تكون اعلى جھد لھ وھذا یبین بان العدسة معجل�ة ویك�ون توزی�ع الجھ�د وكم�ا واض�ح ف�ي الش�كل یاخ�ذ ش�كل الن العدسات المغمورة وكما ھو معروف لھا جھدین ث�ابتین ومختلف�ین بعض�ھما ع�ن بع�ض وھ�ذا مایمیزھ�ا بھ�ذا s حرف الشكل. zero magnification conditionحالة التكبیر الصفري -2 حساب مسار الحزمھ االلكترونیة • ) 2) مسار الحزمة االلكترونیة للعدسة المغمورة التي حسبت من المعادلة(2یبین الشكل ( لحالة التكبیر الصفري حساب الخواص البصریة للعدسة المغمورة خماسیة االقطاب • )25-0تحت تاثیر حالة التكبیر الصفري عند تغییر نسب الجھود (لقد تمت دراسة الخواص البصریة لھذه العدسة ) العالقة بین معامالت الزیوغ الكرویة واللونیةعلى الت�والي نس�بة ال�ى البع�د الب�ؤري ف�ي جان�ب 4)،(3یوضح الشكالن ( یمثالن فولتیة القط�ب ف�ي vi,vo یمثل البعد البؤري للصورة f؛ اذ ان vi/voدالة لنسب الجھدcsi/f ، cci/fالصورة جانبي الجسم والصورة كما یوضح الشكالن ان كال من الزی�وغ الكروی�ة واللونی�ة نس�بة ال�ى البع�د الب�ؤري تق�ل بزی�ادة نس�ب الجھود المعجلة ( زیادة طاقة الجسیمات المشحونھ). بوصفھا دالة لنسبة الجھ�ود lول العدسة كما تم ایجاد العالقة مابین معامل الزیغ الكروي في جانب الصورة نسبة الى ط .vi/voالمعجلة ان قیم الزیوغ تق�ل بزی�ادة طاق�ة الجس�یمات المش�حونة أي بزی�ادة نس�ب الجھ�ود المعجل�ة (6)و (5)كذلك یوضح الشكالن الكرویة نسبة ال�ى وكما یظھر من االشكال ان قیمة معامل الزیوغ اللونیة نسبة الى طول العدسة اقل من قیمة معامل الزیوغ ام�ا معام�ل قیم�ة معام�ل الزی�وغ الكروی�ة 0.018، اذ تصل قیمة معامل الزیوغ اللونیة ال�ى 20طول العدسة عند نسبة الجھد 0.023فتصل الى على مع�امالت الزی�غ الك�روي والزی�غ الل�وني عن�د اخ�ذ قیم�ة ثابت�ة للتی�ار sكما تمت دراسة تأثیر تغیر مساحة المقطع تق��ل بص��ورة واض��حة م��ع زی��ادة مس��احة ccو cs) ان مع��امالت الزی��وغ 7، اذ نالح��ظ م��ن الش��كل (i=10-4aدارھا مق�� . م�ن ذل�ك الش�كل s=3mm2تقریب�ا"حتى تص�ل ال�ى اق�ل قیم�ة لھ�ا عن�دما s=0.5mm2المقطع ابت�داء م�ن مس�احة المقط�ع ل�ى الزی�غ الك�روي عن�د تغی�ر مس�احة المقط�ع م�ابین بالنس�بة ا1.671 ال�ى 5.643نالحظ ان قیم الزیوغ تتراوح ، ما ب�ین (0.5-3)mm2 (3-0.5)عند تغیر مساحة المقط�ع 0.702الى 1.203وان قیم الزیغ اللوني تراوحت مابینmm2 وھ�ذه القیم یمكن عدھا قیما" جیدة لھذه الزیوغ عند وضع التصامیم لھذه العدسات . ومن ثم األرتفاع بھذه القیم ودراسة تأثیر تغیر التیار ف�ي i=10-7aر أبتداء بالقیم القلیلة واخیر أخذت قیم مختلفة للتیا -i=10قیم الزیوغ و لما كان تأثیر شحنة الفراغ واضحا" في القیم العالیة للتیار فقد تم التوصل الى قیم مقبولة للزیوغ عند 4a . ودرس بعد ذلك تأثیر العوامل األخرى في قیم الزیوغ ، تغی�ر مع�امالت الزی�وغ الكروی�ة النس�بیة م�ع تغی�ر ق�یم التی�ار عن�د اخ�ذ قیم�ة ثابت�ة لمس�احة المقط�ع (8) یب�ین الش�كل s=1mm2 ان معامل الزیوغ ،cs اغ حی�ث انھ�ا وذل�ك بس�بب ت�اثیر ش�حنة الف�ر یزداد بص�ورة واض�حة م�ع زی�ادة التی�ار 147 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 aiت����زداد بزی����ادة التی����ار ،فعن����د قیم����ة 4101 وعن����د تغی����ر قیم����ة التی����ار 1.502تك����ون cs/fف����أن قیم����ة =×− ai 4105 . 3.681تكون cs/fفأن قیمة =×− aتغی�ر مع�امالت الزی�وغ اللونی�ة م�ع تغی�ر التی�ار فعن�د قیم�ة التی�ار تك�ون ِ (8)كما یبین الشكل 4101 −×=i ف�أن قیم�ة cc/f وتتغیر عند قیمة 0.608تكونai 4105 . 0.881لتصبح =×− دراسة خواص القاذف االلكتروني-3 بعد الحصول على عدسة الكتروستاتیكیة مغمورة خماس�یة االقط�اب ذي خ�واص بص�ریة جی�دة (ذي زی�وغ كروی�ة ولونیة قلیلة وكما تم ذكرھا س�ابقا") باس�تخدام طریق�ة التحلی�ل قمن�ا بدراس�ة خ�واص ھ�ذه العدس�ة قاذف�ا" الكترون�ي م�ن كثاف�ة ) عل��ى الت��والي وباس��تخدام 5-9ي ت��م حس��ابھا م��ن المع��ادالت(تی��ار، وتی��ار الق��اذف،و اض��اءة، وانتش��اریة، و ش��حنة ف��راغ الت�� r=100nm كانت النتائج التي تم الحصول علیھا جیدة مقارنة مع النتائج التي حصل علیھا باحثان آخران وكم�ا موض�ح ف�ي الج�دول ):1رقم ( b= 1.622*1014 a/m2االضاءة او السطوعیة ، i= 4*10-4 aتیار القاذف، j= 1.3*109 a/m2كثافة التیار p= 1.7 *10-11 a/v3/2االنتشاریة االستنتاجات امكانیة تص�میم ق�اذف الكترون�ي باس�تخدام عدس�ة كھروس�تاتیكیة مغم�ورة خماس�یة االقط�اب تعم�ل تح�ت ظ�رف التكبی�ر • الصفري باقل زیغ ممكن (كروي او لوني ) ان نسب جھود االقطاب ھي العامل المھم في الحصول على اقل قیم لمعامالت الزیوغ الكرویة واللونیة نسبة ال�ى البع�د • البؤري . تعمل العدسة المغمورة عمل عدسة معجلة لاللكترونات ومكبرة. • ان زیادة عدد االقطاب تؤدي الى زیادة كفاءة خصائص القاذف االلكتروني . • وجود شحنھ الفراغ تزید م�ن ق�یم الزی�وغ حی�ث ان زی�ادة ق�یم التی�ار ت�ؤدي ال�ى زی�ادة ق�یم مع�امالت كما ھو معروف ان • الزیوغ وقد حصلنا على اقل قیم لمعامالت الزیوغ الكرویة واللونیة. المصادر 1sziligyi, m. (1988), electron and ion optics, plenum press, newyork 2klempere, o. and barnett, m. e. (1971), electron optics, university of cambridge, uk. 3smith, m. r. and munro, e. (1987), computer programs for designing multipole electron and ion optical systems, j.vac. sci. technol, b5 , 161-164 4fatin a.j.al-mudarris (2001) " computer-aided-design of an ion-optical transport and focusing system", ph.d.thesis ,al-nharin university. 5-xiaowei gu, lin meng, yiqin sun, xinhua yu(2008), the experimental study of novel pseudospark hollow cathode plasma electron gun, journal of infrared, millimeter, and terahertz waves, volume 29, issue 11, pp 1032-1037 6-ashok nehra, joshi, l.m.; gupta, r.k., shivani sharma; choyal, y. and sharma r.k. (2011), design and sumlation of pole piece for focusing of multibeam electron gun, journal of infrared, millimeter, and terahertz waves, 32, issue (6): 793-800. 7-munro,e.(1975), a set of computer programs for calculating the properties of electron lenses, department of engineering report cued/b-elect tr45, university of cambridge,uk. 8zhigarev, a. (1975),electron optics and electron-beam devices, mir publishers moscow. 9sziligyi, m. (1987), a systematic analysis of two-electrode electrostatic lenses, ieee. trans., electron device, ed-34 ,1848-1858 10bakish, r. (1962),introduction to electron beam technology, inc. new york, london 11grivet, p. (1972),electron optics, pergamon press,oxford and new york 12-hozumi,y; ohsawa,s; sugimura,t; and ikeda,m. (2005), development of electron gun of carbon nanotube cathode. ieee xplor20,issue 16-20, 1392-1394. 148 | physics http://rd.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22xiaowei+gu%22 http://rd.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22lin+meng%22 http://rd.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22yiqin+sun%22 http://rd.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22xinhua+yu%22 http://rd.springer.com/journal/10762/29/11/page/1 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 13-joseph a, eichmerier manfred thumn, (2008),vacumm electronics spring publishers,new york, 535, 165 14rollett a.d.and rollett d.n. rollett (2008), microscopy: overview of different methods,advanced characterization and micro structural analysis, spring publishers, new york. وعمل باحثین اخرین لكتروني بین العمل الحاليمقارنة لخصائص القاذف اال :)1جدول ( references number of electrode i a j (a/m2 ) b (a/m2 ) present work 5 4*10-4 1.3*109 1.622*1014 [12] 2 0.48 9.1*10-4 [13] 3 10 2*107 [14] 2 5*10-9 107 149 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 150 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 151 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 space charge effect for design electron gun using five electrode immersion electrostatic lenses bushra h. hussein dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in :28 november 2011 , accepted in : 21 may 2012 abstract computer theoretical study has been carried out on the design of five electrode immersion electrostatic lens used in electron gun application. the finite element method (fem) is used in the solution of the poisson's equation fro determine axial potential distribution, the electron trajectory under zero magnification condition . the optical properties : focal length ,spherical and chromatic aberrations are calculated,from studying the properties of the designed electron gun. we have good futures for these electron gun where are abeam current 4*10-4a can be supplied by using cathode tip of radius 100 nm. keywords : electrostatic lenses, space charge, electron gun, spherical and chromatic aberrations, the finite element method (fem). 152 | physics (7) اذ ان << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <feff0049007a006d0061006e0074006f006a00690065007400200161006f00730020006900650073007400610074012b006a0075006d00750073002c0020006c0061006900200076006500690064006f00740075002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400750073002c0020006b006100730020006900720020012b00700061016100690020007000690065006d01130072006f00740069002000610075006700730074006100730020006b00760061006c0069007401010074006500730020007000690072006d007300690065007300700069006501610061006e006100730020006400720075006b00610069002e00200049007a0076006500690064006f006a006900650074002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400750073002c0020006b006f002000760061007200200061007400760113007200740020006100720020004100630072006f00620061007400200075006e002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002c0020006b0101002000610072012b00200074006f0020006a00610075006e0101006b0101006d002000760065007200730069006a0101006d002e> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees علوم حياة |288 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 دراسة نسبة العضالت الحمر والبيض في نوعين من االسماك العظمية الصبور tenualosa ilisha (hamilton , 1822) والكارب(linnaeus , 1758) cyprinus carpio نصير مرزا حمزة قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / جامعة كربالء 7102/ايلول/2قبل في: 7102/حزيران/72استلم في: الخـالصة نوعين من األسماك العظمية اللتين نسبة أوزان ألياف العضالت الحمر والبيض فيشملت الدراسة الحالية حساب ( التي تعود الى عائلة الصابوغيات وسمكة (tenualosa ilishaسمكة الصبورئلتين مختلفتين وهما تعودان الى عا األسواق معت عينات أسماك الدراسة الحالية من , إذ ج التي تعود الى عائلة الشبوطيات (cyprinus carpio )الكارب لمجاميع ضالت الحمر والبيضنسبة العأختالفاً واضحاً في , وأظهرت نتائج الدراسة المحلية في محافظة كربالء المقدسة (. r3و r2و r1نسبة العضالت الحمر أقل من نسبة العضالت البيض في مناطق الجسم ) وكانتالطول المدروسة ( ، بينما تراوحت المعدالت الكلية لنسبة العضالت % 11.08 – 4.23تراوح المعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت الحمر بين ) في كال النوعين، كما أظهرت النتائج إن نسبة العضالت الحمر تزداد بأتجاه المنطقة (% 95.35 88.30البيض بين ) ضوء النتائج علىالخلفية )السويقة الذنبية( من جسم األسماك المدروسة لدورها المهم في الحركة وسباحة األسماك ، و ى نسبة العضالت الحمر في نسيجها الحالية ع دت أسماك الصبور والكارب ضمن مجموعة األسماك الصامدة إعتمادا عل .العضلي األسماك العظمية , العضالت , نسبة أوزان ألياف العضالت الحمر والبيض. : الكلمات المفتاحية علوم حياة |289 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ةملمقدا الى إنها تشكل النسبة تعد األسماك ذات أهمية إقتصادية في غالبية بلدان العالم , إذ تصل أهميتها في بعض البلدان العالية من الغذاء اليومي لألنسان فضال عن إستغاللها في العديد من الصناعات كاألعالف واألسمدة والزيوت وبعض , ت عد اسماك رتبة ]0[ المستحضرات الطبية, وعليه فإن إدارتها الناجحة والسليمة تجعل منها ثروة متجددة بإستمرار , أما [2]من األسماك المتواجدة في المناطق الساحلية ان الرتب البحرية التي تضم عددم clupeiformesالصابوغيات فهي واحدة من أكثر رتب األسماك العظمية في المياه العراقية وجوداً فهي توجد cypriniformesاسماك رتبة الشبوطيات نفت [3]األسماك التي تعيش في المياه العذبة في األنهار, واألهوار , والجداول , والبحيرات , والخزانات , وتشمل معظم ,ص نوعين هما : العضالت الحمر) قع , والمظهر , وعلى هذا قسمت علىالعضالت بصورة عامة في األسماك على أساس المو red muscles( التي تقع تحت الجلد )skin( مباشرة , والعضالت البيض )white muscles التي تشكل الجزء األكبر ) , وتختلف االلياف العضلية العضلية من الناحية الوظيفية, فاأللياف العضلية [4] (muscle tissueسيج العضلي )من الن white( تكون مخصصة للسباحة البطيئة المستمرة , أما األلياف العضلية البيض )fibers red musclesالحمر ) muscles fibers [5]( تكون مخصصة للسباحة السريعة واإلنطالقات المفاجئة . : حركية هي اميعمج ةأربعاعتماداً على نسبة العضالت الحمر والبيض في جسمها على ، األسماك [6] مقس . (pike)البايك هي التي تسبح بسرعة كبيرة ولفترة قصيرة مثل سمكة ( : sprinters fishes. األسماك الواثبة ) 1 ( .eel)سمكة الثعبان حركتها التوائية بطيئة مثل كونهي التي ت( : sneakers fishes. األسماك الثعبانية ) 2 ( .bream)البريم سمكة زاحفة مثلالتي تكون حركتها هي ( : crawlers fishes. األسماك الزاحفة ) 3 . ( (salmonسمكة السلمون مثلتسبح بسرعة كبيرة ولمدة طويلة هي التي (: stayers fishes. األسماك الصامدة ) 4 تقتصر من العضالت الحمر واو متوسطة على نسبة قليلة اجسام أفرادهاحتواء إالمجاميع الثالثة األولى ب اسماكتمتاز لعضالت البيضلية النسبة العالما تحتويه من على بذلك معتمده ولمدة قصيرة المفاجئة والسريعة طالقاتنإلاعلى احركته لها اذ عضالت الحمرمن النسبة عالية بإحتوائها على فتمتازالمجموعة الرابعة ، أماالتي تمتاز بسرعة انطالقها االبتدائي .[6]طويلة مددولوسريعة مستمرة بصور القابلية على السباحة سماك أعلى [7]دراسة منها األلياف العضلية في األسماك المحلية ةتناولت دراسة نسب وهناك دراسات عديدة chiloscyllium arabicum على ثالثة أنواع من [9]ودراسة الخليج العربي ، بعض األسماك فيعلى [8]، ودراسة على [11]على ثالثة أنواع من أسماك العائلة الشبوطية , ودراسة [10], ودراسة clupeiformesرتبة الصابوغيات على أسماك الشلك والخشني . [12], ودراسة cyprinidaeثالثة أنواع من العائلة الشبوطية نسبة العضالت الحمر والبيض في نوعين من األسماك العظمية المحلية اللتين تعودان حساب لقد صممت الدراسة الحالية ل ( clupeidaeالتي تعود الى عائلة الصابوغيات ) (tenualosa ilisha)الى عائلتين مختلفتين وهما سمكة الصبور عد هذه الدراسة هي األولى وت (, cyprinidaeالتي تعود الى عائلة الشبوطيات ) (cyprinus carpio) وسمكة الكارب . من نوعها محلياً المواد وطرائق العمل :. جمع العينات 1 ولغاية شهر تموزمن شهر المدة, خالل محافظة كربالء المقدسةاألسواق المحلية في من لكل نوع( سمكة 50) تجمع حيويةتم نقل العينات الى المختبر في حاويات فلينية مليئة بالثلج للحفاظ على اذ باألسبوع عيناتوبواقع ثالث 2015 أيلول ألدنى واحد ملم والوزن ألدنىالطول الكلي بقياس خذ القياسات المظهرية المتمثلة أواألسماك لحين الوصول الى المختبر, (.0و 7 (, كما موضح في الجدولين ليها ضمن الدراسة الحالية اجراء الفحوصات المشار أل اً تمهيدغم 0.1)) : العضالت الحمر والبيض ةنسبحساب . 2 ( سمكة ضمن مجموعات طول مختلفة 50) عمالستإلغرض حساب النسبة المئوية لكل من العضالت الحمر والبيض ، تم خلف منطقة األولى هي : من جسم السمكة طقامنثالث من مستعرضةمقاطع أخذت اذولكل نوع من األسماك المدروسة ثم ( 1كما موضحة في شكل ) (r3)السويقة الذنبية أمام لثةوالثا, (r2) الزعنفة الظهرية , والثانية تحت (r1)الرأس بالرسم على ورقة شفافة ( r3و r2و r1)طق االعضالت الحمر والبيض في المقطع العرضي وللمنمعالم حدود تددح لنوعي العضالت النسبة المئوية تبميزان حساس، وحسب تاألجزاء الخاصة بالعضالت الحمر والبيض ووزن تثم فصل . [13]ة طع باالعتماد على طريقـللوزن الكلي في المقعلى أساس النسبة المئوية : التحليل األحصائي 3 . عند مستوى معنوية fبأستعمال أختبار لألنواع المدروسة البيضنسبة األلياف العضلية الحمر وتم أختبار الفروق بين , وح سبت معادلة correlation coefficient (r)معامل األرتباط كما د رست العالقات في المتغيرات لحساب (,(0.05 . (spss) [16]حسب األنحدار لكل عالقة علوم حياة |290 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 النتائج خلف ( المنطقةr1أوضحت نتائج الدراسة المظهرية للمقاطع المستعرضة للمناطق الثالثة من جسم السمكة وهي ) ، إن للنوعين المدروسين( (caudal peduncle r3( ومنطقة القلم الذنبي (r2ومنطقة منتصف الجذع منطقة الرأس يتكون بصورة رئيسية من العضالت الحمر والبيض التي تم تمييزها على أساس اللون والموقع, إذ تشغل النسيج العضلي تمتد على طول جانبي الجسم من نهاية منطقة الرأس الى بداية و العضالت الحمر طبقة صغيرة تقع تحت الجلد مباشرة ذنبية وتظهر بلون أحمر, بينما العضالت البيض تشغل الحيز األكبر من النسيج العضلي وتمتد بعمق داخل الجسم الزعنفة ال . وتظهر بلون أبيض حاً في قيم معدالتها لمجاميع الطول المختلفة اً واضختالفحمر تظهر أالعضالت ال ةنسب ان معدلت نتائج الدراسة الحالية نبي في بلغت نسبة معدلها بينما ( % 11.08 – 7.33بين ) صبورفي سمكة الكال النوعين المدروسين, إذ بلغت نسبة معدلها في حمر تزداد كلما نسبة العضالت ال( , ولوحظ إن 2و 1كما موضح في الجدولين ) (% 8.07 – 4.23)بين ة الكارب سمك ( التي تراوحت بين rإزدادت األسماك في الطول في كال النوعين المدروسين وهذا ما أظهرته قيم معامل األرتباط ) ( في سمكة الصبور والكارب على التوالي مما يدل على وجود عالقة طردية معنوية بين معدل نسبة 0.997 0.999) ( ولوحظ إن اعلى معدل لنسبة العضالت الحمر كان 3و 2العضالت الحمر ومعدل طول السمكة كما موضح في الشكلين ) (, بينما لوحظ إن منطقة r1( بينما كانت اقل معدل لنسبة العضالت الحمر في المنطقه االمامية )r3في المنطقة الخلفية ) (r2( أمتلكت نسبة أكبر من )r1 وهذا يعني أختالف معدل نسبة العضالت الحمر حسب مناطق الجسم المدروسة ) في كال (, عند تحليل النتائج أحصائياً لتوضيح الفروقات المسجلة لنسبة 2و 1النوعين المدروسين كما موضح في الجدولين ) في كال النوعين المدروسين (p<0.05)العضالت الحمر المحسوبة لمجاميع الطول المختلفة لوحظ وجود أختالفات معنوية (.4و3 كما موضح في الجدولين ) كال اً واضحاً في قيم معدالتها لمجاميع الطول المختلفة فيختالفبيض أالعضالت ال ةحساب نسبالخاصة بنتائج ال أظهرت في ها تكانت نسبة معدالبينما ( %–92.23 88.30بين ) صبورفي سمكة الالنوعين المدروسين, إذ تراوحت نسبة معدالتها بيض تقل كلما العضالت ال ةنسب(, ولوحظ إن 2و1الجدولين )كما موضح في (% 95.35 – 91.47)بين ة الكارب سمك ــ 0.998)( التي تراوحت بين rإزدادت األسماك طوالً في كال النوعين المدروسين وهذا ما أظهرته قيم معامل األرتباط ) نسبة العضالت في سمكة الصبور والكارب على التوالي مما يدل على وجود عالقة عكسية معنوية بين معدل ــ( 0.995 (, في حين لوحظ إن معدل نسبة العضالت البيض 5و 4البيض ومعدل الطول الكلي لالسماك كما موضح في الشكلين ) ( أمتلكت نسبة أكبر من r2, بينما لوحظ إن منطقة ) (r3( و )r2( كانت أكبر من المنطقة )r1في المنطقة االمامية ) (r3وهذا يعني أختالف معدل نسبة العض ) الت البيض حسب مناطق الجسم المدروسة في كال النوعين المدروسين كما (, وعند تحليل النتائج أحصائياً لتوضيح الفروقات المسجلة لنسبة العضالت البيض المحسوبة 2و 1موضح في الجدولين ) في كال النوعين المدروسين كما موضح في الجدولين (p<0.05)لمجاميع الطول المختلفة لوحظ وجود أختالفات معنوية (.4و 3( لقد أثبتت نتائج التحليل األحصائي لتوضيح الفروقات المسجلة لنسبة العضالت الحمر والبيض المحسوبة في مناطق الجسم (r1 وr2 وr3 ) وجود أختالفات معنوية(p<0.05) ا موضح في في كل مناطق الجسم وفي كال النوعين المدروسين كم تسبح بسرعة كبيرة ولفترة طويلة .التي إن أسماك الصبور و الكارب فتقع ضمن مجموعة األسماك الصامدة (, و4الجدول ) المناقشة أوضحت النتائج الحالية أن النسيج العضلي في كال النوعين المدروسين يتكون بصورة رئيسة من نوعين من والعضالت الحمر, إذ تشكل العضالت الحمر منطقة صغيرة تقع تحت الجلد مباشرة , العضالت هما: العضالت البيض بينما تشغل العضالت البيض الحيز األكبر من النسيج العضلي التي أمكن تمييزهما عن طريق المظهر )اللون( والموقع [16,15,14,10,7]. وهذا يتوافق مع ما اشار اليه العديد من الباحثين في دراساتهم كدراسة ) , الى أن األلياف العضلية الحمر تمتاز بأنها تكون بشكل طبقة مفردة تقع تحت الجلد مباشرة وإنها [17]لقد أشار الباحث فضال عن كونها غنية بالدهون التي تعتمد عليها كمصدر للطاقة أثناء مزاولة السمكة myoglobinغنية بالبروتين العضلي ة, أما األلياف العضلية البيض فهي تشكل الجزء األكبر من النسيج العضلي في األسماك السباحة المستمرة ولفترات طويل ( glycogensمعتمدة بذلك على المحتوى العالي للكاليكوجين )والتي تستعمل لإلندفاعات المفاجئة والحركات السريعة (.lactic acid) امض اللبنيكالذي يعتبر مصدراً أساسياً لتزويد السمكة بالطاقة الالزمة عند أكسدته الى ح أظهرت النتائج الحالية إن نسبة األلياف العضلية الحمر كانت أقل بكثير من نسبة األلياف العضلية البيض في مناطق الجسم ( وفي كال النوعين المدروسين وإن األلياف العضلية الحمر كانت تزداد بأتجاه المنطقة الخلفية r3وr2 و r1لالسماك ) ( لتشكالن معاً caudal finالسويقة الذنبية مما يعكس أهمية هذه المنطقة التي تشترك مع الزعنفة الذنبية )قرب منطقة , والذي يعكس زيادة نسبة األلياف العضلية الحمر التي [15,11]عضو الحركة الرئيسي في األسماك وهذا ما اشار اليه التي تستخدمها السمكة كمصدر أساسي للتزود بالطاقة الالزمة ( والدهونblood vesselsتكون غنية باألوعية الدموية ) أثناء الحركة والسباحة المستمرة ولفترات طويلة أن الزيادة في نسبة العضالت الحمر تكسب األلياف العضلية المرونة كما اشار اليه كة في الحرالعالية واالستمرارية في عملية التقلص واإلنبساط و من ثم القيام بالدور الوظيفي المناسب علوم حياة |291 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 . تقع اسماك الصبور [6]وباالعتماد على التقسيم الحركي للمجاميع السمكية الذي اشار اليه [19,18,12,11,9,8] الباحثون والكارب ضمن مجموعة االسماك التي تسبح بسرعة كبيرة ولمدة طويلة المتالكها نسبة عالية من العضالت الحمر وهذا .[10,9] يتفق مع ما اشار اليه المصادر ( . المصايد البحرية العراقية , منشورات مركز علــوم 1997محمد , عبدالرزاق محمود و حسين , نجاح عبود . ) -1 .159( : (22البحار , دراسة نسيجية للعضالت الهيكلية الجانبية واالختالفات في العمود الفقري .( 1990الياسين ، باسل عبد الجبار . ) -2 رسالة ماجستير .في منطقة شمال غرب الخليج العربي liza subviridisو liza carinataلنوعين من اسماك البياح . 62، مركز علوم البحار ، جامعة البصرة : ( . أسماك العراق والخليج العربي .الجزء األول , )رتبة القرشيات الى رتبة نصفية الجانب( 1979، نجم قمر . ) الدهام -3 . 543, منشورات مركز دراسات الخليج العربي , مطبعة األرشاد , بغداد : 4coughlin , d.j. and lawrencem, c.r. (1999) . muscle activity in steady swimming scup, stenotomus, varies with fiber type and body position.biol.bull.(woods hole)., 196(2) : 145 – 152. 5anttila , k . (2009). swimming muscles of wild , trained and reared fish . aspects of contraction machinery and energy metabolism . university of oulu , finland ., a526: 86. 6boddeke, r. , slijper, e.j. and vanderstelt, a. (1959) . histological characteristics of the body musculature of the fishes in connection with mode of life. k. ned. ak. wetensch. pro., ser. c., 62 : 576 – 588 . 7-al-badri, m.e.h. (1985). aspects of the red and white myotomal muscles in arabian carpet shark, chilloscyllium arabicum (gobanov,1980) from khorabdullah., north-west arabian gulf, iraq. cybium, 9 : 93 – 95. 8al-badri, m.e.h. , salman, n.a. and kareem, h.m. (1995). the relationship between body form and the proportion of the red muscle of some marine fishes of the arabian gulf. marina mesopotamica , 10 (1) : 73 – 78. . clupeiformesدراسة لعضالت وغالصم ثالثة اسماك من رتبة الصابوغيات . (1998منصور ، عقيل جميل . ) -9 . 85رسالة ماجستير ، كلية التربية ، جامعة البصرة : .دراسة نسيجية لغالصم وعضالت ثالثة أنواع من اسماك العائلة الشبوطية .( 2011الحسناوي ، سالم نجم عبد . ) -10 . 81رسالة ماجستير ، كلية العلوم ، جامعة القادسية : ( . دراسة تشريحية مقارنة للجوانب المظهرية والنسيجية لغالصم وعضالت بعض 2012عودة , ياسر وصفي . ) -11 . 82األسماك المحلية . رسالة ماجستير , كلية التربية , جامعة البصرة : ( . دراسة مقارنة للغالصم وبعض الخصائص النسجية للعضالت الهيكلية (2015المحنا , محمد وسام حيدر حسن . -12 134ين من األسماك العظمية العراقية . أطروحة دكتوراه , كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة , جامعة كربالء : الجانبية في نوع . 13broughton, n.m., goldspink, g. and jhones, n.v. (1981). histological differences in the lateral musculature of o-group roach, rutilus rutilus (l.) from different habitats. j. fish. biol., 18 : 117 – 122 . 14love, r.m. (1980) . the chemical biology of fishes .i .academic press, london . أطروحة .دراسة مظهرية ونسيجية مقارنة لبعض الجوانب الحياتية لألسماك . (2005) . عقيل جميل ،ر منصو -15 150. :، جامعة البصرة التربيةكلية دكتوراه ، 16pagu , i . b .; nistor , c . e .; magdici , e .; hoha , g . v .; barbacariu , a . c .; polenschi , c . and pasarin , b . (2014) . research regarding variation of muscular fiber diameter at rainbow trout differentialy feed . lucrari stiintifice seria zootehnie ., 62 : 74 78 . 17alexander , r . mcn . (1974) . functional design in fishes . hutchinson unvi-lablondon : 19 46. 18johnston , i . a . (1977) . on energy metabolism of carp swimming muscles . j . camp. physial ., 114 : 203 216 . 19kareem , h . m . (1986) . structure and development of muscle in the rainbow trout , salmo gairdneri and the brown trout , salmo trutta . ph.d. thesis , university of salford: 125. علوم حياة |292 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 و r1)العضالت الحمر والبيض في مناطق الجسم أوزان ألياف نسبة يوضح معدل الطول الكلي والوزن و( 1جدول ) r2 وr3) لسمكة الصبورtenualosa ilisha. الخطأ القياسي. ± و r1)العضالت الحمر والبيض في مناطق الجسم أوزان ألياف نسبة يوضح معدل الطول الكلي والوزن و( 2جدول ) r2 وr3) لسمكة الكاربcyprinus carpio . الخطأ القياسي . ± ( و t. ilishaيوضح الفروقات بين معدل نسبة أوزان ألياف العضالت الحمر والبيض لسمكتي الصبور ) ( 3جدول ) (.c. carpio)الكارب المعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت البيض )%( المعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت الحمر )%( معدل نسبة أوزان ألياف العضالت البيض )%( معدل نسبة أوزان ألياف العضالت الحمر )%( معدل الوزن )غم( معدل الطول الكلي )ملم( عدد األسماك مجموعة الطول الكلي )ملم( المنطقة r3 المنطقة r2 المنطقة r1 المنطقة r3 المنطقة r2 المنطقة r1 92.23 7.33 91.06 ± 0.59 92.16 ± 0.14 93.47 ± 0.44 8.39 ± 0.71 7.48 ± 0.64 6.13 ± 0.45 539.84 ± 1.37 123.6 ± 16.72 10 135-95 91.16 8.26 90.03 ± 0.58 91.24 ± 0.73 92.23 ± 0.56 9.36 ± 0.72 8.17 ± 0.52 7.25 ± 0.52 545.50 ± 1.82 173.5 ± 17.74 10 185-145 90.19 9.25 89.08 ± 0.60 90.17 ± 0.67 91.33 ± 0.83 10.52 ± 0.76 9.19 ± 0.54 8.06 ± 0.62 549.77 ± 1.27 220.6 ± 15.67 10 235-195 89.31 10.20 88.02 ± 0.57 89.49 ± 0.83 90.44 ± 0.79 11.43 ± 0.74 10.07 ± 0.62 9.11 ± 0.57 555.48 ± 1.64 272.6 ± 17.03 10 285-245 88.30 11.08 87.27 ± 0.70 88.27 ± 0.63 89.38 ± 0.48 12.06 ± 0.53 11.14 ± 0.58 10.06 ± 0.65 560.43 ± 1.77 321.8 ± 16.25 10 335-295 المعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت البيض )%( المعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت الحمر )%( العضالت البيضأوزان ألياف معدل نسبة )%( العضالت الحمر )%( أوزان ألياف معدل نسبة معدل الوزن )غم( معدل الطول الكلي )ملم( عدد األسماك مجموعة الطول الكلي )ملم( المنطقة r3 المنطقة r2 المنطقة r1 المنطقة r3 المنطقة r2 المنطقة r1 95.35 4.23 94.53 ± 0.47 95.51 ± 0.60 96.02 ± 0.46 5.05 ± 0.33 4.04 ± 0.38 3.61 ± 0.45 610.21 ± 1.57 172.6 ± 14.55 10 185145 94.30 5.18 93.45 ± 0.56 94.32 ± 0.61 95.14 ± 0.45 6.11 ± 0.42 5.20 ± 0.45 4.24 ± 0.39 615.90 ± 2.07 221.2 ± 15.69 10 235195 93.16 6.32 92.22 ± 0.61 93.13 ± 0.37 94.13 ± 0.71 7.35 ± 0.44 6.51 ± 0.42 5.11 ± 0.42 620.34 ± 1.48 271.6 ± 15.56 10 285245 92.42 7.08 91.30 ± 0.66 92.49 ± 0.70 93.48 ± 0.70 8.21 ± 0.43 7.02 ± 0.37 6.03 ± 0.38 625.40 ± 1.47 321.4 ± 15.66 10 335295 91.47 8.07 90.33 ± 0.67 91.52 ± 0.72 92.56 ± 0.68 9.16 ± 0.45 8.01 ± 0.27 7.06 ± 0.34 630.33 ± 1.64 370.6 ± 15.67 10 385345 مستوى المعنوية 0.05 قيمة f الجدولية قيمة f المحسوبة لصفة المدروسةا 10.254 5.3176 معنوية العضالت أوزان ألياف معدل نسبة الحمر )%( العضالت أوزان ألياف معدل نسبة 10.250 5.3176 معنوية البيض )%( علوم حياة |293 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 و r2و r1لفروقات بين قيم معدالت نسبة أوزان ألياف العضالت الحمر والبيض في مناطق الجسم )ايوضح (4جدول ) r( في سمكتي الصبور )t. ilisha( و الكارب )c. carpio.) جسم السمكةلعضالت الحمر والبيض في ا مناطق دراسةل مقاطع مستعرضة يوضح لجسم السمكة ( رسم تخطيطي1شكل) (r1 و r2 و r3.) مستوى المعنوية 0.05 قيمة f الجدولية قيمة f المحسوبة المنطقة الصفة المدروسة معنوية 5.3176 9.9352 r1 معدل نسبة العضالت الحمر )%( معنوية 5.3176 10.226 r2 معنوية 5.3176 10.275 r3 معنوية 5.3176 9.6603 r1 معدل نسبة العضالت البيض )%( معنوية 5.3176 10.373 r2 معنوية 5.3176 10.517 r3 علوم حياة |294 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 .tالعالقة الخطية بين معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك )ملم( والمعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت الحمر % في ســـــمكة ( 2شكل ) ilisha . .cالعالقة الخطية بين معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك )ملم( والمعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت الحمر % في ســــمكة ( 3شكل ) carpio . العالقة الخطية بين معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك )ملم( والمعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت البيض % في ســــمكة (4شكل ) t. ilisha . y = 0.019x + 4.9878 r = 0.9993 المعدل الكلي لنسب العضالت الحمر )%( (ملم)معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك tenualosa ilisha y = 0.0193x + 0.9346 r² = 0.9972 y = 0.0193x + 0.9346 r² = 0.9972y = 0.0193x + 0.9346 r = 0.9972 المعدل الكلي لنسب العضالت الحمر )%( (ملم)معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك cyprinus carpio y = -0.0196x + 94.595 r = المعدل 0.9985 الكلي لنسب العضالت البيض )%( (ملم)معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك t. ilisha علوم حياة |295 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 لعالقة الخطية بين معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك )ملم( والمعدل الكلي لنسبة العضالت البيض % في ســــمكة ا (5شكل ) c. carpio . y = -0.0194x + 98.614 r² = 0.9951 y = -0.0194x + 98.614 r = 0.9951 المعدل الكلي لنسب العضالت البيض )%( (ملم)معدل الطول الكلي لألسماك c. carpio علوم حياة |296 7102 ( عام1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 study of percentage of red and white muscles in two species of bony fishes tenualosa ilisha (hamilton , 1822) and cyprinus carpio (linnaeus , 1758) naser merza hamza dept. biology / college of education for pure science / university of kerbala received in:27 /june/ 2016, accepted in:6/ september/ 2016 abstract the present study aimed to estimate percentage of red and white muscles fibers in two species of bony fishes belong to two different families which represented by tenualosa ilisha (hamilton , 1822) that belongs to the family clupeidae and cyprinus carpio (linnaeus , 1758) that belongs to the family cyprinidae . the samples were collected from local market at holy karbala province. the results show difference clear in mean values of muscles numbers at different studied length groups, and the percentage of red muscles fibers were less than that of white muscle fibers at different body regions (r1,r2,and r3) among species. the total average of red muscle fibers values ranged between (4.23 11.08 %) while the total average of white muscle fibers ranged between (88.30 95.33 %) in both fishes species. the results also showed the percentage of red muscle fibers increased toward posterior end of the body (at caudal peduncle) which related with their role movement and swimming of fishes. from the results of the present study, we can conclude that both species under investigation are stayers fish depending on the proportion of red muscle fibers in muscle system in fish body. keyword: bony fish, muscle, percentage of red and white muscle fibers. الصرفة والتطبیقیة 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم دون الحاجة asp.net غیر المتزامن في ال الملفاتحل مشكلة تحمیل مقترح ل الى استخدام تقنیة االجاكس سالم شاكر كتاب ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد–قسم علوم الحاسبات، كلیة التربیة الخالصة file up ( ملفاتمحمل ال إن load( هو احد ال cont rols ط الموجودة ضمن في ال األدواتشری visual studio.n et ال ولكن ال یمكن استخدام هذا control مع تقنیة الajax ) ل في الوقت فیكاد یكون من المستحی ا من دون ان تكون مستن الحاضر ا كستهتم بتصمیم تطبیقات الوب او تطویره نیة االجا ال یدعم file uploadالن ) خدما لتق از بشكل غیر مكتمل هذه التقنیه حیث یكون التنفیذ لال object is not عبارةتظهر أویع set على الرغم من الحاجة الماسة یر مع االجاكس لالcontrol الستخدام هذا ال س المتزامنستفادة من نقل البیانات غ ره االجاك file الن وذلك، الذي یوف up load control عند حدوث عملیة إالال یعمل post backمن ال client الى ال server یه لفلسفة اس عمل والفكرة االس xm( بل انشاء كائن برمجي serverالى ال postbackاالجاكس هي عدم القیام بعملیة lhttprequest( یتصل موقعفيالموسع وبعد البحث . )web site( من الصفحة للقیام بعملیة تحدیث جزئیة لقسم محددserver بال net.asp.www موقع توصل الى ان com.microsoft.msdn.wwwو lcont هذا التم ال ro سوف یقوم بدعم تقنیة ملیة ال ،visualstudio.net 2008الحق لاالجاكس في االصدار ا ستمرة م postback اال ان الحل لم یكن حقیقیا الن ع لحاجة الى اقتراح حل بدیل. postback trigger ال ب مایعرفافاضافو، یضاا عن استخدام تقنیة االجاكس من لذلك اقتضت ا web servخالل بناء ices بالكامل بعملیة التحمیل بشكل غیر متزامن و تجنب اعادة ت لتقوم postback) حمیل الصفحة op eration) تعند . محاولة تحمیل الملفا ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 a suggestion to solve the problem of asynchronous file uploads in asp.net without the need to use ajax technolo gy s. s. kitab de partment of com puter science, college of education ibn al-haitham, baghda d university, abstrac t the file up load is one of the cont rols of t he tool bar of t he visualstodio.net, but it can’t be used with ajax techno lo gy (it 's almost imp ossible today to be involved in web ap p lication design or develop ment and not be aware of ajax) because the file upload cont rol don’t supp ort ajax technology that the execution of t he inst ruction is not comp leted or t he (object is not set) message will ap p ear, although the ess ential ne ed to use this control with ajax to gain the asynchronous data transfer that supp lied by ajax, be cause the file up load don’t work without the postback op eration from t he client to the server, and t he main idea of ajax technolo gy is working without postback op eration to the server. after the deep research in www.asp .net and www.msdn.microsoft.com sit es the result was that the solution will be in the next version visualstodio.net 2008, but it was not a real solution because the postback op eration is continuous. so this p ap er suggests alternative solution to ajax by building web services to up load files asy nchronously and avoid reload the whole web site (postback operation) when file up loading process is lemented. introductio n as the web grows and bandwidth increases, p eop le demand more fro m their online exp eriences. they want more cont ent and grap hics, smarter ap p lications, and instantaneous responses [1]. until recently , web app lication develop ers and end users for that matter st ruggled with slow , unresponsive sy stems where entire p ages had to be reloaded to up date a single element. the web's architecture simply was not a convenient p latform for demanding app lications [2]. many solutions, like google m ap s, were not even p ossible until the wide-sp read adopt ion of ajax occurred. ajax is not a new p rogramming language, but a technique for creatin g better, faster, and more int eractive web app lications [3]. with ajax, y our javascrip t can commun icate directly with the server, using the javascript xm lhttprequest object. with this object, y our javascript can trade data with a web server, without reloading the page, but it not supp lied by the file up load control ability [4]. one of the most imp ortant things that should be transferred through the web are the files, so we discus sed an ap proach to uploading f iles to a web server directly through an aspx p age, or through a web serv ice. the method is used to asy nchronously up load files rather than using ajax to make ajax sty le file up load ap p roach. ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 ajax te chnology ajax is a browser technology indep endent of web server software. it is a way of developing web ap p lications that combines [1]: xhtm l (extensible hypert ext m arkup language) and css (casc adin g sty le sheets) st andards based presentation. int eraction with t he p age through the dom (document object model). data interchange with xml (extensible m arkup langua ge) and xslt (ext ensible stylesheet language t ransformations). asynchronous data retrieval with xm lhttp request. javascr ip t to t ie it all together. the ajax en gine works wit hin the web browser (t hrough jav ascript and t he do m) to render the web ap plication and hand le any request s that the customer might have of the web server [1]. the beauty of it is that because the ajax engine is handling the requests, it can hold most information in the engine itself, while allowing the int eraction with the app lication and the customer t o happ en asy nchronously and indep endently of any interaction with the server [2]. asynchronous interacti on this is the key . in st andard web ap plications, the interaction between the cust omer and the server is synchronous. t his means that one has to happen after the ot her. if a customer clicks a link, the request is sent to the server, which then sends the results back [2]. with ajax, the javascr ip t that is loaded when the p age loads handles most of the basic tasks such as data validation and manipulation, as well as disp lay rendering the ajax en gine handl es without a trip to the server. at the same time that it is making d isp lay changes for the cust omer, it is sending data back and forth to the server. but the data transfer is not dep endent upon actions of the customer [3]. web s ervices web services are software system design ed to supp ort interop erable machine-to-ma chine interaction over a network [4]. web services ar e frequently just web apis that can be accessed over a network, such as the int ernet, and executed on a remote sy stem hosting the requested services. this definition encomp ass es many different sy stems, but in common usage the term refers to client s and servers that communicate over t he http p rotocol used on the web [5]. postback operation a postback is an action taken by an interactive webp age, when t he entire p age and its cont ent s are sent to t he server for processing some infor mation and then, the server p osts the same page back to t he brow ser [6]. t his is don e to verify p ass words for loggin g in, p rocess an on-line order form, or ot her such tasks that a client comp ut er cannot do on its own. this is not to be confused with refresh or back actions taken by the but tons on t he brow ser [7]. post back in an event that is triggered when action is p erformed by a cont rol on an asp .net page. for example when y ou click on a but ton the data on t he p age is p osted back to the server for processing [8]. upload files the following su ggest ed app roach to up load files to a web server:  by using a web service (t o simulate ajax sty le) upload files asy nchronously . ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 ajax st yle, this p ap er and included code describe and illustrate this app roach. the examp le will illust rate an approach to class ify files up on up load and direct the file to sp ecific folders based on t he typ e of file up loaded. programmin g environment: visual studio 2005 langua ge: visual basic 2005, asp.net algorithm [upload file in as p.net withou t the n eed to use ajax te chnology] [1] build a web service. 1.1. call a library that is used to cut down the file extension from interior f ile up load. 1.2. build a method used to save the interior file with its extension comp letely and int o folders used to hold different typ es of files (e.g., im ages or text). 1.2.1. filter file op tions based up on the file typ e. [2] u se a web service (to simulate ajax sty le) t o up load files asy nchronously . 2.1. imp ort a library in order t o imp lement a p rocess involving the file extension. 2.2. convert the file to bytes. 2.3. do not use a postback and imp lement a wait handle to block the p age from loadin g unt il after the results are returned from t he web service. 2.4. check comp lete up load or not. the code: the first p roject is the web site, and t he second one is a web service that would be used to up load files. t he solution should cont ain bot h of them as show n in figure (1). 1web s ervice the st art cont ains all the declarations, the extension of the file would b e cut dow n from the interior file by system.io library . imports system.web imports system.web.services imports system.web.services.p rotocols imports system.io ' f i l e s t o r a g e w e b s e r v i c e ' this service contains one web method: ' 1. sfat saves file to folder with e xtension <webserv ice(namesp ace:="ht tp ://temp uri.org/")> _ <webserv iceb inding(conformsto:=wsiprofiles.basi cprofile1_1)> _ <global.m icrosoft .visualbasic.comp iler services.desi gnergener ated()> _ public class filestora ge inherits sy stem.web.services.web servi ce ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vol.22 (4) 2009 the file st orage class (“ fs” for short) p resents the save file as typ e method (“sfat” for short) t hat used to save the comp lete interior file with the extension, these files could be variety kinds such pictures, text, web p ages. etc. <webm ethod()> _ public function sfat(by val sfn as string, _ byval bfba as byt e()) as integer ' saves a f ile as a sp ecific type with an extension ' cap ture the file typ e through its extension dim sft as string sft = sy stem.io.path.getextension(sf n) sft = sft.tolower() ' filter file op tions based up on the file typ e select case sft case ".doc" ' get the file name and set anot her p ath to the storage fold er dim sf as string = _ syst em.io.path.getfilenamewithout extension(sfn) sf = system.web.hosting.hostingenvironment.m appath _ ("~/storedtext/" & sf & sft) 'write the file out to the storage location try dim stream as new filestream(sf , filem ode.openorcreate) st ream.write(bfba, 0, bfba.length) st ream.close() return 0 catch ex as e xception return 1 end try the same code will cont inue for t he followin g extensions: case ".docx",". xml",".rt f",".lic",".txt",".ht ml",".ht m",".bmp ",".jp g",".gif",".p ng",".tif",".ico",".w mf". case else ' we don't know what kind of file it is, so we p ut in into ' this folder, then get the file name and set a new p ath to ' the local storage folder dim sf as string = _ syst em.io.path.getfilenamewithout extension(sfn) sf = system.web.hosting.hostingenvirnment .m appath _ ("~/storagestuff/" & sf & sf t) 'write the file out to the storage location try dim stream as new filestream(sf , filem ode.openorcreate) st ream.write(bfba, 0, bfba.length) st ream.close() return 0 catch ex as e xception ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 return 1 end try end select end function the extension of the interior file is cut dow n and the case body uses it. the case categorizes the files accordin g to the extension and the file kind (p ictures, document s, or unknown file); the case will p ut the file into related folder. the name of the file and its information create a st ring that could be receipted by the method which eliminates the extension from the file then decide a new path. the unknown file would be sent to a rubbish folder called storage st uff. according to a try block, the method sends ba ck (returns) zero if the file was written successfully and sends back one if not . that zeros and ones used by anot her method to sp ecify the success or failure of t he op eration. note: a fail message will r eturn if y ou try to upload a file that up loaded p reviously . 2web s ite. as shown in figure (2), the web site will lead the user to up load the files asy nchronously to web service with its extension. the p age class produces inheritance to the declared object (t he solitary one) that represents the p roxy described p reviously. the p roxy page doesn’t need vast scop e but it’s not damage if it takes that scop e, so it could keep the code inside its own methods. the initial code p art of t he sit e is: imports system.io ' d e f a u l t a s p x p a g e ' ' this web page offers user fi le up load op tion: ' use a web service (t o simulate ajax style) to upload files asy nchronously partial class _default inherits sy stem.web.ui.page private webs as new filestora ge.fil estora ge() the code in the main page class is used to imp lement the up load files asy nchronous ly and keep the extension (t o simulate ajax sty le). the code will not use a p ostback and ap p ly a wait handler to p revent (freeze) the sit e load while the result comeback from the web service; and the rout ine will manip ulate the results and demonstrates success or failure to the user accordin g to the result that comeback from the web service. if you wish to manip ulate the result with anot her way, y ou have to execute a p ostback op eration in case that y ou don’t warry about p reventing (block ing) t he page form loadin g. a wait handle is also set and the results are only p rocessed after the method returns. the code is as follows: protected sub bup loadwithexasy n_click(byval sender as object, _ by val e as system.event args) handles bup loadwithexasyn.click ' asy nchronous file upload (keep extension) try ' validate that a file h as been selected into the ' file up load cont rol ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 if fup .hasfile then ' convert the file to bytes dim by tes as byte() = fup .fileby tes ' to catch the return value, set up an ia sy ncresult object from ' the web service call we are not using a p ostback here so ' the p ost back argument is set to not hing dim iarst as iasy ncresult iarst = webs.beginsfat(fup .filename.tostring(), _ bytes, nothing, nothing) ' wait for the call to finish iarst.asy ncwaithandle.waito ne() ' the asy nc call is comp lete, p rocess the results dim rv as string rv = webs.endsfat(iarst ) if rv = "0" then m essagebo x("the file up loaded") else ' this message will appear m essagebo x("the file is not up loaded") end if end if catch ex as excep tion m essagebox(e x.m ess age.tostrin g()) end try end sub conclusions 1"web serv ices" is the umbrella term of group of loosely related web-based resources and comp onents that may be used by other web app lications over http. t hese resources could include any thing from phone directory data to weather dat a to sp orts results. 2with asynchronous interaction between the customer and the server, internet app lications can be made r icher، smaller, f ast er and more user-fri endly. 3the t raditional methods to imp lement file up loadin g to server involves postback operation but only the use of asy nchronous file up load through web services st rategy satisfies the simulation of ajax technolo gy (w ithout post back). 4the suggest ed method of up loadin g fi les through web services will imp lement asy nchronously the thing that enabled the web p age to st ay in front of the client who can implement any desired chan ges to t he rest controls in the same web page in asy nchronously manner while the up loading fi le op eration incessant . 5the file should be converted into by tes then up loaded, and t he up loading period dep ends on the size of t he file. ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 references 1. edmond woy chowsky , (2006). “ajax: cr eating web pages with asynchronous javascript and xm l”, prentice hall, government sales, august 08, 2. ry an asleson; nathaniel schut ta, (2006), “beginnin g ajax with asp.net”, wiley publishing, in c.10475 crossp oint boulevard, 3. andy budd; cameron m oll; simon co llison, css m astery : (2006), “advanced web standards solutions”, p rentice hall, u.s. corp orate & government sales, 4. ingo rammer; mario szp uszta, (2005), (m icrosoft), “advanced .net remoting”, 1st edition, apress, m arch,. 5. ralf west p hal, (2004), christ ian wey er, “programming asp.net: building web app lications & services using c# and vb.net”, addison wesley , july . 6. christian nagel., (2003), “ asp to asp.net migration handbook”, wrox, february 18,. 7. christian nagel, (2004) “professional .net network programm in g”, 1st edition, wro x, sep tember 30,. 8. ingo rammer, (2002), “ advanced .n et remoting in vb.n et”, ap ress , july 29,. ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 start build a web service import librarie s build containe r method write the fil e out to storage loc ation capture fil e type no save a file as a spe cific type with an extension set anothe r path to the storage folde r set another path to the storage folder (storagestuff ) yes fil te ring offer u ser to upl oad fil es asynchronously use the web service convert the fil e to byte s set up an iasyncresult object wait for the call to finish ye s no fil e uploaded completely? ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig. (2) :the web site for the suggested asynchronous file upload in asp.net. modified iterative solution of nonlinear uniformly continuous mappings equation in arbitrary real banach space eman m. nemah dept. of mathematics/college of eduction for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in : 12 june 2013 , accepted in : 24 september 2013 abstract in this paper, we study the convergence theorems of the modified ishikawa iterative sequence with mixed errors for the uniformly continuous mappings and solving nonlinear uniformly continuous mappings equation in arbitrary real banach space. 379 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction and preliminaries throughout this paper, we assume that x be a banach space with norm ‖ ‖, the dual space 𝑋∗ and j denote the normalized duality from x into 2𝑋 ∗ give by: 𝐽(𝑥) = {𝑓 ∈ 𝑋∗: 〈𝑥, 𝑓〉 = ‖𝑥‖‖𝑓‖, ‖𝑓‖ = ‖𝑥‖, ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑋} … (1.1)[1] where 〈. , . 〉 denotes the generalized duality pairing. a mapping t with domain d(t) and range r(t) in x is called accretive if the inequality holds: ‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖ ≤ ‖𝑥 − 𝑦 + 𝑠(𝑇𝑥 − 𝑇𝑦)‖ … (1.2)[2] for every 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷(𝑇) and for all 𝑠 > 0. a mapping t is called a strongly pseudocontraction if there exists 𝑡 > 0 such that 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷(𝑇) and 𝑟 > 0, the following inequality holds: ‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖ ≤ ‖(1 + 𝑟)(𝑥 − 𝑦) + 𝑟𝑡(𝑇𝑥 − 𝑇𝑦‖ … (1.3) if t=1 in inequality (1.3), then t is called pseudocontractive. also, as a consequence of kato [3], if follows from the inequality (1.3) that t is strongly pseudocontractive if and only if the following inequality holds: 〈(𝐼 − 𝑇)𝑥 − (𝐼 − 𝑇)𝑦, 𝑗(𝑥 − 𝑦)〉 ≥ 𝑘‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖2 … (1.4) for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷(𝑇) and for some 𝑗(𝑥 − 𝑦) ∈ 𝐽(𝑥 − 𝑦), 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑘 = (𝑡−1) 𝑡 ∈ (0, 1). consequently, it follows easily, again from kato [3] and (1.3), that t is strongly pseudocontractive if and only if the inequality holds: ‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖ ≤ ‖𝑥 − 𝑦 + 𝑠[(𝐼 − 𝑇 − 𝑘𝐼)𝑥 − (𝐼 − 𝑇 − 𝑘𝐼)𝑦]‖ … (1.5) for every 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐷(𝑇) and for all 𝑠 > 0. closely related to the class of pseudocontractive mapping is the class of accretive mapping. it is clear that t is strongly accretive mapping if and only if i-t is strongly pseudocontractive mapping. let us recall the following iterative scheme du to mann [4], ishikawa [5], xu[6] and cho [7], respectively. definition 1.1 let c be a convex subset of x and 𝑇: 𝐶 → 𝐶 be a mapping, then: i . for any 𝑥1 ∈ 𝐶, the sequence {𝑥𝑛} 𝑖𝑠 defined by: 𝑦𝑛 = (1 − 𝛽𝑛)𝑥𝑛 + 𝛽𝑛𝑇𝑥𝑛, 𝑥𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝑥𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝑇𝑦𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 is called ishikawa iteration sequence, where {𝛼𝑛} 𝑎𝑛𝑑 {𝛽𝑛} are two real sequences in [0, 1] satisfying some conditions. ii. . if 𝛽𝑛 = 0 for all 𝑛 ≥ 1 in (1.6), then the sequence {𝑥𝑛} is defined by: 𝑥1 ∈ 𝐶, 𝑥𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝛼𝑛)𝑥𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝑇𝑦𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 … (1.7) is called mann iteration sequence. iii. for any 𝑥1 ∈ 𝐶, the sequence {𝑥𝑛} is defined by: 𝑦𝑛 = 𝑎�̀�𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏�̀�𝑇𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐�̀�𝑣𝑛, 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 … (1.8) is called ishikawa iteration sequence with random errors. here {𝑢𝑛}, {𝑣𝑛} are two bounded sequences in c; {𝑎�̀�} , �𝑏�̀�� , {𝑐�̀�}, {𝑎𝑛}, {𝑏𝑛}, {𝑐𝑛}are real sequences in [0, 1] satisfying 𝑎�̀� + 𝑏�̀� + 𝑐�̀� = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 =1 for all 𝑛 ≥ 1 v. if 𝑏�̀� = 𝑐�̀� = 0 for all 𝑛 ≥ 1 in (1.8), then the sequence {𝑥𝑛} defined by: 𝑥0 ∈ 𝐶, 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 … (1.9) is called mann iteration sequence with random errors. iv. . for any 𝑥1 ∈ 𝐶, the sequence {𝑥𝑛} is defined by: 𝑦𝑛 = 𝑎�̀�𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏�̀�𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐�̀�𝑣𝑛, 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 … (1.10) is called modified ishikawa iteration sequence with random errors. here {𝑢𝑛}, {𝑣𝑛} are two bounded sequences in c; {𝑎�̀�} , �𝑏�̀�� , {𝑐�̀�}, {𝑎𝑛}, {𝑏𝑛}, {𝑐𝑛}are real sequences in [0, 1] satisfying 380 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝑎�̀� + 𝑏�̀� + 𝑐�̀� = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 =1 for all 𝑛 ≥ 1. iiv. . if 𝑏�̀� = 𝑐�̀� = 0 for all 𝑛 ≥ 0 in (1.10), then the sequence {𝑥𝑛} is defined by: 𝑥1 ∈ 𝐶, 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 … (1.11) is called modified mann iteration sequence with random errors. it is clear that the mann, ishikawa iterative sequences and mann, ishikawa iterative sequence with random errors are special cases of modified iterative sequences with errors. definition 1.2 [8, 9] a mapping t: c→c called: i. lipschitz if there exists a constant l>0 such that ( ) ( )t x t y l x y− ≤ − …(1.12) for all ,x y c∈ . ii. uniformly l-lipschitzian if there exists a constant l>0 such that ( ) ( )n nt x t y l x y− ≤ − …(1.13) for all ,x y c∈ , 𝑛 ≥ 1 definition 1.3 [10] let c be a convex subset of vector space and f real valued function defined on c, then f is called generalized convex if for any three points x, y, z ∈ c and 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ [0, 1] such that 𝑓(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐𝑧) = 𝑎𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑏 𝑓(𝑦) + 𝑐 𝑓(𝑧). example 1.4 let f: [0, ∞) → [0, ∞) such that 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑡2 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑡 ∈ [0, ∞). show that f is generalized convex. solution: for any three points x, y, z ∈ [0, ∞) and 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ [0, 1] such that 𝑓(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐𝑧) = (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐𝑧)2 ≤ 𝑎𝑥2 + 𝑏 𝑦2 + 𝑐 𝑧2 thus f is a generalized convex. several researchers proved that the mann iterative scheme, ishikawa iterative scheme , the mann iterative scheme with random errors and ishikawa iterative scheme with random errors can be used to approximate solutions of the equations tx=f where t is strongly pseudocontractive mapping or østrongly pseudocontractive mapping. very recently, arifiq [10], proved a related result that deals with the mann iterative approximation of the fixed point for the class of strongly pseudocontractive mapping in arbitrary real banach space. at the same time, he puts forth an open problem: it is not known whether or not the modified ishikawa iteration method converges uniformly continuous mapping. this open problem has been studied extensively in case of mann iterative scheme with random errors and ishikawa iterative scheme with random errors by many of the researchers (see, [1-3], [6], [10-16]). the objective of this paper is to introduce the modified ishikawa iterative method a class of sequence which much more general than the important class of mann iterative scheme with random errors and ishikawa iterative scheme with random errors, and to study problem of approximation fixed point by modified ishikawa iterative processes with random errors for uniformly continuous mappings and this mapping satisfies some conditions. we will prove that the answer of airfiq, s open problem is affirmative if x is an arbitrary real banach space and 𝑇 ∶ 𝑋 → 𝑋 is an uniformly continuous mapping and satisfying some conditions. the results presented in this paper improve, generalize and unify results of [1-2], [11-16]. the following two lemmas play crucial roles in the proofs of our main results: lemma 1.5 [2] let : 2 xj x ∗ → be the normalized duality mapping. then for the ,x y x∈ , we have 2 2 2 , ( ) , ( ) ( ).x y x y j x y j x y j x y+ ≤ + + ∀ + ∈ + 381 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 lemma 1.6 [2] if there exists a positive integer n such that for all , ,n n n n≥ ∈ 𝛼𝑛+1 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝛼𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 𝑛 ≥ 1 then lim𝑛 →∞ 𝛼𝑛 = 0, 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑏𝑛 ∈ [0,1] 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁, ∑ 𝑏𝑛 = ∞∞𝑛=1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑐𝑛 = 0(𝑏𝑛), main result theorem 2.1 let x be an arbitrary real banach space , c be a convex subset of x, t:c → 𝐶 be an uniformly continuous mapping with bounded range and t satisfies the condition ‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖ ≤ ‖𝑥 − 𝑦 + 𝑟[(𝐼 − 𝑇𝑛 − 𝑘𝐼)𝑥 − (𝐼 − 𝑇𝑛 − 𝑘𝐼)𝑦]‖ … (2.1) where i is the identity mapping on c, for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐶, 𝑘 ∈ (0, 1), 𝑟 > 0. if q is a fixed point of t and for arbitrary x∈ 𝐶, then modified ishikawa iterative scheme with random errors defined by ( 1.10) which satisfies the conditions: i. ∑ 𝑏𝑛 = ∞∞𝑛=1 ii. 𝑐𝑛 = 0(𝑏𝑛), iii. lim𝑛→∞ 𝑏𝑛 = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑏�́� = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑐�́� = 0. is converges strongly to unique fixed point q of t. proof: since t bounded range, we set 𝑀1 = ‖𝑥1 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ obviously 𝑀1 < ∞. it is clear that ‖𝑥1 − 𝑞‖ ≤ 𝑀1. let ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖ ≤ 𝑀1. 𝑁𝑒𝑥𝑡 𝑤𝑒 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖ ≤ 𝑀1. consider ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖ = ‖𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ = ‖𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛 − (𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛)𝑞‖ = ‖𝑎𝑛(𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞) + 𝑏𝑛(𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞) + 𝑐𝑛(𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞)‖ ≤ 𝑎𝑛‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝑀1 + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)(‖𝑥1 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖) + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ ≤ ‖𝑥1 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ − 𝑏𝑛(‖𝑥1 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖) + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ ≤ 𝑀1. so from the above discussion, we can conclude that the sequence {𝑥𝑛}𝑛=1∞ is bounded. let 𝑀2 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑛≥1‖𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖. denote 𝑀 = 𝑀1 + 𝑀2. obviously 𝑀 < ∞. consider ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 = ‖𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 = ‖𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛 − (𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛)𝑞‖2 = ‖𝑎𝑛(𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞) + 𝑏𝑛(𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞) + 𝑐𝑛(𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞)‖2 ≤ � 𝑎𝑛‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ � 2 ≤ �(1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖ � 2 from def.(1.3) ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 𝑏𝑛𝑀2 + 𝑐𝑛𝑀2 … (2.2) now from lemma (1.5) for all 𝑛 ≥ 1, we obtain ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 = ‖𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 = ‖𝑎𝑛(𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞) + 𝑏𝑛(𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞) + 𝑐𝑛(𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞)‖2 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 𝑐𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2〈𝑏𝑛(𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞) + 𝑐𝑛(𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞), 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 + 𝑞)〉 382 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2〈𝑏𝑛(𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞), 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞)〉 +2〈𝑐𝑛(𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞), 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞)〉 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛〈𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑞, 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞)〉 + 2𝑐𝑛〈𝑢𝑛 − 𝑞, 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞)〉 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛〈𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞, 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞)〉 + 2𝑏𝑛〈𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1, 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞)〉 + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛〈𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞, 𝑗(𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞)〉 + 2𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1‖‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖ + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1‖‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖ + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛𝑀‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1‖ + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛𝑑𝑛 + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 …(2.3) where 𝑑𝑛 = 𝑀‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1‖ … (2.4) from (1.10) we have ‖𝑦𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛+1‖ = �(�̀�𝑛−𝑎𝑛)𝑥𝑛 + �̀�𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐�̀��̀�𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛)� …(2.5) by conditions (ii-iii) and (2.5) then; lim𝑛→∞‖𝑦𝑛 − 𝑥𝑛+1‖ = 0 ⇒ lim𝑛→∞‖𝑇𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑥𝑛+1‖ = 0 ⇒ lim𝑛→∞‖𝑇𝑛𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥𝑛+1‖ = 0 lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑑𝑛 = 0. …(2.6) substi ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛𝑑𝑛 + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 ≤ �1 − 𝑏𝑛)2‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛((1 − 𝑏𝑛) ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 𝑀2𝑏𝑛 + 𝑀2𝑐𝑛� +2𝑏𝑛𝑑𝑛 + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 ≤ (1 − 𝑏𝑛)2 ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 + 2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)(1 − 𝑏𝑛) ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 +2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)𝑀2𝑏𝑛 + 2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)𝑀2𝑐𝑛 + 2𝑏𝑛𝑑𝑛 + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 = ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2[�1 − 𝑏𝑛)2 + 2𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝑘)(1 − 𝑏𝑛) ] + 2𝑏𝑛[𝑀2(1 − 𝑘)(𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛� +𝑑𝑛] + 2𝑀2𝑐𝑛 …(2.7) by lim𝑛→∞ 𝑏𝑛 = 0, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑠 𝑎 𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑙 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑛𝑜 ∈ 𝑁 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑛 ≥ 𝑛𝑜 we have 𝑏𝑛 ≤ 1 2 . 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 (2.7), 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 ‖𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑞‖2 ≤ �1 − 𝑘𝑎𝑛) ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖2 +2𝑏𝑛[𝑀2(1 − 𝑘)(𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛� + 𝑑𝑛 + 2𝑀2𝑡𝑛 (2.8) where 𝑡𝑛 = 𝑏𝑛 𝑐𝑛 now with the help of (i-ii), (2.6) and lemma 1.6 lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑞‖ = 0. then {𝑥𝑛} converges strongly to fixed point 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹(𝑇). if p also is a fixed point of t; we will show that q is uniqueness ‖𝑞 − 𝑝‖2 = 〈𝑞 − 𝑝, 𝑗(𝑞 − 𝑝)〉 = 〈𝑇𝑞 − 𝑇𝑝, 𝑗(𝑞 − 𝑝)〉 ≤ (1 − 𝑘)‖𝑞 − 𝑝‖2 since 𝑘 ∈ (0,1), it follows that ‖𝑞 − 𝑝‖2 ≤ 0, which implies the uniqueness. ■ theorem 2.2 let x be an arbitrary banach space , c be a convex subset of x, t:c → 𝐶 be llipschitzian mapping with bounded range and t satisfies the condition ‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖ ≤ ‖𝑥 − 𝑦 + 𝑟[(𝐼 − 𝑇𝑛 − 𝑘𝐼)𝑥 − (𝐼 − 𝑇𝑛 − 𝑘𝐼)𝑦]‖ where i is the identity mapping on c, for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐶, 𝑘 ∈ (0, 1), 𝑟 > 0. if q is a fixed point of t, then the modified ishikawa iterative scheme with random errors defined by ( 1.10) which satisfies the conditions: i ∑ 𝑏𝑛 = ∞∞𝑛=1 383 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝑖𝑖. 𝑐𝑛 = 0(𝑏𝑛), 𝑖𝑖𝑖. lim 𝑛→∞𝜕 𝑏𝑛 = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑏�́� = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑐�́� = 0. then the sequence {𝑥𝑛}is converges strongly to unique fixed point q of t. theorem 2.3 let x be an arbitrary banach space , t: x → 𝑋 be an uniformly continuous mapping and t satisfies the condition 〈𝑇𝑛𝑥 − 𝑇𝑛𝑦, 𝑗(𝑥 − 𝑦)〉 ≥ 𝑘‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖2, 𝑛 ≥ 1 for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋, 𝑘 ∈ (0, 1). for given 𝑓 ∈ 𝑋∗; let 𝑥∗denote the unique solution of the equation 𝑇𝑛𝑥 = 𝑓. define the mapping h: x → 𝑋 such that 𝐻𝑛𝑥 = 𝑓+𝑥 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥, and suppose that the range of h is bounded 𝐿𝑒𝑡 {𝑥𝑛}𝑛=1∞ the modified ishikawa iterative scheme with random errors defined by : 𝑥1 ∈ 𝑋 , 𝑦𝑛 = 𝑎�̀�𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏�̀�𝐻𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐�̀�𝑣𝑛, 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝐻𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 here {𝑢𝑛}, {𝑣𝑛} are two bounded sequences in x; {𝑎�̀�} , �𝑏�̀�� , {𝑐�̀�}, {𝑎𝑛}, {𝑏𝑛}, {𝑐𝑛}are real sequences in [0, 1] satisfying 𝑎�̀� + 𝑏�̀� + 𝑐�̀� = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 =1 for all 𝑛 ≥ 1 .which satisfying the conditions: i ∑ 𝑏𝑛 = ∞∞𝑛=1 𝑖𝑖. 𝑐𝑛 = 0(𝑏𝑛), 𝑖𝑖𝑖. lim 𝑛→∞𝜕 𝑏𝑛 = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑏�́� = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑐�́� = 0. then the sequence {𝑥𝑛} is converges strongly to unique solution of 𝑇𝑛𝑥 = 𝑓. theorem 2.4 let x be arbitrary banach space, t: x → 𝑋 be l-lipschitizan mapping and t satisfies the condition 〈𝑇𝑛𝑥 − 𝑇𝑛𝑦, 𝑗(𝑥 − 𝑦)〉 ≥ 𝑘‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖2, 𝑛 ≥ 1 for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋, 𝑘 ∈ (0, 1). for given 𝑓 ∈ 𝑋; let 𝑥∗denotes the unique solution of the equation 𝑇𝑛𝑥 = 𝑓. define the mapping h: x → 𝑋 such that 𝐻𝑛𝑥 = 𝑓+𝑥 − 𝑇𝑛𝑥, and suppose that the range of h is bounded for any 𝑥1 ∈ 𝑋, 𝑙𝑒𝑡 {𝑥𝑛}𝑛=1∞ the modified ishikawa iterative scheme with random errors defined by 𝑦𝑛 = 𝑎�̀�𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏�̀�𝐻𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐�̀�𝑣𝑛, 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛𝑥𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝐻𝑛𝑦𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛𝑢𝑛, 𝑛 ≥ 1 here {𝑢𝑛}, {𝑣𝑛} are two bounded sequences in x; {𝑎�̀�} , �𝑏�̀�� , {𝑐�̀�}, {𝑎𝑛}, {𝑏𝑛}, {𝑐𝑛}are real sequences in [0, 1] satisfying 𝑎�̀� + 𝑏�̀� + 𝑐�̀� = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 =1 for all 𝑛 ≥ 1 .which satisfying the conditions: i ∑ 𝑏𝑛 = ∞∞𝑛=1 𝑖𝑖. 𝑐𝑛 = 0(𝑏𝑛), 𝑖𝑖𝑖. lim 𝑛→∞𝜕 𝑏𝑛 = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑏�́� = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑐�́� = 0. then the sequence {𝑥𝑛} 𝑖𝑠 converges strongly to unique solution of 𝑇𝑛𝑥 = 𝑓. references 1yongjin l., (2005), “ishikawa iterative sequence with errors for ø-strongly accretive operator ”, commune korean math. soc. ,20, 1, pp.71-78. 2yougjin l., (2004), “ishikawa iterative sequence with errors for strongly-pseudocontative operators in arbitrary banach space” ijmms, 33, pp.1771-1775. 3kato t., (1967), "nonlinear semigroups and evolution equation", j. math. soc. jpn., 19, pp.508-520. 4mann r.w., (1953), “mean value method in iteration”, proc. math. soc., 4, pp.506-510. 5ishikawa s., (1976), “fixed points and iteration of a nonexpansive mapping a banach space”, amer. math. soc., 59, pp.65-71. 6xu y., (1998), “ishikawa and mann iteration process with errors for nonlinear sttrongly accretive operator equations”, j. math. anal. appl., 224, pp. 91-101. 384 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 7cho y.j., guo g.t., and zhou h.y., (2004), “ approximation fixed points of asymptotically quasinonexpansive with errors”, turkey-dynamical syatems and applications, proceeding, 5, 10, pp.262-272,. 8moore c., and nnoli b, v. c., (2005), "iteration sequence asymptotically demicontractive mapping in banach space", j. math anal. appl., 129, 3, pp. 557-562. 9chan, s.s., (2001), "some results for asymplotically pseudocontractive mapping and asymptotically nonexpansive mapping", proc. amer. soc., 302, 2, pp. 845-853. 10rafiq a., (2007), “mann iterative scheme for nonlinear equations” math. comm., 12, pp. 25-31. 11chang s. s., cho y. j., lee b. s., and kang s. m., (1998),."iterative approximation of fixed points and solutions for strongly accretive and strongly pseudocontractive mappings in banach spaces", j. math. anal. appl.,224, pp.149-165. 12chidume c.e., (1994), “approximation off fixed points of strongly pseudocontractive mappings”, proc. amer. math. soc.,120, 2, pp. 545-551. 13chidume c.e.,(1998), “convergence theorems for strongly pseudocontractive and strongly accretive mappings ”,j. math. anal. appl.,228, pp. 254-264. 14osilike m. o., (1999), "iterative solutions of nonlinear ø-strongly accretive operator equations in arbitrary banach space", nonlinear analysis,36, pp. 1-9. 15lin l. s., (1995), "ishikawa and mann iterative process with random errors for nonlinear strongly accretive mapping in banach space", j. math. anal. appl.,194, pp. 114125. 16yao y., chen r., and yao j.c., (2005), "strongly convergence and certain control conditions for modified mann iteration", nonlinear analy.,68, pp.1687-1693. 385 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 الحل التكراري المطور لمعادلة غیر خطیة على دوال مستمرة بانتظام في فضاء بناخ الحقیقي األختیاري إیمان محمد نعمھ ) / جامعة بغدادابن الھیثم(/ كلیة التربیھ للعلوم الصرفھ الریاضیاتقسم 2013ایلول 24، قبل في : 2013حزیران 12أستلم البحث في : ا لخالصة في ھذا البحث نقوم بدراسة نظریات التقارب لمتتابعة ایشكاوا المطورة الممزوجة بالخطأ الى دوال مستمره بانتظام وحل معادالت غیر خطیة على دوال مستمرة بانتظام في فضاء بناخ الحقیقي األختیاري. 386 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 145-156 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 145 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 swelling behavior and drug release of interpenetrating network composed of pva and chitosan fathel s. matty zainab m. mohialdeen dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn-al haitham)/university of baghdad zainabmohy.zm@gmail.com received in:5/november/2017, accepted in:26/november/2017 abstract pva and chitosan biodegradable, non-toxic, biocompatible polymers convenient for use in drug release. in this study polyvinyl alcohol (pva) and chitosan (cs) hydrogels crosslinked with glutaraldehyde (ga) with different ratio morphology and structure characterization interpenetrating polymer network (ipn). they were investigated by fourier transmission infrared spectroscopy (ftir), scanning electron microscope (sem), uv-visible spectrophotometer, swelling of hydrogel and drug release were studied by changing crosslinking ratio and ph. keywords: swelling, poly vinyl alcohol, chitosan, interpenetrating network, hydrogels, mebeverine hydrochloride. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 146 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction hydrogel is a hydrophilic polymer network that can swell and also retain large amounts of water with its porous structure in the result of this, the area of hydrogel research has expanded in the last years, so they performed well for different biomedical applications [1]. recent advances application of hydrogels intended to achieve the fabrication of artificial organs, in specific drugs delivery and in a precise way to make wear contact lenses [2]. hydrogels become swollen because they have the ability to absorb water, about 10-20 times of its specific weight [3]. the presence of hydrophilic groups such as (–cooh, -oh, conh2, -conh, -so3h) …etc. in polymers hydrogel structure gives hydrogels affinity to absorb large amount of water [4]. the space inside the hydrogels network that is available to accommodate water can be made use to determine the capacity of hydrogel swelling [5]. the water that polymer hydrogels absorbed is dependent on numerous factors like network parameters, hydrogels structure (porous or poreless), nature of solution, and drying techniques [6]. chemical crosslinking is the best method to generate remaining unchanged hydrogel networks by synthesizing covalent bonding between different polymer chains [7]. hydrogels based on chitosan and polyvinyl alcohol have many pharmaceutical and biomedical applications in drug delivery system. many efforts and large studies were made to synthesize the cs/pva hydrogels and their controlled drug delivery system was extensively studied by research workers [8]. in this study, hydrogel films were prepared by crosslinking of pva\chitosan blended by glutaraldehyde with varying amounts. the ftir, sem, swelling and mebeverine hydrochloride as drug delivery properties of these films were investigated. experimental materials pvasamples was purchased from aldrich co. (with 98%, m.wt=7200. chitosan from himedia purity 99% mn =5000. glutaraldehyde from cdh purity 99%, hydrochloric acid from cdh purity 35-38%, and sodium acetate from cdh purity 99%. synthesis of ipn chitosan\pva hyrdogel with ga the hydrogel films were prepared by solvent casting method, the formation of chitosan-pva interpenetrating ph-sensitive hydrogel is due to the reaction between amino groups of chitosan, the pva polymer and aldehyde groups of the glutaraldehyde as a crosslinker. different weights of pva shown in tables (1.1) were dissolved in hot ionized water at (80 °c). this solution was mixed in a (50 ml) beaker at room temperature, with (2% glacial acetic acid) and five different percentages of glutaraldehyde (see table (1.1)) were incorporated as crosslinking material. the reaction mixture was stirred magnetically for 30 mints, and then the cross linked polymer was formed. the reaction mixture was transferred into glass rectangular container that used for casting a ipn polymer shape with dimension 17 ×8 × 0.5 cm3 height made, left at room temperature for 3 days, for dryness, and then a thin film was formed. this was dried at 40 °c for 3 h by using thermal oven [9]. drug (mvh) release in the ipn hydrogel different weights of pva as shown in tables (1.2) were dissolved in hot ionized water at (80 °c), this solution was mixed in (50 ml) beaker after cooling to room temperature, chitosan with (2% glacial acetic acid), and add (0.14 wt\wt%) of (mvh) as drug five different https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 147 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 percentages of glutaraldehyde like the tables (1) and (2) were incorporated as crosslinking material. the reaction mixture was stirred magnetically for 30 mints, and then the cross linked polymer was formed. the reaction mixture was transferred into glass rectangular container that used for casting a ipn polymer shape with dimension 17 ×8 × 0.5 cm3 height made, left at room temperature for 3 days, for dryness, and then a thin film was formed. this was dried at 40 °c for 3 h by using thermal oven, then left in water bath (37°c) and calculate the drug release in uv-visible spectrophotometer each 10 min [9]. table (1) experience 1 table (2) experience 2 swelling the swelling ratio determined (rs) was determined by dried hydrogel pieces, by treating the hydrogel 0.1 g in 100 ml of a range of ph (1.2, 4.7,6.8) and was permitted to soak for 60 min at 37 °c. the hydrogel samples were collected by filtration after 10 min. the (rs) is calculated from equation (1): % ……….(1) ws=the weight of swollen ipn polymer. wd=the weight of dry ipn polymer. calibration curve of mebeverine hydrochloride uv-vis spectroscopy of mebeverine hydrochloride was obtained using 1 cm width quartz curette. the λ max that related to the maximum absorbance of mebeverine hydrochloride was observed at 221nm [10]. in order to estimate the drug concentration during the drug release studies calibration curve for mebeverine hydrochloride was construed from the absorbance data. results and discussion in our study, ipn hydrogels was synthesized which consisted of pva, chitosan, glutaraldehyde as crosslinker as shown in figures (1) and (2) below. the reactions between amino groups of chitosan, the pva polymer and the aldehyde groups of glutaraldehyde as crosslinker [11,12], with different amounts. the ftir, sem, swelling and mebeverine hydrochloride as drug delivery properties of these films were characterized. mvh (wt\wt) ga (v\v) pva (wt\wt) cs (wt\wt) no. ofsample 0.14% 0.22% 0.14% 1.84% 1. 0.14% 0.44% 0.14% 1.84% 2. 0.14% 0.66% 0.14% 1.84% 3. 0.14% 0.88% 0.14% 1.84% 4. 0.14% 1.1% 0.14% 1.84% 5. ga (v\v) pva (wt\wt) cs (wt\wt) no. of sample 0.22% 0.14% 1.84% 1. 0.44% 0.14% 1.84% 2. 0.66% 0.14% 1.84% 3. 0.88% 0.14% 1.84% 4. 1.1% 0.14% 1.84% 5. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 148 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (1): crosslinking reaction between pva and glutaraldehyde. figure (2): crosslinking reaction between chitosan and glutaraldehyde. characterization of pva and chitosan ipn by ftir figures (3) and (4) and (5) show the fitr spectra of chitosan, pva, chitosan-pva ipn, the spectrum of pure chitosan figure (3) shows a strong absorption band in the range (3410-3117) cm-¹ correspond to combined peaks of oh, intermolecular hydrogen bonding and n-h stretching band. the (c-h) stretching vibration of the polymer beak bone in manifested through strong peak of 2920 – 2878 cm-¹ [13]. the bands at 1639 cm-¹ and 1601 cm-¹ were due to c=o stretching of secondary band caused by partial de acetylation of chitin and n-h bending of the primary amino group (nh2) respectively [14]. absorption band at 1096 cm-¹ was assigned to the stretching band of c-o-c bridge. ftir spectrum of pure pva sample figure (4) shows the (c-h) board alkyl baud in the range (2943-2855 cm-1), -oh stretching (3383 – 3422 cm-1) "intermolecular and intramalecular hydrogen bounding" due to high hydrophilic forces occur among pva chains the baud at (1096 cm-1) was assigned to the (c-o) stretching bound. this bound has been used an assessment tool of pva structure because it in a semi – crystalline synthetic may form some domains depending on several process parameters [11]. ftir spectrum of pva\chitosan (ipn) figure (5) shows a strong band at 1095.57 cm1 of (co-c) group, due to the crosslinking of pva with glutaraldehyde. chemical crosslinking of chitosan with glutaraldehyde can be caused by the schiff base formation as shown by the 1616 cm-1 band associated with the c=n group [15]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 149 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (3): ftir spectrum of pure chitosan. figure (4): ftir spectrum of pure pva. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 150 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (5): ftir spectrum of chitosan – pva ipn crosslinking ratio influence on the swelling ipn hydrogel crosslinking of hydrogel polymer is the method for reducing the molecular size of the polymer hydrogel for drug diffusion and drug release may be achieved by decrease in the value of swelling of hydrogel [16]. the swelling ratio of all samples in buffer solution of ph (1.2, 4.7 and 6.8) have shown an increase with time. the behavior of swelling using various content of ga (0.22%, 0.44%, 0.66%, 0.88% and 1.1% v\v %) and with constant ratio of chitosan and pva hydrogel within time indicated that the swelling ability of the hydrogel decreased with the increase of ga amount in hydrogel [17]. the swelling ratio attributed to ionizable functional groups. the concentration of ga had influence on the swelling ratio of hydrogel. the increase of crosslinking agent effect polymer network and which reduces the size of pores upon hydrogel formation [18]. ph influence on swelling ipn hydrogel figures (6-8) show ph sensitive characterize of ipn hydrogel.all hydrogels samples reached at equilibrium after (60) min, and the swelling test was performed under various ph values (1.2, 4.7 and 6.8). the increase of ph of solution caused increase in the degree of swelling or amount of water content so at ph (6.8), so the highest swelling and that is mainly attributed to the presence of hydroxyl group in pva and amino groups in a chitosan, correspondingly. in an environment with low density ionic and the ph is almost neutralizing, the equilibrium is derived to the direction, raising the internal osmotic pressure. when ph is increased from (1.2) to (6.8), an abrupt transition in swelling occurs, with the degree of swelling rising more. the amount of swelling depended on ratio of ga at (37c°) with different time as shown in figures (3-6) in different ph. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 151 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 as predictable, the equilibrium degree of the ipn swelling are in reverserelated to ga concentration from (0.22 to 1.1 v\v %), that means when the degree of crosslinking increase, the degree of swelling is decrease. also when the equilibrium degree is becoming almost natural, so the degree of swelling decreases at all value of ph. the lower degree of swelling is due to the higher network density, which attributed to the network chains became less flexible and reduced the existing free volume pores between the polymer chains [19]. figure (6): influence with various ratios of (ga) on swelling for ipn hydrogel in (ph 6.8). figure (7): influence with various ratios of (ga) on swelling for ipn hydrogel in (ph 4.7). 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.22% v\v 0.44% v\v 0.66% v\v 0.88% v\v 1.1% v\v time / min sw e ll in g  % 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.22% v\v 0.44% v\v 0.66% v\v 0.88 % v\v 1.1% v\v time / min sw e ll in g  % https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 152 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (8): influence with various ratios of (ga) on swelling for ipn hydrogel in (ph 1.2). influence of crosslinking ratio on (mvh) drug release from figures (9-11), it is seen that a significant decrease in (mebeverine hydrochloride) release rate from pva\chitosan ipn by increasing the ga% due to the increasing the crosslinking density. influence of ph on (mvh) drug release with a view to examine the influence of ph on the mebeverine hydrochloride from hydrogels, figures (9-11) signalize that when the ph is increase from (ph 1.2 to ph 6.8) a significant increase in the accumulative release is detected for all ipn. at ph 1.2, the release of drug decreases. this is due to the high acidity that resulted in hydrogen bended and the emigration of drug molecules become low [16]. thus the (mvh) drug release depends on the ph of the mediaalso on the nature of ipn hydrogel matrix [20]. this suggests that the drugs in the blend can be used to be suitable for the basic environment of the large intestine, colon and rectal mucosa. figure (9): release (mvh) for ipn hydrogels with different (ga)contentedat(ph6.8). 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.22 % v\v 0.44 % v\v 0.66 % v\v 0.88  % v\v 1.1  % v\v time / min sw e ll in g  % https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 153 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (10): release (mvh) foripn hydrogels withdifferent (ga) contentedat(ph 4.7). figure (11): release (mvh) for ipn hydrogels with different (ga) contented at (ph 1.2). scanning electron microscope (sem) analysis as shown in figures (12-15), the scanning electron microscope (sem) of angstrom advanced, ais2300, usa ipn hydrogels was clear to naked eye. they show neither separation into two layers, the pore size is reduced. and the surface morphology ofpva/cs ipn revealednon-porous translucent. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 154 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 conclusion 1modification of pva and chitosan film by crosslinking with different ratios (0.22%, 0.44%, 0.66%, 0.88% and 1.1% v\v %) ga. 2ftir spectroscopy indicates the formation of cross-links hydroxyl groups of pva and functional group of crosslinking agents chemical crosslinking of chitosan with glutaraldehyde by formation of schiff base with c=n group. the kind of crosslinking agent and the amount figure (12): sem spectrum of chitosan hydrogel. figure (13): sem spectrum of pva hydrogel. figure (14): sem spectrum of pva and chitosan figure (15): sem spectrum of pva and chitosan ipn hydrogel with mvh. ipn hydrogel with (mvh) as drug https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 155 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 of crosslinking are very important elements to determining both the drug release and ph – sensitive swelling behavior and. 3the swelling of pva/chitosan/ga and hydrogels can be well explained by fiction swelling equilibrium. affected by the density of crosslinking agent, it was found that the maximum swelling ratio was with lowest density of ga. 4concerning the type and ratio of crosslinking agent and ph effect on the release up (mvh) for these samples have high release rate drug, it was found that the higher release ratio for the high swelling hydrogel. references [1] j. maitra, and n. singh, swelling behavior of starch chitosan polymeric blend. advpolymscitechnolint j, 4, 22-27, 2014. [2] m. hamidi; a. azadi and p. rafiei. hydrogel nanoparticles in drug delivery. advanced drug delivery reviews, 60(15), 1638-1649, 2008. [3] s. w. kim;y. h. bae and t. okano. hydrogels: swelling, drug loading, and release. pharmaceutical research, 9(3), 283-290, 1992. [4] n. a. peppas; p. bures; w. leobandung and h. ichikawa. hydrogels in pharmaceutical formulations. european journal of pharmaceutics and biopharmaceutics, 50(1), 27-46, 2000. [5] a. w. adamson and a, p. gast.physical chemistry of surfaces,1967. [6] n. a. peppas, biomedical applications of hydrogels handbook. springer science & business media, 2010. [7] t. r. hoare and d. s. kohen. hydrogels in drug delivery: progress and challenges. polymer, 49(8), 1993-2007, 2008. [8] n. m. ranjha and s. khan. chitosan/poly (vinyl alcohol) based hydrogels for biomedical applications: a review. j. pharm. altern. med, 2(1), 30-41, 2013. [9] a. esmaeili and a. a. beni. a novel fixed-bed reactor design incorporating an electrospun pva/chitosan nanofiber membrane. journal of hazardous materials, 280, 788-796, 2014. [10] i. a. naguib and h. w. darwish. support vector regression and artificial neural network models for stability indicating analysis of mebeverine hydrochloride and sulpiride mixtures in pharmaceutical preparation: a comparative study. spectrochimicaacta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy, 86, 515-526, 2012. [11] e. f. d.; f. s. campos; a. p. lage; r.c. leite; l.g. heneine; w.l.vasconcelos,... and h.s.mansur,. synthesis and characterization of poly (vinyl alcohol) hydrogels and hybrids for rmpb70 protein adsorption. materials research, 9(2), 185-191, 2006. [12] t. uragami; t. matsuda; h. okuno and t. miyata. structure of chemically modified chitosan membranes and their characteristics of permeation and separation of aqueous ethanol solutions. journal of membrane science, 88(2-3), 243-251, 1994. [13] t. banerjee;s. mitra; a.k. singh; r. k., sharma and a. maitra. chitosan nanoparticles cross-linked with glutaraldehyde to become ultrafine nanoparticles: preparation, characterization and biodistribution of ultrafine chitosan nanoparticles. int j pharm, 243(1-2), 93-105, 2002. [14] n. t. nguyen and j. h. liu. fabrication and characterization of poly (vinyl alcohol)/chitosan hydrogel thin films via uv irradiation. european polymer journal, 49(12), 4201-4211, 2013. [15] u. edlund and a. c. albertsson. degradable polymer microspheres for controlled drug delivery. in degradable aliphatic polyesters (pp. 67-112). springer berlin heidelberg, 2002. [16] a. k. amine "swelling, behavior and drug release of cross-linked poly (vinyl alcohol)" .m.s.c. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education for pure since, (ibn-alhaitham), 2015. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1861 chemistry | 156 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [17] j. m. chupa; a. m. foster;s. r. sumner; s. v. madihally and h.w.matthew .vascular cell responses to polysaccharide materials:: in vitro and in vivo evaluations. biomaterials, 21(22), 2315-2322, 2000. [18] h. park, and d. kim.swelling and mechanical properties of glycol chitosan/poly (vinyl alcohol) ipn‐type superporous hydrogels. journal of biomedical materials research part a, 78(4), 662-667, 2006. [19] n. b. milosavljević; l. m. kljajević; i. g. popović, j. m. filipović, and m. t. kalagasidiskrušić. chitosan, itaconic acid and poly (vinyl alcohol) hybrid polymer networks of high degree of swelling and good mechanical strength. polymer international, 59(5), 686694, 2010. [20] u. k. parida; a. k. nayak; b. k. binhani, and p. l.nayak. synthesis and characterization of chitosan-polyvinyl alcohol blended with cloisite 30b for controlled release of the anticancer drug curcumin. journal of biomaterials and nanobiotechnology, 2(04), 414, 2011. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 synthesis and characterization of some new metal complexes of ethyl cyano (2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) b. m. sarhan r. m. rumez h. a. hassan dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 17 april 2012 ، accepted in : 20 november 2012 abstract complexes of (co2+, ni2+, cu2+, zn2+, cd2+ and hg2+) with the ligand ethyl cyano (2methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (eca) have been prepared and characterized by ftir, (uv-visible), atomic absorption spectroscopy, molar conductivity measurements and magnetic moments measurements. the following general formula has been suggested for the prepared complexes [m(eca)2]cl2 where m = (co2+, ni2+, cu2+ ,zn2+, cd2+, hg2+) and the geometry is octahedral. key words: ethyl cyano (2-methyl carboxylate) phenyl azo acetate, complexes. 178 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction azo compounds are very important class of chemical compounds receiving attention in scientific research, they are highly colored and have been used as dyes and pigments for along times[1,2]. transition metal azo complexes have played an important role in the development of coordination chemistry and have wide application in industry and biological systems[3-8]. rafid[9] prepared the azo dye 2-(2-pyridal azo)1,8-dihydroxy naphthalene and their complexes with some transition metals. a series of mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) complexes of azo-compounds containing hydroxyl quinoline moiety have been synthesized and characterized by elemental analysis, molar conductance, magnetic moments, ir, electronic and esr spectral studies. the thermal analysis of the complexes was also used to confirm the structures of the complexes[10]. in this paper, we described the preparation and characterization of some new metal ions complexes with ethyl cyano (2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (eca). experimental all chemical used were of reagent grade (supplied by either merck or fluka) and used as supplied. 1hnmr spectrum was recorded using ultra shield 300 mhz, bruker, switzerland, at university of al al-bayt, jordan. the ftir spectra in the (4000-400) range cm-1 were recorded as kbr disc on shimadzu ft infrared spectrophotometer. (uv-vis) spectra were recorded using (shimadzu uv-vis. 160a) (uv-vis) spectrophotometer in ethanol solution (10-3 m), metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption technique using shimadzu aa680g atomic absorption spectrophotometer. magnetic moments (μeff b.m) were measured employing faraday method using balance magnetic susceptibility model, msbmkt, melting points were determined by using stuart-melting point apparatus. conductivity measurements were carried out using philips pw. digital conductivity meter. synthesis of the ligand ethyl cyano (2-methyl carboxylate phenyl azo acetate) (eca) a solution of methyl-2-amino benzoate (1.3ml, 0.01mole) in concentrated hcl (3ml) was cooled to (0-5˚c), a cooled solution of sodium nitrite (1.5g in 10ml of water) was added dropwise during 10 minutes, then the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at the same temperature. the mixture was added to an ice-cold mixture of ethyl cyano acetate (0.01mole) and sodium acetate (4.1g, 0.05mole) in ethanol (30ml) dropwise with stirring over 15 minutes. afterwards the stirring was continued for 30 minutes and the reaction mixture then left to stand at room temperature for 2 hours. the solid product formed was collected and recrystallized from ethanol to give the orange crystals (eca), m.p (142-144˚c), yield (75%) scheme (1). 179 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 nh2 cooch3 nano2 hcl cooch3 n+ ncl (a) cooch3 n n ch cooc2h5 n c cooc2h5ch2 nc scheme (1): synthesis route for ligand (eca) synthesis of complexes a solution of metal chloride contains (0.11g, 0.11g, 0.076g, 0.061g, 0.091g and 0.122g) (1mmole) of cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, zncl2, cdcl2.h2o and hgcl2) respectively in ethanol was added to a solution of the ligand (eca) (0.25g, 2mmole) in ethanol (5ml). after stirring for 3 hours colored precipitate was formed at room temperature, the rustling solids was filtered off, recrystalized from ethanol and dried at 50˚c. results and discussion the isolated complexes were crystalline solids soluble in common solvents like ethanol, dimethyl formamide (dmf) and dimethyl sulphoxide (dmso), the conductivity measurements in ethanol indicated electrolytic behavior. the molar ratio method was followed to know the ratio of metal ion to ligand in complexes. ethanol was used as a solvent, the (m:l) ratio was found to be (1:2). table (1) includes the physical properties; the magnetic measurements (μeff b.m) for the complexes. spectra studies the 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand (eca) was recorded in dmso, fig (1), showed the following signals: singlet (s) at δ(2.50) ppm for (dmso), triplet (t) at δ(1.35) ppm for (3h, ch3), singlet (s) at δ(3.9) ppm for (3h, och3), quartet (q) at δ(4.34) ppm for (2h, och2) and multiplet (m) at δ(7.2-8.0) ppm for (4h, ar-h). infrared spectra the infrared spectra of ligand (eca) and its complexes are given in table (2). the strong absorption bands at the (1701) cm-1 and (2222) cm-1 in the free ligand, fig (2) are due to υ(c=o) ester and υ(c≡n) [11,12], in the complexes spectral, fig (3) for cobalt complex, the bands have been found in the range between (1637-1508) cm-1 shifted to lower frequencies by (64-193) cm-1 which indicates the coordination of the oxygen atom at the υ(c=o) group in methyl ester [13] and band of υ(c≡n) was absent which indicates the coordination through the nitrogen atom of υ(c≡n). the ligand spectrum showed a band at (1454) cm-1 due to υ(n=n)[14], the spectra of complexes show this band about (14361373) cm-1 shifted to lower frequencies by (81-18) cm-1 which indicates the coordination 180 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 of the ligand (eca) through the nitrogen atom of the azo nitrogen[15,16] and new bands appeared in the spectra of metal complexes at (530-510) cm-1 and (462-415) cm-1 attributed to the (m-o) and (m-n) respectively[17]. electronic spectra the absorptions and assignments related to the ligand and its complexes are listed in table (3), the ligand (eca), fig (4) exhibited an absorption bands at (253) nm (39525) cm-1 and (361) nm (27710) cm-1 which may be attributed to (π π*) and (n π*) transitions[18]. the spectra of complexes [co(eca)2]cl2 complex the spectrum of deep green complex of co(ii) exhibited the following bands at (40000) cm-1, (27472) cm-1, (15037) cm-1 and (12285) cm-1 which have been assigned to (c.t), 4t1g(f) 4t1g(p), 4t1g 4a2g and 4t1g 4t2g respectively[19]. the (b́ ) found to be (376.93) cm-1 and β = b́ / bº comes out to be (0.388) which indicates the presence of covalent bond in the complex. the magnetic moment value for cobalt(ii) complex is (4.34) b.m in the range of octahedral. [ni(eca)2]cl2 complex the spectrum of red complex, fig (5) exhibited the following absorptions at (39840) cm-1, (27777) cm-1, (19920) cm-1 and (13071) cm-1 which have been assigned to (c.t), 3a2g 3t1g(p), 3a2g 3t1g(f) and 3a2g 3t2g respectively[20]. the (b́) was found to be (565.6) cm-1 and β = b́ / bº comes out to be (0.543) which indicates the presence of covalent bond in the complex. the magnetic moment is (3.29) b.m confirmed the fore mention geometry. [cu(eca)2]cl2 complex the spectrum of deep red showed absorptions bands at (39370) cm-1 and (27548) cm-1 which were assigned to charge transfer transitions (c.t) and only one absorption band was observed at (19231) cm-1 which was assigned to 2eg 2t2g transition[21,22]. the magnetic moment value for copper(ii) complex is (1.75) b.m in the range of octahedral. [zn(eca)2]cl2, [cd(eca)2]cl2 and [hg(eca)2]cl2 the orange complexes of zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) showed only charge transfer of m l in the range (40000-27322) cm-1 because the electronic configuration of zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) which confirm the absence of any (d-d) transition[23]. according to spectral data as well as those obtained from elemental analysis, the chemical structure of the complexes suggested the octahedral, fig (6). references 1. zollinger, h. (1991) color chemistry: synthesis, properties and application of organic dyes pigments, 2nd ed., vch publishers, new york. 2. jinghai, x.; jinqiu, x. and defeng, z. (2003) research on some brown iron complex azo dyes, chinese j. chem. eng., 11 (1): 65-72. 3. elbaradie, k. y.; issa, r. m. and gaber, m. (2004) polymeric and binuclear monomeric mn(ii) chelates of some multidenate azo compounds derived from βdiketones, indian j. chem., 43a: 1126-1130. 4. gaber, m.; ayad m. m. and el-sayed, v. s. (2005) syntheses spectral and thermal studies of co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes of 1-(4,6-dimethyl pyrimidin-2-yl azo) naphthalene-2-ol, spectro chim. acta a, 62: 694-702. 5. gup, r.; giziroglu, e. and kirkan, b. (2007) synthesis and spectroscopic properties of 181 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 new azodyes and azo-metal complexes derived from barbituric and amino quinoline, dyes pigments, 73: 40-46. 6. rageh, n. m. (2004) toutomeric structures, electronic spectra, acid-base properties of some 7-aryl-2,5-diamino-3(4-hydroxy phenyl azo) pyrazolo-[1,5-a]pyrimidin-6 caronitrile) and effect of their cu(ii) complex solutions on some bacteria and fungi, spectrochim. acta a, 60: 1917-1924. 7. tuncel, m.; kahyaoglu h. and cakir, m. (2008) synthesis, characterization and biological activity of novel polydentate azo ligands and their co(ii), cu(ii) and ni(ii) complexes, transit. met. chem., 33: 605-613. 8. jarad, a. j.; suhail, k. f. and hussein, a. l. (2010) synthesis and spectroscopic studies of new heterocyclic azo dye and their complexes with selected metal ion, al-mustansiriya j. sci., 21 (6): 251-257. 9. alsady, r. h. (2010) preparation and spectrophotometric studies for azo dye 2-(2-pyridal azo)1,8-dihydroxy naphthalene and their complexes with some transition metals, j. basrah research, 36 (5): 98-109. 10. gaber, m.; el-hefnaw, g.; el-borai, m. a. and mohamed, n. f. (2011) synthesis, spectral and thermal studies of mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) complex dyes based on hydroxyl quinoline moiety, j. therm. anal calorim, 10: 1-9. 11. lappert, m. f. (1962) coordination compounds having carboxylic esters as ligands. part ii. relative acceptor strengths of some group iii and iv halides, j. chem. soc., 542. 12. dalton, f.; hill, r. d. and meakins g. d. (1960) the infrared spectra of deuterium compounds. part i. the c–h stretching bands of ome and nme groups, j. chem. soc., 2927-2929. 13. nakamoto, k. (1996) infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compound, 4th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 14. silverstein, r. m.; bassler, g. c. and morrill,t. c. (1981) spectrometric identification of organic compound, 4th ed., john wiley and sons, inc., new york. 15. carballo, r.; castiñeiras, a.; covelo, b.; niclós, j. and vázquez-lópez, e. m. (2001) synthesis and characterization of a potassium complex of magneson: [k(hl)(oh 2)2 ]... [h2l = 4-(4-nitrophenylazo)resorcinol (magneson)] ”, polyhedron , 20 (18): 2415 2420. 16. pal, s.; misra, t. k. and sinha, c. (2000) reaction of ru(pph3)3cl2 with arylazoimidazoles: spectral characterisation and redox studies of [bis-{n(1)-alkyl-2 (arylazo)imidazole}-bis-(triphenylphosphine)]-ruthenium(ii) perchlorate, transition met. chem. 25 (3): 333-337. 17. chandrasekharan, m.; udupa, m. r. and aravamudan, g. (1973) cysteine complexes of palladium(ii) and platinum(ii) ”, inorg. chim. acta, 7: 88. 18. dyer, r. j. (1965) application of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds prentice-hall, inc., englwood cliffs, n. j., london. 19. speca, a. n.; mikulski, c. m.; iaconianni, f. j.; pytlewski, l. l. and karayannis, n. m. (1980) purine complexes with divalent 3d metal perchlorates , inorg. chem., 19 (11): 3491-3495. 20. jorgensen, c. k. (1963) synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes of 4-carboxaldehyde phenyl hydrazone 1-phenyl-3 methyl-2-pyrazoline-5-one, advan. chem. phys., 5 (33): 22. 21. menabue, g. m. and peracani, g. c. (1979) synthesis and spectroscopic, magnetic and structural properties of bis (n-acetyl-β-alanine) diaquacopper(ii) and tetrakis (n-acetyl β-alanine) diaquadicopper(ii) dihydrate, inorg. chem., 39: 1897. 22. massy, a. c. and johnson, b. f. g. (1975) the chemistry of copper, silver and gold, pergamon press, oxford, 20 and 41. 23. maracotrigiano, g.; menabue, l. and pellancani, g. c. (1975) complex formation of 182 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 zinc(ii) with glycine, n-acetyl and n-benzoyl-1-glycine anions in aqueous and ethanolic solution by polarographic method, j. inorg. nucl. chem., 37: 2344. table (1): physical properties of ligand and its metal complexes formula molecular weight colour m.p˚c or dec. metal % found (calc.) molar conductivity (s.cm2mole-1) in ethanol (10-3 m) μeff (b.m) c13h13o4n3 [eca] 275 orange 142144˚c 2.4 [co(eca)2]cl2 679.93 deep green 95(dec.) 8.50 (8.66) 80 4.34 [ni(eca)2]cl2 679.69 red 100(dec.) 7.46 (8.64) 75 3.29 [cu(eca)2]cl2 684.54 deep red 98(dec.) 10.07 (9.28) 81 1.75 [zn(eca)2]cl2 686.39 orange 120(dec.) 9.56 (9.53) 82 0.00 [cd(eca)2]cl2 733.4 orange 130(dec.) 14.72 (15.33) 76 0.00 [hg(eca)2]cl2 821.6 orange 118(dec.) 23.84 (24.42) 72 0.00 table (2): characteristic infrared bands of the ligand (eca) and its metal complexes compound υ(n=n) υ(c=o) ester υ(c≡n) m-n m-o c13h13o4n3 [eca] 1454 1701(s) 2222(s) [co(eca)2]cl2 1435(m) 1627(s) 420(w) 526(w) [ni(eca)2]cl2 1436(m) 1637(s) 424(w) 530(w) [cu(eca)2]cl2 1404(w) 1620(s) 418(m) 520(w) [zn(eca)2]cl2 1435(m) 1508(s) 418(m) 518(w) [cd(eca)2]cl2 1373(m) 1624(m) 415(m) 516(m) [hg(eca)2]cl2 1435(m) 1612(s) 462(m) 510(w) where: s = strong, m = medium, w = weak 183 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (3): electronic spectra data of ligand (eca) and its complexes in ethanol solvent compound λmax nm wave number cm-1 εmax molar-1cm-1 assignment ligand [eca] 253 361 39525 27710 567 1207 π π* n π* [co(eca)2]cl2 250 364 665 814 40000 27472 15037 12285 428 870 10 8 c.t 4t1g(f) 4t1g(p) 4t1g 4a2g 4t1g 4t2g [ni(eca)2]cl2 251 360 502 765 39840 27777 19920 13071 365 869 12 8 c.t 3a2g 3t1g(p) 3a2g 3t1g(f) 3a2g 3t2g [cu(eca)2]cl2 254 363 520 39370 27548 19231 1178 1497 143 c.t c.t 2eg 2t2g [zn(eca)2]cl2 253 366 39525 27322 422 915 ilct ilct [cd(eca)2]cl2 254 361 39370 27472 421 989 ilct ilct [hg(eca)2]cl2 250 362 40000 27624 323 720 ilct ilct ilct: internal ligand charge transfer fig. (1): 1hnmr spectrum of ligand (eca) 184 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (2): infrared spectrum of ligand (eca) fig. (3): infrared spectrum of [co(eca)2]cl2 fig. (4): electronic spectrum of ligand (eca) 185 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (5): electronic spectrum of [ni(eca)2]cl2 c n n ch och3o m cl2 [m(eca)2]cl2 (m+2 = co, ni, cu, zn, cd, hg) c n nch o och3 c o oc2h5 c n n c o c2h5o c fig .(6): the proposed structural formula of the complexes 186 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تحضیر وتشخیص بعض المعقدات الفلزیة الجدیدة مع اللیكاند اثیل سیانو مثیل كاربوكسلیت فنیل ازو خالت) -2( باسمة محسن سرحان رسمیة محمود رمیز ھدى احمد حسن د/ جامعة بغداالكیمیاء/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الھیثم) علوم قسم 2012تشرین الثاني 20، قبل البحث في : 2012نیسان 17استلم البحث في : الخالصة مثیل كاربوكسلیت فنیل ازو خالت) مع ایونات -2حضرت بعض المعقدات الفلزیة الجدیدة مع اللیكاند اثیل سیانو( ) )co(ii ) ،ni(ii ) ،cu(ii ) ،zn(ii ) ،cd(ii )وhg(ii وشخصت بالطرائق الطیفیة وھي طیف االشعة تحت ( الحمراء، وطیف االشعة فوق البنفسجیة والمرئیة فضال" عن تعیین نسبة الفلز في المعقدات بوساطة طیف االمتصاص لفلز، وقیاس الذري، وقیاس التوصیلیة الموالریة لمحالیل المعقدات في مذیب االیثانول، وتحدید النسبة المولیة للیكاند الى ا العزم المغناطیسي للمعقدات المحضرة. وفي ضوء التشخیصات اعاله اقترح الشكل الثماني السطوح لھذه المعقدات. مثیل كاربوكسلیت فنیل ازو خالت)، معقدات. -2: اثیل سیانو(الكلمات المفتاحیة 187 | chemistry study the effects of vitamin d as immune-modulatory agent in type ii diabetes mellitus patients afaf th. marzook dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad e-mail: afaf_ch52@yahoo.com received in :12 may 2013 , accepted in : 24 july 2013 abstract this study was designed to show the roles of vitamin d as immune-modulatory agent in serum type ii diabetes mellitus patients collected from type ii diabetes mellitus and controls. they have been classified into two groups as the following: 1) patients of type ii dm group includes (20) individuals from both sexes with age range (35–65) years. 2) control group: includes (20) healthy individuals from both sexes, with age range (30 – 45) years and no previous disease which may interfere with the parameters analyzed in this research. all the blood samples were analyzed for vitamin d3, albumin, creactive protein (crp), erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr), immunoglobulins (igg, igm, iga), α1 antitrypsin and total protein (tp). keywords: vitamin d, type ii diabetes mellitus, inflammation, acute phase proteins. 261 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction diabetes mellitus (dm) is a heterogeneous, metabolic disease which is characterized by hyperglycemia and long term complications [1]. type ii dm is caused by combination of insulin resistance (impaired sensitivity of tissues to insulin action) and relative insulin deficiency with increased hepatic glucose production [2]. cholecalcifrol is a prohormone that is synthesized in the skin by photochemical of 7-dehydrocholestrol, it is subsequently hydroxylated to 25-hydroxy-cholecalciferol [25(oh) d3] in the liver and finally to the active metabolite, 1,25-dihydroxy – cholecalciferol [1,25(oh)2d3] in the kidney [3]. opinions differ on how to define vitamin d deficiency. a recent statement by the institutes of medicine agreed upon level of 10 ng/ml (25nmol/l) to be clear that vitamin d deficiency is determined as the level where parathyroid hormones (pth) start to rise [4]. the vitamin d hormone, 1,25 (oh)2 d exerts its effects mainly by activating the nuclear vitamin d receptor (vdr), a member of the nuclear transcription super family of ligand-activated transcription factors, and when bound to this vitamin d an attractive molecule to investigate in the context of diabetes treatment [5,6]. indeed, the activated form of vitamin d, 1, 25(oh)2 d3 influence insulin secretion and is an important immune modulator [7,8]. vitamin d deficiency is more common in type ii dm than in type i dm independently of age, sex or insulin therapy [9]. the initial observations linking vitamin d to type ii dm in human came from studies showing that both healthy and diabetic subjects had a seasonal variation of glycemic control currently, there is evidence supporting that vitamin d status is important to regulate some pathways related to type ii dm development since the activation of inflammatory pathway interferes with normal metabolism and disrupt proper insulin signaling, it is hypothesized that vitamin d could influence glucose homeostasis by modulating inflammatory response [10]. the aim of this study is to show the roles of vitamin d include immune-modulation effect and anti-inflammatory agent in type ii dm patients compared with control experimental sampling is classified in two groups: 1) patients of type ii diabetes mellitus group: include (20) patients from both sexes, with age range (35–65) years. 2) control group: includes (20) healthy individual from both sexes, with age years (30–45) years and no previous disease which may interfere with the parameters analyzed in this study. specimen collection and preparation ten milliliters (ml) disposable plastic syringes of 21 g needles were used to draw eight ml of venous blood from each patient and control groups after 12 hours fasting. the blood samples were divided into two tubes: 1. two ml of blood samples were transferred into plastic tubes containing ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid (edta) and left for 20 30 minutes at 37cº. the blood was later used for the determination of (esr). 2. the second part of blood samples were transferred into plastic plane tubes no anticoagulant: blood was left to clot for 20 30 minutes at 37cº. serum was obtained by centrifugation for 10 minutes at 3000 rpm and was divided into small epindrof tubes capacity 1.5 ml and kept at – 20cº until time of analysis. the separated serum was later used for the determination of the levels of vitamin d3, c-reactive protein (crp), albumin, ∝1-antitrypsin, immunoglobulins (igm, igg, iga) and total protein. 262 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 determination of vitamin d3: vitamin d3 was measured using high performance liquid chromate graphy (hplc) technique according to (aldulaimy, w. ym. and al-sarrag, n.f.y, 2013 method) [11]. determination of albumin: albumin level was determined in serum sample of all studied groups according to (doumas, etal method) [12]. determination of c reactive protein (crp): crp was measured in serum samples of all studied groups according to (young, d.s. method) [13]. determination of erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr): erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) was determined in whole samples of all studied groups according to (bick, r. l method) [14]. determination of serum immunoglobulins (igg , igm, iga): immunoglobulins (igg, igm, iga) have been determined in serum samples of all studied groups by a ready kit purchased from (parsazmum company), iran. the method depends on immune turbidometric test which the immunoglobulins form a complex with antibodies in solution which the absorbance is read by spectrophotometry [15]. determination of ∝𝟏 antitrypsin: ∝1– antitrypsin was measured in serum samples of all studied according to the method depends on immune turbidometric test [15]. determination of total protein (tp): total protein was determined in serum of all studied group according to biuret method [16]. statistical analysis: data presented in table (1) were the means and standard deviation student's t-test was used to compare the significance of the difference in the mean values of any two groups, p value less than 0.05 was considered statistically significant. results and discussion this study evaluate the biochemical parameters levels of [vitamin d3, albumin, crp, esr, igg, igm, iga, ∝1– antitrypsin and total protein tp] in sera of type ii diabetes mellitus patient group compared with control group. data in table (1) shows a significant decrease in vitamin d3, albumin and igm in sera patients of type ii dm compared with control group (p ≤ 0.05). while table (1) shows that a significant increase in the level of c-reactive protein (crp) , esr, igg, iga and ∝1– antitrypsin in sera of type ii diabetes mellitus patient group compared with control group (p ≤ 0.05). also table (1) shows no significant difference in total protein (tp) in sera of type ii diabetic mellitus patient group compared with control group (p > 0.05). the result of a significant decrease in level of vitamin d3 in sera of type ii diabetic patient group compared with control group agrees with the study of (palomer, x. et al 2008) [17], which suggested that vitamin d3 has a role in abnormal glucose metabolism as well as in type ii diabetes serum albumin level has linked clinical practice to several diseases. low albumin levels can suggest inflammation, this is the study of (sesmilo, g. et al 2004) [18]. 263 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 this study is compatible with our result in table (1) showing a significant decrease in albumin level in sera of patients of type ii dm compared with control group (p ≤ 0.05). a significant increase in the level of creactive protein (crp) in sera of type ii dm patient group compared with control group (p ≤ 0.05). our result agrees with the study of (badawi, a. et al 2010) [19]. that suggests c-reactive protein is an acute-phase reactant inflammation biomarker and that elevated synthesis of pro-inflammatory cytokines and acute-phase proteins characterize the pre-clinical stages of type ii dm and exhibit a graded increase with disease progression. also a recent study estimated that one-third of type ii dm cases can be associated with elevated serum crp [20]. it is known that adipose tissue can synthesis and release the main pro-inflammatory cytokine alfa-tumor necrosis factor (tnf-alpha), interleukin-1 (il–1) and interleukin-6 (il–6) and that the pro-inflammatory cytokines and acute phase reactants are involved in multiple metabolic pathways which are relevant to insulin resistance [21]. a significant increase in the level of esr in sera of patients with type ii dm compared with control (p ≤ 0.05). our result agrees with study of (donth, et al 2003) [22]. donth study suggests that inflammations play a role in the pathogensis of type ii dm most probably by determinal effects of inflammation on beta cells function. also in diabetes mellitus disease, the levels of variety of plasma proteins increase as a result of increased red cell agglomeration leading to accelerated sedimentation [14]. table (1) shows that both immunoglobulins igg and iga were elevated while igm was decreased in sera of type ii patient group compared with control group. these findings are compatible with the results by (michael, l. bishop et al., 2005) [23] suggested that infections and inflammation diseases indicating in flammatory condition seen when there is an increase in both igg, iga immuogobulins, ∝antitrypsin , crp levels while there is a decrease in igm and albumin level that stimulate the immune system . table (1) shows a significant increase in the ∝antitrypsin level in sera of type ii dm patient group compared with control group. this result agrees with the previous study of (michael, l. bishop et al., 2005) [23]. while table (1) shows no significant difference in total protein (tp) level in sera of type ii patient group compared with control group. vitamin d has long been known to play important role in immune function. all cells of the immune system express the vitamin d receptor (vdr) including monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cell, neutrophils, t-lymphocytes as well as b-lymphocytes (veldman et al 2000) [24]. vitamin d modulates the adapative immune system as well, through direct effects on t-cell activation and on the phenotype and function of antigen-presenting (kamen, dl et al 2010) [25] and (von essen, mr. et al 2010) [26]. type ii diabetes development involves impaired pancreatic b cell function, insulin resistance and inflammation. it has been suggested that both environmental and genetic factors seem to be involved in type ii diabetes development [27]; also, human and experimental data support the role of vitamin d on these pathways. due to the presence of both 1-∝hydroxylase and vdr in pancreatic beta cells, vitamin d is important for insulin synthesis and release [28]. this study demonstrated that type ii dm an inflammatory diseases through the determination of biochemical parameters (albumin, crp, esr, igg, igm, iga, ∝ antitrypsin and total protein (tp) and the deficiency in vitamin d play a crucial role in progression of type ii diabetes mellitus. 264 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references 1. ionecu, t.c. (1998). "proposed for a new classification of diabetes mellitus". rom. j. inter. med, 36 (1-2): p121-34. 2. american diabectes association, inc: (2007). "diabetes magnitude and mechanism", clinical journal 25: 25-28. 3. holick, m. (2002). "vitamin d: the underappereciated d-lightful hormone that is important for skeletal and cellular health "curropinendocrinol diabetes; 9:87-98. 4. ross, a. c; munson, j.e; abrams, s.a; aloia, j.f.; brannon, p.m; clinton, s.k.; durazoarvizu, r.a; gallagher, j.c; gallo, r.i; jones, g; kovacs, c. s; and mayne s. t. "the 2011 report on dietary reference intakes for calcium and vitamin d from the institute of medicine what clinicians need to know" j. clin. pract 64:1084-1089. 5. christakoss, s; barletta f; huening, m; dhawan p; liu, y; and porta, a. et al (2003). "vitamin d target proteins: function and regulation". j. cell biochem 88 :238–44. 6. vidal, m; ramana c.v; and dusso, a.s. (2000). "stat 1-vitamin d receptor interactions antagonize 1, 25-dihydroxy vitamin d transcriptional activity and enhance stat 1 mediated transcription", mol. cell. biol. 22:2777–87. 7. mathieu, c; and adorinol (2002). "the coming of age of 1, 25-dihydroxy vitamin d3 analogs as immunomodulatory agents", trends mol. med. 8:174–9. 8. matheiu, c; gysemans, c; giulietti, a; and bouillon, r. (2005). "vitamin d and diabetes", diabetologia, 48:1247–57. 9. dicesa, r.d.j; ploutz-synder, r; weinstock, r.s; and moses, a.m. (2006). "vitamin d deficiency is more common in type ii dm than in type i dm". diabetes care, 29 :174. 10. chagas, c.e.a; borges, m.c; martini, l.a; and rogero, m.m. (2012). "focuson vitamin d, inflammation and type iidiabetes", nutrients, 4:52–67. 11. al-dulaimy, w.y.m; and al-sarrag, n.f.y. (2013). "study of some non-traditional roles a scribed to vitamin d include immunemodulating effects and anti – inflammatory insera of iraqi myocardial infarction patients" ,word family medicine journal. 11::issue 4. 12. doumas, b. t; watson, w. a; and biffs, h.g. (1977). clin. acta (31):87–96. 13. young, d. s. (1995), "effect of drugs on clinical laboratory tests". 4thed. aacc press. 14. bick, r.l. (1993). "heamatology clinical laboratory practice" 1sted, p: 253, baltimore publishing company. 15. shivanada, nayak b. (2008). manpal manual of clinical biochemistry, (for laboratory and msc. students): (2008) 3rd. ed, p: 104-106 , medical publishers (p) ltd , new delhi , india 16. tietz, n.w. (1987). "fundamentals of clinical chemistry" p: 940, w.b. sannders co. philadelphia, p. a. 17. palomer, x; gonzalz-clemente, j.m; blanco vaca, f; and mauricio, d. (2008). "role of vitamin d in the pathogensis of type ii diabetes mellitus". diabetes obes. metab. 10: 185– 197. 18. sesmilo, g. et al. (2004). effect of vitamin d on glucose metabolism. ann intern med, 133(2):111–122. 19. badawi, a.; klip, a; haddad, p. cole; e.c; david; bailo, b.g; el-sohemy, a; and karmali, m. (2010). "type ii diabetes mellitus and inflammation": prospects for biomarkers of risk and nutritional intervention. diabetes metab. synd obes. 3:173–186. 20. dehghan, a; kardys, i; de maat, m.p., et al (2007). "genetic variation, c-reactive protein levels, and incidence of diabetes". diabetes, 56:872–878. 21. mahajan, v.v.; apte, i.c; and shende, s.s. (2011). "acute phase reactants in type ii diabetes mellitus and their correlation with the duration of diabetes mellitus" j. of clinical and research no.6 (5):1165–1168. 265 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 22. donah, m.y; starling, j; maedier, k; and manruppoulsem, t. (2003). "inflammatory mediators and islet beta cell failure": a link between type i and type ii diabetes" j. mol. med. 81: 455–470. 23. michael, l. bishop; edwared, p; fody, and larry schoeff. (2005). "clinical chemistry principle, procedures, correlation." 5th ed. lippincott williams and wilkins. p :(194–195), p:(286–270) . 24. veldman, c. m; and cantorna, m.i.h.f. (2000). "expression of 1, 25-dihydroxy vitamin d3 receptor in the immune system". arch. biochem. biophys 374:334–338 . 25. kamen, d.l; and tangpricha, v. (2010). "vitamin d and molecular actions on immunesystem" : modulation of innate and autoimmunity ; j. mol. med, 88 : 441 – 450 . 26. von essen, m.r; kongsbak, m; schjerling. p; olgaard k; odum. n; and geisler. c. (2010). "vitamin d controls t cell antigen receptor signaling and activation of human t cells"; nat immunol, 11:344–349. 27. takiishi, t.; gysemans, c.; bouillon r.and mathieu, c. (2010). endocrinol. metab. clin. n. am., 39:419–446. 28. pittas, a. and dawson-hughes, b. (2010). "vitamin d and diabetes". j. sterol. biochem. mol. biol. 121:425–424. table (1): vitamin 𝐷3,albumin, crp, esr, igg, igm, iga, ∝1-antitypic and total protein (tp) levels in sera of type ii diabetes mellitus patients group and control significance ttest patient group n=20 mean ±sd control n=20 mean±sd biochemical parameters significant 0.00001 33.07±11.2 46.57±9.2 vitamin 𝐷3(ng/ml) significant 0.00002 1.37±2.97 1.93±0.004 albumin (g/dl) significant 0.0004 3.6±0.12 ---crp (m mol/dl) significant 0.003 12.96±3.47 4.16±1.52 esr (mmole/hr) significant 0.003 1214.64±101.22 797.3±184 ig g (mg/dl) significant 0.001 15.4±28.92 34.68±1.98 ig m (mg/dl) significant 0.0005 347.28±57.38 151.14±39.31 ig a (mg/dl) significant 0.004 77.8±1.84 52.44±18.12 ∝1-antitrypsin (mg/dl) not-significant 0.2 2.79±0.28 2.75±0.31 tp (g/l) 266 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 مناعي في مرضى داء السكري النوع وسیط dدراسة عن تأثیرات فیتامین الثاني عفاف ذیاب مرزوك / جامعة بغداد )ابن الھیثم(قسم الكیمیاء / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2013تموز 24، قبل البحث في : 2013آیار 12استلم البحث في : الخالصة وسیط مناعي في مصل دم عشرین مریضا عراقیا یعانون من داء dصممت ھذه الدراسة لبیان تأثیرات فیتامین السكر النوع الثاني، وعشرین فردا من األصحاء مجموعة سیطرة . وقد تم تصنیفھا إلى مجموعتین: ) سنة. 65– 35المجموعة األولى تتضمن عشرین مریضا بداء السكر النوع الثاني من كال الجنسین وبمعدل عمر من ( ) سنة ولیس 45–30والمجموعة الثانیة تتضمن عشرین فردا من االصحاء مجموعة سیطرة ومن كال الجنسین بمعدل عمر ( تم قیاسھا في ھذا البحث. حللت جمیع نماذج الدم لقیاس المتغیرات لدیھم أي أمراض سابقة تؤثر في المتغیرات الحیاتیة التي التفاعلي و معدل ترسب كریات الدم الحمراء و الكلوبیولینات المناعیة cو األلبومین و بروتین 3dالحیاتیة مثل فیتامین أنتي تربسین والبروتین الكلي . -1 –، بروتین الفا ,igg, igm, iga)وھي( بینما أظھرت igm، االلبومین، الكلوبیولین المناعي d3ئج انخفاضاً معنویا في كل من مستوى فیتامین اذ أظھرت النتا التفاعلي، معدل ترسب كریات الدم الحمراء والكلوبیولینات المناعیة cالنتائج ارتفاعا معنویا في مستوى كل من بروتین iga , igg صحاء مجموعة سیطرة بینما أظھرت النتائج عدم وجود فرق انتي تربسین مقارنة مع األ -1 –وبروتین الفا معنوي في مستوى البروتین الكلي لمرضى داء السكر النوع الثاني مقارنة مع األصحاء مجموعة سیطرة، ومن خالل ھذه اء السكر لھ تأثیر في تطور الحالة االلتھابیة عند مرضى د dالنتائج توصلنا إلى أن النقصان الحاصل في مستوى فیتامین النوع الثاني. ، مرض السكر النوع الثاني، االلتھاب، بروتینات الطور الحاد.3dفیتامین : الكلمات المفتاحیة 267 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees اىفٞضٝبء | 345 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 دراصة انخىاص انبصرية ألغشية بىنيًر بىني فايُم انكحىل انًشىبة باوكضيذ انُحاس وكهىريذ انحذيذ غزالٌ صرحاٌ احًذ صهاو حضٍ صهًاٌ ايُاس ياصيٍ عبذ /جبٍعخ ثغذاد(اثِ اىٖٞثٌ )قغٌ اىفٞضٝبء /ميٞخ اىزشثٞخ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ / 2016االول//جشريٍ 5قبم في 2016/يايش/10اصحهى في : انخالصة َ٘ة ثَبدح (pvaرٌ فٜ ٕزا اىجذث رذضٞش اغشٞخ سقٞقخ ٍِ ث٘ىَٞش )ث٘ىٜ فبْٝو اىنذ٘ه cuoاىْقٜ ٗمزىل اىَش . دضشد ٕزٓ االغشٞخ ثطشٝقخ اىظت فٜ ق٘اىت ثقطش (%1,5,8) ثْغت ٍخزيفخ fe2cl3% ٗثَبدح 8ثزشمٞض (cm4 ٗثغَل)m5 )200 5 ثعذ اُ سعجذ عيٚ قبعذح صجبجٞخ ٍِٗ خاله قٞبط دٞ٘د االشعخ اىغْٞٞخ ٗجذ إُ جَٞع ) اىَْبرج رَزيل رشمٞت ٍزعذد اىزجي٘س . ٗ رٌ دساعخ اىخظبئض اىجظشٝخ ىٖزٓ االغشٞخ ٍِ أٍزظبطٞخ ّٗفبرٝخ ٗفج٘ح اىطبقخ عبٍو اىخَ٘د ٍٗعبٍو االّنغبس ٍٗعبٍو اىذقخ ٗثبثذ اىعضه اىنٖشثبئٜ ثجضأٝٔ اىذقٞقٜ ٗاىخٞبىٜ ٗمزىل اىز٘طٞيٞخ ٍٗ اىجظشٝخ . ٍِٗ خالىٖب جَٞعب ّجذ اُ عْذ اىزش٘ٝت رزذغِ اغيت ٕزٓ اىخ٘اص . pva ، fe2cl3 ، cuoاىخ٘اص اىجظشٝخ ، طشٝقخ اىظت ، ث٘ىَٞش انكهًات انًفحاحية : اىفٞضٝبء | 346 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 انًقذية إر أُ ٍِ اىج٘ىَٞشاد اىزٜ رجزة االّزجبٓ ألَٕٞزٖب ٗاعزعَبىٖب فٜ رطجٞقبد عذٝذح . (pva)ث٘ىَٞش ث٘ىٜ فبْٝو اىنذ٘ه دسط ]1[ٍِ اجو أعزعَبىٖب فٜ اىزطجٞقبد اىعَيٞخ pvaاغيت اىذساعبد رذسط اىخ٘اص اىجظشٝخ ٗاىذشاسٝخ ىج٘ىَٞش feاىْقٞخ ٗاىَش٘ثخ ةpvaاغشٞخ ] 2[خيٞفخ ٗغٞشٓ +3 "ٗأُ االَٕٞخ طشٝقخ طت اىَذي٘ه . عَبهثأعزfecl3ثأعزعَبه ّبرجخ عِ ٗق٘عٔ ثِٞ اىَْطقخ اىعش٘ائٞخ ٗاىَزجي٘سح ٗمزىل ىخ٘اطٔ اىفٞضٝبئٞخ pvaاىَغزقجيٞخ ىج٘ىَٞش رٗ دسجخ gm/mol70000(قبثو ىيزٗثبُ ثبىَبء ٗٗصّٔ اىجضٝئٜ c2h4o)x.اىظٞغخ اىجضٝئٞخ ىٖزا اىج٘ىَٞش ]3[ اىجٞذح" cغيٞبُ ◦ ٗمثبفزٔ رزشاٗح ثِٞ 230 g/cm 3 (.رٌ رذضٞش أغشٞخ سقٞقخ ٍِ ٕزا اىج٘ىَٞش فٜ اىذبىخ اىْقٞخ ثأراثزٔ ثبىَبء اىَقطش ٍِٗ ثٌ رش٘ٝجٔ 1.19-1.31) إٌٔ األمبعٞذ ٗرىل ألّٔ ٝذخو فٜ ٍعظٌ اىزطجٞقبد ٝعزجش اٗمغٞذ اىذذٝذ ٗادذ ٍِ إر " fe2o3ٗcuoثَبدح أٗمغٞذ اىذذٝذ .]4[ ٍثو اىَقبٍٗبد اىذشاسٝخ ،اىَزذغغبد اىََٖخ ،اىخالٝب اىض٘ئٞخ ٗغٞشٕب" اىْقٞخ ٗاىَش٘ثخ ثأٗمغٞذ اىْذبط ٗمي٘سٝذ اىذذٝذ اىثْبئٜ pvaفٜ ٕزا اىجذث عٞزٌ دساعخ اىخ٘اص اىجظشٝخ ألغشٞخ fe2cl3 ٜضَِ ٍذٙ اىط٘ه اىَ٘ج)nm1100-200( رٌ أٝجبد ٍعبٍو اىخَ٘د .extinction coefficient ٍِ : ]5 [ٞخرخاله اىعالقخ اال (1 " ........................ )k =𝜆𝛼 " ٗرىل ألسرجبطٔ ٍعٔ اىط٘ه اىَ٘جٜ ،ٗ ٝغيل ٍعبٍو اىخَ٘د عي٘ك ٍعبٍو االٍزظبص ّفغٔ λٍعبٍو االٍزظبص ، αإر أُ ثبىعالقخ اىشٝبضٞخ . :[5]ٞخ رٕ٘ ٍِ اىخظبئض اىجظشٝخ ىيغشبء ٗاىزٛ َٝنِ دغبثٔ ٍِ اىعالقخ االnأٍب ٍعبٍو أالّنغبس (2 .... ) ("r-1/)r)+1 + ) 2/1 }(1 + 2 ◦(k 2 r)-n =(1+r/1" ]6،7 [ٞخ :ررَثو أالّعنبعٞخ ٗاىزٜ َٝنِ قٞبعٖب ٍِ اىعالقخ اال r إر أُ (3"...................................... )r=1-(a+t)" مَب رٌ دغبة ثبثذ اىعضه اىنٖشثبئٜ ثجضأٝٔ اىذقٞقٜ ٗاىخٞبىٜ ٍِ خاله اىعالقبد ]8،9[ٞخ :االر (4 ) " ................................. 2 k◦ n 2 =rԑ" (5 " ................................)k◦ n 2 =iԑ " -: ] 11، 10 [ٞخرٗاىزٜ رٌ دغبثٖب ٍِ اىعالقخ اال o.pσ أٍب اىز٘طٞيخ اىجظشٝخ o.p=α n c /4 ………………… ( 6) σ :عشعخ اىض٘ء . c إر أُ (:1ٗاىقٌٞ ٍ٘ضذٔ فٜ جذٗه سقٌ ). ]8,15[خ رٞرٌ دغبة فج٘ح اىطبقخ ٗطبقبد اٗسثبر ٍِ اىَعبدالد اال hν =b(hν eg)r ……… (7) α (ٗرىل ٝعزَذ عيٚ طجٞعخ االّزقبالد االىنزشّٗٞخ . 2,3,2/2,1/3ثبثذ ٝغبٗٛ ) rثبثذ ،b إر أُ أٍب طبقخ اٗسثبر رغبٗٛ : exp (hν /eu)…… (8) °α=α ( . urbach energy:طبقخ اٗسثبر )eu إر أُ جحضير انًُارج ث٘صُ pva+cucl28%ُدضشد أالغشٞخ اىشقٞقخ فٜ ٕزا اىجذث ٍِ ث٘ىَٞش ث٘ىٜ فبْٝو اىنذ٘ه اىْقٜ، ٗمزىل (%ثطشٝقخ اىظت 1,5,8ٗثثالثخ ّغت )162.2gm/mol)ث٘صُ جضٝئٜ) fe2cl3(ٍع gm/mol 170.48جضٝئٜ) casting method رٌ أراثخ إرgm4 ٍِpva ٜاىْقٜ فml 50 ٛاىَبء اىَقطش ٗثأعزعَبه رقْٞخ اىخالط اىذشاس ٍِ magnetic sterrier 40ثذسجخ دشاسحc ◦ ٗىَذح عبعخ ٗثعذ أرَبً أراثخ اىَ٘اد ثبىنبٍو ٗضع اىخيٞظ اىَزجبّظ فٜ ق٘اىت ٗىَذح عبعخ مبٍيخ دزٚ جفذ .ُعَل ◦58cذسجخ دشاسح (ثٌ ٗضعذ اىَْبرج فٜ فشُ دشاسٛ ثcm 4صجبجٞخ ثقطش ) (ٗاىزٛ رٌ رذذٝذٓ ثأعزعَبه اىَبٝنشٍٗزش ٍِ اٍبمِ ٍخزيفخ ىنو غشبء ٗاخز m5 )50 200أالغشٞخ اىشقٞقخ اىَذضشح ٕ٘ uv-visibleجٖبص عَبهاىَعذه . ٗىزذذٝذ اىخ٘اص اىجظشٝخ ٍثو أالٍزظبطٞخ ٗاىْفبرٝخ ٗأالّعنبعٞخ ٗغٞشٕب رٌ أعز 1800 spectra photometer ٍِ ثط٘ه ٍ٘جٜ ٝزشاٗحnm(1100-200. ) يُاقشة انُحائج ( ٝ٘ضخ رغٞش اىْفبرٝخ ٍع اىط٘ه اىَ٘جٜ .أر ّالدظ صٝبدح ّفبرٝخ االغشٞخ ٍع صٝبدح اىط٘ه اىَ٘جٜ 1شنو سقٌ ) ٕٗزا شٜء جٞذ فٜ أالغشٞخ ٝغَخ ثأعزعَبىٖب فٜ 90ٗرنُ٘ اىْفبرٝخ عبىٞخ جذا رظو اىٚ % fe2cl3ٗمزىل ثضٝبدح رشمٞض رطجٞقبد عذٝذح ٍْٖٗب اىخالٝب اىشَغٞخ . اىفٞضٝبء | 347 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 رنُ٘ أالٍزظبطٞخ عبىٞخ عْذ اىط٘ه اىَ٘جٜ إر( ٝ٘ضخ رغٞشأالٍزظبطٞخ ٍع اىط٘ه اىَ٘جٜ .2اٍب اىشنو سقٌ ) nm(400-200ٗعْذ اىغشبء اىْقٜ .ثٌ رقو أال) ٍزظبطٞخ عْذ اىزش٘ٝت ٗصٝبدح رشمٞضfe2cl3 ٕٚٗزٓ فبئذح اخشٙ رذه عي. . fe2cl3ٗcucl2 رذغِٞ اىخ٘اص اىجظشٝخ ٍِ اٍزظبطٞخ ّٗفبرٝخ ثزش٘ٝت أالغشٞخ ة ( ٝ٘ضخ صٝبدح ٍعبٍو اىخَ٘د ٍع صٝبدح قٌٞ ٍعبٍو أالٍزظبص .3ٗاىشنو ) ( فٞ٘ضخ اىعالقخ ث4ِٞأٍب اىشنو سقٌ) 2/1 (hѵα ٍع طبقخ). ُ٘اىف٘ر ٗاىزٜ ٍِ خالىٖب ّجذ فج٘ح اىطبقخ ىألغشٞخ ٗاىَ٘ضذخ فٜ ѵhٍع طبقخ اىف٘رαُّ٘الدظ اىعالقخ ثِٞ ٍعبٍو االٍزظبص إر (.1اىجذٗه سقٌ ) ( ٝجِٞ صٝبدح ٍعبٍو االّنغبس مذاىخ ىطبقخ اىف٘رُ٘ ٍع صٝبدح اىزش٘ٝت .5ٗاىشنو ) ٗاىخٞبىٜ . ( رجِٞ ثبثذ اىعضه اىذقٞق7ٜ( ٗ )6ٗاالشنبه سقٌ ) ّالدظ إُ ثبثذ اىعضه اىخٞبىٜ عيل عي٘ك ٍشبثٔ ىثبثذ اىعضه اىذقٞقٜ ٗعي٘مَٖب ٍشبثٔ ىغي٘ك ٍعبٍو االّنغبس إر ألسرجبطٌٖ ثٔ دغت اىَعبدالد أعالٓ . يخ ّقٜ رنُ٘ قيٞ pva( ٝ٘ضخ عالقخ اىز٘طٞيٞخ اىجظشٝخ ثطبقخ اىف٘رُ٘ .دٞث ّجذ أُ اىز٘طٞيٞخ فٜ دبىخ 8ٗاىشنو سقٌ ) ( رنُ٘ قيٞيخ جذا ٍِٗ ثٌ رضداد 3-1)evجذا رنبد رنُ٘ ٍعذٍٗخ ٗثبىزش٘ٝت رضداد ٗىنِ عْذ اىطبقبد اى٘اطئخ رقشٝجب ٍِ ثضٝبدح طبقخ اىف٘رُ٘ ٗثضٝبدح اىزش٘ٝت . ٍع طبقخ اىف٘رُ٘ . ln α( ٝجِٞ اىعالقخ اىزٜ رشثظ ثِٞ 9اٍب شنو سقٌ ) .]12 [ٞخ: رو اىذقخ مذاىخ ىيط٘ه اىَ٘جٜ اىزٛ رٌ دغبثٔ ثأعزعَبه اىَعبدىخ االٝ٘ضخ ٍعبٍ (10ٗاىشنو سقٌ) (7.................... )finesse coefficient "f = 4r/(1-r 2 )" % ألُ ثضٝبدح اىزش٘ٝت رضداد أالّعنبعٞخ 1ّالدظ صٝبدح ٍعبٍو اىذقخ عْذ اىزش٘ٝت ٗمبّذ اعيٚ صٝبدح عْذ ّغجخ اىزش٘ٝت إر ٝضداد ٍعبٍو اىذقخ ألسرجبطٔ ٍعٔ ثبىعالقخ اىشٝبضٞخ اعالٓ . ٍِ ثٌٗ اىفٞضٝبء | 348 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 انًصادر 1abudulmunaim, a.and hashim ,a.(2010),"electric transition for (ps-lif)composites .6 th science conference of college science,university of mustansiriah.iraq. 2i. attar,.m. m. ;daoudi, m. ; souissia k.a; b.andyakoubia,r.chtourou(2013)," uncommon photoluminescence behavior of fe +3 doped polyvinyl alcohol films" j.optics &laser technology ,.54,(335-338).0. 3abdel aziz .m,m.and ghannam, m.,(2010)."influence of titanium chloride addition on the optical and dielectric properties of pva films ".physica b,405: (958-964). 4-abdel-kader. f.h. and hakeem,n.a.(2015), "structural,optical and thermal characterization of zno nanoparticles doped in peo/pva blend films" .austuralian journal of basic and applied sciences ,7(10): (608-619),issn 1991-8178. 5-abdelrazek, e.m.;elashmawi,i.s;and labeeb,s. (2010),physica b 405,journal homepage:www..com/locate/phys.2021. 6-ibrahim, h.k; and salem, r.d.(2012). "optical properties of polyvinyl alcohol (pva)doped with ali zarin orange elsevier azo dye thin films prepared by cast method ",j.of kufaphysics.4.1, (11-21). 7-hasan, b.a.(2005), "effects of doping with (mathylene blue and methal red ) on optical properties of polythyl methacrylate (pmma)";j.of education college .53, (464-499). 8-muhsen, a.a.; abid.e.y;and salman,s.h.(2015), "studying the structural and optical properties of pva doped with cuo and fecl3 composiyes films .j.of eng&tech. l.33. (b)..9. (1712-1722). 9-abdullah, o.gh.; and saber, d.r,(2012),"optical absorbtion of polyvinyl alcohol films doped with nickel chloride ",applied mechanics and materials 110-116, (177-182) . 10-ezoma, f.i.(2004), "fabrication ,optical properties and applications of undoped chemical bath deposited zno thin films ",j.of science .15,.4, (343-350). 11-neama,h.(2012),"the electrical and optical properties of polystyrene-fecl3 composites .msc.thesis, college of science,babylon university ,iraq. 12-suchea,m.;katharakis,m.; and koudoumas, e.(2007),"substrate temperature influence on the properties of nanostructural zno transparent ultrathin films grown by pld",applied surface science 253,(8141-8145). 13suchea, m.;katsarakis,n.;christoulakis,s.and kitsopoulous,t.and kiriakidis,g.,(2006),anal.chim.acta 573-574. 14-mustafa, f.a,(2013),"optical properties of nai doped polyvinyl alcohol films ",ph.sc.research ,int.1(1),(1-9). 15-shakti, n.and gupta,p.s,(2010),stractnral and optical properties of sol – gel prepared zno thin fim", applied physics research .2,.1,.21. اىفٞضٝبء | 349 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 وبعض انًحغيرات . (يوضح قيم فجوة الطاقة لألغشية1دول رقم )ج eu(ev) e◦(mev) eg(ev) انغشاء 0.2656 8 4 pva 0.7717 6 3 pva:cuo(8%) 0.8397 7 3.5 pva:cuo(8%):fe2cl3(1%) 0.8296 7.2 3.6 pva:cuo(8%):fe2cl3(5%) 0.9265 6.4 3.2 pva:cuo(8%):fe2cl3(8%) ( يىضح عالقة انُفارية يع انطىل انًىجي .1شكم ) اىفٞضٝبء | 350 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 ( يىضح عالقة األيحصاصية يع انطىل انًىجي 2شكم ) . ( يبين تغير معامل الخمود مع طاقة الفوتون3شكل )ل ( يبيٍ انعالقة بيٍ 4شكم ) 2/1 (hѵα. ٌكذانة نطاقة انفىجى ) اىفٞضٝبء | 351 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 ( يبيٍ يعايم االَكضار كذانة نطاقة انفىجىٌ .5شكم ) . ثابث انعزل انحقيقي يع طاقة انفىجىٌ.( يبيٍ 6شكم ) اىفٞضٝبء | 352 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 ( يبيٍ ثابث انعزل انخياني يع طاقة انفىجىٌ.7شكم ) . ( يبيٍ انحىصيهية انبصرية كذانة نطاقة انفىجى8ٌشكم ) وطاقة انفىجىٌ ln α( انعالقة بيٍ 9شكم ) اىفٞضٝبء | 353 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 ( يىضح يعايم انذقة كذانة نهطىل انًىجي .10شكم ) اىفٞضٝبء | 354 2016( عبً 3)اىعذد 29اىَجيذ ٍجيخ إثِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىظشفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 study the optical properties of polymer poly vinyl alcohol doped with cuo and fe2cl3 thin films ghuzlan sarhan ahmed seham hassan salman enase yaseen abid dept.of physics /college of education for pure science(ibn al.haitham) /university of baghdad received in:10/may/2016,accepted in:5/october/2016 abstract in this research we prepared thin films from pure polymer (polyvinyl alcohol pva )and doped with cuo with concentration 8% ,and fe2cl3 at different concentrations (1,5,8)%.this films were prepared by casting method and placed in britidish (4cm diameter )with thickness(200±5)μm.through the investigation of(x-ray )diffraction it is found all that the samples have polycrystalline structure .also we measurement the optical properties from this films such as absorption ,transmittion spectra ,absorption coefficient ,energy gap ,extinction coefficient ,refraction index ,finesse coefficient ,the dielectric constant with two parts the real and the imaginary and the optical conductivity . key words:optical properties ,casting method ,pva polymer ,fe2cl3 ,cuo . microsoft word 1-6 1 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 first occurrence of plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951 (trematoda: opecoelidae) in iraq from the sisorid catfish mystus pelusius kefah n. abdul-ameer yasamin j. kadhim ahlam j.taher dept. of biology, college of education for pure science, university of baghdad received in :10september2015, accepted in : 21october 2016 abstract the trematode plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951 was recorded in this study for the first time in iraq from intestine of mystus pelusius (solander, 1794) which were collected from different locations along tigris river near al-shawwaka region, baghdad city. the description and measurements of this parasite as well as its illustration were given. keywords:trematoda, plagioporus skrjabini, mystus pelusius, tigris river 2 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction trematoda is one of the three classes of the phylum platyhelminthes.the other classes are the cestoda and the monogenea [1]. adult trematode (fluke) has a characteristic basic body plan, which comprises a dorso-ventrally-flattened body and suckers used for attachment. internally the fluke’s body comprises digestive, reproductive, excretory and nervous systems together with an extensive muscle development. these parasites are usually hermaphroditic [2]. trematodes undergo asexual reproduction in a molluscan host followed by transmission to vertebrate definitive host in which sexual reproduction occurs [3]. the fish can serve both as the definitive host in which the adult fluke occurs, or as the intermediate host, which usually harbors an encysted life stage (metacercaria). adult trematodes are primarily parasites of the digestive tract. however, some trematode families have become specialized to extraintestinal habitats [1]. there are 5000 species of trematodes of fishes from 1115 genera. no genus contains more than 120 species and only 10 genera contain more than 50 species each. adult trematodes of fishes live in the gut where they browse on mucus, epithelial cell and sometime blood, but a few families have adapted quite new forms of nutrition [3]. plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951 is a species of trematode which belongs to the family opecoelidae. the life cycle of this worm has been investigated. this trematodes use the mollusk theodoxus fluviatilis as the first intermediate host, sand hoppers as additional host and bullheads (neogobius kessleri and n. fluviatilis) as definitive hosts [4]. in iraq, the first work on fish parasites was done by herzog, (1969) who studied 16 different species of fishes collected from different locations in iraq and noticed 16 species of parasites, among them, one species of the trematode neodiplostomum sp. [5]. after that several studies were carried out, among which some reported new records of trematode species in iraq (6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13). according to mhaisen [14], a total of 41 trematode species were so far recorded from freshwater fishes of iraq and 28 trematode species from marine fishes of iraq. the present investigation deals with the record of the trematode plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951 which infected mystus pelusius as no previous record on this parasite in iraq was documented [14] materials and methods a total of 35 specimens of the sisorid catfish m. pelusius (solander, 1794) were collected from different locations along tigris river near al-shawwaka region in baghdad city. sampling was made weekly during the period from december 2014 till june 2015. the fishes were brought alive to the laboratory and freshly examined for parasites. trematodes were removed from the intestine of the infected fishes under the dissecting microscope. care was taken to isolate and flatten the parasite specimens which then were pressed between two slides. worms were fixed in glycerin and stained with aqueous neutral red. drawing was done by using a camera lucida. measurements of the parasites were done by using a micrometer. parasite identification was performed according to taxonomical accounts bykhovskayapavlovskaya et al. [15]. the information on the previous account records of parasites was checked by using the index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq [14]. results and discussion out of the 35 fish specimens the m. pelusius one fish was infected with the trematode p. skrjabini. this parasite was found in the intestine of the infected fish. the following is the systematic account of the genus plagioporus according to worms [16]: class trematoda subclass digenea order plagiorchiida 3 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 family opecoelidae plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951 the above measurements were based on five specimens of parasites. these measurements were given as a range followed by a mean in parenthesis. the following is a brief description and measurements (in mm) of this parasite as shown in fig. (1). size of body 1.25-2.25 (1.75) x 0.39-0.71 (0.55). oral sucker 0.1-0.19 (0.14) x 0.11-0.19 (0.15), ventral sucker almost twice as large as oral 0.22-0.32 (0.27) x 0.23-0.35 (0.29). pharynx 0.04-0.06 (0.05) x 0.05-0.07 (0.06). esophagus short. testes near posterior end, usually clinging together, anterior testis 0.1-0.22 (0.16) x 0.18-0.32 (0.25). ovary at right, adjacent to anterior testis, occasionally in front of it. genital bursa lies obliquely, curving right around sucker, its end reaching center. egg size 0.06-0.067 (0.063) x 0.04. the descriptions of the present p. skrjabini are in agreement with those reported by bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya et al. [15]. the present report of this trematode represents its first record in iraq according to the index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq [14]. acknowledgements thanks are due to prof. dr. furhan t. mhaisen for his help in parasite identification, permission to use his indexcatalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq and his critical reading of the manuscript. thanks are due to mrs. azhar a. al-moussawi, iraq natural history center and museum, university of baghdad for her permission to use the camera lucida. references 1. woo, p.t.k. (2006). fish diseases and disorders, 1: protozoan and metazoan infections, 2nd ed. cab int., wallingford: 383. 2. hoole, d.; bucke, d; burgess, p. and wellby, i. (2001). diseases of carp and other cyprinid fishes. mpg books, bodmin, cornwall: 263. 3. cribb, t.h.; chisholm, l.a. and bray, r.a. (2002). diversity in the monogenea and digenea: does lifestyle matter? int. j. parasitol., 32: 321-328. 4. zhokhov, a.e.; molodozhnikova, n.m. and pugacheva, m.n. (2006). dispersal of invading trematodes nicolla skrjabini (iwanitzky, 1928) and plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951 (ttematoda: opecoelidae) in the volga. russ. j. ecol., 37(5): 383-364. doi: 10.1134/s1067413606050110. 5. herzog, p.h. (1969). untersuchungen über die parasiten der süßwasserfische des irak. arch. fischereiwis., 20(2/3): 132-147 6. fattohy, z.i. (1975). studies on the parasites of certain teleostean fishes from the river tigris, mosul, iraq. m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. mosul: 136. 7. ali, n.m.; al-jafery, a.r. and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1986). new records of three digenetic trematodes on some freshwater fishes from diyala river, iraq. proc. 4th sci. conf., sci. res. counc., 5(1): 10-19. 8. ali, n.m.; salih, n.e. and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1987). parasitic fauna of some freshwater fishes from tigris river, baghdad, iraq. ii: trematoda. j. biol. sci. res., 18(2): 19-27. 9. abdul-ameer, k. n. (1989). study on parasites of freshwater fishes from tigris river, salah al-dien province, iraq. m. sc. thesis, univ. baghdad: 98. (in arabic). 4 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 10. al-daraji, s.a.m. (2004). some digenetic trematodes of largescale mullet liza macrolepis (smith, 1849), with description of saturnius hadithii sp. nov. (bunocotylidae). basrah j. vet. res., 1(1 & 2): 77-84. 11. jori, m.m. (2006). parasitic study on the asian catfish silurus triostegus (heckel, 1843) from al-hammar marshes, basrah, iraq. ph. d. thesis, coll. educ., univ. basrah: 192. 12. mohammad, e.t. (2010). first record of hemiurid trematoda from black pomfret fish parastromateus niger (bloch) from khor abdullah northwest arabian gulf, iraq. basrah j. vet. res., 10(2): 103-108. 13. mhaisen, f.t.; al-rubaie, a.l. and al-sa'adi, b.a (2015). trematodes of fishes from the euphrates river at al-musaib city, mid iraq. amer. j. biol. life sci., 3(4): 91-95. 14. mhaisen, f.t. (2015). index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq (unpublished: mhaisenft@yahoo.co.uk). 15. bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya, i.e.; gusev, a.v.; dubinina, m.n.; izyumova, n.a.; smirnova, t.s.; sokolovskaya, i.l.; shtein, g.a.; shul'man, s.s. and epshtein, v.m. (1962). key to parasites of freshwater fish of the u.s.s.r. akad. nauk, s.s.s.r., moscow, 727. (in russian). 16. worms (2015). world register of marine species at http://www.marinespecies.org. (accessed august 2015). 5 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure(1): plag ioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951 from mystus pelusius from tigris river  (scale bar= 0.3mm.). a: photomicrograph, b: camera lucida. e: eggs, gb: genital bursa, o: ovary, os: oral sucker, ph: pharynx, t: testes, vs: ventral sucker, vt: vitellaria 6 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 (صنف plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951الظهور األول للطفيلي mystus في العراق من سمكة أبو الزمير المخّرمات: عائلة أوبيسيليدي) pelusius كفاح ناصر عبد األمير ياسمين جمعة كاظم أحالم جاسم طاهر بغداد ، جامعةم)( ابن الهيثللعلوم الصرفة التربية كلية الحياة، علوم قسم 2015تشرين األول 21، قبل في : 2015ايلول 10استلم في : الخالصة ألول مرة في العراق من plagioporus skrjabini kowal, 1951م سجل في هذه الدراسة المخرّ التي جمعت من عدة مواقع على طول mystus pelusius (solander, 1794)معاء سمكة أبو الزميرأ الرسم فضال عن هذاالطفيلي وقياسات مواصفات إعطاء نهر دجلة في منطقة الشواكة في مدينة بغداد. تم التوضيحي له. trematoda ، plagioporus skrjabini, mystus pelusius: نهر دجلة، المفتاحية الكلمات     301الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 اجل ودراسة خصائصھ تحضير الفضة النانوية بطريقة السول تغريد مسلم مريوش الساعدي لؤي جعفر خضر السعدي / جامعة بغداد )إبن الھيثم (قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014ايلول 8في:ل قب 2014حزيران 15في:استلم الخالصة بصفته بادرة يضاف agno)3(باستخدام نترات الفضة جل بنجاح ُحضر مسحوق الفضة النانوية بطريقة السول لخلط )magnetic stirrersالمحرك المغناطيسي (عامالً مختزالً وبإسخدام c)3na7o5h6(لھا سترات الصوديوم لفصل الفضة النانوية عن المحلول ومن centrifuge machine) المحاليل وتسخينھا ثم إستخدمت آلة الطرد المركزي ( ساعة . 24مدة co40ثم تجفيفھا في فرن بدرجة حرارة . (xrd)ُدرست الخصائص التركيبية لمسحوق الفضة المحضرة من خالل استخدام جھاز حيود االشعة السينية (å 0.006 ± 4.086)وبثابت شبيكة (fcc)إن تركيب الفضة النانوية ھو مكعب متمركز االوجه (xrd)اظھرت نتائج الذي يعود للمجموعة 0783-04 وجدت مطابقة تماماً للملف ذي الرقم (jcpds)وبمطابقتھا مع الجداول القياسية .)(225رقم fm3m (space group)الفضائية ُحسب حجم الحبيبات النانوية للعينات المحضرة باستعمال معادلة شيرر , إذ كان متوسط حجم الحبيبات من (18.84 nm – 50.23 nm) 10.11) ھول وكانت تتراوح من كما تم ايجادھا باستعمال معادلة وليمسون nm – 39.60 nm) ًكذلك ُحسبت الكثافة الكتلية وكثافة اإلنخالعات وعامل التشكيل والمساحة السطحية للحبيبات النانوية . فضال . nm 84.32)وقد كان متوسط قطر الحبيبات يتراوح بين (afm)عن ذلك فحصت العينات المحضرة بمجھر القوة الذرية – 97.35 nm) ومتوسط ارتفاعھا تراوح بين ,(1.54 nm – 5.02 nm) . جل , الحجم الحبيبي , حيود االشعة السينية , مجھر القوة الذرية الفضة النانوية , سول الكلمات المفتاحية : 302الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة الفيزياء ، الكيمياء ، األحياء والھندسة حقول أصبحت تقنية النانو في طليعة المجاالت األكثر أھمية وإثارة في أمالً كبيراً لثورات علمية في المستقبل القريب ستغير وجھة التقنية في العديد من ذلك قد أعطىوومجاالت عديدة أخرى ، خدموا ال يمكن تحديد عصر أو حقبة معينة لبروز تقنية النانو ولكن من الواضح أن من أوائل الناس الذين است التطبيقات . م صانعوا الزجاج في العصور الوسطى ، إذ كانوا يستعملون حبيبات الذھب ھھذه التقنية (من دون أن يدركوا ما أھميتھا) روية في التلوين . ويعضد ذلك كأس الملك الروماني اليكورجوس الموجود في المتحف البريطاني منذ القرن غالنانوية ال يالحظ تغير لون الكأس من اللون األخضر إذمات من الذھب والفضة نانوية الحجم ، الرابع الميالدي الذي يحتوي على جسي ] .1إلى اللون األحمر الغامق عندما يتعرض لمصدر ضوئي [ انتاجھا بحيث تتراوح مقاييس يمكننا تعريف المواد النانوية بانھا تلك الفئة المتميزة من المواد المتقدمة التي يمكن ادى صغر احجام ومقاييس تلك المواد الى ان تسلك سلوكاً مغايراً وقد nm (100-1)بعاد حبيباتھا الداخلية بين ابعادھا او ا بشكل مختلف جسيمات). ففي المقياس النانوي تتصرف الnm)100 للمواد التقليدية كبيرة الحجم التي تزيد ابعادھا عن مواد عند مستواھا النانوي تكتسب صفات وخصائص جديدة وذات منافع , إذ ان ال تماماً عن تصرفھا في المقاييس االكبر جمة من حيث التطبيقات وعلى سبيل المثال ال الحصر تغير اللون والخواص الكھربائية والمغناطيسية والتوصيل . [2,3]الحراري والعزل ودرجة االنصھار وانعكاسات الضوء ودرجة الصالدة والقوة والشفافية وغيرھا تُظھر المواد النانوية خصائص كھربائية وبصرية ومغناطيسية فريدة إذ ال تظھر ھذه الخصائص بالكيفية نفسھا في المواد (bulk) التي يكون قياسھا فوق(100 nm) [4] وھي تعتمد بقوة على حجم وشكل الجسيمات النانوية , إذ ان حجم وشكل . .تفاعل مع المثبتات والوسط المحيط وكذلك على اسلوب و طريقة التحضيرالجسيمات النانوية يعتمد ھواالخر على مدى ال المتقدمة المھمة في البحوث الجديدة من االساسيات وخصائصھا ھي ودراسة احجامھا النانوية تحضير الجسيماتان سيمات إنما على شكلھا وطبيعة سطحھا. ان نقاوة المادة المذيبة . ومن المھم جداً السيطرة ليس فقط على حجم الج[5-7] ونظافتھا وكذلك درجة حرارة المحلول وتركيز ملح المعدن وعامل االختزال وزمن التفاعل ھذه كلھا تؤثر في حجم .[8]الجسيمات , وان السيطرة على حجم وشكل جسيمات المعدن النانوية يبقى تحٍد قائم ان نسبة المساحة السطحية الى الحجم التي تمتلكھا الجسيمات النانوية تكون عالية جداً مقارنة بالمواد ذات األحجام المايكروية او األكبر من ذلك , إذ يمكن لبعض المواد النانوية ان تكون محفزات جيدة , كما ان بعض الحبيبات النانوية ون في جامعة ھانج يانج في كوريا الجنوبية من ادخال جسيمات نانوية من الفضة تظھر تاثيراً ضد البكتيريا قد تمكن باحث جرثومة من دون ان تؤذي الجسم البشري (650)الى المضادات الحيوية , ومن المعروف ان الفضة قادرة على قتل حوالي ائي , وانفلونزا الطيور وقد اثبتت وتعد الفضة النانوية قادرة على قتل اخطر انواع الفايروسات , مثل فايروس الكبد الوب دراسات في جامعة تكساس على قدرتھا على قتل فايروس االيدز خالل ثالث ساعات فقط ولذلك فان نسبة المساحة . ويمكن تحضير جسيمات الفضة [9,10]السطحية العالية الى الحجم ھي مھمة جداً في ھذا النوع من البحوث وغيرھا , بإستخدام اشعة كاما وغيرھا [12,13], كھروكيميائية [11]مختلفة منھا بايولوجية , كيميائية النانوية باستعمال طرائق من وجھة نظر ثيرموديناميكية على أنھا تشكيل طور صلب مستقر نسبياً عند جل -السول عمليةيمكن تعريف .[12,14] السول تعني محلول غروانّي، بينما الجّل ھو مرّكب ھالمي.ودرجة حرارة معينة، بدءاً من الطور السائل (المحلول), ت الصوديوم عامالً مختزالً فضالً في عملنا ھذا ُحضرت الفضة النانوية من المحلول المائي لنترات الفضة باستعمال سيترا عن دراسة الخصائص التركيبية وطبيعة السطح لحبيبات الفضة النانوية وذلك باستخدام جھاز حيود االشعة السينية (xrd) و مجھر القوة الذرية ,(afm) . الجزء العملي %99.5وبنقاوة ) bdh eng(landمجھزة من ) 3agnoنترات الفضة ( عمالالفضة النانوية باست ُحضرت , واستعملت ھذه %98وبنقاوة تبلغ (dolder ltd basle switzerland)من ) 3na7o5h6cالصوديوم ( وسيترات ) ml 1000من نترات الفضة في (وزن معين ) وذلك بإذابة 1sة محلول نترات الفضة (ئتھيتم المواد من دون إضافات ,إذ ) ماء مقطر ml 1000من سيترات الصوديوم في (وزن ) بإذابة 2sسيترات الصوديوم (ٍة محلول ئماء مقطر ، ومن ثم تھي .)1وتفاصيل األوزان المستعملة والتراكيز الموالرية للعينات األربعة مدرجة بالجدول رقم ( تشغيل عنصر ) مع magnetic stirrers) على المحرك المغناطيسي (1sة المحلولين ثم وضع المحلول (ئبعد تھي ) 1s) قطرة قطرة إلى المحلول (2sالمحلول (ٍ أُضيفصل إلى حد الغليان وبعد ذلك و) إلى أن heat elementالحرارة ( بعد اإلنتھاء من عملية اإلضافة ودقيقة ) ، 35وبوجود الحركة والحرارة معاً . إن عملية التقطير ھذه تستغرق حوالي ( وقد يتحول الى البني من الزمن يصبح لونه أصفر شاحب مدةاية يكون أصفر فاتح وبعد نالحظ تغير لون المحلول ففي البد عند ذلك يتم إبعاده عن عنصر التسخين ويترك ليبرد عند درجة ) )1حسب التراكيز المستخدمة (كما يظھر في الشكل رقم ( .[12]حرارة الغرفة 10000بسرعة نوع البينت أمريكي المنشأ centrifuge machine) إستخدمت آلة الطرد المركزي (بعد ذلك rpm) 10) مدة min (2.2-1.5)لكل دورة ترشيح بإستخدام عبوات بالستيكية ذات سعة ml ثم جمعت المادة وأضيف لھا الماء المقطر ووضعت مرة اخرى في آلة الطرد المركزي وكررت ھذه العملية مرتين لغسل الناتج للتخلص من جميع 303الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ) مدة يوم واحد بعدھا تم 40في الفرن للتجفيف بدرجة حرارة ( الناتج وبعدھا وضع نات الذائبة غير المتفاعلة األيو وبھذه ) 2رمادي اللون كما في الشكل رقم ( ) powderبشكل مسحوق ( كانت , إذالمادة جمعتإخراجه من الفرن و . ) b , c , dالعينات ( بقية تضرحُ نفسھا الخطوات و ب) a العينة ( تضرالخطوات حُ النتائج والمناقشة دراسة حيود االشعة السينية α(cuk(, باستخدام ھدف النحاس shimadzu xrd)-(6000تم الحصول على انماط حيود االشعة السينية بجھاز انماط حيود االشعة السينية (3)ويبين الشكل رقم (ma 30)وتيار (kv 40)وبفولتية (å 1.5406)وبطول موجي تعود (°100-°30)واظھرت انماط الحيود ست ذروات واضحة ضمن المدى الزاوي (a,b,c,d)للعينات المحضرة ) وھذه المؤشرات تدل على طبيعة التركيب لمسحوق 400) , (222) , (311) , (220) , (200) , ( 111للسطوح ( (jcpds)عند مطابقتھا مع الجداول القياسية (fcc)ارة عن مكعب متمركز الوجه الفضة النانوية المحضرة التي كانت عب ) .(225رقم fm3m (space group)الذي يعود للمجموعة الفضائية 0783-04 , إذ يتطابق مع الملف ذي الرقم حساب حجم الحبيبات –من انماط حيود االشعة السينية لمسحوق الفضة النانوية ُحسب حجم الحبيبات للعينات المحضرة باستخدام معادلة ديباي . [15] (debye – scherer)شيرر ……………… (1) cosθ hkl= kλ / β shd : اقصى عرض βلالشعة السينية , : الطول الموجي λشيرر , –: حجم الحبيبات حسب معادلة ديباي shd إذ تمثل تمثل مقدار ثابت يعتمد على شكل الحبيبات النانوية ويساوي k: زاوية سقوط االشعة السينية , و θعند منتصف الشدة , nm (50.23 , 45.09 , 24.14 , 18.84)ھو sh(ave.)d (a,b,c,d). وقد كان معدل حجم الحبيبات للعينات(0.94) ُحسب المعدل لحجم الحبيبات لكل عينة بحساب حجم الحبيبات لكل السطوح البلورية والنتائج مبينة في على التوالي وقد ) .2الجدول رقم ( (williamson – hall)ھول -سون مة باستخدام معادلة وليارحجم الحبيبات للعينات المحض ُحسبذلك فضالً عن (w-h) [16]. β ∗ cosθ kλ d 4ε ∗ sinθ ………….. 2 , وقد تم ايجاد معدل حجم الحبيبات بالرسم البياني بين للحبيبات (internal strain )تمثل اإلنفعال الداخلي إذ ان (sinθ على محور السينات وβ ∗ cosθ ) إذ يمكن 4على محور الصادات و كما موضح في الشكل رقم , ( h-wdوقد كان حجم الحبيبات (حجم الحبيبات) من خالل مقدار القطع لمحور الصادات والذي يمثل dإستخراج قيمة ).2على التوالي والنتائج مبينة في الجدول رقم ( nm (39.60 , 32.23 , 18.98 , 10.11)ھو (a,b,c,d) للعينات ادلتين نالحظ ان معدل حجم الحبيبات باستخدامخالل المقارنة بين النتائج التي تم الحصول عليھا باستخدام المع بنظر (w-h)ھو دائما اصغر من معدل حجم الحبيبات باستخدام معادلة ديباي شيرر إذ اخذت معادلة (w-h)معادلة االعتبار تاثير اإلنفعال الداخلي للحبيبات إذ يعزى السبب في عرض القمم الى حجم الحبيبات و اإلنفعال الداخلي في آن ∆واحد .من جھة أخرى يالحظ ان صغر حجم الحبيبات يزيد من اإلنفعال الداخلي الذي يمثل تدل واإلشارة السالبة / على إنكماش الشبيكة. حساب عامل التشكيل يمكن وصف التوجيه التفضيلي لمستوى معين داخل البلورة في التراكيب متعددة التبلور بما يسمى بعامل التشكيل (tc) (texture coefficient) ,إذ ان قيمته المساوية للواحد تعني ان البلّرات (crystallites) عشوائي بشكل موجھة القياسية واألعلى من ذلك تؤكد ان اتجاه النمو البلوري للمستويات المفضلة ( االغلب ) تكون jcpds)(لبطاقة مماثل ضمن ھذا االتجاه , اما االقل من الواحد فھي متعددة التبلور ولكن باتجاھات غير موحدة , ومن ثم فان تحسن النمو البلوري .[19]عامل اعتماداً على العالقة االتية : , وقد ُوِصف ھذا ال [17,18]للمادة مرتبط بقيمة ھذا العامل tc(hkl) = / ∑ / ………………….(3) , tc يمثل إذ iعامل التشكيل hkl , ًالشدة المقاسة عمليا :i hkl الشدة القياسية الموجودة في بطاقة : (jcpds) ,n : . والنتائج التي تم تمثل عدد الذروات الواضحة في مخطط الحيود ضمن المدى الزاوي المفحوص ) , إذ لوحظ ان عامل التشكيل مقارب الى الواحد للقمة الرئيسة 3الحصول عليھا للعينات المحضرة مبينة في الجدول رقم ( لجسيمات الفضة النانوية للعينات المحضرة على طول (preferred orientation)توجيه التفضيلي وجودمع (111) . )222, وقلة نمو طفيفة على طول المستوي ( (220)مستوى الحيود 304الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 حساب كثافة االنخالعات ب يؤثر بشدة في العديد من يمكن تعريف االنخالعات بانھا عيب يحدث ضمن ھيكل البلورة , وان وجود ھذا العي خصائص المواد , كما ان ترتيب الذرات او الجزيئات في معظم المواد البلورية ليست مثالية , وھكذا فان زيادة كثافة .[21]. ُحسبت كثافة االنخالعات للعينات المحضرة باستخدام العالقة االتية: [20]االنخالعات ينطوي على صالدة اعلى ………………(4) δ : زاوية سقوط االشعة θ: اقصى عرض عند منتصف الشدة , βكثافة االنخالعات محسوبة لكل متر مربع , δإذ تمثل الجدول ). والنتائج التي تم الحصول عليھا مبينة في m: حجم الحبيبات بوحدة m , (d ): ثابت الشبيكة بوحدة ( aالسينية , . [22]) , ان كثافة االنخالعات تزداد كلما صغر حجم الجسيمات وھذا يتطابق تماماً مع النتائج التي حصلنا عليھا 4رقم ( حساب ثابت الشبيكة وكثافة الفضة ثابت الشبيكة للعينات المحضرة باستخدام ُحسبتم فھرسة أطياف الحيود يدوياً للحصول على معامالت ميلروقد العالقة االتية التي تعود للنظام المكعب : ………………….(5) sin θ : ثابت الشبيكة a,و : زاوية سقوط االشعة السينية θ : معامالت ميلر, و (hkl)الطول الموجي لالشعة السينية , λتمثل إذ يالحظ وجود تطابق كبير مع مع بيانات الجداول القياسية إذ, (5)النتائج التي تم الحصول عليھا مبينة في الجدول رقم , و (jcpds) : فضالً عن ذلك ُحسبت كثافة الفضة للعينات المحضرة باستخدام بيانات األشعة السينية وحسب العالقة االتية . ………………………….(6) ρ تمثل حجم وحدة الخلية . v: عدد الذرات في خلية الوحدة , nتمثل الكتلة الموالرية , mثافة الفضة , تمثل ك ρ إذ وكما 10.5g/cm)3(الجداول التي قيمتھا االشعة السينية وبينت النتائج تطابق قيمة الكثافة المحسوبة عملياً من من بيانات .(5)مبين في الجدول رقم حساب المساحة السطحية . [23]المساحة السطحية لجسيمات الفضة النانوية المحضرة باستخدام العالقة االتية ُحسبت …….….(7) s.a ρ : كثافة الفضة . والنتائج التي تم الحصول عليھا مبينة ρ: حجم الحبيبات , dالمساحة السطحية للحبيبات , s.aإذ تمثل ان المساحة السطحية تزداد كلما صغر حجم الحبيبات وھذا يتطابق تماماً مع النتائج التي تم الحصول , (5)في الجدول رقم .[23]عليھا (afm)دراسة العينات بإستخدام مجھر القوة الذرية اعتماداوالمطور الماسح المجس مجاھر أنواع احد (atomic force microscopy)مجھر القوة الذرية يعد مع ةعالي تكبير ) وقوة (nm 1.0-0.1مقدارھا عالية تحليل بقدرة المجھر ھذا ويمتاز الماسح النفقي المجھر تقنية على المجاھر في عليه متعارف ھو كما عال تفريغى ال الحاجة ودون االعتيادي الجوي الضغط ضمن تشغيله امكانية (5)ويظھرالشكل رقم (1.95μm x 1.95 μm)ُمسحت الصور للعينات المحضرة بمساحة مقدارھا تقريباً .االلكترونية , ومتوسط (nm – 97.35 nm 84.32)للعينات المحضرة , ان متوسط قطر الحبيبات تراوحت بين (afm)نتائج فحص ق للفضة النانوية المحضرة يتناسب .يالحظ ان حجم الحبيبات لمساحي (nm – 5.02 nm 1.54)ارتفاعھا تراوح بين طردياً مع التركيز الموالري للمواد المستعملة في التحضير . ھي اكبر من تلك القيم التي تم الحصول عليھا من قياسات (afm)ان حجم الحبيبات التي تم الحصول عليھا من صور (xrd) ) مصغر بلورة), وجھازوالسبب يعود الى ان الحبيبة الواحدة تتكون من مجموعة بلّراتafm يقوم بتصوير فيحصل الحيود من السطوح البلورية للبلّرات التي تعد كل منھا بمثابة بلورة (xrd)السطح العلوي للحبيبات أما جھاز (afm)ذات حجم مجھري . من جھة أخرى ان الحبيبات تستقر على السطح االكبر مساحة وان الجزء الحساس من جھاز (tip) صورة عمودية على العينة لذلك فان الحجم المقاس يمثل حجم الحبيبة ذي المساحة األكبر, بينما في طيف يتحرك ب حيود االشعة السينية فان االشعة تسقط بصورة مائلة على العينة اي على الوجه األصغر من الحبيبة . االستنتاج التي كانت تمثل اقل تركيز موالري للمواد (a)ان اصغر معدل حجم للحبيبات النانوية تم الحصول عليه ھو للعينة الداخلة في التفاعل , لذا يمكن القول بانه كلما قل التركيز قل معدل حجم الحبيبات بثبوت العوامل االخرى , كذلك ان كثافة الحجم الحبيبي وھذا يؤدي الى اضفاء صفة الصالبة والقوة للجسيمات ذات الحجم االنخالعات تزداد كلما صغر معدل 305الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . كما ان عرض القمم (a)الصغير , ان المساحة السطحية تزداد كلما صغر حجم الحبيبات وھذا ما كان واضحاً للعينة ال الداخلي .من جھة أخرى ان التوجيه الناتجة من حيود األشعة السينية يزداد كلما صغر حجم الحبيبات ومن ثم زيادة اإلنفع وان القمة الرئيسة التي تعود للسطح (220)المفضل لجسيمات الفضة النانوية المحضرة كان على طول مستوي الحيود الذي يعود للفضة . jcpdsكانت نامية بشكل مطابق لما موجود في الملف القياسي (111) المصادر 1. dutta and hofmann h. (2005) nanomaterials , electronic book . 2. sherif el-esk,m. and arany , (2009) journal of nanopartecles , 2,(13-22). 3. boer, k. ed. (2001) semiconductor physics , 1 and 2 , wiley , new york . 4. chen, c.; wang, l.; jiang, g. and yu, h., (2006) rev. adv. mater. sci. , 11, 1. 5. patil, h. b.; borse, s. v.; patil, d. r.; patil, u. k. and patil, h. m. (2011), archives of physics research, 2, 3153. 6. cao, g.; phd thesis, (2004) imperial college, (london, uk). 7. giri, n.; natarajan1, r. k.; gunasekaran s.; shreemathi s.; sun y. and xia y., (2011) archives of applied science research,, 3, 624. 8. budiharmami, s.; sondari, d. and haryono, a., (2008) indonesian journal of materials, 233. 9. choi, b.; lee, h.; jin, s.; chun, s. and kim, s.h, (2007) nanotechnology, 1-5 . 10. narayanan, s.s. and pal, s.k. (2008) j.phy.chem.c, 112, 4874-4879. 11. im yakutik; shevchenko ; gp and rakhmanov, sk, (2004) the formation of monodisperse spherical silver particles colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineerin aspects 242. 175 – 179 12. asta sileikaite ; igoris prosycevas ; judita puiso ; algimantas juraitis and asta guobienė (2006) analysis of silver nanoparticles produced by chemical reduction of silver salt solution. 1392–1320. materiasl science. 12 (4). 13. vorobyova sa ; lesnikovich ai and sobal ns (1999) preparation of silver nanoparticles by interphase reduction colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects 152. 375 – 379. 14. choi, s.h. ; zhang, y.p. ; gopalan ,a. ; lee, k.p. and kang, h.d. (2005) preparation of catalytically efficient precious metallic colloids by γ-irradiation and characterization colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects 256. 165 – 170. 15. jinnah, m.; sheik mohamed and selvakumar, n. (2012) effect of strain in x-ray line broadening of mosi2-10% sic ceramic nanocomposites by williamson hall method , eur. j. sci. res. , 79 (1) 82-88. 16. rita john and rajaram rajakumari, (2012) synthesis and characterization of rare earth ion doped nano zno, nano-micro lett. 4 (2) 65-72. 17. amilcar bedoya pinto (2007) novel ferromagnetic semiconductors: preparation and characterization of bulk-and thin film samples of cu-doped zno” ph.d dissertation, bayerische akademie,. 18. caglar, m.; caglar ,y. and ilican, s. (2006) the determination of the thickness and optical constants of the zno crystalline thin film by using envelope method,journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 8,4,1410-1413. 19. ilican s.; caglar y. and caglar m., (oct. 2008) " preparation and characterization of zno thin films deposited by sol-gel spin coating method. journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, j. opt. elec. adv. mat. 10(10) 2578 2583. 20. gubicza, j.; chinh, nq; labar, jl; hegedus, z; szommer, p.; tichy g. and langdon, tg., (2008) ,delayed microstructural recovery in silver processed by equal-channel angular pressing, j.mater.sci.435672-5676. 306الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 21. subbaiah, ypv.; prathap, p. and reddy ktr. (2006) structural, electrical and optical properties of zns films deposited by close-spaced evaporation. appl. surf. sci. 253(5): 2409 – 2415. 22. bosea, p.; bida, s.; pradhana, s.k.; palb, m. and chakravortyb, d. (2002) ,x -ray characterization of nanocrystalline ni3 fe , j.alloys and compounds 343 192–198,. 23. wani, la ; khatoon, s.; ganguly, a.; ahmed, j.; ganguli, ak and ahmad (2010) mater res bull , 45 , 1033 – 8. molar concentration m volume of deionised water ml mass of c6h5o7n a3 g molar concentra tion m volume of deionise d water ml mass of agno3 g samp le 0.01 1000.260.0011000 0.17 a 0.03 1501.160.0031500 0.765 b 0.07 1252.280.009800 1.25 c 0.14 1254.560.018 800 2.5 d sampl e  2θ  d(111)  (nm)  2θ  d(200)  (nm)  2θ  d(220)  (nm)  2θ  d(311)  (nm)  2θ  d(222)  (nm)  dsh(ave.)  (nm)  dw‐h  (nm)  ɛ  * 10‐3  a  38.017  14.36  44.12  13.87  64.37  18.48  77.35  14.58  81.34  32.96  18.84  10.11  ‐2.75  b  38.16  25.20  44.31  18.43  64.48  26.2  77.39  19.91  81.57  31  24.14  18.98  ‐0.7  c  38.34  42.25  44.52  37.25  64.65  45.29  77.59  47.14  81.74  53.51  45.09  32.23  ‐0.6  d  38.06  46.98  44.23  45.44  64.39  49.67  77.35  52.50  81.66  56.57  50.23  39.60  ‐0.37  tc (222) tc (311) tc (220) tc (200) tc (111) sample 0.845 1.17 1.254 0.807 0.922 a 0.724 1.128 1.217 0.842 1.087 b 0.772 1.108 1.111 0.977 1.029 c 0.744 1.107 1.112 1.042 0.993 d ) : االوزان والتراكيز الموالرية للمواد المستعملة في تحضير الفضة 1جدول رقم ( ھول واإلنفعال –شيرر ووليامسون –) :مواقع حيود براك والحجوم الحبيبية حسب معادلتي ديباي 2جدول رقم ( : معامل التشكيل للسطوح البلورية للعينات االربعة )3جدول رقم ( 307الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 15*10(222) 2-m 15*10(311) 2-m 15*10(220) 2-m 15*10(200) 2-m 15*10(111) 2-m sample 1.17 5.97 3.72 6.58 6.15 a 1.32 3.2 1.85 3.74 2 b 0.44 0.57 0.62 0.92 0.71 c 0.39 0.46 0.5 0.61 0.57 d sample dsh(ave.) (nm) (s.a)sh (m2/g) dw-h (nm) (s.a)w-h (m2/g) dafm (nm) (s.a)afm (m2/g) a (å) ρ(g/cm3) a 18.84 30.4 10.11 56.7 84.32 6.8 4.092 10.45 b 24.14 23.6 18.98 30 84.58 6.7 4.082 10.53 c 45.09 12.5 32.23 17.5 95.96 5.9 4.072 10.63 d 50.23 11.3 39.60 14.4 97.35 5.8 4.086 10.50 اللون للعينات الفضة النانوية الرماديمسحوق :)2(شكل رقم a d , c , b , المحضرة . تغير لون المحلول :)1شكل رقم ( .الى البنيفاتح الصفر األ من :كثافة اإلنخالعات محسوبة لكل متر مربع )4جدول رقم ( وحساب الكثافة afm ھول و شيرر , وليامسون –:المساحة السطحية حسب معادلتي ديباي )5جدول رقم ( وثابت الشبيكة 308الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 a d , c , b , مخطط حيود األشعة السينية للعينات المحضرة :)3شكل رقم ( ھول -واإلنفعال الداخلي من معادلة وليمسون ) :حساب الحجم الحبيبي4شكل رقم ( 309الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 للعينات األربعة (afm)فحوصات مجھر القوة الذرية ):5شكل رقم ( 310الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 preparation of silver nanoparticles by sol gel method and study their characteristics tagreed m. al-saadi luay j.k. alsaady dept. of physics / college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:15june 2014 accepted in:8september2014 abstract powder of silver nanoparticles was prepared by sol gel method successfully using silver nitrate , (agno3) gesture is added to sodium citrate (c6h5o7na3) as a reducing agent and by using magnetic stirrer to mix the solutions and heated then using centrifuge machine to separate the silver nanoparticles from solution .it is then dried in an oven at a temperature 40oc for 24 hours. structure characteristics was studied , the synthetic silver powder was prepared through the use of an (xrd). results showed the composition of silver nanoparticles is a (fcc) and a constant lattice (4.086 ± 0.006 å) by comparing it with standard tables (jcpds) which is found perfectly matched to file with a number 04-0783, which is due to the space group fm3m no. 225. particle size of nanoparticles was calculated for samples prepared using the scherrer equation where the average grain size of (18.84 nm 50.23 nm) was also found using the equation williamson hall and ranged from (10.11 nm 39.60 nm). as well as the mass density, density of dislocations, texture factor and the surface area of nano-particles were calculated. in addition samples prepared with an atomic force microscope (afm) were examined and had the average diameter of the grains between (84.32 nm 97.35 nm), and the average height ranged between (1.54 nm 5.02 nm). keywords : sol – gel , silver nanoparticles ,grain size , xrd , afm microsoft word 277-293 علوم الحياة | 277 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 دراسة نسجية مرضية لإلصابة بالديدان الطفيلية المعوية في العصفور المنزلي passer domesticus في مدينة تكريت ، العراق عبد علي جنزيل الساعدي الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن وسام حسن عبد الهادي عبدهللا حسين عبدهللا قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية / جامعة تكريت 2015أيلول 20قبل في : 2015ايار5:استلم في الخالصة طيرآ 340، اذ جمعت 2014ولغاية شهر تموز 2013أجريت الدراسة الحالية أثناء المدة من شهر ايلول أظهرت الدراسة عند فحص المقاطع النسجيةللقناة المعوية ، . passer domesticusمن العصفور المنزلي ، raillietina tetragona ،raillietina echinobothridaأن هناك تأثير للديدان المعوية الشريطية ( raillietina cesticellus ،choanotaenia infundibulum ،raillietina ransomi ،choanotaenia passerine ، anonchotaenia globateالنسجي للقناة الهضمية للطيور مقارنة مع الطيور غير ) في التركيب اذ ظهرت بشكل خيوط الزغابات المعوية وضمور االخر ، المصابة . وتختلف التغيرات بحدوث تحطم في معظم الشكل ، ولوحظ وجود تراكيب كيسية طفيلية في بعض مناطق متشابكة مع بعضها البعض وخالياها مكعبة بأعداد من الخاليا االلتهابية. كما ظهر في الغدد المخاطية المعوية للصفيحة الصفحة االساسية للطبقة المخاطية محاطة لخالياها مكونة فجوة واسعة عن الغشاء القاعدي المحيط بهذه الغدد ، وظهر تراصاالساسية ضمور شديد و بالخاليا الظهارية المنسلخة وكريات الدم الحمر . يعتمد الضرر الذي تحدثه هذه الديدان عن تجويف االمعاء ممتأل ية متزامنة مع إصابة المضائف بجميع أنواع ووجود االشواك االمامية ، وظهرت التغيرات النسج حجمها وعددها الطفيليات . تغيرات نسجية ، ديدان طفيلية ، العصفور المنزلي . الكلمات المفتاحية : علوم الحياة | 278 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة ، مما يؤثر في فعاليات الطيور المختلفة نتيجة نشاط [1] بالطفيليات تتعرض الطيور كغيرها من الحيوانات االخرى لإلصابة الطفيلي ضمن انسجة المضيف او افرازه لبعض المواد التي قد تكون سامة . وتشارك الطفيليات المضيف في غذائه وقد تهاجم . ان اكثر مناطق الجسم [2] نتاجها للبيض انسجته ، وهذا يؤثر سلباً في اغلب الفعاليات الفسلجية ويقلل من قيمتها الغذائية وا وذلك عن طريق ابتالع الطعام الملوث باالدوار المعدية alimentary tract عرضة لإلصابة بالديدان الطفيلية هي القناة الهضمية infective stages أو ابتالع انسجة حيوانية تمثل مضائف وسطيةintermediate hosts [3]الديدان الطفيلية لبعض . لم يحظ الجهاز الهضمي للطيور باالهتمام من قبل كثير من الباحثين من ناحية دراسة تأثير الديدان الداخلية في أنسجته المختلفة معظمها دراسات التي تناولعض الالسيما القناة الهضمية التي تعد اكثر عرضة لإلصابة بالديدان الطفيلية . وقد انجزت في العراق ب عن إصابة أبي ] 4[ الطيور البرية الداجنة وتطرقت االخرى الى اصابات الطيور المهاجرة والطيور المائية ، ومنها دراسة ول من أهوار القرنة شمال محافظة البصرة بستة أنواع من المخرمات , أربعة أنواع منها تسجل أل bublcusibisقردان apharyngostrigea egretti , apatemon indicus , patagifer wesleyiمرة في العراق وهي في الكوت وبغداد anas platyrhynchosإصابة الخضيري المدجن [5]، ودراسة pegosomum egrettiو sobolevicanthus gracilis ,diorchisوبالدودة الشريطية hypoderaeum conoideumبالدودة المخرمة stefanskil , hymenolepis mastigopradita فضالً عن إصابته بالدودة الخيطية ،amidostomum acutum ألول مرة في العراق. مع rbcوأعداد كريات الدم الحمر pcvانخفاض قيم الهيموغلوبين وحجم كريات الدم المرصوصة [6] سجل . لذا جاء هدف د االصابة بالديدان المتطفلة بالنسبة لألسماك والطيور مقارنة مع األسماك والطيور غير المصابة ازديا الدراسة في اغناء هذا الجانب بهدف : تشخيص الطفيليات المعوية للعصفور المنزلي و دراسة التغيرات النسجية المرضية الناتجة عن وجود هذه الديدان . وطرائق العملالمواد طيرآ من العصفور المنزلي 340جمع 2014 ولغاية تموز 2013 تم خالل المدة من أيلول passer domesticus من مدينة تكريت . جلبت الطيور حية إلى المختبر ، وتم قتلها بطريقة الذبح وجرت عملية فتح جسم الطير من منطقة البطن والصدر بعد إزالة الريش عنها ثم عزلت األحشاء الفحص بتشريح الطيور عن طريق الداخلية ووضعت في الماء لكي تسترخي وفحص الجوف الجسمي بعدسة مكبرة يدوية بحثآ عن الطفيليات أو أطوارها , واألمعاء الدقيقية , , والقانصة اليرقية ، جرى تقسيم القناة الهضمية إلى البلعوم , والمريء , والمعدة األمامية الفارزة واألمعاء الغليظة , والزوائد األعورية , والمجمع , وبعد فتح هذه األعضاء طولياً وخروج محتوياتها في طبق بتري حاو على ماء حنفية تم عزل الديدان باستعمال عدسة مكبرة في طبق بتري نظيف حاو على ماء مقطر للتخلص من المواد معلمة عليها تاريخ الصيد  5%حاوية على فورمالين  vialم الطفيلي . وضعت الديدان الكبيرة في قنانيالعالقة في جس واغلقت بأحكام للحفاظ على النماذج ، أما الديدان  parafinalوجنس الطير وتم ربط الجزء العلوي من القنينة بـ الصغيرة فتم عزلها بابرة تشريح دقيقية ووضعها بقناني صغيرة معلّمة كما ذكر في أعاله وحفظت هذه العينات في   [7]الثالجة طية أو فصلت الطبقة المتقرنة للقانصة عن طبقتها العضلية وتم هرس الطبقة العضلية بحثاً عن الديدان الخي  أطوارها اليرقية وجرت عملية قشط الطبقة المخاطية للثلث األول لألمعاء الدقيقية ومن ثم األجزاء االخرى من األمعاء اما لغرض أنجاز الدراسة النسجية فقد تم اخذ القناة الهضمية للعصفور المنزلي وحفظت في قنينة ساعة ووضعت في ثالجة , أخرجت القناة الهضمية من القنينة ووضعت 36 لمدة 10% تحتوي على فورمالين . 70%في ماء مقطر لمدة نصف ساعة . بعد ذلك وضعت القناة الهضمية في كحول اثيلي وأخذت بعد ذلك مقاطع نسيجية من االعضاء غير المصابة ومقاطع من االعضاء المصابة بحيث شملت وضعت بمحلول الفورمالين fixation جزءاً من منطقة االفة مع جزء غير مصاب . ولغرض التثبيت المراد اجراء دراستها لغرض التثبيت , و بعد ذلك ساعة اعتماداً على نوع النسيج 24-72من %10 في 70%ساعات ثم وضعت بعد ذلك في كحول اثيلي بتركيز 6 غسلت العينة بماء الحنفية الجاري لمدة ال تقل عن رض التخلص من الماء مكان معتم وبدرجة حرارة الغرفة لغرض حفظها ، ونقلت الى تراكيز مختلفة من الكحول لغ دقائق ، وبعد أن أصبحت خالية من الماء والكحول 3-5االنسجة بالزايلول لمدة clearingوأجريت عملية ترويق ثم اجريت عملية الطمر او الصب على هيأة قوالب بعد ° . م 60-58شبعت بالبرافين المنصهر بدرجة حرارة ، (l-shaped moulds)بيع . استعملت في هذه العملية قوالب معدنية من ثالث قطع االنتهاء من عملية التش والقطعة الثالثة هي القاعدة المعدنية التي تكون أما مربعة او (l)وتتألف من قطعتين متشابهتين على شكل حرف المنصهر مباشرة عليها ثم ترك حتى يتصلب ثم مدورة الشكل اذ وضعت العينة بداخل القالب وسكب الشمع درجة مئوية . (4)حفظت بداخل الثالجة بدرجة حرارة وتم تحريك عجلة kedee نوع microtome ولغرض عمل المقاطع النسيجية ثبت القالب على منصة المقطاع مايكرون بوساطة ساعة تحديد السمك. بعد ذلك تم التخلص من الشمع 5-7 المقطاع بحركة منتظمة ومضبوطة وبسمك درجة مئوية 40-45 الزائد على وجه القالب حتى ظهور مقاطع النسيج ثم وضع الشريط النسيجي بالحمام المائي بدرجة علوم الحياة | 279 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 شمع(قبل عملية اجريت عملية ازالة ال .ثم لصقت على الشرائح الزجاجية في وضع منبسط لكي تجري عليها عملية الصبغ الصبغ) من الشريحة من خالل وضعها في الزايلول اذ تمرر الشريحة . ثم صبغ النسيج بصبغة الهيماتوكسلين 70%ثم 90%ثم 100%بالكحوالت تنازليآ التركيز اي hematoxylin التي تلون النواة وتتميز باللون االزرق البنفسجي بعد ذلك غسلت الشرائح بالماء الزالة لغرض صبغ السايتوبالزم ويكون لونها احمر الى وردي eosinالصبغة الزائدة . ثم استعملت صبغة االيوسين ومررت الشريحة بالكحوالت المتصاعدة التركيز . ]8[ائدة وغسلت ايضاً بالماء الزالة بقايا الصبغة الز المقطع ثم حملت المقاطع باستعمال . وروقت باستعمال الزايلين لتشفيف 100%ثم 90%ثم 70% اي . [9]كندا بلسم وغطيت بغطاء الشريحة وجففت الشرائح وتم تاكيد التشخيص من قبل [11] و [10] اعتمادآ على وصف كل منشخصت الديدان الطفيلية .lraq natural history and research center and museumمركزالبحوث ومتحف تاريخ الطبيعي وباالعتماد على statistic package for social system (spss)تم استعمال نظام التحليل االحصائي american society ofإلى الجمعية األمريكية للمختصين بعلم الطفيليات [12] اسة التي تقدم بها الدر parasitologists : بخصوص استعمال مصطلحات اإلصابة كما يأتي percentage incidence of infection نسبة حدوث اإلصابة : -1 وتحسب من خالل القانون االتي : %100 عدد الطيور الخمجة عدد الطيور المفحوصة نسبة حدوث االصابة mean intensity of infectionمعدل شدة اإلصابة : -2 ويحسب من خالل القانون االتي : عدد الديدان المعزولة عدد الطيورالمصابة معدل شدة االصابة النتائج والمناقشة إصابتها بسبعة أنواع من .domesticus pطيرا من العصفور المنزلي 340ل تبين من فحص الجهاز الهضمي .r% ، 36.1بنسبة إصابة raillietina tetragonaالطفيليات الداخلية وشملت كل من echinobothrida 30.1 % بنسبة إصابة ،r. cesticellus 15.0% بنسبة إصابة . ،r ransomi 1.8بنسبة إصابة ، %choanotaenia infundibulum 15.0إصابة بنسبة ،c. passerine بنسبة % . يعتمد الضرر الذي تحدثه هذه الديدان عن 1.2بنسبة إصابة anonchotaenia globate% و 0.6إصابة إصابة المضائف بجميع أنواع حجمها وعددها ووجود االشوك االمامية ، وظهرت التغيرات النسجية متزامنة مع الطفيليات . بينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية عند فحص المقاطع النسجية للقناة المعوية من مناطق مختلفة من أمعاء غير يا عمودية فيها الزغابات االصبعية الطويلة مبطنة بخالjejunum مصابة ، ان منطقة الصائم brush border على سطح الخاليا العمودية بشكل حافة الفرشاة microvilliبسيطة مع وجود الزغابات الدقيقة . 1)مخاطية بين الخاليا الظهارية العمودية (الشكل goblet cellsمع وجود خاليا كأسية laminaقواعد الزغابات تواصلت مع الغدد المخاطية في الصفيحة االساسية 2) و يوضح الشكل ( propriaوفيها بعض االوعية الدموية الحاوية على كريات الدم الحمر، rbc كما شوهدت االوعية الدموية كانت من ، ونت من حزم الياف عضلية ملساء مرتبة ، اما الطبقة العضلية فقد تك sub mouce layerالطبقة تحت المخاطية بشكل داخلي دائري و خارجي طولي وتحاط الطبقة الخارجية العضلية بنسيج رابط رخو فيه بعض االوعية الدموية توضح من نتائج منطقة االثنى عشر إن الزغابات المعوية مبطنة بخاليا ظهارية عمودية بسيطة مع وجود الزغابات قيقة على سطح الظهارة ، ولب الزغابات احتوت على العديد من الخاليا اللمفية ، كما ان الصفيحةاالساسية وتحت الد المخاطية امتألت بالغدد المخاطية العديدة . الطبقة العضلية الملساء ترتبت بشكل دائري داخلي وخارجي طولي محاطة عبارة عن نسيج رابط رخو مع بعض االوعية الدموية والخاليا وهي serosa tunicaمن الخارج بالغاللة المصلية . 3)الميزوثيلية المغلفة للطبقة من الخارج (الشكل ، تقريبآ اذ لوحظت الزغابات المعوية ذات االرتفاع المتساوي ileumاظهرت الدراسة عند فحص منطقة اللفائفي حظ فيها الخاليا العمودية البسيطة المغلفة بالحافة الفرشاة مع وجود واالقصر لما في االثني عشر والصائم ولو . 4)(الشكل ،  اعداد كبيرة من الخاليا الكاسية لوحظ من خالل نتائج البحث ان لب الزغابات يحتوي على خاليا لمفية تواصلت مع الصفحة االساسية بين الغدد من ترتيب داخلي دائري وخارجي طولي وبينهما نسيج رابط رخوالمعوية و الطبقة العضلية تكونت ) .5وبعض الخاليا العصبية (الشكل ، عند فحص المقاطع النسجية للقناة المعوية المأخوذة من مناطق مختلفة من االمعاء المصابة في الصائم ، علوم الحياة | 280 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 لوحظ ظهور ضمور كبير للزغابات المعوية وتحطم وانسالخ الخاليا العمودية الظهارية المبطنة لهذه الزغابات مع وجود ارتشاح اعداد كبيرة من الخاليا اللمفية وكريات الدم البيض االلتهابية الحمضة والعدلة والوحيدة الحاالت المهمة التي تعكس الثأثيرات المرضية المتسببة عن اإلصابات ) ، يعد الفرط النسجي حالة من6(الشكل التي تتالف بصورة طبيعية من صف interact، ويمثل الفرط النسيجي زيادة في عدد خاليا العنبات ]10[بالديدان ة مثل االصابة واحد وتنشأ هذه الزيادة كنتيجة كحالة ضمور الزغابات ، وحدوث حالة التهاب في الطبقات المعوي  .] hypoderaeum conoideum ]10الخضيري المدجن بطفيليات النوع في الصفيحة االساسية وظهور فجوات عديدة خالية degenerationبينت الدراسة الحالية في الصائم حدوث نة للطبقة العضلية ، وهناك اعداد من اي تراكيب نسيجية امتدت هذه الفجوات بين االلياف العضلية الملساء المكو من الخاليا الظهارية المنسلخة في تجويف االمعاء ولم تالحظ الخاليا الكأسية بشكل مميز في تجويف االمعاء أو  13[. بينت 7)بين الخاليا الظهارية العمودية (الشكل ،  cloacotaeniaان إصابة الحمام بالديدان الشريطية ] intermedia     ;      allohymenolepis delafondi       ;      r.  echinobothrida . كما أشارت   notocotylusإلى تهشم الزغابات في أمعاء الطيور الخضيري المصاب [14] attenuates اذ تبدو متهتكة ومجزاة فاقدة شكلها الطبيعي . بشكل االثنى عشر هناك تحطم معظم الزغابات المعوية وضمور االخرى اذ ظهرت 8)كما يبين الشكل ( على الحمام ]15[خيوط متشابكة مع بعضها البعض في مناطق مختلفة من االمعاء المصابة . اما دراسة ضية في منطقة االمعاء وذلك لتركز المنزلي في الكوفة بينت نتائج الدراسة النسجية إلى حدوث تغيرات مر وضمور الزغابات المعوية اذ بدت قصيرة وعريضة destructionتواجد الطفيلي فيها اذ لوحظ وجود تدمي نتيجة الحتكاك الديدان بنهايات الزغابات االمر الذي ادى إلى انخفاض كفاءة االمتصاص مقارنة مع مجموعة  عود السيطرة وي   سبب انخفاض امتصاص المواد الغذائية والسوائل واالمالح المعدنية الضرورية [17]و [16] لعملية االيض االعتيادية إلى ضمور وانسالخ الزغابات مما سبب نقصآ في المساحة السطحية لالمتصاص كما كانت الزغابات متهتكة ومجزاة فاقدة شكلها الطبيعي . خاليا مكعبة الشكل كما لوحظ وجود تراكيب كيسية طفيلية تضح من نتائج البحث في االثنى عشر وجودا ، ان ظهور حالة 9)في بعض مناطق الصفحة االساسية للطبقة المخاطية محاطة بأعداد من الخاليا االلتهابية (الشكل اسة الحالية امر يدعو لالهتمام فقد يبدو ان اإلصابة بهذه الديدان الديدان الشريطية المتكيسة داخل الزغابات في الدر تكون عدوى ذاتية أي عن طريق تمزق القطع الجسمية للدودة داخل تجويف امعاء العصفور المنزلي اذ تمزق . [18]الزغابات عن طريق افرازها مواد محللة لنهايات هذه الزغابات راسة في االثنى عشر إلى ظهور ضمور شديد وتراص في خاليا الغدد المخاطية المعوية في اشارت الد الصفحة االساسية مكونة فجوة واسعة عن الغشاء القاعدي المحيط بهذه الغدد ، واصبح تجويف االمعاء ممتلئآ بالخاليا نطقة الصائم ضمور عدد كبير من الزغابات . وظهر في م 10)الظهارية المنسلخة وكريات الدم الحمراء (الشكل ، ) ، وهذا 11المخاطية وانسالخ خالياها من الغشاء القاعدي المستندة عليه وظهورها في تجويف االمعاء (الشكل  10[يتفق مع ما وجده  hypoderaeumفي حدوث ضمور في الزغابات نتيجة إصابة الخضيري بالمخرم ] conoideum . ولوحظ ظهور عدد كبير من الغدد المخاطية في الصفحة االساسية للصاىم محاطة بارتشاح اعداد هائلة من الخاليا اللمفية واحتقان بعض االوعية الدموية في منطقة الطبقة العضلية الملساء ، مع تفكك شديد وتمزق بعض  cloacotaeniaعند إصابة الحمام بالديدان الشريطية ] 1[3ق مع ما وجده) ،وهذا يتف12االلياف العضلية (الشكل intermedia    ;      allohymenolepis delafondi       ;       r. echinobothrida . فحص المقاطع النسجية للقناة المعوية من مناطق مختلفة من االمعاء تبين من نتائج المصابة ، وجود ضمور شديد في طيات المعدة الغدية وانسالخ اعداد من الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة لتجويف المعدة ) . وعند فحص طيات المعدة الغدية 13مع وجود ارتشاح خلوي لمفي بؤري في المنطقة المخاطية ( الشكل تجمعات كبيرة من الغدد المعوية ذات      وجود  14 )للصفيحة االساسية يظهر من الشكل ( الخاليا المكعبة الشكل ووجود تجاويف عديدة محاطة بهذه الخاليا المعوية والطبقة العضلية المكونة لجدار العضلية الملساء المكونة لجدار االليافاالمعاء تكونت من طبقة داخلية دائرية وخارجية نحيفة وظهرت هذه االمعاء مفككة ومحاطة من الخارج بطبقة من النسيج الرابط الرخو مع ارتشاح خاليا لمفية فيه ووجود اوعية ف دموية . في الصائم هناك تحطم و انسالخ خاليا الصف العلوي من الزغابات المعوية في منطقة الصائم باتجاه تجوي االمعاء مع ارتشاح خاليا لمفية والتهابية أخرى بين الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة لمخاطية االمعاء وزغاباتها (الشكل pygmaeusحالة التهاب مماثلة في الطيور االخرى مثل إصابة غراب البحر أالقزام [19]. وقد بين 15) crow sea النوع بالديدان بالشريطية العائدة الىparadilepis   delachauxi عند [5]. والحظ حدوث تغيرات مرضية anas platyhynchos platyrhynchos دراسته على الخضيري المدجن ز هذا واضحة ومهمة في الطبقات المعوية تمثلت بحدوث التهاب معوي قد يصل الطبقة الخارجية ، ويتمي علوم الحياة | 281 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 االلتهاب بظهور الخاليا االلتهابية المزمنة (الخاليا اللمفية، خاليا البالزما،الخاليا البلعمية) بنسب مختلفة في الطبقات المعوية وفي لب الزغابات . بات ظهر من خالل الدراسة الحالية وجود خاليا عمودية بسيطة عند الصف السفلي من الزغا لالمعاء مع وجود تراكيب كيسية طفيلية على جوانب الزغابات . كانت الغدد المعوية الموجودة في الصفحة االساسية منكمشة وخالياها متراصة مع بعضها البعض ومحاطة بأعداد من الخاليا االلتهابية والطبقة العضلية ) ، وجد 16(الشكل ، لخارج كانت عبارة عن الياف عضلية ملساء مفككة بشكل حادالملساء المحيطة بها من ا  عند فحصه [18]   طيرآ تمثلت بوجود الديدان الشريطية المتكيسة داخل الزغابات في الدراسة 50 أي عن طريق تمزق القطع الجسمية للدودة الحالية امر يدعو لالهتمام فقد يبدو ان اإلصابة بهذه الديدان تكون مباشرة داخل تجويف امعاء العصفور المنزلي اذ تمزق الزغابات عن طريق افرازها مواد محللة لنهايات هذه الزغابات . اشارت الدراسة إلى وجود تحطم تام للزغابات المعوية في منطقة اللفائفي التي انسلخت منها نسبة عالية جدآ داخل والخاليا تجويف االمعاء وخالياها متنكسة بدرجة عالية مع مالحظة ارتباطها بخاليا التهابية لكريات الدم البيض . أما الزغابات المرتبطة مع الطبقة المخاطية كانت قليلة وفيها ضمور وانكماش واضح ، وفي 17)اللمفية (شكل ، المحيط بها وحولها ة ومنكمشة خالياها) كغدد عن الغشاء القاعديالصفحة االساسية كانت الغدد المخاطية (ضامر أيضآ موجود خاليا لمفية بنسب محدودة . وهناك تمزق في الجدار العضلي لالمعاء وتفكك في االلياف العضلية  20[) . وقد لوحظ حالة ضمور الزغابات المعوية من قبل 18الملساء (الشكل إصابة الغطاس عند ] ، إن وجود هذه الديدان يؤثر في االمتصاص eustrongylidesالصغير بالديدان الخيطية العائدة الى الجنس والهضم ، وإن وجود هذه الديدان وبأعداد كبيرة يكون سببا في عرقلة االمتصاص ، الذي يؤدي بالنتيجة إلى فقدان  2[1الوزن  pycnonotusعند دراسته على البلبل العراقي [22]. الحظ ] lecuotis  mesoptamiae إن معظم اإلصابات الطفيلية تتركز في منطقة االمعاء الدقيقة السيما االثني عشري ، اذ تظهر عقيدات على الجدران  .rالمعوية الخارجية المصابة بالديدان الشريطيةالسيما النوع   tetragona وأن السبب يرجع إلى تركز الديدان في هذه المناطق وردة فعل النسيج ضدها .  طيرآ من البلبل المصاب بطفيلي 50 الى وجود تغيرات مظهرية ونسجية في [18]أشار raillietina  tetragona عقيدات صلدة خشنة الملمس تمثلت بوجود النسج الظهارية صغيرة الحجم ، كروية الشكل على جدران األمعاء ، أما نسجيا فقد لوحظ عالمات تنكسية وتنخر في ع للزغابات وظهرت الزغابة مفككة وممزقة وفاقدة لمعالمها األصلية . كما لوحظ حالة االلتهاب المزمن مع تجم . وكانت hypertrophyالخاليا اللمفاوية والخاليا البالزمية البلعمية فضال عن وجود حالة فرط التضخم منطقة الغدد المعوية مفرطة النسج وحالة احتقان ونزف داللة على االلتهاب الحاد لألمعاء . وقد ظهرت حالة الديدان بنهايات الزغابات االمر الذي أدى إلى انخفاض كفاءة االمتصاص الضمور في الزغابات المعوية نتيجة الحتكاك الضرورية لعملية االيض االعتيادية إلى ، وكذلك انخفاض امتصاص المواد الغذائية والسوائل واالمالح المعدنية متصاص . يعد الفرط ضمور الزغابات مما سبب نقصآ في المساحة السطحية لالمتصاص وتسمى هذه الحالة بسوء اال النسيجي حالة من الحاالت المهمة التي تعكس التأثيرات المرضية المتسببة عن وجود الديدان وقد لوحظ الفرط النسيجي زيادة في مناطق وجود الدودة السيما رأسها ويمثل الفرط النسجي زيادة في عدد خاليا العينات التي تتألف وتنشأ زيادة اعداد العينات كنتيجة لحالة ضمور الزغابات ولتعويض ما فقد من خاليا بصورة طبيعية من صف واحد الزغابة . .rالمصاب بالدودة الشريطية geeseظهور عقيدات على جدران أمعاء الدجاج [23] الحظ echinobothrida عند فحصهم ألمعاء الدجاج ] 24[المسببة لمرض الديدان الشريطي العقيدي ، وأكد ذلك . r. tetragonaالمصاب بالديدان الشريطية المصاب بالدودة المخرمة anas platyrhynchos على طير الخضيري المدجن ] 5[في دراسة hypoderaeum conoideum بعض الخاليا او نخرها والتي تعني فقدان الخاليا شكلها األصلي ، الحظت موت hymenlepisحالة النخر هذه عند حديثه عن إصابة طير الخضيري بالديدان الشريطية ]25[و ذكر gracilis ; hymenlepis collaris ; hymenlepis megalops . لوحظت بقع حمر وزرقاء على جدران االمعاء الداخلية للطير الخضيري المصاب بالدودة [5]خالل دراسة نتيجة ويبدو ان هذه البقع نشأت hymenolepis mastigopradita الشريطية المصاب nasفي أمعاء البط [26]هذه البقع لحدوث نزف في مخاطية األمعاء المصابة بالديدان الشريطية . والحظ مع حدوث االلتهاب الموضعي ، وظهور هذه الحالة في أمعاء  ascaridia columbae بالديدان الخيطية  prosthorhynchusالمصاب بالديدان شوكية الراس sturnus vulgarisالزرزور األوربي gracile    وبالدودة الشريطيةpasserilepis  crenata وعند اصابة أمعاء [27]البصرة في ، .[29]  و profilicollis  butulas  [28]الراس شوكية بالديدان common eidersالبط البحري في الخضيري المصاب بالديدان [30]  يرة كالتي الحظها وجود خاليا حمضة كث[5]   وكذلك الحظ علوم الحياة | 282 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 زيادة في أعداد الخاليا اللمفاوية والحمضة في الطبقة المخاطية ] 3[1، والحظ  echinuria uncinataالخيطية . sphaerioterma globulusالمصاب بالديدان المخرمة anas platyrhynchosالمعاء الخضيري المدجن المصادر 1. .seneviratna, p. (1969). disease of poultry including birds. pub. john and sons ltd. great britain. parasitic disease 2-metazoan wright helminth., 93-103. parasite a. 2. hungerford t.g. (1969). diseases of poultry including cage birds and pigeons. section 9 internal parasites of poultry , 483-499 pp. angus and ltd.,4 ed. robertson 3. ehrenford, f. a. (1970). avian immunity to metazoan parasite. i. to p. a 2: 399-420. التغيرات الفصلية في إصابة طيور أبو2001) . صبيح هليل وعبدهللا ، باسم هاشم ( ، المياح 4. ببعض المثقوبات ثنائية المضيف في البصرة ، العراق. مجلة bubulcus ibis (l.)قردان 13. 7-: 27أبحاث البصرة ، المجلد االول ، العدد ) . دراسة وبائية وتشخصية للديدان الداخلية المتطفلة في الجهاز الهضمي 2001محمود ، أشرف جمال (5. مع بيان في بغداد و الكوت .anas platyhynchos platyrhynchos lللخضيري المدجن صفحة. 118تأثيراتها المرضية ، رسالة ماجستير ، كلية التربية للبنات ، جامعة بغداد : 6. al-awadi , h. m. h. (2001) . some ecological aspects of the parasasitic faunae of fishes and aquatic bird in bahr al-najaf depression, lraq. ph. d. thesis , coll . educ . (ibn alhaitham) , univ . baghdad : 72 pp. 7. tylor, e. r. & muller, r. (1971) . isolation and maintenance of parasites in vivo . sympbubl . oxford : 109-121. .banchroft , j.d. & stevens,a. (1982). theory and pracitice of histological 8 techniques.2 churchill livingstone,inc.,new york : 662 pp . humancon,g. l. (1967).animal tissue techniques.2 w.h. freemon comp . 9. sanfrancesco : 427 pp. 10. soulsby, b. j. l. (1968) . helminths arthropods and protozoa of domesticated animals, 6ed . bailliere, tindall and cassell, london : 824 . 11. yamaguti, s. (1961) . systema helminthum, vol. iii. the nematodes of vertebrates. inter sci. publ, new york : 860 pp. 12. margolis, l., esch, g. w., holmes, j.c., kuris, a. m. & schad, g. a. (1982) . the use of ecological terms in parasitology . (report of an adhoc committee of the american society of parasitologists) . j . parasitol ., 68 (1) , 131-133 . . دراسة وبائية لبعض الديدان الشريطية المصيبة للجهاز الهضمي 1984)مصطفى ، فاتن عبد الجبار ( 13. صفحة . 113في الحمام في البصرة ، رسالة ماجستير ، كلية العلوم ، جامعة البصرة : 14. thaddeus, k. g. & shiff, c.j. (1993) . expermintal infection of domestic duck and rodents by notocotylus attenuatus (trematode : notocotylidae) . j. wild 1. dis ., 29 (3) : 434-439 . في .rellitenia spp. دراسة بعض الجوانب المرضية للدودة الشريطية 2015)حمود ، إسراء جاسم (15. الحمام المنزلي واستخدام مستخلص الثوم في عالج المضيف ، رسالة ماجستير ، كلية التربية صفحة . 94للبنات ، جامعة الكوفة . 16. hollmen, t.; lehtonen, j.k.; sankari, s.; soveri, t. & hario, m. (1999) . an experimental study on the effects of polmorphiasis in common eider duck lings . j. wild1. dis., 35 : 466-473. 17. anderson, w.a. & kissan, j.m. (1977) . pathology the c.v. mosby company, st.. vol. 1. lewis, ) . تأثير الطفيليات في 2010. ( غالي ، محمد عبد الهادي ، االمير ، رنا محمد و جاسم ، أمنة نصيف18. . pycnonotus lecuotis mesoptamiaeالبنية النسيجية للجهاز الهضمي في البلبل العراقي . 1294 1288 -) : 4( 7مجلة بغداد للعلوم ، mustafa,f.a.(1999).pathological effect of paradilepis elachauxi (fuhrman 19. علوم الحياة | 283 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ,1909) (cestode : dilepidae) in alimantry canal of the phalacrocorax basrah,iraq .j. basrah res ., 20 (1) : 23-26 . in pygmaeus al-mayah,s.h. & mustafa,f.a.(1994).pathological changes in the proventriculus 20. podiceps ruficollis due to infection with eustrongylides tubifex (nitzsch, of (nematoda : dioctophymidae) from basrah, iraq . basrah j . sci., b 1919) 59-62. ., 12 (1) : araxiae, k.; ginger, c.d. & fairbarin, d. (1968) . lipid metabolism in helminth 21. parasites, origins of the intestinal lipids a valable for absorption by hyme nolepis diminuta (cestoda) .j. parasitol., 54 (6) : 63-68 . . دراسة تأثير طفيليات القناة الهضمية في البلبل العراقي 2007)ماجد ( عبد االمير ، رنا 22. pycnonotus lecuotis mesoptamiae ، وم للبنات ، لعلكلية ا على البنية النسيجية للقناة ، رسالة ماجستير صفحة . 122جامعة بغداد . .lapage,g.(1968) .a list of parasitic protozoa ,helminthes and arthropoda 23 recorded from species of the family anatedae(ducks,geese and swa .j. parasitol ., 51: 1-109 . ns calnek, b . w . ; barnes , h . j .; dougald , l . r . & salf . y . m. (1997) . 24. disease of poultry . mosby-wplfe press , london . pp : 675 . bhowmik,m.k.;basu, r.r. & sasmal,n.k.(1982) . some common cestode. 25 parasite and pathology caused by them in ducks in and around calc utta . ind . j. pault . sci ., 17 : 219-223 . dorrestein, g . m . & hage, m .v.(1997) . marine birds necropsy findings . 26. bull . soc . roy . dis . sci ., 66 (1) : 151-166 . abd-al-razak, a . t . (1998) . pathological changes in the alimentary canal of . 27 sturnus vulgaris l . due to infection with prosthorhynchus gracile (acanthocep hala) and passerilepis crenata . egyptian university library verein, 6 (32) : 1-8 . kuikien, t. (2000). pathology of common eiders in the dutch wadden sea 28. december 1999 . j . wild1 . dis ., 36 : 16-18 . in wobeser, g . a . (1981) . diseases of wild water fowl . plenum press , new york 29. : 300 . ould,p. & welch,h.e.(1980) . effect of stress on the parasitism of mallard. 30 duckling echinuria unicinata (nematoda : spirurida) . can.j . zool. : 228234 58 (2) huffman, j . e . & roscoe, d . e . (1989) . experimental infection of water fowl . 31 with sphaeriotrema globulus (digenea) . j . wild l . dis ., 25 (1) : 143-146 .               علوم الحياة | 284 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) الخالياaاالصبعية () : مقطع غير مخمج في الصائم للعصفور المنزلي يبين فيه الزغابات 1شكل ( 40x) الزغابات الدقيقة (تحت قوة تكبير c) الخاليا الكأسية (bالظهارية العمودية البسيطة ( ) h & eمصبوغة بصبغة ة في ) الغدد المعويbقواعد الزغابات المعوية ( )a) : مقطع غير مخمج في الصائم يبين فيه (2شكل ( ) الطبقة العضلية تكونت من حزم الياف عضلية ملساء (تحت قوة تكبير cالصفحة االساسية ( 40x مصبوغة بصبغةh & e( علوم الحياة | 285 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) لب الزغابات وفيه خالياb) الزغابات المعوية (a) : مقطع غير مخمج في األثنى عشر يبين (3شكل ( )h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 10x) الطبقة العضلية الملساء (تحت قوة تكبير cلمفية ( ) الزغابات المعوية وفيها اعداد كثيرة من الخالياa) : مقطع غير مخمج في اللفائفي يبين (4شكل ( الخاليا اللمفية (تحت قوة تكبير c)) الصفحة االساسية وفيها الغدد المعوية (bالكأسية ( 40x مصبوغة بصبغةh & e (   علوم الحياة | 286 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) خاليا b) الطبقة العضلية الملساء لجدار اللفائفي (a: مقطع غير مخمج في اللفائفي يبين ( (5)شكل ) h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40x) غدد معوية (تحت قوة تكبير cعصبية عقدية (   ) ضمور bانسالخ الخاليا الظهارية من على سطح الزغابات (a) : مقطع مخمج في الصائم يبين ( )6شكل ( ) h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40x) ارتشاح الخاليا اإللتهابية واللمفية (تحت قوة تكبير cالزغابات ( علوم الحياة | 287 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 اعداد كبيرة من الخاليا اللمفية وكريات الدم البيض ) ارتشاحaمقطع مخمج في الصائم يبين ( ) :7شكل ( تفكك الطبقة العضلية الملساء (تحت b)االخرى في الصفحة االساسية والطبقة تحت المخاطية ( h & e)بصبغة مصبوغة 10xقوة تكبير تحطم الخاليا المبطنة لزغابات في االثنى عشر و a)مقطع مخمج في االثنى عشري يبين () : 8شكل ( rbc )b) ضمور حاد للزغابات وظهورها بشكل خيوط (c تراكيب كيسية طفيلية في الصفحة ( )h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 10xاالساسية (تحت قوة تكبير علوم الحياة | 288 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 لصفحة االساسية ويالحظ فيها تراكيب كيسية طفيلية) اaمقطع مخمج في االثنى عشري يبين () :9شكل ( )b) الخاليا اللمفية وااللتهابية االخرى (cتحت) الغشاء القاعدي وانكماش الغدد المعوية داخله ( )h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40x قوة تكبير وانكماشها عن الغشاء القاعدي) ضمور الغدد المعوية a) : مقطع مخمج في االثنى عشري يبين (10شكل ( )h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40x) انسالخ الخاليا الظهارية للزغابات (تحت قوة تكبير bالمحيط ( علوم الحياة | 289 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ضمور الزغابات وانسالخ خالياها في تجويف الصائم (تحت a)) : مقطع مخمج في الصائم يبين (11شكل ( )h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 10xقوة تكبير ) ارتشاحb) تمزق االلياف الملساء للطبقة العضلية للصائم (aمقطع مخمج في الصائم يبين () : 12شكل ( ) الغدد المعوية (تحت قوة تكبيرcأعداد هائلة من الخاليا اللمفية في الصفحة االساسية ( 20x مصبوغة بصبغةh & e( علوم الحياة | 290 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) المعدة الغدية ويالحظ الضمور الحاد لطياتهاaالمعدة الغدية يبين () : مقطع مخمج في طيات 13شكل ( مصبوغة 40xانسالخ الخاليا الظهارية لمخاطية المعدة (تحت قوة تكبير b)المخاطية ( )h & eبصبغة في الصفحة) ارتشاح خلوي لمفي بؤري a: مقطع مخمج في طيات المعدة الغدية يبين ()14شكل ( ) تفكك الطبقة العضلية الملساء (تحت قوةcالغدد المعوية ذات الخاليا المكعبة ( b)االساسية ( )h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40xتكبير علوم الحياة | 291 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ارتشاح خاليا b)انسالخ الخاليا المبطنة لزغابات الصائم ( a)) : مقطع مخمج في الصائم يبين (15شكل ( ) h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 20xتنخر الزغابات (تحت قوة تكبير c)االساسية (لمفية في الصفحة تراكيب كيسية طفيلية عندb) الزغابات الصاغية ( a): مقطع مخمج في الصائم يبين ()16شكل ( ) h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40xخاليا لمفية (تحت قوة تكبير c)جوانب الزغابات ( علوم الحياة | 292 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) ارتشاح خلوي لمفيb) تحطم الزغابات اللفائفية (aمخمج في اللفائفي يبين () : مقطع 17شكل ( ) تفكك الطبقة d) ضمور وانكماش الغدد المعوية عن الصفحة االساسية (cوالتهابي ( ) h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40x العضلية لجدار اللفائفي (تحت قوة تكبير b)تفكك في الخاليا المكونة للغدد المعوية وضمورها ( a): مقطع مخمج في اللفائفي يبين () 18شكل ( ابتعاد الجدار العضلي عن الطبقة المخاطية والصفحة االساسية c)تمزق الجدار العضلي ( )h & eمصبوغة بصبغة 40x(تحت قوة تكبير   علوم الحياة | 293 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 histopathological study of infection with parasitic intestinal helminthes on passer domesticus in tikrit city, iraq abid a. j. al-saadi dept. of biology,college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad wisam h. abdul-hadi abdullah . h . abdullah dept. of biology ,college of education, university of tikrit received in :5 may 2015, accepted in :20september 2015 abstract during the period from september 2013 till the end of july 2014, a total of 340 birds passer domesticus were collected . the study revealed in exam the sectional tissue of intestine in infected birds which showed a high effect compared with the uninfected birds . these effects were summarized by the destruction in most of intestinal villi and atrophy of others which appeared as webby filaments with each other and their cells have cubidal form and there were a cystic structure of parasite in the lamina propria . their cells were compacted forming a high vacuole from the basal membrane surrounding these glands . the lumen of intestine is fuelled by the epithelial cells and red blood cells . the pathological changes were found to depend on number and size of parasites and present of hooks , occurrence of the histological changes was therefore often synchronised with hosts that infective with all species of parasites . key word : histopathology , parasitic helminthes and passer domesticus . microsoft word 143-150 mathematics | 143 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 use of logistic regression approach to determine the effective factors causing renal failure disease sami jabbar shappot sami.jabbar.19800@gmail.com  hazim mansoor gorgees hazim5656@yahoo.com department, of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq article history: received 3 june 2018, accepted 5 august 2018, published december 2018"" abstract the main goal of this research is to determine the impact of some variables that we believe that they are important to cause renal failure disease by using logistic regression approach. the study includes eight explanatory variables and the response variable represented by (infected, uninfected). the statistical program spss is used to perform the required calculations. key word: renal failure disease, logistic regression, wald test, hosmer and lemeshow test. 1. introduction it is well known that the regression model is the most popular statistical models. one type of regression models is known as logistic regression. this type is suitable when the response variable is binary variable, while the explanatory variables may be categorical or continuous variables. practically situations involving categorical outcomes are quite common. in a medical setting for example, an outcome might be presence or absence of a disease. logistic regression is based on the logit transformation of dependent variable. this transformation is necessary since dichotomous dependent data violates least squares assumptions, furthermore, the error terms are not normally distributed which implies that all normality tests become invalid [1]. 2. assumptions of logistic regression the main difference between the linear regression analysis and the logistic regression analysis is that the normally distributed dependent variable and homogeniety of the variance are not required in logistic regression analysis. the probabilities and the nature of log curve are the basis of the theory underlying logistic regression. the only assumptions of logistic regression are that the resulting logit transformation is linear, the resultant logarithmic curve does not include outliers, the dependent variable must be categorical and the categories have to be mutually exclusive so that a case can be only in one category and every case must be a member of one of the categories [2]. 3. types of logistic regression two types of logistic regression can be identified, namely, the binary and multinomial logistic regression. binary logistic regression is a predictive model that can be used when the categorical response variable consists of two categories. mathematics | 144 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 for example, live |die, presence absence of a disease. multinomial logistic regression is an extension of binary type so that it allows the response variable to include more than two categories, however, the focus on this paper is on the binary logistic regression. 4. the logit model assuming that 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … … 𝑦 denoted n independent observations on a binary response variable y : let 𝜋 be the probability that 𝑦 =1 then for p explanatory variables , the logit model is defined as : 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝜋 1 𝜋 𝛽 𝛽 𝑥 𝛽 𝑥 ⋯ … … 𝛽 𝑥 1 unlike the usual linear regression model ,there is no random error term in the expression for logit model , this doesn’t mean that the model is deterministic since there is still room for random variation represented by probabilistic relationship between 𝜋 and 𝑦 .we can solve the logit model for 𝜋 to obtain 𝜋 exp 𝛽 𝛽 𝑥 𝛽 𝑥 ⋯ . . 𝛽 𝑥 1 exp 𝛽 𝛽 𝑥 𝛽 𝑥 ⋯ . . 𝛽 𝑥 2 where 𝛽′=( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽 , … . , 𝛽 ) is avector of unknown parameters , 𝑥 1, 𝑥 , … … 𝑥 is avector of explanatory variables (1 is for the intercept) equation (2) can be simplified as follows 𝜋 1 1 𝑒 3 this equation has desired property that whatever we substitute for 𝛽′𝑠 or 𝑥 𝑠 , the value of 𝜋 will always be a number between 0 and 1. 5. maximum likelihood estimator the data with binary response variable is one case that maximum likelihood method handles very nicely. the likelihood of observing the values of y for all of the n observations can be written as: 𝐿 𝑝𝑟 𝑦 4 since 𝑝𝑟 𝑦 1 𝜋 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑟 𝑦 0 1 𝜋 thus𝑓 𝑦 𝜋 1 𝜋 , 𝑦 0,1, … … . 𝑛 5 𝐿 𝜋 1 𝜋 𝜋 1 𝜋 1 𝜋 then we take the natural logarithm of both sides to get: 𝑙𝑛𝐿 𝑦 𝑙𝑛 𝜋 1 𝜋 ln 1 𝜋 6 mathematics | 145 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 =∑ 𝛽 𝑥 𝑦 ∑ ln 1 𝑒 7 taking the derivative of 𝑙𝑛𝐿 with respect to 𝛽 and setting it equal to zero we get: 𝜕𝑙𝑛𝐿 𝜕𝛽 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 1 𝑒 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 0 8 where 𝑦 is the predicted probability of y for a given value of 𝑥 . actually, (8) is a system of (k+1) equations one for each element of 𝛽. there is no explicit solution to (8), instead, we must utilize iterative methods which yield successive approximations to the solution until the approximations converge to the correct value. one of the most common iterative methods is referred to as newton raphson method which can be explained as follows [3]: let u(𝛽 be the vector of the first derivative of lnl with respect to 𝛽.that is : 𝑢 𝛽 𝜕𝑙𝑛𝐿 𝜕𝛽 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 let i(𝛽 be the matrix of second derivative, of lnl with respect to 𝛽 𝐼 𝛽 𝜕 𝑙𝑛𝐿 𝜕𝛽𝜕𝛽 𝑥 𝑥 𝑦 𝑦 the newton raphson algorithm is then 𝛽 𝛽 𝐼 𝛽 𝑢 𝛽 9 practically, we need a set of initial values𝛽 , which can be started with all coefficients equal to zero. these initial values are substituted into the right hand side of equation (9) which give the result for the first iteration 𝛽 , again these values are substituted back into the right hand side of equation (9) where the first and second derivatives are recomputed and the result is𝛽 .this process is repeated until the maximum change in each parameter estimate from one step to the next is less than the value specified for tolerance on the logistic regression modeling. 6. statistical hypotheses and model fitting in analyzing logistic regression two hypotheses are of interest specifically: 1-null hypothesis which arises when all logistic regression coefficients are equal to zero i.e. there is no relationship between the binary response variable and the predictor variables. 2alternative hypothesis which arises when the logistic regression coefficients differ significantly from zero. i.e. there exists a significant effect of predictors on the binary response variable. there are two popular approaches for testing the null hypothesis. the first is performed by calculating the wald statistic, which is similar to t test in multiple linear regression. this statistic is the division of the parameter estimate by the standard error of that estimate . for the large sample sizes the distribution of 𝛽 approaches to normality this implies that the standard errors𝑠 are asymptotic , accordingly , the standard error should be mathematics | 146 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 regarded approximate for small sample sizes..the wald statistic is more reliable for large sample sizes. 7. hosmer and lemeshow (h – l) goodness of fit test a popular test for the goodness of fit of the logistic regression model depending upon the chi square statistic is known as hosmer and lemeshow test [4]. according to this test , the whole subject have been divided into ten ordered groups which are constructed on the basis of their estimated probability , those with estimated probability between 0 and 0.1 form one group , and so on , up to those with probability between 0.9 to 1 .the test statistic here is based on two components , namely , the observed component which does not depend on any theoretical distribution and expected component obtained from the estimated logistic model .a probability p value is computed from the chi square distribution with 8 degrees of freedom to test the fit of the logistic model .we accept the null hypothesis if the h-l test statistic is greater than 0.05 .this means that there is no difference between the observed and model predicted values which implies that the model's estimate fit the data at an acceptable level. 8. omnibus test of model coefficients this test is applied to determine whether the overall model with all predictors is significantly different from the model with only the intercept. the omnibus test is interpreted as a test of the capability of all predictors in the model jointly to predict the response variable. the test is based on the difference between the log likelihood for the overall model and log likelihood of the model with only the constant term, such difference follows chi square distribution where the number of predictors represent the degrees of freedom [5]. 9. the practical study in our practical study, we attempted to assess the impact of some factors (explanatory variables) that we think they are important to cause the renal failure disease by employing logistic regression procedures. the real data were collected from (60) real patients suffering renal failure and (55) people do not suffer from this disease from al kindi hospital in baghdad. the logistic regression analysis was then performed with two groups (infected and uninfected) and 8 predictor variables that we believe they cause the disease. the variables for each group are: a. the dependent variable which is represent [1 for infected (group 1)] and [0 for uninfected (group 2)] b. eight independent variables are described below: 1diabetes (0 uninfected,1 infected)𝑋 1. 2-blood pressure (0 uninfected,1 infected)𝑋 2(glp) glomerulonephritis (renal syndrome) (0 uninfected,1 infected)𝑋 3(uti) chronic urinary tract infection (0 uninfected,1 infected)𝑋 2. 5-genetics (0 don’t exist, 1 exist)𝑋 3. 6-age𝑋 4. 7sex (1 for male) (0 for female)𝑋 5. 8-kidney stones (0 don’t exist, 1 exist)𝑋 the statistical program spss was used to perform the required calculations. mathematics | 147 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 10. logistic regression analysis employing the statistical program spss, the required results were obtained, and arranged in the following tables. table 1. summarizes data enters to the analysis, the sample size studied and the missing data. the code (or symbol) of the dependent variable values is displayed in table 2. table 2. dependent variable encoding original value internal value uninfected 0 infected 1 table 3. includes the number of iterations for the derivatives of likelihood function in order to obtain the minimum value of -2log likelihood, that is required to get the optimal estimates for the model coefficients. the minimum value of -2log likelihood was obtained at the six iteration, it was equal to 81.207 the process was stopped at this iteration since the differences between the values of coefficients became very small (less than 0.001). in fact, the variation between the estimated coefficients became very small after the forth iteration as it is shown in table 3. then its estimated coefficients to be the best estimated coefficients that can be obtained. table 3. iteration history iteration -2 log likelihood coefficients constant x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 step 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 62.354 48.716 44.753 43.919 43.851 43.850 43.850 -1.777 -2.998 -4.020 -4.691 -4.939 -4.967 -4.968 -0.005 -0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.004 0.004 -0.005 -0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.025 0.090 -0.302 -0.492 -0.566 -0.574 -0.574 0.046 0.132 0.226 0.307 0.346 0.350 0.350 1.528 2.445 3.210 3.735 3.933 3.955 3.955 0.054 0.090 0.157 0.239 0.281 0.287 0.287 0.293 0.632 0.949 1.140 1.197 1.203 1.203 table 1.case processing summary n percent selected cases included in analysis 115 100.0 missing cases 0 .0 total 115 100.0 unselected cases 0 .0 total 115 100.0 mathematics | 148 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 4. describes the estimator of the parameters of the optimal model obtained from the sixth iteration given in table 3. all estimated coefficients 𝛽 ,𝛽 … . . 𝛽 as well as the standard error and the wald statistic for each estimated coefficient and the upper and lower bound for exp (β) are include table 4. variables in the equation β s.e. wald df sig. exp(β) 95.0% c.i.for exp(β) lower upper step1 x1 2.415 0.742 10.596 1 0.001 11.195 2.614 47.934 x2 3.168 0.798 15.767 1 0.000 23.749 4.973 113.417 x3 4.725 0.955 24.464 1 0.000 112.780 17.339 733.588 x4 3.258 0.854 14.561 1 0.000 26.005 4.878 138.637 x5 0.728 0.861 0.714 1 0.398 2.070 0.383 11.196 x6 -0.004 0.018 0.043 1 0.835 0.996 0.962 1.032 x7 -1.027 0.598 2.942 1 0.086 0.358 0.111 1.158 x8 1.863 0.748 6.200 1 0.013 6.446 1.487 27.945 constant -4.644 1.381 11.311 1 0.001 0.010 where wald statistic = , and sb is the standard error of b, the wald statistic for the first estimate corresponding to x1 is given as: wald = . . 10.596 from this table we conclude that the logistic regression equation is 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑡 𝜋 1 𝜋 4.644 2.415𝑥 3.168𝑥 4.725𝑥 3.258𝑥 0.728𝑥 0.004𝑥 1.027𝑥 1.863𝑥 11 to test the efficiency and the goodness of fit for the whole model we use the log likelihood ration, which follows the relationship 𝑥 2 log 𝐿 log 𝐿 where: 𝐿 is the value of likelihood function of the full model , 𝐿 is the value of likelihood function of the reduced model,the value of 𝜒 was found to be 77.791which is significant at the level α less than 0.001 and 8 degrees of freedom with sig=0 which ensure the significance of the whole fitted model as shown in table 5. table 5. omnibus tests of model coefficients chi-square df sig. model 77.791 8 .000 another test for the goodness of fit of the model depending upon the χ statistic is presented in table 6. the test statistic here is based on two components, as hosmer and lemeshow mathematics | 149 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 suggested. namely, the observed component which does not depend on any theoretical distribution and expected component obtained from the estimated logistic model. table 6. contingency table for hosmer and lemeshow test group = uninfected group = infected total observed expected observed expected step 1 1 12 11.697 0 0.303 12 2 9 11.163 3 0.837 12 3 11 10.327 1 1.673 12 4 8 8.474 4 3.526 12 5 8 5.997 4 6.003 12 6 5 3.572 7 8.428 12 7 1 1.826 11 10.174 12 8 0 0.725 12 11.275 12 9 0 0.215 12 11.785 12 1 0 0 0.003 7 6.997 7 the value of χ was found to be10.308 with 8 degrees of freedom and significant value 0.244 as shown in table 7., hence, we accept the null hypothesis that there is no difference between the actual and expected frequencies which implies that a good fitting for the whole model. from table the closeness of observed and expected values is clear. the percentage of the correct classification is presented in table 8. the overall percentage was found to be 83.5% calculated as [(44+52)/115] ×100% while the percentage of not correct classification was found to be [(9+10)/115] ×100%=16.5% and this is a good indicator that the model fits well the data. table 8. classification table observed predicted group percentage correct uninfected infected step 1 group uninfected 44 10 81.5 infected 9 52 85.5 overall percentage 83.5 11. conclusions 1) the best way to appreciate the wald statistic is to consider its significance values, we reject the null hypothesisand accept the alternative hypothesis which implies that the variable under consideration does make a significant contribution. in our study, we noted that five table 7.hosmer and lemeshow test step chi-square df sig. 1 10.308 8 .244 mathematics | 150 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2007 vol. 31 (3) 2018 explanatory variables are contributed significantly to the prediction, namely, x1, x2, x3, x4 and x8 whose significant values are less than 0.05 as it is shown in table 4. 2) hosmer and lemeshow (h – l) goodness of fit test is one of the most popular methods in logistic regression for testing the null hypothesis which assumes that there is no difference between the observed and model predicted values. if the value of the test statistic is more than 0.05 as it is desired for good fitting model, we accept the null hypothesis. in our practical study, the h – l statistic has 0.244 as it is shown in table 7. this ensures that our model is quite of good fit, this preferable conclusion indicates that there are no significant differences between the observed and predicted values. 3) in addition to using a goodness of fit statistic, we often interest in looking at the proportion of outcomes we have managed to classify correctly. for this we need to look at the classification table. in our study ,81.5% were correctly classified for the uninfected group and 85.5% for the infected group. overall 83.5% were correctly classified. this indicates a good performance of logistic regression model. references 1. agresti a. an introduction to categorical data analyses. ny: john wiley & sons, inc.new york. 1996. 2. chater jee, s.; hadi, a. regression analysis by example. fourth edition, john wiley and sons, inc. 2006. 3. press, j.; wilson, s. choosing between logistic regression and discriminant analysis. journal of the american statistical association.1978, 73, 364, 99-705. 4. ahmed, l.a.using logistic regression in determining the effective variables in traffic accidents. applied mathematical sciences. 2017, 11, 42, 20472058. 5. kuha, j.; mills, c. on group comparisons with logistic regression models. a variable in lse research online: 2017. microsoft word 387-396 387| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 تأثير التشويب باأللمنيوم على الخواص التركيبية والبصرية الرقيقة )3o2bi(ألغشية المياليبشرى كاظم حسون نصر عيسى نجم عبدهللا جامعـة بغـداد /كليـة التربيـة للعلـوم الصرفـة ( ابن الهيثم ) /قسـم الفيـزياء 2016تموز//19,قبل في 2016ايار//15استلم في الخـالصـة الرقيقة غير )3o2bi (يتناول هـذا البحث دراسـة الخـواص التـركيبيـة والبصرية ألغشيـة اوكسـيد البزمـوث التـي حضـرت بطـريقـة التبخـر الحراري في %( 1,2,3 ) بنسـب مختلفـة ( al )المشوبة والمشـوبـة باأللمنيـوم . وقـد اظهرت k (300)التي رسبت على قواعد زجاجية بدرجة حرارة الغرفة nm ( 20 ± 450 الفـراغ بسمـك ان تركيـب االغشـية المحضـرة هـو مـن ( x – ray )حيود االشعـة السينيـة نتائـج الفحـوصـات التركيبية من خالل , ومن خالل القياسـات البصـرية تبين ان هذه األغشية [201]النـوع متـعـدد التبـلـور وبطور رباعي وباالتجاه السائد . ( %3 )عـدا النسـبة تمتلك فجـوة طاقة بصريـة مباشـرة تقـل قيمتهـا بزيـادة نسـبة التشـويب ما وقـد حسـبت الثـوابـت البصـرية مثـل معامـل االمتصـاص ومعامـل الخمـود ومعـامل االنكسار وثابت العزل بجزئية . nm ( 1100 – 300 )الحقيقـي والخيـالي قبـل عمليـة التشـويب وبعـدها خـالل مـدى مـن االطـوال المـوجـية الخـواص التـركيبية , الخواص البصرية , اوكسيد البزموث , التشـويب . ة :الكلمات المفتاحي 388| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 ة ـدمـقـالم البزموث موجـود فـي الطبيعة مـع مركباتـه وبعد فصله عن مركباته يكون ذا للون ابيض الى رمادي ذي بريق معدني من خالل اكسدة اغشية البزموث والبزموث هو احد )3o2bi(ويمكن الحصول على اوكسيد البزموث ]1[لماع p )او ( n – type )ويمكن ان يكـون اوكسـيد البزمـوث من النوع [1]عناصر المجموعة الخامسة من الجدول الدوري type ) اعتمادا على نوع الشائبة التي سوف تتحكم بالغشاء وهذه الصفة هي التي جعلت مـن تكنـولوجيا ام ( homojunction )الترانزستورات والثنائيات البصـرية امـرا ميســرا سـواء كان مـن النـوع ( hetrojunction ) ـوم فهـو عنصـر فضـي لماع ذو , اما عنصـر االلمني[2]مـن خـالل التحكـم بمقـدار الشائبة / g 26.981)مظهـر متيـن وجـذاب قابل للطرق والسحب وموصل جيد للحرارة والكهرباء غير سام وزنة الجزيئي mol) وله التركيب البلوري(cubic face centered) [3] ويمكن ان يحضر اوكسيد البزموث بتقنيات متعددة منها والتحلل الكيميائي [6]والترذيذ بالتردد الراديوي [5]والترسيب بالحمام الكيميائي [4]التبخير الحراري في الفراغ [12,19,20]وهناك العديد من البحوث المنشـورة التي حضرت اوكسيد البزموث وبطرائق مختلفة منهـا [7]الحراري [10,21]البحـوث المنشـورة كما فـي ( zn and lanthanum )والبعض االخر منها مشوب بمواد اخرى مثل واكدت البحـوث على ان االنتقاالت التي تحدث فـي اوكسيد البزموث هي من النوع المباشر المسموح وعرض فجوة . ( 2.95ev 2.80 )الطاقة البصرية يتراوح بين سب تشويب مختلفة والمحضرة يهـدف هـذا البحـث الـى تحضير اغشية اوكسيد البزموث النقية والمشوبة باأللمنيوم بن بطريقـة التبخيـر الحـراري فـي الفـراغ ودراسـة تأثيـر التشـويب في الخـواص التـركيبيـة والبصرية لألغشية المحضرة . الجـانـب العـمـلـي شية تكون مالئمة تعد تقنية الترسيب بالتبخير الحراري في الفراغ من التقنيات التي اثبتت نجاحها في مجال تحضير اغ ذ رسبت اغشية البزموث إللدراسـات العلميـة والتطبيقـات التكنـولوجيـة , وهـي الطريقـة التـي استعملت في البحث الحالي k(300)وبدرجة حرارة الغرفة ( 2.5cm x 7.5cm x 0.1cm )علـى قـواعـد زجاجية المانية الصنع وبأبعاد ذ تـوضـع المـادة داخــل حـويض من إ nm / sec ( 1.12 )ـدل تـرسـيـب ومـع nm ( 20 ± 450 )وبسمك عـن سـطـح االرضيـات الـزجـاجيـة لتتـرسـب المادة على االرضيات ( cm 9 )الـذي يبعـد مسـافـة (mo )المولبيديوم تؤكسد االغشية بدرجة حـرارة torr 5-( 3.5x10(التـي تـم تنظيفها وبعد انتهاء عملية الترسيب بالفراغ تحت ضغط (523 )k باستعمال فـرن حـراري من النوع( vectron ) ولمـدة ساعـة واحـدة بـوجــود الهــواء ثـم نقـوم بعمليـة مـن وزن ( % 3 , 2, 1 )التشويب من خالل وضع الوزن المكافيء لكـل نسـبــة تـشـويــب وضـع كتلـة مقــدارهـا وبعـد انتهـاء عمليـة التـشـويب تكـون ks(t( 473 =مـادة االلمنيــوم وعـنــد درجـة حـرارة اساس الغـشــاء مــن العينــات جاهـزة الجـراء القيـاسـات . القيـاسـات المحضرة النقية والمشوبة باأللمنيوم باستعمال الطريقة الوزنية طبقا )3o2bi(تم قياس سمك جميع اغشية [8]دلة :للمعا ) 1………….…………………………..( t) . 2r m = ( 4 : يمثــل المسـافــة بيــن الحـويـض واالرضيـات r: تمثـل كثـافـة المـادة , ρ: تمثـل سمـك الغشـاء , tذ ان إ precisa xb )الزجاجيـة وان ايجـاد كتلـة مـادة الغـشـاء تتـم مــن خـالل استعمال ميـزان حسـاس مـن النـوع 220a ) وبحساسـية تقدر الى اربع مراتـب عشـرية , ولغـرض تحـديد طبيعة التركيب البلوري لألغشية المحضرة قيد shimadzu )من النوع ( xray )الدراسة قبل وبعد عملية التشـويب نسـتعمل جهـاز حيود االشعة السينية japan xrd 6000 ) وذلك باسـتعمال مصدر( cukα ) والـذي يسجـل الشــدة كـدالـة لتغيـر قيمـة الـزاويـة ومـن خـالل المعـادلـة االتية يتم حساب فسحة )and hkl )(hkla , c , d (ومـن خـاللهـا نحـسـب كـل مـن )2 [8]: (d)السطوح ……………………………………………( 2 ) = nλ 2d sin للتركيب الرباعي فتحسـب من ( a,c ): زاويـة بـراك امـا قيمـة ثوابت الشبيكة θ : تمثــل الطـول المـوجـي و λذ ان إ [9]خالل المعادلة : ) 3……………………….………….( 2/ c 2) + l 2/ a 2+ k 2= ( h2d/ 1 [10]معـامـالت ميـلر بينمـا حجـم البلـوريات يمكـن ايجـاده باستعمال معادلة شيرر : ( hkl )ذ ان إ ) 4………( …………………………… cosfwhm b / λ g .s = d ) δ (:عرض المنحنى عند منتصف الشدة اما كثافـة االنخـالعات fwhmbو )0.9 (: ثابـت يأخـذ القيمـة dذ ان إ [11]فتعطـى بالعـالقة االتية : ) 5…………………………………..………….( 2) g . s/ ( 1= δ ]11[مـن العـالقـة : )ºn (ويمكـن ان نجـد عـدد البلـوريات فـي وحـدة المسـاحـة 389| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 ) 6………………………………..……………. ( 3= t / ( g .s ) ºn ولتحديد الخواص البصرية لألغشية المحضرة قبل عملية التشويب وبعدها اذ تم قياس طيف كل من االمتصاصية – 300 )خـالل مدى من االطوال الموجية ( uv – spectrophotometer 1800 )والنفاذية باستعمال جهـاز 1100 nm ) لمقابل لكل طول موجي كما في المعادلة : اذ استعمل طيـف االمتصاصيـة لحسـاب معامل االمتصاص ا [12] ( 7 ) = 2.303 ( a / t ) ……………………………………..…….. [9]: االمتصاصية ويمكن حساب طاقة الفوتون كدالة للطول الموجي من المعادلة : a: معامل االمتصاص , αذ ان إ (nm) …………………………………… ( 8 ) λ e(ev) = 1240 / ]tauc( :]8 (تحسـب مـن خالل المعادلـة )optge (بينمـا فجـوة الطاقـة البصـريـة ) 9…………………………………… ( r) optge –υ b ( h) = υh ( قيمته تعتمد على نوع االنتقال البصري ( r )ثابـت تناسـب كثافـة الحالة , ( b )طاقــة الفـوتـون و ( hυ )ذ ان إ المباشر او غير المباشر(المسموح او الممنوع) اما الثوابت البصرية االخـرى فيمكـن ايجـاد االنعكاسيـة مـن خالل المعادلة : [12] r = 1 – t – a …………………………………….………. ( 10 ) [12]بينمـا النفاذيـة يمكـن ايجـادهـا مـن خـالل المعـادلـة : ) 11…………………………………………………( ( a ) -t = 10 [13]فيمكـن ايجـاده مـن خـالل المعـادلـة : ( n )اما معامـل االنكسـار ) 12…………( )}r -+ { ( 1+r / 1 1/2+1) }2( k -}2r] -n= {[1+r/ 1 [14]بمعامل االمتصاص من خالل المعادلة : ( k )ويرتبط معامل الخمود ………………………………..……………..( 13 ) / 4 λ k = [13]اما ثابـت العـزل بجزئيه الحقيقي والخيالي يمكن ان يعطى من خالل المعادلتين االتيتين : ) 14…………………………………………… ( 2k – 2n= 1 ∈ ) 15……………………………..…………………( 2nk= 2 ∈ [15]اما التوصيلية الضوئية فتحسب من خالل المعادلة : ………………….………………………..( 16 ) σ = α n˳ c / 4 ةـاقشـوالمنج ـائـالنت من خـالل النتـائـج التـي تـم التـوصـل اليهـا ومقارنتهـا مـع البحـوث والدراسـات المنشـورة في هذا المجال نوجز االتي : واص التركيبيةـالخ ان جميع االغشية المحضرة ألوكسيد ( x – ray diffraction )بينـت نتائـج الفحـص بتقنيـة حيـود االشعـة السينية ومـن الطور ( polycrystalline )لبزموث غير المشوب والمشوب تكون ذات التركيب البلوري متعدد التبلور ا وكانـت [ 220 ]و [ 002 ]و [ 201 ]مع النمـو الذري بثالثـة اتجاهـات بلـوريـة وهـي ( tetragonal )الرباعي لجميـع االغشيـة المحضرة وهذا يتفق مع البحوث [ 201 ]القمـة المميزة والسائدة في كـل الفحـوصات في االتجاه فسـح السطـوح وزوايا الحيـود البلـوري المقابلـة لمواقع القمم )hkld (وعندما نقوم بمقارنة النتائج ]12 ,18[المنشورة للمؤسسة االميركية (0050-027-00)المحضرة مع ما جاء في القيم الواردة في البطاقة المرقمة المميزة لنماذج االغشية نجد ان (1)الموضحة في الجدول ( american standard for testing materials ) (astm)لفحص المواد ثيـر الواضح جدا لنسب التشـويب النتائج ذات تطابق كبير جدا وقد تبين ايضا من نتائج حيود االشعة السينيـة التأ ذ تبين ان القمم المميزة قد تأثـرت بالتـشـويب فنالحـظ ان شــدة القمـة قــد قلـت إالمستعملـة في طبيعة التركيب البلوري ويعـود السبب في ذلك ان اضافـة الشـوائـب بكميـات محدودة تؤدى الى حدوث تغير ( 220 )و ( 002 )عنـد االتجاه لمادة 2 )في التركيب البلوري ويمكن ان نالحظ ايضا تكون هنالـك ازاحة قليلـة جــدا فـي مواقع القمم المميزة ( االغشيـة المشـوبة ولمرتبة عشرية ثانية بعد الفاصلة ويمكن ان يكون السبـب في ذلـك هو ان االزاحـة القليلـة تكـون ـادة المشـابـه واحتاللها مـواقع في التـركيـب البلـوري . بسبــب دخـول ذرات شائبـة فـي الم وعدد البلوريات لوحدة المساحة ) (وحسب حجـم البلـوريات باسـتعمال معادلـة شيـرر ثم حساب كثافة االنخالعات ) ºn ( وذلـك مـن خـالل االستعانـة بالمعـادلتيـن) ت يزداد مع زيادة نسب ذ تبيـن ان حجم البلورياإ )6 (و )5 التشـويب والسبب في ذلك يعـود الى ان عمليـة التشـويـب عملت على ( 2 )كما في الجدول ( %3 )الى ان يصل الى النسبة اضافة ذرات داخل التركيب البلوري للغشـاء ادى الى زيادة حجـم البلـوريات ولذلك فان عرض المنحنى عند منتصف وذلك ألن العالقة بينهما عالقة عكسية كما في البحث (%3)ويبدا الزيادة عند النسبة (%1,2)لنسبة الشـدة يقـل عند ا . [18]المنشور 390| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 ةـريـواص البصـالخ ان لـدراســة طيفـي االمتصـاصيـة والنفـاذيــة فائـدة عمليـة وتطبيقيـة يمكـن من خـاللها استعمال مادة الغشاء وتم أجراء [16]وتعتمد االمتصاصية علـى طاقـة الفـوتونـات السـاقطـة وطبيعـة تـركيبهـا البلـوري ونـوع المـادة لجميع االغشية ( nm 1100 – 300 )مدى مـن االطوال الموجية القياسات طيفي االمتصاصية والنفاذية خالل طيف االمتصـاصيـة كدالة للطول الموجي ألغشية ( 2 )المحضرة النقية والمشوبة بمادة االلمنيوم اذ يوضح الشكل رة تـدريجيـة مـع اوكسيد البزموث النقية والمشوبة باأللمنيوم اذ تبين من خالل الشكـل ان امتصاصية المادة تقـل بصو زيـادة الطـول المـوجـي لكـل األغشية ويعزى سبب ذلك فيزيائيا الى ان طاقـة الفوتون الساقط لم تستطع ان تهيج االلكترونات وتنقلها بصورة مباشرة مـن حزمة التكافؤ الى حزمة التوصيل والسبب في ذلك الن قيمـة فجـوة الطاقة اكبر اقط ولهذا السبب اصبحت االمتصاصية تقل بزيادة الطـول المـوجـي ويمكن ان نالحـظ ان مـن طاقـة الفـوتون الس وهـذا يؤكـد ( %3 )بينما تقل عند النسبة ( % 2 , 1 )االمتصاصيـة تـزداد مـع زيـادة نسبـة التشويب عند النسب ـون مستـويات موضعيـة داخـل فجـوة الطاقــة دخـول االلمنيـوم ضمـن التـركيـب البلـوري للغشـاء وبذلـك سوف تتك يـوضح طيــف النفاذيـة كـدالـة ( 3 )اما الشكل [17]التـي تــؤدي الـى امتصـاص الفوتـونات ذات الطاقـة الواطئـة نسب ذ ان نفاذية االغشية المحضرة تقـل بزيـادة نسـب التشـويـب بمادة االلمنيوم حيث ان زيادةإللطـول المـوجـي التشويب تعمل على تكوين مسـتويـات مـوضعيـة فـوق حزمـة التكافؤ وهذه المستويات يمكنها استقبال االلكتـرونات التـي تعمـل على تقليـل من فجوة الطاقة وتوليد ذيول داخـل فجـوة الطاقـة ومن ثم فان النفاذية تـزداد مـع زيـادة الطول ذ حسـبت إفيبين تغيـر فجـوة الطاقة البصرية مع طاقة الفوتونات السـاقطـة (4)الشكل اما [ 12 ]الموجي وهذا يوافق التـي اسـتعملـت إليجـاد نـوع االنتقـال البصري فتبيـن ( 9 )معادلـة رقـم ( tauc )فجـوة الطاقـة باسـتعمـال معادلـة مقابل طاقة الفوتون واختيـار ) 2υ)hعالقة بين انه مباشـر مسـمـوح ألغشيـة اوكسـيـد البزموث من خالل رسم ال تغير فجـوة ( 3 )ليتم تحديد فجـوة الطاقـة و يبين الجدول ) (0=الجـزء المستقيم الذي يقطـع محـور السينـات عند بزيادة نسب (ev 2.4)الى (ev 2.95 )ذ تبيـن ان فجـوة الطاقـة تقـل مـن إالطاقـة كـدالـة لتغيـر نسـب التشـويـب ويعود سبب ذلك الى ان عملية التشويب تعمل على (2.8ev)الى (%3)التشـويـب ولكنها تعود لتزداد عند النسبة اضافة مستويات موضعيـة فـوق حـزمـة التكافؤ لتقلـل مـن قيمـة عـرض فجـوة الطاقة الذي يؤدي الى تغير في التركيب ـة الفـوتون يبين تغير معامل االنكسـار مع طـاق ( 5 )اما الشكل [ 18 , 12 ]البلوري وهذا يتفق مع البحوث المنشورة كدالة لتغير نسـب التشـويب ويمكـن مالحظـة ان معامـل االنكسـار يـزداد مـع زيـادة طاقة الفوتون ثم تعاني انخفاضا يبين ( 6 )وهذا االنخفاض يكون ناتجا عـن زيـادة االنتقـاالت االلكترونية المباشرة خالل تلك االطوال , اما الشكل ذ يـزداد مـع زيـادة طاقـة الفوتـون وزيـادة نسـب إطاقة الفوتون كـدالة لنسـب التشـويب تغير معامل الخمود مع التشـويب الى ان يصل الى منطقة االطـوال الموجيـة التـي تقـابــل منطقـة القـطـع فـي فجـوة الطاقـة ثـم يبدا بالتناقـص يبيـن تغيـر الجـزء الحقيقـي ( 7 ), اما الشكل [ 18 , 12] وهذا يتفق مع البحوث المنشورة ( %3 )ما عـدا النسبـة لثابـت العـزل مـع طاقة الفوتون كدالة لنسب التشويب ويالحظ ان المنحنى يشبه منحنى معامل االنكسـار الـى حد كبيـر فانهـا تقـل ,اما (%3) وان ثابـت العـزل الحقيقي يزداد مع زيادة طاقة الفـوتـون وزيـادة نسـب التشـويب ما عدا يبيـن تغير الجـزء الخيالـي لثابت العزل مع طاقة الفوتون كدالة لنسب التشويـب ونالحـظ من خالل المنحنى (8)الشكـل انه يشبه بالتصرف العام سلوك معامل الخمود وان الجزء الخيالي يزداد مع زيادة نسب التشويب الى ان يصل الى ي فجوة الطاقة ثم فجاه يبدا بالتنـاقـص وهـذا يعـود الـى السبــب المـذكـور سـابـقـا وهـذا يتـوافـق مـع منطقـة القطع فـ يبيـن تغيـر التـوصيليـة الضوئيـة كـدالـة لطاقـة الفوتـون السـاقــط حيـث يتبيـن (9), اما الشكل [ 18 , 12 ]البحوث ما عدا النسبة ( %1,2)زيادة الطـول الموجـي ومـع زيادة نسب التشويب مـن خالل الشكل ان التوصيلية تزداد مع وذلك العتماد قيمتهـا على معامل االنكسار ومعـامـل االمتصـاص وحسـب (3%) ( 450 )قيـم الثـوابـت البصرية لألغشية المحضرة وعند الطول الموجي ( 3 )ويـوضح الجـدول ( 16 )المعـادلـة nm . 391| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 ات ـاجـاالستنت ولكن ( 201 )طبيعة التركيب البلوري فقد بقي متعدد التبلور وباالتجاه السائد فيان اضـافة الشائبة لم تؤثر -1 التـي اثــرت عكـسـيـا . ( %3 )مواقـع القمـم وشـدتهـا فحســن التـركيــب البلـوري ما عــدا النـسـبـة فيتأثيـره ظهر فعندها ازدادت قيمة فجوة ( %3 )ا عدا النسبة مب الطاقـة البصريـة قلـت بزيادة نسب التشويقيمـة فجـوة -2 .الطاقـة ان حافة االمتصاص االساسيـة غيـر حـادة وهـذا يؤكد طبيعة مادة االغشية متعددة التبلور مما يتطابق مع -3 )xrd( يـزداد بزيـادة نسب التطعيم وقيمته االمتصاصوان معامل) 1-cm 410> ( لكل األغشية وهذا يعطي احتمالية كبيرة لحدوث االنتقاالت المباشرة . ساءت عنـدها الخـواص التركيبيـة والبصريـة . (%3)اذ ان النسبـة (%2)ان للتشـويب حـد اعلـى -4 ة ـبـا مناسـمما يجعله nm ( 500 )ي ـوجـول المـد الطـة بعـة قليلـتمتلـك جميع األغشية نفاذية عالية وانعكاسي -5 كنافـذة فـي التطبيقـات الفوتـوفولطائيـة .عمالها است عـنـد ادرـصـالم .(1984-1985)"، جامعة دمشق، الكيمياء الالعضوية" , محمد عليالمنجز, و أحمد الحاجسعيد, -1 2niraula, m.; yasuda, k.; ishiguro, t.; kawachi, y.; morishita, h.; and agatu,y. ( 2003) metalorganic vapor – phase epitaxy growth and characterization of thick cdte layers on ( 100 ) gaas ( 100 ) gaas/ si substrates, journal of electric materials,32,7, 728 -732 3-hatch , j . e . ( 2007) ; " aluminum properties and physical metallurgy",saudi research pub.co.(srpc). 4patil, s.; and puri, v. (2015),  metal chalcogenide nanocrystalline solid thin films,j .of electronic materials, .44, 4098 – 4127. 5 gujar, t. p.; shinde,v. r.; lokhande, c. d.; mane, r. s.; and han, s.-h. ( 2005 ), “bismuth oxide thin films prepared by chemical bath deposition (cbd) method: annealing effect,” applied surface science, 250, 1-4, 161-167. 6lunca popa , p.; sønderby, s.; kerdsongpanya, s.; lu , j.; bonanos, n.; and eklund, p. ( 2013 ), highly oriented δ-bi2o3 thin films stable at room temperature synthesized by reactive magnetron sputtering, j. appl phys . (113), 046101. 7killedar , v. v.; bhosale , c . h .; and lokhande , c . d. ( 1998 ), characterization of spray deposited bismuth oxide thin films from non-aqueoue medium , tr . j. phy 22, 825-830 8iljinas , a.; burinskas, s .; and dudonis , j .(2011),synthesis of bismuth oxide thin films deposited by reactive magnetron sputtering acta physica polonica a.120. 1.160. 9yousif , m. g .; ( 1989 ), solid state physics, 1, book university of baghdad . 10gopinath , p.; sriram , s. ; and chandiramouli , r . (2013), influence of zn doping on nanostructured bi2o3thin films, international journal of chem tech research coden .5 . 5, 2534 2539 . (usa) 11sze , s. m .( 1990 ) ," semiconductors devices physics and technology "translated to arabic by hayaty , f . g.; and ahmed , h . a. baghdad . 12-al waisy , e. t.; and al wazny , m . s. (2013) , structural ,surface morphology and optical properties of bi2o3 thin film prepared by reactive pulse laser deposition ,j. of university of anbar for pure science : . 7 . 2 . 13-dresselhous , m .s . ( 1998 ), optical properties of solids , part ii , book , mc graw -hill , new york . 392| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 14-scholz,f.(2009),compound semiconductors,lst ,book ,england ,john wiley & sons ltd. 15pankove , j . i .(1971) "optical processes in semiconductors", prentice – hall, n. j,6,11. 16-yousif , m . g.(1989) " solid state physics " , 2 , baghdad university . 17bahidh , h . s . ; ( 2009 ) " optical and structural properties of(zno_ sno2) and their mixture prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis “m.sc. thesis, college of science for women of university of baghdad . 18ali , r . s . ; (2014), structural and optical properties of nanostructured bismuth oxide, international letters of chemistry, physics and astronomy .34. 64 – 72 . 19-leontie , l . ; caraman , m . ; alexe , m . ; and harnagea , c . ( 2002 ), structural and optical characteristics of bismuth oxide , surface science 507-510 , 470-485 . 20shunyi li,joachim brotz and andreas klein,(2014),reactively magnetron sputtered ,optoelectronic,interface,and photovoltaic properties thin films: analysis of structure 3o2bi phys .status solidi a 211, 1 . 21durmupoglu , s . ; keskin , s . ; uslu , i . ; aytimur , doped with –3o2a . ; and akdemir , a . ; (2010) , synthesis and characterization of bi lanthanum by electrospinning method international journal of material science and electronics research, 1, 2, july-dec .81 – 85 . ـةوبـة والمشـالنقي )3o2bi (ةـغشيـاذج النم )xrd (ة ـة السينيـود االشعـج حيـارن نتائـيق :) 1 ( ـدولج . (0050-027-00 )المـرقـمـة ( astm )مع معلومات بطاقة ( al )ب a, c(å) a, c(å) hkl d (å) d(å) 2θ 2 sample observedastm astmobservedastmobserved astm a=7.7430 a=7.742 201 3.1927 3.1900 27.9222 27.9463 pure 002 2.8258 2.815031.6368 31.7613 c=5.6516 c=5.631220 2.7393 2.737032.6629 32.6914 a=7.7417 a=7.742 201 3.1920 3.1900 27.9285 27.9463 1 % al 002 2.8255 2.8150 31.6408 31.7613 c=5.6510 c=5.631220 2.7388 2.7370 32.6700 32.6914 a=7.7235 a=7.742201 3.1870 3.190027.9731 27.9463 2 % al 002 2.8228 2.815031.6719 31.7613 c=5.6456 c=5.631220 2.7310 2.737032.7657 32.6914 a=7.0690 a=7.742201 3.1868 3.190027.9750 27.9463 3 % al 002 2.8225 2.815031.6745 31.7613 c=5.6451 c=5.631220 2.2684 2.737039.7010 32.6914 393| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 (al)لألغشيـة النقيـة والمشـوبـة ب( xrd ) النتائـج المستحصلـة من حيـود االشعـة السينيـة ( 2 ) دول جـ 15*10 ºn ) 2-m( 15δ * 10 ) 2-m( g . s ( nm ) fwhm (deg) sample 26.295 1.5058 25.77 0.3186 pure 54.677 2.4532 20.19 0.4091 58.320 2.5611 19.76 0.4191 31.951 1.7146 24.15 0.3392 1 % 49.930 2.3092 20.81 0.3974 56.165 2.4975 20.01 0.4139 9.8738 0.7837 35.72 0.2298 2 % 12.250 0.9051 33.24 0.2486 9.8489 0.7824 35.75 0.2318 11.249 0.8549 34.20 0.2396 3 % 12.900 0.9369 32.67 0.2529 2.3052 0.2971 58.01 0.1462 عند الطول )%1,2,3(بالنسب )al(النقية والمشوبة ب )3o2bi (قيم الثوابت البصرية ألغشية )3(جدول ( nm 450 ) الموجي ∈2 ∈1 k n /cm4α*10 (ev) ge sample 0.0845 4.1412 0.0207 2.0351 0.5800 2.95 pure 0.4731 5.9007 0.0973 2.4310 2.7163 2.60 1 % 0.4401 6.4891 0.0863 2.5488 2.4100 2.40 2 % 0.2463 6.5175 0.0482 2.5533 1.3462 2.80 3 % 394| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 . ( % 3 , 2 , 1 )نمـاذج حيـود االشعـة السينيـة لألغشيـة النقيـة والمشـوبـة بالنـسـب ( 1 )الشكـل يمثل تغير النفاذية مع الطول الموجي (3)الشكل يبين تغير االمتصاصية مع طول الموجي (2)الشكل 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 0 20 40 60 80 100 pure doping 1% doping 2% doping 3% pure doping 1%  doping 2% doping 3% 2 in te n si ty   0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 a b s o rb a n c e wave length (nm) pure doping 1% doping 2% doping 3% 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 t ra n s m it ta n c e wave length ( nm) pure doping 1% doping 2% doping 3% 395| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 (6) (7) تغير الجزء الحقيقي لثابت العزل مع طاقة الفوتون (7)الشكل يبين تغير معامل الخمود مع طاقة الفوتون (6)الشكل (8) (9) تغير معامل االنكسار مع طاقة الفوتون (5)الشكل طاقة الفوتون يبين تغير فجوة الطاقة البصرية مع (4)الشكل 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 r e a l p a rt o f d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t photon energy(ev) pure doping 1% doping 2% doping 3% 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 im a g e n a ry p a rt o f d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t photon energy (ev) pure doping 1% doping 2% doping 3% 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 e x ti n c ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t (k ) photon energy(ev) pure doping 1% doping 2% doping 3% 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 o p ti c a l c o n d u c ti v it y (σ )* 1 0 1 4 photon energy(ev) pure doping 1% doping 2% doping 3% 396| الفيزياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 the influence of aluminum doping on structural films)thin 3o2and optical properties of (bi bushra . k . hasson nassr . i . najm dept.of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in:15/may/2016,accepted in: 19/july/2016 abstract in this research, the structural and optical properties were studied for bi2o3 and bi2o3: al thin films with different doping ratios ( 1, 2, 3 ) % , which were prepared by thermal evaporation technique under vacuum , with thickness ( 450 ± 20 ) nm deposited on glass substrates at room temperature ( 300 ) k , structural measurements by ( xrd) techniques demonstrated that all samples prepared have polycrystalline structure with tetragonal structure and a preferred orientation [ 201 ] the optical measurement shows that all films have a direct energy gap , and in general decrease with the increase of doping ratio except ratio ( 3% al ) . the optical constant such as absorption coefficient , extinction coefficient , refractive index real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant and optical conductivity were calculated before and after doping with the range of wave lengths ( 300 1100 ) nm . key words : structural properties , optical properties , bismuth oxide , doping . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 synthesis and characterisation of a novel 2,3-o-di acetyl5,6-o-benzylidene l -ascorbic acid and its complexes of cr(iii), co(ii), ni(ii),cu(ii) and zn(ii) i. sh. abdul razzaq al kadi departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 11 may 2011 accepete d in : 20 september 2011 abstract a new ligand ty p e (o2) [2,3-o-diacety l-5,6-o-benzy lidene lascorbic acid] [l] and its comp lexes of general formula [m (l)2(x)(y)]cln (where: m =cr ii i ,x=y=h2o, n=3; co ii , x = y = 0, n= 2; ni ii and cu ii , x = cl, y = h2o, n= 1; zn ii , x = y = h2o,n = 2) are reported. the ligand was p repared in two st eps; first st ep involved the sy nthesis of [5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbic acid] (a). in second st ep derivative-a was then reacted with acety l chloride and anhydrous p y ridine as a base to give the titled ligand. m etal comp lexes of the ligand with cr ii i ,co ii ,ni ii ,cu ii and zn ii were sy nthesised by direct reaction of the corresp onding metal chloride with the ligand[l] in a 2l:1m mole ratio. the ligand and its comp lexes were characterised by sp ectroscop ic methods 1 h nm r, ft ir, (uv-vis), atomic absorp tion, microanaly ses, chloride content, melting p oint and conductance measurements . these st udies revealed that t he geometry about cr ii i , ni ii ,cu ii and zn ii is octahedral while the comp lex of co ii adopts a tetrahedral geometry . keywords: ester, benzy lidene, l-ascorbic acid, m etal ascorbate complexes, ant icancer effect. introduction vitamin c is the l-enantiomer of ascorbic acid (meaning “without scurvy ”, the disease caused by a vitamin c deficiency )[1]. the effect of ascorbic acid (aa) on cancer has been a subject of great controversy [2]. the derivatives of l-ascorbic acid (aa) (5,6-o-cy clic acetal) p ossess p harmaceutical activity similar to lascorbic acid, sup erior in cry st allinty , st ability , and antioxidant effect [3,4]. these derivatives have been shown to exert anticancer effect [5-7], they are free radical scavengers, and have anti-scorbutic activities [8], and reduce the arterial blood ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 p ressure and regulates heart rate [9,10]. sodium 5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbate(sba) is a conjugate of ascorbic acid with benzaldehy de. it has been found that the antioxidant activity of (sba) is more st able and has a longer lifetime in living cells and organs than (aa) [11,12,13]. in addition it has been shown to exert anticancer effect in p atients without causing side effects [6]. the pka value of (aa) and 5,6-o-benzy lidene l-ascorbic acid was exceedingly decreased by esterification of 2-oh and 3-oh slightly by that of the 5-oh and 6-oh in l-ascorbic acid [14]. the (aa) est ers in 2, 3, 6 positions are more st able than (aa). the introduction of the est er in 2, 3-p ositions p rotected the molecule from break-up of the enediol sy st em, these esters as a very st able derivatives of (aa) that may be easily used in various ty p es of cosmetics p roducts and drugs[15,16]. the interaction of (aa) with metal ions p lay an imp ortant role in the reversible oxidation of (aa) in living cells [17]. (aa) has several donor atoms cap able of metal comp lex formation, and comp lexes of metal ascorbate are generally assumed to be a chelate in the cryst alline solid, but chelate formation was suggested to be weak in aqueous solution [18]. the p reparation of st able metal-ascorbate comp lexes is of considerable imp ortance not only for their chemical but also biological and medical asp ects [19]. in view of these observations, this p aper deals with the sy nthesis and characterisation of a new ligand derived from vitamin c [2,3-o-di acety l-5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbic acid] and its metal comp lexes with cr ii i , co ii , ni ii , cu ii and zn ii ions. experime ntal reagents were p urchased from fluka and riedal–dehaën chemical co. the thin lay er chromatography (tlc) was p erformed on aluminum p lates coated with (0.25mm) lay er of silica gel f254 (fluka), the sp ot was detected by iodine vapor. ir sp ectra were recorded as (kbr) discs using a shimadzu 8400s ft ir sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000– 400) cm -1 . electronic sp ectra of the p repared comp ounds was measured in the region (200– 1100) nm for (10 -3 m ) solution in (dm f) at 25c by using a shimadzu 160 sp ectrop hotometer with 1.000+0.001cm matched quartz cell. 1 h nm r sp ectrum was acquired in dm so solution using brucker 300 m hz sp ectrometer at al-al-bayt university , jordan. the (c.h.n.) of the ligand [l] was recorded using (euro ea, elemental analysis) at college of science – university of babylon. m etal contents of the comp lexes were determined by atomic absorp tion (a.a) technique by using a shimadzu a.a 680g atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer. the chloride contents for comp lexes were determined using p otentiometric titration method on 686–titro p rocessor dosimat–m etrahm– swiss. electrical conductivity measurements of the comp lexes were recorded at 25c for (10 -3 m ) solutions of the samp les in (dm f) by using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 s ynthesis the ligand was p repared in two st ep s: s tep (1): p rep aration of the derivative (a) 5,6-o-benzylidene-l-ascorbic acid anhy drous z inc chloride (3.86 g, 28.32 mmol) was added to a solution of benzaldehy de (15 ml, 174.56 mmol ). the mixture was allowed to st ir for one hour at room temperature, and then l-ascorbic acid (5.00 g, 28.38 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature until the solution became emulsion. a solution of p otassium carbonate (7.84 g, 56.72 mmol) was added to the emulsion solution and the mixture was st irred through it becamemilky, and then extracted with chloroform (50 ml). aft er solvent was removed under reduced p ressure, and a sy rup residue was left which then treated with a few drop s of p etroleum ether to give the title derivative-a as a pale yellow solid. yield (2.93 g, 39 %). rf = 0.69, m.p = 163c. s tep (2): p reparation of the ligand [l] 2,3-o-di acety l-5,6-o-benzy lidene l-ascorbic acid to a mixture of comp ound-a (5.00 g, 18.93 mmol) in a dried p y ridine (25 ml) was added acety l chloride (4 ml, 56.81 mmol). the reaction mixture was st irred at room temp erature for two hours, and then st ored in a dark p lace for 22 hours. a distillated ice-water (400 ml) was added and the organic lay er was extracted with chloroform (2 × 50 ml), washed with distillated water (3 × 100 ml), and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate (m gso4), filtered and solvent removed under reduced pressure, and a sy rup residue was left which then treated with a few drop s of p etroleum ether to give (3.78 g, 57%) of the ligand as a y ellow solid. rf =0.42. m.p = 124c. (c.h.n); found (calc.): c% = 57.48(58.62), h% = 3.97(4.59), n%= 0. s ynthesi s of complexes general me thod to an ethanolic solution of ligand (2 mmol) in ethanol (15 ml) was added with st irring an ethanolic solution (10 ml) of the metal salt (1 mmol). the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux for 4 h, resulting in the formation of coloured p recipitate. this was t hen collected by filteration, and washed with (5 ml) diethy l ether and dried at room temperature. table (1) shows t he st ated weight of st arting materials, y ield and some phy sical prop erties of the prepared comp lexes. re sults and discussion the derivative-a 5,6-o-benzy lidene l-ascorbic acid (scheme1) was obtained from the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with (two mole) of benzaldehy de and anhydrous zinc chloride. the comp ound was characterised by ir and 1 h nm r sp ectra. the ir sp ectrum shows characterist ic two bands at (1739, 1604) cm -1 due to (c=o) and (c=c) lactone, resp ectively. the four bands in the free l-ascorbic acid which assigned to the hydroxy l group s are no longer exist in ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 comp ound-a. the sp ectrum shows two bands at (3448) and (3445)cm -1 assigned to (o–h) at p ositions (c3) and (c2), resp ectively. also the sp ectrum shows two bands at (3066)cm -1 and (1408)cm -1 assigned to (c–h) and (c=c) aromatic ring, resp ectively. this is due to block of the hydroxy l group s at (c5) and (c6) p ositions by benzaldehy de and forming 5,6-o-cy clic acety l derivative [20,21,22]. fig (1) exhibits the (ir) sp ectrum for the derivative-a. the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of (a) shows the following signals: doublet at δ(3.94.0) p p m assigned to the p rotons of (–ch2) at (c6) p osition, quartet at δ(4.1 4.4) p p m assigned to t he proton of the (–ch) of (c5) p osition, doublet at δ(5.6 5.7) p p m assigned to the p roton of (-ch) at (c4) p osition. the chemical shift at δ (10) p p m assigned to the p roton of the hy droxy l group at (c2) and (c3) p ositions, these p rotons shifted to a lower frequency (deshielding) due to the resonance between the (-oh) group at (c2) and (c3) with the (c=o) lactone ring. the singlet at δ(6.2) p p m was assigned to the proton of a cyclic ring at (c7) p osition. this p roton shifted to a lower frequency due to the bonded with the two oxy gen atoms. the chemical shifts at δ(7.3 7.9) p p m were assigned to the p rotons of the aromatic ring, equivalent to 5 p rotons. the app earance of the p rotons at (c7) p osition and aromatic ring as a result to the blocking of the two hy droxy l group s at (c5) and (c6) p ositions by benzaldehy de to form the derivative-a [23,24]. fig.(2) exhibits the ( 1 h nm r) for the derivative-a. s cheme(1):the sy nthesis route of the derivative 5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbic acid (a) the reaction of the derivative-a 5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbic acid dissolving in anhydrous p y ridine with the acety l chloride offered the new ester [2,3-o-diacety l-5,6-o-benzy lidene-lascorbic acid][l] (scheme 2). the ligand was characterised by elemental analysis (table 1), ir (table 2), uv-vis (table 3) and 1 h nm r (table 4) sp ectroscop y . the ir sp ectrum of the ligand fig.(3) shows characterist ic bands at (1739,1627 and 1496) cm -1 due to the (c=o) lactone, (c=c) aliphatic and (c=c) aromatic functional group resp ectively. the new band at (1670) cm -1 due to the est er group . the ap p earance of this new band as a result to the formation of the ester at (c2) and (c3) p ositions by acety l chloride. the two bands in the derivative (a) at (3445 and 3448) cm -1 which are due to the hy droxy l group at (c2) and (c3), these two bands disapp eared in the new ligand due to the formation of ester[20,21,22]. the (uv-vis) sp ectrum of the ligand [l] fig.(4) exhibits an intense absorp tion p eak at (274) nm, assigned to ( → *). a hump at (370) nm assigned to (n → *) transition[25]. the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of the ligand [l] fig.(5) shows a new p eak at δ(1.7-2.3) p p m assigned to t he protons of (-ch3) in the ester. this is equivalent t o six p rotons. t he ap p earance of a new p eak indicating to the formation of ester at oho h o o h o c h o zn cl2 oo o oh o h 1 23 4 5 6 7 hoho ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 (c2) and (c3) p ositions by acety l chloride. in addition the chemical shift at δ(10) p p m in the derivative [a] which is assigned to t he proton of (-oh) group at (c2) and (c3) p ositions, this p eak disapp earance in the 1 h nm r sp ectrum of the new ligand as a result to the formation of ester[23,24]. s cheme(2): the sy nthesis route of the ligand [l] 2,3-o-diacety l-5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbic acid all complexes were p repared by similar methods from the reaction of the ligand [l] with the metal chloride salts at reflux in ethanol medium and p ure comp lexes were formed. the (ir) sp ectrum of the comp lexes cr ii i ,co ii ,ni ii ,cu ii and zn ii are shown in figures 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, resp ectively. the absorp tion bands at the range (3383-3456) cm -1 and (819-925) cm -1 were assigned to the h2o aqua for the comp lexes cr ii i , ni ii , cu ii and zn ii ,indicating to the coordination of the h2o molecule with the metal ion . the absorp tion band at (1670) cm -1 in the free ligand which was assigned to the (c=o) ester, was shifted to a lower frequency in the comp lexes and ap p eared at t he range (1624 1635) cm -1 , indicating a reduction in the bond order. this can be attributed to the delocalization of metal electronic density at (t 2g) in the  sy st em of the ligand. in addition, the comp lexes showed new bands in the region (418 493)cm -1 which are due to the formation of m –o bonds, indicating that the oxy gen of ester group is involved in coordination with metal ions [26]. ot her bands of the (ir) sp ectral data are summarized in table (2). the molar conductance of the comp lexes in (dm f) table (3) laid in the range (77.5-84.6 s.cm 2 .mole -1 ) for comp lexes ni ii and cu ii , indicating their electrolytic nature with (1:1) ratio. the conductance measurements in the range (146.2-152.8 s.cm 2 mole -1 ) for comp lexes co ii and zn ii , indicating their electrolytic nature with (1:2) ratio. while the molar conductance of the comp lex cr ii i was (231.5 s.cm 2 .mole -1 ), indicating its electrolytic nature with (1:3) raito [27]. the electronic absorp tion sp ectra figures 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 of the complexes cr ii i , co ii , ni ii , cu ii and zn ii , resp ectively were recorded at room temp erature using (dm f) solutions. t he absorp tion sp ectra for these comp lexes show intense p eaks in the range (274-281) nm, which may be related to the ligand field, while the p eaks in the range (350-372) nm, assigned to charge transfer. the (uv-vis) sp ectra of cr ii i and cu ii exhibited another p eaks at visible region at (873 and 825) nm, resp ectively. these p eaks were assigned to ( 4 a2g→ 2 t2g) and ( 2 b2g → 2 a1g) (d-d) transitions for comp lexes cr ii i and cu ii resp ectively, confirming a distorted octahedral geometries. the (uvvis) sp ectra of ni ii comp lex exhibited another two p eaks in the visible region at (677 and 833) nm. these p eaks were assigned to ( 3 a2g → 1 eg) (d-d) transition, confirming octahedral st ructure. oo o oh oh h 3c c cl o pyridine oo o o o o h c ch 3 c h3c o 1 23 4 5 6 7 oho ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 the (uv-vis) sp ectra of co ii comp lex exhibited two p eaks at visible region at (608 and 672) nm. these p eaks were assigned to ( 4 a2 → 4 t1(p)) (d-d) transitions, confirming tetrahedral geometry [25]. at last the (uv-vis) sp ectra of zn ii disp lay ed peak at (276) nm assigned to ligand field transition, since the metal ion of the comp ound belong to d 10 sy st em. the suggested st ructure of the comp lexes are shown in the (scheme 3). the results are summarized in table (3). re ferences 1.zümreoglu-karan, b. (2006) “t he coordination chemistry of vitamin c: an over review” coordination chemist ry reviews, 250:2295-2307. 2.gonz ález, m .j. et. al. (2005) “orthomolecular onco logy review: ascorbic acid and cancer 25 years l ater” integr ative cancer therapies, 4(1): 32-44. 3.ralp h, w.a. and bert, m . t. (1971) “sy nthesis of 5,6-oalky lidene derivatives of l-ascorbic acid by the orthoformate m ethod” org. prep . proced. int., 3(6):229. 4.jin, s. and m iao, x. (2008) “ 3-o-ethy l-l-ascorbic acid ” acta cry st., e64:o860. 5.sakagami, h.; asano, k.; fukuchi, k.; gom i, k.; ota, h.; kazama, k.; tanuma, s. and kochi, m . (1991) “induction of tumor degener ation by sodium benzy lidene ascorbate” ant icancer res., 11(4): 1533-1538. 6.pettersen, e.; larsen, r.; boerretzen, b.; dornish, j. and oftebro, r. (1991) “effect on protein sy nthesis and cell survival of the benzaldehyde derivatives ( sba) and the deuterated compound zilascorb (2h)” anticancer res. 11(3):1077. 7.semb, k.; fodstad, o.; klem, b.; b ibow, k.; osmundsen, k. and aamdal, s. (1997) “zilascorb(2h), a new reversible prot ein sy nthesis inhibitor: clinical study of an oral prep aration” ant icancer drugs, 8 (3):296. 8.satoh, k. and sakagami, h. (1997) “ effect of cy steine , n-acety l-l-cy steine and glutathione on cytotoxic activity of ant ioxidants” ant icancer res., 17 (3c): 2175. 9.nihro. y.; sagawa, s.; izumi, a.; sasamori, a.; sudo, t.; m iki, t.; m atsumoto, h. and satoh, t. (1992) “3-o-alky l ascorbic acid as free radical quen chers. 3.protective effect on coronary occlusion-reperfusion induced arrhy thmias in anesthetized rats” j. m ed. chem., 35(9):16181623. 10.tripathi, r. p.; singh, b.; bisht , s. s. and pandey , j. (2009) “ l-ascorbic acid in organic sy nthesis: an overview” current organic chemistry , 13: 99-122. 11.kojima, s.; yama guchi, h.; m orita, k. and ueno, y. (1995) “inhibitory effect of sodium 5,6benzy lidene ascorbate (sba) on t he elevation of m elanin biosy nthesis induced by ultravioleta (uv-a) light in cultured b-16 m elanoma cells” biol. pharm. bull., 18 (8):1076-1080. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 12.kishino, k.; hashimoto, k.; amano, o.; kochi, m .; liu, wk. and sakagami, h. (2008) “tumor-sp ecific cytotoxicity and typ e of cell death induced by sodium 5,6-benzy lidene-lascorbate” ant icancer res., 28(5a): 2577-2584. 13.ariy oshi-kishino, k.; hashimoto, k.; amano, o.; saitoh, j.; kochi, m . and sakagami, h. (2010) “tumor-sp ecific cytotoxicity and typ e of cell death induced by benzaldehy de” ant icancer res., 30(12):5069-5076. 14.takebayashi, j.; tai, a.; gohda, e. and yamamoto, i. (2006) “ characterization of the radical-scaven ging reaction of 2-o-subst itut ed ascorbic acid derivatives, aa-2g, aa-2p and aa-2s: kinetic and stoichiometric study ” biol. pharm. bull., 29 (4): 766-771. 15.austria, r.; semezato, a. and bett ero, a. (1997) “stability of vitamin c derivatives in solution and top ical formulations” j. pharma. b iomed. anal., 15(6):795-801. 16.chang, m . and chan g, c. (2005) “simu ltaneous voltammetric determination of ascorbic acid and its derivatives in cosmetics using epoxy -carbon comp osite electrodes” journal of food and drug analysis, 13 :-no.3, 205-211. 17.tajmir-riah i, h. a. (1990) “ coordination chemist ry of vitamin c. part i. interaction of lascorbic acid with alkaline earth m etal ions in the cry stalline so lid and aqueous solution” j. inorg. biochem., 40 :-181-188. 18.m artell, a. e. (1982) “in ascorbic acid: chemist ry , m etabolism and uses” american chemical society , washington, dc., 153-178. 19.ünalero ğlu, c.; m ert, y. and zümreo ğlu-karan, b. (2001) “sy nthesis and characterization of copp er ascorbate” sy nth. react. inorg. m et org. chem., 31 (9):1531-1543. 20.m orrison, rt. and boy d rn., (2007) "organic chemistry" 6 th ed, new york university . kemp, w. (1987) "organic sp ectroscopy " 2 nd ed, 144. 21.silv erstein, r. m .; bassler, g.c. and m orrill, t. c., (1981) “ sp ectrometric identification of organic compounds” 4 th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 22.sharma, y. r. (2009) “elementary organic sp ectroscopy ” m ulticolour edition, india. 23.fleming and williams, d. h., (1966) “sp ectroscop ic m ethods in organic chemistry ” ed. m cgraw hill publishing company ltd., london. 24.lever, a.b. p. (1984) “ inorganic electronic sp ectroscopy ” 2 nd ed, new york. 25.nakamoto, k. (1996) “ infrared sp ectra of inorganic and coordin ation compounds” 4 th edition, john wiely and sons, new york. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 26.geary, w. j. (1971) “the use of conductivity m easurements in organic so lvent for the characterisation of coordination comp ounds” coord. chem. rev., 7 :-81. table (1) :some physical propertie s of the complexes and its reactants quanti ties compound m. p c m . wt color weight of metal chloride( g)=(0.1 1)mmole weight of p roduct (g) yield % chlori de conten t m etal ion % prac.(the o.) derivative a 16 3 264 pa pale y ellow 2.93 39% [l] 12 4 348 yello w 3.78 57% [cr(l)2(h2o)2 ]cl3 10 8 890 .35 green 0.030 0.15 73% 11.6 (11.9) 5.60 (5.83) [co(l)2]cl2 10 7 825 .83 dark brown 0.027 0.13 68% 8.41 (8.58) 6.97 (7.13) [ni(l)2(cl)(h 2o)]cl 10 4 843 .60 green 0.027 0.10 51% 7.91 (8.40) 6.63 (6.95) [cu(l)2(cl)(h 2o)]cl 10 2 848 .40 brown 0.019 0.17 87% 8.19 (8.35) 7.36 (7.48) [zn(l)2(h2o)2 ]cl2 10 4 868 .31 yello w 0.015 0.11 55% 8.07 (8.16) 7.40 (7.53) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table (2) :ir spectral data of the ligand and its complexes compound (c=o) lactone (c=o) ester (c=c) lactone (c=c) aromatic m o ot her bands derivative a 1739 1604 1408 2981(ch)alip ha 3066(ch)aroma 3445(c(2)-oh) 3448(c(3)-oh) [l] 1739 1670 1627 1496 2927(ch)alip ha 3066(ch)aroma [cr(l)2(h2o)2]cl3 1732 1635 1608 1417 486 2935(ch)alip ha 3010(ch)aroma 3404, 898 h2o aqua [co(l)2]cl2 1732 1635 1616 1456 487 2926(ch)alip ha 3197(ch)aroma [ni(l)2(cl)(h2o)]cl 1732 1624 1622 1406 470 2852(ch)alip ha 2926(ch)aroma 3383, 920 h2o aqua [cu(l)2(cl)(h2o)]cl 1732 1635 1618 1409 493 2927(ch)alip ha 2983(ch)aroma 3456, 819 h2o aqua [zn(l)2(h2o)2]cl2 1734 1635 1618 1456 418 2997(ch)alip ha 3147(ch)aroma 3456, 925 h2o aqua ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table (3): electroni c s pectral data and conductance measurements of the ligand and its complexes compound λ(nm) εmax (molar -1 cm -1 ) λm (s.cm 2 . mol -1 ) ratio prop osed structure [l] 274 370 1887 870 [cr(l)2(h2o)2]c l3 274 350 873 1852 581 6 231.5 1:3 octahedral [co(l)2]cl2 281 360 608 672 2350 562 82 103 146.2 1:2 tetrahedral [ni(l)2(cl)(h2o )]cl 281 372 677 833 2409 570 22 9 77.5 1:1 octahedral [cu(l)2(cl)(h2 o)]cl 281 353 825 2428 522 28 84.6 1:1 octahedral [zn(l)2(h2o)2] cl2 276 1920 152.8 1:2 octahedral ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table (4): 1 h nmr data for the ligand measured in dmso and che mical shift in ppm(δ) o o o o o o h c h3c c h3c o o o o o o o o h c ch3 c ch3 o o m x y cln octahedral m= cr iii , x=y=h2o,n=3 ni ii and cu ii , x=cl, y=h2o,n=1 zn ii , x=y=h2o,n=2 comp ound δ(c(6) h) δ (c(5)h) δ (c(4)h) δ (c(7)-h) δ (-ch3) δ (c-h) aromatic δ (oh) derivative a 3.94.0 4.1 4.4 5.6 5.7 6.2 7.3 -7.9 10 ligand [l] 4.0 4.1 4.3 5.1 5.4 5.7 6.1 1.7 2.3 7.4 8.5 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 o o o o o o h c h3c c h 3 c o o o o o o o o h c ch3 c ch3 o o co cl2 tetrahedral s cheme (3) :the suggested structure for the complexes ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 fig.(1): the ir. s pectrum of the derivative [a] fig.(2): the 1 h nmr s pectrum of the de rivative [a] fig.(3): the ir. s pectrum of the ligand [l] fig.(4) :the 1 h nmr s pectrum of the ligand [l] fig.(5): the uv-vis s pectrum of the ligand [l] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 fig.(6) :the ir. s pectrum for [cr(l)2(h2o)2]cl fig.(7) :the ir. s pectrum for [co(l)2]cl 2 fig.(8) :the ir. s pectrum for [ni(l)2(cl )(h2o)]cl fig.(9):the ir. s pectrum for [cu(l)2(cl )(h2o)]cl fig.(10): the ir. s pectrum for [zn(l)2(h2o)2]cl 2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 fig.(11): the uv-vis s pectrum for [cr(l)2(h2o)2]cl 3 fig.(12) :the uv-vis s pectrum for [co(l)2]cl 2 fig.(13): the uv-vis s pectrum for [ni (l)2(cl )(h2o)]cl ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 fig.(14): the uv-vis s pectrum for [cu(l)2(cl )(h2o)]cl fig.(15): the uv-vis s pectrum for [zn( l)2(h2o)2]cl 2 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ند جدیداتشخیص لیكتحضیر و 2,3-o-di acetyl-5,6-o-benzylidene l -ascorbic acid أیونات العناصرومعقداته مع cr(iii), co(ii), ni(ii),cu(ii),zn(ii) أسراء شكیب عبد الرزاق القاضي بن الهیثم، جامعة بغدادا ة، كلیة التربیقسم الكیمیاء الخالصة o2([2,3-o-di acety( ند جدید من نوعاتضمن البحث تحضیر لیك l-5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbicacid] m]الصیغة يومعقداته ذ (l)2(x)(y)]cln حضر المشتق الخطوة االولى، حضر بخطوتین نداهذا اللیك [5,6-o-benzy lidene-l-ascorbic acid] (a) . المشــتق(a) والبریـــدین یلاتفاعــل بـــالخطوة الثانیــة مــع كلوریـــد االســت تــم zn(ii) و cr(iii), co(ii), ni(ii),cu(ii)معقـدات العناصــر . نــد المطلــوباللحصــول علـى اللیك الالمـائي كقاعــده االشـعة (ق الطیفیـة ائـالطر المعنـد ومعقداتـه باسـتاشـخص اللیك. نـد اتحضیرها من التفاعل المباشر بین ملح كلوریـد الفلـز مـع اللیك التحلیــل الـــدقیق للعناصــر والتوصـــیلیة ). [a]وللمشـــتق [l]نــد افـــوق البنفســجیة والـــرنین النــووي المغناطیســـي للیك، تحــت الحمــراء ,cr(iii)ومـن النتـائج اعـاله فـأن الشــكل الفراغـي للعناصـر . نــداللیك (c.h.n)االنصـهار وقیـاس قیـاس درجـات، الكهربائیـة ni(ii),cu(ii)و zn(ii) هي ثمانیة السطوح بینما معقدco(ii) كان الشكل الفراغي هو رباعي السطوح. .ر المضاد للسرطانالتأثی، معقدات األسكوربیت، حامض األسكوربیك، بنزالیدین، أستر :الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 167-177     167   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 strongly 𝓚-nonsingular modules tha'ar younis ghawi thar.younis@qu.edu.iq department of mathematics, college of education, al-qadisiyah university al-qadisiyah, iraq. article history: received 12 august 2018, accepted 26 september 2018, publish january 2019 abstract a submodule n of a module m is said to be s-essential if it has nonzero intersection with any nonzero small submodule in m. in this article, we introduce and study a class of modules in which all its nonzero endomorphisms have non-s-essential kernels, named, strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. we investigate some properties of strongly 𝒦-nonsigular modules. direct summand, direct sums and some connections of such modules are discussed. keywords: modules; s-essential submodules; nonsingular modules; strongly 𝒦-nonsigular modules. 1. introduction a proper submodule n of a module m is said to be small if for any submodule k of m with 𝑁 𝐾 𝑀 implies 𝐾 𝑀[1]. a nonzero module m is called hollow if all its proper submodules are small [2]. the dual concept of small submodule is an essential submodule, where a nonzero submodule n of a module m is called essential if for any submodule k of m with 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 0 implies 𝐾 0. a nonzero r-module m is said to be uniform if all its nonzero submodules are essential [3]. as mixing of concepts small and essential submodules, we introduced the following class of submodules. a submodule n of m is said to be s-essential if for any small k in m with 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 0 implies 𝐾 0 [4]. it is clear essential submdules implies s-essential. roman c.s. in [5], recall that an r-module m is called 𝒦-nonsigular if for any endomorphism 𝜑 of m which has essential kernel, 𝜑 0. 𝒦-a nonsingular module is studied in detail by [6]. in this research, we introduced concept of strongly 𝒦-nonsigular modules which is stronger than 𝒦-nonsigular modules. an r-module m is said to be strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if for each endomorphism of m which has s-essential kernel, is zero. in section 2, we give some characterizations and properties of this concept. in section 3, we proved a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module is inherited by direct summands. also, we give a condition for finite direct sums of strongly 𝒦-nonsigular modules to be strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. several connections between strongly 𝒦-nonsigular and other classes, also some examples are proved in section 4. throughout this work, all rings are associative with identity and all modules are unitary right r-modules. for a right r-module m, the notations𝑁 ⊆ 𝑀, 𝑁 𝑀, 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀, 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀, 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀 or 𝑁 ⨁ 𝑀 denotes that n is a subset, a submodule, a small submodule, an essential submodule, a s-essential submodule, or direct summand of m,     168   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 respectively. also, for 𝑁 𝑀, we denote the endomorphism ring of m by 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , 𝑟 𝑁 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅| 𝑁𝑟 0 and 𝑁: 𝑀 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅| 𝑀𝑟 ⊆ 𝑁 . starting, we will state some properties of s-essential submodules in [4, prop. 2.7] which needed in this work. proposition 1: let m be a module. then; (1) assume 𝑁, 𝐾, 𝐿 are submodules of m with 𝐾 𝑁. 𝑖 if 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑀, then 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑁 and 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀. 𝑖𝑖 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀 and 𝐿 ⊴ 𝑀 if and only if 𝑁 ∩ 𝐿 ⊴ 𝑀. (2) if 𝜑: 𝑀 → 𝑀 is a homomorphism with 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑀, then 𝜑 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑀. (3) if 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑀 ⊆ 𝑀, 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑀 ⊆ 𝑀 and 𝑀 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 . then 𝐾 ⨁𝐾 ⊴ 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 if and only if 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑀 for 𝑖 1,2. 2. strongly 𝓚-nonsigular modules in this section, we introduce the class of strongly 𝒦-nonsigular modules as a stronger class of 𝒦-nonsigular modules. several various properties are proved. definition 2. an r-module m is said to be strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if for all 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 with 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 is s-essential in m, implies 𝜑 0. also, a ring r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if it is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module. for 𝑁 𝑀, if 𝐻𝑜𝑚 , 𝑀 0 then n is called quasi-invertible [7]. firstly, we are now in a position to give a characterization the notion of strongly 𝒦-nonsigular modules. theorem 3. a module m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if and only if all its s-essential submodules are quasi-invertible. proof. assume m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module. let 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀 and n is not quasiinvertible, i.e. 𝐻𝑜𝑚 , 𝑀 0, so there exists 0 𝜑: → 𝑀. consider 𝜓 𝜑 ∘ 𝜋 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , where 𝜋 is a natural epimorphism map. it is clear that 𝑁 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓, but 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀, this implies 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 ⊴ 𝑀, and hence 𝜓 0, as m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular, thus 𝜑 0, a contradiction. therefore 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀 and n is quasi-invertible. conversely, let 0 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 . if 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊴ 𝑀, so by hypothesis 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 is quasi-invertible. but, we can define a homomorphism ℎ: → 𝑀 by ℎ 𝑚 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 𝑓 𝑚 for all 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀. so ℎ 0 and hence 𝐻𝑜𝑚 , 𝑀 0 which is a contradiction with 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 is quasi-invertible. therefore 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⋬ 𝑀 and m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module. ∎ corollary 4. let m be a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module. if 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀, then 𝑟 𝑁 𝑟 𝑀 . proof. assume 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀, then by previous theorem, n is a quasi-invertible submodule, and so 𝑟 𝑁 𝑟 𝑀 by [7, prop. 1.1.4]. ∎     169   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proposition 5. let m be an r-module, 𝑅∗ 𝑅 𝐴⁄ and 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑟 𝑀 . then m is a strongly 𝒦nonsingular r-module if and only if m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular 𝑅∗-module. proof. assume 𝜋: 𝑅 → 𝑅∗ is a natural epimorphism, so by [8, ex. p.51] 𝐻𝑜𝑚 , 𝑀 𝐻𝑜𝑚 ∗ , 𝑀 for each submodule n of m. so, the result is follow. ∎ proposition 6. let m be a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module with 𝑀 𝑋⁄ is a projective module for all 𝑋 ⊴ 𝑀. then 𝑀 𝐴⁄ is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module, for all 𝐴 ⊴ 𝑀. proof. for 𝐵 𝐴 ⊴ 𝑀 𝐴⁄⁄ , to prove that 𝐻𝑜𝑚 ⁄ ⁄ , 0, that is; 𝐻𝑜𝑚 , 0. if false, so there is a nonzero homomorphism 𝜑: → . note that 𝐵 ⊴ 𝑀 (in fact, 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑀 with 𝐴 ⊴ 𝑀), so by hypothesis 𝑀 𝐵⁄ is projective, hence there is a homomorphism 𝜓: → 𝑀 such that 𝜑 𝜋 ∘ 𝜓. it is clear 𝜓 0, this implies 𝐻𝑜𝑚 , 𝑀 0 with 𝐵 ⊴ 𝑀, is a contradiction with m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. thus 𝜑 0 and 𝑀 𝐴⁄ is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module. ∎ definition 7. let m be a module, define the 𝑠-𝒦-nonsigular submodule of m by 𝑍 𝒦 𝑀 ∑ 𝐼𝑚𝜑∈ , where 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 and 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⊴ 𝑀. now, we will give another characterization for a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module as follows. proposition 8. let m be a module. then m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if and only if 𝑍 𝒦 𝑀 0. proof. if m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module, then for all 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 with 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⊴ 𝑀, implies 𝐼𝑚𝜑 0, and hence 𝑍 𝒦 𝑀 ∑ 𝐼𝑚𝜑 0∈ , where 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 and 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⊴ 𝑀. conversely, assume 𝑍 𝒦 𝑀 0. let 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 such that 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 ⊴ 𝑀, then 𝐼𝑚𝜓 ⊆ 𝑍 𝒦 𝑀 and so 𝜓 0. hence m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module. ∎ let m be a module, recall that a submodule n is supplement of 𝐾 𝑀 if, n is a minimal in the set of submodules 𝐿 𝑀 with 𝐾 𝐿 𝑀 (equivalently, n is supplement of 𝐾 𝑀 if and only if 𝐾 𝑁 𝑀 and 𝐾 ∩ 𝑁 ≪ 𝑁) [9]. we say that a submodule n of a module m is a supplement if it is a supplement for some submodule l of m. the transitive property of s-essential submodules need not be hold, see [4, ex. 2.8]. so, we will give a condition for which the transitive property is hold of s-essential submodules. lemma 9. let m be a module, and let n is a supplement submodule in m with 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑁 ⊆ 𝑀. if 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑁 and 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀, then 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑀. proof. assume 𝐿 ≪ 𝑀 with 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿 0. if 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑁, but n is a supplement in m, then by [10, prop. 20.2] 𝐿 ≪ 𝑁, and hence 𝐿 0, since 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑁. now, if 𝐿 ⊈ 𝑁. we have 𝐿 ∩ 𝑁 ⊆ 𝑁 ⊆ 𝑀, but (𝐿 ≪ 𝑀 implies 𝐿 ∩ 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀), thus again by [10, prop. 20.2] 𝐿 ∩ 𝑁 ≪ 𝑁, since n is a supplement in m. but 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿 ∩ 𝑁 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿 0 and 𝐾 ⊴ 𝑁, this implies 𝐿 ∩ 𝑁 0, and hence 𝐿 0, as 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀 . ∎ now, we present the following proposition.     170   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proposition 10. let m be a quasi-injective r-module, and let n is a s-essential and supplement submodule in m. if m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module, then so is n. proof. let 0 𝑓: 𝑁 → 𝑁 be a homomrphism. since m is a quasi-injective module, there exists 0 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 such that 𝑖 ∘ 𝑓 𝜑 ∘ 𝑖, where 𝑖: 𝑁 → 𝑀 is an inclusion map. as m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular, we get 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⋬ 𝑀. clearly, 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 then 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⋬ 𝑀. if 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊴ 𝑁, and since 𝑁(supplement) ⊴ 𝑀, so by previous lemma, 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊴ 𝑀, is a contradiction. therefore 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⋬ 𝑁, and n is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module. ∎ a quasi-injective module 𝑀 is called quasi-injective hull of a module m if, there exists a monomorphism 𝜑: 𝑀 → 𝑀 with 𝐼𝑚𝜑 ⊴ 𝑀 [11]. corollary 11. let 𝑀 be a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module. if m is a supplement in 𝑀, then m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. next, we will study the behavior of s-essential submodule and strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module under localization. firstly, we have the following lemma. lemma 12. let m be a module, 𝑁 𝐾 𝑀 and let s is a multiplicative closed subset of r, provided 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝐿 iff 𝐿 𝐿 for all 𝐿 , 𝐿 𝑀. then the following hold. 𝑖 𝑁 ≪ 𝐾 in m as r-module if and only if 𝑆 𝑁 ≪ 𝑆 𝐾 in 𝑆 𝑀 as 𝑆 𝑅-module. 𝑖𝑖 𝑁 ⊴ 𝐾 in m as r-module if and only if 𝑆 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑆 𝐾 in 𝑆 𝑀 as 𝑆 𝑅-module. proof. 𝑖 assume 𝑁 ≪ 𝐾 𝑀. let 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝐾 with 𝑆 𝑁 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝐾, where 𝐿 𝐾. but we have 𝑆 𝑁 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝑁 𝐿 , so 𝑆 𝑁 𝐿 𝑆 𝐾, and hence 𝑁 𝐿 𝐾 by hypothesis, thus 𝐿 𝐾, as 𝑁 ≪ 𝐾. therefore 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝐾, and so 𝑆 𝑁 ≪ 𝑆 𝐾 in 𝑆 𝑀. conversely, if 𝑁 𝐿 𝐾 where 𝐿 𝐾. then 𝑆 𝑁 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝑁 𝐿 𝑆 𝐾, and hence 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝐾, as 𝑆 𝑁 ≪ 𝑆 𝐾. by hypothesis, 𝐿 𝐾, and so 𝑁 ≪ 𝐾 in m. 𝑖𝑖 if 𝑁 ⊴ 𝐾 𝑀. let 𝑆 𝐿 ≪ 𝑆 𝐾 such that 𝑆 𝑁 ∩ 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 0, where 𝐿 𝐾. by 𝑖 , 𝐿 ≪ 𝐾. but, we have 𝑆 𝑁 ∩ 𝐿 𝑆 𝑁 ∩ 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 0, 𝑁 ∩ 𝐿 0 by hypothesis. as 𝑁 ⊴ 𝐾 and 𝐿 ≪ 𝐾 implies 𝐿 0, thus 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 0. conversely, suppose 𝑁 ∩ 𝐿 0 where 𝐿 ≪ 𝐾, implies 𝑆 𝐿 ≪ 𝑆 𝐾, by 𝑖 . so 𝑆 𝑁 ∩ 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝑁 ∩ 𝐿 𝑆 0, thus 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 0, as 𝑆 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑆 𝐾. by hypothesis, 𝐿 0. ∎ however, we get the following result. proposition 13. let m be an r-module, and let s is a multiplicative closed subset of r such that 𝑆 𝐿 𝑆 𝐾 iff 𝐿 𝐾 for all 𝐿, 𝐾 𝑀. then m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module, whenever 𝑆 𝑀 is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular 𝑆 𝑅-module. proof. assume 0 𝑔 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 . we can define an 𝑆 𝑅-homomorphism 𝑆 𝑔: 𝑆 𝑀 → 𝑆 𝑀 such that 𝑆 𝑔 for each 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑆. it is clear 𝑆 𝑔 0, so 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑆 𝑔 ⋬ 𝑆 𝑀, as 𝑆 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. also, it is easy to see that 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑆 𝑔 𝑆 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 , this implies that 𝑆 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⋬ 𝑆 𝑀, and hence by lemma 12 𝑖𝑖 , 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⋬ 𝑀. ∎     171   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proposition 14. let m be an r-module, and let p is a maximal ideal of r. if 𝑀 is a strongly 𝒦nonsigular 𝑅 -module, then m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module. recall that an r-module m is called multiplication if for each submodule n of m, 𝑁 𝑀𝐼 for some ideal i of r (equivalently, m a multiplication if and only if 𝑁 𝑀. 𝑁: 𝑀 ) [12]. if 𝑟 𝑀 0, then m is called a faithful r-module. an r-module m is said to be scalar if for any 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , 𝜑 𝑚 𝑚𝑟 for some 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, and for all 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 [13]. now, we will studied the strongly 𝒦-nonsigular property for rings and modules. but, in a position we need the following lemma. lemma 15. the following holds, for faithful multiplication r-module m. 𝑖 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀 if and only if 𝐼 ≪ 𝑅, where 𝑁 𝑀𝐼. 𝑖𝑖 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀 if and only if 𝐼 ⊴ 𝑅, where 𝑁 𝑀𝐼. proof. 𝑖 assume that 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀. let j be any ideal of r with 𝐼 𝐽 𝑅, so 𝑀 𝐼 𝐽 𝑀𝑅, that is; 𝑁 𝑀𝐽 𝑀, but 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀 implies 𝑀𝐽 𝑀, and so 𝐽 𝑅, since m is a faithful multiplication r-module. thus 𝐼 ≪ 𝑅. conversely, let 𝐾 𝑀 with 𝑁 𝐾 𝑀. as m is multiplication, 𝐾 𝑀𝐽 for some 𝐽 𝑅. hence 𝑀 𝐼 𝐽 𝑁 𝐾 𝑀 𝑀𝑅, but m is a faithful multiplication rmodule, so 𝐼 𝐽 𝑅, thus 𝐽 𝑅 (since 𝐼 ≪ 𝑅). therefore, 𝐾 𝑀𝐽 𝑀𝑅 𝑀, and hence 𝑁 ≪ 𝑀. 𝑖𝑖 let 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀. suppose that 𝐽 ≪ 𝑅 with 𝐼 ∩ 𝐽 0, then 𝑁 ∩ 𝑀𝐽 𝑀𝐼 ∩ 𝑀𝐽 𝑀 𝐼 ∩ 𝐽 0, but by 𝑖 , 𝑀𝐽 ≪ 𝑀, hence 𝑀𝐽 0, implies 𝐽 0 (since m is faithful). thus 𝐼 ⊴ 𝑅. conversely, let 𝐾 ≪ 𝑀 such that 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 0. since m is multiplication, then there is a small ideal j of r with 𝐾 𝑀𝐽, by 𝑖 . hence 𝑀 𝐼 ∩ 𝐽 𝑀𝐼 ∩ 𝑀𝐽 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 0, so by faithfulty for m, we get 𝐼 ∩ 𝐽 0, then 𝐽 0, as 𝐽 ≪ 𝑅 and 𝐼 ⊴ 𝑅. thus 𝐾 𝑀𝐽 0, and so 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀. ∎ proposition 16. let m be a faithful multiplication r-module. if m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular rmodule, then r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. the converse hold, whenever m is finitely generated. proof. assume that m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module. let 0 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑅 . for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, we know 𝜑 𝑎 𝑎. 𝜑 1 . we can define 𝜓: 𝑀 → 𝑀 by 𝜓 𝑚 𝑚. 𝜑 1 for all 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀. it is easy to see 𝜓 is well-defined and homomorphism. if 𝜓 0, then 𝑀. 𝜑 1 0, hence 𝜑 1 ∈ 𝑟 𝑀 0, so 𝜑 0 which is a contradiction. hence 0 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , and so 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 ⋬ 𝑀, as m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. since m is a multiplication r-module, 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 𝑀. 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓: 𝑀 . but, we have 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓: 𝑀 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑, to see this: if 𝑟 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓: 𝑀 , 𝑀𝑟 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓, so 𝜓 𝑀𝑟 𝑀𝑟. 𝜑 1 𝑀. 𝜑 𝑟 0, hence 𝜑 𝑟 ∈ 𝑟 𝑀 0, thus 𝑟 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑. now, if 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑, 𝜑 𝑥 𝑥. 𝜑 1 0 hence 𝑀𝑥. 𝜑 1 0, so 𝜓 𝑀𝑥 0 implies 𝑀𝑥 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓, thus 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓: 𝑀 . since 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 ⋬ 𝑀, so 𝑀. 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓: 𝑀 ⋬ 𝑀, so by lemma 15 𝑖𝑖 , 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓: 𝑀 ⋬ 𝑅, which hence 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⋬ 𝑅, therefore r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. conversely, let 0 𝑔 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 . if m is finitely generated multiplication r-module, then m is a scalar r-module, by [14, th. 2.3]. hence 𝑔 𝑚 𝑚𝑟 for some 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, and for all 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀. it follows that ℎ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑅 defined by ℎ 𝑥 𝑥𝑟 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅. note ℎ 1 1. 𝑟 𝑟 0 (in fact, if 𝑟 0 implies 𝑔 0), and hence 0 ℎ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑅 , but r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular, then 𝑘𝑒𝑟ℎ ⋬ 𝑅. on the other hand, we have     172   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝑘𝑒𝑟ℎ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔: 𝑀 which implies 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔: 𝑀 ⋬ 𝑅, and hence 𝑀. 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔: 𝑀 ⋬ 𝑀, by lemma 15 𝑖𝑖 , thus 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⋬ 𝑀, and m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module. ∎ next, proved that the property of strongly 𝒦-nonsigular of modules is inherited by isomorphism. proposition 17. for two modules 𝑀 and 𝑀 , if 𝑀 ≅ 𝑀 then 𝑀 is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module, whenever 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. proof. since 𝑀 ≅ 𝑀 , there exists an isomorphism 𝑓: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑀 . assume 𝑀 is a strongly 𝒦nonsigular module. let 𝑔 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 such that 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⊴ 𝑀 . consider 𝜓 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , where 𝑓 : 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑀 isomorphism. now, we have 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 𝑓 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 , to see this: 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 | 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓 𝑥 0 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 | 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 0 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 | 𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 | 𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 𝑓 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 . by proposition 1.1(2), we get 𝑓 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⊴ 𝑀 , (since 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⊴ 𝑀 ), this implies 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 ⊴ 𝑀 and hence 𝜓 0, as 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. thus, 0 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 𝐼𝑚𝑓 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 𝑀 , thus 𝐼𝑚𝑔 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 0. therefore 𝑔 0. ∎ proposition 18. let m be a faithful scalar r-module. then r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if and only if 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. proof. since m is a scalar r-module, then by [15, lemma 3.6.2] 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 ≅ 𝑅 𝑟 𝑀⁄ , but m is faithful, hence 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 ≅ 𝑅. by proposition 17, the result is follow. ∎ proposition 19. let m be a faithful multiplication r-module. if r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular, then 𝑟 𝑁 𝑟 𝑀 for all 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀. proof. as m is a faithful multiplication r-module, if 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀, there is 𝐼 ⊴ 𝑅 with 𝑁 𝑀𝐼, by lemma 15 𝑖𝑖 . for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑟 𝑁 , 𝑁𝑟 0, then 𝑀𝐼. 𝑟 0, hence 𝐼𝑟 ⊆ 𝑟 𝑀 0, so 𝑟 ∈ 𝑟 𝐼 implies 𝑟 𝑁 𝑟 𝐼 . since r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular with 𝐼 ⊴ 𝑅, then i is a quasi-invertible ideal (by theorem 2.2), so 𝑟 𝐼 𝑟 𝑅 0 by [7, prop. 1.1.4]. hence 𝑟 𝑁 0 𝑟 𝑀 . ∎ 3. direct summand and direct sums we start with following result. proposition 20. let m be a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module, and 𝐴 𝑀. if 𝐴 ⊴ 𝐵 ⨁ 𝑀, then 𝐵 𝐵 for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 . proof. consider 𝜌 : 𝑀 ⟶ 𝐵 is the canonical projection map, for 𝑖 1,2. we have 𝜌 𝐴 𝐴 𝜌 𝐴 . since 1 𝜌 𝜌 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , so we have 1 𝜌 𝜌 𝐴 1 𝜌 𝜌 𝐴 1 𝜌 𝜌 𝐴 1 𝜌 𝜌 𝐴 0 (since 𝜌 is an idempotent), then 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 1 𝜌 𝜌 . now, 𝐵 ⨁ 𝑀, so 𝑀 𝐵 ⨁𝐵 for some 𝐵 𝑀. hence 1 𝜌 𝜌 𝐵 1 𝜌 𝜌 𝐵 1 𝜌 0 0, thus 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 1 𝜌 𝜌 . therefore 𝐵 ⨁𝐴 ⊆ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 1 𝜌 𝜌 . on the other hand, 𝐵 ⊴ 𝐵 and 𝐴 ⊴ 𝐵 , then 𝐵 ⨁𝐴 ⊴ 𝐵 ⨁𝐵 𝑀 by proposition 1 (3), and     173   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 so 𝑘𝑒𝑟 1 𝜌 𝜌 ⊴ 𝑀 which implies 1 𝜌 𝜌 0, as m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. hence 𝜌 𝜌 𝜌 , so 𝐵 𝜌 𝐵 𝜌 𝜌 𝐵 𝜌 𝜌 𝐵 𝜌 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐵 . similarly, taking 1 𝜌 𝜌 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , and we get 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐵 . ∎ based on our result, we prove that direct summands of a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module inherit the property. proposition 21. a direct summand of a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. proof. let 𝑀 be a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module, and 𝐴 ⨁ 𝑀, so 𝑀 𝐴⨁𝐵 for some 𝐵 𝑀. assume that 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝐴 such that 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊴ 𝐴. consider ℎ 𝑖 ∘ 𝑓 ∘ 𝜌 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , where 𝜌 is the canonical projection map onto 𝐴, and i is the inclusion map from 𝐴 to 𝑀. so, we have 𝐾𝑒𝑟ℎ 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓⨁𝐵, to see this: for 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟ℎ, 𝑥 𝑎 𝑏 where 𝑎 ∈ 𝐴 and 𝑏 ∈ 𝐵 with ℎ 𝑥 0, so 𝑓 𝑎 𝑖 ∘ 𝑓 𝑎 𝑖 ∘ 𝑓 𝜌 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥 0, then 𝑎 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓, and hence 𝑥 𝑎 𝑏 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 𝐵, that is; 𝑘𝑒𝑟ℎ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 𝐵. on the other hand, 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ∩ 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 0, which implies 𝑘𝑒𝑟ℎ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓⨁𝐵. since 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊴ 𝐴 and 𝐵 ⊴ 𝐵, then 𝑘𝑒𝑟ℎ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓⨁𝐵 ⊴ 𝐴⨁𝐵 𝑀 by proposition 1.1(3). thus ℎ 0, as m strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. hence 𝐼𝑚𝑓 𝑓 𝐴 𝑖 ∘ 𝑓 𝐴 𝑖 ∘ 𝑓 𝜌 𝑀 ℎ 𝑀 0. therfore 𝑓 0 and 𝐴 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. ∎ definition 22. let m and n be two r-modules. then m is called strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to n if, every 𝜑 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚 𝑀, 𝑁 such that 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⊴ 𝑀, implies 𝜑 0. obviously, m is strongly 𝒦nonsigular if and only if m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to m. proposition 23. if m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module. for 𝑁 𝑀, m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to n. proof. if 𝑁 𝑀, clear that m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to n. assume that 𝑁 𝑀, if 𝜓 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚 𝑀, 𝑁 with 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 ⊴ 𝑀. consider ℎ 𝑖 ∘ 𝜓, where 𝑖 is the inclusion map from n to m. so ℎ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 such that 𝑘𝑒𝑟ℎ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 ⊴ 𝑀, then ℎ 0, as m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular, hence 𝐼𝑚𝜓 𝜓 𝑀 𝑖 𝜓 𝑀 ℎ 𝑀 0, thus 𝜓 0. ∎ lemma 24. for a module m, if 𝑁 ⊴ 𝐾 𝑀 for 𝑖 ∈∧ 1,2, … , 𝑛 , then ⋂ 𝑁 ⊴ ⋂ 𝐾 . proof. consider the case when the index set ∧ 1,2 . let 𝑋 ≪ 𝐾 ∩ 𝐾 with 𝑁 ∩ 𝑁 ∩ 𝑋 0, then 𝑁 ∩ 𝑁 ∩ 𝑋 0. since 𝑋 ≪ 𝐾 ∩ 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐾 , then 𝑋 ≪ 𝐾 and hence 𝑁 ∩ 𝑋 ≪ 𝐾 implies 𝑁 ∩ 𝑋 0, as 𝑁 ⊴ 𝐾 . also, 𝑋 ≪ 𝐾 and 𝑁 ⊴ 𝐾 , hence 𝑋 0. thus 𝑁 ∩ 𝑁 ⊴ 𝐾 ∩ 𝐾 .∎ theorem 25. let 𝑀 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 be an r-module. then m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if and only if 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to 𝑀 , for 𝑖, 𝑗 ∈ 1,2 . proof. assume 𝑀 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module. by proposition 21, 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular, for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 . hence 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to 𝑀 , for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 . now, let 𝜑 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚 𝑀 , 𝑀 such that 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⊴ 𝑀 . consider 𝜓 𝑖 ∘ 𝜑 ∘ 𝜌 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , where 𝜌 is     174   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the canonical projection map onto 𝑀 , 𝑖: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑀 is the inclusion map. clearly, 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑⨁𝑀 , so 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜓 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑⨁𝑀 ⊴ 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 𝑀, hence 𝜓 0 (since m is strongly 𝒦nonsigular). thus, 𝜑 0 and so 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to 𝑀 . 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦nonsigular relative to 𝑀 , similarly. conversely, if 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 such that 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊴ 𝑀, so we have 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ∩ 𝑀 ⊴ 𝑀 , by lemma 24. consider 𝑓| : 𝑀 → 𝑀 which defined by 𝑓| 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 0 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀. we have 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓| 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ∩ 𝑀 as follows: if 𝑎 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ∩ 𝑀 then 0 𝑓 𝑎 𝑓 𝑎 0 𝑓| 𝑎 and 𝑎 ∈ 𝑀 , thus 𝑎 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓| . now, if 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓| then 0 𝑓| 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 0 𝑓 𝑥 , so 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ∩ 𝑀 . consider 𝑔 𝜌 ∘ 𝑓| , where 𝜌 is the canonical projection map onto 𝑀 , for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 . to prove that 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓| ⋂ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 . if 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓| , 0 𝑓| 𝑥 , so 𝑔 𝑥 𝜌 ∘ 𝑓| 𝑥 𝜌 𝑓| 𝑥 𝜌 0 0, this implies 𝑥 ∈ ⋂ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 . now, if 𝑥 ∈ ⋂ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 , so 𝑔 𝑥 0 ⇒ 𝜌 𝑓| 𝑥 0 ⇒ 𝑓| 𝑥 ∈ ⋂ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜌 𝑀 ∩ 𝑀 0 ⇒ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓| for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 . so ⋂ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓| 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ∩ 𝑀 ⊴ 𝑀 , hence by proposition 1, 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⊴ 𝑀 and 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑔 ⊴ 𝑀 . by hypothesis, 𝑔 0 ⇒ 𝜌 𝐼𝑚 𝑓| 0 ⇒ 𝐼𝑚𝑓| ⊆ ⋂ 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜌 0 for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 , implies 𝑓| 0. similarly, we obtain ℎ 𝜌 ∘ 𝑓| 0 for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 , and hence 𝑓| 0. so 𝑓| 0 for 𝑖 ∈ 1,2 . therefore 𝑓 0, and 𝑀 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. ∎ corollary 26. if 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 . then m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module if and only if 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular relative to 𝑀 , for 𝑖, 𝑗 ∈ 1,2, … , 𝑛 . proposition 27. let 𝑀 𝑀 𝑀 be an r-module, where 𝑀 , 𝑀 𝑀. if ∩ is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module, then both of and is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. proof. we have ∩ ∩ ∩ ∩ , also ∩ ∩ ∩ ∩ ∩ 0 ∩ , thus ∩ ∩ ⨁ ∩ . as ∩ is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular, so by proposition 3.2, ∩ is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular for 𝑖 1,2. but, we have ∩ ≅ and ∩ ≅ , so by proposition 16, and are strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. ∎ 4. connections to other topics in this section, we can prove some relations between strongly 𝒦-nonsigular modules and other classes of modules, such examples, semisimple, rickart, quasi-dedekind and prime modules. example 28. every module has no nonzero small submodule, all its submodules are s-essential, and hence does not strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. notice, every submodule in 𝑍 is s-essential, because the zero is the only small submodule of 𝑍 , hence 𝑍 is not strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. in particular, every simple (semisimple) module is not strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. but, we know every semisimple module is 𝒦-nonsigular.     175   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 remark 29. it is clear that every strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module is 𝒦-nonsigular, but the converse need not be true, in general, a semisimple module is 𝒦-nonsigular but not strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. lemma 30. let m be a hollow (not simple) module, and 𝐴 𝑀. then 𝐴 is essential if and only if 𝐴 is s-essential. proof. ⇒ clear. ⇐ assume 0 𝐴 ⊴ 𝑀 such that 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 0, where 𝐵 𝑀. if 𝐵 𝑀, then 𝐴 0, a contradiction. thus b is a proper in m, hence 𝐵 ≪ 𝑀 (since m is hollow), and so 𝐵 0, as 𝐴 ⊴ 𝑀. therfore 𝐴 ⊴ 𝑀. ∎ however, we consider the following proposition by lemma 30. proposition 31. let m be a hollow (not simple) module. then m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular if and only if m is 𝒦-nonsigular. an r-module m is said to be rickart if 𝑟 𝜑 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝜑 is a direct summand of m for each 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 [16]. recall that an r-module m is quasi-dedekind if, for any 0 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , is a monomorphism (i.e. 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 0) [7]. obviously, rickart, quasi-dedekind modules are 𝒦-nonsigular. note that the z-module 𝑍 is semisimple, so it is rickart, but not strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. also we know 𝑍 is quasi-dedekind, but it is not strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. however, we have the following corollary which follows by proposition 4.4. corollary 32. for a hollow (not simple) module m. if m is rickart (or quasi-dedekind), then m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. lemma 33. let m be an r-module. if 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 is a regular ring, then m is rickart. proof. assume 𝜑 ∈ 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 . since 𝑆 is a regular ring, so 𝜑 a regular element, thus 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⨁ 𝑀, by [17, cor. 3.2]. hence m is a rickart module. ∎ corollary 34. if m is a hollow (not simple) r-module with 𝑆 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 is a regular ring, then m is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. proof. it follows directly by lemma 33 and corollary 34. ∎ lemma 35. if m is a uniform module has nonzero small submodule, then s-essential submodule implies essential. proof. assume 𝑋 𝑀. put 𝑋 0. let n be a nonzero small submodule of m, then 𝑋 ∩ 𝑁 0 which implies 𝑋 ⋬ 𝑀. hence the result is obtained. ∎ note that z-module z is uniform, the zero submodule of 𝑍 is s-essential but not essential (in fact, 0 is the only small submodule of 𝑍 ). however, we have the following.     176   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proposition 36. let m be a uniform module has nonzero small submodule. then m is strongly 𝒦nonsigular if and only if m is 𝒦-nonsigular. proof. it follows by lemma 35. ∎ recall [18], a module m is called prime if for all nonzero submodule n of m, 𝑟 𝑁 𝑟 𝑀 . mijbass in [7, th. 2.3.14], presented the following theorem. theorem 37. a module 𝑀 is uniform quasi-dedekind if and only if it is uniform prime. proposition 38. let 𝑀 be a uniform r-module has nonzero small submodule. then the following asseretions are equivalent. 𝑖 𝑀 is rickart. 𝑖𝑖 𝑀 is 𝒦-nonsigular. 𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. 𝑖𝑣 𝑀 is quasi-dedekind. 𝑣 𝑀 is prime. 𝑣𝑖 for 𝑁 ⊴ 𝑀, 𝑟 𝑁 𝑟 𝑀 . proof. 𝑖 ⇒ 𝑖𝑣 since 𝑀 is a uniform r-module, then 𝑀 is indecomposable. let 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 with 𝜑 0, then 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 ⨁ 𝑀, as 𝑀 is rickart. so, either 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 𝑀 or 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 0. if 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 𝑀 then 𝜑 0, a contradiction. hence 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 0, implies 𝑀 is quasi-dedekind. 𝑖𝑣 ⇒ 𝑖 let 𝜑 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 . if 𝜑 0, then 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 𝑀 ⨁ 𝑀. assume that 𝜑 0, but 𝑀 is a quasi-dedekind module, so 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝜑 0 ⨁ 𝑀. thus 𝑀 is rickart. 𝑖𝑖 ⇔ 𝑖𝑖𝑖 it follows by proposition 36. 𝑖𝑖 ⇔ 𝑖𝑣 since 𝑀 is a uniform module, the result is follow. 𝑖𝑣 ⇔ 𝑣 it follows by theorem 37. 𝑣 ⇔ 𝑣𝑖 since 𝑀 is uniform has nonzero small submodule, then all its nonzero submodules are s-essential, so the result is obtained. ∎ 5. conclusion the most important results of the article are: (1) let m be a faithful multiplication r-module. if m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular r-module, then r is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. the converse holds, whenever m is finitely generated. (2) a direct summand of a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module is strongly 𝒦-nonsigular. (3) if 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑀 . then m is a strongly 𝒦-nonsigular module if and only if 𝑀 is strongly 𝒦-nonsingular relative to 𝑀 , for 𝑖, 𝑗 ∈ 1,2, … , 𝑛 . references 1. leonard, w.w. small modules. pro. amer. math. soc. 1966, 2, 527-531. 2. fluery, p. hollow modules and local endomorphism rings. pacific j. math. 1974, 4, 379385.     177   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure&appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1919 vol. 32 (1) 2019 3. goodearl, k.r. ring theory, nonsingular rings and modules. marcel dekker. newyork and basel. 1976. 4. zhou, d.x.; zhang, x.r. small-essential submodules and morita duality. southeast asian bulletin of math. 2011, 35, 6, 1051-1062. 5. roman, c.s. baer and quasi-baer modules. doctoral dissertation. the ohio state univ. 2004. 6. rizvi, s.t; roman, c.s. on 𝒦-nonsigular modules and applications. comm. in algebra. 2007, 3, 2960-2982. 7. mijbass, a.s. quasi-dedekind modules. ph.d. thesis. college of science. university of baghdad. iraq. 1997. 8. kasch, f. modules and rings. academic press. new york. 1982. 9. wisbauer, r. foundations of module and ring theory, reading. gordon and breach science pub. 1991. 10. clark, j.; lomp c.; vanaja, n.; wisbauer, r. lifting modules. supplements and projectivity in module theory. frontiers in mathematics. birkhauser. basel. 2006. 11. zelmanowitz, j.m. representation of rings with faithful polyform modules. comm. in algebra. 1986, 14, 6, 1141-1169. 12. branard, b. multiplication modules. journal of algebra. 1981, 3, 170-178. 13. shihab, b.n. scalar reflexive modules. ph.d. thesis. university of baghdad. iraq. 2004. 14. naoum, a.g. on the ring of endomorphisms of finitely generated multiplication modules. periodica math. hungarica. 1990, 21, 3, 249-255. 15. mohamed-ali, e.a. on ikeda-nakayama modules. ph.d. thesis. university of baghdad. iraq. 2006. 16. lee, g.; rizvi, s.t.; roman, c.s. rickart modules. commutative in algebra. 2010, 4, 4005-4027. 17. ware, r. endomorphism rings of projective modules. trans. amer. math. soc. 1971, 233256. 18. desale, g.; nicholson, w.k. endoprimitive rings. j. algebra. 1981, 548-560. 19. hadi, i. m-a and ghawi, th.y. essentially quasi-invertible submodules and essentially quasi-dedekind modules. ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 2011, 24, 3, 102-113. ٥ 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ارثرواسكوربیك-dبتیورات لحامض ر مشتقات من الباتحضیر 2010أیلول 15:استلم البحث في 2010تشرین الثاني 9 :قبل البحث في رمیز رسمیة محمود، انباسمة محسن سرح، در مخلصعبد الجبار عبد القا بغداد جامعة ، ابن الهیثم-كلیة التربیة، قسم الكیمیاء لخالصةا ه المشـتقات ذللحصـول علـى هـ.ارثرواسـكوربیكd-تحضیر مشتقات جدیـدة مـن البـاربتیورات لحـامض ا البحثذیتضمن ه مـادة )3(ربیك حـامض االسـكو l-التـي حضـرت مـن تفاعـل ) 4(حـامض االسـكوربیك l--ایزوبروبیلیدینo--6,5تم اختیار c-3 و c-2تمــت اسـترة مجـامیع الهیدروكســیل فـي المواقـع . مـع االســیتون الجـاف بوجـود غــاز كلوریـد الهیـدروجین اولیـة ) 5(التحلـل المـائي للمركـب ). 5(تـم الحصـول علـى المركـب ،اذزیادة من كلورید البنزویل بوجود البیریـدین الجـاف عمالباست ببرایـودات الصــودیوم لینــتج ) 6(بعــدها تمــت اكسـدة المركــب ). 6(اعطــى المركـب ،اذ %)65(حــامض الخلیـك المعباسـت ان تفاعـــل ). 8(ي یتفاعــل مـــع ثنــائي مثیــل المالونـــات بوجــود هیدروكســید البوتاســـیوم لیعطــي المالونــات ذالــ) 7(االلدیهایــد علــى ) 11(و ) 10(و ) 9(د اعطـى المركبــات مــع الیوریــا والثایویوریـا والكوانــدین هایدروكلورایــ) 8(التكـاثف الحلقــي للمركـب . التوالي ft)واطیــاف االشـعة تحـت الحمــراء tlc)( طة كروماتوغرافیـا الطبقـة الرقیقـةاشخصـت المركبـات المحضـرة بوســ ir) نـوويواطیـاف الـرنین ال u.v-vis)( طة اطیاف االشعة فوق البنفسجیة والمرئیـةاه المركبات تم تشخیصه بوسذوبعض من ه ) ( المغناطیسي 1 hnm r واطیاف كاربون الرنین النووي المغناطیسي).( 13 cnm r .اتنالمالو ، حامض االسكوربیك، ثرواسكوربیكحامض االر ، الباربتیورات :لمفتاحیةاالكلمات ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 synthesis o f barbiturate derivatives of d-erythroascorbic acid received in : 15 september 2010 accepte d in : 9 november 2010 a-j.a. muk hlis, b. m. sarhan, r. m. rumez departme nt of chemistry , college of educationibn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract the aim of this work is t he sy nthesis of new derivatives of barbiturate of d-ery throascorbic acid. to obtain these derivatives, the 5,6-o-isop rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid (4) was chosen, which was p repared from the reaction of l-ascorbic acid (3) as a st arting material with dry acetone in the p resence of hy drogen chloride. the esterification of hy droxy l group s at c-2 and c-3 p ositions with excess of benzoy l chloride in dry p y ridine was obtained comp ound (5). hy drolysis for comp ound (5) in acetic acid (65%) gave the comp ound (6). oxidation of the p roduct (6) with sodium p eriodate results an aldehyde (7), which was reacted with dimethy l malonate in the p resence of p otassium hy droxide to give the malonate (8). the cyclocondensation reaction for comp ound (8) with urea, thiourea and guanidine hy drochloride gave the following comp ounds (9), (10) and (11) resp ectively. all these comp ounds were characterised by thin layer chromatography (tlc) and ft ir sp ectra and some were characterised by (u.v-vis) sp ectra, 1 hnm r sp ectra and 13 cnm r sp ectra. key words: barbiturate, ery throascorbic acid, ascorbic acid, malonate. introduction barbituric acid was discovered in the mid-19th century , with the first medical barbiturate, barbitone (1), being sy nthesized in 1903. phenobarbitone (2) was introduced as a p harmaceutical in 1912. therap eutically , these drugs are used as sedatives, anaesthetics and anticonvulsants. phenobarbitone is also used in the treatment of epilepsy [1]. m ost of the known barbiturate comp ounds p ossess low solubility in water, therefore, researches claimed sy nthesis of new carbohy drate derivatives containing barbiturate,[2],[3] these derivatives have high solubility in water in addition of p ossessing p ossible biological activity . khalafi-nezhad et al.[4] p repared barbituric acid derivative from reaction barbituric acid with different aromatic aldehyde on basic alumina was p erformed in a conventional microwave oven in the absence of solvent. recently , kidwai et al.[5] reported the p reparation of barbituric acid derivatives by heating reactants with microwave irradiation and confirm all the compounds sy nthesized were found to p ossess good antifungal activity . (1) (2) n n o oo h h c h 2 ch 3 c h 2c h 3 n n o oo c6h 5 h h ch2 ch3 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 experime ntal m elting p oints were determined by electrothermal stuart melting p oint app aratus and are uncorrected. ir sp ectra (in kbr) were recorded on shimadzu ft infrared sp ectrop hotometer. 1 h and 13 cnm r sp ectra were recorded on ultra shield (300 m hz ) sp ectrop hotometer with tetramethy l silane as internal st andard. electronic sp ectra were obtained using a (u.v-vis) sp ectrop hotometer ty p e shimadzu, (160a).thin layer chromatography (tlc) was p erformed on aluminum p lates coated with lay er of silica gel, sup p lied by m erck. the sp ots were detected by iodine vap or. s ynthesis of 5,6-o-isopropylidene -l-ascorbic acid (4) dry hy drogen chloride was rapidly bubbled with st irring for 20 minutes into a (250ml) flask containing (10g, 57mmol) of p owdered l-ascorbic acid (3) and (100ml) of dry acetone. aft er addition of (80ml) n-hexane, st irring and cooling in an ice-water, the sup ernatant was decanted. the p recipitate was washed four times with (154ml) of acetone-hexane mixture (4:7) (v/v), cooling in an ice-water and removal of sup ernatant after each addition. the last p recipitate was dried under reduced p ressure to give (4) (11.7g, 95.35%) as a white cryst alline residue, m.p (206-208˚c). rf (0.68) (benzene: methanol, 5:5) (v/v). ft ir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3240, 3062 (o-h), 2993 (c-hali.), 2908 (c-hac e.), 1751 (c=olac .), 1662 (c=c), 1431 (-ch-asy m ), 1388 (-ch-sy m ), 1141-900 (c-o), 767 δ(o-h) (o.o.p.). s ynthesis of 2,3-o-dibenzoyl-5,6-o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid (5) to a cold solution of (4) (10g , 46mmol) in p y ridine (50ml), benzoy l chloride was added as drop wise (15ml , 129mmol) with st irring .the resulting mixture was st irred for 2 hours , then kep t in dark p lace at room temp erature for 22 hours. the mixture was p oured into ice-water and st irred for 20 minutes, the sup ernatant was decanted. extraction with chloroform (150 ml). the chloroform lay er was washed with water, dilute hy drochloric acid (5%) (2 × 100ml.), water, saturated aqueous sodium hy drogen carbonate (100ml) and water. dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. chloroform was evap orated gave a brown sy rup . the sy rup was p recipitated from chloroform: p etroleum ether (60-80˚c) (1:5) (v/v) to give (5) (15g, 76.5%) as a pale brown solid, m.p (83-85˚c). rf (0.73) (benzene: methanol, 5:5) (v/v). ft ir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3062 (c-har .), 2985 (c-hali.), 2931 (chac e.), 1751 (c=olac .), 1662 (c=oest.), 1627 (c=cali.), 1600 (c=car .), 1261-1118 (c-o), 900600 δ(c-h) (o.o.p.). s ynthesis of 2,3-o-dibenzoyl-l-ascorbic acid (6) compound (5) (10g , 23.6mmol) was dissolved in (65%) acetic acid (30ml) , absolute methanol (10ml) and st irred for 48 hours at room temp erature. the tlc showed that the reaction was complete (benzene: methanol, 6:4). benzene (40ml) was added to the solution and evap orated the organic solvent (repeat this p rocess four times).the residue was solid, recry st allized from chloroform and then diethy l ether to y ield (6) (7g, 77.7%) as a white cryst als, m.p (115-116˚c), rf (0.35). ft ir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3406 (o-h), 3074 (c-har .), 2939 (c-hali.), 1716 (c=oest.), 1600 (c=car .), 1273-1118 (c-o), 900-600 δ(c-har .) (o.o.p.). s ynthesis of pentul osono-γ-lactone-2,3-enedibenzoate (7) to the stirred solution of sodium p eriodate (5.6g) in dist illed water (60ml) at (0˚c), a solution of (6) (10g, 26mmo l) in absolute ethanol (60ml) was added drop wise. aft er 15 minutes, ethy lene glycol (0.5ml) was add ed as drop wise, st irring was continued at room temp erature for 1 hour. the mixture was filtered and water (40ml) was added to the filtrate. extraction with ethy l acetate (3×50ml), the extracts dried by anhydrous magnesium sulfate. evap oration and the residue recry st allized from benzene to y ield the p ure p roduct (7) (4g, 44.4%) as a white cryst als, m.p (110-112˚c). rf (0.63) (benzene: methanol, 6:4) (v/v). ft ir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3080 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 (c-har .), 2839, 2677 (c-hald.), 1689 (c=oald.), 900-600 δ(c-har .) (o.o.p.). 1 hnm r (cdcl3): δ(4.97) p p m (s, 1h, h4), δ (7.28-8.17) p p m (m, 10h, aromatic), δ(11.4) p p m (br, 1h, cho.). 13 cnm r (cdcl3): δ(172.44) p p m (c=o), δ(133.83) p p m (c-3), δ(133.47) p p m (c-2), δ(130.23-128.03) p p m (car .), δ(77.46) p p m (c-4). the signal of aldehydic carbony l was disapp eared due to it which showed out of t he scale.[6] s ynthesi s of 5-c-dimethyl malonyl -pentulose -γ-l actone-2,3-ene dibenz oate (8) the mixture of p otassium hy droxide (1.9g, 34mmol) and dimethy l malonate (3.9ml, 34mmol) was st irred for 30 minutes, a solution of (7) (10g, 28.4mmol) in absolute ethanol (60ml) was added. aft er st irring for 24 hours at room temp erature, the tlc showed that the reaction was comp lete (benzene: methanol, 4:6) and the resulting mixture was filtered then the solvent was evap orated, the combined residue was washed with chloroform and then p etroleum ether (6080˚c) to give (8) (10g, 72.7%) as a white cryst als, m.p (dec.240˚c), rf (0.65). ft ir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3402 (o-h), 3055 (c-har .), 2904 (c-hali.), 1720 (c=oest.), 1581 (c=cali.), 1450(c=car .), 1400-1000 (c-o), 900-600 δ(c-har .) (o.o.p.). 1 hnm r (dm so): δ(2.50) p p m (dm so), δ(2.72) p p m (d, 1h, ch malonate), δ(3.16) p p m (s, 1h, oh), δ(3.56-3.58) p p m (s, 6h, 2ch3 malonate), δ(7.14-8.86) p p m (m, 10h, aromatic). 13 cnm r (cdcl3): δ(168.82) p p m (c=o), δ(135.26) p p m (c-3), δ(131.55) p p m (c-2), δ(129.58,128.40) p p m (car .), δ(51.63) p p m (c-4), δ(44.67) p p m (c-5), δ(40.78-39.11) p p m (c-6 and carbon 2ch3 malonate). s ynthesi s of pentul ose -γ-l actone-2,3-ene dibenz oate barbituric acid (9) or thiobarbituric acid (10) or azhydrobarbituric acid (11) to the solution of sodium methoxide (30.9mmol of sodium metal dissolved in absolute methanol (20ml)), dry urea or thiourea or guanidine hy drochloride (15.5mmol) was added, st irring at room temp erature for 1 hour. the comp ound (8) (5g, 10.3mmol) in absolute methanol (30ml) was added, st irring was continued at room temperature for 48 hours. t he tlc showed that t he reaction was comp lete (benzene: methanol, 4:6). the solvent was evap orated; the combined residue was washed with hot absolute ethanol to give (9), (10), and (11) resp ectively. the p hy sical p rop erties for p repared comp ounds showed in table (1). the ft ir, 1 hnm r and 13 cnm r sp ectra data are given in tables (2), (3) and (4). results and discussion l-ascorbic acid (3) is one of the natural antioxidant p resent in biological sy st em because of its activity to att ack the free radicals and other reactive oxy gen sp ecies, as the literatures p oints to the great role which ascorbic acid p lay s to p revent a number of disease and its imp ortance in food industry .[7],[8] one st rategy allows the sy nthesis of comp ounds (9), (10) and (11) in (6) st eps st arting from l-ascorbic acid, scheme (1). the first st ep emp loys the p rotection of the hy droxy l group s at c-5 and c-6 p ositions in lascorbic acid with acetal formation leading to comp ound (4) using dry acetone in acidic media, following salomon[9] method. this is followed by esterification of the hy droxy l group s at c-2 and c-3 p ositions with excess of benzoy l chloride in dry p y ridine. the ftir sp ectra for comp ound (4) and (5) were confirmed the formation of comp ound (5) by disapp earance of the bands for (o-h) of comp ound (4) and exhibited the band at (1662) cm -1 for (c=o) of the est er in comp ound (5) sp ectrum. in order to p repare aldehyde (7), the acetal moiety was cleaved under acidic condition[10] (65% acetic acid) for comp ound (5) to give (6) and oxidation of the p roduct with sodium p eriodate to result (7), which gave a p ositive tolen’s test by the formation of a silver mirror.[11],[12] the ftir sp ectra for compound (6) and (7) confirmed the formation of comp ound (7) by disapp earance of the bands for (o-h) of comp ound (6) and exhibited the band at (1689) cm -1 for (c=o) in compound (7) sp ectrum. the st ructure of (7) was confirmed ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 by 1 hnm r which exhibited a si gn al at δ(11.4) pp m for (cho) and was characterised by 13 cnm r and (u.v-vis) sp ectrum which showed one p eak at (295) nm (33898 cm -1 ) (εm ax = 156 molar -1 cm -1 ) assi gned to (n π*) transition. the other st ep was the formation of comp ound (8) from the reaction of an aldehyde (7) with dimethy l malonate. the ftir sp ectrum of (8) showed the bands at (3402) cm -1 and (1720) cm -1 due to (o-h) and (c=o) of the ester resp ectively and disap p earance of the band for (c=o) aldehydic. the st ructure of (8) was confirmed by the disapp eared of a signal at δ(11.4) p p m for (cho) by 1 hnm r and was characterised by 13 cnm r and (u.v-vis) sp ectrum which showed one peak at (297) nm (33670 cm -1 ) (εm ax = 102 molar -1 cm -1 ) assigned to (n π*) transition. in order to obtain our target comp ounds (9), (10) and (11), the cyclocondensation reaction of malonate (8) with urea, thiourea and guanidine hy drochloride in alkaline media (sodium methoxide) leads to these comp ounds. all ft ir sp ectra for these comp ounds exhibited disapp earance of the band at (1720) cm -1 for (c=o) of the ester for comp ound (8) and disp lay ed of the bands at (1662, 1597, 1643) cm -1 due to (c=o in chconh) for comp ounds (9), (10) and (11) resp ectively. the ft ir sp ectra of (9), (10) and (11) showed the bands at (1627) cm -1 , (1153) cm -1 and (1597) cm -1 due to (c=o in hnconh), (c=s) and (c=n) resp ectively. the st ructures of these comp ounds were confirmed by 1 hnm r and 13 cnm r, which showed disapp earance of the signals at δ(3.56-3.58)p p m and δ(40.78-39.11) p p m from 1 hnm r and 13 cnm r sp ectra for comp ound (8). the (u.v-vis) sp ectra data are given in table (5). o o ohho ho ho (3) o o o oh3c h3c ho oh (4 ) o o o oh3 c h3c (5) obzbzo o o ho ho (6) obzbz o o o obzbzo c h o (7) o o obzbzo ho hc co2ch3 co2 ch3 (8) nhhn oo x o o obzbzo h o acetone hcl(g) bzcl py. acoh 6 5% naio4ch2(co2ch3)2 koh urea or thiourea or guanidine hydro chloride ch3ona (9), x = o (10), x = s (11), x = nh 1 23 4 5 6 s cheme (1) the scheme of prepared compounds ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 re ferences 1. cole, m . d. (2003) “ the analysis of controlled substances”, john wiley and sons, ltd. chapter 9: 139,140. 2. al-qase, a. h. j.(2000) m . sc. thesis, college of education / ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad 3. fay ad,a. a. (2008)ph. d. t hesis, college of education / ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad 4. khalafi-nezhad ,a. and hashemi,a. (2001) “ m icrowave enhanced knoevenagel condensation of barbituric acid with aromatic aldehydes on basic alumina”, iran. j. chem. & chem. eng. 20 (1):9-11. 5. kidwai,m . ; thakur ,r. and m ohan,r. (2005) “ecofriendly sy nthesis of novel antifungal (thio) barbituric acid derivatives” acta chim. slov., 52: 88-92. 6. carey , f. a. (2006) “organic chemistry”, 6 th ed., the m cgraw-hill companies, inc., new york, p p . 767. 7. beifuss,u.; kunz ,o. and aguado,g. p. (1999) synlett, 147-149. 8. beifuss,u. ; kunz ,o. and voss, g. (2000 )“regioselective sy nthesis of 3-o-alky l ethers of ascorbic acid without protecting group s in a single step”, tetrahedron, , 56:357 363. 9. salomon,l. l. (1963) exp erientia, , 19 (12): 619. 10. gazivoda,t.; witt ine, k.; lovric,i. ; m akuc, d.; plavec, j.; cetina, m . ; m rvos-sermek, d.; suman,l. ; kralj,m .; pavelic, k. ; m intas ,m . and raic-m alic s. (2006)“synthesis, st ructural studies, and cytost atic evaluation of 5,6-di-o-modified l-ascorbic acid derivatives”, carbohy dr. res., , 341 (4):433-442. 11. vogel, a. i. (1989) “ vogel's textbook of practical organic chemistry ”, 5 th ed., john wiley and sons, inc., new york, , p p . 1219. 12. fieser ,l. f. and williamson,k. l. (1983) “organic exp eriments”, 5 th ed., d. c. heath and comp any, the united states of america, , pp . 160-161. table (1) :physical propertie s for prepared compounds (9), (10) and (11) comp . no. formula m olecular weight (g/mol) weight of p roduct (g) yield % m .p ˚c or dec. physica l state rf 9 c23h16o10n2 480 3.57 72 210(dec.) white solid 0.52 10 c23h16o9n2 s 496 3 60 225(dec) yellow solid 0.60 11 c23h17o9n3 479 4.25 86 205(dec.) pale y ellow solid 0.33 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 table (2): infrared spectra data ( wa ve number ύ) cm -1 of the compounds (9), (10) and (11) compound υ(n-h) and υ(o-h) υ(c=o) in (chconh, hnconh) υ(c=n) υ(c-n) υ(c=s) 9 3471(s) 1662(s) 1627(s) 1346(w) 10 3383(s) 1597(s) 1392(s) 1153(m) 11 3421(br) 1643(m) 1597(s) 1334(w) where: s = st rong, m = medium, w = weak, br = broad table (3): 1 hnmr data for the compounds (9), (10) and (11) measured in d2o with tetramethyl silane (tms ) as internal standard and che mical shift in ppm (δ) compound functional group δ(pp m) 9 d, 1h, ch malonate 3 d, 1h, lactone ring h4 4.70-4.78 m, 10h, aromatic 7.25-7.73 10 d, 1h, ch malonate 3 t, 1h, ch-oh 3.22 d, 1h, lactone rin g h4 4.69 m, 10h, aromatic 7.32-7.76 11 d, 1h, ch malonate 3 t, 1h, ch-oh 3.23 d, 1h, lactone rin g h4 4.70-4.78 m, 10h, aromatic 7.34-7.77 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 table (4): 13 cnmr data for the compounds (9), (10) and (11) measured in cdcl3 and chemical shift in ppm (δ) compound functional group δ(pp m) 9 c=o in hnconh 177.53 c=o in chconh 175.65 c=o in est er, lactone ring 164.53 c-3 136.14 c-2 131.63 c, aromatic 131.24-127.85 c-4 61.24 c-5, c-6 47.85 10 c=o 161.70 c-3 136.00 c-2 131.20 c, aromatic 128.73, 128.25 11 c=nh 177.43 c=o in chconh 175.76 c=o in est er, lactone ring 163.31 c-3 136.18 c-2 131.25 c, aromatic 128.75, 128.29 c-4 48.88 c-5, c-6 47.71 table (5): electroni c spectra data for the compounds (9), (10) and (11) compound λm ax nm wave numb er cm -1 εm ax molar -1 cm -1 assignment 9 294 34013 66 n π* 10 257 291 38910 34364 140 195 π π* n π* 11 232 297 43103 33670 15 192 π π* n π* https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 physics | 79 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية لمجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 thickness influence on structural and optical properties of zno thin films prepared by thermal evaporation samir a. maki auday h. shaban audayhattem@yahoo.com shahd a. hussain dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad. received in:5/november/2017, accepted in:18/february/2018. abstract a thermal evaporation technique was used to prepare zno thin films. the samples were prepared with good quality onto a glass substrate and using zn metal. the thickness varied from (100 to 300) ±10 nm. the structure and optical properties of the zno thin films were studied. the results of xrd spectra confirm that the thin films grown by this technique have hexagonal wurtzite, and also aproved that zno films have a polycrystalline structure. uv-vis measurement, optical transmittance spectra, showed high transmission about 90% within visible and infrared range. the energy gap is found to be between 3.26 and 3.14e.v for 100 to 300 nm thickness respectivly. atomic force microscope afm (topographic image ) shows the grain size increased in the range (91.29 -110.11)nm. keywords: thermal evaporation, zno, optical properties, structural properties. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 physics | 80 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لد )مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية لمج ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction the interest of researchers nowadays is focusing on the transparent conducting oxides (tco)films are wide band gap semiconductors with low resistance and high transparency in the visible range for these reasons these materials are widely used in optoelectronic application [1]. zinc oxide is an ii-vi transparent conducting oxide (tco) as material. this semiconductor has several favorable properties: good transparency, high electron mobility, the wide and direct band gap of 3.4 e.v at 300k [2]. with high exciton binding energy (60 mev).zno thin film has been extensively studied because of its potential application in various fields, for example, solar cells .piezoelectric devices, chemical sensors and ultraviolet (uv) light emitted.[3]. zno thin film has been prepared by various techniques such as thermal evaporation, pulsed laser deposition, molecular beam epitaxy, magnetron, sputtering, sol-gel, chemical vapor deposition and sprays pyrolysis [4]. the present work deals with zno thin films deposition using thermal evaporation .films were prepared by thermal evaporation technique in a vacuum in this study. this technique is simple, low cost, friendly environment, can be employed to coat large surface area therefore economically advantage and easy to control the growth factors like film thickness and deposition rate[5]. experiment the metallic zinc films were deposited by thermal evaporation technique (using edward coating unit model (e306) under vacuum (2.5x10-5) mbar onto clean substrate at different thicknesses (100, 200 and 300) ± 10 nm at r.t, a cylindrical chamber of height 8 cm at top substrate vacuum .class substrate was cleaned to remove stains, substrate was cleaned surface contaminants and rinsing thoroughly with distilled water and ethanol and allowed to dry completely. the substrate was mounted on a rotating substrate holder and the metallic zinc was placed in a molybdenum boat in thermal evaporation system . after preparation zinc films were oxidized under 400 c0at flow rates of oxygen 2.5 litter/ min for two hours to form zno thin films .after oxidation the samples were cooled at room temperature. x-ray diffraction with cu kα radiations (𝛌=1.54059 a) was used for the structural measurements. the uvvisible spectrophotometer was used for optical measurements. result and discussion the x-ray diffraction spectrum of synthesized zno thin film deposited by thermal evaporation technique on the glass at a different thickness that is shown in figure (1).the xrd patterns of zno contains three main peaks (101) (100) and (002) direction. it was observed that all the films exhibit hexagonal wurtzite polycrystalline structure [6] was matched with the standards peaks (pdf card report no.00-036-1451). the grown film at 100 nm thickness has got the preferred orientation along the (101) direction. films at 200 nm thickness showed an increase in the intensity along (100) direction and it has become the preferred orientation but the films at 300 nm thickness note that increase in the intensity along (002) direct with a great decrease in the intensity along (101) direct but still the preferred orientation is (100) direction. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 physics | 81 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لد )مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية لمج ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (1): xrd patterns of zno thin films at a different thicknesses (a) 100 (b) 200 and (c) 300 nm. figure (2) shows the increase of peak intensity and decrease of the full width at half maxima (fwhm) to (200nm) thickness of zno film[7],where thickness increase makes atoms packet as good and improve in structure, this make (fwhm) decreases. figure (2): fwhm vs thickness on zno thin films. the crystalline size of zno was determined by the x-ray line broadening method as shown in table (1) using the scherrer equation: 𝐷 = 𝐾𝜆 β cosθ …….(1) where: d is the crystalline size 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0 100 200 300 400 f w h m ( d e g ) thickness (nm) 200 nm 100 nm 300 nm https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 physics | 82 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لد )مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية لمج ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 k: denote to scherre constant = 0.9 𝛌: is the wavelength of the incident cu kα radiation =1.5418 nm β: is the full width at half maximum (fwhm) of the peak and θ is the bragg diffraction angle [8]. table (1) indicates to the thickness and average crystalline size, notice when thickness increases the average crystalline size increase but at 300 nm notice slightly decreased. table (1): crystalline size and fwhm with a thickness of zno thin films. thickness (nm) d (nm) fwhm (deg) 100 23.1 0.35 200 29.1 0.27 300 29.9 0.28 atomic force microscopy (afm) describes the surface morphology of zno thin films analyzed by afm the surface of zno films observed that the grain is uniformly distributed within the scanning area. it is observed that the surface of the films exhibited roughness and zno films came rougher when thickness increase as shown in the table (2). this result refers to that the growth of larger grains with increased thickness leads to an increase in the surface roughness, it is observed that the average grain size increases with increasing of thickness and the value of the average grain size variable from 91nm to 110 nm depending on film thickness as shown in figure (3). the root means square of surface increase from 5 nm to 17 nm with increased thickness that indicates to high polycrystalline. table (2): characterization of zno thin films. roughness density (nm) root mean square (rms) (nm) average grain size (nm) thickness (nm) 4.83 5.69 91.29 100 6.04 7.38 94.82 200 14.9 17.5 110.11 300 the uv-visible spectrum of the zno films shows good optical transmission (90%) with wavelength (800-900) nm within infrared region shown in figure(4) with different thicknesses.the transmission stabilized when the wavelength increase.zno films are highly transparent and above the measured value of transmittance is due to loss of intensity as a result of reflection at the airzno interface for normal incidence. the transmission of zno films decreased as the thickness increased because the atoms packed together. the high transmission makes zno films excellent elect for transparent window materials in solar cells [9]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 physics | 83 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لد )مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية لمج ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure(3): afm image of zno films with different thicknesses. figure (4): transmission of zno thin films with different thicknesses. the band gap of zno films was calculated by drawing the curve between (hv) and (αhv)2 shown in figure (5). αhν= b(hν – eg)1/2 ……… (2) where (v) is the frequency (α) are the optical absorption coefficient and (h) planck's constant where [10]. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 t ra n sm is si o n % λ (nm) t =100 nm t =200 nm t =300 nm https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 physics | 84 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لد )مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية لمج ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (5): a plot of (αhv)² as function of photon energy for zno films with different thicknesses. the band gap energy obtained the thickness of zno films dearease from 100 nm to 300 nm. the value of optical band gap decreases from (3.26, 3.24, and 3.14) ev respectively. this behaviour is back to the increase in average grain size [11]. conclusions zno thin films have been deposed by thermal evaporation on a glass substrate at different thicknesses. the samples have a good quality onto a glass substrate using zn metal. the xrd of the thin film has good polycrystalline and hexagonal wurtzite structure. the uv-vis measurement, optical transmittance spectra, showed high transmission about 90% within visible and infrared range.the value of energy gap decreases from 3.26 to 3.14 e.v with increase thickness. atomic force microscope afm (topographic image ) shows the grain size increased in the range (91.29 -110.11)nm with respect to increase thickness. references 1. mugwanga fk,karimi pk, et al "characterization of aluminum doped zinc oxide (azo) thin films prepared by reactive thermal evaporation for solar cell applications", j fundam renewable energy appl 5:170,2015. 2. musaab khudhr m. and khalid haneen abass "effect of al-doping optical properties of zno thin film prepared by thermal evaporation technique ", international journal of engineering and technologies,7: 25-31,2016. 3. seval aksoy, yasemin caglar, et al "effect of sn dopants on the optical and electrical properties of zno films", optical applicata, 1. 7-14,2010. 0 5e+10 1e+11 1.5e+11 2e+11 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 (α h v )^ 2 ( e .v ^ -1 )^ 2 hv (e.v) t=100 nm 0 5e+12 1e+13 1.5e+13 2e+13 2.8 2.9 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 α h ν )^ 2 ( e .v c m ^ -1 )^ 2 ) hv (e.v) t= 200 nm 0 5e+09 1e+10 1.5e+10 2e+10 2.32.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 (α h v )^ 2 ( e .v c m ^ -1 )^ 2 hv (e.v) t= 300 nm https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 physics | 85 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لد )مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية لمج ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 4. a.zaier, a. meftah, et al " annealing effects on the structure, electrical and optical properties of zno thin films prepared by thermal evaporation technique "journal of king saud university – science, 27, 356-360,2015. 5. farazana chowdhury , s. m. firon hasan ,et al "morphological and optical properties of vacuum evaporation zno thin films "turk j phys ,36 ,1-7,2012. 6. müjdat ҫaglar , saliha ilican .et al "infuence of subsreate temperture on structure and electriacl properties of zno films" trakya univ j sci, 7 , 153-159,2006. 7. a. jain , p.sagar and r. mehra , changes of structural, optical and electrical properties of sol gel derived zno films with their thickness" j. materials science – poland, 25, 1, :233 – 242,2007. 8. sameer ataa makki and hiba m. ali , "the thickness effects characterization propeties of copper oxide thin films prepared by thermal evaporation technique " jornal of multidisciplinary engineering science studies ,2 ,532-535,2016. 9. enase y. abed " thickness influence on structure and optical propertied of zno thin films prepared by thermal evaporation" ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science , 3, 25, 179-184,2012. 10. enase y. abed , samir a.maki ,et al "astudy of structure and optical properties of zno thin films deposited by using thermal evaporation technique under different flow rate of oxygen o2" ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science , 1, 137-143,2013. 11. . uday muhsin nayef and mohammed jamal jasim " characteristics study of zno thin films by rapid thermal oxidation treatment technique'', eng. & tech.journal, 33,1, 37-44,2015. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1946 synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of new 1,3,4 – thiadiazole derivatives iman f. mustafa eman m. hussain dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 20 october 2013 , accepted in : 2 february 2014 abstract the amino thiadiazole [i] on treatment with aromatic aldehydes yielded schiff bases [iia-c] , which cyclized to thiazolidinone [iiia-c] derivatives by reaction with thioglycolic acid .reaction of carbon disulfide and methyl iodide with [i] gavedithiomethyl[iv] which on treatment with o-phenylenediamine gave the condensed n-imidazolythiadiazolylamine [v] , however , reaction of [i] with phenylisocyanate and phenylisothiocyanate afforded the carbamideand carbothiamide derivatives[vi.vii]a-c. the structure of these compounds was characterized from their melting point , ftir spectroscopy and elementalanalysis . kew words : antimicrobial 1,3,4–thiadiazole, thiazolidinone , imidazoly , thiadiazolylamine . 297 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction the recent literature is enriched with progressive findings about the synthesis and pharmacological activity of fused heterocycles. heterocycles bearing atriazole or 1,3,4 – thiadiazole moiety are reported to show biological properties such as antibacterial [1-2] antiaggregatory agent [3] , antiviral [4] , antiinflammatory activities [5-6] , anticonvulsant [7] , and antihypertensive [8] . 1,3,4 – thiadiazoles exhibit broad spectrum of biological activities , possibly due to the presence of toxophoric n-c-s moiety [9] . they found applications as antibacterial , antitumor , antiinflammatory agents , pesticides , herbicides , dyes , lubricants and analytical reagents [10] . experimental all melting points, were determined by using " electro thermal melting point apparatus mettle and are uncorrected . ftir spectrophotometer ( 8300 ) , by using kbr disc , c.h.n elemental analysis ( elmer 240 b – perken ) . • starting material : 2amino – 5 – mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole [ i ] was prepared from thiosemicarbazide and carbondisulfide as previously described by [11] . • schiff bases [ iia-c ] : a mixture of [i] (0.01 mol ) and aromatic aldehydes (0.01mol) was dissolved in ethanol containing few drops et3n, and heated under reflux for 4hr. after cooling the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and crystaillazed [12] from ethanol , see scheme 1 • n – benzylidene – 5 – mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2amine [ii a] . • n – (4chlorobenzylidene ) 5 – mercapto -1,3,4 –thiadiazole – 2 – amino [ii b] . • n – ( 4methoxybenzylidene ) -5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2amine [iic] : see physical properties in table 1. • 3[ 5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole – 2 – yl ) – 2aryl thiazolidin – 4 – one [ iiia-c] [ 13 ] : a mixture of individual derivative [iia-iic] (0.01 mol) and thioglycolicacid (0.01mol) was refluxed in absolute ethanol (30 ml) for 4hr .after cooling the reaction mixture , the precipitated solid was filtered off and crystallized from ethanol . • 3 [ 5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] -2phenyl thiazolidin -4one [ iii a] . • 3 [ 5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] -2(4-chlorophenyl ) thiazolidin -5one [iii b] . • 3 [5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] -2( 4methoxy phenyl ) thiazolidin -5 one [iii c] . see physical properties in (table 1, 2 ) . • n – di ( methyl thio ) methylene [ 5thio methyl -1,3,4 – thiadiazole – 2 – yl ] – amino [ iv ] : to stirred cold solution of [i] ( 0.05 mol ) in dmf (25ml), 20 mnaoh ( 5 ml ) , carbondisulfide ( 8 ml ) , and methyl iodide ( 0.1 mol ) were added and the stirring was continued for additional 4hr . the mixture was poured into cold water and the formed solid was crystallized from benzene . see physical properties in (table 1,2 ) . • n – [ 5thio methyl – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] – 1h – benzo [ d ] imidazole – 2 – yl – amine [v] : a mixture of [iv] (0.04 mol) and ophenylenediamine(0.04 mol ) in dmf ( 30 ml ) was refluxed for 8hr . after cooling the formed solid crystallized from ethanol . see physical properties in (table 1, 2 ) . • 1 [ 5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole – 2 – yl] – 3 – phenyl urea [via] : a mixture of [i] ( 0.01 mol) and phenylisocyanate (0.01mol ) was refluxed in ethanol (30 ml) for 8hr . the separated solid was filtered off and crystallized from benzene , see physical properties in table 1. • 1[ 5mercapto -1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] -3phenyl thio urea [ vib ] [14] : a mixture of [i] ( 0.01mol ) and phenylisothiocyanate (0.01mol) was refluxed in ethanol (30ml) for 8hr. 298 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the separated solid was filtered off and crystallized from benzene , see physical properties in (table 1, 2 ) . • 1 – [ 5-mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] -3phenyl dihydropyrimidne–2,4,6– trione [ viia ] . a mixture of [via] ( 0.01mol ) and malonic acid ( 0.01mol) was refluxed in acetyl chloride (30 ml ) for 3hr . after cooling the obtained solid was filtered off and crystallized from benzene. see physical properties in (table 1 , 2 ) . • 3[ 5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole – 2-yl ] -1phenyl -2thioxodihydropyrimidine -4 , 6 – dione [ viib ] . a mixture of [vib] ( 0.01mol ) and malonic acide (0.01mol ) was refluxed in acetyl chloride ( 30 ml ) for 3hr . after cooling the obtained solid was filtered off and crystallized from benzene. discussion the reaction of 2amino -5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole [i] with aromatic aldehydes in refluxing ethanol afforded schiffbases [iia-c] , the ir spectra of schiff bases showed the stretching bands at ( 1670 – 1675) cm-1 for ( c = n ) groups and disappeared at ( 3450 – 3300 cm-1) , ( 3290 – 3250 cm-1) due to ( nh2 ) . schiff bases which on condensation with thioglycolic acid yielded 3[ 5mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] -2aryl thiazolidin – 4ones [ iii a-c ] ( scheme 1 ) in the first route the thiadiazole [i] reacted with disulfide and methyliodide in the presesnce of concentrated aqueous sodium hydroxide leading to the formation of ndi ( methyl thio ) methylene [ 5thiomethyl – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] – amine [iv],the ir spectra showed the stretching bands at ( 1620 ) cm-1for ( c = n ) group and ( 1415cm-1 ) due to ( ch3s ) then the compound [ iv ] on treatment with nucleophilic reagent such as o-phenylenediamine afforded n[ 5thio methyl – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] -1 hbenzo [ d] imidazole -2yl –amine [v] the ir spectrum showed the following characteristic absorption bands ( 3340 -3350 cm-1) ( nh ) , ( 1615 – cm-1 ) ( c = n). finally in the second one [via] [vib] was obtained by direct refluxing of [i] with phenyl isocyanate in ethanolic solution . similarly [i] was converted to 1[ 5mercapto -1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2-yl ] -3phenyl thiourea [vib] by the reaction with phenylisothiocyanate . the ir spectra of these compounds revealed the absence of the stretching bands of ( nh2 ) groups and appearance of stretching of ( n –h amide ) at (3200 – 3300cm-1) for compound [via] and at (3247-3217 cm-1) for compound [vib] , and also showed the appearance of two stretching bands at ( 1670 cm-1 ) due to ( c = o ) amide and (1625 cm-1 ) due to ( c = n ) group for compound [ vi a ] and at ( 1240 cm-1 ) due to ( c = s ) and ( 1658 cm-1 ) due to (c = n ) group for compound [ vi b]. the urea derivatives [ vi a ] and thio urea derivatives [ vi b ] on reaction malonic acid in the presence of acetyl chloride under went intermolecular cyclization and yielded 1[ 5 mercapto – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2-yl ] -3phenyl dihydro pyrimidine – 2,4,6 – trione [ vii a ] and 3[ 5mercapto -1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2yl ] 1phenyl – 2thioxodihydropyrimidine – 4,6dione [ vii b ] . the ir spectra which showed stretching bands at (1670 – 1680 cm-1) of ( c = o amide ) ( 1610 – 1620 cm-1 ) of ( c = n ) and (3116 , 3031 cm -1 ) of ( c – h aromatic ) of the benzene ring for compound [ vii a ] , compound [ vii b ] gave diagnostic ir stretching bands at ( 1255 cm-1 ) of ( c = s ), (1600 -1610) of (c=n) and ( 3110,3025 cm-1) of (c-h) aromatic of the benzene ring . antimicrobial activites the antimicrobial activites of the synthesized compounds were determined in vitro using hole plate and filter paper disc method [15] . 299 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 different species of gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria in addition to some fungal plant pathogens were used ( see table 3). the considered compounds were dissolved in 10% acetone , different concentrations have been chosen ( 125 , 250 , 500 mg cm-3 ) . agar plates were surface inoculated uniformly from fresh broth culture of microorganisms . the discs were incubated at 28co to 24hr , the formed inhibition zones were measured in mm. references 1. elsayed,r.a.; shamroukh, a.h.;hegab,m.i.and awad, h .m.(2005) synthesis of some biologically active pyrazoles and c-nucleosides , acta chim.slov. 52: 429-434 2. vanadma, s. and sharma , k.v.(2006) " synthesis and biological some 3,5 – diaryl -1 benzothiazolopyrazoline derivatives : reaction of chalcones with 2 hyrazinobenzothiazoles " , ejournal of chemistry , 6 (2) , 356 – 384 . 3. czarnocka , j. – a. ; foks , h.; nasal , a. ; petrusewi, cz , j. ; damasicwicz , b. ; radwanska , a. and kaliszan , r. (1991) pharmazie 46: 109 . 4. srivastava , j. ; swarup , s. ; saxena , v. k. and chowdhury , b. l. (1991) indian chem. , soc . 68: 103 . 5. unangst , p. c. ; shrum , g. p. ; connor, d. t. and dyer , r. d. (1992) novel 1,2,4 – oxiadiazoles and 1,2,4thiadiazoles as dual 5lipoxygenaseinhibtars " , j. med . chem . 35 : 3691 . 6. alagrsmay ,v ; vmuthukumar , n. paralarani and revathi, r. (2003) synthesis , analagesic and anti – inflammatory activities of some novel 2,3 – disubstitutedquinazolin -4 (3h) – ones " biol . pharma . bull , 26 (4): 557 – 559 . 7. akbar zadeh , t.; tabatabai , s. a.; khoshnoud , m.j. ; shafaghi , d. and shafiee , a. (2003) bioorg – med . chem . 11: 769 . 8. tyagi , m.and kumar , a. orient(2002) j. chem . 18 : 125 . 9. hengsham , d. and bin , w. (2005) " synthesis of some novel 3,6-bis , 1,2,3triazolyl – triazolo [3,4-b] – 1,3,4thiadiazole derivatives " , journal of the chinese chemical society , 52: 103-108. 10. kurtzer , f. ; katritzky , a. r. and boulton , a. j . (1965) "advances in heterocyclic chemistry " , academic press ; new york , 165. 11. petrow, v. ; stephenson, o. and thomas , a. j. (1958) "preparation and hydrolysis of some derivatives of 1,3,4 – thiadiazole " , j. chem .soc . 1508-1513 . 12. i kabl , s. ; al-shibani , n. k.e. and al-dujaili, a. h. (2006) "synthesis and characterization of some new 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives " national journal of chemistry , 21 : 94-101 . 13. pratibha , s . and vikas , k. (2010) "synthesized some thiadiazole derivatives by in coporating azetidinyl and thiazolidinyl moieties " asian journal of chemistry , 22(9) : 6829-6839 . 14. desai , n.c. ; bhavsar, a.m.; shah, m.d. and saxena, a.k . (2008) " synthesis and qsar studies of thioemicarbazides , 1,2,4 – triazole , 1,3,4,thiadiazoles and 1,3,4 oxadiazoles derivatives as potential antibacterial a gents " , lndian journal of chemistry , 47b : 579 – 589 . 15. leifert , c. ; chidbouree , s. ; hampson , s. ; workman , s. ; sigee , d. ; epton , h. a. and harbour , a. ( 1995 ) j. appl . bacteriol . 78: 97. 300 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 nn s n=charhs + sh o ho nn s nhs ar sh o oh nn s hs n s ar o [ii] [iii] scheme (2) the mechanism formation of compound [iii] -h2o 301 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 nn s hs nh-c-nh-ph x + ho o o oh nn s hs nh-c-n-ph x h o oho ho -h2o nn s hs nh n-ph x ho o nn s hs n n-ph x o o h o -h2o scheme (3) the mechanism f ormation of compound [vii] [vi] [vii] table (1): physical properties of prepared compounds com. no . formula m.w. elemental analysis % calc. % found% c h n c h n iia c9h7n3s2 221 48.88 3.16 19.00 48.75 3.10 18.85 iib c9h6cln3s2 255.5 42.27 2.34 16.43 42.15 2.31 16.33 iic c10h9n3os2 251 47.80 3.58 16.73 47.61 3.45 16.66 iiia c11h10n3os3 296 44.59 3.37 14.18 44.50 3.30 14.11 iiib c11h9cln3o3s 330.5 39.93 2.72 12.70 39.85 2.60 12.55 iiic c12h12n3o2s3 326 36.80 3.68 12.88 36.68 3.61 12.71 iv c6h9n3s4 251 28.68 3.58 16.73 28.52 3.41 16.66 v c10h9n5s2 263 45.62 3.42 26.61 45.53 3.40 26.55 via c9h8n4s2o 252 42.85 3.17 22.22 42.77 3.11 22.15 vib c9h8n4s3 268 40.29 2.98 20.89 40.12 2.82 20.81 viia c12h8n4o3s2 320 45.10 2.50 17.50 45.02 2.44 17.47 viib c12h8n4o2s3 336 42.85 2.38 16.66 42.79 2.29 16.58 302 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (2): physical properties of prepared compounds com. no . colour m.p. co yield % infrared data(v max cm -1) iia pale yellow 170-172 65 (c=n)1670;(c=s)1310;(c-h arom)3000–3100 iib yellow 185-187 62 (c=n)1670;(c=s)1325;(c-h arom)3020-3100 iic yellow 157-159 66 (c=n)1645;(c=s)1290;(c-h arom)3000–3080 iiia brown 130-132 63 (c=n)1650;(c=s)1315;( c = o ) 1680 iiib reddish–yellow 144-146 50 ( c = n ) 1665 ; ( c = s ) 1315 ; ( c = o ) 1675 iiic reddish–yellow 151-153 56 ( c = n ) 1645 ; ( c = s ) 1305 ; ( c = o ) 1670 iv pale–yellow 177-179 62 (c=n)1620;(ch3–s)1415;(c–h alph)2920–2980 v brown 230-232 55 ( c = n ) 1615 ;(ch3–s)1415;(n–h)3340– 3350 via brown 191-193 45 ( c = n ) 1625;(c=o) 1670 ; (n–h) 3200 – 3300 vib reddish yellow 188-190 59 ( c = n ) 1658;(c=s) 1240 ; (n–h) 3247 – 3217 viia brown 210-212 71 ( c = n ) 1620;(c=o) 1680 ; (c=s) 1265 viib brown 220-222 63 ( c = n )1610 ; (c=s) 1255 table(3): response of various microorganisms to synthesized denivatives in vitro compo und bacillus cereus escherichacoli aspergillusniger peniciliumnotatum a (mic) a (mic) a (mic) a (mic) iia ++ 125 + 250 ++ 125 + 250 iib ++ 250 ++ 250 ++ 250 ++ 125 iic ++ 125 + 250 + 250 + 250 iva ++ 250 ++ 250 + 250 ++ 250 ivb + 250 + 250 + 250 + 125 ivc + 250 + 250 + 250 + 250 vi ++ 125 ++ 250 +++ 125 ++ 125 vii + 250 + 250 + 250 + 250 viiia ++ 125 + 250 ++ 125 + 250 viiib + 250 ++ 250 + 125 + 125 iv +++ 125 ++ 250 ++ 125 +++ 250 v ++ 125 ++ 250 +++ 125 ++ 125 a : antimicrobial activity of tested compounds ; the width of the zone of inhibition indicates the potency of antimicrobial activity , no antimicrobial activity , + weak activity width diameter equal to 0.5-0.7cm , ++ moderate activity with the diameter zone equal to 1.0-1.2cm . +++ marked activity with the diameter zone equal to 1.6-1.8cm. mic : minimum inhibition concentration / ( mg cm-3 ) . 303 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 304 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ثایادایازول 1,3,4تحضیر وتقییم الفعالیة البایلوجیة لمشتقات جدیدة من مركبات فیصل مصطفى ایمان ایمان محمد حسین جامعة بغداد /كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الھیثم ) /قسم الكیمیاء 2014شباط 2، قبل البحث : 2013تشرین أالول 20استلم البحث في : الخالصة مع االلدیھایدات االروماتیة للحصول على قواعد شف ، [ i ]تم في ھذا البحث معاملة المركب امینوثایادایازول ثایوكالیكولك .–بعدھا غلقت للحصول على مشتقات تحوي على حلقات الثایازولیدایون من خالل مفاعلتھا مع الحامض تم مع كاربون ثنائي الكبریت ویودید المثیل للحصول على مركب ثنائي مثیل ثایو الذي [ i ]ثم فوعل المركب امیدازو ثایازولیل امین . n معاملتھ مع االورثوفنیلین ثنائي االمین ،حیث اعطى الناتج مع فنیل ایزوسیانیت أو مع فنیل ایزوثایوسیانیت للحصول [ i ]فیما بعد حضرت سلسلة اخرى من مفاعلة المركب ftirعلى المشتقات كاربامایدوكارباثایاماید على التوالي ، شخصت ھذه المركبات من خالل درجات االنصھار وتقنیة وتحلیل العناصر . یدون ، امیدوزول ثایوزویل امین .ثایودایازول ، ثایوزول – 4، 3، 1الدراسة البایلوجیة لمركبات :الكلمات المفتاحیة 305 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 microsoft word 107-117 chemistry | 107 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 glucagon-like peptide-1 levels and related parameters in rheumatoid arthritis patients prone to atherosclerosis noorhan k. shafeeq. dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/baghdad university ban mahmood shaker al-joda dept.of biochemistry /college of medicine /babylon university tamara ala, a dept. of basic sciences /faculty of dentistry/ kufa university received in: 27/april/2016, accepted in: 11/may/2016 abstract the study aimed to estimate the role of glucagon-like peptide-1 (glp-1) and visfatin as a novel pro inflammatory marker in rheumatoid arthritis (ra ) according to the activity scores of disease to assess the possibility of introducing glucagon-like peptide-1 and visfatin in the diagnosis and monitoring of ra patients and to found the correlation of visfatin level with glp-1 and aip in patients prone to atherosclerosis ,fifty healthy individuals as control group (g1) and fifty rheumatoid arthritis (ra) patients (g2) were enrolled in this study with middle age ranged (30 – 40) years and bmi ≥24 kg/m2. esr ,rf, lipid profile, crp,insulin, visfatin and glp-1were determined. results in table (1) revealed highly significant increase in esr,rf,tc,tg,ldl,vldl and aip level in rheumatoid arthritis (g2) comparing to (g1) while significant decrease noticed in (g2) group comparing to (g1). results in table(2) showed highly significant increase in insulin ,crp, visfatin and glp-1 level results in table(3) illustrated correlation relation data and results revealed highly significant ,were r=0.035 for glp-1 with visfatin for (g1), and highly significant , r= -0.089 for (g2) as shown in figure(1-a) and(1-b), the result also highly significant were r= -0.183 for glp-1 with crp for control group and significant ,r= 0.043 for glp-1 with crp for ra group as shown in figure(2-a) and(2-b), and significant, r= -0.056 for glp-1with aip for g1 and no significant, were r= 0.042 for glp-1 with aip for g2 as shown in figure (3-a)and (3-b). conclusion that summarized from this study is glucagon-like peptide-1 and visfatin plays a role in ra pathogenesis that can be considered marker in ra . and may be used as a drug in future for ra patients. keyword:glp-1, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis. abbreviation: rheumatoid arthritis (ra), esr (erythrocyte sedimentation rate), rf(rheumatoid factor), crp (c-reactive protein) chemistry | 108 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction glucagon-like peptide-1 (glp-1) is a member of the pro-glucagon incretin family involved in the control of zest and satiety ,glp-1 acts during glp-1 receptor (glp-1r), a 463 aminoacid member of the g protein-coupled receptor (gpcr) super family [1]. bioactive glp-1 found in two equipotent molecular forms: glp-17–37 and glp-17–36 amide. glp-1 is rapidly split by dp iv, which results in the production of largely inactive molecular glp-19-36 amide and glp-17-37 forms. in the cardiovascular system, incretins have been recently facilities for the increase of endogenous antioxidant defenses, repression of cardiomyocyte apoptosis, attenuation of endothelial inflammation and dysfunction[2]. in this brief review, we will summarize recent progress about the important role of glp-1 in myocardial protection and signaling pathway. [3]. in pacing-induced heart failure case, the stimulation of glp signaling by glp-1 has also been demonstrated to improve cardiac performance in conscious dogs with dilated cardiomyopathy [4]. recently, a significant number of studies have indicated useful effects of glp-1 on cardiovascular function, which gave justification for the use of glp-1 in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases. [3]. infusions of glp-1 have also been shown to promote post-prandial lipaemic excursions [5]., an distinct risk factor in the development of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. glp1 receptors are expressed on cardiac tissue, so, it is possible that the hormone, or its synthetic analogues, may directly mediate a range of cardiac functions. recent research include the investigation of glp-1 involvement in myocardial metabolism, coronary blood flow, pre/post-ischemic conditioning, left ventricular (lv) remodeling and lv performance. studies including animal and human have suggested that glp-1 agonists may have effects on myocardial metabolism, and this may be translated into possible therapeutic benefit on cardiac function. in addition, an animal study suggested that glp-1 may have effects on coronary blood flow and protect against ischemia and reperfusion injury [6]. the rheumatoid arthritis (ra) is a chronic autoimmune disease identified by synovial inflammation, cartilage damage, and bone erosion, [7]. visfatin, known as nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase (nampt), was originally described as a cytokine involved in early b-cell development and was later renamed visfatin since it is secreted mainly by visceral fat [8]. a proinflammatory action of visfatin was described to be mediated by the insulin signaling pathway through protein kinase b (pkb ) phosphorylation [9].. studies reported the up regulation of visfatin inactivated ra-sfs in response to proinflammatory stimuli in ra synovium: visfatin was expressed in the lining layer, aggregates of lymphoid, and vessels interstitial . [10]. study demonstrated that heart failure led to death in ra patients [11],which accelerated atherosclerosis than the other subjects [12]. inflammatory processes resemble to the other chronic inflammatory diseases, like atherosclerosis[13]. expression of proinflammatory cytokines and mediators influences of atherosclerosis. aclot formation to thrombus development responsible for myocardial infarction[14]. the study aimed to estimate the role of glucagon-like peptide-1 and visfatin as a novel pro inflammatory marker in rheumatoid arthritis patients according to the active scores of disease to assess the possibility of introducing visfatin in the diagnosis and monitoring of ra patients and to found the correlation of visfatin level with glucagon-like peptide-1 and aip in rheumatoid arthritis patients prone to atherosclerosis. chemistry | 109 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 materials and methods blood collected from fifty healthy individuals as control group (g1) and fifty rheumatoid arthritis (ra) patients (g2) were enrolled in this study with middle aged ranged (30 – 40) years and bmi ≥24 kg/m2. esr was determined in blood using the westergren method. three milliliters of blood was allowed to clot, and was centrifuged 1 h ,.the serum collected was stored until analysis (tc, tg, hdl) were determine according to the procedure of the hospital laboratory. ldl – c and vldl were calculated from friedewald equation: [ldlc(mg/dl)= tc (hdl-c+ vldl-c)] ,vldl-c (mg/dl)=tg/5[15] aip was calculated according to the following equation ( log tg/hdl ). visfatin, was measured by (elisa) kit (phoenix pharmaceuticals inc., burlingame, california, united states) [8]. serum crp was assessed by turbidimetry quantitative method [16].rheumatoid factor (rf) was assessed by turbidimetry quantitative method [17]. insulin and glp-1were determined by using a ready kit based on elisa technique[18]. the results were expressed as mean + sd. differences between the groups were assassed by student’s t-test which p-value of 0.05 and 0.0001 considered as significant and highly significant differences ,respectively .correlation relation was estimated for glp-1 with visfatin ,crp and aip. results and discussion: table(1)represented levels of esr,rf,tc,tg,hdl,ldl,vldl for patients and control groups, results in table (1) revealed highly significant increase in esr,rf,tc,tg,ldl,vldl and aip level in g2 comparing to g1 while significant decreased noticed in hdl levels in g2 comparing to g1. several immune cells and soluble mediators play important role in the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis in ra. [19] ,such as visfatin that is an adipokine synthesis visceral white adipose tissue [4] and represents an additional link between adipose tissue and inflammation[20] jian et al. [21] and nalesnik et al. [22], who observed that esr levels in ra patients was increase more than control group.. rheumatoid factor ( rf) is considered as a nonspecific marker of ra in addition to collagen vascular disease [23]. these data were in agreement with those of novikov et al. [24], who noticed that ra linked the presence of rf. the results were in agreement with those of [khalifa and abdelfattah] [25] and [hui et al]. [26], who showed that the elevation found in rf in ra group when comparing to non ra group. lipid disorder have important role in atherosclerosis, a process which is accelerated by dysfunction characterizing ra. the elevation in changed endothelial cells in ra patients allow the entry of ldl, which is possess in the intima, oxidized with subsequent recruitment of circulating leukocytes within atherosclerotic plaques[27] also, lowers in hdl levels may accelerate atherosclerosis lead to the exerting atheroprotective functions.[28] other study, demonstrated that tc and ldl increase together in ra patients with low levels of hdl. [29] an elevation in the tc/hdl ratio, which display an atherogenic index, is a signification marker for heart disease[30] in this study, the ra patients had an atherogenic index, indicate a higher risk of atherosclerosis. thus, it can be inference that the role of dyslipidaemia in the pathogenesis of subclinical atherosclerosis in ra patients should be seen in the context of other operating mechanisms[19]. moreover, it is potential that other fractions of specific lipoprotein particles as (vldl) and hdl may play a important role in atherogenesis in ra[31]. atherogenesis is accelerated in ra patients[13] .and elevation mortality from acute cardiovascular events[32]. chemistry | 110 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 results in table (2) showed highly significant increase in insulin ,crp, visfatin and glp-1 levels. both glp-1(7-36) amide and the glp-1 receptor agonist, exendin-4 are shown to increase heart rate and blood pressure in both anesthetized and conscious restrained rats, although the mechanisms are controversial [33]. in vitro studies have failed to show any effects of glp-1 on cardiac myocyte contractility. very recently, promising clinical data from shannon’s lab showed that glp-1 infusion improved regional and global function in patients with acute myocardial ischemia and severe systolic dysfunction after successful primary angioplasty [34]. several animal studies and analyses in humans have demonstrated a potential cardioprotective effect of glp-1 ras[35] .there is evidence that the glp-1 protective effect on myocardium may be particularly important in ischemic conditions and may also attenuate other factors causing premature atherosclerosis. [36] other study demonstrated when glp-1 was infused into isolated mouse hearts, cgmp production markedly increased compared with non treated hearts, suggesting a role for this signaling pathway in glp-1 activity. if the signaling mechanisms observed in pancreatic cells are stimulated by glp-1 in vascular and cardiac cells, vascular tone, muscle contractility, cell growth/differentiation, extracellular matrix remodeling, and apoptosis may be affected. [37]. determination of crp and esr ,which used as a marker of inflammation disease have significant role in ra [38]. these results are in agreement with those of al-mesryet al. [39], who found that crp is a protein produced in response to tissue injury, infection, and inflammation. another study revealed that increase visfatin levels in ra patients as a result of alteration in the gene encoding visfatin may be due to the ra triggering factors: a condition that causes elevation in its production autonomously independent of disease activity. [40] another study demonstrated that visfatin have a critical role in atherogenesis and destabilization of plaque [41] results in table (3) illustrated correlation relation data and t-test for glp-1 with visfatin ,crp and aip for g2 and g1 groups . results revealed highly significant ,were r=0.035 for glp-1 with visfatin for g1 and highly significant , r=-0.089 for g2 as shown in figure(1-a) and(1-b) . the result also highly significant , r= -0.183 for glp-1 with crp for g1 and significant , r= 0.043 for glp-1 with crp for g2 as shown in figure(2-a) and (2-b). and significant, r= 0.056 for glp-1 with aip for g1 and no significant, were r= 0.042 for glp-1 with aip for g2 as shown in figure (3-a)and (3-b). gonzalez-gay et al. [40] and senolt et al. [42], illustrated that visfatin levels did not correlate with bmi, age, and duration of disease in patients with active ra when company with control subjects which indicate that adipocytokine production in ra patients due to the processes of disease part of the inflammation systemic and destruction of bone led to suggested a role visfatin in the pathogenesis of ra. the current study also found that there was a positive correlation between visfatin and both crp and esr in ra patients. these observation are in agreement with other study reported that visfatin was correlated with (crp and esr) ,study seen that visfatin has a catabolic function in cartilage and may play significant role in the pathophysiology of arthritis. there is proof for an important function of innate immunity in the pathogenesis of ra [12]. although a study by luk et al. [43] showed that visfatin considered as a novel mediator of in nateimmunity, which led to improved that visfatin is involved in activity of proinflammatory, innateimmunity, and cartilage-catabolic functions in the processes of ra [44]. the conclusion could be drown from this studyglp-1 and visfatin plays a role in the pathogenesis of ra and can be considered as a marker in ra, and may be used as a drug in future for ra patients. chemistry | 111 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 references 1nikolaidis, la; mankad ,s; sokos, gg; miske, g; shah, a; elahi, d; shannon, rp; (2004). effects of glucagon-like peptide-1 in patients with acute myocardialinfarction and left ventricular dysfunction after successful reperfusion. circulation, 109(8):962–965 2erdogdu, o; nathanson, d; sjöholm, a; nyström, t; zhang, q; (2010) .exendin-4 stimulates proliferation of human coronary artery endothelial cells through enos-, pkaand pi3k/akt-dependent pathways and requires glp-1 receptor. mol cell endocrinol, 325:26–35 3zhao, tc.(2013). glucagon-like peptide-1 (glp-1) and protective effects in cardiovascular disease: a new therapeutic approach for myocardial protection. zhao cardiovascular diabetology, 12:90. 4nikolaidis, l.; elahi, d.; shen, y.; shannon, rp: (2005) active metabolite of glp1mediates myocardial glucose uptake and improves ventricularperformance in conscious dogs with dilated cardiomyopathy. am jphysiol heart circ physiol, 289(6):h2401–h2408 5meier, jj.; gethmann ,a; götze, o et al. (2006) glucagon-like peptide 1 abolishes the postprandial rise in triglyceride concentrations and lowers levels of non-esterified fatty acids in humans. diabetologia;3:452–8. 6ban, k; noyan-ashraf, mh; hoefer, j .(2008). cardioprotective and vasodilatory actions of glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor are mediated through both glucagon-like peptide 1receptor-dependent and -independent pathways. circulation ;117:2340–50 7omez, r. g.´; conde, j. ; scotece, m.; g´omez-reino, j. j.; lago, f. and gualillo, o. (2011) “what’s new in our understanding of therole of adipokines in rheumatic diseases?” nature reviews rheumatology, vol. 7, no. 9, pp. 528–536. 8fukuhara, a.; matsuda. m.; m. nishizawa, et al. (2007) “erratum (retracted article): visfatin: a protein secreted by visceral fat that mimics the effects of insulin,” science, vol. 318, no. 5850, p. 565. 9jacques, c.; holzenberger, m. and mladenovic, z. et al. (2012) “proinflammatory actions of visfatin/nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase (nampt) involve regulation of insulin signaling pathway and nampt enzymatic activity,” journal of biological chemistry, vol. 287, no. 18, pp. 15100–15108.. 10matsui, h.; tsutsumi, a.; sugihara, m. et al. (2008) “visfatin (pre-b cell colonyenhancing factor) gene expression in patients with rheumatoid arthritis,” annals of the rheumatic diseases, vol. 67, no. 4, pp. 571–572. 11 maradit-kremers, h.; crowson, cs.; nicola, pj; ballman. kv; roger. sj; jacobsen. sj. et al. (2005). increased unrecognized coronary heart disease and sudden deaths in rheumatoid arthritis: a populationbased cohort study. arthritis rheum;52(2):402–11. 12 breland ,um.; hollan, i.; saatvedt, k; almdahl, sm; dama˚ s. jk; yndestad .a. et al. (2010). inflammatory markers in patients with coronary artery disease with and without inflammatory rheumatic disease. rheumatology (oxf);49(6):1118–27. 13bacon, pa.; stevens, rj.; carruthers, dm.; young ,sp.; kitas. gd.(2002) accelerated atherogenesis in autoimmune rheumatic diseases. autoimmun rev;1:338–47. 14-libby, p. (2008). role of inflammation in atherosclerosis associated with rheumatoid arthritis. am j med;121(10 suppl. 1):s21–31 15del rinco.´ n i; o’leary. dh; freeman. gl; escalante. a.( 2007) acceleration of atherosclerosis during the course of rheumatoid arthritis. atherosclerosis;195:354–60 16otsuji ,s; shibata, h.; umeda. m.( 1982). turbidimetric immunoassay of serum creactive protein. clin chem; 28:2121–2124. 17winkles, jw; lunec, j; gray ,l. (1989)automated enhanced latex agglutination assay for rf in serum. clin chem; 35:303–307. chemistry | 112 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 18prasad, sk. (2010).biochemistry of lipids 1st .discovery publishing house pvt. ltd. new delhi-110 002. 19montecucco, f.; mach, f.; (2009).common inflammatory mediatorsorchestrate pathophysiological processes in rheumatoid arthritisand atherosclerosis. rheumatology;48:11–22. 20fantuzzi, g. (2008). adipose tissue, adipokines and inflammation. j body work mov ther;12(2):121–32. 21jian. liu; rui-kai, z.; xue-fang, yu.; yuan, w. (2008). effects of xinfeng capsule on platelet parameters, p-select, platelet ultra-structure and its therapeutic effect on rheumatoid arthritis patients in active phase. china j chinese med;12–16. 22nalesnik, m.; nikolic.´ jm; jandric, s. (2010 ) ada and crp in diagnosing and monitoring of ra. med glas ljek komore zenicko-doboj kantona 2011; 8:163–168 23singh, u. (2010) is rheumatoid factor still a superior test for the diagnosis of ra? rheumatol int; 30:1115–1119. 24novikov, .aa; aleksandrova, en; karateev, .de; luchikhina, el; demidova. nv; cherkasova. mv.et al. (2008). diagnostic value of antibodies to modified citrullinizedvimentin in early rheumatoid arthritis. klin lab diagn; 27–29 25khalifa ,aim.; abdelfattah, a. . (2008)anti ccp2 and anti keratin antibodies in patientswith ra and oa. egyptian soc rheumatol rehabil; 35:1–10. 26 hui, l.; wuqi, s.; yang, l. (2010) .diagnostic value of anti-ccp antibodies in northern chinese han patients with ra and its correlation with disease activity. clin rheumatol; 29:413–417 27hahn, bh.; grossman, j.; chen, w.; mcmahon, m. (2007). the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis in autoimmune rheumatic diseases: roles of inflammation and dyslipidemia. j autoimmun;28:69–75. 28hansson, gk.; libby ,p. (2006). the immune response in atherosclerosis: adouble-edged sword. nat rev immunol;6:508–19. 29gotto, jr. am. (2001). low high-density lipoprotein cholesterol as a risk factor in coronary heart disease: a working group report. circulation;103:2213–8. 30georgiadis, an.; papavasiliou, ec.; lourida, es; alamanos. y; kostara. c; tselepis .ad.et al. (2006). atherogenic lipid profile is afeature characteristic of patients with early rheumatoid arthritis: effect of early treatment–a prospective, controlled study. arthritisres ther;8(3):r82. 30boers, m.; nurmohamed, mt.; doelman, cj.;, lard, lr.; verhoeven, ae.; voskuyl, ae. et al.( 2003). influence of glucocorticoid and disease activity on total and high density lipoprotein cholesterol in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. ann rheum dis;62:842–5. 31linsel-nitschke, p.; samani, nj.; schunkert, h. (2010) .sorting out cholesterol and coronary artery disease. n engl j med;363(25):2462–3. 32chung ,cp; oeser, a; avalos, i; gebretsadik, t; shintani, a; raggi, p. et al. (2006) .utility of the framingham risk score to predict the presence of coronary atherosclerosis in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. arthritis res ther;8:r186 33yamamoto, h.; lee, ce; marcus ,jn; williams, td; overton, jm; lopez ,me; hollenberg ,an; baggio, l; saper, cb; drucker, dj; elmquist, jk.( 2002) glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor stimulation increases blood pressure and heart rate and activates autonomic regulatory neurons. j clin invest, 110(1):43–52. 34sokos, gg; bolukoglu, h; german, j; hentosz, t; magovern, gj ;jr, maher, td; dean, da; bailey, sh; marrone, g; benckart ,dh; elahi, d; shannon, rp. effect ofglucagon-like peptide-1 (glp-1) on glycemic control and left ventricular function in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass grafting. am jcardiol 2007, 100(5):824–829 chemistry | 113 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 35ratner, r.; han, j.; nicewarner, d.; yushmanova, i.; hoogwerf, bj.; shen, l. cardiovascular safety of exenatide bid: an integrated analysis from controlled clinical trials in participants with type 2 diabetes. cardiovasc. diabetol. 10, 22 (2011). 36levantesi, g.; macchia, a; marfisi, rm; franzosi, mg; maggioni ,ap; nicolosi, gl; schweiger, c; tavazzi, l; tognoni, g; valagussa, f; marchioli, r; (2005). on behalf of thegissi-prevenzione investigators: metabolic syndrome and risk ofcardiovascular events after myocardial infarction. j am coll cardiol, 46:277–283. 37ban, k; noyan-ashraf, mh; hoefer, j; bolz, ss; drucker, dj; husain, m; (2008) .cardioprotective andvasodilatory actions of glucagon-like peptide 1receptor are mediated through bothglucagon-like peptide 1 receptor-dependent and-independent pathways.[erratum appears in circulation;118(4):e81]. circulation ;117:2340–2350. 38nam. j; villeneuve. e and emery. p. (2009). the role of biomarkers in the management of patients with ra. curr rheumatol rep; 11:371–377. 39al-mesry .mr;attwa. et; omar. hm. (2003). assessment of cardiovascular risk factors in ra and oa. egypt rheumatol rehabil; 30:323–332. 40gonzalez-gay, ma; vazquez-rodriguez, tr; garcia-unzeuta, a; berja, a; mirandafilloy, ja; de matias, jm. et al. (2010) visfatin is not associated with inflammation or metabolic syndromes in patients with severe rheumatoid arthritis undergoing anti-tna alpha therapy. clin exp rheumatol;28(1):56–62. 41hahn bh, grossman j, chen w, mcmahon m.( 2007).the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis in autoimmune rheumatic diseases: roles of inflammation and dyslipidemia. j autoimmun;28:69–75. 42 senolt .l; krysˇ .tu; fkova. o; hulejova .h. (2011). the level of serum visfatin (pbef) is associated with total number of b cells in patients with rheumatoid arthritis and decreases following b cell depletion therapy. cytokine; 55:116–121 43luk ,t.; malam, z.; marshall, j. (2008). pre-b cell colony enhancing factor (pbef)/ visfatin: a novel media innate immunity. j leukoc biol; 83:804–816 44bao, jp.; hen. wp; wu. ld. (2009) .visfatin; a potential therapeutic target for rheumatoidarthritis. j int med res; 37: chemistry | 114 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (1) esr, rf,tc,tg,hdl,ldl,vldl levels in g1 and g2: groups parameters mean± sem g2 mean± sem g1 t-test g1 vs g2 esr(mm/h) 42.35 ± 5.52 12.34±2.28 <0.0001 rf(iu/ml) 135.52 ± 9.14 33.89±9.5 <0.0001 t c (mg/dl) 264.73 ± 32.87 110.85±14.11 <0.0001 tg(mg/dl) 245.14±35.5 98.77±28.6 <0.001 hdl 32.74±3.65 42.64±3.96 <0.001 ldl 178.24±37.87 58.19±18.9 <0.001 vldl 42.14±5.03 25.42±1.57 <0.0001 aip 0.874±0. 98 0.36±0.85 <0.001 ̽˚(s) significant differences which p-value 0.05 ,(hs) high significant differences which p-value 0.001,(ns) no significant differences which p-value 0.05,(crp, c-reactive protein; esr). table (2) glp-1,crp, visfatin, insulin levels for studied groups group variables mean± sem g1 mean± sem g2 t-test g1 vs g2 glp-1 2.24±1.48 0.46±0,07 <0.05 crp(mg/dl) 4.96±0.82 1.76±0.48 <0.0001 visfatin (ng/ml) 63.3±6.5 12.71±1.7 <0.0001 insulin(iu/ml) 15.44±2.43 3.92±0.60 <0.0001 ˚(s) significant differences which p-value 0.05 ,(hs) high significant differences which p-value 0.001,(ns) no significant differences which p-value 0.05 chemistry | 115 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (3) correlation coefficient and p-value between glp-1 levels and visfatin.crp and aip. for studied groups. groups parameters g2 g1 r-value p-value r-value p-value glp-1with vis -0.089 <0.0001 0.035 <0.0001 glp1withcrp 0.043 <0.0001 -0.183 <0.0001 glp-1withaip -0.042 0.02 -0.056 <0.05 a b figure (1) correlation between glp-1 and visfatin in g1(a),g2(b) figure (2) correlation between glp-1 and crp in g1(a),g2(b) y = ‐0.6872x + 51.65 r² = 0.0053 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 2 4 6 v is glp‐1 y = 0.0231x + 5.1374 r² = 0.0026 0 2 4 6 8 0 5 10 15 c r p glp‐1 y = 1.1411x + 14.177 r² = 0.0012 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 v is glp‐1 y = ‐0.7955x + 2.1855 r² = 0.0123 0 1 2 3 4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 c r p glp‐1 chemistry | 116 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 a b figure (3) correlation between glp-1 and crp in g1(a),g2(b) y = 0.005x + 0.8003 r² = 0.0049 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 5 10 15 a ip glp‐1 y = ‐0.9469x + 1.9309 r² = 0.2471 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 a ip glp‐1 chemistry | 117 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 في مرضى الصلةوالمعامالت ذات 1-مستويات الكلوكاكون شبيه الببيتايد بتصلب الشرايين لإلصابةالمعرضين التھاب المفاصل الرثوي فيقش نورھان خالد جامعه بغداد/)ابن الھيثم( الصرفةللعلوم التربيةكليه /قسم الكيمياء هالجودبان محمود شاكر جامعه بابل/بطكليه ال/ الحياتيةقسم الكيمياء تمارا عالء حسين جامعه الكوفة/كليه طب االسنان/األساسيةقسم العلوم 2016/أيار/11:قبل في ،2016/نيسان/27:استلم في الخالصة تھدف ھذه الدراسه الى تحدبد دور الفزفاتين كداله اساسيه لاللتھابات المتواليه في مرضى التھاب المفاصل الرثوي وفقا لدرجات نشاط المرض لتقييم امكانيه استخدام الفزفاتين في تشخيص ومراقبه مرضى التھاب المفاصل الرثوي وايجاد تم جمع نماذج ,في المرضى العرضين لالصابه بتصلب الشرايين glp-1 ,aipمعامالت االرتباط لمستوى الفزفاتين مع بلغت متوسط g2وخمسين شخصا من مرضى التھاب المفاصل الرثوي g1 الدم من خمسين شخصا من االصحاء ظاھريا ومستويات esr,rf,crp,glp-1تم قياس مستويات .2م/كغم ≤24سنه بكتله جسميه ) 40-30(اعمارھم تظھر زياده معنويه عاليه في مستويات ) 1(النتائج في الجدول .الفزفاتين,ناالنسولي,الدھون esr,rf,tc,tg,ldl,vldl,aip قي المجموعهg2 مفارنه بالمجموعه الظابطه g12(اما نتائج الجدول الثاني ( ات العالقات ويوضح الجدول الثالث بيان, crp,glp-1الفزفاتين ,تظھر زياده معنويه عاليه في مستويات االنسولين -ارتباط معنوي ومعامل g1مع الفزفاتين للمجموعه glp-1 لل 0.035االرتباطيه واظھرت النتائج معامل ارتباط معنوي لل 0.183-ارتباط معنوي ومعاملكما اظھرت النتائج , (1-b), (a-1)كما موضح بالشكل g2للمجموعه 0.089 glp-1مع crpللمجموعه g1 لمجموعه المرضى كما موضح بالشكل 0.043ومعامل ارتباط معنوي(2-a) ,(2 -b) لمجموعه 0.042-وغير معنويه 0.056-بالنسبه للمجموعه الظابطه كانت معنويه aipمع glp-1 اما معامل ارتباط دورا فعاال في الحاالت ونستنتج من ھذه الدراسه ان الفزفاتين يلعب , (3 -b), (a-3)المرضى كما موضح بالشكل المرضيه من التھاب المفاصل الرثوي وعالقته ببقيه المعامالت التي تعتبر مؤشرات لالصابه بالجلطه القلبيه ويعتبر مؤشر .raويمكن ان يستخدم مستقبال كعالج لمرض raمرضي قوي لل .تصلب الشرايين,التھاب المفاصل الرثوي ,glp-1 :الكلمات المفتاحيه 10880032 10880033 10880034 10880035 10880036 10880037 10880038 10880039 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the impact of ascending levels of crude oil pollution on growth of olive ( olea europaea linn) seedlings b. a. a . ali , h . h. ali and g . a. shaker iraq natural history museum and research centre , unive rsity of baghdad abstract a st udy on the imp act of ascending lev els of crude oil on the growt h of transp lanted seedlings ( m arch2005 ) of olive (ol ea europaea linn) was carried out at t he exp erimental area of iraq natural hist ory m useum and research centre / baghd ad university (bab-al-m adham –baghd ad) grown under field condition and continued till ap ril 2008.the exp eriment was laid out in comp lete rando mized desi gn ( cr d ) with five levels of p ollution (0.0 , 0.5 , 1.0 , 2.0 and 3.0 liter / seedlin g ) p oured at the soil surface , each seedling represented one replicate and was replicated four times . data collected from the exp eriment were visual sy mptoms , p ercents of seedlings death, p lant height and total dry weight of harvest ed p lants. t he results indicated that crude oil p ollution caused an adverse effect on the olive (olea europaea linn). the crude oil led to leaf chlorosis , dry ness and death of seedlings. the adverse effects were p rop ortional with the levels of p ollution. plant heights and total dry weights were sign ificantly reduced (p < 0.05) as a consequence of p ollution. results of the st udy indicated that the effect of p ollution clearly app eared after three weeks at the high levels then the sy mptoms extended to lower levels during the first six months. the st udy showed that treated plants with low levels of crude oil p ollution were less growt h but survived and st ay ed alive, while the high er levels led to seedlings de ath. it was obvious t hat the adversely affected p lants could not be able to recov er even after 27 months after p ollution, the time of the exp eriment. introduction olive tree (olea europaea linn) , is a small tree , mostly not exceeding 6 t0 9 m in height , and bear ing small lan ceolate leaves and axillaries flowers oblong. while the p roduction of oil is the main aim of p lanting this sp ecies ; a sp ecific orchard man agement should be app lied to maintain acceptable levels of p roductivity , oil quality , and cost of p roduction (1). it was introduced to iraq since a long time ago and extensively cultivated in different p arts of iraq( 2 ) esp ecially in the up p er parts of t he country . the tree is considered as t oler ant for drou ght, and for nitrogen deficiency (3 ).recently the iraqi m inist ry of agriculture considers the tree as one of the important economic p lants and adop ted many p rojects to exp and planting areas and encouraged farmers to grow the tree in their private plantations. soil p rotection and remediation of oil p olluted soil sites became an imp ortant p art of the environmen tal p rotection p olicy in many oil p roducin g countries. resear ch in p reventing and recuperating oil p ollution became an inte gral p art of p etroleum industry activities because the crude o il h as consider ed as the most last ing and persistent environmental pollutants affecting the soil ecosy st ems. crude oil pollution is t he most frequent one in iraq than in any other producing countries due to t he wars , fighting and unn atural security conditions , where p ipe lines , oil transp orting trailers and tanks were mostly exp osed to attack by exp losions causing an intensive crude oil soil pollution . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 plants resp ond differently to p ollution dep ending on many factors such as typ e and level of pollutant , a ge and size of the plant and its inherent characterist ic, in addition to environmental conditions under which the p lant is grown. oil p ollution has adversely effects on different p lant sp ecies ( 4) ,( 5) , (6) and (7) referr ed to crude oil as p hy totoxic for many p lants and consider ed the p oor growt h of oil t reated plants as attributed to suffocation of p lants caused by exclusion of air by the oil or exh austion of oxy gen by the increased microbial activity and toxicity from some oil comp ounds . in sp ite of the adverse effects of oil p ollution on the plants, no much works were done in iraq and due to the shortage of the available literatures related to this subject current study had been done and aimed to invest igate the p erformance of olive tree (olea europaea ) growt h under different levels of crude oil pollution . materials and methods fifty seedlings of olive (olea europaea ) n early 30-40 cm tall and fr ee of insects or dieses infections obtained from a local nursery and were transp lanted in a clay soil with distances of one by one meter between seed lin gs at the exp erimental ar ea of the iraq natural history research centre & m useum / baghd ad university on m ay of 2005 . twenty healthy seedlings and near ly equally height of them w ere selected on de cember 2005 . five levels of basrah light crude o il obtain ed from iraqi oil m inist ry used ( 0.0 (l0) , 0.5 ( l1), 1.0 (l2) , 2.0 (l3) and 3.0 (l4) liter of oil / seedlin gs) were distributed randomly on the selected seedlin gs and each level was repeated four times . soil crude o il p ollution was simulated by p ouring the crude oil over the surface soil and inorder to ensure that the amounts in all treatment were distributed over the same ar ea, a ring of a plast ic tube with diameter of 30 cm was made , and was p ut on the soil to surround the seedling, then the crude oil was distributed equally and evenly inside the ring. resulted trees were h arvest ed on ap ril 2008. the imp act of the seedlin g as affected by crude o il was st udied depending on the visual sy mptoms and observations app eared on the p lants, p ercents of death seedlings( p ercent of death seedling to the 4 replications of each treatment) were collected during the exp eriment t ime and on the measurements of the heights and total dry weight of harvest ed trees. complete randomized design (crd) was used as an exp erimental d esign and the results were were st atist ically analyzed by using statist ica program (99 edition)(8). results and discussion the treated surface soils were turned immediately to oily with brown color after adding the crude oil. the resulted color was p rop ortional with oil level used. the surface soil of l1 , l2 and l3 was able to absorb the crude oil amounts directly after the addition , while soil of l4 took more time to absorb and became saturated with it. t he intensity of the brown color of the surface soils started to the reduce gradually with in time and this could be due to t he degradation of the oil or the penetration within the soil. the treated surface soils were able to recover to the original color during the first six months of the exp eriment . the consumed time to recover the original soil color was also p rop ortional with t he levels of crude oil used . all the seedlings of olea europaea exp osed to crude oil resp onded negatively to p ollution in comp arison with control treatment ( l0) fig (1). chlorosis (y ellowing of p lant leaves) was the early distinguished sy mptoms observed on all of the crude oil treated seedlings . although the chlorosis was a common feature for all of the treate seedlings, their y ellow color intensity was different and ranging between light to intensive depending on levels of p ollution being used . the chlorosis was first ly observed in some of the old leaves and then develop ed with in time to sp eared all over the p lant and eventually led to the dryness and death of seedlings in some cases esp ecially in the higher levels of p ollution ( l3 and ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 l4). in sp ite of no obvious cases of infection were observed during the time of the exp eriment, it was p ossible to ensure that t he dryness and death followed the chlorosis were due to p ollution and not for other reasons and therefore, p ut the dead seedlings under a close visual and microscopic examination . first case of seedling dry ness and death was recorded on l4 treatment after three weeks, and then the p henomena app eared on other treatments within the first six months after p ollution. crude oil p ollution caused death to some rep lications of the treated seedlings and the p ercent of death was directly p rop ortional to the level of p ollution and ranged between 75 to 100 % fig( 2 ). the increase of the death p ercentage of olea europaea with the increase of the levels of crude oil p ollution was clearly indicated to an adverse effect of oil on this sp ecies. it is well known that the visible sy mptoms have often p rovided the first indication of other p roblems which might be resulted from the impaired metabolism within the plant. crude oil p ollution led to different sy mptoms on seedling during the first six months after exp osing to crude oil. old leaves of treated seedling became p ale in comp arison t o control and this could be due to the breakdown in chlorop hy ll p roduction. such sy mptom had similar asp ects of nitrogen deficiency , where sp ecific sy mptoms of nitrogen deficiency first app ear on the oldest leaves. plant suffering from nitrogen deficiency is p ale in color in comp arison to healthy one due to the breakdown in chlorop hy ll p roduction. such observations were noticed by (9) where they referred that t he sp ecific sy mptoms of nitrogen deficiency first app eared ( as with deficiencies of p hosp horus and p otassium) on the oldest leaves, and these become p aler then turned to chlorosis ( m arked y ellowing) . it is well known t hat crude oil pollution leads t o increase soil organic carbon as well as the p op ulations of total heterotrop hic microorganisms and also, a reduction in nitrate-nitrogen and available phosp horus (10).the shortage of nutrients availability ,esp ecially the nitrogen as a result of the increase of the total soil heterotrop hic could be exp ected according to the current st udy since no nitrogen fertilizer was added. for t his reason, the nitrogen deficiency could be as one cause of the chlorosis and can not be rolled out. the adverse effects of crude on olea europaea trees continued for more than 27 months after p ollution . no more death happ ened for trees after the first six months but the survived trees from crude oil p ollution p ossessed weaker growt h in comp arison with control as reflected by trees height and total dry weight .the mean height for control trees was 203.7 cm , but due to p ollution it was reduced to 79.5 , 36.5 , 14.7 , 0.0 cm for l1, l2, l3 and l4 resp ectively table (1). total dry weigh also was reduced from 675.5 to 195.87, 30.62 , 12.25 , 0.0 gm for the same three levels table (2). current results clearly refer to the adverse effects of crude oil on p lants growt h and were in an agreement with to the results of (4),(5),(7), (11), (12), and (13) . since up take of water and nutrients is carried out by the root sy st em, untreated seedlings of olea europaea with sound, healthy roots grew normally while the treated seedlings could suffer from anatomical aberration that may caused by p resence of oil films in a sp ecific parts of p lant leading to a negative effect on the growt h. in anatomical study (14) noticed the p resence of oil films in the epidermal and cortical regions of root, st em and leaves of the plant . the increase of death p ercent of olea europaea seedlings with increasing of p ollution as occurred in the current st udy , could be due to one or a combination of following factors; disrup tion of root-soil-water relationship , direct imp act on p lant metabolic p rocesses , toxicity of living cells, reduced oxy gen exchange between the atmosp here and soil , nutrients immobilization and an alteration in the p hy sical, chemical and biological p rop erties of soil. such factors could have observed visual sy mptoms , reduction in biomass or deaths of seedlings. from the foregoing, it is clear that crude oil may affect p lant by causing direct death due to coating the roots and soil p articles by it or t hrough the affect of toxic comp onents, where the oil or its comp onents interfere with cellular p rocesses, resulting the plant death . conclusion some conclusions could be mentioned according to this exp eriment ; (a): crude oil app lication to soil ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 has adverse effects on the growt h of olea europaea seedlings ,(b): the effect being p rop ortional to the concentration of crude oil is app lied, (c): oil may affect the p lants by causing direct death in high levels of p ollution , (d): in some levels of p ollution olive p lants may undergo a weakness in growt h and reduction of biomass p roducing a st unted plants, and (e) the effect of p ollution by crude oil on olea europaea may last more than 27 months (t he period of the exp eriment). acknowledgeme nts the authors are grateful to iraqi ministry of oil and the management of dorra refinery for p roviding the basroh crude oil that was used in the current st udy . references 1-m ichelakis,n.(2002).ishs acta hort iculturae. 586 :239-24 http://www.actahort.org/books/586/586_45.htm 2 chakravarty , h.i. 1976. plant wealth of iraq. vol (1), botany directorate, m inist ry of agricu lture and agr arian reform, baghd ad, iraq. 3 fernández-escobar ,r., sÿ nchez-zamora ,m .a., uceda, m . and beltr ,g. (2002).ishs acta hort iculturae 586: 158-163. http://www.actahort.org/members/showp df?booknrarnr=586_88 4 agbo gidi, o.m , onosode,a.t and ofuoku,a.u. (2006). europ ean. j. of scientific research, 13 (2). :165-171. 5 akaninwor, j.o. , ay eleso, a.o. and m onago , c.c ( 2007). scientific research and essay. 2(4): 127-131. 6 ogbonna,d.n , iwegbu e,c.m .a , t.g. sokari and akoko, i.o.( 2007). earth and environmental science. 27( 2) :303-309. 7 -udo,e.j. and fey emi,a.a.a. (1975). 4:537-540. 8-statist ica for windows "99 edition" , (1999) . kernel release 5.5 a , statsoft,inc . 9 snowball, k. and robson , a.d (1983) .symptoms of nutrient deficiency . dep artment of soil science and plant nutrition, institute of agriculture, university of west ern australia. 10okolo, j.c. , amadi, e.n and odu, c.t .i (2005). app lied ecolo gy and environmental r esearch 3 (1) : 47-53. 11 issoufi, i , rhykerd, r.l and smiciklas, k.d (2006). j agron crop sci, 192 ( 4 ):310-317. 12-baek, ky ung-hwa , kim, hee-sik , hee-m ock, oh , yoon, by ung-dae,yoon , ki m,jaisoo and lee, insook. (2004). j.of environ sci and health. a39 (9 ): 2465-2472. 13 gill,l.s. , ny awuame,h.g.k. and ehihametelor, a.g. (1992). newsletter 5:46-50. 14 anoliefo, g.o. (1991). forcados blend oil effect in resp iration,metabolism, elemental comp osition and growt h of citrullus vulgaris (schard).ph.d. t hesis benn.pp. 6-30. in gill,l.s. , ny awuame,h.g.k. and ehihametelor, a.g. (1992). ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (1): plant height (cm) at the end of the experiment as influenced by five levels of crude oil 0.0 refer to dead plant . means with different superscripts are significantly different (lsd) at p< 0 table( 2): plant dry weight ( gm) at the end of the experiment as influenced by five levels of crude oil in soil mean dry w eight (gm) replications t reatments (levels o f soil pollution) 4th 3d 2nd 1st 675.5 a 195.87 b 30.62 b 12.25 b 0.00 b 661 0.0 0.0 49.0 0.00 686 0.0 61.25 0.00 0.00 980 416.5 61.25 0.00 0.00 735.0 367.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 l0 l1 l2 l3 l4 0.0 refer to dead plant . means with different sup erscrip ts are significan tly different (lsd) at p< 0.05 plant height (cm) replications t reatments mean 4th 3d 2nd 1st levels of soil pollution 203.7a 79. 5b 36. 5 b 14.7 b 0.0 b 186.0 0.0 0.0 59.0 0.0 192.0 0.0 52.0 0.0 0.0 228.0 166.0 94.0 0.0 0.0 0 .209 152.0 0. 0 0.0 0.0 l0 l1 l2 l3 l4 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig (1): eff ect of five levels of crud e oil on the growth of olive seedling af ter six month from p ollution fig (2): effect of five levels of crude oil pollution on the percent of death of olive plan l0 l1 l2 l3 l4 100 75 50 50 levels of crud e oil p ercent of death (%) 2009) 3( 22المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الھیثم olea europaea نمو شتالت في النفط الخام ب التلوث من متزایدةتأثیر مستویات الزیتون شاكر عبد الوهاب حسن حسین علي و كونر،باسم عباس عبد علي جامعة بغداد ،مركز بحوث و متحف التاریخ الطبیعي الخالصة في المساحة التجربیة في 2005في اذار نمو شتالت الزیتون المزروعة في مختلفة من النفط الخام مستویاتتأثیر درس الى 2005من آذار المدة تحت الظروف الحقلیة) بغداد –باب المعظم (جامعة بغداد /مركز بحوث و متحف التاریخ الطبیعي ط الخام وهي فصممت التجربة الحقلیة على التصمیم العشوائي الكامل باستخدام خمسة مستویات من الن. 2008نیسان كل شتلة اذ ،أربعة مكررات عمالباست و اضیفت على سطح التربة )الشتلة / لتر نفط 3.0و 2.0، 1.0، 0.5 ، 0.0( ة الو ،عراض المرئیة التي ظهرت على النباتاتاأل ت تسجیل من التجربة شملالتي جمعت البیانات . مثلت مكرر نسبة المئوی كلي للنباتات ،و أطوال النباتات ،لموت النباتات أشارت النتائج إلى أن التلوث النفطي أدى إلى . بعد الحصاد و الوزن الجاف ال االصفرار على أعراضطي إلى ظهور فالتلوث الن أدى .ر سلبیة على نباتات الزیتون تناسبت مع مستویات التلوثاثآظهور نتیجة 0.05على مستوى احتمال ائیااحص الجافة هاأوزان النباتات و أطوال انخفضت . احیانا و الجفاف ثم موت النبات األوراق المستوى االعلى من التلوث ثم فياثر التلوث ظهر واضحا بعد ثالثة اسابیع الدراسة الى اننتائج اشارت . لتلوث النفطيل ت البحث ت نتائجكما أظهر .المستویات االدنى وذلك خالل االشهر الستة االولى امتد ظهور االعراض الىبعدها ان النباتا وث ها استطاعت ان تنجو ولكن و اً نمو كانت اقل القلیلة من النفط الخام مستویات الالمعاملة ب تبقى حیة في حین ادى التل كان واضحا ان النباتات التي تأثرت سلبیا بالتلوث استمر معها التأثیر السلبي ولم دوق. الى موت الشتالتبالمستویات العالیة .استمرار التجربةمدة ، شهرا من بدء التلوث النفطي 27تتعاف حتى بعد مرور ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 72 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *coressponding author: bassem.sultan1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract this study aimed to determine the histological and functional effects of galangin (gal) conjugated with gold nanoparticles (aunps) on the kidneys of male albino mice treated with ccl4. gold nanoparticles were prepared chemically by the turkevich method. the characterization of the prepared aunps and aunps+gal was carried out using uv spectrophotometry, x-ray diffraction (xrd), and particle size. for the in vivo study, 42 adult male albino mice were used and randomly distributed into seven groups, and the experiment was extended for 14 days. the first group (g1) was the control group without any treatment, the second group was injected intra-peritoneally (i.p.) with ccl4 once a week until the end of the experiments, the third group was injected with aunps, the fourth and fifth groups were injected with gal at 10 and 20 mg/kg concentrations, respectively, and the sixth and seventh groups were injected with aunps-gal 10 mg/kg and aunps+gal 20 mg/kg, respectively. the results showed a spherical shape with an average size of 61.6 nm; the absorption spectrum was 535 nm; and the crystalline nature of the conjugated solution using xrd was confirmed, where the spectrum appears at 45.4, 38, 32, and 24 c°. in vivo study results recorded different histopathological alterations in the kidney tissue of mice treated with ccl4, and treatment with doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3250 article history: received 28 january 2022, accepted 26 march 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq histological and biochemical effect of galangin conjugated gold nanoparticles on the kidneys damage induced by carbon tetrachloride of adult male albino mice bassem sultan abeed * department of biology, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, iraq. bassem.sultan1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq hanady salim al-shmgani department of biology, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, iraq. hanadi.s.as@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq khalil a. a. khalil 1department of medical laboratories sciences, college of applied medical sciences, university of bisha, bisha, 61922 p.o. box 551, saudi arabia. 2department of medical laboratory sciences, faculty of medicine and health sciences, university of hodeidah, yemen. kaahmad@ub.edu.sa hamdoon a. mohammed department of pharmacognosy, faculty of pharmacy, al azhar university, cairo, egypt. ham.mohammed@qu.edu.sa https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:bassem.sultan1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:bassem.sultan1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:bassem.sultan1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hanadi.s.as@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:kaahmad@ub.edu.sa mailto:kaahmad@ub.edu.sa mailto:ham.mohammed@qu.edu.sa ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 73 aunps+gal significantly improved the histology architecture in a dose-dependent manner. additionally, the levels of urea and creatinine in blood serum were much higher in the ccl4 group, and they were significantly reduced to normal levels after treatment with cal and conjugated aunps+gal. these findings revealed that galangin loaded on gold nanoparticles positively improved the damage induced by ccl4, providing a potentially effective natural treatment following extensive and appropriate developments. keywords: galangin, aunps, ccl4, albino mice, kidney histopathology 1. introduction nephritis caused by chemicals, such as industrial detergents, household disinfectants, insecticides, and others, is a serious threat to human health and a global problem [1]. inflammation of the kidneys caused by ccl4 in mice is a well-established experimental model of kidney infection, in which inflammatory cells such as t cells, natural killer cells, macrophages, and neutrophils infiltrate, producing a variety of inflammatory cytokines toxic to the kidneys, including interferon (ifn -γ), tumor necrosis factor (tnf-α, β) and interleukin (il-1 and il-12), eventually leading to apoptosis, necrosis of kidney cells, and a marked rise in transaminases in the blood [2]. galangin (3,5,7-trihydroxyflavone)) is a natural active flavonoid active pharmaceutical ingredient extracted from the roots of the alpinia officinarum hance plant, a plant that has been used in asia for centuries as a seasoning and as an herbal medicine for various diseases such as vomiting, the removal of colds, and pain [3]. the pharmacological activity of galangin has been studied and includes anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, bactericidal, antioxidant, anti-fibrosis, and antitumor [4]. however, galangin has been reported as a weak soluble in water, which makes it poorly absorbed, which may limit its clinical usability and require a delivery system to reach its therapeutic goal [5]. with the development of nanotechnology in biology and medicine, and due to the features of nanoparticles, the demand for their integration with biomolecules has increased to form conjugated systems because these particles are versatile in applications including catalysts, drug delivery, treatment, imaging sensing, and control of the structure of biomolecules [6]. the unique properties of gold nanoparticles (aunps) coupled with their multiple surface functions have enhanced their extensive applications in biotechnology, particularly drug delivery systems, because aunps are biocompatible and possess a surface large enough to load the concentration of the delivered drug through their role as carriers of medicines [7]. furthermore, aunps have been reported as a promising mineral that has been extensively investigated for the delivery of anti-cancer drugs and anti-oxidant [7, 8]. since aunps have a hydrophilic and hydrophobic nature, they easily interfere between cells and change cell function, but their effects generally depend on the size of these nanoparticles [9]. connor et al., (2005) found that the administration of gold nanoparticles in humans showed no toxicity despite being ingested in cells [10]. furthermore, the experiment revealed that the injection of gold nanoparticles into rats from the tail vein was distributed in different organs such as the brain, lung, liver, heart, kidneys, blood, testicle, and berry but showed no toxicity [11]. umair et al. (2016) considered nanoparticles of gold to be biologically inert [12]. nanoparticles (nps) have certain properties that make them suitable for imaging, treatment, and drug delivery [13, 14, 15]. since aunps have shown antioxidant activity and drug delivery, gal has therapeutic potential, and given the small amount of research done to find out the effects of gal combined with aunps, this pairing is designed to ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 74 assess its effect on the function and synthesis of the kidneys of albino mice caused by carbon tetrachloride (ccl4) through (i.p) injection. 2. materials and methods 2.1. chemicals galangin was purcushed from sigma (st.mo.usa), (aucl4.3h2o) and citrate sodium were provided by fluka (usa), urea kits from linear chemicals, s.l (spain) and creatinine reagent kits from beacon (india). all other reagents were obtained from sigma (st. usa). 2.2. gold nanoparticles preparation and galangin conjugation gold nanoparticles were chemically prepared following the turkevich method, briefly, 0.1 mm of aqueous haucl4.3h2o solution was let to boil, and 1% trisodium citrate was added and left to develop the red nanoparticle solution [16]. galangin (10 and 20 mg) was then dropped into aunps (1:9 v/v) at 50 °c with stirring for 5 minutes. 2.3. characterization of aunps and aunps+gal several techniques have been used to characterize nanoparticles, including the uvvis absorption spectrophotometry, x-ray diffraction (xrd), and particle size. 2.4. animals the study was conducted on 42 healthy swiss male albino albino mice (mus musculus), age 8–10 weeks, with an average weight 25 ± 5 g, obtained from the razi center of the ministry of industry and minerals/industrial research and development authority. all animals were placed under appropriate laboratory conditions (12 hours of darkness and 12 hours of lighting) and a temperature of 25 ± 5 cº, and offered ad libitum. the experiment has the agreement of committee on animal use of the university of baghdad no.7495 in 28/12/2021. 2.5. experimental groups the experimental animals were divided into seven groups (6 in each) and injected intraperitoneal (ip) for 14 days with ccl4 once/week (apart from the control group) and distributed as follows: g1: control group, not received any treatment. g2: injected 0.1 ml of ccl4 once/week. g3: injected 0.1 ml of aunps, after ccl4 injection. g4: injected 0.1 ml of galangin at concentration 10 mg/kg, after ccl4 injection. g5: injected 0.1 ml of galangin at concentration 20 mg/kg, after ccl4 injection. g6: injected 0.1 ml of aunps-gal at concentration 10 mg/kg, after ccl4 injection. g7: injected 0.1 ml of aunps-gal at concentration 20 mg/kg, after ccl4 injection. 2.6. blood samples collection blood samples were collected the next day after the end of the injection period from all study animals through a heart puncture stab after the animals were partially anesthetized with chloroform. samples were then placed in tubes containing gel tubes and left for half an hour, followed by centrifugation at 4000 rpm for 20 minutes. serum was then transported in other plastic tubes and kept in 20 c° below zero until used [17]. the urea and creatinine levels in the serum were measured following the manufacturer of the kit protocol. 2.7. histological study preparation at the end of experiments, animals were sacrificed by cervical dislocation, and the right and left kidneys were removed, washed, and the weights of the organs were then recorded. samples were ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 75 fixed with formalin (10%). after dehydration in ethanol alcohol ascending grades of ethanol and clearing with xylene, samples were embedded in paraffin wax. prepared slide samples were stained with hematoxylin-eosin (h&e) according to standard histological protocol [18]. slides were observed and photographed under 40x olympus microscopy (germany). 2.8. statistical analysis: statistical analysis was performed using social package for social sciences (spss) version 24. analysis of variance (anova) was applied to calculate statistically significant differences between the groups, followed by the least statistically significant differences (lsd), and the significance was accepted at p≤0.05. 3. results 3.1. preparation and characterization of aunps and aunps+gal tetra-chloroauric acid (haucl4.3h2o) was mixed with tri-sodium citrate as a reducing mediator; color changes from yellowish to dark red indicate the creation of aunps, as shown in figure1. then galangin was progressively added to the aunps solution under heating condition and the color changed from red to viole indicating the conjunction of galangin in figure1. figure 1. color changes throw-out gold nanoparticles preparation and galangin loaded. (a) tetrachloride acid (haucl4.3h2o), (b) aunps with tri-sodium citrate as a reducing medium, and (c) aunps+gal. following aunps preparation and galangin loading, the characterizations were carried out, and the results of uv-vis spectrophotometry revealed a peak at 522 nm for the aunps, while the maximum absorbance for the aunps+gal was at 535, as shown in figure 2. this minor shift is due to the polymer layer, which changes the refractive index of the aunps. the results are in agreement with yang et al., (2018) who reported that the citrate reduction process can synthesize aunps at a range of 520-535 nm depending on the gold-to-citrate ratio [19] . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 76 figure 2. uv spectra of prepared (a) aunps and (b) aunps+gal . the resulting dynamic light spectra (dls) of the aunps, showed an average size of about 33.8 nm. while the results of the coupling examination showed that the average pairing particle size was 61.6 nm (figure 3). figure3. (a) the particle size distribution aunps revealed that the average size was 33.8 nm. (b) aunps+gal have a size range of 61.6nm. the crystalline nature of the aunps solution was emphasized using xrd, where the spectrum shows two peaks at 45.4°c and 38°c. the crystalline nature of the coupling solution using xrd was confirmed, where the spectrum appears at 45.4, 38, 32, and 24 ° c. which represents the crystalline nature of galangin and gold nanoparticles (figure 4). figure 4. x-ray diffraction (xrd) of prepared (a) aunps where the spectrum shows two peaks at 45.4 c ° and 38 c°. (b) aunps-gal where the spectrum appears at 45.4, 38, 32, and 24 c °. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 77 3.2. animal body weights the results of the current study showed a significant decrease (p≤0.01) in the weight gain of all treated groups of animals at the end of extermination compared to the control group. supplementation with aunps or aunps+gal significantly reduced the body weight gain compared to the groups of animals treated with ccl4 over 14 days of treatment, as shown in table 1. table 1. body weight gain after 14 days of treated animals for 14 days. groups weight gain (gm) control 4.517 ± 0.265 ccl4 2.668 ± 0.15 *b galangin 10 mg 2.118 ± 0.354 * galangin 20 mg 2.645 ± 0.89 aunps -1.515 ± 1.093 *a galangin 10 mg + gnps -0.910 ± 1.206 *c galangin 20 mg + gnps -0.182 ± 0.39 * d * significant differences at p≤0.05 vs control group, different letters means significant difference between groups. data represent mean ± sd. 3.3. kidney weight index the study recorded a significant increase (p≤0.05) in kidney weight index in the group of animals injected with 10 mg/kg galangin alone and galangin conjugated with gold nanoparticles. table 2. shows the average weight of the kidneys relative to the body weights of the experimental animals 14 days after the treatment. groups kidney/wb (gm) (mean ± s.e.) control 0.0083 ± 0.0002 ccl4 0.0086 ± 0.0004 gal 10 mg 0.0095 ± 0.0004 * a gal 20 mg 0.0077 ± 0.0003 b au nps 0.0085 ± 0.0003 aunps + gal 10 mg 0.009 ± 0.0003 a aunps + gal 20 mg 0.007 ± 0.0002 b * significant differences at p≤0.05 vs control, different letters means significant difference between groups. data represent mean ± sd. 3.4. urea concentration test the statistical results of this study showed a significant increase (p≤0.05) in the concentration of urea in the serum of mice in the group of animals injected with ccl4 solution, where 62.027 (mg/dl) was recorded compared to all other experimental groups, where the control group animals recorded 25.130 (mg/dl), however, there was no significant difference within groups. table 3. shows changes in urea concentration ratio (mg/dl) among all groups of experimental animals 14 days after treatment groups blood urea (mg/dl) (mean ± s.e.) control 25.130 ± 1.021 ccl4 62.027 ± 3.788 * gal 10 mg 25.981 ± 1.731 gal 20 mg 24.048 ± 1.759 aunps 24.500 ± 1.099 aunps + gal 10 mg 23.994 ± 0.548 aunps+ gal 20 mg 21.327 ± 0.197 * significant differences at p≤0.05 vs control ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 78 3.5. creatinine concentration test the study recorded a significant increase (p≤0.05) in the concentration of creatinine in the serum of the group of animals injected with ccl4 solution compared to all other treated groups. the statistical difference was not significant within the treated groups. table 4. shows changes in the concentration of creatinine (mg/dl) among all experimental animals after treatment for 14 days. groups serum creatinine (mg/dl) (mean ± s.e.) control 0.427 ± 0.046 ccl4 2.035 ± 0.172 * gal 10 mg 0.523 ± 0.088 gal 20 mg 0.358 ± 0.069 aunps 0.346 ± 0.086 aunps +gal 10 mg 0.289 ± 0.033 aunps + gal 20 mg 0.238 ± 0.053 * significant differences at p≤0.05 between ccl4 group vs all other groups 3.6. histological changes the control group shows a normal histological structure of the kidney with cortex and medulla and the presence of renal corpuscles, which appear normally in the cortex area and are formed by glomeruli surrounded by bowman's capsule. (figure 5,a). the g2 group injected with ccl4 once a week for 14 days sections showed various alterations, including blood congestion, atrophy, and necrosis in some cells lining the tubules. as well as sloughing and separation of epithelial endothelial cells of the tubules from the basement membrane and shrinkage of some glomeruli (figure 5, b). furthermore, a group of animals injected with gold nanoparticles (g3) showed an expansion of bowman's capsule in the renal particle and deformation in the distal and proximal tubules, with necrosis of some cells lining the renal tubules figure 5c. kidney tissue in the group treated with galangin at two concentrations of 10 and 20 mg/kg (g4 and g5) showed almost normal architecture with mild alterations, including necrosis and atrophy in some renal tubule cells, as in figures 5d and e. kidney tissue in the group of mice treated with ccl4 followed by treatment with aunps+gal conjugation solution at a concentration of 10 and 20 mg/kg showed some similarity in structure to that in the control group, in which the epithelial cells in the glomerulus did not show changes, however, some other alterations were indicated, such as blood hemorrhage, damage to the tubules, renal space enlargement and atrophy, as shown in figure 5 f and g. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 79 figure 5. transverse sections of kidneys in male swiss albino mice in different groups. (a) the cortex of the control group displayed renal corpuscle (rc) with glomerulus (g), distal convoluted tubules (dct), and proximal convoluted tubules (pct); (b) the abnormal kidney structure in mice that were injected with ccl4 for one week for 14 days showed blood congestion of blood vessels (co) and atrophy in cells lining the tubules (at). shrinkage of some glomeruli (sh), (at) atrophy in glomeruli, nucleus hypertrophy (hy), (c) showed an expansion of bowman's capsule in the renal particle and deformation (da) in the distal and proximal tubules with atrophy (at) of some cells lining the renal tubules in the group of animals injected with gold nanoparticles, (d and e) showed almost normal architecture with mild alterations including necrosis (ne) and atrophy (at) in some renal tubule cells and blood hemorhage (he), and deposition of calcium in the lumen of the renal tubule (ca). galangin with two concentrations of 10 and 20 mg/kg (f and g) with aunps + gal 10–20 mg/kg caused hemorrhage (he), renal space enlargement (en), damage to the tubules (da), widening of the bowman's space (bw), and atrophy (at). 4. discussion in the present study, the effects of gold nanoparticles with and without galangin and galangin alone were investigated in kidney mice damaged by ccl4. the results demonstrated that loading galangin on gold nanoparticles exhibited an improvement in kidney histology and function alterations induced by ccl4. the presence of the chemical synthesis of aunps has been demonstrated via various descriptions in figure 1, where aunps were present from the reaction of tetra-chloroauric acid with trisodium ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 80 citrate. the results were in agreement with previously published research, which reported that the wavelength peaks of aunps typically occur between 520 and 530 nm depending on the diameter of gold nanoparticles, occur at a longer wavelength for larger gold nanoparticles, and that changing the concentration of gold nanoparticles only changes the absorption volume (peak height) but not the peak wavelength. this summit confirmed the preparation of spherical nanoparticles [20, 21]. according to the current study using the dynamic light scattering (dls) technique, particle size analysis revealed that the sizes of aunps and aunps-gal (33.8 and 61.6 nm, respectively) appeared, and they correspond to the analysis data of absorption spectroscopy, which have a characteristic range at 522 and 535 nm and are within the reported nanoparticle range for photoluminescence [22]. the bandwidth rises with the increase in unit size [23], and nanoparticles exhibit different optical bonds depending on the particle size [24]. the crystalline nature of the aunps solution was confirmed using xrd, where the spectroscope shows two peaks at 45.4 c° and 38 c°. aunps+gal. xrd showed where the spectrum appears at 45.4, 38, 32, and 24 c°. this represents the crystalline nature of galangin and gold nanoparticles. xrd is a suitable tool for defining the physical nature of particles [25]. these values are constant with a study to evaluate the crystal state of galangin, where characteristic peaks such as 23.4, 25.7, and 27.8 c° were formed, indicating a good crystal phase [26]. it is also consistent with a study on gold, and the results were 38.22, 64.71, and 44.42 c° [27]. thus, chemically manufactured aunps indicate acceptable stability with a reading not less than the desired stable expression. the current results are consistent with previous studies. no additional peak was observed at the diffraction tops, which indicates that the manufactured aunps were highly pure without any pollution. in this study, ccl4 did not affect kidney weight and was close to the weight of the control group, due to the lack of a significant difference in body weight for this group compared to the control group, which is due to the low concentration of ccl4 (v-v) in olive oil and to the short duration and low dose given to animals once a week for fourteen days. comparison with [28] study that found a significant decrease in body weight in the ccl4 group compared to the control group due to high concentration 1-1 (v-v) with olive oil at a daily dose for 21 days. reach [29] reported that the normal weight of the kidneys and the degree of pathological damage are good indicators of kidney function in nephrotoxicity caused by toxic chemicals. as for the group of animals injected with aunps solution, the study recorded a decrease in kidney weight, which may be due to a significant loss of fat and inhibition of inflammatory effects caused by carbon tetrachloride. these results are consistent with a study by [30], where they indicated a reduction in kidney weight after three days after injection of aunps. in animals injected with gal at 20 mg/kg, despite the low concentration and short duration, kidney weights showed a reduction compared to the control group due to the antioxidant effect of gal. this is confirmed by researcher [31]. kidney weights were reduced with gal at concentrations of 50, 100, and 200 mg/kg for 40 days. the effect of aunps + gal conjugation was pronounced for the two concentrations, as the average kidney weights and body weights were low for the rest of the groups, indicating the effect of delivering galangin to the kidneys by gold nanoparticles and the effect on lower body weight and kidney weight. as for the measurement of urea and creatinine in this study, the results gave similar levels to most previous studies. ccl4 was found to show high renal toxicity due to histological and renal cellular changes that affected tubular absorption capacity. as indicated by the study [34], which used the same concentration as our study, the injection of mice for 1 ml/kg body weight with intraperitoneal ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 81 ccl4 (ip) resulted in high levels of creatinine, urea, and uric acid in plasma, and histological examination of the kidneys showed glomerular hypertrophy and tubular dilatation. also, when the dose was increased, higher levels were given in the study of [32], where it was reported that injecting mice with a single dose of ccl4 at a concentration of 10 ml/kg resulted in higher levels of urea, creatinine, and uric acid, as well as a higher level of sodium, potassium, chloride, and calcium. it also led to a significant decrease in the activity of antioxidant enzymes [33]. another study reported that treating white rats with 2 ml/kg of ccl4 resulted in a significant rise in the level of liver enzymes (glucose, uric acid, urea, creatinine, and malonaldehyde) compared to the control group and a significant decrease in the level of antioxidant enzymes (glutathione, catalysis, ascorbic acid, and pyrooxydone glutathione) in liver and kidney tissue [34]. the current study showed a protective effect of aunps by eliminating the toxic effects of ccl4, evident from the results of urea and creatinine levels, where a previous study indicated that there were no significant differences in urea and creatinine levels between groups of animals injected with aunps compared to animals injected with ccl4 [35]. as for galangin in two concentrations, it showed a protective effect of toxicity as shown by ccl4, which is consistent with the result reached by [36], where it was found that galangin acts as an anti-inflammatory and antioxidant and is not toxic to cells. as for the conjugation of aunps and gal, which is the purpose of this study, it was found that there is a significant prevention of the toxicity effect of ccl4 through the ratios of low urea and creatinine levels compared to ccl4 and close to the proportions of the control group and relatively lower levels. the reason may be due to the ability of gold nanoparticles to combine with different molecules, high stability, biocompatibility, and the formation of bonds with amine and thiol groups, in addition to the large surface area relative to the size that allows loading drug to the inside of the cell [37]. histological evaluation showed abnormalities in cells and renal tubule structure in the ccl4 group, but gold nanoparticles did not show a significant protective effect, while animals treated with galangin at two concentrations showed slight improvements in histological structure, while animals treated with conjugation solution had a better protective effect in the tissue as well as improved kidney functional indicators. [35] pointed to the complete destruction of the proximal and distant tubules, an increase in capsule size in the renal corpuscle, hyperplasia of the cells lining the renal tubules, semi-normal renal particles, the presence of hyperemia in the renal tubules, and glomerular contraction when animals were treated with 100 ppm for 14 days due to nontoxicity that causes functional and structural disorders, but when using a concentration of 10 ppm, no severe toxicity was shown. [38] showed that exposure to aunps caused pathological changes in the form of contractile and deformed glomeruli, dilated tubes, edema secretions, mild necrosis, and infiltration of inflammatory cells, but pathological histological changes in the kidneys did not reach statistical significance due to high differences within the group. 5. conclusions: the current study found that galangin can be conjugated to gold nanoparticles and have therapeutic action and high efficiency by retrieving normal ratios of renal enzymes and histological structure at a high rate after pathological exposure, and the effectiveness of aunps+gal was very high compared to aunps and galangin-free. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 82 references 1. kalantar-zadeh, k.; jafar, t.h.; nitsch, d.; neuen, b.l. ; perkovic, v. chronic kidney disease. the lancet, 2021,398(10302), 786-802. 2. zhao, t.; yu, z.; zhou, l.; wang, x.; hui, y.; mao, l; sun, c. regulating nrf2-gpx4 axis by bicyclol can prevent ferroptosis in carbon tetrachloride-induced acute liver injury in mice. cell death discovery, 2022, 8(1), 1-11. 3. patil, s.; ujalambkar, v.; rathore, a.; rojatkar, s.; pokharkar v. galangin loaded galactosylated pluronic f68 polymeric micelles for liver targeting. biomed pharmacother, 2019, 112, 108691. 4. li, y.; guo, m.; lin, z.; zhao, m.; xia, y.; wang, c.; xu, t. zhu, b. multifunctional selenium nanoparticles with galangin-induced hepg2 cell apoptosis through p38 and akt signalling pathway. r soc open sci., 2018, 5(11):180509. 5. li, x.; wang, y.j.; xiong,y.z. galangin stimulates self-devouring via the deacetylation of lc3 by sirt1 in hepg2 cells, scientific reports, 2016, 6, 1, article 30496. 6. kandru, a., nanotechnology: application in biology and medicine. in model organisms to study biological activities and toxicity of nanoparticles, springer, singapore, 2020, 1-18. 7. siddiqi, n.j. effect of gold nanoparticles on superoxide dismutase and indoleamine 2, 3dioxygenase in various rat tissues. indian j biochem biophys., 2014, 51(2), 156 -9. 8. al-dulimi, a.g.; al-saffar, a.z.; sulaiman, g.m.; khalil, k.a.; khashan, k.s.; al-shmgani h.s. immobilization of l-asparaginase on gold nanoparticles for novel drug delivery approach as anti-cancer agent against human breast carcinoma cells. j.mater.res.technol., 2020, 9(6), 1 5 3 9 4 -15411. 9. mhashal, a.r.; roy, s. effect of gold nanoparticle on structure and fluidity of lipid membrane. plos one. 2014, 9(12). 10. sani, a.; cao, c. ; cui, d. toxicity of gold nanoparticles (aunps): a review. biochem biophys rep., 2021, 26, 100991. 11. de jong, w.h.; hagens, w.i.; krystek, p.; burger, m.c.; sips, a.j. geertsma re. particle sizedependent organ distribution of gold nanoparticles after intravenous administration. biomaterials, 2008, 29(12), 1912 -9 . 12. umair, m.; javed, i.; rehman, m.; madni, a.; javeed, a.; ghafoor, a. nanotoxicity of inert materials: the case of gold, silver, and iron. j pharm pharm sci., 2016, 19(2), 161 -80 . 13. abduljabbar, a.a.; karem, l.a. biological evaluation and antioxidant studies of nio, pdo and pt nanoparticles synthesized from a new schiff base complexes. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2022, 35(4), 170–182. 14. khasro, f.s. ; mahmood, s.h. enhancement of antibacterial activity of face mask with gold nanoparticles. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2022, 35(3), 25–31. 15. salman, r.a. histopathological effect of zinc oxide nanoparticles on kkidney and liver tissues in albino male mice. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2018, 31(1), 9-14. 16. 16 . qaddoori, m.h. ; al-shmgani, h. s. hematological, biochemical and dna analysis of galangin immobilized on gold nanoparticles . annals of forest research, ann. for. res., 2022, 65(1), 3984-3999. 17. al-taiee, t.a.kh.; al-shammaa n. m.j. ; algber, a.a. study of theanti-diuretic hormone (adh) on end stage renal failure disease (esrd) pre-hemodialysis in iraqi patients, ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2019, 32(2). tel:2014 tel:156%20-9 tel:2014 tel:2008 tel:1912%20-9 tel:2016 tel:161%20-80 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 83 18. 18.suvarna, k. s.; layton, c. ; bancroft, j. d. (eds.). bancroft's theory and practice of histological techniques. 8th ed., e-book. elsevier health sc., 2018, 558. 19. 19.yang, c.; bromma, k.; di ciano-oliveira, c.; zafarana, g.m. and van prooijen, d.b. chithrani. gold nanoparticle mediated combined cancer therapy.canc nanotech., 2018, 9(1),114. 20. 20.gurunathan, s.; kalishwaralal, k.; vaidyanathan, r.; venkataraman, d.; pandian, s.r.; muniyandi, j.; hariharan, n.and eom, sh., biosynthesis, purification and characterization of silver nanoparticles using escherichia coli. colloids surf b: biointerf, 2009, 74(1), 328–335. 21. 21.suresh, a.k.; pelletier, d.a.; wang, w.; broich, ml.; moon, j.w.; gu, b.; allison, d.p.; joy, d.c.; phelps, t.j. ; doktycz, m.j.: biofabrication of discrete spherical gold nanoparticles using the metal-reducing bacterium shewanella oneidensis. acta biomater., 2011, 7(5), 2148– 2152. 22. mukherjee, p.; senapati, s.; mandal, d.; ahmad, a.;khan, m.i.; kumar, r.; sastry, m.: extracellular synthesis of gold nanoparticles by the fungus fusarium oxysporum. chembiochem., 2002, 3(5), 461–463. 23. phillips, r.l.; miranda, o.r.; you, c.c.; rotello, v.m.; bunz, uhf: rapid and efficient identification of bacteria using gold-nanoparticle–poly(paraphenyleneethynylene) constructs. angew chem int ed engl., 2008, 47(14), 2590–2594. 24. husseiny, m.i.; el-aziz, m.a.; badr, y.; mahmoud, m.a. biosynthesis of gold nanoparticles using pseudomonas aeruginosa. spectrochim acta a., 2007, 67(3–4), 1003–1006. 25. al-musawi, m.m.s.; al-shmgani, h.s.; al-bairuty, g.a. histopathological and biochemical comparative study of copper oxide nanoparticles and copper sulphate toxicity in male albino mice reproductive system. international journal of biomaterials, 2022, article id 4877637, 12. 26. abbas, z.s.; sulaiman, g.m.; jabir, m.s.; mohammed, s.a.a.; khan, r.a.; mohammed, h.a.and al-subaiyel, a. galangin/β-cyclodextrin inclusion complex as a drug-delivery system for improved solubility and biocompatibility in breast cancer treatment. molecules, 2022, 27, 4521. 27. gurunathan, a. green chemistry approach for synthesizing biocompatible gold nanoparticles sangiliyandi gurunathan, jaewoong han, jung hyun park, and jin-hoi kim. nanoscale research letters, 2014, 9, 248. 28. dutta, s.; chakraborty, a. k.; dey, p.; kar, p.; guha, p.; sen, s.; chaudhuri, t. k. amelioration of ccl4 induced liver injury in swiss albino mice by antioxidant rich leaf extract of croton bonplandianus baill. plos one, 2018, 13(4), e0196411. 29. haghighi, m.; nematbakhsh, m.; talebi, a.; nasri, h.; ashrafi, f.and roshanaei, k.the role of angiotensin ii receptor 1 (at1) blockade in cisplatin-induced nephrotoxicity in rats: genderrelated differences. ren fail., 2012, 34, 1046–51. 30. chen, h.; dorrigan, a.; saad, s.; hare, d. j.; cortie, m. b.; valenzuela, s. m. in vivo study of spherical gold nanoparticles: inflammatory effects and distribution in mice. plos one, 2013, 8(2), e58208. 31. kaushik, p.; kaushik, d.; yadav, j.; pahwa, p. protective effect of alpinia galanga in stz induced diabetic nephropathy. pak j biol sci., 2013, 16(16), 804-811. 32. mohamed, m.; chtourou, y.; garoui, e.; boudawara, t.; fetoui, h. carbon tetrachlorideinduced nephrotoxicity and dna damage in rats: protective role of vanillin. human & experimental toxicology, 2012, 31(8). 844-52. tel:2012 tel:1046 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 84 33. al-shmgani, h. s.; kadri, z. h. m.; al-halbosiy, m. m.; dewir, y. h. phytochemical analysis, cytotoxicity and antioxidant activity of cuckoo pint (arum maculatum) leaf extract. acta biologica szegediensis, 2020, 63(2), 119–124. 34. el-haskoury, r.; al-waili, n.; kamoun, z.; makni, m.; al-waili, h.; lyoussi, b., antioxidant activity and protective effect of carob honey in ccl4-induced kidney and liver injury. archives of medical research, 2018, 49(5), 306-313. 35. doudi, m.; setorki, m., the effect of gold nanoparticle on renal function in rats.nanomedicine journal, 2014,1(3), 171-179. 36. jaiswal, j.v.; wadegaonkar, p.a.; hajare, s.w. the bioflavonoid galangin suppresses the growth of ehrlich ascites carcinoma in swiss albino mice: a molecular insight. appl biochem biotechnol., 2012, 167, 1325–1339. 37. zhang, n.; yu, j.; liu, p.; chang, j.; ali, d.; tian, x. gold nanoparticles synthesized from curcuma wenyujin inhibits her-2/neu transcription in breast cancer cells (mdamb231/her2). arab j chem., 2020, 13(10), 7264–73. 38. ibrahim, k.e.; al-mutary, m.g.; bakhiet, a.o. ; khan, h. a histopathology of the liver, kidney, and spleen of mice exposed to gold nanopartic. tel:231 tel:2020 tel:7264 microsoft word 180-188 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 180 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 isolation and characterization of microcrystalline cellulose and preparation of nano-crystalline cellulose from tropical water hyacinth mohammed h. abdul latif yasir fathi mahmood of chemistry/ college of education for pure science .dept (ibn ai haitham)/ university of baghdad mohammed21latif@yahoo.com received in:17/october/2017, accepted in:17 /december/2017 abstract because of the conservation problems causes by the existence of water hyacinth (w.h) as an watery plant in water bodies of iraq, our study aimed to make use of (w.h) by isolation of microcrystalline cellulose, and a new method of preparation of nano crystalline cellulose. microcrystalline cellulose was produced using base bleaching method by sodium hypochlorite [naocl] to remove unorganized region of cellulose and lignin to create particles comprising of micro crystal and preparing of nano crystalline cellulose from microcrystalline cellulose by acid hydrolysis and ultrasonic treatment. the nano crystalline and microcrystalline cellulose characterized by afm, ftir, xrd and tga. ft-ir spectra of microcrystalline cellules and nano crystalline cellulose show peaks at (1076.28, 1058.92) cm-1 and (1118.71, 1112.93) cm-1 refer to the stretching vibration of c–o and stretching vibration intermolecular ester bonding. the afm image shows that isolated microcrystalline cellulose have a diameter of (141.37 nm) and the prepared nano crystalline have a diameter of (87.39 nm). the thermo gravimetric analysis of cellulose showed a high decomposition temperature at (283°c) for microcrystalline cellulose and (253)°c for nano crystalline cellulose .the thermal stability of microcrystalline cellulose was more than nano crystalline cellulose xrd result possessed a segal crystallinity index of 92.8 % and a average crystal size of 41.7 a ° for nano crystalline cellulose and a segal crystallinity index of 86.4 % and a average crystal size of 55.3°a of microcrystalline cellulose. keywords: isolation, water hyacinth, nano-crystalline, cellulose, preparation. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 181 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction water hyacinth is a natant plant kind that lives in water at fast reproducing prompted (w.h) has transformed into a weed in a (w.h) is known as the world's most noticeably awful amphibian weed because of its capacity to quickly cover entire conduits. the development of (w.h) inside a half year 125 tones wet weight in the range of 1 hectare few zones in iraq water, for example, in numerous lakes or different bowls [1]. it frames thick, impervious tangles over the water surface, and other particular effects, for example blocking water system channels and streams, restricting livestock access to water, destroying natural wetlands, eliminating native aquatic plants, reducing infiltration of sunlight, changing the temperature, ph, oxygen levels of water , expanding water misfortune during transpiration (more prominent than dissipation from an untamed water body), modifying the natural surroundings of the oceanic life forms, confining recreational utilization of conduits, diminishing stylish estimations of conduits, decreasing water quality from deteriorating plant, devastating wall, streets and other framework when vast [2 & 3]. as a result of what originated from (w.h) it was necessary to control the spread of plant in nature. (w.h) is an incredible wellspring of biomass as bioenergy crude material. the gasification of one-ton dry issue via air and steam at high temperatures (800 °c) gives roughly 1,100 m3 natural gas (143 but/cuft) containing 52.8% n2, 16.6% h2, 4.8% methane, 21.7% co and 4.1% co2. in addition, by, the high dampness substance of (w.h) causing high dealing with cost tends to restrict business wanders [4]. in customary process. (w.h) are utilized to make furniture, totes, rope, craftsmanship paper, bioethanol generation and fractional board [5]. high cellulose content in (w.h) (33% cellulose, 26% hemicellulose, and 9% lignin) can possibly be utilized as crude material for cellulose base polymer, which have a higher financial esteem compared to the present use. cellulose is a natural polymer consisting of ringed glucose molecules. the repeat unit showed in figure (1) is comprised of two anhydroglucose rings (c6h10o5)n, linked together through an oxygen covalently bonded to the c1 of one glucose ring and the c4 of the adjoining ring (1-4 linkage) and so called the β 1-4 glucosidic bond figure (1): molecular structure of a cellulose in this study, microcrystalline cellulose has been isolated from (w.h). microcrystalline cellulose was first presented in the mid-1960s. [6]. microcrystalline cellulose uses as a binder, fillers material and crushers, has smashed a moderately brief time, upgrade the stream properties of the granules [7]. the imported microcrystalline cellulose affects the cost expansion of medication available. production of microcrystalline cellulose is commonly used in chemical methods by base hydrolysis process, utilizing a strong base and bleaching by sodium hypochlorite [naocl] to remove unorganized region of cellulose and make micro crystal particles. nano crystalline cellulose can be extracted from natural resources such as sisal [8], flax, hemp and grass [9]. in addition, our study includes preparation of nano crystalline cellulose from microcrystalline cellulose by acid hydrolysis and ultrasonic treatment. nano scale cellulose particles have got increased much attention from both scholarly world and industry as another class of sustainable nanomaterial because of their valuable mechanical properties (high specific strength and rigidity and thermo stability) consolidated with their nano scale crystalline and fibrous morphology, synthetic tunable surface functionalities, a capacity to be acquired in different dimension (esp. aspect ratio) and https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 182 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 inexhaustibility [10 & 11]. they have been investigated as fillers and rheology modifiers in different fields like foams [12], aerogels [13] and polymer electrolytes [14 &15]. nano and microcrystalline cellulose were characterized by afm, ftir, and tga. chemicals and method chemicals water hyacinth in harsh fiber shape was gotten from the police channel in baghdad, the stems were washed with water, dried, divided and pound. the grains were then sift utilizing 75 mesh and put away at 25c°. benzene 95.9% (sigma aldrich), ethanol 99.8% (sigma aldrich), sodium hypochlorite (babylon company) , sodium hydroxide 97% (c.d.h), hydrochloric acid 37%(sigma aldrich) , sulfuric acid 98% (romil). methods isolation of microcrystalline cellulose: water hyacinth powder were extracted by blended ethanol/ benzene solvent with proportion of 1:2 for (4 hr.) at 115°c.moreover bleaching process was done by 3% sodium hypochlorite [naocl] for (1 hr.) at 25°c. at that point, hemicellulose was removed by base hydrolysis with 17.5% (w/v) sodium hydroxide [naoh] at 25°c for (2 hr.) the another bleaching was done to remove the rest of the lignin via cooking process was by 1% sodium hypochlorite [naocl] and stirred at 25°c for (1 hr.). the final stage was hydrolysis by 5% hydrochloric acid [hcl] as catalyst for (1 hr.) at 25°c. the solid sample washed with distilled water until free of acid preparation of nano crystalline cellulose: one gram of microcrystalline cellulose was added to 25 ml of 65% sulfuric acid [h2so4] in round-bottom flask. the hydrolysis was done at 50°c with mixing for (1 hr.) the hydrolyzed product has handled with ultrasonic generator (wise clean ao6h) with a steady energy of 100 w to enhance the acid hydrolysis. the product blend was centrifuged (tgl-16, wei jia instrument manufacturing co., ltd., china) at 11,000 rpm for 10 min to isolate the nano cellulose. in the meantime, the nano cellulose was washed with distilled water and over and again centrifuged for five time. the suspension was collected and freeze-dried for testing. results and discussion fourier-transformed infrared spectra (ft-ir) analysis figure (2) demonstrates the ft-ir (830 shimadza spectrophotometer) spectra of microcrystalline cellules and nano crystalline cellulose, individually. in general, microcrystalline and nano crystalline cellulose samples, showed a strong band at (3433.29, aracteristic h group [16]. the ch-, which belong to stretching vibration of o1-cm) 3417.86 h vibrations [17,18]. thus, –was because of the symmetric c 1-peak at (2915,2900.94) cm ) was belong to adsorbed water a cellulose surface. 1-strong adsorption at (1639.49 cm (1118.71, and1 -(898.83, 896.90) cm1 , -moreover, the peaks at (1076.28, 1058.92) cm oh out of plane bending -o [19], c–to the stretching vibration of c referred 1-cm) 1112.93 mode [20 & 21] and stretching vibration intermolecular ester bonding. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 183 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 1-cm 1-cm figure (2): (b) ft-ir spectra of microcrystalline cellulose, (a) ftir spectra of nano crystalline cellulose morphology: characterization and cellulose samples are atomic force microscope (afm) angstrom advanced inc. usa aa (300 scanning probe microscope) images of the microcrystalline and nano crystalline shown in figure (3). it can be seen that microcrystalline cellulose particles display curled and welldefined shape fibrils. the calculated average particle sizes of microcrystalline cellulose were (141.37 nm) and this size in the range micro scale. after sulfuric acid hydrolysis and ultrasonic treatment, the microcrystalline cellulose was converted into nano-sized cellulose figure (4). the calculated average particle sizes of nano crystalline cellulose were as (87.39 nm) and this size in the range nano scale these results are according to previous studies [22]. b a %t t% https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 184 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 : afm images and diameter allocation of microcrystalline cellulose figure (3) afm images and diameter allocation of nano crystalline cellulose. figure (4): x-ray diffraction x-ray diffraction patterns for microcrystalline cellulose and nano crystalline cellulose samples were performed on a diffractometer (shimadzu 600) with cu kα radiation (k = 0.154 nm) at 40 kv and 30 ma. xrd data were collected from 2θ = 10°–60° at a scan rate of (0.02deg) xrds of microcrystalline cellulose and nano crystalline cellulose are demonstrated in figure (5), respective. the characteristic diffraction peaks at 2θ angles of around 14.9°, 16.5°, 20.8°, 22.6°, and 34.5° assigned to the typical reflection planes of cellulose 110 1¯10, 012, 200, and 004, respectively, were preserved [23]. the crystallinity indices (xc) of cns were calculated according to the segal method (eqn (2)) [24], which exhibited a high crystallinity (about 86.4% for microcrystalline cellulose and about 92.8% for nano crystalline cellulose) and maintenance of the crystalline structure. from the calculation according to the scherrer equation (eqn (3)) [25], the average sizes of 200, 110, and 1¯10 planes of cellulose nano crystalline were about (41.7a°) and microcrystalline (55.3a°) these results are according to previous studies [26] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 185 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 a 2 theta (deg) 2 theta (deg) x-ray diffraction patterns for microcrystalline cellulose a)( finger (5): x-ray diffraction patterns for nano crystalline cellulose b) thermo gravimetric analysis (tga) figure (6) demonstrates the thermal behaviors microcrystalline cellulose, and nano crystalline cellulose. the initial little weight reduction (nearly 5% at a less than 100°c) refers to the evaporation of absorbed water. for microcrystalline cellulose there was a small weight reduction up to (282.214 °c), and an intense loss at (376.97°c), followed by slow weight loss up to (407.567°c). for nano crystalline the large most of weight reduction happened in the scale of (350.777 °c). in addition, the huge weight reduction began at around (253.203°c) and finished at (407.567°c). these results are according to previous studies [27 & 28]. i(cps b https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 186 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 (b) (a) figure (6): (a) tg-curves for microcrystalline cellulose, (b) tg-curves for nano crystalline cellulose conclusion microcrystalline cellulose was isolation from the watery weed (w.h) by chemical process and production of nano crystalline cellulose by chemical and mechanical medications. the afm examination shows that the pure microcrystalline cellulose has been acquired after the chemical treatment and evaluated the separated nano crystalline cellulose are having diameter of 87.39nm. the ftir spectra affirmed the evacuation of hemicelluloses and lignin when treated with sodium hypochlorite and sodium hydroxide consequently at different time interim at suitable temperatures. the tga analysis indicated that the micro and nano crystalline cellulose were pure due to low decomposition temperature of hemicelluloses and lignin (under 200°c). our study has highlighted the utility of the aquatic weed, which is considered as a main reason for impure in numerous region. it has additionally show the feasibility of production nano crystalline cellulose, which have a powerful application in the near future. additionally, studies will indicate the uses of this nano and microcrystalline cellulose. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 187 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 references [1] hu; zhifeng; xiaoqian ma; and longjun. "optimal conditions for the catalytic and noncatalytic pyrolysis of water hyacinth." energy conversion and management 94, 337-344, 2015 [2] istirokhatun; titik. "cellulose isolation from tropical water hyacinth for membrane preparation." procedia environmental sciences 23, 274-281, 2015. [3] guna; vijay kumar. "water hyacinth: a unique source for sustainable materials and products." acs sustainable chemistry & engineering 2017. [4] j. duke. "handbook of energy crops. available at: http." newcrop. hort. purdue. edu/newcrop/duke_energy 1983. [5] istirokhatun; titik. "polymeric membrane made of cellulose isolated from tropical water hyacinth blended with chitosan." iop conference series: earth and environmental science. 55.. 1. iop publishing, 2017. [6] a. nitin; bhimte; and t. pralhad. "evaluation of microcrystalline cellulose prepared from sisal fibers as a tablet excipient: a technical note." aaps pharmscitech 8.1, e56-e62, 2007. [7] r. rowe; s. paul; and e. q. marian. "handbook of pharmeceutical exicipient 6th." 2009. [8] siqueira; gilberto. "morphological investigation of nanoparticles obtained from combined mechanical shearing, and enzymatic and acid hydrolysis of sisal fibers." cellulose 17.6, 11471158, 2010. [9] amiralian; nasim. "easily deconstructed, high aspect ratio cellulose nanofibres from triodia pungens; an abundant grass of australia's arid zone." rsc advances 5.41, 3212432132, 2015. [10] j. robert; moon. "cellulose nanomaterials review: structure, properties and nanocomposites." chemical society reviews 40.7,3941-3994, 2011. [11] j. stephen.; eichhorn. "current international research into cellulose nanofibres and nanocomposites." journal of materials science 45.1, 1, 2010. [12] mendez; julie. "bioinspired mechanically adaptive polymer nanocomposites with wateractivated shape-memory effect." macromolecules 44.17, 6827-6835, 2011. [13] ben azouz; kaouther. "simple method for the melt extrusion of a cellulose nanocrystal reinforced hydrophobic polymer." acs macro letters 1.1, 236-240, 2011. [14] svagan; j. anna.; a. lars. berglund; and poul jensen. "cellulose nanocomposite biopolymer foam hierarchical structure effects on energy absorption." acs applied materials & interfaces 3.5,1411-1417, 2011 [15] hayase; gen. "polymethylsilsesquioxane–cellulose nanofiber biocomposite aerogels with high thermal insulation, bendability, and superhydrophobicity." acs applied materials & interfaces 6.12, 9466-9471, 2014. [16] azizi samir; my ahmed said. "nanocomposite polymer electrolytes based on poly (oxyethylene) and cellulose nanocrystals." the journal of physical chemistry b 108.30, 10845-10852, 2004. [17] cranston; d. emily; and g. derek. gray. "morphological and optical characterization of polyelectrolyte multilayers incorporating nanocrystalline cellulose." biomacromolecules 7.9, 2522-2530, 2006 [18] yang; qiang. "synthesis and characterization of cellulose fibers grafted with hyperbranched poly (3-methyl-3-oxetanemethanol)." cellulose 18.6, 1611-1621, 2011. [19] m .jahan; sarwar. "jute as raw material for the preparation of microcrystalline cellulose." cellulose 18.2, 451-459, 2011. [20] zaman; masuduz. "synthesis and characterization of cationically modified nanocrystalline cellulose." carbohydrate polymers 89.1, 163-170, 2012. [21] x. sun. "characteristics of degraded cellulose obtained from steam-exploded wheat straw." carbohydrate research 340.1, 97-106, 2005. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1865 chemistry | 188 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [22] morán; i. juan. "extraction of cellulose and preparation of nanocellulose from sisal fibers." cellulose 15.1, 149-159, 2008. [23] lin; ning; cécile bruzzese; and alain dufresne. "tempo-oxidized nanocellulose participating as crosslinking aid for alginate-based sponges." acs applied materials & interfaces 4.9, 4948-4959, 2012. [24] terinte; nicoleta; roger ibbett, and kurt christian schuster. "overview on native cellulose and microcrystalline cellulose i structure studied by x-ray diffraction (waxd): comparison between measurement techniques." lenzinger berichte 89, 118-131, 2011. [25] french; d. alfred. "idealized powder diffraction patterns for cellulose polymorphs." cellulose 21.2, 885-896, 2014. [26] tang; yangon; et al. "preparation and characterization of nanocrystalline cellulose via low-intensity ultrasonic-assisted sulfuric acid hydrolysis." cellulose 21.1, 335-346, 2014. [27] cha; ruitao; zhibin he; and yonghao ni. "preparation and characterization of thermal/ph-sensitive hydrogel from carboxylated nanocrystalline cellulose." carbohydrate polymers 88.2, 713-718, 2012. [28] wang; neng; enyong ding; and rongshi cheng. "thermal degradation behaviors of spherical cellulose nanocrystals with sulfate groups." polymer 48.12, 3486-3493, 2007. [29] o. ishida. "microfibrillar carbon from native cellulose." cellulose 11.3, 475-480, (2004). [30] morán; i. juan. "extraction of cellulose and preparation of nanocellulose from sisal fibers." cellulose 15.1, 149-159, 2008. microsoft word 103-112 103 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 synthesis and characterization of some new hydrazides and their derivatives mohammad s. al-ajely aymen n. yaseen dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science/university of mosul received in:18/may/2015,accepted in:10/june/2015 abstract new hydrazide compounds (a2) and (a9) were prepared from their corresponding esters (a1, a8) .these esters were also prepared from their precursors 5-ethoxy carbonyl-(4methoxyphenyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidine-2-thione (a1) via multicomponent reaction type and from hippuric acid respectively. the hydrazide compounds were then allowed to react with some aldehydes forming the corresponding hydrazones (a3-7) and (a1014). the synthesized compounds were characterized by ir, 1h-nmr, 13c-nmr, and mass spectroscopies and well discussed. . keywords: ester, hydrazide, hydrazone, schiff base 104 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction        hydrazides are known to include an essential category of biologically active organic compounds [1-5]. these hydrazides and their condensation products were stated to possess a wide range of biological activities as well as antibacterial activity [1], tuberculostatic properties [2], hiv inhibitors [3], pesticidal [4], antifungal [5]. some of the hydrazides and analogous hydrazones are psychopharmacological agent such as monoamine oxidase (mao) inhibitor and serotonin antagonists [6]. hydrazide-hydrazones compounds are not only intermediates but they are likewise very effective organic compounds in their own right. when they are used as intermediates, new derivatives can be synthesized by using the active hydrogen component of –conhn=ch azometine group [7-9]. a variety of methods have been used to prepare hydrazides, some of them involve the reaction of acids or their derivatives with hydrazine hydrate, anhydrides and acid chlorides, although the more popular method for the preparation of hydrazides achieved by the hydrazinolysis[10]. hydrazone compounds as it was mentioned above due to their azo methane group activities have drawn the attention of many researchers in synthesizing numerous compounds of hydrazones by the well-known hydrazinolysis method.[11,12] .these hydrazones, likewise the corresponding hydrazides, found a variety of applications in health and medicine[13, 14]. experimental all reagents and chemicals were from bhd and sigma-aldrich companies and used without further purification. melting points were determined with electro thermal 9300 melting point apparatus. infrared spectra were recorded on a perkin-elmer 1600 ftir. 1hnmr, 13c-nmr spectra were recorded at 250 or 400 mhz on a bruker av-1400 model or bruker av-1250 model nmr instrument by using dmso-d6 as a solvent. accurate masses were obtained using a water-micromass lct electrospray mass spectrometer. all the measurements were performed at the chemistry department, university of sheffield, sheffield, united kingdom. synthesis of 5-ethoxycarbonyl-4-(methoxyphenyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetra hydropyrimidine-2-thione (a1) [15]: a mixture of 4-methoxy benzaldehyde (1 mol.), ethyl acetoacetate (1 mol.), thiourea (1 mole), and some drops of sulfuric acid were heated at 90 oc in a water bath. after completion, the mixture (monitored by tlc) was dissolved in ethanol and poured into cold water. the resulting precipitate was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol, pale yellow solid, m.p: 148150 ºc, yield 79%. synthesis of ethyl hippurate (a8) [16]: a solution of (0.1 mol.) hippuric acid or n-benzoyl glycine in (50 ml) of absolute ethanol saturated with hydrochloric acid (gas), the reaction mixture was refluxed in water bath for three hours at (90 ºc). after the completion of the reaction (monitored by tlc), the mixture was cooled and neutralized with sodium bicarbonate and the separated mass was filtered off. the product was recrystallized from ethanol and cooled, white solid, m.p: 58-60 ºc, yield 75%. 105 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 synthesis of hydrazide compounds ((a2), (a9) general procedure) [17]: a mixture of the ester (a1) or (a8) (0.05 mol.), and hydrazine hydrate (80%), (0.10 mol.) in ethanol (20 ml) were refluxed for 2 hours. excess ethanol was evaporated under vacuum and the precipitate product was crystallized from ethanol. synthesis of hydrazone compounds ((a3-7), (a10-14) general procedure) [18]: equimolar quantities of hydrazide (a2) or (a9) and substituted bezaldehyde in (25 ml) of absolute ethanol were refluxed for three hours. the reaction mixture was then cooled and the solid precipitated was recrystallized from ethanol, physical and spectral data were illustrated in the following article: results 5-hydrazido-4-(methoxyphenyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidine-2-thione (a2) orange solid, mp: 114-116 ºc, yield %: 85 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1: 3175 (nh str.), 3103 (ar-ch str.), 2992 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1660 (c=o str.), 1637 (c=s str.), 1607, 1457 (c=c str.), 1392 (ch bend). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 2.3 (3h, s, ch3), 3.9 (3h, s, och3), 4.5 (1h, s, ch), 5.6 (1h, s, nh), 6.0 (1h, s, nh), 7.4-7.9 (4h, m, ar-ch), 8.7 (1h, s, nh), 12.0 (2h, s, nh2). 13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 19.48, 55.77, 59.11, 113.08, 114.84, 124.87, 137.00, 155.60, 161.48, 165.55, 171.60. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 293.20 [m]+, calculated 293.37. 4-nitrophenyl-(4-methoxyphenyl-6-methyl-2-thioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidin-5-yl-5carbo) hydrazone(a3) yellow solid, mp: 276-278 ºc, yield %: 87 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1: 3308 (nh str.), 3112 (ar-ch str.), 2939 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1666 (c=o str.), 1628 (c=n str.), 1593, 1408 (c=c str.), 1347 (n=o str.) 1380, (ch bend). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 2.4 (3h, s, ch3), 3.9 (3h, s, och3), 4.5 (1h, s, ch), 5.6 (1h, s, nh), 6.9-8.3 (8h, m, ar-ch), 8.5 (1h, s, n=ch), 11.3 (1h, s, nh), 12.0 (1h, s, nh). 13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 22.30, 56.90, 63.27, 110.01, 114.65, 123.51, 123.98, 126.33, 133.80, 140.07, 143.26, 148.79, 155.80, 161.17, 165.45, 171.22. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 426.50 [m]+, calculated 426.47. 4-dimethylaminophenyl-(4-methoxyphenyl-6-methyl-2-thioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimi din-5-yl-5-carbo) hydrazone (a4) yellow solid, mp: 258-260 ºc, yield %: 73 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1: 3303 (nh str.), 3065 (ar-ch str.), 2969 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1660 (c=o str.), 1598 (c=n str.), 1557, 1445 (c=c str.), 1368 (ch bend). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 2.3 (3h, s, ch3), 3.0 (6h, s, n(ch3)2), 3.9 (3h, s, och3), 4.5 (1h, s, ch), 5.9 (1h, s, nh), 7.2-8.1 (8h, m, ar-ch), 8.4 (1h, s, n=ch), 11.5 (1h, s, nh), 12.2 (1h, s, nh). 13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 21.67, 44.99, 6012, 58.89, 108.36, 113.64, 118.68, 124.46, 126.41, 127.05, 141.78, 154.48, 155.51, 158.68, 167.33, 172.45. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 424.44 [m]+, calculated 424.54. 4-chlorephenyl-(4-methoxyphenyl-6-methyl-2-thioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidin-5-yl5-carbo) hydrazone (a5) brown solid, mp: 132-134 ºc, yield %: 85 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1: 3310-3164 (nh str.), 3102-3066 (ar-ch str.), 2982 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1663 (c=o str.), 1601 (c=n str.), 106 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 1575, 1456 (c=c str.), 1393 (ch bend).1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 2.2 (3h, s, ch3),4.0 (3h, s, och3), 4.4 (1h, s, ch), 5.9 (1h, s, nh), 7.1-8.0 (8h, m, ar-ch), 8.6 (1h, s, n=ch), 11.9 (1h, s, nh), 12.4 (1h, s, nh). 13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 23.31, 58.11, 63.54, 105.14, 113.17, 120.54, 123.37, 125.09, 131.15, 134.42, 142.99, 144.89, 156.01, 162.19, 165.45, 173.04. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 415.80 [m]+, calculated 415.92. 4-hydroxyphenyl-(4-methoxyphenyl-6-methyl-2-thioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidin-5yl-5-carbo) hydrazone (a6) pale yellow solid, mp: 136-138 ºc, yield %: 62 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1: 3502 (oh str.) 3335 (nh str.), 3078 (ar-ch str.), 2976 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1669 (c=o str.), 1611 (c=n str.), 1591, 1459 (c=c str.), 1387 (ch bend). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 2.2 (3h, s, ch3),2.6 (1h, s, oh), 3.8 (3h, s, och3), 4.8 (1h, s, ch), 5.7 (1h, s, nh), 6.9-8.3 (8h, m, ar-ch), 8.9 (1h, s, n=ch), 11.3 (1h, s, nh), 12.0 (1h, s, nh). 13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 25.85, 62.78, 67.25, 106.09, 112.02. 122.28, 124.00, 128.2, 133.84, 135.98, 141.29, 145.02, 155.23, 163.91, 166.10, 172.34. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 397.50 [m]+, calculated 397.47. 4-methoxyphenyl-(4-methoxyphenyl-6-methyl-2-thioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidin-5yl-5-carbo) hydrazone (a7) pale yellow solid, mp: 126-128 ºc, yield %: 76 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1: 3292 (nh str.), 3028 (ar-ch str.), 2959 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1670 (c=o str.), 1613 (c=n str.), 1601, 1474 (c=c str.), 1381 (ch bend). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 2.4 (3h, s, ch3), 3.0 3.4 (6h, s, och3), 4.9 (1h, s, ch), 5.4 (1h, s, nh), 7.0-8.5 (8h, m, ar-ch), 9.0 (1h, s, n=ch), 11.6 (1h, s, nh), 12.4 (1h, s, nh). 13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 26.31, 51.87, 59.24, 68.59, 112.62, 115.18, 119.57, 122.84, 128.65, 133.84, 135.6, 143.29, 152.65, 154.12, 164.65, 166.65, 174.58. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 411.60 [m]+, calculated 411.50. hippuric hydrazide (a9) white solid, mp: 154-156 ºc, yield %: 70 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1:3491-3299 (nh str.), 3061 (ar-ch str.), 2938 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1638 (c=o str.), 1630 (c=o str.), 1603, 1489 (c=c str.), 1377 (ch bend. 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 3.8 (2h, s, ch2), 4.3 (2h, s, nh2), 7.4-7.9 (5h, m, ar-ch), 8.7 (1h, s, nh), 11.1 (1h, s, nh). 13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 41.84, 128.70, 128.78, 131.76, 134.47, 166.95, 168.83. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 194.09 [m]+, calculated 194.09. 2-hydroxy-1-naphthyl hippuryl hydrazone (a10) yellow solid, mp: 263-268 ºc, yield %: 70 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1:3420 (oh str.), 3213 (nh str.), 3060 (ar-ch str.), 2916 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1697 (c=o str.), 1637 (c=o str.), 1624 (c=n str.), 1595, 1481 (c=c str.), 1430 (c-h bend), 1367 (c-n str.). 1h-nmr (dmsod6), δ, ppm: 4.1 (2h, s, ch2), 7.3-8.3 (11h, m, ar-ch), 8.9 (1h, s, ch), 9.3 (1h, s, oh), 11.9 (1h, s, nh), 12.8 (1h, s, nh). high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 348.13 [m]+, calculated 348.14. 2-hydroxyphenyl hippuryl hydrazone (a11) red solid, mp: 254-256 ºc, yield %: 73 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1:3416 (oh str.), 3210 (nh str.), 3066 (ar-ch str.), 2863 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1697 (c=o str.), 1628 (c=o str.), 1610 (c=n str.), 1562, 1442 (c=c str.), 1382 (c-h bend),1356 (c-n str.). high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 298.280 [m]+, calculated 298.281. 107 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 3-pyridiny hippuryl hydrazone (a12) brown solid, mp: 192.194 ºc, yield %: 65 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1:3309 (nh str.), 3074 (ar-ch str.), 2962 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1682, 1629 (c=o str.), 1608 (c=n str.), 1576, 1415 (c=c str.), 1396 (c-h bend), 1352 (c-n str.). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 4.4 (2h, s, ch2), 7.5-8.3 (8h, m, ar-ch),8.6 (1h, s, ch), 8.8 (1h, s, nh), 11.8 (1h, s, nh).13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm:41.24, 124.42 124.72, 128.80, 130.50, 131.81, 133.8, 134.28, 134.53, 144.39, 148.92, 167.02, 170.98. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 283.11 [m]+, calculated 283.11. 4-methoxyphenyl hippuryl hydrazone (a13) off white solid, mp: 168-170 ºc, yield %: 67 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1:3182 (nh str.), 3063 (ar-ch str.), 2959 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1701, 1667 (c=o str.), 1614 (c=n str.), 1582, 1416 (c=c str.), 1392 (c-h bend), 1332 (c-n str.). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 5.6 (2h, s, ch), 7.3-8.3 (8h, m, ar-ch), (1h, s, ch), 11.9 (1h, s, nh).13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 41.23, 56.15, 112.29, 121.22, 122.58, 125.80, 127.72, 128.79, 131.79, 134.57, 158.04, 158.14, 166.97, 170.68. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 312.135 [m]+, calculated 312.134. 2,6-dichlorophenyl hippuryl hydrazone (a14) yellow solid, mp: 228-230 ºc, yield %: 80 %, ir spectrum, υ, cm-1:3380-3313 (nh str.), 3075-3026 (ar-ch str.), 2965 (aliphatic-ch str.), 1682, 1644 (c=o str.), 1601 (c=n str.), 1576, 1486 (c=c str.), 1435 (c-h bend), 1395 (c-n str.), 697 (c-cl). 1h-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 3.8 (3h, s, ch3), 4.4 (2h, s, ch2),7.0-7.9 (9h, m, ar-ch), 8.3(1h, s, ch), 8.7 (1h, s, nh), 11.5 (1h, s, nh).13c-nmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 41.19, 127.69, 128.78, 129.47, 129.90, 130.10, 130.55 131.48, 134.3, 138.83, 142.24, 143.25, 167.02, 171.08. high resolution mass spectrum (ei): found: m/z 350.01 [m]+, calculated 350.04. discussion hydrazides (a2) and (a9) were prepared by hydrazinolysis of their corresponding esters in absolute ethanol. the ir data of hydrazides (a2) and (a9) showed bands for n-h stretching absorbed at (3175 cm-1) and (3299 cm-1) , the c=o bond decrease in frequencies from (1733 cm-1) and (1759 cm-1) in ester compounds to new values (1660 cm-1) and (1638 cm-1) due to the resonance in hydrazide group. the 1h nmr spectrum provide a perfect confirmation to the structure formation in which the hydrazide compound showed new singlet signal at (8.7 ppm), (12.0 ppm, 2h, s, for nh2), while signals resonating at (4.3 ppm),), (11.1 ppm), related to nh of compound (a9). all the newly synthesized hydrazone compounds (a5-9) (scheme 1) and (a10-14) (scheme 2) showed satisfactory ir data .strong c=o stretching band absorbed around at (1660-1670 cm-1), (1628-1701 cm-1) and c=n band absorbed around at (1601-1628 cm-1) together with the n-h stretching bond absorbed at (3164-3335 cm-1), (3182-3420 cm-1) which are characteristic absorption of the hydrazone group. the 1h nmr also confirms the presence of a value at (8.3-9.0 ppm) for n=ch (imine group) in hydrazone compounds, as well as the presence of both aromatic and pyrimidine ring protons as indicated within the data for these compounds.13c nmr spectra for compounds (a3-7) as it was indicated in their data presented above showed the presence of aromatic ring carbons (two equivalent carbons) for ab system resonating at (123 and 126 ppm) while pyrimidine carbons showed a value around (63 ppm) assigned to carbon attached to p-substituted ring and a value of (163 ppm) for carbon attached to methyl group while the thioxo carbon resonated within the range (167-173 ppm). the results also revealed the presence of c=n resonating within (141-142 ppm) which is in agreement with similar published compounds [19]. finally compounds (a10-14) showed 13cnmr signals related to aromatic of hippuric moiety at (124, 128, 131 ppm) while the aryl ring 108 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (pyridyl ring for example) carbons appeared at (124, 134, 148 ppm) and the azo methine carbon c=n resonating within (142-144 ppm). + ethanolnh2nh2.h2o ethanol x= 4-no2, 4-n(ch3)2, 4-cl, 4-oh, 4-och3 s h2n nh2 hn n h s o oet o o + o o o hn n h s o nhnh2 2-3 drops of h2so4 subtituted benzaldehydehn n h s o n h n x a1 a2 a3-7 o o o scheme (1) 109 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 hn ch2 oc2h5 c o c o hn ch2 oh c o c o gas hcl ethanol hn ch2 nhnh2 c o c o nh2nh2 ethanol hn ch2 nh c o c o n ar ar=2-hydoxynaphthyl 2-hydroxyphenyl 3-pyridyl 2-methoxyphenyl 2,6-dichlorophenyl a8 a9 a10-14 aldehydes ethanol scheme (2) the mechanism of the formation of hydrazone compounds can be illustrated in the following scheme [20]. nhnh2r c o h arc o h nr c o n c h ar oh h n h n c ar + -h2o h h nr c o n c h ar o hh r c o proton transf er dipolar intermedate (a3-7) & (a10-14) scheme ( 3) 110 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 references 1. rollas, s.; gulerman ,n.; erdeniz h., (2002), synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new hydrazones of 4-fluorobenzoic acid hydrazide and 3-acetyl-2,5disubstituted-1,3,4-oxadiazolines. farmaco, 57; (2):171-174. 2. pavan, f. r, maia, pi da s, leite sra, et al. (2010), thiosemicarbazones, semicarbazones, dithiocarbazates and hydrazide/hydrazones: anti mycobacterium tuberculosis activity and cytotoxicity. eur j med chem., 45; (5):1898-1905. 3. marastoni, m.; baldisserotto, a.; trapella, c.; mcdonald, j.; bortolotti, f.;tomatis r., (2005), hiv protease inhibitors: synthesis and activity of n-aryl-n’-hydroxyalkyl hydrazide pseudopeptides. eur j med chem., (5); 445-451. 4. tabanca, n..; ali, a.;bernier, ur.; et, al., (2013), biting deterrence and insecticidal activity of hydrazide-hydrazones and their corresponding 3-acetyl-2,5-disubstituted2,3-dihydro-1,3,4-oxadiazoles against aedes aegypti. pest manag sci., 69; (6):703708. 5. turan-zitouni, g.; altintop, md.; ozdemir, a.; demirci, f.; mohsen,ua.and kaplancikli, za., (2012), synthesis and antifungal activity of new hydrazide derivatives. j enzym inhib med chem., 55; (3). 6. ashish kumar, aj. and jkm., (2012), a highly efficient solvent free synthesis of hydrazides using grinding technique. an int q j heterocycles., 2; (4):401-404. 7. rollas s, küçükgüzel şg., (2007), biological activities of hydrazone derivatives. molecules., 12; (8):1910-1939. 8. kobayashi, m. goda, m.and shimizu, s., (1999) hydrazide synthesis: novel substrate specificity of amidase. biochem biophys res commun., 256; (2):415-418. 9. hanumanagoud, h.and basavaraja, km., (2013), synthesis and biological evaluation of some new oxadiazole and pyrazole derivatives incorporating benzofuran moiety. der pharma chem., 5; (4):87-98. 10. yassin, fa.and seleim, af., (2012), synthesis and reactions of oxadiazolo , thiadiazolo and triazolo phthalazin1 ( 2 h ) -one derivatives. der pharma chem., 4; (3):860-866. 11. zabicky, j., (1970), “the chemistry of amides” john wiley and sons ltd. 12. govindasami, t., (2011), synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of biologically important vanillin related hydrazone derivatives. int j org chem., 1; (9):71-77. 13. turan-zitouni, g.; altintop ,md.; ozdemir, a.; demirci, f.; mohsen, ua. kaplancikli 111 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 za., (2012), synthesis and antifungal activity of new hydrazide derivatives. j enzym inhib med chem., 77; (2), 141-146. 14. bernardino, amr.; gomes, ao.; charret, ks.; et al., (2006), synthesis and leishmanicidal activities of 1-(4-x-phenyl)-n′[(4-y-phenyl)methylene]-1h-pyrazole-4carbohydrazides. cheminform., 37; (27). 15. sriram, d.; yogeeswari, p.; madhu k., (2005), synthesis and in vitro and in vivo antimycobacterial activity of isonicotinoyl hydrazones. bioorg med chem lett. 15; (20):4502-4505. 16. srivastava, s.; pandeya, sn.; yadav, mk.; singh bk., (2013), synthesis and analgesic activity of novel derivatives of 1,2-substituted benzimidazoles. j chem., 12; (4):721-727. 17. conway, sc, perni rb., (1998), an efficient one-pot synthesis of hippuric acid ethyl ester derivatives. synth commun., 28; (9):1539-1545. 18. krishnan, hk, muni nm, sahruna ns., (2014), synthesis and anti-inflammatory activity of some 1, 2, 3-benzotriazine derivatives using 2-(4-oxo-6-phenylbenzo [d] [1, 2, 3] triazin3(4h)-yl) acetohydrazide as a starting material. j adv chem. , 4; (1):266-275. 19. harsha , i. n. , reshma n. i., manoj k. and prabhjeet k., (2014), synthesis and in-vitro screening of novel dihydropyrimidine derivatives as potential calcium channel blockers, der pharma chemical; 6; (2),221-227. 20. roy sr, jadhavar ps, seth k, sharma kk, chakraborti ak., (2011), organocatalytic application of ionic liquids: [bmim][meso4] as a recyclable organocatalyst in the multicomponent reaction for the preparation of dihydropyrimidinones and -thiones. synthesis (stuttg)., 14; 2261-2267.   112 | chemistry 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 تحضير بعض الھيدرازيدات الجديدة ومشتقاتھا محمد سلمان العجيلي أيمن نبيل ياسين قسم الكيمياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / جامعة الموصل 2015/حزيران/10،قبل لبحث في:2015/ايار/ 18استلم البحث في: الخالصة ) وھذه االسترات 8aو 1a) من استراتھا المقابلــة (9aو 2aالمــركبات (تــم تحضير ھــيدرازيدات جديدة وتـمثل ـية ـم تـحضيرھا من مـوادھا األول ـيل ( – 5ت اعي – 4,3,2,1–مثيل – 6 –ميثوكسي فنيل ) – 4ايثوكسي كــاربون رب الھبيوريك على التوالي . ھذه عن طريق تفاعل متعدد المكونات وكذلك من حامض a)1ثايون ( – 2–ھايدرو بيريمدين ة ( درازونات المقابل ة الھاي دات مكون ض األلدھاي ع بع ا م م مفاعلتھ دات ت خيص a 10–14) و (3a –7الھيدرازي م تش ). ت و طيف الكتلة وتمت مناقشتھا. ,nmr -c13nmr,-h1irالمتمثلة بـ المركبات المحضرة بالطرق الطيفية يدرازون، قواعد شيف.أستر، ھيدرازيد، ھ كلمات مفتاحية: دراسة تأثيرالسمـــك ودرجة حرارةالتلدين في الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة دراسة تأثیرالسمـــك ودرجة حرارةالتلدین في الخواص )znoألغشیة ( سمیر عطا مكي عمر دحام جرذي جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفیزیاء 2012 تشرین االول 15، قبل البحث في : 2012حزیران 25استلم البحث في : الخالصة ) المحضرة بطریقة التبخیر znoفي ھذا البحث درست الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة ألغشیة أوكسید الخارصین ( للقاعدة .r.t) عند 150,250,350(nm) على قواعد زجاجیة بأسماك مختلفة znالحراري بالفراغ، إذ رسب معدن ( ) باستعمال 500() بدرجة حرارة zn). ومن ثم تمت أكسدة غشاء (nm sec-1 5المرسب علیھا وبمعدل ترسیب ( ) مدة 400,500(أخیراً جرى تلدین النماذج عند درجة حرارة (zno).الھواء العادي مدة ساعة للحصول على غشاء واحدة.ساعة ) المحضرة كان متعدد التبلور من النوع zno) أن تركیب أغشیة (xrdبینت فحوصات حیود األشعة السینیة ( لجمیع النماذج وقد لوحظ أن شدة ھذا االتجاه تزداد بزیادة السمك ودرجة حرارة التلدین. (002)السداسي مع ھیمنة االتجاه ) لألغشیة المحضرة t) والنفاذیة (a) على تسجیل طیفي االمتصاص (znoتركزت دراسة الخواص البصریة ألغشیة ( وقد بینت النتائج ان النفاذیة تقل بزیادة السمك وتزداد بزیادة درجة حرارة التلدین، إذ ان اعلى نفاذیة تم الحصول علیھا ھي ، وبھذا تكون nm(1100-800)) ولمدى االطوال الموجیة 500(الملدن عند درجة حرارة )nm(150) للسمك 92%( مناسبة لتستعمل نافذة بصریة للخالیا الشمسیة. كذلك حسبت فجوة الطاقة البصریة ووجد انھا تزداد بزیادة السمك ودرجة حرارة التلدین . النقیة ، التفریغ الحراري ، حیود االشعة السینیة zno: أغشیة الكلمات المفتاحیة 104 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة ii_iv (compounds) ضمن مركبات المجموعة المركبة (الثنائیة_السداسیة) (znoأوكسید الزنك ( semiconductors یصنف أذ تتكون ھذه المجموعة من تركیب مناسب من مزج عناصر العمود الثاني والسادس للجدول ) النقي مركب صلب ابیض الیذوب في الماء ولكن یذوب بسھولة في الحوامض، znoویعد أوكسید الزنك ( [1]الدوري [2]ینتج بواسطة تسامي عنصر الخارصین واحتراق البخار بوجود تیار ھوائي مستمر، ویصبح أصفر اللون عند تسخینھ عمالھ في مجاالت عدة ) أتاحت است3.2(ev) فجوة طاقة عالیة تقریباً znoوتمتلك االغشیة الرقیقة المحضرة من مركب ( مثل : الخالیا الشمسیة ، محوالت الطاقة الكھرواجھادیة ، المرایا الحراریة ، أجھزة تحسس الغازات ، المقاومات المتغیرة ولكونھ یدخل في عدید من التطبیقات فقد جذب اھتمام الكثیر من الباحثین وخاصةً في تكنولوجیا االلكترونیات البصریھ. [3] )، والترسیب vacuum evaporation) بأكثر من طریقة ومنھا: التبخیر الفراغي (znoرسیب أغشیة (یمكن ت )، sputtering)، والترذیذ (sol gel)، والمحلول الغروي(chemical vapor depositionبالبخار الكیمیائي ( spray pyrolysis ([4]والتحلل الكیمیائي الحراري ( اھمیة لذلك قام الكثیر من الباحثین بدراسة خواصھا التركیبیة والبصریة ومن ھذه الدراسات ) منznoولما تمتلكھ أغشیة ( ) النقیة المحضرة بطریقة الرش الكیمیائي الحراري على قواعد znoبتحضیر أغشیة seham( [5] )قامت الباحثة ( ) والملدنھ بثالث درجات حرارة لمدة min/6m1) عند معدل رش (673زجاجیة رقیقة ومسخنھ الى درجة حرارة ( ساعة واحدة، لتصمیم وتصنیع متحسس للكشف عن الغازات، ودرست الخواص البصریة إذ بینت بأن النفاذیة تزداد زیادة قلیلة بعد عملیة التلدین وكذلك فجوة الطاقة . للقاعدة .r.tرسبة على قواعد زجاجیة عند ) الرقیقة المznoوجماعتھ بتحضیر أغشیة georgi ([6] )قام الباحث ( )، وأظھرت k)873,673,573,473وجرى تلدین النماذج عند درجة .المرسب علیھا بتقنیة الترذیذ بالتردد الرادیوي ) لجمیع النماذج، كذلك تبین بأن فجوة الطاقة تقل كلما 002النتائج أن التلدین تسبب في تحسین التبلور مع ھیمنة االتجاه ( دت درجة حرارة التلدین .زا ) الرقیقة على قواعد زجاجیة بتقنیة المحلول الغروي وقد znoوجماعتھ بتحضیر أغشیة linhua( [7] )قام الباحث ( درست الخواص التركیبیة بواسطة حیود االشعة السینیة وقد بینت النتائج بأن زیادة سمك الغشاء یؤدي الى نقصان وعدم وبینت النتائج ان uv_visible، وجودة التبلور تتحسن تدریجیاً، ودرست الخواص البصریة بواسطة انتظام تركیب الغشاء معامل االنكسار یتحسن مع زیادة السمك وان النفاذیة بالكاد تتأثر مع تغیر السمك . الجانب العلمي ) إذ قطعت الى اربع 7.6(لقد استعملنا في ھذا البحث قواعد زجاجیة ألمانیة المنشأ، أبعادھا )، وقد مرت بمراحل تنظیف عدیدة للتخلص من الشوائب عن طریق غسلھا بالماء cm2)2.6×1.9قطع متساویة بمساحة وذلك بأستعمال جھاز %99العادي ومسحوق التنظیف غسالً جیداً، ومن ثم بالماء المقطر والكحول االثیلي عالي النقاوة ) النقیة علیھا بسمك مختلف zn)، وبعد ذلك تم ترسیب أغشیة (ultrasonicالموجات فوق الصوتیة ( nm)150,250,350) وبمعدل ترسیب ،(5 nm sec-1) باستعمال منظومة التفریغ من نوع (edwarde(320 e عند ) لكي یمنع تطایر 1.5(cmالمصنع محلیاً ذات عمق mo) حیث استعمل حویض من المولبدنیوم mbar)5ضغط ) الرقیق وذلك باستعمال فرن كھربائي من نوع znoالمادة، وبعد ذلك تمت عملیة االكسدة للحصول على غشاء ( )ammealing oven 187 ین ) وأخیراً تم تلد500() عند درجة حرارة 500 _ 100() ذات المدى الحراري ) ولقد استعملت الطرقة الوزنیة لقیاس 500_400(االغشیة في نفس الفرن المذكور أنفاً لمدة ساعة عند درجة حرارة ، shimadzu , japan (xrd600سمك االغشیة المرسبة . تم استعمال جھاز حیود االشعھ السینیة من نوع :( لمعرفة الخواص التركیبیة . a 1.5405وطول موجي cu _ kوالباعث لالشعة السینیة من نوع ) لألسماك المختلفة قبل وبعد التلدین باستعمال t) والنفاذیة (aثم قیست الخواص البصریة التي تتضمن االمتصاصیة ( 375(nm) انجلیزي الصنع، ضمن مدى الطول الموجي uv_ visible 1800 spectra photometerمطیاف نوع ( . )، ومن طیف االمتصاصیة والنفاذیة تم حساب فجوة الطاقة1100 _ النتائج والمناقشة ) المحضرة قبل التلدین نالحظ بأنھا ذات تركیب متعدد التبلور zno) ألغشیة (xrdمن نتائج حیود االشعھ السینیھ ( )polycrystalline) تزداد بزیادة السمك وھذا 002شدة األتجاه السائد () لجمیع األسماك، وإن 002) وباإلتجاه السائد ( .a،b،c)1، كما مبین في الشكل (linhua ،a.jain[8] [7] یتفق مع ماتوصل إلیھ ) تزداد تدریجیاً بزیادة درجة حرارة التلدین 002أما بالنسبھ لتأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین فقد لوحظ بأن شدة األتجاه السائد ( .a،b،c)2كما مبین في الشكل ( m.caglar[8]احث وھذا یتفق مع الب ) النقیھ للسمك المختلف قبل وبعد التلدین بواسطة معادلة شیرر قبل znoكذلك تم حساب المقاس الحبیبي لجمیع اغشیة ( [9]التصحیح : 105 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 …………………..……..(1). وقد وجد بأن قیمة المقاس الحبیبي تزداد بزیادة السمك مما یعني أن زیاة سمك الغشاء أدت الى زیادة التبلور وتناقص ، وكذلك تزداد بزیادة درجة حرارة التلدین وھذا أیضاً یتفق مع ما a.jain[8]العیوب البلوریھ وھذا یتفق مع الباحث والسبب في زیادة قیمة المقاس الحبیبي ھو نقصان قیمة seham[5] ،[6] m.caglar ، .[10] einassتوصل إلیھ )fwhm ألن العالقھ بینھما عكسیھ، والزیادة الحاصلھ في قیمة المقاس الحبیبي بسبب التلدین تعني بأن التلدین أدى إلى ( ث تأخذ الحبیبات إلغاء بعض المستویات والعیوب الموجوده بعد حصول عملیة نمو وإعادة ترتیب الحبیبات البلوریھ حی ) إذ 500() عند تلدینھ بدرجة حرارة nm)150بإستثناء ذلك السمك [5]. طاقھ كافیھ للنمو والترتیب داخل الشبیكة نالحظ بأن المقاس الحبیبي قد قلت قیمتھ عن ما كانت علیھ قبل التلدین، ولربما السبب في ذلك إن التلدین عند درجة حرارة ) یبین قیم المقاس 1) مما أدى الى زیادة العیوب البلوریھ والجدول (150(nm) كانت عالیھ بالنسبھ للسمك 500( .الحبیبي للسمك المختلف قبل وبعد التلدین ) طیف النفاذیة قبل التلدین إذ نالحظ فیھ 3أما بالنسبھ للخواص البصریھ فقد تم دراسة طیف النفاذیة إذ یبین الشكل ( زیادة في النفاذیھ مع زیادة الطول الموجي لجمیع األسماك، و تبین إنھا تقل مع زیادة سمك األغشیھ وھذا یتفق مع ما توصل بحدود nm)(150حیث أن أعلى نفاذیھ تم الحصول علیھا قبل التلدین ھي للسمك a.jain[8] ،kameran.[11]إلیھ وسبب قلة النفاذیھ مع زیادة السمك ھو إعتمادھا بشكل كبیر على عامل .)950-1100(nm) عند الطول الموجي 70%( السمك إذ یلعب دوراً كبیراً وفعاالً إذ بزیادة سمك األغشیھ تقل نفاذیھ الغشاء ویرجع السبب في ذلك الى (أن السمك الكبیر .[12]وھین جزء كبیر من االشعاع الساقط على الغشاء) یؤدي الى حصول ظاھرة اإلمتصاص البصري وبذلك ت ) بأن قیمة النفاذیھ تزداد بعد التلدین، بسبب نقصان سمك 5) و (4أما بالنسبھ لتأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین فنالحظ من الشكل ( ء من مادة الغشاء وھذا الغشاء، ألن التلدین عند درجات الحرارة العالیھ قد یتسبب في فقدان بعض ذرات االوكسجین أو أجزا ) 500() الملدن بدرجة حرارة nm)150حیث تم الحصول على أعلى نفاذیھ للسمك seham.[5]ما یتفق مع الباحث .) 900-1100(nm%) عند الطول الموجي 92وكانت بحدود ( [13]) من المعادلة األتیة : كذلك تم حساب فجوة الطاقة البصریة لألنتقال المباشر المسموح ( αhv=b(hv-eg)r…………………..(2) r لألنتقال المباشر المسموح ½ : معامل اسي یعتمد على نوع األنتقال ویأخذ قیمة. ، وتزداد بزیادة درجة حرارة التلدین a.jain[8]تبین بأن فجوة الطاقة تزداد بزیادة سمك الغشاء وھذا یتفق مع الباحث وإن إنخفاض قیم فجوة الطاقة یمكن أن تنسب لوجود العیوب .shenghong [14]وھذا ال یتفق مع ما توصل إلیھ الباحث لذلك نالحظ أن بزیادة سمك الغشاء ودرجة حرارة التلدین تم الحصول على زیادة في قیم فجوة .[15]البلوریة والشوائب ) یبین قیم فجوة الطاقة للسمك (2ما یعني أن العیوب البلوریة والشوائب قد قلت وكذلك إزداد تبلور المادة، والجدول الطاقة م .المختلف قبل وبعد التلدین االستنتاجات ھو السائد وقد ازدادت شدتھ بزیادة السمك وبعد (002)المحضرةذات تركیب متعدد التبلور واالتجاه znoان اغشیة .1 .ینالتلد .زیادة في المقاس الحبیبي بزیادة السمك وبعد التلدین .2 .النفاذیة تقل بزیادة السمك وتزداد بعد التلدین .3 .فجوة الطاقة لالنتقال المباشر المسموح تزداد بزیادة السمك وبعد التلدین .4 المصادر 1. sze, s.m. (1990), semiconductors devices physics and technology. 2. chopra, k.l. (1969), thin films phenomena, mcg caw-hill new york المحضر بطریقة zno:ag) و znoتحضیر ودراسة الخصائص التركیبیة الغشیة()، 2008(رشید ھاشم جبار .3 الجامعة الترسیب الكیمیائي الحراري ودراسة خصائصھا البصریة قبل التلدین وبعده" رسالة ماجستیر ،كلیة العلوم .نصریةالمست 4. caglar, m.;caglar, y.and ilican, s.(2006)‚ the determination of the thickness and optical constants of the zno crystalline thin film by nsing envelope method"‚ j.optoelectronics and advanced materials‚ 8‚ (4): 1410-1413. للكشف عن الغازات ، رسالة ماجستیر، zno)، تصمیم وتصنیع متحسس من شبھ موصل 2010سھام حسن سلمان، ( .5 .أبن الھیثم ، جامعة بغدادكلیة التربیة 106 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 6. georgip.daniel; justinvictor v. b.; prabithab.nair; joy k.; peter koshy ; and p.v.thomas (2010)‚ effect of annealing temperature on the structural and optical properties of zno thin films prepared by rf magnetron sputtering ‚ physica b 405:1782-1786. 7. linhuaxu; xiangyin li ; yulinchen, and feixu, (2011)‚ structural and optical properties of zno thin films prepared by spl gel method with different thickness "‚ applid surface scince 257: 4031-4037. 8. jain, a.; sagar, p. and mehra, r.m. (2007)‚ changes of structural‚ optical and electrical properties of sol-gel derived zno films with their thickness , materials scince polad‚ 25‚ 1. 9. barret, c.s. and massalski, t.p.‚ (1980)‚ structure of metals‚ pergamon press‚ oxford. )، دراسة تأثیر درجة حرارة القاعدة وزمن التلدین على الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة 2010ایناس یاسین عبد، (. 10 .ثم، جامعة بغدادابن الھی) ، رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة znoغشیة (أل ) zno)، دراسة الخصائص التركیبیة وتأثیر السمك على الخصائص البصریة ألغشیة (2008كامران یاسین قادر، (. 11 .الرقیقة المحضرة بطریقة التحلل الكیمیائي الحراري ، رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة/المستنصریة 12. chertora, l.e.(1983)‚ physics of thin film‚ ludmiaeckertora. 13. mwolfe, c.; holouyak, n.and stillman, g.b. (1989)‚ physical properties of semiconductor ‚prentice hall‚ new york. 14. yang, s.; liu y.; zhang y. and mo d., (2010), “investigation of annealing – treatment on structural and optical properties of sol – gel derived zinc oxide thin films”, j.indian academy of sciences, 33, 3, 209-214. 15. demiryont, h. and nietering, k.e., (1989), sol energy mater, 9, 79 . قبل وبعد التلدین): یبین المقاس الحبیبي لجمیع األسماك 1(رقمجدول d (nm) at annealing 500 d (nm) at annealing 400 d (nm) before annealing thickness 22.2568 24.8839 22.7672 150 30.1898 24.955 23.128 250 36.9193 34.168 33.241 350 ): یبین فجوة الطاقة لجمیع األسماك قبل وبعد التلدین2( رقم جدول eg (ev) at annealing 500 eg (ev) at annealing 400 eg (ev) before annealing thickness 3.29 3.12 3 150 3.14 3.10 3.04 250 3.19 3.14 3.11 350 107 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 النفاذیة للسمك المختلف قبل التلدین): اطیاف 3شكل ( 108 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ): اطیاف النفاذیة للسمك المختلف قي التلدین3رقم (شكل ) قبل وبعدالتلدین150(nm): أطیاف النفاذیة للسمك 4(رقمشكل ) قبل وبعدالتلدین350(nm ): أطیاف النفاذیة للسمك5شكل رقم ( wave length (nm) tr an sm it ta nc e % wave length (nm) tr an sm it ta nc e % wave length (nm) tr an sm it ta nc e % 0 oc 400 oc 500 oc 109 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the study of thickness and annealing temperature effect on structural and optical properties for zno thin films samir a. maki omar d. jarthi dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ unversity of baghdad received in :25 june 2012 , accepted in : 15 october 2012 abstract in the present work, we study the structural and optical properties of (zno), which are prepared by thermal evaporation technique, where deposit (zn) on glass substrates at different thicknesses (150,250,350)nm, deposited on glass substrate at r.t. with rate (5 nm sec-1). and then we make oxidation for (zn) films at temperature (500) and using the air for one hour, and last annealing samples at temperature (400,500) for one hour. the investigation of (xrd) indicates that the (zno) films are polycrystalline type of hexagonal with a preferred orientation along (002) to all samples and analysis reveals that the intensity of this orientation increases with the increase of the thickness and annealing temperature. optical properties measurement transmittance (t) and absorptance (a) of (zno) film show that the transmittance decreases with the increase of thickness and it increases after annealing, where high transmittance(92%) to thickness (150)nm is annealed at temperature (500) with wave length (800-1100)nm, which is suitable to solar cell. optical energy bands gap is measured and investigated that it increases with the increase of thickness and annealing temperature. key words :zno thin films‚ vacuum evaporation‚ xrd. 110 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 quantum gates to implement the reversible logic circuits ali h. khidhir department of physics / college of science / university of baghdad received in : 21 september 2011 , accepted in : 12 february 2012 abstract quantum gates which are represented by unitary matrices have potentials to implement the reversible logic circuits. m and m+ gates are two well-known quantum gates which are used to synthesize the reversible logic circuits. in this work, we have used behavioral description of these gates, instead of unitary matrix description, to synthesize reversible logic circuits. by this method, m and m+ gates are shown in the truth table form. keywords : reversible logic circuits , quantum gates , unitary matrices . 131 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction in several applications of quantum communication and computation, one has to be able to perform some operations between two-level systems (qubits). for example, any quantum algorithm involves quantum gates between several qubits; in teleportation, on has to perform joint measurements between two qubits; in order to purify states, one also needs these operations. so far, there are very few systems in which we know how to implement arbitrary operations between two qubits [1]. j. f. poyatos at el. [1] demonstrated a way to implement these operations for a set of ions confined in a trap at zero temperature. it was based in the selective excitation of the center of mass mode of the collective motion using laser light, such that only when two atoms are in a given state, this state changes reversible logic circuit synthesis is an introduction to design of quantum computing-based systems, and nanotechnology-based systems. since quantum mechanics processes appeared as a good candidate to construct reversible gates and quantum gates [2]. quantum computation is a fast growing field in quantum information theory. first basic ideas for realization of quantum computation processes have been discussed and experimental efforts have been made, though it is still unknown [3], which method is the most effective and elegant way leading to the first quantum computing machine [3]. carmen m. tesch et. al.[3] demonstrated a molecular approach to quantum computing: the vibrational normal mode as of molecules in an ensemble are used to encode qubits systems. in each mode a certain degree of excitation is referred to as |0>, another degree of excitation in the same mode is referred to as |1>. after introduction of the idea of quantum computation it has already been seen that there exists some quantum algorithms [4] which work much faster than their classical counterparts, and these processes which establish quantum computing as a superior future technology involves quantum circuits and quantum gates [2]. as quantum gates and quantum algorithms are more powerful than classical reversible gates [4]. there are some 3×3 classical reversible gates, provided constant inputs are permitted [4]. on the other hand, major of quantum 2×2 gates are universal, without needing the constant inputs [5] set of m, m+, and feynman quantum gates is a universal set to implement all reversible logic gates. since quantum gates are represented in the unitary matrix form, synthesis algorithms for quantum circuits are also based on this form of representation various methods are also presented to synthesize the reversible logic circuits [2,6]. in this work, we introduce a way to represent the quantum m and m+ gates in the truth table form. the m gate is named square root of not (√𝑁𝑂𝑇 ) and m+ is the complex conjugate transpose of m gate [2]. the properties of these gates used to construct a truth table for the gates. reversible gates, quantum gates, and circuits classical reversible logic gates called reversible gates are ones which act on binary digits or bits. they are implemented in various technologies such as cmos, optical and nanotechnology techniques. on the other hand, quantum gates act on qubits. a qubits is a unit of quantum information. that information is described by a state vector in a two-level quantum mechanical system which is formally equivalent to a two-dimensional vector space over the complex numbers [4]. generally quantum gates cannot be implemented using conventional technologies such as cmos . reversible gates and circuits a function or a circuit is called reversible if there is a one-to-one correspondence between its input and output assignments. that is, in a reversible circuit the outputs can be uniquely determined from the inputs, and the inputs can also be recovered from the outputs. if a reversible function is shown by a truth table, then its output patterns must be the permutation 132 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 of its input patterns. this implies that the number of inputs and outputs of a reversible circuit are equal. a reversible gate implements a reversible function. as a result, a reversible gate has an equal number of inputs and outputs. generally, with 𝑛 inputs, there exists (2n) reversible gates. logical 1×1 reversible gates are the not and buffer. the well-known 2×2 feynman gate which operates as a controlled not (cnot), is shown in fig.1(a). if the control input of cnot is set to '0', the gate acts as a buffer gate; else, it acts as a not gate. fig.2 shows the toffoli and the fredkin 3×3 gates. each of these gates is universal, i.e. any logical reversible circuit can be implemented using these gates reproduce the function of a universal gate, such as a nand gate. a fredkin gate, shown in fig.2(c), acts as a cross switch. if the control input (a) is '0' then the q and r outputs are equal to inputs b and c respectively. if the control input is '1' then the q and r outputs are equal to inputs c and b respectively. the toffoli gate is generalized to 𝑛 inputs and 𝑛 outputs, named tofn gate. this gate has 𝑛-1 control inputs. if all control inputs are '1' then the nth output is the not of the nth input; else, the nth output is equal to the nth input. the fredkin gate can be extended to an 𝑛× 𝑛 gate the same way as the toffoli gate [2,7]. quantum gates and circuits a quantum logic gate called quantum gate, is a basic quantum circuit operating on small number of qubits. they are the analogous for quantum computers to classical logic gates for conventional digital computers. quantum logic gates are reversible unlike many classical logic gates. they are represented by gates in series are equivalent to a not gates; unitary matrices. the most common quantum gates operate on spaces of one or two qubits. this means that quantum gates can be described by 2×2 or 4×4 matrices with orthonormal rows. some examples of quantum gates are feynmam, toffoli, fredkin, hadamard, and phase shifter gates. some reversible logic gates, such as the feynman, toffoli, and fredkin gates are directly mapped onto quantum logic gates [4]. for instance, the hadamard gate operates on a single qubit. it is represented by the hadamard matrix (eq.1). since, the rows of the matrix are orthogonal. h is a unitary matrix. h = 1 √2 �1 1 1 − 1 � ……………….(1) the controlled-u gate is a gate that operates on two qubits in such a way that the first qubit serves as a control (eq.2). c(u)=� 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 𝑥00 𝑥01 0 0 𝑥10 𝑥11 �…………(2) it is shown that all classical logic operations can be performed on a universal quantum computer [2,5]. figure 2 (b) showed a quantum implementation of a 3×3 toffoli gate. in this figure, an m gate indicates the state of the qubits is multiplied by a 2×2 matrix (eq.3), when the control qubits is |1>. m =�0 1 1 0 � 1 2� = 1+𝑖 2 � 1 −𝑖 −𝑖 1 � … … (3) the m gate is also named square root of not gate (not). m is the hermitian conjugate of m. the m and m+ quantum gates have some properties that are shown in eq.4. 133 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 m×m=not m×m+=m+×m=i ……….(4) m+×m+=not where i is the standard 2×2 identity matrix. these equations show that two m and m+ and two m and m+ in series, are equivalent to an identity or a buffer gate. a quantum circuit consists of quantum gates which are interconnected without fanout or feedback by quantum wires. it can be thought of as a classical circuit , with quantum data [5]. classic reversible logic circuits can be realized using quantum gates. this is useful whenever a classical process is needed in a quantum computer. the set of quantum m, m+, and feynman gates is a universal set for reversible logic circuits . behavioral description of m and m+ gates quantum gates have been identified by their unitary matrices, often including complex numbers. defining the quantum gates using a truth table is not common. on the other hand, the quantum m and m+ gates are necessary for the construction of a set of universal 2×2 gates for synthesis of reversible circuits. to construct a truth table for m and m+ gates properties of these gates are used, proposed by equation 4. this equation shows that two m gates in series are equal to a not gate. two m+ gates in series are also as a not gate. one m and one m+ gates in series are equal two identity. we define two intermediate signals r and r for m gate output values and two intermediate signals w and w for m+ gate output values. we assign r value to the m gate output if its input is |0> and r value if its input is |1>. in the same way, we assign w and w values to the output values of a m+ gate, when input values are |0> and|1>, respectively. now, if the input of m gate is r then the output is |1> because the r value is a result of applying input |0> to an m gate and two series m gates is equal to an m gate results a |0> output. if the input of an m gate is w then its output is |0> because a w signal is a result of applying |0> to an m gate and two m and m+ series gates are equal to an identity or buffer gate. these results we can construct a truth table as shown in table 1 for m and m+ gates. in this table we used '0' and '1' characters instead of vectors |0> and|1> , respectively. conclusion in this paper we proposed a method to represent the quantum m and m+ gates based on their properties. using the behavioral description of quantum gates, the m and m+ gates showed as a truth table form. this behavior can be used to implement the reversible logic circuits using the quantum gates. references 1. poyatos, j. f. ; cirac, j. i. and zoller, p. (2011), quantum gates with hot trapped ions, ieee, 40, 18. 2. mohammadi, m. and eshghi, m.behavioral description of quantum v and v gates to design quantum logic circuits", applied physics, 23, 5. 3. carmen, m. tesch and regina de vivie, (2003),molecular quantum computing applying optimal control theory: quantum gates and algorithms, ieee, 40, 10. 4. phillip,kaye, raymond laflamme, and michele mosca, (2007), an introduction to quantum computing, oxford university press jan, , book-ling. 5. barenco, a.; bennett, c. h.; cleve, r.; divincenzo, d. p.; margolus, n.; shor, p.; sleator t.; smolin, j. a. and weinfurter, h. (1995), elementary gates for quantum computation", phys. rev. a52(5) :3457-3467. 134 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 6. michael miller, d.; gerhard dueck, w. and dmitri maslov, (2003), a transformation based algorithms for reversible logic synthesis, phys. rev., 48,11,. 7. fredkin, e. and toffoli, t.( 1982), conservative logic, int. j. theo. phys., 21(6):219. table (1): truth table of m and m+ gates a(input) q(m gate) q(m+ gate) o r w 1 r w r 1 0 r 0 1 w 0 1 w 1 0 b i=b b b a q=a + b 0 b (a) (b) fig .(1): (a) feynman gate , (b) copying a signal by feynman gate a p=a p b q=b q c r= c + a.b (a) (b) q=a'b+ac r=ab+ac' (c) fig .(2): (a) toffoli gate , (b) its equivalent , implemented by quantum gates , (c) fredkin gate m m m + r 135 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 العكسیةالبوابات الكمیة لتنفیذ دوائر المنطق علي حسن خضر جامعة بغداد / كلیة العلوم /قسم الفیزیاء 2012شباط 12، قبل البحث في 2011أیلول 21استلم البحث : الخالصة )، تمكن���ت unitary matricesبوس���اطة مص���فوفات الوح���دة ( quantum gate)وض���حت البواب���ات الكمی���ة ( ، إذ اس���تعملت بواب���ات كمی���ة معروف���ة مث���ل (reversible logic circuits) م���ن تنفی���ذ ال���دوائر المنطقی���ة العكس���یة لتركی���ب دوائ���ر المنط���ق العكس���یة. ك���ذلك اس���تخدم وص���ف س���لوك ھ���ذه البواب���ات ف���ي ھ���ذا العم���ل ب���دال +mو mبواب���ات truth)م���ن مص���فوفة الوح���دة لتك���وین دوائ���ر المنط���ق العكس���یة ، ث���م وص���فت ھ���ذه البواب���ات بش���كل ج���دول ص���واب table). ، البوابات الكمیة ، مصفوفات الوحدة . الدوائر المنطقیة العكسیة : الكلمات المفتاحیة 136 | physics microsoft word 102-112 102 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis and characterization of some new mixedligand complexes containing schiff base and 3-picoline with some metal salts basima m. sarhan dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-hatham)/ university of baghdad modher y. mohammad thaer m. salman dept. of chemistry / college of education for girls / university of tikrit received in:26/may/2015،accepted in:30/june/2015 abstract some metal ions (mn+2, co+2, ni+2, cu+2,zn+2 and cd+2) complexes of quodridentats schiff base derived from (2-hydroxy benzaldehyde and 4,4'-methylenedianiline as primary ligand and 3-picoline (3-pic) secondary ligand have been synthesized and characterized on the basis of their 1h ,13c-nmr, ft-ir, uv-vis spectroscopy, conductivity measurements, elemental analysis, and magnetic moments, metal to ligands ratio in all complexes has been found to be (1:1:2) (m:schiff base:3-pic), schiff base behaves as neutral tetra dentate ligand with (n2,o2) system from the results obtained, the following general formula has suggested for the prepared complexes [m+2(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] and octahedral stereochemistry, where m+2 = (mn , co , ni , cu , zn and cd), 2-mbd = 2,2'-(1e,1'e)-(4,4'-methylene bis (4,1-phenylene ) bis (azan-1-yl-1-ylidene) bis(methan-1yl-1-ylidene)diphenol (2-mbd), 3-pic = 3-picoline. key words: mixed ligand, schiff bases, metal ions, 3-pic. 103 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 theoretical schiff bases represent one of the most widely used families of organic compound and their chemistry is essential material in many organic chemistry text books[1,2] and are well known to have antifungal antitumor and herbicrdal activities[3,4] the complex behavior of schiff base as ligands, with transition metal is very useful for bio-inorganic chemists, several complexes of palladium were synthesized and used as anti cancer and having biological activities[5,6] schiff base containing nitrogen and oxygen donor atoms play an important role in biological system and represent interesting models for metaloenzymes as in the complex behavior of schiff bases with various first series transition metal ions (cu+2 , co+2) metal complexes were synthesized and characterized and these complexes have shown good anti bacterial and antifungal activities[7]. we have investigated in this paper, the preparation and properties of some metal ion complexes with schiff base (2-mbd) and amine adduct (3-picoline). experimental all reagents used were analar or chemically pure grade by british drug house (bdh), merck and fluka. metal salts (mncl2.4h2o, cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, zncl2 and cdcl2.h2o), 3-picoline, 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4,4'-methylenedianiline, glacial acetic acid, dmso, ethanol. instruments 1h and 13c-nmr were recorded using ultra shield 300 mhz switzerland at university of al-albyt, jordan, conductivity measurements were carried out philips pw digital meters conductivity in dmso at 10-3 m, ft-ir spectra were recorded as kbr discs in the range (4000-400) cm-1 using shimadzu ft-ir, uv-visible spectra were recorded by shimadzu uv 8300 vis160a ultraviolet spectrophotometer the range of (200-1000) nm at 10-3 m in dmso. metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption using (shimadzu at 6806) atomic absorption spectrophotometer, magnetic susceptibility (µeff. b.m) were recorded by faraday method using balance magnetic susceptibility model (msb-mkt). melting point was determined by using (stuart-melting point apparatus). general method for the synthesis of the schiff base (2-mbd) to solution of 4,4'-methylenedianiline (3grm) (0.015mole) was added (3.67gm) (0.03mole) of 2-hydroxy benzaldehyde, few drops of glacial acetic acid have been added to the reaction mixture, the color of reaction mixture changed immediately to pale yellow. the final mixture reflux for 3hrs, then allowed to cool at room temperature, the precipitated pale yellow powder has been filtered off and recrystallization from ethanol, scheme[1], yield (91%), (m.p =163165) ˚c , %c found (79.005) while calculate (79.78), %h found (5.191) while calculate(5.46), %n found (7.063) while calculate(6.89). synthesis of metal complexes (0.41gm) (1mmole) of schiff base (2-mbd) was dissolved in 25ml of ethanol containing (0.12gm) (2mmole) of koh, then the solution of following metal salts mncl2.4h2o (0.2gm, 1mmole), cocl2.6h2o (0.24gm,1mmole), nicl2.6h2o (0.24gm,1mmole), cucl2.2h2o (0.2 gm,1mmole), zncl2 (0.14gm,1mmole) and cdcl2.h2o (0.2gm,1mmole) in ethanol were added dropwise to the solution of the schiff base (2-mbd), the mixture was stirred for 2 hour at room temperature. complexes were separated by adding an excess of (3-pic) (2mole, (1-2) 104 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ml and treating the solution with diethyl ether until is completed precipitation, the precipitate was washed with distilled water and ethanol and dried under vacuum. results and discussion the isolated complexes were crystalline solids, soluble in some of the common solvents such as dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulphoxide, they are relatively thermally stable, the conductivity measurements in dmso indicated the non-electrolyte behavior, table (1) in clouds the physical properties. the analytical data confirmed the (1:1:2) (metal:schiff base: 3pic) composition of the complexes, the magnetic measurements (µeff b.m) for the complexes are also listed in table (1). spectral studies 1h and 13c-nmr spectra 11hnmr spectrum for the schiff bases (2-mbd) in (cdcl3) as solvent fig. (1) showed the following signals: single peak at (4.03-4.11) ppm for (2h, ch2), doublet doublet peaks at(6.95-7.05) ppm for (8h, aromatic protons), multiples peaks at(7.24-7.41) ppm for (8h, aromatic protons), single peak at (8.61-8.69) ppm for (1h, hc=n), single peak at (13.31) ppm for (1h, oh). 2the carbon nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum for the schiff bases was carried out using (cdcl3) as a solvent and the following peaks were detected, fig. (2): signal at (41.03) ppm for (ch2) signal at(77.50) ppm for (cdcl3), signals at(117.25-146.71) ppm for aromatic carbons, signal at (161.13) ppm for (ch=n), signal at(162.19) ppm for (c-oh). infrared spectra ft-ir spectrum of the schiff bases (2-mbd) fig. (3), showed bands due to υ(oh), υ(c=n) and υ(c-o) respectively which absorbed at (3419) cm-1, (1618) cm-1 and (1270) cm-1[8-11]. the spectrum of free (3-picoline) showed band at (1613) cm-1 was assigned to υ(c=n)[12]. the ft-ir spectra of complexes: a strong sharp absorption band around (1618) cm-1 in spectrum of the schiff base may be assigned to the υ(c=n) stretching, in spectra complexes, this band is shifted the range between (1600-1612) cm-1[10,11] upon complexation with metal, which may be attributed to the coordination of the imine nitrogen to the metal center[13]. the schiff base shows band at (3419) cm-1 due to υ(oh) stretching from phenolic group which disappears in the spectra complexes indicating the deprotonation of the schiff base upon complexation[14]. the strong phenolic (c-o) absorption band at (1270) cm1abserved in the spectrum of schiff bases shifts to higher frequency at range (1281-1369) cm1, supporting the coordination of the deprotonated phenolic oxygen atoms to the metal centers in the complexes[14]. the stretching vibration band υ(c=n) appeared in the range (15041566) cm-1 shifted to lower frequencies by (47-109) cm-1 which means that the nitrogen atom of (3-pic) was involved in coordination[15] absorption bands in the (442-525) cm-1 region are considered to be due to metal-nitrogen υ(m-n) vibrations whilst those accruing around (515580) cm-1 are through to a wise from metal-oxygen (m-o) vibration[16], fig. (4) showed the ft-ir spectrum of [ni(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] and table (2) describe the important bands and assignment for ligands and its complexes. 105 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 electronic spectral the absorptions and assignments related to the ligands and their complexes are listed in table (3), the ligand fig. (5) exhibited an absorption bands in (uv) region at wave number (37593) cm-1 which may be attributed to (π→π*) transition, other band appeared at (29069) cm-1 was expressed at the (n→π*) free (3-picoline) spectrum showed absorption band at (30769) cm-1 which was expressed as the (n→π*)[17]. spectra of the complexes [mn(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] (d5): the spectrum of this complex showed four absorptions at (37593) cm-1, (28985) cm1, (13513) cm-1 and (11111) cm-1 which may be attributed to (l.f), (c.t), 6a1g → 4t2g(g) and 6a1g → 4t1g(g) respectively[18,19]. [co(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] (d7): the spectrum of the this complex, fig. (6) exhibited bands at (37593) cm-1, (28985) cm-1 (27855) cm-1, (17857) cm-1 and (12345) cm-1 which have been assigned as (l.f), (c.t), 4t1g(f) → 4t1g(p), 4t1g → 4a2g and 4t1g(f) → 4t2g(f)[20] respectively, and the b found to be at ( 578.46) cm-1 and β = b/ bo comes out to be (0.595). [ni(2mbd)(3-pic)2] (d8): the spectrum of this complex exhibited the following absorptions at (37593) cm-1, (29068) cm-1, (16260) cm-1 and (12437) cm-1 which have been assigned as (l.f), 3a2g → 3t1g(p), 3a2g → t1g(f) and 3a2g → 3t2g respectively[21] and the b found to be at (534.5) cm-1 and β = b/ bo comes out be at (0.513). [cu(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] (d9): the spectrum of complex gave two bands at (37593) cm-1 and (28985) cm-1 which may be attributed to (l.f), (c.t) and another band shows at (12658) cm-1 which may be attributed to 2eg → 2t2g transitions[22,23]. [zn(2mbd)(3-pic)2] and [cd(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] (d10): the complexes [zn(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] and [cd(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] confirmed the absence of any (d-d) transition[24]. according to spectral data as well as those obtained from elemental analysis, the chemical structure of the complexes may be suggested as oh octahedral fig. (7) for [m+2(2-mbd)(3pic)2] where m+2 = (mn, co, ni, cu, zn and cd) 2,2'-(1e,1'e)-(4,4'-methylenebis(4,1-phenylene)bis(azan-1-yl-1-ylidene))bis(methan-1-yl-1ylidene)diphenol 2-mbd = (3-pic) = 3-picoline conclusions some metal ions (mn+2, co+2, ni+2, cu+2, zn+2 and cd+2) complexes of schiff base ( 2mbd) and 3-picoline have been synthesized and characterized on the basis of their (1h and 13c-nmr, ft-ir, uv-vis) spectroscopy. the complexes showed octahedral geometry around the metal. references 1smith, m.b. and march, j., (2007) “marche advanced organic chemistry: reactions, mechanisms and structure”, 6th ed., john wiley and sons, inc., hoboken, new jersey. 2carey, f. a., (2003) “organic chemistry”, 5th ed., the mc-graw-hill companies, inc., new york. 3mitu, l.; ilis, m.; roman, n.; imran, m. and ravichandran, s. (2012) “transition metal complexes of isonicotinoylhydraone-4-diphenylaminobenzaldehyde:synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies”, e. j. chem., 9: 365-372. 4pandeya, s.n.; sriram, d.; nath, g. and dc elercq, e. (1999) “synthesis and pharmacological evaluation of some novel isatin derivatives for antimicrobial activity”, ii farmaco., 54: 624-628. 106 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 5kalyani, p.; adharvanachary, m. and kinthada, p.m.m.s. (2012) “synthesis, characterization and nuclease activity of some novel palladium(ii)complexes of benzylthiosemicarbazone (btsc) and substituted thiosemicarbazones”, int. j. pharmbiomed. sci., 3(2): 75-79. 6shanker, k.; rohini, r.; shravankumar, k.; muralidhar reddy, p.; yen-peng ho and ravinder, v. (2009) “synthesis of tetraaza macrocyclic pd(ii) complexes; antibacterial and catalytic studies”, j. indian chem. soc., 86: 153-161. 7singh, b.k. and adhikari, d. (2012) “complexation behavior of schiff base ligands with transition metal ions”, inter. j . basic and applied chem. sci., 2(1): 84-107. 8dolaz ,m.; tumer, m. and digrak, m. (2004) “synthesis, characterization and stability constants of polynuclear metal complexes”, transitions metal chemistry, 29(5): 528-536. 9nakamoto, k. (1997) “infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds: theory and applications in inorganic chemistry, part-a”, 5th ed., john wily and sons, ny, usa, new york. 10you, z.l. and zhu, h.l. (2004) “synthesis, crystal structures, and antibacterial activities of four schiff base complexes of copper and zinc”, zeitschrift fur anorganische und allgemeine chemie, 630(115): 2754-2760. 11mourya, r.c.; varma, r. and shukla, p. (1997) “synthesis of nitrato complexes of lanthanum(iii) with schiff bases derived from 4-antipyrinecarboxaldehyde and aromatic amines”, journals of the indian chemical society, 74(9): 789-790. 12greenwood, n.n. and wade, k. (1960) “complexes of boron trichloride with pyridine and piperidine”, j. chem. soc., 4: 1130-1141. 13singh, l.j. and singh, r.h. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of heteronuclear copper(ii)-lanthanide(iii) complexes of n,n′-1,3-propylenebis(salicylaldiminato) where lanthanide(iii) = gd or eu”, international journal of inorganic chemistry, article id 281270, 9 pages. 14el-anasary, a.i. and abdel-kadara, n.s. (2012) “synthesis, characterization of la(iii), nd(iii) and er(iii) complexes with schiff bases derived from benzopyran-4-one and their fluorescence study”, international journal of inorganic chemistry, article id 901415, 1-13. 15sarhan, b.m., waheed, e.t. and naema, b.z. (2011)“ synthesis and characterization of some mixed-ligand complexes contining n-acetyl tryptophane and α-picoline with some metal salts”, ibn al-hatham journal for pure & apllied science, 24(1): 144-154. 16nakamoto, k., (1996), “infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”, 4th ed. , john wily and sons, new york. 17nichllis, d. (1979) “complexes and first-row transition element”, macmilolan chemistry, text, 6(4): 73-79. 18heidt, l.f.; kostes, g.f. and johanson, a.m. (1958) “absorption spectrum of manganese(ii) diethylenetriamine complexes”, j. am. chem. soc., 80, 6471. 19jorgensen, c.k (1963) “synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes of 4-carboxaldehyde (phenyl hydrazine 1-phenyl -3 metyl-2-pyrazoline-5-one”, chem. phys., 5: 33. 20al-jibouri, m.n. (2008) “synthesis and structural studies of oxo-vanadinm(iv), chromium(iii), manganese (ii), iron(ii), cobalt(ii), nickel(ii) and copper(ii) complexes with a new tetradentate schiff base having o:n:o:n: donor system”, journal of al-nahrain university, 11(2): 10-15. 21mittal, p.; joshi, s.; panwar, v. and uma, v. (2009) “biologically active co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and mn(ii) complexes of schiff bases derived from vinyl aniline and heterocyclic aldehydes”, international journal of chem. tech. research, 1(2): 225-232. 22abed, a.g. (2014) “u.v spectroscopic studies of the schiff base n-(o-n( methyl-3-ol-2butenimino)-n′-(o-toluyl)-1,2-diphenylethandimine and its complexes with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and pd(ii): direct determination in absolute ethanol”, raf. j. sci., 25(2): 32-43. 107 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 23usharani, m.; alkila, e.; jayaseelan, p. and rajarel, r. (2013) “structural elucidation of newly synthesized potentially active binuclear schiff base cu(ii), ni(ii), co(ii) and mn(ii) complexes using physicochemical methods”, international journal of scientific & engineering research, 4(7): 1055. 24al-karkhi, i.h.t.; yaseen, a. k. and shamkhy, e.t. (2014) “synthesis, characterization bioactivity and cytotoxicity of ns schiff base and its ni(ii), cd(ii) and zn(ii) metal complexes”, j . thiqar. sci., 4(2): 52. table (1): physical properties of ligand and its complexes (b.m) effµ molar conductivity ) 1-mole2 .cm1-(oh in dmso m % calculate (found) m.p ˚c color complexes 2.8 163-165 ˚c yellow schiff base (2-mbd) 5.72 5.20 8.50 (7.93 ) 210-212 ˚c brown ]2pic)-d)(3mb-mn(2[ 4.35 5.78 9.07 (8.74) 290-292 ˚c deepviolet ]2pic)-d)(3mb-co(2[ 3.26 7.50 9.03 (8.69) 260-262 ˚c deepgreen ]2pic)-d)(3mb-ni(2[ 1.72 4.45 9.71 (9.13) 201-203 ˚c deep brown ]2pic)-d)(3mb-cu(2[ 9.83 9.96 (8.95) 312-314 ˚c yellow ]2pic)-d)(3mb-zn(2[ 7.18 15.98 (15.23) 310-312 ˚c yellow ]2pic)-d)(3mb-cd(2[ table (2): the characteristic infrared of the ligands (2-mbd), (3-pico) and their metal complexes (m-o) (m-n) (c-o) phenolic (oh) (c=n) ligand (c=n) (3-pico) complexes )s(1270 )m(3419)s(1618 schiff base (2-mbd) )s(1613 3-pico )w(550 )w(525 )w(470 )s(1281 )m(1600 )m(1566 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-mn(2[ )w(519 )w(457 )w(432 )s(1311 )s(1606 )s(1523 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-co(2[ )m(580 )m(515 )w(462 )s(1311 )s(1606 )s(1504 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-ni(2[ )m(519 )w(447 )w(465 )s(1369 )s(1610 )s(1504 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-cu(2[ )m(519 )m(451 )w(463 )s(1321 )s(1612 )s(1529 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-zn(2[ )m(519 )w(448 )w(442 )m(1317 )s(1606 )m(1504 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-cd(2[ where: s = strong , m = medium , w = weak 108 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (3): electronic spectra data of ligands and its complexes assignment maxє 1-.cm1 -l.mol 1-wav number cm (nm)maxλ compound *π→π *n→π 921 2254 37593 29069 266 344 schiff base (2-mbd) *n→π 600 30769 325 3-pic (ligand) l.f c.t 2g(g)t4→ 1ga6 1g(g)t4→ 1ga6 863 2108 16 15 37593 28985 13513 11111 266 345 740 900 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-mn(2[ l.f c.t 1g(p)t4 → 1gt4 2ga4 → 1gt4 2gt4 → 1gt4 922 1754 198 50 15 37593 28985 27855 17857 12345 266 345 359 560 810 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-co(2[ l.f 1g(p)t3 → 2ga3 mix (d with) c.t 1g(f)t3 →2ga3 2g(f)t3 →2ga3 830 1994 15 10 37593 29069 16260 12437 266 344 615 804 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-ni(2[ l.f c.t 2gt2 → ge2 906 1754 60 37593 28985 12658 266 345 790 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-cu(2[ l.f l.f c.t 1034 1890 2124 37593 30303 24570 266 330 407 ]2pic)-d)(3mb-zn(2[ l.f c.t 723 1580 37593 28985 266 345 ]2pic)-bd) (3m-cd(2[ mbd)-nmr spectrum of ligand schiff base (2-h1( 1 ): the urefig 109 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 mbd)-nmr spectrum of ligand schiff base (2-c13(2): the urefig figure (3): ft-ir spectrum of ligand schiff base (2-mbd) 110 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ]2pic)-mbd)(3-ir spectrum of [ni(2-(4): ft urefig figure (5): uv-vis spectrum of ligand (schiff base 2-mbd) 111 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ]2pic)-mbd)(3-vis spectrum of complex [co((2-(6): uv urefig h2 c n n o o n ch3 n m h3c m+2 = mn , co , ni , cu , zn , cd [m(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] figure (7): the proposed structural formula of the complexes h2 c n n oh ho o ho 2+ nh2h2n ref lux 2h 4,4'-methylenedianiline 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde 2,2'-(1e, 1'e)-(4,4'-methylenebis(4,1-phenylene)bis(aza n-1-yl-1-ylidene ))bis(m ethan-1-yl-1ylide ne)diphenol scheme (1): preparation of [schiff base (2-mbd)] 112 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات الفلزية مع ليكاندات مختلطة من قاعدة شف و بيكولين) -3( سرحان محسن باسمة بغداد جامعة / )الهيثم ابن (الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية / الكيمياء قسم مظهر يونس محمد ثائر محمد سلمان تكريت جامعة للبنات / التربية كلية / الكيمياء قسم 2015حزيران//30قبل في: ،2015أيار//26في:استلم الخالصة يتضمن البحث تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات الفلزية التي تحتوي على ليكاندات مختلطة حاوية على قاعدة شف وقد كليكاند ثانوي بيكولين -٣كليكاند اولي و انيلينثنائي مثيلين -'٤،٤سالسالديهايد و هايدروكسي -2المشتقة من ( واالشعة فوق )nmr-c13 and h1( ودرست بالطرائق الطيفية وهي طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي شخصت تحت الحمراء، وقياس نسبة الفلز بواسطة طيف االمتصاص الذري فضال عن قياس التوصيلية المرئية واالشعة-البنفسجية تشخيصية اقترح الشكل الثماني السطوح لهذه المعقدات مع ومن نتائج هذه الدراسات ال الموالرية والحساسية المغناطيسية ي:أتإعطاء الصيغة العامة لهذه المعقدات وكما ي [m(2-mbd)(3-pic)2] 2m =cd , zn , cu , ni , co , mn+ ذإ 2,2'-(1e,1'e)-(4,4'-methylenebis(4,1-phenylene)bis(azan-1-yl-1-ylidene))bis(methan-1-yl-1ylidene)diphenol 2-mbd = بيكولين) -٣( = (pic-3)و اثبتت النتائج ان قاعدة شف تسلك كليكاند رباعي السن اذ يرتبط عن طريق ذرتي االوكسجين ضمن مجموعة الفينول ذإ كليكاند احادي السن اذ يرتبط عن طريق ذرة النتروجين في حلقة بيكولين -٣وذرتي النتروجين ضمن الحلقة بينما يسلك .البيريدين المعقدات الفلزية . ،بيكولين -٣ ،قاعدة شف ،ليكاندات مختلطة الكلمات المفتاحية: types of antibiotics resistance to pseudomonas aeruginosa isolates from burns center and wards of general surgery in alyarmouk teaching hospital 32| biology 6/31.1.184 https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 study of antibiotic resistance to pseudomonas aeruginosa that iisolate from burns and ggeneral surgery from alyarmouk teaching hospital faraj hato-joni al-bidhani medical-institute of health-baghdad faraj63ht@gmail.com received in:16 /july/2017, accepted in:12/november/2017 abstract pseudomonas aeruginosa is common gram negative rod – shaped bacterium, a species of considerable medical importance, p. aeruginosa is prototypical "multi drug resistant (mdr) pathogen" that is recognised for its ubiquity, its intrinsically advanced antibiotic resistance mechanisms, and its associatation with serious illnesses – especially nosocomial infection such as ventilator – associated pneumonia and various sepsis syndromes. this study was conducted from march 2014 to july 2014, the patients were males and females. total samples of 613 patients, selected from burns wards and general surgery wards, the samples were sending to teaching laboratories from the same hospital. the present study showed that the prevalence of sensitivity revealed that amikacin had the highest sensitivity (89,6%), followed by cefotaxime (66.2%), the optimal aminoglycosides in combination therapy with b-lactams was amikacin, followed by tobramycin and gentamycin, highest sensitivity rate showed that (95.2%) was found in the combination of amikacin with imipenem and piperacillin, (71.4%) were amikacin combination with cefotaxime ,(85.7%) were gentamycin with piperacillin , (71.4%) were gentamycin with cefotaxime, (95.2%) were tobramycin with piperacillin,(76.2%)were tobramycin with carbenicillin, resistance of bacterials associated with reduced aminoglycoside accumulation the current study indicated that pseudomonas aeruginosa was the most prevalent in burns and general surgery infection, these infections generally require treatment with a combination of antimicrobials inoder to achieve a greater baetericidal effect and reduce the levels of resistance. keywords: antibiotic resistance; pseudomonas aeruginosa; wounds and burns file:///g:/faraj63ht@gmail.com 32| biology 6/31.1.184 https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 introduction pseudomonas aeruginosa is of type of species of its group which contains of the genome size of about 5.2 to 7 million base pairs, the core genome consists of a low level of necleotid divergene of 0.5% and a conserved synteny of genes, which means two or more genes, where they are linked or not are on the same chromosome, pseudomonas aeruginosa has a single and super coiled chromosome in the cytoplasm [1]. pseudomonas aeruginosa is a rod about 15µm long and 0.5 – 1.0 µm wide,and produce colonies with characteristic “grape –like” or “fresh – tortilla” [2]. its optimum temperature for growth is 37 degrees, and its able to grow at temperature as high as 42 degrees [3]. it is found in soil, water, skin flora, and most man – made environments throughout the world. it thrives not only in normal atmosphere but also in hypoxicatmo spheres, thus has colonized many natural and artificial environments [4]. it uses a wide range of organic materials for food, in animals, it's versatility enables the organism to infect damaged tissues or those with reduced immunity [5] . the symptoms of such infection are generalized inflammation and sepsis. if such colonized occur in critical body organs, such as the lungs, the urinary tract, and kidneys, the results can be fatal, because it thrives in moist environments such as soild and water [6]. this bacterium is also found on and in medical equipment, including catheters causing crass – infection in hospitals and clinics. it is implicated in hot – tub rash [7]. it is able to decomposed hydrocarbons and has been used to break down tar balls and oil from oil spills [8]. p. aeruginosa is not extremely virulent in comparison with other major pathogenic bacteria species – for example staphylococcusareus and strepto coccus pyogenes, and does not fare especially well under subtimal atmospheric conditions for aggregate into enduing biofilms [9] . p. aeruginosa is among the gramnegative bacilli commonly isolated from patints with ear, urinary tract, skin, and gastrointestinal infection, the resistant of p. aeruginosa strains were capable of producing aminoglycoside – modifying enzymes and using efflux as mechanism of resistance [10]. combination therapy should be reserved for patients presenting with severe sepsis or septic shock or for those with a high suspicion of resistant gram – negative infection, pending susceptibility testing and institution of appropriate β-lactam monotherapy [11]. aim: aim of this study is to determine the types of antibiotics resistance to pseudomonas aeruginosa. methods: across –sectional survey was conducted at the al-yarmouk teaching hospital in baghdad –iraq from march 2014 to july 2014. total sample size was 613 patients selected was convenient sample. the patients were males and females, collection of samples from burns wards and general surgical wards, all samples sending laboratories in the same hospital in order to determine the bacteria sensitivity to the antibiotics, isolation of pseudomonas aeruginosa by lab layoratory staffs with ordinary method by using api20e (analytical profile index 20e), presented a biochemical panel for identification and differentiation of pseudomonas aeruginosa ,epi20e biochemical test strip which contains dehydrated bacterial medial biochemical reagents in 20 separate compartments api20e test strip is commercially available bacteria will react them and will give different colors which will help to identify bacteria to the species level and determine the resistance of bacteria to specific antimicrobial drags by using kirby – bauer disc diffusion method , which contain antibiotics are placed on agar where bacteria are growing , and the antibiotics diffuse out into the agar , if an antibiotic stops the bacteria flow growing , one can see circular areas around the wafers where bacteria have not grown. kb test results are reported as intermediate or resistant, based on the size of the zone of inhibition if the zone of inhibition is greater than or equal to the size of the standard zone, the 32| biology 6/31.1.184 https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 microorganism is considered to be sensitive to the antibiotic, of the zone of inhibition is smaller than the standard size, the micro organism is considered to be resistant. detection of combination effects of aminoglycoside –beta-lactam showed infrequent synergistic or enhanced killing , more effective treatment of patients with severe infection , the aminoglycoside (amikacin , gentamycin, tobramycin ) β-lactam ( ceftazidime , cefotaxime , carbenicillin , imipenen , piperacillin ) , the concentration of amikacin 5µg/ml , 5µ/ml for tobrenycin , 5µg/ml for gentamycin, the concentration of βlactam is 30µg/ml for cefotaxime , ceftazidin , carbencillin , piperacillin , 10µg/ml for impenim, that kit for usa, oxid uk.were incubated in plasma (3days) , 37 degrees, samples taken at 12 hr intervals were analysed for both aminoglycosides (radio immunoassay ) and β-lactam(high pressure liquid chromatograply).degradation of all antibiotics were by first – order reactions, incubation mixture of two antibiotics , the effect of the interaction in vivo was examined by computer simulation the minimum inhibitory concentrations of aminoglycoside determined before and after combination with β-lactam , the fraction al inhibitory concentrations calculated as mic of drugs aminoglycoside in combination / mic of drug s alone , mic of drug β-lactam alone , synergism as an fractional inhibitory concentration less than 0.5-1 additive fractional inhibitory concentration of 0.5-4 , antagonism, as an fic index more than 4. result total samples of 613 patients were from burns section 462 (75.3%) patients and 151 patients (24.6%) the demographic features of the present study were shows in table (1), the results were expressed as two groups of patients were 144 (23.5%) females and 318 (51.8%) males, in the burns section and 62 (10.1%) females and 89(14.5%)males from surgery section table (2) shows the positive sample isolates from burns section were 38(31.14%) were females and 84(68.8%) males .from the surgery section was 5(38.4%) females and 8(61.5%) males . table (3) shows that the resistant of the pseudomonas aeruginosa in standard antibiotics revealed that amikacin (89.6%) that highest resistant followed by cefotaxime (66.2%) from the burns and surgery section in table (4) shows that the combination of aminoglycoside with β-lactam were highest sensitivity of amikacin with ampenim and piperacillin (95.2%), the lowest sensitivity with cefotaxime (71.4%). the gentamycine combination with piperacillin (85.7%), (71.4%) with cefotaxime. the tobramycin combination with piperacillin (95.2%) and (76.2%) with carbenicillin. discussion infection by pseudomonas aeruginosa facilitated by the use of outer membrane components including secretary toxins such as lipo polysaccharides [9] the present study shows that the amikacin had the highest resistant (89.6%) to the pseudomonas aeruginosa in patients with burns and surgical section, due to decrease in cell permeability, these findings are similar to the study done by [12] that amikacin highest resistant to pseudomonx aeruginosa. also the results show that cefotaxime had the lowest resistant (66.2%) to the pseudomon aeruginosa due to alteration at the ribosomal binding sites. the results of the present study show that the combination therapy of aminoglycoside with β-lactam that amikacin with impenim and piperacillin (95.2%) were synergism. the gentamycin with piperacillin (85.7%) were synergism. the tobramycin with piperacillin (95.2%) were synergism. combination therapy has been suggested to have a beneficial effect in delaying or preventing the development of antimicrobial resistance. 36| biology 6/31.1.184 https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 conclusion more administration of antibiotics as randomly used without prescription of doctor, in the using more antibiotics result to formation of bacterial states which are resistance to antibiotics, many pseudomonas aeruginosa infections are becoming more difficult to treat pseudomonas aeruginosa infections. table (1): distribution of the study population by place and sex. place female male total burns section 144 318 462 surgery section 62 89 151 table (2): distribution of the study population by positive sample. place female male totel burns section total positive sample isolates 38(31.14%) total positive sample isolates 84(68.85%) 122 (26.4%) surgery section total positive sample isolates 5(38.46%) total positive sample isolates 8(61.53%) 13(8.6%) table (3): percentage of susceptibility pattern of pseudomonas aeruginos in standard antibiotics antibiotics section amikacin cefotaxime ciprofloxacin gentamycin impenim piperacillin carbencillin burns (122) 89.4% 66.1% 76.6% 78.9% 85.6% 84.4% 74.4% surgery (13) 90.5% 66.7% 71.4% 81.0% 85.7% 81.0% 76.2% total 135 89.6% 66.2% 76.1% 79.1% 85.6% 84.1% 74.6% table (4): combination antibiogram of pseudomonas aeruginosa percent distribution of drug combination aminoglycosides β-lactams amikacin cabenicillin cefotaxime ceftazidime impenim piperacillin 81.0% 71.4% 90.5% 95.2% 95.2% gentamycin 81.0% 71.4% 85.6% 81.0% 85.7% tobramycin 76.2% 90.5% 88.0% 85.7% 95.2% 32| biology 6/31.1.184 https://doi.org/10.30526 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 references [1] l. wehlmann; et. al , structure of pseudomonas aeruginosa, preceedings of the nationl academy of sciences of the united states of america, volume .104 , p.81801 -8106. 2007 [2] fajardo, alicia, and jose l. martinez, antibiotic resistance in pseudomonas. " pseudomonas: genomics and molecular biology. by pierrecornelis. norfolk, uk: caister academic, n. pag. print. (http://www.horizonpress.com/pseudo). chapter 8 ,2008 [3] n. mesaros , and p. nordmann , " pseudomonas aeruginosa : resistance and therapeutic options at the turn of the new millennium. wiley online library. n. p; 31,jan.(http://onlinelibrarywiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1469-0691.2007.01681.x/fully. 2007 [4] j. vandepitt; et al, guide lines for antimicrobial resistance surveillance. who. regional publication, eastern mediterranean series, 1996. [5] g. k. stover, and x. q. pham, "complete genome sequence of pseudomonas aeruginosa paoi, an opportunistic pathogen,"nature.com.nature publishing group, (http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v406/46799/abs/40695900.html). 2000. [6] d.j diekema; et. al, survey of blood stream frequency of occurance anti microbial susceptibility of isolates collected in the united states, canda, and latin america, surveillance program clinical infection diseases, 1999, 29(3):595-607. [7] pseudomonas aeruginosa in health care setting, health care – associated infection (hai) diseases and orjanisms, center for diseases control and prevention 2014. [8] chang, w natthew, engineering microbes to sense and eradicate pseudomonas aeruginosa, a human pathogen. "nature.com.nature publishing group, (http://www.nature.com./msb/journal/v7/nl/synopsis/msb201155.html). 2011 [9] todar, kenneth, text book of bacteriology. net / pseudomonas. html) 2013. [10] k. pool, pseudomonas aeruginosa: resistance to the max – frond. in microbial, 2:65. (http//www.nebi.nlm.nih-gov/pme/artictes.), 2011 [11] l leonard; p micol, aminoglycoside / β-lactam combination in clinical practice, journal of antmicrobial chemotherapy, 60,911-912., 2007 [12] j.c hurley;etal , mechanism of amkacin fibrosis . diagn – microbiol . infect.dis., 22:331-336. 1995 http://www.horizonpress.com/pseudo http://onlinelibrarywiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1469-0691.2007.01681.x/fully http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v406/46799/abs/40695900.html http://www.nature.com./msb/journal/v7/nl/synopsis/msb201155.html http://text/ defection of uropathogens in urinary tract infection and their sensitivity detection of uropathogens in urinary tract infection and their sensitivity to many antimicrobial agents mohamed r. ali foundation of technical education / medical technical institute/almansur received in : 26 september 2012 , accepted in : 24 june 2013 abstract urinary tract infections (uti) are some of the most common infections experienced by humans, exceeded in frequency among ambulatory patient only by respiratory and gastrointestinal infections. it is also the most common cause of nosocomial infection in adults. a total of three hundred urine sample were collected in age (1-69 years old) in both gender, with (uti) symptoms referred to al-yarmok teaching hospital at baghdad city during the period from january 2010 till august 2010. . the commonest isolates were escherichia coli (e.coli), proteus mirabilis and klebsiella pneumoniae (these represented 49.2%, 22 %, and16 % of isolates respectively). the percentage of bacteria incidence in females was higher than male in most of examined samples, except in klebsiella; it was higher in males .the most positive case was in elder patients than in children. the infection incidences expressed higher level in summer. it reached to peak from august with percentage of (32 %) and july (24.4 %). the antibiotic sensitivityforstreptomycin,lincomycin,rifampicin,chloramphenicol, tetracyclin,ampicillin, penicillin , co-trimoxazole, amoxicillin, nalidixic acid and gentamycin was examined , detected species of bacteria were more sensitive to chloramphenicol(75.6 ) and streptomycin (81.4 ), while the resistances to tetracycline (100% and penicillin(100%) were appeared to escherichia coli. key word : urinary tract infection, antimicrobial resistance 15 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction urinary tract infection (uti) is a serious bacterial infection causing illness in infants and children. urinary tract infection is applied to a variety of clinical condition ranging from asymptomatic presence of bacteria in the urine to severe infection of the kidney with resultant sepsis [1]. urine infection is the most common serious bacterial infection causing illness in infants and children [2].it is one of the most common bacterial infections encountered by clinicians in developing countries [3]. various factors make bacteriuria more or less to occur for any individual. these factors are age, gender, race, genetic factors, sexual activity among the teen age girls, and circumcision in boys, nocturnal enuresis and some unhealthy behaviors. uti is age dependent and bacteriuria is more common at the extremes of life .the incidence of uti is bimodal highest during the first year of life and be taking again during adolescence [4]. most of urinary tract infections are caused by gram-negative bacteria like, e.coli , klebsiella species, proteus mirabilis, pseudomonas aeruginosa, acinetobacter, and serratia. 90% of uti cases are caused by gram-negative bacteria while only 10% of the cases are caused by gram positive bacteria. gram-positive bacteria while only 10% of the cases are caused by gram positive bacteria. grampositive bacteria include enterococcus, staphylococcus, and streptococcus agalactiae [5]. e. coli are the most common gram – negative bacteria responsible for uti [6], 75% to 87% of uti cases are due to escherichia coli [7, 8]. at least 80% of the uncomplicated cystitis and pyelonephritis are due to escherichia coli [1].whereas proteus mirabilis and klebsiella pneumoniae infection accounts 10%, 6% respectively [ 9,10,11]. adherence properties of some organisms prevent the normal was hot for of these organisms by bladder emptying and mucosal host defense mechanisms. escherichia coli are virulent due to the presence of p.fimbriae, ganelles on its strains that may attach or adhere on specific receptors of uroepithelial cells and interfere with the washout of bacteria [1]. escherichia coli are predominant in girls, whereas proteus mirabilis and klebsiella pneumonia are likely encountered in boys [9]. treatment of uti with the appropriate antibiotic can minimize mortality, morbidity and any renal damage from acute uti. choosing the appropriate antimicrobial agents sounds difficult , but advances in the understanding of the pathogenesis of uti , the development of new diagnostic tests , and the introduction of new antimicrobial agents have allowed physicians to appropriately tailor specific treatment for each patient sulphamethoxazole, trimethoprime, fluroquinolones (e.g. ciprofloxacin), nitrofurantoin, amino glycosides (e.g. gentamicin, amikacin), cephalosporin and aminopenicllins (e.g. ampicilline and amoxicillin). trimethoprime, sulphamethoxazole, cephalosporin and amoxicillin –clavulanate are considered to be the most acceptable antibiotics for the treatment of uti in pediatrics in comparison to quinolones, which has an effect on joint development, and first line therapy of amoxicillin which has a high prevalence of resistance to escherichia coli in many communities [4]. urinary tract infections are second most common type of infection in the body, accounting for a bout 8.1 million visit to health care providers each year [14].women are especially prone of utis for antibacterial resons .uti in men are not common as in women but can be serious when they occur. many women suffer from frequent utis .about 20 percent of young women with a first uti will have a recurrent infection [15]. men are less likely than women to have a first uti. but once a man has a uti, he is likely to have another because bacteria can hide deep inside prostate tissue .women are more prone to utis than men because in female the urethra is much shorter and closer to the anus [16].as a woman’s estrogen level decreases with menopause, her risk of utis increases due to the loss of protective vaginal flora [17].utis are the most frequent bacteria in women [18]. they occur most frequently between the age of 16and 35 years, with 10 % of woman getting an infection. high incidence of uti due to proteus spp., klebsiella spp. and enterobacter spp. infection is more common among children with recurrent utis and in those treated with antibiotic prophylaxis. whereas other uropathogens like pseudomonas, serratia and candida are more common among children with urogenital 16 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 abnormalities [12]. 87% of community –acquired uti is due to escherichia coli and 12% by klebsiella; whereas in hospital acquired uti 65% are caused by escherichia coli and other pathogens, including pseudomonas [13]. it is very important to recognize and treat uti rapidly yearly and 60 % having an infection at some point in their lives [19]. the incidence of true uti in adult male younger than 50 years is low (approximately 5-8 per year per 10,000), with adult woman being 30 times more likely than men to develop a uti. the incidence of uti in men approaches that of woman only in men older than 60 years [20]. the aims of this study are detection of bacteria that causes urinary tract infection in some iraqi patients and determine the sensitivity to many antibiotics . materials & methods three hundred urine samples were collected from patients in age( 1-69 years old ) in both gender , with uti symptoms referred to al-yarmok teaching hospital at baghdad city; were studied during the period from january/ 2010august /2010. isolation of uropathogens was performed by a surface streak procedure on both blood and macconkey agar (oxoid ltd. bashing store hampaire , uk) using calibrated loops for semi-quantitative method and incubated aerobically at 37c for 24 hours, and those cultures which became negative at the end of 24 hours incubated were further incubated for 48 hours [21]. a specimen was considered positive for uti if a single organism was cultured at a concentrationof_>105ofu\ml. bacteria identification was made using biochemical test, namely indol, citrate, oxidase, h2s production, lysine decarboxylase, lactose fermentation, urea hydrolysis, gas production, catalase coagulase and manitol fermentation [22]. all positive cultures were repeated again to confirm and to be accepted as uti in association with abnormal urinalysis and uti symptoms. the strains isolated were identified and diagnosed by grams stain and biochemical reactions which were done by using api 20 e and api staph system (bio meraux, france). in addition to the characteristics of bacterial colonies on culture media. antibiotic sensitivity was performed for all isolates by discs diffusion method on nutrient agar (oxoid). different antibiotic disc were used [table 1]. the inhibition zones of antibiotic disc were measured according to the method of baron 1996 [23]. . results and discussion bacteria species that had been seen in utis were of fecal origin . these organisms are a subset of the organisms found in the feces , more than 90% of acute utis in patients with normal anatomic structure and function are caused by certain strains of e.coli [24] . 10-20 % are caused by coagulase-negative staphylococcus saprophyticus 5 % or less are caused by other enterobacteriaceae organisms or enterococci , while in complicated cases of uti, such as utis resulting from anatomic obstructions, or from catheterization the most common causes of uti are e.coli , klebsiella pneumoniae , proteus mirabilis , enterococcus sp. ,pseudomonas aeruginosa 53 % , 12 % , 6 % , 12 % , 0.4 % [ 25 ] . out of 300 urine samples, (250) samples showed a positive culture growth while (50) samples have no growth. eight different isolates obtained with highest incidence for e.coli isolate 123 (49.2%) followed by proteus mirabilis isolate 55 (22%) and klebsiella pneumoniae 40 (16 %), while the lowest incidence was for morganella morganie, pseudomonas aeruginosa, citrobacter spp., staphylococcus aureus and enterobacter spp. with 10 ( 4% ) , 10 (4% ), 7(2.8% ), 4 ( 1.6% ) and 1 ( 0.4% ) respectively [ table 2 ]. in this study, the isolation rate of bacteria from urine was 83.3 %which is comparatively than reports within the country and other part of the world [26]. in our study, results showed that 50 % of the isolates were e.coli 7(33.3 %) and klebsiella pneumoniae 4(19 %) while other gram negatives were found in asmall in number. on the 17 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 otherhand, isolated gram positive bacteria were staphylococcus aureus with proportion of 1 (4.8 %) [27]. in other study result showed seven different isolates obtained with highest incidence for e.coli 115 (39.7 % ) followed by proteus mirabilis 70 (24.2 % ) and klebsiella pneumoniae 60 ( 20.8 % ) while the lowest incidence was for morganella morganie, pseudomonas aeruginosa, citrobacter spp.and staphylococcus aureus with 19 (6.6% ) ,14(4.9%),10(3.5%) and 1( 0.3%) respectively [28 ] . e .coli is the major a etiological agent in causing uti which accounts for up to 90% cases [29] in this study, the most frequent uropathogens were gram negative which made up (90.8%) ofalltheisolates. regarding sex, the study showed that the percentage of uti in female was higher than in male four most isolates obtained except in klebsiella pneumoniae was higher in male than female, it was (52.5 %) and its significant [table 3 ]. woman is at great risk for uti primarily because of the significantly shorter urethra and closer proximity to the rectum. the female genitalia may become colonized with pathogenic bacteria that can more easily enter the urethra. in addition, woman lack the bacteriostatic protection that prostatic secretions offer the male [30].american women are 30 times more likely to have uti than men [31] .in our study showed that the percentage of uti in female was higher than in male four most isolates obtained except in klebsiella pneumoniae was higher in male than female, it was (61.66%) and its significant . all patients taken were between 1-69 years old, [ table 4 ] showed the age prevalence of uti and revealed highest incidence in elder patient than in younger ones (24, 29.2 , 28 ) % were for ages ( 40-49 , 50-59 ,60-69 ) respectively .20-25% of elder women have uti because of the number of biological factor including estrogen loss, after menopause, the wall of urinary tract thin out weakening the mucous membrane and reducing the ability to resist bacteria , the bladder may lose elasticity and fail to empty completely , besides poor over all health. 5-15% of men older than 50 -65 will have asymptomatic uti more likely because of prostate problems [32]. in other study showed the age prevalence of uti in elder patient than in younger (17.99, 28.72, 22.5) % were for age (40-49, 50-59, 60-69) respectively [28]. in other study showed the age range of patients was between 19-39 years is 53.5%, 40-49 is 25.9% [33]. regarding, month distribution of the uti obtained in the study. [table5] the highest incidence was in summer season. it reaches the peak during july and august (56.4%) while (43.6%) distributed on the rest of the months of year .infection caused by these bacteria has seasonal variation with higher incidence in summer and full in winter and spring may be due to hot weather and bad hygiene management during summer. our study showed highest incidence was in summer season during july ,august and september about (58.06% ) while( 41.94% ) 0n the rest of the months [ 34 ] . bacterial uropathogens from patients with utis revealed the presence of high levels of single and multiple antimicrobial resistances against commonly prescribed drugs. the increasing rates of resistance to uropathogenic, e.coli isolates reported worldwide, antibiotic susceptibility pattern of these isolates revealed that for our patients, [table 6]. the inhibition zone of the antibiotic discs were measured on nutrient agar for all isolates, the sensitivity of bacterial isolates to the antibiotics was tested, and the results showed that most isolates were resistant to antibiotic in different ranges. e.coli which the predominant cause of uti showed high percentage of resistance to tetracycline and penicillin ( 100 % ) ,and low resistance to streptomycin and chlorompinicol (18.6 % , 24.4 % ) respectively . sensitive to streptomycin and chlorompinicol (81.4%, 75.6 %) respectively. other study showed e.coli high percentage of resistance to tetracycline and amoxicillin (83%, 87%) respectively. [35]. 18 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 proteus mirabilis which is the second most prevalent pathogen of uti showed high resistance to rifampicin (100%) and lincomycin (94.5%) and low resistance to chlorompinicol (9%), sensitive to chlorompinicol (91%). klebsiella pneumoniae showed high resistance to rifampicin (100%) and penicillin (75%) and low resistance to chlorompinicol (12, 5%), sensitive to chlorompinicol (87.5%) , gentamycin (80%) and nalidixie (80%) . morganella morgnii showed high resistance to lincomycin, rifampicin (100% ) respectively and low resistance to streptomycin (20%), sensitive to streptomycin (80%) . pseudomonas aeruginosa showed high resistance to lincomycin, rifampicin (100% ) respectively and low resistance to amoxicillin (40%), sensitive to amoxicillin(60%) . citrobacter spp. showed high resistance to lincomycin, rifampicin (100% ) respectively and low resistance to penicillin (42.9%), sensitive to amoxicillin(71.4%) . staphylococcus aureus showed high resistance to streptomycin, nitrofurantin (100% ) respectively and low resistance to penicillin, chloramphenicol, amoxicillin (25%) respectively, sensitive to lincomycin(25%) . enterococcus showed high resistance to lincomycin, rifampicin, penicillin, amoxicillin and nitrofurantin,chloromphenicol,tetracyclin,ampicillin and co-trimoxazole100%) . resistance to antimicrobial agents has been noted since the first use of these agents and is an increasing world-wide problem [ 36 ] . our study showed higher prevalence rate of resistance to the commonly prescribed antibiotic agent, finding that 100% of e.coli and klebsiella pneumoniae isolate were resistance to amoxicillin and ampicillin [37]. on the otherhand very levels of resistance were detected to antibiotic such as ceftriaxone,nitrofurantoin and gentamycin and a comparable rate of sensitivity has been reported for these drugs in previous studies done in ethiopia [ 38 ,39 ] , in kosovo [40 ],in iran [41 ] and south croatia [ 42] .low resistance were observed for these drugs because they are not easily accessible and relatively expensive in price compared to other .thus ,the drugs could be considered as alternative option in the empirical treatment of utis. our study in india showed that nitrofurantoin had the best in-vitro susceptibility profile against e.coli [43 ] .in previous studies, nitrofurantoin was the most active agent (94%) , followed by gentamycin and cefpodoxime ,high rates of resistance to ampicillin (55%) and trimethoprime (40%),often in combination were observed in both sets of isolates [44] . conclusion the isolation of bacterial uropathogens with a higher resistance rate for commonly use antimicrobial leave the clinicians with very option to choose drug used for empirical oral treatment for uti was extremely high level of resistance to tetracycline and penicillin. as drug resistance among pathogens is an evolving process, routine surveillance an monitoring studies should be conducted to proved physicians with knowledge about the most effective empirical treatment of utis. references 1schafer, t. (2001 ) urinary tract infections in children younger than 5 years of age : epidemiology,diagnosis,treatment,,outcomes,and,prevention. paediatrh,drugs vol13p219-227. 2yildiz, b. kural, n. duruez, g. yarar, c. and akcar, n. (2007) antibiotic resistance in children with complicated urinary tract infection. saudi. ued. j.vol .28.p: 18501854. 3ramadan, a.(2003) prevalence of urinary tract infection in primary school children and its relation to school achievement in ismailia government [thesis]. egypt: university cairo; p184 4-wu, c. chiu p. hsieh, k. chiu d. et.al. (2004) childhood urinary tract infection; a clinical analysis of 597 cases. acta paediatrh. taiwan. vol. 45: p328333. 19 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 5nicolle, l. (2008) uncomplicated urinary tract infection in adults including uncomplicated pyelonephritis. urad. clin. north. am.vol.35: p112. 6lane, d. and takhar, s. (2011) diagnosis and management of urinary tract infection and pyleonepliritis. emergency medicine clinics of north america. vol. 29: p359552. 7dielubanza, e. and schaeffer, a. ( 2011 ) urinary tract infection in women . the medical clinical of north america .vol .95: p 2741. 8chamberlain, n. (2009) the big picture medical microbiology. chapter 34: p: 341-346. 9orenstein, r. and wong, e. (1999) urinary tract infection in adults. american family physician.march1. 10wilson, nl. and gaido, i. (2004) laboratory diagnosis of urinary tract infection in adult patients. clin. infect. dis. vol.38 p 1150-1158. 11pandeg, k. (2001) urinary tract infection and its management by renal. the antiseptic. vol: 98 .p:295-296. 12dhingra, k. (2008) a case of complicated uti; klebsiella pneumonia comphysematous cystitis presenting as abdominal pain in the emergency department . west j.emerg .med. vol:.9 .p 171-173 . 13foxman, b. (2002) epidemiology of uti; incidence, morbidity, and economic costs. am. j.med. vol: 113. p.5-13. 14-schappert, sm .and rechlsliner,ea.(2006 ) urinary tract infection in adult . national kidney and urologic diseases information clearing house. 15tolkoff, ne. cotran, rs.and rubin, r. (2008) urinary tract infection, pyelonephritis, and reflux nephropathy. 16-harper, m . and fowls, g.(2007 ) management of urinary tract infection in men . trends in urology gynecology and sexual health 12(1) p: 30-35. 17dielubanza , e. and schaeffer , a. (2011 ) urinary tract infection in women . medical clinical of north america 95 (1 ) p: 27-40. 18-colgan, r. and willams, m. (2011) diagnosis and treatment of a cute uncomplicated cystitis. american family physician 48 (7) p: 771-776. 19-nicotte, l. (2008) uncomplicated urinary tract infection in adults including uncomplicated pyelonephritis. ural clinic north america 35(1) p: 1-12. 20salvatore, s. and cattion, e. (2011) urinary tract infection in women. european journal of obstetrics gynecology, and reproductive biology 156 (2) p; 131-136, 21-john, l.and brush, m. (2011) urinary tract infection in males. antimicrobial chemo her . 66 (3) p: 650-656. 22inabo, h. and obanibi, b. (2006) antimicrobial susceptibility of some urinary tract clinical isolate to commonly used antibiotics. african j. biotechnology. 5(5) p: 487-489 . 23-samuel,.baron,(1996).medical microbiology,4th edition . university of texas medical bronch sbn-10 . 24tessema, b. kassu, a. and mulu, a. yismaw, g. (2007) predominant and their susceptibly pattern in gender university teaching hospital. ethio med.j vol: 45: p:1-67. 25rakaa, l . g. et.al (2004) etiology and susceptibility of urinary tract infection isolates in kosovo. int. j.antimicrob agents 23-25. 26kebira, an. ochola, p. and khamadi, sa.( 2009) isolation and antimicrobialusceptibility testing of escherichia coli causing urinary tract infection j. apple biosci. ; 1320-1325. 27-gentenet,b. et al.(2011). bacterial uropathogens in urinary tract infection and antibiotic susceptibility pattern in jimma university specialized hospital south west ethiooia.ethiop j.health sci vol:21 no.2 . 28janet, a. (2010). detection of some bacterial infection in urinary tract and their antibiotic sensitivity .international j for sci and tec. vol:5 no.3 p. 21-29 . 29-ronald ,a (2002) .the etiology of urinary tract infection :traditional and emerging pathogen.am.j med 113 suppli1a: 14s-19s . 20 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 30gupta ,k,scholesd,and stamm we.(1999).increasing prevalence of antimicrobial resistance among uropathogens causing a cute uncomplicated cystitis in women. jama 281 (8): 73-75 . 31saint d et al..(1999) t he effect iveness of a clinical practice guideline for the management of premed uncomplicated of premed uncomplicated uti in women . the american j med 06:p638-641. 32-stamm, we. and horton, tm. (1993) management of urinary tract infection in adults. me jm. 329:1328-1334 . 33wilson ml, and gaido l (2004). laboratory diagnosis of utis in adult patients .clin infect dis. 38 :1150-1158 . 34-uhair minutemen, m.(1988) epidemiology of symptomatic infections of the urinary tract in children. bmj 297:p450-452. 35mezue k.et al ,.(2005). antibiotic sensitivity patterns in uti at a tertiary hospital . medicin on cdrom oxford university v:1 522-528 . 36sefton am. (2002). the impact of resistance on the management of utis . int. j antimicrobial agents 16: 489-491 . 37tessema d .et al,.(2007) . predominant isolates of urinary tract pathogens and their susceptibility pattern in gender university teaching hospital ,north west ethiopia .ethio med j 45 p 61-67 . 38assfa a ,et al,. (2008) . bacterial profile and drug susceptibility pattern of uti in pregnant women at tikur anbessa specialized hospital addis ababa ethiopia. ethiop med. j 46 p 227-235 . 39-wolday, d. and erge, w. (1997) incrated incidence of resistance to antimicrobial by urinary pathogens isolated at taker anbessa hospital .ethiop med j 35: 127 – 135. 40– rakaa l et al,.( 2004 ) etiology and susceptibility of urinary tract isolates in kosovo. int j . antimicrobial agents 23s1-s2-s5 . 41-farajnia s, et al,.(2009) . causative agents and antimicrobial susceptibility of utis in northwest of iran .int j infect dis 13 p 140-144 . 42barisic z et al,.(2003) . urinary tract infection in south croatia , etiology and antimicrobial .int j antimicrob.agents 22 s61-s64. 43jha n ,bepat sk. (2005) . a study of sensitivity and resistance of pathogenic micro organisms causing uti in katmandu valley med.j vol 3 no2 p 123-129 . 44alos j ,et al,.(2005).antibiotic resistance of e.coli from community acquired utis in relation to demographic and clinical data .clin microb infect11 p 199-203 . table (1): the antibiotics discs used to study the sensitivity of the isolate antibiotics concentration µg\disc company streptomycin 10 oxoid(england) lincomycin 15 oxoid(england) nitrofurantin 300 oxoid(england) rifampicin 5 oxoid(england) chloramphenicol 30 oxoid(england) tetracycline 30 oxoid(england) ampicilline 25 oxoid(england) penicillin 10 iu oxoid(england) co-trimoxazole 25 oxoid(england) amoxicillin 25 oxoid(england) nalidixic acid 30 oxoid(england) gentamycin 10 oxoid(england) 21 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (2): types of isolates isolated from patients with (uti ) and their percentage percentage no. of isolates isolates 49.2 123 e.coli 22 55 proetus mirabilis 16 40 klebsiella pneumoniae 4 10 morganella morganie 4 10 pseudomonas aeruginosa 2.8 7 citrobacter spp. 1.6 4 staphylococcus aureus 0.4 1 enterobacter spp. 100 250 total table (3): sex prevalence in positive case s with (uti) female male no. of isolates isolates % no % no 56.9 70 43.1 53 123 e.coli 60 33 40 22 55 proteus mirabilis 47.5 19 52.5 21 40 klebsiella pneumoniae 60 6 40 4 10 morgarella morganie 80 8 20 2 10 pseudomonas aeruginosa 57.1 4 42.9 3 7 citrobacter spp. 100 4 0 0 4 staphylococcus aureus 100 1 0 0 1 enterobacter spp. 145 105 250 total table (4): age prevalence in patients with (uti) % no. of positive cases age (years) 8 20 1-9. 6 15 10-19. 3.2 8 20-29. 1.6 4 30-39. 24 60 40-49. 29.2 73 50-59. 28 70 60-69. 100 250 total 22 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table ( 5 ): monthly prevalence of ( uti ) \ 2010 % of positive total negative case positive case month 0.8 10 8 2 january 4 24 14 10 february 6.8 26 9 17 march 6.4 22 6 16 april 12.8 37 5 32 may 12.8 35 3 32 june 24.4 63 2 61 july 32 83 3 80 august 100 300 50 250 total (table 6): the sensitivity of uropathogens to many antibiotic 23 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 التحري عن الممرضات المسببة أللتھاب المجاري البولیة وحساسیتھا للمضادات الحیاتیة محمد رفیق علي ھیئة التعلیم التقني / المعھد الطبي التقني / المنصور 2013حزیران 24، قبل البحث في : 2012أیلول 26استلم البحث في : الخالصة التھاب المجاري البولیة ھي من اغلب اإلصابات الشائعة التي تصیب اإلنسان ، وتكرارھا أكثر من إصابات الجھاز عینة إدرار 300التنفسي والھضمي . وكذلك ھي المسبب الغالب لإلصابات من داخل المستشفیات في البالغین. من مجموع ال الجنسین الذین یعانون من التھابات المجاري البولیة الوافدین ) سنة ولك 69-1جمعت من مرضى تتراوح أعمارھم بین ( . اغلب العزالت كانت 2010الى غایة آب / 2010إلى مستشفى الیرموك التعلیمي / بغداد خالل المدة من كانون الثاني/ e.coli .proteus mirabilis ،klebsiella pneumoniae )49.2%-22%-16.22( وكانت % على التوالي . klebsiella pneumoniaeالنسب المئویة للعزالت البكتیریة في اإلناث أكثر من الذكور في العینات المفحوصة ماعدا .كانت أعلى في الذكور . وكانت اغلب العینات ایجابیة في المرضى البالغین أكثر من األطفال % ) وتموز 32الصیف ووصلت أعلى مستویاتھا مابین آب( صابة البكتیریة كانت عالیة في فصل وجد إن اإل % ) . وكانت منھا البكتریا الحساسیة للمضادات الحیویة ( ستربتومایسین ، لنكومایسین ، نتروفیورانتین ، ریفامبسین 24( انت بكتریا القولون األكثر ، كلورامفینیكول ، تتراسایكلین ، امبیسیلین ، نالدكسك اسد ، جنتامایسین ) قد اختبرت وك بینما األكثر مقاومة للمضادات الحیویة تتراسایكلین %75.6) والكلورامفینیكول ( (%81.4) حساسیة للستربتومایسین . % )100وبنسلین( ( 100%) الكلمات المفتاحیة :التھاب المجاري البولیة وحساسیتھا للمضادات الحیاتیة 24 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <feff004200720075006700200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072006e0065002000740069006c0020006100740020006f007000720065007400740065002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000620065006400730074002000650067006e006500720020007300690067002000740069006c002000700072006500700072006500730073002d007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e00670020006100660020006800f8006a0020006b00760061006c0069007400650074002e0020004400650020006f007000720065007400740065006400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074006500720020006b0061006e002000e50062006e00650073002000690020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006c006c006500720020004100630072006f006200610074002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002e> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <feff03a703c103b703c303b903bc03bf03c003bf03b903ae03c303c403b5002003b103c503c403ad03c2002003c403b903c2002003c103c503b803bc03af03c303b503b903c2002003b303b903b1002003bd03b1002003b403b703bc03b903bf03c503c103b303ae03c303b503c403b5002003ad03b303b303c103b103c603b1002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002003c003bf03c5002003b503af03bd03b103b9002003ba03b103c42019002003b503be03bf03c703ae03bd002003ba03b103c403ac03bb03bb03b703bb03b1002003b303b903b1002003c003c103bf002d03b503ba03c403c503c003c903c403b903ba03ad03c2002003b503c103b303b103c303af03b503c2002003c503c803b703bb03ae03c2002003c003bf03b903cc03c403b703c403b103c2002e0020002003a403b10020005000440046002003ad03b303b303c103b103c603b1002003c003bf03c5002003ad03c703b503c403b5002003b403b703bc03b903bf03c503c103b303ae03c303b503b9002003bc03c003bf03c103bf03cd03bd002003bd03b1002003b103bd03bf03b903c703c403bf03cd03bd002003bc03b5002003c403bf0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002003c403bf002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002003ba03b103b9002003bc03b503c403b103b303b503bd03ad03c303c403b503c103b503c2002003b503ba03b403cc03c303b503b903c2002e> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <feff004b0069007600e1006c00f30020006d0069006e0151007300e9006701710020006e0079006f006d00640061006900200065006c0151006b00e90073007a00ed007401510020006e0079006f006d00740061007400e100730068006f007a0020006c006500670069006e006b00e1006200620020006d0065006700660065006c0065006c0151002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b0061007400200065007a0065006b006b0065006c0020006100200062006500e1006c006c00ed007400e10073006f006b006b0061006c0020006b00e90073007a00ed0074006800650074002e0020002000410020006c00e90074007200650068006f007a006f00740074002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740075006d006f006b00200061007a0020004100630072006f006200610074002000e9007300200061007a002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002c0020007600610067007900200061007a002000610074007400f3006c0020006b00e9007301510062006200690020007600650072007a006900f3006b006b0061006c0020006e00790069007400680061007400f3006b0020006d00650067002e> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <feff04180441043f043e043b044c04370443043904420435002004340430043d043d044b04350020043d0430044104420440043e0439043a043800200434043b044f00200441043e043704340430043d0438044f00200434043e043a0443043c0435043d0442043e0432002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002c0020043c0430043a04410438043c0430043b044c043d043e0020043f043e04340445043e0434044f04490438044500200434043b044f00200432044b0441043e043a043e043a0430044704350441044204320435043d043d043e0433043e00200434043e043f0435044704300442043d043e0433043e00200432044b0432043e04340430002e002000200421043e043704340430043d043d044b04350020005000440046002d0434043e043a0443043c0435043d0442044b0020043c043e0436043d043e0020043e0442043a0440044b043204300442044c002004410020043f043e043c043e0449044c044e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200438002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020043800200431043e043b043504350020043f043e04370434043d043804450020043204350440044104380439002e> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 260 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 عضل وتشخُص انبكتشَا انهىائُت يٍ يشضً انتهاباث انقُاة انتُفسُت يع وصف جضئٍ نًحتىاها انبالصيُذٌ خانذ دحاو احًذ سواء ججٍ سانى عبِؼخ اٌّٛطً ، و١ٍخ اٌزشث١خ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ،لسُ ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح 5102حضَشاٌ 05 :,قبم فٍ 5102 اَهىل 3: استهى فٍ انخالصت رُ فٟ ٘زٖ اٌذساسخ ػضي ثىزش٠ب ِٓ لشغ اٌّشػٝ اٌّظبث١ٓ ثبٌزٙبثبد اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ فٟ ِسزشفٝ اثٓ س١ٕب اٌزؼ١ٍّٟ اٌى١ّٛح٠ٛ١خ اٌالصِخ ٌزشخ١ظٙب إر رُ اٌؼشاق اخؼؼذ اٌجىزش٠ب ٌٍفحٛطبد اٌّظٙش٠خ ٚاٌضسػ١خ ٚ -فٟ ِذ٠ٕخ اٌّٛطً staphylococcus aureus ،streptococcusػضٌخ ٚاٌزٟ ػّذ سزخ أٛاع ثىز١ش٠خ ِخزٍفخ ٟٚ٘ 25اٌحظٛي ػٍٝ pneumonia ،moraxella cattarhalis ،escherichia coli، klebsiella pneumonia ٚpseudomonas aeruginosa ( 4%،4%،8%،8%،12%،64ثبٌٕست اٌزب١ٌخ)% ػٍٝ اٌزٛاٌٟ. ٚدسسذ حسبس١خ ِٚمبِٚخ ٘زٖ اٌؼضالد حبِغ اٌؼضالد ع١ّغ لبِٚذ ث١ّٕب اٌؼضالد غبٌج١خ ػٍٝ رأص١شا االوضش ٘ٛ اٌغٕزبِب٠س١ٓ ِؼبد وبْإر ِؼبدا ح٠ٛ١ب 12 ٌ اٌجالص١ِذٞ اسثؼخ أٛاع ِٕٙب ٚرج١ٓ اْ ٕ٘بن احغبَ dnaٌ. ٚ ا٠ؼب رُ اٌىشف ػٓ ِحزٜٛ ا%100 ثٕسجخ إٌبٌذوس١ه ِخزٍفخ ِٓ اٌجالص١ِذاد ف١ٙب. .ِحزٜٛ اٌجالص١ِذٌٞاٌجىزش٠ب، اٌزٙبثبد اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ، ا انكهًاث انًفتاحُت: ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 261 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انًقذيت ِٓ ث١ٓ اوضش االِشاع اٌشبئؼخ اٌزٟ رظ١ت اٌجشش فٟ respiratory tract infectionsرؼذ اٌزٙبثبد اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ ع١ّغ أحبء اٌؼبٌُ ِٚٓ اٌّشبوً اٌظح١خ اٌؼبِخ اٌشئ١سخ ٚػبِال ِسججب ٌألِشاع ٚاٌٛف١بد فٟ اٌؼذ٠ذ ِٓ اٌجٍذاْ إٌب١ِخ ٕبد اٌّغٙش٠خ . اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ ٟ٘ ِٛلغ ِزىشس ٌٍؼذٜٚ ألٔٙب ثبرظبي ِجبشش ِغ اٌج١ئخ اٌطج١ؼ١خ ٟٚ٘ ِؼشػخ ٌٍىبئ[2،1] . إْ اٌفُٙ االفؼً ٌٍّّشػبد اٌزٟ رسجت ٘زٖ [3] اٌّحٌّٛخ عٛا ثؼّٕٙب اٌف١شٚسبد، اٌجىزش٠ب، اٌفطش٠بد ٚاٌطف١ٍ١بد االطبثبد ٠ّىٓ ر١١ّضٖ وششؽ ٠سّح ثئ٠غبد ؽش٠مخ ِٕطم١خ ٌٍؼالط ٚ ٕ٘بٌه حبعخ الس١ّب فٟ اٌذٚي إٌب١ِخ ٌٍزشخ١ض خ ٌالٌزٙبثبد اٌزٕفس١خ فٟ اٌّغزّغ ٚ ا٠غبد اٌؼالط إٌّبست اٌّجٕٟ ػٍٝ اخزجبس اٌحسبس١خ إٌّبست ٌٍّسججبد ا١ٌّىشٚث١خ اٌشئ١س ٌٍّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ ٌٍؼبًِ اٌّسجت ٌغشع ِٕغ ِض٠ذ ِٓ االٔزشبس ٌٍىبئٓ اٌّّشع اٌزٞ ثطش٠مخ اٚ اخشٜ ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ .[5،4]ِؼبػفبد ؽج١ؼ١ب ٌٍزٍٛس ثٛسبؽخ اٌىبئٕبد اٌّخزٍفخ الس١ّب اٌال٘ٛائ١خ ثٕسجخ اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ فٟ االٔسبْ الس١ّب اٌؼ١ٍب ٟ٘ ِفزٛحخ spp peptostreptococcus ،spp ٘ٛائ١خ اٌٝ ال٘ٛائ١خ، اٌىبئٕبد اٌال٘ٛائ١خ ػبدح رشًّ 100:1رظً actinomyces ٚ.fusobacterium spp عٙخ اخشٜ فئْ اٌىبئٕبد اٌٙٛائ١خ اٌّزٛاعذح وّزؼب٠شبد ِٓ . commensiles:ًّغ١ش ِؤر٠خ رش(viridans group)streptococcus spp ،staphylococcus spp ،spp enteriobacteriacea ،corynobacterium spp ٚ .niesseria spp [6]. streptococcus spp.،staphylococcus sppٚاٌجىزش٠ب االوضش ش١ٛػب وؼٛاًِ ِسججخ الٌزٙبثبد اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ ٟ٘ ،pseudomonas spp.،proteus spp.،klebsiella spp.،enterobacter spp.،acinetobacter spp. ٚ haemophilus influenza[9،8،7]. اٚعذد فٟ اٌؼمٛد اٌضالصخ االخ١شح اٌىض١ش ِٓ اٌزمبس٠ش اٌؼ١ٍّخ فٟ االسزؼّبي غ١ش إٌّبست ٌألد٠ٚخ ٚأزشبس اٌّمبِٚخ اٌّمبِٚخ ٌٍّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ سٛف رغؼً اْ [12]. ٚاشبس [11،10]جخ الٌزٙبثبد اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ اٌجىز١ش٠خ ث١ٓ اٌىبئٕبد اٌّسج اٌّمبِٚـخ اْ [13]، فٟ ح١ٓ ث١ٓ اٌخ١بساد اٌؼالع١خ ٌؼالط اٌؼذٜٚ طؼجخ عذا ٚ ٠ىبد ٠ىْٛ ِسزح١ال فٟ ثؼغ اٌحبالد ٚوزٌه ٌٍّؼبداد اٌّزؼذدح ف١شفش ٌٍّمبِٚخ اٌغ١ٕبد ِٓ ػذدا ٠حٛٞ لذ فبٌجالص١ِذ األوجـش اٌـذٚس ٌٙب ثبٌجالص١ِذاد إٌّزمٍخ ثىزش٠ب ِٓ رٕزمً ٚأْ الزشأٟ ثالص١ِذ رمزحـُ أْ ٚثئِىبٔٙب اٌّمبِٚـخ ع١ٕبد حّـً ػٍٝ اٌمذسح ٌٙب اٌمبفضح اٌؼٕبطش فـئْ . ألخـشٜ bacillus spp، acinetobacter.ٚعذ اْ سذ ػضالد ؽج١خ ٟٚ٘ ) فٟ دساسخ اخشٜ spp. ،e. coli،klebsiella pneumonia،staphylococcus spp. ،pseudomonas spp. اِزٍىذ ثالص١ِذ ) اٌّىزست ػٓ ؽش٠ك ٔمً اٌؼٕبطش اٌٛساص١خ اٌّزٕمٍخ ٚاٌغ١ٕبد اٌّشفشح ٌّمبِٚخ اٌّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ rplasmidاٌّمبِٚخ .( proteus spp. ،enterococcus spp. ،streptococcus sppػضالد اٌزٟ ٟ٘ ) 3ث١ّٕب وبٔذ رمغ ػٍٝ اٌجالص١ِذ ٌُ ٠ظٙش ف١ٙب اٌجالص١ِذ ثبٌشغُ ِٓ اثذائٙب ِمبِٚخ ِزؼذدح ٌٍّؼبداد ٠ٚؼٛد اٌسجت اٌٝ احزّبي ٚلٛع اٌغ١ٕبد اٌّشفشح . [14]ٌٍّمبِٚخ ػٍٝ اٌىشِٚٛسَٛ اٌّظبث١ٓ اٌّشػٝ ِٓ اٌّؼضٌٚخ s.aureus ثىزش٠ب ػٍٝ دساسخ فٟ [15] اٌجبحضبْ ػ١ٍٙب حظً اٌزٟ إٌزبئظ اظٙشد 24 ػذد٘ب وبْ اٌزٟ ػ١ٍٙب اٌحظٛي رُ اٌزٟ s.aureus ثىزش٠ب ػضالد ع١ّغ ثأْ اٌجظشح ّذ٠ٕخثٝ اٌٛسط الرْثبٌزٙبة ا ػٍٝ [16]االخشٜ ٌٍجبحش ذساسخ . اِب اkpb ((21-22ٌِٓ رشاٚحذ وج١شح عض٠ئ١خ اٚصاْ راد ثالص١ِذاد اِزٍىذ ػضٌخ coagulase negative staphylococci (cons)ٚاٌّىٛساد اٌؼٕمٛد٠خ اٌسبٌجخ ألٔض٠ُ اٌزخضش s.aureusثىزش٠ب ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 262 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 -kpb (23.13 رج١ٓ أٙب رّزٍه ثالص١ِذاد رشاٚحذ احغبِٙب ِٓش٠ب، ١فٟ ١ٔغ ّؼضٌٚخ ِٓ ّٔبرط ؽج١خ ِٓ ِسزشفٝاٌ 2.03.) االٌزٙبثبد اٌزٕفس١خ ٚرشخ١ظٙب ٚدساسخ حسبس١زٙب ٌجؼغ ٠ٙذف ٘زا اٌجحش اٌٝ ِؼشفخ اُ٘ االٔٛاع اٌجىز١ش٠خ اٌّؼضٌٚخ ِٓ اٌّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ ِغ دساسخ عض٠ئ١خ ألّٔبؽٙب اٌجالص١ِذ٠خ. انًىاد وطشائق انعًم اٌمٕبح د بثبٌزٙبث ٍّشػٝ اٌّظبث١ٌٓ sputumػ١ٕخ ِٓ اٌمشغ 25ذ اٌجىزش٠ب ِٓ ػضٌ عضل انبكتشَا وتشخُصها: ٚحؼٕذ اٌذَ اوبس ٚسؾ ػٍٝ اٌؼ١ٕبد صسع ٚرُ 2013اة ٌغب٠خ رشش٠ٓ االٚي ِٓ ػبَ شٙش ِٓ ٚثبػّبس ِخزٍفخ اٌزٕفس١خ macconkey agar اٌّبوٛٔىٟ اوبس ٚسؾ اٌٝ ٔمٍذ صُ ر١ّٕزٙب أعً ِٓ سبػخ 24 ٌّذح َ( °37) ثذسعخ األؽجبق medium اٌزخط١ؾ ثطش٠مخ streaking اٌالوزٛص سىش رخ١ّش ػٍٝ اٌّؼضٌٚخ اٌجىزش٠ب لبث١ٍخ ِٓ ٚاٌزأوذ رٕم١زٙب ٌغشع ِٓ ٚٚسؾ اوبس اٌذَ اٌّطجٛخ mannitol salt agar mediumػذِٗ ٚا٠ؼب رُ ر١ّٕخ اٌؼضالد ػٍٝ ٚسؾ اٌّب١ٔزٛي اٌٍّحٟ chocolate agar [21،20،19،18،17]ٚ صُ اعش٠ذ ػٍجٙب االخزجبساد اٌشى١ٍخ ٚاٌى١ّٛح٠ٛ١خ حست . [22] حست ؽش٠مخب ح٠ٛ١ اِؼبد 12 ٌرُ اخزجبس ِمبِٚخ اٌؼضالد اختباس يقاويت انعضالث نهًضاداث انحُىَت : ٌٙزٖ اٌّؼبداد. اٌّسزؼٍّخ٠ج١ٓ اٌزشاو١ض (1ٚاٌغذٚي ) فٟ ػضي alkaline lysisؽش٠مخ اٌزحًٍ اٌمبػذٞ اسزؼٍّذ : وتىصُفه جضئُا انبالصيُذٌ dnaانـ عضل ؼضٚياٌّ اٌجالص١ِذٞ dnaاٌـ صُ سحً ِحزٜٛ [23]ٌٍؼضالد ل١ذ اٌذساسخ حست ؽش٠مخ اٌجالص١ِذٞ dnaاٌـ ِحزٜٛ 15 ٌّذح فٌٛذ 45 عٙذ فشقٚاسزؼًّ %0.7 ثزشو١ض االوبسٚص ٘الَٚثبسزؼّبي اٌىٙشثبئٟ وٙشثبئ١ب فٟ عٙبص اٌزشح١ً ٔٙبئٟ ثزشو١ض االص١ذ٠َٛ ثش١ِٚذ ثظجغخ اٌٙالَ لطؼخ طجغذ. سبػبد 3 ٌّٚذح فٌٛذ 70 اٌٝ اٌفٌٛز١خ سفغ رُ رٌه ثؼذ دل١مخ ؽٛي ػٕذuv-transilluminator االشؼبػٟ اٌزأٌك عٙبص اٌٝ اٌٙالَ لطؼخ ٔمٍذ. دل١مخ 15 ٌّٚذح ًِ/ِب٠ىشٚغشاَ 50 لطؼخ طٛسد صُ اٌّخزجشح اٌؼ١ٕبد فٟ ا٠ٌٕٚٛخ األحّبع حضَ ػٓ ٌٍىشف ِظٍّخ غشفخ داخً( ٔب١ِٛٔزش 320) ِٛعٟ .[24] اٌشل١ّخ اٌىب١ِشاثبسزؼّبي اٌٙالَ انُتائج وانًُاقشت عضل انبكتشَا وتشخُصها ِخزجش٠ب ٚرٌه ثئعشاء اٌفحٛطبد اٌزشخ١ظ١خ اٌزٟ رزؼّٓ ِٓ ػ١ٕبد اٌمشغ ٚشخظذ ثىز١ش٠خػضٌخ 25ػضٌذ إر رُ ( ٠ٛػح ٔزبئظ االخزجبساد اٌى١ّٛح٠ٛ١خ ٌٍؼضالد ل١ذ اٌذساسخ.2االخزجبساد اٌّظٙش٠خ ٚاٌى١ّٛح٠ٛ١خ، اٌغذٚي ) ٔٛاع ثىز١ش٠خ ِخزٍفخ ٚوبٔذ اٌجىزش٠ب االوضش ش١ٛػب ٟ٘ اٌجىزش٠ب اٌّٛعجخ ٌظجغخ وشاَ إر حظٍٕب ػٍٝ اٌحظٛي ػٍٝ سزخ ا ػضالد (3)( ػضٌخ رٍزٙب 16% إر وبْ ِغّٛع اٌؼضالد ٟ٘ )64ثٕسجخ staphylococcus aureusٔٛػ١ٓ ّ٘ب ثىزش٠ب ِٓstreptococcus pneumonia (2)أٛاع ثىز١ش٠خ ٟٚ٘ 4اِب اٌجىزش٠ب اٌسبٌجخ ٌظجغخ وشاَ فؼّذ ، %12ثٕسجخ % ٌىً ِّٕٙب ٚ ػضٌخ ٚاحذح ِٓ وً ِٓ 8ثٕسجخ moraxella cattarhalis ٚescherichia coliػضٌخ ِٓ وً ِٓ klebsiella pnuemoniae ٚpseudomonas aeruginosa [26،25]% . عبءد ٔزبئظ اٌؼضي ِزمبسثخ ِغ 4ثٕسجخ ٟ٘ االوضش أزشبسا ثحبالد اٌزٙبة اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ ث١ّٕب ٌُ رزٛافك ِغ s.aureusار اْ ثىزش٠ب [27]ٔذ ِزٛافمخ ِغ ٚوب ٟ٘ االوضش أزشبسا ػٍٝ اٌزٛاٌٟ ٚاْ ػذَ ظٙٛس haemophilus influenza ٚp.aeruginosaار اْ ثىزش٠ب [28،29] ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 263 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 وْٛ اٌذساسخ اٌحب١ٌخ الزظشد ػٍٝ ػذد ِحذٚد ِٓ اٌؼ١ٕبد ث١ّٕب شٍّذ االٔٛاع االخشٜ ِٓ اٌجىزش٠ب اٌّّشػخ سثّب ثسجت اٌذساسبد اٌٛثبئ١خ اٌّزوٛسح ػذدا اوجش ِٕٙب . قاويت انعضالث نهًضاداث انحُىَت اختباس ي خاٌح٠ٛ١ ادِٓ اٌّؼبد ب( ٔٛػ12رُ اٌىشف ػٓ لبث١ٍخ ِمبِٚخ اٌؼضالد اٌجىز١ش٠خ اٌّؼضٌٚخ ِٓ اٌزٙبثبد اٌمٕبح اٌزٕفس١خ ٌـ ) إر ٔغذ اْ اػٍٝ ِمبِٚخ شا ػٕٙب ثبٌؼذد ٚإٌست اٌّئ٠ٛخ ( ٠ٛػح ِمبِٚخ اٌؼضالد ٌٍّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ ِؼج3اٌغذٚي )ٚ % رٍزٙب 100ثٕسجخ (nx)فٟ اٌذساسخ اٌحب١ٌخ وبٔذ ٌحبِغ إٌبٌذ٠ىس١ه اٌّسزؼٍّخٍؼضالد اٌجىز١ش٠خ ٌٍّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ ٌ % ٚاٌزشا٠ّضجش٠ُ 61.8( rf% ٚ اٌش٠فبِج١ٓ )83( ثٕسجخ er% صُ االسصشِٚب٠س١ٓ )88.2( ثٕسجخ apِمبِٚخ االِجس١ٍٓ ) (tri )61.4( ٓاٌس١فبٌىس١ ٚ %cf)54.9 ( ٓاٌززشاسب٠ى١ٍ ٚ %tc ثٕسجخ )29.9( ٓاٌسزشثزِٛب٠س١ ٚ %sm )29.1 % %.8.3( ثٕسجخ gen% ٚالً ِمبِٚخ وبٔذ ٌٍغٕزبِب٠س١ٓ )13.6( cmٚاٌىٍٛساِف١ٕىٛي ) % ٌغ١ّغ 70ثٍغذ ٔسجخ ِمبِٚزٙب إر e. coliا٠ؼب اْ اوضش اٌؼضالد ِمبِٚخ ٌٍّؼبداد وبٔذ ػضالد ثىزش٠ب ٔغذ .stٚ %55ثٕسجخ m.cattarhalis% صُ ػضالد ثىزش٠ب 60ثٕسجخ p.aeruginosaاٌّؼبداد رٍزٙب ػضٌخ ثىزش٠ب pneumonia ػضالد ثىزش٠ب ٚ %50ثٕسجخs. aureus ٚاخ١شا ػضٌخ إٌٛع اٌجىز١شٞ 43.2ثٕسجخ %k. pnuemoniae وبْ ٌٙب ِؼذي ِمبِٚخ الً ٔسج١ب ِٓ s. aureusاٌزٞ روش ثأْ ثىزش٠ب [30]% .رٛافمذ ٘زٖ إٌزبئظ ِغ دساسخ 40ثٕسجخ extended spectrumاٌجىزش٠ب اٌسبٌجخ ٌظجغخ وشاَ ٚاٌسجت سثّب ٠ؼٛد اٌٝ أزبط أض٠ّبد اٌج١زبالوزب١ِض اٌٛاسؼخ اٌط١ف beta-lactamase [31]ِٓ لجً اٌجىزش٠ب اٌسبٌجخ . ٚ٘زٖ %(75) ٚثٕسجخ methicillin ٍّؼبدٌخ ِمبِٚ وبٔذ s.aureusِٓ ثىزش٠ب اٌذساسخ ل١ذ ٌؼضالدا ٠ظٙش ٌٕب ثأْ اْ ِؼظُ .methicillinخِمبِٚ ػٍٝ اٌؼب١ٌخ s. aureus ثىزش٠ب لذسحػٍٝ اشبسٚا اٌز٠ٓ [32]خدساس ِغ ارفمذ إٌز١غخ فزّزٍه ِمبِٚخ ػب١ٌخ multidrug resistantاٌّىٛساد اٌز٘ج١خ اٌّمبِٚخ ٌٍّض١س١ٍ١ٓ رىْٛ راد ِمبِٚخ ِزؼذدح ٌالد٠ٚخ وبٌجٕس١ٍ١ٕبد اٌّمبِٚخ ٌٍجٕس١ٍٓ antistaphylococcal antimicrobialsٌٍّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ اٌّؼبدح ٌٍّىٛساد ٚحزٝ اٌفبٔىِٛب٠س١ٓ ٚاْ سجت رٌه ٠ؼٛد اٌٝ fluroquinolonesٚاالسصشِٚب٠س١ٓ ٚاٌغٕزب١ِس١ٓ ٚاٌىٍٛساِف١ٕىٛي ٚاٌـ .[33]غ١ش اٌؼمالٟٔ ٚاٌؼشٛائٟ دْٚ اسزشبسح ؽج١خ ٌٙزٖ اٌّؼبداد االسزؼّبي ٚ حسبس١خ ِؼزذٌخ (gen)رغبٖاضالد اٌزٕفس١خ رظٙش حسبس١خ وج١شح اٌؼ ار اِْغ ٔزبئظ دساسزٕب [9،34] رٛافمذ ٔزبئظ ث١ّٕب ٔزبئظ دساسزٕب ( gen(ٚ)sm) ٌٌؼضالد ِمبِٚخ اٌزٟ رج١ٓ اْ ا [8]خ ٚرزجب٠ٓ ِغ دساس (cm) رغبٖ اٌىٍٛساِف١ٕىٛيا . اٌّسزؼًّٚ٘زٖ اٌزجب٠ٕبد فٟ إٌزبئظ سثّب رؼٛد اٌٝ اخزالف رشو١ض اٌّؼبد (gen)ٌ( ٚحسبس١خ sm)ٌرج١ٓ ِمبِٚخ ِؼزذٌخ وتىصُفه جضئُا انبالصيُذٌ dnaانـ عضل dnaعشٜ رٛط١ف ّٔبرط اٌـ، اٌجالص١ِذٞ ِٓ اٌؼضالد اٌجىز١ش٠خ ل١ذ اٌذساسخ dnaثؼذ اسزخالص ِحزٜٛ اٌـ حضِخ اظٙشد 16-2اٌّزّضٍخ ثبالػّذح ِٓ s. aureus ثىزش٠ب ف١ٗ إْٔالحع إر ( ٠ٛػح إٌزبئظ1اٌشىً )ٚ اٌّحؼشح ثذالٌخ اٌذ١ًٌ kbp23 ( ٚثحغُ اوجش ثم١ًٍ ِٓ 2،3،5،6،9،14،15،16اٌجالص١ِذٞ فٟ االػّذح ) dnaٌٚاحذح ِٓ ا ٠ٚخ فٟ اٌٙالَ ٚوبٔذ ع١ّؼٙب ثبحغبَ ٚاحذح ٌمطؼٙب ِسبفبد ِزسب hind iiiاٌّٙؼَٛ ثبالٔض٠ُ اٌمبؽغ dnaٌٍّذا اٌحغّٟ ٟٚ٘ حضَ ٚاػحخ ِٕٚفظٍخ خبسعخ ِٓ اٌمطت اٌسبٌت ثبرغبٖ اٌمطت اٌّٛعت. وزٌه ٔالحع فٟ االػّذح ٟ ثأْ ّٔبرط ٚ٘زا ٠ؼٕفمؾ rnaٌاٌجالص١ِذٞ ٚظٙٛس حضَ ا dnaٌ( ػذَ ظٙٛس حضَ ِٓ ا7،8،10،11،12،13) ( ٔالحع ػذَ ظٙٛس اٞ ٔٛع ِٓ 3ٌخ سلُ )( اٌّزّضً ثبٌؼض4ث١ّٕب فٟ اٌؼّٛد) خب١ٌخ ِٓ حضَ اٌجالص١ِذاد dnaٌا s. aureus( ِٓ ثىزش٠ب 16ٌؼضٌخ سلُ )ا. اِب ٛد اٌسجت اٌٝ فمذاْ اٌّبدح ا٠ٌٕٚٛخ اصٕبء اٌزحؼ١ش االحّبع ا٠ٌٕٚٛخ ٚسثّب ٠ؼ ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 264 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 اٌحغُ االٚي اوجش إر إْاٌجالص١ِذٞ ٚثبحغبَ ِخزٍفخ dnaٌ( ٔالحع ٚعٛد ػذح حضَ ِٓ ا18،19اٌّىشسح فٟ االػّذح ) ِٓ kbp23 ٓث١ّٕب اٌحغُ اٌضبٟٔ ٠مغ ث١kbp 6 ٚkbp 7 اٌحضِز١ٓ االخ١شر١ٓ فبحغبِٙب اطغش ِٓ . أِب kbp5. ٌىٛٔٙب اٌّٙؼَٛ ثبالٔض٠ُ اٌمبؽغ dnaٌفٟ ٘الَ االوبسٚص)ثذالٌخ اٌذ١ًٌ اٌحغّٟ ٌّذٜ ا االخشٜ لطؼذ ِسبفخ اؽٛي ِٓ اٌحضَ bamh i )ٌا ِٓ حضَ ، ظٙٛس ػذحdna حب٠ٚخ ػٍٝ ثالص١ِذاد ِخزٍفخ االحغبَ فٟ ٘زٖ اٌؼضٌخ سثّب ٠ؼٛد ثسجت وٛٔٙب راد ِمبِٚخ ػب١ٌخ ٌٍّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ.ِّب لذ ٠غؼٍٙب اْ إراٌجالص١ِذٞ dnaٌ( ٔالحع اْ االٔٛاع اٌجىز١ش٠خ اٌسبٌجخ ٌظجغخ وشاَ اظٙشد حضِب ِٓ ا1وزٌه ِٓ اٌشىً ) اظٙشد اٌؼضٌخ االٌٚٝ حضِخ ٚاحذح إر e.coliاٌجالص١ِذٞ اٌّؼضٚي ِٓ ػضٌزٟ ثىزش٠ب dnaٌرّضً ااٌزٟ 22ٚ 21االػّذح ث١ّٕب اٌؼضٌخ اٌضب١ٔخ اظٙشد حضِز١ٓ ِٓ . kbp 23 ٌرمش٠جب اٌجالص١ِذٞ ٚثحغُ ِسبٚ dnaٌٚاػحخ ِٕٚفظٍخ ِٓ ا اٌّزّضٍخ ثؼضالد ثىزش٠ب 24ٚ 23اٌجالص١ِذٞ ثبحغبَ طغ١شح ٌمطؼٙب ِسبفخ اؽٛي فٟ اٌٙالَ. االػّذح dnaٌا p.aeruginosa ٚk. pneumonia ٌٍٝاٌزٛاٌٟ فمذ ظٙش ف١ٙب حضِخ ٚاحذح ٚٚاػحخ ِٓ ا ػdna ِٓ ًاٌجالص١ِذٞ ٌى .kbp 23اٞ ثحغُ e.coliاٌجالص١ِذٞ اٌزٟ اظٙشرٙب اٌؼضٌخ االٌٚٝ ٌجىزش٠ب dnaٌٌحغُ حضِخ اِسبٚ اٌؼضالد ٚثحغُ رزطبثك ِغ [35،36]دساسخأْ ٔغذ اٌجالص١ِذٞ ٌٍؼضالد اٌجىز١ش٠خ ل١ذ اٌذساسخ dnaاٌـرٛط١ف ِحزٜٛ دساسخ ِٓ ٔزبئظ ٚثؼغ kp 23اظٙشد ثالص١ِذاد ثبحغبَ ِسب٠ٚخ اٚ اوجش ِٓ s. aureusٔزبئظ دساسزٕب وْٛ اْ ثؼغ ػضالد ثىزش٠ب اٌؼضالد ٌُ رظٙش اٞ ثالص١ِذاد ٚ٘زا سثّب ٠ؼٛد ٌّظبدس اٌؼضي ٚاالطبثبد اٌّخزٍفخ، ٚوزٌه رطبثمذ ِغ ٔزبئظ اٌجبحش حضَ ِٓ اٌجالص١ِذاد ٚثبحغبَ ِخزٍفخ. وزٌه رطبثمذ ٔزبئظ ػضٌزٟ 4اظٙشد s. aureusاْ احذٜ ػضالد ثىزش٠ب ار [37] ث١ّٕب االخشٜ اٚاحذ أظشا ٌىْٛ احذٜ اٌؼضٌز١ٓ اظٙشد ثالص١ِذ [38]اٌجبحضخ ل١ذ اٌذساسخ ِغ ٔزبئظ e. coliثىزش٠ب وض١شا ِغ ٔزبئظ k. pneumonia اظٙشد ثالص١ِذ٠ٓ ثبحغبَ طغ١شح. ث١ّٕب ٌُ رزفك ٔزبئظ دساسزٕب ثبٌٕسجخ ٌؼضٌخ ثىزش٠ب ظ اٌجحش اٌّزوٛس اظٙشد حضِز١ٓ أزغذ حضِخ ٚاحذح فمؾ ِٓ اٌجالص١ِذاد ث١ّٕب ٔزبئ ٌىْٛ ػضٌخ اٌذساسخ اٌحب١ٌخ [39] اوجش ِٓ اٌؼضالد. اٚسثّب ٠ؼٛد اٌسجت ٌىْٛ دساسزٕب الزظشد ػٍٝ ػضٌخ ٚاحذح ث١ّٕب اٌذساسخ االخشٜ شٍّذ ػذد انًصادس 1. carroll,k.c. (2002), laboratory diagnosis of lower respiratory tract infections:controversy and conundrums. j clinmicrobiol., 40(9):3115-20. 2. jacobs, e.; dalhoff, a. and korfmann, g.( 2009),susceptibility patterns of bacterial isolates from hospitalised patients with respiratory tract infections. int. j. antimicrob. agents., 33: 52–57. 3. imani, r. ; rouhi, h. and ganji, f.,(2007), prevalence of antibiotic resistance among bacteria isolates of lower respiratory tract infections in copd shahrekord, iran. pakistan. j. med. sci., 23(3): 438-440. 4. gauchan, p. ; lekhak, b. and sherchand, jb.,( 2006), the prevalence of lower respiratory tract infection in adults visiting tribhuvan university teaching hospital.journal of institute of medicine., 28(2):10-14. ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 265 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 5. veloo,a.c. ; seme, k. ; raangs, e. ; rurenga, p. ; singadji, z. ; wekema-mulder,g. and vanwinkelhoff, a.j.( 2012), antibiotic susceptibility profiles of oral pathogens. int j antimicrob agents. nov., 40(5):450-4. 6. murrray, p. r. ; rosenthal, k. s. ; kobayashi, g. s. and pfaller, m. a.(1998),microbial flora in health and disease: in medical microbiology 3rd ed. section1pp 70. mosby, inc. st louis missouri. 7. rudan, i. ; boschi-pinto, c. ; biloglav, z. ; mulholland, k. and campbell, h. (2008) ,epidemiology and etiology of childhood pneumonia. bulletin of the world health., org86: 408-416 8. el-mahmood, a. m. ; isa, h. ; mohammed, a. and tirmidhi, a.b. (2010), antimicrobial susceptibility of some respiratory tract pathogens to commonly used antibiotics at the specialist hospital, yola, adamawa state, nigeria. journal of clinical medicine and research., 2(8): 135-142. 9. taura, d.w. ; hassan, a. ; yayo, a.m. and takalmawa, h. (2013), bacterial isolates of the respiratory tract infection and their current sensitivity pattern among patients attending aminu kano teaching hospital kano-nigeria. international research journal of microbiology., 4(9): 226-231. 10. imani, r. ; rouchi, h. and ganji, f.(2007), prevalence of antibiotic resistance among bacteria isolates of lower respiratory tract infection in copd shahrekord – iran, 2005. pak. j. med. sc., 23(3): 438-440. 11. tenever, f.c. and mcgowan, j.e jr. (1996), reasons for the emergence of antibiotic resistance. am. j. med. sci., 311(1): 9-16. 12. grenet, k.d. ; guillemot, v. ; jadier, b. ; moteau, s. ; dubourdier, r. ; ruiny, b. ; armand, b.p.; bau, b. and andremont, a. (2004), antibacterial resistance, wagen, amerindians, french guyana. emerg. infect. dis., 10(6):1150-1153. 13. kapil, a., (2005),the challenge of antibiotic resistance: need to contemplate. indian j. med. res., 121(2): 83-91. 14. ajao, a. t. and yakubu, s. e. (2014), identification, characterization and plasmid profiling of multi drug resistant nocomial pathogens isolated from selected hospitals in ilorin metropolis.british microbiology research journal . 5(1): 3343. 15. al-hamdani, m. h. i.(2012), study of plasmid profile, susceptibility patterns of clinical staphylococcus aureus isolated from patients with otitis media in basrah. journal of basrah researches ((sciences))., 38(1): 79-89. ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 266 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 16. tula, m.y. ; azih, a.v. and okojie, r.o. (2013), antimicrobial susceptibility pattern and plasmid-mediated antibacterial resistance in staphylococcus aureus and coagulasenegative staphylococci (cons). american journal of research communication., 1(9). 17. baron, e. j. ; pezzlo, m. t. and delamaza, l. m. (1997),color atlas of diagnostic microbiology. mosby-year book, united states of america, pp(25-92). 18. koneman, e. w. ; allen, s. d. ; janda, w. m. ; schreckenberge, p. c. and winn, w. c., (1997), color atlas and text book of diagnostic microbiology.5 th ed., j. b. lippincott company, philadelphia, u.s. a. 19. harley, j. p. and prescott, l. m., (2002), laboratory exercises in microbiology.5 th ed., wcb/ mcgraw-hill companies, inc. 20. atlas, r.m. (1995), principles of microbiology. 1 st ed., mosby-year book, inc., stlouis, usa. 21. benson, h. j. (2002), microbiological, 8 th ed, mcgraw hill companies, inc; pp(130155). 22. timmis, k. n. and puhler, a. (1979), plasmids of medical, environmental and commercial importance. developments in genetics, 1, elsevier / northholland biomedical press, amsterdam, netherlands. 23. birnboim, h. c. and doly, j. (1979), a rapid alkaline extraction procedure for screening recombination plasmid dna. nucleic acids res., 7(6): 1513-1523. 24. timmis, n. k. and puhler, a. (1984), advanced in molecular genetics. springerverlarg, new york, u. s. a. 25. watanabe, a. ; oizumi, k. ; matsuno, k. ; nishino, t. ; motomiya, m. and nukiwa, t., (1995), antibiotic susceptibility of the sputum pathogens and throat swab pathogens isolated from the patients undergoing treatment in twenty-one private clinics in japan. tohoku j exp med., 175(4):235-247 26. manikandan, c. and amsath, a. (2013), antibiotic susceptibility of bacterial strains isolated from patients with respiratory tract infections. int. j. pure appl. zool., 1(1): 61-69. 27. kousalya, k. ; thirumuruqu, s. ; arumainayaqam, d.c. ; manavalan, r. ; vasantha, j. and reddy, c.u. (2010), antimicrobial resistance of bacterial agents of the upper respiratory tract in south indian population. j adv pharm technol res., 1(2):207-215. 28. ozylimaz, e. ; akan, o.a. ; gulhan, m. ; ahmed, k. and nagatake, t. (2005), major bacteria of communityacquired respiratory tract infections in turkey. jpn. j. infect. dis., 58(1):5052. ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 267 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 29. srifuengfung, s. ; tribuddharat, c. ; yung yuen, t. and wensentia, t. (2005), respiratory tract infection caused by bacteria (non-mycobacterium) and their antibiogram in hivpositive patients. south east asian j. trop.med. public health. 36(3): 709-712. 30. mohiuddin, m.d. ; ashrafulhaq, j. ; mozammelhoq, m.d. and farida, h.,(2010),microbiology of nosocomial infection in tertiary hospitals of dhaka city and its impact. bangladesh.j. med microbiol.,4(2):32-38. 31. pitout, j.d.d. ; thomson, k.s. ; hanson, n.d. ; ehrhardt, a.f.; moland, e.s. and sanders, c.c.(1998), beta lactamase responsible for resistant to expanded-spectrum cephalosporium in klebsiella pneumoniae, e. coli and proteus mirabilis isolates recovered in south africa. antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy.,42(6):1350-54. 32. liu, c. and chambers, h. f. (2003), staphylococcus aureus with heterogenonus resistance to vancomycin epidemiology, clinical significant and critical assessment of diagnostic methods. j. antimicrobchemother. 47 (10) : 3040 – 3045. 33. qureshi, a. ; rafi, s. ; qureshi, s. m. and ali, a. m. (2004), the current susceptibility patterns of methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus to conventional antistaphylococcus antimicrobials at rawalpindi. pak. j. med. sci., 20 (4) : 361 – 464. 34. ndip, r. n. ; ntiege, e. a. ; ndip, l. m. ; nkwelang, g. ; akoachere, j-f. t.k. and nkuoakenji, t.(2008), antimicrobial resistance of bacterial agents of the upper respiratory tract of school children in buea, cameroon. j health populnutr., 26(4): 397404. 35. jayaraman, s. ; manoharan, m. ; illanchezian, s. ; sekher, r. and sathyamurthi, p.,(2008), plasmid analysis and prevalence of multidrug resistant staphylococcus aureus reservoirs in chennai city, india. the internet journal of microbiology., 7(1): p23. 36. daini, o. a. and akano, s. a. (2009),plasmid-mediated antibiotic resistance staphylococcus aureus from patients and non patients. scientific research and essay., 4(4):346-350. 37. ugbogu, o.c. ; akinsade, a. k. ; nwokocha, k. o. and ahuama, o.c. (2011), plasmid profile of methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus isolates from university students. nigerian of journal of microbiology.. 25: 2363 – 2368. 38. jan, n. ; meshram, s.u. and kulkarni, a. (2009), plasmid profile analysis of multidrug resistant e. coli isolated from uti patients of nagpur city, india. romanian biotechnological letters., 14(5): 4635-4640. ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 268 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 39. al-muhanna, a. and jasim, m., (2012), detection of plasmid profile coding antibiotic resistance of klebsiella spp. isolated from different infection. al-kufa journal for biology., 4 (1):275-281. ت( تشاكُض انًحانُم انخضَُت وانُهائُت وانسىائم انًزَبت نهًضاداث انحُى0َجذول ) ث انًضاداث انحُىَت انتشكُض انشيض انخضٍَ mg/ml انتشكُض انُهائٍ μg/ml انًزَب 1 ampicillin ap 5 50 70ا٠ضبٔٛي% 2 cephalexin cf 5 60 ُِبء ِمطش ِؼم 3 chloramphenicol cm 5 30 ِطٍكا٠ضبٔٛي 4 erythromycin er 5 50 70ا٠ضبٔٛي% 5 gentamycin gen 40 60 ًسبئ 6 methicillin met 10 disc 7 nalidixic acid nx 5 100 0.1n naoh 8 novobiocin nov 30 disc 9 rifampicin rf 5 50 ١ِضبٔٛي 10 streptomycin sm 5 100 ُِبء ِمطش ِؼم 11 tetracycline tc 5 10 50ا٠ضبٔٛي% 12 trimethprim tri 5 50 70ا٠ضبٔٛي% ( االختباساث انكًُىحُىَت انًستخذيت نتشخُص االَىاع انبكتُشَت انًعضونت قُذ انذساست5جذول ) انعضالث انبكتُشَت د عذ ان imvic اختباساث ض نُ تا كا ان س با خت ا ض ذَ سُ وك ال سا با خت ا ظ جه نت ا س با خت ا ذو ان م حه ت س با خت ا س با خت ا ت شك ح ان ض سَ ى نُ ا س با خت ا س با خت ا ٍ تُ ال جُ ان ع ًُ ت ٍ َُ ال ا م اَ ُُ نف ا س با خت ا تخًُش انسكشَاث ل و َذ ال ا م ثُ ً ان ش ً ح ال ا س ىك نف ا ش سك و ش ب ك ال ه ست ا ث شا ست ان ل ى ُت اَ ي ص ى نت يا ص ى ُُ اب س ا ص ى ىك كه s.aureus 16 nd nd nd nd + + β v v + + + + st. pneumonia 3 nd nd nd nd nd α + + m. cattarhalis 2 nd nd nd nd + + nd γ e. coli 2 + + + nd γ + + + + k. pnuemoniae 1 + + + nd γ + + + + + p. aeruginosa 1 + + + nd α + + + ػذَ اعشاء االخزجبس nd ِزجب٠ٕخ فٟ ٔز١غخ االخزجبسv إٌز١غخ اٌسبٌجخ ٌالخزجبس + إٌز١غخ اٌّٛعجخ ٌالخزجبس α َاٌزحًٍ اٌغضئٟ ٌٍذ β ًٌٍِذَ اٌزحًٍ اٌىب γ َػذَ ٚعٛد رحًٍ ٌٍذ ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 269 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 )%( اٌزٕفس١خ ٌٍّؼبداد اٌح٠ٛ١خ ِؼجشا ػٕٙب ثبٌؼذد ٚإٌسجخ اٌّئ٠ٛخِمبِٚخ اٌجىزش٠ب اٌّؼضٌٚخ ِٓ اٌزٙبثبد اٌمٕبح ( 3)عذٚي اعشاء االخزجبس ػذَ هعضالث انبكتُشَت قُذ انذساست.ن (%0.7) فٍ هالو االكاسوصانبالصيُذٌ dnaانتشحُم انكهشبائٍ نًحتىي انـ( 0شكم ) hind iiiيهضىيت باالَضَى انقاطع dna: 51و 0ار َشُش انعًىد s. aureusعضنت يٍ بكتشَا 02 نانبالصيُذٌ dnaن: يحتىي ا5-02 01 :dna يهضىيت باالَضَى انقاطعbamh i (02سقى ) s. aureusانبالصيُذٌ يكشس نعضنت بكتشَا dnaن: يحتىي ا01و 01 e.coliانبالصيُذٌ نعضالث بكتشَا dnaن: يحتىي ا50-55 p.aeruginosaانبالصيُذٌ نعضنت بكتشَا dnaن: يحتىي ا53 k. pneumoniaانبالصيُذٌ نعضنت بكتشَا dnaن: يحتىي ا52 انعضنت د عذ ث ال ض نع ا ap انعذد )%( cf انعذد )%( cm انعذد )%( er انعذد )%( gen انعذد )%( met انعذد )%( nx انعذد )%( nov انعذد )%( rf انعذد )%( sm انعذد )%( tc انعذد )%( tri انعذد )%( s.aureus 1 6 10 (62.5) 2 (12.5) 5 (31.3) 13 (81.3) 0 (0) 12 (75) 16 (100) 3 (18.8) 6 (37.5) 4 (25) 10 (62.5) 3 (18.8) st. pneumonia 3 2 (66.7) 2 (66.7) 0 (0) 2 (66.7) 0 (0) 3 (100) 1 (33.3) 0 (0) 2 (66.7) 3 (100) m. cattarhalis 2 2 (100) 1 (50) 0 (0) 1 (50) 0 (0) 2 (100) 1 (50) 2 (100) 0 (0) 2 (100) e. coli 2 2 (100) 2 (100) 1 (50) 2 (100) 1 (50) 2 (100) 1 (50) 1 (50) 1 (50) 1 (50) k. pnuemoniae 1 1 (100) 0 (0) 0 (0) 1 (100) 0 (0) 1 (100) 1 (100) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) p. aeruginosa 1 1 (100) 1 (100) 0 (0) 1 (100) 0 (0) 1 (100) 1 (100) 0 (0) 0 (0) 1 (100) ػٍَٛ اٌح١بح | 270 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 isolation and diagnosis of aerobic bacteria from patients with respiratory tract infection and partial characterization of their plasmid profile khalid daham ahmed rawaa jaji salim dept. of biology, college of education for pure science , university of mosul received in :3 september 2016 ,accepted in: 12 june 2016 abstract in this study, the bacteria from sputum specimens of patients with respiratory tract infections were isolated in ibnsina teaching hospital, mosul city, iraq. the bacteria were subjected to phenotypic and biochemical tests necessary for identification. twenty five isolates of six different bacterial species were obtained, they are : staphylococcus aureus, streptococcus pneumonia, moraxella cattarhalis, escherichia coli, klebsiella pnuemoniae and pseudomona saeruginosa with ratios (64%, 12%, 8%, 8%, 4% and 4% ) respectively. the sensitivity and resistance of these isolates to 12 antibiotic were studied, where the gentamycin appear to be more effective on most of the isolates while all the isolates showed resistance to nalidixic acid with 100% percent . also, plasmid dna content showed different sizes of dna bands in four types of these isolates. keywords: bacteria, respiratory tract infection and plasmid profile ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the mechanical properties of laminated composites reinforced with discontinuous and continuous different fibers m. a. al-nesearawi department of physics, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p aper we invest igate how do the laminated comp osites behave mechanically when subjected to external st resses, when reinforced with continuous fibers (mat) and discontinuous fibers (chopped) and to find the effect of the fiber type on the mechanical p rop erties. laminated comp osites consisting of woodwood and ph-f resin as suitable adhesive were r einforced with different fibers(jute, glass, and carbon).however, two different methods of reinforcement namely , mat and chopp ed fibers were utilized. the mechanical p rop erties such as (imp act st rength, comp ression strength, tensile strength, shear strength, bending st rength, and elasticity modulus) of laminated comp osites were measured. fib ers reinfor ced laminated composite exh ibited bett er mechan ical p rop erties than anreinforced composite. furthermore, carbon fibers reinforced laminated comp osite exh ibited b ett er mechan ical p rop erties than both jute and glass fibers reinforced composite. all used fibers of laminated comp osite showed that distribution as mat rather than as chopp ed, where the increase in the total st rength of laminated comp osite was observed as mat. introduction lay ered comp osites are found in many familiar app lications. ply wood comp osite is usually made from thin layers of wood with a suitable thermosetting resin as adhesive. the lay ers of wood p rovide the bulk of the st rength, while the resin acts as a semi-rigid binder[1]. as a result, laminates formed from bonding lay ers of wood by organic adhesive exhibit distinctive p rop erties from these of the individual p ly (lamina) that its usually used for makin the comp osite. laminates such as metal to metal, metal to ceramic, metal to p olymer, p olymer to p olymer, ceramic to p olymer, ceramic to ceramic are also good examp les of laminated comp osites[2].adhesion is the interaction between the two different subst rates across an interface which may involve either p hy sical or chemical bonding. chemical bonding consists of direct interlinking between molecules by covalent or ionic bonds. the p hy sical bonding may result from mechanical interlocking or from the forces of p hy sical adsorp tion between adhesive molecules and substrate molecules, or by the p enetration of adhesive molecules into subst rate by diffusion. thus, the mechanism of adhesive action is quite different according to the ty p e of reaction[3].the advantage of fiber reinforcement is two-fold: ienhancement of the mechanical p rop erties such as st rength, st iffness and heat deflection temp erature, iiincrease of the toughness of the matrix, so that more energy is required to initiate and p rop agate fracture[4]. in the fibers reinforced materials, the stress is carried almost entirely by the fibers and the matrix is used to 1bind the fibers t ogether (by cohesion and adhesion),2-transmit t he stress from one fiber to the other(dist ributes load evenly among fibers),3-p rovides resistance for a comp osite to crack p rop agation,4p rotect the fibers from the environment,5keep reinforcing fibers in a desired orientation[5]. however, we must consider the factors in the design of fibers reinforced comp osites. they are the asp ect ratio, volume fraction, ty p e of fiber( metallic, glass, carbon, ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 ceramic, p olymer, and whisker ) ,critical length for chopp ed fibers, and the method of reinforcement. it may be classified as continuous fibers along the matrix , orthogonal fibers, mat (in which the continuous fibers are distributed equally along the matrix longitudinally and transversely to give the form of mat or net), and chopp ed fibers (discontinuous) [6]. m any researches st udied the effect of adhesive on the mechanical p rop erties for laminated comp osites[7,8,9]. the aim of using the resin as a binder among thin lay ers is to p roduce laminated comp osites with a high st rength. so we seek to increase st rength of these sy st ems via the reinforcement with fibers and better choice of fiber ty p e and distribution within the resin. in a p revious article [10] we reported the effect of continuous fibers distribution regarding (length, width, orthogonal, and mat) method, on the mechanical p rop erties for laminated comp osites by using glass fibers. it was found that fibers reinforced laminated comp osites exhibit bett er mechanical p rop erties than anreinforced comp osites. furt hermore, the increase in the total st rength of laminated comp osite was observed as mat. this p aper aiming to comp are the mat (continuous fibers) with chopp ed (discontinuous fibers) and effect of fiber ty p e through choosing three fibers(jute, glass, and carbon) on the mechanical p rop erties such as imp act st rength, comp ression st rength, tensile strength, shear strength, bending st rength, and elast icity modulus of laminated comp osite. experime ntal we have p repared and test ed 42 samp les of laminated composites reinforced by jute, glass, and carbon fibers with 22wt % .they were manually distributed on adhesive by two methods (chopp ed and mat) .laminated comp osites consisting of wood-wood and resin reinforced with fibers were p repared in p olymer searches unit, college of science ,university al-mustansiriy a through many st eps.t he first was st arted with p utting the solvent ethanol (15ml) in flask to dissolve ph-f(p henol-formaldehy de)resin by using water bath at controlled temp erature (70 o c). the reaction was st irred and heated for 30min until the solution becomes t urbid and then adding the bonding sy st em (talk p owder 8%), hexamethy letetraamine( h.m ta. 10%), and resorcinol(4%). finally we fix ph-f resin reinforced by jute, glass, and carbon fibers between wood surface of various dimensions. the prepared samples were heated at 120 o c under pressure to obtain the final solid p roduct .for the invest igation of st ructure of laminated comp osites, we st udied the microstructure of the p repared sp ecimens by the op tical microscope of the ty p e (oly mpus).t he micrographs of p olishing surface texture of anreinforced and reinforced laminated comp osites are shown in figs.(1,2,3) by using images analysis with soft ware of ty p e vcia,g,version 4.81. charpy imp act instrument was used for imp act test ,where the samples are p rep ared with dimensions 10 x10 x55mm according to (iso-179). hy draulic p iston type ley bold harris no.36110 was used to measure the comp ressive strength of samples at room temp erature . astm -d695 method was used for the p rep aration of the samples with the length double the width to obtain the ratio 2:1 and the thickness was equ al to its width. bending test of rectangular samples with dimensions of (10x135mm)was carried out accordin g to astm -d790. tensile st rength , modulus of elasticity ,and shear st rength were determined by zweigle instrument accordin g to astm -d648, where the crosshead sp eed was 5mm/min at room temp erature. these testes are carried out in p hy sics laboratory , dep artment of app lied sciences, university of technology . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 results and discussion the resultant mechanical p rop erties of the (st andard) anreinforced and reinforced laminated comp osites are showed in f igures(4-15). three different ty p es of fibers were used to st udy the effect of fiber ty p e. figs.(4-9) show the p lots of imp act st rength, comp ression st rength, tensile st rength, shear strength, bending st rength, and elasticity modulus of the (jute,glass,carbon) fibers reinforced and st andard comp osites versus fibers distribution. where the sy mbols (s, ch, m ), indicates; standard, chopp ed, and mat r esp ectively. it is observed that as mat gives better results comp ared with chopped way through increasing of imp act, comp ression, tensile, shear st rength, and elast icity modulus as shown in figs.(4-8) due to the fibers which form mat carry and transmit the stress together to p roduce higher modulus and high er ener gy absorption for the comp osite while random (chopp ed) fibers p roduce lower modulus and low energy absorption for the comp osite . also it is observed the decr ease of deflection and then the increase of bendin g st rength of comp osite are due to t he reinforcin g fibers, sp ecifically as mat with carbon fibers as illustrated in fig.(9). m oreover, figs.(4-9) ensure that the p resence of the reinforcing fibers would st rengthen the comp osite. after choosing mat as an alternative method we have studied the effect of t yp e of the fiber through the results showed in figs(10-15) where the carbon fibers gave more st rength of the mechan ical p rop erties of the laminated comp osites comp ared to glass and jute fibers because of the carbon fibers hav e higher modulus compared to glass and jute fibers . conclusions the exp erimental results give rise to the conclusion that laminated composites reinforced with continuous fibers, as mat, exhibit bett er mechanical p rop erties than discontinuous chopp ed fibers .also the fiber typ e affects the mechanical p rop erties of laminated comp osites, where carbon fibers gave better strength than others fibers (glass and jute). re ferences 1eckold, g.,(2000) “design and m anufacture of composite structure”,(3 rd ed),pp.126 128,m cgraw-hill inc., en gland. 2gray son ,m. (1983) “ ency clop edia of comp osite m aterials”,(3 rd ed),john-wiley, new york. 3skeist ,i. (1990) “hand book of adhesive”,(3 rd ed) ,pp.41-46,krieger, new york. 4pisharath, s. and wong, s.c. (2001) , j.m ater.process.tech., 113:167-171. 5gupt a, r.b. (1979) “m aterials science and processes”,(4 th ed)., pp .529-534, saty a prakashan,india. 6craig, m .c. and daniel, f.c. (1999) j.elast.plas., 31:367-372. 7at heer, a.a. (2005),“effect of bonding on the m echanical prop erties of resin as adhesive for wood-wood surf aces”, m .sc thesis, ba ghdad university , college of edu cation ibn al haitham. 8-m udhafer, j.a. (2006) “prep aration cement bonding ceramic-m etal”, m .sc thesis, baghdad university , college of edu cation ibn al-haithem. 9-ahmed,(2003) “ability poly mer as adhesive for bonding iron-iron”, m .sc thesis, ba ghdad university , college of edu cation ibn al-haithem. 10-m uhammed ,a.a and atheer, a.a. (2008) al-m ustansiriy a j.sci,vol.19(10: 27-34 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig(1): the optical micrograph(100x) of wooda dhe si ve wood fig.(2): the optical micrograph(100x) of wooda dhe si ve wood rei nforced with mat fi bers fig.(3): the optical micrograph(100x) of wooda dhe si ve wood rei nforced with chopped fibers wood wood wood wood wood wood adhesive adhesive fibers fibers adhesive ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 s ch m s ch m s ch m 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 fibers dist ribution im pa ct s tr en g th (k j/ m 2) jute glass carbon fig.(4):effect of fibers distribution on the impact strength. s ch m s ch m s ch m 13 15 17 19 21 fibers distributio n c o m p re ss io n s tr en g th (m p a ) jute glass carbon fig.(5):effect of fibers distribution on the compression strength. s ch m s ch m s ch m 16 18 20 22 24 fibers d ist rib ution e la s ti c ity m o d u lu s (m p a ) jute glass carbon fig.(6):effect of fibers distribution on the elasti city modulus. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 s ch m s ch m s ch m 7 11 15 19 fibers distribution t e ns il e s tr e ng th ( m p a ) jute glass carbon fig.(7):effect of fibers distribution on the tensile strength. s ch m s ch m s ch m 6 8 10 12 14 16 fibers distrib ution s h e a r s tr es s (m p a ) jute glass carbon fig.(8):effect of fibers distribution on the she ar stress. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 s ch m s ch m s ch m 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 fibers distr ibution d ef le c tio n (c m ) jute glass carbon fig.(9):effect of fibers distribution on the deflection at load 250g. 7 9 11 13 standard jute glass carbon fiber type im p a c t s tr en g th (k j /m 2 ) fig.(10):effect of fibers type reinforced with mat way on the impact strength.. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 13 15 17 19 21 standard jute glass carbon fiber type c om pr es si on s tr en gt h( m pa ) fig.(11):effect of fibers type reinforced with mat way on the compression strength. 16 18 20 22 24 standard jute glass carbon fiber type e la s ti c m o d u lu s (m p a ) fig.(12):effect of fibers type reinforced with mat way on the elasti city modulus. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 7 10 13 16 19 standard jute glass carbon fiber type t en si le s tr e n g th (m p a ) fig.(13):effect of fibers type reinforced with mat way on the tensile strength. 5 8 11 14 standard jute glass carbon fiber type s h ea r s tr es s( m p a) fig.(14):effect of fibers type reinforced with mat way on the she ar stress. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 standard jute glass carbon fiber typ e d ef le ct io n (c m ) fig.(15):effect of fibers type reinforced with mat way on the deflection at load 250g. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تمرة مس بألیاف مختلفة الخواص المیكانیكیة للمواد المتراكبة الطبقیة المعززة وغیر مستمرة محمد عبدالنبي النصیراوي . ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد-قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة التربیة الخالصة في هذا البحث عن التصرف المیكانیكي للمواد المتراكبة الطبقیة المعززة بألیاف مستمرة بطریقة الحصیرة و نتحرى .و ما تأثیر نوع اللیف على الخواص المیكانیكیة .ألیاف متقطعة عندما تخضع للجهود الخارجیة ألیاف :(بألیاف مختلقة مثل امناسب االصق f-һрخشب و الراتینج عززت المواد المتراكبة الطبقیة المكونة من خشب قیست الخواص المیكانیكیة عززت هذه األلیاف بطریقتي الحصیرة و األلیاف المتقطعة.)و الكاربون،و الزجاج ،الجوت للمواد المتراكبة ) و معامل المرونة مقاومة االنحناء و مقاومة القص و مقاومة الشدو مقاومة االنضغاط و مقاومة الصدمة( الطبقیة وظهر أن الخواص المیكانیكیة للمواد المتراكبة الطبقیة المعززة بأاللیاف أفضل مما للمواد المتراكبة الطبقیة غیر میكانیكیة أفضل من المواد المتراكبة الكاربون أظهرت خواصالمواد المتراكبة الطبقیة المعززة بألیاف ا فضال عن ذلك ةالمعزز ة قي تعزیز المواد المتراكبة بینت أن طریقة الحصیرة أفضل من لمعجمیع األلیاف المست.الطبقیة المعززة بألیاف الجوت و الزجاج ة الطبقیة من خالل الزیادة الملحوظة في المقاومة الكلیة للمواد المتراكب طریقة األلیاف المتقطعة عند استخدام طریقة الحصیرة microsoft word 73-88 73 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 amino acids as environmentally-friendly corrosion inhibitors for 2024 aluminium alloy in akaline medium wisal a. isa zainab w. ahmed dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:24/may/2015,accepted in:23/june/2015 abstract the corrosion behavior of 2024 aluminium alloy was investigated in alkaline medium (ph=13) containing 0.6 . in absence and presence of different concentrations of three amino acids separately [methionine, glutamice acid and lysine] as environmentally friendly corrosion inhibitors over the temperature range (293-308)k. electrochemical polarization method using potentiostatic technique was employed. the inhibition efficiency increased with an increase of the inhibitor concentration but decreased with increase in temperature . the maximum efficiency value was found with lysine =80.4 of 293 k and 10 . concentration of lysine. the adsorption of the amino acids was found to obey langmuir adsorption isotherm . some thermodynamic parameter ∆ and activation energy ∗ were calculated to demonstrate the mechanism of corrosion inhibition . the kinetic parameters were calculated using arrhenius theory. suitable mechanism was proposed for the corrosion of 2024 aluminium alloy in alkaline medium. the polarization measurements indicated that the inhibitor is of mixed type. the surface morphology of uninhibitied and inhibited samples were investigated using optical microscope. key word: corrosion inhibition , 2024 alloy, amino acids, free energy of adsorption, adsorption mechanism. 74 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction corrosion, which is an inevitable problem faced by almost all industries can be considered as one of the worst technical calamities of our time. besides, from its direct costs in dollars, dollars, corrosion is a serious problem because it definitely contributes to the depletion of our natural resources. corrosion studies have also become important due to increasing awareness of the need to conserve the worlds metal resources[1]. now-a-day more attention has been paid to control the metallic corrosion , due to increasing use of metals in all fields of technology: corrosion studies of aluminium and aluminium alloys have received considerable attention by researchers because of their wide industrial application and economic considerations[2]. aluminium and aluminium alloys have emerged as alternate materials in aerospace and in some chemical processing industries. due to their wide applications, they frequently come in contact with acids or bases during pickling, de-scaling, electrochemical etching and extensively used in chemical process industries. most of the reported studies were conducted on corrosion of various metal and alloys in and media[3,4,5]. sodium hydroxide usually used for degreasing purpose as a part of our studies with corrosion behavior of aluminium and aluminium alloys in sodium hydroxide medium and corrosion control of the same using green inhibitors[6]. as corrosion inhibitors, various substances both inorganic and organic can be used. while organic inhibitors reduce the corrosion through film formation, organic compounds act mostly via adsorption processes on the metal surface and complex formation. as most efficient organic corrosion inhibitors could be toxic and thus unacceptable for the environment, contemporary studies are directed towards the search for alternative inhibitors that would be ecologically acceptable, stable non toxic and available at a relatively low cost, these compounds referred to as “green”, ‘eco-friently”, or environmentally-friendly comprise both organic and inorganic inhibitors. among the organic inhibitors are bio-mimickling green inhibitors, such as amino acids, were conducted. amino acids are completely soluble in aqueous media and can be produced with purity at low costs, in addition amino acids contain hetero atoms such as n,o and s (in some of them) which can form protective films [7]. the present work aims to characterize the effect of three amino acids (methionine, glutamic acid and lysine) as corrosion inhibitors for 2024 aluminium alloy in alkali medium (ph=13) containing (3.5% w/w) sodium chloride at temperature range (293-308)k. the three a.a. tested are l-enantiomers , methionine contains sulphur. 2. experimental 2.1 materials tested were performed on 2024 aluminium alloy specimen of the following composition given in table (1). 2.2 solution solution was prepared from analytical grade chemicals and doubly distilled water. sodium hydroxide was obtained from fluka while methionine, lysine and glutamic acid were obtained from aldrich chemical co.ltd. all measurements were performed in alkaline solution (ph=13) containing 3.5% which have a comparable level to that of seawater. double distilled water was used in all preparations. 75 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 2.3 potentiostatic polarization measurements the potentiostatic polarization measurements were performed in a conventional threeelectrode glass cell with working volume 1000ml using wenking m lab potentiostat. a working electrode was a sheet with circular shape (2 cm diameter and 2 mm thickness) which previously were grinded with emery papers of different graded (200,400,800,1200, and 2000) . then they were polished mechanically with diamond paste using smooth cloth to surface mirror. the exposed surface area to the aggressive medium was 1cm2. a pt counter electrode and silver – silver chloride as a reference electrode were used. polarization measurements were performed at potentials from -200 mv to +200 mv at a scan rate of 2mv/s after steady state potential had been established in catholic or anodic direction . all measurements were carried out in alkaline solution (ph=13) of 3.5% in the absence and presence of three different concentrations of the inhibitors. the experimental result were reproducible and each experiment was carried out at least twice. 2.4 optical microscopy measurements the electrode surface of 2024 aluminium alloy was analyzed by optical microscope type were analyzed by optical microscope type of (nikon eclipse me 600, japan) before and after immersion in the aggressive solution in the absence and presence of the optimum concentration of the amino acid at 25˚c. the specimens were washed gently with water,then dried carefully and examined without further treatments. ohh3c s o nh2 methionine ohoh o nh2 o oh nh2 o nh2 glutamic acid  lysine chemical structures of the investigated amino acids figure (8) showed the images of aluminium alloy 2024 surface which immersed in the aggressive solution with and without the addition of 10-2 mol. dm-3 of amine acids. it can be observed that the specimen surface was strongly damaged in absence of inhibitor due to metal dissolution in the aggressive solution. a number of pits distributed over the surface are seen figure (8 b). however, no pits and cracks were observed in the micrograph after the addition of inhibitors to the aggressive solution figure ( 8 c , 8 d )and (8 e). inhibitor molecules adsorbed on active sites of al an a smoother surface was observed when compared to the surface treated with uninhibited alkaline chloride solution. 76 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 3. results and discussion 3.1 polarization curves figure (1) showed the anodic and cathodic polarization curves of 2024 aluminium alloy in alkaline solution (ph=13) of 0.6 mol dm-3 (3.5% w.w ) at four temperatures in the range (293-308)k. tafel extrapolation method was used to calculate the corrosion parameters , and from the polarization curves. the resetting data were displayed in table (2) and these data show that corrosion current density increases with the increase of temperature, the corrosion potential nearly become more negative with the increase of temperature. anodic and cathodic slopes shows variation in their values which can be attributed to the variation of the rate determining step (r.d.s) of the alloy dissolution reaction (anodic) and the cathodic reaction involving hydrogen evolution produced by a partial cathodic reaction (reduction) of water. in view of the experimental observation, a tentative corrosion mechanism based on the electrochemical processes for dissolution of aluminium in may be suggested. this mechanism can be illustrated by anodic equations (1-4) and cathodic reaction equation(5) respectively for the anode process[8].   (1)   (2)    (3)  3   (4)  and, for the cathode process,   (5) the overall electrochemical process is: 2 2 3 (6) the dissolution of al metal in the anodic reaction is accompanied by the catholic reaction which consumes the electrons release in the anodic process in order to form hydrogen atoms which react by combining with other adsorbed hydrogen atom to give bubbles of gas molecules at the metal surface   (7) 3.2 corrosion activation parameters arrehenius suggested the famous equation that correlates the temperature variation with rate of corrosion of 2024 al alloy which is expressed by at a given concentration as[9] . ln ∗   (8) here, a is frequency factor, ∗ is the activation energy, r is the gas constant and t is the absolute temperature. equation(8) predicts that plotting of ln versus should be linear as we experimentally observed as in figure(2). the slope of the line gives = ∗ , whereas the intercept of the line extrapolated to gives ln a. the value of activation energy equals to 17.5 and a= 19046398 10 molecule (table 3). 77 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 entropy of activation ∆ ∗ was couldated from the value of a using the relationship[10]. ∗ exp ∆ ∗   (9) where k is boltzmann constant, h is plank constant, and t is the temperature of the solution. the value of the entropy of activation was found to be 123.5 . the negative value of ∆ ∗ for 2024 al alloy corrosion implies a loss in the overall degree of freedom throughout the formation of the activated complex (association rather than dissociation) for the reaction of 2024 al alloy constituent with the negative species  leading to the formation of corrosion products, when the activated complex results[11]. 3.3. corrosion inhibition of 2024 al alloy by amino acids figures (3,4) and (5) showed typical polarization curve of 2024 al alloy in 0.6 3 solution (ph=13) containing three different concentrations of the amino acids (methionine, glutamic and lysine) separately as green inhibitors over the temperature range (293-308)k. table (4-6) presents the polarization data and from these data it can be noticed that the addition of the amino acid caused a decrease in corrosion current densities of 2024 al alloy and the inhibition effect of each amino acid increases as the concentration of the inhibitor increased in the range 10 10 at all temperatures of study. table (5-6) shows the values inhibition efficiencies (ie%) which could be calculated from equation[13]. %   (10) where, and are corrosion current densities in absence and presence of the inhibitor respectively. a maximum value of efficiency was fourd to be 80.4 293 10 conc. the activation parometers such as ∗ ∆ ∗ in the range of the studied temperatures (293308)k for corrosion inhibition of 2024 al alloy in 0.6 solution in the presence of various concentrations of amino acids, methionine, glutamic acid and lysine separately were calculated from the well –known arrhenius equation ∗ (11) the calculated values ∗ and ∆ ∗ are summarized in table (7). in the presence of each amino acid separately, an increase in ∗ values was observed this increase in ∗ values in the presence of the inhibitor can be illustrated as follows[12]: higher values of ∗ were found in the presence of inhibitor than those without inhibitor, i.e. the addition of inhibitor raises the energy barrier for the corrosion process emphasizing the electrostatic character of the inhibitors adsorption on 2024 al alloy surface. the entropy of activation ∆ ∗ values are negative in the presence of inhibitor implying the rate determining step for the activated complex is the association rather than the dissociation step. in the presence of the inhibitor ∆ ∗ moves in the direction of negative values table (7) which implies the adsorption process is accompanied by a decrease in entropy which is the driving force for the adsorption of inhibitor onto 2042 al alloy surface[13]. 3.4. thermodynamic parameters of the adsorption isotherms adsorption isotherms provide basic information on the nature of interaction between the inhibitor and 2024 al alloy through applying some adsorption isotherm models. two main types of interaction can describe the adsorption of inhibitors on the metal surface; they are 78 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 physisorption and chemisorption, depending on the chemical structure of the inhibitor, the type of the corrosive medium, and the charge and nature of corrosive metal. in aqueous solutions , the metal surface is always covered with adsorbed water molecules. therefore, the adsorption of the inhibitor molecules from an aqueous solution is a quasisubstihted process[8]., and the inhibitors that have the ability to be adsorbed strongly on the metal surface will hinder the dissolution reaction of the immersed metal into the corrosive medium. the mechanism of corrosion inhibition can be explained in terms of the adsorption behavior based on the calculated coverage degree[14]. the surface coverage table (7) and the concentrations of inhibitor (amino acids) were tested by fitting to various isotherms like, langmuir, temkin and freunflich. however, the best fit was obtained with langmuir isotherm as shown in figure (6) which is given by the following equation[12]. 1   (12) where, is the equilibrium constant of the adsorption / desorption processes, and it reflects the affinity of the inhibitor molecules towards surface adsorption sites. from the intercepts of the straight lines on the axis figure (6) leads to the equilibrium constant of the adsorption / desorption of amino acid process table (8). the high value of reveals that the acid molecule possesses strong adsorption onto 2024 alloy surface. however, decreased with an increase of temperature indicating that adsorption of amino acid onto alloy surface was favorable at lower temperatures. the equilibrium constant of the adsorption/desorption was related to the standard free energy of adsorption according to equation[15]. ∆ ° ln 55.5   (13) where, r is the universal gas constant , t is the absolute temperature, and value 55.5 is the concentration of water in solution. the standard free energy of adsorption was calculated and given in table (8). generally the values of ∆ ° ≅ 26 28 or less negative are associated with an electrostatic interaction between charged metal surface or more negative involves charge sharing or transfer from the inhibitor molecules to the metal surface to form a co-ordinate covalent bond . so it can be concluded that adsorption of amino acid onto 2024 al alloy surface takes place thought both physical and chemical adsorption[16]. it is generally accepted that the first step in the adsorption of amino acid on the alloy surface usually involves the replacement of one or more water molecules adsorbed on the alloy surface. ⇌ . . .  (14) ≡ the inhibitor amino acid may then combine with freshly generated metal ions ( or other metal elements in the alloy). on the 2024 ar alloy surface forming metal inhibitor complex [17]. ⟶ 3   (15) ⟶   (16) valuable information about the mechanism of corrosion inhibition can be provided by the values of thermodynamic parameters for the adsorption of the inhibitor. thermodynamically, ∆ ° were related to the standard enthalpy ∆ ° and standard entropy ∆ ° according to [18]. 79 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ∆ ° ∆ ° ∆ °   (17) and the standard enthalpy of adsorption can be calculated on basis of the van't hoff formula, ∆ °   (18) a plot of versus gives a straight line as shown in figure (7) . the slope of the straight line is equal to∆ ° the negative values of ° reveals that the adsorption oh inhibitor molecules is an exothermic process (for methionine and lysine) and endothermic for glutamic acid. generally an exothermic adsorption process suggests either physisorption or chemisorption while endothermic process is attributed to chemisorption. the unshared electron pairs in investigated molecules may interact with d-orbitals of al alloy to provide a protective chemisorbed film[19]. the values of ∆ ° in the presence of the inhibitor are negative that is accompanied with exothermic adsorption process. ∆ ° of inhibition process can be calculated from equation(19). according to[18]. ∆ ° ∆ ° ∆ °   (19) 80 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 references 1. sainsbury, e.e. and buchanan, r.a. (2000), "fundamentals of electrochemical corrosion", asm international materials park, usa. 2. christia vargel (2004), "corrosion of aluminum", elsevier ltd, new york. 3. ating, e.i.; umorenm, s.a; udousoro, i.i; ebenso, ee. and udoh, a.p. (2010), "leaves extract of ananas sativum as green corrosion inhibitor for aluminium in hydrochloric acid solution", green chemical let rev. 3, 61-68. 4. nnanna, l.a.; anozie, i.u.; voaja, a.g.i. and akoma, c.s., (2011) "comparative study of corrosion inhibition of aluminium alloy of type aa 3003 in acidic and alkalin media by euphorbia hirta extract" afr.j. pur appl. chem. 5, 265-271. 5. obi-egbed, n.o.; obot, and umoren, s.a. (2012) "spondias mombin l.as a green corrosion inhibitor for aluminium in sulphuric acid: correlation between inhibitive effect and electronic properties of extracts major constituents using density functional theory", arabain journal of chemistry 5, 361-373. 6. deepa prabhu, padmalatha and roo, (2013), "corrosion inhibitor of 6063 aluminium alloy by cariandrum sativum l.seed extract in phosphoric acid medium". j. mater. environ. sci, 4, 732-742. 7. founds, a. s.; ahmed abdel nazzer and ashour, e.a (2011), "amino acids as environmentally-friendly corrosion inhibitors for cuni alloy in sulfide-polluted salt water", zastiia materi jala 52 broj 1. 8. refat hassan, ishaq zaafarany, adil gobouri and hideo takagi, (2013), "arevisit to the corrosion inhibitor of aluminium in aquenous alkaline solutions by vilater – soluble alginates and pectates as anionic polyelectroyte inhibitors", int. j. of corros, artiicle under press. 9. ladler, k.i., (1963), "reaction kinetics", vol.1, pergmon aess, new york, ny, usa ist edition. 10. glasstone, s.; laidler, k.i.; and erying ,h. (1941) "the theory of rate process", mc graw. hill newyork, nyusa,. 11. sinko,p.j.,(2000),"physical chemical and biopharmaceuticals principles in pharmaceutical science", 5th edition usa, p.413. 12. scendo, m.; radek, n.; and trela, j., (2012). "corosion inhibition of carbon steel in acid chloride solution schiff base of n-(2-chlorobenzylicdene -4acetylanline)", coros. rev. 30-33. 13. tabi, f.el.; fouda, a.s., and radwan, m.s., (2011), "inhibitive effect of some thiadiazole derivatives on steel corrosion in neutral sodium hydroxide solution". mater. chem. phys. 26, 125. 14. keles, h.; keles, m. ;dehri i. and serinday, o. (2008) "adsorption and inhibitor properties of amino phenyl and its schiff base on mild steel corrosion in 0.5 mhcl medium", colloids and surfaces a, 320, no 1-3 pp 138-145. 15. amin, m.a.; ibrahim, m.a., (2011) "thaidiazoles as corrosion inhibitors for carbon steel in solution", corros, sci. 53, 873. 16. ahmad, i.;prasd, r., and quraishi a.m., (2010), "inhibition of mild steel corrosion in acid solution by pheniramine durg, experimental and theoretical study", corros . sci 52, 3033. 17. deny, s.; x. l i h. fu (2011), "a dsorption and inhibitive action of erhanal extracts chlomolaena adoratal for the corrosion of mild steel in solution", corros. sci. 53, 822. 18. murguleseu, l.g., and rodovie, o., (1961), " metal corrosion", int. conger 10-15 aprial , london p.202-205. 19. fouda, a.s.; hassan, a.f.; elmorsi, m.a; fayed, t.a. and abdelhakim, a., (2014). "chalcones as environmentally. friendly corrosion inhibition for ss type 304 in im hcl solution" int. j. electrochem. sci, q.pp 1298-1320. 81 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): the chemical composition of aluminium alloy 2024 si fe cu mn mg cr ni zn v 0.099 0.26 4.46 0.58 1.43 0.01 0.01 0.06 0.016 table (2): data of polarization curve of corrosion of aluminium alloy 2024 in . . solution at ph (13) over the temperature range (293-308)k t/k i μa.cm e mv⁄ b mv⁄ . decade b mv⁄ . decade weight loss g.m .day penetration loss/mm.year 293 1750 1320 162.6 573.7 141 19.1 298 2510 1347 179.2 378.3 202 27.3 303 2670 1359 122.8 310.9 216 29.1 308 3490 1320 210.5 379.6 281 38 table (3): activation energy , pre exponential (a) and entropy of activation ∆ ∗ for aluminium alloy 2024 corrosion in solution in ph=13. . . ∆ ∗ . . / 17.5 123.5 19046398 10 table (4): values of , and inhibitors effeiciienly concentrations of methionine at temperature range (293-300) in ph=13. t/k inhibition conc. mol.dm e mv⁄ i ma⁄ . cm θ ie % from i 293 0 1320 1750 1 10 1348.5 548 0.69 69 5 10 1346 469 0.73 73 1 10 1300 367 0.79 79.1 298 0 1347 2500 1 10 1352 799 0.68 68 5 10 1347 707 0.71 71.7 1 10 1339 459 0.78 78.1 303 0 1359 2670 1 10 1340 897 0.67 67 5 10 1340 835 0.69 69 1 10 1316 716 0.73 73.3 308 0 1320 3490 1 10 1335 1220 0.65 65.1 5 10 1436.5 1200 0.66 66 1 10 1301 986 0.71 71.8 82 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (5): values of , and inhibitors efficiency concentrations of lysine at temperature range (293-308) in ph=13. t/k inhibition conc. mol.dm e mv⁄ i ma⁄ . cm θ ie % from i 293 0 1320 1750 1 10 1344 489 0.72 72.1 5 10 1366 473 0.73 73 1 10 1347 451 0.74 74.3 298 0 1347 2500 1 10 1325 718 0.713 71.3 5 10 1327 696 0.72 722 1 10 1354 688 0.725 75.5 303 0 1290 2670 1 10 1290 801 0.70 70.2 5 10 1293 770 0.71 71 1 10 1275 765 0.715 71.5 308 0 1320 3490 1 10 1295 1100 0.685 68.5 5 10 1290 1070 0.69 69 1 10 1287 1040 0.714 71.4 table (6): values of , and inhibitors efficiency percent concentrations of glutamic acid at temperature range (293-308) in ph=13. t/k inhibition conc. mol.dm e mv⁄ i ma⁄ . cm θ ie % from i 293 0 1320 1750 1 10 1328 480 0.73 72.6 5 10 1300 460 0.74 73.4 1 10 1336 344 0.804 80.4 298 0 1347 2500 1 10 1296 701 0.72 72 5 10 1419 658 0.737 73.7 1 10 1287 519 0.79 79.4 303 0 1359 2670 1 10 1318 780 0.71 71 5 10 1321 723 0.73 73.1 1 10 1302 635 0.76 76.4 308 0 1320 3490 1 10 1286 1030 0.705 70.5 5 10 1289 949 0.729 72.9 1 10 1269 870 0.75 75.1 83 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (7): activation energy , pre exponential (a) and entropy of activation ∆ ∗ for the corrosion of aa 2024 in . . solution and different concentration of l-methionine, l.glutamic acid l-lysine. inhibition conc.of inhibition mol.dm e kj .mol⁄ ∆s∗j.k.mol a/ molecule cm .s l -m et h 1 10 30. 4 95 602300000 10 5 10 37.72 66.69 18612849390 10 1 10 44 47.88 181891692100 10 l -g lu 1 10 34.2 78.72 4333241195 10 5 10 38 57.38 57519203460 10 1 10 46.74 39.9 478423895800 10 l -l y s 1 10 34.77 77.14 5245813702 10 5 10 38 65.93 19046398350 10 1 10 40.47 58.9 47842389580 10 table (8): equilibrium constant adsorption/desorption standard free energy enthalpy and entropy of adsorption onto aa 2024 in . . solution in the presence of three amino acids l-methionine, l-glutamic acid l-lysine. / . ∆ ∗ . . ∆ ∗ . . ∆ . . . l m et h io n in e 293 2500 28.8 -94.62 42.1 298 1250 27.6 41.0 303 026 28.3 39.9 308 384 25.5 39.0 l g lu ta m ic a ci d 293 2500 28.79 28.19 20 298 2000 28.73 18 303 1666 28.67 16 308 1428 28.12 3.0 l -l y si n e 293 909 26.34 -15.90 36.0 298 769 26.22 34.6 303 714 26.61 35.3 308 666 26.84 35.5 84 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1): polarization curves of 2024 aa corrosion ph=13 with . . nacl solution at four temperatures in the range of (293-308)k.     figure(2): arrhenius plot relating log to 1/t for the 2024 aa corrosion ph=13 with . . nacl solution at four temperatures in the range of (293-308)k. 0.32 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34 1/t 3.34 3.36 3.38 3.40 3.42 3.44 3.46 y = -5.97071 * x + 5.39505 85 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 . . . . p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ . current density/ . . . p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ . figure (3): polarization curves of 2024 aa corrosion in . . solution in ph=13 over the temperature range (293-308)k with three concentration of lmethionine , . . . . . p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ . current density/ . . . p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ . figure (4): polarization curves of 2024 aa corrosion in . . solution in ph=13 over the temperature range (293-308)k with three concentrations of l-glutamic acid , . . . . . 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 1000.0 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 -1650 -1600 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.1 1 10 100 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 -1600 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 -1050 293k 298k 303k 308k 86 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ . current density/ . 0.01 . p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ . figure (5): polarization curves of 2024 aa corrosion in . . solution in ph=13 over the temperature range (293-308)k with three concentrations of l-lysine , . . . . . . . figure (6): langmuir adsorption plots of three amino acid onto 2024aa in . . solution of various temperatures at ph value (ph=13) 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1550 -1500 -1450 -1400 -1350 -1300 -1250 -1200 -1150 -1100 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 c 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.014 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.014 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 c 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 293k 298k 303k 308k 87 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ln     figure (7): van't hoff plot of 2024aa in . . solution containing three amino acids of various temperatures at ph value (13)   a. polished 2024 aa b. after immersion in the corrosive medium   c. after immersion in the corrosive medium + l-methionine d. after immersion in the corrosive medium + l-glutamic acid e. after immersion in the corrosive medium + l-lysine figure (8): optical microscope micrographs of 2024aa surface in ph=13. 292 294 296 298 300 302 304 306 308 1/t 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 meth, y = -0.126198 * x + 44.7585 glu, y = -0.037 * x + 18.636 lys, y = -0.0212 * x + 13.0156 88 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 في 2024سبيكة االلمنيوم ماض االمينية كمثبطات صديقة للبيئة لتآكلاالح المحيط القاعدي عبد العزيز عيسىوصال زينب وجدي احمد قسم الكيمياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد 2015حزيران //23 :،قبل في 2015مارس//24استلم في: الخالصة 13في محلول قاعدي 2024يتناول موضوع البحث دراسة كهروكيميائية لسلوك تآكل سبيكة االلمنيوم 0.6 لكلوريد الصوديوم بتركيز بغياب وجود تراكيز مختلفة من االحماض االمينية الثالثة (ميثونين . k 293وحامض الكلوتاميك والالسين) كمثبطات صديقة للبيئة على مدى درجات الحرارة اشتملت الدراسة 308 لساكن والمجهر الضوئي.على طريقة االستقطاب الكهروكيميائي بأستعمال جهاز المجهاد ا وجد إن كفاءة التثبيط تزداد بزيادة تركيز المثبط وتقل بزيادة درجة الحرارة. وجد ان اعلى قيمة لكفاءة المثبط وجدت مع 0.10وبتركيز المثبط 293عند 80.4الاليسين . اظهرت النتائج ان التثبيط يحدث من خالل . langmuir isotherm forعلى سطح الفلز ووجد انها تتبع مسار درجة الحرارة لالنكمير (أمتزاز جزيئات المثبط adsorption لتوضيح وطاقة التنشيط ∆) وقد تم حساب بعض المعلومات الثرموديناميكية طاقة جبس ميكانيكية تثبيط التآكل. اقترضت –لمات الحركية حسبت باستعمال نظرية أرينيوس قياسات االستقطاب اوضحت بأن المثبط من نوع المختلط المع في المحيط القاعدية وقد تم تمييز سطح الفلز قبل وبعد التثبيط باستعمال المجهر 2024ميكانية مناسبة لتآكل سبيكة االلمنيوم الضوئي. لالمتزاز, ميكانيكية االمتزاز ., حوامض امينية, طاقة جبس الحرة 2024: تثبيط التآكل, سبيكة الكلمات المفتاحية conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الكيمياء |400 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد بصورته النقية وفي مستحضرات للالتقدير الطيفي قتران مع حامض االنثرانلك المؤزوتصيدالنية باال مريم محسن عبد سرمد بهجت ديكران علي خليل محمود التربية للعلوم الصرفة )ابن الهيثم(/ جامعة بغدادقسم الكيمياء/ كلية 6102/حزيران/5قبل في: ،6102/أيار/8استلم في: الخالصة بعض تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد في عيناته النقية وفي دواء لتقدير ةوحساس ةوسريع ةطريقه طيفيه سهلتم استعمال مع حامض االنثرانلك المؤزوت لتكوين اعاله لمضاد الحيويلاقتران تفاعل حضرات الصيدالنية. تعتمد الطريقه علىتالمس طريقة المتغيرات عملتاستاذ نانوميتر، 914عطت اعلى امتصاص عند الطول الموجي صفراء اللون أزو مستقرة آصبغه خطية تراوحت )تصميم التراكم المركزي( عطت طريقة المتغيرات المتعددةأ االحادية والمتعددة لضبط ظروف التجربة. وبحد كشف يساوي 1-.سنتيمتر1-لتر.مول 19014وامتصاصية مولية مقدارها 1-ملليتر.( ميكروغرام03-3.0) بين المستحضرات بعض . تم تطبيق الطريقه بنجاح في تقدير تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد في 1-رملليت.ميكروغرام 3.7210 من المتداخالت المتواجدة في تلك المستحضرات.وبدون تأثير يذكر على قيم االمتصاص ةالصيدالني زو، المتغيرات االحادية والمتعددة.آطيفية، تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد، :الكلمات المفتاحية الكيمياء |401 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 المقدمة الكيميائية الصيغةيمتلك الحلقةتتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد هو اسم لمركب هيدروكاربوني رباعي .hcl8o2n24h22c[1] االلتهابات الناتجة من البكتريا الموجبة في معالجة الكثير منيستعمل مضاد حيوي فعال وهو الناتجة عن الجروح والحروق وحب الشباب والتهابات العين االلتهابات مثل ،]7،0[ والسالبة تجاه صبغة الغرام وساطةتتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد ب امتصاص يقل .]0[كذلك يستعمل العقار اعاله في معالجة مرض الكوليرا .]0،9[للثةاو من الممكن ان تكون معقدات غير قابله للذوبان مع الكالسيوم والمغنيسيوم والحديد ألنهاوالحليب الحموضةمضادات ] 1[يوضح الصيغة التركيبية للعقار اعاله.( 1مخطط ) [.0،0] (0مخطط ) ، االدمصاص الفولتامتري ]hplc ،rhplc [8] ،lc ],4[7,6] تترااسايكلين مثل عقارعدة طرائق لتقدير ستعملتا ةعلمي ة[ وعلى اية حال تتطلب هذه الطرائق معدات غالية الثمن ومهار10-11[ و الحقن الجرياني ]13] [ ،االزدواج 19معقدات لهذا العقار مع الحديد ]، هي االكثر انتشارآ لتقدير تتراسايكلين مثل تكوين الطيفيةلطرائق ا [ .12الطرائق الطيفيه الحركيه ]و[ 12معقدات انتقال الشحنه ] [،10ازدواج ديازو] [،10التأكسدي ] النقية وفي المستحضرات بصورتهتتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد عقار يتضمن العمل اقتراح طريقة طيفية جديدة لتقدير اصفر اللون.لتكوين صبغه ازو مستقرة محلولها المؤزوت اقترانه مع حامض االنثرانلكالصيدالنية عن طريق طريقتان لضبط ظروف العمل وايجاد الظروف الفضلى لتقدير العقار اعاله وهما طريقة المتغيرات االحادية عملتاست ات المتعددة والمتمثلة بتصميم التراكم المركزي.غيروطريقة المت الجزء العملي ستعملةالم األجهزة الكوارتزخاليا من عملتواستuv-vis 1800shimadzu جهاز مطياف ذي الشعاع المزدوج نوع ستعمل ا .labtechنوع ومسخن حراري sartoriusنوع مراتب بعد الفارزة ةذو اربعسم، ميزان حساس 1ذات مسار ضوئي تعملةالمواد والمحاليل المس والماء المقطر في تحضير المحاليل العالية النقاوةذات الكيميائيةالمواد عمال تم است 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 511محلول عقار تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد النقية المادةمن غرام 33.30أذابة من 1-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 033حضر محلول تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد بتركيز من الماء المقطر واكمال الحجم الى العالمة ليترمل 13في العراق(سامراء – األدويةلصناعة العامة الشركة)مزوده من .ليترمل 133قنينة حجمية ذات سعة باستعمال محاليل الحوامض والقواعد المستعملة وهيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم ومحاليل هيدروكسيد الصوديوم موالري 0الهيدروكلوريك بتركيز حضرت محاليل لحامض موالري لكل منهم في وسط مائي 1 وهيدروكسيد الليثيوم وهيدروكسيد االمونيوم اضافة الى كاربونات الصوديوم وبتركيز واستعملت بدون معايرة. موالري 1.115محلول ملح الديازونيوم من الماء المقطر مع الرج ليترمل 03 حامض االنثرانلك فيمسحوق من رامغ 3.3020تم تحضير هذا المحلول بأذابة المزيج في . وبعد ان بردمن حامض الهيدروكلوريك المركز مع التحريك ليترمل 3.02 اضيف التامة اإلذابةوبعد ,والتسخين من نتريت رامغ 3.3090 اضيفثم ليترمل 133نقل المحلول الى قنينه حجميه معتمه سعه م( ° 0-3بحدود ) حمام ثلجي الكيمياء |402 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 محلول الحجم الى العالمة بالماء المقطر وحفظ واكمل دقائق 0لمدة المزيج ترك لحين ذوبان الملح وورج المزيج الصوديوم .في الثالجهالمؤزوت االنثرانلك حامضملح ل المستحضرات الصيدالنيةاليمح من المستحضر ةمعين ت كميةوزن , ثم(ةكبسوالت مع بعض ) بعد وزن كل واحدة على حد 13تم خلط محتوى ملليتر من الماء المقطر ورشح 03واذيبت في من المادة الدوائية النقية. رامملغ 703 كافيءمايعلى ي تحوالصيدالني ملليتر 133بعد االذابة الى قنينة حجمية سعة ت هذه الكمية( نقل .91whatman noورقة ترشيح نوع ) المحلول باستخدام لى العالمة.كمل الحجم بالماء المقطر ااثم طريقة العمل االولية د مع ملح الديازونيوم المحضر، يهيدروكلور تتراسايكلينتمهيدية واولية لمعرفة امكانية اقتران عقار اجريت دراسة 1تحتوي على ليترمل 13موالري الى قنينة حجمية سعة 3.330ملليتر من ملح الديازونيوم بتركيز 3.0حيث تم اضافة ملليتر من 3.0مع الرج ثم يضاف اليه 1-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 133محلول التتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد ذو تركيز من ليترمل موالري ويكمل الحجم الى 0ملليتر من حامض الهيدروكلوريك 3.7موالري وبعدها يضاف اليه 1 هيدروكسيد الصوديوم .1-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 13بعد التخفيف تراسايكلين هيدروكلوريدت عقارر، وبذلك يصبح تركيز العالمه بالماء المقط طريقه العمل المعتمدة iبحسب الظروف الفضلى التي تم الوصول اليها بأسلوب المتغير االحادي هيدروكلوريد تحوي محلول عقار تتراسايكلين من متزايدةملليتر حجوم 13سعة الحجميةمن القناني ة الى مجموع تنقل 3.9موالري ملح الديازونيوم مع الرج و 3.330ملليتر من 1.7 الى كل منها ( ميكروغرام ثم يضاف033 –0على ) (موالري 0) ملليتر من حامض الهيدروكلوريك 3.0 بعد اضافةو(. موالري 1) هيدروكسيد الصوديوم محلول ملليتر من نانوميتر مقابل 914لماء المقطر وتقاس قيمة االمتصاص عند الطول الموجي الى العالمه بامزيج التفاعل يكمل حجم المحلول الصوري. iiبحسب الظروف الفضلى التي تم الوصول اليها بأسلوب المتغيرات المتعددة من ميكروغرام( 033 –0)محلول يحتوي من متزايدة حجوم ملليتر 13 سعة حجمية قنان من سلسلة الى تضاف من ملليتر 1و الرج مع الديازونيوم ملح موالري 3.330 من ملليتر 0 يضاف الى كل منها ثم هيدروكلوريد تتراسايكلين محلول من ملليتر 3.0 يضاف وبعد ذلك دقائق جانبا. ثمانية لمدة المزيج ويترك الصوديوم هيدروكسيد موالري 1محلول الموجي الطول عند االمتصاصية قيمة وتقاس المقطر بالماء العالمه الى الحجم ويكمل موالري 0 الهيدروكلوريك حامض .الصوري المحلول مقابل نانوميتر 914 النتائج والمناقشة طيف االمتصاص االولي وتكوين ملح حامض االنثرانلك المؤزوتمع هيدروكلوريدتتراسايكلين اظهرت النتائج االولية امكانية اقتران عقار ( 1) الشكليظهر .نانوميتر مقابل المحلول الصوري 914امتصاص عند الطول الموجي أعظم اعطتمستقرة زو آصبغة على طريقة العمل االولية. اعتماداالمتكون والمحلول الصوري ناتج التفاعلطيف امتصاص كل من الظروف الفضلى إليجاددراسة العوامل المؤثرة حامض مع اقترانه بعد هيدروكلوريد تتراسايكلين عقار لتقدير الفضلى للوصول الى الظروف اسلوبين اتباع تم .المتعددة المتغيرات واسلوب االحادي المتغير دراسة بأسلوب الدراسة بإجراء وذلك المؤزوت االنثرانلك ان من العوامل األساسية التي تسهم في السيطرة على التفاعالت المتضمنة تفاعل االقتران لتكوين صبغة اآلزو هي . تمت [19]دالة الحامضية لوسط التفاعل ودرجة الحرارة التي يحضر فيها ملح الديازونيوم إضافة الى عوامل أخرىال دراسة تأثير الكاشف المؤزوت والزمن الالزم لتفاعله مع العقار اعاله وكمية هيدروكسيد الصوديوم الالزمة للوصول الى كمية حامض الهيدروكلوريك المضاف وترتيب اإلضافة للحصول على اعلى قيمة لالمتصاص. كما وتمت دراسة تأثير اعلى منتوج للتفاعل المعتمد. ملليتر من محلول 3.9موالري من الكاشف المؤزوت و 0.005 ملليتر من محلول 1.7أظهرت النتائج ان استعمال (. كما أظهرت نتائج 7كل قد اعطى افضل النتائج )الش hclموالري 0ملليتر من محلول 3.0و naohموالري 1 يظهر مباشرة بعد اضافة مع ملح حامض االنثرانلك المؤزوت معطيآ محلول اصفر اللون مباشرة العقار يتفاعل الدراسة ان حيث وجد ان هيدروكسيد الصوديوم هي األفضل عند مقارنتها ببقية القواعد المستعملة لغرض توفير الوسط المالئم ،القاعدة (. وقد وجد ان أفضل ترتيب لمزج محاليل الكواشف المستعملة كان بمزج محلول العقار ثم 0ان )الشكل لتفاعل االقتر (. 1محلول ملح الكاشف المؤزوت وبعد ذلك يضاف محلول القاعدة )الجدول الكيمياء |403 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 غيرات أسلوب المتعلى باالعتمادعمليا لها القيم الفضلى إليجادرئيس في التفاعل تأثيرمتغيرات ذات ةدرست ثالث عقار تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد عند تفاعله مع ملح الديازونيوم لتقدير ]17-20[التراكم المركزي المتعددة نمط تصميم ملح الديازونيوم (موالري 3.330محلول ) حجم . وقد تم اختيار العوامل التي ظهر لها اعلى تأثير في التفاعل وهيالمحضر بعد اضافة القاعدة تفاعل االقتران ( و تأثير زمن2xهيدروكسيد الصوديوم ) (موالري 1محلول ) وحجم x)1المحضر ) (3(x ( و1-، 3، 1والتي يمكن من خاللها ايجاد الشفرة الخاصة بكل قيمة والمتمثل ) (7في جدول)المبينة. x 1 = (x1 – 1.4) /0.6 x 2 = (x7 – 0.6) /0.5 x 3 = (x0 10) /10 باالعتماد على موديل والمقترحة ( القيم الحقيقيه للعوامل قيد الدراسه والمراد ايجاد قيمتها الفضلى 0) الجدوليبين الثانية الدرجة مفكوك معادلة استعملت . وقدعمليا قيمة االمتصاصية( المقاسةتصميم التراكم المركزي مع قيم االستجابه ) linear-quadratic second-order polynomial main) يسيةالرئ التأثيرات ذات تربيعي – خطي نوع effects )( الموديل) الطراز هذا أن للنتائج اإلحصائي التحليل الثالثة. يبين للمتغيرات كدالة االمتصاص قيمة عن للتعبير المقاسة االمتصاصية قيم مع الدراسة قيد المتغيرات قيم بين العالقة أظهرت فقد, مالئما كان المستعمل التجربة تصميم من . رياضية بطريقة( االمتصاص) لالستجابة قيمة أعلى تعطي التي الثالثة المتغيرات قيمة حساب أمكن لذلك جيدا، انطباقا 1= محلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم وقيمة ملليتر 0= المؤزوت االنثرانلك حامض محلول حجم قيمة أن النتائج أظهرت عقار لتقدير فضليات ظروفا القيم هذه اعتبار ويمكن. دقيقة 2الالزم لالقتران المحسوب فكان الزمن قيمة وأما ملليتر، لهذا االستجابة سطح ( طراز9)يبين الشكل . لحامض االنثرانلك الديازونيوم ملح مع تفاعله عند هيدروكلوريد تتراسايكلين .حالة كل في الفضلى قيمته عند األخر المتغير وتثبيت( االمتصاصية) االستجابة مع الدراسة قيد متغيرين كل بين النظام دراسة استقرارية صبغة االزو المتكونة المحلول بعد التخفيف في فترات زمنيه قيمة امتصاصيةصبغة االزو المتكونة من خالل قياس استقراريهتم دراسة محلول عقار من ملليتر 1ملليتر تحتوي على 13عة من ملح الديازونيوم الى قنينة حجمية سملليتر 1.7مختلفه، اذ تم اضافة ملليتر من محلول هيدروكسيد 3.9اليه اضيفمع الرج ثم ميكروغرام/ملليتر 133بتركيز تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد موالري ويكمل الحجم الى 0ملليتر من محلول حامض الهيدروكلوريك المركز 3.0موالري، بعدها يضاف 1الصوديوم فترات زمنية بعد نانوميتر، 914بالماء المقطر ويقاس االمتصاص مقابل المحلول الصوري عند الطول الموجي العالمة ان المعقد مستقر حيث وجد ان قيمة من النتائج التي تم الحصول عليها وقد لوحظ .( ساعة79-3مختلفة تراوحت من ) ساعة في مكان مظلم وفي درجة 79 ترك الناتج لمدة بعداالصلية تها من قيم %40.0بلغت المقاسة المحلول يةامتصاص .(9)الجدول حرارة الغرفة اطياف االمتصاص النهائية من تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد مع ملح 1-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 13المتكون من اقتران متصاص المعقدطيف ا تسجيلتم وأظهرت االطياف .المحلول الصوري مقابل مختلفين، وبينبأسل عليها الحصول تم التي الفضلى عند الظروفالديازونيوم ف اطيا( 0)نانوميتر. يبين الشكل 914عند الطول الموجي في كال الحالتين كانت يةاعلى قيمه لالمتصاصان المسجلة .ةالصوري هاليلامحلصبغة االزو المتكونة ولمتصاص اال منحنيات المعايرة والمعالجة اإلحصائية b و a( 0تم بناء منحنيات معايرة بتطبيق الظروف الفضلى السلوبي المتغير األحادي والمتغيرات المتعددة )الشكل على التوالي. وقد اظهر كال المنحنيين ان النظام اللوني الناتج من تفاعل االقتران يخضع لقانون بير في مديات من التراكيز ( عند طبيق الظروف الفضلى لالسلوبين ميكروغرام/ملليتر 03-3.0( و )ملليتر/ميكروغرام 03-3.0تراوحت بين ) تتراسايكلين ة لتقديرعقارالمقترح للطريقة التحليلية بعض الخصائص 0المذكوربن على التوالي. ويبين الجدول هيدروكلوريد . حساب الدقة والضبط للطريقة المقترحة محلول من 1-ملليتر.ميكروغرام (03, 13, 0مختلفة )تم قياس ثالثة تراكيز الطريقةلغرض حساب دقة وتوافقية ولثالثة تكرارات لكل منها وذلك بتطبيق الطريقة المقترحة تحت مجموعة الظروف التجريبية التي تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد انه أمكن الحصول على 0لمبينة في الجدول تم الوصول اليها بأسلوبي المتغير األحادي والمتغيرات المتعددة. أظهرت النتائج ا -0.4630( و ) 0.2800-0.0011-نتائج دقيقة ومضبوطة في كال الحالتين, اذ تراوحت قيم النسبة المئوية للخطاء النسبي ) ( عند تطبيق الطريقة تحت 1.040-0.327( و )0.420-0.170( وقيم النسبة المئوية لالنحراف القياسي النسبي )0.9200 المتعددة على التوالي. والمتغيرات األحادي المتغير الظروف المستحصلة بأسلوبي الكيمياء |404 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 المعقد المتكون دراسة صيغة هيدروكلوريد مع ملح حامض االنثرانلك المؤزوت لتكوين صبغة االزو، تتراسايكلين لتعيين النسبة التي يقترن بها عقار لكل من العقار m 4-10 (5.1986المحضرة باستعمال محاليل متساوية التركيز) االزو لصبغة تكافؤيةالدراسة تتم النتائج التي تم ثبتتا (.2 الشكل) المولية والمتغيرات المستمرة وباالعتماد على طريقتي النسبة والكاشف المؤزوت يوضح (7. مخطط )(1:1)هي المؤزوت ان نسبة العقار الى الكاشفالحصول عليها بالطريقتين المذكورتين اعاله الصيغة المقترحة لصبغة االزو المتكونة.الميكانيكية المقترحة للتفاعل مع (6مخطط ) دراسة تأثير المتداخالت وقد دلت النتائج على امكانية ، تم دراسة تأثير عدد من المتداخالت المتعارف وجودها في المستحضرات الصيدالنية ( يوضح 2جدول ) .من تلك المتداخالت دون حدوث اي تأثير يذكر 1-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 1333بوجود الطريقةتطبيق النتائج التي تم التوصل اليها. تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد في المستحضرات الصيدالنية تقدير عقار المتوفرة في االسواق المحلية الصيدالنيةالمستحضرات بعض تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد فيتقدير عقار أمكانيةبحث تم تصميم التراكم المعتمدة بحسب الظروف الفضلى التي تم الوصول اليها بنمط طريقة العمل مختلفتين بأعتمادولشركتين الطريقة بنجاح لتقدير العقار اعاله في تلك امكانية تطبيق النتائج . اظهرتالمتغيرات المتعددة( طريقة)المركزي ( يبين النتائج المستحصلة وقيم 2جدول ). المستحضرات وبدون تأثير يذكر من المتداخالت المتواجدة في تلك المستحضرات .%40( وعند مستوى ثقة t-testالدقة والضبط اضافة الى اختبار ) الكيمياء |405 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 المصادر 1. budavari, s. (2001) the merck index, new jersey, merck company, inc. 2. talaro, k., and talaro, a., 1996. foundations in microbiology, 2nd. ed. wcb publishers, dubuque, ia. 366. 3. alwan, a.a.s., and abou, y.z. (1990) iraqi drug guide, national boand for the selective of drugs and central drug information burean, baghdad, 45,112-113, 210,219,221,230 4. british pharmacopeia (2012) cd-rom, majesty,s stationary office, london , bp, co.uk. 5. connell, s. r.; tracz, d. m.; nierhaus, k. h. and taylor, d. e. (2003) ribosomal protection proteins and their mechanism of tetracycline resistance, antimicrob agents chemother, 47(12):3675-3681. 6. shalaby, a.; abou-raya, s.; wafaa, h. and mehaya, f. (2011) validation hplc method for determination of tetracycline residue in chicken meat and liver. food chem., 124(4):1660-1666. 7. william, a., m. and raida, h.(1995) rapid hplc determination of tetracycline antibiotics in milk, j. agric. food chem., 43 (4), 931–934 8. kazo, i.; norio, o. and mitsuru, y. (1992) determination of tetracycline antibiotics by reversed phase high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection. j. chromatog. a, 623(1):153-158. 9. innocenzo, g. and fabio, p. (2009)determination of tetracycline residues by liquid chromatography coupled with electrochemical detection and solid phase extraction. j. agric. food chem., 57(19):8735-8741. 10. parviz, n.; reza, m. and parandis, d. (2007) fft-adsorptive voltammetric technique for pico-level determination of tetracycline in capsules at a micro electrode in flowing solutions. turk. j. chem., 31(3):279-291. 11. saisunee, l.; boonson l.; surasat w. and wirt r. (2006) flow injection spectrophotometric determination of tetracycline in a pharmaceutical preparation by complexation with aluminium iii. anal.sci.22(1),15-19. 12. jose, l.; patricia, l.; helena, r. and pezza, l. (2009) flow injection spectrophotometric determination of tetracycline and doxycycline in pharmaceutical formulations using chloramines-t as oxidizing agent. quim nova, 32(7):1764-1769. 13. prinya, m.; saisunee, l. and suphachock, u. (2008) spectrophotometric flow-injection analysis assay of tetracycline antibiotics using a dual light-emitting diode based detector, mj.int.j.sci.tech., 2(1):201-209. 14. ronald, b. (2006). determining trace levels of tetracycline in solid and liquid samples utilizing complexation with transition metal cation.anal.chem.3(4-6):114-123 15. ayad, m.; el-sadik, m. and mostaffa, s. (1986) 4-aminoantipyrine as an analytical reagent for the colorimetric determination of tetracycline and oxytetracycline. anal.lett., 19(21-22):2169-2181. 16. al-abbasi, k. (2009). spectrophotometric determination of tetracycline by azo dye formation with diazotized p-nitroaniline-application to pharmaceutical preparation and biological fluids. j.raf.sci., 20(1):61-74. 17. khairi, f. (2008). analysis of tetracycline and oxytetracycline through charge transfer complexation, amer.j.,3(3):212-218. http://pubs.acs.org/author/moats%2c+william+a. http://pubs.acs.org/author/harik-khan%2c+raida الكيمياء |406 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 18. yongnian, ni.; deng, na. and serge, k. (2010) simple kinetic spectrophotometric method for simultaneous determination of tetracycline by use of chemometrics”. anal.methods, 2(9):1302-1309. 19. hemn, a. q. (2007) batch and flow-injection spectrophotometric determination of nitrite in curing meat and nitrate in wastewater samples. m.sc. thesis. department of chemistry, college of education, salah al-din university, erbil, iraq:44. 20. palaniyappan, m..; vijayagopal, v.; renuka v. and viruthagiri, t. (2009) statistical optimization of substrate, carbon and nitrogen source by response surface methodology for pectinase production using aspergillus fumigatus mtcc 870 in submerged fermentation, african journal of biotechnology 8 (22):6355-6363. 21. narongchai, s.; putipong, b. and bandhita, p.(2006) central composite design in optimization of the factors of automatic flux cored arc welding for steel st37, proceeding of the 2 nd ed imt-gt regional conference on mathematics, statistics and applications universiti sains malaysia, penang:13-15. هيدروكلوريد تتراسايكلينمن محلول 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 01تسلل االضافة على امتصاص تأثير (1جدول ) .موالري من ملح الديازونيوم 1.115ملليتر من 0.6 باستخدام order of mixing absorbance 0 6 3 drug salt base 0.3241 drug base salt 0.2828 salt base drug 0.1673 .المستخدمة للمتغيراتالمشفرة ( مدى القيم المشفرة وغير 6جدول) independent variable coded unit -1 0 1 volume of salt (ml) 0.8 1.4 2.0 volume of naoh (ml) 0.1 0.6 1.1 time (min.) 0.0 10.0 20.0 الكيمياء |407 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 1.115 باستخدام هيدروكلوريد من محلول تتراسايكلين 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 01 لتقدير المركزي التراكم تصميم( 3)جدول .الصوديوم هيدروكسيد من موالري 0و الديازونيوم ملح من موالري 0.6 باستخدامهيدروكلوريد تتراسايكلينمن محلول 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 01 ( تأثير الزمن على امتصاص4جدول ) .موالري من ملح الديازونيوم 1.115ملليتر من time/(hour) absorbance 0.0 0.3241 0.5 0.3241 1.0 0.3240 1.5 0.3238 3.0 0.3237 6.0 0.3235 8.0 0.3199 24.0 0.3030 a time (mint) volume of naoh (ml) volume of salt (ml) standard run 0.3067 10 1.1 1.4 1 0.0545 0 0.1 2.0 7 0.2343 20 1.1 2.0 0 0.0375 20 0.1 2.0 9 0.2728 10 0.6 1.4 0 0.2728 10 0.6 1.4 0 0.2728 10 0.6 1.4 2 0.2728 10 0.6 1.4 2 0.2001 20 0.6 1.4 4 0.2775 10 0.6 0.8 13 0.2905 0 0.1 0.8 11 0.2728 10 0.6 1.4 17 0.1952 20 1.1 0.8 10 0.1942 10 0.1 1.4 19 0.2525 0 0.6 1.4 10 0.2345 0 1.1 2.0 10 0.2606 0 1.1 0.8 12 0.2728 10 0.6 1.4 12 0.1603 20 0.1 0.8 14 0.3104 10 0.6 2.0 73 الكيمياء |408 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 تقدير عقار تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد عند الظروف القياسيةالمعتمدة ل للطريقة التحليلية ( بعض الخصائص5جدول ) .التراكم المركزي( )تصميم والمتغيرات المتعددة االحادي المتغير بأسلوبيالتي تم الوصول اليها parameter value univariate multivariate λmax (nm) 419 419 color yellow yellow linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.5 – 50.0 0.5 – 60 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm1) 16350 14619 regression equation a = 0.0340[ tet. µg.ml-1] 0.0161 a = 0.0304[ tet. µg.ml-1] + 0.0427 calibration sensitivity (l.mg-1) 0.0340 0.0304 sandal’s sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 0.0294 0.0329 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9996 0.9998 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9998 0.9999 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.2781 0.2813 .هيدروكلوريد عند الظروف القياسيةتتراسايكلين عقار تقدير المعتمدة ل الطريقة( دقة وضبط 2جدول ) r.s.d.* % s. d. relative error % tetracycline hydrochloride conc. (µg.ml-1) method found taken 0.419 0.021 0.283 5.014 5 univariate 0.170 0.017 -0.110 9.989 10 0.413 0.125 0. 940 30.282 30 1.031 0.052 0.920 5.046 5 multivariate 0.325 0.098 0.463 30.139 30 0.402 0.202 0.544 50.272 50 * average of three determinations. من عقار 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 01في تقدير الدوائيةمن المتداخالت 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 0111وجود تأثير (7جدول ) .)طريقة المتغيرات المتعددة( التراكم المركزيبطريقة تصميم تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد excipients tetracycline hydrochloride 1-conc.taken10 µg.ml 1-conc. found µg.ml % recovery glucose 10.391 103.91 sucrose 10.370 103.70 lactose 10.106 101.06 starch 9.958 99.58 sodium citrate 10.454 104.54 *average of three determinations. الكيمياء |409 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 حسب طريقة العمل المقترحة في الصيدالنيةعقار تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد في بعض المستحضرات ( تقدير8جدول ) .المتغيرات المتعددة( طريقة)المركزي تصميم التراكم * average of three determinations. ** theoretical value for t-test at 95% confidence limit were n=2 is 4.303. ملليتر.ميكروغرام 01صبغة االزو المتكونة من اقتران ): a االولية لكل من اطياف االمتصاص ( 0شكل ) من 0: المحلول الصوري مقابل الماء bحامض االنثرانلك المؤزوت( مقابل المحلول الصوري، -هيدروكلويد تتراسايكلين المقطر، عند الظروف التمهيدية. 01 امتصاص حامض الهيدروكلوريك علىوهيدروكسيد الصوديوم و ملح الديازونيوموم محاليل تأثير حج( 6شكل ) عقار تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد تحت الظروف التجريبة. من 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام sample labeled amount mg found amount mg conc. taken µg.ml-1 conc.* found µg.ml-1 reco. % s.d* r.s.d* % t-test** samacycline (tetracycline hcl ) 250 mg/ capsule sdi/iraq 250 248.80 10 9.9521 99.521 0.1758 1.7665 0.1202 246.71 30 29.6053 98.684 0.5823 1.9669 1.1742 apcycline (tetracycline hcl ) 250 mg/ capsule ajanta/india 250 246.49 10 9.8596 98.596 0.1709 1.7333 1.4224 251.13 30 30.1580 100.530 0.5587 1.8526 0.4908 الكيمياء |410 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 من االوساط انواع مختلفةتفاعل العقار مع الكاشف المؤزوت وزمن تفاعل االزدواج وتأثير استعمال ( تأثير زمن 3) شكل تحت الظرف التجريبية.هيدروكلوريد تتراسايكلينمن محلول 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 01على امتصاص القاعدية وحامض هيدروكلوريد تتراسايكلين عقار بين التفاعل ناتج المتصاص االستجابة لسطح البيانية ( الرسوم4شكل ) (.الفضلى قيمته الثالث عندثبوت المتغير عند) كدالة لكل متغيرين قيد الدراسة االنثرانلك المؤزوت تتراسايكلين من 0-ملليتر.ميكروغرام 01) ة من اقترانالمتكوناطياف االمتصاص النهائية لصبغة االزو (5شكل ) التي تم الوصول اليها بأسلوب: عند الظروف الفضلىحامض االنثرانلك المؤزوت( مقابل المحلول الصوري -هيدروكلويد (a,المتغير األحادي )b) المتغييرات المتعددة، واطياف امتصاص المحلول الصوري مقابل الماء المقطر عند الظروف ) (.d,cالفضلى اعاله على التوالي ) الكيمياء |411 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 حسب طريقة العمل المعتمدة عند الظروف الفضلى تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد عقار لتقدير القياسية ات( المنحني2شكل ) ( المتغيرات المتعددة.b( المتغير األحادي، )aالتي تم التوصل اليها بأسلوب: ) 5.1986 المتغيرات المستمرة( باستعمال -b المولية النسبة -aايجاد تكافوية المقعد المتكون بطريقة ) ( 7شكل ) ملح الديازونيوم المحضر(موالري من الكاشف ) 5.1986 10-4 و من تتراسايكلين هيدروكلوريد موالري 4-10 الكيمياء |412 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 spectrophotometric determination of tetracycline hydrochloride in pure form and pharmaceutical preparation by coupling with diazotized anthranilic acid maryam muhson abd sarmad bahjat dikran ali khalil mahmood dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibnal haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:8/may/2016,accepted in:5/june/2016 abstract a simple, fast and sensitive spectrophotometric method has been applied for the determination of tetracycline hydrochloride in its pure form and in pharmaceutical preparations. the method based on coupling reaction of the antibiotic with diazotized anthranilic acid to form a stable yellow azo dye which shows a maximum absorption at 419 nm. uniand multivariate approaches were followed in optimizing the experimental conditions. under optimum experimental conditions obtained via multivariate (central composite design), the linearity of the constructed calibration curve was in the range of 0.560 μg.ml-1 with molar absorptivity of 14619 l.mol-1.cm-1 and the value of detection limit was 0.2813μg.ml-1. the capability of the method for the analysis of real tetracycline samples was evaluated. the results show that the method could successfully be applied with no significant interference from the common excipients. keyword: spectrophotometry, tetracycline hydrochloride, azo, uni and multivariate. 321 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract this paper demonstrates a new technique based on a combined form of the new transform method with homotopy perturbation method to find the suitable accurate solution of autonomous equations with initial condition. this technique is called the transform homotopy perturbation method (thpm). it can be used to solve the problems without resorting to the frequency domain. the implementation of the suggested method demonstrates the usefulness in finding exact solution for linear and nonlinear problems. the practical results show the efficiency and reliability of technique and easier implemented than hpm in finding exact solutions. finally, all algorithms in this paper implemented in matlab version 7.12. keywords: initial value problem, autonomous equation, homotopy perturbation method, transformation. 1. introduction the most of the phenomena that arise in mathematical physics and engineering fields can be described by partial differential equations (pdes), for example, in chemical diffusion, the heat flow, thermo elasticity and the wave propagation phenomena are well described by pdes [1–4]. so, it's important tool for describing natural phenomena of science and engineering models. most of these problems are difficult to solve them analytically. so, the researchers due to the get approximate solution. the importance of obtaining the exact or approximate solution of nonlinear pdes is still a significant problem that needs new methods to get exact or approximate solutions. in the last two decades, various powerful methods have been proposed for obtaining exact and approximate analytic solutions. among these are the adomian decomposition method (adm) [5,6]. the homotopy perturbation method (hpm) [7, 8]. the homotopy analysis method (ham), the differential transform method, laplace decomposition method [9]. and the variational iteration method (vim) [10,11]. in this research we suggest new technique to solve one of the most important of amplitude equations is the autonomous equation which describes the appearance of the stripe pattern in two dimensional systems. moreover, this equation was applied to a number of problems in variety systems, e.g., rayleigh-benard convection, faraday instability, nonlinear optics, chemical reactions and biological systems. the approximate solutions of the autonomous ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index new technique for solving autonomous equations enadi m. o. tawfiq l.n. m. luma.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq doi: 10.30526/32.2.2150 department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. myasarobaid@gmail.com article history: received 9 january 2019, accepted 18 february 2019, publish may2019 mailto:luma.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:myasarobaid@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com 321 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 equation were presented by differential transformation method [12]. reduce differential transformation [13]. in this paper a reliable transform homotopy perturbation method is proposed and applied for solving autonomous equation. the technique can be employed to linear and nonlinear problems. moreover, some examples are illustrative for demonstrating the advantage of the technique. 2. partial differential equations partial differential equations are a type of differential equation, i.e, a relation involving an unknown function (or functions say dependent variables) of several independent variables and their partial derivatives with respect to those variables. partial differential equations appear frequently in all areas of physics and engineering. in recent years, we have seen a dramatic increase in the use of these equations in areas such biology, chemistry, chemical engineering, computer science (partially in relation to image processing and graphics) and economics. a pde is called linear if the power of the dependent variable and each partial derivative contained in the equation is one and the coefficients of the dependent variable and the coefficients of each partial derivative are constants or independent variables. however, if any of these conditions is not satisfied, the equation is called nonlinear [4]. 3. new transform new transform was introduced by luma and alaa [14]. to solve differential equations and engineering problems. apart from other advantages of new transform (nt) over other integral transforms such as accuracy and simplicity, in [15]. consist a very interesting fact about this transform. the new transform of a function f(t), defined by: (̅ ) * ( )+ ∫ . / ( ) here some basic properties of the nt are introduced: if a, b are constants, f(t) and g(t) are functions having nt, then: 1. linearity property: * ( ) ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ; a, b ϵ r 2. convolution property: ( )( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) 3. * + 4. differentiation property: * + ( * + ( )) for more details see [14,15]. 4. basic idea of suggested method to illustrate the ideas of new transform homotopy perturbation method (nthpm) firstly rewrite the initial value problem in autonomous equation in the form: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) with the initial condition: ( ) ( ) ( ) where and are real numbers and c and n are positive integers. taking new transformation on both sides of the equation (3) and using the linearity property of the new transform gives: * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) by applying the differentiation property of new transform, we have: 321 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) thus, we get: ( ) * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) taking the inverse of new transform on equation (6), we obtain: ( ) 2 ( ) 3 . * ( )+ * ( )+/ ( ) in the hpm, the basic assumption is that the solutions can be written as a power series in p as: ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) and the nonlinear term n(u) = , can be presented by an infinite series as: ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) where p [0,1] is an embedding parameter. hn (u) is he polynomials [16,17]. that can be generated by formula given below: ( ) 0 .(∑ ( ) )/1 ( ) substituting (10) and (11) in (9), we get: ∑ ( ) 2 ( ) 3 . *∑ ( )+ *∑ +/ ( ) which is the coupling of the new transform and the hpm using he’s polynomials. comparing the coefficient of like powers of p, the following approximations are obtained: ( ) { ( ) } ( ) . { ( )} * +/ ( ) . { ( )} * +/ ( ) . { ( )} * +/ ( ) proceeding in this same manner, the rest of the components un(x, t ) can be completely obtained and the series solution is thus entirely determined. finally, we approximate the analytical solution ( ) by truncated series: ( ) (∑ ( ) ) ( ) the above series solutions generally converge very rapidly. 321 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 5. illustrative examples in this section, some initial value problems are presented to show the advantages of the proposed method which can be applied to non-linear problem. example 1 consider linear 2 nd order autonomous equation: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) with the initial condition: ( ) ( ) taking the new transform on both sides of equation (16) subject to the initial condition (17), we have: * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) by applying the differentiation property of new transform, we get: * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) thus, we have ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) taking the inverse new transform on equation (21), we get: ( ) 2 3 . * ( )+/ ( ) now, applying the hpm, we get ∑ ( ) . *∑ ( )+/ ( ) comparing the coefficients of like powers of p, we have: ( ) ( ) . { ( )}/ . * +/ . ( ) / ( ) . { ( )}/ . * +/ . ( ) / ( ) . ( ) / ( ) ( { ( )}) ( * +) ( ( ) ) . ( ) / . ( ) / and so on, therefore the solution u(x, t ) is given by: 321 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ( ) . / . ( ) ( ) ( ) / (25) example 2 consider nonlinear 2 nd order autonomous equation: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) with the initial condition: ( ) ( ) where is arbitrary constant. taking the new transform on both sides of equation (23) subject to the initial condition (24), we have: * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) * ( )+ * ( )+ * ( )+ ( ) taking the inverse new transform on equation (28), we obtain: ( ) 2 3 . * ( )+ * ( )+/ ( ) now, applying the hpm, we get: ∑ ( ) . *∑ ( )+ *∑ +/ ( ) comparing the coefficients of like powers of p, we have: ( ) ( ) . { ( )} * ( )+/ ( ) . { ( )} * ( )+/ ( ) ( ) . { ( )} * ( )+/ therefore the solution u(x, t) is given by: ( ) ( ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( ) there is many research study the convergence of methods such [18-25]. but here we introduce other manner illustrated in the following section. 6. the convergence of the solution now, we need to show the convergence of series form to the exact form as the following. 321 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 lemma 1 if f be continues function then: ∫ ( ) ( ) proof suppose that: ∫ ( ) ( ) assume that then then: ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) ∫ ( ) , ( )| , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) lemma 2 let is new transform. then: . { * ( )+}/ ( ) proof using property 2 and 3 of nt, and lemma (1), we have 4 { * ( )+}5 4 { * + * ( )+}5 ( { * ( )+}) ( ( )) (∫ ( ) ) ( ) theorem 1 (convergence theorem) if the series form given in equation (10) with p = 1, i.e., ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) is convergent. then the limit point converges to the exact solution of equation (3), where un (n = 0, 1, …) are calculated by nthpm, i.e., ( ) ( ) { * , -+} ( ) { * , -+} } ( ) proof suppose that equation (32) converge to the limit point say as: ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) now, from right hand side of equation (3) we have: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 321 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ∑ ( ) [ ∑ ( ) ] 0 { * , -+} ∑ 2 , * , -+-3 1 , .∑ 2 , * , -+-3 / , ∑ . 2 , * , -+-3/ ( ) by lemma (2), equation (35) becomes ∑ , [∑ ] then w(x, t) is satisfying equation (3). so, its exact solution. 7. conclusion we employed the combination of new transform suggested by luma and alaa with hpm method to get a closed form solution of the 2 nd order autonomous equation pde linear and nonlinear. the new method is free of unnecessary mathematical complexities. although the problem considered has no exact solution, the accuracy, efficiency and reliability of the new method are guaranteed. the convergence of obtained solution to the exact solution by using nthpm is proved. this method provides an effective and efficient way of solving a wide range of non-linear pdes. the advantage of this method is its capability of combining two powerful methods for obtaining exact solutions for non-linear pdes. this research considers the effectiveness of the suggested method in solving non-linear 2 nd order autonomous equation references 1. salih, h.; tawfiq, l.n.m.; yahya, z.r.; zin, s.m. solving modified regularized long wave equation using collocation method. journal of physics: conference series.2018,1003,012062,1–10, doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012062 2. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. steady state radial flow in anisotropic and homogenous in confined aquifers. journal of physics: conference series.2018, 1003,012056,1-12, doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012056 3. salih, h.; tawfiq, l.n.m.; yahya, z.r.; zin, s.m. numerical solution of the equation modified equal width equation by using cubic trigonometric b-spline method. international journal of engineering & technology.2018, 7, 37, 340-344. 4. wazwaz, a.m. partial differential equations and solitary waves theory, springer, beijing and berlin.2009, isbn 978-3-642-00250-2 5. adomian, g. solving frontier problems of physics: the decomposition method, kluwer academic publishers, boston, ma.1994. 6. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jasim, k.a.; abdulhmeed, e.o. numerical model for estimation the concentration of heavy metals in soil and its application in iraq. global journal of engineering science and researches.2016, 3, 3, 75-81. 7. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. mathematical modeling of groundwater flow. global journal of engineering science and researches.2016,3,10,15-22. 8. he, j.h. homotopy perturbation technique. computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering.1999, 178, 3-4, 257-262, doi:10.1016/s0045-7825(99)00018-3. 311 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 9. sweilam, n.h.; khader, m.m. exact solutions of some coupled nonlinear partial differential equations using the homotopy perturbation method. computers & mathematics with applications.2009, 58, 2134–2141. 10. he, j.h.; wu, g.c.; austin, f. the variational iteration method which should be followed. nonlinear science letters a1.2010, 1–30. 11. he, j.h.; wu, x.h. variational iteration method: new development and applications. computers & mathematics with applications.2007, 54, 881–894. 12. aasaraai, a. analytic solution for newell-whitehead-segel equation by differential transform method. middle east j. sci. res.2011, 10, 2, 270–273. 13. saravanan, a.; magesh, n. a comparison between the reduced differential transform method and the adomian decomposition method for the newell-whitehead-segel. egyptian math. soc.2013, 21, 259–265. 14. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 1,151-163, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 15. jabber, a.k. design mathematical model for groundwater and its application in iraq, ph.d. thesis, department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham, university of bagdad, bagdad, iraq, 2018. 16. yusufoglu, e. numerical solution of diffusing equation by the laplace decomposition algorithm. applied mathematics and computation.2006, 177, 572–580. 17. khan, y. an effective modification of the laplace decomposition method for nonlinear equations. journal of nonlinear sciences and numer. simulation. 2009, 10, 1373–1376. 18. tawfiq, l.n.m.; rasheed, h.w. on solution of non linear singular boundary value problem. ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences. 2013, 26, 3, 320328. 19. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, r.w. efficient semi-analytic technique for solving nonlinear singular initial value problems. ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences.2014, 27, 3, 513-522. 20. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hilal, m.m. solution of 2nd order nonlinear three-point boundary value problems by semi-analytic technique. ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences. 2014, 27, 3, 501-512. 21. tawfiq, l.n.m.; rasheed, h.w. on solution of regular singular ordinary boundary value problem. ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences.2013, 26, 2, 249256. 22. tawfiq, l.n.m.; yassien, s.m. solution of high order ordinary boundary value problems using semi-analytic technique. ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences.2013, 26, 1, 281-291. 23. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, r.w. on solution of regular singular initial value problems. ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences. 2013, 26, 1, 257264. 24. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, a.a.t. design feed forward neural network to solve singular boundary value problems. isrn applied mathematics. 2013, 2013, 1-8, http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2013/650467 25. tawfiq, l.n.m. using collocation neural network to solve eigenvalue problems. mj journal on applied mathematics.2016, 1, 1, 1-8. http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 synthesis and antibactrial study of new 2-amino-5-aryl 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid derivatives zina k. aldulaimy aoras a. kadhim dept. of medical chemistry / college of medicine / university of wassit abduljabbar kh. attia mohammed z. thani dept. of chemistry/college of science / al-mustansiriya university received in : 4 october 2012 , accepted in : 30 december 2012 abstract 2-amino-5-aryl1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (a1-a3) were synthesized from the reaction of various aromatic aldehyde with dichloro acetic acid and thiourea. the synthesis of 2-[[(saminosulfinim-idoyl)(aryl)methyl](benzoyl)amino]-5-aryl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (a22-a30) was perfomed starting from (a1-a3) by two steps using schiff's base (a4-a12) prepared from the reactant compounds (a1-a3) with different aromatic aldehyde. finally two types of imide derivatives were obtained from reactant compounds (a1-a3) with malic anhydride (a31-a33) and phthalic anhydride (a34-a36) in the presence of glacial acetic acid. all proposed structures were supported by ft-ir and uv-visible spectroscopic data. key word: 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, imide derivatives, schiff's base. 188 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction thiazole derivatives have attracted a great deal of interest owing to their antibacterial, antifungal, anti-inflammatory, cns depressant, antitubercular, anti-tumor, anthelmintic, sedative hypnotic and anti-retroviral properties. in addition to being used in the pharmaceutical industry, thiazoles also found wide application in the dye and photographic industries.[1-5] there has been considerable attention to the chemistry of schiff's bases because of their wide range of applications in many fields including biological, organic, inorganic and analytical chemistry. they are used as pigments, dyes, and catalysts, intermediates in organic and inorganic synthesis and polymer stabilizers.1-4 schiff bases containing heterocyclic rings are known to show cytotoxic, anticonvulsant, antimicrobial, anticancer, antifungal, antimalarial, antiviral, antidepressant and enzyme inhibitor activities.5-11 furthermore, some schiff bases are used in ion sensors and electrochemical sensors to empower detection with enhanced selectivity and sensitivity.[6-8] moreover, thioureas and their derivatives show strong antibacterial activity and are versatile reagents in organic synthesis. [9] the aim of this work was synthesize some substituted of 1,3-thiazoles that can be used for farther study as therapeutic agents. experimental all melting points were recorded on an electrothermal gallen kamp melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. the ftir-spectra was recorded on shimad znftir 8400s spectrometer in form of kbr disc. uv spectrophotometer using absolute ethanol as solvent. characterization of the products is given in table (1). synthesis of compounds 2-amino-5-aryl1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (a1-a3) [10] to a mixture of appropriate aldehydes (0.01 mole) and sodium hydroxide (0.01 mole) in absolute ethanol (15 ml) dichloroacetic acied (0.01 mole) and thiourea (0.01 mole) was added, the mixture was refluxed for (4hrs.) and cooled to room temperature. the precipitate was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of compounds 5-aryl-2-{[(1e)-arylmethylene]amino}-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (a4-a12)[11] general procedure to stirring solution of compounds (a1-a3) (0.01 mole) in absolute ethanol (15 ml) appropriate aldehydes (0.01 mole) was added, the mixture was refluxed for (6hrs.) and cooled to room temperature. the precipitate was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol and water (3:7). synthesis of compounds 2-{benzoyl[chloro(aryl)methyl]amino}-5-aryl-1,3-thiazole-4carboxylic acid (a13-a21)[12] to a stirring solution of a compounds (a4-a12) (0.005 mole) in dry benzene (10 ml), benzoyl chloride (0.005 mole) in dry benzene (10 ml) was added dropwise, the mixture was refluxed for (1hr.), after cooling, the precipitate was filtered and recrystallized from benzene. synthesis of compounds2-[[(s-aminosulfinimidoyl)(aryl)methyl] (benz-oyl) amino]-5aryl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (a22-a30)[13] to stirring solution of compounds (a13-a21) (0.01 mol) in absolute ethanol (20 ml), thiourea (0.01 mol) was added, the mixture was refluxed for (5hrs.) and cooled to room temperature. the solid product was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of compounds2-(substituted-1h-pyrrol-1-yl)-5-aryl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (a31-a36)[14] 189 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 to solution of compounds (a1-a3) (0.01 mol) in acetic acid (15 ml), ) appropriate anhydride (0.01 mol) was added, the mixture was refluxed for (8hrs.) and cooled to room temperature. the precipitate was filtered and recrystallized from aqueous ethanol (7:3) . antibacterial activity tests the antibacterial activity tests were performed according to agar diffusion method [14] using cefotaxime, penicillin and ceftazidime as the reference compounds. the sterile cotton swabs were separately dipped into each of the adjusted organism cultures and excess inoculum was removed by pressing and rotating the swab firmly several times against the wall of the tube above the level of the liquid. the swab was streaked all over the surface of the nutrient agar in three dimensions at an angle of 60° to obtain an even distribution of the inoculum. the plates were then left to dry at room temperature for few minutes. a sterile cork porer (8 mm in diameter) is used to make wells in the solid nutrient agar plates, so that the distance between the edges of each two wells is not less than 24 mm. fill each well with 75 μl of the test compound and another well with same volume of dmf as a vehicle control. allow a period of free diffusion for 2 h, then incubate at 37 °c for 18–24 h. 190 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 s n nh2 ar cooh ar-cho+ cl2chcooh+ h2ncsnh2 ar`-cho s n ar`-ch=n ar cooh phcocl s n n ar cooh char` cl c ph o s n n ar cooh char` s c ph o c nh2 nh h2n-cs-nh2 s n n ar o o cooh s n n ar o o cooh a1-a3 a4-a12 a34-a36 a31-a33 a13-a21 a22-a30 ar = o-no2c6h4-, p-(ch3)2nc6h4-, p-brc6h4ar` = o-no2c6h4-, p-(ch3)2nc6h4-, p-brc6h4 result and discussion the compounds (a1-a3) were prepared by the reaction of dichloro acetic acid with thiourea that give a good yield. the ir spectra showed the (c=o) stretching band at (1697 cm-1) and (c=n) in (1646 cm-1). the reaction between compounds (a1-a3) and some aldehyde afforded the schiff bases (a4a12) which showed (o–h) stretching absorption near (3330 cm-1) and (c=o) stretching band at (1660 cm-1). uv spectrum of compounds (a4-a12) mostly showed intense maxima at (204 nm) and (339 nm) refering to π→π* and n→π* electronic transition respectively. 191 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 treatment of above schiff bases with benzoyl chloride in benzene led to open double bond and gives compounds (a13-a21). the ir spectra of these derivatives showed the (c=o) stretching band at (1699 cm-1). uv spectrum of these compounds (a13-a21) showed intense at (232 -236 nm) and (303 322 nm) due to π→π* and n→π* electronic transitions. also the compounds (a22-a30) were prepared by the reaction of compounds (a13-a21) with thiourea and a good yields were achieved. the spectram showed (nh2) stretching band near (3171-3108 cm-1) and (c=o) stretching band at (1685 cm-1). uv spectrum of these derivatives showed intense maxima at (205 -221 nm) and (309 382 nm) which belonged to π→π* and n→π* transitions. the imide compounds (a31-a36) were synthesized by the reaction of 2-amino-5-aryl1,3thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (a1-a3) with maleic anhydride and phthalic anhydride respectively. the ir spectra of these derivatives showed disappearing of (n–h) band and the (c=o) stretching band at (1856, 1778 cm-1). uv spectrum of these derivatives showed intense maxima at (324 -239 nm) and (221 203 nm) which belonged to π→π* and n→π* transitions. spectral data were listed in (table 3). biological screening: antimicrobial activity tests the antibacterial activities of compounds (a1-a36) were tested against the micro-organisms. after incubation, the diameters of inhibition zones around the wells were measured, to the nearest mm, in three different directions using a ruler and the average diameter was recorded and compared to that of the control. from the data presented in table 3 it is clear that compounds a10 and a24 were moderately active against pseudomonas aeruginosa, while a12 was also moderately active but against proteus vulgaris microorganisms. generally, other derivatives were slightly active against staphylococcus epidermidis, proteus vulgaris, and pseudomonas aeruginosa. finally, some compounds were found to be inactive. references 1yamane, t.; mitsudera, h. and shundoh,t. (2004) highly regioselective direct halogenation: a simple and efficient method for preparing 4-halomethyl-5-methyl-2aryl-1,3thiazoles", tetrahedron letters, 45: 69–73. 2karabasanagouda, t.; adhikari, a.v.; dhanwad, r. and parameshwarappa, g. (2008) "synthesis of some new 2-(4-alkylthiophenoxy)-4-substituted-1,3-thiazoles as possible anti inflammatory and antimicrobial agents", indian journal of chemistry, 47b: 144-153. 3cherkupally, s.r.; dasari, c.r.; vookanti, y. and adki, n. (2010) synthesis and antimicrobial study of bis-[thiadiazol-2-yltetrahydro-2h-pyrazolo[3,4-d][1,3]thiazole] methanes org. commun., 3(3): 57-69,. 4thomae, d. and others (2009) one-pot synthesis of new 2,4,5-trisubstituted 1,3-thiazoles and 1,3-selenazoles, tetrahedron, 65: 2982–2988. 5grubb, a.m. (2011) preparation of heteroatomsubstituted 1,3-thiazoles as bulding blocks for liquid crystal synthesis , thesis submitted to kent state university, phd.. 6mobinikhaledi, a.; jabbapour, m. and hamta, a. (2011) synthesis of some novel and biologically active schiff bases bearing a 1,3,4-thiadiazole moiety under acidic and ptc conitions , j. chil. chem. soc., 56(3): 812-814. 7joshi, s.d.; vagdevi, h.m.; vaidya, v.p. and gadaginamath, g.s. (2008) synthesis of new 4-pyrrol-1-yl benzoic acid hydrazide analogs and some derived oxadiazole, triazole and pyrrole ring systems: a novel class of potential antibacterial and antitubercular agents, european journal of medicinal chemistry, 43: 1989-1996. 8jarrahpour, a. a. and zarei, m. (2003) synthesis of 2-({[4-(4-{[(e)-1-(2 hydroxy-3methoxyphenyl)methylidene amino}phenoxy)phenyl imino}methyl)6 -methoxy phenol", molbank, m352: 1422-8599. 192 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 9thanh, n.d. (2012)synthesis of peracetylated-d-glucopyranosyl thioureas from substituted 2-aminobenzo-1, 3-thiazoles", e-journal of chemistry, 9(1): 55-62. 10xuan, r.; hu, w. and yang, z. (2003) one-pot synthesis of dl-2-amino-2-thiazoline-4carboxylic acid", an international journal for rapid communication of synthetic organic chemistry , 33(7): 1109-1112. 11alwan, s.m. (2012) synthesis and preliminary antimicrobial activities of new arylideneamino-1,3,4-thiadiazole-(thio/dithio)-acetamido cephalosporanic acids, molecules, 17: 1025-1038. 12abd-dull hamid, s. (2010) synthesis and characterization of some new chalconea , schiff`s bases and new azo compounds, thesis presented for ph.d. degree in organic chemistry, university of tikrit, college of science. 13kandalintseva, n.v.; prosenko, a.e.; dyubhenko,o.i. and stoyanov, e.s. (2001) synthesis of s-alkylisothiuronium halides by reaction of thiourea with ω-(4hydroxyaryl)alkyl halides, russian journal of organic chemistry, 37(9): 1249-1252. 14lamani, k. s. and kotresh, o. (2010) synthesis and biological activity of some novel4(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-2-phenyl-5-[2-phenylvinyl]-2,4-dihydro-3h-1,2,4-triazol3-one, e-journal of chemistry, 7(2): 545-550. nh2 nh2 s nh2 nh sh ar h o nh2 nh sh + ar h o sh + nh2 nh pt. ar h oh s nh2 nh (cl)2ch-cooh .. ar h oh s nh2 + nh ch cooh cl ar h oh s nh nh ch cooh cl -hcl ar h oh s n nh ch cooh -h2o s n nhar hooc tout. s n nh2ar hooc mechanisem of synthesis supstrate (a1-a3) 193 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (1): physical properties for compounds which have structure: s n r ar cooh no. of comp ar r molec.formula y. % pur.solv. mp.ºc a1 o-no2c6h4– –nh2 c10h7n3o4s 80 ethanol 218-222 a2 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– –nh2 c12h13n3o2s 85 ethanol 208-211 a3 p-brc6h4– –nh2 c10brh7n2o2s 83 ethanol 172-175 a4 o-no2c6h4– o-no2c6h4ch=n– c17h10n4o6s 75 etoh+dw 140-145 a5 o-no2c6h4– p-brc6h4ch=n– c17brh10n4o6s 77 etoh+dw 155-159 a6 o-no2c6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch=n– c19h16n4o4s 82 etoh+dw 211-214 a7 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– o-no2c6h4ch=n– c19h16n4o4s 85 etoh+dw 190-193 a8 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– p-brc6h4ch=n– c19brh16n3o2s 87 etoh+dw 157-161 a9 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch=n– c21h22n4o2s 88 etoh+dw 172-176 a10 p-brc6h4– o-no2c6h4ch=n– c17brh10n4o6s 78 etoh+dw 240-243 a11 p-brc6h4– p-brc6h4ch=n– c17br2h10n2o2s 72 etoh+dw 195-198 a12 p-brc6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch=n– c19brh16n3o2s 86 etoh+dw 185-188 a13 o-no2c6h4– o-no2c6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c24clh15n5o6s 58 benzene 170-172 a14 o-no2c6h4– p-brc6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c24brclh15n5o6s 56 benzene 131-134 a15 o-no2c6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c26clh21n4o5s 66 benzene 167-170 a16 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– o-no2c6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c26clh21n4o5s 65 benzene 144-147 a17 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– p-brc6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c26brclh21n3o3s 62 benzene 58-61 a18 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c28clh27n4o3s 69 benzene 247-250 a19 p-brc6h4– o-no2c6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c24brclh15n4o7s 57 benzene 228-230 a20 p-brc6h4– c6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c24br2clh15n2o3s 35 benzene 68-71 a21 p-brc6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch(cl)n(c(o)c6h5)c26brclh21n3o3s 61 benzene 163-165 a22 o-no2c6h4– o-no2c6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c25h18n6o7s2 70 ethanol 96-98 a23 o-no2c6h4– p-brc6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c25brh18n6o7s2 73 ethanol 148-151 a24 o-no2c6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c27h24n6o5s2 69 ethanol 154-157 a25 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– o-no2c6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c27h24n6o5s2 70 ethanol 78-81 a26 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– p-brc6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c27brh24n5o3s2 67 ethanol 110-113 a27 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c29h30n6o3s2 62 ethanol 205-208 a28 p-brc6h4– o-no2c6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c25brh18n6o7s2 74 ethanol 168-163 a29 p-brc6h4– p-brc6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c25br2h18n3o3s2 71 ethanol 168-171 a30 p-brc6h4– p-(ch3)2nc6h4ch(sc(nh)nh2)n(c(o)c6h5)c27brh24n4o3s2 68 ethanol 199-202 a31 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– n o o c16h13n3o4s 78 etoh+dw 174-176 a32 p-brc6h4– n o o c14brh7n2o4s 75 etoh+dw 142-144 a33 o-no2c6h4– n o o c14h7n3o6s 71 etoh+dw 131-133 a34 p-(ch3)2nc6h4– n o o c20h15n3o4s 80 etoh+dw 166-168 a35 p-brc6h4– n o o c18brh9n2o4s 79 etoh+dw 187-189 a36 o-no2c6h4– n o o c18h9n3o6s 73 etoh+dw 234-236 194 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (2): result of antimicrobial activity tests (agar diffusion method) of compounds (a1-a36) test microorganisms s. albus p. vulgaris ps test compounds average inhibition zone diameter in mms cefotaxime >23 >26 >16 penicillin >29 – – ceftazidime >18 15-17 >16 a1 – 1.8 0.2 a2 0.6 – 1.7 a3 – 2.2 – a4 – 2.1 2.3 a5 1.6 – 2 a6 0.5 1.7 – a7 – 6.1 1.3 a8 3.3 – 4 a9 2.5 4.9 – a10 – – 15.2 a11 – 3.3 7.1 a12 – 14 – a13 0.9 – – a14 6 – – a15 – 7 – a16 3.1 – 5.6 a17 1.9 5.2 3 a18 0.7 – – a19 – 9 0.1 a20 5.4 4 0.6 a21 3.7 – – a22 1 2.2 2 a23 – 3.6 – a24 – 4.8 16 a25 – 1.9 – a26 – – – a27 7.2 – 4.3 a28 0.2 6 5.2 a29 – 2 – a30 – – 1 a31 0.4 – – a32 – – 1.4 a33 6 3.9 2.6 a34 – 1.5 – a35 2.8 – – a36 – – – dmso 17 20 13 s. albus: staphylococcus epidermidis; p.vulgaris: proteus vulgaris; ps: pseudomonas aeruginosa. 195 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (3): ir and uv spectral data for compounds (a1 – a36) no. of comp u.v/ λmax (chcl3) characteristic ir bands cm-1 c=o c–h al. c–h ar. c=n c=c o–h n–h other a1 227,369 1697 – – 1646 1527 3308 3186-3108 1346(no2) a2 228,275,370 1660 2906-2820 3049 1599 1537 3421 3309 – a3 233,279,380 1672 – 3051 1627 1525 3375 3275-3173 667 (c–br) a4 215,240,339 1660 2997 3049 1593,1602 1550 3200 – 1371(no2) a5 222,241,211,340 1660 2904 3080 1595,1600 1548 3220 – 1425(no2) 653 (c–br) a6 211,215,240,339 1660 2906-2818 3090 1595,1610 1550 3330 – 1433(no2) a7 212,215,240,340 1687 2916-2820 3060 1597,1600 1533 3165 – 1373(no2) a8 222,226,244,340 1693 2926-2854 3090 1612,1587 1589 3301 – 639 (c–br) a9 204,222,226,244,340 1693 2926-2854 3072 1612,1592 1527 3210 – – a10 339, 240, 214 , 209 1688 2944 3056 1605,1599 1533 3170 – 1379(no2) 649 (c–br) a11 320,289, 216, 210 1660 2713 3010 1626,1580 1527 3215 – 685 (c–br) a12 359,235,223,207 1652 2800 2720 3002 1622,1592 1550 3230 – 643 (c–br) a13 311,239 1664,1675 2890 3050 1597 1544 3300 – 1344(no2) 673 (c–cl) a14 322,202 1716,1680 2875 3093 1591 1550 3380 – 1350(no2) 667 (c–br) 700 (c–cl) a15 305, 203 1707,1683 2820 3050 1606 1585 3377 – 1338(no2) 682 (c–cl) a16 308,223 1662,1670 2821 3011 1599 1533 3270 – 1373(no2) 713 (c–cl) a17 310,238 1790,1685 2827 3003 1599 1550 3265 – 667 (c–br) 707 (c–cl) a18 355,292 1705,1690 2827 3070 1599 1552 3398 – 707 (c–cl) a19 309,222, 216 1743,1699 2854 3000 1604 1527 3380 – 1398(no2) 636 (c–br) a20 254,238 1753,1681 2987 3000 1601 1514 3337 – 617(c–br) 783 (c–cl) a21 302,239 1783,1665 2959 3005 1644 1549 3299 – 659(c–br) 732 (c–cl) a22 314,238 1707,1689 2946 3058 1595 1506 3340 3253,3146 1445(no2) a23 277,213 1710,1691 2999 3095 1612 1527 3381 3275,3173 1413(no2) 516 (c–br) a24 228,202 1744,1667 2938 3002 1585 1519 3310 3288,3186 1459(no2) a25 275,239 1759,1689 2946 3006 1572 1537 3279 3209,3172 1450(no2) a26 303,218 1700,1691 2800 3025 1610 1535 3371 3271,3161 634 (c–br) a27 252,201 1708,1650 2998 3000 1608 1500 3358 2271,3161 – a28 298,214 1715,1697 2928 3034 1610 1525 3381 3267,3167 1473 (no2) 679 (c–br) a29 331,218 1742,1694 2866 3090 1627 1523 3339 3279,3134 659 (c–br) a30 254,204 1699,1685 2916 3007 1610 1546 3342 3333,3171 650 (c–br) a31 304,212 1856,1778 2880 3080 1597 1513 3414 – – a32 324,221 1866,1781 2950 3053 1600 1523 3420 – 665 (c–br) a33 239,203 1873,1795 2926 3090 1612 1527 3350 – 1460 (no2) a34 281,217 1876,1734 – 3041 1630 1494 3338 – – a35 299,205 1868,1748 – 3025 1627 1477 3394 – 655 (c–br) a36 245,207 1881,1703 – 3036 1614 1460 3398 – 1359 (no2) 196 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ثایوزول -3,1-اریل -5-أمینو -2تحضیر ودراسة الفعالیة ضد البكتریا لمركبات كاربوكسیلیك اسد الجدیدة -4 الدلیميزینھ خضیر أوراس أمین كاظم فرع الكیمیاء الطبیة / كلیة الطب / جامعة واسط عبد الجبار خلف عطیة محمد زبون ثاني قسم الكیمیاء/ كلیة العلوم/ الجامعة المستنصریة 2012كانون األول 30، قبل البحث في : 2012تشرین األول 4استلم البحث في : الخالصة من تفاعل الدیھایدات اروماتیة مختلفة مع ثنائي (a1-a3)كاربوكسیلیك اسد -4-ثایوزول -3,1-اریل -5-أمینو -2ُحّضر (a1-a3)مبتدئا من المركبات االساس (a22-a30)كلورو حامض الخلیك و الثایویوریا. كما ُحّضرت المركبات مع الدیھایدات اروماتیة مختلفة. (a1-a3)المحضرة من تفاعل المركبات (a4-a12)وبخطوتین باستخدام قواعد شف (a34-a36)وانھیدرید الفثالیك (a31-a33) مع انھیدرید المالیك (a1-a3)واخیرا ُحّضرنوعان من االیمایدات من تفاعل واالشعة (ft-ir) بوجود حامض الخلیك الثلجي. ُشّخصت المركبات المحضرة باستخدام طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء ). uv-visibleفوق البنفسجیة ( كاربوكسیلیك اسد، مشتقات األیمایدات، قواعد شف. -4-ثایوزول -3,1 الكلمات المفتاحیة: 197 | chemistry رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص العراقي أبیض الخد البلبل المتطفل على العاض أنواع القمل pycnonotus leucotis في مدینة الدیوانیة ھدیل جبار الموسوي،اخالص عباس الزبیدي ،ول المیالي ھادي مدل جامعة القادسیة،اة،كلیة التربیةقسم علوم الحی 2009، ایلول،27استلم البحث في 2010، ایار،13قبل البحث في الخالصة واع ى أـن رف عـل ذه الدراسـة بھـدف التـع ل أجریـت ـھ ل علـى البلـب ي القمـل المتطـف white cheeked(أبـیض الخـد العراـق bulbul( pycnonotus leucotis ع لھـذا الغـرض ن مدینـ 24وجـم ة الدیوانیـة وفحصـت خارجیـاً لعـزل القمـل طـائراً ـم ذه %. 87.5بنسبة إصابة كلیـة بلغـت بخمسة أنواع من القمل العاض نتائج الدراسة إصابة البلبل أبیض الخدظھرت أ.منھا وـھ ــي menacanthus sp. ، columbicola columbae ، bonomiella columbae ، coloceras: األنــواع ھ damicorne و alcedoecus sp. راق أول وأن نتائج ھذه الدراسة تمثل ي الـع ل أبـیض الخـد ـف واع مـن البلـب عزل لھـذه األـن بـأعلى نسـبة وشـدة إصـابة بلغـت .menacanthus sp وقد ظھر النـوع.ا لھا في العراقجدیدامضیفالبلبل أبیض الخد عد أذا ــوالي 9.2و% 79.2 ــوع ،علـى الت ــا ظھــر الن ــت b. columbae بینم ــابة بلغ ــدة إص ــبة وش ــا نس ــى 0.5و% 12.5بأوط عل إذ كانـت ،معنویة لطـرز اإلصـابة اً ولم یظھر لجنس الطائر أي تأثیر معنوي في نسبة اإلصابة في حین ظھرت فروق.التوالي .كثر شیوعاً من بین طرز اإلصابةھي األ)%61.9(نسبة اإلصابة بنوعین من القمل العاض المقدمة ف الطیـور بتتعـرض ــامختـل ــة والخارجیـة لإلصـابة أنواعھ ــى وتشـكل بالطفیلیـات الداخلی ــور المصـابة خطـرا كبیراعل الطی رة من المسببات المرضیةوالحیوان لدورھا في نقل العدید اإلنسان ل الخطـی والفطریـات ,والفیروسـات ،البكتریـا والركتسـیامـث ectop الطفیلیـات الخارجیـة وتسـبب.[1] فضال عن دورھا في نقل العدوى الى الطیـور السـلیمة arasites ل دائمياذا التطـف ـل رة إذلالمؤقت أو ة كبـی ؤدي لھـالك الطیـور المصـابة أنھـا لطیور خسائر صحی عن كونھـا مضـائف وسـطیة لطفیلیـات فضـال ـت mرتبة القمل العاض إلىالذي یعود liceویعد القمل ،] 2 [ أخرى allophaga ي الطفیلیـات الخارجیـة انتشـار أكثـرمن ا ـف بطن,والصـدر, واألجنحـة, الرأسمثل مختلفة من جسم الطائر أماكنیتواجد في إذ ,الطیور ؤخرة الجسـ ,واـل ویعتمـد .[ 3 ] موـم دم د وامتصـاص اـل ى قضـم الـریش والجـل ي تغذیتـھ عـل لــدفءالـى ایحتـاج ألنـھویقضـي كـل دورة حیاتـھ علـى مضـیفھ [4]ـف اة والحرارة ى قیـد الحـی د .[5]لیبقى عـل د مـن الدراسـاتا تسـجلوـق ى اأنواعـ لعدـی ل عـل واعمختلفـة مـن القمـل العـاض المتطـف أـن thomas & shut ن الطیور منھـا دراسـةم متعددة ler [5] ي سـجلت ي % 63 بنسـبة بالقمـلطـائر السـنونو إصـابةالـت ـف ل بلغـت palma & jensen [ 7] حین حصـل واع %79.5علـى نسـبة اصـابة بالقـم ي اـن ن ال ـف طیـور كمـا مختلفـة ـم ن القمـل المت ] [ricardo etal 8 لسـج ى طـائر الخمسـة انـواع ـم ل عـل clay رواشـاflamingoe نحـامطـف ton et al. دأ.العاضالى اصابة الحمام البري بنوعین من القمل [9] د العبـاس مـا فـي العـراق فـق وعی ] [ 10تمكـن عـب ن عـزل ـن ن ـم ن ـم كمـا . .alcedoecus sp و .menacanthus sp وھمـا لنجـف االشـرففي محافظة ا غئري الزرزور والزاالقمل من طا ي [11 ]سجل كریم دواجن اصابة الحمـام المنزـل ونظـرا .مـن القمـل العـاض مختلفـة انواعبـ فـي محافظـة البصـرة والبـري واـل ف االمن الطیور الشائعة pycnonotus leucotis أبیض الخد لكون البلبل ن الرـی ي كـل ـم كثیـر مـا نـھ اإذ والمدینـة,نتشـار ـف دم وجـود دراسـات ،صوتھ عذوبةل ئھ عن میل الكثیر من الناس القتناشجار فضالألغصان اأیشاھد على حـول ھـذا سـابقة ولـع ذه الدراسـة لـذا بالطفیلیات الخارجیـة السیماالطائر ى انـواع القمـ دفھـب جـاءت ـھ رف عـل ىالتـع ل عـل ل ل العـاض المتطـف البلـب .مدینة الدیوانیة في p. leucotis أبیض الخد العمل ائقالمواد وطر دة ة الدیوانیـدینـالطیـور المحلـي فـي ممن سوق الخدأبیض ياقرعالبلبل ال ا من طیورطائر 24تم الحصول على ة خـالل الـم اة 2008ولغایة شـھر آذار 2007ول مابین شھر كانون األ وم الحـی ي قسـم عـل ا الـى مختبـر الطفیلیـات ـف م جلبـھ درت خـ اذ،وـت رة العین المجـردة وباسـتخدام العدسـة المكـب م فحصـت ـب ن أ الطیور باستخدام الكلوروفورم ـث یضـا لعـزل الطفیلیـات الخارجیـة ـم ي فحـص النمـاذج ] 12 [ ة أبوالحـبواسـتخدمت طریقـ الـریش یـدویا ت الطفیلیـات الخارجیـة إ,ـف ى ذ نقـل المعزولـة مباشـرة اـل دة % 10تركیز ب البارد kohلول لقتلھا ثم وضعت في مح% 70لي ثیالكحول األ م غسـلت لغـرض سـاعة 24ـم التوضـیح ـث ول الكنـدا عمالزجاجیـة باسـت ملت على شرائحح دقیقة ثم 1-2لول مدة یوضعت في الزا بالماء المقطر بعدھا بعـدھابلسـم محـل ــت قـوة ــائیا بأسـتخدام مربــع كـاي وب لغـرض التشـخیص x 40 و x 10فحصـت بـالمجھر تح ــت النتـائج أحص ــتوى وحلل مس .) 0.01و 0.05( أحتمالیة رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص والمناقشة النتائج واع مـن القمـل العـاض أعـزل وتشـخیص خمسـة الحالیـة دراسـةال تم في ین فـي الجـدول chewing liceـن )1(وكمـا مـب ــي menacanthus sp. ،columbicola columbae ، bonomiella columbae ،coloceras :وھ damicorne و alcedoecus sp. ــدة ، )0.5% (12.5، )2% (45.8، )9.2( %79.2صــابة بلغــت إوبنســبة وش ذه األولـالدراسة ھـي األھذه وتعد.على التوالي) 1% (16.7و )%4.5 (33.3 ي عـزل ـھ ن نوعھـا ـف واع ى ـم ىالـن متطفلـة عـل .في العراق یض الخدأبالبلبل -:المسجلة األنواعوصف لھذه أدناهوفي )2 و 1 الصورة ( menacanthus sp .نوعال ألكثرھو نوعكان ھذا ال ذه الدراسـةالمسـجلة األنواعمن بین ًتردداوانتشارا ا ي ـھ ي اإلصـابةبلغـت نسـبة إذ ،ـف ل البـف لـب .منطقتي الظھر والبطن بكثرة وقد لوحظ متواجدا في .9.2بلغت إصابةوبشدة %79.2 أبیض الخد )4و 3الصورة ( columbicola columbe النوع ر حجمـھ وع بكـب ي یمكـن رؤیتـھ بسـھولة إذ ,یمتـاز ھـذا الـن ھلونـوالمتطـاول سـطوانيالفحـص ویتمیـز بشـكلھ األ أثنـاء ـف وقـد بلغـت نسـبة اإلصـابة) wing liceبقمـل الجنـاح عـادة یسـمى ذا لـ( منطقة الجناح منھذا النوع عزل .غامقالرمادي ال ن وأضـخم أطـولمنھـا زوجین الثـاني والثالـثوالـثنائیـة المخلـب األرجـلبكون نوعویمتاز ھذا ال.2وبشدة بلغت % 45.8 ـم .الزوج األول bonomiell النوع a columbae ) 6و 5الصورة( ذه الدراسـة األنواعمن بین اصابة بة وشدةوطا نسأظھرھذا النوع ب ي ـھ ى 0.5و%12.5 كانـت إذ,المسـجلة ـف عـل ز ھـذا النـوع بصـغر .والبطن,واألجنحة ,والرقبة ,الرأس شملت وقد عزل من مناطق مختلفة من جسم الطائر،التوالي یتمـی .لونھ الفاتح المصفرحجمھ و )8و 7الصورة ( coloceras damicorneالنوع بطن ,والظھـر ,والرقبة ,الرأسمناطق منھذا النوع ت ذكورعزل ذیل, األجنحـةوتحـت ,واـل وقـد بلغـت نسـبة . وقاعـدة اـل وع بكـون عـرض 4.5 اإلصابةبینما بلغت شدة % 33.3 اإلصابة رأسیمتاز ھـذا الـن ن طولـھ والنھایـة أكثـر اـل األمامیـةـم .منتظمة یة الخلفیة لھ غیرمقوسة بینما النھا للرأس )10و 9الصورة ( .alcedoecus sp النوع د عـزل فـي الدراسـة الحالیـة بنسـبةجنحـة ألفي منطقة ا ةتواجدھذا النوع م ت ذكورسجل % 16.7قلیلـة بلغـت اصـابة وـق .یباتقرالشكل یحتوي في مقدمتھ على بروز مثلث اً س كبیرأمن القمل بكون الر یتمیز ھذا النوعو.1وبشدة اصابة ــل ا مــن ان عـزل ھـذه االنـواع الخمسـة ن البلب د لھــذه p. leucotis أبـیض الخـدلقمـل العـاض ـم ھــو تسـجیل مضـیف جدـی ـع الدراسـ. مرة في العراق وألول األنواع د العبـاس وتتفـق نتـائج ھـذه الدراسـة م ي قـام بھـا عـب ي وصـف النـوع [ 10]ة الـت ـف menacanthus sp. والنـوع اغ الذي عزلھ من طائر الـزalcedoecus sp. نالـذي عزلـھ مـن حیـث طـائر الـزرزور ـم columbicola columbae (المسجلة فـي الدراسـة الحالیـة الثالثة األخرى كما تتفق مواصفات وقیاسات االنواع .القیاسات ، bonomiella columbae و coloceras damicorne ( ذه األ واع مـع وصـف ـھ ــدمأـن ي ق ھانفسـھا فـي الدراسـة الـت ة كریم كما [13] الشیباني ي[11 ] تتفق مع دراس د . c. damicorneلنـوع اوصـف ـف د مـن الدراسـات أوـق شـارت العدـی ن c. columbaeن النـوع أالى ي اصـاأكثـر أـم واع القمـل الشـائعة جـدا ـف دواجن ـن وكـذلك ]16و 15، 14 [بتھا للحمـام واـل ورمـن االجنـاس المھمـة colocerasن الجنس أالى ] [ johnson etal. 17 شار أ ى الطـی رة عـل ة بكـث ، كمـا جـدا والمتطفلـ .]13و [ 11 متطفال على الحمام المنزلي والبري بكثرة b. columbaeسجل النوع ن مضیفا جدیدا لھذه االنواع من القمل العاض فضـال عـن عزلھـا أبیض الخدان تسجیل اصابة البلبل ن أـم نـواع مختلفـة ـم درة نأ على الطیور یدل ا الـق ي اصـابتھا لھذه الطفیلیات الخارجیة تمتلك مدى مضیفي واسع ولـھ واع علـى التكیـف ـف مختلـف اـن .المضائف من الطیور اإلصابةالعالقة بین جنس المضیف ونسبة ن القمـل كانـت باألنواع لإلصابةن النسبة المئویة أ) 2الجدول (نتائج الدراسة الحالیة أظھرت متقاربـة فـي كـال المسجلة ـم ن وجـود ) 0.01و 0.05بمسـتوى أحتمالیـة (أبیض الخـدالبلبل وإناثذكور لم تظھر فروق معنویة بین إذ ,الجنسین الرغم ـم ـب ىكانـت إذ,اختالفات مظھریة في عدد الطیور المصـابة ین األ لإلصـابةنسـبة أعـل ن ـب بـالنوع اإلصـابةھـي نـواع المسـجلة ـم menacanthus sp. ي اإلنـاث )%83.3(في الذكور ھـي b. columbae بـالنوع اإلصـابةبینمـا كانـت نسـبة )%75(وـف .اإلناثفي % 8.3و في الذكور% 16.7بلغت إذ,وطا األ ى عـدم وجـود فـروق معنویـة بـین الـذكور ي واإلنـاثتتفق نتائج ھذه الدراسة مع العدید مـن الدراسـات التـي اشـارت اـل ـف ى أبینما , ] 19و 18[الخارجیة بالطفیلیات لإلصابةاد االستعد ر عرضـة أ اإلنـاثن أشارت بعـض الدراسـات اـل لإلصـابةكـث ــرت بالطف ــة مـن الــذكور وذك ود أیلیـات الخارجی ــد یـع ــانة دوارألن السـبب ق ــش وھـذا الحض ــا فـي الع ــھا بــدوره وبقائھ یعرض ـع الـذكور والشقوق القریبة منھا مقارنة األعشاشبالطفیلیات الخارجیة الموجودة في لإلصابة ي تقضـي م ي أالـت غلـب وقتھـا ـف البلبل وإناثبالطفیلیات الخارجیة لذكور اإلصابةمعنویة في نسب قد یعود السبب في عدم وجود فروقو] [20 نالطیرا رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص ع االى تواجد كال الجنسین في قفص واحـد معـا طـو أبیض الخد ل یـتم بأعتبـار بنظـر األ األخـذل الوقـت ـم التمـاس ن انتقـال القـم .]21[ین الطیور المباشر ب طرز االصابة ذ بلغـت إ, صـابة الثنائیـةدا ھـي االتـردكثر طـرز االصـابة أن أ) 3(ة الحالیة وكما مبین في الجدول ظھرت نتائج الدراسأ نعدمت إفي حین % 9.5المفردة بنسبة واالصابة %28.6یة بنسبة الثالث ظھرت االصابةبینما %61.9االصابة فیھا بةنس ان نتـائج الدراسـة الحالیـة تتفـق . بات الثنائیة والثالثیةن ھناك فرقا معنویا بین االصاأنواع وقد وجد أكثر من ثالثة أاالصابة ب ور ] dove et al. ]22 الیـھ دراسـةمع ما توصـلت ا الـى ان االصـابات الثنائیـة لقمـل الطـی كثـر ھـي األالتـي اشـار فیـھ ن بقیـة طـرز االصـابة بی ع دراسـة نمـاشـیوعا ـم ذه النتیجـة ـم ق ـھ ي foronda et al. [ 16 ] التتـف ى ان أالـت شـار فیھـا اـل ى ان اصـابة الطـائر باحـد ل ، وقد یعود السـبب نتیجـةكثر شیوعا من غیرھابالقمل ھي األاالصابات المفردة لدراسـة الحالیـة اـل بسـبب لخارجیـة و غیرھـا مـن الطفیلیـات األقمـل خـرى مـن اأنواع ألالصـابة بـمشـجع االصـابات الحـادة السیما انواع القمل و .ضعف مقاومة الطائر بفعل االصابة المصادر 1. derakhshanar ,a.; radfar, m .h. and taefinasrabadi, n. (2006). a st udy on p arasites of the digest ive sy stem and related lesions of p igeons in city of kerman , iran. m .sc. thesis, fac. vet. m ed. , univ.kerman, iran . ــد .2 ــرق القضــــاءعلیھا).2005(الباھي،محـم ــوان وطـ ـــة الممرضــــة للحـی ـــات الخارجی ـــة الزراعــــة ،الطفیلی والطب كلی . لبیطري،جامعة القصیما : 1541999). amer. nat., ( brodie ,e.d.ee, p.l.m .; tomp kins, d.m . and . clay ton ,d.h.; l3 261-270 4. price, r.d.; hellenthal, r.a.; palma, r.l.; johnson, k.p. and clayton, d.h. (2003). 61. -:5424st . sur. sp ec. publ., illinois nat. hi 7.-(1): 155. hill, j.r. (2007). purp le m artin up date., 356. -:346796. thomas, k. & shutler , d.(2001).can. j. z ool. 552. -: 5418205). .proc. entomol. so c. wash., 7. palma ,r. l. & jensen, a.r.(20 8. ricardo, l.p.; al an ,r.j.; frank, c.; frederic, t. and francois, r.(2000). n. z eal. 89. -: 8725entomol., 9.clay ton ,d.h.; m oy er,b.r.; bush ,s.e. ; jones ,d.e.; gardin er , d.w.; rhodes ,b.b.and 817. -: 811272goller ,f. (2005). proc .roy .soc., ـــیر .10 ــلیم خضـ ـــاس ،ســـ ــد الغـب ــ ــن طی ).2005(عب ــ ــواع م ـــة انـــ ـــات ثالـث ـــیة لطفیلیــ ـــة تشخیصـ ـــة وردراســ العائلــ . صفحة 84:الكوفة جامعة،ماجستیر،كلیة العلومةرسال.شرفألالعصفوریة وتأثیراتھا الوظیفیة في محافظة النجف ا ى بعـ).2006(كریم،ضیاء خلیف .11 ي الفقریـات ووبائیـة ضدراسـة تصـنیفیة للقمـل المـاص والقـارض عـل قمـل الـرأس ـف .صفحة242 :جامعة البصرة ،توراه،كلیة العلومأطروحة دك.محافظة البصرة ـــریم .12 ــ ـــل ـك ــ ـــو الحب،جلـی ــ ـــة ). 1975(أـب ــ ــي مدینــ ــ ــ ـــام ف ــ ـــدجاج والحـم ــ ـــى الــ ــ ــل عـل ــ ــ ـــاض المتطف ــ ــل الـع ــ القمـــ .36 -1: 4بیطریة،المجلةالعراقیة للعلوم ال.بغداد دان المتطفلـة فـ ).2008(الشـیباني،خالد ثـامر .13 الھضـمي للحمـام الجھـاز يعـزل وتشـخیص الطفیلیـات الخارجیـة والدـی .صفحة 154: جامعة القادسیة،التربیة ماجستیر،كلیة رسالة .في مدینة الدیوانیة columba liviaالطوراني ة،بغداد یور الضارة والوقایة منھا،دار الشؤون الثقافیةالط ).1994( أبوالحب،جلیل كریم .14 . العراق، العام 15. m ush, e.z.; binta, m .g.; chabo, r.g.; ndebele, r. and panzirah, r. (2000). j.s.afr.vet. 29. -: 2071assoc., 16.foronda, p.; valladar es, b.; riveram edina, j.a.; figueruelo, e.; abrcu, n. and 33. -:2191casanova, j.c. (2004) .j. parasitol. 17. johnson, k.p.; m oy le, r.g.; witt, c.; faucett,r.c.; and weckstien, j.d. (2001). sy st . 497. -: 49126entomol., 18. peteryszak, a.; roseiszewska, m .; bonczar, z. and pop iech, n. (2000).wiad. parasitol., 85. -: 7546 164.-: 1625119. brown, n.s. (1972). poult. science., 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 20. ciszewska, m .; petery szak, a.; bonczar, z. and duda, m . (1996). wiad. parasitol.,42: 4255. ـریم .21 ــو الحـــب، جلیـــل ـك ـة فـــي العراق،القســـم النظــري). 1979(أب ـــة ،دار الحشـــرات الطبیـــة والبیطرـی الشـــؤون الثقافی ة،بغداد . صفحة 451: العام 22. dove, a.; zormanrojs, o.; vergles, r.a.; bole, h.v.; krapez, v. and dobeic, m . 39. -: 2652vet. hung., (2004).acta ول ب االصابة وشدتھا أل) 1(الجد بلنس )24= يالعدد الكل( ي مدینة الدیوانیة ف p. leucotisأبیض الخد نواع القمل العاض المعزول من البل ول وی )2(الجد كور وإناث البلبلالنسب المئ ینة الدیوانیة p. leucotis أبیض الخد ة إلصابة ذ ل العاض في مد بالقم ول بل طرز االصابة :)3(الجد .leucotis p أبیض الخدوالنسبة المئویة في البل ب طرز اإلصابة (%)النسبة المئویة لإلصابة العدد المصا 9.5 2 المفردة 61 13 الثنائیة .9 28 6 الثالثیة .6 صورة ا .)(sp. menacanthus 10xالقمل العاض انثى : )1(ل ي نوع الطفیل ب شدة اإلصابة (%)النسبة المئویة لإلصابة العدد المصا menacanthus sp. 19 79.2 9.2 columbicola columbae 11 45.8 2 bonomiella columbae 3 12.5 0.5 coloceras damicorne 8 33.3 4.5 alcedoecus sp. 4 16.7 1 3.44 87.5 21 العدد الكلي ي نوع الطفیل 12= االناث 12= الذكور ب (%)النسبة المئویة لإلصابة بالعدد المصا (%)النسبة المئویة لإلصابة العدد المصا menacanthus sp. 10 83.3 9 75.0 columbicola columbae 4 33.3 7 58.3 bonomiella columbae 2 16.7 1 8.3 coloceras damicorne 5 41.7 3 25.0 alcedoecus sp. 3 25.0 1 8.3 ة 83.3 10 91.7 11 العدد الكلي لالصاب رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص صورة ل العاض ذكر : )2( ال sp. menacanth القم us (10x) ل العاض ذكر القم صورة ) 3(ال columbicola )x10.( columbae صورة ا ل العاض )4(ل .columbicola columbae (10x) أنثى القم صورة ل ا لعاض )5(ال bon (10x). ذكر القم omiella columbae. ى القمل العاض ) 6(الصورة bon (10x)انث omiella columbae رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص صورة ل ا لعاض )7( ال colocerus damicrone (10x). ذكر القم صورة ل العاض النھایة) 8(ال c (40x).االمامیة لذكرالقم olocerus damicron ل ا لعاض9) (الصورة .alcedoecus sp (20x).ذكر القم ل العاض النھایة) 10(الصورة a (40x).االمامیة لذكرالقم lcedoecus sp. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 chewing lice (mallophaga) parasitic on pycnonotus leucotis in aldiwaniya city h. m. hamza , i. a.marhoon, h. j.nema departme nt of biology , college of education , qadisiya unive rsit recei ved in ,27,se pt,2009 accepted in , 13, may,2010 abstract this study done was carried out identify the sp ecies of p arasitical lice on. white cheeked bu lbul(pycnonotus leucotis).for t his p urp ose 24 birds were collected from aldiwaniya city and examined externally for the lice.the results showed that p. leucotis was infested with five sp ecies of chewing lice with a total infest ation ratio of 87.5% .these sp ecies were:menacanthus sp., columbicola columbae , bonomiella columba , coloceras damicorne and alcedoecus sp. the result of this st udy rep resents t he first isolation of these sp ecies from white cheeked bulbul in iraq.the sp ecies were recorded from p. leucotis as a new host for such p arasites. menacanthus sp. was app eared in a high r atio and intensity of infest ation (79.2% and 9.2, resp ectively), while b.columbae was ap p eared in a lower ratio and intensity of infest ation (12.5% and 0.5, resp ectively). the bird's sex showed no any effect t hat there isn’t infest ation ratio where as a sign ificant difference was found for typ es of infestation: the ratio of infest ation with two kinds of chewing lice (61.9 %) was the most p revalent amon g typ es of infest ation . microsoft word 151-159 mathematics | 151 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 "cryptography by using"hosoya"polynomials for"graphs groups of integer modulen and"dihedral groups with'immersion"property awni m.gaftan awnijeh@yahoo.com akram s. mohammed akr_tel@tu.edu.iq osama h. subhi osama.hameed67@gmail.com department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, university of tikrit, iraq. received 15 may 2018, accepted 1 july 2018, published december 2018"" abstract in this paper we used hosoya polynomial ofgroupgraphs z1,...,z26 after representing each group as graph and using dihedral group to"encrypt the plain texts with the immersion property which provided hosoya polynomial to immerse the cipher text in another"cipher text to become very"difficult to solve. keywords: hosoya"polynomials,dihedral groups,cryptography,encryption"processes , "decryption"processes. 1. introduction"" " in modern"times, cryptography is an important science in"algebra and graph theory, where"many articles linked in"this side, in"2014,"natalia"tokareva"[1] linked the graph theory"and"cryptography,"with"conclusion"good"results"[2]. thomas risse studied this concept and gave some important example, simon"richard,"carlos"cid and ciaran mullan in [3], presented:and studied:of group theoryand cryptography where they get good results. the main goal of cryptography is to secure and save important messages by special methods that cannot be easily identified. this paper includes three parts"the first part is the basic concepts."the second partsuggested algorithm of the method. " "the third part is the application method. concepts"basic .2 in this section, we will provide some basic concepts known definition1 [4] consists of the elements of n ) be a group of integers module n ,then the graph of zn,+ nlet (z b =e nas avertices ,while the edges for any two distinict vertices a,b would be adjcent if a+ nz .nand the element 0 associated with all elements of z . ne is the identity element of the groups z mathematics | 152 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 example 2 :group is ) then the graph of this8,+ 8if we take the group (z 0 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8of z neutral graph .1 figure definition 3[5] "let g be a graph, then the hosoya polynomial of g is h(g,x)= d g", k 𝑋  where d(g,k) is the number of vertices pairs at distance k , k≥0 , dim(g) is the diameter of the geaph g and x is the guide of the polynomial. example 4 ) then the simple graph of this group is5,+ 5if we take the group (z 0 3 2 4 1 5of z neutral graph .figure 2 and the hosoya polynomial of this graph is 5+6x+4x mathematics | 153 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 definition 5 [6] } is called the dihedral 1-n,…, ba 2 , b , ba , ba 1-n, … , a 2, a , a °{a"dn="the set has the form " group with order 2n, a, b the elements of this group. definition 6 [7] "cryptographyis the scientific and practical activity associated with developing of cryptographic security facilities of information and also with argumentation of their cryptographic resistance". definition 7 [7] "encryption is the process of disguising a message in such a way as to hide its substance (the process of change the plaintext into cipher text by virtue of cipher)". definition 8 [7] "decryption is the process of turning a cipher text into the plain text". definition 9 [8] ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝑘n 𝑘𝑛 1 . . . 𝑘2 𝑘1 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ = rthe adverse of v is vbe a vector , then ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝑘1 𝑘2 . . . 𝑛𝑘1 𝑛𝑘⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ =let v definition 10 [8] ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ "𝑊0 "𝑊1 . . . "𝑊𝑛 1⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ = be an element in w , let w ke a vector and let wb ”.k-1-n=wrkw"iskw"hen the adverse of t 2.1. the suggested algorithm in this section we introduce two algorithms, the first is algorithm of encryption process and the second is algorithm of decryption process note 11 ""we consider the blank is character, that is the alphabet is 27 letters and we used the function (mod 28). i algorithm of encryption process .26,...,z2z1,converts each letter with corresponding groups z – 1 .as a graph 26,...,z2z1,representing each groups z-2 3-extraction of hosoya polynomial for all groups graphs. mathematics | 154 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 4–take positive integer number"n . 5 –"divide the text with length 2n by using dihedral group as: "w= ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ "𝑊1 "𝑊2 . . . "𝑊2𝑛⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ = 𝑼 𝑽 where" u= ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ "𝑊1 𝑊2 . . . "𝑊𝑛⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ " and v= ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ "𝑊𝑛 1 . . . "𝑊2𝑛 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ 6 – "apply the dihedral operations (x,y): .1-k=0,1…n " 𝑥 "𝑢 𝑚𝑜𝑑 28 𝑦𝑥 "𝑣 𝑚𝑜𝑑 28 = wnd" ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 0 1 1 1 1 1 . . . . . . . . . 𝑛 1 1 1⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ " ℎ𝑜𝑠𝑜𝑦𝑎 𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑍𝑖 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠 ⎝ ⎜⎜ ⎛ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 0 1 1 1 1 1 . . . . . . . . . 𝑛 1 1 1⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ " ℎ𝑜𝑠𝑜𝑦𝑎 𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑍𝑖 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠 ⎠ ⎟⎟ ⎞ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ = wnd 7-to improve this method we must encryption the first letter because the first letter by using this method stay the same letter always then we encryption the first letter by this equation +(2*n) mod 28i= w ic iialgorithm of decryption process first decryption the first letter by the equation (1): (2*n) mod 28-1=c1w" 2for other letter using: 1-k=0,1…n " 𝑥 𝑢 𝑚𝑜𝑑 28 " 𝑦𝑥 𝑣 𝑚𝑜𝑑 28 =cnd' note 12 "if the"number"0"appears, then"it"always"takes"the"code"#: note 13 after the decryption, we always take the first letter and then we cancel two letters after it and take the fourth letter and cancel two letters after it and so on because the clear text is immersed in another text. mathematics | 155 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 3. application method now, we apply the above method in two examples. example 14 take the plain text (college) 1-"encryption and representing this groups 26,...,z2z1,we converts each letter with corresponding groups z as graphs and extract hosoya polynomaial for all this graphs the graph of this , and3c→ z group is 3zraph of geutral n .3 figure )2(3+3x+0xand the hosoya polynomail of this graph is and the graph of this group is ,15o→z 08 7 9 6 10 5 11 4 12 3 13 2 14 1 15raph of zgeutral n .4 figure and the hosoya polynomail of this graph is (15+18x+84x ) and for all letters we will get )2(3+3x+0xc→ )x(15+18x+84o→ )l→ (12+16x+50x )x(5+6x+4e→ )g→ (7+9x+12x , a , b , ab }°={ a 4= d 2nnow let n=2 , d then {college}→ {coll} + {ege_} mathematics | 156 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 12 12 =and v 3 15 =where u 𝑈 𝑉 = 3 15 12 12 = 1{coll}→ w )mod 28( 0 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 0 15 18 84 0 1 1 1 1 1 12 16 50 12 16 50 = 1w1d = 3 4 1 16 19 1 12 17 23 13 17 23 = 3 4 1 16 19 1 16 11 5 15 11 5 cdapsapkeoke the first letter c→3→3+4=7→g "→ "gdapsapkeoke1c 5 27 =and k 5 7 =where j 𝐽 𝐾 = 5 7 5 27 = 2{ege_}→ w ) mod 28( 0 1 1 1 1 1 5 6 4 7 9 12 0 1 1 1 1 1 5 6 4 27 0 0 = 1w1d = 5 7 5 8 10 13 5 7 5 0 1 1 = 5 7 5 8 10 13 23 21 23 0 27 27 egegjmwuw#_ _ the first letter e→5→5+4=9→i #_ _"→"igehjmwuw2c then the cipher text is: c→"gdapsapkeokeigehjmwuw#_ _" 2-decryption notice that ʺ →ʺgdapsapkeoke1c the first letter g→7→7-4=3→c ) mod 28( 3 4 1 16 19 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 16 11 5 15 11 5 0 1 1 1 1 1 = n= d 1c1d mathematics | 157 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 = 3 3 0 15 18 0 12 16 22 12 16 22 cc#or#lpvlpv #_ _ʺ→ʺigehjmwuw2c the first letter i→9→9-4=5→e ) mod 28( 5 7 5 8 10 13 0 1 1 1 1 1 23 21 23 0 27 27 0 1 1 1 1 1 = n= d 2c2d = 5 6 4 7 9 12 5 6 4 27 0 0 efdgilefd_## then the plain text is (college). example 15 if we encryption the text (college of computer science and mathematics) by the same technique with choose n=3 then we will get p→"college of computer science and mathematics" c→"idapvamqwpkevuwtrokgepvaghiyx_lgenjmkgepvaghiyx_lgenj m idajmyfgenhkxx_vuwgaaotqeecoiwz_ _g_enksfgense_ _ _g_eroc cdat#e#aaa_ _#_ _#_ _" now we find a table of ratios of letters and a statistical scheme of plan text and cipher text and try to compare these two texts for plan text table 1. the ratio of plan text characters g f e d c b a 0.02631579 0.02631579 0.15789474 0.02631579 0.13157895 0 0.07894737 n m l k j i h 0.05263158 0.07894737 0.05263158 0 0 0.05263158 0.02631579 u t s r q p o 0.02631579 0.07894737 0.05263158 0.02631579 0 0.02631579 0.07894737 z y x w v 0 0 0 0 0 and the statistical scheme mathematics | 158 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 scheme 1.histogram of plan text for cipher text table 2. the ratio of cipher text characters g f e d c b a 0.08730159 0.01587302 0.1031746 0.02380952 0.02380952 0 0.08730159 n m l k j i h 0.03968254 0.03174603 0.01587302 0.03968254 0.02380952 0.03968254 0.02380952 u t s r q p o 0.01587302 0.02380952 0.01587302 0.01587302 0.01587302 0.03174603 0.03174603 # _ z y x w v 0.03174603 0.12698413 0.00793651 0.02380952 0.03174603 0.03174603 0.03968254 and the statistical scheme scheme 2.histogram of cipher text now to compare these percentages we give some observations 1-notice that the clear text consists of 38 characters while the encrypted text consists of 126 characters this means that each letter of clear text corresponds to three letters of the encryption text and this is the immersion property we mentioned. 2-notice in the statistical scheme of the encryption text that almost all alphabets were used as well as the symbols added to the alphabet, whereas in the plan text there are nine non-existent characters. 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 zyxwvutsrqponmlkjihgfedcba 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 #zxvtrpnljhfdb mathematics | 159 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2008 vol. 31 (3) 2018 3-notice that the highest ratio of letters or symbols in the encoded text is the ratio of the symbol _ which has been added to the alphabet which does not represent any letter of the clear text and this indicates that this code added to the alphabet has increased the strength of encryption significantly. references 1. natalia, t. connections between graph"theory and cryptography. g2c2:"graphs and"groups,"cycles and coverings; 24–26,"novosibirsk, "russia. 2014. 2. thomas, r.cryptography and graph theory two examples of discretemathematics saga. hsb"university of applied"sciences. 2011. 3. simon, r.; carlos, c.; ciaran, m. group theory and cryptography. university of london. 2010. 4. vasantha, k. w. b; florentins,s.groups as graphs,editura cuart, slatina,judctul olt, romania, 2009. 5. ali, a.m. wiener"polynomial"of generalized distance"in graph.,,mosuluniversity. 2005. 6. edwin, c. elementary abstract algebra. university of south florida, 2001. 7. hans, d.; helmut, k. introduction to cryptography,principles and application. second edition, verlay berlin heidelberg, 2007. 8. david, c.; tom, d.; rohit, t. ; andrew, w. linear algebra . davis"california. 2013. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 lithotripsy o f urinary tract stones by using eggshell a. g. sabar departme nt of community health, college of medical and health technology, foundation of technical education recei ved in ,28,june,2010 accepted in , 19, o ct , 2010 abstract this research aimed to use eggshell p owder as a lithtripsian for different ty p es of urinary st ones and determine the efficiency of these preparations against different t y p es of st one. the grounded and st erilized eggshell was dissolved in fresh lemon juice .the treatment was orally given for successive 7 days before breakfast . eighty five p atients with different ty p es of urinary st one were particip ated in this research. all p atients were subjected to ultrasonography and intravenous p y elography examinations to localize the p osition and detect diameter of the st one. the above examination and also biochemical tests for diagnosis of st ones ingredients were repeated after the administ ration of treatment and excretion of st one fragments in urine. the results cleared out 60 (100% ) of p atients with p ure uric acid st one undergoes comp letely lithotripsed of there st ones, while 10 out of 25 (40%) of p atients with mixed(uric acid/ ca-oxalate) st one were only undergoes lithotripsic events. t he results were so p romising esp ecially against p ure uric acid st one. introduction the renal st ones are solid concretions or calculi (cryst al aggregations) formed in the kidney s from dissolved urinary minerals[1]. there are several ty p es of kidney st ones depended on the ty p e of cryst als of which they consist. the majority are calcium oxalate st ones, followed by calcium p hosp hate st ones[2] . m ore rarely , st ruvite st ones are p roduced by urea-sp litting bacteria in people with urinary tract infections . people with certain metabolic abnormalities may p roduce uric acid stones or cyst ine st ones[3] . statist ical st udies showed that men with ages in the range of 20 to 40 have the highest risk. peop le living in the arid areas (warm climates) have the highest incidence rates[4,5].t he common diet in these areas is usually vegetables and tea m uch less common is t he uric acid stone and the rare cyst ine st one. uric acid st ones are truly unique in that they dissolve readily in a favorable urinary p h milieu, achievable with oral medical therap y [6,7] . eggshell contains about 4% organic matter and a substantial amount of calcium and other minerals, including magnesium and zinc[8] .dried eggshell p articles contain app roximately 94% calcium carbonate, with 39% of the compound being absorbable calcium[8] . although us patent no. 045 ،323 describes a method for p reparing comp ounds from eggshells, p articularly from the chicken eggshell, which could be utilized for medical p urp oses for treating certain diseases and for replacement of deficient materials in living tissues[9] . so far egg shells have already been used for curing certain diseases, their app lication has been based rather on intuition without p rovision of a comp ound having st able, st andardized p rop erties, and without determination of their sp ecific effectiveness and activity based on objective biological knowledge and p harmaceutical methods[10] . the p harmaceutical comp ositions according to the p resent invention proved particularly effective for geriatry where currently used medicaments have not ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 been effective or exhibited unfavorable side effects, or have not been prop erly tolerated by the body [11]. eggshe ll membrane of the hen also has been shown t o contain acid glucosaminoglycans including dermatan sulfate and chondroitin-4-sulfate[12]. ot her comp onents dentified ineggshe ll membraneinclude ovot ransferrin ، desmosine and sodesmosineysy loxidase and ly sozy me ]13[ . gel electrop horesis reveals a comp lex array of matrix p roteins can be classified as egg white proteins ) lysozyme ،ovalbumin ،ovotransferrin ، clust erin ( ، bone protein ) ost eopontin ( ]14 [ ، and ) ovocleidins-17 and –116; ovocalyxins-32 and – 36) [15]. glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate have been purp orted to be effective in the treatment of osteoarthritis over the last 3 to 4 decades [16]. since eggshell membrane contains both glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate, it is suggested that this natural composition might be effective in r elievin g joint and soft tissue p ain . however eggshell p owder is widely used in india and eastern asia, in traditional medicine, also in iraqi fo lk medicine . the dose normally recommended in traditional ay urvedic ]17[ use is one teasp oonful of this p owder. also the same dose was documented in arabic antique manuscript ) tathkarat daood alant aky ]18 [ . material and method cl ini cal data the p articip ants in this st udy were 85 lithogenic patients who conducted from 2001-2009 , diagnosed by sp ecialist p hy sicians in p rivate clinics from different sites of iraq (baghdad,diy ala,mosoul,and anbar) . method no te: before started giving p reparation we obtained the writt en consent of the patients who included in this st udy . eggshell p owder was obtained by the patent described by m ickalek[19] which detailed by (a) emp ty ing eggs, p referably chicken eggs (b) removing residues of egg y olk and white,ballast constituents, contaminants and then membrane st icking to the interior eggshell surface , and p urifying the eggshell (c) dry ing the eggshell with hot air by using hair st y ler (d) crushing and grinding the eggshell to very fine p owder and (e) sterilizing the eggshell p owder at a temp erature of 120 c 0 in oven to devitalize p athogenic and conditionally p athogenic microorganism. one teasp oonful of p owdered eggshell was added to cup of fresh lemon juice which is a source of citric acid, the p reparation was kept cool overnight to comp lete reaction and p roduce cacitrate . a single dose administ ration (before breakfast) . this p rocedure was repeated for 7 day s. ultrasonography (u/s) , intravenous p y elography (ivp), were p erformed p reand p ost treatment to detect size and site of st one ,and then to be sure of emp ty ing urinary tract from any st one after treatment. urinary tract st ones were of different sizes ranging from 7mm to 1.7cm and they were seen in the kidney (renal stone) at up p er p ole calyx, mid renal p art and lower pole calyx, also they were seen in the ureter (uretral st one) , and finally they were seen inside urinary bladder (vesicle st one) general urine examination (gue) was done for all p atients ,urine routine which shows cryst als in urine , blood cells and pus cells. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 qualitative analysis of st one/fragments p assed after treatment , a p rocedure described by hodgkinson[20] ,was employed to figure out t he structure of urinary st one. re sults data in table (1) showed that 60 p atient out of 85 p atients at age range (25-57) y ears had p ure uric acid st one , while the remainder 25 p atients at age range ( 30-50) had (ca-oxalate /uric acid )mixed st one. the results in table(2) cleared out all the p atients with p ure uric acid st one (60) undergoes comp letely lithotripsic events(100%) , while 10 p atients out of 25 with (caoxalate/uric acid) mixed st one undergoes lithotripsic events(40%). t he duration of p ure uric acid st one lithotripsy was (5-10) days , comp aring to (8-14) days in case of (ca-oxalate/uric acid) mixed st one (table3). discussion our results cleared out that t he local p reparation of eggshell was very p owerful to dissolved uric acid stones, since a hundred p ercent of this ty p e of stone had been lithotripsed, comp aring to (40%) for (ca-oxalate/uric acid) mixed st one. since a home remedy about the wonder of eggshell dissolved by lemon juice being effective in breaking up kidney st one. the citric acid consists in lemon juice reacts with eggshell calcium to p roduce calcium citrate ,this reaction required several hours t o be completed. however ca-citrate decreased urinary saturation of ca-oxalate and undissociated uric acid. also it will increase ph of urine, decreases urinary undissociated uric acid. therefore ca-citrate may p rovide additional protection against formation of uric acid st one [21]. although ,some researchers now suggest that citrate treatment may also be useful for those at risk for st ones, those citrate excretion is normal [22]. tanner et al.[23] have recently cited from [24,25] that citrate salts imp rove renal function in rats with p olycyst ic kidney disease, mainly by its alkalinizing effects. our results agreed of toblli et al.,[26] who demonst rate a beneficial effects of ca-citrate sup p lementation in uric acid nephrop athy . by the other ,cacitrate sup p lementation also attenuates tubulointerstitial damage in the rat model of obstructive nep hrop athy [27]. it could be argueds for that the effect of eggshell p reparation is depending totally on chemical structure of urinary st one , also it is clear from the results p resented in table(2) that uric acid whenever existed as one of the constituents of urinary tract st ones, it will p rovoke or st imulate the action of eggshell p reparation , in other word uric acid is a decisive comp onent of urinary tract st one that leads to lithotripsy whenever eggshell p reparation available. finally it will be wise to conclude that eggshell p reparation is a reliable treatment in lithot ripsy , y et, we can not take this conclusion as a matt er of fact unless a further st udy on large scale on urinary tract st one conducted to confirm or deny this conclusion. acknowle dgmeny the author is very grateful to dr.nabeel fadhil , dr.qais hassan ,and dr.nasseer abed m ohd for their help in the diagnosis of t he patients. thanks are also t o prof. dr. z uhair nouman for his scientific advices. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 re ferences 1. levy ,fl,adams-huet,b. pak, cy. (1995)."ambulatory evaluation of nep hrolithiasis" : an up date of p rotocol. am j. m ed;.98:50. 2. oehlschlager,s,hakenberg,ow,and froehner m ,et al. (2003), "evaluation of chemical comp osition of urinary calculi by conventional radiography ". j endo urol;.17:841. 3. silvia, f.r, and rosa m .s. m ata ,et al.(2000), "determination of urinary st one comp osition based on stone morp hology ". jour clin. chem. 147,issue 5.561-564. 4. curhan,gc. (2007),"epidemiology of st one disease" .urol clin north am;.34:287. 5. curhan ,gc willett ,wc,sp eizer,fe,and stamp fer,m j. (2001), "twenty -four hour urine chemist ry and the risk of kidney st ones among women and men". kidney int; 59:2290. 6. e choo-kang . (2008), "chemical comp osition of urinary tract st one at the university hosp ital of the west indies". west indian med. j. 57,n.5 ,mona nov.. 7. curhan ,gc,and taylor,en. (2008), "24-h uric acid excretion and the risk of kidney st ones". kidney int; 73:489. 8. arias, et al., (1991), "ty p e i and x collagen ,connective tissue research", 26-45,and (wang et al.,. (1948), "ty p e v collagen" , ,dev.biol., 104:28-36. 9. us-patent no. 045,323. preparing comp ounds from eggshell for medical p urp oses. 10. kuroda, n.,and kuno, m . (1999), "sop histicated ap p lication of eggs".,j.tech.on food &chem., 15;no.7: 67-71. 11. yang,j. ,s. s. ,chuang .w, et al., (2003) ."egg membrane as a new biological dressing in sp lit-thickness skin graft donor site" ;gung med j. 26: 153-159. 12. cifonelli,ja. (1976),"the colorimetric estimation of uronic acid in : m ethodology of connective tissue research" , ed:da hall,joy nson-bruvvers ltd. oxford, ,chap .26 , 253256. 13. y. ny s,j. gautron,m . et al. (2001), "biochemical and functional of eggshell matrix p rotein in hens" ,world p oultry science journal ,vol.57;401-413. 14. arias. (2008), "eggshell membrane as a biodegradable bone regeneration inhibitor".,journal of tissue engineering and regenerative m edicine.2:4,228-235. 15. joel, g.,and m axwell, t . et al., (2001), "ovocaly xin-32, a novel chicken eggshell matrix p rotein".,doi, 10.1074-j bc.m 10453200. 16. deal ,c.l. and m oskowitz ,rw. (1999),"galactosaminoglycan comp osition in chicken eggshell in cure ost eoarthritis" ,j.poultry scie. 25:379-395. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 17. the ay urvedic pharmacopoeia of india (1999),ap p endix.,government of india.part i,volume ii,first edition:189-93. 18. daood al-ant aky.(tathkarat daood),arabic antique manuscript. 19. m ickalek, dr. karol. (1995),"pharmaceutical comp osition of eggshell basis and their p reparation and use",european patent; ep0347899;, biomin,akaciora' sp olocnost '(potocna' 1, cifer, 919 43, cs ). 20. hodgkinson, a. (1971), "a combined qualitative and quantitative p rocedure for the chemical analysis of urinary tract calculi". j.clin.p ath.,. 24,147-151. 21. khashar sakhaee,john r, et al.,(2004),"stone forming risk of calcium citrate sup p lementation in healthy p ost menop oausal women" j.urol., 172,issue 3; 958-961. 22. ett inger b, pak,cy, citron jt, et al., (1997)"potassium-magnisum citrate is an effective p rop hy laxis against recurrent ca-oxalate nephrolithiasis" j.urol. 158:2069-2073. 23. tanner, ga &tanner ja.(2000),"citrate therap y for p olycyst ic kidney disease in rats"kidney int ; 58: 1859-1869. 24. tanner, ga.(1998) "pot assium citrate⁄citric acid intake imp roves renal function in rats with p olycyst ic kidney disease" j am soc nephrol ;9:1242-1248. 25. tanner, ga &tanner ja.(2003),"dietary citrate treatment of p olycyst ic kidney disease in rats" j nep hrol; 93:14-20. 26. toblli je, derosa &lago n et al., (2001)."pot assium citrate administ ration ameliorates tubulointerstitial lesions in rats with uric acid nep hrop athy ". clin nep hrol ;55:59-68. 27. godola et al., (2001)."therap eutic effect of ca-citrate sup p lementation". jam soc.nephrol 12:703a. tab le(1) chemical constituent of lithotripsed stones ty p e of stone no. of p atients % patients age range (y ears) pure uric acid 60 70.5 25-57 (ca-oxalate/uric acid) mixed st one 25 29.5 30-50 total 85 100% ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 tab le(2) comparison of lithotripsy events of both types of stone ty p e of stone no. of p atients no. of lithotripsed st one % pure uric acid 60 60 100 (ca-oxalate/uric acid) mixed st one 25 10 40 total 85 tabl e (3 ) du rati on re qui re d to l i th otri pse d e ach type of sto n e ty p e of stone duration (day s) pure uric acid 5-10 (ca-oxalate/uric acid) mixed st one 8-14 رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص تفتیت حصى المجاریة البولیة باستخدام قشور البیض احمد غازي صبار ھیئة التعلیم التقني،كلیة التقنیات الصحیة والطبیة ،قسم صحة المجتمع 2010،حزیران ،,28استلم البحث في 2010، ن االولتشر،19، قبل البحث في الخالصة �ب معلوماتن�ا ألول م�رة ف�ي ھ�ذا المج�ال اً مسحوق قشور البیض عالج عملنااست یھ�دف ھ�ذا . لتفتیت حصى المجاري البولی�ة حس �ث إل�ى اس�ت ُ قش�ور الب�یض عالج��عمال البح �ت حص� ا �ة األكب�ر تج�اه أي ن�وع م��ن لتفتی ى المج�اري البولی�ة بأنواعھ�ا وتحدی��د الفعالی وأعط�ي الخل�یط ع�ن طری�ق بإذابتھا في عصیر اللیمون الح�امض الط�ازج عملتإن قشور البیض المطحونة والمعقمة است.الحصى �رى الب�ولي اخض�عوا مریضا ممن یعانون من وجود ا لح 85شارك في الدراسة .أیام متتالیة قبل اإلفطار 7مدة الفم ص�ى ف�ي المج �ري ، واألشعة الملونة لتحدید موق�ع وحج�م الحص�ى ،) الموجات فوق الصوتیة(إلى فحوصات السونار �ثلث�م اج كاف�ة عین�ات البح الع�الج ك�ذلك أجری�ت الفحوص�ات البایوكیمیاوی�ة عل�ى الحص�یات عمالفحص اإلدرار العام و أعیدت ھذه الفحوصات بعد اس�ت عالی�ة تج�اه حص�اة ح�امض الیوری�ك النقی�ة یةتبین إن ھذا العالج فعال بكفا اذوالنازلة في اإلدرار لتشخیص مكوناتھا المتفتتة �ب الممت�زج % 40بینما لم تتفتت سوى ، )مریضا 60% (100ة ھي تكانت نسبة الحصوات المتفَ اذا، م�ن الحص�وات ذات التركی . 25مرضى من مجموع 10اي في corrosion and corrosion inhibition of corrosion and corrosion inhibition of α-brass by thiourea wisal abdil aziz isa awf a.r. ahmed dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure of sciences(ibn alhaitham) / universty of baghdad received in : 29 may 2013, accepted in : 4 december 2013 abstract the corrosion behavior and corrosion inhibition of α-brass (65.3% cu, 34.4% zn and others 0.3%) in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution have been investigated using potentiostatic polarization technique, the main results obtained were expressed in terms of corrosion (ec) and corrosion current (ic). the research was performed in neutral and slightly acidic media [ph=7 and ph=4] over the temperature range (288-318)k. it was found that the rate of corrosion increases with the increase of acidity and the increase of temperature. the rate of corrosion increased with the increase of temperature in conformity with arrhenius equation. values of activation energy (ea*), pre-exponential factor (a) and entropy of activation (∆s*) have been derived for the corrosion process. also the thermodynamic quantities (∆g, ∆s and ∆h) have been determined for the process. the inhibition effect of thiourea on the corrosion of α-brass in chloride solution was studied, and it was found that the addition of thiourea to the chloride solution caused a decrease in the values of corrosion current density and changed to some extent the values of kinetic parameters. the values of (ea) increases in the presence of thiourea, this means that the decrease of the concentration of thiourea. key words: α-brass, thiourea, corrosion inhibition, kinetic and thermodynamic parameters. 212 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction copper and its alloys are of considerable importance as they form the backbone of modern industries due to their excellent electrical and thermal conductivity. [1, 2] brass has been widely used as tubing material for condensers and heat exchangers in various cooling water system. [3] brass is susceptible to a corrosion process known as dezincification in chloride-containing solutions leading to structural failure. [4,5], and this tendency of dezincification increases with the increas zinc content of the brass. [6] when brass undergoes corrosion, a zinc oxide layer is initially formed which passivites the brass surface, when brass is dipped into a media containing chloride ion, an insoluble film of cuprous chloride is adsorbed on the brass surface. the copper ions can pass into the solution by disproportionation reaction or it can dissolve with the formation of complexes with cucl2 [7]. the formation of stable is possible inside the pores of cucl2layer. as a result the brass surface became enriched with copper while being impoverished by zinc during corrosion. [8]. these changes make brass surface less resistant to corrosion than copper in chloride containing media. since, brass is not completely resistant to corrosion, especially in oxygencontaining electrolytes, the use of inhibitor to prevent or minimize corrosion is a standard practice, despite a wide-spread use of inhibitors to control corrosion, still there is a need for more comprehensive and systematic study to understand their mode of action. precise understanding has become important. thiocarbamides [9] were well known for its corrosion inhibition efficiency, especially on transition metals mainly due to the presence of sulphur atom, which has a high electron density and can therefore easily bind to the metal surface. in thiocarbamide, the presence of group will further contribute stronger binding and enhance inhibition [10]. the effectiveness of any corrosion inhibitor is dependent on the type of the metal, properties of corrosive enviroments as well as the state of inhibitor molecule. the aim of the present work is to study the effect of thiourea as corrosion inhibitor for dissolution of α-brass in 0.6mol. dm-3 solution in neutral and slightly acidic media using potentiostatic polarization measurements. the effect of temperature on the dissolution of αbrass in the absence and presence of the inhibitor was also investigated through the calculations of the kinetic and thermodynamic parameters such as activation energy ea*, activation entropy and pre-exponential factor a. experimental part 1.materials asodium chloride (analar grade) was used for the preparation of the electrolyte solution of 0.6mol.dm-3 (3.5% w/w). bcommercial α-brass with the following composition as wt% [65.3% cu, 34.4% zn], the remainder being trace amounts of fe, sn, pb, ni and al. cthioura (sigma-aldrich 98%) was used as received. 2.potentiostatic polarization studies the potentiostatic polarization studies were carried out with apiece of α-brass, which was cut in the form of a disk [2cm diameter and 0.2cm thickness] having an exposed surface area of 1cm2 to corrosive medium. the working electrode (α-brass) was abraded mechanically and successively with different grades of emery paper [200, 400,800, 1200 and 2000] and washed with double distilled water. further, the samples were degreased with acetone and thoroughly washed with double distilled water then dried in air and kept in a desicator until use. 213 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 an electrochemical cell with a three electrodes assembly was used to study the electrochemical measurements. brass specimens with exposed area of 1cm2, a platinum electrode and silver-silver chloride in staturated were used as working, auxiliary and reference electrodes respectively. the polarization experiments were carried out using the m lab potentiostat / galvanostat 200 germany obtained from bank electronic intelligent controls . m lab was connected to personal computer by a rs 232 serial cable and controlled by computer desktop. the m lab software cares for controlling the potentiostat, recording and processing data. it is provided with electrochemical calculations like tafel line evaluation, re-scaling of the potential and integration. the experiments were performed in the electrolyte solution of 0.6mol. dm-3 at two different values of ph in the absence and presence of different concentrations of the inhibitor (thiourea) over the temperature range mentioned before, the operation program involved sending a set of commands from the computer to the potentiostat, and the polarization experiments were carried for brass specimen at a scan rate of 10mv/s. corrosion current density icorr and corrosion potential ecorr . were determind from the polarization curve in addition to other infromations such as tafel. slopes, weight loss and penetration loss. in order to test the reproducibility of the results, the experiments were performed in triplicate. results and discussion 1polarization behavior figs. 1 and 2 show the anodic and cathodic polarization curves of -brass in 0.6mol.dm3 nacl solution at four temperatures in the range of (288-318) k and two ph values (ph= 7 and ph =4). tafel extrapolation method was used to calculate the corrosion parameters from polarization curves. the resulting data are displayed in table (1) and these data show that corrosion current density (icorr) increases with the increase of temperature and nearly corrosion potential (ecorr) follows similar manner with the increase of temperature. also it was noticed that all values of icorr at ph=4 are more than those in ph=7 at all temperatures of study which indicate that αbrass has more tendency to corrode in acidic medium, and this result is enhanced by the values of pentration and weight loss. (table.1). anodic and cathodic tafel slopes show variation in their values which can be attributed to the variation of the rate determing step (r.d.s.) of the metal dissolution reaction (andoic) and the charge transfer process (desorption or electrochemical desorption) (cathodic) [11]. 2temperature dependence of the corrosion current density the rate of α-brass corrosion (r) (which is expressed by icorr) at a given concentration increased considerably with the rise of temperature. the dependence of the corrosion current density (icorr) on temperature followed arrhenius equation [12]. r =icorr = aexp (-ea/ rt)…………(1) which can be expressed in logarithmic form: log icorr = log a rt3.2 e a …………(2) where a and are respectively the pre-exponential factor and the activation energy of corrosion. a typical linear plot relating values of log to the reciprocal of temperature (1/t) is shown in figs.3 and 4. the value of could be derived from the slope of the line, and when the linear plot of figs. 3 and 4 was extrapolated to log value at 1/t=0, the value of a could be obtained. 214 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table 2 presents the values of and the pre-exponential factor a for α-brass corrosion in the two ph values 7and 4. it was found that there is direct relation between the values of and a i.e. smiltataneous increase or decrease in and log a for particular system which can be ascribed to the compensation effect which describes the kinetics of catalytic and tarnishing reactions on the metal. [13, 14] entropy of activation (∆s*) was calculated from the value of a using the relationship. a = h kt exp(∆s*/r)…………….(3) where k is boltzman constant, h is plank constant, r is the universal gas constant, and t is the temperature of the solution. the negative values of the entropy of activation (∆s*) for α-brass corrosion implies a less in the over-all degrees of freedom throughout the formation of the activated complex for the reaction of α-brass constituent with the negative species (cl& oh) leading to the formation of corrosion product [15], when the activated complex result only after considerable arrangements of the structure of reactant molecules, making the complex aless probable structure, ∆s* is negative, and the reaction will be slower. [16]. 3thermodynamics of corrosion of α-brass the change in gibbs free energy (∆g) for the corrosion of the metal specimens in a given ph at given temperature can be estimated from the equation[17]: ∆g = nfecorr …………..(4) where n (considered to be equal 2) is the number of electrons involved in the anodic process. from the values of at four different temperatures in the range (288-318)k at the two values of ph (7 and 4), the change in the entropy () of corrosion process could be derived using the well-known thermodynamic relation. -d(∆g)/ dt = ∆s…………..(5) utilizing the values of and , it was possible to calculate the values of the change in the enthalpy for the corrosion process from the relation: ∆g = ∆h t∆s……………(6) the thermodynamic quantities ∆g, ∆s and ∆h for α-brass corrosion in 0.6mol.dm-3 nacl solution and in the two ph values at four different temperatures (288-318)k are given in table (3). the obtained results indicate negative values of ∆g that means spontaneous reactions occur. the enthalpy changes (∆h) for α-brass corrosion have negative values indicating exothermic reaction while the positive values of ∆s for this corrosion confirm that the corrosion process is entropically favorable. 4corrosion inhibition of α-brass by thiocarbamide fig. 5 (a,b,c,d,e,f) shows the typical polarization curves of α-brass in 0.6mol. dm-3 nacl solution containing three different concentrations of thiourea over the temperature (288318)k. table 4 presents the polarization data (ecorr. and icorr.) and from these data, it can be noticed that the addition of thiourea caused a decrease in corrosion current densities of α-brass, but this inhibition effect of thiaurea decrease as the concentration of thiourea increased in the range (10-2-10-4) mol.dm-3 at all temperatures of study. thiourea has high inhibition efficiency at low concentration and loses its efficiency at high concentrations. [17] the acceleration of corrosion at higher concentration of thiourea is explained in several different papers [18-20], but no satisfactory explanation is given. the inhibition efficiency of thiourea is controlled by the adsorption of molecular species which increases the inhibition, and the protonated species, accelerating the rate of corrosion. the protonation process is controlled by the charge density 215 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 on the sulphur atom, lengthening and weakening of the c-s bond and the reactivity of the molecule. table 5 shows the values of protection efficiencies (p%) which are calculated from equ.(7), icorr(1) and icorr(2) are corrosion current densities in the absence and presence of the inhibitor respectively. p% = (icorr(1) – icorr(2) / icorr(1) × 100 ……………(7) 5effect of temperature on the inhibition of α-brass the effect of temperature on the corrosion rate of α-brass in 0.6mol.dm-3 nacl solutions at (two ph values) in the presence of different concentrations of inhibitor was studied in the temperature range (288-318)k. as the temperature increases, the rate of corrosion increases and hence the inhibition efficiency of the inhibitor decreases. this is due to the desorption which is aided by the increase of the temperature. this behave proves that the adsorption of the inhibitor on α-brass surface occurs through the physical adsorption. the activation energy ea and a and entropy of activation ∆s* for corrosion of α-brass in the presence of different concentrations of inhibitor were calculated from arrhenius type equation. r= aexp (-ea/rt) ……………..(8) where the values of (r) was taken to be proportional to the corrosion current density (icorr.), a is the pre-exponential factor, ea is the activation energy and r is the gas constant. the arrhenius law is presented as a straight line when log icorr values are plotted against 1/t values fig. 5 (a.b.c.d.e.f) are estimated from the slopes and intercepts of the plots respectively, and these values are collected in table 6. the variation of activation energy in the presence of different concentrations of thiourea would be illustrated as follows; [21] lower values were found in the presence of inhibitor than those without inhibitors i.e. this type of inhibitor retard corrosion at high temperatures but inhibition is diminished at ordinary temperatures. the decrease of ea with an increase of thiourea concentration suggest that the energy barrier of corrosion reaction decreases with inhibitors concentration. the higher ea values in the presence of inhibitor supports the proposed physisorption mechanism, (the system with 10-4 mol.dm-3 thiourea) unchanged or lower values of ea in inhibited systems indicate chemisorption mechanism[22]. conclusion 1. the (α–brass) corrodes in sodium chloride solution by selective corrosion reaction which increases with the increase of acidity and temperature. 2. thiourea acts as inhibitor for α-brass corrosion, and the inhibition efficiency decreases as concentration of the inhibitor increases. references 1. zaky a. m., (2001), electrochemical behaviare of copper-silver alloy in sodium carbonate aqueous solution, bri. corros. j 36, 59. 2. deen k.m.; ahmad r.; younas m. a.; khan m. a. and khan m.u., (2009), corrosion inhibition evaluation of alpha-beta brass in tap water, journal of pakistan institute of chemical engineers, 24 (69-71). 3. gasparac r.; martin c.r. and stupnisek-lisac e., (2000), in situ studies of imidazole and its derivatives of copper corrosion inhibitors. i. activation energies and thermodynamics of adsorption., j. electro chem. soc. 147, 548. 216 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 4. gad-allah a.g.; abou-romia m. m.; badaway w.a. and rehan h.h. (1991) passivity of α-brass (cu, zn 67/33) and its break-down neutral and alkaline solution containing halide ions., j. appl. electrochem. 21,829. 5. raj x. joseph and rajendran n. (2011) corrosion inhibition effect of substituted thiadizoles on brass, int. j. elctrochem. sci. 6, 348-366. 6. quraishi m.a.; farooqi i.h. and saini p.a. (2000) technical note inhibition of dezincification of (70-30) brass by aminoalkyl mercaptotriazoles, br. corros. j., 35, 78-80. 7. abdallah m.; al-agez m. and fouda a.s. (2009) phenylhydrozone derivatives as corrosion inhibitors for α-brass in hydrochloric acid solutions, int. j. electrochem. sci, 4, 336-352. 8. antonijevic m. milan; milic m. snezana, and marija b. petrovi, (2009) films formation copper surface in chloride media in the presence of azoles, corros. sci. 51, 1228. 9. taha k.k.; sheshadri b.s.; ahmed m.f. and muralidharan v.s. (2006) corrosion inhibition of brass thiocarbamides, indian journal of chemical technology, 13 pp., 128-134. 10. nathan c.c. (1973) corrosion inhibitors national association of corrosion engineers, inhibitors, houston texas, p. (11-12). 11. bokris j.o.m. and reddy a.k.n., (1970) modern electrochemistry, phenum press, new york. 2.p. 883. 12. murguleseu i.g. and radoviei o., int., congr. metal corrosion, 10-15, april (1961) london, p. 202-205. 13. fouda a.s. and mahfouz h. (2009) inhibition of corrosion of α-brass (cu-zn, 67/33) in solutions by some arylazo indole derivatives., journal of the chilean chemical soc. 54 no.3, pp (302-308). 14. al-haidari y.k. and saleh j.m. (1988) studies of adsorption and corrosion inhibition of some organic sulphur compounds on some metals and alloys, j. of chem. soc., 54, 189. 15. scully j.c., (1978) the fundamentals of corrosion, international series on materials and technology, anodic reaction, 17, p. 220. 16. sinko p.j. (2000) physical, chemical and biopharmaceutical principles in pharmaceutical sciences, fifth ed. usa; p. 413. 17. sherir l.l. (1976) "corrosion metal environment reactions", 2nd ed., 1.pp. 13.164. 18. loto r.t.; loto, c.a. and popovla, a.p. i. (2012) corrosion inhibition of thiourea and thiadiazole derivatives; a review, j. mater environ. sci. 3(5), 885-894. 19. tang, y.; yang, x.; chen, w. and wan, r. (2010) a preliminary. investigation of corrosion inhibition of mild steel in 0.5m h2so4 by 2-amino-5(n-pyridl), 1,3,5 – thiadiazole, polarization eis and molecular dynamics solution, corrosion, sci, 52(242): 1801-1808 20. shen, wang, and yang, long (2006) the adsorption stability and inhibited by allylthiourea of bulk nanocrystalline iron in dilute hcl , applied surface science, elsevier 21182122. 21. bentiss, lebrini, lagrence (2007) low toxicity copper corrosion inhibitors, corrosion (713-720). 22. zarroukl a.; warad, i. and hsmmouti, b. (2010) kinetic parameters of activation, int. j. electrochem. sci., 5:1516-1526. 23. hammouti, e.b.; aouniti, a.; ramli, y.; azougagh ,m.; essassi, e.m. and bouachrine, m. (2010) thermodynamic characterization of steel corrosion in in the presence of 2-phenyl thieno (3,2b) quinoxaline, j. mater enviro, sci., 121. 217 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (1): data of polarization curve for corrosion of α-brass in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution at three ph values (4 and 7) over the temperature range (288-318)k. ph t/k icorr/µa.cm 2 -ecorr/mv ba/mv. decade-1 -bc/mv. decade-1 weight loss/ g.m-2. day-1 penetration loss/mm.year-1 4 288 1.26 238.9 36.5 23.2 0.358 0.0146 298 1.76 240.3 52.4 185.4 0.551 0.0225 308 2.91 268.2 51.5 133.4 0.763 0.0312 318 9.69 264.0 56.4 159.1 1.820 0.0744 7 288 1.22 248.8 57.4 119.5 0.348 0.0142 298 1.63 257.2 53.9 124.5 0.522 0.0213 308 2.17 258.9 48.7 120.2 0.618 0.0253 318 5.85 257.6 43.0 143.2 1.520 0.0622 table (2): activation energy (ea), pre-exponential factor (a) and entropy of activation (∆s*) for α-brass corrosion in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution. ph ea/kj. mol-1 -∆s*/j.k-1.mol-1 a/ molecule. cm-2.s-1 4 47.442 81.835 22.019×1031 7 50.935 74.803 73.703×1031 table (3): the thermodynamic functions for corrosion of α-brass in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution over the temperature range (288-318)k in three ph values (4 and 7). ph t/k -∆g/kj.mol-1 ∆h/kj.mol-1 ∆s/j.k-1.mol-1 4 288 46.107 3.169 171.1 298 46.377 4.610 308 51.762 0.936 318 50.952 3.457 7 288 48.018 -32.408 54.2 298 49.639 -33.487 308 49.967 -33.273 318 49.716 -32.480 table (4): values of (-ecorr., icorr. and inhibitor effecincy percent) with different concentrations of thiourea at temperature rang (288-318)k in ph=4and 7 ph t/k inhibitor conc. mol.dm-3 -ecorr/mv -icorr. µa.cm -2 ie% 4 288 0 196.5 1.26 0 1×10-2 413.3 1.53 1×10-3 320.0 0.85 32.5 1×10-4 283.0 0.78 38.0 298 0 248.6 1.76 0 1×10-2 408.4 1.6 9.0 1×10-3 326.3 0.9 48.8 1×10-4 285.0 0.80 54.5 308 0 268.2 2.91 0 1×10-2 403.4 2.76 5.1 1×10-3 335.3 1.72 40.8 1×10-4 314.5 1.38 52.5 218 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 318 0 264.0 9.69 0 1×10-2 392.0 5.8 40.1 1×10-3 339.8 3.42 64.4 1×10-4 272.1 3.1 68.0 7 288 0 248.8 1.22 0 1×10-2 417.0 1.02 16.3 1×10-3 325.7 0.589 51.17 1×10-4 287.4 0.50 59.0 298 0 257.2 1.63 0 1×10-2 403.2 1.3 20.24 1×10-3 327.6 0.675 58.5 1×10-4 295.6 0.31 80.98 308 0 258.9 2.17 0 1×10-2 407.3 2.21 1×10-3 331.9 1.22 43.7 1×10-4 311.7 1.12 48.3 318 0 257.6 5.85 0 1×10-2 404.6 4.8 17.9 1×10-3 332.2 2.73 53.33 1×10-4 298.7 1.68 71.28 table (5): values of protection efficies calculated from icorr. ph conc. of thiourea mol.dm-3 t/k p% form icorr. 4 1×10-2 288 -21.4 298 29.8 308 -8.0 318 16.4 1×10-3 288 7.9 298 31.4 308 35.8 318 62.1 1×10-4 288 37.6 298 58.7 308 48.5 318 23.1 7 1×10-2 288 16.3 298 11.4 308 -1.8 318 31.9 1×10-3 288 34.0 298 52.9 308 43.7 318 67.6 1×10-4 288 58.4 298 55.6 308 48.3 318 68.5 219 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (6): activation energy (ea), pre-exponamtial factor (a) and entropy of activation (∆s*) for the corrosion of α-brass in the ph values 4 and 7 in 0.6mol.dm-3 nacl solution and different concentrations of thiourea. ph conce. of thiourea mol.dm-3 ea/ kj.mol-1 a/ molecule. cm2.s-1 -∆s*/ j.k-1. mol-1 4 1×10-2 51.008 81.411×1031 73.977 1×10-3 52.765 95.699×1031 72.634 1×10-4 53.679 118.279×1031 70.875 7 1×10-2 51.765 89.062×1031 73.231 1×10-3 55.331 196.114×1031 66.677 1×10-4 66.092 8.41×1034 35.467 fig. (1): polarization curves for the corrosion of α-brass in ph=7 with 0.6mol.dm-3 solution at different temperatures in the range of (288-318)k. fig. (2): polarization curves for the corrosion of α-brass in ph=4 with 0.6mol.dm-3 solution at different temperatures in the range of (288-318)k. 0.00001 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 log current (micro a/cm^2) -500 -450 -400 -350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 eco rr. ( mv ) 288k 298k 308k 318k po te nt ia l / m v v s. sc e fig. (3): arrhenius plots relating log icorr. vs.1/t for the corrosion of α-brass in 0.6mol.dm-3 nacl in ph=4 fig. (4): arrhenius plots relating log icorr. vs.1/t for the corrosion of α-brass in 0.6mol.dm-3 nacl in ph=7 221 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure (5 a,b and c): arrhenius plot, log icorr as a function of the reciprocal temperature (1/t) for corrosion of α-brass in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution over the temperature range (288-318)k in ph=7 with three concentration values of thiourea (102, 10-3 and 10-4) mol.dm-3. a b c 222 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure (5 d,e and f): arrhenius plot, log icorr as a function of the reciprocal temperature (1/t) for corrosion of α-brass in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution over the temperature range (288-318)k in ph=4 with three concentration values of thiourea (102, 10-3 and 10-4) mol.dm-3. d e f 223 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 براص بواسطة الثایویوریا -سبیكة الفاتآكل وتثبیط تآكل وصال عبد العزیز عیسى عوف عبد الرحمن احمد جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثم(ربیة للعلوم الصرفة كلیة الت /قسم الكیمیاء 2013كانون األول 4، قبل البحث في : 2013آیار 29استلم البحث في : الخالصة )α-brassكھروكیمیائیة لتأكل وتثبیط تاكل سبیكة الفا براص (یتناول موضوع البحث دراسة cu 65.3 ، %zn 34.4 باستعمال تقنیة المجھاد 3-مول. دسم 0,6% في محلول ملحي لكلورید الصودیوم بتركیز . درس سلوك التآكل في الوسط المتعادل والقلیل (ic)الساكن، وتم التعبیر عن النتائج من خالل تسجیل قیم جھد التآكل كلفن. لوحظ ان سرعة التآكل تزداد بزیادة 318الى 288وعلى مدى من درجات الحرارة من 7و ph 4الحامضیة الحامضیة وزیادة درجة الحرارة، اذ خضعت حركیة تفاعل التآكل لمعادلة ارینیوس التي من خاللھا حسبت قیم طاقة كما امكن حساب الكمیات الثرمودینامیكیة لتفاعل (*s∆)وانثروبي التنشیط (a)ومسبوق المقدار االسي (*ea)التنشیط كما اشتمل البحث على دراسة استعمال مادة الثایویوریا مثبطاً لعملیة تآكل سبیكة الفا براص في (g, ∆s, ∆h∆)التآكل تضح ان اضافة الثایویوریا عملت على تقلیل سرعة التآكل من محلول كلورید الصودیوم بالتركیز المشار الیھ اعاله، وا خالل قیم تیار التآكل المتناقصة، ولوحظ زیادة قیم طاقات التنشیط عند اضافة الثایویوریا وھذا یعني ازدیاد الحاضر الطاقي لعملیة التآكل وكانت ھذه الزیادة في عالقة عكسیة مع تركیز الثایویوریا. المفتاحیة: الفا براص، ثایویوریا، تثبیط تآكل، معلمات حركیة وثرمودینامیكیة.الكلمات 224 | chemistry @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees اٌى١ّ١بء | 355 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ه ثزفبػٍٗ ِغ لٛاػذ شف رُ رؾض١ش ؽٍمبد خّبع١خ غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ ِخزٍفخ ِٓ اٌّشوت وٍٛسٚ داٞ فٍٛسٚ ؽبِض اٌخ١ٍ رُ رؾض١ش اٌؾٍمبد اٌخّبع١خ ِشزمبد إر[ h10-h1اٌزٟ رُ رؾض١ش٘ب ثبعزؼّبي اٌذ٠ٙب٠ذاد ٚو١زٛٔبد ٚا١ِٕبد ِخزٍفخ] thf) ( [h20-h11.] سثبػٟ ٘ب٠ذسٚ ف١ٛساْ ثٛعٛد ِز٠ت اْٚ-5-اٚوغبص١ٌٚذ٠ٓ شخظذ اٌّشوجبد اٌّؾضشح ط١ف١ًب ثٛعبطخ ل١بط ط١ف االشؼخ فٛق ل١بط دسعبد االٔظٙبس ٌٍّشوجبد اٌّؾضشح.رُ )إٌٛٚٞ اٌّغٕبط١غٟ زشخ١ض ا٠ضآ ثٛعبطخ ط١ف اٌش١ٔٓاٌاٌّشئ١خ ٚ االشؼخ رؾذ اٌؾّشاء ٚ -اٌجٕفغغ١خ 1 h-nmr) .ٚاصجزذ إٌزبئظ اٌزشاو١ت اٌى١ّ١بئ١خ اٌّمزشؽخٌجؼض اٌّشوجبد شف، اٚوغبص١ٌٚذ٠ٓ ،لٛاػذ اٌذ٠ٙب٠ذاد، و١زٛٔبد -انكهًبث انًفخبحيت: اٌى١ّ١بء | 356 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انًقذيت قواعذ شف rrٚرىْٛ اٌظ١غخ اٌى١ّ١بئ١خ اٌؼبِخ ٌمٛاػذ شف ' c=nr '' أٚ االص١ِٚض١ٕبد أٚ اال١ٔالد بال١ّ٠ٕبدث لٛاػذ شفع١ّذ r ٚrأٚ اٌجٕضا١ٔالد إر رّضـً و٣ ِٓ ' rفٟ اال١ٔالد ِغّٛػخ ا١ٌفبر١خ أٚ اسِٚبر١خ أٚ رسح ١٘ذسٚع١ٓ ٚ '' ؽٍمخ ثٕض٠ٓ rؽٍمخ ثٕض٠ٓ ِؼٛضخ أٚ غ١ش ِؼٛضخ ٚ rِؼٛضخ أٚ غ١ش ِؼٛضخ ٚفٟ اال١ّ٠ٕبد رىْٛ ' rرسح ١٘ذسٚع١ٓ ٚ '' ِغّٛػخ r ٚrوً ِٓ ػٕذِب رشزك ِٓ اٌى١زٛٔبد إر رىْٛ]1[ اٌى١ً أٚ أس٠ً ' ِغّٛػخ اٌى١ً أٚ أس٠ً ٚرغّٝ اٌذ١ّ٠ٕبد ػٕذِب رشزك r ِغّٛػخ اٌى١ً أٚ أس٠ً ٚ rِٓ ا٤ٌذ٠ٙب٠ذاد أٞ رىْٛ ' ٠ٚفضً أْ رؾزٛٞ ٘زٖ اٌّشوجبد ػٍٝ ِغّٛػخ أس٠ً ػٍٝ ٚثٙزا فبْ ٌٍظ١غخ إٌزشٚع١ٓ أٚ اٌىبسثْٛ ٌض٠بدح اعزمشاس٠زٙب ٚثبٌزبٌٟ اٌؾفبظ ػ١ٍٙب ِٓ اٌزفىه أٚ رؾٌٛٙب اٌٝ ث١ٌّٛشاد اٌؼبِخ ٌمٛاػذ ش١ف شج١ٙبْ ٕ٘ذع١بْ ثٕبًء ػٍٝ اٌزٛص٠غ اٌفشاغٟ ٌٍّغب١ِغ اٌّشرجطخ ثزسرٟ إٌزشٚع١ٓ ٚاٌىبسثْٛ ؽٛي ػٕذِب رىْٛ اٌّغّٛػخ اٌّؼٛضخ ػٍٝ رسح اٌىبسثْٛ ٌالطشح zاٚ -syn، ار ٠ىْٛ اٌشج١ٗ c=nا٢طشح اٌّضدٚعخ اٚ ارا وبٔذ ٚرىْٛ e -anti فظ عبٔت اٌّغّٛػخ اٌّؼٛضخ ػٍٝ رسح إٌزشٚع١ٓاٌّضدٚعخ راد االعجم١خ االػٍٝ ػٍٝ ٔ ػٍٝ اٌغبٔت اٌّؼبوظ ٚرؼزّذ اعزمشاس٠خ اٌشج١ٙ١ٓ ػٍٝ طج١ؼخ اٌّغب١ِغ اٌّؼٛضخ ٠ّٚىٓ اْ ٠زؾٛي اؽذاّ٘ب ٌالخش ثبٌضٛء [2] اٚ اٌؾشاسح تحضير قواعد شف عبػخ( ٚفٟ 25ٚثزظؼ١ذ اٌخطٛح االٌٚٝ ثّذح ) sulphadiazineٚاٌّشوت aminoantipyrine-4ؽضشد ِٓ رفبػً ]3[ عبػبد( 5اٌخطٛح اٌضب١ٔخ ثزظؼ١ذ ِذرٗ ) صٕبئٟ ف١ًٕ ا٠ضش ٚاٚسصٛ ف١ٍ١ٕٓ فٟ ِز٠ت ا١ٌّضبٔٛي ِٓ دْٚ -4,4ؽضشد لبػذح شف صٕبئ١خ ِغّٛػخ ا١ّ٠٦ٓ ِٓ رىبصف ّغبػذ وبٌؾبِض أٚ اٌمبػذح ثبٌزؾش٠ه اٌّغزّش فٟ دسعخ ؽشاسح اٌغشفخ فزشعجذ ِبدح ثشرمب١ٌخ اٌٍْٛ ٚثٕغجخ ٚعٛد اٌؼبًِ اٌ .[4]ِٕزٛط ػب١ٌخ ؽضشد ِٕٗ اػذاد ِٓ لٛاػذ شف ثزفبػٍٗ ِغ ا١ِٕبد أ١ٌٚخ ا١ٌفبر١خ إرِشوجب ِّٙب ٠pyridin-2-amineؼذ اٌّشوت -:ِٕٚٙب اٌّشوت االرٟ [6,5]أسِٚبر١خ ٚؽٍم١خ غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ اٌى١ّ١بء | 357 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ٠زفبػً إرؽضشد ا١ّ٠ٕبد صٕبئ١خ ثظٛسح ِشوجبد ؽٍم١خ ِٓ رىبصف ا١ٌٙذساص٠ٓ ِغ اٌّشوجبد اٌضٕبئ١خ اٌىبسث١ًٔٛ ( أٚ (azomethineالٌذ٠ٙب٠ذ ِغ ا١ٌٙذساص٠ٓ ١ٌؼطٟ ِشوجبد ؽٍم١خ غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ رؾزٛٞ ِغّٛػز١ٓ ِٓ االص١ِٚض١ٓ اٌفضب .[7] (imine)اال١ّ٠ٓ اٌّجبشش ِٓ أُ٘ ٚأوضش اٌطشائك اٌّغزؼٍّخ فٟ رؾض١ش االٚوض٠ّبد ػٓ طش٠ك رفبػً االٌذ٠ٙب٠ذ أٚ اٌزىبصفرؼذ طش٠مخ اٌى١زْٛ ِغ ا١ٌٙذسٚوغ١ً ا١ِٓ ١٘ذسٚوٍٛسا٠ذ فٟ ٚعظ لبػذٞ [8]. انًزكببث انحهقيت غيز انًخجبَست ٟ٘ اٌّشوجبد اٌزٟ رّزٍه رشو١جب ؽٍم١ب ِىٛٔب ِٓ رسح وبسثْٛ ٚاؽذح اٚ اوضش فضال اٌّشوجبد اٌؾٍم١خ غ١ش اٌّزغبٔغخ ػٓ رساد اخشٜ ِخزٍفخ. ِٚٓ اوضش اٌزساد غ١ش اٌّزغبٔغخ ش١ٛػب ٟ٘ إٌزشٚع١ٓ ٚاالٚوغغ١ٓ ٚاٌىجش٠ذ. لجً اٌجبؽض١ٓ فٟٙ رذخً فٟ ٚٔظشا ال١ّ٘خ ٘زٖ اٌّشوجبد ِٓ إٌبؽ١خ اٌزطج١م١خ فٟ ِغبالد ِخزٍفخ فمذ اللذ ا٘زّبِب وج١شا ِٓ رشو١ت اٌىٍٛسٚف١ً فٟ إٌجبد، وّب اْ ا١ٌّٙٛوٍٛث١ٓ ٠ؾزٛٞ ػٍٝ اسثغ ؽٍمبد ِٓ اٌجب٠شٚي ٚرؼذ ِٓ اٌّشوجبد اٌٛاعؼخ .[9]االٔزشبس فٟ اٌطج١ؼخ إٌزشٚع١ٕ١خ ٚرٛعذ ػذح أٛاع ِٓ اٌغض٠ئبد اٌؾ١بر١خ اٌزٟ رؾزٛٞ فٟ رشو١جٙب ػٍٝ أظّخ ؽٍم١خ غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ ِٕٙب اٌمٛاػذ ِضً اٌج١ٛس٠ٓ ٚاٌجش١ِذ٠ٓ اٌزٟ رذخً فٟ رشو١ت ا١ٌٕٛو١ٍٛر١ذاد اٌزٟ رؼذ اٌّىٛٔبد االعبع١خ ٌزشو١ت اٌؾبِض إٌٛٚٞ .[10]ٌٙب ؽٍمبد غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ رؾزٛٞ ػٍٝ إٌزشٚع١ٓ b. وّب اْ ِؼظُ افشاد ِغّٛػخ ف١زب١ِٓ rnaٚاٌـ dnaاٌـ وبٌجٕغ١ٍٓ رؾزٛٞ ػٍٝ أظّخ ؽٍم١خ غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ ٠ّٚىٓ اٌؾظٛي ػٍٝ اٌؼذ٠ذ ِٓ وّب اْ اٌؼذ٠ذ ِٓ اٌّضبداد اٌؾ٠ٛ١خ .[11]اٌّشوجبد اٌؾٍم١خ غ١ش اٌّزغبٔغخ ِخزجش٠ب اٌزٟ رّزبص ثبِزالوٙب فؼب١ٌخ ثب٠ٌٛٛع١خ ٚاطجبؽ ِٚج١ذاد ؽشش٠خ ٚث١ٌّٛشاد انحهقبث انخًبسيت غيز انًخجبَست رفبػالً ض١ًّٕب ٌٍجٕضٌذ٠ٙب٠ذادفٟ اٌّٛلغ اٚسصٛ فٟ اٌؾٍمخ االسِٚبر١خ ِغّٛػخ ١ٔزشٚ اٌزٟ رؾزٛٞ ػٍٝلٛاػذ شف اْ ؾٍمخ وّب ِج١ٓ فٟ اٌخّبع١خ غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ ِشوجبدرؾذ ظشٚف خبطخ ثٛعٛد صالصٟ اص١ً فٛعف١ذ فٟ ِذح لظ١شح ٌزى٠ٛٓ .[12]أدٔبٖ ِٓ خالي رُ رؾض١ش٘ب ػٍٝ رسرٟ ا٤ٚوغغ١ٓ ٚإٌب٠زشٚع١ٓ اٌّؾز٠ٛخثؼض اٌّشوجبد اٌؾٍم١خ غ١ش اٌّزغبٔغخ اٌخّبع١خ ادٔبٖأٚوغبص١ٌٚذ٠ٓ ( وّب فٟ اٌّؼبدٌخ – 3، 1رفبػً ِغّٛػخ ا٢ص١ِٚض١ٓ ِغ ؽٍمخ ا٤ٚوغ١شاْ ٚإٌبرظ ٘ٛ ِشوت ) [13] : اٌى١ّ١بء | 358 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ثؼض اٌّشزمبد اٌؾٍمخ اٌخّبع١خ ِٓ رفبػً ا١ٌٙذساصٚٔبد ِغ اٌضب٠ِٛب١ٌه [14]ٚعّبػزٗ chatrabhujiوّب ؽضش اٌجبؽش فٟ اٌذا٠ٛوغبْ وّز٠ت وّب ٠ؤرٟ : انجشء انعًهي [ .h10-h1] [15-18] ححعيز قواعذ شف 10ٚعخٓ ٌّذح ) 75ml)ج١ىش عؼزٗ )ثِٓ اال٠ضبٔٛي 40ml)فٟ ) ثبسار١ٌٛٛد٠ٓ( ِٓ ,0.018mol 2.1gmأر٠ت ) ِٓ اال٠ضبٔٛي اٌّطٍك فٟ 15ml)فٟ ) ثبسا وٍٛسٚ ثٕضٌذ٠ٙب٠ذ( ِٓ ,0.018mol 2.5gmدلبئك( ٚفٟ اٌٛلذ ٔفغٗ أر٠ت ) فٟ دٚسق ٚرُ اٌّضطدلبئك( 5ٚعخٓ ٌّذح ) لطشر١ٓ ِٓ ؽبِض اٌخ١ٍه اٌضٍغٟ وؼبًِ ِغبػذِغ 75ml)عؼخ ) ٞث١ىش ر ٚثشد ثؼذ رٌه اٌزظؼ١ذ سوض اٌّؾٍٛي ، ِذحٔزٙبء اٚثؼذ د( عبػب 6ٌّذح ) اٌّض٠ظ. ٚطؼذ دائشٞ ِضٚد ثّؾشن ِغٕبط١غٟ اٌّؾٍٛي فٟ ؽّبَ صٍغٟ فظٙشد ثٍٛساد راد ٌْٛ اث١ض، سشؾذ صُ اػ١ذ ثٍٛسرٙب ِٓ اال٠ضبٔٛي اٌّطٍك ٚعفف اٌشاعت ٌؾذ ؽضشد لٛاػذ شف ٔفغٙبطش٠مخ اٌؼًّ ث(، h1ٚصجٛد اٌٛصْ ٚرُ ل١بط دسعخ االٔظٙبس فزُ اٌؾظٛي ػٍٝ لبػذح شف ) .(1غذٚي )، اٌ [ h10-h2] االخشٜ ححعيز انحهقبث انخًبسيتغيز انًخجبَست اوٌ-5-اوكسبسونيذيٍ ححعيز يشخقبث [h20-h11 ٍي ]كهورو داي فهورو حبيط انخهيك ِغ thf)( ِٓ سثبػٟ ١٘ذسٚف١ٛساْ )20mlفٟ ) ؤ( ِزاثh1ِٓ لبػذح شف )2.29gm, 0.01mol) ِضط ) (0.01mol 1.3gm, ِٓ )20)ِزاة فٟ ) وٍٛسٚ داٞ فٍٛسٚ ؽبِض اٌخ١ٍهml 5ِٚٓ صُ أض١فذ ) ٔفغٗ ِٓ اٌّز٠ت إٌبرظثشد ٚعبػبد( 6ٌّذح ) 100ml)لطشاد( ِٓ صالصٟ أص١ً أ١ِٓ اٌٝ اٌّض٠ظ صُ ٚضغ اٌّض٠ظ فٟ دٚسق دائشٞ عؼزٗ ) ٚعفف اٌشاعت ٌؾذ ثٍٛسرٙب ِشر١ٓ ِٓ اال٠ضبٔٛي رُسشؾذ اٌجٍٛساد ٚ ،(h11)ِٓ اٌّشوت فٟ ؽّبَ صٍغٟ فظٙشد ثٍٛساد (.2. اٌغذٚي )ؽضشد اٌّشزمبد االخشٜٔفغٙبطش٠مخ اٌؼًّ ثٚ صجٛد اٌٛصْ ٚل١غذ دسعخ أظٙبس٘ب انُخبئج وانًُبقشت [h10-h1]ححعيز قواعذ شف رُ رؾض١ش أػذاد ِزٕٛػخ ِٓ لٛاػذ شف ِٓ رفبػً االٌذ٠ٙب٠ذاد ٚاٌى١زٛٔبد ِغ ا١ِ٤ٕبد االسِٚبر١خ ا١ٌٚ٤خ ثزظؼ١ذ٘ب لطشاد ِٓ ؽبِض اٌخ١ٍه اٌضٍغٟ وؼبًِ ِؾفض. ٚفٟ اٌىؾٛي ا٤ص١ٍٟ اٌّطٍك ْٛ ِغّٛػخ اٌىبسث١ًٔٛ ػٍٝ وبسث nh2فnٟاٌّٛعٛد ػٍٝ رسح ٌٍّضدٚط االٌىزش٠ٟٔٚزضّٓ اٌزفبػً ٘غَٛ ١ٔٛو١ٍٛف١ٍٟ اٌزٞ ٠فمذ عض٠ئخ ِبء ١ٌؼطٟ اال١ّ٠ٓ، اٌّشوت اٌّغزمش. hemiaminal n-substitutedٌالٌذ٠ٙب٠ذ أٚ اٌى١زْٛ ٌزى٠ٛٓ .[19]٠ٚؼزمذ أْ اٌزفبػً ٠ؾذس ثب١ٌّىب١ٔى١خ اٌّج١ٕخ اٌى١ّ١بء | 359 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 -uvطخ ِط١بف١خ ب(، صُ ثٛع1ض لٛاػذ شف اٌّؾضشح ثزؼ١١ٓ دسعبد أظٙبس٘ب، اٌغذٚي )١شخر رُ vis.spectroscopy ( 3ثبعزؼّبي اٌىٍٛسٚفٛسَ وّز٠ت اٌغذٚي.) ىشِٚٛفٛس ٌ ٌٍّشوجبد اٌؾب٠ٚخ ػٍٝ اٚاطش ِضدٚعخ ِزؼبلجخ ِغ اٚاطش فشد٠خ ٠uv-vis.spectroscopyز١ّض ط١ف -( رؼٛد الٔزمبي )235nm-272فٟ اٌّذٜ ) بغ١ش ِمزشْ ثظٙٛس لّّ * االٌى١ً أٚ ا٤س٠ً ( ٠ٚغجت االلزشاْ ِغ ِغب١ِغ -فٟ اٌط١ف ١ٌؼطٟ لُّ رؼٛد ٌالٔزمبالد ) ارغ١ش * ( ٚ )n- * .) ِٓ ٔٛع ٌالٔزمبالد (260nm-312)ٌٙزٖ اٌّشوجبد لُّ اِزظبص ٚاضؾخ ػٕذ uv-vis.spectroscopyأظٙش ط١ف (n-π*) ٌّغّٛػخ(-n=ch-ar) ؼٛد ٌالٔزمبالد فإٔٙب ر (205nm-230). أِب لُّ االِزظبص ػٕذ ٣ٌٚc=oطشح [20] -االٌىزش١ٔٚخ ِٓ ٔٛع ) * ( اٌخبطخ ثؾٍمخ اٌجٕض٠ٓ [21] ( ِٛالغ االِزظبص ٘زٖ.3. ٚرٛضؼ اٌم١ُ ٚاٌّؼٍِٛبد فٟ اٌغذٚي ) ( ٌمٛاػذ شف ثزغ١ش اٌزشو١ت اٌغض٠ئٟ ٠c=nزغ١ش ِٛلغ رشدد ِغّٛػخ )فٟ ط١ف االشؼخ رؾذ اٌؾّشاء ٚثشىً ػبَ 1680cm-1570ٌٍمبػذح ؽزٝ ٠زشاٚػ ث١ٓ ) -1 ( ارا وبٔذ لبػذح ش١ف اسِٚبر١خ أٚ ؽٍم١خ غ١ش ِزغبٔغخ أٚ أ١ٌفبر١خ ٚوزٌه ( ثبٌّذٜ c=n( ِٚٓ اٌظؼت رؾذ٠ذ ِٛلغ رشدد ا٢طشح )٠c=nؼزّذ ػٍٝ ٔٛع اٌّغّٛػخ اٌّؼٛضخ اٌمش٠جخ ِٓ ا٢طشح ) (1570-1680cm -1 ٠خ أٚ االٔؾٕبئ١خ ثزٍه إٌّطمخ ِضً ( ػٕذ ٚعٛد أٚاطش أخشٜ ثزشو١ت لبػذح شف رمغ رشددارٙب اال٘زضاص ٌمٛاػذ ش١ف ft-ir، ٌزٌه أظٙشد ِط١بف١خاٌؾٍمبد ا٤سِٚبر١خ ٚاٌؾٍمبد غ١ش اٌّزغبٔغخ ٚا٢ٚاطش اٌىبسث١ٍ١ٔٛخ 1654cm-1596)ؾضَ ػٕذ اٌ.( ٠ٛضؼ ل١ُ االِزظبص ٘ز4ٖاٌّؾضشح، اٌغذٚي ) -1 ، ٚؽضَ (c=n)رؼٛد إٌٝ ا٘زضاص ِظ ( cm 1710-1657ػٕذ -1 ) 3101cm-3043)، ٚؽضَ ػٕذ (c=o)ٛد إٌٝ ( رؼ -1 (c=c-h)رؼٛد إٌٝ ا٘زضاص ِظ ا٢طشح ( 1476cm-1573)اٌخبطخ ثؾٍمخ اٌجٕض٠ٓ، ٚؽضَ ػٕذ -1 رىْٛ ذإاالسِٚبر١خ (c=c)اٌزٟ رؼٛد إٌٝ ا٘زضاص ِظ ا٢طشح ( 2895cm-2964. ٚؽضَ ػٕذ (c=n)راد شذح اضؼف ِٓ شذح ا٢طشح -1 اال١ٌفبر١خ (c-h)( رؼٛد إٌٝ ا٘زضاص ِظ ( 3376cm)ٚؽضِخ اِزظبص -1 1123cm-1186)ٚؽضَ ػٕذ h6( ٌٍّشوتn-hرؼٛد اٌٝ ) ( -1 رؼٛد إٌٝ ا٘زضاص اٌّظ ( 700cm-750). ٚرظٙش ٘زٖ اٌّشوجبد ؽضَ اِزظبص ػٕذ (c-n)٣ٌطشح -1 اٌزٟ رؼٛد إٌٝ ا٘زضاص خبسط اٌّغزٜٛ ( ٣ٌn-h lactam ٚ(860-750cmطشح -1 ٚا٘زضاصاد ِظ اٌؾٍمخ )اٌؾضَ (c-h)اص االٔؾٕبء ٣ٌطشح اٌؼبئذح إٌٝ ا٘زض ( ٚرظٙش وزٌه ؽضَ اِزظبص خبسط اٌّغزٜٛ رؼٛد ٌٍّغّٛػخ فٟ ؽٍمبد اٌّشوجبد االسِٚبر١خ (c=c)ا١ٌٙى١ٍخ( ٥ٌٚاطش (c-h( االسِٚبر١خ ٚرٌه ػٕذ )783-849cm-1 ٚأظٙشد لبػذح شف ٌٍّشوت )h10 ( اٌّؾز٠ٛخ ػٍٝ ِغّٛػخno2 ) 1330cmٌٙزٖ اٌّغّٛػخ االٌٚٝ رمش٠جب ػٕذ )اشبسر١ٓ -1 1560cm( ٚاٌضب١ٔخ رمش٠جب ػٕذ ) -1 ( ٠ٚؼٛد اٌغجت فٟ رٌه اٌٝ ؽضِخ اِزظبص رؼٛد h3ٚعٛد ٔٛػ١ٓ ِٓ ِظ ٌٙزٖ اٌّغّٛػخ)ِزٕبظش ٚغ١ش ِزٕبظش( ٚأظٙشد لٛاػذشف ٌٍّشوت 3326cmٚرٌه ػٕذ اٌف١ٌٕٛ١خ (o-hٌٍّغّٛػخ ) -1 (. اٌى١ّ١بء | 360 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انخًبسيتغيز انًخجبَستححعيز انحهقبث اوٌ-5-اوكسبسونيذيٍ [21]ححعيز يشخقبث [h20-h11 ٍي ]كهورو داي فهورو حبيط انخهيك داٞ فٍبٛسٚرفبػبً وٍبٛسِٚبٓ disubstituted-4'-4'-diflouro-oxazolidin-5-one-2,3ؽضشد ِشزمبد اٌّشوبت وّز٠ت ٚثزظؼ١ذ ِذرٗ عذ عبػبد. thf ؼّبيؽبِض اٌخ١ٍه ِغ لٛاػذ شف ثبعز ٌّضدٚط االٌىزشٟٚٔ ٌزسح ا١ٌٕزشٚع١ٓ ٌمبػذح شف ِٓ لجً ا nucleophilic attack ١ًٔٛو١ٍٛف١ٍ١ب ٠ًزضّٓ اٌزفبػً ٘غِٛب ػٍٝ رسح وشثْٛ صالصٟ ؽبِض اٌخ١ٍه اٌّشرجطخ ثٙب رسح اٌىٍٛس ٚرسرٟ اٌفٍٛس ٌزى٠ٛٓ ِشوت ٚعطٟ )ا٠ْٛ وبسث١َٔٛٛ( .٠زفبػً ض١ًّٕب ٌزى٠ٛٓ إٌبرظ إٌٙبئٟاٌزٞ ثذٚسٖ اٌّشئ١ببخ، -طخ أط١بببف ا٤شببؼخ فببٛق اٌجٕفغببغ١خب(، صببُ ثٛعبب2شخظببذ ٘ببزٖ اٌّشببزمبد ثزؼ١بب١ٓ دسعبببد االٔظببٙبس، اٌغببذٚي ) -340)إر أظٙبش اٌط١بف لّبُ اِزظببص ػٕبذ .( ٠ٛضؾبْ ل١ُ االِزظببص ٘بزh16(ٚ )h20ٖ( ٌٍّشوج١ٓ )4، )3)) ْٚاٌشىال 335nm) ٔزمبالد االٌىزش١ٔٚبخ رؼٛد إٌٝ اال(n-π*) ٣ٌطبشح(c=o) ٚػٕبذ ،(226-245nm) ٌالٔزمببالد االٌىزش١ٔٚبخ(ππ*) ٓاٌخبطخ ثؾٍمخ اٌجٕض٠ [23,22.] ( 6(، )5( ٚا٤شبببببىبي )5، اٌغبببببذٚي )ft-irspectraػٍبببببٝ رىبببببْٛ ٘بببببزٖ اٌّشبببببزمبد ِبببببٓ أط١ببببببف يعبببببزذالربببببُ االٚ 3018cm-3074)إر رظٙبش ٚعبٛد ؽبضَ اِزظببص ػٕبذ .رٛضؼ ل١ُ االِزظببص ٘بزh20,h18ٖ,ٌٍّشوج١ٓ -1 رؼبٛد إٌبٝ ِبظ ( 2916cm-2939). ٚؽضَ إِزظبص ػٕذ (c-h aromatic)ا٢طشح -1 اال١ٌفبر١بخ ٚرظٙبش (c-h)رؼٛد إٌٝ ِظ ا٢طشح ( 1730cm-1749)ؽببضَ ػٕببذ -1 1568cm-1599)اٌالوز١ٔٛببخ ٚوببزٌه ؽببضَ ػٕببذ (c=o)رؼببٛد إٌببٝ ِببظ ( -1 رؼببٛد ٌّببظ ( 1063cm-1105االسِٚبر١خ. ٚؽضَ ػٕذ ) (c=c)ا٤ٚاطش -1 755cm-825)( ٚؽضَ ػٕذ c-f( رؼٛد ٌالطشح ) -1 ٚرؼبٛد ( فبٟ اٌّشوجببد االسِٚبر١بخ، (c=c)ٚا٘زضاصاد ِظ )اٌؾضَ ا١ٌٙى١ٍبخ( ٥ٌٚاطبش (c-h)ال٘زضاص أؾٕبء ا٢طشح ٌٍّغّٛػخ 775cm-829( االسِٚبر١خ ػٕذ )c-hٚؽضَ رمغ خبسط اٌّغزٜٛ ٌّغّٛػخ ) -1 .) يُبقشت غيف انزَيٍ انُووي انًغُبغيسي نهبزوحوٌ ) 1 h-nmr( نهًزكب )h18: ) اظٙش ط١ف اٌش١ٔٓ إٌٛٚٞ اٌّغٕبط١غٟ ٌٍجشٚرْٛ ) 1 h-nmrعبضء ِبٓ ا١ٌٍّبْٛ رؼبٛد ٌجشٚرٛٔببد (2.43 ( ؽضِخ ػٕذ ) (n-ch3(ٚظٙٛس ؽضِخ ػٕذ )3 . 17) ( عضء ِٓ ا١ٌٍّْٛ رؼٛد ٌجشٚرٛٔبد=c-ch3 ٚظٙٛس ) ٜؽبضَ ِزؼبذدح ػٕبذ اٌّبذ عبضء ِبٓ (9.52(عضء ِٓ ا١ٌٍّْٛ رؼٛد إٌٝ ثشٚرٛٔبد اٌؾٍمبد االسِٚبر١خ فٟ اٌّشوبت ٚظٙبٛس ؽضِبخ ػٕبذ)34.7-75.7) .(7(ٚ)6(ٚ)5شىبي )( وّب ِٛضؼ فٟ االn-chا١ٌٍّْٛ رؼٛد ٌجشٚرْٛ ) انًصبدر 1layer, r. (1963). ;chem.rev., 63, 489, 2padwa. a, (1977). chem.rev., 77, 1,37,pp. 941-955, 3mohammed, l.; kadhim, a. and aubaid, n. (2013). issn 2277-288x, acta. chim. pharm. indica., 3(2), pp.111-118, 4jarrahpour, a.;zarei, m.; (2010). malobank, m. 352, issn 422. 8599, 22, 5kumar, c.; pandeya, s. (2012). int. j.pharm. tech. res., vol.4,no.2, pp. 590-598, 6jarrahpour, a.; khalili, d.; clercq, e.; salmi, c. and brunel, j. m. (2007). molecules, 12, 1720 -1730, pp. 1420-3049, 7bhattacharjee, d. and popp, d. (1980).j.heterocyclicchem.,17,. 315 8cary, f. (1996). “organicchemistry”,3 rd ed.,universityofvirginia, 701, 9hendrickson, j.b; cram, d.j. and hamond .s.g, (1970), “organic chemistry”, 3rd edn. mcgrow-hill inc., japan, p. 967. اٌى١ّ١بء | 361 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 10katritzky.a.r and reez. g.w, (1984), “comprehensive heterocyclic chemistry; synthesis and uses of heterocyclic compounds”, pergamon press ltd., england. (، "ِمذِٗ فٟ و١ّ١بء اٌّشوجبد اٌؾٍم١ٗ غ١ش اٌّزغبٔغخ"، ص 1896فبضً ع١ٍّبْ وّٛٔٗ ٚالجبي طبدق اٌش١جبٟٔ، ) 1111، ِطجؼخ عبِؼٗ اٌجظشح. 12-huarotte,m.;bhattarcharjee,a.;manhas,m.and bose,a.k, ,(2000)newjersey cad .j. of sc., 45, 5. 13-hayashi,s.;furukawa,m,fujino.y,okabe.h,andnakao.t,(1971),chem.pharm.bull,1(2)1922 . 14-chatrabhuji,p.;vyas,k.;nimavat.k and undavia,n.(2011),,asianj.bio.phar.res.( 1(1), 119-125. 15mohammed, l.; kadhim, a. and ubaid, n. (2013) journal acta chim. pharm. indica, 2277-288x, 3(2), pp. 111-118. 16-ravi,m.;ushaiah,b.;sujitha, p.; kudle, k. and devi. s, (2014) int. j.pharm. pharm.sci.,: 0975-1491, 6, suppl 2,. 637-643,. 17-kodari,k.and chourasia,o.(2013) heterocyclic research laboratory,: 2231-3087(print) 2230-9632 (online),. 3: (1),. 49-56,. 18-magar,k.; kirdant,s.; and chondhekar,k.(2014)j.chem bio. phy. sci. sec., e-issn: 2249-1929,. 4, 1, 70-77. 19-solomons.t and fryhle.c,(2000)"organic chemistry",7 th ed., john wiley and sons, inc. new york.,. 738. 20kasim,m. (2008) nat. j. chem., 30,. 297-305. 21george.k, frantz. m, altamirano.k, valle.c, tandon. m, leimgruber.s, sharlow. e, lazo. j , wang. q and wipf. p, (2011) journal pharmaceutics, 1999-4923, 3, 186-228, 22bellamy.l, (1964)"the infra-red spectra of complex molecules",2 nd ed., richard clay and co.ltd., bungay , suffolk.,. 132. 23saeed, a.; ibrahim, f. and jassim. n, (1990) iraqi j. chem., 15,. 113. اٌى١ّ١بء | 362 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المحضرة لقواعد شيفالوزن الجزيئي, الصيغة الجزيئية, النسبة المئوية وبعض الخواص الفيزيائية :( 1الجدول ) com no. r r ' r " molecular formula m.wt yield % m.p. c colour h1 h c14h12cln 229.70 93% 124127 أبيض براق h2 h c16h18n2 238.32 85% أصفر براق 96-98 h3 h c14h13no 211.25 87% أصفر براق 94-96 h4 - c15h12n2o 236.26 97% 225226 أصفر h5 h c14h9brn2s 317.20 88% 111113 أصفر فاتح براق h6 - c12h8n4o 224.21 87% 177179 برتقالي محمر براق h7 h c17h12cln 265.73 81% 100101 جوزي فاتح h8 h c18h16brn3o 370.24 85% 253254 أصفر فاتح براق h9 h c16h15n3o2 281.30 91% 212213 أصفر فاتح h10 h c18h16n4o3 336.34 94% 220221 أصفر يوجذ أي يعوض في هذا انًوقع (هو اَه ال--يالحظت: انًقصود) اٌى١ّ١بء | 363 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 نًزكببث يوظح انوسٌ انجشيئي , انصيغت انجشيئيت, انُسبت انًئويت وبعط انخواص انفيشيبئيت :(2جذول ) اوٌ انًحعزة -5-اوكسبسونيذيٍ com no. r r ' r " molecular formula m.w yield % m.p. c colour h11 h c16h12no2clf2 323.5 87% 77-79 عٛصٞ h12 h c18h18n2o2 f2 332 82% 74-76 عٛصٞ h13 h c16h13no3 f2 305 91% 80-82 اطفش h14 ---- c17h12n2o3 f2 330 88% 86-88 عٛصٞ فبرؼ h15 h c16h9brn2so2 f2 402 89% 67-69 اطفش h16 ---- c14h8n4o3 f2 318 90% 158160 ثشرمبٌٟ h17 h c19h12clno2 f2 395 76% 103105 عٛصٞ فبرؼ ثشاق h18 h c20h16brn3o3 f2 464 86% 232234 أطفش ثشاق h19 h c18h17n3o4 f2 377 91% 198200 اطفش فبرؼ h20 h c20h18n4o5 f2 432 84% 216218 ثشرمبٌٟ اٌى١ّ١بء | 364 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 .نبعط قواعذ شيف انًحعزة ببسخخذاو انكهوروفورو كًذيب uv-visibleقيى ايخصبص :(3انجذول ) wave length (λmax/nm) r " r ' r com. code absorption 300.0 222.0 h h2 1.730 0.990 298.0 215.0 h h3 1.330 1.150 282.0 218.0 - h4 1.850 0.890 312.0 225.0 h h5 2.000 1.780 260.0 220.0 h h7 2.110 2.000 277.0 215.0 h h9 2.100 1.550 268.0 205.0 h h10 1.880 1.220 اٌى١ّ١بء | 365 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 نقواعذ شف انًحعزةقيى أغيبف االشعت ححج انحًزاء :(4انجذول ) ft-ir(kbr), (cm -1 ) others c=c alke =c-h alke c-n c-h aro. c-h ali. c=n c=c aro. r " r ' r com no c-cl, 1002 - 3092 1139 3071 2899 1641 1566 h h1 -- 3088 1172 3074 2902 1598 1499 h h2 o-hb, 3326 - 3064 1175 3043 2895 1651 1476 h h3 nh,3378 c=o,1691 - - 1136 3098 2964 1596 1488 - h4 c-s, 655 c-br, 598 - 3094 1123 3087 - 1651 1573 h h5 n-h, 3376 c=o, 1710 -- 1173 3085 - 1647 1490 - h6 c-cl ,1000 - 3111 1136 3081 - 1622 1543 h h7 c-br, 575 n-n,1122 c=o, 1657 1545 3066 1131 3043 2923 1627 1489 h h8 c-o, 1190 n-n, 1155 c=o, 1695 1580 3066 1178 3059 2896 1632 1567 h h9 n-n, 1140 c=o,1688 no2, 1330,1560 1586 3120 1186 3101 2963 1654 1566 h h10 اٌى١ّ١بء | 366 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 اوٌ -5-اوكسبسونيذيٍ قيى أغيبف االشعت ححج انحًزاء نًشخقبث :(5انجذول ) ft-ir(kbr), (cm -1 ) others c=o lacto c-n c-h ali. c-h aro. c-o c-f c=c aro. r" r' r com no c-cl, 810 1740 1173 2920 3030 1206 1086 1593 h h11 ------------------1740 1148 2918 3022 1198 1080 1576 h h12 o-h 3294 1749 1176 2916 3018 1217 1105 1572 h h13 -------------1746 1182 2922 3026 1212 1075 1582 -- h14 c-br 519 c=n 1531 c-s 1221 1730 1153 2938 3053 1221 1063 1595 h h15 c=n 1618 n-h 3413 1734 1173 2927 3060 1205 1090 1572 --- h16 c-cl 825 1742 1176 2932 3052 1212 1072 1584 h h17 c-br 585 1730 1168 2935 3059 1209 1063 1599 h h18 c-hali 2965 1742 1163 2927 3048 1208 1074 1574 h h19 no2, 1346,1516 1741 1134 2939 3074 1209 1082 1568 h h20 اٌى١ّ١بء | 367 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 اٌّشئ١خ -ط١ف االشؼخ فٛق اٌجٕفغغ١خ :(1) اٌشىً uv-vis.spectroscopy ٌٍّشوت h20 انًزئيت-غيف االشعت فوق انبُفسجيت :(2انشكم ) uv-vis.spectroscopy ٌٍّشوت h16 اٌى١ّ١بء | 368 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 h18نهًزكب ft.irغيف :(3انشكم ) h20نهًزكب ft.irغيف :(4انشكم ) غيف :(5انشكم ) 1 hnmr نهًزكب h18 اٌى١ّ١بء | 369 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 نطيف بعط االساحبث انًكبزة انعبئذة :(6انشكم ) 1 hnmr نهًزكب h18 نطيف بعط االساحبث انًكبزة انعبئذة :(7انشكم ) 1 hnmr نهًزكب h18 اٌى١ّ١بء | 370 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 يوضح المركبات المحضرة :(1المخطط ) اٌى١ّ١بء | 371 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد ) 29ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 synthesis and characterization of heterogeneous five membered rings from chloro di fluro acetic acid khaled mutni mohammed al-janabi duraid abd samir al-dulaimi dept.of chemistry / college of education for pure science / university of tikrit received in:19/november /2015,accepted in:31/january/2016 abstract various types of heterogeneous five membered rings were prepared from the reaction of the compound chloro di fluro acetic acid with schiff bases (which was prepared using different aldehydes, ketones, and amines [h10-h1] and five membered rings were prepared (derivatives of oxazolidine-5-one, and the presence of tetrahydrofuran (thf) [h20-h11]. melting points of the compounds were measured. the prepared compounds were diagnosed spectrally by using uv-visible and infrared spectroscopy, and (1h-nmr) spectrum for some compounds. the results confirmed the validity of the proposed chemical compositions. key words: aldehydes, ketones, amines and oxazolidine influence activation function in approximate periodic functions using neural networks influence activation function in approximate periodic functions using neural networks luma n. m. tawfiq ala k. jabber dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad. received in :30 december 2012 , accepted in: 9 september 2012 abstract the aim of this paper is to design fast neural networks to approximate periodic functions, that is, design a fully connected networks contains links between all nodes in adjacent layers which can speed up the approximation times, reduce approximation failures, and increase possibility of obtaining the globally optimal approximation. we training suggested network by levenberg-marquardt training algorithm then speeding suggested networks by choosing most activation function (transfer function) which having a very fast convergence rate for reasonable size networks. in all algorithms, the gradient of the performance function (energy function) is used to determine how to adjust the weights such that the performance function is minimized, where the back propagation algorithm has been used to increase the speed of training. keyword: artificial neural network, training network, activation function. 306 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction an artificial neural network (ann) is a simplified mathematical model of the human brain, it can be implemented by both electric elements and computer software. it is a parallel distributed processor with large numbers of connections, it is an information processing system that has certain performance characters in common with biological neural networks. [1] ann have been developed as generalizations of mathematical models of human cognition or neural biology, based on the assumptions that: 1information processing occurs at many simple elements called neurons that is fundamental to the operation of ann's. 2signals are passed between neurons over connection links. 3each connection link has an associated weight which, in a typical neural net, multiplies the signal transmitted. 4each neuron applies an action function (usually nonlinear) to its net input (sum of weighted input signals) to determine its output sign. the units in a network are organized into a given topology by a set of connections, or weights, shown as lines in a diagram . ann is characterized by [2] : 1architecture: its pattern of connections between the neurons. 2training algorithm : its method of determining the weights on the connections. 3activation function. ann are often classified as single layer or multilayer. in determining the number of layers, the input units are not counted as a layer, because they perform no computation. equivalently, the number of layers in the net can be defined to be the number of layers of weighted interconnects links between the slabs of neurons. this view is motivated by the fact that the weights in a net contain extremely important information [3]. ann have been exploited to approximate function to overcome the limitations of traditional classical methods . a number of researcher used ann's in approximation problems say:[4],[5],[6],[7], [8]. in this paper we try to determine the optimal network architecture for approximation periodic functions. a framework for distributed representation[9] a set of major aspects of a parallel distributed model can be distinguished : • a set of processing units ( 'neurons' or 'cells' ) ; • a state of activation yk for every unit, which is equivalent to the output of the unit • connections between the units. generally each connection is defined by a weight wjk which determines the effect which the signal of unit j has on unit k ; • a propagation rule, which determines the effective input sk of a unit from its external inputs ; • an activation function fk, which determines the new level of activation based on the effective input sk(x) and the current activation yk(x) (i.e., the update ) ; • an external input ( bias ) bi for each unit ; • a method for information gathering ( the training rule ) ; • an environment within which the system must operate, providing input signals and if necessary error signals. activation function 307 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 the activation function (sometimes called a transfer function) can be a linear or nonlinear function. there are many different types of activation functions. selection of one type over another depends on the particular problem that the neuron (or ann) is to solve . the activation function, denoted by φ : r→r defines the output of a neuron, which is bounded monotonically increasing, differentiable and satisfies : limx→+∞ φ(x) = 1 and limx→ ∞ φ(x) = 0 . the sigmoid function, is by far the most common form of activation function used in construction of ann's. an example of the sigmoid function is the logistic function defined the range from 0 to +1, an important feature of the sigmoid function that it is differentiable [4]. it is sometimes desirable to have the activation function range from –1 to +1 allowing an activation function of the sigmoid type to assume negative values, in which case the activation function assumes an anti-symmetric form with respect to the origin, i.e., one that satisfies f(–x) = –f(x),, for example ,the hyperbolic tangent function which has a particularly simple derivative: φ(x) = tanh(x) , f′(x) = 1 – f(x)2 . in this paper, we study suitable activation function, depending on the results of training many ann to approximate periodic functions with different activation function . training ann[10] training is the process of adjusting connection weights w and biases b. in the first step, the network outputs and the difference between the actual (obtained) output and the desired (target) output (i.e., the error) is calculated for the initialized weights and biases (arbitrary values). during the second stage, the initialized weights in all links and biases in all neurons are adjusted to minimize the error by propagating the error backwards (the back propagation algorithm). the network outputs and the error are calculated again with the adapted weights and biases, and the process (the training of the ann) is repeated at each epoch (the number of iterations of training process) until satisfied output y k (corresponding to the values of the input variables x) is obtained and the error is acceptably small. there are three types of training in which the weights organize themselves according to the task to be learnt, these types are : supervised, semi supervised (or reinforcement) and unsupervised training. in this paper an supervised training algorithm is used. supervised training [10] in which a “teacher” provides output targets for each input pattern, and corrects the network’s errors explicitly, that is, there is a set of training samples and neural network adjusts its connection weights according to the difference between the given outputs and the actual outputs. back propagation training algorithm back propagation can train ann with differentiable transfer functions to perform function approximation, other types of networks can be trained as well, although the multilayer network is most commonly used. the term back propagation refers to the process by which derivatives of network error, with respect to network weights and biases, can be computed, that is, during training an error must be propagated from the output layer back to the hidden layer in order to perform the training of the input-to-hidden weights. this process can be used with a number of different optimization strategies. standard back propagation is a gradient descent algorithm, as is the widrow hoff training rule, in which the network weights are moved along the negative of the gradient of the performance function. [11] 308 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 back propagation algorithm is summarized as : •select a network architecture. •initialize the weights to small random values. •present the network with training examples from training set in some order. it helps to randomize the order of presentation of examples in each pass of the training set, for each training example . •forward pass: compute the net activations and outputs of each of the neurons in the network, e.g. yj , fk or φk •backward pass: compute the errors for each of the neurons in the network, e.g., ek, ej •update weights •if the total error e falls below some threshold, then stop levenberg-marquardt algorithm (trainlm) the levenberg marquardt algorithm was designed to approach second order training speed without having to compute the hessian matrix. when the performance function has the form of a sum of squares, then the hessian matrix can be approximated as h = jtj and the gradient can be computed as g =jte, where j is the jacobian matrix, which contains first derivatives of the network errors with respect to the weights and biases, and e is a vector of network errors. the levenberg-marquardt algorithm uses this approximation to the hessian matrix in the following newton update: wk+1 = wk − [jtj + µi]−1 jt e when the scalar µ = 0, this is just newton’s method. when µ is large, this becomes gradient descent with a small step size. [10] approximation by ann for the general problem of function approximation, the universal approximation theorem proved in [5], [6] states that: theorem 1 standard ann with only one hidden layer can approximate any continuous function uniformly on any compact set and any measurable function to any desired degree of accuracy. an immediate implication of the above theorem is that any lack of success in applications must arise from inadequate learning, insufficient number of hidden units, or the lack of a deterministic relationship between the input and the target. a second theorem proved in [12] provides an upper bound for the architecture of an ann destined to approximate a continuous function defined on the hypercube in rn . theorem 2 on the unit cube in rn any continuous function can be uniformly approximated, to within any error by using a two hidden layer network having 2n+1 units in the first layer and 4n+3 units in the second layer. eqhaar [6] provides the architecture of an ann destined to approximate any continuous function in rn as follows : theorem 3 any bounded continuous function in rn can be uniformly approximated, to within any error by using one hidden layer network having 2n+1 units in the hidden layer and the architecture of ann with multi hidden layer having double units which contained in the previous layer plus one . applications we applied multilayer ann with ridge basis function that have linear output unit and a single hidden layer with different sigmoid transfer functions. the number of hidden nodes in 309 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 all problems is 2n+1, where n is the number of the input nodes. the training problems used problem domains periodic function approximation and we training each problems 10 different times and the weights of the networks are computed by back propagation algorithm with levenberg marquardt training algorithm: trainlm . problem 1 consider a function : f(x) = 3 sin(2x) ; where 0 ≤ x ≤ 2 π the numerical results of ann with network structure 1–5–1,are introduced in table (1), while table (2) gives initial weight and bias for the designer network . problem 2 consider a function : f(x) = cos(x+5) – 10 ; where 0 ≤ x ≤ 2 π the numerical results of ann with network structure 1–5–1, are introduced in table 3, and table 4 gives initial weight and bias for the designer network . conclusions it is very difficult to know which activation functions will be the fastest for a given problem. it will depend on many factors including the complexity of the problem, the number of data points in the training set, the number of weights and biases in the ann, and the error goal, whether the ann . in general, the practical results on ann showed the tansig activation function will have the fastest convergence, then the logsig . the performance of the various algorithms can be affected by the accuracy required of the approximation. references 1. galushkin, i. a., (2007), "neural networks theory", berlin heidelberg. 2. hristev, r. m., (1998), " the ann book ", edition 1, springer. 3. villmann, t., seiffert, u., and wismϋller, a., (2004), "theory and applications of neural maps", esann2004 proceedings european symposium on ann, pp. 25 38. 4. cybenko, g., (1989), "approximation by superpositions of a sigmoidal function", mathematics of control, signals, and systems, vol. 2, pp. 303-314. 5. hornik, k., and stinchombe, m., (1992), "multilayer feed-forward networks are universal approximators", in f2artificial neural networks: approximation and learning theory, h. white et. al., eds., blackwell press, oxford. 6. tawfiq, l. n. m., and naoum, r. s., (2007), "density and approximation by using feed forward artificial neural networks", ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences, vol. 20 , no. 1. 7. eqhaar, q. h., (2007), "comparison between artificial neural networks with radial basis function and ridge basis function for interpolation problems, msc thesis, baghdad university, college of education ibn al-haitham. 8. su, t., jhang, j., and hou, c., (2008), " a hybrid artificial neural networks and particle swarm optimization for function approximation", international journal of innovative computing, information and control icic international, vol. 4, no. 9, pp. 2363–2374. 9. tawfiq, l. n. m., and eqhaar, q. h., 24 to 26 march (2009), "on multilayer neural networks and its application for approximation problem, 3rd scientific conference of the college of science", university of baghdad. 10. krӧse, b., and van der smagt, p., (1996), "an introduction to neural networks, eighth edition , amsterdam. 11. tawfiq, l. n. m., and naoum, r. s., (2005), "on training of artificial neural networks" , al-fath jornal, no 23. 310 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 12. hetcht-nielsen, r., (1989), "theory of the back propagation neural networks", proc. inter. joint conf. neural networks, vol. i, pp. 593611. 13. turmon, j. m., (1995), "assessing generalization of feed forward neural networks", phd. thesis, university of cornell. table 1: training results after several independent trials for problem 1 algorithms the training epochs and performance no. activationfunction perf. test time/s epochs 1 tansig. 0.00033561 0.032 9 2 logsig. 0.00047319 0.172 69 the parameters 3 satlins 0.0082778 0.047 7 time time 4 radbas 0.19392 0.562 245 show show 5 hardlim 0.85046 0.032 3 epochs epochs 6 satlin 2.3777 0.047 9 goal goal 7 tribas 2.9771 0.047 10 8 purelin 3.8175 0.031 3 9 softmax 4.2142 0.094 4 10 traincgr table 2 : the initial weight and bias value for problem 1 net.iw{1,1} net.lw{2,1} net.b{1,1 } net.b{2,1} 2.228169203 -0.86937099 -14 0.99906335 2.228169203 -0.53140053 -10.5 -2.228169203 0.86619684 7 2.228169203 -0.87374421 3.5 2.228169203 0.47156467 0 table 3: training results after several independent trials for problem 2 the training epochs and performance no . activation function perf. test time/s epochs 1 tansig. 0.00015586 0.046 10 2 logsig. 0.00045284 0.047 8 the parameters 3 satlins 0.011864 0.047 13 time time 4 radbas 0.00027366 0.046 10 show show 5 hardlim 0.094551 0.015 3 epochs epochs 6 satlin 0.011963 0.047 17 goal goal 7 tribas 0.00040426 0.032 7 8 purelin 0.22308 0.046 4 9 softmax 0.24979 0.031 3 10 traincgr 311 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table 4 : the initial weight and bias value for problem 2 net.iw{1,1} net.lw{2,1} net.b{1,1} net.b{2,1} 2.228169203 -0. 65523339 -14 0.1748828 2.228169203 -0.92603403 -10.5 -2.228169203 -0.374891 7 -2.228169203 0.63456135 3.5 2.228169203 0.5307266 0 312 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 باستخدام الشبكات العصبیةتأثیر دالة االستثارة في تقریب الدوال الدوریة لمى ناجي محمد توفیق عالء كامل جابر ) / جامعة بغدادابن الھیثمللعلوم الصرفة ( كلیة التربیة/ قسم الریاضیات 2012كانون األول 9، قبل البحث 2012أیلول 30أستلم البحث في المستخلص الھدف من ھذا البحث ھو تصمیم شبكات عصبیة مسرعة كطریقة لتقریب الدوال الدوریة وھذا یعني تصمیم تقلیل ،شبكات مرتبطة بالكامل تتضمن روابط بین كل العقد في الطبقات المتجاورة و التي تستطیع تعجیل زمن التقریب زیادة احتمالیة الحصول على التقریب المثالي الرئیسي ، دربنا الشبكات المقترحة بطریقة والفشل ،حاالت اإلخفاق أن بعضھا إذ ماركواردت و من ثم تسریع الشبكات المقترحة من خالل اختیار أفضل دالة استثارة ( دالة انتقال ) -كنبرلیڤ لخوارزمیات استخدمنا میَل دالِة األداَء (دالة الطاقِة) إحجام معقولة، في كل تلك ا يیمتلك نسبة تقارب سریعة جدا لشبكات ذ استخدمت خوارزمیِة االنتشار المرتد لزَیاَْدة سرعِة التدریب. إذلتَحدید كیفیة تَعدیل األوزاِن من خالل تصغیر دالِة األداَء ، : الشبكات العصبیة الصناعیة ، تدریب الشبكات ، دوال االستثارة . الكلمات المفتاحیة 313 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 computer | 186 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 cryptography with dynamic dna depending on edge detection amna al-saffar dept. of computer science/ college of education for pure science/ ibn-alhaitham/university of baghdad. amnaalsafar1@yahoo.com received in :2/january/2018, accepted in:18/january/2018 abstract making the data secure is more and more concerned in the communication era. this research is an attempt to make a more secured information message by using both encryption and steganography. the encryption phase is done with dynamic dna complementary rules while dna addition rules are done with secret key where both are based on the canny edge detection point of the cover image. the hiding phase is done after dividing the cover image into 8 blocks, the blocks that are used for hiding selected in reverse order exception the edge points. the experiments result shows that the method is reliable with high value in psnr. keywords: dna encryption, steganography, edge detection https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 mailto:amnaalsafar1@yahoo.com https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 computer | 187 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction cryptography is all about protecting the content of the data so they can be secured from any outside attack while steganography which mainly means ‘cover writing’ that is hidden data like (image, text…etc.) in a cover media in a way that others will be unable to detect it, while both the cryptography and the steganography have the exact goal but in different means. cryptography encodes data so that no unauthorized person can specify it's meaning, steganography is attempting to hide the suspicion of having data there [1, 2, 3, 4]. encryption techniques can be classified into symmetric and asymmetric key encryption. in the symmetric the key is common and it can be used for both sides transmitter and receiver. in asymmetric the key is public for the transmitter side and a private key for receiver side [2, 5]. steganography can be classified into three techniques pure, secret key and public key. there is no key used in the pure steganography. the key is exchanged in secret stego prior to communication. both public and private keys are used in public stego technique to secure the communication [1]. using both the steganography and dna cryptography is known as dna based steganography combining the advantage of both and making the message more random and not easy to extract [6]. dna, the genetic material (deoxyribose nucleic acid) which is inside each of the living creatures and its responsible for carrying genetic traits features from the parents to their offspring, dna contains the nucleotides (a) for adenine, (c) for cytosine, (g) for guanine and last (t) for thymine. cryptography with dna focuses on utilization the dna sequences for binary data encoding. the advantage with using dna computing, it’s much quicker comparing, less storage requirement and it doesn’t need outside power source [7, 8]. this paper presents a text information hiding algorithm using dynamic dna rule combing with canny edge detection of the cover image for encrypting the message. the rest of this of this paper is organized as following dna coding method is introduced in section 2, canny edge detection is introduced in section 3, the proposed algorithm and experimental result are in section 4 and 5 respectively, finally the conclusion is in section 5. dna coding method and complementary rule nucleotides which the dna polymer monomers are made up, each of the nucleotide contains three more units which are phosphate group, deoxyribose sugar, and the nitrogenous (adenine, cytosine, guanine and thymine). the inherent complementarily of the complementary dna structure which was proposed by watson-crick is used in the dna computing. with many attributes such as store large amounts of data, huge parallelism and the inherent complementarily making it convent choice for security [7, 9]. using the four digit pairs as shown in table (1), dna nucleotides (a, c, g, and t) can be encoded. as shown in tables (2) and (3) the addition and subtraction can be also performed by same binary rules also [8]. table (1): 8 dna mapping rules 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a 00 00 00 01 10 10 11 11 t 11 11 11 10 01 01 00 00 g 01 10 10 11 00 11 01 10 c 10 01 01 00 11 00 10 01 table (2): addition operation rule 5 + a g c t a c t a g g t a g c c a g c t t g c t a https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 computer | 188 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 table (3): subtraction operation rule 3 canny edge detection the edge detection goal generally is reducing the amount of data of the image. edge is the basic feature of an image. while maintaining the structural properties to be used for more image processing. edge detection is an essential tool for the image segmentation, benefiting from the change of grey tone to generate the edge image [10, 11]. the canny edge is developed in 1986 by john f. canny and until now it’s used and known as one of the standard algorithms in edge detection with good snr and edge localizations performance and it is still used in many researches [11, 12]. canny steps shown in figure (1) can be summarized: [11, 12] 1. smooth the image to remove the noise. 2. find gradients, compute gradient magnitude by mark where the gradients of the image have large magnitudes 3. non-max. suppression should be applied to thin edges. 4. based on the histogram of the gradient magnitude low and high thresholds compute. 5. perform hysteresis threshold. figure (1): canny algorithm proposed algorithm in this proposed algorithm first encrypt the message using (dna sequences rules and the key for adding process) are both generated dynamically depending on the edge detection points that are produced from canny algorithm, hide the encrypted text in one after another of the eight of the cover image blocks in reverse order except the edge points. the proposed work is shown in algorithm 4.1 and 4.2 and figures (2 and 3) for encryption-hiding and extracting respectively. encryption and hiding input: cover image, plain message output: cover image with the cipher message step 1: apply canny algorithm step 2: x= the edge pints of the cover image using canny algorithm step 3: generate the key of selected rule (k1) k1(i)= xi mode 9 where i=[1.. length of the plain text*4] a g c t a c b a g g t c g a c a g c t t g c t a https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 computer | 189 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 each two bits in plain text are encrypted in different rule step 4: encrypte the plain text by using dna table (1) with selecting rule depending on k1 step 5: generate the key for dna adding process (k2) where k2(i)= msbi where i=[1..16] of the first pints in x matrix. step 6: adding the result of step 3 with the key k2 depending on k1. step 7: divide the cover image into 8 blocks, the sequence of selecting the block will be in reverse order. step 8: embedding each bit of the encrypted message in one of the block of the cover image. extracting and decryption input: stego image output: cover image, plain message step 1:apply canny algorithm step 2: y= edge points of the stego image. step 3: generate the key of selected rule (k1) k1(i)= xi mode 9 where i=[1.. length of the plain text]. step 4: generate the key for dna subtraction process (k2) where k2(i)= msbi where i=[1..16] of the first 16 pints in y matrix. step 5: divided the cover image into 8 blocks. step 6: pm= extract bits of the encrypted message from blocks of the stego image. step 7: apply dna subtract process to the pm with k2 depending on k1. step 8: convert the result dna rules depending on k1. step 9: convert the result to binary then ascii form to obtain the letters of the hide plain text. figure (2): embedding algorithm input cover image apply canny algorithm generate: k1 for selection dna k2 for adding dna dividing the cover image into 8 blocks for embedding in reverse order stego image input secret message encrypted depending dynamic dna by using k1 & k2 embedding the encrypted text in cover block https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 computer | 190 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (3): extract algorithm experimental results the quality of the stego image of the proposed algorithm has been tested based on mse & psnr [13]: 𝑀𝑆𝐸 = 1 𝑁 ∑(𝐼𝑊 − 𝐼) 2 𝑁 𝑗−0 − − − − − − − (1) 𝑃𝑆𝑁𝑅(𝑑𝐵) = 10 log10 (255)2 𝑀𝑆𝐸 − − − − − −(2 ) the message that is used is 256 characters long and was embedded in several cover images chosen from a database for researches images, (http://www.imageprocessingplace.com/root_files_v3/image_databases.htm), the mse and the psnr for each are shown in table (4). table (4): mse and psnr values image mse psnr house 0.0014 76.6420 lenna 76.5490 00.0014 peppers 77.1048 0.0013 plain text stego image canny edge algorithm divide the covert to 8 blocks extract bits of the encrypted text from the blocks decrypted the extract bits with k1 & k2 generate k1 & k2 for selecting rule and subtraction process respectively convert binary to ascii https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 http://www.imageprocessingplace.com/root_files_v3/image_databases.htm https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 computer | 191 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 a b figure (4): acol1. cover image and bcol2.coverimage after applying canny alyor conclusion in this paper, a dynamic dna substitute based on canny edge detection of the cover image is used. it includes dna adding process with generated key based on the edge points to increase the efficiency of encryption and the difficulty of decoding, then hiding the encrypted in the eight blocks of the cover image. the selection of block will be in reverse order and the edge points are avoided. the stego image has high psnr and low mse and extracted secret message is perceptually similar to the original one. references 1. sumathi, c.p; santanam,t. and umamaheswari ,g. (2013) “a study of various steganographic techniques used for information hiding”, international journal of computer science and engineering survey (ijcses) 4,6, december. 2. hariram,s and dhamodharan, r. (2015) “ a survey on dna based cryptography using differential encryption and decryption algorithm”, iosr journal of https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 computer | 192 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 electronics and communication engineering (iosr-jece) e-issn: 2278-2834,p issn: 2278-8735. 10, 5, ii,. 14-18 sep. oct .. 3 .manoj kumar sharma; amit upadhyaya and shalini agarwal,(2013)" adaptivesteganographic algorithm using cryptographic encryption rsa algorithms ", journal of engineering, computers and applied sciences , . 4. ban ahmedmitras and adeeba kh.aboo," (2012) proposed steganography approach using dna properties", (2013) 14, 1. ©. jitbm and arf. 5.shivangi goyal, “ a survey on the applications of cryptography”, international journal of science and technology 1, 3, ijst, march,( 2012). 6. mumthas, s. and lijiya, a. (2015) “a review on dna based encryption and steganography”, international journal of science and research (ijsr) issn (online): 2319-7064 index copernicus (2015): 78.96 | impact factor 6.391. 7. anchal jain, pooja agarwal, rashi jain and vyomesh singh, (2014) “ chaotic image encryption technique using s-box based on dna approach”, international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887) 92 –13, april . 8. shikha jaryal, “ comparative analysis of various i̇mage encryption techniques”, international journal of computational intelligence research issn 0973-1873, 13, 2, 273-284,2017. 9. mazhar karimi and waleej haider,( 2017)”cryptography using dna nucleotides”, international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887) 168 ,7, june. 10. bin, li and mehdi samiei yeganeh,( 2012) “comparison for image edge detection algorithms”, iosr journal of computer engineering (iosrjce) issn: 2278-0661 , 2, 6,. 01-04, july-aug.. 11. muthukrishnan r. and radha,m. ,”( 2011). edge detection techniques for image segmentation”, international journal of computer science & information technology (ijcsit) , 6, dec 12.“canny edge detection”, 09gr820, march ,2009. 13 poobathy.d. and chezian, r. (2014) “edge detection operators: peak signal to noise ratio based comparison, i.j. image, graph. signal …, no. september, 55–61, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1947 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 d.c. electrical p roperties of mgcl2–filled peo films a.a. salih departme nt of physics, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the d.c. electrical p rop erties of p oly (ethy lene oxide)/m gcl2 comp osites were invest igated as a function of different m gcl2 filler concentrations (0, 5, 10, 15 and 20 wt .%) and different temp eratures in the range (276–333) o k at three different p olarizing fields. resistivity :  and dc conductivity : σ dc were measured, and the activation energy : ea of the thermal rate-p rocess of the electrical conduction was invest igated. it was found that the current-voltage measurement results exhibited ohmic resistance behavior, the comp osites exhibit negative temp erature reliance of resistivity and enhancement in the d.c. electrical conductivity with both temp erature and m gcl2 concentration. the determined activation energy was found to decrease with both app lied p olarizing fields and m gcl2 content. the observed overall mechanism of electrical conduction was discussed on the basis of mobility of peo chains and to the transfer of electrons through the salt aggregations dist ributed in the p olymer matrix, and it was observed that all of the composites were found to be similar to the semiconducting behavior. key words: dc conductivity ; peo; m gcl2; activation energy . introduction m aterials can be classified according to their electrical conduction into: conductor, semiconductor and insulator; one of the most imp ortant advanced subject, namely conductive p olymer comp osites, was given a great interest in many industrial app lications and covering large area in different material uses owing to their desirable p rop erties which made them favorable comp ared to other commercial materials [1]. conducive p olymer comp osites p ossess a wide range of electrical conductivity that covers several orders of magnitude extending from insulators up to semiconductors and sometimes to good conductors [1, 2]. semiconducting p olymeric mixtures are becoming common in many app lications such as heating, p revention of st atic electricity accumulation, for examp le, p reventing dust att raction on computer cabinets and electrodes [2, 3]. poly mers in semiconducting/conducting region are used for electromagnetic interference shielding of electronic devices and p reventing of st atic electricity hazards in the handling of electronic chip s and exp losives [3]. conductive p olymers are also used as sensors, heating elements and p articularly selflimiting electrical heaters, switching devices and op toelectronic app lications [4]. electrets formed by thermal methods are referred to as thermoelectrets. it is well known that in general, thermally st imulated discharge conductivity from thermoelectrets is considered to be induced by the thermal release of dipoles, ions and trapp ed electrons [1, 5], and the conductivity of the comp osite is determined by the combined effect of three main mechanisms: (a) quantum tunneling or hop p ing of electrons t hrough a thin insulating film that can form on the surface of the conducting filler; (b) constriction of electron flow due to p article–particle contact resistance; and (c) intrinsic conduction of the filler [6]. there are two app roaches to make electrically conducting p olymer comp osites: (i) use of conductive (salt or carbon black fibers or p articulate fillers) in app rop riate lay up , doses and disp ersions in an insulating p olymer matrix to p roduce semiconducting or conducting reinforced or filled comp osites and (ii) use of an inherently conducting p olymer intimately ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 blended with or disp ersed in a second p olymer matrix (i.e. insulating in character) during or subsequent to sy nthesis [4, 7]. the p resent work belongs to category (i) and accounts for the exp erimental st udy relating to the behavior of d.c. electrical conductivity in insulating p olymer like peo rendered semiconductive with filling of less amount of m gcl2 salt. highly disp ersed activated salt, giving sufficient conductivity at comp aratively low concentrations، is used. the d.c. electrical conductivity and the temp erature effect on resistance were st udied as a function of m gcl2 concentration and temp erature using the current/voltage characteristics. m any kinds of conductive fillers have been used with insulating p olymers such as salt, carbon fibers, and metallic p owders. inorganic salt is a material that has found widesp read use in a number of app lications; the p urp ose of adding m gcl2 filler is to imp rove the p hy sical p rop erties of p olymers, where m gcl2 with high st ructure has a high ability to form a continuous network in the polymer matrix and hence leads to higher conductivity [8, 9]. m any st udies have been reported on electrical and thermal prop erties of peo-salt comp osites which might be useful in some advanced and industrial app lications [10, 11, and 12]. on the other hand, invest igation of the d.c. electrical p rop erties of these composite sy st ems is still limited. at the same time, to our knowledge, no research reported the effect of m gcl2 salt on t he d.c. electrical p rop erties of peo p olymer [8,13], ayesh et al. [14]st udied the electrical p rop erties of pc/m ncl2 comp osite and they found that t he volume resistivity decreases with the increase of m ncl2 concentration while the d.c. conductivity is in the range of 10 -5 (ohm.m) –1 . these filled p olymers have a number of advantages in terms of (i)absorbing the sp ecific radiation, (ii)imp roving thermal st ability , (iii)enhancing thermal and electrical conductivities, and (iv)reducing the cost and easy p rocessability to achieve conductivity [15]. the st udy of resistivity and thermal noise of amorp hous p olymers (poly ethy lene oxide, poly ethy lene glycol) contains a small p ercentage of nai which was reported by dillip et al [16]. time dependent resistivity was recorded in glass transition (tg) and melting temp erature (tm) regions. the thermally st imulated discharge current technique which is used to st udy the d.c. electrical conductivity p rop erties, p roved similarity between dipolar and sp ace charge relaxations and it is a basic tool to identify and evaluate the dipole reorientation p rocess, trapp ing and recombination levels in electrets [1, 17]. experimental fil ms preparation the resin used in this work is p oly (ethy lene oxide) resin (m w 4,000,000) was obtained from cnr (nop oli-italy ). ordinarily, the salt m gcl2 was ground into fine powder by agate mortar and sieved by a u.s. st andard sieve of size (63 μm). thin films of peo/m gcl2 were p repared by dissolving peo resin in methanol at 303 o k; the m gcl2 salt was also dissolved in methanol at the same temp erature. both solutions were mixed together for one hour by using a magnetic st irrer until a homogenous solution is obtained. then the mixture was cast into a st ainless-st eel ring resting on teflon substrate and waiting for a few day s unt il the solvents have evap orated. samp les of different concentrations were dried in vacuum oven at 313 o k for t wo day s. t he drying p rocess was rep eated until prepared membranes have fixed weight to ensure the removal of solvent traces and to ensure uniform thickness. then after comp leting evap oration, the film was detached from ring surface. in this way , the films were p repared by solution evap oration technique (cast ing method). the same p rocedure was used in the researches [8, 11, 13, and 14]. (peo + m gcl2 ) , were prepared in the laboratory by weight p ercent method with an accuracy of 0.0001 g. electronic single p an balance, adiardutt -180. the prepared films contain 0, 5, ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 10, 15 and 20 wt % m gcl2. the film thickness (~0.15 mm) was measured using a ballended micrometer. electrode coating for good ohmic contact, both the surfaces of film were coated by quick dry ing and highly conductive silver p aint (ernest f. fullam inc., latham, ny) was app lied to contact p oints in order to reduce the resistance between the electrodes and the sample surfaces. electrets preparation the exp eriments were done in winter, cause decrease in temp eratures. the coated film was sandwiched between the two copp er electrodes shielded cell, and the app lied p ressure to hold the test sp ecimen was exerted by top and bottom electrodes. the sample holder forming metal-p olymer-metal sy st em was p laced in a furnace and heated up to the 340°k. the sample was allowed to remain at that t emp erature for about 30 min. then electric field of desired st rength was app lied for 1 hour at this temp erature with the app lied electric field. the sample was allowed to cool down to 276 o k in the p resence of app lied field. total time of p olarization was adjust ed to be 2 hour in each case. on attaining 276 o k, t he samp les were kept short ed for 20 min to eliminate the st ray charges. the electrets were p repared at different d.c. p olarizing fields: e = 300 v/cm, 700 v/cm, 1100 v/cm, resp ectively. the d.c. electrical conductivity measurement aft er electrets formation, the test sample holder assembly was p laced in a controlled temp erature furnace. the d.c. electrical conductivity was measured by determining the resistance of a sample within temp erature range 276-333 °k at the rate of 2°/min. the temp erature was recorded by a digital thermometer having an accuracy of ±1°c. the electrical input was p rovided by means of a st abilized d.c. p ower source, and the current p assing through the sp ecimen was measured by a digital multimeter (m odel 3458a, hewlettpackard, houston, tx). a digital multimeter (sy st ronics, 435) having an accuracy of ± 1 mv was used for the measurement of voltage drop across high resistance. the current and temp erature were monitored continuously during measurements. the method used for conductivity measurement was the same as that rep orted earlier with shingo et al [18] and the sketch for the setup and the electrical circuit diagram used in the d.c. measurements was recently reported [19]. not e that the volume resistivity ρ v was determined from the well-known relation equation [20]: )1.......(.......... vv r a    where (rv) is the volume resistance between the guarded and the bottom electrodes, which was measured directly by obtaining the current-voltage characterist ics of the cell; (a) is the disc area of the electrodes of radius 0.5 cm; and ( ) is the average thickness of the sample (~0.15mm). re sults and discussion the results of the p resent st udy are in the form of thermograms {figures 1–2–3} which are curves between log of thermally st imulated discharge conductivity , log (σdc) and temp erature (10 3 /t) of the sample films at different p olarizing fields. where, a significant curvature is quite p ronounced, this curvature has been frequently observed in many amorp hous p olymer comp osites sy st ems [21]. the thermograms of figure 1 are of p ure peo film. for all p olarizing fields, the d.c. conductivity is in insulating order. figures 2 and 3 show that the peo was rendered semiconductive by the addition of 0.05 and 0.20 weight p ercent of m gcl2 . the slight decrease is observed at low temp erature and continuous increase is observed up to 330°k in ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 all the samples. a nonlinear field dependence is clearly evident in p ure and filled peo samples. the constituent of p ure film, viz. peo, is largely an amorp hous p olymer. it is characterized by three relaxations: β relaxations occurring at low temp erature, α relaxation around the glass rubber transition temp erature (tg) and α1 relaxation occurring at a temp erature well above (tg) [22,23] . the absence of p eaks in the present t hermograms might be due to low app lied electric field [17]. in p olymeric materials, various ty p es of molecular relaxations are possible. the only motions p ossible at a low temp erature are local motions of molecular group s, e.g. rotation of side group s or internal motion within the side group s. hence, at low temp erature there may be slight decrease and then rise in conductivity of thermoelectric of p ure peo films. t his is due to mobility of main chain segment increase with the increase in temp erature [6, 8]. figures 2 and 3 represent thermograms (log σdc vs. 10 3 /t p lot) of 0.05 and 0.20 weight p ercent m gcl2 salt added peo thin film thermoelectrets for different p olarizing fields (300v/cm, 700v/cm, 1100v/cm). in both of the cases, the conductivity increases with increasing temp erature i.e. semiconducting nature of thermoelectric. our exp erimental st udy revealed that electrical conductivity increases with the increase in temperature ap p roximately by the following equation [24]: σ = σ0 exp (–ea/rt) …………….. (2), where σ is conductivity , σ0 the p re-exp onential factor, ea the activation energy of conduction and r the universal gas constant. the activation energy , ea, was calculated from the graph of log σdc vs. 10 3 /t p lot. tables 1–3 show the variation of activation energy values within low, intermediate and high temp erature regions. addition of m gcl2 increases the conductivity of p olymer considerably {figures 2 and 3}. as the p ercentage of loading is only 0.05 weight p ercent in second case, smooth increase was observed. initially increase in conductivity at low t emp erature may be due to the injection of charge carriers directly from the electrodes [25, 26]. the filler is very sensitive to temp erature. there are two p hases i.e. p olymer p hase and filler p hase. they formed heterocharges and discharge by dipole disorientation is thermally activated and so can be sp eeded up by heating. the increase in conductivity at higher temp erature may be due to soft ening, the injected charge carrier can move more easily into the volume of the sample giving rise to a large current and increase in conductivity at higher temperature [6, 25]. in the third case, as shown in thermogram 3, the loading of m gcl2 salt is slightly increased from 0.05–0.20 weight p ercent. there is a slight change in conductivity ,(σdc) for these samples esp ecially at higher temperature above tg. as the temp erature increases, the chain of the peo becomes more and more flexible [1]. this conduction is mainly due to a direct contact with salt p article as exp lained by tawansi et al and saq’an et al [8, 11]. it is very clear at the first figures {1–2–3}, the d.c. conductivity increases with t he increase of both electrical field and temp erature. the increase in conductivity with temp erature at a sensitively low field is due to the increase in the magnitude of the main free p ath of p honon [8, 25]. at high temp erature enhancement in conductivity is mainly att ributed to the increase in ionic mobility of m gcl2 salt p articles [24]. our results are in a good agreement with tawansi et al [8], jovic´ et al [6] and ramadin et al [27]. the activation energy decreases significantly on the increase of the d.c. electrical field at room temp erature as shown in figure 4 for different m gcl2 concentrations, to emp hasize the p ossible effects of d.c. electrical field value. the field dependence of d.c. conductivity , σdc of the comp osites 5%wt m gcl2 and pure peo is similar. in both cases, t he conductivity increases sharp ly with increasing electric field. however, as mentioned above, both curves are much more sensitive to electrical filed than that 20wt .% m gcl2 sample is ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 almost unaffected by increasing the electrical field. this can be p robably ascribed to the enhanced electron scatt ering at filler contacts due to an increase in their kinetic energy as the electric field increases [6, 28]. for solid-state d.c. current-voltage (i–v) measurements of peo/m gcl2 comp osite, figure 5 represent the d.c. voltage/current characterist ics at different temp eratures for the 5 wt .% m gcl2 comp osite, and exhibits a linear relation indicating ohmic behavior of the materials, which is consistent with electronic conduction [4]. the d.c. conductivity was evaluated to be 1.7×10 -5 s/m. the enhancement in the conductivity is by app roximately two orders of magnitude comp ared to the pure peo and there is a small change in the conductivity with temp erature. it was observed earlier that the peo-m gcl2 comp osite showed very low resistance and the enhancement were att ributed to inter p article tunneling [20]. figure 6 shows the variation of the resistivity (ρv) with m gcl2 salt concentrations. at lower concentrations -below 10 wt %it was observed that the electrical resistivity decreases sharp ly; at higher salt concentrations, the resistivity decreases slightly where the comp osite becomes a good conductive substance at salt contents higher than 20wt % . this transformation from an insulating material to conductive one is due to the semiconductive m gcl2 salt and the generated electrical contacts resulting from the salt networks [18]. figure 7 represents the d.c. electrical resistivity as a function of temp erature for comp osites with different m gcl2 salt concentrations. it was found that, at low salt concentrations (0, 5 and 10 wt %), the resistivity of samples is high and decreases sharp ly with increasing temp erature, which indicates that the d.c. electrical resistivity varies similar to a semiconducing behavior. the observed behavior in the d.c. electrical resistivity with m gcl2 salt concentration is att ributed to the p ercolation theory, where p olymer/conductingfiller comp osites exhibit a sudden transition from insulator to conductor at a certain filler concentration less t han 10 wt% m gcl2. this sudden transition in the comp osite resist ivity is a characterist ic of p ercolation threshold [21, 29]. at high salt concentrations over than 15wt.% m gcl2, the resistivity decreases slightly and slowly over the testing temp erature range, this result indicates a metallic-ty p e conduction mechanism due to conductive networks of salt, where the thermal exp ansion effects cause a reduction in electrical contacts between the salt p article networks and hence result in a slowly decreasing resistivity of the comp osite with temp erature [30], or this slight decrease in resistivity may be due to the sp ace charge effect caused by the addition of salt [25]. all tested comp osites of different m gcl2 concentration showed negative temperature coefficient of resist ivity . figure 8 shows the variation of the dc-conductivity (σdc) with temp eratures for different salt concentration in the peo/m gcl2 comp osite. it was observed that the d.c. conductivity increases with the increase of both temp erature and m gcl2 concentration. the increment in temp erature p rovides an increase in free volume and segmental mobility [15, 31]. these two entities then permits free charges to hop from one site to another thus increase conductivity . the conductivity increases so as temp erature indicates more ions gained kinetic energy via thermally activated hop p ing of charge carriers between trapp ed sites, which is temp erature dependence [32]. the observed increase of d.c. conductivity between 300 to 340 o k can be att ributed to large heat energy absorbed by the samp les and thus induce mobility of electrons [32]. it is suggested that in this region, the band gap between valence band and conduction band is reduced significantly and p rovide easiness for electrons to hop p ing from valence band to conduction band [1, 33] and hence gives higher d.c. conductivity values as comp ared to other temp eratures., i.e. the conductivity of the p olymer/salt comp osites st rongly depends on the p articles’ interfacial resistance, which has two major contributions: ‘‘contact resistance” and a so-called ‘‘tunneling resistance”. the former dominates in highly filled comp osites, when p hy sical contact between the particles is p resent, while the latter is ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 related to the p resence of an insulating p olymer film on the p article surfaces. tunneling is a transp ort p rocess that depends on thermal fluctuations [34], and a temp erature increase will reduce ‘‘tunneling resistance”, i.e. give rise to conductivity [6, 35], it is p robably the result of the sep aration of the p articles due to the soft ening of the peo matrix. it app ears, however, that the ‘‘tunneling conduction” can comp ensate for the lack of p article contacts because at higher temperatures the energy barrier tends t o be lower [34]. figure 9 represents logarithm of resistivity {log (ρv)} against reciprocal absolute temp erature, or what is called the arrhenius exp onential law equation (15, 36). the activation energy ea is calculated from the slop e of the best fit of t he exp erimental arrhenius curves as ap p roximate st raight lines by using the equation: ρv = /σ………(3) where ρv is the measured resistivity and σ is conductivity which is shown in equation [2]. the conduction activation energy of the conductivity influenced by temp erature is the minimum energy required to overcome potential barrier in the composite sy st em. the activation energies for the comp osites calculated from figure 9 are shown in table 4 with average error (±0.027), the dependence of the app arent activation energy of the electrical thermal activated rate-p rocess on the m gcl2 salt concentration is represented in figure 10. the figure shows that the activation energy decreases rapidly with the increase of the m gcl2 salt concentration of comp osites. this behavior of the activation energy with temp erature is similar to most conductive p olymer comp osites with salt content [8, 11, 12, 18, 19, 37, 38], a case which reflects that a new conductive p olymer comp osite is constructed from the insulating p olymer peo. finally, it is wort h mentioning that our calculated value of the activation energy is about 64 kcal.mol -1 for p ure peo, and it is very close to the value of 65 kcal.mol -1 as recently reported in [39]. conclusion a study of the effects of t he filler salt concentration and temp erature on the volume d.c. conductivity of peo/m gcl2 comp osite is p resented in this article. the volume resistivity behavior and the concentration of salt p rop erties of this comp osite are invest igated at temp eratures ranging from (276 to 333) o k. from the obtained results, the following conclusions are drowning: 1. both the temp erature and addition of m gcl2 salt concentration influence the d.cconductivity of peo; this filled peo p olymer could be good for low cost semiconducting comp osites. 2. the increase in temperature (above tg) would lead to t he increase in d.c. conductivity , and the increase in the electrical field would lead to a decrease in the activation energy . 3. the resistance of the peo/m gcl2 comp osites was found t o be ohmic, and the temperature coefficient of resistance is negative. 4. the overall dependence of the d.c. electrical conductivity of the peo-m gcl2 comp osites on temp erature was found to be similar to t he semiconducting behavior. 5. the temp erature dependence of d.c. conductivity for the given comp osites is st rongly influenced by the conductivity behavior of the m gcl2 concentrations. 6. the overall conduction mechanism is related to electrons transfer through the m gcl2 aggregations dist ributed in the p olymeric matrix. 7. the increase in both of temp erature and m gcl2 concentration would lead to a clear decrease in the activation energies of t he composites. 8. the thermoelectrically conduction behavior of the comp osites is interp reted in the form of variable range hop p ing mechanism and on the basis of mobility of peo chains and to t he transfer of electrons through the salt aggregations dist ributed in the p olymer matrix. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 re ferences 1seanor, d. (1977), electrical prop erties of poly mers, cambridge university press, london. 2narikes, m .; rami, a. and flashwiner, f. (1978), poly mer engineering and science, 18: 649–653. 3krochwitz, j. i., (1998), electrical and electronic p rop erties of p olymer, 1 st edition. john wiley & sons. inc., london . 4norman, r.h. (1970), conductive rubbers and p last ics, ap p lied sciences pub, london. 5rajesh kalia; sunil kumar ; bhatt i, h. s. and sharma, j. k., (2008), digest journal of nanomaterials and biostructures, 3(4): 237–243. 6jovic´, n.; dudic´, d.; m ontone, a.; vitt ori ant isari, m ; m itric´a, m . and djokovic´, v., (2008), scrip ta m aterialia, 58: 846–849. 7sunandan, c. s. and senthile komar, p. (2004) bull. m ater. sci., 27(1): 1–17. 8tawansi, a.; oraby , a.; e. abdelrazek, abdelaziz, m ., (1999), poly mer testing, 18: 569– 579. 9david lide, r. (2000), handbook of chemistry and phy sics, 80 th edition. new york. 10ut racki, l. a. (1990), polymer alloys and blends, hanser publishers, m unich. 11saq’an, s. a.; ay esh, a.s. and zihlif ,a. m . (2004), op tical m aterials, 24: 629–636. 12ramadin, y.; saq’an, s.; eid, a.; ahmad, m . and zihlif, a. (2000), journal of thermop last ic composite m aterials, 13(6): 497–509. 13tajitsu, y. (1996) j. m ater. sci., 31(8): 2081–2089. 14ay esh, a. s. and abdel-rahem, r. a. (2008) j. of plastic film & sheeting, 24(2): 109– 124. 15m argolis, j. m . (1988), conductive polymers and plastics. new york. chapon and hall. 16dillip pradhan, k.; choudhary, r.; samantaray, b.; karan, n. and katiyar, r. (2007) int. j. electrochem. sci. , 2: 861–871. 17gaur, m . s.; ramlal; prashant shukla; pooja saxena & tiwari, r. k., (2008), indian journal of pure & ap p lied phy sics, 46: 118–122. 18shingo, a.; hiromi, i.& toshio, t. (1978) bulletin of the chemical society of japan, 51(2): 407–410 19yasin, s. f.; zihlif, a. and ragost a, g. (2005), j. m ater. sci., 16: 63–71. 20jagadeesh babu, v., (2008), investigations on the electrical prop erties of electrosp un poly mer nano comp osite fibers, ph.d. thesis, indian inst itut e of technology m adras, chennai, india. 21wintersagill, m . c.; font nella, j. j.; smith, m . k.; greenbaun, s. g.; adamir, k.j. and andreen, c. g. (1987) poly mer, 28: 633–642. 22m ohomed, k.; gerasimov, t.; m oussy , f.; harmon, j. (2005), poly mer, 46: 3847–3855 23floudas, g. (2004), 29: 1143–1171. 24m oust afa, a.; faizalla, a.; abd el hady , m . (1998), j. polymer science, 67: 637–641. 25fleming, r. j. (1999), 29(2): 280–294. 26roman cimbala (2006), acta electrotechnica et informatica, 6(2): 1–4 27ramadin, y.; ahmed, m .; jawad, s. a.; zihlif, a.; m artuscelli, e. and ragost a, g. (1993), journal of polymer m aterials, 10: 251–262. 28zhi-qi kou, xiao m a, nai-li di, qing-an li, and zhao-hua cheng (2005), p hy sica st atus solidi (b), 242(14): 2930–2937. 29webar, m .; kamel, m . r. (1997), poly mer composites, 18: 711–725. 30ahmed, m . s.; zihlif, a. m .; m artuscelli, e.; ragost a, g. and scafora, e. (1992) poly mer composites, 13(1): 53–61. 31m cgraw – hill, (2002), ency clop edia of science and technology , 9 th edition. new york. 32tominaga, y.; asai, s.; sumita, m .; panero,s. and scrosati, b. (2005) power source, 146: 402–406. 33heeger, a. j. (2000) semiconducting and poly meric m aterials: the fourth generation of poly meric m aterials. nobel lecture. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 34shang, p.; sichal, e. and gitleman, jl. (1978), phy s. rev. lett. , 40(18): 1197-1208. 35giang truong pham, (2008), characterization and m odeling of piezo-resist ive p rop erties of carbon nanotube-based conductive poly mer composites, ph.d. thesis, florida state university , (usa). 36bruce, h.andwarfield, r. (1986), journal of poly mer science, 24: 877–883. 37elimat, z. m . (2005) electrical and thermal prop erties of conducting poly mer composites, ph.d thesis, phy sics dep artement, university of jordan, jordan. 38m att hew, l. c. (1998), develop ment and m odelling of electrically conductive comp osite materials, ph.d t hesis, bachelor of science, m ichigan technological university , (usa). 39el̇ zbieta zero, henry k wycí slik & m aciej siekierski (2001), j. new m at.electrochemical sy st ems, 4: 143–148. table (1): variati on of activation ene rgy, ea, in the three temperature regions for pure peo thi n film. polarizing field (v/cm) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) 300 59.3425 63.9917 68.7786 700 45.7856 49.9293 53.9987 1100 39.5662 43.2245 40.6322 table (2): variati on of activation ene rgy, ea, in the three temperature regions for 5wt. %mgcl2 doped peo polarizing field (v/cm) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) 300 35.5623 43.9928 49.1129 700 26.7783 33.1255 39.3335 1100 21.2257 24.6503 28.9664 table (3): variati on of activation ene rgy, ea, in the three temperature regions for 20wt %mgcl2 doped peo polarizing field (v/cm) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) ea (kcal. mo l -1 ) 300 5.9753 6.2403 4.5465 700 1.1411 2.2595 2.0042 1100 0.2566 1.4177 2.4571 . table (4): the variati on of the activation ene rgy with mgcl2 concentration. samp le activation energy , ea (kcal. mol -1 ) peo (pure) 63.99178 peo + 5 wt .% m gcl2 43.99282 peo + 10 wt .% m gcl2 17.46373 peo + 15 wt .% m gcl2 8.674247 peo + 20 wt .% m gcl2 6.24029 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 fi g. (1 ): natu ral logari thm of dc-c ondu cti vi ty vs. 1000/t for pure peo . (at di ffe ren t d.c. pol arizing fiel ds) fi g. (2 ): natural logari thm of dc-c on du cti vi ty vs. 1000/t for 5wt.% mgcl2 (at di ffe ren t d.c. pola rizing fiel ds) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 fi g. (4 ): variation of the acti vati on ene rgy wi th dc -fiel d (for di fferen t mgcl2 fi g. (5 ): v–i ch aracte risti cs fo r the 5wt.% mgcl 2 com posite. fi g. (3): natu ral logari thm dc-c on du cti vi ty vs. 1000/t for 20wt.% mgcl2 (at di ffe ren t d.c. pola rizing fiel ds) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 fig. (8): th e dc-conductivity as a function of temperature. fi g. (6 ): volume el e ctri ce resisti vi ty as a function of mgcl2 fig. (7): the volum e electrical r esisti vity as a f unctio n of tempera ture. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 fig. (10): variation of the activation energy with the mgcl2 concentration. fig. (9): th e volume electrical resistivity natural logarithm versus the reciprocal temperature. 2009) 4(22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الخواص الكھربائیة المستمرة لألغشیة المتكونة من بولي أوكسید اإلثیلین مع الملح كلورید المغنسیوم أیاد أحمد صالح جامعة بغداد ، إبن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة ، قسم الفیزیاء خالصةال قالبــاً وملــح ) بـولي أوكــسید اإلثیلـین(تـم فــي هـذا البحــث دراســة الخـصائص الكهربائیــة المـستمرة لمتراكــب مــن تعاملـــت هـــذه الدراســـة مـــع % ). 20إلـــى % 0( حـــشوة ذا تراكیـــز مختلفـــة داخـــل القالـــب بالمـــدى ) كلوریــد المغنـــسیوم( ) درجـة كلفـن333 درجـة كلفـن إلـى 276(راكیـز الملـح و درجـة الحـرارة بالمـدى التوصیلیةالكهربائیةالمستمرة للمتراكب دالـة لت . وضمن ثالث مدیات من مجال األستقطاب المسلط على العینة ُلقـد وجـد مـن . ُلقد حسبت المقاومة الكهربائیة النوعیة و قیست التوصیلیة الكهربائیـة المـستمرة وكـذلك طاقـة التنـشیط الحراریـة وكـذلك المتراكـب یبـدي مقاومـة كهربائیـة عكـسیة مـع زیـادة ، فولت تبـدي سـلوك مقاومةأومیـةقیاسات تیارالنتائج أن نتاتج وتــنخفض طاقـة التنــشیط . وأن زیــادة كـل مــن درجـة الحــرارة وتركیـز الملــح تزیـد التوصــیلیةالكهربائیة المـستمرة، درجـة الحـرارة ویعــزى تفـسیر معظــم هــذه . مــع زیـادة كــل مــن مجـال األســتقطاب الكهربــائي المـسلط و تركیــز الملــح فـي المتراكــب الفعالـة و قـد ، الظواهر إلى قواعد حركة سالسل المبلمر و إلى أنتقال األلكترونات بین تجمعـات كتـل الملـح المنتـشرة فـي قالـب العینـة .الكهربائیة به موصلةأظهرت جمیع العینات سلوك مشابه لسلوك المواد الش .طاقة التنشیط الفعالة، الملح كلورید المغنسیوم، المبلمر بولي أوكسید اإلثیلین، التوصیلیة الكهربائیة المستمرة:الكلمات المفتاحیة synthesis and characterization of new heterocyclic derived from pyromellitic dianhydride sahar f. abbas emad t. ali jumbad h. tomma dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 28 may 2013 , accepted in :26 august 2013 abstract in this work two moles of 2-amino benzothiazole were allowed to react with one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride to produce n,n‾-bis-(benzathiazol-2-yl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] which was submitted to esterification via the reaction with dimethyl sulphate in sodium carbonate in acetone as a solvent to synthesize n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitam diacetate [ii] .this ester was used to produce novel compounds through two paths : path one: reaction of ester [ii] with hydrazine in ethanol as a solvent to form the corresebonding n,n‾-bis (benzothiazole-2-yl) –pyromellitamic acid hydrazide [iii] which react with acetyl acetone in ethanol or with phthalic anhydride in dioxane to yield new pyrazole, n,n‾-bis[(2-amidobenzothiazol) 3,5-dimethyl pyrazole] pyromellitic [iv] . and new imide; n,n‾-bis-[(2-amidobenzothiazol)-amido phthalimide] pyromellit [v] respectively. path two: reaction of ester [ii] with thiosemicarbazide to form bis [n,n‾(2amidobenzothiazole) thiosemicarbazide] pyromellitic acid [vi] ,which is converted to triazole. bis[n,n‾ (2-amido benzothiazol) 1,2,4-triazole -3-yl] pyromellit [vii] under basic condition treatment of the last product with different alkyl halides to give new series of thioalkyl triazoles; bis [n,n-(2-amido benzothiazole)-5-thio alkyl 1,2,4-triazole-3-yl] pyromellit[viii]n all the above compoundes were characterized by their melting points, elemental analysis and by their spectral data,ftir and 1hnmr for (some of them). key word : pyromellitic dianhydride , pyrazol , imide ,1,2,4triazole , hydrazide. 268 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction the wide spread applications of pyromellitic dianhydride (pmda) in several fields,such as synthesis of an important monomer in the preparation of a variety of thermoplastic polymers such as polyimides, epoxy resins and metal carboxylate complexes. moreover, it is also useful in the preparation of high performance coatings that have been widely employed in many fields in our daily life because of its excellent thermal , oxidative stability and excellent mechanical properties [1] . pyrazoles played a crucial part in the development of theoretical studies and also useful building blocks in organic synthesis , with wide applications as dyestuff, analytical reagents and agrochemicals . the pyrazole ring system is a useful structural moiety found in numerous biologically active compounds. and in the field of the medicinal chemistry . they display various biological activities such as, analgesic , anti-inflammatory , anti anxiety , antibacterial , antifungal , antitumour , antitubercular , and antiparasitic [2] . imides possess excellent mechanical properties , thermal stability and important class of bioactive molecules that show a wide range of pharmacological activities such as androgen receptor antagonistic, anti-inflammatory , anxiolytic, antiviral, antibacterial, and antitumor properties. moreover , they are synthetic precursors with application in organic synthesis , polymer synthesis , and for the development of new materials and molecular electronic devise [3]. a large number of 1,2,4-triazole-containing ring system have been incorporated into a wide variety of therapeutically interesting drug candidates including anti-septic, analgesic, anti-convulsant, anti-biotic, anti-allergic, anti-inflammatory, diuretic, fungicidal , insecticidal, herbicidal, anti-bacterial, anti-viral, anti-depressant, anti-microbial, anti-tumor, and antihypertensive [4 ]. the aim of this work is the synthesis of a novel pyrazole ,imides , 1,2,4triazole derivatives from pyromellitic anhydride by many reaction steps which are given in scheme 1 experimental materials: all the chemicals were supplied from merck , fluka ,gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques :ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo (ir prestige-21) ftir spectroscopy. uncorrected melting points were determined by using hotstage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus, 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company : ultra shield 300 mhz, bruker, switzerland, at university of al-albayt , jordan, and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . elemental analyses of some compounds were performed on a (c.h.n.s) company: euro vector, model ea 3000a origin: italy. university of al-albayt, jordan 269 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 [i] c c c c oo oo oh ho hn nh s ns n c o c o nh s n c o h2n c hn hn c o nh s n s [vi] c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n nn n sh hs [vii] c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n h nn n h sr rs [viii] c o nh c o nh s n c c o nh s n nh n o o n o o o [v] c o c o nh s nc o c o nh s n nn nn ch3h3c ch3h3c [iv] [iii] c o nh c o nh s n c o hn c o nh s n nh2 h2n oo o o o o s n nh2 [ii] c o och3 c o nh s n c o h3co chn s n o acetone na2co3(ch3)2so4 nh2nh2 ethanol phthalic anhydrid dioxane koh r=cnh2n+1 , n=1-5 x=br or i aq. naoh ethanol r x path one path two ethanol ch3 -c-ch2-c-ch3 o o nh nh c nh2 s nh2 nh c nh2 s scheme 1 h h synthesis of asymmetrical diamic acid n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (0.218g , 0.001mole) in (15ml) acetone , a solution of the 2-amino benzothiazol ( 0.3 g ,0.002 mole) in (15ml) acetone was added dropwise during one hour, the mixture was then left at room temperature with continuous stirring for 24 hrs , the white product was then filtered off and recrystallized from acetone to give the a corresponding n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] [5] , yield 90% ,mp >300 ⁰c. 270 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 synthesis of n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitam diacetate [ii] a mixture of compound [i]. (6.73g,0.013mol) and anhydrous sodium carbonate (2.7 g,0.026 mol) was dissolved in 25ml of acetone , to this solution ( 0.026 mol ) of dimethyl sulphate was added then 20 min after, the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hrs. the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down at room temperature, extraction with chloroform. the product was collected by evaporating the chloroform to give a white compound[ii] [6], yield 90% ,mp(174-176)⁰c. elemental analysis of compound [ii] : theoretical : c% =57.14 , h% = 3.29 , n% =10.25 s%=11.72 found : c% = 57.30 , h% = 3.42 , n% =9.16 s%=11.61 path one: synthesis of n,n‾-bis (benzothiazol-2-yl)-pyromellitamic acid hydrazide [iii] a a solution of n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitam diacetate [ii] (32.76 g,0.06 mol ) and hydrazine hydrate (15ml) in 25 ml of ethanol was heated under reflex for 2 hrs . the mixture was then cooled at room temperature, and the obtained pale orange solid was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol .yield 86% ,mp135-137⁰c . synthesis of n,n‾-bis[(2-amido benzothiazol) 3,5 dimethyl pyrazole ] pyromellitic [iv] a mixture of acid hydrazide [iii] ( 1.09 g,0.002mol ) and acetyl acetone (0.002mol) in absolute ethanol 4ml was heated under reflux for 4 hrs. the reaction mixture was cooled and the formed precipitate was filtered off and recrystallized to give yellow compound [iv], yield 71%, mp162-164⁰c . synthesis of n,n‾-bis-[(2-amidobenzothiazol)-amido phthalimide] pyromellit[v] a mixture of acid hydrazide [iii] (1.09g , 0.002mol) and phthalic anhydride (0.59 g,0.002mol) was refluxed in dry dioxane (20) ml for 5 hrs .the reaction mixture was left overnight for slow evaporation . the browen product was recystallized from dioxane to give new imide [v] , yield 60 % , mp >300⁰c . path two: synthesis of symmetrical bis [n,n‾(2-benzothiazol) thiosemicarbazide] pyromellitamic acid [vi] to a solution of compound [ii] ( 0.54 g, 0.01mol) in absolute ethanol (20ml) was added thiosemicabazide (0.18 g ,0.01mole), the mixture was refluxed for 4 hrs .and after cooling the white precipitate was filtered and recrstallized from ethanol [7] , yield 93% ,mp 150-152⁰c. synthesis of symmetrical bis[ n,n‾-(2benzothiazol) -1,2,4 -triazole-3-yl ] pyromellit amide [vii] a stirring solution of compound [vi] (6.64 g, 0.01 mol) and 10 ml 4% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was refluxed for 4 hrs. after that, the mixture was filtered and the filtered was acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid. the pale browen precipitate was filtered and washed several times with water , yield 58% , mp (100-101) oc. synthesis of a new series of symmetrical bis [n,n‾-(2-benzothiazole) -5-thio alkyl 1,2,4 –triazole -3-yl] pyromellit amide [viii]1-5 potassium hydroxide (6.72 g, 0.12mole) dissolved in minimum volume of water,was added dropwise to a stirred solution of triazole (5.74 g , 0.01 mole) in (10ml) of dioxane at 250⁰c. after heating, the mixture for (15min.) and cooling , n-alkyl halide ((methyl 271 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 iodide,ethyl bromide ,propyl bromide ,butyl bromide or bentyl bromide) (0.01mole) was added dropwise . the solution was refluxed for (3 hrs) . afterwards the solvent was evaporated on a rotator evaporator, ice-water (100 ml) was added, the resulting precipitate was collected , and recrystallized .the physical properties data of a new series [viii]1-5.are given in table 1. result and discussion n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] was synthesized by the reaction of one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride with two moles of 2-amino benzothiazole in acetone as a solvent. the mechanism involves nucleophilic addition reaction , as follows scheme 2 .[5] [i] oo o o o o s n nh2 aceton c c c c oo oo o o nh s n h s n hn h proton exchange c c c c oo oo oh ho hn nh s ns n scheme 2 s n nh2 the structure of amic acid was studied by it′s melting point and ftir, ftir spectrum which shows the disappearance of absorption bands of nh2 group and other peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of the starting materials together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety at (3284-2450)cm-1, c=o (carboxylic acid) stretching at (1685)cm-1 , c=o (amid) stretching at (1654) cm-1 and c=n (endocyclic) stretching at (1627)of hetrocyclic unite .the ftir data support the proposed structure. n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] was converted to ester by the common esterifiction process using dimethyl sulphate in the presence of anhydrous sodium carbonate in dry acetone . n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitam diacetate [ii] was charecteized by melting point, c.h.n.s and ftir sprcetrum . the ftir spectrum shows absorption band at 1734 cm-1 due to stretching vibration of the (c=o) for ester , also appearance band at 1188 cm-1 was due to ( c-o) bending of ester ,besides to disappearance two bands of o-h and c=o of carboxylic moiety . the (c.h.n.s) analysis is consistent with their proposed structure . the new n,n‾-bis-(benzothiazol-2-yl) pyromellitam diacetate [ii] was used to synthesize new compounds by using two paths as follows : 272 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 path one: the acid hydrazide [iii] was synthesized by the reaction of compound [ii] with hydrazine hydrate and refluxing in ethanol to form compound [iii] which was characterized by melting point, ftir and 1hnmr spectram . ftir spectrum shows absorption bands at (3278-3170) cm-1 due to the asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of the (-nh-nh2) group and stretching vibration band at 1680 cm-1 due to (c=o) for amide . 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as asolvent) of acid hydrazid [iii] showed abroad signals at δ2.77 ppm for two protons of conh group , many signals at δ(7.17-7.66) ppm that could be attributed to the ten aromatic protons the spectrum also showed a douplet signal at δ1.2 ppm for protons of nh2 group and a triplet signal at δ(3.43-3.72) ppm due to of nh protons of hydrazide moiety . the pair of electrons on nitrogen atoms in compound [ііі] facilitate the reaction of this compound in two ways: a ) acetyl acetone as shown in the following mechanism (scheme 3) to produce the pyrazol derivatives ,which was identified by it′s melting point,ftir, 1hnmr spectroscopy .ftir spectrum of pyrazole compound showed the following the disappearance a stretching bands at (1680 ) cmˉ¹due to c=o amide groups of hydrazide moity . appearance of new absorption bands of nh at (3419) cmˉ¹ and c=n group endocyclic of pyrazole at (1618 ) cmˉ¹ was shown. 1hnmr of pyrazole compound [iv] showed two sharp signals at δ 1.74ppm and δ 1.79ppm due to two ch3 groups of pyrazole ring [8] , a singlet signal at δ 3.15 ppm could be attributed to two protons of nh group and many signals in the region δ (6.76-7.28) ppm for aromatic protons . c o nh c o nh s n c o hn c o nh s n nh2 h2n [iii] [iv] o o ch3 -c-ch2-c-ch3 c o nh c o nh s n c o hn c o nh s n nh hn c ch2c ch3 o ho ch3 c h3c oh h2cch3c o c o nh c o nh s n c ohn c o nh s n n n c ch2c ch3 och3 c ch3 h2cch3c o c o c o nh s n c o c o nh s n nn ch3 ho ch3 nn ch3ch3 oh c o c o nh s n c o c o nh s n n n ch3h3c nn ch3ch3 o o ch3 -c-ch2-c-ch3 -2h2o -2h2o scheme 3 b) phthalic anhydride to form the imide as afinal product as shown in (scheme 4) was studied by melting point , ftir spectrum . the ftir spectrum exhibited significant two peaks at 1735cm-1 and1720cm-1 which could be attributed to asymmetry and symmetry 273 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) [9] and two absorption bands around 1186 cm-1 and 750 cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) .[10-12] c o nh c o nh s n c o hn c o nh s n nh2 h2n o o o o o o c o nh c o nh s nc c o nh s n nh n o o n o o o proton exching heat -2h2o [iii] [v] c c o nh s n c c o nh s n h2n hn o o o o o o hn h2n o o c c o nh s n c c o nh s n hnhn o o o o o ho hnhn oh o scheme 4 path two: bis [n,n‾(2-benzothiazol) thiosemicarbazide] pyromellitamic acid [vi] ,was obtained by treatment compound [іі] with thiosemicarbazide under reflux in ethanol, the structural assignments of [vi] are based on melting points, and their spectral data (ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy) . the ftir absorption-spectrum of this compound [vi] showed (c=o) amid absorption band at 1690 cm-1 , the spectrum showed many peaks in the region 3367-3178cm-1 which could be attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of nh and nh2 groups besides to 1310cm-1 and 2652 cm-1 due to c=s groups and s-h group , respectively . the 1hnmr spectrum of this compound showed a good signal at δ3.70 ppm due to two protons of nh2 group .abroad signal at δ 4.48 ppm for two protons of amide group (co-nhph) , two signals doublet and singlet at δ 7.45-7.58ppm and δ7.98ppm for aromatic protons of para substitution benzene rings and central benzene ring , respectively .the spectrum showed two signals due to protons of two nh group of (co-nh-nh-cs) moiety at δ8.62ppm and δ9.80 ppm 274 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 c o c o nh s n c o c o nh s n c o och3 c o nh s n c o h3co chn s n o c c o nh s n c o chn s n o o och3h3co nh2 nh c s nh2 -2ch3oh [ii] [vi] nh2 nh c nh2 s nh2 c nh nh s nh nh c nh2 s c c o c oh chn s n o oh och3h3co nh nh c s nh2 scheme 5 p.t nh2 c nh nh s nh2 c nh nh2 s nh s n nh2 nh c nh2 s the triazole compound [vii] was synthesized by oxidative cyclization of carboxylic thiosemicarbazide derivatives[vi] in the presence of (4%) aqiueous naoh. the mechanism of the reaction may be outlined as follows in scheme (6) c o nh s n c o nh s n c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n nn n sh hs 2h [vii] c o c o nh s nc o nh c o nh s n s [vi] nh nh c nh2 nh c nh2 s nnhn n s nhn n s h h c o nh s n c o nh s n nhhn n s nhhn n s h h o o c o nh s n c o nh s n nhn n s nhn n s h h ho oh h h -2h2o scheme 6 h h 2oh c o c o nh s nc o nh c o nh s n sh nh nh c hn nh c nh hs c o c o nh s nc o nh c o nh s n s nh nh c hn nh c nh s this compound was characterized by melting point and ftir ,1hnmr spectroscopy . the ftir spectrum showed disappearance of absorption bands due to υc=o 275 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (amide) and nh2 group of compound [vi] together with the appearance of three characteristic stretching bands at 3248cm-1 ,1645cm-1 and 1205cm-1, which are assigned to υn-h ,υc=n and υc=s groups ,respectively . 1hnmr spectrum of triazole compound [vii] showed the following characteristic chmical shefts (in dmso as a solvent) showed two singlet signals at δ8.63 ppm and δ8.16 ppm that could be attributed to protons of two nh groups of triazole (tautomerism stat between thion and thiol forms sh+nh) , many signals (triplet, doublet and singlet ) in the region δ6.94-8.54 ppm due to ten aromatic protons. the spectrum also showed a good sharp singlet signal sh group and a weak peak at δ 4.05ppm due to protons of amide group (nhco). thio alkyl derivatives [vііі]1-5 of triazole was obtained by the treatment of compound [vіі] with selective alkyl halides and potassium hydroxide in dry dioxane as a solvent. these compounds were identified by melting points and ftir ,1hnmr. c o nh s n c o hn s n nn n h nn n h sh hs c o nh s n c o hn s n nn n h nn n sr rs 2koh c o nh s n c o s n nn n h nn n h s k k s r x [vii] [viii]1-5 nh r x h scheme 7 k x the ftir spectra show disappearance bands of s-h ,c=s and nh together with the appearance of new bends at 2966-2854cm-1 due to υc-h aliphatic and 869-855 cm-1for c-s stretching group [13] the spectral data of new series [viii]1-5 are listed in table 2. 1hnmr spectrum of 5-thio methyl triazole compound [viii]1 showed the following signals (in dmso as a solvent ) : asinglet signal at δ3.07 ppm for two protons of nh (amide) group ,a good signal at δ8.17 ppm for two protons of nh(triazol) group . the spectrum also showed three doublet signals which could be assigned to the eight aromatic protons of pare substation benzene ring in the region δ6.97-7.67 ppm and a singlet signal at δ7.50 ppm due to two aromatic protons of central benzene ring and a singlet for six aliphatic protons at δ1.29 ppm of sch3 group. references 1.abo-bakr,a.; hassan ,m .; temirek, h. and mosallam ,a .(2012) "synthesis of some new heterocyclic nitrogen compounds starting from pyromellitic dianhydride", oriental journal of chemistry , 28 (4) : 1567-1578 2. awadi, s.; jyotil, yadav. m. and pathak , d.(2011) " synthesis and characterization of some substituted pyrazoles asanalgesics and anti inflammatory agents" , scholars research library , 3(1): 215-222 276 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 3.hussein, sh. ; ali, e. and tomma, j. (2012 ) "evidence supports the formation of isoimide derived from pyromellitic di anhydride", ibn al-haitham jour. for pure &appi .sci , 2(1772) , 1-14 4. el rayes ,s .(2009) "convenient synthesis of some novel amino acid coupled triazoles". 13rd international electronic conferenceone synthetic chemistry (ecsoc-13), 1-7 5. ali, e.; al-aliawy, k. and tomma ,j. (2011) "synthesis and characterization of new symmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives and their amic acids", ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci ,24 (3):1-11 6. al-rwbaiy, z .(1998) "synthesis and characterization of some new derivatives 1,2,4 – triazole and 1,3,4 –thiadiazole " m.sc thesis ,college of education –ibn –al haitham , baghdad university . 7.askar, f .; hassan, h. and janzeei ,n . (2010) " synthesis of some hetrocyclic compound derived from 2-mercapto pyrimedene ", baghdad time j. , 7(2):1014-1022 8. el-masry, a.; fahmy, h. and abd wahed ,a. (2000) "synthesis and antimicrobiad activity of some new benzimidazole derivatives " , molecules j. ,5(12):1429 -1438. 9 garg ,m. and quamara,.j .(2007) "atomic and molecular physics ftir analysis of high energy heavy ion irradiated kapton-h polyimide" ,ind. j. pure appli. phys.,45:563-568. 10. weilin ,s.; xuesong, g. and fengcai ,l.(1997) "study on synthesis and properties of some novel polyimides containing bisthiazole rings", chinese journal of polymer science , 15 (4) : 325-331 11. al arbash, a.; ahmad ,z.; al-sagheer ,f. and ali, a .(2006) "microstructure and thermomechanical properties of polyimide-silica nanocomposites", journal of nanomaterials" ,19 12. zahmatkesh ,s. and vakili, m .(2010) "synthesis and characterization of new optically active poly (ethyl l-lysinamide)s and poly (ethyl l-lysinimide) ", j. amino acids , 1-6 13. al-rawi, m .; tomma, j .; muklus,.a. and al-dujaili, a. (2013) "synthesis and characterization of new schiff bases hetrocyclic compounds and their n-acyl ,thiourea and imidazol derived from d-erthroascorbic acid ",american journal of organic chemistry ,3(1) ,1-8 277 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no. (1):the physical properties of compounds [vііі] 1-5 comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecuar formula m. p 0c yied% color [vііі]1 bis[n,n′-(2 benzothiazole)5-thio methyl 1,2,4triazol3yl] pyromellit amide c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n nn n sch3 h3cs c27h17o2n10s4 158-160 67 pale orange [vііі]2 bis[n,n′-(2 benzothiazole)5-thio ethyl 1,2,4triazol3yl] pyromellit amide c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n nn n sc2h5 c2h5s c28h19o2n10s4 130-132 92 pale brown [vііі]3 bis[n,n′-(2 benzothiazole)5-thio propyl1,2,4triazol3yl] pyromellit amide c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n nn n sc3h7 c3h7s c29 h21o2 n10s4 94-95 93 pale yellow [vііі]4 bis[n,n′-(2 benzothiazole)5-thio butyl1,2,4triazol3yl] pyromellit amide c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n nn n sc4h9 c4h9s c30h23o2n10s4 108-109 83 pale brown [vііі]5 bis[n,n′-(2 benzothiazole)5-thio pentyl 1,2,4triazol3yl] pyromellit amide c o nh s n c o nh s n nn n nn n sc5h11 c5h9s c31h25o2n10s4 118-120 95 pale brown 278 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(2):characteristic ftir absorption band of compound[viii]1-5 comp. no. √nh of triazole √c-h aliph. √c=o amid √c=n of triazole √c=c arom. √c-s [viii]1 3248 2954-2854 1645 1636 1598 869 [viii]2 3246 2926-2854 1653 1642 1597 858 [viii]3 3248 2966-2864 1656 1645 1597 856 [viii]4 3248 2962-2856 1658 1645 1597 855 [viii]5 3248 2945-2854 1655 1640 1599 865 279 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 تحضیر مركبات حلقیة غیر متجانسة مشتقة من انھدرید البایروملتیك ودراستھا سحر فاضل عباس عماد تقي علي جمبد ھرمز توما / جامعة بغداد )ابن الھیثم(قسم الكیمیاء / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2013آب 26، قبل البحث في : 2013آیار 28استلم البحث في: الخالصة ( انھدرید البایروملتیك) للحصول على امینو بنزوثایزول ) مع مول واحد -2تم في ھذا البحث مفاعلة مولین من ( ]. іیل) بایرومالتامیك داي اسید [-2-(بنزوثایزول , n,n -بس-′ -مثیل سلفیت وبوجود كاربونات الصودیوم واستعمل االستون مذیبآ للحصول على بس المقابل من خالل مفاعلة مع داي ]ііیل)بایرومالتام داي اسیتیت[-2-(بنزوثایزول ′n,n استعمل ھذا اال ستر النتاج وتحضیر مركبات جدیدة من خالل عملیتین: -: العملیة االولى-1 ول مذیبآ للحصول على تفاعل االستر مع الھیدرازین في االیثان ] іііیل)بایرومالتامیك اسید ھیدرازاید [-2 -( بنزوثایزول-بس -′n,n الذي بدوره تم مفاعلتھ مع االستیل اسیتون في اال یثانول مذیبآ او مع انھدرید الفثالك في الدایوكسان للحصول على مركبات حلقیة غیر متجانسة جدیدة (البایروزالت ) ] ᴠіداي میثیل بایرزول ] بایروملتیك [ 5,3امیدو بنزوثایزول)-2[(-بس -′n,n واالیمیدات المقابلة على التوالي ]ᴠامیدوفثالماید] بایروملیت [–امیدو بنزوثایزول) -2[(-بس -′n,n :العملیة الثانیة-2 تفاعل االستر مع ثایوسیمي كاربازاید لمحاولة الحصول على ]іᴠبنزوثایزول ) ثایوسیمي كاربازاید ] بایروملتیامیك اسید [ -n¸n′ )2[ -بس الذي تم تحویلھ الى التراییوزول المقابل ] ііᴠیل ] بایروملیت امید [-3-ترایزول -4,2,1بنزوثایزول) -n¸n ′ )2بس [ لى مجموعة من مشتقات باستعمال محیط قاعدي مناسب .استعمل المركب االخیر مع ھالیدات الكیل متنوعة للحصول ع الكیل تراییوزول-الثایو ]іііᴠ[ nیل ]بایروملیت امید -3-ترایزول -4,2,1ثایو الكیل -5-بنزوثایزول ) -n¸n′ )2بس [ شخصت جمیع المركبات المحضرة اعاله ودرست من خالل ایجاد درجة اال نصھار، وتحلیل العناصر، واطیاف االشعة ین النووي المغناطیسي للبعض منھا، اذ حیث وجد تطابق النتائج النظریة والعملیة للمركبات تحت الحمراء، وطیف الرن المحضرة ترایزول ،ھیدرزاید 4,2,1انھدرید البایروملتیك ،البایروزول ،االیمیدات ، -الكلمات المفتاحیة : 280 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the inhibitory effect of some benzoic acid derivatives on human erythrocyte catalase activity z.a.ali department of chemistry , college of education-science ,unive rsity of salahddin-hawler abstract in order to study the kinetic of human erythrocytes catalase a well –known enzy me uses h2o2 as substrate as well as hy drogen accep tors, in non smokers and smoker individuals. ant hranilic acid and p -amino benzoic acid (paba) were used to study their effect on the enzy me. the kinetic st udy confirmed that anthranilic is a non-comp etitive inhibitor with km values of 0.95 and 1.0 for non smokers and smokers resp ectively (paba) was found to be a comp etitive inhibitor with vmax values of 8.0 and 8.9 for nonsmoker and smoker resp ectively introduction he univalent reduction of oxy gen results in a series of cy totoxic oxy gen sp ecies. these highly reactive sp ecies can cause cell damage including lip id p eroxidation, inactivation of enzy mes, alteration of intra-cellular oxidation-reduction st ate and damage to dna (1) (2). catalase (human erythrocyte catalase e.c:1.11.1.6). its functions include cataly zing the decomposition of hy drogen peroxide to water and oxy gen. ,also oxidizes different t oxins, such as formaldehy de, formic acid and alcohol. in doing so, it uses hy drogen p eroxide according to the following reaction (3): h2o2 + h2r 2h2o + r catalase has one of the highest turnover rates for all enzy mes; one molecule of catalase can convert millions of molecules of hy drogen peroxide to water and oxy gen p er second (4). catalase is atetramer of four p olyp eptide chains. it contains four p orp hy rin heme (iron) group s which allow t he enzy me to react with t he hydrogen peroxide (5) ant hranilic acid (ortho amino benzoic acid) and its derivatives were used as a drug for p ain, temp erature (p y rexia) and inflammatory p rocesses, among non st eroidal anti inflammatory drug agents (6) ( 7). para amino benzoic acid (paba) is a co-enzy me associated with the vitamin b-comp lex forms p art of t he structure of folic acid and it thought as a vitamin within a vitamin. para amino benzoic acid st imulates the intest inal bacteria enabling them to p roduce folic acid, which in turn aids in the p roduction of p antot henic acid .paba, also help s to maintain healthy intest inal micro-flora. as a coenzy me paba functions in the breakdown and utilization of p roteins and in the formation of red blood cells (8) (9). t ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the objectives of the p resent st udy are to evaluate the lip id p eroxidation marker m alondialdehy de (m da) in sera of non smokers and smoker's healthy individuals and to indicate the effect of anthranilic acid and para amino benzoic acid on erythrocyte catalase activities, also to evaluate km and vmax in the p resence of the above comp ounds. experimental part all reagents were of highly analytical grade. blood samples were collected from healthy individuals; the erythrocytes were obtained by centrifugation of blood after coagulation at 2500rp m for 30 min at room temp erature. hemoly sate of rbc s was obtained by washing the erythrocytes three times with normal saline solution (0.9%nacl). hemoly sate was p repared by adding four p arts volume of dist illed water to one sediment volume of erythrocyte. a chloroform-ethanol extract was p repared by adding (0.5ml) hemolysate to (3.5ml) ice cold dw , followed by (1ml) ethanol and (0.6ml) chloroform. aft er centrifugation, 1:500 a dilution of this concentrated hemolysate was p repared with p hosp hate buffer immediately before the assay. de termination of serum malondialdehyde (mda) le vels the determination is based on the formation of colored comp lex up on the reaction of m da with thiobarbituric acid (tba) according to the method described by rehnerona et al .the absorbance of complex was measured at 532 nm (10). de termination of e rythrocyte catalase activity the assay of catalase was p erformed on the ability of the enzy me to decompose h2o2 to give water and oxy gen. this assay was based on the reduction in the absorbance of hydrogen p eroxide at 240nm. the difference in absorp tion (∆a 240 ) p er unit time is a measure of catalase activity (11). -prep aration of st ock solution of anthranilic acid and para amino benzoic acid with concentration of 10 -2 mm of each: four different dilutions from organic comp ound were prepared by the following st eps: from the st ock (10 -2 mm ),one ml was transferred to 100ml volumetric flask and comp leted with ethanol to the mark to get 10 -3 mm concentration,also 10 -4 , 10 -5 and 10 -6 dilutions were prepared . determination of percentage inhibition : using differ ent concentrations of anthranilic acid and para amino benzoic acid , while the concentration of the substrate [s] was fixed to get t he percentage of inhibition or activation, accordin g to the equation: %inhibition=100-(activity with inhibitor / activity without inhibitor) x 100 the inhibitor concentration that gives the highest p ercentage of inhibition was used throughout the study to obtain the ty p e of inhibition. de termination of type of i nhibition it was carried out by using different concentrations of substrate, while there are fixed concentrations of anthranilic acid and para amino benzoic acid. the same method of catalase activity was used by utilizing the same concentrations of subst rates without using anthranilic acid and para amino benzoic acid. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vol.22 (3) 2009 the effect of ethanol, which was used as a diluent , was determined by adding a quantity equivalent t o the samp le and all st eps completed as in the method of determination of ery throcyte catalase activity (12). re sults and discussion lip id p eroxidation marker m alondialdehy de (m da) in healthy non-smokers were found to be 10.3 mm /dl ,while it was found to be 18.5mm /dl in healthy smoker individuals. the high levels of m da in sera of smokers over non smoker could be due to the damage in the tissue caused by over generation of free radicals in the body of smoker compared to non smoker; also research has shown that many diseases are the direct results of free radicals on human body (13)(14) figure (1) and (2) showed m ichaelis-m enten for erythrocyte catalase in non smokers and smokers resp ectively. the values for vmax were (8 u/g) and (9.5 u/g) resp ectively. the km values were 0.5 and 0.58 for non smokers and smokers resp ectively the catalase activity increased in erythrocyte of smoker comp ared to non smokers is due to the increase in free radical generation in smokers which was shown in the p resent st udy accomp anied with the increase in m da concentration to counter balance by the increase in catalase activity esp ecially in erythrocytes which are rich in this enzy me (chance . etal) (15) also boon .etal rep orted that the elevated antioxidant enzy mes defence sy st ems in smokers erythroctes for p rotection against oxidative st ress (16) the effect of anthranilic acid on erythrocyte catalase activity of non smoker and smoker is shown in figure (3). ant hranilic acid showed an inhibitory effect ( 34.2 ,40.9 ,62.7 ,60 %) and (41.6,40.3,37.1,53.7%) at concentrations (10 -3 ,10 -4 ,10 -5 and 10 -6 mm ) of non smoker and smoker resp ectively. the effect of para amino benzoic acid on erythrocyte catalase activity of non smoker and smoker is shown in figure (4). para amino benzoic acid showed an inhibitory effect (58.2, 40.3, 38.2, and 46.1%) and (65.9, 32.8, 44.4, 39.4 %) at concentrations (10 -3 , 10 -4 , 10 -5 and 10 -6 mm ) of non smoker and smoker resp ectively. the effect of the solvent ethanol showed a negligible inhibitory effect on erythrocyte catalase activity . the percentage of original activity is considered to be 100%. figure (5) and (6) showed that ant hranelic acid is a non-comp atative inhibitor for the erythrocytes catalase of non smokers and smokers resp ectively according to linweaver-barke p lot with km values of 0.95 and 1.01 for non smokers and smokers resp ectively. from figure (5), the vmax for the uninhibited enzy me is 9.1 and 3.9 for the inhibited enzy me in figure (6), the vmax was found t o be 8.0 for smokers and 2.5 for the inhibited enzy mes in smokers. figures (7) and (8) showed the linweaver – burk p lot for nonsmokers and smokers resp ectively which indicate a comp atative inhibition of paba on catalase activity with the same vmax (8.0 for both the inhibited and non inhibited catalase in non smokers) the km values for the uninhibited is 1.0while for the inhibited enzy me is 2.5 in non smokers from figure (8) the v max is 8.9 for the erythrocyte smokers with km values of 1.0 for the uninhibited enzy me and 2088 for the inhibited enzy me. the complete m echanism of catalase is not currently known, t he reaction is believed to occur in two st ages: h2o2 + fe (iii)-e _____ h2o +o=fe (iv)-e h2o2 + o=fe (iv)-e ____ h2o + fe (iii)-e + o2 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 (where o=fe (iv)-e rep resents the iron center of the heme group att ached to t he enzy me (17). a st udy conducted on the inhibitory effect of azide could be due to the removal of some catalase-fe (iii) from the reaction medium as the catalase – fe (iii)-azide complex (18). re ferences 1 -prashant a.v., harishchandra h.,dsouz a v.and dsouz a b.(2007):indian journal of clinical biochemistry ;22(1):131-134. 2 -chence b.,sies z.h.and boveris a.(1979):phy soil.rev.;59:527-605. 3 -berg j.m .,ty moczko j.l.,stry er l.(2002):biochemistry ,fifth edition , wh freeman and comp any ,new york and london:506,614. 4 -hugo a. (1974): m ethods of enzy matic analysis; 2:673-684. 5 -steritwieser a.and heathcock c.h.(1976):introduction to organic chemistry ,m acmillan publishing co.,in.c.new york and london:966. 6 -fadeyi o.o.,obafemi c.a. ,adewunmi c.o.and iwalewa e.o.(2004):african journal of biotechnology ;3(8):426-431. 7-garrett r.h.and grisham c.m .(2005):biochemist ry ,third edition ,brooks/cole;thomson;556-575. 8 -akberova s.i.(2002):biology bullst in,29(4): 9 -voet d.and voet j.g. (2004): biochemistry ; third edition,john wiley and sons,inc:768. 10 -acbi h.(1974) :practical hematology ,fifth edition edinburg , churchill-livingst one 11 -reitman s.and frankel s.(1957):amer j clin path;92:60-67. 12 -esterbauer h.,gebicki j.,puhl h. and yungens g.(1992);13:341-390 13 -flagg e.w.,coates r.j. and greeberg r.s.(1995): journal of the american college of nut rition; 14:419-426. 14 -lardinois o.m .,m estdagh m .m .and rouxhet p.g.(1996) :biochem. biophy s. acta; 1295:222-238. 15 -chance b., sies h., and boveris , a.(1979): hy drop eroxide metabolism in mammalian organs ., p hy sio .rev., 59:527-605. 16 -boon e.m .,downs a. and m arcey d.(2007):”catalase structure tutorial text “. 17 -lardinois o.m . and rouxhet p.g.(1996):biochem.biophy s.acta;1298:180-190. 18 -aksoy y.,balk m .,ogus h. and ozer n.(2004):turk j.biol;28:65-70. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الكاتلیز في انزیم فعالیة فيثیر التثبیطي لبعض مشتقات حامض البنزوك أالت كریات الدم الحمراء البشریه زیان عبد اللة علي هولیرجامعة صالح الدین ،علوم /ةتربیال ةكلی ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة للهیـدروجین مادة اساس وكـذلك مسـتقبال h2o2 المعالجل دراسة حركیة انزیم كتلیز كریات حمراء الدم البشري بأ ست باسراف مدخنین والمدخنینالفي االفراد غیر .هذا االنزیم في ات لدراسة تاثیرهملمعامینو حامض البنزوك است–حامض االنثرانیلك و بارا لغیــر المــدخنین والمــدخنین علــى 1.0و km 0.95تنافســي بقــیم ل ال اكــدت الدراســة الحركیــة ان االنثرانلــك مثــبط لغیـر المـدخنین والمـدخنین 8.9و vmax 8.0 مـع قـیم ل اتنافسـی االتوالي ، بارا امینو حامض البنزوك وجد لكي یكـون مثبطـ على التوالي ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig.(7): line weaver-burk plots for para amino benzoic acid on e rythrocyte catalase activity of non smoker. fig.(8): line weaver-burk plots for para amino benzoic acid on e rythrocyte catalase activity of smoker. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 1/[s] 1 /v m a x with out inhibitor with inhibi tor 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 1/[s] 1 /[ v m a x ] with out inhibitor with inhibi tor conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees علوم حياة |297 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 كيميائية ال تأثير حامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد وتداخلهما في بعض الصفات anethum graveolens l. لنبات الشبنت ماهر زكي فيصل الشمري وائل شاكر حميد الجبوري للعلوم الصرفة )ابن الهيثم( / جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية 7102 /تشرين االول /5, قبل في:7102 /حزيران/ 72استلم في: الخالصة وهرمون 1-ملغم.لتر (2101) . لدراسة تأثير حامض الجبرلين بتركيزين7112-7112جريت التجربة لموسم النمو أ وتداخلهما في بعض الصفات الكيميائية لنبات الشبنت. 1-( ملغم.لتر03 07 01 01.21 1تراكيز ) بخمسةالبراسينواليد ةبثالث r.c.b.d. (randomized complete blocks design)صممت التجربة بحسب القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة ( 0 واظهرت النتائج 1.12) وقورنت المتوسطات بأستعمال اقل فرق معنوي عند مستوى احتمال مكررات لكل معاملة -:االتي 7وق تركيز ـادى تأثير البراسينواليد بتراكيزه المختلفة الى حصول زيادة معنوية في جميع الصفات المدروسة اذ تف -1 من البراسينواليد في 1-ملغم.لتر 1من البراسينواليد في كل من النتروجين والبوتاسيوم والبروتين0 وتفوق تركيز 1-ملغم.لتر الفسفور. ادى تأثير حامض الجبرلين بتركيزين الى حصول زيادة معنوية في جميع الصفات المدروسة وكانت اعلى زيادة عند -7 . الهولنديفي الصنفين المحلي و 1-ملغم.لتر 21التركيز من 07من الجبرلين 21كانت جميع التداخالت الثنائية لها تأثير معنوي في جميع الصفات المدروسة مع تفوق معاملة ) -3 ( من البراسينواليد 1 0من الجبرلين 21في نسبة النتروجين0 البوتاسيوم والبروتين 0 ومعاملة ) 1-ملغم.لتر (البراسينواليد في نسبة النتروجين0 البوتاسيوم والبروتين0 وتفوق الصنف المحلي الهولندي في نسبة الفسفور0 وتفوق الصنف 1-ملغم.لتر في نسبة الفسفور. أن نسبة النتروجين والبوتاسيوم و البروتين أذأدت التداخالت الثالثية الى حصول زيادة معنوية في نسبة الفسفور فقط 0 -4 لم يكن التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة فيها معنويا . الكيميائية.حامض الجبرلين 0 البراسينواليد 0 نبات الشبنت 0 الصفات -:الكلمات المفتاحية علوم حياة |298 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المقدمة من المحاصيل الخضرية 0 وهو apiacea الى العائلة المظلية .anethum graveolens lنبات الشبنت ينتمي التي لها اهمية طبية وغذائية وهو من المحاصيل التي تالئم البيئة العراقية0 ان الموطن االصلي له شمال افريقيا الورقية ويعد الشبنت من االعشاب الورقية المهمة . [1]وايران واسيا الصغرى ويوجد في شرق وغرب البحر االبيض المتوسط على زيوت اساسية وزيوت دهنية وبعض المركبات الكيميائية المهمة في ئهوذلك لقيمته الطبية الغذائية العالية بسبب احتوا %032 الكاربوهيدرات بنسبة %14.91 0 االلياف%012.29 البروتينات %9.38بذوره التي تكون نسبة الرطوبة فيها تنشط مضادات ومركبات حتوي على مواد مضادة لالكسدةيو[. 3 -7 [البوليفينول والمعادن فضالً عن %8.9ورماد بنسبة ومركبات لعالج عسر الهضم وانتفاخ البطن وكمحفز ألفراز الحليب وكمضاد للتشنج والقيء عند االطفال [4].ن السرطا الجزء الخضري منه والبذور في يستعملو0 [5-6] على تقوية المعدة لايضا كمعالج للجروح وفاتح للشهية ويعم يستعملو .4]] التوابل وصناعة المواد الغذائية المنخفضة منه تراكيزتؤدي ال [7-8-9]. يشابه الهرمونات السترويدية في الحيوانات استرويدي االبراسينواليد هرمون ديع ويسبب في تحفيز النمو في [10]. لنبات الفاصولياء hypocotyle تسبب استطالة لطبقة أذالى االستجابة الفسيولوجية داخل المركبات من العديد ويساعد في تنشيط. [12] ويساعد على زيادة نمو الجذر [11]. انسجة االجزاء الخضرية الفتية دورا مهما في نمو النبات يمثلقد ثـبت بأنه . c [13]وفيتامين امينية واحماض والكاربوهيدرات البروتينات منها النبات تشترك البراسينوستيرويدات في تنظيم العديد من العمليات الفسيولوجية والخلوية التي تحدث في النبات مثل [14]وتطوره وتنظيم dnaوالـ rnaاستطالة الخاليا وانقسامها التصنيع الخلوي لمكونات جدار الخلية وتصنيع البروتينات المختلفة النباتية ونمو االنبوب اللقاحي وتمايز النظام الوعائي للنبات وتثبيت النتروجين وتوزيع المواد الممثلة الى االعضاء النبيبات وتكوين الجذور العرضية والتزهير واالنتاج وانبات البذور والشيخوخة ومقاومة االجهادات الحية وغير الحية وغيرها من االنقسام تنشيط خالل من النباتات من يدالعد على فسيولوجيا النشطة الهرمونات من الجبرلين ويعد حامض.15] [العمليات انها أذهو ينظم نمو النبات0 .[16] واالحماض االمينية ويساعد على التغلب على التقزم الوراثي البروتينات وبناء الخلوي [1839يستـعمل عادة في الزراعة الحديثـة وتم عزل اول منتجات ايضها من الفطريات المسببة ألمـراض االرز في عام األجنة حديثة فضالً عنمة النامية واألوراق الحديثة ـالمصدر االساسي إلنتاج هذه المركبات هي كل من الق ديع .-18] 17 نوعا من الجبرلينات سواء أكان مشتقا 132وقد تم عزل أكثر من . [19]ينات ـمن الجبرل واعاً ـذور أنـالتكوين0 كما تنتج الج . [20]ري ام نباتي ـمن اصل فط المواد وطرائق العمل جامعة بغداد لموسم –ابن الهيثم -اجريت تجربة في الحديقة النباتية العائدة لقسم علوم الحياة كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة لدراسة تأثير حامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد وتداخلهما في بعض صفات الكيميائية لنبات الشبنت مثل 7112-7112النمو صنفين من نبات الشبنت )محلي وهولندي(. التي تم الحصول على عمالجين والفسفور والبوتاسيوم والبروتين0 بأستالنترو بذورهما من االسواق المحلية. اخذت عينات من تربة الحقل قبل الزراعة لغرض تقديرالصفات الكيميائية والفيزيائية كما اجريت عمليات الحراثة والتنعيم والتسوية0 بعدها قسمت .[21]( بحسب الطرائق الموصوفة في 1) موضح بالجدول رقم وحدة تجريبية0 وكانت مساحة الوحدة التجريبية الواحدة 71ثالث مكررات كل مكرر يحتوي على علىارض التجربة ة صممت التجربة لدراسة تأثير حامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد وتداخلهما في بعض صفات الكيميائي( سم 140×100) randomized complete blocks) لنبات الشبنت0 اذ انتظمت المعامالت في تصميم القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة design) r.c.b.d 0 بشكل ولكل جورة بحسب معامالت التجربة ينبذرتبواقع 0 18/11/7112زرعت البذور بتاريخ 0 وتم لتجريبية الواحدة تحتوي على أربعة خطوطأذ أن الوحدة ا سم 41خطوط مستقيمة المسافة بين كل خط من خطوط زراعة 0 وعد هذا المن ايوم 99اي بعد 12/1/7112متابعتها من عمليات الري وازالة االدغال. تم اخذ العينات بتاريخ نيا يوما من الزراعة وعد هذا موعدا ثا 178اي بعد 79/7/7112موعدا اوليا آلخذ العينات 0 وأخذت عينات اخرى بتاريخ -. تمت دراسة بعض الصفات الكيميائية لنبات الشبنت وهي : الكيميائيةلقياس بعض صفات ن تقدير تركيز النتروجي -1 .[22]هضمت العينات المجففة المطحونة وفق الطريقة وطبقت المعادلة . kjeldahl method [23] قدرت النسبة المئوية للنتروجين في المجموع الخضري لنبات بطريقة كلدال األتية لحساب نسبة المئوية للنتروجين: حجم التخفيف ×14×عيارية الحامض × المستهلك 4so2hحجم 100x ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ=%n 1000× وزن العينة المهضومة × حجم العينة المأخوذة عند التقطير علوم حياة |299 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 تقدير نسبة الفسفور % -2 -uvبواسطة جهاز المطياف الضوئي . [24] قدرت نسبة الفسفور بإستعمال طريقة مولبيدات االمونيوم وعلى وفق طريقة visible spectrophotometer نانوميتر 471 وعلى الطول الموجي. تقدير نسبة البوتاسيوم % -3 الشركة atomic absorption spectrophotometerقدرت النسبة المئوية للبوتاسيوم في المجموع الخضري بجهاز . [25] وفق الطريقة المتبعة من قبل 2111الموديل perkin elmerالمصنعة تقدير نسبة البروتين % -4 [26]وفقاً لطريقة (6.25)قدرت نسبة البروتين في المجموع الخضري وذلك بضرب تركيز النتروجين بعامل ثابت protein percentage = n% × 6.25 [27] 1.12حللت النتائج احصائيا بحسب التصميم المتبع واعتمد اقل فرق معنوي عند مستوى احتمالية النتائج والمناقشة في النباتنسبة النتروجين وجود اختالف معنوي بين صنفي الشبنت في نسبة النتروجين في النبات, فقد تفوقت نباتات (7)يظهر من نتائج جدول ( التي حققت v1قياسا بنباتات الصنف المحلي ) %1.222( بأعلى نسبة للنتروجين في النبات بلغت v2الصنف الهولندي ) 3gaالفرق المعنوي بين تركيزي حامض الجبرليك )2)من نتائج الجدول . كما يالحظ %1.272أقل نسبة للصفة بلغت أعلى 1-ملغم لتر 50في نسبة النتروجين في نبات الشبنت0 إذ احتوت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز 1-لتر .( ملغم21و 1) ( التي احتوت على أقل نسبة 1-لتر .ملغم 1قياسا بالنباتات غير المرشوشة بالجبرلين ) %1.806نسبة من النتروجين بلغت قد يعود إلى دور حامض الجبرليك في 1-لتر .ملغم 21. إن تفوق النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز %1.222النتروجين بلغت عملية االنقسام والتوسع الخلوي إذ يقوم الجبرلين بزيادة حجم المنطقة المرستيمية فضال عن زيادة عدد الخاليا التي تقوم . األمر الذي انعكس في زيادة النمو الجذري وزيادة مقدرة النبات على امتصاص الماء وما يحويه من [28]نقسام بعملية اال . والـتأثير اإليجابي لذلك في [29]عناصر مغذية ضرورية لنمو وتطور النبات كالنتروجين والبوتاسيوم من محلول التربة ما عن تأثير رش أ ثم زيادة تركيز النتروجين داخل األنسجة النباتية.زيادة الوزن الرطب والجاف للمجموع الخضري ومن نسبة النتروجين في وجود فروق معنوية بين التراكيز المرشوشة في 7فتبين نتائج الجدول ( blمنظم النمو البراسينواليد ) واختلفت معنوياً عن %2.049 بأعلى نسبة للصفة بلغت 1-ملغم . لتر 7النبات, فقد تميزت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز نباتات المقارنة التي حققت أقل نسبة للنتروجين في النبات بلغت التراكيز المرشوشة األخرى كما اختلفت معنويا عن يعود الى دور البراسينواليد في زيادة النمو الجذري والذي 1-ملغم . لتر 7أن تفوق النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز 0 1.373% وينعكس أيجابيا على عمل البراسينواليد في زيادة قدرة النبات لألمتصاص العناصر المغذية ومنها النتروجين.يعمل على إن عدداً من منظمات النمو ومنها مركب [30]وقد ذكر . [13]الخضري المجموعزيادة نسبة النتروجين في brassinolide أما بالنسبة للتداخالت .صاص االيونات المعدنيةتؤثر في الصفات الفسيولوجية للمحاصيل مثل تحفيز امت الثنائية فيظهر من نتائج الجدول نفسه وجود تداخل معنوي بين األصناف ورش حامض الجبرليك في نسبة النتروجين في 71.98أعلى قيم للتداخل بلغتا 1-ملغم . لتر 21النبات, إذ حققت نباتات الصنف الهولندي والمحلي المرشوشة بالتركيز عن نباتات الصنف الهولندي والمحلي %17.13و 12.27بالتتابع وبفارق معنوي بينهما وبنسبة زيادة بلغتا %1.218و كما كان التداخل بين .بالتتابع %1.233و 1.271المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط )السيطرة( التي حققت أقل قيم للتداخل بلغتا 1-ملغم . لتر 7األصناف ورش منظم النمو البراسينواليد معنويا, وتميزت نباتات الصنف الهولندي المرشوشة بالتركيز 1-ملغم . لتر 7ولم تختلف معنويا عن نباتات الصنف المحلي المرشوشة بالتركيز %7.182بأعلى قيمة للتداخل بلغت ت الصنف الهولندي والمحلي المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط )السيطرة( أقل قيم للتداخل بلغتا في حين حققت نباتا 7.117% . كما كان التداخل بين رش حامض الجبرليك والبراسينواليد معنويا في نسبة النتروجين في النبات, فقد %1.792و 1.321 من البراسينواليد أعلى قيمة 1-ملغم . لتر 7ومن حامض الجبرليك 1-ملغم . لتر 21اعطت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز . %1.174المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط التي حققت أقل قيمة للتداخل بلغت قياسا بنباتات السيطرة %7.187للتداخل بلغت .(7)هذا ولم يكن التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة معنوي في نسبة النتروجين في النبات جدول في النباتنسبة الفسفور وجود اختالف معنوي بين صنفي الشبنت في نسبة الفسفور في النبات0 فقد تفوقت نباتات الصنف 3يظهر من نتائج جدول ( التي حققت أقل نسبة v2قياسا بنباتات الصنف الهولندي ) %0.209( بأعلى نسبة للفسفور في النبات بلغت v1المحلي ) ( 21و 1) 3gaالفرق المعنوي بين تركيزي حامض الجبرليك 3ئج الجدول . كما يالحظ من نتا%1.182للصفة بلغت أعلى نسبة من 1-ملغم . لتر 50في نسبة الفسفور في نبات الشبنت, إذ احتوت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز 1-ملغم . لتر ( التي احتوت على أقل نسبة للفسفور 1-ملغم . لتر 1قياسا بالنباتات غير المرشوشة بالجبرلين ) %1.714الفسفور بلغت افة حامض الجبرلين تعود إلى إن الرش ضإن الزيــادة الحاصلة في محتوى الفسفور في النبـات نتيجة لأل0 %1.181بلغت ما . أ] [31بحامض الجبرلين أدى إلى تشجيع عملية امتصاص العناصر الغذائيــة من التربـة وزيــادة محتواها في النبات علوم حياة |300 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 نسبة وجود فروق معنوية بين التراكيز المرشوشة في 3فتبين نتائج الجدول ( blتأثير رش منظم النمو البراسينواليد ) عن واختلفت %1.771بأعلى نسبة للصفة بلغت 1-ملغم . لتر 1النبات, فقد تميزت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز الفسفور في نباتات المقارنة التي حققت أقل نسبة للفسفور في بلغت ختلفت معنويا عن معنويا عن التراكيز المرشوشة األخرى كما ا يعود الى دور البراسينواليد في زيادة النمو الجذري 1-ملغم . لتر 1أن تفوق النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز 0 1.122% يجابيا على عمل البراسينواليد وينعكس أ والذي يعمل على زيادة قدرة النبات لألمتصاص العناصر المغذية ومنها الفسفور. إن عدداً من منظمات النمو ومنها مركب [30]0 وقد ذكر [13]الخضري المجموعالذي يعمل على زيادة نسبة الفسفور في brassinolide أما بالنسبة للتداخالت . تؤثر في الصفات الفسيولوجية للمحاصيل مثل تحفيز امتصاص االيونات المعدنية الثنائية فيظهر من نتائج الجدول نفسه وجود تداخل معنوي بين األصناف ورش حامض الجبرليك في نسبة الفسفور في 1.774أعلى قيم للتداخل بلغتا 1-ملغم . لتر 21النبات, إذ حققت نباتات الصنف المحلي والهولندي المرشوشة بالتركيز عن نباتات الصنف المحلي والهولندي %8.14و 12.21ق معنوي بينهما وبنسبة زيادة بلغت بالتتابع وبفار %0.205و كما كان التداخل بين .بالتتابع %1.199و 1.184المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط )السيطرة( التي حققت أقل قيم للتداخل بلغتا ملغم 1لصنف المحلي والهولندي المرشوشة بالتركيز األصناف ورش منظم النمو البراسينواليد معنويا0ً فقد تميزت نباتات ا قياسا بنباتات الصنف الهولندي المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط )السيطرة( التي %0.228بأعلى قيمة للتداخل بلغت 1-. لتر ط ولم تختلف معنويا عن نباتات الصنف المحلي المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فق %1.122حققت أقل قيمة للتداخل بلغت . إن هذه النتيجة طبيعية0 فعند مالحظة النتائج يظهر أن زيادة نسبة النتروجين والبوتاسيوم %1.129)السيطرة( التي حققت من البراسينواليد هي من أسباب انخفاض نسبة الفسفور في 1-ملغم لتر 7في نباتات الصنف الهولندي المرشوشة بالتركيز والبراسينواليد معنويا في في النبات. كما كان التداخل بين رش حامض الجبرليك هذه النباتات على وفق مبدأ التعويض من 1-ملغم . لتر 1من حامض الجبرليك و 1-ملغم . لتر 21نسبة الفسفور في النبات, فقد تفوقت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز 1-ملغم . لتر 21النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز لكنها لم تختلف معنويا عن %1.731البراسينواليد بأعلى قيمة للتداخل بلغت في حين حققت نباتات المقارنة أقل قيمة للتداخل بلغت %1.772من البراسينواليد 1-ملغم . لتر 1.2من حامض الجبرليك و راسة في . أما بالنسبة للتداخل الثـالثي بين عوامل الدراسة فتشير النتائج إلى وجود تداخل معنوي بين عوامل الد1.121% من حامض 1-ملغم . لتر 21(0 فقد تفوقت نباتات الصنـف المحلي المرشوشـة بالتركيز 3نسبة الفسفور في النبات )الجدول في حين حققت نباتات الصنف %1.742من منظم النمو البراسينواليد بأعلى قيمة للتداخل بلغت 1-ملغم . لتر 1الجبرليك و %1.124فقط أقل قيمة للتداخل بلغت الهولندي المرشوشة بالماء القطر نسبة البوتاسيوم في النبات وجود اختالف معنوي بين صنفي الشبنت في نسبة البوتاسيوم في النبات, فقد تفوقت نباتات (4)يظهر من نتائج جدول ( التي حققت v1)قياسا بنباتات الصنف المحلي %7.321( بأعلى نسبة للبوتاسيوم في النبات بلغت v2الصنف الهولندي ) 3ga (1الفرق المعنوي بين تركيزي حامض الجبرليك 4. كما يالحظ من نتائج الجدول %7.184أقل نسبة للصفة بلغت أعلى نسبة 1-ملغم . لتر 50في نسبة البوتاسيوم في نبات الشبنت, إذ احتوت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز 1-( ملغم . لتر21و ( التي احتوت على أقل نسبة 1-ملغم . لتر 1ياسا بالنباتات غير المرشوشة بالجبرلين )ق %7.432للبوتاسيوم بلغت وجود فروق معنوية 4فتبين نتائج الجدول ( blما عن تأثير رش منظم النمو البراسينواليد ). أ%7.179للبوتاسيوم بلغت بأعلى نسبة 1-ملغم . لتر 7ت المرشوشة بالتركيز النبات, فقد تميزت النباتانسبة البوتاسيوم في بين التراكيز المرشوشة في نباتات المقارنة التي حققت واختلفت معنويا عن التراكيز المرشوشة األخرى كما اختلفت معنويا عن %7.222للصفة بلغت يعود الى دور 1-ملغم . لتر 7أن تفوق النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز 0 %1.292أقل نسبة للبوتاسيوم في النبات بلغت البراسينواليد في زيادة نمو الجذري والذي يعمل على زيادة قدرة النبات لألمتصاص العناصر المغذية ومنها البوتاسيوم إن عدداً [30]0 وقد ذكر [13]الخضري المجموع.وينعكس أيجابيا على عمل البراسينواليد في زيادة نسبة البوتاسيوم في تؤثر في الصفات الفسيولوجية للمحاصيل مثل تحفيز امتصاص االيونات brassinolideركب من منظمات النمو ومنها م أما بالنسبة للتداخالت الثنائية فيظهر من نتائج الجدول نفسه وجود تداخل معنوي بين األصناف ورش حامض .المعدنية . 1-ملغم . لتر 21والمحلي المرشوشة بالتركيز الجبرليك في نسبة البوتاسيوم في النبات, إذ حققت نباتات الصنف الهولندي عن نباتات %11.94و 12.27بالتتابع وبفارق معنوي بينهما وبنسبة زيادة بلغتا %7.313و 7.224أعلى قيم للتداخل بلغتا %7.129و 7.199الصنف الهولندي والمحلي المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط )السيطرة( التي حققت أقل قيم للتداخل بلغتا كما كان التداخل بين األصناف ورش منظم النمو البراسينواليد معنويا, فقد تميزت نباتات الصنف الهولندي .بالتتابع ولم تختلف معنويا عن نباتات الصنف المحلي %7.978بأعلى قيم للتداخل بلغت 1-ملغم . لتر 7المرشوشة بالتركيز حققت نباتات الصنف الهولندي والمحلي المرشوشة بالماء المقطر في حين %7.211 1-ملغم .لتر 7المرشوشة بالتركيز والبراسينواليد . كما كان التداخل بين رش حامض الجبرليك %1.736و 1.932فقط )السيطرة( أقل قيم للتداخل بلغتا ملغم 7ض الجبرليك ومن حام 1-ملغم لتر 21معنويا في نسبة البوتاسيوم في النبات, فقد اعطت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز قياسا بنباتات السيطرة )المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط( التي %2.958من البراسينواليد أعلى قيمة للتداخل بلغت 1-لتر . هذا ولم يكن التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة معنويا في نسبة النتروجين في %0.517حققت أقل قيمة للتداخل بلغت (. إن زيادة نسبة النتروجين والبوتاسيوم في النباتات المرشوشة بحامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد يعود إلى 7)النبات جدول دورهما عند رشهما بشكل منفرد أو توليفة بينهما وبالتراكيز المناسبة في زيادة طول وحجم المجموع الجذري وما لهما من علوم حياة |301 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 لماء من التربة وما يحويه من عناصر أساسية لنمو وتطور النبات تأثير إيجابي في زيادة مقدرة النبات على امتصاص ا األمر الذي انعكس إيجابا في زيادة وزن النبات الرطب والجاف للنبات ومن ثم زيادة نسبة النتروجين والبوتاسيوم في [29]. النبات. نسبة البروتين في النبات لشبنت في نسبة البروتين في النبات, فقد تفوقت نباتات إلى وجود اختالف معنوي بين صنفي ا (2)تشير نتائج جدول ( التي حققت v1قياسا بنباتات الصنف المحلي ) %11.822( بأعلى نسبة للبروتين في النبات بلغت v2الصنف الهولندي ) بة , ويعود سبب زيادة نسبة البروتين في نباتات الصنف الهولندي إلى تفوقها في نس%11.148أقل نسبة للصفة بلغت وجود فروق معنوية 2كما تبين نتائج الجدول .(4)ونسبة البوتاسيوم في النبات الجدول ( 7)النتروجين في النبات الجدول ( ملغم . لتر21و 1) 3gaبين تركيزي حامض الجبرليك في نسبة البروتين في نبات الشبنت, إذ احتوت النباتات 1قياسا بالنباتات غير المرشوشة بالجبرلين %11.727أعلى نسبة من البروتين بلغت 1-ملغم . لتر 50المرشوشة بالتركيز ان الزيادة الحاصلة عند أضافة الجبرلين قد تعزى 0 %8.943( التي احتوت على أقل نسبة للبوتاسيوم بلغت 1-ملغم . لتر 1) انزيمات خاصة لبناء البروتين و mrnaوخاصة rnaو dna الى دور الجبرلين في تحفيز بناء االحماض النووية فتبين نتائج ( blما عن تأثير رش منظم النمو البراسينواليد ). أ وهذا يؤدي الى زيادة بناء البروتينات في النبات [16] النبات, فقد تميزت النباتات المرشوشة نسبة البروتين في وجود اختالف معنوي بين التراكيز المرشوشة في 2الجدول واختلفت معنويا عن التراكيز المرشوشة األخرى كما اختلفت %12.791بأعلى نسبة للصفة بلغت 1-لغم لترم 7بالتركيز أما بالنسبة للتداخالت الثنائية فيظهر .%9.721نباتات المقارنة التي حققت أقل نسبة للبروتين في النبات بلغت معنويا عن ف ورش حامض الجبرليك في نسبة البروتين في النبات, إذ حققت من نتائج الجدول نفسه وجود تداخل معنوي بين األصنا %11.231و 11.914أعلى قيم للتداخل بلغتا 1-ملغم . لتر 21نباتات الصنف الهولندي والمحلي المرشوشة بالتركيز مرشوشة عن نباتات الصنف الهولندي والمحلي ال %17.12و 12.24بالتتابع وبفارق معنوي بينهما وبنسبة زيادة بلغتا كما كان التداخل بين . بالتتابع %8.222و 11.171بالماء المقطر فقط )السيطرة( التي حققت أقل قيم للتداخل بلغت بأعلى قيمة 1-ملغم . لتر 7األصناف ورش البراسينواليد معنويا, وتميزت نباتات الصنف الهولندي المرشوشة بالتركيز 1-ملغم لتر 7معنويا عن نباتات الصنف المحلي المرشوشة بالتركيز إال أنها لم تختلف %13.192للتداخل بلغت ( في حين حققت نباتات الصنف الهولندي والمحلي المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط )السيطرة( أقل قيم للتداخل 17.484%) لبروتين في النبات, . كما كان التداخل بين رش حامض الجبرليك والبراسينواليد معنويا في نسبة ا%9.133و 9.498بلغتا من البراسينواليد أعلى قيمة 1-ملغم . لتر 7من حامض الجبرليك و 1-ملغم . لتر 21فقد اعطت النباتات المرشوشة بالتركيز قياسا بنباتات السيطرة )المرشوشة بالماء المقطر فقط( التي حققت أقل قيمة للتداخل بلغت %13.292للتداخل بلغت . يعود سبب زيادة نسبة البروتين في نباتات الشبنت المرشوشة بالتركيز المناسب من حامض الجبرليك 2.112% ضروري( العنصر ال7)أو توليفة بينهما( إلى تفوقها في نسبة النتروجين في النبات الجدول والبروسينواليد )بشكل منفرد . فضال عن زيادة نسبة البوتاسيوم في النبات [32]في تركيب األحماض األمينية التي تعد الحجر األساس لتكوين البروتينات ت المحفزة للكثير من العمليات الفسلجية داخل النظام في تنشيط األنزيمالهذا العنصر اإليجابي للدور( نتيجة 4)الجدول دوره الفعال في اختزال النترات وتحويلها إلى أحماض عن . فضال[33]النباتي ومنها األنزيمات المرتبطة بأيض البروتين معنوياُ في نسبة هذا ولم يكن التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة [34]. أمينية تعد اللبنة األساس في تكوين البروتينات (.7)البروتين في النبات جدول المصادر (. أنتاج محاصيل الخضر 0 الجزء النظري. مطبعة 7112) البسيط إبراهيم0 و أبو ترابي0 بساممتيادي ؛ 0 بوراس -1 الداودي. 7-ishikawa t. kudo, m. and kitajima, m. j. (7117). watersoluble constituents of dill. chem. pharm. bull.; 55: 501-507. 3-yazdanparast , r. and bahramikia s. (2008). evaluation of the effect of anethum graveolens l., crude extracts on serum lipids and lipoproteins profiles in hypercholesterolaemic rats. daru; 16(2): 88-94. 4-saidal ahl, h. a. h.; sarhan, a. m. z.; abou dahab, a. d. m.; abou zeid, e. n.; ali, m. s. and naguib, n. y. (2015). volatile oil composition of anethum graveolens affected by harvest stage. int. j. plant sci. and ecol., 1(3): 93-97. 2-kaur, g. j. and arora, d. s. (2010). bioactive potential of anethum graveolens, foeniculum vulgare and trachyspermum ammi belonging to the family umbelliferae – current status. j. med. plants res., 4(2): 87-94. 2-zargari, a. (1996). medicinal plants. 6th ed. vol. ii, tehran university press, tehran. 531528. علوم حياة |302 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 2-arora, n.; bhardwaj, r.; sharma, p. and arora, h. (2008). effects of 28-homobrassinolide on growth, lipid peroxidation and antioxidative enzyme activities in seeding of zea mays l., under salinity stress. acta physiol plant. 30, 833-839. 9-bhardwaj, r.; arora, h. k.; nagar, p. k. and thukral, a. k. (2006). brassinosteroids-a novel group of plant hormones, in: trivedi, p.c. (ed), plant molecular physiology-current scenario and future projections. jaipur, aavishkar publisher,.58-84. 8rao, s. s. r.; vardhini, b.v.; sujatha, e. and anuradha, s. (2002). brassinosteriods-a new class of phytohormones. curr sci., 82: 1239-1245. 11gregory, l. e. and mandava, n. b. (1982). the activity and interaction of brassinolide and gibberellic acid in mung bean epicotyls. physiol. plant, 54(3): 239-243. 11-sasse, j. m. (1991). in brassinosteroids –chemistry bioactivity and applications, acs symp. ser. eds culter, h. g., yokota, t. and adam, g.), am. chem. soc, washington dc.. 158-166. 17-sasse, j. m. (1994). proc. plant growth regul. soc. am. 19, 135-138. 13-bera, a. k.; maity, u. and mazumdar, d. (2008). effect of foliar application of brassinolide and salicylic acid on npk content in leaf and nutritive values of seed in green gram (vigna radiata l. wil czek). legume res., 31 (3): 169-173. -14 mussig, c.( 2005). brassinosteroid-promoted growth. plant biol., 7: 110–117. -12 hayat, s. and ahmad , a.( 2010).brassinosteroids: a new class of plant hormones. springer dordrecht heidelberg london new york. جامعة فسلجتها وكيمياؤها الحيوية . ترجمة د. عبد المطلب سيد محمد . (. الهرمونات النباتية 1897مور 0 توماس .) -12 . 187-122الموصل 0 وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي : -12 yamaguchi, s.) 2008(. gibberellin metabolism and its regulation. ann rev plant biol. 59: 225-251. -19 santner, a.; calderon-villalobos, l. and estelle, m. )2009(. plant hormones are versatile chemical regulators of plant growth. nature chem biol. 5, 301307. الهرمونات النباتية والتطبيقات الزراعية. الدار العربية للنشر والتوزيع0 القاهرة0 (. 2000bابو زيد0 نصر الشحات )-18 مصر. 20-edwin , f.; michael , a. and hall and geert –jan , d. ( 2008 ) . plant propagation by tissue culture . 1 21-page, a. l.; miller, r. h. and kenny, d. r. (1982). method of soil analysis, 2nd ed. agron. 10 publisher, wisconsin usa. 22-gresser, m. s. and j. w. (1979). sulphuric, perechloric and digestion of plant material for magnesium. anal. chem. acta 109: 431436 23-jackson, m. l. (1958). soil chemical analysis prentice. hall inc englewood, cliffs, n. t., usa. 24-olsen, s. k. and sommers, l. e. (1982). phosphorus in: page, a. l.et al. (eds) mcthods of soil analysis. amer. agron. inc., madison, wisconsin, new york. 25-chapman, h. d. and pratt, p. f.( 1961). methods of analysis for soils, plant, and water. univ. calif. div. agri. sci, usa. 33 35. 26-vopyan, v. g. (1984). agricultural chemistery english translation. mir. publisher. 1st. end. 27-sas (2012). statistical analysis system, users guide. statistical version 9.1th sas. inc…cary . n.c.usa .234ص. جامعة قطر. ع. 0(. أساسيات فسيولوجيا النبات. كلية العلوم7111بسام طه ) ،ياسين -28 29karssen, c. m.; zagorsk, s.; kepcznsli j. and groot, s. p. c. (1989). key role for endogenous gibberellins in the control of seed germination. ann., bot. 63: 71-80. 30-verma, a.; malik c.p.; sinsinwar y.k. and gupta v.k.(2009). yield parameters responses in a spreading (ev. m-13) and semi-spreading (ev. girnar-2) types of علوم حياة |303 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 groundnut to six growth regulators. american-eurasian j. agric. and environ. sci., 6 (1): 88-91. -31 bora , p.c. ( 1970 ) . interaction between ga and ion uptake of nutrientism in young plants of brussels sprouti . indian . j. agric. sci., 40 : 961 – 966 . 37-havlin, j. l.; beaton, j. d. s.; tisdale l. and nelson, w. l. ( 2005). fertility and fertilizers "an introduction to nutrient management". 7th edn. prentice hall. new jersey, usa. 515. 33-malvi, u. (2011). interaction of micronutrients with major nutrients with special reference to potassium. karnataka j. agric. sci. 24: 106-113. 34 -britto, d. t. and kronzucker, h. j. (2008). cellular mechanisms of potassium transport in plants. physiologia plantarum., 66(1): 1-14. عةبعض الصفات الفيزيائية والكيميائية لتربة التجربة قبل الزرا (0)جدول الوحدة القيمة العناصر ----مزيجية نسجة التربة مفصوالت التربة 741 الرمل 217 الغرين تربة 1-غم.كغم 321 الطين ----2.7 (phدرجة التفاعل ) 1-ديسيسمنز.م 3.21 (ecاإليصالية الكهربائية ) تربة 1-ملغم.كغم 1.134 النتروجين الجاهز تربة 1-ملغم.كغم 77.81 الفسفور الجاهز تربة 1-ملغم.كغم 724 البوتاسيوم الجاهز وتداخلهما في نسبة النتروجين )%( في الجزء الخضري لصنفين تأثير رش حامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد ((2جدول من نبات الشبنت األصناف (v) تراكيز ga3 (0-)ملغم لتر (0-( )ملغم لترblتراكيز البراسينواليد ) v ×ga3 0 0.5 1 2 3 v1 0 1.099 1.555 1.597 1.878 1.533 1.533 50 1.474 1.616 1.746 2.125 1.633 1.719 v2 0 1.148 1.635 1.782 1.934 1.607 1.621 21 1.572 1.761 2.026 2.259 1.844 1.892 1.119 غ.م 1.12أ.ف.م متوسط األصناف v ×bl v1 1.287 1.586 1.672 2.002 1.583 1.626 v2 1.360 1.698 1.904 2.096 1.726 1.757 1172 1.189 1.12أ.ف.م ga3متوسط ga3. × bl 0 1.124 1.595 1.689 1.906 1.570 1.577 50 1.523 1.688 1.886 2.192 1.739 1.806 1.171 1.124 1.12أ.ف.م bl 1.323 1.642 1.788 2.049 1.654متوسط 1.148 1.12أ.ف.م علوم حياة |304 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 في نسبة الفسفور )%( في الجزء الخضري لصنفين تأثير رش حامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد وتداخلهما ((3جدول من نبات الشبنت األصناف (v) ga3تراكيز (0-)ملغم لتر (0-( )ملغم لترblتراكيز البراسينواليد ) v ×ga3 0 0.5 1 2 3 v1 0 0.176 0.204 0.211 0.195 0.184 0.194 50 0.179 0.236 0.245 0.232 0.225 0.224 v2 0 0.164 0.196 0.210 0.192 0.177 0.188 21 0.186 0.216 0.218 0.203 0.202 0.205 1.112 1.112 1.12أ.ف.م متوسط األصناف v ×bl v1 0.178 0.220 0.228 0.214 0.204 0.209 v2 0.175 0.206 0.213 0.198 0.189 0.196 1.112 1.114 1.12أ.ف.م ga3متوسط ga3. ×bl 0 0.170 0.200 0.211 0.194 0.180 0.191 50 0.183 0.226 0.231 0.218 0.214 0.214 1.114 1.111 1.12أ.ف.م bl 0.176 0.213 0.221 0.206 0.197متوسط 1.117 1.12أ.ف.م وتداخلهما في نسبة البوتاسيوم )%( في الجزء الخضري لصنفين تأثير رش حامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد (4)جدول من نبات الشبنت األصناف (v) ga3تراكيز (0-)ملغم لتر (0-( )ملغم لترblتراكيز البراسينواليد ) v ×ga3 0 0.5 1 2 3 v1 0 1.484 2.099 2.155 2.534 2.069 2.068 50 1.989 2.181 2.356 2.868 2.204 2.313 v2 0 1.549 2.206 2.404 2.610 2.169 2.188 21 2.121 2.376 2.735 3.048 2.489 2.554 1.128 غ.م 1.12أ.ف.م متوسط األصناف v ×bl v1 1.736 2.140 2.256 2.701 2.136 2.194 v2 1.835 2.291 2.570 2.829 2.329 2.371 1.121 1.137 1.12أ.ف.م ga3متوسط ga3. ×bl 0 1.517 2.152 2.280 2.572 2.119 2.128 50 2.055 2.279 2.545 2.958 2.346 2.437 1.172 1.192 1.12أ.ف.م bl 1.786 2.216 2.413 2.765 2.233متوسط 1.122 1.12أ.ف.م وتداخلهما في نسبة المئوية للبروتين في الجزء الخضري لصنفين تأثير رش حامض الجبرلين والبراسينواليد ((5جدول من نبات الشبنت األصناف (v) ga3تراكيز (0-)ملغم لتر (0-( )ملغم لترblتراكيز البراسينواليد ) v ×ga3 0 0.5 1 2 3 v1 0 6.864 9.709 9.969 11.721 9.571 9.567 50 9.202 10.088 10.900 13.268 10.195 10.731 v2 0 7.167 10.204 11.122 12.073 10.034 10.120 21 9.811 10.993 12.650 14.102 11.512 11.814 1.232 غ.م 1.12أ.ف.م متوسط األصناف v ×bl v1 8.033 9.898 10.435 12.494 9.883 10.149 v2 8.489 10.598 11.886 13.087 10.773 10.967 1.281 1.211 1.12أ.ف.م ga3متوسط ga3. ×bl 0 7.015 9.956 10.546 11.897 9.802 9.843 50 9.506 10.54 11.775 13.685 10.853 11.272 1.174 1.382 1.12أ.ف.م bl 8.261 10.248 11.161 12.791 10.328متوسط 1.312 1.12أ.ف.م علوم حياة |305 7112( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 the effect of gibberellic acid and brassinolide and their interaction on some chemical characteristics of plant dill anethum graveolens l. mahir zeki faysal al-shimary wael shakir hameed al-jboury dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :27 /june /2016 , accepted in : 5 /october /2016 abstract the experiment for the growing season. 2015-2016 to study the effect of gibberellic acid at concentrations (0 and 50)mgl-1 and bl at five concentrations (0, 0.5 ,1 ,2 and 3)mg.l-1 and their interaction on some chemical characteristics for dill plant . the experiment was designed according to randomized complete block design (rcbd) with three replicates per treatment, using less significant difference at the level of probability (0.05) , the results showed the following: 1the effect of brassinolide with it,s concentrations led to obtain on a significant increase in all the studied characteristics, so the superiority of the concentration of 2 mg.l -1 of brassinolide in each of nitrogen, potassium and protein, and the superiority of concentration with 1 mg .l -1 of brassinolide in phosphate. 2the effect of gibberellic acid with it,s two concentrations led to obtain on a significant increase in all the studied characteristics and the highest in of the concentrate at 50 mg.l -1 in two local and dutch varieties. 3-the all bilateral interactions had a significant effect on all the studies characteristics with superiority of the treatment (2 from brassinolide ,50 from gibberellic acid) mg.l-1 in the ratio of nitrogen, potassium and protein, the treatment of (1 from brassinolide,50 from gibberellic acid) mg.l-1 in the ratio of phosphate, and the superiority of dutch variety in the ratio of nitrogen, potassium and protein, and the superiority of the local variety in the ratio of phosphate. 4the triple interactions led to obtain a significant increase in only phosphate ratio, while the nitrogen ratio, potassium and the protein not with triple interactions among the study of significant factors. keyword: gibberellic acid, brassinolide, anethum graveolens l., chemical characteristics. thermal degradation kinetics of polyamide 6,6 cable ties by thermogravimetric analysis nabil n. rammo dept. of physics/ college of education scientific departments/ university of salahaddin hind a. m. mahdi dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham/ university of baghdad received in : 20 january 2013 , accepted in : 17 march 2013 abstract the thermal degradation of cable ties of polyamide (pa6,6) neat and uv stabilized was investigated by thermogravimetry (tg) and its derivative (dtg) at several heating rates between 5 and 80 oc min-1 in helium atmosphere. high heating rates signal novel peaks in the dtg curves that indicate melting temperature of pa6,6. the kinetic parameters calculated via isoconversion and nonisothermal data using the flynn-wall-ozawa, kissinger and coatsredfern methods showed comparable activation energy values. exposure of the ties to outdoor environment causes pre-mature stress cracking and brittle failure due to prevalence of crosslinking reaction occurring in the polymer chains. keywords: polyamide 6,6 ,thermal degradation , kinetic analysis,thermogravimetric analysis , activation energy , cable ties . 199 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction polyamides such as pa6 and pa6,6 possess a favorable balance of physical and chemical properties, which has been widely used as engineering material [1]. however their thermal stability is hindered by low glass transition temperature posing limit on their high temperature application [2]. recent usage of pa6,6 in automotive industry has focused on their use for greater fuel economy and weight reduction coupled with the critical requirement of higher continuous use temperature (cut) and resistance to thermal degradation [3]. therefore, the knowledge of thermal degradation kinetics of pa6,6 whether photo-oxidized [4] or electron beam irradiated [5] is essential, and for this purpose thermogravimetric analysis (tga) is widely used because of its experimental simplicity and the wealth of information obtained from a simple thermogram, such as the activation energy in addition to the understanding of thermal degradation mechanism [6]. it has been found that the main route of thermal degradation of pa6,6 is the elimination of the main organic product cyclopentanone and also some hydrocarbons, nitriles and vinyl groups [7,8]. pa6,6 can be crosslinked or degraded as the consequence of their exposure to ionizing radiation in addition that the two processes may compete in the degradation reaction [9,10]. the kinetic analysis of a decomposing material can be done using the dynamic thermogravimetric study, which can be analyzed by the isoconversional method. in this method a series of thermogravimetric curves obtained at different heating rates can be used to calculate the activation energy [11]. the present paper focuses of the thermal degradation kinetic of pa6,6 neat and uv stabilized under dynamic conditions using three methods: kissinger and flynn-wall-ozawa that utilize heating rate at different levels of conversion, and coat-redfern that utilizes ,conversion at different levels of heating rate, to verify the effectiveness of the kinetic analysis method and to shed a light on the thermal degradation mechanism that pa6,6 undergoes when used outdoors for tying cables and pipes. it has been noticed that outdoor use of pa6,6 cable ties fail by stress cracking under its own constant tying load. kinetic methods [12] the reaction rate in tg analysis can be defined as the change of degree of conversion (α) with time or temperature and is calculated as: α = mo –mt / mo –mf ……….( 1) where m0, mt and mf represent the initial, actual and final mass of material respectively . all kinetic studies assume that the isothermal rate of conversion, dα dt , is a linear function of temperature and is expressed in arrhenius form as: 𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝑡 = 𝐴(1 − α)𝑛 e−e rt⁄ ⋯⋯ ⋯ ( 2) where a, n, e, r and t are the pre-exponential factor (min-1), assumed to be temperature – independent of the reaction order, the activation energy (kj mol-1 ), the gas constant (8.314 j mol-1 k-1) and the absolute temperature (k) , respectively. at constant heating rate β = dt/dt, eq. (2) may be written as: 𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝑇 = a β (1 − 𝛼)𝑛 e−e rt⁄ ⋯⋯⋯ (3) kissinger’s method [13] kissinger’s method is one of the differential methods that has been utilized to calculate the activation energy from plots of the logarithm of the heating rate versus the inverse of the temperature at the maximum reaction rate in constant heating rate experiments. the beauty of this method is that even without a precise knowledge of the reaction mechanism, the activation energy can be determined after taking the logarithm in eq. (3): log(β/t2max) = {log ar/e +log[n(1-αmax)n-1]} – e/2.303rtmax ⋯⋯⋯ (4) 200 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 where β, a, r, e, n have their usual significance, tmax is the temperature indicating the inflection point of the thermal degradation curves which corresponds to maximum rate and αmax is the maximum conversion . from the plot of log(β/t2max) versus 1/tmax and fitting to a straight line, e can be computed from the slope. flynn wall ozawa method this isoconversional integral method is suggested independently by ozawa [14] and flynn and wall [15] uses doyle approximation [16] of the temperature integral. from eq. (3) after taking logarithm is: log β = log (ae/(1-α)n r) 2.315 e/2.303rt ………..(5) thus for α = constant, the plot of logβ versus 1/t gives a straight line with the slope determining the activation energy. using this method, one can determine the activation energy at different levels of conversion. coats – redfern [17] coats – redfern method has been used by researchers to determine the activation energy of solid state reactions from plots of the logarithm of conversion versus 1/t. thus eq. (3) after integration becomes: log (log (1-α) /t2 ) = log (ar/βe) – e/2.303rt …..…… (6) here α is the fraction of sample degradation at temperature t, where t is the derivative peak temperature obtained from dtg curve . thus a plot of log(-log(1-α)/t2) versus 1/t gives a straight line with the slope determining the activation energy. using this method one can determine the activation energy at different levels of heating rate. experimental samples of polyamide 6,6 were obtained from cable ties (colors: white and black) manufactured by y.y. cable accessories co. taiwan. samples for the analysis were taken from a sealed pack. others were outdoor tied on plastic tubes and were failed by stress cracking during one season. brittleness was obvious on these ties. thermal degradation was performed on a perkin elmer tga-7 thermogravimetric analyzer at the ibn sina company / ministry of industry and minerals . the samples were heated from ambient temperature to 850℃ using heating rates of 5, 10, 20, 40 and 80 ℃ min-1 in helium at a gas flow rate of 20 ml min-1 . the initial mass of the sample was 22~38 mg. results and discussion figures 1 and 2 show the variations of the tga and dtg curves with respect to temperature for various heating rates in helium atmosphere for neat and uv stabilized polyamide 6,6 respectively. it is seen from figures 1 and 2 that the tg curves for neat and uv stabilized pa6,6 are displaced to higher temperature due to heat transfer lag with increased heating rate and the height of the dtg peaks also increase with the heating rate due to excesses heat flux. these findings are in agreement with the reported similar observation for polyethylene terephthalate[18] and for styrene butadiene rubber[19]. it is also observed that the residual mass fractions in the neat pa6,6 remain constant after 700℃ and are about 0.1~0.2 for the heating rates 5-80 ℃ min-1 . however, for the uv stabilized pa6,6 the residual mass fractions for the high heating rates namely 40 and 80 ℃ min-1 remain constant after 600℃ and are about 0.2 ~ 0.3, but for the 5, 10 and 20℃ min-1 it remains constant after 750℃ 201 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 for the same residual mass fractions. it is also noticed from the dtg curves in both figures 1(b) and 2(b) the appearance of two peaks near the melting temperature of pa6,6 at the heating rates of 40 and 80 ℃ min-1 ( see table 1 ). this can be seen as a way of monitoring melting behavior by adapting high heating rate thermogravimetry. figure 3 shows the plots of 1/t versus log𝛽𝛽 and log (β / t2max) for neat and uv stabilized pa6,6 from which the activation energy is computed for different conversion levels by flynn-wall-ozawa and kissinger methods. the activation energy values deduced from the plots in figure 3 by flynn-wall-ozawa and kissinger methods are shown in table 2. figure 4 shows the plots of log(-log (1-α)/t2 ) versus 1/t for neat and uv stabilized pa6,6 from which the activation energy is computed for different heating rates by coats – redfern method. the activation energy values deduced from the plots of figure 4 by coats-redfern method are shown in table 3. the results in tables 2 and 3 indicated that the activation energy obtained from nonisothermal data (flynn-wall-ozawa and kissinger methods ) are comparable with the isoconversion data (coats-redfern method ) in the low to moderate heating rate range (5 to 20 ℃ min-1 ). it is also noted that the activation energy varies with both kinetic parameters i.e. heating rate and conversion in similar fashion, an indication that the kinetic analysis using the various methods show consistent variations. table 4 shows the comparison of the activation energy results obtained in this work with the corresponding values reported in the literature for pa6,6 (neat). effect of environment on degradation the tg and dtg curves of the outdoors used and failed samples of neat pa6,6 show significant changes in the tg curve at the beginning and at the end of the heating cycle. for low conversion of 2.5%, the outdoor sample degrade faster than the unused sample by a wide margin of temperature 230 oc relative to 355 oc. the reason is that exposure to environment has caused pre-mature chain scission reaction especially when the molecular chain endure constant load, which triggers lower temperature degradation. for high conversion of 99.2%, the remaining residue is sustained up to a temperature of 780 oc in the outdoor samples in comparison with 675 oc for the unused samples indicating appreciable build up of crosslinking network in the outdoor samples. this is manifested by the mechanical brittleness endured by the outdoor used samples. the activation energy deduced from coats-redfren method for the outdoor samples show an increase relative to the unused samples. a summary of temperatures and activation energy deduced from the tg curves are shown in table 5. conclusions thermal degradation of pa6,6 was studied by dynamic thermogravimetry and the kinetic parameters were analyzed by three analytical methods. although the route of calculating the activation energy is different within the three methods, comparable results of activation energy were obtained. high heating rates with the conjunction of dtg curves can be useful in monitoring the adaptation of polymer molecules at the boundaries of melting before degradation occurs. cable ties of pa6,6 exposed in moderate to sever outdoor atmosphere are likely to end up with failure from stress cracking condition by the effect of crosslinking reaction in the polymeric chain. such observation are likely to be taken for further detail investigation. 202 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references 1. domininghaus, h. (1993) plastics for engineers, munich: hanser publishers, 363-401. 2. gu, h. , he, j.m. ; hu j. and huang, y.u. (2012) thermal degradation kinetics of semi aromatic polyamide containing benzoxazole unit, j. therm. anal. calorim., 107(3) : 1251 1257. 3. wang, x.l. ; yang, k.k. ; wang, y.z. ; wn, b. ; lin ,y. and yang, b. (2003) thermogravimetric analysis of the decomposition of poly (1,4-dioxan2-one ) / starch blends, polym. degrad. stab., 81 : 415-421. 4. singh, r.p. ; desai, s.m. and pathak, g. (2003) thermal decomposition kinetics of photo oxidized nylon 6,6 , j appl. polym. sci., 87 : 2146-2150. 5. sengupta, r. ; sabharwal, s. ; bhowmick ,a.k. and chaki t.k. (2006) thermogravimetric studies on polyamide 6,6 modified by electron beam irradiation and by nanofillers, polym. degrade. stab., 91 : 1311-1318. 6. park, j.w. ; oh, s.c. ; lee, h.t. and yoo, k.o. (2000) a kinetic analysis of thermal degradation of polymer using dynamic model, polym. degrad. stab., 67 : 535-540 . 7. ballistresi, a. ; garozzo, d. ; giuffrida, m. and montaudo g. (1987) mechanism of thermal decomposition of nylon 6,6 , macromolecules, 20: 2991-2997. 8. levchik, s.v. ; costa l. and camino g. (1994) effect of the fire – retardant , ammonium polyphosphate on the thermal decomposition of aliphatic polyamides part iiipolyamide 6,6 and 6,10, polym. degrad. stab.,43 : 43-54. 9. dadbin, s. ; frounchi, m. and goudrazi, d. (2005) electron beam induced crosslinking of nylon 6 with and without the presence of tac, polym. degrad. stab., 89: 436-441. 10. zaharescu, t. ; silva, l.g.a. ; jipa, s. and kappel, w. (2010) post-irradiation thermal degradation of pa6 and pa6,6 , radiat. phys. chem., 79: 388-391. 11. herrera, m. ; matuschek, g. and kettrup a. (2001) main products and kinetics of the thermal degradation of polyamides, chemosphere, 42: 601-607. 12. vyazoukin, s. (2000) kinetic concepts of thermally simulated reaction in solids : a view from a historical perspective, int. rev. phys. chem., 19: 45-60. 13. kissinger, h.e. (1957) reaction kinetics in differential thermal analysis, j. anal. chem., 29 : 1702-1706. 14. ozawa, t. (1965) a new method of analysis thermogravimetric data, bull. chem. soc. jpn,38 : 1881-1886 . 15. flynn , j.h. and wall, l.a. (1966) a quick direct method for the determination of activation energy from thermogravimetric data, polym. lett.,4 : 323-328. 16. doyle, c.d. (1962) estimating isothermal life from thermogravimetric data, j. appl. polym. sci.,6 : 639-642. 17. coats, a.w. and redfern, j .p. (1964) kinetic parameters from thermogravimetric data, nature, 201: 68. 18. hu, s.c. ; lee, d.g. ; kwak ,h. and bae, s.y. (2006) combusion kinetics of polyethylene terephthalate, korean environ. eng. res., 11(5): 250-256. 19. chen, k.s. and ye, r.z. (1997) kinetics of thermal decomposition of styrene – butadiene 20. pashaei, s. ; siddaramaiah, s. ; souldozi, a. , seyed, s.u.t. and syed, a.a. (2011) investigation on thermal and mechanical behaviors of crysnanoclay incorporated polyamide / nanoclay composites, int. j. chem. tech. res., 3(3): 1292-1301. 203 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no. (1) : melting and decomposition temperatures of neat and uv stabilized pa6,6 obtained from dtg curves at various heating rates decomposition ( oc ) melting ( oc ) heating rate ( oc min1) uv neat uv neat max. on-set max. on-set 428 324 425 342 5 438 346 437 369 10 444 351 455 375 20 449 376 474 396 253 266 40 489 409 501 420 263 272 80 table no.( 2): activation energy of neat and uv stabilized pa6,6 obtained using flynnwallozawa and kissinger methods activation energy (kj mol-1) conversion (%) kissinger flynn-wall-ozawa uv neat uv neat 101 105 2.5 151 113 141 121 5 159 134 164 144 10 183 152 192 164 20 table no.(3):activation energy of neat and uv stabilized pa6,6 obtained using coatsredfern method activation energy ( kjmol-1) heating rate (oc min-1) uv neat 152 113 5 173 129 10 204 165 20 216 200 40 229 226 80 204 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.( 4): summary of the activation energy obtained for neat pa6,6 in this work and the ones reported in the literature by various analytical methods range of activation energy (kj mol-1) references other coatsredfern kissinger flynn-wallozawa 182 175 166 gu et al. [2] 51-112 singh et al. [4] 180 148 sengupta et al. [5] 91 herrera et al. [11] 257 pashaei et al. [20] 113-165 101-152 105-164 this work table no.( 5): comparison between thermal behavior of outdoor loaded neat pa6,6 cable ties with unused ones analyzed at β = 10 oc min outdoor + loaded unused conversion α = 1% 140 oc 160 oc α = 2.5% 230 oc 355 oc α = 99.2% 780 oc 675 oc activation energy(kjmol-1) (coats-redfern) 144 129 205 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (a) (b) figure no.( 1): tg (a) and dtg (b) curves of neat pa6,6 at various heating rates 206 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (a) (b) figure no.( 2): tg (a) and dtg (b) curves of uv stabilized pa6,6 at various heating rates 207 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (a) (b) figure no.( 3): plots of 1/t versus log β (flynn-wall-ozawa) and log (β/t²max) (kissinger) at different levels of conversions for neat (a) and uv stabilized (b) 208 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (a) (b) figure no.( 4): plots of 1/t versus log (-log (1α ) / t² ) (coats-redfern) at different heating rates for neat (a) and uv stabilized (b) -7.9 -7.6 -7.3 -7 -6.7 1.32 1.4 1.48 1.56 1.64 lo g ( lo g (1 -α ) / t ² ) 1000/t (k-1) 5 oc / min 10 oc / min 20 oc / min 40 oc / min 80 oc / min -7.9 -7.6 -7.3 -7 -6.7 1.32 1.38 1.44 1.5 1.56 lo g ( lo g (1 -α ) / t ² ) 1000/t (k-1) 5 oc / min 10 oc / min 20 oc / min 40 oc / min 80 oc / min 209 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 بوساطة التحلیل 6,6حركیات التفكك الحراري لرابطات الكابل نوع بولي اماید الحراري التفاضلي نبیل نعیم رمو كلیة التربیة ، جامعة صالح الدین ھند عبد المجید مھدي جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(للعلوم الصر فة قسم الفیزیاء/ كلیة التربیة 2013آذار 17، قبل البحث في 2013كانون الثاني 20أستلم البحث في : الخالصة النظیف و المستقر لالشعة فوق 6,6درس التفكك الحراري لرابطات الكابل نوع بولي اماید عند معدالت تسخین dtgو مشتقتھا tgالبنفسجیة بوساطة منحنیات التحلیل الحراري الوزني 80و 40م لكل دقیقة في جو الھیلیوم . لوحظ أن معدالت التسخین المرتفعة ( ˚ 80 – 5مختلفة بین . 6,6التي تشیر الى درجة انصھار البولي اماید dtgم/دقیقة) تبین وجود قمم فریدة في منحنیات ˚ coats and redfern and kissingerالمعلومات الحركیة المحسوبة من البیانات المتضمنة تساوي , flynn-wall-ozawa و تباین الحرارة باستخدام طرائق تبین قیم متقارنة لطاقة التنشیط . التحویل تسبب تعرض الرابطات الى بیئة خارجیة في تكسر اجھادي مسبق االوان وفشل ھش لالنموذج جراء سیادة تفاعل التشابك الحاصل في سالسل البولیمر. ، تفكك حراري ، تحلیل الحركیات ، التحلیل الحراري الوزني ، 6,6: بولي اماید مفتاحیةالالكلمات طاقة التنشیط ، رابطات الكابل . 210 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 157 https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 157 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 effect of scan rate and ph on determination amoxilline using screen printed carbon electrode modified with functionalized graphene oxide issam a.latif sundus h. merza dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad issom400@gmail.com received in:17/august/2017, accepted in:1/november/2017 abstract graphene oxide go was functionalized with 4-amino, 3-substituted 1h, 1, 2, 4 triazole 5(4h) thion (astt) to obtain got. got characterized by ft-ir, xrd.via modification of the working electrode of the spce with the prepared nanomaterial (got) the effect of scan rate and ph on the determination of amoxilline (amox) was studied using cyclic voltammetry. amox show various responses at ph ranging from 2 to 7 and also was observed sharp increase in the oxidation peaks in the ph 3. the formal potential (midpoint) for amox was highly ph-dependent. from the effect of scan rate, surface coverage concentration γ of electroactive species the values of the electron transfer coefficient and the electron transfer constant rate ket was obtained as 5.39×10-10 molcm-2, 0.5, and 2.45×10-3 cm.s-1respectively. keyword: screen printed carbon electrode, cyclic voltammetry, thiocarbohydrazide, graphene oxide,amoxilline. https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 158 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction graphene oxide is one layer of a polycyclic hydrocarbon network and is partially aromatic, has various oxygen functional groups (co, oh, and cooh) prepared from the oxidative treatment of bulk graphite (hummer method) [1] [2].presence of high density electronegative oxygen atoms on the go basal plane, gives rise to an energy gap in the electron density of states [3] making go non-conductive.the hydroxyl and the epoxide groups lay on the surface sheet while carbonyl and carboxyl groups attached at the edge. carboxylic groups were used to react with thiocarohydrizde (tch) by cyclocondensation reaction. this could be allowed to prepare go-4-amino,3-substituted 1h,1,2,4 triazole 5(4h) thion(astt) (got) individual layers of go can be obtained by sonication and by stirring aqueous suspension for long enough [4]. electrochemical sensor based graphene oxide was often used to determin various drugs and biological molecules such as dihydronicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (nadh)[5]and diethylstilbestrol(des)[6]. this work is concerned with study of voltammetric behavior of amoxicillin (amox) at screen printed carbon electrode modified withgraphene oxide functionalized at the edge of sheet and studies their impact to determine amoxilline(amox). amoxicillin (2s, 5r, 6r)-6{[(2r)-2-amino-2-(4-hydroxylphenyl)-acetyl] amino}-3, 3dimethyl-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane-2-carboxylic acid, belongs to a class of antibiotic, called the penicillin contains a β-lactam ring figure (1) which is responsible for its anti-bacterial against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. figure (1): structure of amoxilline experimental chemicals and reagents amox antibiotic from samarra drugs factory was used without further purification .the phosphine buffer solution pbs was made up by mixing solutions of sodium phosphate dibasic na2hpo4 and sodium phosphate monobasic dihydratenah2po4.2h2o from fluke, adjusted by 1m h3po4 or 1m naoh (merck). tri distilled water was used for all preparations. apparatus electrochemical measurement was recorded on a portable potentiostat stat 200 (drop sens s.l. oviedo, spain).the principle function of a potentiostatis controlling potential and measuring current; which was connected via a usb connection to laptop computer installed with the measurement software drop view (dropsens drp-110). the measurement was made with screen printed carbon electrode (spce) having, carbon counter electrode ce, silver/silver chloride reference electrode re and a carbon working electrode we (4 mm diameter) printed on a ceramic surface[8],a small area enables very small sample to perfome the measurement. volumes smaller than 10 μl deposited directly on the electrode surface [9] are adequate for the analysis. all of the ph measurements were made with a ph-meter bp3001. functionalized go was dispersed with an ultrasonic instrument type (soniprep 150).powder https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 159 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 xrd analysis was carried out by using powder diffractometer (japan) xrd shimadzu 6000 with an incident cu-kα radiation of 1.54 ° 40.0kv and 30ma; scan range (2θ= 5-80°) and; scan speed: 10 (deg/min).). ftir spectra were obtained on shimadzu ir affinity 8400s, japan. scan range 4000–400 cm−1 with a resolution of 4 cm−1.infrared spectrophotometer using potassium bromide disc. preparation of graphene oxide graphite oxide (gto) was synthesized by hummers' method [2]. the gto mixture formed was filtered and washed with 5% aqueous solution hcl and distilled water until the ph of the rinsing water became (6-7). the product was dried at 55 c for 48h. the graphite oxide gto aqueous solution mixture was exfoliated by sonication and stirring for 25 min [4] to obtain aqueous colloidal of graphene oxide go sheet. preparation of thiocarbohydrazide thiocarbohydrazide tch was prepared [10] by reaction of hydrazine n2h4 with carbon disulfide cs2 at 10 cwith stirring until formation of yellow precipitate to produce hydrazinium dithiocarbazinate hdtc as in equation 1. 2 → . 1 the resultant mixture refluxed for half hour to remove hydrogen sulfide h2s as in equation 2. . → 2 the reaction mixture was filtrated to separate the crystalline precipitate of tch then washed with ethanol and water. the tch crystals were dried with vacuum oven for 6 hours at 40-50 c. functionalization of go with tch carboxylic groups in go can be used as starting point to react with tch at its melting temperature in cyclocondensation reaction. this could be allowed to prepare go-4-amino,3substituted 1h,1,2,4 triazole 5(4h) thion(astt),( got) as shown in fig. (2).the product got was cooled, washed with distilled water to dissolve the non-reacted tch and dried at 60c. figure: (2) functionalize graphene oxide go with tch. https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 160 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 fabrication of the modified electrode 1 mg of purified got andgo was dispersed into 10 ml of redistilled water and 3µl nafion and for 1 h sonicated. the modified electrode was made by coating the weby dropping of 4 µl from the above mixture. then 50µl from freshly prepared solution of amox was dropped on reservoir area to cover modified working electrode, counter and reference electrodes for at least one minute. pretreatment of spces at scan rate 0.1 v s−1 the potential was swept between −0.5 and +1.0 v in 0.1 m h2so4 in order to pretreat the spce and to get a reproducible voltammogram increase sensitivity of sensors as well as to obtain a stable baseline for long term experiments [11]. then, the spce was washed with double distilled water and dried at room temperature 24-25 . results and discussion characterization of modifiers go and got ft-ir of thiocarohydrizde (tch) figure (3) shows ft-ir spectrum of prepared tch. the peaks at 3273.2, 3209.5, 3305.9 cm1corsspondes to n-h and nh2 stretching vibrations respectively. the nh2 bending and wagging vibrations contributed to the two peaks at 1643.35 and 1143.79 cm-1 respectively [12]. the characteristic peaks 1531 and1500.6 cm-1 assigns to the coupled modes n-h wagging and c-n stretching vibrations [13].the c=s stretching contributes to two peaks at 1288 cm-1 and 935 cm-1 also these peaks contain contributions of other vibration such as cn stretching and c-n-n bending vibration . figure:(3) ft-ir spectrum of tch https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 161 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ft-ir of go fig. (4) shows the ft-ir spectrum of go. the stretching vibration of (c-oh, cooh, and residue of h2o) appeared at 3401 cm-1 with broad and strong band. the peak at 1587cm-1 was assigned to unoxidized graphitic domain. the two bands at 1221 cm-1 and 1400 cm-1 were corresponded to (c-o) stretching vibration of epoxide groups (c-o-c) and (c-o-h) bending vibration of cooh group or c-oh group respectively. the oh bending vibration of cooh groups can be used to evaluate the amount of cooh groups [14]. vibration at 1060 cm-1 is assigned to alkoxy (c-oh) groups. besides, the band at 1721 cm-1 might refer to not only the carbonyl group stretching vibration of cooh situated at the edges but also to ketones or quinone [15]. figure:(4) ft-ir spectrum of go ft-ir of functionalize go with tch the infrared spectrum of go functionalized with thiocarbohydrazide (got) shown in figure (5) the peaks in the region 3000-3500 referred to stretching vibration of nh2 groups. these peaks were not appeared in the ft-ir spectra of go and they were suggested to the formation of functionalization of go with tch.a band in the 1590-1650 cm-1 region is characteristic of the nh2 scissoring vibration; additionally, absorption band at 750-850cm-1 assigns to nh2 twisting and wagging deformations. also , absorption bands at 1333.32, 1501.4, 1175cm-1 that appeared in spectrum of (got) correspond to stretching vibration of (c=s) , c=n, and n-n respectively which denotes to stretching vibration that had been introduced to go by functionalized with tch. figure :(5) ft-ir spectrum of go functionalized with tch https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 162 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 xrd xrd of goa powder sample of go was examined with x-rays diffract meter. figure (6) shows the xrd pattern of go. it is found that go exhibits a strong diffraction at 11.95o corresponding to d-spacing of 0.73 nm [16, 17] which is higher than that of graphite (0.336 nm) indicates introduced functional groups (carboxylic acid, carbonyl, hydroxyl and epoxy) on the basal and edges planes of go sheets [18] moreover, the increase in d-spacing proved the oxidation of graphite flakes (gt) since the degree of oxidation is proportional to the interlayer spacing (d) of go [19]. figure: (6) xrd patterns of go surface area study the effective area of the electrodes a bare spce ,go-spce and got-spce was calculated in a solution of 0.5mm 3[fe(cn)6]-3 in 0.1m kcl, using randles sevick equation [20] at different scan rates ranging from 0.01 to 0.1v.s-1 =2.69×105α 3/2 1/2 1/2 (3) where (ip) refers to the peak current, (a) is the surface area of electrode cm2, n is the number of electrons ,dr is diffusion coefficient, c is the concentration of k3 [fe (cn)6]-3and υ refers to the scan ratevs-1.for potassium ferricyanide , dr = 7.6 × 10-6 cm2 s-1[21],and n=1.the redox behavior of 0.5mm k3[fe(cn)6]-3 in 0.1m kcl was investigated by cyclic voltammetry. the redox peak currents at bare spce, go-spce and got-spce increased linearly with scan rate ranging from 0.01 to 0.1v. s-1 as shown in figures (7), (8) and (9) respectively. the apparent electroactive area values was found for the electrodes bare spce, modified electrode go-spce and got-spce to be 0.04 cm2, 0.05 cm2 and 0.06 cm2 respectively. this enlargement in the effective surface area proved the modification of bare spce with go and got. figure (7): cyclic voltammogram for bare/spce in ferricyanide https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 163 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (8): cyclic voltammogram for go-spce in potassium ferricyanide potassium figure: (9) cyclic voltammogram forgot-spce in potassium ferricyanide effect of ph the influence of ph on the oxidation peak current and potential of 0.5mm amox in pbs ph range from2 to 8 at the got-nafion modified spce was investigated by cv at scan rate 0.1v.s-1. amox shows significant response figure (10). the redox peaks current varied with ph values. the redox peak at ph3 was appeared with higher oxidation and reduction current values. figure: (10) cyclic voltammogram obtained at got-nafion/ spce with 0.5mm amox in pbs with different ph values at scan rate 0.1v.s-1. there was no response of blank pbs in got-nafion/ spce in all ph range indicated that the current and potential value of the oxidation and reduction were due to the amox only. the anodic peak current values of amox at the got-spce were plotted versus ph values of the supporting electrolyte (pbs). figure (11) reveals that the sharp increase in the oxidation peaks in the ph range of 2-3 this may be due to fast electron process then decreased in the range of 3 to 4 this can be related to change of amox interaction with surface of modified spce (got) [22]. gradually increase in current was observed as the ph values increased from 4 to 6 due to oxidation ability of amox, where the electrochemical response of amox in ph7 was low. considering all these points, the ph3 was with highest current value and show clear redox peak than the other ph values. https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 164 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure: (11) plots of peak current ip for oxidation 0.5mm amox at got-nafion / spce vsph of electrolyte solution pbs (ph3) in 0.1kcl cyclic voltammetry cv is a powerful tool for identifying and studying proton and electron transfer (pet). if a process involving m-protons and n-electrons as shown in equation. + + ⇌ (4) for nernst equation, assumption the electrode process was electrochemically reversible, we can write [23]. = °( / )− / [b]/[a][ +] (5) = °( / )+ / [ +] − / [ ]/[ ] (6) = ° ( / )−2.303 / − ∕[ ][ ] (7) for a chemically reversible half reaction, the ph dependence of a pet couple is given by eq (8)[23]. ,°= ° ( / )−2.303 ∕ (8) ,° was an effective formal potential, the potential midway between the peaks for redox peaks for a and b. the dependence formal redox potential ° of amox on the ph was investigated by cyclic voltammetry. the ° value was obtained from the average value of anodic potential and cathodic potential. fig. (12) shows that the formal potential (midpoint) of amox was highly ph-dependent. however, it was found that the eº values shifted to more negative values (decrease linearly) with increase in ph buffer solution. between ph 2 and 3, a slope has value agreement with the theoretical value of 0.06v [24, 25] according to the equation. °=−0.065 +0.26 (9) these results of the electrochemical oxidation of amoxicillin cconfirm the involving of equal number of electrons and protons [26] then the potential returned to be shifted to more positive values between ph 3-7 with a slope 0.0315 v/ph according to the equations. °=0.0315 −0.0375 (10) this behavior may be due to the involving of two electrons and one proton in electrochemical oxidation process of amox in this ph range [27]. the intersection of the curve was located at ph 3 corresponding to the apparently pka. the value of pka is in agreement with a.t.suji et al[28] and gn. rolinson[29] https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 165 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure: (12) plots of formal potential eº for oxidation 0.5mm amox at got-nafion/ spce vsph of electrolyte solution pbs ranging from (ph2-ph7) in 0.1kcl. the cyclic voltammograms for bare spce, go-spce and got-nafion/spce in 0.1m blank phosphate buffer solution (ph 3.0) and in the presence of 0.5 mm amox is shown in figure (13). the potential was swept from 0.5v to 0.6v at scan rate 0.1v.s-1. when the spce coated with go (5 curve) redox peaks for amox were observed at 0.12 v with anodic peak current (13.186μa) and at -0.05v with cathodic peak current (15.904μa). the cyclic voltammogram of got-nafion/spce in blank 0.1 m phosphate buffer solution (ph 3.0) showed broad anodic and cathodic peaks (4curves). but in the presence amox (3 curves), the anodic peak current was appeared at about 0.08 v (anodic current16.443μa), with cathodic peak on the reverse scan at -0.3v (cathodic current 17.393μa). the increase in redox signal may be attributed to the functionalization of go with 4-amino-3mercapto1, 2, 4-triazol at the edge of go sheet which facilitate the electron movement between amox and the electrode surface and also could be attributed to got which has higher effective surface area. based on this, got-nafion/spce can be used as electrochemical sensing for sensitive determination of amox. at the bare spce in presence amox (1 curve) no redox peak can be seen indicating oxidation process of amox hard to occur due to surface of spce has small amounts of oxygenated functionalities [30]. on the other hand, the bare spce have no electrochemical response in blank pbs (2 curve). figure: (13) cyclic voltammogram of 0.5mm amox in 0.1m pbs (ph 3.0) at scan rate 0.1v.s-1at bare and go-t-nafion/spce. https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 166 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 effect of scan rate the effect of the potential scan rate on the electrochemical process was studied to understand the electrode behavior and the reversibility of electrode reactions. cyclic voltammogram of got-nafion/spce in the supporting electrolyte solution pbs (ph3) containing 0.5 mm amox at different scan rates from 0.01 to 0.1v. s-1 which are shown in figure (14). figure :(14) cyclic voltammogram of 0.5mm amox in ph3 pbs obtained with various scan rates (0.01-0.1 v.s-1). with increasing the scan rate, the oxidation and reduction peak current represent good linear relationship with the scan rates, correlation coefficient 0.9921 and 0.9976 respectively figure (15) figure: (15) variation of the peak current (ipa) and (ipc) with the scan rate for 0.5 mm amox. the peak current is proportional to, scan rate υ, surface coverage concentration γ of electroactive species and number of electrons n according to the following equation [31] 2 2 γ /4 (11) a is the surface area (cm2). the electroactive coverage must be high enough for a current to be observed. the surface coverage concentration of 0.1mm (amox) at the surface of gotspce can be estimated to be about 5.39×10-10mol cm-2 (n=2) or 3.246×1014 molecules.cm-2. https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 167 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 at scan rates between 0.01 and 0.1 v.s-1 .the peak heights of the anodic and the cathodic signals were proportional to scan rate and the ratio was almost equal. the difference of the peak potentials is significantly bigger than 59 mv and the separation of the two signals is constant at 0.35 v ± 3 v. therefore, the redox reaction of amox can be considered to be reversible this means the electrode practically remain in equilibrium with an oxidized form of amox as shown in table (1) [33]. table:(1) peak to peak separation and peaks current ratio for amox at different scan rate obtained from figure (17) in addition, the relationship between ipa, ipc and ν1/2 was studied figure (16). the redox peaks current were proportional to the square root of scan rate which proposed the process was a diffusion-controlled in solution [32] when transport the redox species of amox in solution to and from electrode. the slope of the curve for the two processes, almost the same which means the redox process occurs with the same electron transfer rate[34]. figure: (16) relationship between ipa and ipc vs.square root of scan rate for got modified spce. the diffusion and adsorption of electrode process were studied and a plot of a logarithm of peaks current vs. logarithm of the scan rate gave a straight line with a slope of 0.9494 for foreword scan and 0.8597for reverse scan is shown in figure (17). this value is close to that found in the literature [35]. the slope of the straight lines was intermediate value between 1 the theoretical value of the adsorption controlled electrode process and the theoretical value of 0.5 which was expressed for the diffusion controlled electrode process, this indicated that the electrode process was controlled simultaneously both by diffusion and adsorption [36] for oxidation and reduction process. https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 168 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure: (17) log current vs. log for got modified spce in presence amox. the models developed by laviron were developed to provide a quick estimate of the electron transfer rate constant using cyclic voltammetry. this method count on the electron transfer coefficient (α) (dimensionless parameter), which was a measure of the symmetry of the energy barrier of the redox reaction. to determine α, the peak potential epis plotted vsln scan rate ν [37, 38]. the peak potentials can be described by following equations. = °+(1− ) ln (12) = °+ (13) ° is formal potential, r is the gas constant, n is the number of electrons involved in the redox reaction, t is the absolute temperature in kelvin, f is the faraday constant, and υ is the scan rate. the cathodic peak potential (epc) is changed linearly as the function of scan rate in range from 0.01 to 0.1v.s-1. a linear regression equation is shown below. =−0.0277ln +0.4096 (14) from the slope of fig. (18) and taking the electron transfer coefficient 0.5 according to r.guidelliet al [39] the number of electrons was estimated to be (n~2) this value is in agreement with value obtained from ph measurement. the e pa effort non-linear relationship .the electron transfer rate constant ket was obtained by introducing the values α, a scan rate 0.1v.s−1, and δep = 0.38v in the following equation [40]. =(1− )+(1− ) − / − (1− ) / (15) the heterogeneous electron transfer rate constant is 2.45×10-3 cm.s-1. this value indicates a slow kinetics and longer time requirement for equilibrium [37] figure (18): potential versus natural logarithm of scan rate for got-spce /amox. https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 169 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 4. conclusion the voltammetric studying shows the peak current arises not only of amox molecules which were already adsorbed on the got-spce surface but also of those which reach to the electrode by means of diffusion. these results reveal that the anodic process was dominated by partially adsorption (adsorbed amox at the electrode) and partially diffusion of amox through the diffusion layer simultaneously, that may be changed with the changing of the modifying materials, and also the heterogeneous electron transfer rate constant was2.45×10-3 cm.s-1. this value indicated a slow kinetics and longer time requirement for equilibrium and depending also on the modifying materials (got). the modifying materials play a very important role in the kinetic of the electrochemical reaction on the spce. 5. references [1] c. marcano ; v. daniela kosynkin.dmitry, , berlin jacob m . alexande, s. r7 and zhengzong s. improve synthesis of graphene oxide acs nano 4(8); 4806-14. 2010. [2] w.s. hummers and r.e. offeman preparation of graphitic oxide. journal of the american chemical society, 80(6): p. 1339-133. 1958. [3] i .jung, tunable electrical conductivity of individual graphene oxide sheets reduced at low temperatures. nano letters, 8(12): p. 4283-4287. 2008 [4] i. jung, simple approach for high –contrast optical imaging and characterization o fgraphene based sheets. nano lett.7, 3569-3575. 2007. [5] l. zhang;li yzhan,l. g we,d. li i. karpuzov,d., tao long y. electrocatalytic oxidation of nadh on graphene oxide and reduced graphene oxide modified screen printed electrode int.j.electrochem.sci,6819-829. 2011 [6] ch.yu;w .ji; y.wang ;n. bao and h.gugraphene oxide –modified electrods for sensitive determination of diethylstilbesrtol .nanotechnology 24115502, 2013. [7] m. akhond,; g. absalan, and ershadifar, h,highly sensitive colorimetric determination of amoxicillin in pharmaceutical formulations based on induced aggregation of gold nanoparticles. spectrochim. acta part a mol. biomol. spectrosc., 143, 223–229, 2015. [8] m.f. bergamini and m.v.b. zanoni, anodic stripping voltammetric determination of aurothiomalate in urine using a screen-printed carbon electrode: electroanalysis18,1457, 2006. [9] lucarelli;f. authier; l., bagni; g. g., baussant t.; aas, e. and mascini. m. dna biosensors investigations in fish bile for use as a biomonitoring tool, analytical letters, 36, pp. 188(2003). [10] sun xh. and liu y burn f, study on the synthesis of thiocarbohydrazide chemistry (china) 621999:46-48. 1999. [11] vasilescu a., andreescu s., bala c., litescu s.c., noguer t. and marty j.l. (2003) screen printed electrodes with electropolymerizedmeldola blue as versatile detectors in biosensors, biosensors and bioelectronics 18 781–790. [12] burn g.r. (1968). metal complexes of thiocarbohydrazide .inorg.chem.7 277-283. [13] shao g., yonggen lu, fangfang w., yang ch., zeng f. and wu q.,. graphene oxide: the mechanisms of oxidation and exfoliation. j. mater. sci .47(2012)4400–4409. [14] d.yang, a. velamakanni, g. bozoklu, s. park,m. stoller, r.d.piner, s. stankovich,i. jung, d.a. field, c.a.jrventrice and r.s. ruoff . chemical analysis of go films after heat https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 170 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 and chemical treatment by x-rays photoelectrons and microraman spectroscopy .carbon 47 (2009)145. [15] a. shalaby; d. nihtianova; p. markov; a. d. staneva;r. s. iordanova and y. b. dimitriev. structural analysis of reduced graphene oxide by transmission electron microscopy. bulgarian chemical communications, 47( 1): 291–295. 2015 [16] h. yang; j. jiang;w.zhou; l. lai; l.xi; y.ming lam; z. shen; b. khezri and t. yu. influences of graphene oxide support on the electrochemical performances of graphene oxide-mno2 nanocomposites. nanoscale research letters, 6(2011)531. 176 [17] y.zhang;t.t. tang; c. girit;z. hao; m.c. martin;a. zettl, m.f. crommie, y.r. shen and f.wang. direct observation of a widely tunable bandgap in bilayer graphene. nature, 459(7248): 820-823. 2009) [18] d. c. marcano,; kosynkin, d. v. berlin, j. m. sinitskii, a. sun, z. slesarev, a. alemany, l. b. lu and j.m. tour. improved synthesis of graphene oxide. acs nano, 4(8): 4806. 2010 [19] chen, l. xu; z. li, j. min, c. liu, l. song, x. chen, g. and x. meng. reduction and disorder in graphene oxide induced by electron-beam irradiation. materials letters, 65(8): (2011) 1229-1230. [20] a.j. bard and l.r. faulkner. electrochemical methods: fundamentals and applications. second ed. wiley, new york, 2001. [21] s. y. grewal; j. a. muhammad shiddiky, a. g.sean,k. m. weigel,g. a.cangelosi, and m. trau. label -free electrochemical detection of an entamoebahistolytica antigen using cell -free yeast-scfv probes. the royal society of chemistry ,2013 [22] a. r. fakhari; a. sahragard and h. ahmar. development of an electrochemical sensor based on reduced graphene oxide modified screen-printed carbon electrode for the determination of buprenorphine. electroanalysis 26 (11): (2014)2474–2483. [23] r.g. compton and c.e. banks, understanding voltammetry .world scientific, singapore, 2007. [24] i. martins; f.c. cristiani; s.c. larissa; a. francisco, m.c. leticia and r. susanne. determination of parabens in shampoo using highperformance liquid chromatography with amperometric detection on a boron-doped diamond electrode, talanta 85 ,2011 1–7. [25] a. muhammad;n.a. yusof ;r. hajian , and j.abdullah construction of an electrochemical sensor based on carbon nanotubes/gold nanoparticles for trace determination of amoxicillin in bovine milk. sensors (basel). 16(1) : 2016. 56. [26] w. sun; m. xi; l.zhang; t. zhan; h. gao and k. jiao. electrochemical behaviors of thymine on a new ionic liquid modified carbon electrode and its detection. electrochim. acta 56,2010,222–226. [27] h. r. zare; n. nasirizadeh; m. mazloum-ardakani, and m. namazian. electrochemical properties and electrocatalytic activity of hematoxylin modified carbon paste electrode toward the oxidation of reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (nadh). sensors and actuators b: chemical. 120(1): 288–294. 2006 [28] a.t. suji; e .nakashima; s. hamano and t.tamana. physiochemical properties of amphoteric β-lactam antibiotics, i: stability, solubility, and dissolution behavior of amino penicillins as a function of ph. j pharm sci. 67(8): (1987)1059-66. [29] g.n.rolinson and am. geddes. the 50th anniversary of the discovery of 6aminopenicillanic acid (6-apa).inter j antimicrobial agent. 29 ,3–8. 2007 https://doi.org/10.30526//31.1.1863 chemistry | 171 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [30] s.c.wang; k.s. chang and c.j. yuan. enhancement of electrochemical properties of screen-printed carbon electrodes by oxygen plasma treatment. electrochimicaacta 54 4937–4943. 2009 [31] m. sharp; m. petersson and k. edström . preliminary determinations of electron transfer kinetics involving ferrocene covalently attached to a platinum surface j. electroanal. chem. interfac. electroch. 95 (1979) 123. [32] h.v. tran, b. piro, s. reisberg, h.t. duc and m.c. pham. antibodies directed to rna/dna hybrids: an electrochemical immune sensor for micrornas detection using graphene-composite electrodes. anal. chem. 85 ,8469–8474. 2013 [33] n. tsierkezos and u. ritter. synthesis and electrochemistry of multi-walled carbon nanotube films directly attached on silica substrate. j. solid state electrochem.14 (2010)1101–1107. [34] m.m. barsan; e. m. pinto and ch. m.a. brett. electrosynthesis and electrochemical characterization of phenazine polymers for application in biosensors. electrochimicaacta 53 ,3973–3982. 2008 [35] f. li, j. song, d. gao, q. zhang, d. han and l. niu. simple and rapid voltammetric determination of morphine at electrochemically pretreated glassy carbon electrodes. j. pure and applied anal. chem. 79 ,845–850. (2009) [36] k.david and j. gosser. cyclic voltammetry, simulation and analysis of reaction mechanisms. vch publishers, 42-43. 1994 [37] e.laviron. general expression of the linear potential sweep voltammogram in the case of diffusionless electrochemical systems. j. electroanal. chem. 101 ,19-28. 1979 [38] q. he, t. gan; d.-y. zheng and s.s. hu. direct electrochemistry and electrocatalysis of nitrite based on nano-alumina-modified electrode, journal of solid state electrochemistry 14 ,1057. 2010 [39] r. guidelli; r.g.compton; j.m.feliu; e.gideali; j.lipkowski; w.schemickler and s.trasatti. difining the transfer coefficient in electrochemistry an assessment (iupac tech. report). pure appl. chem. 86(2): 245-258. 2014 [40] m. shamsipur; m. roushani; s. m. pourmortazavi and n. shahabadi. amperometric determination of sulfide ion by glassy carbon electrode modified with multiwall carbon nanotubes and copper (ii) phenanthroline complex. cent. eur. j. chem. 12(10): 10911099. 2014 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 118 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 adsorption of bromo phenol red dye from aqueous solution by iraqi bentonite clay zainab abbas hassan al-dulaimy dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:13/march/2016,accepted in:12/june/2016 abstract this studies deals with investigated the potential of a iraqi bentonite clay for the adsorption of bromo phenol red dye from contaminated water. impulse adsorption experiments were performed. the contact time influence of initial dye concentration, temperature, ph, ionic strength, partical size adsorbent and adsorbent dosage on bromo phenol red adsorption are investigated in a series of batch adsorption experiments. adsorption equilibrium data were analyzed and described by the freundlich, langmuir and temkin isotherms equations. thermodynamic parameters inclusive the gibbs free energy (∆g • ), enthalpy (∆h • ), and entropy (∆s • ), were also calculated. these parameters specified that adsorption of bromo phenol red onto bentonite was functional, more spontaneous and endothermic with increase of temperatures from 298.15 to 313.15 k. keywords: bentonite clay, bromo phenol red dye, langmuir, temkin, freundlich isotherms, thermodynamic. chemistry | 119 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction many industries use dyes extensively in different operation such as textile, leather tanning, paper, plastic, food processing, cosmetics, printing etc. [1-3]. numerous dyes are pestilent to some microorganisms which may cause direct consuming or inhibition of their catalytic power textile industry that use dye and pigments to color their out put. numerous techniques have proposed by various researchers for the treatment of dye effluents [4].the adsorption use the gotten adsorbent for parquet poisoning as a gastric decontaminant. common environment instructive recommend low permeability soils, which naturally should contain bentonite as a stamping material in the construction and repair of garbage dump to ensure the security of ground water from the contaminated. last few years, bentonite clay was successfully used for the adsorption of metal ions and dyes as of contaminated from water [5,6]. the objective of this paper is to use iraqi bentonite clay in removing bromo phenol red dye from wastewater under different temperatures. experimental materials the bentonite clay used in the present work was supplied from doakhla site in the west part of iraq and chemically characterized in the state company of geological survey and mining – ministry of industry using atomic absorption spectra, the chemical composition of this clay is 54.66% sio2, 14.65% al2o3, 4.88% fe2o3, 4.77% cao, 6.00% mgo, 0.65% na2o, 1.20% so3 and 12.56% loss on ignition . bromo phenol red [c19h12br2o5s] purchase from sigma-aldrich, m. wt =512.17 g/mol, ph range 5.2-6.8 yellow to red. the following figure shows the chemical structure of bromo phenol red dye. sckematic the chemical structure of bromo phenol red dye the apparatus the following apparatus were used in this work. 1uvvisible spectrophotometer double beam (shimadzu-uv 1800). 2labtech shaking water bath, centrifuge tubes, hettich (eba20). 3electronic balance (kern) ± 0.0001g. 4ph meter (bench ph trans). prepare of bentonite clay powder the bentonite clay was supplied in powder form; it was washed with excessive amount of deionized water to remove the soluble materials than dried form (3 hours) at 150 ˚ c. coal at room temperature and milled after sieved by using the available sieves of nominal size (75, 150, 250 m). chemistry | 120 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 calibration curve figure (1) the range of the concentration under study for bromo phenol red was prepared by serial dilution from the standard stock solution (100 mg/l) . wave length of maximum absorbancy (max) for bromo phenol red dye was selected and found (574nm) which agree with preview studies [7]. method the time that is sufficient for the bromo phenol red dye adsorption process by bentonite clay to reach equilibrium at certain temperature was found (90 mint) from figure (2). adsorption experiments were carried out in batch system by shaking (0.2gm) bentonite samples with (10ml) of aqueous solution of range concentrations (5-40 mg.l -1 ) of dye at a certain temperature 25 ˚ c. constant speed (100 rpm) for the required equilibrium time, the mixtures were discreted by centrifugation at (5000 rpm) (10min), the dye equilibrium concentration was measured by using double beam spectrophotometer. the adsorbed amounts of bromo phenol red dye were calculated from the concentration in solution before and after adsorption granting to the equation (1). where qe is equilibrium dye concentration on adsorbent (mg/g), ce and co are the equilibrium liquid phase concentration of dye solution (mg/l), and the initial equilibrium respectively, w is the mass of bentonite sample used (mg), and v is the volume of dye solution (l). results and discussions effect of contact time the adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite as function of time at fixed initial concentration (40 ppm) was studied for bromo phenol red dye at different times. figure (1), showed that the amount of adsorption (qe) growing with time and optimum contact times was (90) min of bromo phenol red dye. the amount of adsorbed dye was found (0.56 mg/g). effect of adsorbent dosage adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite was studied at different bentonite mass (0.01, 0.04, 0.07, 0.1, 0.17 and 0.29g). keeping initial bromo phenol red (40 mg/l), temperature (25 ˚ c) and contact time (2 hour). figure (3) showed that the percentage of dye adsorption at beginning increased with the increase of amount of bentonite, but amount of dye adsorbed per unit mass of adsorbent decreased with increase of a mount of adsorbent. the plateau value represents the amount of the adsorbent at a saturation stage, which depends on the physical properties of the clay [8]. the plateau value for bentonite was (0.2g). adsorption isotherms freundlich, langmuir and temkin models were allawys studied adsorption of dye from aqueous solution onto the bentonite clay. freundlich be decided the following model [9] a more suitable form from over equation [10] )1( )(     w vcc q e e chemistry | 121 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 where is the quantity adsorebed in (mg.g -1 ), ce is the concentration of solute at equilibirium in the solution (mg/l), (1/n) refer to the heterogeneity factor, and represents empirical freundlich constant or capacity factor (l.g -1 ). the slop and intercept of ln k. with reference to langmuir model [11] where qmax (mg.g -1 ) is the monolayer adsorption capacity of the adsorbent, (kl) (l.mg -1 ) is the langmuir constant, ce (mg.l -1 ) is the equilibrium concentration of dye in solution and (mg.g -1 ) is the amount adsorbed per unit mass of adsorbent corresponding to complete coverage of sites. a linear plot of ce/ qe vs ce in figure (4-b). the temkin isotherm consist of agent that taking into the account of adsorbent adsorbate interaction by ignoring the frequently low and high value of concentrations, the model suppose that heat of adsorption of all molecules in the layer would reduce linearly that logarithmic with coverage [12,13]. as implied in the equation its derivation is characterized by auniform distributon of binding energies. the temkin isotherm can be qualified by equation. where t is the absolute temperature, r is the universal gas constant (8.314 j.k -1 mol -1 ), k⊤ is equilibrium binding constant (l.g -1 ) corresponding to the maximum binding energy, and b⊤ is related to the adsorption heat. the temkin isotherm plot between in ce and qe is shown fiqure (4-c), enables the determination of the slop and intercept these results in table (1). table (1) shows the account of the constant of the freundlich isotherm at different temperatures, the values of the constant (n) in range (0-1) for all temperature suggest that the adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite clay is easily, the values of (kf) and (n) increase with increase temperature and these less adsorption in high temperature , the values of (r 2 > 0.84) was not higher for all the temperarures evaluated and this indicated the freundlich model less fitted to experimental date for not all the temperatures. also table (1) shows the value of the constant of the temkin isotherm at different trumpeters. adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite clay which have heat of adsorption (b⊤) within (3-12) (kj. mol -1 ) that indicate that adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite clay favorable for the physical adsorption at all different the values of (r 2  0.89) for temkin model was more than r 2 for freundlich model for all tempearures which indicated that model fitted better to experiment data for all temperatures. as well table (1) shows the account of the constant of the langmuir model at various temperatures for adsorption of bromo phenol red dye on bentonite clay is not useful because the values of (r 2 = 0.20-0.46) and this model fitted to experimental data for some the temperatures[9,11]. effect of practical size the effect of particle size (surface area) of the adsorbent materials on the extent of adsorption was studied by using three different size of the studied adsorbent materials (75 m, 150 m and 250 m). these experiments were performed by using a fixed concentration (40 ppm) of bromo phenol red and the same weight of the adsorbent (0.2g) at 25 ˚ c. figure (5) showed that there is an increase in adsorption with decreasing their particles size. it is known that the break of the large particles into smaller would lead to increase in the surface area [14]. )4( max max  q c k q q c e le e chemistry | 122 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 effect of ionic strength figure (6) show the effect of (0.01-0.02m) of nacl solution containing concentration of dye (40) mg.l -1 was added to flasks each containing (0.2g) of adsorbent, ionic strength (i) (0.078, 0.088, 0.098, 0.108, and 0.128m) at 25 ˚ c the increase in ionic strength between (0.01-0.05m) has decrease the amount of adsorption between (0.4870.409mg.g -1 ) this may be due to solubility of nacl more than solubility of dye which lead to increase competition between sodium ions and dye molecules for the active sities of bentonite and these lead to decrease adsorption capacity of dye on bentoite. it found that relationship between the ionic strength (i) and the adsorption quantity (qe) at a fixed equilibrium concentration is linear relationship as illustrate in figure (7) , it proposed the following empirical equation between (i), (qe). qe=qe 0 – ai -----------------------(6) where qe 0 the adsorption at i=zero and a is the empirical constant for the system according to the slope and straight line intercept for linear relation between (i), (qe) , figure (7) and value of r 2 indicate that the equation could be applied for the adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite clay surface[15]. effect of ph adsorption experiments were carried out as mentioned previously as function of ph by using a fixed concentration (40 mg/l) of dye in different ph media which were adjusted by using (0.1m). naoh and (0.1) m hcl and (0.2g) of bentonite clay at temperature 25 ˚ c, the ph of the system for adsorption was measured by using ph-meter . the premier ph rates of the dye solution effect the flatness of the adsorbent and thus the adsorption of the adsorbed of the charged dye groups on it , in universal the acidic ph system presented good adsorption behavior for the dye solution. the adsorption of dye excess with lowering of the ph from (1 to 11). as the ph of the system diminution, the protonated flatness groups simplify the adsorption of the negatively charged dye. the number of positively charged sities growing resulting binding sities for anionic dye molecules [16], figure (8). thermodynamics of adsorption the effect of temperature on the adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite was studied at (298.15, 303.15, 308.15 and 313.15k) the results were displayed in figure (9). the result revealed that the amount of adsorption increase from (0.4473-1.2946 mg.g -1 )with temperatures increase from 298.15k to 313.15k. this increase in amount adsorption with temperatures indicating that the process is endothermic. this mean the high temperature are favorite for adsorption of bromo phenol red on bentonite clay. endothermic dye adsorption may be also interpreted as consequence of possible adsorption process. this disposal imputed to adsorption operation. which means that adsorption process may happen escorted with adsorption process. the study of the temperature effect on adsorption of bromo phenol on bentonite will help involution. the basic thermodynamic parameters such as gibbs free energy (j/mol.k) ,enthalpy h • (j/mol) and entropy (s • ) (j/mol.k) of the adsorption process. the change in free energy (g • ) could be determined from the equation [17,18].  g • = -nrtlnkeq ------------------------(7) where t is absolute temperatures, r is universal gas constant (8.314) (j.mol -1 k -1 ), and ke is thermodynamic equilibrium constant for the adsorption process at each temperatures was from the equation. chemistry | 123 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 where ce the initial concentration of dye solution (mg/l) at equilibrium m(mg), represent the weight of clay that was used, v the volume of solution used in the adsorption process and qe (mg.g 1 ) is the quantity and adsorbed per unit mass of adsorbent corresponding to complete coverage of sities. the heat of adsorption (h • ) may be obtained from the equation [19]. plotting (inke) versus (i/t) should produce straight line with a slop (-h • /r) figure (10).the entropy (s • ) were also calculated using the equation table (2) shows the basic thermodynamic values of bromo phenol red on bentionite. the positive value of g • at (298,303k) assert the eventuality of operation and the unspontaneous quality of adsorption and the negative value of g • at ( 308, 313k) assert the eventuality of the process and spontaneous nature of adsorption [17]. the values of h • ≥ 112.76 kj.mol were positive and indicating that adsorption reaction is endothermic [20]. the positive value of (s • ) indicates that the adsorbed species are less ordered on the surfaces. the outcome could be due to the verity , that the entropy variation of the required considered adsorbed layer is always minimal than that of the dissolved solutes[17]. conclusions impulse adsorption studies were managed to correct the effect of different parameters like ph, adsorbent dosage effect, contact time, and temperature on the adsorption of bromo phenol red. approbating to outcome these conclusions were gained: 1the quantity of dye uptake was found to increase with increase in contact time 2the outcomes exhibited that bentonite adsorbent could potentially be applied for a low-cost substance for the adsorption of dye in aqueous solutions. 3adsorption isotherm of bromo phenol red dye on the flatness of bentonite obeyed temkin and freundlich relations. 4results concerning the effect of increasing temperature on the adsorption process revealed that, there was an increase of adsorption for bromo phenol red by bentonite. 5results concerning the effect of increasing (ionic strength,ph) of the solution on the adsorption of dye indicated that there was a decrease in the quantity of dye adsorbed on bentonite. references 1. karaca, s. ; gurses, a .; acikyidiz, m. and korucu, m.e. (2008) adsorption of cationic dye from aqueous solution by activated carbon, microporous and mesoporous materials, 115: 376-382 2. sharma, y.c; upadhya, u.s and gode f. (2009) adsorption removal of a basic dye from water and waste water by activated carbon, journal of applied science in environmental sanitation 4(1): 21-28. 3. sarioglu, m. and utay, a.a. (2006) remove of methylene blue by using biosolid, journal of global nest, 8(2): 113-120. 4. sivarajaseker, n.; baskar, r. and balakrishnan, v. , (2009) biosorption an azo dye from aqueous solution onto spirogyra, journal of the university. chemical technology and metallargy, 44(2): 157164. 5. naseem, r., and tahir, s.s. (2006) removal of a cationic dye from aqueous solutions by adsorption onto bentonite clay, chemosphere, 63(11): 1842-1848. )8( . .  vc mq k e e eq chemistry | 124 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 6. tilaki, r.a. (2012) kinetic study on adsorption of reactive yellow dye by bentonite and organobentonite, res. j. chem. environ., 16. 7. weast, r.c., (1974-1975) "crc handbook of chemistry and physics", 55 th ed., new york. 8. qadeer, r., and sohail, a., (2005) kinetics study of lead ion adsorption on active carbon, turk j. chem., islamabad, pakistan, 29: 95-99. 9. kadhim, l.h. (2012) granit an adsorption surface for the removal of bromo phenol red, bromo gresol green and leishmans stain from aqueous solution, journal of basrah researches, 38(3): 106115. 10. erden, e.j.; karapinar, n. and donat, r. (2004) the removal of heavy metal catior by natural zeolites, journal of colloid and interface science, 280: 309-314. 11. medhat, a.s., (2007) thermodynamic profile of some heavy metal ions adsorption onto biomaterial surfaces, american j. of app. sci, 4(8): 605-612. 12. temkin, m.i. and pyzhev, v. (1940) kinetics of ammonia synthesis on promoted iron catalyst, acta phys. chem., ussr, 12: 327-356. 13. aharoni, c. and garish, m.u. (1977) kinetics of activated chemisorption , part2 , theoretical models, j. chem. soc. faraday trans, 73: 456-464. 14. hamdi, a.m. and bennour, (2013) adsorption of lead, nickel, and cobalt ions onto libyan bentonite clay, international journal of chemical studies,1(3): 118-128. 15. armstrong, n.a. and clarke, c.d. (1973) "influence of solution electrolyte content and dielectric constant on drug adsorption by kaolin", j. pharm. sci. 62(3): 379-382. 16. bekkouche, s. (2004) study of adsorption of phenol on titanium oxide (tio2), desalination, j. org. science chem., 166: 355-362. 17. kipplin, j.j. (1956) adsorption from solution of nonelectrolytes, academic press, inc. london,101-168, 257-259. 18. gaikwad, r.w. (2004) removal of cd (ii) from aqueous solution by activated charcoal derived from coconut shell, electronic journal of environmental, agriculture and food chemistry (ejeaf chem.), 3(4): 702-709. 19. horsfall, m. jnr, abia, a.a. and spiff, a.i., (2003) removal of cu (ii) and zn (ii) ions from wastewater by cassava (manihot esculenta cranz) waste biomass, african j. of biotechnology, 2(10): 360-364. 20. kapoor, k.l. (1994) "a text book of physical chemistry", macmillan india limited, india, pp: 449-481. chemistry | 125 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (1) several isotherms constants for bromo phenol red dye adsorption by bentonite clay freundlich isotherm t/k r 2 n kf (l/g) 0.903471 0.663218 0.004555 298 0.959449 0.450753 0.000842 303 0.842979 0.364699 0.002135 308 0.871086 0.811243 0.066106 313 langmuir isotherm t/k r 2 al (mg/g) kl (l/mg) 0.262 -0.263 -0.029 298 0.469 -0.073 -0.048 303 0.340 -0.071 -0.099 308 0.201 -1.496 -0.044 313 temkin isotherm t/k r 2 bt kt (l/g) 0.979 12.0994 0.321 298 0.890 7.8773 0.247 303 0.950 3.0862 0.325 308 0.894 4.7964 0.665 313 table (2) values of thermodynamic functions for the adsorption of bromo phenol red dye on bentonite clay surface at different temperatures figure (1) a calibration curve used to follow the bromo phenol red concentration range (5-40mg/l) before and after adsorption process t/k bentonite δg • (j .mol -1 ) δh • (j. mol -1 ) δs • (j. mol -1 k -1 ) keq (g. l -1 ) 298 2831.522 112762.8 368.8968 0.319 303 1549.834 112762.8 367.0394 0.541 308 -1734.27 112762.8 371.7437 1.968 313 -2202.52 112762.8 367.3013 2.331 chemistry | 126 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (2) effect of contact time on the adsorption of bromo phenol red by bentonite clay at certain temperature figure (3) effect of adsorbent weight on adsorption of bromo phenol red at 25 ˚ c on the bentonite clay surface of different weights chemistry | 127 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (4) adsorption isotherms models of bromo phenol red dye on bentonite clay: a freundlich, blangmuir, ctemkin at different temperatures chemistry | 128 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (5) effect of particle size on the adsorption of bromo phenol red on the bentonite clay surface at 25 ˚ c figure (6) adsorption isotherm of bromo phenol red dye on bentonite clay in the presence of different concentrations of (nacl) at 25 ˚ c figure (7) the relationship between the ionic strength and the adsorption quantity of bromo phenol red on the bentonite clay surfaces at 25 ˚ c chemistry | 129 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (8) effect of ph on adsorption of bromo phenol red on the bentonite clay surface at 25 ˚ c figure (9) adsorption isotherms of bromo phenol red dye on bentonite clay at different temperatures figure (10) plot of ln ke against reciprocal absolute temperature for adsorption of bromo phenol red dye on bentonite clay chemistry | 130 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30الوجلد هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت والخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 نفيىىل االحمر مه محانيهها انمائية بىاسطة طيه انبىتىوايث امتساز صبغة برومى ا انعراقي زيىب عباش حسه اندنيمي جاهعت بغداد/ (ابي الهيثن/)الكيوياء / كليت الخزبيت للعلىم الصزفت قظن 6161/حسيران/66قبم في: ، 6161/اذار/ 61استهم في: انخالصة يت اطخعوال طيي البٌخىًايج العزاقي الهخشاس صبغت بزوهى الفيٌىل االحوز هي الوياٍ في هذٍ الدراطت قوٌا بالخحقيق في احخوال سهي الخواص, قوٌا بالخحقيق في كال هي حاثيز الخزكيش االبخدائي للصبغت, الولىثت بها ,اجزيج حجارب االهخشاس بطزيقت الدفعاث, طح الواس و جزعت الظطح الواس على اهخشاس صبغت بزوهى الفيٌىل حجن دقائق الظ الدالت الحاهضيت, درجت الحزارة, الشدة االيىًيت, الهخشاس حللج ووصفج هي خالل ايشوثيزهاث فزيٌدليش,لهعلىهاث الخىاسى االحوز لظلظت هي حجارب االهخشاس بطزيقت الدفعاث. g∆)الدوال الثزهىديٌاهيكيت الخي حخضوي طاقت كبض الحزة الًكوايز وحوكي. • h∆)واالًثالبي ( • s∆)واالًخزوبي ( • حدل حظبج, ( حلقائيت اكثز هذٍ الدوال الثزهىديٌاهيكيت على اى عوليت اهخشاس صبغت بزوهى الفيٌىل االحوز على ططح طيي البٌخىًايج حكىى طهلت و .هع سيادة درجت الحزارة وهاصت للحزارة ثزهىدايٌويك., فزيٌدليش الًكوايز, حوكي,ايشوثيزهاث بزوهى فيٌىل االحوز, طيي البٌخىًايج,انكهمات انمفتاحية: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 toxicological and physiological effects of ddt o n caenorhabditis elegans s.m. mahmood departme nt of biology, college of education i bn al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad reseived in ,30 ,nov,2010 accepted, 2, feb,2011 abstract toxicity assay s were used in this st udy to test how ddt affects lethality and brood size of caenorhabditis elegans (c.elegans) by exp osing them to various con centrations of t his agent. these nematodes have p rovided a very informative sy st em that was utilized to st udy the behavioural and p hy siological p rocesses. the results showed that ddt affected the lethality in a dose-dependent manner, but 100% kill was not ach ieved with concentration tested. whereas, sodium azide, p ositive control does have an effect on c. elegans and significantly inhibitin g lethality (lc50 0.01mm ). similar ly, ddt led to a pronounced effect in brood size of c.elegans comp ared to the mean brood size record ed for the control (0.1% dm so). sodium azide r esults showed a greater difference in brood size compared to ddt. both agents, ddt and sodium azide caused a r emarkable inhibitory effect on c.elegans p haryngeal pumping rate. it can be concluded that the target site of ddt in c.elegans might not be the same target in insect. key words : ddt – s odium azide caenorhabdi tis elegans introduction the long term use of many insecticides is continually threatened by the ability of insect to evolve resistance mechanism that renders the chemical ineff ective [1] ddt has had a significant imp act in the control of malaria and other insect diseases, and was extensively used as an agr icultural insecticide after the second world war . this agent was found to have a chronic effect on the nervous sy stem, liver, kidney , and immune sy stem in exp erimental animals . [2] caenorhabditis elegans (c.elegans) has been extensively utilized as a model animal for the study of nematode behavioural and phy siological processes [3]. c.elegans has also p roven itself a model of biological st udies relevant to higher animals in such areas as neuroscience, genetics, aging, and dev elop ment. thus, t oxicological results in c.elegans are likely to high er animals [4]. however, one tissue that has p roven more amenable to p hysiological analy sis is the p hary nx. this is a muscular p ump which sucks bacteria into its lumen, grinds them and then passes t hem to the gut [5]. this p rovided insight into t he mode of action of toxins and ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 how c.elegans resp onds t o p rotect itself from toxin. this has contributed and will continue to contribute to our biological underst andin g of all animals including human. in the present work an attempt has been made to invest igate the effect and the mode of action of ddt in order to p robe the toxicity and the accumulation of this p esticide. unt il recently little is known about the p harmacological effect of this insecticide and how it works on c. elegans which is used as mod el or ganism in this st udy . materials and methods c.elegans were cultured on agar and f ed with e.coli (op50) throughout this st udy . worms were grown at 15 0 c on ngm p lates containing (nac l 3 g, agar 17 g, pep tone 2.5g, and 1ml cholest erol (5mg/ml ethanol) in 1 l). for t he lethality assay 50 l4 c.elegans n2 worms p er dose group were placed in 400ul of liquid medium ( s-basal) sup p lemented with 40ul e.coli (o.d 0.7 600nm) with varying concentrations of ddt or sodium-azide (nan3) to each well 0f 24-well p late [6] . the 24-well p late was then sealed with a laboratory film (to p revent evap oration). wrapp ed in a damp p ap er towel (to p rovide humidity ) and p laced in an air tight p last ic container and incubated for 3 days. after the incubation p eriod, the p ercentage of live worms were determin ed by counting the number of viable and dead worms in each well based on movement. to measure the effects of ddt on brood size, the assay was set up in 48 well-p lates, with 4 well for each concentration. an l4 worm was p laced in each well with 40ul of bacteria culture, the toxin and s-basal to make a total volume of 400ul.the 48 well-p late was then sealed and p laced in an air tight p last ic container and incub ated at 15 0 c for 3 days. aft er 3 days the number of offsp ring in each we ll was counted under a st ereo microscop e. an identical assay was set up and run alongsid e with sodium azide (as p ositive control). phary ngeal pumping assay was set up the same as t he lethality bioassays. briefly , the worms were exp osed to various ddt or sodium-azide concentrations for an hour, before the worms transferred to ngm p lates and left for another an hour to settle down before the p hary ngeal pumping rate was counted. reagents: all solutions were made up to 1 litre with uhp water and st erilized by autoclaving st orage was at room temp erature. ddt stock solution made up to 10 mg/ml in dm so (dimethy l sulfoxide) this was ser ially diluted to make 1 ml of each concentration used in this invest igation. results c. elegans h as been used as a model or ganism in ord er to p robe toxicity and the accumu lation of pesticides as well as v arious metal ions. in this st udy c.elegans was used as a system to gauge the toxicological effects of ddt and sodium azide. lethal ity assay 50 l4 larv as were exp osed up to 5ug/ml for 3 d ays. the exp erimental r esults showed that ddt had marked inhibitory effect at 5ug/ml, but little effect at 1ug/ml (fig.1). lethality was affected in a dose-dependent manner, but 100% kill was not achieved with concentration tested. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 sodiumazide was also employed as p ositive control due to its well known toxic effect [7]. the results obtained demonst rated that exp osure of c.elegans to the resp iratory inhibitor sodium azide, this agent caused a remarkab le inhibitory effect on c.elegans lethality and the lc50 was 0.01mm (fig.2). the graph represents a single exp eriment with each concentration tested in trip licate to p roduce standard error (represented by bar) and mean p ercentage of viable worms (p resented by dots) brood si ze assay individual l4 c.elegans were p laced in 400ul of liquid med ium with varying concentrations of ddt, incubated for 3 days at 15 0 c the effect was determined by counting the offsp ring in each well. it was found t hat e xp osure of the worms to (0.001u g/ml-1.0u g/ml) ddt led to a p ronounced effect in the brood size of c.elegans (fig.3). the mean brood size recorded (41.6) for the control (0.1% dm so). in p arallel with ddt sodium azaide was tested as a p ositive control, the results showed that sodium-azide has an effect on c.ele gans and inhibits brood size. the maximum brood size recorded was 30.5 and the greatest inhibition was at 0.01mm . there was significant difference in brood size seen for the concentration of sodium azide tested (fig.4) -pharyngeal pumping assay the p hary nx of c.elegans has several features that make it suitable for cellular and molecu lar st udies of behaviour. this model sy st em has been st udied by observing its behaviour in normal worms and treated worms. phary ngeal p umping is the coordinated and regu lated p rocess by which the p harynx mediates intake and forces the food and wast e p roducts t hrough the worm gut [8] .the results p resented here showed that ddt does have an inhibitory effect on c.elegans by decreasin g the p umping r ate in a dose-dependent mann er. these results summarized graphically in fig.5. the p hary ngeal p umping is also reduced in resp onse to sodium azide; however, the higher concentration of sodium azide st opp ed the p hary nx activity in some worms (fig.6). discussion the exp osure of animals to exo genous agents has been of considerable valu e in analysin g c.elegans resp onse. m ost of p harmacological agents that have been used in c.elegans affect various asp ects, such as brood size, lethal concentration, and growt h measurement. ddt is an orgaochlorine inse cticide used mainly to control insect typhus and malar ia vectors. this agent has been banned for use in differ ent countries, although it is st ill used in other. there is evidence that ddt causes rep roductive effects in test animals [2] and this seems to agr ee with results obtained in this st udy because ddt had a dose-dependent inhibitory effect on the brood size of c.elegans. insecticides may act on membrane p roteins (receptors, channels) increasin g the ability of the insect to detoxify the insecticide or by chan ges in the target p rotein with which the insecticide interacts [1]. ddt is an insect neurotoxin that interferes with ion flow re gulation across the sodium ion chann els [9,10] increasing the flow of sodium ions via sodium chann els, thus, the channels are kept op en and there is p rolonged inward conductance of sodium causin g repetitive nerve firin g whi ch can lead to p aralysis and death of the insect [11,10]. this may not be the st ory in c.elegans because p atch-clamp exp eriments on c.elegans neurones [12] and body wall muscle cells[13,14] showed that no ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 sodium current was observ ed, furthermore, intracellular recordin gs from p haryngeal muscle cells h ave shown a d ependence sp ike generation on external sodium [15]. m oreover, the muscle cell’s of the p harynx communicate with each other via a n etwork of gap-junction made up of innexins this confers a high degr ee of electrical connectivity which likely to p lay a central role in coordin ating wav es of myogenic excitation and the resp onse to neuronal modulation [5]. [16] found that, a lthough the pharyngeal p umping r ate is und er the control of the neurones, the phary nx continues to p ump even when the p hary ngeal neurones have been ablated, p rovidin g evidence that the p harynx may be myogenic. furt her invest igation (intracellu lar record ing) might be need ed to find out the target site of ddt which cannot be the same target as in insects. re ferences 1davies t, field l, usherwood p and williams m . (2007). ddt, py rethrins, py rethroids and insect sodium chann els. iubm b life 59: 151-162 2-at sdr (1994) . agency for toxic subst ance and diseases registry .(at sdr)/us public health serves, toxicological p rofile for 4-4’ddt, 4-4’dde, 4-4’ddd(up date)atsdr at lanta ga. 3de bono m aricq (2005). neuronal substances of comp lex b ehaviours in c. ele gans. neurosci 28: 457-501. 4strange k (2006).c.elegans m ethods and app lication. human p ress. 5franks cj, holden-dy e l, bu ll k, luedtke s and walker rj(2006). anatomy, phy siology and pharmacology of caenorhabditis elegans p harynx: a model of defin e gene function in a simple neural sy st em. invert neuroscience 6: 105-122. 6bischof l, huffm an l, and aroian r v (2006). c. elegans: m ethods and app lication. m ethods in molecular b iolo gy . k. strange pp .139 human press. 7szabadas t, dul c, m ajtenyi k, hargital j, penzes z, and urbnics r (2004). a chronic alzheimer’s model evoked by mitochondrial p oison sodium azide for p harmacological invest igations. behav brain res. 154: 31-40 . 8avery l, and thomas jh (1997). feeding and defecation in: r iddle d, blumenthal t, m ey er b, pries j, editors. c.elegans ii.cold sp rings harbor: cold sp ring harbor laboratory press. p 679-716. 9bloomquist jr (1996). ion channels as t arget for insecticides. annu.rev.entomol. 41: 163190. 10balkew m , ibrahim m , koekemoer l, brook bd, engers h, aseffa a, gebre-m ichael, and elhassan i. (2010). insecticide resist ance in anop heles arab iensis (diptera: culicidae) from villages in central, northern and south west ethiopia and detection of kdn mutation. parasites & vectors 3:40-45. 11ranson h, jansen b, vu lule jm , wang x, hemin gway j, and collins fh (2000). identification of a p oint mutation in the voltage-gated sodium chann el gene of keny an anop heles gambiae associated with resistance to ddt and py rethroids. insect m ol biol 9: 491-497. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 12goodman m b, hill dh, avery l, and locker sr(1998). active regulate sensitivity and dy namic range in c. elegans neurones. neurone 20: 763772. 13richmond je, and jorgenson em (1999). one gaba and two acety lcholine recep tors function at c.elegans neuromuscu lar junction. nat. neurosci. 2: 791-797. 14jospin m, jacquemond v, m ariol m c, segalat l and allard b(200). the l-type voltagedependent ca channels egl-19 controls body wall mauscle fun ction in caenorhabditis. j. cell biol.159: 337-348. 15franks cj, pemberton d, vinogradova i, cook a, walker rj and hold en-dye l(2002). the ionic basis of the r esting p otential and action p otential in the p haryngeal muscle of the caenorhabditis elegans. j. neurophy siol. 87 : 954-961. 16avery l, and horvitz (1989). phary ngeal p umping continues after laser killin g of p hary ngeal nervous sy stem of c.elegans neuron 3: 473-485. acknowle dgments the author is indebted to dr.d.bell, school of biology , nottingham university , uk for his kind invitation to do this work. other thanks is extended to d.brady for p roviding exp ert technical advice. -1 0 50 100 150 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 control ddt ug/ml % a liv e fig.( 1) lethal concentration assay. this graph depicts a single lc50 in which the number of worms live after 3 day of exposure to dose ddt (0.1ug/ml–5.0 ug/ml) or vehicle control (0.1% dmso) l4 c.elegans. th e graph represents a single experiment with each concentration tested in triplicate where n=50, t=15 0 c. this ex periment was repeated with similar results. -4 0 50 100 150 -3 -2 -1 0control [log 10] na-az ide (mm) %a liv e fig.( 2) lethal concentrations assay of sodium azide (0.0001mm-1.0mm). th is graph was set up as described in figure: 1 as appositive control. ibn alhaitham j . for pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1) 2011 -4 0 10 20 30 40 50 -3 -2 -1 0control [ log 10] ddt ug/ml br oo d siz e fig.( 3) effect of various concentrations of ddt (0.001ug/ml-1.0ug/ml) or vehicle control (0.1% dmso) on brood size of l4 c.elegans n2 worms, where n= 4, t=3days at 15 0 c. this ex periment was repeated givin g similar results. -4 0 10 20 30 40 -3 -2 -1 0control [log 10] na-azide (mm) b ro od s iz e fig.( 4) effect of various concentrations of sodium azide (0.0001mm-0.1mm) on b rood size. th is experiment was set u p as in figure 3 as a positive control. -1 0 50 100 150 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 control ddt ug/ml ph ar yn ge al p um pi ng fig.( 5) effect of various concentrations of ddt (1ug/ml-5ug/ml) or vehicle control (0.1%dmso) on pharyngeal pumping rate after one hour of ex posure where n=6. -5 0 50 100 150 200 -4 -3 -2 -1 0control [ log 10] na-az ide (mm) ph ar yn ge al p um pi ng fig. (6) effect of various concentrations of sodium azide(0.0001mm-1.0mm).th is experiment was set u p as d escribe in figure 5 where n =6. 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد caenorhabditis elegans في ddt التاثیرات السمیة والفسیولوجیة لل سعدي محمد محمود ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد -كلیة التربیة ، قسم علوم الحیاة 2010، تشرین الثاني ،30،ستلم في أ 2011،شباط ،8قبل البحث في الخالصة راسة لمعرعملاست في تحدید الجرعة القاتلة وحجم الحضنة الواحدة ddtـ فة مدى تاثیر الت اختبارات السمیة في ھذه الد caenorhabditis elegansفي دیدان )c.elegans ( وذلك من خالل تعریضھا لتراكیز مختلفة من ھذا المبید. تلفة .ان ھذه الدیدان وفرت معلومات قیمة استخدمت في دراسة العملیات الفسیولوجیة والسلوكیة المخ اً على التركیز في تحدید الجرعة القاتلة ولكن دون الوصول دكان معتم ddt ـوقد اظھرت نتائج ھذه الدراسة ان تاثیر ال lc50كان الـ أذاالذي كان لھ تاثیراً معنویاً na – azideة على عكس لمعغي جمیع التراكیز المست% 100الى تاثیر قاتل .ملي مول 0.01عند التركیز دان الـ ddtمشابھة فقد اثر الـ وبطریقة دة لدی 0.1( مقارنة بمجموعة السیطرة c.elegansفي حجم الحضنة الواح dm so ( وكان التاثیرnaazide اكثر وضوحا من الـddt .واضحا ً في معدل ضخ العضالت البلعومیة سببا تثبیطاً naazideو ddtكال المركبین ال یمكن ان یكون ھو الموقع ) c.elegans( في ddtن االستنتاج ان الموقع الذي یستھدفھ الـ ومن خالل ھذه النتائج یمك رات نفسة .الذي یستھدفھ في الحش caenorhabditis elegans ،صودیوم أزاید ،دي دي تي: الكلمات المفتاحیھ 73 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 a study of synthesis and characterization of new aromatic poly(amide-imide)s mohammed a. mutar dept. of chemistry/ college of education/ university of al-qadisyia received in: 13 october 2014، accepted in: 24 november 2014 abstract new thermally stable aromatic poly(amide-imide)s ( pai1pai4 ) were synthesized from direct polycondensation reaction of terephthalic acid and phthalic acid with two new different diamine monomers derivatives of 1,2,4,5-tetracarboxilic benzene dianhydride as a second diacides in a medium consisting of triphenyl phosphite (tpp) in n-methyl-2pyrrolidone (nmp) / pyridine solution containing dissolved calcium chloride cacl2. the polymerization reaction produced a series of novel poly(amide-imide) in high yield. the new monomers were characterized by ftir, 1h-nmr spectroscopy. the resulting polymers were typically characterized by means of ft-ir, 1h-nmr spectroscopy, and solubility tests. thermal properties of the poly(amide-imide)s were also investigated using differential scanning calorimetry (dsc). data obtained by thermal analysis revealed that these polymers showed very good thermal stability. these polymers were readily soluble in various organic solvents. key words :(aromatic poly amides , aromatic poly imides 1,2,4,5-benzene tetracarboxylic dianhydride). 74 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 1. introduction polymers play an important role in the development of materials for industrial applications such as biochemical science and in the pharmaceutical industry due to their exceptional properties[1]. they are relatively inexpensive, can be functionalized to achieve required optical, electronic, or mechanical properties, and have demonstrated compatibility with various patterning methods[2]. aromatic polyimides have high thermal stability, good mechanical properties, and good chemical resistance, but because they soften or melt at high temperatures and have poor solubility in common organic solvents, they have low processability and limited use[3,4]. to overcome these drawbacks, many investigations have focused on modification of their chemical structure; for example, through the introduction of flexible linkages, asymmetric units, or bulky substituents into their polymer backbones[5-10]. in addition, various copolyimides, such as poly(amide-imide)s, have been proposed by many researchers[11-14]. there is a growing interest in poly(amide-imide)s (pais) for a variety of applications, as they retain good mechanical properties at high temperatures and are more processable than other aromatic thermo stable polymers, such as polyamides and polyimides[15]. poly(amide-imide)s are useful high-performance materials that exhibit better processing characteristic with polyimide of analogous structures[16,17]. they find numerous applications in adhesives, electronic wire enamel, injection molding, extrusion products and membranes[18-21]. poly(amide-imide)s thermoplastics have been the material of choice for the fabrication of large load bearing composites due to their high strength, superior stiffness, excellent thermal resistance, and high performance. poly(amide-imide) has been extensively used in filtration media, wire enamels and for reinforcement by virtue of its superior chemical resistance and physical properties at higher temperature[22]. in our previous reports, we described the synthesis and characterization of new different poly(amide-imide)s that contain phenylene rings and flexible methylene units in the main chain, with improved solubility and thermal properties[23-25]. 2. experimental 2.1 instruments fourier transform infrared (ftir) spectra were recorded on a shimadzu-ftir-8400s spectrometer (japan) with kbr pellets in the optical range of 400–4000cm-1. 1h nmr spectra were registered using a bruker, 250mhz, spectrometer, at polymer laboratories co iran using dmso as a solvent. differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) was measured by dsc 131 evo, setaram,(france) using a heating rate of 10°c/min in n2 atmosphere within the temperature range of 30–600°c. the sample weight used approximately (10mg ) . the peaks are used to determine the thermal properties of the samples .the solubility of the polymers was determined with (0.01gm) of poly(amide-imide) in (2ml) of a solvent. 2.2 materials n-methyl-2-pyrrolydinone (nmp) from (alfa-products); absolute methanol, lithium chloride, all from (bdh/england); dichloromethane from (biosolve); 1,4phenylene diamine, 4,4-diamino diphenyl methane all from (chem-supply); diethyl ether from (igcc /england); dimethyl sulphoxide (dmso), m-cresol, n,n-dimethylacetamide, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, triphenyl phosphite (tpp), tetrahydrofurane (thf) , all from (merck); absolute ethanol from (scharlab s.l); 1,2,4,5-benzene tetracarboxylic dianhydride (btda), isoquinoline, toluene all from (aldrich); n,n-dimethylformamide (dmf) from (sinopharm chemical reagent). 75 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 2.3 synthesis of monomers 2.3.1synthesis of 2,6-bis(4-(4-aminobenzyl)phenyl)pyrrolo[3,4-ƒ]isonidol-1,3,5,7(2h,6h)tetraone [m1]. 1,2,4,5-benzene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ( 0.88gm / 4mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml of m-cresol in a 150ml flask, equipped with n2 inlet and (1.6gm / 8mmol) of 4,4diaminodiphenylmethane was added to it in one portion. to this mixture 1ml of isoquinoline and 45ml of toluene were then added, and refluxed for about ( 5 hrs) . the water thus formed was distilled off azeotropically in a dean stark trap. heating was continued to distill off the residual toluene. after cooling, the solution was poured into excess methanol with vigorous stirring and the precipitated product was isolated by filtration and dried in vacuum at 90°c for (24 hrs) to give 1.85gm (80%wt) of brown crystals. m.p = 300°c/decomposition. 2.3.1 synthesis of 2,6-bis (4-aminophenyl)pyrrolo[3,4-ƒ]isonidol-1,3,5,7(2h,6h)tetraone [m2]. this monomer was synthesize by above procedure using 1,2,4,5-benzene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ( 0.88gm / 4mmol) with (0.88gm / 8mmol) of 1,4-phenylene diamine to give 1.53gm (90%wt) of deep brown crystals. m.p = 275°c/decomposition. 2.4 synthesis of poly(amide-imide) ( pai1pai4 ): a 500ml four neck round flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet, a thermometer, and a mechanical stirrer was charged with (0.083gm / 0.5mmol) of diacid, (0.5mmol) of diamine monomer, that shows in (table 1), (3gm) of licl, (10ml) of pyridine, (1ml) of tpp, and (5ml) of nmp. the mixture was heated under nitrogen to 110°c and stirred for 3h. the viscous solution was then cooled down and precipitated into (50ml) of methanol. the stringy polymer was washed thoroughly with hot water and methanol, collected by filtration, and dried at 100°c under vacuum. 3. results and discussion 3.1 synthesis of monomers 3.1.1 synthesis of [m1]. m1is prepared by the condensation of one molecule of 1,2,4,5-benzene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride with two molecules of 4,4-diaminodiphenylmethane in the presence of isoquinoline in toluene as catalyst in m-cresol as solvent at 120°c for 5hs. this monomer was characterized by ftir characterization of [m1] : ftir spectrum (figure 1) which indicated absorption bands at (3479cm-1) to (–nh2 group), (3217cm1) to (aromatic –ch stretching), (2908cm-1) to (aliphatic –ch stretching), absorption bands around (1620–1512cm-1) show the presence of the aromatic ring, and the sharp band at (1620cm-1) to (c=o amide). characteristic absorption of (c=0 anhydride) disappeared. 1h-nmr spectrum of (m1), is shown in figure 2 assigns the following chemical shifts; δ (2.5) ppm for dmso ,δ (3.74.3) ppm (s,2h) for ch2, δ (5.5) (s ,2h) for nh2 group , δ (6 8.9) ppm (s, 18h ) for ar-h group . 3.1.2 synthesis of [m2]. m2 is prepared by the condensation of one molecule of 1,2,4,5-benzene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride with two molecules of 1,4-phenylene diamine in the presence of isoquinoline in toluene as catalyst in m-cresol as solvent at 120°c for 5hs. this monomer was characterized by ftir. 76 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 characterization of [m2] : ftir spectrum : (figure 2) which indicated absorption bands at (3463cm-1) to (–nh2 group), (3232cm -1) to (aromatic –ch stretching), absorption bands around (1620–1512cm-1) show the presence of the aromatic ring, and the sharp band at (1620cm-1) to (c=o amide). characteristic absorption of (c=0 anhydride) disappeared. 1h-nmr spectrum of (m2), is shown in figure 3 assigns the following chemical shifts; δ (2.5-3.3) ppm for dmso , δ (6.3) (s ,2h) for nh2 group , δ (7.6-8.5) ppm (s, 12h ) for arh group 3.2 synthesis of poly(amide-imide) ( pai1pai4 ) in this section, we used polycondensation method for synthesis of a series of four new poly(amide-imide)s from the direct polycondensation reaction of terephthalic acid and phthalic acid with two new different aromatic diamines [m1, m2], respectively, by using lithium chloride (licl); tpp and pyridine as condensing agents in nmp as solvent. these poly(amide-imide)s have a soft segment such as methylene units in main chain for improving solubility in organic solvents in compared to aromatic poly(amide-imide)s. these poly(amide-imide)s were characterized by ftir and 1h-nmr spectra. characterization of poly(amide-imide)s ( pai1pai4 ) ftir spectrum of pai1: (figure 4) showed ftir spectrum which indicated absorption bands at (3201cm-1) to (aromatic –ch stretching), (2923cm-1) to (aliphatic–ch stretching), absorption bands around (1612–1512cm-1 ) show the presence of the aromatic ring, the sharp band at (1612cm-1) to (c=o amide). ftir spectrum of pai2 (figure 5) showed ftir spectrum which indicated absorption bands at (3111cm-1) to (aromatic –ch stretching), (2916cm-1) to (aliphatic–ch stretching), absorption bands around (1612–1512cm-1 ) show the presence of the aromatic ring, the sharp band at (1612cm-1) to (c=o amide). ftir spectrum of pai3 (figure 6) showed ftir spectrum which indicated absorption bands at (3224cm-1) to (aromatic –ch stretching), absorption bands around (1612–1519cm-1 ) show the presence of the aromatic ring, the sharp band at (1612cm-1) to (c=o amide). ftir spectrum of pai4 (figure 7) showed ftir spectrum which indicated absorption bands at (3232cm-1) to (aromatic –ch stretching), absorption bands around (1612–1519cm-1 ) show the presence of the aromatic ring, the sharp band at (1612cm-1) to (c=o amide). 3.3 differential scanning calorimetry study the glass transition temperature (tg) determined in the second heating runs of dsc measurements of the investigated poly(amide-imide)s is in range (220-242 0c). presence of more than one endotherms in the thermograms revealed that the polymers undergo more than one phase transition processes when subjected to thermal treatment[26]. the dsc curves are shown in figures (8-11).the tg values of pa-i1 and pa-i2 exhibit a linear decrease with the increase in the length of the long flexible chains, which increases the 77 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 flexibility of the polymer backbone and thus the chain mobility. the polymers pa-i1 and pa-i2 have the lowest thermal stability than the other polymers containing phenylene moieties. this behavior can be explained by the presence of methylene units which are more vulnerable to thermo-oxidative processes [27-29] the melting temperature (tm) is higher fore pa-i3 and pa-i4 as the polymer chain more rigid parts and / or a polymer contains less free volume . samples usually showed multiple endotherms which are explained as due to the fusion of different population of crystallites with different sizes . as expected , tm values are lower for pa-i1 and pa-i2 due to the higher chain flexibility of the formers afforded with the increase the amount of methylene of polymeric back bone can influence tm of resultant polymers. the decrease in tm for polymer pa-i2 than the other polymers can be explained by the presence of methylene units , in addition to the non linear phthalic acid moieties incorporated into the polymer back bone during synthesis of poly(amide-imide)s. the tg, tm and tc obtained from dsc are reported in table ( 2 ). . 3.4 solubility of poly(amide-imide)s ( pai1pai4 ) solubility of poly(amide-imide)s ( pai1pai4 ) was qualitatively tested in organic solvents and the results are summarized in (table 3). the method that attempt to enhance their processabilities and solubilities was either by introducing bulky groups, flexible linkages, or molecular asymmetry into the polymer backbones. in this work, the attachment of bulky pendant groups in polymer backbone not only could provide an enhanced solubility because of decreased packing density and crystallinity, but also could impart an increase in tg by restricting the segmental mobility[30]. one of the major objectives of this work was producing poly(amide-imide)s with improved solubility. the solubility was investigated as (0.02gm) of polymeric sample in (5ml) of a solvent. all of the newly synthesized poly(amide-imide)s have good soluble in common polar and dipolar aprotic solvents without need for heating. conclusions a series of aromatic poly(amide-imide)s including pai1 , pa-i2 ,pa-i3 and pa-i4 were synthesized by using terephthalic acid and phthalic acid with two new different diamine monomers derivatives of 1,2,4,5-tetracarboxilic benzene dianhydride as a second diacides respectively. ftir and proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectra confirmed the chemical structure of the prepared poly(amide-imide)s. these poly (amide-imide)s exhibited excellent solubility in various organic solvents. the prepared polymers possess good thermal stability, and light color. thus, these poly (amide-imide)s could be considered as new processable highperformance polymeric materials. the tg values of the poly (amide-imides) exhibit a linear decrease with the increase in the length of the long flexible chains, which increases the flexibility of the polymer backbone and thus the chain mobility. the polymers pa-i1 and pa-i2 have the lowest thermal stability than the other polymers containing phenylene moieties. the higher in tg of (pa-i3 and pa-i4) compared to that analogous poly(amide-imide)s might be endorsed to the existence of phenylene moieties, in addition to the linear terephthalic acid moieties. the melting temperature (tm) is higher for pa-i3 and pa-i4 as the polymer chain more rigid parts and / or a polymer contains less free volume. tm values are lower for pa-i1 and pai2 due to the higher chain flexibility of the formers afforded with the increase the amount of methylene of polymeric back bone can influence tm of resultant polymers. 78 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 references 1. chanda, m. (2008). "industrial polymers, specialty polymers, and their applications", salil k roy (ed) ( kolkata, west bengal, india : crc press). 2. mallakpour, s. and zadehazari, a. (2013), synthesis of novel nanostructured chiral poly(amideimide)s containing dopamine and natural amino acids, j. chem. sci. 125 : 203. 3. cassidy, e. (1980). "thermally stable polymers", dekker, new york. 4. billerbeck, j. and henke, j. (1985). "engineering thermoplastics", dekker, new york. 5. imai, y.; malder, n. and kakimoto, m. (1989),  synthesis and characterization of soluble polymides from 2,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)-3,4-diphenylthiophene and aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, j. polym. sci. part a : polym. chem. 30 : 2189. 6. yamada, m. ; kusama, m. ; matsumoto, t. and kurosaki, t. (1997) , alicyclic polyimides a colorless and thermally stable polymer for opto-electronic devices, j. polym. sci. part a: polym. chem. 35 : 1027. 7. eastmond, c. and paprotny, j. (1995), synthesis of bis(ether anhydride)s for poly(ether imide)s having 1,2-linked units by nitrodisplacement with catechol derivatives , macromolecules. 28 : 2140. 8. eastmond, c. and paprotny, j. (1994), the variation of the d-spacings with stress in the hexagonal polymorph of polyacrylonitrile , polym. 35 : 5148. 9. yang, p.; chen, s. and chen, d. (2001),  synthesis and properties of organ soluble poly(amideimide)s with propeller-shaped 1,1,1-triphenylethane units in the main chain, j. polym. sci. part a: polym. chem. 39 : 775. 10. yang, p. and chen, s. (2000)  ,  organ soluble polyimides and copolyimides based on 1,1-bis[4-(4aminophenoxy)phenyl]-1-phenylethane and aromatic dianhydrides, j. polym. sci. part a: polym. chem. 38 : 2082. 11. imai, y.; malder, n. and kakimoto, m. (1985),  synthesis and characterization of aromatic polyamide-imides from 2,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)-3,4-diphenylthiophene and 4-chloroformylphthalic anhydride, j. polym. sci. part a: polym. chem. 23 : 2077. 12. nieto, l.; de la campa, g. and de abjo, j. (1982), aliphatic-aromatic polyamide-imides from diisocyanates, 1. 1h and 13c nmr study of polymer structure, makromol. chem. 183 : 557. 13. ghosh, k. and mittal, l. (1996), " the polyimides, marcel, dekker, new york. 14. de abjo, j.; gabardaand, p. and angew, j. (1978),  aliphatic-aromatic polyamide-imides, makromol. chem. 71 : 143. 15. reddy, r; sreenivasulu, r. and anand, s. (1998), synthesis and characterization of novel aromatic poly(amide–imide)s with alternate (amide–amide) and (imide–imide) sequences, eur. polym. j. 34 : 1441. 16. cassidy, e. (1980), thermally stable polymers, synthesis and properties", dekker, new york. 17. critchly, p.; knight, j. and wright, w. (1983). "heat resistant polymers", plenum, new york. 18. billerbeck, j. and henke, j. (1985). "engineering thermoplastics", marcel & dekker,new york. 19. reddy, v. et al. (1998) ,synthesis and characterization of novel aromatic poly(amide–imide)s with alternate (amide–amide) and (imide–imide) sequences, eur. polym. j. 34 : 1441. 20. fritsch, d. and peinemann, v. (1995), permselectivities of poly(amide imide)s and similar poly(ester imide)s as dense films and thin-film composite membranes ,j. membrane sci. 99 : 29. 21. simmons, w. et al. (1993) quantitative measurements of force and displace ment using an optical trap, us patent. 5 : 232. 22. bajaj, b. ; yoon, s. ; park, b. and lee, j. (2012), effect of new poly (amide-co-imide)/poly (trimellitic anhydride chloride-co-4, 4′-methylenedianiline) blends on nano fiber web formation , j. of eng. fib. and fab. special issue : 37. 23. faghihi, k. (2005) , new poly (amide imide) s containing bis (4‐trimellitimidophenyl) sulfone and hydantoin moieties in the main chain: synthesis and properties, polym. j. 37 : 449. 24. faghihi, k. (2006), synthesis and properties of novel flame‐retardant poly (amide‐imide) s containing phosphine oxide moieties in main chain by microwave irradiation, j. of appl. polym. sci. 102 : 5062. 79 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 25. faghihi, k. and hajibeygi, m. (2007) , novel thermally stable and chiral poly (amide-imide) s bearing from(4, 4′-diphthaloyl)-bis-l-isoleucine diacid: synthesis and characterization tur. j. of chem. 31 : 65. 26. barro, r, j, (1979 ) , proceedings of china-usa bilateral symposium on polymer chemistry and physics, j, of political economy beijing oct, 5-10, 221. 27. wilson, d.; stenzenberger.h.d and hergenrother, p.m. editors, (1990) , polyimides, glasgow, blac and sons. 28. sheng-huei hsiao and li-min chang, (2000), synthesis and properties of poly(imide-hydrazide)s and poly(amide-imide-hydrazide)s from n-[p-(or m-)carboxyphenyl] trimellitimide and aromatic dihydrazides or p-aminobenzhydrazide via the phosphorylation reaction, high perform. polym. 12,285-298. 29. hariharan, r. ; anuradha, g. ; bhuvana, s. and sarojadevi, m. (2004) , synthesis and characterization of polyaspartimides containing anisyl moiety, j polym resear. , 11,239-245. 30. zhao, x. ; wang, c.; chen, l. and zhu, m. (2009),novel poly( fluorinated imide)s containing naphthalene pendant group: synthesis and characterization, colloid polym sci. 287 : 1331. table no. ( 1): synthesis of poly(amide-imide)s ( pai1pai4 ) table no. (2): the glass transition, melting temperature and crystallization temperature obtained from dsc. sample tm (0c) tg (0c) tc(0c) pa-i1 368 238 250 pa-i2 362 220 238 pa-i3 502 242 266 pa-i4 490 240 260 poly(amideimide) monomers diamine yield (%wt) color diacid diamine gm pai1 terephthalic acid m1 0.289 81 light red pai2 phthalic acid m1 0.289 83 light yellow pai3 terephthalic acid m2 0.200 83 deep brown pai4 phthalic acid m2 0.200 82 brown 80 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (3) : solubility of poly(amide-imide)s ( pai1pai4 ) full soluble. +++ soluble at room.t. ++ partially soluble. + figure no. (1) : ftir spectrum of (m1). solvent poly(amide-imide)s pai1 pai2 pai3 pai4 dmac  + + + + + + + + dmf  + + + + + + nmp  + + + + + pyridine  + + + + + + + m-cresol  + + + + + + + + + + thf  + + + + + + chcl3 + + + + + + ch2cl2 + + + + + + + + dmso +++ + + + + + + + conc. h2so4 + + + + + + + 81 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (2):1h-nmr spectrum of (m1) figure no.( 2 ): ftir spectrum of (m2).   figure no. ( 3): 1h-nmr spectrum of (m2) 82 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.( 4 ): ftir spectrum of (pai1). figure no.( 5) : ftir spectrum of (pai2). 83 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (6 ): ftir spectrum of (pai3). figure no.( 7) : ftir spectrum of (pai4). 84 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.( 8): dsc curve of polymer (pi-a1) figure no.( 9 ): dsc curve of polymer (pi-a2) figure no.( 10) : dsc curve of polymer (pi-a3) 85 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure n0.( 11) : dsc curve of polymer (pi-a4) scheme no.( 1 ): structure of m1. scheme no.(2) : structure of m2. scheme no.( 3) : repeating unit of pai1pai4 86 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 scheme no.(4) : synthesis of m1. scheme no.(5) : synthesis of( m2). .) pai4 -( pai1: synthesis of )6(.no scheme 87 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 إيميدات) أروماتية جديدةدراسة تخليق وتشخيص بولي (أميدات محمد علي مطر قسم الكيمياء/كلية التربية/جامعة القادسية 2014تشرين الثاني 24,قبل البحث في :2014تشرين االول 13استلم البحث في: الخالصة لحامض من تفاعل بلمرة التكثيف المباشرةإيميدات) أروماتية جديدة مستقرة حراريا" -حضرت بولي (أميدات رباعي كاربوكسيليك -5,4,2,1التيريفثالك وحامض الفثالك مع مونيمرين ثنائي األمين مختلفين جديدين مشتقين من حامض بايروليدينون في محلول البيريدين مكون -2مثيل -في ن ثالثي فينيل فوسفيتبنزين ثنائي االنھيدرايد في وسط مؤلف من . المونيمرات "إيميدات) الجديدة بناتج عال-تفاعل البلمرة سلسلة من البولي(أميداتمن كلوريد الكالسيوم الذائب. أنتج الجديدة شخصت بتقانتي طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي. وشخصت البوليمرات الناتجة لذوبانية. حققت الخواص الحرارية عادة بتقانتي طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي واختبارات ا لھذه البوليمرات أيضا" باستعمال تقانة المسح المسعرين التفاضلي. وكشفت المعطيات التي ظھرت من التحليل الحراري كشفت بان ھذه البوليمرات أظھرت استقرارية حرارية جيدة جدا. ھذه البوليمرات تذوب بسھولة في المذيبات العضوية المتنوعة. رباعي كاربوكسيليك بنزين ثنائي -5,4,2,1حامض بولي أميدات أروماتية , بولي إيميدات أروماتية , (: لمات المفتاحيةالك االنھيدرايد) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الطوراني الحمام طائر في (المخیخ ) المؤخر ماغ للد النسجي التركیب دراسة columba livia gaddi (gmelin,1789) عبد بشیر ،أسماء عبد بشیر وجدان بغداد جامعة الهیثم، ابن التربیة كلیة الحیاة، علوم قسم 2011 ایلول 20 :في البحث قبل 2011 تموز 12 :في البحث استلم :الخالصة rh المـؤخر للـدماغ نـسجیة دراسـة اجریـت omb e nce pha l on (المخـیخ cere be l l um) الحمــام طـائر فـي columba livia gaddi (gm الطـوراني e l i n,1789). خلـف یقـع الـدماغ منـاطق احـد المخـیخ ان الدراسـة نتـائج مـن تبـین بالمـادة تـسمى التـي المخیخیـة القـشرة منطقـة همـا قتـینمنط مـن المخـیخ یتـألف .عمیقة طیات سطحه على یوجد مباشرة، المخ المنطقـة امـا الحبیبیـة، هـي والداخلیـة بركنجـي خالیـا هـي والوسـطى الجزیئیـة هـي رئیـسة طبقات ثالث من المتكونة السنجابیة .البیضاء بالمادة تسمى التي باللب فتدعى للمخیخ الثانیة ب یة،المخیخ القشرة المخیخ، :المفتاحیة الكلمات .الل المقدمة ،یوجـد الرقبـة جـانبي علـى المعـة خـضراء بقعـة وجـود مـع الرمـادي بریشه یمتاز الطیور انواع احد الطوراني الحمام االجهـزة مـن لكونـه وذلـك البـاحثین مـن واسع بأهتمام العصبي الجهاز حظي لقد .[2] [1] ضیق اسود خط الجناح سطح على [3] صـغیرا دماغـا تمتلـك التـي االوطـأ بالفقاریـات مقارنـة الدماغ كبیرة الفقاریات من لطیورا تعد الفقاریات، في جدا المهمة ce) المخـیخ یمثـل .[4] re be l l um) المـؤخر الـدماغ مـن االول الجـزء (r homb e nce pha l on)، تنـسیق فـي یـشترك s) كلیـةالهی العضالت حركات تنسیق في دور له یكون اذ للفقاریات، المعقدة الحركیة الفعالیات ke l e ta l mu s cl e s إذ ،( [7] [6] [5] الجـسم تـوازن علـى فیحـافظ الجـسم موقـع تنظـیم علـى فیعمـل والمفاصـل العـضالت من الحسیة المعلومات یستلم الفــصوص وعــدد الحجــم حیـث مــن الطیــور فــي للمخـیخ الــشكلیائي الوصــف الــى البـاحثین مــن العدیــد دراســات تطرقـت .[8] ce) المخیخیة الورقات واصناف re be l l a r fo l i a [14] دراسة اشارت بینما .[13]و [12]و [11]و [10]و [9] دراسة مثل ( بركنجـي خالیـا اظهـرت ،إذ المنـاعي الجانـب الـى فتطرقـت [18] دراسـة امـا لـه، النـسجي التركیب الى [17]و [16]و [15]و ze للمستـضد موجبـة مناعیـة اسـتجابة bri n ⅱ خالیاهــا واجـسام المحـاویر ایـاتونه والمحــاویر التغـصنات مـن كـل فـي. والتركیـب طبقاتـه علـى والتعـرف الطـوراني الحمـام في (المخیخ) المؤخر الدماغ على للتعرف الحالیة الدراسة صممت .الطبقات من طبقة لكل النسجي :العمل وطرائق المواد columba livia gaddi (gme الطـوراني الحمـام نـوع طیـرا 12 علـى الدراسـة اجریـت l i n,1789) مـن جمعـت الفورمــالین محلـول فـي وثبتــت ادمغتهـا، واستؤصـلت وشــرحت رؤوسـها قطعـت تخــدیرها وبعـد بغـداد، لمدینــة المحلیـة االسـواق wa غسلت ثم ساعة 24 مدة %10 تركیز s he d وجففت الحنفیة بماء de hydra te d وروقت االثیلي، بالكحول cleared ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 i وطمرت وارتشحت، بالزایلین، nfi l tra te d a nd em be dde d البرافین بشمع pa ra ffi n wa x م ̊(58-56) انصهاره درجة ro الـدوار بالمـشراح النمـاذج وقطعـت ta ry mi croto me ارلــخ الهیماتوكـسین بملـون المقـاطع لونـت ثـم m 7 بـسمك المخـیخ لطبقـات الخلـوي التركیـب لتوضـیح الثابـت البنفـسجي وكرسـیل المثیلـین ازرق ملون استعمل كما االیوسین، مع المزدوج علــى البـرافین شـرائح تحـضیر فـي اعتمـد ،.d.p.x بمـادة المقـاطع وحملـت ,جیـد بـشكل وتفرعاتهـا العـصبیة الخالیـا ولتوضـیح المقـاطع تـصویر وتـم ,[21] المـسرح ومقیـاس العینیة، العدسة مقیاس باستخدام المجهریة القیاسات اخذت كما ,[20]و [19] .للمخیخ النسجي ركیبالت لتوضیح المنتخبة النسجیة النتائج :االتي الطوراني الحمام لطائر (المخیخ ) المؤخر الدماغ دراسة نتائج تضمنت columba livia gaddi (gme الطـوراني الحمـام دمـاغ یتـألف :(المخـیخ ) المـؤخر للـدماغ الـشكلیائي الوصـف :ًاوال l i n, :هي رئیسة اقسام ثالثة من (1789 pros االمامي ماغالد :ًاوال ce nce pha l on االنتهائي الدماغ من یتألف ( te l e nce pha l on) كرة نصفي یمثل الذي ce) المخ re bra l h e mi s phe re s ol) الشمیان الفصان یعلوهما ( fa ctory l obe s البیني الدماغ هو منه االخر والقسم ( (d i e nce pha l on). me) المتوسط الدماغ :ًثانیا s e nce pha l on) البصریین الفصین من یتالف (op ti c l obe s ). r) المـؤخر الــدماغ :ًثالثـا homb e nce pha l on) التـالي الـدماغ مـن یتـالف (me te nce pha l on) البــصلي والـدماغ (myel e nce pha l on)، یمثــل الـذي الـشكل الكـروي المخـیخ وجـود هـو المــؤخر للـدماغ الظهریـة الجهـة یمیـز مـا اهـم ان ve) الرابـع البطـین تجویـف مـع المتوسـط الـدماغ یـربط صـغیر بتجویـف یحـیط التـالي، للـدماغ الظهري السقف ntri cl e ⅳ) corpus) المخیخ بجسم یدعى مفرد وسطي فص من المخیخ یتالف ce re be l l i ve) الدودة ( rmi s طیـات علـى یحتـوي ( ce) المخیخیة بالورقات تدعى re be l l a r fo l i a تدعى المخیخیة ادةالم ضمن تمتد عمیقة بشقوق بعضها عن المفصولة ،( s) بـاالثالم ul ci au) االذینتـان همـا صـغیران جانبیـان بـروزان هـو المخـیخ مـن االخـر القـسم ، ( ri cul a e حجـم نـسبة وان ( .(1)الشكل) 2:1 كانت الكلي الدماغ حجم الى المخیخ تـدعى الـضام النـسیج مـن یقـةرق طبقـة المخیخیـة الورقـات تغطى الخارج من :(المخیخ) المؤخر للدماغ النسجي الوصف : ًثانیا pi) الحنون االم بغشاء a ma te r) لالثـالم مالصـقة تكون (s ul ci ce) المخیخـي البطـین یوجـد الـداخل مـن ،( re be l l a r ventri cl e :هما رئیستین منطقتین من المخیخ یتألف .(2) الشكل ( ce) المخیخیة القشرة :ًاوال re be l l a r corte x) السنجابیة المادة من المتكونة (gra y ma te r)، (539-477) سمكها بلغ قد طبقات ثالث من القشرة وتتالف مایكرومیتر، (585-425) سمكها فكان االثالم منطقة في اما الورقات قمة في مایكرومیتر :هي (3) الشكل)الداخل نحو الخارج من mol الجزیئیة الطبقة -1 e cul a r l a yer: فــي ســمیكة الموقــع ســطحیة وتكــون الحنــون االم بغــشاء تحـاط مخیخیــةال القــشرة طبقــات مــن االولــى الطبقــة وهـي -190) سـمكها بلـغ الورقـات قمـة فـي ونحیفـة مـایكرومیتر (300-250) سـمكها بلـغ إذ المخیخیة الورقات بین االثالم منطقة f) الـشكل مغزلیـة عـصبیة خالیـا علـى الـسطحي الجـزء فـي الطبقة هذه تحتوي .مایكرومیتر (210 us i fo rm ne uron s ) s) صغیرة الشكل هرمیة عصبیة وخالیا ma l l p yra mi da l ce l l s فتغادر محاویرها اما ًشعاعیا، الخالیا تغصنات تتفرع ( pu) بركنجـي خالیـا مـع بتفرعـات وتنتهــي الـسفلى الجهـة مـن الخالیـا اجـسام rki nje ce l l s الجــزء امـا التالیـة الطبقـة فـي ( s) النجمیة لعصبیةا الخالیا على فیحتوي الطبقة لهذه الوسطي te l l a te n e uron s یحتوي الطبقة هذه من العمیق والجزء ،( b) السلیة الخالیا على a s ke t ce l l s pyrami) الـشكل هرمیـة عـصبیة خالیـا تكون التي ( da l n e uron s مغزلیـة او ( ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 وتنتهــي الخالیــا اجــسام فتغــادر محاویرهــا امــا بركنجــي، خالیـا طبقــة الــى تفرعاتهــا وتنــزل ًثانویــا متفرعــة تغــصناتها الـشكل .التالیة الطبقة في بتفرعات ًفـضال الطبقـة هـذه ضـمن العـصبیة الخالیـا تفرعـات تمثـل التـي النخاعینیـة العصبیة االلیاف من عدد على الطبقة هذه تحتوي .(4) االشكال) تلیها التي الطبقة من الممتدة بركنجي خالیا تغصنات عن purk بركنجي خالیا طبقة -2 i nje ce l l s l a yer: المخیخیــة الورقـات قمــة فـي الطبقـة هــذه سـمك یبلـغ والحبیبیــة، الجزیئیـة الطبقـة بــین تقـع ضـیقة طبقــة بـشكل تكـون الخالیـا مـن كبیـر عـدد علـى الطبقـة هـذه تحتـوي .مـایكرومیتر (35-25) فبلـغ االثـالم منطقـة فـي امـا مـایكرومیتر (17-19) pi)الـشكل الكمثریـة العـصبیة ri fo rm ne uron s r) المـستدیرة او ( ound ne uron s نـواة ذي بركنجـي بخالیـا تـدعى ( ni) نسل حبیبات تجمعات سایتوبالزمها في یظهر مركزیة، s s l gra nul e s (اثنان-واحد) الخلیة جسم من ینشأ .(5 الشكل) ( pri) اولیة تغصنات ma ry d e ndri te s التغصنات من نیناث على االولي التغصن وینقسم الجزیئیة، الطبقة باتجاه تستمر ( s) الثانویـة e conda ry de ndri te s te) الثالثیــة التفرعـات منتظمـة غیــر صـغیرة تفرعـات الــى تتفـرع التـي ( rti a ry de ndri te s للمخـیخ العمیقـة الطبقـات بأتجـاه وتـستمر الخالیـا اجـسام تغـادر المحـاویر امـا للـسطح موازیـة بـصورة تمتـد قـد ( gol) الثـاني النـوع كـولجي اخالیـ الطبقـة هـذه فـي یوجد .(6) الشكل gi ce l l s ⅱ) وهـي بركنجـي، خالیـا بجانـب تقـع ًایـضا الحبیبیـة الخالیا تغصنات مع اتصاالت لتكون الخالیا اجسام تغادر ومحاویرها تغصناتها .كبیرة نواة ذو الشكل، نجمیة خالیا .(7) الشكل ) التالیة الطبقة في gra الحبیبیة الطبقة -3 nul a r l a yer: یبلـغ الورقـات قمـة فـي سـمیكة الطبقـة هـذه تكـون ,المخیخیـة للورقـات اللبیـة والمنطقـة بركنجـي خالیـا طبقـة بـین تقـع الطبقـة هـذه تحتـوي .مـایكرومیتر (250-150) سـمكها یبلغ إذ االثالم، منطقة في ونحیفة مایكرومیتر، (310-270) سمكها gra) الحبیبیة بالخالیا تدعى كبیرة باعداد عصبیة خالیا على nul a r ce l l s s) الحجم صغیرة الشكل كرویة تكون ( ma ll s phe ri fo rm (n e uron s .كبیرة نواة على تحتوي اجــسام تغـادر المحـاویر امــا المجـاورة، الخالیـا الــى تمتـد تغـصنات (اربعــة-ثالثـة) العـصبیة الخلیــة جـسم مـن ینـشأ الطحلبانیـة االلیـاف وجـود الطبقـة هـذه فـي كـذلك نالحـظ .(8) 3)(االشـكال) الجزیئیـة الطبقـة باتجـاه وتـستمر العـصبیة الخالیا (mos s y fi be rs myel) النخاعینیة السمیكة ( i na te d) مناطق في الحبیبیة الخالیا مع لتتصل اللب منطقة من القادمة gl)الكبیبات تدعى فاتحة صبغة تأخذ ome rul i .(8) الشكل) ( medul اللب منطقة :ًثانیا l a re gi on: whi) البیــضاء بالمــادة اللـب منطقــة تـدعى te ma tte r) عــن عبــارة هـي التــي المخیخیــة، الورقـات لــب تمثــل myel) النخاعینیة المحاویر i nte d a xon s ne) العصبي الدبق خالیا اللب ضمن تنتشر .العصبیة للخالیا ( uroglia) قسم النجمیـة الدبقیـة بالخالیـا تـدعى الخلیـة جـسم نمـ قریبـة تغـصنات وذا قلیـل وسـایتوبالزم كبیـرة نـواة وذا الحجـم كبیرة تكون منها (as trocyte ol) التغصنات قلیلة الدبقیة بالخالیا فتدعى االخر القسم اما ( i go de ndrog l i a صـفوف فـي مرتبـة تكون ( تحتـوي .العـصبیة الخالیـا اجـسام وجـود نالحـظ ولـم صـغیرة دمویـة اوعیـة اللـب منطقة في یوجد .النخاعینیة بالمحاویر محاطة ce) المخیخیة االنویة على اللب نطقةم re be l l a r nucl e i موضح كما السنجابیة المادة من كتلة بشكل تكون التي ًایضا ( .(9)و2)( الشكلین في ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 المناقشة columba livia gaddi (gm الطائر في للمخیخ النسجي التركیب نتائج مناقشة تضمنت e l i n, 1789) :الطائر لمخیخ الشكلیائي الوصف :ًاوال علـى الـواقعین البـصریین الفـصین یفـصل ،إذ المـخ كـرة لنصفي الخلفیة بالنهایة االمام من یرتبط كرویا شكال ذو المخیخ یكون me) المـستطیل النخــاع مـع فیــرتبط الخلـف مـن امــا الـدماغ، جـانبي dul l a obl onga ta الظهــري الـسطح علــى یوجـد ،( mi) الوسـطي d-d ors a l s urfa ce ذنبیـین بـروزین علـى المخـیخ ویحتـوي مـستعرضة، اخادیـد (الـدودة) يالمخیخـ للجـسم ( ca) جانبیین udol a te ra l p roce s s e s .االذینتان هما ( وهـذا ورقـات عـشرة علـى سـطحهما تقـسم عمیقـة اخادیـد بوجـود الثدییات مخیخ في الدودي الفص یشابه الطیور في المخیخ ان الثــدییات فـي للمخــیخ النـسجي التركیــب یظهـر.[26] [25] [24] [23] [22] مــن كـل دراسـة الیــه اشـارت مــا مـع یتفـق (ma mm a l i a n) ورقـي تركیب أنه االسماك وبعض والطیور (f ol i a te d s tructu re اولیـة ورقـات عـشر مـن مكـون ( (pri ma ry fol i a an) االمامي الفص (ⅴ-ⅰ) الورقات تمثل ،( te ri or l obe تمثـل (ⅸ-ⅵ) الورقات بینما للمخیخ ( po) الخلفـي الفـص s te ri or l obe pri) االولـي بالـشق الخلفـي عـن االمـامي الفـص ینفـصل لـه، ( ma ry fi s s ure بینمـا ( nodul) بالعقیـدة تــسمى التـي ⅹ الورقـة عــن الخلفـي الفــص ینفـصل e po) الخلفـي الجــانبي بالـشق ( s te rol a te ra l fi s s ure lo) المخیخیة الفصیصات تشابه الطیور في (ⅹ-ⅰ) المخیخیة الورقات ان .( bul e s cerebella) (ⅹ-ⅰ) في عـدد علـى الحتوائـه وذلـك تطیـر التي الطیور في جید بشكل نامیا (الدودة ) المخیخي الجسم یكون.[29] [28] [27] الثدییات s) الشوكیة المخیخیة العصبیة االلیاف حزم من كبیر pi noce re be l l a r) ]25] اشار لقد.الحالیة الدراسة مع یتوافق وهذا whi) االبـیض اللكهـون دجـاج على دراستهم لخال من [24] te l e g horn) الـدماغ حجـم الـى المخـیخ حجـم نـسبة ان الـى .2:1 النسبة كانت إذ الحالیة الدراسة نتائج مع یتوافق ال وهذا 4:1 كانت :كمایأتي و اقسام ثالثة على المخیخ یقسم الوظیفیة الناحیة ومن الجـسم محـور عـضالت علـى الـسیطرة بوظیفـة یقـوم اذ االسـماك عنـد نامیـا یكـون خیـةالمخی الكرة نصف في یقع المركزي :ًاوال b) الـدماغ وجـذع الجـسم محـور عـضالت مـن عـصبیة ایعازات الیه تصل إذ العینین، وحركة والتوازن ra i n s te m) ویرسـل .المناطق تلك الى عصبیة ایعازات اذ االطـراف، نهایـات حركـة تنظـیم علـى الـسیطرة بوظیفـة یقـوم إذ الـسالحف عنـد نامیـا یكـون المركزي یلي وهو المتوسط:ًثانیا .الشوكي النخاع و الدماغ جذع مع القسم هذا یرتبط القــشرة مــساحة مــن %90 مــساحته تقـدر واالنــسان والثــدییات الطیـور عنــد نامیــا یكــون الـذي المتوســط یلــي الجــانبي :ًثالثـا المخیــة القـشرة تطـور مـع القــسم هـذا ویتطـور العـضالت، بــین والتنـسیق عـةالمتتاب للحركـات التخطــیط بوظیفـة ویقـوم المخیخیـة (ce re bra l co rte x)، المخ مع وثیقة روابط له ویكون (ce re brum) المهاد طریق عن (tha l a mu s ) [30]. الطائر لمخیخ النسجي التركیب :ًثانیا طیــات بــشكل تكــون التـي المخیخیــة القــشرة مــن بطبقـة مغطــى المخــیخ ســطح ان الحالیـة النتــائج خــالل مــن لـوحظ (f ol ds االنتهـائي الـدماغ مـن واردة الیـاف المخـیخ الـى یـأتي.[33] [32] [31] ذلـك بـین وقـد المخیخیـة بالورقـات تـسمى ( op) البـصري والـسقف ti c te ctum) التـوأمي الثالثـي العـصب ونـوى الـشوكي والحبـل المـستطیل والنخـاع (tri ge mi na l ne rve n ucl e i تمثـل .[35] الـشوكي والحبل المستطیل النخاع الى الواردة المحاویر المخیخیة الورقات خالل تمتدو .[34] ( بركنجـــي وخالیــا الجزیئیـــة هــي للــداخل الخـــارج مــن طبقــات ثـــالث مــن تتكـــون للمخــیخ الخارجیــة المنطقـــة المخیخیــة القــشرة مـا وهذا مایكرومیتر (585-425) االثالم وفي یترمایكروم (539-477) الورقات قمة في المنطقة هذه سمك وبلغ والحبیبیة، الورقــات قمــة مـن االثــالم فـي اكبــر الجزیئیـة الطبقــة ســمك یكـون.الــدجاج لطـائر دراســته خـالل مــن [36] ًایـضا الیــه اشـار نحـو العـصبیة الیافهـا تمتـد الـسلیة بالخالیـا تـدعى نجمیـة عـصبیة خالیـا الطبقـة هـذه مـن العمیـق الجـزء فـي ویوجـد ,المخیخیـة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 علـى الطبقـة هـذه تحتـوي .الطیـور فـي دراسـتهم فـي [3] [24] ًایـضا الیـه اشـار مـا وهـذا تلیهـا التـي الطبقـة فـي بركنجـي خالیا cl) المتـسلقة بااللیـاف تـدعى التـي الحبیبیـة، الخالیـا محاویر تمثل ًایضا نخاعینیة وغیر نخاعینیة عصبیة الیاف i mb i ng fi be rs d) تغصنیةال التشجرات خالل تمتد ،إذ ( e ndri ti c tre e s الدراسة في ماوجد مع یتوافق وهذا [37] بركنجي لخالیا ( خالیـا ان الـى [24] اشـار لقـد للمخـیخ ممیـزة صـفة بركنجـي خالیـا تعـد .العـصبیة االلیـاف علـى الطبقة هذه احتواء في الحالیة .الطیـور فـي ممـا ًعـددا واقـل ًحجمـا بـراك تكـون لكنهــا االنـسان مخـیخ فـي بركنجـي خالیـا تـشبه الطیـور مخـیخ فـي بركنجـي الورقـة ضـمن عـددها كثافـة تتغیـر الخالیـا هـذه ان anas platyrhnchos الخـضیري طـائر دماغ في [12] دراسة واظهرت الطبقــة فـي الحبیبیـة الخالیــا مـن ًممتـدا ًعـصبیا ًلیفــا 200,000 تــستلم بركنجـي خالیـا مـن الواحــدة الخلیـة ان وجـد إذ الواحـدة، s) عصبیة مشابك لتكوین لیهات التي yna ps e s ما وهذا الطبقة هذه ضمن نخاعینیة عصبیة الیاف وجود یالحظ ولم.[38] ( صــادرة عـصبیة الیـاف بركنجـي خالیـا محـاویر تمثــلtaeniopygia guttata طـائر فـي [39] مـن كـل ًایـضا الیـه اشـار (effe re nt n e rve fi be rs منطقـة الـى لتـصل الحبیبیـة الخالیـا طبقـة خـالل من الداخل نحو تتجه المخیخیة، القشرة من ( effe) الصادرة االلیاف مسالك تتكون .[34] فیها عصبیة مشابك لتكوین اللب re nt fi be rs p a thwa y) من المخیخ من s) العقدیة فوق الظفیرة وجود الى [41] اشار وقد [40] فقط بركنجي خالیا محاویر upra ga ngl i on p l e xus من بالقرب ( ضـرر حـدوث عنـد [43]و [42] مـن كـل بـین لقـد .بركنجـي خالیـا لمحـاویر الجانبیة التفرعات تمثل إذ بركنجي، خالیا طبقة s) الغریـدة الطیور مخیخ في ong bi rds e2 es) الجنـسي الـستیروید فـأن ( tra di ol الحركیـة الفعالیـة اسـتعادة علـى یعمـل ( الكولـــسترول بتحویــل تقـــوم التــي واالنزیمــات للـــسترویدات المولــدة العوامـــل تكــوین زیــادة طریـــق عــن ذلـــك لهــا، واالستكــشافیة (chol e s te rol ne) العصبیة بالستیرویدات علیها یطلق والتي الستیرویدیة الهرمونات الى ( uros te roi de s تقوم التي ( تمـــستقبال علــى تحتـــوي الجــرذان مخـــیخ فــي بركنجـــي خالیــا ان وجــد و.[45] [44] [39] العـــصبي االصــالح بعملیــة فقـط β االسـتروجین مـستقبالت علـى تحتـوي الغریـدة الطیـور فـي بینمـا βوγاالستروجین مستقبالت مثل العصبیة للستیرویدات بملـون بـشدة تنـصبغ التـي المـستدیرة االنویـة مـن كبیـر عـدد على الحتوائها االسم بهذا سمیت الحبیبیة الطبقة ان .[47] [46] قمـة فـي مـایكرومیتر (310-270) الطبقـة هـذه سـمك وبلـغ.الـشكل حبیبیـة طبقـة ريالمجهـ الفحص عند فتظهر الهیماتوكسلین االبـیض اللكهـورن دجـاج فـي سـمكها ان الـى [36] اشـار حین في االثالم، في مایكرومیتر (250-150)و المخیخیة الورقات فـي وجـد لما مشابه وهذا ماالثال في مایكرومیتر (238-169)و المخیخیة الوریقات قمة في مایكرومیتر (350-289) حوالي .الحالیة الدراسة تغـصنات نهایـات تكـون .[48] المركزي العصبي الجهاز من الواردة العصبیة للدفعات مستقبل الحبیبیة الخالیا تعد كبیــرة اعـداد وجـود االلكترونـي المجهـر اظهـر وقـد اللـب مــن القادمـة الطحلبانیـة االلیـاف مـع عـصبیة مـشابك الحبیبیـة الخالیـا unmye) نخاعینیة غیر تكون محاویرها اما .[49] الحبیبیة الخالیا تغصنات نهایة في المایتوكوندریا من l i na te d) تمتد العـصبیة االلیـاف تـدخل .[33] الـسلیة والخالیـا بركنجـي خالیـا تغـصنات مـع عـصبیة مـشابك تـشكل اذ الجزیئیـة، الطبقـة الى affe) الواردة re nt n e rve fi be rs تغصنات معقدة اتصاالت فتكون المخیخیة القشرة تعبر حیث المخیخ، الى الدماغ من ( .[50] اللب منطقة الى تمتد ثم القشرة في االخرى المخیخ خالیا مع وكذلك الحبیبیة والخالیا بركنجي خالیا وتــدعى الیوســینوا الهیماتوكــسلین بملـون فــاتح بلــون وتنـصبغ الحبیبیــة الطبقــة مـن اعمــق المنطقــة هـذه تكــون :اللــب منطقـة القـــشرة مــن والـــصادرة الــواردة االلیــاف تمثـــل عــصبیة الیــاف علـــى تحتــوي للعـــضو الــداخلي الجــزء تمثـــل إذ البیــضاء، بالمــادة اصـالح فـي دور لهـا النجمیـة الدبقیـة الخالیـا ان الـى [51] اشـار لقـد العـصبي الـدبق خالیـا الـى االلیـاف تلـك تـسند ,المخیخیـة فتقـوم التغـصنات قلیلـة الدبقیـة الخالیـا امـا بـالمرض، لالصـابة نتیجـة للـضرر تعرضـها عنـد ركـزيالم العصبي الجهاز انسجة myel) النخـاعین تكــوین بعملیـة i na ti on)، ًلیفــا 50 لكــل النخـاعین تكــوین عـن مــسؤولة تكـون الواحــدة الخلیـة ان وجــد إذ .ًایضا [53] [52] [50] من كل الیه اشار ما وهذا اللب منطقة في العصبیة الخالیا اجسام نالحظ ولم .ًعصبیا المصادر ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة .(1990)اللوس، بشیر 1 .206-193 :مطبعة الرابطة، بغداد .الجزء الثاني .الطیور العراقی ة .(1961)اللوس، بشیر 2 .صفحة 275 :مطبعة الرابطة، بغداد .الجزء الثاني .الطیور العراقی 3pearson, r. (1972). the avian brain. ac ademic p ress, new york: 235-278 4kotp al, r. l. (1996). m odern textbook of zoology vertebrates, 8 ed , rastogi pub, india: 620. 5smith, t. g.; brauer, k. and rech enbach, a. (1993) .j. quantitative phy logenetic -402: 331neurol . comp, constancy of cerebellar purkinje cell morp hological comp lexity 406. 6rodrigu ez, f.; duran, e.; gomez, a.; ocana, f. m .; alvarez, e.; jimenez-m oy a, f.; broglio, c. and salas, c. (2005). brain res. bul l. cognitive and emotional functions of t he .370-:36566, .teleost fish cerebellu m 7yoshida, t.; funabiki, k. and hir ano, t. (2007). increased occurrence of climbing f iber inputs to the cerebellar flocculus in a mutant mouse is correlated with the timing d elay of .1474-:1467 25neurosci. j. eur, .optokinetic resp onse 8m olinari, m .; leggio, m . g. and thaut, m. a. (2007).. the cerebellum and n eural -81: 6, .networks for thy mic sensorimotor sy nchronization in the human brain cer ebellum 23. 9larsell, o. (1967). t he comparative anatomy and hist ology of the cerebellum fro m myxinoids t hrough birds. university of m innesot a p ress, m inneapolis: 128. 10voo gd, j.; gerrits, n. and ruigrok, t. (1996). organization of the vestibulocerebellum, ann nay acad. sci 781 : 579 pp . 11nccker, r. and neumann, v. (1997). r esp onse characterist ics of cerebellar nuclear cells .1489-1485: 8, report. neuro. in the p igon anasدراسة تشریحیة ونسجیة لدماغ الخضري .(1999)القزلجي، شرمین عبد اهللا عبد الرحمن حسن 12olatyrhnchos l.. صفحة (105 ابن الهیثم)اطروحة دكتوراه، جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة( , .rev. lik e structures brain res-is t he cerebellum like cerebellar). 2000. (a, devor-13 .156-149):3(34 14anast asio, t. j. (2001).: amodel of cerebellar learning without climbing fiber error si gnals .8331-8325): 17(12, .inp ut minimization. neuroreport 15willson, m . l.; bower, a. j. and sherrard, r. m . (2007). develop ment neural plast icity and its cognitive benefits: olivocerebellar renncrvation compensates for spatial function .1483-1475: 25, neurosci. j. in the cerebellum eur .234-:2324, paediatr. j. the cerebellum and cogn ition eur.neurol). 2007. (n, gordon-16 17andreescu, c. e.; m ilojkovic, b. a.; haasdijk, e. d.; kramer, p.; jon g, f. h.; krust , a.; zeeuw, c. i. and de jeu, m . t. (2007). estradiol improves cerebellar memory formation .10839-10832: 27, .neurosci. by activating estrogen receptor j 18pakan, j. m .; iwaniuk, a. n.; wy lie, d. r.; hawkes, r. and m arzban, h. (2007). l. purkinje cell co mpartmentation as revealed by zebrin exp ression in the cerebellar corte x . 630-619: 50, .comp neuro. j) columba livia(of p igeons 19luna, l. g. (1968). m anual of hist ological staining methods, 3 rd , m c graw-hill book co., inc., new york: 258 pp . 20vacca, l. (1985). laboratory manual of histochimistry , raven press, new york: 328 pp . 21bancroft, j. d. and stevens, a. (1982). theory and practice of hist ology techniques. 2 nd ed. churchill liv ingst on, london: 662 pp . 22larsell, o. and whitelock, d. g. (1952). j. comp. neurol. futher observations on the .566-545: 97, .cerebellum of b irds 23nickel, r. (1977). anatomy of domest ic birds. verlay pal. parey ., barilin: 118-121. 24pal, b.; chowdhury , p. b. and ghosh, r. k (2033). comp arative anatomical study of the .37-32) : 1(52, .soc. anat. cerebellum of man and fowl j 25ranson, s. w. and c lark, s. i. (1972). the anatomy of the nervous system, 10 th ed., w. b. saunders co. philadelp hia: 286-287. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 26paulsen, d. f. (2000). histology and cell biology , 4 th ed., m c graw-hill book co., inc., new york: 376. , .atomy of the cerebellum trends neuroscithe an).. 1998. (m, and glickstein. j, voo gd-27 .375-370: 21 28larser, o. (1967). t he cerebellum: from myxinoids t hrough birds. m inneapolis: university of m innesota press:488 pp . 29fox, c. and snider, r. (1967). pro g brain res. t he cereb ellum., 25: 69-88. 30kardong, k. v. (2006). vertebrates comparative anatomy , function, evolution. 4 th ed., m c graw-hill comp . inc., new york: 782. 31jameslowe, a. s. (1997). human h istology , 2 nd ed., times m irror interntional p ub. new york: 408 pp . 32youn g, b. and heath, j. w. (2000). wheater's functional histology . a t ext and colour atlas, 4 th ed., churchill livin gst one, london: 413 pp . 33m ckinley , m . and oloughlin, v. d. (2006). human anatomy, m cgraw-hill com., inc., new york: 888 p p . 34junqueira, l. c. and c arneiro, j. (2006). basic hist ology text and atlas. 11 th ed. m cgraw hill com., inc., new york: 502 pp . 35levisohn, l.; cron in-golomb, a. and scsmalmann, j. d. (2000). brain. neurop sy chological consequence of cerebellar tumour resection in children: cerebellar .1050-1041: 123, cogn itive affective sy ndrome in a p acdiatric p op ulation 36hodges, r. d. (1974). t he hist ology of the fowl. academic p ress inc., london: 648 p p . 37harvey, r. j. and napp er, r. (1991). quantitative st udies on t he mammalian cer ebellum, .463-437: 36 .neurobiol. prog 38m ugnaini, e. (1972). the hist ology and cy tology of the cerebellar cortex in larsell, o. and jansen, j. (eds.). the comparative anatomy and hist ology of the cerebellum. university of m innesota press. m inneapolis: 264 pp . 39peterson, r. s.; saldanha, c. j. and schlin ger, b. a. (2001). rapid upregulation of aromatase mrna and p rotein following n eural ingury in the zebra finch j. .323-317: 13, neuroendocrinol 40wyatt, k. d.; tanap at, p. and wang, s. h. (2005).. speed limits in the cerebellum: ). 8(21, .neurosci. j. myelinated parallel f ibers eurconstraints from myelinated and un 2285-2290. 41lan ge, w. (1976). c ell tissue res.t he my elinated parallel fibers of the cerebellar corte x .496-:489166, .and their regional distribution 42sp ence, r. d.; zhen, y.; white, s. ; schlinger, b. a. and day, l. (2009). recovery of motor and cogn itive function after cerebellar lesion in a son gbird-role of estrogens euro. j. .1234-1225: 29, .neurosci 43london, s. e.; m onks, d. a.; wade, j. and schlinger, h. a. (2006). widesp read cap acity .5987-5975: 147, .for st eroid sy nthesis in the avain brain and song sy st em endocrinolo gy 44lavaque, e.; m ayen, a.; azcoitia, i.; tena-sempere, m . and garcia-segur a, l. m . (2006). sex differences developmental changes, resp onse to injury and camp regulation of the mrna levels of steroidogenic acute regulatory p rotein, cytochrome p4505cc and .318-308: 66, .neurobiol. aromatase in the olivo cerebellar sy stem j 45baulien, f. e., and robel, p. (1990). neurost eroids-a new brain fun ction. j. steroid .403-395: 37, .biol. biochem m ol 46sakamoto, h.; m ezak, y; sh ikimi, h.; ukena, k. and tsut sui, k. (2003). endocrinology . dendritic growt h and sp ine formation in resp onse to estrogen in the developing p urkinje .4477-4466: 144, .cell 47bemard, d. j.; bentley, g. e. ; balthazart, j.; turk, f. w. and ball, g. f. (1999). androgen receptor, estrogen recep tor alp ha and estrogen recep tor beta show distinct p atterns of exp ression in forebrain song control nuclei of europ can st artingsn .4643-4633: 140, .endocrinolo gy ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 48armst rong, c. l. and hawkes, r. (2000). cell b iol. pattern formation in the cerebellar .562-551: 78, .biochem. cortex 49wash, j. v.; houk, j. c.; at luri, r. l. and m ugnain i, e. (1972). sy naptic transmission at single glomeruli in the turtle cerebellum science., 178 : 881-883. 50eroschenko, v. p. (2008). atlas of hist ology with functional correlation. 11 th ed., lip p incoott williams and wilkins, new york: 532 p p . 51wheater, p. r. and burkitt , h. g. (1987). functional hist ology a text and colour atlas, 2 nd ed., churchill liv ingst one new york: 348 pp . 52williams, p. l. (1995). grays anatomy in: nervous system. churchill livin gst one, london: 1028-1065. 53ross, m . h. and pawlina, w. (2006). histology a text and atlas with correlated cell and molecu lar biology , 5 th ed., lipp incott williams and wilk ins, new york: 906 p p . نصف ، ol الشمي الفص. الدماغ اجزاء یوضح الطوراني الحمام لدماغ ظهري منظر): 1 (شكل .scالشوكي الحبل ، aاالذین ،cv المخیخ دودة ،opl البصري الفص ،ch المخ كرة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ، ملـون الهیماتوكـسلین واالیوسـین. مقطع مستعرض مار خالل مخیخ الحمام الطـوراني یوضـح الوریقـات المخیخیـة): 2(شكل x40. االم الحنـون pm القـشرة المخیخیـة ،cc اللـب ، m الورقــة المخیخیـة ،cf االثـالم ،s الوعـاء الــدموي ، bv. ،. ل منطقة القشرة لمخیخ الحمام الطورانيمقطع مار خال): 3(شكل االم الحنون . 200ملون الهیماتوكسلین واالیوسین pm الطبقة الجزیئیة ،ml طبقة خالیا بركنجي ،pcl الطبقة الحبیبیة ،gl. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 یوســـین ملــون الهیماتوكـــسلین واال. مقطـــع مــار خـــالل الطبقـــة الجزیئیــة لمنطقـــة القـــشرة لمخــیخ الحمـــام الطـــوراني): 4(شــكل 400x . االلیـاف المتـسلقةcf خایـة عــصبیة مغزلیـة ،fn خلیـة عـصبیة نجمیــة ،sn خلیـة عـصبیة هرمیــة ، pn. . 400xملون ازرق المثیلین . مقطع مار خالل القشرة المخیخیة، الحظ حبیبات نسل المؤشرة بالسهم ): 5(شكل ة gc، خالیا حبیبیة ⅱ goc، خالیا كولجي d، تغصنات npc، نواة خلیة بركنجي axالمحوار ، خلی .pn، خلیة عصبیة هرمیة fnعصبیة مغزلیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 مقطـع مــار خـالل منطقـة القــشرة لمخـیخ الحمـام الطــوراني، الحـظ تغـصنات خالیــا بركنجـي المؤشـرة بالــسهم ): 6(شـكل . gc ، الخالیا الحبیبیةpc، خلیة بركنجي cfااللیاف المتسلقة . 400xملون الهیماتوكسلین واالیوسین، ملــون كریــسل . مقطــع مــار خــالل منطقــة القــشرة لمخــیخ الحمــام الطــوراني، الحــظ المحــوار المؤشــر بالــسهم ): 7(شـكل ، خالیـا حبیبیــة ⅱ goc، خالیــا كـولجي d، تغـصنات npcنـواة خلیــة بركنجـي . 400xالبنفـسجي الثابـت، gc . ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الحظ الكبیبات الموجودة في الطبقة الحبیبیة المؤشرة ، الطورانيمقطع مار خالل القشرة المخیخیة لمخیخ الحمام): 8(شكل ، الخالیا npc، نواة خلیة بركنجي dتغصنات . 400xملون الهیماتوكسلین واالیوسین . بالسهم cf، االلیاف المتسلقة gcالحبیبیة وعـاء دمـوي . 1000x واالیوسـین، ملـون الهیماتوكـسلین. مقطع مـار خـالل منطقـة اللـب لمخـیخ الحمـام الطـوراني): 9(شكل bv الخالیا الدبقیة النجمیة ،ac الخالیا الدبقیة قلیلة التغصنات ،og االلیاف الطحلبانیة ،mf. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a study histological structure of the hombencephalon (cerebellum) in the pigeon columba livia gaddi (gmeiin, 1789) w. b.abid , a. b.abid departme ntof biology, collage of education ibnal-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in :12 july 2011 accepte d in :20 septe mber 2011 abstract a histological st udy was conducted to examine the st ructure of rhombencep halon (cerebellum) in columba livia gaddi (gmeiin, 1789). the result showed that the cerebellum is aportion of the brain lying behind the cerebrum, the surface of the cerebellum contains deep folds. the cerebellum consists of two regions a cerebellar cortex that is called gray matter comp osed of three major lay ers from the outside to the inside, as follows: molecular lay er, purkinje cells lay er and granular lay er, the second region of cerebellum called medulla. this is the white matter. keywords: cereb ellum, cerebellar cortex, m edulla. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 microsoft word 189-202   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 189     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 synthesis, characterization and study of biological activity of some new schiff bases ,1,3-oxazepine and tetrazole derived from 2,2 di thiophenyl acetic acid eman m. hussain hussam z. naji dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn-al –haitham) university of baghdad. emanbadooshy@yahoo.com received in:14/november/2017, accepted in:5/december/2017 abstract in this study new derivatives of schiff bases 5-8 , 1,3- oxazepine 9-16 and tetrazoles 1719 have been synthesized from the new starting material 1 which has synthesized the reaction of one mole of dichloro acetic acid and two moles of thiophenol , the esters 2-3 were synthesized from the reaction of compound 1 with methanol or ethanol respectively in the presence of h2so4 as catalyst then 2,2-dithiophenylaceto hydrazide 4 were synthesized from the reaction of 2 or 3 with hydrazine hydrate 80 % , schiff bases 5-8 were synthesized from the reaction of 4 with appropriate aldehyde or ketone .treatment of schiff bases with maleic and phathalic anhydride in dry benzene to give 1,3-oxazepen derivatives 9-16 and with sodium azide in tetrahydrofuran (thf) afforded tetrazole derivatives 17-19. all these compounds have been characterized from their melting pointes, ftir, 1hnmr and compounds 1,5 and 18 by mass spectrometry. derivatives 6,7,11,16,17 and 18 were tested against inhibition of e. coli and.  staphylococcusaureus and were all funds to be active. scheme (1). keyword: dithiophenyl, schiff bases, 1,3-oxazepien, tetrazole.   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 190     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction heterocyclic compounds are very wide spread in the natural and in non-natural molecules, from this are the compounds which entered as an essential compound in the life, many compounds such as vitamins, essential amino acids, hormones and the synthetic drugs includes heterocyclic ring system, also they are very important in the pharmacological and synthetic fields [1]. schiff bases are compounds have an azomethine group (-c=n-), they have important application in pharmaceutical fields and in polymer chemistry in addition of their biological activity such as antibacterial, antifungal, anticancer and another application [2] 1,3-oxazepines have significant application in medicine and in the bioactivity such as hypnotic muscle relaxation, antagonistic, anti-inflammatory, antifungal and another uses [3] also they have been used as protective of amino group in the organic synthesis [4]. tetrazole has five member hetroaromatic ring [5]. it is an important ring have many applications in the medicine chemistry and in materials application [6]. in this work we intend to synthesize new heterocyclic compounds including tetrazole and 1,3-oxazepein derivatives beginning from the synthesis of new 2,2-dithiophenyl acetic acid starting material derived from dichloro acetic acid. experimental instrument melting points were recorded on gallenkamp melting device and were uncorrected , ftir spectra were recorded on shimadzu ftir 8400 fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer using kbr disc , 1hnmr spectra were recorded on bruker 400 mhz spectrometer using dmsod6 as a solvent and tetra methyl silane (tms) as internal standard , mass spectra were recorded on gcms qp gas chromatography mass spectrometer agilent technology (hp) . chemicals all the chemical reagent was used as a received, and were not purification. -synthesis of 2,2-dithiophenyl acetic acid [7] 1: thiophenol (1.7 g ,0.015 mole) was dissolved in aqueous solution of 50 ml distilled water contain a potassium hydroxide (1.1 g ,0.02 mole); then carefully dichloro acetic acid (1g ,0.007 mole) was added. the mixture of reaction was heated on the sand bath for 6 hrs. after completion, the mixture cooled to room temperature and acidified by hydrochloric acid 10 % to precipitate the acetic acid derivative, then the crude product was recrystallized from ethanol to give high yield (80 %) with melting point (60 0c), the physical properties of this compound are shown in the table (1)   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 191     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (1): physical properties of compounds [1-19]   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 192     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 synthesis of alkyl 2,2-dithiophenyl acetat [8] 2-3: 2, 2-dithiophenyl acetic acid 1 (1 g, 0.003 mole) was dissolved in ethanol or methanol (50 ml) then (1ml) of concentration sulfuric acid was added to the mixture. the mixture then refluxed for (6 hrs) and monitored by (tlc). when the reaction was completed it was cooled to room temperature and neutralized by ( nahco3) .the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crud product was diluted with water (20 ml) and extracted three times with ethyl acetate (3×40 ml). the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford 2 and 3 as a syrup. the nomenclature, physical properties and yield of the compounds were shown in table (1) synthesis of 2,2-dithiophenylaceto hydrazide [9] 4: compound 3 (1 g, 0.0032 mole) or 4 (1g, 0.0034 mole) was dissolved in (20 ml) ethanol, then (4 ml) of hydrazine hydrate 80% was added. the reaction mixture was refluxed for (20 hrs). the precipitate which separated on cooling was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol.   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 193     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 syntheses of n'-(substituted) methylene)-2,2-dithiophenylacetohydrazide [10] 5-8: a mixture of compound 4 (1g, 0.0032 mole) was dissolved in (40 ml) of absolute ethanol. appropriate aldehyde or ketone (0.0032 mole) was added gradually, 2-3 drops of glacial acetic acid were added. the reaction mixture was refluxed for (7-8 hrs). after completion of the reaction, ((monitored by tlc) it was cooled to room temperature, the precipitated was separated by filtration and recrystallized from appropriated solvent. syntheses of substituted 1,3 oxazepine [11] 9-16: compounds 5-8 (0.0006 mole) were dissolved in dry benzene (40 ml). subsequently (0.0006 mole) of maleic anhydride or phathalic anhydride was added, then the reaction mixture was refluxed for (6-7) hrs. the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. the product was filtrated and recrystallized from appropriate solvent, synthesis of n-(5-substituted) (-2,5-dihydro-1h-tetrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dithiophenylacetamide [12] 17-19: a mixture of compounds 5-8, (0.0006 mole) and sodium azide (0.039g ,0.0006 mole) in the (thf ) (15 ml) was stirred under refluxed for (4 hrs) and monitored by (tlc). then the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtrated. the filtrate was poured in to icewater (20 ml). the precipitate was collected and recrystallized from appropriated solvent. result and discussion compound 1 was synthesized from the reaction of two moles of potassium benzenethiolate salt with dichloride acetic acid under reflux as we show in scheme (1). ftir spectrum of compound 1 showed appearance of two important bands at (3057-2565) cm-1 due to (o-h) group [13] and at (1701) cm-1 due to (c=o) group [14] which they indicated formation of this compound another ftir bands are listed in the table (3). the mass spectrum of compound 1 figure (1) indicated the exact mass of this compound at m/z = 276. compounds 2-3 were synthesized from the reaction of compound 1 with methanol or ethanol respectively in the presence of sulfuric acid as catalyst. the ftir spectra of these compounds showed clear bands at (1732-1734 ) cm-1 due to (c=o) group of ester [15] and at the range (1253-1276) cm-1 for (c-o) with disappearance of two bands at (3057-2565) cm-1 due to (oh) group and at (1701) cm-1 due to (c=o) group of acid. hydrazide derivative 4 was synthesized from the reaction of compounds 2 or 3 with hydrazine hydrate 80% under reflux . the ftir spectrum of 4 showed absorption bands at 3423 cm-1 and 3309 cm-1 due to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of the (nh-nh2) group[16] and at (1623 -1666) cm-1 due to (c=o) amide [17] and disappearance of two bands at (1734) cm-1 and at 1253-1276 cm-1 due to (c=o) and (c-o-c) respectively . compounds 5-8 were synthesized from the reaction of compound 4 with different aromatic aldehyde and ketone by using glacial acetic acid as catalyst, the ftir spectra of these compounds showed the disappearance of two absorption bands (3423) cm-1 and (3309) cm-1 of the (nhnh2) group and appearance of new band at range between (3188 3115 ) due to nh group . also the ftir spectra showed another absorption bands at (1668-1627) cm-1, (16081593) cm-1, (1579-1443) cm-1 and at (1226-1203) cm-1 duo to (c=o) of amide, (c=n) of imine [18] , (c=c) of aromatic rings and (c-n) of amide respectively, all main absorbing bands of the ftir spectra of compounds 5-8 were listed in the table (3) . the ftir absorption bands of   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 194     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 compound 7 was shown in the figure (2). mass spectrum of compound 5 figure (3) displayed the exact molecular ion. 1hnmr spectrum of compound 6 figure (4) is shown δ 3.3 ppm (1,s, chco), δ 8.9 ppm (1,s, nh) , (7.2-8.2) ppm (15,m, aromatic and imine proton). 1hnmr spectrum of compound 7 figure (5) is shown δ 3.9 ppm (1,s, chco) proton, δ 2.3 ppm (3,s,ch3) protons, δ 8.67ppm (1,s, nh), δ (7.3-7.78) ppm (15,m, aromatic and imine proton) . 1hnmr spectrum of compound 8 figure (6) is shown δ 4.1 ppm (1,s, chco) proton, δ 2.9ppm (6,s,n(ch3)2) protons, δ 11.8 ppm (1,s, nh), δ (6.62-8.06) ppm (15,m, aromatic and imine proton) . compounds 9-16 were synthesized from the reaction of compounds 5-8 with phathalic and malic anhydride respectively by using dry benzene as a solvent. the ftir of these compounds showed absorption bands at the range of (1658-1705) cm-1 and (1710-1770) cm-1 which belong to (c=o) group of lactam and lactone [19] respectively due to oxazepine ring with disappearance of absorption bands of (c=n) group at the range (1608-1593) cm-1 of the compounds 5-8 , . ftir spectrum of compound 12 is shown in the figure (7) 1hnmr spectrum of compound 12 figure (8) showed signals at δ 4.27 ppm (1,s, chco), δ 8.8 ppm (1,s, nh) , (7.57-8.18) ppm (19,m, aromatic and imine protons) and compound 13 figure (9) showed signals at δ 4.12 ppm( 1,s, chco), δ 2.99 ppm (6,s,n(ch3)2, δ 9.68 ppm (1,s, nh), δ (6.72-8.53) ppm (19,m, aromatic and imine proton) . derivatives 17-19 were synthesized from the reaction of compounds 5-8 and sodium azide in tetrahydrofuran (thf) and under reflux ftir spectra of these compounds showed the disappearance of (c=n) group at the range (1608-1593) cm-1 of the compounds 5-8 and appearance of (n=n) absorbance group of tetrazole ring at the range (1469-1535) cm-1 [20], also the mass spectrum of compound 18 figure (10) indicated the exact mass of this compound. table (2): result of biological activity for compounds (6,7,11,16,17 & 18) test no. comp. no. e.coli(mm) staphylococcus aureus(mm) a1 7 15 22 a2 6 7 a3 16 15 a4 11 20 17 a5 17 21 12 a6 18 18   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 195     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (3): ftir spectra data of compounds (1-19) comp no.  (n-h)  (c-h) arom  (ch) alipha (c=o) amid  (c=o) lactam lacton  (c=c) arom (c-s) thiol others 1 3057 2893-2958 1575 609 (c=o) str acid 1701 (o-h) str 3057-2565 (c-o) str 1300 2 3005 2951 1581 613 (c=o) str ester 1734 (c-o) str 1280 3 3057 2982 1438 1579 661 (c=o) str ester 1732 (c-o) str 1276 1253 4 3309-3423 3062 2931 1732 1573 645 (c-n) str amid 1315 5 3184 3084 2918-2989 1668 1579 684 (c=n) str imine 1606 (cbr) str 630 6 3115 3047 2843 2937 1627 1448 630 (c=n) imine (1593) no2 str sy(1514) asy(1340 7 3182 3027-3057 2920 1664 1535 632 (c=n) imine 1608 8 3180 3045 2810-2908 1662 1523 653 (c=n) imine (1595) (c-n) str arom (1361) 9 3221 3051 2852-2989 1604 1672 1764 1583 628 (cbr) 559 10 3100 3074 2812-2997 1675 1693 1710 1585 640 no2 str sy(1404) asy(1280) 11 3160 3032 2866-2997 1616 1666 1762 1570 621 12 3194 3039 2808-2912 1604 1662 1739 1543 639 (c-n) str arom (1365) 13 3210 3051 2954 2854 1643 1689 1728 1585 628 (cbr) 559 (c=c) endocyclic 1602   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 196     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 14 3163 3061 2897 1600 1658 1770 1442 624 no2 str sy (1492) asy(1377)   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 197     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 scheme (1) : the chemical steps for preparing compounds figure (1): mass spectrum for compound [1]   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 198     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (2): ftir spectrum for compound [7] figure (3): mass spectrum of compound [5] figure (4): 1hnmr spectrum for compound (6)   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 199     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (5): 1hnmr spectrum for compound (7) figure (6): 1hnmr spectrum for compound (8) figure (7 ): ftir spectrum for compound (12)   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 200     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (8): 1hnmr spectrum for compound (12) figure (9): 1hnmr spectrum for compound (13) figure (10): mass spectrum of compound (18)   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 201     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 biological activity the effect of compounds 6, 7, 11, 16, 17 and 18 prepared in (10% dmf solution) were tested against two types of bacteria escherichia coli and staphylococcus aurous the experiment was operated by using nutrient agar plates. the plates were incubated at (37) c for (24) hrs. the study showed all compounds have a differing biological activity on mentioned bacteria accept compound 17 has no biological activity toward the e. coli and compounds 7and19 have no activity toward staphylococcus aurous and compound 16 have no activity toward escherichia coli. table (2). references [1] a.w. radhy and e. h. zimam, synthesis and characterization of new benzotriazole derivatives, al-qadisiyah journal for pure science, 3(19), 113. 2014 [2] h. j. aziz, and hiwa h. ali, synthesis of a new series of schiff bases using both traditional and the ultrasonic techniques, tikrit journal of pure science, 15(3), 70, 2010. [3] g. h. al-somaidaie, f. h. al-obaidy and b. a. khear allah, synthesis and characterization of some new 1,3-oxazepine-4,7-dione derivatives and study their antibacterial activity, tikrit journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 7(1), 15. 2011 [4] s. n. al-thamer; and a. f. kareem; studying of biological activity for (azo --seven cycles) derivatives, research journal of pharmaceutical, biological and chemical sciences, 8(3) , 80 , 2017. [5] c.x. wei; m. bian , and g.h. gong , tetrazolium compounds: synthesis and applications in medicine, molecules ,20(4) , 5528-5529 , 2015. [6] y. jagannadham , v. rateesh , b. srinivas, b. ramadevi and b. prasanna , synthesis of substituted phenyl tetrazolo and tiazolo pyrimidin-yl-2h-chroen-2-ones, international journal of advanced research , 2(12) , 125 , 2014 . [7] j. h. tomma , synthesis of new schiff bases and 2,3-disubstituted -1,3-thiazolidin-4-one derivatives containing benzothiazole moiety, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci., 24(2) , 219, 2011 [8] d. l. pavia, g. m. lampman , g. s. kriz and r. g. engel , a small scale approach to organic laboratory techniques, 3rd ed , (2011) , brooks/cole, cengage learning , 495, 2011 . [9] i.o. al tamimi , m..i. al heeti and j.r.z.aziz. "preparation of dioxadiazole from aryl acid hydrazide with adipoyl chloride, int. j. curr. microbiol. app. sci , 4(12) , 630 , 2015. [10] s.ab.sahib and abdul-kareem al-mansori , synthesis of some new schiff bases and reaction with urea &thiourea derivatives from 2-amino -1,3,4-thiadiazole-5-thiol, journal of the college of basic education ,22(9) , 36 , 2016 . [11] r. t. haiwal , synthesis of novel 1, 3 -oxazepine compounds from new azo schiff bases containing thiadiazole moiety. , journal of kerbala university , 9(4) , 96 , 2011 . [12] z. h.abood, r.t. haiwal ,i. l.kadum, k. o.gzar and s. m.radhi , synthesis of some new azo schiff bases and tetrazole derivatives from 2-amino -1,3,4-thiadiazole-5-thiol . journal of kerbala university, 6(4) , 142 , 2008. [13], l.d.s. yadav; organic spectroscopy, springer science+business media dordrecht, first edition, 65, 2005. [14] d. l. pavia, gary m. lampman and george s. kriz, , introduction to spectroscopy , third edition , brooks/cole, thomson learning , new york , 62 , 2001. [15] l .d. field , s. sternhell and j .r. kalman , organic structures from spectra , fourth edition , john wiley and sons , new york , 18 , 2007.   https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1866 chemistry | 202     2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [16] e. pretsch , p. buhlmann and c. affolter , structure determination of organic compounds tables of spectral data, third edition, springer-verlag , berlin heidelberg ,68 , 2000. [17] a. o. mohammad, synthesis and characterization of some oxadiazoles and thiadiazoles derivatives, j. of university of anbar for pure science, 4(1), 50, 2010. [18] r.g. abood , the preparation and characterization of some schiff bases by direct fusion , journal of basrah researches , 40 (2) , 95 , 2014 . [19] z.h. abood, h. d. hanoon and r. t. haiwal , synthesis and characterization of some new 1,3oxazepine derivatives containing pyrazolone moiety via [2+5] cycloaddition reaction , journal of kerbala university , 10 (3) , 267 , 2012 . [20] r.m. al-juburi , synthesis and characterization of some heterocyclic compounds (oxazepine, tetrazole) derived from schiff bases , journal of al-nahrain university, 15(4) ,60 , 2012 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد eucalyptusاستخدام المستخلصات المائیة لقلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس camaldulensis للسیطرة على قوقع bulinus truncatus لطفیلي بلهارزیا البول الدموي الوسطي المضیف خولة إبراهیمشهاب احمد سلمان و جامعة بغداد،وحدة بحوث أمراض المناطق الحارة الخالصة eucalyptus camaldulensisهذه الدراسة الحالیة هـي محاولـة لتحدیـد تـأثیر المسـتخلص المـائي لقلـف نبـات لقـــد وجـــد إن . bulinus truncatusللســیطرة علـــى المضــیف الوســـطي لبلهارزیــا البـــول الــدموي فـــي العـــراق وهــو القوقـــع وقـد ظهـر تـأثیر هـذه المستخلصـات . لتـر /غـم50-لتـر/غـم10التراكیز الممیتة لمستخلصات القلف المائیـة كانـت تتـراوح بـین . المائیة واضحًا في القواقع في الیوم األول من معاملتها المقدمة وینتشر المرض فـي العـراق فـي . ][1]ل العالم یعد مرض البلهارزیا من المشاكل الصحیة األساسیة في كثیر من دو ). 2(المنـاطق الجنوبیــة والوســطى منــه حیثمــا تكـون الظــروف البیئیــة مواتیــة لنمــو وتكـاثر القواقــع المضــیفة لطفیلــي المــرض لقـد ظهـر المـرض فـي قضـاء بلـدروز فــي . ]bulinus truncatus [3]والمضـیف الوسـطي للمـرض فـي العـراق هـو قوقـع ویعد األطفـال مـن الـذكور فـي . [4]وسجلت حاالت كثیرة السیما في مركز القضاء المذكور 1993لى في عام محافظة دیا . [5]سن المدارس االبتدائیة اكثر الشرائح السكانیة عرضة للمرض ،إال أن حاالت عدیدة سجلت فـي كافـة األعمـار األخـرى نشـطة الحیاتیــة المختلفـة التـي یقــوم بهـا اإلنسـان وال تنحصــر ومـن العوامـل الرئیسـة التــي تزیـد مـن اإلصــابة بـالمرض هـي األ اإلصابة باالستحمام في المناطق التي تكثر بها القواقـع المصـابة بـالطفیلي بـل باالسـتخدامات المنزلیـة المختلفـة وسـقي حقـول .[6]الرز وغیرها من المزروعات لطفیلي كإحدى الوسـائل العملیـة للقضـاء علـى المـرض فـي لقد أجریت بحوث ودراسات عدیدة في مجال السیطرة على ا ومـن هـذه الطرائـق هـي اسـتخدام المبیـدات الكیمیاویـة ومنهـا مـادة كبریتـات النحـاس وكربونـات . [7] مناطق واسعة مـن العـالم هـا بمـرور الوقــت وقـد لـوحظ مــن االسـتخدام الواسـع لمـادة كبریتـات النحــاس أنهـا تفقـد فعالیت. [8]النحـاس والمشـتقات الفینولیـة كمـا أن التـأثیرات الجانبیـة للمـواد الكیمیاویـة ومنهـا كبریتـات النحـاس . [8]بسبب المواد القاعدیة والعضویة المذابة في المیاه . [9] في الكائنات المائیة المختلفة لیست انتقائیة فهي تقوم بالقضاء على النظام البیئي المائي دون تمییز ث ودراســات كثیـــرة جــدا علــى المستخلصـــات النباتیــة فـــي الســیطرة علــى الحشـــرات والســیما یرقـــات لقــد انصــبت بحـــو تختلف القواقع في درجة تحسسها للمستخلصات النباتیة عن یرقات البعوض. [7]البعوض بدال من المركبات الكیمیاویة 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وذلـك بقــدرتها علــى الهــروب مــن الوســط المــائي مــن ناحیــة ، ومـن ناحیــة أخــرى قــدرتها علــى الــتخلص مــن المــواد الســامة .[8]تدریجیا واستعادة نشاطها إن المستخلصـات النباتیـة األكثـر اسـتخداما كمـواد قاتلـة أو مثبطــة بدرجـة عالیـة للفعالیـات الحیویـة المختلفـة غالبـا مــا وقـد وجــد أن الكثیـر مـن المركبــات . [7]فـي األجـزاء المختلفــة مـن جسـم النبــات كـاألوراق واألغصـان و القلــف والبـذور تكـون ذات تـأثیر مثـبط قـوي للفعالیـات الفسـلجیة المختلفـة bergapten, xanthotoxinالكیمیاویة المستخلصة من النباتات مثـل ل المشــتقات الفینولیـة تعــد مركبـات عالیــة السـمیة وذات تــأثیر سـلبي فــي لألحیـاء الالفقریــة المائیـة فــي حـین أن مركبــات مثـ .[6]النظام البیئي المائي إن الهـدف مـن هـذه الدراسـة هـو محاولــة إیجـاد مـواد ذات سـمیة للقواقـع المضــیفة لمـرض بلهارزیـا البـول الـدموي فــي .العراق مستخلصة من قلف أشجار نبات الیوكالیبتوس عمل والمواد المستعملةال ائقطر :جمع القواقع وتشخیصها -1 طة شبكة جمع العینات المائیة من القناة المبطنة باألسـمنت مـن ناحیـة ابوس bulinus truncatusجمعت قواقع . 2002الواقعـة مـا بـین شـهر أیلـول و تشـرین الثـاني مـن عـام المـدةكـم خـالل ا25 بقرابـةالرشید التي تقع جنوب مدینـة بغـداد ونقلـت العینـات إلـى المختبـر فـي حاویـات بالسـتیكیة ذات أغطیـة مـع قلیـل مـن مـاء القنـاة منعـًا لجفـاف القواقـع ، ثـم وضــعت سـم تســمح بسـقوط القواقــع مـن خاللهــا فـي أحــواض بالســتیكیة 5القواقـع فــي المختبـر علــى شـباك معدنیــة ذات ثقـوب أقطارهــا . سـاعة لكـي تتـأقلم مـع ظـروف المختبـر و بـدون أیـة مـواد غذائیـة 24لمـدة وضعت تحت المشبكات وتركت القواقع بعـد ذلـك وبواقـع قطـرتین alfalfaولغـرض اسـتخدام المتبقـي مـن القواقـع فـي التجـارب الالحقـة أضـیف لألحـواض مسـتخلص نبـات الجـت دیرة قلـیًال وذي النهایـة شخصت نماذج القواقـع بسـهولة نسـبیة وذلـك مـن خـالل مالحظـة شـكل القوقعـة المسـت. في الیوم الواحد الحاویـة علـى لفـات باتجـاه الیسـار ولونهـا بنـي فـاتح و بـذلك یمكـن تمییزهـا بسـهولة عـن القواقـع األخـرى التـي تعـیش فـي نفــس .بیئتها :تحضیر المستخلص المائي النباتي -2 ى قطـع صـغیرة ووضـعه ،وتـم تقطیعـه إلـ eucalyptus camaldulensisمـن شـجرة الیوكـالیبتوس جمـع القلـف غــم ، 30غـم ، 20غــم، 10طة هــاون خزفـي و تــم أخـذ اثــم سـحق القلــف بوسـ. م 45ْفـي الفـرن لمــدة یـومین بدرجــة حـرارة م وتم رجه جیـدًا ثـم تـرك لیبـرد ،و 90ْغم منه وأذابته في دورق زجاجي فیه لترمن الماء المقطر بدرجة حرارة 50غم ،40 لمـدة عشـر دقـائق واخـذ الرائـق فقـط ) دقیقـة / دورة 3000(ت فـي جهـاز الطـرد المركـزي بعد ذلك أخـذت كمیـة منـه ووضـع .لتحضیر محالیل المكررات بعد خلطها بالكمیات المناسبة من ماء القناة :معاملة القواقع بالمستخلص المائي النباتي -3 محلـول مـائي لقلـف نبـات ( المسـتخدمة تـم اخـذ أربعـة قواقـع فـي كـل مكـرر واخـذ مكـررین لكـل تركیـز مـن المـادة .تحتوي على ماء القناة فقط والقواقع) control(ومكررین للسیطرة ) الیوكالیبتوس :قراءة النتائج وتحلیلها -4 وتـم تسـجیل نشــاط وفعالیـة القواقـع وفقـًا ألربــع . سـاعة وقــد تـم مراقبـة القواقـع طــوال الوقـت 24آخـذت القـراءات كـل :فئات ئـة األولــى قواقـع داخــل المحلـول ملتصــقة بـأعلى البیكــر ، والفئـة الثانیــة قواقـع داخــل المحلـول ملتصــقة اسـفل البیكــر، والفئــة الف عد القوقع الموجود في . الثالثة قواقع خارج محلول التعریض والفئة الرابعة قواقع موجودة على القعر غیر متحركة 2010) 1( 23ة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقی كمـا تـم مالحظـة ثبـوت درجـة . القعر وغیر القادر على الحركة وغیر القادر على استرجاع النشاط میتًا ألغراض هذا البحث . أثناء إجراء التجاربفي )م 30ْ(حرارة المختبر النتائج والمناقشة بـــات الیوكــالیبتوس تــأثیر إیجـــابي فــي القضــاء علـــى القواقــع التــي تمـــت حــظ مــن نتــائج البحـــث أن لمــادة قلــف نلی -3وبكافـة التخـافیف المحصـورة بـین اللتـر كـان ذا تـأثیر قـات/غـم50أن تركیـز مـادة القلـف ) 1(حظ من الجـدول یل. معاملتها كـان قـاتال لكافـة القواقـع ملیلیتـر فقـد100/ملیلتـر2-1ما التركیز نفسه ولكن بتخافیف محصـورة بـین أ. ملیلتر 100/ملیلیتر10 ملیلتــر إذ كـان التركیــز غیـر فعــال فــي 100/ ملیلتــر.،5المعاملـة فــي السـاعات األربــع والعشــرین األولـى باســتثناء التخفیـف ). 2(الساعات األربع والعشرین األولى من المعاملة كما في الجدول لتـر وكانـت النتـائج إیجابیـة فـي القضـاء /غـم40لقلـف بتركیـز یظهر تأثیر معاملة القواقع بمـادة ا)3(في الجدول .ملیلتر في األربع والعشرین ساعة األولى100/ملیلتر 10-2على القواقع في المكررات المحصورة بین ابیـة لتـر وقـد كانـت النتـائج إیج/غـم30نتائج معاملة القواقع مع المحلول المـائي للقلـف بتركیـز ) 4(یوضح الجدول ملیلیتــر إذ تـــم 100/ملیلتــر 1فــي القضــاء علــى القواقــع المعاملـــة فــي الســاعات األربــع والعشــرین األولـــى باســتثناء التخفیــف .ساعة 96القضاء على القواقع خالل لتـر فـي معاملـة القواقـع ویظهـر أن التـأثیر كـان/غـم20اسـتخدام المحلـول المـائي للقلـف بتركیـز ) 5(یوضح الجدول .في الیوم األول من المعاملة فعاال إال إن المكررات ذات التراكیز الواطئة لم تكن فعالة فیظهـر منهـا إن ) 6(لتـر كمـا هـو فـي الجـدول / غم 10لتر للمحلول الذي تركیزه / مل 4-2أما المكررات المحصورة بین % 70للمحلول المائي سمیة عالیة على القواقـع التـي تمـت معاملتهـا وظهـر ذلـك فـي الیـوم األول إذ تفاوتـت نسـبة قتلهـا بـین . ساعة 96نت كل التراكیز فعالة خالل من القواقع التي تمت معاملتها وكا% 100 -:ما استنتاجات البحث و االستخدامات التطبیقیة المحتملة له فتشمل األتي أ .من خالل التجریب المختبري bulinus truncatusأن قلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس فعال في القضاء على القواقع -1 للمحالیـل األصـلیة فـي المعاملـة بعـد ) لتـر /غم 50-10(قع كانت قلیلة جدا أن التراكیز المستخدمة في القضاء على القوا -2 .تخفیفها یمكـن الحصـول علـى مـادة القلـف بســهولة مـن أشـجار نبـات الیوكـالیبتوس المنتشـرة علــى نطـاق واسـع فـي العـراق كمــا أن -3 .استخالص المادة ال یتطلب تقنیات معقدة السیطرة علـى القواقـع المضـیفة لطفیلـي بلهارزیـا البـول الـدموي وذلـك مـن خـالل یمكن استخدام قلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس في-4 تجریبه في المنطقة الموبؤءة بالمرض حالیا . في محافظة دیالى قضاء بلدروز بعد أن تم التأكد من نجاحه مختبریا ء كمــا هــو الحـال فــي اســتخدام المشــتقات ال تشـكل مــادة القلــف خطـرًا علــى اإلنســان والحیوانـات واألغــراض االروائیــة للمـا-5 . الفینولیة ومركبات النحاس تعـد مـادة قلـف الیوكــالیبتوس مـن المـواد العضــویة سـریعة التحلـل فـي البیئــة المائیـة وذات اثـر زمنــي قصـیر وتتحلـل بفعــل -6 . الحرارة مرتفعة لدقیقة ال سیما عندما تكون درجاتالكائنات ا 2010) 1( 23الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم المصادر 1.cox, f.e.g. (1997). m odern parasitology .2nd ed. blackwell sci. publi. oxf., 52-39. 2.bissau, b. (1984).postgraduate coctor, 7(1), 6-18. 3.wilkins, a. (1988). m ed. int.,55 (2): 88-90, 4.allo, h.a.r. (2001).the p revalence of s.hematobium among school children in diy ala p rovince (baladruz). dip comm. m ed. coll. m ed. univ. bagh. 20 . 5.tiemersma, e.w.; hafid, s. and boelee, e. (1997).trans .roy . soc. trop . m ed. hy g., 91:285-86, 6.kunt z, r.e. (1957).am. j. trop . m ed. hy g. 6:940-945 7. kunt z, r.e. and wells, w.h. (1951). am .j. t rop . m ed. hy g .31: 784-824 8.wright, w.h.; dobrovolny, c.g. and berry, e.g. (1958). bull. w. h.o, 18: 936-974. 9.agi, p.i. acta hy drobiol. . 38:46-51, (1996). 100/ مل 3للمكررات المحصورة بین ) لتر / غم 50( تراكیز المحلول المائي لقلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس) : 1(جدول األرقام (مل ماء القناة األصلي ، وعدد هالكات القواقع بموجب الوقت المسجل 100/مل 10 -مل ماء القناة األصلي یة من أیة مادة كیمیاویةوالسیطرة خال)تمثل معدل ثالث قراءات في أوقات مختلفة المحلول المائي لقلف )لتر/غم(الیوكالیبتوس :عدد الهالكات بعد مرور تركیز المكررات ماء القناة )مل(التركیز )مل( مجموع الهالكات ساعة 48 ساعة 24 سیطرة 0 100 0/24 _ 0/24 50 3 97 24/24 24/24 50 5 95 24/24 24/24 50 10 90l 24/24 24/24 100/ مل 0.5للمكررات المحصورة بین ) لتر/ غم 50(تراكیز المحلول المائي لقلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس ):2(جدول مل من ماء القناة األصلي وعدد هالكات القواقع بموجب الوقت المسجل 100/مل 2 -مل ماء القناة األصلي و السیطرة خالیة من أیة مادة كیمیاویة ) ختلفة األرقام تمثل معدل ثالث قراءات في أوقات م( المحلول المائي لقلف )لتر/غم(الیوكالیبتوس :عدد الهالكات بعد مرور تركیز المكررات ماء القناة )مل(التركیز )مل( 48 ساعة 24 ساعة ساع72 ة مجموع الهالكات سیطرة 0 100ml 0/24 0/24 0/24 0/24 50 0.5 99.5 9/24 9/24 6/24 24/24 50 1 99 24/24 _ 24/24 50 1.5 98.5 24/24 _ 24/24 50 2 98 24/24 _ 24/24 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مل 100/ مل 2 للمكررات المحصورة بین) لتر/ غم 40(تراكیز المحلول المائي لقلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس ) : 3(جدول األرقام تمثل ( مل ماء القناة األصلي وعدد هالكات القواقع بموجب الوقت المسجل 100/مل 10 ماء القناة األصلي و السیطرة خالیة من أیة مادة كیمیاویة) معدل ثالث قراءات المحلول المائي لقلف الیوكالیبتوس )لتر/غم( -:ر عدد الهالكات بعد مرو تركیز المكررات ماء القناة )مل(التركیز )مل( مجموع الهالكات ساعة 48 ساعة 24 0/24 _ 0/24 100 0 سیطرة 40 2 98 24/24 _ 24/24 40 5 95 24/24 _ 24/24 40 7 93 24/24 _ 24/24 40 8 92 24/24 _ 24/24 40 9 91 24/24 _ 24/24 40 10 90 24/24 _ 24/24 مل 100/ مل 1للمكررات المحصورة بین ) لتر/ غم 30( ز المحلول المائي لقلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس تراكی) : 4(جدول األرقام تمثل ( مل ماء القناة األصلي وعدد هالكات القواقع بموجب الوقت المسجل 100/مل 3 ماء القناة األصلي كیمیاویةوالسیطرة خالیة من أیة مادة ) معدل خمس قراءات في أوقات مختلفة المحلول المائي لقلف )لتر /غم(الیوكالیبتوس :عدد الهالكات بعد مرور تركیز المكررات التركیز )مل( ماء القناة )مل( 24 ساعة 48 ساعة ساع72 ة ساع96 ة مجموع الهالكات 0/40 0/40 0/40 0/40 0/40 100 0 سیطرة 30 1 99 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 40/40 30 1.5 98.5 40/40 _ _ _ 40/40 30 2 98 40/40 _ _ _ 40/40 30 2.5 97.5 40/40 _ _ _ 40/40 30 3 97 40/40 _ _ _ 40/40 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 100/ مل 1للمكررات المحصورة بین ) لتر/ غم 20(تراكیز المحلول المائي لقلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس ) : 5(جدول األرقام (مل ماء القناة األصلي وعدد هالكات القواقع بموجب الوقت المسجل 100/مل 10 -مل ماء القناة األصلي والسیطرة خالیة من أیة مادة كیمیاویة ) تمثل معدل خمس قراءات في أوقات مختلفة المحلول المائي لقلف )لتر/غم(الیوكالیبتوس كات بعد مرور ركیز المكرراتت -:عدد الهال 48 ساعة 24 ماء القناة التركیز ساعة ساع72 ة ساع96 ة كات مجموع الهال 10 0 سیطرة 0 0 _ _ _ 0/4 0 20 1 99 10 /40 9/40 2/4 0 2/40 23/40 20 2 98 20 /40 1/40 3/4 0 2/40 26/40 20 3 97 40 /40 _ _ _ 40/40 20 4 96 40 /40 _ _ _ 40/40 20 5 95 40 /40 _ _ _ 40/40 مل 100/ مل 2للمكررات المحصورة بین ) لتر/ غم 10(تراكیز المحلول المائي لقلف نبات الیوكالیبتوس ) : 6(جدول األرقام تمثل (وعدد هالكات القواقع بموجب الوقت المسجل ) مل ماء القناة األصلي 100/مل 4 -ماء القناة األصلي والسیطرة خالیة من أیة مادة كیمیاویة) قراءات في أوقات مختلفة معدل سبع المحلول المائي لقلف )لتر/غم(الیوكالیبتوس :عدد الهالكات بعد مرور تركیز المكررات التركیز )مل( ماء القناة )مل( 24 ساعة 48 ساعة ساع72 ة ساع96 ة مجموع الهالكات 0/56 0/56 0/56 0/56 0/56 100 0 سیطرة 10 2 98 35/56 4/56 2/56 0/56 41/56 10 2.5 97.5 44/56 3/56 0/56 0/56 47/56 10 3 97 50/56 6/56 _ _ 56/56 10 3.5 96.5 54/56 2/56 _ _ 56/56 10 4 96 56/56 _ _ _ 56/56 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 the use of bark water extracts of eucalyptus camaldulensis to control the snail host bulinus truncates of urinary schisto somiasis s. a. salman and k. ibrahim tropical dis ease rese arch unit ,unive rsity of baghdad abstract the present study is a contribution to determine the effect of bark water extracts of t he common trees of eucalyptus camaldulensis to control the snail intermediate host (bulinus truncatus) of urinary schist osomiasis in iraq. it was found that the lethal concentrations of bark p hy tochemicals to this snail were ranging from 10gm/l to 50gm/l.the effect of bark extracts was very remarkable during the first 24 hours. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 دراسة تأثیر التدعیم والحمل المسلط في معدل البلى لمتراكبات االیبوكسي مصطفى زید عبد هللا وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیة عدي حمید احمد الجامعة العراقیة/ كلیة التربیة / قسم الفیزیاء مكيسمیر عطا عبد الرحمن محمود حسین جامعة بغداد ) / بن الھیثما(للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / الفیزیاء علوم قسم 2012تموز 16 قبل البحث في : ، 2012اذار15استلم البحث في : الخالصة (ep)تم في ھذا البحث دراسة تأثیر التدعیم والحمل المسلط في معدل البلى لمواد متراكبة مكونة من راتنج االیبوكسي بوصفھ مادة اساس ومدعم بـدقائق الخشب ( االحمر الجاوي واالبیض الجام الروسي ) ، ومسحوق الزجاج ، والیاف نماذج في الظروف المختبریة ، إذ اعتمدت األحمال ) ولجمیع ال(%20الصوف الصخري . وبكسر حجمي مقدارة ) دقائق لقرص من الحدید. وقد بینت النتائج ان تدعیم 10) نیوتن على التوالي وكانت مدة االختبار ( 40 ,10,20,30( الزجاج ، إذ راتنج االیبوكسي ادى الى نقصان معدل البلى لجمیع النماذج ما عـدا للمواد المتراكبة الھجینة المدعمة بمسحوق تلیھا المادة (ep+r.w.f)للمادة المتراكبة (9g/cm-10×4)الى (9g/cm-10×22) انخفضت قیم معدل البلـى من ، في حین ان الزیادة في الحمل (ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f)واخیرا المادة المتراكبة (ep+w.w.f)المتراكبة المسلط ادى الى زیادة معدل البلى ولجمیع النماذج . راتنج االیبوكسي ، معدل البلى . متراكبات . : مفتاحیةالكلمات ال 179 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة ظھر في اآلونة األخیرة االھتمام بدراسة االحتكاك و التزییت و البلى التي یظھر دورھا بشكل واضح في عملیات تشغیل األنظمة المیكانیكیة المتعددة والتي تتضمن في عملھا االحتكاك والبلى، إذ ان دراسة البلى للمواد البولیمریة بشكل بشكل واسع وخفة وزنھ وسھولة تصنیعھ ومتانتھ الجیدة وقلة معامل عام ولمتراكباتھ بشكل خاص ھو بسسب توفره .وفیما یاتي اشارة لبعض ھذه الدراسات والبحوث : [1]االحتكاك لھ وتحملھ االحمال العالیة ذ إ) وزمالؤه بدراسة تأثیر االحتكاك والبلى لالیبوكسي المدعم بالمطاط ، n.s.eissقام الباحث ( (1986)وفي عام ومقارنة نتائج القرصین .وقد توصل الباحث steelواالخر ھو glassجرى االختبار باستعمال قرصین األول زجاج أ إما بالنسبة الى معدل البلى فقد توصلوا إلى أن steelوزمالؤه الى ان معامل االحتكاك لقرص الزجاج اقل منھ لقرص ومن ثم یقل تدریجیا أما sliding distance)سافة االنزالق( یزداد بسرعة كبیرة مع زیادة م steelمعدل البلى لقرص .103m([2] 2.5معدل البلى لقرص الزجاج فإنھ یحصل بعد مسافة انزالق مقدارھا ( -eبدراسة البلى اللیاف الزجاج نوع gopalkrishna) و ( (padmanabhan)) قام الباحثان (1994ففي عام المدعمة لمادة الفینولك وتم التوصل الى ان الخسارة النوعیة في الكتلة بوحدة الحمل ومساحة االنزالق تقل مع زیادة الحمل المسلط والسرعة وان ھذه الخسارة تزداد بارتفاع درجات الحرارة . وفي حالة تدعیم الفینولك بالیاف الزجاج والكفلر .[3]اومة البلى تكون قلیلة عند السرع العالیة ودرجات الحرارة العالیة والصلب وتشكیل مادة ھجینة وجد ان مق بدراسة البلى واالحتكاك لمتراكبات االیبوكسي المدعمة (suresha) و (praskash)) قام الباحثان (2006وفي عام ) sicافة مادة كاربید السیلكون(مرة ومرة اخرى باضافة الكرافیت الى المتراكب ومرة ثانیة اض e بالیاف الزجاج من نوع الى المتراكب ایضاً واجرى الباحثان الدراسة عند الظروف الجافة وبزیادة الحمل والسرعة وتوصال الى ان كل من مادة )sic والكرافیت قللت من معدل البلى للمتراكب االیبوكسي المدعم بالیاف الزجاج.وان اعلى مقاومة للبلى حصلت عند ( ]4) مقارنة مع بقیة المتراكبات. [sicعم بـ(المتراكب المد الجزء النظري (wear)البلـــــــى یعرف البلى على انھ عملیة تعریة لسطح المادة الصلبة نتیجة لتاثرھا بسطح جسم صلب اخر،او یمكن ان یعرف على انھ تلك العملیة التي تحدث نتیجة لحصول تفاعل بین سطح المادة الصلب مع الظروف المحیطة ، مثل درجة الحرارة الفقدان او الخسارة في مادة احد او من كلیھما عندما یكونان . او یمكن ان یعرف على انھ[5]،السوائل ،الغازات ...الخ . [6]تحت حركة نسبیة ، والیمكن تغییر نسبة معدل البلى للمواد اال بتغییر الحمل والسرعة والتزییت والظروف المحیطة mechanisms for generation wear particles آلیات تولید دقائق البلى :[7,8]لید دقائق البلى خالل االنزالق وھيھناك ثالث آلیات لتو ) plowing اوال: الحرث ( ) ناتجة عن عملیة القطع بوساطة الدقائق الصلدة،او chipsتكون دقائق البلى الناتجة من الیة الحرث على شكل نحاتھ ( ویمكن للسطوح ان تحرث بوساطة من خالل تكوین االخادید نتیجة تشوه وتكسر الطبقة السطحیة بوساطة تداخل النتؤات، دقائق البلى ،الدقائق الصلدة المحصورة عند السطح الفاصل للجزئین المتحركین والقادمة من بیئة المحیط او النتوءات الصلدة للسطح المقابل . separation by delamination)ثانیا: االنفصال الصفائحي ( تكون دقائق البلى الناتجة من آلیة االنفصال على شكل صفائح كبیرة الحجم ویتم تكوین ھذه الدقائق بوساطة التشویھ اللدن للمنطقة السطحیة وتحت السطحیة مما یؤدي الى تكَون شقوقاً في المنطقة تحت السطحیة ومن ثم نمو ھذه الشقوق ومن لبلى الناتجة عن طریق آلیة االنفصال تتم على أربع مراحل. ثم حصول االزالة ، لھذا فان دقائق ا .(asperity deformation and fracture) تشویھ النتوءات وتكسرھا 1 .(crack growth) 2-نمو الشق .(crack propagation) 3-تكاثر الشق .(wear sheat formation) 4-تكوین صفیحة البلى asperity deformation:تؤات ثالثاً: تشویھ الن تتكون دقائق البلى نتیجة الزالة نتوءات االسطح المتماسة والنتوءات المتكونة خالل آلیة االنفصال، تزال ھذه النتوءات نتیجة لتشابك نتوء مع نتوء اخر ،وفي معظم الحاالت فان تولید دقائق البلى بوساطة تشوه النتوءات یمكن ان یمیز من آلیة االنفصال بوساطة موقع الشق نسبة الى اتجاه االنزالق تظھر الشقوق السطحیة المترافقة مع االنفصال عند حافة نھایة الشق تحت السطحي (نسبة الى عكس اتجاه االنزالق) ،بینما ویھ النتوءات الشقوق المتكونة بوساطة تشویھ النتوءات تظھر عند حافة بدایة الشق.وتكون دقائق البلى المتكونة من تش اصغر بكثیر من دقائق البلى الناتجة من آلیة االنفصال التي تكون على شكل صفائح. )(methods of wear measurementsطرائق قیاس البلى ھناك العدید من الطرائق لقیاس معدل البلى وفیما یأتي بعضاً منھا: 180 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 )(weight methodالطریقھ الوزنیة السھلة والشائعة لقیاس معدل البلى وتتضمن ھذه الطریقة وزن األنموذج قبل إجراء االختبار وبعده ومن ثم ھي من الطرائق :[9]یتم حساب الفرق في الوزن ویحسب معدل البلى من المعادلة اآلتیة ………………….…..(1) علما أن: wδ الفرق في الوزن :g) .( sd مسافة االنزالق :cm) .( ) (mechanical methodالمیكانیكیة الطریقھ ) ومساحة سطحیة قدرھا 0.001cm) أنموذجي ذي حد تصمیمي یصل إلى ((micrometerفیھا یتم استعمال مایكرومیتر )0.01cm29]،[10) وتستعمل ھذه الطریقة لقیاس البلى في األجزاء كبیرة الحجم مثل اسطوانات اآلالت والسیارات. )(optical methodالطریقة الضوئیة تتلخص ھذه الطریقة بعمل انبعاجات صغیرة للصالدة الدقیقة على سطح األنموذج الذي یراد معدل البلى لھ، ومن حساب .9]،[10النقصان في حجم االنبعاجات یتم حساب معدل البلى )radiotracers methodالطریقة الشعاعیة ( س البلى وتمتلك دقة أكثر من الطرائق األخر. ویمكن بھذه الطریقة قیاس معدل البلى في اثناء ھي طریقة متطورة لقیا حدوثھ بدال من إجراء الفحوصات والقیاسات قبل التشغیل وبعده كما في الطرائق التقلیدیة األخر. وتستعمل ھذه الطریقھ ا جدا وذا مقدار اقل من المسموح بقیاسھ في الطرائق لنوعین من الدراسات. األولى عندما یكون قیاس البلى المطلوب صغیر المستعمل في ھذه الدراسة بخواص تمیزه من باقي األنواع ط األخر. واألخرى تستعمل عندما یكون ھناك حاجة لمعرفة وھي لزوجتھ الواطئة التي تسمح بخلطھ مع مواد التدعیم بصورة جیدة لحین الوصول الى التشبع التام ما بین المادة األساس اسع من المحالیل ومادة التدعیم، كذلك فھو یمتلك خاصیة التصاق عالیة، ویتمیز بمعدل زحف قلیل ومقاومة عالیة لمدى و فھو مادة سائلة (hardener)الكیمیائیة، فضالً عن عدم حدوث انكماش بعد صب القالب وتصلبھ، اما المحلول المصلد ویحدث بینھما التفاعل عند درجة حرارة الغرفة (1:5)خفیفة القوام وذات لون شفاف، یضاف المصلد الى الراتنج بنسبة وھما دقیق الخشب األبیض الجام الروسي الذي (wood flour)نوعان من دقیق الخشب ،اما مواد التدعیم فقد استعمل ، ودقیق الخشب األحمر الجاوي الذي رمزه kg/m3 521.757)(الذي یمتلك كثافة مقدارھا (w.w.f)یرمز لھ (r.w.f) و كثافة مقدارھا (495.544kg/m3)لنوع الناعم الذي یمتد حجمھ الدقائقي ، و كال نوعي الدقائق من ا الذي یرمز (soda-lime glass)من نوع (class powder)مایكرون، كذلك استعمل مسحوق الزجاج (140-100)بین (rock wool)والیاف الصوف الصخري (kg/m3 2480)وبكثافة (35µm)،اذ یمتلك حجم حبیبي مقداره (g.p) لھ وتتمیز بلونھا االخضر ، وتعد ھذه االلیاف من العوازل (700kg/m3)مقدارھا تمتلك كثافة (r.w)التي رمزھا وتمتاز بمقاومة كیمیائیة عالیة . (c°800)الحراریة نظرا لما تمتاز بھ من مقاومة حراریة عالیة لمستوى یصل الى تحضیر العینات في عملیة تحضیر العینات ضمن ھذه المرحلة اذ تم تھیأة (handlayup molding)اتبعت تقنیة القولبة الیدویة .وبعد تھیأة القالب أجریت لھ عملیة تنظیف cm(21 × 21)قالب خاص لعملیة الصب مصنوع من الحدید المغلون وبأبعاد ات بعد دقیقة ثم تبعتھا عملیة تجفیف، ثم بعد ذلك ولضمان عدم ألتصاق الراتنج على القالب وسھولة ٱستخراج المصبوب اكتمال عملیة التصلب و ُوضع الفابلون الالصق على الجدران الداخلیة للقالب بوصفھ مادة عازلة بعدھا أصبح القالب جاھزا لعملیة الصب . اذ حضرت ستة انواع من المواد المتراكبة وكما یأتي : ، واألیبوكسي (ep+r.w.f)فردة األیبوكسي المدعم بدقائق الخشب األحمر (الجاوي) فقط بوصفھ مادة متراكبة من .(ep+r.w.f+g.p)المدعم بدقائق الخشب األحمر ومسحوق الزجاج بوصفھ مادة متراكبة ھجینة (ep+w.w.f)األیبوكسي المدعم بدقائق الخشب األبیض (الجام) الروسي فقط بوصفة مادة متراكبة منفردة .(ep+w.w.f+g.p)جاج بوصفة مادة متراكبة ھجینة ،واألیبوكسي المدعم بدقائق الخشب األبیض ومسحوق الز ، و األیبوكسي المدعم بألیاف الصوف الصخري وكال نوعي (ep)واالیبوكسي غیر المدعم للتعرف غلى خصائصھ . (ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f)دقائق الخشب بوصفة مادة متراكبة ھجینة -:[11]% ) وذلك من خالل االعتماد على العالقة االتیة (20اذ صنعت المواد المتراكبة بكسر حجمي مقدارة φ = 1 / (1+(1-ψ) /ψ). ρf/ρm ....................................................... (2) إذ إن: φ .الكسر الحجمي لأللیاف في المادة المتراكبة : 181 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ψ . الكسر الوزني لأللیاف في المادة المتراكبة : ρm , ρf :) كثافة األلیاف والمادة األساس على التواليkg/m3.( ساعة یتم أستخراج المصبوبات من القوالب، ثم بعد (24)بعد اكتمال عملیة التصلب األولي ولجمیع القوالب التي ھي مدة ومن ثم یتم مدة ساعتین وذلك ألتمام التفاعالت الكیمیائیة. (c°60)عند درجة حرارة (curing)ذلك تتم عملیة المعالجة تقطیع المصبوبات باستخدام جھاز خاص للتقطیع على وفق االبعاد القیاسیة ، وقد استخدمت في ھذا البحث الطریقة ) اإلبعاد 1الوزنیة لحساب معدل البلى للعینات ، وتم أُجري اختبار البلى بأستخدام جھاز البلى االنزالقي ویوضح الشكل ( فوتوغرافیة لتلك العینات وجھاز اختبار البلى .القیاسیة لعینات البلى وصور النتائج والمناقشة نجد ان معدل البلى یزداد مع زیادة (2)من خالل مالحظة النتائج التي تم التوصل الیھا في البحث والمبینة في الشكل الحمل المسلط ولجمیع النماذج المحضرة ویعود ھذا الى حصول انفعاالت قص ناتجة من االجھاد الضغطي بسبب تسلیط الحمل وھذه االنفعاالت تسبب انتقال جزء من سطح العینة الى سطح القرص مما یرفع من قیمة معامل االحتكاك الذي بدورة قوة االحتكاك التي ینتج منھا زیادة في كمیة المادة المزالة من سطح العینة المالمس لسطح القرص الى سطح یسبب زیادة [12]العینة نفسھا . ونتیجة لذلك فأن مساحة التالمس سوف تزداد باستمرار مما یزید من معدل البلى كال السطحین المحتكین وان بدایة التالمس یحصل كذلك یمكن ان نعزو ھذه الزیادة الى وجود النتوءات واالخادید في التي یتركز علیھا االجھاد الناتج بفعل تأثیر الحمل المسلط. الذي یؤدي الى حدوث تشوه لدن لھذه .عند النتوءات الحادة النتوءات . وان زیادة الحمل المسلط یعمل على زیادة التشوه الحاصل عند قمم النتوءات والمنطقة القریبة من السطح . السطح فتتجمع الشقوق الصغیرة مع بعضھا مؤدیة الى حدوث فتزداد الحفر نتیجة لتأثیر الدقائق الناتجة من تحطیم قشرة . [13]ازالة لطبقات السطح مكونة الحطام الذي یكون على شكل دقائق رقیقة لھذا یزداد التشوه اللدن مع زیادة الحمل دة وھذا یؤدي الى فضال عن ذلك فأن درجة الحرارة لھا تأثیر في معدل البلى وان ارتفاع درجة الحرارة تزید من لیونة الما . [2]زیادة االلتصاق ما بین نتؤات السطحین ومن ثم زیادة معدل البلى -الذي یوضح نتائج اختبار البلى نستنتج ان : (1)ومن خالل مالحظة الجدول والسبب في ذلك یعود (ep+w.w.f+g.p),(ep+r.w.f+g.p)اقل مقاومة البلى كانت للمواد المتراكبة الھجینة إذ ان وجودة في المادة المتراكبة یؤدي الى زیادة في عملیة ˶وجود مسحوق الزجاج الذي یمتاز بمعدل بلى عال الى . [14]االلتصاق لنتؤات السطح التي تلیھا حدوث عملیة الحرث وذلك نتیجة لنشوء قوة احتكاك في المادة السیرامیكیة فقد امتلكت اعلى مقاومة بلى مقارنة مع (ep+w.w.f),(ep+r.w.f)اما بالنسبة الى المواد المتراكبة المنفردة المواد المتراكبة الھجینة وراتنج االیبوكسي ویمكن ان نعزو ھذا الى وجود دقائق الخشب التي تعمل على ارتفاع صالدة ي حالتھا الحرة اي یؤدي الى المادة ،إذ تعمل ھذه الدقائق على تقلیل الھیئات المختلفة لجزیئات المادة االساس (االیبوكسي) ف . [15]تقلیل حركتھا ومن ثم زیادة صالدتھا المصادر 1hull, d. (1981) ,an introdution to composite material , cambridge university ,press. 2eiss, n.s.and czichos ,h. (1986) the last wear,̏ tribological studies on rubber – modifled epoxies : influence of material properties and operating condition ̏ , 111: 347-361. 3padmanabhan and gopalkrishna,(1994),university of missouri rolla,degree: phd, 175. 4suresha,b.& praskash j.n., (2006) journal of minerals & materials characterization & eng., 5 (1): 87-101. 5buckley, d.h. (1981) surface effect in adhesion,friction,wear and lubrication , eisevier new york. )، مدخل علم الترایبولوجیا ، 1985د. التورنجي، محمد جواد كاظم، د.مھدي سعید حیدر، ( جون ھولنك ، ترجمة6 ھندسة االنتاج والمعادن. الجامعة التكنولوجیة،قسم )، دراسة البنیة المجھریة والبلى لسبائك االلمنیوم ــ سلیكون لمصبوبة محورة باستخدام 2000،عقیل ظاھر، ( صبحي 7 التیتانیوم، رسالة ماجستیر ــ قسم ھندسة االنتاج والمعادن ــ الجامعة التكنولوجیة. الزنك من سبیكة البراص وتأثیرھا في الخواص المیكانیكیة للسبیكة ، )، دراسة عملیة ازالة2005سمیج ،ھناء عریر، (8 رسالة ماجستیر ــ قسم العلوم التطبیقیة ــ الجامعة التكنولوجیة . 9 owicy r., 1965 ,friction and wear of materials, john wiley and sons, inc., new york. 10chiai s., 1994, mechanical properties of metallic composites, space technology research group, elsevier 11-.hull,d. (1981) an introduction to composite materials,cambridge university press, first pub.. 182 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 12sarkar ,a.d. (1980) friction and wear ,academic press inco,london. 13http://www.freepatentsonline.html 14ashby ,m.f.and jones, d.r. (1982) materials an introduction and application, combridge university, 929-935 ، دار الكتب للطباعة و النشر ، جامعة الموصل. كیمیاء اللدائن ) ،1993د. محمد، اكرم عزیز ،( 15. تغیر قیم معدل البلى مع تغیر الحمل المسلط ولجمیع النماذج ) : یستعرض1جدول( wear rate x 10-9 (g / cm) load (n) (ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f) ep+w.w.f+g.p ep+r.w.f+g.p ep+w.w.f ep+r.w.f ep 19 25 37 7 4 22 10 42 53 39 16 14 79 20 48 56 43 31 34 170 30 54 59 53 110 97 230 40 -a .االبعاد القیاسیة لعینات البلى – b .عینات البلى c-.جھاز البلى )(astmاالبعاد القیاسیة لعینات البلى على وفق نظام a : (1) – شكل b صورة فوتوغرافیة لعینات البلى cصورة فوتوغرافیة لجھاز البلى یوضح العالقة بین معدل البلى والحمل المسلط لجمیع النماذج (2): شكل 10mm 10mm 20m m 183 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 study reinforcing and applied load of wear rate for epoxy composites mustafa z. abdullah ministry of science &technology oday h. ahmed department of physics / college of education / iraqi university sameer a. maki abdurrahman m. hessian dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :15 march 2012 , accepted in:16july2012 abstract this research studies reinforcing and applied load of wear rate for epoxy composites contains from epoxy resin (ep) as a matrix material and reinforced by gawain red wood flour , russian white wood flour , glass powder and rock wool fibers , with volume fraction (20%) for all samples in lab conditions. by using the load (10,20 ,30 ,40) newton of iron disc for testing time(10) minute, and the results have shown that the reinforcing of epoxy resin led to decrease wear rate for all samples except the hybrid composites reinforced earth glass powder , that the wear rate values decrease from (22×10-9g/cm) to (4×10-9g/cm) of composite material(ep+r.w.f) and thus(ep+w.w.f) at last(ep+r.w+r.w.f+w.w.f) , but the applied load increase led to increose wear rate for all samples . key words: epoxy resin, wear rate, composites 184 | physics 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تأثیر انواع مختلفة من االغذیة على حیاتیة حشرة عثة التین في المختبر ephestia cautella (walk.) (lepidoptera : pyralidae) سوسن حمید فوزیة محمد عزیز، جامعة بغداد ،كلیة الزراعة الخالصة ephestiaبـأن االنــواع المختلفـة مـن االغذیـة قــد اثـرت بشـكل واضـح علــى نمـو وبقـاء حشـرة عثــة التـین بینـت النتـائج cautella (walk.) بلغـت معـدالت انتاجیـة االنثـى للبـیض بینمـا . یومـاً 4و 3.9فـي المختبـر وكانـت فتـرة حضـانة البـیض بـین بیضة على كل من التمر ، الجـریش ، التـین ، الزبیـب ، الكشـمش ، الطرشـانة ) 58.8، 60، 68، 118.9، 126، 130.5( . علـــى التـــوالي %) 75، % 74.9، % 75.1، % 75.7 ،% 80.2، % 79.8(علــى التـــوالي ، والنســـبة المئویـــة للفقــس كانـــت وتبـین مـن الدراسـة بـأن اقصـر فتـرة للجیـل كانـت للحشـرات المربـاة علـى الجـریش بینمـا كانـت اطـول فتـرة للجیـل قـد سـجلت للحشـرات .على التمر المقدمة ephestiaتتعـرض الفواكــه المخزونــة الــى العدیــد مــن االفـات الحشــریة ، ولعــل اكثرهــا اهمیــة هــي حشـرة عثــة التــین cautella (walk.) فـي العـراق اضــرارًا جسـیمة بـالتمر منــذ قطفـه حتـى تســویقه واسـتالكه ، وتصـیب هــذه اذ تسـبب هـذه الحشــرة الصــناف المتــأخرة النضــج مــع وجــود تبــاین فــي شــدة االصــابة بــاختالف الحشـرة التمــر علــى النخلــة اذا تــأخر جنیــه او كــان مــن ا ).4، 3، 2، 1(االصناف والمنطقة الجغرافیة معظم الدراسات التي اجریت على هـذه الحشـرة علـى اختبـار وتطـویر الوسـائل الكیمیاویـة للسـیطرة علیهـا والحـد مـن تركزت كـالتعقیم الـى اختبـار اسـالیب اخـرى للمكافحـة فقد عمد المختصون ) 6، 5(ن اضرارها وبما انها غیر مرغوب فیها لحشرات المخاز او اسـتخدام بعــض الغــازات الخاملــة مثــل ) 10، 9(واســتخدام الحـرارة او الحــرارة مــع التفریــغ الهــوائي ) 8، 7(والقتـل باشــعة كامــا ، ) 12، 11(وغیرهــا فـي السـیطرة علـى حشـرات المـواد المخزونــة heوالهلیـوم n2والنتـروجین co2غـاز ثـاني اوكسـید الكـاربون .بینما احتلت البحوث المتعلقة بحیاتها موقعًا ثانویًا على اساس انها معروفة ومدروسة والسیما في المختبر رات یعــد للحشـ) سـواء علــى الغـذاء الصـناعي او شـبه الصـناعي او الطبیعـي(او تطـویر بـرامج التربیـة المختبریـة ان نجـاح اسـتخدمت هــذه التقنیـات فــي انتـاج طفیلیــات مفترسـات ومســببات مـن اهـم الطرائــق المسـتخدمة فــي السـیطرة علیهــا والسـیما اذا مــا .مرضیة في برامج السیطرة على تلك االفات اسـم او مـادة معینـة ان الفائدة الكبیرة لوجود المستعمرات المختبریة للحشرة على مدار السنة یحـرر البـاحثین مـن التقیـد بالمو والهمیـة الحشـرة ومـا تحدثـه مـن اضـرار بـالمواد المخزونـة والسـیما التمـور عنـدنا فقـد ) . 13(والدراسـات المتعلقـة بهـا لتنفیذ البحوث .اقترح هذا البحث لمعرفة تأثیر انواع االغذیة المختلفة على حیاة عثة التین 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المواد وطرائق العمل یرقـات وعـذارى عثـة التــین مـن تمـر زهـدي مصـاب وشخصـت الحشــرة الحدیثـة الظهـور مـن قبـل متحـف التــاریخ تـم جمـع الذكور الى االنـاث وتأقلمـت تحـت ظـروف 1:1من كامالت عثة التین وبنسبة ازواج ) 5(اختیرت . الطبیعي التابع لجامعة بغداد عبــوات داخـل ) غــم 12كلسـرین + غــم 88جـریش حنطـة (اجیـال علــى وسـط غـذائي صــناعي متكـون مــن 3المختبـر علـى مــدى فضـة بدرجــة سـم مغلفـة بقطعـة قمـاش ملمــل وثبتـت بربـاط مطـاطي وضـعت داخـل حا) 12.5× 9(بالسـتیكیة اسـطوانیة ابعادهـا .لغرض الحصول على البیض ، نقلت كامالت الحشرة الى زجاجة فانوس متوسطة الحجم% 70-65ورطوبة نسبیة 1+ م ْ 28 الفتحة السفلى بقماش تول ناعم وتحته طبـق بالسـتیكي لجمـع البـیض وغطیـت الفتحـة العلیـا بقمـاش شـاش تتخللـه غطیت . لتغذیــة الكـامالت فــي اثنـاء فتــرة وضـع البــیض لتربیـة الیرقــات % 10ي فتحـة وسـطیة لوضــع قطعـة قطــن مرطبـة بمحلــول سـكر داخــل حاویــات بالســتیكیة ) التمــر ، التـین ، الطرشــانة ، الزبیــب ، الكشــمش ، الجــریش(اسـتخدمت ســتة انــواع مــن االغذیــة هــي یـوم او اقـل بواقـع 1بـیض عمـره اجریت جمیـع التجـارب المختبریـة علـى . غم للمكرر الواحد ) 25(بواقع ) سم 12.5× 9(ابعادها بعد وضع البیض غطیت الحاویة بقماش االوركنزا وثبتت بربـاط . بیضة لكل مكرر من المكررات الثالثة لكل نوع من الغذاء 25 فحصــت % . 70 – 65ورطوبــة نســبیة 1+ م ْ 28مطـاطي لمنــع هــروب الیرقــات وتسـهیل التهویــة ونقلــت الــى حاضـنة بدرجــة المعلومــات التـي تتعلـق بمــدة االعمـار الیرقیــة والعذریـة ومــدة الجیـل وعمــر ســاعة وسـجلت 48-24نــتظم كـل المعـامالت بشـكل م فـي انبـوب زجـاجي ) انثـى+ ذكـر (وضـع زوجـان . الكامالت واالنتاجیة ونسبة فقس البیـوض وحضـانته لحسـاب االنتاجیـة لالنثـى یرطب القطن ویحسب . كغذاء للكامالت % 10حلول سكري سم ومجهز بقطعة قطن صغیرة مرطبة بم 1.5سم وقطره 5ارتفاعه .البیض الموضوع یومیًا وبواقع خمس مكررات لكل معاملة النتائج والمناقشة فترة الحضانة واالنتاجیة وفقس البیض یـوم 3.9معدالت فترة حضانة البیض للكامالت المرباة یرقاتها على االغذیـة المختلفـة اذ تراوحـت بـین ) 1(یبین الجدول وبـین التحلیـل االحصـائي . على كـل مـن التمـر ، التـین ، الطرشـانة والزبیـب علـى التـوالي ایام 4على كل من الجریش والكشمش و f-t(باستخدام اختبار تحلیل التغایر est ( أي ان نـوع الغـذاء لـیس لـه تـأثیر 0.05عنـد مسـتوى احتمـال ق معنویـة عدم وجود فرو الــى مــدة الحضـانة ونســبة الفقــس الــى نســبة وقــد یعــزى ســبب االخــتالف فـي بعــض االحیــان . واضـح علــى فتــرة حضــانة البـیض علیهـا اعــاله علـى ســبیل فـي كــل غـذاء وعالقتهــا بـالحرارة المحیطــة وتسـند العدیــد مـن الدراســات النتـائج التــي تـم الحصــول الرطوبـة بـأن فتـرة ) 2، 1(الى ان االختالفات في مدة الحضانة تعتمد على الحرارة والرطوبة بدرجة ملحوظـة واوضـح ) 14(المثال اذ اشار ان فتـرة حضــانة ) 15(وذكــر . یومــًا تحـت ظــروف الخـزن االعتیادیــة للتمـر 8-4التـین تراوحــت بـین حضـانة البــیض لحشـرة عثــة %.70درجة مئویة ورطوبة نسبیة 25یومًا على التمر تحت ظروف مثالیة بدرجة 4.2كانت بیض عثة التین التمـر ، الجــریش ، (عـدد البـیض الـذي وضــعته انـاث حشـرة عثـة التـین المربـاة یرقاتهــا علـى انـواع االغذیـة امـا معـدالت . انثـى علـى التـوالي بیضـة ) 58و 60.8، 68، 118.9، 126، 130.5(فقـد كانـت ) التـین ، الزبیـب ، الكشـمش ، الطرشـانة ان النتـائج مــارة الــذكر تشـیر بوضــوح الــى تفضـیل انــاث عثــة التـین للتمــر والجــریش والتـین وبفــارق معنــوي عـن الزبیــب والكشــمش وضعته الكامالت المرباة یرقاتها على التمر واقل عدد من البیض وضعته الكامالت والطرشانة وان اكبر عدد من البیض 2009) 3( 22لة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمج ویعـزى سـبب وضـع اكبـر عـدد مـن البـیض مـن قبـل االنـاث علـى التمـر والجـریش والتـین كـون هـذه . المرباة یرقاتها على الطرشـانة بـالنمو والتطـور واعـادة دورة الحیـاة باعـداد مضـاعفة االغذیة تعطي الیرقات االحتیاج الغذائي الالزم لهـا بمـا یـؤمن لهـا االسـتمراریة وتؤكـد النتـائج . الزبیب والكشمش والطرشانة الـذي تعتبـر قـیمهم الغذائیـة واطئـة بالنسـبة لنمـو وتطـور الحشـرة وعلى العكس من ذلك العائـل النبـاتي المالئـم لوضـع اعاله العدید من الدراسات السابقة التـي اوضـحت ان النـاث العدیـد مـن الحشـرات القابلیـة علـى اختیـار البـیض والــذي یســند نمـو االدوار غیــر الكاملــة للنـوع ویســاعدها علــى انتـاج كــامالت بنســبة بقـاء عالیــة فیــؤدي الـى زیــادة الســكان -60(درجــة مئویـة ورطوبــة نســبیة 28فــي دراسـة مختبریــة تحــت درجـة الحــرارة ) 17(واوضــح ). 16(وبالتـالي اتســاع االضـرار بیضــة علـى البطاطــا واقلهـا علــى الفلفـل االخضــر 34.8علـى معــدل لعـدد البــیض النثـى عثــة درنـات البطاطــا كانـت ان ا%) 65 160-130ان معــدل عــدد البــیض لالنثــى الواحـدة لعثــة التــین المربــاة علــى التمــر یتــراوح مــن ) 2(وذكــر . بیضــة 12.8وكانـت البـیض لالنثــى الواحـدة لعثـة التــین المربـاة علــى الجـریش بلغــت ان معـدل عــدد ) 10(بیضـة فـي ظــروف الخـزن االعتیــادي ، وبـین %.70درجة مئویة ورطوبة نسبیة 25بیضة تحت الظروف المثالیة بدرجة حرارة 157.2 النسبة المئویة للفقس الـى عــدم وجـود أي تــأثیر للغـذاء علــى الفقـس البــیض ووجـد ان اعلــى نسـبة مئویــة للفقــس ) 1(تشـیر النتــائج فـي الجــدول للحشـرات المربــاة علـى الكشــمش ، امــا % 74.9بینمــا انخفضـت النســبة الــى % 80.2كانـت للبالغــة المربـاة علــى الجــریش فبلغـت علــى % 75و % 75.1و % 75.7و % 79.8ا فبلغــت النسـبة المئویـة للفقـس علیهـ) التمـر ، التـین ، الزبیـب والطرشـانة(االغذیـة متوقع كون انه لیس للغذاء تأثیر مباشر او غیر مباشر على فقـس البـیض فـي هـذه الحالـة وهـي الحالـة العامـة التوالي ، وهذا االمر لنمــو اص فـي كافـة الحشـرات اال تلــك الحـاالت التـي یقــوم العائـل النبـاتي فیهــا بالتـأثیر علـى البیــوض مـن خـالل تــوفیر الظـرف الخـ ان لنسبة النتروجین دور هام في عدد البـیض الموضـوع ونسـبة فقسـه والتـي تتناسـب طردیـًا مـع نسـبة البـروتین ) 18(واكد . الجنین النســبة ) 2و 1(واوضـح . التـي اسـتفادت منـه الحشـرة والتـي تتناســب عكسـیًا مـع نسـبة التـانین الـذي یعمــل علـى تثبـیط االنزیمـات ان نسـبة فقـس بـیض ) 10(فـي ظـروف المخـزن االعتیـادي ، وبـین % 70التین المرباة علـى التمـر بلغـت المئویة لفقس بیض عثة %.70درجة مئویة ورطوبة 25في ظروف مثالیة % 83.6عثة التین المرباة على الجریش بلغت تأثیر انواع االغذیة على دورة حیاة عثة التین ان لنـوع الغـذاء تـأثیر واضـح علـى تطـور ونمـو ادوار عثـة التـین فقـد وجـدت فروقـات معنویـة فـي ) 2(یتضـح مـن الجـدول 26.3، 27.7، 29.9، 31.9اطوال مدد الدورین الیرقي والعذري بین انواع االغذیة المختلفة فكانت معـدالت فتـرة الـدور الیرقـي وتبـین ان اطـول فتـرة . علـى التـوالي) ، التین ، الطرشانة ، الزبیب ، الكشـمش والجـریش التمر(یومًا على االغذیة 13.8و 61.1، واظهر التحلیل االحصائي وجـود فـروق معنویـة بـین كـل مـن التمـر والتـین سـویة . الیرقي كانت التمر واقل فترة على الجریش للدور ر االغذیـة المختلفـة علـى طـول الـدور العـذري فیتضـح مــن امــا تـأثی. وبـین الطرشـانة والزبیـب سـویة وبـین الكشـمش والجـریش سـویة 12.8كانـت ) التمـر ، التـین ، الطرشـانة ، الزبیـب ، الكشـمش والجـریش(فترة الدور العذري على االغذیـة ان معدالت ) 2(الجدول عنویـة بـین تـأثیر كـل وعند مقارنـة هـذه المعـدالت یلحـظ وجـود فروقـات م. یومًا على التوالي 8.2و 9، 9.1، 10.7، 11.8، من التمر والتین والطرشانة سویة من جهة واالغذیة الزبیب والكشمش والجریش سـویة مـن جهـة اخـرى ، ویعـزى سـبب قصـر الـدور علـى كـل مـن الجـریش والكشـمش الـى تـوفر احتیاجـات الحشـرة الغذائیـة الالزمـة لتطورهـا ، وهنـا تكمـن خطـورة االفــة الیرقـي والعـذري لمـواد الغذائیـة حیـث یمكـن لهـا ان تعیـد دورة حیاتهـا مـن جدیـد وبفتـرات قصـیرة نسـبیًا فتـزداد سـكانها فتشـكل ضــررًا عنـد تـوفر هـذه ا یومـًا علـى التـوالي 8.4یومـًا و 29.4بأن مدة الدور الیرقي والعذري لعثة التین المرباة مختبریـًا علـى التمـر هـي ) 15(وبین . اكبر درجة مئویة ورطوبة 25تحت ظروف مثالیة بدرجة حرارة 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد درجـة مئویـة ورطوبـة 28ان مدة الدور الیرقي والعذري لعثة درنات البطاطـا المربـاة مختبریـًا بدرجـة ) 17(واوضح % . 70نسبیة یومـًا ، ) 32(یومًا واطولها على الفلفل االخضر ) 21(على مضایف نباتیة مختلفة كانت اقصرها على البطاطا % 65-60نسبیة ي مـدة الجیـل نتیجـة التغذیـة علـى انـواع االغذیـة اذ بلغـت المعـدالت وجـود اختالفـات فـ) 2(اما طول مدة الجیل فیتبین من الجدول یومًا على التمر ، التین ، الطرشانة ، الزبیـب ، الكشـمش والجـریش علـى التـوالي 25.9و 29.2و 39و 42.4و 45.7و 48.7 روق معنویـة بینهمـا وبـین كـل عدم وجود فرق معنوي بین كل من التمر والتـین فـي حـین كـان هنـاك فـواظهر التحلیل االحصائي . مـن الطرشـانة والزبیـب التــي اختلفـت هـي االخـرى عــن الكشـمش والجـریش ، وتبــین ان اطـول مـدة للجیـل كانــت علـى التمـر واقصــر مـدة للجیـل علــى الجـریش ، امــا متوسـطات عمـر الكــامالت لعثـة التــین المربـاة یرقاتهـا علــى االغذیـة التمــر ، التـین ، الطرشــانة ، یومـًا علــى التــوالي وبعــدم وجـود فــرق معنــوي بینهــا 8.9و 8.5، 8.3، 8.6، 8.5، 9.1الكشــمش ، الجــریش فهــي الزبیـب ، .وبمقارنة المعدالت وجد ان اقصر الكامالت عمرًا هي المرباة على الزبیب واطولها عمرًا التي كانت مرباة على التمر 9یومـًا و 54-48معدل عمر الكاملة لعثة التین على التمـر هـي مـن بأن مدة الجیل و ) 2(مقاربة لما ذكره وهذه النتائج ان مدة الجیل وعمر الكـامالت لعثـة التـین المربـاة علـى التمـر مختبریـًا ) 15(وذكر . ایام على التوالي في ظروف الخزن االعتیادي ان اقصـر مـدة ) 17(واوضـح % . 70 درجة مئویـة ورطوبـة نسـبیة 25یومًا على التوالي تحت درجة حرارة 10.5یومًا و 42هي یومـًا علـى التـوالي واطـول مـدة للجیـل واقصـر عمـر للكــامالت 15و 26.2هـي للجیـل واطـول عمـر لكـامالت عثـة درنـات البطاطـا وهــذا % 65-60درجـة مئویـة ورطوبــة نسـبیة 28یومـًا علـى التــوالي تحـت حــرارة 8.2و 42.4كانـت علـى الفلفــل االخضـر وهــي تأثیر مباشر على جذب الحشرات وادوارها والتغذي علیه اذا مـا اتـیح لهـا ان تختـار ولـو ان الخیـار االسـاس هـو الغذاء یبین ان لنوع لالناث في اثناء وضع البیض أي انها تستطیع ان تمیز العوائل المالئمـة مـن سـواها ویعـزى سـبب تفضـیل الحشـرات نباتیـة التغذیـة ان مانعـات التغذیـة ومحفـزات التغذیـة تـدخل ) 19(ة التي تحتویها تلك االنواع حیـث اوضـح الى المركبات الثانویلنوع دون االخرى التغذیة لتمییـز عوائلهـا المفضـلة فهـي تنجـذب الـى العوائـل النباتیـة التـي تحتـوي علـى ضمن المواد التي تعتمد علیها الحشرات نباتیة الــى ان ) 20(وذكـر . ان تتغلـب علیـه وتبتعـد عـن العوائـل االخـرى الحشــرةنـوع او اكثـر مـن المركبـات الكیمیائیـة وبتركیـز تسـتطیع والنومي حلـو علـى السـندي لكـون تراكیـز المـواد الفینولیـة فیهـا قلیـل مقارنـة تفضل النومي حامض p. demdeusفراشة الحمضیات انـواع مختلفـة مـن االغذیـة یعـود الـى ان التبـاین فـي المعطیـات البایولوجیـة للحشـرات المربـاة علـى ) 22و 21(وذكـر . مع االخیر االختالفـات الكمیــة والنوعیــة لمحتویاتهــا مــن البروتینــات والكاربوهیــدرات والمــواد الفینولیــة والفیتامینــات واالمــالح فضــًال عــن المــواد .المثبطة او المشجعة لتغذیة وتطور االدوار االولى من نمو الحشرة ظهــرت ســـواء بــین اعمــار االدوار المختلفــة او فــي عــدد الیرقــات والعـــذارى التــيســتنتج ممــا ســبق الــى ان االختالفــات ن المتحولة الى كامالت ترجع بدون شك الى عامل اساسي مهم هو طبیعة تكوین كل نوع مـن االغذیـة وتأثیراتهـا الحیاتیـة علـى نمـو ث عـدد البـیض الموضـوع ونسـبة الفقـس وتطور هذه الحشرة وان هناك تفضیل لنوع او اكثر من انواع االغذیـة علـى االخـرى مـن حیـ اسـتخدامها عملیـًا عنـد تكثیـر الحشـرة مختبریـًا وباعـداد هائلـة لالسـتخدام فـي انـواع المكافحـة الحیاتیـة وقصـر دورة الحیـاة لـذلك یمكـن اجـراء تجـارب كمصائد غذائیة لجـذب الحشـرة ومـن ثـم مكافحتهـا وتسـاعد هـذه الدراسـة الـى لكونها اقتصادیة او اعتبار هذه االغذیة اخـرى حـول التحلیـل الكیمیـاوي لكــل نـوع مـن االغذیـة ومعرفــة نسـب مكوناتهـا المختلفـة والمركبــات الكیمیاویـة الثانویـة مـن الناحیــة الكمیـة والنوعیـة والتـي یمكـن تصـنیع مثبطـات تغذیـة منهـا لالسـتفادة منهـا عملیـًا فـي تقلیـل ومكافحـة اعـداد الحشـرة سـواء بالحقـل او .دًال عن المكافحة الكیمیاویة للحشرةبالمختبر ب 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المصادر مطبعـة . افات النخیل والتمور المفصلیة في الشرق االدنى وشـمال افریقیـا . 1986. الحیدري ، حیدر والجغیط ، عماد -1 . صفحة 126. الوطن ـــرات. الفصـــل الرابــــع. النخیــــل والتمــــور وافاتهــــا . 1985. عبدالحســـین ، علــــي -2 مطبعــــة جامعــــة . 324-179. الحشـ .صفحة 576. الموصل 3ahmed , t.r., (1985). suscep tibility of different varities of dates t o carob moth ephestia calidella (guenee) in middle of iraq. j. agric. water . reso. res. center 4 (4) : 11-20. 4hama , n.n. ;twaji , m .a.; al-saud , h.m .; az iz , f.m . (1987). field st udy of fig moth ephestia spp. (walk.) att ack on some commercially imp ortant date cultivars in middle of iraq . j. agric. water reso. res. center 6 (3) : 27-43. 5champ , b.r. and dy te,c.e. fad global. (1977). survey of p esticides suscep tibility of st ored grain p ests. fao p lant p rotection bull. 25 (2) : 49-67. 6lindgren , d.l. (1968). residues in raw and p rocessed foods resulting from p ost -harvest . j. stored prod. res. 7 : 243-252. 7ahmed , m .s.h. (1981). investigation on insect disinfest ations of dried dates by using gamma radiation. date palm, j. 2 (1) : 107-116. 8ahmed , m .s.h.; al-hakkak, z.s.; ali, s.r.; kadhum, a.a.; hassan , i.s.; al-m aliky , s.k. and hameed, a.a. (1982). disinfestation of commercially p acked dates. zahdi variety by ionizing radiation. date palm j. 1 (2) : 249-73. 9al-az awi , a.f.; el-haidari , h.s.; al-soud, h.m . and az iz , f. m . (1983). effect of erduced atmosp heric p ressure with different temp eratures on ephestia cautella (walk)a p est of st ored dates in iran, date palm j. 2 (2) : 223-33. 10 al-az awi , a.f.; el-haidaei , h.s. ;aziz , f.m . and m urad , a.k. (1983). effect of high temp erature on fig moth ephestia cautella (walk.) in iraq. date palm j. 2 (1) : 79-85. 11 navaroro , s. and caderon, m . (1974). exp osure of ephestia cautella (walk.) p up ae to carbon dioxide concentration at different relative humidities , the effect on adult emergence and loss in weight . j. stored prod. res. 10 : 237-241. 12 storey , i. c. (1975). m ortality of three st ore product moths in atmosp heres p roduced by an exothermic inert atmosp here generator. econ. entomol. 68 (6) : 736-738. 13 singh , p. (1977). art ificial diets for insects , mites , and sp iders . 1 st rd. ifi / plenuum co. 594 p p . 14 m icheal , i.f. and habib , a. (1971). biology of batrachedra amudraula , m y er. the lesser date moth. rep. date growers inst. california , 48 : 6-8. ة النسـبیة المختلفــة علــى نمــو وبقـاء حشــرة عثــة التــین تـأثیر درجــات الحــرارة والرطوبــ. )1977 (خالــد كــزاز ، سـعید ، -15 ephestia cautella (walk.) .جامعة بغداد. كلیة الزراعة. رسالة ماجستیر. 16rausher , m .d. (1978). larval habital suitability and oviposition p reference in three related butterflies. ecology . 60 : 503-511. تــأثیر المضـایف النباتیـة المختلفــة علـى حیاتیـة دودة درنــات . )(1995. الجبـوري ، ابـراهیم جـدوع وفوزیــة محمـد عزیـز -17 .166-170ص . العدد االول . 26المجلد . مجلة العلوم الزراعیة العراقیة. .p. operculella zellالبطاطا 18feeny , p. 1975. biochemical coevolution between p lants and insect herbivores . p. 13-19. in l.e. gilbertand p.h. raven (ed). coevolution of animals and p lants. univ. of texas press. austin pp . 3-19 . 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 19jermy , t. (1966). feeding inhibitors and food p reference in chewing p hy top hagous insects. ent. exp . and ap p l. 9 : 1-2 . .pتـــأثیر انــواع مختلفـــة مـــن الحمضـــیات علـــى حیاتیــة فراشـــة اللیمـــون . )(1988. الحلیفــي ، ناصـــر عبـــد علـــي -20 demdeus l. .جامعة بغداد. كلیة العلوم. رسالة ماجستیر. 21norris , p.m . and kogon , m . (1980). biochemical and morphological basses of resistance p p . 23-61. im : g.g. m axwell and p.r. jenning (eds) . breeding p lants resistance to insects. a wiley publication. london pp . 683 . 22white , t.g. (1978). the imp ortance of relative short age of food in animal ecology oecologia , 33 : 71-86. فترة الحضانة ونسبة الفقس للبیض لحشرة عثة التین وعدد البیض لالنثى المرباة یرقاتها ) 1(جدول على اغذیة مختلفة للحشرات المرباة یرقاتها معدالت فترات اعمار االدوار المختلفة لحشرة عثة التین وفترة الجیل) 2(جدول على االغذیة المختلفة نوع الغذاء معدل فترة الطور الیرقي باالیام معدل فترة العذراء باالیام مدة الجیل باالیام معدل عمر الكامالت باالیام 9.1 38.7 12.8 31.9 تمر 8.5 45.7 11.8 29.9 جریش 8.6 42.4 10.7 27.7 تین 8.3 39 9.1 26.1 زبیب 8.5 29.2 9 16.3 كشمش 8.9 25.9 8.2 13.8 طرشانة غیر معنوي 3.2 1.3 2.6 %5اقل فرق معنویة ibn alhai tham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (3) 2009 نوع الغذاء معدل حضانة البیض باالیام لالنثى معدل عدد البیض الواحدة %الفقس 79.8 130.5 4 تمر 80.2 126 3.9 جریش 75.5 118.9 4 تین 75.10 68 4 زبیب 74.9 60.8 3.9 كشمش 75 58 4 طرشانة غیر معنوي 12.3 غیر معنوي %5اقل فرق معنویة effect of different diets on the biology of fig moth ephestia cautella (walk.) (lepidoptera : pyralidae) f.m. aziz ,s. hameed college of agriculture, unive rsity of baghdad abstract results indicated that different diets significantly affected the development and survival of fig moth ephestia cautella (walk.) in laboratory . egg incubation was ranged between 3.9 and 4 days , while egg p roduction means were (130.5 , 126, 118.9 , 68 , 60.8 and 58) eggs frwed . hatching p ercentages were (79.87% , 80.2% , 75.7% , 75.1% , 74.9% and 75%) on diets containing dates , ground wheat fig. raisin , currant and dry apriocot , resp ectively . results of this st udy showed that the short est generation p eriod was obtained when insects were reared on diet containing ground wheat , while the longest generation p eriod was record for insects reareded on dates. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الكيمياء |413 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ثايــون -2-أميـدازوليـن-3,1-مـع بنز (ii)تحضيــر وتشخيص معقـدات البالديوم ثايون مع ليكاندات ثناىي االمين-2-ثايوزولين-3,1-أو بنز شهاب احمد عثمان احمد تكريتجامعة /العلومكلية /الكيمياءقسم 6112/حزيران/16قبل في: ،6112/أيار/11استلم في: الخالصة فــي thione-2-thiazoline-1,3-benzأو thione -2-imidazole-1,3-benzمع 4pdcl2naيعطي تفاعل حسـب الترتيب. ان معــاملة المعقــدات pd(bztzt)]2[ (2)و pd(bzimt)]2[ (1) معقدات مـــن النوع 3netااليثانول/ ]2bzimt =l [pd(l) أوbztzt مع ليكاندات ثنائية الموقع(n^n) اذ (n^n) ثنائي البريدين =(bipy) أو فنانثرولين (phen) او اثلين ثنائي االميـــــن(en) أو^n′n– وع ثنائي مثيل اثيلين ثنائي االمين يعطي معقدات احادية النواة من الن (n^n)]2[pdl ,تسلك ليكاندات اذbzimt وbztzt ثنائي السن عن طريق ذرتي الكبريت والنتروجين سلوك ليكاندات طة ااحادي السن من خالل ذرات الكبريت. شخصت المعقدات المحضرة بوس ( فيما ارتبطت بشكل7( و )1في المعقدات ) مطيافية الرنين النووي المغناطيسي وir مراء مطيافية االشعة تحت الحو chnالتحليل الدقيق للعناصر .nmr h1 للبروتون (، ليكاندات الثايون ،تحضير وتشخيص.ii) معقدات البالدينوم الكلمات المفتاحية: الكيمياء |414 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 المقدمة 1تجمع بين مواقع اذ [1]جدا من الليكاندات متعددة المواقع الواهبة امهم اتشكل الثايونات الحلقية غير المتجانسة صنف . حاليا هنالك اهتمام [2]التناسق اللينة والصلدة مما يعطيها القدرة على االرتباط وبشكل انتقائي مع مختلف المراكز الفلزية ويعود ذلك [3]اتها السالبة بعد ان تفقد بروتون( كبير في الكيمياء التناسقية للثايونات الحلقية غير المتجانسة والثايونات )ايون الى كيمياء هذه الليكاندات الغنية والمتنوعة كما ان بعض المعقدات لهذه الليكاندات يمتلك صفات كيميائية وبايولوجية مهمة [9-1]. اذمتنوع االرتباط اك سلوك( والذي يمكنها أن تسلكما مبين في ادناهيمكن ان تتواجد الثايونات بشكلين توتومرين ) يمكن ان ترتبط من خالل ذرة الكبريت )ثايوليت( او ذرة النيتروجين )ثايون( بينما تسلك في بعض الحاالت بشكل ثنائي السن المخلبي او الجسري من خالل االرتباط بذرتي الكبريت والنيتروجين. أزول 3,1-. ان معقدات ليكانـدات المركبتـو [10-16]بقة للكيمياء التناسقية لليكاندات الثايومايدات اظهرت دراسات سا (l) 2[مــن النــوعpphn)2p(ch2ph2(k2[ml ان اذ=l ثايون -2-ثايازولين-3,1-بنز(bztzt ,s=x) أو بنزمن (l)تتواجد بشكل مزيج من االيزومرات الناتجة من ارتباط الليكاندات (bztzt ,o=x)ثايونيت -2-اوكسازولين -3,1 .-s [16]او ذرة الكبريت -nذرة وثنائي الفوسفين قد درست (ii)والبالتين (ii)أزول مع البالديوم-3,1-بالرغم من كون معقدات ليكاندات مركبتو والليكاندات ذات النيتروجين الواهبة (ii)و البالتين (ii)البالديومأزول مع -3,1-اال ان معقدات ليكاندات مركبتو [18,17] مثل ثنائي البريدين والفينانثورلين او االثلين ثنائي االمين يبدو انه لم تدرس لحد االن. مع مع مزيج من ليكاندات الثايونات ذات الحلقات الهجينة (ii)في بحثنا هذا درسنا تحضير وتشخيص معقدات البالديوم .ثنائي مثيل اثلين ثنائي االمينn,n–ليكاندات ثنائي البيريدين او الفينانثرولين او االثلين ثنائي االمين او الجزء العملي 2 ةعملالمواد واالجهزة المست 1-2كما هي دون ا من مصادر تجارية واستعملت ؤهان جميع الكواشف والمواد الكيميائية االولية والمذيبات قد تم شرا . gallen kampنصهار باستعمال جهاز قياس درجات االنصهار المجهز من قبل شركة تنقية اضافية. قيست درجات اال كما carlo-erba 1106اجري التحليل الدقيق للعناصر الكاربون والهيدروجين والنيتروجين باستعمال جهاز التحليل المجهز bruker jensor 28باستعمال مطياف 1-سم 4000-200قيست اطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء ضمن المدى لمحاليل المعقدات في ثنائي varian 400هاز ـــــــــج عمالباست nmr-h1لقد سجلت اطياف .atrبوحدة بالتين ين لقد اجريت تحاليل اطياف الرن .مثيل سلفوكسايد المعوض بالديتريوم واستعمال رباعي مثيل سليكون كمرجع داخلي في مدينة هالة االلمانية. –لوثر –النووي المغناطيسي وتحاليل العناصر في دائرة الكيمياء الالعضوية في جامعة مارتن pd(bzimt)(1)]2[ تحضير المعقد -2-2 مل( الى محلول مائي للمركب 10ملي مول( في االيثانول )2غم , 0.300) bzimthاضيف محلول الليكاند 4pdcl2na (0.300 , الحاوي على بضع قطرات من ثالثي اثيل امين 10ملي مول( , )1غم )ملn3et كقاعدة. تكون راسب احمر, حرك المزيج عند درجة حرارة الغرفة لمدة ثالث ساعات ثم رشح المعقد الصلب الناتج وغسل بالماء بعدها م(. 2920-288ودرجة التفكك 82%بااليثانول وجفف في فرن كهربائي )نسبة الناتج 243-240ودرجـة تفككـه هـي 76%زل بطريقـة مشابهـة وبناتج ـــــــوعـ pd(bztzt) (2)]2 [حضـر المعقـد م.0 الكيمياء |415 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 2[pd(bzimt) (3)[(bipy)تحضير المعقد -3-2 pd(bzimt)]2[مل( الى عالق 10في االيثانول ) ملي مول(0.32غم , 0.05) bipyاضيف محلول حار لليكاند مل( ثم غلي المزيج بوجود مكثف عاكس لمدة ثالث ساعات تغير خاللها10ملي مول( في االيثانول )0.32غم , 0.129) اللون من االحمر الى االصفر المحمر. رشح الناتج الصلب االصفر المحمر المتكون وغسل بثاني اثيل ايثر ثم جفف تحت م(. 2650-263ودرجة االنصهار 72%غم , 0.130ج الضغط المخلخل في فرن كهربائي )النات و 2[pd(bztzt) (5)[(bipy)و pd(bzimt) (4)]2[(phen)حضـرت المعقــدات االتيـة (phen)]2[pd(bztzt) (6) .وعزلت بالطريقة نفسها اعاله 2[pd(bzimt) (7)[(en)تحضير المعقد -4-2 (2) عالق المعقدالى مل(10مل مول( في االيثانول )0.332غم , 0.02) (en)اضيف الليكاند اثلين ثنائي االمين مل(. سخن المزيج الى حد الغليان بوجود مكثف عاكس لمدة اربع ساعات 10مل مول( في االيثانول )0.332غم , 0.135) ليعطي محلول اصفر غامق. رشح المحلول بعدها وترك يتبخر عند درجة حرارة الغرفة, بعدها جمع الراسب االصفر النصهار ودرجة ا 60%غم , 0.108المتكون وغسل بثنائي اثيل ايثر ثم جفف في فرن كهربائي مخلخل الضغط )الناتج و 2[pd(bzimt) (8) ,(en)]2[pd(bztzt) (9)[(dmen)م(. حضرت المركبـات الشبيهـة 231-2340 (dmen)]2[pd(bztzt) (10) .بالطريقة نفسها النتائج والمناقشة 3( مـع ptاو pd=m) 2[ml[(diphosphine)من النوع (ii)والبالتين (ii)ان معقدات مزيج الليكاندات للبالديوم , حيث استعملت [11-16]يات ــــــــقـد نشرت فـي االدب (l)وليكانـدات الثايونيت [diphosphines)ثنائــي الفوسفينــات مع مكافئين اثنين من ملح 2[mcl[(diphosphine)طريقتين لتحضير هذه المعقدات. تضمنت الطريقة االولى مفاعلة او (ii)مع امالح البالديوم (lh), اما الطريقة الثانية فقط تضمنت معاملة الثايونيت (kl)البوتاسيوم لليكاندات الثايونيت مع ثنائي ml]2[وهذه يمكن تحويلها الى mcl]2(lh)2[ليعطي معقدات من النوع 4pdcl2naبضمنها (ii)البالتين -[(diphosphineلتعطي المعقدات 4)-2pphn)2chp(2ph 1 = n)الفوسفينات 2k(2[ml التي ترتبط فيها الثايونات مع المركز الفلزي اما بشكل الثايوليت او الثايون. مع ليكاندات 4pdcl2naفي خطوة واحدة وذلك بمعاملة ملح البالديوم pdl]2[في بحثنا هذا تم تحضير المعقدات او bzimthمـع 4pdcl2na(. فمثال اعطى تفاعل 2)المخطط net)3(بوجود القاعدة ثالثي اثيل امين (lh)الثايون bztzth (1)2[في االيثانـول بوجـود ثالثـي اثيل اميـن المعقـدات [pd(bzimt) و](2)2 [pd(bztzt) كما اثبت ذلك من . جرت محاوالت عديدة (2,1)علومات مدونة في الجدولين خالل التحليل الدقيق للعناصر واطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء )الم مناسبة لدراسات حيود االشعة السينية للبلورة االحادية بغية تشخيص بنية (2)و (1)للحصول على بلورات من المركبين هذين المركبيـن: هـذه المركبات بشكل دقيـق اال ان جميـع هـذه المحاوالت لم تفلـح. لذلك يمكـن اقتراح بنيتيـن محتملـة ل . من نتائـج 4s^n)-(218] [pd-[21[او البنيـة الجسريـة ثنائيـة النـواة ]2pd(n^s)[البنيـة المخلبيـة احاديـة النـواة .(2)و (1)التحاليل المتوفرة لدينا يصعب الجـزم بأي البنيتين يتخـذ هذيـن المركبين ثنائي مثيل –n,nمـع ثنائي البيريديـن أو الفينانثروليـن او اثليـن ثنائي االميـن او pdl]2[تعطـي معاملة المعقـــدات ( التاليالمخطط كما مبين في ) 23] [pdl-[10[(n^n)المعقدات احادية النواة من النوع (n^n)اثلين ثنائي االمين (.1-3حليلية والطيفية )الجدول النتائج الت الى . ان تشخيص هذه المعقدات كان مباشرا بناء 60-89%وبناتج كما هو متوقع فقد اظهرت اشارات 2و 1( واالشكال 0الجدول ) 10,8,6,3للمعقدات nmr-h1لقد كانت اطياف لليكاند الثايوليت وكذلك ليكاندات ثنائي االمينات. لقد كانت اطياف المعقدات بسيطة مما يدل على تكون ايزومر واحد لكل .[13,12]منها -( لحزم مميزة لليكاندات مركبتو2أظهرت نتائج قياسات أطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمعقدات المحضرة )الجدول سم 3282-3151ضمـن المــدى arom(nh)υظهرت اذ االمينات،أزول فضال عـن حزم ليكاندات ثنائي 3,1و 1arm(ch)υ سم 3089-3018ضمن المدى n) -(mυو 1-سم 1512-1484ضمن المدى υ (c=n). بينما ظهرت 1 .-1سم 443416ضمن المدى الكيمياء |416 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 n n y n s y n s pd n n y n s y n s pd r r h h y n sn y s pd dmen or en / etoh reflux 3h reflux 3h phen or bipy / etoh (3-6) (7-10) (1 and 2) y n sh + na2pdcl42 some drops of et3n stirring 3hetoh / h2o y = nh or s r = h or ch3 المصادر 1. cox,p.j.; aslanidis, p.; karagiannidis,p.; hadjikakou, s. (2000), inorg. chim. acta., 310: 268. 2. ahlenburg,l. ;kuhnlein, m. (2000)eur.j. inorg. chem., 21:17. 3. bharati, p.; bharty, a. p.;nath, kumar,s. i, singh n.k., bharty m.k. (2016), inorg. chim. acta., 443:160-169. 4. raper, e.s., coord(1985). chem. rev., 161:115. 5. raper, e.s. (1994), coord. chem. rev., 129:91. 6. akrivos, p.d. (2001), coord. chem. rev., 213:181. 7. lobana, t.s. (2000), proc. indian acad. sci. (chem. sci)., 11:223. 8. bell, n.a., coles s.t., constable c.p., hibbas d.e., hursthouse m.b., mansor r., raper e.s., sammon c. (2001), inorg. chim. acta., 32:369. 9. aslanidis ,p.; cox, p.t.; ivanidis, s.d.; karagiannidis, p. (2004), inorg. chim. acta., 357:4231. 10. marchesi, e.; marchi, a.; marvell, l. i, peruzzini m., bruganti m., bertolasi, v. (2005), inorg. chim. acta., 358:352. 11. al-jibori, s.a.; al-nassiri, i.n.; al-hayally, l.j. (2002), transition met.chem. 27: 191. 12. qadir, a.m.; abdullah, a.i.; al-jibori, s.a.; al-allaf ,t.a.k. (2004), asain j. chem.16: 1180. الكيمياء |417 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 13. amin, o.h.; al-hayaly, l.j.; al-jibori, s.a.; al-allaf, t.a.k. (2004), polyhedron, 23: 2013. 14. abdullah, b.h.; abdullah, m.a.; al-jibori, s.a.; al-allaf, t.a.k. (2007), asian j. chem. 19: 1334. 15. abdullah,b.h.; al-jibori,s.a; abdullah,m.a.; t.a.k.al-allaf, asian, j. chem., 19(2007)2307. 16. al-jibori, s.a., al-zaubai a.s.s., mohammed m.y., al-allaf t.a.k. (2007), transition met.chem.,32: 281. 17. al-jibori, s.a., khaleel t.f., ahmed s.a.o., al-hayally l.j., mezweiler k., wagner c., hogarth g. (2012), polyhedron., 41: 20. 18. al-jibori, s.a.; al-saraj, e.g.h., hollingsworth n., hogarth g. (2012), polyhedron., 44: 210. 19. pang, k.; figueroa, j.s.; tonks, i.a.; sattler, w.; parkin, g. (2009), inorg. chem. acta., 362: 4609. 20. wang, y-l; shi q., bi w-h., .li x, cao r., z.anorg. allg. (2006), chem., 632: 167. 21. vuoti, s.; haukka, m.; pursiainen, j. (2007), acta crystalloger, sect b, 63: m601. .(1-10)والتحليل الدقيق للعناصر للمعقدات المحضرة (%)( االلوان ونسبة الناتج 1جدول ) % التحليل الدقيق للعناصر المحسوب ) الفعلي ( نسبة المنتوج % درجة االنصهار (oc) ت المعقدات اللون n h c 13.7 (13.9) 2.4 (2.6) 41.7 (41.6) 82 288-292a red [pd(bzimt)2] 1 6.6 (6.4) 1.9 (2.1) 38.5 (38.4) 76 240-243a orange brown [pd(bztzt)2] 2 14.98 (15.12) 3.23 (3.35) 51.38 (51.47) 72 263-265 reddish yellow [pd(bzimt)2(bipy)] 3 14.37 (14.24) 3.10 (2.96) 53.38 (54.20) 71 198-201a reddish yellow [pd(bzimt)2(phen)] 4 9.41 (9.39) 2.71 (2.78) 48.44 (48.57) 68 211-213 yellow [pd(bztzt)2(bipy)] 5 9.05 (9.37) 2.60 (2.73) 50.44 (50.52) 65 221-222 yellow [pd(bztzt)2(phen)] 6 18.08 (18.34) 3.90 ( 4.05) 41.34 (55.81) 60 232-234 yellow [pd(bzimt)2(en)] 7 17.05 (16.89) 4.50 (4.45) 43.86 (43.83) 69 269-271 yellow [pd(bzimt)2(dmen)] 8 11.23 (11.38) 3.23 ( 3.25) 38.51 (38.49) 89 242-244a yellow [pd(bztzt)2(en)] 9 10.63 (10.78) 3.82 (3.56) 41.02 (40.97) 83 278-279 yellow [pd(bztzt)2(dmen)] 10 a: decompose temperature الكيمياء |418 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 .10)-(1( للمعقدات المحضرة 1-حزم امتطاط االشعة تحت الحمراء المنتقاة )سم (2( جدول (m-s) (m-n) (c-s) (c=c) (c=n) (ch) arom. (n-h) ت المعقدات 408 423 690 1543 1496 3084 3148 [pd(bzimt)2] 1 410 434 872 1562 1506 3052 [pd(bztzt)2] 2 405 442 708 1552 1565 1500 3018 3159 [pd(bzimt)2(bipy)] 3 400 451 688 1548 1563 1504 3064 3152 [pd(bzimt)2(phen)] 4 391 443 866 1544 1582 1500 3085 [pd(bztzt)2(bipy)] 5 411 428 856 1548 1572 1512 3052 [pd(bztzt)2(phen)] 6 389 416 698 1586 1486 3089 3282 3172 [pd(bzimt)2(en)] 7 405 405 682 1568 1484 3066 3241 3152 [pd(bzimt)2(dmen)] 8 393 434 868 1554 1495 3068 3259 3195 [pd(bztzt)2(en)] 9 412 422 877 1562 1504 3074 3257 3151 [pd(bztzt)2(dmen)] 10 -لبعض المعقدات المحضرة والمقاسة في ثنائي مثيل سلفوكسايد h nmr1االزاحات الكيميائية الطياف )3 )جدول المعوض بالديتريوم. nny n sh 1 2 3 4 nn 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 y = nh or s  (ppm) المعقدات االزاحة الكيميائية 8.67 (d, 2h, h5); 8.45 (dd, 2h, h7); 8.04 (dd, 2h, h8); 7.74 (dd, 2h, h6); 7.55 (bs, 2h, h1); 7.45 (d, 1h, h4); 7.28 (dd, 2h, h3); 7.09 (d, 2h, h2); 6.39 (s, 2h, nh). [pd(bzimt)2(bipy)] 8.89 (d, 2h, h5); 8.71 (d, 2h, h7); 8.12 (dd, 2h, h8); 7.82 (dd, 2h, h6); 7.48 (bs, 2h, h1); 7.30 (d, 1h, h4); 7.20 (dd, 2h, h3); 7.03 (d, 2h, h2). [pd(bztzt)2(phen)] 7.54 (d, 2h, h1); 7.36 (d, 1h, h4); 7.18 (dd, 2h, h3); 6.98 (dd, 2h, h2); 6.22 (s, 2h, nh); 4.66 (s, 2h, dmen-nh); 2.75 (s, 4h, ch2); 2.56 (s, 6h, ch3). [pd(bzimt)2(dmen)] 7.42 (d, 2h, h1); 7.34 (d, 1h, h4); 7.18 (d, 2h, h3); 6.98 (d, 2h, h2); 4.72 (s, 2h, dmen-nh); 2.70 (s, 4h, ch2); 2.54 (s, 6h, ch3). [pd(bztzt)2(dmen)] s: singlet; d: doublet; dd: doublet of doublets; td: triplet of doublets; m: multiplet; bs: broad singlet. الكيمياء |419 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 2[pd(bzimt)[(dmen)للمعقد nmr-h1طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي )1(شكل 2[pd(bztzt)[(dmen)للمعقد nmr-h1طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي )2(شكل الكيمياء |420 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 2[pd(bztzt)[(dmen)للمعقد االشعة تحت الحمراءطيف (3(شكل الكيمياء |421 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 synthesis and characterization palladium(ii) complexes of benz-1,3-imidazoline-2-thione, benz-1,3-thiazoline-2thione and diamine ligands shihab a. o. ahmed dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of tikrit received in: 11/may/2016, accepted in: 12/june/2016 abstract reaction of na2pdcl4 with benz-1,3-imidazole-2-thione or (bzimth) benz-1,3-thiazoline2-thione (bztzth) in ethanol / ne3 afford complexes of the type [pd(bzimt)2](1) and [pd(bztzt)2](2) respectively. treatment of [pd(l)2] l= bzimt or bztzt with bidentate ligands (n^n) where n^n= bipyridine (bipy) , phenanthroline (phen) , ethylene diamine , or n,n′dimethylethylene diamine afford mononuclear complexes of the type [pdl2(n^n)]. the bzimt and bztzt ligands are coordinated as bidentate chelating ligands through the s and n in (1) and (2) whereas bonded as a monodentate fashion via the sulfur atom in other complexes. the prepared complexes were characterized by elemental chn analysis, ir and 1h nmr spectra. keywords: palladium (ii) complexes, thion ligands, synthesis and characterization. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees 82 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 detection and detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from fish feedstuff using microwave and ozone gas fadia falah hassan dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad halima zugher hussein dept. of plant protection /college of agriculture /university of baghdad sumaiya naeema hawar dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad fadiaalhadithy@yahoo.com received in:8 /october /2017, accepted in24/ december /2017 abstract the current study was designed to investigate the occurrence of aflatoxin b1 in thirty two samples of fish feedstuff were collected randomly from some iraqi local markets using elisa technique. aflatoxin b1 was detected in thirty samples and the concentration of toxin ranged from 50 ppb to 1000 ppb. microwave and ozone were used for detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from sample with highest concentration (1000 ppb), two degree of temperature and two times (50°c and 100°c for 5 minute and 10 minute to each degree) of microwave, also two doses and two times (2 g and 4 g for 5 minute and 10 minute to each dose) of ozone gas were used. degradation of aflatoxin b1 by microwave has been found to cause a significant (p ≤ 0.05) decrease of aflatoxin b1, moreover, the concentration of aflatoxin b1 was dependent on temperature degrees and exposure time, also sample subjected to ozone gas caused a significant (p ≤ 0.05) decrease in aflatoxin b1 contents and the concentration of aflatoxin b1 was dependent on doses and times of exposure. results showed that ozone gas was more effective in aflatoxin b1 reduction when compared with microwave. key words: aflatoxin b1, fish feedstuff, detoxification, microwave, ozone gas mailto:fadiaalhadithy@yahoo.com 82 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 introduction as other animals fish are required to nutrition for their growth, reproduction and all physiological functions, and it is very necessary to intake of proteins, minerals, vitamins, growth factors and energy every day, for all kinds and categories of fish, cereals are necessary as source of energy and leguminous as protein feedstuffs and they are considered as the main part of feed (up to 90%) [1]. in the aquaculture industry fish feedstuff is the major cost item and constitutes 40–50% of the total production costs in intensive culture systems [2]. fungal spores can be contaminating the feed during processing, particularly when grains are ground and the feed pelleted [3]. the processing methods, feed storage practice, environmental temperatures >27 c ° , humidity levels >62%, and moisture levels in the feed >14% are some of the factors that can increase fungal growth in feed, and this may result in production of mycotoxin [4]. the exposure of fish to mycotoxigenic fungi can be reduce their growth rate, damage the liver, reduce immune responsiveness, increase mortality, and lead to a steady and gradual decline in quality of reared fish stock, posing serious challenges to aquaculture development [5]. mycotoxins are toxic secondary fungal metabolites produced by mycotoxigenic fungi, mainly of the genera aspergillus, fusarium and penicillium and have been identified as a worldwide food and feed safety issue [6], some of this mycotoxins include aflatoxins, ochratoxins , citrinin , patulin, and fusarium toxins [7]. aflatoxins are a group of fungal metabolites produced primarily by the fungi aspergillus flavus and aspergillus parasiticus. the four major naturally produced aflatoxins are known as b1, b2, g1, and g2. b and g refer to the blue and green fluorescent colors produced under uv light, while the subscript numbers 1 and 2 indicate major and minor compounds, respectively [8]. continuous studies regarding the monitoring of aflatoxin b1 in finished feed to be used as animal feed are being performed worldwide [9, 10], however, there is little information on feed contaminated with aflatoxin b1 intended for fish feed. the main aim of the present study was to detection and detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from finished feed intended for fish using microwave and ozone gas. materials and methods samples collection: thirty two sample of locally fish feedstuff were randomly collected from some iraqi local markets in different regions of baghdad governorate including (aladhamya, alshulaa, abu ghraib, alzaafrania and aldoura) in addition to al kut and al basrah governorates from january to april (2015), two kilogram of each sample was placed in plastic bags and stored at 5°c until analysis. detection of aflatoxin b1 in fish feedstuff extracts by enzyme linked immune sorbent assay (elisa) technique: detection of aflatoxin b1 by elisa technique was performed using elisa kit which supplied by shenzhen lvshiyuan biotechnology company, the extracted samples, aflatoxin b1 enzyme conjugate and aflatoxin b1 antibody working solution were mixed and added to micro well. on removal of non-specific reactants, substrate (a & b) were added, and the 03 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 micro wells measured optically using microplate reader at 450 nm for yellow color or at 650 nm for unstopped blue color to determine the od value. determination of aflatoxin b1 concentration: the concentration % of aflatoxin b1 in test samples was calculated using aflatoxin b1 standard curve according to the following equation [11]: b percentage of absorbance value = ----------× 100 % b0 b = the average od value of the sample or the standard solution. b0 = the average od value of the 0 ng/ml standard solution. detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from tested samples: the first method used for detoxification was performed by microwave radiation in oven (type nm3850dgs, capacity of 1000 w, co, ltd, korea), two gram of contaminated sample (s8) with highest concentration (3111 ppb) chosen (in three replicates )and exposed to microwave (temperatures used were 50° c and 100° c for 5 and 10 minute respectively). the other method was performed using ozone gas (wall mound incorporated ozonizer, local manufacturing),(two gram of contaminated samples with highest concentration (3111 ppb) chosen (in three replicates) , and exposed to ozone gas (doses used were 2g and 4g of ozone gas for 5 and 10 minute respectively)[12]. statistical analysis: all analytical determinations were performed at least in triplicate using spss program v 11.5. values of different parameters were expressed as the mean ± standard error using student t-test. a difference of p ≤ 0.05 were considered statistically significant [13]. results detection of aflatoxin b1 in fish feedstuff samples using enzyme linked immune sorbent assay (elisa) technique: thirty two samples of locally stored fish feedstuff were analyzed for aflatoxin b1 content (quantitatively) using elisa kit. result showed that thirty samples of fish feedstuff were contained aflatoxin b1, and the concentration ranged from 50 ppb to 1111 ppb, table (1). detoxification of aflatoxin b1 using microwave and ozone gas detoxification of aflatoxin b1 was conducted using one sample (s8) with highest concentration (1000 ppb), two methods were used for this purpose, the first one was microwave with temperature 50°c (times used were 5 minute and 10 minute) and 100°c (times used were 30 and 60 minute), table (2). results of the present study observed that using of microwave for detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from tested sample was effective, and can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 significantly (p≤ 0.05), results showed that using of 50° c temperature for 5 minute could reduce the concentration significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 675 ppb and for 10 minute could reduce the concentration significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 430 ppb, and using 100°c temperature for 5 minute can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 212 ppb and for 10 minute at the same temperature can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 108 ppb. 03 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 the other method used in this study for detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from tested sample was ozone gas, results revealed that using of ozone gas was significantly (p≤ 0.05) very effective for reduction of aflatoxin b1 from tested sample, two doses of ozone gas were used at differents times, the first dose was 2 g for 5 minute can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 200 ppb and for 10 minute can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 105 ppb. the other dose of ozone was 4 g, using this dose for 5 minute was effective for reduction of aflatoxin b1 from tested sample significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 53 ppb and for 10 minute can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 significantly (p≤ 0.05) from 1000 ppb to 25 ppb. discussion aflatoxin b1 is the main type of aflatoxins which produce mainly by a.flavus and a. parasiticus, it is considered as a potent carcinogen for human and animals [14], aflatoxin b1 is an essential contaminant of foods including corn, cotton seeds, peanuts and other grains in addition to animals feeds [15, 16]. in the present study aflatoxin b1 was detected in thirty two samples of fish feedstuff which collected from some iraqi local market using (elisa) technique and results showed the presence of aflatoxin b1 in thirty samples and the concentrations of aflatoxin b1 in contaminated samples ranged from 50 ppb-1000 ppb. [17] revealed that aflatoxin b1 was occurred with fumonisin in 13 of 24 fish feed samples using lc–ms/ms technique, and the concentration of aflatoxin b1 ranged from 2 ppb to 806 ppb, whereas [18] showed the presence of aflatoxin b1 in 42 of 43 sample of fish feedstuff and the concentration ranged from 0.000.05 ppm, results by [19] showed presence of aflatoxin b1 in most of fish feed samples using hplc technique and the concentration ranged from 0.06 ppb 212.18 ppb, while [20] showed that aflatoxins was detected in all collected fish feedstuff samples (28 sample) using elisa technique and the median concentration was 2.82 ppb, results observed by [21] showed presence of aflatoxin b1 in 55% of tested fish feed stuff samples (60 sample) using tlc technique, the levels detectable but not quantifiable for the technique used. under specific environmental conditions toxigenic fungi produce aflatoxin b1, foods stored under high moisture/humidity (>14%) at warm temperatures (>20°c) and/or inadequately dried can potentially become contaminated. warm (air temperature of 24 c°–35 c°) and humid (moisture content of substrate between 25% and 35%) conditions lead to extensive mold growth and aflatoxin b1 production [22] twenty ppb is the action level of aflatoxin b1 in animals feed and feed ingredients which determined by u. s food and drug administration (fda) [23]. according to fda´s action levels and when comparing with our results, we can conclude that all of contaminated fish feedstuff collected samples are disqualify for consumption due to the concentrations of aflatoxin b1 in contaminated samples were exceeded the allowable limit. the main physical methods using to reduce the level of aflatoxin b1 from contaminated food and feed include: radiation, heating, adsorption from solution and cleaning [24]. radiation can be divided in to two type, the first type is ionizing radiation (such as gamma ray, x ray), this type of radiation has ability to produce changes and increasing hazardous molecular with little or without temperature increasing, while the other type of radiation is nonionizing radiation (such as microwaves, visible light, radio waves and infrared waves) with sufficient intensity that leads to a rise in temperature and the molecular changes are not hazardous to man [24]. 08 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 as showed in our results, microwave was reduced the concentration of aflatoxin b1from 1000 ppb to 675 ppb at 50° c for 5 minute to 430 for 10 minute, while using of 100° c can be decrease the concentration from 1000 ppb to 212 ppb for 5 minute and to 108 ppb for 10 minute, while [25] revealed that using of microwave at temperature 100° c can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 from 894 ppb to 880 ppb, 800 ppb, 780 ppb and 690 ppb for 2, 4, 8 and 10 minute respectively, and reduce the concentration from 395 ppb to 387 ppb, 380 ppb, 320 ppb and 310 ppb for 2, 4, 8 and 10 minute respectively, and from 192.1 ppb to 180 ppb, 160 ppb, 140 ppb and 130 ppb for 2, 4, 8 and 10 minute respectively from chick feed contaminated with aflatoxin b1. [26] showed that using of microwave at 92° c for 5 minute can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 from (5 ppb to 0 ppb) , (183.2 ppb to 46.7 ppb) , (175 ppb to 7 ppb), (116.6 ppb to 8 ppb), (5 ppb to 0 ppb), (5 ppb to 0 ppb) and (23.3 ppb to 0 ppb) from salted peanut, peanut toffee grade i, peanut toffee grade ii, peanut slab grade i, peanut slab grade ii, peanut slab sugar/bleached and peanut respectively. ozonation is an oxidation method has been developed for the detoxification of aflatoxins in foods [27], ozone considered as a powerful oxidant, and able to react across the 8, 9 double bond of the furan ring of aflatoxin through electrophilic attack, causing the formation of primary ozonides followed by rearrangement into monozonide derivatives such as aldehydes, ketones and organic acids [24]. our results showed that using of ozone can decrease the concentration of aflatoxin b1 from 1000 ppb to 200 ppb at dose 2 g for 5 minute and to 105 ppb for 10 minute, while using of 4 g dose of ozone gas can reduce the concentration from 1000 ppb to 53 ppb for 5 minute and to 25 ppb for 10 minute. results by [28] showed 20 ppb and 40 ppb of ozone for 5 minute can reduce the concentration of aflatoxin b1 from 90 ppb to 70 and 40 ppb respectively from wheat grains, while [29] revealed that 6 mg of o3/l and 50 mg of o3/l can reduce the percentage of aflatoxin b1 65.8% and 89.4% respectively in peanut. [30] observed that using of o3 at 60 μmol/mol for 180 minute can decrease aflatoxin b1 to 96.6% from wheat grains. results by [31] showed that 50 mg of o3/l for 60 minute can reduce aflatoxin b1 from corn flour to 78.7%. from all that mention above we can conclude that using of microwave and ozone gas considered as a suitable methods for degradation of aflatoxin b1from fish feedstuff contaminated sample, and when the temperature and time of exposure to microwave increase the effect of toxin reduction will be increase, also when the dose and time of exposure to ozone gas increase this lead to increasing of detoxification effect. in addition to that our results showed that ozone was more effective method in detoxification of aflatoxin b1 than microwave. 00 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 table (1): detection of aflatoxin b1in stored fish feedstuff samples using elisa technique. fish feedstuff samples aflatoxin b1 concentration / ppb s1 150 s2 125 s3 150 s4 200 s5 75 s6 300 s7 113 s8 3111 s8 600 s10 183 s11 850 s12 75 s13 100 s14 125 s15 75 s16 100 s17 75 s18 100 s19 75 s20 125 s21 100 s22 80 s23 225 s24 225 s25 125 s26 50 s27 125 s28 0 s29 0 s30 100 s31 67 s32 200 03 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 table (2): detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from contaminated fish feedstuff sample (s8) with concentration (1333 ppb) using microwave temperature (°c) time of exposure (min) concentration of aflatoxin b1(ppb) (each value expressed as mean ± standard error (se) of three replicates 50 5 675* 50 10 430* 100 5 212* 100 10 108* * = significant (p≤ 0.05) table (3): detoxification of aflatoxin b1 from contaminated fish feedstuff sample (s8) with concentration (1333 ppb) using ozone gas doses of ozone gas (g) time of exposure (min) concentration of aflatoxin b1(ppb) (each value expressed as mean ± standard error (se) of three replicates 2 5 200* 2 10 105* 4 5 53* 4 10 25* * = significant (p ≤ 0.05) references [1] w. a. lellis; f. t. bo rows; f. m. dong, and r. w. hardy, aquaculture (in press)2000. [2] u. enyidi; j. pirhonen; j. kettunen, and j. vielma, effect of feed protein: lipid ratio on growth parameters of african catfish clarias gariepinus after fish meal substitution in the diet with bambaranut (voandzeia subterranea) meal and soybean (glycine max) meal. fishes, 2, (1), vielma, 1-12. [3] e.m. embaby; n.m. ayaat; m.m. abd el-galil; n. allah abdel-hameid, and m.m. gouda. mycoflora and mycotoxin contaminated chicken and fish feeds. middle east j. appl. sci, 2015, 1044–1054. [4] m.e. mahfouz; and a.h. sherif, a multiparameter investigation into adverse effects of aflatoxin on oreochromis niloticus health status. j. basic appl. zool, 71,2015, 48–59. [5] a.a. fallah; e. pirali-kheirabadi; m. rahnama; s.s. saei-dehkordi, and k. pirali kheirabadi. mycoflora, aflatoxigenic strains of asperigillus section flavi and aflatoxins in fish feed. qual. assur. saf. crop. foods, 6,2014, 419–424. [6] m. sofie; c. van poucke; c. detavernier;f. dumoultn; m.d.e. van velde; e. schoeters; s. van dyck; o. averkieva; c. van peteghem, and s. de saeger, occurrence of mycotoxins in feed as analyzed by a multi-mycotoxin lc–ms/ms method. j. agric. food chem, 58, 2010, 66–71. 03 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 [7] g.j.a. speijers, and m.h.m. speijers, combined toxic effects of mycotoxins. toxicol. lett,153, 2004, 91–98. [8] c. p. wild, and y. gong, mycotoxins and human disease: a largely ignored global health issue. carcinogenesis, 31, (1), 2010, 71–82. [9] l.r. cavaglieri; k.m. keller;c.m. pereyra;m.l. gonzález pereyra; v.a. alonso;f.g. roj; a.m. dalcero, and c.a.r. rosa, mycotoxicity of barley rootlets and malt used as pig feedstuff ingredients. journal of stored products research. 45, 2009, 147–150. [10] c. m. pereyra;l. r. cavaglieri; s. m. chiacchiera, and a.m. dalcero, mycobiota and mycotoxins contamination in raw materials and finished feed intended for fattening pigs production in eastern argentina.vet res commun, 35,(6), 2011, 367–379. [11] quicking biotechnology, “afltoxinsb1(afb1) elisa test kit.national biological industrial park of marinelife”.south yanggao road, china, 2014. [12] a.h. wyllie;r. g. morris;a. l. smith, and d. dunlop, chromatin cleavage in apoptosis association with condensed chromatin morphology and dependence on macromolecular synthesis. j. pathol, 142, 1984, 66-67. [13] h. z. hussein; r. h. tuama, and a. m. ali,study the effect of ozone gas and ultraviolet radiation and microwave on the degradation of aflatoxin b1 produce by aspergillus flavus on stored maize grains. iosr j. agri. vet.scie, 8 (5), 2015, 5-12. [14] m. mclean,cellular interactions and metabolism of aflatoxin: an update". pharmacology & therapeutics, 65, 1995, 163–192. [15] f. galvano; a. ritieni; g. piva, and a. pietri, mycotoxins in the human food chain. in: diaz d.e., editor. the mycotoxin blue book. nottingham university press; nottingham, uk. pp, 2005, 187–224. [16] m. a. rania; m. t. wael; m. h. abdel-rahman;k. a mohamed;m. e. hassan, and k. r. mohamed,detection and estimation of aflatoxin b1 in feeds and its biodegradation by bacteria and fungi. egyptian journal of natural toxins, 2, 2005, 39-56. [17] e. marijani; j. m. wainaina;h. charo-karisa; l. nzayisenga;j. munguti;j. j. b. gnonlonfin;e. kigadye, and s. okoth, mycoflora and mycotoxins in finished fish feed and feed ingredients from smallholder farms in east africa. egyp.j. aqua.res. in press 2017. [18], d. j. yetlanajer emi ã, and k. n. radosavljeviã, the influence of mycotoxins in food on fish health status. proc. nat. sci, matica srpska novi sad, 109, 2005, 73-79. [19] s.l. alinezhad;m. tolouee; a. kamalzadeh; a. a. motalebi; m. yasemi; m. nazeri;m. shams-ghahfarokhi; r. tolouei, and m. razzaghi-abyaneh, mycobiota and aflatoxin b1 contamination of rainbow trout (oncorhinchus mykiss) feed with emphasis to aspergillus section flavi. iranian journal of fisheries, 10,(3), 2011, 363-374. [20] m. greco;a. pardo, and g. pose, mycotoxigenic fungi and natural co-occurrence of mycotoxins in rainbow trout (oncorhynchus mykiss) feeds, 7,(11), 2015, 4595–4609. [21] t. s. barbosa; c. m. pereyra; a. a. oliveira; k. m. keller;p. p. silva., l. r. cavaglieri., and c. a. rosa . mycobiota and mycotoxins present in finished fish feeds from farms in the rio de janeiro state, brazil. journal of international aquatic research, 5, (3), 2013, 2-9. [22] b. puschner, mycotoxins. veterinary clinics of north america. small animal practice, 32, 2002, 409419. [23] food and drug administration (fda). guidance for industry: action levels for poisonous or deleterious substances in human food and animal feed, 2000. [24] m. jalili , a review on aflatoxins reduction in food. iranian journal of health, safety & environment, 3,(1), 2015, 445-459. 03 | biology 10.30526/31.1.1847 /https://doi.org 8132(عام 1العدد ) 13هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 13 (3) 2018 [25] s. herzallah;k. alshawabkeh, and a. al fataftah, aflatoxin decontamination of artificially contaminated feeds by sunlight, γradiation, and microwave heating. j. appl. poult. res, 17, 2008, 515–521. [26] a. k. mobeen; a. aftab;a. asif , and a. s. zuzzer,aflatoxins b1 and b2 contamination of peanut and peanut products and subsequent microwave detoxification. journal of pharmacy and nutrition sciences, 1, (1), 2011, 1-3. [27] u. samarajeewa;a.c. sen;m.d. cohen, and c.i. wei, detoxification of aflatoxins in foods and feeds by physical and chemical methods. j. food prot, 53, 1990, 489-501. [28] t. a. el-desouky., a. m. a. sharoba; a. i. el-desouky; h. a. el-mansy, and k. naguib, evaluation of ozone gas as an anti-aflatoxin b1 in wheat grains during storage. journal of agroalimentary processes and technologies, 18, (1), 2012, 13-19. [29] r.chen; f. ma;p.w. li; w. zhang;x.x. ding; q. zhang, and b.c. xu,effect of ozone on aflatoxins detoxification and nutritional quality of peanuts. food chem, 146, 2014, 284–288. [30] g. d. savi; k. c. piacentini, and v. m. scussel, ozone treatment efficiency in aspergillus and penicillium growth inhibition and mycotoxin degradation of stored wheat grains (triticum aestivum l.). j. food. proc pres. j. stor. prod. res, 61, 2014, 65–69. [31] x. luo; r., wang; l. wang; y. li.;y. wang, and z. chen, detoxification of aflatoxin in corn flour by ozone. j. sci. food. agri, 94 (11), 2014, 2253-2258. effect of additive al on the optical properties of polystyrene-aluminum composites sawsan abdul zahra dept. of science/ college of basic education/university of al-mustanisriya received in :9 september 2012 , accepted in : 9 december 2012 abstract additive aluminum powder to the polystyrene to prepare the composites polystyrene– aluminum.the samples were prepared by using mechanical compressed method at low pressure and a temperature 120°c. measurements of absorbance and reflectance spectra were carried out by uv-visible spectrophotometer , the effect of additive aluminum on the optical band gap eop and optical constants ( refractive index n, extinction coefficient k ,dielectric constant ε and optical conductivity σop) were studied for the prepared composites . results showed a decrease in the eop with increasing percent of aluminum from 4.1ev for pure polystyrene to about 3.12ev for the composite ps+30%al. values of each of n and k show observable changes, these changes are associated with the increase in scattering, reflection, and optical absorption on the film surface with the increase of al percentage. the dielectric constant of ps-al composites is greater for all al concentrations and may be attributed to interfacial polarization in the heterogeneous media, it was observed that the optical conductivity increasing from 0.12×105s.cm-1 for pure polystyrene to about 1.32×108s.cm-1 for ps+30%al. these results indicate that the optical properties of ps-al composites can be controlled by the appropriate selection of al concentration and the optical properties of the composites can be modified by the addition of impurities ,thus increase the industrial application for the composites. key words: polystyrene, polystyrene composites, optical properties. 111 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction composite of inorganic particles with polymers is an interesting research subject because of the important potential application in photo catalytic degradation of polymers, and in fields of adhesives, textiles, optics and electronics .a new class of organic polymers capable of conducting electricity has recently been developed [1, 2]. the concept of the conductive polymer was first present in 1950 [3], these polymers are attractive for electric and photo electronic devices because of their doping capability and advantages of facile processing and become conductive upon partial oxidation or reduction, a process commonly referred to as ‘doping’. these composites consist of a polymer matrix in which a second phase, which is usually either a metal or carbon-based filler, is dispersed, usually by conventional methods of polymer processing [4]. examples of the conducting polymers are poly (p-styrene, poly aniline, poly (pphenylenevinylene)-etc. these polymers can be fabricated to have a high degree of flexibility [5, 6]. polystyrene is amorphous polymer with bulky side group, general properties are hard ,rigid ,and transparent at room temperature and possesses many of the properties desired for a sensor[7], furthermore ,it has a good charge storage capacity and dopant dependent optical properties, conductivity of the polystyrene can be controlled by the addition of a dopant, which results in a partly filled band and allows it to be easily switched from the “off” to the “on” state. the conductivity of polystyrene composite makes it an ideal shield against static electricity [8]. polystyrene composites based on al particles are of great interest due to their ability to combine the inherent processibility of polymers with the electrical conductivity of metals and have been used in a number of applications such as electromagnetic frequency interference (emi) shields ,and are being tested to use as protection against electromagnetic radiation, antistatic devices, and conducting coatings [9], because of the technological importance of these composites, their electrical properties have been widely studied [10]. in this paper, we focus on the modification of the optical properties of polystyreneal composites by studying the effect of additive al particles on these properties and to study changes in the optical constants (absorption spectra, optical energy gap, refractive index, dielectric constant and optical conductivity) by using the optical method. experimental part experiments on optical reflectivity and absorbency provide the way to determine the dielectric constant of the solid, which is related to the band structure and to the optical conductivity. the starting materials for the preparation of composite samples were polystyrene powder and aluminum powder (99.99%) supplied by (merk, india). for preparing composite samples, a weighed quantity of aluminum powder was first thoroughly mixed with a measured weighed of polystyrene, and the resultant mixture was well mixed so as to obtain a uniform composition, the composite mixture thus obtained was compressed at low pressure 60mpa. and at a temperature of about 120°c, the pressure was maintained for about 3hours. five samples of ps-al composites with alvarying from (0, 5, 10, 20 and 30 wt%) were prepared in the form of circular disc of radius 10mm and thickness around 0.45±0.08mm measured by using digital vernier. the optical spectra of polystyrenes-al composite films were obtained using (shamindza uv-vis. spectroscopy) in the wavelength range 2001000nm. 112 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 theoretical part optical methods are very useful for the quantitative determination of the electronic band structure of solids. complex dielectric constant ε is directly related to the optical properties and characterizes the optical properties of solid material. the complex index of refraction n of the medium is defined as [11]: n √ n ik (1) where n is the usual refractive index and k is the extinction coefficient, in optical experiments one does not usually measure n and k directly, the measurable quantities are the reflectivity r and the absorption coefficient α. it can be shown that these quantities are related to n and k by the expressions [12] r=|(1-n/1+n)|2 =[(1-n)2 +k2 ] /[(1+n)2 +k2] (2) k =αc/2ω=αλ/4π (3) where ω=2πυ is the angular frequency of the incident photon & c is the velocity of light, from these expressions n and k can be determined. the dielectric constant is related to the optical conductivity σop by the relation: ε=εl +4πiσop (4) where εl describes the "bound charges" and σop describes the free charge, in this representation the conduction electrons are considered as a part of the dielectric medium. the real part of dielectric constant is: εr ==n2 -k2 (5) and the imaginary part is: εim =2nk (6) optical conductivity (σop) is a measure of the frequency response of the composite when irradiated with light and determined from the relation: σop= αnc/4π (7) results and discussion figure(1) illustrates the change in the absorbance a &the reflectance r of polystyrene films under the influence of additive al, it can be observed that small quantities of al impurities added 5% and 10% have no considerable effect on the absorption spectra. the enhanced absorption is observed at 20% and 30% al content, this suggests the decrease in the band gap with the increase of al particles, the small absorption peaks appear as an indication that some states have been created in the region between the conduction and the valance band, appearance of a fine absorption spectrum at 30% al content is due to the presence of discrete energy levels. the absorption coefficient (α) was found experimentally from the relation [13]: α=2.303a /d (8) where d is the thickness of the film, results showed that the values of α for polystyrene-al composites are >104 /cm which indicate to the direct electronic transition. the optical absorption coefficient is exponentially dependent on the incident photon energy in the exponent edge, which is strongly related to the structural randomness of the system, and obeys the empirical urbach rule [14]: α=α o exp (hυ /∆e) ( 9) where αo is a constant & ∆e is the urbach energy which is the width of the localized states and can be determined from plotting inα against hυ as shown in figure (2), the values of ∆e for the prepared composites decreased with the increase of alcontent, as given in table (1) this decrease in ∆e is attributed to the impurity levels localized (al -donor levels) and this could give rise to the allowed states near the conduction band forbidden region, also these allowed states could well merge with the conduction band . 113 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 values of optical energy gap eop for pure polystyrene & ps-aluminum composite have been estimated from (αhυ)2 versus hυ plots using the mott and davis model [15] and are shown in figure (3), it can be seen that eop decrease with the increase of al content, this trend may be explained as follows, when the aluminum content is low at 5% and 10%, the alparticles are isolated that is, placed so far apart that there is no interaction between them, as the aluminum content is raised at 20% and 30%, clusters of metal particles are formed, a cluster may be considered as a region in the polymer matrix where metal particles are in physical contact or very close to each other, this means that the band gap is decreased as a result of changes in the molecular mobilities and redistribution of the structure. the variation of energy gap as a function of al concentration is shown in figure (4), it can be seen that eop decreased from 4.1ev for pure polystyrenes to about 3.12ev for ps+30% al composite. our results are in good accordance with the previously published results [16]. the inverse of the absorption coefficient is δ=2/α and known as skin depth, [17], δ is a measure of the distance of penetration optical beam into the medium before the beam is dissipated. in practice, δ has a very small value indicating that an optical beam incident on a specimen penetrates only a short distance below the surface, values of δ at a certain wavelength are given in table (1). refractive index n is increased with the increase of al concentration, it can be observed that (n) increases from 1.81 to about 6.42 when the al-concentration increased from (0 to 30)%, the high values of n is attributed to some complicated polarization and structural defects in polystyrene with the increase of alconcentration. extinction coefficient values exhibits clear changes with the increase of al content, these changes are associated with the increase in scattering, reflection, and optical absorption on the film surface with the increase of al concentration. values of refractive index and extinction coefficient at λ=500nm are given in table (1). the behavior of real and imaginary part of dielectric constant with the photon energy is shown in figure (5), compared to pure polystyrene, the dielectric constant of ps-al composites is greater for all al-concentrations and is attributed to interfacial polarization, a phenomenon that appears in heterogeneous media consisting of phases with different conductivity [18], that is, polystyrene-al composites with aluminum particles dispersed in the polystyrene resin. ps becomes more heterogeneous as more al is added to it, because of the formation of accumulation of charges at the interfaces between the dispersed phase and the polystyrene matrix, the sudden change in the relationship between the real part of dielectric constant and al-concentration at 20% and 30% is attributed to the formation of continuous chains of the conducting phase that spans throughout the polystyrene matrix. the range of variation of dielectric constant is in agreement with the observations of [2,19]. the single oscillator parameters were calculated in terms of the wimple – didomenico model [20]. this model plays an important role in determining the behavior of the refractive index. the dispersion data of refractive index can be described by the relation: n2-1=ed-eo/[eo2-(hυ)2] (10) where eo is single oscillator energy and ed is the dispersion energy which is a measure of the strength of interband optical transition ,by plotting 1/(n2-1) versus (hυ)2 and fitting line shown in figure (6), eo and ed are determined directly from ,the gradient (eoe d )1 and the intercept (e o/ed) on the vertical axis, the values of eo and ed decrease with the increase of aluminum content as given in table (1), we found that eo values is related empirically to the direct band gap by eo ≈ 1.2eop , also the long wavelength refractive index n∞ for the composite was determined from the interception of the vertical axis of figure (6). the values of n∞ were found between 1.27 and 1.06, these values are in good agreement with others [5, 21] . 114 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the behavior of optical conductivity σop with photon energy is shown in figure (7), it can be seen that, at low alconcentration 5% and 10%, σop has low values which is due to interface scattering of discontinuous metal particles, al-particles form small isolated islands embedded in polystyrene matrix, as the al content increased and reaches a critical point, which represents the moment when there is enough conductive particles present to make a continuous network as the proportion of al is increased, the islands grow and continuous al paths extending through polystyrene are established, the optical conductivity of the composite changing from 0.12×105s.cm-1 for pure polystyrene to 1.32×108s.cm-1 for ps+30%al composite, furthermore the σop vary slowly with the volume fraction of aluminum up to 10% and enhanced drastically until 30%, the fluctuation in the optical conductivity at 5% and 10% al content may be attributed to the segmental mobility of the polymer molecules. conclusions the effect of additive aluminum on optical properties of polystyrene -aluminum composites has been investigated, we can conclude the following points: 1-the overall absorbance and reflectance have been increased with the increase of al content. 2-conductive was observed in the relationship between band gap energy and composition in the concentration range under study, which was ascribed to the existence of continuous network of aluminum in the polystyrene matrix. 3optical band gap of psal composites decreased with an increase in al concentration, and the dielectric constant of ps-al composites is greater for all filler concentrations and is attributed to interfacial polarization. 4the optical conductivity of such systems varies continuously as the composition is changed 5ps-al composites are versatile, relatively inexpensive ,useful as light weight shielding for cabinets housing and it is an important material for the modulation of visible light . references 1saq’an, s. a.; ayesh, a. s.; zihlif, a. and ragosta, g.(2004) physical properties of polystyrene /aluminum composites, polymer testing,23(7):739. 2suzhu, yu.; peter hing, and chayahara , a.(2000) dielectric properties of polystyrene aluminum-nitride composites, j. of appl .phys. , 88(1):398. 3 – mccrum ,n.g.c. and bucknall, b.(1997) principles of polymer engineering ,second edition,newyork,p.242. 4alwan, t. j.(2010) refractive index dispersion and optical properties of dye doped polystyrene films, malaysian poly. j. 5( 2):204 . 5 – omed, gh. a. and mahmoud, d. s.(2010)physical properties of pure and copper oxide doped polystyrene films, international journal of material science,5(4):537. 6bahaa, h. & ahmed, h.(2011) synthesis and characterization of carbon nanotubes -polystyrene composites ,european j. of scientific research,60 (2 ):229 7mcquade, d. t.; pullen a. e.and swager, t. m.(2000) conjugated polymer-based chemicalsensors.chem.rev.,100(7):253. 8liang, g.d. (2008) electrical properties of percolative polystyrene –carbon nanofibir composites ,dielectrics and electrical insulation, ieee transaction,15,214. 9-lucas, g.and pedroni (2009) conductivity and mechanical properties of composites based on mwcnts and styrene-butadiene-styrene block tm copolymers , j. of applied polymer science, 112, 3241 10abdul zahra., s. (2011) study of the resistivity of the polystyrene-aluminum composites, j. college of basic education ,17(68):89 115 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 11pankov, j.i.(1971), optical processes in semiconductors ,prentice – hall ,englewood ,cliffs,nj. 12lee, p.a.; said, g., davis, r.and lim, t.h.(1969) on the optical properties of some layer compounds. j. of the phys. and chem. of solids,30(12):2719 . 13tauc, j.; grigorovici, r. and vancu, a.(1966) optical properties and electronic structure of amorphous germanium, physica status solidi, 15(2):627. 14urbach.f.(1966) optical processes , phys.rev.92, 627. 15-mott, n. & davis, e.,(1979) electronic process in noncrystalline materials,2nd edition, university press ,oxford. 16hasan, m.; ei ghanemi, subhi, a., and saq’an s. (2011) on the electrical & optical properties of polycarbonate/mncl composite, j. of modern. phys.2,1553. 17-eloy,j.f. (1984) power laser ,national school of phys., grenobel ,france ,john wiley, p.59. 18srivastava, s. and mehra, r. m.,(2009) study of electrical properties of polystyrene / foliated graphite composite, j. materials sci.poland, 27( 1):529. 19-yakuphan oglu, f.and sekerci, m.(2005) optical characterization of an amorphous organic thin film,optica applicata,35(2):209. 20didomenico, m., and wemple, s.h. (1969) theory of electro-optical and nonlinear optical effects. j. of appl. phys. 40(2):720 . 21srivastava, s.; mharidas,m. and jkbasu,k.( 2008) optical properties of polymer nanocomposites, bull. mater. sci. 31 (3) :213, indian academy of science. table no.(1): gives the values of some optical constants for ps-al composites sample ∆e ev δ μm refractiv e index(n) extinction coefficient k×10-5 eo ev ed ev pure ps 0.491 225.4 1.81 5.8 4.84 0.72 ps+5%al 0.487 201.8 2 6.3 4.64 0.59 ps+10%al 0.473 198.7 3.23 6.9 4.52 0.5 ps-20%al 0.453 128.6 4.39 7.4 4.12 0.49 ps+30%al 0.422 110.7 6.42 9.34 3.61 0.32 116 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(1): the variation of (a) absorbance (b) reflectance with the wavelength for ps-al composites. . figure no. (2): the relation between lnα and photon energy. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 a bs or ba nc e wavelenght nm pure ps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+20%al ps+30%al a 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 re fle ct an ce wavelength nm pureps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+20%al ps+30%al b 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 ln α /c m hʋ ev pure ps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+20%al ps=30%al 117 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (3): variation of (αhυ) 2 versus photon energy for ps-al composites. figure no. (4): the dependence of the optical energy gap on the alconcentration. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 (α hʋ ) 2 × 10 6 ( ev ) 2 hʋ ev pureps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+20%al ps+30%al 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 e op e v al-concentration % 118 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (5): real & imaginary part of dielectric constant ( a & b) respectively against photon energy. figure no. ( 6): the variation of (1/n2-1) with (hυ)2 of pure and doped polystyrene film. 0 10 20 30 40 50 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 εr hʋ ev pureps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+30%al ps+20%al 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 ε i m × 1 04 hʋ ev pureps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+20%al ps+30%al 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 0 5 10 15 20 1 /n 2 1 (hʋ) 2 (ev) 2 pureps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+20%al ps=30%al a b 119 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no (7): optical conductivity as a function of photon energy for pure polystyrene & ps-al composites 1.0e+00 1.0e+02 1.0e+04 1.0e+06 1.0e+08 1.0e+10 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 σ op s .c m -1 hʋ ev pure ps ps+5%al ps+10%al ps+20%al ps+30%al 120 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ألمنیوم-االلمنیوم على الخواص البصریة لمركبات بولي ستایرینضافة إتأثیر سوسن عبد الزھرة قسم العلوم/ كلیة التربیة األساسیة/الجامعة المستنصریة 2012كانون االول 9قبل البحث في : ، 2012ایلول 9استلم البحث في : الخالصة ألمنی�وم بطریق�ة الك�بس المیك�انیكي -أُضیف مسحوق األلمنیوم إلى البولي ستایرین لتحض�یر مرك�ب ب�ولي س�تایرین . ٲجری����ت قیاس����ات االمتصاص����یة واالنعكاس����یة باس����تعمال المطی����اف 120ºcعن����د ض����غط م����نخفض ودرج����ة ح����رارة . spectrophotometer uv visibleالضوئي ، nوعل��ى الثواب��ت البص��ریة (معام��ل االنكس��ار eopاس��ة ت��أثیر إض��افة األلمنی��وم ف��ي فج��وة الطاق��ة البص��ریة تم��ت در ) للمركبات المحضرة.σop، والتوصیلیة البصریة ε، وثابت العزلkوعامل الخمود مع زیادة نسبة األلمنیوم في المركب إذ انخفضت قیمتھا من eopأظھرت النتائج انخفاض قیمة فجوة الطاقة البصریة 4.1ev 3.12للبولي ستایرین النقي إلى حواليev للمركبps+30%al) وتبین أن قیم كل من ،( nوk تتغیر تغیرا ملحوظا وھذا التغیر مصاحب للزیادة في التشتت، االنعكاسیة واالمتصاص البصري لسطح األغشیة مع زیادة نسبة عالیة لجمیع نسب األلمنیوم وھذا قد یعود إلى االستقطاب البیني في األوساط المختلطة εمنیوم وكانت قیم ثابت العزل األل heterogeneous105×0.12. ولوحظ ان قیم التوصیلیة البصریة قد ازدادت منs.cm-1 للبولي ستایرین النقي إلى حوالي 1.32×108s.cm-1 للمركب ps+30%al . ألمنیوم باختیار الكمیة –ان ھذه النتائج تدل على انھ یمكن التحكم في الخواص البصریة لمركب بولي ستایرین الصحیحة من الشوائب، ویمكن تغییر الثوابت البصریة بإضافة كمیة محددة من الشوائب وبھذا یمكن زیادة التطبیقات الصناعیة لھذه المركبات. ولي ستایرین، مركبات البولي ستایرین، الخواص البصریة.: بالكلمات المفتاحیة 121 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 10010036 10010037 10010038 10010039 10010040 10010041 10010042 10010043 10010044 10010045 10010046 10010047 10010048 10010049 10010050 10010051 10010052 10010053 estimate the parameters and related probability functions for data of the patients of lymph glands cancer via birnbaum-saunders model abbas n. salman taha a. taha mathematics dept./college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 16 june 2013 , accepted in : 26 august 2013 abstract in this paper,we estimate the parameters and related probability functions, survival function, cumulative distribution function , hazard function(failure rate) and failure (death) probability function(pdf) for two parameters birnbaum-saunders distribution which is fitting the complete data for the patients of lymph glands cancer. estimating the parameters (shape and scale) using (maximum likelihood , regression quantile and shrinkage) methods and then compute the value of mentioned related probability functions depending on sample from real data which describe the duration of survivor for patients who suffer from the lymph glands cancer based on diagnosis of disease or the inter of patients in a hospital for period of three years ( start with 2010 to the end of 2012) .calculating and estimating all previous probability functions , then comparing the numerical estimation by using statistical indicators mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error between the three considered estimation methods with respect to survival function. concluding that, the survival function for the lymph glands cancer by using shrinkage method is the best. keywords : birnbaum-saunders distribution , lymph glands cancer disease, complete real data, maximum likelihood estimator, regression quantile(least square) method and shrinkage estimator, mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error. 387 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction 1.1 the procedures the medical experiment is most important experiment which is related with human, thus the cancer disease is one of the diseases which hit the health of human and the lymph glands cancer disease is lethal cancer which killed human .this paper concerns with complete real data for failure (death) time for this disease which is fitting two parameters birnbaumsaunders model. furthermore, estimating the parameters of the mentioned model, by using three methods (maximum likelihood estimator, regression quantile estimator and shrinkage estimator),depending upon iterative numerical method (newton-raphson method),then utilizing these estimated parameters to estimate the probability of failure(death) function , cumulative distribution function, survival function and hazard function .finally, three considered estimators were compared, by using the mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error with respect to survival function to indicate the best estimator. 1.2 description of data cancer develops when cells in a part of the body begin to grow out of control. survival analysis is concerned with studying the time between entry to a study and a subsequent event, such as death. lymphoma is a cancer that starts in the lymphoid cells in the immune system, and serves as a solid tumor of lymphoid cells. it can be treated with chemotherapy, and radiation therapy in some cases and / or bone marrow transplantation, and can be cured, depending on the tissue type, and stage of the disease. these malignant cells arise often in the lymph nodes, as a display of the node enlargement (tumor). lymphoma is the most common form of hematologic malignancies, or "blood cancer", in the developed world. and classified some forms of cancer and lymph nodes (such as lymphoma, small lymphocytic) lazy, compatible with long life even without treatment, while other forms are aggressive (such as burkitt's lymphoma), causing rapid deterioration and death. however, the most aggressive lymphoma responds well to treatment and cure. speculate therefore depends on the correct classification of the disease, which was established by a pathologist after examination of a biopsy. this paper depends on real data for the lymph glands cancer diseases, choosing this type of cancer because it is diffusion and deadly in current time in iraq .to collect data for the lymph glands cancer diseases returning medical city teaching complex in baghdad-iraq (baghdad hospital teaching) ,baghdad. the time (in days) of study point in this paper is determined for three years (started with2010 to the end of 2012), that means of the duration time of this study is constant. the number of patients in the experiment for the above duration time is (92) including (51) males and (41) females. all ninety two patients were dead during the time of study, that means the data became complete data. 1.3 goodness of fit it is very important that we test whether the random variable t (the real time data of considered lymph glands cancer diseases) follows the birnbaum –saunders distribution. we use the software program (easy fit professional) to fit the curve of demonstrating the good matching, of this data to the specific probability distribution. this program uses a variety of tests under consideration like kolmukrove samirnov test, anderson-darling test and chisquare test. we found from this program, the mentioned real time data follow birnbaumsaunders distribution. 1.4 the model birnbaum and saunders [11] proposed the two-parameter failure time distribution for fatigue failure caused under cyclic loading. it was also assumed that the failure is due to the 388 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 development and growth of a dominant crack. this distribution is the so-called twoparameters birnbaum–saunders distribution. a more general derivation was provided by desmond [5] based on a biological model. desmond also strengthened the physical justification for the use of this distribution by relaxing the assumptions made by birnbaum and saunders[11] . desmond [6] investigated the relationship between the birnbaum– saunders distribution and the inverse gaussian distribution. artur and silvia [4] introduce size and power properties of some tests in the birnbaum-saunders regression model. the random variable t is said to follow a bs distribution with parameters α and β, denoted as bs (α, β), if its cumulative distribution function (cdf) is given by f(𝑡, 𝛼, 𝛽) = φ� 1 𝛼 �� 𝒕 𝜷 � 𝟏 𝟐 − � 𝜷 𝒕 � 𝟏 𝟐 �� , t > 0 and α, β > 0 … (𝟏) where φ (.) is the standard normal cdf, α and β are the shape and the scale parameters respectively. the parameter β is the median of the distribution: ft (β) = φ(0) =0.5 it is noteworthy that the reciprocal property holds for the bs distribution t−1~bs(α, β−1). while, the probability density function (p.d.f) for the two parameters birnbaum – saunders distribution of the random variable t is given by: 𝒇(𝐭; 𝛂, 𝛃) = 𝐭 −𝟑 𝟐 (𝐭 + 𝛃) 𝐞𝐱𝐩�− 𝟏𝟐𝛂𝟐 � 𝐭 𝛃 + 𝛃 𝐭 − 𝟐�� 𝟐𝛂�𝛃√𝟐𝛑 ,0 < 𝑡 < ∞ and β, α > 0 … (𝟐) estimation methods: in this section, we introduce three methods for the estimation of the parameters of the birnbaum-saunders distribution and the related probability functions as follows: 2.1 maximum likelihood method(mle) the idea behind the maximum likelihood approach to fitting a statistical distribution to a data set is to find the parameters of the distribution that maximize the likelihood of having observed the data. assuming the data are independent of each other, the likelihood of the data is the product of the likelihoods of each datum. see; [1]𝑎𝑛𝑑[11] thus, the likelihood function of two-parameters birnbaum-saunders is: l = �𝑓(𝑡𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 , 𝛼 , 𝛽) … (3) l = ∏ t −3 2 (t + β)ni=1 2nαnβ n 2(2π) n 2 exp −� 1 2α2 �( ti β − 2 + n i=1 β ti )� … (4) taking the logarithm for the above likelihood function, so we get the following: ln l = −n ln 2 − n ln α − 𝑛 2 ln 𝛽 − n 2 ln(2π) − 3 2 ln � ti n i=0 + ln �(ti + 𝛽) n i=0 − � 1 α2 �� ti β � n i=0 + � 𝛽 𝑡𝑖 � − 2� . . . (5) the partial derivative for the loglikelihood function with respect to unknown parameters α and β are respectively as below: 389 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ∂ln l ∂α = −n α + 1 α3 �( ti β n i=1 − 2 + β ti ) … (6) equating the partial derivative to zero and resolve this equation: ∂ln l(ti) ∂α = 0 … (7) α� = � s β� + β� r − 2� 1 2 … (8) where, s=�1 n ∑ tᵢni=0 � is the arithmetic mean and r=�1 n ∑ 1 tᵢ n i=0 � is the harmonic mean. also, the partial derivative for log-likelihood w.r.t. β, is as follows: ∂ln l ∂β = −n 2β� + � 1 tᵢ + β� n i=0 − 1 2α�2 �( 1 β�2 n i=0 − 1 tᵢ ) … (9) equating the partial derivative to zero and resolve this equation: ∂ln l ∂β = 0 … (10) −n 2β� + � 1 tᵢ + β� n i=0 − 1 2α�2 �( 1 β�2 n i=0 − 1 tᵢ ) = 0 … (11) form equations (8) and (11) we can write the formula as: �̂�2 − 𝛽 ��2𝑟 + 𝑘(�̂�)� + 𝑟�𝑠 + 𝑘(𝛽 � ) � = 0 … (12) where, k (�̂�) =�1 𝑛 ∑ 1 𝑡ᵢ+𝛽� 𝑛 𝑖=0 � −1 ; β ≥ 0 since (12) is a non-linear equation in β�, we shall use the newton-raphson method to find �̂�. as a consequence, the related estimation probability function using this method is as follows: 𝒇�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) = 𝐭− 𝟑 𝟐(𝐭 + 𝜷�𝑴𝑳) 𝐞𝐱𝐩� −𝟏 𝟐𝛂�𝐌𝐋 �𝛃 �𝐌𝐋 𝐭 + 𝐭 𝛃�𝐌𝐋 − 𝟐�� 𝟐𝜶�𝑴𝑳�𝜷�𝑴𝑳√𝟐𝝅 , 𝒉�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) = 𝒇�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) 𝑺�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) 𝑭�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) = 𝚽� 𝟏 𝜶�𝑴𝑳 �� 𝒕 𝜷�𝑴𝑳 � 𝟏 𝟐 − � 𝜷�𝑴𝑳 𝒕 � 𝟏 𝟐 �� , 𝑺�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) = 𝟏 − 𝚽� 𝟏 𝜶�𝑴𝑳 �� 𝒕 𝜷�𝑴𝑳 � 𝟏 𝟐 − � 𝜷�𝑴𝑳 𝒕 � 𝟏 𝟐 �� 2.2 regression-quantile (least square) method (rqe): the regression-quantile (least square) method [8], is based on the minimization of the quadratic measure of the difference between the empirical distribution function fn(t) and the theoretical cumulative distribution function f(t) = φ( λ √t − µ√t ) … (13 a) where, α= 1 �µλ , and, β=λ µ and λ, μ> 0 …(13 b) 390 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 if t(1) ≤ t(2) ≤ k ≤ t(n) are order statistics of t1, t2, k, tn , then by definition the empirical distribution function is given by fn(tk ) = k/n ,k=1, k, n. considering the following asymptotic equality φ−1 �1 − k n � ≈ 𝛌 √𝐭𝐤 − µ√tk k=1,…, n-1. this can be used for the parameter estimation. hence, the estimation of the parameters can be obtained by finding the minimum of the following function: 𝐆(𝛌, 𝛍) = � � 𝛌 √𝐭𝐤 − 𝛍�𝐭𝐤 − 𝐲𝐤� 𝟐𝐧 𝐤=𝟏 … (𝟏𝟒) where yk = φ−1 �1 − k n � … (13) , for k = 1, … , n − 1. since φ−1(0) = −∞ , tn is chosen by condition of further minimization of the function g. the partial derivative for g w .r. t. to 𝜆 and 𝜇 respectively and equating the two equations with zero , we obtain the following: 𝛛𝐆 𝛛𝛍 = 𝟐�� 𝛌 √𝐭𝐤 − 𝛍�𝐭𝐤 − 𝐲𝐤� (�𝐭𝐤 ) … . (𝟏𝟓) 𝛛𝐆 𝛛𝛍 = 𝟎 . . . . (𝟏𝟔) ⇒ 𝟐�� 𝛌 √𝐭𝐤 − 𝛍�𝐭𝐤 − 𝐲𝐤� (�𝐭𝐤) = 𝟎 … (𝟏𝟕) 𝛛𝐆 𝛛𝛌� = 𝟐�� 𝛌� �𝐭(𝐤) − 𝛍��𝐭(𝐤) − 𝐲𝐤�� 𝟏 �𝐭(𝐤) � … (𝟏𝟖) 𝛛𝐆 𝛛𝛌� = 0 … (𝟏𝟗) ⇒ 𝟐�� 𝛌� �𝐭(𝐤) − 𝛍��𝐭(𝐤) − 𝐲𝐢�� 𝟏 �𝐭(𝐤) � = 𝟎 … (𝟐𝟎) rewriting the statistics t1 and t2 are as follows : t1 = 1 n � t(k) n k=1 , t2 = 1 n � 1 t(k) n k=1 furthermore, t3 = � y(k) n k=1 �tk , t4 = 1 n � y(k) �t(k) n k=1 from equations (17) and (20) we get µ� = t2 t3 − t4 1 − t1t2 … (𝟐𝟏) λ� = t3 − t1t4 1 − t1t2 … (𝟐𝟐) thus, depending on equation (13 b),we can find the estimation of α and β as below: 𝛼�= 1 �λ�µ� and, �̂�=𝜆 � 𝜇� . as a result, the related estimation probability function using this method is as follows: 391 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝒇�𝑹𝑸(𝒕) = 𝐭− 𝟑 𝟐(𝐭 + 𝜷�𝑹𝑸) 𝐞𝐱𝐩� −𝟏 𝟐𝛂�𝐑𝐐 � 𝛃�𝐑𝐐 𝐭 + 𝐭 𝛃�𝐑𝐐 − 𝟐�� 𝟐𝜶�𝑹𝑸�𝜷�𝑹𝑸 √𝟐𝝅 , 𝒉�𝑹𝑸(𝒕) = 𝒇�𝑹𝑸(𝒕) 𝑺�𝑹𝑸(𝒕) 𝑭�𝑹𝑸(𝒕) = 𝚽� 𝟏 𝜶�𝑹𝑸 �� 𝒕 𝜷�𝑹𝑸 � 𝟏 𝟐 − � 𝜷�𝑹𝑸 𝒕 � 𝟏 𝟐 �� ; 𝑺�𝑹𝑸(𝒕) = 𝟏 − 𝚽� 𝟏 𝜶�𝑹𝑸 �� 𝒕 𝜷�𝑹𝑸 � 𝟏 𝟐 − � 𝜷�𝑹𝑸 𝒕 � 𝟏 𝟐 �� 2.3 shrinkage method (she) the shrinkage estimation method is one of the bayesian approach depended on prior information regarding the value of the specific parameter 𝜃 due to past experiences or from previous studies .however, in certain situations the prior information is available only in the form of an initial guess value (natural origin) 𝜃° of . in such a situation it is natural to start with an estimator 𝜃� (e.g. mle) of 𝜃 and modify it by moving it closer to 𝜃°.thompson [9] suggested the problem of shrinking an unbiased estimator 𝜃� of the parameter 𝜃 toward prior information (a natural origin) 𝜃° by single stage shrinkage estimator k𝜃� + (1 − 𝑘)𝜃° , 0≤ 𝑘 ≤ 1, which is more efficient than 𝜃� if 𝜃° is close to 𝜃 and less efficient than 𝜃� otherwise. according to thompson [9] and al − joboori[2,3], 𝜃° is a natural origin and as such may arise for anyone of a number of reasons, e.g., we are estimating 𝜃 and: (i) we believe 𝜃° is closed to the true value of 𝜃, or(ii) we fear that 𝜃° may be near the true value of 𝜃 ,i.e., something bad happens if 𝜃° = 𝜃 and we do not know about it.(i.e.; something bad happens if 𝜃°≈𝜃 and we doesn't use 𝜃°). where, k is so called shrinkage weight factor; 0≤ 𝑘 ≤ 1 which represents the belief of 𝜃� ,and (1-k) represents the belief of 𝜃°. thompson [9]. noting that the shrinkage weight factor may be a function of 𝜃� or may be constant and the choosing of k is ad hoc basis. in this paper, we supposed k=𝑒 −𝑛 10 , 0≤ 𝑘 ≤ 1 , and 𝜃 = 𝜃° . where, 𝜃 may refer to 𝛼 𝑜𝑟 𝛽 and n=92 therefore, the shrinkage estimators of 𝛼and 𝛽 respectively became as below: 𝛼�𝑠ℎ = 𝑘 𝛼�𝑀𝐿 + (1 − 𝐾)𝛼° , 𝛼 = 𝛼° … . (23) �̂�𝑠ℎ= 𝐾 �̂�𝑀𝐿 + (1 − 𝐾)𝛽° , 𝛽 = 𝛽° … . (24) hence, the estimation of the related probability functions using this method is as follows: 𝒇�𝑺𝑯(𝒕) = 𝐭− 𝟑 𝟐(𝐭 + 𝜷�𝑺𝑯) 𝐞𝐱𝐩� −𝟏 𝟐𝛂�𝐒𝐇 �𝛃 �𝐒𝐇 𝐭 + 𝐭 𝛃�𝐒𝐇 − 𝟐�� 𝟐𝜶�𝑺𝑯�𝜷�𝑺𝑯 √𝟐𝝅 , 𝒉�𝑺𝑯(𝒕) = 𝒇�𝑺𝑯(𝒕) 𝑺�𝑺𝑯(𝒕) 𝑭�𝑺𝑯(𝒕) = 𝚽� 𝟏 𝜶�𝑺𝑯 �� 𝒕 𝜷�𝑺𝑯 � 𝟏 𝟐 − �𝜷 �𝑺𝑯 𝒕 � 𝟏 𝟐 �� , 𝑺�𝑺𝑯(𝒕) = 𝟏 − 𝚽� 𝟏 𝜶�𝑺𝑯 �� 𝒕 𝜷�𝑺𝑯 � 𝟏 𝟐 − �𝜷 �𝑺𝑯 𝒕 � 𝟏 𝟐 �� 392 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the result of estimation in this section, we use the program matlab to obtain the estimation values for the shape and scale parameters as well as the related probability functions in birnbaum-saunders distribution under specific complete data. newton -raphson method [7] was used which is one of the numerical analysis methods. 3.1 estimation the parameters and related pr. functions by mle method to find the estimated values for the shape and scale parameters in birnbaum-saunders distribution, newton -raphson method was used which is one of the numerical analysis methods . applying the maximum likelihood estimator method for estimating the two unknown parameters of birnbaum−saunders distribution under complete data by using matlab (2012a) program. estimating these unknown parameters using newton-raphson gave the program including small number of iteration and the smallest value of error. the results of estimation which satisfy above conditions are demonstrated in annexed table (1). now, these estimated values for two parameters in birnbaum-saunders distribution are used to find estimation values for probability, of death density function𝑓𝑀𝐿(𝑡) , cumulative distribution function 𝐹�𝑀𝐿(𝑡) , survival function�̂�𝑀𝐿(𝑡) and hazard function ℎ�𝑀𝐿(𝑡) . the results for the estimation of these probability functions are shown in the table (2). from the mentioned table, we display the following conclusions: 1. noting that the values of death density function 𝑓𝑀𝐿(𝑡) were increasing slightly until (t= 23) then the values became decreasing slightly until the end of failure times. the patients who remain in a hospital for (t=1046) days had smallest probability of death with (0.00173947) value while the patients who remain in a hospital for (t=23) days had the largest probability of death with (0.571728762) value. 2. the values of cumulative death distribution function f�ml(t) is increasing with the increase of failure times because it collects the probability values for all previous observations step by step, that means there is a direct relationship between failure times and cumulative death distribution function. 3. the values of survival function s�ml(t) are decreasing gradually with the increase of the failure times for the lymph glands cancer patients in the hospital, that means there is an opposite relationship between failure times and survival function. showing that the value of survival function for patients was high when the patients stay alive in the hospital for the lymph glands cancer was low and vice versa, that means the patient who remains (t =11) days in a hospital had the greatest survival function with (0.98214277335) value ,but the patient who remains( t=1046 ) days in a hospital had a smallest value of survival function with (0.00623383239) value . 4. noting that the values of hazard function h�ml(t) are increasing gradually with the increase the failure times of patients for the lymph glands cancer patients in the hospital until (t=28) and decrease after that. that means there is concave and convex regions respectively when plot the failure times vs. hazard function. showing that the patient who remains (t=1046) days in a hospital had the smallest value of hazard function for death with (0.27903817907) value but the patient who remains ( t=28 ) days in a hospital had a largest value of hazard function for death with (0.65225072150) . 5. the mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error for survival function which estimate the parameters in birnbaum-saunders distribution by mle method is mse�𝑆 �(𝑡)� 𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 0.000000000036821 and mape��̂�(𝑡)� 𝑀𝐸𝐿 = 0.000025281310636 . 393 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 3.2 estimation the parameters and related function by rqe method to find the estimated values for the shape and scale parameters in birnbaumsaunders . newton -raphson method was used. after that ,applying the regression-quantile estimator method for estimating the two unknown parameters of birnbaum-saunders distribution under complete data by using program of matlab (2012 a) .the estimation values of the specific parameter using rqe method are carried out in attached table(3). now, these estimated values for two parameters in birnbaum-saunders distribution are used to find the estimation of the probability death (density) function𝑓𝑅𝑄(𝑡) , cumulative distribution function 𝐹�𝑅𝑄(𝑡) , survival function �̂�𝑅𝑄(𝑡) and hazard function ℎ�𝑅𝑄(𝑡) . the results for these four probability functions are displayed in table (4). from this table, we demonstrate the following conclusions: 1. the values of death density function 𝑓𝑅𝑄(𝑡) were increasing slightly until (t= 22) then the values became decreasing slightly until the end of failure times. the patients who remain in a hospital for (t=1046) days had smallest probability of death with (0.00142356349) value while the patients who remain in a hospital for (t=22) days had largest probability of death with (0.593766620475) value. 2. the values of cumulative death distribution function f�rq(t) are increasing with the increase of failure times because it collects the probability values for all previous observations step by step, that means there is a direct relationship between failure times and cumulative death distribution function . 3. the values of survival function �̂�𝑅𝑄(t) are decreasing gradually with the increase of the failure times for the lymph glands cancer patients in the hospital, that means there is an opposite relationship between failure times and survival function. showing that the value of survival function for patients was high when the patients stay alive in the hospital for the lymph glands cancer was low and vice versa, that means the patient who remains (t =11) days in a hospital had a greatest survival function with (0.97970942845) value ,but the patient who remains( t=1046 ) days in a hospital had a smallest value of survival function with (0.00487351604) value . 4. noting that the values of hazard function ℎ�𝑅𝑄(t) are increasing gradually with the increase of the failure times of patients for the lymph glands cancer patients in the hospital until (t=27) and decreasing after that. that means there is concave and convex regions respectively when plot the failure times vs. hazard function. showing that the patient who remains (t=1046) days in a hospital had a smallest value of hazard function for death with (0.29210194025) value but the patient who remains ( t=27 ) days in a hospital had a largest value of hazard function for death with (0.67814630492) value . 5. the mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error for survival function which estimate the parameters in birnbaum-saunders distribution by rqe method is mse��̂�(𝑡)� 𝑅𝑄𝐸 = 0.000157322008012 and mape��̂�(𝑡)� 𝑅𝑄𝐸 = 0.044260791532672 . 3.3. estimation the parameters and related function by shrinkage method: to find the estimated values for the shape and scale parameters in birnbaumsaunders. newton -raphson method was used. applying the shrinkage estimator method for estimating the two unknown parameters of birnbaum-saunders distribution under complete data using matlab (2012 a) program. the estimation values of the specific parameter using sh. method are performed in the annexed table (5). now , these estimated values for the two parameters in birnbaum-saunders distribution are used for estimating the probability death (density) function 𝑓𝑆𝐻(𝑡) , cumulative distribution function , 𝐹�𝑆𝐻(𝑡), survival function �̂�𝑆𝐻(𝑡) and hazard function ℎ�𝑆𝐻(𝑡) . the results for these four probability functions are placed in the table (6). from this table, we display the following conclusions: 394 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 1. the values of death (density) function are increasing slightly until (t= 23) then the values became decreasing slightly until the end of failure times. the patients who remain in a hospital for (t=1046) days had smallest probability of death with (0.00173911118) value while the patients who remain in a hospital for (t=23) days had largest probability of death with (0.57168907904) value. 2. the values of cumulative death distribution function f�sh(t) are increasing with the increase of failure times because it collects the probability values for all previous observations step by step, that means there is a direct relationship between failure times and cumulative death distribution function . 3. the values of survival function s�sh(t) are decreasing gradually with the increase of the failure times for the lymph glands cancer patients in the hospital , that means there is an opposite relationship between failure times and survival function . showing that the value of survival function for patients was high when the patients stay alive in the hospital for the lymph glands cancer was low and vice versa , that means the patient who remains (t =11) days in a hospital had a greatest survival function with (0.98214623898) value ,but the patient who remains( t=1046 ) days in a hospital had a smallest value of survival function with (0.00623244779) value . 4.the values of hazard function h�sh(t) are increasing gradually with the increase of the failure times of patients for the lymph glands cancer patients in the hospital until (t=28) and decreasing after that. that means there is concave and convex regions respectively when plot the failure times vs. hazard function. showing that the patient who remains (t=1046) days in a hospital had a smallest value of hazard function for death with (0.27904143697) value but the patient who remains (t=28) days in a hospital had a largest value of hazard function for death with (0.65220903452) value. 5. the mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error for survival function which estimate the parameters in birnbaum-saunders distribution by mle method is mse��̂�(𝑡)� 𝑆𝐻 = 0.00000000000 and mape��̂�(𝑡)� 𝑆𝐻 = 0.000000002554411 . comparisons between three considered estimation methods this section is related with comparisons between the three considered estimators using the two statistical indicators, "mean squared error and mean absolute percentage error" with respect to the survival function. i.e. ; mse��̂�(𝑡𝑖)� = ∑ ��̂�(𝑡𝑖) − 𝑆(𝑡𝑖)� 2𝑛 𝑖=0 𝑛 , mape��̂�(𝑡𝑖� = ∑ ��̂�(𝑡𝑖) − 𝑆(𝑡𝑖)� 𝑛 𝑖=0 𝑆(𝑡𝑖) 𝑛 . . (25) where, 𝑆(𝑡𝑖) is the real survival function and �̂�(𝑡𝑖) is the estimated survival function as a consequence, the computations of mentioned statistical indicators are carried out in annexed table (7): that indicates , the mean squares error and mean absolute percentage using shrinkage method is less than that of mle and rqe methods, so the shrinkage method is the best. conclusions and results we estimated the parameters of birnbaum-saunders distribution using mle, rqe and shrinkage methods for complete data and the related probability functions, and we conclude the following results. i. there is a direct relationship between the failure times and the estimated cumulative distribution function for each considered estimators . 395 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ii. there is concave and convex regions respectively when ploting the failure times vs. hazard function, for each considered estimators. iii. there is an opposite relationship between the failure times and survival function, for each considered estimators . iv. there is a vibrate relationship between the failure times and the probability death (density function) for each considered estimators . v. according to comparisons between mle, rqe and sh methods, we conclude that the shrinkage estimation method is the best in the sense of mse and mape. references [1] mohammed. r. a.(2012). comparing some of parameters estimation methods for reliability functions for birnbaum – saunders distribution has two parameters by using the simulation. master thesis, baghdad university, college of administration and economic. [2]al-joboori. a.n (2010). "pre-test single and double stage shrunken estimators for the mean of normal distribution with known variance". baghdad journal for science. vol.7(4). pp.1432-1442. [3]al-joboori. a.n. (2011) .on significance test estimator for the shape parameter of generalized rayleigh distribution .al-qadesyia j. for computer and mathematics sciences. vol.3. no.2. pp.390-399. [4]artur j. l. and silvia l. p. f. (2010). size and power properties of some tests in the birnbaumsaunders regression model. stat. me. pp. 1-13. [5]desmond, a.f. (1985). stochastic models of failure in random environments. canad. j.statist. 13, 171-183 [6]desmond. a.f. (1986). on the relationship between two fatigue-life models. ieee trans. reliable. 35. 167-169 [7]mathews j. h. and fink k. d. (2003) . numerical method using matlab . third edition . prentice hall .usa . [8]syed e..k. and supranee l. (2008). parametric estimation for the birnbaum – saunders lifetime distribution based one new parameterizations. thailand statistician, 6(2). vol. 213 – 240. [9] thompson, j.r. (1968). some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean. j. amer. statist. assoc.vol.63. pp.113-122. [10]birnbaum . z. w. and saunders. s. c. (1969). "estimation for a family of life distributions with applications to fatigue j. applied probability. vol. 6. pp. 328 – 347. [11] birnbaum. z. w and saunders.s. c. (1969a). a new family of life distribution. j. applied probability. vol. 6. pp. 319 – 327. table (1): estimated values for the parameters by mle method estimated values number of iteration errors for all parameters α� = 1.221842074333230 β� = 93.132544387531269 3 0 396 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (2): estimated values for the functions 𝑓𝑀𝐿(t), 𝐹�𝑀𝐿(t), �̂�𝑀𝐿(t), ℎ�𝑀𝐿(t) �̂�𝐌𝐋(𝒕) 𝑺�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) 𝐅�𝐌𝐋(𝒕) 𝒇�𝑴𝑳(𝒕) time/d 0.3752948445 74820 0.4220912945 55910 0.4628353445 30202 0.4978589786 30721 0.5276662798 30023 0.5528223538 15185 0.5738908128 46531 0.5914011645 94833 0.6058339530 83585 0.6176160575 36867 0.6346752582 54723 0.6405577825 03542 0.6450105107 58342 0.6482407175 43248 0.6517192844 00955 0.6522507215 01328 0.6521325728 34339 0.6503188099 33909 0.6447304202 87006 0.6397163679 20829 0.6369415500 78818 0.6340287754 98070 0.6310033648 77197 0.6278872250 15437 0.9821427733 57806 0.9764984204 25002 0.9702733867 69026 0.9635613850 38287 0.9564487220 93328 0.9490126013 15602 0.9413207596 84283 0.9334318395 45599 0.9253961263 18909 0.9172564338 30801 0.9008044198 13457 0.8925483038 13239 0.8843021163 76903 0.8760837265 10071 0.8597870382 25750 0.8517310126 70074 0.8437480583 72176 0.8280264474 24463 0.8051179481 83015 0.7903235986 04586 0.7830733259 72993 0.7759214481 76802 0.7688678689 64593 0.7619122079 81771 0.017857226642 194 0.023501579574 998 0.029726613230 974 0.036438614961 713 0.043551277906 672 0.050987398684 398 0.058679240315 717 0.066568160454 402 0.074603873681 091 0.082743566169 199 0.099195580186 543 0.107451696186 761 0.115697883623 097 0.123916273489 929 0.140212961774 250 0.148268987329 926 0.156251941627 824 0.171973552575 537 0.194882051816 985 0.209676401395 414 0.216926674027 007 0.224078551823 198 0.231132131035 407 0.238087792018 229 0.3685931194 77601 0.4121714824 08991 0.4490768172 53728 0.4797176870 03165 0.5046857390 35166 0.5246353800 59563 0.5402153359 24527 0.5520326769 77164 0.5606363933 76021 0.5665123024 12906 0.5717182777 82102 0.5717287622 67906 0.5703841597 48949 0.5679131435 00851 0.5603397932 89702 0.5555421675 39112 0.5502355921 30225 0.5384811738 82880 0.5190840331 12647 0.5055829419 81444 0.4987719380 70614 0.4919565256 70227 0.4851582124 62618 0.4783949419 75058 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 31 34 36 37 38 39 40 41 43 45 53 55 56 58 60 62 63 65 70 72 73 77 77 77 78 80 85 89 92 93 94 397 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.6246993143 56662 0.6181716073 13993 0.6115267371 54006 0.5850915035 11059 0.5787153105 94797 0.5755779089 60855 0.5694121220 48096 0.5633986931 88747 0.5575430376 00070 0.5546753144 20461 0.5490607805 36985 0.5357250244 20828 0.5306652018 63687 0.5281925192 05155 0.5186718775 52837 0.5186718775 52837 0.5186718775 52837 0.5163816029 22135 0.5119050615 21291 0.5012939957 11441 0.4933647226 74799 0.4877210247 38818 0.4858947202 66187 0.4840950221 67519 0.4840950221 67519 0.4788505841 0.7550538483 15278 0.7416256195 78877 0.7285749131 88875 0.6799332676 99777 0.6686042677 04813 0.6630562109 15174 0.6521855991 33027 0.6416060281 06839 0.6313062541 83178 0.6262578837 71009 0.6163575874 15142 0.5926944011 12017 0.5836392931 26580 0.5791951629 90668 0.5619505264 40087 0.5619505264 40087 0.5619505264 40087 0.5577673816 14158 0.5495480992 09031 0.5298164758 85799 0.5148172255 89363 0.5039948301 24730 0.5004650118 55910 0.4969729233 17098 0.4969729233 17098 0.4867167771 0.244946151684 722 0.258374380421 123 0.271425086811 125 0.320066732300 223 0.331395732295 187 0.336943789084 826 0.347814400866 973 0.358393971893 161 0.368693745816 822 0.373742116228 991 0.383642412584 858 0.407305598887 983 0.416360706873 420 0.420804837009 332 0.438049473559 913 0.438049473559 913 0.438049473559 913 0.442232618385 842 0.450451900790 969 0.470183524114 201 0.485182774410 637 0.496005169875 270 0.499534988144 090 0.503027076682 902 0.503027076682 902 0.513283222808 0.4716816213 44913 0.4584519012 80311 0.4455430394 34656 0.3978231778 85650 0.3869315264 49798 0.3816405074 02063 0.3713623859 71546 0.3614799977 77416 0.3519804066 13211 0.3473697885 88976 0.3384177780 36051 0.3175212225 09823 0.3097170633 02596 0.3059265522 51481 0.2914679346 40485 0.2914679346 40485 0.2914679346 40485 0.2880208145 75601 0.2813164535 34507 0.2655938181 90546 0.2539926577 31106 0.2458088750 11500 0.2431733069 38741 0.2405821183 29847 0.2405821183 29847 0.2330646130 94 97 104 109 113 119 123 123 126 133 139 140 142 143 155 157 158 190 206 218 227 237 241 242 242 247 255 261 273 296 342 385 402 407 414 463 477 484 499 565 566 606 736 1046 398 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 24229 0.4674551016 37126 0.4599711479 80822 0.4543392543 28268 0.4464305340 41204 0.4414877344 66362 0.4414877344 66362 0.4379405167 82960 0.4301541533 81171 0.4239781511 28674 0.4229900389 39531 0.4210473927 96179 0.4200924892 95300 0.4094211149 43827 0.4077729833 34727 0.4069618157 90085 0.3848396369 56884 0.3759990831 61675 0.3701082097 57078 0.3660467126 80410 0.3618511676 27291 0.3602585661 46810 0.3598676411 57540 0.3598676411 57540 0.3579548125 02747 0.3550321015 84348 91034 0.4639948522 59633 0.4487212868 78000 0.4370302668 33925 0.4203097653 62979 0.4096709639 06120 0.4096709639 06120 0.4019426823 50767 0.3846942076 42353 0.3707236627 91988 0.3684639387 05865 0.3640011591 84592 0.3617976332 44836 0.3367187346 13748 0.3327693817 55637 0.3308179726 55714 0.2755926455 09507 0.2524137888 69082 0.2366177468 17403 0.2255679742 25791 0.2140222001 94961 0.2096058506 11787 0.2085190513 11922 0.2085190513 11922 0.2031859731 78380 0.1949899258 20811 966 0.536005147740 367 0.551278713122 001 0.562969733166 075 0.579690234637 021 0.590329036093 880 0.590329036093 880 0.598057317649 233 0.615305792357 647 0.629276337208 012 0.631536061294 135 0.635998840815 408 0.638202366755 164 0.663281265386 252 0.667230618244 363 0.669182027344 286 0.724407354490 493 0.747586211130 918 0.763382253182 597 0.774432025774 209 0.785977799805 039 0.790394149388 213 0.791480948688 078 0.791480948688 078 0.796814026821 620 0.805010074179 189 60989 0.2168967608 22130 0.2063988454 48705 0.1985600055 52210 0.1876391130 13728 0.1808647057 31564 0.1808647057 31564 0.1760269860 25824 0.1654778111 99037 0.1571787331 30197 0.1558565757 81007 0.1532617390 49460 0.1519884683 70971 0.1378597597 48035 0.1356943635 60949 0.1346302828 47964 0.1060589736 45866 0.0949073531 92139 0.0875741706 71342 0.0825684154 51330 0.0774441830 38708 0.0755123031 97385 0.0750392591 32030 0.0750392591 32030 0.0727313969 32255 0.0692276831 51939 399 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.3529441501 09454 0.3490130295 17850 0.3422764103 49866 0.3312672349 75226 0.3231485340 09930 0.3203764762 28792 0.3196013868 89906 0.3185449844 97393 0.3119731801 03514 0.3103238239 24323 0.3095320593 65022 0.3079043283 87380 0.3016951014 56579 0.3016113379 20851 0.2984713014 45917 0.2904769722 30696 0.2790381790 73465 0.1891015199 50118 0.1779461437 91273 0.1586548546 47598 0.1268783302 53345 0.1035632073 52997 0.0956995197 99405 0.0935142633 84876 0.0905468705 54574 0.0724516021 67646 0.0680354462 60470 0.0659374548 11518 0.0616732874 26275 0.0461328452 43386 0.0459323663 01727 0.0386255386 68422 0.0222350303 51577 0.0062338323 99880 0.810898480049 882 0.822053856208 727 0.841345145352 402 0.873121669746 656 0.896436792647 003 0.904300480200 595 0.906485736615 124 0.909453129445 426 0.927548397832 354 0.931964553739 530 0.934062545188 482 0.938326712573 725 0.953867154756 614 0.954067633698 273 0.961374461331 578 0.977764969648 423 0.993766167600 120 0.0667422752 43201 0.0621055227 35611 0.0543038141 33360 0.0420306336 41299 0.0334662986 33487 0.0306598749 30121 0.0298872882 71794 0.0288432514 77094 0.0226029567 31835 0.0211130198 45947 0.0204097561 77097 0.0189894721 44429 0.0139180534 26184 0.0138537224 54135 0.0115286147 95413 0.0064587642 93984 0.0017394772 41512 table (3): estimated values for the parameters by rqe method estimated values α� = 1.2153602433570740 β� = 88.772096874537695 400 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (4): estimated values for the functions 𝑓𝑅𝑄(t),𝐹�𝑅𝑄(𝑡) �̂�𝑅𝑄(t),ℎ�𝑅𝑄(t) 𝒉�𝑹𝑸(t) 𝑺�𝑹𝑸(t) 𝑭�𝑹𝑸(t) 𝒇�𝑹𝑸(t) time/d 0.410830547624 012 0.458426158775 882 0.499392786165 830 0.534229118736 801 0.563566985712 840 0.588066669179 253 0.608361345872 594 0.625030618850 926 0.638590623742 810 0.649493163333 047 0.664835831299 176 0.669900343932 888 0.673568920691 400 0.676051310062 845 0.678146304924 498 0.678041308822 280 0.677322257482 829 0.674407372155 335 0.667393968262 481 0.661561352041 141 0.658411907831 850 0.655145657525 201 0.651786559314 367 0.648355240150 554 0.979709428457 951 0.973529051467 692 0.966765400507 786 0.959520449629 880 0.951886307383 844 0.943944084435 317 0.935764004077 730 0.927406149858 246 0.918921492538 930 0.910352993727 406 0.893102616498 358 0.884475811712 049 0.875876960864 141 0.867323121831 352 0.850403830563 979 0.842058987853 565 0.833801130489 314 0.817568413724 050 0.793979563546 163 0.778781946021 614 0.771343487060 967 0.764011737472 688 0.756786152045 848 0.749665930423 028 0.020290571542 049 0.026470948532 308 0.033234599492 214 0.040479550370 120 0.048113692616 156 0.056055915564 683 0.064235995922 270 0.072593850141 754 0.081078507461 071 0.089647006272 594 0.106897383501 642 0.115524188287 951 0.124123039135 859 0.132676878168 648 0.149596169436 021 0.157941012146 435 0.166198869510 686 0.182431586275 950 0.206020436453 837 0.221218053978 386 0.228656512939 034 0.235988262527 312 0.243213847954 152 0.250334069576 972 0.402494561005 788 0.446291183521 062 0.482795666928 308 0.512603764215 710 0.536451696993 639 0.555102053625 336 0.569282648939 855 0.579657239772 054 0.586814649091 109 0.591268045645 722 0.593766620475 155 0.592510650466 222 0.589963499187 723 0.586354932761 882 0.576698215390 601 0.570950778229 795 0.564752063994 758 0.551374165456 842 0.529897171634 387 0.515212037155 289 0.507861736909 483 0.500538972103 515 0.493263042178 722 0.486049834352 110 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 31 34 36 37 38 39 40 41 43 45 53 55 56 58 60 62 63 65 70 72 73 77 77 77 78 80 85 89 92 93 94 401 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.644869459816 479 0.637793537037 675 0.630657202355 662 0.602696950333 120 0.596025072462 043 0.592749992904 295 0.586327266847 398 0.580079195761 553 0.574008788647 727 0.571040480874 358 0.565237171109 421 0.551492310137 008 0.546290341723 469 0.543750600055 908 0.533985603201 459 0.533985603201 459 0.533985603201 459 0.531639661754 040 0.527057609448 217 0.516212881579 025 0.508123022090 999 0.502371804154 622 0.500511858868 394 0.498679546675 290 0.498679546675 290 0.493343030664 0.742650062823 488 0.728926530004 763 0.715604618437 668 0.666076457765 895 0.654566846559 581 0.648933676538 028 0.637902508123 069 0.627174411538 767 0.616737205334 052 0.611624012778 822 0.601601376150 936 0.577670976308 121 0.568522862925 614 0.564034939496 896 0.546631854200 283 0.546631854200 283 0.546631854200 283 0.542413016777 148 0.534126718039 401 0.514251080034 896 0.499158368936 021 0.488277213216 832 0.484729816176 744 0.481221109493 750 0.481221109493 750 0.470920630835 0.257349937176 512 0.271073469995 237 0.284395381562 332 0.333923542234 105 0.345433153440 419 0.351066323461 972 0.362097491876 931 0.372825588461 233 0.383262794665 948 0.388375987221 178 0.398398623849 064 0.422329023691 879 0.431477137074 386 0.435965060503 104 0.453368145799 717 0.453368145799 717 0.453368145799 717 0.457586983222 852 0.465873281960 599 0.485748919965 104 0.500841631063 979 0.511722786783 168 0.515270183823 256 0.518778890506 250 0.518778890506 250 0.529079369164 0.478912344845 657 0.464904629812 337 0.451301206656 691 0.401442249784 192 0.390138252151 925 0.384655432163 274 0.374019634102 899 0.363810828247 633 0.354012576147 784 0.349262070371 523 0.340047459991 089 0.318581101223 266 0.310578549065 239 0.306694336803 935 0.291893540394 270 0.291893540394 270 0.291893540394 270 0.288368272770 391 0.281515551152 268 0.265463031879 940 0.253633858925 785 0.245296704531 331 0.242613021343 557 0.239975124732 923 0.239975124732 923 0.232325411218 94 97 104 109 113 119 123 123 126 133 139 140 142 143 155 157 158 190 206 218 227 237 241 242 242 247 255 261 273 296 342 385 402 407 414 463 477 484 499 565 566 606 736 1046 402 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 564 0.481761913289 493 0.474166115680 809 0.468454986678 068 0.460441765840 276 0.455437484439 479 0.455437484439 479 0.451847885692 491 0.443973394161 860 0.437732077301 225 0.436733878264 086 0.434771686724 245 0.433807313184 914 0.423036074081 628 0.421373464680 271 0.420555261568 611 0.398262820169 664 0.389365048862 318 0.383439196005 415 0.379354986720 900 0.375137146391 256 0.373536385596 067 0.373143483016 860 0.373143483016 860 0.371221120012 911 0.368284292101 691 707 0.448124676937 610 0.432820585345 637 0.421116986075 913 0.404395282135 494 0.393766334534 705 0.393766334534 705 0.386050551400 222 0.368846736711 884 0.354930019988 537 0.352680540718 485 0.348239281234 989 0.346047017681 262 0.321127092456 798 0.317208134012 829 0.315272302610 670 0.260654812970 968 0.237839265705 991 0.222333271950 313 0.211508690653 698 0.200219241225 465 0.195906916277 153 0.194846240145 819 0.194846240145 819 0.189644418357 948 0.181660319881 373 293 0.551875323062 390 0.567179414654 363 0.578883013924 087 0.595604717864 506 0.606233665465 295 0.606233665465 295 0.613949448599 778 0.631153263288 116 0.645069980011 463 0.647319459281 515 0.651760718765 011 0.653952982318 738 0.678872907543 202 0.682791865987 171 0.684727697389 330 0.739345187029 032 0.762160734294 009 0.777666728049 687 0.788491309346 302 0.799780758774 535 0.804093083722 847 0.805153759854 181 0.805153759854 181 0.810355581642 052 0.818339680118 627 956 0.215889401753 699 0.205228855740 035 0.197274352102 100 0.186200477803 944 0.179335948857 441 0.179335948857 441 0.174436125420 611 0.163758137623 501 0.155364254946 148 0.154027540336 259 0.151404579686 175 0.150117726975 961 0.135848344474 172 0.133663090453 749 0.132589425689 769 0.103809120904 614 0.092606297312 991 0.085251291041 881 0.080236876534 289 0.075109674805 944 0.073178361419 439 0.072705604700 750 0.072705604700 750 0.070400013387 035 0.066902642310 478 403 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.366186584827 067 0.362237827967 591 0.355473156348 310 0.344423833715 020 0.336279916225 862 0.333500090054 084 0.332722905202 278 0.331663700730 172 0.325075872517 498 0.323422879693 739 0.322629425055 350 0.320998333995 547 0.314777736739 894 0.314693835894 757 0.311548972348 979 0.303545336139 154 0.292101940250 888 0.175932152155 681 0.165099612576 446 0.146431241847 377 0.115889085719 358 0.093682279883 768 0.086239413158 008 0.084175829271 965 0.081377118270 455 0.064405622851 187 0.060291538515 972 0.058341350334 391 0.054386624736 465 0.040090695929 575 0.039907631720 462 0.033263394507 769 0.018606864784 650 0.004873516040 898 0.824067847844 319 0.834900387423 554 0.853568758152 623 0.884110914280 642 0.906317720116 232 0.913760586841 992 0.915824170728 035 0.918622881729 545 0.935594377148 813 0.939708461484 028 0.941658649665 609 0.945613375263 535 0.959909304070 425 0.960092368279 538 0.966736605492 231 0.981393135215 350 0.995126483959 102 0.064423993959 165 0.059805325057 983 0.052052375727 490 0.039914963189 190 0.031503469231 161 0.028760852054 407 0.028007226463 179 0.026989836200 336 0.020936714043 383 0.019499663008 001 0.018822636315 337 0.017458015932 046 0.012619658529 039 0.012558685707 587 0.010363176375 734 0.005648027025 552 0.001423563491 390 table (5): estimated values for the parameters by sh. method estimated values α�sh = 1.2218000042511650 β�sh = 93.132999953965182 404 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (6): estimated values for the functions𝑓𝑆𝐻(t),𝐹�𝑆𝐻(𝑡) �̂�𝑆𝐻(t),ℎ�𝑆𝐻(t) 𝒉�𝑺𝑯(t) 𝑺�𝑺𝑯(t) 𝑭�𝑺𝑯(t) 𝒇�𝑺𝑯(t) time/d 0.3752277289 53612 0.4220227491 93553 0.4627665591 64692 0.4977908130 79461 0.5275993365 58227 0.5527570404 02201 0.5738273921 49264 0.5913397935 42018 0.6057747120 23272 0.6175589721 37916 0.6346224191 83125 0.6405069896 74977 0.6449616954 28936 0.6481938040 51752 0.6516759355 11671 0.6522090345 27705 0.6520924692 09372 0.6502816471 20840 0.6446971501 15132 0.6396853856 04403 0.6369116292 39674 0.6339998652 46463 0.6309754172 11304 0.6278601946 75818 0.6246731586 0.982146238989 425 0.976502564474 033 0.970278181274 998 0.963566791301 119 0.956454695015 499 0.949019092579 196 0.941327719998 491 0.933439220186 254 0.925403880144 604 0.917264515920 198 0.900813034197 810 0.892557127814 196 0.884311116027 777 0.876092870532 662 0.859796387253 392 0.851740427001 635 0.843757516059 213 0.828035933595 317 0.805127356294 351 0.790332890419 870 0.783082543869 093 0.775930582970 504 0.768876912364 951 0.761921152513 961 0.755062687250 0.0178537610105 75 0.0234974355259 67 0.0297218187250 02 0.0364332086988 81 0.0435453049845 01 0.0509809074208 04 0.0586722800015 09 0.0665607798137 46 0.0745961198553 96 0.0827354840798 02 0.0991869658021 90 0.1074428721858 04 0.1156888839722 23 0.1239071294673 38 0.1402036127466 08 0.1482595729983 65 0.1562424839407 87 0.1719640664046 83 0.1948726437056 49 0.2096671095801 30 0.2169174561309 07 0.2240694170294 96 0.2311230876350 49 0.2380788474860 39 0.2449373127490 0.368528502756 334 0.412106296853 886 0.449012295381 207 0.479654696498 151 0.504624862538 179 0.524576984899 259 0.540159630724 547 0.551979755748 962 0.560586268999 816 0.566464931630 261 0.571676146994 305 0.571689079049 214 0.570346796679 929 0.567877970453 185 0.560308615012 909 0.555512801562 951 0.550207922061 019 0.538456570773 605 0.519063312082 699 0.505564399764 076 0.498754378844 813 0.491939885043 910 0.485142430563 614 0.478379963145 039 0.471667393845 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 31 34 36 37 38 39 40 41 43 45 53 55 56 58 60 62 63 65 70 72 73 77 77 77 78 80 85 89 92 93 94 94 405 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 78460 0.6181470826 11696 0.6115037003 06073 0.5850732748 28212 0.5786980555 87137 0.5755611129 08622 0.5693961928 10839 0.5633835682 13375 0.5575286603 36258 0.5546612914 90097 0.5490474302 58708 0.5357131701 34947 0.5306538812 55131 0.5281814531 41949 0.5186617554 99728 0.5186617554 99728 0.5186617554 99728 0.5163716998 27364 0.5118955777 79155 0.5012854628 68725 0.4933568634 83837 0.4877136270 94518 0.4858874689 20487 0.4840879135 62698 0.4840879135 62698 0.4788438835 88763 988 0.741634229810 242 0.728583275272 363 0.679940514020 797 0.668611217467 401 0.663063011114 748 0.652192098560 028 0.641612225621 596 0.631312149735 377 0.626263628615 009 0.616363031889 410 0.592699104523 602 0.583643705408 506 0.579199431045 613 0.561954227387 611 0.561954227387 611 0.561954227387 611 0.557770943388 675 0.549551385935 263 0.529819095037 254 0.514819332062 766 0.503996564822 759 0.500466625066 286 0.496974416258 724 0.496974416258 724 0.486717916624 888 12 0.2583657701897 58 0.2714167247276 37 0.3200594859792 02 0.3313887825325 99 0.3369369888852 52 0.3478079014399 72 0.3583877743784 04 0.3686878502646 23 0.3737363713849 91 0.3836369681105 90 0.4073008954763 98 0.4163562945914 94 0.4208005689543 87 0.4380457726123 89 0.4380457726123 89 0.4380457726123 89 0.4422290566113 25 0.4504486140647 37 0.4701809049627 46 0.4851806679372 34 0.4960034351772 41 0.4995333749337 14 0.5030255837412 76 0.5030255837412 76 0.5132820833751 12 321 0.458439035522 173 0.445531368810 168 0.397815023226 526 0.386924011492 134 0.381633284605 747 0.371355697901 391 0.361473785080 020 0.351974617095 968 0.347364193060 876 0.338412538765 347 0.317516716220 483 0.309712797545 150 0.305922397148 662 0.291464166087 352 0.291464166087 352 0.291464166087 352 0.288017130151 923 0.281312924222 667 0.265590610292 439 0.253989650927 330 0.245805992672 885 0.243170461732 636 0.240579308260 725 0.240579308260 725 0.233061897408 893 97 104 109 113 119 123 123 126 133 139 140 142 143 155 157 158 190 206 218 227 237 241 242 242 247 255 261 273 296 342 385 402 407 414 463 477 484 499 565 566 606 736 1046 406 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.4674492491 77927 0.4599658254 13476 0.4543343171 81601 0.4464261197 22062 0.4414836364 37112 0.4414836364 37112 0.4379366409 57716 0.4301507517 88094 0.4239751129 72504 0.4229870579 20006 0.4210445233 11497 0.4200896742 51316 0.4094188915 66749 0.4077708486 76795 0.4069597245 43355 0.3848386683 53608 0.3759985324 02494 0.3701079284 82555 0.3660466132 31110 0.3618512527 25870 0.3602587204 49858 0.3598678123 77606 0.3598678123 77606 0.3579550661 05212 0.3550324798 19419 0.3529446164 0.463995208983 225 0.448721119850 887 0.437029701340 853 0.420308635185 968 0.409669478478 561 0.409669478478 561 0.401940941214 002 0.384691904147 373 0.370720913639 891 0.368461118397 863 0.363998199162 029 0.361794604646 707 0.336714946553 988 0.332765477950 290 0.330814012080 452 0.275587214021 698 0.252407835180 042 0.236611477276 621 0.225561505376 924 0.214015543903 785 0.209599128615 142 0.208512313675 497 0.208512313675 497 0.203179161905 875 0.194983011821 322 0.189094540335 0.5360047910167 75 0.5512788801491 13 0.5629702986591 47 0.5796913648140 32 0.5903305215214 39 0.5903305215214 39 0.5980590587859 98 0.6153080958526 27 0.6292790863601 09 0.6315388816021 37 0.6360018008379 71 0.6382053953532 93 0.6632850534460 12 0.6672345220497 10 0.6691859879195 48 0.7244127859783 03 0.7475921648199 58 0.7633885227233 79 0.7744384946230 76 0.7859844560962 15 0.7904008713848 58 0.7914876863245 03 0.7914876863245 03 0.7968208380941 25 0.8050169881786 78 0.8109054596641 0.216894212061 364 0.206396380272 672 0.198557590946 775 0.187636753091 748 0.180862371096 010 0.180862371096 010 0.176024665658 643 0.165475511775 786 0.157176441241 742 0.155854284429 027 0.153259448252 420 0.151986177611 919 0.137857460192 091 0.135692061354 129 0.134627979231 343 0.106056616459 391 0.094904975594 586 0.087571783710 047 0.082566025118 534 0.077441792664 393 0.075509913882 296 0.075036870176 194 0.075036870176 194 0.072729010331 219 0.069225302209 583 0.066739900017 407 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 79546 0.3490136598 45741 0.3422773158 93896 0.3312685759 17870 0.3231501859 30079 0.3203782326 03499 0.3196031723 26442 0.3185468094 45581 0.3119752484 99225 0.3103259528 41767 0.3095342172 61876 0.3079065457 19049 0.3016975439 92966 0.3016137834 81302 0.2984738601 61170 0.2904798179 20796 0.2790414369 78308 836 0.177939059868 615 0.158647658232 633 0.126871171535 382 0.103556297524 780 0.095692745999 645 0.093507532666 428 0.090540202212 242 0.072445421360 485 0.068029415965 452 0.065931500922 324 0.061667499164 058 0.046127795102 876 0.045927327259 762 0.038620936712 520 0.022231701711 787 0.006232447797 971 64 0.8220609401313 85 0.8413523417673 67 0.8731288284646 18 0.8964437024752 20 0.9043072540003 55 0.9064924673335 72 0.9094597977877 58 0.9275545786395 15 0.9319705840345 48 0.9340684990776 76 0.9383325008359 42 0.9538722048971 24 0.9540726727402 38 0.9613790632874 80 0.9777682982882 13 0.9937675522020 29 208 0.062103162514 256 0.054301494632 718 0.042028432319 558 0.033464236799 363 0.030657872836 342 0.029885304076 609 0.028841292541 267 0.022601178331 568 0.021111293330 748 0.020408055530 892 0.018987826650 738 0.013916642492 349 0.013852314940 001 0.011527340063 626 0.006457860665 309 0.001739111189 438 table (7): showed mse and mape for the estimation methods method mse mape mle 0.000000000036821 0.000025281310636 rqe 0.000157322008120 0.044260791532672 shi 0.000000000000000 0.000000002554411 408 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 لبیانات مرضى سرطان الغدد تقدیر معالم والدوال االحتمالیة ذات العالقة سوندرز -نموذج بیرنبومإعبر اللمفاویة عباس نجم سلمان طھ أنور طھ /جامعة بغدادكلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة(ابن الھیثم)قسم الریاضیات / 2013آب 26، قبل في 2013حزیران 16أستلم البحث في : المستخلص دالة و الدالة التجمیعیة التوزیعیة،و ، في ھذا البحث ، تقدیر معالم والدوال االحتمالیة ذات الصلة ،دالة البقاء سوندرز الذي یطابق البیانات الحقیقیة لمرضى -ودالة الفشل(الموت) االحتمالیة لتوزیع بیرنبوم ، الخطورة(نسبة الفشل) المربعات وق مقترحة (االمكان األعظم ، ائسرطان الغدد اللمفاویة.سیكون تقدیر المعالم (الشكل،القیاس) باستخدام ثالث طر یتم تقدیر الدوال االحتمالیة المتعلقة بھا والتي ذكرت اعاله باالعتماد على عینة وطریقة التقلص) ثم بعد ذلك ،الصغرى بیانات حقیقیة تصف المدة التي یعاني منھا مرضى سرطان العقد اللمفاویة باالعتماد على وقت تشخیص المرض أو دخول ) . في ھذا البحث قمنا بتقدیر 2012نھایة سنة الىسنة 2010ة ثالث سنوات( ابتدآ" من مدالمریض إلى المستشفى ول وحساب قیم المعالم ومن ثم تقدیر قیم الدوال االحتمالیة المذكورة اعاله ثم بعد ذلك مقارنة النتائج العددیة باستخدام ق الثالثة المقترحة رائو متوسط الخطأ النسبي المطلق) للمقارنة بین الط ، مؤشرین إحصائیین ( متوسط مربعات الخطأ ة إلى دالة البقاء .استنتجنا من ذلك إن طریق التقلص المستخدمة في تقدیر دالة البقاء بالنسبة إلى مرضى سرطان العقد بالنسب اعاله ھي االفضل . مدةاللمفاویة في ال سوندرز ، مرض سرطان الغدد اللمفاویة ، البیانات الحقیقیة الكاملة ، مقـدر -وذج بیرنبومنمإكلمات مفتاحیة : النسبي المطلق . توسط مربعات الخطأ و متوسط الخطأ اإلمكان األعظم ،مقدر المربعات الصغرى، مقدر التقلص ، م 409 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 انواع أستخالص الزیوت الطیارة وتقدیر بعض صفات الزیت الطیار من اوراق ومقارنتھا مع الزیت الطیار لبعض المحلي eucalyptus.sppالیوكالبتوس االنواع االجنبیة ثریا عبدالحسین عباس مصباحھالة مؤید الجامعة المستنصریة /كلیة العلوم / قسم علوم الحیاة 2012ایار 21قبل البحث في: ، 2011تموز 3استلم البحث في: ةصالخال e.camaldulensis(1)شملت الدراسة استخالص الزیوت الطیارة من اوراق بعض انواع الیوكالبتوس وھي , (2) e.camaldulensis , e.microtheca , e.krusianin e.sideroxylem , e.globules , بطریقة التقطیر ومعرفة بعض الصفات الفیزیائیة لھا. أظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن الزیت الطیار water distillation method المائي المستخلص یوازي بعض النسب العالمیة ویقارب النسب المستخلصة من الزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس في دستور االدویة ) للزیوت المستخلصة refractive indexالھندي ، كما اظھرت نتائج الدارسة ان ھناك تطابقا بین معامل االنكسار( ) وما ھو موجود في دستور االدویة البریطاني واالمریكي وھذا یؤكد اھمیتھا specific gravityوالوزن النوعي لھا ( الطبیة. الزیوت ، الطیارة ، انواع ، الیوكالبتوس: الكلمات المفتاحیة 14 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة ان االھمیة الطبیة والصناعیة للزیوت الطیارة ادى الى االقبال المتزاید على استعمالھا عالمیا في عالج الكثیر من االمراض دون حصول تاثیرات جانبیة كما ھو الحال في الكثیر من االدویة الكیمیائیة التي اصبح استعمالھا یشكل ضررا . [1]اكثر من نفعھا لمھمة قدیما وحدیثا نبات الیوكالبتوس الذي یعد من النباتات الغنیة بالزیوت الطیارة فھو عبارة عن ومن النباتات العطریة ا اوراقھ متطاولة یمأل 60m [2]نبات معمر دائم الخضرة ، اشجاره سریعة النمو یصل ارتفاعھا احیانا الى اكثر من سیة الشكل ثماره محاطة بتراكیب خشبیة كاسیة الشكل سطحھا غدد حاویة على الزیوت الطیارة ، ازھاره محاطة باغلفة كأ نوع ، ینمو في 700لھ انواع عدیدة تصل الى حوالي myrtaceaeینتمي الى العائلة [3]تحتوي على العدید من البذور درجات حرارة تتراوح بین في حین انتشرت [4]في استرالیا التي تعد الموطن االصلي لھا e.camaldulensis)ْم تنتشر انواع الجنس 60 – 27( زراعتھُ في دول عدیدة من العالم قامت بزراعتھُ وصرفت مبالغ كثیرة على زراعتھ الھمیتھ الطبیة واالقتصادیة في شمال .[5]ران ، وغیرھا وجنوب امریكا ، جنوب اوربا ، جنوب افریقیا ، الھند ، المغرب ، الجزائر ، العراق ، الیمن ، ای استعمل زیتھُ الطیار قدیماً في عالج حاالت البرد والحمى واالنفلونزا اما حدیثاً فقد استعمل زیت الیوكالبتوس مضاداً لاللتھابات ومسكناً قویاً یعمل بصورة جیدة على االعصاب المركزیة والمحیطیة فقد اكدت الدراسات الحدیثة اھمیة زیتھ فضالً عن اھمیة زیتھ في تثبیط [6]اف اصناف جدیدة من المسكنات واالدویة المضادة لاللتھابات الذي ساعد على اكتش [7]انواع مختلفة من االحیاء المجھریة فھو ذو تاثیر فعال ضد انواع عدیدة من البكتریا الموجبة والسالبة لصبغة كرام .[9]والحشرات [8]فضالً عن كونھ مضاداً ضد مدى واسع من الفطریات -1,3,3) الذي یعرف كیمیائیا باسم: eucalyptolاو الـ cineoleیحتوي زیتھ الطیار على نسبة عالیة من مركب trimethyl-2-or abicyclo[2.2.2] octane) ساعد على استعمالھ بصورة واسعة في المجاالت الطبیة كما ان احتواء استعماالً واسعا في عملیات الصناعة والتعدین فضالً عن استعمال زیتھُ على نسبة عالیة من التربینات جعلت منھ یستعمل . e.cidortrioa [2]زیتھ في صناعة العطور والسیما النوع الذي یعرف بأسم ونظرا الختالف كمیات الزیت المستخلصة باختالف النباتات وباختالف االنواع المختلفة للجنس الواحد التي قد تكون اثریة في البعض االخر متاثرة بالظروف المناخیة والعوامل البیئیة والوراثیة ولوجود دراسات عدیدة في العالم في بعضھا وعالیة تتضمن دراسة نسب الزیوت لالنواع المختلفة للیوكالبتوس اال انھ لم تتوافر لدینا بیانات في العراق حول ھذا النبات فیما في البیئة المحلیة وقد اجریت ھذه الدراسة بصدد ذلك. یخص نسب الزیت الطیار النواعھ المختلفة المتوافرة المواد وطرائق العمل ، e.camaldulensis ،(2)e.camaldulensis(1)وھــــي ُدرست انـــواع مختلــــفة مــــن الیوكالبتــــوس e.krusianin ،e.sideroxylem ،e.microtheca ،e.globules التي تم تصنیفھا من المعشب النباتي في جامعة ، e.camaldulensis(1)بغداد وتم الحصول على عینات الوراق ناضجة من مواقع مختلفة فقد أخذت العینات لألنواع (2)e.camaldulensis ، e.krusianin من الحدائق العامة المحیطة بالجامعة المستنصریة/محافظة بغداد اما العینات فتم الحصول علیھا من حدائق منطقة سبع e.sideroxylem ،e.microtheca ،e.globulesلالنواع االخرى اذ جففت االوراق بظروف 30/10الى 15/10وكذلك للمدة من 30/3الى 15/3ابكار/محافظة بغداد وللمدة الواقعة بین استخلص الزیت blenderطحنھا بوساطة الطاحونة الجو االعتیادیة بعیدا عن الشمس مع التقلیب المستمر لحین جفافھا ثم من اوراق الیوكالبتوس بطریقة التقطیرالمائي الطیار water distillation method غم من المادة الجافة لنبات الیوكالبتوس 450اذ أُخذ [10] , [11]التي استعملت من من الماء المقطر واستمرت عملیة 2000mlاضیفت الیھا clavengerووضعت في الدورق الزجاجي التابع لجھاز – 4ساعات. جمعت الزیوت الطیارة في عبوات معتمة ومعقمة وحفظت في الثالجة على درجة حرارة ( 3االستخالص مدة refrctive indexومعامل االنكسار specific gravity)ْم لحین االستعمال. قدرت نسبة الزیت والوزن النوعي 6 .[12]ئق المستخدمة من استنادا الى الطرا التحلیل االحصائي حللت احصائیا النتائج المتعلقة بنسب الزیت الطیار المستخلص من انواع الیوكالبتوس المختلفة المتوافرة في البیئة اذ تمت المقارنة بین متوسطات نسب الزیت (spss.vii)المحلیة وذلك من خالل استخدام احد االنظمة الجاھزة المسمى كما تم 0.05المعدل وتحت مستوى احتمال (least significant difference) (l.s.d)المختلفة باستعمال اختبار اختبار معنویة االرتباط بین خاصیتي معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي للزیوت الطیارة المستخلصة باستخدام (معامل .0.05وتحت مستوى احتمال (t)وذلك باستخدام مایعرف باختبار (spearmanś rho)تباط) سبیرمان لالر 15 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 النتائج والمناقشة ) ان معدل النسب المئویة للزیت یتفاوت باختالف االنواع 1تشیر النتائج التي تم الحصول علیھا في الجدول رقم ( وبینت ھذه (spss.vll)نات احصائیا باستخدام احد االنظمة الجاھزة المسمى المختلفة لنبات الیوكالبتوس ، اذ تم تحلیل البیا وبین e.camaldulensis , (1)e.camaldulensis(2)بین متوسط كل من (p<0.05)البیانات وجود فروق معنویة % 1.60االول و % للنوع1.65االنواع االخرى اذ یرتفع متوسطیھما مقارنة بمتوسطات االنواع االخرى الذي بلغ مقدار (1)بین متوسطي قیم كل من النوع االول (p>0.05)للنوع الثاني على التوالي. والیوجد اي فرق معنوي e.camaldulensis (2)والثاني e.camaldulensis. % ومتوسطات بقیة االنواع االخرى 0.745الذي وصل الى e.microthecaكما توجد فروقات معنویة بین متوسط % 0.275الذي بلغ e.krusinia(3)عن بقیة االنواع االخرى وباستثناء النوع e.microthecaاذ نخفض متوسط الـ % وبقیة االنواع االخرى ، اذ ینخفض متوسط 1.350الذي بلغ e.globulusبین (p<0.05)وتوجد فروقات معنویة ایضا e.globulus (2)عن متوسطe.camaldulensis , (1)e.camaldulensis بینما یرتفع معنویا متوسطe.globulbs عن االنواع الثالثة االخرى. بین النــــوع (p<0.05)ھذا فضال عما اشارت الیھ النتائج ایضا بخصوص وجود فروقات معنویة e.sideroxylem (2)واالنواعe.camaldulensis , (1)e.camaldulensis e.globulus , اذ ینخفض متوسط الـ e.sideroxylem بالمقارنة مع متوسطات االنواع الثالثة اعاله. في حین ارتفع 0.950ببلوغھ مقدار %e.sideroxylem (p<0.05)وتوجد فروقات معنویة , e.microtheca e.krusiniaعن متوسطي النوعین االخرى (p<0.05)معنویا مقارنة بمتوسطات االنواع e.krusinia ومتوسطات االنواع االخرى ، إذ ینخفض متوسط e.krusiniaمتوسط بین االخرى. وان الزیت [13]وكما یبدو من النتائج ان تكون الزیت الطیار مرتبط بالظروف البیئیة والمناخیة وطبیعة نمو النبات یزداد تكونا مع توفر درجات الحرارة والظروف البیئیة المالئمة لنموه ، اذ تتوافر درجات الحرارة المالئمة لنمو . فضال عن طبیعة مكونات التربة ونسبة [4]ْم (27-55)الیوكالبتوس في البیئة المحلیة العراقیة التي تتراوح عادة بین ف عن اشجار الیوكالبتوس انھا تمد جذورھا الى مسافات عمیقة من التربة المتصاص الماء الرطوبة المتواجدة فیھا فالمتعار وھذا یفسر انتشار اشجار الیوكالبتوس في مناطق مثل سبع ابكار والحدائق المحیطة بالجامعة المستنصریة وھي مناطق [2] معروف عنھا بان تربتھا واراضیھا ذي محتوى عاٍل من الرطوبة. اكدت الدراسات الحدیثة ان كال التقسیمین النوعي والكمي للزیوت الطیارة الذي یستعمل الیوم بصورة واضحة في وقد بین افراد المملكة النباتیة انما یعزى الى العوامل الوراثیة المسؤولة عن االنظمة chemotoxanomyالتقسیم الكیمیائي وھذا ما كان واضحا خالل [14]لوصفي للزیوت الطیارة للنباتات العطریة الحیویة المؤدیة بدورھا الى االختالف الكمي وا االنواع المختلفة من جنس الیوكالبتوس التي اعطت متوسطات مختلفة لنسب الزیت الطیار المتواجد فیھا. یة وتاثیر حول اھم [15]ھذا فضال عن ان استخالص الزیت الطیار من (اوراق) الیوكالبتوس یتفق مع ما اشار الیھ الجزء النباتي المستعمل على كمیة الزیوت الطیارة المستخلصة ، اذ یؤكد ان االوراق والقمم النامیة تكون غنیة جدا بالمكونات الفعالة السیما عندما تصل عملیة التمثیل الضوئي اعلى مراحل نشاطھا.وقد كان لتمیز النوع (1)e.camaldulensis (2) وe.camaldulensis دة نسب الزیت الطیار فیھما مقارنة باالنواع االخرى المستعلمة بزیا من ان الزیت المتكون مرتبط مع زیادة [16]في الدراسة عالقة (بالمساحة السطحیة) ، إذ اتفقت دراستنا مع ما اشار الیھ ر، اذ یتمیز النوع المساحة الورقیة والسیما مع زیادة كمیات الكلوروفیل نظرا لتكون الزیت في البالستیدات الخض (1)e.camaldulensis (2)باوراق رفیعة وطویلة والنوعe.camaldulensis ذي باوراقھ العریضة مقارنة بالنوع الذي اعطى اقل نسبة مستخلصة من الزیت الطیار النواع الیوكالبتوس المختلفة المحلیة. e.krusiniaاالوراق المتقزمة -10)والمدة بین (3/15 – 3/30)طیار من انواع الیوكالبتوس في المدد التي تتراوح بین وقد كان الستخالص الزیت ال دورا مھما في حصولنا على نسب جیدة من الزیت الطیار ، اذ لم نتمكن من تسجیل نسب یمكن حسابھا خالل (10-15 / 30 من مرور النبات بمرحلة سبات [17]بھ مدد الشتاء وكانت عبارة عن قطرات قلیلة الیمكن حسابھا وھذا یتفق مع ما جاء وانخفاض معدالت النمو شتاء ، ولربما تتحول بعض الزیوت المتكونة الى كحول بوصفھ نوعاً من المقاومة النخفاض درجات الحرارة. فضال عن ان الزیت یعاود زیادتھ كماً ونوعاً مع تحسن الظروف البیئیة واعتدال درجات الحرارة في لنباتات اعلى نشاطاتھا في النمو الخضري من حیث كثرة التفرعات وزیادة عدد االوراق وھذا یؤكد فصل الربیع ، اذ تصل ا ضرورة حش النبات واالستفادة من زیتھ الطیار قبل مدة الصقیع واالنجماد واالمطار. مستخلص ونوعیتھ فلقد والبد من االشارة الى طریقة االستخالص التي تعد من العوامل المھمة في تقدیر نسبة الزیت ال كانت طریقة التقطیر المائي جیدة واعطت نسب ملحوظة وقد یعزى ذلك الى الغدد الزیتیة المتواجدة في االوراق التي تتحطم وتذوب في الماء الحار المستعمل وھي مالئمة لجمیع مراحل نمو النبات ومالئمة للزیوت الطیارة التي التتاثر بدرجات الئمة للنباتات التي تستخلص منھا الزیوت بصورتھا المجففة كما في البردقوش والیوكالبتوس الحرارة كما انھا م فضال عّما اكدتھ الكثیر من الدراسات الحدیثة التي تشید بطریقة التقطیر المائي في استخالص الزیوت [18]والحصالبان .[19] الطیارة وتفضلھا على االستخالص بالبخار وبالمذیبات العضویة لالنواع الستة (sp.gr)والوزن النوعي (ri)) الذي یشیر الى نتائج معامل االنكسار 2اما فیما یتعلق بجدول رقم ( المدروسة من الیوكالبتوس فقد سجلت ھذه االنواع قیما متقاربة ومتساویة في بعض االحیان لكل من الوزن النوعي ومعامل 16 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 وھي قیم تؤكد ان الزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس ھو من (0.891 – 0.918)ن االنكسار وتراوحت قیم الوزن النوعي بی وھي نسبة تعد (1.450 – 1.447)اما معامل االنكسار فقد تراوحت نسبھ بین [15]الزیوت التي تكون اخف من الماء – 1.470)تراوحت بین التي uspودستور االدویة االمریكي bpمقاربة للنسب التي اشار الیھا دستور االدویة البریطاني لقیم معامل االنكسار. (10453 معامل ( riبین correlations) من خالل تقدیر معامل االرتباط 3ھذا وقد بینت نتائج تحلیل البیانات في جدول رقم ( (0.433) الذي كان یساوي )معامل سبیرمان لالرتباط(وذلك من خالل استخدام )الوزن النوعي( sp.grمع )االنكسار تبین انھ لیس ھناك اي ارتباط او تاثیر بین قیم الوزن النوعي t) اختبار(وعند اختیار معنویة معامل االرتباط باستخدام ) 3) والشكل (2. ویوضح شكل ((p>0.05)ومعامل االنكسار احدھما على االخر وكانت قیم معامل االرتباط غیر معنویة االنكسار لالنواع المختلفة للیوكالبتوس المحلي.قیم كل من الوزن النوعي ومعامل وعلى الرغم من ان العینات )اصفر قلیال(كان الزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس یتمیز بلون )المالحظات العینیة للبحث(ومن اخذت لمدد من فصلي الخریف والربیع إال انھ ظلت الرائحة الزكیة الممیزة واللون الرائق للزیت تتمیز بھا العینات التي اخذت في فصل الربیع. الم ومن خالل استعراض بعض نتائج استخالص الزیت الطیار لالنواع من الیوكالبتوس في مناطق مختلفة في الع ، e.camaldulensis(1)ومقارنتھا باالنواع المحلیة العراقیة نجد ان نسبة الزیت لنوعي الیوكالبتوس: (2)e.camaldulensis وتصل الى % (2)كانت مقاربة للنوع البرازیلي والمصري الذي وصلت نسبتھ الى حوالي (1.2)%الذي بلغ نسبة e.krusianiaع االیراني ، في حین تفوق النو [20]في حالة اتباع برنامج تسمیدي جید (2.5)% وقد جاءت نتائج استخالصنا %0.30وھي نسبة تفوقت على النوع نفسھُ المتواجد في البیئة المحلیة العراقیة الذي بلغ [5] اع الیوكالبتوس للزیت الطیار للیوكالبتوس مقاربة لما جاء بھ دستور االدویة الھندي الذي أكد ان نسبة الزیت الطیار في انو .[21] (1-2)%تتراوح بین ومن خالل دراستنا ھذه نرید تاكید ضرورة االھتمام بزراعة نبات الیوكالبتوس ، اذ تتوافر الظروف المالئمة لنموه في البیئة المحلیة خاصة وقد لوحظ في السنوات االخیرة عملیات قطع عشوائیة الشجار الیوكالبتوس في االماكن العامة. االستنتاجات في البیئة العراقیة وقد كانت متوسط تم استخالص الزیت الطیار من اوراق نبات الیوكالبتوس لبعض االنواع المتوافرة .1 نسبة الزیت للنوعین المحلیین (2) eucalyptus camaldulensis , (1) eucalyptus camaldulensis على التوالي 1.60% و 1.65بمقدار % اذا ما قورنت مع االنواع المحلیة االخرى للیوكالبتوس التي تم استخالصھا. وھي نسب عالیة الذي اشار فیھ الى )دستور االدویة الھندي(سجلت بعض االنواع المحلیة العراقیة المستخلصة نسبا مقاربة لما نص علیھ .2 .(1 – 2)%ان الزیت الطیار المستخلص من نبات الیوكالبتوس كانت نسبة تتراوح بین تم تسجیل نسب معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي للزیوت الطیارة المستخلصة من انواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس. .3 طریقة مالئمة وجیدة الستخالص الزیت الطیار من water distillation methodتُعد طریقة التقطیر المائي .4 الیوكالبتوس. المقترحات العراقیة كافة الى ضرورة تاكید االھتمام والمحافظة على زراعة اشجار ندعو المعنین والمھتمین بالبیئة .1 الیوكالبتوس ووضع الضوابط لذلك حیث لوحظ في السنوات االخیرة عملیات قطع عشوائیة للیوكالبتوس في االماكن العامة نمو الیوكالبتوس.دون الوعي باھمیة ھذه االشجار وزیوتھا الطیارة السیما مع توفر درجات الحرارة المالئمة ل اجراء دراسة كیمیائیة لفصل وتنقیة المكونات الفعالة للزیت الطیار لنبات الیوكالبتوس المحلي العراقي ومعرفة .2 ھذه المكونات ونسبھا الستعمالھا الغراض طبیة وعالجیة. المصادر لبنان. -بیروت -مطبعة المتوسط). النبات والطب البدیل. الدار العربیة للعلوم. 2003یحیى ، توفیق الحاج. ( .1 2. botanical home page “eucalyptus” in internetile: http://www.botanical.com.(2011). 3. daizy,r.b. ; harminder , p.s. ; ravinder,k.k. and shalinder , k.(2008) forest ecology and management. 256(12) : 2166-2174. 4. from wikipedia , the free encyclopedia “eucalyptus” in internet file:http: // eh.wikipedia. org/wiki/eucalypas (2011). 17 | biology http://www.botanical.com.(2011)/ @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 5. assareh,m.h. ; jaimand,k. and rezaee,m.b. (2007) chemical composition of the essential oils of six eucalyptus species (myrtaceae) from south west of iran. jornal of essential oil research. in internet file: find articlec. com.po-box13185 , tehran , iran. 6. jean,s. ; wrku,a. ; sousa,s.m. ; duarte,v.g. ; machado,m.i.l. and matos,f.j.a. (2003). analgesic and anti-inflammatory effects of essential oils of eucalyptus. journal of ethnopharmacology 89 (2-3) : 277-283. 7. takahashi,t. ; kakubo,r. and sakaino,m.(2004). antimicrobial activities of eucalyptus leaf extracts and flavonoids from eucalyptus maculafa. applied microbiology j 39 :60-64. 8. javad,s.g. and atefeh,a.a. (2010). antimicrobial and antifungal properties of the essential oil and menthol extracts of eucalyptus largiflorens and eucalyptus intertexta. pharmacognosy magazine ., 6 (23) : 172-175. 9. sfara,v. ; zerba,e.n. and alzogaray,r.a. (2009). fumigant insecticidal activity and repellent effect of five essential oils and seven monoterpenes on first-instar nymphs of rhodnius prolixus. joarnal of medical entomology.46 (31) : 511-515. 10. al-janabi,anasahmed (2004) effect of galendula officinalis extracts on the graoth of some pathogenic microorganisms. athesis of m.sc. submitted to the college of science. alnahrain university. 11. al-ani,asmaa obaid (2002) effect of teucrium polium l.extracts on the growth of some pathogenic microorganisms. athesis of master submitted to the college of scince. al-nahein university. ) دراسة بعض العوامل المؤثرة في الصفات الكمیة والنوعیة للزیوت العطریة من النعناع 1999احسان سعد علي. ( .12 داد،العراق.والبطیخ. اطروحة دكتوراة،كلیة الزراعة،جامعة بغ 13. katzer,g.(2000). oregano (origanum unlgaeael). in internet file: http//:www.oregano floridata.com. مصر.-القاھرة-). الزیوت الطیارة. للدار العربیة للنشر والتوزیع2000الشحات، نصر ابو زید. ( .14 السعودیة.-الریاض-ومكوناتھا. دار المریخ للنشر). النباتات الطبیة زراعتھا 1981قطب، حسین فوزي طھ. ( .15 16. beech,d.f. (1990). the effect of carrier and rate of nitrogen application on the growth and oil production of lemon grass gymbopogon citrates in the ord irrigation area,western australia. australian journal of experimental agriculture and animal husbandry 30 (2): 243250. 17. usda(4), certified organic herbs and perennials. (2004). aquick view of herbs ocimumpoly gonum. in internet file: http://www.mountain valley growers.com/herb sotop.htm. مصر.-). النباتات الطبیة والعطریة. منشأة المعارف االسكندریة1993ھیكل، محمد السید وعبدهللا عبدالرزاق عمرز ( .18 19. thomassilou ; georges,m. ; roger,a. ; aubin,n.l. ; marc,m. and jean,c.ch. (2009). model of steam & water extraction of essential oil of eucalyptus citriodora using acomplete 2n factorial plan. international journal of food engineering. 5 (14). 20. lucia,al. ; susana,l. ;aerba,e. and masuh,h. (2008). yield,chemical composition and bioactivity of essential oils from 12 species of eucalyptus on aedes aegypti larvae. entomologia experimentalis et applicata journal.12 (1): 107-114. 21. trivedi,na & hotchandani,sc.(2004). astudy of the antimicrobial activity of eucalyotus. indian journal of pharmacology 36 (2):93-94. 18 | biology http://www.mountain/ @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 یبین متوسط معدل نسبة الزیت % لالنواع المختلفة من الیوكالبتوس (1)جدول االنحراف المعیاري متوسط نسبة الزیت 1e.comaidulensis 1.650 .0707107 2 e.comaidulensis 1.600 .1414214 e.microtheca .745 0 .0070711 e.globulus 1.350 .0707107 e.sideroxyiem .9500 .0707107 3e.krusiania .275 0 .0353553 total 1.095 .5156020 یبین قیم معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي النواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس (2)جدول الوزن النوعي معامل االنكسار انواع النبات 1e.comaidulensis 1.454 0.892 2 e.comaidulensis 1.450 0.893 e.microtheca 1.4587 0.893 e.globulus 1.457 0.891 e.sideroxyiem 1.457 0.918 3e.krusiania 1.477 0.918 m.longifolia 1.476 0.921 m.spicata 1.482 0.920 ) یبین اختبار معنویة معامل سبیرمان لالرتباط بین خاصیتي معامل االنكسار والوزن النوعي3جدول ( معامل االنكسار النوعيالوزن معامل سبیرمان معامل االنكسار معامل االرتباط المعنویة عدد االنواع الوزن النوعي معامل االرتباط المعنویة عدد االنواع 1.000 6 0.433 0.391 6 0.433 0.391 6 1.000 6 19 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 : یبین متوسط معدل نسبة الزیت % لالنواع المختلفة من الیوكالبتوس(1)شكل : یبین الوزن النوعي النواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس(2)شكل : یبین قیم معامل االنكسار النواع مختلفة من الیوكالبتوس(3)شكل 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 series 3 0.875 0.88 0.885 0.89 0.895 0.9 0.905 0.91 0.915 0.92 0.925 الوزن النوعي 1.43 1.44 1.45 1.46 1.47 1.48 1.49 معامل االنكسار 20 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 extraction of volatile oils and evaluation some features of volatile oil from the leaves of some local eucalyptus spp trees and comparing them with volatile oil of some foreign species thuraya a .abbas hala m .musbah department of biology/ college of science / university of al-mustanseiyia received in:3 july 2011 , accepted in:21 may 2012 abstract this study included the extraction of volatile oils from the leaves of some local eucalyptus trees (i.e.(1)e.camldulensis ,(2) e.camldulensis , e.microtheca , e.globules , e.sideroxylem , e.krusianin. by the water distillation method. as well as exploring some of their physical properties. the results of this study reveald that the local eucalyptus trees gave a good rate of volatile oil equals to some global kinds and to the rate in india pharmacopeia. also the results revealed that there had been concurrence between the percentages of volatile oils and refractive index and specific gravity of the plants on which the study was made to study and those included in the us and uk. pharma copeias. this proves those plant , are of medical importance. key word : volatile , oils , eucalyptus , spp. 21 | biology << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 a new design of fractal optical modulation a. a .mohammad , k.h. harby,t. a. k. al-aish departme nt of physics ,college of education ibn al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 23, may , 2010 accepte d in : 23,march, 2011 abstract in this p ap er it was designed a new fr actal op tical modulation by using a new iteration of fractal function, the result was analyzed by mt f evaluation, and it comp ared with results of normal optical modulation. the normal and fractal op tical modulator is a circular disc which has a radius r=9cm, both of them consist of twenty sectors, ten sectors are op aque and the other ten se ctors are transmitted for the light. the fractal op tical modulator contains two p atterns, the pattern two can be used to detect the target, and p attern one can be used to lock the target the best similarity of mtf behavior for normal and fractal reticle was evaluating the p ower transp arent dep ends on the size of the laser sp ot and the size of the sector, where the p roportionality between them is directly. keywords: fractal op tical m odulator, chopp ing frequency, the m odulation transfer function m tf introduction there are many electroop tical tracking sy st ems using the op tical p ackage of electromagn etic radiation sp ectrum which can be various typ es used to cover many of the civilian and military applications, these sy stems are classified into t wo typ es dep ending on the nature of work, which are (p assive-mode & active mode). the main p art in the electroop tical tracking sy st ems which are used to determine the target locating is op tical modulation disk (reticle) [1]. reticle p roduces forms of modulation that allows various instruments t o differentiate objects or targets from their backgrounds and to p roduce approp riate signals that make p ossible a variety of app lications, from measure ment to guidan ce [2]. the basi c principles of reticle the optical modulation disk is the often used in the electroop tical tracking sy stems as optical filter for background discrimination. the design and movement of the reticle is to enhance t he object and sup p ress t he background. the detect a p oint source in its env ironment refers t o the efficiency of the reticle, as shown in fig (1) [3]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 the reticle p att ern is determined by the requirement of the reticle sy st em. fig(2) shows the simple reticle consists of 12 se ctors, 6 transp arent and 6 op aque. the reticle is rotating and the op tical sy st em slowly scans the scene from the left to the right. when the p oint object is in the field of view of the op tical sy st em, the reticle p att ern will generate a modulated outp ut detector syst em signal consisting of square wave with frequency corresp onding to the sp inning rate times the number of transp arent sectors. the output signal will be close to square wave as long as the p oint source fits within one sector. as t he object becomes incr easin gly extended, the output signal beco mes distorted, less modulated, and the modulation will become increasingly reduced as shown in fig(2), the point source results in a square wave, while the extended cloud r esults in a si gnal with no or very little modulation. each reticle has ap erture scannin g which is adap ted to it’s app lication [4, 5]. reticle design in this p ap er, two models has been designed for reticle; the first design is normal way , so as to comp are the results obtained from this model with the results of the second model, which was desi gn ed by using fractal function, a new t echnique of it. normal modul ator design the normal op tical modulator is a circular disc which has a radius r, which assumes the number of sector is (twenty sectors), ten sectors are op aque and the other ten sectors are transmitted for the light as shown in fig (3). one may consider these ten sectors also as op aque for the other regions of electro -magnetic wave sp ectrum. by assuming the incident light is a p erpendicular to the modulator which is moveable in a circular form. hence the light beam will make discrete circles according to the number of sectors. therefor the resultant will be a circumference of the circle. fractal modul ator desi gn it is non-linear deterministic equations can self-generate irregular outp uts. t his sy st em can be simulated when behavior is linear or nearly non-linear. when it increases, though smooth on short time scales, random and unp redictable behavior can be seen over longer periods. let (h(x),h(d)) be a metric sp ace, and let .: xxf  be a function. let xs  ,then:     }.:{ sxxfsf  the function f is one-to-one . if xyx , , and    yfxf  , so yx  ,then the matrix sp ace can be given by the equation: taa ` …………… (1) where a is a point in initial area. a' is a new point in under matrix op eration (t) the matrix (t) is given by :        dc ba t …………. (2) the transformation (w) in euclidean p lane can be given by :-[6] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011    fdycxebyaxyxw  ,, ………… (3) the points a, b, c, and d define rotation and scaling op erations to be ap p lied to t he p oint and are called affine transformation. the e and f points define a translation to be app lied to the p oint. t he transformation (w) can be defined in this formula [7, 8, 9]:                            f e y x dc ba y x wxw ………… (4) or   taxxw  ………… (5) where: ax = the matrix             y x dc ba t= the horizontal vector       f e by using this concept and ifs kit p rogram, we have designed op tical modulator as shown in fig(10). this op tical modulator consists of two p att ern circles. each circle is divided into ten transp arents and ten opaque sectors (q). the first p att ern, is (inner p att ern) designed in a circle with a radius of 0.1 cm, the maximum distance of this p att ern is equal to 3 cm (from whole disc) , as shown in fig (4 ). aft er conducting the op erations of scaling, rotation and iteration (for many times) it has been got the p att ern as shown in fig (5) and fig (6), while table 1 represents the data of the first p att ern. the second p att ern (outer p att ern) is designed in an equilateral triangle of side length 0.1 cm within the last third of the disk, the maximum p oints of this p att ern is equal to 9 cm, where we left a blank sp ace in the middle 3 cm in length, i.e., st arting from a dist ance of 6 cm from the first p att ern, as shown in fig (7).aft er (many times) of conducting the operations of scaling, rotation and iteration the result as shown in fig.8 and fig (9), while table 2 represents the data of the second patt ern. modul ation transfer function mtf the modulation transfer function is, as the name suggests, a measure of the transfer of modulation (or contrast ) from the subject to the ima ge. in other words, it measures how faithfully the lens reproduces (or transfers) detail from the object to the image p roduced by the lens. fig (11) illustrates the black and white bars in row a of the test p attern below. this p attern consists of totally black bars on a totally white background. if we assign the number 255 to the totally white areas, and 0 to the tot ally black ar eas, and we p lot a line profile of the test pattern, we get the graph shown in c. the regions at 0 corresp ond to the black lines; the regions at 255 corresp ond to the white lines if it been taken a line p rofile of i mage pattern b, the grap h d above it will be the result. for the widest sp aced set of black and white bars, the p lot goes b etween 0 and 255. this corresp onds t o the performance of the lens when it recors low frequency detail. for t he next set of p att erns we can see that the plot no longer reaches either 255 or 0. the modu lation in target a is no longer faithfully reproduced in image b. the formal defin ition of mt f [10]: mt f = (maximum intensity minimum intensity )/(maximum intensity + minimum intensity ) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 for t he first p att ern group , the m tf is 1. for t he second p att ern set, the m tf can be calculated to be 0.8. for t he third set, the m tf is 0.5, and for the fourth set, t he m tf is 0.1. if there were any finer p att erns, with narrower black and white bars, the m tf would be 0 and the image of the p att ern would be a uniform gray level, represented on the p lot by a st raight line at a value of 127. the point at which y ou can no longer see any variation in the image is the point at which the m tf is zero, and that's the definition of the "resolution" of the lens. in this case, the final p att ern set with an m tf of 0.1 would be classified as "just resolved" by this lens. the implementation result and discussion obt ained the results of this work through the establishment of a sp ecial p rogram named "disk op tical modulator" usin g the lan guage visual basi c 6 contains many p arameters and as shown in fig (12) when calculating the frequency has been converted to units (rev / s), as well as for angu lar velocity w, the law of frequency is given by 2/wfr  ………. (6) qfrfc  ..……. (7) where fc chopp ing frequency , fr rotation frequency and q number of sectors. to calculate the m tf we used the following law        baba baba mtf    …………… (9) where a the amp litude of incr easin g frequency and b the amp litude of incident frequen cy (assumed 0.5 mm) see fi g (13) the results t hat were obtained based on a numb er of infor mation assumed as shown in table 3. first , we may draw the relationship between the rotation frequency and chopp ing frequen cy with number of sector dep ending on data in table(4), we got the curve shown in fi g(14) fig(14) shows that both frequencies have become a sine function oscillatin g between zero and maximum value, and since the reticle contains t en sections, therefore, the maximum value of chopp ing frequen cy greater than the maximum value of the rotation frequency of ten times and that is identical with the eq(7). table 5 shows the method of calculating the radius of the fractal that contains ten sections and every section contains ten circles as described in fi g (15) .so this cir cle des ign was app lied to ot her 9 remained cir cles. not e: it has been taken one of the ten sections and it was t he first section of the origin p oint (x0, y 0 = 2.7, 0), and the ten points are d istributing as follow, with the note that e = 2.7, f = 0 and taking into account the negative sign. r= y=c x0+dy 0+f x=ax0+by 0+e ………….….. (10) where r rad ius of sub circle ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 power transparent from the reticle disk if we assume the use of a sourc e of laser-energy 650000 watt/m 2 , with sp ot size 0.3 mm, a lar ge p art of the energy of this p ackage will lost as a result of the p rocesses of reflection and absorp tion as they p ass in the transp arent disk with a permeability of τr =0.9, since reticle consists of ten sections of the window area of each se ction sn (are shown in table 6), the p ower transp arent p of each sector is given by the p =qr sn τr ……………………. (11) so the movement of any section in a circular motion takes app roximately 0.0001 seconds (for the disc consists of 10 sections of d ark does not allow p assage the p ower and 10 section window allows p assage p ower) that would lead to cut t he signal on an ongo ing basis every 0.0001 seconds as shown in table (7) and fi gs (16, 17), whi ch represent the relationship between p ower transp arent and the time, also it shows, t hat the power transp arent is directly p rop ortional with size of sector. t hen we evalu ate the modulation transfer function mt f by using equation (9) for normal and fr actal reticle as shown in table8 to exp lain the table 8 we dr aw the relationship between the frequency and radius we get the curve graph shown in figs (18, 19, 20) that give the frequency decreases with increasin g r adius in normal and fractal reticle. by drawing the relationship between mtf and chopp ing frequency fc, it gives the behavior of m tf rep eat itself, and remains similar in both two models in the case of fractal reticle,(see fi g.21) whi le fi g(22) shows that the m tf curve is less dramatically with increasin g fr equency . conclusions 1the rotation frequency is inversely p rop ortional to t he radius of rotation, in the case of the normal reticle note frequency less st eadily with increasing radius in the beginning, but at radii large (at the end of the disk) we note a decrease of gradual frequency is similar to the decrease that was obtained in the case of fractal reticle 2-the m tf is inversely p rop ortional with t he rotational frequency 3-the best similarity of m tf behavior for normal and fractal retile was at the end of the l reticle 4power transp arent depends on the size of the laser sp ot and the size of the sector, while the p rop ortionality between them is directly 5the ty p e of sup p osed op tical modulator can be defined by using the suitable sp ot size. 6pattern two of fractal reticle can be used to detect t he target by using large size of sp ot size, and patt ern one can be used to lock the target by using smaller size than sp ot size. 7it is p ossible to design multi prop os of modulator depending on multi patt erns. re ferences 1. reyad, n. a. (2004), design study on laser guidance sy st em emp loy ing an opt ical reticle, ph.d thesis, alrasheed college of engineering. 2. m arvin, k. s. (2001), bandwidth-efficient di gital m odulation with app lication to deep-sp ace communications, book, california institut e of technology . 3. harry , l. v. (2001), detection, estimation, and m odulation theory , isbns: 0-47110793-x (pap erback); 0-471-22109-0 (electronic) geor ge m ason university , new york. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 4. biberman , l. m . (1966) reticles in electro-opt ical devices, ergamon press, london. 5. tektronix and tek,(2009), digital m odulation fundamentals, www.tektronix.com. 6. fuqin, x. (2000), digital m odulation techniques, book ,p 10-20, library of congress catalogin g-in-publication data, usa. 7. fadl, w. (2004), desi gn op tical m odulator by using fractal function geometry , m sc thesis, al-m ustansiry ah university. 8. m andelbrot, b.b. (1982), the fractal geometry of nature, w.h. freeman and co, new york. 9. thair, a.a.(2002), fractal ima ge sy nthesis by iterated function sy st em, m sc thesis, university of baghdad. 10. ahmed, s.a. (2008), calculation of m tf for op tical disk m odulator by using fractal function, m sc thesis, university of technology . table (1): the data of the first pattern table (2): the data of the second pattern ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table(3): the results of normal and fractal reticle disk s tate normal reticle fractal reti cle pattern 1 pattern2 radius 0.09 m 0.03 m 0.09 m time 0.002 sec 0.002 sec 0.002 sec number of sector 20 20 20 sp ot size of laser 0.5 mm 2 0.5mm 2 0.5mm 2 angle of se ctor 18 degr ee 18 degr ee 18 degr ee circumfer ence 0.5652 m 0.1884 m 0.5652 m area of disk 0.025434 m 2 0.002826 m 2 0.025434 m 2 angular v elocity 1744.44 rad/sec 5233.33 rad/sec 1744.44 rad/sec rotational frequency 277.77 rad/sec 833.33 rad/sec 277.77 rad/sec chopp ing frequency 2777.7 rad/sec 8333.3 rad/sec 2777.7 rad/sec table(4): the relation between number of sector and freque ncy no. of se ctor normal reticle fractal reti cle rotation frequency chopping frequency pattern 1 pattern 2 rotation frequency chopping frequency rotation frequency chopping frequency 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 277.77 27 77.7 83 3.33 83 33.3 27 7.77 2777.7 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table(5): s hows the method of calculating the radius of the fractal pattern 2 pattern 1 r y x r y x 9 0 9 3 0 3 8.8580 0.5292 8.8281 2.94798 0.1764 2.9427 8.4217 0.8559 8.3781 2.80723 0.2853 2.7927 7.8840 0.8559 7.8219 2.62286 0.2853 2.6073 7.3908 0.5292 7.3719 2.46362 0.1764 2.4573 7.2 0 7.2 2.4 0 2.4 7.3908 -7.3719 2.46362 -2.4573 7.8840 -7.8219 2.62286 -2.6073 8.4217 -8.3781 2.80723 -2.7927 8.8580 -8.8281 2.94798 -2.9427 table (6): data of sub se ctor for normal and fractal reti cle state normal reticle fractal reticle pattern 1 pattern2 radius of sub circle 0.09 m 0.0003 m 0.0009 m time 0.002 sec 0.002 sec 0.002 sec number of sector 20 20 20 sp ot size of laser 0.5 mm 2 0.5mm 2 0.5 mm 2 angle of se ctor 18 degr ee 18 degr ee 18 degr ee circumfer ence sub sector 0.02826 m 0.001884m 0.005652 m area of sub sector 0.0012717 m 2 282 x 10 -9 m 2 2543 x 10 -9 m 2 power transp arent 3.7197225 watt 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table (7): the power transparent of reticle disk no. of sector time in sec normal reticle pattern 1 fractal reticle pattern 2 fractal reticle power transp arent in power transp arent in power transp arent in 1 0.0001 0 0 0 2 0.0002 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 3 0.0003 0 0 0 4 0.0004 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 5 0.0005 0 0 0 6 0.0006 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 7 0.0007 0 0 0 8 0.0008 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 9 0.0009 0 0 0 10 0.001 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 11 0.0011 0 0 0 12 0.0012 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 13 0.0013 0 0 0 14 0.0014 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 15 0.0015 0 0 0 16 0.0016 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 17 0.0017 0 0 0 18 0.0018 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 19 0.0019 0 0 0 20 0.002 3.7197225 0.00004133025 0.00037197225 table(8 ):the mtf of normal and fractal reticle normal reticle fractal reticle inner patt ern out er pattern r fc mt f r fc mt f r fc mt f 0.009 27777.77 0.06 0.03 8333.33 0.2 0.09 2777.77 0.6 0.018 13888.88 0.12 0.02906 8602.89 0.193 0.08720 2866.97 0.581 0.027 9259.25 0.18 0.026477 9442.15 0.176 0.0794 3148.61 0.529 0.036 6944.44 0.24 0.02287 10931.35 0.152 0.0686 3644.31 0.457 0.045 5555.55 0.3 0.01946 12846.86 0.129 0.05840 4280.82 0.389 0.054 4629.62 0.36 0.018 13888.88 0.12 0.054 4629.62 0.36 0.063 3968.25 0.42 0.01946 12846.86 0.129 0.05840 4280.82 0.389 0.072 3472.22 0.48 0.02287 10931.35 0.152 0.0686 3644.31 0.457 0.081 3086.41 0.54 0.026477 9442.15 0.176 0.0794 3148.61 0.529 0.09 2777.77 0.6 0.02906 8602.89 0.193 0.08720 2866.97 0.581 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig(1): simple reticle optical syste m fig(2): the reticle syste m scans the scene the incoming radiation is modulated. fig (3) the normal optical modulator fig(4): the initial shape of the first pattern fig(5): the first pattern after 1 iteration fig(6): the first pattern after 10 iteration ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig(7): the initial shape of the second pattern fig(8): the se cond pattern after 1 iteration fig(9): the se cond pattern after 10 iteration fig (10): the fractal optical modul ator ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig. (11) [a] original test pattern [b] image of the test pattern [c] line profile of the origi nal test pattern where 255=whi te and 0=black[d] line profile of the image of the test pattern whe re 255=whi te and 0= black fig.(12) the disk optical modulator program fig. (13): the shape of wave fig.( 14) :the relation between no. of sector versus frequency ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 rm ax rm in fig. (15): the minimum and maximum radius of sub se ctor fig. (16): the relationship between power transparent and the time for normal reticle fig .(17): the relationship between power transparent and the time for fractal reticle fig (18) : normal reticle :the frequency decreases with increasing radius fig. (19) : fractal reticle(pattern 1) :the frequency decreases with increasing radius ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig. (20): fractal reticle(pattern 2) :the frequency decreases with increasing radius fig. (21): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0005(normal reticle) fig. (22): the mtf versus fc with spot size 0.0005(fractal reticle) 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تصمیم جدید للتضمین البصري الكسوري ثائر عبد الكریم خلیل العایش،خالد هالل حربي،عبد الرزاق عبد السالم محمد جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الفیزیاء 2010 ،ایار،23:استلم البحث في 2011اذار، ، 23 :قبل البحث في الخالصة تكرار جدید للدالة الكسوریة ، وتم عمالالتضمین البصري الكسوري باست في هذه البحث وضع تصمیم جدید لقرص .تحلیل النتیجة عن طریق حساب دالة االنتقال الضمني ، وذلك بالمقارنة مع نتائج قرص التضمین البصري العادي ، وكل منهما 9cmنصف قطر یساوي يوقرصا التضمین البصري العادي والكسوري عبارة عن قرص دائري ذ .عشرة منها مضیئة واالخرى مظلمة، "امقطع 20یتكون من نموذج االول االو للكشف عن الهدف ، عملیستاآلخر وذج مننموذجین االأوقرص التضمین الكسوري یحتوي على .للقفل على الهدف عملیست كسوري كان عند نه . یة القرص العادياوافضل تشابه لسلوك دالة االنتقال الضمني بین قرصا التضمین االعتیادي وال وان التناسب بینهما .كذلك فأن القدرة النافذة من القرصین تعتمد على حجم بقعة اللیزر الساقطة وحجم المقطع الكسوري .طردي التضمین البصري الكسوري ، تردد القطع، دالة االنتقال الضمني: مفتاحیةالكلمات ال 311الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 دراسة تأثير التشويب بااللمنيوم في فجوة الطاقة البصرية الرقيقة cdseألغشية علية عبد المحسن شھاب عباس حيدر حسين جامعة بغداد/ (ابن الھيثم) قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014ايلول 8: فيقبل 2014تموز 16: فياستلم الخالصة ية بت أغش اج cdseرس ن الزج د م ى قواع تخدام عل ة بأس ر تقني راري التبخي مك الح راغ وبس ي الف ف (300±25%)nm (0.1±2)وبمعدل ترسيبnm/s عند درجة حرارةr.t. ) ( اظھر تحليل .( xrd ) أن الغشاء % (3,2,1)درس تأثير التشويب بااللمنيوم بنسب . ( pe td 002)الرقيق النقي ھو تركيب متعدد التبلور مع أتجاه سائد ضمن (uv-visible 1800 spectra photometer)في فجوة الطاقة البصرية . ومن دراسة االمتصاصية باستعمال النتقاالت ايجاد معامل االمتصاص دالة للطول الموجي الساقط وحَدد نوع . تم nm(1100-300)مدى الطول الموجي االلكترونية ووجدنھا مباشرة ومن ثم حسبت فجوة الطاقة البصرية قبل التشويب وبعده ووجد ان فجوة الطاقة البصرية تقل بعد التشويب بااللمنيوم مع زيادة في معامل االمتصاص . : سيلينيد الكادميوم, معامل االمتصاص , فجوة الطاقة البصرية الكلمات المفتاحية 312الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة ) ھي واحدة من اھم فروع فيزياء الحالة الصلبة وھي تتعامل مع مواد ذي سمك thin filmاالغشية الرقيقة ( تقنية لقد ساھمت تلك التقنية مساھمة كبيرة في دراسة خواص اشباة الموصالت واعطت فكرة ,)1µmصغير جدا (اقل من . بشكل عام يتم استخدام تقنية االغشية الرقيقة في تصنيع [ 1 ]واضحة عن العديد من خواصھا الفيزيائية والكيميائية . [ 2 ]العديد من االجھزة المھمة وكذلك في التطبيقات االلكترونية والبصرية ) المرسبة على ھيئة أغشية رقيقة أھتمام كثير من الباحثين بسبب vi ii-جذبت اشباه الموصالت الثنائية ( وھي تقع ev (3-1)تطبيقاتھا في فيزياء الحالة الصلبة . أن ھذه المركبات تمتلك فجوة طاقة مباشرة محصورة بين ضمن الطيف المرئي لذلك تستخدم في التطبيقات الكھروبصرية , و ان من المواد شبه الموصلة الثنائية االكثر أھمية التي , إذ تم التركيزعلى دراسة خصائصھا االساسية وكذلك تطبيقاتھا العملية cdseتنتمي الى تلك المجموعة ھوالمركب وعند درجة الحرارة والضغط (1.74ev)فجوة طاقة مباشرة مقدارھا cdseتلك يم .[ 3 ]خالل السنوات االخيرة ذي شفافية عالية نسبيا وھو ينتمي الى المواد . (hexagonally close packed)االعتيادي فانه يتبلور بصيغة معامل امتصاص عال وامتالكه خواص بصرية مناسبة فان أغشيته cdse وبسبب امتالك [4] البصرية غير الخطية لھا تطبيقات كثيرة منھا االجھزة الكھروبصرية وكاشفات اشعة كاما وكذلك الدايودات الباعثة للضوء والخاليا الشمسية ) (pvdالفراغ طرائق عديدة لترسيب االغشية الرقيقة منھا التبخير الحراري في . ھنالك والكشافات الضوئية والليزر ) (mbeوالتنضيد بالحزمة الجزئية (cvd)والترسيب بالبخار الكيميائي (cbd) وكذلك الترسيب بالحمام الكيميائي . ed ( [ 5 ]وكذلك الترسيب باالقطاب الكھربائية ( cdse)% في فجوة الطاقة البصرية الغشية 3,2,1بحثنا الحالي الى دراسة تاثير التشويب بااللمنيوم بنسب ( يھدف .المرسبة بطريقة التبخير الحراري في الفراغ والمشوبة بطريقة االنتشار الحراري ) و mm) 1.2د زجاجية سمكھااستخدمت طريقة التبخيرالحراري في الفراغ لتحضير االغشية المرسبة على قواع بعد غسلھا جيدا بالماء والصابون السائل وكذلك تنظيفھا باستخدام جھاز الموجات الفوق الصوتية 500mm)2مساحتھا ( . [ 6 ]بالماء المقطر والكحول وباستعمال المعادلة ……………………………………………...(1) t سمك الغشاء :(cm) m كتلة مادة الغشاء :(gm) : نصف قطر المقطع الكروي للحاملة االرضية gm/cm r)3(: كثافة مادة الغشاء بعد ذلك توزن المادة باستخدام ميزان nm) (300لتكون غشاء رقيق ذات سمك cdse حسبت كمية مادة الترسيب ) داخل منظومة(mo) وضعت المادة داخل حويض من المولدبيدنيوم precisa (حساس ذات اربع مراتب نوع ) وبمعدل torr )5-10×3وقد تمت عملية الترسيب عند وصل الضغط داخل حجرة الترسيب الى (edwards)نوع بترسيب طبقة ثانية من ) بطريقة االنتشار الحراري وذلكal. شوبت االغشية النقية بااللمنيوم ( ) (nm/s 2±0.1ترسيب االلمنيوم على الغشاء النقي باستعمال نفس المنظومة السابقة وبثالث نسب بعد ذلك تستكمل عملية االنتشار داخل فرن عند ) مدة ساعتين , إذ ان ذرات الشوائب المنتشرة في المادة االصلية تعتمد على درجة الحرارة وزمن c 0200(درجة حرارة ) وھو يمتلك ھدفآ من نوع shimadzu japanنوع ( ) (xrdالنقية بجھاز cdseحصت اغشية, ف [ 7 ]االنتشار )kα-(cu 40 و بفولتية تشغيل مقدارھاkv)) وتيار (ma (30 وحددت زاوية الفحصθ2 بين )بسرعة ) 060-20 0 دارھا ح مق تم ايجاdeg/min (8مس وبة ف ة والمش ية النقي ية لالغش ف االمتصاص ا طي وع ) ام اف ن اطة مطي ا بوس دھ uv-visible 1800 spectra photometer) ( قيست النفاذية دالة للطول الموجي ضمن مدى إذ nm )( 300 -1100 .ومن طيف االمتصاص حسب معامل االمتصاص دالة للطول الموجي ودراسة نوع االنتقاالت وحساب فجوة الطاقة النتائج والمناقشة تركيب الغشاءاوال : الرقيقة غير المشوبة ھي متعدد التبلور cdse) ان اغشية 1الشكل ( (xrd)بينت نتائج حيود االشعة السينية د تطابق مع فسحة السطوح القياسية للبطاقة d-valuesكما بينت ان فسحة السطوح ( ) الناتجة من الفحص ق كما ) و002وأن االتجاه السائد ھو( (hexagonal wartzite)) إذ يكون التركيب سداسي jcpds-080459المرقم ( ) .2موضح في الجدول ( : معامل االمتصاص وفجوة الطاقة البصرية ثانيآ ) بانه نسبة التناقص في فيض طاقة االشعة الساقطة بالنسبة لوحدة المسافة باتجاه αيعرف معامل االمتصاص ( وان معامل انتشار الموجة داخل الوسط ويعتمد معامل االمتصاص على طاقة الفوتون الساقط وعلى خواص شبه الموصل . [8] من طيف االمتصاصية بحسب المعادلة حسباالمتصاص α= . ………………………………………(2) a  االمتصاصية : t  :   سمك الغشاء(cm) α 1(: معامل االمتصاص-(cm 313الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 االمتصاص يزداد معامل يالحظ ان و) العالقة بين معامل االمتصاص وطاقة الفوتون الساقط 2( رقم الشكليبين لوحظ زيادة , لشبه الموصل النقي والمشوبالبصرية اقل من فجوة الطاقة تھما ببطأ بزيادة طاقة الفوتون عندما تكون طاق ن عملية أ البصرية . الطاقة فجوة او تساويسريعة في معامل االمتصاص عندما تصبح طاقة الفوتون الساقط اكبر كذلك التشويب نحو الطاقات الواطئة بزيادة نسبة المنحني ادت الى زيادة في معامل االمتصاص وازاحة التشويب ] 9 [الباحثالنقية وھذا يتفق مع ما توصل اليه cdse) الغشية cm 410-1 نالحظ ان قيمة معامل االمتصاص اكبر( تدل القيم العالية إذ ن ھذه القيمة تزداد مع زيادة طاقة الفوتون وھذا يساعد على توقع حدوث انتقاالت الكترونية مباشرة أو . بين المستويات الممتده لحزام التكافؤ والتوصيل لمعامل االمتصاص على احتمالية حدوث انتقاالت الكترونية مباشرة . (tauc) عالقة لبنوعيھا المسموح والممنوع من خال فجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقاالت االلكترونية المباشرة قيمحسبت ………………………………..... (3) …………………n) ge-(һυ b=υһα  α : ) 1 معامل االمتصاص-cm( υһ :) طاقة الفوتون الساقطev( b : ثابت ge طاقة الفجوة البصرية : )ev( n [10]لالنتقال المباشر الممنوع ( 2 / 3 )لالنتقال المباشر المسموح ( 2 / 1 ): مرتبة االنتقال البصري يساوي . و ( طاقة الفوتون ) ومد ( αhυ )2) ونرسم العالقة بين 3في المعادلة ( (1/2)مساويا الى (n)بعد وضع قيمة الثابت كما في موحمحور طاقة الفوتون نحصل على قيمة فجوة الطاقة لالنتقال المباشر المس ليقطعحني نالجزء المستقيم من الم بعد وضع الممنوعنحسب فجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر نفسھا ريقةطبال) و 6 ( الرقم ) الى3( الرقم من لشكلا كما في ( hυ )وبين طاقة الفوتون ( αhυ)2/3 يكون الرسم في ھذه الحالة بين ) إذ/3 2مساويا الى ( ( n ) الثابت قيمة ية لالنتقاالت المشار اليھا اذ يالحظ على فجوة الطاقة البصر ) يبن2( رقم الجدول) 10الى الرقم ( ) 7الرقم ( من الشكل منيوم .بااللالعموم ان فجوة الطاقة البصرية تقل مع زيادة نسب التشويب على انر فسوھذا يعني ان التشويب ادى الى ازاحة حافة االمتصاص نحو الطاقات الواطئة وھذا النقصان يمكن ان ي من ثمو ضمن فجوة الطاقة المحظورة ما بين حزمتي التكافْو و التوصيل الى تكوين مستويات موضعية ىالتشويب اد كما ان معامل االمتصاص يزداد كلما ازدادت نسبة التشويب بااللمنيوم وھذا امتصاص الفوتونات ذات الطاقة االقل . يؤكد دخول االلمنيوم ضمن التركيب البلوري للغشاء المحضر . االستنتاجات ومن التبلور النقية بطريقة التبخيرالحراري في الفراغ والحصول على تركيب متعدد cdseحضير اغشية يمكن ت 1 ) . hexagonal wurtziteالسداسي ( النوع ى زيادة في معامل االمتصاص ونقصان في قيم فجوة الطاقة البصرية وان ھذا يشيرالى امكانيةان زيادة التشويب ادت ال 2 تصنيع خلية شمسية من ھذه االغشية المطعمة بااللمنيوم . المصادر 1. chopra, k.l.(1969) , thin film phenomena , ch.2 , mc grawhill book co. , new york . 2. eckertova, l. ( 1977) “ physics of thin film” , plenum press . 3. chowdhury,r.i. ; islam,m.s. ; sabeth ,f. ; mustafa ,g. ; farhad, s.f.u. ; saha, d.k. ; chowdhury, f.a. ; hussain , s. and islam, a.b.m.o., (2012) (january)” characterization of electrodeposited cadmium selenide thin films” dhaka univ. j. sci. 60(1): 137-140 4.zeng,t. ; zhao,b. ; zhu, s.; he, z.; chen,b.; and t,zhaoyi.,(2011)”optimizing the growth procedures for cdse crystal by thermal analysis techniques “journal of crystal growth (19-15)316 و 5.betkar, m.m. ; and bagde , g.d., (2012) structural and optical properties of spray deposited cdse thin films” materials physics and mechanics 14(74-77) 6.sree harsha ,k.s.,(2006) principles of physical vapor deposition of thin films, science direct, elsevier, london. 7. dimitriev,s. understanding semiconductor devices, (2000) griffth university ,new york ,oxford 8. dickinson ,w. c. and cheremisionoff p. n. ,(1980) solar energy technology, handbook part a, p. 498, mc grawhill book co. , new york . 9.kender,d.r.; pawar,a.r., and pujari,v.b.,(2012) optical and electrical properties of pb doped cdse thin films”, applied research 5(3)(10-17) 314الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 10. fox.m., (2001) optical properties of solids, oxford university press النقية cdse) القيم المستحصلة من قياسات حيود االشعة السينية الغشية 1جدول رقم ( stand 2 (degree) exp.2 (degree) (å)stand. d ) oi/i( stand. å)(exp. d exp.) oi/i( (hkl) 25.354 25.572 3.510 70 3.4805 100 002 ) قيم فجوة الطاقة البصرية دالة لنسب التشويب بااللمنيوم 2جدول رقم ( )evفجوة الطاقة المباشرة الممنوعة ( بااللمنيومنسبة التشويب ) evفجوة الطاقة المباشرة المسموحة ( pure 1.76 1.77 1% 1.74 1.75 2% 1.72 1.73 3% 1.65 1.66 315الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 in te n si ty ( a .u .) diffrction angle 2θ النقية cdseطيف حيود االشعة السينية الغشية ) 1(الشكل رقم 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 a b s o rp ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t α (c m -1 ) x  1 0 0 0 0 hν(ev)   cdseتغير معامل االمتصاص دالة لطاقة الفوتون الساقط الغشية) 2( الشكل رقم النقية والمشوبة pure al1% al2% al3% 316الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 (һ υ α )² ( ev /c m )² x  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 photon energy (ev) النقية cdseفجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر الممنوع الغشية ) 3(الشكل eg=1.76ev 0 5 10 15 20 25 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 (һ υ α )² ( ev /c m )² x  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 photon energy (ev) المشوبة cdseفجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر الممنوع الغشية ) 4(الشكل %1بااللمنيوم eg=1.74ev 317الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 (һ υ α )² ( ev /c m )² x  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 photon energy (ev) cdseفجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر الممنوع الغشية ) 5( الشكل %2المشوبة بااللمنيوم eg=1.72 ev 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 (һ υ α )² ( ev /c m )² x  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 photon energy (ev) المشوبة cdseفجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر الممنوع الغشية ) 6(الشكل %3بااللمنيوم eg=1.65ev 318الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 0 5 10 15 20 25 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 (һ υ α )2 /3 (e v /c m )2 /3 x  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 photon energy (ev) المشوبة cdseفجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر المسموح الغشية ) 8( الشكل %1 بااللمنيوم eg=1.75ev eg=1.77ev 319الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 (һ υ α )2 /3 (e v /c m )2 /3 x  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 photon energy (ev) المشوبة cdseفجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر المسموح الغشية ) 9(الشكل %2بااللمنيوم eg=1.73ev 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 (һ υ α )2 /3 (e v /c m )2 /3 x  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 photon energy (ev) المشوبة cdseفجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر المسموح الغشية ) 10(الشكل %3بااللمنيوم eg=1.66ev 320الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 studying the effect of doping with aluminum on the optical properties of cdse thin films alia a. shehab abbas h. hussain dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :16june 2014,accepted in :8september2014 abstract cdse thin films were deposited on glass sudstrate by thermal evaporation method with thickness of (300±25%) nm with deposition rate (2±0.1) nm/s and at substrate temperature at (r.t.). xrd analysis reveals that the structure of pure thin films are hexagonal and polycrystalline with preferential orientation (002). in this research ,we study the effect of doping with (1,2,3)% aluminum on optical energy gap of (cdse) thin film . the absorption was studied by using (uv visible 1800 spectra photometer ) within the wavelength (300-1100) nm absorption coefficient was calculated as a function of incident photon energy for identify type of electronic transitions it is found that the type of transition is direct , and we calculated the optical energy gap before and after doping we found that the energy gap decreases after doping and absorption coefficient increases. keyword: cdse , absorption coefficient , optical energy conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 computer | 193 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 hiding data in color image using least significant bits of blue sector hussein l. hussein dept.of computer science/college of education for pure science (ibn al haditha)/ university of baghdad. received in:19/november/2017, accepted in:15/january/2018 abstract concealing the existence of secret hidden message inside a cover object is known as steganography, which is a powerful technique. we can provide a secret communication between sender and receiver using steganography. in this paper, the main goal is for hiding secret message into the pixels using least significant bit (lsb) of blue sector of the cover image. therefore, the objective is by mapping technique presenting a model for hiding text in an image. in the model for proposing the secret message, convert text to binary also the covering (image) is divided into its three original colors, red, green and blue (rgb) , use the blue sector convert it to binary, hide two bits from the message in two bits of the least significant bits of blue sector of the image. keywords: steganography, hiding, image processing, mapping. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 computer | 194 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction the words of greek steganos and graphia, which mean cover-up and writing respectively, is where steganography derived from [1]. the main purpose is to intercept and modify the encrypted message by changing it cannot be easily read format the enemy can detect. steganography main goal is to protect so that secrete message through hiding it in other object is called cover, so that the message will be invisible to anyone [2, 3]. protect the data from unauthorized user is the main concerning of the transmission information through the communication network. several information hide mechanisms exist to deal with this problem like, cryptography, steganography, digital watermarking, etc [4]. steganography system consists mainly of two processes: embedding and extracting processes. in embedding process, the produced image can be named as a stego-image or a cover image and is used to embed the secret data. for hiding data inside image pixels, all selected pixels must be chosen secretly by using a secret key, which is commonly known as a stegokey [5, 6]. imperceptibility /security and capacity are the primary components that make steganography thoughtful for information concealing, which likewise postures challenges. mapping methodology. ascii mapping technology (amt), which a text steganography is based on, uses ascii map technique to map the binary sequence of the secret message to generate the stegotext. quantum logic technique to find the valid embedding position increases additional level of security. amt produces stego-text with minimum degradation. this property enables the method to avoid the steganalysis. the proposed steganography technique with ascii map made a new model for the english steganography [4]. the colored image will be returned at first to its base values of mixed colors (rgb). the system presents a method to enhance the amt by using the last two lsb bits to each blue color of pixel and compare embeds secret data, which encrypted. because the selection of color is based on differences in color and values of pixels’ colors, detecting message will be difficult. so that there is no need to insert additional information, changing will be small and quality of the image will be great. [9] vyas and pal introduced an improved lsb method [10], by finding the exact matching between the two least significant bits in image pixels’ values (red, green and blue) and the secret data. this system presents a novel system to hide secret messages/data inside the image. this work finds the exact matches between the blue scale of rgb image decimal values and the secret message/data after converting them to binary. the system generates a key to recover the secret data, which is randomly generated based on matched pixels and the secret text. as well as, a random key-dependent data (rkdd) is generated without performing any changes on the image’s pixel values [11]. the proposed technique the proposed system operations are converting secret message into lsb of blue sector of covering rgb image that will be represented as a binary for each pixel, the binary code for both character of the secret message and pixel value of blue sector dividing in to four divisions of 2-bits for hiding the secret message in that cover image. the matches are saved and sent to the receiver in separate encrypted channel. figure-1 shows the structure of the proposed algorithm that can be summarized in the three steps as follows: embedding algorithm, the secret message input: secret message and rgb covered image. output: rgb covered image, mse and psnr. the proposed algorithm steps are summarized as follows: https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 computer | 195 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 first step (preprocessing):  select the covered color rgb image.  extract the blue sector values from this rgb image.  read the secret message  convert the blue sector values and each character of secret message into binary codes.  separate each binary value from to four sections each section contains 2-bits. second step (mapping technique):  take each section of 2-bits of the character, then search to find the similar 2-bits in the binary value of each character in first and second division of blue sector.  if this division of 2-bits of secret message matches the first 2-bits of blue scale image, then the lsb of this blue scale will be changed into ‘01’.  if this division of 2-bits of secret message matches the second 2-bits of blue scale image, then the lsb of this blue scale will be changed into ‘10’.  if this division of 2-bits of secret message does not match the first or second 2-bits of blue scale image, then the lsb of this blue scale will be changed into ‘00’.  at the end of secret message, the lsb of this blue scale will be changed into ‘11’. third step (accumulation):  finally, the blue scale will be returned and accumulating with the other two colors (red and green scales) to regeneration of the covered image to be sent to the destination.  the psnr and mse was calculated to refer to the difference between the original and covered image, this was shown in table-1, and the architecture of the system was shown in figure-1. results and discussion when testing the suggested system, which is used to hide message in a cover image, by taking different sizes of messages and images. tables-1 illustrates the psnr and mse of each image with the same secrete text. the mse and peak signal-to-noise ratio (psnr) are commonly used measures for evaluating the performance of the proposed algorithms from the perspective of image quality degradation according to equation 1 and 2. the mse refers to the error between two images: cover and stego-image, where psnr refers to a measure for peak error. the lower the value of mse shows the lower the error while higher value for psnr shows better quality for that image [7, 8]. to compute the psnr, we first calculate the mse using the following equation: 𝑀𝑆𝐸 = 1 𝑚𝑛 ∑ ∑[𝐶(𝑖, 𝑗) − 𝑆(𝑖, 𝑗)]2 𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑚 𝑖=1 (1) where, 𝑚 and 𝑛 are the image dimensions and 𝐶(𝑖, 𝑗) and 𝑆(𝑖, 𝑗) are cover and stego-image respectively. then psnr computing using the equation (2) bellows: 𝑃𝑆𝑁𝑅 = 10 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑅2 𝑀𝑆𝐸 (2) where, 𝑅 is the maximum possible value in the input image pixels? for many important goals, the system was successful, which is, from the different experiments, system illustrates that the system successfully hides message in the cover image with minimum changes as show in table-1 above which is one of the important models for any steganography system. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 computer | 196 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 conclusions the proposed system used bits of the lsb of blue scale of pixel for hiding characters of secrete message. when allocation each 2-bits from the character of the message overall same 2-bits of the blue sector of the image that will not change that image. the suggested system will use image to designate as a cover and a key for hiding and extracting secret message. testing the proposed system for hiding the secret message, we recommend using it for protection from hackers. table (1): illustrates examples of rgb images with their psnr and mse for each example. image psnr and mse psnr = 63.3352 mse = 0.0302 psnr = 65.6333 mse = 0.0178 psnr = 56.9191 mse = 0.1322 psnr = 77.5881 mse = 0.0011 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 computer | 197 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (1): the architecture of the proposed system. a c c u m u la tio n m a p p in g t e c h n iq u e blue sector accumulate with red and green sectors to regenerate the covered image and compute .psnr and mse start p re p ro c e ssin g select the rgb image and read the secret message extract the blue sector pixel value of image convert each pixel value of blue sector and each character of secret text to binary code split each binary code to 4 of 2 bits 2-bits of secret message = first 2-bits of blue scale lsb of blue sector = ‘01’ 2-bits of secret message = second 2-bits of blue scale search to find the similar 2-bits in the binary value of each character in first and second division of blue sector y y lsb of blue sector = ‘10’ lsb of blue sector = ‘00’ end of secret message end y n n n https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 computer | 198 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 references. 1. ingemar j. cox; matthew, l and miller, jeffrey a.( 2009) ,( 2008). bloom, jessica ridrich and ton kalker, ," digital watermarking and steganography" ,second edition, morgan kaufmann publishers is an imprint of elsevier, usa 2. mohammed, a.f. al-husainy," image steganography by mapping pixels to letters", journal of computerscience 5 (1),.33-38. 3. al-saffar amna, (2011)”proposed steganography method based on dct coefficient”, education of ibn al haitham for pure since, ibn al-haitham journal 24,. 311-319,. 4. souvik bhattacharyya, (2013) pabak indu and gautam sanyal, " hiding data in text using ascii mapping technology (amt)", international journal of computer applications, 70–18,.29-37,. 5. randeepika samagh and shailja rani,( 2015) “data hiding using image steganography”, international journal of emerging trends in engineering and development, issn 2249-6149, 123-124, 5,. 3.. 6. alaa a. abdul latef and ,firas a. abdul latef,”hiding encrypted color image within mpeg-2 video”, eng. and tech. journal , 30,.4 , 2012. 7. rani, j. and khan, t. a. (2014) "performance optimized dct domain watermarking technique with jpeg." international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering, 4(2),. 8. tuama, a. y.; mohamed, m. a.; muhammed, a and zurina, m. h. (2017) "randomized pixel selection for enhancing lsb algorithm security against brute-force attack." journal of mathematics and statistics13(2): 127-138,. 9. vijaya raghava kukapalli, tarakeswara rao and satyanarayana reddy ( 2014) " image steganography byenhanced pixel indicator method using most significant bit (msb) compare", international journal of puter trends and technology (ijctt) –15, 3 ,.97-101,. 10. krati vyas and b.l.pal,( 2014)” a proposed method in image steganography to improve image quality with lsb technique”, international journal of advanced research in computer and communication engineering,. 3, 1,.: 5246-5251,. 11. maher a. alsarayreh, mohammad a. alia and khulood abu maria,( 2017) ," a novel image teganographic system based on exact matching algorithm and key-dependent data technique", journal of theoretical and applied information technology,.95. 5,. 12.121224, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1948 و مستخلص ص الثوم المعمرلمستخ استخدام كل من دراسة مقارنة لتأثیر خ المصابة بمرض افرالثوم الخام المضاف الى ماء الشرب معززین مناعیین لأل الكمبورو فتخار مھدي كاظما سھاد حسن أرحیم ھیئة التعلیم التقني/ لمسیب افي الكلیة التقنیة / نتاج الحیوانيالاقسم تقنیات الخالصة ومستخلص الثوم aged garlic extractتضمنت ھذه الدراسة التعرف على تأثیر كل من مستخلص الثوم المعمر بمرض الكمبورو وذلك من خالل قیاس مؤشر اإلصابةمعززین مناعیین لتقلیل وتخفیف row garlic extractالخام hit(haemروس الكمبورو باستخدام اختبار تثبیط التالزن (ایوقیاس مستوى االجسام المضادة لف،الكرب agglutination inhibition test مضادین لألكسدة بوصفھما كل من المستخلصین أھتمت الدراسة أیضاً بمعرفة كفایةو في ماء %5كل من المستخلصین بنسبة اعطي ،أذنایتریت في مصل الدم قیاس جذر البیروكسي للحم من خاللفي فروج ا طیر مصابة بمرض الكمبورو بعد التثبت منھ باجراء الفحوصات السیرولوجیة . 300واستخدم في التجربة ، الشرب فیھا مستخلص الثوم الخام بنسبة استعمل aاالولى ھي مجموعة ،طائر 100مجامیع كل مجموعة 3علىوقسمت الطیور تركت cوالمجموعة الثالثة ھي مجموعة ، %5فیھا مستخلص الثوم المعمر بنسبة استعمل bوالثانیة المجموعة ، 5% فیھا اي مستخلص . یستعملسیطرة لم نایتریت في ي االجسام المضادة وجذر البیروكسلقد أظھرت النتائج وجود أنخفاض معنوي في مؤشر الكرب ومستوى ق السریریة التجاریة ائباستخدام الطر sodو dpph و tpcكل من ثم قیس. aمقارنة مع المجموعة bوعة مالمج لمعرفة كفاءة تضاد ھذه االنواع لالكسدة . اعطاء مستخلص الثوم المعمر في تقلیل الھالكات الحاصلة بسبب المرض وتخفیف شدة االفات الدراسة كفایة أظھرت المرضیة كونھا مضادة لألكسدة واألجھاد والتحطیم الحاصل للخالیا بسبب الفایروس. . مناعیین معزیینالثوم الخام ، مستخلص الثوم المعمر ،الكلمات المفتاحیة: مستخلص 25 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة ( very virulent , variant strain , classical form )الثالثة شغل مرض الكمبورو وبانواعھ [1]والعاملین في حقل الدواجن لما یسببة من خسائر فادحة في صناعة الدواجن . جمیع المربین الفم وعند دخول الفایروس فانھ یتكاثر في ان طریقة دخول الفایروس ھي عن طریق االستنشاق اكثر منھا عن طریق وكذلك الخالیا اللمفیة gut – associated macrophagesالمصاحبة لالحشاء macrophage الخالیا الماكروفیج lymphocytes ساعة من دخول الفایروس 24 ثم یتجھ الى الورید البابي لیؤدي الى الحمى الفایروسیة االولى خالل الحالة االكلینكیة للطیر . كذلك لوحظ ان فایروس مرض الكمبورو یتكاثر في ر وھي غیر مؤثرة فيالى جسم الطی ج دونما احداث تأثیر في تصنیع الحامض النووي للخلیة وكذلك بروتینھا . یلي ذلك خرو اشییسایتوبالزم خالیا كیس فابر التي تؤدي الى انتشار الحمى الفایروسیھ الثانیة ىالتكاثر داخل الكیس الحداث ما یسم اعداد كبیرة من الفایروس ناتجة من [2]الفایروس في االعضاء اللمفیة االخرى . التي تنتج االجسام ) bان فایروس مرض الكمبورو یتكاثر باعلى معدل لھ في الخالیا اللمفیة التمھیدیة من النوع ( ویتكاثر بمعدل اقل في الخالیا اللمفیة igm bearing b lymphocytesھي ما تعرف بـ و igmالمناعیة من النوع الموجودة في mature peripheral b ان الخالیا اللمفیة الطرفیة عتریة وھذا یعني لزكل من الطحال والغدد اللمفاویة والغدة ا lymphocytes اما بخصوص تقییم وتقویم مناعة الطیور [1]المناعیة ،جسام لالوھذه ھي المنتجة ماتزال تعمل بكفایھ . االستجابة المناعیة والدمویة فان فایروس المرض یؤثر اوالً في الخالیا اللمفیة وكذلك في المصابة بمرض الكمبورو الخالیا تموت وتنكرز الى والخلویة مما یؤدي الى التثبیط المناعي الفایروسي . كذلك وجد ان فایروس الكمبورو یؤدي من حدوث االصابة وھذا التنكرز قد ایوم 14مدة تقرب او تزید من ر ھذه الحالة ھا وتستمتفائخوا اشییاللمفیة في كیس فابر على التكاثر والتجدد والرجوع الى اشیییكون دائمي الن الكثیر من العلماء اجمع على عدم قدرة الخالیا اللمفیة في كیس فابر ھا قبل االصابة بالمرض في حین ان الخالیا اللمفاویة في العقد اللمفاویة والطحال تستعید قابلیتھا على الحالة التي كانت علی [2]التكاثر والتجدد بعد االصابة . منسوب وتزداد المشكلة عند اصابة القطیع بفایروسات شدیدة الضراوة ان كانت المناعة االمیھ منخفضة ، وعلیة فان عن المقدار 2]لوغاریتم [2 االجسام المناعیة الذي یحمي الطیر من االصابة بالعترات شدیدة الضراوة یزداد بمعدل [3]المطلوب لصد العترات الكالسیكیة للفایروس . مر الذي ن فقدان المناعة لدى الدجاج األناتج م جداً ة القول ان مرض الكمبورو ھو مرض اقتصادي مكلفوخالص ، وحیث ان [1]یعرضھ لالصابة بأمراض اخرى تفاقم الحالة لذا تتطلب مسألة مكافحة ھذا المرض وعیا تقنیاً واقتصادیاً الى العوامل التي تؤثر على مناعة الدجاج تتنوع ما بین درجة الحرارة واالجھاد والتغذیة اصبح من الضروري االتجاه تؤدي الى تطویر المناعة وتعزز االستجابة المناعبة لدى دجاج اللحم وھذا ھو الھدف من التيالعناصر الطبیعیھ في البیئة ) raw garlic extractو aged garlic extract ( age ) دراستنا حیث تنصب على استعمال مستخلصین وھما rge ) . والمقارنھ ما بین تأثیرھما على فروج اللحم المصاب بالكمبورو كما في مخطط النسب المئویة للعناصر المھمة لفروج اللحم كثیر من العناصر المھمة یحتوي على اثبتت البحوث الثوم . [4] الموجودة في الثوم ان المعزز المناعي الجید یمكنھ ان یقوي المناعة من خالل تقلیل الفترة الكامنة الظھار االستجابة المناعیة وزیادة ضد االصابة بالكمبورو وكان اً جید اً مناعی معززاً (age) یةالعام لالستجابة المناعیة وقد اظھرت الدراسة كفاالمستوى . [5 ] , [6] (rge)افضل بكثیر من المواد وطرائق العمل الطیور : االولى عوملت بمستخلص الثوم الخام ( c, b, a )مقسمة الى ثالث مجامیع 300عدد استخدمت فروج اللحم (rge) مع ماء الشرب والثانیة عوملت بمستخلص الثوم المعمر(age) والثالثة لم تعامل بأي %5مع ماء الشرب بنسبة منھا وتركت للسیطرة . سحب عینات الدم في انابیب حاویة على مانع التخثر تقسمین االولى وضع الدم من الورید الجناحي وقسمت علعینات جمعت (edta) ثم صبغت %75تثبیتھا بالكحول المثیلي بتركیز تم دمویھت لغرض اجراء مؤشر الكرب حیث عملت مسحا اما القسم الثاني من العینة فتم وضعھ في انابیب خالیة من مانع التخثر لغرض الحصول على المصل ، [7]بصبغة كمزا . ریت حیث تم الحصول على المصل وحفظ في انابیب خاصة توكذلك تقدیر جذر البیروكسي نای واجراء فحص التالزن [7]التجاریة . السریریةق ائثم حللت بالطر° م (-20)بالتجمید بدرجة مستخلصات الثوم °72 68 وبدرجة حرارة (h 360 – 330)مدة وذلك بنقع الثوم الخام بالماء (age)یعمل مستخلص الثوم المعمر c 5ثم یأخذg 0.1 منھ لیستخلص في l ایام بدرجة حرارة الغرفة ثم یرشح بورق ترشیح من نوع 3مدة من المیثانول 26 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 whatman no.1 . اما .[8]ثم یزال المذیب بالتبخیر للحصول على المستخلص(rge) فانھ یعمل بأستخدام الثوم [8]الطریقة السابقة . بخار لمنع االكسدة ثم یستخلص نفسھاالجاف المجمد بعد معالجتھ بال عند نفسھا المادةب ویخفف 50mg/mlبتركیز dimethyl sulfoxid ( dmso) ثم یذاب كل من المستخلصین في ق االلیزا التجاریة في مختبرات ائبطر sod و dpphمعرفة محتوى الفینول الكلي وكذلك لالحاجة . ثم حلل كل منھما الصافي في االردن . التحلیل االحصائي ریت تتمت دراسة تأثیر مستوى االجسام المضادة لفایروس الكمبورو ومؤشر الكرب وتركیز جذر البیروكسي نای بأسخدام نظام p<0.05الخطاء القیاسي وتحت مستوى معنویة ± بأستخدام اختبار تحلیل البیانات وعبر عن القیم بالمعدل spss .[9] النتائج كما مبین في c و aعما ھو علیھ في كل من bریت في المجموعة تأظھرت النتائج انخفاض جذر البیروكسي نای یؤدي الى زیادة مركبات ageان اعداد المستخلص المعمر للثوم اذ، [8]وھذا یتفق مع ما وصل الیھ (1)جدول رقم atpیعمل على تعطیل انتاج الـ حدث االضطراب في ایض الخلیة ، اذالفینول والمضادة لتأشیر جذر البیروكسي الذي یُ الصودیوم والكالسیوم واستنزاف مضادات االكسدة واذى من قبل المتقدرات بسبب اذى المایتوكوندریا والتاثیر على مضخة dna االختالل في الشبكة االندوبالزمي فضالً عن البروتینات من . كذلك فأن جذر البیروكسي یعمل على تعطیل تصنیع . [10]الضغط االزموزي الذي یؤدي الى تنخر الخالیا جذر البیروكسي ھو جذر یزداد عند االصابة باالمراض الفایروسیة وخاصة ان (1)وكما مبین في جدول رقم ھ على كمیة كبیرة من حاً جیداً لجذر البیروكسي الحتوائكاب (age)یعود كون bالكمبورو ، وانخفاضھ في المجموعة و dasوكذلك احتواءه على المركبات الذائبة في الدھن مثل sams و sacمثل المركبات العضویة الذائبة في الماء dats وdads ومشتقاتtetrahydro-b carbolin و المواد الكیمیائیة النباتیة من خالل أزالةreactiv oxygen species او من خالل التعزیز االنزیمي المضاد لالكسدة الخلویة من تعزیز عمل الـsod الذي یزداد بشكل age وھذا یدل على ان نشاط األنزیمات في ) 4كما مبین في الجدول (age ضح عند عمل المستخلص المعمر للثوم وا ]. 6یؤدي الى تقلیل االصابة بالكمبورو [ ویة التي یحدثھا الفایرس ومن ثمیؤدي الى تقلیل األكسدة الخل وھو دلیل على حدوث االجھاد في الطیور المصابة ) (h/l لمفوسایتال/ الھتروفیلأن مؤشر الكرب ھو معیار ) 2ألن االجھاد یؤدي الى قلة الخالیا اللمفیة وكثرة المتغایرات .وقد اظھرت النتائج في جدول رقم (بمرض الكمبورو للطیر (السیطرة ) وذلك ألن االصابة بمرض الكمبورو تعد عامالً مجھداً cارتفاعاً معنویاً في مؤشر الكرب في المجموعة ] .5ادى الى قلة الخالیا اللمفیة وكثرة المتغایرة في الدجاج [ المناعي من الجھاز في ageفان السبب یعود الى تأثیر aعن المجموعة bاما قلة مؤشر الكرب في المجموعة السیروتنین ر مادة یحرتیؤدي الى لالجھاد اذ وجد انھ امضادعملھ من خالل خالل زیادة اللمفوسایت في دم الطیور وكذلك ] 11انھ یجدد المناعة الخلویة ویحفز تكاثر الخالیا البلعمیة والخالیا القاتلة الطبیعیة .[ المھدئة فضال عن وكذلك یسین والسلینیوم لان تعتیق الثوم یؤدي الى تكوین جزیئات غیر ثابتھ مضادة لألكسدة تحتوي على كمیة عالیة من األ -sیؤدي الى أطالق كمیة كبیرة من المركبات الثابتة العالیة الجودة والذائبة في الماء وھي مركبات الكبریت العضویة مثل allyl cystiene ،s-allylmercapto cysteine ) وھي غیر موجودة في مستخلص مسحوق الثوم الخامrge].(12[ یزید االنزیمات و reactive oxgen speciesكاسح لـ ویعد المضاد لألكسدةن تاثیره یقلل مؤشر الكرب ال ageأن الـ في glutathionperoxidasوالـ superoxid dismutase و glutathion catalase الخلویة المضادة لألكسدة مثل – oxidant) یثبط تنشیط عامل الـ ageالخالیا مما یحمیھا من األذى الحاصل بسبب تكاثر الفایرس كذلك فأن ( induced transcription factor والعامل النوويnuclear factor ذان لھما أھمیة في أمراض النقص المناعي لال ]13الفایروسي .[ جسام المضادة في مجموعة السیطرة في األیام ) األنخفاض التدریجي لمستوى األ3لقد بینت النتائج في الجدول رقم ( اما أرتفاعھا مقارنة مع المجموعة ،أنخفاض المناعة األمیة طبیعیاً مع تقدم العمر على التوالي كان ناتجاً من 24,21,17 aوb األصابة بالفایرس ألن أرتفاع نسبة األجسام المضادة یحدث في حالة األصابة بسبب االستجابة یكون ناتج من مقارنة مع المجموعة bوaمستوى األضداد في كل من المجموعة المناعي لذلك كان ھنالك انخفاض في المناعیة للجھاز c یثبط لصحیة بعد األصابة الفایروسیھ اذان الثوم یضعف الفایرس ویؤدي الى تحسین حالة الطیر ا والسبب یعود الى ]nf]. (14) والعامل النووي (oitfعامل األستنساخ المحدث لألكسدة ( تأثیر معنوي في المناعة الخلطیة والخلویة في الفروج . كما ان للثوم [15]وھذا یتفق مع ما وصل الیة كل من وكذلك أحدث زیادة ]13ملة الفروج المصاب بفیرس الكمبورو بعالئق الثوم أحدث تفوقاً في الالستجابة المناعیة .[اومع ]11الصدر واألحشاء .[وزنیة في الطیور ناتجة من زیادة وزن الفخذ و 27 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 dnaیوقف التحطیم الحاصل في یز الخالیا اللمفیة و البالعم اذ) یحافظ على المناعة وذلك بتحفageكما أن ال ( كسدة الخلویة فضالً عن أنھ ینشط عملیة البلعمة ویحفز على أنتاج الخالیا بسبب بیروكسید الھیدروجین الناتج من األ تر فیرون َكاما (الذي یحمي الخالیا من انتشار الفایرس) وزیادة االضداد وھذا یتفق مع ما وصل وان il2المدورات الخلویة ]16الیھ .[ معاملة ھذا النوع من المستخلصات لفاض مستوى الفایرس نتیجة دلیل على أنخان انخفاض مستوى األجسام المضادة موجود في مستخلصات ما ھو ع sodو dpph) و مركبات tpcبزیادة مركبات الفینول ( المائیة للثوم الذي یتصف ]17الخالیا .[ dnaنعات تحلل أكسدة وما یر یوصفھا مضاداتالتي لھا دور كبالثوم األخرى ) .4وكذلك فأنھا مضادات فایروسیة نشطة كما ھو موضح في جدول رقم ( الھالكات وھدوء األعراض المرضیة وتحسین حالة لقد أوضحت الدراسة ان استخدام المستخلصین قد ادى الى انخفاض ).5الطیر الصحیة كما مبین في الجدول رقم ( ] 17[ و] 12وھذا یتفق مع ما وصل الیھ [ aبالنسبة الى المجموعة bكما لوحظ أنخفاض نسبة الھالكات في المجموعة صة القان ،وحصلو على زیادة وزنیة في كل من غدة فابریشیا %3-%1)) بنسبة (42,21ن استخدما الثوم في الیوم (لذیال التي تدل على ان مستخلص الثوم لزیادة الوزنیة في غدة فابریشیا الذي یھمنا في بحثنا ھذا ھو ا،الكبد ، الطحال و البنكریاس . [11] , [17]المعمر ادى الى أصالح الخالیا وأعادتھا الى التكاثر لمقاومة المرض المصادر 1. lukert, p.d. and saif y.m .( 2003). infectious bursal disease. in: diseases of poultry edited by saif , y.m. ; barnes, h.j. ;beard, c.w.; modougald, l.r. and yoder, h.w. 11th edt. iowa state university press, ames, iowa. pp: 161179. 2. north , m.o. (1994).commercial chicken production manual . 3d.avi. publishing company inc. west port , connection . 3. roth ja. (1992). potcutial benfits of immunomodulator in reducing immuno suppression in poultry proceedings from the 43rd north central avian disease conference and symposium on immunomodulation in poultry. university of minnesota , pp49-55 . 4. block , e. (2010) . garlic and the alliums : the lore and the science . royal society of chemestry . isbno85404-190-7 http:/ book.google.com / ? id= 6ab89rhv 9 uc & prints . 5. hirao, y; sumioka , i; nakagami, s. ; yamamoto , m.; hatone , s. and tosido , s.(2007) . activation of immunoresponder cells by the protein fraction from aged garlic extract. pytotherapy res. , 161-164 . 6. ichikawa m.;yoshida j. ;ide n.; sasaoka t.; yamaguchi h. and ono k.( 2006 ). tetrahydro – b carboline derivatives in aged garlic extract show antoxidant properties . j nutr . 136:726s731s . 7. vanuffelen b.e; van derezec j.and deskoster b(2009) .stress biochemical test .13(3)(330719) m. biochem .j. 8. jae-hee park .yoo kyoung park . eunj .(2009) . antioxidant and antigenotoxic effect of garlic ( allium sativum l.) prepared by different processing methods. plant foods hum nutr 64: 244-249 . . الطبعة االولى دار وائل للنشر ، عمان spss. التحلیل االحصائي المتقدم بأستخدام (2008)جودة ، احمد محفوظ . .9 . االردن 10. szabo c. ( 2006 ). multiple pathways of peroxynitrite cytotoxicity . toxicol lett , 140141 : 105112. 11. rahimi , s. z. t; eymouri zahden , m. a; karimi torshizi , r . omidbaigi , h. rokni ,. ( 2011) . effect of three herbal extract on growth performance ,immun system blood factor and intestinal selected bacterial population in broiler j. agri . sci . tech. vol . 13, 527 – 539 . 12. alkassie , g.a.m.,( 2009). influence of two plant extract derived from garlic and thym on broiler performance. pac vet . , j., 29, 1-5 . نیوكاسل وكمبورو . تحسین المقاومة واالداء االنتاجي لفروج اللحم المراض (2006)كریم ، سامیة خلیل محمود . .13 بأستخدام بذور الحلبة والثوم ، اطروحة دكتوراه ، كلیة الطب البیطري ، جامعة بغداد. 28 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 14. kamal jamal jamel iso 2010 ( performance and lipid ) profle of broilers fed two medical plants . master thesis in animal production alnajah national university . nablus palestine . 15. khorsavi a., boldaji, b. dastar hasani s., ( 2008 ) the use of some feed additives as growth promoter in broilers nutrition . intern . j. ponlt .sci. 7 (h) ,10951099. 16. durak l., kavutcu m. aytac , b and etal . ( jun 2007) . effect of garlic extract consumption on blood lipid and oxidant / anti oxidant parameters in humman with high blood cholesterol . j. nutr . biochem. 15 (6) : 373-7. 17. raeesi , m., s.;. hoeini – aliabad , a; roofehaee, a; zare shahneh and s. pirali,.(2010) . effect of periodically use of garlic powder on performance and carcass charachteristics in broiler chicleens . world academy of science, engin. techno. 68,1213 – 1219. لتر) /تركیز جذر البیروكسي نایتریت في مصل دم االفراخ ( مایكرومول : (1)جدول رقم cمجموعة bمجموعة aمجموعة عمر االفراخ بالیوم 17 52.7 ± 13.69 b 37.60 ± 14.18 a 66.9 ± 6.7 ab 21 85.13 ± 29.6 b 36.4 ± 3.9 a 95.04 ± 3.7 ab 24 148.6 ± 16.9 b 28.4 ± 3.06 a 90 ± 3.69 ab p< 0.05االحرف الصغیرة والمختلفة افقیا تعني وجود فرق معنوي بین المجامیع عند مستوى احتمالیة . (rge )مصابة بالفایروس ومعاملة بـ aالمجموعة .( age)مصابة بالفایروس ومعاملة بـ b المجموعة مصابة بالفایروس لم تعامل بأي منھا . cالمجموعة )h\l( stress indexمؤشر الكرب : )2الجدول رقم ( cمجموعة bمجموعة aمجموعة عمر االفراخ بالیوم 17 0.390 ± 0.044 b 0.228 ± 0.052 c 0.405 ± 0.035 a 21 0.360 ± 0.032 b 0.226 ± 0.42 c 0.503 ± 0.42 a 24 0.363 ± 0.340 b 0.220 ± 0.43 c 0.702 ± 0.243 a p≥0.05الحرف المختلفة أفقیاً في الصف الواحد تعني وجود فرق معنوي عند مستوى أحتمالیة .hi) مستوى االجسام المناعیة لفایروس الكمبورو بأستخدام اختبار 3الجدول رقم ( cمجموعة bمجموعة aمجموعة عمر االفراخ بالیوم 17 22.3 ± 0.33 b 17.3 ± 0.21 c 400.8 ± 0.91 a 21 54 ± 1.02 b 22.4 ± 0.33 c 390 ± 13.7 a 24 24.1 ± 7.03 b 23.6 ± 0.62 c 320 ± 12.2 a p< 0.05تعني وجود فرق معنوي بمستوى احتمالیة نفسھ الصف الحروف الصغیرة والمختلفة في 29 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 . في مستخلصات الثوم sod) ) و (dpph) و (tpcتركیز (: ) 4الجدول رقم ( age rge substances 562.6±1.81 a 75.6±3.78 b tpc mg/100ml 2.7±0.23 a 2.1±0.02 b dpph mg/ml 10.5±0.02 a 9.2±1.64 b sod mg/ml tpc total phenolic contents. dpph 2,2diphenyl -1-picryl hydrazyl. sod super oxid dismutase . )عدد الھالكات في مجامیع التجربة ونسبھا المؤیة5جدول رقم ( cالمجموعة bالمجموعة aالمجموعة عمر االفراخ النسبة المؤیة العدد النسبة المؤیة العدد النسبة المؤیة العدد 17 22 19 20 18 11 11 23 19 10 6 11 20 6 2 12 21 2 2 10 22 2 3 9 23 1 1 3 24 1 1 4 55 %55 45 %45 92 %92 مخطط النسب المئویة للعناصر المھمة الموجودة في الثوم . 623 kj (149)kcal energy 33.6 g carbohydrates 1.00 g sugars 2.1 g diatary fiber 0.5 g fat 6.39 g proten 5mg (0%) beta carotene 0.2mg (17%) thiamin v.b1 0.4mg ( 9%) riboflavin v.b2 0.7mg (5%) niacin v.b3 0.596mg (12%) pantothenic acid (b5) 1.235mg (95%) v.b6 3mg (1%) folate (v.b9) 31.2mg (38%) v.c 181mg ( 18%) calcium 1.7mg (13%) iron 25mg (7%) magnesium 153mg (22%) phosphorous 401mg (9%) patassium 17mg (1%) sodium 1.16mg (12%) zinc 14.2mg seleniun 30 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 comparative study for effect of the using of aged garlic extract and row garlic extract added to drinking water as immune modulators of broiler infected with gomboro iftikhar m. kadhim sohad h. erhaim dept. of animal production technologies/technical college in musayyib/ technical education commission abstract this study included the effect of aged garlic extract (age) and row garlic extract (rge)as immune modulators for treating or redusing the infection of boiler by gomboro. this is made of measuring the stress index and serum antibodies levels against gomboro virous( gv) estimated by hi,the study also detected the effect of each extract as antioxidents in broiler by estimation of peroxynitrite in serum . 300 chicks infected with gumboro diseas brought at day ( 21 ) old and divided into three groups , the first group a was given the ( rge ) at level of 5% with drinking water , the group b was given 5% of ( age ) and group c is left as control group and wasn't given anything. then we collected the blood samples from chicken to make the serological test . the results demonstrat significant decrease in stres index and level of antibodies and peroxynitrite in group b than group a . the clinical test demostrat increasing phenolic contents (tpc) , superoxid dismutas ( sod) and 2,2diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl ( dpph ) in ( age ) than in ( rge ) . so we concluded that the use of ( age ) with drinking water of chicks infected with gumboro will reduce the pathological effect of gdv and considered as antioxidant and antistress agent and scavening the damage of cells induced from virus . key word : immune modulators، aged garlic extract, row garlic extract 31 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <feff06270633062a062e062f0645002006470630064700200627064406250639062f0627062f0627062a002006440625064606340627062100200648062b062706260642002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200645062a064806270641064206290020064406440637062806270639062900200641064a00200627064406450637062706280639002006300627062a0020062f0631062c0627062a002006270644062c0648062f0629002006270644063906270644064a0629061b0020064a06450643064600200641062a062d00200648062b0627062606420020005000440046002006270644064506460634062306290020062806270633062a062e062f062706450020004100630072006f0062006100740020064800410064006f006200650020005200650061006400650072002006250635062f0627063100200035002e0030002006480627064406250635062f062706310627062a0020062706440623062d062f062b002e0635062f0627063100200035002e0030002006480627064406250635062f062706310627062a0020062706440623062d062f062b002e> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <feff004e006100750064006f006b0069007400650020016100690075006f007300200070006100720061006d006500740072007500730020006e006f0072011700640061006d00690020006b0075007200740069002000410064006f00620065002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400750073002c0020006b00750072006900650020006c0061006200690061007500730069006100690020007000720069007400610069006b007900740069002000610075006b01610074006f00730020006b006f006b007900620117007300200070006100720065006e006700740069006e00690061006d00200073007000610075007300640069006e0069006d00750069002e0020002000530075006b0075007200740069002000500044004600200064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400610069002000670061006c006900200062016b007400690020006100740069006400610072006f006d00690020004100630072006f006200610074002000690072002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002000610072002000760117006c00650073006e0117006d00690073002000760065007200730069006a006f006d00690073002e> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <feff0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006f006d002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b006100700061002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d002000e400720020006c00e4006d0070006c0069006700610020006600f60072002000700072006500700072006500730073002d007500740073006b00720069006600740020006d006500640020006800f600670020006b00760061006c0069007400650074002e002000200053006b006100700061006400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e00610073002000690020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00630068002000730065006e006100720065002e> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice q=29 groups effect of types 5d and 5α on the points of projective plane over 31,29,f =qq emad b. a. k. al-zangana department of mathematics/college of science/al-mustansiriyah university e-mail: emad77_kaka@yahoo.com abstract the purpose of this paper is to find an arc of degree five in 31,29),(2, =qqpg , with stabilizer group of type dihedral group of degree five 5d and arcs of degree six and ten with stabilizer groups of type alternating group of degree five 5a , then study the effect of 5d and 5a on the points of projective plane. also, find a pentastigm which has collinear diagonal points. key words: projective plane, arc. 410 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 mailto:emad77_kaka@yahoo.com introduction let qf denotes the galois field of q elements and ),3( qv be the vector space of row vectors of length three with entries in qf . let )(2, qpg be the corresponding projective plane. the points ],,[ 210 xxx of )(2, qpg are the 1-dimensional subspaces of ),3( qv . subspaces of dimension two of the form )(v 210 cxbxax ++ are called lines. the number of points and the number of lines in )(2, qpg is 12 ++ qq . there are 1+q points on every line and 1+q lines through every point. the lines of )(2, qpg are constructed by the following way: 1221 ,,, ++ qq iii ppp  be the points lie on the line )v( 21 x= where the index ji refers to the position of the point ji p in the plane. fixed the line )v( 21 x= as a first line. the second line is constructed by adding 1 to the index ji and so on. definition 1.1[1]: an );( rn arc k or arc of degree r in ),( qkpg with 1+≥ rn is a set of n points with property that every hyperplane meets k in at most r points of k and there is some hyperplane meeting k in exactly r points. an )2;(n -arc is also called an n -arc. definition 1.2[1]: an );( rn -arc is complete if it is maximal with respect to inclusion; that is, it is not contained in an );1( rn + -arc. definition 1.3[1]: a line of ),( qkpg , 1>k is an i -secant of an );( rn arc k if ik = . a 2 -secant is called a bisecant, a 1-secant a unisecant (tangent) and a 0 secant is an external line. let ic be the number of points of kqpg \),2( with index exactly i . so, the parameters 0c is the number of points through which no bisecant of k passes and 3c is the number of points where three bisecants meet. theorem 1.4[1]: ( the fundamental theorem of projective geometry) if },,{ 10 +npp  and },,{ 10 +′′ npp  are both subsets of ),( qnpg of cardinality 2+n such that no 1+n points chosen from the same set lie in a hyperplane, then there exists a unique projectivity ℑ such that ℑ=′ ii pp for .1,,1,0 += ni  definition 1.5[1]: let ].1,1,1[u],1,0,0[u],0,1,0[u],0,0,1[u 210 ==== the set }u,u,u,u{ 210=γq is called the standard frame. definition 1.6[3]: let 1χ and 2χ be two projective spaces of dimension n . a projectivity 21: χχ →ℑ is a bijection given by a non-singular 1)(1)( +×+ nn matrix a such that ℑ=′ )p( )p( xx if and only if xa. xt =′ , where {0}.\f qt ∈ two projective spaces 1χ and 2χ are projectively equivalent if there is a projectivity between them. definition 1.7[1]: a point of index three is called a brianchon point or b -point for short. write nmlkji ppppppmnklj =⋅⋅ for b -point. 411 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 remark 1.8[1]: (i) an );1( rn + arc is constructing from an );( rn -arc, k by adding one point of index zero to k . (ii) two arcs k and k ′ are projectively equivalent if there is a projectivity between them. (ii) with parameters 0c , k is complete if and only if 00 =c . some groups that occur in this paper are listed below. for more details see [2]. nc = cyclic group of order n ; ns = symmetric group of degree n ; nα = alternating group of degree n ; nd = dihedral group of order n2 1)(, 22 ==== rssrsr n . during this research the primitive element 2=υ in 29f and 3=ω in 31f are used. hirschfeld stated in [1] that in )9(2,pg there is a unique arc of degree five with stabilizer group isomorphic to a dihedral group of degree five 5d . also, there is a unique arc of degree six with stabilizer group isomorphic to alternating group of degree five 5a . in 1984, sadeh [3] and in 2011 al-zangana [4] proved the same results in )11,(2pg and )19,(2pg also they proved that the same arc of degree six has ten b -points which is an arc of degree ten with stabilizer group of type 5a . in 1995, storm and maldeghem [5] proved in )(2, qpg when 1±≡q )10mod( they proved theoretically these results. according to these previous results, the following question arises: 1what is the arc of degree five which has stabilizer group of type dihedral group of degree five 5d and what is the effect of 5d on the points of projective plane. 2what is the pentastigm which has collinear diagonal points. 3what is the arcs of degree six and ten which have stabilizer groups of type alternating group of degree five 5a and what is the effect of 5a on the points of projective plane. 1inequivalent arcs of degree five from the fundamental theorem of projective geometry, there is a unique inequivalent arc of degree four in the projective plane with stabilizer group isomorphic to 4s . so, the standard frame }u,u,u,u{ 210=γq formed a projectively unique 4 -arc in the projective plane. an arc of degree five is constructed by adding one point of index zero to qγ . and to find equivalents arcs, a mathematical programming language gap has been used [6]. theorem 2.1: (i) there are ten inequivalent 5-arcs through the frame 29γ in )29,2(pg with parameters ]15,250,601[],,[ 210 =ccc as summarized in table 1. (ii) there are eleven inequivalent 5-arcs through the frame 31γ in )31,2(pg with parameters ]15,270,703[],,[ 210 =ccc as summarized in table 2. table 1: inequivalent 5-arc and their stabilizer group in (2,29)pg no. 5-arc stabilizer group 1 },1),p({ 1427291 vva γ= ] ] 1, , [ ], 0 0, , [ ], 0 , 0, [ [c 14131315 2 vvvv= 2 },1),p({ 1124292 vva γ= i 412 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 3 },1),p({ 62293 vva γ= ] ] 0 , 0, [ ], 0, 0, [ ], 0 0, , [ [c 201417 2 vvv= 4 },1),p({ 48294 vva γ= ] ] 0 0, , [ ], 0 , 0, [ ], 0, 0, [ [c 221814 2 vvv= 5 },1),p({ 1210295 vva γ= i 6 },1),p({ 1612296 vva γ= ] ] 0, 0, [ ], 0 0, , [ ], 0 , 0, [ [c 14262 2 vvv= 7 },1),p({ 1526297 vva γ= ] ] 0, 0, [ ], , , [ ], , , [ [c 32626261412 2 vvvvvvv= 8 },1),p({ 527298 vva γ= i 9 },1),p({ 718299 vva γ= ] ] 0 0, , [ ], 1 1, 1, [ ], 0 , 0, [ [c 1414 4 vv= 10 },1),p({ 16222910 vva γ= ] ] 0 0, , [ ], 1 1, 1, [ ], 0 , 0, [ [ ], ] 0 , 0, [ ], 0, 0, [ ], 0 0, , [ [ d 28 2148 5 vvs vvvr = = = table 2: inequivalent 5-arc and their stabilizer group in (2,31)pg no. 5-arc stabilizer group 1 },1),p({ 102311 ωωγ=′a i 2 },1),p({ 46312 ωωγ=′a i 3 },1),p({ 2712313 ωωγ=′a ] ] , , [ ], , , [ ], 0 0, , [ [c 33315182719 2 ωωωωωωω= 4 },1),p({ 2913314 ωωγ=′a i 5 },1),p({ 1117315 ωωγ=′a i 6 },1),p({ 2014316 ωωγ=′a ] ] ,0 ,0 [ ], , , [ ], , , [ [c 1714141415529 2 ωωωωωωω= 7 },1),p({ 915317 ωωγ=′a ] ] 0 0,1, [ ], 1 ,0 ,0 [ ], , , [ [c 151515 2 ωωω= 8 },1),p({ 208318 ωωγ=′a ] ] ,,[ ], ,0 ,0 [ ], , , [ [ 151515615523 2 ωωωωωωω=c 9 },1),p({ 926319 ωωγ=′a ] ] 0, ,0 [ ], , , [ ], , , [ [c 152411999 4 ωωωωωωω= 10 },1),p({ 2553110 ωωγ=′a ] ] 1 1, ,1 [],0 ,0, [ ], 0 ,0, [ [ ], ] ,0 0, [ ],0 0, , [ ], 0 , ,0 [ [ s 2010 152010 3 ωω ωωω = 11 },1),p({ 2743111 ωωγ=′a ] ] 1 1, ,1 [],, , [ ], 0 ,0, [ [ ], ] , , [ ],1 1, ,1 [ ], 0 ,0 , [ [ d 1511197 15111926 5 ωωωω ωωωω =′ =′ = s r collinearities of the diagonal points of pentastigm. definition 3.1[3]: an n -stigm in ),2( qpg is a set of n points, no three of which are collinear, together with the )1( 2 1 −nn lines that are joins of pairs of the points. the points and lines are called vertices and sides of the n -stigm. the vertices form an n -arc. a 5-stigm is also called pentastigm. the diagonal points of an n -stigm are the intersections of two sides which do not pass through the same vertex. in general, any 5-arc has 15 diagonal points since 413 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ,15 2 3 2 5 2 1 =            and these points are exactly the fifteen points of index two. write klij ⋅ for lkji pppp  . let ),,p(,u,u,u,u 21043221100 aaappppp ===== be the vertices of a pentastigm ρ . so, the following equation is satisfied: .0))()(( 212010210 ≠−−− aaaaaaaaa in this section, the inequivalent 5-arc that has a five diagonal points is found in ),2( qpg , .31,29=q lemma 3.2[1]: the condition that five diagonal points of a pentastigm ρ are collinear in ),2( qpg is that 012 =−− xx has solution in qf . corollary 3.3: (i) if ,29=q the equation 012 =−− xx has two solutions 5,6 − . (ii) if ,31=q the equation 012 =−− xx has two solutions 12,13 − . so, there is a pentastigm with five collinear points in )29,2(pg and )31,2(pg . theorem 3.4: (i) in )29,2(pg , the pentastigm which has the 5-arc 10a as vertices has five diagonal points which are collinear on the line )5v( 210627 xxx −−= as shown below. ).1,,(p2314)15(),1,,0(p1204)10(),1,0,(p1402)5( ),1,,1(p2413)14(),1,1,(p2403)9(),1,0,1(p1302)4( ),1,,0(p3412)13(),1,1,(p1403)8(),0,1,(p3401)3( ),1,,(p2304)12(),1,1,0(p1203)7(),0,1,(p2401)2( ),1,,1(p1304)11(),1,0,(p3402)6(),0,1,1(p2301)1( 22221622 226 82222 16166 1616 vvvv vv vvv vvv vv =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ amongst these diagonal points, the five diagonal points ),1,,0(p3412 ),1,,1(p1304 ),1,1,(p2403 ),1,0,(p1402 ),0,1,1(p2301 8 16 6 22 v v v v =⋅ =⋅ =⋅ =⋅ =⋅ 414 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 lie on the line )5v( 210627 xxx −−= . (ii) in )31,2(pg , the pentastigm which has the 5-arc 11a′ as vertices has five diagonal points which are collinear on the line )1219v( 210379 xxx ++= as shown below. ).1,,(p2314)15(),1,,0(p1204)10(),1,0,(p1402)5( ),1,,1(p2413)14(),1,1,(p2403)9(),1,0,1(p1302)4( ),1,,0(p3412)13(),1,1,(p1403)8(),0,1,(p3401)3( ),1,,(p2304)12(),1,1,0(p1203)7(),0,1,(p2401)2( ),1,,1(p1304)11(),1,0,(p3402)6(),0,1,1(p2301)1( 44264 228 4419 26268 2625 ωωωω ωω ωωω ωωω ωω =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ =⋅=⋅=⋅ amongst these diagonal points, the five diagonal points ),1,,1(p2413 ),1,,(p2304 ),1,0,0(p1203 ),1,0,(p1402 ),0,1,(p3401 22 2626 4 19 ω ωω ω ω =⋅ =⋅ =⋅ =⋅ =⋅ lie on the line )1219v( 210379 xxx ++= . the group action of 5d on the 5-arc in this section, the group action of 5d on the 5-arc 10a in )29,2(pg and on the 5-arc 11a′ in )31,2(pg has been studied. (i) when 29=q . from table 1, the dihedral group 5d generated by           =           = 00 111 00 , 00 00 00 2 8 2 14 8 v v s v v v r is the stabilizer group of the 5 -arc 10a . the effects of the group 5d on the projective plane )29,2(pg are given below. 1. the group 5d fixes the conic 10ac . 2. the group 5d acts transitively on 10a since 10 u),u( rs , 2 4 0 u),u( rs , 415 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 u),u( 20 rs , ,1),p(),u( 162230 vvrs  . 3. each of the five projectivities 432 ,,,, rsrsrsrsr fixes 25 points amongst the 601 points of index zero by transforming each point to itself. 4. each of these 25 points lies on a line which is a unisecant to 10a and a bisecant of the conic 212010 6510 xxxxxxc a −+= . these lines are );v(5 12244 xx −= );v( 210790 xxx −+= );4v( 20659 xx += );5v( 1072 xx −= ).56v( 210422 xxx +−= 5. each of the five projectivities 432 ,,,, rsrsrsrsr fixes 31 points of )29,2(pg by transforming each point to itself. these points are exactly the following: ,1)};p(0,{ 8244 v ,0)};1 p(1,{790  ,1,1)};p({ 6659 v ,1)};p(1,{ 1672 v table 3: points of index zero fixed by elements of 5d in )29,2(pg },,,,{\ 54321 pppppi },1),p(,1),,0p(,1),,p(,,1)p(0,,p(1,0,0){\ 222222221722244 νννννν r 1 },1,1)0p(,1),,p(,0,1),1p(,,1),p(,,1,0)p({\ 2727162214790 ννωων rs 2 },1),p(,1),1,p(,1),,p(,,1)0,p(,p(0,1,0){\ 101616161616659 νννννν 2rs 3 },1,1)p(,1,0),p(,1),,1p(,,1),p(,,0,1)0p({\ 22226161072 ννννν 3rs 4 },0,1)p(,1),,p(,1,0),p(,,1),0p(,,1)1,1p({\ 81722616422 ννννν 4rs 5 6. these additional points to the lines are exactly the diagonal points of 5-arc 10a . 7. the other four projectivities fix only one point )1,,(p 2216 vv which is the point intersection of the five lines 244 , 790 , 659 , 72 , 422 . (ii) when 31=q . from table 2, the dihedral group 5d generated by           =′           =′ 111 00 ,111 00 151119 7 151119 26 ωωω ω ωωω ω sr ,0,1)}.p({ 22422 v 416 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 is the stabilizer group of the 5 -arc 11a′ . the effects of the group 5d on the projective plane )31,2(pg are given below. 1. the group 5d fixes the conic 11ac ′ . 2. the group 5d acts transitively on 11a′ since 10 u),u( sr ′′ , 2 3 0 u),u( sr ′′ , u),u( 40 sr ′′ , ,1),p(),u( 27420 ωωs′ . 3. each of the five projectivities 432 ,,,, srsrsrsrr ′′′′′′′′′ fixes 27 points amongst the 703 points of index zero by transforming each point to itself. 4. each of these 27 points lies on a line which is a unisecant to 11a′ and a bisecant of the conic }f |t)),9(15),77(p({1817 *31 2 21201011 ∈−−−−=−+=′ ttttxxxxxxc a . these lines are );v(19 12643 xx −=′ );2v(5 10927 xx −=′ );11v( 2029 xx +=′ );1911v( 210900 xxx ++=′ ).v( 210757 xxx −−=′ table 4: points of index zero fixed by elements of 5d in )31,2(pg },,,,{\ 54321 pppppi′ },1)p(1,,1),,p(,1),,p(,,1)p(0,,p(1,0,0){\ 4412444643 ωωωωωω′ r′ 1 },1,1)p(,1),,1p(,0),1,p(,,1),p(,p(0,0,1){\ 42641014927 ωωωωω′ sr ′′ 2 },0,1)p(,1),,p(,1),1,p(,,1),p(,p(0,1,0){\ 826888829 ωωωωωω′ 2sr ′′ 3 },1)p(0,,0,1),p(,1),,p(,,1)1,1p(,,1,0)p({\ 26192048900 ωωωωω′ 3sr ′′ 4 },1,1)p(,1,0),1p(,0,1),1p(,,1),0p(,,1),p({\ 2415264757 ωωωω′ 4sr ′′ 5 5. each of the five projectivities 432 ,,,, srsrsrsrr ′′′′′′′′′ fixes 33 points of )31,2(pg by transforming each point to itself. these points are exactly the following: ,1)};p(1,{ 22643 ω′ ,0)};1 ,p({ 19927 ω′ ,1)};,p({ 262629 ωω′ ,0,1)};p({ 4900 ω′ ,1,1)}.0p({757 ′ 417 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 6. these additional points to the lines are exactly the diagonal points of 5-arc 11a′ . 7. the other four projectivities fix three points ,1),p( 2927 ωω , ,1),p( 233 ωω , ,1),p( 48 ωω which ,1),p( 48 ωω is the intersection point of the five lines 643′ , 927′ , 29′ , 900′ , 757′ . unique inequivalent arc of degree six with stabilizer of type 5a in this section, the unique 6-arc κ through the frame which has a stabilizer group )(kg isomorphic to 5a is found. also, the effect of 5a on the 31,29),,2( =qqpg is discussed. let )}.1,,(p),1,,(p,u,u,u,u{ 654231201 dcpbapppppk ======= there are fifteen ways of choosing three bisecants no two of which intersect on κ . these three bisecants form either a triangle or will intersect at a b -point. (i) when 29=q . from the 5-arc 10a , an arc of degree six 29β is constructed by adding )1,,(p 814 vv of index zero; that is, )}.1,,(p{ 8141029 vva =β this arc has the following properties: 1this arc has parameters 10]. 15, 360, 480, [],,,[ 3210 =cccc since 00 ≠c , so 29β is not complete arc. 2the stabilizer group of 29β is of type 5a as given below 1)(|,)( 53229 ==== ghhghgg β , where           =           = 00 100 00 , 111 00 00 16 22 14 14 v v hv v g . 3the group )( 29βg has a subgroup of type 5d generated by 21 ,αα fixes the conic }f |)9),13(1),p(4({65 *29 2 21201010 ∈−+−+=−+= tttttxxxxxxc a , where .1, 00 111 00 , 00 00 00 5 2 2 1 2 8 2 2 14 8 1 ==           =           = αααα v v v v v 4-the calculation shows that the parameter 103 =c , so 29β has ten b -points as given below. 418 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ,1).,p(342516(10),0,1);0p( 5623 14(5) ,1);,1p(35 42 16(9),0,1);p( 45 6 2 13(4) ,1);,p( 342615(8),0,1);1p( 562413(3) ,1);,0p( 462315(7),1,0);p( 4536 12 (2) ,1,1);p( 362514)6(,1,0);p( 6 4 35 2 1(1) 2222 2216 1616 1622 226 vv vv vv vv vv =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ 5-the set ,1),,0p(,1,1),p(,0,1),0p(,0,1),p(,0,1),1p(,1,0),p(,1,0),p({ 162216226 vvvvv=κ },1),p(,1),,1p(,1),,p( 2222221616 vvvvv of b -points of 29β form a non complete 10-arc with parameters ].6,15,90,210,480,60[],,,,,[ 543210 =cccccc the stabilizer group of k is isomorphic to 5a . 8. the remaining five possibilities form triangles. in table 5, the sides of these triangles and their vertices are given. table 5: five triangles fixed by 5a in )29,2(pg (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) )(v 221 xpp = )(v 1043 xxpp −= )(v 21065 xxxpp −+= )(v 131 xpp = )5(v 2052 xxpp −= )56(v 21064 xxxpp +−= )(v 2141 xxpp −= )4(v 2062 xxpp += )5(v 1053 xxpp −= )4(v 2151 xxpp += )(v 2042 xxpp −= )5(v 1063 xxpp −= )5(v 1261 xxpp −= )(v 032 xpp = )56(v 21054 xxxpp −−= ,1,0)1p( ,1)1,p( 14v ,1),p( 2727 vv ,0,1)p( 22v ,1)0,p( 8v ,1),p( 1722 vv ,1,1)(p 16v ,1,1)p( 6v ,1),p( 1016 vv ,1),1p( 16v ,1),p( 1610 vv ,1),1p( 6v ,1),0p( 22v ,1),(p 2217 vv ,1),0p( 8v 7let }viv,iii,ii,i,{=w be the set of five triangles in table 5. each elements of the group 5a≅)( 29βg fixes the set w . (ii) when 31=q . from the 5-arc 11a′ , an arc of degree six 31β is constructed by adding ,1),p( 48 ωω of index zero; that is, )}.1,,(p{ 481131 ωωβ a′= this arc has the following properties: 131β has parameters 10]. 15, 390, 572, [],,,[ 3210 =cccc since 00 ≠c , so 31β is not complete arc. 2the stabilizer group of 31β is of type 5a as given below 419 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 1)(|,)( 53231 =′′=′=′′′= hghghgg β , where           =′           =′ 00 100 00 , 111 00 00 10 20 16 16 ω ω ω ω hg . 3-the identity subgroup of the group )( 31βg fixes the conic 212010 181711 xxxxxxc a −+=′ . 4-the calculation show that the parameter 103 =c , so 31β has ten b -points as given below. ,1).,p(342516(10),1,1);p( 3626 14(5) ,1);,0p(45 32 16(9),0,1);p( 45 6 2 13(4) ,1);,1p( 362415(8),0,1);1p( 562413(3) ,1);,0p( 462315(7),1,0);p( 4635 12 (2) ,1,1);p( 352614)6(,1,0);1p( 6 5 34 2 1(1) 444 48 26 268 8 ωωω ωω ω ωω ω =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ =⋅⋅=⋅⋅ 5-the set ,1,1),p(,1,1),p(,0,1),p(,0,1),1p(,1,0),p(,1,0),1p( { 8488 ωωωω=κ′ },1),p(,1),,0p(,1),,1p(,1),,0p( 4442626 ωωωωω of b -points of 31β form a non complete 10arc with parameters ].6,15,90,210,480,60[],,,,,[ 543210 =cccccc the stabilizer group of k′ is isomorphic to 5a . 8. the remaining five possibilities form triangles. in table 6, the sides of these triangles and their vertices are given. table 6: five triangles fixed by 5a in )31,2(pg (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) )(v 221 xpp = )12(v 1063 xxpp += )1112(v 21054 xxxpp +−= )(v 131 xpp = )19(v 2052 xxpp −= )1911(v 21064 xxxpp ++= )(v 2141 xxpp −= )(v 033 xpp = )(v 21065 xxxpp −−= )18(v 1251 xxpp −= )20(v 2062 xxpp −= )(v 1043 xxpp −= )19(v 1261 xxpp −= )(v 2042 xxpp −= )11(v 1053 xxpp += 420 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ,1,0)p( 4ω ,1)0,p( 19ω ,1),p( 1014 ωω ,0,1)p( 4ω ,1)0,p( 19ω ,1),p( 204 ωω ,1,1)0(p ,1,1)p( 24ω ,1),0p( 15ω ,1),p( 268 ωω ,1),p( 2626 ωω ,1),p( 88 ωω ,1),1p( 4ω ,1),(p 412 ωω ,1),1p( 22ω 9. let }viv,iii,ii,i,{=′w be the set of five triangles in table 6. each elements of the group 5a≅)( 31βg fixes the set w ′. conclusion 1there is an arc of degree five },,,,{ 54321 ppppp=ξ which has stabilizer group )(ξg of type 5d . 2the pentastigm which has ξ as a vertex has collinear diagonal points. 3the effect of the group )(ξg on points of 31,29),,2( =qqpg depends on the order of its elements. let 2g be the set of five elements of )(ξg of order two and 5g be the set of four elements of )(ξg of order five. (i) each element of 2g fixes five a subset of the plane of length 2+q by sending it to itself. each of this set, is a line *i with extra point * ip , 5,4,3,2,1=i . the five extra points ip′ are exactly the diagonal points of ξ . also, these lines are the bisecant to the conic ξc which passes through ξ and unisecants to ξ . (ii) each element of 5g fixes a point ∗p which is the intersection point of the five lines .5,4,3,2,1,* =ii 4the unique six arc with stabilizer group of type 5a is constructed by adding the point ∗p to ξ . so, the following figure is fixed by the group )(ξg . 421 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure 1. according to these results and storm and maldeghem results [4, proposition 12] the following conjecture is deduced. conjecture: in )(2, qpg , when 1±≡q )10mod( there is a unique arc of degree five ξ fixed by group )(ξg of type 5d and there is a unique arc of degree six consists of ξ and a point ∗p which is fixed by the elements of )(ξg of degree five. and the group )(ξg fixed the figure 1. references [1] hirschfeld j. w. p., (1998), projective geometries over finite fields, 2nd edition, oxford mathematical monographs, the clarendon press, oxford university press, new york. [2] thomas a. d. and wood g. v., (1980), group tables, shiva mathematics series, series 2., devon print group, exeter, devon, uk. [3] sadeh a. r., (1984), cubics surfaces with twenty seven lines over the eleven elements, phd thesis, university of sussex, united kingdom. [4] al-zangana e. m., (2011), the geometry of the plane of order nineteen and its application to error-correcting codes, ph.d. thesis, university of sussex, united kingdom. [5] storme l. and maldeghem v., (1995), primitive arcs in ),2( qpg , j. combin. theory, ser. a, 69, (200-216). [6] gap group, (2013), gap. reference manual, url http://www.gap-system.org. 422 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://www.gap-system/ ، qf فيالمستوي األسقاطي نقاط في 5aو 5dواع تاثیر الزمر من األن [ ]31,29=q عماد بكر عبد الكریم الزنكنة الجامعة المستنصریة / كلیة العلوم /قسم الریاضیات الخالصة 31,29,,2),(في المستوي األسقاطي قوس من الدرجة الخامسة یجادأرض من ھذا البحث لغا qpgq ذات ، = و اقواس من الدرجة السادسة والعاشرة ذات زمرة مثبتة 5dزمرة داھیدرل من الدرجة الخامسة زمرة مثبتة من النوع سقاطي . نقاط المستوي األ في 5aو 5dومن ثم دراسة تأثیر 5aنوع الزمرة المتناوبة من الدرجة الخامسة من قامة واحدة.توكذلك، ایجاد بنتاستام ذات نقاط قطریة على اس الكلمات المفتاحیة: المستوي االسقاطي، القوس. 423 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 open newton contes formula for solving linear voltera integro-differential equation o f the first order a. j. saleh departme nt of mathematics, college of basic education, al-mustansiriyah unive rsity received in: 17, january, 2010 accepte d in: 17, june , 2010 abstract in this work, some of numerical methods for solving first order linear volterra integrodifferential equations are p resented. the numerical solution of these equations is obtained by using op en newt on cotes formula. the op en newt on cotes formula is app lied to find the op timum solution for this equation. the computer program is written in (m at lab) language (version 6) key word: voltera integrodifferential equation, op en newton cotes formula introduction in this search we first p resent the most familiar formula of numerical integration: the op en newton cotes formula (o-n). and then we illust rate p rimarily the use of these rules for evaluating integrals and show how the linear vides of first order is reduced to sy st em of (n) equations in the (n) unknowns of the solution sample values u(xi ), i=0,1,2,…n. the procedure of the p revious t echnique is called the op en newton cotes formula. in addition a comp uter program is written, examp les with satisfactory results are given. 1. cl assification of inte gral equati ons: any functional equation in which the unknown function app ears under the sign of integrations is called an integral equation [1]. the general non-linear integral equation can be presented in the form.  )( ))(,,()()()( xb a dttutxkxfxuxh  …(1.1) and if )(),())(,,( tutxktutxk  then (1.1) is called linear integral equation having the form  )( )(),()()()( xb a dttutxkxfxuxh  … (1.2) here the function h(x), f(x) and the kernel function k(x,t) are p rescribed, while u(x) is the unknown function to be determined and  is a scalar p arameter[2,3] if in equation (1.1) and equation (1.2), f(x)=0 the integral equations are said to be homogeneous integral equations otherwise, they are non homogeneous [4]. in the classical theory of integral equations one distinguishes between volterra equations and fredholm equations in a fredholm integral equation the region of integration is fixed i.e. b(x)=b, where as in volterra integral equation the region is variable [5]. thus, t he equation  b a dttutxkxfxuxh )(),()()()(  , bxa  … (1.3) is an examp le of a linear fredholm integral equation and the equation ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011  x a dttutxkxfxuxh )(),()()()(  , xa  …(1.4) is an examp le of a linear volterra integral equation. 1.1 voltera inte gral equati ons: a linear volterra integral equation of the first and second kind is defined as in equation (1.4) by letting h(x)=0 and h(x)=1, [6,1]  x a dttutxkxf )(),()(  , xa  … (1.5)  x a dttutxkxfxu )(),()()(  , xa  …(1.6) a volterra equation can be looked at as an imp ortant sp ecial case of a fredholm equation which arises when k(x,t)=0 for t >x. the dist inction between fredholm and volterra equation is analogous to the distinction between boundary and initial value p roblems in ordinary differential equations [6,1]. de fini tion 1.1: an integral equation is termed linear if it involves t he integral op erator  )( ),( xb a dttxkl  which satisfies the linearity condition )]([)]([)]()([ 22112211 tulctulctuctucl  where ,),()]([ )(  xb a dttxktul  and c1, c2 are constants [1,7]. de fini tion 1.2: the equation (1.1) is said to be linear integral equation of the first kind , if the unknown function is p resent under the integral sign only, i.e. 0)( xh ; linear integral equation of the second kind also has the unknown function outside the integral, i.e. 0)( xh for bxa  ; and if h(x) vanishes somewhere but not identically, the equation is of third kind [8]. 1.2 s ingular and weakl y s ingular equati ons: an integral equation may be called singular if either (a) its kernel k(x,y ) is not bounded (b) the range of integration is infinite e.g., x0 or  x . and it is said to be weakly -singular if the kernel becomes infinite at y =x. [9,10] 2.3 s tructure of kernel: (a) linear integral equation with a kernel k(x,t)=k(t ,x) is said to be sy mmetric. this p rop erty p lay s a key role in the theory of fredholm integral equations. (b) if k(x, t)=k(a+ bx,a+ bt) in linear integral equation, the kernel is called contersy mmetric. (c) if k(x,t) in (1.1)and (1.2) depends only on the difference (x-t) i.e. if the kernel is of the form k(x,t)=k(x-t).such a kernel is called difference kernel and the integral equation is called integral equation of convolution ty p e which has the form [1,11]:   )( )()()()()( xb a dttutxkxfxuxh  … (1.7) (d) in equation (1.1), k(x,t) is called separable or degenerate kernel of rank n if it is of the form:    n r rr tbxatxk 1 )()(),( where n is finite, it is assumed that the functions {ar} and {br} are sufficiently smooth functions of t hese arguments [11]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 hence, in many cases a non degenerate kernel k(x,t) may be app roximated by a degenerate kernel as a p artial sum of taylor series exp ansion of k(x,t) [11]. for examp le, consider the kernel xtetxk  1),( which may be app roximated to be finite number of terms of its taylor’s series about 0,0 00  yx i.e. ] !3!2 1[11 3322  txtx xte xt hence, if only 3-terms of t he series are considered, we have a degenerate kernel:    3 1 3322 )()( !3!2 ),( r rr tbxa txtx xttxk  where ,)(1 xxa  ,)( 2 2 xxa  3 3 )( xxa  ,)(1 ttb  , !2 )( 2 2 t tb  !3 )( 3 3 t tb  de fini tion 1.3: an ordinary differential equation is an equation that involves at most the thn derivative of an unknown function [13]. i.e. if the unknown function u is a function of x then we write the differential equation of order n as: ),.......,,,,( )( )1(  n n n uuuuxg dx xud where g is a given function of variable )1(,.......,,,,  nuuuux 1.4 inte gro-differential equati on: [14,15] an integro-differential equation is an equation involving one (or more) unknown functions u(x), together with both differential and integral op erations on x. a linear integro-differential equation of order n is an equation of the form     )(1 0 )()( )(),()()()()( xb a n i i i n dttutxkxfxuxpxu  here, )1,......,1,0)((),(),,(  nixpxftxk i are known functions, u(x) is the unknown function, and  is a scalar p arameter[11]. 2. numerical solution of vide using op en newton cotes formula(o-n). in this search, we use op en newton cotes formula (o-n) to find the numerical solution of 1 st order linear vide, in the form:   x a baixdyyuyxkxfxuxpxu ],[,)(),()()()()( … (1.8) with the initial condition ,)( 0uau  where the functions f and p are assumed to be continuous on i and k denotes given continuous functions. were the interval [a, b] is divided in to n equal subintervals, where h=(b-a)/n, byay n  ,0 and * , 0,1, , . j y a j h j n    we set , 0,1, , , ( ) , ( ) , ( ) , i j i i i i i i x y i n u x u p x p f x f     ii uxu )( and .),( ijji kyxk  2.1 open newton cotes formul a(o-n). op en newt on cotes formula is used with n-subinterval to app roximate the integral in equation (1.6), hence if n = 0 m idpoint m ethod let h = (b-a)/(2m+2) and xj = a + (j + 1)h for j = 1,….,2m+1 for n = 2m subinterval is ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 ),()( 6 )(2)( 0 2 2 baforsommmfh ab xfhdxxf m j j b a      …(1.9) ]2.....2[2 111100 iiiiiiiiiiii ukukukukhfupu   … (1.10) since h xuxu xu iii )()( )( 1   … (1.11) subst itut ing equation (1.11) into equation (1.9) we have ]2.....2[2) 2 1( 111100 2 1 2   iiiiiiiiiii ukukukhhfuuk h hp … (1.12) which are (n+1) equation in ui that represents the app roximate solution to equation (1.8) at ).,....,1,0(,* nihiax                                                                 030 2 3 020 2 2 0010 2 1 3 2 1 33 2 332 2 31 2 22 2 221 2 11 2 1 2 2 2 0021212 0002121 000021 ukhhf ukhhf uukhhf u u u khhpkhkh khhpkh khhp the algorithm (aq) the numerical solution of (1 st order vides), by using op en newt on cotes formula (on), is obt ained as follows: step 1: put h=(b-a)/n, nn step 2: set )( 0 auu  (which is t he initial condition) is given. step 3: compute iu  by using h uu u iii 1 step 4: use step –1, -2 and –3 in equation (1.10) to find ),......,2,1(, niui  we get ]2.....2[2)21( 111100 2 1 2   iiiiiiiiiii ukukukhhfuukhhp 3. numerical examples: example 4.1: consider the following vide: . 0 1 5 ( ) ( 1) ( ) , 0 1 2 6 x u x x xt u t dt x       the exact solution is u(x) = 1 + x , [16]. take n=10 h=0.1 and xi =a+ih, i=0, 1, …., n. table (1) illustrates the comp arison between the exact and numerical solution depending on the least square error and running time. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 example 4.2: consider the following voltera integro-differential equation: 0x   x dttutxxxxu 0 4 )()2( 6 5 2)(' table (2) presents results from a comp uter program that solves t his p roblem over the interval x=0 to x=1 with u(x) = x 2 for which the analytical solution is h=0.1, [16]. 4. di scussi on and conclusi on. the app roximate solution of linear voltera integro-differential equation (1.8) is given using the op en newt on cotes formula. a comp uter p rogram was written and several examp les were solved using these method. we have the op tion that the result of the o-n formula is better than the results of homotop y perturbation method. rely ing on our work t he following notes are drawn: 1.the number of subintervals n is rest ricted to be even for op en newton cotes formula. 2.through the solution of linear voltera integro-differential equations of the first order, we see that re ferences 1. al-rawi, s.n. (1995), numerical solution of first kind integral equations of convolutions t y p e; m .sc. thesis, university of technology . 2. al-yacob, l.a. (2002), ap p roximate solution of volterra integral equations of convolutions t y p e; m .sc. thesis, university of technology . 3. barker, c.t.h. (1977) the numerical treatment of integral equation; oxford university p ress. 4. al-kachi, a.m . (2000), ap p roximate m ethod for solving voltera integral of first kind; m .sc. thesis, university of technology . 5. gerlach, u. (2002), boundary value p roblem via green’s function: integral equation; http : //www. math. ohio-state. edu /~gerlach /math/bv ty p est/node76.html. 6. linz, p. (1985), analytical and numerical m ethods for voltera equations; siam philadelp hia. 7. kalwi, p.w. (1999), numerical m ethods for solving fredholm integral equations of the second kind; m .sc. thesis, university of technology . 8. phillips, david l. (1961), a technique for the numerical solution of certain integral equation of the first kind; june. 9. weisst ein, e.w. (2002), integral equation, www.marauder.tm/research/iamprey/a.p df p ress. 10. r.s.k. (2002), ap p roximated treatment of higher-order linear voltera integrodifferential equations; m .sc. thesis, university of technology . 11. qaid, m .q.a. (2002), numerical treatment of fredholm integro-differential equations; m . sc. thesis, al-m ust ansiriy ah university . 12. m ohammed s.s. (2002), numerical solution of linear voltera integro-differential equations; m .sc. thesis, university of technology . 13. okane, t. (2001), for integro-differential closure equations inhomogeneous turbulence; dep artment of m athematics and statist ics, m onash university . australla, http ://conference. m ath.uq. edu. au/ctac 2001/abstracts/terenceokanel.htm1. 14. delves, l.m . and m ohamed, j.l. (1985), computational m ethods for integral equations; cambridge university p ress. 15. hall, g. and watt, j.m . (1976), m odern numerical m ethods for ordinary differential equation; oxford university p ress. 16. al-akaedee, a. h. (2009), some ap p roximation m ethods for solving linear sy st em of integro-differential equations; m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (1) results of (o -n) formula for example 1 x exact on  noexa ct  0.0 1.0 1.00000000000 0.00000000000 0.1 1.1 0.059535959719 1.040464040280 0.2 1.2 0.130123733624 1.069876266376 0.3 1.3 0.213768960894 1.086231039105 0.4 1.4 0.313206121581 1.086793878418 0.5 1.5 0.432225024164 1.067774975835 0.6 1.6 0.576122808453 1.023877191546 0.7 1.7 -0.752340013843 0.947659986156 0.8 1.8 0.971371157918 0.828628842081 0.9 1.9 1.248090330516 0.651909669483 1.0 2.0 1.603711691947 0.396288308052 l.s .e. 53.40100881831022 53.401008818 r. t ime. 0.33000000000000 0.3300000000 table (1.a) comparison betwee n (o -n) formula and homotopy perturbation method of example (1). method nodes on homotopy perturbation simpsons1/3 simpsons13/8 0.0 1.00000000000 1.00000000000 1.00000000000 1.00000000000 0.1 0.059535959719 0.0595359597190.0586294118630.058629411863 0.2 0.1301237336240.1301237336240.1265320830850.126532083085 0.3 0.2137689608940.2137689608940.2045668987100.204556471062 0.4 0.3132061215810.3132061215810.293815208714 0.293816208897 0.5 0.4322250241640.4322250241640.3957691141580.395757665364 0.6 0.5761228084530.5761228084530.5123726617100.512361184126 0.7 -0.752340013843 -0.752340013843 -0.646289429429 -0.646277987576 0.8 0.9713711579180.9713711579000.8010114038310.800999920591 0.9 1.2480903305161.2480903305160.9812541681890.981226479926 1.0 1.6037116919471.6037116919471.1932029375191.193192880315 l.s .e. 53.40100881831 53.400975910829 47.059404783003 47.0589476850 r.t. 0.330000000000 0.550000000000 0.440000000000 0.440000000000 table (2) results of (o -n) formula for example 2 x exact open newton cotes formula.  noexa ct  0.0 0.00 0.000000000000 0.00000000000 0.1 0.01 0.020112340710 1.079887659290 0.2 0.04 0.060870350306 1.139129649694 0.3 0.09 0.123471139122 1.176528860878 0.4 0.16 0.210064039206 1.189935960794 0.5 0.25 0.324135025802 1.175864974198 0.6 0.36 0.471049431039 1.128950568961 0.7 0.49 0.658846458868 1.041153541132 0.8 0.64 0.899428134734 0.900571865266 0.9 0.81 1.210363739718 0.689636260282 1.0 1.00 1.617657119881 0.382342880119 l.s .e. 0.659596059903 r.t. 0.330000000000 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (2.a) comparison betwee n (o -n) formula and homotopy perturbation method of example (2). method nodes on homotopy perturbation simpsons1/3 simpsons13/8 0.0 0.00000000000 0.00000000000 0.00000000000 0.00000000000 0.1 0.020112340710 0.020112340710 0.020021699215 0.020021699215 0.2 0.060870350306 0.060870350306 0.060115379036 0.060115379036 0.3 0.123471139122 0.12347113912 0.120446218308 0.120432870642 0.4 0.210064039206 0.210064039206 0.201204441266 0.201205986374 0.5 0.324135025802 0.324135025802 0.302718695118 0.302703459057 0.6 0.471049431039 0.471049431039 0.425348164531 0.425332499117 0.7 0.658846458868 0.658846458868 0.569633374553 0.569617082912 0.8 0.899428134734 0.899428134734 0.736177654792 0.736160153872 0.9 1.210363739718 1.210363739718 0.925843695363 0.925801402953 1.0 1.617657119881 1.617657119881 1.139636574700 1.139616212933 l.s .e. 0.659596059903 0.659596059903 0.058689234914 0.058663452819 r.t. 0.330000000000 0.980000000000 0.820000000000 0.380000000000 2011) 2( 24ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة طریقة نیوتن كوتس لحل معادالت فولتیرا التكاملیة التفاضلیة من الرتبة االولى عاطفة جلیل صالح الجامعة المستنصریة،كلیة التربیة األساسیة ، قسم الریاضیات 2010، كانون الثاني ،17: استلم البحث في 2010 ،حزیران ،17: قبل البحث في الخالصة .الرتبة االولى يالتفاضلیة الخطیة ذ-ق العددیة لحل معادلة فولتیرا التكاملیةائبعض الطر في هذا العمل یوجد .طریقة نیوتن كوتس معادالت تم التوصل الیها بأستعمالالحلول العددیة لهذه ال .الیجاد الحل االمثل لهذه المعادلةطریقة نیوتن كوتس طبقت ).version 6(البرامج الحسابیة قد كتبت بلغة ماتالب كوتس المفتوحة -صیغ نیوتن -التكاملیة –معادالت فولتیرا التفاضلیة :الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the microbial iso lates of the human axilla among some students and employees of the college of education –ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad i. a-j ibrahi m , s a-m alhada ria de partment of biology, college of education ibn alhaitham ,university of baghdad abstract body odour is the smell caused by bacteria feeding on sweat on the skin, esp ecially in the armp it and groin area. fifty -four volunteers from st udents and emp loyees of college of education ibn alhaitham, were survey ed. data were obtained concerning: subject details and microbial examination. the following conclusions were reached: 1) coagulase negative staphylococcus was the most common isolate. 2) the most effective antibiotics were amikacin, cip rofloxacin, vancomycin, cep halothin, tobramy cin, gentamycin resp ectively and were least sensitive to methicillin and p enicillin g. 3) alum zirconium and alum chlorohy drate were the most effective antipersp irants. introduction the average p erson has 2.6 million sweat glands in his skin (1). armp its odour, usually begins with p uberty . there are two kinds of sweat glands in the human body , the apocrine glands, which secrete a milky fluid from the hair follicles, and the eccrine glands, which are the source of most p ersp iration (2). eccrine sweat is comp osed of water, sodium, p otassium, lactate, urea, ammonia, serine, ornithine, citrulline, asp artic acid, heavy metals, organic comp ounds and p roteoly tic enzy me (3). ap ocrine glands also contain proteins and fatt y acids, which make it thicker and give it a milkier or y ellowish color (1). m icrobes break down the apocrine secretions and release a chemical called 3methy l – 2hexenoic acid which p roduces a st rong distinctive odour (4). sweat can be made in resp onse to nerve st imulation, hot air temp erature and low exercise (1). sweat as it is secreted by axillary glands is odorless (5).when drop lets of apocrine sweat p laced on the forearm, were inoculated with various bacteria, only diphtheroids generated ty p ical body odour and cocci produced a sweaty odour att ributable to isovaleric acid (6). the present study was aimed toward the following objective: 1) determination of the most p revalent bacterial armp it residues. 2) the susceptibility of bacterial isolates to antimicrobial agents. 3) determination of the commercial deodorant and antip ersp irant were mostly used by st udents and staff members. it was t he first st udy in iraq about t his p roblem. materials and methods s ubjects: fifty -four male and female users of deodorant and antip ersp irants from the college of education ibn alhaitham (st udent and st aff) were included in this invest igation. three or four samples were taken from each user, left and right armp it, inflammation in back and chest and deodorant or antip ersp irants container. volunteers had been instructed to st op using deodorants for 24 hr. before samp le collection. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 culture techni que and microbiology identi fication: axillary bacteria and deodorant or antip ersp irants surface were collected using cott on swabs. swabs were st reaked over the surface of the blood agar, m annitol salt agar, m acconky agar and sabaroud agar. conventional laboratory p rocedures for isolation and identification of microorganism were used according to the baily and scott ΄s manual 2002 (7). case historie s: fifty -four users with deodorant and/or antip ersp irants were asked to report their: name, sex, age, marital st atus, occup ation, ty p e of deodorant and manufacturers, skin inflammation, any medical treatment. anti microbial s usceptibil ity testi ng: all isolates were subjected for their resp onse to antimicrobial agents according to the m icrobiology manual (8). ant imicrobial discs (bioanaly se) used were amikacin (30µg), cip rofloxacin (5µg), cep halothin (30µg), gentamycin (10µg), methicillin (5µg), p encillin g (10u), tobramy cin (10µg) and vancomy cin (30µg). re sults and discussion case historie s: the initial st udy showed 86% of the volunteers comp lain from bad smell odour and 48% volunteers with back and chest skin inflammation. other subject details are outlined in table (1). no comparison studies were available. bacterial isol ates: the axillary microflora is comp osed of four p rinciple group s of bacteria (staphylococcus, aerobic coryneforms, micrococcus and propionibacteria) and the yeast genus malassezia (9, 10). coagulase negative staphylococcus was found to be the most p revalent organism isolated, which represented (78%), micrococcus (9%), coagulase p ositive staphylococcus (7.27%) and corynebacterium sp p . (5.95%) but all antip ersp irant and deodorant containers were st erile (table 2). ot her st udy reported the p resence of p rop ionic acid in many sweat samples. this acid is a breakdown p roduct of some amino acids by propionibacteria, which thrive in the ducts of adolescent and adult sebaceous glands (11). isovaleric acid (3-methy l butanoic acid) is the other source of body odour as a result of actions of the staphylococcus epidermidis (12, 13). our st udy revealed 26% of staphylococcus isolated was b-hemolytic. anot her research team from swiss comp any showed staphylococcus haemolyticus p roduced the most sulfurous scent (14). in vitro and in vivo st udies by rennie et al. and natsch et al., revealed underarm odour that p roduced exclusively by aerobic cory neform bacteria (15, 16). anti microbial s usceptibil ity testi ng: all armp it bacterial isolates, showed high sensitivity to amikacin, cip rofloxacin, vancomycin, cep halothin, tobramy cin, and gentamycin resp ectively, and low sensitivity to methicillin and p enicillin g (table 3). ot her p revious report showed that untreated individuals carry a significant p ool of single and multiple resistant staphylococci of sufficient size to be readily disseminated by direct contact and desquamation (17). the rapid development of resistance to cip rofloxacin due to excretion of this drug into the sweat might be involved in the development of multiresist ant s. epidermidis and p ossibly other skin bacteria in hosp itals and in communities with high use of cip rofloxacin or related drugs (18). anti perspirants and de odorant testi ng: different ty p es of commercially available antip ersp irants and deodorants were tested. according to the container inst ruction, it shows the most effective were aluminum ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 chlorohy drate, aluminum zirconium, triclosan and ethanol (table 4). the results of table (4) were derived from a questionnaire that was conducted during the research. according to cosmetic researchers information there are top five ingredients to avoid, parabens (these p reservatives come in several forms {methy l, ethy l, prop y l & buty 1} which had been found in breast cancer tumors), aluminum comp ound (it has been connected to alzheimer disease), triclosan (it’s a chemical that is classified as a p esticide by fda),p rop ely n glycol and talc (19). deodorants mainly work on controlling the growt h of bacteria on the skin and antip ersp irants on t he other hand, actually p revent the sweat coming out in the first p lace (3). the food and drug administ ration (fda) controls the active ingredients used in antip ersp irant be legally classified as drugs. the ingredients are limited to aluminum chlorohy drat chloride, aluminum sulfate, and aluminum zirconium comp lexes. m ost of these materials are sup p lied as p owder ty p ically used at levels of 8-25% based on the weight of the finished p roduct (20). today, st icks are the single most p op ular antip ersp irant form (20). our data show 40.6% of users p refer st ick form table(1) in conclusion, coagulase negative staphylococcus was found to be the most p redominant isolate among other armpit bacteria. such isolates may be the main resp onsible of malodors. all antip ersp irants & deodorants p roduct available locally are not subjected to quality control. according to our research data, users need to be educated about the p rop er antip ersp irant and deodorant and their use. refe rences: 1. freudenrich, c.c. (2000) how sweat works. http ://halth.howst uffworks.com/sweat 1.htm 2.bill willis.(2001) armp it odour. http ://www.worsley school.not/science/files/armp it/odour.htm1 3.deja lu. (2005) health and hy giene . http //deia-lu.org/archives/000011 4.judith, w. (2006). odour causing bacteria. jan.20, http ://www.cramscience.ca/es.p hp ?=8 5.shelley ,w.b., hurley , h.j. & nichols, a.c. arch. (1953) dermatol. sy p hilol. 68,430-446. 6.ley den, j.j.; m cginley, k.j. ;hoelzle, e. labows, j.n. & kligman, a. (1981).the journal of invest igation dermatology . 77(5):413-416. 7.bailey &scott ΄s. (2002). diagnost ic m icrobiology . 11 th edition. m osby usa 8.m urray, p.r. & baron, e.j. (1999). m anual of clinical m icrobiology .7 th edition. 2. 9.kort ing, h.c., lukacs a. & braun-falco.(1988).hautarzt . 39(9):564-568. 10.taylor, d.; daulby , a.; grimshaw, s.; james, g.; m ercer j. & vaziri ,s. (2003).int. j.cosmet. sci. 25(3) :137-145. 11. wikipedia en cyclop edia. body odour. 17 jun (2008). http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/body _odor 12. ara k., hama, m .; akiba, s.; koike, k.; okisaka, k. hagura, t.; kamiga, t. & tomita f. (2006). can j. m icrobiol. 52(4):357-364. 13. m arshall, j. ;holland, k. t. & gribbon e.m . (1988).j. ap p l. bacteriol. 65(1):6168. 14. clark, a.j. (2004). researchers identify new sulfur containing scent in sweat.7oct.. http ://www.news_medical.net/ 15.natch, a.;gfeller ,h.;gy gax p.; schmid, j. & acuna, g. (2003), j.biological chemistry ; 278(8): 5718-5727. 16.rennie, p.j. gower, d.b. & holland, k.t . (1991). br. j. dermatol. 124(6): 596-602. 17. cove, j.h.; anne eady e. & cunliffe, w.j. (1990).j. ant imicrobial chemotherap y . 25:459-469. 18. hoiby , n.; jarlor, j.o.; kemp, m . trede m .bangsborg j.m .,kjerulf a., pers c. & hansen h. (1997). lancet jan.18: 349 (9046): 167-169. 19. belger, m . (2007).want a fresh, green deodorant? don’t sweat it . green day – today ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 show.com 20.randy, s. art icle. http://www.answers.com/top ic/antipersp irant deodorant_st ick table (1): s ubject details m. mean ± standard dev iati on; st. st udent ; s. st aff; si . sin gle; m. married table (2): type and number of isol ates bacterial i solates stap hylococcus coagulase – ve stap hylococcus coagulase +ve micrococcus spp. corynebacterium sp p. sub jects n umber 86 8 10 6 *total 11 0 *the no . of is ol ates refers to left an d ri ght armpit , chest an d b ack in flammatio n and deo do rant s urface table (3): percentage of bacterial sensiti vity to anti biotics antimicrobial agents staphy lococcus coagulase – ve staphy lococcus coagulase +ve microc occus spp. cory nebac ter ium spp. amik acin 100 10 0 100 100 cip rofloxacin 80 10 0 66 .6 100 cephalothin 93 .3 33 .3 100 100 gentamycin 93 .3 10 0 33 .3 66 .6 methicillin 20 33 .3 0 0 p encillin g 10 0 33 .3 0 tobramycin 73 .3 10 0 33 .3 100 vancomycin 93 .2 33 .3 100 100 change th e ty pe of deodo rant % smell o dour % occupation % stat us % age (yr)m sex % users (5 4) stu d. s. s. m. ♀ ♂ 44 .4 86 66 .7 33.3 65 35 24.1 ± 5.7 63 37 do not use deodorant % more th an one person use the same deodorant % type of deo dorant% cli nical sy mpto m % alum sp ray li quid so lid (sticks) 22 .2 37 7.4 26 26 40 .6 48 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table( 4): commercial antiperspirants and deodorants available p roduct type manufacturer active ingrediant rexona li quid canada alu minum chl orohydrante teen sp irit ( menn en) so lid (sticks ) jordan alu minum chl orohydrante dove so lid (sticks) usa alu minum zirconium gillett e sp ry uk triclosan axe sp ry india ethanol gravity so lid (sticks ) usa triclosan alu m so lid (sticks ) local p roduct alu minum su lfate 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة المحتوى المایكروبي لمنطقة االبط لعدد من طلبة ومنتسبي كلیة ابن الھیثم -التربیة سندس عبد المھیمن محمد الحضریة ، بار ابراھیم اسراء عبد الج جامعة بغداد ،ابن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم علوم الحیاة خالصةال ى د والمتغذیـة عـل واتج مـادة العـرق من المتعارف علیھ ان رائحة الجسم ناتجة عن تواجد البكتریا على سـطح الجـل ـن وبعـد ، ابـن الھیـثم –من طلبة وموظفین كلیـة التربیـة "امتطوع 54شملت الدراسة . في منطقة االبط واالربیة والسیما :لى نتائج الفحص المایكروبي تبین االتيالحصول على المعلومات الخاصة بالمتطوع واستنادا ا ــیوعا والســیما -1 ـر ش ـي االكـث ـرام ـھ ــبغ ـك ـة لص ــا الموجـب ـات ذيالبكتری ـا العنقودـی ــل التجلطــي الســالب بكترـی تفاع (coagulase-negative) . ـــة ان -2 ـت نتـــائج اختبـــار الحساســـیة للمضـــادات الحیوی amikacin, cipاثبـت rofloxacin, vancomycin, cep halothin, tobramycin, gentamycin ھي االكفأ في التأثیر ضد البكتریا المعزولة مـن منطقـة ـ methicillin, pاالبط وأظھر اـل enicillin ااالقل تاثیر". وم -3 انواالل ،تبین من خالل الدراسة ان كـال مـن ملـح االلومنیـوم زركونـی وم كلوروھایـدریت ھمـا المادـت االكثـر ومنـی . منع التعرقفعالیة في @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the effect of aqueous extract of anastatica hierochuntica on some hormones in mouse females rajaa k.baker tagreed u.mohammd bushra h.ali nibras m.jameel dept. of chemistry/colloge of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 23 november 2012 , accepted in : 5 may 2013 abstract anastatica hierochuntica is believed to be very useful in arab countries for treating various health disorders. the aqueous extract of anastatica hierochuntica was investigated for its effects on hormones in mice females. the aqueous extract of plant at a dose level of 100mg/1ml showed significant increase (p<0.05) on levels of hormones lh, fsh, prl level and pro level. clomid treated group showd significant increase in lh, fsh, and prl while there was non-significant increase in pro. from the above results, it is concluded for the first time that aqueous anastatica hierchuntica extract offers significant effect of lh, fsh, prl, and pro in this mice females scompared with control. keyword: anastatica hierochuntica,clomid, lh, fsh, prl, pro. abbreviations: lh,luteinizing hormone; fsh, follicale stimulation hormone; prl, prolactin; pro, progesteron. 198 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction anastatica is a monotypic genus with the type species anastatica hierochuntica. the genus is a member of the family brassicaceae (formerly called cruciferae), in the division magnoliophyta of the class magnoliopsida. the plant is a small gray annual herb that rarely grows above 15 cm high, and bears minute white flowers(figure 1a). it is a tumbleweed and a resurrection plant[1,2]. anastatica is found in arid areas in the middle east and sahara desert, including parts of north africa and regions of iran, egypt, palestine, isreal, iraq, jordan, and pakistan[3,4]. after the rainy season, the plant dries up, dropping leaves and curling branches in to a tight ball,and dies. within the ball, the fruits remain attached and closed, protecting the seeds and preventing them from being dispersed prematurely(see figure 1b)[4]. the process of curling and uncurling is completely reversible and can be repeated many times. the ability of the plant to do this attributes to the presence of trehalose,[5] a disaccharide involved in several mechanisms of cryptobiosis[6]. anastatica hierochunticas is among the common medicinal plants widely used in hijaz, najd, and al rub'al kali. the plant is prescribed in folk medicine for difficult labor, uterine hemorrhage and to facilitates the expulsion of dead fetuses[2]. the german commission recommends anastatica for the treatment of menstrual problems, mastalgia, and premenstrual syndrome(pms). [1]. it has been used to treat fibroid cysts and infertility (3), to stop miscarriages caused by progesterone insufficiency and to flush out the placenta after brith [[79]. german health authorities recommend its use for corpus luteum insufficiency, menopausal symptoms and inadequate milk production in nursing mothera [10]. it is used to treat acne in teenagers[11]. the whole dried plant contains flavonoides: quercetin(flavonol), luteolin (flavone) [12]. clomid clomifene or clomiphene (trademarked as clomid) is a selective estrogen receptor modulator (serm) that increases production of gonadotropins by inhibiting negative feedback on the hypothalamus. it is supplied as white, round tablets in 50 mg strength only[13]. it has become the most widely used fertility drug. it is used mainly in female infertility, in turn mainly as ovulation induction to reverse oligoovulation or anovulation such as in infertility in polycystic ovary syndrome, as well as being used for ovarian hyperstimulation, such as part of an in vitro fertilization procedure[14]. structure of clomid is shown in fig (2). the aim of our study is to evaluate the effect of the equeous' anastatica hierochuntica extract on some hormones levels in female mouse, and to compare it with the effect of a well known drug (clomid). materials and methods samples of whole dried anastatica hierochuntica were brought from iraqi market in baghdad, then aerial parts of the plant were isolated and kept in airtight glass containers till the time of the experiment. then the dried plant was ground to fine powder. 25 gm of the powder, mixed with 250 mlof distilled water and were incubated for 3hrs at (60) c°. suspension was then filtered. water extracts were prepared daily just before administration orally to the experimental animals in a dose of (10 ml/mouse of 250 g) . preparation of clomid: fresh solution of clomid was prepared (tablet dissolve in water or food) just before feeding. for the animals given the clomid(50mg/kg body weight). experimental animals: fourty female micromysminuts (250± 10 g. each) were kindly supplied by city of medicine, for the period from december 2011 to may 2012. and were used in this research. mice were maintained with free access to water and diet (containing 199 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 multivitamins, protein, and wheat). experimental animals were divided into four groups (13 mice each): 1control group: mouse were orally administered (using a feeding solution) with a daily dose of 10 ml distilled water for 1 month; 2plant – treated group: 10 ml of the plant extract (100 mg/ml) was orally administered daily to each mouse in this group for 1 month; 3clomidtreated group: 50mg of clomid was orally administered daily to each mouse in this group for 1 month; 4planttreated clomaid group: 500mg of clomid was orally administered daily to each mouse in this group for 1 month, then 10 ml of the plant extract (100 mg/ml) was orally administered daily to each mouse in this group for 1 month. blood sampling: blood samples were collected from the heart of mouse using heparinized capillary tubes. serum was separated from blood samples, then frozen until used. the levels of hormones(lh,fsh, prl, and pro) in the serum were measured by elsa(human germany) using special kits for each hormone, provided from monobind inc (15-18) . preliminary phytochemical screening: the tests were done to check the presence of the active chemical constituents such as alkaloids, phenolic content, carbohydrates, reducing sugar, and tanine by the following procedure: 1test for alkaloids, [19]. 2test for phenolic content [20]. 3test for carbohydrates [21]. 4test for reducing sugar [9]. 5test for tanine [23]. 6test for amino acid and protein [24]. statistical analysis: all statistical analysis of the study were done using spss version 15.0 for windows (statistical package for social science, inc., chicago, il, usa). descriptive analysis was used to show the mean ± standard deviation of variables. the significance of difference between mean values was estimated by student ttest. the probability p< 0.05 = significant. results and discussion table(1) showed results of phytochemical screening of aqueous extract of anastatica hierochuntica.table(2) showes the hormone levels in the four studied groups. there was a significant increase in the levels of the hormone in mouse serum when compared with the control group. for g1 given the clomid (50mg/kg), the levels of these hormones were highly significant compared with g except for pro. the results in table (2) indicated that one month plant extract administration, showes a significant increase in the levels of hormones lh, fsh, prl and pro, (11.2±1.2),(5.5±1.8),(8.7±8.2) and (0.4±0.19) respectively compared to control groups (6.8±2.07),(3.8±1.6),(7.8±2.8)and (0.3±0.3) respectively. in the group where clomid was given, for 1 month the levels of lh, fsh, prl and pro (8.5±2.1), (26±3.3),(13.7±1.2), and (0.3±0.13) respectively were significant increased except pro compared to control groups. in the present study, the effect of the water extract of anastatica hierochuntica was tested on normaly females mouse models. clinical studies have shown its beneficial effects in the management of premenstrual stress syndrome (pms) (wuttke, et al., 2003)[ 25], and infertility and also for treatements disorders including corpus luteum insufficiency cyclic mastalgia as well as to treat hormonally induced acne (mahady,et al.,2005)[26] propping (1987)refers to a positive effect for plant extract use in regulation the menstrual cycle[27]. the effect of clomid on hormones is well 200 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 documented known. our results agree with previous studies. that clomid works by "kick starting" the hormone system in to stimulation an egg to grow. it causes the pituitary gland to produce more folliclestimulating hormone (fsh) and luteinizing hormone (lh), which, in turn, stimulate the ovaries in to producing more eggsand follicles[28]. if clomid does not stimulate production and ovulation of a follicle, progesterone levels won't rise. niether clomid nor pro alone, or both together, will fix the potential problems that can arise with embryo implanation[29]. prl secretion is controlled by hypothalamic neurons that produce dopamine to inhibit its release. disturbance of this inhibitory control results in hyperprolactinemia [30]. previous investigators mentioned that serum prl levels were not significantly changed by clomid in the patients who ovulated with the drug, they markedly decreased during and immediately after clomid treatment in patients who failed to ovulate with clomid[31]. however, no studies up to date have been able to demonstrate elevated lh, fsh, prl and pro levels in females mouse with aqueous extract of anastatica hierochuntica. in our study, the comparison between the effect of clomid and the effect of aqueous extract of the plant on hormones shows the rise in lh hormone levels after treating with aqueous extract of the plant more than treating with clomid. this raise could be attributed to aqueous extract of the plant stimulate pituitary gland, therefore return hormone balance for many members of the body. this aqueous extract of the plant reduces the side effect of estrogen hormone on the body and stimulates production lh hormone. on the otherhand, the effect of clomid on fsh and prl hormones was more than the effect of aqueous extract of the plant especially on the fsh hormone. this may be attributed to that hormones are the body’s way of communicating[32]. hormones bind to hormone receptors to communicate. when estrogen binds to its receptor cell in the hypothalamus it communicates and lets the brain knows that estrogen levels are increasing[31]. clomid has a similar structure to estrogen. clomid binds to the receptor cell in the hypothalamus, which keeps the estrogen from attaching. because the clomid is blocking the receptors, they don’t get the signal from the estrogen and this essentially tricks your body into thinking there is not enough estrogen. the body tries to kick up the production of estrogen by producing more gnrh. gnrh is what causes the release of fsh and lh. and fsh is what makes the follicles ripen and produces more estrogen. if the clomid does what it is supposed to, the body will be tricked into producing more fsh and lh, which will hopefully cause mouse body to ovulate[33]. conclusion the aqueous of extract of the plant (anastatica hierochuntica) has increased the levels of some hormones such as fsh, pro, prl and lh. references 1noura, a.; william, m. and alan, c. (2011) tea prepared from anastatica hierochuntica seeds contains a diversity of antioxidant flavonids, chlorogenic acids and phenolic compounds. phytochemistry, 72:248-254. 2ihsanullah, d. (2012) chemical properties of the medicinal herb kaff maryam(anastatica hierochuntica l.) and its relation to folk medicine use. african journal of microbiology research, 6(23): 5048-5051. 3masayuki, y.; fengming, xu.; toshio, m.; kiyofumi, n. and hisashi, m. (2003) anastatine a and b, new skeletal flavonoids with hepatoprotective activities from the desert plant anastatica hierochuntica. bioorganic & midicinal chemistry letters, 13: 10451049. 201 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 4ahmad, k.h.; barakat, h. n. and kabiel, h. f. (2006) anatomical significance of the hygrochastic movement in anatatica hierochuntica. annals of botany, 97: 47-55. 5rahmy, t.r. and elridi, m. r. (2002) action of anatatica hierochuntica plant extract on islets of langerhans in normal and diabetic rats. egyption journal of biology, 4: 87-94. 6blumenthal, m. (1998) the complete german commission e monographs: therapeutic guide toherbal medicines. austin: american botanical council. 7appel, o. and al-shehbaz, ia. (2003) the families and genera of vascular plants. springer, 75-174. 8law, ks.; soon, lk.; syed moshin, ssj. and farid, cg. (2009) ultrastructural findings of anastatica hierochuntica l(sanggul fatimah) towards explaining its medicinal properties. annals of microscopy, 9: 50-56. 9anita, r. sh. and anupam, sh. (2012) antianxiety and cns modulatory activities of vitex agunscastus linn. phytopharamacology, 3(1): 29-37. 10amal, a.m.; ashraf, a.kh. and hossam, e.s. (2010) antioxidant and antimicrobial properties of kaff maryam (anastatica hierochuntica)and doum palm (hyphaene thebaica). eneromarzo, 61(1): 67-75. 11yoshikawa, m.x .; morikawa, t.; ninomiya, k.; matsuda, h. and anastatins a. (2003) new skeletal flavonoids with hepatoprotective activities from the desert plant anastatica hierochuntica. yoshikawa, bioorganic and medecinal chemistry letters. 13(6):1045-1049. 12mansi, f.s. (2010) effect of alcoholic anastatica hierochuntica extract on some biochemical and histological parameters in alloxan induced diabetic. master, college of science, university of baghdad. 13loannidoukadis, s.; wright, p. j.; neely, r. d. and quinton r. (2006) complete reversal of adultonset isolated hypogonadotropic hypogonadisim with clomiphene citrate. fertility and sterility, 86(5): 1513.e5-9. 14taylor, f. and levine l. (2010) clomiphelen citrate and testosterone gel replacement therapy for male hypogonadism: efficacy and treatment cost. journal of sexual medicine, 7(1 pt1):269-76. 15kosasa, t.s. (1981) measurement of human luteinizing hormone. journal of reproductive medicine, 26:201-6. 16wennink, jm.; delrmarre-van de waal, ha.;schoemaker, r.; schoemaker, h. and clin schoemaker j. (1990) luteinizing hormone and follicle stimulating hormone secretion patterns in girls throughout puberty measured using highly sensitive immunoradiometric assay. endocrinol (oxf).33: 333-344. 17fraser, is.; lun, zg.; zhou, jp.; herrington, ac.; mccarron, g. and caterson, i. (1898) detailed assessment of big prolactin in women with hyperprolactenemia and normal ovary function. j clin endo & metabol, 69: 585-592. 18bauman, j. (1981) basal body temperature: unreliable method of ovulation detection. fertility sterility,36:729-33. 19siddiqui, aa. and ali, m. (1997) practical pharmaceutical chemistry, 1st ed, cbs publishers and distributors, new delhi.pp 126-131. 20sharma, p. and gujral, hs. (2010) antioxidant and polyphenol oxidase activity of germinated barley and its milling fractions. food chem, 120: 673-678. 21lyenger, ma. (1995) study of crude drug. 8th ed. manipal power press. manipal, india. p:2. 22guthrie, r. d. (1974) introduction to carbohydrates chemistry, 4th ed. oxford, clarendon press. 23alexander, p. and lundgren, h.p (1966) a laboratory manual of analttical methods of protein chemistry, vol 1-5, oxford, pergamon press. 202 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 24wuttke, w.;jarry, h.; christoffel, v.; spengler, b. and seidlovawuttke, d. (2003) chast tree cvitex aguns-castus. pharmacology and clinical indications. experimental clinical endocrinsology diabetes, 10: 348-357. 25mahady, gb.; dietz, b.; michel, j.; engle, j. and sagraves, r. (2005) chaste berry ( cvitex aguns-castus). encyclopedia of dietary supplements, 95-103. 26propping, d. (1987). treatment of corpus leueum insufficiency. zeits allfemeinmedizin: 63. 27nyboe, a.; balen, a.; platteau, p.; devroey, p.; helmgaard, l. and arce jc.(2008) predicting the fsh threshold dose in women with who group ii anovulatory infertility failing to ovulate or conceive on clomiphene citrate,), human reproduction (oxford, englnd), 23(6): 1424-30. 28milewice, t.; krzysiek, j.; blakala, b.; krzyczkowska, m.; radowicki, s.; kacalska, o. and milewice zabinska, m.(2007) clomiphelen citrate challenge test and serum antimullerian hormone levels in women with menstrual irregularities and/or infertility, folia histochemica et cytobiologic/ polish academy of sciences, polish histochemical and cytochemical society, 45(1): 119-21. 29badawy, a.; abdel aal, i. and abulatta, m. (2009) clomiphene citrate or letrozole for ovulation induction in women with polycystic ovarian syndrome: a prospective randomized trial, fertility and sterility, 92(3): 849-52. 30lopez, e.;, gunby j.; daya, s.; parrilla, jj.; abad, l. and balasch j. (2004) ovulation induction in women with polycystic ovary syndrome: randomized trial of clomiphene citrate versus low-dose recombinant fsh as first line therapy,), reproductive biomedicine online, 9(4): 382-90. 31elnashar, a.; abdelmageed, e.; fayed, m. and sharaf, m. (2006) clomiphelen citrate and dexamethazone in treatment of clomiphelen citrateresistant polycystic ovary syndrum: a prospective placebo-controlled study, human reproduction (oxford, england), 21(7): 1805-8. 32dehbashi, s.; vafae, h.; parsanezhad, md. and alborzi, s. (2006) time of initiation of clomiphene citrate and pregnancy rate in polycystic ovarian syndrome,), international journal of gynaecology and obstetrics: the official organ of the international federation of gynaecology and obstetrics, 93(1):44-8. 33palomba, s.; falbo, a.; orio, f.; tolino, a. and zullo, f.(2009) efficacy predictors for metformin and clomiphene citrate treatment in anovulatory infertile patients with polycystic ovary syndrome, fertility and sertility, 91(6): 2557-67. table(1): result of phytochemical screening of aqueous extract of plant. pytochemical class aqueous extract alkaloids + phenolic content + carbohydrates + reducing sugar + tannins + proteins + 203 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table(2): illustrate values of lh, fsh, prl, and pro level in blood mouse females. control n= 13 clomid n= 13 g1 plant extract n= 13 g2 clomid+ plant extract n= 13 g3 p-value mean ± s.d mean ± s.d mean ± s.d mean ± s.d g1 vs. c* g2 vs.c* g3 vs.c* g1 vs.g2 6.8± 2.07 8.5 ± 2.1 11.2± 1.2 12.5 ± 1.9 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 3.8 ±1.6 26± 3.3 5.5± 1.8 6.1 ± 7.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 7.8±2.8 13.7±1.2 8.7± 8,2 11.0±3.08 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.3± 0.13 0.3± 0.13 0.4 ±0.19 0.4± 0.19 no.sig** 0.05 0.05 0.05 c*=control, no.sig**= no significant (a) (b) fig. (1): green plant (a), anastatica hierochuntica dry curled skeleton (b) (4). fig.(2): 2-(4-(chloro-1,2-diphenylethenyl)phenoxy)-n,n-diethyl-ethanamine(14). 204 | chemistry http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/file:clomifene.svg @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تأثیر المستخلص المائي لنبات كف مریم في بعض الھرمونات إلناث الفئران رجاء كاظم باقر تغرید علوم محمد بشرى حمید علي نبراس مظفر جمیل جامعة بغداد/ الھیثم )( ابن كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة/ الكیمیاء علوم قسم 2013آیار 5، قبل البحث في : 2012تشرین الثاني 23استلم البحث في : الخالصة یعد نبات كف مریم من النباتات التي تمتلك العدید من الخصائص العالجیة المعروفة التي تستعمل على نطاق واسع في المستخلص المائي لنبات كف مریم في بعض الھرمونات الوطن العربي. تضمن البحث الحالي دراسة تأثیر )lh,fsh,prl,pro) أظھرت نتائج الدراسة وجود تغیر معنوي ملحوظ. (p<0.05عند استعمال تركیز ( 100mg/ml ًمن المستخلص المائي للنبات ،في حین أظھرت نتائج الدراسة في المجموعة المعاملة بالكلومید تغیرا . نستنتج بان المستخلص المائي لنبات كف مریم pro) فیما عدا ,prl lh,fsh) في(p<0.05معنویاً ملحوظاً ( أعطى تأثیراً ملحوظاً وألول مرة في نشاط بعض الھورمونات إلناث الفئران مقارنة بمجموعة السیطرة . ) ،ھورمون البروجستیرون، ھورمون lh,fshنبات كف مریم، كلومید، الھرمونات ( الكلمات المفتاحیة: البروالكتین 205 | chemistry adaptive canny algorithm using fast otsu multithresholding method amaal jabbar hatem dept. of physics/college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :22april 2013accepted in :24sptember2013 abstract in this research, an adaptive canny algorithm using fast otsu multithresholding method is presented, in which fast otsu multithresholding method is used to calculate the optimum maximum and minimum hysteresis values and used as automatic thresholding for the fourth stage of the canny algorithm. the new adaptive canny algorithm and the standard canny algorithm (manual hysteresis value) was tested on standard image (lena) and satellite image. the results approved the validity and accuracy of the new algorithm to find the images edges for personal and satellite images as pre-step for image segmentation. keywords edge detection, image segmentation, fast otsu multithresholding method, canny edge detection algorithm. 211 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction image segmentation is an important technique in image processing and thresholding is a technique which is commonly used for image segmentation. image segmentation is a process of dividing an image into different regions such that each region is uniformed in a certain sense and union of any two regions is not uniformed. the goal of segmentation is typical to locate certain objects of interest which may be depicted in the image [1]. image segmentation plays an import role in image analysis and computer vision system; this is the process for subdividing an image into the homogeneous regions [2]. the automatic thresholding techniques are a popular tool used in image segmentation, where its wide applicability to other areas of the digital image processing, quite a number of thresholding methods have been proposed over the years [3]. edge detection is the problem of fundamental important in image analysis, and edge detection techniques are generally used for finding discontinuities in gray level images. edge based segmentation methods detect discontinuities and produce binary images contained edge and their background as the output of them [4]. the edge detection process serves to simplify the analysis of images by drastically reducing the amount of data to be processed, while at the same time preserving useful structural information about object boundaries [5]. the purpose of edge detection in general is to significantly reduce the amount of data in an image, while preserving the structural properties to be used for further image processing. several algorithms exist, and this research focuses on a particular one developed by john f.canny (jfc) in 1986. canny algorithm is the most famous and commonly used edge detectors [4, 6, & 7]. the results of adaptive and the standard canny algorithm can be compared, as a manually and automatically thresholding edge detection on test images. canny operator canny operator is the optimum-approaching operator of the product of signal to noise radio (snr) and the location .canny algorithm smoothes the image by gaussian filter, calculates the magnitude and direction of gray level gradient, which has the non-maxima suppression on gradient magnitude, and detects and connects the edge from the candidate points by the high and low thresholds [8]. the step of the standard canny algorithm 1-smoothing: blurring of the image to remove noise by convolving the image with the gaussian filter. 2-find gradients: the edges should be marked where the gradients of the image has large magnitudes, finding the gradient of the image by feeding the smoothing image through a convolution operation with the derivative of the gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal directions. 3-non –maximum suppression: only local maxims should be marked as edges. finds the local maxima in the direction of the gradient, and suppresses all others, minimizing false edges. 4double thresholding: potential edges are determined by thresholding, instead of using a single static threshold value for the entire image, the canny algorithm introduced hysteresis thresholding, which has some adaptively to the local content of the image. there are two threshold levels, high and low values, where (high value > low value) the pixel values above the high value are immediately classified as edges. 5-edge tracking by hysteresis: final edges are determined by suppressing all edges that are not connected to a very strong edge [9]. 212 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 otsu method otsu method had been proposed in 1979, and it is deduced by least square method based on gray histogram as a nonparametric and unsupervised method. otsu method is the best method of selecting an optimal threshold value automatically by the discriminant criterion, namely, so as to maximize the separability of the resultant classes in gray levels through the variance maximum value between these classes. the principle of this procedure is utilizing only the zerothand the first-order cumulative moments of the gray-level [10, & 11]. test images lena image had been used as a standard image shown in fig. 1-(a), and al-ramadi city scene as a second image which used also in this research, this scene is located in alanbar provenience of the iraq region, and it covers (581.72) km2 west of baghdad as shown in fig. 1-(b). the available scene was tm exposure at march 04, 1990. this region lies between latitudes 33° 27' 21.44" n to 33° 14' 14.05" n and longitudes 43° 29' 17.91" e to 43° 44' 36.64" e. this region represents alluvial plain; the hot desert climate prevails in the sedimentary plain and the western plateau. it contains some vegetation cover, many soil and rock erosion were noticed. research methodology in this research, the canny algorithm has been built by using matlab version 2009b. language and didn’t use the package program, to correct the canny algorithm and dovetailing it's with the fast otsu multithresholding method. fig. (2) illustrates the adaptive canny algorithm had been adopted and summarized in the block-diagram. results and discussions in order to study the fast otsu method as an automatic thresholding method to create binary images, the fast otsu multithresholding method had been implemented and applied on the test images (lena and al-ramadi region). this study was performed by using 64 bit computer platform of core 2due 2.2 ghz processor and matlab version 2009. in canny algorithm, the standard deviations (std), canny algorithm was equal to (1). to ensure the more than 90% of the gaussian operator is effecting on the image, the sliding mask size was adopted according to the following equation: mask size = 6 *(std +1)….…(1) from the results of applying the fast otsu multithresholding method as thresholding method which is deprecated in fig. (1), the following steps can be noticed: • calculating the threshold value in the canny algorithm via otsu, eliminate the tray and error step to find the optimum threshold value (maximum and minimum hysteresis value) in the standard canny algorithm. • the thresholding via otsu was able to recognize the main edges of the objects in the image and eliminates the minor edge due to the fain details that have a disruption on the main edge. • the edges that are found though canny algorithm via otsu were suffering from discontinuity that makes it hard to follow the edges. 213 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 • applying the canny algorithm using otsu on the satellite image was more efficient to recognize the main edges in the image comparing to the manually canny thresholding method. the threshold values of canny algorithm (manually method) and the proposed method (automatically method) for test images (lena and al-ramadi region) are listed in tables (1, & 2). conclusions according to the results, the automatic thresholding (maximum and minimum hysteresis value) via fast otsu multithresholding method to find the edge using canny algorithm were recommended, for their ability to separate the main edges from the minor edge, which make it easier to separate the main object from the background. the discontinuity in the resultant edges that are found by using the proposed method can be over rid though farther post processing step like applying hough transform. references 1priyadharshini, k. s. (2012), research and analysis on segmentation and thresholding techniques, international journal of engineering research & technology (ijert), 1 (10), (1-8). 2naji, t. a. ,(2012), the effect of window size changing on satellite image segmentation using 2d fast otsu method, ibn al-haitham journal for pure& applied science, 25(1):143-152. 3sahoo, p.k.;soltani, s.;wong, a. k., and chen, y. c.(1988) a survey of thresholding techniques, computer vision graphics and image processing, 41, 233-260. 4saif,j.a.;al-kubati,a.a.;hazaa,a. s. and al-moraish, m. (2012),image segmentation using edge detection and thresholding, the 13th international arab conference on information technology acit,dec. (10-13). 5canny, j. (1986)a computational approach to edge detection, ieee transaction on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, pami-8 (6):679-698. 6mai, f.;hung, y.;zhong, h. and sze, w. (2008)a hierarchical approach for fast and robust ellipse extraction, pattern recognition, 41(8):2512-2524. 7mokrzycki,w. and samko, m.(2012) canny edge detection algorithm modification, computer vision and graphics, lecture notes in computer science, springer-verlay berlin heidelberg, iraq virtual science library (ivsl), 7594,533-540. 8zhou,p.;wenjun,y.e.;yaojie, x. and wang, q.(2011), an improved canny algorithm for edge detection, journal of computational information system, 7(5):1516-1523. 9al-kubati, a.a.;saif, j.a. and taher,m. a. (2012),evaluation of canny and otsu image segmentation, international conference on emerging trends in computer and electronics engineering (icetcee,2012), dubai, (23-25). 10fang, m.;yue, g. x. and yu, q. c.(2009), the study on an application of otsu method in canny operator, international symposium on information processing", (isip,09), huangshan, p. r. chaina, (109-112). 11otsu, n. (1979), a threshold selection method from gray-level histograms, ieee transactions on system, man, and cybernetics, smc-9 (1), january. 214 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no. (1) threshold values of canny algorithm & proposed method for lena image via fast otsu multithresholding manually _hysteresismax min_hysteresis max_hysteresis min_hysteresis 25.5 2.25 151 93 table no.(2) threshold values of canny algorithm & proposed method for al-ramadi image via fast otsu multithresholding manually max_hysteresis min_hysteresis max_hysteresis min_hysteresis 25.5 2.25 154 72 lena image canny operator with fast otsu multithresholding (automatically method) canny operator (manually method) (a) 215 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 al-ramadi_image canny operator with fast otsu multithresholding (automatically method) )b( canny operator (manually method) figure no. (1) canny edge detection operator & proposed method for (a) lena image (b) al-ramadi images 216 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (2) block diagram summarizes the procedure steps for the adaptive canny technique input lena and multispectral tm images (band1, band2, and band3) apply canny algorithm apply otsu algorithm to find the hysteresis thresholding (minimum and maximum values) determine the edge tracking by hysteresis threshold values 1perform smoothing procedure by 2-compute the gradient magnitude output binary image 3perform non maximum suppression step (edge thinning) find the hysteresis thresholding (minimum and maximum values) without apply otsu algorithm 217 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 خوارزمیة كاني المطورة باستعمال طریقة أوتسو السریعة المتعددة حد العتبة آمال جبار حاتم جامعة بغداد/)ابن الھیثم (كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013ایلول 24قبل البحث في 2013نیسان 22استلم البحث في خالصةال قدم ھذا البحث طریقة مطورة لخوارزمیة كاني باستعمال طریقة أوتسو السریعة المتعددة حد العتبة، التي تستعمل فیھا حد عتبة آلي للخطوة والدنیا، والمستعملة طریقة أوتسو السریعة المتعددة حد العتبة لحساب قیم الھسترة األعلى القصوى ارزمیة المطورة الجدیدة والخوارزمیة القیاسیة (قیم الھسترة الیدویة) لكاني على الرابعة من خوارزمیة كاني. اختبرت الخو د حواف الصور الشخصیة الصورة القیاسیة (لینا) والصورة الفضائیة، أثبتت النتائج صحة ودقة الخوارزمیة الجدیدة إلیجا ولیة لتقسیم الصور. أخطوة والفضائیة ، تقسیم الصورة، طریقة أوتسو السریعة المتعددة حد العتبة ،خوارزمیة كاني لكشف كشف الحواف -:الكلمات المفتاحیة الحواف. 218 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 input lena and multispectral tm images (band1, band2, and band3) output binary image آمال جبار حاتم قسم الفيزياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة( ابن الهيثم )/جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في22 نيسان 2013 قبل البحث في 24 ايلول 2013 fixed point for asymptotically non-expansive mappings in 2-banach space salwa s. abed rafah s. abed ali department of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham) /baghdad university received in : 23 june 2013 , accepted in : 4 december 2013 abstract in this paper, we introduced some fact in 2-banach space. also, we define asymptotically non-expansive mappings in the setting of 2-normed spaces analogous to asymptotically non-expansive mappings in usual normed spaces. and then prove the existence of fixed points for this type of mappings in 2-banach spaces. keywords: 2-banach space, non-expansive mapping, asymptotically non-expansive mapping, fixed point. 343 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction and preliminaries the concept of linear 2-normed spaces (breviary, 2-normed space) was initiated by sgahler in 1965 [1]. other papers dealing with 2-normed spaces are [2], [3] and [4]. later on, several researchers studied 2-normed spaces using contractive map-pings (see [5] and [6] ) . also, mukti, sahu and baisnab [7] proved some fixed point theorems in 2-banach spaces where mappings involved are of caristis type. the study of 2-normed spaces using asymptotically non-expansive mappings was not initiated by researcher. the purpose of this paper is to continue studying 2-normed spaces using asymptotically non-expansive mappings. now, we recall the following definitions: definition [8] let x be a real linear space and ‖. , . ‖ be a nonnegative real valued function defined on x × x satisfying the following conditions: ‖𝑥, 𝑦‖ = 0 if and only if 𝓍𝓍 and y are linearly dependent in x. 1) ‖𝑥, 𝑦‖ = ‖𝑦, 𝑥‖ , for all 𝓍𝓍 ,y ϵx . 2) 3) ‖𝑥, 𝛼𝑦‖ = |𝛼|‖𝑥, 𝑦‖ , α ϵ r ,𝓍𝓍 , y ϵ x. 4) ‖𝑥, 𝑦 + 𝑧‖ ≤ ‖𝑥, 𝑦‖ + ‖𝑥, 𝑧‖ , for all 𝓍𝓍 , 𝑦 , 𝑧 ϵ x. then (x ,‖. , . ‖) is called a 2-normed space. note that the 2-normed space is hausdorff space and ‖. , . ‖ is continuous function, for examples of 2-normed spaces see [1] . the ball in 2-normed space x with center x, radius r > 0 and is defined by br(x) = { y, u ϵ x, || x – y, u || ˂ r}, and the open subset m of x is defined as follows: for any x ϵ m there is r > 0 such that br(x) ⊂ m. therefore m is called closed subset of x if its complement is open. definition [9] a sequence (xn) in a 2-normed space (x,||.,.||) is called a convergent sequence if there is, x ϵ x, such that lim𝑛→∞‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑥, 𝑢‖= 0 , for all u ϵ x. definition [9] a sequence (xn) in a 2-normed space (x,||.,.||) is called a cauchy sequence if lim𝑚,𝑛→∞‖𝑥𝑚 − 𝑥𝑛, 𝑦‖ =0 , for all 𝑦 ∈ x. definition [9] a linear 2-normed space x is said to be complete if every cauchy sequence is convergent to an element of x. then x is called a 2-banach space. definition [9] let x be a 2-banach space and t:x→x be a mapping t is said to be continuous at x if for every sequence (𝓍𝓍n ) in x,( 𝓍𝓍n ) →𝓍𝓍 as n→∞ implies that {t(𝓍𝓍n )}→t(𝓍𝓍) as n→∞. we need to give some concepts in the setting of 2-normed space x as the first dual and the second dual of x are defined by x*= {f l f :x →ℝ , bounded linear function} , x**= { g l g : x*→ ℝ, bounded linear function}. respectively, then the mapping j: x→ x* , where j(x) = fx(f) = f(x), f ϵ x* is called a natural embedding, so we say that x is reflexive if the natural embedding is an onto mapping. 344 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 definition [10] let x be a 2-normed space, (𝓍𝓍n) be a sequence in x , then (𝓍𝓍n) is said to be converges weakly to 𝓍𝓍 denoted by 𝓍𝓍n →𝓍𝓍 as n → ∞ , if f(𝓍𝓍n) → f(𝓍𝓍) as n → ∞. definition [11] a 2-normed space (x,||.,.||) is said to be uniformly convex if for every ε ϵ (0,2] and u ≠ 0 in x , there exists α > 0 such that || 𝓍𝓍 , u || ≤ 1 ; || y , u || ≤ 1 and || 𝓍𝓍 – y , u || ≥ ε implies that || 1 2 ( 𝓍𝓍 + y ) , u || ≤ 1 α. definition let x be a 2-normed space, then we say that x satisfies opial condition if for every bounded sequence (𝓍𝓍n) ϵ x converges weakly to 𝓍𝓍 ϵ x, then lim𝑛→∞ inf�|xn − x , u|�˂ limn→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓�|xn − y , u|� for every x ≠ y & 𝑦 , 𝑢 𝜖 𝑋. definition let x be a 2-normed space. with the mapping t : x → x it is said to be lipschitzian if there exists constant α ≥ 0 such that ||t(x) t(y), u|| ≤ α ||x – y, u|| for all x ,y ,u ϵ x …(1.1) iiif α = 1 then t is said to be non-expansive mapping such that ||t𝓍𝓍 – ty , u || ≤ || 𝓍𝓍 – y , u || ; 𝓍𝓍 , y, u ϵ x …(1.2) definition let x be a 2-normed space, then the mapping t :x→x is said to be asymp-totically nonexpansive mapping if there exists a positive sequence (kn) ϵ [1,∞) with lim𝑛→∞(𝑘𝑛) = 1, such that ||tn𝓍𝓍 tny , u || ≤ kn || 𝓍𝓍 – y , u || …(1.3) for all 𝓍𝓍 , y , u ϵ x and n ≥1. . definition i. if s a nonempty subset of a 2-normed space x and (xn) a bounded sequence in x. consider the functional ra (·, (xn)) : x × x → r+ defined by ra(x, (xn)) = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝||𝑥𝑛 − 𝑥, 𝑢|| ; x, u ϵ x . ii. the infimum of ra(·, (xn)) over s is said to be the asymptotic radius of (xn) with respect to s and is denoted by ra(s, (xn)). a point z ∈ s is said to be an asymptotic center of the sequence (xn) with respect to s if ra(z, (xn)) = inf {ra(x, (xn)) : x ∈ s} the set of all asymptotic centers of (xn) with respect to s is denoted by za(s,(xn)).if (xn) converges strongly to x ∈ s, then za(s, (xn)) = {x}. results in 2-banach spaces we begin with the following : theorem let s be a nonempty closed convex subset of a uniformly convex 2-banach space x and (xn) a bounded sequence in s such that za(s, (xn)) = {z}. if (ym) is a sequence in s such that lim𝑚→∞ 𝑟𝑎 (ym, (xn)) = ra(s, (xn)), then lim𝑚→∞ 𝑦𝑚= z . 345 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 proof suppose that (ym) does not converge strongly to z. then there exists a subsequence (ymi) of (ym) such that ||ymi z,u|| ≥ d > 0 for all i ∈ n, u ϵ s. by the uniform convexity of x, there exists ε > 0 such that (ra(s, (xn)) + ε)[1 – δx(d / ra(s,(xn)) + ε)] < ra(s, (xn)). since ra(z, (xn)) = ra(s, (xn)), there exists no ∈ n such that ||xn – z ,u|| ≤ ra(s, (xn)) + ε for all n ≥ no. since ra(ym, (xn)) → ra(s, (xn)) as m → ∞ and hence ra(ymi , (xn)) → ra(s, (xn)) as i→∞, then there exists an integer mo∈ n such that ||xn – ymi ,u|| ≤ ra(s, (xn)) + ε for all n ≥ mo . since x is uniformly convex, ||xn – ( z + ymi) / 2 ,u|| ≤ [1−δx( d / (ra(s,(xn)))] (ra(s,(xn)) + ɛ) ˂ ra(s,(xn)) for all n ≥ max {no,mo} this implies that ra(( z + ymi / 2 ), (xn)) < ra(s, (xn)), which contradicts the uniqueness of the asymptotic center z. ■ theorem let s be a nonempty closed convex subset of a uniformly convex 2banach space. then every bounded sequence (xn) in x has a unique asymptotic center with respect to s, i.e., za(s, (xn)) = {z} and lim 𝑛→∞ sup‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑧, 𝑢‖˂ lim𝑛→∞ sup ‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑥, 𝑢‖ 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≠ 𝑧 , 𝑢 𝜖 𝑆. theorem let x be a uniformly convex 2-banach space satisfying the opial condition and s a nonempty closed convex subset of x. if (xn) is a sequence in s such that xn → z, then z is the asymptotic center of (xn) in s. proof from theorem 2-2, za(s, (xn)) is singleton. let za(s, (xn)) = {x}, x ≠ z since xn → z, by the opial condition, lim𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑧, 𝑢‖˂ lim𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑥, 𝑢‖, u ϵ s. by theorem 2-2, we obtain limn→∞ sup‖xn − x, u‖ < lim𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑧, 𝑢‖. therefore, z = x. ■ theorem let x be a uniformly convex 2-banach space, let s be a nonempty closed convex subset of x and t:s→s an asymptotically non-expansive mapping. if (𝓍𝓍n) a bounded sequence in s such that lim𝑛→∞‖𝑥𝑛 − 𝑇𝑥𝑛, 𝑢‖ = 0 ; 𝑢 𝜖 𝑆 𝑎𝑛𝑑 za (s,(𝓍𝓍n)) = { v } ,then v is the fixed point in s. proof define a sequence (ym) in s by ym = tmv, m ϵ n. for integers n, m ϵ n, we have || ym xn , u|| ≤ ||tmv tmxn , u|| + ||tmxn –tm-1xn , u|| + … + ||txn – xn , u|| ≤ km ||v – xn , u|| + (||txn – xn , u|| + ∑ 𝑘𝑖 || 𝑥𝑛 – 𝑇𝑥𝑛 , 𝑢|| … (2.1)𝑚−1𝑖=1 then by condition (2.1) we have ra (ym , (xn)) = lim𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝||𝑥𝑛 – 𝑦𝑚, 𝑢|| km ra(v , (xn)) ≤ 346 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 km ra (s , (xn)). = hence ra (ym , (xn)) – ra (s ,( xn))| ≤ km ra (s , (xn)) ra (s , (xn)) ≤ (km – 1) ra(s, (xn)) → 0 as m→∞. it follows from 2-1 that tmv → v by the continuity of t we have ty = t(lim𝑚→∞ 𝑇𝑚 𝑦) = lim𝑚→∞ 𝑇𝑚+1 𝑦 = 𝑦 . theorem (fixed point theorem) let x be a uniformly convex 2-banach space, s a nonempty closed convex bounded subset of x and t : s → s an asymptotically non-expansive mapping, then t has a fixed point in s. proof for fixed y ϵ s and r > 0 , set ry = {r : there exists k ϵ n with s ∩ (⋂ 𝐵𝑟[𝑇𝑖 𝑦]) ≠∞𝑖=𝑘 ø} and d = diam (s). then d ϵ ry. hence ry ≠ ø. let ro = inf { r : r ϵ ry }, fot each 𝜀𝜀 > 0, we define sɛ = ⋃ (⋂ 𝐵𝑟+ɛ∞𝑖=𝑘 ∞ 𝑘=1 [t i y]). thus , for each ɛ > 0 , the set sɛ ∩ s is nonempty and convex . the reflexivity of x implies that ∩ɛ>0 (𝑆𝜀� ∩ s) ≠ ø let 𝓍𝓍 ϵ ∩ɛ>0 (𝑆𝜀� ∩ s) and ƞ > 0 ,there exists an integer no such that 𝓍𝓍– tny ,u|| ≤ ro + ƞ for all n ≥ no ,u ϵ s. || now let 𝓍𝓍 ϵ ∩ɛ>0 (𝑆𝜀� ∩ s) and suppose that the sequence (t n𝓍𝓍) does not converge strongly to 𝓍𝓍 . then there exists ɛ > 0 and a subsequence (tni𝓍𝓍) of (tnx). such that ||tni 𝓍𝓍 – 𝓍𝓍 ,u|| ≥ ɛ , for all i=1,2,… . suppose kn is the lipschitz constant of tn . then for m > n, we have ||tn𝓍𝓍 – tm𝓍𝓍 ,u|| ≤ kn ||𝓍𝓍 – tm-n𝓍𝓍 ,u|| . suppose that ro > 0 and choose α > 0 such that ( 1 -θx(( ɛ 𝑟𝑜+𝛼 )) (𝑟𝑜 + 𝛼) ˂ 𝑟𝑜 select n such that || 𝓍𝓍– tn 𝓍𝓍,u|| ≥ ɛ and kn = (ro + 𝛼 2 ) ≤ ro + α if no ≥ n, then m > no implies ||𝓍𝓍 – tm-ny ,u|| ≤ ro + 𝛼 2 . since ||tn𝓍𝓍– tmy ,u|| ≤ kn ||𝓍𝓍 – tm-ny ,u|| kn (ro + 𝛼 2 ≤ ) ro + α ≤ and ||𝓍𝓍 – tmy ,u|| ≤ ro + α it follows from the uniform convexity of x that for m > no ||½ ( 𝓍𝓍+ tn𝓍𝓍) – tmy, u|| ≤ (1 – θx( 𝜀 𝑟𝑜+𝛼 )) (ro + α) ˂ ro . this contradicts the definition of ro . hence ro= 0 or t𝓍𝓍 = 𝓍𝓍. but ro = 0 implies that (tny) is a cauchy sequence and hence lim𝑛→∞ 𝑇 ny =𝓍𝓍 = t𝓍𝓍 . therefore, the set ∩ɛ>0(𝑆𝜀� ∩ s) is a singleton that is a fixed point of t. ■ 347 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 theorem let x be a uniformly convex 2-banach space, s a nonempty closed convex subset of x and t : s → s an asymptotically non-expansive mapping, u ∈ s, then the follo-wing statements are equivalent: 1) t has a fixed point . 2) there exists a point xo ϵ s such that the sequence (tnxo) is bounded. 3) there exists a bounded sequence (yn) in s such that lim𝑛→∞‖𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑦𝑛, 𝑢‖ = 0 . proof (1) ⟹ (2) and (1) ⟹ (3) follows easily. (3) ⟹ (1) let (yn) be a bounded sequence in s such that lim𝑛→∞�|𝑦𝑛 − 𝑇𝑦𝑛, 𝑢|� = 0 let za (s,(yn)) = {v} ,therefore ,by theorem 2-4, implies that v is a fixed point of t. ■ corollary let s be a nonempty closed convex subset of a strictly convex 2-banach space x and t : s → x a non-expansive mapping. then f(t) is closed and convex. we have seen in a corollary 2-7, that f(t) is closed and convex in strictly convex 2banach space for non-expansive mappings. however, we think that corollary 2-7, is not true for asymptotically non-expansive mappings. in fact, we have: theorem let x be a uniformly convex 2-banach space, s a nonempty closed convex bounded subset of x and t : s → s an asymptotically non-expansive mapping. then f(t) is closed and convex. proof the closedness of f(t) is obvious. to show convexity, it is sufficient to prove that z = (𝓍𝓍 + y ) / 2 ϵ f(t) for x, y and u ϵ f(t),for each n ϵ n, we have ||𝓍𝓍 – tnz ,u|| = ||tn𝓍𝓍 – tnz ,u|| ≤ kn ||𝓍𝓍 – z ,u|| = ½ kn || 𝓍𝓍– y,u|| ||y – tnz ,u|| = ||tny – tnz ,u|| ≤ kn ||y – z ,u|| = ½ kn ||𝓍𝓍 – y ,u|| by the uniform convexity of x , we have ||z – tnz,u|| ≤ ½ [1 λx(2 / kn )] kn ||𝓍𝓍 – y,u|| ≤ ½ [1 – λx (2 / kn )] kn diam (s) hence tnz → z as n → ∞ z is a fixed point of t , by the continuity of t. ■ 348 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 references 1. gahler s., (1965), linear 2-normietre raume, math. nachr., 28, pp. 1 –43. 2. white a., (1969), 2-banach spaces, math nachr. 42, pp. 43 – 60. 3. rezapour s., (2005), quasi-chebyshew subspaces in generalized normed space, international journal of pure and applied mathemetical scinces, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 53 – 61. 4. lawandowska z., (2003), on 2-normed sets, glasnik math. ser. iii 38(58), no. 1, pp. 99 – 110. 5. . khan m. s and khan m. d., (1993), involutions with fixed points in 2-banach spaces, internet. j. math. sci, 16, 429 – 434. 6. cho y. j., huang n. and long x., (1995), some fixed point theorems for non-linear mappings in 2-banach spaces, far east j. math. sci., 3(2), pp. 125 – 133. 7. mukti g., mantu s. and baisanb a. p., (2009), '' fixed point theorems for a class of mappings in 2-banach space'', int. journal of math. analysis, 3, no. 27, pp. 1339 – 1347. 8. kuldip r. and sunil k. s., (2011), '' some sequence spaces in 2-normed spaces defined by musielak-orlisz function'', acta univ. sapientiae, mathematical, 3, 1, pp. 97 109. 9. mukti g., mantu s. and baisnab a. p., (2012), ''caristi-type fixed point theor-ems in 2-banach space'', gen, math. notes, 8, no. 1, pp. 1 – 5. 10. george b. and lawrence n., (2000), functional analysis, canada, general pub-lishing company. 11. dominic y. and marudai m., (2012), ''best approximation in uniformly convex 2normed space'' int. journal of math. analysis, 6, no. 21, pp. 1015 – 1021. 349 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 بناخ -2النقطة الصامدة للتطبیقات شبة الالمتمددة في فضاء سلمان عبد سلوى رفاه ساجد عبدعلي جامعة بغداد/كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة أبن الھیثم /قسم الریاضیات 2013كانون االول 4: في، قبل البحث 2013حزیران23 : في أستلم البحث الخالصة الالمتمددة شبھ تطبیقات عرفناایضا،. بناخ-2فضاء في الحقائق بعض قدمنا البحث خالل ھذا asymptotically non-expansive mapping للتطبیقات غیر المتمددة المعیاریة بطریقة مشابھة-2لفضاءاتا في بناخ.-2من التطبیقات في فضاء لھذا النمط نقاط صامدة و من ثم البرھنة عن وجود ،في الفضاءات المعیاریة العادیة ، نقطة صامدة.تطبیق ال متمدد، تطبیق شبة ال متمددبناخ، -2: فضاء مفتاحیة الكلمات ال 350 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 microsoft word 160-170 mathematics | 160 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 study of two types finite graphs in ku-semigroups elaf r. hasan math88012@gmail.com fatema f. kareem fa_sa20072000@yahoo.com department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 25 june 2018, accepted 18 july 2018, published december 2018 abstract in this ˑresearch, we present theˑ notion of the ˑgraph for a ku-semigroup x as theˑ undirected simple graphˑ with the vertices are the elementsˑ of x and weˑˑstudy the ˑgraph ofˑ equivalence classes ofˑ x which is determinedˑ by theˑ definition equivalenceˑ relation ofˑ these verticesˑ, andˑ then some related ˑproperties areˑ given. several examples are presented and some theorems are proved. byˑ usingˑ the definitionˑ ofˑ isomorphicˑ graph, ˑwe showˑ thatˑ the graphˑ of equivalence ˑclasses ˑand the ˑgraphˑofˑa ku-semigroup ˑ areˑ theˑ sameˑ, in special cases. key words: ku-algebra, ku-semigroup, graph, annihilator. 1.introduction mathematicians prabpayak andˑ leerawat [1, ˑ2] constructed algebraicˑ structure whichˑ isˑ calledˑˑku-algebra and they ˑintroduced the conceptˑ of ˑa homomorphism of ˑku-algebra. kareem and ˑhasan [3] introduced a new class of algebras related to ku-algebras and semigroups, called a ku-semigroup. they defined some types of ideals and discussed few properties. the study of graph theory and its properties are topics of interest in algebraic structures. beck in [4] introduced the graph of commutative ring by studied the ˑzerodivisor graphs of thisˑ ring. many mathematicians studied a graph of a commutative ring by different ways; see [510]. in [11], jun and leeˑ introduced theˑ concept of theˑ associated graphˑ of ˑbck/bci-algebra andˑ they provedˑ that: if x ˑis a bck-ˑalgebra, ˑthen theˑ associatedˑ graph ofˑ x isˑ connected but ˑif x is a bci-algebra, then it's not connected. zahiri and borzooei [12] introduced aˑnewˑgraph of a bciˑ-algebraˑ x andˑ they definedˑ the concept ofˑ a-ˑdivisor of bci-ˑalgebraˑ x . ˑmostafa and kareem [13] introduced the graphˑ of aˑ commutative isˑ-algebra ˑx, denotedˑ by (x) and studiedˑ the graph of ˑequivalenceˑ classes of x. in thisˑ research, we introduceˑ the idea ofˑ graph for a ku-ˑsemigroup. we defineˑ the graph as the ˑundirected graph with ˑthe vertices are the elements ˑin ku-ˑsemigroupˑ x ˑ and forˑ distinct vertices ˑ x andˑ y ˑare adjacentˑˑif and onlyˑ ifˑ }0{}),({}),({  yxlyxr ˑ.ˑmoreoverˑ,ˑ weˑ studyˑ the other graph namely, graph ofˑˑequivalenceˑ classesˑ of x byˑ definition of equivalenceˑ relation ofˑ these verticesˑ andˑ then some related ˑproperties areˑ given. 2.preliminaries inˑ this section, we present some definitions and background about a ku-algebra and kusemigroup. definition 1[1-2]. algebra )0,,( x is called a ku-algebra if it satisfies the following axioms: mathematics | 161 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 ( 1ku ) 0)]())[()(  zxzyyx , ( 2ku ) 00 x , ( 3ku ) xx 0 , ( 4ku ) 0 yx and 0 xy implies yx  , ( 5ku ) 0 xx . on aˑ ku-algebraˑ x , we can defineˑ a binary relationˑ  by ˑputting 0 xyyx . ˑthen ),( x is a partially ˑordered set ˑand 0 is ˑits smallestˑ element. thusˑ )0,,( x satisfies the followingˑ conditions. for allˑ xzyx ,, , weˑ that ( \1ku ) )()()( yxzxzy  , ( \2ku ) x0 , ( \3ku ) xyyx  , implies yx  , ( \4ku ) xxy  .ˑ ˑtheoremˑ2ˑ[14].ˑin a kuˑ-algebra x . ˑtheˑ followingˑ axiomsˑ are satisfied, for all xzyx ,, (1) yx  ˑimplyˑ zxzy  , (2) )()( zxyzyx  ,ˑfor allˑ xzyx ,, , (3) yxxy  ))(( ˑ.ˑ definition 3 [1-2]. ˑa non-ˑempty subsetˑ i of a ku-algebra )0,,( x is calledˑˑan ˑideal of x if ˑfor anyˑ xyx , , then (i) i0 and (ii) ixyx  , imply that iy  .ˑˑ definition 4 [1-2].ˑlet i be a nonempty subset of a ku-algebra x . then i is said to be a ku-ideal of x , if )( 1i i0 and )( 2i xzyx  ,, , izyx  )( and iy  imply that izx  . ˑˑdefinition 5[15].ˑa ku-ˑalgebraˑ )0,,( x ˑis saidˑˑto beˑa commutativeˑifˑitˑsatisfiesˑ: for all ˑ yx, in x , yyxxxy  )()( , where xxyyx  )( , i.e. xyyx  .ˑˑ lemma 6ˑ[15]. if x is a commutative ku-algebra, then )()()( zxyxzyx  . example 7[15]. let e}d,c,b,a,0,{x ˑbe a set, with the operation defined by the following table: mathematics | 162 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 thenˑ )0,,( x is aˑku-algebra andˑku-commutative. definition 8 [3]. a ku-semigroup is a nonempty set x with twoˑbinary operations , ˑand constantˑ 0 satisfying ˑtheˑfollowing axiomsˑ (i) )0,,( x isˑˑa ku-ˑalgebra, (ii) ),( x is aˑˑsemigroup, (iii)the ˑoperation  is ˑdistributiveˑ(on bothˑ sides) over theˑˑoperation , i.e. )()()()()()( zyzxzyxandzxyxzyx   , for all xzyx ,, . example 9[3]. let }3,2,1,0{x beˑa set. define  -ˑoperation and  -ˑoperation by the following tables then, )0,,,( x is a ku-semigroup. proposition 10[3]. let )0,,,( x be a ku-semigroup. the followingˑaxioms areˑsatisfied. for all xzyx ,, , (1) 00 x and 00 x , (2) if yx  implyˑ yzxz   and zyzx   , (3) )()()()()()( zyzxzyxandzxyxzyx   . 3.a graph ofˑku-semigroups in thisˑ part, we introduceˑ the conceptsˑ of graph ku-semigroupsˑ x and theˑ graph of equivalence ˑclasses of x . we ˑrecall some definitions ˑand basic ˑfacts. for aˑ graph g ˑ, we ˑdenotedˑ theˑ set of ˑvertices ˑof g ˑasˑ )(gv and ˑthe ˑset ˑof edgesˑ as )(ge . an edge to be  0 aˑ b c d e 0 0 a bˑ c d e a 0 0 b c bˑ c b 0 a 0ˑ b aˑ d c 0 aˑ 0 0 a a d 0 0ˑ 0 b 0 b e 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 0 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 3 1 0 0 0 2 2 0 2 0 1 3 0 0 0 0  0 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 0 0 2 2 3 0 1 2 3 mathematics | 163 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 associated with a vertex pair ji xx  ; such an edge having the same vertex as end vertices are called a loop. also if more than one edge to be associated with a given pair of vertices, then edges referred to as parallel edges.a simple graph is a graph that has neither loops nor parallel edges. a graphˑ g is ˑsaid to be complete ˑ if everyˑ two distinct ˑvertices areˑ joined byˑ exactly one ˑedge. ˑa ˑgraph ˑ g is said ˑto be ˑbipartite graph ˑif its vertex ˑset )(gv can ˑbe partitionedˑ into disjointˑ subsets 1v andˑ 2v such thatˑ, every edge of ˑ g joinsˑ a vertexˑ of 1v withˑ aˑ vertex ofˑ 2v . soˑ, g ˑ is calledˑ a completeˑ bipartiteˑˑ graphˑ if every vertexˑ in ˑone of theˑˑbipartition subsetˑ isˑ joined to ˑevery vertexˑ inˑ theˑ otherˑ bipartition ˑˑsubset. if 1v andˑ 2v haveˑ m and n ˑvertices ˑrespectivelyˑ, then a completeˑˑ bipartite ˑgraphˑ will be denotedˑ by nmk , . consequently, a star ˑgraph is aˑ complete bipartiteˑ graph ofˑ the form nk ,1 .ˑ a ˑgraph ˑgˑ is saidˑ to beˑ a connected if ˑthere is ˑa pathˑˑ between anyˑ given pairs ofˑ vertices, otherwiseˑ the graph is a ˑdisconnected. the neighborsˑ of a vertex x inˑ a graphˑ g , denoted ˑby )(xn ˑare the set ofˑ vertices that are ˑadjacent to x . a graph ˑh is called a subgraphˑ of g ˑ if )()( gvhv  ˑand )()( gehe  .ˑ two graphs 1g andˑ 2g are saidˑ to be isomorphicˑ if there exists ˑa bijective mappingˑ )()(: 21 gvgvf  such thatˑ )( 1geyx  then ˑ )()()( 2geyfxf  . for more ˑdetails we refer ˑto [16] ˑ. definitionˑ11. letˑ a be aˑ subset of a kusemigroup ˑ )0,,,( x , then ˑwe define the followingˑ },0,0:{)( aaaxaxxxal   ,ˑ ˑ },0,0:{)( aaxaxaxxar   . if ˑ }{aa  ˑ, then weˑ write )(al and )(ar ˑinstead of })({al ˑand })({ar ,ˑrespectively. proposition12.ˑ let a ˑand b be non-empty subsetsˑ in )0,,,( x , then the ˑfollowing statements areˑ true: (1) )]([ alra  andˑ )]([ arla  , (2) ˑif ba , thenˑ )()( arbr  and ˑ )()( albl  , (3) ˑ )]]([[)( arlrar  ˑˑ andˑ )]]([[)( alrlal  . (4) ˑ )()()( brarbar   ˑˑandˑ )()()( blalbal   (5) ˑ )()()( barbrar   ˑand )()()( balblal   proof. (1) let ˑ aa  ˑand )( alx  , ˑthen 0,0  axax  . it follows that )]([ alra  , hence )]([ alra  . similarlyˑ, )]([ arla  . (2) suppose thatˑ ba  and )(brx  , ˑthen 0,0  xbxb  for all bb  . abxbxbtherforebabut  0,0,  . so )( arx  ,ˑ hence )()( arbr  . similarly,ˑ )()( albl  . (3) by usingˑ (1) andˑ (2) we have ˑ )]([ alra  ˑand )]([ arla  ˑimpliesˑˑ that byˑ (2) )()]]([[ alalrl  and )()]]([[ ararlr  . if ˑˑweˑ applyˑ (1) to )( al and ˑ )( ar , then mathematics | 164 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 )]]([[)( alrlal  andˑ )]]([[)( arlrar  . henceˑˑ )]]([[)( arlrar  andˑ )]]([[)( alrlal  . (4) sinceˑ baa  and bab  , weˑ have by ˑpart (2) of ˑproposition 3.2 thatˑ, )()( arbar  and )()( brbar  , hence )()()()( ibrarbar   converselyˑ, ifˑ )()( brarx  , ˑthen )()( brxandarx  ,ˑ therefore aaxaxa  ,0,0  andˑ bbxbxb  ,0,0  . butˑ ˑifˑ  bac  , ˑthen )(,0,0 bacxcxc   weˑ haveˑ )( barx  , henceˑ )()()()( iibarbrar   fromˑ (i)ˑ and (ii), ˑwe have )()()( brarbar   .ˑ similarly, )()()( blalbal   . (5) we ˑhave baa  , bab  ˑ from (2) )()( barar  and )()( barbr  which impliesˑ that )()()( barbrar   . similarlyˑ, )()()( balblal   .ˑ example ˑ13.ˑ letˑ }3,2,1,0{x beˑa ˑsetˑ. define  -ˑoperation and  -ˑoperation by the following tables then )0,,,( x is a ku-semigroup. we have the following }3,0{})2,1({})2,0({})1,0({  rrr , }2,0{})3,0({ r and }0{})3,2({})3,1({  rr . also, }2,1,0{})3,0({},0{})2,1({},3,0{})2,0({},0{})1,0({  llll and }0{})3,2({})3,1({  ll . remark 14. if )0,,,( x is a ku-semigroup, then (i) xrl  })0({})0({ , (ii) }0{})({})({  xrxl . proof. ˑclear. lemma ˑ15.ˑ let )0,,,( x ˑbe a ku-ˑsemigroup and aˑ ku-algebra beˑ a commutative, then forˑ any elements ˑ a and b of x . if 0ba , ˑthen })({})({ blal  . proof.ˑˑsupposeˑ ˑthat 0ba . let 0,0})({  axaxalx  , then by lemma 6 )()(0)()()(0 bxbxbxaxbax  and * 0 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 3 1 0 0 1 3 2 0 0 0 3 3 0 1 2 0  0 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 0 mathematics | 165 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 )()(0)()()(0 bxbxbxaxbax   . it follows that })({blx  , hence })({})({ blal  . lemma16. if a is a subset ofˑ a ku-ˑsemigroup )0,,,( x and a ku-ˑalgebra is aˑ commutative, then )( ar is anˑ ideal of x . proof. for any aa  , we have 0)0(0  aaaaa and 00 a . hence )(0 ar . let )(),( arxaryx  , then 0)(  yxa , 0)(  yxa  which implies that by lemma6 0)()(  yaxa and since )( arx  , then 0)(0  ya , hence 0 ya . also, 0)()(  yaxa  and since )( arx  , 0)(0  ya  , hence 0ya  , i.e. )( ary  . which implies that )( ar is ˑan ideal ˑofˑ x . definitionˑ 17.ˑ a graph of aˑ ku-semigroup x , ˑdenoted by ˑω 𝑋 is ˑ a simple graph whoseˑ vertices areˑ the elements ˑof x and ˑtwo distinctˑ elements xyx , areˑ adjacentˑ ifˑ andˑ onlyˑ ifˑˑ }0{}),({}),({  yxlyxr . exampleˑ 18.ˑ letˑ },,,,0{ dcbax  ˑbeˑaˑ setˑ.ˑ define  -ˑoperation andˑ  -ˑoperation by ˑthe followingˑ tables thenˑ )0,,,( x is a ku-semigroup. so ˑ },,,0{}),0({ dcar  },0{}),({}),0({ cbarbr  },,0{}),0({ bacr  , }0{}),({}),({}),({}),({}),({}),0({  dcrdbrcbrdarcardr . also, }0{}),({}),({}),({}),({}),({}),0({  dcldblcbldalcaldl . byˑ definition17, we determineˑ the graphˑ of ˑ x asˑ followsˑ: ˑthe ˑset ˑofˑ vertices ˑis ˑ },,,,0{)( dcbaxv  ˑˑandˑˑˑ theˑ set ˑof ˑedgesˑˑis ˑ },,,,,0{)( dcdbcbdacadxe  . theˑ figure (1) ˑshowsˑ the graphˑ ω 𝑋 . ˑ  0 a b c d 0ˑ 0 ˑ a b ˑ c d a ˑ 0 0 ˑ a ˑ c d ˑ b 0 0 0 c d ˑ c 0 a ˑ b 0 ˑ d ˑ d 0 a ˑ b c 0  0 a b c d 0 ˑ 0 0 ˑ 0 0 ˑ 0 a 0 0 0 0 a b ˑ 0 0 ˑ 0 0 b c 0 0 0 b c d 0 ˑ a b ˑ c d mathematics | 166 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 1.the graphˑω 𝑋 example 19. ˑlet }3,2,1,0{x beˑaˑ set in example13. ˑthe set of vertices ˑis }3,2,1,0{ and the set of edges is 1 3 𝑎𝑛𝑑 2 3 . theˑ figure (2) showsˑ the ˑ graph ˑω 𝑋 . figure 2. the graphˑω 𝑋 theorem 20. a disconnected graph cannot be a graph of any ku-semigroups 𝑋. proof. suppose g is a disconnected graph with components 1g and 2g . let ˑ𝐺 ω 𝑋 ˑ beˑ a graphˑ of ˑ ku-ˑsemigroups𝑋. then, there exist vertices 1gx  and 2gy  such that there is no path between 𝑥 and 𝑦. let 1ga  and 2gb be vertices adjacent to 1gx  and 2gy  , respectively. then 𝑥  𝑎 𝑎𝑥 0, 𝑥a a𝑥 0 and 𝑦  𝑏 𝑏𝑦 0, 𝑦b b𝑦 0. if  𝑏 𝑏𝑎 𝑧, 𝑎b b𝑎 z , for ˑsomeˑz 𝑋. then 𝑥 𝑧 𝑧𝑥 0, 𝑦 𝑧 𝑧𝑦 0, 𝑥z z𝑥 0, yz z𝑦 0 . thus z is a common neighbor of 𝑥 and 𝑦 , that is a contradiction. hence, a disconnected graph cannot be a graph of any ku-semigroups. definition21. let x be a ku-semigroup. forˑ any xx , we have }}0{}),({}),({:{)(  yxlyxrxyxann ˑis called ˑthe set of annihilator of x . lemma 22. let x be a ku-semigroup and )( xann ˑbe ˑthe setˑ of annihilator of x . then (i) xxxannx  )( , (ii) thereˑ is anˑ edgeˑ connectingˑ x and y if ˑand onlyˑ if ˑ )( yannx  ˑand ˑ )( xanny  . mathematics | 167 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 proof. (i) clear by definition 17. (ii): suppose that )( yannx  or )( xanny  , then }0{}),({}),({  yxlyxr . it implies thatˑ thereˑ is no ˑedge connectingˑ x andˑ y , thisˑ is aˑ contradiction. thus )( yannx  and )( xanny  . conversely, suppose that )( yannx  and )( xanny  , then }0{}),({}),({  yxlyxr . it implies that ˑthere is ˑan edgeˑ connectingˑ x andˑ y . definition 23.ˑ define aˑ relationˑ on a kuˑ-semigroupˑ x as followsˑ: x1 x2 ifˑ and only ˑif ˑ xxxxannxann  2121 ,),()( . lemma 24. ˑthe relation ˑ (from definition23) is ˑan equivalenceˑ relation ˑon x . proof.ˑ clear. 4. a graphˑ of equivalenceˑclasses ofˑ ku-ˑsemigroups nowˑ, we introduceˑ ˑthe graphˑ of ˑequivalence classesˑ of aˑ kuˑ-ˑsemigroup x , ˑwhich is constructedˑ fromˑ classes ofˑˑ equivalence relationˑ ~ ˑin ˑdefinitionˑ 23. for xyx , , ˑwe say thatˑ x ~ y if andˑ only ifˑ )()( yannxann  . as denoted ˑin (lemma 4), ~ is anˑ equivalenceˑ relation. furthermoreˑ, ifˑ ][ x denotes theˑclass of x, thenˑ the product ˑ ][][][ yxyx   andˑ ][][][ yxyx  . definition25.ˑthe graphˑ of equivalence ˑclasses of ˑa ku-semigroupˑ x , denoted by ˑˑ x is the undirected simpleˑˑgraph whoseˑ vertices ˑareˑ theˑ set of ˑequivalenceˑˑclasses ˑ  xxx ];[ ˑ and twoˑˑdistinctˑ classesˑˑ ][],[ yx are ˑadjacentˑ in ˑ  x ˑ if ˑandˑ only ifˑ }0{][][ yx  and }.0{][][  yx example 26.ˑ let },,,0{ cbax  beˑˑa set. define  -ˑˑoperation and  -ˑˑoperation by the following tables thenˑ )0,,,( x is aˑ ku-ˑsemigroup. we haveˑ the set of ˑvertices is ˑv ω 𝑋 0, 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ˑ and ˑthe ˑset of edges ˑis ˑe ω 𝑋 0 𝑎,0 𝑏,𝑎 𝑏, ˑ𝑎 𝑐,𝑏 𝑐 .ˑ soˑ, the set ˑof vertices ˑof ˑ 𝑋 is ]}[],[],0{[ ba ˑsince },,{)0( baann  },,0{)( cbaann  , },,0{)( cabann  ˑand },{)( bacann  ,ˑ then 𝐸  𝑋 0 𝑎 , 0 𝑏 , 𝑎 𝑏 . ˑtheˑ followingˑ figure showsˑ the graph ω 𝑋 ˑ and  𝑋 .  0ˑ aˑ bˑ c 0ˑ 0 aˑˑ b cˑ aˑ 0 0ˑˑ a cˑ bˑ 0 0ˑˑ 0 c cˑ 0 aˑ bˑ 0  0 aˑ b c 0 0 0ˑ 0 0 a 0 0ˑ 0 a b 0 0ˑ 0 b c 0 a b c mathematics | 168 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 3. the graphsˑω 𝑋 and 𝑋 ˑ example ˑ27ˑ.ˑlet ˑ },,,,0{ dcbax  beˑaˑ setˑ in example 18. thenˑ theˑ set ofˑˑ vertices ˑof ˑ 𝑋 ˑ is ˑ ]}[],[],[],0{[ dca ˑand ˑthe set of edges is }],[][],[][],[][],[]0{[ dcdacad  the figure (4) shows ˑthe graph of ˑequivalence classes ˑ 𝑋 . figure 4. the graph 𝑋 lemma 28. with ˑnotations asˑ before. 1) ˑ 𝑋 is ˑa sub graphˑ of ω 𝑋 ; 2) for all ˑ xx  , weˑ have )()( xannxn  . proof.ˑ straightforward. theorem29.ˑ let  𝑋 be theˑ graphˑ ofˑ equivalence ˑclassesˑˑ of x .ˑ for ˑany distinct ˑvertices 𝑥ˑ , 𝑦 ˑ 𝑋 ˑ, if ˑ ][][ yandx ˑˑconnected ˑby ˑanˑ edgeˑ,ˑ thenˑ )()( yannxann  . proof.ˑ suppose that ˑ )()( yannxann  , thenˑ yx ~ . henceˑ ][][ yx  this isˑ a contradictionˑ. thereforeˑ )()( yannxann  . the ˑconverse of thisˑ theorem is ˑnot true. in exampleˑ27, we haveˑ the verticesˑ ][,]0[ c and ˑ )()0( cannann  but noˑ edge jointˑ between themˑ. theorem30. ˑlet x as ˑmentioned above. if ω 𝑋 is a ˑcomplete graph, ˑthen ω 𝑋  𝑋 . but theˑ convers is notˑ true. proof.ˑ suppose that ˑv ω 𝑋 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 . if ω 𝑋 ˑ is the completeˑ graph, then ˑevery pair of ˑits verticesˑ are adjacent.ˑ thus nixxxxn i ,...,2},,...,,{)( 321  nixxxxn i ,...,3,1},,...,,{)( 312  ,…, },...,,{)( 121  nn xxxxn . then, )()(),...,()(),()( 2211 nn xnxannxnxannxnxann  ,thus )(...)()( 21 nxannxannxann  mathematics | 169 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 thereforeˑˑ everyˑ vertex of ˑω 𝑋 isˑˑ a equivalenceˑ classˑ of ˑˑ 𝑋 , thusˑ theˑ vertices of ˑˑ 𝑋 ˑ are distinctˑ and ˑthe sameˑ number of ˑvertices of ˑ ω 𝑋 ˑ , thenˑ there existˑ an isomorphic ˑ 𝑓: ω 𝑋 →  𝑋 ˑ such thatˑ ][)( ii xxf  for ˑeachˑˑ },...,2,1{ ni  ˑand theˑˑ mapping of ˑedges ˑ𝑓: 𝐸 ω 𝑋 → 𝐸  𝑋 , ˑwhich sendsˑ theˑ edge ji xx  in ˑ𝐸 ω 𝑋 ˑ toˑ the edge ˑ ][][ ji xx  inˑ 𝐸  𝑋 is ˑa well-ˑˑdefined ˑbijection. the converseˑ of this theoremˑ is false asˑ illustrated inˑ example31, ˑwe have exampleˑˑ31.ˑˑlet },,,0{ cbax  beˑˑaˑ set. define  -ˑoperation and  -ˑoperationˑ by ˑthe ˑfollowing ˑˑtablesˑ thenˑˑ )0,,,( x is a ˑku-semigroup. ˑ we ˑdetermine the ˑgraph ω 𝑋 ˑ as follows: ˑv ω 𝑋 0, 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 and ˑˑ e ω 𝑋 0 𝑎, 𝑎 𝑏, 𝑎 𝑐, 𝑏 𝑐 . ˑthe set ˑof verticesˑ of  𝑋 is ]}[],[],[],0{[ cba , sinceˑ },{)0( aann  },,0{)( cbaann  , },{)( cabann  and ˑ },{)( bacann  ,ˑ then eˑ  𝑋 0 𝑎 , 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑎 ˑ 𝑐 , 𝑏 ˑ 𝑐 . ˑ theˑ followingˑ figure showsˑ the graph ω 𝑋 ˑ and  𝑋 . figure 5. the graphsˑω 𝑋 and 𝑋 ˑin above figure ω 𝑋  𝑋 ˑ, butˑ ω 𝑋 is not aˑ complete graphˑ. theorem 32.ˑif ω 𝑋 is aˑ star graph,ˑ then  𝑋 is ˑan edge. proof.ˑ suppose that ˑω 𝑋 is a starˑ graph with vertexˑ set v ω 𝑋 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 . thisˑ set can be splitˑ into two ˑsets }{ 11 xv  andˑ },...,{ 22 nxxv  such thatˑ the vertex ˑof 1v is joinedˑ to each vertex ˑof 2v by exactlyˑ one edge. thusˑ, the set of ˑedges is 𝐸 ω 𝑋 𝑥 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 𝑥 , so 2321 },...,,{)( vxxxxn n  and 1312 )(...)(}{)( vxnxnxxn n  , ˑthen 21 )( vxann  and 132 )(...)()( vxannxannxann n  . ˑthen thereˑ are two distinctˑ equivalence classesˑ ][ 1x and ][ 2x in  𝑋 , whichˑ are adjacent.ˑ thus  𝑋 is ˑan edge. lemma 33. let g and h be two graphs and hg  . ˑifˑˑ yxf )( ,ˑˑthenˑˑ )())(( ynxnf  ˑfor allˑ )()( hvyandgvx  ˑ.  ˑ 0 aˑ bˑ c 0ˑ 0ˑ aˑ bˑ cˑ a 0ˑ 0ˑ aˑ c b 0ˑ 0ˑ 0ˑ c cˑ 0ˑ aˑ bˑ 0  0 aˑˑ b cˑ 0ˑ 0 0ˑˑ 0 0ˑ a 0ˑ aˑˑ 0ˑ c b 0 0ˑˑ b 0 cˑ 0 cˑ 0ˑ c mathematics | 170 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2009 vol. 31 (3) 2018 proof. let hgf : be a graph isomorphism, )(gvx  and )()( hvyxf  . then )()}(:)({)}()(:)({}:)({))(( ynzfyzfzfxfzfzxzfxnf  . theorem 34. ˑlet x and y be two ku-semigroups . if ˑω 𝑋  ω 𝑌 ˑ, ˑthen  𝑋  𝑌 . proof.ˑ supposeˑ that ˑ𝑉 ω 𝑋 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ˑ and ˑ𝑉 ω 𝑌 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … , 𝑦 ˑ such thatˑ the isomorphismˑ 𝑓: ω 𝑋 → ω 𝑌 ˑ satisfies ˑ ii yxf )( for eachˑ },...,2,1{ ni  . ˑbyˑ lemmaˑ 33, )())(( ii ynxnf  for eachˑ i , thenˑ )())(( ii yannxannf  and the mapping ofˑ edges ˑ𝑓: 𝐸  𝑋 → 𝐸  𝑌 , which sendsˑ the edge ˑ ][][ ji xx  in  𝑋 to the edge ][][ ji yy  in  𝑌 is aˑ well-ˑdefined ˑbijection. ˑthus  𝑋 ˑ 𝑌 . theˑ converseˑ of this theoremˑ is not true. inˑ examples 27 and 31, we have  𝑋  𝑌 ˑ but ω 𝑋 ω 𝑌 . references 1. prabpayak. c.; leerawat. u. on ideals and congruence in ku-algebras. scientia magna journal. 2009, 5, 1, 54-57. 2. prabpayak. c.; leerawat. u. on isomorphisms of ku-algebras. scientiamagna journal. 2009, 5, 3, 25-31. 3. fatema. f. kareem; elaf. r. h. on ku-semigroups. int. j.sc. nat. 2017, 8(4), 1 4. beck, i. coloring of commutative rings. j. algebra.1988, 116, 208-226. 5. akbari. s.; kiani. d.; mohammadi. f.; moradi. s. the total graph and regular graph of a commutative ring. j. pure appl. algebra. 2009, 213, 2224-2228. 6. anderson., d. f.; badawi. a. the total graph of a commutative ring. j. algebra. 2008, 320, 2706-2719. 7. behboodi. m.; rakeei. z. the annihilating-ideal graph of commutative rings ii, journal of algebra and its application. 2008, 10, 4, 741-753. 8. demeyer. f.; mckenzie. t.; schneider. k. the zero-divisor graph of a commutative semigroup. semigroup forum. 2002, 65, 206-214. 9. mulay. s. b. cycles and symmetries of zerodivisors. comm. algebra. 2002, 7, 30, 3533-3558. 10. weber. d. zero-divisor graphs and lattices of finite commutative rings. rose-hulman undergraduate math. j. 2011, 1, 12, 57-70. 11. jun. y. b; lee. k.j. graphs based on bck\bci-algebra. int. j. math.math. sci. 2011, 1 article, 1-8. 12. zahiri. o.; borzooei. r. graph of bci-algebras. int. j. math. math. sci. 2012, 1 article 1-12. 13. mostafa. s. m.; kareem. f.f. graph of equivalence classes of a commutative isalgebra. bulletin of mathematics and statistics research. 2016, 4, 2, 92-101. 14. mostafa. s. m.; abd-elnaby. m. a.; yousef. m. m. m. fuzzy ideals of ku-algebras. international mathematical forum. 2011, 6, 63, 3139-3149. 15. mostafa. s. m.; radwan. a. e.; ibrahem. f. a.; kareem. f. f. the graph of a commutative ku-algebra. algebra letters 1. 2015, 1, 1-18. 16. wilson, r.j. introduction to graph theory. oliver and boyed, edinburgh. 1972. microsoft word 131-142 chemistry | 131 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 metal (ii) complexes with tridentate n, n,o ligand: synthesis, characterization and biological studies  ali n. niseaf  dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences ( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:12/january/2016,acceted in:28/june/2016 abstract the preparation of some new coordination compounds for nikel (ii), manganese (ii), copper (ii), cobalt (ii)and mercury (ii), with ligand obtained from benzoinand2-amino pyridine.the ligand[6-(2-hydroxy-1,2-diphenylethylideneamino)pyridin-3-ylium)](l) was made from reactin ethanol with metal salts in (1:1)(metal : ligand)ratio.[mlcl] was the inclusive formula of the complexes where m= mn(ii),co(ii),ni(ii),cu(ii) and hg(ii). metal analysis by electronic spectra, atomic absorption ,infrared spectra, 1h&13c-nmr(only ligand)spectral studies, magnetic moment and molar conductance measurements used to describe the compounds.the determinations indicated that the ligand coordinates with the metal (ii) ion in neutral tridentate manner through the azomethine nitrogen atom, nitrogen atom for pyridine and oxygen atom of the benzoin, all the studies reveal coordination four for the metals in all the complexes. tetrahedral and square planar structures were suggested for metal complexes. key words: schiff base, 2-amino pyridine, characterization, metal chelate complexes. chemistry | 132 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction amino compounds as heterocyclic containing one or more possibilitygiver centers took asignificant assignment in the study of reaction of atridentate schiff base system [1]. they are recognized to act ligands as bidentate or tridentate when chelated to metalion [2]. schiff bases are a grade of significant compounds due to their broad domain of enforcements and qualities [3].schiff base and its complexes have presented with a lot notice because of their use as models for biological arrangement and applications as i.e. in the areas of catalysis clinical application[4], pharmacologically and photochemical[5].schiff bases are reported to possess antibacterial[6],antifungal[7],anticancer[8],herbicidal anticonvulsant [9] and diuretic activities[10].these ligands have ono giver atom group were attracted the interest of many authors are well recognized to coordinate with various metal ions and this has [11]. in this study, schiff base of 2-aminopyridine with benzoin has been synthesized,characterized and antibacterial activity study of the new complexes were prepared.further more, the structures of prepared compounds were definite by spectral studies.the arrangement of the compounds is displayed in scheme(1) and(2). experimental 2-amino pyridine and benzoin were purchased from sigma chemical co. (usa). glacial acetic acidreagent from" (aldrich and sigma)".the all metal salts used were gave from (bdh). instrumentation melting point were determined on "gallenkamp melting point apparatus ".elemental microanalysis c.h.n. were carried out using "euro vector ea 3000 a analysis".ft-ir measurements were recorded on "shimadzu8300 spectrophotometer". electronic spectra were recorded using "u.v-vis. spectrophotometer type cecil" .1h and13c-nmr spectra were recorded by using a bruker 300 mhz (switzerland),chemical shift . conductivity measurements were obtained from wtw conductivity meter .the chloride content determined using potentiometric titration method on "686–titro processor –665 dosim a– metrohm/swiss".rature. atomic absorptionof complexeswere obtained from a shimadzu pr5.oraphic printer atomic spectrophotometer". synthesis of [6-(2-hydroxy-1,2-diphenylethylideneamino)pyridin-3-ylium)] (l) the [l]was prepared according tothe method published in literature [1]scheme (1)an ethanolic solution of (30 ml) 2-aminopyridine (0.094g, 0.001 mmole) was added to an ethanolic solution of benzoin (0.21, 0.01 mmole)and three drops from glacial acetic acid. the resultant mixture was refluxed for ca. 6 h. the solid product formed was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol [2] c h c o oh benzoin + n + h2n 2-amino pyridine c hc n oh + n (z)-6-(2-hydroxy-1,2-diphenylethylideneamino)pyridin-3ylium ref lex 6 hrs. ethanol/haa chemistry | 133 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 synthesis of m(ii) complexes a solution of metal (ii) chlorides in ethanol (2mmole) was stirred with ethanolic solution of the schiff base (2mmole)and three drops from koh solution, for ca. 2 h on a magnetic stirrer at 50oc. the solid complex precipitated was filtered off and washed thoroughly with ethanol and dried in vacuous, recrystallized from a hot of (10ml) ethanol, a coloured precipitate was formed [5, 6].the physical properties of complexes were listed in table (1).   results and discussion nmr spectrum the 1h nmr spectrum shows signals at: 1.15 ppm singlet for 1h benzoin h atome; singlet at 2.50 ppm due to dmso solvent ;singlet signal at 3.385 for 1h hydroxylic proton ,the remaining [bands multiplied] from 5.6 to 8.2 ppm belong to the three aromatic ring protons that overlap with each other [10].  the 13c nmr spectrum: in the spectrum the 40.8 ppm signal is due to the solvent c atoms of dmso; 73.2 attributed to c-ohmoiety; the aromatic carbon peaks appeared in the range from 124.43 to 149.88 ppm ,finely the two peaks above 160 ppm, returned to the two sp2 carbone atom that linked with nitrogen , the firs are for schiff base band and the other one returns to α –imine pyridine [12]. m=co,&mn   m=cu,ni&hg   c hc n + n o cl c hc n oh + n mcl2 m=cu,ni&hg mkoh c ch n + n o cl m+ m=co&mn chemistry | 134 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 the ir spectra for the ligand and its complexes the important ir absorption bands for the synthesized schiff bases are listed. in the l, the band shows at 1604 cm-1that it was assigned to the v(c=n) stretching mode. in complexes this band was shifted to lower regions, 1598cm-1, 1593cm-1,1591cm-11595cm-1, and 1596cm-1 for mn(ii),co(ii),ni(ii),cu(ii) and hg(ii)complexes respectively, suggesting the coordination of azomethine nitrogen to metal atom in complexation [13].the (ir) spectra of the complexes showed band at the range(1576-1581) cm-1were assigned to υ(c=n) groups for the pyridine ring in 2-amino pyridine,which shifted the frequency to a lower in comparison with that of schiff base was showed at (1588)cm-1,when coordination with the metal ion referring to share of two nitrogen'sv(-c=n).the bands show at 1531 cm-1 and 1498 cm-1were assigned to the v(c=c) stretching mode in the ligand.these bands prove the presence of benzene. ir spectrum of the ligand showed a board band at 3344 cm-1 due to v (oh) stretching mode in the ligand [14]. this band was absent in the spectra of complexes, they indicate the disappearing of the alcoholic proton on complexation and involvement of alcoholic anionic oxygen in coordination [15]. moreover, the strong band at1187 cm−1is due to v(c-o) (alcoholic) in the ligand. amedium band corresponding to pyridine nitrogen v(c-n) was observed at 1253 cm−1[16,17].the bands arising due to vibration v(c-o) mode at 1187 cm−1and the v(c-n) frequency in the free ligand at 1253 cm−1were observed to be shifted to higher or lower frequencies, at 1240–1257 cm-1 and 1183–1198 cm-1.alsothe bands show at( 582-547) ,(460-482) due to v(m-o) and v(m-n), respectively.in the metal complexes indicating the involvement of nitrogen of pyridine ring and oxygen of the alcoholic group in the complex formation [18-19].   the uvspectral studies  the cu(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), mn(ii) and hg(ii) complexes of ligand l were subjected to their uv-visible spectral studies at room temperature in the range of 200–1100nm by using dmf as a solvent, and the data of the ligand (l) were recording table (5). the u.v-vis spectrum of schiff base, fig.(3) in table (5)displayed two absorptions. the first absorption at (280)nm (35714cm-1) may be assigned to π–σ* transition. the second peak at (312) nm (32051cm-1) was attributed to n–π* electronic transition [20]. the electronic spectrum of the co (ii)complex showed two peaks, the first peak (331)nm (30211cm-1)which was assigned to c.t transition.the second peak at (611) nm (16366) cm1 was allocated to(d-d) electronic transition type4a2 (f) → 4t1 (p).(5.71) b.m. is a magnetic sensibility of this complex. [21] it has been a tetrahedral environment [22]. the u.v-vis spectrum of the ni (ii)complex displayed two peaks, the first peak (332) nm (30120cm-1) which was assigned to c ttransition.the second peak at (770) nm (12987cm– 1)was allocated to(d-d) electronic transition type1a1g(f)→ 2eg .it has been asquare planar configuration. diamagnetic is amagnetic sensibility of this complex[23]. the u.v-vis spectrum of the copper (ii)complex showed two peaks, the first peak(327)nm (30581cm-1)which was assigned to c.t. transition.the second peak at(543)nm(18416cm– 1)was referred to (d-d) transition type1b1g→ 2a1g . 1.76b.m is a magnetic moment.it has been asquare planar configuration of this complex.[24]. while the absorptions of manganese (ii)complex showed three bands,the first bond (335)nm (29650cm-1)which was assigned to c ttransition.the second and third bonds at 453nm (12903cm-1) and 586 nm (22075cm-1) which have been assigned to6a1→ 4a1 (g) and 6a1→ 4e (g) transitions respectively. 5.75b.m. is amagnetic sensibility of this complex.it has been a tetrahedral configuration [25]. chemistry | 135 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 the complex mercury (ii) is diamagnetic giving two peaks at 334 nm (29940cm-1) and 410 nm (24390cm-1) were allocated to c t transitions. the peaks disappear in the visible region. it has been a tetrahedral configuration[26]. biological activities tridentate schiff base ligand derived by the condensation2-amino pyridine with benzoin and its complexes showed biological activities against the type of bacterial(bacillus) except[cu(l)cl].[27 and 28].the results indicate that the complexes showed more activity than the ligand under similar experimental conditions, table (6) dmf (which was used as a solvent and controller) was a good solvent to prepare 1ppm of each tested sample  .all compounds ligand and its complexes have good biological activity against the type of bacterial (escherichia coli), (staphylococcusaureu) and (escherichia coli) in fig (5).table (6) diameter of zone of inhibition. molar conductivity the conductance values in dmfof the complexes show in the ambit10 to 25 ohm1.cm2mol-1 which is quite lower than that expected for an electrolyte and appear their nonelectrolytic nature as in table(5) .  conclusion the new ligand (l) and all complexes were synthesis. the metal (ii) ions are coordinated by one amine (h-c=n) atom ,n of pyridine and o atom of benzoin . spectroscopic and structural data display(4)-chelate in metal complexes obtaining to the bind of tridentates ligand groups with one chelated chloride in schemes (1&2). references 1. aggar n.; wal, r. kumar; dureja, p.andrawat, d.s.;(2009), schiff base as potential fungicides and nitrification inhibitors, j. agric. food chem., 57, 8520-8525. 2. banik, j. and banik, b. n. ;(2003) stereoselective -lactams with polyaromatic imines: entry to new and novel anticancer agents j. med. chem. 46, 12-15. 3. silva, m. da; da silva, d. l. ; modolo, l. v. ; alves, r. b. ; de resende, m. a.; martins, c. v.; de fatima, b. a ;(2011) schiff bases: a short review of their antimicrobial activities , j. advanced research., 2, 1-8. 4. gao, w. t and zheng, z. (2002), synthetic studies on optically active schiff-base ligands derived from condensation of 2-hydroxyacetophenone and chiral diamines molecules 7, 511-516. 5. guha, a.; mandal, a.; koll, a.; filarowski and mukherjee, s.;(2000), proton transfer reaction of a new orthohydroxy schiff base in protic solvents at room temperature, spectrochimicaacta a, 56, 2669 -2677. 6. jarrahpour, khalili, d.; de clercq; saimi, e. and brunel, j. m.;(2007), synthesis, antibacterial, antifungal and antiviral activity evaluation of some new bis-schiff bases of isatin and their derivatives, molecules 12, 1720-1730. chemistry | 136 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 7. mims, c.; dockrell, h. m.; goering, r.v.; roitt, i.; wakelin, d. and zuckerman, m. ;(2004), medical microbiology, elsevier mosby, updated 3rd edition, 11-12. 8. parekh, j.; inamdhar, p.; nair, r.; baluja s. and chanda, s.; (2005), synthesis and antibacterial activity of some schiff bases derived from 4-aminobenzoic acid, j. serb. chem. soc., 70, 1155-1161. 9. samadhiya, s. and halve, a. ;(2001) synthetic utility of schiff bases as potential herbicidal agents, orient. j. chem. 17, 119-122. 10. schiff, w.; szadychelmieniecka, a.; grech, e.; przybylski, p. and. brzezinski, b.; (2002), spectroscopic studies of new schiff and schiff–mannich bases of orthoderivatives of 4-bromophenol, j. mol. struct., 643, 115121. 11. ge, shi, l.; tan, h. m.; li, h. q.; song, y. c and zhu, h. l. ; (2007) synthesis and antimicrobial activities of schiff bases derived from 5-chloro-salicyialdehyde., eur. j. med. chem. 42, 558-564. 12. t’ang, a.; lien, e. j. and lai, m. m. c.; (1985), optimization of the schiff bases of n-hydroxy-n’-aminoguanidine as anticancer and antiviral agents.,j. med. chem. 28, 1103-1106. 13. chakravarty, a.r.; nreddy,a.p.; santra, b.k.; and thomas, a.m.;(2002) copper complexes as chemical nucleases ,j. indian. chem. sci., 114, 319-401 . 14. chandra,s. and sangeetika, j.; (2004) epr and electronic spectrum studies on copper (ii) complexes of some n-o donor ligands; j. indian chem. soc, 81, 203-206 . 15. ferreira, e.i.andtavares, l.c.(2002) “potential tuber culostatic agents topliss application on benzoic acid [(5-nitro-thiophen-2-yl)-methylene]-hydrazide series”; bioorg.med. chem.,10,557-560 16. chaurasia, m.r.; miss p. s. and singh n.k.;(1982) mixed ligand complexes of n 6-methyl benzothiazol-2-yl-salicylaldimine& 2-methyl benzimidazole with cu(ii),ni(ii), co(ii), mn(ii),vo(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii), j. of chem. sci., 110-114 17. chohan, z.h.; munawar, a. and supuran, c.t.; (2001)transition metal ion complexes of schiff’s-bases synthesis; characterization and antibacterial properties., metal-based drugs,8: 137-143 . 18. cotton, a.; fandwilkenson,g.;(1988) advanced inorganic chemistry,5th edition; johnwiley and sons, usa, 37-50 . 19. cozzi, p.g., metal–salen schiff base complexes in catalysis;(2004), practical aspects. chem. soc. rev., 33, 410-421 . 20. alsha'alan, n. h.; (2007) antimicrobial activity, spectral, magnetic and thermal studies of some transition metal complexes of a schiff base hydrazine containing aquinoline miety.molecules..,12: 1080–1091. 21. anjaneyula,y. and rao,r.p.;(1986) preparation, characterization and antimicrobial activity studies on some ternary complexes of cu(ii) with acetylacetone and various salicylic acids., synth react inorg met-orgchem. 16:257–272. chemistry | 137 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 22. hamurcu, f.; gunduzalp, a. b.; cetes.anderk, b.; (2008) the synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of n,n’-bis (2-thiophenecarboxamido)-1,3-diaminopropane and n,n’-bis (2-furan-carboxamido)-1,3-diaminopropane and their cu (ii), zn (ii), co(ii) complexes, trans. m.chem., 33: 141. 23. a. a. ahmed and s. a. benguzzi (2008); synthesis and characterization of some transition metals complexes of schiff base derived from benzidine and acetylacetone. j. of sci. and appl., 2(1)83-90. 24. osowle, a.a.; (2008) syntheses and characterization of some tetradentate schiff-base complexes and their heteroleptic analogues. e-journal of chemistry, 5(1) 130-135. 25. garg, r.; fahmi, n. and singh, r.v.; (2009) spectral and biocidal studies of manganese (ii), dioxomolybdenum (vi) and oxovanadium (v) complexes with monobasic bidentate schiff base ligands; j. indian chem. soc., 86: 670. 26. nishant, n.; parveen, s.; dhyani, s. and asma; (2009) antimicrobial polyester containing schiff-base metal complexes, j. coord. chem., 62(7): 1091. 27. bukhari, i.h.; arif, m.; akbar, j. and khan, a.h. ;(2005) preparation, characterization and biological evaluation of schiff base transition metal complexes with cephradine, pak. j. biol. sci., 8(4): 614. 28. avaji, p.g.; kumar, c.h.v.; patil, s.a.; shivananda, k.n. and nagaraju,c.; (2009) europ j. of med. chem.; doi:10.1016/j.ejmech.03.032 . table (1) some properties of prepared compounds table (2)1h-nmr shifts for schiff base (in dmso-d6) table (3) 13c-nmr shifts for schiff base (in dmso-d6) calc.) (% found colour m.pº c yield % molecular weight chemical formula empirical formula metal cl n h c (8.13) 8.42 (5.81) 5.40 (76.74) 76.50 yellow 140 60 358.43 c19h1n2o l (15.48) 11.20 (9.31) 9.63 (7.36) (3.71) 3.65 (59.94) 60.76 blue 220 67 380.01 c19h14clcon2o [co(l)cl] (15.43) 11.30 (9.32) 9.24 (7.36)7. 05 (3.71) 3.78 (59.98) 60.16 pule brown 254 76 380.47 c19h14cln2nio [[ni(l)cl] (14.58) 10.35 (9.41) 9.15 (7.44)7. 25 (3.75) 3.83 (60.58) 59.86 greenth yellow 208 82 382.32 c19h14clmnn2o [mn(l)cl] (16.49) 15.88 (9.20) 9.80 (7.27) 6.76 (3.66) 3.09 (59.23) 59.17 brown 219 73 385.33 c19h14clcun2o [cu(l)cl] (38.40) 38.52 (6.79) 6.20 (5.36)5. 41 (2.70) 3.34 (43.69) 43.43 pule brown 241 84 522.37 c19h14clhgn2o [hg(l)cl] ch-oh dmso oh-ch py-h ar-h 1.15 2.5 3.82 5.39-6.18 6.83-8.12 dmso c-oh py=c ar=c py-c=n hc=n 40.80 73.29 124.70-129.61 130.20-141.56 160.39 164.47 chemistry | 138 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (4) ft-ir data for schiff base and the complexes table (5) uv-vis data of schiff base and the complexes comp. µeff ᴧmohm.cm 2mole-1 λnm υ'wave number cm–1 assignments proposed structure l 280 35714 π→π* 312 32051 n→π* [co(l)cl] 5.71 10 331 30211 c.t tetrahedral 611 16366 4a2 (f)→ 4t1 (p) [ni(l)cl] dai. 20 332 30120 c.t square planar 770 12987 1a1g(f)→ 2eg [cu(l)cl] 1.76 15 327 30581 c.t square planar 543 18416 2b1g→ 2a1g [mn(l)cl] 5.75 19 335 29850 c.t tetrahedral 453 12903 6a1→ 4a1 (g) 586 22075 6a1→ 4e (g) [hg(l)cl] 25 334 29940 c.t square planar 410 24390 c.t table (6) diameter of zone of inhibition (mm) compound υ(o-h) υ( h c)aromatic υ( h c)aliphatic υ( n=c )imine υ( n=c )-py υ(o-c ) υ(n – m υ(o –m) l 3344 3059 2937 1604 1588 1240 [co(l)cl] 3068 2937 1595 1579 1242 547 476 [ni(l)cl] 3056 2924 1593 1581 1243 547 474 [cu(l)cl] 3076 2926 1591 1578 1241 549 460 [mn(l)cl] 3026 2924 1598 1576 1243 582 482 [hg(l)cl] 3040 2927 1596 1578 1242 545 464 hgcomplex cucomplex nicompl ex mncom plex co complex l dmf control compound. 10 7 6 10 10 3 1 escherichia. coli 13 8 9 14 12 5 staphylococcus aureus 11 7 10 9 7 bacllus 12 14 10 13 8 6 1 pseudmonas chemistry | 139 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (1) the ir spectrum of schiff base figure (2) the ir spectrum of ni complex figure (3) the uv spectrum of schiff base figure (4) the uv spectrum of ni complex   chemistry | 140 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017   figure (5) the1h-nmr spectrum of schiff base     figure (6) the13c-nmr spectrum of schiff base                          figure (7) effect of escherichia .coli gram negative 0 2 4 6 8 10 l[co(l)cl][mn(l)cl][ni(l)cl][cu(l)cl][cu(l)cl] d im e te r  o f  in h ib it io n  z o n chemistry | 141 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (8) effect of staphylococcusaureus figure (9) effect of bacillus gram   figure (10) effect of pseudmonas gram 0 5 10 15 l[co(l)cl][mn(l)cl][ni(l)cl][cu(l)cl][cu(l)cl] 0 5 10 15 l[co(l)cl][mn(l)cl][ni(l)cl][cu(l)cl][cu(l)cl] d im e te r  o f  in h ib it io n  z o n 0 5 10 15 m e te r  o f  in h ib it io n  z o n chemistry | 142 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 دراسة تحضير :n,n,oمعقدات الفلزات الثنائية مع ليكاند ثالثي السن وتشخيص والفعالية البايولوجية علي نبيل نصيف جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2016/حزيران/28:قبل في ،2016/كانون األول/22:استلم في الخالصة مع (ii) والزئبق (ii) ، المنغنيز (ii) ، النحاس(ii) ، النيكل (ii)عض المركبات التناسيقة الجديدة للكوبالت تحضير ب مذيبة حيث يتفاعل مع األمالح الفلزية في اإليثانول كمادة . امينو البيريدين والبنزوين -2الليكاند قاعدة شيف المستمدة من ، الكوبلت(ii) ، النيكل(ii) المنغنيز m = حيث [mlci] المعقدات التي لھا الصيغة العامة). ليكاند: فلز(نسبة 1:1في (ii) النحاس ، (ii) والزئبق. (ii) تم تشخيص الليكاند والمعقدات الفلزية وذلك باستخدام تحليل الفلزات عن طريق ،أطياف األشعة تحت الحمراء، )لليكاند فقط(ناطيسي البروتوني والكربوني االمتصاص الذري والرنين النووي والمغ وأشارت القياسات أن الليكاند تناسيق مع أيون الفلز. األطياف اإللكترونية، التوصيلية المولية وقياسات العزم المغناطيسي (ii) ن البيريدين و ذرة األوكسجين من بطريقة ثالثي السن من خالل ذرة النيتروجين لالزموثين ، ذرة النيتروجين م واقترحت بنية رباعي السطوح ومربع . البنزوين جميع الدراسات تكشف أن التناسق رباعي للفلزات في جميع المعقدات .مستوي لمعقدات الفلزية امينو بيريدين ، تشخيص ومعقدات مخلبية فلزية-2قاعدة شيف، : المفتاحيةالكلمات .  ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 design and implement an ec-application based on multi database environment s. m.hadi de partment of information and communication engineering college of al-khwarizmi engineering, university of baghdad abstract the vast majority of ec app lications are the web-based deployed in 3-tire server-client environment, the data within such app lication often resides within several heterogeneous data sources. building a single app lication that can access each data sources can be a matter of challenging; this p aper concerns with developing a soft ware p rogram that runs transp arently against heterogeneous environment for an ec-ap p lication. keywords: ec, heterogeneous db, three tier architecture, mi ddleware introduction today's organization faces an increasingly rapid rate of changes that are fueled by the rise of electronic business. to sustain comp etitive advantages, the it p rofessional must deliver rapid solutions for changing business needs. from the other side the distributed database sy st em has recently become an imp ortant area of management information p rocessing that eliminates many of the short comings of centralized db and fits more naturally in the decentralized structure of many organizations [1]. various commercial trends have lead to an increasing demand for distributed sy st ems. first , the number of mergers between comp anies is higher and this trend is bound t o continue. the different divisions of merged comp any have to deliver unified services t o their customers and this usually demands an integration of their sy st ems [2]. t he time frame is oft en so short that building a new sy st em is not an option and therefore existing sy st em comp onents have to be integrated into a distributed sy st em that app ears as an integrating comp uting facility , also the time p ressures on p roviding new services or existing services to new customers are increasing rapidly . oft en, this can only be achieved if comp onents are p rocured off the shelf and then integrated into a sy st em rather than built from scratch. components to be integrated often have incompatible requirements on the hardware and op erating sy st em p latforms they run on then they have to be deployed on different host s; after that the sy st ems end up being distributed. in this setting, it is difficult to estimate the scalability requirements for such a sy st em. any e-commerce site that designed to cope with a given number of transactions p er day may find itself suddenly exp osed to demand by orders of magnitude larger. the required scalability cannot usually be achieved by using centralized or client – server architectures and these sy st ems often have to be distributed. the construction of distributed sy st ems is app ealing because it can p ossibly solve all these problems. dist ributed sy st ems can integrate legacy comp onents, they can decrease the time to market, and they can be scalable and tolerant against failures [3]. t he caveat, however, is that the construction of truly distributed sy st ems is considerably more difficult than building a centralized or client/server sy st em. this is because there are multip le p oints of failure in a ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 distributed sy st em, comp onents need to communicate with each other through a network, which comp licates communication and op ens the door for security att acks. building a p rop osed db repository about customers, agents and p roducts will manage the data from different sources of db p latforms into one app lication will be the op timum solution for such an ap p lication. the client / server model over distributed db in server / client architecture, multiple comp uter p latforms are dedicated to sp ecial functions such as database management, p rinting, communications, and p rogram execution. these p latforms are called servers. each server is accessible by all computers on the network. servers can be comp uters of all sizes; they st ore both ap p lication programs and data files and are equip p ed with op erating sy st em soft ware to manage the activities of the network. the server distributes p rograms and data files to the other comp uters (clients) on the network as they request them. an app lication server holds the p rograms and data files for a p articular app lication, such as an inventory database. processing can be done at the client or server side [4]. a client is any comp uter (often an end user's p ersonal comp uter) that sends messages request ing services from the server on the network.this client can converse with many servers concurrently . a user at a p ersonal comp uter initiates a request to extract data that resides in a database somewhere on the network. a data request server intercep ts the request and determines on which data server the data resides. the server then formats the user's request into a massage that the database server will understand. up on receip t of the massage, the database server extracts and formats the request ed data and sends the results to the client. only the data needed to satisfy a sp ecific query is sent [5]. while the distributed p rocessing involves p lacing p rocessing units at different locations and linking them via telecommunications equip ment, a distributed database is a database in which the data may be sp read across several smaller databases connected via telecommunications devices works on much the same p rinciple. and the dbm s determines where the data is p hy sically located and retrieves it dist ributed database give corporations more flexibility in how database are organized and used. local office can create, manage, and use their own databases, and p eople at other office can access and share the data in the local databases [6]. giving local sites more direct access to frequently and used data can imp rove organizational effectiveness and efficient significantly. desp ite its advantages, distributed p rocessing creates additional challenges in maintaining data security , accuracy, timeliness, and conformance to st andards. dist ributed database allows more users direct access at different sites; thus controlling those accesses and changes data is sometimes difficult [7]. client server model is usually based on a simple connection (request / rep lay ) p rotocol. in this suggested soft ware as a middleware, we connect each client comp uter by the soft ware communication to the server comp uter; this soft ware lay er can aid the transmission and resaving of the client data and control the information between them and the server. this model depends on one ty p e of client / server architecture which is named three tier architecture. the three tier architecture figure (1) shows the three tier architecture that have been used for internet-technology database app lications. in this figure, three ty p es of p rocessing, or tiers, are shown from right to left, they are: the database server, the web server, and the browser or client comp uters. each of these tiers can run on a different op erating sy st em [8]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 the interface between the web server and the database server transmits sql st atements and relational data. while the interface between the web server and the browser transmits web p ages, client code and data. the functions of the three tiers that are summarized in this fig. show that the database server is to run the rdbm s to p rocess sql st atements and p erform database management task. in this case the dbm s is op erating in its traditional role of serving up data; the rdbm s on the data server is not creating forms or reports or menus. inst ead, it is a p ure data receiving sql request s and p rocessing rows in tables. the proposed distributed so ftware design when the network technology had achieved sufficient p enetration and visibility , the term of the middleware soft ware had evolved into a much richer set of p aradigms and services and offered to help make these services easier and more manageable. the p rogramming of distributed sy st em is in general much more difficult without a sp ecial soft ware p rogram to manage the heterogeneous op eration, the suggested soft ware for the p rop osed ec-ap p lication designed to work transp arently and to be suitable in the heterogeneous relational database management sy st em environment, where two or more different dbm s are used for the ecweb based app lication and running under different op erating sy st em. the idea of the main architecture for this p rop osed soft ware is shown in figure (2) the soft ware design for this p rocess can be extended to take advantages of extended tools for remote computing and dist ributed app lication that is needed in the ec app lication. this soft ware ware p rovide simple mechanism to ensure that the app lication to be distributed over multiple heterogeneous p latforms will reduce the comp licity of developing app lications that sp an multip le op erating sy st ems and network p rotocols. the flowchart diagram for this soft ware can be exp lained through figure (3) in this flowchart the main ec ap p lication based a web page used, as t he interface for all the functions of this app lication and different data base will be connected by using the op en database connectivity (odbc). software implementation the designed app lication can be written and imp lemented in any language used for p rocessing database app lications over the internet technology . according to that the op en database connection (odbc) must be used in which it is the st andard that will be used between the windows app lication and the middleware app lication that is indep endent of the data source. the odbc middleware will p rovide the app lication soft ware with a generic format for the database access. the designed soft ware has been written by using oracle 9i language with developer 2000 to build the database and the ec app lication and in order to use three other databases p latforms to create the heterogeneous environment the following languages have been used (access 2003, vfoxpro. and informix). by imp lementing the st eps exp lained in figure (3) ,the sy st em will distribute the data transp arently through this environment by choosing a sp ecific odbc driver as oracle to be used for each database being accessed. for any ec app lication, it should request e the five st eps sales life cycle (search, identifying, selecting, p urchasing, delivery and services after sales) this p rop osed soft ware st arted by the registration of any new customer or otherwise they have only to sign in the registration forums exp lained in the windows shown in figure (4)a and (4)b while the other forums will be used to establish a connection to a non oracle database sources ot her than the primary one, and the data stored in that non oracle database ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 will be retrieved as needed. figure (5)a and (5)b show t he ap p liances order and the connection with the other data base for this ec ap p lication. the conclusions develop ers today are challenged to integrate their app lications with other sy st ems over a network in a multi p latform and multi databases. by this flowchart design and its imp lementation soft ware we reach this idea, it can be designed to manage the comp licity of the heterogeneous inherent in the distributed database used in any internet based app lication just the examp le taken here for the ec app lication. also it help s t o ease the task of designing and managing different distributed database sy st em over different op erating sy st em by p roviding and improving the consist ency , integrity and security . re ferences 1. ralp h, m . stair, (2003).princip les of information sy st ems, international thomson p ublished comp any, 2 nd edition, canada 2. rob, p. and cop nel, c. (2005). database sy st em design, implementation and m anagement, international thomson publishing company itp, 3 rd edition, usa. 3. m ichael, j. hernandez, (2003). "database design for mere", addison wesley, 2 nd edition, usa, 4. charles, j.(1999).m iddleware m oves to the forefront, addison wesley p ublishing comp any, inc., usa. 5. hergula, k. ;harder, t.; daimlerchry sler, a.g.( 2000). “a m iddleware ap p roach for combining heterogeneous data sources integration of generic query and predefined function access,” in proceedings of the 1st international conference on web information sy st ems engineering,, 1, 26-33. 6. chen, q; yao j, and xing r, (2006). "m iddleware components for e-commerce infrastructure: an analytical review" issues in informing science and information technology , 3, 137-146. 7. ling r.r.; yen, d. c.and chou, d, c.,( 2000-2001), " from database to web browser: the solutions t o data access", journal of computer information sy st em ,winter 8. cavazos, f.a. and jarquín, j.c.(2004),"a 3-tiered client-server dist ributed database sy st em component-based", in proceedings of the winter international sy np osium on information & communication technologies,. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig. (1): the three ti re archi tecture fig.(2): the main s tructure of the propose d algorithm ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig. (3) :the flowchart of the propose d program ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 (a) (b) fig. (4): the registration and si gn in operation for ec application regi ster sing in catalog buy register user name suha passwaord * * * * * user name suha m . hadi country iraq address baghdad 750 -90-11 e-mail dr_suh ah adi @yah oo.com regi ster sing in catalog buy sign in user name suha passwaord * * * * * ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 (a) (b) fig. (5): the connection with other db for ec application regi ster sing in catalog buy oracle foxpro informix ms-a ccess code product mod el price buy cataloge de tails … de tails … de tails … de tails … de tails … aircooler fan stand fan 30 0 $ 75 $ 10 0 $ vstel konka na tiona l co olers co olers co olers 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 0 buy regi ster sing in catalog buy cl ear or der chack out code product quantity sum unit price aircooler 60 0 $ 2 30 0 $ 10 0 order no; : 75 0 order dat e : 20 -feb-2 008 total pric e : 60 0$ 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تصمیم وتنفیذ تطبیق للتجارة االلكترونیة یعتمد على بیئة قواعد البیانات التوزیعیة سها محمد هادي تصاالت ، كلیة الهندسة الخوارزمي ، جامعة بغداد قسم هندسة المعلومات واال الخالصة ن مـن أهـم التطــورات الكبیـرة والمهمــة فـي تطبیقــات التجـارة االلكترونیـة هــي تطـویر هــذه التطبیقـات مــن خـالل صــفحات ا ن البیانـات ومـن خــالل هـذه التطبیقــات ا ، اذ(serverclient)الویـب المعتمـدة علــى هیكلیـة أو معماریــة الخـام والمـستفید .ت التوزیعیة المختلفة تعمل ضمن بیئة العدید من مصادر قواعد البیانا بنـاء نظـام واحـد متكامـل یمكنـه الــدخول والوصـول الـى كـل مـصدر مــن مـصادر قواعـد البیانـات التوزیعیـة والمختلفــة ن ا نشاء وتطبیق خوارزمیة وبرنـامج یتعامـل بـشفافیة مـع بأأن هذا البحث یهتم " كبیرا" تحدیا ذه التطبیقات والتعامل معها یعدله . البیانات التوزیعیة المختلفة والخاصة بتطبیقات التجارة االلكترونیةمصادر قواعد microsoft word 291-299 291 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ion beam focusing in solenoid magnetic field bushra j. hussein dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad intesar h. hashim dept. of physics/ college of educatiocgn/ university of al-mustansiriyah dheyaa a. nasrallah nuclear applecation department/ministry of science and technology e-mail: dr.bushrahussam@yahoo.com received in:15 april 2014 accepted in :29 september 2014 abstract the present study investigates the main parameters effect on the solenoid design as converging lens of charged particle beam passing through it. these parameters are solenoid magnetic field (b), solenoid radius (ro) and the solenoid total length (l). the result indicates that the solenoid system is very sensitive to the change of these parameters. the solenoid acts as converge lens but may convert to diverging lens at some conditions. the best design obtained at (l=1100 mm, b=5000 gauss and ro=150 mm). key words: plasma source, focusing devices, ions beam, solenoid magnet 292 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction the beam means a set of particles have about the same kinetic energy and move in about the same direction [1]. in addition, the particle beams can be defined as an ensemble of charged particles moving in a direction approximately parallel to the axis of the motion, which is represented by central trajectory. this axis may be curved if the beam passes through a transverse electric or magnetic field [2]. the behavior of beams can be studied by tracing a large number of individual particles or by studying the transfer properties of curve, which assumed to be bound to the particles contained in the beam [3]. the behavior of many beam transport elements can be obtained to high degree of accuracy by considering, the first order terms in the dynamic. this yields differential equations with linear solutions. this means that the displacement and angular divergence of a particle leaving an element are given in terms of the corresponding input conditions by linear simultaneous equations in which, the coefficients depend on the length and nature of the element [4,5]. charged particle beams have continually expanding applications in many branches of research and technology, like [1,2]: 1. thin-film technology (ion implantation system). 2. production of short-lived medical isotopes. 3. radiation processing of food. 4. synchrotron light sources. 5. beam lithography. 6. recent active areas include flat-screen cathode-ray tubes. 7. free electron lasers. to design particle beam transport systems, we therefore adopt some organizing and simplifying requirements on the characteristics of electromagnetic fields used. the general task in beam optics is to transport charged particles from point a to point b along a desired path. we call the collection of bending and focusing magnets installed along this ideal path the magnet lattice and the complete optical system including the bending and focusing parameters a beam transport system [6]. plasma ion source the ions are extracted from the plasma of gas discharge and then accelerate this ion beam when passes through the extraction electrodes into the vacuum drift tube like figure (1) [7]. that means, the ion source is the tool that produced ion beam by ionized feed material [8,9]. the emitting plasma surface area has a concave shape, which depends on the plasma density and the strength of the accelerating electric field at the plasma surface. the concave shape of the meniscus and the aperture in the source electrode produce a transverse electric field component that results in a converging beam. there are many different types of sources for the various particle species, such as light ions, heavy ions or negative ions. most of the sources employ magnetic fields to confine the plasma. some have several electrodes at different potentials to better control the ion beam formation and acceleration process [7] beam guiding and focusing devices charged particle transport systems are typically designed to guide an input charged particle beam to the exit of the transport system with minimal particle loss and without degradation in beam quality [10].the passage of a trajectory (ray) across an individual element is given by a transformation which yields the output ray directly from the input ray [11]. a different type of focusing device like quadrupole magnets that focus only in one plane and defocus in the other and solenoid magnets that focus in two planes. guiding particles through appropriate electric or magnetic fields is called particle beam optics or beam dynamics [6]. particle optical systems are usually comprised of electric and magnetic bending elements like (dipole for magnet), focusing element like (quadrupole and solenoid magnet) and high 293 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 order multipoles for correction of aberrations. however, various modern systems for the transport require the detailed treatment of more advanced optical elements [5]. solenoid magnet a solenoid magnet is a cylindrically coiled electromagnet. when current is flowing through the coil, the resulting magnetic field inside the term solenoid to refer to coiled magnets that are long in the axial direction (length >> width), so that the fringe fields at their ends are small compared to the long axial field inside the coil. that means, in a solenoid, the longitudinal magnetic field on the axis is peaked at the center of the solenoid, decreases toward the ends, and approaches zero far away from the solenoid [12], see figure (2) [13]. in contrast, the radial magnetic field is peaked near the ends of the solenoid. in a simple model, the longitudinal magnetic field can be assumed to be zero outside the solenoid and uniforms inside it. a solenoid is often used to focus charged particle beams in the low energy section of accelerators and other devices such as in cathode ray tubes, image intensifiers, electron microscopes, ion microprobes and ion beam induced inertial fusion [12]. the solenoid lens is the only possible magnetic lens geometry consistent with cylindrical paraxial beams. since the magnetic field is static, there is no change of particle energy passing through the lens; therefore, it is possible to perform relativistic derivations without complex mathematics [13]. there are three optically important regions in a solenoid magnet. at the entrance and exit regions the magnetic field has a radial and axial component, except on the magnet axis [10]. the matrices method is best to study these three regions which transfer matrices describe changes in the transverse position and angle of a particle relative to the main beam axis. the transfer matrix description of beam transport in near optical elements facilitates the study of periodic focusing. the matrix description is a mathematical method to organize information about the transverse motions of particles about the main beam axis [16]. therefore, the transfer matrix (m) of the whole solenoid is the product of three different matrices m1, m2 and m3 corresponding to the entrance fringe field, the constant axial magnetic field and the output fringe field respectively [14,15]. ms= m1. m2 . m3 (1) ms=              100 0100 010 0001                      cos00sin sin)2/1(1)cos1)(2/1(0 sin0cos0 )cos1)(2/1(0sin)2/1(1              100 0100 010 0001   (2) ms=                  22 22 22 22 // // ccscss cscscs cssccs scscsc     (3) where: s=sinθ/2 , c=cosθ/2 and α=√k θ=2lα k=(b/(2b0ro))2 boro= the magnetic rigidity (in gauss.mm). bo=magnetic field in body magnet region (in gauss). 294 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ro = the radius of curvature of the central trajectory (in mm). b= magnetic field strength (in gauss). l=the total length of the solenoid (in mm). the thin lens approximation is done by making the (kl) small and by keeping the first term of taylor series for the cosine and sine. the matrix then takes the form [15]: ms=               1/100 0100 001/1 0001 f f (4) where f is the focal length given by: 1/f=kl= (b/2b0ro) 2 l (5) results and discussion the main parameters effect on the behavior of charged particles beam passing through a system of solenoid can be fixed, these parameters are solenoid magnetic field (b), solenoid radius (ro) and the solenoid total length (l). so any changing in the one of these parameters gives different lens which means new beam profile. the present system consists of two drift space regions before and after the solenoid and the solenoid ranging in length between 500 and 1500 mm, in magnetic field between 1000 and 6000 gauss and in radius 150 and 300 mm. table (1) shows the maximum width obtain at the end of the system for different values of (l, b and ro). figure (3) indicates the relation of maximum width obtained at the end of the system versus solenoid magnetic field as function of solenoid radius with constant total length of solenoid (l=700 mm), one could note the reduction of beam width with increasing the solenoid magnetic field for all values of ro. the best width occurs for low values of ro which means good focusing properties of solenoid as thin lens. figure (4). indicates the relation of maximum width obtained at the end of the system versus solenoid magnetic field as function of solenoid total length with constant radius of solenoid (ro=150 mm), one could note the reduction of beam width with the increase of the solenoid magnetic field for all values of ro. but this reduction does not continue for all values of b, there is specific value of b break down this reduction in the beam width and cause increasing of beam width. this behavior appears clearly for high values of l, that means the result lens became diverge lens, in other words for each value of b there are optimum values of l to produce converge lens, which means that the solenoid may be behave as diverge lens in some conditions. conclusions conclusions of the present study can be summarized as follows. 1. the solenoid lens are very sensitive to the change of (l, b and ro). 2. the solenoid acts as converge lens but may convert to diverging lens at some conditions. 3. the best design obtained at (l=1100 mm, b=5000 gauss and ro=150 mm). references 1. humphries,s. (2002). charged particle beams. albuquerque, new mexico, department of electrical and computer engineering university of new mexico. 295 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 2. lawson, j.d. (1988). the physics of charged particle beams. 2nd ed., clarendon press, oxford. 3. brown , k.l. & servranckx, r.v. (1985). first and second order charged particle optics. aip conference proceedings no.127, american institute of physics. 4. banford, a.p. (1966). the transport of charged particle beam. e.and f.n.spon limited, london, 5. makino, k., berz, m., johnstone, c.j., & errde, d., (2004). high-order map treatment of superimposed cavities, absorbers and magnetic multipole and solenoid fields. nuclear instruments and methods in physics research a519 , 162-174. 6. wiedemann, h. (2007). particle accelerator physics. third edition springerverlag berlin heidelberg. 7. reiser, m. (2004). theory and design of charged particle beams. wiley-vch veriag gmbh and co. kgaa, weinheim, printed in the federal republic of germany. 8. keller, j.h. (1981). beam optics design for ion implantation . nuclear instruments and methods, 189 , 7-14. 9. freeman, j.h.; beanl, d.g.; chivers, d.j, & gard, g.a. (1978). an electrostatics lens for the acceleration and deceleration of high intensity ion beams. nuclear instruments and methods, 155, 29-37 10. dehnel, k. and dehnel, m. (2002). using beamline simulator v1.3. published by accelso inc.,del mar,california (1998),u.s. printing, june. 11. carey, d.c. and brown, k.l. (1982). a computer program for simulating charged particle beam transport systems, including decay calculations. printed in the u.s. of america, march. 12. kumar, v. (2009). understanding the focusing of charged particle beam in a solenoid magnetic field. am.,j. phys. 77 , 737-741 13. humphries, s. (1999). principles of charged particle acceleration. published by jon wiley and sons. copyright (1999) university of new mexico 14. lombardi, a.m. (2006). beam lines. cern accelerator school, cern-320 copies print september. 15. royer, ph. (1999). solenoidal optics. european organization for nuclear research, cernps division geneva, switzerland. 16. regenstreif, e., (1967). focusing with quadrupoles, doblets, and triplets. in focusing of charged particles, edited by: a.septier. 1, academic press inc., 353-410. 296 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table (1): maximum width obtain at the end of the system for different values of (l, b and ro) total length l mm magnet field b (gauss) ro= 150 mm ro= 200 mm ro= 250 mm ro= 300 mm x mm mag. (xout/xin) x mm mag. (xout/xin) x mm mag. (xout/xin) x mm mag. (xout/xin) 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 16.481 15.639 14.243 12.312 9.893 7.132 3.296 3.127 2.848 2.462 1.978 1.426 16.604 16.130 15.341 14.243 12.843 11.158 3.320 3.226 3.068 2.848 2.568 2.231 16.661 16.357 15.852 15.146 14.243 13.146 3.332 3.271 3.170 3.029 2.848 2.629 16.692 16.481 16.130 15.639 15.009 14.243 3.338 3.296 3.226 3.127 3.001 2.848 700 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 16.369 15.191 13.246 10.582 7.369 4.512 3.273 3.038 2.649 2.116 1.473 0.902 16.541 15.877 14.775 13.246 11.310 9.021 3.308 3.175 2.955 2.649 2.262 1.804 16.621 16.195 15.488 14.503 13.246 11.728 3.324 3.239 3.097 2.900 2.649 2.345 16.664 16.369 15.877 15.191 14.312 13.246 3.332 3.273 3.175 3.038 2.862 2.649 900 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 16.256 14.744 12.257 8.906 5.261 5.000 3.251 2.948 2.451 1.781 1.052 1.000 16.478 15.625 14.211 12.257 9.811 7.027 3.295 3.125 2.842 2.451 1.962 1.405 16.580 16.034 15.126 13.863 12.257 10.335 3.316 3.206 3.025 2.772 2.451 2.067 16.636 16.256 15.625 14.744 13.619 12.257 3.327 3.251 3.125 2.948 2.723 2.451 1100 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 16.144 14.298 11.280 7.321 4.244 8.050 3.228 2.859 2.256 1.464 0.849 1.610 16.414 15.372 13.650 11.280 8.364 5.340 3.282 3.075 2.730 2.256 1.672 1.068 16.540 15.872 14.764 13.226 11.280 8.980 3.308 3.174 2.952 2.645 2.256 1.796 16.608 16.145 15.370 14.296 12.929 11.282 3.321 3.228 3.074 2.859 2.585 2.256 1300 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 16.031 13.854 10.316 5.901 5.031 11.822 3.206 2.770 2.063 1.180 1.006 2.364 16.351 15.121 13.091 10.316 7.001 4.331 3.270 3.024 2.618 2.063 1.400 0.866 16.499 15.710 14.403 12.592 10.316 7.682 3.299 3.142 2.880 2.518 2.063 1.536 16.580 16.031 15.121 13.854 12.244 10.316 3.316 3.206 3.024 2.770 2.448 2.063 1500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 15.919 13.411 9.370 4.796 7.040 15.807 3.183 2.682 1.874 0.959 1.408 3.161 16.288 14.869 12.534 9.370 5.784 4.487 3.257 2.974 2.506 1.874 1.156 0.897 16.459 15.549 14.043 11.963 9.370 6.477 3.291 3.109 2.808 2.392 1.874 1.295 16.551 15.919 14.869 13.411 11.563 9.370 3.310 3.183 2.974 2.682 2.312 1.874 297 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(1): schematic of a plasma ion source [7]. figure no.(2):solenoid magnetic (a) magnetic field lines in a solenoid (b) geometry and field lines (c) variation of longitudinal magnetic field on bz(0,z) [13] extraction electrodes ion beam + -v0 plasma drift tube emitting surface plasma meniscus (b) (c) (a) 298 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 b (gauss) x (m m ) ro=150 mm ro=200 mm ro=250 mm ro=300 mm 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 b (gauss) x (m m ) l=500 mm l=700 mm l=900 mm l=1100 mm l=1300 mm l=1500 mm figure no.( 3): the relation of maximum width obtained at the end of the system versus b as function ro with (l=700 mm) figure no. (4): the relation of maximum width obtained at the end of the system versus b as function l with (ro =150 mm) 299 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 لولبي يتبئير حزمة ايونات في مجال مغناطيس بشرى جودة حسين قسم الفيزياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الھيثم )/ جامعة بغداد أنتصار ھاتو ھاشم الجامعة المستنصرية/ لتربيةا كلية/ ءلفيزياا معلو قسم ضياء عبد المنعم نصر هللا وزارة العلوم والتكنلوجيا /قسم التطبيقات النووية 2014: ايلول 29قبل البحث 2014نيسان 15استلم البحث : الخالصة مة لحزمة اللولبي الحلزوني بوصفھا عدسة ال الملفالدراسة الحالية تفسر تأثير المعلمات االساسية في تصميم ف ) ونصbالجسيمات المشحونة المارة خاللھا. ھذه المعلمات تتمثل في شدة المجال المغناطيسي للملف اللولبي ( القطر )r) والطول الكلي للملف (lكما معلمات.). بينت النتائج أن منظومة المغناطيس اللولبي تكون حساسة جدا لتغيير ھذه ال يعمل الملف اللولبي عدسة المة، لكن يتحول الى عدسة مفرقة عند بعض الشروط. أنسب تصميم (l=1100 mm, b=5000 gauss and ro=150 mm) نحصل عليه عندما يكون : مصدر البالزما، نبائط التبئير، حزمة ايونات، المغناطيس اللولبيالكلمات المفتاحية ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 genetic relationship between heavy metals resistance and βlactamase production in e. coli and staphylococcus aureus a.s . husein de partment of biology, college of science, unive rsity of al-mustanseryia received in : 26 april 2011 accepte d in : 11 ochober 2011 abstract this st udy is a trail to know if the genes controllin g some of heavy metals resistance ( lead, zinc, cadmium, cro mium) in two typ es of p athogenic bacteria e. coli as gram ne gative bacteria and s. aureus as gram p ositive bacteria, p resent on the β-lactamase p lasmid. ten isolates of each bacterial typ es which p roduced β-lactamase enzy me, were cultivated in the p resence of acridine oran ge. the growin g in the p resence of acridin e oran ge resulted in loss of the β-lactamase genes in s. aureus and e. coli, and loss of the heavy metals resistance in s. aureus, while the resistance of e. coli against heavy metals st ill without any chan ge. the results indicate that the genes for h eavy metals r esistance exist on the β-lactamase p lasmid in s. aureus only, while in e. coli the genes that controlling heavy metals resist ance are not on βlactamase p lasmid. key words: heavy metals resistance, betalactamase and resistance, heavy metals and betalactamase. introduction m ost of p athogenic bacteria p roduce enzy mes that inhibit the antibiotics as a r esistance mechan ism, one of these enzy mes is the β-lactamase. β-lactamase enzy mes of gram-positive bacteria such as staphylococcus aureus differ from that in gr am-negative such as e. coli in an imp ortant p oint, they are an extra cellular enzy mes in the first group , in the other words bacteria secrete the enzy me to the culture media where that the antibiotic lyse take, while in the gram-negative they are cell-bound enzy mes, i.e. the β-lactamase antibiotics lyses inside of bacteria such as β-lactamase of e. coli [1]. bacteria resistant to antibiotics and other antibacterial agents is an incr easin g p roblem in today's society. products such as disinfectants, sterilants and heavy metals used in industry and in household p roducts are, alon g with antibiotics, creating a selective p ressure in the environment that lead to the mutations in microorganisms that will allow them better to survive and multiply [2]. in this st udy we will try to know if the gene controlling heavy metals resistance in two types of p athogenic bacteria presents on the β-lactamase plasmid. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 materials and methods 1-culture media: blood agar, m acconky agar, manitol salt agar, eosin methy line blue(em b), nutrient agar, brain heart infusion broth, muller hinton a gar 2solution of st andard rapid iodometric method for β-lactamase detecting a1% st arch solution biodin solution cpenicillin g solution the solution were prep ared accordin g to (perret,1994) [3]. 3heavy metals solutions salts of heavy metals were used to p rep are certain heavy metals concentrations. alead nitrate pb(no3)2 . bcadmium chloride cdcl. czinc chloride zncl2 . dchromium o xide cro3. these salts were used to p rep are lead, cadmium, zinc, chromium solutions resp ectively. 4acridin orange 1-samp le collection and identification 25 nasal swabbed samples were obtained from y oung adults t o isolates s. aureus bacteria. 30 samples were obtained from the mid st ream urine from p atients with urinary tract infections t o isolates e. coli bacteria. the samp les were cultured on the blood agar and macconky agar as a differential medium then incubated at 37ċ for 24 hr. bacterial isolates identification included: microscop ic exam, cultural, morphological, and bio chemical characterist ics of each isolate [4,5]. 2β-lactamase d etection ( rapid iodometric method) twenty-four hours bacterial growt h on nutrient agar was p repared for each isolates then 45 colonies were transp orted to an app endrof tubes containing 100 µl of p enicillin g solution and incubated at 37ċ for 30 minutes. then 50 µl st arch solution was added to each tube and mixed with the other content. after that 20 µl of iodin solution was added, a dark blue color will app ear immediately due to starch-iodin interaction. the positive result was recorded if the blue color chan ge to white within one minute [6]. 3detection of bacterial isol ates resist ance against some heavy metals the resistance of bacterial isolates against heavy metals was detected by addin g 5 mm of each heavy metals ( pb(no3 )2, cdcl, zncl2, cro3 ) sep arately to muller hinton medium after cooling to 45-50 ċ. the mixture was mixed immediately after heavy metals adding and then seeded on p lates and kept at 4ċ for 24 hr. after incubation, 5µl of all bacterial isolates were sp read on p lates which contain 5mm of each heavy metals. the p lates were left in room temp erature, to dry , then incubated at 37ċ for 18-24 hr [7]. the b acteria that showing good growt h on the medium with 5mm of the used heavy metals was considered as a heavy metal resistant isolates. 4curing of the β-lactamase p lasmid state small inocu la of β-lactamase p ositive strains for each bacterial isolates were inculate in nutrient broth containing 12.5 µ g/ml of acridin oran ge for 24 hr at 37 ċ [8]. m utants t hat lost the β-lactamase genes were detected by st reaking app rop riate dilutions of the nutrient broth culture on to nutrient agar medium. aft er incubation for 24 hr the colonies were sufficiently large to be tested by the rap id iodometric method. the isolates that had lost the cap acity to p roduce β-lactamase were tested for resistance to ( pb(no3)2,cdcl, zncl2 and cro3). ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 results and discussion 1-β-lactamase p roduction ( rapid iodometric method ) table (1) shows t he results of β-lactamase p roduction for staphylococcus aureus and e. coli isolates. the results illustrate that all isolates of two bacterial typ es were p roducing βlactamase enzy me except two isolates of e. coli d id not show p roduction of β-lactamase, because in some gram-negative bacteria the quantity of β-lactamase enzy me is too litt le to be detected by using rapid iodometric method [6]. 2bacterial r esistance against heavy metals table (2) shows the results of bacterial resistance to some heavy metals. t he results illustrate that most of isolates were resistant to all heavy metals, because the bacteria have evolv ed several ty p es of resistance mechanisms. these mechanisms include the efflu x of metal ions outside the cell, accumulation and comp lexation of the metal ions inside the cell and reduction of the heavy metal ions to a less t oxic st ate [8,9]. 3β-lactamase p roduction and heavy metals resist ance of staphy lococcus aureus and e. coli in the presence of acridin oran ge the results shows that all the isolates of staphylococcus aureus and e. coli lost the ability of β-lactamase p roduction while the resistance of s. aureus to the heavy metals changed and the bacteria b ecame sensitive t o the used heavy metals. in e. co li isolates the resist ance to t he heavy metals stilled without any change. the growt h in the presence of acridin orange resulted in lossin g of β-lactamase p roduction and heavy metals resistance in s. aureus b ecause the β-lactamase p lasmid in s. aureus also carries genes d etermining resistance to several metal ions. for examp le, in cadmium resist ant s. aureus, two resistant determinants were found on p enicillinase-plasmid p i258, called cada (drives cad mium ion across the membrane by usin g ener gy from at p hy drolysis t o confer cadmiu m resist ance) and cadb [10]. in the case of e. coli isolates the growt h of bacteria in the p resence of acrid in oran ge resulted in losin g of the β-lactamase p roduction while the resist ance of e. coli isolates to the heavy metals still without any change, i.e the genes controllin g resistance to t hese heavy metals are not on t he β-lactamase plasmid but e xisting on the other determinants like znt a chromosome which r esp onsible for transp orting zn+2 and cd+2 in the p resence of atp in e. coli . so, the resist ance to t hese heavy metals was not alway s associated with β-lactamase p roduction in e. coli [11] [12]. conclusion resistant determinants to the heavy metals are carrying on the β-lactemase p lasmid in s. aureus only . while in e. coli the resistant determinants are carrying on chromosomal genes. re ferences 1. m ediaros, a.a. (1997). evolution and dissemination of β-lactamase accelerated by generations of β-lactamase. clini. infec. dis. 24: 519-525. 2. baquero, f., negri, m c., m orosini, m i., and blazquez, j. (1998). ant ibiotics selective environments. clinical inf ection diseases. 27: s5-s11. 3. perret, c.j. (1999). nature. iodometric assay of p enicillinase. 174 :1012. 4. holt, j.j, krieg, n.r., seneath, b.h., staley, j.t., and williams, s.t. (1994). bergy s manual determinative bacteriology 9 th edition. william & wilken. b altimore. p: 175-248. 5. jawetz, e.m ., adelberg, e.a.(1998). m edical m icrobiolo gy , 25 th edition. ap p leton and l ange. usa. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 6. who. (2002). techniques for the detection of β-lactamase p roducin g st rains of neisseria gonorrhoeae.616: 137-143. 7. nies, d.h. (1999). m icrobial heavy metal resistance. app l. m icrobiol biotechnol. 51: 730750. 8. jack n. baldwin, robert h. strickland, and m arilyn f. cox. (2000). β-lactamase genes in staphy lococcus ep idermidis. ap p lied microbiolo gy . 18: 628-630. 9. bouanchaud, d.h., m .r. scavizz i, and y.a. chabbert. (1999). elimin ation by ethidium bromide of antibiotic resistance in enterobacter and st ap hy lococci. j. gen. m icrobiol. 54: 417425. 10. butaye, p., cloeckaert, a., and schwarz, s. (2003). m obile genes codin g for efflu x mediated antimicrobial resist ance in gram-p ositive and gram-negative bacteria. int j antimicrobagents. 22: 205-210. 11. ot itoloju, a. a.; rogers, g. b.; bury , n. r. and bruce, k. d. (2009). chromosomal genes conferring tolerance to heavy metal (ag) to xicity . the enviromeny. vol 29: 85-92. 12. piddock, l. v. (2006). c linically relevant chromosomally encoded mu ltidrug r esistance efflux p ump s in bacteria. clin. m icrobiol. rev. 19: 382-402 table (1): β-lactamase production of staphylococcu s aureu s and e. coli s. aureu s β-lactamase production e. coli β-lactamase production s1 + e1 + s2 + e2 * s3 + e3 + s4 + e4 + s5 + e5 + s6 + e6 + s7 + e7 * s8 + e8 + s9 + e9 + s10 + e10 + key :(+): p ositive results, (*) : unknown results table (2): the results of s . aureus resistance against four types of heavy metals s. aureus pb(no3)2 cdcl zncl2 cro3 s1 r * r r s2 * r r r s3 r r * r s4 r r r * s5 r r r * s6 r r r r s7 r r r r s8 * r r r s9 r r r r s10 r r r r key :r= resistant (good growt h), (*) =few growt h ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3):the results of e. coli resistance against four types of heavy metals e. coli pb(no3)2 cdcl zncl2 cro3 e1 r * r r e2 * r r r e3 * r r r e4 r r r r e5 * r r r e6 r r r r e7 r r r r e8 * r r r e9 r r r r e10 r r r r key :r= resistant (good growt h), (*) =few growt h table (4): the results of β-lactamase production and he avy metal resistance of s. aureus in the presenceof acridin orange s. aureus β-lactamas e produ ction pb(no3)2 cdcl zncl2 cro3 s1 * * * * s2 * * * * s3 * * * * s4 * * * * s5 * * * * s6 * * * * s7 * * * * s8 * * * * s9 * * * * s10 * * * * key :( )= no β-lactamase production , (*) = no growt h of bacterial colon ies table (5): the results of β-lactamase production and he avy metal resistance of e. coli in the presence of acridin orange e. coli β-lactamas e produ ction pb(no3)2 cdcl zncl2 cro3 e1 r ** r r e2 * ** r r r e3 ** r r r e4 r r r r e5 ** r r r e6 r r r r e7 * r r r r e8 r r r r e9 r r r r e10 r r r r key :( * ) = unknown results , (**) = few growt h of bacterial colonies ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 العالقة الوراثیة بین مقاومة المعادن الثقیلة وإنتاج إنزیم البیتاالكتامیز في بكتریا e. coli و staphylococcus aureus أنسام صفاء حسین الجامعة المستنصریة ، كلیة العلوم ،قسم علوم الحیاة 2011 تشرین االول 11: قبل البحث في 2011 نیسان 26:استلم البحث في لخالصةا ، ھذه الدراسة ھي محاولة لمعرفة فیما اذا كان الجین المسیطر على المقاومة لبعض المعادن الثقیلة الرصاص، الزنك ة كرام و ) e. coli(الكادمیوم و الكروم في نوعین من البكتریا المرضیة بكتریا موجبة ) s. aureus(بكتریا سالبة لصبغ عشر عزالت من كل نوع بكتیري والمنتجة للبیتاالكتامیز قد تم تنمیتھا . غة كرام، موجود على البیتاالكتامیز بالزمیدلصب acridinبوجود ال e orange . التنمیة بوجود الacridin e orange ج نتج عنھا فقدان للجینات المسؤولة عن انتا فقط ، بینما s. aureus وفقدان المقاومة للمعادن الثقیلة في ال e. coli والs.aureusمن ال " البیتاالكتامیز انزیم في كال ة بكتریا ال . للمعادن الثقیلة بقیت نفسھا دون أي تغییرe. coliمقاوم یلة موجودة على البیتاالكتامیز بالزمید في بكتریا ھذه النتائج تدل على أن الجینات المسؤولة عن المقاومة للمعادن الثق ر e. coli فقط ، بینما في بكتریا ال s. aureusال فالجینات المسیطرة على مقاومة البكتریا للمعادن الثقیلة فھي غی .موجودة على نفس البالزمید المسؤول عن انتاج البیتالكتامیز انزیم زیم البیتاالكتامیزمقاومة المعادن الثقیلة ، إنزیم البیتاالكتامیز، المعادن الثقیلة وإن: الكلمات المفتاحیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 synthesis and characterization of new symmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives and their amic acids e. t. ali , k. m. lazim al-aliawy and j. h. tomma departme nt of chemistry, college of education , ibn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad re ceived in : 29 march 2011 accepted in : 30 may 2011 abstract the new sy mmetry py romellitdiimide [ vii]ac,n were sy nthesized by two-step reactions from the corresp onding py romellitic dianhy dride . a new sy mmetrical amic acid [vi]ac,n was sy nthesized by the reaction of py romellitic dianhy dride with different heterocyclic amines in dry acetone . the second r eaction st ep includes intramolecular cyclization of amic acid in the p resence of sodium acetate -acetic anhydride sy stem at 85 0 c. structures of the sy nthesized comp ounds have been ascertained by their melting p oints , c.h.n analysis , uv-vis, ft ir and 1 hnmr sp ectroscopy . key words : py romellitdiimide , py romellitic dianhy dride , py romellitamic diacid introduction py romellitdiimides are b est known as segments of highly insulating p olyimides dielectrics, it is though nevertheless quit surp rising that two attempt has been made to fabricate transistor from py romellitdiimide deriv atives . py romellitdiimides derivatives can be easily p repared by one –step reaction between py romellitic dianhydride and v arious amines . the facile sy nthesis of p y romellitdiimide der ivatives offers an advantage in larges scale sy nthesis due to its high conversion y ield and ease of p urification . m any workers sy nthesized new py romellitimid e deriv atives by using this method in different conditions[17]. anot her method t o sy nthesis py romellitdiimide der ivatives in cludes two step , firstly sy nthesis of amic acid by nucleophilic addition of amine to acid anhydride, secondly condensation amic acid by heating to y ield pyromellitdiimide by ring closure [8-11]. the pyromellitimides containin g h eterocyclic un its very rare [10,12] , therefor e we decided to sy nthesis and characterized the new amic acid containing thiazole, benzot hiazole or oxadiazole unit and their p y romellitdiimide derivatives. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 experime ntal materials: all the chemicals were supp lied from m erck , fluka ,gcc and aldrich ch emicals co. and used as received. technique s : ft ir sp ectra were recorded usin g p otassium bromide discs on a shimadzu (8400s) and shi madzu (ir prest ige-21). 1 hnm r sp ectra were carr ied out by comp any : bruker , model: u ltra shield 300 m hz , origin : switzerland and are reported in p p m(s), dm so was used as solvent with tm s as an internal st andard. m easurements were mad e at chemist ry department, al-alby at university, elemental microanaly sis (c.h.n) were carried out by a (c.h.n) comp any : euro vector , model ea3000a origin : italy . al-albay t university , jordan . uncorrected melting p oints were determined by using hot -stage, gallen kamp melting p oint apparatus .uv-vis sp ectra of solution were p erformed on c ecl 7200 england sp ectrop hotometer using chcl3 as a solvent. s ynthesis methods ethy l-4-amino benzoate [i]: was p rep ared followin g the procedure by vogel [13] , yield 99%, m.p.91 0 c, lit 91 0 c . coh2n o c2h5 [i] 4-amino phenyl hydrazide[ii]: this comp ound was p repared accordin g to the let.[14] , y ield 99.5%, m.p. 223 0 c, lit 223 0 c. h2n c nh o nh2 [ii] 5-(4-amino phenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thiol [iii]: this compound was p rep ared accordin g to the let. [15], y ield 79%, m.p . 239 0 c. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 h2n nn o sh [iii] n-alky l bromide[i v]n: was p repared following the procedure by vo gel [13]. n=2,4,7 cnh2n+1br [iv]n 2-alky l-thio-5-[4-amino phenyl ]-1,3,4-oxadiazole[v]: h2n nn o scnh2n+1 n =2,4,7[v] pot assium hy droxide (0.68g, 0.12mole) dissolved in minimum volume of water, was added drop wise to a stirred solution of oxadiazole (1.93 g , 0.01 mole) in (10ml) of dioxane at 25 0 c. aft er heating the mixture for (15 min.) and cooling , n-alkyl bromid e (0.01mole) was add ed drop wise . the solution was refluxed for (2 hours) ; afterwards the solvent was evap orated on a rotator evap orator. ice-water (100 ml) was added, the resulting p recipitate was collected [16] , and recry st allized from ethanol. yield(85-92)% . symme trical ( n,n-pyromellitamic diacid)[vi]: nn o s, n s co2h ho2c oc co hn nh r r r= , n s n= [vi]a,b,c,n cnh2n+1 2,4,7; nn o sh , to a solution of py romellitic dianhy dride (0.218 g, 0.001mole) in (15ml) acetone, a solution of the amine (0.002 mole) in (15ml) acetone was added dropwise during on e hour, the mixture was then left at room temp erature with continuous stirring for (24 hours), t he product was then filtered off and recry st allized from acetone or chlorofor m. the p hy sical prop erties of these compounds are given in table 1. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 sy mmetrical ( n,n-p y romellitdiimide)[ vii] nn o s, n s r= , n s n=cnh2n+1 2,4,7; nn o sh , a,b,c,n nn o o o o r r [vii] a(0.01 mole) of n,n-py romellitamic diacid was p laced in (250 ml) round bottom flask, a mixture of anhydrous sodium acetate ( 0.02mole ) and acetic anhydride (15ml) was added. the mixture was maintained between(85-90) ◦ c by means of a water -bath and st irred for half hour . the mixture was allowed to st ir for one hour at room temp erature . the mixture was p oured on dist illed water (400ml ) and worked out as sp ecified in each case. the physical data of diimides[ vii] are list ed in table (2). elemental analysis of compound [vii]7 : the oretical : c% = 62.82 , h% = 5.23 , n% = 10.99 found : c% = 62.856 , h% =5.315 , n% =11.032 carboxy lic acid chlorides [viii]b,c: was p repared following the procedure by vogel [13]. r-cocl [viii] r = cnh2n +1 ;n =4,7 b, c n,n-bis-[4-(2-thioacyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole-5-yl)-phenyl]-py romellitdiimid [ix]ac nn nn o s c r o o o o r= c4h9 c7h15 och3 ,, [ix] o scr o nn o to a stirred of compound [vii]c (0.568g, 0.001mol), triethy lamine (0.2g, 0.002mol) in dried mixture of (5ml dm f:10ml thf), was added dropwise carboxy lic acid chloride [viii] (0.001mol) at (0-4) 0 c. aft er the addition had been comp leted the resulting suspension was st irred at the same temp erature for 3hrs .the triethy laminhy drochloride salt was p recipitate . it was filtered and the filtrate was p oured with st irring into (100 ml) ice-water then the mixture was extracted by adding (50ml) of diethy l ether. yield(77-90)% . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 result and discussion ethy l amino benzoate [i] was obtained from esterification of the carboxy lic acid moiety of 4-aminobenzoic acid by using absolute ethanol saturated with dry (hci) gas .condensation this ester [i] with hy drazide hy drate y ielded the 4-amino p henyl hy drazide [ii] , which is characterization by higher meltin g p oint and by ft ir–sp ectrum , revealed st retching vibration at 3237 cm -1 of n-h group as well as st retching absorp tion at 1632 cm 1 due to c=o (amid) group . the reaction of acid hy drazide[ii] with cs2 in koh medium leads to the formation of thio-oxadiazole [iii] by intramoleculer cyclization r eaction . the st ructure of oxadiazole was confir med by meltin g p oint and by sp ectroscopy . the ftir-absorption sp ectrum showed the disapp earance of absorp tion bands due to c=o (amid) and n-h group s of acid hy drazide together with the appearance of a st retching bands at 1630 cm -1 , 1308 cm -1 , 3102 cm -1 which are assigned to c=n, c=s and n-h group s, resp ectively of oxadiazole unit . it also shows stretching bands in the region (1050-1260)cm -1 due to (c-o-c) oxadiazole ring. 2-alky l-thio-5-[4-aminophenyl]-1,3,4-oxadiazole [v]n were p rep ared by the reaction of 2mercap to-oxadiazole with differ ent n-alky l bromides in b asic medium. the st ructure of these comp ounds were identified by ftir sp ectroscopy .the ft ir sp ectra of these comp ounds showed disappearance of the two p eaks attributed to n-h and c=s st retching and appearance of many p eaks in the region (2855-2967) cm -1 due to aliphatic c-h stretching. the amic acid [ vi] were sy nthesized by the reaction of one mole of p y romellitic dianhy dride with two moles of different amines in acetone as solvent. the mechanis m involves nucleop hilic addition reaction , as follows scheme (1). scheme (1) oo o oo o nh2r acetone c c c c n h h n o o r r h h c co2hc ho2c hn nh o o r r r-nh2 proton exchange [vi] o o o o the structure of these acids was studied by ftir, uv-vis and 1 hnm r sp ectroscopy . the ft ir absorp tion-sp ectra showed the disappearance of absorp tion bands due to nh2 and other p eaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of the st arting materials together with the appearance of new absorp tion st retching bands due to o-h of carbo xy lic moiety at (2500-3450)cm -1 , c=o (carboxy lic acid) at (1688-1716)cm -1 , c=o (amid) at (1645-1678)cm -1 and c=n (endocyclic) at (1609-1628)cm -1 of heterocyclic un it. the ftir data of functional group s which are char acterist ic of the these new amic acid[vi]af and the uv-vis data (λm ax) are list ed in table 3. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 1 hnm r sp ectrum of comp ound [vi]n=4 , showed the following characterist ic chemical shift ( dm so as a solvent) : a triplet band at δ 1.40-1.45p p m due to terminal methy l p roton. four p rotons mulitip let at δ 1.69-1.97pp m that could be related to -ch2ch2 p rotons and two p rotons triplet at δ 3.23-3.27pp m due to sch2 . a sin glet sign al at δ 4.77pp m for p rotons of n-h, eight aromatic p rotons app ear as two doublets bands at δ 6.64-6.67pp m and δ7.58-7.61pp m. a good sharp sign al at δ 7.94 p p m due to the two p rotons of centre aromatic ring. finally, two p rotons of carboxy lic moiety app ear as a broad weak band at δ 12.8-14.1pp m. py romellitimides [vii]af were obtained by the intramolecular cyclization of amic acid [ vi]af in acetic anhydride and sodium acetate at 85 0 c. the mechanism involves nucleophilic substitut ion reaction as follows of scheme (2). nn o oo o c co2hc ho2c hn nh o o r r ch3co2 ch3co2 c c c c nh hn o o r r h3c c o o c o ch3 c c o o hn nh o o r rc c h3c ch3 o o o o (80 -90)0 c rr scheme (2) [vii] na na 2ch3co2h h3c c o o c o ch3 o o o o nhnh o o o o o c ch3 o och3c o r r the structure of these comp ounds was st udied by ft ir, uv-vis and 1 hnm r sp ectroscopy . the ft ir sp ectra exhibited si gnificant two p eaks in r egion (1700-1800) cm -1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbony l of the (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1180cm -1 and 775cm -1 for asy m. and sy m. of c-n-c (cyclic). they also show t he disap p earance of absorp tion stretching bands of n-h , o-h and c=o (carboxy lic moiety ) group s of amic acid. the ftir absorp tion bands data of these comp ounds[vii]af and the uv-vis data (λm ax ) are list ed in table (4). 1 hnm r sp ectrum of py romellitdiimide [ vii]c, (dm so as a solvent) showed a good p eak at δ 2.69 p p m due to s-h group , eight aromatic p rotons of (ab) which are typical for p -disubstituted benzene appear as two doublets at δ 7.80-7.91 pp m [17] . a singlet signal at δ 7.95pp m for two p rotons of centre benzene ring and a sharp single at δ 10.38 pp m due to n-h group . elemental analy sis result of comp ound [vii]7 is in good agreement with the theoretical data . n,n-bis-[4-(2-thioacyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole-5-yl)-phenyl] py romellitdi-imid [ix]ac sy nthesized by the reaction of [vii]c with acid chlor ide[ viii]ac in mixture of (dm f+thf) in the basic medium et3n.t he ftir sp ectra showed a good p eak at (1686-1715) cm -1 due to c=o thioester . the ftir data of thioester [ix]a-c showed in table 4. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 re ferences 1. sharma ,p.; kukreja , p.;choudhary,v. and naru la , a. (2005) "curing and thermal behaviour of epoxy resin in the presence of oromatic i mide –am ines", ind. j. of engin. and m at. sci. of chem., 12: 259-264. 2. lee , s.;shin,g.; chi,j.; zin,w.; jung , j.;hahm , s.; r ee , m . and chang ,t. (2006) "sy nthesis , characterization and liqu id-cry st al-aligning p rop erties of novel aromatic p olypy romellitimid es bearing (n-alkyloxy ) biphenyloxy side chains", poly mer, 47: 6606-6621. 3. m athews , a.; kim , i. and ha ,c. (2007) " sy nthesis, characterization, and prop erties of fully aliphatic poly imides", m acromolecular r esearch, 15(2): 114-128. 4. hoogenboom , r. and schubert ,u. (2007) "m icrowave-assisted poly mer sy nthesis : recent develop ments in a rapidly exp anding field of resear ch", m acromol. rapid commun., 28: 368–386. 5. zheng ,q.; huan g ,j.; sarjeant , a. and howard, e. katz (2008) "py romellitic diimide m inimal cores for hi gh m obility ", j. am . chem . soc. 130: 410-411. 6. darshan , m alhota , p. and narula, k. (2009) "effect of structure of diamide-diimide-di amines based on l-methionine on curing behavour and thermal stability of dgeba", ind. j. of chem.,48b: 893-903. 7. m allakp our ,sh. and rafiee ,z. (2008) "ap p lication of m icrowave-assisted reactions in step-growt h poly merization: a review", iran. poly m. j.17(12):907-935. 8. liu , p. (2005) "prep aration and characterizations of poly (amic acid) grafted silica nanop articles", iran. polym. j., l 14(11): 968-972. 9. lucero, d.; likh anova , n.; hop fl , h.; guz man , j.; likhatchev, d. and palou , r. ( 2006), " efficient microwave-assist ed sy nthesis of bisimides", general pap ers arkivoc,(x), 7-20. 10. faghihi , k.; shabanian , m . and hajibevgi , m . (2009) "optically active and organosoluble poly (amide-imide)s derived fro m n,n'-(py romellitoy l)bis-lhistidine", m acromo. res. ,17(11): 912-918. 11. zahmatkesh , s. and vakili , m . (2010) "sy nthesis and characterization of new opt ically active poly (ethy l l-ly sinamide)s and poly (ethy l l-ly sinimide)s", j. of amino acids ,1:1-6. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 12. sato,y.; yoshida , m . and ando , s. (2006) "optical prop erties of rod-like fluorinated poly imides and m odel compounds derived from diamines havin g hi gh electro -donatin g prop erties", j. of phot op oly mer sci. and techno logy , 19(2): 297304. 13. a. i. vo gel , practical , (1974),"organic ch em., longman group ltd.,londdon, 3 rd edition . 14. atto, a.; m ohamed, m . and hameed , a. (2000) " sy nthesis , sp ectroscopy and study of some new 1,3,4-o xadiazole derivatives, iraq i j. chem., 26(1) : 86-93. 15. tomma , j.;al-m ehdawy , m .; m ubbrik , s. and al-dujaili , a. (2004) "sy nthesis ant ibacterial activity of some new sch iff bases containing 1,3,4-oxadiazole r ing", iraqi j. sci., 45(1) : 39-45. 16. tomma , j. and al-dujili , a. (2002) "m esomorp hic behaviour of some new schiff base est ers containing 1,3,4-o xadiazole unit ", 43(1): 35-57. 17. tomma, j. (2001) " sy nthesis characterization and investigation effect of chemical const itution of liquid-cry stalline m onomers , dimers and polymers. table (1) the physical propertie s of symmetrical diamic acid [vi]a-[vi]7 co m.n o. nomenclature structural formula molecular fo rmula m.p ◦c yiel d% color [vi] a n,n — -bis-(2-thiazole)pyromellitamic diacid co 2 h ho2c n s n s hn nh o o c16h10n4o6s 2 >30 0 89 white [vi] b n,n — -bis-(2benzothiazol e) pyromellitamic diacid. co2h h o2c c c o nh o hn s n n s c24h14n4o6s 2 >30 0 91 white [vi] c n,n — -bis-[4-(5-phenyl)2-thio-1,3, 4-oxadiazole pyromellitamic diacid. co2hc ho2c c o hn o nh nn o nn o hs sh c26h16n6o8s 2 >30 0 96 orang e [vi] 2 n,n — -bis-[4-(2-ethylthio1,3, 4-oxadiazole-5-yl)phenyl] pyromellitamic diacid. c co 2 hc ho 2 c o o nh hn nn o nn o s sc 4h 9 c 4 h 9 c30h24n6o8s 2 >30 0 89 orange [vi] 4 n,n — -bis-[4-(2butylthio-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)phenyl]pyromellitamic diacid . co2 h co oc ho 2c hn nh nn o s c 4h 9 nn o sc4 h 9 c34h32n6o8s 2 276278 90 orange [vi] 7 n,n — -bis-[4-(2heptylthio-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)-ph enyl]pyromellitamic diacid. co2 h ho2 c nn o sc7h15 nn o s c7hnh hn o o c40h44n6o8s 2 238 88 yellow ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table (2):the physical propertie s of symmetrical pyromellitdiimide [vii]a-c ,n and [ix]ac. co m.n o. nomenclature structural formula molecular fo rmula m.p◦ c yiel d% colo r [vii ]a n,n — -bis-(2thiazole) pyromellitdiimide nn n s n s o o o o c16h6n4o4 s2 198200 78 pale yellow [vii ]b n,n — -bis-(2benzothiazol e) pyromellitdiimide nn n ss n o o oo c24h10n4o 4s2 >300 90 yellow [vii ]c n,n — -bis-{[4-(2-thio1,3, 4-oxadiazole)-5yl]-phenyl} – pyromellitdiimid. nn o o o o nn o hs nn o sh c26h12n6o 6s2 182184 92 pale yellow [vii ]2 n,n — -bis-[4-(2ethylthio-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)phenyl] pyromellitdiimide. nn nn o nn o sc2h5 c2h5s o oo o c30h20n6o 6s2 160162 85 orange [vii ]4 n,n — -bis-[4-(2butylthio-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl) phenyl] pyromellitdiimide. nn o o o o nn o nn o s s c4h9c4h9 c34h28n6o 6s2 138140 88 pale yellow [vii ]7 n,n — -bis-[4-(2heptylthio-1,3,4oxadiazole-5yl)phenyl] pyromellitdiimide nn nn o sc7h 15 o o o o nn o c7h15 c40h40n6o 6s2 92-94 75 yello w [ix] a n,n-bis-[4(2-thio-4(methoxyphenyloxy5-yl)-phenyl]pyromellitdiimide nn nn o nn o s s cc o o o o h3co o ch3 oo c42h24n6o 10s2 oily 80 yellow [ix] b n,n-bis-[4-(2-thiopentyloxy-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)phenyl ] pyromellitdiimide nn nn o nn o s s cc c4h9c4h9 o o o o oo c36h28n6o 8s2 oily 77 brown [ix] c n,n-bis-[4(2-thioheptyloxy-1,3,4oxadiazole-5-yl)phenyl ]pyromellitdiimide nn nn o nn o s s cc c7h 15c7h15 o o o o o o c42h40n6o 8s2 crysta l gum my 90 yellow ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table(3):characteristic ftir a bsor ption bands and uv data (λmax) of compounds [ vi]a comp .no. λma (nm) v nh vo-h vc-h aromatic vc-h aliphatic vc=o carboxylic vc= o amid vc=n endocyclic vc=c aromatic [vi]a 266 3302 34502400 3113 1695 1659 1616 1580 [vi]b 264 3289 32002450 3115 1688 1655 1628 1591 [vi]c 318 3352 34502500 3103 1709 1678 1625 1607 [vi]2 306 3368 34002400 3086 29672855 1709 1670 1609 1587 [vi]4 300. 5 3350 34352450 3077 29572860 1716 1645 1609 1582 [vi]7 304 3348 32502500 3075 29552855 1710 1645 1609 1589 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 table(4):characteristic ftir a bsor ption bands and uv data (λmax) of compounds [vii]a-c ,n and [ix]ac com p.no. λmax(n m) vc-h arom. vc-h alipha. vc=o imides cyclic asym., sym vc=n endocycl ic vc=c aromati c vc-n-c asym., sym . other [vii]a 268 3113 1800,1728 1685 1600 1172,779 [vii] b 250 3113 1787,1740 1634 1597 1195,772 [vii]c 302 3100 1728,1695 1622 1591 1180,760 vn-h at 3337 vc=s at 1317 [vii] 2 302.5 3100 29602850 1740,1701 1605 1576 1179,775 [vii] 4 300 3110 29552868 1736,1700 1607 1578 1182,765 [vii] 7 300 3051 29552865 1740,1710 1601 1570 1175,768 [ix]a 310 3080 29592859 1728,1700 1640 1606 1165,779 vc=0 thioester 1710 [ix]b 306.5 3100 29892872 1724,1701 1645 1610 1175,780 vc=0 thioester 1715 [ix]c 315 3080 29592872 1740,1710 1640 1607 1171,774 vc=0 thioester 1686 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة وحوامض یمیدثنائي اال لبایروملیتل تحضیر وتشخیص مشتقات جدیدة متماثلة االمیك لها جمبد هرمز توما ، العلیاوي كاظم ماذي الزم ، عماد تقي علي جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم-كلیة التربیة، قسم الكیمیاء 2011آذار 29 :استلم البحث في 2011آیار 30: قبل البحث في الخالصة من ثنائي انهدرید ، خطوتین يعن طریق تفاعل ذ [vii]یمید اال ةثنائی تمیلحضرت مركبات البایرو ةمختلف أمیناتحضرت حوامض االمیك الجدیدة من تفاعل ثنائي انهدرید البایرومیلیتك مع ، اذ المقابل البایرومیلیتك ضمني ال حلقيالغلق التضمن خطوة التفاعل الثاني بینما ت. "مذیبا ن الجافاالسیتو باستعمالتحتوي حلقة غیر متجانسة (90-80)حرارةوبدرجة خالت الصودیومحامض االمیك بوجود انهدرید الخلیك لجزیئة 0 c . -uv وأطیاف وتحلیل العناصر درجات انصهارها قیاس طةات صحة تراكیب المركبات المحضرة بوستاثب vis 1 hnm r , ft ir : لها . حامض البایرمیلتامیك ,بایرومیلیتیك ثنائي االنهدرید , یمید ثنائي اال بایرومیلیت : الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (3) 2011 serumleptin, triglycerides, cholestrol and hdl cholestrol in non dlabetic obese subjects m.a. kassim departme nt of biology, college of science ،unive rsity of al-mustansyria received in : 16 february 2011 accepte d in: 16 june 2011 abstract t his st udy was carried out t o investigat e t he relat ion ship between serum lept in, body mass index (bmi), t riglycerides, cho lestero l and hdlcholestero l in non diabet ic obese subject s comp aring with healt hy subject . a 36 male an d female iraqis obese were st udied, mean age 50.1, 43.3 years respectively and 23 healt hy subject s. serum lept in, t riglycerides, cho lestero l and hdlcholestero l were measured. lep t in, t riglycerides, cho lestero l, hdlcho lestero l and bmi significan t ly increased in obese males and fem ales comp ared wit h cont ro l, but t here was no significan t difference in hdlcholestero l and bmi when comp ared bet ween obese males and fem ales. a low significan t po sitive correlat ion was fo und between lept in and hdlcholestero l, and no significant difference bet ween lept in and ot her t ypes of lipids. t he findings suggested that serum lept in concent rat ion t op mo st in obese subject s wit h not iceable effect on lipid met abolism. key word: serum lept in, obesity, lip ids introduction obesity is in creasing progressively wor ldwi de, it is closely associat ed wit h increased morbidit y an d mo rt ality caused by several of t he most common diseases in t he wor ld including gallst one diseases and cancer [1]. obesit y is det ermin ed by an int eraction between environmental, psychosocial, and genet ic factors [2 ]. lept in (from the greek wor d leptose, meanin g thin) is a protein hormone that is encoded by t he ob gene and is secreted by adipose t issue t o in t he circulat ion. it act s mainly in t he h ypothalamus by binding to specific lept in recepto r and regulat es fo od intake and energy balance [3 ]. in addit ion lept in act ivat es sympathetic nervous syst em and increases energy expendit ure. lept in t hus decreases body weight and adiposity as a novel messenger of energy met abolism [4]. the informat ion concerning t he relationship between serum lept in concentrat ion and levels of serum lipids is important . furt hermore, when evaluat ing leptin levels and met abolic prof iles of patients with and wit ho ut ischemic heart disease, no differences in lept in concent rat ion and no relat ion ships between lept in and plasma lipid were observed [5]. however, serum leptin concentrat ion in individuals wit h firstever hemo rrh agic st roke was sharply higher t han in cont ro ls suggesting some associat ion between serum lept in an d alt eration of lipid met abolism [6]. therefore, the aim of t he present study is t o evaluat e serum lept in, triglycerides, cholest erol and hdlcholest erol in iraqis obese people comparing with normal subject s. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (3) 2011 materials and methods subjects a t ot al of 36 (1 6 male an d 20 fem ale) iraqis obese (bmi ≥ 30 kg / m 2 ) were enro lled in t his study. median age of t he 3 6 fem ale/male v olunt eers was 43.0, 50 .1 years respect ively, ranged (20 -6 1) ,(20 78)y ears respect ively. t hese out-pat ient s were t urned up t o al-numan hospit al laborat ory for check-up fo r t he p erio d fro m june t o august 2010 .a t ot al of 23 co nt ro l subject s(11 male and 12 female) with (bmi ≤ 25 kg / m 2 ) were also en ro lled in t his study. bot h t est an d con t ro l groups were non diabet ic (serum glucose concent rat ion ≤11 0) and wit h nor mal bloo d pr essure. bmi was calculated as weight (in kg) divided by squared height (in m 2 ). sample collections fiv e milliliters (5m l) venous bloo d was obtained between 08:0 0 an d 10.00 a.m. aft er a 12 hour fasting perio d. all blood samples were dispensed int o dry glass t est t ubes fo r clot t ing and ret ract ion to take place. sera were obtained aft er samples were cent rifuged at 200 0g for five min ut es and st ored at -20 °c unt il assayed fo r laborat or y investigat ion s [7]. laboratory techniques fasting serum glucose concent rat ion s had been measured by t he glucose oxidase pro cedure and serum hdl-cholestero l, t riglycerides, ch olestero l were measured enzymet ically by quant it at ive determination kit (sp inreact , s.a.u. sp ain). st or ed frozen sera samples were ret riev ed, t hawed, and t ested for leptin levels by means of a quant it at ive en zyme immuno assay using a comm ercial kit (drg inst ruments gmbh, germ any) (specificit y, 1 00%). reference st andards were used to pro duce a st andard curve t o quant itate lep t in levels. t he result s were ex pr essed in ng/ml. t he normal value for lep t in levels was up 3.84±1.79 ng/ml in male an d 7.36±3 .73 ng/ml in fem ale. statistical analysis t he st at istical co mp ut er soft ware package minit ab was used to an alyze t he data. the mean, range, and 95% confidence int erv al (c.i.) fo r median, were calculat ed. t he relat ion ships bet ween t he individual paramet ers were evaluated using spearm an’s correlat ion . p -v alue < 0.05 was considered stat istically significant . results and discussion the st udy included 36 obese and 23 control subject s were divided in t wo gro ups, males and females. mean , range and 95 % confidence int erv al (ci) for age, serum lept in, hdl, t riglyceride, cholest erol, gl ucose and bmi of obese fem ales and control females are shown in table (1 ). the mean ages of the obese females and co ntrol females were 43.3 years (20-61) and 30 years (21-28), respectively. all of the paramet ers in table (1 ) were significan t ly higher than t hose of t he control except glucose. conversely, hdl and bmi were significant ly lower between obese females and cont rol females. t he same parameters were applied t o obese males and contro l males shown in t able (2 ), the mean ages of obese males 50.1 years (20-78) and 35.25 years (24-43), respect ively. each of the param eters in t able (2) was significant ly high except glucose. in t able (3) the t riglyceride and ch olest erol showed high significan t increase in obese fem ales compared wit h males, while serum lept in showed low significan t. conversely, hdl, glucose, bmi, and age sho wed non significant change bet ween obese males and obese females. the relationships bet ween t he st udied paramet ers in the o bese males and females group are sho wn in t able (4) . as expect ed a highly significant posit ive correlation was fo und bet ween bmi and serum leptin. in addit ion the t able demonst rat ed a low significant posit ive correlation between leptin and hdl. furt hermore no significant correlat ion bet ween leptin an d cho lest erol, ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (3 ) 2011 t riglyceride was fo un . also t here was no significant correlation bet ween bmi and cholest ero l, t riglyceride, hdl. in humans, it is well established t hat plasma leptin levels are directly proport ional to percentage body fat . most obese individuals have h igh co ncentrat ions of leptin in their serum and plasma but ex hibit leptin resistance because of decrease leptin transport into t he central nervous system or down regulat ion of leptin receptors [8, 9]. in our study higher leptin con centrat ion s were fo und in iraqis obese males and fem ales (bmi ≥ 25.00kg/m 2 ) than the normal cont rol gro up. the difference bet ween the median of leptin in both obese males and fem ales was significan t depending on the distribut ion and composition of fat in t he body or depending on t he effect of sex st ero ids like est rogen and progesterone. [10, 11, 12] in t he subject s investigat ed in the present st udy, t he relation ship bet ween leptin and bmi was linear, as shown in t able 4. the results similarly results presented in this study in good agreement wit h result rep ort ed in saudian ov erweight and obese fem ales in makkah communit y [13 ], where significant relat ionship was fo und bet ween leptin, bmi and waist circumferen ce. also t he result s seemed to agree wit h tho se reported by chaisiri et al. in japanese obese wom en [14], where a linear relationship between serum leptin and bmi was fo und. on t he other hand, t he relation ship bet ween lept in and bmi in caucasian individuals is not linear in very obese person s because caucasians have different metabolic stat es from asians, in addit ion for t he differences might be the greater height of caucasians, so t hat an increase in the v olume of fat t issue to a given height does not correspond in the same way as in asians. the increase in fat t issue in asians, wit h a relat ively short er height , results in a mor e direct relation ship between fat t issue an d bmi. it was fo und that blood-brain barrier t ransport at ion had a t hreshold level for serum leptin (about 25-30 ng/ml), above which increases in serum levels were not t ran slat ed into proport ional increases in cerebrospinal or brain leptin levels, which means t hat it may result in apparent leptin resistance and obesity[8]. most inv est igat ions have demonst rated, in agreement wit h the dat a of t his study, a lack of correlat ion bet ween serum leptin and lipid prof iles [15,16,17,18,19] mainly when body weight and degree of adiposity are t aken int o acco unt re ferences 1.mantzoros,c.s . ،)1999 ( the role of leptin in human obesity and disease. a review of current evidence. ann int ern. med, 130:651-657 2.kopelman, p .g. . ،)20 00 ( obesit y as a medical p ro blem. nat ure,404:63 5-6 43 . 3.ahima, r.s. and flier, j.s .،)2000 ( lep t in. ann. rev. p hy s.62 :41 343 7. 4. sagawa n., yura s., it oh h., mise h., kakui k. korit a d ) .200 2 ( role of lept in in pregnancya rev iew. p lacent a:16 :s8086. 5. sodenberg, s.; ahr en, b.; jansson, j.h ) .19 99 ( lep t in is associat ed wit h increased risk o f my ocardial infract ion . j int . med.246:40 9418. 6.couillard, c.; mauriege, p.an d p rud hom mer, d. ) .19 97 ( p lasma lept in concent rat ion : gender differences and associat ion wit h met abolic risk fact ors for cardiov ascular disease. diabet ologia ؛ 40:11 78 -1 18 4. 7. alan, h.b. ) .20 06 ( t iet z clinical guide to laborat ory t est ،4 th ed wb saunders, p hiladelphia. 8.caro , j.f.; kolaczynski, j.w .an d nyce, m.r. ).19 96 ( decreased cerebrospinal fluid serum lept in ration in obesit y: a possible mechanism for lept in resistance .lan cet ,348 :15 9161. 9.bjorbaek, c.; el haschimi, k.; frant z, j.d.an d flier, j.s. ) .19 99 ( t he role of socs -3 in lept in signaling and lept in resistance. j biol. chem.274 :30 059 -3 00 65 . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (3 ) 2011 10.fluda, s.; linseies, j.; wolfram , g.; him merch , s.; gedrich; k., p ollmacher. t .an d himmerich, h. . )20 10 ( lep t in plasma levels in t he general pop ulat ion influence o f age, gender, body weight and medical histor y. p ro t ein p ept . let t .17(1 1) :14 36 -1 44 0. 11.min occin, a.; savia, g.; lucant on i, r.; berselli, m.e.; t agliaferri, m.and calo, g.an d p et ro ni, m.l. ).2000 ( lep t in plasma concent rat ion are depend on body fat dist ribut ion in obese patients. int. j. obese relat . met ab. disord24 . (9) : 113 9 1144 12.st even, m.; heikki, m.; p auli, k.; leena, m.and markku, l. ).19 97 ( lep t in concent rat ion sex hor mo nes, an d co rt isol in non diabet ic man. j. clin. endocrin ol and met ab .82( 6):18071813 . 13.bahat hiq, a.o. ).201 0 ( relat ion ship of lept in hor mo nes wit h body mass in dex an d waist circumference in saudi female p opulat ion of t he makkah co mm unit y. t he open obesity j.2:95 -1 00. 14.chaisiri, k.; p ongpaew, p .; t ungtron gchit r, r.; p hon rat , b.; kullrap , s. and schelp, f.p ) .19 98 ( nutr it ion al st at us an d serum lipids of a rural p op ulat ion in nort heast t hailandan ex ample of healt h t ran sition . in t . j. vit am. nutr. res.68:19 6-2 02. 15.de court en, m.; zimm et , p .an d hodge, a. ) .199 7 ( hyperlept inaemia: t he missing link in the metabolic syndrome? diabet. med.14 :20 0208. 16.haluzik, m.; fiedler, j.and nedvidkova, j. ) .20 00 ( serum lept in levels in pat ient s wit h hyp erlip idemias. nutrit ion . 16 :42 9-4 33. 17.leyva, f.; godsland, i.f.and ghat ei, m. ) .19 98 ( hyperlep t inemia as acomp onent of met abolic syndrome o f cardiov ascular risk. art erio scler t hro mb vasc. biol.18:92 8-9 33. 18.ryan,a.s.an d nicklas, b.j. ) .19 99 ( age-relat ed changes in fat deposition in mid-t high muscle in wom en: relat ion ships wit h met abolic cardiovascular disease risk fact ors. in t . j. obes126 23 :-132. 19. ho, s.c. ;t ai, e.s.an d eng, p .h.k. (1 999 ) a st udy in t he relat ion ship between lept in, insulin and body fat in asian subject . i nt . j. obes.; 23: 246 -2 52 . tabl e : )1 ( mean, ranges an d 95% c i of age , le pti n, h dl, tri gly ceri de , ch oleste rol, glu cose and bmi in obese and cont rol females control fem ale o bese fem ale norm al value pvalue 95 %c i mean (range ) 95 %c i mean (range) parame ters 0.00 21.6-23.8 30 (21-28) 33.5-41.81 43.3(20-61) age yrs 20-25 0.05 22.3-23.1 24.3(21.5-25.3) 26.3-30.8 31.27(30-34.6) bmi kg/m 2 7.3 0.00 0.4-1.2 2.8(1.8-7) 8.3-11.6 15.83(1.2-50.7) lept in mg/ml 40-140 0.00 82.4-110.9 106.1(79.6-132.7) 141.2-156.8 172.78(70.7-265) triglyce ride mg/dl 250-140 0.00 115.7-130.8 138.8(108-154.5) 196.3-218.2 198.47(69.5-243) cholest ero l mg/dl 72-40 0.01 46.3-526 57.9(54-61.7) 41.3-48.6 46.49(38.6-61.7) hdl mg/dl 70-110 n.s. 75.6-81.7 79.2(72-84.6) 75.4-88.6 83.35(55.8-110) gl ucose mg/dl bmi = body mass index, hdl-c= high density lipoprotein cho lest erol, significant difference bet ween obese female and cont ro l female subject s p ≥0.05 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (3 ) 2011 tabl e (2): me an, ranges an d 95%c i of age, leptin , hdl, triglyce ri de, choles terol, glucose an d b mi in obese an d control males control male male obese norm al value p-val ue 95 % c i mean (range ) 95 % c i mean (range( paramet e rs 0.01 396 .28 .1 35-25(24-43) 6 .516 .33 )78 -20 (1 .50 age yrs 25-20 0.05 1 .231 .21 )25.35 . 21( 24 1 .32 -6 .29 )1 .38 -30 (7 .32 bmi kg/m 2 3.8 0.00 1.1 -37 .0 1.7(1-4) 6 .109 .6 )1 .44 -3 .1 (4. 17 lept in mg/ml 160-60 0.00 1983 .95 )106 106 (106 1 .163 – 6 .128 136.(70.7-273) triglycer ide mg/dl 140-250 0.00 118.378 .91 )131 9 .84( 108 6 .191 – 3 .146 169.5(96.5-243.2) choleste ro l mg/dl 40-72 0.00 54.81-59.1 )7 .61 -65 (35 .63 7 .51 – 13 .43 49.9(34.7-65.6) hdl mg/dl 70-110 n.s. 68.6-81.33 82.8(75.6-90) 63 .88 – 3 .85 93.9(72-113.6) gl ucose mg/dl bmi = body mass index, hdl-c= high densit y lipoprotein cholest ero l, significant difference bet ween obese male an d cont rol male subject s p ≤ 0.05 tabl e (3) me an , ranges an d 95%c i of age, le ptin , hdl, tri glyceri de , choleste rol , gl ucose an d bmi in o bese males and fem ales obese fem ale obese male p-val ue 95 %c i mean (range( 95 %c i mean (range( paramete rs n.s. 33.5-41.81 43.3(20-61) 33.6-51.6 50.1(20-78) age yrs n.s. 26.3-30.8 31.27(30.65) 29.6-32.1 32.7(30-38.1) bmi kg/m 2 0.05 8.3-11.6 15.83(1.2-50.7) 6.9-10.6 17.4(1.3-44.1) lept in mg/ml 0.001 156.8 -141.2 . 172.78(70.7-265) 128.6-163.1 136.9(70.7-274) triglyceride mg/dl 0.00 2218. -3 .196 198.47(89.5-243) 146.3-191.6 169.5(96.5-243.3) cholesterol mg/dl n.s. 41.3-48.6 46.49(38.6-16.7) 43.13-51.7 49.9(34.7-65.6) hdl mg/dl n.s. 75.4-88.6 83.35(55.8-110) 85.3-88.63 93.9(72-113.5) gl ucose mg/dl bmi = body mass index, hdl-c= high densit y lipoprotein cholest ero l, significant difference between obese male and cont ro l female subject s p ≤ 0.05 tabl e (4) c orrel ation coefficients of age , le ptin , hdl, tri gl yce ri de , chole ste rol an d bmi in o bese m ales an d female s age bmi hdl tri gly ce ri de ch oleste ro l leptin paramete rs 0.361** 0.710** 0.205* -0.059 -0.029 1.00 lept in 0.338** -0.043 0.204** 0.285** 1.00 -0.029 cholesterol 0.201** 0.041 -0.410** 1.00 0.285** -0.059 triglyceride 0.244** -0.038 1.00 0.140** 0.204** 0.205* hdl 0.722 1.00 -0.038 0.041 -0.043 0.710** bmi 1.00 0.722 0.244** -0.201** 0.338** -0.361** age significant difference: *p <0.05,**p<0.01 رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص نیه عالیة الكثافة الكولسترول و البروتینات الده، الدهون الثالثیة ، هرمون اللبتین في مصل دم البدناء غیر المصابین بالسكر مهند عبد اإلله قاسم الجامعة ألمستنصریه،كلیة العلوم ، قسم علوم الحیاة 2011شباط 16:استلم البحث في 2011 حزیران 16: قبل البحث في الخالصة الكولسـترول فضــآل ، الـدهون الثالثیــة ، ) bmi(مؤشــر كتلـة الجســم ، رمــون اللبتـین تـم التحـري فــي هـذه الدراســة عـن العالقــة بـین ه شخصـآ مـن البـدناء 36شـملت الدراسـة . عن البروتینات الدهنیة عالیـة الكثافـة لـدى البـدناء غیـر المصـابین بمـرض السـكر مقارنـة باألصـحاء قـیس تركیـز هرمـون اللبتـین و نسـبة الـدهون . عینـة لألصـحاء 23لي و سـنة علـى التـوا 43,3: 50,1العراقیین ذكورا و إناثا لهم معـدل عمـر ، لــوحظ وجــود فـرق معنــوي وزیــادة بتركیــز هرمــون اللبتــین ، و الــدهون الثالثیــة، و البروتینــات الدهنیـه عالیــة الكثافــة ،وشـملت الكولســترول عنـد عینـات الدراســة للبـدناء الـذكور و اإلنـاث مقارنــة bmiو الكولسـترول، و الـدهون الثالثیـة فضــآل عـن،البروتینـات الدهنیـه عالیـة الكثافــة عنـد المقارنـة بـین البــدناء الـذكور مـع البـدناء مــن bmiلكـن لـم یالحـظ وجــود فـرق معنـوي للبروتینـات الدهنیـة عالیــة الكثافـة، و ، باألصـحاء ات الدهنیـه عالیـة الكثافـة بینمـا لـم یالحـظ فـرق معنـوي كما وجد فرق معنـوي ایجـابي قلیـل فـي العالقـة بـین هرمـون اللبتـین و البروتینـ. اإلناث من تلك النتائج وجد أن هرمون اللبتین كان بمستوى عال عند األشخاص البدناء مقارنة باألصـحاء . بین هرمون البتین و بقیة أنواع الدهون .ولم یكن له تأثیر ملحوظ في التكوین األیضي للدهون مفتاحیة لكلمات ال الدھون , البدانة , ھرمون اللبتین : ا age @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تصمیم عدسة كھروستاتیكیة احادیة الجھد معجلة ومبطئة تعمل تحت ظرف التشغیل النھائي والالنھائي نتھاء احمد محمدإ جامعة بغداد / )أبن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفھ /الفیزیاء علوم قسم 2012حزیران 17، قبل للنشر في 2011تشرین االول 31استلم البحث في الخالصة لقد أجریت دراسة نظریة حاسوبیة في موض�وع البص�ریات االلكترونی�ة لتص�میم عدس�ة كھروس�تاتیكیة احادی�ة الجھ�د، اذ تاتیكیة وذل�ك م�ن خ�الل تحدی�د معادل�ة استعملت الطریقة العكسیة التي تعد من الطرائق المھمة في تصمیم العدسات الكھروس� مناسبة للجھد المحوري على شكل متعددة حدود ومن ثم حل معادل�ة الش�عاع المح�وري الیج�اد مس�ار الجس�یمات ال�ذي یحق�ق معادلة الجھد المفروضة . تعم�ل تح�ت ظ�روف التش�غیل l=5mmفي ھذا البحث صممت عدسة ثالثیة االقطاب احادی�ة الجھ�د معجل�ة ومبطئ�ة بط�ول النھائي والالنھائي، اذ تم الحصول على شكل االقطاب لھذه العدسة باستخدام حل�ول معادل�ة الب�الس. وق�د بین�ت نت�ائج البح�ث قیم قلیلة للزیغین الكروي واللوني التي تعطي مؤشراً على كفایة تصمیم العدسة. . كھروستایكبھ ،أحادیة الجھد ،الزیغ الكروي ،الزیغ اللونيبصریات الكترونیة ،عدسة : الكلمات المفتاحیة 167 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة یعد علم البصریات االلكترونیة احد فروع الفیزیاء التي تتعامل مع حركة الجسیمات المشحونة في المجالین الكھربائي والمغناطیسي . النظریات التي وضعت لدراسة البصریات الضوئیة مالئمة لحل مسائل البصریات االلكترونیة ، من خالل لماضي والتي عدت موضوع البصریات االلكترونیة موضوعاً حدیثاً البحوث االولى التي ظھرت في عشرینات القرن ا ] تعد العدسات 1[ 1926في عام h. buschنسبیاً اذ أن أول من اثبت امكانیة تكوین صورة بوساطھ االلكترونات ھو ات البصریات الكھروستاتیكیة احادیة الجھد التي صمم احد انواعھا في ھذا البحث من انواع العدسات المھمة في تطبیق االلكترونیة التي تمتاز بأنھا تمتلك الجھد نفسھ في جانبي الجسم والصورة بحیث تبقى طاقة الجسیمات المشحونة ثابتة وھي عدسة كھروستاتیكیة ولیست عدسة مسقطیة مغناطیسیة . وھي تستخدم عادة في انبوبة االشعة الكاثودیة والعدید من اجھزة ].2البصریات االلكترونیة[ الجزءالنظري صممت عدسة كھروستاتیكیة ثالثیة األقطاب واستخدمت متعددة حدود من الدرجة الرابعة لتمثیل توزیع الجھد للعدسة احادیة الجھد والتي تحقق الشروط االتیة : zعلى المحور البصري u(z)المحوري u(0)= a , u(l/2) =b , u(l)=a , u'(0)=0 , u'(l)=0 والتي اعطت معادلة توزیع الجھد المحوري للعدسة االحادیة الجھد ثالثیة االقطاب 𝑈(𝑧) = 𝐴 + 16(𝐵 − 𝐴) 𝐿2 𝑧2 − 32(𝐵 − 𝐴) 𝐿3 𝑧3 + 16(𝐵 − 𝐴) 𝐿4 𝑧4 … … … … … … … . . (1) قیمة bو u(l)ونھایتھا u(0)قیمة الجھد عند بدایة العدسة aطول العدسة المؤثرة ، lالمحور البصري ، zاذ أن اآلتیة للحصول على الخواص البصریة للعدسة: [3]. تم حل معادلة الشعاع المحوري (l/2)الجھد عند منتصف العدسة 𝜕2𝑟 𝜕𝑧2 + �́�(𝑧) 2𝑈(𝑧) 𝜕𝑟 𝜕𝑧 + 𝑈(𝑧)̀̀ 4𝑈(𝑧) 𝑟 = 0 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … (2) سیمات المشحونة في المجال الكھروستاتیكي المتماثل دورانیاً . وھي معادلة تفاضلیة متجانسة تمثل ھذه المعادلة وصفاً للج ) بأنھا متجانسة بالنسبة الى 2خطیة من الدرجة الثانیة یمكن استعمالھا لكل انواع الجسیمات المشحونة كما تمتاز المعادلة ( . لذلك فأن زیادة الجھد أو نقصانھ في كل نقاط المجال سوف لن یغیر من المسار وتكون ھذه المعادلة متجانسة uالجھد r . [4]و zبالنسبة الى إن حساب شكل االقطاب للعدسة الكھروستاتیكیة االحادیة الجھد أعتماداً على توزیع الجھد المحوري الذي یكون دالة الى -:[5]لبصري ویتم ذلك باستخدام معادلة البالس االتیة قیمة الموقع والمحور ا 𝑈(𝑟, 𝑧) = 𝑈(𝑧) − 𝑈′′(𝑧) 𝑟2 4 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … (3) من (range-kutta)یتم حساب الخواص البصریة للعدسة بعد حل معادلة الشعاع المحوري باستخدام طریقة راینج كتا الدرجة السادسة ومعرفة توزیع الجھد المحوري ومشتقتیھ االولى والثانیة. في المنظومات البصریة المثالیة جمیع االشعة المنبعثة من نقطة في مستوي سطح الجسم سوف تتفرق الى النقطة نفسھا في فة الى نقاط مختلفة یسمى مستوى سطح الصورة مكونة صورة واضحة ، ھذا التدفق الذي یسبب تشتت االشعة المختل ]7[للجسم استعملت المعادالت االتیة cc واللوني csوالیجاد قیمة معاملي الزیغ الكروي .] [6الزیغ 3 4 42 4 2/1 )( )( 3 14 )( )( )( 24 5 )( )( 4 5 16        ′ +                   ′ +      ′′ ′ = ∫ − ο zu zu zr zu zu zu zu r u cs zi zoο } dz (z)u)()( )( )( 2 3 )()( 1/222 2 3 zrzr zu zu zrzr ′      ′ −′ (4) dzzur zu zu zrzr zu zu r zu cc zi zo )( )(4 )( )()( )( )( 2 1)( 2/12 2 2/1 − ο ∫       ′′ +′ ′ ′ = ο ο (5) یمثالن معاملي الزیغ الكروي واللوني للجسم على التوالي . ولحساب معاملي الزیغ الكروي واللوني ccoو csoاذ ان بـ ro14,ro12,u1/2(zo)على التوالي یمكن استخدام العالقتین السابقتین وذلك باستبدال cci, csiللصورة ri14,ri12,u1/2(zi) على الترتیب و تحسب قوة تكبیر العدسةm النسبة بین ارتفاع الصورة )ri وارتفاع الجسمro كما ( -: ]8[في المعادلة االتیة ο = r r m i (6) 168 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 النتائج والمناقشة لعدسة ]المجال الكھروستاتیكي [ u'(z)ومشتقتھ االولى u(z)حسب توزیع الجھد الكھروستاتیكي المحوري (a)یوضح منحني توزیع الجھد المحوري (1))، اذ ان الشكل 1احادیة الجھد معجلة ومبطئة استناداً الى المعادلة رقم ( مشتقة االولى للجھد المحوري تمتلك نقطتي انقالب عندما لعدسة مبطئة ، حیث یالحظ من الشكل ان ال (b)لعدسة معجلة یصل المجال الكھربائي المحوري الى قیمتھ العظمى الموجبة والسالبة ، كذلك فأن منحني توزیع الجھد المحوري یحتوي ان على قمة واحدة اعتماداً على فولتیة القطب الثاني . ان الجھد المحوري متساو في جانبي الجسم والصورة اي u(zi)=u(zo) كما ان المجال الكھربائي المحوري یساوي صفر عند ھاتین النقطتین اي ان e(zi)=e(zo) وھذا یدل على وتوزیع المجال الكھربائي u(z). ان توزیع الجھد المحوري (1)ان العدسة ھي أحادیة الجھد كما ھو واضح من الشكل متماثل حول محور التناظر. e(z)المحوري للحصول على شكل االقطاب للعدسة االحادیة الجھد المعجلة والمبطئة التي تعمل تحت ظرف التكبیر المحدد وغیر المحدد ، اذ ان االقطاب الخارجیة األول والثالث اقطاب متماثلة أو (3)تم االستعانة بالمعادلة (2)كما ھو واضح من الشكل قطب الثاني فأنھ یكون مختلف الجھد الذي یؤدي الى أختالف في شكل القطب . متناظرة وكالً منھا یملك الجھد نفسھ .أما ال من طول العدسة الكلي والمسافة بین القطب األول والثاني تساوي المسافة بین القطب الثاني 0.78ارتفاع االقطاب یساوي من طول العدسة الكلي. 0.05والثالث وھي اتیكیھ االحادیة الجھد ثالثیة االقطاب المعجلة والمبطئھ تحت شرط التكبیر یبین خواص العدسة الكھروست (1)الجدول . 5,4,3المحدد وغیر المحدد كما ھو واضح من االشكال l=5mmلعدسة معجلة ومبطئة بطول mنسبة الى التكبیر cc، ومعامل الزیغ اللوني csحسب معامل الزیغ الكروي . (3)ي حالة التكبیر المحدد، في الشكل ) ف6)،(5)،(4استناداً إلى المعادالت( ، یتضح من ھذا ]تكبیر واطئ [حسب معامل الزیغ الكروي ومعامل الزیغ اللوني نسبة الى التكبیر في حالة التكبیر المحدد ) تقل (cc/mو cs/m))فأن ( (u2/u1بزیادة نسبة الجھد ] u2/u1›1یعني [الشكل انھ في حالة العدسة معجلة .cs/m=0.4 ،(cc/m=0.1))( تصل الىحتى و cs/m=0.07حتى تصل الى قیمة cc/mو cs/mفبزیادة نسبة الجھد تقل [u2/u1‹1]اما في حالة العدسة مبطئة cc/m=0.04 ان قیم معامالت الزیوغ اللونیة ھي اقل من قیم معامالت الزیوغ الكرویة . (3)ویالحظ من الشكل ، اذ یتضح من ھذا الشكل في حالة ]تكبیر عالي [في حالة التكبیر المحدد cc/mو cs/m فحسب (4)أما في الشكل cs/m=0.02 حتى تصل في حالة العدسة المجلة الى cc/mو cs/mتقل u2/u1العدسة المعجلة والمبطئة انھ بزیادة ،cc/m=0.02 ئة فأنھ وھو اقل زیغ حصلنا علیھ في ھذا البحث اما في حالة العدسة المبطcs/m=0.23 ، cc/m=0.03. فانھ معامالت الزیوغ u2/u1في حالة التكبیر غیر المحدد ، وبزیادة نسبة الجھد cc/fو cs/f (5)أما في الشكل أما في العدسةالمبطئة فستكون قیم cs/f=1.76 ،cc/f=1.9الكرویة واللونیة تقل ففي العدسة المعجلة تكون قیم cs/f=5.4 ،cc/f=5.9. ان السبب الرئیسي للزیغ الكروي ھو ان االلكترونات الخارجیة تبئر في نقطة اقرب الى العدسة من االلكترونات القریبة من المحور (االلكترونات المحوریة) لذلك فأن االلكترونـات الخارجیة تملك مسافات بؤریة اقصر .من االلكترونات المحوریة االستنتاجات تحدد الخواص البصریة للعدسة . u2/u1ود إن نسبة الجھ -1 في حالة cs/f ،cc/fفي حالة التكبیر المحدد، و cs/m ,cc/mیقل من قیمة الـ u2/u1زیادة نسبة الجھد -2 التكبیر غیر المحدد. عندما cs/m=0.02 ،cc/m=0.02 ]تكبیر عالي[أفضل خواص بصریة للعدسة المعجلة عندما التكبیر محدد -3 u2/u1=400. cs/m=0.07 ،cc/m=0.04، ]تكبیر واطئ[افضل خواص بصریة للعدسة المبطئة عندما التكبیر محدد -4 .u2/u1=0.9عندما المصادر 1.septier,a.(1980) ,applied charged particles optics, part a, ( academic pres : newyork). 2.cosslett, v.e.(1950) ,introduction to electron optics , ( oxford university press , london) 3-ahmad a. k. (1993), “computerised investigation on the optimum design and properties of the electrostatic lens”, ph.d. thesis, nahreen university , baghdad , iraq. 4-zhigarev,a.(1975) ,electron optics and electron-beam devices. (mir publishers , moscow) 169 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 5-baszkowski, b. (1968), electron optics, ( iliffe book, london ). 6-szilagyi, m. (1988), electron and ion optics, ( pinum press, newyork ) 7-http://hyperphysics.physics.phyasr.gsu.edu/hlpace/ligcon.htm/hcl) 23/5/2005 , eric : weissten's world of physics. science world , wolfram.com/physics/spheaircal aberration.htm13k. 8-scheinfein,m. and galantai, a.,(1986),optik multiobjective optimization techniques for design of electrostatic charged particles lenses , 74: 154-164. 9-rempfer g.f., fyfield m.s. and griffith o. h. , (1998 ), microse. microanal , lenses for electron microscopy and micro analysis : shadow graph method of determining focal properties and aberration coefficients, 4 : 43 -49 خواص العدسة الكھروستاتیكیة االحادیة الجھد ثالثیة االقطاب المعجلة والمبطئة تحت شرط التكبیر المحدد :)1الجدول ( وغیر المحدد cc/m cs/m u2/u1 نوع التكبیر 0.04 0.01 0.07 0.4 0.9 ]واطئ التكبیر [محدد 600 0.03 0.02 0.23 0.02 0.9 ]عالي التكبیر [محدد 400 cc/f cs/f u2/u1 5.9 1.9 5.4 1.76 0.1 التكبیر غیر محدد 400 (a)معجلة لعدسة احادیة الجھد e(z)ومشتقتھ االولى u(z)یوضح توزیع الجھد الكھروستاتیكي المحوري :) 1شكل ( (b)ومبطئة 0 1 2 3 4 5 z(mm) -2 0 2 u (z ) v & e (z ) v /m m (b) u(z)v e(z)v/mm z(mm)-300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 u (z ) v & e (z ) v /m m (a) u(z)v e(z)v/mm 170 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 بأفضل الخواص البصریةیبین شكل االقطاب للعدسة الكھروستاتیكیة االحادیة الجھد :)2(ل شك cc/mو cs/mیوضح تغیر :) 4شكل ( cc/mو cs/mیوضح تغیر :)3شكل ( ة احادیة الجھد مع نسبة الجھد لعدس مع نسبة الجھد لعدسة احادیة الجھد معجلة ومبطئة تعمل تحت نمط التكبیر معجلة ومبطئة تعمل تحت نمط التكبیر المحدد (تكبیر عالي) المحدد (تكبیر واطئ) التكبیرغیر معجلة ومبطئة تعمل تحت نمط الجھد مع نسبة الجھد لعدسة احادیة cc/fو cs/fیوضح تغیر :)5شكل ( .المحدد 0.0 0.5 1.0 z/l 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 r/ l u1 u2 u1 0.00 0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00100.00 u2/u1 0 1 10 100 cs /f & c c/f infinite magnification cs/f cc/f 0.00 0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00100.00 u2/u1 0 0 1 10 100 1000 c c/ m & c c/ m low magnifcation cs/m cc/m 0.00 0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00100.00 u2/u1 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 1000.0 c s/m & c c/ m high magnifcaion cs/m cc/m 171 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 design of electrostatic unipotential lens accelerating and decelerating operated under finite and infinite magnification conditions. intiha`a. mohmmed dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in: 31 october 2011, accepted in 17 june 2012 abstract theoretical study computerized has been carried out in field electron optics , to design electrostatic unipotential lens , the inverse problem is important method in the design of electrostatic lenses by suggesting an axial electrostatic potential distribution using polynomial function. the paraxial –ray equation is solved to obtain the trajectory particles that satisfy the suggested potential function. in this research , design electrostatic unipotential lens three-electrode accelerating and decelerating l=5 mm operated under finite and infinite magnification conditions. the electrode shape of the electrostatic lens was then determined from the solution of the laplace's equation's. the results showed low values of spherical and chromatic aberrations which are considered as good criteria for good design. keywords: electron optics, electrostatic lens, unipotential, spherical aberrations, chromatic aberrations 172 | physics 10880040 10880041 10880042 10880043 10880044 10880045 10880046 10880047 10880048 10880049 microsoft word 86-101 86 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 synthesis and characterization of new phthalimides containing 1, 2, 4-triazole and imine group khalid f.ali eman m.hussain rana s.ahmed dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn –al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 11 january 2015, accepted in: 23 fubrury2015 abstract several new derivatives of 1, 2, 4-triazoles linked to phthalimide moiety were synthesized through following multisteps. the first step involved preparation of 2, 2-diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid [2] via reaction of two moles of phthalimide with dichloroacetic acid. treatment of the resulted imide with ethanol in the second step afforded 2,2-diphthalimidyl ester[3] which inturn was introduced in reaction with hydrazine hydrate in the third step ,producing the corresponding hydrazide derivative[4] .the synthesized hydazide was introduced in different synthetic paths including treatment with carbon disulfide in alkaline solution then with hydrazine hydrate to afford the new 1,2,4-triazole[10] .reaction of compound [10] with different aldehydes produced a new schiff base derivatives[11,12] .reaction of derivative [4] with different aldehydes produced a new derivatives [5-8].all the synthesized compounds have been characterized by melting points ,ftir ,1hnmr(some of them ) and mass spectroscopy of compound [2]. derivatives [5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12] were tested against inhibition of e-coli, staphyloccus aureus and were all found to be active. schem1,2 illustrated the reaction steps. keywords: synthesis, imide, 1, 3, 4-triazole, schiff bases. 87 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction during the last few decades, a considerable attention has been devoted to the synthesis of .for example, a large (1)bioactivitiestriazole derivatives possessing comprehensive -1,2,4 number of 1,2,4-triazoles have been incorporated into a wide variety of therapeutically , )(5analgesic, (4)antioxidant (2,3)inflammatory-antiincluding candidatesinteresting drug (10) ntifungal activitiesa, and , anticancer)9-(6antimicrobial among the bicyclic non aromatic nitrogen heterocycles, phthalimide is interesting functionality due to its wide presence in the natural products and in the pharmacologically active compounds. compounds containing phthalimide moiety are distinguished by their potent fungicidal action (11, 12) schiff bases are also known to have biological activities such as antimicrobial (13), antifungal (14), and antitumor (15) and as herbicider (16).keeping in view the facts mentioned we thought it is worthwhile to synthesize new schiff bases containing phthalimide moiety which were predicated to have useful biological activities. experimental instruments ftir spectra were performed on a shimadzu ftir 8400 fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer. 1hnmr spectra were recorded on a bruker, ultrashield 300 mhz spectrometer and mass spectroscopy were recorded on a gcms qp2010 ultra(gas)chromatograph mass spectrometer shimdzu japan. melting points were determined on gallenkamp melting apparatus and were uncorrected. chemicals all chemicals were of analytical reagent grade and were used without further purification -synthesis of 2, 2diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid [2] (11) phthalimide (1g, 0.007 mole) was dissolved in aqueous potassium hydroxide (0.57g , 0.01 mole) 50ml distilled water then added dichloroacetic acid (0.438g , 0.003 mole ). the reaction mixture was heated on sand bath for (4 hrs). the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and acidified with dilute hci to precipitate the acetic acid derivative. the crud product was recrystallized from ethanol. -synthesis of ethyl -2, 2diphthalimidyl ethanoate[3](12) methyl -2, 2diphthalimidyl acetic acid [2] (4.0g, 0.01 mole) was dissolved in ethanol (70ml).concentration sulfuric acid (4ml) was added. the reaction mixture was refluxed for (6 hrs.). after completion of the reaction (monitored by t.l.c), the reaction mixture was poured on to ice-cold water then neutralized with (2%) koh .the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x30 ml), combined organic layer dried over magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed to give compound [2] as a syrup. 88 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 synthesis of 2,2 diphthalimidyl ethanoic hydrazide [4] (17,18) compound [3] (1.8g, 0.004 mole) and hydrazine hydrate (4.0ml) were dissolved in (25ml) of ethanol. the reaction mixture was refluxed for (20 hrs). the precipitate which separated on cooling was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol to give compound [3] diphthalimidyl ethanoic hydrazone methyl substituted phenyl (5-8) (19) compound [4] (0.01 mol.) was dissolved in 50 ml of absolute ethanol. appropriate aldehyde (0.01mol.) was added gradually, 2-3 drops of glacial acetic acid was added. the reaction mixture was refluxed for (7 hrs.) after completion of the reaction (monitored by t.l.c) and cooled, the product was precipitated filtered off and recrystallized from appropriate solvent, table-1. showed the physical properties for schiff base derivatives (4-7) synthesis of 2,2 diphalimido methyl xanthate [9] (20) compound [4] (3.8g , 0.05 mole) was dissolved in solution of potassium hydroxide (0.6g , 0.01 mole) in ethanol (100ml) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hrs.at room temperature. then carbon disulfide (3.8g, 0.05mole) was added slowly at 0-5 c. the reaction mixture was stirred for overnight at room temperature. the xanthate [13] was filtered, washed with ether. synthesis of 3-(2,2diphthalimidyl – methyl) -4amino – 1,2,4triazole -5thione [10] (20) compound [9] (3.4g, 0.01) was dissolved in (40ml) of water. then excess amount of hydrazine hydrate was added. the mixture was refluxed for 20 hrs. the reaction was cooled, and then neutralized with 10 % hcl. the separated crude produced was filtered, dried and recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of 3-(2,2-diphthalimidyl – methyl ) -4arylidenimino 1,2,4triazole -5-thione [11-12] (19) compound [10] (0.6, 0.01 mole) was dissolved in 250 ml of methanol. appropriate aldehyde (0.02 moles) was added gradually and (2-3) drops of glacial acetic acid were added. the mixture was refluxed for (16 hrs.). on cooling the separated solid was filtered dried and recrystallized from methanol .table (1) showed the physical properties for compounds (212).derivatives. while the tables (2 and 3) include the structures and nomenclatures for compounds (2-12). result and discussion chemistry the present work is directed towards synthesis of new heterocyclic derivatives of phthalimides containing 1, 2, 4-triazole and imine group derivatives. performing this target was achieved through following multi step synthesis which its steps are outlined in scheme (1) and (2). the first step involved the synthesis of 2,2-diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid which was prepared via reaction of two moles of phthalimide potassium salt [1] with dichloroacetic acid according to gabriel synthesis. the structure of the white crystals of compound (2) was assigned on the basis of mass and ftir spectral data. the spectrum of electron ionization mass spectroscopy (eims) for compound2, 2diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid figure (1) displayed the molecular ion at m/z= 350 also the base peak appeared at m/z=166. in addition of these, the other fragments were in agreement with the suggested structure of compound 2, 2diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid. furthermore, the patron of these fragments and the rearrangements which appeared are in 89 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 agreements with most literatures that study the mass fragmentations of the substituted phthalamide (16-18). (scheme 3) dedicated the most important fragments. in eims losing molecular of co or 2co beside the co2 from phathalmide attached with acetic acid are widely known (18, 19). in our compound the molecular ion appeared as exactly expect (m. +), however in some literatures the molecular ion was either ( m.+-co) and ( m.+-co2) [4] or m.+-n2 (20)instead of m.+. the ftir spectrum showed clear absorption bands at (3400-2500) cm-1 due to v (o-h) acid, v (1693) cm-1 , (1770) cm-1 due to vasy and vsy (c=o) imide respectively,(1687) cm1due to v (c=o)acid. and the mass spectrum supported this compound. synthesis of compound 4 involved two steps; in the first one compound [2] was converted to its ester derivatives [3] by the reaction of with ethanol in the presence of sulphric acid. the resulted ester [3] was introduced in reaction with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol absolute under reflux condition in the second step producing the desired hydrazide derivative [4]. ftir spectrum of compound [3] showed disappearance of absorption bands due to v (c=o) carboxylic acid at (1687) cm-1 and v (o-h) acid at (3400-2500) cm-1with appearance of v (c=0) ester at v (1726) and v (c-o) ester at (1281) cm-1 ftir spectrum of compound [4] showed disappearance of absorption due to v (c=0) and v (c-o-c) ester at (1726) cm-1 and (1281)cm-1respectively with the appearance of v(nhnh2)absorption band at (3429-3167)cm-1proving success of hydrazide formation .the ftir showed other bands (1732)cm-1,(1660) cm-1 due to vsy and vasy(c=0)imide and (1602) cm-1,(1558) cm-1 ,(1377) cm-1due to v(c=0)amide, v(c=c)aromatic, v(c-n)imide respectively. the next step in this work involved introducing of compound (4) in different synthetic two paths the first path introduced various new schiff bases [5-8]( scheme1) and the second path produced new heterocyclic (1, 3, 4triazole) [10](scheme2) all of them contain two phthalimides moiety.the first synthetic path involved introducing of compound [4] in reaction with different aromatic aldehydes in ethanol in the presence of few drops of glacial acetic acid under reflux producing the new schiff base (5-8). ftir spectra of compound [5-8] respectively showed disappearance of absorption bands due to v (nh2) absorption at (3429,3313)cm-1. the ir spectra showed absorption at v (nh) absorption bands at (3173-3120) cm-1. also the ir spectra showed absorption at (16741643) cm-1,( 1745-1735) cm-1,( 1616-1597) cm-1,( 1552-1512) cm-1 ,( 1375-1348) cm-1 due to v (c=0)amide, v (c=0)imide v (c=n)imine , v (c=c)aromatic, v (c-n)imide, respectively. 1hnmr spectrum of compound [7] figure(2) is shown δ 3.4 ppm( 1,s, chco) proton, δ 2.3ppm (1,s,ch3) protons, δ 8.67ppm (1,s, nh), δ (7.3-7.78)ppm(13,m, aromatic and imine proton ) the second path involved introducing of compound [4] in reaction with carbon disulfide in presence of potassium hydroxide to producing salt [9] f.t.ir spectrum of compound [9] showed the disappearance absorption band at the (3429, 3167) cm-1due to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of the (nh-nh2) group. appearance band at (1205) cm-1due to (c=s) also appearance band at (1442) cm-1due to (-n-c=s). these bands are good evidence for the presence of this compound. treatment of compound [9] with access amount hydrazine hydrate produced compound [10]. f.t.ir spectrum compound [10] showed absorption band due to v (nh) indicates (the presence of tautomerism).the weak band at (2582) cm-1due to v (s-h), (3307-3163) cm-1due to v (nh,nh2).other bands (1730, 1705)cm-1 due to vsy and vasy 90 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 (c=o)imide. reaction of 5-(n, n –diphthalimidyl) methyl -3-thion-1, 2, 4triazole with different substituted aldehyde produced compounds [11,12] . f.tir spectrum of compound [11] showed the disappearance of v (nh) group due to the possibility of hydrogen bonding ,(1614)cm-1for v (c=n)imine,(1267)cm-1for v (c=s) and (1450) cm-1for v (-n-c=s). f.tir spectrum of derivative [12] showed single stretching band due to (nh) group appeared at (3140) cm-1, (1608) cm-1due to v (c=n) imine, (1269) cm-1due to v (c=s), and(1431) cm-1due to v (-n-c=s).cm-1, (1552) cm-1 (1375) cm-1, due to v (c=0) imide, v (c=c) aromatic, v (cn) imide. 1hnmr for compound [11],figure(3) shown δ 3.4 ppm(1,s,chco) proton , δ 11ppm (1,s,oh)protons, δ 9 ppm (1,s,nh)proton , δ (6.9-7.7ppm aromatic protons and imine proton. biological activity the effect of compounds [5, 6, 7, 10, 11,and 12] prepared in (10% dmf solution) were tested against two types of bacteria escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus the experiment was conducted by using nutrient agar plates(26). the plates were incubated at 37 c0 for 24 hrs. the study showed all compounds have a varying biological activity toward mentioned bacteria accept compound [12] has no biological activity toward the e.coli reference 1. bektas, h.; karaali, n.; sahin, d.;and demirbas, a.; (2010) synthesis and antimicrobial activities of some new 1,2,4-triazole derivatives, molecules, 15,:2427-2438. 2. udupi, r.h.; srinivas, p. rao and sudheendra, g. (2006) synthesis and biological evaluation of 3-(6-methoxy naphtha-2-yl) ethyl-4-substituted-5-mercapto-1,2,4-triazoles and thiadiazoles., indian j 3. heterocyclic chem.,15, 291-292 4. labanauskar. l.; udrenaite, e.; brukstus, a.il. (2004). synthesis of 5-(2,3-and -4methoxy phenyl )-4-1,2-4-traizole-3thiol derivatives exhibiting anti-inflammatory activity. farmaco, 59(12), 255-259, 5. kamotra, p.; gupta a.k.; gupta r.; microwave assisted (2007) synthesis and biological activity of 3-alkyl aryl-6-(1-chloro -3,4-dihydro naphtha-2-yl) ind. j. chem. 46b, 980984, 6. shantaram ,g. k.; appala, r.; popat, b. m; ramdas, b. p.; (2013) analgesic activity of some 1,2,4-triazole heterocycles clubbed with pyrazole, tetrazole, isoxazole and pyrimidine advanced pharmaceutical bulletin, , 3(1), 13-18 7. lingappa, b.; girisha, k.s.; kalluraya, b.n.; s. rai, and kumari, n.s. (2008) regioselective reaction: novel mannich bases derived from 3-(4, 6-disubstituted-2 91 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 thiomethyl)3-amino-5-mercapto-1,2,4-triazoles and their antimicrobial properties. ind j chem; 47b:1858-64 8. rao, g.; rajasekran, s.; attimarad, m.;(2000). synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some 5-phenyl-4-substituted amino-3-mercapto (4h) 1,2,4-triazoles. ind j pharm sci; 6:475-7 9. jalilian, ar.; sattari, s.; bineshmarvasti, m.; shafiee, a.; and daneshtalab m. (2000)synthesis and in vitro antifungal and cytotoxicity evaluation of thiazolo-4h1,2,4-triazoles and 1,2-thiadiazolo-4h-1,2,4-triazoles-thiazoles-1,2,3-thiadiazoles. arch der pharm; 333:347-54. 10. lazarevic, m.; dimova, v.; molnar, gd.; kakurinov, v.; and colanceska, rk. (2001) synthesis of some n1-aryl/heteroarylaminomethyl/ethyl-1, 2, 4-triazoles and their antibacterial and antifungal activities. hetero comm; 7:577-82. 11. shashikant, p.; and priyanka, g. ; (2012)synthesis and evaluation of some novel 1,2,4tiazole derivative for antimicrobial activities .indian journal of chemistry.vol.51b,january,pp. 297-301 12. nilesh pawar, s.; sunil garud, l. and vasant patil, s. (2012) microwave mediated synthesis of biologically active various n-substitutedphthaloyl derivatives der pharmacia lettre, 4 (4):1129-1136 13. mahapatra, s.p.; ghode, p.; jain, d.k.;and chaturredi, s.c. ; (2010).synthesis and hypogly comic activity of some phthalimide derivatives ,j.pharm.sci .res. ,2,pp:567578, 14. kamaria, p.; kawathekar, n. and chaturvedi p.; (2011). e-journal of chem., 8(1), 305, 15. baseer, m.a.; jadhav ,v.d.; phule, r.m.; archana, y.v. and vibhute, y.b.;(2000) orient. j. chem., 16, 553,. 16. desai ,s.b.; desai, p.b. and desai, k.r.; (2001) heterocycle commun., 7, 83, 17. panneerselvam, p.; nair, r.r. and vijayalakshmi, g.; eur. (2005) j. med. chem., 40(12), 225 18. williamson, k.l; (1994) macroscale and microscal organic experiments, houghton miffling boston, 385, 2nd and ed. 92 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 19. gatterman, wieland h.; (1953) laboratory methods of organic chemistry, macmillon co. ,p. 20. ishwar, b.; sunil, k.; mishra, j.; james, p.; shastry c.; (2011) (antimicrobial studies of synthesized azetidinone derivatives from sulfamethoxazole moiety) j.chem. pharm.res., 3(3):114-118 21. naser, f.; akbar, m.; sattar, e.; mohammad, a.b.; and hassan, m.:(2010) asimple and efficient procedure for synthesis of optically containingl-amino acid moieties,journal of the chinese chemical society,56,1043-1047. 22. cliffton jacoby, b.; michael gross, l. ; zey, r. l., , ( 1994)the decompositions of n(substituted benzalamino)phthalimide radical cations embody ion-neutral complexes and stevenson’s rule. journal of the american society for mass spectrometry, 5, (9), 837-844. 23. mavrodiev, v. k.; , abdullin, m. f.; gamirova, d. v.; vyrypaev, e. m.; furlei, i. i.; and galin f. z; ( (2009)fragmentation processes in phthalimideand pyridine-2,3dicarboimidoalkyl-α-diazoketones under resonant electron capture. international journal of mass spectrometry, 279, (1), 37-40. 24. maría blanco, m. ; alejandra salerno; and perillo, i. a., (2010)mass spectrometry of aromatic cyclic imides and amides. part ii: electron ionization induced decomposition of nsubstituted 3,4-pyridinedicarboximides. arkivoc , xi, 215-231. 25. w e i jun-hua; don g d e-w en; i-qiang, l. i. z.; andshu2ying, l. i., (1999) fragm en ta tion of som e substituted phtha lim ides on electron im pact ion iza tion. chem ical research in chinese u niversitie, 15, (2). 26. frank knefeli; mayer klaus ,k. ; and wiegrebe ,w. , (1989)electron impact induced loss of c-5/c-8 substituents of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines, v:synthesis and mass spectrometric fragmentation of dihydroisoindole derivatives arch. pharm. 322, 419-426. 27. amina, a.f., ph. d. thesis, college of education for pure science ibnalhaitham, university of bagdad (2008).     93 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (1) physical properties of compounds (2-12)                         com no. molecular formula m.w g/mole m.p. c yield % color solvent recryst 2 c18h10n2o6 350 195-200 80 white ethanol 3 c20h14n2o6 364 99 oil 4 c18h12n4o5 364 300 dec75 white greenish methanol 5 c27 h21 n5o5 495 250-253 80 yellow aceton 6 c25 h16 n4o6 468 210-215 76 yellow aceton 7 c26 h18 n4o5 466 130-132 75 yellow methanol 8 c25 h15 n5o7 497 300 dec 60 reddish yellow methanol 9 c19 h11 n4o5s2k 407 110-112 90 greenish-yellow 10 c19 h12 n6o4s 420 300dec 80 white methanol 11 c26h16n6o5s 524 190-193 75 yellow methanol 12 c26h15n6o4sbr 583 170 175 75 yellow methanol 94 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table n0. (2): the compound structure and nomenclature of (5-8) com no. compound structure compound name 5 c c n o o c c n o o chconhn ch (h3c)2n diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid (2-dimethyl amino-benzlidene) hydrazine 6 c c n o o c c n o o chconhn ch ho diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid (2-hydroxy-benzlidene)hydrazine 7 c c n o o c c n o o chconhn ch ch3 diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid (4-methyl-benzlidene)hydrazine 8 c c n o o c c n o o chconhn ch no2 diphthalimidyl ethanoic acid (4-nitro-benzlidene) hydrazine           95 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (3): the compound structure and nomenclature of (9-12) comp. no. compound structure compound name 9 cc n oo c c n o o chconhnh(cs)sk 2,2 diphalimido methyl xanthate 10 c c n o o c c n o o ch nhn n nh2 s 4-amino-5-(2,2diphthalimidyl-methyl)2,4-dihydro1,2,4-triazole-3-thione 11 c c n o o c c n o o ch nn n (z) n h c ho s h 5-(2,2diphthalimidyl-methyl)-4-(2-hydroxy benzlidene -amino)2,4-dihydro-1,2,4-triazole-3-thione 12 c c n o o c c n o o ch nhn n s n h c br 5-(2,2diphthalimidyl-methyl)-4-(2-bromo benzlidene amino)2,4-dihydro-1,2,4-triazole-3-thione 96 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (4) : result of biological activity for compounds [5-7] and [10-12]                   table no (4 ) result of biological activity for compounds [5-7] and [10-12]     comp.no. e.coli staphylococcus aureus control solvent dmf 11 mm -- 5 15 mm 20 mm 6 14 mm 16 mm 7 17 mm 18 mm 10 11 mm 15 mm 11 13 mm 18 mm 12 -14 mm comp.no. e.coli staphylococcus aureus control solvent dmf 11 mm -- 5 15 mm 20 mm 6 14 mm 16 mm 7 17 mm 18 mm 10 11 mm 15 mm 11 13 mm 18 mm 12 -14 mm 97 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015   c c n o o c c n o o chcooh cl2chcooh c nh c o o 2 koh c nk c o o h2o [1] [2] h2so4 ch3ch2oh c c n o o c c n o o chcooc2h5 [3] nh2nh2.h2o cc n oo c c n o o chconhnh2 2 h c c n o o c c n o o chconhn ch r= 2(ch3)2n, 2-oh, 4-ch3 , 4-no2 [5-8] r (scheme 1): synthetic pathway for prepration of imine group     cc n oo c c n o o chconhnh2 [4] cs2 /koh cc n oo c c n o o chconhnh(cs)sk [9] nh3nh2.h2o c c n o o c c n o o ch nhn n s nh2 c c n o o c c n o o ch nn n sh nh2 cho r c c n o o c c n o o ch nhn n s n c h r r= oh,br [10] [11-12] (scheme 2): synthetic pathway for prepration of 1,2,4-triazole   98 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 n n o o o o o oh m+ =350 n n o o o o o m/z: 321 n n o o o o n n o o o m/z 291 m/z 264 n n o m/z= 219 n o o o ho m/z= 204 n o o m/z= 160 n o m/z= 132 o m/z= 104 n o o h m/z= 148 n o o o oh nh2 m/z= 219 n o o o oh2 m/z= 192 oh nh o m/z= 148 n n o o o oh m/z= 295 h n h nh2 oh ho m/z= 166 100% n oh o o h m/z= 164 n o o o h n o o m/z= 148 hn m/z= 93 m/z= 79 h h 2co co2 -co -hcn -h (scheme 3): the most important fragments for compound [2] 99 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015     figure (1) mass spectrum for compound [2]                           100 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015   figure (2): 1hnmr spectrum for compound [7]   figure (3): 1hnmr spectrum for compound [11] 101 | chemistry ٢٠١٥عام ) 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ١،٢،٤حضير وتشخيص فثال ايمايدات معوضة جديدة تحتوي مشتقات ت ترايزول ايمينومجموعة خالد فھد علي إيمان محمد حسين رنا سامي أحمد / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم ( للعلوم الصرفة ة التربيةيقسم الكيمياء / كل ٢٠١٥شباط ٢٣،قبل البحث في:٢٠١٥كانون الثاني ١١استلم البحث في: الخالصة الجديده المشتقة من مركب فثال ايمايد .حضرت ھذه ترايازول -٤،٢،١تم في ھذا البحث تحضير عدد من مركبات ]من ٢فثال ايمايديل حامض االيثانول [٢،٢المركبات باتباع عدة خطوات حيث تضمنت الخطوة االولى تحضير المركب ب الناتج خالل تفاعل مولين من جزيئة الفثال ايمايد مع مول واحد من ثنائي حامض كلورواسيتك وفي خطوة ثانية المرك ] وھذا بدوره تم معاملته مع الھدرازين المائي ادى الى ٣ري له عملية استرة انتج مشتق استر ثنائي فثال ايمايديل استيت[اج ]في خطوة ثالثة .ومشتق الھدرازايد تم ادخاله في مسارات تحضيريه حيث عومل مع ثاني٤تكوين مشتق الھدرازايد [ ] الذي اسفرت تفاعالته ١٠ترايزول [-٤،٢،١لھايدرازين المائي لتكوين مشتقكبريتيد الكاربون قي الوسط القاعدي ثم مع ا ]مع الديھايدات مختلفة اعطى مشتقات ٤] وعند مفاعلة المشتق [١١،١٢مع الديھايدات مختلفه تكوين قواعد شف جديدة[ و استافيلوكوكس واظھرت ]بكتريا ايكوالي١٢،١١،١٠،٧،٦،٥] . تمت دراسة الفعالية البايلوجية للمشتقات [٥-٨جديدة [ جميعھا فعالية بايلوجية . قواعد شف ترايزول، ٤،٣،١،تحضير، ايمايد مفتاحية:كلمات microsoft word 48-56   48   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 study of il-33 and il-1r4 in iraqi rheumatoid arthritis female patient's with and without dyslipidemia prone to atherosclerosis. lara ali nazar laraali398@gmail.com eimanaa.abass drbiochem2007@gmail.com  department of chemistry,college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad,baghdad,iraq. article history: received 31 august 2018, accepted 17 october 2018, publish january 2019 abstract this study is planned to find relationship between interleukin-33 (il-33) with its receptor interleukin-1 receptor 4 (il-1r4), and assurance il-33/il-1r4 proportion as biomarker to atherosclerosisin rheumatoid arthritis (ra) iraqi female’s patients with and without dyslipidemia. this study was attempted at baghdad teaching hospital included 60 female’s patients with ra that were isolated into: 30 patients with dyslipidemia(g2), 30 patients without dyslipidemia(g3) and 30 individuals as control group (g1). patients were experiencing treatment by methortexiene medication, analyzed by rheumatoid factor (rf) and erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) tests. all patients and control groups age ranged from (30-55) years. the results show an increase in esr, rf, il-33, and il-1r4 levels. in addition to decrease in il-33/il-1r4 ratio in the two patient’s groups when contrasted and control group. the momentum examine inferred that the level of esr, and il-33 in ra iraqi females patients with dyslipidemia were higher than that in ra iraqi females patients without dyslipidemia, while the level of il-33/il-1r4 ratio in ra iraqi females patients with dyslipidemia was lower than that in ra iraqi females patients without dyslipidemia patients; in this manner the il-33/il-1r4 ratio may be used as a biomarker in diagnostic early porn to atherosclerosis in ra females patients with dyslipidemia. keywords: rheumatoid arthritis, il-33, il-1r4, atherosclerosis disease, esr and rf. 1.introduction rheumatoid arthritis is a constant, incendiary, portrayed by joint torment, swelling, deformation, and eventually, handicap. lymphocytes intercedes the safe issue in ra. various cell writes take an interest in the pathogenesis. the exact pathogenic instrument isn't completely comprehended [1]. ra is a standout amongst the most predominant fundamental incendiary illnesses which include joints and additional articular tissues, subsequently causing organ harm. in light of the endless irritation and invulnerable dysregulation, the nearness of ra has been related with cardiovascular (cv) disease and an expanded cv related mortality [2]. the correct reason for ra has not been recognized but rather a few investigations called attention to that genius fiery cytokines, including tumor necrosis factor (tnf)α, interleukin il-1 family, il-6, il-17 and the arbiters delivered through downstream pathways in the ligament joints, constitute the milieu driving cartilage and bone destruction [3].   49   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the il-33 initiates its signaling pathway by binding to the suppression of tumorigenicity2 (st2) receptor, or also known as il-1r4. il-33 is fundamentally associated with the t-helper cell type 2 (th2) safe reaction acceptance which gives defensive safe reaction towards parasitic disease, specifically helminths [4]. il-33 receptors are composed of st2 (also known as il-1r4), a ligand binding chain, and il-1 receptor accessory protein (il-1racp, also known as il-1r3), a signal transducing chain. il-1r3 is a common receptor for il-1a, and il-1b, il-33, and three il-36 isoforms [5]. the il-1r4 is an individual from the interleukin 1 receptor family. st2 remains for "suppression of tumorigenicity 2". it was found in 1989, yet just in 2002 weinberg et al. revealed that it could be communicated via heart cells in light of myocardial pressure, drawing the consideration of scientists to a part in the cardiovascular framework. st2 has two fundamental isoforms: trans membrane or cell (st2l) and dissolvable or circling (sst2) forms [6]. the association of il-33 and st2l has been turned out to be cardioprotective in exploratory models, lessening myocardial fibrosis, cardiomyocyte hypertrophy, apoptosis, and enhancing myocardial capacity. this cardioprotective activity happens only through the st2l receptor and not through the solvent receptor. the il-33/st2 framework is upregulated in cardiomyocytes and fibroblasts in light of cardiovascular damage. the collaboration of this dissolvable receptor with il-33 obstructs the il-33/st2l framework thus, disposes of the cardio defensive impacts depicted previously. the st2 framework acts not just as a middle person of il-33 work in its transmembrane full-length st2l isoform yet additionally as an inhibitor of il-33 through its dissolvable soluble suppression of tumorigenicity 2(sst2) isoform [7]. the il-33/st2 has emerged as an intercellular signaling system that participates in processes as varied as the antigen/allergen response, autoimmunity, organ fibrosis and cardiac injury. exploration of the effects of this pathway is underway. an effort to clarify the role of il-33/st2 in the crosstalk between end-organ effector cells and their environment, specifically the surrounding matrix and inflammatory cells, may lend itself to the discovery of novel therapeutic targets for the treatment of diseases such as asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis and heart failure [8]. the esr is a nonspecific measure of inflammation and can be useful not only in diagnosing autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis but also in monitoring the disease process. it can be an index observing the activity and severity of ra synovitis. the combination of esr and creactive protein (crp) may improve sensitivity and specificity of the diagnosis of ra [9]. this examination expected to estimation il-33 with it is receptor il1r4 levels, and assurance il-33/il-1r4 proportion as biomarker to atherosclerosis risk in rheumatoid arthritis iraqi females’ patients with and without dyslipidemia. 2. experimental 2.1. patients’ groups study this study was attemptedat baghdad teaching hospital, and included 60 female’s patients with rheumatoid arthritis that were partitioned into: 30 patients with dyslipidemia(g2) and 30 patients without dyslipidemia(g3), in addition to 30 individuals as control gathering (g1). patients were experiencing treatment by methortexiene medication, and they were analyzed by clinical examination by specialists, rf and esr tests. all patients and control bunches age extended from (30-55) years.   50   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.2. determination of serum rf the rf-latex test is a fast agglutination system, in view of change of the singer method1 created for the immediate recognition, the semi-quantitation on a slide of rheumatoid factor (rf) in serum. the test is performed by testing a suspension of latex particles covered with human gamma globulin against obscure serums. the nearness or nonattendance of an unmistakable agglutination, demonstrates the presence or nonappearance of rf in the examples tried [10].   2.3. determination of esr (mm/hr) the westergren technique is suggested as the reason for a satisfactory standard for esr test, which that measures the sedimentation rate of totaled red cells in plasma. the numerical incentive in mm is acquired by estimating the separation between the least purpose of the surface meniscus to the furthest reaches of the red cell dregs in a segment of anticoagulated and weakened blood that has remained in a chosen tube for a time of an hour [11]. 2.4. determination of serum interleukin 1 receptor 4(il-1r4) (ng/ml) the il-1r4 was controlled by utilizing the focused compound – connected invulnerable sorbent test (elisa) pack that was provided by my bio source, usa, which that in light of strategy using a polyclonal hostile to il-1r4 counter acting agent and an il-1r4-hrp conjugate. 2.5. determination of serum il-33 (pg/ml) serum il-33 levels were estimated utilizing particular protein connected immunosorbent test (elisa) unit (ray bio human il-33 for in vitro quantitative estimation of human il33 in serum), as indicated by the fabricates convention [12]. 2.6. statistical analysis data were communicated as (mean ± sem). the examination amongst patients and control group was communicated by t-test. t-test of < 0.005, < 0. 05, and < 0.05 were considered exceptionally highly significant, significant, and non-significant respectively. pearson's relationship coefficient (r) is utilized for depicting the relationship between the diverse examination parameters. 3. results and discussion the levels of rf, esr, il-1r4, il-33, and il-33/il-1r4 ratio levels in control (g1), rheumatoid arthritis female’s patients with dyslipidemia (g2) and without dyslipidemia (g3) groups were summarizes in table 1. the results which expressed as (mean± sem), showed a highly significant increase (p < 0.005) in rheumatoid factor rf and esr levels in both g2 and (g3) patients groups, respectively, when comparing with control group (g1), while there were no significant different (p > 0.05) in rf and esr levels between two patients’ groups. rf is autoantibodies coordinated against the fragment crystallizable (fc) region of igg. rheumatoid factor is an entrenched analytic and prognostic test in rheumatoid arthritis. high titer igm rf is moderately particular for the finding of ra with regards to an interminable polyarthritis, and was for quite a long time the sole serologic measure broadly utilized as a part of the determination of ra. patients with ra take after a variable infection course as to   51   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 outcome measures, for example, utilitarian status or radiological appraisal of joint damage [13]. aggravation in the synovium is reflected by a foundational provocative reaction. expanded esr and hepatocyte creation of intense stage proteins including crp and intense stage serum amyloid an (a-saa) are surrogate markers of this procedure [14]. in clinical management of ra, crp and esr are commonly ordered tests to guide diagnosis of ra besides the measurements of the mentioned auto antibodies. esr is a nonspecific measure of inflammation and can be useful not only in diagnosing autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, but also in monitoring the disease process. it can be an index observing the activity and severity of ra synovitis [15]. the results in the current study show a highly significant (p < 0.005) elevation in il-1r4 and il-33 levels in both of g2 and g3 patients when compared with control group (g1), and there was no significant different (p > 0.05) in il-1r4 level and a significant different (p < 0.05) in il-33 level between g2 and g3 patients. also, the results in table 1 revealed to no significant decrease (p> 0.05) in il-33/il-1r4 ratio levels in both of g2 and g3 patients when compared with control group (g1). the present study showed a highly significant decrease (p < 0.005) in aip levels in both of g2 and g3 patients when compared with control (g1). il-33 can be discharged extracellularly as full-length protein through cell passing pathways and it can be cut to shorter structures with expanded cytokine movement. going about as a cytokine and authoritative to its receptor il-1r4 (previously known as t1/st2), il-33 drives compose 2-subordinate irritation and furthermore tissue repair, and it is associated with unfavorably susceptible and lung/mucosal aggravation.the dissolvable type of the receptor, sst2/sil-1r4, is a characteristic inhibitor of il-33 [16, 17]. in necrosis, the il-33/st2 pathway has been demonstrated to be a critical signaling pathway inducing related immune mechanisms, while il-33/sst2 appeared to be an interesting pathway in neutralizing the activation of il-33 [18]. numerous reports have discovered expanded il-33 and st2 generation in the serum and synovial tissue of patients with ra. the articulation level of il-33 and st2 are seems to be correspond with ra sickness movement.organization of il-33 prompts the generation of expert provocative cytokines (il-1β, mcp-1 and il-6) and fuels the advancement of cia in mice. this information show that revocation of il-33/st2 opened up incendiary reaction speaks to a restorative focus for ra [19]. the declaration of sst2 is corresponded with the continuous procedure of fibrosis and inflammation. after intense myocardial localized necrosis, the il-33 level is not quite the same as the sst2 level, which shows that the control of il-33 and sst2 is diverse after intense myocardial dead tissue. mineralocorticoid receptor enemies have been appeared to lessen cardiovascular fibrosis through balancing il-33/st2 and galectin-3 flagging.these outcomes show that il-33/st2 assumes a defensive part in cardiovascular fibrosis, and sst2 adversely directs this pathway as a bait receptor for il-33 [20]. it has been demonstrated that the receptor of il-33 assumes to be a critical part in aggravation, contamination, and immune system infections. recently, il-33has been appeared to change the manifestations of rheumatoid joint pain, foundational lupus erythematosus, and other immune system ailments. they may inspire gainful or hindering impacts relying upon the ailment setting. along these lines, ponders on il-33may give another thought and focus for the treatment of immune system illnesses [21]. as a kind of   52   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 pro-inflammatory cytokines, il-33 cause the immune pathological damage in some tissues. it plays the important role in chronic inflammatory and autoimmune diseases. it has been demonstrated that il-33/st2 flag transduction pathways are associated with different obsessive procedures.il-33 and its receptor st2 are the potential focuses for the treatment of hypersensitive and immune system fiery maladies [22]. large amounts of sst2 can predict worse prognosis in cardiovascular patients, which proposes that sst2 levels are adequate to sequester endogenous il-33 levels. in spite of the present absence of data on endogenous il-33 levels in people [23]. the essential site of irritation in ra is the synovial tissue, from which cytokines are discharged into the fundamental course. these flowing cytokines are in a situation to adjust the working of fat tissue, skeletal muscle, liver, and vascular endothelium and produce a range of proatherogenic changes that incorporates insulin opposition, a trademark dyslipidemia, prothrombotic impacts, ace oxidative pressure and endothelial brokenness [24]. ra patients will probably create atherosclerotic plaques, quiet ischemic sickness and they have an expanded danger of sudden heart passing, contrasted with the general population [25]. in patients with ra, the danger of cvd is expanded and screening of cvd risk factors and distinguishing proof of high-chance patients is justified [26]. study show that crp and esr have been related with cvd in ra and polyarthritis [27]. determinants of provocative action, other 'ailment related' markers have been recognized as potential novel hazard factors for cvd in ra, notably rf energy and anti-citrullinated protein antibody (acpa) positivity [28]. in this study, figures 1. and 3. were showed a highly significant positive correlation between il-1r4 with both of rf in g1(r =0.155), g2(r = 0.054), and g3(r = 0.008), and figure 4 show a highly significant positive correlation with il-33 in g1 (r =0.145), g2(r = 0.078), and g3(r = 0.148), respectively. also in figure 2., there were a highly significant negative correlation between il-1r4 with esr in g1(r = 0.147) and g3 (r = 0.441), and a highly significant positive correlation with esr in g2(r = 0.108). the results in figure 3. revealed no significant negative correlation between il-1r4 and il-33/il-1r4 ratio in both of g1(r = 0.345), g2(r = 0.338) and g3 (r = -0.688).   53   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 1. levels of rheumatoid factor (rf), erythrocyte sedimentation. rate (esr), interleukin 1 receptor 4(il1r4), il-33, and il-33/il-1r4 proportion in charge (g1), rheumatoid arthritisfemales patients with dyslipidemia (g2) and without dyslipidemia (g3) groups. hs: p <0.005 ; s: p < 0.05 ; ns: p> 0.05     figure 1. correlation between il-1r4 and rf in g1, g2 and g3. figure 2. correlation between il-1r4 and esr in g1,g2 and g3. groups parameters g1 no.(30) g2 no.(30) g3 no.(30) p-value g1&g2 p-value g1&g3 p-value g2&g3 rf ( iu/ml) 9.81±1.79 83.73±15.3 88.53±16.18 hs hs ns e.s.r (mm/hr) 5.2±0.95 41.83±6.64 18.25±5.86 hs hs ns il-1r4(ng/ml) 0.29±0.05 1.46±0.26 1.62±0.29 hs hs ns il33(pg/ml) 136.46±24.9 541.03±98.99 483.7±88.42 hs hs s il33 / il1r4 479.44±87.6 339.82±62.12 344.93±63.5 ns ns ns   54   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019     figure 3. correlation of il-1r4 and il-33/il-1r4 ratio in g1, g2, and g3.  figure 4. correlation of il-1r4 and il-33 in g1,g2, and g3. 4.conclusions in conclusion, current study proved a highly significant elevation in il-1r4 and il-33in addition to no significant decrease in il-33/il-1r4 ratio levels in iraqi women patients with rheumatoid arthritis. in addition to the level of esr, and il-33 in rheumatoid arthritis iraqi women patients with dyslipidemia were higher than that in rheumatoid arthritis iraqi women patients without dyslipidemia, while the level of il-33/il-1r4 ratio in ra iraqi women patients with dyslipidemia was lower than that in ra iraqi women patients without dyslipidemia patients; therefore the ra women patients with dyslipidemia may be they are more prone to atherosclerosis and heart diseases from ra women patients without dyslipidemia.although il-1r4 (st2) is a potentially useful biomarker in heart diseases such as heart failure and myocardial infarction. recently, physicians have begun to use sst2 as a biomarker of cardiomyocyte stress and fibrosis, and the level of sst2 is now used for additional risk stratification of acute or ambulatory heart-failure patients. here we showed that the recently described ligand il-33 was synthesized by cardiac fibroblasts and abrogated angiotensin ii– and phenylephrine-induced hypertrophy in cardiomyocytes in vitro. finally, it is possible that sst2 is not only a biomarker for poor outcome, but also a true pathophysiological mediator of disease progression. il-33 has now also been shown to participate in cardiovascular pathophysiology. furthermore, the il-33/st2 system may play a part in the progression of atherosclerotic vascular disease. references 1. malda, j.; boere, j.; van de lest, c. h.; van weeren, p. r.; wauben, m. h. extracellular vesicles—new tool for joint repair and regeneration. nature reviews rheumatology 2016, 12, 243-249. 2. picerno, v.; ferro, f.; adinolfi , a.;valentini, e.; tani, c.; alunno, a. one year in review: the pathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis. clinical and experimental rheumatology. 2015, 33, 551-558. 3. alghasham, a.; rasheed, z. therapeutic targets for rheumatoid arthritis: progress and promises. autoimmunity. 2014,47, 77-94.   55   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 4. townsend, m. j.; fallon, p. g.; matthews, d. j.; jolin, h. e.; mckenzie, a. n. t1/st2-deficient mice demonstrate the importance of t1/st2 in developing primary t helper cell type 2 responses. journal of experimental medicine 2000, 191,6, 1069-1076. 5. jo, s.; kim, e.; kwak, a.; lee, j.; hong, j.; lee, j.; youn, s.; bae, s.; kim, b.; ryoo, s.; kang, t.b. reconstitution of st2 (il-1r4) specific for il-33 activity; no suppression by il-1ra though a common chain il-1r3 (il-1racp) shared with il-1. cytokine 2016, 83, 33–40. 6. weinberg, e.o.; shimpo, m.; de keulenaer, g.w.; macgillivray, c.; tominaga, s.i.; solomon, s.d.; rouleau, j.l.; lee, r.t. expression and regulation of st2, an interleukin-1 receptor familymember,in cardiomyocytes and myocardial infarction. circulation. 2002, 106, 2961–2966. 7. pascual-figal. d.a.; januzzi. j.l. the biology of st2: the international st2 consensus panel. the american journal of cardiology. 2015, 115, 3b-7b. 8. schmitz, j.; owyang, a.; oldham, e.; song, y.; murphy, e.; mcclanahan, t.k.; zurawski, g.; moshrefi, m.; qin, j.; li, x.; gorman, d.m. il-33, an interleukin-1-like cytokyne that signals via the il-1 receptor-related protein st2 and induces t helper type 2-associated cytokynes. immunity. 2005, 23, 479-490. 9. kakkar, r.; lee, r.t. the il-33/st2 pathway: therapeutic target and novel biomarker. nature reviews drug discovery. 2008, 7, 827-840. 10. singer, j.m.; plotz, c.m. the latex fixation test. i. application to the serologic diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis. american journal of medicine. 1956, 21, 888-892. 11. boroviczeny, k-g.v.; bottiger, l. e.; chattis, a. j. b.; dawson. k.; fukutake. f. w.; gunz, s. m. lewis.; rewald, e. m.; roubicek, g.; ruhenstroth-bauer.; and westergren, a. reference method for the erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) test on human blood. journal of clinical pathology. 1973, 26, 301-302 12. burtis, ca.; ashwood, er.; bruns, de.; tietz. textbook of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics,4thed, elsevier saunders, 2006. 13. spartali, i.; kostantinos, h.; ioannis, k.;thrasivoulos, p. body fat percentage and body mass index as predictors of cadets’ physical performance. the open sports sciences journal. 2014, 7,53-59. 14. ingegnoli, f.; castelli, r.;gualtierotti, r. rheumatoid factors: clinical applications. disease marker.s 2013, 35, 727-734. 15. nielen, m.m.; van schaardenburg, d.; reesink, h.w.; twisk, j.w.; van de stadt, r.j.; van der horst‐bruinsma, i.e.; de gast, t.; habibuw, m.r.; vandenbroucke, j.p.; dijkmans, b.a. increased levels of c‐reactive protein in serum from blood donors before the onset of rheumatoid arthritis. arthritis & rheumatism: official journal of the american college of rheumatology. 2004, 50, 2423-2427. 16. shadick, n.a.; cook, n.r.; karlson, e.w.; ridker, p.m.; maher, n.e.; manson, j.e.; buring, j.e.; lee, i.m. c-reactive protein in the prediction of rheumatoid arthritis in women. archives of internal medicine. 2006, 166, 2490–2494. 17. gordon, e.d.; simpson, l.j.; rios, c.l.; ringel, l.; lachowicz-scroggins, m.e.; peters, m.c.; wesolowska-andersen, a.; gonzalez, j.r.; macleod, h.j.; christian, l.s.; yuan, s. alternative splicing of interleukin-33 and type 2 inflammation in asthma. proceedings of the national academy of sciences. 2016, 113, 8765-8770.   56   ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1920 vol. 32 (1) 2019 18. finlay, c. m.; stefanska, a. m.; walsh, k. p. helminth products protect against autoimmunity via innate type 2 cytokines il-5 and il-33, which promotes eosinophilia, the journal of immunology. 2016, 196, 703–714. 19. sanada, s.; hakuno, d.; higgins, l. j.; schreiter, e. r.; mckenzie, a. n.; lee, r. t. il-33 and st2 comprise a critical biomechanically induced and cardioprotective signaling system. the journal of clinical investigation. 2007, 117, 1538-1549. 20. hong, y.s.; moon, s.j.; joo, y.b.; jeon, c.h.; cho, m.l.; ju, j.h.; oh, h.j.; heo, y.j.; park, s.h.; kim, h.y.; min, j.k. measurement of interleukin-33 (il-33) and il-33 receptors (sst2 and st2l) in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. journal of korean medical science. 2011, 26, 1132-1139. 21. lax, a.; sanchez-mas, j.; asensio-lopez, m.c.; fernandez-del palacio, m.j.; caballero, l.; garrido, i.p.; pastor-perez, f.j.; januzzi, j.l.; pascual-figal, d.a. mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists modulate galectin-3 and interleukin-33/st2 signaling in left ventricular systolic dysfunction after acute myocardial infarction. jacc heart fail. 2015, 3, 50–58. 22. seltmann, j.; werfel, t.; wittmann, m. evidence for a regulatory loop between ifn‐γ and il‐33 in skin inflammation. experimental dermatology. 2013, 22, 102-107. 23. zhao, q.; chen, g. role of il-33 and its receptor in t cell-mediated autoimmune diseases. biomed research international. 2014, 2014, 1-10, doi.org/10.1155/2014/587376. 24. shimpo, m.; morrow, d.a.; weinberg, e.o.; sabatine, m.s.; murphy, s.a.; antman, e.m.; lee, r.t. serum levels of the interleukin-1 receptor family member st2 predict mortality and clinical outcome in acute myocardial infarction. circulation. 2004, 109, 2186-2190. 25. mcinnes, i.b. rheumatoid arthritis: from bench to bedside. rheumatic disease clinics of north america. 2001, 27, 373-387. 26. ogdie, a.; yu, y.; haynes, k.; love, t.j.; maliha, s.; jiang, y.; troxel, a.b.; hennessy, s.; kimmel, s.e.; margolis, d.j.; choi, h. risk of major cardiovascular events in patients with psoriatic arthritis, psoriasis and rheumatoid arthritis: a population-based cohort study. annals of the rheumatic diseases. 2015, 74, 326-332. 27. avina-zubieta, j.a.; thomas, j.; sadatsafavi, m.; lehman, a.j.; lacaille, d. risk of incident cardiovascular events in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: a meta-analysis of observational studies. annals of the rheumatic diseases. 2012, 71, 1524-1529. 28. aubry, m.c.; maradit-kremers, h.; reinalda, m.s.; crowson, c.s.; edwards, w.d.; gabriel, s.e. differences in atherosclerotic coronary heart disease between subjects with and without rheumatoid arthritis. the journal of rheumatology. 2007, 34, 937-942. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 some types o f compactness in bitopological spaces* n .a. jabbar. a. i. nasir. department of mathematics, ibn al-haitham, college of education, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p aper, we give the concept of n-op en set in bitop ological sp aces, where n is the first letter of the name of one of the authors, t hen we used this concep t to define a new kind of comp actness, namely n-compactness and we define the n-continuous function in bitop ological sp aces. we st udy some prop erties of n-compact sp aces, and the relationships between this kind and two other known kinds which are s-comp actness and p air-wise comp actness. 1introduction in 1963, the concep t of "bitop ological sp ace" was introduced by kelly [1]. a set equipped with two top ologies is called a 'bitop ological sp ace" and denoted by (x,τ,τ), where (x,τ), ((x,τ) are two top ological sp aces. from that time many authors used the concept of bitop ological sp ace to define new concepts like sep eration axioms, some ty p es of connectedness and covering p rop erties, for more details see [2] and [3]. in this p aper, we introduce the concept of n-compactness, we study some prop erties of this kind with many examp les, we also give some new p rop erties about the s-comp actness and p air-wise comp actness which was introduced by m rsevic and reilly [4], where we give for examp le p rop ositions 2.21, 2.23, 2.24, 2.27, 2.28, 2.40 and theorem 2.41. we also st udy the relationship s between the three kinds of comp actness, where we p roved the valid directions and give counter examp les for the invalid ones, and we p ut certain conditions to make the invalid direction true. * this p aper is a p art of an m .sc. thesis by the second author and is sup ervised by the first author. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 2.2 de fini tion a subset a of a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is called an "n-op en set"if and only if it is op en in the sp ace (x,ττ), where ττ is the sup remum top ology on x contains τ and τ. 2.3 de fini tion the comp lement of an n-op en set in a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is called "n-closed set". 2.4 remark let (x,τ,τ) be a bitop ological sp ace, then: (i) every op en set in (x,τ) or in (x,τ) is an n-op en set in (x,τ,τ). (ii) every closed set in (x,τ) or in (x,τ) is an n-closed set in (x,τ,τ). 2.5 note the opp osite direction of this remark 2.4 may be untrue as the following examp le shows: example let x={1,2,3}, τ={,{1},x} and τ={,{2},x} then ττ={,{1},{2},{1,2},x} is the family of all n-op en subsets of (x,τ,τ). {1,2} is an n-op en set in (x,τ,τ) but it is not op en in both (x,τ) and (x,τ). so {3} is an n-closed set in (x,τ,τ) which is not closed in both (x,τ) and (x,τ). 2.6 de fini tion let (x,τ,τ) be a bitop ological sp ace, let a be a subset of x. a subcollection of the family ττ is called an "n-op en cover of a" if the union of members of this collection contains a. 2.7 de fini tion a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is said to be an "n-compact sp ace" if and only if every nop en cover of x has a finite subcover. 2.8 proposi tion if (x,τ,τ) is an n-comp act sp ace, then both (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act sp aces. proof: follows from remark (2.4).  2.9 note the implication in p rop osition (2.8) is not reversible, as the following examp le shows: example let � be the set of all natural numbers, τ={ � }  p(o+) and τ={ � } p(e+). then ττ is the discrete top ology on n, where p(o + ) and p(e + ) are the p ower sets of o + and e + resp ectively. now, both ( � ,τ) and ( � ,τ) are comp act sp aces, but ( � ,τ,τ) is not n-compact. since the n-op en cover {{n}n� } of � has no finite subcover. the opp osite direction of p rop osition (2.8) becomes valid in a sp ecial case, when τ is a subfamily of τ, as the following p rop osition shows: 2.10 proposi tion if τ is a subfamily of τ, then (x,τ,τ) is an n-compact sp ace if and only if (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act. proof:     ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 necessity , follows from prop osition (2.8). sufficiency, in view of τ is a subfamily of τ, then ττ = τ. so (x,τ,τ) is ncomp act.  2.11 proposi tion the n-closed subset of an n-compact sp ace is n-comp act. proof: let (x,τ,τ) be an n-compact sp ace and let a be an n-closed subset of x to show that a is an n-comp act set. let {ui : i  } be an n-op en cover of a. since a is n-closed subset of x, t hen x–a is n-op en subset of x, so {x–a}  {ui : i  } is an n-op en cover of x, which is an n-comp act sp ace. therefore, there exists i1, i2,,in  , such that { x–a, i1 u , i2u , , inu } is a finite subcover of x. as a  x and x–a covers no p art of a, then { i1 u , i2u ,, inu } is a finite subcover of a. so a is n-compact set.  2.12 de fini tion a function f: (x,τ,τ)  (y,t,t) is said to be an "n-continuous function" if and only if the inverse image of each n-op en subset of y is an n-op en subset of x. 2.13 proposi tion the n-continuous image of an n-compact sp ace is an n-compact sp ace. proof: let (x,τ,τ) be an n-compact sp ace, and let f: (x,τ,τ)  (y,t,t) be an ncontinuous, ont o function. to show that (y,t,t) is an n-comp act sp ace. let {ui : i  } be an n-op en cover of y, then {f – 1 (ui): i  } is an n-op en cover of x, which is n-compact sp ace. so, there exists i1, i2,,in  , such that the family {f – 1 (uij): j=1, 2, …,n} covers x and since f is onto, then {uij: j=1, 2, …,n} is a finite subcover of y.  2.14 proposi tion if a and b are two n-compact subsets of a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ), then ab is an n-compact subset of x. proof: clear.  2.15 remark if a and b are two n-comp act subsets of a bitop ology sp ace (x,τ,τ), then a  b need not be n-comp act. for examp le, let x= �  {0,-1} and let =p( � ){hx-1,0h(x–h) is finite}. let =  {hx(-1h or 0 h)(x – h) finite}. now, let a = �  {0} and b = �  {-1}, t hen both a and b are n-compact subsets of the bitop ology cal sp ace (x,τ,τ), but a  b = � is not n-compact set. in the following definition, we st udy another kind of op en sets in bitop ological sp aces, namely "s-op en set". 2.16 de fini tion [4] a subset a of a top ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is said to be "s-op en set" if it is -op en or -op en. the complement of the s-op en set is called "s-closed set". ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 2.17 remark (i) every s-op en set in a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is an n-op en set. (ii) every s-closed set in a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is an n-closed set. 2.18 note the imp lication in remark (2.17) is not reversible. see the examp le of note (2.5), where the set {1,2} is n-op en set which is not s-op en set. so the set {3} is n-closed set which is not s-closed set. 2.19 de fini tion [4] let (x,τ,τ) be a bitop ological sp ace, let a be a subset of x. a subcollection of the family  is called an "s-op en cover" of a if the union of members of this collection contains a. in the definitions (2.16) and (2.19), we use the concept of s-op en sets in bitop ological sp aces inorder to exp ose another ty p e of comp actness in bitop ological sp aces, called scomp actness, which was introduced in the first time by m rsevic and reilly, (4). 2.20 de fini tion [4] a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is called an "s-comp act sp ace" if and only if every s-op en cover of x has a finite subcover. 2.21 proposi tion if (x,τ,τ) is an s-comp act sp ace, then both (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act. proof: clear.  2.22 note the opp osite direction of prop osition (2.21) may be false. for examp le: let x =[0,1] and let  = {,x,{0}} and ={,x,(0,1]} 1 {( ,1] n } n � . then both (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act sp aces, but (x,τ,τ) is not s-comp act, since the s-op en cover {{0}}  1 {( ,1] n } n � of x has no finite subcover. the opp osite direction of p rop osition (2.21) becomes valid in a sp ecial case, where  is a subfamily of , as the following p rop osition shows: 2.23 proposi tion if τ is a subfamily of τ, then (x,τ,τ) is an s-comp act sp ace if and only if (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act sp aces. proof: clear.  2.24 proposi tion an s-closed subset of an s-comp act sp ace is s-compact. proof: let (x,τ,τ) be an s-comp act sp ace, let a be an s-closed subset of x. to show that a is an s-comp act set. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 let {ui : i  } be an s-op en cover of a. since a is an s-closed subset of x, t hen x– a is an s-op en subset of x. then {ui : i  }{x–a} is an s-op en cover of x, which is scomp act sp ace. therefore, there exists i1, i2,,in  , such that {uij: j=1, 2, …,n}{x–a} is a finite subcover of x. since ax and x–a covers no p art of a, t hen {uij: j=1, 2, …,n} is a finite subcover of a. so a is an s-comp act.  2.25 de fini tion [5] let f: (x,τ,τ)  (y,t,t) be a function, then f is said to be a "bicontinuous function" if and only if f – 1 (u)  τ, for each ut, and f – 1 (v)  τ, for each v  t. 2.26 example let x={1,2,3}, τ={,x,{1},{2},{1,2}} and τ = τd. and let y={a,b,c}, t ={,y,{a}} and t= τi. define f: (x,τ,τ)  (y,t,t), such that f(1) = a, f(2) = b and f(3) = c. then f is bicontinuous function. where τd and τi are the discrete and indiscrete top ologies on x and y resp ectively. 2.27 proposi tion a bicontinuous image of an s-comp act sp ace is an s-comp act sp ace. proof: let f: (x,τ,τ)  (y,t,t) be a bicontinuous, onto function and let (x,τ,τ) be an scomp act sp ace. to p rove that (y,t,t) is an s-comp act. let {ui : i  } be an s-op en cover of y, then {f – 1 (ui) : i  } is an s-op en cover of x, which is an s-comp act sp ace. therefore, there exists i1, i2,,in  , such that {f – 1 (uij): j=1, 2, …,n} is a finite subcover of x and since f is onto, then we get {uij: j=1, 2, …,n} is a finite subcover of y. so y is an s-comp act sp ace.  2.28 proposi tion if a and b are two s-compact subsets of a top ological sp ace (x,τ,τ), then ab is an scomp act subset of x. proof: clear.  2.29 remark if a and b are two s-comp act subsets of a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ), then ab need not be s-comp act set. for examp le: see the examp le of remark (2.15), both a and b are s-comp act subsets of the bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ), a  b = � is not s-comp act set. 2.30 proposi tion every n-compact sp ace is an s-comp act. proof: follows from remark (2.17).  2.31 proposi tion let (x,τ,τ) be a top ological sp ace. if τ is a subfamily of τ, then the concepts of scomp actness and n-compactness are coincident. proof: follows from p rop ositions (2.10) and (2.23).  ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 the following diagram shows the relationships between n-comp act and s-comp act sp aces: now, we shall recall another kind of comp actness on bitop ological sp aces called "p airwise comp act" to st udy this kind and comp are it with the two above kinds of comp actness in bitop ological sp aces. 2.32 de fini tion [4] let (x,τ,τ) be a bitop ological sp ace, a  x, an s-op en cover of a is called a "p air-wise op en cover" if it contains at least one non-emp ty element from τ, and at least one non-emp ty element from τ. 2.33 example let x = {1,2,3}, τ = {,x,{1}} and τ = {,x,{2},{3},{2,3}}. then the cover c = {{1},{2},{3}} is a p air-wise op en cover of x. 2.34 remark every p air-wise op en cover of the bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is an s-op en cover. 2.35 note the implication in remark 2.34 is not reversible. for examp le: let x = {1,2,3}, τ = {,{1},x} and τ = {,{2},{3},{2,3},{1,2},x}. t hen the cover c = {{1,2},{3}} is an s-op en cover of x, but it is not p air-wise op en cover.. 2.36 de fini tion [4] a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) is called a "p air-wise comp act sp ace" if every p air-wise op en cover of x has a finite subcover. 2.37 remark let (x,τ,τ) be a bitop ological sp ace. if τ = τi or τ = τi, then x is a p air-wise comp act sp ace. 2.38 proposi tion every s-comp act sp ace isa p air-wise comp act sp ace. proof: follows from remark 2.34. 2.39 note the converse of prop osition 2.38 may be false. for examp le: ( � ,τu, τi) is p air-wise comp act sp ace, but not s-comp act. n-compact s-compact  – τ is a subfamily of τ   ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (1) 2010 the examp le of note 2.39 shows that, if (x,τ,τ) is a pair-wise comp act sp ace, then (x,τ) need not to be comp act and the examp le of note 2.9 shows that, if (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act sp ace, then (x,τ,τ) need not to bea p air-wise comp act. 2.40 proposi tion if τ is a subfamily of τ and (x,τ) isa compact sp ace, then (x,τ,τ) is a pair-wise comp act sp ace. proof: follows from p rop osition 2.10 and p rop osition 2.38. 2.41 the orem if (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act sp aces, then (x,τ,τ) is s-comp act if and only if it is a p air-wise comp act. proof: necessity , follows from prop osition 2.38. sufficiency, sup p ose (x,τ,τ) is a pair-wise comp act sp ace, to p rove it, is an s-comp act sp ace. let w be an s-op en cover of x, t hen there are three probabilities i) if w is a τ-op en cover, since (x,τ) is comp act, then w has a finite subcover of x, so the p roof is over. ii) if w is a τ-op en cover, since (x,τ) is comp act sp ace, then w has a finite subcover of x, so t he proof is over. iii) if w is a p air-wise op en cover, since (x,τ,τ) isa p air-wise comp act sp ace, then w has a finite subcover. iv) therefore, (x,τ,τ) isan s-comp act sp ace. from p rop osition 2.38 and theorem 2.41, we get t he following diagram:: 2.42 corollary if τ is a subfamily of τ, and (x,τ) is a comp act sp ace, then (x,τ,τ) is a p air-wise comp act if and only if it is an s-comp act sp ace. 2.43 remark the following diagram shows the relations among the different ty p es of comp actness that are studied in this section: in a bitop ological sp ace (x,τ,τ) refrences 1. j.c.kelly, (1963), proc. london m ath. soc. 13, 71-89. 2. b.dvalishvili, (2003), m at em at . bech., 55, 37-52 3. ivan l.reilly , (2005), hacettepe journal of m athematics and statist ics, 345, 27-34. 4. m rsevic and i.l.reilly , (1996), indian j.pure ap p l. m ath., 27 (10), 995-1004, oct 5. s.n.m aheshwari and s.s. thakur, (1985), bulletin of the inst itut e of m athematics academia sinica, vol. 13, no.4, dece., 341-347. s-compact pair-wise c ompact  – both (x,τ) and (x,τ) are compact space +   n-compact  s-comp act  pair-wise compact   – –   both (x,τ) and (x,τ) are comp act sp ace+ τ is a subfamily of τ+ 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة انواع الفضاءات ثنائیة الرص بعض أحمد إبراهیم ناصرنرجس عبد الجبار ، قسم الریاضیات ، كلیة التربیة ، ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد الخالصة قمنــا فــي هـــذا البحــث بتعریـــف نــوع جدیـــد مــن المجموعـــات المفتوحــة فـــي الفضــاءات التبولوجیـــة الثنائیــة اســـمیناها هــذا المفهــوم فـــي مــن ثــم أســتعملنا هــو الحــرف االول الســم أحــد البــاحثین و nان إذ n –ن نــوع المجموعــات المفتوحــة مــ .في الفضاءات الثنائیة n –وكذلك عرفنا الدالة المستمرة من نوع n –تعریف نوع جدید من التراص وهو التراص من نوع ذا النـوع بنـوعین آخـرین معـروفین همـا التـراص كما درسنا عالقـة هـ n –ولقد درسنا بعض الخواص للتراص من نوع .والتراص الثنائي s –من نوع microsoft word 254-266 254 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 genetic –based face retrieval using statistical features wathiq n. abdullah yossra h. ali dept. of computer science / university of technology received in:10/september/2015,accepted in:15/december/2015 abstract content-based image retrieval has been keenly developed in numerous fields. this provides more active management and retrieval of images than the keyword-based method. so the content based image retrieval becomes one of the liveliest researches in the past few years. in a given set of objects, the retrieval of information suggests solutions to search for those in response to a particular description. the set of objects which can be considered are documents, images, videos, or sounds. this paper proposes a method to retrieve a multi-view face from a large face database according to color and texture attributes. some of the features used for retrieval are color attributes such as the mean, the variance, and the color image's bitmap. in addition, the energy, and the entropy which based on the gray level values in an image is too considered as the features. in addition to statistical approaches, models of artificial intelligence produce a desirable methodology that enhances performance in information retrieval systems, and the genetic algorithm depicts one of them. the ga is preferred for its power and because it can be used without any specific information of the domain. the experimental results conclude that using ga gives a good performance and it decreases the average search time to (60.15 milliseconds) compared with (722.25milliseconds) for traditional search. key words: cbir, face retrieval, genetic algorithm, statistical features, wavelet 255 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 introduction contemporary multimedia technology leads to the increasing needs of image and video applications in education, entertainment, remote sensing, medicine, and security [29]. as the technology improves, the use of internet and new progressive digital image sensor technologies increase and a very large database of image are being created by scientific, industrial, medical and educational presentations. there is a great need to professionally retrieve and store image data to perform assigned tasks and to produce a result. hence, the development of an appropriate tool for image retrieving from huge image gathering is a challenge task. the two different kinds of approaches generally adopted in image retrieval are: text and content based. in the text-based system, the images are manually marked by text descriptors and then they are used by a database management system for accomplishing image retrieval. though, the use of keywords has two limitations to accomplish image retrieval: the enormous labor necessary in manual image footnote and the description task of the content of image is extremely subjective. on the other hand, the viewpoint of textual descriptions specified by an annotator differs from the viewpoint of a user. that is, there are conflicts between user textual queries and image annotations. to reduce the problem of incompatibility, the image retrieval is performed depending on the contents of the image. this strategy is the referred to as content-based image retrieval (cbir) [20]. the principal target of cbir system is to gather relevant descriptions of visible attributes of images to simplify effective and valuable retrieval [1, 12]. face retrieval technology is needed for searching the certain people in the surveillance video automatically. the goal of face retrieval is to retrieve the face images of certain people given a query face image. such work could be used in various applications of different areas, such as in the security field, searching a criminal from the surveillance video. face retrieval is performed based on feature representation extracted from images [27]. feature extraction of faces plays an important role in security access control systems, law enforcement forensic investigation, and low bit video coding. the color features of a color image used here are: the mean, variance, and energy values. while as the texture feature the entropy depending on the gray level values is used. the typical task of searching for the features is mathematically expensive, and hence genetic algorithm (ga) is used as a search algorithm. ga has several advantages that make it more convenient than traditional search algorithms [29]. in the present paper, a system is suggested that uses the genetic algorithm (ga) to deduce which images in the databases would be most significant to the user. the proposed system the flowchart of the general steps of this system is shown in figure (1). the details description of its steps are presented in the following sections: color space color images can be represented by using three primaries of a color space [30]. since the rgb space does not correspond to the perceiving colors by the human and does not isolate the component of luminance from the chrominance components [5]. the yuv color space is used in the proposed system to represent the face images. the yuv color space can be considered to be similar to human eye’s retina, while the main channel – luminance (denoted as y channel) or "luma" describes the intensity of light. in the yuv color space, two additional channels – chrominance components called "u" and "v" – carry the color information. there are many formulas to convert from rgb to yuv [18].the equations that are used in the proposed system are as follows: 256 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 y = 0.299 * r + 0.587 * g + 0.114 * b u = ( -0.147 * r 0.289 * g + 0.436 * b ) + 128 ………... (1) v = ( 0.498 * r 0.417 * g 0.081 * b ) + 128 wavelet transform the aim of the transform is the changing the representation of a signal or a function by using of a mathematical operation[17]. the wavelet transformation can be considered as the most effective transform which deals with image, sound, or any other pattern because it yields a robust representation of timespace (time-frequency) [8]. the wavelet transform comes in two different forms, the first form is the continuous wavelet transform (cwt) which is leading to a continuous input signal, the time and scale parameters can be continuous, and the second form is the discrete wavelet transform (dwt) which can be defined for discrete-time signals[23, 19]. the dwt is adopted in this paper. the two-dimensional wavelet transform can be accomplished via sequentially employing one-dimensional wavelet transform to rows and columns of the two-dimensional data. in the figure (2), l indicates low-pass filtering (lpf) and h indicates high-pass filtering (hpf). in the final stage of decomposition for an image of size nxn -where n is a power of twowe have four sub-band images, each of n/2×n/2 resolution: the scaling component, ll, containing global low-pass information, and three wavelet components, lh, hl, and hh corresponding respectively to the vertical, horizontal and diagonal details [7]. the data in subband "lh" was obtained from high pass filtering of the rows and then by low pass filtering of the columns [8]. a particular set of wavelets is specified by a particular set of numbers, called wavelet filter coefficients. the most localized embers often used are haar coefficients. for easy notation we will use the notation h(0) and h(1) for haar coefficients [15]. in the 2-d haar bases wavelet, the matrix form will be as …… (2) in our experimentations, we have selected two levels of decomposition according to the size of the face images. there is no need to perform a deeper decomposition, because the size of images, after the second level, becomes too small and no more beneficial information is acquired [9]. at the second level of decomposition, one image of approximation (low-resolution image) and 6 images of details are obtained as shown in figure (2)(b). therefore, the face image is described by 7 wavelet coefficient sub-bands (matrices), that represent rather a massive amount of information (equal to the size of the input image). figure (3) shows an example of tow-level wavelet decomposition of a face image. 257 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 features vector extraction powerful feature extraction of image, frequently considered as a serious module in multimedia information processing, is not suitably paid attention. for effectively retrieving a related image in a huge database, some keywords should be used to describe the image or automatically extracted perceivable features from it. though, a description of images by keywords will not be reasonable when the image database is huge. this not only demands valuable labour, but also there is a limited number of keywords exists to efficiently represent the image contents. developing an algorithm for extracting image feature efficiently and effectively can profit majorly to emerging imagery applications like medical diagnosis, biometric, and geographical information system [29]. one of the essential problems in image databases querying by resemblance is how to choose related image descriptors and relative resemblance degrees [4]. the process of feature extraction is responsible for making up a feature vector that is well enough to depict the face image. the feature vector is generated using the haar wavelet of color histograms. classification it is common that, as the complication of a classifier increases quickly with the number of dimensions of the pattern space, it is essential to make decisions only on the most important, known as discriminatory information, which is carried by the extracted features. so, we are encounter the need of dimensionality reduction. each matrix of the seven wavelet coefficients contains information concerning the texture of the face. an effective technique of reducing dimensionality and distinguishing textural information is to calculate a group of measures [9]. thus, four statistical measures are extracted from each sub-band. these measures are used to describe a color and a texture of an image and some of them are histogram statistical-based features. we will present how to calculate these measures and what is the meaning of these measures. the measures that are used in the algorithm are: mean it is a measure of the average, thus it states something concerning the universal image brightness. a dark image has a low mean, while a bright image has a high mean. the total number of intensity levels is referred to as l thus, the gray levels vary from 0 to l − 1. for example, l = 256 and varies from 0 to 255 for image data of typical 8-bit. the value of mean can be specified as follows [25]: μ 1 …………. . 3 where: n and m: are the dimensions of an image. cij :is a wavelet coefficient. variance is a measure of average contrast[25]. the variance σ2 measures the spread of a distribution, defined as the mean quadratic deviation of the variation from its mean value [2]. the variance gives a measure of average contrast in that region[11] . the variance value can be calculated from the following equation: σ 1 μ ……………. 4 258 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 where: μ : is the mean value, n and m: are the dimensions of an image. energy energy is a measure of uniformity [14], homogeneity, or smoothness, by calculating the distribution among the gray levels. it is the total square of detailed coefficients of wavelet transform [16]. the energy of wavelet coefficient is changing across distinct degrees depending upon the input signals. the energy of wavelet coefficients[6] c(t) can be calculated from the following equation: …………… 5 where: n and m: are the dimensions of an image. p(cij ) is a probability of a wavelet coefficient. entropy entropy records texture information in an image. it indicates a degree of complexity of images. higher entropy reflects complex textures [5]. when elements in the matrix are equal, the entropy is maximum while if all elements are different it is equal to 0 [14]. entropy denotes the amount of information that kept in perceived signal. the use of entropy gives particular features of the signal and decreases the feature vector size [6]. the entropy can be defined as follows: ∗ ………… 6 where: p(cij): is the probability of the wavelet coefficient (cij). similarity measures and distance the feature vector is designed to describe the face image and classify it. we need techniques to compare two feature vectors in order to implement the classification. the essential techniques are to either evaluate the similarity, or the difference between the two. two vectors which are almost associated will have a high similarity and a little difference. the measure of a distance in the feature space with n-dimensional can be used as the difference ; the lower the distance between two vectors, the smaller the similarity. the most conventional metric of evaluating the distance between two vectors is euclidean distance, and is calculated by the square root of the total of squares of the differences between vector components. the euclidean distance between two vectors x and y, each has n components, is calculated as: , ……… 7 another distance metric, referred to as the city block or absolute value metric, is given by: , ∑ | | …………(8) this metric gives similar results, and it is computationally faster than the euclidean distance. the city block or absolute value metric is used in the proposed system [25]. 259 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 hence, the distance measure between images (a query face image and a face image in the images database ) is defined as , ∑ | | ………………… (9) where: qf is the query face image, df is an image in the images database, qfi is the feature number (i) in the query face image, and dfi is the feature number (i) in the image in the database. the proposed algorithm is given as follows: algorithm input: query face image output: retrieved face images. step 1: change image color space to yuv. step 2: apply a wavelet transformation. step 3: extract the transformed image features. step 4: apply the genetic algorithm to find the best matched face: iselection: select two chromosomes randomly according to their fitness. iicrossover: apply crossover operator on the selected chromosomes. iiimutation: mutate a randomly selected chromosome. ivstopping criteria: checking for goal found or maximum generation reached. step 5: evaluate the resulted faces. step 6: end. system implementation the experiments are performed on a pentium 4 computer with cpu of 2.40 ghz and 4.0 gb ram. some of images have been chosen as query examples and the original image database is used as test examples for verifying of the retrieval performance. the following sections give several aspects of the system implementation: the database in order to verify the robustness of our algorithm against aspects resulting from lighting conditions, pose change, and partial occlusion, the experiments are performed on test images chosen from upc face database [26]. the images database comprises a set of 44 persons with 21 pictures for each person corresponding to various views of pose (0º, ±30º, ±45º,and ±60º) controlled by three lighting conditions (regular or environment light, bright light source from 45º angle, and a closely frontal mid-bright light source). the images resolution is 240x320 with bmp format. five training models with five different conditions are shown in figure (4). ga parameters representation of solution for a given problem in order to apply ga to, it should be a decision for finding a suitable genotype needed by the problem, i.e., the representation of a chromosome. in the proposed system, a chromosome denotes an index to an image in the image features database. initial population at the start of the process of ga, an initialization of a population of possible solutions are involved. typically, the initialization procedure is application-dependent; the random generation of binary strings is adopted as initial candidate faces. 260 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 fitness function to measure the value of the chromosomes in a population, the fitness function is utilized. hence, in our approach, the quality of a chromosome c related to the query image qf is defined as: fitness ( qf , c ) = dcb ( qf , c ) ………(9) where: dcb ( qf , c ) is the distance measure between images as given in eq.(8). genetic operators selection: the tournament selection method is adopted in this system [3] because of the complexity of the its time is low. it can speed up the process of evolution because it does not involve an overall fitness comparison for every individuals in the population. crossover : the one-point crossover [31] is used in the proposed system. in order to generate quality preserving off-springs, it is swapped portions of two chromosomes selected according to their fitness. mutation: in order to increase the variation of the population, the mutation operator is used to create a new chromosome [20]. in mutation, randomly selected position in a chromosome is inverted. performance evaluation experiments are run ten to twenty-two times, and the average results are reported. the performance of the adopted face retrieval algorithm is evaluated using two important performance evaluation methods: retrieval precision (rp), recall rate (rr), and average retrieval time (art). retrieval precision retrieval precision (rp) is defined as the ratio of number of relevant images retrieved (nr) to the number of total retrieved images (nc) [5] as shown in equation (10). rp = nr / nc ……….(10) recall rate recall rate (rp) is defined as the ratio of number of relevant images retrieved (nr) to the total number of relevant images (ndb) as shown in equation (11). rr = nr / ndb ……….(11) experimental results we have run several experiments of the program with different genetic parameters as shown in table (1). so, table (2) shows the performance evaluation metrics for different experiments of the system implementation. the experimental results prove that the maximum average retrieval time (art) throughout all the experiments is much less than the average retrieval time taken by the system when executed without using genetic algorithm. the average retrieval time without using genetic algorithm is (722.25 milliseconds) which is computed throughout (20) system run. however, by referring to retrieval times given in table (2) it has shown that shows that using ga decreases the average retrieval time to (60.15 milliseconds). an example of a query image given to the system together with the retrieved images is shown in figure (5). also, the results prove that the retrieval based on ga gives good precision and recall rate. conclusions in this system, a content based image retrieval (cbir) is presented which is new approach based on using with the support of genetic algorithm (ga). the face image is represented using yuv color space and is transformed by two-level wavelet transformation. a feature extraction algorithm is used to extract color and texture features based on histogram statistical-based features such as mean, variance, energy, and entropy. 261 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 the similarity metric used in this system is the city block or absolute value metric which is faster than euclidean distance. ga which is a hopeful heuristic approach for determining near-optimal solutions in large search spaces is adopted to find the best match face image to the query face image. the genetic chromosome is represented by a string of binary numbers that represents an index to the image database. several experiments have been run on the system. these experiments are executed with different genetic parameters. from the experimental results it can be concluded that the application of ga in information retrieval can be successful, and the ga gives a better performance compared with traditional image search. from the results of the simulation, it can be demonstrated that the features of faces are extracted effectively. ga was capable of searching successfully and decreasing calculative complication, and consequently decrease the time of search. the results show, also, that the adopted method is relatively strong to various facial constraints. on the other hand, three evaluation metrics are used to measure the retrieval performance and calculative complication of the system: retrieval precision (rp), recall rate (rr), and average retrieval time (art). references 1. antonelli, m.; dellepiane, s. g., and goccia, m., (2006), “design and implementation of web based systems for image segmentation and cbir,” ieeetrans.instrum. meas. 2. bohm, g.; zech, g., ( 2010), "introduction to statistics and data analysis for physicists",verlag deutsches elektronen-synchrotron, zentralbibliothek, d-22603 hamburg. 3. chun, y. d.; kim, n. c., and jang, i. h., (2008), “content-based image retrieval using multiresolution color and texture features,” ieee trans. multimedia, 10, 6, 1073–1084. 4. dana, v., (2000), "genetic algorithms in information retrieval", université de neuchâtel, institut interfacultaire d'informatique, neuchâtel, switzerland. 5. dass, m. v.; ali, m. r., and ali, m. m., (2014), "image retrieval using interactive genetic algorithm", ieee, international conference on computational science and computational intelligence. 6. ekici, s.; yildirim, s., and poyraz, m., (2008), "energy and entropy-based feature extraction for locating fault on transmission lines by using neural network and wavelet packet decomposition", firat university, 23119 elazig, turkey. 7. ekenel, h. k., and sankur, b., (2005), "multiresolution face recognition", electrical and electronic engineering department, bog˘azic¸i university, bebek, i˙stanbul, turkey, image and vision computing 23, 469–477. 8.fakhri, a., (2011), "face recognition sysytem using neural network", iraqi commission for computers and informatics, informatics institute for postgraduate studies, baghdad, iraq. 9. garcia, c.; zikos, g., and tziritas, g., (1999), "a wavelet-based framework for face recognition", ics – foundation for research and technology-hellas – forth, crete, greece. 10. goldberg, d. e., (1994), “genetic and evolutionary algorithms come of age”, communication of the acm, 37(3): 113-119. 11. gonzalez, rafael c., and woods, richard e., (2002), "digital image processing", second edition, 2002, prentice hall, new jersey 07458. 12. jhanwar, n.; chaudhuri, s.; seetharaman, g., and zavidovique, b., (2004), “content based image retrieval using motif cooccurrence matrix,” image vis.comput., 22, 14, 1211–1220. 13. lazea, gh. and lupu, as. e., (1996), aspects on path planning for mobile robots. 262 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 14. lemaˆıtre, g., and rodojevi´c, m. , (2007), "texture segmentation: co-occurrence matrix and laws’ texture masks methods". 15. mahmoud ,w. a.; hadi, a. s. and jawad, t. m. , (2012), "development of a 2-d wavelet transform based on kronecker product", journal of al-nahrain university, 15 (4), 028-013. 16. morchen, f. , (2003), "time series feature extraction for data mining using dwt and dft, technical report", no. 33, department of mathematics and computer science, university of marburg, germany. 17. nag, a.; biswas, s.; sarkar,d., and sarkar, p. p. , (2011), "a novel technique for image steganography based on block – dct and huffman encoding", international journal of computer science and information technology. 18. podpora, m.; korba´s, g. p., and kawala-janik, a. , (2014), "yuv vs rgb – choosing a color space for human-machine interaction", the federated conference on computer science and information systems , 3, 29-34. 19. polikar, r. , (2006), " the wavelet tutorial part ii: fundamentals: the fourier transform and the short term fourier transform; resolution problems". 20. rao , s. s.; kumar, k. r., and devi, g. l. , (2013), "texture based image retrieval using human interactive genetic algorithm", international journal of science engineering and advance technology, ijseat, 1, 6. 21. selvi, r. muthu ; rajaram, r. , (2007), "effect of cross over operation in genetic algorithms on anticipatory scheduling", 24th, international symposium on automation & robotics in co; mehta, a. , (2013), " review paper of various selection methods in genetic algorithm ", international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering , 3, 7. 23. sidney, c.; ramesh, a., and haitao g. , (1998), "introduction to wavelets and wavelet transforms", prentice hall, new jersey. 24.sumathi, s.; hamsapriya, t. , and surekha, p. , (2008), "evolutionary intelligence: an introduction to theory and applications with matlab, springer-verlag. 25. umbaugh, scott e.; (2010), "digital image processing and analysis: human and computer vision applications with cvip tools", second edition, crc press. 26. upc face database, web site: http://gps-tsc.upc.es /gtav/researchareas/upcfacedatabase/gtavfacedatabase.htm 27. xiao-ma, x.; and ming-tao, p. , (2014), "multiview face retrieval in surveillance video by active training sample collection", 10th international conference on computational intelligence and security. 28. xie, y.; setia, l. and burkhardt, h. , (2007), block dct vectors construction for face retrieval based on genetic algorithm, ieee third international conference on natural computation. 29. yen, g. g. and nithianandan, n. , (2002), " facial feature extraction using genetic algorithm", oklahoma state university, stillwater, usa. 30.yoo, h. w.; park, h. s., and jang, d. s. , (2005), “expert system for color image retrieval,” expert syst. appl., 28, 2, 347–357. 31. zhou, x. s.;and huang, t. s. , (2002), “relevance feedback in content-based image retrieval: some recent advances,” inf. sci., 148, 1–4, 129–137. 263 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 table 1: ga parameters used in the experiments experiment no. pop. size max gen. pc pm 1 20 50 0.8 0.1 2 50 20 0.7 0.05 3 10 50 0.8 0.05 4 40 20 0.8 0.05 figure (1): the proposed system flowchart table(2): performance evaluation metrics experiment no. rp (%) rr (%) average retrieval time ( in millisecond) average of convergence gen no. 1 90 60 48.43866 8 2 79 70 53.57429286 5 3 47 44 81.27985333 32 4 81 94 43.90100476 5 264 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 (a) (b) figure (2) : wavelet decomposition: (a) one-level (b) two-level figure (3) : an example of two-level wavelet decomposition of a face image. figure (4): a single person examples from the upc data base reflecting five face cases. 265 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 figure (5) : an example of a query image and retrieved images figure(5):an exampleof a query image and retriveved images query image retrieved images 266 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 الخوارزمية الجينيةاسترجاع الوجوه اعتمادا على باستعمال الخصائص االحصائية عبدهللا واثق نجاح يسرى حسين علي /الجامعة التكنولوجية قسم علوم الحاسبات 2015كانون االول / /15قبل في: ،2015ايلول//10 :في استلم الخالصة فعالية اكثر ادارة وفرت انها اذ المجاالت من العديد في محتواها على اعتمادا الصور استرجاع عمليات استعملت استرجاع عملية اصبحت لذلك. المفتاحية الكلمات على اعتمادا االسترجاع على القائمة قائالطر من الصور استرجاع في .الماضية القليلة السنوات في حيوية االبحاث اكثر من الصور محتوى على بناءً الصور االحيان من كثير في. معينا وصفا تعكس التي الكائنات من مجموعة في للبحث حلوال المعلومات استرجاع عمليات تقترح .فديو ملفات او صوتية ملفات او صورا تكون قد اخرى احيان في ولكن وثائق، هي الكائنات هذه لوجوه صورا تحوي كبيرة بيانات قاعدة من -متعددة دوران بزواياوجوه صور استرجاع طريقة البحث هذا يقترح .الوجه نسيج وصفات اللونية الصفات على باالعتماد . الملونة الصور استرجاع في المستعملة الصفات هي النقطية والصورة والتباين الحسابي المتوسط: مثل اللونية الصفات الصفات ضمن ايضا استعملت الرمادية المستويات الى استنادا فيها المعلومات وكمية الصورة طاقة حساب فان فضال عن .االسترجاع في المستعملة الحمراء، تحت األشعة أنظمة في األداء لتحسين جيدا نموذجا تمثل االصطناعي الذكاء نماذج االحصائية، الطرق جانب الى على تطبيقها يمكن والنه لقوتها وذلك الجينية الخوارزمية اختيار تم. النماذج هذه من واحدة تمثل الجينية والخوارزمية .المشكلة مجال عن خاصة معرفة ةاي دون المشكلة الى االسترجاع وقت متوسط من ويقلل جيدا أداءً يعطي الجينية الخوارزمية استعمال ان الى التجريبية النتائج خلصت ) الوقت الذي يستغرقه البحث التقليدي.ملي ثانية 722,25مقارنة بـ ( )ملي ثانية 60,15( microsoft word 330-336 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1867 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org                                                                            mathematics |330   on contractible j-saces narjis a. dawood narjisabduljabbar@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics / college of education for pure science/ ibn al – haithamuniversity of baghdad suaad g. gasim suaad.gedaan@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics / college of education for pure science/ ibn al – haithamuniversity of baghdad abstract jordan curve theorem is one of the classical theorems of mathematics, it states the following : if c is a graph of a simple closed curve in the complex plane the complement of c is the union of two regions, c being the common boundary of the two regions. one of the region is bounded and the other is unbounded. we introduced in this paper one of jordan's theorem generalizations. a new type of space is discussed with some properties and new examples. this new space called contractible j-space. key words : contractible jspace, compact space and contractible map. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1867 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org                                                                            mathematics |331   1. introduction recall the jordan curve theorem which states that, if c is a simple closed curve in the plane ℝ , then ℝ \c is disconnected and consists of two components with c as their common boundary, exactly one of these components is bounded (see, [1]). many generalizations of jordan curve theorem are discussed by many researchers, for example not limited, we recall some of these generalizations. in 1967, kopperman, khalimsky and meyer stated a generalization in ℤ equipped with the khalimsky topology, (see[2]). in 1991, kong , kopperman and meyer introduced the following result: if γ is an nconnected closed curve in ℤ , then ℤ \𝛤 has two and only two n – connectivity components n n 12, n 4,8 . this result is a kind of generalization of the classical jordan curve theorem in ℝ , (see [3]). in 1999, e.micael introduced and studied jspaces and strong jspaces which are considered to be generalizations of properties of jordan curve theorem , ( see [4]). in 2007, y.nanjing introduced the concept of ljspaces exploited the common generalization of lindelöf spaces and jspaces, ( see [5]). in 2007, a.kornitowicz worked hard to mark crucial points in the proof of jordan curve theorem , ( see[6]). in 2008, e.bouassida introduced a new proof of the khalimsky's jordan curve theorem using the specificity of the khalimsky's plane as an alexandroff topological space and the specific properties of connectivity on these spaces, ( see [7]). in this paper we introduced another generalization of jordan curve theorem by using the concept of contractible space. suitability with our work, we assumed all functions are continuous and all spaces are t , in spite of most of our results are useful wanting that presumption. 2. preliminaries in this section, we give some important definitions and properties that we need in our work. definition (2.1) [1]: two continuous maps f , f : x → y are said to be homotopic if there is a continuous map f: x i → y (i is the closed interval 0,1 ), such that f x, 0 f x and f x, 1 f x . this homotopic denoted by f ≅ f . definition (2.2) [1]: two spaces x and y are of the same homotopic type if there exist continuous maps f: x → y and g: x → y such that gf ≅ i: x → x and fg ≅ i: y → y. the maps f and g are then called homotopy equivalences, we also say that x and y are homotopy equivalent. definition (2.3) [8]: if y is a subspace of a topological space x, a retraction from x to y is a continuous mapping r: x → y such that r p p, ∀ p ∈ y. in this case y is called a retract of x. definition (2.4) [8]: a subspace y of a space x is called a deformation retract if there is a continuous retract r: x → y such that the identity map from x to x homotopic to the map i ∘ r, where i is the inclusion of y in x. definition (2.5) [9]: let x be a topological space and a the subset of x 0,1 given by x 1 . by the cone over x, mean the space x 0,1 /a and denoted by tx. definition (2.6) [10]: a space x is path connected if, for every 𝑎, 𝑏 ∊ x, there exists a path in x from 𝑎 to 𝑏. definition (2.7) [10]: a space x is simply connected if it is path connected and π x, x° e , ∀x° ∈ x, where π x, x° is the fundamental group of a space x at the basepoint 𝑥°. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1867 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org                                                                            mathematics |332   examples (2.8) [11]: 1. the unite sphere s in ℝ is path connected ∀ n 1. 2. the unite ball b in ℝ is path connected. 3. every open ball and every closed ball in ℝ is path connected. definition (2.9) [12]: a function from x to y is said to be nullhomotopic if it is homotopic to some constant function. definition (2.10) [11]: a space x is called contractible space if the identity function i : x → x is nullhomotopic. examples (2.11): 1. the euclidean space ℝ𝒏 is contractible [13]. 2. a discrete space with more than one point is not contractible [14]. in the following we give some results about trivial spaces: remarks (2.12): 1. any subspace (with more than one element) of a discrete space is not contractible since every subspace of a discrete space is also discrete. 2. a subset y of ℝ is contractible if y is not discrete space (with more than one element). 3. an indiscrete space is a contractible space; this follows from the fact says that any function with indiscrete codomain is continuous. 4. any subspace of an indiscrete space is contractible since every subspace of an indiscrete space is also indiscrete. definition (2.13) [15]: a subset y of ℝ is said to be convex if for every pair of points in x, the line segment connecting the points is also in x. propositions (2.14) [15]: 1. every convex subset of ℝ is contractible. 2. any open ball in ℝ is contractible. theorem (2.15): the following conditions are equivalent for any space x 1. x is a contractible space. 2. x is a homotopy equivalent to a point [16]. 3. there exists a point x° ∈ x such that 𝑥° is a deformation retract of x [17]. 4. x is a retract of any cone over it [16]. 5. every map f: x → y, for arbitrary y, is null-homotopic [18]. 6. every map f: y → x, for arbitrary y, is null-homotopic [18]. proposition (2.16) [10]: every contractible space is path connected space. proposition (2.17) [10]: every contractible space is simply connected space. remark (2.18) [19]: the convers of propositions (14.1) and (15.1) is not true in general. for example, s is path connected for every integer n 1, and simply connected for every integer n 2. yet these spheres are not contractible. remark (2.19) [1]: the continuous image of a contractible space need not be contractible. for example: f: a, b → s is continuous and onto, since s is a quotient space for a, b by the relation x~y if x a and y b. note that a, b is contractible, but s is not. theorem (2.20) [20]: if x is a contractible space, then π x, x° e for all x° ∈ x. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1867 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org                                                                            mathematics |333   proposition (2.21) [18]: a retract of a contractible space is contractible. proposition (2.22) [10]: if x is a contractible and y is path connected, then any two continuous maps from x onto y are homotopic (and each is nullhomotopic). proposition (2.23) [16]: two homeomorphic spaces are homotopy equivalent. thus the classification of spaces up to homotopy equivalence is coarser than the homeomorphism classification. remarks (2.24) [21]: 1. homotopy relation on the collection of all topological spaces is an equivalence relation. 2. homotopy relation is an equivalence relation on the collection of all maps from x to y. definition (2.25) [22]: a closed continuous function with compact preimages of points is called perfect. theorem (2.26) [22]: if a function f: x → y is a perfect function, then for any compact subset f of y, the preimage f f is a compact subset of x. 3. contractible 𝐉space definition (3.1): by a contractible jspace we mean the space satisfies the property which provides; for every proper closed subsets e, f of x with e ∪ f x and e ∩ f compact, either e or f is contractible. remark (3.2): if the closed cover in definition (3.1) is not proper, then every contractible j space must be contractible. remark (3.3): if a topological space x has no proper closed cover, then x is a contractible j space. it follows from this fact that every indiscrete space is a contractible jspace. remark (3.4):a space x is a contractible jspace if, whenever every subspace of it is contractible. example (3.5): the usual space ℝ is a contractible jspace, for if e, f is a closed cover of ℝ with e⋂f compact, then e and f can not be both discrete, thus e or f is contractible ( see remark (2.12), no2). example (3.6): a discrete space with more than two points is not contractible jspace, follows from example (2.11), no2. remark (3.7): a subspace y of ℝ is a contractible jspace if it is not discrete space (with more than two elements) follows from (remark (2.12), no2). example (3.8): let x be a non empty set and a is a proper subset of x . define a topology on x by τ x, ∅, a , then x, τ is a contractible jspace since x has no proper closed cover. remark (3.9): if x is a contractible space, then it is not contractible jspace in general. for instance: let x be a subspace of euclidian space ℝ such that x x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 ∪ x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 . let e, f be two subsets of x such that e x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 ∪ x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 , f x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 ∪ x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 then e and f are closed subsets of x with a ∪ b x and e⋂f x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 ∪ x, y ∈ ℝ , x 1 y 1 which is compact subset of x, but neither e nor f is contractible. hence x is not contractible jspace, but x is contractible since x is closed ball in ℝ . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1867 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org                                                                            mathematics |334   remark (3.10): a contractible jspace need not be contractible. for example: the unite circle s as a subspace of ℝ is not contractible, but it is contractible jspace since every proper subset of s is contractible. theorem (3.11): for any space x, these following conditions are valent: 1. x is a contractible jspace. 2. for every proper closed cover e, f with e ∩ f compact e or f is homotopy equivalent to a point. 3. for every proper closed cover e, f with e ∩ f compact, there exists x° ∈ e or x° ∈ f such that x° is a deformation retract of e (or of f). 4. for every proper closed cover e, f with e ∩ f compact, e or f is a retract of any cone over it. 5. for every proper closed cover e, f with e ∩ f compact, every map f from e or f to an arbitrary space y, is nullhomotopic. 6. for every proper closed cover e, f with e ∩ f compact, every map f from an arbitrary space y to e or f is nullhomotopic. proof: follows from theorem (2.15) and definition (3.1). proposition (3.12): if x is a contractible jspace, then for every proper closed cover e, f with e ∩ f compact, e or f is path connected. proof: follows from proposition (2.16) and definition (3.1). remark (3.13): if for every proper closed cover e, f of a space x with e ∩ f compact, e or f is path connected, then x need not be contractible jspace. for example: let us take the example of remark (3.9), as we saw in this example x is not contractible jspace, but for every proper closed cover e, f of x with e ∩ f compact, e or f is path connected. proposition (3.14): if x is a contractible jspace, then for every proper closed cover e, f with e ∩ f compact, e or f is simply connected. proof: follows from proposition (2.17) and definition (3.1). remark (3.15): the opposite direction of proposition (3.14) is not true in general. for example: let x be a subspace of ℝ such that x e ∪ f, where e x, y, z ∈ ℝ , x 1 y z 1 and f x, y, z ∈ ℝ , x 3 y z 1 , then e, f is a closed cover of x with e ∩ f 2,0,0 which is compact, but neither e nor f is contractible. hence x is not contractible j space, but e and f are simply connected since both of them are homotopic equivalent to s . remark (3.16): the property of being contractible jspace is not a weak hereditary property, and thus not hereditary property. for example: the usual space ℝ is a contractible jspace, but the natural numbers ℕ as a subspace of ℝ is not contractible jspace since the induced topology of the usual topology with respect to ℕ is the discrete topology. proposition (3.17): if a is a subset of a contractible jspace with compact boundary, then cl a or cl x\a is contractible. proof: consider the closed cover cl a , cl x\a of x, such that cl a ∩ cl x\a ∂a which is compact, it follows by definition of contractible jspace that cl a or cl x\a is contractible. remark (3.18): if x and y are two contractible jspaces, then x y need not be so. for example: let x 1,2 and τ d the discrete topology, then x is contractible j space since 1 , 2 is the only proper closed cover of x with 1 ⋂ 2 ∅ which is ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1867 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org                                                                            mathematics |335   compact and 1 and 2 are contractible. but x x 1,1 , 1,2 , 2,1 , 2,2 , is not contractible jspace since it has more than two elements and by example (3.6). definition (3.19): a continuous function f: x → y is said to be contractible if f a is a contractible subspace of y for each contractible subspace a of x. remarks (3.20): a) the identity function on any topological space is a contractible function. b) any constant function is a contractible function. c) any function defined from any topological space to an indiscrete space is contractible function. example (3.21): a function f: ℝ, i → ℝ such that f x x, ∀x ∈ ℝ, is not contractible function since ℕ is a contractible subspace of ℝ with the indiscrete topology, but f ℕ ℕ is not contractible subset of ℝ with the usual topology. remark (3.22): a continuous function need not be contractible function. for example: let f: a, b → s such that f x e , ∀x ∈ a, b , clear that f is continuous onto function, but not contractible function since a, b is a contractible set while s is not. remark (3.23): a contractible function is not necessary to be continuous function. for example: let x 1,2,3 , and τ x, ∅, 1 , and let f: x → x such that f 2 f 3 1 and f 1 2, then f is a contractible function since every subset of x is contractible, and thus f a ⊆ x is contractible for each contractible a ⊆ x. but f is not continuous function since 1 ∈ τ while f 1 2,3 ∉ τ. proposition (3.24): the property of being contractible jspace is preserved by the perfect and contractible function from x onto y. proof: let e, f be closed subset of y with e ∪ f y and e ∩ f compact, then f e , f f are closed subsets of x since f is continuous, and f e ∩ f f f e ∩ f which is compact since f is perfect, and f e ∪ f f x, but x is contractible j-space, so f e or f f is contractible, it follows by definition of contractible function that f f e or f f f is contractible, but f is surjective, so e or f is contractible. hence y is contractible jspace. proposition (3.25): every homeomorphism function is a contractible function. proof: f: x → y be a homeomorphism function, and let a be a contractible subset of x, we have to show that f a is contractible subset of y. note that a and f a are homeomorphic spaces, it follows by proposition (2.23) that a and f a are homotopy equivalent. since a is contractible, it follows by theorem (2.15) and remark (2.24) that f a contractible. corollary (3.26): if the topological spaces x and y are homeomorphic spaces and one of them is contractible jspace, then so is the other. proof: follows from propositions (3.24) and (3.25). references [1] c. kosniowski, a first cours in algebraic topology, cambridge university press, first published, 1980. [2] e. d. khalimsky; r. kopperman and p. r. meyer, computer graphics and connected topologies on finite closed sets, topology appl. 36,1-7. 1967 [3] t. y. kong; r. kopperman and p. r. meyer, a topological approach to digital topology, american math. monthly, 98, 901-917. 1991 [4] e. michael; jspaces, topology and its application 102,315-339. 2000 [5] y. nanjing; ljspaces, czechoslovak math. journal, 57(132) 1223-1237. 2007. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1867 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/      www.ihsciconf.org                                                                            mathematics |336   [6] a. kornitowicz, a proof of the jordan curve theorem via the brouwer fixed point theorem, 6(1)33-40. 2007. [7] e. bouassida, the jordan curve theorem in the khalimsky plane, applied general topology, 9(2) 253262. 2008. [8] w. fulton, a first cours: algebraic topology, springer science & business media, 1997. [9] b. mendelson, introduction to topology, third edition, courier corporation, 1990. [10] j. j. rotman, an introduction to algebraic topology, springer science & business media, 2013. [11] james r. munkres, topology a first course, prenticehall, 1974. [12] e. h. spanier, algebraic topology, springer science & business media, 1994. [13] a.r. shastri, basic algebraic topology, crc press, 2016. [14] s. t. bahadur, elements of topology, crc press, taylor & francis group, 2015. [15] w. f. basener, topology and its applications, john wiley & sons, 2006. [16] c. r. f. maunder, algebraic topology, courier corporation, 1996. [17] w. s.massey, a basic course in algebraic topology, springer science & business media, 1991. [18] a.hatcher, algebraic topology, cambridge university press, 2002. [19] a. ouahab; l. go’miewicz and s. djebali, solution sets for differential equations and inclusions, walter de gruyter, 2012. [20] m. s. nakahara, geometry topology and physics, second edition, taylor and francis group, new york london, 2003. [21] r. anant shastri., algebraic topology, crc press, 2013. [22] m. tkachenko and arhangel's kii a., topological groups and related structures, an introduction to topological algebra, springer science & business media, 2008. microsoft word 309-316 309 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 معايير النطف فضالً عن لتغيرات الحاصلة في أوزان الخصى والبرابخ ا silverلذكور الفئران البيض المعاملة بجسيمات الفضة النانوية nanoparticles محمد ناجي طه أمير محمد جعفر علي الحياة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم) / جامعة بغداد.قسم علوم 2015/ايار/26قبل في : 2015/نيسان/13استلم في : الخالصة اوزان الخصى والبرابخ ومعايير النطف في) ag npsاجريت ھذه الدراسة لمعرفة تأثير جسيمات الفضة النانوية ( وفي اليوم اً يوم 15، 10، 5وللمدد ملغم/كغم 200 بتركيز ag npsلـ في ذكور الفئران البيض، تم تجريع الحيوانات با تم دراسة ذلك شرحت الحيوانات واخذت منھا الخصى والبرابخ (الرأس والذيل) بعد قياس اوزانھا. بعدالتالي من المعاملة بعد مقارنتھا نتائج ھذه الدراسةفي الخصى والبرابخ. اظھرت ھاوحساب تركيز ھاسبة المئوية لحيوية النطف وتشوھاتالن في اوزان الخصى والغاللة البيضاء للمدد الثالث أما البرابخ فقد (p<0.05) وجود انخفاض معنوي التحكمبمجموعة اً. يوم 15و 10ذيل البربخ للمدد وس البربخ للمدد الثالث ن رأاوزافي معدل (p<0.05) أظھرت انخفاضاً معنوياً النسبة في حين ان للمدد الثالث. (p<0.05)اظھرت كل من النسبة المئوية لحيوية النطف وتركيز النطف انخفاضاً معنوياً و ونتيجة لذلك فقد أثبتت ھذه .الخصى والبرابخ للمدد الثالث كل من في (p<0.05)المئوية لتشوھات النطف أزدادت معنوياً فاعلية الجھاز التناسلي الذكري للفئران البيض. فيسلبياً قد اثرت ag npsالدراسة ان ، الجھاز التكاثري الذكري، الخصى، البرابخ، النطف، الفئران (ag nps)جسيمات الفضة النانوية المفتاحية : الكلمات البيض . 310 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة بالرغم من الفوائد واألستعماالت العديدة للجسيمات النانوية في مختلف مجاالت الحياة اليومية اال ان األستعمال ت الماعامتدت األست إذ، المتزايد لھا يثير القلق حول بعض األثار والمخاطر الصحية التي يمكن ان تسببھا لصحة األنسان الية وتضمنت مجاالت مختلفة مثل الطب والصيدلة والھندسة األلكترونية والمجاالت للجسيمات النانوية في السنوات الح ]. ويمكن 1 المغناطيسية وأشباه الموصالت والتكنولوجيا الحيوية وعملية تصنيع المواد والطاقة والمعالجة البيئية [ ]. 2والجھاز التنفسي [ لمسلك الھضميواق مختلفة مثل الجلد ائللجسيمات النانوية ان تدخل جسم الكائن الحي من خالل طر ].اما جسيمات الفضة النانوية 3فحالما تدخل الجسم، تمتص وتنقل الى مختلف األعضاء من خالل جھاز الدوران و اللمف [ ] ان 5 ]. فقد اشار [ 4نانوميتر [ 100 1فتعرف بأنھا جسيمات نانوية من فلز الفضة التي يتراوح حجمھا ما بين العوامل السيمابشكل واسع في امتصاص الطاقة الشمسية والطالء والمحفزات الكيميائية عملجسيمات الفضة النانوية تست ايضاً في عملالمضادة للميكروبات مع امتالكھا امكانيات تثبيطية للجراثيم وكذلك تأخير النمو للعفن والسبورات، وتست ]. تؤثر الجسيمات النانوية ومنھا جسيمات الفضة النانوية 6مواد الغذائية [صناعة مستحضرات التجميل وتغليف وتعبئة ال 20 حجمجرذ بجسيمات الفضة النانوية بال] ان معاملة أناث 7 لجسم فقد أظھرت دراسة [ لالمختلفة ألجھزةعضاء واألا في ] 8 ي الكبد. في حين بينت دراسة [ ادى الى حدوث تسمم والتھاب وتولد جھد تأكسدي ف كغم/ملغم 50وبتركيز اً نانوميتر خفاضاً معنوياً في اعداد النطف في البرابخ وزيادة معنوية في اعداد النطف الميتة مقارنةً مع مجموعة التحكم في الجرذ ان .يوماً 28و 7ساعة و 24كغم وللمدد /ملغم 10و 5نانوميتر وبتركيز 200و 20المعاملة بجسيمات الفضة النانوية بحجم في ذكور الفئران اً يوم 28ملغم/كغم ولمدة 1000و 500و 100جسيمات الفضة النانوية المحقونه بتراكيز اما تاثيرات . وعلى ھذا االساس اجريت ھذه [ 9 ] البيض فقد سببت انخفاض في انتاج النطف وحيويتھا وزيادة التشوھات النطفية فاعلية الجھاز التكاثري الذكري في الفئران البيض. في الدراسة للتعرف على تاثير جسيمات الفضة النانوية المواد وطرائق العمل للرقابة والبحوث الدوائية وطنيمركز الالتم الحصول عليھا من فأراً ابيض سويسريأ 20 الدراسة علىھذه اجريت الحيوانات الى البيت ھذه نقلت وبحالة صحية جيدة، اً اسبوع 8-13غم وبعمر 22-34 يتراوح ما بين نھااوزأ توسطكان مو في اقفاص بالستيكية ذات اغطية ھاضعتم وكلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / ابن الھيثم و –الحيواني التابع الى قسم علوم الحياة فرش االقفاص تم ، london plastic / north kent ltdlسم من انتاج شركة (x 15 x 48 7)معدنية مشبكة ابعادھا جميع الحيوانات طوال مدة الدراسة تحت ظروف مختبرية موحدة من تم وضع . اسبوعياً تستبدل كانت خشب التي بنشارة ال والماء المقطر بصورة مستمرة طيلة بھا العليقة الخاصة اء الحيوانات اعطتم حيث درجة الحرارة واالضاءة والتھوية، كما وذات المواصفات (sigma aldrich company)من قبل ةجسيمات الفضة النانوية المنتج استعملتة التجربة. مد اللون وقد حضر من ھذه رمادينانومتير، وھو مسحوق 80ومعدل حجم الجسيمات % 99.9: نقاوة الجسيمات ھي التيةا ول مل من محل0.1 جرعت حيوانات التجربة عن طريق الفم وبواقع إذ ملغم/كغم باذابتھا بالماء المقطر 200 المادة تركيز ي:أتيوم) وھي كما ي 15و 10 و 5ھذه المادة وخالل مدد زمنية مختلفة ( .أيام 5 وكانت مدة المعاملة اتحيوان 5المجموعة االولى تضمنت -1 .أيام10 وكانت مدة المعاملة اتحيوان5 المجموعة الثانية تضمنت -2 .أيام 15 وكانت مدة المعاملة اتحيوان 5 المجموعة الثالثة تضمنت -3 التجربة . مدةالتي جرعت بالماء المقطر طيلة التحكم وھي مجموعة اتحيوان5 المجموعة الرابعة تضمنت -4 وذلك cervical dislocation انتھاء كل مدة من مدد المعاملة تقتل الحيوانات بطريقة الخلع الشوكيفي اليوم التالي من و قص حاد تم عمل شق طولي في اسفل البطن حتى عظم القص الستئصال م عمالبتثبيت رأس الحيوان وسحب الذيل، وباست األعضاء قيد الدراسة بھا جففت المحيطةالدھنية وادوبعد ازالة المepididymides والبرابخ testesكل من الخصى عمل شق تمھا ، بعدsartorius analytic a 2005ميزان حساس نوع عمال بوساطة ورق الترشيح وتم اخذ اوزانھا باست مل من المحلول 5تم ھرس الخصية في بھا ثم طولي مناسب في جانب الخصية بعد ان أزيلت االنسجة المحيطة طة ماصة على شريحة جھاز عد كريات الدم ابوس الفسلجي قطرة من المحلول ذلك بوضع) و(nacl %0.9الفسيولوجي ]. 10 لى طريقة [عتماد عالابمربعات (االركان االربعة والوسط) ةالحمر لخمس بعد اضافة قطرات من صبغة االيوسين على الشريحة وحساب ھاتم حسابفقد النسبة المئوية للنطف الحية والميتة اما عد جفافھا نفسھا بت الشريحة عملاستثم نطفة وتعيين الحية منھا لعدم اصطباغھا بالصبغة واصطباغ الميتة منھا، 100 الحاصلة في abnormalitiesت النطفية وذلك من خالل دراسة التغيرات غير الطبيعيةلدراسة النسبة المئوية للتشوھا mid pieceوالتغيرات الحاصلة في القطعة الوسطية cytoplasmic dropletرأس وذيل النطف وموقع القطيرة الھيولية في المستعملةنطفة وتعيين المتشوھة منھا. اما البربخ (الرأس والذيل) فقد تم اجراء العمليات السابقة 100حسابب ذلكو مل من المحلول الفسيولوجي. 2بعد مزج البربخ مع المذكورة سابقاً الخصية لقياس المعايير النطفية 311 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 التحليل االحصائي one –wayعمال اختبارواست 20النسخة spssبرنامج المعاحصائيأ باست نتائج الدراسة الحاليةتم تحليل anova اختبار لمعالمجاميع في حين است توسطلمقارنة االختالفات بين مlsd لمقارنة االختالفات االحصائية بين ]. p<0.05)] ( 11 األحتمالية مستوى عندالمجاميع النتائج اوزان الخصى للحيوانات المعاملة بجسيمات توسطي م) ف(p<0.05أظھرت نتائج الدراسة وجود انخفاض معنوي عند مقارنتھا مع مجموعة التحكم، كما أظھرت النتائج اً يوم 15و 10و 5ملغم/كغم وللمدد 200 الفضة النانوية وبتركيز ). كما بينت الدراسة وجود انخفاض 1ة الثالث جدول (ـ) بين مدد المعامل(p<0.05وجود انخفاض معنوي اوزان الغاللة البيض وللمدد الثالث مقارنة مع مجموعة التحكم، مع وجود انخفاض معنوي توسط) في م (p<0.05معنوي األوزان وللمدد الثالث توسط) في م(p<0.05بين مدد المعاملة للحيوانات. اما رأس البربخ فقد اظھر انخفاضاً معنوياً حيوانات المعاملة وللمدد الثالث . كما اشارت النتائج الى عدم مقارنةً مع مجموعة التحكم، مع وجود انخفاض معنوي بين 15و 10 ) في المددp<0.05، في حين حدث انخفاض معنوي (أيام 5اوزان ذيل البرابخ وللمدة توسطوجود تغيرات في م ل البرابخ عند اوزان ذي توسط) في م(p<0.05مع مجموعة االتحكم. كما ظھر انخفاض معنوي من المعاملة مقارنةً اً يوم ).1مقارنة مدد المعاملة للحيوانات مع بعضھا البعض جدول ( ) في النسبة المئوية لحيوية النطف وتركيزھا في الخصى والبرابخ p<0.05وسجلت النتائج ايضأ انخفاضأ معنويأ ( ارنة مع مجموعة التحكم، مع مق اً يوم 15، 10، 5ملغم/كغم من جسيمات الفضة النانوية وللمدد 200للحيوانات المعاملة بـ ). اما النسبة المئوية للتشوھات النطفية فقد 4و 2ظھور انخفاض معنوي بين المدد الثالث للحيوانات المعاملة جدول ( ) في معدالتھا مقارنة مع مجموعة التحكم وللمدد الثالث، مع ظھور ارتفاع معنوي بين مددp<0.05اظھرت زيادة معنوية ( ).3انات جدول (المعاملة للحيو المناقشة اوزان الخصى والبرابخ للفئران المعاملة بجسيمات متوسط في )p<0.05(لقد اظھرت النتائج انخفاضأ معنويأ necrosisذلك الى حاالت التنخر يعود ، و)1جدول ( اً يوم 15و 10و 5ملغم / كغم وللمدد 200الفضة النانوية وبتركيز من االسباب المھمة في نقص دانسجة الخصى والبرابخ التي تعخاليا والحاصلة في apoptosisوالموت الخلوي المبرمج ان معاملة الخاليا المولدة للنطف في الفئران بجسيمات الفضة النانوية ذات [ 12 ]فقد بين )3و 1شكل ( أوزان االعضاء ينللخاليا. كما ب تنخر وموت خلوي مبرمج ى حدوثادى ال ساعة 48مل ولمدة /ملغم 10وبتركيز اً نانوميتر 15 حجمال اً يوم 90كغم ولمدة /ملغم 10و 5و 2.5ان معاملة ذكور الفئران بجسيمات ثاني أوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوي بتركيز [ 13 ] عدد الخاليا في ختزاالً افي سمك الطبقة الجرثومية و اً كبير ادى الى حدوث تغيرات نسجية مرضية شديدة تشمل اختزاالً موت خلوي مبرمج أو تنخر لخاليا سيرتولي وعدم األنتظام في ربما حصول المولدة للنطف وتمزق في النبيبات المنوية و في حين بين ترتيب الخاليا المنوية وخاليا سيرتولي في النبيبات المنوية مما ادى الى انخفاض في أوزان الخصى والبرابخ. كغم /ملغم 1وية في اوزان خصى وبرابخ الفئران المعاملة بجسيمات الفضة النانوية بتركيز عدم وجود تغيرات معن [ 14 ] اما يوماً مقارنةً مع مجموعة التحكم ويعود ذلك الى قلة التركيز المستعمل في التجربة التي اجراھا الباحث اعاله. 12ولمدة نانوية فقد بينت الدراسة ان ھناك انخفاض معنوي حيوية وتركيز النطف في الحيوانات المعاملة بجسيمات الفضة ال (p<0.05) عملية نشأة النطف فيجسيمات ال الى تأثير ھذهذلك ) قد يعود 4و 2جدول ( في معدلھاspermatogenesis ذات الى ان معاملة الجرذ بجسيمات الفضة النانوية ] 15[ فقد اشار .germ cellsالخاليا الجرثومية فيمن خالل تأثيرھا ادى الى حدوث تغييرات تنكسية في النبيبات اً يوم 90كغم ولمدة /ملغم 20وبتركيز اً نانوميتر 20 5يتراوح بين حجم مبرمج وأنخفاض عدد الخاليا الجرثومية وتغيرات خلوية شديدة في سايتوبالزم الخاليا الخلوي الموت الالمنوية سببت خاليا سيرتولي تلف و spermatidsطالئع النطف ة األولية والثانوية وتكور وأستطالة نطفيالمولدة للنطف والخاليا ال انخفاضاً معنوياً في [ 16 ]كما اظھرت دراسة د النطف مما ادى الى انخفاض في حيوية وتركيز النطف.اعدانخفاض او جرذ المعاملة بجسيمات الفضة النانوية بحجم اعداد الخاليا الجرثومية والخاليا النطفية األولية وطالئع النطف والنطف في ال يوماً نتيجةً للدور التثبيطي لجسيمات الفضة النانوية في الخاليا 90كغم ولمدة /ملغم 200و 100و 50نانوميتر وبتركيز 70 ة بجسيمات النسبة المئوية للتشوھات النطفية في الحيوانات المعاملتوسط في م (p<0.05)معنويالرتفاع ألا اما الجرثومية. للنطف و تسبب (dna)ن جسيمات الفضة النانوية قد تتفاعل مع الدنا ) يعود الى ا2شكل (و) 3جدول (الفضة النانوية 500و 100ان معاملة الفئران بجسيمات الفضة النانوية بتركيز [ 9 ] فقد بينفيھا. تلفه مما يؤدي الى حدوث التشوھات دى الى حدوث تشوھات في خاليا النطف نتيجة لتفاعل جسيمات الفضة النانوية مع الدنا يوماً ا 28كغم ولمدة /ملغم 1000و )dnaان الى [ 17 ] ) للخاليا النطفية مولدةً جھداً تأكسدياً فيه ومن ثم حدوث التشوھات الشكلية للنطف. كما اشار التھاب وجھد تأكسدي واعتالل خلوي الخلوي محفزةً حدوث )dna( جسيمات الفضة النانوية يمكن ان تتفاعل مع الدنا يولد طفرات جينية وخاليا نطفية ذات تشوھات شكلية في اللبائن. 312 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المصادر 1. pangi, z.; beletsi, a. and evangelatos, k. (2003). peg-ylated nanoparticles for biological and pharmaceutical application. adv. drug del. rev., 24:403-419. 2. roy, r.; kumar, s.; tripathi, a.; das, m. and dwivedi, p. d. (2014). interactive threats of nanoparticles to the biological system .immunol. lett., 158: 79-87. 3. panyala, n. r.; pena-mendez, e. m. and havel, j. (2008). silver or silver nanoparticles: a hazardous threat to the environment and human health. j. appl. biomed., 6 (3): 117-129. 4. prabhu, s. and poulose, e. k. (2012). silver nanoparticles: mechanism of antimicrobial action, synthesis, medical application, and toxicity effects. int. nano lett., 2 (32):1-10. 5. chen, x. and schluesener, h. j. (2008). nanosilver: a nanoproduct in medical application. toxicol. lett.,176: 1-12. 6. yang, w.; shen, c.; ji, q.; an, h.; wang, j.; liu, q. and zhang, z. (2009). food storage material silver nanoparticles interfere with dna replication fidelity and bind with dna. nanotechnol., 20 (8): 1-7. 7. gaiser, b. k.; hirns, s.; kermanizadeh, a.; kanase, n.; fytianos, k.; wenk, a.; haberl, n.; brunelli, a.; kreyling, w. g. and stone, v. (2013). effects of silver nanoparticles on liver and hepatocytes in vitro. toxicol. sci., 131 (2):537-547. 8. gromadzka-ostrowska, j.; dziendzikowska, k.; lankoff, a.; dobrzyoska, m.; instanes, c. and brunborg, g. (2012): silver nanoparticles effects on epididymal sperm in rats. toxicol. lett., 214: 251 258. 9. azza, a. (2014). evaluation of the testicular alterations induced by silver nanoparticles in male mice: biochemical, histological and ultrastructural studies. res. j. pharm. biol. chem. sci., 5 (4): 1558-1589. 10 hafez, e. (1987). reproduction in farm animals. 5th (ed.) lea and febiger. philadelphia. pp 457-461. 11. griffith, a. (2007). spss for dummies. wiley publishinginc. indianapolis, indiana. pp.1-363. 12. braydich-stolle, l.; hussain, s.; schlager, j. j. and hofmann, m. c. (2005). in vitro cytotoxicity of nanoparticles in mammalian germline stem cells. toxicol. sci. 88 (2): 412– 419. 13. zhao, x.; sheng, l.; wang, l.; hong, j.; yu, x.; sang, x.; qingqing sun, q.; ze, y. and hong, f. (2014). mechanisms of nanosized titanium dioxide-induced testicular oxidative stress and apoptosis in male mice. part. fibre toxicolo., 11:1-47 . 14. garcia, t. x.; costac, g. m. j.; franc, l. r. and hofmann, m. c. (2014): sub-acute intravenous administration of silver nanoparticles in male mice alters leydig cell function and testosterone levels. reprod. toxicol., 45: 59– 70. 15. thakur, m.; h gupta, h.; singh, d.; mohanty, r. i.; maheswari, u.; vanage, g. and joshi, d. s. (2014). histopathological and ultra-structural effects of nanoparticles on rat testis following 90 days (chronic study) of repeated oral administration. j. nanobiotechnology, .12 (1): 1-42. 16. miresmaeili, s. m.; halvaei, i.; fesahat, f.; fallah, a.; nikonahad, n. and taherinejad, m. (2013). evaluating the role of silver nanoparticles on acrosomal reaction and spermatogenic cells in rat. iranian j. reprod. med., 11(5), 423–430. 17. kruszewski, m.; brzoska, k.; brunborg, g.; asare, n.; dobrzynska, m.; duzinska, m.; fjellsbo, l. m.; georgantzopoulou, a.; gromadzka-ostrowska, j. and gutleb, a. c. (2011). toxicity of silver nanomaterials in higher eukaryotes. adv. mol. toxicol., 5: 179 – 259. 313 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 اوزان الخصى والغاللة البيضاء والبرابخ (الرأس والذيل) في توسطم فيتاثير جسيمات الفضة النانوية :) 1جدول ( الفئران البيض. المعاملة n مدة المعاملة /يوم أوزان الخصى ( ملغم) أوزان البرابخ (ملغم) الخصية مع الغاللة البيضاء الذيل الرأس الغاللة البيضاء zero 122.60 ± 0.24 5 التحكم a 2.86 ± 0.02 a 26.60 ± 0.24 a 24.60 ± 0.24 a 200 ملغم/كغم ag nps 5 5 114.60 ± 0.24 b 2.56 ± 0.02 b 24.80 ± 0.37 b 24.40 ± 0.24 a 5 10 108.40 ± 0.24 c 2.34 ± 0.02 c 23.20 ± 0.37 c 23.40± 0.40 b 5 15 96.60 ± 0.40 d 2.04 ± 0.02 d 21.40 ± 0.24 d 21.60 ± 0.24 c n تمثل عدد الحيوانات = الخطأ القياسي± القراءات تمثل المعدل ).(p<0.05مستوى عندالحروف المتشابھة بين القراءات تشير الى عدم وجود فرق معنوي ).(p<0.05مستوى عندالحروف المختلفة بين القراءات تشير الى وجود فرق معنوي النسبة المئوية لحيوية النطف في الخصى والبرابخ (الرأس والذيل) في فيتاثير جسيمات الفضة النانوية :)2جدول ( .الفئران البيض المعاملة n مدة المعاملة /يوم النسبة المئوية لحيوية النطف في الخصى البرابخ الذيل الرأس zero 96.20 ± 0.58 a 5 التحكم ± 97.60 0.60 a 95.00 ± 0.63 a 200 ملغم/كغم ag nps 5 5 54.40 ± 0.74 b 56.60 ± 0.87 b 56.60 ± 0.50 b 5 10 37.60 ± 0.50 c 37.00 ± 0.54 c 43.40 ± 0.87 c 5 15 34.80 ± 0.66 d ± 36.00 0.44 d 0.87 ± 36.60 d n = تمثل عدد الحيوانات الخطأ القياسي± القراءات تمثل المعدل ).(p<0.05مستوى عند الحروف المتشابھة بين القراءات تشير الى عدم وجود فرق معنوي .)(p<0.05مستوى عندالحروف المختلفة بين القراءات تشير الى وجود فرق معنوي 314 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 النسبة المئوية للتشوھات النطفية في خصى وبرابخ (الرأس والذيل) فيتاثير جسيمات الفضة النانوية :)3( جدول .الفئران البيض المعاملة n مدة المعاملة/ يوم النسبة المئوية للتشوھات النطفية في الخصى البرابخ الذيل الرأس zero 8.00 ± 0.70 a 7.60 ± 0.87 a 6.20 ± 1.24 a 5 التحكم 200 ملغم/كغم ag nps 5 5 46.60 ± 0.50 b 46.80 ± 0.58 b 48.40 ± 0.40 b 5 10 ± 74.60 0.50 c 76.00 ± 0.44 c 78.40±0.40 c 5 15 92.20 ± 0.58 d 94.00 ± 0.70 d 95.80 ± 0.58 d n تمثل عدد الحيوانات = الخطأ القياسي± القراءات تمثل المعدل ). (p<0.05مستوى عندالحروف المتشابھة بين القراءات تشير الى عدم وجود فرق معنوي ).(p<0.05مستوى عندالحروف المختلفة بين القراءات تشير الى وجود فرق معنوي .تركيز النطف في خصى وبرابخ (الرأس والذيل ) الفئران البيض فيتاثير جسيمات الفضة النانوية :)4جدول ( عاملةالم n مدة المعاملة /يوم 103تركيز النطف * الخصى البرابخ الذيل الرأس zero 7700 ± 22.36 a 5333 ± 13.74 a 9385 ± 10.00 a 5 التحكم 200 ملغم/كغم ag nps 5 5 5400 ± 13.69 b 3702 ± 19.33 b 7775 ± 11.18 b 5 10 3480±9.35 c 2375 ± 11.18 c 5598 ± 21.30 c 5 15 2380 ± 9.35 d 1580 ± 12.24 d 4380 ± 12.24 d nتمثل عدد الحيوانات = الخطأ القياسي± القراءات تمثل المعدل ).(p<0.05الحروف المتشابھة بين القراءات تشير الى عدم وجود فرق معنوي عند مستوى ).(p<0.05الحروف المختلفة بين القراءات تشير الى وجود فرق معنوي عند مستوى مقطع مستعرض في النبيب المنوي لخصى الفئران البيض في مجموعة التحكم تظھر فيه التركيب النسجي -a:) 1شكل ( خاليا (ps)سليفات النطف (sg)الطبيعي للنبيب المنوي والذي يتضمن الخاليا المولده للنطف والتي تشمل .النطف (s)طالئع النطف (st)خاليا النطف الثانوية (ss)النطف االولية b 200مقطع مستعرض في النبيب المنوي لخصى الفئران البيض المعاملة بجسيمات الفضة النانوية بتركيز التنكس (d)الموت الخلوي المبرمج، (ap)،تنكس وتنخر خاليا النبيب المنوي (n)ملغم/كغم يالحظ فيھا )400xايوسين ( –صبغة الھيماتوكسلين قلة اعداد النطف او انعدامھا. (ls)الخلوي، 315 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 يوضح شكل النطفة السوية في الفئران البيض والنطف المشوھة الناتجة من المعاملة بجسيمات االفضة a -:)2شكل ( (m) ،شوكة رأس النطفة (sp) ،رأس النطفة (h)ملغم/كلغم. النطف السويه تتكون من 200النانوية بتركيز ة الھيولية على القطعة الوسطية ) وجود القطير(aذيل النطفة. اما النطف المشوھة فتشمل (t) ،القطعة الوسطية )(b التواء الذيل )(c التواء القطعة الوسطية(d) تضخم رأس النطفة. صبغة االيوسين(400x) مقطع مستعرض في النبيب المنوي لبرابخ الفئران البيض لمجموعة التحكم تظھر فيه التركيب النسجي -a:) 3شكل ( والتركيز العالي للنطف في (ch)الطبيعي للنبيب والذي يتضمن السمك الطبيعي للظھارة المبطنه للنبيب .(hs)تجويف النبيب b200لمعاملة بجسيمات الفضة النانوية بتركيز مقطع مستعرض في النبيب المنوي لبرابخ الفئران البيض ا . صبغة (ls) قلة اعداد النطف او انعدامھاو (th)ملغم/كغم يالحظ فيھا قلة ارتفاع الظھارة المبطنه للنبيب )400xايوسين ( –الھيماتوكسلين 316 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد علوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم لل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 changes in the weights of the testes and epididymes as well as sperm characteristic of male albino mice treated with silver nanoparticles mohammed n. taha ameer m.j. ali dept. of biology/collage of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 13/april /2015 , accepted in:26/may/2015 abstract the present study was directed to determine the effect of silver nanoparticles (ag nps) on the weights of the testes and epididymides and the characteristics of sperm in male albino mice. animals were orally dosed with 200 mg/kg of ag nps for 5,10,15 days and then during the day following the end of dosage period all animals were sacrificed, then the testes and epididymes (head and tail) were isolated and after their weights measured. then we studied the percentage of vitality and sperm abnormalities and calculate the concentration of sperm in the testes and epididymides. the results of this study after comparing it with the control showed a statistical decrease (p<0.05) in the weights of testes and tunica albuginea for the three periods. the epididymis showed a significant decrease (p<0.05) in the average weights of the epididymis head for the three periods while the average weights of the epididymis tail showed a significant decrease (p<0.05) for the periods of 10 and 15 days. the percentage of sperm vitality and sperm concentration showed a significant decrease (p<0.05) for the three periods, while the percentage of sperm abnormalities showed a significant increase (p<0.05) in the testes and epididymes for the three periods, and as a result, this study proved that ag nps have a negative effect on the activity of the reproductive system of male albino mice. key words: silver nanoparticles (ag nps), male reproductive system, testes, epididymis, spermatozoa and albino mice. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selysدراسة المظھر الخارجي للنوع (odonata :libellulidae) انتصار فیصل عبد محمد حسن سعید االسدي جامعة بغداد ) /بن الھیثمأ(للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم علوم الحیاة 2012حزیران 17 : قبل البحث في ، 2012نیسان 18 استلم البحث في: الخالصة libellulidaeمن عائلة sympetrum decoloratum selysیتضمن البحث دراسة المظھر الخارجي للنوع محافظة بغداد في شھر نیسان .جمعت عینات البحث من odonata، رتبة الرعاشات anisopteraرتیبة متباینة األجنحة وشملت ھذه الدراسة وصف تفصیلي مدعم باالشكال التوضیحیة لمعظم اجزاء الجسم الرئیسة (الرأس والصدر . 2011 ة الذكریة.وءوالبطن ولواحقھا) مع الس .sympetrum، libellulidae متباینة االجنحة ،: كلمات مفتاحیة 34 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة ]، فأسلوب 2] . الرعاشات نصفیة التحول [zygoptera ]1و anisoptera رتیبتین ھما علىتقسم الرعاشات الماء في معظم ] ، وتعیش حوریات3یكون دوري البیضة والحوریة مائیین بینما البالغات أرضیة [ إذحیاتھا یختلف تماماً، ] . الحشرة الكاملة تكون باھتة اللون عادة في 4المواطن المائیة وبعضھا یمكن ان یبقى على قید الحیاة في الماء المالح [ ل مدة حیاتھا باللون نفسھ ، غیر ان بعض االیوم او الیومین األولیین من حیاتھا، اما عند تمام تكوین الصبغة فأنھا تحتفظ طو أثناء حیاة الحشرة الكاملة ویتلون الجنسان في رتیبة متباینة األجنحة في قد تحدث فیھا تغیرات واضحة في اللون االنواع anisoptera ] ًانواع للجنس ةاربع ت] . سجل5باللون نفسھ عادة ولو ان الذكور غالباً ما تكون ازھى لونا sympetrum ] وھي6،7،8في العراق من الباحثین [, sympetrum (selys)etrum decoloratum symp depressiusculum (selys) , sympetrum fonscolombei (selys) , sympetrum striolatum (charpentior) . العرق االخیر امام العقدة ویتمیز باجنحة غشائیة غیر ملونة ، sympetrum decoloratum (selys)النوع ].9كبیر ذو شعیرات طویلة [الفص الخلفي وغیر مكتمل، المواد وطرائق العمل ولغرض تسھیل عملیة فصل ودراسة أجزاء الجسم المختلفة arial netستخدام الشبكة الھوائیة اجمعت العینات ب ] .10أثناء الدراسة الطریقة المتبعة من قبل [ في فقد استخدمت صفات تصنیفیة لعزل األجناس بوصفھا نظراً لدقة أجزاء السوءة وأھمیتھا ة الذكریة مع توخي الحذر والعنایة وءالس تفصل أما بقیة األجزاء فیفضل عدم فصلھا .فقط من السوءة التناسلیة penisعامة واألنواع خاصة عند الذكور. فصل القضیب dissectingتشریح لتسھیل التعرف علیھا ورسمھا والمحافظة على ترتیب األجزاء فیھا. تم الفحص بأستخدام مجھر stereo microscope، ومجھر مركبcompound microscope ، تحت قوى تكبیر مختلفة وحسب الصفة المنتقاة . وشریحة مجھریة مدرجة ، ocular sequence lenseالمربعات يالقیاسات بعد االستعانة بالعدسة العینیة ذ تاخذ stage micrometer استخدمت الة تصویر رقمیة نوع .nikon d90 . لتصویر اجزاء الجسم النتائج والمناقشة .sympetrum decoloratum selys وصف النوع سم.2,2سم، الجناح الخلفي 2,5سم، الجناح االمامي 2.6مغزلي او اسطواني، اصفر اللون ، طول الذكر -:bodyالجسم .) كروي صغیر الحجم 2: (صورة head الرأس قمة مستدیرة ، تنتشر على سطحھا شعیرات قصیرة سوداء. و: مثلثة ذvertexالھامة ى:علتقسم eyes العیون ة مثلث متساوي الساقین قاعدتھ الى االمام اطول بمرتین من ساقیھ، العیون أ: ثالثة مرتبة بھی ocelli البسیطة العیون median بنیة مصفرة صغیرة اقرب الى القاعدة من القمة، اما العین البسیطة الوسطیة lateral ocelliالبسیطة الجانبیة ocellus بیضویة صغیرة بنیة مصفرة محاطة ببقعة سوداء صغیرة.ف كبیرة تحتل معظم مساحة الرأس نصف دائریة ترتبط عند الخط الوسطي الظھري :compound eyesالعیون المركبة بقوة ، بنیة محمرة من االعلى صفراء مخضرة من االسفل. شعیرات واخدود وسطي عمیق یقسم سطحھا بصورة یشبھ حدوة الحصان ، ذ و: مستطیلة سوداء ذ frons الجبھة قصیرة سوداء. ى قطعتین ھما مقدم الدرقة علاخدود وسطي مجسر یقسمھا و: مستطیلة تقریباً صفراء ، ذ clypeusالدرقة anteclypeus اخدود وسطي ومؤخر الدرقة وقطعة صغیرة ذpostclypeus كبیر اصفر ذو طرفین مثلثین بقمتین مستدیرتین. ن جانبیتین صفراوین تحاط بشعیرات طویلة حافتی وب) قطعة مثلثة صغیرة بنیة مصفرة ذ 2: (صورة occiput القفا سوداء. :mouthparts الفم اجزاء incisor region of mandibleأ) كبیر قوي بني غامق ذو منطقة اسنان قاطعة 4(صورة :mandibleالفك العلوي صغیرة او متوسطة، توجد شعیرات طویلة بنیة مصفرة تمتد من تحت molarاالضراس وقویة مستدیرة النھایة، االسنان بأتجاه الحافة الداخلیة، كما یوجد تركیب فصي بني غامق عند قاعدة الحافة الخارجیة ، و بقعة سوداء او بنیة غامقة اعرض في وسط الحافة السفلیة . laciniaوالشرشرة ، galeaالقلنسوة :یةالتة من االجزاء اب) بني غامق یتألف عاد 4: (صورة maxillaالفك السفلي نھایات مدببة ، جزؤھما السفلي ذو وبنیة محمرة ذ malaمندمجتان مع بعضھما عادة، والجزء العلوي ذو أسنان طاحنة طویلة بنیة محمرة كثیفة موازیة لالسنان الطاحنة. یوجد تركیب فصي palpal setaeشعیرات ملمسیة وحافات متعرجة ذ 35 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 stipeذو شعیرات طویلة بنیة غامقة. اما السویق وبني غامق ذو حافات متعرجة ، maxillary palpھو الملمس الفكي قطعة غیر منتظمة بنیة مصفرة.،و cardoقطعة متطاولة بنیة محمرة ، القاعدة ف حافة سفلیة بنیة ، الحافة وج) قطعة مفردة غیر مقسمة نصف دائریة بنیة مصفرة ذ4(صورة : labrumالشفة العلیا نھایتین مستدیرتین، معظم السطح الداخلي ذو شعیرات قصیرة بنیة مصفرة ، الجزء الوسطي للحافة واالمامیة بنیة غامقة ذ تحصر بینھما بقعتین صغیرتین غیر منتظمتین ذواتا لون االمامیة ذو تركیبین بنیین غامقین مع شعیرات قمیة بنیة محمرة شعیرات طویلة بنیة محمرة. وبني مصفر، الحافات الخارجیة متعرجة ذ د) قطعة كبیرة مستطیلة تقریباً صفراء فاتحة ذات حافات خارجیة متعرجة تتألف 4(صورة : labiumالشفة السفلى lateral lobesتدیرة مع بقعة وسطیة بنیة غامقة ،الفصین الجانبین مثلث ذو قمة مس median lobeمن فص وسطي ین، الجزء العلوي یتألف من تركیبین صغیرین أى جزعلمربعین تقریباً مخصران من جزءھما العلوي بأخدود یقسمھا ن على جانبي الفص الوسطي،كما یوجد بروز بني غامق في وسط الجزء العلوي، اما تین غامقتیمثلثین بقمتین مدببتین بنی ن تشبھ الخطاف بالقرب من ان غامقتان بنیتان عن بعضھما كما توجد بقعتتقریباً منفصال متركیبان مربعان الجزء السفلي الداخلي والخارجي ذو شعیرات طویلة محدد بشوكتین صغیرتین سوداوتین، السطح فحافتھما الداخلیة ، اما جزءھما السفلي بنیة مصفرة. دورقي بني مصفر ذو حافات عریضة بنیة ، معظم الجزء ھ) 4(صورة : hypopharynxتحت البلعوم (اللسان) شعیرات قصیرة بنیة وذفشعیرات طویلة بنیة محمرة، اماالحافات الجانبیة العلویة والوسطي الداخلي والحافة السفلیة ذ محمرة. :thorax صدرال لى جزأین امامي ع) شبیھ السرج بني مصفر ذو تخصر وسطي یقسمھ 5(صورة pronotumظھر الصدر االمامي ي قمة مستدیرة ذ ية تركیب مثلث ذأشق وسطي عند منتصفھا بھی يوخلفي تفصلھما حافة مستعرضة بارزة الى الخارج ذ محدد بالفص الخلفي فشعیرات طویلة صفراء فاتحة، الجزء االمامي ذو حافة امامیة محدبة قلیالً صفراء. اما الجزء الخلفي posterior lobe .كبیر بني مصفر ذو بقعة وسطیة بنیة غامقة وحافة سفلیة مقعرة مع شعیرات طویلة صفراء فاتحة :thoracic appendages الصدر لواحق شعیرات طویلة صفراء، يقمعیة ذ coxa) طویلة صفراء تتألف من حرقفة 6: (صورةlegs االرجل اسطواني ذو صفین من femurین صفراوین علوي صغیر وسفلي متطاول ، الفخذ أیتألف من جز trochanterالمدور اشواك قصیرة سوداء، 4-3 ياشواك قصیرة وواحد طویل في نھایة الفخذ سوداء اللون، حافة الفخذ المرتبطة بالقصبة ذ یوجد شریط اسود على طول السطح الداخلي للفخذ والساق، ثمانیة اشواك طویلة والبقیة وذ fore tibiaاشواك طویلة سوداء، القصبة االمامیة ومستطیلة طویلة ذ tibiaالقصبة hind tibiaصیرة، القصبة الخلفیةشوكة طویلة واالخیرة ق 14-12 وذ mid tibiaقصیرة بنیة غامقة، القصبة الوسطیة اشواك قصیرة سوداء، ویتألف من ثالث قطع بنیة غامقة متدرجة في الطول ذ tarsusشوكة قصیرة. الرسغ 18-16 وذ صغیر جداً اقرب الى القمة منھ الى القاعدة. hookبني محمر ذو خطاف clawیتصل الرسغ بالمخلب ن امستطیلة قصیرة منتفخة صفراء الحافت pterostigmaصیرة . البقعة الجناحیة ) غشائیة ق7: (صورة wings االجنحة من الخالیا والخلیة تحت 2-1ن بنیان غامقان یحیطان بـ ان رفیعان الجانبیاالعرقون، ان سوداوتااالمامیة والخلفیة غلیظت اصفر ذو حافتین بنیتین محددتین بصفین من اشواك بنیة costal veinالبقعة الجناحیة اطول من البقیة. العرق الضلعي صفراء ذھبیة، اقرب الى القاعدة من القمة في كال الجناحین. معظم العروق الطولیة والعروق nodusغامقة. العقدة للعروق اشواك بنیة غامقة او سوداء قصیرة، كما توجد اشواك رفیعة بنیة غامقة على الحافات الجانبیة والمستعرضة ذ incompleteعرق واالخیر غیر مكتمل ½6المستعرضة.التعریق بني غامق ، عدد العروق امام العقدة للجناح االمامي distal antenodal nervure . للجناح االمامي عمودي على الحافة الخلفیة یتالف من خلیتین قاعدتھ نصف طول ضلعھ، triangle cellالخلیة المثلثة arculusیتألف من خلیة واحدة قاعدتھ نصف طول ضلعھ. العرق القوسي ف ةاح الخلفي مستعرض صغیراما في الجن ة ساق طویلة في الجناحین االمامي والخلفي، یقع بین العرقین االول والثاني للعروق امام العقدة بني أمندمج عند المنشأ بھی . mid ribمن صفین من الخالیا یفصلھما عرق وسطي تشبھ القدم عریضة تتألف anal loopغامق. العروة الشرجیة اصفر ذھبي واحد في cubital nervureصف واحد من الخالیا ،العرق المستعرض الزندي وذ rsplو iriiiن االعرق صفوف تتجمع عند الحافة الخلفیة للجناح االمامي. ةتبدأ بثالث discoidal fieldكل جناح. الحقل القرصي أ،ب) 8(صورة anal appendages الشرجیة اللواحق قمة وقصیرة بنیة مصفرة، حافاتھا متعرجة، تشبھ السكین ذ superior anal appendagesاللواحق الشرجیة العلویة اشواك قصیرة 10-9 وأ)، الحافة السفلیة حادة الزاویة ذ 8محددة بشوكة قویة سوداء، تحاط بشعیرات طویلة ذھبیة (صورة ورقیة بنیة مصفرة والحافات inferior anal appendagesب). اما اللواحق الشرجیة السفلیة 8غامقة (صورةبنیة لون بني غامق محاط ي الجانبیة بنیة غامقة، الحافة االمامیة مشطورة قلیالً محددة بشوكتین قویتین متجھتین الى االسفل ذوات بشعیرات طویلة صفراء. أ،ب). 9(صورة :male genitaliaالسوءة الذكریة 36 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 شعیرات طویلة صفراء ،الخطاف وقوسیة صفراء شاحبة ذ anterior laminaبنیة مصفرة تتألف من صفیحة امامیة hamule بني مصفر یتألف من فصlobe وخطاف ،كلوي الصورةhook ملتوي نحو االسفل والخلف بني غامق او شعیرات وطویل اصفر ذو قمة بنیة غامقة مستدیرة عریضة متعرجة، حافاتھ ذ genital lobeاسود، الفص التناسلي طویلة بنیة مصفرة ج) 9(صورة : penisالقضیب ن ذواتا ان اصبعیاتركیب انبوبي صغیر ذو قمة امامیة مستدیرة شفافة بیضاء او صفراء فاتحة وقرب قاعدتھ یوجد تركیب حافة خارجیة یمتد منھا بروز وشق وسطي ،القطعة الثالثة ذ وة بنیة غامقة ذصغیرفلون بني محمر، اما القطعة الثانیة عبارة عن تركیب غیر منتظم الشكل بني غامق .ف pineal vesicleصغیر مستدیر النھایة، اما الكیس القضیبي . 2011) جمعت من بغداد (االعظمیة ،الكاظمیة،الجادریة) في شھر نیسان 3: ذكور عدد (النماذج المدروسة المصادر 1. dumont, h.j. (1991). odonata of the levant .pub. of the israel academy of sciences and humanities section of sciences, fauna palaestina insecta v : 297. 2. richards, o.w. and davies, r.g. (1957). a general textbook of entmology. 9th edn, univ. of london.,: 294-390 . 3. silsby, j. (2001). dragonflies of the world. nat. hist. mus in association with csiro. pub, uk and europe. 4. corbet, p.s. (1999). dragonflies behavior and ecology of odonata. comstock. pub, assoc. cornell. univ. press, ithaca new york: 829. ). اساسیات علم الحشرات، دار الفكر العربي، القاھرة، الطبعة 2004.المرسي، علي علي، الشاذلي، محمد محمد (5 صفحة. 132: 23 ;االولى. سلسلة الفكر العربي لمراجع العلوم االساسیة 6. sage, b. (1960). note on the odonata of iraq. iraq. nat. hist. mus., 18: 1-11 . 7. derwesh, a.i. (1965). apreliminary list of coleoptera from iraq. d.g. agr .res. proj. bagh., bull. 121: 107-108 . 8. asahina, s. (1973). the odonata of iraq. japanese j. zool., 17 (1) :17-36 . 9. fraser, f.c. (1936). fauna of british india including ceylon and burma. odonata. taylor and francis, london: xi+461. من رتبة family: gyrinidae). دراسة تصنیفیة لعائلة الخنافس المائیة الدوارة 1980.جاسم ، حسن سعید (10 صفحة. 184في العراق. رسالة ماجستیر. جامعة بغداد: coleopteraة غمدیة االجنح sympetrum decoloratum selysالحشرة البالغة (ذكر) للنوع :)1صورة ( 37 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selysب): الرأس للنوع -،أ2صورة( oc . القفاacl مقدم الدرقة ..loc عین بسیطة جانبیة v الھامة .lbr شفة علیا .pclمؤخر الدرقة . .ant قرن االستشعار .lbi شفة سفلى .ceعین مركبة . f جبھة .mocعین بسیطة وسطیة. 38 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selys): ترتیب اجزاء الفم ( ذكر) للنوع 3صورة( 39 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selys ): منظر ظھري ألجزاء الفم ( ذكر) للنوع 4صورة( irm منطقة اسنان الفك العلوي .ca قاعدة .s سویق . moاضراس . se شعیرات .ll فص جانبي . ml فص وسطي .g قلنسوة . mالسطح الطاحن . ps شعیرات ملمسیة .lc شرشرة .spاشواك . 40 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selys): ظھر الصدراالمامي ( ذكر) للنوع 5صورة ( pn ظھر امامي .se شعیرات .pl فص خلفي . sympetrum decoloratum selys ): االرجل (ذكر) للنوع 6صورة ( cx حرقفة .ti قصبة .fm فخذ . hخطاف . sp اشواك . ts رسغ .tr مدور .tcمخلب الرسغ . 41 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selys للنوع(ذكر) االجنحة ) :7( صورة df حقل قرصي .m a عرق متوسط والقطاع السفلي للعرق القوسي .riii الفرع الثالث للعرق الشعاعي .ancعرق مستعرض امام العقدة. sn تحت العقدة.nod عقدة .sc عرق تحت ضلعي .iriiiالفرع االول للعرق الشعاعي الثالث . pt بقعة جناحیة .c عرق ضلعي .t خلیة مثلثة . rspi العرق المقحم بین العرقین .iriii+riv cu عرق زندي .ri الفرع االول للعرق الشعاعي ..st خلیة تحت مثلثةmspl العرق المقحم بین العرقین .cu+ma ia رجي . عرق شrii الفرع الثاني للعرق الشعاعي .pnc عرق مستعرض خلف العقدة .idta العرق المستعرض االخیر غیر مكتمل. arc عرق قوسي .rs عرق شعاعي والقطاع العلوي للعرق القوسي .ht خلیة فوق مثلثة alعروة شرجیة . cn عرق مسستعرض زندي .rivالفرع الرابع للعرق الشعاعي . 42 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selys): اللواحق الشرجیة الذكریة للنوع 8صورة ( sap (cr) (القرون الشرجیة) اللواحق الشرجیة العلویة .spاشواك . iap (ep.pr) (الصفیحة الظھریة) اللواحق الشرجیة السفلیة .seشعیرات . pa.pr صفیحة جار الشرج . 43 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 sympetrum decoloratum selys): السوءة الذكریة للنوع 9صورة ( p قضیب .pveكیس قضیبي . glo فص تناسلي.alamصفیحة امامیة . . ha خطافh خطاف.lo فص . 44 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 external morphological study of sympetrum decoloratum selys (odonata :libellulidae) intessar f.a. mohammed hassan s. al-asady dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:18 april 2012 , accepted in:17 june 2012 abstract external morphological study of sympetrum decoloratum selys of family : libellulidae from suborder anisoptera of the order odonata which were collected from baghdad governorate 2011. such study was included : detailed description of most body parts (head, thorax ,abdomen and their appendages), with special regard to male genitalia. key words : anisoptera, libellulidae ,sympetrum. 45 | biology 10880050 10880051 10880052 10880053 10880054 10880055 10880056 10880057 2232009 lactobacillus plantarum e. coli o157:h7 lactobacillus plantarum escherichia coli o157:h7 e. coli o157:h702448 l .plantarume. coli o157:h7 24 4848 l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 l.plantarum 24l.plantarum food borne diseases 1e.coli o157:h7 food borne pathogen 1982 2020000 250e.coli o157:h7 2 10020034 2 biopreservatives 5lactobacillus 2232009 6l. bulgaricus, l.fermentum , l. gasseri , l. acidophilus , l.plantarum , l.rhamnosus7 lactobacillus co2 8 9 10 11 10 l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 l.plantarummrs3724 12e. coli o157:h7brain heart infusionbhi 3724 424 l.plantarum e. coli o157:h710 2 l.plantarum10 5 2 l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 2232009 3748e. coli o157:h7 02448eosin methylen blue( emb)13 lactobacillus plantarum e. coli o157:h7 lactobacillus plantarum e. coli o157:h7 1l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 24 48 2.8x10 3 24 l.plantarume. coli o157:h748 5x10 5 3x10 6 24 48 l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 14 lactobacillus e. coli o157:h7 15 e. coli l.plantarum e. colivibrio staphylococcus aureussalmonella16 l.plantarum 17 e. coli 24 3618e. coli o157:h7l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 e. coli o157:h7e. coli o157:h7 3x10 2 24 48 e. coli o157:h71.3x10 4 1.1x10 4 24483.3x10 2 2x10 2 e. coli o157:h7 5x10 5 3x10 6 24 48 2232009 9 allicin19 thiol9 20 21 phenolether 1022 l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 l.plantaruml.plantaruml.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 e. coli o157:h7l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7245x10 1 5x10 5 e. coli o157:h748l.plantarum l.plantarum e. coli o157:h73.5x10 3 3x 10 3 24l.plantarum 48l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 3x10 6 3 e. coli o157:h7l.plantarum 24 l.plantaruml.plantarum l.plantarum 23 9 24 l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 48l.plantarum e. coli o157:h7 2232009 1.nigatu ,a. and gashe ,b.a.(1994). ethiop.med.j.,32:223-229. 2. woodhouse , s. (2002) . the new , more sinister face of a familiar pathogen: increasing antibiotic resistance and association with hemolytic syndrome. www.mlo.online.com. 3. schimizu , k. ; asahara , t. ; nomoto , k. ; tanaka , r. ; ozawa , a. and takeda , y. (2003) . microbial pathogenesis ., 35: 1 – 9 . 4. durso, l.m.; smith, d. and hutkins, r.w. (2004). appl. environ. microbiol., 70(11): 6466-6472. 5.thomas,l.v.;wimpenny,j.w.t. and baker,g.c.(1997).j.microbiology., 143:25752585. 6. isolauri,e.; sutas,y. ; kankaanpaa,p.; arvilommi,h. and salminen,s .( 2001). american j. of clinic. nutr, 73 ( 2): 444s-450s, 7. salvadori , b. ; vesely , r. ; ferrari , a. ; canzi , e. , casirachi , c. and brighenti , f. (2001) . microbiologica .,24 :23– 33 . 8. delgado , a. ; brito , d. ; fevereiro , p. ; peres , c. and marques, j.f. (2001) . inra. edp. science . lait ., 81 : 203 – 215 9. verluyten,j.; leroy,f. and vuyst,l. (2004) .appll. and environment. microbiol., 70: 48074813. الطبعة الثانیة ،مطابع التعلیم العالي ،الموصل. أألحیاء المجھریة في األغذیة .) 1990( المصلح، رشید محجوب10. 11.hsieh, p.c.; maw,j.l. and dean,s.h.(2001) . food microbiol. 18:35-43. 12. ogawa , m. ; shimizu , k. ; nomoto , k. ; takahashi , m. ; tanaka , r . ; tanaka , t. ; yamasaki , s. and takeda , y. ( 2001), infect and immun , 69(2) : 1101 – 1108. 13.ibrahim, s,a. ; dharmavaram,c.w. and shahbazi,g.j.of food safety.v.2,6-8. 14. ogawa , m. ; shimizu , k. ; nomoto , k. ; tanaka , r. ; yamasaki, s. ; takeada , t. and takeda , y. (2001) .. j. food . microbiol ., 68 : 135 – 140 . 15. brashears , m.m. ; jaroni , d. and trimble , j. (2003) .j. food . protection ., 66(3) : 355 – 363 . 16. martin,a.m.(1996).role of lactic acid fermentation in bioconvertion of wasts . in: lactic acid bacteria :current advances in metabolism ,genetics and application.edited by bozogulu,t.f. and ray,b. nato series. 17. sreekumar , o. and hosono , a. (2000). j.dairy sci ., 83:931939 . اس��تخدام بكتری��ا ح�امض الالكتی��ك المعزول��ة م�ن األنس��ان و المص��ادر . ) (2005ال�دلیمي،جیھان عب��د الس�تار س��لمان 18. العراق. دكتوراه . كلیة العلوم ، الجامعة المستنصریة ، الغذائیة في تثبیط نمو بعض البكتریا المسببة لالسھال، أطروحة 19. harris, j. c., s. l. cottrell, s. plummer, and d. lloyd. (2001). appl. microbiol. biotechnol. 57:282-286 20. dorman,h.j. and deans ,s.g.(2000)..j.appl.microbiol. 88:308-316. 21. thakara,m. (2004). pharmacological screening of some medicinal plants as antimicrobial and food additives . thesis, faculaty of the virginia polytechnnc institute and state university . 22. kalemba,d. and kunicka,a. (2003).med.chem.10:813-829. 23. paludan-müller, c., h. h. huss, and l. gram.( 1999). int. j. food microbiol. 46:219-229. 24. hagen, b. f., h. næs, and a. l. holck.( 2000). meat sci. 55:161-168. 2232009 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 zero 24 48 e coli لوح��دھا e.coli+l.plantarum 1l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 zero 24 48 معامل�ة الس�یطرة ثوم قرنفل فلفل اسود 2e. coli o157:h7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 zero 24 48 معاملة السیطرة l.plantarum+ثوم l.plantarum+قرنفل l.plantarum+فلفل أسود 3l.plantarume. coli o157:h7 لوغارتم العدد الحي e. coliلبكتریا o157:h7 م العدد الحي لوغارت e. coliلبكتریا o157:h7 لوغارتم العدد الحي e. coliلبكتریا o157:h7 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (3) 2009 the inhibitory effect of lactobacillus plantarum and some spices in growth of e. coli o157:h7 in minced beef j. a. s. salman , g. m. khalil . and r. a. abdul-razaq department of biology ,college of science university almustansiriya abstract inhibitory effect of lactobacillus plantarum was studied against escherichia coli o157:h7 in minced beef , as well as the effect of some spices ( garlic , cloves and black pepper ) was studied against this bacteria . plate count method was used to estimate the viable cells of e. coli o157:h7 in the treated meat samples for incubation periods( 0 , 24 and 48) h. results showed that lactobacillus plantarum had inhibitory effect against e. coli o157:h7 , when reducing the number of cells after 24, 48 h., and reached to zero after (24) h. as well as spices in this study had inhibitory activity against e. coli o157:h7 .garlic had the highest inhibitory effect compared with cloves and black pepper. the synergistic inhibitory effect of the combination of lactobacillus plantarum and spices ( garlic , cloves and black pepper ) separately were studied against e. coli o157:h7 in the minced beef using the same method of counting . results showed that the combination of lactobacillus plantarum and spices had a synergistic inhibitory effect against e. coli o157:h7. the synergistic inhibitory effect of lactobacillus plantarum and garlic in (24)h. incubation period was higher than the effect of other spices. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 a complete (k,r)-cap in pg(3,p) over galo is field gf(4) f. f. kareem departme nt of mathematics, ibn-al-haitham college of education , unive rsity of baghdad received in: 27, june , 2010 accepte d in: 12, december, 2010 abstract the aim of this p aper is t o construct t he (k,r)-caps in the projective 3-sp ace pg(3,p ) over galois field gf(4). we found that the maximum comp lete (k,2)-cap which is called an ovaloid , exists in pg(3,4) when k = 13. m oreover the maximum (k,3)-cap s, (k,4)-cap s and (k,5)-cap s. key words: projective sp ace m aximum comp lete (k,r) –cap galois field introduction m any of the researchers worked on the construction and classification of the (k,n)-arcs in the projective planes pg(2,p),2≤ p ≥17. now,i st udy of a finite p roective sp aces pg(3,p) over galois field gf(p),it is the largest of the p rojective p lane over galois field,hirschfeld, [1] give the basic definition and theorems of p rojective geometrics over finite fields, and alm ukhtar, a.sh. in [2] give the comp lete arcs and surfaces in three dimensional p rojective sp ace over galois field and give (k,r)-cap s in pg(3,q) over galois fields gf(q), q = 2,3, and 5. in this work we construct the (k,r)-cap s in pg(3,4). this p aper is divided into six sections, section one is the p reliminaries of p rojective 3-sp ace which contains some definitions and theorems for that concept and section two consists of the additions and multiplications op erations of gf(4). in section three to section six the construction of maximum comp lete (k,r)-cap s for r = 2,3,4,5.this work i have done manually without using the comp uter p rogram. 1preliminaries 1.1 de fini tion: "projective 3-s pace", [3] a p rojective 3-sp ace pg(3,k) over a field k is a 3-dimensional p rojective sp ace which consists of p oints, lines and p lanes with the incidence relation between them. the p rojective 3-sp ace satisfies the following axioms: a) any two dist inct p oints are contained in a unique line. b) any three distinct non-collinear p oints, also any line and p oint not on the line are contained in a unique p lane. c) any two dist inct coplanar lines intersect in a unique p oint. d) any line not on a given p lane intersects t he plane in a unique point. e) any two dist inct p lanes intersect in a unique line. a p rojective sp ace pg(3,p ) over galois field gf(p ) , p = q m for some p rime number q and some integer m, is a 3-dimensional p rojective sp ace. any p oint in pg(3,p ) has the form of a quadrable (x1,x2,x3,x4), where x1,x2,x3,x4 are elements in gf(p ) with the excep tion of the quadrable consisting of four zero elements. two aquadrables (x1,x2,x3,x4) and (y 1,y 2,y 3,y 4) represent the same p oint if there exists  in gf(p )\{0} such that (x1,x2,x3,x4) =  (y 1,y 2,y 3,y 4). similarly , any p lane in pg(3,p ) has the form of a quadrable [x1,x2,x3,x4], where x1,x2,x3,x4 are elements in gf(p ) with the excep tion of the quadrable consisting of four zero elements. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 two quadrables [x1,x2,x3,x4] and [y 1,y 2,y 3,y 4] represent the same p lane if there exists  in gf(p )\{0} such that [x1,x2,x3,x4] =  [y 1,y 2,y 3,y 4]. also a p oint p (x1,x2,x3,x4) is in cident with the p lane  [a1,a2,a3,a4] iff a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 + a4x4 = 0. 1.2 de fini tion: "plan ", [1] a p lan  in pg(3,p ) is the set of all p oints p (x1,x2,x3,x4) satisfy ing a linear equation u1x1 + u2x2 + u3x3 + u4x4 = 0. this p lane is denoted by  [u1,u2,u3,u4]. 1.3 the orem: [2] four dist inct p oints a(x1,x2,x3,x4), b(y 1,y 2,y 3,y 4), c(z1,z2,z3,z4) and d(w1,w2,w3,w4) are coplanar iff 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 x x x x y y y y 0 z z z z w w w w    . 1.4 corollary: [2] if four distinct p oints a(x1,x2,x3,x4), b(y 1,y 2,y 3,y 4), c(z1,z2,z3,z4) and d(w1,w2,w3,w4) are collinear, then  = 0. 1.5 the orem: [2] the p oints of pg(3,p ) have unique forms which are (1,0,0,0), (x,1,0,0), (x,y ,1,0), (x,y ,z,1) for all x, y , z in gf(p ). 1.6 the orem: [2] the p lanes of pg(3,p ) have unique forms which are [1,0,0,0], [x,1,0,0], [x,y ,1,0], [x,y ,z,1] for all x, y , z in gf(p ). 1.7 the orem: [2] a p rojective 3-sp ace pg(3,p ) satisfies t he following: a) every line contains exactly p + 1 p oints and every p oint is on exactly p + 1 lines. b) every p lane contains exactly p 2 + p + 1 p oints (lines) and every p oint is on exactly p 2 + p + 1 p lanes. c) there exists p 3 + p 2 + p + 1 of p oints and there exists p 3 + p 2 + p + 1 of p lanes. d) any two p lanes intersect in exactly p + 1 p oints and any line is on exactly p + 1 p lanes, and any two p oints are on exactly p + 1 p lanes. 1.8 the orem: [2] there exists (p 2 +1)(p 2 +p +1) of lines in pg(3,p). 1.9 de fini tion: [2] a (k,ℓ)-set in pg(3,p ) is a set of k sp aces ℓ. a k-set is a (k,0)-set that is a set of k-p oints. 1.10 de fini tion: "(k,r)-cap", [1] a (k,r)-cap is a set of k p oints in pg(n,p ) with n  3, such that at most r p oints on any line. thus (k,2)-cap is a set of k p oints in pg(3,p ), such that no t hree of them are collinear. 1.11 de fini tion: "comple te (k,r)-cap", [2] a (k,r)-cap is a complete if it is not contained in a (k+1,r)-cap. 1.12 de fini tion: [2] let ci be the number of p oints of index i in pg(3,p ) which are not on a (k,r)-cap then the constants ci of (k,r)-cap satisfy the following: i) 3 2 ic p p p 1 k        ii) 2 i k(k 1)...(k n 1) ic (p p 1 n) n!          where  is the smallest i for which ci 0,  be the largest i for which ci 0. 1.13 remark: [3] the (k,r)-cap is comp lete iff c0 = 0. 1.14 de fini tion: [2] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 the i-secant of a (k,r)-cap is a line intersects the cap in exactly i points, that is 0-secant is an external line, 1-secant is a unisecant line, 2-secant is a bisecant line and 3-secant is atrisecant line. 1.15 remark:[3] a (k,r)-cap is maximum iff every line in pg(3,p ) is a 0-secant or r-secant. 1.16 the orem: [1] a maximum (k,2)-cap in pg(3,p ) is an ovaloid. 2the additions and m ultip lications op eration of gf(4): [4] to find the addition and multiplication tables in gf(4), we have the order p airs (x1,x2) such that x1, x2 in gf(2), as follows: 0  (0,0), 1  (1,0), 2  (0,1), 3  (1,1) put these points in one orbit, (1,0) at the first p oint and by the principle of (1,0) a i , i = 0,1,2,3 and 0 1 1 1         , (1,0)a  (0,1) and (1,0)a 2  (1,1), so 0 1 (0,1) (1, 0) 1 1 (1,1)        . now, in the left of the following table, m is the op eration of multiplication and in the right n is the operation of addition in multiplication side we write the numeration of p oints as last , and the addition side takes t he normal sequence. m(*) (+)n = f(m) 1 (1,0) 0 2 (0,1) 1 3 (1,1) 2 mod 3 in addition table, we have the following relation: (x1,x2) + (y 1,y 2) = (z 1,z2) where zi = (y i + xi) mod (2), for i = 1, 2. in multiplication table, we have the following relation ( (1,0) a f(m 1 ) ) a f(m 2 )  m1*m2 = m3 = (1,0) a (f (m 1 )+ f( m 2 )) (m od 3) = (x1,x2) for examp le: 23=1((1,0)a 1 )a 2 = (1,0)a 3 = (1,0)a 0 = (1,0) where (1,0) equal to 1 in multip lication side. now we have addition and multiplication tables: + 0 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 3 1 1 0 3 2 2 2 3 0 1 3 3 2 1 0 3the (k,2)-caps i n pg(3,4): pg(3,4) contains 85 p oints and 85 planes such that each p oint is on 21 p lanes and every p lane contains 21 p oints and every line contains 5 p oints and it is the intersection of 5 p lanes, (table 1 and 2). in table (1), the set a={1,2,6,22,43} is t aken which is t he set of unit and reference p oints 1(1,0,0,0), 2(0,1,0,0), 6(0,0,1,0), 22(0,0,0,1), 43(1,1,1,1), this set is a (5,2)-cap since no three p oints of a are collinear as in table (2). * 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 1 3 3 1 2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 a is a (5,2)-cap , which is not comp lete since there exists some p oint of index zero for it, which are (12,13,15,16,17,19,20,21,28,29,31,32,33,35,36,37,40,41,46,48,49,50,52,53,55,56, 57,58,60, 1,62,63,65,66,67,68,69,71,72,73,74,76,77,78,79,80,81,82,83,84), then one can add some of them to a in order to obtain a comp lete (13,2)-cap b; b=a{12,15,21,28,31,37,40,46}={1,2,6,12,15,21,22,28,31,37,40,43,46}, b is the maximum (13,2)-cap in pg(3,4), since every line is a 0-secant or 2-secant, b is called an ovaloid. 4the (k,3)-caps i n pg(3,4): let b={1,2,6,12,15,21,22,28,31,37,40,43,46} be a (13,2)-cap . the p oints of index zero are (2,4,5,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,23,24,25,26,27,29,30,32,33,34,35,36,38,39,41, 42,44,45,47,…,85). the distinct (k,3)-cap can be constructed by adding some points of index zero for b, which are 3,7,10,23,26,39,42,54,57,61,64,66,67. then c=b{3,7,10,23,26,39,42, 54,57,61,64,66,67}={1,2,3,6,7,10,12,15,21,22,23,26,28,31,37,39,40,42,43,46,54,57,61,64,66, 67},c is comp lete (26,3)-cap , since there are no p oints of index zero, i.e. c0=0. b is a maximum comp lete (k,3)-cap. 5the (k,4)-caps i n pg(3,4): we can construct comp lete (k,4)-cap s by adding some p oints of index zero for c which are (4,5,8,9,11,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,24,25,27,29,30,32,33,34,35,36,38,41,44,45,47,48,49,50, 51,52,53,55,56,58,59,60,62,63,65,68,…,85), by adding to c nineteen of these p oints which are 4,9,11,14,17,24,27,33,38,44,47,48,55,59,60,62,65,68,74. thus can get a comp lete (k,4)cap call d={1,2,3,4,6,7,9,10,11,12,14,15,17,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,31,33,37,38,39,40,42,43, 44,46,47,48,54,55,57,59,60,62,64,65,66,67,68,74}. d is the maximum comp lete (45,4)-cap. 6the (k,5)-caps i n pg(3,4): in section five, d is a comp lete (45,4)-cap. the points of index zero for d are (5,8,13,16, ,18,19,20,25,29,30,32,34,35,36,41,45,49,50,51,52,53,56,58,63,69,70,71,72,73,75,…,85), all of these p oints can be added to d, then e=d{5,8,13,16,18,19,20,25,29,30,32,34,36,41,45, 49,50,51,52,53,56,58,63,69,70,71,72,73,75,…,85} is the whole sp ace pg(3,4). e is the maximum comp lete (85,5)-cap which can be obtained for any line of pg(3,4) contains five p oints and hence there are no more than five are collinear. conclusions; from the above results, t he dist inct comp lete (k,n)-cap s in pg(3,4),2≤ n≤ 5 is as follows: (k,2)-cap , where k=13, is a complete maximum cap which is ovaloid. (k,3)-cap , where k=26, is a complete maximum cap . (k,4)-cap , where k=45, is a complete maximum cap . (k,5)-cap , where k=85, is a complete maximum cap , which is t he whole sp ace pg(3,4). re ferences 1. hirschfeld, j.w.p. (1998), projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford, university press. 2. al-m ukhtar, a. sh., (2008), complete arcs and surfaces in three dimensional projective sp ace over galois field, thesis, university of technology , iraq. 3. frank ay res, jr., (1967), projective geometry , schaum publishing, co. new york. 4. hassan a. s., (2001), const ruction of (k,3) – arcs on projective plane over galois field gf(q), q = p h when p = 2 and h = 2, 3 and 4, m .sc. thesis, college of education, ibn-alhaitham,university of baghdad. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table (1) points and plans of pg (3 , 4 ) i pi πi 1 (1,0,0,0) 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 2 (0,1,0,0) 1 6 7 8 9 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3 (1,1,0,0) 3 6 11 16 21 22 26 30 34 39 43 47 51 56 60 64 68 73 77 81 85 4 (2,1,0,0) 5 6 13 15 20 22 26 30 34 41 45 49 53 55 59 63 67 72 76 80 84 5 (3,1,0,0) 4 6 12 17 19 22 26 30 34 40 44 48 52 57 61 65 69 71 75 79 83 6 (0,0,1,0) 1 2 3 4 5 22 23 24 25 38 39 40 41 54 55 56 57 70 71 72 73 7 (1,0,1,0) 2 7 11 15 19 22 27 32 37 38 43 48 53 54 59 64 69 70 75 80 85 8 (2,0,1,0) 2 9 13 17 21 22 29 31 36 38 45 47 52 54 61 63 68 70 77 79 84 9 (3,0,1,0) 2 8 12 16 20 22 28 33 35 38 44 49 51 54 60 65 67 70 76 81 83 10 (0,1,1,0) 1 10 11 12 13 22 23 24 25 42 43 44 45 62 63 64 65 82 83 84 85 11 (1,1,1,0) 3 7 10 17 20 22 27 32 37 39 42 49 52 56 61 62 67 73 76 79 82 12 (2,1,1,0) 5 9 10 16 19 22 29 31 36 41 42 48 51 55 60 62 69 72 75 81 82 13 (3,1,1,0) 4 8 10 15 21 22 28 33 35 40 42 47 53 57 59 62 68 71 77 80 82 14 (0,2,1,0) 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 46 47 48 49 66 67 68 69 74 75 76 77 15 (1,2,1,0) 4 7 13 16 18 22 27 32 37 40 45 46 51 57 60 63 66 71 74 81 84 16 (2,2,1,0) 3 9 12 15 18 22 29 31 36 39 44 46 53 56 59 65 66 73 74 80 83 17 (3,2,1,0) 5 8 11 17 18 22 28 33 35 41 43 46 52 55 61 64 66 72 74 79 85 18 (0,3,1,0) 1 14 15 16 17 22 23 24 25 50 51 52 53 58 59 60 61 78 79 80 81 19 (1,3,1,0) 5 7 12 14 21 22 27 32 37 41 44 47 50 55 58 65 68 72 77 78 83 20 (2,3,1,0) 4 9 11 14 20 22 29 31 36 40 43 49 50 57 58 64 67 71 76 78 85 21 (3,3,1,0) 3 8 13 14 19 22 28 33 35 39 45 48 50 56 58 63 69 73 75 78 84 22 (0,0,0,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 (1,0,0,1) 2 6 10 14 18 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 24 (2,0,0,1) 2 6 10 14 18 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 25 (3,0,0,1) 2 6 10 14 18 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 26 (0,0,1,1) 1 2 3 4 5 26 27 28 29 42 43 44 45 58 59 60 61 74 75 76 77 27 (1,0,1,1) 2 7 11 15 19 23 26 33 36 39 42 49 52 55 58 65 68 71 74 81 84 28 (2,0,1,1) 2 9 13 17 21 25 26 32 35 41 42 48 51 57 58 64 67 73 74 80 83 29 (3,0,1,1) 2 8 12 16 20 24 26 31 37 40 42 47 53 56 58 63 69 72 74 79 85 30 (0,0,2,1) 1 2 3 4 5 34 35 36 37 50 51 52 53 66 67 68 69 82 83 84 85 31 (1,0,2,1) 2 8 12 16 20 23 29 32 34 39 45 48 50 55 61 64 66 71 77 80 82 32 (2,0,2,1) 2 7 11 15 19 25 28 31 34 41 44 47 50 57 60 63 66 73 76 79 82 33 (3,0,2,1) 2 9 13 17 21 24 27 33 34 40 43 49 50 56 59 65 66 72 75 81 82 34 (0,0,3,1) 1 2 3 4 5 30 31 32 33 46 47 48 49 62 63 64 65 78 79 80 81 35 (1,0,3,1) 2 9 13 17 21 23 28 30 37 39 44 46 53 55 60 62 69 71 76 78 85 36 (2,0,3,1) 2 8 12 16 20 25 27 30 36 41 43 46 52 57 59 62 68 73 75 78 84 37 (3,0,3,1) 2 7 11 15 19 24 29 30 35 40 45 46 51 56 61 62 67 72 77 78 83 38 (0,1,0,1) 1 6 7 8 9 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 39 (1,1,0,1) 3 6 11 16 21 23 27 31 35 38 42 46 50 57 61 65 69 72 76 80 84 40 (2,1,0,1) 5 6 13 15 20 25 29 33 37 38 42 46 50 56 60 64 68 71 75 79 83 41 (3,1,0,1) 4 6 12 17 19 24 28 32 36 38 42 46 50 55 59 63 67 73 77 81 85 42 (0,1,1,1) 1 10 11 12 13 26 27 28 29 38 39 40 41 66 67 68 69 78 79 80 81 43 (1,1,1,1) 3 7 10 17 20 23 26 33 36 38 43 48 53 57 60 63 66 72 77 78 83 44 (2,1,1,1) 5 9 10 16 19 25 26 32 35 38 45 47 52 56 59 65 66 71 76 78 85 45 (3,1,1,1) 4 8 10 15 21 24 26 31 37 38 44 49 51 55 61 64 66 73 75 78 84 46 (0,1,2,1) 1 14 15 16 17 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 62 63 64 65 74 75 76 77 47 (1,1,2,1) 3 8 13 14 19 23 29 32 34 38 44 49 51 57 59 62 68 72 74 79 85 48 (2,1,2,1) 5 7 12 14 21 25 28 31 34 38 43 48 53 56 61 62 67 71 74 81 84 49 (3,1,2,1) 4 9 11 14 20 24 27 33 34 38 45 47 52 55 60 62 69 73 74 80 83 50 (0,1,3,1) 1 18 19 20 21 30 31 32 33 38 39 40 41 58 59 60 61 82 83 84 85 51 (1,1,3,1) 3 9 12 15 18 23 28 30 37 38 45 47 52 57 58 64 67 72 75 81 82 52 (2,1,3,1) 5 8 11 17 18 25 27 30 36 38 44 49 51 56 58 63 69 71 77 80 82 53 (3,1,3,1) 4 7 13 16 18 24 29 30 35 38 43 48 53 55 58 65 68 73 76 79 82 54 (0,2,0,1) 1 6 7 8 9 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 55 (1,2,0,1) 4 6 12 17 19 23 27 31 35 41 45 49 53 56 60 64 68 70 74 78 82 56 (2,2,0,1) 3 6 11 16 21 25 29 33 37 40 44 48 52 55 59 63 67 70 74 78 82 57 (3,2,0,1) 5 6 13 15 20 24 28 32 36 39 43 47 51 57 61 65 69 70 74 78 82 58 (0,2,1,1) 1 18 19 20 21 26 27 28 29 50 51 52 53 62 63 64 65 70 71 72 73 59 (1,2,1,1) 4 7 13 16 18 23 26 33 36 41 44 47 50 56 61 62 67 70 75 80 85 60 (2,2,1,1) 3 9 12 15 18 25 26 32 35 40 43 49 50 55 60 62 69 70 77 79 84 61 (3,2,1,1) 5 8 11 17 18 24 26 31 37 39 45 48 50 57 59 62 68 70 76 81 83 62 (0,2,2,1) 1 10 11 12 13 34 35 36 37 46 47 48 49 58 59 60 61 70 71 72 73 63 (1,2,2,1) 4 8 10 15 21 23 29 32 34 41 43 46 52 56 58 63 69 70 76 81 83 64 (2,2,2,1) 3 7 10 17 20 25 28 31 34 40 45 46 51 55 58 65 68 70 75 80 85 65 (3,2,2,1) 5 9 10 16 19 24 27 33 34 39 44 46 53 57 58 64 67 70 77 79 84 66 (0,2,3,1) 1 14 15 16 17 30 31 32 33 42 43 44 45 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 67 (1,2,3,1) 4 9 11 14 20 23 28 30 37 41 42 48 51 56 59 65 66 70 77 79 84 68 (2,2,3,1) 3 8 13 14 19 25 27 30 36 40 42 47 53 55 61 64 66 70 76 81 83 69 (3,2,3,1) 5 7 12 14 21 24 29 30 35 39 42 49 52 57 60 63 66 70 75 80 85 70 (0,3,0,1) 1 6 7 8 9 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 71 (1,3,0,1) 5 6 13 15 20 23 27 31 35 40 44 48 52 54 58 62 66 73 77 81 85 72 (2,3,0,1) 4 6 12 17 19 25 29 33 37 39 43 47 51 54 58 62 66 72 76 80 84 73 (3,3,0,1) 3 6 11 16 21 24 28 32 36 41 45 49 53 54 58 62 66 71 75 79 83 74 (0,3,1,1) 1 14 15 16 17 26 28 29 45 46 47 48 49 54 55 56 57 82 83 84 85 75 (1,3,1,1) 5 7 12 14 21 23 26 33 36 40 45 46 51 54 59 64 69 73 76 79 82 76 (2,3,1,1) 4 9 11 14 20 25 26 32 35 39 44 46 53 54 61 63 68 72 75 81 82 77 (3,3,1,1) 3 8 13 14 19 24 26 31 37 41 43 46 52 54 60 65 67 71 77 80 82 78 (0,3,2,1) 1 18 19 20 21 34 35 36 37 42 43 44 45 54 55 56 57 78 79 80 81 79 (1,3,2,1) 5 8 11 17 18 23 29 32 34 40 42 47 53 54 60 65 67 73 75 78 84 80 (2,3,2,1) 4 7 13 16 18 25 28 31 34 39 42 49 52 54 59 64 69 72 77 78 83 81 (3,3,2,1) 3 9 12 15 18 24 27 33 34 41 42 48 51 54 61 63 68 71 76 78 85 82 (0,3,3,1) 1 10 11 12 13 30 31 32 33 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 74 75 76 77 83 (1,3,3,1) 5 9 10 16 19 23 28 30 37 40 43 49 50 54 61 63 68 73 74 80 83 84 (2,3,3,1) 4 8 10 15 21 25 27 30 36 39 45 48 50 54 60 65 67 72 74 79 85 85 (3,3,3,1) 3 7 10 17 20 24 29 30 35 41 44 47 50 54 59 64 69 71 74 81 84 table (2 ) plans and line s of pg (3 , 4 ) 1 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 6 22 22 22 22 2 2 2 2 6 14 10 18 6 18 14 10 6 10 18 14 10 26 42 50 46 38 42 46 50 42 30 34 26 58 30 34 26 74 30 34 26 14 30 62 58 66 54 58 62 66 46 66 58 62 62 38 38 38 78 50 42 46 18 34 82 78 74 70 74 78 82 50 70 70 70 66 82 74 78 82 54 54 54 2 1 6 7 8 9 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 6 22 22 22 22 1 7 6 6 9 6 1 8 9 7 1 9 1 7 8 8 7 26 27 28 29 23 26 28 29 25 23 26 23 23 25 30 24 35 24 25 24 8 30 32 33 31 24 33 32 33 32 31 27 32 28 28 31 27 36 29 27 26 9 34 37 35 36 25 36 36 37 35 35 29 34 37 34 33 34 37 30 30 31 3 3 6 11 16 21 22 26 30 34 39 43 47 51 56 60 64 68 73 77 81 85 6 22 22 22 22 3 11 21 16 6 3 16 21 6 11 3 3 16 11 21 6 11 26 43 51 47 39 39 39 39 43 26 26 26 60 34 30 34 30 30 34 73 16 30 64 60 68 56 68 60 64 47 60 56 64 64 47 47 51 43 51 43 77 21 34 85 81 77 73 81 85 77 51 77 85 73 68 73 81 85 68 56 56 81 4 5 6 13 15 20 22 26 30 34 41 45 49 53 55 59 63 67 72 76 80 84 6 22 22 22 22 5 13 13 20 6 15 13 20 6 20 15 5 6 5 5 15 13 26 45 53 49 41 41 53 45 45 30 34 26 59 30 34 34 76 26 30 26 15 30 63 59 67 55 67 55 55 49 67 59 63 63 41 41 53 80 45 49 49 20 34 84 80 76 72 80 76 80 53 72 72 72 67 84 76 84 84 59 63 55 5 4 6 12 17 19 22 26 30 34 40 44 48 52 57 61 65 69 71 75 79 83 6 22 22 22 22 4 4 4 4 6 17 17 12 6 12 17 12 19 6 19 19 12 26 44 52 48 40 44 48 52 44 30 26 30 61 34 34 26 26 71 34 30 17 30 65 61 69 57 61 65 69 48 69 57 57 65 48 40 40 52 79 44 40 19 34 83 79 75 71 75 79 83 52 71 83 75 69 71 75 79 65 83 57 61 6 1 2 3 4 5 22 23 24 25 38 39 40 41 54 55 56 57 70 71 72 73 2 22 22 22 22 1 2 2 2 1 5 3 4 5 1 5 3 1 3 4 4 3 38 39 40 41 23 39 40 41 39 24 25 23 23 54 25 23 71 24 25 24 4 54 56 57 55 24 55 56 57 40 57 55 56 40 56 38 38 72 41 39 38 5 70 73 71 72 25 71 72 73 41 70 70 70 73 57 71 72 73 54 54 55 7 2 7 11 15 19 22 27 32 37 38 43 48 53 54 59 64 69 70 75 80 85 7 22 22 22 22 2 2 2 2 7 15 11 19 15 7 15 11 7 11 19 19 11 27 43 53 48 38 43 48 53 43 32 37 27 27 54 37 27 75 32 37 32 15 32 64 59 69 54 59 64 69 48 69 59 64 48 64 38 38 80 53 43 38 19 37 85 80 75 70 75 80 85 53 70 70 70 85 69 75 48 85 54 54 59 8 2 9 13 17 21 22 29 31 36 38 45 47 52 54 61 63 68 70 77 79 84 9 22 22 22 22 2 2 2 2 21 9 13 21 13 9 17 13 17 9 21 17 13 29 45 52 47 38 45 47 52 31 38 36 29 31 54 36 29 31 70 36 29 17 31 63 61 68 54 61 63 68 61 47 61 63 52 63 38 38 45 79 45 47 21 36 84 79 77 70 77 79 84 84 52 70 70 77 68 77 79 68 84 54 54 9 2 8 12 16 20 22 28 33 35 38 44 49 51 54 60 65 67 70 76 81 83 8 22 22 22 22 2 2 2 2 8 16 16 12 8 12 16 12 20 8 20 20 12 28 44 51 49 38 44 49 51 44 33 28 33 60 35 35 28 28 70 35 33 16 33 65 60 67 54 60 65 67 49 67 54 54 65 49 38 38 51 81 44 38 20 35 83 81 76 70 76 81 83 51 70 83 76 67 70 76 81 65 83 54 60 1 0 1 10 11 12 13 22 23 24 25 42 43 44 45 62 63 64 65 82 83 84 85 10 22 22 22 22 1 10 10 10 1 12 11 12 13 1 13 13 1 11 11 12 11 42 43 44 45 23 43 44 45 43 25 25 23 23 62 25 24 83 24 23 24 12 62 64 65 63 24 63 64 65 44 62 63 64 44 64 42 43 84 45 42 42 13 82 85 83 84 25 83 84 85 45 84 82 82 85 65 83 82 85 62 65 63 1 1 3 7 10 17 20 22 27 32 37 39 42 49 52 56 61 62 67 73 76 79 82 7 22 22 22 22 3 3 10 10 10 7 17 20 20 20 7 17 7 17 3 3 10 27 42 52 49 39 42 52 49 27 39 27 27 37 32 56 32 76 37 32 37 17 32 62 61 67 56 61 56 61 67 49 56 62 42 39 61 42 79 39 49 52 20 37 82 79 76 73 76 76 73 79 52 82 73 79 82 67 73 82 62 62 67 1 2 5 9 10 16 19 22 29 31 36 41 42 48 51 55 60 62 69 72 75 81 82 9 22 22 22 22 5 10 10 10 16 16 16 9 9 5 5 5 19 9 19 19 10 29 42 51 48 41 41 51 48 36 31 29 41 60 29 31 36 29 72 36 31 16 31 62 60 69 55 69 55 60 62 69 55 42 62 42 48 51 51 81 42 41 19 36 82 81 75 72 81 75 72 75 72 82 48 69 75 81 82 62 82 55 60 1 4 8 10 15 21 22 28 33 35 40 42 47 53 57 59 62 68 71 77 80 82 3 8 22 22 22 22 4 10 10 10 15 15 15 8 21 21 21 8 8 4 4 4 10 28 42 53 47 40 40 53 47 35 33 28 40 35 33 28 57 77 28 33 35 15 33 62 59 68 57 68 57 59 62 68 57 42 42 40 53 59 80 42 47 53 21 35 82 80 77 71 80 77 71 77 71 82 47 80 82 71 62 82 59 62 68 1 4 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 46 47 48 49 66 67 68 69 74 75 76 77 18 22 22 22 22 1 18 18 18 1 20 21 21 20 1 19 21 1 20 19 19 19 46 48 49 47 23 47 48 49 47 24 25 24 23 66 23 23 75 25 25 24 20 66 69 67 68 24 67 68 69 48 69 67 66 48 68 49 46 76 46 47 46 21 74 75 76 77 25 75 76 77 49 74 74 75 77 69 74 76 77 68 66 67 1 5 4 7 13 16 18 22 27 32 37 40 45 46 51 57 60 63 66 71 74 81 84 7 22 22 22 22 4 18 18 18 7 16 16 13 7 13 16 13 7 4 4 4 13 27 45 51 46 40 51 40 45 45 32 27 32 60 37 37 27 74 27 32 37 16 32 63 60 66 57 63 60 57 46 66 57 57 63 46 40 40 81 45 46 51 18 37 84 81 74 71 71 84 81 51 71 84 74 66 71 74 81 84 60 63 66 1 6 3 9 12 15 18 22 29 31 36 39 44 46 53 56 59 65 66 73 74 80 83 9 22 22 22 22 3 18 18 18 15 15 15 9 12 12 9 12 9 3 3 3 12 29 44 53 46 39 53 39 44 36 31 29 39 31 36 56 29 74 29 31 36 15 31 65 59 66 56 65 59 56 65 66 56 44 53 46 59 39 80 44 46 53 18 36 83 80 74 73 73 83 80 74 73 83 46 74 73 66 80 83 59 65 66 1 7 5 8 11 17 18 22 28 33 35 41 43 46 52 55 61 64 66 72 74 79 85 8 22 22 22 22 5 11 11 11 18 18 8 18 8 5 17 5 17 8 5 17 11 28 43 52 46 41 41 52 46 33 35 41 28 61 28 35 35 33 72 33 28 17 33 64 61 66 55 66 55 61 61 55 43 64 64 43 41 52 43 79 46 46 18 35 85 79 74 72 79 74 72 85 79 52 72 66 74 74 85 66 85 64 55 1 8 1 14 15 16 17 22 23 24 25 50 51 52 53 58 59 60 61 78 79 80 81 14 22 22 22 22 1 14 14 14 1 17 15 16 1 16 17 15 1 15 16 17 15 50 53 51 52 23 51 52 53 51 25 23 24 59 25 23 24 79 25 23 24 16 58 59 60 61 24 59 60 61 52 58 58 58 60 52 53 51 80 50 50 50 17 78 80 81 79 25 79 80 81 53 80 81 79 61 78 78 78 81 60 61 59 1 9 5 7 12 14 21 22 27 32 37 41 44 47 50 55 58 65 68 72 77 78 83 7 22 22 22 22 5 14 14 14 21 21 5 7 12 7 21 5 12 5 12 7 12 27 44 50 47 41 47 44 41 32 37 32 41 32 55 27 37 37 27 27 72 14 32 65 58 68 55 55 68 65 58 55 65 44 50 65 50 50 47 44 41 77 21 37 83 78 77 72 83 72 77 83 78 78 47 77 68 72 83 58 58 68 78 2 0 4 9 11 14 20 22 29 31 36 40 43 49 50 57 58 64 67 71 76 78 85 9 22 22 22 22 4 14 14 14 20 20 11 9 9 4 4 4 20 11 11 9 11 29 43 50 49 40 49 43 40 31 36 36 40 58 29 31 36 29 31 29 71 14 31 64 58 67 57 57 67 64 58 57 58 43 64 43 49 50 50 50 40 76 20 36 85 78 76 71 85 71 76 85 78 71 49 67 76 78 85 64 57 67 78 2 1 3 8 13 14 19 22 28 33 35 39 45 48 50 56 58 63 69 73 75 78 84 8 22 22 22 22 3 3 3 13 14 14 8 13 14 19 8 13 19 18 19 3 13 28 45 50 48 39 45 48 48 28 33 39 33 28 33 56 28 28 73 35 35 14 33 63 58 69 56 58 63 58 35 69 45 56 48 39 58 39 50 78 45 50 19 35 84 78 75 73 75 78 73 63 73 50 75 84 84 69 78 63 84 56 69 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 6 6 6 6 1 2 2 2 1 5 3 4 1 4 5 3 1 3 4 5 3 10 11 12 13 7 11 12 13 11 8 9 7 15 8 9 7 19 8 9 7 4 14 16 17 15 8 15 16 17 12 17 15 16 16 10 10 10 20 13 11 12 5 18 21 19 20 9 19 20 21 13 18 18 18 17 21 19 20 21 14 14 14 2 3 2 6 10 14 18 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 6 23 23 23 23 2 10 10 10 14 14 6 18 18 18 6 2 6 2 2 14 10 27 43 51 47 39 39 51 47 35 31 39 27 35 31 55 35 75 27 31 27 14 31 63 59 67 55 67 55 59 63 67 43 63 43 39 59 51 79 43 47 55 18 35 83 79 75 71 79 75 71 75 71 51 71 79 83 67 83 83 59 63 47 2 4 2 6 10 14 18 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 6 25 25 25 25 2 10 10 10 18 18 6 18 14 2 6 2 14 14 2 6 10 29 45 53 49 41 41 53 49 33 37 41 29 29 29 57 37 33 37 33 73 14 33 65 61 69 57 69 57 61 61 57 45 65 49 45 61 53 45 41 49 77 18 37 85 81 77 73 81 77 73 85 81 53 73 85 77 69 85 69 65 65 81 2 5 2 6 10 14 18 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 6 24 24 24 24 2 14 14 18 18 2 6 10 6 10 18 10 6 14 2 2 10 28 44 52 48 40 48 44 44 32 28 40 32 60 36 28 28 76 36 32 36 14 32 64 60 68 56 56 68 56 60 60 44 56 64 48 52 40 80 40 48 52 18 36 84 80 76 72 84 72 80 84 76 52 76 68 72 72 80 84 64 64 68 2 6 1 2 3 4 5 26 27 28 29 42 43 44 45 58 59 60 61 74 75 76 77 2 26 26 26 26 1 2 2 2 1 5 3 4 1 4 5 3 1 3 4 5 3 42 43 44 45 27 43 44 45 43 28 29 27 59 28 29 27 75 28 29 27 4 58 60 61 59 28 59 60 61 44 61 59 60 60 42 42 42 76 45 43 44 5 74 77 75 76 29 75 76 77 45 74 74 74 61 77 75 76 77 58 58 58 2 7 2 7 11 15 19 23 26 33 36 39 42 49 52 55 58 65 68 71 74 81 84 7 23 23 23 23 2 15 15 15 11 19 11 7 11 19 7 2 19 2 2 7 11 26 42 52 49 39 49 42 39 26 36 36 39 33 33 55 36 26 26 33 71 15 33 65 58 68 55 55 68 65 68 55 58 42 52 39 58 52 52 42 49 74 19 36 84 81 74 71 84 71 74 81 81 71 49 74 84 68 84 65 58 65 81 2 8 2 9 13 17 21 25 26 32 35 41 42 48 51 57 58 64 67 73 74 80 83 9 25 25 25 25 2 2 2 13 9 21 17 2 13 21 21 9 17 17 13 9 13 26 42 51 48 41 42 48 48 42 35 26 35 32 32 26 57 32 35 26 73 17 32 64 58 67 57 58 64 58 48 57 57 67 51 41 51 58 42 41 41 74 21 35 83 80 74 73 74 80 73 51 80 83 83 74 83 73 64 67 64 67 80 2 9 2 8 12 16 20 24 26 31 37 40 42 47 53 56 58 63 69 72 74 79 85 8 24 24 24 24 2 20 2 2 8 20 16 12 8 20 16 16 12 2 12 8 12 26 42 53 47 40 53 47 53 42 37 26 31 58 31 37 31 37 26 26 72 16 31 63 58 69 56 63 63 69 47 56 56 56 63 40 40 42 47 42 40 74 20 37 85 79 74 72 72 79 85 53 79 85 74 69 85 74 72 58 58 69 79 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 34 35 36 37 50 51 52 53 66 67 68 69 82 83 84 85 2 34 34 34 34 1 2 2 2 3 1 5 3 1 3 5 5 4 1 4 4 3 50 51 52 53 35 51 52 53 35 50 35 36 67 37 37 36 35 82 37 36 4 66 68 69 67 36 67 68 69 69 52 66 66 68 52 50 51 53 84 51 50 5 82 85 83 84 37 83 84 85 84 53 85 83 69 82 83 82 68 85 66 67 3 1 2 8 12 16 20 23 29 32 34 39 45 48 50 55 61 64 66 71 77 80 82 8 23 23 23 23 2 2 2 2 8 16 16 12 8 12 20 12 8 16 20 20 12 29 45 50 48 39 45 48 50 45 32 29 32 61 34 29 29 77 34 34 32 16 32 64 61 66 55 61 64 66 48 66 55 55 64 48 50 39 80 39 45 39 20 34 82 80 77 71 77 80 82 50 71 82 77 66 71 71 80 82 64 55 61 3 2 2 7 11 15 19 25 28 31 34 41 44 47 50 57 60 63 66 73 76 79 82 7 25 25 25 25 2 2 2 2 7 15 15 11 7 11 19 11 7 15 19 19 11 28 44 50 47 41 44 47 50 44 31 28 31 60 34 28 28 76 34 34 31 15 31 63 60 66 57 60 63 66 47 66 57 57 63 47 50 41 79 41 44 41 19 34 82 79 76 73 76 79 82 50 73 82 76 66 73 73 79 82 63 57 60 3 3 2 9 13 17 21 24 27 33 34 40 43 49 50 56 59 65 66 72 75 81 82 9 24 24 24 24 2 2 2 2 9 17 17 13 9 13 17 13 21 9 21 21 13 27 43 50 49 40 43 49 50 43 33 27 33 59 34 34 27 27 72 34 33 17 33 65 59 66 56 59 65 66 49 66 56 56 65 49 40 40 50 81 43 40 21 34 82 81 75 72 75 81 82 50 72 82 75 66 72 75 81 65 82 56 59 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 30 31 32 33 46 47 48 49 62 63 64 65 78 79 80 81 2 30 30 30 30 1 2 2 2 1 4 3 3 1 4 4 5 1 5 3 5 3 46 47 48 49 31 47 48 49 47 33 33 32 63 32 31 32 79 33 31 31 4 62 64 65 63 32 63 64 65 48 62 63 62 64 46 49 47 80 46 46 48 5 78 81 79 80 33 79 80 81 49 80 78 79 65 81 78 78 81 64 65 62 3 5 2 9 13 17 21 23 28 30 37 39 44 46 53 55 60 62 69 71 76 78 85 9 23 23 23 23 2 2 2 2 13 9 13 13 9 21 21 17 9 17 21 17 13 28 44 53 46 39 44 46 53 28 39 37 30 60 30 28 30 76 37 37 28 17 30 62 60 69 55 60 62 69 69 46 60 55 62 39 53 44 78 39 44 46 21 37 85 78 76 71 76 78 85 78 53 71 76 69 85 71 71 85 62 55 55 3 6 2 8 12 16 20 25 27 30 36 41 43 46 52 57 59 62 68 73 75 78 84 8 25 25 25 25 2 2 2 2 8 16 16 12 8 12 20 12 8 16 20 20 12 27 43 52 46 41 43 46 52 43 30 27 30 59 36 27 27 75 36 36 30 16 30 62 59 68 57 59 62 68 46 68 57 57 62 46 52 41 78 41 43 41 20 36 84 78 75 73 75 78 84 52 73 84 75 68 73 73 78 84 62 57 59 3 7 2 7 11 15 19 24 29 30 35 40 45 46 51 56 61 62 67 72 77 78 83 7 24 24 24 24 2 2 2 2 7 15 15 19 7 19 15 11 11 11 19 7 11 29 45 51 46 40 45 46 51 45 30 29 29 61 30 35 29 35 30 35 72 15 30 62 61 67 56 61 62 67 46 67 56 62 62 40 40 40 46 51 45 77 19 35 83 78 77 72 77 78 83 51 72 83 72 67 83 77 78 61 56 56 78 3 8 1 6 7 8 9 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 6 38 38 38 38 1 6 6 6 1 8 7 7 1 8 8 9 1 9 7 9 7 42 43 44 45 39 43 44 45 43 41 41 40 47 40 39 40 51 41 39 39 8 46 48 49 47 40 47 48 49 44 46 47 46 48 42 45 43 52 42 49 44 9 50 53 51 52 41 51 52 53 45 52 50 51 49 53 50 50 53 48 42 46 3 9 3 6 11 16 21 23 27 31 35 38 42 46 50 57 61 65 69 72 76 80 84 6 23 23 23 23 3 3 3 3 6 16 16 11 6 11 16 11 21 6 21 21 11 27 42 50 46 38 42 46 50 42 31 27 31 61 35 35 27 27 72 35 31 16 31 65 61 69 57 61 65 69 46 69 57 57 65 46 38 38 50 80 42 38 21 35 84 80 76 72 76 80 84 50 72 84 76 69 72 76 80 65 84 57 61 4 0 5 6 13 15 20 25 29 33 37 38 42 46 50 56 60 64 68 71 75 79 83 6 25 25 25 25 5 5 5 5 6 15 15 13 6 13 20 13 6 15 20 20 13 29 42 50 46 38 42 46 50 42 33 29 33 60 37 29 29 75 37 37 33 15 33 64 60 68 56 60 64 68 46 68 56 56 64 46 50 38 79 38 42 38 20 37 83 79 75 71 75 79 83 50 71 83 75 68 71 71 79 81 64 56 60 4 1 4 6 12 17 19 24 28 32 36 38 42 46 50 55 59 63 67 73 77 81 85 6 24 24 24 24 4 4 4 4 6 17 17 12 6 12 17 12 19 6 19 19 12 28 42 50 46 38 42 46 50 42 32 28 32 59 36 36 28 28 73 36 32 17 32 63 59 67 55 59 63 67 46 67 55 55 63 46 38 38 50 81 42 38 19 36 85 81 77 73 77 81 85 50 73 85 77 67 73 77 81 63 85 55 59 4 2 1 10 11 12 13 26 27 28 29 38 39 40 41 66 67 68 69 78 79 80 81 10 26 26 26 26 1 10 10 10 1 12 11 11 1 12 12 11 13 13 1 13 11 38 39 40 41 27 39 40 41 39 29 29 28 67 28 27 27 28 29 78 27 12 66 68 69 67 28 67 68 69 40 66 67 66 68 38 41 38 39 38 79 40 13 78 81 79 80 29 79 80 81 41 80 78 79 69 81 78 80 69 68 81 66 4 3 3 7 10 17 20 23 26 33 36 38 43 48 53 57 60 63 66 72 77 78 83 7 23 23 23 23 3 3 3 3 7 17 17 10 7 10 17 10 20 7 20 20 10 26 43 53 48 38 43 48 57 43 33 26 33 60 36 36 26 26 72 36 33 17 33 63 60 66 57 60 63 66 48 66 57 57 63 48 38 38 53 78 43 38 20 36 83 78 77 72 77 78 83 53 72 83 77 66 72 77 78 63 83 57 60 4 4 5 9 10 16 19 25 26 32 35 38 45 47 52 56 59 65 66 71 76 78 85 9 25 25 25 25 5 5 5 5 9 16 16 10 9 10 16 10 19 9 19 19 10 26 45 52 47 38 45 47 52 45 32 26 32 59 35 35 26 26 71 35 32 16 32 65 59 66 56 59 65 66 47 66 56 56 65 47 38 38 52 78 45 38 19 35 85 78 76 71 76 78 85 52 71 85 76 66 71 76 78 65 85 56 59 4 5 4 8 10 15 21 24 26 31 37 38 44 49 51 55 61 64 66 73 75 78 84 8 24 24 24 24 4 4 4 4 8 15 15 10 8 10 15 10 21 8 21 21 10 26 44 51 49 38 44 49 51 44 31 26 31 61 37 37 26 26 73 37 31 15 31 64 61 66 55 61 64 66 49 66 55 55 64 49 38 38 51 78 44 38 21 37 84 78 75 73 75 78 84 51 73 84 75 66 73 75 78 64 84 55 61 4 6 1 14 15 16 17 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 62 63 64 65 74 75 76 77 14 34 34 34 34 1 14 14 14 1 15 15 16 1 16 15 16 17 1 17 17 15 38 41 39 40 35 39 40 41 39 36 35 36 63 37 37 35 35 74 37 36 16 62 63 64 65 36 63 64 65 40 65 62 62 64 40 38 38 41 76 39 38 17 74 76 77 75 37 75 76 77 41 74 77 75 65 74 75 76 64 77 62 63 4 7 3 8 13 14 19 23 29 32 34 38 44 49 51 57 59 62 68 72 74 79 85 8 23 23 23 23 3 3 3 3 8 14 14 13 8 13 14 13 19 8 19 19 13 29 44 51 49 38 44 49 51 44 32 29 32 59 34 34 29 29 72 34 32 14 32 62 59 68 57 59 62 68 49 68 57 57 62 49 38 38 51 79 44 38 19 34 85 79 74 72 74 79 85 51 72 85 74 68 72 74 79 62 85 57 59 4 8 5 7 12 14 21 25 28 31 34 38 43 48 53 56 61 62 67 71 74 81 84 7 25 25 25 25 5 5 5 5 7 14 14 12 7 12 21 12 7 14 21 21 12 28 43 53 48 38 43 48 53 43 31 28 31 61 34 28 28 74 34 34 31 14 31 62 61 67 56 61 62 67 48 67 56 56 62 48 53 38 81 38 43 38 21 34 84 81 74 71 74 81 84 53 71 84 74 67 71 71 81 84 62 56 61 4 9 4 9 11 14 20 24 27 33 34 38 45 47 52 55 60 62 69 73 74 80 83 9 24 24 24 24 4 4 4 4 9 14 14 11 9 11 14 11 20 9 20 20 11 27 45 52 47 38 45 47 52 45 33 27 33 60 34 34 27 27 73 34 33 14 33 62 60 69 55 60 62 69 47 69 55 55 62 47 38 38 52 80 45 38 20 34 83 80 74 73 74 80 83 52 73 83 74 69 73 74 80 62 83 55 60 5 0 1 18 19 20 21 30 31 32 33 38 39 40 41 58 59 60 61 82 83 84 85 18 30 30 30 30 1 18 18 18 1 19 21 19 1 19 20 21 20 21 1 20 19 38 40 41 39 31 39 40 41 39 33 33 31 59 32 33 31 32 32 82 31 20 58 61 59 60 32 59 60 61 40 58 59 60 60 38 38 38 39 41 83 40 21 82 83 84 85 33 83 84 85 41 84 82 82 61 85 83 84 61 58 85 58 5 1 3 9 12 15 18 23 28 30 37 38 45 47 52 57 58 64 67 72 75 81 82 9 23 23 23 23 3 12 12 12 9 3 3 3 9 18 18 15 9 15 18 15 12 28 45 52 47 38 38 52 47 45 28 30 37 58 30 28 30 75 37 37 28 15 30 64 58 67 57 67 57 58 47 58 64 67 64 38 52 45 81 38 45 47 18 37 82 81 75 72 81 75 72 52 75 81 82 67 82 72 72 82 64 57 57 5 2 5 8 11 17 18 25 27 30 36 38 44 49 51 56 58 63 69 71 77 80 82 8 25 25 25 25 5 5 5 5 8 17 17 18 8 11 17 11 8 11 18 18 11 27 44 51 49 38 44 49 51 44 30 27 27 58 36 36 27 77 30 36 30 17 30 63 58 69 56 58 63 69 49 69 56 63 63 49 38 38 80 51 44 38 18 36 82 80 77 71 77 80 82 51 71 82 71 69 71 77 80 82 56 56 58 5 3 4 7 13 16 18 24 29 30 35 38 43 48 53 55 58 65 68 73 76 79 82 7 24 24 24 24 4 4 4 4 7 16 16 13 7 13 16 13 18 7 18 18 13 29 43 53 48 38 43 48 53 43 30 29 30 58 35 35 29 29 73 35 30 16 30 65 58 68 55 58 65 68 48 68 55 55 65 48 38 38 53 79 43 38 18 35 82 79 76 73 76 79 82 53 73 82 76 68 73 76 79 65 82 55 58 5 4 1 6 7 8 9 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 6 70 70 70 70 1 6 6 6 1 8 7 7 1 8 8 7 9 9 1 9 7 74 75 76 77 71 75 76 77 75 73 73 72 79 72 71 71 72 73 82 71 8 78 80 81 79 72 79 80 81 76 78 79 78 80 74 77 74 75 74 83 76 9 82 85 83 84 73 83 84 85 77 84 82 83 81 85 82 84 81 80 85 78 5 5 4 6 12 17 19 23 27 31 35 41 45 49 53 56 60 64 68 70 74 78 82 6 23 23 23 23 4 4 4 4 6 17 17 12 6 12 17 12 19 6 19 19 12 27 45 53 49 41 45 49 53 45 31 27 31 60 35 35 27 27 70 35 31 17 31 64 60 68 56 60 64 68 49 68 56 56 64 49 41 41 53 78 45 41 19 35 82 78 74 70 74 78 82 53 70 82 74 68 70 74 78 64 82 56 60 5 6 3 6 11 16 21 25 29 33 37 40 44 48 52 55 59 63 67 70 74 78 82 6 25 25 25 25 3 3 3 3 6 16 11 21 16 6 16 11 6 11 21 21 11 29 44 52 48 40 44 48 52 44 33 37 29 29 55 37 29 74 33 37 33 16 33 63 59 67 55 59 63 67 48 67 59 63 48 63 40 40 78 52 44 40 21 37 82 78 74 70 74 78 82 52 70 70 70 82 67 74 78 82 55 55 59 5 7 5 6 13 15 20 24 28 32 36 39 43 47 51 57 61 65 69 70 74 78 82 6 24 24 24 24 5 5 5 5 6 15 15 13 6 13 15 13 20 6 20 20 13 28 43 51 47 39 43 47 51 43 32 28 32 61 36 36 28 28 70 36 32 15 32 65 61 69 57 61 65 69 47 69 57 57 65 47 39 39 51 78 43 39 20 36 82 78 74 70 74 78 82 51 70 82 74 69 70 74 78 65 82 57 61 5 8 1 18 19 20 21 26 27 28 29 50 51 52 53 62 63 64 65 70 71 72 73 18 26 26 26 26 1 18 18 18 1 19 20 19 1 19 20 20 21 21 21 1 19 50 52 53 51 27 51 52 53 51 29 27 27 63 28 29 28 29 28 27 70 20 62 65 63 64 28 63 64 65 52 62 62 64 64 50 50 51 52 53 50 71 21 70 71 72 73 29 71 72 73 53 72 73 70 65 73 71 70 63 62 65 72 5 9 4 7 13 16 18 23 26 33 36 41 44 47 50 56 61 62 67 70 75 80 85 7 23 23 23 23 4 4 4 4 7 16 16 13 7 13 16 13 18 7 18 18 13 26 44 50 47 41 44 47 50 44 33 26 33 61 36 36 26 26 70 36 33 16 33 62 61 67 56 61 62 67 47 67 56 56 62 47 41 41 50 80 44 41 18 36 85 80 75 70 75 80 85 50 70 85 75 67 70 75 80 62 85 56 61 6 0 3 9 12 15 18 25 26 32 35 40 43 49 50 55 60 62 69 70 77 79 84 9 25 25 25 25 3 3 3 3 9 15 15 12 9 12 15 12 18 9 18 18 12 26 43 50 49 40 43 49 50 43 32 26 32 60 35 35 26 26 70 35 32 15 32 62 60 69 55 60 62 69 49 69 55 55 62 49 40 40 50 79 43 40 18 35 84 79 77 70 77 79 84 50 70 84 77 69 70 77 79 62 84 55 60 6 1 5 8 11 17 18 24 26 31 37 39 45 48 50 57 59 62 68 70 76 81 83 8 24 24 24 24 5 5 5 5 8 17 17 11 8 11 17 11 18 8 18 18 11 26 45 50 48 39 45 48 50 45 31 26 31 59 37 37 26 26 70 37 31 17 31 62 59 68 57 59 62 68 48 68 57 57 62 48 39 39 50 81 45 39 18 37 83 81 76 70 76 81 83 50 70 83 76 68 70 76 81 62 83 57 59 6 2 1 10 11 12 13 34 35 36 37 46 47 48 49 58 59 60 61 70 71 72 73 10 34 34 34 34 1 10 10 10 1 12 11 11 1 12 12 11 13 13 1 13 11 46 47 48 49 35 47 48 49 47 37 37 36 59 36 35 35 36 37 70 35 12 58 60 61 59 36 59 60 61 48 58 59 58 60 46 49 46 47 46 71 48 13 70 73 71 72 37 71 72 73 49 72 70 71 61 73 70 72 61 60 73 58 6 3 4 8 10 15 21 23 29 32 34 41 43 46 52 56 58 63 69 70 76 81 83 8 23 23 23 23 4 4 4 4 8 15 15 10 8 10 15 10 21 8 21 21 10 29 43 52 46 41 43 46 52 43 32 29 32 58 34 34 29 29 70 34 32 15 32 63 58 69 56 58 63 69 46 69 56 56 63 46 41 41 52 81 43 41 21 34 83 81 76 70 76 81 83 52 70 83 76 69 70 76 81 63 83 56 58 6 4 3 7 10 17 20 25 28 31 34 40 45 46 51 55 58 65 68 70 75 80 85 7 25 25 25 25 3 3 3 3 7 17 17 10 7 10 17 10 20 7 20 20 10 28 45 51 46 40 45 46 51 45 31 28 31 58 34 34 28 28 70 34 31 17 31 65 58 68 55 58 65 68 46 68 55 55 65 46 40 40 51 80 45 40 20 34 85 80 75 70 75 80 85 51 70 85 75 68 70 75 80 65 85 55 58 6 5 5 9 10 16 19 24 27 33 34 39 44 46 53 57 58 64 67 70 77 79 84 9 24 24 24 24 5 5 5 5 9 16 16 10 9 10 16 10 19 9 19 19 10 27 44 53 46 39 44 46 53 44 33 27 33 58 34 34 27 27 70 34 33 16 33 64 58 67 57 58 64 67 46 67 57 57 64 46 39 39 53 79 44 39 19 34 84 79 77 70 77 79 84 53 70 84 77 67 70 77 79 64 84 57 58 6 6 1 14 15 16 17 30 31 32 33 42 43 44 45 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 14 30 30 30 30 1 14 14 14 1 15 15 16 1 16 15 16 17 1 17 17 15 42 45 43 44 31 43 44 45 43 32 31 32 67 33 33 31 31 70 33 32 16 66 67 68 69 32 67 68 69 44 69 66 66 68 44 42 42 45 72 43 42 17 70 72 73 71 33 71 72 73 45 70 73 71 69 70 71 72 68 73 66 67 6 7 4 9 11 14 20 23 28 30 37 41 42 48 51 56 59 65 66 70 77 79 9 23 23 23 23 4 4 4 4 9 14 14 11 9 11 14 11 20 9 20 20 11 28 42 51 48 41 42 48 51 42 30 28 30 59 37 37 28 28 70 37 30 14 30 65 59 66 56 59 65 66 48 66 56 56 65 48 41 41 51 79 42 41 20 37 84 79 77 70 77 79 84 51 70 84 77 66 70 77 79 65 84 56 59 6 8 3 8 13 14 19 25 27 30 36 40 42 47 53 55 61 64 66 70 76 81 83 8 25 25 25 25 3 3 3 3 8 14 14 13 8 13 14 13 19 8 19 19 13 27 42 53 47 40 42 47 53 42 30 27 30 61 36 36 27 27 70 36 30 14 30 64 61 66 55 61 64 66 47 66 55 55 64 47 40 40 53 81 42 40 19 36 83 81 76 70 76 81 83 53 70 83 76 66 70 76 81 64 83 55 61 6 9 5 7 12 14 21 24 29 30 35 39 42 49 52 57 60 63 66 70 75 80 85 7 24 24 24 24 5 5 5 5 7 14 14 12 7 12 14 12 21 7 21 21 12 29 42 52 49 39 42 49 52 42 30 29 30 60 35 35 29 29 70 35 30 14 30 63 60 66 57 60 63 66 49 66 57 57 63 49 39 39 52 80 42 39 21 35 85 80 75 70 75 80 85 52 70 85 75 66 70 75 80 63 85 57 60 7 0 1 6 7 8 9 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6 54 54 54 54 1 6 6 6 1 8 7 7 1 8 8 7 9 9 1 9 7 58 59 60 61 55 59 60 61 59 57 57 56 63 56 55 55 56 57 66 55 8 62 64 65 63 56 63 64 65 60 62 63 62 64 58 61 58 59 58 67 60 9 66 69 67 68 57 67 68 69 61 68 66 67 65 69 66 68 65 64 69 62 7 1 5 6 13 15 20 23 27 31 35 40 44 48 52 54 58 62 66 73 77 81 85 6 23 23 23 23 5 5 5 5 6 15 15 13 6 13 15 13 20 6 20 20 13 27 44 52 48 40 44 48 52 44 31 27 31 58 35 35 27 27 73 35 31 15 31 62 58 66 54 58 62 66 48 66 54 54 62 48 40 40 52 81 44 40 20 35 85 81 77 73 77 81 85 52 73 85 77 66 73 77 81 62 85 54 58 7 2 4 6 12 17 19 25 29 33 37 39 43 47 51 54 58 62 66 72 76 80 84 6 25 25 25 25 4 4 4 4 6 17 17 12 6 12 17 12 19 6 19 19 12 29 43 51 47 39 43 47 51 43 33 29 33 58 37 37 29 29 72 37 33 17 33 62 58 66 54 58 62 66 47 66 54 54 62 47 39 39 51 80 43 39 19 37 84 80 76 72 76 80 84 51 72 84 76 66 72 76 80 62 84 54 58 7 3 3 6 11 16 21 24 28 32 36 41 45 49 53 54 58 62 66 71 75 79 83 6 24 24 24 24 3 3 3 3 6 16 16 11 6 11 16 11 21 6 21 21 11 28 45 53 49 41 45 49 53 45 32 28 32 58 36 36 28 28 71 36 32 16 32 62 58 66 54 58 62 66 49 66 54 54 62 49 41 41 53 79 45 41 21 36 83 79 75 71 75 79 83 53 71 83 75 66 71 75 79 62 83 54 58 7 4 1 14 15 16 17 26 28 29 46 47 47 48 49 54 55 56 57 82 83 84 85 14 26 26 26 26 1 14 14 14 1 15 15 16 1 16 15 16 17 1 17 17 15 46 49 47 48 27 47 48 49 47 28 27 28 55 29 29 27 27 82 29 28 16 54 55 56 57 28 55 56 57 48 57 54 54 56 48 46 46 49 84 47 46 17 82 84 85 83 28 83 84 85 49 82 85 83 57 82 83 84 56 85 54 55 7 5 5 7 12 14 21 23 26 33 36 40 45 46 51 54 59 64 69 73 76 79 82 7 23 23 23 23 5 5 5 5 7 14 14 12 7 12 14 12 21 7 21 21 12 26 45 51 46 40 45 46 51 45 33 26 33 59 36 36 26 26 73 36 33 14 33 64 59 69 54 59 64 69 46 69 54 54 64 46 40 40 51 76 45 40 21 36 82 79 76 73 76 79 82 51 73 82 76 69 73 76 79 64 82 54 59 7 6 4 9 11 14 20 25 26 32 35 39 44 46 53 54 61 63 68 72 75 81 82 9 25 25 25 25 4 4 4 4 9 14 14 11 9 11 14 11 20 9 20 20 11 26 44 53 46 39 44 46 53 44 32 26 32 61 35 35 26 26 72 35 32 14 32 63 61 68 54 61 63 68 46 68 54 54 63 46 39 39 53 81 44 39 20 35 82 81 75 72 75 81 82 53 72 82 75 68 72 75 81 63 82 54 61 7 7 3 8 13 14 19 24 26 31 37 41 43 46 52 54 60 65 67 71 77 80 82 8 24 24 24 24 3 3 3 3 8 14 14 13 8 13 14 13 19 8 19 19 13 26 43 52 46 41 43 46 52 43 31 26 31 60 37 37 26 26 71 37 31 14 31 65 60 67 54 60 65 67 46 67 54 54 65 46 41 41 52 80 43 41 19 37 82 80 77 71 77 80 82 52 71 82 77 67 71 77 80 65 82 54 60 7 8 1 18 19 20 21 34 35 36 37 42 43 44 45 54 55 56 57 78 79 80 81 18 34 34 34 34 1 18 18 18 1 19 20 19 1 19 20 20 21 21 21 1 19 42 44 45 43 35 43 44 45 43 37 35 35 55 36 37 36 37 36 35 78 20 54 57 55 56 36 55 56 57 44 54 54 56 56 42 42 43 44 45 42 79 21 78 79 80 81 37 79 80 81 45 80 81 78 57 81 79 78 55 54 57 80 7 9 5 8 11 17 18 23 29 32 34 40 42 47 53 54 60 65 67 73 75 78 84 8 23 23 23 23 5 5 5 5 8 17 17 11 8 11 17 11 18 8 18 18 11 29 42 53 47 40 42 47 53 42 32 29 32 60 34 34 29 29 73 34 32 17 32 65 60 67 54 60 65 67 47 67 54 54 65 47 40 40 53 78 42 40 18 34 84 78 75 73 75 78 84 53 73 84 75 67 73 75 78 65 84 54 60 8 0 4 7 13 16 18 25 28 31 34 39 42 49 52 54 59 64 69 72 77 78 83 7 25 25 25 25 4 4 4 4 7 16 16 13 7 13 16 13 18 7 18 18 13 28 42 52 49 39 42 49 52 42 31 28 31 59 34 34 28 28 72 34 31 16 31 64 59 69 54 59 64 69 49 69 54 54 64 49 39 39 52 78 42 39 18 34 83 78 77 72 77 78 83 52 72 83 77 69 72 77 78 64 83 54 59 8 1 3 9 12 15 18 24 27 33 34 41 42 48 51 54 61 63 68 71 76 78 85 9 24 24 24 24 3 3 3 3 9 15 15 12 9 12 15 12 18 9 18 18 12 27 42 51 48 41 42 48 51 42 33 27 33 61 34 34 27 27 71 34 33 15 33 63 61 68 54 61 63 68 48 68 54 54 63 48 41 41 51 78 42 41 18 34 85 78 76 71 76 78 85 51 71 85 76 68 71 76 78 63 85 54 61 8 2 1 10 11 12 13 30 31 32 33 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 74 75 76 77 10 30 30 30 30 1 10 10 10 1 12 11 11 1 12 12 11 13 13 1 13 11 50 51 52 53 31 51 52 53 51 33 33 32 55 32 31 31 32 33 74 31 12 54 56 57 55 32 55 56 57 52 54 55 54 56 50 53 50 51 50 75 52 13 74 77 75 76 33 75 76 77 53 76 74 75 57 77 74 76 57 56 77 54 8 3 5 9 10 16 19 23 28 30 37 40 43 49 50 54 61 63 68 73 74 80 83 9 23 23 23 23 5 5 5 5 9 16 16 10 9 10 16 10 19 9 19 19 10 28 43 50 49 40 43 49 50 43 30 28 30 61 37 37 28 28 73 37 30 16 30 63 61 68 54 61 63 68 49 68 54 54 63 49 40 40 50 80 43 40 19 37 83 80 74 73 74 80 83 50 73 83 74 68 73 74 80 63 83 54 61 8 4 4 8 10 15 21 25 27 30 36 39 45 48 50 54 60 65 67 72 74 79 85 8 25 25 25 25 4 4 4 4 8 15 15 10 8 10 15 10 21 8 21 21 10 27 45 50 48 39 45 48 50 45 30 27 30 60 36 36 27 27 72 36 30 15 30 65 60 67 54 60 65 67 48 67 54 54 65 48 39 39 50 79 45 39 21 36 85 79 74 72 74 79 85 50 72 85 74 67 72 74 79 65 85 54 60 8 5 3 7 10 17 20 24 29 30 35 41 44 47 50 54 59 64 69 71 74 81 84 7 24 24 24 24 3 3 3 3 7 17 17 10 7 10 17 10 20 7 20 20 10 29 44 50 47 41 44 47 50 44 30 29 30 59 35 35 29 29 71 35 30 17 30 64 59 69 54 59 64 69 47 69 54 54 64 47 41 41 50 81 44 41 20 35 84 81 74 71 74 81 84 50 71 84 74 69 71 74 81 64 84 54 59 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الكامل في الفضاء االسقاطي ثالثي االبعاد على حقل كالوا (k,r)الغطاء gf(4) فاطمة فیصل كریم جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 2010، حزیران، 27: استلم البحث في 2010،كانون االول، 12: قبل البحث في الخالصة pg(3,pثالثـة ابعــاد فـي الفضــاء االسـقاطي ذي (k,r)الهـدف مـن هــذا البحـث هـو بنــاء الغطـاء حـول حقـل كــالوا ( gf(4) . وقد وجدنا ان اعظم غطاء كامـل(k,2) الـذي یـدعى اهلیلجـي، موجـود فـيpg(3,4) عنـدماk=13 .فضـال عـن .(k,5)و (k,4)و (k,3)ذلك وجدنا اعظم غطاء لـ .الفضاء االسقاطي أعظم غطاء كامل حقل كالوا :الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 387-399 علوم الحياة | 387 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 في األطفال العراقيين المصابين بداء ifn-γ t/a +874التعدد الشكلي للجين النوع األول -السكري أحسان عرفان حسين حازمة موسى خليل أنور عبد ناصر* ابن الهيثم/جامعة بغداد-للعلوم الصرفةقسم علوم الحياة/كلية التربية 2015كانون االول15قبل البحث: 2015تشرين الثاني 1استلم في: الخالصة عينة منها كانت 35سنة, 12-7عينة دم مأخوذة من أطفال تراوح متوسط أعمارهم من 50شملت الدراسة على , إذ كان متوسط أعمارهم type 1 diabetes mellitus (t1d)النوع األول -دم ألطفال مصابين بداء السكري 0.38±10.9عينة دم ألطفال أصحاء التي عدت كعينات قياسية وكان متوسط أعمارهم 15سنة, فضالً عن 9.4±0.34 سنة. أجريت دراسة مناعية وراثية على عينات الدم المأخوذة من األطفال المصابين والعينة القياسية. قُدرت مستويات , إذ بلغ التركيز في مصل دم elisaباستعمال جهاز األليزا في العينات المدروسة ifn-γي الخلوي للتركيز الحرك بيكوغرام/مليلتر. نتائج التحليل األحصائي 0.921، بينما كان تركيزه في العينة القياسية بيكوغرام/مليلتر 1.575المصابين كاما بين األطفال المصابين -ية في تركيز األنترفيرونود فروق معنوقد أظهر وج mann-whitney uباستعمال اختبار -ifnلجين genetic polymorphismدرس تعدد األشكال الوراثية .p<0.05والعينة القياسية وتحت مستوى أحتمالية γ t/a +874 نظام الممانعة للتضخيمتقانة في العينات المدروسة باستعمالamplification refractory mutation system (arms-pcr). أظهرت نتائج الترحيل الكهربائي لجينifn-γ t/a +874 المتضخم بهذه التقانة إلى وجود في aنسبة أعلى من األليل t، أذ سجل األليل aaو tt ،taوإلى وجود ثالثة أنماط وراثية هي aو tأليلين هما أظهر تكراراً معنوياً لدى المصابين بنسبة أعلى من aبأن األليل عينة المصابين، وكذلك في العينة القياسية. تبين النتائج ومدة الثقة odds ratio (or)النسبة الحرجة , وباالعتماد على fisher’s testالعينة القياسية باستعمال أختبار فشر confidence intervals (ci) ظهر األليلa كأليل مسببetiological faction (ef) ومرتبط مع المرض, بينما , fisher’s testتكراراً معنوياً لدى العينة القياسية بنسب أعلى من عينة المصابين باستعمال اختبار فشر tأظهر األليل ifn-γللجين arms-pcr. حللت نتائج تقانةpreventive faction (pf)وظهر هذا األليل كأليل وقائي من المرض t/a +874 واينبرك -ن التوازن هارديباستعمال قانوhardy-weinberg equilibrium أظهر النمط الوراثي , إذtt وكان هناك أختالفاً معنوياً باستعمال النوع األول، -بالمقارنة مع عينة المصابين بداء السكريلدى العينة القياسية نسبة أعلى كنمط وراثي وقائي من خطر األصابة بداء السكري، بينما أظهر ttكما ظهر النمط الوراثي ، fisher’s testاختبار فشر نسبة أعلى لدى عينة المصابين بالمقارنة مع العينة القياسية، وبين التحليل االحصائي عند استعمال taالطراز الوراثي كما ، مع العينة القياسية قد اختلف معنوياً لدى عينة المصابين بالمقارنة taبأن النمط الوراثي fisher’s testأختبار فشر لدى نسبة أعلى aaأظهر النمط الوراثي كنمط وراثي مرتبط مع خطر األصابة بداء السكري. taظهر النمط الوراثي كما ظهر النمط ، ولم يكن هناك أي اختالف معنويالنوع األول بالمقارنة مع العينة القياسية بداء السكريعينة المصابين .وراثي مرتبط مع خطر األصابة بداء السكري كنمط aaالوراثي ifn-γ t/a +874 ،t1dالنوع األول، -كاما، داء السكري-أنترفيرونالكلمات المفتاحية: *= البحث مستل من أطروحة الدكتوراه للباحث الثالث علوم الحياة | 388 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة يعرف على أنه مجموعة اضطرابات أيضية تنتهي بفرط السكري diabetes mellitus (dm)داء السكري hyperglycemiaيحدث داء [1]تج إما من خلل في افراز هرمون األنسولين أو فعالية األنسولين أو كالهما , وتن . كافية أو الموجودة في البنكرياس عن أنتاج مادة األنسولين بكمية β cellsنتيجة عجز خاليا بيتا النوع األول -السكري iddm (insulin-dependentتوقفها عن االنتاج بشكل نهائي وهذا يعرف بداء السكري المعتمد على األنسولين ( diabetes mellitusالنوع الثاني غير -, أو عندما يعجز الجسم عن استعمال تلك المادة بشكل فعال وهذا يمثل داء السكري النوع األول هو -. داء السكريnoninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (niddm)المعتمد على األنسولين مرض وراثي مناعي ذاتي, ويعد من أخطر األنواع ويحدث في مرحلة الطفولة ومع بداية مرحلة المراهقة واألطفال إلى حقن المصابين بهذا النوع يتوقف لديهم أنتاج هرمون األنسولين بسبب تحطم خاليا بيتا في البنكرياس, ويحتاجون . type1bو type1aالنوع األول على نوعين هما -. يصنف داء السكري[2]األنسولين كعالج رئيس على مدى الحياة % من الحاالت 90يعود الى تحطم مناعي ذاتي لخاليا بيتا في البنكرياس مسببة نقص االنسولين ويشكل نسبة aالنوع األول النوع األول -% من داء السكري9ويشكل حوالي idiopathicجهول السبب فيكون م bالمرضية, بينما النوع الثاني t1dm من األمراض النوع األول -, ويعُـد داء السكري[4,3]وال يوجد أي دليل يثبت أرتباطه بأمراض المناعة الذاتية الكاربوهيرات المناعية الوراثية الناتجة من اضطرابات أيضية لفرط الكلوكوز مع اضطرابات في أيض الدهون و وتطور الداء ضد خاليا بيتا, الموجهه autoantibodiesوالبروتينات, وأن حدوث الداء مرتبط باألجسام المضادة الذاتية األنسولين, عدم أنتاج هرمون يزداد بسبب تحطم خاليا بيتا في البنكرياس المنتجة لهرمون األنسولين مما يسبب نقصاً في األصابة لمدة طويلة . hyperglycemia [5] فرط السكري التحسس في األستجابة ألفراز األنسولين بصورة طبيعية يسبب والتي تؤدي إلى ضعف في retinopathyبداء السكري تصاحبها مضاعفات وتطورات خطيرة مثل تلف شبكية العين , kidney deficitالذي يؤدي الى العجز الكلوي nephropathy, والمرض الكلوي blindnessالنظر ثم العمى charcot jointsوضمور المفاصل amputationوأمراض عصبية محيطية أو مركزية تؤدي إلى تقرحات القدم والبتر peripheral vascularووعائي محيطي cardiovascularالذي قد يصاحبه زيادة خطر االصابة بمرض وعائي قلبي دوراً cytokines. وتؤدي الحركيات الخلوية [6]مع أضطرابات معوية معدية حادة cerebrovascularشوكي ووعائي النوع األول, من خالل ميكانيكيات مباشرة أو غير مباشرة تقود إلى تحطم خاليا بيتا -مهماً في حث أو تفاقم داء السكري ، لكن دورها غير المباشر يكون من خالل tcلية الخاليا السمية المنتجة لألنسولين, ويكون دورها المباشر من خالل فعا . كما inflammatory cellsوالخاليا األلتهابية proinflammatory cellsفعالية ووظيفة الخاليا المؤثرة قبل األلتهابية المناعية يعتمد على عوامل عدة تؤدي الحركيات الخلوية دوراً وسطياً في تنظيم االستجابة المناعية وانتاجها من قبل الخاليا وله عالقة بظاهرة تعدد hormonal effects، تأثير الهرمونات inflammation، األلتهاب infectionمثل األصابة على interferon-gamma (ifn-γ)كاما -. يعرف األنترفيرونgene polymorphism [7]األشكال للجين الواحد م كوحدة كاملة في 1965, وميز ألول مرة عام [8]كيلو دالتون 25-17اوح بين أنه بروتين سكري ذو وزن جزئي يتر ifn-γ inducing factor, ويسمى عامل الحث macrophagesوالخاليا البلعمية murine kupffer cellخاليا (igif) [9]، ويعرف أيضاً بأنترفيرون النوع الثانيtype ii interferon أو عامل تفعيل الملتهمات الكبيرة macrophage-activating factor (maf)كاما يدعم الجهاز المناعي لغرض انجاز التحلل الخلوي -. األنترفيرون كاما -. يحفز انتاج االنترفيرون[10]النوع األول -للخاليا المستهدفة وكذلك وثق بأنه يزداد في مرضى داء السكري cytotoxic tوخاليا nk cell, كما تنتج بوساطة خاليا cd8+وخاليا cd4+ لفعالة وخالياا th1بوساطة خاليا cells (ctls) وأيضاً يحث انتاجه بوساطةil-12 وil-18 [11] أن األمراضية .pathogenesis لداء السكري لها من التي تنتج الوسائط th2مع خلية ، بينما الحماية من هذا المرض فله عالقةth1المنتج من قبل ifn-γعالقة بالوسيط interleukin-10 (il-10)واألنترلوكين العاشر interleukin-4 (il-4)الحركيات الخلوية مثل األنترلوكين الرابع والذي يعرف أيضاً بأنترفيرون النوع interferon-gamma (ifn-γ)كاما -يعد بروتين األنترفيرون. [14,13,12] من macrophage-activating factor (maf)أو عامل تفعيل الملتهمات الكبيرة type ii interferonالثاني والذي يدعم الجهاز المناعي type 1 helper cells (th1)المساعدة النوع األول tالحركيات الخلوية الناتجة من خاليا يؤدي مستضد البيضاويات . [10]ى داء السكري النجاز التحلل الخلوي للخاليا المستهدفة وكذلك وثق بأنه يزداد في مرض human leukocyte antigen (hla) المكافئ لمعقد التوافق النسيجي)mhc(major histocompatibility complex النوع األول مع وجود عالقة للخلفية الوراثية للمصابين بهذا الداء, وأن -دوراً رئيسياَ في وراثة داء السكري الذي يكون مكافئاً لمعقد التوافق النسيجي الواقع على الذراع القصير hlaداء تكون مرتبطة مع معقدخطورة وتطور ال . أظهرت الدراسات الوراثية بأن الجين المسؤول عن السيطرة الوراثية [15] 21.1-21.3بمسافة 6لكروموسوم رقم لظاهرة تعدد األشكال . 12q15 [16]في الموقع 12يقع على الذراع الطويل للكروموسوم ifn-γكاما -لألنترفيرون للجين دوراً في تنظيم تعبير الحركيات الخلوية، ويعتقد من خالل دراسة تعدد األشكال polymorphismالمظهرية . immune diseases [17]لمناعية , له القابلية في التأثير في األمراض اifn-γكاما -المظهرية أن جين األنترفيرون بأن له القابلية في للتأثير في مرض المعقد المناعي ifn-γلجين intron-1تعدد األشكال المظهرية في األنترون األول immune complex disease والذي شخص بوساطة عدم التوازن في أنظمة التنظيم المناعي ،immunoregulatory systems [17]ات الوراثية في العراق قليلة نوعاً ما السيما في جانب تعدد األشكال المظهرية . الدراسpolymorphism علوم الحياة | 389 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ، وألجل أجراء هذه الدراسة autoimmune diseasesللجينات المسببة لألمراض الوراثية وأمراض المناعة الذاتية -amplification refractory mutation system (arms نظام الممانعة للتضخيمأستعملت في الدراسة تقانة pcr) لتحليل تعدد االشكال للطراز الوراثي للفرد باستعمال بادئات خاصة ويتم من خاللها تحديد األليل مع حساب هو cytokinesتعيين تركيز بروتين الحركي الخلوي وتهدف الدراسة إلى [18]تكراراتها في الجين للعينات المدروسة ifn-γ المتزاز المناعي المرتبط باألنزيم باستعمال طريقة اenzyme linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) باستعمال نظام ifn-γ t/a +874 بعد فصل المصل من دم العينات المدروسة, ومعرفة تعدد االشكال المظهرية للجين من العينات المدروسة لمعرفة مدى عالقتها بذلك الداء. dnaبعد عزل الدنا arms-pcrالممانعة للتضاعف بتقانة المواد وطرائق العمل النوع األولجمع عينات دم المرضى المصابين بداء السكري عينة من األطفال األصحاء 15النوع األول و -عينة دم من األطفال المصابين بداء السكري 35جمعت العراق للمدة من تموز من عام -المركزي ومركز مرضى السكري في بغداد(المجموعة القياسية) من مستشفيات الطفل سنة. جمع الدم في أنابيب خاصة بجمع الدم 12-7ولغاية تشرين األول من العام نفسه وتتراوح أعمار األطفال من 2014 وفي أنابيب elisaهاز مليلتر بدون مانع للتخثر والتي أستعملت في دراسات تعيين تركيز الحركيات الخلوية بج 5بحجم ، وشخصت العينات من dnaكمانع لتخثر الدم والتي أستعملت في استخالص الدنا edtaمليلتر حاوية على 2.5بحجم قبل المختصين في وحدة السكري في مستشفى الطفل المركزي وفي مركز مرضى السكري. نضمت أستمارة خاصة جمعت اء. فيها معلومات عن األطفال المرضى واألصح interleukins kitsعدة تشخيص الحركيات الخلوية interferon gammaكاما -استعملت عدة عدد تشخيصية خاصة بالكشف عن الحركي الخلوي األنترفيرون mini elisa development kit (ifn-γ) والمصنعة من قبل شركةpeprotech .األميركية pcr mixخليط تفاعل أنزيم البلمرة المتسلسل -armsفي تجارب نظام الممانعة للتضاعف بتقانة go taq® green master mix (2x)استعمل الخليط pcr وبحسب النشرة المرفقة من قبل شركة ،promega .األميركية primersالبادئات ifn-γالكندية وبحسب الطلب في الكشف عن جين alpha dnaصنعت ثالث من البادئات الخاصة في شركة t/a +874 البادئ [19]وبحسب المصدر .specific a 5تسلسله النيكلوتيدي هو`ttcttacaacacaaaatcaaatca-3` والبادئspecific t 5تسلسله النيكلوتيدي هو`ttcttacaacacaaaatcaaatct-3` بينما البادئ ،antisense 5تسلسله النيكلوتيدي هو` tcaacaaagctgatactcca-3`. البادئات في أعاله باستعمال الماء الخالي من أنزيم النيوكليز أذيبت جميع nuclease-free water .وبحسب النشرة المرفقة من قبل الشركة المصنعة dna molecular weight markersمعلمات الوزن الجزيئي للدنا كيلو قاعدة 1.5بحجم كلي promegaالمصنع من قبل شركة molecular markerاستعمل المعلم الجزيئي زوج قاعدة. 100زوج قاعدة) وبدرجات 1500( elisaباستعمال جهاز ifn-γتعيين تركيز بروتين الحركي الخلوي . عزل المصل من العينات المدروسة 1 مليلتر من كل عينة دم مسحوبة حديثاً في األنابيب الخالية من المادة المانعة لتخثر الدم ونبذت مركزياً 2.5وضع من جميع األطفال المصابين بداء serumدقائق. عزل المصل 10دورة/دقيقة ولمدة 1500بجهاز النبذ المركزي وبسرعة لقياسية) المشمولين بالدراسة, ووضع المصل في أنابيب نظيفة وجديدة النوع األول واألطفال األصحاء (العينة ا-السكري م لحين األستعمال. º -20محكمة الغلق وخزن تحت درجة في مصل المصابين ifn-γ. قياس تركيز الحركي الخلوي 2 ، واتبعت طريقة العمل المعتمدة على المعايرة elisaباستعمال جهاز ifn-γعين تركيز الحركي الخلوي االمريكية وبحسب النشرة المرفقة مع العدة. قبل اجراء عملية تعيين تراكيز biotechالقياسية المجهز من قبل شركة دقيقة قبل بدء القياس بجهاز 30م ولمدة º 25وضعت المحاليل والعينات بدرجة حرارة الغرفة ifn-γالحركي الخلوي elisa حصل على الكثافة البصرية .optical density (o.d) للحركي الخلويifn-γ المدروس في أمصال عينة , وسجلت نتائج العينات المدروسة بوساطة elisaالنوع األول والعينة القياسية باستعمال جهاز -المصابين بداء السكري المشمولة بهذه الدراسة، ويبين ifn-γاستخراج تركيز لغرض standard curveتسقيط القراءات على المنحنى القياسي .ifn-γ) المنحنى القياسي ومعدالته المستعملة الستخراج تراكيز الحركي الخلوي 1الشكل ( علوم الحياة | 390 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 النوع األول والعينة القياسية-استخالص الدنا الكلي من دم عينات المرضى المصابين بداء السكري النوع األول والعينة القياسية باستعمال -عزل الدنا من عينات الدم المأخوذة من األطفال المصابين بداء السكري والمصنعة من قبل شركة dnaوالخاصة بعزل الدنا blood gdna miniprep system tmreliaprepالعدة promega ا باستعمال جهاز األميريكية وبحسب النشرة المرفقة. عين تركيز ونقاوة الدنnanodrop باستخراج نسبة 280a/260a حفظت العينات بعد ذلك تحت حرارة ]20[ 0.1±1.8وأن الدنا النقي تكون قيمة نسبة االمتصاص له هي .20 º.م لحين االستعمال ifn-γ t/a +874الكشف عن جين حضر الخليط األساسي . ifn-γ +874جين في الكشف عن arms-pcrاستعملت في هذه الدراسة طريقة master mix استعمل . مع بعض التحوير[19] وبحسب طريقة للبوادئ المستعملةgo taq® green master mix مايكرولتر 1بحجم primerوالبادئ 1xوبتركيز مايكرولتر 12.5األميركية بحجم promegaالمزود من شركة نانوغرام وكان الحجم 100مايكرولتر وبتركيز 2بحجم dna templateمايكرومولر ولكل بادئ وقالب الدنا 1وبتركيز specific tوالبادئان aللكشف عن األليل antisenseو specific aمايكرولتراً. أستعمل البادئان 25الكلي للتفاعل لغرض تضخيم الدنا thermocycler. وضعت العينات في جهاز التدوير الحراري tللكشف عن األليل antisenseو بدرجة حرارة denature templateالقالب األول مرحلة مسخ. وضبط برنامج الجهاز للحصول على ظروف التفاعل 95 º دقائق والمسخ األبتدائي األول 3م ولمدةfirst initial denaturation 95بدرجة حرارة º ثانية والتحام 15م لمدة بدرجة first extensionثانية واالستطالة األولى 50م ولمدة º 65رجة حرارة بد first annealingالبادئ األول دورات. والمسخ 10ثانية وكانت مراحل المسخ األبتدائي وألتحام البادئ واألستطالة األولى كانت لـ 40م لمدة º 72حرارة secondنية والتحام البادئ الثاني ثا 50م لمدة º 95بدرجة حرارة second initial denaturationاألبتدائي الثاني annealing 55بدرجة حرارة º ثانية واألستطالة الثانية 50م ولمدةsecond extension 72بدرجة حرارة º 50م لمدة finalدورة. األستطالة النهائية 20ثانية وكانت مراحل المسخ األبتدائي وألتحام البادئ واألستطالة الثانية كانت لـ extension 72بدرجة حرارة º دقائق. حملت نواتج تضخيم الدنا الناتج من استعمال البادئات أعاله لعينات الدنا 7م لمدة % 1.5النوع األول والعينة القياسية في المكان المخصص لها في هالم اآلكاروز بتركيز -لألطفال المصابين بداء السكري بتركيز tris-borate buffer (tbe)مليلتر من دارئ 40ن اآلكاروز في غرام م 0.6(حضر هالم اآلكاروز بأذابة 1x 60. سخن الخليط عند درجة حرارة º م بأستعمال الصفيحة الساخنةhot plate وحتى ذوبان الخليط وصب في حوض اعدة. أضيفت كيلو ق 1.5الترحيل المخصص). حمل الواصم الجزيئي الوراثي بحسب النشرة المرفقة معه الذي كان بحجم 3في كل عينة بحجم bromophenol blueصبغة التحميل البروموفينول األزرق الخاصة بالترحيل الكهربائي مليلتر من الماء 6.7في مليغرام من صبغة البروموفينول األزرق 25حضرت صبغة التحميل بأذابة مايكرومليلتر ( ليصبح الحجم glycerolمليلتر من الكليسرول 3.3و xylene cyanol ffمليغرام من صبغة 25المقطر. أضيف رحلت العينات كهربائياً من لغرض االستعمال الطويل األمد). ° م 20-مليلترات. حفضت الصبغة تحت درجة 10النهائي دارئ ساعات وباستعمال 4-3فولتاً ولمدة من 75القطب األسود السالب باتجاه القطب األحمر الموجب تحت جهد كهربائي tris-borate buffer (tbe) 10(حضرx من هذا الدارئ لغرض استعماله في عملية الترحيل الكهربائي وذلك بأذابة etheleneمليليتراً من مادة 40و boric acidغراماً من حامض البوريك 55و tris baseغرام من مادة 108 diamine tetra acetic acid (edta) أضيف الماء المقطر المعقم وصوالً إلى لتر واحد مع موالري. 0.5بتركيز ethidium bromide (etbr)). صبغ هالم اآلكاروز بصبغة األثيديوم برومايد 8إلى phتعديل األس الهايدروجيني مليغرام/مليلتر 10دقيقة (حضرت صبغة األيثديوم برومايد من المحلول الخزين للصبغة الذي يكون بتركيز 15لمدة مايكروغرام/مليلتر). شوهدت وصورت قطع الدنا المتضخمة 0.5رت بأذابتها في الماء المقطر للحصول على تركيز وحض المزود بكاميرا خاصة. gel documentation systemبوساطة جهاز توثيق الهالم التحليالت األحصائية ، statistical package for social sciences (spss)حللت البيانات باستعمال البرنامج االحصائي تحت مستوى fisher’sفشرو mann-whitney uوقورنت الفروق المعنوية بين المتوسطات باستعمال اختبارات ومدة الثقة odds ratio (or). حللت تكرارات األنماط الوراثية وأليالتها والنسبة الحرجة p<0.05أحتمالية confidence intervals (ci) باستعمال البرنامجcompare 2 ver.3.04 والمصنع من قبلj. h. abramson عام وبحسب hardy-weinberg equilibriumواينبرك -، وكما حللت النتائج باستعمال قانون التوازن هاردي2003-2013 .6www.had2know.comالبرنامج الموجود في الموقع األلكتروني علوم الحياة | 391 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 النتائج والمناقشة عينات المصابين بداء السكري النوع األول والعينة القياسية سنة, وشملت الدراسة على 12-7عينة دم مأخوذة من أطفال تراوح متوسط أعمارهم من 50شملت الدراسة على 0.34±9.4توسط أعمارهم النوع األول, إذ كان م -من األناث), ألطفال مصابين بداء السكري 17ذكراً و 18عينة دم ( 35 من األناث) ألطفال أصحاء ظاهرياً التي عدت كعينات قياسية وكان 6ذكور و 9عينة دم ( 15سنة, كما شملت الدراسة على سنة. أجريت دراسة مناعية ووراثية على عينات الدم المأخوذة من األطفال المصابين 0.38±10.9متوسط أعمارهم .واألصحاء (العينة القياسية) interferon-gamma (ifn-γ)كاما -تعيين تركيز األنترفيرون . يبين elisaباستعمال جهاز األليزا في العينات المدروسة ifn-γقُدرت مستويات تركيز الحركي الخلوي كاما في مصل المصابين بالمقارنة مع العينة القياسية (األصحاء), إذ -) أرتفاعاً ملحوظاً في تركيز األنترفيرون1الجدول ( بيكوغرام/مليلتر 0.921، بينما كان تركيزه في العينة القياسية بيكوغرام/مليلتر 1.575بلغ التركيز في مصل دم المصابين ود فروق معنوية في تركيز قد أظهر وج mann-whitney u). نتائج التحليل االحصائي بأستعمال أختبار 2(الشكل ، إذ p<0.05النوع األول والعينة القياسية وتحت مستوى أحتمالية -كاما بين األطفال المصابين بداء السكري -لألنترفيرون لدى كاما-وضح نتائج هذه الدراسة التي بينت وجود مستويات عالية في تركيز األنترفيرونت .0.035بلغت قيمة االحتمالية النوع -في تحطم خاليا بيتا في األطفال المصابين بداء السكريالنوع األول مدى الدور الذي يؤدي -المصابين بداء السكري على تراكيز عالية من ، إذ حصلوا [24,23,22,21]تتوافق مع النتائج التي حصل عليها كل من األول, وهذه النتائج كاما لدى عينات المرضى بالمقارنة مع العينات القياسية (األصحاء). هناك العديد من الدراسات التي تدعم هذه -األنترفيرون -ilلتهاب مثل النتائج وتبين مفهوماً واضحاً في أن خلية بيتا المتحطمة مرتبطة مع زيادة تعبيير الحركيات الخلوية بادئة اال 12 ،il-2 ،il-1 ،tnf-β ،tnfα ،ifn-γ وinfα [25] كما تبين الدراسات أن هناك حركيات خلوية معينة , ، وتسبب هذه الحركيات الخلوية il-1و tnf-β ،ifn-γيكون دورها الوظيفي دوراً سمياً لخاليا بيتا في البنكرياس مثل لخاليا الجزيرات في البنكرياس مثل تثبيط صناعة األنسولين وأفرازه, لكن إذا تم التخلص cytostaticالركود الخلوي وأزالة هذه الحركيات الخلوية فأن الوظائف المؤثرة في خاليا الجزيرات سوف تزال, فضالً عن أن هذه الحركيات الخلوية البنكرياس، مما ينتج عنه تحطماً لخاليا بيتا عند لخاليا بيتا في جزيرات cytocidalممكن أن تؤدي دوراً خلوياً قاتالً . [26]النوع األول -األطفال المصابين بداء السكري النوع -تعمل على حث وتعجيل تحطم خاليا بيتا في داء السكري كاما-الحركيات الخلوية ومن ضمنها األنترفيرون th1رة. ميكانيكية التحطم المباشر تحث حركيات الخلوية األول, وتكون ميكانيكية التحطيم أما بصورة مباشرة أو غير مباش مما يؤدي macrophageالتي تظهر تأثيراتها أما بصورة أولية عند خاليا البلعمية الكبيرة كاما -والمتضمنة األنترفيرون تحرير أوكسيد إلى زيادة ترشيح هذه الخاليا في مواقع خاليا جزيرات البنكرياس مسرعة من تحطم خاليا بيتا من خالل t +cd8, أو من خالل زيادة حث ترشيح خاليا ]oxygen radicals ]27وجذور األوكسجين nitric oxideالنتريك cell ينظم تعبير كاما-داخل نسيج البنكرياس, وأن األنترفيرونmhc calls i الذي يميز للقتل الذي تتوسطه خاليا +tcd8 يسرع ]29,28[المتفعلة ضد الذات التي تؤدي إلى تحطم نسيجي حاد لخاليا بيتا في األنسان .γ-ifn من تحطم تأثيرات في الخاليا ifn-γمن ضمنها th1خاليا بيتا بآلية مباشرة أو غير مباشرة. في اآللية المباشرة تظهر وسائط يرات البنكرياس، إذ سوف يسرع من تدمير خاليا بيتا من خالل ويحثها على الترشيح في خاليا جز microphageالبلعمية الوسائط المصنعة في المسلك الجديد مثل جذور األوكسجين الحرة وأوكسيد النتريك، أو يستحث الخاليا التائية لتميز مما يؤدي tnfو ifn-γحصراً، ونظراً لزيادة تعبير الوسائط cd8وتميز من قبل خاليا mchiالجزيرات الحاملة للـ . وهناك عدة آليات تشترك في تثبيط مستوى [30]إلى زيادة التدمير في النسيج لخاليا بيتا في كل من اإلنسان والفئران وذلك من خالل زيادة أعداد الخاليا التائية المفعلة ضد الذات وتثبط منتوج الوسائط المضادة لفعل th2منتوج وفعالية ifn-γ وذلك لعدم [24]. هذه النتائج لم تتوافق مع [31]هذا الوسيط الخلوي المدمر لخاليا بيتا مما يزيد التعبير عن وقد أوضح الباحث , النوع األول -كاما لدى المصابين بداء السكري-حصوله على فروق معنوية في تركيز األنترفيرون النوع األول. -ضى داء السكرييكون تركيزه غير متغير في مر كاما-وجماعته بأن الحركي الخلوي األنترفيرون interferon-gamma (ifn-γ)كاما -التعدد الشكلي لجين األنترفيرون في المرضى المصابين بداء السكري ifn-γ لجين genetic polymorphismدرس تعدد األشكال الوراثية أظهرت نتائج الترحيل .arms-pcrاألول ومقارنتها بعينات األصحاء (العينات القياسية) باستعمال تقانة -النوع وإلى وجود ثالثة أنماط وراثية aو tالمتضخم بهذه التقانة إلى وجود أليلين هما ifn-γ t/a +874الكهربائي لجين النوع األول والعينة القياسية، فعند ظهور حزمة واحدة في المجال -في عينة المصابين بداء السكري aaو tt ،taهي t وعدم وجودها في المجالa فيكون النمط الوراثي هوtt وفي حالة ظهور حزمة في المجالa وعدم ظهورها في ، وكما في taفيكون النمط الوراثي aو tوعند ظهور حزمتين في كال المجالين aaفيكون النمط الوراثي tالمجال على التوالي، ولم نضع جميع األشكال لعينات المصابين والعينات القياسية لكثرتها وتشابهها ونكتفي بوضع 4و 3الشكلين ت شكل واحد لكل من عينات المصابين والعينات القياسية لغرض توضيح كيفية تعيين الألليالت واألنماط الوراثية في العينا -باستعمال قانون التوازن هارديو ifn-γ t/a +874لجين aو tالمدروسة. أظهرت نتائج التوزيع التكراري لألليلين علوم الحياة | 392 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 النوع األول والعينة نتائج متغايرة مابين عينة المصابين بداء السكري hardy-weinberg equilibriumواينبرك %، بينما سجل 48.6الذي سجل نسبة a% بالمقارنة مع األليل 51.4في عينة المصابين نسبة tالقياسية, أذ سجل األليل ). كذلك يبين الجدول 5% (الشكل 26.7الذي سجل نسبة a% بالمقارنة مع األليل 73.3في العينة القياسية نسبة tاألليل أظهر تكراراً aة القياسية, وتبين النتائج بأن األليل ) أن التوزيع التكراري قد أختلف معنوياً بين عينة المصابين والعين2( oddsالنسبة الحرجة , وكانتfisher’s testمعنوياً لدى المصابين بنسبة أعلى من العينة القياسية باستعمال اختبار فشر ratio (or) مع فترة ثقة 2.60 هيconfidence intervals (ci) 6.53-1.03% قيمة تراوحت بين 95تحت نسبة, (عندما تكون النسبة الحرجة أكثر من واحد) ومرتبط مع المرض etiological faction (ef)وكانت نسبته كأليل مسبب تكراراً معنوياً لدى العينة القياسية بنسب أعلى من عينة المصابين بأستعمال أختبار t, بينما أظهر األليل 0.299بلغت تحت نسبة confidence intervalsمع مدة ثقة 0.39 هي odds ratioالنسبة الحرجة , وكانتfisher’s testفشر (عندما تكون preventive faction (pf)، وكانت نسبته كأليل وقائي من المرض 0.970.15% قيمة تراوحت بين 95 من حيث [34,33,32,19]تتفق هذه النتائج مع ما حصل عليها كل من . 0.451النسبة الحرجة أقل من واحد) بلغت كان أعلى لدى المرضى بالمقارنة مع aحصولهم على نتائج متوافقة مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية التي تظهر أن نسبة األليل وبصورة معنوية لدى aنسبة أعلى لدى العينة القياسية. أن التكرار العالي لألليل tالعينة القياسية, بينما أظهر األليل النوع األول, بينما أنخفاض تكرار -الكبير الذي يؤديه هذا األليل مع خطر األصابة بداء السكريالمصابين يبين مدى الدور لدى المصابين وأرتفاعه لدى العينة القياسية يبين مدى أهمية هذا األليل كعامل وقائي من خطر األصابة بهذا الداء. tاألليل ربما يكون مؤشراً مهماً في خطر تطور المرض aين بأن األليل أن هذه النتائج قد أكدتها العديد من الدراسات التي تب النوع األول وأنما يمكن أن -ربما ليس مهماً مع تطور داء السكري tوتحطم خاليا بيتا, واقترح أن التعدد الشكلي لألليل ifn-γللجين . دراسة أخرى أهتمت بمدى ارتباط التعدد الشكلي[34]يكون كمؤشر وقائي من خطر األصابة بالمرض t/a +874 وجود تكرار معنوي لألليل أظهرت النوع األول -مع داء السكريa وارتباطه مع خطر األصابة بداء وأقترح أن يكون هذا األليل كأليل وقائي من في العينة القياسية، tالسكري, بينما أظهرت تلك الدراسة تكراراً عالياً لألليل الذين يبينوا أن [36]ال تتفق هذه النتائج مع نتائج الدراسة التي قام بها أراببابادي وآخرون . [35]خطر األصابة بهذا الداء يكون مرتبطاً مع الجانب الوقائي من aالنوع األول, واألليل -ربما يرتبط مع خطر األصابة بداء السكري tتكرار األليل -في داء السكري ifn-γ t/a +874ي أجريت على جين داء السكري، لكن هذه النتائج ال تتفق مع أغلب الدراسات الت النوع األول. , وبأستعمال قانون ifn-γ t/a +874للجين arms-pcrأظهرت نتائج التحليل الوراثي لنتائج تقانة ثالثة أنماط وراثية لدى عينة المصابين بداء السكري hardy-weinberg equilibriumواينبرك -التوازن هاردي بينت النتائج وجود تباين في تكرار األنماط الوراثية ما بين عينة . aaو tt ،taالنوع األول والعينة القياسية وهي بالمقارنة القياسية لدى العينةنسبة أعلى ttأظهر النمط الوراثي النوع األول والعينة القياسية, إذ المصابين بداء السكري وكان هناك اختالفاً معنوياً % وعلى التوالي، 22.9% و 60النوع األول وكانت النسب -مع عينة المصابين بداء السكري 0.20كانت قيمة النسبة الحرجة . fisher’s testباستعمال اختبار فشر p<0.05عند مستوى احتمالية 0.014بلغت قيمته كنمط وراثي وقائي من خطر األصابة بداء السكري، ttكما ظهر النمط الوراثي ، 0.70-0.06بين كانت قيمتهاومدة الثقة نسبة أعلى لدى عينة المصابين بالمقارنة مع العينة القياسية وكانت ta. أظهر الطراز الوراثي 0.481إذ بلغت قيمته بأن النمط fisher’s testعمال اختبار فشروعلى التوالي، وبين التحليل األحصائي عند است 26.7%و 57.1%النسب وكانت p<0.05قد أختلف معنوياً لدى عينة المصابين بالمقارنة مع العينة القياسية وعند مستوى احتمالية taالوراثي taكما ظهر النمط الوراثي ، 13.29-1.01كانت قيمتها بين ومدة الثقة 3.67كانت قيمة النسبة الحرجة . 0.047قيمته لدى نسبة أعلى aaأظهر النمط الوراثي . 0.416مط وراثي مرتبط مع خطر األصابة بداء السكري، إذ بلغت قيمته كن ولم % وعلى التوالي، 13.3% و 20النوع األول بالمقارنة مع العينة القياسية وكانت النسب -بداء السكريعينة المصابين كما ظهر النمط ، 8.49-0.31كانت قيمتها بين ومدة الثقة 1.63رجة كانت قيمة النسبة الحيكن هناك أي أختالف معنوي. ) والجدول 6، كما في الشكل (0.770كنمط وراثي مرتبط مع خطر األصابة بداء السكري، إذ بلغت قيمته aaالوراثي )3.( aaوالطراز الوراثي متماثل الزيجة taمن خالل النتائج أعاله يتبين أن الطراز الوراثي متباين الزيجة taالنوع األول لدى عينة المصابين, ولكن نسبة أرتباط الطراز الوراثي -يرتبطان مع خطر وتطور األصابة بداء السكري مع هذا الداء, لذا يتبين أن الطراز aaمع خطر األصابة بداء السكري كانت أعلى من نسبة أرتباط الطراز الوراثي يمكن أن يعتمد عليه كمؤشر مع خطر األصابة بالداء, وهذه النتائج ربما تكون مرتبطة مع النتائج المناعية taالوراثي النوع األول المدروسة -في مصل دم عينات المصابين بداء السكري ifn-γ للمستويات العالية والمعنوية لمستوى تركيز مع خطر تطور األصابة ifn-γلوراثية والمناعية مدى أهمية جين مقارنة بالعينة القياسية, وبصورة عامة تبين النتائج ا يكون أقل homozygoteالمتماثل الزيجة ttأن النمط الوراثي ويتبين من النتائج أيضاً ,النوع األول -بداء السكري كنمط وراثي وقائي من ttهذه النتائج تدل على أهمية دور الطراز الوراثي النوع األول, و -خطورة في مرضى السكري . هذه الذي أظهر كنمط وراثي مرتبط مع خطورة األصابة بالداء taاألصابة بداء السكري, بالمقارنة مع النمط الوراثي من حيث حصولهم على نسب [34,33]النتائج جاءت لتؤكدها العديد من الدراسات وتتتفق معها، إذ أتفقت مع نتائج كل من لدى ttلدى عينة المصابين بالمقارنة مع العينة القياسية, وأن تكرار النمط الوراثي taو aaاثية عالية من األنماط الور علوم الحياة | 393 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 في المصابين بداء ifn-γالعينة القياسية أعلى من عينة المصابين, وأن العديد من الدراسات تبين أن زيادة تعبير جين الذاتية في خاليا بيتا المستهدفة بواسطة الخاليا البلعمية النوع األول يعمل على زيادة تقدم وظهور المستضدات -السكري . كذلك هناك دراسات أخرى أظهرت أن الحركيات الخلوية بادئة dcs [37]والخاليا المتفرعة macrophagesالكبيرة يرها تمتلك استجابة مناعية موجهة ضد خاليا بيتا في البنكرياس وزيادة تعب tnf-αو ifn-γ ،il-1βااللتهاب مثل يكون ifn-γ. وكذلك تظهر البيانات في دراسات أخرى أن زيادة التعبير لجين [39,38]يعمل على تفاقم موت خاليا بيتا . هناك أدلة كثيرة تدعم هذه الدراسات, فإذا تم غلق تعبير [40]النوع األول -له دور كبير في أحداث وتطور داء السكري ifn-γ. وفي دراسة أخرى لجين [41]فأن خطر األصابة بالداء سوف يقل ifn-γمن خالل غلق مستقبالت ifn-γجين النوع األول, وجد أن التعدد الشكلي لهذا -في المرضى األيرانيين المصابين بداء السكري utr +5644عند الموقع النوع األول -ن داء السكريالموقع الجيني يمتلك ارتباطاً سلبياً مع الداء, ويعد هذا الموقع كمؤشر وقائي في المقاومة م النوع األول يكون له فعالية -في المصابين بداء السكري ifn-γ. لكن أظهرت دراسات أخرى أن زيادة تعبير أنتاج [42] لغرض تحطيم خاليا macrophageعلى تنشيط الخاليا البلعمية ifn-γويعمل il-2سمية لخاليا بيتا, كذلك حث أنتاج .[43]بيتا المصادر 1. american diabetes association. (2010). diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. diabetes care.33 supplement.1.s062. 2. cernea, s. and herold, k. c. (2010). monitoring of antigen-specific cd8 t cells in patients with type 1 diabetes treated with anti-cd3 monoclonal antibodies. clin. immunol.134: 121-129. 3. betterle, c. and zanette, f. (1984). clinical and subclinical organ-specific autoimmune manifestations in type1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patient and their fist-degree relatives. diabetology. 26(6):431-436. 4. atkinson, m. a. and maclaren, n. k. (1994). the pathogenesis of insulin-dependent diabetes. diabetes/metabolism reviews. 14(1):31-67. 5. american diabetes association. (2008). diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. diabetes care.27 supplement. 1.s60. 6. cooke, d. w. and plotnick, l. (2008). type 1 diabetes mellitus in pediatrics. pediatr. rev. 29:374-385. 7. daneshamandi, s. ; pourfathollah, a. ; arababadi, m. k. ; hassanshahi, g. ; razaeian, m. and asiabanha, m. (2008). evaluation of relation between il-4 and ifnγ polymorphism and type 2 diabetes. j. maz. univ. med. sci. 18:35-41. 8. curfs, j. ; meis, j. f. and korstanje, j. a. (1997). a primer on cytokines: sources, receptors, effects, and inducers. clini. microbiol. revi. 10(2):742-780. 9. feghali, c. a. and wright, m. (1997). cytokines in acute and chronic inflammation. frontiers in biosci. j. 2(1):12-26. 10. stalenhoef, j. e., alisjahbana, b., nelwan, e. j., van der ven-jongekrijg, j., ottenhoff, t. h. ; van der meer, j. w. ; nelwan, r. h. ; netea, m. g. and van crevel, r. (2008). the role of interferon-gamma in the increased tuberculosis risk in type 2 diabetes mellitus. eur. j. clin. microbiol. infect dis. 27:97-103. 11. schroder, k. ; hertzog, p. ; ravasi, t. and hume, d. (2004). interferon-y: an overview of signals, mechanism and functions. j. leukocyte biol. 75:163-189. 12. pauza, m. e. ; neal, h. ; hagenbaugh, a. ; cheroutre, h. and lo, d. (1999). t-cell production of an inducible interleukin-10 transgene provides limited protection from autoimmune diabetes. diabetes.48:1948–1953. 13. phillips, j. m. ; parish, n. m. ; drage, m. and cooke, a. (2001). cutting edge: interactions through the il-10 receptor regulate autoimmune diabetes. j. immunol.167:6087–6091. علوم الحياة | 394 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 14. sharif, s. ; arreaza, g. a. ; zucker, p. and delovitch, t. l. (2002). regulatory natural killer t cells protect against spontaneous and recurrent type 1 diabetes. ann. ny acad. sci.958:77–88. 15. noble, j. a. and valdes, a. m. (2011). genetics of the hla region in the prediction of type i diabetes . curr. diabetes reports. 11(6):533-542. 16. hardy, m. p. ; owczarek, c. ; jermiin, l. ; ejdeback, m. and hertzog, p. (2004). characterization of the type1 interferon locus and identification of novel genes. j. genomics. 84(2):331-345. 17. cantor, m. j. ; nickerson, p. and bernstein, c. n. (2005). the role of cytokine gene polymorphisms in determining disease susceptibility and phenotype in inflammatory bowel disease. am. j. gastroenterol.100:1134–1142. 18. duta-cornescu, g. ; simon-gruita, a. ; constantin, n. ; stanciu, f. ; dobre, m. ; banica, d. ; tuduce, r. ; cristea, p. and stoian,v. (2009). a comparative study of arms-pcr and rflp-pcr as methods for rapid snp identification. biotechnological. 14(6):48454850. 19. elsaid, a. ; helaly, m. a. ; hatata, e. ; fouda, e. z. and settin, a. (2012). tnf-a -308 and ifn-γ +874 gene polymorphisms in relation to susceptibility and severity of type 2 diabetes mellitus among egyptian cases. j. gen. med. 9(3):173-177. 20. clark, m. s. (1997). in: plant molecular biology a laboratory manual, pp 305-328, springer-verlog berlin heidelberg, new york. 21. findan, i. ; yuksel, s. ; kalkanci, a. ; imir, t. and kustimus, s. (2005). evaluation of cytokines in rats with type1 diabetes mellitus. med. microbiol. 100(8):883-887. 22. khazai, m. h. ; afshari, b. ; khazai, j. ; akbarzadeh, j. ; khazai, l. ; abbaszadegan, m. r. and khadivizand, f. (2007). il-4 and interferon gamma in recently diagnosed type i diabetes, a cases-control study. atherosclerosis j. 3(1):1-7. 23. jasem, m. a. (2013). autoantibodies and cytokines levels in type1 diabetes patients. iraqi postgrad. med. j. 12(3):351-358. 24. kikodze, n. ; pantsulaia, i. ; rekhviashvili, k. ; iobadze, m. and jakhutashvili, n. (2014). cytokines and t regulatory cell in the pathogenesis of type1 diabetes. georgian med. news j. 222:29-35. 25. hussain, m. j. ; peakman, m. and gallat, h.(1996). elevated serum levels of macrophage-derived cytokines precede and accompany the onset of iddm. j. diabetologia. 39:60-69. 26. foulis, a. k. ; mcgill, m. and farquharson, m. a. (1991). insulitis in type 1 (insulindependent) diabetes mellitus in man: macrophages, lymphocytes, and interferon-γ containing cells. j. pathol. 165: 97-103. 27. karlson, a. e. ; pavlovic, d. and nielsen, k. (2000). interferon-γ induce interleukin-1 converting enzyme expression in pancreatic islets by an interferon regulatory factor-1 dependent mechanism. j. clini. endocrinol. metabolism. 85: 830-836. 28. kukreja, a. and maclaren, n. (1999). autoimmunity and diabetes. j. clinical. endocrinol. metabolism. 84: 4371-4378. 29. seewaldt, s. ; thomas, h. s. and ejrnaes, m. (2000). virus induced autoimmune diabetes. most β-cells die through inflammatory cytokines and not perforin from autoreactive (anti-viral) cytotoxic t-lymphocytes. j. diabetes. 49: 1801-1809. علوم الحياة | 395 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 30. amrani, a. ; verdaguer, j. ; thiessen, s. ; bon, s. and santamaria, p. (2000). il-1α; il1β and ifn-γ mark beta cells for fas-dependent destruction by diabetogenic cd4+ tlymphocytes. j. clin. invest. 105: 459-468. 31. faust, a. ; rothe, h. ; schade, u. ; lampeter, e. and kolb, h. (1996). primary non function of islet grafts in autoimmune diabetic nonobese diabetic mice is prevented by treatment with interleukin-4 and interleukin-10.j. transplantation. 62: 648-652. 32. rafinejed, a. ; niknam, m. h. ; amirzargar, a. a. ; khosravi, f. and larijani, b. (2004). association of ifn-γ gene polymorphism with type1 diabetes in iranian patients. med. sci. 1(2):130-132. 33. javor, j. ; ferencik, s. ; bucova, m. ; stuchlikova, m. ; martinka, e. ; barak, l. ; strbova, l. ; grosse-wilde, h. and bue, m. (2010). polymorphisms in the genes encoding tgf-β1, tnf-α, and il-6 show association with type 1 diabetes mellitus in the slovak population. j. immunol. 58:385-393. 34. bazzaz, j. t. ; amoli, m. m. ; taheri, z. ; larijan, b. ; pravica, v. and hutchinson, i. v. (2014). tgf-β1 and igf-i gene variation and genetic susceptibility in type 1 diabetes and its microangiopathic complications. j. diabetes and metabolic disorders. 13(46):45-53. 35. jahromi, m. ; millward, a. and demaine, a. (2000). a ca repeat polymorphism of the ifn gamma gene is associated with susceptibility to type 1 diabetes. j. interferon cytokine res. 20:187–190. 36. arababadi, m. k. ; pourfathollah, a. ; daneeshmandi, s. ; hassanshi, g. ; rezazadeh, e. ; shamsizadeh, a. ; rezaei, m. and eigder, s. (2009). evaluation of relation between il-4 and ifn-γ polymorphism and type2 diabetes. iranian j. 12(2):100-104. 37. campbell, l. ; wong, g. h. ; schrader, j. w. and harrison, l. c. (1985). interferongamma enhances the expression of the major histocompatibility class i antigens on mouse pancreatic beta cells. j. diabetes. 34:1205–1209. 38. eizirik, d. l. and mandrup-poulsen, t. (2001). a choice of death: the signaltransduction of immune-mediated beta-cell apoptosis. j. diabetol. 44:2115–2133. 39. eizirik, d. l. ; colli, m. l. and ortis, f. (2009). the role of inflammation in insulitis and betacell loss in type 1 diabetes. nat rev endocrinol. 5:219–226. 40. emamaullee, j. a. ; davis, j. ; merani, s. ; toso, c. ; elliott j. f., et al. (2009). inhibition of th17 cells regulates autoimmune diabetes in nod mice. j. diabetes. 58: 1302–1311. 41. cope, a. p. ; liblau, r. s. ; yang, x. d. ; congia, m. ; laudanna, c. ; schreiber, r. d. ; probert, l. ; kollias, g. and mcdevitt, h. o. (1997). chronic tumor necrosis factor alters t cell responses by attenuating t cell receptor signaling. j. exp. med. 185:1573–1584. 42. akalin, e. and murphy, b.(2001). gene polymorphisms and transplantation.j. curr. opin. immunol. 13(5):572-6. 43. siekiera, u. ; jarosz-chobot, p. and janusz, j. (2002). polymorphism of tnf-alpha (308 a/g), il-10 (1082 a/g, 819 c/t 592 a/c), il-6 (174 g/c), and ifn-gamma (874 a/t); genetically conditioned cytokine synthesis level in children with diabetes type 1. endokrynol. diabetol. chor. przemiany materii wieku rozw. 8(1):29-34. علوم الحياة | 396 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 في مصل العينات المدروسة ifn-γ): تركيز 1جدول ( الحركي الخلوي العينة المرضية الخطأ ±المتوسط القياسي بيكوغرام/مليلتر حدود الثقة العينة القياسية الخطأ ±المتوسط القياسي بيكوغرام/مليلتر حدود الثقة األحتمالية p أقل قيمة أعلى قيمة أقل قيمة أعلى قيمة ifn-γ0.179±1.5751.076 1.778 ±0.9210.178 0.4051.102 0.035* mann-whitney uبأستعمال أختبار 0.05* = أختالف معنوي عند مستوى أحتمالية أقل من النوع -في عينة المصابين بداء السكري ifn-γ t/a +874للجين aو t): تكرارات األليلين 2جدول ( األول والعينة القياسية الجين األليل عينة المصابين العدد (%) العينة القياسية العدد (%) (95%ci) or p value ifn-γ t/a +874 t 36 )51.4(%22 )73.3(%0.39 )ci=0.15-0.97( *0.034 p.f 0.451 a 34 )48.6(%8 )26.7(% 2.60 )ci=1.03-6.53( e.f 0.299 or =odds ratio ،(النسبة الحرجة)ci =confidence intervals ،(فترة الثقة)p.f =preventive faction ،(نسبة الجزء الوقائي) e.f =etiological faction ) ،(أختالف معنوي عند مستوى أحتمال أقل من نسبة الجزء المسبب =*p<0.05 بأستعمال أختبار فشر و fisher’s test. النوع األول والعينة -في عينات المصابين بداء السكري ifn-γ t/a +874): األنماط الوراثية للجين 3جدول ( القياسية الجين النمط الوراثي عينة المصابين العدد (%) العينة القياسية (%) العدد (95%ci) or p value ifn-γ t/a +874 tt 8)22.9(% 9)60(% 0.20 )ci=0.06-0.70( 0.014* p.f 0.481 ta 20)57.1(%4)26.7(% 3.67 )ci=1.01-13.29( 0.047* e.f 0.416 aa 7)20(% 2)13.3(% 1.63 )ci=0.31-8.49( 0.45 e.f 0.770 or =odds ratio ،(النسبة الحرجة)ci =confidence intervals ،(فترة الثقة)p.f =preventive faction ،(نسبة الجزء الوقائي) e.f =etiological faction ) ،(أختالف معنوي عند مستوى أحتمال أقل من نسبة الجزء المسبب =*p<0.05 بأستعمال أختبار فشر و fisher’s test علوم الحياة | 397 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ل ( یز 1ش اس تر ق اسي الخاص ifn-γ): المنحنى الق في مصل العينات المدروسة ifn-γ): متوسط تركيز 2شكل ( -المصابين بداء السكري ةفي عين aو tمبيناً فيه األليلين ifn-γ t/a +874): الترحيل الكهربائي لجين 3شكل ( النوع األول 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 meanmean االصحاءالمصابين 0.921 يز رك لت ا c o n ce n tr a ti o n ifn-γ 1 575 وغرام/ملیلتر یز ب التر o.d y^ifn-γ = 0.180 + 0.101 xi r2=0.86 علوم الحياة | 398 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 القياسية ةفي العين aو tمبيناً فيه األليلين ifn-γ t/a +874): الترحيل الكهربائي لجين 4شكل ( القياسية ةالنوع األول والعين -في عينة المصابين بداء السكري aو t): تكرارات األليلين 5شكل ( ةالنوع األول والعين -في عينة المصابين بداء السكري ifn-γ t/a +874): تكرارات األنماط الوراثية للجين 6شكل ( القياسية 26.7 % 13.3 %60.0 % tt ta aa نماط الوراثية لجين األ العينة القياسية في ifn-γ 22.9% 57.1% 20.0% األنماط الوراثية للجين ifn-γ في عينة المصابين tt ta aa 73. 3% 26. 7% التكرار األليلي في العينة ifn-γلجين القياسية 51. 4% 48. 6% التكرار األليلي لجين ifn-γ في عينة المصابين علوم الحياة | 399 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ifn-γ t/a +874 gene polymorphism in type 1 diabetes mellitus of iraqi children ihsan a. hussein hazima m. al-abassi anwar a. nasser* dept. of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haithim), university of baghdad received in :1november 2015 accepted in :15 december 2015 abstract this study included 50 blood samples collected from children with mean age 8-12 years. thirty five blood samples were collected from children with type 1 diabetes mellitus (t1d) with mean age 9.4±0.34 years, and 15 blood samples collected from healthy children as a control sample with mean age 10.9±0.38 years. immunogenetic study was done on collected blood samples. concentrations of ifn-γ were estimated from t1d patient and control samples by using elisa instrument. the concentration of this interferon was 1.575 pg/ml in t1d patient sample in comparison with 0.921 pg/ml in control sample. significant differences of this interferon concentration were found between t1d patient and control samples when mann-whitney u test was used. gene polymorphism of ifn-γ t/a +874 gene was studied by using amplification refractory mutation system (arms-pcr) technique. the results of gel electrophoresis for ifn-γ t/a +874 gene revealed the presence of two alleles, a and t and three genotypes tt, ta and aa. the percentage frequency of t allele was higher from the a allele in t1d patient sample, whereas the percentage frequency of t allele was higher from a allele in control sample. the frequencies of a allele in t1d patient sample was significantly different with the same allele in control sample when fisher’s test was used. the odds ratio (or) and confidence intervals (ci) values showed that the a allele was etiological faction (ef) and correlated with the disease, whereas the t allele was significantly different in control sample in comparison with t1d patient sample when fisher’s test was used and become as preventive faction (pf). the results of arms-pcr technique for the ifn-γ t/a +874 gene were analyzed by using hardy-weinberg equilibrium. the tt genotype percentage in control sample was higher in comparison with the t1d patient sample and significant difference was found by using fisher’s test. the tt genotype revealed as preventive faction from the disease, whereas the ta genotype percentage was significantly different in t1d patient sample in comparison with control sample. the ta genotype also revealed as etiological faction and correlated with the disease. the percentage of aa genotype in t1d patient sample was higher in comparison with control sample with no significant differences and this genotype revealed as etiological faction and correlated with the disease. keywords: interferon-gamma, type 1 diabetes mellitus (), ifn-γ t/a +874, t1d *= this work is a part of ph.d thesis for the third researcher. 321الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 دراسة السلوك الميكانيكي والحراري لمادة اإليبوكسي المدعم باأللياف حياة خلف حميد جامعة بغداد( ابن الھيثم )/كلية التربية ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء 2015كانون االول 15قبل البحث: 2014حزيران 11استلم البحث : الخالصة pvcوتم استعمال ألياف الزجاج وألياف الجوت وألياف ،للمواد المتراكبة يةفي ھذه الدراسة راتنج االيبوكسي كمادة أساس استعمل وااليبوكسي المدعم ن من االيبوكسي غير المدعم ، إذ تم تحضير نوعي%30بصورة حصيرة محاكة كمواد مدعمة وبكسر حجمي مقداره بدرجات ب (bending test, impact test)االختبارات الميكانيكية التي شملت ، وتضمنت الدراسة بعض pvcبألياف الجوت والزجاج و أظھرت النتائج أن وحرارية مختلفة، كما تم إجراء اختبار الموصلية الحرارية لحساب معامل التوصيل الحراري في درجات حرارية مختلفة. قيم معامل المرونة تقل بزيادة درجات الحرارة، وتزداد كل من طاقة الكسر ومتانة الكسر والموصلية الحرارية بزيادة درجات الحرارة. بوليمرو ، وألياف الجوت،pvcوألياف : راتنج االيبوكسي، الكلمات المفتاحية 322الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة ذات الوسط الراتنجي في أغلب التصميمات الحديثة نظراً لتفوق خواصھا في العزل شاع استعمال المواد المتراكبة الحراري على بقية المواد األخرى، فھنالك تطبيقات عديدة برزت فيھا الحاجة إلى مواد ذات قابلية عالية على التحمل ].1مالھا كواقيات حرارية [لدرجات حرارية مرتفعة التي قد تتعرض لھا المادة في أثناء الخدمة بحيث يمكن استع ومقاومة (f.s)ومقاومة الصدمة ومتانة االنحناء (e)) قامت الباحثة (روال) بدراسة معامل يونك 2007في عام ( لمادة متراكبة ھجينة مكونة من مادة (k)والصالدة السطحية ومعامل التوصيل الحراري (t)القص للطبقات الداخلية ألياف الزجاج، وألياف الكاربون، وألياف (الكاربون + الزجاج)، ومن ثم تمت مقارنة خواص االيبوكسي المدعمة ھجينياً وأن مواد التدعيم %30، وكانت نسبة الكسر الحجمي co2) +(23, 40, 60ھذه المواد عند درجات حرارية مختلفة ھي والصالدة السطحية تزداد في حالة (e)المستعملة ھي عبارة عن ألياف محاكة بصورة حصيرة، ووجد أن معامل المرونة التدعيم وتقل عند زيادة درجة الحرارة، أما متانة االنحناء وقوة القص فقد وجد بأنھا تزداد في حالة التدعيم على اختالف جة أنواعھا، وتزداد أيضاً بزيادة درجة الحرارة. أما مقاومة الكسر فإنھا تزداد في حالة التدعيم باأللياف ومع زيادة در ].2الحرارة أيضاً [ بتحضير مواد متراكبة من راتنج االيبوكسي مع ألياف الجوت والزجاج منفردة (ali)) قام الباحث 2008وفي عام ( ، إذ درس فيھا معامل المرونة ومتانة المادة ومتانة الكسر للمواد %30وسوية لتكوين مادة متراكبة ھجينة بكسر حجمي نج االيبوكسي غير المدعم وذلك لمالحظة تأثير عملية التدعيم في خواص المواد المتراكبة عند المتراكبة ومقارنتھا مع رات ، وأظھرت النتائج أن الخواص الميكانيكية لاليبوكسي المدعم بألياف الجوت co(0, 25, 40, 60)درجات حرارية مختلفة ].3اليبوكسي المدعم بألياف الزجاج [أعلى بكثير من االيبوكسي غير المدعم، ولكنه في الوقت نفسه أقل من ا ) قام الباحثان (علي، بلقيس) بتحضير مادة متراكبة ھجينة تحوي مادة أساسية واحدة ھي 2009وفي عام ( + 49مدعمة بأنواع مختلفة من ألياف طبيعية وصناعية (ألياف الزجاج المحاكة العشوائية + ألياف الكفلر (ep)االيبوكسي ، وأجريت اختبارات حرارية تضمنت استعمال قرص لي %25+ ألياف النخيل) بكسر حجمي مقداره األلياف المعدنية لحساب معامل التوصيل الحراري في درجات حرارية مختلفة. وأظھرت النتائج أن الموصلية الحرارية تزداد بزيادة ]. 1درجات الحرارة [ دراسة على الشد ومتانة االنحناء وقوة الصدمة لبعض متراكبات (raghad)) أجرت الباحثة 2013وفي عام ( االيبوكسي، وتضمن النوع األول متراكب االيبوكسي مدعماً بألياف الكاربون المقطعة، أما النوع الثاني فتضمن متراكب وع. أجريت لكل ن %30االيبوكسي ھجينناً مدعماً بألياف الكاربون المقطعة وألياف الزجاج المحاكة بكسر حجمي االختبارات ضمن درجة حرارة المختبر، وامتلك المتراكب الھجين االيبوكسي المدعم باأللياف (الزجاج + الكاربون) خصائص ميكانيكية أعلى من المتراكب االيبوكسي المدعم بألياف الكاربون، وأوضحت النتائج أن إضافة ألياف الزجاج ].4حناء ومتانة الكسر للمتراكب الھجيني المدعم بألياف الكاربون المقطعة فقط [المحاكة أدت إلى زيادة الشد ومتانة االن الجانب النظري :bending testاختبار االنحناء 1 (phywe)شركة فيالمصنع (three point test)لغرض حساب معامل المرونة لجميع العينات استعمل جھاز االختبار الثالثي مبدأ عمل الجھاز تثبيت العينة من طرفيھا على مرتكزين، ويتم تسليط ثقل بصورة تدريجية على الحامل المثبت عند يتضمن األلمانية. الحاصل للعينة ذات (deflection)منتصف العينة مما يسبب انحناءھا تدريجاً، وعن طريق مؤشر مقياس االنحراف يمكن قراءة االنحراف ]:5رونة من العالقة اآلتية [ونحسب معامل الم ،األبعاد المعلومة ……...(1) ن:إذ إ تعطى i إذ إنعزم االنحناء الھندسي، 9.81m/s ،(i))2(التعجيل األرضي (g)ميل الخط المستقيم للمنحني، ]:6بالعالقة اآلتية [ ……………………….(2) ن:إذ إ (b) عرض األنموذج(m) ،(t) سمك األنموذج(m). :impact testاختبار الصدمة 2 متانة الكسر للمادة عن طريقھا، تم استعمال جھاز الصدمة نوع ولغرض حساب طاقة الكسر التي يمكن حساب مقاومة الصدمة، (charby test) المصنع من شركة(testing machines inc, amityville, new, amityille, new york) يتم 323الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ، وتوضع داخل الفرن لمدة co60أو co40أو co20تسخين العينة وذلك عند وضعھا داخل فرن حراري مدرج يثبت عند درجة حرارة فاع، ثم ) دقيقة، وبعد ذلك تأخذ العينة وتثبت جيداً وتوضع في الموقع المخصص لھا بجھاز (جاربي) إذ ترفع المطرقة إلى أقصى ارت15( ، ثم يحرر البندول باستعمال العتلة المثبتة على المقياس وبحركة تأرجحية تتحول الطاقة الكامنة إلى طاقة حركية يفقد يصفير مقياس الطاقة ]:7جزء منھا في كسر العينة، ويتم حساب مقاومة الصدمة من العالقة اآلتية [ … (3) ]:8أما متانة الكسر فتحسب من العالقة اآلتية [ … (4) :إذ إن )c(k متانة الكسر للصدمة)0.5(mpa.m ،)c(g متانة الصدمة للمادة)2(j/m ،(e) معامل المرونة للمادة(mpa). thermal conductivityاختبار الموصلية الحرارية 3 ة الحرارية، وإن الطريقة المعتمدة لقياس التوصيلية الحرارية يالخاصية التي تميز قابلية المادة على نقل الحرارة ھي التوصيلإن شركة فيجھاز قرص لي المصنع استعمل. لحساب معامل التوصيل (lee's disk method)للمواد العازلة ھي طريقة قرص لي (griffen & george) يتكون الجھاز من ثالثة أقراص معينة ھي .(a,b,c)، توضع العينة(s) والقرص الثاني يمثل المسخن ،بينھما، من المعادلة (k)ويليه القرص الثالث. وباالعتماد على حساب كمية الحرارة في المادة خالل العينة تم حساب قيمة معامل التوصيل الحراري ]:9اآلتية [ … (5) ]:9من العالقة اآلتية [ eوتحسب قيمة 2 … (6) :إذ إن (e) ،و تمثل كمية الطاقة الحرارية المارة عبر وحدة مساحة القرص لكل ثانية)c, tb, ta(t درجة حرارة األقراص(a, b, c) نصف قطر القرص. (r)و، (volt)الفولتية المجھزة (v)و، (amper)التيار المار (i)و ،سمك القرص (d)وعلى التوالي، الجزء العملي المواد المستعملة -1 ، يتمتع (epoxides)المحتوي على مجاميع االيبوكسايد (thortex)استعمل ھذا البحث راتنج االيبوكسي نوع المستعمل في ھذا البحث بخواص تميزه من بقية األنواع وھي لزوجته الواطئة التي تسمح (ep)االيبوكسي الذي يرمز له بخلطه مع مواد التدعيم بصورة جيدة لحين الوصول إلى التشبع التام ما بين المادة األساسية ومادة التدعيم، كذلك فھو يمتلك عن حدوث انكماش بعد صب القالب وتصلبه، أما المصلد المستعمل فھو ميتافينلين داي أمين خاصية التصاق عالية، فضالً (mpda) ) 150فھو مادة سائلة خفيفة القوام ذات لون شفاف. يضاف المصلد إلى الراتنج بحسب نسب الخلط كلg من أما مواد التدعيم المستعمل في ھذا من المصلد) ويحدث بينھما تفاعل عند درجة حرارة الغرفة. g 50الراتنج تضاف إليه ، وألياف kg/m 2600)3(التي تمتلك كثافة مقدارھا e)-(glassالبحث فھي ثالثة أنواع من األلياف، وھي ألياف الزجاج woven)، أما شكل ھذه األلياف فيكون بھيئة حصيرة kg/m 1390)3(كثافتھا pvc، وألياف kg/m 1040)3(الجوت roving) باتجاه)o90-(0. تحضير العينات -2 a عملية تهيئة القالب اتبعت تقانة القولبة اليدوية في تحضير العينات في ھذه المرحلة، ولغرض صب الخليط، تم تصنيع قالب، وھو عبارة ، وبعد تھيئة القالب أجريت عملية تنظيف دقيق تبعتھا عملية (cm x 25 cm 25)عن لوحين من الحديد المغلون باألبعاد تجفيف، ولضمان عدم التصاق راتنج بالقالب بعد التصلب تم تغطية الوجه الداخلي من كل قالب بطبقة رقيقة من مادة الفابلون كمادة عازلة، بعدھا أصبح القالب جاھزاً لعمية الصب. b نسب اإلضافة ]:10[ تيةوذلك باالعتماد على العالقات اآل %30تم تصنيع متراكبات ھجينة بكسر حجمي مقداره 324الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 100%... (7) … (8) ∅ . كثافة )mρ(كثافة مادة التدعيم، و )fρ(الكسر الحجمي لمادة التدعيم، و (φ)الكسر الوزني لمادة التدعيم، و (ψ)إذ إن وزن المادة المتراكبة. c(w(وزن المادة األساسية، و w)m(وزن مادة التدعيم، و w)f(المادة األساسية، و c تقانة التحضير تم تحضير العينات األولى من مادة االيبوكسي فتحسب من دون إضافة أي مواد للتدعيم، والثانية من مادة متراكبة + ألياف الجوت) وھي أجمعھا محاكة بصورة حصيرة pvcھجينة تتضمن االيبوكسي واأللياف (ألياف الزجاج + ألياف ووزنت (cm x 25 cm 25). وحضرت المتراكبة الليفية الھجينة من تقطيع األلياف المستعملة باألبعاد o90-(0(باتجاه إذ إن الكسر (%30)بحيث تحقق الكسر الحجمي (g 0.0001)بواسطة الميزان الحساس ذي درجة تحسس مقدارھا حضر الراتنج ووزع فوق األلياف . وpvc (8.5%)، وألياف (%13)، وألياف الجوت (%8.5)الحجمي أللياف الزجاج إذ إن األلياف تنغمر كلياً بالراتنج، ووضعت األلياف بنحٍو طبائقي بحيث تضع حصيرة من ألياف الجوت بين طبقات من ، ثم أضيفت إليھا طبقات من ألياف الزجاج، وبعد االنتھاء من التشكيل وضع اللوح المعدني على المادة pvcألياف ساعة بھذا الوضع لغرض إتمام عملية التصلب، ثم فصل المتراكب عن اللوح 24ترك المتراكب مدة المتراكبة، وبعدھا وذلك لغرض إكمال التفاعالت الكيميائية، ثم قطعت c)o(60المعدني وترك فترة ثالث ساعات أخرى في درجة حرارة ة التنعيم والصقل بواسطة أوراق كاربيد القوالب الخاصة بالفحوصات بحسب المواصفات الخاصة باالختبار، وأجريت عملي السليكون بدرجات نعومة مختلفة وذلك بعد تثبيته في الجھاز الدوار للتنعيم. النتائج والمناقشة االنحناء 1 تتميز المواد المتراكبة من غيرھا من المواد بأنھا تحتوي على ثالث مناطق تمثل منطقة األساس ومنطقة األلياف (مادة التدعيم) والمنطقة البينية. وتتغير الخواص الميكانيكية للمتراكبات بتأثير كل منطقة (األساس واأللياف البينية) في ھي مناطق انتقال اإلجھاد، فمواد التدعيم في المتراكبات البوليميرية عادة ال ]، إذ عدت ھذه المناطق11المنطقة األخرى [ تتحمل معظم تأثير اإلجھادات الخارجية وذلك ألن المادة البوليميرية (المادة األساس) تقوم بنقل اإلجھاد إلى األلياف عبر يتناسب طردياً مع الحمل المسلط. فعند (deflection)) االنحراف 2) والشكل (1السطوح البينية. ويالحظ من الشكل ( ) يستعرض قيم معامالت 1زوال تأثير الحمل المسلط تسترد حالتھا األولى، ونستنتج أنھا تخضع لقانون ھوك، الجدول ( المرونة لجميع النماذج عند درجات حرارية مختلفة، إذ تظھر زيادة في قيم معامل المرونة بالنسبة إلى اإليبوكسي المدعم لياف ما ھو عليه في حالة االيبوكسي غير المدعم وذلك عند تسليط اإلجھاد على المادة المتراكبة سوف يتوزع اإلجھاد باأل بين كل من المادة األساسية واأللياف وذلك ألن األلياف سوف تتحمل جزءاً من اإلجھاد، ولكون المواد الراتنجية مواد ذات ل عالية تحت تأثير إجھادات االنحناء، لذلك فإن عملية إضافة األلياف إلى المادة طبيعة ھشة، أي إنھا تظھر معدالت انفعا األساسية يحسن قيم معامل المرونة لھا، أي إن قيم معامل المرونة للمادة المتراكبة أعلى من قيم معامل المرونة للمادة ]. 12الراتنجية [ إلى انحدار في قيم معامل المرونة، ويعزى سبب ذلك ) يظھر أن ارتفاع درات الحرارة سوف يؤدي 3ومن الشكل ( إلى زيادة الطاقة الحركية للجزيئات في السلسلة البوليميرية مع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة للفحص مما يؤدي إلى ضعف في ل المرونة قوى الترابط بين السالسل الجزيئية للمادة األساسية مصحوبة بمعدالت انفعال كبيرة نسبياً إلى انخفاض قيم معام ]، في حين عند انخفاض درجة الحرارة تزداد قيم معامل المرونة بسبب حدوث حالة 13بعد أن تصبح المادة األساسية لينة [ الشد في الروابط الموجودة بين السالسل الجزيئية مما يؤدي إلى تقيد حركتھا بحيث تصبح المادة صلدة وذات معدالت ].12رونتھا [انفعال واطئة مما يزيد من معامل م الصدمة 2 إن عملية التدعيم باأللياف أدت إلى زيادة الطاقة المطلوبة لكسر المادة وبالتالي زيادة في مقاومة الصدمة لھا، ھذه الزيادة تتحدد بنوع األلياف وبالكسر الحجمي لھا، إذ تعمل ھذه األلياف على إعاقة نمو الكسر بصورة عامة عند المقارنة لألنموذج المدعم باأللياف مع األنموذج غير المدعم باأللياف سوف يالحظ زيادة في حالة الكسر في المادة بين طاقة الصدمة ]. 14المدعمة سبب وجود األلياف التي تتحمل الجزء األكبر من اإلجھاد الصدمي، إذ تعمل األلياف كمعوقات للكسر [ أدى إلى ارتفاع الطاقة الممتصة إذ تزداد طاقة الكسر نتيجة ) أن ارتفاع درجة الحرارة 4) والشكل (2نالحظ في الجدول ( ارتخاء األواصر بين جزيئات المادة وحركتھا انزالقياً، وھذا يعطيھا إمكانية امتصاص جزء من الطاقة مما يؤدي إلى زيادة ة الحرارة، والسبب في ذلك الطاقة المطلوبة للكسر وبالتالي زيادة متانة المادة. إن مقدار طاقة الكسر تقل مع انخفاض درج 325الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 أن المادة تتحول إلى الشكل الصلد الھش فتتقيد حركة الجزيئات وتصبح الروابط بينھما في حالة الشد القصوى، أي حصول حالة الشد في الروابط الموجودة بين السالسل الجزيئية للمادة األساسية التي تؤدي إلى تقييد حركتھا وحدوث كسر في المادة ]. أما متانة الكسر فانخفضت بسبب معامل المرونة الذي انخفض عند درجة الحرارة العالية كما في 15، 12[ الراتنجية ).3الجدول ( الموصلية الحرارية -3 للمادة المتراكبة تزداد مع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة المحيطة بھا كما (k)يزداد مقدار زيادة معامل التوصيل الحراري ثر المواد البوليميرية بنحٍو كبير بتغير بدرجات الحرارة اعتماداً على نوع وتركيب المواد البوليميرية. )، إذ تتأ6في الشكل ( إن التوصيل الحراري في المواد الصلبة تعتمد على الفونونات التي تمثل اھتزازات الشبيكة ھي المسؤولة عن انتقال ن مع آخر تعد عملية مھمة عند تلك الدرجات التي عندھا يزداد عدد الحرارة في المواد العازلة، لذا فإن عملية تصادم الفونو الفونونات المشاركة في عملية التصادم، أي إن جزيئات المادة بامتصاصھا الطاقة الحرارية سوف تزداد من سعة ذبذباتھا اقة تجعلھا تتذبذب حول موضع االتزان وبتصادمھا مع ما يجاورھا من الجزيئات تكتسب تلك الجزيئات المجاورة لھا ط بسعة أكبر مما كانت عليه وبتصادم ھذه الجزيئات بدورھا مع ما يجاورھا من الجزيئات األخرى تكسبھا طاقة، وھكذا نرى ]. 1أن الحرارة تنتقل عن طريق ذبذبة الجزيئات من دون انتقالھا من موضع االتزان [ وھذه الزيادة في قيمة الموصلية الحرارية تعتمد على إن التدعيم باأللياف أدى إلى زيادة الموصلية الحرارية، أدى إلى رفع قيمة pvcالتوصيل الحراري لأللياف لكنھا تختلف من ليف إلى ليف آخر، أي إن إضافة ألياف الزجاج و ).4] كما ھو مبين في الجدول (12الموصلية الحرارية للراتنجات [ االستنتاجات الخواص الميكانيكية والفيزيائية لمادة االيبوكسي.إن التدعيم باأللياف حسنت من -1 معامل المرونة كان له تأثير عكسي، أي إن معامل المرونة للنموذجين يقل بزيادة درجة الحرارة. -2 تزداد طاقة الكسر بزيادة درجة الحرارة وبالتالي تزداد متانة الكسر ومتانة الصدمة. -3 الحرارة.تزداد الموصلية الحرارية بزيادة درجة -4 المصادر )، دراسة تأثير درجة الحرارة واألشعة فوق البنفسجية على قيم 2009علي حسن رسن، د. بلقيس الدباغ ( -1 ).309-302، ص(9، العدد 27التوصيلية الحرارية لمواد متراكبة هجينة، مجلة الهندسة والتكنولوجيا، المجلد ى الخواص الميكانيكية لمتراكب هجيني"، مجلة جامعة النهرين، )، "دراسة تأثير الحرارة عل2007روال عبد الخضر، ( -2 ).23-11، ص(1، العدد 10المجلد 3dr. al, h. haleem, (2008), effect of jute fibers on the mechanical properties of epoxy resin, the iraqi journal of the mechanical and materials engineering, 8, 1, (59-67). 4mohamoned, r. h. (2013), study the effect of glass fibers on mechanical properties of epoxy composite, eng. & tech. journal, 31, part (b), 5, (635-659). 5delmont, j. (1981), technology of carbon and graphite fiber composites, new york. 6tolf, g. and clarin. p. (1984), composition between flexural and tensile modulus of fiber composite, fiber science and technology, 21, 4, (319-326). 7broutman, l. j. and krock, r. h. (1967), modern materials, eddison-wisely london. 8askeland, d. r. & phule, p. p. (2003), the science & engineering of materials, 4th ed. www.poweshow.com/view/df7e1_njciy 9price, d. m. (2000), thermal conductivity of ptef & ptef composites, north american thermal analysis, florida. 10broutman,l. j. & kroc, r. h. (1970), composite materials, academic press, inc, london. 11yiband, h. w. c. ,shortall. j. b. (1976), journal of adhesion, 8, 2, (155-169). امعة )، دراسة السلوك الميكانيكي والحراري لمواد متراكبة هجينة"، رسالة ماجستير، قسم العلوم التطبيقية، الج2006، (رسن وعلي حسن -12 التكنولوجية. 13mcgrum, n. g. ;buckly. c. p. and bunchnall. c. b. (1997), principles of polymer engineering, 2nd ed, john wiely and sons, new york. 14adams, k. and discall, (1987), instrumental impact testing of plastics and composite materials, by aotm. www.pubt.ac.in/syllabus/final_updated_new_metch_bput_2009_10_polmer_nanotech.pdf 15lee, s.; scott. r. f. ;goupent, p. c. ;vibbin, w. h. and poon, c. (1988), composite, 19, 14, (300-310). 326الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 قيم معامل المرونة عند درجات حرارة مختلفة لمادة االيبوكسي قبل التدعيم وبعده :)1(رقم جدول materials e (mpa) co20 co40 co60 ep 240 190.8 106.3 ep + e-glass + jute + pvc 1411.2 1097.6 597.02 قيم متانة الصدمة لاليبوكسي قبل التدعيم وبعده عند درجات حرارية مختلفة :)2( رقم جدول materials 2kj/m cg co20 co40 co60 ep 20.6 24.3 40.5 ep + e-glass + jute + pvc 106 110.6 118.3 مختلفةقيم متانة الكسر لمادة االيبوكسي المدعم وغير المدعم عند درجات حرارية :) 3( رقم جدول materials )0.5(mpa.m ck co20 co40 co60 ep 70.31 67.66 65.61 ep + e-glass + jute + pvc 386.7 348.4 206.26 تغير قيم معامل التوصيل الحراري لجميع النماذج قبل التدعيم وبعده عند درجات حرارية مختلفة :)4( رقم جدول materials c)ovalue (w/m.-k co20 co40 co60 ep 0.283 0.359 0.411 ep + e-glass + jute + pvc 0.344 0.565 0.593 327الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 : العالقة بين الكتلة واالنحراف ألنموذج اإليبوكسي غير المدعم في درجات حرارية مختلفة(1)رقم شكل باأللياف عند درجات حرارية مختلفة: العالقة بين الكتلة واالنحراف ألنموذج اإليبوكسي الدعم (2) رقم شكل 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 deflection *10^-2 (mm) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 m a s s ( g m ) 20 c 40 c 60 c 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 deflection *10^-2 (mm) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 m a s s ( g m ) 20 c 40 c 60 c 328الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 : العالقة بين معامل المرونة لإليبوكسي المدعم وغير المدعم باأللياف عند درجات حرارية مختلفة(3) رقم شكل : العالقة بين متانة الصدمة لإليبوكسي المدعم وغير المدعم باأللياف عند درجات حرارية مختلفة(4) رقم شكل 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 20°c 40°c 60°c e  ( m p a ) t (c) ep ep+e‐glass+jut+pvc 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 20°c 40°c 60°c g c  (k g /m 2 ) t (c) ep ep+e‐glass+jut+pvc 329الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 يوضح العالقة بين متانة الكسر لاليبوكسي المدعم وغير المدعم عند درجات حرارية مختلفة :)5(رقم شكل يوضح العالقة بين الموصلية الحرارية لاليبوكسي المدعم وغير المدعم عند درجات حرارية :)6( رقم شكل مختلفة 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 k c (m p a .m 0 .5 ) toc ep ep + e‐glass + jut + pvc 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 k ‐v a lu e  ( w /m .o c ) toc ep ep + e‐glass + jut + pvc 20ºc 40ºc 60ºc 330الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 study of mechanical and thermal behavior for epoxy reinforced by fibers hayat k. hameed dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 11june 2014 accepted in:15december2015 abstract in this study, epoxy was used as a matrix for composite materials, with e-glass fiber, jute and pvc fiber which was woven roving fiber, as reinforcement with volume fraction (vf= 30%). there are two of prepared types of epoxy non reinforced, epoxy reinforced with e-glass, jute and pvc fibers including study of mechanical tests (impact test, bending test) different temperature and thermal conductivity and calculating the temperatures coefficient at different temperature. results show that elastic modulus at rate values decrease to the increase of temperature and the impact strength, impact energy and thermal conductivity increase with increase temperature. key words: epoxy resin, pvc fiber, jut fiber, polymer كاشف باستعمال حساب تراكیز الیورانیوم المنضب في نماذج رواسب نھر دیالى cr-39االثر النووي يـحـبـارق صــدي طـــع جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھیثم (للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة قسم الفیزیاء/ 2013شباط 25قبل البحث في : ، 2012ایلول 9 البحث في : استلم الخالصة من اً نموذجأ 14مع جُ إذرواسب نھر دیالى ، ھذه الدراسة تحدید تراكیز الیورانیوم المنضب في نماذج تم في ال تقنیة استعمب بعد الملتقى بنھر دجلة ، التویثةبمنطقة منطقة الرستمیة وانتھاءً من لرواسب على طول نھر دیالى ابتداءً ا . )ssntds( لحالة الصلبةلكواشف االثر النووي وبفعالیة نوعیة من منطقة التویثة والماخوذ a-13نموذجانیوم المنضب كان في األعلى تركیز للیوروجد ان أ من منطقة الزویة والماخوذ a-7نموذج ) وان اقل تركیز للیورانیوم المنضب كان في األ bq/kg 8.5 ±78.1( مقدارھا ) . bq/kg 5.26 ± 61.13وكان المعدل بحدود ( )bq/kg 8.2 ±46.3وبفعالیة نوعیة مقدارھا ( المسموح بھ كونھا اقل من ) وھو ضمن الحد 0.341كان بحدود (بینت النتائج ان معدل دلیل الخطورة لھذه النماذج ان معدل الجرعة الخارجیة كان بحدود و) ، epaو ( )whoومقاربة لما سجلتھ بعض المنظمات العالمیة مثل ( 1 )0.0325 msv/y) 0.182) ومعدل الجرعة الداخلیة كان بحدود msv/y (. ) ، دلیل ssntds( ي في الحالة الصلبةالیورانیوم المنضب ، نھر دیالى ، كواشف االثر النوو -:الكلمات المفتاحیة التویثة .منطقة ، الخطورة ، الجرعة الممتصة ، الجرعة الفعالة 122 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة ، وتتمثل ین ھما المصادر الطبیعیة والمصادر الصناعیةإلشعاع بشكل دائم من مصدرین رئیسیتعرض اإلنسان إلى ا مثل جسیمات ألفا والیورانیوم المنضب الذي یطلق ھذه الجسیمات ھو موضع النوویة بجسیمات مشحونة ،اإلشعاعات ات اھتمامنا في ھذه الدراسة وجسیمات غیر مشحونة وأشعة كھرومغناطیسیة التي تعمل على تأیین وإثارة ذرات وجزیئ األنسجة واألعضاء باإلشعاع وتختلف في حساسیتھا وتأثرھا لكائنات الحیة تتأثر الخالیا والوسط الذي تمر فیھ، بالنسبة الى ا [1]باألنواع المختلفة من اإلشعاعات النوویة . ردي نوعیة میاه نھر نھر دیالى مھم لیس لمحافظة دیالى فقط وانما لكونھ من االنھار المغذیة لنھر دجلة . ان ت یعد اذ ان عددا كبیرا من المدن الجنوبیة التي تقع بالقرب من النھر قد ، ھ السفلى ھو موشر لمشكلة المستقبل دجلة في اجزائ الى ادارة االحواض المائیة بشكل رئیسمیاھھ الغراض الشرب ومن ثم اصبح الزما ان تتوجھ استعمالفقدت الفائدة من احد ھذه االحواض ھا السفلى وان حوض نھر دیالى ھو نھار في اجزائحسین نوعیھ میاه االاالجزاء العلیا منھا للمساعدة في ت ر ـمـی .[2]مھمة من العراق ولھا تاثیر في نوعیة میاه نھر دجلة حیث یلتقي باالخیر جنوب مدینة بغداد التي تغطي اجزاء 600حوض نھر دیالى الكلي ( ) . تبلغ مساحة -1-ة دیالى التي تقع شمال شرق مدینة بغداد ( شكلـظـافـحـي مـر فـھـنـال ) كیلوا متر مربع وتشمل االجزاء الشرقیة من العراق واالجزاء الغربیة من ایران . تمثل االجزاء الشمالیة والشرقیة من 32 عن مستوى سطح اً ) متر 33ل ارتفاعھا لیصل ( ) متر ویتضاء 3000ا الى اكثر من (الحوض مناطق جبلیة یصل ارتفاعھ ھنا جنوبا حتى التقاء نھر دیالى مع نھر دجلة جنوب مدینة بغداد . یحد حوض نھر دیالى من الغرب حوض البحر كلما اتج نھر العظیم ویحده من الجنوب والجنوب الغربي نھر دجلة ومن الشرق یحده خط تقسیم المیاه بین نھري الكارون ودراوي . [3,2]سیروان ومن الشمال الغربي حوض الزاب الصغیر ، حیث لغرض حساب مقدار التلوث بالیورانیوم المنضب cr-39استعمل في البحث الحالي كاشف االثر النووي في جامعة كالیفورنیا بالوالیات المتحدة األمریكیة (cartwright & shirk) من (1978)) سنة (cr-39أُكتشف الكاشف ) وھو مختصر من crویرمُز لھ ( (c12h18o7)وھو من كواشف األثر النووي العضوي ، وصیغتھ الجزیئیة (columbia resin) وتبلغ كثافتھ .(1.32 gm.cm-3) ولھ جھد تأین مقداره(70.2 ev) وھو غیر ذائب في المذیبات من أحسن الكواشف المسّجلة لآلثار النوویة وذلك لما یمتاز بھ من مواصفات (cr-39)یُعد الكاشف ] . 5,4[الكیمیائیة . : [6,5,4]ھي . ، كما انھ ذو أستقراریة حراریة عالیة ومترابطة ومتبلورة جزیئیاً حساسیة عالیة جداً لإلشعاع -1 . (high resolution)، وكذلك لھ قدرة تحلیلیة عالیة ذو شفافیة بصریة عالیة -2 عالیین في الخواص . (isotropy)وتماثالً (homogeneity)یمتلك تجانسا -3 بالعوامل الجویة من درجة حرارة ورطوبة عند خزنھ ألوقات طویلة تحت الظروف الطبیعیة . وال یذوب في ال یتأثر -4 اذ یعمل المحلول القاشط على تكسر ، المحالیل الكیمیائیة القاشطة التي تعمل على تحللِھ باستعمال محلول القشط المناسب لقشط الكیمیائي لذا فھو مقاوم للمذیبات .السالسل البولیمریة والتقلیل من سمكِھ وذلك بعملیِة ا ومعامل انكساره اقل من معامل انكسار الزجاج . مادة صلدة حراریا -5 .كما یستعمل لتقدیر الجرع النیوترونیة لألشخاص یمتاز بدرجة عالیة من الوضوِح للكشِف عن جسیمات ألفا -6 الجانب النظري ھو المنتوج الثانوي لعملیة معالجة الیورانیوم الطبیعي لجعلھ )depleted uranium ( ان الیورانیوم المنضب التي تحتاج الى فھ مكونا في االسلحة النوویة مناسبا (صالحا) لالستعمال بوصفھ وقودا في محطات الطاقة النوویة او بوص فقط ) ( ev 10 وان ، ) 4.2mev ( بطاقة ألفا لجسیمات باعث كما انھ .238u [7]على حساب 235uنسبة عالیة لتواجد الجسم في ینتج الذي الضرر حجم یتبین الجسم ، وبھذا في خراالُ الحیویة والجزیئات الوراثیة dnaلكسر جزیئة تكفي . [8]الناتجة االضرار مقدمة في السرطان ویأتي االشعاع بھذا الداخل في لتلوثل نتیجة المنضب حساب تراكیز الیورانیوم -:[9]ب تراكیز الیورانیوم في النماذج من خالل استعمال المعادلة االتیةتحس cx= 𝜌𝑥 𝑠𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒 x �is ix � x �𝑅s rx � ..............................................(2) ) . 2للنماذج القیاسیة والموضح بالشكل ( cs مع 𝜌s من الخط البیاني لقیم میلیحسب ال ان إذ cx یمثل تركیز الیورانیوم للنماذج المجھولة ،cs القیاسیة تركیز الیورانیوم للنماذجیمثل 𝜌x تمثل كثافة االثار للنماذج المجھولة ،𝜌s تمثل كثافة االثار للنماذج القیاسیة rs , rx . تمثل معدل مدى شظایا االنشطار في كل من النماذج المجھولة و القیاسیة على التوالي،وھي متساویة تقریبا ≈ rs / rx)) یكون correction factor( ولھذا فان عامل التصحیح 1) 123 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ix )238یمثل الوفرة النظائریة للنظیرینu,235u المجھولة) وھي ) في النماذج الحاویة على الیورانیوم المنضب(النماذج تساوي ix= 238𝑈 235𝑈 = 99.79 0.201 = 495.25 is 238الوفرة النظائریة للنظیرین( یمثلu,235uفي النماذج الحاویة على الیورانیوم الطبیعي(النماذج القیاسیة) وھي تساوي ( is = 238𝑈 235𝑈 = 99.27 0.72 = 137.87 is� اذن النسبة ix ) وبذلك تكون العالقة النھائیة ھي0.278تساوي (� cx= 𝜌𝑥 𝑠𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒 x 0.278 ………………………………………..….(3) (h)دلیل الخطورة االخر مضر إلى الحد الذي یجعل االنسان ة للكائن الحي، بعضھا قاتل وبعضھاإن االشعاعات تسبب اضراراً كثیر (specific activity)یعاني من اثارھا الزمان طویلة جداً . جمعت معدالت جرعات التعرض االشعاعي النوعي خارج الحدود المسموح نلنظائره المؤشرة. وعندما تكون قیمة ھذا الدلیل واحداً أو اكثر فھذا یعني أن ھناك خطراً ویكو . [10]بھا )4(1 4810 .).( 259 .).( 185 u(s.a) 40232238 −−−−−−−−−−−≤++= kasthas h الجرعة الممتصة والفعالة للنماذجایجاد [11]باستعمال المعادلة االتیة في النماذجتم ایجاد الجرعة الممتصة ی d = 0.429a u + 0.666a th + 0.042a k .........................................(5) a ان إذ u a و th a و k bq)ب الفعالیة النوعیة= kg . للنویدات المشعة في االنسجة ( ppm ≡ 12.35 bq . kg-1 1 [11] باستعمال الصیغة (a)الى فعالیة نوعیة ppmتم تحویل التركیز ** ]حساب الجرعة الفعالة الخارجیة والداخلیة وذلك باستعمال العالقات االتیة :یمكن ومن خالل حساب الجرعة الممتصة 11] معدل الجرعة الفعالة الخارجیة (msv.y -1 ) = d (ngy h −1 ) × 24 h × 365.25 d × 0.2 (عامل االنشغال) × 0.7 sv.gy −1 10 × (عامل التحویل) −6 …….....…………………………………………………(6) msv y) معدل الجرعة الفعالة الداخلیة -1 ) = d (ngy h −1 ) × 24 h × 365.25 d × 0.8 (عامل االنشغال)× 0.7 svgy −1 10 ×(الخارج/الداخل) 1.4 ×(عامل التحویل) −6 ……………………………………..……(7) الجانب العملي -:جمع النماذج -1 ابتداًء من منطقة الرستمیة وانتھاءً من مناطق مختلفة وعلى مسافات مختلفة من نھر دیالى نماذج الرواسب تجمع . )1رقم ( في الجدول وكما مبین بمنطقة التویثة -تحضیر النماذج: -2 ومن ثم غربلت للتخلص من ، طاحونة یدویة مصنوعة من الخزف نماذج و طحنت طحنا اولیا باستخدامجففت ال االجسام الغریبة ثم بعد ذلك تم طحنھا طحنا جیدا للحصول على دقائق متناھیة الصغر ومن ثم غربلت مرة اخرى للحصول pellet نموذج من النماذج المدروسة وكبس على شكل اقراصألكل (g 0.4)وزن ذَ خِ ، وبعد ذلك أُ على دقائق متجانسة . )mm 1) وسمك (cm 2بقطر ( تحضیر النماذج القیاسیة -3 ) وذلك بأخذ s-7 قیاسیة مختلفة من الیورانیوم الطبیعي باستعمال الصنف القیاسي العالمي ( تراكیز) 5( ترُحض نموذج الرواسب المطحونة أنموذج القیاسي الذي یحتوي على تركیز معلوم من الیورانیوم وإضافتھ إلى وزن معین من األ -لتحضیر التراكیز المطلوبة وحسب العالقة اآلتیة :والمحضرة )8.(......................................................................2211 wcwc = تركیز الیورانیوم لنماذج رواسب نھر دیالى القیاسیة والمجھولة على التوالي c2 , c1 ان إذ w1 w2 نماذج رواسب نھر دیالى القیاسیة والمجھولة على التوالي . وزن 124 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 التشعیع-4 . إذ تم تقطیع راد ایجاد تركیز الیورانیوم فیھا في آن واحدمن النماذج القیاسیة والنماذج التي یأجري تشعیع كل على النماذج المجھولة التركیز ) ، ووضعت الكواشف 2cm2×1بمساحة تقریبیة ( cr-39كاشف االثر العضوي النووي النماذج والكاشف في داخل نظام من درع الكادمیوم ( لغرض توضعسیة بصورة متالصقة مع الكاشف ووالنماذج القیا )على ھیئة 241am 9beالحصول على النیوترونات السریعة ) ورتبت حول المصدرالنیوتروني امریشیوم.بریلیوم ( 105)ج الـذي الیـحـتـوي عـلـى الـكـاشـف امـام الـمـصـدر الـنـیـوتـروني بـفـیـض مـقـداره نـمـوذوكان وجھ األ . دائریة n.cm-2.s-1) 6.048) ( فـتـكون قــد تـعـرضت الى سیـل نـیـوتـروني مقداره . مـدة سـبعـة ایـامx1010 n.cm-2 :ينووي وحسب التفاعل اآلتللحصول على اثار شظایا االنشطار ال 𝑼𝟗𝟐 𝟐𝟑𝟖 + 𝒏𝟎 𝟏 (𝑭𝒂𝒔𝒕 ) → 𝑼𝟗𝟐 𝟐𝟑𝟗 * fragments fission + q تمثل الطاقة المتحررة. qان إذ القشط الكیمیائي 5 ) وبدرجة حرارة n 6.25بعیاریة ( naohعملیة القشط الكیمیائي بعد عملیة التشعیع باستعمال محلول أُجریت )600c( ) لتنتقل وُجففت النماذج تاآلثار في النماذج القیاسیة والنماذج األخرى ، من ثم غسل ) ساعات إلظھار 5مدة لعملیة القیاس . الحسابات تراكیز الیورانیوم المنضب في نماذج رواسب نھر دیالى السطحیة باستعمال تقنیة عد اثار شظایا االنشطار ُحسبت منحني المعایرة والمتمثل بالعالقة بین كثافة اثار إذ ُحدد ، )cr-39لبة (النووي باستعمال كاشف االثر النووي للحالة الص ) ومن میل 2شظایا االنشطار مع تراكیز معلومة للیورانیوم في العینات القیاسیة وكانت العالقة خطیة كما في الشكل ( ).3تراكیز الیورانیوم للعینات المجھولة من العالقة ( سبَ الخط المستقیم حُ ) صیني الصنع novelتمت عملیة حساب عدد االثار للنماذج القیاسیة والنماذج االخرى باستعمال المجھر الضوئي نوع ( ف نموذج ومن ثم حساب قیمة المعدل وقیمة االنحرامن خالل حساب عدد االثار لمواقع مختلفة من األ (40x10)وبتكبیر ) لحساب التراكیز باالعتماد على المقارنة مع النماذج القیاسیة ، ثم 3دلة رقم (المعا تلالقیاسي للقراءات .بعد ذلك تم أُستعم تم ومن ثم) ، 4بعد ذلك تم ایجاد الفعالیة النوعیة للتراكیز المستخرجة ومن ثم حساب دلیل الخطورة باستعمال المعادلة رقم ( الجرعة خالل حساب الجرعة الممتصة ُحسبتمن و، )5ایجاد الجرعة الممتصة من ھذه الرواسب باستعمال المعادلة رقم ( ).7) و(6الفعالة الخارجیة والداخلیة وذلك باستعمال المعادلتین ( المناقشة ) وتشیر ھذه النتائج الى ان تراكیز الیورانیوم تتراوح بین 2دونت نتائج ھذه الدراسة في الجدول رقم ( )46.3±8.2 bq/kg) و (8.5±78.1 bq/kg) 5.26 ± 61.13 ) وبمعدل موزون مقداره bq/kg (. الذي ماخوذ من منطقة التویثة ، وھذا دلیل على تركز ) a-13نموذج (حیث كان اعلى تركیز للیورانیوم في األ العناصر المشعة في الرواسب في ھذه المنطقة اكثر من غیرھا من المناطق المدروسة وذلك بسبب تواجد منشأت نوویة ) الذي ماخوذ من منطقة الزویة على ضفة نھر a-7نموذج (سابقا في ھذه المنطقة ، وان اقل تركیز للیورانیوم كان في األ دیالى ، وفي دراسة سابقة قام بھا الباحث العبیدي بقیاس وتوصیف النویدات المشعة في رواسب نھر دجلة في العراق في الطارمیة وانتھى بمنطقة سلمان باك وكانت النتائج المستحصلة تتراوح بین مناطق متعددة ابتدأ العمل فیھا من منطقة )44.3±1.71 bq/kg) 2.2±64.7) و bq/kg( ) 0.584±53.002وبمعدل bq/kg ([10] ، ھذا في مایـخـص میاه بدراسة رواسب ) .isinkaye m.o. , farai i.pلیة اما في الدراسات العالمیة فقد قام الباحثان (الدراسة المح )bq/kg 3.6 ± 17.1 ن (ـیـراوح بـتـوم تـیـورانـیـز الـیـراكـج تـائـتـت نــانـا وكـریـیـجـیـرب نـوب غـنـي جـة فـیـحـطـس ، وھذا دلیل على تقارب نتائج الدراسة الحالیة مع الدراسات السابقة المحلیة والعالمیة bq/kg ([12] 8.7 ± 51.9و ( ) عرض لبعض النتائج العالمیة لتراكیز الیورانیوم في رواسب المیاه السطحیة لبلدان مختلفة من 4ویوضح الجدول رقم ( العالم . ائج موضحة في الجدول الفعالة الخارجیة والداخلیة والنتب كل من دلیل الخطورة والجرعة الممتصة والجرعة كذلك ُحس التي حددتھا منظمة ) وھو ضمن الحدود المسموحة 0.341یوضح الجدول ان معدل دلیل الخطورة ھو ( ) ، إذ3رقم ( والجرعة الفعالة ، ) ngy/h 26.54كما یوضح الجدول ان معدل الجرعة الممتصة ھو ( )whoالصحة العالمیة ( والـمـجـمـوع الـكـلـي ، ) msv/y 0.182والـجـرعـة الـفـعـالـة الـداخـلـیـة ھـي (، ) msv/y 0.0325ھي ( الخارجیة ) msv/y 1) وھذه القیم ھي ضمن الحدود المسموح بھا للتعرض وھي (msv/y 0.2145لـمـعـدل الجرعة الفعالة ھو ( ).iaeaلطاقة الذریة(والوكالة الدولیة ل )whoالتي حددتھا منظمة الصحة العالمیة ( 125 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المصادر تاثیر استخدام الیورانیوم المنضب في اسلحة العدوان بزیادة االصابة باالمراض ، )2002(خلیل ، منیب عادل .1 الجزء استعمال أسلحة الیورانیوم المنضب ضد اإلنسان والبیئة في العراق،المؤتمر العلمي الثار مقرراتالسرطانیة ، . الثاني ، اطروحة دكتوراه الجزء االوسط -تقییم الموارد المائیة في حوض نھر دیالى ، (2007)التمیمي، عمر صباح ابراھیم .2 .165 صفحة كلیة العلوم،-(غیر منشورة)، جامعة بغداد رة)، تأثیر الفعالیات البشریة على نوعیة میاه نھر دیالى، رسالة ماجستیر (غیر منشو ،(1992)العادلي، عقیل شاكر .3 .108 صفحة كلیة العلوم،-جامعة بغداد 4. biswas, s. ; durgaprasad , n. ; kajarekar, p. ; sarkar, s. and venkatavaradan, v.s. (1979) ,detection of relativistic cosmic ray iron nuclei in the plastic track detector cr-39 , nuclear instruments and methods, 163 (1) :183 -187 . 5. cartwright, b.g. ; shirk, e.k. and price, p.b. (1978) ,a nuclear-track-recording polymer of unique sensitivity and resolution , nuclear instruments and methods ,153 (2-3) :457-460 . 6. fujii, m. and yokoto, r. (1986) thermosetting resins for nuclear track detection,nuclear tracks and radiation measurements , 12 (1-6) :55-58. 7. argonne national laboratory evs (2005) depleted uranium , human health fact sheet لعلوم السیاسیة ، جامعة بعض تأثیرات االسلحة المشعة في العراق ، كلیة ا )2004(الطویل ، د.رواء زكي یونس .8 الموصل 9. fleischer ,r. l. ; price, p. b. and robert, m.w. (1975) nuclear track in soild principle and application , university of california press . توصیف وقیاس الملوثات االشعاعیة والصناعیة في نماذج بیئة مدینة بغداد باستعمال (2006)العبیدي ، خالد ھادي .10 بغداد ، كلیة التربیة ، رسالة دكتوراه ، جامعة ))cr-39مطیافیة اشعة كاما وتقنیة كاشف االثر النووي في الحالة الصلبة ( . ابن الھیثم 11. abdel-razek, y. ; bakhit, a.and nada, a.a. (2008) ,measurements of the natural radioactivity along wadi nugrus , egypt , radiation physics & protection conference , 1519 november 2008 , nasr city-cairo , egypt. 12. isinkaye m.o. and farai, i.p. (2008), activity concentrations of primordial radionuclides in sediments of surface – water dams in southwest nigeria –a baseline survey, j. of radioprotection , 43(4) :533-545 . 13. mantazul, i.c.; alam ,m.n. and hazari, s.k. (1999) , distribution of radionuclides in the river sediments and coastal soils of chittagong, bangladesh and evaluation of the radiation hazard , appl. radiat. isot. 51 : 747–755 . 14. ziqiang, p. ; yin, y. and mingqiang, g. (1988) , national radiation and radioactivity in china , radiat. prot. dosim. , 24 (1/4) : 29–38. 15. kemru, m.n. (1997) , possible uranium rich areas in the aegean region of turkey , appl. radiat. isot. , 48 (2) : 295–299. 16. mcaulay, i.r. and moran, d. (1988) , natural radioactivity in soil in the republic of ireland , radiat. prot. dosim. , 24 (1/4) : 47–49. 17. lambrechts, a. ; foulquier, l. and garnier-laplace, j. (1992) , natural radioactivity in the aquatic components of the main french rivers , radiat. prot. dosimetry , 45(1/4) : 253– 256. 18. chu, t.c. ; weng, p.s. and lin ,y.m. (1992) , distribution of naturally occurring radionuclides in taiwanese rocks , radiat. prot. dosim. , 45 (1/4) : 281–283. 19. ibrahiem n.m. ; abd el ghani a.h. ; shawky s.m. ; ashraf e.m. and farouk, m.a. (1993) , measurement of radioactivity levels in soil in the nile delta and middle egypt , health phys. , 64 (6) : 297–299. 20. saada ,h.r. and al-azmib, d. (2002) , radioactivity concentrations in sediments and their correlation to the coastal structure in kuwait , j. of applied radiation and isotopes , 56 :991–997. 126 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0029554x7990048x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0029554x78909898 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0029554x78909898 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/1359018986905364 یبین نماذج رواسب نھر دیالى التي تم الحصول علیھا :)1(رقم جدول النموذجمكان جمع نموذجرقم ال ت 1 a -1 الرستمیة 2 a -2 الرستمیة 3 a -3 جسر دیالى الجدید 4 a -4 جسر دیالى الجدید 5 a -5 جسر دیالى الجدید 6 a -6 الزویة 7 a -7 الزویة 8 a -8 العریفیة 9 a -9 العریفیة 10 a -10 جسر دیالى القدیم 11 a -11 جسر دیالى القدیم 12 a -12 التویثة 13 a -13 التویثة 14 a -14 التویثة النماذج المدروسةفي وكثافة االثار تراكیز الیورانیوم والفعالیة النوعیة :)2( رقم جدول xكثافة االثار الموقع نموذجرقم ال )track / mm2( cxتركیز الیورانیوم )ppm( الفعالیة النوعیة (bq/kg)s.a a -1 4.8 56 0.39 4.54 44.32 510.3 الرستمیة a -2 6.5 60.4 0.53 4.89 59.7±550.3 الرستمیة a -3 6.6 61.3 0.54 4.97 60.2 559.1 جسر دیالى الجدید a -4 8.5 75.3 0.69 6.1 77.6 684.9 جسر دیالى الجدید a -5 7.9 69 0.64 5.59 72.4 628.6 جسر دیالى الجدید a -6 5.1 56.8 0.42 4.6 47.3 517.7 الزویة a -7 8.2 46.3 0.67 3.75 76.3 ± 421.5 الزویة a -8 6.9 62.7 0.56 ± 5.08 63.6 ± 571 العریفیة a -9 10.1 61.2 0.82 4.96 92.75 557.6 العریفیة a -10 8.15 60.1 0.66 4.87 75 547.3 جسر دیالى القدیم a -11 4.56 58 0.37 4.7 42.3 528.1 جسر دیالى القدیم a -12 9.88 75.9 0.8 6.15 90.5 690.8 التویثة a -13 8.5 78.1 0.69 ± 6.33 78.4 711.5 التویثة a -14 9.5 63.9 0.77 5.18 87.2 582.8 التویثة 5.26 ± 61.13 0.426 ± 4.95 المعدل الموزون المعدل الموزون یحسب من العالقة التالیة : * = المعدل الموزون ∑ ∑ ∆ ∆ 2 2 )( 1 )( xi xi xi , δw=� 1 ∑(∆𝑋𝑖)2 )= نسبة الزیادة والنقصان في المعدل الموزون(δwان إذ 127 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ة الخارجیة والداخلیة والجرعة الممتصة ودلیل الخطورة للنماذج المدروسةالجرعة الفعالمعدل :)3( رقم جدول (ngy/h) الجرعة الممتصة الموقع رقم النموذج معدل الجرعة الفعالة الداخلیة )msv/y( معدل الجرعة الفعالة الخارجیة )msv/y( دلیل الخطورة )hex( a -1 0.302 0.029 0.162 23.52 الرستمیة a -2 0.326 0.0311 0.174 25.36 الرستمیة a -3 0.331 0.0315 0.177 25.74 جسر دیالى الجدید a -4 0.407 0.039 0.217 31.62 جسر دیالى الجدید a -5 0.372 0.0355 0.199 28.98 جسر دیالى الجدید a -6 0.307 0.0292 0.164 23.856 الزویة a -7 0.250 0.024 0.133 19.446 الزویة a -8 0.338 0.0323 0.181 26.334 العریفیة a -9 0.330 0.0315 0.176 25.7 العریفیة a -10 0.324 0.031 0.173 25.24 جسر دیالى القدیم a -11 0.313 0.03 0.167 24.36 جسر دیالى القدیم a -12 0.410 0.039 0.219 31.878 التویثة a -13 0.422 0.04 0.225 32.8 التویثة a -14 0.343 0.033 0.184 26.84 التویثة 0.341 0.0325 0.182 26.549 المعدل مقارنة ومعدل الفعالیة النوعیة للیورانیوم المنضب في نماذج رواسب االنھار لمختلف بلدان العالم مدى:) 4( رقم دولج الدراسة الحالیةبنتائج (bq/kg) النوعیةمدى الفعالیة الدولة التسلسل معدل الفعالیة النوعیة )bq/kg( المصدر [10] 53 64← 44 العراق 1 [12] 28 51← 17 نیجیریا 2 [13] 38 90← 20 بنغالدش 3 [14] 62 119← 26 الصین 4 [15] 75 224← 15 تركیا 5 [16] 37 120← 8 أیرلندا جمھوریة 6 [17] 37 62 ← 9 فرنسا 7 [18] 18 35← 0.87 تایوان 8 [19] 17 64← 5 مصر 9 [20] 36 115← 5 الكویت 10 الدراسة الحالیة 61 78← 46 العراق 11 128 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 خریطة توضح مواقع النماذج على نھر دیالى:) 1( رقم شكل القیاسیةعالقة كثافة االثار مع تراكیز الیورانیوم للنماذج :) 2( رقم شكل tra ck de ns ity (no .of tr ac k/ mm 2 ) uranium concentration (ppm) مقارنة بین معدالت الفعالیة النوعیة للیورانیوم المنضب في نماذج رواسب االنھار لمختلف بلدان العالم :) 3( رقم شكل مع الدراسة الحالیة 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 (b q/ kg ة ( عي نو ال ية عال الف ل عد م 130 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 calculation of the concentrations of depleted uranium in the diyala river sediment samples using the nuclear track detector cr-39 auday t. subhi dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in: 9 september 2012 , accepted in: 25 february 2013 abstract in this study, depleted uranium concentrations were calculated in sediments diyala river samples , where 14 samples of sediment along the diyala river were collected , starting from the rustumiya area and ending with the tuwaitha area after its confluence with the river tigris , using the solid state nuclear track detectors technique (ssntds). we found that the highest concentration of depleted uranium was in the sample (a-13), and was taken from the tuwaitha area with the specific activity of the amount (78.1 ± 8.5 bq/kg ) and the lowest concentration of the depleted uranium was in the sample (a-7), and was taken from the azwaip area with the specific activity of the amount (46.3 ± 8.2 bq/kg ) and the average up to (61.13 ± 5.26 bq/kg ). the results showed that the average hazard index of these samples was up to (0.341) which is the limit being less than 1 and converged with what is recorded in some international organizations such as the (who) and (epa). the results also show that external effective dose average was around (0.0325 msv/y) and the internal effective dose average was around (0.182 msv/y) . key words:depleted uranium , diyala river , solid-state nuclear track detectors (ssntds) , hazard index , absorbed dose , effective dose , tuwaitha area . 131 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 407-416 علوم الحياة | 407 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 melopsittacusالوصف العياني والتركيب النسجي لكبد طائر الدرة undulatus أڤين رمضان محسن زهراء حنون حميد جامعة بغدادكلية العلوم للبنات / /قسم علوم الحياة 2016كانون الثاني 31قبل في : 2015تشرين الثاني 10استلم في: الخالصة .ظهر الكبد melopsittacus undulatusتمت دراسة الوصف العياني والتركيب النسجي للكبد في طائر الدرة ثانوية وأكبر قليال من الفص األيمن الذي يكون أهليليجي ثالث بشكل عضو ثنائي الفصوص , الفص األيسر ذو فصوص الشكل .يحاط الكبد بمحفظة مكونة من طبقة رقيقة من نسيج ضام مع عدم تميز الحواجز بين الفصيصية .يتكون النسيج كبد مؤلفة من خلية.تظهر الباحة البوابية ضمن النسيج الحشوي لل 1_2حبال بسمك بهيأةالحشوي من خاليا كبدية مرتبة . شريان كبدي ووريد بابي وقناة صفراوية ومدعمة بنسيج ضام . لم يالحظ كيس الصفراء في هذا النوع الكبد , التركيب النسجي, melopsittacu sundulatus: الكلمات المفتاحية علوم الحياة | 408 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة الذي يضم (aves)إلى صنف الطيور melopsittacus undulates (budgerigar) االسترالية يعود طائر الدرة .psittacidae (true parrot[1]الببغاوات الحقيقية ( ,عائلة psittaciformes (parrot)الببغاوات رتبة سماطائر الحب ولدى العامة من الغرب ب باسمالدرة أو الطائر الطيب المعروف لدى العامة من العرب أال في استراليا, والبري من هذه الطيور البذور,وال توجد بحالة بريةة أكل الببغاوات الصغيرة.وهو احد budgieالبادجي اخضر واصفر اللون دائما وهو طائر أقفاص محب للعزلة ولكن في البرية محب لالجتماع واسع التنقل وحجومها تختلف من بذور النباتات االرضية غذاء له مثل انوع21 -39 وقد تشكل غالبا بأختالف الطعام.تتغذى على البذور من نبت األرض .[2,3]القمح, لقد درس الكبد كونه من الغدد المهمة في الجهاز الهضمي فهو أكبر عضو داخلي في الجسم واكبر غدة فيها وظائفه لجسم, تشمل وظائفه األيضي ل وأزالة السموم والحفاظ على األستتباب bileالصفراء وإنتاج تشمل تمثيل المواد الغذائية مثل الزالل البالزما دورا رئيسيا في صنع بروتينات يؤديتمثيل الكربوهيدرات والدهون والفيتامينات وهو أيضا هو عضو ثنائي الفص يقع في منتصف الجوف العام للجسم الفص األيمن .الكبد في الطيور fibrinogen.[4]والفيبرينوجين في بعض انواع الطيور الفص األيسر هو أصغر بقليل من الفص األيمن ولكل فص قناة واأليسر يرتبطان في خط الوسط ,و gall ,ال يوجد كيس الصفراء duodenumمنفصلة تصب في االلتواء الصاعد لالثني عشري biliary ductصفراوية bladder في كل انواع الطيور اذ ال تظهر في الحمامpigeon ومعظم الببغاواتparrots مثلparakeet والنعام ostrichs لكنها موجودة في كل من الدجاجchicken والبط ducks واإلوزgeeseعند السطح البطني للفص األيمن .[5]للكبد يتفاوت التركيب النسيجي للكبد بين االنواع ,لكن هناك مالمح عامة شائعة في معظم األنواع اذ يحاط الكبد hepaticتمثل فصيصات الكبد glissons capsule [6].كليسون عى محفظةمن نسيج ضام تد capsuleبمحفظة lobule والثالوث البوابيportal triad الوحدة الوظيفية والهيكلية للكبد.اذ يتكون فصيص الكبد من خاليا كبدية hepatocyte الكبدية ويحتوي على فرعالفصيصات بين ويقع الثالوث البوابي الخاليا الكبدية -تشكل هياكل الجيبانيات واألوعيةbile ductوالقناة الصفراوية hepatic arteryوالشريان الكبدي portal veinلكل من الوريد البابي . [7]م, و تحاط هذه األوعية والقنوات بنسيج ضاnerveواألعصاب lymph vesselالليمفاوية , sinusoidsوالجيبانيات الدموية الكبد والقنيات الصفراوية من هيكل اساسي يتضمن خاليا في الفقرياتيتألف الكبد أنماط من التنظيم الكبدي ةاذ يوجد ثالثparenchymaفي النسيج الحشوي speciesوتظهر الفروق التركيبية بين األنواع خليتين مع بشكل صفائح ذات سمك central vein,النمط األول تترتب فيه الخاليا الكبدية شعاعيا حول وريد مركزي المتجاورة ووصف هذا النمط بين الخاليا الكبدية القنيات الصفراوية دموية تفصل بين الصفائح الكبدية,تقع وجود جيبانيات تشكل القنية الصفراوية بينما الكبدية في الطيور واللبائن , وفي النمط الثاني تشكل الجيبانيات الدموية شبكة تحيط بالحبال خاليا الكبد ,اما في النمط الثالث تترتبmyxine glutinosa(hagfish) ية وهذا ماتم وصفه في سمكةمركز الحبال الكبد داخل الخاليا ووصف هذا النمط في سمكة تراوت حول الوريد المركزي والقنيات الصفراوية laminaeبشكل صفائح . rainbow trout salmo gairdner[5]القوس قزح المواد وطرائق العمل البالغة من كال الجنسين من مدينة بغداد,وتم تشريح الطائر melopsittacus undulatusطيور الدرة عينات جمعت لمده fxationللتثبيت bouins solutionووضعه في محلول بون ازالته و دراسة شكل وتركيب الكبد عيانيا و من ثم % وبعد ذلك مررت العينات بتراكيز متسلسلة من 70بتركيز ethanolساعة ,ثم غسلت عده مرات بالكحول االثيلي 24 العينات infiltrationشربت ومن ثم xylene بالزايلينcleaning%) و روقت100%,90%,80%,70االثيلي ( الكحول العينات sectioningوتم بعد ذلك تقطيع العينات بشمع البرافين embeddingو طمرتparaffin waxبشمع البرافين و الساليد الزجاجي باستخدام اح ماير ومن ثم تحميلها على 7µm-6بسمك rotary microtomeز المشراح الدواربجها تم فحص العينات تحت المجهر . haematoxylen and eosin[8]الهيماتوكسيلين_ايوسين تصبيغها بصبغة المحمولة على المجهر olympus وتصويرها بوساطة كاميرا نوعolympus نوع light microscopeالضوئي . olympus bh2الضوئي نوع علوم الحياة | 409 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 النتائج morphological description of liverلوصف العياني للكبد ا مؤلف من األيسرذو لون احمر قاتم ويكون فصه bilobed organأظهرت النتائج ان الكبد عضو ثنائي الفصوص , elliptical shapeوأكبر قليال من فصه األيمن الذي يكون اهليليجي الشكل secondary lobes فصوص ثانوية ةثالث ribs األضالعيقع في منطقة إذوالوسطى منه, األماميةمن تجويف الجسم في الجهة البطنية اً كبير اً ويشغل الكبد جزء region وجزء الكبد العلوي محيط بقمة القلبapex ينالرئت وأمام lungsيس الصفراء , ولم يالحظ كgall bladder في ).(1هذا النوع, شكل histological structure of the liverالتركيب النسجي للكبد مكونة من طبقة رقيقة من نسيج ضام كثيف , كما لوحظ عدم تمييز capsuleالنتائج ان الكبد يغلف بمحفظة أظهرت مكونة من حبال parenchymaللكبد )، يظهر النسيج الحشوي2شكل ( inter lobular septa الحواجز بين الفصيصية , وتترتب الحبال الكبدية بصورة متوازية حول الوريد المركزي sinusoidsوجيبانيات دموية hepatic cords كبدية central vein خلية لكل حبل كبدي ,الخاليا الكبدية 1_2),الحبال الكبدية تكون بسمك (4,3شكلhepatocyte رة كبي ). تتألف الباحة البوابية4ذات نوية مركزية واحدة شكل ( الحجم متعددة األوجه ذات نواة أو نواتين كروية أو بيضوية portal area من الوريد البابيportal vein والشريان الكبديhepatic artery وقناة صفراويةbile duct التي تبطن ), وتظهر القنوات الصفراوية الكبيرة 7,6,5شكل ( simple cuboidal epithelial tissueبنسيج طالئي مكعب بسيط التي بتجمعها تكون القناة الصفراوية simple columnar epithelial tissueمبطنة بنسيج طالئي عمودي بسيط سابحة ضمن تجاويف الجيبانيات kupffer cell),تظهر خاليا كوفر 10,9,8شكل ( common bile ductالرئيسية ذات نوى متطاولة داكنة اللون تبطن endothelial cellالدموية ذات نوى كروية غامقة اللون , كما تظهر خاليا بطانية ).4الجيبانيات الدموية شكل ( المناقشة morphological description of liverالوصف العياني للكبد على اً مقسم األيسريظهر من خالل الدراسة الحالية للكبد في طائر الدرة ان الكبد عضو ثنائي الفصوص ,ويكون فصه الذي يكون اهليليجي الشكل وغير مقسم وجاءت هذه النتائج مطابقة لما تم األيمنفصوص ثانوية واكبر قليال من فصه ةثالث لكن نتائج الدراسة الحالية لم تتفق مع ما تم وصفة في كبد struthio camaelus[9,10](ostrich) وصفة في كبد النعام اذ يكون الفص االيسر مجزأ الى جزأين ظهري وبطني house sparrowوالعصفور المنزلي broilersفروج اللحم ان numida meleagris. ان حجم وعدد فصوص الكبد يتباين بين أنواع الطيور , اذ لوحظ في كبد دجاج غينيا[12,11] agapornis fischeriغير مقسم , و لوحظ في كبد الببغاء المتيمة األيمنفصيين ثانويين والفص علىمقسم األيسرالفص larusمتساويان بالحجم وغير مفصصين الى فصوص ثانوية ,كما لوحظ في كبد النورس واأليسر األيمنان فصي الكبد canus اما في طائر الغرة [5]الى فصوص ثانوية ينوكالهما غير مفصص أليمنااصغر من الفص األيسران الفص , .[13]ينأجز على اً الذي يكون مقسم األيسراكبر من الفص األيمنفيكون الفص fulica atraالبيضاء على هناك ارتباط بين نوع االغذية المستهلكة من قبل الطائر وحجم الكبد , اذ يكون اكبر حجماً في الطيور المتغذية وحالته يختلف حجمه ولونه تبعا لعمر الطائر broilers, كما لوحظ ان الكبد في فروج اللحم [5]الحشرات واالسماك . [11]التغذوية ,وجاءت النتيجة مطابقة لما وجد في طير gall bladderالحالية وجود كيس الصفراء الدراسةلم يالحظ في نتائج و larus canus,كما يظهر كيس الصفراء جيدة التكوين في كل من النورس agaporins fischeri[5]الببغاء المتيمة ,اذ ان مثانة الصفراء عادة موجودة في الكثير من انواع broilers[11,5]وفروج اللحم numida meleagrisدجاج غينيا الحيوانات التي التمتلك مثانة , ostrich[5]والنعام pigeonsوالحمام parrotsالطيور باستثناء معظم الببغاوات تسيطر على افراز الصفراء الذي يفرز بكميات كبيرة من الكبد على عكس الحيوانات oddiالصفراء لديها العاصرة اودي . القنوات الصفراوية تعمل عمل كيس [14]التي تمتلك كيس الصفراء , اذ ان اغلب الطيور الالحمة تمتلك كيس الصفراء . [15]عدامها في الحيوان الصفراء عند ان histological structure of the liverالتركيب النسجي للكبد اظهرت النتائج الحالية ان الكبد محاط بمحفظة مكونة من طبقة رقيقة من نسيج ضام مع عدم تمييز الحواجز بين . اذ rhea americana[16,5]الفصيصية وهذه النتيجة تتفق مع ما وجد في اغلب الطيور والفقريات كما في طائر الريا كلً بينما تكون اقل سمكاً في larus canusكبد طائر النورس تكون المحفظة سميكة ومؤلفة من نسيج ضام منتظم كثيف في , بينما لوحظ في طائر الغرة numida meleagris[5]ودجاج غينيا agaporins fischeri من الببغاء المتيمة .كما [13]فصوص و من ثم فصيصات بدرجة اقل علىان المحفظة الرقيقة تقسم نسيج الكبد fulica atraالبيضاء خلية وهذا ما تم 1-2دموية وحبال كبدية ذات سمك تائج الحالية ان النسيج الحشوي في الكبد مكون من جيبانياتاظهرت الن . كما اظهرت أن الباحة البوابية مؤلفة من الوريد البابي والشريان الكبدي وقناة [12]االشارة اليه في اغلب الطيور واللبائن علوم الحياة | 410 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ت الصفراوية الصغيرة مبطنة بنسيج طالئي مكعبي بسيط أما الكبيرة منها صفراوية مدعمة بنسيج ضام , وتظهر القنوا .[12,4]فتبطن بنسيج طالئي عمودي بسيط كما في القناة الصفراوية الرئيسية ,وهذا ما تم االشارة الية في اغلب الطيور لكريات الحمر وهما خاليا كوفر ا عنفضالً كما اظهرت النتائج الحالية أن الجيبانيات الدموية تحوي نوعين من الخاليا [12]ذات انوية كروية غامقة اللون وخاليا بطانية ذات نوى متطاولة داكنة اللون وهذا ما تم االشارة اليه في اغلب الطيور المصادر 1.collar, n.j.(1997) family psittacidae (parrots). in:handbook of the birds of the world. 4thed.,lynx edition:barcelona.( 280-477). 2. wyndham ,e.(1980)enviromented food of the budgerigar melopsittacus undulatus. australian journal of ecology .5,1(47-61). 3.koutsos, e.a.; matson, k.d. and klasing, k.c.(2001) nutrition of birds in the order psittaciformes: a review. j avian med surg.15,4.(257-275). 4.sturkie, p.d.(1986) avian physiology. 4th ed., springer verlag, new york. 5. hamodi, h.m. ; abed , a.a. and taha , a.m.( 2013) comparative anatomical , histological and histochemical study of the liver inthree species of birds . raf .j .sci .24 ,5 .(12-23). 6. bradley, o.c. (1960) the structure of the fowl. 4th ed. oliver and boyd ltd. edinburgh. 143. 7. motta, p.m.(1984)the three-dimensional microanatomy of the liver. arch. histol. jpn.,47,1-30. 8.bancroft,j.and stevens,a.(1982).theory and practice of histological technique .2nded.churchilllivingstone,edinburgh and london.(xiv +662). 9.stornelli,m.r. and ricciardi , m.p. (2006) morphological and histological study of the ostrich (struthio camelus l.) liver and biliary system .j .anat .embryology .111 , 1.(1-7 ). 10. moslem , d. (2015) histological study of the african ostrich liver and anatomical comparison of it with poultry liver. biological forum – an international journal. 7.1.( 1185-1188). يوم .11.دراسة تشريحية ونسجية مقارنة للكبدفي فروج اللحم من عمر2013)(الناصري, شروق حميد وابراهيم, اياد حميد .(134-142), 3, عدد 13ولغاية البلوغ الجنسي . مجلة جامعة تكريت للعلوم الزراعية , مجلد .12للكبد في العصفور .الوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسجي2011)( البكري , نهلة عبد الرضا وعبد ,انتخاب حميد ) .(59-119, 2,عدد 3.مجلة كلية مدينة العلم الجامعة , مجلد house sparrow ,passer domesticusالمنزلي 13.selman,h.a.(2013)morphologica land histological study for liver in local coot birds fulica atra . bas.j.vet.res.12,1.(152-158). 14. alvares, w.c.(2014) an introduction to gastro–enterology: the mechanics of the digestive tract. 4thed.butterworth-heinemann, london.( 928). 15. oldham-ott, c.k. and gilloteaux, j.( 1997) comparative morphology of the gallbladder and biliary tract in vertebrates: variation in structure, homology in function and gallstones. microsc res tech. 38.6.(571-97). 16. rodrigues ,m.n.; de oliviera ,g.b. ; da silva ,r.s.b.;dealbuquerque,j.f.g. and de oliveira ,m.f. (2012)morphology and topography of the liver and pancreas of rheaamericana.cienc.rural.42,3 . (474-479). علوم الحياة | 411 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 melopsittacus undulatus): منظر ظهري يوضح فصي الكبد في 1شكل( ll left lobe , rl right lobe ,sl1 secondary lobe1,sl2 secondary lobe2 ,sl3 secondary lobe3 ).h&e.(capsule : مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل كبد طائر الدرةيوضح المحفظة)2شكل( c capsule ,hc hepatic cord,pv portal vein, s sinusoid. علوم الحياة | 412 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 (h&e)): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل كبد طائر الدرة يوضح النسيج الحشوي للكبد3شكل( .cv central vein ,hc hepatic cord ,s sinusoid ).h&eالدرة (): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل كبد طائر 4شكل( e endothelial cell ,h hepatocyte ,hc hepatic cord ,k kupffer cell, nu nucleolus ,n nucleus . علوم الحياة | 413 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ).h&eالبوابية في كبد طائر الدرة( ): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل الباحة5شكل( bd bile duct ,ct connective tissue , pv portal vein, s sinusoid . ).h&eالبوابية يوضح بطانة القناة الصفراوية ( ): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل الباحة6شكل( bd bile duct , pv portal vein ,scu simple cuboidal epithelial tissue . pv علوم الحياة | 414 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 . (h&e): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل الباحة البوابية في كبد طائر الدرة 7)شكل( bd bile duct , ct connective tissue ,ha hepatic artery ,pv portal vein . . h&e): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل كبد طائر الدرة يوضح بطانة القناة الصفراوية الرئيسة (8شكل cbd common bile duct , sco simple columnar epithelial tissue m علوم الحياة | 415 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 .(h&e)): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل كبد طائر الدرة يوضح بطانة احد فروع القناة الصفراوية الرئيسية 9شكل( sco simple columnar epithelial tissue . . (h&e)): مقطع مستعرض يمر خالل كبد طائر الدرة يوضح القناة الصفراوية الرئيسية10شكل ( .cbd common bile duct علوم الحياة | 416 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 morphological and histological structure of the liver in budgerigar (melopsittacus undulatus ) aveen r. mohsin zahraa h. hameed dept. of biology /college of science for women/ university of baghdad received in :10november 2015 , accepted in : 31january 2016 abstract morphological description and histological structure of the liver have been studied in durra bird melopsittacus undulatus. the liver is a bilobed organ , the left lobe with three secondary lobes and slightly larger than the right lobe which is elliptical in shape. liver is surrounded by a capsule that consists of thin layer of connective tissue with no distinction between interlobular septa . the parenchyma tissue consists of hepatic cells arranged with thickness 2_1 cell. portal area appears within the liver parenchyma tissue composed of hepatic artery, portal vein and bile duct and supported by connective tissue. a gallbladder was not noticed in this species. key words :melopsittacus undulatus, liver , histology conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees computer |236 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1624 1027( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 panchromatic and multispectral image fusion by combining ihs transform and haar wavelet alaa a. hamed amna al-safar namar a. taha dept.of computer /college of education for pure science (ibn-alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in:22/may/2017,accepted in:24/september/2017 abstract the technique of integrate complimentary details from two or more input images is known as image fusion. the fusion image is more informational and will be complete more than any of the original input images. this paper illustrates implementation and evaluation of fusion techniques used on the satellite images a high-resolution panchromatic (pan) and multispectral (ms). a new algorithm is proposed to fuse a pan and ms of the lowresolution images based on combining ihs and haar wavelet transform.firstly, this paper clarifies the classical fusion by using ihs transform and haar wavelet transform individually. secondly proposition new strategy of combining the two methods. performance of the proposed method is evaluated with the help of assessment parameter such as mean square error and peak signal to noise ratio. experiment results shows that the proposed algorithm has higher performance than the classical fusion by ihs transform. keywords: image fusion, ihs transform, haar wavelet computer |237 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1624 1027( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 introduction in our time , remote sensing image is developed to high (spatial, spectral and time) resolution [1]. the technical method that integrates the spatial details of spectral information of lowresolution ms and pan with the high-resolution to produce the new high-resolution multispectral image is known as image fusion. in fusion , enhanced spatial details of the pan images and maintain the spectral information of the ms images at the same time was the most important point [2]. the techniques of image fusion is performing at three different categories depend on the stage at which fusion takes place, it is (pixel, feature and decision) level of impersonation [3]. pixel level is the lowest level of image fusion, referring to the merging of measured physical parameters .its combination mechanism is directly on the pixels obtained at the different sensors through several algorithms under hard registration conditions. feature level fusion working on features extract from the source images which is intermediate level of image fusion where the features correspond to characteristics extracted from the initial images depend on their environment, on the other hand the high-level fusion decisionlevel, its results providing by the basis for command and controlling decision make [4] .recent years, there are many research works on methods of image fusion , ihs image fusion technique is wide used in remote sensing fusion because it can improving the textural characteristics and enhancing spatial details of the fusing image but still exist serious spectral distortion. we can overcome this problem by improving ihs through integration with other techniques such as wavelet. image fusion algorithms there are many fusion methods for image which can be divided into: 1.spatial domain. 2.transform domain. in spatial domain like (principal component analysis (pca), maximum, minimum, averaging and ihs) it deals directly with pixels of input images. in transform domain transfer the image in to frequency domain first by applying one of the transform methods like dct, dwt... [5]. the pixel-level algorithms are described below simple average method it is the straight forward technique it can be achieved by adding the value of the pixel of each image then divided the sum by 2 to obtaining the average. the corresponding pixel of the output image is assigned by the average value. maximum selection method this method is simple and fusion could be achieved by taken the pixel with the maximum intensity from each input image, the resultant pixel is used to obtain a fused image. comparing to average method highly focused output image obtained. minimum selection method in minimum method, the fused image is achieved by selecting the pixel with the minimum intensity from each input image. the resultant pixel is used to obtain a fused image. with dark shades images a good fusion image is generating by using this method[6]. computer |238 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1624 1027( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 principal component analysis the pca involves a mathematical procedure generating variables called principal components by transforming a number of correlated variables into a number of uncorrelated variables. pca create an uncorrelated feature space instead of the original multispectral which can be used for further analysis. pca is applied to the multispectral bands and the inter correlated ms bands transform converts into a set of new uncorrelated components [7]. fusion using ihs transform for remote sensing the most common image fusion technique is ihs (intensity-huesaturation). this technique converts an rgb color image space to the ihs color space. the i (intensity) band is replaced by the panchromatic image, histogram matching the multispectral and the panchromatic image before image fusing.[8]. the channels in the multispectral image need not actually correspond to the red, green, and blue bands of visible light, but the reliance on the ihs transform does mean that this method suffers from the notable limitation that the multispectral image must consist of exactly three bands. the general principle is that the intensity component captures much more of the “fine detail” of the image than the other components, so this data fusion method works by replacing the intensity component of the resized and transformed multispectral image with the values of the panchromatic image, which is actuallymeasured at the higher spatial resolution, and then reversing the transform back to the variable space of the multispectral bands as in fig(1) [9]. fusion using wavelet transform in wavelet transforms haar is one of the simplest ways. wavelet family or basis form together by a sequence of rescaled "square-shaped" functions. similarity of fourier analysis is to the wavelet analysis in that it allows a target function over an interval to be represented in terms of an orthonormal function basis. haar sequence is now known as the first organized wavelet basis. the mother function of haar wavelet ψ(t) can be describe as[10] ( ) { ( ) its scaling function ϕ(t) can be described as ( ) { ( ) in the tradition wavelet-based image fusion the performance done by decomposing the two input images separately into (approximate, detailed) coefficients then ms image high detailed coefficients are replaced with of the pan image coefficient. fusion multi-spectral image obtained by transforming the new wavelet coefficients of the multi-spectral image with the inverse pan wavelet transform as in fig(2)[11]. computer |239 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1624 1027( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 the proposed hybrid method a single method for image fusion may not efficient always may it lack in one point or other. therefore used for developing a method by hybrid of haar wavelet and ihs transform to get better results. the algorithm is shown in following steps: step 1: input the panchromatic image (pan) and multi spectral image (ms) step 2: transformed the (ms) image to ihs components step 3: matching histogram of (pan) image to i component of (ms) to get new ( i ) step 4: transform the i \ ,h ,s to rgb step 5: apply the haar wavelet to both (pan) and the rgb image. step 6: compute the fusion rule three time step7: apply the inverse haar wavelet to obtain the final fused image. the proposed hybrid methods block diagram shown in fig (3) experimental result and discussions in this section we discussed the result after applying the hybrid of ihs and haar wavelet for two images ms and pan and these images and fusion image are shown in fig for comparison the proposed (ihs-haar wavelet) algorithm compared with classical ihs fusion mse & psnr by computing mse first in order to compute the psnr using the following equations[12]: ∑( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) psnr and mse for the ihs fusion and the proposed algorithm for each bands in ms image is shown in table (1). conclusion we have introduced an image fusion method for ms and pan images. the proposed method is a combine ihs transform and haar wavelet transform traditional image fusion techniques have limitation therefore our way is the only hybrid systems. the proposed algorithm compared with classical ihs transform for fusion using the term psnr and mse. finally the visual results show that the proposed algorithm can achieve better performance relative to classical ihs fusion image for all three bands for ms image. references 1. hana, s. s. lia, h. t. and gua, h. y. “the study on image fusion for high spatial resolution remote sensing images,” int. arch. photogramm. remote sens. spat. inf. sci. xxxvii. part b7. beijing( 2008), 1159–1164,( 2008. 2. yonghyun kim, yangdam eo,and younsoo kim, “generalized ihs-based satellite iagery fusion using spectral response functions,” etri j., 33, no. 4, si,. 497–505, (2011). 3. al-wassai f.a. kalyankar, n.v. and al-zuky, a. a. “the ihs transformations based image fusion.” computer vision and pattern recognition (cs.cv) , 19 july( 2011) 4. abdullah a. h. and reddy, e. s. “lda feature selection for satellite image fusion in haar wavelet,”. 5, no. 4,. 888–895,( 2016). computer |240 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1624 1027( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 5. rani, k. and sharma, r. “study of different image fusion algorithm,”. 3,. 5,. 288–291, (2013). 6. mittal, a. k. “a new hybrid wavelet based approach for,”. 19034–19043, 2015. 7. engineering, c. r. dewan, and c. engineering, “energy based wavelet image fusion,”. 1,. 6,. 6–13, (2014). 8. yakhdani, m. f. and azizi, a. “quality assessment of image fusion techniques for multisensor high resolution satelliteimages ( case study : irs-p5 and irs-p6,” vol. xxxviii 204–209, (2010). 9. cross, j. “assessing satellite image data fusion with information theory metrics assessing satellite image data fusion with information theory metrics,”( 2014). 10. deepika, l. and m. s. n. m, “performance analysis of image fusion algorithms using haar wavelet,”. 3,. 1,. 487–494,( 2014). 11. gharbia, poobathy r. a. azar, a. baz, and hassanien, a. “image fusion techniques in remote sensing,” arxiv,( 2014). 12. poobathy, d. and chezian, r. “edge detection operators: peak signal to noise ratio based comparison,” … j. image, graph. signal …, no. september, pp. 55–61,( 2014). table (1) psnr, mse for ihs and the ihs-haar wavelet algorithm method band 1 band 2 band 3 psnr mse psnr mse psnr mse ihs 16.630 5.695e+03 20.975 2.0941e+03 19.943 2.655e+03 ihs-haarwt 16.908 5.341e+03 22.886 1.349e+03 21.208 1.989e+03 figure: (1) scheme of ihs image fusion register to pan histogram equalization + resample ms image pan image ii image fused rgb ihs h s ihs rgb i computer |241 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1624 1027( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 figure (2): image fusion wavelet scheme pan and ms sub bands combination wavelet transform d resample register to pan ms image wavelet transform decomposition image fused inverse wavelet transform pan image computer |242 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1624 1027( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 figure (3): the proposed hybrid fusion diagram figure (4): (a) panchromatic pan image, (b) multispectral ms image (c) fused color image using ihs and haar wavelet. (a) (b) (c) h histogra m matching pan ms i s haar wavelet fusion rule inverse haar wavelet final fusion image fusion to rgb haar wavelet i hind rostom mohamed arabic characters recognition by edge detection using connected component contour(co3) hind r. m. shaban dept. of computer/mathematical and computer science college/ university of kufa hindrustum.shaaban@uokufa.edu.iq received in :6 may 2012 accepted in :24 septemer 2013 abstract in the present paper, arabic character recognition edge detection method based on contour and connected components is proposed. first stage contour extraction feature is introduced to tackle the arabic characters edge detection problem, where the aim is to extract the edge information presented in the arabic characters, since it is crucial to understand the character content. the second stage connected components appling for the same characters to find edge detection. the proposed approach exploits a number of connected components, which move on the character by character intensity values, to establish matrix, which represents the edge information at each pixel location . the third stage the euclidean distance and vector angle are combined by using a saturation-based combination for edge detection using connected component contour(co3) for each character. the system has been tested on matlab environment with satisfactory results. given a better device the result should increase in accuracy significantly. fonts show that the accuracy of the proposed method is 97.4% correct characters identification in average. the contour code technique seems to be very promising producing top results. the experimental results confirm the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. keywords: characters recognition ,edge detection , contour ,connected components. 424 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction pattern recognition in image processing encompasses several areas of research, viz., face recognition, signature recognition, text recognition, and fingerprint recognition. high accuracy text recognition or optical character recognition (ocr) is a challenging task for scripts of languages. the ocr research for the english script has matured. commercial software is available for reading printed english text. for english and kanji scripts, good progress has been made towards the recognition of printed scripts, and the focus nowadays is on the recognition of handwritten characters [1]. the speed of information access is increased because there is possibility of search and edit in contrast to pictures and the required space for information saving is decreased because text files that are extracted from pictures usually take less space than picture files[2]. arabic character characteristics there are several literature survey methods and techniques that are used for some of them are: 1recognition of handwritten arabic characters by uing reduction techniques[8] apply four reduction techniques for handwritten arabic character recognition. the applied reduction method are condensed nearest neighbour (cnn), edited nearest neighbour (enn), instancebased learning algorithm 2 (ib2) and instance-based learning algorithm 3 (ib3). in addition, a technique that performs a pre-processing of the handwritten arabic characters patterns is proposed. 2license plate recognition algorithm for passenger cars in chinese residential areas[9]appling solution for the license plate recognition problem in residential community administrations in china. license plate images are pre-processed through gradation, middle value filters and edge detection. in the license plate localization module the number of edge points, the length of license plate area and the number of each line of edge points are used for localization. in the recognition module, the paper applies a statistical character method combined with a structure character method to obtain the characters. in addition, more models and template library for the characters which have less difference between each other are built. a character classifier is designed and a fuzzy recognition method is proposed based on the fuzzy decision-making method. experiments show that the recognition accuracy rate is up to 92%. 3-keywords image retrieval in historical handwritten arabic documents[10] appling system for spotting and searching keywords in handwritten arabic documents. a slightly modified dynamic time warping algorithm is used to measure similarities between words. two sets of features are generated from the outer contour of the words/word-parts. the first set is based on the angles between nodes on the contour and the second set is based on the shape context features taken from the outer contour. the performance of the presented system was very encouraging in terms of efficiency and match rates. the arabic alphabet contains basically 28 letters which are written from right to left. fifteen of them have dots and 13 are without dots. dots above and below the characters ten of them have one dot (baa,jeem,khaa,thal,zai,dhad,dha,gahin,faa and noon) three have two dots (taand qaf) and two have three dots (tha and sheen )each character can take from two to five different shapes, according to its position (beginning, middle, end or isolated )[5] .this is the mean that arabic recognition complex. the other reason is the similarities among the different characters and the differences among the same character. each letter can take from two to five different shapes, thus, roughly the alphabet set can expand to 84 different shapes according to the position of the letter (beginning, middle, end or isolated). this is the first reason that makes arabic recognition complex. the second reason is the similarities among the different letters and the differences among the same latter[1]. 425 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 arabic characters contain many fonts and shapes (up to four different shapes) depending on there relative position in the sub-word, table (1) showed different forms of arabic characters and figure(1) showed samples of data base system. proposed research methodology this section describes the proposed methodology for the extracting of the contour between the two segmentation points. constructing a connected component consists of growing sets of pixels that are connected and have the same value of a property. this could be accomplished by first finding a pixel with a given property value, then looking at all its neighbors, labeling each that has the same value as being in the same component, and so on. this leads to a somewhat random stepping through the character, and is somewhat inefficient. scanning the image in a specified order can develop a more systematic and efficient algorithm. contour extraction. the contour between two consecutive segmentation points is extracted using by the following few steps. in the first step disconnects the pixels near the first segmentation point; disconnect the pixels near the second segmentation point. find the nearest distance of the first black pixel from the first segmentation point and the four regions base rules [3]. 1. contour extraction feature the algorithm proposed by avrahami and pratt for the extraction of contour points from the grey-level image that is input by the scanner. using this algorithm, the effect of the error introduced by the conversion of the grey-level image to a bi-level image can be avoided. it can extract contour points in sub pixel precision[4]. a novel feature extraction technique is proposed to extract the feature between the two contours. the values for feature extracted are structural features from the contour profile. so the feature is named as contour code feature[3]. the rate of change of slope along with the point find all 8-connected pixels of a region that are adjacent to the background select a starting pixel and track the boundary until it comes back with the starting pixel where it is changing is extracted. with the contour slop, a few additional values that count number of ascenders, number of descanters, start point, end point, etc. are taken into consideration to capture the structural properties of the contour profile. contour boundary scan the image from right to left and from top to bottom until an 1pixel is found 1)stop if this is the initial pixel 2)if it is 1, add it to the boundary 3)go to a 04-neighbor on its left 4)check the 8-neighbors of the current pixel and go to the first 1pixel found in clockwise order 5)go to step 2 constructing a connected component consists of growing sets of pixels that are connected and have the same value of a property. this could be accomplished by first finding a pixel with a given property value, then looking at all its neighbors, labeling each that has the same value as being in the same component, and so on. this leads to a somewhat random stepping through the image, and is somewhat inefficient. scanning the image in a specified order can develop a more systematic and efficient algorithm. if assume the region b[i,j] then b[i,j] = 1 if (i,j)in the region, 0 otherwise figure(2)showed center points for the some characters. the area of region b[i,j] is computed: 426 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 …………..……………[1] transforming a character image into a feature vector is an important step of character recognition. many efforts have been made to design effective methods to extract features. better features provide more classification information. the feature of contour direction (fcd), which is based on pixel orientation, is one of the effective features. for feature of contour direction we input pattern which is normalized in a 120×69 image. then contour extraction and dot orientation is completed. the preprocessed image is divided into k×k uniform rectangular zones. the fcd is calculated as follows[5]: …………..…………… [2] …………..………………... [3] …………..……………….[4] is the vector of four direction elements of i-th pixel in j-th sub-area, and sj is that of j-th subarea. v is the fcd of input pattern. t and t denote the number of sub-area and that of pixel in each sub-area respectively. since each sub-area has four dimensions, the fcd vector for one character has k×k×4 dimensions. a novel feature extraction technique is proposed to extract the feature between the two contours. the values for feature extracted are structural feature from the contour profile. so the feature is named as contour code feature. the rate of change of slope along with the point where it is changing is extracted. with the contour slope, a few additional values that count number of ascenders, number of descenders, start point, end point, etc. are taken into consideration to capture the structural properties of the contour profile. the contour code feature vector size is taken as 25. with the coordinate the slope of two consecutive points are estimated. the slope estimation is done using linear probing. linear regression attempts to explain this relationship with a straight line fit to the data. the following values are calculated and stored as a contour code in a single dimension vector. point of change: the point with respect to the main body of the contour where the slope is changing is taken. direction change (up/down): the point with respect to the main body of the contour where the direction is changing is taken. the change of direction is denoted by the contour, which is changing the direction upwards to downward or vice versa. number of ascenders: the number of point above the upper baseline is counted and stored. number of descender: the number of point below the lower baseline is counted and stored. start point: start point of a character (position with respect to baselines) is detected and stored. end point: end point of a character (position with respect to baselines) is detected and stored. 2.connected components a connected component is a set of connected pixels that share a specific property v. two pixels, p and q, are connected if there is a path from p to q of pixels with property v. a path is an ordered sequence of pixels such that any two adjacent pixels in the sequence are neighbors. all of the pixels in the same object are connected. there are separated green objects. it is possible to find a path between any two pixels within any of the objects, but not between pixels in different objects. once region boundaries have been detected, it is often useful to extract regions which are not separated by a boundary. any set of pixels which is not separated by a boundary is caledl 427 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 connected. each maximal region of connected pixels is called a connected component. the set of connected components partition an image into segments . let s be a neighborhood system – 4-point neighborhood system – 8-point neighborhood system let c(s) be the set of neighbors that are connected to the point s. for all s and r, the set c(s) must have the properties that figure(3)which showed connected components for center points. we compute extract connected set for each unlabeled pixel class label = 1 initialize yr = 0 for r 2 s for each s s { if(ys = 0) { connected set(s, y,classlabel) classlabel classlabel + 1 } } edge detector uses two operators: euclidean distance and vector angle. the euclidean distance is a good operator for finding edges based on intensity and the vector angle is a good operator for finding edges based on hue and saturation[6]. the euclidean distance between two pixels is defined as[11]: …………..…………… [5] the euclidean distance and vector angle are combined by using a saturation-based combination method[7]. experimental results in this section a detailed experimental comparison of the above stated algorithms has been presented.. ultimate erosion character using expression in matlab : i1=bwulterode(i,method, connectivity) where i is image character that computes the ultimate erosion of the binary image i. the ultimate erosion of i consists of the regional maxima of the distance transform of the complement of i. specifies the distance transform method and the regional maxima connectivity. the types for finding distance are 'euclidean', 'cityblock', 'chessboard', and 'quasi-euclidean'. for pixels p, q, and z, with coordinates (x, y), (s, t), and (v, w), respectively, d is a distance function or metric if (a) d( p , q ) ≥ 0 ( d( p , q )=0 iff p = q ), (b) d( p , q )=d( q, p ), and (c) d( p , z ) ≤ d( p , q ) + d( q , z ). the detector applies both operators to the rgb color space of an image, and then combines the results from each based on the amount of color in a region. there is a difference vector and a vector gradient version; we chose to implement the vector gradient version. the pixels with d8 distance from (x, y) less than or equal to some value r form a square centered at (x, y). the vector angle between two pixels is approximated by: 428 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 …………..…………… [6] where v1 and v2 are triplets (v = [r g b]). because sin θ ≈ θ for small angles. again, v1 and v2 are rgb triplets (v = [r g b]). the algorithm for finding edges in the image is as follows: 1. start 2. for each pixel in the image, take the 3x3 window of pixels surrounding that pixel. 3. calculate the saturation-based combination of the euclidean distance and vector angle between the center point and each of the eight points around it. 4. assign the largest value obtained to the center pixel. 5. when each pixel has had a value assigned to it, run the results through a threshold to eliminate false edges(slope threshold=1.5 and high threshold=15). 6.end figure(8) showed slope threshold=1.5 and high threshold=15 for arabic character. figure(4) showed connected components for center region for each character. we use some statements in matlab language like : 1-'remove': removes interior pixels. this option sets a pixel to 0 if all its 4-connected neighbors are 1, thus leaving only the boundary pixels on. 2-'skel': with n = information , removes pixels on the boundaries of objects but does not allow objects to break apart. the pixels remaining make up the image figure(5)showed edge detection for character by remove and skeleton. the area of objects for characters are shown in figure(6 ) the index for characters start from( 1:أ ) to (28:ي ) and figure(7)showed samples for contour for some characters. conclusion edge detection using connected component contour(co3) seems to be well suited for arabic character recognition. many of the problems that arise when using connected component contour to recognize arabic characters can easily be eliminated or reduced by adding routines that scales, centers etc. other problems like noise and there is not much one can do about those problems except improving the quality of the equipment used when scanning/reading characters . we have tried to recognize each character written in arabic language for free size by using normalization step for our algorithm . the strength of algorithm that we have used is that it is even able to recognize blocks in which the characters are slightly joined. this is possible due to the use of ingenious continuous matching algorithm and intelligently removing noise and combined euclidean distance and vector angle. the experiments reported in the present paper showed that fast recognize differs qualitatively from different characters in the recognition of arabic characters. references 1. majumdar, a.b. (2007) basic character recognition using digital curvelet transform, journal of pattern recognition research , 1 (1):17-26. 429 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 2. jenabzade,m.r.; azmi,r.a.; pishgoo,b.a. and shirazi, s. a. (2011) two methods for recognition of hand written farsi characters, international journal of image processing (ijip), 5 (4):512-520. 3. verma,b.z (2003) a contour code feature based segmentation for handwriting recognition, proceedings of the seventh international conference on document analysis and recognition ieee. 1 (1):70-79. 4. itoh,k.a. and ohno,y.a. (1993) a curve fitting algorithm for character fonts, electronic publishing, 6(3):195–205 . 5. haraty , r.a. and ghaddar ,c.a. (2004) arabic text recognition, the international arab journal of information technology, 1( 2): 156-163. 6. izakian,h.a; monadjemi ,s. a.; tork ,b.l. and zamanifar ,k.s. (2008) multi-font farsi/arabic isolated character recognition using chain codes, world academy of science, engineering and technology, 4(43): 67-70. 7. nadernejad,e.a. (2008) edge detection techniques: evaluations and comparisons, applied mathematical sciences, 2 (31):1507 – 1520. 8. salah ,m. al-saleh, salameh a. mjlae, and salim a. alkhawaldeh (2009) recognition of handwritten arabic characters by using reduction techniques6 (6) : 918-923. 9. lisheng jin, huacai xian, jing bie, yuqin sun, haijing hou and qingning niu (2012) license plate recognition algorithm for passenger cars in chinese residential areas, international journal on document analysis and recognition (ijdar). 10.raid saabni and jihad el-sana ( 2013) keywords image retrieval in historical handwritten arabic documents, triangle r&d center, kafr qarea, israel, 22(1) 11.liwei wang ,yan zhang and jufu feng,school of electronices engineering and computer sciences,peking university,china. http://www.cis.pku.edu.cn/faculty/vision/wangliwei/pdf/imed.pdf 430 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=jin%20l%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=xian%20h%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=bie%20j%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=sun%20y%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hou%20h%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=niu%20q%5bauth%5d http://link.springer.com/journal/10032 http://profiles.spiedigitallibrary.org/summary.aspx?doi=10.1117%2f1.jei.22.1.013016&name=raid+saabni http://profiles.spiedigitallibrary.org/summary.aspx?doi=10.1117%2f1.jei.22.1.013016&name=jihad+el-sana table no. (1): the different forms of arabic characters character isolated character initial middle final alef ـا ا ba ـب ـبـ بـ ب ta ـت ـتـ تـ ت tha ـث ـثـ ثـ ث jeem ـج ـجـ جـ ج h’a ـح ـحـ حـ ح kha ـخ ـخـ خـ خ dal ـد د thal ـذ ذ ra ـر ر zai ـز ز seen ـس ـسـ سـ س sheen ـش ـشـ شـ ش sad ـص ـصـ صـ ص dhad ـض ـضـ ضـ ض tta ـط ـطـ طـ ط dha ـظ ـظـ ظـ ظ ain ـع ـعـ عـ ع gahin ـغ ـغـ غـ غ fa ـف ـفـ فـ ف qaf ـق ـقـ قـ ق kaf ـك ـكـ كـ ك lam ـل ـلـ لـ ل meem ـم ـمـ مـ م noon ـن ـنـ نـ ن ha ـھ ـھـ ھـ ه waw ـو و ya ـي ـیـ یـ ي figure no.(1):samples of data base system 431 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(2):center points for some characters. figure no.(3):connected components for center points figure no.(4):connected components for center region for each character 432 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(5):edge detection for character by removing and skel 433 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(6):area for each character figure no.(7):samples for contour for some characters 434 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 (a) (b) (c) figure no.(8): (a) original arabic character(د) (b) edge detector slope threshold=1.5 (c) edge detector high threshold=15 435 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 تحدید الحواف لتمییز الحروف العربیة باستخدام الكفاف وارتباط المكونات ھند رستم محمد شعبان كلیة الریاضیات وعلوم الحاسوب/جامعة الكوفة/قسم الحاسوب hindrustum.shaaban@uokufa.edu.iq 2013ایلول 24قبل البحث في ، 2012اذار 6استلم البحث في : الخالصة واتصال وارتباط المكونات contourطریقة لتمییز الحروف العربیة بكشف الحافة باستخدام كال من اقترحت للحروف. عن لكشفلمشكلة حافةالمرحلة األولى میزة استخراج كونتور لمعالجة األحرف العربیة عرض في التوضیح والتم حافة المقدمة في األحرف العربیة، ألنھ أمر بالغ األھمیة لفھم المحتوىالكان الھدف ھو استخراج المعلومات اذ، الحرف األحرف.ب الخاصة والمعلومات للعثور على الكشف بالمرحلة األولى نفسھا الخاصةللحروف مكوناتال ارتباط ةفنقوم بعملی المرحلة الثانیةاما في التي تمثل للحرف والمحلیة قیم الكثافة تباین ةمبین للمكونات، االرتباطاتستغل عدد من ت ةالمقترح الحوارزمیةعن الحافة. حافة المعلومات في كل موقع بكسل. المرحلة الثالثة بین المسافة اإلقلیدیة وزاویة المتجھات باستخدام مزیج المستندة إلى التشبع للكشف عن یتم الجمع في ) لكل حرف.co3حافة طریق اتصال كونتور المكون ( كانت النتائج اذدقة الطریقة المقترحة بینت النظام نتائجمع نتائج مرضیة. matlabھذا النظام على بیئة اختبر النتائج التجریبیة تؤكد فعالیة الخوارزمیة المقترحة. وھذا یبین ان ٪ 97.4حیحة الص الخط الكفافي ، ارتباط المكونات ف ،تحدید الحواف،وتمییز الحر : الكلمات المفتاحیة 436 | computer @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 37-49 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 37 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 investigation of the structural, optical and electrical properties of aginse2 thin films iman hameed khudayer bushra hashem hussein ali mohammed hamid mustafa ayser jumah ibrahim dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad demanphd2005@gmail.com received in:12/june/2017, accepted in:2/october/2017 abstract the silver1indium1selenide (aginse2) (ais) thin1films of (3001±20) nm thickness have been1prepared2from the compound alloys2using thermal evaporation2 technique onto the glass2substrate at room temperature, with a deposition rate2(3±0.1) nm2sec-1. the2structural, optical and electrical3properties have been studied3at different annealing3temperatures (ta=450, 550 and 650) k. the amount3or (concentration) of the elements3(ag, in, se) in the prepared alloy3was verified using an energy dispersive3x-ray spectrometer (eds)3technology. x-ray diffraction3analysis shows that ais alloy prepared as (powder) and the thin films3are polycrystalline of tetragonal3structure with preferential orientation3(112). the crystalline3size increases as a function3of annealing temperature. the atomic force3microscope (afm) technique was used to examine3the topography and estimate3the surface roughness, also the average grain3size of the films. the results show3that the grain size increases3with annealing3temperature. the optical4band gap of the films lies4in the range 1.6-1.9 ev. the films4appear to be4n-type indicating that the electrons4as a dominant charge4carrier. the electrical conductivity4increases with a corresponding4increase in annealing4temperature. keywords: ais, 4films, 4structural, optical, 4electrical conductivity, hall4effect, thermal4evaporation. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 38 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 introduction in recent4years, considerable4efforts have been4made to grow4device-quality thin4films by optimization of growth4parameters for applications4in optoelectronic devices. the ternary semiconductor4compounds with the formula4aibiiicvi2 such4as cuals2, agalse2, etc. have been widely4investigated because4of their potential applications4in electro-optic, the chalcopyrite4type crystals the most intensive4studies have been4carried out in the series4of i− iii−vi2 family compounds4where cu is involved4as a group i element, very few4works have appeared in literature where the group i element is ag4[1]. ais semiconductors4have been produced by several4techniques5such as: co-evaporation5[2,3], ultra-high vacuum5pulsed laser deposition [4], horizontal5bridgman method [5], molecular beam5epitaxial [6], vertical gradient temperature5freezing method [7] and solid5state microwave irradiation5[8]. in this work, we have5prepared ag-in-se5thin films by thermal evaporation5technique, followed by an adequate5 annealing treatment. experimental the alloy5of agalse2 was obtained by fusing5the mixture of the appropriate amount5of the elements ag, in and se of high purity (99.999%) in an evacuating fused quartz5ampoules with5(2×10-35torr), heated at (1200 k) for five5hours. the films of 300±20 nm thickness were deposited5by the thermal evaporation technique5at room temperature5using the edward5coating unit model (e 306) with molybdenum5boat. energy5dispersive x-ray spectrometer (eds) was used to investigate5the amount or (concentration5) of the elements5(ag, in, se) of aginse25 alloy. the crystal5structure of the alloy and films was characterized5by using x-ray diffraction5(xrd) by (shimadzu60005x-ray diffraction) with the copper5target of the wavelength5(λ=1. 5406) ǻ. lattice constants, crystalline size5were specified, the inter planar5spacing dhkl (å) between consecutive5parallel planes was measured5by bragg’s law5[9]: n λ= 2θ dhkl sin(θ) …………………………………………. (1) where, n5is the order of diffraction and θ5is the angle of incidence. the average crystalline5size can be estimated5using the scherrer’s formula5[10]: )2....(.................................................. cos 94.0 . )( bfwhm rayxsc    where, β is the full width5at half maximum5 intensity in radians. (afm) was employed5to investigate the surface morphology5of the aginse2 films5as a device5type of (spm5-aaa3000 contact5mode spectrometer, angstrom). optical measurement5 has been constructed using5 uv-visible 18005spectrophotometer. the thickness (t) of all prepared films was measured5 by using the weighing5method according to the following5relation [11]: t= m / a.ρ ……………………………………. (3) where; m, ρ, a were the mass, density and area of the films. using a sensitive balance5 whose sensitivity of the order5 (10-4) gm. the optical5 absorption spectrum5was utilized to define the optical energy5gap (egopt) ev using tauc5 formula [12]: αhν=b (hν –egopt)1/r ………………………………………….(4) where, b is a constant, hν is the photon5energy (ev) and r is constant, that it may take values52, 3, 1/2, 3/2 depending on the material5and the type of the optical transition5. the absorption5coefficient (α) value can be computed5from the formula [13]: https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 39 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 )5....(................................................................................303.2 t a  where, a is the optical5 absorbance. the refractive5index value can be calculated from5the formula [14]:   )6.........(........................................ 1 1 1 4 2 1 2 2                  r r k r r no where k represents5the extinction coefficient, which is calculated5by the relation [14]: )7......(................................................................................ 4  k the real5εr and imaginary5εi part of dielectric5constant can be calculated by using the following5 equations [15]: )8(................................................................................ir i  )9(................................................................................20 2 0 knr  )10...(................................................................................2 00 kni  the electrical5resistance (ro) of (ais) films has been measured5as a function of temperature5 within the range (298-503) k by using keithly5616 digital electrometer and electrical5oven, then the resistivity5 (ρ) has been calculated5 using the formula [16]: )11....(............................................................0 l tb r   where; b is the electrode5width and l is the distance5 between two al electrodes. the conductivity (σd.c) associated5with the resistivity5as in the equation [16]: )12...(............................................................ 1 .   cd hall effect5measurements have been managed5by van der pauw5(ecopia hms -3000) to determining majority5 carrier concentrations, type of carrier5and their mobility5 in thin5films. result and discussion energy6dispersive x-ray spectrometer6(eds) used to examine the amount6or (concentration) of the elements6(ag, in, se) in the alloy. the results are shown in figure (1) and table (1). figure (2) shows the xrd6pattern of (ais) bulk powder, which illustrates6that the aginse2 was a chalcopyrite material in polycrystalline (tetragonal phase) structure as it is compared6with the standard6values in icdd6cards. the spectrum6is considered to exhibit sharp6peaks at (112),(200), (220), (204), (312), (116),(400), (316), and (424) corresponding to 2θ values equal to 25.72, 29.45, 41.95, 42.92, 49.84, 51.51, 60.72, 68.42 and 77.12 respectively. the x-ray diffraction6parameters inter planar spacing (d), miller6indices and crystalline6size for aginse2 alloy6are listed in table (2), they prefer orientation6at (112) planes. whereas from the x-ray diffraction6patterns of aginse2 thin6films with different annealing6temperatures, one can observe that the thin films6have the polycrystalline6tetragonal structure7as shown in figure (3). the figure indicates that the patterns7include three sharp peaks7referred to (112), (220) and (312) direction. as well, this figure confirms7that the preferential orientation is in the7(112) direction. the structural parameters7of annealed aginse2 thin7films with different annealing7temperatures were illustrated in table (3). the crystallite7size has been estimated7 of the fwhm value of the https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 40 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 (112) peak7by using scherrers equation and is observed,7it increased with ta as shown in table (3). these results were matched with [3,17]. by increasing the ta the locations of the measured diffraction7peaks do not change significantly7, but the intensities7of the peaks increase. this is due to the improvement7of crystalline of the films. figure (4) shows the three7-dimensional (3d) of aginse2 thin films with different ta. from this figure, it can be deduced7that these films have spherical7grains granting7the smooth surface7morphology. the values of surface roughness7and the grain sizes7are calculated. it has been7observed that a surface7roughness were equal to (0.608, 0.936,1.65 and 0.809) for different7ta (rt, 450,550 and 650) k respectively. the grain8size has been observed (86.68, 90.49, 106.54 and 68.06) for (rt, 450, 550 and 650) k respectively. therefore, the average8diameter of ais thin8film with annealing temperature8550k (see fig. 4, c) is larger than the ais thin film (figure 4, a, b, d). the absorbance8and transmittance8spectrum of ais thin8film were evaluated as a function8of wavelength at different annealing8temperatures as in figure (5). this figure believed that the absorbance8increases in the visible wavelength range as a function of annealing8temperature. the behavior of the transmittance spectra8is opposite completely8to that of the 8absorbance spectra. from figure (6), we can observe8that the α values, which were calculated using equation8(4), indeed, own high amount reached8above (104) cm-1. it was pointed that the α values in general increases8as a function of annealing8temperature, which is attributed to an increase8in absorbance of used films. from table (4) we found8that the value of α increases from (5.8-6.6) ×104cm-18with the increase of ta. the value of egopt decreases 8(from 1.8 to 1.6) ev and then increases to (1.9) ev with the increase of ta as shown in table (4) and figure (6). the decrease8in the band gap8(egopt) values may be describable of the increase8in defect states near the bands, this result8is in agreement8with ref. [3]. the variation8of optical constants with photon8energy for aginse2 thin films at different8annealing temperatures is shown in figure (7), such that, refractive8index (a) extinction8coefficient (b) real (c) and imaginary8part of the dielectric constant (d). table (4) indicates8that n valuable decreases with the rise of ta. this behavior maybe because of the decreasing8in the reflection, which the refractive index8in turn depends on it. extinction coefficient (k) in general increment8with ta this is attributed to the same reason mentioned previously in the absorption8coefficient, because the behavior of k is similar8to α. the variables of εr and εi versus8photon energy at different8ta are shown in figure 8(c & d). the behavior of εr is similar to that of the refractive index8because of the small value of k2 compared8with n2, while εi behavior is similar8to that of extinction coefficient8because it mainly depends on the k value, which is related to the variation9of absorption coefficient. the variables9of εr and εi with different8annealing temperatures film are non10-systematic. this means that this material10possesses a specialized property10with ta. we can deduce from the variation10of the resistivity verse annealing10temperature for all samples of ais films, that the resistivity values decrease10as the ta rises due to the improvement10in the film construction. we believe that there was a reduce in dangling10bonds, defects like vacancy sites, and point10defect in the film structure, therefore10the resistivity of the films decreases from (1.32 ω.cm to 0.30 ω.cm) as the ta increases10from ( rt to 550 k) as shown in figure (8), which presented10a plot of lnσ versus 1031/t for different ta. from this figure10the activation energy can be determined. electrical10conductivity increases as the ta enlarges because of the rise in the number10of available transport charge carriers. we can notice10from figure (8) that all ais films have two mechanisms10for electrical conductivity which means that there are two mechanisms of transport of free carriers with two10values of the activation energy (ea1, ea2) each one predominating in a different temperature10range. the electrical conductivity10of these films is affected by the transport10of free carriers in extended10states beyond the mobility edge at higher temperature ranges10(403-473) k, as well https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 41 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 as carriers excited into the localized10states at the edge of the band10and hopping10at other range of temperature (300-393) k [13] as shown in table (5). the type of charge10carriers, concentration (n) and hall mobility (μh) has been estimated10from hall measurements. these values are listed in table (6). the negative sign10of the hall coefficient10indicates that the conductive nature of the film is n-type, i.e. electrons10are the majority charge carriers, this result is in agreement with ref. [18], i.e hall10voltage decreases with the increase of the current. the carrier concentration10of the order 1017cm-3 is in a good agreement with refs [3,19]. we can notice10from table (6) that the carrier concentration10and mobility increase with increase10of ta. table (1): the composition of againse2 alloy determined by (eds) test (wt%) calculated (wt%) 28.188 28.337 ag 30.085 30.162 in 41.38 41.491 se table (2): structural10parameters of aginse2 alloy std.) (deg.) 2θ (exp.) (deg.) dhkl (std.) (å) dhkl (exp.) (å) hkl 25.726 25.727 3.46 3.45 (112) 29.355 29.45 3.04 3.03 (200) 41.96 41.95 2.151 2.15 (220) 42.97 42.92 2.103 2.105 (204) 49.96 49.84 1.824 1.828 (312) 51.469 51.51 1.774 1.772 (116) 60.808 60.725 1.522 1.523 (400) 68.708 68.42 1.365 1.369 (316) 77.39 77.12 1.232 1.23 (424) table (3): experimental10xrd data for aginse2 thin films at different ta. t (k) 2θ (deg.) dhkl (exp.) (å) hkl fwhm (deg.) c.s (nm) ta rt 25.72 3.458 (112) 0.472 17.127 41.95 2.15 (220) 49.84 1.828 (312) 450 25.75 3.455 (112) 0.400 21.277 41.98 2.14 (220) 49.89 1.825 (312) 550 25.8 3.449 (112) 0.211 40.336 42.1 2.143 (220) 49.92 1.824 (312) 650 25.82 3.446 (112) 0.376 22.637 42.3 2.134 (220) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 42 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 49.95 1.823 (312) table (4): optical constant10for aginse2 thin films at different ta. table (5): values of d.c conductivity and activation1energies for aginse2 thin films at different10 ta. measurement temp. σ (ω.cm)-1 ea1 (ev) tem.range (k) ea2 (ev) tem.range (k) rt 0.755 0.043344 300-393 0.17544 403-473 ta(k) 450 1.221403 0.051084 300-393 0.176128 403-473 550 3.320117 0.052374 300-393 0.178042 403-473 650 2.013753 0.051417 300-393 0.176022 403-473 table (6); hall parameters10for aginxe2 thin films at different ta. measurement temp. r(h) µh(cm2/v.s) n (cm-3) rt -22.32 16.85 2.8e+17 ta(k) 450 -12.2549 14.96817 5.1e+17 550 -7.467145 24.79179 8.37e+17 650 -9.057971 18.24052 6.9e+17 optical constant at λ=410nm measurement temp. egopt (ev) α×104 (cm)-1 n k εr εi rt 1.8 5.8 1.34 0.19 1.77 0.51 ta (k) 450 1.75 6.17 1.24 0.2 1.5 0.54 550 1.6 6.6 1.2 0.21 1.39 0.51 650 1.9 4.68 1.61 0.15 2.5 0.36 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 43 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 in te n s it y ( c o u n t/ s e c ) figure (1): eds patterns10for aginse2 alloy. figure (2): x-ray diffraction10pattern of aginse2 alloy. (112) (200) (220) (204) (400) (424) (316) (312) (116) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 44 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (3): x -ray diffraction pattern10of aginse2 thin film with a thickness (t=300nm) annealed at different ta. figure (4): 3d atomic10force microscopy (afm) of aginse2 thin film with a thickness (t=300nm) annealed at different ta. in te n s it y ( c o u n t/ s e s ) rt 450 k 550 k 650 k (112) (200) (312) (a) rt (d) 650k (c) 550k (b) 450k 150k https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 45 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (5): the absorbance and transmittance10spectrum of aginse2 thin film with a thickness (t=300nm) annealed at different ta. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 46 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (6): (a) variation10(αhυ)2 verse photon energy, (b) absorption coefficient verse photon energy10for aginse2thin films at different annealing temperatures. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 47 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (7): variation10of refractive index (a) extinction10coefficient(b) real (c) and imaginary10part of dielectric constant (d) with photon energy for aginse2 thin films10at different annealing temperatures. figure (8): ln(σ) versus1reciprocal of temperature for aginse2 films at different ta. conclusions https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 48 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 a. aginse2 alloy5was prepared successfully and used for preparation5of thin films by thermal evaporation5method. b. xrd tests5for alloy and thin films showed that polycrystalline5and have the tetragonal structure with preferential5orientation in the [112] direction respectively. c. the influence of annealing5on the values of optical parameters of aginse2 thin5films is investigated. all thin films exhibited5allowed direct optical5energy band gap and high absorption in the visible region, thus, making the films suitable5for optoelectronic devices, for instance as window layers of solar cells. d.the electrical5conductivity and activation energies of ais films are seen to be dependent5on the film annealing, the electrical conductivity5shows as an increase of behavior5with an increase of annealing. the resistivity5of these films are small. hall effect5measurements confirmed that electrons were predominating5in the conduction process. both5the mobility and concentration5of the charge carriers increase5 with the increase of annealing. references [1]. s.mishra, and b.ganguli, effect of p-d hybridization and structural distortion on the electronic properties of agalm2 (m = s,se,te) chalcopyrite semiconductors, arxiv:1011.1463v1 1-15, [cond-mat.mtrl-sci] 4 nov.( 2010). [2]. m.c. santhosh kumar, and b. pradeep, effect of h+ irradiation on the optical properties of vacuum evaporated aginse2 thin films, appl. surf. sci. 255 8324-8327, 2009. [3]. j.j. lee; j.d. lee; b.y. ahn; h.s. kim, and k.h. kim, structural and optical properties of aginse2 films prepared on indium tin oxide substrates, j. kor. phys. soc. 50, 1099-1103, (2007). [4]. h. mustafa; d. hunter; a.k. pradhan; u.n. roy, and y. cui, a. burger, synthesis and characterization of aginse2 for application in thin film solar cells, thin solid films 515, 7001-7004. [5]. i.v. bodnar, properties of aggaxin1–xse2 solid solutions, inorg. mater. 40, 914-918, (2004). [6]. k. yamada; n. hoshino; t. nakada, crystallographic and electrical properties of wide gap ag(in1−x,gax)se2 thin films and solar cells, sci. technol. adv. mater. 7, 42-45, (2006). [7]. k. yoshino; n. mitani; m. sugiyama; s.f. chichibu; h. komaki, and t. ikari, optical and electrical properties of agin(sse)2 crystals, phys. b: cond. matter 302-303, 349-356, (2001). [8]. j.w. lekse; a.m. pischera, and j.a. aitken, understanding solid-state microwave synthesis using the diamond-like semiconductor, aginse2, as a case study, mater. res. bull. 42 395-403, (2007). [9]. b. d. cullity elements of x-ray diffraction, 2nd edition, copyright ©, by addison – wesley publishing company, inc. (1978). [10]. d.k. dwivedi; m.d. vipinkumar, and h.p,pathak, structural, electrical and optical investigations of cdse nanoparticles, chalcogenide letters, 8, 9, 521-527, (2011). [11]. donald a.neamen, semiconductor physics and devices, basic principles,3th edition, mcgraw-hill companies,inc.( 2003). [12]. j. r, ray panchal c.j., desai m.s., and trivedi u. b, simulation of (cigs) thin film solar cells using amps-1d, j.nano-electron. phys., 3, 747-754, 2011. [13]. s.m,sze physics of semiconductor devices,2nded.,john wiley and sons, inc. new york., (1981). [14]. a.d.a., buba and j.s.a adelabu. optical and electrical properties of chemically deposited zno thin films, the pacific journal of science and technology, 11, 429-434, (2010). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.188 physics | 49 2018) عام 1(د العد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 [15]. (m). ahmed, z.sauli, u. hashim and add y. al-douri, investigation of the absorption coefficient, refractive index, energy band gap, and film thickness for a l0.11ga 0.89n, a l0.03ga 0.97 n, and gan by optical transmission method, int. j. nanoelectronics and materials, 2, 189-195,(2009). [16]. s.o, kasap., principles of electronic materials and devices, 2nd edition, mc graw hill. (2002). [17]. kenji yoshino, aya kinoshita, yasuhiro hirakata, minoru oshima keita nomoto, tsuyoshi yoshitake , shunji ozaki and tetsuo ikari., structural and electrical characterization of aginse2 crystals grown by hot-press method, journal of physics: conference series 100 042042 ,pp1-4.( 2008). [18]. r.d. tomlinson; a.e. hill, and r.d. pilkington, ternary and multinary compounds, proceedings of the 11th international conference, university of salford, 8-12 september, (1997). [19]. s. murugana, and k.r. muralib, structural, optical, and electrical studies on pulse plated aginse2 films acta physica polonica a , 126,. 3, (2014). conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 199 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 solving capacitated vehicle routing problem (cvrp) using tabu search algorithm (tsa) omar ibrahim obaid dept. of computer science / college of education / al-iraqia university alhamdanyomar23@gmail.com received in:16/november/2017, accepted in:10/january/2018 abstract this paper investigates the capacitated vehicle routing problem (cvrp) as it is one of the numerous issues that have no impeccable solutions yet. numerous scientists in the recent couple of decades have set up various explores and utilized numerous strategies with various methods to deal with it. however, for all researches, finding the least cost is exceptionally complicated. in any case, they have figured out how to think of rough solutions that vary in efficiencies relying upon the search space. furthermore, tabu search (ts) is utilized to resolve this issue as it is fit for solving numerous complicated issues. the algorithm has been adjusted to resolve the exploration issue, where its methodology is not quite the same as the normal algorithm. the structure of the algorithm is planned with the goal that the program does not require a substantial database to store the data, which accelerates the usage of the program execution to acquire the solution. the algorithm has demonstrated its accomplishment in resolving the issue and finds a most limited route. keywords: tabu search algorithm, capacitated vehicle routing problem, meta-heuristic https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 mailto:alhamdanyomar23@gmail.com https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 200 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction vehicle routing problem turns into a region for exploring since it was examined by dantzing and ramser in 1959 [1]. an average vehicle routing problem can be portrayed as the issue of outlining minimum cost courses from one area to an arrangement of topographically scattered focuses (urban areas, stores, distribution centers, schools, colleges, clients and so forth) [2]. traditional vehicle routing problem is outlined as follows: a set of vehicles (for conveyance of goods) begins from one area and visits a gathering of scattered urban communities or clients and come back to a similar area with less separation and expenses on the conditions [3]: • every city is gone by one vehicle just once inside an individual route. • the limit of every vehicle is sufficient for all urban communities incorporated into the route. • routes start and end at a similar area. the quantity of vehicles should be not as much as what can be proposed for routes and also the quantity of routes is to be not as much as what can be given to cover all urban communities. static vehicle routing problem (svrp) implies that all the data on the route is known ahead of time before beginning and does not change after the route started. the issue will be dynamic if any limitation is forced, similar to time, vehicle limit or different factors [4]. vehicle routing problem (vrp) vrp gets a great deal of consideration and turns into a concentration of various researches, in light of the fact that it is fundamentally the same as the traveling salesman problem (tsp), which is considered as the base of vrp. in any case, there is a major contrast between them, not at all like the traveling salesman problem; vrp is a multi-constrained optimization issue. conventional vrp plans to decide the most minimal cost of a route for a vehicle beginning from focal warehouse to serve an arrangement of clients and return back to a similar focal warehouse. the vrp has numerous limitations, for example, vehicle limit, time window, multi-warehouses and others, which gives it more complicated settlement space [5]. figure (1) clarifies the process. figure (1): vrp process [27] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 201 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 the capacitated vehicle routing problem (cvrp) cvrp is the fundamental adaptation of the vrp, where the vehicles have constrained capacity. in the traditional version of the cvrp, all data about client requests is known ahead of time. the vehicle fleet is identical and there is just a single depot and each request can't be isolated or served utilizing at least two vehicles. the goal is to reduce travel cost. the cvrp is the same as the vrp, yet on the condition that the aggregate of all client requests for each route does not surpass the vehicle capacity. the vrp is viewed as dynamic if the limit of every vehicle is not constrained to mull over any new request [6] objectives of vrp the applications in vrp are produced by the demanded objectives. these objectives are to limit the conveyance, vehicle expenditure, to optimize the figure of vehicles and drivers, to optimize the invested energy amid the conveyance period, to reduce the aggregate traveled range. the applications might be created by one of these exhibited objectives or some of these introduced objectives by joining them and furthermore considering their inconsistencies. at that point the vrp problem transforms into a multi-target choice problem. vrp considers giving advantageous administration dispersion for client requests between the characterized focuses on the outline. application regions create as indicated by the requests of clients. essential application fields are fuel and diesel conveyance, the course of action of the officers in a combat zone, flights of planes, conveyance of nourishment and refreshment to the restaurant, conveyance of cash to the bank atms and money machines, understudy and laborer administrations, conveyance of parcels that are acquired by shopping over web, trash gathering, and transporting [7]. cvrp model capacitated vehicle routing problem (cvrp) was realized by [8] and [9] as a set of n clients served from the normal station or distribution center, for a non negative qi client request by n number of vehicles of having capacity of q and separation or cost of cij between two nodes of i and j by vehicle k. the goal of cvrp is to decide ideal route plan which minimizes the distance or cost with the accompanying requirements: • each client is served precisely once by precisely one vehicle • each vehicle begins and finishes its route at the depot • the aggregate length of each route should not surpass the limitation • the aggregate request of any route should not surpass the capacity of the vehicle literature review there were two methods of research in order to tackle the vrp. one included accurate strategies of finding the ideal solution by registering every single conceivable solution and the other was heuristic or meta-heuristic methodologies, which played out a generally constrained investigation of the search space and ordinarily created great quality solutions with unassuming processing times. accurate techniques can be ordered into the accompanying classes: dynamic programming, set apportioning, branch-and-bound, and branch-and-cut. as of not long ago, accurate strategies for the cvrp have been overwhelmed by branch-and-cut. truly outstanding branch-and-cut algorithms were created by lysgaard et al. [9]. late research came about demonstrated that branch-and-cut-and-value algorithms were additionally encouraging approaches for the cvrp as fukasawa et al. [10] appeared. heuristic strategies can be extensively grouped into two primary classes: established heuristics grew for the most part in the vicinity of 1960 and 1990, and meta-heuristics effectively investigated from the 1990's. the clarke and wright sparing algorithm [11] was a delegate traditional heuristic approach connected to issues where the quantity of vehicles was not settled. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 202 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 a few improvements to the clarke and wright algorithm were proposed [12, 13], which went for decreasing calculation time and memory requirements. addition heuristic was another notable established strategy; mole, and jameson [14] extended one route at once and christofides et al. [15] connected, in turn, a successive and a parallel route development system. tabu search algorithm tabu search algorithm has a place with meta-heuristic technique under heuristic strategies. tabu search is produced by [16] for proposing an improved solution for vrp. the fundamental thought of tabu search algorithm is keeping from redundancies and disallowing or rebuffing the redundancy in the following stage. the tabu technique was halfway spurred by the perception that human conduct seems to work with an irregular component that prompts conflicting conduct given comparative conditions. the tabu technique works thusly with the exemption that new courses are not picked arbitrarily. rather the tabu search continues as indicated by the supposition that there is no reason for tolerating another (poor) solutions unless it is bypass a route already explored [17]. this guarantees new areas of problems solutions space will be researched in with the aim of avoiding local minima and at last finding the coveted solution. for this situation, tabu search encourages to use memory utilization to bypass an endless loop. the tabu search starts by progress to local minima. to abstain from remembering the means utilized the strategy records later moves in at least one tabu lists [18]. the first plan of the list was not to keep a past move from being rehashed, but instead to safeguard it was not turned around [19]. the tabu lists are verifiable in nature and shape the tabu search memory. the part of the memory can change as the algorithm continues [20]. the following figure shows the flowchart of standard tabu search algorithm [21]. figure (2): flowchart of standard tabu search algorithm [21 ] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 203 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 tabu list keeps the states that ought not to be taken at the search. the space of the tabu list influences the outcome. tabu smash criterions are where the tabu vanishes. most broad tabu pulverize basis is getting nearer result with the created solution than more outdated solution, thus, the tabu is obliterated. the viability of tabu search algorithm increments with using this criterion. tabu search proceeds with its search till giving at least one interception check. some of these rules are: the picked neighbor solution has no neighbor, to achieve a distinct number of resumption, to reach a distinct estimation of a solution, the algorithm gets cohesive and it does not output better outcome [22]. the pseudo code of the tabu search algorithm which presented in [26] as follows: figure (3): pseudo code of tabu search algorithm [26] heuristiclab (used tool) heuristiclab was developed as a software for heuristic and developmental algorithms, created by individuals from the heuristic and evolutionary algorithm laboratory (heal) at university of applied sciences upper austria, campus hagenberg. heuristiclab has a solid concentrate on giving a graphical user interface so clients are not required to have thorough programming aptitudes to modify and expand the algorithms for a specific issue. in 1: s ← s0 2: sbest ← s 3: tabulist ← null 4: while (not stoppingcondition()) 5: candidatelist ← null 6: for (scandidate in sneighborhood) 7: if (not containstabuelements(scandidate, tabulist)) 8: candidatelist ← candidatelist + scandidate 9: end 10: end 11: scandidate ← locatebestcandidate(candidatelist) 12: if (fitness (scandidate) > fitness (sbest)) 13: sbest ← scandidate 14: tabulist ← featuredifferences(scandidate, sbest) 15: while (size (tabulist) > maxtabulistsize) 16: expirefeatures(tabulist) 17: end 18: end 19: end 20: return (sbest) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 204 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 heuristiclab, algorithms work as administrator diagrams and changing or reworking, administrators should be possible by intuitive without really composing code. the product in this way tries to move algorithm improvement capacity from the product architect to the client and expert. designers can even now expand the usefulness on code level and can utilize heuristiclab's module instrument that enables them to coordinate custom algorithms, arrangement portrayals or optimization problems [23, 24]. the following figure illustrates the interaction of heuristiclab classes. figure (4): interaction of heuristiclab classes [23] experimental results the tabu search algorithm is examined on christofides and eilon benchmark dataset [25]. the file name contains data about the quantity of nodes in the datum and the minimal number of vehicles expected to tackle the problem. for instance, e-n101-k14 shows that this issue is of class e, the quantity of nodes including the depot is 101, and the minimal number of vehicles required is 14. tests are carried out on dell computer (inspiron), and windows 7 ultimate 64-bit as operating system with a pentium dual processor 2.20 ghz and 3072 mb ram. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 205 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 table (1): experimental results of the christofides and eilon benchmark dataset instance best known vehicle utilization overload execution time h.m.s e-n101-k14 1122 14 1 00.04.26 e-n101-k8 835 8 3 00.02.54 e-n13-k4 247 4 0 00.00.06 e-n22-k4 375 4 0 00.00.11 e-n23-k3 569 3 0 00.00.09 e-n30-k3 506 4 0 00.00.14 e-n31-k7 427 7 0 00.00.28 e-n33-k4 835 4 0 00.00.17 e-n51-k5 521 5 0 00.00.35 e-n76-k10 830 10 0 00.01.59 e-n76-k14 1021 15 0 00.03.00 e-n76-k7 662 7 0 00.01.25 e-n76-k8 756 8 0 00.01.35 table (1) above, illustrates the outcomes. the instances of benchmark dataset have clarified in column one and the best known (shortest) distance have clarified in column two. furthermore, the best valid solution for the vehicle utilization was illustrated in column three. in addition, the tabu percent for each instance was illustrated in column four. finally, the best vrp solution overload and the execution time were clarified in column five and six respectively. on the other hand, table (2) below represents the fixed parameters which have been used for the tabu search algorithm, in order to solve the capacitated vehicle routing problem. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 206 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 table (2): fixed parameters of tsa analyzer multianalyzer maximumiterations 1000 moveevaluator potvincustomerrelocationmoveevaluator movegenerator potvincustomerrelocationexhaustivemovegenerator movemaker potvincustomerrelocationmovemaker samplesize 100 seed 640517055 setseedrandomly false tabuchecker potvincustomerrelocationtabucriterion tabumaker potvincustomerrelocationmovetabumaker tabutenure 6 one thing ought to be observed in table (1), instances with the little size besides allocation manner at random, tabu search algorithm leads to preferable outcomes particularly when the vehicles have average capacity, so, the execution time will be shorter. on the other hand, increasing the size of instances results in more time in order to execution, and there will be a possibility that there will be an overload. finally, the tabu percent will be increasing in the instances which have little size. figures of instances (samples) the following figures show the qualities of the solutions, the total distances of the solutions and the values of the used vehicles respectively. figure (5): qualities https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 207 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (6): distances figure (7): values of used vehicles conclusion capacitated vehicle routing problem (cvrp) cannot be resolved in polynomial time due to its belonging to nondeterministic polynomial-time (np) hard problems. in this paper, tabu search algorithm (tsa) is suggested for the capacitated vehicle routing problem. the experiments were tested on well christofides and eilon benchmark dataset. tsa has demonstrated its ability to expand rise quality settlements to the (cvrp) in feasible calculation time in an effective way. moreover, tsa is a deterministic algorithm, so every one of the outcomes is completely reproducible. tsa has proved that instances with the little size besides allocation manner at random, it leads to preferable outcomes particularly while the vehicles have average capacity, so, the execution time will be shorter. on the other hand, tsa has used fixed parameters as clarified in table (2). in the future, it would be a good idea to expand the algorithm to more complicated issues such as heterogeneous fleet of vehicles and time window. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 208 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 references 1. toth, p. andvigo, d.( 2002)the vehicle routing problem, society for industrial mathematics,. 2. gilbert laporte, (1992) the vehicle routing problem; an overview of exact and approximate algorithms. european journal of operational research 59(1992) 345-358,. 3. barbucha, d.; jedrzejowicz, p, an agent-based approach to vehicle routing problem. waset, 26, 36–41, (2007(2009)). 4. laporte, g, (2009) fifty years of vehicle routing. transportation science, canada research chair in distribution management, hec montreal 43, 408-416,. 5. fengjiao zhang, xingfang zhang, vehicle routing problem based on uncertainty theory. school of mathematical sciences, liaocheng university. proceedings of the first international conference on uncertainty theory, urumchi, china. 136141, (2010). 6. mabga,s.; (2008)solving the capacitated vehicle routing problem in parallel by evolutionary metaheurisitcs. international scientific conference computer science, technical university of sofia, sofia, bulgaria,. 7. drexl, m. (2013) applications of the vehicle routing problem with trailers and transshipments. eur. j. oper. res. 227(2): 275–283,. 8. cordeau, j.f.; gendreau, m.; laporte,g.; potvin j.y and semet,f. a guide (2002). to vehicle routing heuristics. j. operat. res. soci., 53: 512-522. doi: 10.1057/palgrave.jors.2601319, 9. lysgaard, j.; letchford a.n. and eglese, r.w. (2004). a new branch-and-cut algorithm for the capacitated vehicle routing problem. mathem. programm, 100: 423445. doi: 10.1007/s10107-003-0481-8. 10. fukasawa, r.; lysgaard, j. de,; arag˜ao, m.p.; reis, m. uchoa, e.; werneck, r. f,; robust (2006)branch-and-cut-and-price for the capacitated vehicle routing problem. math program,. 106,. 491–511,. 11. clarke, g.; wright, j, (1964)scheduling of vehicles from a central depot to a number of delivery points. opns. res.,. 12,. 568–581,. 12. yellow, p,; (1970). a computational modification to the savings method of vehicle scheduling. op. res. quart.,. 21,. 281–283, 13. paessens, h, the savings a(1976)lgorithm for the vehicle routing problem. eur. j. opl. res.,. 34,. 336–344, (1988). 14. mole, r.h.; jameson, s.r.; (1976) a sequential route-building algorithm employing a generalized saving criterion. op. res. quart(1979)..,. 27,. 503–511,. 15. christofides, n.; mingozzi, a. and toth, p, (1979). the vehicle routing problem. in: n. christofides, a. mingozzi, p. toth and c. sandi (eds.): combinatorial optimization. john wiley&sons, new york, ny, 16. glover, f,; tabu search part(1989) 1. orsa j. comput. 1(2): 190–206,. 17. porto, a s.; ribeiro,c. s.; parallel, a c.c. (1995)tabu search message-passing synchronous strategies for task scheduling under precedence constraints, journal of heuristics,. 1,. 18. laguna, a. m.; barnes, a j. w. a f. glover, tabu search methodology for a single machine scheduling problem, j. of int. manufacturing, vol. 2, pp. 63-74, (1991). 19. glover, f. (1995) tabu thresholding: improved search by nonmonotonic trajectories, orsa journal on computing,. 7, 4, 426-442,. 20. crainic, t.; toulouse g. m and gendreau,m. (1997). toward a taxonomy of parallel tabu search heuristics, informs journal on computing, 9, 1, 61-72, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 computer | 209 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 21. pham, d.t and karaboga, d (2000) intelligent optimisation techniques – genetic algorithms, tabu search, simulated annealing and neural networks. london: springer-verlag,. 22. jia, h.; dong ,li y b and ya h, (2013). an improved tabu search approach to vehicle routing problem. procedia-social behav. sci. 96: 1208–1217. 23. wagner, stefan; kronberger g.; beham a.; kommenda m.; scheibenpflug a.; pitzer e.; vonolfen s.; kofler m.; winkler s.; dorfer v.; affenzeller m. "architecture and design of the(2014) heuristiclab optimization environment". topics in intelligent engineering and informatics. 6: 197–261. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-01436-4_10. archived from the original on 2012-08-01,. 24. wagner, stefan, heuristic optimization software systems modeling of heuristic optimization algorithms(2009) in the heuristiclab software environment, phd thesis. johannes kepler university linz. 25. christofides, eilon, an algorithm (1969) for the vehicle routing dispatching problem,. 26. clever algorithms tabu search (http://www.cleveralgorithms.com/natureinspired/stochastic/tabu_sea (2011).rch.html) 27. miranda, a.; rosa, g.; gonzález-ramírez and neale r. smith, districting and customer clustering within supply chain planning: a review of modeling and solution approaches. doi: 10.5772/19986, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1949 https://web.archive.org/web/20120801192301/http:/dev.heuristiclab.com/trac/hl/core/wiki/publications https://web.archive.org/web/20120801192301/http:/dev.heuristiclab.com/trac/hl/core/wiki/publications https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/digital_object_identifier https://doi.org/10.1007%2f978-3-319-01436-4_10 http://dev.heuristiclab.com/trac/hl/core/wiki/publications http://www.cleveralgorithms.com/natureinspired/stochastic/tabu_sea%20(2011).rch.html microsoft word 226-238 226 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 spectrophotometric determination of carbamazepine via oxidative coupling reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine sahar r. fadhel dept. of chemistry / college of science/ university of diyala. najwa i. abdulla intidhar d. sulaiman dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in:16/december/2015,accepted in:7/january/2016 abstract an accurate and sensitive spectrophotometric method has been developed for the determination of carbamazepine (crn.) in pure and dosage forms. the method is based on the oxidation of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-dnphz) by potassium periodate than coupling with carbamazepine (crn.) in alkaline medium to form a stable yellowish brown colored water-soluble dye with a maximum absorption at 485 nm. the variables that affect the completion of reaction have been carefully optimized. beer’s law is obeyed over the concentration range of (4-50 μg.ml-1) with molar absorptivity of (6.7335×103 l.mol-1.cm1). the limit of detection was (0.1052 μg.ml-1) and sandell’s sensitivity value was 0.0350 μg.cm-2.the proposed method has been applied successfully to the determination of carbamazepine in pharmaceutical preparation. keywords: spectrophotometric, carbamazepine, 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine ,dosage forms, oxidative coupling. 227 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction carbamazepine (crn.) has the iupac name 5h-dibenzo[b,f]azepine-5-carboxamid (scheme 1) of molar mass 236.269 g.mol-1 and molecular formula c15h12n2o.  it is a highly lipophilic neutral tricyclic compound with a white to off white color almost odorless crystalline powder. it is slightly soluble in water but soluble in alcohol and acetonitrile.[1,2] carbamazepine is an anticonvulsant and mood stabilizing drug used mainly in the treatment of epilepsy and bipolar disorder, it may be used in schizophrenia along with other medications. [3] in 1953 carbamazepine was discovered by swiss chemist walter schindler. it is currently available as a generic medication and is not very expensive.[4] several methods have been reported for the determination of carbamazepine in various matrices using spectrophotometry,[5-7] (hplc) [8,9], flow injection analysis,[10,11] electro-analytical method,[12,13] and capillary electrophoresis.[14,15] the aim of the present work is to suggest a simple and sensitive spectrophotometry procedure for the determination of carbamazepine in pure dosage forms. the method is based on an oxidation of 2,4-dintrophenyhydrazin by potassium periodate and reaction with carbamazepine in alkaline medium to form a colored product. in addition, the reaction conditions were studied one-factor-a time to provide an optimized analytical response. experimental instruments a pg instrument, uv-visible spectrophotometer model t80 (u.k) with 1cm matched quartz cells was used for the absorbance measurements. sartorius bl 210 s electronic balance was used for weighing the samples. materials and methods all chemicals used were of analytical reagent grade and were obtained from bdh and panreac. carbamazepine standard powder was kindly provided by the state company for drug industries and medical appliances, samara-iraq(sdi). carbamazepine stock solution (1000 µg.ml-1) the stock solution of (crn.) was prepared by dissolving an accurately weighed 0.1000 g of pure drug in 10ml of ethanol and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask with ethanol. the stock solution was protected from light and stored at 5ºc. carbamazepine working solution (200 μg.ml-1): prepared by diluting 20ml of the stock solution to 100ml in a volumetric flask with ethanol. 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine solution (2,4-dnphz) (2×10-3m): prepared by dissolving 0.0396g of 2,4-dnphz in 3ml of concentrated sulfuric acid and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask with distilled water. potassium periodate solution (6×10-3m): prepared by dissolving 0.1380g of kio4 in a suitable volume of distilled water and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask. 228 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 sodium hydroxide solution (~4m): prepared by dissolving 16.000g of naoh in a suitable volume of distilled water and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask. carbamazepine tablets solution (1000µg.ml-1) the content of 10 tablets was accurately weighed and grinded into fine powder then mixed well and an average weight was calculated. an amount of the powder equivalent to 0.0842g and 0.0839g (containing 0.05g of the drug carbamazepine) of carbasam-200mg and tegretol-200mg respectively was accurately and separately weighed, dissolved in 10ml ethanol and stirred for 10 min to ensure complete dissolution of the drug, then transferred into 50 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with ethanol to get 1000µg.ml-1 (crn.). the solution was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or undissolved material before use. working solution (200µg.ml-1) was freshly prepared and analyzed by the recommended procedure. general recommended procedure for calibration in a series of 10ml volumetric flasks, 1ml of 2×10-3m 2,4-dnphz and 1ml of 6×10-3m potassium periodate were added to each flask. the resulting oxidized product was coupled with (crn.) by adding 1ml aliquots of the standard solution containing (40 500) µg followed by 1ml of 4m sodium hydroxide to each flask with shaking. after 10min, the solutions were making up to the mark with distilled water, mixed well and left to stand for 10min. the absorbance of yellowish brown colored chromogen was measured at 485nm against the reagent blank. results and discussion absorption spectra for primary test the primary test for the present method involved oxidation of 2,4-dintrophenyhydrazin with potassium periodate and reaction with (crn.) in alkaline medium to form a colored product. the test was done by adding 1ml of 200µg.ml-1 (crn.), 1ml of 1×10-3m 2,4-dnphz, 1ml of 5×10-3m potassium periodate, and then 1ml of 1m sodium hydroxide in 10ml volumetric flask with shaking. the contents were diluted to the mark with distilled water. the absorbance and λmax of the colored product was measured against the reagent blank. figure (1) shows that the maximum absorption was obtained at a wavelength of 485nm. optimization of reaction variables the various parameters related to the colored product formation have been studied by varying the parameters one at a time and controlling all others fixed and optimum conditions have been selected. 1. effect of 2,4-dnphz concentration the influence of the concentration of 2,4-dnphz on the absorbance of the colored product was investigated in the range between (9×10-4 4×10-3)m figure (2). it was found that the maximum absorbance of the yellowish brown color was achieved with 2×10-3m of the reagent. above this value a decrease in absorbance was observed. therefore, 1ml of 2×10-3m was used during the subsequent work. 2. effect of potassium periodate concentration the study of potassium periodate concentration revealed that the reaction was depending on kio4 as an oxidizing agent. the highest absorbance was attained when the concentration of 229 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 kio4 was 6×10-3m. above this value a decrease in the absorbance reading occurred figure (3). therefore, 1ml of 6×10-3m was used during the subsequent work. 3effect of different bases the effect of different alkaline solutions with concentration of 1m on the absorption intensity of the colored dye formed was investigated. four types of bases namely; sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and ammonium hydroxide were tested and the results were listed in table (1). as can be seen it was found that sodium hydroxide shows the maximum absorption intensity of the colored product, therefore it was selected for subsequent work. 4. effect of sodium hydroxide concentration the effect of sodium hydroxide concentration on the measured absorbance of the formed colored product was investigated by using 1ml of different concentrations of naoh solution ranged between (0.5-6.0)m. the results are presented in figure (4), which reveals that the addition of 1ml of 4m naoh exhibited a better absorbance. above this concentration the absorbance value decreased. therefore, 1ml of 4m naoh was used in all subsequent experiments. 5. effect of coupling reaction time the optimum time for the reaction between (crn.) and 2,4-dnphz was studied at a fixed concentration of (crn.). 20µg.ml-1 reacted with 2,4-dnphz and potassium periodate in alkaline medium. absorbance values were recorded at different intervals ranging from immediate measurement to a waiting period of 25min. the oxidative coupling reaction is completed in 10min as shown in table (2). 6. effect of reagents mixing order effect of different orders of components addition on chromogen formation was investigated by changing the order of addition of reactants four times as shown in table (3). from the results shown, it is obvious that mixing order number one was recommended as it resulted in obtaining a maximum absorbance and hence was followed in the subsequent experiments. 7. the stability stability study of the colored product formed upon reaction of drug solution with 2,4-dnphz was carried out by measuring its absorbance at different time intervals. 10min was selected as optimum time in the general recommended procedure. the color of the solution was nearly stable for at least 60min as shown in figure (5). final absorption spectra the absorption spectrum of the yellowish brown product formed from the treatment of (crn.) 20µg.ml-1 with 2,4-dnphz in the presence of potassium periodate in alkaline medium under the optimum conditions was recorded and showed a maximum absorption at 485nm against the reagent blank as shown in figure (6). calibration curve and analytical data employing the optimum experimental condition, the measured absorbance values at 485 nm versus different standard concentrations of (crn.) were plotted to construct a calibration curve. the linearity of the obtained plot of the (crn.) was in the concentration range of (4 50) µg.ml-1 as shown in figure (7). the statistical treatments of the analytical data are summarized in table (4). 230 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 structure of the product job's method [16] and mole ratio method [17] have been used in the determination of the stoichiometry of the reaction between (crn.) and 2,4-dnphz. the obtained results figures (8) & (9) showed that 1:1 carbamazepine to 2,4-dnphz ratio is obtained. the proposed mechanism of the reaction between (crn.) and 2,4dnphz can be represented in scheme (2). comparison of the methods table (5), shows a comparison between the proposed method and that of another literature spectrophotometric methods throughout some measured analytical parameters. precision and accuracy the precision and accuracy of the proposed method was tested by analyzing three replicate samples of (crn.) in three different concentration levels (within beerʼs law range). the results listed in table (6) indicate an acceptable accuracy and precision of the method. interference study the extent of interfering by some excipients which often accompanied pharmaceutical preparations was studies by measuring the absorbance of solution containing 20 µg.ml-1 of (crn.) and 1000µg.ml-1 of excipient. the results in table (7) show that the studied excipients do not interfere in the determination of (crn.) in its dosage forms. application in pharmaceutical preparation in order to demonstrate the applicability of the proposed method for the determination of (crn.), the method was applied to two types of pharmaceutical formulations (tablets) from different manufacturing sources containing (crn.). the results of the application were satisfactory as shown in table (8). conclusions the reagents utilized in the proposed method are readily available, cheap and the procedures do not involve any critical reaction conditions. moreover, the method is free from interference by excipients. the wide applicability of the new procedure for routine quality control was well established by the assay of carbamazepine in pure form and in pharmaceutical preparations. references 1. "british pharmacopoeia" (2013), cd-rom her majesty ̓s stationary office, london. 2. alagarsamy, v. (2010) "text book of medical chemistry" 1st, elsevier, 199-220. 3. bradley, m. k.; rene, h.; levy, r. r.; matson, r.; meldrum, b.; penry, j. k. and dreifuss, f.e. (1989) carbamazepine and carbamazepine epoxide,antiepileptic drugs, third edition, raven press,ltd., new york, 505-517. 4. mcillin, a. g.; juenke, m. j.; tso, g. and dasgupta, a. (2010) ʺestimation of carbamazepine and carbamazepine-10, 11-epoxide concentrations in plasma using mathematical equations generated with two carbamazepine immunoassays; j. american society for clinical pathologyʺ 133, 728-736. 231 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 5. jayanna, b. k; devaraj, t.d. and ninge, g. (2014) ʺa facile spectrophotometric method for the determination of carbamazepine in tabletsʺ indian journal of drugs, 2(3), 132-135. 6. eman, y.z. f.; zayed, m.a.; omar, m.m.; sally, e. a. e. and gehad, g. m. (2012) ʺspectrophotometric determination of carbamazepine and mosapride citrate in pure and pharmaceutical preparationsʺ arabian journal of chemistry ,5, 375–3827. 7. fadhil, m. n. and muhammad, s. m. (2014) ʺ four spectrophotometric method for simultaneous determination of carbamazepine and lamotrigine in binary mixtures and urine samplesʺ the malaysian journal of analytical sciences, 18(3), 491 – 506. 8. thejaswini, j. c. and bannimath, g. (2014) ʺrp-hplc method development and validation for simultaneous determination of amitriptyline ,carbamazepine and flunarizine in human plasma using mirtazapine as internal standardʺ indo american journal of pharmaceutical research, 4(8), 3597-3602 9. hammam, a. m.; fars, k. a. and gamal, m. e. (2012) ʺ development and validation of an hplc–uv method for the quantification of carbamazepine in rabbit plasmaʺ saudi pharmaceutical journal, 20, 29–34. 10. çomoğlua, t.; gönüla, n.; şenerb, e.; dalb, a. g. and tunçelb, m. (2006) ʺdetermination of carbamazapine by flow‐injection analysis: its application to tablet analysis and dissolution studiesʺ journal of liquid chromatography & related technologies, 29(18), 2677-2690 . 11. zhi‐qi, z.; guo‐xi, l.; jian, m.; ying, l. and yue‐mei, l. (2006) ʺa sensitive flow injection fluorimetry for the determination of carbamazepine in human plasmaʺ analytical letters, 39(12), 2417-2428. 12. liu-li, h.; duan, c. and gao, z. (2012) ʺelectrochemical behaviors and electrochemical determination of carbamazepine at ionic liquid modified carbon paste electrode in the presence of sodium dodecyl sulfateʺ journal of serbian chemical society,77(4), 483-496. 13. atkins, s.; sevilla, j. m.; blazquez, m.; pineda, t. and gonalez-rodriguez, j. (2010) ʺelectrochemical behaviour of carbamazepine in acetonitrile and dimethylformamide using glassy carbon electrodes and microelectrodesʺ electroanalysis, 22(24), 29612966. 14. yan-yu, l.; chun-chi, w.; yu-hsiang, h.; cheng-sheng, c. and shou-mei, w. (2013) ʺanalysis of carbamazepine and its five metabolites in serum by large-volume sample stacking–sweeping capillary electrophoresisʺ analytical and bioanalytical chemistry, 405(1), 259-266. 15. gibbons, s.; wang, c. and ma, y. (2011) ʺdetermination of pharmaceutical and personal care products in wastewater by capillary electrophoresis with uv detectionʺ j.talanta, 84(4), 1163-1170. 16. job, p. (1971) "spectrochemical methods of analysis" wiley, new york, 346. 17. christian, g. d. (1994) "analytical chemistry" fifth ed., wiley, new york, 385–386. 18. tahseen, a. z. and taghreed, s. s. (2012) ʺ developing spectrophotometric method for carbamazepine (antiepileptic drug) determination through preparation and characterization of fe(iii) complex with mixed ligand containing carbamazepine and salicylaldehydeʺ iraqi national journal of chemistry, 46, 199-214. 232 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): the effect of different bases on coupling reaction. base (1m) absorbance naoh 0.185 koh 0.162 na2co3 0.064 nh4oh 0.103 table (2): the effect of coupling reaction time. time (min) absorbance 0 0.347 5 0.371 10 0.395 15 0.341 20 0.302 25 0.298 table (3): variation of absorbance with change of reactants addition order in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1 (crn.). no sequence absorbance 1. r+o+d+b 0.421 2. d+r+o+b 0.395 3. r+d+o+b 0.116 4. d+b+r+o 0.048 r: reagent o: oxidizing agent d: drug b: base table (4): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of (crn.). parameter value λmax (nm) 485 color yellowish brown regression equation y= 0.0274[crn.] – 0.0756 linearity range (µg.ml-1) 4 50 calibration sensitivity (ml.µg-1) 0.0285 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9996 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9995 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm-1) 6.7335×103 sandellʼs sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 0.0350 l.o.d. (µg.ml-1) 0.1052 l.o.q. (µg.ml-1) 0.3508 233 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (5): analytical parameters for the analysis of carbamazepine by the proposed method comparing to other methods. methods linear range μg.ml-1 (ε) l.mol-1.cm-1 correlation coefficient ( r) c.v% range ref. proposed method 4.0 50.0 6.7335x103 0.9996 0.017-0.462 … spectrophotometric 0.2 10.0 2.1450x 104 0.9831 0.15-0.25 6 spectrophotometric 10.0-350.0 1.90 x 103 0.9998 0.63–2.17 7 spectrophotometric 1.0 25.0 1.30x109 0.9996 2.12-0.59 18 rp-hplc … … 0.9902 0.22 0.42 8 hplc–uv 0.5 40.0 … 0.9999 0.53–2.75 9 table (6): evaluation of the accuracy and precision of the proposed method for the determination of (crn.). conc. of (crn.) μg.ml-1 er% c.v% taken found* 10.000 9.945 -0.550 0.462 25.000 25.013 0.052 0.031 35.000 35.017 0.048 0.017 *average of three measurements. table (7): recovery values for 20 µg.ml-1 of (crn.) in the presence of 1000 µg.ml-1 of different excipients. excipients carbamazepine conc. recovery (%) name conc. (µg.ml-1 ) taken (µg.ml-1) found (µg.ml-1 ) lactose 1000 20.000 19.877 99.385 glucose 19.921 99.605 sucrose 19.756 98.780 starch 20.074 100.370 magnesium stearate 19.752 98.760 table (7): determination of carbamazepine in pharmaceutical formulations (tablets) by the proposed method. sample weight found* (mg) concentration (µg.ml-1) recovery % c.v % taken found* carbasam 200 mg s.d.i.-iraq 195.920 10.000 9.796 97.960 1.216 201.296 25.000 25.162 100.648 0.607 tegretol 200mg novartis-switzerland 202.020 10.000 10.101 101.140 0.143 205.344 25.000 25.668 102.675 1.352 *average of three measurements. 234 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1): absorption spectra of: (a) 20 µg.ml-1 (crn.) against reagent blank, (b) blank solution against solvent under the primary test conditions. figure (2): the effect of the concentration of 2,4-dnphz on the color development in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1 (crn.). figure (3): the effect of potassium periodate concentration on the color development in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1(crn.). 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 a b so rb a n ce concentration of 2,4-dnphz [m] 0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 a b so rb a n ce concentration of kio4[m] 235 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (4): the effect of sodium hydroxide concentration on the color development in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1(crn.). figure (5): the stability of the colored product with time. figure (6): absorption spectra of: (a) 20 µg.ml-1(crn.) against reagent blank, (b) blank solution against solvent under the optimum conditions. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 2 4 6 8 a b so rb a n ce concentration of naoh[m] 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce time (min) 236 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (7): calibration curve for the determination of (crn.) under optimum conditions. figure (8): continuous variation method for the reaction of (crn.) with 2,4-dnphz. figure (9): mole ratio method for the reaction of (crn.) with 2,4-dnphz. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce conc. of carbamazepine (μg.ml-1) 0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 a b so rb a n ce vdrug/[vdrug+vreagent] 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 0.13 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 a b so rb a n ce [2,4-dnphz]/[carbamazepine] 237 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 scheme (1): the structural formula of carbamazepine. no2 o2n no2 n n kio4 (i) nn no2 no2 oh hso4 2,4-dnphz diazonium salt azo dye nhnh2 h2so4 (i) + o2n (crn.) n nh2o n nh2o scheme (2): the suggested reaction mechanism between (crn.) and 2,4-dnphz. 238 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ثنائي-4,2 مع التأكسدي االزدواج تفاعل بوساطة للكاربامازيبين الطيفي التقدير هيدرازين فنيل نايترو سحر ريحان فاضل جامعة ديالى /كلية العلوم /قسم الكيمياء نجوى اسحاق عبد هللا انتظار داّود سليمان جامعة بغداد /الهيثم) ابن( ألصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية /الكيمياء قسم 2016/كانون األول/7 :فيقبل ،2015 /كانون األول/12استلم في: الخالصة تعتمد. الصيدالنية المستحضرات في و النقية بصورته لتقدير الكاربامازيبين وحساسة دقيقة طيفية طريقة تطوير تم الكاربامازيبين مع مفاعلته ثم البوتاسيوم بيرايودات بوجود هيدرازين فنيل نايترو ثنائي-4,2 الكاشف اكسدة على الطريقة الموجي الطول عند امتصاص اعظم تعطي الماء في ذائبه مصفر بني لون ذات مستقرة صبغه لتكوين قاعدي في وسط قانون. المثلى للتفاعل الظروف على للحصول بدقة التفاعل اكتمال في تؤثر التي العوامل من العديد درست. ʺانانومتر 485 وبحد .1-سم.1-مول.لتر 6.7345×310الموالرية واالمتصاصيه 1مل.مكغم)50-4(التراكيز من مدى ضمن ينطبق بير في بنجاح ترحةقالم الطريقة تطبيق تم .2سم.مكغم 0.0350 تساوي ساندل داللة و 1-مل.مكغم 0.1052كشف المستحضرات الصيدالنية. في الكاربامازيبين تقدير الصيدالنية، المستحضرات هيدرازين، نيتروفنيل ثنائي 4,2 الكاربامازيبين، الطيفي، التقدير الكلمات المفتاحية: التأكسدي. االقتران ihjpas. 36(1)2023 345 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license improved runge-kutta method for oscillatory problem solution using trigonometric fitting approach abstract this paper provides a four-stage trigonometrically fitted improved runge-kutta (tfirk4) method of four orders to solve oscillatory problems, which contains an oscillatory character in the solutions. compared to the traditional runge-kutta method, the improved runge-kutta (irk) method is a natural two-step method requiring fewer steps. the suggested method extends the fourth-order improved runge-kutta (irk4) method with trigonometric calculations. this approach is intended to integrate problems with particular initial value problems (ivps) using the set functions 𝑒𝜔𝑥 and 𝑒−𝜔𝑥 for trigonometrically fitted. to improve the method's accuracy, the problem primary frequency 𝜔 ∈ 𝑅 is used. the novel method is more accurate than the conventional runge-kutta method and irk4. several test problems for the system of first-order ordinary differential equations carry out numerically to demonstrate the effectiveness of this approach. the computational studies show that the tfirk4 approach is more efficient than the existing runge-kutta methods. keywords: improved runge-kutta method, trigonometrically-fitted, initial value problem, oscillating solution. 1. introduction this paper focuses on solving the system of the first-order ordinary differential equations (odes) of the form: 𝑢′(𝑡) = 𝑓(𝑡, 𝑢), 𝑢(𝑡0) = 𝑢0. (1) these issues are frequently seen in various applied sciences, including quantum mechanics, electronics, chemical physics, and astronomy (see [1] and [2]). traditionally, runge-kutta (rk) doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2963 article history: received 29 july 2022, accepted 1 september 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq kasim abbas hussain department of mathematics, college of sciences, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq kasimabbas@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq waleed jamal hasan department of mathematics, college of sciences, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq waleedjamalhasan1979@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:kasimabbas@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:waleedjamalhasan1979@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 346 methods or two-step methods are used to solve equation (1) [3]. in 2013, [4] developed the improved runge-kutta technique for solving first odes using new terms 𝑘−𝑖 taking the values of 𝑘𝑖 , 𝑖 ≥ 2 from earlier stages.. another choice for coming up with approaches to solve the oscillatory odes is the trigonometrically-fitted approach. these techniques are an improved version of any earlier techniques. in 2019, [5] developed trigonometrically-fitted sixth-order twoderivative runge-kutta method for solving oscillatory problems. in 2021, [6] derived the fourth and fifth-order modified runge-kutta method to resolve oscillatory problems using phase-lag properties. recently, [7] derived the trigonometrically-fitted third-order improved runge-kutta method for solving oscillatory problems. this paper aims to develop the fourth-order irk method called trigonometrically fitted improved runge-kutta (tfirk4) to solve a system of first-order odes with oscillatory solutions. numerical experiments demonstrate the accuracy of the newly proposed method over other methods. a proposed tfirk technique derivation is presented in section 2. a numerical test and comparison with different approaches are discussed in section 3 to show the efficiency of the tfirk4 method. section 4 contains the discussion and conclusion of this paper. 2. the derivation of tfirk4 method the improved runge-kutta (irk) method for solving equation (1) has the following form: [4] 𝑢𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ(𝑏1𝑘1 − 𝑏−1𝑘−1 + ∑ 𝑏𝑖 (𝑘𝑖 − 𝑘−𝑖 ), 𝑠 𝑖=2 (2) 𝑘1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛, 𝑢𝑛 ), (3) 𝑘−1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛−1, 𝑢𝑛−1), (4) 𝑘𝑖 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑘𝑗 ), 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 (5) 𝑘−𝑖 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛−1 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑢𝑛−1 + ℎ ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑘−𝑗 ). 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 (6) where 𝑐𝑖 , 𝑏𝑖 , 𝑏−1, and 𝑎𝑖𝑗 are real numbers and 𝑖, 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑠. irk method (2)-(6) can be expressed using the following butcher tableau (see table 1): table 1. 𝑠 − stages irk method 0 𝑐2 𝑎21 𝑐3 𝑎31 𝑎32 . . . . . . . . . . . . 𝑐𝑠 𝑎𝑠1 𝑎𝑠2 … 𝑎𝑠𝑠−1 𝑏−1 𝑏1 𝑏2 … 𝑏𝑠−1 𝑏𝑠 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 347 following are the four stages of the irk4 method in its general form: 𝑢𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ(𝑏1𝑘1 − 𝑏−1𝑘−1 + 𝑏2(𝑘2 − 𝑘−2) + 𝑏3(𝑘3 − 𝑘−3) + 𝑏4(𝑘4 − 𝑘−4), (7) 𝑘1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛, 𝑢𝑛 ), (8) 𝑘−1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛−1, 𝑢𝑛−1), (9) 𝑘2 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛 + 𝑐2ℎ, 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ 𝑎21𝑘1), (10) 𝑘−2 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛−1 + 𝑐2ℎ, 𝑢𝑛−1 + ℎ 𝑎21𝑘−1), (11) 𝑘3 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛 + 𝑐3ℎ, 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ (𝑎31𝑘1 + 𝑎32𝑘2)), (12) 𝑘−3 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛−1 + 𝑐3ℎ, 𝑢𝑛−1 + ℎ (𝑎31𝑘−1 + 𝑎32𝑘−2)), (13) 𝑘4 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛 + 𝑐4ℎ, 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ (𝑎41𝑘1 + 𝑎42𝑘2 + 𝑎43𝑘3)), (14) 𝑘−4 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑛 + 𝑐4ℎ, 𝑢𝑛−1 + ℎ (𝑎41𝑘−1 + 𝑎42𝑘−2 + 𝑎43𝑘−3)). (15) the coefficients of the irk4 method in [4] are offered in table 2: table 2. irk4 method applying the exponential function into the irk4 method (7)-(15), the trigonometrically fitting approach is implemented by allow: 𝑢n = 𝑢(𝑡n) = e iω𝑡n , (16) 𝑢n+1 = 𝑢(𝑡n+1) = e iω(𝑡n+ℎ), (17) 𝑢n−1 = 𝑢(𝑡n−1) = e iω(𝑡n−ℎ). (18) using euler formula 𝑒 𝑖𝑣 = cos(𝑣) + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑣), and substituting the equations (16)-(18) into equation irk4 method (7)-(15), we get: 𝑒𝑖𝑣 = cos(𝑣) + 𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑣) = 1 − 𝑣𝑏−1 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏2 𝑎21 − 𝑣𝑏2 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏3 𝑎31 +𝑣2 𝑏2𝑎21 cos (𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏3 𝑎32 − 𝑣𝑏3 sin(𝑣) + 𝑣 2 𝑏3𝑎31 cos (𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏4 𝑎41 +𝑣2 𝑏3𝑎32 cos(𝑣) + 𝑣 3 𝑏3𝑎32𝑎21 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎42 − 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎43 − 𝑣𝑏4 sin(𝑣) +𝑣4 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32𝑎21 + 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎41 cos(𝑣) + 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎42 cos(𝑣) + 𝑣 3 𝑏4𝑎42𝑎21 sin(𝑣) 0 1 5 1 5 3 5 0 3 5 4 5 2 15 4 25 38 75 19 288 307 288 − 25 144 25 144 125 288 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 348 +𝑣2 𝑏4𝑎43 cos(𝑣) + 𝑣 3 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎31 sin(𝑣) + 𝑣 3 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32 sin(𝑣) −𝑣3 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32 𝑎21 cos(𝑣) + 𝑖𝑣𝑏1 − 𝑖𝑣𝑏−1 cos(𝑣) + 𝑖𝑣𝑏2 − 𝑖𝑣𝑏2 cos(𝑣) +𝑖𝑣𝑏3 − 𝑖𝑣 2𝑏2𝑎21 sin(𝑣) − 𝑖𝑣 3 𝑏3𝑎32𝑎21 − 𝑖𝑣𝑏3 cos(𝑣) − 𝑖𝑣 2𝑏3𝑎31 sin(𝑣) +𝑖𝑣𝑏4 + 𝑖𝑣 3𝑏3𝑎32𝑎21 cos(𝑣) − 𝑖𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎42𝑎21 − 𝑖𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎31 − 𝑖𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32 −𝑖𝑣𝑏4 cos(𝑣) − 𝑖𝑣 2𝑏4𝑎41 sin(𝑣) − 𝑖𝑣 2𝑏4𝑎42 sin(𝑣) − 𝑖𝑣 2𝑏4𝑎43 sin(𝑣) +𝑖𝑣3𝑏4𝑎42𝑎21cos (𝑣) + 𝑖𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎31cos (𝑣) + 𝑖𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32cos (𝑣) +𝑖𝑣4𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32𝑎21 sin(𝑣) − 𝑖𝑣 2𝑏3𝑎32 sin(𝑣). (19) where 𝑣 = 𝜔ℎ. we obtain the trigonometrically fitting order conditions by equating the real and imaginary parts: cos(𝑣) = 1 − 𝑣𝑏−1 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏2 𝑎21 − 𝑣𝑏2 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏3 𝑎31+𝑣 2 𝑏2𝑎21 cos (𝑣) −𝑣2𝑏3 𝑎32 − 𝑣𝑏3 sin(𝑣) + 𝑣 2 𝑏3𝑎31 cos (𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏4 𝑎41 + 𝑣 2 𝑏3𝑎32 cos(𝑣) +𝑣3 𝑏3𝑎32𝑎21 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎42 − 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎43 − 𝑣𝑏4 sin(𝑣) + 𝑣 4 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32𝑎21 +𝑣2 𝑏4𝑎41 cos(𝑣) + 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎42 cos(𝑣) + 𝑣 3 𝑏4𝑎42𝑎21 sin(𝑣) + 𝑣 2 𝑏4𝑎43 cos(𝑣) +𝑣3 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎31 sin(𝑣) + 𝑣 3 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 3 𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32 𝑎21 cos(𝑣) , (20) sin(𝑣) = 𝑣𝑏1 − 𝑣𝑏−1 cos(𝑣) + 𝑣𝑏2 − 𝑣𝑏2 cos(𝑣) − 𝑣𝑏3 cos(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏3𝑎31 sin(𝑣) +𝑣𝑏3 − 𝑣 2𝑏2𝑎21 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 3 𝑏3𝑎32𝑎21 − 𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎31 − 𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32 +𝑣𝑏4 + 𝑣 3𝑏3𝑎32𝑎21 cos(𝑣) − 𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎42𝑎21 − 𝑣 2𝑏4𝑎42 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏4𝑎43 sin(𝑣) −𝑣𝑏4 cos(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏4𝑎41 sin(𝑣) + 𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎31cos (𝑣) + 𝑣 3𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32cos (𝑣) +𝑣3𝑏4𝑎42𝑎21cos (𝑣) + 𝑣 4𝑏4𝑎43𝑎32𝑎21 sin(𝑣) − 𝑣 2𝑏3𝑎32 sin(𝑣). (21) solving equations (20) and (21) using the coefficients of the irk4 method in table2 for unknowns parameters 𝑎31 and 𝑎41 we obtain the following solution: 𝑎31 = −72 95 𝑣3(sin2(𝑣) + cos2(𝑣) − 2 cos(𝑣) + 1) (−12 cos(𝑣) sin(𝑣) + 12 sin (𝑣) −3 𝑣 sin2(𝑣) + 𝑣3 sin2(𝑣) + 12 𝑣 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑣) − 3 𝑣 cos2(𝑣) − 2 𝑣3 cos(𝑣) −9𝑣 + 𝑣3 cos2(𝑣) + 𝑣3), (22) 𝑎41 = 2 35625 𝑣3(sin2(𝑣)+cos2(𝑣)−2 cos(𝑣)+1) (−7560 𝑣 − 9325 𝑣3 −17280𝑣 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑣) + 24840 𝑣 cos2(𝑣) + 18650 𝑣3 cos(𝑣) +1083 𝑣5 cos2(𝑣) + 64800 sin(𝑣) − 57240 𝑣 sin2(𝑣) + 1083 𝑣5 −64800 cos(𝑣) sin(𝑣) − 9325 𝑣3sin2(𝑣) − 2166 𝑣5 cos(𝑣) −9325 𝑣3 cos2(𝑣) + 41040𝑣2 sin(𝑣) + 1083 𝑣5 sin2(𝑣)). (23) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 349 it can be noticed that for 𝑣 → 0 using maple package, the series expansions are given in following form: 𝑎31 = − 18 475 𝑣2 + 3 3325 𝑣4 − 1 79800 𝑣6 + 1 8778000 𝑣8 − 1 1369368000 𝑣10 + 1 28756728000 𝑣12 − 1 78218300160000 𝑣14 + ⋯ , (24) 𝑎41 = 2 15 − 276 11875 𝑣2 + 689 249375 𝑣4 − 77 1425000 𝑣6 + 1069 1975050000 𝑣8 − 61849 10783773000000 𝑣10 − 1 172540368000 𝑣12 − 77963 87995587680000000 𝑣14 + ⋯ , (25) which lead to the new tfirk4 method. as 𝑣 → 0, the newly obtained parameters 𝑎31 and 𝑎41 turn into the parameters of the original method. 3. numerical results to evaluate the efficacy of the tfirk4 method proposed, we apply them to oscillatory test problems and their numerical results are compared with the existing effective methods. the following numerical methods are applied in the comparison: ▪ step size. ▪ tfirk4: the trigonometrically fitted four-stage fourth-order irk method presented here. ▪ irk4: fourth-order irk method derive in [4]. ▪ tfrk4: trigonometrically-fitted rk method developed in [8]. ▪ rk4z: fifth-order rk method given in [1]. ▪ mrk4: modified rk method of order four proposed in [9]. ▪ max error: max (|𝑢(𝑥𝑛) − 𝑢𝑛|) this is the maximum between absolute errors of the exact solutions and the computed solutions. problem 1: [10] inhomogeneous problem: 𝑢1 ′ (𝑡) = 𝑢2(𝑡), 𝑢1(0) = 1, 𝑢2 ′ (𝑡) = −100 𝑢1(𝑡) + 99 sin(𝑡), 𝑢2(0) = 11. exact solution is: 𝑢1(𝑡) = cos(10𝑡) + sin(10𝑡) + sin(𝑡), 𝑢2(𝑡) = −10 sin(10𝑡) + 10 cos(10𝑡) + cos(𝑡). problem 2: [7] inhomogeneous problem: 𝑢1 ′ (𝑡) = 𝑢2(𝑡), 𝑢1(0) = 1, 𝑢2 ′ (𝑡) = −𝑢1(𝑡) + 𝑡, 𝑢2(0) = −2. exact solution is: 𝑢1(𝑡) = sin(𝑡) + cos(𝑡) + 𝑡, 𝑢2(𝑡) = cos(𝑡) − sin(𝑡) + 1 problem 3: [11] duffing problem: 𝑢1 ′ (𝑡) = 𝑢2(𝑡), 𝑢1(0) = 0.200426728067, 𝑢3 ′ (𝑡) = −𝑢1(𝑡) − (𝑢1(𝑡)) 3 + 0.002 cos(1.01 𝑡), 𝑢2(0) = 0, exact solution is: 𝑢1(𝑡) = 0.200179477536 cos(1.01 𝑡) + 2.46946143 × 10 −4 cos(3.03 𝑡) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 350 +3.04014 × 10−7 cos(5.05 𝑡) + 3.74 10−10 cos(7.07 𝑡), 𝑢2(𝑡) = −0.2021812723 sin(1.01 𝑡) − 7.482468133 × 10 −4 sin(3.03 𝑡) −1.53527070 × 10−6 sin(5.05 𝑡) − 2.64418 × 10−9 sin(7.07 𝑡). problem 4: [8] 𝑢1 ′ (𝑡) = 𝑢3(𝑡), 𝑢1(0) = 1, 𝑢3 ′ (𝑡) = −𝑢1(𝑡) (√(𝑢1(𝑡)) 2+(𝑢2(𝑡)) 2) 3 𝑢3(0) = 0, 𝑢2 ′ (𝑡) = 𝑢4(𝑡), 𝑢2(0) = 0, 𝑢4 ′ (𝑡) = −𝑢2(𝑡) (√(𝑢1(𝑡)) 2+(𝑢2(𝑡)) 2) 3 𝑢4(0) = 1. exact solution is: 𝑢1(𝑡) = cos(𝑡), 𝑢1(𝑡) = sin(𝑡), 𝑢3(𝑡) = −sin(𝑡), 𝑢4(𝑡) = cos(𝑡), problem 5: [11] 𝑢1 ′ (𝑡) = 𝑢3(𝑡), 𝑢1(0) = 1, 𝑢3 ′ (𝑡) = −𝑢1(𝑡) + 0.001 cos(𝑡), 𝑢3(0) = 0, 𝑢2 ′ (𝑡) = 𝑢4(𝑡), 𝑢2(0) = 0, 𝑢4 ′ (𝑡) = −𝑢2(𝑡) + 0.001 sin(𝑡), 𝑢4(0) = 0.9995. exact solution is: 𝑢1(𝑡) = cos(𝑡) + 0.0005 𝑡 sin(𝑡), 𝑢2(𝑡) = −0.9995 sin(𝑡) + 0.0005 𝑡 cos(𝑡), 𝑢3(𝑡) = sin(𝑡) − 0.0005 𝑡 cos(𝑡), 𝑢4(𝑡) = 0.9995 cos(𝑡) + 0.0005 𝑡 sin(𝑡). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 351 figure 1. the curves comparisons for problem 1 with step size ℎ = 1 2𝑟 , 𝑟 = 0,1,2,4. figure 2. the curves comparisons for problem 2 with step size ℎ = 1 2𝑟 , 𝑟 = 0,1,2,4. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 352 figure 3. the curves comparisons for problem 3 with step size ℎ = 1 2𝑟 , 𝑟 = 0,1,2,4. figure 4. the curves comparisons for problem 4 with step size ℎ = 1 2𝑟 , 𝑟 = 0,1,2,4. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 353 figure 5. the curves comparisons for problem 5 with step size ℎ = 1 2𝑟 , 𝑟 = 0,1,2,4. to assess the method's accuracy, we utilize the absolute error criterion. the step size is ℎ = 1 2𝑟 , 𝑟 = 0,1,2,4. and integration interval is [0, 1000] for all problems. the accuracy of the new tfirk4 approach is depicted in figures 1–5 in terms of the greatest global absolute error versus the step sizes required by each method. compared to other rk methods of the same order, the tfirk4 approaches, as shown in figures 1–5, have the smallest maximum global error per step. the tfirk4 produces results that are more accurate than those of other research in the literature, as seen in figures 1–5. 4. conclusions we derived the conditions of the trigonometrically-fitted irk approach to solving oscillatory problems in this paper. as a result, we developed the tfirk4 method, a four-stage, fourth-order irk method that is trigonometrically fitted. the figures show how the step size was used to calculate the common logarithm of the most significant global error during integration and computing cost. the numerical results made it clear that the tfirk4 approach using a trigonometrically fitted strategy, had less global error than the existing methods used to solve oscillatory problems. references 1. hairer, e.; nrsett, s.p.; and wanner, g. solving ordinary differential equations i: nonstiff problems. springer; berlin; 1993. isbn: 978-3-540-78862-1. 2. butcher, j.c. numerical methods for ordinary differential equations. 2nd ed., john wiley & son; new york; 2016, isbn: 978-0-470-72335-7. 3. salih, m.; ismail, f.; senu, n. phase fitted and amplification fitted of runge-kutta fehlberg method of order 4 (5) for solving oscillatory problems. baghdad science journal. 2020, 17(2), 689-689. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 354 4.rabiei, f.; ismail, f. improved runge-kutta methods for solving ordinary differential equations. sains malaysiana. 2013, 42(11), 1679–1687. 5. ahmad, n.a.; senu, n.; and ismail, f. trigonometrically-fitted higher order two derivative runge-kutta method for solving orbital and related periodical ivps. hacettepe journal of mathematics and statistics, 2019, 48(5),1312-1323. 6.ghazal, z.k.; hussain, k.a. solving oscillating problems using modifying runge-kutta methods. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2021, 34(4), 58-67. 7. senu, n.; lee, k.c.; wan ismail, w.f.; ahmadian, a.; ibrahim s.n.; laham, m. improved runge-kutta method with trigonometrically-fitting technique for solving oscillatory problem. malaysian journal of mathematical sciences. 2021,15(2), 253-266. 8.fawzi, f.a.; senu, n.; ismail, f.;majid, z.a. explicit runge-kutta method with trigonometrically-fitted for solving first order odes. in aip conference proceedings. 2016, 1739(1),1-7. 9.simos, t.e.; aguiar, j.v. a modified runge–kutta method with phase-lag of order infinity for the numerical solution of the schrodinger equation and related problems. computers & chemistry, 2001, 25(3), 275-281. 10.hussain, k.a. solving oscillation problems using optimized integrator method. italian journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2022, 47, 578-587. 11.senu, n.; ahmed, n.a., ibrahim, z.b.; othman, m. numerical study on phase-fitted and amplification-fitted diagonally implicit two derivative runge-kutta method for periodic ivps. sains malaysiana, 2021, 50(6), 1799-1814. microsoft word 171-184 chemistry | 171 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 measurement of ferritin and transforming growth factor-β1 levels in iraqi women with polycystic ovary syndrome. qays a. mahdi immunologist/ kamal al-samaree hospital for infertility and in vitro fertilization, ministry of health/ baghdad shatha a. adbul rahman fatima m. mohammed dept. of chemistry/ collage of science/ university of baghdad received in:22/november/2015,accepted in:7/january/2016 abstract background: polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos) is common heterogeneous disorder syndrome in females, characterized by chronic oligoovulation, polycystic ovary, and hyperandrogenism. this study aimed to the association of ferritin and transforming growth factorβ1 (tgf-β1) levels with insulin resistance, cardiovascular and type 2 diabetes risks. patients and methods: (61) iraqi women with pcos patients diagnosed according to the rotterdam criteria, were subdivided according to their body mass index (bmi) to: (20) lean women with normal bmi: (18-24), (17) overweight women with bmi: (25-29) and (25) obese women with bmi >30. for the the purpose of comparison, (20) healthy iraqi women were enrolled as controls matched for age. fasting serum glucose (fsg), serum insulin, ferritin and tgf-β1 was quantitatively determine, homeostatic model assessment (homa2) parameters were calculated. results: ferritin levels showed a high significant increase in the the obese and overweight group when compared with the lean group. tgf-β1 showed a significant increase in obese and overweight groups but not in the lean group. pearson correlation analysis of patients groups revealed an a significant positive correlation between ferritin and (insulin, homa ir, and tgfβ1) and tgfβ1 with (fsg, insulin, and homa ir) while homa s (%) showed significant negative correlation with both ferritin and tgfβ1. conclusion: increase body iron stores, as reflected by serum ferritin concentrations, and tgf-β1 in pcos patients and their correlation with insulin and insulin resistance could be association with the risk increased risk for cardiovascular and t2dm diseases. key words: ferritin, transforming growth factor –β1, pcos, hyperinsulinemia. chemistry | 172 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos) is a common heterogeneous disorder syndrome in females, with high prevalence. it is a multifactorial, heterogeneous, complex genetic, endocrine and metabolic disorder, diagnostically characterized by chronic anovulation, polycystic ovaries and biochemical and clinical manifestations of hyperandrogenism [1, 2]. pcos is correlation with insulin resistance (ir) and increase the the risk for type ii diabetes and possibly cardiovascular disease [3, 4, 5]. obesity or overweight effect most of the patients with pcos, suggesting adipose tissue dysfunction [6]. transforming growth factor β (tgf-β) is a highly pleiotropic cytokine that in mammals exist in three isoforms (tgf-β1, tgf-β2, and tgf-β3) [7]. tgf-β is also normally found in the plasma (tgf-β1 isoform), and bound to ecm proteins throughout the body [8]. the etiology of pcos is not well unclear; tgf-β1 is expressed in the ovary and has been implicated in the pathogenesis of abnormal follicle development and hyperandrogenism in pcos [9]. other factors, such as endocrine, environmental, and metabolic factors, might also play a role in dysregulated tgf-β signaling in pcos patients [10]. iron stores in the body exist fierstly in the form of ferritin. the ferritin molecule is an intracellular protein and considered as acute phase protein [11]. oligoovulation may result in oligomenorrhea and/or amenorrhea reducing iron loss [12]. insulin resistance and compensatory hyperinsulinemia may facilitate iron uptake by different tissues [13]. androgen excess may enhance erythropoiesis and together with insulin resistance, may decrease hepcidin secretion thereby increasing iron absorption [14, 15]. of these potential mechanisms, data in humans supported the corelation of reduced menstrual losses [16]. the aim of the present study is to explore the association between ferritin and tgf-β1 levels of pcos patients with insulin resistance, cardiovascular and type 2 diabetes risks. experimental part subjects this study was carried out in baghdad city at kamal al-samaree hospital for infertility and in vitro fertilization, for the period from november 2014 to april 2015. it included sixty one women newly diagnosed with pcos were allocated into three groups as follows: (20) lean with bmi (18-24.9 kg/cm2), overweight women with bmi (25-29.9 kg/cm2), and (24) obese women with bmi over 30 kg/cm2. additionally, twenty apparently healthy women were selected to serve as controls. the controls have a regular menstrual cycle with bmi range (18-25 kg/cm2), and with the comparable age of selected patients. the diagnosis of pcos depende on the definition generated at to criteria of the rotterdam, when at least two of the following features were present: oligoor anovulation; clinical and/or biochemical signs of hyperandrogenism; and polycystic ovaries (presence of 12 or more follicles in each ovary measuring 2 –9 mm in diameter and/or increased ovarian volume (>10 cm3) (17). exclusion criteria for women included in the study: pregnancy, current or previous (within six months) use of oral contraceptives, antiandrogens or other hormonal drugs, known cardiovascular, renal, liver, lung diseases and diabetes mellitus, and cigarette smoking. sample collection a venous blood specimen was withdrawn on day 2-5 of the menstrual cycle about (5 ml) by disposable syringe from each woman between 08:00 and 12:00 a.m, after an overnight fasting to be placed in gel-containing tubes. after clotting, the specimens were centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes to collect serum that was divide into aliquots (300 µl) in eppendorff tube, to be useing in the estimation of fsg, on the same day; other aliquots were keep frozen at -20 c° until used. chemistry | 173 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 anthropometric indices measurements determination of body mass index (bmi) body mass index was determine by dividing body weight in kilogram by the square of her height in meter. the equation used in medicine produce a unit of measure of kg/m2 [18]. laboratory methods measurement of glycemic indices: serum glucose level was measure by the glucose oxidase method 0f trinder 1969 (linear, spain) [19]. serum insulin levels were determined using elisa kit [20] (drg, diagnostic company, germany) as described by the manufacture. the drg insulin elisa kit is a solid phase enzymelinked immunosorbent assay (elisa) based on the sandwich principle. homa2 parameters: homa2-ir, β-cell percentage (homa2β %) and sensitivity percentage (homa2-s %) were calculated using an homa2 calculator [21]. determination of serum ferritin and transforming growth factor beta-1(tgf-β1) levels serum ferritin level was quantitatively determine in patients and control groups using the indirect enzyme immune assay (elisa) method, and serum tgf-β1 level was quantitatively determined using sandwich elisa method, using (demeditec germany) kits [22, 23]. statistical analysis statistical package for the social sciences, (spss) version 20.0 for windows software (spss inc., chicago, iii, usa) was useing for statistical analysis. the data were normally distribute and were expresse as mean ± standard deviation (sd). one-way analysis of variance (anova) was used to compare the parameters among groups (control, lean, overweight and obese) followed by post hoc test. differences among groups were defined to be statistically significant if the corresponding pvalue was equal and less than 0.05. correlation between variables was determine by pearson correlation coefficients (rvalues). results a significant increase in mean level of bmi was observed in overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of control group (26.84 and 35.04 vs. 22.7 kg/cm2) respectively, and no significant difference is found between lean group and control group (table 1) a significant increase in the mean level of fsg was observe in lean, overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of the control group (93.96, 98.3and 99.96 vs. 82.32mg/dl). and no significant difference was found between patients groups (table 1). a significant increase in the mean level of insulin was observe in groups (lean, overweight and obese) in comparison with that of the control group (14.65, 21.25 and 21.6 vs. 09.99 µlu/ml). insulin showed a decrease in the mean of the lean group in comparison with an obese group (14.65 vs. 21.6µlu/ml) and the difference was significant (p<0.05). also, between lean and overweight groups (14.65 vs. 21.25 µlu/ml) and the difference was significant, (table 1). a significant increase in mean level of homa2-b (%) was observe in overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of control group (165.29 and 157.71 vs. 136.4). also, a significant increase was observed in overweight and obese groups in comparison with lean group (165.29 and chemistry | 174 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 157.71 vs. 134.7). however, no significant difference was found in homa2 b cell (%) between control and lean groups, (table 1). a significant decrease in mean levels of homa2-s (%) was observe in lean, overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of the control group (59.95, 40.98 and 38.1 vs. 82.26). homa2-s (%) also showed a significant decrease in mean levels of the obese group in comparison with that of the lean group (38.1 vs. 59.95) and between overweight and lean groups (40.98 vs. 59.95). a significant increase in mean levels of homa2-ir was observe in lean, overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of the control group (1.9, 2.73 and 2.8 vs. 1.27). also, significant increase in the mean level of homa2-ir was observed in overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of the lean group (2.73 and 2.8 vs.1.9) as shown in the table (2). the mean level of ferritin showed a significant increase in lean, overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of the control group (57.87, 60.7 and 67.3 vs. 45.14ng/ml). the mean level of tgf-β1 showed a significant increase in overweight and obese groups in comparison with that of the control group (21.12 and 22.1 vs. 16.76 pg/ml), and no significant difference was observe between control and lean groups (table 2). person correlation analysis of ferritin and tgf-β1 as shown in the table (2), ferritin level of the lean group showed significant positive correlation with insulin, homa2 ir and significant negative correlation with homa2 s % (figure1). a ferritin level of the overweight group showed significant positive correlation with insulin, homa2 ir, and tgf-β1, and significant negative correlation with homa2 s (%, (figure 2). a ferritin of the obese group showed significant positive correlation with insulin, homa2 ir and tgf-β1 and significant negative correlation with homa2 s % (figure 3). as shown in table (4), tgf-β1 of the lean group showed significant positive correlation with insulin and homa2 ir (figure 4). tgf-β1 of the overweight group showed significant positive correlation with insulin, homa2 ir, and ferritin (figure 2, d) and (figure 5). tgf-β1of obese group showed significant positive correlation with (fsg, insulin, homa2 ir, and ferritin (figure 3, d), while significant negative correlation with homa2 s (%) was found, (figure 6). discussion ferritin levels in this study showed a higher significant increase of overweight and obese groups. also lean group showed a significant increase in comparison with control group (table 1).these results in agreement with faranak (et al., 2011) [24] who found that serum ferritin levels increased in women with pcos irrespective of their bmi, crp, and ir, they due there results to oligomenorrhea and less blood loss. in another study, higher levels of ferritin only in overweight and obese women with pcos and not in lean subjects and concluded that increase iron stores might contribute to ir and β-cell dysfunction in pcos patients, however, the elevation in serum ferritin levels in pcos may be a secondary, not a pathogenic [25]. serum ferritin levels were elevated in amenorrhea patients in compared with regularly menstruating women, so the absence of regular menstrual blood loss in pcos patients might contribute to iron overload [24]. also similar result was found by luqueramírez and his colleagues [26]. it was hypothesized that the absence of a regular menstrual blood loss, genetic factors or hyperinsulinemia resulting from ir. considering that insulin might induce intestinal iron absorption by up regulating the activity of hypoxia inducible factor 1alpha and down regulating hepcidin expression [27, 28]. that may have contributed to the elevation body iron stores and serum ferritin levels observed in pcos patients, and not the decrease menstrual losses secondary to from oligo or amenorrhea. in this study, we find a higher positive correlation between insulin, homa2 ir with ferritin; also a higher negative correlation between ferritin and homa2 s (%) of lean, overweight and obese groups table (2) figure (1), these results agree with [26]. recent data support this hypothesis and chemistry | 175 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 show that insulin sensitivity is inversely relate to ferritin concentrations in premenopausal women and that women with abnormal glucose tolerance have increased ferritin levels [16, 30]. elevated ferritin levels were positively correlated with the prevalence of the metabolic syndrome and with insulin resistance and an increased risk of t2dm [31, 32, and 33]. the increased ferritin level, occurred independent of changes in serum inflammatory markers, indicates that body iron stores are increase in these women and do not result from the secondary role of ferritin as an acute phase marker [12]. therefore, both androgen excess and insulin resistance might be the cause for increased serum ferritin levels. however, other study hypothesized that the reduced menstrual losses due to the oligomenorrhea present in most women with pcos could contribute to their increased iron stores. recent data suggest that insulin resistance is one of the major players explaining their increased serum ferritin levels, whereas serum ferritin levels did not change after restoring regular menses by using an oral contraceptive for six months, these levels decreased markedly after insulin sensitization with metformin [24]. in this study, high significant increase in tgf-β1 level was found only in obese group and significant increase in overweight group, while no significant difference in lean group in comparison with control group was noted (table 1). this data are in agreement with the previous findings of two studies by [34,35] showing increased serum tgf-b1 levels in patients with pcos. it is now clear that pcos is a pro-inflammatory state, as stated by gonzales (et. al., 2006) [31]. a low chronic inflammatory state, characterized by elevation levels of proinflammatory molecules and acute phase proteins, can be present in obesity and insulin resistance [36, 37]. we found that tgf-β1 of overweight and obese groups showed a higher significant positive correlation with insulin resistance, insulin, and significant negative correlation with homa2 s % (table 3) (figure 2). in other studies, increased circulating tgf-β1 levels in various cardio metabolic complications, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, diabetes, and coronary artery disease were found [38, 39, 36 and 40]. these findings of increased tgf-β1 reveal the bioavailability in pcos is consistent with an important role for tgf-β1 in the pathogenesis of the cardio-metabolic complications seen in iraqi women with pcos. targeting tgf-β1 dysregulation may be particularly important in pcos as women with pcos are at increased risk of impaired glucose tolerance and type 2 diabetes due to underlying insulin resistance. excessive tgf-β1 activity has been implicate in the pathogenesis of arterial disease in patients with altered glucose metabolism [41]. cells in the vessel wall express the isoforms tgf-β1, tgf-β2, and tgf-β3, which regulate cell differentiation, cell proliferation, cell migration, production of the extracellular matrix, and immune cell functions. as a potent regulator of vascular cell responses, tgf-β1 plays an important role in atherosclerosis and vascular remodeling [42]. dysregulated tgf-β1 activity may contribute to atherosclerosis by stimulating smooth muscle cells in the vasculature to proliferate and synthesize collagen. tgf-β1 also regulates endothelial cells, macrophages, and t cell responses in the vasculature. in endothelial cells, tgf-β1 regulates the expression of genes that promote inflammation, such as interleukin 6. circulating and molecular markers of oxidative stress and inflammation are highly correlate with circulating androgens [43, 44, 45]. these findings raise the possibility that in pcos, either hyperandrogenemia pre-activate mononuclear cells (mnc) to account for the hyperglycemia induced inflammation, or conversely that glucose-stimulated inflammation promotes ovarian androgen production in pcos. there is data to support that both mechanisms may occur [46, 47]. conclusions 1.hyperinsulinemia and insulin resistance in iraqi women with pcos have an increased risk for t2dm disease. 2.increased serum ferritin levels in pcos patients and its correlation with insulin and ir support the hypothesis that insulin resistance is the cause of this increase. chemistry | 176 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 3. increased tgf-β1 level in overweight and obese iraqi women with pcos, but not in lean pcos patients increase their risk for cvd diseases. 4. the tgf-β1 regulatory pathway appears to play a critical role in the development of pcos and may be an important therapeutic target for pcos. references 1. knochenhauser, es.; key, tj.; kahsar-miller, m.; waggoner, w.; boots ,lr.; and azziz r., (1998) prevalence of the polycystic ovary syndrome in unselected black and white women of southeastern united states: a prospective study. j clin. endocrinol metab. 83: 3070-3078. 2. the rotterdam eshre/asrm-sponsored pcos consensus workshop group. (2004) revised 2003 consensus on diagnostic criteria and long-term health risks related to polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos). fertil steril. 81(1): 19-25. 3. tabassum ,r.; imtiaz, f.; sharafat, s.; shukar-ud-din, s.; and nusrat, u. (2013) prevalence and clinical profile of insulin resistance in young women of poly cystic ovary syndrome: a study from pakistan. j med sci. 29(2):593-596. 4. legro, rs.; kunselman, ar.; dodson, wc.; and  dunaif, a. (1999)prevalence and predictors of risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus and impaired glucose tolerance in polycystic ovary syndrome: a prospective, controlled study in 254 affected women. j clin endocrinol metab. 84: 165–169. 5. azevedo, gd.; duarte, jm.; souza ,mo.; costa-e-silva ,td.; soares, em. & maranhao tm., (2006) menstrual cycle irregularity as a marker of cardiovascular risk factors at postmenopausal years. arq bras endocrinol metabol. 50 (5): 876–883. 6. varghese ,j.; kantharaju, s.; thunga ,s.; joseph ,n.; and singh .pk. (2015) prevalence and predictors of metabolic syndrome in women with polycystic ovarian syndrome: a study from southern india. j reprod contracept obstet gynecol. 4(1):113-118. 7. ge´rald j prud’homme. (2007) pathobiology of transforming growth factor b in cancer, fibrosis, and immunologic disease, and therapeutic considerations. laboratory investigation. 87: 1077–1091. 8. hyytiainen, m.; penttinen, c.; and keski-oja, j. (2004) latent tgf-beta binding proteins: extracellular matrix association and roles in tgf-beta activation. crit rev clin lab sci. 4: 233–264. 9. welt, ck.; taylor, ae.; fox, j.; messerlian, gm.; adams, jm.; and schneyer al. (2005) follicular arrest in polycystic ovary syndrome is associated with deficient inhibin a and b biosynthesis. j clin endocrinol metab. 90(10):5582-5587. 10. raja ,n.; margrit ,u.; raymond, j. r.; and richard, s. l. (2014) the role of tgf-b in polycystic ovary syndrome. reproductive sciences. 21(1): 20-31. 11. victor ,h.; elizabeth, j.; spencer, s.; alan ,s.r.; and patricia ,g. (1997) serum ferritin iron, a new test, measures human body iron stores uncompounded by inflammation. stem cells. 15: 291-296. 12. po-chun ko; shih-yi huang; ching-hung hsieh; ming-i hsu; chun-sen hsu. (2015) serum ferritin levels and polycystic ovary syndrome in obese and nonobese women. taiwanese journal of obstetrics & gynecology. 54: 403-407. 13. ferna´ndez-real, j.m; abel l.b; and wifredo ricart. (2002) cross-talk between iron metabolism and diabetes. diabetes. 51: 2348–2354. 14. luque-ramirez, m; francisco a; lvarez-blasco; macarena alpan; and hector f. (2011) role of decreased circulating hepcidin concentrations in the iron excess of women with the polycystic ovary syndrome. j. clin. endocrinol. metab. 96: 846–852. 15. bachman ,e.; rui feng; thomas travison; michelle, li.; gordana olbina; vaughn ostland; jagadish ulloor; anqi zhang; shehzad basaria; tomas ganz; mark westerman; and shalender bhasin. (2010) testosterone suppresses hepcidin in men: a potential mechanism for testosteroneinduced erythrocytosis. j. clin. endocrinol. metab. 95: 4743–4747. chemistry | 177 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 16. escobar-morreale, h.f; and luque-ramirez, m. (2011) role of androgen-mediated enhancement of erythropoiesis in the increased body iron stores of patients with polycystic ovary syndrome. fertil. steril. 95: 1730–1735. 17. balen, ah.; laven, js.; tan sl & dewailly d. (2003) ultrasound assessment of the polycystic ovary: international consensus definitions. hum reprod update. 9(6): 505–514. 18. garabed ,e.; and adolphe quetelet (1796-1874). (2008) the average man and indices of obesity. nephrol. dial. transplant. 23(1): 47-51. 19. trinder, p. (1969) determination of blood glucose using 4-amino phenazone as oxygen acceptor. j clin pathol. 22: 246-245. 20. filer, j. s.; kahn, c. r.; and roth, j. (1979) receptors, interceptor antibodies and mechanisms of insulin resistance. n. engl. j. med. 300(8): 413-419. 21. wallace, tm.; levy, jc.; and matthws dr. (2004) use and abuse of homa modeling. diabetes care. 27(6): 1487-1495. 22. polson, r.j; and dawson, d.w., (1988) measurement of ferritin in serum by an indirect competitive enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay. clin. chem. 34(4): 661-664. 23. kropf, j.; schurek, josef o.; wollner .a; und gressner, and axel m. (1997) methodological aspects of the immunological measurement of transforming growth factor-beta1 (tgf-β1) in blood. assay development and comparison. clinical chemistry. 43:10. 24. faranak sharifi; sahar mazloomi; and nouraddin mousavinasab. (2011) high serum ferritin concentrations in polycystic ovary syndrome is not related to insulin resistance. j. iranian of diabetes and obesity. 3(2): 47-53. 25. he´ctor f; escobar-morreale; manuel luque-ramírez; francisco álvarez-blasco; josé i. botellacarretero; josé sancho; and josé l. san millán. (2005) body iron stores are increased in overweight and obese women with polycystic ovary syndrome. diabetes care. 28:2042-2044. 26. luque-ramírez, m.; álvarez-blasco ,f.; botella-carretero, j.; sanchón, r.; san millán j., and escobar-morreale hf. (2007) increased body iron stores of obese women with polycystic ovary syndrome are a consequence of insulin resistance and hyperinsulinism and are not a result of reduced menstrual losses. diabetes care. 30: 2309-2313. 27. guenno, le g.; chanseaume, e.; ruivard, m.; morio, b. and mazur, a., (2007) study of iron metabolism disturbances in an animal model of insulin resistance. diabetes res clin pract 77(24):363-370. 28. botella-carretero, ji.; luque-ramirez, m.; alvarez-blasco, f.; san millan, jl,; and escobarmorreale hf. (2006) mutations in the hereditary hemochromatosis gene are not associated with the increased body iron stores observed in overweight and obese women with polycystic ovary syndrome (letter). diabetes care. 29: 2556. 29. jung, c.h.; lee, m.j.; hwang, j.y.; jang, j.e.; leem, j.; park, j.y.; lee, j.; kim, h.k. and, lee w.j. (2013) elevated serum ferritin level is associated with the i̇ncident type 2 diabetes in healthy korean men: a 4 year longitudinal study. plos one. 8: e752. 30. fulden, s.; sumru ,s.; sefa, s.; and fehmi, a., (2014) elevated ferritin levels and the relationship with fasting insulin levels in elderly patients with metabolic syndrome. journal of diabetes mellitus. 4: 242-248. 31. gonzalez, a.s.; guerrero, d.b.; soto, m.b.; diaz, s.p.; martinez-olmos; m. and vidal o. (2006) metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance and the inflammation markers c reactive protein and ferritin. european journal of clinical nutrition. 60: 802-809. 32. ashraf moini1, m.d.; fatemeh javanmard, m.d.; bita eslami1, m.p.h.; and najmeh aletaha m.d. (2012) prevalence of metabolic syndrome in polycystic ovarian syndrome women in a hospital of tehran. iran j reprod med. 10(2): 127-130. 33. ehrmann, da. (2005) polycystic ovary syndrome. n engl j med. 352: 1223-1236. 34. raja-khan, n.; allen, r. kunselman; laurence. demers; kathryn, g. ewens.; richard, s. spielman; and richard, s. legro.m. (2010) a variant in the fibrillin-3 gene is associated with chemistry | 178 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 tgf-β and inhibin b levels in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. fertil steril. 94(7): 2916– 2919. 35.reshef ,tal.; david b. seifer; aya shohat-tal; richard v; grazi, m.d.; and henry e. malter. (2013) transforming growth factor-b1 and its receptor soluble endoglin are altered in polycystic ovary syndrome during controlled ovarian stimulation. reproductive endocrinology. 100 (2): 538543. 36. romano, m.; guagnano, mt.; pacini ,g.; vigneri, s.; falco, a.; marinopiccoli, m.; manigrasso.mr; basili .s; and davi .g. (2003) association of inflammation markers with impaired insulin sensitivity and coagulative activation in obese healthy women. j clin endocrinol metab. 88: 5321–5326. 37. festa, a.; d’agostino jr r; howard g; mykkanen l; tracy rp; and haffner sm. (2000) chronic subclinical inflammation as part of the insulin resistance syndrome: the insulin resistance atherosclerosis study (iras). circulation. 102: 42–47. 38. wang .y; xuwei hou; and yuliang, li. (2010) association between transforming growth factor β1 polymorphisms and atrial fibrillation in essential hypertensive subjects damage. journal of biomedical science. 17(23):1-5. 39. aihara ,k.; ikeda ,y.; yagi ,s.; akaike ,m.; and matsumoto ,t., (2011) transforming growth factor-β1 as a common target molecule for development of cardiovascular diseases, renal insufficiency, and metabolic syndrome. cardiology research and practice. 10: 1-9. 40. pfeiffer, md.; krishna middelberg-bisping; cordula; and drewes, md; helmut schatz, md. (1996) elevated plasma levels of transforming growth factor-β1 in niddm. 19(10): 1113-1120. 41. coucke, pj.; willaert, a.; wessels, mw.; bert ,c.; nicoletta ,z.; julie de ,b.; joyce, e.f; grazia m s; marios ,k.; rita .g; fabio .f; patrick j .w; ramses .f; harry c d; sergio b; marina c; bart l and anne d p. (2006) mutations in the facilitative glucose transporter glut10 alter angiogenesis and cause arterial tortuosity syndrome. nat genet. 38(4):452-457. 42. bobik, a. (2006) transforming growth factor-betas and vascular disorders. arterioscler thromb vasc biol. 26(8):1712-1720. 43. gonzález, f.; rote, ns.; minium, j.; and kirwan, jp. (2006) increased activation of nuclear factor kb triggers inflammation and insulin resistance in polycystic ovary syndrome. journal of clin endocrinol metab. 91:1508–1512. 44. gonzález, f.; minium, j.; rote, ns.; and kirwan, jp. (2005) hyperglycemia alters tumor necrosis factor-a release from mononuclear cells in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. j clin endocrinol metab. 90:5336–5342. 45. gonzález, f.; rote, ns.; minium, j.; and kirwan jp. (2009) evidence of proatherogenic inflammation in polycystic ovary syndrome. metabolism. 58:954–962. 46. gonzález, f.; nair, ks.; daniels, jk.; basal ,e.; and schimke, jm. (2012) hyperandrogenism sensitizes mononuclear cells to promote glucose-induced inflammation in lean reproductive-age women. am j physiol endocrinol metab 302(3): e297-306. 47. gonzález, f.; nair, ks.; coddington, cc.; and blair ,he. (2010) anti-inflammatory effect of hyperandrogenism in polycystic ovary syndrome. reprod sci. 17(3):249a–250a. chemistry | 179 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (1): mean (±sd) level of bmi, fsg, insulin, homa2 parameters, ferritin and tgf-β1 of control and patients groups (lean, overweight and obese). parameters control group n=20 lean group n= 20 overweight group n=17 obese group n=24 p value bmi 22.7 ±1.68 22.84±1.65 26.84±1.34***a,b 35.04±4.12 ***a,b,*c 0.000 fsg (mg/dl) 82.32±5.93 93.96±9.85**a 98.3±11.2***a 99.96±11.3***a 0.000 insulin(µlu/ml) 09.99±1.87 14.65±5.28*a 21.25±5.4***a,**b 21.6±5.7***a,b 0.000 homa2-β cell (%) 136.4±22.37 134.7±32.33 165.29±27.2**a,b 157.71±23.74*a,b 0.01 homa2-s cell (%) 82.26±18.22 59.95±20.85**a 40.98±14.3***a,**b 38.1±10.6***a,b 0.000 homa2-ir 1.27±0.24 1.9±0.69*a 2.73±0.71***a,**b 2.8±0.75***a,b 0.000 ferritin(ng/ml)   45.14±14.2  57.87 ±7.31*a  60.7±10.58**a  67.3±18.3***a  0.000  tgf‐β1(pg/ml)  16.76±4.23 20.6±4.97  21.12±5.0*a  22.1±5.2**a  0.005  *p<0.05; **p<0.01; ***p<0.001. no asterisk: p≥0.05. (a) indicates significant difference between groups controls with lean, overweight and obese. (b) indicates significant difference between group leans with overweight and obese. (c) indicates significant difference between group overweight with obese. chemistry | 180 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (2): pearson correlation analysis of ferritin level in patients lean, overweight and obese groups. ferritin parameters r value obese r value overweight r value lean 0.734** 0.682** 0.579** insulin (μiu/ml) **0.627 *0.553*0.462homa2 s (%) **0.711 *0.637 **0.589 homa2 ir *0.522 **0.691 0.366 tgf-β1 (pg/ml) *p< 0.05; **p<0.01; no asterisk: p≥0.05. table (3): pearson correlation analysis of tgf-β1 in patients lean, overweight and obese groups. tgf-β1 parameters r value obese r value overweight r value lean 0.432* 0.326 0.407 fsg (mg/dl) 0.624** 0.594* 0.473* insulin (μiu/ml) **0.587 -0.405 0.348 homa2 s (%) **0.648 *0.579 *0.496 homa2 ir *p< 0.05; **p<0.01; no-asterisk: p≥0.05. chemistry | 181 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (1): the significant correlation between ferritin in patients lean group with (a) insulin, (b) homa2 ir, (c) homa2 s %. figure (2): the significant correlation between ferritin in patients overweight group with (a) insulin, (b) homa2 ir, (c) homa2 s %, and (d) tgf-β1. a b c a b c d chemistry | 182 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (3): the significant correlation between ferritin in patients obese group with (a) insulin, (b) homa2 ir, (c) homa2 s % and (d) tgf-β1. figure (4): the significant correlation between tgf-β1 in patients lean group with (a) insulin, (b) homa2ir. a b c d a b chemistry | 183 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (5): the significant correlation between the tgf-β1in patients overweight group with (a) insulin, (b) homa2ir. figure (6): the significant correlation between tgf-β1in patients obese group with (a) fsg, (b) insulin, (c) homa2 ir, and (d) homa2 s %. a b a b c d chemistry | 184 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 في transforming growth factor-β1و ferritinقياس مستويات النساء العراقيات المصابات بمتالزمة تكيس المبيض قيس احمد مهدي مستشفى كمال السامرائي للعقم والتلقيح خارج الجسم/وزارة الصحة عبدالرحمن شذى عبد الودود فاطمة مال هللا محمد بغداد جامعةقسم الكيمياء / كلية العلوم/ 2016/كانون الثاني/7في: ، قبل2015/تشرين الثاني/22استلم في: الخالصة , تكيس باضة المزمنة, تشخص بعدم اإلشيوعا في اإلناث االكثر اضطراب الغدد الصماءي ه المبايض متالزمة تكيس transformingو ferritinالمبيض و فرط االندروجين. الهدف من هذه الدراسة توضيح العالقة مابين مستويات growth factor-β1(tgf-β1) مع مقاومة االنسولين وخطر االصابة بامراض االوعية القلبية و السكري من النوع , تم rotterdamشخصت طبقا لمعايير المبايض ة تكيسمتالزم) نساء عراقيات مصابات ب61طراق العمل: ( الثاني. ) 17, ( bmi: 18-24)) نساء نحيفات مع دالة كتله جسم طبيعية (bmi) :20تقسيمها على مجاميع طبقا لدالة كتلة الجسم ) نساء 20وتمت المقارنة مع () bmi > 30) نساء بدينات مع (24) و (bmi: 24.9-29.9نساء فوق الوزن مع ( مستويات مصل ت),تم تقدير كمياfsgسكر مصل الدم ( ;تم تمثيلهم من حيث متماثلين من حيث العمر. عراقيات اصحاء . homeostatic model assessment (homa2,تم حساب عوامل (tgf-β1و ferritinاالنسولين, و فوق الوزن عندما قورنت مع مجموعة في مجموعة المرضى البدينات ferritinالنتائج: لوحظ زيادة معنوية عالية لل في مجاميع المرضى البدينات وفوق الوزن . بينما لم يظهر في مجموعة tgf-β1النحيفات. كما لوحظ زيادة معنوية لل ,و (االنسولين ferritin لمجاميع المرضى اظهر وجود ارتباط معنوي موجب مابين مستوسات personالنحيفات. ارتباط homa2-ir و , (tgf-β1و tgf-β1 ) معfsg ,االنسولين ,homa2-1r بينما .(homa2 s % اظهر . tgf-β1و ferritin ارتباطا معنويا سالبا مع كال من في مرضى tgf-β1و زيادة تركيز ferritinاالستنتاج: زيادة مؤشر خزن الحديد بالجسم كانعكاس لزيادة تركيز تركيز االنسولين ومقاومة االنسولين يمكن ان يرتبطا مع زيادة الخطر باالصابة بامراض متالزمة تكيس المبيض وعالقتهم ب االوعية القلبية والسكري من النوع الثاني. ،فرط االنسولين ferritin,tgf-b1متالزمة تكيس المبايض، الكلمات المفتاحية: microsoft word 25-39 25 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 morphological and histological study of the fore brain (cerebrum) in quail coturnix coturnix (linnaeus, 1758) asmaa b. abid nahla a. al-bakri dept. of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad received in :26 november 2015,accepted in :10january 2016 abstract the morphological and histological aspects of fore brain (cerebrum) in quail (coturnix coturnix) have been investigated, results of the present study revealed that the cerebrum in quail is large size triangular shape, its surface contains folds of shallow grooves. microscopical examination declears that cerebrum consists of two regions, the first represents pallium which includes the external corticoid area which consist of hyperpallium and the dorsolateral corticoid area, it consists of piriform cortex and hippocampal complex. the second region is the internal corticoid areas dorsal ventricular ridge which contains the mesopallium, nidopallium and archopallium. he large size pyramidal neurons appeared in the nidopallium surrounded the crescent shaped lateral ventricles. the subpallium region consists of two regions represented by striatum which contains neuronal fibers and pallium which is appeared small and pale colour and represented the deepest part of cerebrum. key words: cerebrum, quail, aves. 26 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction prosencephalon represented the largest part of the brain in vertebrates animals. it is receives different stimuli and stores the received information, prorsencephalon consists of two parts, these are telencephalon which represented the dorsal region of the prosencephalon and diencephalon which represented the ventral region of prosencephalon [1, 2 and 3]. telencephalon in mammals contains large number of folds and sulci [4], and it is large sized in birds and reptiles. in reptiles the cerebrum performs some of mesencephalon functions as it is responsible for learning and memory [5 and 6]. prosencephalon has been investigated morphologically, histologically, embryologically and physiologically in different vertebrates [7, 8 and 9]. review of the literature revealed that it is subjected of few investigations done by iraqi researcher, these are al-bakry [10] who studied the embryonic development of the prosencephalon in bony fish embryo, al-habeb [11] studied the embryonic development of the brain in mosquito fish gambusia affinis. on the other hand, najeb et al. [12] investigated the embryonic development and histological structure of barbus sharpeyi, al-kazelchi [13] study the procencephalon in anas platyrhnchos, al-rufaeei [14] studied the morphological description and histological structure of olfactory organ in heteropneustes fossilis and rana ridibunda, al-asady et al. [15] studied the embryological development and histological structure of olfactory organ in common carp cyprinus carpio and hussain et al. [16] studied the morphological description and histological structure of olfactory organ in local chicken gallus domesticus. the present study aims to study the morphological description and histological structure of prosencephalon in quail coturnix coturnix. materials and methods a total of (12) male and female birds of the species under investigation were obtained from the local markets at baghdad city the age of birds was one month. brain have been removed from the skull, the weight, length and width of the brain and prosencephalon were measured [17]. paraffin wax methods employed in histological study according to the methods of (19 and 20 micrometers) and measurement in done by ocular. results 1-morphological study results of the present study revealed that the brain in coturnix coturnix consists of three regions represented by prosencephalon, mesencephalon and rhombencephalon (fig. 1). telencephalon represented by cerebral hemispheres which appeared as a connected vesicles with folded and sulci at the external surface, both vesicles are surrounded by meninges and they are connected with olfactory bulbs anteriorly. there is a longitudinal cerebral fissure at the middle of the cerebrum this fissure divided the cerebrum into two parts called cerebral hemispheres, there are also another fissure in between the cerebrum and cerebellum called transverse cerebral fissure (fig 1). the second part of the brain is mesencephalon which is differentiated by the presence of the large optic lobules. the dorsal wall of the optic lobes formed the optic tectum while the ventral wall formed the tegmentum, the third part of the brain represented the rhombencephalon which consists of the cerebellum from the dorsal side, the cerebellar peduncles from both sides, pons and medulla oblongata from the ventral side, the later connected with the spinal cord (fig 2). the ratios of mean weigh, length and width of cerebrum in comparison with the mean of weight, length and width of total brain in quail were (66%), (12%) and (25%) respectively (table 1). 27 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 2-histological study results of the present study revealed that the cerebral hemisphere consists of two regions: apallium which includes the external and internal cortical area, the external cortical areas situated at a tip of cerebrum and appeared as cap of mushroom. it consists of: a-hyperpallium (wulst), which is represented by a large mass located internally at the dorsal side of each cerebral hemisphere and limited by vallecular, which appears as a lamellate structure which contains: 1. fibromolecular layer contains different types of cells represented by stellate neurons with mean diameter of (10) μm; spherical neuros with mean diameter (7) μm and the glial cells with mean diameter of (2) μm (fig 2). 2. hyperpallium accessorium (ha) which contains a layer of stellate neurons with (9) μm in their mean diameter and spherical neurons with (5) μm in mean diamter (fig 2). 3. intercalated hyperpallium accessorium (iha), this region contains stellate neurons with (8) μm in mean diameter (fig 3). 4. hyperpallium intercalates suprema (hism), this region contains fusiform neurons with (7) μm in mean diameter (fig 3) 5. hyperpallium densocellulare (hd), a deep layer contains pyramidal shaped neurons with mean diameter of (18) μm, stellate neurons with (10) μm in diameter, fusiform shape neurons of (10) μm in mean diameter and spherical neurons of in mean diameter (fig 3). b-dorsolateral corticoid area (dlc): it is a superficial layer contain stellate neurons with (10) μm in mean diameter and axon with branched end and dendrites with spine. it contains also spherical neurons of (9) μm in diameter and horizontal neurons of fusiform shape and small size with (20) μm in mean diameter (fig 4). c-piriform cortex: it is a superficial layer contains pyramidal neurons with (7.5) μm in mean diameter. the glial cells also appear in this layer and with (4) μm in mean diameter (fig 5). d-hippocampal complex: it is supra ventrolateral process divided into dorsolateral (dl), dorsomedial (dm) and ventral parts. the pyramidal neurons appeared in these part with mean diameter of (8) μm, they consist of axon extend from the tip toward the superficial layers of the cortex and contain numerous dendrites extend from its base horizontally, fusiform neurons with long axon and (8) μm in mean diameter, stellate neurons with (10) μm in mean diameter and spherical neurons with (7.5) μm in mean diameter (fig 6). on the other hand the internal cortical areas which called dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr) which are well developed and divided into the following parts: amesopallium which is located underneath the dorsolateral cortical area and contains pyramidal neurons of (7.5) mm in mean diameter, spherical neurons of (7.5) μm mean diameter, and horizontal neurons with mean diameter of (18) μm. the axons of spiny dendrites of these cells extend to the surface, the glial cells also appear in this layer and they are with mean diameter of (5) μm (fig 7). bnidopallium which is surrounded the lateral ventricle and contained large pyramidal neurons with mean diameter of (51) μm and contained apical single thick dendrite extended the upper layers of the cortical area, the glial cells also found in this layer with mean diameter of (5) μm (fig 8). carchopallium which represented cerebrum and situated in caudal region of cerebrum and contained pyramidal neurons, spherical neurons and stellate neurons in addition to the glial cells, they are with mean diameter of (12, 7, 10 and 3) μm (fig 9). bsubpallium which located underneath the nidopallium and occupied the internal parts of cerebrum, it is divided into two parts: a-striatum which is represented by a small region of cerebrum and consists of a mass of spherical neurons in between them a large bundles of myelinated axons and they are with afferent spiny dendrites which give this region its striation appearance (fig 10). 28 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 b-pallium is a small size region in the cerebrum. it appeared deep in its position with pail colour and contains few pyramidal neurons of small size (fig 11). each cerebral hemisphere contains a cavity called lateral ventricle which appears as a crescent shape and surrounded by nidopallium. the anterior choroid plexus appeared the posterior medical region which is formed from a finger like projection differentiae by the presence of villi and each villas contains connective tissue rich with blood capillaries and collagenous fibers derived from pia mater and covered by cuboidal epithelial tissue (fig 12, 13). discussion brain in aves is larger as much as to time of the brain in reptiles and mammal [22]. the cerebral hemispheres represented the largest part of the prosencephalon and it contains (90%) of the neurons found in the central nervous system [23]. embryologically cerebral hemispheres developed as an evagination from the anterior end of the neural tube which represent telencephalon in all vertebrates with the exception of actionopterygains fish (ray finned) [24, 25]. quail has large cerebrum represented (66%) of the brain wight, this result agrces with the result of [13]. kent [26] stated in his study that there are functional of structural differences in cerebral hemisphere depending on the sexes and species and these differences did not appear on the morphology of the cerebrum [27]. the external part of the telencephalon in mammals appear with complex folds and formed from gray matter which arranged as a layers. the internal part of the telencephalon situated at the ventral side of the lateral ventricles and in the reptiles and aves, the external and internal parts of telencephalon composed of nuclei. the cerebrum in primitive vertebrates such as hag fishes and lampreys is represented by a simple structure receives the nerve impulses from the olfactory bulb, while in cartilagenous fish, crosspterigean fish and amphibians represented by a complex structure consists of ventral and lateral parts which represented the pale pallium and the dorsal part which represent the archi pallium in addition to the ventral part which represents the basal nuclei and contains nerve fibers extended to the thalamus. in actionopterygean fish (ray finned), the internal surface of the lateral and ventral region formed an evagination inside the lateral ventricles and includes the basal nuclei of the pallium which becomes a complex structure in teleosts fish, and the dorsal surface appears as a membranous structure with lacks of the nervous tissue. on the other hand in amniotes the cerebrum becomes as a complex structure, in reptiles the cerebrum performs some of mesencephalon functions and formed from the large size pale pallium in comparison with amphibians [22 and 28]. in adult birds the pallium represented about (75%) of the telencephalon and acts to connect between the sensory inputs and motor output [29]. the hyperpallium region and archopallium in birds send branches of the neural fibers to the motor nuclei situated in brain stem and spinal cord [30]. these results agree with the results of the present study as it is stated that hyperpallium contains nerve fibers. results of the present study revealed that the dorsolateral corticoid area contains horizontal neurons in the upper layers of cerebral, this foundation agrees with results recorded by [29]. previous studies found that in fish, reptiles, birds and mammals the hippocampus and amygdala contain a pyramidal neurons [28], these results are confirmed by the results of the present study. the pyramidal neurons play an important roles in the mammary, and represented an inhibited neurons in the cerebrum, they are present also in molecular layer of cerebellum [29, 31]. sheoherd [29] stated that the fusiform neurons found in the cerebrum layers and they are appeared with long dendrites extended to the surface of cortex and the thalamus. results of the present study confirmed the above foundation due to the appearance of these neurons in the hippocampal complex. 29 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr) regions received the somatic sensory impulses and the auditory impulses and send motor impulses to the basal ganglia [32]. in quail the (dvr) contains pyramidal neurons, these results agree with the results recorded by [33] in tyto alba. the axons of the pyramidal neurons extend to the brain stem and spinal cord [29]. the dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr) in birds contains nuclear matter as its represented the motor sensory input and outputs [32, 34]. in bird (dvr) controlled the wings movement and the body position as it occupied (75%) of the size of telencephalon [35] and it is appeared well developed in intelligent birds as in craws, parrots and passerines while it is less developed in pigeons, quail and domestic chickens [30], these results agree with the results of the present study. the (dvr) consists of three regions represented by mesopallium, nidopallium and archopallium, these results agree with [33] in tyto alba and anas olatyhnches [13]. bird cerebrum lacks of prefrontal cortex (pfc) which is found in mammals, the nidopallium in birds is homologous to the prefrontal cortex in mammals as it is filled with neurons which connect with brain parts and that is why it represented center for neuronal input and output of the brain [36, 37] these results agree with the results of the present study. skimizu [32] stated that the subpallium called basal ganglia as it represented the main center of extra-pyramidal motor system. the striatum contains the basal ganglia and the bundles of nerve fibers situated in the deep regions of cerebral hemisphere [37], these results agree with the present study results. puelles et al. [38] stated that the striatum is responsible for learning and mammary and it resembles the neocortex region in mammals. bi and poo [28] reported the lacks of pyramidal neurons, in olfactory bulb and striatum of mid and hind brain and spinal cord in fish, reptiles, birds and mammals. the striatum region in vertebrates received several branch sensory nerve fibers from hypothalamus, and the number of these fibers are few in amphibia in comparison with the other vertebrates. in birds the sensory neuronal impulses are important for nesting and nursing of the young bird [37]. the embryonic studies revealed that striatum represented the first region of the brain appeared during the embryologic development and it is divided into dorsomedial and ventrolateral regions [24]. the pallium which worked for the organizing the behaviors as it is responsible of voluntary movements and it has an important role for the heavy drink and doses of drugs [22]. the comparative embryological studies revealed a homology of telencephalon in birds of mammals as the neurons of subpallium have the same origin and they are migrate to the (dvr) and cortical areas in pallium [38, 39]. the gray matter in lower vertebrates which is situated below the white matter of the brain, while in reptiles the gray matter distributed at the surface of the brain specially in the anterior part of the brain which represented the primitive cortex. on the other hand in mammals cortex covered the cerebral hemispheres completely as in primates which leads to make the paleopallium to the ventral surface of the brain, and the archipallium which surrounded the dorsomedial ridge to from the hippocampus. in placental mammals the corpus collosum developed well and connected the cerebral hemispheres [26, 40]. references 1. brooker, rj.; widmaier, ep.; graham, le. and stiling, pd. (2008). biology, 2 nd ed. ch.34, the mcgraw-hill. com. new york: 717-79. 2. bevelander, g. and ramaley, j. (1979). essentials of histology, 8 th ed. the c. v. mosby. comp. usa: 363-366. 3-kotpal, rl. (2010). modern text book of zoology: vertebrates. restage. publ. new delhi: 1-846. 4.hodges, rd. (1974). the histology of the fowl. academic press. inc. london: 648 . 30 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 5. kent, cc. and carr, rk. (2001). comparative anatomy of the vertebrates, 9th ed. mcgrawhill. book. co. inc. new york: 824. 6. northcutt, rg. (2002). understanding vertebrates brain evolution. integrative and comparative. biology, 42(2): 743-766. 7. redies, c.; mzdina, l. and puelles, l. (2001). cadherin expression by embryonic divisions and derived gray matter structures in the telencephalon of the chicken. j. comp. neur., 438: 253-255. 8. peng, k.; feng, y.; zhang, g.; liu, h. and song, h. (2010). anatomical study of brain of afreican ostrich. turk. j. vet. anim. sci., 34(3): 235-241. 9. rehkmpera, g; erahma, h. d. and cnotkaa, j. (2008). mosaic evolution and adaptive brain component alteration under domestication seen on the background of evolutionary theory. brain behav. evol., 71: 115-126. 10. al-bakri, n. (1995). study of neurulation in embryo of bonny fish. phd. thesis, college of education for pare sciece (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad: 55. 11. al-habeb, r. a. (2006). eembryogenesis of central nervous system in the gastrula stage until birth to a fish mosquitoes gambusia affinis (bairds & girad). msc. thesis, college of science for women, university of baghdad: 98. (in arabic). 12. najib, m. q.; daoud, h. a. m. and ghali, m. a. h. (1999). embryogenesis and histology of olfactory organ in brown fish (barbus sharpeyi gunther), 2-morphological and histological description of olfactory organ in adult fish. veterin. med., 9 (1): 22-32. (in arabic). 13. al-kezlchi, s. a. a. r. (1999). anatomical and histological study of the brain in a bird anas platyrhnchos l. phd thesis, college of education for pare science-ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad: 105 pp. (in arabic). 14. al-rufaeei, l. m. (2001). description morphological and histological structure of olfactory organs in a fish biting heteropneustes fossils and iraqi frog rana ridibinda. msc. thesis, baghdad university. (in arabic). 15. al assadi, z. t. s.; ghali, m. a. h. and daoud, h. a. m. (2002). embryogenesis and histology of olfactory organ in carp fish (cyprinus capiro l.), 1-histological differentiation of disk olfactory. j. ibn al-haitham pure and applied sci., 15 (14): 29-39. (in arabic). 16. hussein, a. a. and daoud, h. a. m. (2011). morphological and histological description installation of olfactory organ of the chicken (gallus domesticus), j. madenat alellem coll., 3 (2): 32-47. (in arabic). 17. spijker, s. (2011). dissection of rodent bra. regions. neuroproteomies. neuromethods., 57: 13-20. 18. bancroft, jd. and stevens, a. (1982). theory and practice of histology techniques 2 nd ed. churchill. livingston. london: 662. 19. vacca, l. (1985). laboratory manual of histochimistiy. raven press. new york: 238 pp. 20. luna, lg. (1968). manual of histological staining methods, 3 rd ed. mc graw-hill. book. co. inc. new york: 258. 21. humason, gh. (1967). animal tissue techniques, 2 nd ed. w. h. freman com. san francisco: 489. 22 figlia, d.; pasik, p. and pasik, t. (1982). a golgi and ultrastructure study of the monkey globus pallidus. j. comp. neurol., 212: 53-75. 23. aspinall, v. and cappello, m. (2009). introduction to veterinary anatomy and physiology text bock, butte rworth heinemann an imprint of elsevier ltd., london: 238. 24. sadler, tw. (2006). langman's medical embryology, l0th ed., lippincott williams and wilkins., new york: 371. 25. kaas, jh. (1995). the evolution of isocortex, brain behave. evol., 46: 187-196. 31 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 26. kent, g. (1987). comparative anatomy of vertebrates, 6th ed. john wiley., new york: 385. 27. leake, ld. (1975). comparative histology academic press, new york: 378. 28. bi, go.; poo, m. (1998). synaptic modifications in cultured hippocampal neurons dependence on spike timing synaptic strength and postsynaptic cell type. j. neurosci., 18: 10464-10472. 29. shepherd, gm. (1994). neurology oxford university. 30. jarvis, ed.; gunturkun, o.; bruce, l.; csillag, a.; karten, h.; kuenzel, w.; medina, l.; paxinos, g. (2005). avian brains and a new understanding of vertebrate brains evolution. nat. rev. neurosci., 6: 151-159. 31. romer, as. and parson, ts. (1977). the vertebrate body, philadelphia. 32. skimizu, t. (2009). why can birds be so smart, background, significance and implication of the revised view of the avian brain. comparative cognition and behavior reviews, 4: 103-115. 33. abd-alrahman, sa. (2012). morphological and histological study of the cerebrum in a nocturnal bird species (barn owl) tyto alba, 3(25): 73-86. 34. rehnipera, g.; frahma, hd. and cnotkaa, j. (2008). mosaic evolution and adaptive brain comprent alteration under domestication seen on the background of evolutionary theory. brain behavior and evolution, 71: 115-126. 35. iwaniuk, n. and hurf, pl. (2005). the evolution of cerebrotypesin birds. brain behav. evol., 65(4): 215-230. 36. brink, t. l. (2008). the nervous system. physiology: 62 . 37. weithers, pc. (1992). comparative animal physiology, saunders college pub., new york: 949. 38. puelles, l.; kuwana, e.; puelles, e.; bulfone, a.; shimamura, k.; keleher, j.; smiga, s. and rubenstein, j. l. (2000). pallial and subpallial derivative, in the embryonic chick and mouse telencephalon, traced by the expression of the genes dlx-2, emx-1, nkx-2.1, pax-6, and tbr-1. j. comp. neurol., 424(3): 409-38. 39. striedter, gf. and beydler, s. (1997). distribution of radial glia in the developing telencephalon of chicks. j. comp. neuril., 387: 399-420. 40. rehknipera, g.; frahma, hd. and cnotka, j. (2008). mosaic evolution and adaptive brain component alteration under domestication seen on the background of evolutionary theory. bran behavior and evolution, 71: 115-126. table (1): measurements of whole brain and cerebrum of adult quail. % cerebrum whole brain   66  0.4 0.6  mean of weight (gm)  12  0.3 2.5  mean of length (cm)  25 0.5 2 mean of wide (cm)  32 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 33 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 34 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 35 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 36 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 37 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 38 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 39 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 في طائر السلوى ) المخ(|دراسة شكليائية ونسجية للدماغ االمامي coturnix coturnix (linnaeus, 1758) أسماء بشير عبد نهلة عبد الرضا البكري قسم علوم الحياة /(ابن الهيثم)كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / جامعة بغداد 2016كانون الثاني 10، قبل في : 2015تشرين الثاني 26استلم في: الخالصة للتعرف على (quail)طائر السلوى )المخ(تناولت الدراسة الحالية الجوانب الشكليائية والنسجية للدماغ األمامي .النسجي لطبقاتهشكل وحجم المخ والتركيب وأظهرت نتائج .أظهرت النتائج أن المخ كبير الحجم ومثلث الشكل ويحتوي سطحه على طيات وأخاديد غير عميقة الفحص المجهري أن المخ يتكون من منطقتين هما اللحاء الذي تضمن المساحات القشرية الخارجية والتي شملت لحاء ، القشرة الكمثرية ومعقد الحصين اما dorsolateral corticoid areaرية الجانبية الدماغ الفوقي والمساحة القشرية الظه تميزت باحتوائها على لحاء dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr) (الحرف البطني الظهري)المساحات القشرية الداخلية .الدماغ الوسطي وعش لحاء الدماغ ولحاء الدماغ البدائي الهرمية الكبيرة الحجم في منطقة عش اللحاء المحيطة بالبطينين الجانبيين ذات الشكل الهاللي، أما توجد الخاليا العصبية منطقة تحت اللحاء فكانت متكونة من منطقتين هما المخطط والشاحب وتميز المخطط باحتوائه على مسالك األلياف .المخالعصبية، أما الشاحب فكان فاتح اللون وصغير الحجم وهو أعمق أجزاء .المخ، طائر السلوى، الطيور :الكلمات المفتاحية علوم الحياة | 271 2016) عام 3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 liza abu (heckel)دراسة نسجية للقناة الهضمية في سمكة الخشني iiالمعدة وجدان بشير عبد حنان رعد ضياء حسين جامعة بغداد,) ابن الهيثمكلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (, قسم علوم الحياة 2016 نيسان 28, قبل في: 2016 شباط 7استلم في : الخالصة وتبين انها تمثل الجزء المتوسع غير liza abuتضمن البحث الحالي دراسة التركيب النسجي لمعدة سمكة الخشني سم , وتتألف المعدة من (1.5)فبلغ معدل طول المعدة الملتف من القناة الهضمية الذي يقع بين نهاية المريء وبداية االمعاء جزأين هما المعدة الفؤادية وتمثل الجزء االمامي من المعدة وتكون رقيقة الجدران والجزء االخر هو المعدة البوابية او وتكون سميكة الجدران وتمثل الجزء االخير من المعدة , ولوحظ احتواء المعدة الفؤادية والمعدة البوابية gizzardالقانصة طيات تتفرع الى تراكيب اصبعية الشكل تمتد داخل التجويف . (7)طوالنية يبلغ معدل عددها على طيات لوحظ من خالل الدراسة تكون جدار المعدة من الطبقات النسجية الرئيسية وهي الغاللة المخاطية وتحت المخاطية والعضلية ة يكون من النوع العمودي البسيط إذ بلغ معدل سمكه والمصلية , وان النسيج الذي يبطن المعدة الفؤادية والمعدة البوابي (15) μ (13)و μ في المعدة الفؤادية والبوابية على التوالي , يحتوي النسيج الضام للصفيحة المخصوصة للمعدة الفؤادية الغاللة تحت المخاطية على الغدد المعدية التي تكون من النوع النبيبي , اما المعدة البوابية فال تحتوي على الغدد المعدية . (84)و μ (49)تكون عبارة عن نسيج ضام كثيف تمتد من الغاللة المخاطية وصوال الى الغاللة العضلية بلغ معدل سمكها μ في المعدة الفؤادية والمعدة البوابية على التوالي .تتكون الغاللة العضلية من الياف عضلية ملساء مرتبة بطبقتين الداخلية في كل من المعدة الفؤادية والمعدة البوابية على التوالي والطبقة μ (1666)و μ (288.7)ترتيب بلغ معدل سمكها دائرية ال في المعدة الفؤادية والمعدة البوابية على μ (31)و μ (157.5)الخارجية والتي تكون طوالنية الترتيب إذ بلغ معدل سمكها طبقة رقيقة من نسيج ضام مفكك محاط بخاليا ظهارية حرشفية الشكل إذ بلغ التوالي . وظهرت لغاللة المصلية عبارة عن في كل من المعدة الفؤادية والبوابية . (10.5)معدل سمكها القناة الهضمية ., المعدة, االسماك, الخاليا المخاطية الكلمات المفتاحية : علوم الحياة | 272 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المقدمة هي من االسماك طرفية التعظم التي تعيش بصورة مستديمة في المياه الداخلية liza abu (heckel)سمكة الخشني العراقية في حوضي نهر دجلة والفرات وروافدهما وال تدخل الى الخليج العربي وتوجد ايضاً في حوض نهر الفرات في .[1]سوريا يحدث فيها الهضم الكيميائي بصورة اساسية وفي بعض fore gutتمثل المعدة القسم الخلفي من المعي االمامي الى ان (cichla kelberi)في دراستهم على سمكة [2]انواع االسماك يحدث السحق الميكانيكي للغذاء في المعدة، اشار حجم المعدة للسمكة، إذ ان abdominal cavity حجم المعدة وتميزها يعتمد على الفراغ المتاح لها في الجوف البطني ليسمح لها بابتالع كمية اكبر من الغذاء لكي تنمو , ويتحدد حجم الجوف body size يزداد مع زيادة حجم جسم السمكة , لقد وجد ان reproductive periodخالل مرحلة التكاثر gonadal volumeالجسمي بسبب زيادة حجم المناسل ش في البحار العميقة تمتلك معدة كبيرة الحجم فهي تعد تكيف يساعدها على العيش االسماك العمياء او شبه العمياء التي تعي في البحار العميقة التي يكون فيها الغذاء قليل وشحيح , الى جانب وظيفة الهضم واالمتصاص التي تقوم بها المعدة واالمعاء ) كما يكون لها دور في (.plecostomus spفان للمعدة واالمعاء وظائف اخرى مثل المساعدة على التنفس كما في سمكة الن ( .anguilla sp)) وسمكة (.trichomycterus spكما في سمكة osmoregulationعملية التنظيم التناضحي [3]هذه االعضاء تمتلك مرونة ومطاطية إذ تستطيع تغيير تركيبها وفسلجتها المواد وطرائق العمل جمعت من األسواق المحلية ومن مناطق مختلفة ضمن الرقعة liza abuسمكة خشني (45)شملت الدراسة الحالية ، 2014ولغاية شهر أيار من عام 2013الجغرافية لمدينة بغداد في المدة المحصورة بين شهر تشرين الثاني من عام في الخط الوسطي البطني بعمل شق abdominal cavityإذ تم فتح الجوف البطني [4]شرحت األسماك تبعاًلطريقة تم عمل شقين عموديين على الشق anusوانتهاًء امام الفتحة المخرجية pectoral finابتداء من خلف الزعنفة الكتفية والشق الثاني قبل فتحة الشرج pectoral finاألول في احد جوانب جدار الجسم إذ يكون الشق االول خلف الزعنفة الكتفية anus دار الجسم في ذلك الجانب وفصلت القناة الهضمية ثم قطع جdigestive tract إذ اخراجها من تجويف الجسم وتم .[5]فصل المعدة عن القناة الهضمية . حضرت المقاطع النسجية حسب التقانة المتبعة من قبل النتائج الدراسة التشريحية . 1 لو حظ من خالل التشريح الدقيق لسمكة الخشني ان المعدة تمثل الجزء غير الملتف من القناة الهضمية الذي يقع بين نهاية المريء وبداية االمعاء . وتعد معدة اسماك الخشني الجزء المتوسع من القناة الهضمية الذي يرتبط بالمريء من االمام ) . (1سم شكل (1.5)الخلف وبلغ معدل طول المعدة من pyloric caecaواالعاور البوابية ويمثل الجزء االمامي من المعدة وهو رقيق الجدران ويسمى بالمعدة corpus تألفت المعدة من جزأين هما : الجسم طوالنية المعدة الفؤادية وجود طيات ولوحظ عند فتح جدار heartنظرا لقربها من القلب cardiac stomach الفؤادية او pyloric stomach المعدة البوابية )، والجزء االخرمن المعدة يسمى a 2(شكل تدة داخل تجويف المعدة الفؤادية مم إذ تشبه قانصة الطيور اذ تكون سميكة الجدران وتمثل الجزء االخير من المعدة ويالحظ عند فتح جدار gizzard القانصة ) . (b 2شكل ة ممتدة داخل تجويف المعدة البوابية المعدة البوابية وجود طيات طوالني الدراسة النسجية.1 cardiacالتي تقع بين المريء والمنطقة الفؤادية transitional zoneأظهرت الدراسة النسجية ان المنطقة العابرة من المعدة . تتكون من الغاللة المخاطية المكونة من النسيج الظهاري، إذ يتحول من النسيج الظهاري المطبق الحرشفي ليبطن المعدة simple columnar للمريء والذي يتكون من عدة صفوف من الخاليا الى نسيج ظهاري بسيط عمودي حد من الخاليا العمودية في هذه المنطقة ترتبط طيات المريء إذ واحظ تكونها من صف وا cardiac stomachالفؤادية denseمتكونة من نسيج ضام كثيف lamina propria مع طيات المعدة الفؤادية، فظهرت الصفيحة المخصوصة connective tissue تمتد الى داخل الطيات المخاطيةmucosal folds (3)شكل. رت من نسيج ضام إذ لوحظ انه احتوي على غدد نبيبية ذات خاليا عمالقة إذ ان كل غدة اما الغاللة تحت المخاطية فظه تركبت من تجمعات من الخاليا التي كانت مملوءة بسائل رائق وشفاف والنواة تكون قاعدية وتأخذ صبغة فاتحة بالهيماتوكسلين. علوم الحياة | 273 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 striated skeletal عضلية الهيكلية المخططة ظهرت سميكة وتتكون من االلياف ال muscularisالغاللة العضلية muscle fibers وتكون الطبقة الداخلية دائرية الترتيبcircular مايكروميتر اما الطبقة (210)يبلغ معدل سمكها . 3)(مايكروميترشكل (325.5)يبلغ معدل سمكها longitudinal الخارجية فكانت طوالنية الترتيب منطقتين هما :تتميز المعدة الى cardiac stomachالمعدة الفؤادية ● طية تمتد باتجاه تجويف (7)من خالل فحص المقاطع النسجية المستعرضة للمعدة الفؤادية طيات طوالنية يبلغ معدل عددها يب مايكروميتر تتفرع الطية الى تراك (252)مايكروميتر ومعدل عرض الطية (525)المعدة ويبلغ معدل طول الطية ) . 4 (المعدة الفؤادية شكل lumenتمتد داخل تجويف finger like اصبعية الشكل من خالل دراسة جدار المعدة الفؤادية انها تتكون من الغالالت التالية ابتداًء من الداخل ووصوال الى الخارج : ويكون من نوع عمودي بسيط ية:النسيج الظهاري المبطن للمعدة الفؤادتتكون من : mucosaالغاللة المخاطية ♦ simple columnar مايكروميتر يتكون من خاليا ظهارية عمودية الشكل وتقع النواة (15)إذ بلغ معدل سمكه nucleus 6) (شكل5) (شكل (.p.a.s)بالقرب من قاعدة الخلية، وتلون بملون الشيف فوق اوكسيد االيوديد dense تتكون الصفيحة المخصوصة من النسيج الضام الكثيف : lamina propriaالصفيحة المخصوصة connective tissue مايكروميتر وتقع ضمن الصفيحة المخصوصة الغدد المعدية (309.7)وبلغ معدل سمكها gastric glands والتي تكون غدد نبيبية tubular glands وتوجد هذه الغدد ضمن النسيج الضام للصفيحة المخصوصة ولوحظ ) . 7 (احتواء النسيج الضام على االوعية الدموية الشعرية والخاليا اللمفاوية شكل غير مخططة smooth muscle fibers تتكون من الياف عضلية ملساء : muscularis mucosa المخاطية العضلية ) .(8مايكروميتر شكل (7.5)يبلغ معدل سمكها يمتد من الغاللة dense connective tissueتكونت من نسيج ضام كثيف : submucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطية ♦ مايكروميتر (49)، بلغ معدل سمك الغاللة تحت المخاطية muscularisوصوال الى الغاللة العضلية mucosaالمخاطية ) .8إذ تبين انها تحتوي على اوعية دموية شعرية وكذلك خاليا لمفاوية (شكل ظهر من خالل الدراسة الحالية انها مكونة من طبقة داخلية دائرية الترتيب يبلغ معدل : muscularisة الغاللة العضلي ♦ مايكروميتر، ان االلياف العضلية (157.5)مايكروميتر وطبقة خارجية طوالنية الترتيب بلغ معدل سمكها (288.7)سمكها ) . 8(غير مخططة يوجد بينهما النسيج الضام شكل smooth muscle fibersفي الطبقتين هي الياف عضلية ملساء ظهرت عبارة عن غشاء رقيق يغلف الغاللة العضلية وتتكون من نسيج ضام مفكك يحتوي : serosaالغاللة المصلية ♦ مايكروميتر وتتواجد االوعية الدموية بين هذه الغاللة والغاللة العضلية شكل (10.5)على خاليا مسطحة يبلغ معدل سمكها ) . (1جدول (8 ) pyloric stomachالمعدة البوابية ● مايكروميتر ومعدل (344)طيات ويبلغ معدل طول الطية (7)تألف جدارها الداخلي من طيات طوالنية يبلغ عددها تدعى بالزغابات finger like مايكروميتر تتفرع الطيات الى تراكيب كثيرة العدد اصبعية الشكل (267)عرضها villi إذ تكون نحيفة ومتفرعةbranched (10)) شكل (9وتمتد الى داخل التجويف شكل. :ال الى الخارج ظهر من خالل الدراسة تكون جدار المعدة البوابية من الغالالت التالية ابتداًء من الداخل ووصو المبطن والذي يكون من النوع epithelial tissue وتتكون من النسيج الظهاري : mucosaالغاللة المخاطية ♦ العمودي البسيط إذ تكون خالياه عمودية قليلة االرتفاع تحتوي على نواة تقع بالقرب من الجزء القاعدي للخلية وبلغ معدل ) .11(شكل مايكروميتر (13)سمك النسيج الظهاري تلي النسيج الظهاري وتتكون من نسيج ضام كثيف يحتوي على الياف يبلغ :lamina propriaالصفيحة المخصوصة ) 10 ( شكل gastric glandsمايكروميتر وال تحتوي على الغدد المعوية (131.25)معدل سمك الصفيحة المخصوصة تتكون من الياف ملساء وتكون بشكل طبقة غير مستمرة بلغ معدل سمكها :muscularis mucosaالمخاطية العضلية . ) . (10شكل مايكروميتر (31.5) وبلغ معدل سمكها dense connective tissueتتكون من نسيج ضام كثيف : submucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطية ♦ ) . 12(شكل muscularisمايكروميتر يحدها من الخارج الغاللة العضلية (84) non-تكون سميكة جدا وتتكون من االلياف العضلية الملساء غير المخططة : muscularisالغاللة العضلية ♦ straited smooth muscle fibers مرتبة بصورة دائريةcircular (1666)نحو الداخل ويبلغ معدل سمكها الى الخارج وتكون بشكل طبقة نحيفة جدا بلغ longitudinalمايكروميتر . وطبقة العضالت المرتبة بصورة طوالنية . (13)شكل ) 12(مايكروميتر، يوجد بين االلياف العضلية نسيج ضام مفكك شكل (31.5)معدل سمكها محاط بخاليا loose connective tissueعبارة عن طبقة رقيقة من نسيج ضام مفكك : serosaالغاللة المصلية ♦ ) . (1جدول ) 13(شكل ر مايكروميت (10.5)ظهارية حرشفية، بلغ معدل سمك الغاللة المصلية علوم الحياة | 274 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المناقشة بينت الدراسة التشريحية لسمكة الخشني ان المعدة تمثل الجزء الذي يلي المريء والتي تتميز بجدرانها العضلية اذ بلغ سم في سمكة الكارب الفارسي المسنن (0.53)اشاروا الى ان معدل طول المعدة [6]سم . اال ان (1.5)معدل طولها (persian tooth carp) .وهذا الطول اصغر مما وجد في هذه الدراسة الحالية من خالل [7]طيات وهذا ما اشار اليه (7)ويحتوي الجدار الداخلي للمعدة على طيات طوالنية متفرعة بلغ عددها ) ان horaglanis krishnai( (blind catfish), لقد وجد في سمكة الجري العمياء (plaice)م على سمكة دراسته الى ان المعدة تحتوي على طيات مستدقة [9] ,بينما اشارت[8] جدار المعدة يحتوي على طيات متفرعة وذات حافة مسننة فكانت (pike)) ,اما المعدة في سمكة (tilapiaوعلى طيات عريضة في سمكة (sea bream)في سمكة براميس البحر cheilinus)وهذا ال يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية , بينما في سمكة ( [10] تحتوي على طيات طوالنية سميكة lunulatus تكون الطيات في المعدة صغيرة وكثيرة العدد وهذا تكيف من اجل بقاء الغذاء لمدة اطول في المعدة إلكمال ) يسمح لها بالتمدد خالل mystus aorان وجود طيات في جدار المعدة في سمكة ([12] , لقد بين [11]ملية الهضمع chemical digestive استهالك الغذاء وكذلك تعمل على زيادة المساحة السطحية مما يزيد من فعالية الهضم الكيميائي المعدة عن طريق مروره في عدة اجزاء داخل المعدة مما يزيد من كذلك تعمل على تقليل سرعة مرور الغذاء في داخل كفاءة مزج الغذاء مع السوائل الهاضمة في داخل المعدة . الى ان معدة الخشني تتكون من جزء رقيق الجدران يسمى الجزء الفؤادي , اما الجزء الثاني فيكون سميك [13] قد اشارل ويوجد هذا الجزء في معدة االسماك ذات التغذية القاعية gizzard)ة الجدران يسمى الجزء البوابي (القانص (iliophagic) بسبب تواجد كمية من الرمل والطين وجدران الدايتومات في الغذاء ويسميان هذين الجزأين بهذه التسمية من خالل [8] نظرا لقربهما من القلب والمنطقة البابية وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية , وهذا ايضا ما اشار اليه من خالل دراستهما على [14]) و horaglanis krishnai( (blind catfish)دراستهما على سمكة الجري العمياء ) في ان المعدة تتكون من جزأين هما (engraulis anchoitaمن خالل دراستهم على سمكة [15] ) و (tilapiaسمكة كة من خالل دراستهما على سم [14], بينما pyloric stomach والمعدة البوابية cardiac stomach المعدة الفؤادية (persian tooth carp)من خالل دراستهم على سمكة الكارب الفارسي المسنن [6]و (sea bream)ابراميس البحر )(aphanius من خالل دراستهم على [16]اشاروا الى ان المعدة تتكون من جزء واحد فقط ,في حين اشار rice field)نقليس حقل الرز من خالل دراستهم على سمكة ا [17]) و orechhromis niloticusسمكة( eels)monopterus albus)من خالل دراستهم على سمكة ( [18]) وكذلكsatanoperca pappaterra الى ان ( من خالل [19] , لقد بينpyloricوالبوابية fundusوالقاعية cardiacالمعدة تتميز الى ثالثة اجزاء هي الفؤادية والقاعية cardiac ان المعدة مقسمة شكليائيا الى ثالثة اجزاء وهي الفؤادية (schilbe mystus)دراستهم على سمكة fundus والبوابية pyloric لكنها نسجيا تكون مقسمة الى جزأين فقط جزء امامي عريض يشبه الكيس يسمى الفؤادي . pyloric وجزء خلفي ضيق يشبه االنبوب يسمى البوابي cardio-fundic القاعي – اوضحت الدراسة النسجية ان جدار المعدة في سمكة الخشني يتكون من الغالالت االربعة الرئيسية وهي المخاطية وتحت ان المعدة (piranha)لقد وجد في سمكة البيرانا , [20]المخاطية والعضلية والمصلية ويكون هذا مشابه لألسماك العظمية يليه simple columnarطيات مغطاة بنسيج ظهاري بسيط عمودي تحتوي على cardiac stomach الفؤادية وهذا يتفق مع نتائج tubular gastric glands [21]الصفيحة المخصوصة التي تحتوي على الغدد المعدية النبيبية ك .وهذا يتفق االسما gizzardفي قانصة glands الى عدم وجود الغدد [7] الدراسة الحالية في سمكة الخشني , لقد اشار العشبية (siganus fish)في دراسته على سمكة الصافي [22]مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية في سمكة الخشني , بينما اشار الجيدة tubular glandsالعشبية التغذية ايضا الى وجود الغدد النبيبية (tilapia)في دراستها على سمكة [9]التغذية و ) ان المعدة (dentex dentexمن خالل دراستهم على سمكة [23] للمعدة , وقد بين pyloricبية التكوين في المنطقة البوا . لقد وجد في يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحاليةالفؤادية والبوابية تحتوي على الغدد المعدية من النوع النبيبي البسيط . وهذا ال وهذا يتوافق [19]المخاطية تحتوي على الطبقة المخاطية العضلية ان الغاللة (schilbe mystus)المعدة البوابية لسمكة مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية . (pas)ان الغاللة المخاطية للمعدة تتفاعل بشكل موجب مع ملون [20] و [9]و [26] و[25] و [24]لقد بين كل من مما يدل على وجود عديد السكريدات المخاطية المتعادلة التي تفرز من الخاليا الظهارية والتي تساعد في امتصاص الدهون حموضة المعدة . وهذا ما اشارت اليه نتائج الدراسة الحالية . bufferingفي معدة االسماك العظمية كما تعمل على درء alkaline phosphataseلمخاطية المتعادلة يرتبط مع انظيم الفوسفاتيز القلوي الى ان وجود السكريدات ا [27]لقد اشار ان [28] في المعدة والجزء االمامي من االمعاء , لقد بين chymusمما يساعد على هضم الغذاء وتحويله الى كيموس في اجزاء القناة الهضمية االخرى . وهذا سمك الغاللة المخاطية في المعدة الفؤادية يكون كبيراً بالمقارنة مع سمك الغاللة ان اختالف سمك الغاللة المخاطية في المناطق المختلفة للمعدة يرتبط بوجود [6]يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية. بينمابين الطيات ونمو الغدد المعدية . والتي تتكون من نسيج ضام submucosaان الغاللة الثانية لجدار المعدة في سمكة الخشني هي الغاللة تحت المخاطية يحتوي على عدد كبير من االلياف وكذلك االوعية الدموية الشعرية بينما dense connective tissue كثيف علوم الحياة | 275 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 الى ان هذه الطبقة تكون بشكل نسيج ضام مفكك (barbus grypus)في دراستها على سمكة الشبوط [29]اشارت loose connective tissue لى عدد من العقيدات اللمفية . وهذا ال يتوافق مع نتيجة الدراسة الحالية .يحتوي ع لمعدة الخشني هي الغاللة الرئيسية الثالثة وتكون جيدة التكوين اذ تتكون من الياف muscularis ان الغاللة العضلية العضالت القوية للمعدة قد تمثل اداة طحن عضلية ملساء غير مخططة مرتبة بطبقتين داخلية دائرية وخارجية طوالنية وان وان زيادة معدل سمك الجدار الداخلي للمعدة يرجع الى زيادة نسبة االلياف العضلية الدائرية الترتيب الداخلية اكثر من blind)في دراستهما على سمكة الجري العمياء [8]االلياف العضلية الطوالنية الترتيب الخارجية، وهذا يتوافق مع catfish) )horaglanisفي دراستهـم على سمكة ( [30]) ومع(seriola dumerili في دراستهم على [19] ومع smooth، ان وجود الطيات والغاللة العضلية السميكة المكونة من االلياف العضلية الملساء (schilbe mystus)سمكة muscle fibers في اسماك عائلة البياح(mugilidae) ف لعادات التغذية إذ ان السمكة هي من القوارت هو تكي بوجود غاللة عضلية telosteiفي معدة عدة انواع من االسماك طرفية التعظم pylorus ،وتمتاز المنطقة البوابية 31][ , [32]جيدة التكوين وانعدام الغدد المعدية وهذا يشير الى ان وظيفة المنطقة البوابية هي مزج ودفع الطعام الى االمعاء الى ان الغاللة العضلية في (.barbus g)وسمكة الشبوط .barbus e)في دراستها على سمكة البز ( [29]بينما اشارت الدائرية منها داخلية والطوالنية خارجية , skeletal muscle fibers من الياف عضلية هيكلية المعدة الكاذبة تتكون ان (sea bream)خالل دراستها على سمكة براميس البحر [9] والداخلية تكون اسمك قليال من الخارجية , وبينت circular ية , ان طبقة العضالت الدائريةالغاللة العضلية للمعدة تتكون من الياف عضلية ملساء مرتبة بصورة دائر الترتيب لها اهمية اكبر من طبقة العضالت الطوالنية الترتيب في الحركة التمعجية للمعدة والتي تكون على شكل تقلصات النية متعاقبة ألجزاء المعدة المختلفة مما يؤدي الى دفع الغذاء الموجود في داخلها باتجاه االمعاء , اما العضالت الطو longitudinal الترتيب فتلعب دور في تغيير موقع المعدة داخل الجوف الجسمي وتقصير طول المعدة بعد تمددها وكذلك تعمل على اسناد وتقوية العضالت الدائرية قة مفردة والتي تظهر بشكل طبقة رقي serosa اما الغاللة الرابعة لجدار المعدة في سمكة الخشني هي الغاللة المصلية وهذا يتفق مع ما اشار simple squamous epitheliumمكونة من النسيج الضام محاط بنسيج ظهاري بسيط حرشفي ان المعدة الفؤادية يتطابق تركيبها نسجياً (blind catfish)] في سمكة الجري العمياء 8,ولوحظ ايضاً من قبل [ [33]اليه مع الدراسة الحالية . مع المعدة البوابية وهذا ال يتوافق المصادر 358, اسماك العراق والخليج العربي . الجزء الثالث . مطبعة جامعة البصرة , صفحة 1984. الدهام , نجم قمر , 1 2. neves dos santos, a.f.g. ; neves dos santos, l. and araujo, f.g. (2011) . digestive tract morphology of the neotropical piscivorous fish cichla kelberi (perciformes : cichlidae) introduced into an oligotrophic brazilian reservoir . rev. biol. trop. , 59(3) : 3. silva, j.m. ; hernandez-blazquez, f.j. and julio jr, h.f.a. (1997). a new accessory respiratory organ in fishes morphology of the respiratory purses of loricariiduthys platymetopon (pisces , loricariidae) . annales des sci. nat. zool. , 18(3): 93-103 . 4. billett, f.s. and wild, a.e. (1975). practical studies of animal development .chapmen and hall co. , london: 277 . 5. humason, g. l. (1979). animal tissue technique . 4th ed. w.h. freedom co. , san francisca : xii+ 661 pp . 6. monsefi, m. ; gholami, z. and esmaeili, h.r. (2010). histological and morphological studies of digestive tube and liver of persian tooth-carp ,aphanius persicus (actinopterygii: cyprinodotidae) . j. biol. , 69(1): 57-64 . 7. lagler , k.f.l. ; bardach , j.e. and miller, r.r. (1962) .ichthyology . john willery and sons. , inc. , new york :396 . 8. mercy, t.v.a. and pillai, n.k. (1985) . the anatomy and histology of the alimentary tract of the blind catfish horaglanis krishnai menon . int. j. spolool. , 14: 69-85 . 9. al-abdulhadi , h.a. (2005) . some comparative histological studies on alimentary tract of tilapia fish (tilapia spilurus) and sea bream (mylio cuvieri) .egyptian . j. aquatic . res. , 13: 387-397 . 10. petrinec, z. ; nejedli, s. ; kuzir, s. and opacak, a. (2005) . mucosubstance of the digestive tract mucosa in northern pike (esox lucius l. ) and european catfish ( silurus glanis) . vet. arthiv. , 75(4) : 317-327 . علوم الحياة | 276 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 11. khalaf allah, h.m.m. (2013) . morphological adaptations of digestive tract according to food and feeding habits of the broom tail wrass, cheilinus lunulatus .egypt . j. aquat. biol. fish , 17(1) : 123-141 . 12.sinha , g.m. and chakrabarti , p. (1986). scanning electron microscopic studies on the mucosa of the digestive tract in mystus aor (hamilton) . proc. indian natan. sci. acad. 52 (2):267-273 . ) . الدليل العملي لتشريح الرميح واالسماك .وزارة التعليم 1989بد المجيد, ماجدة اسماعيل (. الزوار, جبار خطار و ع13 . 170العالي والبحث العلمي , جامعة البصرة :صفحة 14. morrison, c.m. and wright, j.r. (1999) . a study of the histology of the digestive tract of the nile tilapia . j. fish biol. , 54(3) : 597-606 . 15. diaz, a.o. ; garcia, a.m. ; devincenti, c.v. and goldemberg, a.l. (2003) . morphological and histochemical characterization of the mucosa of the digestive tract in engrollis anchoita (hubbs and marini, 1935) anat. histol. embryol. , 32(6): 341-346 . 16. caceci, t. ; el-habback, h. ; smith, s. and smith, b.j. (1997) . the stomach of oreochromis nilotricus has three regions . j. fish biol. , 50: 939-952 . 17. dai , x. ; shu , m. and fang ,w. (2007) . histological and ultrastructural study of the digestive tract of rice field eel ,monopterus albus . j. appl. ichthyol. , 23 : 177-183 . 18. silva, m.r. ; natali, m.r.m. and hahn, n.s. (2012) . histology of the digestive tract of sanatoperca pappaterra (osteichthyes,cichlidae). acta. scientiarum biol. sci. , 34 (3) : 319-326 . 19. naguib, s.a.a. ; el shabaka, h.a. and ashour, f. (2011) . comparative histological and ultrastructural studies on the stomach of schilbe mystus and the intestinal swelling of labeo niloticus . j. amer. sci., 7(8): 251-263 . 20. kozaric, z. ; kuzir, s. ; petrinec, z. ; gjurcevic, e. and baturina, n. (2007) . histochemistry of complex glycoproteins in the digestive tract mucosa of atlantic bluefin tuna (thunnus thynnus l.) . veter. arhiv. , 77(5): 441-452 . 21. raji , a.r. and norouzi , e. (2010) . histological and histochemical study on the alimentary canale in wolking catfish(claris batrachus ) and piranha (serrasalmus nattereri) . iran. j. vet. res. , 11(3) : 225-260 . 22. salem, h.f.a. (1991) . comparative morphological studies on oesophagus and stomach of catfish , tilapia and mugil fishes . egypt . j. sci. , 6(5): 95-106 . 23. carrasson , m. ; grau , a. ; dopazo , l.r. and crespo, s. (2006) . a histological , histochemical and ultrastructural study of the digestive tract of dentex dentex (pisces, sparidae) . histol. histopathol. , 21(6) : 579-593 . 24. abu-zinadah, o.a. (1990) . studies on red seafish ph.d.dep. zoology school of biological science . university college of swan sea . 25. scocco, p. ; ceccarelli, p. and menghi, g. (1996) . glycohistochemistry of the tilapia spp. stomach . j. fish-biol. , 49: 584-593 26. al-ghandi, z.h. (1998) . morphological and anatomical studies on the alimentary canal of sigan groupers fish in arabian gulf . m.sc. dept. of zoology-faculty of science dammam. saudi arabia . 27. clarke , a.j. and whitcomb, d.m. (1980) . a study of the digestive tract of the common eel (anguilla) . j. fish biol. , 16: 159-170 . 28. groman, d.b.(1982).histology of the bass. american fisheries society. bethesda, maryland u.s :21-30. ن اسماك المياه العذبة هما ) . دراسة تشريحية ونسجية للقناة الهضمية لنوعين م1989. عبد الرحمن , شرمين عبد هللا (29 . 68البز والشبوط. رسالة ماجستير , كلية العلوم , جامعة بغداد : صفحة 30. grau , a. ; crespo , s. ; saraquete , m.c. and gonzalenz de canals , m.l. (1992) . the digestive tract of the amberjack seriola dumerili risso : a light and scanning electron microscope study . j. fish . biol., 41:287-303. علوم الحياة | 277 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 31. el-bakary, n.e.r. and el-gammal, h.l. (2010) . comparative histological , histochemical and ultrastructural stues on the proximal intestine of flathead grey mullet (mugil cephalus) and sea bream (sparus aurata) . world app. sci. j. , 8(4) : 477-485 . 32. genten , f. ;trewinghe e. and danguy , a. (2009) . digestive system .in : atlas of fish histology . science publisher , new york :p 75-91. 33. reifel, g.w. and travill, a.a. (1978). structure and carbohydrates histochemistry of stomach in eight species of teleosts. j. morph. ,158(2): 155-168. القياسات الشكليائية والنسجية لمرئ سمكة الخشني (1)جدول رقم القيــــــــــــاســــــــات المعدة البوابية المعدة الفؤادية الهضمية (سم)معدل طول القناة ♦ 0.75 0.75 معدل عدد الطيات المخاطية♦ 7 7 معدل طول الطية المخاطية ♦ (μ) 525 344 )μمعدل عرض الطية المخاطية (♦ 252 267 )μمعدل سمك النسيج الظهاري المبطن (♦ 15 13 )μمعدل سمك الصفيحة المخصوصة (♦ 309.7 131.25 )μالعضلية (معدل سمك الطبقة المخاطية ♦ 7.5 31.5 )μمعدل سمك الغاللة تحت المخاطية (♦ 49 84 )μمعدل سمك طبقة العضالت الداخلية (♦ 288.7 1666 )μمعدل سمك طبقة العضالت الخارجية (♦ 157.5 31.5 )μمعدل سمك الغاللة المصلية (♦ 10.5 10.5 , االعاور ps, المعدة البوابية cs, المعدة الفؤادية esمنظر سطحي يوضح اجزاء المعدة الحظ المريء(1)شكل . pcالبوابية علوم الحياة | 278 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 , f. الحظ المعدة البوابية . الطيات b. المعدة الفؤادية , aالطيات الداخلية للمعدة في سمكة الخشني . (2) شكل , lالتجويف . mالعضلية smفي سمكة الخشني . الحظتحت المخاطية bبالجزء الفؤادي للمعدة aمقطع طوالني يوضح منطقة ارتباط المريء (3)شكل )h&e 4x.(ملون ep, النسيج الظهاري sse , النسيج الظهاري المطبق الحرشفي mc, الخاليا المخاطية علوم الحياة | 279 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 f, الطيات lمقطع مستعرض مار خالل المعدة الفؤادية لسمكة الخشني يوضح التركيب النسجيالحظ التجويف (4)شكل , طبقة العضالت tgg, الغدد المعدية النبيبية lp, الصفيحة المخصوصة s, المصلية sm, تحت المخاطية ).h&e4x.(ملون lml, طبقة العضالت الطوالنية cmlالدائرية جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار خالل المعدة الفؤادية يوضح النسيج الظهاري المغطي للغاللة المخاطية. الحظ (5)شكل . ct, النسيج الضام tgg, الغدد المعدية النبيبية d, القناة sep, النسيج الظهاري العمودي البسيط nالنواة .h&e(40x(ملون علوم الحياة | 280 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار في المعدة الفؤادية لسمكة الخشني يوضح الخاليا الظهارية المتفاعلة بشكل (6)شكل pas.(ملون ct, النسيج الضام tgg, الغدد المعدية النبيبية ep. الحظ الخاليا الظهارية pasموجب مع ملون 10x( ية لسمكة الخشني يوضح الصفيحة المخصوصة المحتوية ) جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار خالل المعدة الفؤاد7شكل ( , lp, الصفيحة المخصوصة sep, النسيج الظهاري العمودي البسيط lعلى الغدد المعدية النبيبية. الحظ التجويف , طبقة العضالت الدائرية s, المصلية mm, المخاطية العضلية ct, النسيج الضام tggالغدد المعدية النبيبية cml طبقة العضالت الطوالنية ,lml ملون) .h&e (10x . علوم الحياة | 281 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ) جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار خالل المعدة الفؤادية يوضح التركيب النسجي لغالالت جدار المعدة الفؤادية 8شكل ( , النسيج الضام mmة العضلية , المخاطي sm, تحت المخاطية tggلسمكة الخشني . الحظالغدد المعدية النبيبية ct طبقة العضالت الدائرية ,cml , المصليةs طبقة العضالت الطوالنية ,lml الصفيحة المخصوصة,lp )h&e 40x.(ملون المحتوية على الغدد المعدية aمقطع مستعرض مار خالل معدة الخشني يوضح منطقة ارتباط الفؤادية (9) شكل , sep, النسيج الظهاري العمودي البسيط fوالتي التحتوي على هذه الغدد. الحظ الطيات bالنبيبية والمعدة البوابية , الغدد المعدية lml, طبقة العضالت الطوالنية cml, طبقة العضالت الدائرية lpالصفيحة المخصوصة pas.(4x.(ملون sm, تحت المخاطية sلية , المص tggالنبيبية علوم الحياة | 282 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 مقطع مستعرض مار خالل المعدة البوابية لسمكة الخشني يوضح الطيات الداخلية المتفرعة . الحظالتجويف ) 10شكل ( l الطيات ,f الصفيحة المخصوصة ,lp طبقة العضالت الدائرية ,cml تحت المخاطية ,sm ملون). pas.(4x جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار خالل المعدة البوابية يوضح النسيج الظهاري المغطي للغاللة المخاطية. الحظ (11)شكل ). h&e 100x.(ملون ct, النسيج الضام sep, نسيج ظهاري عمودي بسيط n, النواة viالزغابات علوم الحياة | 283 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار بالمعدة البوابية لسمكة الخشني يوضح الطيات الداخلية المتفرعة. الحظ تحت (12)شكل . (ملون mm, المخاطية العضلية lp, الصفيحة المخصوصة cml, طبقة العضالت الدائرية smالمخاطية h&e 10x.( جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار خالل المعدة البوابية لسمكة الخشني يوضح الغاللة العضلية والغاللة المصلية. (13)شكل ).h&e 40x. (ملون cml, طبقة العضالت الدائرية lml, طبقة العضالت الطوالنية sالحظ المصلية علوم الحياة | 284 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 histological study of the digestive tract of liza abu (heckel) ii stomach wijdan basheer abid hanan r. diaa hussain dept. of biology / college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham/ university of baghdad received in :7 february 2016 ,accepted in: 28 june 2016 abstract the study current included histological structure of stomach of liza abu , anatomical results found that stomach represent the expander non-convoluted part of gastrointestinal tract it is located between the end of the esophagus and the beginning of the intestine , the average length of stomach was (1.5) cm , composed of two parts : cardiac stomach which is represent the anterior part and be thinwalled , the other part was pyloric stomach or gizzard and the walls were thick . the internal surface of cardiac and pyloric stomach contain longitudinal folds numbering (7), folds branching to finger shape structures extend inside the lumen . histological study showed that stomach wall composed of three main histological layers : mucosa , sub mucosa , muscularis and externa serosa , the epithelial tissue that lining stomach was simple columnar with thickness of (15)μ and (13)μ. in cardiac and pyloric stomach respectively. lamina propria of cardiac stomach contain tubular gastric glands , pyloric part do not contain gastric glands at all sub mucosa was dense connective tissue extend from mucosa to muscularis externa with thickness of (49)μ and (84)μ in cardiac and pyloric stomach respectively. layer with muscularis externa composed of smooth muscle fibers arranged in two layers : internal circular thickness of (288.7)μ and (1666)μ in cardiac and pyloric stomach respectively and external longitudinal layer with thickness of (157.5)μ and (31)μ. in cardiac and pyloric stomach, serosa was a thin layer of loose connective tissue surrounding by squamous epithelial cells with a thicknessof (10.5)μ . keywords :stomach , fishes , mucous cells . digestive tract . @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 removal of birlliant green dye from aqueous solution by adsorption onto modified clay dunya edan al-mammar dept. of chemistry / college of science / university of baghdad received in : 21 february 2013 , accepted in : 10 june 2013 abstract application of a fe-bentonite nano clay (fe-bnc) as modified clay has been investigated for the removal of birlliant green (bg) from aqueous solutions. atomic force microscope measurements give a detailed information on pore shape and pore size distribution about the clay. these measurements show that the average diameter of the improved clay is 346.84 nm. batch adsorption experiments were carried out for the removal of (bg) from aqueous solutions onto fe-bnc. equilibrium data were fitted to freundlich and langmuir isotherm equations and the isotherm constants were determined. thermodynamic parameters such as free energy, entropy and enthalpy, have been calculated. for the modified clay the study of adsorption rate constants has been carried out using lagergrens first order rate equations for the adsorption processes and it is found to follow first order rate kinetics. in addition, an activation energy of sorption has also been determined. keywords : adsorption, birlliant green dye, bentonite. 206 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction dyes and coloring materials are frequently used in some industries such as; textile, dye stuff manufacturing, leather tanning, food preparation, paper production that produce a high colored waste effluents [1]. the discharge of effluents is one of the potential sources of contamination and pollution [2], and also can consume the dissolve oxygen in water which is required by aquatic life. some of these dyes were found to be toxic to some organisms and cause allergic dermatitis, skin irritation and mutation in man. it was reported that dyes are resistant to light and moderate oxidative agents, so they cannot be completely removed by conventional biological treatment process, including activated sludge and anaerobic digestion [3]. birlliant green (bg), is known to be used in several industries including leather products, dying wool, silk and jute. it is also used in distilleries [4]. in addition to its high risk of cancer and many other diseases to human, this dye is highly toxic to the microbial populations in bg-containing water, therefore it is so important to develop a system that can be used to remove this dye from the water. precipitation, coagulation, ozonization, ion exchange as well as adsorption methods are the conventional methods used for the removal of this dye [5]. among the various treatments available for the removal of dyes, adsorption technique is one of the most effective treatment methods due to simplicity and high efficiency, as well as the availability of a wide range of adsorbents. some materials like fly ash, clays, alumina, activated carbon and some agricultural byproducts have been as adsorbents for removal of dyes from industrial wastewaters [6]. it was found that the use of the clay materials as an adsorbent has many advantages in comparison of other adsorbant due to the low cost, lack of toxicity and good potential for ion exchange. the clay materials have a high specific surface area which gave these materials unique properties and were used in several application [7]. lately, many studies have reported the use of nano-particels and cause a significant breakthrough in many areas of applied sciences. in particular, nano-particles smaller than 100 mm were found to be important in natural systems due to the high surface area, surface activity and their associated properties of adsorbing to organic and other trace metal contaminants [8]. this work examines the efficiency of using modified nano-clays to remove bg by measuring the adsorption data. materials and method materials adsorbate :all chemicals (such as fe(no3)3.9h2o and na2co3) used in the experiments were analytical grad chemical and were obtained from merck. stock solutions of the test reagent were made by dissolving the dye in distilled water. the dye, birlliant green sulfate, chemical formula: c27h34n2o4s. molar mass= 482.65, λmax: 625 nm (measured value) was supplied by merck. the chemical structure of birlliant green sulfate is shown in figure (1) adsorbent: the adsorbent, bentonite clay was collected from al-sufra in al-rutba, iraq. it was supplied by geological survey and mining-iraq. the components of this clay are sio2 (56.77%), al2o3 (15.67%), mgo (3.42%), k2o (0.06%), na2o (1.11%), fe2o3 (5.12%), cao (4.48%) and loss of ignition l.o.t (12.49%). preparation of fe-bentonite nano composite the fe-bnc was prepared through the following steps [9]. firstly an aqueous dispersion of bentonite clay was prepared by adding 10 gm bentonite clay to 500 ml h2o under vigorous stirring for (3 hrs.) at room temperature. secondary, sodium carbonate was added slowly as a powder into a vigorously stirred (0.2 m) solution of iron nitrate for (3 hrs.) such that a molar ratio of (1:1) for [na+]/[fe+3] was established. thirdly, 500 ml solution obtained from the second step was added drop by drop into the dispersion of bentonite clay prepared in the first 207 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 step under vigorous stirring. fourthly, the suspension was stirred for (3 hrs.) followed by ageing at 100ºc in an autoclave for (48 hrs). finally, 1000 solution containing fe-bentonite nano clay was obtained [10]. the modified clay was separated from the solution by filtration, then dried in oven at 100 ℃ and stored in desiccators. characterization measurement the atomic force microscopy (afm) study carried out by (aa 3000, angstrom advanced iuc. usa) fig.(2) shows typical afm top-view of (i) clay, (ii) fe-bnc. the results show that the average diameter for the clay is 699.22 nm, while the pore diameter of fe-bentonite clay is about (300-400)nm with an average of 346.84 nm, it means that the pore diameter of the fe-bnc is smaller than that of the clay. methods adsorption studies the adsorption of bg on to the modified clay was investigated in a batch system. equilibrium experiments were carried out by containing 0.5 gm of modified clay to 50 ml of dye solution of different initial concentrations (5-20 ppm). a series of round bottom flasks were then shaken at a constant speed of 100 rpm in a shaker (criffin flask shaker) for 30 min (equilibrium time) at four temperatures in the range (283-303)k. the dye solution was separated from the adsorbent by filtration residual concentration of dye in supernatant was estimated spectrophotometrically by monitoring the absorbance at 625 nm λmax using uv-vis spectrophotometer (uv-1800 shimadzu). amount of adsorbed dye molecules per gm of solid was determined as follows: qe = (co-ce) v/w…..……….(1) where, co is the initial concentration of bg (mg/l), ce is the equilibrium concentration of dye (mg/l), v is the volume of the solution (l) and (w) is the mass of the fe-bnc (g). the removal efficiency (r) is defined as: [11] removal of dye (%) = [(co-ce)/co] x 100…..……….(2) isotherm modeling the isotherm models of langmuir [12], freundlich [13] were fitted to describe the equilibrium adsorption. langmuir isotherm qe = kl ce/ 1 + ace…..……….(3) the linear form of the langmuir isotherm equation is represented in the following formula: ce/qe = 1/kl + a/kl.ce…..……….(4) where ce is the supernatant concentration at equilibrium state of the system (mg.l-1), qe is the amount of dye adsorbed per unit weight of adsorbent (mg.g-1), assuming a mono layer of adsorbate up taken by the adsorbent, kl, a is the langmuir affinity constant. langmuir equation used to evaluate thermodynamic parameters of the ongoing process and also to know the nature adsorption. freundlich isotherm the empirical freundlich equation based on sorption on heterogeneous surface is given by equation: qe = kf (ce)1/n…..……….(5) where kf is the freundlich constant related with adsorption capacity mg.g-1 (mg.l-1)-1/n and n is the freundlich exponent (dimensionless). this model is rearranged to the linear form by taking logarithms on both sides. log qe = log kf + 1/n log ce…..……….(6) 208 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 batch kinetic studies rate constant study the specific rate constant for each adsorption process was calculated using lagergren's first order rate expression [14] ln (qe-qt) = ln qe kad t …..……….(7) where qe (mg.g-1) and qt (mg.g-1) are the amounts of dye adsorbed at equilibrium and at any time t (min) respectively. kad is the rate constant of adsorption (min-1). results and discussion effect of initial dye concentration the effect of the dye (bg) concentration on adsorption properties of the bentonite and fe-bnc are shown in table (1) and figure (3). it is apparent that the percentage removal of dye increases with increase in initial dye concentration [15], probably due to the greater availability of exchangeable sites for the adsorbents. nonetheless, adsorbate saturation of the adsorbent sites may occur on increasing concentration of the dye solution causing no further adsorption of the dye molecules. as seen from the values of removal efficiency of the two adsorbents the r% values of the fe-bnc larger than that of the bentonite clay. this indicates that fe-bnc is effective for the removal of (bg) from aqueous solution effect of temperature fig. (4) shows the sorption kinetics of bg removal at 283, 293 and 303 k by plotting the dye uptake capacity qt versus time at the initial dye concentration of (10 ppm). increasing the temperature reduced the sorption capacity of fe-bnc clay. thus, when increasing the temperature from 283 k to 303 k the removal of dye decreased, this may be due to a tendency for the dye molecules to escape from the solid phase to the bulk phase with an increase in temperature of the solution [16]. during kinetic study it has been seen that the removal of dye was rapid in the initial stages of constant time and gradually with time until equilibrium. this decreasing removal rate towards the end, suggests formation of monolayer coverage of dye molecules on the outer surface of the adsorbent and pore diffusion onto inner surface of the adsorbent particulars through the film due to continuous agitation maintained during the experiments [17]. the rate constant for the adsorption of dye on modified clay was determined using lagergren equation [7]. the kinetic data of adsorption bg (co= 10 ppm) onto the modified clay was shown in table (2). the straight line plots of (ln qe-qt versus t), fig. (5) confirm that process of removal is governed by first order kinetics. the values of kad were determined by slops the graphs of fig. (5) were listed in table (3). all the fits show very good correlation coefficients. fig. (6) shows a linear relationsship between the logarithm of rate constant and the reciprocal of temperature. the activation energy for the adsorption process ea, was calculated using the arrhenius equation [18] ln kad = ln a – ea/rt …..……….(8) where a is referred to as the arrhenius factor. r is the universal gas constant (8.314 j.mol1.k-1), t is the absolute temperature (k). the rat constant kad listed in table (3) was applied to estimate the activation energy of the adsorption. a value of (11.626 k.j.mol-1) for ea was obtained from the slop of an ln kad versus 1/t plot with a r2 of 0.981. because the value of e is high, it is concluded that the adsorption kinetic of (bg) onto fe-bnc involved a chemical reaction in the adsorption process 209 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 adsorption isotherm the linear plots of ce/q versus ce show that the adsorption obeys langmuir isotherm model [19], fig. (7), and indicates formation of mono layer of the dye around adsorbent particles and once a dye molecule occupies a site, no further adsorption takes place at that site. kl and a were determined from the slop and intercept of the plot and are presented in table (4). the essential characteristic langmuir isotherm can be expressed by a dimensional constant called equilibrium parameter, rl [20] that is defined by rl= 1 1+ klcο ………(9) where, kl is the langmuir constant at (l.mg-1) and co is the initial concentration. the value of rl indicates the shape of the isotherm to be either unfavorable (rl > 1), linear (rl = 1), favorable (0 < rl < 1) or irreversible (rl = 0). as shown in table (5), rl value decreases with the concentration and its values between 0 and 1 at different concentrations indicate favorable adsorption of dye onto fe-bnc clay. linear plot of ln qe versus ln ce shows that the adsorption follows freundlich isotherm model as well fig. (8), kf and n were calculated from the intercept and slop of the plot. the fitting results, i.e isotherm parameters and the coefficients of determination, r2 are shown in table (4). it can be seen in fig. (8) that freundlich isotherm fits the data better than langmuir isotherm. this is also confirmed by the high value of r2 in case of freundlich (0.99) compared to langmuir (0.962). the freundlich constant n is primarily related to the strength of adsorption. given fixed co and kf the smaller the constant, the stronger the adsorption bond. as shown in table (4), the (n) values of all the clays sample are less than (1), indicating that for this adsorbent the increased adsorption would promote the clay sorption capacity, and predominant adsorption mechanism would be chemical adsorption rather than physical adsorption [21]. the value of kf increased on the increase of temperature indicating that higher temperature favored bg sorption on to fe-bnc clay [22]. fig. (9): shows that the adsorption isotherms of bg on fe-bnc clay is s-type according to the giles classification. thermodynamic parameters to calculate thermodynamic parameters of the ongoing process, another langmuir form equation used [23]: ce qe = 1 b + ce…………(10) where b is the maximum adsorption quantity for dye solutions at different temperatures and could be obtained from the plot of ce/qe vs. ce fig (7) the relation between log b and 1/t fig (10) is used to estimate ∆h and ∆s using the following formulas: 𝑏 = 𝑎 exp �− ∆h rt � … … … . . (11) 𝑎 = exp( ∆s/𝑅) … … … (12) log 𝑏 = ∆𝑆 2.303𝑅 − ∆𝐻 2.303𝑅 1 𝑇 … … … . . (13) the ∆𝐺 value was calculated from the following equation: ∆𝐺 = ∆𝐻 − 𝑇∆𝑆 … … … … . . (14) the estimated thermodynamic parameters are listed in table (6). the positive value of enthalpy change (δh) confirms an endothermic nature of the enduring process whereas the negative values of free energy (δg) suggest feasibility and spontaneous nature of the process. the values of (δg) decrease with the increase of temperature indicated that the adsorption was more favorable at higher temperature. positive values of entropy (δs) revealed that the adsorption process was irreversible and random at the solid/liquid in interface during the 210 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 sorption of bg onto and fe-bnc and showed that a good affinity of the adsorbent materials towards the dye, also the positive value of δs suggested some structural change of bg and fe-bnc clay, and favored complexion and sorption stability [24]. similar results were also observed on the adsorption of some dyes on to de-oiled soya [25], bentonite [26], neem leaf [27] and hen feathers [28]. conclusion it can be concluded that fe-nbc can be successfully used as low cost adsorbents for removal of bg from waste waters. equilibrium data were fitted to freundlich and langmuir adsorption isotherm models. the thermodynamic parameters indicated that the adsorption is feasible, endothermic and spontaneous in nature. kinetic studies were verified for lagergrens first order, and the adsorption of (bg) follows first order kinetics more. references 1. chen, y. m. ; tsao, t. m. and wang, m. k.(2011) "removal of crystal violet and methylene blue from aqueous solution using soil nano clays"; inter. conference on environment science and engineering, 8: 252-254. 2. sharma, y. c.; singh, b. and uma,(2009) ''fast removal of malachite green by adsorption on rice husk activated carbon''; the open environmental pollution and toxicology journal, 1: 74-78. 3. vipasiri, v.; shaomin, l.; bo, j.; chris, w. k. c. and chris, s.(2009) "kinetic study and equilibrium isotherm analysis of congo red adsorption by clay materials"; chemical engineering j.148:354-364. 4. rajeshkannan, r.; rajasimman, m. and rajamohan, n.(2010) "removal of malachite green from aqueous solution using hydrilla verticillata optimization, eqnilibrium and kinetic studies''; inter. j. of civil and environmental engineering, 2(4): 222-229. 5. nigam, p.; armour,g.; banat, i. m., singh, d. and marchant, r.(2000) "physical removal of textile dyes from effluents and solid state fermentation of dye adsorbed agricultural residues "; biorsource technology, 72: 219-226. 6. pavan, f. a.; dias, s. l.; lima, e. and benvenutti, e.( 2008) "removal of congo red from aqueous solution by anilinepropylsilica xerogel"; dyes and pigments, 76: 64-69. 7. tulin, b. l. and gamze, g.(2009) "removal of basic dyes from aqueous solutions using natural clay"; desalination, 249: 1377-1379. 8. roco, m.c. , li , b.c. , fissan, h.j. , schoonman j., hayashi, c. and oda m.(1998) "reviews of national research programs in nanoparticle and nanotechnology research "; j. of aerosol science , 29:749-760. 9. feng, j.; hu, x. and yue, p. l.(2005) "discoloration and mineralization of orange (ii) by using a bentonite clay-based fe nanocomposite film as a heterogeneous photo-fenton catalyst"; water research, 39:89-96. 10. feng, j.; hu, x. and yue, p. l.(2004) "novel bentonite clay-based fe nanocomposite as a heterogeneous catalyst for photo-fenton discoloration and mineralization of orange (ii)"; environ, sci. technol, 38:269-275. 11. langmuir, i. (2007) "constitution and fundamental properties of solids and liquids (i): solids"; j. hazard mater, 139:57-66. 12. fytianos, k.;voudias, e. and kokkalis, e.(2000) "sorption-desorption behavior of 2,4dichlorophenol by marine sediments"; chemospher, 40:3-6. 13. negi, a. s. and anand, s. c.(2007); ''a textbook of physical chemistry''; second edition, new age international (p) ltd. publishers, new delhi. 211 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 14. guen, s.; yao, b.; adouby, k. and ado, g. (2007) "kinetics and thermodynamics study of lead adsorption onto activated carbons from coconut and seed hull of the palm tree"; j. environ. sci. tech, 4(1): 11-17. 15. abdullah, n.a.; othaman, r.; abdullah,i.; jon, n. and baharum , a. (2012) "studies on the adsorption of phenol red dye using silica-filled enr/pvc beads"; j. of emerging trends in engineering and applied sciences, 3(5): 845850. 16. yeddon, n. and bensmaili, a. (2005) ''kinetic models for the sorption of dye from aqueous solution by clay-wood sawdust mixture"; desalination, 185: 499-508. 17. mumin, m. a.; kha,. m. m. r,; akhter, k. f. and uddin, m. j. (2007) "potentiality of open burnt clay as an adsorbent for the removal of congo red from aqueous solution"; int, j. environ, sci, tech, 4(4):525-532. 18. weng, c. h. and pan, y. f.(2007) ''adsorption of a cationic dye (methylene blue) onto spent activated clay"; j. of hazardous materials, 144: 355-362. 19. sonawane, s.; chaudhari, p.; ghodke, s.; phadtare, s. and meshram, s. (2009) "ultrasound assisted adsorption of basic dye onto organically modified bentonite (nano clay)"; j. of scientific and industrial research, 68:162-167. 20. hall, k.r.; eagleton, l.c.; acrivos, a. and vermeulen, t.(1966)"pore and solid diffusion kinetics in fixed bed adsorption under constant pattern conditions "; j.eng. chem. fundam. , 4:212-219. 21. jiang, j. q . and zeng, z.(2003) "comparison of modified montmorillonite adsorbents part (ii): the effects of the type of raw clays and modification conditions on the adsorption performance"; chemophere, 53: 53-62. 22. pan, x. and zhang, d.(2009) "removal of malachite green from water by firmian simplex wood fiber"; electronic j. of biotechnology, 12(4):1-10. 23. dawood, j.s.(2006) "adsorption study of lead ions on the surfaces of ion exchange resin and some iraqi clays "; m.sc. thesis, univ. baghdad. 24. donat, r.; akdogan, a.; erden, e. and cetisli, h.(2005) "thermodynamics of pb+2 and ni+2 adsorption onto natural bentonite from aqueous solutions"; j. of colloid and interface science, 286(1): 43-52. 25. mittal, a.; krishnan, l. and gupta, v. k.(2005) "removal and recovery of malachite green from wastewater using an agricultural waste material, de-oiled soya"; separation and purification technology, 43(2): 125-133. 26. bulut, e.; ozacar, m. and sengil, i.(2008) "adsorption of malachite green onto bentonite equilibrium and kinetic studies and process design"; micro porous and meso porous materials, 115(3):234-246. 27. bhattacharyya, krishua, g. and sarma, a.(2003) "adsorption characteristics of the dye, brilliant green, on neem leef powder"; dyes and pigments, 57(3): 211-222. 28. mittal, a.(2006) ''adsorption kinetics of removal of a toxic dye, malachite green from wastewater by using hen feathers''; j.of hazard materials, 133(1-3): 196-202. 212 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (1): removal efficiency for the adsorbents used in the adsorption of bg. 25 20 15 10 5 co (ppm) 97.90 97.47 96.62 95.56 91.24 r% for bentonite 99.20 99.05 98.70 98.42 97.63 r% for fe-bnc table (2): kinetic data of adsorption (10 ppm) bg dye onto fe-bnc at temperature range (283-303) k. (ln qe qt) qe-qt x 10-4 qt x 10-3 qe x 10-3 time (min) temp. (k) -8.70 -9.03 -9.43 -9.72 1.60 1.20 0.80 0.60 0 9.29 9.33 9.37 9.39 9.45 9.45 5 10 15 20 30 283 -8.839 -9.115 -9.567 -10.1519 1.45 1.10 0.70 0.39 0 9.265 9.30 9.34 9.371 9.41 9.41 5 10 15 20 30 293 -9.088 -9.231 -9.660 -10.31 1.13 0.98 0.64 0.33 0 9.251 9.266 9.295 9.331 9.364 9.364 5 10 15 20 30 303 table (3): rat constant at different temperatures 303 293 283 t/k 0.088 0.0805 0.0668 kad (min.-1) 11.626 ea (k.j.mol-1) table (4): freundlich and langmuir parameters for bg adsorption on fe-bnc clay freundlich isotherm langmuir isotherm t(k) r2 n kf (mg.g-1) r 2 a (mg/g) kl (l/mg) 0.998 0.999 0.999 0.998 0.7174 0.7233 0.7219 0.7179 0.0962 0.1011 0.1036 0.1050 0.923 0.914 0.962 0.953 3.562 3.994 3.919 4.055 0.1886 0.2288 0.2323 0.2541 283 293 298 303 213 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (5): analysis of langmuir isotherm at 283 k 25 20 15 10 5 initial dye concentration co (ppm) 0.1699 0.2096 0.2763 0.3585 0.5256 rl table (6): thermodynamic parameters for the adsorption of bg onto fe-bnc δs (j.mol-1.k-1) δh (j.mol-1) δg (j.mol-1) t(k) 28.786 = = = 5169.7 = = = -2976.7 -3264.5 -3408.5 -3552.4 283 293 298 303 fig. (1): the chemical structure of birllint green sulfate. 214 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (2):(i) afm images of clay. (ii) afm images of fe-bnc clay (a)the 2d, cross section (b) 3d and (c) pore size distribution diagram 215 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (3): effect of initial dye concentration on equilibrium adsorption of bg on to (i) bentonite (ii) fe-bnc fig. (4): kinetics of bg uptake by fe-bnc at several initial temperatures fig. (5): lagergrens plot for kinetic modeling of the adsorption process of bg on febnc clay at different temperatures fig. (6): arrhenius equation of adsorption of bg on fe-bnc 0.0092 0.00925 0.0093 0.00935 0.0094 0.00945 0.0095 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 qt (mg.l-1) t (min.) -2.75 -2.7 -2.65 -2.6 -2.55 -2.5 -2.45 -2.4 -2.35 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 0.0036 ln kad 1/t (k) 283 k 293 k 303 k 283 k 293 k 303 k 216 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (7): langmuir's isotherm plot for the adsorption of bg on fe-bnc [(a) 283, (b) 293, (c) 298, (d) 303k] fig. (8): plot of freundlich adsorption isotherms of bg on fe-bnc [(a) 283, (b) 293, (c) 298, (d) 303k] 0 1 2 3 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 ce/qe ce (mg/l) (b) 0 1 2 3 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 ce/qe ce (mg/l) (d) 0 1 2 3 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 ce/qe ce (mg/l) (c) 0 1 2 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 ce/qe ce (mg/l) (a) -4 -3 -2 -1 0 -3 -2 -1 0 ln qe ln ce (a) -4 -3 -2 -1 0 -3 -2 -1 0 ln qe ln ce (b) -4 -3 -2 -1 0 -3 -2 -1 0 ln qe ln ce (c) -4 -3 -2 -1 0 -3 -2 -1 0 ln ce ln qe (d) 217 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (9): adsorption isotherm of bg on fe-bnc at 298 k fig. (10): relation of log b against 1/t where t/k 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 qe (mg/l) ce (mg/l) 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.6 0.61 0.62 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 0.00345 0.0035 0.00355 log b 1/t (k) 218 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ازالة الصبغة الخضراء اللمـــاعة من محالیلھا المائیـة بإمتزازھا على سطح الطین المحور دنیـــا عیــــدان محمــــد قســــم الكیمیــــاء / كلیـــة العلـــوم / جامعـــة بغـــداد 2013حزیران 10 ، قبل البحث في : 2013 شباط 21استلم البحث في : الخالصة درس استعمال استخدام طین البنتونایت النانوي كطین محور الزالة الصبغة الخضراء اللماعة من محالیلھا المائیة. واستخدم مجھر القوة الذریة لغرض الحصول على شكل المسام وتوزیعھ ، وتبین ان معدل قطر المسام للطین المحور ھو على سطح الطین المحور الزالة الصبغة من محالیلھا المائیة. وتبین ان . واجریت وجبات من تجارب االمتزاز 346.81 االمتزاز یتبع متساوي درجة الحرارة لكل من لنكمایر وفرندلش، واوجدت قیم الثوابت لكل منھما. وامكن حساب قیم الدوال لیة االمتزاز بأستخدام معادلة الثرمودینامیكیة مثل الطاقة الحرة ، واالنتروبي ، واالنثالبي. واوجد ثابت السرعة لعم لكركرین وتبین أن عملیة االمتزاز تتبع حركیة المرتبة االولى فضالً عن ذلك تم تعیین طاقة التنشیط لعملیة االمتزاز. االمتزاز، الصبغة الخضراء اللماعة، البنتونایت.الكلمات المفتاحیة : 219 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 al2o3نموذج تأثیر الحجم الحبیبي في المرحلة النھائیة لتلبید إ علیة عبد المحسن شھاب جامعة بغداد ) /أبن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الفیزیاء سعد بدري حسون فرید الجامعة التكنولوجیة /قسم ھندسة المواد حنان كاظم حسون جامعة بغداد ) /أبن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الفیزیاء 2012حزیران 17، قبل البحث في 2012شباط 28أستلم البحث في : الخالصة للمرحل�ة النھائی�ة م�ن عملی�ة التلبی�د ، اٍذ نم�ذجت النت�ائج التجریبی�ة لمس�حوق al2o3ُدرس تأثیر الحجم الحبیبي في تلبید في دراسة تأثیر التوزیع الحجمي للحبیبات في مع�دالت التك�اثف باس�تعمال l2-regression )ألومینا بأستعمال تقنیة( -ألفا ) وق�د 0-241( min ) ، وخالل مدى زم�ن تلبی�د μm )1.44 ،2.54 ،2.54-0.7 ،3.53-1.15أربعة أحجام حبیبیة بینت نتائج المحاك�اة الحس�ابیة لتغی�ر الحج�م الحبیب�ي زی�ادة مع�دالت التك�اثف م�ع تن�اقص الحج�م الحبیب�ي وذل�ك بس�بب زی�ادة للتمثیل الحسابي وقد بینت ھ�ذه المع�امالت عالق�ة مساحة تالمس الحبیبات .وتم التعبیر عن معدالت التكاثف بمعامالت نتیجة االحجام الحبیبیة بمعدالت التكاثف . الحجم الحبیبي ، التلبید ، معدل التكاثف ،التمثیل الحسابي -: الكلمات المفتاحیة 173 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة ) بأنھ سیرامیك مقاوم صلب یستعمل في التطبیقات التركیبی�ة االساس�یة الت�ي تتمی�ز al2o3ألومینا ( -یتمیز سیرامیك ألفا بأرتفاع درجات الحرارة لما یختص بھ من خواص من حیث المتانة ،ومعام�ل تم�دد ح�راري واط�ئ ،وقابلی�ة كس�ر منخفض�ة سیرامیكیة ویظھر ذلك في تأثیرھا ] ، تعد عملیة التلبید خطوة مھمة في طریق صناعة االجسام ال 1وقابلیة طرق منخفضة [ ]. ان الھدف االساسي في تلبید االلومنیا ھو الحصول على نم�و حبیب�ي یع�زى 2الملحوظ في التركیب الدقیق لھذه االجسام [ م�ة الى تأثیر حجم الحبیبة مباشرة في الخواص الفیزیائیة و المیكانیكیة والعزل الكھربائي وعلی�ھ ف�أن الم�ادة الت�ي دقائقھ�ا ناع تفوق في خواصھا المادة ذي الدقائق الخشنة والسبب االخر ھو انھ للوصول الى الكثافة النظریة علینا ان نبق�ي حج�م ال�دقائق ] . 3صغیراً الن عملیة الحصول على الكثافة النظریة ھو بحد ذاتھ ھدف من اھداف عملیة التلبید في المواد السیرامیكیة [ ) بأس�تعمال al2o3لدراس�ة ت�أثیر مع�دالت التك�اثف لم�ادة ( l2-regression ) ریاض�ي( في ھذا البحث نستعمل مودیل أربع احجام حبیبیة مختلفة . الجزء النظري ) من درج�ة ح�رارة 0.9 – 0.7التلبید ھو معاملة حراریة للمواد المعدنیة و السیرامیكیة في درجة حرارة تتراوح بین ( ] .وخ��الل عملی��ة التلبی��د تح��دث 4انص��ھارھا (القی��اس المطل��ق) الت��ي تنج��ز ف��ي اف��ران مختلف��ة وتح��ت اج��واء مس��یطر علیھ��ا [ ]. ف�ي المرحل�ة النھائی�ة م�ن عملی�ة 5الحبیبات وتقلص في ابعاد المكبوس�ة[ تغیرات في شكل وحجم المسامات، وشكل وحجم التلبید تزداد حركة الفراغات والحدود الحبیبیة ویتم غلق معظ�م المس�امات بش�كل ت�دریجي وتبق�ى المس�امات المغلق�ة وتص�ل لبید عند المرحلة النھائیة من عملیة التلبید ]. ان المسامیة تتناسب عكسیاً مع زمن الت6الكثافة الى قیم قریبة من القیم النظریة [ .] 8]، ویعمل النمو الحبیبي على زیادة جریان الفجوات المغلقة لذلك فأن النمو الحبیبي یحدث نقصاناً في معدل التلبید [7[ ] 8الشكل العام لمعادلة معدل التكاثف یعطى بالصیغة االتیة: [ -اٍذ ان : dt dρ المعدل الزمني للتكاثف . d معامل االنتشار t درجة الحرارة المطلقة yo الغاز . –الطاقة السطحیة ما بین الصلب ω حجم المادة المتحركة ng .عدد الفجوات لكل حبیبة k ثابت بولتزمان g .الحجم الحبیبي c . ثابت یتعلق باآللیة المسیطرة l ) اذا كانت االلیة المسیطرة للتكاثف ھي االنتشار الشبكي 3یمثل أس الحجم الحبیبي الذي یساوي (lattic diffusion ویساوي . boundary –diffusion) اذا كانت اآللیة المسیطرة للتكاثف ھي االنتشار الحدودي 4( % ، اٍذ نس�تعمل 99.995بدرج�ة نق�اوة α -alumina ان القیم التجریبیة (النتائج العملی�ة ) المس�تعملة ف�ي ھ�ذه الدراس�ة ھ�ي لمس�حوق ذو حج�م a) ف�رع 1% م�ن الحبیب�ات الح�ظ الج�دول (vol 15القیم التجریبیة الربعة فروع من ھذه المادة وھي الفروع المكونة م�ن 0.12 =ذو حجم حبیبي نحصل علی�ھ م�ن التوزی�ع اللوغ�ارتمي d , cوفرع μm2.54 ذو حجم حبیبي b،وفرع μm 1.44حبیبي σg log ولم��دى حج��م حبیب��ي م��نμm 0.7 ال��ىμm 2.45 ھ��ذا لف��رعc ولف��رعd μm 1.15 ال��ىμm 3.53 اٍذ الكثاف��ة العددی��ة ، عل�ى الت�والي . تض�اف لك�ل الف�روع كمی�ة ص�غیرة م�ن bو aیكافىء الكثاف�ة العددی�ة للحبیب�ات ف�ي الف�رع dو cللكریات في الفرع ] .وسوف ی�تم دراس�ة ت�أثیر التوزی�ع الحجم�ي للحبیب�ات 9) من األلمنیوم المطعمة [ ppm 250محلول نترات األلمنیوم وھذا یكافىء ( في معدالت التكاثف ، باالعتماد على معادلة التكاثف الخاصة بھذه المرحلة . . zaho [ 8 ]و harmarادلة معدل التكاثف في المرحلة النھائیة بشكل مبسط وضعھ یمكن ان تصاغ مع ثابت c3اٍذ ان -ان المعادلة أعاله یمكن أن تكتب بشكل آخر وكما یأتي : )2..(......................................................................3 lktg dc dt d = ρ )1.....(..................................................l o g ktg dycn dt d ω = ρ 174 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ھي معامل معدل التكاثف المعتمد على آلیة التكاثف . cρان ذاٍ )regression l2مودیل ( في ھذه البحث بالمعادلة اآلتیة: l2-regressionیمكن ان نعبر عن معادلة x=( ata)-1 atb ………………………………………..…(4) یمثل الجزء xمتغیر عشوائي ،و bمع استبدال الصفوف اعمدة واستبدال االعمدة صفوفاً ، و aھي المصفوفة atمصفوفة ، aاذ . ]10[ الثابت من المعادلة وغیر المعرف ]9) یعطى بالصیغة االتیة [1تكامل معادلة ( )5..(..................................................).........( )1( 0 1 0 ttglt c l − − =− −ρρρ . l2-regression) معادلة 4) یمكن الحصول على معادلة تتناسب مع شكل معادلة (5بعد تبسیط معادلة ( )6........(..................................................11 1 htgk l += −ρ )1(ان اٍذ 1 lt c − =κ ρ ،0 1 0 11 tgh l−κ−= ρ ) اعتماداً عل�ى آلی�ة التك�اثف المس�یطرة ف�ي المرحل�ة النھائی�ة l) وتحدید قیمة أس الحجم الحبیبي (6بأستعمال معادلة ( واس��تعمال الق��یم التجریبی��ة لك��ل م��ن الحج��م الحبیب��ي وال��زمن والكثاف��ة نس��تطیع ایج��اد المع��امالت والثواب��ت الخاص��ة بمعادل��ة ) ت�تالءم 6عتب�ار ان معادل�ة ( با calcعلى التوالي ، وتحدی�د الق�یم الحس�ابیة للكثاف�ة . h1 , k1التكاثف في المرحلة النھائیة regression l2مع أنموذج معادلة اي ان اآللیة المسیطرة على عملیة التكاثف ھ�ي آلی�ة l=3ان اس الحجم الحبیبي المستعمل في المرحلة النھائیة لھذا البحث الحس�ابیة للكثاف�ة بأس�تعمال معادل�ة ] وجدت الق�یمregression l2 ]11االنتشار الشبیكي . وبأستخدام المودیل الحسابي )6. ( النتائج والمناقشة یؤدي الحجم الحبیبي دوراً مھماً في تحدی�د مع�دالت الكثاف�ة للم�ادة الس�یرامیكیة ، اذ ان لحج�م حبیب�ات المس�حوق المس�تعمل ت�أثیراً ) اٍذ یح�دث تغیرف�ي ق�یم الكثاف�ة م�ع ال�زمن عن�د االحج�ام 4) ال�ى (1واضحاً على عملیة التكاثف وھذا ما یتبین م�ن خ�الل االش�كال م�ن ( ) على التوالي. μm )1.44 ،2.54 ،2.54-0.7 ،3.53-1.15الحبیبیة ) التي تمتلك توزیعاً حجمیاً ض�یقاً للحبیب�ات ، نج�د ان مع�دل 1.44 ،2.54( μm) لألحجام الحبیبیة 2) و(1وخالل مالحظة الشكلین ( -gm .cmقیم�ة الكثاف�ة ال�ى( )، اٍذ تص�ل μm2.54) ھو اعلى من معدل التك�اثف للحج�م الحبیب�ي (μm 1.44التكاثف للحجم الحبیبي ( ) ویعزى ذل�ك μm2.54) عند الحجم الحبیبي(gm .cm-3%94.712)، بینما تصل الى( μm1.44) عند الحجم الحبیبي(3%97.418 الى التالمس المكثف للحبیبات في البنیة الدقیقة نتیجة لصغر الحجم الحبیبي ، فكلم�ا ص�غر الحج�م الحبیب�ي ادى ذل�ك ال�ى توزی�ع حجم�ي ) ذي 4) و (3. و الحال�ة نفس�ھا تتك�رر ف�ي الش�كلین( ]8[للحبیبات الذي یعمل عل�ى تش�جیع النم�و الحبیب�ي وزی�ادة مع�دل التك�اثف ضیق ) وھ�ي gm.cm-3%97.056) تص�ل قیم�ة الكثاف�ة ال�ى( μm)2.54 –0.7 التوزیع الحجمي العریض للحبیبات فعند مدى حج�م حبیب�ي )ویعود سبب ذلك ال�ى 3.53 –1.15(μm) عند المدى الذي یتراوحgm.cm-3%94.319الى ( قیمة اعلى من قیمة الكثافة التي تصل ان الحبیبات الناعمة سوف تعمل على ملء الفراغات مابین الحبیبات الكبیرة مما یؤدي الى تقلیل من حجم الفراغات الموجودة في البنیة ) نج�د ان مع�دل 4) ال�ى (1. وعن�د مقارن�ة االش�كال االربع�ة (]8[التك�اثف الدقیقة ویساعد في عملیة النمو الحبیبي ومن ثم ی�زداد مع�دل ) 2.54-0.7(μm عن�د م�دى الحج�م الحبیب�ي 4.744) وی�زداد بمق�دارμm1.44%(عند الحجم الحبیبي 5.388التكاثف یزداد بمقدار % )ت�زداد مع��دالت الكثاف��ة 3.35–1.15( μm) ولم��دى حج�م حبیب��ي μm2.54وھ�ذه الق��یم متقارب�ة فیم��ا بینھ�ا . ام��ا عن�د الحج��م الحبیب�ي ( وھي قیم متقاربة واقل من قیم معدالت التكاثف الم�ذكورة أع�اله، ویع�زى س�بب ذل�ك ال�ى ام�تالك 3.851وبمقدار % 4.387بمقدار % یب�ات عن�د االحج�ام ) الكثافة العددیة نفسھا للحبیبات التي تكون اعلى من الكثاف�ة العددی�ة للحب μm )1.44 ،2.54-0.7األحجام الحبیبیة ) المعام��ل الخ��اص بمعادل��ة 2.ویب��ین الج��دول ( ]8[) أي ان كثاف��ة ال��رص االبتدائی��ة لھم��ا عالی��ة μm )2.54 ،3.35-1.15الحبیبی��ة ) μm 1.44وھو دالة لمع�دل التك�اثف ال�ذي نالح�ظ اعل�ى قیم�ة ل�ھ عن�د الحج�م الحبیب�ي ( 1kالتكاثف للمرحلة النھائیة من عملیة التلبید 175 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ) ق��یم الثواب��ت والمع��امالت المرافق��ة لمعادل��ة التك��اثف الخاص��ة بالمرحل��ة 3). ویوض��ح الج��دول ( μ)2.54 –0.7دى حج��م حبیب��ي ولم�� النھائیة من عملیة التلبید . قراءة وبذلك نرى اھمیة المودیل الحسابي في امكانیة استرجاع القیم المحسوبة في أي وقت وفي امكانیة تقییم المادة لدى المصمم خالل المعامالت الخاصة بھذه المواد فیستطیع المفاضلة بین المواد خالل المع�امالت ، الن المع�امالت س�توفر ل�ھ تص�ور س�ریع ومس�بق ع�ن د نتائج التلبی االستنتاجات بأس��تعمال calcتم��ت برھن��ة امكانی��ة التمثی��ل الحس��ابي ف��ي المرحل��ة النھائی��ة م��ن عملی��ة التلبی��د ، اٍذ أظھ��رت النت��ائج الحس��ابیة مع النتائج التجریبیة ، والتأثیر الكبیر للحجم الحبیبي في سرعة عملیة التكاثف واب�رزت اھمی�ة توافقھا تقریباً regression l2مودیل او النقصان في مساحة التالمس بین الحبیبات على سرعة التلبید في المرحلة النھائیة وكانت المعامالت المحسوبة خالل ھذه فھم الزیادة الطریقة تعبر ببساطة ووضوح عن سرعة التكاثف اٍذ یمكن للباحث قراءة قیم ھذه المعامالت ومتابعة عملیة التكاثف حسابیاً. لمصادرا 1.nanchou,s.;hwalu,h.; fwulii, h. and huang, j.l.(2009), processing and physical properties of al2o3/alumina alloy composites. ceramics international 35, 7-12 2 .wang1,q.b.;wang2,q.g. and wan2*,c.x.(2010) ,effect of sintering time on the microstructure and propertiesof inorganic polyphosphate bioceramics . science of sintering, 42 ,337-343 ,san francisco and london 93. brook, r.j . (1976), treaties on material , science and technology , , academic press ,new york. 4 . kingery, w.d.; bowen, h.k. and uhlman, d.r. (1976), introduction to ceramic,jone wiley,nd sons, new york. 5 . choudhury,s.k. h.(1985), materials science and processes, in si unit , indian book distributing co,srm universityindia,no.1 . . 6 . vanicheva, l.l. and schmitt, s.p. , (1966) , phase analysis of high alumina 238 . -236 ( 7 ): 60refractories,refractories, 7 . hausner henry, h . (1979) , discussion on the definition of the term sintering , sintering new development , elsevier scientific publishing comp , amsterdam . 8 . zhao, j. and harmer, m.p. (1992 ) ,effect of pore distribution on microstructure ,830 75iii ,model experiments ,. j. amer . ceram . soc .development: 9 . zhao, j. and harmer, m.p. (1988) ,effect of pore distribution on microstructure 20 . -113: )2 (71development:i,matrix pores , j.am , ceram . soc 10. robert.j.v. b ,(2001),linear programming.foundations and extensions,second edition ,copy right c,princeton universityprinceton -njo 08544-usa. 11. malyaly, h.k. (2005),analysis the three stage of sintering using linear programming.m.sc, college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. ) معدل انحراف التوزیعσg log) الحجم الحبیبي ، و ( gالومنیا اٍذ ان ( –الفروع األربع لمسحوق ألفا :)1جدول ( ] .9) النسبة المئویة للحجم [ volالحجمي، و ( % batch ( a b c dالفرع( g 1.44 µm 2.54 µm µm ) 0.7 -2.54( µm )1.15 -3.53( σg log 0 0 0.12 0.12 %vol 15 15 15 15 قیم معامالت معادلة التكاثف عند المرحلة النھائیة :)2جدول ( k1 الحجم الحبیبي μm 1.44 92.030 µm 2.54 90.325 µm )2.54-0.7 ( 92.312 μm )3.35-1.15( 90.468 176 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ثوابت ومعامالت معادلة التكاثف الخاصة بالمرحلة النھائیة من عملیة التلبید :)3جدول ( المرحلة النھائیة k1 h1 الحجم الحبیبي µm 1.44 92.030 0.0011 µm 254 90.325 0.0010 µm )2.54-0.7 ( 92.312 0.0004 µm )3.53-1.15 ( 90.468 7.637 ) 1.44( µm تغیر الكثافة مع الزمن عند الحجم الحبیبي :) 1شكل( )2.54( µm ): تغیر الكثافة مع الزمن عند الحجم الحبیبي 2شكل ( ) 2.54-0.7( m μتغیر الكثافة مع الزمن لمدى حجم حبیبي :)3شكل ( ) 3.53 – 1.15( μmتغیر الكثافة مع الزمن لمدى حجم حبیبي :) 4شكل ( 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 0 50 100 150 200 250 de ns it y% (g m .c m -3 ) time (min) c… e… 90 91 92 93 94 95 0 50 100 150 200 250 de ns ity % ( gm .c m -3 ) time (min) calc exp 90 92 94 96 98 0 50 100 150 200 250d en si ty % ( gm .c m -3 ) time (min) 90 91 92 93 94 95 0 50 100 150 200 250 de ns ity % ( gm .c m -3 ) time (min) c… e… 177 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 modeling of the effect of grain size on final stage of sintering al2o3 allia a. shehab dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad saad b.h.farid department of materials engineering / university of technology hanan k. h.al.mayaly dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in: 28 february 2012 , accepted in: 17 june 2012 abstract this research studies the effect of grain size for the final stage in sintering al2o3 .the experimental results for αal2o3 powder are modeled using ( l2-regression ) technique in order to study the effect grain size distribution on densification rate using four kinds for the initial particle size which were ( 1.44 , 2.54 , 0.7-2.54 ,1.15-3.53 ) µm , and for sintering time (0-241) min. the mathematical simulation for grain size changing shows that the densification rates boots up as the grain size goes lower, this was due to the increase of contact area between the grains. keywords : grain size, sintering , densification rate , mathematical simulation. 178 | physics اٍذ ان cρ هي معامل معدل التكاثف المعتمد على آلية التكاثف . جدول (2): قيم معاملات معادلة التكاثف عند المرحلة النهائية الحجم الحبيبي microsoft word 239-253 239 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 mesomorphic and dielectric properties of heterocyclic liquid crystals with different terminal groups juman a. naser dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:22/february/2016,acceped in:30/march/2016 abstract a new hetrocyclic liquid crystal compounds containing 1,3,4-oxadiazole with different substituted in para position (bromo, chloro, nitro and methyl) were synthesized and characterized by melting points, ftir spectroscopy and 1hnmr spectroscopy for [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] compounds. the liquid crystalline properties of the synthesized compounds were studied by using hot-stage polarizing optical microscopy (pom), so they determined the transition enthalpies and entropies by using differential scanning calorimetery (dsc). all of the compounds show mesomorphic properties. the compounds [br-sr6], [cl-sr6] and [no2sr6] exhibit an enantiotropic dimorphism smectic (sm) phase, while the compounds [mesr6] showed nematic (n) phase throw cooling only. continuously, permittivity dielectric properties, electrical conductivity, relaxation times and activation energies have been studied in the range of temperatures (70-150)°c at two frequencies (500) hz and (1000) hz. generally, the results show the dielectric permittivity and relaxation time values increasing when raising temperature, while electrical conductivity values decrease with increasing temperature. the activation energy values were determined in terms of the arrhenius plot. keywords: heterocyclic, schiff bases, nematic, smectic, liquid crystals, dielectric permittivity, electrical conductivity, relaxation time, activation energy. 240 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction liquid crystals are states of matter whose intermediate between crystalline solids and isotropic liquids [1-4]. thermotropic liquid crystals can be classified into three different types, nematic, smectic and cholesteric according to the degree of order in their molecular structure [1]. they have been extensively investigated as a result to their large scale of applications in technology and industry [5,6]. generally the extensive uses of liquid crystals in different fields depend on a various of their properties such as dielectric permittivity, dielectric anisotropy, order parameter, elastic constants and optical transmittance [7]. they are easily oriented and reoriented by electric or magnetic applied fields, therefore the importance of dielectric properties lies in understanding the molecular structure of matter [8]. it is known that dielectric studies of liquid crystal substances are a valuable source of information about phase transition, molecular arrangement, molecular dynamics and specific intermolecular interactions, in both mesomorphic and isotropic phases [9,10]. the aim of the present paper is to prepare and identify liquid crystalline behavior of thermotropic liquid crystalline compounds, then study dielectric permittivity properties, electrical conductivity, relaxation time and activation energy at different temperatures. experimental chemical materials most of chemical materials used were supplied from aldrich-sigma chemical company were used without further purification: absolute ethanol, para-bromo benzaldehyde, parachloro benzaldehyde para-nitro benzaldehyde, para-methyl benzaldehyde, glacial acetic acid and ethanol 95%. instrumentation ftir spectra were recorded on an instrument model shimadzu-8300 spectrophotometer by using potassium bromide disc. 1h-nmr spectra were obtained with a varian mercury plus spectrometer 400 mhz instrument using dmso solvent and tms as internal standard. uncorrected melting points were recorded on hot stage gallen kamp melting point apparatus. the optical behavior observations were made using olympus bx40 microscope equipped with a leitz labrix12 pols hot stage and pr 660 controller. the textures shown by the compounds were observed using polarized light with crossed polarizers with the sample in a thin film sandwiched between a glass slide and cover slip. differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) measurements were conducted with lineeis instruments dsc, ramp rate: 5 degree centigrade per minute under nitrogen atmosphere. temperature and heat flow calibrated with standard indium of purity >99.99%. the dielectric behavior of the liquid crystals materials has been recorded by using lcr meter model hp-4274a multi frequency that based a hot stage polarizing microscope (pom) as described by gray [11] the dielectric values were measured with range of temperatures (70-150)°c at two frequencies 500 hz and 1000 hz. the electrodes were two similar cells having active area of 1 cm2 were prepared by using flat glass coated with indium tin oxide ito. in this study, the sandwich cells were filled with samples through capillary action method. the thickness of cell was fitted by mylar spacer of (12 μm). the sample was heated to isotropic phase, then held until to attain thermal equilibrium, the data were recorded during cooling process each 5°c. 241 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis of compounds the new compounds were synthesized according to scheme 1. nn o sc6h13h2n a chox b ch n nn o sc6h13x+ c = [x-sr6] ( x = br, cl, no2, ch3) scheme ( 1) synthesis of 1-(para-substituted benzylidene amino)-4-(2-n-hexylthio-1,3,4-oxadiazole5yl) benzene [x-sr6] these model compound were prepared by dissolved (0.5 g, 0.002 mol) of 2-n-hexyl thio-5(4-aminophenyl)-1,3,4-oxadizole were synthesized and published in previous work [12], in (10 ml) absolute ethanol then added para-substituted benzaldehyde (0.002 mol) and glacial acetic acid (3 drops). the mixture refluxed for 3 h, the solvent was evaporated and the residue crystallized from ethanol 95%, then yellow products have been collected. results and discussion the four compounds [br-sr6], [cl-sr6], [no2-sr6] and [me-sr6] were synthesized according to scheme 1. the ftir spectroscopy for all synthesized compounds and 1hnmr spectroscopy of compounds [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] confirmed and indicated the structure of respective compounds. the thermodynamic data of transitions phase for all synthesized compounds are listed in table 1. characterization of compounds 4-(4′-x-benzylideneamino)-4-(2-n-hexyl-thio-1,3,4-oxadiazole-5-yl) benzene [x-sr6] figures (1), (2), (3) and (4) showed the ft-ir spectra for all compounds [x-sr6] showed the disappearance of absorption band of ν nh2 in the range (3221-3414) cm-1 and carbonyl group for aldehyde at (1700) cm-1, and the appearance of absorption band at (1593-1606) cm-1 attributed to ν c=n stretching and another band at (835-850) cm-1 which attributed to bending out of plane of hydrogen atoms of benzene ring that substituted in para position, all that indicated the structure of schiff bases. 1hnmr spectrum of compounds [br-sr6] and [cl-sr6] figures (5) and (6) respectively, showed the following characteristic chemical shift signals by using a dmso as a solvent: a triplet signals at δ (0.8-1.9) ppm attributed to three protons of terminal for ch3 aliphatic group. eight protons multiplet at δ (2.4-2.7) ppm that could be due to (–ch2ch2 –) protons. a triplet signals at δ (3.2-3.5) ppm attributed to two protons of sch2. eight aromatic protons of (ab) doublets appear as two doublets signals at δ (7.38.5) ppm due to central benzene rings. singlet signal at δ (8.8-9.0) ppm which attributed to one proton of azomethine group ch=n. mesomorphic properties of compounds the mesophases textures of all compounds were determined from textural observation by thermal microscopy under an optical polarizing microscope during heating and cooling cycles. phase transition temperatures that observed by pom have been found to be in agreement with the corresponding differential scanning calorimetry (dsc). it is well known that the different substituted groups influence in the polarizability and the geometry of the molecules that determined the type and phase transition temperatures of the mesophases. in this work a new 1,3,4-oxadizole unit with different terminal groups 242 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 derivatives were synthesized and their liquid crystalline properties were studied. all synthesized compounds examined by differential scanning calorimeter (dsc) and verified by using hot-stage polarized optical microscopy (pom). phase transition temperatures on heating from crystal phase (cr) to liquid crystalline phases (lc) then the transition to isotropic liquid (i) and on cooling from isotropic liquid (i) to liquid crystalline phases (lc) then crystal phase (cr). the mesophase type (texture identity) was investigated using pom. in addition, the thermodynamic data (enthalpies and entropies) of these compounds were determined by using dsc. figures (7), (8), (9) and (10) show thermograms of all synthesized compounds of series [xsr6]. the phase transitions and corresponding thermodynamic changes data for all compounds were determined by dsc and summarized in table 1. all these compounds exhibited mesomorphic behavior. [br-sr6], [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] displayed enantiotropic smectic sm phases, while [me-sr6] has been appeared enantiotropic nematic n phase. this behaviour of above could be explained in term of terminal /lateral (t/l) interaction forces ratio. when this ratio is high, compounds tend to give less ordered mesophases (nematic mesophase) as compound [me-sr6]. while this ratio is low that means the terminal group is now sufficiently bulky and thus more polarizable to overcome residual terminal cohesive forces. the dsc thermogram of compound [br-sr6] shows three endothermic transitions the first one at 101°c which attributed to crystal-crystal (cr-cr) transition, the second at 107.3°c attributed to crystal smectic transition, while transition to isotropic phase appeared at 139.5°c, figure (7). the dsc thermogram of the thermal behavior of compound [cl-sr6] was shown in figure (8), which exhibited a peak at 105.6°c that represented an actual transition temperature from crystal to smectic phase, while transition to isotropic appeared at 135.8°c. continuously, the dsc thermogram of compound [no2-sr6] displays two endothermic transitions, the first one appears at 141.8°c and the second appears at 156.9°c that attributed to crystal smectic transition and transition to smectic isotropic phase respectively, figure (9). while the dsc thermogram of compound [me-sr6] did not show any endothermic mesogenic transition but appeared exothermic nematic transitions at 104.4°c, figure (10). compounds [br-sr6], [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] showed the presence of a smectic a (sma) phase, while [me-sr6] seemed nematic (n) phase, all transitions were observed on both heating and cooling cycles. figure (11a,b) shows typical focal conic sma texture of [br-sr6]. so figure (12a,b) appeared focal conic sma texture of [cl-sr6]. high order sme phase of compound [no2-sr6] was determined by the formation of the domain mosaic texture as shown in figure (13a,b). on further cooling from the isotropic liquid, figure (14a,b) showed n phase of compound [me-sr6] which presented characteristic a droplet and a marble texture. dielectric properties dielectric permittivity properties the real dielectric parameters (έ) of the prepared liquid crystal materials were calculated from the ratio of the capacitance of the material to the capacitance of the same electrode system with vacuum, using the following equations (1) and (2) given by [13,14]: έ ⁄ ……… 1 where (cx) the capacitance of sample and (ca) the capacitance without sample of free space which calculated from formula: 0.0885 ⁄ ……… 2 243 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 where a is area of the cell in m2 which is equal to (0.001) m2 and t is the thickness of the sample in sandwich cell which is equal to (12) µm. figure (15) shows the variation of real dielectric permittivity with a range of temperatures for these materials at frequency (500) hz and (1000) hz. the figure (15) shows that the dielectric permittivity values (έ) decrease as frequency increases. this is due to the effect of dipole moment of liquid crystal molecules is aligned along applied electrical field. the decrease in permittivity with frequency can be explained on the basis of koop’s theory [15]. generally, the dielectric permittivity values have been increased gradually with increases temperature, that is due to increasing in thermal motion of molecules. continuously, the dielectric permittivity varieties from one liquid crystal to another one depending on atomic polarization and electronic polarization in molecule [14]. the loss angle ( tan ) values were calculated using the equation (3) [14,16]: 1 . .⁄ ………… 3 where 2 and f is the applied frequency, r is the resistance of the materials and is the capacitance of the material in pf unit. the imaginary dielectric permittivity (ἔ) or dielectric loss was determined from equation (4) [7, 16]: ἔ .έ………… 4 figure (16) shows the temperature dependence of imaginary dielectric permittivity for this liquid crystal materials at frequency 500 hz and 1000 hz. the dielectric loss values ἔ decrease with increasing temperature, this is attributed to the increasing in thermal energy of molecules which lead to decrease in lost energy along applied external field. in comparison between the imaginary dielectric permittivity values at two applied frequencies, these have lower values at 1000 hz than that at 500 hz as result to inability the molecules are consisting of the alternating in electrical field at higher frequency. electrical conductivity properties the electrical conductivity values have been determined for that prepared liquid crystals in the same temperature range (70-150)°c for both frequencies 500 hz and 1000 hz from equation (5) [17]. ἔ …………… 5 where ε0 is the free space of dielectric permittivity which is equal to (8.85*10-12) f/m, ἔ is imaginary dielectric permittivity and ω=2 π f is the cyclic frequency. the figure (17) shows variation of electrical conductivity values in this temperatures range and two frequencies. the electrical conductivity values decrease with temperature increasing. this is due to the increasing in the random mobility of charge carriers as a result to rising in temperatures. 244 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 additionally, the thermal conductivity values at 1000 hz are greater than that in 500 hz, this attributed to the oscillation time of liquid crystal molecules is smaller than the relaxation time in the lowest frequency. relaxation times the following equation (6) was used to calculate the relaxation time values ( [18]: 1 2 .⁄ ………… 6 the relaxation times of the samples with temperatures variation have been represented in figure (18). the relaxation time values ( increase with increasing in temperature, as result to an increase in the period from one orientation state to another that separated by a potential barrier. the relaxation time has great importance in liquid crystal devices which depends on molecular alignment, the gap energy and many other parameters. activation energies the activation energy values is determined by using an arrhenius equation (7) [1820]: / ………… 7 where is the pre-exponential factor, is boltizmann’s constant and t is the absolute temperature. the values of activation energies have been given in table (2), values at 1000 hz were larger than that in 500 hz, as a result to the fast oscillation time of alternating field which did not give enough time for the molecules to follow theirs alternation in high frequency. the arrhenius equation describes the behavior for a process from initial orientation to the second orientation which described by potential barrier and the height of the barrier translates the activation energy, which plays a crucial role in large scale of applications, therefore it has been calculated by using arrhenius plot. references 1. demus, d.; goodby, j.; gray, g. w.; spiess, h. w. and vill, v., (1998), “handbook of liquid crystals”, 1, wiley-vch, new york. 2. rizvi, t. z., (2003), “liquid crystalline biopolymers: a new arena for liquid crystal research”, journal of molecular liquids, 106, (43-53). 3. chong, t.t.; heidelberg, t.; hashim, r. and gary, s., (2007), “computer modelling and simulation of thermo tropic and lyotropic alkyl glycoside bilayers”, liq.cryst., 34, (267-281). 4. yoshizawa, a.; nakata, m. and yamaguchi, a., (2006), “phase transition behaviour of novel y-shaped liquid crystal oligomers”, liq. cryst., 33, (605-609). 5. kato, t., (2002), “self-assembly of phase-segregated liquid crystal structures”, science, 295 , (2414-2418). 6. iannacchione, g.s. , (2004), “review of liquid-crystal phase transitions with quenched random disorder”, fluid phase equlib., 177-187, (222223). 7. taraka, n.; rao, r.; raju, r.; sita, a. and venkayya, p., (2014), “thermodynamical, dielectric and optical properties of liquid crystal sample signalling sma point”, african journal of physics, 2, (1-7). 245 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 8. johri, m.; saxena, a.; johri, s.; saxena, s. and singh, d. p., (2011), “dielectric relaxation studies in 5cb nematic liquid crystal at 9 ghz under the influence of external magnetic field using microwave cavity spectrometer”, pramana – j. phys., 76, 4, (621-628). 9. meier, g.; sackmann, e. and grabmaier, j. g., (1975), “application of liquid crystals”, springer-verlag: berlin. 10. kresse, h. in: brown, g. h. (ed.), (1983), “advances in liquid crystals”, academic: new york. 11. gray, g.w., (1962), “molecular structure and the properties of liquid crystals”, academic press: new york. 12. naser, j. a.; himdan, t. a. and al-dujaili, a. h., (2014), “synthesis and characterization of schiff-base liquid crystal containing 1,3,4-oxadizole”, international academic research for multidisciplinary, 2, 2320, (415-426). 13. chemie, v. f., (2009), “liquid crystal systems for microwave applications”, dissertation, technical university darmstadt. 14. houtepen, s. a. a., (2010), “dielectric loss estimation using damped ac voltages”, msc. thesis, delft university of technology. 15. koops, c.g., (1951), “on the dispersion of resistivity and dielectric constant of some semiconductors at audio frequencies”, phys. rev., 83, (121-124). 16. javed, a.; akram, m. and shafiq, m. i., (2006), “dielectric properties of cholesterol derivatives”, journ. phys., 51, 7–8, (819–826). 17. gornitska, o.p.; kovalchuk, a.v.; kovalchuk, t.n.; kopcansky, p.; timko, m.; zavisova, v.; koneracka, m.; tomasovicova, n.; jadzyn, j. and studenyak, i. p., (2009), “dielectric properties of nematic liquid crystals with fe3o4 nanoparticles in direct magnetic field: semiconductor physics”, quantum electronics & optoelectronics, 12, 13, (309-314). 18. blinov, l. m. and chigrinov, v. g., (1994), “electro optical effect in liquid crystal material”, springer-verag, new york. 19tripathi, p.; dixit, s. and manohar r., (2013), “effect of bridging group on the dielectric properties of liquid crystals”, chemical rapid communications, 1, 2, (50-55). 20. malik, p.; chaudhary, a.; mehra, r. and raina, k. k., (2012), “electrooptic and dielectric studies in cadmium sulphide nanorods/ferroelectric liquid crystal mixtures”, advances in condensed matter physics article id 853160, (1-8). 246 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): phase transition temperatures, transition enthalpies and transition entropies for liquid crystal compounds [x-sr6] upon heating and cooling. compound temperature 0c transitions δh (j/mol) δs (j/k. mol) br-sr6 101 107 139.5 123.5 89.1 cr→cr cr→sm sm→i i→sm sm→cr +4683.15 +13290.4 +5411.14 ‐2383.7 ‐14298.02 +12.521 +34.974 +14.372 ‐6.019 ‐39.486 cl-sr6 105.6 135.8 130.8 86.9 cr→sm sm→i i→sm sm→cr +25635.9 +4869.91 ‐2680.65 ‐15908.1 +67.712 +11.913 ‐6.638 ‐44.201 no2-sr6 141.8 156.9 157.5 133.1 cr→sm sm→i i→sm sm→cr +446.9 +29647.1 ‐446.9 ‐29909.5 +1.077 +68.963 ‐1.038 ‐73.651 me-sr6 75.3 108.3 104.4 76.7 cr→cr cr→i i →ne ne→cr +213.76 +39830.1 ‐520.26 ‐33194.85 +0.614 +104.458 ‐1.378 ‐94.924 table (2): activation energy values for liquid crystal compounds. compound ea (j/mol) (100 hz) ea (j/mol)(1000 hz) br-sr6 2432.67 2798.49 cl-sr6 3205.05 5851.39 no2-sr6 3404.58 4705.72 me-sr6 1849.86 2813.45 figure (1): ft-ir spectrum of compound [br-sr6]. 247 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (2): ft-ir spectrum of compound [cl-sr6]. figure (3): ft-ir spectrum of compound [no2-sr6]. figure (4): ft-ir spectrum of compound [me-sr6]. 248 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (5):.1h nmr spectrum of compound [no2-sr6]. figure (6):.1h nmr spectrum of compound [cl-sr6]. 249 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (7): dsc thermogram of compound [br-sr6] upon heating and cooling. figure (8): dsc thermogram of compound [cl-sr6] upon heating and cooling. figure (9): dsc thermogram of compound [no2-sr6] upon heating and cooling. 250 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (10): dsc thermogram of compound [me-sr6] upon heating and cooling. (a) (b) figure (11): polarizing photomicrograph of smectic phase sma of compound [br-sr6] on cooling: (a) a focal conic sma texture at 120 oc; (b) a focal conic sma texture at 110 oc. (a) (b) figure (12):polarizing photomicrograph of smectic phase sma of compound [cl-sr6] on cooling: (a) a focal conic sma texture at 125 oc; (b) a focal conic sma texture at 108 oc. 251 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 (a) (b) figure (13):polarizing photomicrograph of smectic phase sme of compound [no2-sr6] on cooling: (a) a mosaic sme texture at 152 oc; (b) a mosaic sme texture at 143 oc. (a) (b) figure (14):polarizing photomicrograph of nematic phase n of compound [me-sr6] on cooling: (a) a droplet nematic texture at 98 oc; (b) a marble nematic at 87 oc. figure (15): temperature dependence of real dielectric permittivity at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 65 85 105 125 145 r e a l  d ie le ct ri c  p e rm it ti v it y  έ temperature °c cl‐sr6(500 hz) no2‐sr6(500 hz) br‐sr6(500 hz) me‐sr6(500 hz) cl‐sr6(1000 hz) no2‐sr6(1000 hz) br‐sr6(1000 hz) me‐sr6(1000 hz) 252 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (16) :temperature dependence of imaginary dielectric permittivity at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. figure (17):temperature dependence of electrical conductivity at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. figure (18): temperature dependence of relaxation times at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. 0 0.000002 0.000004 0.000006 0.000008 0.00001 0.000012 65 85 105 125 145 im a g e n a ry  d ie le ct ri c  p e rm it iv it y   ἔ temperature °c no2‐sr6(500hz) no2‐sr6(1000hz) br‐sr6(500hz) br‐sr6(1000hz) me‐sr6(500hz) me‐sr6(1000hz) cl‐sr6(500hz) cl‐sr6(1000hz) 0 5e‐14 1e‐13 1.5e‐13 2e‐13 2.5e‐13 3e‐13 3.5e‐13 4e‐13 4.5e‐13 5e‐13 65 85 105 125 145 e le ct ri ca l  c o n d u ct iv it y  σ (s /c m ) temperature °c cl‐sr6(500 hz) cl‐sr6(1000 hz) no2‐sr6(500 hz) no2‐sr6(1000 hz) br‐sr6(500 hz) br‐sr6(1000 hz) me‐sr6(500 hz) me‐sr6(1000 hz) 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 140000 160000 180000 200000 65 85 105 125 145 r e la x a ti o n  t im e   temperature °c cl‐sr6(500 hz) cl‐sr6(1000 hz) no2‐sr6(500 hz) no2‐sr6(1000 hz) br‐sr6(500 hz) br‐sr6(1000 hz) me‐sr6(500 hz) me‐sr6(1000 hz) 253 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 لحلقة الخواص الميزومورفية والعزل الكهربائي لبلورات سائلة غير متجانسة ا ذات مجاميع طرفية مختلفة جمان أحمد ناصر / جامعة بغداد) الهيثمابن (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة قسم الكيمياء/ 2016/اذار/30في: ، قبل22/2/2016استلم في: الخالصة لقد تـم تـحضير أربع مركبـات بلوريـة سائـلة بمعوضـات مختلفة بالموقع بارا (برومو، كلورو، نايترو، مثيل) وتم ومطيافية الرنيـن النـووي المغنـاطيـــسي ftirتشخيصها جميعاً بوساطة مطيـافيـة األشعة تـحت الحمراء عاليـة األداء hnmr1 6[للمركبينsr-2[no و]6sr-.[cl ثم درست الخواص البلوريـة السائـلة لتلك المركبات باستعمال مجهر ، كـما تـم تحديد انثالبيات و انتروبيات االنتقاالت الطورية باستعمال (pom)الضوء المستقطب والمزود بمنـصة تسخين 6sr-[br[المركبات وقد أظهرت جميع المركبات خواصاً ميزومورفية، إذ أبدى كل من (dsc).مسعر المسح التفاضلي طوراً نيماتياً بالتبريد 6sr-[me[. أطواراً سمكتية بالتسخين والتبريد بينما اظهر المركب no]6sr-2[و cl]-6sr [و -70فقط. وعلى نحو متواصل درست خواص نفاذية العزل الكهربائي لتلك المركبات لمدى من الدرجات الحرارية ( وبصورة عامة أبدت قيم كل من نفاذية العزل الكهربائي و زمن hz 1000.و hz 500م بترددين مختلفين هما )150° االسترخاء زيادة مع زيادة درجة الحرارة، بينما أبدت قيم التوصيلية الكهربائية نقصاناً مع ازدياد درجات الحرارة. ثم تم حساب قيم طاقات التنشيط بيانياً باستعمال معادلة ارينيوس. : غير متجانس الحلقة، قواعد شف، نيماتي، سمكتي، بلورات سائلة، نفاذية العزل الكهربائي، توصيلية الكلمات المفتاحية كهربائية، زمن استرخاء، طاقة تنشيط. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 some results on the complete arcs in three dimensional projective space over galois field a.sh. almuk htar departme nt of mathematics, college of education i bn-al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 11 may 2011 accepte d in : 16 june 2011 abstract the aim of this p aper is t o introduce the definition of p rojective 3-sp ace over galois field gf(q), q = p m , for some prime number p and some integer m. also t he definitions of (k,n)-arcs, comp lete arcs, n-secants, t he index of the point and the p rojectively equivalent arcs are given. m oreover some theorems about these notations are p roved. keywords: arcs, index, p lane. introduction: [1] a p rojective 3 – sp ace pg(3,k) over a field k is a 3 – dimensional p rojective sp ace which consist s of p oints, lines and planes with the incidence relation between them. the projective 3 – sp ace satisfies the following axioms: a. any two dist inct p oints are contained in a unique line. b. any three distinct non-collinear p oints, also any line and p oint not on the line are contained in a unique p lane. c. any two dist inct coplanar lines intersect in a unique p oint. d. any line not on a given p lane intersects t he plane in a unique point. e. any two dist inct p lanes intersect in a unique line. a p rojective sp ace pg(3,q) over galois field gf(q), q = p m , for some p rime number p and some integer m, is a 3 – dimensional p rojective sp ace. now, some theorems on pg(3,q) p roved in [1] and [2] are given in the following. the orem 1: every line in pg(3,q) contains exactly q + 1 p oints. the orem 2: every p oint in pg(3,q) is on exactly q + 1 lines. the orem 3: every p lane in pg(3,q) contains exactly q 2 + q + 1 p oints. the orem 4: every p lane in pg(3,q) contains exactly q 2 + q + 1 lines. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 the orem 5: every p oint in pg(3,q) is on exactly q 2 + q + 1 p lanes. the orem 6: there exist q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 p oints in pg(3,q). the orem 7: there exist q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 p lanes in pg(3,q). the orem 8: any line in pg(3,q) is on exactly q +1 p lanes. de fini tion 1: [1] a (k,n) – arc a in pg(3,q) is a set of k p oints such that at most n p oints of which lie in any p lane, n  3. n is called the degree of the (k,n) – arc. de fini tion 2: in pg(3,q), if a is any (k,n) – arc, then an (m-secant) of a is a p lane ℓ such that ℓ  a= m. de fini tion 3: [1,2] a p oint n not on a (k,n)-arc a has index i if there exists exactly i (n –secants) of a through n, one can denote the number of points n of index i by ci. de fini tion 4: (k,n)-arc a is complete if it is not contained in any (k + 1,n)-arc. from definitions 3 and 4, it is concluded that the (k,n)-arc is comp lete iff c0 = 0. thus the (k,n)-arc is comp lete iff every p oint of pg(3,q) lies on some n-secant of the (k,n)-arc. de fini tion 5: [1,3] let ti be the total number of the i – secants of a (k,n) – arc a, t hen the ty p e of a denoted by (tn, tn – 1, , t0). de fini tion 6: [1] let (k1,n) – arc a is of t y p e (tn, tn – 1,, t0) and (k2,n) – arc b is of ty p e (sn,sn – 1,,s0), then a and b have the same ty p e iff ti = si , for all i, in this case they are p rojectively equivalent. the orem 9: let t(p) rep resents the number of 1-secants (p lanes) through a point p of a (k,n) – arc a and let t i represent t he numbers of i – secants (p lanes) for the arc a in pg(3,q), t hen: 1. t = t(p) = q 2 + q + 2 – k – ( 1) ( 2) 2  k k –  – ( 1) ( 2) ( ( 1)) ( 1) !      k k k n n 2. t1 = k t 3. t2 = ( 1) 2 k k 4. t3 = ( 1)( 2) 3!  k k k ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 5. tn = ( 1) ( 1) !   k k k n n 6. t0 = q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 – k t – ( 1) 2 k k – ( 1) ( 2) 3!  k k k –  – ( 1) ( 2) ( 1) !    k k k k n n proof : 1. there exist (k – 1) 2-secants to a through p and there exist 1 2       k (3-secants) to a through p, and so there exist 1 1       k n n secants to a through p, and since there exist exactly q 2 + q + 1 p lanes through p, t hen the number of the 1-secants through p: t(p) = q 2 + q + 1 – (k – 1) – 1 2       k –  – 1 1       k n = q 2 + q + 2 – k – ( 1) ( 2) 2  k k –  – ( 1) ( 2) ( 1) ( 1) !      k k k n n = t. 2. t1 = the number of 1-secants t o a, since each point of a has t (1-secants) and the number of the points is k, then t1 = k t. 3. t2 = the number of 2-secants to a, which is the number of planes p assing through any two p oints of a. hence t2 = 2       k = ( 1) 2 k k . 4. t3 = the number of 3-secants of a, which is the number of p lanes p assing through any three p oints of a. hence t3 = 3       k = ( 1)( 2) 3!  k k k . 5. tn = the number of n – secants p lanes to a, t n =       k n = ( 1) ( 1) !   k k k n n . 6. q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 represents the number of all p lanes, then in a (k,n) – arc of pg(3,q), q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 = t0 + t 1 + t 2 + t 3 +  + t n t0 = q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 – t 1 – t2 – t3 –  – tn so t0 = q 3 + q 2 +q+1–k t – ( 1) 2 k k – ( 1) ( 2) 3!  k k k –  – ( 1) ( 2) ( 1) !    k k k k n n . the orem 10: let ti represents the total number of the i – secants for a (k,n) – arc a in pg(3,q), then the following equations are satisfied: 1. 0  n i ti = q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 2. 1  n i i ! ti = k t + k (k – 1 ) + k (k – 1)(k – 2) +  + k (k – 1)  (k – n) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 3. 2  n i i (i – 1) ti = k (k – 1 ) + k (k – 1)(k – 2) + 1 2 k (k – 1)(k – 2)(k – 3) +  + 1 ( 2)!n k (k – 1)  (k – n). proof : 1. 0  n i ti represents the sum of numbers of all i – secants to a, which is the number of all p lanes in the sp ace. hence 0  n i ti = q 3 + q 2 + q + 1. 2. t1 = k t, t = q 2 + q + 2 – k – ( 1)( 2) 2  k k –  – ( 1) ( 1) ( 1)!     k k n n , t2 = ( 1) 2 k k , t3 = ( 1) ( 2) 3!  k k k , t4 = ( 1) ( 2)( 3) 4 !   k k k k , , tn = ( 1) ( 1) !   k k k n n 1  n i i ! ti = t 1 + 2 ! t 2 + 3 ! t 3 +  + n ! tn = k t + k (k – 1 ) + k (k – 1)(k – 2) +  + k (k – 1)  (k – n + 1) 3. 2  n i i (i – 1) ti = 2 t 2 + 6 t 3 + 12 t 4 +  + n (n – 1) tn = k (k – 1 ) + k (k – 1)(k – 2) + 1 2 k (k – 1)(k – 2)(k – 3) +  + 1 ( 2)!n k (k – 1)  (k – n + 1) the orem 11: let ri = ri(p) represents the number of the i – secants (p lanes) through a p oint p of a (k,n) – arc a, in pg(3,q) then the following equations are satisfied: 1. 1  n i ri = q 2 + q + 1 2. 2  n i (i – 1)! ri = (k – 1) + (k – 1)(k – 2) +  + (k – 1)(k – 2)  (k – n – 1) = 1 1    n i (k – 1)  (k – i) proof : 1. 1  n i ri = r1 + r2 +  + rn, 1  n i ri represents the sum of numbers of all the i – secants through a point p of the arc a, which is t he number of the p lanes through p. t hus, 1  n i ri = q 2 + q + 1. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 2. 2  n i (i – 1)! ri = r2 + 2! r3 + 3! r4 +  + (n – 1)! rn from p roof (1) of theorem 9, there exist (k – 1) 2-secants to a through p, and there exist 1 2       k 3-secants to a through p, and so there exist 1 1       k n n-secants to a through p. thus r2 = k – 1, r3 = 1 2       k , r4 = 1 3       k , , rn = 1 1       k n r3 = ( 1) ! 2!( 3)!   k k , r4 = ( 1) ! 3!( 4)!   k k , , rn = ( 1) ! ( 1) !( ) !    k n k n r3 = ( 1)( 2) 2  k k , r4 = ( 1)( 2)( 3) 3!   k k k , , rn = ( 1) ( ( 1)) ( 1)!     k k n n 2 n i   (i – 1)! ri = k – 1 + 2!( 1)( 2) 2!  k k + 3!( 1)( 2)( 3) 3!   k k k +  + ( 1) !( 1)( 2) ( ( 1)) ( 1) !       n k k k n n = (k – 1) + (k – 1)(k – 2) +(k –1)(k –2)(k –3)+  + (k –1)(k – 2)  (k – (n–1)) = 1 1    n i (k – 1)  (k – i) the orem 12: let si = si(q) rep resent the numbers of the i – secants (p lanes) of a (k,n) – arc a through a point q not in a, then the following equations are satisfied: 1. 0  n i si = q 2 + q + 1 2. 1  n i i si = k proof : 1. 0  n i si represents the sum of the total numbers of all i – secants to a t hrough a p oint q not in a, which is equal to the number of all p lanes through q. t hus 0  n i si = q 2 + q + 1. 2. 1  n i i si = s1 + 2 s2 + 3 s3 +  + n sn s1, s2, , sn represent t he numbers of t he i – secants of the arc a t hrough the p oint q not in a. s1 is the number of the 1-secants t o a, each one passes t hrough one point of a. s2 is the number of the 2-secants t o a, each one passes t hrough two p oints of a. s3 is the number of the 3-secants t o a, each one passes t hrough three p oints of a. also, sn is the number of the n – secants to a, each one p asses through n p oints of a. since the number of points of the (k,n) – arc a is k, then 1  n i i si = k. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 the orem 13: let ci be the number of p oints of index i in s = pg(3,q) which are not on a comp lete (k,n) – arc a, t hen the constants ci of a satisfy the following equations: (i)    ci = q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 – k (ii)    i ci = ( 1) ( 1) !   k k k n n (q 2 + q + 1 – n) where  is the smallest i for which ci  0,  be the largest i for which ci  0. proof : the equations exp ress in different ways t he cardinality of the following sets (i) {q  q  s \ a} (ii) {(q,)  q   \ a,  an n – secant of a} for in (i),    ci represents all p oints in the sp ace which are not in a, then    ci = q3 + q2 + q + 1 – k, and in (ii)    i ci represents all points in the sp ace not in a, which are on n – secants of a, t hat is, each n – secant contains q 2 + q + 1 – n p oints, and the number of the n – secants is       k n , then    i ci =       k n (q 2 + q + 1–n) = ( 1) ( 1) !   k k k n n (q 2 + q + 1 – n). the orem 14: if p is a p oint of a (k,n)-arc a in pg(3,q), which lies on an m-secant (p lane) of a, then the planes through p contain at most (n – 1 ) q (q + 1) + m p oints of a. proof : if p in a lies on an m – secant (p lane), then every other plane through p contains at most n – 1 p oints of a distinct from p. hence the q 2 + q + 1 p lanes through p contain at most (n – 1)(q 2 + q) + m p oints of a. re ferences 1. al-m ukhtar, a.sh., (2008) complete arcs and surfaces in three dimensional projective sp ace over galois field, ph.d. thesis, university of technology , iraq. 2. kirdar,m .s. and al-m ukhtar, a. sh., (2009), engineering and technology journal, on projective 3-sp ace, vol.27(8): 3. hirschfeld, j. w. p., (1998), projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press. 2011) 3( 24المجلد قیة مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبی ثالثي االبعاد فضاء اسقاطي االقواس الكاملة في حولبعض النتائج حول حقل كالوا آمال شھاب المختار جامعة بغداد،ابن الھیثم كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 2011آیار 11:استلم البحث في 2011حزیران 16 :قبل البحث في الخالصة بحث من ھدفال م gf(q) ،q = pmحول حقل كالوا تقدیم تعریف الفضاء الثالثي االسقاطيھو ھذا ال ، لبعض قی p وm ان اذp عدد أولي وm عدد صحیح. طة، واالقواس المتكافئة ، دلیل النقn –، االقواس الكاملة، القاطع (k,n) –كذلك أعطیت تعاریف االقواس .اسقاطیا ذلك برھنت بعض المبرھنات حول ھذه المفاھیمفضال .على .االقواس ، الدلیل، المستوي: الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 effect of chilling imbibition on seed germination m. k. abbas plant production department, college of agriculture al-qadisiya unive rsity recei ved in ,2,se pt,1995 accepted in , 6, march ,1996 abstract tomato (lycopersicon esculentum m ill) and cucumber (cucumis sativus l.) seeds were imbided with water at 10°c or 4°c for 4, 8, and 16 hours before p lanting to st udy germination rate, mean germination time, and final germination p ercentage as well as electrolyte leakage from chilled seeds. seeds imbided more water at 10°c comp ared to that at 4°c. coefficient velocity of germination and final p ercent of germination decreased with the decrease of temp erature and increasing time of imbibition. germination p ercent under laboratory conditions was higher than that under field conditions. also, it was found that tomato seeds were more sensitive to chilling imbibition. electrolyte leakage increased as temp erature of imbibition increases. introduction poor germination is a common p henomenon at sub-op timal temp eratures, which is of great concern to growers that grow seedlings in late winter and early sp ring in several regions of the world. op timum seed germination and seedling emergence occur at relatively high temp eratures (20–30°c) for many crops such as tomato, eggp lant, bean, watermelon, cucumber, and melon [1]. tomato and cucumber are warm season crops, therefore, they can not tolerate frost s or low temp erature damage [2]. chilling injury occurs at temp erature range of 0-10 o c [3,4] and it causes damage to all st ages of growt h and development in p lant life cycle. chilling imbibition is referred to the occurrence of chilling at the early st age of seed germination. it destroy s t he ability of seeds to germinate and establish the seedlings [3]. germination is divided into three p hases: imbibition, activation and p ost germination growt h. the largest effects of cold temp erature during germination seem to be associated to the imbibition p hase, considered the most sensitive [5]. emergence p ercentage decreased under the st ressful temp eratures because of difficulty in water up take[6]. cold temp erature during imbibition p hase of germination leads to the increase of escap e of solutes from the seeds, such as amino acids and carbohy drates, which has been att ributed to the disturbance of p lasma membrane integrity during imbibition at low temp erature. cellular membrane is considered as the main target for cold damage and the p rimary cause of other metabolicdisturbances observed within cells[4]. chillin g imbibition has been st udied in sever al crops [7, 8, 9]. in cotton, for instance, it was found t hat germination percentage was sign ificantly decreased with the increase of chillin g p eriod of two varieties [10]. pisum germination rate and seedling growt h under low t emp erature condition were very slow compared to that at room temp erature [11, 12]. m aximum percenta ge of germinationm of so lanum nigrum was observed at 27°c while the lowest p ercentage of seed germination was observed at low t emp erature (3% after 5 day s of incubation at 5°c) [13]. same results of low germination under low temp eratures conditions were rep orted by others (14, 15). some invest igators have st ated that for seeds to be germin ated there should be a trigger which st imulated immediately after the hydration of the seeds under normal cond ition [16, 17]. because temperature is one of the most effective factor controllin g seed germination [18], therefore, any unusual temperature changes will ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 interrupt the normal series of seed germination and result in dropp ing the ability of seeds germination. cucumb er and tomatoes are summer crop s and they are p lanted in early sp ring in order to give early p roduction, therefore, they may exp osed to low temp erature during germination. the objective of this resear ch was to determine the effect of chillin g imb ibition at its upp er limit (10 o c) and lower limit (4 o c) on seed germination of tomato and cucumber. material and methods this exp eriment was conducted on local varieties of tomato (lycopersicon esculentum m ill) and cucumber (cucumis sativus l.). seeds of uniform size and free from any decay were chosen. seeds were weighted and rapp ed with two lay ers of whatman filter p aper in petri dishs. two group s of petri dishs were prepared. to the first group , 10-15 ml of deionized water at 10 o c was added to each petri dish and held in a refrigerator set to 10 o c for 4, 8, and 16 hours. for the second group , water at 4 o c was added to the petri dish and seeds were held in a refrigerator set to 4 o c for the same p eriods of time. control treatment was left to imbibe at room temp erature. at the end of each p eriod of time, seeds were taken and blott ed with filter p aper to remove excess of water and weighted again in order to calculate the water imbibed by seeds at each treatment. then, seeds for each treatment were sown in petri dishs and left under room temp erature for laboratory st udy . three replications of 50 seeds each were used for each treatment. number of seeds germinated was recorded daily. m ean germination time (m gt ) was calculated according to [19] as below: σ (ni di) m gt = ----------- σ n σ n the total number of germinated seeds during the germination test, ni is t he number of germinated seeds on day di and di is t he number of days during the germin ation p eriod. coefficient velocity of germination was calculated as follow [20]: a1 + a2 + ………+ax c.v= ______________________________ x 100 a1t 1 + a2t 2 + ……….+axtx where a= number of seed lin gs emerged at any day t= day number final germination p ercentage (fgp), the p ercentage of number of seeds germinated to total seeds p lanted, was obtained when exp eriment was terminated. for electrolyte leakage of chilled imbibed seeds, 1g of tomato seeds or 3g of cucumber seeds were taken immediately at the end of each p eriod of chilling at both temp eratures, soaked in 10 ml of distilled water at 25c for 24 hours and conductivity was measured [4]. for field st udy , seeds, after they were treated with chilling temp eratures at the desired p eriod of time, were sown in 3-inch diameter p ots containing a mixture of sand and loam and kept at lath house. pot s were watered daily and m gt , c.v , and pga were calculated in the same way for petri dish exp eriment. a comp letely randomized design was used for both petri dish and field exp eriments. data were analyzed using analysis of variance and means were comp ared using duncans new multiple range test at 5% level. results and discussion results on water imbibition of seeds held at 10°c and 4°c for various p eriod of time are shown in table( 1). generally , with the increase of time of imbibition, water up take by seeds was increased. for t omato, the amount of water taken by chilled imbided seeds was less than that for t he control. however, the p ercent of water imbibed by seeds at 4°c for 16 hour was ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 not significantly different from that of the control. it was hy p othesized that imbibition temp erature affects seed hy dration. higher seed water content at full hy dration was associated with lower imbibition temp eratures, app arently as a result of different hy dration rates between embry o and endosp erm[21]. bai, [22] indicated that the greater water content of seeds imbibed at 0°c exp lains the warmer low t emp erature exothermm for seeds imbibed at lower temp eratures than those imbibed at higher temp eratures. with regard to cucumber seeds, the p ercent of water imbibed increased from 95.9% for seeds held for 4 hours at 10°c to 159.8% for seeds held for 16 hours at t he same chilling temp erature in comparison with 79.8% for the control. this increase was equal to more than double the water content of seeds of the control treatment. at 4°c, seeds have taken less water compared to that at 10°c. this may be due to a relatively warmer temp erature (10°c) and the ability of seeds coat to st retch at that temp erature. also, it should be noted that cucumber seeds absorb much more water comp ared to tomato seeds which indicates differences in the abilities of two t issues t o take water. germination coefficient velocity was less at 4°c in comp arison with that at 10°c for both crops and under both lab and field conditions (table.2). it was clear that t he germination rate was decreased dramatically with the increase of time of imbibition at 4°c rather than at 10°c. therefore, it seems that there is a time temp erature interaction in controlling the rate of germination. under laboratory conditions, germination rates were 45.80% and 48.00% for the control and they drop p ed to 30.20% and 28.80% for seeds imbibed for 16 hours at 4°c of tomato and cucumber resp ectively. same p att ern of germination rate was noted under field conditions. rate of germination dropp ed from 44.10% to 28.60% for tomato and from 42.30% to 31.00% for cucumber when seeds imbibed at room temp erature and at 4°c for 16 hours resp ectively. germination rate, and consequently germination index, is imp ortant for crop establishment. they are related to a high seed vigor and this may be the cause of the bett er p erformance of crops [23]. this result comes in agreement with the results of [11, 12] who mentioned that pisum germination rate and seedling growt h under low temp erature condition were very slow compared to that at room temp erature. also, the results of (8) who found that imbibition temperature at 5°c in tomato affected the rate of germination which decline across the different moist ure contents. m ean germination time revealed an op p osite p att ern to germination coefficient velocity (table. 3). m gt increased as temp erature decreased and time of imbibition increased. this result may indicate an inhibition in the metabolic activities at low temp erature (4). chen, [24] observed that the p eriod of greatest sensitivity to cold corresp onds t o the first 30 min of imbibition which affect all the consequence events in seed germination and seedling establishment. final germination percentage (fgp) decreased also with the decrease of temp erature and the increase of time of imbibition (table 4). fgp under laboratory conditions was higher than that under field conditions. this may be due to the favorable conditions at laboratory rather than at the field. the lowest p ercentage was obtained at 4°c for 16 hour of imbibition for both tomato and cucumber under laboratory and field conditions. therefore, it seems that two factors controlling the p ercentage of germination; temp erature and time of imbibition. under laboratory conditions, tomato germination p ercentage dropp ed from 99.30% to 73.20%, and cucumber germination percentage drop p ed from 98.20% to 80.60% for seeds imbibed at room temp erature and 4°c (16h), resp ectively. same trend was found under field conditions. this direction of decreasing p ercentage of germination with the decrease of temp erature and increase of time of imbibition is corresp ondence to that for the rate of germination. levitt [4] has att ributed the decrease in rate and p ercentage of germination to the overall decrease in metabolic activities at chilling temp eratures. also, it was found that imbibition at low temp eratures has a harmfull effect on cell membranes which leads to leakage of cell contents and then decrease seed germinability [3]. pea seeds have showed reduced germination p ercentage when the ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 imbibition and germination were carried out under chilling st ress on comp arison with t he seeds germinated under room temp erature condition [12]. poor survival of seeds and seedlings and high leakage of organic and inorganic substances were commonly observed as a result of imbibition at chilling st ress [25]. berrie, [26] indicated that during imbibition under normal temp erature, range of dry seeds (less than 20% water content) membranes p hosp holip ids will rearrange themselves from hexagonal to lamellar shap e but at chilling temp erature, this rearrangement will p ermit the formation of channels or p ores at t he membranes and therefore increases the leakage of cell contents and as a result effect all biological functions of t he membrane. it is clear from the results in table 5, that the electrolyte leakage from seeds exp osed to 4°c was more than that at 10°c. chen, [24] has st ated that the decrease in exp osing temp eratures cause leaching of several imp ortant cellular contents from the cells due to membrane injury that intensifies the damage to germinating seed. it was also known that imbibition phase was relatively more sensitive to chilling as indicated by the relatively higher damage to membranes [27]. the results show obviously that p rolong of exp osing time of seeds to chilling temp erature caused a continuous increase in leachates. this result comes in agreement with the result of [7] who mentioned that chilling of wheat seeds for 96 h showed maximum electrical conductivity in comparison with that for 1, 2, 6 and 12 h after imbibition. the leakage of solutes from seeds during imbibition is due to reorganization or repair of membrane comp onents and conformational changes occurring in cell membranes [28,29]up on dry ing of seeds, or may be due to membrane deterioration [30]. it was suggested that a sp ecific structure of the seed coat called semip ermeable lay er would p lay a significant role in regulating the electrolyte leakage[8]. however it is wort h to mention that tomato seeds were more sensitive to chilling than cucumber as indicated by the differences in the amount of leachates after exp osing to chilling temp eratures. from the results p resented here, we can conclude that rate and p ercentage of seed germination were less at 4°c comp ared to that at 10°c under laboratory and field conditions. also, these two p arameters were more effected under field rather than laboratory conditions. increase of time of imbibition decreased both rate and p ercent of seed germination. tomato seeds were more sensitive to chilling imbibition than cucumber seeds. re ferences 1. tzortzakis, n.g.( 2009). effect of p re-sowing treatment on seed germination and seedling vigor in endive and chicory . hort sci . (prag u e). 36(3): 117–125. 2. breidenbach, r.w., waring, a. c. (1977). resp onse to chilling of tomato 192.-:19060seedlings and cell susp ension cultured cells. plant physiol. 3. lyons, j.h.( 1973). chilling injury in plants. ann. rev. plant phy siol. 466.-:44524 4. levitt , j.( 1980). resp onses of plants to environmental stresses, vol.1. chillin g, fre ezing and high temp erature stresses. academic press. new york. 5. blum, a. (1988). plant breeding for stress environments. p 99-132: cold resist ance. boca raton: crc. 6. arin, l., and kiy ak, y.( 2003). the effect of p re-sowing on emer gence and seed lin g growt h of tomato seed (lycopersicon esculentum m ill.) under several stress conditions. pakistan j. biol. sci. 6(11) : 990-994. 7. khani, m . b., ghurchani , m . hussain, m . and m ahmood ,a. ( 2010). wheat seed invigoration by p re-sowing chillin g treatments. pakistan j. bot., 42(3): 1561-1566. 8. chachalis, d.; darawsheh , m.k. and khah,e.m.( 2008). effect s of init ial seed moisture content, imbibit ion t emperature and seed vigor on germin at ion, elect rolyt e leak age and seedling gro wt h in plum tomato es. foo d, agric. envir. 6 (3, 4) : 299-304. 9. bithell, m ckenzie,s.l., bourdot, b. a. hill, g. d. and wratt en, s. d. (2002). germination requir ements of laboratory st ored seeds of solanum nigrum and solanum physalifolium. new z ealand plant prot. 55:222-227. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 10. anjum, z. i., and khatoo, a.( 2003). chilling effect on germination and 299.-:2972(3)m. asian j. plant sci. gossypiuseedling vigour of som e sp ecies of 11. shereena, j., and salim, n. (2006) a. influence of seed moist ure content and leakage on germination and viability in pisum sativum l. seeds. int . j. bot any 2 (4):427-430. 12. shereena, j., and n. salim. 2006b. chilling tolerance in pisum sativum l.: 1050.-):10475(6an ecolo gical ad aptation. asian j. plant phy siol. 13. suthar, c., naik, v.r. and m ulani, r.m .( 2009). seed and seed germination in so lanum nigrum linn. american-eurasian j. agric. envir. sci., 5 (2): 179-183. 14. schulze, d., hopp er,n. j. ganaraway and jividen ,g. (1997). evaluation of chillin g tolerance in cotton genoty p es. proc. beltwide cott on conf. 2:745-750. 15. baloch, m .j., lakho, r. bhutt o, h.u. and baloch ,a.h.( 1999). genotype x environment iteraction analy sis of cotton varieties (gossypium hirsutum l). sindh, biological, j. plant sci. 1:1-6. 16. salisbury , p.b., and ross c.w.( 1986). plant phy siology . california. 540pp . 17. berry, j.a., and raison, j.r. 1981. resp onse of macrophytes to temp erature. 726.-: 72312aency clop edia of plant physiol. 18. shoemaker, c.a., and car lson, w.h. 1992. temp erature and light affect (2):181. 27cultorum. hortsci. -seed germin ation of begonia sa mperflorens 19. youshen g, c. and sziklai ,o.(1985). prelimin ary st udy on the germination of toona sinensis (a. juss.) roem. seed from eleven ch inese p rovenances. for. eco l. m anage. 10: 269281. 20. m ohammed, a. a. k. 1985. plant phy siology . 3. m ousel. iraq. 21. bai, y., d. t . booth, and j.t. romo. 1999. imbibition temp erature affects winterfat (eurotia lanata) (pursh) m oq.) seed hydration and cold hardiness resp onse. j. range m anage. 52:271-274. 22. bai, y., booth, d.t . and romo, j.t . (1998). winterfat (eurotia lanata (pursh) m oq.) seedbed eco logy : low t emp erature exotherms and cold-h ardiness in hy drated seeds as influenced by imbibition temperature. ann. bot. 81:598-602. 23. pereira, r., and s. c. m ilach. 2004. cold tolerance at t he germination st age of rice: m ethods of evaluation and characterization of genoty p es. sci. agric. (pir acicaba, braz.), 61(1):1-8. 24. chen t., yamamoto s. d., gust a l.v. and slinkard, a. e.(1983). imbibitional chilling injury during chickp ea germination. j. amer. so c. hort. sci. 108:944-948. 25. thornton, j.m ., powell, a.a. and m attews ,s.( 1990). invest igation of the relationship between seed leachate conductivity and germination of brassica seeds. ann. 135.-:129117biol., app lied 26. berrie, a.m . 1984. germination and dormancy. in: wilk ins, m .b. (ed.).1984. advance plant phy siology . london. pitt man. 514 pp . 27. nayyar, h., k. gurinder and c. subas b. (2004 ). response of chickpea seed germ ination to spermidine treat ment to overcome co ld injury. inter. chickpea and p igeonpea newsl. 11:25-28. 28. senar athna, t., gusses ,j.f. and m ckersie ,b.d. (1988). m embrane chan ges in ageing soy bean axes. plant phy siol., 73:85-91. 29. bewley , j.d., 1997. seed germination and dormancy. plant cell. 9:1055-1066. 30. farooq, m ., basra, s. m . hafeez, k. and warriach, e.a. (2004). influ ence of high and low temp erature treatments on seed germination and seed lin gs vi gor of coarse and fine rice. int. rice res. newsl. 29(2):75-7 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 table( 1) percent of water imbibed by tomato and cucum ber seeds at 10°c and 4°c for various periods of ti me. wat er imbibed t reat ment cucum ber tomato imbibit ion t ime (h) t emp erat ure 79.80 d 50.20 z a cont rol 95.90 c 34.50 d 4 10 °c 127.40 b 42.10 bc 8 159.80 a 47.30 ab 16 79.80 d 37.30 cd 4 4°c 124.50 b 37.30 cd 8 109.10 bc 49.00 a 16 z mean separation within column, b y duncans new multiple range test, at 5% level numbers f ollowed by the same letter(s ) are n ot sign ificantly different. table( 2) germination coefficient velocity of tomato and cucumber seeds imbibed at 10°c and 4°c for various period of time. germination coeff icient velocity treatment cucumber l f tomato l f imbibition time (h) temp erature 42.30c 48.00a 44.10a 45.80 z a control 47.10b 46.00a 42.00ab 33.30d 4 10°c 52.10a 40.00b 39.30c 42.00b 8 47.50b 36.00cd 40.90bc 40.10b 16 42.40c 38.30bc 39.20c 34.90cd 4 4°c 35.00d 35.10d 31.20e 36.00c 8 31.00e 28.80e 28.60f 30.20e 16 z mean separation within column, by duncans new multiple range test, at 5% level l laboratory condition f field condition numbers followed by the same letter(s) are not sign ificantly different. table( 3) mean germinati on ti me of tomato and cucumber seeds imbibed at 10°c and 4°c for various period of time. m ean germination time treatment cucumber l f tomato l f imbibition time (h) temp erature 6.75e 6.05d 7.85d 6.72 z d control 6.98de 6.00d 7.90d 7.12c 4 10°c 7.43cd 6.78c 8.40c 7.10c 8 7.89bc 7.85ab 8.95b 6.90c 16 7.80bc 7.55b 8.53bc 7.12c 4 4°c 8.30b 7.50b 9.11b 7.85b 8 8.95a 8.21a 10.09a 8.55a 16 z mean separation within column, b y duncans new multiple range test, at 5% level l laboratory condition f field condition nu mbers followed by the same letter(s) are n ot sign ificantly different. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 table( 4) final germination percentage (fgp) of tomato and cucumber imbibed at 10°c and 4°c for various periods of ti me. final germination p ercentage (fgp) treatment cucumber l f tomato l f imbibition time (h) temp erature 90.10 a 98.20 a 86.30 a 99.30 z a control 89.10 a 92.40 a 86.20 a 93.30 a 4 10°c 87.20 a 95.10 a 82.20 ab 90.00 ab 8 83.40 ab 88.70 b 77.20 b 88.90 b 16 86.70 a 92.50 a 81.70 ab 95.20 a 4 4°c 77.50 b 79.60 c 75.40 b 98.00 a 8 70.60 c 80.60 c 68.50 c 73.20 c 16 z mean separation within column, by duncans new multiple range test, at 5% level l laboratory condition f field condition numbers followed by the same letter(s) are not sign ificantly differe table(5) electrolyte leakage from seeds of tomato and cucumber chi lle d at 10°c and 4°c for various period of time. electrolyte leakage treatment cucumber tomato imbibition time (h) temp erature 18.56 e 22.20 z f control 21.75 e 27.50 e 4 10°c 26.66 c 33.45 d 8 34.95 b 44.80 b 16 27.80 c 39.33 c 4 4°c 37.65 b 46.70 b 8 45.45 a 57.55 a 16 z mean separation within column, b y duncans n ew multiple range test, at 5% level numbers followed b y the same letter(s ) are n ot significantly different. 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة نسبة انبات البذور فيتأثیر التشرب بدرجات الحرارة المنخفضة مجید كاظم عباس جامعة القادسیة ،كلیة الزراعة،قسم االنتاج النباتي 1995،ایلول ،2استلم البحث في 1996، اذار،6قبل البحث في الخالصة lycopersicon esculentum m)شـبعت بـذور الطماطـة ill) والخیـار(cucumis sativus l.) بالمـاء بدرجـة . سـاعة قبـل زراعتهـا تحـت ظـروف المختبـر فـي اطبـاق بتـري او فـي الظلـة الخشـبیة 16او 8و 4 مـددل 10cاو 4cحـرارة نسبة االنبات وكذلك كمیة المواد االلكترولیتیة الناضحة من البذور بعـد و،معدل عدد ایام االنبات و،قیست سرعة االنبات مقارنــة 10cاوضــحت النتـائج ان البــذور قـد تشــبعت بكمیـة مــاء اكبـر بدرجــة .تعریضـها للتشــبع بـدرجات الحــرارة المنخفضـة سرعة االنبات قلت مع خفـض كما ان نسبة و . وان بذور الطماطم كانت اقل قابلیة الخذ الماء من بذور الخیار. 4cبدرجة درجـة حـرارة التشــرب وزیـادة مــدة التشـرب فـي حــین زادت كمیـة المــواد االلكترولیـة الناضـحة مــن البـذور مــع خفـض الحــرارة كـذلك فـان بــذور . نسـبة االنبـات تحــت ظـروف المختبـر كانـت اعلـى مقارنـة بتلــك تحـت ظـروف الحقـل. وزیـادة مـدة التشـرب .للتشرب بدرجات الحرارة المنخفضة الطماطم كانت اكثر حساسیة conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 detection of braf gene in some iraqi bowel inflammation and colorectal cancer patients ibtisam hammood naser al musawi research and training forensic dna centre/al nahrain university wafaa sabri mahood mohammed mahdi jawad asmaa ali jawad dept. of biology/college of education for pure sciens (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in :30/ june /2016 , accepted in : 12 /december/ 2016 abstract the impacts of the inflammatory process on neoplasia development were observed in many cancer, it has a great role in the etiology, development and progression of invasive colorectal tumors. this study was designed to investigate the braf mutation and assist the clinicopathological parameter in some iraqi bowel inflammation and colorectal cancer patients. thirty patients were enrolled in this study (15 suffering bowel inflammation and 15 having colorectal cancer). braf gene was screened for the presence of mutations using pcr technique and direct sequencing. .the results revealed no braf mutation in position 1799 for exon fifteen in both samples of bowel inflammation and colorectal cancer. these results were confirmed previous articles regarding low rate of braf gene mutation in asian countries. these results indicate the possibility of colorectal patients treatment with monoclonal antibodies. several heterogeneity mutations were found in 3 out of 30 patients (10%) including transition two mutations g>a and one mutation was transversion mutation a>t in different sites as silent mutations. . key words : brafv600e, bowel inflammation , colorectal , iraq , heterogeneity. biology | 1 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction several important molecular alterations that have important function in etiology and progression of colorectal have been widely studied by researcher such as mutations of the kras and pik3 genes in addition to methylation process like in p16 , mlh1 and bnip genes also were explored [1] . the other main gene is braf which has more than 6890 associated publications listed in pubmed data base but has a little data in iraq.oncoprotein braf is a serine / threonine kinase protein encoded by braf proto oncogene , it has essential role downstream of kras in signaling transduction mitogen activated protein kinase (mapk) pathway [2,3]. the impact of braf gene is promoting cell growth and proliferation in addition to differentaition by activating mapk pathway also affect on important cellular processes like cell migration , apoptosis and survival [4]. . mutations in braf oncogene were reported, more than 80% of mutation in position 1799 for exon fifteen resulting thymine to adenine transversion causing substitution within codon 600 which were represented by valine to glutamic acid change at protein level leading to constitutive kinase activity[5,6]. rad and colleagues showed that transformation of colonic epithelia into traditional serrated adenomas and sessile serrated adenomas polyps has been resulted from braf mutation, they suggested that braf mutation act as an early event in development of crc [7]. many reports refer association of braf mutation and prognostic status of colorectal cancer regardless microsatelite instability, they found braf mutation conferred a worse overall survival in patients with advance stage of colon cancer [8,9].the function of braf mutation status as a prophetic molecular marker is less apparent. although colorectal cancer have rapidly increased in iraq but there are little references about braf mutation status in colorectal patients. the aim of this study was to detect the braf mutations and assist the clinicopathological parameter in some iraqi bowel inflammation and colorectal cancer patients. materials and methods tissue samples s tissues biopsies samples were obtained from thirty iraqi patients (15 suffering bowel inflammation and 15 having colorectal cancer) who were attending the gastroenterology and hepatology diseases center in baghdad between october, 2014 and july, 2015. the diagnosis and selection of patients were assessed under the supervision of pathologist committee. dna extraction genomic dna was extracted from 5-8-μm-thick paraffin sections containing a portion of tumor tissue using the qiaamp dna mini kit (qiagen), hilden, germany. pcr and sequencin more than 240 bp dna fragment of the exon fifteen of braf gene was targeted to amplify using forward primer, (5’-atgcttgctctgataggaaaatga and reveres primer , 5’agcagcatctcagggcca) as described by kim with colleagues (10). each 25μl pcr reaction mixture for braf gene amplification contained 9.5 μl of genomic dna, 12.5 μl of master mix and 1.5 μm of each primer pcr, amplifications were performed in an applied biosystem 96 thermocycle . amplifications reaction was done using a 15-min initial denaturation at 95 ℃, followed by 35 cycles of 30 sec at 94 ℃, 30 sec at 59 ℃, and 30 sec at 72 ℃, and 10 min final extension at 72 ℃ . pcr products separated in 1.5% agarose gel after staining with ethidium bromide. molecular marker (kapa universal ladder) was also loaded in sperate well. all dna templates were processed for direct sequencing of single strand pcr reaction using big dye terminator by microgene ( korea ). biology | 2 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 results patients and disease thirty patients with colorectal disease were investigated, including 15 samples with bowel inflammation and 15 samples with crc. the mean age of the colorectal patients was 50 years with average 38-62 years , (53.3% (8 cases) were females and 46.6% (7 cases) were males). the severity of the tumor was shown to be moderately differentiated adenocarcinoma 60%(9 cases) ,well differentiated adenocarcinoma well 23.3% (5 cases) and 6.6% (1 case) represented the poor differentiated adenocarcinoma . fifteen patients with bowel inflammation with maen age 48 years including 53.3% (8 cases) males and 46.6% (7 cases) females. the other specific character of samples are shown in tables (1and 2). pcr and sequence analysis amplified exon fifteen of the braf gene by pcr technique and screened for the presence of mutations in 30 colorectal disease patients. the results showed that the product size was more than 240 bp figure (1). to investigate the mutation status of colorectal patients for braf v600e, direct sequencing was performed after amplified exon 15 for braf gene in colorectal patient tissues of all cases, the sequences results were compared with ncbi data base (ncbi accession number hm459603). our analyses illustrated that none of patients had braf v600e mutation. several heterogeneity mutations were found in 3 out of 30 patients (10%). transition mutations (g>a) were shown in 2 out of 3 mutations (66.6%) including one mutation (171495 g>a) in inflammation sample, other mutations were (171506 a>t) and (171537 g>a) in tumor samples. figure (2) shows reprehensive sequence of colorectal patient tissues. . discussion in our previous study of some molecular markers alterations we found 33% mutations in codon 1213 of exon 2 of kras gene while mutational hot spots (x9) and (x20) of pik3 gene were not described in any of 58 iraqi patients with colorectal cancer (11). present article highlighted of braf gene mutations which act essential role in (mapk) signal transuding pathway, it concerned in the malignant transformation of colorectal precursor. braf gene is also of interest as being a prospective prognostic and predictive sign in patients with colorectal malignancy (12) our study aims to detect braf gene mutations in inflammatory bowel tissue and compare it with colorectal cancer tissues in iraqi patients as there evidence is that inflammatory processes have a great role in the etiology, development and progression of invasive colorectal tumors (13). the impacts of the inflammatory process on neoplasia development were observed in many cancer such as breast, ovarian, endometrial, cervical, prostate and colon tumors, it is though that the innate immune system cells have a role in the microenvironment of tumors by secreting pro inflammatory cytokines and chemokines in addition to growth factors and reactive oxygen species that may lead to dna damage (14). the bowel inflammation process may have important role in the pathogenesis of colorectal cancer, especially in its promotion (15). balkwill and mantovani investigated the effects of inflammation in colorectal, they found relationship between cancer and chronic inflammation (16). it is well known that braf mutation is associated with tumor development through the serous serrated pathway, rather than the classic adenoma-carcinoma pathway (17, 18). this study indicated that braf gene mutations were not detected in any of analyzed bowel inflammation tissues neither colorectal cancer tissue, several heterogeneity mutations were identified in braf gene 10% (3 out of 30) patients including transition mutations (2g>a) in both inflammation and tumor samples of colorectal , in addition to transversion mutation (a>t) that showed in tumor colorectal sample. these results are consistent with recent study that examined braf gene with 70 colorectal cancer samples and 10th healthy biology | 3 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 participates from iraqi population (19).the present data confirm previous articles regarding low rate of braf gene mutation in neighbors countries, a study on the frequency of kras and braf gene mutations from 242 showed that braf gene mutations were not present in any of the metastatic colorectal cancer tissues which analyzed in iranian population (20) also in saudi arabia 2.5% ( 19/757) (21) and turkish population 2% (1/50) (22). in the other asian countries, a total of eighty five crc patients were enrolled in study of molaei and his colleagues (2016), their results showed no v600e mutation in the braf gene in stage i and ii of crc patients (23). other article referred no braf mutations were found in stage iii colon cancer. braf, kras and nras mutations do not have major prognostic value in stage ii and iii colon malignancy (24) , braf mutation in taiwan (0%) (25) and japan in low rate (4.7%) (26). other study was done to investigate the prevalence of several genes including braf mutations among 45 patients from asian population with metastatic colorectal cancer, no mutations were detected in four codons 439, 459, 600 and 601 of the braf gene . the results of current study inconsistent to reported rate of 19.8% and 21.8% in netherlands and american people respectively (27) . yi with colleagues from china published of the 77 braf v600e mutations, 64.9% (50/77) were found in serrated lesions fifteen percent in serrated adenomas and 36.9% in hyperplasic polyps and 7.1% of other types of colorectal cancer precursor lesions (28).a very low incidence of inflammation bowel and colorectal cancer with braf mutations reflected in this study and overall asian population may be due to many reasons such as different ethnic populations , role of environmental influences like diet, smoking and other unknown factors. furthermore varied underlying genetic predisposition to braf-mutated tumors, different methods used to detect gene mutation (21,29) . in present paper could not associate the v600e mutation with clinicopathological character because no cases with this mutation, this relation was seen with lymph-node metastasis, t4 tumors, mucinous histology, high grade, and right-side location causing specific high risk clinicopathologic parameter (30,31). in addition to right-side primary and female gender have high chance to harbor a braf mutant (32,33). in conclusion : this study indicates that no braf mutation was found in both samples of bowel inflammation and colorectal cancer instead that three heterogeneity mutations were seen in different sites of braf gene . other studies are required with large size of cases to investigate braf gene in iraqi patients to supports these results. references 1. mohammed, a. a.; el-tanni, h.; el-khatib, h. m.; mirza, a. a. and el-kashif ,a.t.(2016). molecular classification of colorectal cancer: current perspectives and controversies. j. egypnat. cancer institute.in press. 2. malumbres, m.; barbacid, m. (2003). ras oncogenes: the first 30 years. nat rev cancer, 3:459–465. . 3. lavoie, h. and therrien, m. (2015). regulation of raf protein kinases in erk signalling. nat. rev. mol. cell biol. 16:281–298. 4. matallanas, d. ; birtwistle, m.; romano, d.; zebisch, a. ; rauch, j.; von kriegsheim, a. and kolch, w. (2011). raf family kinases: old dogs have learned new tricks. genes cancer, 2:232–260. 5. wan, p.t.; garnett, m. j.; roe, s. m.; lee, s.; niculescu-duvaz, d.; good, v. m. ; jones, c. m.; marshall, c. j.; springer, c. j.; barford, d. and marais, r.(2004). mechanism of activation of the raf-erk signaling pathway by oncogenic mutations of b-raf. cell, 116:855–867. 6. davies, h.; bignell, g. r.; cox, c.; stephens, p.; edkins, s. ; clegg, s.; teague, j. ; woffendin, h.; garnett, m. j.; bottomley, w.; davis, n.; dicks, e.; ewing, r.; floyd, y.; biology | 4 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 gray, k.; hall, s.; hawes, r.; hughes, j.; kosmidou, v.; menzies, a.; mould, c.; parker, a.; stevens, c.; watt, s.; hooper, s.; wilson, r.; jayatilake, h.; gusterson, b. a.; cooper, c.; shipley, j.; hargrave, d; pritchard-jones,k.; maitland, n.; chenevix-trench, g.; riggins, g.j.; bigner, d.d.; palmieri, g.; cossu, a.; flanagan, a.; nicholson, a; ho, j.w. yuen, s.t.; weber, b.l.; seigler, h.f.; darrow, t.l.; paterson, h.; marais, r.; marshall, c.j.; wooster, r.; stratton, m. r. and futreal, p. a. (2002). mutations of the braf gene in human cancer. nature, 417:949–954. 7. rad. r.; cadiñanos. j.; rad, l. ; varela, i.; strong, a.; kriegl, l.; constantino-casas, f.; eser, s.; hieber, m.; seidler, b.; price, s.; fraga, m.f.; calvanese, v.; hoffman, g.; ponstingl, h.; schneider, g.; yusa, k.; grove, c.; schmid, r.m.; wang, w.; vassiliou, g.; kirchner, t.; mcdermott, u.; liu, p.; saur, d. and bradley, a. (2013). a genetic progression model of braf(v600e)induced intestinal tumorigenesis reveals targets for therapeutic intervention. cancer cell, 24:15–29. 8. lochhead, p.; kuchiba, a.; imamura, y.; liao, x.; yamauchi, m.; nishihara, r.; qian,z.r.; morikawa, t.; shen, j.; meyerhardt, j.a.; fuchs, c.s. and ogino, s.(2013). microsatellite instability and braf mutation testing in colorectal cancer prognostication. j. natl. cancer inst .105:1151-1156. 9. sinicrope, f. a.; shi, q.; smyrk, t. c.; thibodeau, s.n.; dienstmann, r.; guinney, j.; bot, b.m.; tejpar, s.; delorenzi, m.; goldberg, r. m.; mahoney, m.; sargent, d. j. and alberts s.r. (2015). molecular markers identify subtypes of stage iii colon cancer associated with patient outcomes. gastroenterology, 148:88-99. 10. kim, b.; park, s. j.; cheon, j. h.; kim, t. i.; kim, w.h. and hong, s. p. (2014). clinical meaning of braf mutation in korean patients with advanced colorectal cancer. world j. gastroenterol. 2014 20: 4370-4376. 11. mahood, w. s. (2013) .study of some molecular markers alterations in some iraqi patients with colorectal cancer. ph.d. thesis. genetic engineering and biotechnology institute for postgraduate studies. university of baghdad. 12. samara, m .; kapatou ,k .; ioannou, m.; kostopoulou, e.; papamichali, r.; papandreou, c.; athanasiadis, a. and koukoulis, g. (2015). mutation profile of kras and braf genes in patients with colorectal cancer: association with morphological and prognostic criteria. genet. mol. res. 14 (4): 16793-16802 . 13. mclean, m. h.; murray, g. i.; stewart, k. n.; norrie ,g. and mayer, c. (2011). the inflammatory microenvironment in colorectal neoplasia. plos one, 6, e15366. 14.coussens, l. m. and werb, z. (2012).inflammation and cancer.nature, 420: 860–867. 15. szylberg, l.; janiczek, m. l.; popiel, a. and marszałek, a.(2015). large bowel genetic background and inflammatory processes in carcinogenesis – systematic review. adv. clin. exp. med .24:555–561. 16. balkwill, f. and mantovani, a. (2001). inflammation and cancer: back to virchow,lancet . 357: 539–545. 17. rustgi, a.k. (2013). braf : a driver of the serrated pathway in colon cancer. cancer cell,24:1-2. 18. kalady, m. f.(2013). sessile serrated polyps: an important route to colorectal cancer. j. nat. compr. canc. netw. 11:1585-1594. 19. abbass, e. m.; al-wasiti, e. a.and hussein,a. g.(2016).polymorphism of braf gene in colorectal cancer in iraqi patients. american j. biomed. 4:8189. 20. koochak, a.; rakhshani, n.; karbalaie niya, m. h.; tameshkel, f. s.; sohrabi, m. r.; babaee, m. r.; rezvani, h. ; bahar, b.; imanzade, f.; zamani, f.; khonsari, m.r.; ajdarkosh, h. and hemmasi, g. (2016). mutation analysis of kras and braf genes in metastatic colorectal cancer: a first large scale study from iran . apjcp. 17:603-608. biology | 5 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 21. siraj, a. k.; bu, r.; prabhakaran, s. ; bavi, p.; beg, s.; al hazmi, m. ; al-rasheed, m.; alobaisi, k.; al-dayel, f.; almanea, h.; al-sanea, n.; uddin, s. and al-kuraya, k.s. (2014). a very low incidence of braf mutations in middle eastern colorectal carcinoma. mol. cancer, 13: 168-177. 22. gorukmez, o.; yakut, t.; gorukmez, o.; sag, s.o.; karkucak, m.; and kanat, o. (2016).distribution of kras and braf mutations in metastatic colorectal cancers in turkish patients. asian pac j cancer, prev. 17.3.1175. 23. molaei, m.; kishani, f. r.; maftouh, m.; taleghani, m.y.; vahdatinia, m.; khatami, f.; nazemalhosseini-mojarad, e.; asadzadeh aghdae, h.; aboutorabi, a. and zali, m. r. (2016). lack of brafv600e mutation in stage i and ii of colorectal cancer. gastroenterol hepatol bed bench. spring, 9:94-99. . 24. shen, y.; han, x. ;wang, j.; wang, s.; yang, h.; lu, s.h. and shi, y. (2016). prognostic impact of mutation profiling in patients with stage ii and iii colon cancer. sci.rep. 14;6:24310. . 25. brim, h.; mokarram, p.; naghibalhossaini, f.; saberi-firoozi, m.; al-mandhari , m.; almawaly, k.; al-mjeni, r ;. al-sayegh, a.; raeburn, s.; lee, e.; giardiello, f.; smoot, d.t.; vilkin, a.; boland, c.r.; goel, a.; hafezi, m.; nouraie, m. and ashktorab, h. (2008). impact of braf, mlh1 on the incidence of microsatellite instability high colorectal cancer in populations based study. mol. cancer , 7: 68-79. 26. asaka, s.; arai, y.; nishimura, y.; yamaguchi, k.; ishikubo, t.; yatsuoka. t.; tanaka, y. and akagi, k. (2009). microsatellite instability-low colorectal cancer acquires a kras mutation during the progression from dukes' a to dukes' b. carcinogenesis , 30: 494–499. 27. clancy, c.; burke, j.p.; kalady, m. f. and coffey, j.c.(2013). braf mutation is associated with distinct clinicopathological characteristics in colorectal cancer: a systematic review and meta-analysis. colorectal dis. 15(12):e711–e718. . 28. yi, c.; huang, y.; yu, x.; li, x.; zheng, s.; ding, k. and xu, j.(2016). clinicopathologic distribution of kras and braf mutations in a chinese population with colorectal cancer precursor lesions .oncotarget, 7:17265-17274. 29. negru, s.; papadopoulou, e. ; apessos, a.; stanculeanu, d. l.; ciuleanu, e.; volovat, c.; croitoru,a.;kakolyris,saravantinos,g.ziras,n. athanasiadis, e.;touroutoglou, n.; pavlidis, n.; kalofonos, h. p. and nasioulas, g. (2014). kras, nras and braf mutations in greek and romanian patients with colorectal cancer: a cohort study. b.m.j. open, 4: 4652. . 30. ogino, s.; liao, x.; imamura, y. y.; amauchi, m.; mccleary, n.j.; ng, k.; niedzwiecki, d.; saltz, l.b.; mayer, r.j.; whittom, r.; hantel, a.; benson, a.b.; mowat, r.b.; spiegelman, d.; goldberg, r.m.; bertagnolli, m. m.; meyerhardt, j. a. and fuchs, c. s. (2013). predictive and prognostic analysis of pik3ca mutation in stage iii colon cancer intergroup trial. j. natl. cancer inst. 4;105:1789–1798. 31. andré, t.; de gramont, a.; vernerey, d.; chibaudel, b;. bonnetain, f.; tijerasraballand, a.; scriva, a; .hickish, t.; tabernero, j.; van laethem, j.l.; banzi, m.; maartense, e.; shmueli, e.; carlsson, g.u.; scheithauer, w.; papamichael, d.; möehler, m.; landolfi, s.; demetter, p.; colote, s.; tournigand, c.; louvet, c.; duval, a.; fléjou, j.f.and de gramont, a. (2015). adjuvant fluorouracil, leucovorin, and oxaliplatin in stage ii to iii colon cancer: updated 10-year survival and outcomes according to braf mutation and mismatch repair status of the mosaic study. j. clin. oncol. 10;33:4176–4187. 32. chen, d.; huang, j. f.; liu, k.; zhang, l. q. ;yang, z.; chuai, z.r.; wang, y.x.; shi, d.c.; huang, q.and fu, w.l. (2014).brafv600e mutation and its association with clinicopathological features of colorectal cancer: a systematic review and meta-analysis. plos one, 3;9:e90607 . biology | 6 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 33. loupakis; f.; moretto, r.; aprile, g.; muntoni, m.; cremolini, c.; iacono, d.; casagrande, m.; ferrari, l.; salvatore, l.; schirripa, m.; rossini, d.; de maglio, g.; fasola, g.; calvetti, l.; pilotto, s.; carbognin, l.; fontanini g.; tortora, g.; falcone, a.; sperduti, i. and bria, e. (2016). clinico-pathological nomogram for predicting braf mutational status of metastatic colorectal cancer. br. j. cancer, 12;114:30–36. table (1) distribution of patients with colorectal cancer patients no. (%) characterization 15 (100) all patients mean age 50 years 7(46.6) 50 > 8(53.33) 50 < gender 7(46.6) male 8(53.33) female site of tumor 7(46.6) colon 5(33.33) rectum 3(20) rectosigmoidal differentiation 9(60) moderately 5(23.33) well 1(6.6) poorly biology | 7 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (2) distribution of patients with bowel inflammation patients no. (%) characterization 15 (100) all patients mean age 48 years 6(40) 50 > 9(60) 50 < gender 8(53.3) male 7(46.6) female . figure (1) pcr products for exon 15 of braf gene for dna samples of colorectal disease on 1.5 % agarose gel. molecular markers, line (7) and lines (1-6,8-13) dna of patient samples. . biology | 8 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (2) sequencing alignment a: reference sequence of the braf gene (b, c and d) heterogeneity mutations in different site of braf gene screening in colorectal patients, e: sequences of reference and heterogeneity mutations. a: (gtg) v600 reference sequence r r b: transition mutation g>a at nucleotide position 171495 c: transition mutation g>a at nucleotide position 171537 d: transversion mutation a>t at nucleotide position 171506 e: reference (g>a, a>t) biology | 9 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(المجلد مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 في بعض المصابین العراقیین بالتھاب االمعاء واورام brafالكشف عن جین القولون والمستقیم بتسام حمود ناصرالموسويا جامعة النھرین /مركز الدنا العدلي للبحث والتدریب وفاء صبري ماھود محمد مھدي جواد اسماء علي جواد بغدادجامعة )/ أبن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحیاة 2016/كانون االول/ 12: قبل في, 2016/حزیران/ 30: استلم في الخالصة اذ ان العملیة , تم مالحظتھا في العدید من االورام neopplasiaللعملیة االلتھابیة بحدوث االورام تأثیراتھناك . االلتھابیة تملك دوراً كبیراً في نشوء وتطور وتقھقر اورام القولون والمستقیم الغازیة وتقییم عالقتھا مع الصفات السریریة لبعض المصابین العراقیین brafصممت الدراسة الكشف عن طفرة جین یعانون من اورام 15مصاباً بالتھاب االمعاء و 15(مریضا 30تضمنت الدراسة . بالتھاب االمعاء واورام القولون والمستقیم ن ثم تحدید التتابع وم pcrتم االكشف عن الطفرات باستعمال تقانة تفاعل البلمرة المتسلسل ) . القولون والمستقیم التي یعرف بانھا ( 15من اكسون 1799اظھرت النتائج عدم وجود طفرة في موقع الشفرة . sequencingالنیوكلیوتیدي في اي من عینات التھاب االمعاء واورام القولون والمستقیم وھذا یتماشى مع البحوث ) عرضة للتطفیر في كثیر من االورام في البلدان االسیویة مما یتیح احتمالیة عالج مرضى اورام braf gene واطئة لطفرات السابقة بخصوص النسبة ال heterogeneity mutationsاظھرت الدراسة وجود عدة طفرات . القولون والمستقیم باالجسام المضادة وحیدة النسیلة في مواقع مختلفة من a>tكسیة طفرات انتقالیة وطفرة واحدة ع g>aاثنین منھا %) 10(عینة مرضیة 30من 3في . وھي طفرات صامتة 15اكسون . العراق وعدم التجانس ,القولون والمستقیم , التھاب االمعاء , brafجین : الكلمات المفتاحیة biology | 10 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 comparison i-v characteristics of sb/c-si and al/c-si junction fatin g. hachim department of physics / college of science / university of thi -qar ramiz a. al-ansari department of physics / college of science for women / university of baghdad hussein kh. al-lamy department of physics / college of science/ university of baghdad received in: 15march 2012 , accepted in: 21 may 2012 abstract hetero junctions are fabricated by depositing antimony (sb) and al films on n-type single crystal(c-si) wafers by the method of vacuum evaporation with thickness (0.25µm), with rate of deposition equals to 2.77 å/sec, all samples are annealed in a vacuum for one hour at 473k. the tests have shown that all the films have polycrystalline structure for all sb films. the barrier heights in (sb/c-si) junction was found to be equal 0.825ev, but(al/c-si) junction ohmic contact. current-voltage measurements confirm this behaviour. keywords : sb/si heterojunctions, i-v characteristics of sb/si, structure properties of sb. 153 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction sb/si junctions have attracted many attentions because their importance properties for this junction . it can be used as rectifying devices in electronic applications [1,2]. this junction is unipolar charge of minority carrier that’s dominat on contact operation which has only one kind of charges, by it we could get the rectifier character as a result of potential barrier that creates by finding stable space charges in semiconductor[3]. antimony can be creates potential barrier with si because resistivity and work function, but al metal resistivity is low due to conduction in the metal. the al metal was chosen as an ohmic contact with the c-si layer [1]. the aim of this study is prepared sb/c-si and al/c-si junction in order to study the φb, is and β as a function to annealing and thickness. experimental part sb and al films were deposited on the silicon substrates by the method of vacuum evaporation (type edward coating system) with pressur 10-5 mbar. the thickness of each deposited thin film is (0.25µm), the junctions are annealed in a vacuum at a temperature of 437k for one hour. sb structure was studied by x-ray diffraction fig (1) comparative with standard value in astm, used a philips x-ray diffractometer system which records the intensity as a function of bragg's angle. the source of radiation was cu(kα) with wavelength λ=1.5406a°, the current was 30ma and the voltage was 40 kv, the current-voltage measurements in the dark were done for the sb/si heterojuntion by using keithley digital electrometer 616 and d.c. power supply. the bias voltage was varied in the range of (0 – 1.4) volt in the case of forward and reverse bias. from plots of the relation between the forward current and bias voltage, potential barrier height (φb) can be determined from [4]: is = a* t2 exp (-qφb/kbt)…………………………….(1) where a* is the effective richardson constant modified to take account of both the effective mass of the electrons in the semiconductor, kb is the botzman's constant(1.3806×10-23 j/k), q is the electronic charge, t is the absolute temperature, the constant is is the saturation current. φb= 𝐾𝐵𝑇 𝑞 𝐿𝑛 𝐴 ∗𝑇2 𝐼𝑠 ………………………………………….(2) the ideality factor (β) can be determined by the relation :      ⋅=β s fb i iln v tk q …………………………………….(3) where if is the forward bias current , the ideality factor (β) is related to the various physical properties of the of heterojunction. results and discussion for sb films prepared at r.t and ta=473k with (0.25µm),from fig (1) showed sb films as a polycrystalline structure, but peaks intensity in fig(b1)increase with the increase of annealing a temperature caused by elimination of voids and the reduction of dangling bond concentration ( structural defects). these results are in agreement with [5]. these xrd peaks were shown to be the (003), (110) and (006) are listed in table(1) according to astm system. the current voltage (i-v) characteristics of al/si all fabricated junctions of the forward and reverse biased are shown in figure (2).it can be seen from this curve that the linear 154 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 relation shape behavior between current and voltage for all samples prepared with thickness (0.25µm) and annealed temperature of 473k. this behavior may be interpreted by the work function of al and c-si are nearly similar( that’s mean the junctions do not creat the depletion layer), (φb) is zero or negative and electron can flow freely in the two directions .in ohmic contact no potential barrier will be formed between al electrode and c-si layer. these results are in agreement with [6]. but(i-v) characteristics of sb/si in figure (3) show this curve the forward characteristics shows exponential behaviour, the current increasing rapidly with voltage according to equation (1), for all samples prepared with thickness (0.25µm) and annealed temperature of 473k , that’s mean the junctions creat the depletion layer(w) and barrier height(φb). this is in good agreement with [7,8]. from this figure the current increases slightly with the increase of the annealing temperature because increasing temperatures cause a rearrangement of the interface atoms and reduce surface states and dislocalized at interface layer between a-sb and c-si which leads to the improvement of the junctions characteristics. this was in agreement with [9,1]. also we can notice form table (2) that the value of the ideality factor and saturation current decreases but potential barrier height increases with the increase of annealing temperature. this behavior attributed to reduction of dangling bonds as well as the density of states in sb. conclusions the structural nature of the sb is polycrystalline but after the annealing process crystallization of sb films increases because of the decrease of the dangling bond. the current-voltage measurements of sb/c-si heterojunction case the value of ideality factor decreases with the increase of annealing temperatures but potential barrier height increases with the increase of annealing temperature, this behavior is attributed to reduction of dangling bonds as well as the density of states(defects) in sb. references 1-gong ,s.; robertsson .h.hentzell , hultman .l.; hornstzirom .s, and radnoczi ,g.(1987), alsb doped polycrystalline si by the metal-induced crystallization, j.appl.phys ,62 ( 9): 3726-3727. 2youngkim ,r. and gikim ,h .(2007), the deposition of sb/ge films by metal organic chemical vapor deposition, j.of appl.phys,102, 083531,1-4. 3sze, s. m. (2001), semiconductor devices: physics and technology. 2nd ed. new york: john wiley and sons, unipolar devices, 221-222. 4milnes,a.g.and feucht .d.l, (1972), heterojunction and metal-semiconductors junctions,academic press, newyork and london. 5wang ,y.; biest ,o.; leuven ,k.; arenberg and gordon , (2005), 20th europea photovoltaic solar energy conference, 1179-1181. 6fang, y.k. yang. (1989), the effect of heat temperature on the electrical resistivity of sb deposited by means of molecular beam on si, thin solid films, 176, (1) ,91-97. 7ahssan, h.s. (2009), electronic transport mechanicm of se/c-si diode, m.sc. thesis, baghdad univ. 8-sinha, n.p. and mirsa, m. (1983),electrical properties of si films doped sb by molecular beam epitaxy, solid-state electronics,26 (12):1170 –1180. 9hobart ,k. godbey. d and thompson, (1992), post-growth annealing of low temperature-grown sb-doped si molecular beam epitaxial films, appl.phys.lett, 61(1):76-78 155 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1): the structural parameters of sb film ta (k) 2θ d (å)exp d(å)std. hkl rt 23.709 3.749 3.753 (003) 42.08 2.145 2.152 (110) 48.479 1.876 1.87 (006) 473 23.673 3.755 3.753 (003) 42.003 2.149 2.152 (110) 48.487 1.876 1.87 (006) table (2): values of ideality factor (β), saturation current (is) and potential barrier height (фb) for sb/c-si hetero junction with thickness 0.25μm and annealing temperatures (rt, 473k). fig.( 1): xrd of sb with different annealing temperatures (a):as deposited(303k) (b):ta=473k thickness (µm) ta (k) β is (μa) фb(ev) 0.25 r.t 3.262 0.145 0.825 473 2.71 0.071 0.844 (a) (b) 156 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (2): i-v characteristics in the dark for al/c-si at forward and reverse bias voltage with thickness(0.25μm) and annealing temperatures (rt,473k) fig. (3): i-v characteristics in the dark for sb/c-si heterojunction at forward and reverse bias voltage with thickness(0.25μm) and annealing temperatures (rt,473k) i(𝝁𝝁 a ) v(volt) ٤٫۳ ۳٫۸ ۳٫٥ ۳ ۲٫٥ ۲ i( μa ) v(volt) ta=rt ta=473k 157 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 al/c-si و sb/c-si جھد لمفرق -مقارنة خصائص تیار فاتن گاصد حاچم ي قارذجامعة /كلیة العلوم / قسم الفیزیاء رامز احمد االنصاري جامعة بغداد / كلیة العلوم للبنات / قسم الفیزیاء حسین خزعل الالمي جامعة بغداد / كلیة العلوم / قسم الفیزیاء 2012ایار 21قبل البحث في ، 2012اذار 15استلم البحث في : الخالصة n-typeاحادي البلورة مفرق ھجین من ترسیب أغشیة االنتیمون وااللمنیوم على رقائق من السلیكون تم تحضیر k 473 ثم لدنت العینات بدرجة حراره , å/sec 2.77 وبمعدل ترسیب (0.25µm) بطریقة الترسیب بالفراغ بسمك الجھد في تعددة التبلور، ووجد ارتفاع حاجزأظھرت الفحوصات ان جمیع اغشیة االنتیمون ذو تركیب م مدة ساعة واحدة. كانت أومیھ وفسر ذلك لعدم وجود حاجز جھد i-vقیاس خواص لوحظ ان al/c-siلمفرق. sb/c-si .825evمفرق . ,al siمن (sb /si) خصائص فولتیة تیار ،(sb)الخواص التركیبیة لالنتیمون، (sb/si) :المفرق الھجینالكلمات المفتاحیة 158 | physics 11 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 crystal properties 4so2influence of doping on k tariq a.aldahair maryam e.al-mahdawy dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in:22june 2014accepted in:15september2014 abstract single crystals of pure and cu+2,fe+2 doped potassium sulfate were grown from aqueous solutions by the slow evaporation technique at room temperature. with dimension of (11x9 x4)mm3 and ( 10x 8x 5)mm3 for crystal doping with cu &fe respectively. the influence of doping on crystal growth and its structure revealed a change in their lattice parameters(a=7.479 å ,b=10.079 å ,c=5.772 å)for pure and doping (a=9.687 å, b=14.926 å ,c= 9.125 å) & (a=9.638 å , b= 8.045 å ,c=3.271 å) for cu & fe respectively. structure analysis of the grown crystals were obtained by x-ray powder diffraction measurements. the diffraction patterns were analyzed by the rietveld refinement method. rietveld refinement plots for showing the experimental (red circles)calculated (black line) and difference profiles (blue line); green tick marks indicate reflection positions xrd measurements show the crystal system of orthorhombic. key words: crystal growth, k2so4 , doping , cu+2 ,fe+2 x-ray diffraction, differential scanning calorimetric (dsc). 12 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 introduction the basis of various technology advancement is the crystal growth. the control of the grown crystal during crystallization is very important to the industry. grown under different conditions and also by different methods like, melt growth , vapor phase growth ,solution growth and gel growth ,are described by [1] and references there in . solution growth aqueous is one of the most efficient and simplest processes which can be employed for crystal growth .in addition the ease in handling and the readiness in its miscibility with the solvents make it an attractive technique for crystal growth. a number of factors such as degree of saturation ,type of solvent ,presence of impurities and the change in growth conditions presumably affect significantly the morphology and properties of the crystal [2] . potassium sulfate crystals are used in the field of analytical chemistry as reagent medicine, manufacture of glass and feed additive .potassium sulfate (ps) k2so4belongs at room temperature to the orthorhombic space group d2h16=(pnma) and has four formula units per unit cell, with lattice parameters ,a= 7.476 å, b= 10.071 å and c= 5.763 å [3]. the substance transforms upon heating at tt ≈587 °c into a hexagonal structure d6h4 =p63/mmc with a=5.92 å and c=8.182 å where the oxygen positions of the so4-2tetrahedra are only partially occupied [4]. the hexagonal high temperature phase of the crystal is known asα-k2so4and the orthorhombic phase as β-k2so4. analogous phase transformations (pt’)from αto β-type phase are shown for the other k2so4-family crystals (e.g. na2so4, like k2cro4, and k2seo4) [5, 6]. another pt of second order at the temperature of 56 k was detected in k2so4crystal. the crystal symmetry of this low temperature phase (γ-k2so4) is assumed to be of monoclinic [7]. recently ,the addition of cd+2 to the nutrient solution during k2so4crystal [8].due to useful application of doping it is worthy to work on doping of k2so4. doping is possible if a suitable host can be found. the cupric ion and ferrate ion can be doped in the k2so4 crystal, but the degree of application of the data to the pure (cu ;fe)2so4 system depends very highly on the nature of the host. experimental details crystal growth pure crystal of k2so4 was grown using aqueous solution by slow evaporation technique (at room temperature) .saturated solution was prepared from synthesized k2so4 salt ,with 2 molar using a double distilled water as solvent . this solution was continuously stirred for about (6)hour with magnetic stirrer with rate of 250 rpm at room temperature. finally thus solution is heated at 70 c° in order to obtain a complete dissolved of the materials. the growth process was performed in a multi-jar crystallizer to ensure identical growth conditions. in a period of 60 days, we were able to grow colorless, transparent k2so4 single crystals which is shown in figure(1a). dopant crystal of k2so4:cu and k2so4:fe crystals were grown by slow evaporation technique, from 2m solutions containing 5 wt% of cuso4.5h2o and feso4.7h2o respectively. the growth rate crystals was much higher than of pure k2so4 (i.e)the growth period is about ~20 days , we get the grown crystal for k2so4:cu and k2so4:fe are shown in figs. 1b, 1c respectively. recrystallization is carried in order to improve the grown crystal and step-up refinement its .some crystals are picked from the growth apparatus and dissolve in double distilled water. this solution is treated in the same procedure as that mentioned above. we get crystal for k2so4:cuandfor k2so4:fe . 13 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 instrument x-ray diffract meter the x-ray diffraction was recorded using shimadzu model japan (6000) diffractmeter with cu-kα radiation of wavelength (λ= 1.54056 å ).the filament current and operating voltage were kept at 30ma and 40kv respectively. thermal analysis differential scanning calorimetric technique (dsc) were carried out using linseis model germen(sta pt-1000).sample of (25 mg) is used with reference of al2o3 crucibles .heating and cooling runs with rate of 5ºc /min during recorded of the chart. results and discussion the grown crystal we were able to grow colorless, transparent k2so4 single crystals with dimensions of( 10x4x2)mm3 is shown in figure(2a) , and the grown crystal of dimensions (11x9x4 )mm3 for k2so4:cu & (10x 8x5)mm3 for k2so4:fe are shown in figs. 2b, 2c respectively. xrd diffraction studies the structure of the grown crystal was studied by powder x-ray diffraction method .the recorded diffraction pattern of pure k2so4 and doping crystals by cu &fe respectively, are shown in the figure(3a ,3b and 3c ).from the xrd pattern, the lattice parameter value of potassium sulfate crystal was found to be (a=7.4796 å, b=10.0793 å, c=5.7721 å, α=90,β=90°, ɣ=90°) .this indicates that potassium sulfate crystallizes in orthorhombic system. the diffraction planes are indexed with the help of the computer program, with the rietveldt refinement using fullprof as shown in fig. 3a. the lattice parameters from powder xrd of the grown crystal and also unit cell dimension of pure k2so4.the results are in agreement with reported values [3] .comparison of lattice parameters is shown in table -1 differential scanning calorimetric (dsc) analyzes a heating rate of 5ºc /min was recorded for the grown pure samples(k2so4) in the same chart as shown in fig. 4.the weight of the sample taken for investigation was 22.2 mg .which shows an endothermic peak around 300c˚(onset point 298 c˚ with reaction point -8.070µv at 298.4c˚and offset 301.2 c˚ with peak maximum -16.497µv at 300.5 c˚ and area -12.14µv s/mg) which gives a strong support to the newly detected phase transition. as the heating is continuous ,another an endothermic peak around582 c˚(onset 578.6 c˚ with reaction point -1.759µv at 580.9 c˚ and offset 584.3 c˚ with peak maximum -3.452µv at 582.6 c˚ and area -9.73µv s/mg) and when were cooling there is an exothermic peak around at≈581 c˚ (onset point 580.9 c˚ with reaction point 2.531 µv at 580.3 c˚ and offset 572.6 c˚ with peak maximum 5.088µv at 577.7 c˚ and area 10.73µv s/mg. this refers to crystallization at this region and detected a phase transition. this phase transition of the crystal have hexagonal structure at high temperature≈583c˚is known as α-k2so4and the orthorhombic phase as of the crystal is known as β-k2so4 at room temperature [4]. b-doping with cu ions a heating rate of 5ºc /min was recorded for the grown samples(5wt.%cu.k2so4) in the same chart as shown in fig. 4b.the weight of the sample taken for investigation was18.94 mg .which shows an endothermic peak around 300c˚(onset point 298 c˚ with reaction point -10.183µv at 298.4c˚and offset 301.6 c˚ with peak maximum -18.563µv at 300.8 c˚ and area -16.06 µv s/mg) which gives a strong support to the newly detected phase transition. as the heating is continuous, another endothermic peak around 585 c˚(onset 577.8 c˚ with reaction point -4.170µv at 580.5 c˚ and offset 584.3 c˚ with peak maximum -5.122 14 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 µv at 582.3 c˚ and area -9.98 µv s/mg) and when were cooling there is an exothermic peak around at≈581 c˚ (onset point 581.2 c˚ with reaction point -1.775 µv at 580. c˚ and offset 570.4 c˚ with peak maximum -0.5711 µv at 577.8 c˚ and area 11.91 µv s/mg. this refers to crystallization at this region. cdoping with fe ions a heating rate of 5ºc /min was recorded for the grown samples(5wt.% fe.k2so4) in the same chart as shown in fig. 4c.the weight of the sample taken for investigation was 20.63mg .which shows an endothermic peak around 300c˚(onset point 298 c˚ with reaction point -12.347µv at 298.4c˚and offset 301.5 c˚ with peak maximum -20.796µv at 300.7c˚ and area -13.93µv s/mg) which gives a strong support to the newly detected phase transition. as the heating is continuous, another an endothermic peak around582 c˚(onset 577.9 c˚ with reaction point -6.887 µv at 580.8 c˚ and offset 583.7 c˚ with peak maximum -7.666µv at 581.9 c˚ and area -10.26µv s/mg) and when were cooling there is an exothermic peak around at≈581 c˚ (onset point 581.2 c˚ with reaction point -3.621 µv at 580.2 c˚ and offset 571.0 c˚ with peak maximum -2.099 µv at 577.9 c˚ and area 12.04 µv s/mg. this refers to crystallization at this region. conclusion colorless and transparent crystals of pure potassium sulfate were grown using water as the solvent at ambient temperature. the slow evaporation at room temperature of the solvent yielded good quality crystals. single crystal of k2so4was transparent colorless. orthorhombic structure and unit cell parameter values match very well with the reported xrd standard data values. at room temperature k2so4 pure and doping crystals having orthorhombic structure and transition into hexagonal structure at high temperature ≈583c˚. it is supported by dsc study. references 1.suresh keda bachhav, padmakar arjun savale and suresh trimbak pawar ,( 2010), growth and study of batr single crystals by gel technique ,pelagia research library ,1 (1) :26-33 jalgaon (ms) india. 2.thenmozhi, r. and claude, a. (2012) , rapid crystal growth of benzophenone by low temperature solution growth and its characterization ,  scholars research library , , 4,(2) 898-905) , issn 0975-508x coden (usa). 3. mcginnety, j.a. (1972 ) , actacrystallogr. b 28, 2845 (basis for pdf 01-070-1488) 4. dammak, m. h., khemakhem ; zouari n. ; mhiri t. and kolsi a. w. , (2000), electrical properties of ferroelectric addition compound k2seo4.te(oh) 6 , solid state ion. 127, 125. 5. guillot gauthier ,s. ; peuzin, j. c. ; olivier, m. and rolland, g. (1984), ferroelectrics 52, 293. 6. khemakhem, h. (1999), dielectric and raman investigations on m-2(so4).te(oh) 6 (m= k, rb and cs) , ferroelectrics 234, 47. 7. andriyevsky, b. ; romanyuk, m. and stadnyk ,v. (2009) , simulation of elastic-andoptical properties of k2so4 crystals , journal of physics and chemistry of solids , 70(7) 1109-1112. 8.bin anooz, s. ; klimm ,d. ; m. schmidbauer and bertram, r. (2008) , effect of cd2+ on the growth and thermal properties of k2so4 crystal ,  journal of physics and chemistry of solids 69 , 2356-2359 . 15 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no.(1)reported the lattice parameter of pure and dopant present work pdf 01-070-1488 reported data [3] parameters :fe4so2k :cu4so2k 4so2k 9.638 8.045 3.271 90 90 90 253.6 9. 687 14. 926 9.125 90 90 90 1319.3 7.479 10.079 5.772 90 90 90 435 7.476 10.071 5.763 90 90 90 433 a (å) b(å) c (å) α (°) β (°) ɣ (°) )3v(mm 16 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 4so2pure crystal of k :figure no. (1a) :cu4so2photograph of k :figure no. (1b) 17 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 :fe4so2photograph of k :no. (1c)figure 4so2crystallization of crystal pure k-re :figure no. (2a) figure no.(2b): re-crystallization of crystal (2c): re-crystallization of crystal :fe4so2:cu k4so2k 18 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ray diffraction pattern from crushed single crystal of -refinement the x :figure no.(3a) 4so2k 19 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 4so2powder xrd pattern of purek :figure no. (3b) crystal 4so25wt.%cu.k 20 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 4so2xrd pattern of pure k :figure no. (3c) crystal 4so25wt.% .fe.k 21 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 4 so2figure no. (4a) dsc curve for pure crystal of k 4 so2dsc curve for crystal doping 5wt.%cu. k :figure no. (4b) 22 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 4 so2dsc curve for crystal doping 5wt.%fe. k :figure no. (4c) 23 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 4so2kخصائص بلورة كبريتات البوتاسيوم فياثر التطعيم طارق عبد الرضا الظاھر المھداويمريم عيسى معة بغدادا/ج للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم ) قسم الفيزياء/كلية التربية 2014ايلول 15:في قبل 2014حزيران 22في :استلم الخالصة طة تقنية التبخر امن المحلول المائي بوس 2fe+و 2cu+نماء بلورات أحادية لكبريتات البوتاسيوم النقية والمشوبة ب & cuللبلورات المشوبة ب 310x 8x 5 ) mm ( 3mm (11x9x 4 ). وبأبعاد في درجة حرارة الغرفة البطيء feتغيرت أبعاد خلية الوحدة لكبريتات , إذ النماء البلوري والخصائص التركيبية في على التوالي.ودراسة اثر التطعيم å (a=9.687 ,, للنقية والمشوبة , c=5.772 å)(a=7.479 å ,b=10.079 å البوتاسيوم المطعمة بالنحاس والحديد. ) å ,c=3.271 å , b= 8.045 å . (a=9.638 ,c= 9.125 å b=14.926 تم الحصول على تحليل بنية البلورات إن التركيب البلوري لھذه xrdمقياس حيود األشعة السينية للمسحوق و استخدام تصفية ريتفيلد. أظھرت قياسات ساطةبو . )orthorhombicمعيني متعامد المحاور( البلورات ھو , حيود األشعة السينية, تصفية ريتفيلد . 2fe ,+2cu+: نماء بلورات ,كبريتات البوتاسيوم ,التطعيم , المفتاحية الكلمات microsoft word 143-154 chemistry | 143 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 structure, attributive and bacterial effectiveness studies for complexes, co(ii), hg(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and mn(ii) with ligand kind (n2o2) rehab k. alshemary faeza h. ghanim dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn -al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:1/march/2016,accepted in:28/june/2016 abstract binuclear copper, nickel, cobalt, manganese and mercury complexes of the schiff base h2l (c40h28n2o4) obtained by condensation of 2-benzoyl benzoic acid with benzidine. the schiff base and their complexes have been subjected to[ ft-ir, elemental analysis ,uv-vis, 1h and 13c nmr ] spectral studies, molar conductivity, magnetic moment and hplc measurements. all the complexes showed tetrahedral geometries with the general structure [m2(l)2]. generality of the synthesized components offer antibacterial efficiency to (staphylococcu saureus), (escherichia coli),(bacillus subtilis) and(pseudomonas aeruginosa). keywords: structure, schiff bases, attributive, 2-benzoyl benzoic acid and bacterial effectiveness. chemistry | 144 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction the ligand such as schiff bases have a substantial part in a many of uses in biochemical and physicochemical[1] biochemical pertinent researches of metal complexes and given broad range of applications such as antipyretic[2],analgesic[3],anti-diabetic[4], antiinflammatory[5],anti-cancer[6] anti-human immunodeficiency virus activity(hiv)] [7] and anti-bacterial [8]. coordinating ligands including o and n giver atoms appear wide biological activity of special attention because of the set of ways in which they are bonded to metal ions [9]. it is well known that different schiff base complexes have tetra-chelating n,n,o,o-giver schiff bases in their nickel(ii) complex avail as substantial models for enzyme [10].their binuclear homometallic copper (ii),nickel(ii) and cobalt(ii) complexes avail as model compounds at the active groups of metalloenzymes [12]. binuclear metal complexes find applications as active appliances for estimation and structure of outer kinds [13].thus, functional and designing structural binuclear complexes keep a topic of continuous investigation. tetradentate schiff bases derived from benzoic acid with benzidine and its derivatives have been extensively explored; while schiff bases obtained from 2-benzyl benzoic acid with benzidine and its derivatives has been searched very littler [14]. in this paper, we report the preparation, structural, spectral, and description of a new binuclear the copper (ii), nickel(ii), cobalt(ii), mercury (ii) and manganese(ii)complex [m(l)]2,derived from the [h2l] obtained by condensation of [2-benzoylbenzoic acid and benzidine] (scheme1). structure, attributive and bacterial effectiveness studies detect that five metal (ii) ions select tetrahedral configurations. experimental materials: all chemicals and all metal (ii) chlorides 2-benzoyl benzoic acid, solvents and benzidine used in this work were obtained from merck products. methods: 1h-, 13cnmr spectra values of the compound of ligand were registered by dmso-d6 at [bruker specrospin ultra shield magnets instrument 300 mhz]. (c, h, and n %) of the made compounds were loaded employing a[chn analyzer on perkin elmer].compounds were measured by [ft-ir spectra] were registered on [shimadzu ftir– 8400] fourier spectrophotometer. magnetic sensitiveness measurements were got by bruker bm6 instrument. conductivities were registered by philips pwdigital conduct meter. for 10 -3 m solutions of complexes. melting points were studied by utilizing [start melting point apparatus] preparation the ligand the compound was synthesized from the condensation (1mmol) benzidine with (2mmol) 2benzoylbenzoic acid and (3) drops of glacial acetic acid in 25ml ethanol absolute (scheme 1). this reaction was refluxed at (75◦c) during 5hrs on water bath. a yield isolated out on refrigeration, was filtered off. a product result was got then re-crystallized from a hot solution of [(1ml) distilled water, (3ml) methanol and (2ml) acetone]. this result was then submitted to chromatography “flash” as dry column by ethanol as eluent, yield (0.24g, 79%), m.p. (170)°. chemistry | 145 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 o oho nh2h2n+ nn cooh 2 r ef lexed 5hrs ethanol hooc co(ii), mn(ii),cu(ii),hg(ii) and ni(ii) complexes. all the complexes were synthesized employing the same synthetic path way characterized in literature by mixing of h2l (0.6g ,1mmol) in(13ml) ethanol and [0.238 g cocl2.6h2o, 0.175g cucl2.2h2o, 0.271 g hgcl2, 0.198 g mncl2 and 0.237 g nicl2] in [1 :1 molar proportion]. then stirring for (30min.) at 55°c.the result instantly produced, filtered off and re-crystallized from (10ml) the hot solvent. their pureness was proved utilizing (tlc) [thin layer chromatography] and (3:7, v/v) (ethanol / ch2cl2) as eluent and were displayed, in any case, to consist ( 0.55) of only one component, the complexes in yields (89-74%) (table1). nn cooh hooc m nn o oo o n o ono o m mcl2 2 m+2=co+2, ni+2,cu+2,mn+2&hg+2 study of biological efficiency the antibacterial activity for these compounds was evaluated by using method similar with the traditional disc diffusion method [7 and 8], sterile 5 mm filter paper discs (what man, no.1) were soaked in this compound (disc loaded with the dmso and allowed until complete evaporation to be used. then discs were placed onto the surface of the muller hinton agar plates at different areas on the surface of each plate, after a 24 hrs. culture of the pathogenic strains(staphylococcus usurers),(escherichia coli),(bacillus btilis) and (pseudomonas aeruginosa) were spreading with a antiseptic cotton wipe over the surface of muller hinton agar plates. the plates were incubated for 24 hrs at 37co. products were fixed by registering the diameter in (mm) for a region of restraint on each plate. chemistry | 146 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 results and discussion the 1hnmr spectrum in dmso of [h2l] offers in δ ppm the next signals at: (12.26) (s, 2h, cooh) ; (6.84-8.44), (m, 6h,c6h5) and 2.48 ( s, 6h ,dmso) ; [9, 10] (fig.1). the 13cnmr spectrum of (h2l) appeared the signals at: (40.81, dmso); (122.12~153.67), (s,dmso) ;(159.09),(s,cooh); and(161.12), (s, c=n) (fig.2). the conductance [non-electrolytic nature] specified of the complexes specified [11].the magnetic sensitivity for these complexes (table 5) in ethanolic which has been adduced for utmost tetrahedral arrangement [12]. the uvvis spectra in (10-3 m) ethanolic solution of the ligand offered fundamentally two absorptions at 289 and 343 nm were spotted to the middle energy π→ π* and n→ π* transition figure (5) [13 and 14]. the uv-vis spectrum of mn(ii) complex displayed absorptions at (297 and 365 nm) were regarded to l.f and c.t transitions respectively, and other absorptions at 487 and 584 nm were regarded to{6a1→ 4a1(g) and 6a1→ 4e(g)}, separately [15]. the uv-vis spectrum of co(ii) complex offered absorptions at 292 and 347 nm due to l.f and c.t transitions, other peak at 621 nm regarded to electronic transition type {4a2(f)→ 4t1(p)} .the spectrum of ni (ii) complex displayed absorptions at 284 and 346 nm result to l.f and c.t transition respectively. the peaks at 419 nm and 702 nm were result to (d-d) electronic transition types [16] {3t1 → 3t1 and 3t1 → 3a2} figure (6). the spectrum of cu(ii) complex showed peaks at 290 and 340 nm result to l.f and c.t transitions respectively, then other peak at 509 nm was described to electronic transition type[17] 2t2→ 2e.the spectrum of complex displayed absorptions at 310 and 388 nm result to c.t transitions. the non-attendance of peaks in the vis-area specified no (d-d) transitions showed tetrahedral geometry table 5 [18]. the ir-spectrum of the ligand displayed frequency at 3441 cm-1, which was described to υ (oh) group [19]. this frequency was lost in the spectra of these complexes [20]. a considerable shift in the in position intensity to lower wave number was noticed in all the complexes with metal ion for the strong frequency in the (h2l)spectrum, which shows at 1681 cm-1 described to υ(c=n) group[21].an important change in position to lower wave number and in the intensity was noticed with metal ion on complexation for the strong frequency in the ligand (h2l) spectrum at 1535 cm -1, which appears due to υas(coo -) [22].the band at 1367 cm-1 in the spectrum of the ligand (h2l), which was described to the υs(coo -). these frequencies moved to lower or higher vibrations at (1496 -1525cm-1) and (1367-1404cm-1) for all the complexes, δυ=(92-132) cm-1 [23]. the occurrence of new bands in the range (484-571)cm-1 are temporarily designated to (metal-ligand) υ(m-o) and υ(m-n) frequencies [24], giving to the data gained, a tetrahedral arrangement has been temporarily given these complexes. the antimicrobial efficiencies of the compounds have been examined versus chosen kind of microorganism; the region of suppression of bacterial evolution on the plate. dmso (which was used as a solvent and controller) was a good solvent to prepare 1ppm of each tested sample figure (7) [25 and 26]. table (6). chemistry | 147 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 references 1. usharani, m.;akila, e.; ramachanran, s.; velraj, g. and rajavel, r. ;(2013)synthesis, composition, geometry and antibacterial assay of binuclear schiff base metal complexes derived from benzene-1,4-dicarbaldehyde arbedehyde, 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde and pyridine-2,6-diamine, int. j. of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sci.,5(2), 640647. 2. lionel, s.; pierre, t.; eric r., shinpei m., takehiko y.and michel e.;(2006) synthesis, structure and magnetic behaviour of dinuclear uranium(iv)complexes with a ‘calixsalophen’ type macrocycle , new journal of chemistry , 7,331,5-17 3. kara, h.; elerman, y.; and elmali a.; (2003) synthesis, crystal structure and spectroscopic properties of a dinuclear nickel(ii) complex bridged by an alkoxide and a μ-pyrazolate ligand, z. naturforsch a journal of biosciences . 58, 955 – 958 4. tudor, r.;simona,p.; veronica l., carmen, c.and raluca c.;(2006)copper (ii) complexes with ligands derived from 4-amino-2,3-dimethyl-1-phenyl-3-pyrazolin-5-one: synthesis and biological activity, molecules, 11, 904-914 5. ali, h. k. and islama, a.; (2013)spectrophotometric study of complexation between some salen type schiff bases and dimethyltin(iv) dichloride, chem sci trans., 2(1),1724. 6. cusumano, m. a.; messina, m.; nicolo, f; pietro, m., rotondo, a. and rotondo,e.;(2009)nmr study of l-shaped quinoxaline platinum(ii) complexes-crystal structure of ] pt(dmedpq) (bipy)](pf6)2,eur.j. inorg. chem., 4710-4717. 7. kaymakcioglu, b. k. and rollas, s;(2002)“synthesis, characterization and evalution of antibacterial activity of some hydrazones”, farmaco,57,595-599. 8. loncle, c; brunel, j. m.; vidal, n.; dherbomez, m. and letourneux, y; (2004)“synthesis and antifungal activity of cholesterol-hydrazone derivatives” eur. j. med. chem., 39, 1067-1071. 9. canpolat, e. and kaya, m.; (2004) studies on mononuclear chelates derived from substituted schiff-base ligands (part2) synthesis and characterization of a new 5bromosalicyliden paminoacetophenone oxime and its complexes with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) ,j. coord.chem. 7,123. 10. chakravarty,a.r.; nreddy,a.p.; santra, b.k. and thomas, a.m.; copper complexes as chemical nucleases, 2002; j. indian. chem. sci., 114, 319-401 . 11. patole, s. d; padhye, s. and ratledge, c.; (2006) “schiff base conjugates of p aminosalicylic acid as antimycobacterial agents”,bioorg. med. chem. lett, 16, 1514 1517. 12. lever, a.b.p.;(1968) crystal field spectra, inorganic electronic specroscopy, first ed .elsevier., amsterdam, 249. 13. natesan, m. and rajavel dr. r. (2011),binuclear copper (ii), ninckel(ii) and oxovanadium (iv) schiff base complexesbearingn2o2 donors and their dna cileavage and antibacterial activity international journal of pharmacy & technology, 2( 4), 1133-1157. chemistry | 148 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 14. shyamapada, s.; ravish, s. and tayur, r. n. a;(2014)dinuclear cadmium(ii)schiff base thiocyanato complex: crystal structure and fluorescence acta chim. slov, 61, 59-66 15. hirayama n, takeuchi i, honjo t, kubono k and kokusen h; (1997)ion-pairextraction system for the mutual separation of lanthanides using divalent quadridentate schiff bases anal. chem., 69, 4814-4818. 16. .jasim, sh. s. ;( 2012) synthesis, characterization of new schiff base and some metal complexes derived from glyoxylic acid and o-phenylenediamine, ibn-al-haitham, j. for pure and appl. sci., 25,264-275. 17. tajmir, r. ;( 1991) coordination chemistry of vitamin c. part (ii). interaction of l ascorbic acid with zn(ii), cd(ii), hg(ii), and mn(ii) ions in the solid state and in aqueous solution, int. j. inorg. biochem, 42, 47-55 18. geeta,b.and ravinder, v.; (2011) synthesis, characterization and biological evaluation of mononuclear co(ii) ,ni(ii) and pd(ii) complexes, with new n2o2schiff base ligand, chem., pharm. bull., 95 (2), 166-171. 19. tajmir, r. ;(1991) coordination chemistry of vitamin c. part (ii). interaction of l ascorbic acid with zn(ii), cd(ii), hg(ii), and mn(ii) ions in the solid state and in aqueous solution, int. j. inorg. biochem, 42, 47-55. 20. arif, m.; qurashi, m. m. r. and shad, m. a.;(2001) metalbased antibacterial agents; synthesis, characterization and in vitro biological evaluation of cefiximederived schiff bases and their complexes with zn (ii), cu (ii), ni (ii) and co (ii), j. coord. chem. 64, (11), 1914-1930. 21. choi, k. y.; jeon, y. m.; lee, k. c.;ryu ,h.,suh m.; park, h. s.; kim, m. j. and song,y. h.;(2004) preparation and characterization of a bidentate carboxylate bridged dinuclear cadimium (ii) complex with bis(2-pyridyl methyl) amino-3-propionic acid, j.chem. cryst., 34 (9), 591-596. 22. hankare, p.p.; patil, r.k.; chavan, s.s.; jagtap, a.h. and battase, p.s.;(2001) synthesis , characterization and biological studies of bivalent metal complexes of schiff bases derived from aminothiazole and substituted azosalicyl aldehyde. ind. j.chem., 40a:1326–1329. 23. mahalakshmi,n; and rajavel r.;(2011)synthesis, spectroscopic characterization, dna cleavage and antimicrobial activity of binuclear copper(ii), nickel(ii) and oxovanadium (iv) schiff base complexes, asian j. of biochemical and pharmaceutical research ,2 (1), 526-543 24. rajavel, r.;vedanayaki, s.; sandhanamalar, d. and jayaseelan, p.;(2011), synthesis, spectroscopic and antimicrobial studies of binuclear transition metal complexes with tetradentate schiff base, research j. of pharma., bio. and chem.sci.,3(2), 994-1001. 25. ruaa m. al-juburi ;(2012) synthesis and characterization of some heterocyclic compounds (oxazepine, tetrazole) derived from schiff bases, j. of al-nahrain university 15(4), 60-67. chemistry | 149 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 26. maccari, r; ottana, r. and vigorita, mg;(2005)“in vitro advanced antimycobacterial screeninig of isoniazid-related hydrazones, hydrazides and cyanoboranes: part 14”, bioorg. med. chem . lett., 15, 2509-2513.   table (1) physical properties of the ligand and its complexes.   dmso 5(aromatic protons)h6cc= proton) (carboxylateh coo 2.49 6.84-8.44. 12.26 table (3) 13c-nmr chemical transfers for (h2l) dmso 5(aromatic carbons ) h6cc= carbon) (carboxylateoohc carbon) (imine-=nc 40.81 122.11~153.67 159.09 161.12 compounds formula molecular weight colour wight g, yeild% m.p. %elemental analysis found % (calculated) c h n m h2l c40h28n2o4 600.66 yellow 0.24g, 85% 187 79.76 (79.98) 4.78 (4.70) 4.43 (4.66) [co(l)]2 c80h52co2n4o8 1315.16 brown 0.31g, 77% 220 72.98 (73.06) 4.09 (3.99) 4.42 (4.26) 9.08 (8.96) [ni(l)]2 c80h52n4ni2o8 1314.68 brown 0.31g, 72% 254 72.87 (73.09) 3.67 (3.99) 4.09 (4.26) 8.78 (8.93) [cu(l)]2 c80h52cu2n4o8 1324.38 deep brown 0.23g, 75% 228 72.57 (72.55) 3.52 (3.96) 3.14 (4.23) 3.75 (4.23) [mn(l)]2 c80h52mn2n4o8 1307.17 brown 0.31g, 64% 245 73.12 (73.51) 3.89 (4.01) 4.33 (4.29) 8.32 (8.41) [hg(l)]2 c80h52hg2n4o8 1598.47 offwhite 0.31g, 68% 241 59.5 (60.11) 3.64 (3.28) 6.89 (3.51) 25.45 (25.10) chemistry | 150 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (4) the major hesitations of the compounds (cm-1). table (5) conductance measurements magnetic susceptibility and uv-vis data compoun ds (b.m) µeff λm(s.cm 2.mol-1) (10-3m) in ethanol (nm)λma x abs (cm-1) wave number l.mol-1.cm1€max functions geometry ligand 288 342 1.981 0.531 34722 29239 1981 531 n→π* π→π* [mn2(l)2] 5.64 16 297 365 487 584 2.026 2.127 0.510 0.112 33670 27397 20533 17123 2026 2127 510 112 l.f c.t 6a1→ 4a1(g) 6a1→ 4e(g) tetrahedral [co2(l)2] 4.35 15 292 347 621 2.069 2.145 0.032 34246 28818 16103 2069 2145 32 l.f c.t 4a2→ 4t1(p) tetrahedral [ni2(l)2] 3.80 12 284 346 419 702 2.016 1.971 1.215 0.016 35211 28901 23866 14245 2016 1971 1215 16 l.f c.t 3t2→ 3t1 3t1→ 3a2 tetrahedral [cu2(l)2] 2.2 17 290 340 509 0.056 1.521 0.402 34482 29411 19646 56 1521 402 l.f c.t 2e→2b2 tetrahedral [hg2(l)2] dia. 11 310 388 1.820 0.623 32258 25773 1820 623 c.t c.t tetrahedral table (6) diameter of area of suppression (mm) compounds υ(oh) υ(c=n) υas(coo -) υs(coo -) δυas(coo ).δυs(coo ) υ(m-n) υ(m-o) ligand(l) 3441 1683 [mn2(l)2] 1645 1499 1424 99 571 472 [co2(l)2] 1651 1502 1389 119 541 469 [ni2(l)2] 1662 1509 1372 137 484 440 [cu2(l)2] 1637 1507 1366 141 519 483 [hg2(l)2] 1660 1510 1378 132 557 445 hg2(l)2] [cu2(l)2] [ni2(l)2] [co2(l)2] [mn2(l)2] h2l dmso control comp. 7 7 10 4 11 2 escherichia. coli 3 9 5 7 7 6 1 staphylococcus aureus 5 8 3 1 6 3 1 bacllus 3 6 1 3 4 7 pseudmonas chemistry | 151 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (1) 1hnmr spectrum of ligand. figure (2) 13cnmr spectrum of ligand figure (3) ir spectrum of ligand. chemistry | 152 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (4) ir spectrum of complex [hg2(l)2] figure (5) uv of (h2l)   figure (6) uv of [ni2(l)2] chemistry | 153 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (7) difference between the antimicrobial activity of (h2l)& metal complexes  0 2 4 6 8 10 12 h2l[co(l)2][ni(l)2][cu(l)2][mn(l)2][hg(l)2]    d im e te r  o f  in h ib it io n  z o n escherichia. coli staphylococcus aureus bacllus pseudmonas chemistry | 154 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ،(ii) والنحاس (ii) للمعقدات الكوبلت النواة للثنائي الحيوي والنشاط وتشخيص توليف n2o2 نوع شف من قاعدة مع ليكاند (ii) والزئبق (ii) المنجنيز ،(ii) النيكل كاظم آلشمري رحاب . فائزة حسن غانم بغداد جامعة )/الھيثم ابن( الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية /الكيمياء قسم 2016/حزيران/28:قبل في ،2016/اذار/1:استلم في الخالصة التي h2l (c40h28n2o4) شيف معقدات النحاس والنيكل والكوبالت والمنغنيز والزئبق الثنائي النواة مع قاعدة وقد تم تحليل العناصر لليكاند قاعدة شيف والمعقدات ، . بنزويل حمض البنزويك-2حصلت عليھا من تكثيف البنزينيدين مع الرنين النووي المغناطيسي وقياسات ,واألشعة المرئية وفوق البنفسجية الحمراءالدراسات الطيفية من خالل االشعة تحت وأظھرت جميع المعقدات ھندستھا رباعي السطوح مع . والسائل اللوني عالي األداء التوصيل المولي و العزم مغناطيسي معظم المركبات مستعدة الظھار نشاط مضاد للجراثيم [m2(l)2] .الھيكل العام .(pesudomonas)و (staphylococcus aureus) ,(bacillus),(escherichiacoli):كترياللب البنزويك، البنزينيدين،معقدات ثنائية السن والفعالية البايولوجية بنزويل حمض2تشخيص،قاعدة شف، :مفتاحية الكلمات ال ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الملوثة ببكتریا كمنظف حیوي للمیاه cyclocypria استخدام الجنس escherichia coli و staphylococcus aurous. كفایة عبد اهللا أبوبكر،إبراهیم مهدي عزوز السلمان جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة أبن الهیثمقسم علوم الحیاة، . لیبیا،سبها جامعة،كلیة العلومقسم علوم الحیاة، 2011 االول تشرین 11: في البحث قبل 2011 حزیران 29: في البحث استلم الخالصة ة أو الصدفیة القشریات طائفة تحت من cyclocypria جنس من القشري أفراد استخدمت الدراسة هذه في الدرعی os tra coda بكتریا من بنوعین الملوثة للمیاه ًحیویا ًمنظفا escherichia coli وstaphyloc occus aurous ، طبقت مائي بیئي وسط في ًملوثا العدد معلومة نقیة مزارع شكل على المذكورة البكتریا بإدخال مختبریة ظروف تحت الدراسة هذه .للمیاه الملوثة البكتریا هذه من للبیئة ًحیویا ًمنظفا للقشري البیئي والدور االفتراس كفایة أختبار لغرض نقي، 10 ×6 بین تراوحت التجربة من األولى أیام الثالثة خالل االفتراس معدالت أن الدراسة نتائج أثبتت 6 10× 7و 6 وحدة ، والثاني التاسع، األیام في افتراس معدل أعلى وسجل المفترس، من أفراد10 لكل / یوم 3/مل/ المستعمرة تكوین عشر 10× 10 حوالي كان إذ المعاملة، من عشر، والخامس 6 10× 15 و 6 ت ،أفراد 10 لكل/ مل/ المستعمرة تكوین وحدة وبلغ escherichia coli بكتریا من لكل% 99.35 و 99.48 التجربة نهایة في لالفتراس المئویة النسبة ة البكتریا مكافحة في القشریات هذه وكفایة البیئي الدور یبین مما التوالي، على staphylococcus aurousو الملوث الكثافة لعوامل یخضع االفتراس معدل بین العالقة أن النتائج أوضحت كما. الحیویة السیطرة أسالیب من ًأسلوبا للمیاه وفقا العالقة سارت إذ البكتریا، لنمو الالزمة العضویة المغذیات ومقدار البیئي، الوسط وحجم والبكتریا، للقشریات العددیة feedba االسترجاعیة التغذیة لقاعدة ck النوع على والمحافظة والفریسة المفترس بین. ة: لكلمات مفتاحیة ا .، البكتریا، السیطرة الحیویة، التلوث المنظفات البیئیة، المفترس ، القشریات الصدفی :المقدمة ة یؤكد علماء البیئیة التطبیقیة على أهمیة دراسة وفهم العالقات الحیویة بین االحیاء وتوظیفها في المكافحة الحیوی ، كمنظفات أوالسیطرة البیئیة لحفظ التوازن بین االنواع أو استخدامها أدلة حیویة في كشف التلوث البیئي بمختلف صوره ذي یمتاز بتنوع السلوك الحیوي والبیئي ووفرة العدد وقصر دورة الحیاة وسرعة النمو ویفضل في هذا االختیار الكائن الحي ال ومن بین أهم هذه العالقات التي تتأثر بها ]. 5، 4، 3، 2، 1[وتأثیره في طبیعة العالقات الحیویة في مجتمعه الحیوي التي هي عبارة عن طریقة من طرائق التغذیة یتم فیها افتراس دینامیكیة وتركیب الجماعات السكانیة هي عالقة االفتراس، ط كائن حي قوي آلخر أضعف منه، وتحصل هذه العالقة في مختلف عوالم األحیاء أبتداء من بعض األولیات ثنائیة االسوا العالقة بشكل أكثر والالفقاریات الدنیا والعلیا صعودا إلى أنواع الفقاریات، وتزداد شدة هذه dinoflagellatesالدوارة وضوحا عندما تصبح كمیة الغذاء محدودة أو أن مساحة الموطن البیئي ال تكفي الستیعاب األفراد الناتجة من التكاثر أو ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 popالزیادة الكبیرة في حجم الجماعة السكانیة ulation size ألي سبب من األسباب المرتبطة بمعدالت الوالدات والنمو crustالمجامیع الحیاتیة التي تتأثر بشكل واضح بهذا التداخل هي مجموعة القشریاتومن بین ]. 9، 8، 6،7[ acea وذلك ب ًالنها واسعة االنتشار في البیئة وشدیدة الحساسیة لمتغیراتها فضال عن تمیزها بتنوع سلوك التوطن وأنماط التغذیة والتراكی ذا التمیز البیئي جعل منها مجموعة حیاتیة مهمة جلبت أنظار ه ].12، 11، 10[واللواحق التي تساعد في عملیة االفتراس ًعدید من الباحثین إلى استخدام أفرادها في الزراعات المختبریة إما مصادرا للبروتین أو مؤشرات حیویة لمراقبة التلوث bioindicatorsئیة والبریة، كما في واختبار سمیة المركبات والعناصر الكیمیائیة التي تتعرض لها النظم البیئیة الما cladocerاستخدام أفراد من مجموعة متفرعات القرون a ومتساویة االرجل isop oda أوالقشریات الصدفیة ostracoda ر ].15، 14، 13، 9، 2[ أو دورها مترممات بیئیة تقوم بتخلیص المیاه من الفئات العضوي وتحویله إلى كربون وعناص الحیاء، أو إدخالها منظفات بیئیة تعمل بمختلف النظم البیئیة البریة والمائیة وتحافظ على ًاساسیة تطرح نواتجا ألیض هذه ا التوازن البیئي من خالل عملها مفترسات أولیة لمختلف حلقات السلسلة الغذائیة، ومن بین هذه المفترسات المهمة في النظم ].17، 16 ،13[البیئیة المائیة مجموعة القشریات الدرعیة بالنظر لندرة البحوث والدراسات في منطقتنا التي تتناول موضوع استعمال هذه األحیاء والسیما ما یتعلق باستعمال و ط ostracodaالقشریات الدرعیة منظفات بیئیة في مجال المعالجة والمكافحة الحیویة، وضعت الدراسة الحالیة لتسلی escherichiaأجناس القشریات الدرعیة إلفتراس البكتریا من جنسي احد cyclocypria الضوء على قابلیة افراد القشري coliو staphyloco ccus aurous ا ً انموذجا تطبیقیا مختبریا لتلوث المیاه باألحیاء المجهریة المختلفة، التي عادة م ً ً المیاه الملوثة بصورة مباشرة یؤدى توافرها بوفرة إلى حدوث أضرار بالغة لإلنسان، أما باحداثها لألمراض المنقولة بوساطة ة أو ًبتأثیرها في الحیوانات المائیة المهمة اقتصادیا من الالفقریات أو الفقریات الداخلة في سالسل الغذاء مصادرا أ ساسی من هذا المنطلق بنیت فكرة الدراسة في اختیار وتنمیته وتكثیره في میاه شبكة اإلسالة ]. 21، 20، 1،18،19[ومهمة ت الخالیة من أي تلوث كیمیائي بعد الفحص، بوصفه طریقة من طرائق الحجر الصحي متبعة لغرض التخلص من الملوثا ً لكونه قشریا واسع االنتشار في المواقع المائیة المختلفة ویفضل cyclocypria جنس ].26، 2[المختلفة وكما ذكر ملوثة للمیاه ر فیها المواد العضویةالمعیشة على سطح القاع والمناطق الساحلیة الضحلة التي تكث ، 5،11[ وتواجد البكتریا ال ، وكذلك لغرض معرفة كفایته في أفتراس البكتریا الطبیعیة والمرضیة، كما أن اغلب المصادر التي تم مراجعتها لم ]22 ة ًتؤكد كونه مضیف أو ناقل للطفیلیات التي تسببها العدید من القشریات األخرى، فضال عن مالئمة ا لظروف البیئیة المحلی ب لتربیة وتكثیر هذه االحیاء والسیما مایتعلق بدرجات الحرارة وتوافر األضاءة المناسبة لنشاط وتكاثر هذه القشریات في أغل ]. 23، 3،13، 2[بلدان المنطقة العربیة واألسیویة مما یدعم تطبیق مثل هذه المعالجات الضروریة كما یؤكد الباحثون :العمل وطرائق المواد : السالالت البكتیریة والقشریات المستخدمة– أ escherichia co أستخدمت سالالت بكتیریة نقیة من li nctcju-1 staphyloco و 10448 ccus aurous ٌ جامعة سبها، وحضرت المزاتم الحصول علیها من المتحف المیكروبي التابع لقسم علم الحیوان في كلیة العلوم ة ُ رع اللیلی nutمن كال الساللتین باستعمال وسط rient broth 18/م37 وحضنت على درجة حرارةh وتم حساب أعدادها في ، ق واحد مل من المزرعة اللیلیة الستعماله أعداد أولیه لغرض التلقیح في أوساط النمو المشترك مع المفترس عن طری ا cyclocypriaأما أفراد جنس ]. 24، 1[في وفقا لما ذكر ) cfuحساب وحدة تكوین المستعمرة( فقد تم الحصول علیه من أحواض تخزین میاه السقي التابعة لمشروع سبها الزراعي جنوب لیبیا، تمت نقلها وتكثیرها مختبریا في أوساط مائیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 لك تم عزلها بعد ذ] 26، 2[اصطناعیة خالیة من أي تلوث كیمیائي بوصفه طریقة من طرائق الحجر الصحي وكما ذكر ] 22،25، 13[ وتصنیفها وتوزیع أفراد الجنس المستهدف في مزارع دائمیة كما جاء في : المزارع واألوساط المشتركة–ب 200 ملل نظیفة تحتوي على 500 حضرت األوساط المائیة المستخدمة في التجربة وذلك بأخذ قناني زجاجیة حجم ر مل من الماء المستعمل لتنمیة القشر یات مختبریا والحاوي على العناصر الغذائیة الضروریة للنمو والمأخوذ من مصاد جمع القشریات من بیئتها الطبیعیة الموجودة في أحواض مائیة تحتوي على نباتات وطحالب ومواد عضویة تستعمل لخزن 20 – 15 جهاز التعقیم بالبخارمدةعقمت المیاه بوساطة. میاه السقي في المزارع الواقعة قرب مدینة سبها في جنوب لیبیا م121بوصة ودرجة حرارة / باوند15دقیقة وتحت ضغط وبخار ماء ا لضمان قتل أي نوع من البكتریا موجود فیها ، وكم :وقسمت هذه األوساط على مجامیع عدیدة كما یأتي) 21(ذكر escherichiaلغرض حساب نمو كال الساللتین من بكتریا ) قیاسیة(حضرت كونهاعینة : المجموعة األولى* coli staphylocoو ccus aurous بدون مفترس ومقارنته مع االوساط المعاملة بالمفترس . د الجنسحضرت لتقدیر كفایة االفتراس: المجموعة الثانیة* إذ أضیف ، لكل من الساللتینsp cyclocypria عند أفرا . أفراد منه10إلى كل وسط لغرض إثبات عدم حصول التلوث بأنواع أخرى من البكتریا خالل مدة الدراسة تم استعملت أوساطا انتخابیة معروفة * ة s. aurousلبكتریا .110staphووسط e.coliمن مكاكونكي أجار لبكتریا لغرض أجراء الفحوصات الكیموحیوی للتثبت من ) ماء المصدر(للساللتین للتثبت من نوع البكتریا الذي تم توصیفه سابقا، وكذلك تم اختبار وسط النمو للعینات m(عدم تلوثه ببكتریا أخرى وذلك باستعمال طریقة الترشیح الغشائي f(24، 21[ التي وصفت من[ . ك والنسبة المئویة لالفتراس لكل وسط بكتیري معامل مع المفترس كل ثالثة أیام حتى نهایة سجلت مستویات االستهال* ًالتجربة،وأجریت التجارب في ظروف مختبریة منتظمة من حیث درجات الحرارة واإلضاءة، إذ كانت الحرارة معدال عاما ً25 كرر العمل ثالث مرات وحسب المعدل العام . م، أما األس الهدروجیني فتمت متابعته طوال مدة التجربة لكل وسط±2 ]. 1،27 [لكل عینة وكما جاء في :والمناقشة النتائج :)العینة القیاسیة (األوساط الحاویة على البكتریا فقط .1 ) المصدر المضاف( نالحظ أن العدد االبتدائي للبكتیریا أي ) 1(والشكل) 1( عند متابعة النتائج وكما مبین في الجدول e. coli 10 × 68 كان 8 10 × 44 بینما أصبح هذا العدد في الوسط المائي المستعمل في التجارب 6 وفي الیوم السابع 10 × 44.1940والعشرین 6 و 21 و18 و15 و12 و 9 و 6 و 3، وتراوحت نتائج األیام مل/ تكوین المستعمرة وحدة 044.144 و 44.9900 و 044.690 و44.4400 و 44.3300 و 044.180 و 44.1500 و44.900 على التوالي 24 ×10 6 10 × 65 فكان العدد االبتدائي s. aurousبینما في وسط . على الترتیبمل/ تكوین المستعمرة وحدة 8 عند 10 × 39.00اإلضافة وأصبح في الیوم األول بعد التخفیف 6 10 × 39.300 و 6 مل في الیوم / تكوین المستعمرة وحدة ى التوالي 24 و21 و18 و 15 و 12 و 9 و 6 و 3وتراوحت نتائج األیام السابع والعشرین، ، 39.1500 ، 39.900 عل 10× 39.3400 و 39.9400، 39.6400، 39.3900، 39.2600، 39.2500 6 د . مل/ تكوین المستعمرة وحدة وعن و 1500 و 300 و 600 و 900ألول نجده اعتبارا من الیوم الثالث الى الثالثین كان حساب معدل الزیادة المتعاقبة للنوع ا 6000 و 2500 و و 1300 و 100 و 1000 و 600 و 900 وللثاني 500 و 8460 و 3000 و 2500 و 1100 سا لمستویات ومن هذه النتائج نجد أن معدالت الزیادة ضعیفة جدا قیا. على الترتیبمل/ تكوین المستعمرة وحدة 400و ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 10الى أن البكتریا في المیاه الطبیعیة ممكن أن تصل الى حوالي ] 7 ,23[ التكاثر البكتیري المعروف،إذ یشیر الباحث لتر، ونعتقد أن محدودیة النمو والزیادة في التجربة الحالیة یخضع بالدرجة األولى إلى قلة المغذیات في /ملیون خلیة ن حیث الحجم وسعة الموطن البیئي مما قاد الى نمو معتدل وهذا یتفق مع ما یؤكده الباحثون الوسط البیئي ومحدودیته م ء ] 24، 8[ من أن محدودیة المغذیات األساسیة للبكتریا من األمالح والكربون والنتروجین وغیرها من المواد الضروریة لبنا ا . موالجسم والتكاثر وكذلك محدودیة الموطن البیئي تسبب محدودیة الن مع ما تتصرف به األحیاء بیئی كما أن ذلك ینسجم ، وبذلك تمیل ي مصادر الغذاء أو تجاوز الكثافة لسعة الوسط للحد من مستوى النمو وسیلة لغرض تفادي التناقص الحاد ف carryإلى التوازن مع قدرة تحمل الوسط البیئي ing capacity خاص بشكل ) 1( وهذا ما تم مالحظته في نتائج الشكل ء 27 و 24 وعودته الى نمط مشابه في األیام 9 و6ولألیام وذلك وفقا لقاعدة النمو اللوجستیكي المعروفه في األحیا ].27، 15،25،26[ المجهریة تحت الظروف المختبریة الثابته نسبیا وهذا ما یؤكده الباحثون : األوساط المعاملة بالمفترس-2 في الیوم األول من المعاملة مع e. coliأن أعداد بكتریا) 2(والشكل ) 2،3(اول أظهرت النتائج الموضحة في الجد 10 × 44المفترس كانت 6 10 × 0.10 أصبحت 27 وفي الیوم 6 و 9 و 6 و 3 خلیة بكتریا فقط، وتناقصت عند األیام 10 × 0.10 و 0.30 و 0.50 و 2 و 4 و 19 و 24 و 32 و 38 إلى 24 و 21 و 18 و 15 و 12 6 تكوین وحدة 10 × 39 في الیوم األول s. aurous على الترتیب، بینما كان عدد بكتریا مل/ المستعمرة 6 10 × 0.40 وأصبح 6 و 29 و 32 إلى 24 و21 و 18 و 15 و 12 و 9 و 6 و 3 بعد إضافة المفترس، وتناقصت خالل األیام 27في الیوم 10 × 0.60 و1 و 2 و 5.5 و 9 و 19 6 ة . على التواليمل/ تكوین المستعمرة وحدة ویتبین من حساب المعدالت والنسب المئویة لالستهالك أن أفراد القشري المختبر لها قدرة عالیة في افتراس كال النوعین من البكتیریا مع میول نسبیة للنوع 15 و 12 و 9 و 6 و 3ارا من الیوم ،إذ كانت النتائج على الترتیب اعتب) 4 و3( األول، وتتوضح هذه العالقات بالشكلین 10 × 0.20 و 1.5 و0.20 و2 و 15 و 5 و 8 و 6 و 6 (27 و24 و 21 و 18و 6 للنوع % 99.48 وبنسبة افتراس 10 × 0.4 و 0.4 و 1.0 و3.0 و 4.0 و 10 و 10 و 3 و 7األول و 6 ، 10/ أیام3 / تكوین المستعمرةوحدة أفراد وهذا المیل للتغذیة ربما یعود إلى االختالف في حجم الخالیا بین النوعین،إذ أن . ثانيللنوع ال% 99.35وبنسبة افتراس تكون على شكل كتل خلویة عنقودیة كما یؤكد ذلك s. aurous تكون عصویة الشكل ومنفردة بینما في e.coliخالیا didymium، لعالقة االفتراس بین أفراد جنس ]33[وهذا االستنتاج یتفق كذلك مع دراسات ] 27، 24، 19[الباحثون حیث وجدا إن نسبة االفتراس كانت .multimicronucleatum pو aurelia parameciumونوعین من البرامسیوم ] 40، 36،38،39[ أكثر من النوع األول، بینما درس الباحثون .multimicronucleatum pفي النوع األكبر حجما phytبعض الدوالبیات ومتفرعة اللوامس والسوطیات النباتیة من االولیات عالقة التغذیة بین oflagellates وبكتریا المیاه ت ٕوانواع من الطحالب والفتات العضوي وغیرها، واستنتجوا من هذه الدراسات وجود نزعة لكل مجموعة من هذه المفترسا بینما یشیر .الب أو الفتات العضوي اكثر من االنواع االخرىوالمترممات في استهالك انواع معینة من هذه البكتریا أو الطح الى ان السبب في ذلك ربما یعود الى طبیعة تركیب الجسم والمحتوى ]. 34،36، 1،5،7[فریق آخر من الباحثین أمثال باحثین وتؤكد ذلك دراسات ال. البروتیني واإلضافات الخارجیة وطریقة االنتشار ألنواع البكتریا في الوسط المائي ء ]32،34،36[ عند دراستهم ألنماط مختلفة من إشكال النمو البكتیري وعالقته مع قدرة تحمل الوسط ونوع مصادر الغذا .المتوافرة في نماذج محدد من البحیرات وخزانات المیاه ى سیاقات العالقة أما العالقة بین شدة االفتراس ومدة بقاء أفراد القشري فقد خضعت هي األخرى من وجهة نظرنا إل لتوازن االعداد بین المفترس والفریسة داخل الوسط المائي، إذ نالحظ ارتفاع مستوى ] 9،29،33،38[التي وصفها الباحثون االفتراس في األیام األولى والوسطى نتیجة لتوافر أعداد كبیرة من البكتریا وبعد ذلك االنخفاض التدریجي، وربما یعود كذلك نافس بین أفراد النوع الواحد من المفترسات، إذ سجلت هالكات بین أفراد القشریات في الوسط الحاوي على إلى اشتداد الت ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 e.coli من المجموع الكلي للعینات، وفي % 70 فرد وبنسبة مئویة 30ً فردا من اصل 21، وبلغت 24 أبتداء من الیوم من المجموع الكلي، وفي الیوم % 60بة مئویة فرد وبنس30 فرد من اصل 18 هلك s. aurousالوسط الحاوي على 10 × 0.400 و 0.100 وعندما أصبحت إعداد البكتریا في المستوى الحرج للوسط األول27 6 ت للوسط الثاني، هلك وهذا ربما یكون حالة من حاالت المحافظة على النوع وطرح البیوض الساكنة واالنسحاب من %. 100أفراد القشري وبنسبة ق الوسط و ط البیئي بشكل ضاغط ، وهذا یتف هي ظاهرة مسجلة في معظم القشریات عند ندرة الغذاء أو تغیر عوامل الوس أو أن ماحصل یدخل ضمن مفهوم العالقات السلبیة بین االحیاء حالة من ]. 5،17،22،25،37[مع ماذكره الباحثون من البكتریا المهددة باالفتراس الكامل ضد أفراد المفترس قامت بها أفراد كال النوعینantibiosesحاالت التضاد الحیوي dinoflagellatesمحاولة للحفاظ على النوع، وقد سجلت مثل هذه الحاالت في عدید من األحیاء،مثل االولیات الدوارة حثون ً ضد الدافنیا مفترسا وغیرها من األحیاء كما ذكر الباchlorellaضد بعض الالفقریات، وفي طحالب جنس للوسط لم یتغیر الى الحد المؤثر، إذ كان في phوما یدعم هذه االراء كون االس الهدروجیني ]. 30، 6،17،29[ .s في وسط المفترس وبكتریا 7.14 و e.coli لوسط المفترس مع بكتریا 6.54 و 7.18االوساط القیاسیة بمعدل aurousحت تأثیر وجود المفترس بالدرجة األساس وهذا یتفق مع أراء مما یؤكد بأن التغیر في أعداد البكتریا كان ت االستنتاج أن هذه القشریات منظفات حیویة كفوءه في ومن النتائج المتحصل علیها من الدراسة یمكن] . [ 39 ,40الباحثین معالجة التلوث البكتیري، كما یمكنها التحكم بكثافتها وفعالیتها في االفتراس واالنتشار حسب كمیة وأعداد البكتریا وبشكل أعداد من البكتریا تلقائي، إذ ثبت بالتجربة عند نهایة العمل وتحسین ظروف االوساط الناتجة من نهایة التجربة وحقنها ب والمغذیات أن ظهرت أفراد جنس القشري المدروس بالتعاقب من جدید خالل مدة أسبوع مما یؤكد وجود البیوض الساكنة في . الوسط توصي الدراسة بعمل إختبارات على األجناس واالنواع االخرى من القشریات الدرعیة الواسعة االنتشار في البیئة ة المحلیة واالقلیم ًیة لغرض اختیار االفضل منها مفترسا لمجامیع مختلفة من االحیاء المجهریة الملوثة للمیاه وأدخالها حلق .مكملة لخطوات المعالجة الحیویة المتقدمة والسیما لمیاه الصرف الصحي شكر وتقدیر ه یتقدم الباحثان بوافر الشكر والتقدیر لألستاذ الدكتور أحمد علي الجنقة من كلیة العل وم جامعة سبها واالستاذ حسین لفت ، الجبوري أستاذ االحیاء المجهریة المساعد في قسم الصناعات الغذائیة في كلیة العلوم التقنیة والهندسیة في براك الشاطئ .جامعة سبها في لیبیا، لمساعدتهما في تدقیق ومتابعة الجانب الخاص بالفحوصات المجهریة :المصادر ، 1األحیاء الدقیقة المعملیة، ط ). 1994( فؤاد، ألعزام، عقاب، الشاعر،عبد المجید و المثني، عرسان جاد اهللا، نزار -1 . األردن–دار المستقبل للنشر والتوزیع، عمان cyclocypris sp وsimecephalus spاسـتخدام ). 2003(الـسلمان، ابــراهیم مهـدي، والبوســیفي، المعـة مختــار .2 للعلـوم البحتـة والتطبیقیـة، المجلـد الثـاني، -كمؤشر حیوي لتقدیر سمیة الحدید على قشریات المیاه العذبة، مجلـة جامعـة سـبها . لیبیا–، سبها 41 – 25العدد الثاني، . مصر–، الدار العربیة للنشر والتوزیع، القاهرة 1 منظفات البیئة، ط ).1955(عبد الجواد، احمد عبد الوهاب .3 4. thebault, e and loreau, m (2006). the relationship between biodiversity and ecosy stem function in food webs. ecol. res.21, 1:17-25. 5. parsons, t.r (1992). zoop lanktonic p roduction, fundamentals of aquatic ecosy st ems, blackwell scientific publications. oxford – uk. p .46 – 66. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ، 1أساسیات علم البیئة، ط ). 2007(السلمان، إبراهیم مهدي، المثناني، عبد السالم محمد ، السعیدي، محمد علي .6 . لیبیا–إصدار جامعة سبها، سبها 7. clark, h (2007). does birth weight correlate with p redation rate. m html: // gombusia\ 24 abs 39.mht. 1/7/2007. 8. m argulis, l (1988). the five kingdom, 1 st (ed) w.h, freeman company, uk. 9. low, e, w, clews, p, todd, p.a, tai, yc. ng, p.k (2010).top -down control of p hy top lankton by zoop lankton in trop ical reservoirs in singp ore. the raffelsbulletin of zoology , 58, 2: 311-322. 10. barry, m .j & bayly, i.a.e (1985). furt her st udies on p redators of crest s in australian daphnia and the effects of crest s on p redation. australian journal of m arine and freshwater research, 36: 519-524. 11. m eisch, c (2000). freshwater ostracoda of west ern and central europe. sp ectrum academisher verlog gmbh – heidelberg, berlin: p p 315. 12. reginald, v (2004). crust acea, ostracoda in yule, c.m & sen, y.h.[eds]. fresh water invertebrates of t he m alaysia region. academy of sciences m alaysion: 225-252. دراسة بیئیة تصنیفیة للقشریات الصدفیة في بحیرة حجارة ). 2004(السلمان، إبراهیم مهدي وعلي، عائشة إ رحومة .13 . لیبیا–، سبها 20/4/2004 -19ب لیبیا ، مؤتمر علوم الحیاة الثالث، جامعة سبها، جنو 14. alnour, a.m (2004). toxicity of chemical pesticides t o the woodlice procellionides pruinosus (brandt 1833) common to agro ecosy st ems of m urzug. m .sc. thesis, faculty of science sebha university -lybia. 15. stibor, h, vadstein, o, diehl, s, gelzleichter, a and hansen, a (2004). cop ep ods act as a switch between alternative trop hic cascades in marine pelagic food webs. e col. lett , 5: 785791. 16. vadebon coeur, y, m ccann,k, z anden, and rasmussen, j (2005 ). effects of m ulti-chain omnivory on the strength of trop hic control in lakes. ecosy st ems,8, 6:682-693. 17. abate, s, bertholon, l & pey p ouqret, j.p. (1988) a methods t o measure the ostracoda vestibule area: an example and imp lication in the genus krithe" bull central rech. exp lore. pord. elf – aquitaine, p au, men. 20: 399. parice. مجلة البیئة اللیبیة، العدد السادس، . e.coliالتسمم الغذائي بواسطة بكتریا القولون ). 2001(الشریك، یوسف محمد .18 . لیبیا–هیئة العامة للبیئة، طرابلس ، ال24 -22السنة األولى، جامعة -، أصدارات كلیة العلوم 1 الجزء النظري، ط-بیئة االحیاء الدقیقة). 2009(حمد، أبتسام، نظام،عدنان أحمد .19 .391ص .دمشق، سوریا 20. davidson, e (1981). pathogenesis of invertebrate m icrobial diseases. allanheld. osm & co.pup lishers.inc. totowa, new jersey .usa. 21. willey, s and woolverton, m . (2008). m icrobiology . 17 th , ed, m c graw hill, higher education, new york.usa. 22. baranes, r, rup p ert, d, edward, e and foy , r (2004). invertebrate zoology , 7 th ed, bsandar comp any, philadelp hia, usa. 23. elssaidi, m . almathnani, a, elkassas, h. & elzemaity , m (2005) rhizofiltration of some heavy metals from sewa ge eff luents using duckweed. third national conference of biotechnolo gy , 12 – 14 ap ril, sebha – liby a. یقة، ط علم األحی). 1994( المثني، عرسان .24 . األردن–، دار المستقبل للنشر والتوزیع، عمان 1اء الدق 25. edmondson, w.t (1959). freshwater biology , 2 nd . [ed] john wiley & son, in c. new york usa. تأثیر تواجد كلورید األلمنیوم في الوسط المائي على حیاتیة القشریات ). 2007(السلمان، إبراهیم مهدي .26 cyclocypris sp & simecepha lus sp . 45، 1، العدد 6مجلة جامعة سبها للبحوث الصرفة والتطبیقیة، المجلد . لیبیا– سبها 57 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 . جامعة دمشق، سوریا–، منشورات 1میكروبیولوجیا المیاه، ط ). 2004(نظام، عدنان أحمد .27 28. kent, a, jones, s, graham,j and m cm ahon,k. (2006). exp erimental m anip ulations of microbial food weeb interactions in a humic lake, shifting biolo gy drives of bacteria community st ructure. environ. m icrobiol, 8, issue, 8:1448-1459. 29. m anuel, g & m olles, jr (2002). ecolo gy , concepts and app lications, 2 nd, ed , m cgraw hill companies, inc, new york usa. 30. colinvaux, p. ecology 2 (1993). 2 nd , ed, john wiley & sons, inc. new york u sa. 31. rheinheimer, g. (1994). aquatic microbiolo gy , 4 th . ed, wiley publishers since1807. new york usa. 32. toshifumi, t. (1984). seasonal variations in four bacterial size fractions from a hyp ertrop hic p ond in toky o, jap an. int. rev. gesamt. hy drobiology . 69, 6: 843 – 858. 33. britt eny , w & fidel, j. (2004). effect of didymium on paramecium aure lia compared to paramecium multimicronuc leatum", www. m ageet @ p eak. org. a:/ecology _files/ casda 91y . htm. 34. borutski, e.b (2004). principle methods for study ing food habit and foods relationship in natural conditions. “ nauka" publishing, m oscow. pp .122. 35. faafen g, b, hessen, d, brabrand, a & nilssen, j. (1990). bioman ipulation and food – web dy namicst he importance of seasonal stability . hy drobiologia, 200/ 201, 119 – 128. 36. harvey, r & young, w (1980). enrichment and association of bacteria and particulates insult marsh surface water. app le. and environ. m icrobial. 39, 12:1655 – 1663. 37. m ellanby , h (1963). animal life freshwater, 6 th. (ed). chap man & hall, ltd. london uk. 38. kest rup , a, dick, j and ricciard, a (2011). interactions between invasive and native crucstaceans, differential functional r esp onses of intraguild p redators t owards juvenile heterosp ecifics. biol. invasions, 13:731-737. 39. kw.t, turk, v, and grossart, h (2010). linkage between crustacean zoop lankton and aquatic bacteria. aquatic m icrobial ecology , 2, 1:1-17. 40. vrede, t and vredein, k (2005). cont rasting ‘top -down’ effects of crustacean zoop lankton grazing on bacteria and phy toflagellates.aquatic eco logy ,39,3:283-293. ل القیاسیة معدالت النمو البكتیري في األوساط :)1(جدو ph عدل النمو م cf u/ml x10 3 s. aur ous cf u/ml x10 6 ph عدل النمو م cf u/ml x10 3 e. col i cf u /ml x106*** عاملة یوم/ الم ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 عملیة +: ي البیئة الم كتریا ف +: بیئة التنمیة(أعداد الب + م األول ). ي الیو ل200العدد االبتدائي المخفف في (العدد ف ). م cf u* :عمرة البكتیریة ل وحدة تكوین المست *106. تمث یمة العددیة للبكتریا :* تعني الق ول اد بكتریا ): 2(جد ونسبة االفتراسe .coliأعد ومعدل . في األوساط المعاملة بالمفترس وم األول*: ي الی دد البكتریا ف ة: *cfu. النسبة المئویة لالفتراس محسوبة على أساس ع تمثل وحدة تكوین المستعمرة البكتیری ل .sأعداد بكتریا ): 3(جدو aurousومعدل ونسبة االفتراس في األوساط المعاملة بالمفترس x 10 یوم/ المعاملة 6 cfu/ml s. aurous x 10 6 cfu/ml ویة * معدل االفتراس النسبة المئ س لالفترا ph مصدر ال مضاف ال 65×10 8 39 1الیوم/ العدد .000 8.3 32 3الیوم .000 7.0 0 17.9 7.9 29 6الیوم .000 3.0 0 7.69 7.2 19 9الیوم .000 10 .00 5.64 7.5 8 9.0 12الیوم 00 10 .00 25.64 7.4 8 5.5 15الیوم 00 4.0 0 10.25 7.2 2.0 18الیوم 00 3.0 0 7.69 6.8 1.0 21الیوم 00 1.0 0 2.5 6.8 0.6 24الیوم 00 0.4 00 1.02 6.5 0.4 27الیوم 00 0.0 0 1.02 6.5 ویة لالفتراس محس*: لالنسبة المئ وم األو ى أساس عدد البكتریا في الی عمرة البكتیریة: cfu. وبة عل وحدة تكوین المست تمثل مضاف+ 8 10× 68 8 10× 65 المصدر ال 8.3 39.000 8.3 44.000 + 1الیوم/ العدد+ 8.2 90 3الیوم 44.900 900 8.0 39.900 0 7.8 60 6الیوم 44.1500 600 7.7 39.1500 0 8.0 10 9الیوم 44.1800 300 8.0 39.2500 00 8.0 10 0 39.2600 8.0 15 12الیوم 44.3300 00 7.8 13 15الیوم 44.4400 1100 7.51 39.3900 00 7.6 25 00 39.6400 7.7 25 18الیوم 44.6900 00 6.8 25 00 39.9400 7.8 30 21الیوم 44.9900 00 7.1 600039.3400 7.59 84 24الیوم 44.1440 -60 27الیوم 44.1940 500 7.5 39.3000 -400 7.6 ph * النسبة المئویة لالفتراس عدل االفتراس cf م u/ml x 10 6 cf u/ml x 10 6* e .col i عاملة یوم/ الم مصدر المضاف 8 10× 68 ال 8.3 44 1العدد في الیوم 000. 7.59 13 .6 6.0 00 38 3الیوم 000. 7.4 13 .6 6.0 00 32 6الیوم 000. 6.9 18 .18 8.0 00 24 9الیوم 000. 7.51 11.3 5.0 00 19 12الیوم 000. 6.8 34 .0 15.000 4.0 15الیوم 00 7.2 4.5 2.0 00 2.0 18الیوم 00 7.0 3.4 1.5 00 0.5 21الیوم 00 6.8 0.4 5 0.2 00 0.3 24الیوم 00 6.5 0.4 5 0.2 00 0.1 27الیوم 00 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 ١٣٦٩١٢١٥١٨٢١٢٤٢ ٧ و نم ال ل عد م cf u /m l× 1 0 3 یوم/ الزمن e.coli s. aurous كل . منحنى معدالت النمو البكتیري في األوساط القیاسیة:)1(ش 0 10 20 30 40 50 ١٣٦٩١٢١٥١٨٢ ١٢٤٢٧ e.coli ك ال ستھ الا ل ا معد c fu \m l x 1 0 6 كل كتریا في األوساط المعاملة بالمفترس:)2(ش . منحى استھالك الب كل .لنوعي البكتریا المختبرة cyclocypria مقارنة بین معدالت افتراس أفراد:)3(ش ل cycloc النسبة المئویة الفتراس أفراد :)4(شك ypria للبكتریا المختبرة. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 ١٣٦٩١٢١٥١٨٢١٢٤٢٧ یا تر بك ال اد عد cا fu /m l × 1 0 6 لزمن وم / ا ی e.coli s t.aureus 0% 10 % 20 % 30 % 40 % 50 % 60 % 70 % 80 % 90 % 10 0 % \\\\"!"""! !! \ � s. aurous e.col i � %�" �� # ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 use the crustacean cyclocypria as bioclaner for bacteria escherichia coli & staphylococcus aurous in contaminated water. i. m.a. alsalman , k.a. abu baker departme nt of biology، college of education. ibin al-haitham ، unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of biology, collegy of science، unive rsity of sebha –libya received in :29 june 2011 accepte d in : 11 october 2011 abstract in this st udy the individuals of ostracoda crustacean cyclocypria were used as bioclaner of two sp ecies of bacteria namely escherichia coli & staphylococcus aurous, these bacteria have been introduced to an artificial aquatic environment with known number from p ure cultures. the aim was to check the p redation efficiency and ecological role of cyclocypria as biological cleaners. the results showed that the p redation rate was between 6 10 6 × and 7× 10 6 colony / ml/ 3 days/ 10 crustacean in the first three days. this rate increased remarkably in the 9th, 12 th & 15 th day from the beginning of the exp eriment and it was 10 × 10 6 and 15 × 10 6 resp ectively. the final p redation p ercentage was 99.48% for e. coli and 99.35% for s .aurous. this indicates the imp ortant role that cyclocypria p lay s to control both bacterial sp ecies, which indicates the possibility using in the biological p ollution control for these ty p es of bacteria. the results show that cyclocypria is efficient biocleaner, and the relation between consumption and p redation rate depends on several environmental and biological factors such as density of organisms, size of media and sp ecies p rotection. there was a feedback sy st em between the prey and predator. key words: bioclaner, predator, ostracoda, bacteria, biological control, pollution. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 88 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 synthesis of some new heterocyclic compounds via chalcone derivatives muna s. al-rawi dept.of chemistry / college of education for pure sciences( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 1 september 2014, accepted in: 7 december 2014 abstract the chalcones 1( a,b) were prepared by the reaction of 2acetyl benzofuran with two aromatic aldehydes in the presence of alkaline media. these chalcones are used as starting material to obtain the desired heterocyclic: pyrazolin, isoxazoline, pyrimidinthion, pyrimidinone, cyclohexanone and indazole derivatives. the structure of newly synthesized heterocyclic compounds were established on the basis of their melting points, elemental analysis(c.h.n), ftir and 1hmnr (for some of them) spectral data . the synthesized compounds have been screened for their antibacterial activities, they exhibited good antibacterial activity against escherichia coli (g-) and staphylococus aureus (g+) . key words: chalcones, pyrazoline, isoxazoline, pyrimidinone, pyrimidinthion cyclohexanone and indazole. 89 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 introduction chalcones represent an essential group of natural as well as synthetic products and some of them have wide range of pharmmacological activity such as anti-inflammatory, anti-fungal, antibacterial and anti-oxidnt agents [1-3]. chalcones were used to afford pharmacologically interesting heterocyclic systems like pyrazolines, isoxazoles and pyrimidines, cyclohexanone . pyrazolines for example are known to have anti-bacterial[4], anti-tumor[5], antihistaminic[6] and anti-convulsant activity[7] , while isoxazole exhibit anti-microbial, anticancer[8] and analgesic activity[9]. pyrimidines are associated with various biological activities like antiinflammatory and analgesic activity[10]. indole derivatives are reported to possess antibacterial, anti -cancer, anti-inflammatory[11] . hence, it appeared of interest to prepare new derivatives of the mentioned nucleouses. experimental materials all chemicals were supplied from merck , fluka and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received . techniques ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo (ir prestige21) ftir spectrophotometer . 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . elemental analysis (c.h.n.s-o) were carried out using an euroea elemental analyzser at ( the central service laboratory-college of education for pure sciences ibn alhaitham). uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus . 90 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015     2-6 (a,b) 1(a,b) nh2nh2.r ch3coch2cooet cooeto n h n o 7(a,b) 8(a,b) nh2nh2. nh2oh.hcl 9(a,b) ar 11(a,b) h n n s nh2conh2 nh2csnh2 o o + h ar o o o ar o o o n n ar r o n ar ar h n n o o o ar o ar 10(a,b) 1a : ar = och3 cl 2a : ar = r = h , ph , n c o , nh2 c o , nh2 s naoh etoh scheme(1) 91 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 synthesis synthesis of chalcones 1-(benzofuran-2-yl)-3-(substituted phenyl) prop-2ene-1-one (1a,b) [1] a mixture of aromatic benzaldehyde (0.01 mol) and 2-acetyl bezofuran (0.01 mol, 1.60 g) was dissolved in (10 ml) of ethanol, an aqueous soudium hydroxide solution (5 ml, 25%) was added. the mixture was stirred for 2-3hrs. at room temperature. the mixture was kept in a refrigerator for overnight when it became quite thick. then it was diluted with ice-cold distilled water (40 ml), filtered, washed well with cold water, dried in air and recrystallized from ethanol to give the required product (2.26 g, 82%), mp 118-120oc. synthesis of 3-(benzofuran-2-yl) pyrazoline derivatives 2-6(a,b) a mixture of chalcone 1(a,b) (0.01 mol) and hydrazine hydrate 99% (5ml, 0.01 mol) or substituted hydrazine hydrate (0.01 mol) in absolute ethanol (10 ml) containing glacial acetic acid (0.5 ml ) was refluxed for 2h[2]. after cooling, the solid formed was filtered off, air dried and recrystallized form absolute ethanol. the physical data of these compoundes are listed in table 1. anal. calcd for (4a) c24h18n3o3: c, 72.72 ; h, 4.54; n, 10.60. found: c, 73.23; h, 4.95; n, 9.87. synthesis of 3-(benzofuran-2-yl)isoxazoline derivatives 7(a,b) [8] to a mixture of chalcone (0.01 mol) and hydroxyl amine hydrochloride (0.01 mol , 0.69 g), absolute ethanol (50ml), aqueous sodium hydroxide (10%, 6 ml) were added then the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 8h and poured slowly into ice cold water and the product obtained was washed with water and recrystallized from absolute ethanol. the physical data of these compoundes are listed in table 1. anal. calcd for (7b) c17h12no2cl: c, 68.45; h, 4.02; n, 4.69. found: c, 67.95; h, 3.87; n, 4.02. synthesis of pyrimidinethion derivatives 8(a,b) [5] to a solution of chalcone (0.01 mol) absolute ethanol (10 ml), thiourea (0.01 mol, 0.6 g) and aqueous sodium hydroxide (10 ml, 20.0 mmol) were added. the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 7h and poured into iced cold water the product obtained was filtered, washed with water and recrystallized from absolute ethanol . the physical data of these compoundes are listed in table 1. anal. calcd for (8b) c18h11n2oscl : c, 63.71; h, 3.24; n, 8.25; s, 9.43. found: c, 62.95; h, 3.65; n, 7.93 ;s,9.10. synthesis of pyrimidinone derivatives 9 ( a,b) [5]: to a solution of (0.01 mol) of chalcone, absolute ethanol (10 ml), urea (0.01 mol, 0.6 g) of aqueous sodium hydroxide (10ml, 10 %) were added. the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 5h and poured in ice-cold water. the product obtained was filtered washed with water and recrystallized from ethanol (95%) . the physical data of these compoundes are listed in table 1. synthesis of cyclohexanone derivatives 10(a,b) [11] : a mixture of chalcones (1a,b) (0.01 mol) and ethyl acetoacetate (1.30ml, 0.01mol) in absolute ethanol (10ml) containing aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1 ml, 10%) was refluxed for 5h and then left overnight at room temperature. the solid formed was filtered off, air dried and recrystallized form absolute ethanol. the physical data of these compoundes are listed in table 1. anal. calcd for (10a) c24h20o5: c, 74.22; h, 5.15.. found: c, 74.87; h, 5.85. 92 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 synthesis of indazole derivatives 11(a,b) [11] a mixture of compounds10(a,b) (0.01 mol) and hydrazine hydrate 99% (5ml, 0.01 mol)in absolute ethanol (10 ml) containing glacial acetic acid (0.5 ml ) was refluxed for 2h. after cooling, the solid formed was filtered off, air dried and recrystallized form chloroform. the physical data of these compoundes are listed in table 1. anal. calcd for (11a) c22h17n2o3: c, 73.94; h, 4.76; n, 7.84. found: c, 73.11; h, 3.99; n, 7.21. result and discusion the synthesis of chalcones, pyrazoline, isoxazoline, pyrimidin -thion, pyrimidinon, cyclohexanone and indazole derivatives were performed as shown in scheme (1). the starting chalcones, namely 1-(benzofuran-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl) prop-2-ene-1one (1a) and 1-(benzofuran-2-yl)-3-(2-chlorophenyl) prop-2-ene-1-one (1b), were synthesized via the claisenschmidt reaction of 2-acetyl benzofuran with 4methoxybenzaldehyde and 2 chlorobenzaldehyde, respectively, in ethanol and in the presence of aqueous soudium hydroxide at room temperature. the structural assignments of the chalcones 1(a,b) based on melting points and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectrum of chalcone (1a) indicated the appearance of two peaks at 1655cm¯¹and1573cm¯¹due to of c=o and c=c stretching vibrations ,respectively. peak at 1163 due to c-o-c . also the ftir spectrum of chalcone (1b) indicated the appearance of two peaks at 1666cm¯¹and1612cm¯¹due to of c=o and c=c stretching vibrations ,respectively. reaction of chalcones 1 (a,b) with hydrazine hydrate, phenyl hydrazine, 2pyridinecarboxylic acid hydrazide and 2-aminobenzohydrazide under reflux in the presence of glacial acetic acid to yield the corresponding pyrazoline derivatives 2-6(a,b), respectively. the structure of the pyrazoline derivatives 2-6(a,b) was identified by their melting point, c.h.n analysis, ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra of these compounds showed the disappearce of two absorption bands of the ch=ch and c=o group , in the chalcone 1(a,b) and appearance of new absorption stretching bands of nh and c=n groups ( table 2). 1hnmr spectrum of compound (2b), (figure 1),  (in dmso as a solvent) shows the following signals: a sharp singlet signal at δ 2.49ppm due to a proton of n-h group , sharp signals at δ 3.37ppm could be attributed to two protons of ch2 grouppyrazoline, a signal in the region δ 7.35ppm for furan ring conjugate with benzene ring, many signals(aromatic protons) appeared in the region δ 7.81-7.95 ppm. isoxazoline compounds 7(a,b) were synthesized from the reaction of chalcones 1(a,b) with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in alkaline medium. the ftir spectra of isoxazoline 7(a,b) showed the disappearance of two absorption bands of the ch=ch and c=o group in the starting material together with the appearance of new absorption bands for c=n group around 1610 cm¯¹and c-o (cyclic ether) group around 1178 cm¯1.  the ftir spectral data for isoxazoline 7(a,b) are listed in table( 2). (in dmso as a solvent), showed  , figure (2), hnmr spectrum of compound (7a)1 many signals(protons of aromatic protons) appeared in the region δ 7.04-8.25 ppm and a signal in the region δ 6.78ppm for furan ring conjugate with benzene ring. the triplet signal at δ 3.82ppm and a doublet signal at δ 3.68ppm due to one protons c-5 and two protons c-4 in for three protons a sharp signal at δ 3.56ppm furthermore, respectively.ring, the isoxazoline group. 3of och pyrimidinethion derivatives 8(a,b) were synthesized from the reaction of chalcones1(a,b) with thiourea in basic medium .the structure of the compounds 8(a,b) are characterized by ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy.the characteristic ftir adsorption band of 93 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 pyrimidinethion showed the disappearance of two absorption bands of the ch=ch and c=o groups in the chalcones and appearance of new absorption bands for nh and c=s groups around 3384cm-1and 1136cm-1, respectively. the ftir spectral data of these compounds are shown in table 2 . 1hnmr spectrum of pyrimidinethion (8a) , figure (3),  exhibited eight aromatic protons appeared as many pairs of doublet at δ 6.99-7.91ppm, a singlet signal at δ6.785ppm for furan ring conjugate with benzene ring, a singlet doublet at δ 6.780ppm for proton at c-5 of pyrimidinethion ring. a sharp singlet at δ 3.36ppm due to three protons of och3 group. a singlet at δ 2.51ppm that could be attributed to one proton of nh group .   the pyrimidinone derivatives 9 ( a,b) were synthesized from reaction of chalcone 1(a,b) with urea in basic medium. the structure of the pyrimidinone 9(a,b) characteristic by ftir spectra which showed the disappearance of two absorption bands and appearance of new absorption bands for nh and c=o groups around 3338cm-1and 1665cm-1, respectively. the other data of functional groups which are characteristic of these compounds are given in table 2. 1hnmr spectrum of compound (9b), figure (4), shows the following signals: eight aromatic protons appeared at δ (7.07-7.88) ppm, a singlet signal at δ 6.75 ppm could be attributed to the one proton of c-5pyrimidinone and a singlet at δ 5.15 ppm due to the proton of c6-pyrimidinone. allso, singlet broad signal one proton of nh group appeared as δ3.36 ppm . the chalcones 1(a,b) were allowed to react with ethyl acetoacetate (1:1) in the presence of aqueous potassium hydroxide10% to give new cyclohexanone derivatives 10 ( a,b). the structure of the cyclohexanone 10(a,b) was identified by their melting point, c.h.n analysis, ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy . the ftir spectral data of these compounds are shown in table 2. 1hmnr spectrum of compound (10b), shows the following signals: eight aromatic protons appeared in the region δ 7.01-7.87 ppm . the quartet singnal at δ 4.42ppm that are attributed to two protons of ch2 co groups and a triplet signal at δ 1.61 ppm is due to three protons of ch3ch2co. four protons of chchch2 cyclohexanone appears as multiplet at δ 3.55 ppm . the reaction may have proceeded through condensation between c=o of cyclohexanone and nh2 of hydrazine, followed by cyclization by losing a molecule of ethanol. the new indazole derivatives 11(a,b) were synthesized by refluxing compounds 10(a,b) and hydrazine in the presence of glacial acetic acid. the ftir spectra of these compounds showed the disappearce of absorption bands and appearance of new absorption bands of nh and c=n group at 3363cm¯¹ and 1603cm¯¹, respectively. functional groups which are characteristic of these compounds are given in table 2. finally, the 1hnmr spectrum of compound (11a) (in dmso),  shows the following signals: eight aromatic protons appeared in the region δ 7.20-8.73 ppm. a singlet signal at δ 6.80ppm for furan ring conjugate with benzene ring. a signal at δ 3.12 ppm that are attributed to cyclohexanone protons . furthermore, a singlet signal at δ 2.93ppm which was assigned to proton of nh .   biological activity all the synthesized compounds were tested for their antimicrobial activity against gram negative bacteria (escherichia coli) and gram positive bacteria (staphylococcus aureus) using the agar diffusion method [11]. each compound was dissolved in dmso to give concentration 1ppm. the plates were then incubated at 37 0c and examined after 24 hrs. the zones of inhibition formed were measured in millimeter and are represented by (-),(+), (+ +) and (+ + +) depending upon the diameter and clarity as in table 3. all the compounds exhibit the highest or lower biological activity against both of the organisms . 94 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 all compounds showed good inhibition against the two types of the bacteria, this could be related to the presence of heterocyclic rings . references 1jadhav, f. y.; bhosale, r.b.; shirame, s. p.; hublikar, m. g., sonawane, k.d. and shaikh, r.v., (2013),"synthesis and biological evaluation of fluro-hydroxy substituted pyrazole chalcones as anti-inflammatory, anti-oxidant and antibacterial agents", int. j. pharm.bio sci., 4(2),. (309-397). 2hassan, s. y., (2013),"synthesis, anti-bacterial and anti-fungale activity of some new pyrazoline and pyrazole derivatives" , molecules, 18, p.2683-2711. 3kalirajan, r.; sivakumar, s. v.; jubie, s.; gowramma,b. and suresh,b., (2009),"synthesis and biological evalution of some heterocyclic derivatives of chalcones", int. j. of chem. tech. res. , 1 (1), 27-34, jan-march,. 4abdulla, m. asiri and salman, a. khan, (2011),"synthesis and antibacterial activities of a bis-chalcone derived from thiophene and its bis –cyclized product", molecules, 16,. 523531. 5nassar, e.,( 2010), "synthesis , (invitro) antitumor and antimicrobial activity of some pyrazoline, pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives linked to indole moiety", j. of american science, 6(8). 6rahman, s. a., rangjendra, y., bhvvaneswari, k. and kumar, p., (2012)," synthesis and antihistaminic activity of novel pyrazoline derivatives, int. j. of chem. tech. res. ,.2,.1,. 16-20. 7iddiqui ,a. a. s.; rahman, md. a.; shaharyar, md.; ravinesh, m., (2010),"synthesis and anticonvulsant activity of some substituted 3,5diphenyl -2pyrazoline-1 carboxamide derivatives ", chemical science journal, csj-8. 8rhanage, s.; mohite, p.; pandhare, r. and raju, a., (2012),"synthesis and pharmacological evalution of isoxazole derivatives containing 1,2,4-triazole moiety", marmara pharmaceutical journal ,16, 134-140. 9runja, c.; pavani, b.; jaya deepthi, g.; sharma jvc and vykuntam , (2013)," synthesis characterization and an algesic activity of new osoxazole and pyrazole derivatives", j. of pharmaceutical and biological sciences, 1(1), 8-11. 10joshi, v. d.; kshiragar, m. d. and singhal, s. , (2012),"synthesis and pharmacological study of some novel pyrmidines", derpharmacia sinica, 3(3), 343-348. 11el-sawy, e. r.; mandour, a. h.; mahmoud, k. i. and mohamed, h., (2012),"synthesis, antimicrobial and anti-cancer activities of some new n-ethyl, n-benzyl and n-benzoyl-3indolyl heterocycles ", acta pharm. 62 , 157-179. 95 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (1): physical properties of synthesized compounds 2-11(a,b) comp. no. namecalture molecular formula m.p 0c yield % color 2a 4,5-dihydro-3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(4methoxyphenyl) -1hpyrazole c18h15n2o2 180-182 78 pale yellow 2b 4,5-dihydro-3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(2chlorophenyl) 1hpyrazole c17h12n2ocl 91-93 72 yellow 3a 4,5-dihydro3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(2 methoxyphenyl) -1-phenyl-1hpyrazole c24h19n2o2 223-225 68 pale brown 3b 4,5-dihydro-3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(2 chlorophenyl) -1-phenyl-1hpyrazole c23h16n2ocl 174-176 67 orange 4a 4,5-dihydro-3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(4 methoxyphenyl) -1 (2-pyridine carboxylic acid ) -1hpyrazole c24h19n3o3 124-126 77 yellowis h brown 4b 4,5-dihydro-3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(2 chlorophenyl -1 (2pyridine carboxylic acid )-1h-pyrazole c23h14n3o2cl 89-91 75 red 5a 4,5-dihydro3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(4 methoxyphenyl) -1(2-aminobenzo ) 1h-pyrazole c25h21n3o3 200-202 60 pale yellow 5b 4,5-dihydro-3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(2chlorophenyl) -1(2-aminobenzo -1h pyrazole c24h18n3o2cl 138-140 68 brownish yellow 6a 4,5-dihydro3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(4 methoxy phenyl) pyrazole-1carbothioamide c19h16n3o2s 244-246 76 off-white 6b 4,5-dihydro3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(2chlorophenyl) pyrazole-1carbothioamide c18h13n3ocls 228-230 72 white 7a 3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(4-methoxy phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole c18h15no3 83-85 70 yellowis h brown 7b 3-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-5-(2-chloro phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole c17h12no2cl 151-153 66 bright brown 8a 6-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxy phenyl) pyrimidine2(1h)thione c19h14n2o2 s 116-118 76 brown 8b 6-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-4-(2-chloro phenyl) pyrimidine2(1h)thione c18h11n2ocls 90-92 75 brownish yellow 9a 6-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxy phenyl) pyrimidin -2(1h)one c19h14n2o3 174-176 60 yellowis h brown 9b 6-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-4-(2-chloro phenyl) pyrimidin -2(1h)one c18h11n2o2cl 183-185 64 light brown 10a ethyl-4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)6( 4 methoxyphenyl)-2-oxocyclohexa-3enecarboxylate c24h20o5 66-68 78 green yellow 10b ethyl-4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)6( 2 chlorophenyl)-2-oxocyclohexa-3enecarboxylate c23h17o4 cl 127-129 65 pale brown 11a 4,5-dihydro-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)6-(1benzofuran-2-yl)-2h-indazol-3(h)ones c22h17n2o3 75-77 60 off-white 11b 4,5-dihydro-4-(2-chlorophenyl)6-(1benzofuran-2-yl)-2h-indazol-3(h)ones c21h14n2o2 cl 113-115 50 gray 96 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no.(2):characteristic ftir absorption bands of synthesized compounds 2-11(a,b) comp. no. ν n-h ν c=o ν c=n ν c=c ν c=c aromatic ν c=s others 2a 3394 1653 1610 1558 c-och3: 831 2b 3441 1622 1600 1554 c-cl:750 3a 1620 1595 1554 c-och3: 829 3b 1644 1597 1559 c-cl:750 4a 1664 1654 1593 1573 c-och3: 819 4b 1662 1632 1601 1558 c-cl:752 5a 1680 1654 1592 1573 c-och3: 820 5b 1666 1612 1591 1551 c-cl:750 6a 1610 1585 1549 1249 c-och3: 829 6b 1640 1574 1545 1257 c-cl:751 7a 1653 1589 c-o-n: 1251 7b 1647 1558 c-o-n: 1342 8a 3419 1671 1160 c-och3: 830 8b 3384 1652 1136 c-cl:751 9a 3384 1665 1620 1559 c-och3: 819 9b 3444 1660 1643 1555 c-cl:751 10a 1731 1650 1600 c-och3: 836 10b 1743 1645 1592 c-cl:750 11a 3363 1709 1602 1535 1519 c-och3: 819 11b 3344 1713 1600 1590 1510 c-cl:773 table no. (3) : antibacterial activity of the synthesized compounds 2-11(a,b) comp.  no.  e.  coli  (g‐)  staphlococcus aurus(g+)    comp.  no.  e.  coli  (g‐)  staphlococcus  aurus(g+)  2a ++ + 7a +++ +++ 2b ++ ++ 7b +++ ++ 3a + ++ 8a ++ +++ 3b + ++ 8b ++ ++ 4a ++ +++ 9a + ++ 4b +++ ++ 9b ++ ++ 5a ++ + 10a ++ + 5b ++ + 10b + + 6a +++ ++ 11a +++ +++ 6b ++ ++ 11b +++ +++ key to symbols: highly active = + + +(mor than)15 mm. moderately active = + +(11-15) mm and slightly active = + (5-10) . 97 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(1):1hnmr spectrum of compound (2b)  figure no.(2):1hnmr spectrum of compound (7a)  98 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (3):1hnmr spectrum of compound (8a) figure no.(4):1hnmr spectrum of compound (9b) 99 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 بعض المركبات الحلقية غير المتجانسة الجديدة من مشتقات الجالكون تحضير منى سمير سعيد جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2014 كانون االول 7:قبل البحث في ،2014 ايلول 1استلم البحث في: الخالصة استيل بنزوفيوران مع اثنين من االلديھايدات االروماتية في وسط قاعدي . 2من تفاعل (a,b)1 حضرت الجالكونات استعملت ھذه الجالكونات مادة اولية للحصول على مشتقات حلقية غير متجانسة ھي :البايروزولين , االيزوكزازولين , ثايون , والبريميدينون , والسايكلوھكسانون , واالندازول . وشخص تركيب المركبات الحلقية غير المتجانسة والبريميدين والطرائق الطيفية c.h.n)(للعناصرالجديدة المحضرة عن طريق قياس درجات اانصھارھا وتحليل العناصر الدقيق ftir وhmnr1 مختلفة(لبعضھا ). كما درست الفعالية البايولوجية للمركبات المحضرة واظھرت فعالية بايولوجية staphylococcus (g+) . و echerichia coli (g-) ,ضد البكتريا بنوعيھا اندازول.,زولين,بريميدون,ثايوبريميدين,سايكلوھكسانونوكسيزجالكون,بايرازولين,ا:الكلمات المفتاحية the construction of complete (kn,n)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,11) by geometric method, with the related blocking sets and projective codes amal sh. al-mukhtar umniyat a. hassan dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in :17june 2013 , accepted in: 10october 2013 abstract in this paper,we construct complete (kn,n)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,11), n = 2,3,…,10,11 by geometric method, with the related blocking sets and projective codes. keywords: complete arcs, blocking set, projective cod. 314 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction a (k,n)-arc is a set of k points of pg(2,q) for some n, but not n + 1 of them, are collinear. a (k,n)-arc is complete if it is not contained in a (k + 1,n)-arc. let pg(2,q) be the projective plane over galois field gf(q). the points of pg(2,q) are the non-zero vectors of the vector space v(3,q) with the rule that x(x1,x2,x3) and y(λx1,λx2,λx3) are the same point, where λ∈ gf(q)\{0}. similarly, x[x1,x2,x3] and y[(λx1,λx2,λx3] are the same line, where λ∈ gf(q)\{0}. the point x(x1,x2,x3) is on the line y[y1,y2,y3] if and only if x1y1 + x2y2 + x3y3 = 0. in pg(2,q), there are q2 + q + 1 points and q2 + q + 1 lines, every line contains exactly q + 1 points and every point is on exactly q + 1 lines. many researcher worked on the construction and classification of the(k,n)-arcs in projective planes pg(2,q),hirschfeld showed the construction and classification of (k,2)-arcs in pg(2,q),q≤9,brune showed the relation between the (k,n)-arc and the blocking (b, t) set, 1. definition: [1] a (kn ,n)-arc k is in pg(2,q) is a set of kn points such that some lines of the plane meet k in n points but no line meets k in more than n points, where n ≥ 2. 2. definition:[2] a (k,n)-arc is complete if it is not contained in a (k+1,n)-arc. the maximum number of points that (k,2)-arc can have is m(2,q) and this arc is an oval. 3. theorem:[3] in pg(2,q), q 1 for q odd m(2, q) q 2 for q even + =  + 4. definition:[1] a line ℓ in pg(2,q) is an i-secant of a (k,n)-arc k if ℓ∩k = i. 5. definition:[1] a variety v(f) of pg(2,q) is a subset of pg(2,q) such that v(f) = {p(a) ∈ pg(2,q)  f(a) = 0}. 6. definition:[1] let q(2,q) be the set quadrics in pg(2,q), that is the varieties v(f), where: 2 2 2 11 1 22 2 33 3 12 1 2 13 1 3 23 2 3f a x a x a x a x x a x x a x x= + + + + + …(1) if v(f) is non-singular, then the quadric is a conic, that is, if 1312 11 2312 22 13 23 33 2 2 2 2 2 2 aa a aa a a a a        α =          is non singular, then the quadric (1) is a conic. 7. theorem:[3] in pg(2,q), with q odd, every oval is a conic. 315 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 8. definition:[3] a point n which is not on a (k,n)-arc has index i if there exactly i(n-secants) of the arc through n, the number of the points n of index i is denoted by ni. 9. remark:[3] the (k,n)-arc is complete if and only if n0 = 0. thus the arc is complete if and only if every point of pg(2,q) not on the arc lies on some n-secant of the arc. 10. definition:[4] an (b,t)-blocking set β in pg(2,q) is a set of b points such that every line of pg(2,q) intersects β in at least t points, and there is a line intersecting β in exactly t points. if β contains a line, it is called trivial, thus β is a subset of pg(2,q) which meets every line but contains no line completely; that is t ≤β ∩ ℓ≤ q for every line ℓ in pg(2,q). so β is a blocking set if and only if pg(2,q)\β is also blocking set. we may note that a blocking set is merely a (k,n)-arc with n ≤ q and no 0-secants. a blocking set β is minimal if β \{p} is not blocking set for every p ∈ β. 11. the relation between the blocking (b,t)-set and the (k,n)-arc: [4] the (k,n)-arcs and the (b,t)-blocking sets are each complement to the other in the projective plane pg(2,q), that is, n + t = q + 1 and k + b = q2 + q + 1. thus the complement of the (b,t)-blocking set is the set of points that intersects every line in at most n points which represents the (k,n)-arc. also finding minimal (b,t)-blocking set is equivalent to find maximal (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q).blocking sets were studied in details by di paola who determined the minimum size of non-trivial blocking set in pg(2,q), q≤ 9 . 12. definition:[3] in pg(2,q), let β contains a line ℓ minus a point p plus a set of q points one on each of the q lines through p other than ℓ but not all collinear; then β is minimal (2q,1)-blocking set. blocking sets of this kind are called rédéi-type studied by [bruen, a.a. and thas, j.a. (1977)] and in [blockhuis, a.a. and brouwer, e. and s.z. “onyi, t. (1995)]. 13. definition:[5,6] let v(n,q) denote the vector space of all ordered n-tuples over gf(q). a linear code c over gf(q) of length n and dimension k is a k-dimensional subspace of v(n,q). the vectors of c are called codewords. the hamming distance between two codewords is defined to be the number of coordinate places in which they differ. the minimum distance of a code is the smallest distance between distinct codewords. such a code is called an [n,k,d]q code if its minimum hamming distance is d. there exists a relationship between complete (n,r)-arcs in pg(2,q) and [n,3,d]q codes, given by the next theorem. 14. theorem:[5] there exists a projective [n,3,d]q code if and only if there exists an (n,n – d)-arc in pg(2,q). the projective plane pg(2,11) in this paper,we consider the case q = 11 and the elements of gf(11) which are denoted by 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 316 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 317 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 a projective plane π = pg(2,11) over gf(11) consists of 133 points, 133 lines, each line contains 12 points and through each point there are 12 lines. let pi and li be the points and lines of pg(2,11), respectively. i=1,2,……….,133 . let i stands for the point pi , and for the line li whose coordinates are the same coordinates of the point pi and by using computer program (2-plprogram) [7] the points and the lines of pg(2,11) are given in table (1). 1. the constructions of (k,n)-arcs in pg(2,11) let a={1,2,13,25}be the set of reference and unit points in π=pg(2,11) , where 1≡(1,0,0) , 2≡(0,1,0) , 13≡(0,0,1) , 25≡(1,1,1) a is a(4,2)-arc since no three points of a are collinear , the points of a are the vertices of a quadrangle whose sides are the lines: l1 = [2,13] ={ 2,13,24,35,46,57,68,79,90,101,112,123} l2 = [1,13] ={ 1,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23} l3=[1,2]= {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12} l4 = [1,25] ={1,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34} l5 = [2,25] = {2,14,25,36,47,58,69,80,91,102,113,124} l6 = [13,25] = {3,13,25,37,49,61,73,85,97,109,121,133} the diagonal points of a are the points 3,14,24 where. l1∩l4=24 l3∩l6=3 l2∩l5=14 which are the intersections of the pairs of the opposite sides. then there are 61 points on the sides of the quadrangle,four of them are the points on the arc a, and three of them are the diagonal points of a. so there are 72 points not on the sides of the quadrangle which are the points of index zero for a, these points are: {38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,48,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,59,60,62,63,64,65,66,67,70,71,72,74,75,76 ,77, 78,81,82,83,84,86,87,88,89,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,100,103,104,105,106,107,108,110,111,114, 115, 116,117,118,119,120,122,125,126,127,128,129,130,131,132} hence a is incomplete(4, 2) – arc 2. the conics in pg (2,11) through the reference and unit points the general equation of the conic is a11x12 +a22x22 +a33x32+a12x1x2+a13x1x3+a23x2x3 = 0 ...(1) by substituting the points of a in (1), we get: a11=0 , a22=0 , a33=0 a12+a13+a23=0 so the equation (1)becomes: a12x1x2+a13x1x3+a23x2x3 = 0 …(2) if a12=0 then the conic is degenerated . therefore a12≠ 0 similarly a13 ≠ 0 and a23≠ 0 since a12 ≠ 0 we divide equation (2) by a12,we get x1x2 + α x1x3+ βx2x3= 0 …(3) where 13 23 12 12 , a a a a α = β = since 1+α+β = 0 (mod 11) →β = − (1+α) then (3) can be written as x1x2+ αx1x3− (1+α) x2x3= 0…(4) where α ≠ 0 and α ≠ 10 for if α =0 or α=10, we get degenerated conic , that is α = 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 3. the equations and the points of the conics of pg(2,11 ) through the reference and unite points. for any value of α , there is a unique conic contains 12 points ,four of them are the reference and unit points 1. if α =1 then the equation of the conic c1 is x1x2+ x1x3 + 9x2x3= 0 the points of c1 are{1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} 2. if α=2 then the equation of the conic c2 is x1x2 + 2x1x3 + 8x2x3= 0 the points of c2 are{1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} 3.if α =3 then the equation of the conic c3 is x1x2+ 3x1x3 + 7x2x3= 0 and the points of c3 are{1,2,13,25,41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132} 4.if α =4 then the equation of the conic c4is x1x2 + 4x1x3 + 6x2x3 = 0 the points of c4 are {1,2,13,25,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125} 5.if α =5 then the equation of the conic c5 is x1x2+ 5x1x3 + 5x2x3 = 0 the points of c5 are {1,2,13,25,43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127} 6. if α =6 then the equation of the conic c6 is x1x2+ 6 x1x3+ 4x2x3= 0 the points of c6 are {1,2,13,25,45,52,62,88,98,105,114,126} 7.if α =7 then the equation of the conic c7 is x1x2+ 7x1x3+ 3x2x3 = 0 the points of c7 are{1,2,13,25,38,55,75,81,94,106,122,129} 8.if α =8 then the equation of c8 is x1x2+ 8 x1x3+ 2x2x3 =0 the points of c8 are{1,2,13,25,39,60,74,86,92,111,120,128} 9.if α =9 then the equation of c9 is x1x2+ 9x1x3 + x2x3=0 and the points of c9 are{1,2,13,25,54,66,70,83,93,107,117,130} thus we found eleven conics, two of them are degenerated and the remaining nine conics c1,c2,c3,c4,c5,c6,c7,c8 and c9 are non –degenerated ,which are complete (k,2)-arcs. 318 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 4. the construction of complete (kn,n)-arcs in pg(2,11) and the related blocking setsand projective codes. the complete (k,n)-arcs in pg(2,11) can be constructed by eliminating the conics given above from pg(2,11) as follows: a. the construction of complete (k11,11)-arc . let π = pg(2,11) we take a conic say c1 , where c1 ={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} let k = π-c1 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37,38,39,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,50,51,52,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,64,65,66,67,68,69, 70,71,72,73,74,75,76,78,79,80,81,82,83,84,85,86,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,101,10 2, 103,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,12 6, 127,128,129,130,131,132,133} this points in table(3.1) represent the elements of the projective plane pg(2,11)=π ,some points of π are deleted to satisfy the definition of the arc which is mentioned in definition 1.1 ,and some of these deleted points are of index zero therefore we must add them to the remained points in π to make the arc k11 complete as mentioned in remark 1.9 . the construction of complete (k11,11) –arc must satisfy the following : 1.any line of π must intersect the arc in at most 11 points . 2. every point not in the arc is on at least one (11-secant) of the arc. we eliminate twenty points from k which are : 7,8,10,12,17,24,26,27,28,31,35,46,47,57,68,79,90,101,112,124 to satisfy (1) since the points {1,116,104,100,87,77,63,53,40,25} are of index zero therefore we add them to k to satisfy (2) then k11={1,3,4,5,6,9,11,14,15,16,18,19,20,21,22,23,25,29,30,32,33,34,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,4 4,45,48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,58,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,7 8,80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,100,102,103,104,105,106,107,10 8,109,110,111,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,125,126,127,128,129,130,131, 132,133}. k11 is a complete (111,11)-arc . by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective [111,3,100] code which is equivalent to the complete (111,11)-arc k11 let β1= π – k11 β1 = {2,7,8,10,12,13,17,24,26,27,28,31,35,46,47,57,68,79,90,101,112,124} β1 is (22,1)–blocking set of size (2q)which is of redei-type ,(figure 1) contains the line l1,where l1\{123} = {2,13,24,35,46,57,68,79,90,101,112} and one point on each line through the point 123 other than l1 which are non-collinear points: 7,8,10,12,17,26,27,28,31,47,124. note that each line in π intersect β1 in at least one point . b. the construction of complete (k10,10)-arc let π =pg(2,11) in this section we construct (k10,10)-arc by eliminating the union of two conics, say c1 and c2where c1= {1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} 319 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 c2= {1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} let k = π –c1∪c2 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37,38, 39,41,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,51,52,54,55,56,57,58,60,61,62,64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74, 75,76, 79,80,81,82,83,85,86,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,97,98,99,101,102,103,105,106,107,108,109,11 1,112,113,114,115,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,132,133} the construction of a complete (k10,10)-arc must satisfy the following : 1.any line of π intersects k in at most 10 points . 2. every point not in k is on at least one 10 -secant . we have to eliminate twenty points of k which are 5,7,21,26,35,46,47,54,57,68,79,83,90,99,101,105,112,115,123,126 to satisfy(1). there are six points of index zero which are 1,2,50,77,87,116 therefore we add them to k to satisfy (2) then k10={1,2,3,4,6,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,22,23,24,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,36,37,38, 39,41,43,44,45,48,49,50,51,52,55,56,58,60,61,62,64,65,66,67,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,80, 81,82,85,8687,88,89,91,92,93,94,95,97,98,102,103,106,107,108,109,111,113,114,116,117,11 8,119,120,121,122, 124,125, 127,128,129,130,132,133} then k10 is a complete (99,10) –arc by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective [99,3,89] code which is equivalent to the complete (99,10) –arc k10 let β2 = π – k10 ={5,7,13,21,25,26,35,40,42,46,47,53,54,57,59,63,68,78,79,83,84,90,96,99,100,101,104,105,1 10, 112,115,123,126,131} β2 is (34,2)-blocking set. note that each line in π intersects β2 in at least two points . c. the construction of complete (k9,9)-arc in this section, we eliminate the union of three conics, say c1,c2, and c3 where c1= {1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} c2= {1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} c3= {1,2,13,25,41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132} letk= π –c1∪c2∪c3 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37,38,39,43,44,45,46,47,49,51,52,54,55,56,57,58,60,61,62,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75, 79,80,81,82,83,85,86,88,90,91,92,93,94,97,98,99,101,102,103,105,106,107,108,109,111,112, ,113,114,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,133}. the construction of a complete (k9,9)-arc must satisfy the following : 1. any line in π intersects k in at most 9 point. 2. every point not on k is on at least one (9-secant). we eliminate twenty five points of k which are 4,23,24,27,28,33,35,46,52,58,60,61,68,69,74,79,88,90,93,101,106,112,123,126,129, to satisfy (1) we add the points50,58 which are of index zero to k to satisfy (2), then k9={3,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,26,29,30,31,32,34,36,37,38,39,43,44,45 ,47,49,50,51,54,55,56,57,58,62,65,66,67,70,71,72,73,75,80,81,82,83,85,86,91,92,94,97,98,99, 102,103, 105,107,108,109,111,113,114,117,118,119,120,121,122,124,125,127,128,130,133} then k9 is a complete (82,9)-arc . by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective [82,3,73] code which is equivalent to the complete (82,9)-arc k9. let β3=π−k9 320 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ={1,2,4,13,23,24,25,27,28,33,35,40,41,42,46,48,52,53,59,60,61,63,64,68,69,74,76,77,78,79,8 4,87, 88,89,90,93,95,96,100,101,104,106,110,112,115,116,123,126,129,131,132} then β3 is a(51,3)-blocking set ,note that each line intersects β3 in at least three points . d. the construction of complete (k8,8)-arc in this section ,we take the union of four conics, say c1, c2, c3 ,and c4 where c1={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} c2={1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} c3={1,2,13,25, 41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132} c4={1,2,13,25,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125} let k=π−c1∪c2∪c3∪c4 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37,38,39,43,45,46,47,49,51,52,54,55,57,58,60,61,62,66,67.68,69,70,71,73,74,75,79,80,81,83, ,85,86,88,90,91,92,93,94,97,98,99,101,102,103,105,106,107,109,111,112,113,114,117,119,12 0,121,122,123,124,126,127,128,129,130,133}. the construction of complete(k8,8)-arc must satisfy the following: 1.any line in π intersects k in at most 8 points. 2. every point not in k is on at least one (8-secant). we eliminate thirty points from k which are 3,5,6,7,17,23,24,27,28,29,35,36,45,46,57,61,68,70,86,88,90,97,101,105,112,113,114,123,126, 129 to satisfy (1). k is incomplete arc since there are points of index zero which are 7,44 we add them to k to satisfy(2),then k8={4,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,18,19,20,21,22,26,30,31,32,33,34,37,38,39,43,44,47,49,51,52, 54,55,58,60,62,66,67,69,71,73,74,75,79,80,81,83,85,91,92,93,94,98,99,102,103,106,107,109, 111,117,119120,121,122,124,127,128,130,133} k8 is a complete(69,8)-arc . by theorem 1.14 there exists a projective [69,3,61]code which is equivalent to the complete(69,8)-arc k8 let β4=π−k8 ={1,2,3,5,6,13,17,23,24,25,27,28,29,35,36,40,41,42,45,46,48,50,53,56,57,59,61,63,64,65,68, 70,72, 76,77,78,82,84,86,87,88,89,90,95,96,97,100,101,104,105,108,110,112,113,114,115,116,118,1 23, 125,126,129,131,132} then β4 is a(64,4)-blocking set .note that each line in π intersects β4 in at least four points . e. the construction of complete (k7,7)-arc in this section ,we take the union of five conics, say c1, c2, c3, c4, and c5where c1={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} c2={1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} c3={1,2,13,25,41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132} c4={1,2,13,25,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125} c5={1,2,13,25,43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127} let k=π−c1∪c2∪c3∪c4∪c5 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37,38 ,39,45,46,47,49,52,54,55,57,58,60,61,62,66,68,69,70,73,74,75,79,80,81,83,85,86,88,90,91,92, 93,94 321 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 ,97,98,101,102,105,106,107,109,111,112,113,114,117,120,121,122,123,124,126,128,129,130, 133} the construction of complete(k7,7)-arc must satisfy the following: 1. any line in π intersects k in at most 7 points. 2. every point not in k is on at least one(7-secant). we eliminate thirty-seven points of k which are 3,8,12,14,19,20,21,27,31,34,35,38,39,46,49,55,57,58,60,68,69,74,79,86,90,92,93,98,101,109, 111,112 ,117,120,123,126,128, to satisfy(1) k is incomplete arc since there are the points 53,56,63,82,87,95 of index zero therefore we add them to k to satisfy (2), then k7={4,5,6,7,9,10,11,15,16,17,18,22,23,24,26,28,29,30,32,33,36,37,45,47,52,53,54,56,61,62,6 3,66,70,73,75,80,81,82,83,85,87,88,91,94,95,97,102,105,106,107,113,114,121,122,124,129,1 30,133}. then k7 is a complete(58,7)-arc . by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective [58,3,51]code which is equivalent to the complete (58,7)-arc k7 let β5=π−k7 ={1,2,3,8,12,13,14,19,20,21,25,27,31,34,35,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,46,48,49,50,51,55,57,58,59 , 60,64,65,67,68,69,71,72,74,76,77,78,79,84,86,89,90,92,93,96,98,99,100,101,103,104,108,109 ,110, 111,112,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,131,132}. β5 is a (75,5)-blocking set. note that each line in π intersects β5 in at least five points . f. the construction of complete (k6,6)-arc in this section, we take the union of six conics say c1,c2,c3,c4,c5, and c6where c1={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} c2={1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} c3={1,2,13,25, 41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132} c4={1,2,13,25,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125} c5={1,2,13,25, 43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127} c6={1,2,13,25,45,52,62,88,98,105,114,126} let k=π−c1∪c2∪c3∪c4∪c5∪c6 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37 38,39,46,47,49,54,55,57,58,60,61,66,68,69,70,73,74,75,79,80,81,83,85,86,90,91,92,93,94,97, 101,102,106,107,109,111,112,113,117,120,121,122,123,124,128,129,130,133}. the construction of complete (k6,6)-arc must satisfy the following: 1. any line in π intersects k in at most 6 points. 2. every point not in k is on at least one (6-secant). we eliminate thirty seven points from k which are 3,8,10,11,14,17,18,20,24,26,28,29,37,39,46,47,57,60,61,66,68,70,73,79,83,90,91,101,111,112 ,113,117,120,122,123,129,133 to satisfy(1). since the points 73,132 of index zero therefore we add them to k to satisfy(2) ,then k6={4,5,6,7,9,12,15,16,19,21,22,23,27,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,38,49,54,55,58,69,73,74,75,80,8 1,85,86,92,93,94,97,102,106,107,109,121,124,128,130,132}. then k6 is a complete(46,6)-arc . 322 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective[46,3,40]code which is equivalent to the complete(46,6)-arc k6 let β6=π−k6 ={1,2,3,8,10,11,13,14,17,18,20,24,25,26,28,29,37,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,48,50,51,52,53 ,56 57,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,68,70,71,72,76,77,78,79,82,83,84,87,88,89,90,91,95,96,98,99, 100, 101,103,104,105,108,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,122,123,125,126,127,12 9,131, 133} then β6 is a(87,6)-blocking set. note that each line in π intersects β6 in at least six points. g. the construction of complete(k5,5)-arc in this section, we take the union of seven conics, say c1,c2,c3,c4,c5,c6 and c7 c1={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} c2={1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} c3={1,2,13,25,41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132} c4={1,2,13,25,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125} c5={1,2,13,25,43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127} c6={1,2,13,25,45,52,62,88,98,105,114,126} c7={1,2,13,25,38,55,75,81,94,106,122,129} let k=π−c1∪c2∪c3∪c4∪c5∪c6∪c7 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37, 39,46,47,49,54,57,58,60,61,66,68,69,70,73,74,79,80,83,85,86,90,91,92,93,97,101,102,107,10 9,111,112,113,117,120,121,123,124,128,130,133} the construction of complete (k5,5)-must satisfy the following: 1. any line in π intersects k in at most 5 points. 2. every point not in k is on at least one (5-secant). we eliminate forty points from k which are 3,5,10,11,12,14,15,20,22,23,28,29,31,32,33,36,39,46,49,58,60,66,68,70,73,74,86,90,92,111,1 12, 113,117,120,121,123,124,128,130,133 to satisfy(1) k is incomplete arc since the points43,45,65are of index zero, therefore we add themt to k to satisfy(2), then k5={4,6,7,8,9,16,17,18,19,21,24,26,27,30,34,35,37,43,45,47,54,57,61,65,69,79,80,83,85,91,9 3,97, 101,102,107,109} then k5 is a complete(36,5)-arc . by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective[36,3,31]code which is equivalent to the complete(36,5)-arc k5 let β7=π−k5 ={1,2,3,5,10,11,12,13,14,15,20,22,23,25,28,29,31,32,33,36,38,39,40,41,42,44,46,48,49,50,51 , 52,53,55,56,58,59,60,62,63,64,66,67,68,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,81,82,84,86,87,88,89,90, 92,94,95,96,98,99,100,103,104,105,106,108,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,1 21,122,123, 124,125,126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133} then β7 is a (97,7)-blocking set , which is trivial since β7 contains some lines completely. note that each line in π intersects β7 in at least seven points . h. the construction of complete (k4,4)-arc 323 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 in this section, we take the union of eight conics say c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7, and c8 where c1={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} c2={1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96,110,131} c3={1,2,13,25,41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132} c4={1,2,13,25,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125} c5={1,2,13,25,43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127} c6={1,2,13,25,45,52,62,88,98,105,114,126} c7={1,2,13,25,38,55,75,81,94,106,122,129} c8={1,2,13,25,39,60,74,86,92,111,120,128} let k=π−c1∪c2∪c3∪c4∪c5∪c6∪c7∪c8 ={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36, 37,46,47,49,54,57,58,61,66,68,69,70,73,79,80,83,85,90,91,93,97,101,102,107,109,112,113,11 7,121,123,124,130,133}. the construction of complete(k4,4)-arc must satisfy the following: 1. any line in π intersects k in at least 4 points. 2. every point not in k is on at least one 4-secant. we eliminate thirty nine points from k which are 3,5,9,10,11,12,14,15,17,20,22,23,24,27,28,29,32,33,35,36,37,46,47,49,57,66,83,85,91,102,10 7,112,113,117,121,123,124,130,133 to satisfy(1). k is incomplete arc since the point 82 is of index zero therefore we add it to k to satisfy(2), then k4={4,6,7,8,16,18,19,21,26,30,31,34,54,58,61,68,69,70,73,79,80,82,90,93,97,101,109}. then k4 is a complete (27,4)-arc . by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective [27,3,23]code which is equivalent to the complete(27,4)-arc k4 let β8=π−k4 ={1,2,3,5,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,17,20,22,23,24,25,27,28,29,32,33,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43, 44,45,46,47,48,49,50,51,52,53,55,56,57,59,60,62,63,64,65,66,67,71,72,74,75,76,77,78,81,83, 84,85,86,87,88,89,91,92,94,95,96,98,99,100,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,110,111,112,113,1 14,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133}. then β8 is a (106,8)-blocking set which is trivial since β8 contains some lines completely. note that each line in π intersects β8 in at least eight points . i. the construction of a complete (k3,3)-arc in this section, we take the union of nine conics c1,c2,c3,c4,c5,c6,c7,c8 and c9,where c1={1,2,13,25,40,53,63,77,87,100,104,116} c2={1,2,13,25,42,50,59,78,84,96 ,110,131 } c3={1,2,13,25,41,48,64,76,89,95,115,132 } c4={1,2,13,25,44,56,65,72,82,108,118,125} c5={1,2,13,25,43,51,67,71,99,103,119,127} c6={1,2,13,25,45,52,62,88,98,105,114,126 } c7={1,2,13,25,38,55,75,81,94,106,122,129 } c8={1,2,13,25,39,60,74,86,92,111,120,128 } c9={1,2,13,25,54,66,70,83,93,107,117,130 } let k=π −c1∪c2∪c3∪c4∪c5∪c6∪c7∪c8∪c9 k={3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,3 6,37,46,47,49,57,58,61,68,69,73,79,80,85, 90,91,97,101,102,109,112,113,121,123,124,133} the construction of a complete (k3,3)-arc must satisfy the following: 324 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 1. any line in π intersects the arc in at most three points. 2. every point not in the arc is on at least one (3-secant). we eliminate forty two points from k which are 3,5,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17,18,20,22,23,24,27,28,29,30,32,33,35,36,46,47,49,57,58,61,68,73 ,79,85,90,91,102,112,113, 121,123,133 to satisfy(1). k is incomplete arc since there are three points of index zero which are 15, 74, 130 therefore we add them to k to satisfy (2). then k3={4,6,7,15,19,21,26,31,34,37,69,74,80,97,101,109,124,130} k3 is a complete (18,3)-arc . by theorem 1.14, there exists a projective [18,3,15]code which is equivalent to the complete (18,3)-arc k3 let β9=π-k3 ={1,2,3,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,20,22,23,24,25,27,28,29,30,32,33,35,36,38,39,40,41,4 2,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,68,70,71,72,7 3,75,76,77,78,79,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,100,102,103,104,10 5,106,107,108,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,125,126,127,128, 129,131,132,133}. β9 is (115,9)-blocking set which is trivial since β9 contains some line completely, each line in π intersects β9 in at least nine points . j. the construction of complete (k2,2)-arc in this section, we construct a complete (k2,2)-arc by using the arc k3 which is constructed above . the construction of complete (k2,2)-arc must satisfies the following: 1.any line in π intersects the arc in at most 2 points. 2.every point not in the arc is on at least one (2-secant). we eliminate seventeen points from k3 which are 4,6,7,15,19,21,26,31,34,37,69,74,80,97,101,124,130 to satisfy (1) let k2=k3\{4,6,7,15,19,21,26,31,34,37,69,74,80,97,101,124,130}. k2={109} k is incomplete arc since there are eleven points of index zero which are 133,132,122,120,110,95,90,75,35,20,15 , therefore we add them to k to satisfy (2),then k2={15,20,35,75,90,95,109,110,120,122,132,133} k2 is a complete (12,2)-arc . by theorem 1.14 there exists a projective [12,3,10]code which is equivalent to the complete (12,2)-arc ,k2. let β10=π─k2 ={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34, 36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,64,65, 66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,76,77,78,79,80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,91,92,93,94,96,97,98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,121,123,124 ,125,126,127,128,129,130,131},thenβ10 is (121,10)-blocking set which is trivial since β10 contains some lines completely, we notice that each line in π intersects β10 in at least ten points. conclusion 1.we can construct complete(kn,n)-arcs by eliminating some conics, wheren=11,10,…,3. 2.we can construct a complete(k2,2)-arc by eliminating some points from a complete(k3,3)arc 325 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 table (1) : points and lines of pg(2,11) li pi i 123 112 101 90 79 68 57 46 35 24 13 2 (1,0,0) 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1 (0,1,0) 2 124 114 104 94 84 74 64 54 44 34 13 12 (1,1,0) 3 129 113 108 92 87 71 66 50 45 29 13 7 (2,1,0) 4 127 120 102 95 88 70 63 56 38 31 13 9 (3,1,0) 5 126 118 110 91 83 75 67 48 40 32 13 10 (4,1,0) 6 132 119 106 93 80 78 65 52 39 26 13 4 (5,1,0) 7 125 116 107 98 89 69 60 51 42 33 13 11 (6,1,0) 8 131 117 103 100 86 72 58 55 41 27 13 5 (7,1,0) 9 130 115 111 96 81 77 62 47 43 28 13 6 (8,1,0) 10 128 122 105 99 82 76 59 53 36 30 13 8 (9,1,0) 11 133 121 109 97 85 73 61 49 37 25 13 3 (10,1,0) 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 (0,0,1) 13 133 122 111 100 89 78 67 56 45 34 23 2 (1,0,1) 14 128 117 106 95 84 73 62 51 40 29 18 2 (2,0,1) 15 130 119 108 97 86 75 64 53 42 31 20 2 (3,0,1) 16 131 120 109 98 87 76 65 54 43 32 21 2 (4,0,1) 17 125 114 103 92 81 70 59 48 37 26 15 2 (5,0,1) 18 132 121 110 99 88 77 66 55 44 33 22 2 (6,0,1) 19 126 115 104 93 82 71 60 49 38 27 16 2 (7,0,1) 20 127 116 105 94 83 72 61 50 39 28 17 2 (8,0,1) 21 129 118 107 96 85 74 63 52 41 30 19 2 (9,0,1) 22 124 113 102 91 80 69 58 47 36 25 14 2 (10,0,1) 23 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 1 (0,1,1) 24 123 113 103 93 83 73 63 53 43 33 23 12 (1,1,1) 25 123 118 102 97 81 76 60 55 39 34 18 7 (2,1,1) 26 123 116 109 91 84 77 59 52 45 27 20 9 (3,1,1) 27 123 115 107 99 80 72 64 56 37 29 21 10 (4,1,1) 28 123 121 108 95 82 69 67 54 41 28 15 4 5,1,1) 29 123 114 105 96 87 78 58 49 40 31 22 11 (6,1,1) 30 123 120 106 92 89 75 61 47 44 30 16 5 (7,1,1) 31 123 119 104 100 85 70 66 51 36 32 17 6 (8,1,1) 32 123 117 111 94 88 71 65 48 42 25 19 8 (9,1,1) 33 123 122 110 98 86 74 62 50 38 26 14 3 (10,1,1) 34 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 1 (0,2,1) 35 124 115 106 97 88 68 59 50 41 32 23 11 (1,2,1) 36 129 119 109 99 89 68 58 48 38 28 18 12 (2,2,1) 37 127 113 110 96 82 68 65 51 37 34 20 5 (3,2,1) 38 126 121 105 100 84 68 63 47 42 26 21 7 (4,2,1) 39 132 117 102 98 83 68 64 49 45 30 15 6 (5,2,1) 40 125 118 111 93 86 68 61 54 36 29 22 9 (6,2,1) 41 131 114 108 91 85 68 62 56 39 33 16 8 (7,2,1) 42 130 122 103 95 87 68 60 52 44 25 17 10 (8,2,1) 43 128 116 104 92 80 68 67 55 43 31 19 3 (9,2,1) 44 133 120 107 94 81 68 66 53 40 27 14 4 (10,2,1) 45 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 1 (0,3,1) 46 125 117 109 90 82 74 66 47 39 31 23 10 (1,3,1) 47 326 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 li pi i 124 120 105 90 86 71 67 52 37 33 18 6 (2,3,1) 48 131 121 111 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 12 (3,3,1) 49 129 116 103 90 88 75 62 49 36 34 21 4 (4,3,1) 50 130 113 107 90 84 78 61 55 38 32 15 8 (5,3,1) 51 127 122 106 90 85 69 64 48 43 27 22 7 (6,3,1) 52 128 119 110 90 81 72 63 54 45 25 16 11 (7,3,1) 53 126 114 102 90 89 77 65 53 41 29 17 3 (8,3,1) 54 133 115 108 90 83 76 58 51 44 26 19 9 (9,3,1) 55 132 118 104 90 87 73 59 56 42 28 14 5 (10,3,1) 56 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 1 (0,4,1) 57 126 119 101 94 87 69 62 55 37 30 23 9 (1,4,1) 58 130 121 101 92 83 74 65 56 36 27 18 11 (2,4,1) 59 124 118 101 95 89 72 66 49 43 26 20 8 (3,4,1) 60 132 122 101 91 81 71 61 51 41 31 21 12 (4,4,1) 61 128 120 101 93 85 77 58 50 42 34 15 10 (5,4,1) 62 129 115 101 98 84 70 67 53 39 25 22 5 (6,4,1) 63 125 113 101 100 88 76 64 52 40 28 16 3 (7,4,1) 64 133 117 101 96 80 75 59 54 38 33 17 7 (8,4,1) 65 127 114 101 99 86 73 60 47 45 32 19 4 (9,4,1) 66 131 116 101 97 82 78 63 48 44 29 14 6 (10,4,1) 67 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 1 (0,5,1) 68 127 121 104 98 81 75 58 52 35 29 23 8 (1,5,1) 69 125 122 108 94 80 77 63 49 35 32 18 5 (2,5,1) 70 128 115 102 100 87 74 61 48 35 33 20 4 (3,5,1) 71 124 117 110 92 85 78 60 53 35 28 21 9 (4,5,1) 72 126 116 106 96 86 76 66 56 35 25 15 12 (5,5,1) 73 131 119 107 95 83 71 59 47 35 34 22 3 (6,5,1) 74 133 118 103 99 84 69 65 50 35 31 16 6 (7,5,1) 75 129 120 111 91 82 73 64 55 35 26 17 11 (8,5,1) 76 132 113 105 97 89 70 62 54 35 27 19 10 (9,5,1) 77 130 114 109 93 88 72 67 51 35 30 14 7 (10,5,1) 78 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 1 (0,6,1) 79 128 112 107 91 86 70 65 49 44 28 23 7 (1,6,1) 80 131 112 104 96 88 69 61 53 45 26 18 10 (2,6,1) 81 132 112 103 94 85 76 67 47 38 29 20 11 (3,6,1) 82 127 112 108 93 89 74 59 55 40 25 21 6 (4,6,1) 83 124 112 111 99 87 75 63 51 39 27 15 3 (5,6,1) 84 133 112 102 92 82 72 62 52 42 32 22 12 (6,6,1) 85 130 112 105 98 80 73 66 48 41 34 16 9 (7,6,1) 86 125 112 110 97 84 71 58 56 43 30 17 4 (8,6,1) 87 126 112 109 95 81 78 64 50 36 33 19 5 (9,6,1) 88 129 112 106 100 83 77 60 54 37 31 14 8 (10,6,1) 89 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 1 (0,7,1) 90 129 114 110 95 80 76 61 46 42 27 23 6 (1,7,1) 91 126 113 111 98 85 72 59 46 44 31 18 4 (2,7,1) 92 125 120 104 99 83 78 62 46 41 25 20 7 (3,7,1) 93 130 118 106 94 82 70 58 46 45 33 21 3 (4,7,1) 94 133 119 105 91 88 74 60 46 43 29 15 5 (5,7,1) 95 327 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 li pi i 124 116 108 100 81 73 65 46 38 30 22 10 (6,7,1) 96 127 117 107 97 87 77 67 46 36 26 16 12 (7,7,1) 97 132 115 109 92 86 69 63 46 40 34 17 8 (8,7,1) 98 131 122 102 93 84 75 66 46 37 28 19 11 (9,7,1) 99 128 121 103 96 89 71 64 46 39 32 14 9 (10,7,1) 100 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 1 (0,8,1) 101 130 116 102 99 85 71 57 54 40 26 23 5 (1,8,1) 102 132 114 107 100 82 75 57 50 43 25 18 9 (2,8,1) 103 129 117 105 93 81 69 57 56 44 32 20 3 (3,8,1) 104 133 113 104 95 86 77 57 48 39 30 21 11 (4,8,1) 105 131 115 110 94 89 73 57 52 36 31 15 7 (5,8,1) 106 126 120 103 97 80 74 57 51 45 28 22 8 (6,8,1) 107 124 122 109 96 83 70 57 55 42 29 16 4 (7,8,1) 108 128 118 108 98 88 78 57 47 37 27 17 12 (8,8,1) 109 125 121 106 91 87 72 57 53 38 34 19 6 (9,8,1) 110 127 119 111 92 84 76 57 49 41 33 14 10 (10,8,1) 111 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 1 (0,9,1) 112 131 118 105 92 79 77 64 51 38 25 23 4 (1,9,1) 113 127 115 103 91 79 78 66 54 42 30 18 3 (2,9,1) 114 133 114 106 98 79 71 63 55 36 28 20 10 (3,9,1) 115 125 119 102 96 79 73 67 50 44 27 21 8 (4,9,1) 116 129 122 104 97 79 72 65 47 40 33 15 9 (5,9,1) 117 128 113 109 94 79 75 60 56 41 26 22 6 (6,9,1) 118 132 116 111 95 79 74 58 53 37 32 16 7 (7,9,1) 119 124 121 107 93 79 76 62 48 45 31 17 5 (8,9,1) 120 130 120 110 100 79 69 59 49 39 29 19 12 (9,9,1) 121 126 117 108 99 79 70 61 52 43 34 14 11 (10,9,1) 122 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 1 (0,10,1) 123 132 120 108 96 84 72 60 48 36 24 23 3 (1,10,1) 124 133 116 110 93 87 70 64 47 41 24 18 8 (2,10,1) 125 126 122 107 92 88 73 58 54 39 24 20 6 (3,10,1) 126 128 114 111 97 83 69 66 52 38 24 21 5 (4,10,1) 127 127 118 109 100 80 71 62 53 44 24 15 11 (5,10,1) 128 130 117 104 91 89 76 63 50 37 24 22 4 (6,10,1) 129 129 121 102 94 86 78 59 51 43 24 16 10 (7,10,1) 130 131 113 106 99 81 74 67 49 42 24 17 9 (8,10,1) 131 124 119 103 98 82 77 61 56 40 24 19 7 (9,10,1) 132 125 115 105 95 85 75 65 55 45 24 14 12 (10,10,1) 133 328 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 329 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 figure (1) references 1. kadhum, s.j., (2001), construction of (k,n)-arcs from (k,m)-arcs in pg(2,p) for 2 ≤ m < n, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 2. hirschfeld, j. w. p., (2001), complete arcs discrete math., north holland mathematics studies 123, north-holland, amesterdam, 243-250. 3. hirschfeld, j. w. p., (1979), projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press, oxford. 4. hirschfeld, j. w. p. and storme, l.,(1998), the packing problem in statistics, coding theory and finite projective spaces, j.statistical planning and inference, 72, pp.355-380. 5. r.hill, (1992), optimal linear codes in: c.mitichell (ed.) crytography and coding, oxford university ,discrete mathematics, press: oxford, pp.75-104. 6. rumen daskalov, (2008), a geometricconstruction of (38,2)-blocking set in pg(2,13) and the related [14,5,3,133]13 code, discrete mathematics,technical university of gabrovo, bulgaria, 308 (1341-1345). 7. hassan, h. k., (2002), "reverse construction of (k,n)-arcs in pg(2,q) over some gf(q)" , m.sc.thesis, college of education ibn-al haitham, university of baghdad . بطریقة ھندسیة مع pg(2,11)في المستوي إالسقاطي (kn,n)بناء االقواس المجموعات القالبیة والشفرات االسقاطیة المرتبطة بھا آمال شھاب المختار امنیات عدنان حسن جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الریاضیات 2013تشرین االول 10، قبل للنشرفي : 2013حزیران 17أستلم البحث في : الخالصة منھا على استقامة واحدة، n + 1وال توجد nأذ توجد pg(2,q),من النقاط في kھو مجموعة من (k,n)القوس .(k + 1,n)-كامال ً اذا لم یكن محتوى في قوس (k,n) –فیكون القوس pg(2,11)قاطي في المستوي االس n = 2,3,…,10,11كاملة ،إذ (kn,n) –في ھذا البحث نقوم ببناء اقواس بطریقة ھندسیة، مع المجموعات القالبیة والشفرات االسقاطیة المرتبطة بھا. أقواس كاملة ، مجموعة قالبیة، شفرة أسقاطیة كلمات مفتاحیة : 330 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 قسم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد أستلم البحث في : 17 حزيران 2013 , قبل للنشرفي : 10 تشرين الاول 2013 القوس (k,n)هو مجموعة من k من النقاط في ,pg(2,q)أذ توجد n ولا توجد n + 1 منها على استقامة واحدة، فيكون القوس – (k,n) كاملا ً اذا لم يكن محتوى في قوس-(k + 1,n). في هذا البحث نقوم ببناء اقواس – (kn,n) كاملة ,إذ n = 2,3,…,10,11 في المستوي الاسقاطي pg(2,11) بطريقة هندسية، مع المجموعات القالبية والشفرات الاسقاطية المرتبطة بها. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 statistical mean studying for detected intensities by enet web camera for the white test image under different fluorescent lightness l. m. raouf , f. j. khathim , h. k. abass departme nt of physics, college of science, almustanseriya unive rsity abstract the aim of this work, is to st udy color filming by using different intensities of fluorescent light, where we evaluate the cap ture image qualities for the rgb bands and comp onent of l. and we st udy the relation between the means of rgbl values of the images as a function of the p ower of fluorescent light circuit . from the results, we show that the mean μ increases rapidly at low p ower values, then it will reach the st ability at high p ower values. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد enetطة الویب كامیرا نوع ااالحصائي للشدات المسجلة بوس المعدلدراسة web camera ختلفةملصورة اختباریة بیضاء تحت اضاءة فلورسنت . هبة خضیر عباس، فرح جواد كاظم ، ء محمد روؤف لمیا الجامعة المستنصریة ، كلیة العلوم ، قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة مصــباح (یهـدف البحــث الــى دراسـة عملیــة التصــویر الملـون لألجســام المختلفــة بأسـتخدام أضــائیات مختلفــة فـي الشــدة ــتم تقیـــیم الصــــور الملتقطـــة اذ، ) الفلورســـنت ـــزم لونیـــة هـــي ) تجـــةالنا(یـ األحمــــر (التـــي تكــــون ذا تمثیـــل طیفـــي بـــثالث حـ للصـــور lوالمركبــة rgbللحـــزم اللونیــة μالعالقــة بـــین معــدل الشــدة تدرســ اذ، lومركبــة الشـــدة )،األخضــر،األزرق ، ایـه متسـاویولقد اظهرت الدراسة بـأن ضـوء الفلورسـنت یكـون تـأثیر الحـزم ف) pلقدرات مختلفة (الملتقطة بأضائیات مختلفة مـع زیـادة قـدرة μكمـا یالحـظ زیـادة معـدل الشـدة . وذلك الن ضوء الفلورسنت ضوء ابـیضعند تغیر قدرة االضاءة للمنظومة .رة العالیةاالضاءة بشكل سریع في قیم القدرة الواطئة ثم یبدأ بالمیل نحو االستقرار والثبات عند قیم القد منظومة المقدمة أهم الصوریة تعد واحدة من ن المعالجةا اذ ، ة عن تحسس ضوئي لألشارات المستلمة الى الكاشفالصورة عبار عبر األقمار الصناعیة ومحطات األرسال لمختلف الثورة المعلوماتیة التي سهلت أستالم وأرسال المعلومات الرقمیة مقومات ي یتم تحسسها بوسلكي یتم تسجیل الصورة یجب ان یكون هناك م أرجاء الكرة األرضیة ت اصدر لالشارات الت طة متحسسا ومن اهم االشارات التي تستعمل في منظومات التصویر هي االمواج . خاصة لغرض اظهارها على شكل صورة شكل الطاقة المرئیة التي تكون صادرة من مصدر أو منعكس من جسم مثل هو وءلضا. ) الضوء(الكهرومغناطیسیة اقة ـي هو نوع خاص من الطاقة یعرف بالطئفیزیاال الى بالنسبة عة والمصباح الكهربائي ، والضوءالشمس أو اللهب أو الشم ة ثلوتم .[1,2]ي البصري ألنسان فأنه یمثل األدراك الحسالى ااطیسیة وبالنسبة ـالكهرومغن هذه الطاقة األشعاعی .] nm)350 – 700(] 3,4 ما بین مرئي یقع ومداها ال ینــللعالمرئیه بحزم من األطوال الموجیةالكهرومغناطیسیة : ومصادر االضاءة نوعین  ةالطبیعی ةمصادر األضاء ة یكفاو نها ذایمكن أن تصف ) الشمس ، لهب الشمعة ( natural light sourcesاألضاءة الطبیعیة مصادر ن ا ة یعطي الضوء الط اذ،مصدر ضوئي مع تكامل األلوان الطیفیة ونها عالیة ك بیعي أنعكاسًا بلون واضح ویظهر ألوانًا مختلف یعرف الضوء . [5]ولألضاءة بشكل خاص تعد الشمس المصدر الرئیس للطاقة بشكل عام ، اذ ، وتجانسها بسطوعها day الطبیعي أوضوء النهار light أن اذ،مباشرة أوغیر مباشرة ةاألرض بصور سقط علىالشمس وی هنتجتأي ضوء هبأن ها جزء منه ناتج من جراء التشتت واألستطارة الی بشكل مباشر یصل األرض من الشمسالى الطبیعي یصل الشمس ضوء .[6]ألرض لى اوهنا یمكن أن نحدد أنواع ضوء الشمس الواصال 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد  األشعة الضوئیة المباشرة من الشمس .  بسبب األستطارة ( ضوء السماء المنتشر(.  واألشجار األبنیة مثل ،األجسام المختلفة الموجودة الضوء المنعكس من . بالضوء الملتقطة الصورفأن ن الضوء الطبیعي یأتي من مجموعة المتناهیة من األلوان والنوعیات والشدات ا [7] .ألوان طبیعیة مقارنة مع الصور الملتقطة باألضاءة الصناعیة وضوحیة وذاتكون أكثر )الشمس ضوء( الطبیعي  ةالصناعی ءةمصادر األضا ة ههو الضوء الذي ینتج من أو عن طریق عناصر التصنیع، وهو ضوء ناجم عن فعل األنار الضوء الصناعي الناتج نقطیة ، خطیة ، "لضوء الصناعي لتكون أما مصادر ویمكن التحكم بمصادر ا. عن التیار الكهربائي أو التقنیات األخرى ةفالكمی هفي األضاء لمعكمیة الضوء المستبتتأثر الصوره لعنصر ةاللونی هوبصورة عامة أن القیم. [8]" سطحیة ،حجمیة ة تفتح في حین أن الزیادة في مستوى األضاء ةوتحاید صفته اللونی) ةظالمی( ةجعل اللون أكثر دكنللضوء سوف ت ةالواطئ اً همن قیمة اللون وتزید من كثافته، أما مستویات األضاءة العالیة فتمیل الى جعل األلوان باهت .[9]وأقل تشبع هجودة الصور من مناطق متجانسة ومناطق حافات وتفاصیل دقیقة ةتفاصیل الصور یمكن أن تعرف جودة الصورة بأنها مقدار : [10,11]وأهم هذه العوامل هي ةجودة الصور فيتؤثر ةدیعد وهنالك عوامل ،حادة  الوضوحیة لقدرة النظام البصري على امقیاس دتع اذ،بأنها قدرة التحلیل ألي منظومة بصریة resolution تعرف الوضوحیة د أو أشارتین متقاربتین في ا) مكانیًا أو طیفیًا ( التمییز بین نقطتین متجاوتین متقاربتین لشدة، فكلما زادت تحلیلیة الصور زا : [11,12]هنالك ثالث أنواع للوضوحیة في الصور هي. مقدار المعلومات المحتواة فیها o الوضوحیة الحیزیة s patial resol uti on س تعرف الوضوحیة الحیزیة بأنها مقیاس ألصغر أنفصال زاو أو خطي بین جسمین یمكن أن یحللهما المتحس ا )بكسلعناصر الصورة أي الـ( الوضوحیة العالیة للصورة تشیر الى أن وحدة تحلیل الصورة اذ، عددها كبیر وأحجامه لصور التي عدد الى ابینما الوضوحیة الواطئة للصورة تشیر .صغیرة والتفاصیل الدقیقة ممكن أن تشاهد في هذه الصورة .لوضوحیة الحیزیة العالیة تعطي أعظم تحلیل لمنظومة التصویروبشكل عام ا. عناصرها قلیل وحجم البكسل كبیر o المستوي الرمادي(الشدة وضوحیة( gray level (inte nsity) resol uti on مسجلة عن األشعاع المنعكس أو المنبعث من الجسم نها تعرف بأف ( تحسس لكشف الفروق في األشارة ال طة الكاشف اویات الرقمیة المستعملة لتمثیل البیانات التي تمثل األشارة المتحسسة بوستشیر الى عدد المست اذ،) الهدف د عالفالتحلیلیة األشعاعیة العالیة تعني أستخدام عدد مستویات . للصورة لتمثیل الشدة في عناصر الصورة ، وزیادة عد .المستویات تعني زیادة التفاصیل المحتواة في الصورة o الطیفیة الوضوحیة s pectral resolution ر ـفي عملیة وصف وتحلیل أنظمة الت السیماو رـویـمة التصـدًا في أنظـمن الخصائص المهمة ج دتع صوی هرومغناطیسي طیف الكمن ال) محددة لألطوال الموجیة مدد( عدد الحزم الى تشیر اذ، وأستخالص المعلومات ر اقد یكون كبیر ) الحزمة ( مدةل اطو المتحسس بها التي یمكن أن یتحسس مثل حزم التصویر بأستخدام األقما كل ،اذطیفیة في التصویر اة أو حزمیدعدفترات أو قد تستخدم pan الصناعیة 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد o حزمة تحمل كمًا من المعلومات وفي المحصلة فأنه كلما زاد عدد الحزم زادت المعلومات المحتواة في الصور .متعددة الطیف  نسبة التباین جودة الصورة ویعرف بأنه المدى الدینامیكي لنظام العرض وهو ببساطة فيمن العوامل المؤثرة د ن التباین یعا ر عن درجة األختالف بین التدرجات األكثر أشراقًا واألكثر دكنًا في الصورة أي الفرق في األضائیة بین طریقة للتعبی ة . [13,14]العناصر المتجاورة في مناطق الصورة المختلف  األشراقیة بعد العینة (الیة تعتمد على ن كثافة األنارة المثا . ) تصویرهراد ی الذي الجسم( كثافة األنارة على السطح أو العینة يه % 12السطوح البیضاء لها ان اذ،الى أنها تعتمد على أنعكاسیة السطوح ال عنضف) أوالجسم ونوعیة الضوء المستخدم فقط من األمتصاصیة لألشعاع الساقط فتزید بذلك األنعكاسیة وتقل األمتصاصیة فالسطوح البیضاء تكون ضروریة لزیادة . [15] دون أجهادمن ول الضوء للعین األنعكاسیة لضمان دخ luminan)ویجب التمییز بین األشراقیة والسطوع ce) ا التي تعني التأثیر البصري للضوء المنعكس من السطح كم f.l footیقاس بالفوتومتر أوبوحدة lambert وهي وحدة كمیة األضاءة المعكوسة من أو المنتقلة خالل العینة cd/m(وقیاسها المتري 2 ن األشراقیة والتباین ا. 3.34 النت یجب الضرب بمقدارالى f.lوالتحویل النتأو ) والوضوحیة مترابطة معًا في جودة الصورة فالقدرة األنسانیة لتحلیل التفاصیل الدقیقة للصورة متأثرة بأشراقیة وتباین .[16]ووضوحیة الصورة أحصائیات الصورة الرقمیة digital i الصورة الرقمیة ن أحصائیاتا mage statist ics عملیات معالجة الصورة أغلب تكون أساسیة في واألحصائیات . فیهاحصائیات واصفة لطبیعة الصور وكیفیة توزیع المعلومات الفي كثیر من األحیان هذة ا دتع .الرقمیة brightness دالة أحتمالیة توزیع األضائیة یمكن أن تعرف اذ،تكون مرتبطة بمبدأ أحتمالیة توزیع المعلومات للصورة probability density function صورة وهذه الخواص للبأنها دالة كثافة األحتمالیة لألضاءةg( x ,y : [12]هي (  ة التوزیع یدالة أحتمالpdf :[12]أن اذ،في الصورة (i)وهي تمثل أحتمالیة توزیع األضاءة p(i)یعبر عن دالة أحتمالیة التوزیع بالصیغة )1( l-1 0 < i(x,y ) < i (x,y ةفي الصور ةتمثل عدد مستویات الشد lن ا اذ ) . i(x,yلظهور الشدات ن األحتمالیةاو :باألحتمالیة ةتكون محدد ةفي الصور ( )2( 1 0 ≤ p(i) ≤ ةلواحد ویدعى رسم توزیع األحتمالیة عادة بالمخطط التكراري لعناصر الشدة في الصور مجموع األحتمالیات الكلي مساو ل اذ . [255-0]وعادة ما تكون قیم الشدات محددة ضمن المدى  دلــالمع )  ( (12)یةمن العالقة األت μفي الصورة ویحسب المعدل الشدة في الصورة ویعرف بأنهُ معدل شدات معدل ال  3),(1 1 1      m x n y yxi mn  ن ا اذ m : طول الصورة، n : ةوحاصل ضربها یمثل عددعناصر الصور عرض الصورة .  یاريـراف المعــاألنح ) σ ( 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد من ) σ (اف القیم لألشارة عن المعدل ویحسب األنحراف المعیاري یعرف األنحراف المعیاري بأنُه مقدار أنحر ة :[12]العالق  4)),((1 1 1 2      m x n y yxi mn  : ي اتی حسابه كما ومن الممكن (12)مربعات العناصرلحساب معدل ةتیالا وذلك بأستخدام أحدى المعادلة ةر لعناصر الصو ةالشد مربعمعدل نحسب  5),( 1 1 1 2 yxi mn avs m x n y      :ب األنحراف المعیاري من العالقة یحسثم  6)( 2  avs .هذا المقیاس من المعاییر المهمة في تحدید مقدار التفاصیل في الصورة دویع منظومة العمل -:تي یاامهي ك البصریة ومكونات المنظومة، )1(اجریت هذه الدراسة باستخدام المنظومة المبینة في الشكل ــــأب وصـــندوق مظلـــم ذ 3عاد ــ cm^ )74120 61 (بحیـــث تكـــون المســــافة بـــین الجســـم ومصــــدر اإلضـــاءة ) ـــباح مصـ توجـد فتحـة للتصـویر توضـع علیهـا الكـامیرا الرقمیـة مرتبطــة هنفسـ وعلـى جانـب مصـدر االضـاءة، 120cm )الفلورسـنت یـتم الـتحكم بشـدة اإلضـاءة باسـتخدام الـدائرة االلكترونیـة اذ، ضـاءة مختلفـةاوتحت شـروط ، بالحاسوب لخزن الصور الملتقطة .یوجد في الجانب المقابل للكامیرا متحسس لتسجیل شدة الضوء كما) (2الموضحة في الشكل  الترانزستور الضوئي الكاشف ي منظومة العملا phot هو الترانستور الكاشف الضوئي ن المتحسس المستخدم ف o transistor detector وهو . npn-pp-103 [17]عبارة عن شریحة من مادة شبة موصلة من السیلكون نوع  هــي المسـتخدمة فــي الدراسـة الرقمیــةن نــوع الكـامیرا اكـامیرا لویـب ا (enet web camera , model e66.high quality cm os sensor)  الحاسبة وتكون مربوطة مع الكامیراا.  ت اذ، قلیل تشغیل مصباح الفلورسنت یحتاج الى جهد الدراسة تم أستخدام هفي هذ یحالمصاب أن مصباح الفلورسن أن اللون أي الضوء المنبعث من الفلورسننت یبدو أبیض في معظم الحاالتفیعمل على فرق جهد منخفض تختلف ة عطي أطوال موجیولكنه أیضًا ی یحتوي على كل ألوان الطیف المرئي) ضوء الشمس مشابه ل (األبیض – 80 ) التشغیل له فولتیةو w[18]قدرة یعمل بن مصباح الفلورسنت ا ،للضوء ةفي نسب األطوال الموجی 220) volt ، ةالمرئی ضمن المنطقة االطوال الموجیةهذا المصباح طیف مستمر من یبعث و .  الفولتیة المسلطة على المصابیح وجهاز االمیتر لقیاس تم استخدام جهاز الفولتمیتر جهاز الفولتمیتر واالمیتر . لقیاس التیار المار بالمصابیح وذلك لغرض أیجاد القدرة الكهربائیة المصروفة عند كل شدة إضاءة مستخدمة  یمكن التحكم بشدة ضوء من ثممنظم الفولتیة یستخدم منظم الفولتیة لكي یتم التحكم بالتیار المار في المنظومة و . لفلورسنت داخل الصندوقمصباح ا النتائج والمناقشة في enet web cameraتم دراسة تأثیر تغیر شدة اضاءة مصباح الفلورسنت على قابلیة الویب كامیرا نوع صندوق الذي یحتوي على منظومة اضاءة الفلورسنت الالموضوعة في a4التحسس والتسجیل للصور لورقة بیضاء 2010) 1( 23م للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیث مستخدم وان شدة ".مكن التحكم بها كهربائیاذي یال ان الصورة وخصائصها تعتمد على شدة اإلضاءة وطبیعة الضوء ال بشدة التحكم تمتم استخدام مصباح الفلورسنت اذ،المجهزة لمنظومة االضاءة اإلضاءة تعتمد على القدرة الكهربائیة ) a4ورقة(تم في هذه الدراسة تحلیل نتائج تصویر صورة اختباریة بیضاء ، علیه الفولتیة المسلطة طة اله بوسضاءة اال مكن التحكم بأضاءته ی تم تصویر الورقة البیضاء في الصندوق الذي اذ، enet web camera طة الویب كامیرا نوعابوس ) عند الفولتیات المختلفة (ة من الصور المختلفة عند شدات االضاءة المختلفة مجموع تبمصباح الفلورسنت والتقط ) . 3( وحصلنا على الصور الموضحة بالشكل ودرسنا توزیع االضاءة ، lومركبة اإلضاءة rgbالخصائص اإلحصائیة لكل من الحزم اللونیة الثالثة تدرس اذ ط التكراري ل ىفي مستو حصول انخفاض في والحظنا، ) 4(كل صورة وهذه الرسوم موضحة بالشكل الصورة برسم المخط القمم وانخفاض قاعدة أي یحصل إتساع في lومركبة اإلضاءة rgbاحتمالیة التوزیع لمنحنیات المركبات اللونیة الثالثة ي أرتفاع وموقع القمة كما نالحظ تطابق ف. الحاالت بعضارتفاعها مع المحافظة على تساوي المساحة تحت المنحني في نالحظ زیادة كما l والمركبةrgb والمحافظة على أرتفاع المنحنیات gالحزمة الخضراء انخفاض مع lلحزمة اإلضاءة نحو المستویات العالیة) μالمعدل زیادة(المنحنیات هذه تدریجیة في اللمعان من خالل الزحف التدریجي لمواقع قمم هو كما ان زیادة اتساع المنحني اي زیادة االنحراف المعیاري . ضاءة في داخل الصندوق بسبب زیادة شدة اال بالشدة كما یالحظ ان . lوالمركبة rgbالسبب الرئیس في نقصان ارتفاع القمة المركزیة للمخطط التكراري لجمیع الحزم لوجود ) االضائیة العالیة(الفولتیات العالیة عند غیر متناظر متناظرة عند الفولتیات الواطئة ثم یأخذ شكل شكل المنحنیات ت .rgbl امتداد للمنحني باتجاه القیم الواطئة للشدا كما درس التغیر في تذبذب ، ة التحسس للویب كامیرا المستخدمة یولقد درسنا هذه الصور ودراسة خصائصها دالة لكفا مع l ومركبة اإلضاءة rgbدل الشدة للحزم اللونیة بین مع اشارة المتحسسات الضوئیة للكامیرا وذلك بدراسة العالقة للصور pوالقدرة نالحظ أن العالقة بین المعدل ،) 5 (القدرة الكهربائیة المستخدمة في منظومة االضاءة انظر الشكل د أي بزیادة ال watt 0.001الملتقطة بأضائیات الفلورسنت المختلفة عالقة خطیة عندما تكون القدرة اقل من قدرة یزدا د زیادة القدرة عن وتقارب ، l ومركبة اإلضاءةrgb فنالحظ استقرار وثبات لقیم المعدل للحزم watt 0.001المعدل وعن متساو بنسب االطوال الموجیة المختلفة المحتواة " اي تقریبا(هذه القیم للحزم المختلفة وذلك الن ضوء الفلورسنت ابیض ). فیه االستنتاجات  لمنظومة االضاءة أن مصباح الفلورسنت ال یعمل والیعطي اي ) القدرة الكهربائیة الواطئة (الفولتیات الواطئة یالحظ عند اضاءة وذلك الن االضاءة بمصباح الفلورسنت تحتاج الى فولتیة عالیة لكي تسبب التأین للغاز داخل مصباح الفلورسنت ویالحظ ان المنحنیات التكراریة لعناصر . فما فوق ) (80vعالیة هي لذا نرى ان المصباح الیعمل اال بفولتیة ،لكي یعمل ثم تبدأ باالنحراف عن التناظر الكاووسي بسبب . كاووسیة في الفولتیات الواطئة" الصورة في الورقة البیضاء تكون تقریبا .حدوث امتداد اوسع للمنحني بأتجاه الشدات الواطئة عند زیادة قدرة منظومة االضاءة  للحزم اللونیة ظ من المنحني بین المعدلیالحrgb مركبة الو l تزاید تدریجي مع زیادة القدرة المجهزة لمنظومة . 0.001wattاالضاءة وهذا التزاید یصل الى حالة استقرار وثبات عند القدرات العالیة اكبر من 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المصادر 1. umbaugh , s.e. (1998) " computer vision and image processin g ", p rentice –hall , new jersey . 2. ball, victoria kloss, (1982), "the art of interior design", john wiley sons, new york. 3. barker geoffrey, h. le corbusier, (1989)," an analy sis of from.van nost rand reinhold", new york. 4. turner, jaret. ,( 1994)," an introduction to light, lighting and li ght use ", b.t bats ford ltd london. 5. overheim, r., danial ,(1982 ) ," li ght and colour " , printed wiley and sons ,inc. مركز التعریب ، ترجمة" یوم 14تعلم فن التصویر الرقمي والكامیرات الرقمیة خالل "، )1996(كارال روز ، .6 ,.nuckolls , james ,l .والبرمجة ، الدار العربیة للعلوم 7. nuckolls, james l., (1976) ," interior lighting for environmental designers " , awiley inter science publication , usa. 8. ching , d.k., francis, (1987) , "interior design illust rated " , van nost rand reinhold company , new york. أطروحة ماجستیر ، قسم الهندسة ، " ضوء الطبیعي في الفضاء الداخلي مفصل ال " ،)2003(الجبوري ، ریـــا منیر، .9 .المعماریة ، جامعة بغداد 10. albeedden ,f. sh. z.(2004), " at omsp her effect on 3-5 m band thermal imaging " , ph.d thesis , p hysics dept ., college of science , alm ustanseriy a univer. 11.jenson, j.r .(1986) , " introductory digitial image processin g a remote sensin g persp ective " , prentice –hall , en glewood clifs , new -jersey 07632. 12. youn g, i. t .; gerbrands, j. and van vliet, l. j., (1998) , " fundammental of image processing " , printed in netherlands at delf univ. of technology , isbn 90 -75691 10 -7 , nugi 841. 13. camp ell, f.w. and robson, j. g., (1968) , " app lication of grating " , journal of physiology ( london) 197 : 551556. 14.barten , d.g.j., (1999), " contrast sensitivity of human ey e and its effect on image quality " , spie – the international society for optical en gineering belling ha m. 15. m ichel , lou , (1996), " light, the shape of sp ace , desinnin g with sp ace and light " , john willey and sons , inc. 16. ruck , nancy ,(1998) , " day light in building the ( iea) of solar heating and cooling programmby international planning associations " , m ary land , usa. 17.hop kinson , r.g. ; kay j.d. , (1972), " the lighting of build ings ", faber and faber , london. 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لكترونیة (2)الشكل ت) 1( الشكل یوضح الدائرة اال المنظومة البصریة باستخدام مصباح الفلورسن لمنظومة التصویر 0v 20v 40v 60v 80v 100v 120v 140v 160v 180v 200v 220v 240v .عند فولتیات اضاءة مختلفة a4یوضح الصور الملتقطة لصورة اختباریة بیضاء ) 3(الشكل 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p (l ) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p (g ) 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 0v 0 0.0 2 0.0 4 0.0 6 0.0 8 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p (l ) 0 0. 02 0. 04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0. 02 0. 04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p (g ) 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 80v 0 0.0 2 0.0 4 0.0 6 0.0 8 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p ( l ) 0 0.0 2 0.0 4 0.0 6 0.0 8 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p ( r ) 0 0. 02 0. 04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p (g ) 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b p ( b ) 100v 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0 50 100 1 50 200 250 300 l p (l ) 0 0.0 2 0.0 4 0.0 6 0.0 8 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0. 02 0. 04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p (g ) 0 0.0 2 0.0 4 0.0 6 0.0 8 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 120v 0 0.0 1 0.0 2 0.0 3 0.0 4 0.0 5 0.0 6 0.0 7 0.0 8 0.0 9 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p ( l ) 0 0. 02 0. 04 0. 06 0. 08 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0.0 2 0.0 4 0.0 6 0.0 8 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p ( g ) 0 0.0 2 0.0 4 0.0 6 0.0 8 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 140v 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p (l ) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p (g ) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 160v 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p (l ) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p (g ) 0 0.0 1 0.0 2 0.0 3 0.0 4 0.0 5 0.0 6 0.0 7 0.0 8 0.0 9 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 180v 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p( l ) 0 0.0 1 0.0 2 0.0 3 0.0 4 0.0 5 0.0 6 0.0 7 0.0 8 0.0 9 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p( r ) 0 0.0 1 0.0 2 0.0 3 0.0 4 0.0 5 0.0 6 0.0 7 0.0 8 0.0 9 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p ( g ) 0 0.0 1 0.0 2 0.0 3 0.0 4 0.0 5 0.0 6 0.0 7 0.0 8 0.0 9 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b p( b ) 200v 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p (l ) 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0.0 1 0.0 2 0.0 3 0.0 4 0.0 5 0.0 6 0.0 7 0.0 8 0.0 9 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p (g ) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0 .1 0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 220v 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2 8=μ = 0 σ 2 8=μ = 0 σ 2 8=μ = 0 σ 2 8=μ = 0 σ 1 2 4=μ = 4.81σ 12 5=μ = 4.9σ 12 3=μ =5 .23 σ 1 2 4=μ = 4.9 6 σ 1 80=μ = 6.7 5 σ 17 9=μ = 6.7σ 1 79=μ = 6.5 9 σ 1 7 5=μ = 6.7 5 σ 2 18=μ = 8.4 σ 22 0=μ = 8.2 σ 21 3=μ = 8.2 7 σ 2 1 5=μ = 7.9 σ 2 32=μ = 8.6 5σ 2 32=μ = 8.5 1σ 2 33=μ = 8.6 9σ 2 28=μ = 8.0 6σ 2 33=μ = 8.59σ 2 33=μ = 8.7 2σ 2 34=μ = 8.7 8σ 2 2 8=μ = 8.1 3σ 2 36=μ = 8.6 6σ 2 35=μ = 8.8 9σ 2 29=μ = 8.3 1σ 2 3 7=μ = 8.8 9σ 2 36=μ = 8.98σ 2 36=μ = 8.9 6σ 2 37=μ = 9.1 2σ 2 31=μ = 8.4 8σ 2 42=μ = 9.0 1σ 2 4 1=μ = 9.2 6σ 2 43=μ = 9 .25σ 2 3 9=μ = 8.8 7σ 0 0.0 1 0.0 2 0.0 3 0.0 4 0.0 5 0.0 6 0.0 7 0.0 8 0.0 9 0. 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l p (l ) 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r p (r ) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g p( g ) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 b p (b ) 240v باضائیات مصباح الفلورسنت للصور الملتقطة lوالمركبةrgb للشدات المنحنیات التكراریةیوضح ) 4(الشكل )اي فولتیة مختلفة(المختلفة الشدة قدرة منظومة اضاءة مع l ومركبة اإلضاءة rgbمعدل الشدة للحزم اللونیة قیم یوضح العالقة بین (5)الشكل الفلورسنت المستخدمة في منظومة االضاءة 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 powe(wa tt)r gμ 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 powe (wat t) r lμ 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 powe (wat t) r rμ m ea n 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 powe(wa tt)r bμ 2 42=μ = 9.18σ 2 4 1=μ = 9.39σ 24 3=μ = 9.37σ 2 39=μ = 8.8 9σ spectrophotometric determinations of sulfacetamide following simple diazotization and coupling with chromotropic acid samar a. darweesh ibdul mohsin a. al-haidari alaa k. mohammed sarmad b. dikran dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham / university of baghdad received at: 27 may 2013, accepted at 24 september 2013 abstract a simple, sensitive, accurate and economic spectrophotometric method has been developed for the determination of sulfacetamide (sfa) in pure form, synthetic sample and urine. the method is based on diazotization of primary amine group of sulfacetamide with sodium nitrite and hydrochloric acid followed by coupling with chromotropic acid in alkaline medium to obtain a stable orange colored chromogen which exhibit a maximum absorption (λmax) at 511.5 nm. different variables affecting the completion of reaction have been carefully optimized following the classical univariate sequence and modified simplex method (msm). under optimized conditions, beer’s law obeyed in the concentration range of (0.5 20.0 µg.ml-1) with molar absorptivity of 3.2186*104 l.mol-1.cm-1. the limit of detection was 0.054 µg.ml-1 and sandell’s sensitivity value 7.8989 µg.cm-2. the proposed method was successfully applied to the determination of (sfa) in synthetic sample and urine. key words: spectrophotometric determination, sulfacetamide, diazotization reaction, coupling reaction, chromotropic acid. 281 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction sulfacetamide (sfa) figure (l) is a member of the sulfonamide family of antibiotics and chemically it is n-(4-aminobenzenesulfonyl) acetamide (m.wt.=214.24). sulfonamides are widely used in the treatment of urinary tract infection, acne vulgaris, bacterial infection of eye, superficial infection including conjnnctivitis, bacterial infection of skin, seborrhea including seborrhoeic dermatitis and seborrhoeic sicca, and trachoma; adjnnct. they are also the drugs of choice for the treatment of nocardiosis toxoplasmosis, severe diarrhea and meningococcal infections[1]. sulfacetamide has been determined by the development of several analytical techniques such as flow injection analysis [2,3], sequential injection analysis [4], hplc[5-7], micellar electro kinetic capillary chromatography (mekc)[8,9], spectrophotometric method [10-14]. the aim of the present work is to provide an optimized spectrophotometric method using the univariate and multivariate simplex method. in the simplex method three-interest factors concentration of sulfamic acid, chromotropic acid, sodium hydroxide were designated as independent variables and absorbance as response. experimental instruments the absorption spectra were recorded on a double-beam (shimadzu 1800), and all spectrophotometric measurements were carried out on (cecil 1011)uv-visible single beam spectrophotometer with 1cm matched quartz cells. materials and reagents pharmaceutical grade sulfacetamide received as gift sample powder in pure form (99.99%) the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi). all chemicals and reagents used were of analytical grade. preparation of solutions sodium nitrite [0.5 % (wt/v)]: was prepared by dissolving 0.5 g of nano2 in distilled water and diluting to l00 ml in a volumetric flask. sulfamic acid [2 % (wt/v)]: was prepared by dissolving 2 g of sulfamic acid in 100 ml of distilled water. chromotropic acid (cta) [2 % (wt/v)]: was prepared by dissolving 2 g of cta in l00 ml of distilled water. sodium hydroxide [2 m]: was prepared by dissolving 8 g of naoh in 100 ml of distilled water. hydrochloric acid [5 m]: 85ml of concentrated hcl was taken and diluted to 200 ml with distilled water. hydrochloric acid [2 m]: was prepared by taken 16.72 ml of concentrated hcl and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. standard drug preparation (100 μg.ml-1) the standard solution of sfa was prepared by dissolving accurate weighted 0.01 g of pure drug in 100 ml with distilled water. preparation of synthetic drug sample 1to 20 mg of the bulk drug, 5 mg of interfering substances mixture (consisting of equal weights of each substance, namely, glucose, lactose, soluble starch, and vanillin) was added. 212.5 mg of the resulted mixture was dissolved in 100 ml of distilled water in the same manner as used for the preparation standard drug to obtain 100 μg.ml-1. preparation of drug solution in urine 282 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 solution of drug in urine was prepared by dissolving 0.01 g of (sfa) in a little amount of distilled water, then the volume was complete to 100 ml urine in volumetric flask to obtain 100 μg.ml-1 of spiked synthetic sample solution. general standard procedures two procedures were recommended for the determination of sfa via the proposed methods. the first was carried out following the conditions obtained by univariate optimization, while the second base of those conditions was obtained by chemometric multivariate simplex optimization. univariate to aliquots the standard solution (l00 μg.ml-1) containing (5-150 μg) of sfa were transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flasks and cooled in an ice bath, 1.0 ml of 0.05 % (w/v) sodium nitrite solution and 1.0 ml of 0.5 m hcl were added. each solution was shaken thoroughly, and then 1.5 ml of 0.5 % (w/v) sulfamic acid was added.the solutions were swirled and the resulting diazotized product was coupled with cta by the addition of 1.0 ml of 1 % (w/v) of this reagent followed by 2.0 ml of 0.05 m sodium hydroxide solution. the mixtures allowed to stand for 10 min., after then were made up to the mark with distilled water. the absorbance of orange colored chomogen was measured at 511.5 nm against the reagent blank. the constructed calibration curve was used to compute the amount of sfa in given samples. multivariate (simplex method) aliquots of the standard solution (100 μg.ml-1) containing (5-200 μg) of sfa were transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flasks. after cooling in an ice bath, to each flask, l.0 ml of 0.05% (w/v) sodium nitrite solution and l.0 ml of 0.5 m hcl were added. each solution was shaken thoroughly and l.5 ml of 0.25 % (w/v) sulfamic acid was added. the solutions were swirled and the resulting diazotized product was coupled with cta by the addition of l.0 ml of 0.5 % (w/v) the reagent solution followed by 2.0 ml of 0.075 m sodium hydroxide solution and allowed to stand for 10 min. the solutions were making up to the mark with distilled water. after mixing the solution well, the absorbance of orange colored chomogen was measured at 511.5 nm against the reagent blank. the amount of sfa was computed from calibration curve. result and discussion absorption spectra and reaction scheme primary aromatic amine upon treatment with nitrous acid in an ice-cooled solution forms diazonium salt. ar-nh2 + nano2 + hcl → ar-n2+cl-+ h2o under proper conditions, diazonium salts react with certain aromaticcompounds to yield products of general formula ar-n=n-ar', called as azo compounds and the reaction is called as diazo coupling reaction [15]. ar-n2+ + ar'h → ar-n=n-ar' + h+ the proposed method involves coupling reaction of the diazotized sulfacetamide with chromotropic acid in an alkaline medium to yield an azo dye according to scheme 1. the former orange colored product shows a maximum absorption at 511.5 nm (figure 2). optimization of reaction variables various parameters (viz sodium nitrate concentration, hydrochloric acid concentration, time of diazotization reaction, sulfamic acid concentration, chromotropic acid concentration, sodium hydroxide concentration, and time of coupling reaction) were first optimized, for the development of color dye, univariatly by systematic study of the effects of each parameters in 283 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the development of color product. the optimization steps were carried out by varying the parameters each one at a time and controlling all others fixed. effect of diazotization reaction time it was found that the diazotization reaction was taking place instantaneous when the time required for diazotization reaction was studied in the range (0-20) minute at 0 ºc. the diazotized product was found to be decomposed with time therefore, diazotization was carried out instantaneously. effect of sodium nitrite nitrite concentration for diazotization was optimized in the range of (0.025-0.500 %) (figure 3). maximum absorbance was observed when 1.0 ml of 0.050 % sodium nitrite was added and the absorption of dye product was measured at 511.5 nm. below and above this concentration the absorbance was decreased. effect of different acidic solutions effect of many acids on diazotization reaction was studied such as h2so4, hcl, hno3, ch3cooh with 1 m of concentration. hcl was responded to the stable diazotized product thus it was used for the following experiments (table1). effect of acidity it was found that the absorbance of the formed azo dye product was enhanced as the concentration hydrochloric acid was decreased in the studied range of the acid (0.025–2.000 m), figure 4. maximum absorption intensity was achieved when 1.0 ml of 0.500 m hcl was used, and this amount was used for the subsequent work. effect of sulfamic acid concentration according to the results obtained upon studying the effect of the addition of 1.5 ml of (0.25– 2.00 %) of sulfamic acid on the reaction product, the optimum amount was found to be 1.5 ml of 0.50 % solution (figure5). effect of chromotropic acid concentration the effect of coupling reagent concentration on the intensity of the color dye development was tested by using different concentrations of cta in the range (0.1–2.0 %), figure 6. the result shows that 1.0 ml of 0.7 % of cta solution was optimum for this method. effect of different bases in order to develop intensity and color of dye product, different bases νiz sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide were studied. the results indicate that the sodium hydroxide was suitable alkaline medium to give a maximum absorption as shown in (table 2). effect of alkalinity the stability and formed azo dye product depends upon the nature of reaction medium. the formed azo dye was found to have a reasonable stability when the reaction medium render alkaline via addition of 2.0 ml of 0.1 m sodium hydroxide. figure 7 illustrates the results of the study. effect of coupling reaction time the maximum time required for coupling reaction to be completed was found to be 10 min. at room temperature. after that period, the absorbance remained constant for at least 3.5 hours as presented in (table 3). on the other hand, simplex program was employed to find the optimum experimental conditions of three important parameters that considerably affect the colored product formation (νiz the concentration of sulfamic acid, the concentration of cta, and the concentration of sodium hydroxide) for the determination of (sfa). the boundary conditions for the studied parameters delineated above, were first set as depicted in (table 4) together with the step size values. 284 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 four (numbers of studied parameters +1) arbitrary experimental conditions were chosen, by selecting the values of these parameters within specified boundaries for each, at which they affected the measured absorptions signal of the colored products (experiment 1-4 in table 5), the absorbencies of these four experiments together with the applied experimental conditions were fed into a multi simplex computer program. the program run the simplex system to produce a new set of experimental conditions. an experiment is carried out under the new generated conditions and the measured absorption signal was fed again to the program and so on. only 22 experiments were enough to evaluate the proper conditions that yield the maximum response. results given in table 5, and figure 8 show the progress of the simplex, at step 20 ( i.e. 0.25 % sulfamic acid, 0.5 % cta and 0.075 m sodium hydroxide) the highest response function value was obtained, which was taken to be the optimum conditions for the determination of (sfa). calibration curves and analytical data іfor univariate according to the optimum experimental conditions, obtained νia univariable method, linear calibration graph for sulfacetamide was obtained, figure 9, which shows that beer’s law is obeyed in the concentration range of (0.5-15.0 µg.ml-1). the regression equation, correlation coefficient, molar absorptivity, sandell's sensitivity and detection limit are given in table 6. ііfor simplex table 7 and figure10 show the results for the calibration curve and statistical data. better optical characteristics for calibration curve and statistical data were obtained under optimum conditions obtained by multi simplex optimization, in comparison with those obtained via univariate method. precision and accuracy the accuracy (in term of relative error percent) and the precision (in term of coefficient of variation) of the proposed method under univariate and multivariate conditions were evaluated by doing five replicate analyses of sfa at three different levels of concentration within beer’s law range (table 8). the results indicate good accuracy and precision of the proposed method at the studied concentration levels. interference studies the effect of various foreign species, which may be present in pharmaceutical products and affecting the reaction between the sulfacetamide and cta, were studied. optimum experimental conditions, for simplex optimization, were employed to determine 10 μg.ml-1 concentration of sfa. table 9 shows that the presence of 1000 µg.ml-1 of the studied interfering excipient cause errors less than ± 3 %. application on synthetic sample the developed method was applied for the determination of the amount of sfa in its synthetic sample. the results of the application of the proposed method given in table 10 were satisfactory. the recovery was ranged from (98.9-101.2 %) and the coefficient of variation range was (0.4326-2.0458 %). application on spiked urine sample the proposed method was also applied for the determination of sfa in spiked human urine samples.the results, listed in table 11; indicate that the proposed method could successfully be applied. the recovery values were ranged (98.4-104.0 %) with the coefficient of variation of (0.4157-1.5678 %). application on spiked urine by standard addition method 285 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 to increase the insurance, the proposed spectrophotometric method was applied for the determination of sfa in spiked urine sample following the standard addition technique. good recoveries of the drug present in studied sample indicate that non-interference from urine matrix. figure 11 shows the standard addition plot and table 12 shows the result of recovery and coefficient of variation for the method. conclusions diazotization reaction of primary amine group followed by coupling with chromotropic acid in alkaline medium was found to be a simple, sensitive, accurate and economic spectrophotometric method for quantitative determination of (sfa) in pure form and synthetic samples. the classical univariate and modified simplex method have been used for optimizing the different variable affecting the completion of the reaction. the proposed method offers good linearity and precision. references 1 www.micromedex.com, (2012) food and drugs administration (fda)-labelled indication 2cataláicardoa, m.; garc´ıa mateo, j. v.; fernández lozano, m. and mart´ınez calatayud, j. (2003) "enhanced flow-injection chemiluminometric determination of sulphonamides by on-line photochemical reaction" anal. chimi. acta 499 : 57–69. 3azeez, y. j. (2009) "flowinjection spectrophotometric determination of some sulpha drugs via oxidative coupling with 4-amino-n, n-diethylaniline. application to various samples" journal of zankoysulaimani 12(1): 67-76. 4paseková, h. ; polášek, m.; cigarro, j. f. and dolejšová, j. (2001) "determination of some sulphonamides by sequential injection analysis with chemiluminescence detection" analyticachimicaacta 438: 165–173. 5go´ recki, h. sh. t. (2012) "optimization and validation of a fast ultrahigh-pressure liquid chromatographic method for simultaneous determination of selected sulphonamides in water samples using a fully porous sub-2 lm column at elevated temperature" j. sep. sci. 35: 216– 224. 6bonta, v.; marghitas, l. a.; dezmirean, d. and bobis, o. (2009) "determination of six sulfonamide residues in honey by hplc with fluorescence detection" bulletin of university of agricultural sciences and veterinary medicine cluj-napoca. animal science and biotechnologies 66 (1-2). 7tolika, e. p.; samanidou, v. f. and papadoyannis, i. n. (july 2011) "development and validation of an hplc method for the determination of ten sulfonamide residues in milk according to 2002/657/ec" j. sep. sci. 34: 1627–1635. 8radeinjac; kočevar, n. and štrukelj, b. (2009) "optimized method for determination of amoxicillin, ampicillin, sulfamethoxazole, and sulfacetamide in animal feed by micellarelectrokinetic capillary chromatography and comparison with high-performance liquid chromatography" croati. chemi. acta 82 (3): 685–694. 9gallego, l. and arroyo, p. (2003) "determination of prednisolone acetate, sulfacetamide and phenylefrine in local pharmaceutical preparations by micellar electro kinetic chromatography" j. pharm. biomedi. anal. 31(5): 873-884. 10nagaraja, p.; naik, sh. d.; shrestha, a. k. and shivakumar, a. (2007) "a sensitive spectrophotometric method for the determination of sulfonamides in pharmaceutical preparations" acta pharm. 57: 333–342. 11chaluvaraju, k. c.; ishwar bhat, k. and zaranappa (2010) "quantitative spectrophotometric determination of sulphacetamide sodium in bulk and in pharmaceutical dosage form" j. pharm. res. 3(1): 47-48. 286 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 12al-nuriisraa, i. j. and al-obaydi, a. (2009) "direct determination of sulfacetamide sodium by derivative uv spectrophotometry" j. raf. sci. 20(4): 17-26. 13nagaraja, p.; k. r. sunitha; r. a. vasantha and h. s. yathirajan (2002) " iminodibenzyl as a novel coupling agent for the spectrophotometric determination of sulfonamide derivatives" euro. j. pharm. biopharm. 53: 187–192. 14nagaraja, p.; sunitha, k. r.; vasantha, r. a. and yathirajan h. s. (2002) "rapid spectophotometric determination of sulphonamide derivatives with resorcinol" ind. j pharm. sci. 64: 391-393. 15connors, k. a. (1973) "reaction mechanisms in organic analytical chemistry" john wiley & sons: new york,. table (1): effect of different acids on diazotization of 10 µg.ml-1 of sfa. acidic solution (1m) absorbance h2so4 0.200 hcl 0.253 hno3 0.178 ch3cooh 0.081 table (2): effect of different bases. base (4m) absorbance sodium hydroxide 0.854 sodium carbonate 0.687 potassium hydroxide 0.609 ammonium hydroxide 0.268 table (3): effect of coupling reaction time. time (min) absorption 0 0.982 5 0.985 10 1.047 15 1.029 20 1.012 210 1.012 table (4): boundary of simplex for the studied variables. variable minimum boundary maximum boundary step size conc. of sulfamic acid (%) 0.25 2.0 0.25 conc. of cta (%) 0.1 2.0 0.1 conc. of naoh (m) 0.025 2 0.025 287 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (5): multivariate experiments (simplex) for the determination of (10 μg.ml-1) sfa. exp. no. conc. of sulfamic acid (%) conc. of chromotropic acid (%) conc. of sodium hydroxide (m) abs. 1 0.25 0.2 0.125 1.019 2 0.5 0.7 0.05 1.024 3 1.5 1.2 0.025 0.681 4 2.0 0.1 2.0 0.096 5 0.25 1.3 0.025 1.234 6 0.25 0.6 0.075 1.244 7 0.25 1.4 0.025 1.212 8 0.25 1.2 0.05 1.223 9 0.25 0.4 0.1 1.263 10 0.25 0.1 0.125 0.830 11 0.25 0.1 0.1 0.893 12 0.25 0.9 0.075 1.242 13 0.25 1.0 0.05 1.238 14 0.25 0.1 0.15 0.813 15 0.25 0.9 0.05 1.233 16 0.25 0.4 0.075 1.250 17 0.25 0.1 0.1 0.893 18 0.25 0.7 0.075 1.243 19 0.25 0.3 0.1 1.186 20 0.25 0.5 0.075 1.273 21 0.25 0.3 0.075 1.195 22 0.25 0.6 0.05 1.237 table (6): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of sfa by univariable method. parameter value λmax (nm) 511.5 color orange linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.5 – 15.0 regression equation a= 0.1255 [sfa. µg.ml-1] 0.0198 calibration sensitivity 0.1255 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9997 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9994 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm -1) 3.1907*104 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 7.9681 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.071 288 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (7): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of sfa by simplex method. parameter value λmax (nm) 511.5 color orange linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.5-20.0 regression equation a= 0.1266 [smx. µg.ml-1] 0.0282 calibration sensitivity 0.1266 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9998 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9996 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm -1) 3.2186*104 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 7.8989 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.054 table (8): accuracy and precision of the proposed method. conc. of sfa (µg.ml-1) relative error % c.v taken found* for univariate conditions 2.00 2.05 2.500 1.395 7.00 6.97 -0.428 0.536 15.00 15.06 0.400 0.208 for simplex conditions 2.00 1.95 -2.500 0.834 7.00 7.04 0.571 0.391 15.00 14.99 -0.066 0.228 *mean of five replicate. table (9): percent recovery for 10 µg.ml-1 of sulfacetamide in the presence of 1000 µg.ml-1 of excipients. sulfacetamide conc. taken 10 µg.ml-1 concentration of excipient µg.ml-1 excipients % recovery conc. found µg.ml-1 97.00 9.70 1000 vanillin 101.44 10.14 glucose 101.12 10.11 sucrose 102.20 10.22 starch table (10): application of the proposed method to the sfa concentration measurements in synthetic sample. weight of sfa in 25 mg of sample *weight (mg) of sfa found in 25 mg of sample conc. taken µg.ml-1 *conc. found µg/ml recovery % c.v* 20 20.24 2 2.024 101.2 2.0458 20.20 5 5.050 101.0 0.4992 19.78 10 9.890 98.9 0.4326 *average of three determinations. 289 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (11): application of the proposed method to the sfa concentration measurements in spiked urine. sample conc. taken µg.ml-1 conc.* found µg.ml-1 recovery % c.v* sfa in urine 2.00 2.08 104.0 1.5678 5.00 4.92 98.4 0.5891 10.00 9.87 98.7 0.4157 *average of three determinations. table (12):application of the proposed method to the sfa concentration measurements in spiked urine by standard addition method. sample conc. taken µg.ml-1 conc.* found µg.ml-1 recovery % c.v* sfa in urine 200.00 202.52 101.26 0.8266 *average of three determinations. scheme (1): the proposed reaction mechanism for diazotization and reaction between sfa and cta. h2n s h n o o o ++ n s h n o o o n cl oh oh s s oh o o ho o o oh oh s s -o oo oo o na+ na+ n s h n o o o n naoh + hclnano2 (diazonium ion) (azo dye) (sfa) (cta) 290 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure (1): the chemical structure of sulfacetamide. figure (2): absorption spectrum of (a) chromogen against (b) reagent blank solution. figure (3): effect of sodium nitrite on the color development of dye in the determination of chromogen from 10 µg.ml-1 of sfa. h2n s h n o o o 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 a bs ob na nc e concentration of nano2 (m) figure (4): effect of hcl concentration on the color development of dye in the determination of chromogen from 10 µg.ml-1 of sfa. figure (5): effect of sulfamic acid concentration on the determination of chromogen from 10 µg.ml-1 of sfa. figure (6): effect of cta concentration on the determination of chromogen from 10 µg.ml-1 of sfa. 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.30 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 a bs or ba nc e concentration of hcl (m) 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.32 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 a bs or ba nc e concentration of sulfamic acid (wt/v) % 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 a bs or ba nc e concentration of sulfamic acid (wt/v) % 292 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure (7): effect of naoh concentration on the determination of chromogen from 10 µg.ml-1 of sfa. figure (8): response function progress for simplex. figure (9): calibration curve for the determination of sfa under univariate optimal conditions. 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 a bs or ba nc e concentration of naoh (m) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 5 10 15 20 25 a bs or ba nc e experiment number y = 0.1255x 0.0198 r² = 0.999 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 a bs or ba nc e concentation of sulfacetamide (µg.ml-1) 293 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure (10): calibration curve for the determination of sfa under simplex optimal conditions. figure (11): determination of sfa in spiked urine sample by standard addition method. y = 0.1266x 0.0282 r² = 0.999 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.8 0 5 10 15 20 25 a bs or ba nc e concentation of sulfacetamide (µg.ml-1) y = 0.9175x + 1.1613 r² = 0.998 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 -1.5 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 a bs or ba nc e volume of standard solution (ml) 294 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 التقدیرات الطیفیة للسلفاسیتماید المتضمنة األزوتة البسیطة واألزدواج مع حامض الكروموتروبیك سماعیلإ سمر أحمد درویش محسن الحیدري عبدالمحسن عبد الحمید عالء كریم محمد سلطان سرمد بھجت دیكران اوانیس بن الھیثم)/ جامعة بغداد.إكلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (قسم الكیمیاء/ .2013أیلول 24، قبل في: 2013یار آ 27أستلم في: الخالصة وفي نماذج بشكلھ النقي (sfa)طریقة طیفیة بسیطة وحساسة ودقیقة وغیر مكلفة للتقدیر الكمي للسلفاسیتاماید طورت أزوتة مجموعة األمین األولي في السلفاسیتاماید بمعاملتھ مع نتریت الصودیوم . تعتمد الطریقة على مصنعة وفي األدرار وحامض الھیدروكلوریك ثم اجراء تفاعل االزدواج مع حامض الكروموتروبیك في وسط قلوي للحصول على كروموجین إتمام فيالتي تؤثرنانومتر. وقد تمت دراسة العوامل 511,5 عند (λmax)لون برتقالي یظھر أعظم امتصاص يمستقر ذ التفاعل بعنایة للحصول على الظروف الفضلى وذلك باتباع نمط المتغیر الواحد وباالعتماد على طریقة السمبلكس المحورة. مع قیمة (µg.ml-1 20.0 –0.5)عند الظروف الفضلى، وجد أن قانون بیر ینطبق على مدى من التراكیز یتراوح بین داللةوµg.ml-1 0.054 وكان حد الكشف یساوي l.mol-1.cm-1 104*3.2186 ة لـ مساوی ریةالموال یةاالمتصاص . لقد أمكن تطبیق الطریقة المقترحة بنجاح لتقدیر السلفاسیتاماید في نماذج مصنعة وكذلك µg.cm2 7.8989ساندل یساوي فى االدرار. .الكلمات المفتاحیة: التقدیر الطیفي، سلفاسیتماید، تفاعل األزوتة، تفاعل األزدواج، حامض الكروموتروبیك 295 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 52-59 physics | 52 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 electrical conductivity and hall effect measurements of (cuinte2) thin films bushra k. hassan al-maiyaly shaymaa k.abdul-hassan dept. of physics/ college of edu//cation for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. falah i. mustafa solar energy center/ renewable energy directorate/ ministry of higher education and scientific research received in:28/february/2016,accepted in :30/march/2016 abstract in this research, the electrical conductivity and hall effect measurements have been investigated on the cuinte2 (cit) thin films prepared by thermal evaporation technique on glass substrate at room temperature as a function of annealing temperature (r.t,473,673)k for different thicknesses (300 and 600) nm. the samples were annealed for one hour. the electrical conductivity analysis results demonstrated that all samples prepared have two types of transport mechanisms of free carriers with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2), and the electrical conductivity increases with the increase of annealing temperature whereas it showed opposite trend with thickness , where the electrical conductivity would decrease as the films thickness increases. the results of hall effect measurements of cuinte2 films show that all films were (p-type) , the carrier concentration and hall mobility are strongly dependent on the annealing temperature and film thickness. key words: cuinte2, electrical conductivity, hall effect, thermal evaporation. physics | 53 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 introduction the ternary compound i-iii-vi2 chalcopyrite semiconductors thin films (i=cu,ag, iii=al,ga,in, and vi=s,se,te) are feasible candidates in recent years due to their potential for application in photovoltaic solar cells  and variety of opto-electronic devices such as infrared detectors, light emitting diodes, up converters ,optical parametric oscillators and ir generators also in optical frequency conversion applications in solid state based tunable laser systems [1-7]. cuinte2 (cit) crystallizes in the tetragonal chalcopyrite structure [5] has a direct band gap varying between 0.92 ev and 1.04 ev at approximately 300 k and high optical absorption coefficient (105 cm-1) which falls in the optimum range to make use of bottom cells for multijunction (tandem) solar cells [1-7]. this minimizes the requirement for long minority carrier diffusion lengths and needs only a few tenth to a few micron of thickness to make devices, thus minimizing the cost of material [5,8]. thin films of cit can be obtained n or p conducting depending on the preparation conditions.[9] much work on cuinte2 was done in order to get better understanding of its optical, electronic and electrical properties using several methods of deposition techniques such as electrodeposition [5,10], bridge man technique [2,11], three-source co-evaporation technique [4,7,12], flash evaporation [13] , pulsed laser deposition [14] ,thermal vacuum evaporation [15],etc. in the present work, cuinte2 films was prepared by thermal evaporation technique, the aim of this research is to collect more information about the electrical properties of these films through the electrical conductivity, and hall effect measurements. experiment film preparation cuinte2 (cit) films were prepared by the alloy which was obtained by mixing of the appropriate quantities of high purity (99.999%) material of copper, indium and tellurium in evacuated fused quartz ampoules , heated at (1473 k) for 12h. the ampoules quenched rapidly in cold water. cuinte2(cit) films were grown onto a glass slide substrate kept at r.t by thermal evaporation technique in a high vacuum system ,the base pressure during the evaporation was (3x10-6) torr using edward coating unit model (e 306) from molybdenum boat with thickness (300,600) nm. the distance from molybdenum boat to sample holder was about (18 cm), al electrodes were used as contact material for making the electrical connections. after deposition the samples were annealed at (473, 673) k for one hour. characterization of cuinte2 thin films for d.c. measurement the variation of electric resistance (r) with temperature range (293473) k, were measured using keithly model 616, then calculated the resistivity (ρ) by equation [16]: l tbr   ……………………………………… (1) where t is film thickness, b is electrodes width; l is distance between two al electrodes. the resistivity is related to the conductivity (σ) by the formula [16]:   1 c.d ………………………………………… (2) hall effect measurements have been carried out to investigate the type of charge carriers, carrier concentrations (nh ) and hall mobility (μh) using the ecopia hms-3000 hall measurement system. the sign of the hall coefficient (rh) of semiconductor is determined by physics | 54 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 the sign of the charge carriers. if the conduction is due to one carrier type , we can measure the carrier concentration according to the relation: [17,18] nh = ±1 / rh.e ………………………… (3) the mobility is related to the hall coefficient by equation: [18] μh = σ / nh .e = σ . │rh│……………….. (4) where σ is the conductivity. the films thickness were measured by using the weighing method according to the following relation[19]: t= m / a .ρ …………………. (5) where: t= film thickness, m = mass of film, ρ = density of film, a= films area. using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity of the order (10-4). results and discussion figure (1) shows the variation in the resistivity of cuinte2 (cit) films as a function of annealing temperature (r.t,473,673)k for different thicknesses (300 and 600)nm, we can deduct from this figure that the resistivity values decrease as the annealing temperature increases due to the improvement in the films structure that lead to reduce dangling bonds, defects like vacancy sites, trapping centers of charge carriers and point defect cluster in the films structure[15], this is, perhaps, because of the decreased grain boundary scattering, therefore the number of carriers available for transport increases with the improvement in the electrical conductivity and decreases the resistivity of the films. in addition to that the resistivity values are in good agreement with references [7 and14]. figure (2) shows a relationship of lnσ of of cuinte2 (cit) films versus 103/t in the temperature range (293473) k as a function of annealing temperature (r.t,473,673)k for different thicknesses (300 and 600)nm, it is clear from this figure the general behavior of the films is similar to other semiconductors and the electrical conductivity increases as the annealing temperature increases because of the increase number of carriers available for transport for the same reasons as we mentioned before see table 1.this figure appears to separate two temperature ranges characterized by different conductivity slopes which means that all (cit) films have two mechanisms for electrical conductivity and there is two mechanisms of transport of free carriers with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2). at higher temperature range (403-473) k, the conduction mechanism is due to carriers excited into extended states beyond the mobility edge and the small values of activation energies at lower temperature range (293393) k indicated carriers excited into the localized states at the edge of the band and hopping , such observations were also seen by references.[2,4,2 and21] . figure (3) and table 1, show the activation energies varies with increase both the annealing temperature and thickness for cit films and this may be due to change in crystal structure with these parameter. the values of activation energies are in agreement with those reported by other workers[4]. all cit films exhibit p-type conductivity, the hall coefficients for all prepared films are positive, which means that the holes are majority charge carriers in the conduction process and the type of conduction was p-type, this result is in agreement with references [2,4,14,20and22]. the influence of annealing temperature (r.t,473,673)k for different thicknesses (300 and 600)nm on the carrier concentration and hall mobility are shown in table 2 and figures (4)and(5) respectively. it can be seen from figure (4) and table (2) that carrier concentration (nh) increases some order of magnitude as the annealing temperature increases for different thicknesses, this may be due to the increase of grain size or decreasing of grain boundary scattering and this is because of the improved film structure which increases the number of charge carriers because of the reducing of grain boundary barrier height. also it shows the carrier concentration values decrease with the increase of film thickness may be due to the increase of the energy gap. in addition to that the carrier physics | 55 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 concentration and carrier mobility's values are in contrast with the result obtained by references.[2and20] conclusion in the present work, the effect of annealing temperature and thickness on the electrical properties of cuinte2 (cit) films prepared by thermal evaporation method are studied in detail, through measurements of conductivity and hall effect. throughout our research we showed that the thermal evaporation was a good method to prepare (cit) film at r.t from alloy, the electrical conductivity and activation energies are strongly dependent on the annealing temperature and film thickness and the cit films contain two types of transport mechanisms. we should mention that the resistivity of these films is small; therefore these samples can be used as an absorber layer in the fabrication of solar cell. hall effect measurements demonstrate that the cit films were p-type , both the mobility and concentration of the charge carriers are seen to be dependent on the annealing temperature and film thickness. references 1. fu,li. and guo yong-quan, (2014),synthesis, structure, optical and electric properties of .127801,12,23 ",b. phys.chin "compound 2doped cuinte-ce 2. mobarak,m.and shaban, h.t. (2014),characterization of cuinte2 crystals," materials chemistry and physics",147, 439-442. 3. vinothini, c.; srinivasan, k.and murali, k.r., (2011), pulse electrodeposited cuinte2 films, " the electrochemical society", 220th ecs meeting. 4. roy,s.; bhattacharjee,b.; kundu,s.n.;chaudhuri,s.and pal,a.k., (2002), characterization of cuinte2 thin film synthesized by three source co-evaporation technique," materials chemistry and physics ", 77, 365-376. 5. dixit prasher; kavita dhakad; ashok k. sharma;vikas thakur and poolla rajaram, (2014), electrochemical growth and studies of indium-rich cuinte2 thin films, " international journal of materials science and applications", 3, 1, 1 – 5. 6.cheng,n.; liu,r.;bai,s.;shi,x.;and chen,l.,(2014),enhanced thermoelectric performance in cd doped cuinte2 compounds," journal of applied physics",115,163705. 7. takahiro mise and tokio nakada, (2010), low temperature growth and properties of cu in-te based thin films for narrow bandgap solar cells ,"thin solid films", 518, 5604-5609. 8. xue, d.;betzler, k. and hesse, h., (2000) ,“dielectric properties of i-iii-vi2-type chalcopyrite semiconductors,” physical review b, 62, 20, 13546 -13551. 9. bouloufa, a.; messous, a.;yakushev, m.v.; tomlinson, r.d.and zegadi, a., (2003), optical properties of cuinte2 single crystals by photoacoustic spectroscopy, "journal of electron devices", 2, 34-39 . 10. ishizaki, t.; saito, n. and fuwa, a., (2004)“electrodeposition of cuinte2 film from an acidic solution," surface and coating and technology", 182, 2-3, 156-160. 11. quintero, m.; gonzalez, j. and woolley ,j. c.,(1991) “optical energy ‐gap variation and deformation potentials in cuinte2,' journal of applied physics", 70, 3, 1451-1454. 12. roy, s.; bhattacharjee, b.; kundu, s. n.; chaudhuri, s. and pal, a.k.,(2003) “characterization of cuinte2 thin film synthesized by three source co-evaporation technique," materials chemistry and physics", 77, 2, 365-376. 13. ananthan, m.r. and kasiviswanathan, s.,(2009) “growth and characterization of stepwise flash evaporated cuinte2 thin films," solar energy materials and solar cells", 93, 2, 188-192. 14. gremenok, v.f.; victorov, i.a.; bodnar, i.v.;hill, a.e.;pilkington, r. d.; tomlinson, r.d. and yakushev, m.v.,(1998), characterization of cuinte2 thin films prepared by pulsed laser deposition," materials letters", 35, 1-2,130-134. physics | 56 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 15. abo el soud, a. m.;hendia, t. a.;soliman, l.i.; zayed, h. a. and kenawy, m. a., (1993 ), effect of heat treatment on the structural and optical properties of cuinte2 thin films," journal of materials science", 28, 5, 1182-1188. 16. kasap, s.o.,(2002),” principles of electronic materials and devices”, 2nd edition, mc graw hill. 17. kazmerski, l. l., (1980), "polycrystalline and amorphous thin films and device", academic press. 18. william, d. and callister, jr, (2003), "materials science and engineering, an introduction”, 6th edition, john wiley & sons, inc. 19. donald, a.neamen ,(2003),"semiconductor physics and devices, basic principles",3th edition, mcgraw-hill companies,inc. 20.dawar,a.l.;anil kumar;mall,r.p, and mathur,p.c.,(1984),growth and electrical transport properties of cuinte2 thin films,"thin soild films",112,107-119. 21.sridevi,d. and reddy,k.v.,(1986),electrical conductivity and optical absorption in flash evaporation cuinte2 thin films, "thin soild films", 141,157-164. 22.boustani,m.;elassali,k.;bekkay,t. and dreesen,l.,(1997), characterization of cuinte2 thin films prepared by flash evaporation,"semicond.sci.technol.",12,1658-1661. table (1): the electrical conductivity and activation energies of cit films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses. table (2) values of carrier concentration and carrier mobility of cit films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses. thickness (nm) ta (k) carrier concentration nh ( cm-3 ) carrier mobility μh (cm2/v. s.) 300 r.t 5.13 e+15 1.70 e+03 473 5.45 e+18 4.48e+01 673 8.28 e+19 1.50e+00 600 r.t 1.55e+12 2.21e+01 473 3.97e+12 6.23e+00 673 2.16e+15 1.37e+02 films thickness (nm) ta (k) r.t (.cm)-1 ea1 tem. range ea2 tem. range ( ev ) ( k ) ( ev ) ( k ) 300 r.t 19.9005 0.08137 293-393 0.1265 403-473 473 78.125 0.04827 293-393 0.08935 403-473 673 278.086 0.03300 293-393 0.03515 403-473 600 r.t 6.313 0.05281 293-383 0.16445 393-473 473 7.731 0.06911 293-383 0.12018 393-473 673 41.66 0.06991 293-383 0.02514 393-473 physics | 57 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (1): variation resistivity of cit films as a function of annealing temperature of different thicknesses. (a) (b) figure (2): variation lnσ versus 103/t of cit films as a function of annealing temperature of different thicknesses. (a) 300nm (b)600 nm figure (3): variation activation energies of (cit) films as a function of annealing temperature of different thicknesses. figure (3): variation activation energies of (cit) films as a function of annealing temperature of different thicknesses. physics | 58 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (4): variation of the charge carrier’s concentration of (cit) films as a function of annealing temperature of different thicknesses. figure (5): variation hall mobility of (cit) films as a function of annealing temperature of different thicknesses. physics | 59 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 الرقيقة )2cuinte( وقياسات تأثير هول ألغشيةتوصيلية الكهربائية ال بشرى كاظم حسون الميالي شيماء قاسم عبد الحسن / جامعة بغداد) بن الهيثم ا الصرفة ( للعلوم كلية التربيةقسم علوم الفيزياء / مصطفىفالح ابراهيم مديرية الطاقة المتجددة / وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي /مركز بحوث الطاقة الشمسية 2016/اذار/30قبل في: , 2016/شباط/ 28استلم في : الخالصة والمحضرة الرقيقة t(ci 2cuinte( التوصيلية الكهربائية وقياسات تأثير هول ألغشية حسابتم في هذا البحث كدالة لدرجة حرارة التلدين ارضيات من الزجاج عند درجة حرارة الغرفة علىستعمال تقنية التبخير الحراري با (r.t,473,673)k (300,600)ولسمك مختلفnm ولدنت النماذج لمدة ساعة واحدة. آليتين لالنتقال االلكتروني لحامالت الشحنةتمتلك المحضرةاالغشية ان جميع التوصيلية الكهربائيةاوضحت نتائج تحليل مع زيادة درجة حرارة التلدين واظهرت سلوكا التوصيلية الكهربائية ولوحظ زيادة ea1(ea ,2( طاقات التنشيط وقيمتين ل مع زيادة سمك الغشاء. التوصيلية الكهربائيةمعاكسا مع السمك اذ تناقصت قيم كل من تركيز واعتمدت قيم. type) -(pكانت من نوع 2cuinteاسات تأثير هول ان جميع أغشية وبينت نتائج قي سمك االغشية.و على درجة حرارة التلدين هول حامالت الشحنة وتحركية تأثير هول , التبخير الحراري.، التوصيلية الكهربائية ، 2cuinte -: لمفتاحيةاالكلمات conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الكيمياء | 372 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 الكشف عن التلوث بالمضادات الحياتية ومستوى بعض الهرمونات في بعض اللحوم المعلبة علياء سعدون عبد الرزاق سداد جاسم محمد سالي احمد ذياب مركز بحوث السوق وحماية المستهلكجامعة بغداد/ 2015اذار//15، قبل في:2016كانون الثاني//19:استلم في الخالصة هدفت الدراسة الى التعرف على مدى تلوث بعض اللحوم المعلبة المستوردة للعراق من خالل تقييم مستوى بعض انواع مختلفة من لحم البقر المعلب ولحم 9الهرمونات والمضادات الحيوية والطفيليات فيها , وشملت عينات االغذية المعلبة علب . وقد بينت النتائج بالنسبة لمستوى بعض الهرمونات بان هرمون الالنشون البقري المعلب ولحم النشون الدجاج الم , واما ng/ml( 34.5-21.7تراوحت قيمته بين ) إذفي هذه النماذج ا يمتلك مستوى عالي progesteroneالبروجيستيرون . ng/ml( 4.4-1.4تراوحت قيمته بين ) إذفقد كان ضمن المستوى المسموح به testosteroneهرمون التيستستيرون و staphylococcus aureusتجاه بكتريا المضادات الحيوية فقد كانت هنالك فعالية تثبيطية في جميع المعلبات ااما pseudomonos aeruginosaوe.coli( ملم داللة على وجود المضاد الحيوي 20-10وبمقدار تراوح بين ) لطفيليات فلم يتم العثور على اي طفيلي في هذه اللحوم المعلبة . ويتبين مما تقدم اواما , tetracyclineالتتراسايكلين ضرورة ان تخضع جميع انواع اللحوم المعلبة المستوردة الى الكشف المستمر عن التلوث بالمضادات الحيوية والهرمونات لما له من اثر مباشر في الحفاظ على الصحة العامة . . اللحوم المعلبة , الهرمونات , المضادات الحيويةالكلمات المفتاحية : الكيمياء | 373 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المقدمة في هذا العصر الصناعي وما رافقه من تطور في تقنية وصناعة االغذية وتزايد مصادر التلوث واحتمالية تلوث . ساد دول العالم حالة من الرعب والفزع بسبب ]1[االطعمة والمشروبات بمواد ضارة لالنسان من عضوية وغير عضوية المضادات الحيوية والهرمونات في تغذية الحيوانات والدواجن التي تؤكد عمالهذه اللحوم واالعالف الملوثة نتيجة است . [2]التقارير الطبية انها تعد واحدة من اسباب اصابة االنسان بالسرطان في صناعة تعليب اللحوم والمقصود به معاملة اللحوم معاملة commercial sterilizationالتعقيم التجاري عملويست . [4,3]حرارية تكفي للقضاء على كل الخاليا الخضرية وجميع الميكروبات الممرضة والميكروبات المسببة لفساد اللحوم ح وقليل من الفيتامينات ومحضرة واللحوم المعلبة هي مواد غذائية تحتوي على كمية عالية من البروتينات والدهون واالمال بطريقة تناسب ذوق المستهلك , ومعلبة في عبوات معدنية محكمة االغالق وانواعها : لحوم االبقار والجاموس واالغنام . وتستعمل المضادات الحيوية والهرمونات لزيادة معدالت النمو في الحيوانات [6,5]والماعز والدواجن واالسماك , وقد تبين ان هنالك كميات من المضادات [8,7,2]فاءة التحويل الغذائي وتقليل الحاالت المرضيةوالدواجن وتحسين ك ضوء ذلك في. و[9] (who)الحيوية والهرمونات بتراكيز اعلى من الحدود المسموح بها من قبل منظمة الصحة العالمية الوظائف الحيوية مما يزيد فيتؤثر إذشوائية بصورة ع عملبعض المضادات والمنشطات ولكن مازالت تست عمالمنعت است عليه دعت منظمة االغذية والزراعة . وبناء ]8[معدل النمو مع زيادة نسبة البروتين وتقليل الدهون في عضالت الجسم منتجات في ال عمالهاالتابعة لالمم المتحدة ) الفاو ( دول العالم الى سحب المضادات الحيوية واتخاذ خطوات جادة لمنع است ة بكثرة في تغذية الحيوانات والدواجن وهما عملالغذائية . وجاءت الضجة العالمية حول اثنين من المضادات الحيوية المست , والمنشطات التي تحتوي على خصائص استروجينية )هرمونات انثوية( واندروجينية [2]الكلورامفينكول والنيترافيوران تخلق مشاكل من تكاثر إذها في اللحوم وتحديدها ضروري ئف من احتمالية بقا)هرمونات ذكرية( . ولذلك هنالك تخو سالالت بكتريا مقاومة لعالج االمراض المعدية في االنسان وتصنف الكثير من المنشطات كمواد سرطانية وسامة وشديدة ق الحديثة المستخدمة واكثرها دقة في ائمن اكثر الطر elisaالحساسية وتتعارض مع الوظائف الفسيولوجية للجسم . وان الكشف عن المخلفات والمواد السامة في اللحوم الحيوانية ولحوم الدواجن وان الفحص الدوري للمضادات الحيوية . ] 8[والهرمونات له فائدة كبيرة لحماية المستهلكين ق العمل ائالمواد وطر جمع العينات ( انواع مختلفة من لحم 9وشملت ) 2015من االسواق المحلية في محافظة بغداد عام تم جمع عينات اللحوم المعلبة م( في 2º±25البقر المعلب ولحم الالنشون البقري المعلب ولحم النشون الدجاج المعلب وحفظت في درجة حرارة الغرفة ) ( .1) مختبر مركز بحوث السوق وحماية المستهلك وتضمنت االنواع التالية المبينة في جدول الكشف عن الهرمونات elisys uno humanجهاز عمال( باست2011)zeitounو ahmedتم اعتماد طريقة التحليل المتبعة من قبل غرام ( من نموذج اللحم المعلب أو لحوم البقر والضأن والجمل والدجاج في انبوبة الطرد المركزي 1.وذلك بأخذ ) دقيقة عند درجة حرارة 15دورة/دقيقة لمدة 3000( ويطرد مركزيا %96مليلتر( من االيثانول المطلق ) 5ويضاف اليه ) دقيقة ويفصل الرائق في انبوبة طرد مركزي نظيفة ويطرد مركزيا 30الغرفة ويوضع النموذج بعد ذلك في الثلج لمدة م( حتى يجف كليا ويضاف بعد 37ºلدورة ثانية وبعد ذلك المستخلص يوضع في مجرى من النتروجين في حاجز دافيء ) . [10]هرمونيللتقدير ال ا الى النموذج الجاف وعند ذلك يصبح جاهز (ph=7.2)مليلتر( من ملح داريء الفوسفات 1ذلك ) الكشف عن المضادات الحيوية غرام( من نموذج اللحم المعلب 10( وذلك بوزن )1985) zaitchenkoتم اعتماد طريقة التحليل المتبعة من قبل أواالنسجة العضلية أوالكلية أوالكبدأوالرئةأواي عضو يأخذ من النموذج ويوضع في هاون يحوي رمل كوارتز ويضاف citrate-muriaticer% محلول الببسين في داري2يلتر( من داريء مناسب الستخالص المضاد الحيوي )مل20) دقيقة وينبذ 30م لمدة 65ºة ساعة ونصف ويسخن في حمام مائي وبدرجة مددقيقة ويحث ل 30( يمزج لمدة ph=5.1ذو مليلتر( ويحضن بعد ذلك 0.05ق بتري بمقدار )النموذج المحلل في اطبا عملدقيقة ويست 20دورة/دقيقة لمدة 3000النموذج . ]11[ساعة 18م لمدة 29ºفي حاضنة بدرجة الكيمياء | 374 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 الكشف عن الطفيليات . hamiltonالمجهر التشريحي عمالتم التحري عن الطفيليات باست النتائج والمناقشة تقدير الهرمونات وكاستيلو 1: غدير االسالمية اآلتيةفي المعلبات progesterone( ان اعلى نسبة لهرمون 2يتضح من الجدول ) وهي ng/ml 21.7واقل نسبة في لحم النشون الدجاج المعلب ذي العالمة التجارية التغذية وبمقدار 34.5ng/mlوبمقدار ng/ml (10 . ) 1.0-0.0اعلى من الحدود المسموح بها والتي هي ( وبمقدار 10) ng/ml 8.6-0.6بانه ضمن الحدود المسموح بها testosteroneمون ( فيبين ان تركيز هر3اما الجدول ) , ان بقايا الهرمونات في اللحوم والدواجن المعلبة لها العديد من ng/ml 4.4-1.4تراوح في جميع اللحوم المعلبة مابين فضال ات وطفرات وكذلك تشويه االجنة ان لبعضها المقدرة على امكانية احداث سرطان إذصحة االنسان فياالثار السيئة االضرار الصحية والعضوية والنفسية الجسيمة . عن تقدير المضادات الحياتية tetracycline( ان اللحوم المعلبة قيد الدراسة تحتوي على مضادات حيوية وهي التتراسايكلين 4يظهر من الجدول ) staphylococcus aureusتجاه بكتريا املم 20نالحظ ان العالمة التجارية غدير االسالمية تحتوي على اقطار تثبيط إذ اما العالمة التجارية التغذية فقد كانت pseudomonas aeruginosaتجاه بكتريا املم 10و e.coliتجاه بكتريا املم 15و وكذلك الحال للعالمة التجارية زيستر staphylococcus aureusتجاه املم 10وe.coliتجاه املم 20لها فعالية تثبيط ولبقية اللحوم المعلبة المدروسة وبذلك تكون مخالفة للمواصفة القياسية الخليجية رقم 1والديار كوثر وغدير االسالمية المقاومة لتأثير المضادات تمنح البكتريا مناعة وقدرة على إذ( وبذلك تكون مشكلة في جسم الحيوان او الدجاج 10)1818 والذي ينتقل في النهاية الى االنسان ويتراكم داخل جسمه مما يجعله يصاب بتلك البكتريا التي اكتسبت قدرة على المقاومة ( . 9يستحيل العالج وقد يصاب االنسان بامراض خطيرة مثل تليف الكبد واالورام السرطانية ) نتيجةوبال تقدير الطفيليات تم التحري عن الطفيليات في اللحوم المعلبة قيد الدراسة ولم يتم العثور على اي طفيلي فيها , ويعود سبب ذلك الى المعاملة الحرارية اثناء خط انتاج اللحوم المعلبة والذي يقضي على الطفيليات ولذلك لم يتم العثور عليها في هذه اللحوم (.13المعلبة ) المصادر ( . دراسة مدى تلوث 2014السبيعي , فهد بن ناصر ؛ العيد , محمد بن عبد الرحمن ؛ والهمشري , هاني عبد المنعم . ).1 /كلية العلوم الزراعية واالغذية /بعض االغذية المعلبة بعناصر المعادن الثقيلة والنترات والنيترتيات . جامعة الملك فيصل قسم الكيمياء والنبات . اسيوط /( . المضادات الحيوية في الدواجن واللحوم . معهد بحوث صحة الحيوان 2003فاطمة عبد المجيد . ) مصطفى ,.2 ( . منتجات اللحوم المصنعة واضرارها على الصحة العامة . مجلة اسيوط للدراسات 2007السيد يوسف , محمد كمال . ).3 . 80-61العدد الحادي والثالثون . ص –البيئية ( . دراسة بعض التلوث الكيميائي 2013, محمد احمد ؛ محمد , محمد جميل ؛ ومحيمد , احمد رمضان . ) جاسم.4 عدد خاص بوقائع المؤتمر العلمي -والميكروبي للحوم االبقار المعلبة المستوردة . مجلة جامعة تكريت للعلوم الزراعية . 2013آذار 20-19االول لقسم علوم االغذية ( . المعلبات الغذائية ذات االصل الحيواني اضرارها وتجنب اخطارها . مجلة 2001مية محمد علي . )الحوشي, سا.5 العدد الحادي والعشرون . –اسيوط للدراسات البيئية (.التقييم الكيميائي 2010الخزاعي,عالوي لعيبي داغر؛الحسناوي,هيفاء جمعة حسن؛والغرابي,باسمة جاسم محمد. ).6 مي للحوم االبقار المعلبة المستوردة في مدينة الديوانية . مجلة القادسية لعلوم الطب النوعي والجرثو . 10,العدد9البيطري,المجلد ( . المتبقيات والملوثات الكيميائية في االغذية . 2014طباع , دارم عزت . ).7 سبة في لحوم الدواجن باستخدام ( . تحديد كمية المضادات الحيوية والهرمونات المتر2014كاظم , عصام توفيق . ).8 elisa قسم علوم الحيوان والبيطرة . /جامعة السلطان قابوس . كلية العلوم الزراعية والبحرية –. سلطنة عمان ( . الثماالت الكيميائية في اللحوم واثرها على صحة المستهلك . رسالة دكتوراه في 2014خير هللا , غانم عالء الدين . ).9 الحيوان طب وجراحة الكيمياء | 375 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 10.zeitoun , m.m. and ahmed , s.m. (2011) . effect of cooking method on the residues of natural sex steroid hormones in local and imported meats and meat products in alqassimregion . journal of agricultural and veterinary sciences .vol.4 , no.2 , pp.83-92. 11.zaitchenko , a.i. (1985) . methodical guidelines for determination of residual antibiotics in livestock products .moscow . ( . لحم المرتديال )الالنشون( 2013. ) 1818هيئة التقييس لدول مجلس التعاون لدول الخليج العربية , رقم المواصفة .12 اصفة قياسية خليجية . مو 13. paull,s.h.;lafonte,b.e. and johnson,p.t.j.(2012).temperature – driven shifts in a hostparasite interaction drive nonlinear changes in disease risk . global change biology,18,pp:3558-3567. الكيمياء | 376 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 لبة المتوفرة في االسواق المحلية( : مسح بطاقة الداللة للحوم المع1جدول ) رقم النموذج نوع العالمة التجارية المنتج اسم المصنع نوع العبوة شكل العبوة سعة العبوة )غم( رقم الوجبة تاريخ الصالحية المنشأ النفاذية االنتاج باالنكليزية بالعربية غدير 1 االسالمية 1 ghadeer alislamieh 1 النشون بقري جاهز للتقديم الشركة االردنية المتطورة لصناعة االغذية مستطيل معدنية مكعب lotno:ghb859 30/08/2015 31/08/2014 االردن 340 غدير 2 االسالمية 2 ghadeer alislamieh 2 النشون بقري جاهز للتقديم الشركة االردنية المتطورة لصناعة االغذية مستطيل معدنية مكعب lotno:ghb859 30/08/2015 31/08/2014 االردن 340 كاستيلو 3 )حالل( castelo (halal) لحم بقري معلب مصنع خصيصاً لشركة اجواء للتسويق مستطيل معدنية مكعب nocrde 06:11 25/05/2016 26/05/2014 البرازيل 340 التغذية 4 )حالل( altaghziah (halal) لحم النشون دجاج شركة التغذية ش.م.ل. -بيروت لبنان مستطيل معدنية مكعب d725989 16:08 31/03/2016 01/04/2014 لبنان 340 غدير 5 االسالمية ghadeer al-islamieh النشون دجاج جاهز للتقديم خالي من االصباغ الصناعية الشركة االردنية المتطورة لصناعة االغذية متطيل معدنية مكعب lotno:ghch366 09/04/2016 10/04/2014 االردن 340 الديار 6 كوثر )حالل( aldiar kawthar (halal) النشون بقري خالي من االصباغ الصناعية الشركة االردنية المتطورة لصناعة االغذية متطيل معدنية مكعب lotno:kawb778 10/08/2016 11/08/2014 االردن 340 برافو 7 )فاخر( )حالل( bravo (premium) (halal) النشون بقري خال من االلوان المضافة الشركة الوطنية للدواجن متطيل معدنية مكعب 4110318 07/11/2016 08/11/2014 االردن 340 زيستر 8 )حالل( zester (halal) لحم النشون بقري خال من لحم الخنزير ومنتجاته شركة أمانا للصناعات الغذائية jrqu1345beja 09/11/2015 10/11/2013 االردن 800 اسطوانية معدنية الديار 9 كوثر )حالل( aldiar kawther (halal) النشون دجاج خال من االلوان الشركة االردنية المتطورة لصناعة االغذية lotno:kawch1182 30/12/2016 31/12/2014 االردن 850 اسطوانية معدنية الكيمياء | 377 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 في اللحوم المعلبة progesterone( : مستوى هرمون البروجيستيرون 2جدول ) رقم النموذج مستوى البروجيستيرون اللحوم المعلبة ng/ml 34.5 )النشون بقري( 1غدير االسالمية 1 32.5 )النشون بقري( 2غدير االسالمية 2 34.5 كاستيلو )حالل( )لحم بقري معلب( 3 21.7 )لحم النشون دجاج(التغذية )حالل( 4 22.6 غدير االسالمية )النشون دجاج( 5 23.7 الديار كوثر )حالل( )النشون بقري( 6 25.9 برافو )فاخر( )حالل( )النشون بقري( 7 30.5 زيستر )حالل( )لحم النشون بقري( 8 30.1 الديار كوثر )حالل( )النشون دجاج( 9 في اللحوم المعلبة testosterone( : مستوى هرمون التيستيستيرون 3جدول ) مستوى التيستيستيرون اللحوم المعلبة رقم النموذج ng/ml 4.4 )النشون بقري( 1غدير االسالمية 1 4.0 )النشون بقري( 2غدير االسالمية 2 3.7 كاستيلو )حالل( )لحم بقري معلب( 3 1.4 )لحم النشون دجاج(التغذية )حالل( 4 3.6 غدير االسالمية )النشون دجاج( 5 4.0 الديار كوثر )حالل( )النشون بقري( 6 3.5 برافو )فاخر( )حالل( )النشون بقري( 7 4.3 زيستر )حالل( )لحم النشون بقري( 8 4.1 الديار كوثر )حالل( )النشون دجاج( 9 تجاه االحياء المجهريةا( : اقطار تثبيط متبقيات المضادات الحياتية في اللحوم المعلبة 4جدول ) رقم النموذج e.coli اللحوم المعلبة mm)) pseudomonoas (mm)aureginosa staphylococcus aureus(mm) 10 15 0 )النشون بقري( 1غدير االسالمية 1 0 0 10 بقري()النشون 2غدير االسالمية 2 0 10 0 كاستيلو )حالل( )لحم بقري معلب( 3 10 0 20 التغذية )حالل( )لحم النشون دجاج( 4 20 10 15 غدير االسالمية )النشون دجاج( 5 0 0 10 الديار كوثر )حالل( )النشون بقري( 6 10 0 0 برافو )فاخر( )حالل( )النشون بقري( 7 15 15 10 بقري(زيستر )حالل( )لحم النشون 8 15 12 0 الديار كوثر )حالل( )النشون دجاج( 9 الكيمياء | 378 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 detection of pollution by antibiotics and the level of some hormones in some canned meats aliaa s. abdul-razaq sudad j. mohammed saly a. thiyab center for market research & consumer protection/ university of baghdad received in:19/january/2016,accepted in:15/march/2016 abstract the study aimed to identify the extent of contamination of some imported canned meat to iraq through the assessment of the level of certain hormones, antibiotics and parasites which included canned food samples and different types of canned beef and luncheon meat beef and canned luncheon and canned chicken. the results showed for the level of certain hormones progesterone hormone that has a high level of these models in terms of its value ranged from (21.7-34.5) ng/ml and either hormone testosterone was within allowable level where its value ranged from (1.4-4.4) ng/ml as for antibiotics , there has been effective inhibitory in all canning toward the bacterium staphylococcus aureus and pseudomonas aeruginosa and e.coli and by ranged between 1020 mm indication of the presence of the antibiotic tetracycline , and as for the parasites , we did not find any parasite in this canned meat . it is clear from the foregoing that the need for all kinds of imported canned meat subject to continuous detection of contamination with antibiotics and hormones because of its direct impact on the preservation of public health. key words: canned meats , hormones , antibiotics . microsoft word 136-146 136 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 swelling behavior of cross-link pva with glutaraldehyde fadhel s. matty maha t. sultan adiba kh. amine dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn–al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 29 march 2015, accepted in: 26 april2015 abstract the polymeric hydrogels composed of poly vinyl alcohol (m.wt 72000) and glutaraldehyde(5%,8% and 10%) , have been thermally prepared for the purpose of studying their swelling and drug release behavior . the swelling ratio was measured for all the hydrogel samples at 37°c, in three different media ph (1.2, 4.7 and 6.8) as a function of time. the results show that the maximum swelling ratios were arranged as follows :ph =6.8 > ph =4.7 > ph =1.2 hydrogels cross linked pva showed a typical ph responsive behavior such as high ph has maximum swelling while low ph shows minimum swelling. keywords:swelling,poly(vinyl alcohol),cross-link polymer,hydrogels. 137 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction hydrogels are polymer networks held together by physical or chemical cross-links although the polymer is hydrophilic , the crosslinks make the gel insoluble in water .these networks are stable at room temperature and swell when immersed in water . the extent of the swelling is determined by the density of cross-links and the intrinsic properties of the polymer [1]. the swelling properties, which usually use degree of swelling to define hydrogels, depend on many factors such as network density, solvent nature and polymer solvent interaction parameter [2]. the combination of thermodynamic and elasticity theories states that a crosslinked polymer gel is immersed in a fluid and allowed to reach equilibrium with its surroundings is subject only to two opposing forces : the thermodynamic forces of mixing and the elect active forces of the polymer chains[3] in aqueous solution , a network of covalently cross-linked polymers imbibes the solution and swells , resulting in a hydrogel. the amount of swelling is affected by mechanical forces, ph, salt , temperature, light and electric field [4].three major elements control the swelling process of a hydrogel , the cross-link content , the ionic content and hydrophilic content . a swellable hydrogel is in its glassy state. when water comes into contact with the hydrogel, swelling will begin as water penetrates between the chains. the process is selfaccelerating and a sheath of the “swollen polymer” is formed .water then travels through the sheath to reach the interior of the hydrogel [5]. experimental chemical poly(vinyl alcohol)from aldrich purity(98%), glutaraldehydefrom bdh purity(99%), methanol from aldrich purity(99%), glacial acetic acid from bdh purity(99%), sulphuric acid from bdh purity(99%), buffer solution from aldrich purity(99%). instrument 1. ftir ,infrared spectra were recorded on shimadzu 8300 fourior transform range(400400cm-1) at college of education for pure science/ ibn al-haitham, baghdad university . 2. water bath, dubnoff metabolic shaking incubator .usa. 3. balance ,sartorius ,germany. synthesis of cross-linked of pva m.wt (72.000)hydrogel with glutaraldehyde. a (1.5 gm) of pva was dissolved in 13.5 gm of hot water at (90 °c ), after cooling to room temperature, this solution was mixed in (25 ml) beaker with prepared solution (50% methanol), 10% glacial acetic acid , 1% sulphuric acid ,three different percentages of glutaraldehyde were used as crosslinking agent (5%,8%,10%) in beaker magnetically stirred at room temperature for 6 hours .then the cross-linked was formed .the reaction mixture was poured into glass mold rectangular shape with dimension 15x5 cm2 and 0.5 cm height made and used for casting a polymer, left for few days at room temperature, to dryness , a thin film was formed , dried at 40 °c for 14 hours[6]. 138 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 swelling dried hydrogel pieces were used to determine the swelling ratio(rs) . the rs was determined by immersing the hydrogel (0.1) gm in 100 ml of different ph (1.2, 4.7 ,6.8) and was allowed to stoak for 9 days at 37 °c .after every 10 min , they were removed from the water blotted with filter paper to remain surface water and weighted then the (rs) was calculated : % ws= swollen polymer weight wd=dry polymer weight result and discussion: in this study, a glutaraldehyde was used to crosslink to pva to evaluate its effect on drug release. glutaraldehyde reacts with polymers containing hydroxyl groups, such as pva to form covalently cross-linked networks [7]. the reaction between pva and glutaradehyde was characterized by fiir spectra analysis. the products of reaction of pva with aldehydes are poly (vinyl acetal) resins [8]. the gelation of pva by dialdehyde( glutaraldehyde) is shown as following scheme ( 3.1) . cross-linked pva with ga characterization of the pva hydrogels by ftir. fig. (3.1) shows ftir spectrum of pure pva sample. it clearly reveals the major peaks associated with pva for instance , it can be observed c-h broad alkyl stretching band ( = 2820-2941 cm-1) ( = 3267-3329 cm-1) intermolecular and interamolecular hydrogen bonding are expected to occur among pva chains due to high hydrophilic forces .an important absorption peak was verified at ( =1086 cm-1). this band has been used as an assessment tool of pva structure because it is a semi crystalline synthetic polymer able to form some domains depending on several process parameters [9]. fig. (3.2) shows ftir spectrum associated with pva cross-linked by glutaraldehyde (pva/ ga) it can be observed that two peaks at = 2870 and 2746 cm-1 of c-h stretching are related to aldehydes, a duplet absorption with peaks attributed to the alkyl chain [10]. by crosslinking pva with ga, the o-h stretching vibration peak =3386-3392 cm-1was decreased when compared to pure pva fig (3.1) 139 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 this result suggests that the hydrogen bonding becomes weaker in cross-linked pva than in pure pva because of the diminution in the number of o-h groups and acetal formation .the relative increase of the (c=o) band at approximately =1716 cm-1 indicates that the aldehyde group of ga did not completely react with o-h groups of pva chain .in addition the c-o stretching at approximately = 1085 cm-1 in pure pva is replaced by a broader absorption band =1089 cm-1 which can be attributed to ether (c-o) and the acetal ring (c-o-c) bands formed by the crosslinking reaction of pva with ga .therefore , it can be assumed that it has acted as chemical cross linker among pva . effect of crosslinking ratios on the swelling the effect of different ratios of ga / pva was studied on the swelling characteristics of the pva hydrogel .the effect of cross-linking concentration on the swelling properties of pva hydrogel is shown in figures (3,4) to (3.6) .as this figure indicates different ratios of ga / pva show significant difference in their water uptake qualities p< 0.05 change entanglement a long with increase in cross-linking agent concentration would result in a decreased network expansion lower ga /pva ratio cause a significant increase in swelling properties p<0.05 .in general, it may be concluded that by increase in the ga /pva ratio, the cross-linking density increases and this in turn reduces the swelling or water uptake of the gels significantly . in the hydrogel synthesis , crosslinking agent prevent dissolution of the hydrogels . ga act as cross linker .higher cross linker concentration decreases the space between copolymer chains and , consequently, the resulted highly cross linked rigid structure cannot be expanded and it holds a large quantity of water [11]. figures (3.4) to (3.6) show difference in swelling at equilibrium at different ratios of ga 5% , 8% , 10% of cross-linked pva in buffer solution 6.8 , 4.7 , 1.2 the swelling ratios of all formulations in hcl solution of ph 1.2,4.7 , 6.8 were found to be increased with time .the swelling ratios of super porous hydrogel decreased by increase in the crosslinking density ,as much tighter networks were formed higher consent. ratio of crosslinking agents .the amount of crosslinking agent had influence on the swelling ratio of the polymer and assist concentration increased , polymer chain was attached to each other more strongly and the size of pores during foam formation was smaller [12,13]. in prepared hydrogel ph dependent swelling was observed that could be attributed to ionizaible functional groups .pva contain high hydroxyl groups that make this polymer high interactive with water the glutaraldehyde content increasos ,the extent of crosslinking increasos and consequently the % equilibrium swelling decreasos [14]. effect of ph on the swelling: figures ( 3.10) to (3.12) show ph –sensitive characteristics of hydrogels , which are investigated by swelling test under various ph ranges 1.2 , 4.7 , 6.8 .in the swelling kinetics of pva/ ga hydrogels, all pva/ ga hydrogels reached an equilibrium after about 20 min .the water content increased with ph of buffer solution .at ph 6.8 , the water content drastically increased due to the hydrogel .thus, the ionic repulsion caused by formation of carboxylation, donated the swelling behavior . figures (3.10) to (3.12) show the difference in swelling at equilibrium at ph 1.2, 4.7, 6.8 at 37 °c for cross-linked pva hydrogels prepared with varying degree of ga. 140 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 conclusions: 1modification of pva membrane by thermally crosslinking with different ratios ( 5% , 8% and 10%) ga and paa 2ftir spectroscopy indicates the formation of cross-links hydroxyl groups of pva and functional group of crosslinking agents .the type of crosslinking agent and the crosslinking density are important factors determining the ph –sensitive swelling behavior . 3the swelling of pva/ga hydrogels can be well explained by fiction swelling equilibrium . 4swelling ratio is affected by the amount of crosslinking agent , the results show highly cross linked hydrogel causes a significant decrease in swelling properties . 5hydrogels showed a typical ph responsive behavior at 37 °c ,as high ph had maximum swelling as follows ph =1.2 < ph =4.7 < ph =6.8 references: 1peppas, n. a. ; simons, r. e. p.; (2004), mechanistic analysis of protein delivery from porous poly (vinyl alcohol) systems , j. drug del .sci. tech 14(4): 285-289. 2yang, t.; (2012), mechanical and swelling properties of hydrogels, a kademisk avandling , upp sala university , sweden . 3peppas, n. a. , hilt, j.z. and etc .; (2006) , hydrogels in biology and medicine from molecular principles to bionanotechnology , adv. matter 18 , 1345-1360. 4macrombe, r., cai, s. q. and etc . ; (2010) , a theory of constrained swelling of a ph – sensitive hydrogel , soft matter 6: 784-793. 5ottenbrite, r. m., park, k. and etc.; (2010) “biomedical applications of hydrogels hand book” , springer new york dordrecht heidelberg . 6varshosaz, j. and koopai n. ;( 2002), cross-linked poly (vinyl alcohol) hydrogel : study of swelling and drug release behavior i. polym .j. 11(2) :123-131. 7lavi, e.and snelgrove, j. a. ;( 1983),vinyl polymers,in: encyclopedia of chem.tech., kirk othmer . 8meyers, r. (ed) ;(2000) ,interpretation of infrared spectra,a practical approach john coats in encyclopedia of analytical chemistry. chichester: john wiley & sons ltd: 10815-10837. 9reis, e. f. d.and campos, f. s.;(2006), synthesis and characterization of poly(vinyl alcohol) hydrogels and hybrids for mpb70 protein adsorption, materials res.9(2):185-191. 10ray, d., sahoo, p. k. and etc.;(2008), designing of biodegradable interpenetrating polymer network of poly (vinyl alcohol-co-acrylic acid/ sodium chloride hydrogel:an approach to drug delivery inter. j. pharm. sci. and nanotechnology.1issue 2. 11hosseinzadeh, h.; (2013), new polymeric hydrogel formulation based on poly (vinyl alcohol) for the controlled release of bovine serum albumin, oriental j. of chem. 29 (1) : 161-166. 12hyojin, p.; dukjoon, k.; (2006), swelling and swelling properties of glycol chitosan (poly vinyl) ipn type superporous hydrogels ,j. biomed. mater res ,78a:662-667. 13minhas, m.u.; ahmad, m. and etc.;(2013),synthesis of chemically-cross-linked poly vinyl alcohol-co-poly (methacrylic acid) hudrogels by copolymerization , a potential graft-polymeric carrier for oral delivery of 5-fluorouracil, daru j. pharm.sci.21:2-9 141 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 14neha, b.; ganesh, b. and etc .;(2014), ph responsive semi-interpenetrating polymeric hydrogels microspheres of chitosan and poly (vinyl alcohol) for in-vitro controlled release of clarithromycin, int. j. pharmacotherapy 4(2): 68-73. figure no. (1): ftir spectra for puer pva 142 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28المجلد والتطبيقية مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no. (2): ftir spectra of cross-linking (pva) 143 chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2015 figure no.(3): effect of different ratios of (ga/pva) on the swelling of pva hydrogel in ph6.8 at370c figure no. (4) :effect of different ratios of (ga/pva) on the swelling of pva hydrogel in ph 4.7 at 37°c 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 (time min) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 (time min) ٥% ٨% ١٠% 144 chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2015 figure no.(5): effect of different ratios of (ga/pva) on the swelling of pva hydrogel in ph 1.2 at 37 °c figure no. (6) : swelling of 5% (pva/ga) hydrogels at various phs (at 37 °c) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 (time min) ٥% ٨% ١٠% 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ( time  min) ph 6.8 ph 4.7 ph 1.2 145 chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2015 figure no. (7): swelling of 8% (pva/ga)hydrogels at various phs (at 37 °c) figure no. (8): swelling of 10% (pva/ga) at various phs (at 37 °c) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ( time  min) ph 6.8 ph 4.7 ph 1.2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ( time min) ph 6.8 ph 4.7 ph 1.2 146 chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2015 للبولي فاينيل الكحول المتشابك عرضيا مع الكلوتارالديھايد االنتفاخسلوك فاضل سليم متي مها طاهر سلطان أديبة خيون أمين جامعة بغداد/) الهيثم ناب (الصرفةكلية التربية للعلوم قسم الكيمياء / ٢٠١٥نيسان ٢٦البحث في: ل، قب٢٠١٥أيار ٢٩استلم البحث في: الخالصة ان البوليمرات الھالمية متراكبة من بولي فاينيل الكحول وكلوترالديھايد حضرت حرارياً لغرض دراسة ظاھرة االنتفاخ. النماذج المحضرة تختلف بالعوامل المستعملة في التشابك ونسب التشابك كأالتي . pva (m.wt 72000) +ga, 5% , 8% and 10%) اذ اثبتت ftirالخطي تم تشخيصه بوساطة طيف pvaالمتشابك الھالمي وال pvaان التركيب الكيميائي ل والمجاميع الفعالة لعوامل التشابك. pvaالنتائج تكون تشابكات بين مجاميع الھيدروكسيل ل , 1.2)التي ھي phفي ثالثة اوساط مختلفة ال ٣٧ c°الھالمية عند درجة وقد تم قياس نسب االنتفاخ لجميع نماذج كدالة للزمن. ( 6.8 , 4.7 لمحاليل بفر. phالمتشابكة تعتمد على قيمة pvaوتم مالحظة ان درجة االنتفاخ لھالميات ائج ان اعلى نسبة انتفاخ كانت حسب في نسب االنتفاخ لجميع التراكيب الھالمية ووجد من النت phوتم دراسة تأثير قيمة الترتيب االتي . ph = 6.8 > ph =4.7 > ph= 1.2 بولي فاينيل الكحول،البوليمرات المتشابكة عرضيا،الجيل األنتفاخ، ك: سلو المفتاحيةالكلمات ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 effect of ga3 on growth and some physiological characterizes in carrot plant (daucus carota l.) e. d. abbas departme nt of horticulture, kalar technical institute, foundation of technical education, kurdistan received in : 7 novcmber 2010 accepte d in : 18 april 2011 abstract this exp eriment was carried out in the field of researches in kalar technical inst itut e / field crop dept. the aim of the research is to st udy the effect of foliar sp rays of different concentrations of gibberellic acid on growt h and some p hy siological characterizes in carrot p lant (local white cultivar). the exp eriment treatments included three concentrations of gibberellic acid (0, 50 and 100 p p m) and were carried out as app licable agricultural p roject (3×4). and the results were recorded as follows: in using the gibberellic acid concentration at (50 p p m) led to increase significantly the st udied characterist ics p articularly p lant height cm, number of branch/ p lant, number of flower/ p lant, shoot fresh weight (gm), fresh weight of biological weight gm/p lant, shoot dry weight (gm), dry weight of biological weight gm/p lant, chlorop hy ll content (µg/cm2), when comp ared with the other concentrations levels and controlling p lants. and ga3 decreases significantly some of the st udied characterist ics as root fresh weight (gm), root dry weight (gm) and soluble carbohy drate which that comp ared with the controlling p lants. key words:plant physiology ,daucus carota , gibberelic acid introduction the carrot (daucus carota l.) belongs t o the umbelliferae family. it is related to celery , celeriac, coriander, fennel, p arsnip and p arsley , which are all members of this family . the carrot originated in asia. initially the roots were long and thin, and either p urp le or y ellow in colors. these colors, as well as white and orange, st ill exist, with the orange or orange-red colors being by far the most p op ular today [1]. m any shap es of roots also exist, from rather long and thin roots to short er and thick. roots may be cylindrical, conical, or even sp herical in shape [1]. carrots are p articularly rich in carotene (p ro-vitamin a), b1, c and essential oil, rich in vitamin e. carrots also have large amount of carbohy drates and are low in p rotein and lip ids. they are consumed either fresh, as a salad crop, or cooked. large quantities are also p rocessed, either alone or in mixtures with other vegetables, by canning, freezing or dehydration [1] and [2]. carrot is a biennial herb, which is widely distributed throughout the world. the fruits of t he p lant (common name: wild carrot fruits) have been used in traditional chinese m edicine for the treatment of an cylostomiasis, drop sy , chronic kidney disease and bladder afflictions, due to a wide range of reported p harmacological effects, including antibacterial, antifungal, anthelmintic, hepatop rotective, cytotoxic and activities [3]. m ost gardeners grow carrots for munching, salads, or juicing. it is a cool weather p lant, growing best in cool, even temp eratures; ideally of (10° to 25°c) warm weather p roduces course roots with p oor flavor. sow seed thinly in rows ¼ to ½ inch deep with 12 to16 inches between the rows (rows can be sp aced 3 to 6 inches ap art in raised beds) [4] and [5]. the aims ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 for this st udy to show affects of ga3 on growt h of carrot p lant and illustrate how ga3 can increase the ability of shoot sy st em in plants. materials and methods experime ntal de si gn the exp eriment was designed according to the comp lete random design (c.r.d) at the field of hort iculture dep artment / kalar technical institut e (sulaimani province), dur ing the growin g se ason of 25 /9/20091 /5/2010. the exp eriment includes st udding the effect of three concentrations of gibberellic acid (ga3) (0. 50 and 100 pp m) with four rep lications on growt h and some p hysiological characterizes for carrot p lant (daucus carota l.). area of each exp erimental unit was 2 m2. date of takin g the measurements for all p arameters at 20/4/ 2010. service op erations of the p lant irrigation and the removal of the bush were carried out daily for the all p lants. ex perime nt treatments 1three concentrations of gibberellic acid which are (0, 50, and 100pp m) resp ectively. 3agricultural exp eriment (3×4) conducted in c.r.d, which are includes (12 exp erimental units). preparation of growth regul ator (ga3) gibberellic acid in the rate of one gram was taken and dissolved in some drop s of naoh (10n), and the volume was completed to 1000 ml of distilled water [6]. gibberellic acid solutions were p repared for foliar sp raying in the concentrations of (0, 50, and 100pp m). these concentrations were sp rayed once on leaves at t he stage of (4-6) leaves. tween (80) at the concentration of (0.025)% was added to the foliar solution as surfactant agent. sp raying p rocesses were carried out during the morning until the solutions were run off all p lants by using a manual sp rayer. characteristics studied plant height (cm): plant height was measured from the soil level to the upp er p oint of the main st em by ruler for the four labeled plants. number of branches/ plant: the numbers of the branches were counted when they app eared and became visib le for the four labeled p lants. number of flower/ plant: the total number of flowers was counted when they app eared and became visible flower for the four labeled p lants and calculated after 90 days from the sowing. shoot fresh weight (gm): shoot system weighted by digital balance. root fresh wei ght (carrot) (gm): root sy stem weighted by digital balance. fresh biological weight gm/plant: is t he all biomass p er plant was recorded by weighting the whole p lant includin g st raw and gr ains, from the plant samples collected durin g threshing for the four labeled plants. chlorophyll content (µg/cm 2 ): chlorophy ll content of the leaves was estimated by using the spad-502 instrument (for chlorop hy ll measurement); four leaves from each exp eriment were taken for chlorop hy ll measurement. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 shoot dry weight (gm): shoot was oven dried to a const ant weight at (65-70 ◌ْc) for 48 hours. root dry weight (carrot) (gm): root was oven dried to constant weight at (65-70 ◌ْc) for 48 hours. dry biological weight gm/plant: dry biological weight was oven dried to constant weight at (65-70 ◌ْc) for 48 hours. soluble carbohydrate determination (in carrot) based on [7] a method which is called phenol sulfuric acid method for the determination of soluble carbohy drate, the method involved takin g a constant weight 0.4 g. of the sample, addin g 50 ml of boiled d istiller water, then boilin g in water path at (80) °c for 1/2 hour. the sample is filtered and co mpleted to 50 ml dist al water. one ml of the filtered solution is t aken and 1 ml of (5%) p henol indicator is added and mixed we ll. ne xt (5) ml of sulfuric acid is added to the mixture, (10) ml of distal water is added to dilute the mixture; last ly the mixture is read by sp ectrop hotometer at (488) nm. results and discussions effect of ga3 concentrations on plant height cm., number of branch/ plant and number of flowers/ plant the results in table (1) show that the more p lant height affected significantly by the 50 p p m concentration of ga3 which was (127.33) cm. in comporison to the other concentrations. the increase in p lant height may be due to the effect of ga3 on the cell division and cell enlargement, and also ga3 st imulated the growt h and exp ansion of cells through increasing the wall p last icity of cells ( [8] and [9]).table 1 shows that (50) p p m concentration of gibberellic acid resulted in a significant increase in the number of branches/ p lant and the highest average was (30.67) branch/ plant comp ared with other concentrations and that is due to the effect of the gibberellic acid which enhances the lateral buds, breaking apical dominance and vegetative growt h [10]. and these results are in agreement with [11], [12] and [13] which say the foliar app lication increases the shoot sy st em such as p lant high, number of leafs, lateral buds, number of branch and number of flowers. table (1) also indicates that t he gibber ellic acid concentrations had a sign ificant effect on the number of flowers/ p lant and the highest value which was (32.33) flower/ p lant recorded at (50) pp m concentration comp ared with (0) concentrations. thus increasin g branches will result in increasing nodes and more flowers [14], or may due to t he competition which may occur between the vegetative and reproductive p arts of the plant on the available carbohy drate materials and the effect of gibberellic acid on the d irection of carbohydrate material inside the plant as reported by [15]. effect of ga3 concentrations on fresh weight of shoot system, fresh weight of carrot, fresh weight of biological weight and chlorophyll content table (2) shows that the ga3 affected si gnificantly on all characters in table (2) by (50) pp m concentration of ga3 accepted in carrot fresh we ight which was not si gnificant and (0) pp m concentration of ga3 gave the highest weight. this might be due to the effects of gibberellic acid on cell division, leaf exp ansion, cell enlargement and thus the number of leaves. the role of gibberellic acid in the formation of a new rna p articularly mrna had been reported [16]. gibberellic acid enhances the formation of p roteins and new rna and increases chlorop hy ll content which increases the p rocess of p hotosy nthesis, all this leads t o the increase of shoot dry weight [17]. m oreover ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 gibberellic acid enhances the formation of chlorop hy ll p igments [18]. and all research indicates to the ga3 can not enhance root sy st em for that shows the control p lant are gave high results [8]. and t his results in agreement with [11] and [12]. effect of ga3 concentrations on dry weight of shoot, dry weight of carrot, dry weight of biological weight and soluble carbohydrate percentage . table (3) observed that t he (50) pp m concentration of ga3 affected significantly on all characters in this table accepted dry weight of carrot which was not affected by ga3 comp ared with p lants control. this may be due to the same effects of ga3 on the cell div ision, cell enlargement, growt h and exp ansion of cells and sizable increasing of auxin content of the tissues [19]. and this may be due to the effect of gibberellic acid in activation of p hotosy nthesis p rocess and increase of absorp tion to water and nutrition, then lead to the increase of metabolism of this nutrition by p lant and movement to the fruits and increase its growt h and st orage as dry weight then this leads to the increase of the dry weight, and increase of p lant high, number of branch and flowers leads to increase of dry weight but decrease of carrot dry weight may be due to disaffected of ga3 on root sy stem. [11] and [20]. these results mean that gibberellic acid increase sp ecifically the sy nthesis of mrna in this tissue, for example incubation of isolated barley aleurone lay ers with gibberellic acid for 16 hr caused a 50% increase in the sy nthesis of rna that contains p oly(a) sequences [p oly(a)-rna], but had no measurable effect on the sy ntheses of the major rna sp ecies. t he sy ntheses of bot h the poly (a) and the heteropoly meric fractions of the poly (a)-rna were increased. [21]. re ference 1hernandez, m . olipia (1991). tissue culture and agrobactrium – mediated of carrot (daucus carota l.). m aster thesis – departmen of biological sciences – simon fraser university . 2öz can, m . m . and chalchat, j.c. (2007). chemical comp osition of carrot seeds (daucus carota l.) cultivated in turkey: characterization of the seed oil and essential oil. grasas y aceites, 58 (4): 359-365 3-fu, hong-wei, zhang, l., yi, t. and tian, jing-kui (2009). a new of daucus carota l. m olecules, 14, 2862-2867. 4kovatch, john t. (2003). carrot. m aster gardeners journal, m arch, 1: 222 5drost, d. and bitner, w. (2010). carrots in the garden. ut ah state university . 6-al-qesi,w.a. m .kh. (1996). effect of some plants growth regulators on some cultivars of vicia faba l. ph.d t hesis –agriculture college –baghdad university – iraq. 7-herbert.d.; phillips, p. j. and strange, r. e. (1971). m ethods in microbiology . acad. prees, lond. 8-abdul, k. s. (1987). plants growt h regulations. 1st and 2nd edition. m inist ry of higher education – salahaden university – iraq. (from arabic) 9-saleh, m . m .s. (1990). phy siology of p lants growt h hormones. 1 st edition. m inist ry of higher education – salahaden university – iraq. (from arabic ) 10-m atlub, a. n., al – lus, h. f., m ust afa, m . and al – hafez, m . (1984). effect of some treatments of ga3 on potato's dormancy and its effect on autumny ield. zanko jornal, number (2):49 – 69. 11-davis, r. m . and nunez, (2000). influence of gibberellic acid on carrot growth and severity of alternaria leaf blight. university of california. plant disease 84:555-558 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 12-m ichel-wolwertz,m .-r.an sironval,c.(1963). inh ibition of growt h and accumu lation of β-carotene in carrot roots by gibberellic acid. phy tochemist ry journal, 2(2): 183-187 13-nieuwhof, m . (1984). effect of gibber ellic acid on boltin g and flowering of carrot (daucus carota l.). scien ce direct, elsevier b.v. 24 (3-4): 211-219 14-egli, d. b. (1998). seed biology and the y ield of grain crops. cab international, walling ford, uk. 15-abdul, k. s. and harris, g. p. (1978). control of flower number in the first inflore-scence of tomato (lycopersicon esculentum m ill.). ann. bot. 42: 13611367. 16-m ohamed, a. k. (1985). plant phy siology . second edition. m inist ry of higher education. m ussel university – iraq. 17-devlin, r. m . and francis, h. witham (1998). plant p hy siology . dar al arabia for p ublisher and dist ribution-al-qahera-4 eddition. (in arabic). 18-wittwer, s. m . and bukovac, m . j. (1957). gibberellins new chemical for crop p roduction. bull. m ich. agric. stn., 30: 460-494. 19-leop old, a. c. and kriedmann, p. e. (1975). plant growt h and development. m cgrow. hill book comp any. 2nd edition. 20-m ckee, j. m . t., thomas ,t . h. and hole c. c. (1984) growt h regulator effectson st orage root development in carrot. plant growt h regulation, sp ringer netherlands. number 4, p ages 359 – 369. 21jacobsen, j. v. and zwar, j. a. (1974). gibberellic acid causes incr eased sy nthesis of rna which contains poly (a) in barley aleurone tissue. proc natl acad sci u s a. 71(8): 3290–3293. table (1): effect of ga3 concentrations on plant height (cm), number of branch/ plant and number of flowers/ plant. propertie s concentration no. of fl owers no. of branches plant high cm. 20.33 17.66 96.67 0 32.33 30.67 127.33 50 26.00 23.67 106.66 100 l.s.d(0.05)=2.74 l.s.d(0.05)=7.24 l.s.d(0.05)=4.15 table (2): effect of ga3 concentrations on fresh weight of carrot, fresh weight of shoot system, fresh weight of biological weight and chlorophyll content. propertie s concentration chlorophyll content µg/cm2 fresh weight of biological weight gm/plant fresh weight of shoot gm/plant fresh weight of carrot gm/plant 30.67 231.33 186.00 45.33 0 45.33 341.00 303.00 38.00 50 40.00 306.00 271.33 34.67 100 l.s.d(0.05)= 1.88 l.s.d(0.05)=11. 43 l.s.d(0.05)=10. 77 l.s.d(0.05)=4.4 1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table(3): effect of ga3 concentrations on dry weight of carrot, dry weight of shoot system, dry weight of biol ogical wei ght and سoluble carbohydrate. propertie s concentration s oluble carbohydrate dry weight of biological product gm/plant dry weight of carrot gm/plant dry weight of shoot system gm/plant 9.31 24.13 20.87 3.27 0 8.12 30.00 27.4 2.60 50 7.87 27.2 24.97 2.23 100 l.s.d(0.05)=0.072 l.s.d(0.05)=0.85 l.s.d(0.05)=0.72 l.s.d(0.05)=0.32 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة جزرلنبات ال الفسلجیةبعض الصفات و نمو على نحامض الجبرلی رتاثی )daucus carota l..( عماد داود عباس كوردستان -ھیئة التعلیم التقني ،كالر –المعھد التقني ،قسم البستنة 2010 تشرین الثاني 7 :استلم البحث في 2011 نیسان 18 :البحث في قبل الخالصة . محافظـة الســلیمانیة/ لفنـي كـالرحــاث التـابع لقسـم المحاصـیل الحقلیـة داخــل المعهـد ااجریـت التجربـة فـي حقـل االب علـى بعــض الصــفات ). جــزء مـن الملیــون 100، 50، 0(دراســة تـاثیر رش حــامض الجـرلین بتراكیــز مختلفــة هـي بهـدف ).المحلي االبیضصنف (المظهریة والفسلجیة لنبات الجزر وحللــت النتــائج احصــائیا . وحـدة تجریبیــة) 12(مكــررات بحیــث تضــمنت التجربــة اربعبـاسـتخدم التصــمیم العشــوائي الكامــل :واظهرت النتائج ما یلي) 0.05(باستخدام اختبار اقل فرق معنوي تحت مستوى احتمالیة مقارنـة الصـفات المدروسـة ادى الـى زیـادة معنویـة فـي جمیـع جـزء مـن الملیـون 50 ان الـرش بحـامض الجبـرلین بتركیـز ـــرلین ـــزر ، ولكـــــن الســــیطرةونباتــــات مــــع التراكیــــز االخـــــرى مــــن الحــــامض الجبــ ـــزر ، الـــــوزن الجــــاف للجــ وزن الطــــري للجـ .مقارنة مع نباتات السیطرة والكاربوهیدرات الذائبة لم تتاثر بتراكیز حامض الجبرلین المستخدمة الجرلینحامض ,فسلجة نبات daucus carota , :الكلمات المفتاحیة a study of mobile inbound roamers data during occupation period 2008-2009 in iraq muna m. salih technical college of managemen/fundation of technical teaching munaouceal@yahoo.co.uk received in: 28 april 2013, accepted in 24 june 2013 abstract roaming data is an important source of information about the political and social activities of a country. and this is true for iraq situation after 2003 when the mobile companies started their business. in this paper, data of subscribers roamed onto foreign networks (inbound roamers) is collected; it consists of the name of the radio control point, the counter dealing with this type of information, mobile network code/mobile country code tupel. this data is processed. results obtained out of this process show the classification of the inbound roamers (according to their countries) during the occupation period (2008-2009). these results reflect the political situation of iraq at that time. information resulted from this process is useful for people who make decisions. acknowledgment: the data handled in this report is a real data belong to the former iraqna mobile company who worked in iraq between 2003-2009. attempts to get new data from zain and asiacell have failed and this is documented with my college. keywords: gsm, isp, wlan, msc, cdma, hlr, vlr, pstn, mcc, mnc tap, sms . 437 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction on the 13th and 14th of november 2012 the 20th anniversary of the mobile roaming world summit has been held in london. but what is roaming? roaming is a general term referring to the extension of connectivity service in a location that is different from the home location where the service was registered at the price of a local call or at a charge considerably less than the regular long-distance charges. roaming enables a mobile device to access the internet and other mobile services when out of its normal coverage area. it also gives a mobile device the ability to move from one access point to another. roaming is derived from real-time optimally adapting mesh (roam) [1]. roaming ensures that the wireless device is kept connected to the network, without losing the connection. the term "roaming" originates from the gsm (global system for mobile communications) sphere; the term "roaming" can also be applied to the cdma(code division multiple access ) technology. traditional gsm roaming is defined as the ability for a cellular customer to automatically make and receive voice calls, send and receive data, or access other services, including home data services, when travelling outside the geographical coverage area of the home network, by means of using a visited network. this can be done by using a communication terminal or else just by using the subscriber identity in the visited network. roaming is technically supported by mobility management, authentication, authorization and billing (payment) procedures [2]. roamers generally enjoy high quality service and today, subscribers expect all frequently used mobile services to work reliably everywhere in the world. thus, the quality and availability of services inside and outside the home network becomes increasingly important in the battle for customers. objectives of the research producing an informative and reliable report that cover all aspects of roaming process has an advantage for both authorities of that country and managers of the mobile company, for the authorities it would reveal for them 1the current situation of the country and to assist them to make plans, 2direct the general communication policy as far as the mobile companies is concerned (if possible). for the managers it would help them to: 1choose among the alternatives of mobile networks in a single country. 2review the old roaming agreements and think of new ones. 3increase contribution of international roaming to the revenue of the company. 4determine if charges of international roaming have impact on choosing this service by a consumer. 5decide whether they should offer a number of bundles to help keep the cost of data roaming down to beat competitor networks. type of roaming authentication protocol dealing with roaming two types of network should be considered home and visited networks the differentiation between home network and visited network is technically given by the type of subscriber entry in a specific network. if a subscriber has no entry in the home subscriber register of the network (e.g. home location register (hlr) in gsm networks or local customer database in wlans), the required subscriber data must first be requested by the visited network e.g. from the subscriber's home network in order that the subscriber can be authenticated and any authorization for using the network services can be checked. the "visit438 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ing" subscriber acquires an entry in a user database of the visited network (e.g. visited location register (vlr)) and the authorized network services are enabled. gsm/wlan roaming services can be supplied in two different scenarios. the first one is sim-based roaming authentication protocols. this system recognizes when a subscriber roams onto a foreign network and automatically downloads an updated preferred network list onto the sim (subscriber identification module) . the sim steer system uses an applet on the handset’s sim card. this contains the preference list for roaming partner selection which will cause the handset to read this new list immediately. this list can be regularly updated to match the region of the world that the subscriber is visiting. sim steer monitors the update location requests and, where relevant, downloads an updated list for that region followed by a refresh command to ensure that the list is immediately read by the handset. steering of roaming helps you to choose which partner your roamers attach to in order to get the best price, the best quality and to fulfill your promises to partners. it is a vital function for any roaming operation, especially as prices come under increasing downward pressure. without steering you will be paying too much and cannot be competitive. you would also be vulnerable to problems on partners’ networks and could therefore suffer serious damage to customer satisfaction [3]. the second is username/password based roaming authentication protocols. enter a valid home username and a valid password to use the visited network [4]. the technical term "roaming" also encompasses roaming between networks of different network standards. device equipment and functionality, such as sim card capability, antenna and network interfaces, and power management, determine the access possibilities. using the example of wlan/gsm roaming, the following scenarios can be differentiated sim-based (roaming): gsm subscriber roams onto a public wlan operated by: their gsm operator, or another operator who has a roaming agreement with their gsm operator. username/password based roaming: gsm subscriber roams onto a public wlan operated by: their gsm operator, or another operator who has a roaming agreement with their gsm operator. types of roaming wireless local area network (wlan) roaming services are segmented as follows: internal roaming this is implemented when a mobile station is transferred with a strong signal between access points, preventing network blockage or interruption from weak signals. external roaming implemented when a mobile station shifts to a wireless lan or other foreign wireless internet service provider (wisp) to access service. wisp allows users to maintain an internet connection while moving within a local coverage area. -regional roaming this type of roaming refers to the ability of moving from one region to another region inside national coverage of the mobile operator. initially, operators may have provide commercial offers restricted to a region (sometimes to a town). due to the success of gsm and the decrease in cost, regional roaming is rarely offered to clients except in nations with wide geographic areas like the usa, russia, india, etc., in which there is a number of regional operators. -national roaming this type of roaming refers to the ability to move from one mobile operator to another in the same country. for example, a subscriber of t-mobile usa who is allowed to roam on 439 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 at&t mobility's service would have national roaming rights. for commercial and license reasons, this type of roaming is not allowed unless under very specific circumstances and under regulatory scrutiny. -international roaming this type of roaming refers to the ability to move to a foreign service provider's network. it is, consequently, of particular interest to international tourists and business travelers. broadly speaking, international roaming is easiest using the gsm standard, as it is used by over 80% of the world's mobile operators. however, even then, there may be problems, since countries have allocated different frequency bands for gsm communications (there are two groups of countries: most gsm countries use 900/1800 mhz, but the united states and some other countries in the americas have allocated 850/1900 mhz): for a phone to work in a country with a different frequency allocation, it must support one or both of that country's frequencies, and thus be tri or quad band [5]. -one network service the zain group has witnessed exponential growth over the last four years, growing from a single operator in kuwait in 2003 to being a 15,000-employee, us$26.5 billion capitalised company offering a range of advanced mobile voice and data services to over 42.5 million customers. zain has created a roaming-free market in africa, with a dozen countries all enjoying one single telecoms market. since then, zain has announced a single roaming-free market for its middle east customers. this will give zain customers contiguous local network coverage stretching from iraq in the east to the atlantic ocean in the west, a distance of some 4,000 kilometres [6]. the roaming process the details of the roaming process differ among types of cellular networks, but in general, the process resembles the following: when the mobile device is turned on or is transferred via a handover to the network, this new "visited" network sees the device, notices that it is not registered with its own system, and attempts to identify its home network. if there is no roaming agreement between the two networks, maintenance of service is impossible, and service is denied by the visited network. the visited network contacts the home network and requests service information (including whether or not the mobile should be allowed to roam) about the roaming device using the imsi (international mobile subscriber identity) number. if successful, the visited network begins to maintain a temporary subscriber record for the device. likewise, the home network updates its information to indicate that the mobile is on the host network so that any information sent to that device can be correctly routed. if a call is made to a roaming mobile, the pstn( public switched telephone network) routes the call to the phone's registered service provider, who then must route it to the visited network. that network must then provide an internal temporary phone number to the mobile. once this number is defined, the home network forwards the incoming call to the temporary phone number, which terminates at the host network and is forwarded to the mobile [2]. roamers calculation the data handled in this paper is collected in a device compatible with the alcatel product rcp (radio control point). in a cellular mobile radio network with intelligent network architecture, the alcatel rcp is a set of counters combines the control part of the mobile services switching center (msc) and a visitor location register (vlr) in the same machine. 440 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 data of iraqna network is accumulated in rcps , then is collected either for one hour or one day, this depends on the way desired to analyze the data. the data processed in this paper consist of four columns taken for one hour period. -the first column contains name of rcps range from rcp03 to rcp17 each one is responsible for a specific area of a town or a country. for example if these rcps are in baghdad, one would be for data of almansur area, the second for aljadria and so on. -the second is number’s counter of the traffic (calls). -the third is the mobile network code (mnc) which is used in combination with a mobile country code (mcc) (also known as a "mcc / mnc tuple") to uniquely identify a mobile phone operator/carrier using the gsm, cdma .[7] -the fourth is date & time of observations (table 1). -data processing mcc is the first three digits of mcc/mnc tuple the last 2 (or last 3 as in us code) is for the network operates in that country. mcc is extracted as it is the unique key to each country. since these codes are duplicated (because each rcp may receive traffic for the same country roamed onto the same network or different one), so duplication needs to be removed, then each code compared with the original data to group different networks belongs to a single country. the code 418 is neglected because it is for iraqna local subscribers. grouping different networks belong to a single country will enable us to sum the number of roamers onto these networks giving the total number roamed onto that country with all networks operating in it which have agreement with iraqna company. figure (2) shows the flowchart of processing the data. figure (3) shows part of the vba program code used to process the data. using mcc/mnc manual the code of the country and the code of the its networks is matched to identify the name of the country and the networks have been roamed onto then, these are listed with all their operational details together with the number of roamers. number of inbound roaming shows that the highest roaming is onto usa (figure4). (figure 5) shows the percentage of inbound roamers onto different countries, usa then india have the highest percentage above all. conclusion the data taken from mobile companies reflects the political and social behavior of that country at that time. examining the results showed in figure(4) and figure(5) leads to the conclusion that the majority of foreigners who roamed by iraqna were americans, indians then british, this reflects the situation in iraq in 2008 the year the data was taken in, where us and uk have had the major contribution in the troops who occupied iraq. but why india? probably because of the cheap labor which has been offered by indian companies also the iraqi interest in having medical treatment in indian hospital. analyzing the results obtained in figure(4) and figure(5), would enable the mangers to decide for example’ whether to reconsider the roaming agreements with these countries or if it is worth expand it to include other networks or it is just a temporary situation, or to decide if it is beneficial to the company to impose extra charges on a specific network and so on. using visual basic application (vba) in this paper reveals the power of this programming language in processing huge data produced by this kind of activity. reporting makes use of data collected through the probing links monitoring the international traffic flowing through the international links. data collected is analyzed and placed in trace files to compute various statistics and detailed information that are beneficial for the business analysis of the inbound roamers’ traffic behavior. 441 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references 1www.techopedia.com/definition/2971/roaming, copyright © 2010 2012 janalta interactive inc. 2what is roaming service, may 2007definition from whatis_com.mht. 3-sim based steering-www.evolved-intelligence.com/latestnews/simsteer.aspxcopyright (2012) evolved intelligence. 4 www.gsma.com-newsroom-wp-content-uploads-2012-06-ir6232.pdf 5-wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, modified on 19 september( 2012), gsm standard mobile technology. 6developing telecoms zain creates mid-east roam-free zone, buys iraqna, launches in saudi via nsn middle east -north africa.mht. 7alcatel 900/1800 nss u2, hlr and rcp quality of service, training manual, march (2006), 3fl11001abaawbzza ed 3-. radio control point counter mnc/mcc no. of roamers date &time rcp03 20454 20210 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 20404 5 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 20412 3 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 20420 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 20801 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 21630 8 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 21803 2 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 21910 2 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 22001 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 22201 5 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 22288 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 22601 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 22610 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 23410 14 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 23415 5 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 23420 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 23430 1 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 23820 2 08-02-19_22:50:01 rcp03 20454 24007 16 08-02-19_22:50:01 table (1): a sample of the raw data taken from rcp03 442 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 no yes no yes yes figure no. (2): flowchart of roamers calculation process start input mobile country/mobile network code tuple (mcc/mnc) end truncate mcc (the first three digit code) compare each code with the original data list the mcc/mnc tuple with the corresponding number of roamers remove duplicated codes is code is end of file? sum number of roamers roamed onto different networks for each country output results 443 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (3): part of the programcode for processing roamers data 444 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (4): inbound roamers with iraqna company onto corresponding countries at 19.00-20.00 hour on 2nd of august 2008 445 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (5): percentage of inbound roamers roaming onto different countries 446 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 -2008االحتالل (مدة خالل النقال (الواردین) دراسة لبیانات متجولي الھاتف ) في العراق2009 منى مھدي صالح /ھیئھ التعلیم التقنىالتقنیھ االداریھ الكلیھ munaouceal@yahoo.co.uk 2013حزیران 24قبل البحث في ،2013نیسان 28البحث فى استلم الخالصة وھذا ینطبق على وضع .ما ةلدول ةواالجتماعی ةالنشاطات السیاسیللمعلومات حول امھم ابیانات التجوال مصدر دتع عندما بدأت شركات الموبایل اعمالھا. 2003العراق بعد الذین یتجولون على الشركات االجنبیھ (المتجولین الواردین) وتتضمن اسم نقطھ فى ھذا البحث جمعت بیانات المشتركین وعولجت زوج رمز موبایل الشبكھ/ رمز موبایل الدولھ .والعداد الذى یتعامل مع ھذا النوع من البیانات، والسیطره الرادویھ، االحتالل مدةجولین الواردین(وفقا لدولھم) خالل تظھر تصنیف المتفالنتائج المستحصلھ من ھذه المعالجھ اما البیانات. ھذه ھذه العملیھ تكون منالوضع السیاسي في العراق في ذلك الوقت. المعلومات الناتجھ النتائج ھذه تعكس اذ) 2008-2009( لالشخاص الذین یصنعون القرار. ةمفید :ان البیانات التى تمت معالجتھا فى ھدا البحث بیانات حقیقیھ تعود الى شركھ عراقنا للموبایل التى عملت فى اعالم .باءت بالفشل لكنھا زین واسیاسیل يشركتمن ةجدیدالحصول على بیانات وحاولنا. 2009-2003 المدةالعراق سابقا فى وھذه موثقة مع الكلیة التى اعمل فیھا. keywords: gsm, isp, wlan, msc, cdma, hlr, vlr, pstn, mcc, mnc tap, sms. 447 | computer @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹126@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references influence of gamma radiation on some optical properties and urbach energy of (pmmadoped red methyl) films hala abd alsahib wadi ministry of education / general directorate of vocational education /training and investment division received in : 6may 2013 accepted in :24 september 2013 abstract we have studied the effect of gamma irradiation on the optical transmission, absorbance, absorption coefficient, and urbach energy for (pmmadoped red methyl) film deposited by using solvent casting method .the optical transmission (t %) in the wavelength range (1901100 ) nm of films was measured , it was seen that all the parameters were affected by gamma irradiation. key words : pmma films , optical properties , gamma radiation. 219 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction poly (methyl methacrylate) pmma has considerable attention in recent year owing to its low cost, good tensile strength, and hardness, high rigidity, transparency, low optical loss in the visible spectrum, low glass temperature, good insulation properties and thermal stability dependent on tactility, it can be considered as a good host for inorganic nanoparticle due to their high surface to bulk ratio which can significantly affect the properties of pmma matrix [1-4], as a result of the above properties, pmma has been extensively used in various industrial sectors, it is used as a substrate material for precision optics components, in memory, gas sensing, pmma can be tailored chemically to fit awide range of photonics and optoelectronics applications, liquid crystal display [5-7]. irradiation with x-rays, alpha, beta and gamma radiation also have a significant effect on polymer properties and some physical properties are usually modified [8]. radiations by γ-rays change the physical properties of the materials the internal structure of the absorbed substances. studies on the changes in optical properties of thin film irradiated with ionizing radiations yield valuable information regarding the electronic processes in these materials [9]. the aim of the present work is to study the effect of γ-irradiated on some optical properties and urbach energy of of (pmmadoped red methyl) films experimental details poly (methyl methacrylate) from (sigma aldrich comblt germany) , chloroform has purity of 99.8% (hplc_ was used as a common solvent for both pure pmma and (red methyl) were dissolved separately in chloroform for 4 hours at room temperature. appropriate mixtures of pmma and 8% weight (red methyl) solutions were mixed . the solution was poured into flat glass plate dishes. homogenous films were obtained after drying the solution in an oven for 24 hours. the thickness of the prepared films was in the range of 25 ± 1 µm. the prepared samples were irradiated by gamma ray dose from (137cs) with activity (0.5 µ ci), for seven days. the irradiation facility is at the college of science , university of diyala . the absorbance and transmittance spectra were recorded by using double bean schimadzu uv/vis-160a in the wavelength optical a range (190-1100) nm, the measurements were carried out at room temperature. results and discussion figure (1) shows the variation of transmittance with wavelength for unirradiated (pmma doped red methyl) & irradiated one. transmittance for unirradiated film is higher than that for irradiated one, this might be attributed to the increased scattering of photons by crystal defects, and the free carrier absorption of photons contributed to the reduction in optical transmittance [10]. figure (2) shows the absorptance of unirradiated & irradiated (pmmadoped red methyl) films versus wave length from this figure the absorptance [irradiated (pmmadoped red methyl)] > absorptance [unirradiated (pmmadoped red methyl)]. the irradiated thin film shows a much softer absorption edge, possibly indicating the presence of sub-band gap levels associated with defects. the following relation could be used for calculating the absorption coefficient (α) [11]: ------------(1) t a303.2 =α where (a) is the absorptance and (t) is the film thickness. 220 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 fig. (3) shows the dependence of the absorption coefficient (α) on the wave length for the samples. at short wavelength (α) takes higher value (α≥104) cm-1 and then increases with the decrease of λ (increasing photon energy). the urbach relation as follows [12]: ------------(2) α= α0ehυ/ee where (ee) is the urbach energy, (hν )is photon energy. fig. (4) shows the relationship between ln(α) and photon energy. the value of (ee) for (pmmadoped red methyl) films of irradiated is (0.173 ev) and as deposited is (0. 182ev). the relatively high band tial values obtained in this work can be explained by the disorder present in the film. conclusions the actions of irradiation by gamma ray on (pmmadoped red methyl) films are: increasing the absorptance and absorption coefficient, and decreasing the transmittance and urbach energy. the urbach energy decreases from (0.182 ev) to (0. 173 ev). references 1. gross ,s.; di noto ,v. and schubert , u. (2003), dielectric investigation of inorganic – organic hybrid film based on zirconium oxcluster – crosslinked pmma , journal of non – crystalline solids, 322, 154-159,2. 2. tawansi , a.; el-khodary , a.; zidan , h. m. and badr ,s. i. (2002), the effect of mncl2 filler on the optical window and the physical properties of pmma films , polymer testing , 21:381-401,3. 3. capan , i. ;tarmci c.;hassan , a. k. and tanrisever , t., (2009), characterisation and optical vapour sensing properties of pmma thin films, materials sciene and engineering c , 29:140-147. 4. caseri , w. (2000) ,nanocomposite of polymers and metals or semiconductors : historical baek ground and optical properties , macromolecular rapid communications , 21:705-712. 5. klmberg-sapieha , j. e.; martinu, l.;yamasaki, n. l. s. and lantman ,c. w. (2005), tailoring the adhesion of optical flims on poly methyl-methacrylate by plasma-induced surface stabilization , jour. thin solid films, 476, 01-107. 6. beev , k. ; temelkov , k.;vuchkov , n.;petrova, t.; dragostinova ,v.;stoycheva-topalova , r.;sainov , s. and sabotinov, n. (2005), optical properties of polymer films for near uv recording , journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 7 , 1315-1325. 7. x. m. dong, y. luo, l. n. xie, r. w. fu and m. q. zhang, (2008) ,conductive carbon black-filled poly methacrylate composites as gas sensing materials: effect of glass transition temperature , journal of thin solid films, 516, 7886-7892. 8. m.a. khaled, f. sharaf, m.s. risk and m.m. el-ocker, (1993), effect of γ-irradiation on the refractive indices and optical absorption of poly(vinyl alcohol) doped with nicl2 and crcl3, polymer degradation and stability, 40, 385. 9. zhu,r.y. , (1998), radiation damage in scintillating crystals . nuclear instruments and methods in physics research section a: accelerators, spectrometers , ditectors and associated equipment ,413,297-311. 221 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 222 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 10. ali jasim al-jabiry ,(2007), phd, thesis , university of technology,baghdad. 11. han, x., liu, r., chen, w. and xu, z, (2008), properties of nanocrystalline zinc oxide thin films , journal of thin solid films, 516, 40254029. 12. kasra behzad, wan mahmood mat yunus, zainal abidin talib, azmi zakaria and afarin bahrami (2012), effect of preparation parameters on physical, thermal and optical properties of n-type porous silicon , international journal of electrochemical science ,7 ,8266 – 8275. figure no. (1) optical transmittance of (pmmadoped red methyl) before and after irradiation figure no. (2) absorptance of (pmmadoped red methyl) before and after irradiation 223 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (3) the absorption coefficient of (pmmadoped red methyl) before and after irradiation figure no. (4) relation between lnα and photon energy of(pmmadoped red methyl) before and after irradiation بعض الخصائص البصریة وطاقة أورباخ ألغشیةتأثیر أشعة كاما في (pmmadoped red methyl) ھالة عبد الصاحب وادي وزارة التربیة -المدیریة العامة للتعلیم المھني قسم التدریب واالستثمار 2013ایلول 24قبل البحث في ، 2013ایلول 6استلم البحث في : لخالصةا وطاقة أورباخ ، معامل االمتصاصو البصریة ،واالمتصاصیة ، النفاذیة في أشعة كاماتم في ھذا البحث دراسة تأثیر األطوال قیست النفاذیة البصریة ضمن المدى. المحضرة بطریقة الصب (pmmadoped red methyl) ألغشیة وجد أن جمیع المعلمات التي تمت دراستھا تأثرت بأشعة كاما .،ومن تحلیل ھذه األطیاف (1100nm-190)الموجیة أغشیة بولي مثیل میثاكریالیت، الخواص البصریة، أشعة كاما. الكلمات المفتاحیة : 224 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 m.a. khaled, f. sharaf, m.s. risk and m.m. el-ocker, (1993), effect of γ-irradiation on the refractive indices and optical absorption of poly(vinyl alcohol) doped with nicl2 and crcl3, polymer degradation and stability, 40, 385. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 semiprime fuzzy modules m. a.hamil department of mathematics , college of education -ibn-al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad received in: 19 june 2011, accepte d in: 20 september 2011 abstract in this p aper we introduce the notion of semip rime fuzzy module as a generalization of semip rime module. we invest igate several characterizations and prop erties of this concept. key words: prime fuzzy module, semiprime module, semip rime fuzz y module. introduction the notion of fuzzy subsets of a set s  as a function from s into [0,1] was first developed by zadeh [1]. the concept of fuzzy modules was introduced by negoita and ralescu in [2]. the concept of fuzzy submodule was introduced by m ashinch and zahedi [3]. the concept of fuzzy ideal of a ring by liu in [4]. dauns in [5] introduced the notion of semip rime submodules as a generalization of semip rime ideals of a ring. eman in [6] st udied semip rime submodules. i.m .hadi in [7] introduced the notion of semip rime fuzzy ideals of a ring also introduced semip rime fuzzy submodules of fuzzy module in [8]. frias in [9] st udies semip rime module. in this p aper we introduce the notion of semip rime fuzzy modules as a generalization of r-semiprime modules and give many p rop erties of this concept. throughout this p aper r is commutative ring with unity , m is an r-module and x is a fuzzy module of an r-module m . 1preliminaries in this section, we shall formulate the preliminary definitions and results that are required later in this p ap er. 1.1 de fini tion: [1] let s be a non-emp ty set. a fuzzy set a in s (a fuzzy subset of s) is a function from s into [0,1]. 1.2 de finition: [2] let xt:s [0,1] be a fuzzy set in s, where xs, t[0,1] defined by: t t if x y x ( y) 0 if x y     for all y  s. xt is called a fuzzy singleton. 1.3 proposi tion: [3] let at, bk be two fuzzy singletons of a set s. if at = bk, then a = b and t = k, where t, k  [0,1]. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1.4 de finition: [4] let a and b be two fuzzy sets in s, then: 1a = b iff a(x) = b(x), for all x  s. 2a  b iff a(x)  b(x), for all x  s. 3(ab)(x) = min{a(x),b(x)}, for all x  s, [2]. 1.5 de fini tion: [5] let a be any fuzzy set in s for all t  [0,1], the set at = {x  s, a(x)  t} is called a level subset of a. 1.6 remark: [1] the following p rop erties of level subsets hold for each t  [0,1]. 1(ab)t = at  bt. 2a = b iff at = bt. 1.7 de finition: [1] let f be a map p ing from a set m into a set n, let a be a fuzzy set in m and b be a fuzz y set in n. the image of a denoted by f(a) is t he fuzz y set in n defined by: 1 1sup{a(z) : z f ( y)} if f ( y) for all y n, f ( a)(y ) 0 otherwise         and t he inverse image of b, denoted by f – 1 (b) is the fuzz y set in m defined by: f – 1 (b)(x) = b(f(x)), for all x  m . 1.8 de fini tion: [2] let m be an r-module. a fuzzy set x of m is called fuzz y module of an r-module m if: 1x(x – y )  min{x(x), x(y )} for all x, y  m . 2x(rx)  x(x), for all x  m and r  r. 3x(0) = 1. 1.9 de fini tion: [5] let x and a be two fuz zy modules of r-module m . a is called a fuzz y submodule of x if a  x. 1.10 proposi tion: [6] let a be a fuzz y set of an r-module m . then the level subset at, t  [0,1] is a submodule of m iff a is a fuzz y submodule of x, where x is a fuzzy module of an r-module m . 1.11 remark: [5] if x is a fuzzy module of an r-modu le m and xt  x t hen for all fuzz y singleton r k of r, rk xt = (r x), wher e  = min{k,t}. 1.12 de finition: [7] a fuzzy subset k of a ring r is called a fuzzy ideal of r if for each x, y  r: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1k(x – y )  min{k(x),k(y )}. 2k(xy )  max{k(x),k(y)}. 1.13 proposi tion: [7] a fuzzy subset k of a ring r is a fuzz y ideal iff kt, t [0,1] is an ideal of r. 1.14 de finition: [2] let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of a fuzzy module x of an r-module m . the residual quotient a and b denoted by (a:b) is the fuzzy subset of r defined by : (a:b)(r) = sup {t[0,1], rtb  a} for all r  r. that is (a:b) ={rt : rtb  a, rt is fuzzy singleton of r}. 1.15 the orem: [2] let a and b b e two fuzzy submodules of a fuzzy module x of an r-module m . then the residual quotient (a:b) of a and b is a fuzzy ideal of r. 1.16 de finition: [8] let a be fuzzy submodule of a fuzzy module x. the fuzzy annihilator of a denoted by f-anna is defined by : (f-anna)(r) = sup {t : t[0,1], rta  o1} for all r  r. that is f-anna = (o1:a). 1.17 de finition: [9] let x and y be two fuzzy modules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively defined xy:m 1m 2  [0,1] by (xy)(a,b) = min{x(a),y(b)} for all (a,b)  xy. xy is called a fuzzy external direct sum of x and y. 1.18 proposi tion: [9] let x and y be fuzz y modules of m 1 and m 2 resp ectively then xy is a fuzzy module of m 1m 2. 1.19 remark: [9] let a and b b e two fuzzy submodules of a fuzzy module x such that x = ab, then xs = asbs, for all s  [0,1]. 1.20 de finition: [9] a fuzzy module x of an r-module m is called a p rime fuzzy module if f-anna = f-annx, for any nontrivial fuzzy submodule a of x. 2semiprime fuzzy module s firas in [9] introduced the concept of semip rime r-module (where m is called a semip rime module if for each r  r, x  m , r 2 x  m imp lies rx  m .. we shall fuzzify this concept in definition 2.3. but first we give the two definitions: 2.1 de fini tion: [7] let a be a non constant fuzzy ideal of a ring r. a is called semiprime fuzz y ideal if for any fuzzy singleton xt  r, 2 t x  a, implies xt  a. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2.2 de fini tion: [8] let a be a fuzzy submodule of a fuzz y module x of an r-module m such that a  x, a is called semip rime fuzzy submodule if for each fuzzy singletone rt  r, xs  x, 2 t r xs  a imp lies rtxs  a. 2.3 de fini tion: let x be a fuzzy module of an r-module m , x is called semip rime fuzzy module if for each non-zero fuzzy submodule a of x, f-anna is a semip rime fuzz y ideal of r. 2.4 remarks: 1every p rime fuzz y module x is a semiprime fuzz y module. proof: let a be a fuzzy submodule of x. since x is p rime, hence f-anna is a p rime fuzzy ideal by [17] which imp lies f-anna is a semip rime fuzz y ideal by [7]. thus x is a semiprime fuzzy module. 2if x is a semip rime fuzz y module, then f-annx is a semip rime fuzz y ideal. proof: it is clear by definition 2.3, so is omitt ed. the following is a characterization of semiprime fuzz y module. 2.5 proposi tion: let x be a fuzzy module of an r-module m . then x is a semiprime fuzz y module if and only if xt is a semiprime module,  t  [0,1]. proof: () let n  xt, t  [0,1]. to p rove annrn is a semip rime ideal of r. let a 2 annrn  xt. since a 2 annrn, then a 2 n = 0, let x  n, hence a 2 x = 0. assume x(x) = k. hence xk  x, so <xk>  x. but f-ann<xk> is a semip rime fuzzy ideal. and 2 ka xk = (a 2 x)k  ok  o1. thus 2 ka  f-ann<xk>. since f-ann<xk> is a semiprime fuzz y ideal. thus akf-ann<xk>, hence akxk  o1, so (ax)k = ok  o1. thus ax = 0, for any x  n. () conversely , to p rove f-anna is a semip rime fuzzy ideal of r for each non zero fuzzy submodule a of x. let 2kr f-anna, so 2 kr xt  o1, for all xt  a. this imp lies (r 2 x) = 0, where  = min{k,t } hence r 2 x = 0, x  at. but at  xt and xt is semip rime by hy p othesis. hence rx = 0. this imp lies (rx)  o1. that is rkxt  o1. therefore rk  f-anna. by def. (2.3) we get t he result. the following p rop osition gives another characterization of semiprime fuzz y module. 2.6 proposi tion: let x be a fuzzy module of an r-module m . then x is a semiprime fuzz y module if and only if o1 is a semiprime fuzz y submodule of x. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 proof: () let 2tr xk  o1, for any fuzzy singleton rt of r, xk  x, hence 2 tr  (o1:xk) = f-ann<xk>. but f-ann<xk> is a semip rime fuzz y ideal. thus rt  (o1:xk), so rtxk  o1. thus o1 is a semiprime fuzz y submodule. () to p rove x is a semiprime fuzz y module. by p rop osition 2.5. it is enough to show that xt is semip rime,  t  [0,1]. (i.e.) to p rove {0} is semip rime submodule of xt by [9,th.4.1.8]. let r 2 = 0, to p rove r = 0, hence 2tr = ot  o1, (rt) 2  o1, hence 2 tr  o1, which imp lies rt  o1, since o1 is semip rime. thus r = 0, hence xt is a semiprime module,  t  [0,1]. thus x is a semip rime fuzz y module. nex t we can give some examp les of semiprime and not semip rime fuzz y module. 2.7 examples: 1let x:z6  [0,1] defined by x(a) = 1,  a  z6. xt = z 6, which is a semip rime module,  t  [0,1]. thus by p rop . (2.5),x is a semip rime fuzz y module. 2let x:z6  [0,1] defined by 1 if x {0, 3} x(x ) 1 otherwise 2        x0 = z6, 1 2 x =z 6 which is semip rime and  t > 1 2 , t x = {0, 3} is a p rime submodule, hence it is semip rime. thus xt is a semip rime module,  t  [0,1]. thus x is a semiprime fuzzy module. 3let x : z12  [0,1] defined by: 1 if a { 0, 2, 4, 6, 8,10} x(a ) 0 otherwise      it is clear that x is a fuzzy module and x0 = z 12, is not semip rime module. by p rop .(2.5) x is not semip rime fuzz y module. 2.8 lemma: let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of fuzzy module of an r-module m . if for each xtb, [a:<xt>] is a semip rime fuzz y ideal of r, then [a:b] is a semip rime fuzz y ideal of r. proof: let 2ka  [a:b], hence 2 ka b  a. this imp lies 2 ka xt  a, for all xt  b. hence 2 ka [a:<xt>] which is a semip rime fuzzy ideal. thus ak  [a:<xt>]. so akxt  a, hence akb  a. t hus [a:b] is a semip rime fuzz y ideal. 2.9 proposi tion: let x be a fuzz y module of an r-module m . then the following are equivalent: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1x is semiprime. 2[f-anna:b] is a semip rime fuzzy ideal of r for every nonzero fuzzy submodule a of x and for every non-zero fuzz y ideal b of r such that f-anna  f-annb. 3[f-anna:xt] is a semip rime fuzzy ideal of r for every non-zero fuzzy submodule a of x and for every fuzzy singleton xt  r such that xt  f-anna. 4f-ann(xk) is a semiprime fuzz y ideal of r for non-zero fuzz y singleton xk  x. proof: (1)  (2) let 2kr  [f-anna:b], hence 2 kr b  f-anna. so 2 kr bs  f-anna, for all bs b. hence 2 2k sr b  f-anna, so 2(rb)  f-anna, where  = min{k,s}. thus (rb)  f-anna, since f-anna is a semip rime fuzzy ideal. so rkbs  f-anna. hence rk  [f-anna:b]. thus [f-anna:b] is a semiprime fuzz y ideal. (2)  (3) it is followed by p utting <xt> = b. (3)  (4) it is easy to check that [f-annxt:<11>] = f-ann<xt>. but [f-ann<xt>:<11>] is a semip rime fuzz y ideal by (3). thus f-annxt is a semiprime fuzz y ideal. the following p rop osition shows that the direct sum of semip rime fuzzy modules is semip rime fuzzy module. 2.10 proposi tion: let x and y be two fuzzy modules of m 1 and m 2 r-modules resp ectively. then x and y are semip rime if and only if xy is a semiprime fuzz y module. proof: () if x and y are semip rime, then xt and yt are semip rime modules by p rop osition 2.5. hence xtyt is a semip rime module by [9,p rop .4.1.11]. but xtyt = (xy)t by remark 1.19. thus xy is a semiprime fuzz y module by p rop osition 2.5. () the proof is similarly. now we t urn our at t ent ion t o image and inverse image of semiprime fuzzy module. w e h ave t he follo wing: 2.11 pro pos i ti on : let x and y be t wo fuzzy modules of r-mo dules m1 an d m2 respect ively. let f:m1  m2 be rhomo mo rp hism, t hen 3semiprime fuzzy module s and other relate d fuzzy module s in this section we st udy the relationship between semip rime fuzz y module and divisible, uniform and f-regular fuzzy modules. 3.1 de fi n i ti on : [1 7] a fuz zy module x is divisible if rtx = x, for all rt  ot (rt is a fuzz y singleton of r). 3.2 de fini tion: [17] a fuzzy module is called uniform if ab  o1, for any non trivial fuzzy submodules a and b. 3.3 de fini tion: [17] let a be a fuzzy submodule of fuzzy module x. then a is called an essential fuzzy submodule if ab  o1, for any nontrivial fuzzy submodule b of x. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 3.4 propos i ti on : let x be a uniform fuzzy module. t hen x is a prime fuzzy module if an d only if x is semiprime fuzzy module. pro of : () it is easy by p ro p.2.2. () t o pro ve f-an nx = f-an na, fo r any non t rivial fuzzy submodule a of x [1 7,def.3.1.1]. it is clear that f-annx  f-anna. t o p rove f-anna  f-annx. let rt  f-anna and rt  f-annx. thus there exists xk  x, xk  0k such that rtxk ⊈ o1. since x is uniform, a<rtxk>  o1, then there exists y s  a and y s <rtxk> such that y s  o1. thus y s = aℓrtxk, aℓ is a fuzzy singleton of r. o1 = rty s = aℓ 2 tr xk, it follows 2 tr  f-ann<aℓxk> since aℓxk  o1, so f-ann<aℓxk> is a semip rime fuzzy ideal of r. therefore rt  f-ann<aℓxk>. this imp lies that o1 = rtaℓxk = y s. thus y s = o1 which is a contradiction. 3.5 proposi tion: if x is a uniform fuzzy module, then xt is a uniform module,  t  (0,1]. proof: let n and w be submodules of xt such that n  o, w  o. define a: m  [0,1], b:m  [0,1] by t if x n, t 0 a(x ) 0 otherwise      , t if x w, t 0 b(x ) 0 otherwise      this imp lies a and b are fuzzy submodules of x and at = n, bt = w, for all t  (0,1]. since x is uniform, then ab  o1. but t if x n w (a b)(x ) 0 if x n w        . on the other hand, (ab)t = at  bt = n  w. hence n  w  {0}. thus xt is a uniform module,  t  (0,1]. recall that an r-submodule n of module m is called quasi-invertible if hom( m n ,m ) = 0. and an r-module m is called quasi-dedekind if every non-zero r-submodule of m is quasiinvertible(18). 3.6 proposi tion: let x be a uniform and semip rime fuzzy module. then xt is a quasi-dedekind module,  t  (0,1]. proof: x is uniform, imp lies xt is uniform  t  (0,1] and x is semip rime, then xt is semip rime by p rop . 2.5. thus xt is a quasi-dedekind module  t  (0,1] by [9,p rop .2.4]. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 3.7 proposi tion: let x be a fuzzy module of an r-module m such that every fuzzy submodule of x is divisible, then x is semip rime. proof: let o1  xt  x. it is enough to show that f-ann<xt> is a semiprime fuzz y ideal by p rop .(2.9)(4). let 2kr  f-ann<xt>, hence 2 kr xt = o1. but <xt> is a divisible fuzzy submodule. then <xt> = rk <xt>; rk is a fuzzy singleton of r. hence xt = rkcℓxt, cℓ  x. so rkxt = rkrkcℓxt = 2 kr cℓxt, but 2 kr cℓxt = cℓ 2 kr xt = cℓo1 = o1. thus rkxt = o1. so rk  f-ann<xt>. thus f-ann<xt> is a semip rime fuzz y ideal. thus x is semip rime fuzz y module. 3.8 corollary: let x be a fuzz y module and every fuzzy submodule of x is divisible. then x is a p rime fuzzy module. proof: by p rop .3.8, x is semiprime. but x is divisible, then x is p rime by [17,p rop .3.1.13]. 3.9 proposi tion: let x be an f-regular fuzzy module of an r-module m ,where r is a p rinciple ideal domain. then x is a semip rime fuzz y module. proof: since x is f-regular, then xt is f-regular  t  (0,1] by [11]. hence xt is a semiprime module  t  (0,1] by [9,p rop .4.2.6]. thus x is a semiprime fuzz y module. re ferences 1. zadeh, l.a., (1965), fuz zy sets, information and control, 8: 338-353. 2. negoita, c.v. and ralescu, d.a., (1975), ap p lications of fuz zy sets and sy st em analysis (birkhous, basel). 3. m aschinchi, m . and zahedi, m .m ., (1992), on l-fuz zy primary submodules, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 49:231-236. 4. liu, w.j. (1982), fuz zy invariant subgroup s and fuz zy ideals, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 8:133-139. 5. dauns, (1980), prime m odules and one-sided ideals in "ring theory and algebra iii" (proceeding of the trird oklahama conference), b.r. m cdonald, newyork, .301-314. 6. at hab, e.a. (1996), prime submodule and semiprime submodules, m .sc thesis, college of science, univ. of baghdad. 7. hadi, i.m .a. (2000), semip rime fuzzy ideals of a ring, journal published by iraqi society of phy . and m ath., 15(2). 8. hadi, i.m .a., (2004), semip rime fuzzy submodules of fuz zy m odules, ibn-al-haitham j. for pure and ap p l. sci., 17(3): 112– 123. 9. al-sharid, f.a. (2008), s-compactly packed submodules and semi-prime m odules, m .sc. thesis, t ikrit university . 10. zahedi, m .m . (1992), on l-fuz zy residual quotient m odules and p.primary submodules, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 51:33-344. 11. hamil, m .a. (2002), f-regular fuz zy m odules, m .sc. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 12. zahedi, m .m . (1991), characterization of l-fuzzy prime ideals, fuz zy sets and fuz zy sy st em, 44:147-160. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 13. m artinex, l. (1996), fuzzy m odules over fuzzy rings in connection with fuzzy ideal of ring, j. fuzzy m ath., 4: 843-857. 14. m ukhegee, t.k.; sen, m ,k, and roy , d., (1996), on submodules and their radicals, j. fuz zy m ath., 4, p p .549-558. 15. kumar, r., (1992), fuz zy cosets and some fuz zy radicals, fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 46: 261-265. 16. m ajumdar, s. (1990), theory of fuz zy m odules, eull. col. m ath. sce., 82:395-399. 17. rabi, h.j. (2001), prime fuz zy submodules and prime fuz zy m odules, m .sc.thesis, univ. of baghdad. 18. ali, s.m ijbass, (1997), quasi-dedekind m odules, ph.d. thesis, college of science, univ. of baghdad. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة الضبابیةالمقاسات شبه األولی میسون عبد هامل جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات 2011 ایلول 20: ، قبل البحث في 2011 حزیران 19: استلم البحث في الخالصة م اعطیـت العدیـد مــن ثــ.ةالولیـ للمقاســات شـبه ا"اعمامـا ة الـضبابیةفـي هـذا البحـث قــدم مفهـوم المقاسـات شــبه االولیـ .التشخیصات والخواص لهذا المفهوم . المقاس األولي الضبابي ، المقاس شبه األولي ، المقاس شبه األولي الضبابي:الكلمات المفتاحیة conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees computer |243 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 a smartphone-based model for human activity recognition ali al-taei dept.of it technical/ college of management/ middle technical/ university of baghdad alitaei@mtu.edu.iq received in :9/august/2017,accepted in :1/november/2017/ abstract activity recognition (ar) is a new interesting and challenging research area with many applications (e.g. healthcare, security, and event detection). basically, activity recognition (e.g. identifying user’s physical activity) is more likely to be considered as a classification problem. in this paper, a combination of 7 classification methods is employed and experimented on accelerometer data collected via smartphones, and compared for best performance. the dataset is collected from 59 individuals who performed 6 different activities (i.e. walk, jog, sit, stand, upstairs, and downstairs). the total number of dataset instances is 5418 with 46 labeled features. the results show that the proposed method of ensemble boost-based classifier overperforms other classifiers that were examined in this research paper. keywords: activity recognition, machine learning, sensor mining, smartphone computing, accelerometers. multiple classifier system. mailto:alitaei@mtu.edu.iq computer |244 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 introduction recently, the need for monitoring and recognizing human activities is increasing. this task can be accomplished by employing some machine learning techniques [1], [2]. human activity recognition (ar) might take part in many applications such as context aware behavior, smart environments, health care and security [3], [4] [2, 5]. the main aims of this research is to (i) employ and evaluate the performance of various standalone machine learning techniques for the ar task, and (ii) suggest an ar classification model that is more robust and accurate. to achieve these goals, a concrete background of the related works’ results should be discussed, the proposed method performance should be illustrated, compared to previous results using trusted accuracy metrics for evaluation. this research will be organized as follows, the related work will be discussed in section 2, the dataset characterization will be also described in subsection 2.2. and in section 3, a number of classifiers will be employed, tested, and compared, and the result of our model will be presented and discuss the experiments. finally, conclusions and recommendations for future work are presented in section 4. related works and dataset related works the recognition of physical human activity has been previously studied in some researches that depended on either accelerometer data collected from smart mobile devices such as in [68], or other wearable sensors [2, 9, 10]. however, the most recent related works are explained in this section. kwapisz et al. [11] in the wireless sensor data mining (wisdm) project 1 , collected a mobile phone-based dataset from 29 individuals who carried their android smart phones on pockets while they were performing activities of daily life (adl) such as sit, walk, climbing stairs, jog, and stand. however, they collected a dataset of 4526 instances with 46 features. that dataset was used to train 4 different classifiers (i.e. decision tree (dt), logistic regression (lr), multi layer perceptron (mlp), and straw man (sm)) for the purpose of human activity recognition. result showed that the mlp classifier was the best method with accuracy of 90%, while sm was the lowest accuracy classifier with 37.2% performance. accordingly, the performance of the other two methods, dt and lr, was 85.1% and 78.1%, respectively. trabelsi et al. [12] used inertial wearable-sensors to collect acceleration data, then used that data to train an unsupervised model to achieve ar task. the proposed model used hidden markov map (hmm) for segmenting the data, and expectation maximization (em) method for learning process. in other word, they proposed a multiple hidden markov map with regression (mhmmr). results showed that the proposed model performance was 91,4%, which, in comparison, is better than the performance of k-means (60.2%) and standard hmm (84.1%). in addition, they also evaluated some well known supervised learning methods (naïve bayes, mlp, support vector machine, k-nearest neighbor, and random forest) and the results were 80.6%, 83.1%, 88.1%, 95.8%, and 93.5%, respectively. statistically, supervised methods performed higher than the unsupervised methods. however, the dataset set that have been used is likely to be small (6 individuals), so additional work is needed on larger and wider data. thus, micucci et al. [3] proposed a rich and sufficient dataset, in both subjective and objective manners. this dataset (7,013 instances) was collected from 30 individuals (6 men and 24 women), with wide range of ages (i.e. from 18 to 60 year-old). in order to benchmark the dataset, two different classifiers were used: knn and svm. furthermore, cross validation with 5 and 30 folds were evaluated on each classifier. results computer |245 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 showed that the performance of knn (k=1) classifier is 86.89% and 86.47% for the svm classifier. bayat et al. [4] proposed an ar system with lowpass filter, which isolates gravity noise components from accelerometer raw data. then, five classifiers were evaluated and compared to the suggested model, which is to use a mix of classifiers in one tier (average of probabilities). results showed that a combination of mlp, lr, and svm classifiers performed the best among other methods with 91.15% accuracy. gupta and dallas [7] proposed a feature selection based ar system to classify adls and falls. during the feature selection process two functions were employed: sequential forward floating search (sffs), and releif-f. in addition, two classification methods were employed: nb and knn. results showed 98% accuracy for both methods. although this work presents promising results, which outperform filter-based systems in accuracy, it tends to cost more computations and has a low generalization on other machine learning methods. however, there is a need for this approach to be investigated on richer data. catal et al. [13] proposed a multiple classifier system which utilized from mlp, dt, and lr and to be combined with the average probabilistic rule. the result was higher than using only mlp classifier. al-taei [14] employed 5 classification methods (i.e. mlp, nb, dt, smo, and bn) for training wisdm (wireless sensor data mining) dataset of 6 different activities (i.e. walkning, jogging, climbing and downing stairs, sitting and standing). results showed that mlp outperformed the other classifiers with overall accuracy of 92.65%. lockhart and weiss [15] analyzed and compared the performance of different ar models: universal, personal, and hybrid models. a combination of classification algorithms is used (i.e. lr, rf, nn, ibk, nb, j48, and jrip). results show that personal models out performed other models. and the best classification method was rf, and nn, respectively. dataset characterization in this research, we will use the well known activity recognition dataset that is collected by and used in [11], and also been employed in many other researches such as [13], [14], and [16]. the total number of instances was 5418 with 46 attributes. the dataset concerns with 6 different activities: walking 38.4% (2081), jogging 30% (1625), upstairs 11.7% (632), downstairs 9.7% (528), sitting 5.6% (306), and standing 4.5% (246). the complete dataset is available in [17]. results and discussion experimental results in this section, experiments of 5 machine learning classifiers (rf, nb, knn, jrip, and cvr) are presented and discussed, in addition to our proposed method of ensemble multi classifier. the proposed method depends on boosting the performance of classification by using voting technique to a specific learning algorithm, repeatedly, and add the learned hypothesis [18], [19]. furthermore, cross validation method (with 10 folds) is used in all experiments, and results were compared in aspects of accuracy, f-measure, and root mean square error. however, the confusion matrix of the 7 classifiers are shown in below: 1confusion matrix of random forest from table 1 above, it is noticable that 5033 of instances were classified correctly. 2confusion matrix of instance based (knn=3). and from the results of the ib confusion matrix above, the total number of correctly classified instances is 4656. 3confusion matrix of rule induction (jrip) computer |246 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 the results illustrated in table 3 show that 4658 instances were classified correctly. 4confusion matrix of naïve bayes from table 4 above, the results show that 4099 instances were classified correctly. 5confusion matrix of classification via regression the results of cvr method listed in table 5 show that 4877 instances were classified correctly. 6confusion matrix of adaboost (j48 as classifier)* from the confusion matrix listed in table 6, results clearly show that 5106 instances were classified correctly. 7confusion matrix of adaboost (forest random as classifier)* the results listed in table 7 obviously show that 5110 instances were classified correctly. furthermore, in order to understand the accuracy of the 7 classifiers in detail, the overall and perclass accuracy are illustrad in table 8. from table 8, results show that the combination of adaboost and fr methods in one classifier model comes with the highest accuracy of 94.31%. in addition, adaboost with dt kernel (specifically j48) also performed very well with 94.24% accuracy. random forest classifier comes in the third place with 92.89% accuracy. furthermore, cvr classifier comes in the fourth place with accuracy of 90%, exceeding jrip and knn classifiers with accuracy of 85.97% and 85.93% respectively. naïve bayes classifier performs the worst in that experiment with 79.99% accuracy. on the other hand, the results show that the jogging action has the highest accuracy of being classified correctly (97.54%), and walking comes in the second place with 96.43% overall class accuracy. oppositely, downing and upping stairs actions were found to perform lowest class accuracy with 56.84% and 64.59%, respectively. however, on the other hand, root mean square error (rmse) of each classifier is calculated and compared with other classifiers’ rmse values. figure 1 shows the rmse values of the 7 employed classifiers. from figure 1, it is noticeable that the highest error value found was for the nb claasifier with 0.2345. on the other hand, the lowest error value was that of the adaj48 (0.1323) and adarf (0.1338) classifiers. the other metric that we used to evaluate the accuracy of classifiers is f-measure, as shown in figure 2. form figure 2 above, it can be noticed that the highst average f-measure value was for the ada classifier. in specific, the average f-measue values for adarf and adaj48 classifiers were 0.943 and 0.942 respectively. on the other hand, the lowest average f-measure value amonst the classifiers was that of nb with 0.781. discussion the results obtained show that ada method with rf kernel gives the highest classification accuracy with less error than other examined classifiers. additionally, this result out performs the result obtained in [12], [4], [13], and [14]. yet, the main limitations that face the ar task might be the position and orientatation of the mobile devices, features of devices/ sensors, in addition to the sensored data nature [9], [20, 21]. computer |247 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 conclusions and future work in this research, a combination of classification methods were employed and compared in accuracy and error aspects. the results show that random forest classifier performance was higher than other classifiers. furthermore, the proposed method of ensemble of multi classifiers system (multi kernel) improved the performance and reduced the classification errors in the task of activity recognition. specifically, employing random forest classifier with boosting technique should give best classification results. nevertheless, one of the challenges in real life application (e.g. a phone-context problem) might occur, that is the mobile phone’s position is at inappropriate orientation and position for the target/ being sensed activity. however, as an idea for the future work might focus on preprocessing phase for the purpose of gaining more enhanced data with important affective features. also, examining the performance of the suggested model to improve the task of human activity recognition based on other mobile data. in addition, the suggested model and techniques are needed to work on, and improve the performance, of online activity recognition task. references 1 .segundo,r. sanlorenzo-trueba,j. b. and martínez-gonzález, j. m. pardo, "segmenting human activities based on hmms using smartphone inertial sensors," pervasive and mobile computing, 30,. 84-96, 8//( 2016). .2 lara, o. d. and m. a. labrador" ,a survey on human activity recognition using wearable sensors," ieee communications surveys and tutorials,. 15,. 1192-1209, (2013). .3 mobilio,d. m. and napoletano, p. "unimib shar: a new dataset for human activity recognition using acceleration data from smartphones," arxiv preprint arxiv:1611.07688,( 2016(. .4 bayat,a. m. and tran, d. a. "a study on human activity recognition using accelerometer data from smartphones," procedia computer science, 34, 450-457, (2014|). .5 lockhart,j .w. pulickal,t. and weiss, g. m. "applications of mobile activity recognition," in proceedings of the( 2012) acm conference on ubiquitous computing, (2012),. 1054-1058. .6 khan, a. m. tufail, a. a. and khattak, m. laine, t. h. "activity recognition on smartphones via sensor-fusion and kda-based svms," international journal of distributed sensor networks,( 2014). .7 p. gupta and t. dallas, "feature selection and activity recognition system using a single triaxial accelerometer," ieee transactions on biomedical engineering,. 61,. 1780-1786, (2014). .8 vavoulas,g. c. chatzaki, t. malliotakis, m. and pediaditis,m. tsiknakis, "the mobiact dataset: recognition of activities of daily living using smartphones," in proceedings of the international conference on information and communication technologies for ageing well and e-health,( 2016),. 143-151. .9 raut, a. r. and s. khandait, "review on data mining techniques in wireless sensor networks," in electronics and communication systems (icecs)( ( ,2015 nd international conference on, i(2015),. 390-394. .10 c. c. b. p. lo, m. r. yuce, a. alomainy, and y. hao, "body sensor networks: in the era of big data and beyond," ieee reviews in biomedical engineering,. 8,. 4-16,( 2015). .11 kwapisz,j. r weiss, .g. m. and moore, s. a. "activity recognition using cell phone accelerometers," acm sigkdd explorations newsletter,. 12,. 74-82, (2011). .12 trabelsi,d. s. mohammed, f. chamroukhi, l. oukhellou, and y. amirat, "an unsupervised approach for automatic activity recognition based on hidden markov model computer |248 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 regression," ieee transactions on automation science and engineering,. 10,. 829835,( 2013). .13 c. s. tufekci, e. pirmit, and g. kocabag, "on the use of ensemble of classifiers for accelerometer-based activity recognition," applied soft computing,. 37,. 1018-1022, (2015). .14 taei,a. al"a mobile based activity recognition model," journal of the college of basic educationpure science, 23,. 75-88, 1 june (2017). .15 lockhart j. w. and weiss, g. m. "the benefits of personalized smartphonebased activity recognition models," in proceedings of the( 2014) siam international conference on data mining,( 2014),. 614-622. .16 abdallah, z. s. m. gaber, m. b. srinivasan ,and s. krishnaswamy, "adaptive mobile activity recognition system with evolving data streams," neurocomputing, vol. 150, part a,. 304-317, 2/20/( 2015). .17 http://www.cis.fordham.edu/wisdm/dataset.php. .18 ravi, n. n. dandekar, p. mysore, and m. l. littman, "activity recognition from accelerometer data," in aaai, (2005),. 1541-1546. .19 meir, r. and rätsch, g. "an introduction to boosting and leveraging," in advanced lectures on machine learning, ed: springer,( 2003),. 118-183. .20 lockhart, j. w. and weiss,g. m. "limitations with activity recognition methodology & data sets," in proceedings of the (2014) acm international joint conference on pervasive and ubiquitous computing: adjunct publication,( 2014),. 747-756. .21 incel,o. d. m. kose, and c .ersoy, "a review and taxonomy of activity recognition on mobile phones," bionanoscience,. 3,. 145-171,( 2013). table 1: confusion matrix of rf classifier stand sit downstairs upstairs jog walk 2 0 14 18 5 2042 walk 1 1 6 6 1601 10 jog 1 4 80 501 19 27 upstairs 2 2 360 119 9 36 downstairs 3 299 1 2 0 1 sit 230 6 2 5 2 1 stand table(2): confusion matrix of ib stand sit downstairs upstairs jog walk 0 0 37 34 0 2010 walk 1 1 6 15 1589 13 jog 2 0 152 407 7 64 upstairs 0 0 313 133 0 82 downstairs 9 243 21 20 1 12 sit 94 3 34 65 1 49 stand table(3): confusion matrix of jrip stand sit downstairs upstairs jog walk 3 2 44 60 16 1956 walk 0 1 7 21 1570 26 jog 2 4 115 336 20 155 upstairs 0 0 281 86 14 147 downstairs 9 286 8 2 0 1 sit 229 9 3 3 0 2 stand http://www.cis.fordham.edu/wisdm/dataset.php computer |249 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 table (4): confusion matrix of nb stand sit downstairs upstairs jog walk 14 11 31 76 30 1919 walk 14 4 12 21 1536 38 jog 37 11 96 221 38 229 upstairs 30 9 144 86 10 249 downstairs 14 292 0 0 0 0 sit 222 18 1 5 0 0 stand table (5): confusion matrix of cvr stand sit downstairs upstairs jog walk 0 0 28 33 11 2009 walk 1 1 6 12 1590 15 jog 2 2 95 432 20 81 upstairs 3 1 326 102 10 86 downstairs 14 288 1 3 0 0 sit 232 5 5 2 0 2 stand table(6): confusion matrix of adaboost+j48 stand sit downstairs upstairs jog walk 1 0 16 14 6 2044 walk 0 0 8 7 1603 7 jog 0 0 87 515 10 20 upstairs 1 0 414 88 7 18 downstairs 4 297 0 3 0 2 sit 233 2 4 3 1 3 stand table(7): confusion matrix of adaboost+rf stand sit downstairs upstairs jog walk 0 0 12 16 2 2051 walk 1 0 7 11 1597 9 jog 0 2 83 528 5 14 upstairs 1 3 397 107 0 20 downstairs 3 301 0 2 0 0 sit 236 1 3 3 2 1 stand table(8): comparison of different classifiers’ accuraciey walk jog upstairs downstairs sit stand overall accuracy rf 2042 98.12% 1601 98.52% 501 79.27% 360 68.18% 299 97.71% 230 93.50% 92.89% knn 2010 96.58% 1589 97.78% 407 64.40% 313 59.28% 243 79.41% 94 38.21% 85.93% jrip 1956 93.99% 1570 96.62% 336 53.16% 281 53.22% 286 93.46% 229 93.09% 85.97% nb 1919 92.21% 1536 94.52% 221 34.97% 144 27.27% 292 95.42% 222 90.24% 79.99% cvr 2009 96.54% 1590 97.85% 432 68.35% 326 61.74% 288 94.12% 232 94.31% 90.01% boost(m1+dt)* 2044 98.22% 1603 98.65% 515 81.49% 414 78.41% 297 97.06% 233 94.72% 94.24% boost(rf)* 2051 98.55% 1597 98.28% 528 83.54% 397 75.19% 301 98.37% 236 95.93% 94.31% overall class accuracy 96.43% 97.54% 64.59% 56.84% 94.26% 87.94% computer |250 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1628 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (3) 2017 ) 2017 figure (1): comparison of classifiers’ error values figure (2): comparison of classifiers’ average f-measure values 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 r f k n n j r i p n b c v r a d a + j 4 8 a d a + r f r m s e 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 r f k n n j r i p n b c v r a d a + j 4 8 a d a + r f av e r ag e f m ea s u r e @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 synthesis and characterization of 5-(mercapto-1,3,4thiadiazole-2yl)α,α-diphenyl methanol from benzilic acid muhanned j. mahmoud dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad redha i. al-bayati department of chemistry-college of science-university of mustansiriya shaimaa a. saoud ismaeel y. majeed dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 31 december 2007 , accepted in : 25 june 2008 abstract 5-(mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2yl)α,α-(diphenyl)methanol have been synthesized by ring closer of potassium xanthate[which have been prepared by reaction of benzilic acid hydrazide with carbon disulphide in potassium hydroxide] using conc.sulphuric acid at (0-5)°c scheme(i). their characterization was carried out from t.l.c, m.p, ft.ir and 1h-nmr. key wared: 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivative. 185 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction 1,3,4-thiadiazole is one of a class of organic heterocyclic compounds containing a five member diunsaturated ring structure composed of two nitrogen atoms at positions (3 and 4) and one sulphur atom at position [1]. most of published work on the four thiadiazoles has been on the 1,3,4–thiadiazoles. physical, theoretical, and spectroscopic properties have been reviewed[2,3,4,5]. a useful preparative method for 2–amino– 5-mercapto–1,3,4–thiadiazole was developed by guha[6] which showed that when thiosemicarbazide is treated with carbon disulphide and potassium hydroxide, the potassium salt of thiosemicarbazide–4–dithio carboxylic acid (xanthate) was formed. hiremarth et.al[7] synthesized a series of 2–amino–5–[4– (substituted) anilino]–methyl– 1,3,4–thiadiazole through cyclo condensation of thiosemicarbazide derivative with phosphoric acid. zamani et.al.[8] synthesized new 1,3,4–thiadiazole derivatives. kurzer and secker[9] found that the use of reactants incorporating free hydrazine group provided a versatile route to substituted 1,3,4–thiadiazole. they reported various approaches, employing the prototype hydrazine it self and some of its simple congeners. onkol et.al[10] synthesized1,3,4–thiadiazole by ring closer some compounds by use conc. sulphuric acid at (0-5)°c in this work we have been synthesized 1,3,4-thiadiazole by treated potassium xanthate with conc sulphuric acid at (0-3)°c. the products were characterized by t.l.c, m.p, ft.ir and 1h-nmr spectral data. instruments melting points were recorded using hot stage gallenkamp melting point apparatus and were uncorrected. thin layer chromatography (t.l.c) was carried out using fertigfollen precoated sheets type polygram silica-gel as stationary phase ethyl acetate as eluent, and the plates were developed with iodine vapor. infrared spectra were recorded using fourier transform infrared shimadzu (8300) (ft.ir) infrared spectrophtometer, kbr disc or thin film was performed by co.s.q.c iraq. 1h nmr, 13c– nmr and mass spectra were recorded on foruier transform varian spectrometer, operating at 300 mhz with tetramethylsilane as internal standared in dmso, measurments were made at chemistry department, al– al-bayt university, jordan. experimental synthesis of methyl α-hydroxy-α,α-(diphenyl) acetate [2] a mixture of benzilic acid [1] (2g, 0.08mol.) and (0.9g, 0.08mol.) of anhydrous sodium carbonate was dissolved in (20 ml) dry acetone. to this solution (1.1g, 0.08mol.) of dimethyl sulphate was added.the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hr. 186 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the reaction mixture was then allowed at cool down to room temperature, the reaction was followed by (t.l.c)*, extraction with ethyl acetate and evaporation of the dried organic layer, the product was white crystille, recrystillized from ethanol (1.82 g, yield 86%, m.p= 50– 52°c). * silica gel as stationary phase ethyl acetate as eluent synthesis of α-hydroxy-α,α-diphenyl acid hydrazide[11](3). compound [3] was synthesized by addition of the hydrazine monohydrate 98% (0.2g, 0.004mol.) to methyl ester [2] (1g, 0.004mol.). with stirring, then the absolute ethanol (10 ml) was added and refluxed until the precipitate formed(1.5 hrs). after cooling, the precipitate was filtered off and recrystallized from ethanol, (0.74g) yield 74%, m.p. 150°c. synthesis of potassium xanthate[12](4). (1g, 0.004mol.) of acid hydrazide (3) was dissolved in absolute ethanol 99.9% (10 ml) with (0.23g, 0.004mol.) of potassium hydroxide. the mixture was stirred for 15 minute then (0.31g, 0.004mol.) of carbon disulphide was added, and continue stirring for 24 hrs. at room temperature, the precipitate was filtered and dried, washed with ether, yield (0.74g, 50%), mp (280°c dec.) . synthesis of 5-(mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2yl) (diphenyl) methanol[5]. potassium xanthate (4) (0.76 g, 0.002 mol.) was dissolved in distilled cold water and then carefully acidified with conc. sulphuric acid (h2so4) 98% at (0–5)°c until the precipitate formed. the precipitate was filtered and dried, recrystillization from ethanol. yielding comp. (5) (0.42 g, 66%) m.p 122–124°c. 187 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 result and discussion synthesis and identification of methyl α-hydroxy-α,α-(diphenyl) acetate [2]. the benzilic acid was converted to methyl-α-hydroxy-α,α(diphenyl) acetate (2) by the common esterification process, using dimethylsulphate in presence of anhydrous sodium carbonate in dry acetone.the (2) was identified by t.l.c, m.p and ft.ir spectra, which showed the disappearance of the absorption band at 1720 cm–1 which is due to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group of the acid, while appearance of the characteristic absorption band at 1722 cm–1 due to stretching vibration of the (c=o) for the forming ester, also disappearance of the wide absorption bands at the region (2838–3560) cm–1 which belongs to the stretching vibration of (-oh) group for the benzilic acid also appearance band at 1168 cm– 1 due to (–o–ch3) of methyl benzilate ester. synthesis and identification of α-hydroxy-α,α-diphenyl acid hydrazide[3]. the reaction of hydrazine hydrate in absolute ethanol . most common reactions to synthesize the acid hydrazide derivatives. the hydrazide derivatives were identified by m.p and ft.ir spectra which showed the appearance of the characteristic absorption band at the region (3251–3300) cm–1 due to the asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of the (–nh–nh2) group, the ft.ir also showed the disappearance of absorption bands at the region 1722 cm–1 due the stretching vibration of carbonyl group of ester, while a new band appeared at the region 1700 cm–1 due to stretching vibration of amide band., also appearance band at 1537 cm–1 due to bending vibration of (n–h) moiety. synthesis and identification of potassium xanthate [4]. the acid hydrazide was treated with carbon disulphide in potassium hydroxide to afford the salt as in the following mechanism[14]. 188 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 hph c c oh h n ph c sk o h n s ph c oh ph oh c hn c h n s sk ph c oh ph nn c s c h o sk h -h2o ph c oh ph nn c s c sk h ph c oh ph nn c s c sh [s31] the compound (4)identified by m.p and ft.ir spectra, the ft.ir spectra showed the disappearance of absorption band at the (3251–3300) cm–1 due to the asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of the (–nh–nh2 ) group, appearance band at 1049 cm–1 due to bending vibration of (c=s)(15), also appearance band at (1448–1492) cm–1 due to (–n– c=s)(16) stretching vibration this band according strong evidence to presence the potassium xanthate and also appearance band at 1614 cm–1 due to (c=o) amide while disappearance band at 1700 cm–1 due to (c=o) of α–hydroxyl–α,α–diphenyl acetohydrazide (3) this two evidence to presence this reaction. synthesis and identification of 5–(mercapto–1,3,4– thiadiazole–2–yl) (diphenyl) methanol (5). the addition of sulphuric acid 95–98% at (0–3) °c lead to the cyclization which produce the thiadiazole (5) as in the following suggest mechanism[17]: the compound [5] was identified by m.p. ft.ir, 1h-nmr spectroscopy. the ft.ir showed band 1060 cm–1 due to bending vibration of (c=s)[15] group, appearance band between (1685–1720) cm–1 due to stretching vibration of (c=n) group, also appearance very week band at 2478 cm–1 due to (s–h) group, appearance strong band at (1445–1496) cm–1 due to stretching vibration of (–n–c=s)[16], and appearance band at 3049 cm–1 due to (c–h) aromatic. 189 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 1h–nmr spectrum showed the following characteristics chemical shifts (dmso as a solvent) were appeared: the singlet signal at δ 2.5 suggested the attribution to the proton of (o–h) group, while a singlet at δ 3.94 suggested the attribution to the proton of (s–h) group, [addition of d2o caused the signal at δ 2.5 and δ 3.94 to disappear, fig. (3.44)], the singlet signal at δ 7.3 suggesting the attribution of ten protons of two benzene rings. references 1. palmer,m.h. (1967) "the structure and reactions of heterocyclic compounds", ed. by e. arnol, academic press. inc., london 175. 2. katarizky ,a. r. and boulton, a.j. (1966) "advances in heterocyclic chemistry", academic press. new york 7: 52 3. gilchrist, t.l. (1975) "aromatic and heteroaromatic chemistry" (special list periodic reports), the chemical society, london, 3(11):123 4. elderfield, r. c. (1971) "heterocyclic compounds", john wiley & sons, inc., new york, 7: 384–461 5. guha, (1922) constitution of the so-called dithio-urazole of martin freund. j. am. chem. soc. 44:1510 6. hiremath,s.p.; biradar ,j.s. and kudari, s.m. (1984) j. indian chem. soc. lxi: 74 7. zamani,k.; faghihi, k.; tofighi,t. and mohammad,r. (2004) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some pyridyl and naphthyl substituted 1,2,4-triazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives, turk. j. chem. 28:95 8. kurzer ,f. and secker, j.l. (1989) addition-cyclization of ethoxy carbonyl isothiocyanate with hydrazine derivatives as asource of thiadiazoles and triazoles, j. heterocyclic chem. 26: 355 9. önkol,t. ; çakir, b. and şahin, m.f. (2004) şahin,"synthesis and antinociceptive activity of 2-[(2-oxobenzothiazoline-3-yl)methyl]-5-amino alkyl/aryl-1,3,4-thiadiazole turk. j. chem. 28: 461. 10. saoud, s.a. (2007) m.sc. thesis, college of education ibn-al-haitham 11. el– tamaty,e.s.; abdel– fattah, m. e. and el– deen, i. m. (1996) indian j. chem., 35b:1067 12. ismaeel, y. m. (2003) m.sc. thesis, college of education ibn al– haitham baghdad university, iraq. 13. tao, e. v. and christie, c. f. (1975) org. prep. proced. int. 7:179 14. hoggarth, f. (1952) j. chem. soc. 4811 15. nadia, a. s. (2005) ph. d. thesis, college of science, al–nahrain university, iraq. 16. koji, n. (1962). "infrared absorption spectroscopy" nankoda company limited, tokyo, pp. 54 17. hassan, a.j. (2002) m.sc., thesis, college of baghdad university, iraq, 190 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 scheme (3) 191 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ثنائي فنیل -α,α-یل)-2-ثایادایزول-4,3,1-(مركبتو-5تحضیر وتشخیص المركب میثانول من حامض البنزیلك مھند جمیل محمود جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الكیمیاء رضا أبراھیم البیاتي الجامعة المستنصریة /كلیة العلوم /قسم الكیمیاء شیماء عبد سعود أسماعیل یاسین مجید جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الكیمیاء 2008حزیران 25: قبل البحث في ، 2007كانون األول 31استلم البحث في : الخالصة الذي (ثنائي فنیل میثانول بالغلق الحلقي لملح الزانثیت -α,α-یل)-2-ثایادایزول-4,3,1-(مركبتو-5 حضر المركب ربون بوجود ھیدروكسید كبریتید الكاحضر من تفاعل مركب الھایدرازاید (المشتق من حامض البنزایلك) مع ثنائي ) كما موضح في المخطط.5 -مع حامض الكبریتیك المركز في درجة حرارة (صفر )البوتاسیوم وشخصت المركبات المحضرة بكرموتوكرافیا الطبقة الرقیقة، درجة االنصھار، مطیافیة االشعة تحت الحمراء والرنین النووي المغناطیسي. ثایادایزول -4,3,1: مشتق احیةالكلمات المفت 192 | chemistry muhanned j. mahmoud redha i. al-bayati department of chemistry-college of science-university of mustansiriya shaimaa a. saoud ismaeel y. majeed conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees computer |233 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 modified radial based neural network for clustering and routing optimal path in wireless network haider katdhum hoomod tuka kareem jebur dept.of computer science/ college of education/al-mustansariyhi university received in:17/december/2016,accepted in:4/january/2017 abstract several methods have been developed for routing problem in manets wireless network, because it considered very important problem in this network ,we suggested proposed method based on modified radial basis function networks rbfn and kmean++ algorithm. the modification in rbfn for routing operation in order to find the optimal path between source and destination in manets clusters. modified radial based neural network is very simple, adaptable and efficient method to increase the life time of nodes, packet delivery ratio and the throughput of the network will increase and connection become more useful because the optimal path has the best parameters from other paths including the best bitrate and best life link with minimum delays. the results show how the proposed routing algorithm produces higher speed comparing with dijkstra algorithm and finds the optimal path in addition to shortest path. proposed routing algorithm depends on the group of factors and parameters to select the path between two points in the wireless network. keywords: ad hoc wireless network, manet, clustering, routing ,wireless network clustering, modified radial based neural network, kmean++. computer |234 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 introduction an ad hoc network is a collection of wireless mobile nodes (or routers) dynamically forming a temporary network without the use of any existing network infra-structure or centralized administration. the routers are free to move randomly and organize themselves arbitrarily; thus, the network wireless topology may change rapidly and unpredictably multihop, mobility, large network size combined with device heterogeneity, bandwidth, and battery power constraints make the design of adequate routing protocols a major challenge. [1] mobiles ad-hoc networks (manets) are self-organized networks, thus, ad hoc considers self-configuring infrastructure-less network of mobile devices connected by wireless. each device in a manets is free to move independently in any direction, and will therefore change its links to other devices frequently. this move will produce changing of its links to other devices considerably. each must forward traffic unrelated to its own use, and therefore be a router hence, the major challenge of constructing manet’s is to continue keep the information collected for routing traffics. manets possess certain characteristics like bandwidth-constrained, variable capacity links, energyconstrained 0peration, limited physical security, dynamic network topology, frequent routing updates , an infrastructure less, self-organized and multi-hop network with rapidly changing topology causing the wireless links to be broken and re-established on-thefly.[2] the routing in network can be defineed as the process of choosing the paths in a network to convey network traffic. for this, the need to design routing protocol which seamlessly acclimatized with changing network topology that was unavoidable. as a consequence to the routing in this network became one of the most important challenging missions. [3] hence routing in manets became one of the most challenging tasks. routing in networking is the process of selecting paths in a network to send network traffic. therefore, the need to design a novel routing protocol which seamlessly adapt to chang network topology was inevitable. [4] the clustering, is a method to gather nodes into group’s. these groups are contained by the network and they are known as clusters. a cluster is basically a subset of nodes of the network that satisfies a certain property [5]. hence, the clustering can be defined as a way to rearrange all nodes into small groups are defined as cluster head (ch) and cluster members that are determined with the same rule. every clustering algorithm consists of two mechanisms: cluster formation and cluster maintenance. 2-related work many researches in wireless network routing explored and suggested algorithm to find the optimal shortest path for nodes. in order to supply an overview of former work and to supply a basic theoretical understanding of the considered topic, some recent researches presented by different authors are reviewed and quote in this section some of these researches were about the applying neural network to find optimal path in wireless network. heni kaaniche and farouk kamoun , 2010 [6]reported that a recurrent neural network has been suggested here to estimate the stability of paths in a manets, this neural predictor is a three-layer network with feedback connections. back propagation has been used to train the recurrent neural network. to exam the satisfactoriness of the predictor in mobility prediction, they have tested the neural predictor on time series describe sites of an ad hoc mobile node, improving routing by reducing the overhead it is found the stable path and the number of connection interruptions. computer |235 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 siddesh.g.k, et al. in 2011,[7] proposed a routing protocol in ad-hoc wireless network using software computing technique like neutral network, fuzzy logics and genetic algorithm. performed simulation uses various existing protocols like power aware routing protocol, proactive, reactive and hybrid routing protocols. authors in this paper use software computing’s share to improving the protocol performance in very dramatic terms, establishing the link between the nodes in minimum time and find the optimal route to a large network. seyed saeed sadat noori , et al.in 2012[8] proposed an efficacious protocol for disjoint path set and select backup in ad-hoc wireless networks. in this algorithm, the all trustworthy paths (among selected network nodes) can be found without needs in on demand routing algorithm to discover new paths. the new approach is using multi-layerperceptron (mlps) neural networks to predict the probability of proper link. this mlp net updates its weights by using the back propagation error algorithm. for this reason, this type of neural network can be a perfect elect to predicting of the mobile nodes reliable links with best accuracy. parimal kumar giri in 2012 [9] suggested the neural network based approach for manet. by using hopfield neural networks (hnns) that made to solve or provide an convergent solution to the shortest path problem faster than would be possible with any algorithmic solution, relying on the neural networks (nns) parallel architecture. s. gangwar, k. kumar & m. mittal in 2015 [10] have implemented art1 neural network over the cluster head selection as a part of the routing technique which selects the cluster head depending on residual energy of the mobile node after the completion of every data transmission. after simulating the results showed that art1 algorithm or simply art1 has optimized the problem of cluster head selection and consequently optimized residual energy. and the network lifetime is increased up to 58% as compared to traditional routing techniques. manet mobiles ad-hoc networks (manets) are typically kind of wireless ad hoc networks. manet is the wireless ad hoc network in which all devices are free to move in any way independently. mobile ad hoc networks are the self-configuring and infrastructure-less networks aim to support mobility of devices. each device will be change links to other devices frequently resulting in distinct topology and a highly dynamic change. each device plays the role of participant as well as router and/ or sender, receiver of the network [11] routing and clustering routing in a network is the process of selecting paths to send network traffic. routing can take place either in a flat structure or in a hierarchical structure. in a flat structure, all nodes in the network are in the same hierarchy level and thus have the same role. although this approach is efficient for small networks, it does not allow the scalability when the number of nodes in the network increases. in large networks, the flat routing structure produces excessive information flow which can saturate the network. [12] a routing algorithm can be considered as a part of the programs accomplished by the network layer and is accountable for conveying traffic packets from their sources to their destinations or can be defined as the set of software. in ad-hoc networks, the routing algorithms have became a never-ending evolving matter. the losing of communication is one of the important challenges of routing on ad-hoc networks. this phenomenon happened when they move out of covered regions or when terminals are turned off. so, one of earnest problems on networks itis loss of communication [13]. to convey data from one node to another node, some types of routing protocols are used to do this transmits of data without any loss. protocols are combination of regulations and rules that can be used in network communication. [14] computer |236 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 radial basis function networks this type is distinctive kind in neural network and the radial basis function is activation function of this network. it very popular network and can be used for control and classification problems function approximation, time series prediction [15]. it has several distinctive features compared with other type of neural network: it is faster learning speed more compact topology and universal approximation, therefore, it is different from other neural networks. this network has been widely applied in many engineering fields and science [15]. radial basis function networks (rbfn) are comprised of three layers: input layer, hidden layer and output layer (as shown in figure 1)[16]. the input layer passes the input vector x = (x1, x2, . . . , xn) to the rbf layer. that later which is a hidden layer of h rbf units using transforms the input to new vector y = (y1, y2, . . . , yh) that is subsequently passed to the output layer using the linear transformation. then the final result f = (f1, f2, . . . , fn) can be expressed as: (1) where fk is the output of the kth unit of the output layer. [17] the proposed system at the beginning in this section we described one of the proposed system goals to enhance the performance of ad hoc and manet wireless network because of their characters such as no preexisted infrastructure and high dynamic topology caused unpredictable change of their node as nodes enter and leave the network duo to broken routing links and packed lose, drop packed so it is needed recalculate their broken routing links information. that caused consumes processing time, memory, device power that introduce overhead traffic on the network and reduce network life time, limited transmission range and, limited coverage area. hence this proposed system was designed and implemented to avoidd some of these problems for these networks types by using method (clustering and adaptive routing neural network based) to get new adaptive routing algorithm for ad hoc and manet wireless network (depending on the important role performance (routing delay, bandwidth, distance, no. of hops to reach the destination)). using neural network to overhead of the control messages and find optimal path from source to distention. the proposed approach 1modify the rbfn for routing operation and using kmean++ for getting the optimal path for the wireless network (like manets). there are two stages: 2-clustering: apply the use of k-mean++ to determine best cluster head and optimal number of cluster with their nodes. 3finding optimal path: applying the new proposed mrbfn network to find the optimal rout from source to destination. figure 2 shows the flow chart of the proposed system modified radial based neural network (mrbfnn) rbf network is fed forward neural network and using cluster, it is simpler to have three layer the training process is generally faster and the output result determined by hidden layer only so it is consider fast and give approximation value to desirable result, it is trained by hybrid learning algorithms by using by unsupervised learning supervised learning to reduce the error. mrbfnn is consider efficient method to increase network lifetime and find the optimal path in wireless network from source to destination. in this stage, the proposed computer |237 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 modified rbfn is used to find the optimal shorts path. algorithm (1) shows proposed modified rbfnn operation to find optimal path. in this algorithm, the proposed method depends on the information from the above stages like (number of ch, the path terminal points p1-p2, number of nodes, all paths information, network parameters and features). in this modification, the hidden layers’ weights to the outputs layer are adjusted and measured depending on the parallel "moore-penrose generalized pseudo-inverse". the parallel moore-penrose pseudo inverse algorithm gaining some matter over general gradients algorithm such as stop criterions, learning rates, epochs number and local ’s minima’s, has been useful for real time application because it is low trainings times and generalizations abilities due to it applied to all weights in parallel processing. the modification of the gaussian kernel is by adding some k-mean operations feature. the main factor of the k-mean clustering is the euclidean distances among point and every center of cluster. the euclidean distance between average distance for euclidean distance points and each cluster center. the new basis’s functions are taken to be modified gaussian’s: (2) the variable sigma, , defines the width or radius of the bell-shape and is something that has to be determined empirically ,outputs from the hidden units are , cj the set centres of hidden units, x the inputs,where em is the average euclidean distance points closest to the cluster center for the (jth) hidden unit in the hidden layer. mostly, the activation functions center and distribution must have the same data characteristics. here, the center and width of gaussians are selected using k-means clustering features (like euclidean distance). the proposed modified rbfn network starts initializing of the neural parameters like number of nodes for the layers. in this proposed system, the modified rbfn input layer has size equal to all input information, hidden layer dynamic change depends on the errors of results until geting the optimal paths but initialize by 10 nodes, and the output layer has also dynamic size start with 30 nodes represent the number of nodes of the optimal path and change depending on the optimal path nodes. the modified rbfn learned with the principles smallest euclidean distance, optimized by other wireless nodes parameters (clusters size regions, packed size, (dynamic or nondynamic), link costs). the optimization will guide to get the optimal paths between two nodes in wireless network; not only on the distance between them. results and discussion there are many results that can be achieved from applying the proposed system based on the network cases and parameters distributions. the configuration of wireless network effect in the results of clustering and routing because these proposed algorithms depend on their parameters. so, the results of the proposed system will take effect changing the network parameters like (bitrate, link costs (hos no.), distances, dynamic and fixed topologies(mobility), network size, number of nodes, packed size, shape and size regions. many evaluation criteria were used to test the results of routing protocol, but in our proposed system the time will take as the main evaluation due to the virtually of the wireless network used in our tests . we conducted the experimental test of the proposed routing system and proposed clustering algorithms in ad hoc and manet networks. the ad hoc wireless network has the following parameters as shown in table 1. the testing has two types of topology (fixed topology and mobile topology). the fixed topology is more simple from the mobile (dynamic) topology due the changing in the ad hoc nodes parameters like distance and nearness facility to the cluster centroid. computer |238 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 algorithm 1: modified rbfn to find optimal path as shown in table 1, the bitrate is random (between 1 kbs to 1mbs) for all links in the network. the routing protocol depends on the proposed approach. that uses the modified neural network (mrbfnn). nodes links, and distances between nodes are randomly distributed. the network has size of 10, 50, and 100 nodes in the virtual region with maximum area 2km with random distribution. figure 3 shows the asset of ad hoc network for examples 50 nodes with results of routing. tables (2-10) show the routing results for 10 and 50 nodes with fixed and dynamic topology. from the above routing tables, different times taken by mrbfnn for discovering the networks and other parameters like (bitrate, link costs, distances, dynamic and fixed topologies(mobility), network size, number of nodes, packed size, shape and size regions. the dijkstra methods take big time comparing with the proposed methods. the mobility effect (in manet) on the dijkstra methodis more than the proposed methods. when comparing ratio time that taken of routing time (mrbfnn over dijkstra) the result shows time between 150 to 300% speedup more that mean mrbfnn very speed. conclusions manets one type of wireless networks and uses in many fields but this wireless network have many disadvantages such as bandwidth-constrained, limited translation range , start:p input: patterns nodes connection and paths, k: clusters number, number of intra path p1, inter path p2, number of ch all from kmean++ algorithm output: find the optimal path note: hidden layer: weight w j i =1,2, ... the neurons activated in this layer to find the short path that have smallest values eij. step1. initialize rbfn network and initialize the parameter k = {k1, k2, ..., kn} of nodes. step2. select the best q that has the short path from all paths with minima eij using: q = min eij // in hidden layer and have best other wireless nodes parameters (clusters size regions, packed size, dynamic or non-dynamic, link costs). step3. initialize the weight vector wight kept as fixed while the hidden to output weights are learned with minimum distance and apply eqn. (3.1). step4. select the minimum euclidian’s distances of bij bij = q ∑∑ ‖p1-p2‖ ,i=1 and optimized by other wireless nodes parameters (clusters size regions, packed size, (dynamic or non-dynamic), link costs). step5. update the value of weight vector using moore-penrose pseudo-inverse as follows: (w)ij = wij, (φ)pj = φ (xp), and (t)pi = {tip}. d= dimensional input vector xp = {xp: i = 1, ..., d} k1= dimensional target output tp = {tp: i = 1, ..., k1}. widths {σj} wight wij step6. iteratively repeats step (2-5). step7. neurons have smallest’s values of eij is output. //outputs layers end computer |239 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 energyconstrained operation, limited physical security, dynamic network topology packet lose and linked breakage hence finding optimal path in this network is big problem. as shown from the results and ratios, the proposed routing algorithm has more speed and efficient than the dijkstra method. in comparison with dijkstra the proposed routing methods have less effect by increasing the ad hoc nodes and links. due to the using of k mean++.because the performance of selecting the optimal paths by using our proposed system, the throughput of the network will increase and the life time of nodes and connection become more useful. the packet delivered ratio is also increased because the optimal path has the best parameters from other paths including the best bitrate and best life link with minimum delays. references 1. navpreet kaurand and, sangeeta monga,( 2014)," comparisons of wired and wireless networks: a review" kaur et al., international journal of advanced engineering technology. 2. anuj k. gupta, harsh sadawarti, and anil k. verma, november( 2011)," review of various routing protocols for manets" international journal of information and electronics engineering,. 1,. 3. 3. naveen garg1, kiran aswal2 and dinesh c dobhal,( 2012)," a review of routing protocols in mobile ad hoc networks" international journal of information technology and knowledge management january-june, 5, no. 1,. 177-180. 4. vanita rani pg student and, dr. renu dhir,( 2013)," a study of ad-hoc network: a review" international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering. 5. anupama, m. and bachala sathyanarayana, december 2011," survey of cluster based routing protocols in mobile ad hoc networks " international journal of computer theory and engineering, vol. 3, no. 6. 6. heni kaaniche and farouk kamoun ,april( 2010)," mobility prediction in wireless ad hoc networks using neural networks" journal of telecommunications, 2 ,1. 7. siddesh.g.k, k.n.muralidhara, manjula.n.harihar, july 2011," routing in ad hoc wireless networks using soft computing techniques and performance evaluation using hyper net simulator" international journal of soft computing and engineering (ijsce) issn: 2231-2307, -1, -3. 8. seyed saeed sadat noori , seyed ali sadat noori, seyed morteza lari baghal, (2012), "optimization of routes in mobile ad hoc networks using artificial neural networks" international journal of soft computing and software engineering (jscse) e-issn: 22517545.2,.4. 9. parimal kumar giri, member,iacsit,(2012), "a survey on soft computing techniques for multi-constrained qos routing in manet "ijcit, issn 2078-5828 (print), issn 22185224 (online), 03, 02, manuscript code: 130103. 10. gangwar,s. kumar, k. & m. mittal, march 2015, "cluster head selection in mobile adhoc network (manet) using art1 neural network" african journal of computing & ict, vol 8. no. 1 . 11. ridhi chawla, pankaj kapoor, june (2014)," an exploration of mobile ad hoc networks" international journal of advanced research in computer engineering & technology (ijarcet) 3, 6. 12. abdelhak bentaleb1, abdelhak boubetra1, saad harous,( 2013), "survey of clustering schemes in mobile ad hoc networks" department of computer science, university of bachir el ibrahimi, bordj bou arreridj, algeria communications and network. computer |240 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 13. jeferson wilian de godoy stênico and, lee luan ling,( 2013)," topology control for ad-hoc networks: a comprehensive review for table driven and on-demand routing protocols " communications and network. 14. parvinder kaur, dr. dalveer kaur & dr. rajiv mahajan, year (2015)," the literature survey on manet, routing protocols and metrics" global journal of computer science and technology: e network, web & security 15 , 1 version 1.0. 15. tuba kurban and erkan beşdok ,( 2009), "a comparison of rbf neural network training algorithms for inertial sensor based terrain classification " geomatics engineering, engineering faculty, erciyes university, turkey . 16. navpreet kaur, kuldeep singh and, hardeep kaur, june (2014), "radial basis function (rbf) based routing optimization for wireless sensor network" international journal of advanced research in computer and communication engineering. 3, 6. 17. larysa aharkava, ( 2101)," artificial neural networks and self-organization for knowledge extraction" master thesis, department of theoretical computer science and mathematical logic. 18. arthur, d. and vassilvitskii, s. ,(2007), "k-means++: the advantages of careful seeding" society for industrial and applied mathematics philadelphia. table( 1) the network parameters http://ilpubs.stanford.edu:8090/778/1/2006-13.pdf computer |241 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table (2): the proposed system routing results for 10 nodes (fixed topology) samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 0.41328sec 0.09211sec 1-100 1-10 1-10 all net2 0.41677sec 0.09321sec 1-800 1-10 1-10 all net3 0.41638sec 0.09406sec 1-1000 1-10 1-10 all net4 0.41767sec 0.09425sec 1-1000 1-10 1-10 all table (3): the proposed system routing results for 10 nodes (one-two nodes mobile) samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 0.60893sec 0.11089sec 1-100 1-14 1-12 all net2 0.61071sec 0.11107sec 1-800 1-14 1-12 all net3 0.61189sec 0.11110sec 1-1000 1-14 1-12 all net4 0.62839sec 0.11119sec 1-1000 1-14 1-12 all table( 4): the proposed system routing results for 10 nodes (three nodes mobile). samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 0.92111sec 0.32319sec 1-100 1-16 1-15 all net2 0.92201sec 0.32440sec 1-800 1-16 1-15 all net3 0.92288sec 0.32474sec 1-1000 1-16 1-15 all net4 0.92376sec 0.32489sec 1-1000 1-16 1-15 all table( 5): the proposed system routing results for 10 nodes (five nodes mobile). samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 1.52985sec 0.50897sec 1-100 1-19 1-17 all net2 1.54453sec 0.50991sec 1-800 1-19 1-17 all net3 1.55190sec 0.51072sec 1-1000 1-19 1-17 all net4 1.57340sec 0.51098sec 1-1000 1-19 1-17 all table (6): the proposed system routing results for 50 nodes (fixed topology) samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 1.15421sec 0.27451sec 1-100 1-10 1-60 all net2 1.15488sec 0.27478sec 1-800 1-10 1-60 all net3 1.15520sec 0.27498sec 1-1000 1-10 1-60 all net4 1.15531sec 0.27506sec 1-1000 1-10 1-60 all computer |242 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table (7): the proposed system routing results for 50 nodes (one-two nodes mobile). samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 1.24782sec 0.32100sec 1-100 1-15 1-70 all net2 1.24883sec 0.32160sec 1-800 1-15 1-70 all net3 1.24982sec 0.32171sec 1-1000 1-15 1-70 all net4 1.24990sec 0.32201sec 1-1000 1-15 1-70 all table( 8): the proposed system routing results for 50 nodes (three nodes mobile) samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 1.53261sec 0.67821sec 1-100 1-20 1-75 all net2 1.53290sec 0.67860sec 1-800 1-20 1-75 all net3 1.53299sec 0.67930sec 1-1000 1-20 1-75 all net4 1.53310sec 0.67940sec 1-1000 1-20 1-75 all table (9): the proposed system routing results for 50 nodes (five nodes mobile) samples dijkstra time(avg.) mrbfnn time(avg.) avg. bitrate(kbs) avg. links costs avg. distance cover nodes net1 2.23675sec 0.89345sec 1-100 1-23 1-80 all net2 2.23690sec 0.89370sec 1-800 1-23 1-80 all net3 2.23734sec 0.89387sec 1-1000 1-23 1-80 all net4 2.23780sec 0.89398sec 1-1000 1-23 1-80 all figure (1): rbf network. [16] examle computer |243 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 read wideless net work nodes parameter s start starss t s start sssssssf ffgfnfv gjmghk hsss stسسس art uuse cluster to aggregate the node of wireless upass the node of cluster to kmean++ cluster algorithm to determine the optimal no-of cluster& optimal no.of cluster headalgo no. of cluster head use modified rbfn to find optimal paths in wireless net work node of cluster to k-mean++ cluster paths in wireless network read wireless network nodes parameters again (checking state)e to find optimal end parameter change?? new routing????? ??? yes yes no no figure (2): flow chart of the proposed system computer |244 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 a: sample network (10 nodes): optimal path between (7-10) nodes b: optimal path between (1-2) nodes a: sample network (10 nodes): optimal path between (7-10) nodes b: optimal path between (1-2) nodes c: sample network (50 nodes) d: routing result path between (1-2) nodes figure( 3).a sample network (10 nodes): optimal path between (7-10) nodes. figure 3.b optimal path between (1-2) node. figure 3.c: sample network (50 nodes). figure (3). d: routing result path between (1-2) nodes 1 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node 1 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node network node optimal path node node connection 1 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node 1 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node 1 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node optimal path node node connection 2 cluster node improved 𝑫 − 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 fusion reaction characteristics parameters ali k. taki raad h. majeed mustafa k. jassim dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :12 september 2012 , accepted in: 17 march 2013 abstract the most likely fusion reaction to be practical is deuterium and helium-3 (𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 ), which is highly desirable because both helium-3 and deuterium are stable and the reaction produces a 14 𝑀𝑒𝑉 proton instead of a neutron and the proton can be shielded by magnetic fields. the strongly dependency of the basically hot plasma parameters such as reactivity, reaction rate, and energy for the emitted protons, upon the total cross section, make the problems for choosing the desirable formula for the cross section, the main goal for our present work. key words:𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛, proton energy, reactivity, reaction rate, fusion cross section , hot plasma 132 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction the most likely fusion reaction to be practical is deuterium and helium-3 (𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 ), which is highly desirable because both helium-3 and deuterium are stable and the reaction produces a 14 𝑀𝑒𝑉 proton instead of a neutron and the proton can be shielded by magnetic fields. this means it is possible to make a fusion reactor using 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 reaction where the fuels and the the reactions produce no radioactivity and the reaction occurs in a magnetized plasma and can be engineered to release its energy directly into electricity. this means a very compact and efficient fusion power plant, suitable for aircraft and spacecraft is possible using − 𝐻𝑒 3 . because of the lack of radioactivity for direct power conversion to electricity, the practical use of 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction for power is the long-range goal of most fusion researchers [1]. the difficulty of 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion relative to 𝐷 − 𝑇 stems from the scarcity of helium3 on earth because the helium-3 nuclei have two positive electric charges instead of the one in hydrogen isotopes, therefore, it requires higher collision energy for a deuterium nuclei and helium-3 nuclei to approach each other closely to fuse. this means 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 requires higher plasma temperature and pressures than 𝐷 − 𝑇 fusion so it is more technologically challenging. also helium-3 is found only in great abundance on the sun, so it is space rather than terrestrial resource. therefore, 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion is most often associated with space propulsion and power and a future economy that includes ready acess to space resource [1]. one of the possible techniques to decrease neutron load on plasma facing components and superconducting coils in fusion reactor is to use fuel cycle based on 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 as alternative to 𝐷 − 𝑇 [2]. taking into account that the thermal reactivity of 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 is much lower than that of 𝐷 − 𝑇, the approach such as icrf catalyzed fusion should be developed. the main idea of this technique is to modify reagent distribution function in order to achieve favorable reaction rate for nuclear fusion energy production [3]. recent experimental results show high efficiency of icrh (ion cyclotron resonance heating) acceleration of he-3 minority in d plasma in order to increase fusion reaction rate, from the other hand this technique could be used to achieve the favorable distribution of t ions in d plasma and hence to reduce the amount tritium needed for sustainable fusion plasma burning [4]. the effect of transition to non-maxwellain plasma is essential for reactor aspects studies both in tokamaks and heliotrons, and the study of this effect is done by means of numerical code, based on test-particle approach, this code solves the guiding center equation of a general vector form. to simulate the coulomb collisions of test-particle with the other species, the discretized collision operator based on binomial distribution is used. the possibility of increasing the average reactivity by modification of distribution function of he3 and t minorities in d plasma due to selective icrf (ion cyclotron rang of frequency) heating [5]. theoretical models by definition, the reaction rate 𝑹 for reaction 𝒊 in a space independent problem is given by 𝑹 = 𝒏𝑫 𝒏𝑯𝒆 ∭𝒇(𝒗��⃗ 𝑫)𝑭(𝒗��⃗ 𝑯𝒆) 𝒈 𝒅𝝈𝒊 𝒅𝜴 𝒅𝜴𝒅𝒗��⃗ 𝑫𝒅𝒗��⃗ 𝑯𝒆 (1) where 𝑛𝐷 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑛𝐻𝑒 are the beam and target ions densities with unit-normalized distribution functions 𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐹 respectively; g is the modulus of the relative velocity between beam and target ions and 𝑑𝜎𝑖 𝑑𝛺 is the doubly differential cross section. in the bernstein – comisar formalism, one can introduce the dummy variable 𝐸 by use of a dirac delta distribution, so that 𝑹 = 𝒏𝑫 𝒏𝑯𝒆 ∭𝒇(𝒗��⃗ 𝑫)𝑭(𝒗��⃗ 𝑯𝒆) 𝒈 𝒅𝝈𝒊 𝒅𝜴 𝜹�𝑬 − 𝑬𝒑�𝒅𝜴𝒅𝒗��⃗ 𝑫𝒅𝒗��⃗ 𝑯𝒆 𝒅𝑬 (2) 133 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 where 𝐸𝑝 𝑖𝑠 the emitted proton energy. this is given, in the case of axially moving target ions. by the laws of conservation of energy and momentum, and from the general basic fundamental equation of calculating the energy for the emitted charge particles from any nuclear reaction is given below [6]. �𝑬𝟑 𝟐 = 𝒗 ± √𝒗𝟐 + 𝝎 𝟐 (3) where 𝒗 = � 𝑴𝟏 𝑴𝟑 𝑬𝟏 𝟐 𝑴𝟑+𝑴𝟒 cos𝜽 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝝎 = 𝑴𝟒 𝑸+𝑬𝟏 (𝑴𝟒−𝑴𝟏) 𝑴𝟑+𝑴𝟒 (4) for the case of the binary 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction, 𝑫 + 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 (𝟑. 𝟕𝟏𝟐 𝑴𝒆𝑽) + 𝑷 (𝟏𝟒. 𝟔𝟒𝟏 𝑴𝒆𝑽) where 𝑬𝟑 = 𝑬𝒑 , 𝑴𝟏 = 𝑴𝒅 , 𝑴𝟑 = 𝑴𝒑 , 𝑴𝟒 = 𝑴 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 , 𝑬𝟏 = 𝑬𝒅 and 𝑄 = 18.353 𝑀𝑒𝑉 is the q-value of the above d-he fusion reaction, 𝐸 is the deuteron bombarding energy. substituting the values for the quantities 𝑣, 𝜔, 𝑀1, 𝑀2, 𝑀3, 𝑀4, 𝐸1, 𝑄 as it is described above in equation (3), and taken into account some mathematical analysis steps to get or deduced a formula for evaluating the energy of the emitted neutrons that is given below. 𝑬𝒑 = 𝟐𝟎 𝑸 + 𝟏𝟐 𝑬𝒅 𝟐𝟓 ��𝟏 − 𝜸𝟐 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝜽 𝟐 + 𝜸𝐜𝐨𝐬𝜽� 𝟐 (5) where 𝜸𝟐 = 𝟐 𝑬𝒅 𝟐𝟎 𝑸+𝟏𝟐 𝑬𝒅 equation (5), explains the relationship between the energy of the emitted proton from the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction with the energy of bombarding deuterons and reaction angle 𝐸𝑑 , 𝜃, respectively, and it's predominate recommended value is equal to 14.641. a most important quantity for the analysis of nuclear reaction is the cross section, which measures the probability per pair of particles for the occurrence of the reaction. the cross section 𝜎12(𝑣1) is defined as the number of reactions per target nucleus per unit time when the target is hit by a unit flux of projectile particles that is by one particle per unit target area per unit time. actually, the above definition applies in general to particles with relative velocity 𝑣 , and is therefore symmetric in the two particles, since we have 𝜎12(𝑣) = 𝜎21(𝑣). cross section can also express in terms of the center of mass energy, and we have 𝜎12(𝜖) = 𝜎21(𝜖) . in most cases, however, the cross section are measured in experiments in which a beam of particles with energy , measured in the laboratory frame, hits a target at rest. the corresponding beam-target cross section 𝜎12 𝑏𝑡(𝜖1) is related to the center-of-mass cross section 𝜎12(𝜖) by 𝝈𝟏𝟐(𝝐) = 𝝈𝟏𝟐 𝒃𝒕 (𝝐𝟏) with 𝝐𝟏 = 𝝐 ( 𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐)/𝒎𝟐 where 𝒎𝟏 represents 𝑫 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠, (𝒎𝟏 = 2) , 𝒎𝟐 represents 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠, (𝒎𝟐 = 3) if the target nuclei have density 𝑛 and are at rest or all move with the same velocity, and the relative velocity is the same for all pairs of projectile-target nuclei, then the probability of reaction per unit times is obtained by multiplying the probability per unit path times the distance travelled in the unit time, which gives 𝑛2 𝜎(𝑣)𝑣. another important quantity is the reactivity, defined as the probability of reaction per unit time density of target nuclei. it is just given by the product 𝜎 𝑣. in general, target nuclei moves, so that the relative velocity 𝑣 is different for each pair of interacting nuclei. in this case, we compute an averaged reactivity [7]. 〈𝝈 𝒗〉 = ∫𝝈(𝒗)𝒗 𝒇(𝒗)𝒅𝒗, (6) 134 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 where 𝑓(𝑣) is the distribution function of the relative velocities, normalized in such a way that ∫ 𝑓(𝑣)𝑑𝑣 = 1 ∞ 0 . both controlled fusion fuels and stellar media are usually mixtures of elements where species `1` and `2` have number densities 𝑛1 , 𝑛2 , 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑦. the volumetric reaction rate, that is the number of reactions per unit time and per unit volume is then given by [7]: 𝑹 = 𝒏𝟏 𝒏𝟐 𝟏+𝜹𝟏𝟐 〈𝝈 𝒗〉 = 𝒇𝟏 𝒇𝟐 𝟏+𝜹𝟏𝟐 𝒏𝟐 〈𝝈 𝒗〉 (7) here 𝑛 is the total nuclei number density and 𝑓1 𝑓2, are the atomic fraction of species "1" and "2",respectively.the kronecker symbol 𝛿12(with 𝛿12 = 1, 𝑖𝑓 𝑖 = 𝑗 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛿12 = 0 𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑠𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒) is introduced to properly take into account the case of reaction between like particles. equation 7 shows a very important feature for fusion energy research: the volumetric reaction rate is proportional to the square of the density of the mixture. for feature reference, it is also useful to recast it in terms of the mass density 𝜌 of the reacting fuel 𝑹𝟏𝟐 = 𝒇𝟏 𝒇𝟐 𝟏+𝜹𝟏𝟐 𝝆 𝟐 𝒎� 𝟐 〈𝝈 𝒗〉 (8 ) where 𝑚� is the average nuclear mass. here, the mass density is computed as = ∑ 𝑛 𝑚 = 𝑛𝑚� 𝑗 , where the sum is over all species. we also immediately see that the specific reaction rate is proportional to the mass density, again the role of the density of the fuel is achieving efficient release of fusion energy [7]. main controlled fusion reaction the most important main controlled fusion reactions necessary as power source applications that are recently used in many interested countries which supported huge efforts are listed in table (1). in the present work, we concentrate on the study of the reaction between the hydrogen isotopes, namely, the deuterium and helium, which are the most important fuels for controlled fusion research. 𝑫 + 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 (𝟑. 𝟕𝟏𝟐 𝑴𝒆𝑽) + 𝑷 (𝟏𝟒. 𝟔𝟒𝟏 𝑴𝒆𝑽) the above reaction has a cross section, which reaches its maximum (about 0.9 barns) at the relatively modest energy of 250 𝑘𝑒𝑉 (see fig. 1). its 𝑄𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 = 18.353 𝑀𝑒𝑉 is one of the largest of this family of reactions [7]. calculation and results our calculations concern the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction, because of its huge applications in power sources due to their high energy release, such as fusion reactors, (tokomak), and other small systems like the dense plasma focus devices (dpf). clearly, as it is described previously, in order to calculate such hot parameters, i.e., reactivity, reaction rate, and energy emitted of neutrons are all controlled by the cross section, here represents the essential factor in the calculations. a widely used parameterization of fusion reaction cross section is [10]: 𝝈 ≈ 𝝈𝒈𝒐𝒆𝒎 × 𝓣 × 𝓡 (9) where 𝜎𝑔𝑜𝑒𝑚 is a geometrical cross section, 𝒯 is the barrier transparency, and is the probability that nuclei come into contact fuse. the first quantity is of the order of the square of the de-broglie wavelength of the system [10]: 𝝈𝒈𝒐𝒆𝒎 ≈ ג 𝟐 = � ħ 𝒎𝒓𝒗 � 𝟐 ∝ 𝟏 𝝐 , (10) where is the reduced planck constant and 𝑚𝑟 is the reduced mass. equation (9) concerning the barrier transparency, and its often well approximated by 135 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝓣 ≈ 𝓣 = 𝐞𝐱𝐩�−� 𝝐 𝝐𝑮 𝟐 � (11) which is known as the gamow factor (after the scientist who first computed it) [10]: where 𝝐𝑮 = �𝝅𝜶𝒇𝒁𝟏𝒁𝟐�𝟐𝒎𝒓𝒄𝟐 = 𝟗𝟖𝟔. 𝟏 𝒁𝟏 𝟐𝒁𝟐 𝟐𝑨𝒓 𝒌𝒆𝑽 (12) is the gamow energy, 𝛼𝑓 = 𝑒 ℏ𝑐 = 1 137.04 , is the fine structure constant commonly used in quantum mechanics, 𝐴𝑟 = 𝑚𝑟/𝑚𝑝 the reaction characteristics contains essentially all the nuclear physics of the specific reaction [7]. it takes substantially different values depending on the nature of the interaction characterizing the reaction. it is the largest for reaction due to strong nuclear interactions; it is smaller by several orders of magnitude for electromagnetic nuclear interactions; it is still smaller by as many as 20 orders of magnitude for weak interactions. for most reactions, the variation of ℛ(𝜖) is small compared to the strong variation due to the gamow factor. in conclusion the cross section is often written as 𝝈(𝝐) = 𝑺(𝝐) 𝝐 𝒆𝒙𝒑�−� 𝝐 𝝐𝑮 𝟐 � (13) where the function 𝑆(𝜖) is called the astrophysical 𝑆 factor, which for many important reactions is a weakly varying function of the energy [9]. plasma reactivity calculations require reaction cross sections for energies well below those at which direct measurement are practicable, so it is necessary to extrapolate downwards using the theoretical formula [10]. a more convents or suitable formula for the calculation of the total cross section for d-t or others main controlled fusion reactions (listed below), which has a compatible agreement results with the really experimental results is given by. 𝑫 + 𝑫 → 𝑻 (𝟏. 𝟎𝟏𝟏) + 𝑷 (𝟑. 𝟎𝟐𝟐) 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒃𝒂𝒃𝒊𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒚(𝟓𝟎%) 𝑫 + 𝑫 → 𝑯𝒆 (𝟎. 𝟖𝟐𝟎) + 𝒏 (𝟐. 𝟒𝟒𝟗) 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒃𝒂𝒃𝒊𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒚(𝟓𝟎%) 𝑷 + 𝑻 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 + 𝒏 − 𝟎. 𝟕𝟔𝟒 𝑫 + 𝑻 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 (𝟑. 𝟓𝟔𝟏 𝑴𝒆𝑽) + 𝒏 (𝟏𝟒. 𝟎𝟐𝟗 𝑴𝒆𝑽 ) 𝑻 + 𝑻 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 + 𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑𝟐 𝑴𝒆𝑽 𝑫 + 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 (𝟑. 𝟕𝟏𝟐 𝑴𝒆𝑽) + 𝑷 (𝟏𝟒. 𝟔𝟒𝟏 𝑴𝒆𝑽) 𝑻 + 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 + 𝒏 + 𝑷 + 𝟏𝟐. 𝟎𝟗𝟔 𝑴𝒆𝑽 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒃𝒂𝒃𝒊𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒚(𝟓𝟗%) 𝑻 + 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 (𝟒. 𝟖𝟎𝟎 𝑴𝒆𝑽) + 𝑫(𝟗. 𝟓𝟐𝟎 𝑴𝒆𝑽) 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒃𝒂𝒃𝒊𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒚(𝟒𝟏%) 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 + 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 → 𝑯𝒆 𝟒 (𝟎. 𝟖𝟐𝟎 𝑴𝒆𝑽) + 𝟐𝒑 + 𝟏𝟐. 𝟖𝟔𝟎 𝑴𝒆𝑽 𝝈(𝝐) = 𝑺(𝝐) 𝝐 𝒆𝒙𝒑�− 𝑹 √∈𝟐 � 𝒘𝒊𝒕𝒉 𝑹 = 𝝅� 𝒆𝟐 ħ𝒄 � �𝟐𝒎𝒄𝟐 𝟐 𝒁𝟏𝒁𝟐 (14) where the cross section is expressed in centre of mass units, ∈= 1 2 𝑚𝑣 2, 𝑚 = 𝑚1𝑚2/(,𝑚1 + 𝑚2) and 𝑣 is the relative velocity of the interacting particles which have masses 𝑚1𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚2 and charges 𝑍1𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑍2 respectively.the constants 𝑒, ħ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑐 have their usual meaning. 𝑆(𝜖) = 𝐴 exp(−𝛽 ∈) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠 𝐴, 𝛽 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑅 are given in table (2). note that laboratory energies may be used if the substitution ∈= � 𝑚 𝑚1 � ∈𝑙𝑎𝑏 [7]. by testing equation 14, for the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction and in order to arrive to results which gives high agreement with the corresponding experimental published results, we find that it is very necessary to introduce a correction factor related to each deuterons energy ( ) in the above equation, and in this case is completely described in table (3). theoretically, the energy of the emitted protons from the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction can be exactly determined from equation (5) as a function of both the incident deuteron energy 𝐸𝑑and the reaction angle 𝜃. the calculated results are completely described in table (4) and completely described in figure (2). 136 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 finally, the reactivity as a function of the temperature, obtained by numerical integration of the following equation with the best available cross section for the reactions of interest to controlled fusion. 〈𝝈𝒗〉 = �� 𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝟐𝝅𝒌𝑩𝑻 � 𝟑/𝟐 �𝒅𝑽𝒄 𝒆𝒙𝒑�− 𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝟐𝒌𝑩𝑻 𝑽𝒄𝟐�� × �� 𝒎𝒓 𝟐𝝅𝒌𝑩𝑻 � 𝟑/𝟐 �𝒅𝑽𝒄 𝒆𝒙𝒑�− 𝒎𝒓 𝟐𝒌𝑩𝑻 𝑽𝟐�𝝈(𝒗)𝒗 � the term in square bracket is unity, being the integral of a normalized maxwellain, and we left the integral over the relative velocity. by writing the volume element in velocity space as = 4𝜋𝑣2𝑑𝑣 , and using the definition of center of mass energy 𝜖 , we finally get 〈𝝈𝒗〉 = 𝟒𝝅 (𝟐𝝅𝒎𝒓)𝟏/𝟐 𝟏 (𝒌𝑩𝑻)𝟑/𝟐 � 𝝈(∈) ∈ 𝒆𝒙𝒑(−∈/𝒌𝑩𝑻)𝒅 ∞ 𝟎 for the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction, which is by far the most important one for present fusion research, the following expression is used to calculate the reactivity [7]. and the present calculated results are completely described in figure 3. 〈𝝈𝒗〉 = 𝟒. 𝟗𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟔 𝒆𝒙𝒑�−𝟎. 𝟏𝟓𝟐�𝒍𝒏 𝑻 𝟖𝟎𝟐.𝟔 � 𝟐.𝟔𝟓 � 𝒄𝒎𝟑/𝒔 (15) which is 10% accurate for temperature in the range 0.5-100 kev discussion and conclusion clearly, from the results about the total cross section for the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction calculated by equation 14, it appears a common shift from the published experimental results and one can interpret that by some physical reasons that directly correlated with the fundamental parameters deal with the system or device designing, geometrical dimension for the cathode and anode, and the operating factors, such as the fuel pressure, initial power, and we can add another reason which deals with the construction time for building the experiment, in which that any system exactly differs in all covering physical conditions with the recent ones. in other words, it is necessary to give empirical formula for each system (experimental devices). therefore, we concluded that it is important and necessary to modify the formula for the total cross section for the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction by introducing a fixed correction factor for certain deuteron energy/or energy intervals to avoid the disagreement between the theoretical and experimental results. from table (1) and table (3), we see that our calculated results about the total reaction cross section, after introducing the correction factors are more compatible with the published results. also, from fig. 3, the calculated results about the 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 fusion reaction reactivity by using equation (15) give or reflect a physical behavior that is more suitable with the corresponding published results, and this case can be interpreted for the reason of the cross section data which are available in the reactivates equation. finally it's useful to suggest the recommendation of the modified formulas instead of the previously described ones to be applied in the recent systems. from table (4), it is clear that the energies of emitted proton, which are calculated by our expressed formula at incident reaction angle of 9oo degree are of quite agreement with the recommended value of (14.029 𝑀𝑒𝑉), and this case can be interpreted as, there exists a small percentage of incident deuterons which are scattered from its original direction, and all the really occurring physical experimental phenomenon can be explained at this angle instead of other angles. 137 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references 1john e. brandenburg, (2012),the hybrid fusion-fission reactor-the energy crisis is solved, staif ii(the space technology and applications international form),13-15. 2stott p. e. , (2005), numerical simulations for fusion reactivity enhancement in d-3he and d-t plasmas due to 3he and t minorities heating, plasma physics. control. fusion, 47, 1305. 3stix,t. h. (1975), fast – wave heating of a two-component plasma nucl. fusion , 15, 737. 4yanagi n. et al,( 2011), feasibility of reduced tritium circulation in the heliotron reactor by enhancing fusion reactivity using icrf, plasma and fus. res., 6, 2405046. 5shyshkin oleg,( 2012),24th iaea fusion energy conference-iaea cn-197. 6robly d.evans , (1955), the atomic nucleus, mcgraw-hill book company, inc. 7stefano atzeni, and juroen m., (2004), the physics of inertial, oxford university press,. 8marc decrton, vincent massaut, inge uytdenhouwen, johan braet, frank druyts, and erik laes, (2007), controlled nuclear fusion:the energy of the stars on earth, open report sck.cen-blg-1049. 9. heitemes, t.a, . moses, g.a,and. santarius, j.f,( 2005), anaylsis of an improved fusion reaction rate model for use in fusion plasma simulation, fusion technology institute, university of wisconsin, 1500 engineering drive, madison, wi 53706, uwfdmreport. 10bosch, h.s, and hale, g.m. (1992), improved formulas for fusion cross-sections and thermal reactivities", nuclear fusion. 32 (4): 611-631. table no.(1). main controlled fusion reactions [7] reaction 𝝈(𝟏𝟎 𝒌𝒆𝑽) 𝒃𝒂𝒓𝒏 𝝈(𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝒌𝒆𝑽) 𝒃𝒂𝒓𝒏 𝛔𝐦𝐚𝐱 𝒃𝒂𝒓𝒏 ∈𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝒌𝒆𝑽 𝐷 + 𝑇 → 𝛼 + 𝑛 2.72 × 10−2 3.43 5.0 64 𝐷 + 𝐷 → 𝑇 + 𝑝 2.81 × 10−4 3.3 × 10−2 0.096 1250 𝐷 + 𝐷 → 𝐻𝑒 3 + 𝑛 2.78 × 10−4 3.7 × 10−2 0.11 1750 𝑇 + 𝑇 → 𝛼 + 2𝑛 7.90 × 10−4 3.4 × 10−2 0.16 1000 𝐷 + 𝐻𝑒 3 → 𝛼 + 𝑝 2.20 × 10−7 0.1 0.9 250 table no. (2). low energy cross section parameterization [7] reaction 𝑨( 𝒃𝒂𝒓𝒏𝒔 − 𝒌𝒆𝑽) 𝜷 (𝒌𝒆𝑽−𝟏) 𝑹 𝒌𝒆𝑽𝟏/𝟐) 𝐷 − 𝐷𝑝 52.6 −5.8 × 10−3 31.39 𝐷 − 𝐷𝑛 52.6 −5.8 × 10−3 31.39 𝐷 − 𝑇 9821 −2.9 × 10−2 34.37 𝑇 − 𝑇 175 9.6 × 10−3 38.41 𝐷 − 𝐻𝑒 3 5666 −5.1 × 10−3 68.74 𝐻𝑒 3 − 𝐻𝑒 3 5500 −5.6 × 10−3 153.70 138 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(3): the recommended correction factors necessarily for calculations the d𝑯𝒆 𝟑 fusion reaction cross section deutron energy kev cross section barn deutron energy kev cross section barn deutron energy kev cross section barn 10 2.162 x10-7 100 9.759 x10-2 190 0.536 20 6.624 x10-5 110 0.128 200 0.608 30 7.801 x10-4 120 0.164 210 0.686 40 3.308 x10-3 130 0.204 220 0.768 50 8.773 x10-3 140 0.249 230 0.856 60 1.794 x10-2 150 0.296 240 0.950 70 3.126 x10-2 160 0.349 250 1.049 80 4.894 x10-2 170 0.407 90 7.105 x10-2 180 0.469 table no.(4): the calculated energy of emitted neutrons as a function of the reaction angle 𝜃 = 0 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝜃 = 45 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝜃 = 60 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝜃 = 90 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝐸𝑑 𝑘𝑒𝑉 𝐸𝑛 𝑀𝑒𝑉 𝐸𝑑 𝑘𝑒𝑉 𝐸𝑛 𝑀𝑒𝑉 𝐸𝑑 𝑘𝑒𝑉 𝐸𝑛 𝑀𝑒𝑉 𝐸𝑑 𝑘𝑒𝑉 𝐸𝑛 𝑀𝑒𝑉 20 15.000 20 14.909 20 14.845 20 14.691 30 15.075 30 14.962 30 14.884 30 14.695 40 15.138 40 15.008 40 14.917 40 14.699 50 15.195 50 15.049 50 14.947 50 14.703 60 15.247 60 15.087 60 14.975 60 14.707 70 15.296 70 15.122 70 15.000 70 14.711 80 15.341 80 15.155 80 15.025 80 14.715 90 15.384 90 15.186 90 15.048 90 14.719 100 15.425 100 15.216 100 15.069 100 14.723 139 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(1) : measured cross sections for different fusion reactions as a function of the averaged centre of mass energy. reaction cross sections are measured in barn (1 barn= 10-28 m2) [8]. figure no.( 2) : variation of the emitted proton energy versus the incident deuteron energy 101 103 102 104 energy [kev] c ro ss s ec tio ns σ [b ar n] d-t d -3he d-d 10 1 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-4 140 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no.(3) : variation of the d-he reactivity versus the incident deuteron temperature 141 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝑫المعلمات الممیزة للتفاعل النووي االندماجي نوع − 𝑯𝒆 𝟑 علي كاظم تقي رعد حمید مجید مصطفى كامل جاسم جامعة بغدادقسم الفیزیاء / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) / 2013اذار 17قبل البحث في ، 2012ایلول 12استلم البحث في الخالصة من التفاعالت التجریبیة المرغوبة والمفضلة لدى الدول المھتمة بانتاج d-3heالتفاعل النووي االندماجي نوع یعد وتفاعلھما االندماجي ینتج عد من المواد المستقره یالطاقة والبحوث العلمیة وذلك لكون كال من الدیتریوم والھلیوم امكانیة درع او ال عنفض، d-tبدال من انتاج النیوترونات للتفاعل من نوع mev 14البروتونات وبطاقة تصل الى التفاعلیة، مثل طة المجال المغناطیسي. االعتمادیة العالیة الدرجة لعوامل البالزما الحاره احصر البروتون الناتج بوس جعل خصوصیة بحث ت للتفاعل النووي االندماجي معدل التفاعل، وطاقة البروتونات المنبعثة على المقطع العرضي الكليو الجل الوصول الى امكانیة تحویرھا نظریا ومن ثم لھذه المقاطع العرضیة تجریبیة مالئمة قدر االمكان او اختیار عالقات .من اھداف البحث الحالي توافق عال جدا مع نظیرتھا العملیة المنشورة حدیثا، یعد ، التفاعلیة ، معدل التفاعل ، طاقة البروتون ، البالزما الحاره ، المقطع العرضي d-3he: التفاعل كلمات مفتاحیةال االندماجي 142 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 synthesis and characterization of some 1,3,4 thiadiazole derivatives ismaeel y. majeed iman f. mustafa muhand j. mahmoud dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :19 february 2013 , accepted in : 19 may 2013 abstract a series of nbenzoyl 2 – alkyl -1( 2thio – 1,3,4thiadiazole -5yl ) , have been synthesized from dlα– amino acids , the methyl and sulfon thio ethers of these compounds were also prepared , representative samples of the prepared compounds were characterized from their irspectrum and elemental analysis . key words :1,3,4 – thiadiazole derivatives , thio – ethers , sulfon compounds . 220 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction thiadiazoles and in particular 1,3,4thiadiazole derivatives were among the various heterocycles that received more attention during the last two decades as antimicrobial agents.[1,2] most of the substitutions have been carried out at the 2and 5positions of the thiadiazole ring , these inclued , the introduction of a double bond on the thiadiazole ring is reported to have a strong antibacterial activity [ 3, 4 ] antifungal[5,6] , antimitotic [7] widely used formedicinal [8] and antihistaminic [9] , substituted thiadiazoles have been reported to display nematocidal [10] and antiinflammatory [11]. keeping these facts in mind it was thought worth while to synthesize some new [5-(nbenzoyl alkyl amino ) (1,3,4 thiadiazole -2thione] derived from nbenzoyl α – amino acids derivatives see (scheme1). scheme – 1 – 221 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 experimental melting points were determined by using " electro thermal " melting point apparatus mettler . i.r. spectra were recorded using ftir – 8300 fourier transforn infared spectrophototmeter schimadzu , for kbr disc . microanalytical samples were analysed at the ministry of oil laboratories , baghdad . • nbenzoyl α – amino acid [ i a,b,c ] this was carried out following the procedure of vogel [12] . • nbenzoyl methylester of α – amino acid [ ii a, b ,c ] a solution of sodium carbonate ( 0.01 mole ) in water was added gradually with continous stirring to nbenzoyl α – amino acid [i a,b,c ] ( 0.01 mole ) which was dissolved in dry acetone , to a stirred solution dimethyl sulfate ( 0.0l mole ) was added . the mixture was refluxed for 3hr . evaporated under reduced pressure and extracted with ethyl acetate . a syrup was obtaind which showed one spot on t.l.c. ( ethyl acetate as a solvent system ) . • n – benzoyl α – amino acid hydrazide [ iii a,b,c ] to a stirred solution of ( 0.01 mole ) of n – benzoyl α – amino methyl ester [ ii a,b,c ] in ethanol ( 10 ml ) hydrazine hydrate (0.02 mole ) was added . the mixture was refluxed for 3hr . after cooling a white crystalline solid was formed , the crude product was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol . m.p. of [iii a] = 175 – 177 co ,[ iii b] = 243-244 co ,[ iii c]= 230-232 co yield % of [iii a] 73% , [iii b] 82% , [ iii c] 86% • nbenzoyl α – amino acid xanthate salt : [13] [ iv a,b,c] nbenzoyl α – amino acid hydrazide [ iii a,b,c ] (0.0l mole) was mixed with ( 10 ml ) ethanolic koh solution , a clear solution was thus obtained , carbon disulphide (0.01 mole ) (5ml) was now added to it and the resulting solution was stirred for overnight at room temperature , the yellow precipitate is separated and washed with ether . m.p. of [iv a]= 140-141 co , [iv b] = 220-222 co decom . [iv c]= 190-192 decom yield %of [ iv a] 74% ,[ iv b] 67% , [iv c] 62%. • [ 5 – ( nbenzoyl alkyl amino ) 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2-thione)[13] [ v a,b,c ] xanthate salt ( 0.01 mole) was dissolved in ice cold conc . sulphuric acid ( 10 ml ) , the resulting solution was kept at room temperature for 2hr. stirred at intervals and then poured over crushed ice . it was stirred , diluted with water and flitered , the residue obtained was washed and recrystallized from ethanol – water . physical properties of compounds [va,b,c] are shown in (table -1) . • [ 5( n – benzoyl – methyl amino) 1,3,4 – thiadiazole –2 –thio ether ] [14] [ vi a,b,c ] . the compounds [v a,b,c ] ( 0.01 mole ) , were dissolved in dioxane ( 10 ml ) , which contained ( 0.01 mole ) potassium hydroxide , alkyl iodide ( 0.01 mole ) was added drop wise with stirring , the reactans were refluxed 1hr . and monitored by (t.l.c) . after evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure , water was added , and the crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate . evaporation of the organic solvent gave a solid that was crystallized from ( benzene – petroleum ether 40 – 60 ) physical properties are shown in ( table – 1 ) . • [ 5( n – benzoyl –alkyl amino ) – 2methyl sulphonyl – 1,3,4 – thiadiazole )] [ 15] [ vii a,b,c ] . the alkyl thioether [ vi a,b,c ] ( 0.01 mole ) was dissolved in 80% aqueous acetic acid ( 3 ml ) , to this solution of potassium permanganate ( 0.03 mole ) in water ( 5 ml ) , was added during a period of 0.5hr . 30% hydrogen peroxide was added in a quantity sufficient to 222 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 discharge the colour . work – up neutralization with sodium hydrogen carbonate soluation , extracting with ethyl acetate and evaporation of the organic solvent . results and discussion in the present work a series of 1,3,4 – thiadiazole derivatives were synthesized from glycine , dl – 3-5diiodo tyrosine and dltrptophan as outlined in ( scheme 1 ) . the key intermediates. nbenzoyl ( αamino acid hydrazide ) [ iii a,b,c ] were prepared by the reaction of methyl ester of ( nbenzoyl α amino acid ) [ i a,b,c ] with hydrazine . the ir spectra showed the normal secondary amide stretching of the acid hydrazide which appeared at ( 1640 – 1600 cm-1 ) as compared to stretching of the carbonyl group in the corresponding esters , which appeared at ( 1740 – 1660 cm-1 ) . scheme – 2 – treating the acid hydrazides [ iii a,b,c ] with carbon disulphide in alkalin medium gave yellow solids ,which are characterized as nbenzoyl-α-amino acid xanthate salt [iva,b,c ],the ir spectra showed to stretching bands at ( 3300 – 3330 cm-1 ) which could be attributed to – nh group , and the disappearance of – nh2 bands at ( 3290 – 3275 cm-1 ) which could be due to obtain the reaction . another characteristic bands were observed at ( 1074 – 1050 cm1 ) which could be due to c = s , then the bands at (1630 – 1635 cm-1 ) were obtained which could be attributed to a secondary amide ( v c=o amide i ) and abroad band was obtained at (1670 – 1640 cm-1 ) which could be attributed to the ( amide ii ) . then treated the xanthate salt [ iv a,b,c ] with conc. sulphuric acid , to obtain 1,3,4 – thiadiazole [ v a,b,c ] . ir spectra showed stretching bands at ( 1065 – 1060 cm-1 ) , (2233-2490cm-1) which could be attributed ( c = s ) [16] , -sh stretching and the disappearance of the c=o 223 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 hydrazide ( amid i ) indicated the reaction is obtained , and a strong stretching band appeared at ( 1485 – 1488 cm-1) which could be due to ( n – c=s )[17] stretching band in thiadiazole ring . see ( figure -1) alkylation of compounds [ v a,b,c ] with alkyl iodide in basic medium see ( scheme -2) afforded [ 5( nbenzoyl alkyl amino 1,3,4 – thiadiazole -2thio ether ] [ vi a,b,c ] in 80% yield . nn s sh r nh o ph + koh dioxane nn s sk r nh o ph nn s s r nh o ph + r-x sn2 nn s sr r nh o ph scheme (3) the mechanism f ormation of thio ether the ir spectra of these compounds showed the disappearance of the c=s and the sh stretching's at ( 1065-1060cm-1) ( 2233-2490cm-1) respectively . new bands at (1423 cm-1) and at (1303 cm -1) appeared which could be attributed to the new -s-ch3 stretching band in compound [ vi a] , then another characteristic band was observed at ( 1410 cm-1) which could be due to ( -sch2 )(18) in compound [ vib ] . see (figure -2-) . the sulphones [ vii a,b,c ] were prepared by oxidation of [ vi a,b,c ] with potassium permanganate and hydrogen peroxide see ( scheme -2-) . the ir spectra are characterized by the sulphone 0=s=0 absorption[18] bands at ( 1319 – 1325 cm-1) and (1155 – 1159cm-1) see ( figure -3-) . 224 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 nn s sr r nh o ph scheme (4) the mechanism f ormation of sulf one kmno4 nn s s-r r nh o ph o o mn o o nn s s-r r nh o ph o o +mno2 references 1. asif ,m. and asthana, ch. ( 2010 ) synthesized of some new subsituted – 2,4diphenyl -5 amino 1,3,4 – thiadiazole derivatives ,acta pharmaceutica sciencia 52 :443-451 2. kokila ,p.; sarju ,p. ; rinku ,p. and rekha, p. (2011 ) synthesized some new and biologically [ 1,2,4] triazolo [3,4b ] [ 1,3,4 ] thiadiazole -2 aryl thiazolidinone -4ones ,research journal of chemical sciences 1 (1) :18 – 24 3. sharma ,v. and sharma, k.v. ( 2006 ) synthesis and biological some 3,5diaryl -1 benzothiazolopyrazoline derivatires , reaction of chalcones with 2hydrazino benzothiazoles " , e – journal of chemistry , 6 (2): 356 – 384 4. lamani ,r. s.; shelty, n.s.; kamble ,r.r.; khazi, i.a . ( 2009 ) synthesized novel methylene bridged benzisoxazolylimidazo [ 2,1 b ] [ 1,3,4 ] thiadiazoles, eur. j. med . chem . 44(7) :2828 – 2833 5. elsayed rashed, a.; shamroukh ,a.h .; hegab, m.i. and awad , h.m. (2005)synthesis of some biologically active pyrazoles and cnucleosides , acta chim , solv. 52:429-434 . 6. mehta ,d.s. ; vashi , b.s.; shah ,v.s. (1997 ) synthesized a series of 2-arylsulfonamido 5( benzthiazol – 2yl –thiamethyl )-1,3,4 – thiadiazoles , asian journal of chemistry , 9 (3) :333-335 . 7. ghiram, d. ; schwartz and simiti , i. ;faramacia , 22 (141) , ( 1974 ) chem . abs . 82 (43274 c) ( 1975 ). 8. siddiqui ,n.; alam, m.s. and ahsan, w. (2008 ) synthesis , anticonvulsant and toxicity evalution of 2-(1hlndol -3yl) acetyl – n( substituted phenyl ) hydrazine – carbothioamides and their related heterocyclic derivatives , acta pharm , 58 :445-454. 9. alagarsmy , v.; gividhar, r. and yadar, m.r. ( 2005 ) synthesis and hi – antihistaminic activity of some novel 1substituted -4( 3 – methyl phenyl ) – 1,2,4 – triazolo [4-3-a] quinazolin -5 ( 4h) – ones " boil , pharm , bull 28 (8):1531-1534 10. maver , w.; boehner, b. and dawes, d. ger. offen , (1974) , 2,418 , 363 ; 225hem.. abs . (1975) , 82 , 31328 k . 11. unangst , p.c.; shrum , g. –p.; connor , d.t .; dyer , r-d.; schrier r-j. (1992) j.med . chem , 35 :369i 225 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 12. vogel , i.a. (1974) atext book of practical organic chemistry " 3rd edit , longman , london 439 584 , 13. badger , g.m. (1961) “ the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds “ academic press , 1 nc , london , ltd, 183b-187c – 188. 14.mustafa,i.f. (1997)synthesis and characterization of some oxadiazole and triazole derivatives , mu'tah journal for research and studies , 12(3) :153-165 15. house ,h.o. (1972) " modern synthetic reaction " , 2nd ed . , 276 , 16. mahmoud ,m.j.; mustafa ,i.f. ; ali , m.a. (1997) synthesis of 1,3,4oxadiazole sulphones , college of science 1:191-196 .. 17. copper , j.w. (1980) spectroscopic techniques for organic chemistry, wiley new yourk 18. koji ,n. (1962) infrared absorption spectorscop , nankodo company limited , tokyo , 54 fig.(1): ( compound v c) fig. (2) :( compound vi a) 226 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig.(3): ( compound vii b) table (1) :physical properties of compounds [ v – vii ] a,b,c 227 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ) ثایودایزول وتشخیصھا 4,3,1تحضیر وتشخیص بعض مشتقات ( إسماعیل یاسین مجید إیمان فیصل مصطفى مھند جمیل محمود / جامعة بغداد )ابن الھیثم(قسم الكیمیاء / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة 2013آیار 19، قبل البحث : 2013شباط 19استلم البحث في : الخالصة یل ) -5-ثایودایزول – 4,3,1 –ثایو -2( -1-الكیل -2-بنزویل -nتم في ھذا البحث تحضیر سلسلة من المركبات الفا حمض امیني ) وقد اجریت لھذه المركبات عملیة االلكلة بھالیدات االلكیل وتحویلھا الى مركبات الثایو اثیر ، من ( وكذلك اجریت عملیة االكسدة لمركب الثایو اثیر وتحویلھ الى مركب السلفون . وقد شخصت ھذه المركبات باستخدام مطیافیھ األشعة تحت الحمراء ، وتحلیل العناصر . .ثایو ایثرات ،مركبات السلفون ثایادایازول ،-4و3و 1مشتقات :لكلمات المفتاحیة ا 228 | chemistry ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 potentiostatic study for the effect of las on the corrosion of pure zinc in 0.01 m hcl so lutions k. a. al-saadi , s. a-j. al-safi departme nt of chemistry, college of science , unive rsity of baghdad received in : 22 december 2010 accepte d in :28 february 2011 abstract a p otentiost atic st udy for the corrosion of p ure zinc in 0.01 m hcl was achieved in absence and p resence of (linear alky lbenzene solfonate las) detergents in a range of concentrations (0-50) mg/l. the electrochemical st udies included anodic, cathodic p olarization by using p otentiost at over temp erature rang (293323) k. the mechanism of corrosion rate of p ure zinc was suggested by evaluating of αa , αc , ba , bc , i0 , rp and the kinetic p arameters also calculated ( ea , a) at t he above temp erature rang, the thermody namic of corrosion, corrosion accelerating and corrosion p rotecting were invest igated by calculating (∆g, ∆h and ∆s) values. keyword: zinc corrosion, p otentiostat, linear alkylbenzene solfonate las. introduction " corrosion is t he deterioration of substance or its p rop erties because of the reaction with its environment. in the water works industry , the "subst ance" that deteriorates may be metal pipe or fixture, the cement in a p ipe lining or an asbestos-cement (a-c) p ipe" (awwa 1990, aly et at 1998). this normal and natural p rocess may result in failure of comp onent and can seldom be totally p revented. the effect of corrotion is imp ortant in water utility industry [1]. electrochemical theory is one way to understand the st ructure of metals on the basic of p articles by imagining an array of p ositively charged ions sitting in negatively charged "y as" of free electrons, coulombic att raction holds these op p ositely -charged p articles together, but the p ositively-charged ions are att racted to negatively charged p articles outside the metal as well, such as the negative ions (anions) in an electrolyte. for a given ion at the surface of a metal, there is a certain amount of energy to be gained or lost by dissolving into the electrolyte or becoming a p art of the metal, which reflects an atom scale tug-of-war between the electron gas and dissolved anions. the quantity of energy then strongly depends on a host of variables, including the ty p es of ions in a solution and their concentrations, and the number of electrons p resent at the metals surface[2]. zinc is a metal with numerous industrial app lications and is mainly used for the corrosion p rotection of steel. zinc is an indust rially imp ortant metal and is corroded by many agents, of which aqueous acids are the most dangerous[3]. surfactants are the active cleaning ingredients in sy nthetic detergents used for all kinds of washing. they consist of a water-soluble (hy drop hilic) and a water-insoluble (hy drop hobic) comp onent. as a result of t his st ructure, the molecules of surfactants align themselves t o form micelles able to sep arate dirt and oily st ains[4]. organic substances as well as inorganic ones affect the corrosion rate. it is claimed that if organic molecules have group s like -oh, -cho, -cooh, -cn, -scn, -co, -nh2, -so3, double or triple bonds or unp aired electrons, the subst ance and the metals interact easily, and charging the zero charge p otential, an effective p rotection is p rovided [5]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 in this st udy , the effects of the organic molecules like linear alky lbenzene solfonate las (which is a raw material of detergents and has surface active p rop erties) on zinc were invest igated. experime ntal procedure ap ure zinc (99.99%) p ieces of 1cm² were served in the corrosion cell as a working electrode. platinum was served as the counter electrode while saturated calomel electrode (sce) was used as a reference electrode. the corrosion cell were conducted with advanced p otentiost at winking m lab-200(2007) [bank elektronik – intelligent controls gmbh with all accessories] cell + electrode + working electrode holder (germany ). the open circuit p otential (ocp) was measured and the polarization curves were scanned between (-1.1 to 0.2) v. the 0.01m hcl solutions were p repared by using hcl (37% aldrich) and diluted with di water (with a measure conductivity less than 2 µs ⁄cm). las, fw=362.498 g.mole -1 . where m+n =10 a dilute solution (500 p p m) of las (98% p ure) was p repared using di water and then used for p reparation of all acid electrolytes solutions (by addition of the desired amount of las solution (500 mg/l)) in the concentration ranges of st udy (0-50) mg/l. re sults and discussion (i) polarization curve figs (1– 4) show t y p ical p olarization curves for zn in 0.01m hcl in presence and absent of different concentration of las ranging between (2.5-50) mg/l, at temp erature range (293323) k. table 1. shows the resulting data (the corrosion p otential ec and corrosion current densities( ic) which have been derived from the polarization curves. the data of table 1 show that the corrosion current density (ic) increased while the corrosion p otential ec generally decreased with the increase of temp erature in absence and p resence of las. the corrosion current densities (ic) and corrosion p otential (ec) have been obtained by extrapolation of the linear logarithmic sections of cathodic and anodic tafel lines to the p oint of intersection. the rate of an electrochemical reaction is limited by various p hy sical and chemical factors. the behavior of electrochemical sy st em depends on the charge transfer reactions which occur at the interface. the basic law of charge –transfer reaction has been exp ressed through the butler-volmer electrodic equation [6] as i = i0 [е (1β) ηf/rt – е β η f/rt ] ------(1) in which, i0, is the equilibrium exchange current density , β, is the sy mmetry factor, the term η=e-ec measures how much the p otential e has dep arted from the equilibrium value ec. the following equation p rovides a simple way of understanding non-p olarizable and p olarizable interface [7]: i = i0 fη / rt -------------(2) ch3 (ch2)m ch so3 – na + ( ch2 )n – ch3 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 where η is about 0.01v or less for one electron transfer reaction. by rearrangement of this equation, one obtains [5]. η / i = rt/ i0f=rp -------------(3) so t he term η / i corresp onding to the resist ance rp of interface at an electrode to the charge transfer reaction and is termed the p olarization resist ance. the higher the value of i0, the less does the p otential difference across an interface depart from the equilibrium value on p assage of a current [6]. (ii) the tafel sl opes and transfe r coefficie nts the cathodic (bc) and anodic (ba) tafel slop es which were obtained from the slop es of cathodic and anodic tafel regions of the p olarization curves are given in table 1. the data of the table show that the cathodic and anodic tafel slop es shifted slightly with increasing temp erature at all las concentration. values of transfer coefficients for the cathodic (αc) and anodic (αa), p rocesses have been calculated from the corresp onding cathodic (bc) and anodi (ba) tafel slop es using the relationship [6]: αc = 2.303rt / bcf -------------(4) αa = 2.303rt /baf --------------(5) where r is the gas constant and f is the faraday constant. the results obt ained are given in table 2. a values of αc of ~ 0.5 could be diagnost ic of a p roton discharge-chemical desorp tion mechanism in which the p roton discharge is the rate-determining st ep (r.d.s). values of αa are shown in table 2, and in most cases αa were close to 0.5 in absence of las at t he temp erature range (303-323)k, indicating the metal dissolution reaction to be the rate-determining st ep for the reactions taking p lace at t he anode. the variation of αa could be interp reted in terms of the variation of the rate-determining st ep from charge transfer p rocess to either chemical-desorp tion or to electrochemical desorp tion, in p resence of las and in absent las at 293k. the variation of (ba) and (αa) may be attributed to the variation of the rate-determining st ep in the metal dissolution reaction. a change in mechanism as well as in the rate-determining st ep cannot be ignored throughout the anodic p rocesses. (iii) the exchange current desities and polariz ation resi stances. the polarization resist ance (rp) was determined from stern-geary equation [6]: rp = [d(∆e)/di] ∆e→0 = babc / 2.303(ba + bc)ic --(6) values of rp are p resented in table 2. values of exchange current density were calculated from equation (3) and the i0 values p resented in table 2. the i0 for a metal electrode determines the extent of the p olarization of the interface adjacent to the electrode; a nonp olarizable interface corresp onds t o one at which the potential difference does not change easily with the p assage of current. the higher the value of i0 is, the less does the p otential difference across an interface depart from the equilibrium value on the p assage of a current. similarly , the case of i0→0 or rp →∞ means that the p otential departs from the equilibrium values even with a very small current density leaking across the interface. the value of i0→0 is the idealized extreme of a p olarizable interface; i0→∞ is idealized extreme of a nonp olarized interface. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 values of i0 in absence of las are higher than corresp onding i0 values in p resence of las at all temperature and las concentrations, indicating the variation of interface p olarization, that means las led to increase the interface polarization. the maximum las concentration effect i0 was at 323k by using 5 mg/l las. (iv) the protection e fficie ncy (p%) the p rotection efficiency (p%) of an inhibitor or of a p rotection mean was calculated by [7,8]: p% = 100[1(ic)2 / (ic)1] ------------(7) where (ic)1 and (ic)2 are resp ectively the corrosion current densities of the zn in the absence and presence of the las at t he same temperature; (ic)1 and (ic)2 refer also t he corrosion rate of unp rotected and p rotected metal by any p rotection methods. values of p rotection efficiency which were calculated for various concentration of las at temp erature range (293-323) k are given in table 2. las concentration led to accelerate the corrosion rate of zn in 0.01 m hcl at (293 – 303)k while at 313 and 323 k it lead to p rotect the zinc from corrosion where las used in concentrations (5 and 25) mg/l. using 50 p p m las led to inhibit the zinc corrosion at the four temp eratures above, but using 2.5 p p m las at 313 accelerate corrosion of zinc. fig. 5 shows the variation of p% with temp eratures for the different las concentration, while fig. 6 shows the variation of p% with las concentrations for the different temp eratures. fig.7 shows t he variation of corrosion rate (ic) against temp erature for different las concentrations, while fi g.8 shows t he variation of corrosion rate against las concentrations at different temp eratures. (v) kinetics of corrosion the effect of temp erature on the rate of corrosion has been st udied over the temp erature range from 293 to 323k. the rate(r) of corrosion may be exp ressed as [9]. r = 0.13 (e / ρ) icor r --------------(8) where (e) is the best chemical equivalent of the metal, (ρ) its density and icor r is the corrosion current density , the value of icor r may b taken to be prop ortional with the rate of corrosion (r). fig.9 shows log icor r p lott ed against the recip rocal of the absolute temp erature (1/t) for the zn in 0.01hcl. the result is shown to be almost a linear dependence on the corrosion rate (log icor r) on (1/t) which can be exp ressed as [10]: log icor r = log a – ea /2.303rt ---------(9) which is similar to the well-known arrhenius equation with: r = a exp (-ea / rt) ----------(10) ea represents the activation energy of the corrosion and a is the p re-exp onential factor in the rate equation. values of ea and a are then derived from the slop and the intercep t of log icor r versus 1/t p lot. t able 3 presents the values of ea and log a for p ure zinc in 0.01m hcl. fig.10 shows t he resulting values of ea as a function of las concentration in 0.01m hcl. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 there was non-linear decrease in ea values on increasing las concentration, up to 25 mg/l and then increased reaching to 50 mg/l thus, the p resence of las in the acidic media p robably lowering the energy barrier for the metal corrosion through the decrease of the app arent energy of activation resulting in the consequent increase of the surface tendency for corrosion, but a value reaches to 7.48x10 10 in absence of las and by adding las the a value be so lower that means las led to decrease the number of anodic corrosion sites. a liner relationship is frequently observed between the energy of activation (ea) and the p re-exp onential factor (a) for a given reaction over a different las concentrations fig.11. it is usually of the form [11]. log a = m ea + c ----------(11) this relation is referred to as a "comp ensation effect" or the "theta rule". the former name is meaningful, since an increase in log a at constant ea imp lies a higher rates while an increase in ea at a constant log a therefore tend to comp ensate from the st andpoint of the rate. when such a compensation op erates, it is p ossible for st riking variations in ea and loga through a surface series to y ield only relatively small change in activity ; alternatively when the effect does not op erate (that is, when either ea or loga alone changes) st riking variation in activity results. the high loga values are due to the greater concentration of corroding sites on zinc. the comparatively lower ea values co mbined with greater values of loga for corrosion of the metals make the corrosion mu ch easier [15]. although that ea with using 50 mg/l las is equal to 37.19 kj.mol -1 and the ea with absence of las is equal to 50.34 kj.mol -1 but values of loga for the first is 8.28 and for the second is equal 10.87, that means the 50 mg/l las led to decrease the energy barrier but in the same time it led to decrease the number of the active corrosion sites (anodic sites) and overall p rocess is reached to p rotect the corrosion of zinc. vi) thermodynamic of corrosion values of ec for various las concentration and at different exp erimental temp eratures reflect the variation in the gibbs free energy (δg) values of the corrosion, and reflect the tendency of metal for corrosion on thermodynamic grounds [12,13]. table (1) shows the decreasing of ec with temp erature increasing in absence and p resence of las. in each temp erature the addition of las let to increase ec in active direction and – δg increased according to the following equation [14]: δg = nfec -------------(12) δg = ∆h t∆s -------------(13) where n is number of electron, and f is t he faraday constant. fig.12 shows t he variation of ∆g with t emp erature at the different las concentration. table 4: shows ∆h (intercept) and ∆s (from slope) for the corrosion of zn in hcl 0.01 m solution at different las concentrations. conclusion las led to p rotect zn from corrosion in 0.01m hcl solution and the best las concentration was 50 mg/l (p% close to 64-25 %) at 313k. the uses of 50 mg/l las led to lowest δs values for t he corrosion which is due to the decreasin g of the zinc ions eff luence as a result of las lay er adsorbed on zinc surface. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the p resence of low concentration of las at low temp erature, led to accelerate the corrosion of zinc because las act as an oxidation agent react with electrons in the cathodic regions and on increasing temp erature the las p articles go far from cathodic regions and act as a protected layer of anodic regions p reventing the effluence of zinc ions to the solution. re ferences 1. castorina ,j. ; jegatheesan, v. (2001), " corrosion impact on drinking water dist ribution sy st em a review and fut er research divition". school of engineering, james cook university , townsville, qld 4811, aust ralia. 2. wikipedia, (2009), "corrosion" the free encyclop edia. hlm pag. (1-10). 3. shanthamma kampalapp a rajappa, thimmap p a v. venkatesita, (2003) "inhibition studies of a few organic comp ounds and their condensation p roducts on the corrosion of zinc in hy drochloric acid medium", turk j. chem.. 27 : 189-196. 4. paniz za, m . ; de(ucchi, m . and cerisola, g. (2006) "electrochemical degradation of one onic surfactants", of ap p lred electrochemist ry , 35:357-361. 5. zor, s.; yaz jci, b. and erbil, m . (1999). " the effect of detergent pollution on the corrosion of iron and alumination", turk j. chem.., 23 : 393-400. 6. shreir,l.l: corrosion, (1976) m etal /environment reactions (new nes-butter wort hs), bost on, vol.2. 7. bockris ,o’m .and reddy, a.k.n. (1970) “m odern electrochemist ry " p lenum p ress, 2: 883-910. 8. al-saadie,saria, k.a.s ; al-safi, a.j. and duny a edan el-m ammar, (2007) “effectof(1,4-heny lenediamine) on the corrosion of lead in 1m hcl solution ”, umsalama science journal, 4(2):290-297, 9. al-saadie, k.a.s (2008) “the effect of las on th corrosion of al, zn and pb in 1m hcl”, national journal of chemistry 29:76-86. 10. brgül yazici and sabel zor, (1999), “electro oxidation of las on pt electrodes” turk. j. chem. 23: 73-81. 11. ein-eli, y.; auinat, m . and starosvetsky , d. (2003), “electrochemical and surface st udies of zinc in alkaline solution containing organic corrosion inhibitors”, journal of p ower sources 114:330-337. 12. al-saadie, k.a. ph.d. thesis, (1997) “electrochemist ry st udies of the corrosion, corrosion-inhibition and p rotection of some iron alloys in acidic and basic media”, university of baghdad, college of science. 13. zenfeld, i.l.r. (1981), “corrosion inhibitors”, 66, m c grow-hill, inc. 14. at eya, b.g.; aradouli, b.e. and el-nizamy , f.m . (1981), “corrosion inhibition for atainless steel by thiourea” bull. chem. soc.jp n vol. 54: 3187. 15. naema ahmed hikmat ezideen, (2002) "investigation of the surface behaviour of certain metals" ph.d t hesis, college of science, university of baghdad. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig.(1): effect of las (0-50) mg/l on polariz ation curve for zn i n 0.01 m hcl at 293 k. fig.(2): effect of las (0-50 ) mg/l on polarization curve for zn in 0.01 m hcl at 303 k. fig.(3): effect of las (0-50 ) mg/l on polarization curve for zn in 0.01 m hcl at 313 k. fig.(4): effect of las (0-50 ) mg/l on polarization curve for zn in 0.01 m hcl at 323 k. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (1): variati on of corrosi on potential (ec), corrosion current densities (i c), cathodic (bc) and anodic (ba) tafel sl opes for zn i n 0.01m hcl in absence and presence of las . ba x 10‾³ v/decad e -bc x 10‾³ v/decad e ic x 10‾ 6 a.cm‾² ec /v t/k solution c/mg. l -1 62.90 138.7 59.60 1.0082 293 0 mg/l 80.10 156.2 239.16 0.9694 303 106.80 136.7 316.70 0.9886 313 107.20 138.3 449.55 0.9955 323 68.50 182.3 158.39 0.9855 293 2.5 mg/l 101.70 178.8 264.19 0.9974 303 108.90 121.6 436.28 1.0154 313 106.40 134.0 498.11 1.0157 323 105.10 146.4 165.09 0.9778 293 5 mg/l 109.30 135.6 284.15 0.9954 303 101.70 83.60 296.80 1.0156 313 90.00 91.80 359.79 1.0144 323 99.40 147.1 213.85 0.9890 293 25 mg/l 96.80 152.2 252.02 0.9991 303 99.50 130.2 246.08 0.9985 313 123.80 152.3 428.87 1.0091 323 64.80 124.5 36.99 0.9766 293 50 mg/l 105.70 162.8 106.25 0.9960 303 95.80 129.0 113.2 0.9972 313 85.50 142.2 173.07 0.9951 323 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (2): variati on of activation ene rgy δg, protection e fficiencies p% and polariz ation resistances (rp), corresponding transfe r coefficients (αa and αc) and exchange current densities (i0) for zn at 0.01m hcl. table(3):values ea, log a and a at different las concentration c/mg. l -1 ea/kj.mol -1 log a/ molecu le.cm -2 a / molecu le.cm -2 0 50.337 10.8740 7.48 x 10 10 2.5 31.1504 7.7750 5.95 x 10 7 5 18.8788 5.6296 4.26 x 10 5 25 16.0290 5.1597 1.44 x 10 5 50 37.1875 8.2841 1.92 x 10 8 αa x 10 ‾4 -αc x 10 ‾4 i0 x 10 ‾7 a.cm‾² rpx10 3 ω. cm² p% -δg/ kj.mol -1 t /k solution c/ mg. l -1 9242 4191 ــــــــ 315.27 0.800 293 185.63 ــ 0 mg/l ــــــــ 96.13 2.715 3848 7505 303 187.09 ــ ــــــــ 82.19 3.281 4543 3874 313 190.79 ــ ــــــــ 58.33 4.770 4634 5978 323 192.13 ــ 8487 3189 1.849 136.49 -165.75 190.20 293 2.5 mg/l 5911 3362 2.450 106.54 -10.46 192.49 303 5702 5107 4.716 57.17 -37.73 195.97 313 6023 4782 5.382 51.70 -10.80 199.60 323 5531 3971 1.568 160.91 -176.99 188.71 293 5 mg/l 5500 4454 2.822 92.48 -18.81 192.11 303 6106 7428 4.017 67.12 +6. 29 196.01 313 7120 6981 5.073 54.84 +19. 96 1.95. 77 323 5848 3952 2.095 120.44 -258.8 190.87 293 25 mg/l 6210 3950 2.560 101.94 -5.37 192.82 303 6241 4769 2.709 99.51 +22. 31 192.71 313 5176 4210 4.026 69.12 +4. 60 194.75 323 8971 4669 0.504 500.28 +37. 93 188.48 293 50 mg/l 5687 3692 0.996 261.91 +55. 57 192.22 303 6482 4814 1.278 210.87 +64. 26 192.45 313 7495 4506 2.077 133.96 +61. 50 192.05 323 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table(4):values δh, and δs at different las concentration c/mg.l -1 δh / kj.mol -1 δs / j.k -1 .mol -1 0 202.39 360 2.5 129.08 21 5 115.90 25 25 157.28 12 50 157.6 11 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 -30 0 -20 0 10 0 0 10 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 310 320 330 t / k p % 2. 5 m g/ l 5 m g/ l 25 m g / l 50 m g / l -3 00 -2 00 -100 0 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 c/ mg/ l p % 29 3 k 30 3 k 313 k 32 3 k 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 29 0 30 0 310 3 20 33 0t / k m 0 m g/ l 2 .5 m g/ l 5 m g/ l 2 5 m g/ l 5 0 m g/ l 0 100 20 0 30 0 40 0 500 60 0 0 20 40 60 c / mg/l m 29 8 k 30 3 k 313 k 32 3 k fig.(5): variation of p% with temperatures for different las concentration. fig.(6): variation of p% with las concentration at different temperatures. fig.(7): variation of corrosion rate w ith temperatures for different las concentration fig.(8): variation of corrosion rate w ith las concentration at different temperatures ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 1 1.5 2 2 .5 3 0 .0 03 0 .0 031 0 .0 032 0.0 033 0 .00 3 4 0 .0 0 3 5 1/ t ( k -1 ) 0 p pm 2. 5p pm 5 p pm 25 pp m 50 pp m 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 c / mg/l fig.(10): variation of ea against las conce ntration fig.(9): variation log icorr against 1/t for the corrosion of zn in abse nce and presence of las in 0.01 m hcl ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 ea / kj .mol 1 fig.(12): variation of ∆g against temperature a t the different las c oncentration. fig.(11): variation of ea against log a 198 196 194 192 190 188 186 290 30 0 310 320 330 t / k g / k j m o l 1 0 m g/l 2.5 mg/l 5 m g/l 25 m g/l 50 m g/l 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تآكل الزنك النقي في في lasإستخدام المجهاد الساكن لدراسة تأثیر مادة الـ m 0.01 تركیز يوسط حامض الهیدروكلوریك ذ ساریة عبدالجبار الصافي، خلود عبد صالح السعدي .قسم الكیمیاء ،كلیة العلوم ، جامعة بغداد 2010كانون األول 22:استلم البحث في 2011 شباط 28: قبل البحث في :الخالصة بوجـود وغیـاب المنظــف m0.01 تمـت دراسـة السـلوك الكهروكیمیـائي لتاكـل الزنـك فـي محلــول حـامض الهیـدروكلوریك 0( mg/l مـدى مــن التراكیــز فــي ) las(ثیر وجـود المنظــف أدرس تــ ،اذ). las(سـلفونات الكیــل البنـزین الخطیــة 50 .( الكاثودي واألنودي باستخدام المجهاد الساكن في مدى حراري یتـراوح تضمنت الدراسة الكهروكیمیائیة متابعة األستقطاب k)293 – 323 .(میكانیكیة لسرعة تآكل الزنك من خالل تقدیر قیم تاقترح)αa , αc , ba , bc , i0 , rp ( والقیم الحركیة )ea , a (القـیم الثرمودینامیكیـة تكمــا عینـ. عنـد المـدى الحـراري أعـاله)(∆g, ∆h, ∆s لتآكـل الزنـك وتـأثیر الـــlas .مادة مثبطة أو معجلة للتآكلبوصفها ة: الكلمات المفتاحیة تآكل الزنك، المجهاد الساكن، سلفونات الكیل البنزین الخطی 62 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 abstract a sensitive and environmentally benign spectrometric method was developed for quantifying meprobamate (mep). the analyzed mep was derivatized into a colored complex and determined spectrometrically. the colorimetric analytical parameters were optimized and validated. low limit of detection (lod) was achieved down to 1.88×10 -6 mol/l while the limit of quantification (loq) was extended over the range of 1.97×10 -6 1.35×10 -3 mol/l. the high precision has been denoted by the 1.54% value of the coefficient of variation. the recovery was 96.07%, while the rsd (n=3) was 1.05 1.19%. the apparent molar absorptivity (ɛ) obtained within 1154.7 1691.9 l.mol -1 .cm -1 . the outcomes have signified the high sensitivity of the technique. furthermore, the avoidance of any traditional sample preparation steps prior to the analysis makes the method an excellent environmental approach. there were no analytical interferences with the common composites. the method has been successfully verified for the quantification of mep content in bulk pharmaceutical matrix and can be applied to determine other environmentally toxic carbamates. keywords: meprobamate, colorimetric, derivatization, job's method, carbamate ester, miltown. 1. introduction paradin tablets, synthesized by the state company for drugs industry & medical appliances/ samarra drugs iraq (sdi), are composed of paracetamol, caffeine, and meprobamate (mep) [1]. meprobamate (also called urethane, miltown, "2-methyl-2-propyl1,3-propanediol dicarbamate"[2].), is a white powder of carbamate esters family [3]. with a pka of 9.2 [4]. soluble in acetone and alcohol, but it is insoluble in ethers [5]. meprobamate solubility in water is of around ~ 4700 mg/ l [6]. it was used as an analgesic, muscle relaxant, anxiolytic, sedative, anticonvulsant action [7]. and to treat youngsters with cerebral paralysi [8]. as a muscle relaxant [9]. mep has a varying narcotic consequence for which depends on its maltreatment potential predominantly [10]. several reports have stated the poisoning and serious consequences of mep, which may cause death [11]. yet, it found to cause some lbn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http// jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index colorimetric determination of meprobamate after a simple derivatization noor-alhuda a. sabir khalid waleed s. al-janabi department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq khalid.janabi@gmail.com doi:10.30526/32.3.2283 article history: received 9 january 2019, accepted 17 february 2019, publish september 2019. 24 11 june 2019,2publish september 2019ec received 24 accepted 11 june 2019,publish september 2019eived 24 february 2019,accepted 11 june 2019,publish september 2019r received 24 february 2019,accepted 11 june 2019,publish september 2019 eceived 24 february 2019,accepted 11 june 2019,publish september 2019 mailto:khalid.janabi@gmail.com mailto:khalid.janabi@gmail.com 63 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 undesirable disorders, such as sedation, cerebral pains, dumbfounding energy, perplexity, psychological and psychomotor disability and disarray in elderly individuals [12]. additionally, carbamate pesticides are highly toxic compounds. it can be detected in wastewater and may reach freshwater resources [13]. self-poisoning of mep has been described as conceivably coaxing hypotension[14]. therefore, a reliable and easy quantitation method of mep could be important in toxicology [15]. clinical and forensic labs [16]. methods used for quantifying mep such as gas chromatography-flame ionization detector (gc-fid) [17]. mass spectroscopy (ms) [18]. or reverse phase-high performance liquid chromatography (rp-hplc) are not sensitive enough. they showed low sensitivity for analyzing carbamates due to weak response of the detector, thus, it should be derivatized first before analyzed by gc-fid or ms. meprobamate was identified spectrometrically by forming a complex with a tetra-substituted benzoquinone[19]. favorably with the tetrahalo derivative which is known as p-chloranil or bromanil[20]. the subsequent colored charge transfer (ct) complex[21]. can be detected colorimetrically [22]. mass spectroscopy is commonly used to quantify mep after concentrating the sample using implementing solid phase extraction spe technique [23]. using rf-hplc method to separate and identify mep [24]. was not recommended without using appropriate derivatization since meprobamate showed no convenient uv absorption [25]. the simplicity of colorimetry makes it the best approach to quantify mep, where it reacts selectively with a colored reagent to produce a colored derivative can be easily measured [26]. 2. experimental 2.1. instruments a double beam spectrophotometer uv/visible, t80+ (pg instruments) was used to measure the absorbance. a differential scanning calorimeter (dsc) model sta pt1000 (linseis, germany) was utilized for the thermal analyses. 2.2. methods acid mixture: was prepared by adding 0.5ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid (~12.08m) to 9.5 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid (~17.82m) with continuous stirring. a stock solution of mep: a 0.005 g of mep was dissolved in 10 ml of a freshly prepared acidic mixture (0.5 ml hcl and 9.5 ml h2so4) with a final concentration of (2.3 ×10 -3 mol/l). working solutions of mep: the stock solution was diluted using the acidic mixture to prepare sets of standard working solutions. preparation of p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde (p-dma) solution: a 0.0034 g of p-dma was dissolved in 10 ml of the freshly prepared acidic mixture to obtain (2.3 ×10 -3 mol/l) solution. the calibration curves: a 0.5 ml of the freshly prepared p-dma was added to a series of concentrations of mep solution (1.97×10 -6 – 1.35×10 -3 mol/l) and left at 120 °c for 25 min. each standard solution was then transferred into an ice bath, followed by the addition to 1 ml of cold distilled water. the absorptions of the product against the concentrations of mep were used to find the calibration curves. to examine the mep content in a bulk blend and to verify the method, paradin drug was prepared by mixing paracetamol, caffeine, and mep. a0.01g of mep was grinded well with 0.02 g of paracetamol and 0.02 g of caffeine. 64 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 2.3. the stoichiometric ratio of the product job's method of continuous variation was used to determine the stoichiometric ratio of a complex without having to isolate it from its bulk of interferences. this method measures a certain property that is relative to the complex formation such as absorbance [27]. briefly, standard solutions with the equal mmoles of mep and pdma were initially prepared and used to make a set of different mole fractions of mep/p-dma with a total volume up to 25 ml. the absorption intensities were then measured at λmax =565nm. 2.4. analysis of mep in pharmaceuticals paradin tablet is composed of mep, paracetamol, and caffeine. it is no longer produced by sdi, thus, it has prepared in our lab by mixing 0.01g of meprobamate with 0.02g paracetamol and 0.02g caffeine, where the total mass was 0.05 g. a stock solution of the medicinal mixture of paradin was prepared by dissolving a mass of 0.01g of paradin blend in 0.5 ml of the freshly mixed acidic mixture h2so4:hcl (9.5: 0.5 v/v) and 0.5 ml of p-dma was added. the absorption of the resulted solution (0.802 au) was corresponded to 5.87×10 -4 mol/l of the product. 3. results and discussion in this study, a colorimetric method was developed and validated for the direct quantification of the banned pharmaceutical compound of mep without any separation. mep was converted into a colored derivative by the reaction with p-dma in an acidic medium (hcl and h2so4) to produce a red colored complex turned into a violet when added to a cold water. 3.1. optimization the following parameters were studied and optimized as a function of the absorption intensity. 3.1.1.the wavelength a maximum of the colored solution of mep was observed at a wavelength of around 565 nm, where the highest sensitivity for the detection can be obtained. 3.1.2.thermal stability of mep the heat extent at which the mep molecule can tolerate before getting dissociates thermally has scrutinized using a differential scanning calorimeter (dsc). three different samples of mep (0.02 g, 0.03 g and 0.04) mixed with 0.1 g paracetamol and 0.1 g caffeine were measured using a thermogravimetric method, up to 160 °c. the resulted thermographs showed a thermally stable mep figure 1. figure 1. thermogravimetric analysis for a mixture of mep (0.03g), paracetamol (0.1g), and caffeine (0.1g). 65 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 3.1.3.effect of temperature the standard solutions of mep were measured using a colorimetric approach at different temperatures (90-135°c). the resulted graphs exhibited no significant change of the absorbance intensity beyond 100 °c. below 100 °c, the expected color did not appear after 25min, perhaps indicates that heating up to 100 °c is necessary to form the colored derivative. figure 2. shows that the optimum reaction temperature to form derivatized mep was ~120 c°. figure 2. effect of temperature on the colorimetric reaction of mep. a mechanism of the colorimetric reaction of mep with the p-dma could be suggested based on the effect of an acidic medium along with the temperature (> 100 °c), which leads to a possible rearrangement of the mep molecule. this arranged mep may convert into an active intermediate cation ready for the next step of coupling with an aldehyde molecule and therefore, a colored product was observed [28]. temperature below 100 °c did not show the red colored product since the overall energy of the reaction could not meet the activation energy of the colorimetric reaction. different reaction temperatures caused different intermediate and final products with different colors. the color of the intermediate was orange at 90 °c but turned to pinkish upon adding the ice water. whilst, the color of the intermediate became dark red at 120 °c but turned to purple upon adding the ice water. however, when the colorimetric reaction was 135 °c; the color of the intermediate became brownish-yellow and turn to dark brownish-red upon adding the ice water. 3.1.4. acidic hydrolysis of mep the proposed colorimetric derivatization of mep involves the conversion of mep into a cationic intermediate ready for the next step of nucleic substitution with an appropriate aldehyde to yield a colored derivative in an acid mixture. this reaction was aided using h2so4 (a dehydrator) and hcl (an acidity modifier). different molar ratios of h2so4: hcl were tested to indicate the best molar ratio to form the colored product. the selected molar ratio for the acidic mixture was 19:1 v% different compositions of the acid mixture were studied by changing the volumetric ratio of sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid while examining their effect on the formation of the colored product. the best intensity obtained when the volume ratio of sulfuric acid was higher than 80%. whereas a small ratio of hydrochloric acid was enough to justify the intended role. there was no dramatic outcome for the composition of the acidic mixture. yet, the selected ratio for the acidic mixture was v% (19:1) for sulfuric acid versus hydrochloric acid. the samples were highly acidic and may corrode the inner facet of glass or quartz cuvettes, therefore plastic cuvettes were used instead as per their durability in extreme acidity and transparency in the visible area of the spectrum. 66 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 3.1.5.effect of time 3.1.5.1. heating time the colorimetric reaction of mep was examined under heating up to 140°c for 45 min time course. the progress of results was followed using thin-layer chromatography (tlc) sheets. results showed no change in the absorption of the mixture after 25 min. 3.1.5.2. cooling time the effect of time after adding the product to a cold-water was studied against the absorption intensity at a wavelength of 565 nm. figure 3a. shows that the highest absorbance intensity occurred at the first 3 minutes of cooling the product. later on, the absorbance intensity decreased dramatically, which may imply that best results could be obtained at the first 3 minutes directly after the addition to the cold distilled water. the highest absorption intensity was observed at 3:4 volume ratio of cold water: sample, see figure 3b. figure 3. effect of time and volume of the added cold water on the absorption intensity of the colored product. 3.2. the calibration curves figure 4 (a, b). shows the calibration curves using a range of concentrations (1.97×10 -6 1.35×10 -3 mol/l) of the mep standard solutions. two major slopes covering the whole range starting from 1.23×10 -3 mol/l down to the concentration of 1.97×10 -6 mol/l representing the limit of quantification loq for mep. it was more convenient to separate the calibration curve into two ranges, the first covers the mep concentration range of (2.35×10 -4 1.35×10 -3 mol/l) like denoted in the figure 4a. while the second covers the range of trace concentration of mep (1.97×10 -6 – 6.36×10 -5 mol/l), as represented in the figure 4 b. figure 4. the calibration curves of mep standard solutions, (a) at a range of 2.35×10 -4 1.35×10 -3 mol/l and (b) at a range of 1.97×10 -6 – 6.36×10 -5 mol/l. 67 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 3.3. method validation and obedience to beer’s law the relative standard deviation rsd has worked out using an excel function of [(stdev(data set)/average(data set)], which found to be 1.19% for the first calibration curve figure 4a. while rsd was 1.05% for the calibration curve with least concentrations figure 4b. the apparent molar absorption coefficients (ɛ) were 1154.7 and 1691.9 l.mol 1 .cm -1 respectively. the limit of detection lod was 1.88×10 -6 mol/l while the limit of quantification loq was (1.97×10 -6 – 1.35×10 -3 mol/l). 3.4. the stoichiometric ratio of the product job's method was used to determine the exact number of moles of p-dma required to react colorimetrically with one mole of mep. figure 5. shows the stoichiometry of the complex which was 1:1 mole fraction. this means, however, mep having two functional groups of carbamates, only one have the ability to enroll in a reaction with p-dma. figure 5. job’s method of continuous variation at λmax =565nm, optimizing the mole ratio of (mep/p-dma) to (1:1). 3.5. mep in the pharmaceutical mixture the mass of mep in a 0.01g portion of the drug bulk can be calculated as follows: wmep= (wportion× wmep original) / wtotal= (0.01×0.01) / 0.05= 0.002g wmep wmep original wportion wtotal mass of mep in a portion of the blend bulk the total mass of mep in the blend bulk mass of a portion of the blend bulk in grams total mass the blend bulk in grams the concentration of mep in a portion of 0.01g of the blend bulk: cmep= (wmep(g)×1000) / (mm×vsolu(ml))= (0.002×1000) / (218.25×1.5)= 6.11×10 -3 mol/l cmep wmep(g) mm vsolu(ml) the concentration of mep in a portion of the blend bulk mass of mep in a portion of the blend bulk in grams. molar mass of mep the total volume of the prepared solution in milliliters the recovery% as an essential parameter for the validation issue represents a proportion of the amount of the analyte, which can be detected out of the original amount in a specimen: recovery= [cmeasured/cactual]×100%= [5.87×10 -4 / 6.11×10 -4 ] ×100%= 96.07%. cactual the actual concentration of mep in the standard 68 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 4. conclusion the developed colorimetric approach used here for the analysis and detection of the mep in some bulk pharmaceuticals shows a very high sensitivity (very low lod value) toward the determination of mep. in addition, there was no major interference from common medicinal ingredients. the method was simple, environmentally benign, cost-effective, did not require specific preparation, and could be applied for quantifying any carbamate-containing compounds. references 1. samara drugs iraq sdi sdi official website available online: http://www. sdisamarra.com/tablets.htm accessed on dec 29,2017. 2. weast, r.c. crc handbook of {c}hemistry and {p}hysics; 97th ed.; crc press taylor & francis group: florida.1978, isbn 111412799x. 3. shearer, c.; rulon, p. meprobamate. in profiles of drug substances, excipients and related methodology; brittain, h., ed.; academic press, inc.1972, 1, 207–232. 4. lappas, n.t.; lappas, c.m. forensic toxicology: principles and concepts; elsevier inc.: oxford.2016, isbn 9780127999678. 5. the united states pharmacopoeia uspunited states pharmacopoeia nf 31; md: u.s. pharmacopeial convention, inc.: rockville.2013, 1, isbn 9781936424122. 6. kumar, a.; xagoraraki, i. human health risk assessment of pharmaceuticals in water: an uncertainty analysis for meprobamate, carbamazepine, and phenytoin. regul. toxicol. pharmacol.2010, 57, 146–156, 10.1016/j.yrtph.2010.02.002. 7. phillis, j.w.; delong, r.e. a purinergic component in the central actions of meprobamate. eur. j. pharmacol. 1984, 101, 295–297,doi:10.1016/00142999(84)90174-2. 8. pelshaw, c.b. 50 years ago in the journal of pediatrics. education of cerebral palsied children: the role of meprobamate. a preliminary evaluation. j. pediatr.2008, 153, 540, 10.1016/j.jpeds.2008.04.001. 9. mccarthy, m.l.; baum, c.r. centrally acting muscle relaxants bt critical care toxicology. in; brent, j.; burkhart, k.; dargan, p.; hatten, b.; megarbane, b.; palmer, r.; eds. springer international publishing: cham.2016, 1–10 isbn 978-3-319-207902. 10. demir, b.; demir, y.; aksoy, i.; kilic, o.h.t.; gucyetmez, v.; savas, h.a. phenprobamate dependence: a case report. addict. behav.2015, 45, 232–233, 10.1016/j.addbeh.2015.01.037. 11. pok, p.r.p.; mauras, m.; de saint léger, m.n.; kuhlmann, e.; charpenel-durat, c.; navarette, c.; duval, m.l.; de meo, p. blood concentrations of clobazam and norclobazam in a lethal case involving clobazam, meprobamate and clorazepate. leg. med.2010, 12, 300–304, 10.1016/j.legalmed.2010.08.002. 12. lader, m. benzodiazepines revisited-will we ever learn? addiction.2011, 106, 2086– 2109, 10.1111/j.1360-0443.2011.03563.x. 13. wert, e.c.; rosario-ortiz, f.l.; snyder, s.a. using ultraviolet absorbance and color to assess pharmaceutical oxidation during ozonation of wastewater. environ. sci. technol.2009, 43, 4858–4863, 10.1021/es803524a. 14. charron, c.; mekontso-dessap, a.; chergui, k.; rabiller, a.; jardin, f.; vieillard 69 lbn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl . sci. 32 (3) 2019 baron, a. incidence, causes and prognosis of hypotension related to meprobamate poisoning. intensive care med.2005, 31, 1582–1586, 10.1007/s00134-005-2816-9. 15. maignan, m.; pommier, p.; clot, s.; saviuc, p.; debaty, g.; briot, r.; carpentier, f.; danel, v. deliberate drug poisoning with slight symptoms on admission: are there predictive factors for intensive care unit referral? a three-year retrospective study. basic clin. pharmacol. toxicol.2014, 114, 281–287, 10.1111/bcpt.12132. 16. stidman, j.; taylor, e.h.; simmons, h.f.; gandy, j.; pappas, a.a. determination of meprobamate in serum by alkaline hydrolysis, trimethylsilyl derivatization and detection by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. j. chromatogr. b biomed. sci. appl.1989, 494, 318–323, 10.1016/s0378-4347(00)82682-1. 17. johansson, b.; fromark, i. determination of meprobamate as an n-butylboronate ester derivative in serum by gas-liquid chromatography. j. chromatogr. b biomed. sci. appl.1985, 341, 462–464, 10.1016/s0378-4347(00)84062-1. 18. dreijer van der glas, s.m.; dingjan, h.a. hydrolysis and determination of meprobamate. pharm. weekbl. sci. ed.1983, 5, 186–188, 10.1007/bf01961480. 19. bortolin, l.t.; hollis, m.a. united states patent.2007, 2, 2–8. 20. bachratá, m.; stankovičová, m.; bezáková, ẑ.; blešová, m.; čiẑmárik, j. study of electron donor-acceptor complexes in the group of local anesthetics. the use of equilibrium constants kcin qsar study. eur. j. med. chem.1993, 28, 743–748, 10.1016/0223-5234(93)90035-d. 21. adam, a.m.a.; refat, m.s.; saad, h.a. utilization of charge-transfer complexation for the detection of carcinogenic substances in foods: spectroscopic characterization of ethyl carbamate with some traditional π-acceptors. j. mol. struct.2013, 1037, 376–392, 10.1016/j.molstruc.2013.01.033. 22. alzoman, n.z.; sultan, m.a.; maher, h.m.; alshehri, m.m.; wani, t.a.; darwish, i.a. analytical study for the charge-transfer complexes of rosuvastatin calcium with πacceptors. molecules.2013, 18, 7711–7725, 10.3390/molecules18077711. 23. kennedy, j.h.; aurand, c.; shirey, r.; laughlin, b.c.; wiseman, j.m. coupling desorption electrospray ionization with solid-phase microextraction fro screening and quantitative analysis of drugs in urine. anal. chem.2010, 82, 7502–7508, 10.1021/ac101295g. 24. karthikeyan, k.; arularasu, g.t.; murali, v.; chandrasekara pillai, k. identification, isolation, characterization and response factor determination of process-related impurity in meprobamate drug substance. j. pharm. biomed. anal.2011, 54, 208–212, 10.1016/j.jpba.2010.07.018. 25. gaillard, y.; billault, f.; pépin, g. meprobamate overdosage: a continuing problem sensitive gc-ms quantitation after solid phase extraction in 19 fatal cases. forensic sci. int.1997, 86, 173–180, 10.1016/s0379-0738(97)02128-2. 26. kebbekus, b.b.; mitra, s. environmental chemical analysis; crc press.1998, isbn 075140456x. 27. jain, g.; khar, r.k.; ahmad, f.j. theory and practice of physical pharmacy e-book; elsevier health sciences.2013, isbn 9788131232651. 28. auterhoff, h.; oswald, j. die farbreaktion des meprobamats mit 4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyd. arch. pharm. (weinheim).1974, 307, 887–888, 10.1002/ardp.19743071116. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 influence of irradiation on electronic transition o f (cuo) films prepared by chemical spray paralysis technique d. j. fak ralden, s. a. hame d, m. h. abdul-allah department of science, college of basic education , unive rsity of mustansiriya ministry of education ,directorate of educeation of diyala departme nt of physics, college of science, unive rsity of diyala recei ved in nov. 15, 2009 accepted in june 30, 2010 abstract in this research, we study the effect of irradiation by gamma rays from (cs137) source for the period time (21) day s on optical p rop ertices such as absorption coeffeicient ()and energy gap (eg) for copp er oxides t hin films (cuo) p rep ared by the chemical sp ray py roly sis and deposited on glass substrates at (350 o c) for two different t hicknesses ( 1000åand 3000å ) . 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )cuo(ألغشیة األنتقاالت األلكترونیة فيأثیر التشعیع ت الكیمیائي الحراري لتحللالمحضرة بطریقة ا محمد حمید عبد اهللا ،سهامة عبد حسین حمید ،دینا جالل الدین فخر الدین الجامعة المستنصریة ة التربیة األساسیة،كلی قسم العلوم، وزارة التربیة مدیریة تربیة دیالى، جامعة دیالى قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة العلوم، 2009تشرین الثاني 15استلم البحث 2010حزیران 30قبل البحث الخالصة (تـم فــي هـذا البحــث دراســة تأثیرالتشـعیع بأشــعة كامـا لمصــدر 13 7cs ( تمثلـة بـــ معامــل مال الخـواص البصــریة فــي الكیمیــائي الحــراري و المرســبة علــى تحلـلالمحضــرة بطریقــة ال)cuo(اوكسـید النحــاس فجــوة الطاقــة ألغشــیة االمتصـاص و 350) قواعد زجاجیة بدرجة حرارة o c ) 3000( ینمختلف ینسمكل وå,1000å(. المقدمة النحاس من المواد شبه الموصلة المهمة وذلك لكونه احـد مركبـات النحـاس الكیمیائیـة، ال یـذوب فـي المـاء اوكسید ، یمتـاز اوكسـید النحـاس [1] أو القواعـد ویمكـن الحصـول علیـه مـن أكسـدة النحـاس، ویتمیـز بتركیبیـه البلـوري األحـادي المیـل اوكسـید النحـاس فجـوة طاقـة كبیـرة نسـبیًا ومعامـل امتصـاص عـاٍل فـي المـتالك اباللون البني الغامق، وهو عدیم الرائحة ونظـر تطلـب امتصاصـیة ت التـيالحراریـة الشمسـیة، -الخالیـا الضـوئیة السـیماسـتخدم فـي التطبیقـات الشمسـیة و المنطقة المرئیة لذلك ی ، وتمتـاز [2] المرئـي ة عالیـة ومـدى جیـد مـن االسـتقراریة وكـذلك تتطلـب امتصاصـیة عالیـة فـي مـدى الطـول المـوجيیذا كفا .[3] هذه األغشیة بمواصفات جیدة تمكننا من استخدامها في تطبیقات الخالیا الشمسیة والكواشف الجانب العملي ةتحضیر األغشی يالكیمیـائ التحلـل، منها طریقة هناك العدید من الطرائق الفیزیائیة والكیمائیة المستخدمة في تحضیر االغشیة الرقیقة )cuo( النحــاسلتحضــیر أغشــیة اوكســید .، وٕان األغشـیة المحضــرة بهــذه الطریقــة تكــون شــدیدة االلتصــاق بالقاعــد الرقیقــة وهــي مـــادة علــى شـــكل ) cu(no3)2.3h2o(المائیــة النحـــاسمـــادة نتــرات عملتالكیمیـــائي الحــراري، اســت لتحلــلبطریقــة ا وذلـــك ) mol 0.1(المحلــول بعیاریــة حّضــر، وقــد ) 91(% وبنقـــاوة) 241.60(مســحوق أزرق اللــون، وزنهــا المكــافىء magnetic(من الماء المقطر بصورة تدریجیة وباستخدام خالط مغناطیسي ) ml 100(من المادة في ) g416.2(بإضافة stirrer( اذابتهُ ضمن العیاریة أعاله ذي یرادللحصول على الوزن ال ادناه، وباستخدام العالقة : 2011) 1( 24المجلد یثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن اله )1(……………………. m = (wt / mwt) . (1000/v) :حیث m :التركیز الموالري wt :حجم الماء المقطر v : ُالوزن المطلوب اذابته mwt : الوزن الجزیئ لمادة)cu(no3)2.3h2o( مـدة زمنیـة مناسـبة لضــمان تبریـده قبـل الـرش، ثـم وضـع فــي لحصـول علــى المحلـول تـرك الذابـة واوبعـد اكمـال عملیـة ا جهـاز الــرش وبعــد رشــه وترســبه علــى القواعــد الزجاجیــة المحضـرة مســبقًا بعــد ان یــتم تنظیــف القواعــد جیــدًا بــالكحول والمــاء االتیة لمعادلة الكیمیائیة طبقا ل cuoنحصل على اغشیة [4] :   22 heat c35023 o4no cuo 2)2cu(no o 350(كانـت ) cuo(أن درجـة حـرارة القواعـد الزجاجیـة المناسـبة لتكـوین أغشـیة o c ( وبضـغط هـواء مقــداره)10 5 n/m 2 ( 10cm(معدل الترسیب الذي حصلنا منه على أغشیة متجانسـة هـو وكان داخل الغرفة الزجاجیة في جهاز الرش، 3 /min (، لتجنـب التبریـد المفــاجئ ) 15sec(الزجاجیـة ، وبـزمن ترسـیب مقـداره تقریبـًا عـن القواعـد ) 30cm(ارتفـاع جهـاز الـرش وكـان لضــمان عـودة الحــرارة ) min 3(للقواعـد الـذي یــؤدي إلـى تشــققات فـي القاعــدة الزجاجیـة، ویعقـب عملیــة الترسـیب توقــف مـدة االلتصـاق شـدیدةن بنـي غشـیة التـي تـم الحصـول علیهـا ذات لـو وأن اال ، إلـى القیمـة األصـلیة والتمـام عملیـة اإلنمـاء البلـوري اســتخدم لهـذا الغـرض میـزان حسـاس مـــن حیـثالطریقـة الوزنیــة لقیـاس سـمك األغشـیة المحضـرة ، وقـد تـم أسـتخدام، بالقاعـدة 10(حساسـیة يذ) mettler ae-160(نــوع -4 g.( الشـكل یوضــح)لتحضــیر تالتـي اسـتعمل التحلـلمنظومـة مخطـط ل) 1 .النحاسألوكسید ألغشیة الرقیقة ا )uv-160a uv-visible recording spectrophotometer(مطیاف استعملولقد إن األغشـیة المحضـرة كانــت مطیـاف ، عملاُسـت )nm )300-900لمـدى األطـوال الموجیــة و لبصـریة الجـراء القیاسـات ا ــــیة وبعــــدهااأللتصـــــاق بالزجــــاح وخالیــــة مـــــن الثقــــوب األبریة، متجانســــة وشــــدیدة ــــم تعــــریض هــــذه االغشـ ة كامـــــاألشــــع تـ . "ایوم 21مدة) 137cs(لمصدر النتائج والحسابات )-absorption coefficient -(معامل االمتصاص داخل ةیعرف معامل االمتصاص بانه نسبة النقصان في فیض طاقة االشعاع لوحدة المسافة باتجاه انتشار الموج ، وعلى خواص شبه الموصل من حیث فجوة )hυ(طاقة الفوتون الساقط ، ویعتمد معامل االمتصاص على [4]الوسط الطاقة له ونوع االنتقاالت االلكترونیة التي تحدث بین حزم طاقاته، فعند سقوط حزمة ضوئیة على غشاء رقیق فان جزءًا فذة والممتصة تعتمد على منها سینعكس وجزءًا ینفذ وجزءًا سوف تمتصه مادة الغشاء، وكمیة كل من الطاقة المنعكسة والنا ان معرفة قیمة معامل االمتصاص یساعد . طبیعة مادة الغشاء الرقیق وسطحه والطول الموجي للحزمة الضوئیة الساقطة α>10(عالیة، أي αعلى معرفة طبیعة االنتقاالت االلكترونیة فاذا كانت قیمة 4 cm -1 احتمالیة حدوث یدل على، فذلك ) 2011) 1( 24المجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم α<10(القلیلة، أي αانتقال الكتروني مباشر، في حین تدل قیمة 4 cm 1 ، على احتمالیة حدوث انتقال الكتروني غیر ) .، وكذلك فان قیمة معامل االمتصاص تدل على قابلیة مادة الغشاء المتصاص طاقة االشعاع الساقطة[5]مباشر كما ) io( الساقط الضوء وشدة) i( النافذ ن القانون الخاص بامتصاص االشعاع تكون العالقة بین شدة الضوءوم : [6,7]في المعادلة االتیة )1....(..........)(0 teii  :اذ ان t :سمك الغشاء الرقیق. α : دالة للطول الموجي وتعرف بمعامل االمتصاص وتقاس بوحدات)cm -1 .( :المعادلة السابقة نحصل على وبعد تبسیط )2........(..........303.2 0 i i logt  (اذ ان المقدار i i log o ( یمثلa خـالل المـادة اً وهو امتصاصیة الغشـاء الرقیـق، وان شـدة االشـعة السـاقطة تتنـاقص اسـی : [8,9]یةآلتا وفق العالقة على معامل االمتصاص الذي یمثل نسبة التناقص في طاقة االشعاع خالل المادة )α (فیكون، )3.........(.......... 303.2 t a  لألغشـیة المحضـرة) α(متصـاص االب معامـل حسـ a یةو باالعتماد على طیـف االمتصاصـ )3(من خالل العالقة لكـل مـن دالة لطاقـة الفوتـون الغشـیة اوكسـید النحـاس كتغیر معامل االمتصاص ) 3(یالحظ من الشكل .قبل وبعد التشعیع طاقـة الفوتــون قلیلـة عنــد ل كدالــة قـیم معامــل االمتصـاصان ، اذ نالحــظقبـل وبعدالتشـعیع ǻ (3000, 1000) لسـمكینا ویعـزى ev(4.2-2.8)الطاقات الواطئة ثم یزداد بصورة سریعة بالقرب من حافة االمتصاص البصري وعند مـدى الطاقـات ،زیـادة فـي قـیم معامـل االمتصـاص مسـببةع المـادة بشـكل اكبـر ذلك الى ان زیادة السمك ادت الى زیـادة عـدد التصـادمات مـ علـــى شــكل منحنــٍى وهــذا یــدل علــى ان األغشــیة المحضــرة بهـــذه انمــا نالحــظ ان حافــة االمتصــاص ال تكــون حــادةكــذلك ،یناالمتصـاص و لكـال السـمكمعامـل فـي قـیم زیـادةامـا بعـد التشـعیع فـنالحظ .[10]تركیـب متعـدد التبلـور والطریقـة هـي ذ وأدت الـى زیــادة درجـة التبلـور التــي أثـرت فـي عملیــة االمتصـاص رفــعویعـزى السـبب فــي ذلـك الـى ان التشــعیع قـد أدى الـى . [4,10,11]عدد األلكترونات الواصلة الى حزم التوصیل فجوة الطاقة الممنوعةأقــل حزمـة التكـافؤ الـى ل أعلــى مسـتوى النتقـال االلیكتـرون مـن بانهـا اقـل طاقــة الزمـة )ge(تعـرف فجـوة الممنوعـة وقـد تبـین مـن خـالل الدراسـة الحالیـة [12]توتعـد واحـدة مـن اهـم الصـفات البصـریة الشـباه الموصـال،حزمـة التوصـیلل مسـتوى قیمـة حسـبتبموجبهـا ر المباشـرة والتـيوهـي االنتقـاالت االلیكترونیـة المباشـرة وغیـ ،حدوث نوعین من االنتقاالت االلكترونیة : فجوة الطاقة وعلى النحو االتي aحساب فجوة الطاقة الممنوعة لالنتقال المباشر المسموح )ge( : [11,14,16] یةتآلا العالقة امستخدبانتقال المباشر المسموح لالحساب فجوة الطاقة الممنوعة تم )4...(..........)( r gehah   2011) 1( 24المجلد ن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة اب :اذ ان :a األمتصاصیة،:α معامل االمتصاص، eg :الممنوعة فجوة الطاقة، :r یمكن .معامل اسي یعتمد على نوع االنتقال .[13] یةآلتا لصیغةبا1/2) (مساویة للقیمة r) (بعد وضع قیمة الثابت 4)(اعادة كتابة المعادلة )5...().........()()( 222 g ehaeh   رسم العالقة بین وعند 2 )( h وطاقة الفوتون)h (مـن المنحنـي لیقطـع محـور طاقـة الفوتـون مد الجـزء المسـتقیموب )(0[عند 2 h [لنـا عالقـة ) 4(الشـكل یبـین .وحمالمباشـر المسـ علـى قیمـة فجـوة الطاقـة الممنوعـة لالنتقـال ثم الحصول (αe)تغیر 2 قبل وبعد ǻ(1000 ,3000) بالسمكین اوكسید النحاسعلى أغشیة دالة لطاقة الفوتون الساقط بوصفها ن یمكــن لــوحظ ان زیـادة الســمك تـؤدي الــى نقصـان واضــح فـي قــیم فجـوة الطاقــة الممنوعـة ، وهــذا النقصـا فقـدالتشـعیع مـع المـادة وهـذا سـوف یـؤدي الـى زیـادة عــدد الفوتونـاتتفسـیره بـان زیـادة السـمك ادى الـى زیـادة واضـحة فـي عـدد تصــادمات فـي قـیم فجـوة الطاقـة نقصـان أیضـا لـوحظ اما بعد التشعیع فقـد،االلكترونات والفجوات مما یؤدي الى نقصان في فجوة الطاقة فــي زیـادة الـى بـدوره الـذي ادى )α(معامـل االمتصـاص زیـادةره بـان التشـعیع ادى الــى یمكـن تفسـی النقصـانالممنوعـة، وهـذا و ،فجـوة الطاقــة نقصــانادى الـى عـدد االلكترونـات والفجــوات ممـا زیــادةالـى ادى عـدد تصـادمات الفوتــون مـع المـادة وهــذا .ح لالغشیة قبل وبعد التشعیعقیم فجوة الطاقة البصریة المحظورة لالنتقال المباشر المسمو ) 1(الجدول یبین -b سموح المباشر المغیر فجوة الطاقة الممنوعة لالنتقال(eg) :[17,15] یةتآلا المعادلة امستخدبانتقال غیر المباشر المسموح لالفجوة الطاقة الممنوعة حسبت )5...(..........)( r pg eehah   :اذ ان )(: pe عملیة امتصاص فونون،)(: pe عملیة انبعاث فونون .[4,17]یة تلصیغة اآلبا )5(تصبح االعالقة )2(مساویة للقیمةr) (بعد وضع قیمة الثابت (5) یمكن اعادة كتابة المعادلة )6...().........()( 2 1 2 1 pg eehah   2وبنرسم العالقة بین 1 )( h وطاقة الفوتون)h (الشكل في نالحظ وجود جزأین مستقیمین) (وكما یأتي 5: . متصاص فونوناعند قیم واطئة للطاقة ویمثل االنتقاالت التي یصاحبها )h(امداده یقطع الجزء االول ◄ )(0 فعندمــــــــــــــا 2 1 h pg :الى 6)(تؤول العالقة eeh  pg(وهذا یعني ان عملیة امتصاص فونون من الشبیكة یتطلب طاقة صغرى للفوتون مقدارها ee .( . عند قیم عالیة للطاقة ویمثل االنتقاالت التي یصاحبها انبعاث فونون)h(امداده یقطع الجزء الثاني ◄ ــــا ــــ ــــ )(0فعندمــ 2 1 h pg : الى 6)(القة تؤول الع eeh  pg(فونون من الشبیكة یتطلب طاقة صغرى للفوتون مقدارها انبعاثوهذا یعني ان ee .( ومن قیمتي عالقة تغیر) 5(لشكل ایوضح .(eg)الت غیر المباشرة المسموحة قیمة فجوة الطاقة لالنتقا حسبتالتقاطعین 2/1 )αe( المماسات برسم .قبل وبعد التشعیع ǻ(1000 ,3000)لكل من السمكین اوكسید النحاسدالة لطاقة الفوتون الغشیة 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة فجوة الطاقة البصریة المحظورة وطاقة الفونون المرافق أستطعنا أیجادط المستقیمة الموجودة في المنحني الفضل الخطو من قیم مثیالتها قبل التشعیع أصغرفوجد ان قیم فجوة الطاقة لألغشیة كافة قید الدراسة بعد التشعیع كانت ،لهذا العملیة یبین قیم فجوة الطاقة البصریة المحظورة ) 2(الجدول یبین و .ل التشعیعلسلوكها قب ةعلما ان سلوك المنحنیات كانت مشابه .لالنتقال غیر المباشر المسموح لالغشیة قبل وبعد التشعیع االستنتاجات .المسموحة بنوعیها المباشرة وغیر المباشرة أنتقاالت الكترونیة (cuo)أغشیة تمتلك – 1 .نها تقل بأزدیاد السمك اذ ا) المباشرة وغیر المباشرة(هناك عالقة بین السمك وفجوة الطاقة 2 .)(cuo الغشیة في معامل االمتصاصزیادة أدى التشعیع بأشعة كاما إلى 3 ألغشیة) بنوعیها المباشرة وغیر المباشرة ( المسموحة فجوة الطاقة نقصان في قیمةأدى التشعیع بأشعة كاما إلى 4 .(cuo) ــــالمص ادرـــ 1. ueda,r.and m illin, j. b.(1975),cry stal growt h and characterization, m c. graw-hill. 2. tribble,a. (2002) electrical engineering m aterials and devices, university of lowa, . 3. hass, g. and thun, r. e., (1966)physics of thin films, academic p ress, new york,. دراسـة اثـر التلـدین وتغیــر السـمك علـى الخصــائص )6200(، هالـه عبـد الصــاحب وادي ،موسـى .4 ، رســالة "المحضــرة بطریقــة الترســیب الكیمیــائي الحــراري) cuo(البصــریة ألغشــیة أوكســید النحــاس .ماجستیر، الجامعة المستنصریة 5. busch, g. and schad e, h. (1976)"lectures on solid st ate p hy sics", pergaman press, london,. 6. thangaraju, b. and kaliannan p., (2000)cry st al res. tech. 35, 71-75,. 7. pankove j. j., (1971)"op tical p rocesses in semicondu ctors", p rint ce-hall,. 8. willian,dick inson, paul, n. cheremisionoff, (1980),so lar energy technology , handbook part a, p . 498,. 9. shamala, k. m urthy , l. and narasimha, k. (2004) “studies on t in oxide films p repared by electron beam evaporation andsp ray py rolysis methods, . 301–295 (3) :27 ater. sci., 10. habubi ,n. f.; m isjal, k. a. and atwan, a. f. (2000) the effect of fast neutron on t he op tical band gap of cobalt oxide thin film, j. of college of education, ( 6) 41. 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 11. sze, s. m . (1976), phy sics of semicoudctor devise", 2 nd , john wiley and sons, inc. canda. 12. al-jammal, y. n. (1990),so lid st ate p hy sics, p ublished by al-m ousul university , arabic version. 13. nilens, a. g. (1973),deep imp arity in semiconductors, wileyinterscience publication,. . 14. d. chauhan, v. r sat sangi, and r. shrivastav ,( 2006) “prep aration and characterization of nanostructured cuo thin films for p hotoelectrochemical sp litting of water” bull. m ater. sci., 29( 7) :709–716. 15. ., 193438 app . p hys. (1968)w. d., j. ,luchrsg. w. and ,anderson 16. abu el-fadl, a.; el-m aghr aby, e. m ., and . m ohamad, g. a. (2004) ,influence of gamma radiation on the absorption sp ectra and optical ener gy gap of li-dop ed zno thin films” res. technol. 39 ( 2):143-150. تــاثیر شــائبة الفلــور علــى الصــفات الضــوئیة لألغشــیة اوكســید ).1989(، امــال احمــد ،خلــف 17. ، رسـالة ماجسـتیر، قسـم الفیزیـاء، كلیــة "ائي الحـراريالمحضـرة بطریقـة الـرش الكیمیـ (cuo)النحـاس .التربیة، الجامعة المستنصریة (cuo)وكسید النحاسا الغشیة قیم فجوة الطاقة المحظورة لالنتقال المباشر المسموح :)1(جدول ع قبل وبعد التشعی eg (ev)فجوة الطاقة البصریة السمك قبل التشعیع بعد التشعیع 2.4ev 2.85ev 1000å 1.92ev 2.65ev 3000 å 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة النحاسسید اوك قیم فجوة الطاقة المحظورة لالنتقال غیر المباشر المسموح الغشیة :)2(جدول (cuo) ع قبل وبعد التشعی eg (ev)فجوة الطاقة البصریة السمك ع قبل التشعیع بعد التشعی 1.8 ev 1.85 ev 1000å 1.45 ev 1.70 ev 3000 å 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ع): 2(شكل معامل األمتصاص كدالة لطاقة الفوتون لألغشیة المحضرة للسمكین المختلفین قبل وبعد التشعی 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة عة لألنتقال المباشر المسموح كدالة لطاقة الفوتون للسمكین المختلفین قبل وبعد ی) : 3(شكل بین فجوة الطاقة الممنو التشعیع 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة عة لألنتقال غیر المباشر المسموح كدالة لطاقة الفوتون للسمكین یبین فجوة الطاقة الممنو) : 4(شكل ع المختلفین قبل وبعد التشعی conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 132 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ٗ اىخطبٞقٞت اىَديذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 effect of type 2 diabetes mellitus on extracellular superoxide dismutase: without complications among iraqi patients namir i. haddad dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad essam nori national diabetes center for treatment and research/al-mustansiriya university sana'a h. ali dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad received in: 22/march/2016,accepted in:5/april/2016 abstract the current study includes (130) t2dm patients (group p) [51 males and 79 females with an ages range (35 to 55) and ages mean 49.89 years], they are sub-grouped into three categories according to their hba1c value. patients with hba1c less than 7 are considered as good controlled diabetic patients (30 patients) (group p1), while patients with hba1c between 7 and 8 are considered as medium controlled diabetic patients (40 patients) (group p2), and the patient whom their hba1c more than 8 are considered as uncontrolled diabetic patients (50 patients) (group p3). the patients group results are compared to control healthy subjects (35 subjects) (group c) [14 males and 21 females with age range 45.51 years] matched for age, gender and bmi were included in the study. patients and controls groups were characterized in terms of age (year), duration of dm (year), body mass index (bmi) (kg/ m2) , serum insulin (μiu/ml) , fasting serum glucose (fsg) (mg/dl), homeostatic model assessment (homa) parameters using homa2 calculator, mda (mmol/l) using tba reaction method, \and ec-sod activity (u/ml) , using riboflavin/nbt method. were measured for patients and control subjects. the hba1c, fsg, fsi and i.r have been found to be significantly higher in diabetic patients group (p) in comparison to group c. the homa parameters (s% and β%) have been found to be significantly higher in group c as compared to diabetic patients group (group p), serum specific sod activity, ec-sod activity found to be significantly higher in control group c in comparison to patients group p. serum mda level showed a significantly higher value in diabetic patients group p in comparison to control group c. the fsg, fsi and i.r have been showed that they are increased as hba1c increase, i.e. these parameter were higher in group p3 compared with group p2, group p1 and group c. homa parameters (s% and β%) have shown a significant decrease as hba1c increase, i.e. these parameter were lesser in group p3 than group p2, and were higher in group p2 than group p1, although these parameters were lower in patients group p than control group c. and serum ec-sod activity were decreased as hba1c increase, i.e. sod activity, specific sod activity and serum ec-sod activity were found to be significantly higher in group p1 comparing with group p2 and p3, while serum mda level in group p3 was significantly higher than group p2, and p1. the serum mda level in group p1 and group p2 showed a significant positive correlation with age. in group p3, mda showed a significant negative correlation with serum cr level, while, a significant positive correlation was observed with age, duration of dm, and hba1c. chemistry | 133 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ٗ اىخطبٞقٞت اىَديذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 we can conclude that the t2dm patients have a risk of oxidative stress due to increasing the level of serum mda and decreasing ec-sod activity. the hba1c value between 7 to 8 % can not be considered as an acceptable hba1c value, due the severing of oxidative stress rising manifested clearly in this patients group. keywords: t2dm; sod: ec-sod; mda; hyperglycemia. chemistry | 134 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ٗ اىخطبٞقٞت اىَديذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 1. introduction diabetes mellitus (dm) is a metabolic disorder; the patients with dm are suffer from abnormally hyperglycemia. the cause of dm is either the pancreas dose not produces insulin or the cells do not response to the insulin secreted or both [1]. as these disorders are progresses that can be lead to many complications like cardiovascular disease, retinopathy, nephropathy and ulceration [2]. symptoms hyperglycemia include thirst, polyuria, polydipsia, unexplained weight loss, sometimes with polyphagia, and blurred vision [3]. dm is likely to be underreported as a cause of death simply because diabetes leads to many complications that ultimately cause death. dm can be classified into four types [3]: i. insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (iddm) or type i diabetes mellitus (t1dm): in t1dm patients there is no endogenous insulin secretory capacity and they depend on injected insulin to prevent ketosis and sustain life. ii. non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (niddm) or type ii diabetes mellitus (t2dm): in this type insulin levels may be normal, elevated, or depressed; hyperinsulinemia and insulin resistance characterize most patients. these patients do not need insulin treatment to survive. most patients with this form of dm are obese, and obesity itself causes some degree of insulin resistance. iii. gestational diabetes mellitus (gdm): is a carbohydrate intolerance of variable severity with onset or first recognition during the pregnancy. free radicals are atoms or molecules with an unpaired electron and they are produced by living organisms as a result of normal cellular metabolism pathways and environmental factors, such as cigarette smoke or air pollutants [4 & 5]. the most common free radicals are superoxide (o2 .), hydroxyl ( . oh) and peroxynitrite (onoo .− ). free radicals are important intermediates in many natural processes such as cytotoxicity, neurotransmission and phagocytosis [6]. due to their electron pair, free radicals are highly reactive and can react fastly with other molecules to capture the needed electron and thus gain stability. that leads to chain reaction, once when it is started it can cascade and finally leads to a disruption of the living cells [7]. antioxidants are the molecules capable of stabilize or deactivate free radicals before they attack living cells. antioxidants can be considered a critical molecules for maintaining optimum health and wellbeing. the most common antioxidant systems are enzymatic antioxidant system like superoxide dismutase and glutathione reductase, and nonenzymatic antioxidants system such as c and e vitamins [8]. from the above we can say free radicals are normally formed in the living cells and the body response to the harmful effect of these radicals by its antioxidant systems, so in the ordinary state there is a balance between oxidants and antioxidants, any shift from this equilibrium regardless increasing production of radicals or any defect in the ao systems may be present, that leads to produce a condition known as ‗‗oxidative stress‘‘ [9]. that plays important role in the development of vascular complications in dm particularly t2dm [10]. free radical formation in dm by non-enzymatic glycation of proteins, glucose oxidation and increased lipid peroxidation lead to damage of ao enzymes [11]. extracellular-superoxide dismutase (ec-sod) is a secretory glycoprotein located in blood vessel walls at high levels and may be important in the antioxidant ability of vascular walls [12]. ec-sod has been studied in low extent in dm, some studies have been reviewed: chemistry | 135 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ٗ اىخطبٞقٞت اىَديذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 in a genetic study presented by fumiaki kimura et al, 2003, serum ec-sod has been evaluated in t2dm patients to assess whether increased ec-sod concentration is associated with the development of diabetic vascular complications, they found a strong relationship between the serum level of ec-sod and the severity of both microvascular and macrovascular diabetic complications [13]. ec-sod has been studied in t2dm with a correlation to insulin resistance, by t adachi et al, 2004, they found the ec-sod level was strongly and positively associated to homeostasis model assessment-insulin resistance (homa.ir) [12]. w. ajam et al, 2012, introduced a work involves estimating the oxidative status in post-menopausal women with t2dm and the ec-sod was one of the oxidative stress markers, they found an elevation of (ec-sod) concentrations [14]. according to proteinuria the patients in study of armin rashidi, et al, 2009, has been classified into groups, to evaluate the oxidative status in t2dm, ec-sod levels was both significantly associated with proteinuria [15]. ec-sod levels were in gdm by s. kharab, 2010, and it was significantly decrees in those women [16]. so our study was aimed: studying the effect of t2dm on the oxidative stress by measuring: serum mda level as an oxidants marker and ec-sod as an antioxidants in patients of t2dm iraqi patients (without any complications). 2. subjects, materials and methods 2.1 study population patients enrolled in the present study were subdivided into iraqi t2dm (130) subjects, they clinically diagnosed with t2dm, all of them were diagnosed proven under the supervision of specialists, and (35) healthy subjects as a control. all subjects were selected from the national diabetes center for treatment and research, al-mustassryia university, baghdad, iraq during the period from november, 2014 to may, 2015. 2.2. sampling after an overnight, fasting venous blood samples were collected aseptically from the subjects via venipuncture, (5ml) was collected and divided into two parts, (4ml) was kept in plain tubes without any anticoagulant at room temperature for half hour. the tube then was centrifuged (3000 × g) for 15min. the clear serum was pipetted into clear dry eppendorfs and stored at (-20 c ο ) until used for different investigations, while (1ml) of the whole blood was kept in tube with edta anticoagulant and used in the estimation of hba1c. 2.3. exclusion criteria any known disease except dm including t1dm and gdm, also patients t2dm and treat with insulin are excluded. the patients who take any supplement are excluded. 2.4. inclusion criteria any known disease other than t2dm including t1dm and gdm, also t2dm patient and treated with insulin are excluded. the patients who take any supplements are excluded. chemistry | 136 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ٗ اىخطبٞقٞت اىَديذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 2.5. design the patients were subdivided into three groups according to their hba1c test value. patients with (hba1c value less than 7) were considered good controlled t2dm according to universal guide, while, patients with (hba1c value from 7-8) were involved within middle controlled t2dm. patients with (hba1c value more than 8) were included within uncontrolled t2dm. 2.6. methods the medical history of each patient was taken regarding, age, duration of dm and body mass index (bmi), and if the patient was smoker or alcoholic was reported. glycated hemoglobin (hba1c) was determined by using stanbiom glycohemoglobin kit, germany. fasting serum glucose level was measured using an enzymatic colorimetric method, using spinreact kit, espain. fasting serum insulin level (fsi) was measured spectrophotometrically. homa index were measured by homa-2 program. ec-sod activity was assayed in serum by quantifying the inhibition of nbt transformation to formazan, after pooling the collecting serum. the ec-sod activity was calculated by estimating the amount of generated superoxide anions which scavenged by sod (the inhibitory level of formazan color development) [17]. the results were expressed as u/ml. serum mda was estimated using the thiobarbituric acid (tba) reaction [18]. determination of chromium has been done using atomic absorption spectrophotometry [gbc 933 plus, japan]. 2.7. statistical analysis "ibm spss (version 20) has been used for the analysis and presentations of data. quantitative data were presented as form of mean and standard deviation (sd). differences in means between study groups were tested for statistical significance with independent samples t-test. one-way analysis of variance (anova) was used to compare the parameters among groups followed by post hoc test. chemistry | 137 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 3. results the patients group (p) has shown a highly significant increase in fsg, hba1c, (fsi) level, homa2-ir, and serum mda when comparing to control group (c), while no significant increase in bmi between p and c groups (table 1). group p has been shown a significant decrease in homa-β%, homa_s%, serum cr level and ec_sod in comparison to group c (table 1). fsg, fsi, homa2-ir, and serum mda were increased as the hba1c increased, i.e. these parameters were higher in group p3 than group p2, in group p2 and were higher than group p1, although these parameters were higher in patients group p than control group c. homa-β%, homa_s%, serum cr level and ec_sod were decreased as the hba1c increased, i.e. these parameters were lesser in group p3 than group p2, and were higher in group p2 than group p1, although these parameters were lower in patients group p than control group c. ec-sod was assayed in serum of patients and control subjects using pooling method and the results revealed that the ec-sod activity in control group was higher than patients group (12.43 vs. 10.05 u/ml) (table 3). also, ec-sod activity was decreased as hba1c increase in the groups, i.e. ec-sod activity in controlled patients group was higher than medium controlled group and both were higher than uncontrolled group (11.78, 10.5 and 7.86 u/ml), table (3). t2dm is a chronic disease characterized mainly by a disorder in the metabolism of glucose associated with a lowering of the ability of tissues to respond to insulin secerted (insulin resistance). the resulting hyperglycemia damages nerve cells and blood vessels through the body, leading to micro-vascular diseases such as nephropathy, neuropathy and retinopathy. furthermore, the risk for cardiovascular disease (cvd) is considerably elevated in patients with t2dm compared to the general population. as a consequence, t2dm represents a major public health problem [19]. dm is an endocrinological disease associated with a severe metabolic and oxidative stress problem. in the presence of free radicals, glucose can undergo a process called autooxidation. studies show that oxidative stress has the greatest role in developing complications [20]. results showed in table (1), indicated significant increase in hba1c, fsg, fsi, and homa2-ir in group (p) in comparison with group (c). these findings are in agreement with previous study of arie srihardyastutie et al, 2015 [21]. there are many studies also has pointed out that the increase in the level of blood glucose is associated with an increase in incidence of cardiovascular disease and the high level of glucose, (hyperglycemia) leads to increase the generation of free radicals and then activates oxidative stress and would be an important causeof heart and blood vessels disease [22]. insulin is a peptide hormone secreted by β-cell of the pancreatic islet of langerhans for maintaining normal blood glucose level by facilitating cellular glucose uptake [23]. the main pathophysiological feature of t2dm is impaired insulin secretion and increased insulin resistance [24]. insulin resistance is defined as reduced sensitivity of target organ to the insulin biological effects or a condition in which the body‘s muscle, fat, and liver cells do not use insulin effectively [25]. insulin resistance has a correlation with the decrease of fasting insulin value. because of insulin function keeps maintain the glucose blood homeostasis by facilitating cellular glucose uptake, so the increaseof serum glucose will induce β-cell pancreatic to increase insulin secretion, but unfortunately, pancreatic langerhan fail to process proinsulin as precursor to be mature insulin [21 and 26]. this will affect the increase of blood glucose value. the more fsg value increases, the more hba1c value increase. some researchers report that the glycation accour over span of 90-120 red blood cell day life, so hba1c test is a biochemical test that reflects the average level of glucose in the blood over a three month period by measuring the proportion of hemoglobin that has become glycosylated [27]. it indicates that the increase of serum glucose values contributes to bind glucose-hemoglobin more (glycation reaction) and chemistry | 138 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 gives consequently to make higher value of glycosylated hemoglobin (hba1c) [21], that can explain the results obtained in the current study, the increase of fsg and fsi as hba1c increase, i.e. fsg and fasting serum insulin in group p3 was higher than group p2 and that higher than group p1, table (2). as shown in table 1 homa2-s (%) and homa2-β cell (%) showed significant decrease in group (p) in comparison with group (c). these findings are in agreement with previous study of al-hakeim et al., 2012; [28]. ß-cell mass adapts to an increased metabolic load which caused by obesity and the inherent insulin resistance. t2dm in humans models is accompanied by a progressive decrease in beta cell mass. as a result, the body can no longer able to adapt to any increase in metabolic load, including insulin resistance related with obesity. this ß-cell loss elevates from a marked increase in ß-cell apoptosis, which far outweighs modest increases in ß-cell replication [29]. as the t2dm state progresses, the situation worsens; the incidence of ß-cell replication decreases and the ß-cell population declines. the increased ß-cell apoptosis in t2dm is further exacerbated by the formation of amyloid plaque deposits in islets [30]. eventually, in the most severe cases, a ‗‗point of no return‘‘ ß-cell mass can be reached and a permanent t2dm state arises that should be treated with insulin replacement therapy [31]. the brain processes information from adiposity signals such as insulin and leptin, which circulate in proportion to body fat mass, and integrates this input with signals from nutrients such as fas then sends in response signals to control feeding behavior and substrate metabolism in ways that promote homeostasis of both energy stores and fuel metabolism. misalignment of food intake with the expression levels of neuroactive peptides, such as leptin, could create metabolic imbalances that alter insulin sensitivity [32 and 33]. the importance of chromium (cr) for glucose metabolic regulation has been noteiced in clinical states of relatively severe chromium deficiency, which characterized by impaired glucose tolerance, hyperglycaemia and lipid disorders [34]. the current study shown a significant decreasing in chromium concentration in patient group as compared to control group, and this lowering was manifested as hba1c increased (table 1 and table 2). cr is one of the essential nutrients whose metabolism changes during dm. cr is a co-factor in the action of insulin and it potentiates the insulin action. as such cr may improve blood glucose concentrations in individuals with a tendency towards blood glucose fluctuations related with dm (hyperglycaemia). thus, it may not be surprising to find an inverse relationship between serum cr and blood glucose control [35]. hyperglycaemia and high levels of insulin increase cr excretion, so low serum concentration of cr seen in the dm patients has been attributed to insulin resistance, hyperglycaemia and osmotic diuresis resulte to from glycosuria, which increase urine cr excretion. hyperinsulinemia and insulin resistance may be associated with a reduce in insulin receptors, reduced insulin binding, or post-insulinreceptor signaling defects [36]. mda is a highly toxic by-product formed partly by oxidation derived from free lipid radicals, and studies shown considerably raised concentrations in dm. mda reacts both irreversibly and reversibly with proteins and phospholipids with profound effects [37]. in this study we have observed that mda levels as a lipid peroxidation product and a marker of oxidative stress, was highly statistically significant increase in between group p and control group (c) table (1), these results are in agreement with the findings of mahreen et al, 2010 and a. z. hassan, 2011[38 and 39]. the most probable causes for the increased mda levels in serum of diabetic groups may be due to the abnormal lipid metabolism. hyperinsulinemia and hyperglycemia may enhance the production of free radicals such as mda and induce oxidative stress that may also contribute to increased risk for coronary artery disease in diabetes [40]. hyperglycemia can induce oxidative stress by several different mechanisms. autooxidation of glucose and the non enzymatic glycation of proteins generate superoxide ( . o2¯) [41]. comparative evaluation of the serum levels of mda was done in patients of diabetes mellitus chemistry | 139 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 with and without complications by b.mandal, et al, 2010. it was highly significant increase in cases of dm with complications in comparison to cases of diabetes mellitus without complications indicate more association of oxidative stress with diabetic complications [42]. free radical interacts in archidonic acid metabolism forming a toxic endoperoxidase. the lipid peroxide thus formed stimulates the synthesis of cyclooxygenase, prostaglandin and thromboxane which in turn causes increased platelets aggregation leading to vascular complications [43]. ec-sod is a secretory glycoprotein located in blood vessel walls at high levels and may be important in the antioxidant capability of vascular walls [12]. ec-sod with an affinity for heparan-like substances, and it is the principal enzymatic scavenger of superoxide in the extracellular space [44]. the vascular wall contains abundant amounts of ec-sod, one of the sod isozymes produced and secreted to the extracellular space by fibroblasts and smooth muscle cells [45]. in current study ec-sod showed a highly significant decrease in t2dm as compared to healthy subjects, and this decrease was intensified as hba1c increased (table 3). as shown in table 4, mda in group p1 and group p2 showed a significant positive correlation with age (table 4, figure 1 and figure 2). in group p3, mda showed a significant negative correlation with serum cr level, while a significant positive correlation was observed with age, duration of dm, and hba1c (table 4 and figure 3). conclusions based on the findings of the present study, it is possible to reach the following most important conclusions:  t2dm have a risk of oxidative stress due to increasing the level of serum mda and decreasing extracellular superoxide dismutase activity.  the hba1c value between 7 to 8 % can not be considered as an acceptable hba1c value, due the severing of oxidative stress rising manifested clearly in this patients group. references 1. njolstad, pr.; sagen, jv. ;bjorkhaug, l. ;odili ,s.; shehadeh, n.; bakry, d. ;sarici, s. u.; alpay, f. ;molnes, j.,; molven, a. sovik, o. and matschinsky, f. m.(2003) permanent neonatal diabetes caused by glucokinase deficiency: inborn error of the glucose-insulin signaling pathway. diabetes. 52(11):2854-60. 2. piero, mn. (2006) "hypoglycemic effects of some kenyan plants traditionally used in management of diabetes mellitus in eastern province", msc thesis, kenyatta university. 3. american diabetes association(2010), diabetes care, supplement 1, 33. 4. barry halliwell. (2001). free radicals and other reactive species in disease‖ encyclopedia of life sciences / & nature publishing group. 5. helen wiseman and barry halliwell (1996), review article. damage to dna by reactive oxygen and nitrogen species : role in inflammatory disease and progression to cancer‖ biochem. j, 313. 6. adelheid weidinger and andrey, v. kozlov (2015), biological activities of reactive oxygen and nitrogen species: oxidative stress versus signal transduction:biomolecules,5, 472-484. chemistry | 140 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 7. isabel, a.; abreu and diane e. cabelli (2010). review ―superoxide dismutases—a review of the metal-associated mechanistic variations‖ biochimica et biophysica acta, 1804, 263–274. 8. mark percival (1996). antioxidants, review article, clinical nutrition insights, 9. toshikazu yoshikawa and yuji naito (2002). what is oxidative stress?. jmaj, 45(7): 271–276. 10. sastre, j.; pallardo, fv.; corcia de la asuncion, j,vina j. (2000). mitochondria oxidative stress and aging. free radic res. 32: 189-198. 11. mosaad, a.; abou-seif and abd-allah youssef (2004). evaluation of some biochemical changes in diabetic patients‖ clinica chimica acta, 346, 161–170 12. adachi, t., inoue, m.; hara, h.; maehata ,e. and suzuki, s;.(2004) relationship of serum extracellular-superoxide dismutase level with insulin resistance in type 2 diabetic patients. journal of endocrinology , 181, 413–417. 13. umiaki kimura; goji hasegawa; hiroshi obayashi, tetsuo adachi, hirokazu hara, mitsuhiro ohta, michiaki fukui, yoshihiro kitagawa, hyohun park, naoto nakamura, koji nakano and toshikazu yoshikawa (2004). serum extracellular superoxide dismutase in patients with type 2 diabetes"diabetes care, 26, 4. 14. wafa, h; ajam tariq; h. al-khyat kadhum and j. al-hamdani "oxidative status and lipid profile in post-menopausal women with diabetes mellitus (dm) type 2 in babylon governorate. medical journal of babylon, 2012, 9, 2. 15. armin rashidi; manouchehr nakhjavani; alireza, esteghamati; firuzeh asgarani; omid khalilzadeh; mehrshad abbasi and reza safari (2009). association between oxidant/antioxidant markers and proteinuria in type 2 diabetes: results in 142 patients. jnephrol; 22 (6):733738. 16. simi kharb (2013). activity of extracellular superoxide dismutase in gestational diabetes research journal of obstetrics and gynocology, 3 (1), 1-4. 17. minami, m., and yoshikawa ha. (1979). simplified assay method of superoxide dismutase activity for clinical use. clin chem. act. 1979;92:337-342. 18. trivelli ,la, ranney, hm and lai ht. (1971).new eng. j. med.;284:353. 19. zargar ah, shah na, masoodi sr, laway ba, dar fa, khan ar, sofi fa and wani ai. (2002). copper, zinc and magnesium levels in type-1 diabetes mellitus. saudi med;23: 539–542. 20. osman, e., levent, k.; nuriye, u.; nazife, k.; baysal. k.; ruhan k and naciye y. (2004) correlations of serum cu +2 , zn +2 , mg +2 and hba1c in type 2 and type 2 diabetes mellitus. turkish journal of endocrinology and metabolism; 2:75-79. 21. arie srihardyastutie, soeatmadji dw, fatchiyah f and aulanniam a. (2014). the relationship between hba1c, insulin resistance and changes of insulin secretion in indonesian type 2 diabetic subjects. adv nat appl sci; 8(8): 25–30. 22. soedamah-muthu, s s, chaturvedi n, toeller m, ferriss b, reboldi p,michel g, et al. (2008). risk factor of coronary heart disease, circulation ;109: 46. 23. gisela wilcox (2005). insulin and insulin resistance, review article, clin biochem rev.; 26(2): 19–39. 24. kohei kaku (2010). pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes and its treatment policy. j japan med assoc; 53(1):41–46. chemistry | 141 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 25. xu h; huang x; arnlov j; cederholm t; stenvinkel p; lindholm b; riserus u; and carrero jj. (2014). clinical correlates of insulin sensitivity and its association with mortality among men with ckd stage 3 and 4. clin jam soc nephrol; 9:1–8. 26. gomero ada, mcdade t, williams s,and stacy tessler lindau (2008). dried blood spot measurement of glycosylated hemoglobin (hba1c) in wave 1 of the national social life, health and aging project (nshap). norc univ chicago. 27. goldenburg r, and punthakee z.(2013), canadian diabetes association. clinical practice guidelines for the prevention and management of diabetes in canada. definition, classification and diagnosis of diabetes, pre-diabetes, and metabolic syndrome. can j diabetes; 37: s8-s11. 28. al-hakeim h and alim (2012). ghrelin level is associated with other biochemical parameters in obese diabetic patients. al-kufa journal for biology; 4(2):1-13. 29. lingohr ,m. k., buettner r. and rhodes c. j. (2002), trends mol. med. 8, 375. 30. jaikaran e. t. and clark a. (2001), biochim. biophys. acta 1537, 179. 31. weir g. c. and bonner-weir s. (2004), diabetes 53 (suppl. 3), s16. 32. suwazono y, sakata k, okubo y, harada h, oishi m, kobayashi e, uetani m, kido t and nogawa k(2006). long-term longitudinal study on the relationship between alternating shift work and the onset of diabetes mellitus in male japanese workers. j occup environ med.;48: 455–461. 33. unger rh & orcil (2000). lipotoxic diseases of nonadipose tissues in obesity. int. j. obes. relat.metab. disord.;24 (suppl 4): s28–s32. 34. goldhaber sb: trace element risk assessment: essentiality vs toxicity.regul toxicol pharmacol 2003, 38:232-242. 35. kimura k. (2009). role of essential trace elements in the disturbance of carbohydrate metabolism‖. nippon rinsho; 54: 79–84 36. hamid ghaffoori hasan, .parween a. ismael and nazk mohammed aziz (2012). evaluation of serum chromium levels in patients with type1 and 2 diabetes mellitus and insulin resistance international journal of basic & applied sciences ijbas-ijens:12:04. 37. slatter, da, botton ,ch, and bailey, aj. (2000). the importance of lipidderived malondialdehyde in diabetes mellitus. diabetologia, 43:550−557. 38. mahreen, r; mohsin m;nasreen z; siraj m; and ishaq m. (2010). significantly increased levels of serum malonaldehyde in type 2 diabetics with myocardial infarction. int j diabetes dev ctries, 30:49−51. 39. amanj zrar hassan, and leweza b.abbass (2011) evaluation of serum vitamin c, malondialdehyde & lipid profile levels in type 2 diabetic patient in hawler city. zanco j. med. sci. 15, no. (3) 40. bikkad, md, somwanshi sd, and ghuge sh, nagane ns. (2014). oxidative stress in type ii diabetes mellitus. biomedical research; 25 (1): 84-87. 41. baynes, jw. (1991). role of oxidative stress in development of complications in diabetes, diabetes, 40: 405-412. 42. biplab, mandal, ramtanu bandyopadhyay, srabani chakrabarti,tushar kanti bandyopadhyay (2010). assessment of oxidative stress in patients of diabetes mellitus with and without complications‘‘ jiacm, 11, 1 20-5. chemistry | 142 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 43. suryawanshi, n.p., bhutey, a.k., nagdeote, a.n., jadhav ,a.a. and manoorkar, g.s. (2014). study of lipid peroxide and lipid profile in diabetes mellitus. indian journal of clinical biochemstry; 21(1): 126-130 44. fumiaki kimura, goji hasegawa, hiroshi obayashi, tetsuo adachi, hirokazu hara, mitsuhiro ohta,(2003). serum extracellular superoxide dismutase in patients with type 2 diabetes. diabetes care, 26 (4). 45. marklund sl (1990). expreion of extracellular superoxide dismutase by human cell lines. biochemical journa, l 266 213–219. table (1): mean ± s.d in patients and control groups. parameter group (c) (n=35) group (p) (n=130) p value age (years) 45 ± 6.4 49 ± 6.2 0.001 duration of dm (years) __ 6.23 ± 3.72 __ bmi (kg/m 2 ) 27.06 ± 3.8 30.62 ± 6.9 n.s. fsg (mg/dl) 87.31 ± 9.93 197.61± 73.7 0.000 insulin (µlu/ml) 11.89 ± 1.9 16.86 ± 4.1 0.000 homa2-β cell (%) 140.42 ± 34.4 49.53 ± 27.3 0.000 homa2-s (%) 67.36 ± 17.0 40.29 ± 13.1 0.000 homa2-ir 1.51 ± 0.25 3.38 ± 16.6 0.004 cr (μg/l) 0.44 ± 0.03 0.034 ± 0.01 0.000 mda (mmol/l) 1.232 ± 0.53 1.91 ± 0.55 0.000 p<0.05:significant. table (2): mean ± s.d in controlled dm, medium controlled dm, uncontrolled dm, and control groups. parameter group (c) (n=35) group (p1) (n=30) group (p2) (n=40) group (p3) (n=60) p value age (years) 45 ± 9.50 48 ± 6.30 50.8 ± 4.2 49 ± 5.2 n.s duration of dm (years) 00.00 3.8 ± 82 4.48 ± 8.12 8.6 ± 11.3 0.005 bmi (kg/m 2 ) 27.07± 3.89 30.91± 5.62 30.85± 9.36 30.33 ± 5.64 n.s fsg (mg/dl) 87.31± 9.93 153.90± 35.11 163.83± 47.70 241.98± 77.52 0.000 insulin (µlu/ml) 11.89± 1.86 13.62± 13.62 16.4 ± 3.29 18.79± 4.18 0.000 homa2-β cell (%) 140.42± 34.42 57.35± 23.66 62.00±30.23 37.29± 21.61 0.000 homa2-s (%) 67.37± 16.99 52.25± 9.89 43.29 ± 9.62 32.30± 11.03 0.000 homa2-ir 1.51 ± 0.25 1.97 ± 0.35 2.42 ± 0.52 4.73 ± 10.41 n.s cr (μg/l) 0.44 ±0.05 0.05 ± 0.00 0.03 ± 0.002 0.026± 0.001 0.000 mda (mmol/l) 1.23 ± 0.53 1.88 ± 0.57 1.92 ± 0.43 1.92 ± 0.61 0.000 *p<0.05; **p<0.01;***p<0.001; no asterisk: p≥0.05. chemistry | 143 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (3): ec-sod activity in total patients (p), controlled dm (p1), medium controlled dm (p2), uncontrolled dm (p3), and control groups (c). group parameter control group (c) (n = 35) (pooled) patients group (p) (n = 130) (pooled) controlled dm (p1) (n = 30) (pooled) medium controlled dm (p2) (n = 40) (pooled) uncontrolled dm (n = 60) (pooled) ec-sod (u/ml) 12.43 10.05 11.78 10.5 7.86 table (4): pearson correlation analysis of mda in group p1, p2 and p3. parameters mda (mmol/l) r value group (p1) p value group (p1) r value group (p2) p value group (p3) r value group (p3) p value group (p3) age (year) .785** 0.000 .886** 0.000 .737** 0.000 duration (year) .128 0.176 .244 0.128 .401** 0.002 hba1c .016 0.450 -.119 0.464 .379** 0.003 fsg (mg/dl) -.019 0.543 .080 0.625 .066 0.616 insulin (µlu/ml) .145 0.347 .250 0.120 .055 0.677 homa2-β cell (%) .042 0.765 -.058 0.723 .005 0.972 homa2-s (%) -.109 0.356 -.216 0.181 -.100 0.449 homa2-ir .108 0.213 .270 0.091 .069 0.600 cr (μg/l) -.017 0.076 .143 0.380 -.443** 0.000 figure (1): significant correlation between mda and age in group p1. figure (2): significant correlation between mda and age in group p2. chemistry | 144 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 (b ) (a) (d) (c) figure (3): significant correlation in group p3 between mda and (a) age, (b) duration of dm, (c) hba1c and (d) serum cr level. chemistry | 145 2016( عاً 3اىعذد ) 29اىَديذ ٗاىخطبٞقٞت ٍديت إبِ اىٖٞثٌ ىيعيً٘ اىصشفت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 اىثاّٜ عيٚ اىس٘بش أٗمسٞذ دٝسَٞ٘حٞض بِٞ اىَشظٚ حأثٞش داء اىسنشٛ اىَْػ اىعشاقِٞٞ ومير إبراهين حذاد قسٌ اىنَٞٞاء/ميٞت اىعيً٘/خاٍعت بغذاد عصام ووري اىداٍعت اىَسخْصشٝت /ميٞت اىطب /ٗبح٘د اىسنشٛاىَشمض اى٘غْٜ ىعالج سىاء حسيه علي بغذادقسٌ اىنَٞٞاء/ميٞت اىعيً٘/خاٍعت 2102/ويسان/5،قبل في: 2102/ارار/22استلن في: الخالصة إّثٚ( حخشاٗذ أعَاسٌٕ بِٞ 59رمشا ٗ 71َدَ٘عت )اى 2 ٍشٝعا باىسنشٛ ٍِ اىَْػ( 130حخعَِ ٕزٓ اىذساست ) ماّج ّخٞدت حٌ حصْٞفٌٖ اىٚ ثالد ٍداٍٞع حسب ّخٞدت فحص اىسنش اىخشامَٜ ىذٌٖٝ, إر اىَشظٚ اىزِٝ ( سْت .55 30) أٍا اىَشظٚ اىزِٝ ماّج ّخٞدت ( ٍشٝط,30% صْف٘ا عيٚ إٌّٖ ٍدَ٘عت ٍسٞطشة )7اىسنش اىخشامَٜ ىذٌٖٝ أقو ٍِ ٍشٝط( صْف٘ا عيٚ إٌّٖ ٍدَ٘عت شبٔ ٍسٞطشة عيٚ ٍسخ٘ٙ اىسنش ٗ 40% ) 8اىٚ 7فحص اىسنش اىخشامَٜ ىذٌٖٝ بِٞ ٍشٝط( عيٚ إٌّٖ ٍدَ٘عت غٞش 50% )8مَٜ ىذٌٖٝ أمثش ٍِ صْف اىَشظٚ اىزِٝ ماّج ّخٞدت فحص اىسنش اىخشا اىْخائح اىَسخحصيت ٍِ قٞاساث بعط اىَخغٞشاث فٜ ٍص٘ه ٍشظٚ اىسنشٛ ق٘سّج ٍع . ٍسٞطشة عيٚ ٍسخ٘ٙ اىسنشٛ رمش ٗ 14( ٍِ األصحاء) 35حيل اىَسخحصيت ٍِ قٞاط راث اىَخغٞشاث اىَقاست فٜ ٍص٘ه ٍدَ٘عت اىسٞطشة اىخٜ حشَو ) ( سْت. 5530ٚ( اىزِٝ حخشاٗذ أعَاسٌٕ بِٞ )أّث 21 حٌ خَع اىبٞاّاث اىذَٝ٘غشافٞت ىيَشظٚ ٗ األصحاء ٗحَج ٍقاسّخٖا ٗ ٕٜ اىعَش )اىسْت(, ٍذة اإلصابت باىَشض )اىسْت( ٗ ٍؤشش مخيت اىدسٌ )مغ /ً 2 .) اىني٘م٘ص فٜ اىَصو بعذ اىصٞاً) حٌ قٞاط اىَخغٞشاث اىسشٝشٝت ىَداٍٞع اىَشظٚ ٍٗدَ٘عت اىسٞطشة ٗ حشَو ٍسخ٘ٙ ٍيغٌ / ده( بئسخعَاه اىعذد اىَخ٘فشة حداسٝا, ٍسخ٘ٙ اإلّس٘ىِٞ فٜ اىَصو بعذ اىصٞاً )ٍاٝنشٗ ٗحذة دٗىٞت / ٍو( اإلّس٘ىِٞ )%( ب٘ساغت حَ٘رج , ّسبت خالٝا بٞخا )%( )ب٘ساغت َّ٘رج ٍٕ٘٘(, ّسبت حساسٞت بأسخعَاه غشٝقت غٞفٞت, ّس٘ىِٞ )%( ب٘ساغت َّ٘رج ٍٕ٘٘, مَا حٌ قٞاط فعاىٞت اىس٘بش أٗمسٞذ دٝسَٞ٘حٞض اىخاسج خي٘ٛ بطشٝقت ٍٕ٘٘, ٍقاٍٗت اإل حفاعو اىشاٝب٘فالفِٞ ٗ حاٍط اىْاٝخشٗ بي٘ حخشاصٗىًٞ٘ مَا حٌ حقذٝش حشمٞض اىَاىّ٘ٞيذاٛ أىذٖٝاٝذ ب٘ساغت حفاعو خاٍط حشاٛ باٛ بٞ٘حٞشك. (, ٍسخ٘ٙ اىني٘م٘ص فٜ اىَصو بعذ hba1cخ٘ٙ اىسنش اىخشامَٜ)أظٖشث اىذساست صٝادة ٍعْ٘ٝت فٜ قٌٞ ٍس (, ٗ ٍسخ٘ٙ اىَاىّ٘ٞيذاٛ ir(, ٍقاٍٗت اإلّس٘ىِٞ)fpi, ٍسخ٘ٙ اإلّس٘ىِٞ فٜ اىَصو بعذ اىصٞاً ) (fsg)اىصٞاً ا . بَْٞا أظٖشث اىذساست ّقصاّا ٍعْ٘ٝ c( ٍقاسّت ٍع ٍدَ٘عت اىسٞطشة p( فٜ ٍشظٚ اىسنشٛ )ٍدَ٘عت mdaأىذٖٝاٝذ) ( ٗ اىس٘بش أٗمسٞذ دٝسَٞ٘حٞض اىخاسج cr) %(, ٍسخ٘ٙ اىنشsًٗ%(, ّسبت حساسٞت اإلّس٘ىِٞ)ß) فٜ قٌٞ ّسبت خالٝا بٞخا .c( ٍقاسّت ٍع ٍدَ٘عت اىسٞطشة pفٜ ٍشظٚ اىسنشٛ )ٍدَ٘عت ec-sodخي٘ٛ ) اث اىخاىٞت أظٖشث حْاسبا غشدٝا ٍع إرا ٍا ق٘سّج اىْخائح ٗفقا ىيخقسٌٞ اىفشعٜ اىزٛ حٌ حطبٞقٔ عيٚ اىَشظٚ فأُ اىَخغٞش أٗ ٍدَ٘عت p1أٗ اىََدَ٘عت p2ماّج أعيٚ ٍِ قَٖٞا فٜ اىَدَ٘عت p3اىسنش اىخشامَٜ أٛ أُ قَٖٞا فٜ اىَدَ٘عت (, ٍسخ٘ٙ اإلّس٘ىِٞ فٜ اىَصو بعذ اىصٞاfsgً, اىَخغٞشاث ٕٜ ) ٍسخ٘ٙ اىني٘م٘ص فٜ اىَصو بعذ اىصٞاً ) c اىسٞطشة (fpi ٍقاٍٗت ,)ِٞاإلّس٘ى (ir( ٍٗسخ٘ٙ اىَاىّ٘ٞيذاٛ أىذٖٝاٝذ ,)mda فٜ اىَقابو اىَخغٞشاث اىخاىٞت أبذث حْاسبا عنسٞا ) بو حخٚ أُ قَٖٞا فٜ p2 ٗp3أعيٚ ٍِ اىَدَ٘عخِٞ p1( أٛ أُ قَٖٞا فٜ اىَدَ٘عت hba1cٍع اىسنش اىخشامَٜ) (, ٍسخ٘ٙ اىنشًٗ %s) ّسبت حساسٞت اإلّس٘ىِٞ(, %ß) ٕٜ األعيٚ, ٕزٓ اىَخغٞشاث ٕٜ ّسبت خالٝا بٞخا cٍدَ٘عت (cr .) ( عالقت إسحباغٞت ٍ٘خبت ٍع اىعَش. بَْٞا فٜ mdaأظٖش حشمٞض اىَاىّ٘ٞيذاٛ أىذٖٝاٝذ) p2ٗ ٍدَ٘عت p1فٜ ٍدَ٘عت بَْٞا أظٖش (, cr) (عالقت إسحباغٞت ساىبت ٍع ٍسخ٘ٙ اىنشmdaًٗأظٖش حشمٞض اىَاىّ٘ٞيذاٛ أىذٖٝاٝذ ) p3ٍدَ٘عت .(hba1c) . القت إسحباغٞت ٍ٘خبت ٍع اىعَش, ٍذة االصابت بَشض اىسنشٛ, ٗ ٍسخ٘ٙ اىسنش اىخشامَٜع ٍشظٚ اىسنشٛ ٍعشظِٞ ىخطش اإلخٖاد اىخأمسذٛ, ٗ رىل ىضٝادة بأُ أعخَادا عيٚ ّخائح اىذساست اىحاىٞت َٝنْْا إسخْخاج (. مَا ec-sodاىس٘بش اٗمسٞذ دٝسَٞ٘حٞضاىخاسج خي٘ٛ )ُٗ إّخفاض فعاىٞت إّضٌٝ (mdaحشمٞض اىَاىّ٘ٞيذاٛ أىذٖٝاٝذ ) % ال ٝعذُٗ شبٔ ٍسٞطٞشِٝ 8إىٚ 7( ىذٌٖٝ بِٞ hba1c) أُ ٍشظٚ اىسنشٛ اىزِٝ حنُ٘ ّخٞدت ٍسخ٘ٙ اىسنش اىخشامَٜ % ٍِ 7عيٚ حذة اىَشض بو إٌّٖ ٍخعشسِٝ سشٝشٝا بشنو مبٞش ٗ ٝدب عيٌٖٞ خفط قَٞت اىسنش اىخشامَٜ إىٚ ٍا دُٗ اه اله اىعالج ٗ اىْظاً اىغزائٜ.خ : داء اىسنشٛ اىَْػ اىثاّٜ, س٘بش أٗمسٞذ دٝسَٞ٘حٞض اىخاسج خي٘ٛ, فشغ اىسنشٛ.الكلمات المفتاحية conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees biology | 11 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 external morphological study of tabanus nemoralis meigen 1820 (diptera: tabanidae). in baghdad/ iraq ahmed jameel sabr mouhannad mahmood aljaf dept. of biology/college of education for pure sciens (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :6/ september /2016 , accepted in : 8 /march/ 2017 abstract this work included external morphological study of horse fly tabanus nemoralis meig. 1820, which belongs to family tabanidae order: diptera. the study involved the most important taxonomic external characters of the: head, thorax, abdomen and their appendages which are: antenna, maxillary palp, wings, legs, spotting in coloring pattern of abdomen. key words: horse fly, diptera, tabanidae, tabanus, description. biology | 12 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 introduction the species tabanus nemoralis meig.1820 belongs to family tabanidae latreille 1802, subfamily tabaninae loew, 1860. this subfamily comprises about 275 species belong to 72 genera, worldwide distributed, from temperate to subtropical and tropical zones [1], it is known from many parts of the world from asia including saudi arabia, oman, jordan, syria, kuwait and turkey[2,3,4] to african including egypt [5] to europe including hungary, italy, croatia and united kingdom [6, 7] to north america including u. s. a. and mexico [8] and to south america including brazil, chile and colombia [9,10], the tabaninae are poorly known in the middle east [11], yet a comprehensive generic description is not available [12]. in iraq, subfamily tabaninae was studied by leclercq (1963) describing 24 horse flies species within four genera and studied by ahmed (2015) describing species within genera [13,14]. the females of most species feed regularly on nectar, which they need for energy, while blood meals are mainly utilized for oogenesis by pierce skin and suck blood, while the males have lost their mandibles and feed on nectar and pollen alone [15,16]. the blood – feeding behavior of the females of horse flies make their veterinary and medical important, and includes many species important to human and animal health, either by acting as a disease vector such as surra, anthrax and loaloa, or by debilitating the host [17, 18]. members of family tabanidae are medium – sized to larger specimens, usually densely haired on thorax and abdomen. predominant specimens with brownish side markings on anterior abdominal segments, or mostly grayish – black to black, sometimes with paler dusted and pubescent posterior margins of abdominal segments [19,20]. compound eyes in living specimens are mostly greenish with three purple bands, only very rarely unbanded or with one or two bands [20]. eyes are always pubescent, usually rather long and very densely, or the hairs only indistinctly visible in the female sex. males with longer and more densely haired eyes, facets on the upper parts of eyes either more or less enlarged or sharply separated from lower part with small facets, or all facets almost equal in size [21]. ocellar tubercle is always present in both sexes, and vertex sometimes with three small vestigial ocelli. frons usually narrower, frontal calli well developed; median callus usually liner and connected with a larger circular, square to rectangular shaped lower callus; only exceptionally calli reduced or missing. wings are clear or slightly clouded especially interiorly, rarely with darker patches on cross veins and bifurcations; exceptionally a very short appendix to vein r4 [2,22]. materials and methods specimens of tabanus nemoralis were collected from al-radwania 2014, west of the capital baghdad, located at longitude 44.2680355 and latitude 33.1863567; and al-yousfia 2014, south of the capital baghdad and away 25 km from baghdad, located at longitude 44.251662 and latitude 33.07908 [23]. a total of two localities in the east of iraq were visited during may, june, july and august 2014. horse flies were trapped with chemical trap and a regular insect net. samples collected by the above traps were fixed on thick paper and kept in insect box. date and place of collection and hosts were recorded. a total of four female specimens were identified based on [20 and 22]. the study was made using a dissecting microscope (olympus, japan) and compound microscope (olympus, japan), using normal light. image of insect by photomicroscope type ya xun microscope user manual, having enlargement power 200x max. figures of different body insects have been improved with ocular micrometer [24]. biology | 13 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 the following table shows the solutions used in the preparation of the attractive substance of chemical trip and concentrations [14]. seq. solution used concentration 1 sec-butyl alcohol 11.4 ml 2 iso-butyl alcohol 11.4 ml 3 n-butyric acid 11.4 ml 4 n-valeric acid 11.4 ml 5 acetic acid 11.4 ml 6 dimethyl disulphide 9.0 gm 7 phenol 9.0 gm 8 p-cresol 9.0 gm 9 indol 2.3 gm 10 benzoic acid 2.3 gm 11 acetone 11.4 ml results and discussion describe of tabanus nemoralis meig. 1820 body of ♀:fig -1 length: 13.2 mm and width 6.8 mm. head capsule:fig -2 compound eyes densely pale haired with three bands in a live pattern. frons:fig -2 pale grayish dusted, rather board, nearly parallel sided. lower frontal callus has shining black, large and nearly square in shape, connected with subcallus and usually touching the eye margins. median frontal callus large and very broad, rather dull black; larger than, and connected with the lower frontal callus. frons at vertex has with another broad whitish patch. postocular margin on vertex has border than usual, whitish-grey, and clothed with longer pale or grayish hairs. subcallus grayish dusted, face and cheeks whitish-grey with long whitish hairs below. a distinct blackish has parafacial band on each side of antennae. maxillary palp:fig -2 it's yellowish-grey, apical segment rather long and slender, about four times as long as deep and only indistinctly thickened at base, predominantly black palpalcalli. antennae:fig -2 stylate, entirely black, or segment 3 extensively reddish-brown with all intermediates to entirely black. basal segments with fine black hairs; segment 3 rather slender with only slightly developed dorsal tooth near base. thorax: (dorsal view) fig -3a it's mostly blackish, pronotum dark and bear, meso and metanotum with distinct, paler longitudinal stripes and scattered pale hairing. pleura paler grey dusted with denser pale hairing called pubescent, notopleural lobes always light color. scutellum has oval, dark in color. a halter has dark brown, knobs paler at tip. abdomen: (dorsal view) fig -3b rather shining black, clothed with densely set, short, adpressed black hairs; three rows of grayish pattern called patches rather distinct, consisting of a row of slender median triangles of patches which are broader on anterior tergites; of large, oval and distinctly oblique sublateral patches; and of narrow pale borders on posterior margins. wing: fig -4a biology | 14 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 the wing is broader and more blunt-tipped. clear with blackish-brown veins, exceptionally a very short appendix to vein r4. the anal cell closed. the setulae has presence on the basicosta. leg: fig -4b grayish on coxa, trochanter and femur, tibia are brownish, tarsus black. femur and tibia cylindrical shape, tarsus consist of five segments with pair of two long and hard claws at the end, arolium is median size between the claws. fore leg: fig -4b\1 coxa is elongate with medium size and pale haired, trochanter small size and bare, femur with median size of separate hairs, tibia with short separate hairs, basitarsus bare. mid leg: fig -4b\2 coxa square shape and bare, trochanter median size with few short separate hairs, femur with tuft of long hairs on anterior part from ventral side, tibia with median size hairs on far half and has pair of black and long special spurs on far end near basitarsus, the last is bare and longer than basitarsus of fore leg. hind leg: fig -4b\3 coxa nearly square with short pale hairs, trochanter with dense pale hairs, femur large size and inflate with long dense hairs along it, tibia with a long and median size hairs, basitarsus with short and median size hairs and it is larger than basitarsus of mid leg. reference 1. pape, t. b. and mostovski, m. b. (2011). order diptera linnaeus, 1758. in z-q zhang, animal biodiversity: an outline of higher-level classification and survey of taxonomic richness. zootaxa, 3148: 222 – 229. 2. leclercq, m. (2000). a faunistic account of tabanidae (diptera) of saudi arabia and oman. faun. arabia. 18: 285 – 292. 3. al-talafha, h.; amr, z.; baker, m. and bader, a. (2004). horseflies of jordan. j. med. vet. entomol. 18: 208 – 221. 4. al-houty, w. (1989). insect fauna of kuwait. fahad al-marzouk printing and publishing establishment, kuwait: 189. 5. ahmed, s. a. (1991). a computerized approach towards the taxonomy of blood-sucking flies except mosquitoes in egypt. thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy in science, department of entomology. cairo university: 218 – 226. 6. quercia, o.; emiliani, f.; foschi, f. and stefanini, g. (2008) the wasp-horsefly syndrome. eur ann allergy clin immunol 40 (3): 61 – 63. 7. egri, a.; blahó, m.; száz, d.; barta, a.; kriska., g.; antoni, g. and horváth, g. (2013). a new tabanid trap applying a modified concept of the old flypaper: linearly polarising sticky black surfaces as an effective tool to catch polarotactic horseflies. international journal for parasitology, 43: 555–563. 8. manrique-saide, p.; delfin-gonzàlez, h. and ibànez-bernal, s. (2001) horseflies (diptera: tabanidae) from protected areas of the yucatan peninsula, mexico. florida entomologist, 84(3): 352 – 362. 9. christian, r. g. (2009). agelanius chiloensis, a new species of horse fly from southern chile (diptera: tabnidae). guyana, 73(1): 12 – 16. 10. parra, h.g.; alarcón, p.e. and lópez, v.g. (2008). ecology and parasitological analysis of horse flies (diptera: tabanidae) in antioquia, colombia. caldasia, 30(1): 179 – 188. 11. al dhafer, h. m.; dawah, h.a. and abdullah, m. a. (2009). tabanidae (diptera) of saudi arabia saudi. journal of biological sciences, 16: 77–83. biology | 15 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 12. mackerras, i. m.; spratt, d. m. and yeates, d.k. (2008). revision of the horse fly genera lissimas and cydistomyia (diptera: tabanidae: diachlorini) of australia. zootaxa, 1886: 1 – 80. 13. leclercq m. (1963). tabanidae (diptera) of iraq. bulletin of the iraq natural history institute (university of baghdad). 11 (7): 1 – 12. 14. ahmed, j. s. (2015). morpho-taxonomic study for some species of horse fly family (diptera: tabanidae) in some regions central of iraq. thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of philosophy doctor in biology (entomology), college of science. tikrit university: 102. 15. rubio, m.p. (2002). diptera tabanidae. fauna iberica vol. 18. museo nacional de ciencias naturales. madrid.309. 16. hunter, f.f. and ossowski, a. m. (1999). honeydew sugars in wild-caught female horse flies (diptera: tabanidae). j. med. entomol. 36: 896–899. 17. krinsky, w.l. (1976). animal disease agents transmitted by horse flies and deer flies (diptera: tabanidae). journal of medical entomology, 13: 225–275. 18. mullen, b. a. (2009). horse flies and deer flies (tabanidae). in: g. r. mullen and l. a. durden (eds.) medical and veterinary entomology (second edition). academic press, burlington usa: 261 – 274. 19. leclercq, m. (1963). tabanidae (diptera) of iraq. bulletin of the iraq natural history institute (university of baghdad). 7, 11: 1 – 12. 20. leclercq, m. (1966). révision systématique et biogéographique, des tabanidae (diptera) paléarctiques, tabaninae. inst. r. sci. nat. belg., bruxelles. 237. 21. hassan s.j.; ahmed j.s. and awwad s.d. (2015). external morphological study of tabanus autumnalis l. 1761, (diptera: tabanidae) in iraq. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 28, 3:1 – 6. 22. chvála, m.; lynborg, l. and moucha, j. (1972). the horse flies of europe: entomological society of copenhagen, copenhagen, 498. 23. jawad, m. and ahmed, s. (1958). detailed map of baghdad guide. iraqi academy of sciences press-baghdad. iraq. (in arabic). 24. bourgoin, t. and szwedo, j. (2008). the 'cixiid-like' fossil planthopper families. – bullstin of insectology, 61(1): 107 108. biology | 16 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 figure (1) female of tabanus nemoralis meigen 20 x. figure (2) head parts of tabanus nemoralis meigen biology | 17 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 figure (3) body parts of tabanus nemoralis meigen (dorsal view) athorax, b abdomen biology | 18 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 figure (4) body parts of tabanus nemoralis meigen awing, blegs (1. fore leg, 2, mid leg, 3. hind leg). biology | 19 2017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد يقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطب ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 tabanus nemoralis meigen,1820نهنوع دراسة انمظهر انخارجي (diptera: tabanidae) في بغذاد/ انعراق أحمذ جميم صبر مهنذ محمود انجاف جاهعت بغذاد /(أبي الهيثن ) كليت الخشبيت للعلىم الصشفت/ قسن علىم الحياة 6107/ارار/ 8قبم في: , 6106// ايهول6 استهم في: انخالصة ، والخي حعىد لعائلت tabanus nemoralis meig. 1820حضوي البحث دساست الوظهش الخاسجي لزبابت الخيل tabanidae هي سحبت ثٌائيت األجٌحتdiptera. راث األهويت الخصٌيفيت للشأس والصذس والبطي ولىاحقها الخي حخوثل بقشى شولج الذساست صفاث الوظهش الخاسجي األسخشعاس والولوس الفكي واألجٌحت واألسجل وًوىرج الخلىى والخبقع للبطي. ، وصف.tabanidae ،tabanusرباب الخيل، ثٌائيت األجٌحت، -انكهمات انمفتاحية: microsoft word 50-57 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 50 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( ) study of the influence of annealing temperature on the structural and optical properties of znte prepared by vacuum thermal evaporation technique sarmad m. ali alia a. a. shehab samir a. maki dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science / university of baghdad sarmadali778@gmail.com received in:18/march/2018, accepted in:22/april/2018 abstract the znte alloy was prepared as deposited thin films on the glass substrates at a thickness of 400±20 nm using vacuum evaporation technique at pressure (1 × 10-5) mbar and room temperature. then the thin films under vacuum (2 × 10-3 mbar) were annealing at (rt,100 and 300) °c for one hour. the structural properties were studied by using x-ray diffraction and afm, the results show that the thin films had approached the single crystalline in the direction (111) as preferred orientation of the structure zinc-blende for cubic type, with small peaks of tellurium (te) element for all prepared thin films. the calculated crystallite size (cs) decreased with the increase in the annealing temperature, from (25) nm before the annealing to (21) nm after the annealing. the images of atomic force microscopy of all thin films appeared a homogenous structure and high smoothness through roughness values that increased slightly from (1.4) nm to (3.4) nm. the optical properties of the znte at (rt,100 and 300) °c were studied transmittance and absorbance spectrum as a function of the wavelength. the energy gap was found about (2.4) ev for the thin films before the annealing and increased slightly to (2.5) ev after annealing at 300 °c keywords: znte thin films, transmittance spectra, thermal evaporation, annealing and afm https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 51 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( ) introduction zinc telluride (znte) is one of the most important semiconductor materials was used in many applications in the electronics device field. due to its extensive contribution in the field of micro-electronics and opto-electronics applications, as the electrical, optical and structural properties of znte thin films were studied over the inclusive term [1]. znte is grey or brownish-red powder, has a cubic and hexagonal crystal structure, because of lattice matching, it can grow on alsb, gasb, inas, and pbse substrates, it can also grow on gallium arsenide but in that case there will be some lattice mismatch [2]. zinc telluride can be classed to the ii–vi group of semiconductor compounds and like other family of the group, the material has a direct band gap of 2.26ev at rt [2-3], which corresponds to the pure green region of the electromagnetic spectra, and hence it is seen as a potential material for the fabrication of green leds. znte has been used in γ-ray detectors, solar cells [4-5] switching devices and optoelectronic devices [2]. znte thin films can be fabricated by using closed space sublimation (css) technique [6], sputtering [7], electro-deposition process[8], electron beam evaporation[9] and thermal vacuum evaporation method[10].in the present paper an attempt has been made to study the effect of annealing temperature on the structural and optical properties znte thin films prepared by vacuum. experimental to prepare znte alloy, appropriate atomic percentage of high purity (99.99%).zinc (zn) and tellurium (te) were taken by using sensitive electric balance type (mettler h35 ar). these elements were put in a clean and dry quartz ampoule to prepare znte. then the ampoule was linked by specific design to the vacuum unit, when the pressure reached 2x10-3 mbar, the ampoule was sealed, then the ampoule was heated for (1200 oc) using furnace, and kept at the temperature for 1 hour. after that the ampoule was cooled down in furnace and then broken to bring out the alloy.  znte films were deposited on well cleaned glass substrates by thermally evaporating powder znte in a molybdenum boat. a pressure of about (1×10-5) mbar was maintained within the vacuum chamber at the time of deposition. the deposition rate was maintained at about 33 nm/min. the obtained films were uniform and had good adhesion to the substrate. typical znte films having thickness at 400±20 nm were used for characterizations.  then the thin films znte were annealing at 100 ° c and 300 ° c for an hour under vacuum of 10-3 mbar. the-x-ray diffraction-(xrd) studies-of the films-were performed by (shimadzu-japanxrd600) automatic diffract meter using the cukα radiations (λ=1.54059 å) in the range of 2θ between 10° and 120°. surface-morphology was studied using atomic-force microscopy(afm) measurements with specifications (spm model aa 3000 angstrom advanced lns., usa) to determine the nano-crystalline topography and grain size of the films. optical transmission measurements were performed with (uv/visible 1800 spectrophotometer). results and discussion structural properties figure (1) shows the xrd pattern of the prepared znte powder, which has a polycrystalline structure, and the positions of these peaks were compared with the icdd card of this compound and its component elements. the znte is formed in two phases, cubic phase and hexagonal, and with different crystalline directions as indicated above each peak. also, when comparing the number and intensity of peaks, we can conclude that the dominant phase is the cubic phase and the direction (111). in addition, weak peaks of the elements (zn, te) are observed, which may be due to heterogeneity due to the weight differences in the preparation of the alloy and can be considered experimental errors. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 52 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( )  table (1) shows znte alloy and its structural properties, which include icdd card information. it is noted from the table that there is a great match between the top positions between the prepared alloy and the special information card for the cubic structure. the crystallite size (cs) was determined from x-ray diffraction data using the scherer’s equation [10]. )1.....(........................................ cos 94.0 )(   fwhm s b c  where λ is wave length of xrd, β is full-width-half maxima-and θ the diffractionangle. the calculated crystalline size (cs) has a nano-scale dimension, and the largest measured magnitude at direction (111) corresponds to the lowest crystalline size of 35.8 nm. since the high intensity of any peaks explains that most of the crystals formed have the same direction (hkl) (ie: increase the number of crystals at the direction of hkl). considering that all of them reflect x-rays in the same direction, so the particle size increases with increasing intensity and decreasing the value of fwhm .the distance between the crystalline planar (dhkl) which corresponds to the results of the standard information card, is calculated using the bragg equation [11]. n = 2dhkl sin ……………………………………… (2) where (n) is an integer and-it is the order-of reflection, dhkl is the distance-between the lattice-planes, and (hkl) are milles indices figure (2) shows xrd and the effect of temperature before and after the annealing of thin films deposition on glass bases at 100 °c and 300 °c for an hour. we observed that all prepared thin films close to the single crystalline structure of the cubic type at a crystallization direction (111) and high intensity[10], with the disappearance of the hexagonal phase. the absence of different crystalline orientation in the alloy and the existing of a single crystalline growth gives great uniformity and decreases the crystalline defects of the thin films deposition[11], in addition to decreasing the crystallite size and increasing the diffraction intensity of the effect of the annealing, which means an increase in grain size as shown in table(2). we also show the appearance of weak peaks of the tellurium (te) at diffraction angles (2θ) (22.77, 27.78, 40.34, 43.32), as shown in figure (2) which explains the positive conductivity (p-type) (znte) for the presence of the vacancy of the zinc element in znte structure. this is consistent with the researcher [9]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 53 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( ) table (1): the results obtained from xrdfor zn te alloy   xrd icdd 2 theta (deg.) d(oa) fwhm (deg.) cs(nm ) 2 theta (deg.) d(oa) (hkl) lattice const.(oa) card no. c-znte 25.284 3.520 0.2273 35.822 25.259 3.523 g(111) 6.103 15-0746 41.867 2.156 0.2003 42.467 41.805 2.159 g(220) 49.523 1.839 0.1991 43.942 49.496 1.840 g(311) 66.774 1.400 0.1782 53.388 66.745 1.400 g(331) h-znte 27.597 3.230 0.2269 36.056 26.914 3.310 g(101) a=4.31 b=7.09 19-1482 34.441 2.602 0.1540 54.011 34.854 2.572 g(102) 56.652 1.623 0.2267 39.809 55.585 1.652 g(202) 62.877 1.477 0.1600 58.192 63.540 1.463 g(203) h-te 38.287 2.349 0.3167 26.554 38.260 2.350 g(102) a=4.458 b=5.927 36-1452 40.484 2.226 0.2600 32.568 40.445 2.228 g(110) h-zn 36.294 2.473 0.1792 46.655 36.296 2.473 g(002) a=2.67 b=4.95 04-0831 figure (1): x-ray diffractior pattern of the zn te alloy substrate t °c 2theta (deg.) d(oa) fwhm (deg.) hkl cs nm glass rt 25.267 3.522 0.315 111 25.84 100 25.271 3.521 0.316 111 25.75 300 25.235 3.526 0.379 111 21.47 table (2) 2ɵ, d,fwhm,hkl and cs values of znte https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 54 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( ) atomic-force-microscopy measurement atomic-force-microscopy (afm) was-used to study the roughness of the surface nature of the thin films and the effect of the annealing on the homogeneity and uniformity of these surfaces. in addition, it has the ability to show and analyze thin films surfaces and to give accurate statistical values on the rate of grain size and surface roughness based on the root mean square (r.m.s.) figure (3) shows three-dimensional (afm) images of pure thin films annealing at 100 °c and non-annealing. we observe the formation of nanotubes structure. some of which are hollow with homogeneous heights up to (38 nm). figure (4 ) shows two dimensional images of afm and three dimensions of pure thin films prepared at room temperature rt and annealing (100 and 300) oc for a surface scan rate of (1.55μm × 1.55μm), it appears that the grain size measured by this technique is almost constant at the limit of (46 nm), although the process of annealing is increasing in the roughness factor of the pure thin films at rt from (1.39 nm) to (3.45 nm) for the pure thin films annealing at (300 oc), which is a small amount that is considered to be an indicator of the smoothness and homogeneity of the thin films[12]. h -t e (1 0 0 ) c (111) h -t e (1 0 1 ) h -t e (1 1 0 ) figure (2): xrd of the znte / glass thin films before and after annealing at 2ɵ (deg.) 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 pure at 300 °c pure at 100 °c pure at rt cp s figure (3): afm images of pure znte thin films at rt and annealing 100 oc. for thickness 400 nm on surface area (50μm × 50μm) pure rt pure – 100 oc https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 55 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( ) optical properties the absorbance and transmittance spectra were measured as a wavelength function in the spectral region (300-1100) nm at thickness 400 nm for pure znte films at room temperature and for annealing (100 and 300) oc as shown in figure. (5). it can be seen from the figure the effect of increasing the temperature of the annealing on the thin films preparation, through the sharp drop in the absorption spectral for the exponential absorption area within the range (400 to 600) nm for the znte films at 300 °c. in addition to the shift of the absorption spectrum figure (4): represent the afm image of the pure thin films at room temperature (rt) and the annealing at (100,300) oc pure rt pure – 100 oc pure – 300 oc   https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 56 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( ) towards the short wavelengths, leading to an increase in the energy gap which caused a decrease in absorption. for the close link between the intensity of electronic transitions and the energy gap. the larger the energy gap the electronic intensity moving from the valence band to the conduction band decreases, resulting in decreased absorption. this is evident from seeing increased transmittance spectrum from 15% to 50% at 850 nm wavelength for the annealing films from (100 to 300) °c the fundamental absorption which compatible with electron excitation from valence band to conduction band, it is used to find nature and value of the energy gap. the energy gap (eg) of the znte thin films is calculated using the expression[6,13]: αhν = b (hν eg) r …………………….(3) where: b is constant, α (cm-1) is the absorption-coefficient, hν is the photon-energy and eg (ev) is the energy gap. the parameter (r) is determined by the optical transition involved in the absorption process, it equals (r=1/2) for the allowed direct and indirect transition (r=2) in the electronic band-structure. the energy gap (eg) was obtained from the intersection of the photon energy axis by the straight line of the curve (αhν)2 versus (hν) plot as shown in figure(6), this relationship is related to znte thin films non-annealing and annealing (100,300) oc. in general, the energy gap in thermal treatment is increasing from (2.4ev) for thin films non-annealing to 2.5 ev for znte annealing (300 oc). this may be due to the fact that thermal treatment has improved crystalline structure and reduced the structural defects of removing localization state in the energy gap, thus increasing the energy gap.[13] conclusions in the present work, the effect of annealing temperature on the structure and optical properties of znte films were prepared by thermal evaporation method are studied. from xrd study it was found that all prepared thin films close to the single crystalline structure of the cubic type at a crystallization direction (111) and high intensity, with the absence of the hexagonal phase and others different direction in the alloy, as well as the continued existence of weak peaks of element te. this explains the positive conductivity (p-type) of these thin films. the calculated crystallite size (c.s) was decreased with the increase of the annealing temperature. afm images indicated high smooth surfaces with small rms roughness values and an increase in the roughness with the increase of the annealing. the optical band gap (eg) increases with the increased temperature of the annealing; this may be due to the fact that wavelength (nm) wavelength (nm) a b so rb a n ce ( a % ) t ra n sm it ta n ce ( t % ) figure (5): absorbance and transmittance spectra of znte at room temperature and the annealing (100,300) oc 0 50 100 300 500 700 900 1100 pure‐300°c pure‐100°c pure‐rt 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 300 500 700 900 1100 pure‐300°c pure‐100°c pure‐rt https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1851 physics | 57 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31(1) 2018 ( ) thermal treatment has improved crystalline structure and reduced the structural defects of removing localization state in the energy gap. references [1] d. c. sharma; garima; s. srivastava; y. k. vijay and y. k. sharma, “effect of crdoping on optical properties of znte thin films,” in aip conference proceedings, 2011, 1349, no. part a,. 759–760. [2] s. aa; m. a, and n. abbas shah, “silver doping effects on znte thin films by thermal evaporation technique,” j. mater. sci. eng.,. 6, no. 5, 2017. [3] k. p. acharya, a. erlacher, and b. ullrich, “optoelectronic properties of znte/si heterostructures formed by nanosecond laser deposition at different nd:yag laser lines,” thin solid films, 515, no. 7–8,. 4066–4069, 2007. [4] parakh nc, “electrical conduction,” j indian pure appl phys,. 25: 110, 1987. [5] a. ueta and d. hommel, “novel znte-based green light emitters grown on znte substrates,” phys. status solidi, vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 1010–1013, 2004. [6] n. a. shah and w. mahmood, “physical properties of sublimated zinc telluride thin films for solar cell applications,” thin solid films, vol. 544, pp. 307–312, 2013. [7] h. bellakhder, a. outzourhit, and e. l. ameziane, “study of znte thin films deposited by r.f. sputtering,” thin solid films,. 382, no. 1–2, 30–33, 2001. [8] t. mahalingam; s. john v, s. rajendran, and p. j. sebastian, “electrochemical deposition of znte thin films,” semicond. sci. technol., 17, no. 5,. 465–470, 2002. [9] a. m. salem; t. m. dahy, and y. a. el-gendy, “thickness dependence of optical parameters for znte thin films deposited by electron beam gun evaporation technique,” phys. b condens. matter,. 403, no. 18,. 3027–3033, 2008. [10] h. k. hassun, “the structural and optical properties of zinc telluride thin films by vacuum thermal evaporation technique,” ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci., 29, no. 2,. 70–80, 2016. [11] g. k. rao; k. v. bangera, and g. k. shivakumar, “the effect of substrate temperature on the structural, optical and electrical properties of vacuum deposited znte thin films,” vacuum, 83, no. 12,. 1485–1488, 2009. [12] f. akgul aksoy;g. akgul, and h. h. gullu, “improved diode properties in zinc telluride thin film-silicon nanowire heterojunctions,” no. april,. 37–41, 2015. [13] p. raghu; c. s. naveen;g. h. sanjeev, and m. mahesh, “thicknesses dependent optical properties of znse thin films,” int. j. eng. res. technol., 2, no. 11, 2013. microsoft word 185-199 chemistry | 185 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 spectrophotometric determination of sulfamethoxazole with p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde as condensation reaction samar a. darweesh ibdul mohsin a. al-haidari alaa k. mohammed sarmad b. dikran dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in: 27/october/2015, accepted in:7/january/2016 abstract sulfamethoxazole (smx) was added to p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde (pdab) by condensation reaction in acidic medium to form, a yellow colored dye compound which exhibits maximum absorption (λmax) at 450.5 nm. the concentration of (smx) was determined spectrophotometrically. the optimum reaction conditions and other analytical parameters were evaluated. in addition to classical univariate optimization, design of experiment method has been applied in optimization of the variables affecting the color producing reaction. beer’s law obeyed in the concentration range of 0.1-10 μg.ml-1 with molar absorptivity of 5.7950×104 l.mol-1.cm-1. the limit of detection and sandell's sensitivity value were 0.078 μg.ml-1 was 4.3706 μg.cm-2 respectivily. the proposed method could be successfully applied to the determination of (smx) in synthetic sample and urine. key words: spectrophotometric determination, sulfamethoxazole, condensation reaction, p-n,ndimethyl amino benzaldehyde chemistry | 186 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction chemically sulfamethoxazole (figure 1) is 4-amino-n-(5-methyl-3-isoxazoyl) benzene sulfonamide) antibacterial drug that interferes with folic acid synthesis in susceptible bacteria. its use has been limited by the development of resistance and it is now used mainly as a mixture with trimethoprim [1]. sulfamethoxazole and other sulfonamides having similar structures to p-amino benzoic acid, are used in the treatment of urinary tract infections, eye infections and as a prophylaxis of rheumatic fever. it acts as competitive inhibitors of the enzyme dihydropteroate synthetase, dhps in bacteria by blocking the conversion of p-amino benzoic acid to dihydro pteroate, a reduced form of folic acid [2]. a survey of literature revealed that several analytical methods such as high performance liquid chromatography [3-5], flow injection [6,7], high performance thin layer chromatography[8], solid phase extraction[9], voltammetry[10] and spectrophotometric methods[11-14] have been reported for the determination of sulfamethoxazole. the present study describes the use of (pdab) as a chromogenic reagent in the development of simple, sensitive and a rapid spectrophotometric method for the estimation of (smx) with reasonable precision, accuracy. experimental conditions have been studied and the method optimized using univariate and multivariate central composite design method. experimental instruments the absorption spectra were recorded on a double-beam (shimadzu 1800), and all spectrophotometric measurements were carried out on (cecil 1011)uv-visible single beam spectrophotometer with 1cm matched quartz cells. materials and reagents pharmaceutical grade sulfacetamide received as gift sample powder in pure form (99.99%) the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi). all chemicals and reagents used were of analytical grade. reagents solution 1p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde [6 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 6 g of pn,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde in 100 ml methanol. 2sulfuric acid [7 % (v/v)]: prepared by mixing 7 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid (sp.gr.=1.84) with 50 ml of distilled water, and diluting to the mark in a 100 ml volumetric flask using distilled water. 3sulfuric acid [2 % (v/v)]: prepared by mixing 2 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid (sp.gr.=1.84) with 50 ml of distilled water, and diluting to the mark in a 100 ml volumetric flask using distilled water. standard sulfamethoxazole solution 100 µg.ml-1 standard solution of smx was prepared by dissolving accurately weighted 10 mg of pure drug in 1.5 ml of 5 m hcl and further diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. preparation of synthetic drug sample 120 mg of the bulk drug was mixed with 5 mg of interfering substance mixture (consisting of 0.01 g of each of glucose, lactose, soluble starch, and vanillin). chemistry | 187 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 212.5 mg of the resulted mixture was dissolved by the same manner as used for the preparation standard drug to obtain 100 μg.ml-1. preparation of drug solution in urine solution of drug in urine was prepared by dissolving 10 mg of (smx) in 1.5 ml of 5 m hcl and complete volume to 100 ml urine in volumetric flask to obtain 100 μg.ml-1 stock solution. general standard procedures univariate method aliquots of the standard solution (100 µg.ml-1) containing (0.5-50.0) μg of sulfamethoxazole were transferred into a series of 5 ml volumetric flasks. 1.0 ml of 5 % (m/v) pdab was added to each flask, and then 0.25 ml of 5 % (v/v) sulfuric acid was added. the solutions were shaken thoroughly, and making up to the mark with methanol. after mixing the solution well, the absorbance of yellow colored dye was measured at 450.5 nm against the reagent blank. design of experiment method aliquots of the standard solution (100 µg.ml-1) containing (0.5-50.0) μg of sulfamethoxazole was transferred into a series of 5 ml volumetric flasks. 1.0 ml of 5.6 % (m/v) pdab was added to each flask, and then 0.25 ml of 5.7 % (v/v) sulfuric acid was added, the solutions were shaken thoroughly. after 20 min., the solutions were making up to the mark with methanol. after mixing the solution well, the absorbance of yellow colored dye was measured at 450.5 nm against the reagent blank. results and discussion absorption spectra and reaction scheme primary amines type (rnh2) or (arnh2) add to aldehyde and ketone by nucleophilic addition to yield imines (or schiff 's bases). an imine is a nitrogen analog of an aldehyde or ketone in which the c=o group is replaced by a c=nr group, where r= alkyl, aryl, or h. the investigated method involve the condensation reaction between sulfamethoxazole and p-n,ndimethyl amino benzaldehyde in acidic medium to yield a yellow colored dye with a maximum absorption at 450.5 nm as shown in figure 2. the reaction can be represented in scheme (1). optimization of reaction variables univariate method for the development of maximum color intensity of dye, various experimental parameters νiz (p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde concentration, effect of different acids, sulfuric acid concentration and coupling reaction time) which influence the formation of the colored dye were necessary optimized. the optimization was done by studying one parameter while keeping the others fixed. effect of p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde concentration the studying of p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde concentrations were done by taking concentration of (0.25-6.00) % ( m/v) and volume of 1.0 ml. the absorbance of the reaction solution is increased as the pdab concentration increased, and the highest absorption intensity was attained at pdab concentration of 5 % (m/v). higher pdab concentrations up chemistry | 188 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 to 6 % (m/v) had no effect on the absorption values. figure 3 shows the study of concentration of pdab. effect of different acids when some acids (sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid and acetic acid) with 2 % v/v were tested for the acidic medium of coupling reaction, it was found that sulfuric acid was the most suitable acidic medium for a maximum absorbance for method and was used in all subsequent experiments (table 1). effect of sulfuric acid concentration studies for optimization of sulfuric acid concentration revealed that the optimum amount was 0.25 ml of 5 % (v/v) concentration as shown in figure 4. (0.5-7.0) % (v/v) solution of sulfuric acid was used in the volume of 0.25 ml was suitable for the color development. effect of coupling reaction time the effect of coupling reaction time on color of chromogen development was studied. the yellow product formed due to the condensation coupling of sulfamethoxazole with p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde, attained the maximum color at 0 min. as shown in (table 2). the color of the chromogen was stable for 1.5 h. multivariate method experimental design and statistical analysis to find the optimal conditions for the estimation of sulfamethoxazole via condensation reaction with p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde, a central composite design was used. the central composite design (ccd) with a quadratic model was employed. three independent variables namely p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde concentration (x1), sulfuric acid concentration (x2) and reaction time (x3) were chosen. each independent variable had three levels, which were -1, 0 and +1. a total 20 different combinations (including six replicates of center point each signed the coded value 0) were chose in random order according to a ccd configuration for three factors. the coded values of independent variables were found from equations: x1 = (x1-3.125) / 2.875 x2 = (x2-3.250) / 2.750 x3 = (x3-10.000) / 10.000 and are given in table 3. response surface model was applied to study the effect of the three variables, reagent concentration, sulfuric acid concentration and reaction time on the absorbance of smx-pdab complex and generate an optimal and robust response surface. a second order polynomial equation was used to express the absorption as a function of independent variables namely, reagent concentration, sulfuric acid concentration and reaction time. absorbance = β0 + β1× (reg. conc.) + β2× (h2so4 conc.) + β3× (reaction time) + β4× (reg. conc.× h2so4 conc.) + β5× (reg. conc.× reaction time) + β6× (h2so4 conc.× reaction time) + β7× (reg. conc.)2 + β8× (h2so4 conc.)2 + β9× (reaction time)2 . table 4 shows the study of optimum conditions according to central composite design and the experimental points used according to the design. the coefficients of the response surface equation were determined by statistica 8.0 software (statsoft. inc, release 2007). optimum conditions that are developed from central composite design for the determination of sulfamethoxazole via condensation reaction with p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde were calculated mathematically and the results are 5.7 % (m/v) for the p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde concentration, 5.6 %(v/v) for sulfuric acid concentration and 20 minutes for chemistry | 189 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 reaction time. figures 5, 6, and 7 give the imagine of response surface model if one of the three variables is remained constant. calibration curves and analytical data univariate method in order to test whether the colored species formed in univariate method adhere to beer’s law, the absorbance at appropriate wavelengths of a set of solutions containing varying amounts of sulfamethoxazole and specified amounts of reagents were recorded against the corresponding reagent blanks. the beer’s law plots were recorded graphically (figure 8). a linear correlation was found between absorbance at λmax and concentration ranges (0.1-10.0) μg.ml-1 of smx. sensitivity parameters such as molar absorptivity, correlation coefficient (r), sandell's sensitivity and detection limit are presented in (table 5). design of experiment method the optical characteristics such as maximum absorption, beer's law limits, molar absorptivity and sandell's sensitivity for the proposed method are summarized in (table 5) and (figure 9). accuracy and precision accuracy of the methods was done by relative error % and precision was evaluated by coefficient of variation (c.v) %. three different concentration levels of sulfamethoxazole were analyzed in five replicates. lower values of relative error and coefficient of variation signifies the accuracy and precision of the methods. the results of accuracy, precision for univariate and doe are listed in (table 6). interference study in pharmaceutical analysis, it is important to test the selectivity towards the excipients added to the pharmaceutical preparations. commonly encountered excipients such as vanillin, glucose, lactose, starch did not interfere in the determination of sulfamethoxazole and did not effect on the reaction between the smx and pdab. 5 μg.ml-1 of smx was analyzed and design of experiment method was used for analyzing (table 7). application in synthetic sample the quantitative determination of three concentration levels of sulfamethoxazole in its synthetic sample was done by the proposed method. the values of recovery percentage obtained are tabulated in (table 8) revealed that the common excipients usually present in the dosage form that do not interfere in the proposed procedure . application in spiked urine as another application of the proposed method, recovery from human urine samples was carried out on three different concentrations of sulfamethoxazole. the results in (table 9) show, the percentage recovery values and coefficient of variation values proved that non-interferences from matrices are present in urine. application in spiked urine by standard additions method (sam) for additional application to assay of sulfamethoxazole in spiked urine sample, the standard additions method was applied to eliminate the effect of any species may by present in sample. (table 10) shows the results of recovery and coefficient of variation (c.v %) for the standard additions method. (figure 10) shows the plot of assay of sulfamethoxazole in urine by standard additions method. chemistry | 190 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 conclusions condensation reaction of primary amine group with p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde in acidic medium was found to be a simple, sensitive, accurate and economic spectrophotometric method for quantitative determination of (smx) in pure form and synthetic samples. the classical univariate and experimental method have been used for optimizing the different variable affecting the completion of the reaction. the proposed method offers good linearity and precision. references 1wormser, g. p. (1982) “co-trimoxazole (trimethoprim -sulfamethoxazole): an updated review of its antibacterial activity and clinical efficacy" drugs 24(6): 459-518. 2martindale (1993) “ the extra pharmacopoeia” 30th ed., reynolds, j. e. f., ed., pharmaceutical press (london, england) 154, 209. 3mengelers , j. b.; oorsprong, m. b. m.; kuiper, h. a.; aerts, m. m. l.; van gogh, e. r. and van miert, a. s. j. p. a. m. (1989) “hplc analysis of romet-30® in chinook salmon (oncorhynchus tshawytscha): wash-out time, tissue distribution in muscle and liver tissues, and metabolism of sulfamethoxazole” journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis 7: 1765– 1776. 4-sayar, e.;  sahin, s.; cevheroglu s and hıncal, a. a. (2010) “ biomedical and life sciences european journal of drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics” 35(1-2): 41-46. 5-gapasin, r. s. j.; nelis, h. j.; chair m. and sorgeloos, p. (1996) “drug assimilation of european sea bass (dicentrarchus labrax) fry delivered orally through bioencapsulation” j. appl. ichthyol 12: 39-42. 6lopez erroz, c.; viñas, p. and hernández córdoba, m. (1994) “flow-injection fluorimetric analysis of sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceutical preparations and biological fluids” talanta 41: 2159–2164. 7fan, j.; chen, y.; feng, s.; ye, c. and wang (2003) “flow-injection spectrophotometric determination of sulfadiazine and sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceuticals and urine” j. analytical sciences 19(3) : 419-422. 8choma, i. m. and grzelak, e. m. (2011) “bioautography detection in thin layer chromatography” journal of chromatography a 1218: 2684–2691. 9chantarateepra, p. k.; siangproh,w.; motomizu, s. and chailapakul, o. (2012) “automated online solid-phase extraction coupled with sequential injection-hplc-ec system for the determination of sulfonamides in shrimp” international journal of electrochemistry 2012: 1-9. 10özkorucuklu, s. p.; şahin, y. and alsancak, g. (2008) “voltammetric behaviour of sulfamethoxazole on electropolymerized-molecularly imprinted overoxidized polypyrrole” sensors 8: 8463-8478. 11-nagaraja, p.; shrestha, a. k.; kumar, a. s. and gowda, a. k. (2010) “use of n,n-diethyl-pphenylenediamine sulphate for the spectrophotometric determination of some phenolic and amine drugs" acta pharm 60: 217–227. 12-givianrad, m. h. and mohagheghian, m. (2012) “net analyte signal standard additions method for simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in pharmaceutical formulations and biological fluids" e-journal of chemistry 9(2): 680-692. 13sohrabi, m. r.; fathabadi, m. and nouri, a. h. (2010) “simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim using uv spectroscopy in combination with multivariate calibration” journal of applied chemical researches 3(12): 47-52. chemistry | 191 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 14dinça, e.; kadıoğlub,y.; demirkayab, f. and baleanuc, d. (2011) “continuous wavelet transforms for simultaneous spectral determination of trimethoprim and sulphamethoxazole in tablets” j. iran. chem. soc. 8(1): 90-99. 15balyejjusaa, s.; adomeb, ro. and musokec, d. (2002) spectrophotometric determination of sulphamethoxazole and trimethoprim (co-trimoxazole) in binary mixtures and in tablets afr. health sci. 2(2): (56–62.( 16raja, g. v. (2009) " simple spectrophotometric methods for the determination of sulfamethaxazole in pharmaceuticals using folinciocalteau and orcinol as reagents" ej. chem. 6: 357-360. table (1): effect of different acids on absorbance of sulfamethoxazole dye. acidic solution (2 % v/v) absorbance sulfuric acid 0.902 hydrochloric acid 0.853 nitric acid 0.881 acetic acid 0.378 table (2): effect of coupling reaction time. time (min.) absorbance 0 1.136 5 1.097 10 1.094 15 1.082 20 1.072 90 1.072 table (3): un coded and coded levels of the independent variables for the determination of sulfamethoxazole. drug independent variable coded unit -1 0 1 smx pdab conc.(%) 0.250 3.125 6.000 h2so4 conc.(%) 0.500 3.250 6.000 reaction time (min.) 0.000 10.000 20.000 chemistry | 192 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (4): the central composite design with three independent variables (un coded variables) and their experimental absorption values of smx-pdab complex. exp. no. pdab conc. (% m/v) h2so4 conc. (% v/v) reaction time (min.) abs. 1 3.125 6.00 10 1.050 2 6.000 0.50 20 0.582 3 3.125 3.25 20 0.907 4 0.250 6.00 20 0.156 5 3.125 3.25 10 0.927 6 3.125 3.25 10 0.922 7 3.125 3.25 10 0.919 8 6.000 6.00 20 1.132 9 0.250 0.50 0 0.073 10 3.125 3.25 10 0.925 11 3.125 3.25 10 0.932 12 3.125 0.50 10 0.454 13 0.250 6.00 0 0.168 14 3.125 3.25 10 0.927 15 6.000 6.00 10 1.160 16 0.250 0.50 20 0.061 17 0.250 3.25 10 0.193 18 3.125 3.25 0 0.962 19 6.000 0.50 0 0.604 20 6.000 3.25 10 1.105 table (5): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of sulfamethoxazole by univariate method and doe. parameter univariate doe λmax (nm) 450.5 450.5 color yellow yellow linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.1-10.0 0.1-10.0 regression equation y=0.2138[smx. µg.ml-1] +0.0197 y=0.2288[smx. µg.ml-1] +0.0012 calibration sensitivity (ml. μg -1) 0.2138 0.2288 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9997 0.9997 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9994 0.9994 molar absorptivity (ε) (l. mol -1.cm -1) 5.4151×104 5.7950×104 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 4.6772 4.3706 lod (µg.ml-1) 0.081 0.078 loq (µg.ml-1) 0.269 0.257 chemistry | 193 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (6): evaluation of accuracy and precision for the determination of sulfamethoxazole by proposed methods. conc. of smx (µg.ml-1) relative error % c.v % taken found* for univariate 0.500 0.488 -2.400 0.8930 5.000 5.040 0.800 0.4870 8.000 7.966 -0.425 0.3150 for doe 0.500 0.494 -1.200 1.0280 5.000 4.959 -0.820 0.6040 8.000 8.033 0.537 0.2600 *average of five determinations. of sulfamethoxazole in the presence of 1-table (7): percent recovery for 5 µg.ml of excipients. 1-500µg.ml sulfamethoxazole conc. taken )1-(5 µg.ml concentration )1-µg.ml( excipients recovery % conc. found )1-µg.ml( 101.72 5.086 500 vanillin 101.06 5.053 glucose 99.20 4.960 lactose 100.44 5.022 starch table (8): application of the doe method to the sulfamethoxazole concentration measurements in synthetic sample. sample weight* found mg/25mg conc. taken µg.ml-1 conc.* found µg.ml-1 recovery % c.v* % 20mg of smx 19.56 0.500 0.489 97.80 1.5431 20.35 4.000 4.070 101.75 0.8742 20.06 8.000 8.025 100.31 0.3260 *average of three determinations. table (9): application of the doe method to the sulfamethoxazole concentration measurements in spiked urine. sample conc. taken (µg.ml-1) conc.* found (µg.ml-1) recovery % c.v* % smx in urine 0.500 0.519 103.80 1.6457 4.000 3.960 99.00 0.7255 8.000 8.093 101.16 0.4414 *average of three determinations. chemistry | 194 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (10): application of the doe method to the sulfamethoxazole concentration measurements in spiked urine by standard additions method. sample conc. taken (µg.ml-1) conc.* found (µg.ml-1) recovery % c.v* % smx in urine 100.000 101.966 101.97 1.3320 *average of three determinations. figure (1): the structure formula of sulfamethoxazole. figure (2): absorption spectrum of: (a) 5 μg.ml-1 smx-pdab against reagent blank, (b) blank solution against (d.w.) under optimization conditions. figure (3): effect of p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde concentration on absorbance of sulfamethoxazole dye. nh2 o s o hn n o h3c 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 a b so rb a n ce chemistry | 195 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (4): effect of sulfuric acid concentration on the color development of sulfamethoxazole dye. figure (5): the response surface for the absorbance of smx-pdab complex as a function of reagent concentration and h2so4 concentration (at constant optimum value of reaction time, 20 min.). 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 conc. of h2so4  % v/v  chemistry | 196 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (6): the response surface for the absorbance of smx-pdab complex as a function of reagent concentration and reaction time (at constant optimum value of h2so4 concentration, 5.6 % v/v). figure (7): the response surface for the absorbance of smx-pdab complex as a function of h2so4 concentration and reaction time (at constant optimum value of reagent concentration, 5.7 % m/v). chemistry | 197 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (8): calibration curve for the determination of sulfamethoxazole by univariate optimal condition. figure (9): calibration curve for the determination of sulfamethoxazole by doe optimal condition. figure (10): determination of sulfamethoxazole in spiked urine sample by standard additions method. y = 0.2138x + 0.0197 r² = 0.9994 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 a b so rb a n ce conc. of sulfamethoxazole (μg.ml‐1) y = 0.2288x + 0.0012 r² = 0.9994 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 y = 0.8866x + 1.1302 r² = 0.9993 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 -1.5 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 chemistry | 198 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 scheme (1): the reaction mechanism for condensation reaction between sulfamethoxazole and p-n,n-dimethyl amino benzaldehyde. chemistry | 199 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 مع بارا داي مثيل أمينو بنزلدهايد كتفاعل التقدير الطيفي للسلفاميثوكسازول تكثيف سمر أحمد درويش الحيدري المحسن عبد الحميد عبد عالء كريم محمد سرمد بهجت ديكران ./ جامعة بغداد) بن الهيثمإ( قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2016/كانون الثاني/7في: لقب ،2015/تشرين األول/27استلم في: الخالصة الى بارا داي مثيل أمينو بنزلديهايد بوساطة تفاعل التكثيف في وسط (smx) أضيف عقارالسلفاميثوكسازول نانومتر. 450.5عند max(λ(حامضي لتكوين صبغة صفراء اللون التي تظهر أعظم امتصاص قدرتركيزالسلفاميثوكسازول طيفياً. وقد تم تعيين الظروف الفضلى التي تؤثر في التفاعل والعوامل التحليلية األخرى. فضال عن الطريقة الكالسيكية بنمط المتغير الواحد طبقت طريقة تصميم التجربة لتعيين الظروف الفضلى للمتغيرات التي تؤثر في ني قيد الدراسة.التفاعل اللو ) وكانت قيمة معامل االمتصاص المولي µg.ml 10-0.1-1تم تطبيق قانون بير على مدى من التراكيز يتراوح بين ( µg.cm 4.3706-و µg.ml 0.078-1 حد الكشف ومعامل ساندل يساوي .cm1-l.mol4 5.7950×10.-1مساوية لـ بنجاح لتقدير السلفاميثوكسازول في نماذج محضرة وكذلك فى االدرار. المقترحةعلى التوالي. لقد أمكن تطبيق الطريقة 2 التقدير الطيفي, سلفاميثوكسازول, تفاعل التكثيف, بارا داي مثيل أمينو بنزلديهايد.الكلمات المفتاحية: 113 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 adenine as environmentallyfriendly corrosion inhibitor for stainless steel in sodium chloride acid solution wisal a. isa marwa s. hussain dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure sciences( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 28 october 2014، accepted in: 21 december 2014 abstract the corrosion behavior and the influence of the concentration of adenine (ad) on the corrosion of 316l stainless steel in 0.6 mol.dm-3 sodium chloride acid solutions were studied. the research was performed in two ph values (ph=2 and ph=4) over the temperature range (293308)k. the investigation involved electrochemical polarization method using potentiostatic technique. tafel polarization study revealed that (ad) acted as a mixed inhibitor. the inhibition efficiency increased with an increase in the concentration of adenine, but decreased with increase in temperature. (efficiency= 87% at 0.01 m ad & at t= 293k). the adsorption of (ad) has been found to occur on the surface of 316l stainless steel according to the langmuir isotherm. the kinetic and thermodynamic parameters for stainless corrosion and adenine adsorption respectively were determined and discussed. key words: stainless steel; adenine, tafel polarization, kinetic parameters, thermodynamic parameters. 114 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 1. introduction stainless steel has found very wide applications both in modern chemical industries and other places such as desalination plants, construction materials, pharmaceutical industry thermal power plants, chemical cleaning and pickling process due to high strength, workability and weldability. the corrosion of stainless steel in acidic solutions has become a fundamental academic and industrial concern that have received a considerable amount of attention, since aggressive acid solutions are widely used for industrial purposes[1]. the anticorrosive properties of the stainless steel materials which a chromium contained higher than 12% are assigned to the spontaneous formation on the surface of a passive thin film layer, mainly composed of chromium and iron oxide/ hydroxides[2]. the rate of corrosion of stainless steel can be reduced by a thin oxide layer formed naturally on the metal surface[3]. passive films an surface of stainless steel form in an aqueous acid environment are usually very thin, compact and highly enriched in chromium[4,5]. despite the established corrosion resistance of stainless steel can be chemically attacked by acids, and some organic compounds. the passive layer of the steel is eroded by these acids resulting in corrosion of the stainless steel. corrosion control is important in extending the life of equipment. organic compounds with functional groups containing nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen are widely used as corrosion inhibitors to prevent or minimize material loss during contact with acid. the inhibitors can be adsorbed on the metal surface through donation of electrons such as  electrons in aromatic rings or unpaired electrons and multiple bonds[6,7]. physisorption and chemisorption are two types of interactions between organic inhibitors and metal surface. the adsorption of inhibitors depends on several factors such as type of acid, distribution of charge in molecule, nature and surface charge of metal and type of interactions between inhibitors and metallic surface[8,9]. most of the inhibitors are toxic in nature, therefore, their replacement by environmentally benign inhibitors is necessary. these compounds include such amino acids and its derivatives which have tested in acid solutions of various metals[10,11]. an important n-hetero cyclic compound, purine (pu) and purine derivatives are non toxic and biodegradable, which makes the investigation of their inhibiting properties significant in the context of the current priority to produce eco-friendly inhibitors. recently, purine and adenine (ad) have been studied as[12] corrosion inhibitors of copper in aggressive solutions. however, it appeared that purine considerably slows down corrosion of stainless steel[13,14]. the industrial consumption and development of new corrosion inhibitors have been continuously increasing of the years. the present work reported the inhibitive effect concentration of adenine (ad) and temperature on the corrosion of 316l stainless steel in sodium chloride acid solution. 2. experimental part 2.1 materials the experiments were performed with stainless steel type 316 l specimens in the form of disks with the following composition in table(1). all chemicals and reagents used are with analytical grade and used without further purification, they include: a. sodium chloride (analar grade) was used for preparation of the electrolyte solution of concentrations (0.1, 0.3 and 0.6) mol. dm-3. b. hydrochloric acid (analar grade). c. adenine c5h5n5 (> 99.4%) was purchased from merck (darmstadt, germany) 2.2 solutions the aggressive solutions used were made of ar sodium chloride to prepare three different concentrations (0.1, 0.3 and 0.6) mol. dm-3 in two ph values (ph=2 and ph=4). double 115 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 distilled water was used for preparation, and for each experiment a freshly made solution was used. 2.3 potentiostatic polarization measurements: the potentiostatic polarization measurements were carried out with specimens of 316l stainless steel which were cut in circular form [2cm diameter and 0.2 cm thickness] having an exposed surface area of 1 cm2 to corrosive medium. the working electrode (316 l ss) was abraded mechanically and successively with different grades of emery paper [100,200, 400, 800, 1200 and 2000] and washed with double distilled water. further the samples were degreased with acetone and thoroughly washed with distilled water then dried in air and kept in a desicator until use. polarization experiments were carried out in a conventional threeelectrodes cell with 316l ss specimens of 1cm2 exposed area, a platinum electrode and silversilver chloride in saturated kcl were used as working, auxiliary (counter) and reference electrodes respectively. the measurements were performed using m lab potentiostat/ galvanostat 200 germany obtained from bank electronic intelligent controls gnb h. it was connected to personal by computer desktop. the m lab software cares for controlling the potentiostat, recording and processing data. it provides with electrochemical calculations like tafel line evaluation, rescaling of the potential and integration. the experiments were performed in the electrolyte solutions of (0.1, 0.3 and 0.6)mol.dm-3 nacl in two values of ph (2 and 4) in absence and presence of three different concentrations of the inhibitor (adenine) over the temperature range (293308) k. the experiments were carried out at a scan rate of 10 mv/s. corrosion current density (icorr) and corrosion potential (ecorr) were determined from the polarization curve, in addition other information were obtained such tafel slopes (bc and ba), weight loss and penetration. in order to test the reproducibility of the results, the experiments were done in triplicate. 3. results and discussions figures 1 and 2 show the anodic and cathodic polarization curves of 316l stainless steel in 0.6mol.dm-3 nacl solution at four temperatures in the range of (293-308)k and two ph values (ph= 2 and ph= 4). tafel extrapolation method was used to calculate the corrosion parameters from the polarization curves. the resulting data were displayed in table (2) and these data show that corrosion current density (icorr) increases with increasing temperature and concentration of nacl solution. also it was noticed that all values of (icorr) at ph= 2 are more than those at ph= 4 at all temperatures of study which indicate that 316l ss has more tendency to corrode in more acidic medium, and this result is enhanced by the values of penetration and weight loss. (table2) corrosion potential (ecorr) values, mostly show less negative values at ph=2 than ph=4 at all temperatures. the shift of the corrosion potential to the noble direction (less negative) implies generally the tendency of 316l ss specimen for corrosion under certain conditions, also the variation of ecorr reflects the heterogeneous reaction on 316l ss surface. anodic and cathodic tafel slopes show variation in their values which can be attributed to the variation of the rate determining step (r.d.s) of the metal dissolution reaction (anodic) and the charge transfer process (desorption or electrochemical desorption) cathodic.[16] 3.1 temperature dependence of the corrosion current density the rate of 316l ss corrosion (r) (which is expressed by icorr) at a given concentration increased considerably with the rise of temperature. the dependence of the corrosion current density (icorr) on temperature followed arrhenius equation [17]: 116 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 rate (r)=icorr= a exp (ea/rt)………..(1) which can be expressed in logarithmic form : log i loga e 2.3rt ……… 2 where a and ea are respectively the pre-exponential factor and the activation energy of corrosion reaction. a typical linear plot relating values of log icorr to the reciprocal of temperature is shown in figures 3 and 4. the values of ea could be derived from the slope of the line, and when the linear plot of figures 3 and 4 was extrapolated to log icorr value at 0, the value of a could be obtained. table 3 presents the values of ea and the pre-exponential factor a for 316l ss corrosion in two ph values 2 and 4. it was found that there is a direct relation between the values of ea and a, i.e. simultaneous increase or decrease in ea and log a for particular system which can be ascribed to the compensation effect which describe the kinetics of catalytic and tarnishing reaction on the metal [18]. entropy of activation (∆s*) was calculated from the value of a using the relationship: . ∆ ∗ …………..(3 ) where k is boltzmann constant, h is plank constant, r is the universal gas constant and t the temperature of the solution. the negative values of the entropy of activation (∆s*) for 316l ss corrosion implies a loss in the over-all degrees of freedom throughout the formation of the activated complex for the reaction of 316l ss constituent with negative species (cl& oh-) leading to the formation of corrosion product, when the activated complex results. only after considerable arrangements of the structure of reaction molecules, making the complex a less probable structure, ∆s* is negative and the reaction will be slower [19]. 3.2 corrosion inhibition of 316 l stainless steel (ss) by adenine figures 5 and 6 show the typical polarization curves of 316l ss in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solutions containing three different concentrations of adenine as inhibitor over the temperature range (298-303) k. table 4 presents the polarization data (ecorr and icorr) and from these data it can be noticed that the addition of adenine caused a decrease in corrosion current densities of 316l ss, and the inhibition effect of adenine increases as the concentration of the inhibitor increased in the range (10-2 – 10-3) mol.dm-3 at all temperatures of study. table (5) shows the values of inhibition efficiencies (ie%) which are calculated from equation (4): ie% ° ° ………..(4) where: ° and are corrosion current densities in absence and presence of the inhibitor respectively. the activation parameters such as: the activation energy ea* and the entropy of activation (∆sa*) in the range of studied temperatures (293-308)k for corrosion inhibition of 316l stainless steel in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution in the presence of various concentrations of adenine were calculated from arrhenius -type plot: a exp e rt ………. . 5 the calculated values ea and ∆sa are summarized in table (6). in the presence of adenine, an increase in ea values was observed, the variation of activation energy ea in the presence of different concentrations of adenine can be illustrated as follows [20]: higher values of (ea) were 117 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 found in presence of inhibitor than those without inhibitor, i.e., the addition of adenine raises the energy barrier for the corrosion process of 316l ss in sodium chloride acid solution[21]. the entropy values of activation, ∆s*a in the presence of adenine are negative implying the rate determining step for the activated complex is the association rather than the dissociation step. in the presence of the inhibitor ∆sa* moves in the direction of negative values table (6) which impels the adsorption process is accompanied by an decrease in entropy, which is the driving force for the adsorption of adenine onto the 316l stainless steel surface [22]. 3.4 thermodynamic parameters of the adsorption isotherm the efficiency of organic molecules as good corrosion inhibitors depends mainly on their adsorption ability on the metal surface. basic information about the interaction between inhibitor and metal can be provided by the adsorption isotherm. the investigation of the relation between corrosion inhibition and adsorption of inhibitor is of great importance. the surface coverage table (7) and the concentration of adenine solution (cad) were tested by fitting to various isotherms like: langmuir, temkin and freundlich. however, the fit was obtained with langmuir isotherm as shown in figure (7) which is given by the following equation [20]: c ………….. (6) where kads. is the equilibrium constant of the adsorption/desorption processes, and it reflects the affinity of the inhibitor molecules towards surface adsorption sites . from the intercepts of the straight lines on the cad/θ axis fig (7) leads to the equilibrium constant for the adsorption/desorption of adenine process table (7). the high value of kads reveals that the ad molecule possesses strong adsorption ability onto the 316l ss. however, kads decreased with an increase of temperature indicating that adsorption of adenine onto the metal surface was favorable at lower temperatures. the equilibrium constant of the adsorption/desorption (kads) was related to the standard free energy of adsorption according to equation,[23] : ∆s°ads= -rt ln (55.5 kads)…………… (7). where r is the universal gas constant, t is the absolute temperature, and value 55.5 is concentration of water in solution. the standard free energy of adsorption was calculated and is given in table (8) .generally the standard free energy of adsorption values of -24 kj.mol-1 or less negative is associated with an electrostatic interaction between charged metal surface or more negative involves charge sharing or transfer from the inhibitor molecules to the metal surface to form a co-ordinate covalent bond .so it can be concluded that adsorption of adenine onto steel surface takes place through both physical and chemical adsorption[24] . it is generally accepted that the first step in the adsorption of adenine on the metal surface usually involves the replacement of one or more water molecules adsorbed at the metal surface. ad(sol) + h2o (ads) ⇆ ad(ads) + h2o (sol)………(8) the inhibitor adenine may then combine with freshly generated fe+2 ions on the stainless steel surface , forming metal inhibitor complex[25] fe fe+2+ 2e−………(9) fe+2 + adads. [ fe –ad]ads. ……(10) valuable information about the mechanism of corrosion inhibition can be provided by the values of thermodynamic parameters for the adsorption of inhibitor .thermodynamically , ∆g°ads were related to the standard enthalpy, ∆h°ads and standard entropy, ∆s°ads according to[17] : ∆g°ads= ∆h°ads – t ∆s°ads…………….(11) 118 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 and the standard enthalpy of adsorption can be calculated on basis of the van't hoff formula: nk ∆ ° constant ……….. (12 ) a plot of ln kads vs.1/t gives a straight line as shown in fig (8). the slope of straight line is ∆ ° the negative sign of ∆h°ads reveals that the adsorption of inhibitor molecules is an exothermic process. generally, an exothermic adsorption process suggests either physisorption or chemisorption while endothermic process is attributed to chemisorption. the unshared electron pairs in investigated molecules may interact with d-orbitals of ss type 316l to provide a protective chemisorbed film[26]. the values of ∆s°ads in the presence of inhibitor are negative that is accompanied with exothermic adsorption process. ∆s°ads of inhibitor can be calculated from equation (13) according to: [17] ∆s° ∆ ° ∆ ° ………..(13) 119 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 references 1. selrakumar ,p.; alange, b. b. and thangavelu, o. (2013). "corrosion inhibition of stainless steel in acid medium-an overview", research journal of chemical science, 3(4), 87-90. 2. depenyou, f. jr; doubl, a.; laminsi, s.; moussa j. l; brisset, and le breton j. (2008). "corrosion resistance of aisi 1018 carbon steel in nacl solution by plasmachemical formation of a barrier layer". 3. olsson, c. o. a. and landolt, d. (2003). "passive films on stainless steel-chemistry, structure and growth original research article", electrochim. acta 48, 1093-1104. 4. bersa, s.; rangarajan s. and narasimhan, s. v. (2003). "electrochemical passivation of iron alloys and the film characterization by xps" corros. sci., 42, 1709. 5. taveira, l. v.; frank g.; strunk ,h. p. and dick ,l. f. p. (2005). "an eis study of ion diffusion through organic coating", corros. sci., 47, 757. 6. abdallah, m. (2003). "corrosion behavior of 304 stainless steel in sulphuric acid solutions and its inhibition by some substituted pyrazolone", mater. chem. phys., 82, 782-792. 7. abdallah, m. (2002). "rhodanine azosulpha drugs as corrosion inhibitors of 304 stainless steel in hydrochloric acid solution", corros. sci., 44, 717-728. 8. abdallah ,m. (2004). "antibacterial drugs as corrosion inhibitors for corrosion of aluminium hydrochloric acid solution", corros. sci., 46, 1981-1996. 9. ashassi ,h., zighasem and seifzadeh d. (2005). "the inhibition effect of some amino acids towards the corrosion of aluminium in 1m hcl + 1m h2so4 solution", app. surf. sci., 249, 408-418. 10. moretti, g. and guidi, f. (2002). "inhibition of mild steel corrosion and using ltryptophan and synergistic surfactant additives", corros. sci., 44, 1995. 11. quartarone, g., bellomi, t. and zingales a. (2003). "pyrazole derivatives as corrosion inhibitors for steel in hydrochloric acid", corros. sci., 45, 715. 12. scendo, m. (2007). "corrosion inhibition of steel in molar hcl by tripheylin-2 thiophene carboxylate", corros. sci., 49, 373, 2985 and 3953. 13. scendo, m. (2008). "influence of purine on brass behavior on neutral and alkaline sulphate solution", ", corros. sci., 50, 1584. 14. scendo, m.; radek, n. and trela ,j. (2012). "corrosion inhibition of carbon steel in acid chloride solution by schiff base of n (2-chlorobenzylidene -4acetylaniline", ", corros. rev., 30-33. 15. general company for testing and rehabilitation engineering (2014).baghdad, iraq. 16. bockris ,j. ó. m. and reddy, a. k. n. (1970). "modern electrochemistry, phenum press, new york. 2 ,883. 17. murgules, i. g. and radoviei o. (1961). "metal corrosion", int. congr., 10-15 april, london,. 202-205. 18. zarrouki, a.; warad, i. and hammouti, b. (2012). "kinetic parameters of activation", int. j. electrochem. sci., 5, 1516-1526. 19. sinko, p. j. (2000). "physical, chemical and biopharmaceutical principles in pharmaceutical science, 5th ed. usa, 413. 120 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 20. scendo, m.; radek, n. and trela j. (2012). "corrosion inhibition of carbon steel in 21. acid chloride solution schiff base of n(2-chlorobenzylidene -4acetylaniline)", corros. rev., 30-33. 22. badr, g. e. (2009). "the role of some thiosemicarbazide derivatives as corrosion inhibitors for c-steel in acidic media", ", corros. sci., 51, 2629. 23. heakal, f.; el-taib, fouda, a. s. and radwan ,m. s. (2011). "inhibitive effect of some thiadiazole derivatives on c-steel corrosion in neutral sodium chloride solution", mater. chem. phys. 26, 125. 24. amin, m. a.; and ibrahim, m. m. (2011). "thiadiazoles as corrosion inhibitors for carbon steel in h2so4 solutions", corros. sci., 53, 873. 25. ahmad, i.; prasad r. and quraishi, m. a. (2010). "inhibition of mild steel corrosion in acid solution by pheniramine drug: experimental and theoretical study", corros. sci., 52, 3033. 26. deng, s.; li x. and fu h. (2011). "adsorption and inhibitive action of ethanol extracts of chlomolaena odoratal. foe the corrosion of mild steel in h2so4 solutions", corros. sci., 53, 822. 27. fouda, a. s.; hassan, a. f.; elmorsi, m. a.; fayed, t. a. and abdelhakim a. (2014). "chalcones as environmentally-friendly corrosion inhibitors for stainless steel type 304 in 1m hcl solution", int. j. electrochem. sci. 9, pp. 1298-1320. 121 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 [15]steelable no.(1): the chemical composition of 316l stainless t stainless steel 316l wt% c% si% mn% p% s% cr% mo% 0.044 0.374 1.28 0.026 0.000 19.14 0.261 ni% al% co% cu% v% fe% 8.19 0.001 0.109 0.343 0.051 bal table no.(2): data of polarization curve for corrosion of 316l ss in 0.6 mol-dm-3 nacl solution at ph values (2 and 4) over the temperature range (293-308)k.   table no.(3): activation energy (ea); pre-exponential (a) and entropy of activation (∆s*) for 316l ss corrosion in 0.6 mol.dm-3nacl solution. ph ea/kj.mol-1 -∆s*/j.k-1.mol-1 a/molecule.cm-2.s-1 2 5.90 204.11 10882x1022 4 6.67 202.59 13083x1022           ph t/k icorr/ μa.cm-2 -ecorr/ mv ba/mv. decade-1 -bc/mv decade-1 weight loss/ g.m-2. day-1 penetration loss/mm.year-1 2 293 16.21 156 472.1 -149.6 3.40 0.158 298 16.59 146 2467.1 -116.2 3.98 0.169 303 17.37 144 567.6 -310.4 4.41 0.205 308 18.62 124 1692.9 -237.5 4.82 0.224 4 293 14.12 126 269.0 -1430.6 2.94 0.137 298 14.79 159 235.2 -466.7 3.50 0.162 303 15.48 183 718.6 -1483.8 4.24 0.197 306 16.59 198 276.7 -503.4 4.74 0.202 122 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no.(4): values of (-ecorr, icorr and inhibitor efficiency percent) with different concentrations of adenine at temperature range (293-308) k in ph= 2 and 4. ph t/k inhibitor conc.mol.dm-3 -ecorr/mv icorr.μa.cm-2 ie% 2 293 0 146 16.59 1×10-3 264 4.36 74 5×10-3 255 2.82 86 1×10-2 295 2.14 87 303 0 144 17.37 1×10-3 284 4.67 73 5×10-3 275 3.38 85 1×10-2 323 2.39 86 308 0 124 18.62 1×10-3 310 5.62 70 5×10-3 305 4.07 79 1×10-2 345 3.09 84 4 293 0 159 14.79 1×10-3 195 5.24 65 5×10-3 165 3.55 76 1×10-2 162 2.81 81 303 0 183 15.48 1×10-3 225 5.75 63 5×10-3 186 4.17 73 1×10-2 188 3.31 79 308 0 198 16.59 1×10-3 236 6.60 61 5×10-3 203 4.79 71 1×10-2 195 3.98 77 123 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no.(5): values of inhibition efficiencies (ie%) calculated from icorr. ph conc.of ad t/k ie% from icorr 2 1×10-3 298 74 303 73 308 70 5×10-3 298 86 303 85 308 79 1×10-2 298 87 303 86 308 84 4 1×10-3 298 65 303 63 308 61 5×10-3 298 76 303 73 308 71 1×10-2 298 81 303 79 308 77 table no.(6): activation energy (ea), pre-expopential factor (a) and entropy of activation (∆s*) for the corrosion of 316l ss in the ph values 2 and 4 in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution and different concentrations of adenine. ph conc. of adenine mol.dm-3 ea/ kj.mol-1 -∆s*/ j.k-1. mol-1 a/ molecule cm-2. s-1 2 1×10-3 14.20 172.52 80407×1022 5×10-3 19.68 172.76 48595×1023 1×10-2 20.5 187.62 49830×1023 4 1×10-3 12.57 176.47 50571×1022 5×10-3 15.86 183.59 21727×1024 1×10-2 18.59 191.44 31081×1023 124 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no.(7): chosen corrosion parameter, degree of surface coverage and corrosion inhibition efficiency for 316l stainless steel in 0.6 mol.dm-3nacl solution with different concentrations of adenine at various temperatures. ph temp/ k conc. ad/ mol. dm-3 -ecorr /mv icorr/μa. cm-2 θ ie% 2 298 0 146 16.59 1×10-3 264 4.36 0.74 74 5×10-3 255 2.82 0.86 86 1×10-2 295 2.14 0.87 87 303 0 144 17.37 1×10-3 284 4.67 0.73 73 5×10-3 275 3.38 0.85 85 1×10-2 323 2.39 0.86 86 308 0 124 18.62 1×10-3 310 5.62 0.70 70 5×10-3 305 4.07 0.79 79 1×10-2 345 3.09 0.84 84 4 298 0 154 14.79 1×10-3 195 5.24 0.65 65 5×10-3 165 3.55 0.76 76 1×10-2 162 2.81 0.81 81 303 0 183 15.48 1×10-3 225 5.75 0.63 63 5×10-3 186 4.17 0.73 73 1×10-2 188 3.31 0.79 79 308 0 198 16.59 1×10-3 236 6.60 0.61 61 5×10-3 203 4.79 0.71 71 1x10-2 195 3.98 0.77 77       125 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no.(8): equilibrium constant adsorption/desorption and standard free energy, enthalpy and entropy of adsorption onto 316l ss in 0.6 mol.dm-3nacl solution in the presence of adenine at various concentrations. ph t/k kads mol-1 -∆g°ads kj.mol-1 -∆h°ads kj.mol-1 -∆s°ads j.mol-1.k-1 2 298 1000 27.06 57.125 100.87 303 500 25.77 103.47 308 333 25.15 103.79 4 298 500 25.34 34.436 30.49 303 333 24.74 31.97 308 250 24.42 32.51       126 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015     nacl 3 -no.(1): polarization curves of (ss) corrosion in ph = 2 with 0.6 mol.dm urefig solution at four temperatures in the range of (293-308)k. nacl 3 -no.(2): polarization curves of (ss) corrosion in ph = 4 with 0.6 mol.dm uerfig solution at four temperatures in the range of (293-308)k. 0.00001 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 293 k 298 k 303 k 308 k   current density/ µa.cm-2 0.00001 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 -350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 293 k 298 k 303 k 308 k   current density/ µa.cm-2 p o te n ti al /m v v s. s c e 127 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 for the corrosion of 316l ss in the t 1 to corr(3): arrhenius plots relating log i .no uerfig ph=2 in the different nacl concentration over the temperature range (293-308)k. for the corrosion of 316l ss in the t 1 to corrno.(4): arrhenius plots relating log i urefig ph=4 in the different nacl concentration over the temperature range (293-308)k                   y = ‐1062.9x + 4.1657 r² = 0.9468 y = ‐405.71x + 2.5314 r² = 0.9798 y = ‐308.57x + 2.2571 r² = 0.9918 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 0.00345 0.1 0.3 0.6 lo g i c o rr 1/t y = ‐1457.1x + 5.2243 r² = 0.9825 y = ‐497.14x + 2.7943 r² = 0.9875 y = ‐348.57x + 2.3371 r² = 0.9936 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 0.00345 0.1 0.3 0.6 lo g  i co rr 1/t 128 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015   current density/ µa.cm‐2   curren                                                                                                      figure no.(5): the typical polarization curves of 316l ss in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solutions containing three different concentrations of adenine as inhibitor over the temperature range (298-303)k.                    0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1250 -1000 -750 -500 -250 0 250 500 750 1000 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 298 k 303 k 308 k current density/ µa.cm ‐2 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 298 k 303 k 308 k 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 298 k 303 k 308 k p o te n ti al /m v v s. s c e p o te n ti al /m v v s. s c e p o te n ti al /m v v s. s c e   current density/ µa.cm‐2  10 ‐2  mol.dm ‐3      adenine 5x10 ‐3  mol.dm ‐3      adenine 10 ‐3  mol.dm ‐3      adenine 129 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015                                       figure no.(6):the typical polarization curves of 316l ss in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solutions containing three different concentrations of adenine as inhibitor over the temperature range (298-303)k. 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 298 k 303 k 308 k   current density/ µa.cm‐2 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 298 k 303 k 308 k 0.00001 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 p ot en ti al / m v v s. s c e 298 k 303 k 308 k   current density/ µa.cm‐2    current density/ µa.cm‐2 p o te n ti al /m v v s. s c e p o te n ti al /m v v s. s c e p o te n ti al /m v v s. s c e 10 ‐2  mol.dm ‐3      adenine 5x10 ‐3  mol.dm ‐3      adenine 10 ‐3  mol.dm ‐3      adenine 130 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(7): langmuir adsorption plots of adenine on to the 316l ss in 0.6 mol. dm-3 nacl solution at various temperatures. figure no. (8): van't hoff plot 316 l ss in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution containing adenine. y = 0.8852x + 0.0013 y = 1.1066x + 0.0021 y = 1.1066x + 0.0031 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 298k 303k 308k c /θ c.of ad/mol.dm‐3 ph=2 y = 0.9959x + 0.0022 y = 0.7746x + 0.0034 y = 0.8885x + 0.0041 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 298 303 c /θ c.of ad/mol.dm‐3 c /θ c /θ c.of ph=4 y = 6871.4x ‐ 16.258 0 2 4 6 8 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 1/t k‐1 ph=2 ln k a d s. y = 4142.9x ‐ 7.7457 5.4 5.6 5.8 6 6.2 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 1/t k‐1 ph=4 ln k a d s. 131 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 دينين كمثبط صديق بيئيًا لتآكل الفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ في محلول حامضي اإل لكلوريد الصوديوم العزيز عيسىوصال عبد مروة صباح حسين جامعة بغداد. /)ابن الهيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفةقسم الكيمياء/ 2014 كانون االول21قبل البحث في :،2014 تشرين االول28استلم البحث في: الخالصة أثير تركيز مثبط 316lيتناول موضوع في دراسة كھروكيميائية لسلوك تآكل الفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ نوع ( ) وت ). تم mol.dm 0.6-3على اعاقة التآكل في محلول حامضي لكلوريد الصوديوم بتركيز ( [adenine (ad)]اإلدينين ) كما k 308-293) على مدى من درجات الحرارة (ph = 4و ph = 2اجراء البحث عند قيمتين لألس الھيدروجيني ( ھروكيميائي (استقطاب تافل) باستعمال جھاز المجھاد الساكن ، إذ تم التوصل اشتملت الدراسة على طريقة االستقطاب الك بط ( لوك مث ة س ى معرف ه ال ن طريق وديadع اعلين االن ن التف ل م ل ك ى تقلي ل عل ه يعم اثودي ( ) بان mixedوالك inhibitor ما وجد بان الكفاءة تزداد . ك%87)، أي إنه يقوم بعملية تثبيط تآكل سبيكة الفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ بكفاءة مقدارھا 0.01) المساوي (adتقع عند تركيز المثبط ( %87بزيادة تركيز المثبط وتقل بزيادة درجة الحرارة؛ اذ ان قيمة الكفاءة m عند درجة حرارة (293k) كما اوضحت الدراسة ان عملية امتزاز مثبط اإلدينين .ad على سطح الفوالذ المقاوم ( ).langmuir isotherm for adsorptionة الحرارة لالمتزاز لالنكمير (للصدأ تتبع متساوي درج على التوالي. adتم حساب ومناقشة المعلمات الحركية والثرموديناميكية لعمليتي تآكل الفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ وامتزاز مثبط المعلمات الحركية والثرموديناميكية. ,استقطاب تافل ,اإلدينين ,الفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ الكلمات المفتاحية: 11200068 11200069 11200070 11200071 11200072 11200073 11200074 11200075 solving linear boundary value problem using shooting continuous explicit runge-kutta method madeha sh. yousif bushra e. kashiem university of technology received in : 20 may 2012 , accepted in : 8 april 2013 abstract in this paper we shall generalize fifth explicit runge-kutta feldberg(erkf(5)) and continuous explicit runge-kutta (cerk) method using shooting method to solve second order boundary value problem which can be reduced to order one.these methods we shall call them as shooting continuous explicit runge-kutta method, the results are computed using matlab program. keyword: boundary value problems, shooting method ,continuous explicit rungekutta method 324 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction the boundary value problem with second order describe many phenomena in the applied sciences, found in the theory of nonlinear diffusion generated by nonlinear sources, thermal ignition of gases and concentration in chemical or biological problems.[1] consider second order linear two-point boundary value problem of the form: -[2] )1()()()()()( xhxyxgyxfxy =+′+′′ with the following boundary conditions: βα == )(,)( byay where bxa << and )(),(),( xhxgxf are given continues functions. the boundary value problem of second order have been studied by a number of researchers, for example, min and salvador using spline collocation methods to solve fractional second order boundary value problems [3], while guoju and xiuli investigate the existence of continues solutions for the second order boundary value problems with integral boundary conditions[4]. in this paper, we generalize the shooting continuous runge-kutta method to solve the boundary value problem of second order. explicit runge-kutta method (erk)[5,6,7,8] explicit rung-kutta method is one of the methods to solve initial value problems,bucher put on the basic rules of using the explicit rung-kutta method to solve ode's and dde's, which is completed by jeltsch and torrilhon. the general form of s-stage explicit runge-kutta formula, to compute the numerical solution of ordinary differential equations: ),()( yxfxy =′ (2) with initial value condition 00 )( yxy = at )( nn hx + is defined by: ∑+= = + s i iinnn kbhyy 1 1 (3) where ∑ ∑=++= − = − = 1 1 1 1 ,),( i j i j ijijijnnnini ackahyhcxfk (4) for i=1,2,…,s and iiij candba , are the coefficients of runge-kutta formula and ny is the associated approximation to )( nxy . in this paper, we use one important type of runge-kutta method when 0=ija , )( jif ≤ and 01 =c which is called explicit runge-kutta method. the interval ],[ 0 nxx can be divided into a so called mesh points nn xxxx =<<< ...10 and generate a discrete approximation )( ii xyy ≅ for each associated distribution of these mesh points is usually determined adaptively by the method in an attempt to deliver acceptable accuracy at minimum cost. 325 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 these methods generally accomplish this objective by keeping n as small as possible subject to constraint at an indirect measure of ii ni yxy − = )(max ,...,2,1 would be kept small (relation to an accuracy parameter tol). continuous explicit runge-kutta method (cerk)[9, 10,11] the erk methods can be developed to be called continuous explicit rung-kutta method to solve ordinary differential equation (ode) and delay differential equation (dde). the first of research in this subject, enright and hayashi. a continuous explicit runge-kutta (cerk) method provides an approximation to an initial value problem. such method may be obtained by appending additional stage to a discrete method, or alternatively by solving the appropriate order conditions directly. so, for some application, an approximation to the solution of the ode: 00 )( )5())(,( yxy xyxfy = =′ on the interval [ nxx ,0 ] is needed, to obtain dense, output for plotting the solution of a standard ode, to find the roots of the function associated with the solution of a standard ode. consequently, continuous (cerk) formula, which produces continuous approximation to the solution of an ode on [ nxx ,0 ] has been developed enright and have the form: ∑+= += ∑+=+ − = − − + = − 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 )( ),( ;)()()( i j jijnnni iniini s i innnnnn kahxzy yhcxfk krbhxzrhxz (6) for i=1,2,…, 1+s , and ]1,0[∈r where )(),...,(),( 121 rbrbrb s+ are polynomial with respect to r and 001 )( yxzn =− this class of (cerk) formula is constructed by adding extra stage such that (s+1) becomes )1( +s with jjss bac == ++ ,11 ,1 for j=1,2,…,s so that the approximation can easily be developed as a c′ interpolate. note that since ))(,( 111 +++ = nnns xzxfk will be the first stage on the next attempted stops the actual cost per successful step is s derivative evaluation. shooting method[12,13,14] arciniega and allen applied a shooting method procedure to numerically solve linear systems of stratonovich boundary value problems. to illustrate the approach, we use the following tpbvp: βα == =+′+′′ )(,)( )()()()()( byay xhxyxgyxfxy (7) the curve that represents y between these two points is desired, we anticipate that some such curve, such as the dotted line, its slope and curve true are interrelated to y and x the diff. eq. (7) 326 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 if we assume the slope of the curve at y(a), say 1)( gay =′ then we solve the equation as an initial value problem using this assumed value, the result of this not the desired to β=)(by , we assume anther value of )(ay′ smaller for the slope, say 2)( gay =′ and repeat. after these two trials, we linearly extrapolate for a third trial as follows: )(*g slope initialfor estimate edextrapolat 1 12 12 1 rdrr gg − − − += (8) where r1=first result at endpoint (using g1) r2=second result at endpoint (using g2) d= the desired value t the endpoint so the correct value of y(b) result. runge-kutta shooting method for solving tpbvp consider the following second order tpbvp equations: )()()()()( xhxyxgyxfxy =+′+′′ subject to the boundary conditions where f, g, h are function and α , β are constant: βα == )(,)( byay these equation changed into a firstorder differential system:       − +            =′ )( 0 )()( 10 2 1 xhy y xfxg y (9) with assume the initial condition 111 )(,)( gab ayay = − − =′= αβ α applying explicit and continuous rung-kutta steps, the result we compare the computed value with the given conditions at the other boundary. repeat the solution with assume anther value of 21 )( gay =′ and with extrapolated estimate until agreement is attained at the other boundary. algorthim example (1): consider the following two-point boundary value problem: 04 =−′′ yy with boundary conditions: y(-1)=-1.1752 , y(1)=10.0179 while the exact solution is : y(x)  sinh(2x+1) table (1) presents the results of the , shooting fifth explicit runge-kutta (serkf(5)) and shooting continuous explicit runge-kutta method (scerk) are used with differential value of r . example (2): consider the following two-point boundary value problem: 327 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 xxyy −−=′′ 2 with boundary conditions: y(0)=2 , y(1)=4 while the exact solution is : 2)( 2 ++= xxxy  table (2) presents the results of the, shooting fifth explicit runge-kutta (serkf(5)) and shooting continuous explicit runge-kutta method (scerk) are used with differential value of r . conclusions the obtains results show that the scerk method gives better accuracy than serkf(5) of the same order, since the error in scerk method is decreasing when )1,0[∈r is increasing. references 1. wenjing,s and wenjine,g.(2011) "positive solutions for a second-order system with integral boundary conditions", electronic journal of differential equations, 13, pp. 1–9. 2. hikmet,c and canan,a." the numerical solution of the singular two-point boundary value problems by using non-polynomial spline functions" proceedings of the 9th wseas int. conference on applied computer and applied computational science. 3. min,l and salvador,j.(2009)"solving two-point boundary value problems of fractional differential equations by spline collocation methods" www.cc.ac.cn/ researchreport/ 0903.pdf. 4. guoju,ye and xiuli,li.(2010) "existence of solutions of second order boundary value problems with integral boundary conditions and singularities" hindawi publishing corporation journal of inequalities and applications volume 2010, p.p.1-14,article id 807178,doi:10.1155. 5. butcher,j','(1987) " the numerical analysis of ordinary differential equation", jhon wiley & sons, new york. 6. baker.c.t.h., pual.c.a.h.,(1994) " computing stability regions of rung-kutta methods for dde" ima, j. of num. and .no. 14,p.p. 347-362. 7. baker,c and pual,c.(1998) "numerical modeling by retarded functional differential equations" numerical analysis report no.335, october . 8. rolf,j and manuel,t.(2006) " flexible stability domains for explicit rung-kutta methods",seminar for applied mathematics,8092 zurich,switzerland,email:{jeltsch,matorril}@math.ethz.ch 9. enright,w.(1999)" continues numerical method for ode's with defect control", university of toronto, canada, m533, gu, december. 10. verner.j .h and zennaro.m.(1995) " continuous explicit rung-kutta methods of ord er5",july,vol.64,no.211.p.p 1123-1146. 11. hayashi,h.(1996) "numerical solution of retarded and neutral delay differential equations using continues rung-kutta methods", ph.d.thesis of toronto university. 12. armando,a and edward,a.(2004) "shooting methods for numerical solution of stochastic boundary-value problems" stochastic analysis and applications. 22. 5, 1295– 1314. 13. armando,a.(2007)" shooting methods for numerical solution of nonlinear stochastic boundary-value problems" stochastic analysis and applications, 25: 187–200. 14. curtis,f.(1984)"applied numerical analysis", third edition, addison-wesley publishing company,. 328 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://www.cc.ac.cn/ 5. anna,n.(2010)" economical rung-kutta methods with weak second order for stochastic differential equations", int,j. contempt.math.sciences,vol.5,no.24,1151-1160. table (1) results the solution h x serkf(5) scerk 1=r 25.0=r |error|* 5.0=r |error|* 0.1 -0.5 0.0070096 0.0070096 0.0067226 0.0069 0.0067526 0.0069 0.5 3.6859483 3.6859483 3.6853062 0.0584 3.6854109 0.0583 1 10.1787000 10.1787000 10.1787000 0.0608 10.1787000 0.0608 0.05 -0.5 0.0070095 0.0070095 0.0067941 0.0069 0.0068918 0.0069 0.5 3.6859281 3.6859281 3.6853237 0.0584 3.6856672 0.0583 1 10.1787000 10.1787000 10.1787000 0.0608 10.1787000 0.0608 table (2) results the solution h x serkf(5) scerk 1=r 25.0=r |error|* 5.0=r |error|* 0.1 0.1 2.1100000 2.1100000 2.1093142 7.0000e-004 2.1098533 1.0000e-004 0.5 2.7500011 2.7500011 2.7477002 0.0023 2.7497009 3.0000e-004 1 4.0000000 4.0000000 4.0000000 0.0000 4.0000000 0.0000 0.05 0.1 2.1100000 2.1100000 2.1093142 7.0000e-004 2.1098533 1.0000e-004 0.5 2.7500011 2.7500011 2.7477002 0.0023 2.7497009 3.0000e-004 1 4.0000000 4.0000000 4.0000000 0.0000 4.0000000 0.0000 * where |error| represent the difference between the exact solution and (scerk) for r=0.25, r=0.5. 329 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 كتا الصریحة -حل مسائل القیم الحدودیة الخطیة باستخدام طریقة تھدیف رانج المستمرة شلتاغ یوسفمدیحة بشرى عیسى غشیم فرع الریاضیات / قسم العلوم التطبیقیھ / الجامعھ التكنلوجیھ 2013نیسان 8، قبل البحث في 2012ایار 20البحث في : استلم الخالصة كتا الصریحة المستمرة باستخدام -كتا الصریحة من الرتبة الخامسة وطریقة رانج-في ھذا البحث قمنا بتعمیم طریقة رانج لى ھذه الطرائق دمجت بأسم طریقة التھدیف لحل مسائل القیم الحدودیة من الرتبة الثانیة وذلك بتخفیضھا الى الرتبة االو كتا الصریحة المستمرة. وقد أُُ◌ستخدم برنامج الماتالب لحساب النتائج.-طریقة التھدیف لرانج كتا الصریحة المستمرة.-مسائل القیم الحدودیة،طریقة التھدیف،طریقة رانج-الكلمات المفتاحیة: 330 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 دراسة تشریحیة مقارنة لسویقات اوراق ثالث عشرة مرتبة تصنیفیة للجنس scutellaria l. (labiatae)العراق في علي حالوب كاظم معله،میسون خضر عباس البیاتي جامعة بغداد/ كلیة العلوم /قسم علوم الحیاة 2011 تشرین االول 11: قبل البحث في 2011 أب21: استلم البحث في الخالصة ًالنامیـة بریـا فـي العـراق ، وكانـت .scutellaria lً درست تشریحیا سویقات اوراق تسعة انواع واربعة نویعات للجنس للمقـاطع المـستعرضة للـسویقات اهمیــة تـصنیفیة امكـن مــن خاللهـا تقـسیم تلــك المراتـب التـصنیفیة علــى مجـامیع ، علمـا انهــا ushaped باالنكلیزي u ت المجنحة ، ولكنها اختلفت باالشكال، فكانت بشكل حرفاشتركت جمیعها في صفة السویقا والـسطح العلــوي مقعــر، او شــبه اهلیلیجیــة والــسطح العلــوي مـستوٍ او شــبه مــستوٍ ووجــدت األجنحــة فــي الــزاویتین العلــویتین . الحزم الوعائیة المركزیة كما اختلفت السویقات في اعداد الحزم الجانبیة واشكال. ومتجهة نحو الجوانب . سویقات مجنحة ، عناصر قصیبیة ، كولنكیما صفائحیة ، كولنكیما زاویة : كلمات مفتاحیةال المقدمة ان للــصفات التــشریحیة اهمیــة موازیـــة للــصفات المظهریــة وقــد تكـــون اكثــر اهمیــة منهــا فـــي التعــرف علــى المراتـــب diagnostخیصیة ًالتصنیفیة ،اذ ان قسما منها تعد صفات تش ic characters و یـستفاد منهـا فـي عـزل تلـك المراتـب علـى m ، وقد وصف [1]مستوى األجناس واألنواع وحتى الضروب etcalfe و chalk [2] العدیـد مـن الخـصائص التـشریحیة ألجنــاس المهمــة فــي احـد اscutellaria ، والجــنس labiataeللعـائالت النباتیــة مــن ذوات الفلقتــین ومنهـا العائلــة الــشفویة هذه العائلة لكنه لم یحض بدراسة تشریحیة متكاملة على مستوى العالم و العراق، وبحسب ما توافر من مـصادر، عـدا دراسـة s.pinnatifida a. hamilt ssp ، ودراسـة للنویـع [3]تـشریحیة مقارنـة لنـویعین مـن انـواع الجـنس المنتـشرین فـي تركیـا . pichleri (stapf) rech. f. [4] ومقارنته ببعض أنواع العائلة الشفویة النامیة في أذربیجان وایران. لـذا ارتأینـا تقـدیم هـذه الدراسـة والول مـرة لمـا قـد تقدمـه مــن دعـم فـي الدراسـة التـصنیفیة للجـنس التـي جـرت فـي العــراق . [5]وحددت له خمس عشرة مرتبة تصنیفیة ، موزعة على تسعة انواع واربعة نویعات وضربین المواد وطرائق العمل مـل كحـول faa) 5 اخذت اجزاء طریة من وسط سویقات اوراق تامة النضج في النبات المزهر ، وثبتـت فـي محلـول فـي الحقـل مباشـرة ، وتركـت مـدة ) مـل مـاء مقطـر 35 مـل فورمـالین، و10 مل حـامض الخلیـك الثلجـي، و5اثیلي مطلق، و لحــین ( ، ثــم حفظـت فــي الكحـول بــالتركیز نفـسه ، ووضــعت فـي الثالجــة % 70ي سـاعة ، بعــدها غـسلت بكحــول اثیلـ24 ملم ، بـشكل مقـاطع مـستعرضة ، ومـررت فـي سلـسلة 2 – 1.5ًوعند استعمالها قطعت على اجزاء صغیرة یدویا ) استعمالها او ازالـة clearing & infiltarationتـصاعدیة مـن الكحـول االثیلـي ، والطریقـة مـذكورة بالتفـصیل سـواء الترویـق والتـسریب مـع بعــض التحـویرات الـضروریة للحــصول [6] وكــذا فـي [5] فـي removing of wax & staningالـشمع والتـصبیغ ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 اما العینات الجافة التي لم تحفظ منها اجزاء للتـشریح فقـد غمـرت بعـد تقطیعهـا فـي محلـول هیدروكـسید (على شرائح دائمیة [7]ة ثـم غــسلت بالمـاء المقطـر الزالـة اثـار المحلــول القاعـدي ، ثـم ثبتـت اجـزاء طریــة سـاع48 – 24مـدة % 1البوتاسـیوم leitz مـن خـالل المجهرالــضوئي digitalفحـصت واختیـرت الـشرائح الجیــدة منهـا ، وصـورت بكـامیرا ) وعوملـت كمـا تقـدم . 40 × و10×تحت العدسة الشیئیة النتائج عـدد الحـزم الجانبیــة وشـكل القــوس الوعـائي المركــزي ألنـواع الجــنس وجـدت تغـایرات واضــحة فـي شــكل الـسویق وفــي فــي المقــاطع المــستعرضة ، مــع اختالفهـــا wingedونویعاتــه قیــد الدراســة، ولكنهــا اشــتركت فــي صـــفة الــسویقات المجنحــة .s.condensata rech والسطح العلوي مقعر كما في االنواع ushaped باالنكلیزي uباالشكال، فكانت بشكل حرف f.و s.megalaspis rech. f.و s.porphyrantha rech. f.و s.pycnotricha rech. f. والنویـع al-bayati et haloob a. s. albida l. ssp . glabrescens أمـا فـي بـاقي المراتـب التـصنیفیة قیـد )1-11,10,6,3,1( اللوحـة ، مـستوٍ ووجـدت األجنحـة فـي الـزاویتین العلـویتین متجهـة نحــو الدراسـة فكانـت شـبه اهلیلیجیـة والـسطح العلـوي مـستوٍ او شـبه اختلـف ســمكها cuticleغطـت الـسطح الخـارجي للـسویق طبقــة رقیقـة مـن االدمـة ).1-12,9,8,7,5,4,2(الجوانـب اللوحـة epidermisبـاختالف األنــواع والنویعــات وهــو مــشابه لمـا موجــود فــي نــصل الورقــة ، وبعـد طبقــة االدمــة لوحظــت البــشرة مــن الخالیـا مربعـة او متطاولــة الـشكل، ووجـدت تحــت طبقـة البـشرة خالیــا uniseriateالبـسیطة المكونـة مــن صـف واحـد collenchyالنـسیج الكـولنكیمي ma tissue مكونـة مـن عـدد مـن الـصفوف، تركـزت فـي األجنحـة وهـي مـن نـوع الكولنكیمـا s.multicaulisاعـداد تلـك الـصفوف حـسب االنـواع، فـالنوع ، واختلفـت )a 2( اللوحـةangular collenchimaالزاویـة boiss. احتـوى اقـل عــدد مـن الـصفوف تــراوح بـین صـف الــى صـفین ، بینمـا امتلــك النـوع s.megalaspis اكبـر عــدد، اذ ، كمــا لــوحظ الـــى الــداخل مــن البـــشرة بــشكل عــام نـــسیج كــولنكیمي مــن نـــوع ) 1-7,6(صــفوف ، اللوحـــة ) 4-6(كــان بــین ، ) c,b -2( اللوحـة chlorenchyma tissue، أمـا نـسیج الكلورنكیمـا lamellar collenchymaیما الـصفائحیة الكولنك فكان في األنواع قید الدراسة جمیعها في األجنحـة تحـت الكولنكیمـا، ولكنـه امتـد بـشكل مختلـف فـي الـسطحین العلـوي والـسفلي :والجانبین بین تلك األنواع وكما یأتي ).1-6(، اللوحة s.megalaspisًبشكل شریط مستمر أو شبه مستمر متمثال في النوع امتد : لىالمجموعة األو ـــانبین واســـتمر خــــالل الجنــــاحین إلـــى بدایــــة المنطقــــة العلویـــة كمــــا فــــي األنــــواع : المجموعـــة الثانیــــة ـــد قلـــیال فــــي الجـ ًامتـ s.bornmuelleri hausskn. ex bornm. ، و s.cretacea boiss. & hausskn.، وs.maznica albayati et haloob a.و ، s.multicaulisو، s.tomentosa bertol. والنویع s.orientalis l. ssp . alpina (boiss) o. schwarz والنویعات الثالثة للنوع s.pinnatifida 1-12,9,8,7,5,4,2(، اللوحة.( ًین وغطـى الـسطح العلـوي عــدا منتـصفه، إذ كـان خالیـا كمــا امتـد وغطــى الجـانبین واسـتمر خـالل الجنــاح : المجموعـة الثالثـة s.albida sspوالنویـــع s.pycnotrichaو s.porphyranthaو s.condensataفــي االنـــواع . glabrescens ، ).1-11,10,3,1(اللوحة parenchyامــا بالنــسبة الــى النــسیج البرنكیمــي العــادي ma tissue ordinaryجـــم فقــد كانــت خالیــاه كبیــرة الح ، وتفــصل بــین خالیــا البرنكیمــا)f -2(وتحـصر بینهــا مــسافات بینیــة صــغیرة وتـشغل المــساحة األكبــر مــن الــسویق اللوحـة تحــیط بــالقوس الوعـائي المركــزي بــشكل تــام، ) كولنكیمیــة(والقـوس الوعــائي المركــزي خالیـا صــغیرة الحجــم متــسمكة الجـدران phloemب الــسفلي مـن العــرق الوسـطي المركــزي مـع امتــداد اللحــاء فــي الجانـfibersواحتـوت بعــض األنـواع علــى ألیـاف ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ـــفا بــــشكل تجمعـــات منفــــصلة لوحظـــت فــــي النــــوعین ) 21(، تكونــــت مـــن ) e,d –2(اللوحـــة و s.bornmuelleriًصـ s.maznica والنویــع s.orientalis ssp . alpina و النویعــات العائــدة للنـــوع s.pinnatifida جمیعهــا ، أمــا الحزمـــة ، ) 2 و 1( اللوحــة collateral bundleئیـة المركزیــة فهــي فـي االنــواع قیــد الدراســة جمیعهـا جانبیــة أحادیــة اللحــاء الوعا xyوتكون نسیج الخشب lim tissue من العناصر القـصیبیة tracheary elements المرتبـة بـشكل قطـري مكونـة الحـزم ).x – 2(واللوحة ).1( اللوحة الخشبیة التي اختلف عددها باختالف األنواع قید الدراسة ، :ً اعتمادا على شكل المقطع المستعرض لسویق الورقة على مجامیعscutellariaوأمكن تقسیم أنواع الجنس s.condensata بـــاالنكلیزي كمــا فـــي األنـــواع uالمقطــع المـــستعرض لــسویقاتها علـــى شـــكل حــرف : المجموعــة األولـــى s.albida ssp والنویـــع s.pycnotrichaو s.porphyrantha وs.megalaspisو . glabrescens وقـــسمت هــــذه ًالمجموعـة علـى اربـع مجـامیع ثانویـة تبعـا لـشكل الحزمــة الوعائیـة المركزیـة وعـدد اذرع الخـشب وعـدد الحـزم الوعائیـة الجانبیــة :في الجناحین وكمایأتي لنهــایتین الــى الـداخل وعــدد الحــزم الوعائیــة الجانبیــة حزمهــا الوعائیــة المركزیـة منحنیــة معقوفــة ا : المجموعـة الثانویــة االولــى s.albida sspحـزمتین ، فـي كـل جنـاح حزمـة واحـدة تتمثـل فـي النویـع . glabrescens وكـان عـدد صـفوف الخـشب فـي ). 1 1(صفأ ،اللوحة ) 30 – 26(الحزمة الوعائیة المركزیة حوالي وعـدد حزمهـا الوعائیــة الجانبیـة حزمتــان ، فـي كــل curvedكزیـة منحنیــة حزمهـا الوعائیــة المر : المجموعـة الثانویـة الثانیــة ، وكــان عــدد صــفوف الخــشب فــي الحزمــة الوعائیــة s.condensataجنــاح حزمــة وعائیــة واحــدة مفــردة تتمثــل فــي النــوع ).3 1(ًصفا، اللوحة ) 30 26(المركزیة حوالي حزمها الوعائیة المركزیة منحنیـة معقوفـة النهـایتین إلـى الـداخل وعـدد الحـزم الوعائیـة الجانبیـة اربـع :المجموعة الثانویة الثالثة ، وعـدد صـفوف الخـشب فـي الحـزم s.pycnotrichaو s.porphyranthaحزم ، في كل جناح حزمتان كما فـي النـوعین ) 40 30( حـــوالي s.pycnotrichaوع صــف والنــ) 50 42( حــوالي s.porphyranthaالوعائیــة المركزیــة فــي النــوع ).11 ،10 – 1(ًصفا،اللوحة انقــسم نـــسیج الخــشب علــى جـــزئین منفــصلین فـــي القــوس الوعــائي المركـــزي بخالیــا كولنكیمیـــة : المجموعــة الثانویــة الرابعـــة اللحاء فكان متسمكة الجدران ، وكل جزء كان بشكل نصف منحني وطرفه النهائي البعید معقوف إلى الداخل، أما نسیج بـشكل شــریط مـستمر ومتــصل أسـفل جزئــي الخـشب، وعــدد الحـزم الوعائیــة الجانبیـة اربــع حـزم ، كــل جنـاح یحتــوي حــزمتین ًصـفا ، اللوحـة ) 22 18( ، وحسب عدد صفوف الخشب في كـل جـزء منفـصل بحـوالي s.megalaspisتتمثل في النوع )1 6.( ـــة الثانیــــة لــــسویقاتها شــــبه اهلیلیجــــي والــــسویقات ذو جنــــاحین قــــصیرین كمــــا فــــي األنــــواع المقطــــع المــــستعرض : المجموعـ s.bornmuelleri ،وs.cretacea ، وs.maznicaو ،s.multicaulisو، s.tomentosa والنویـــــع s.orientalis ssp . alpina والنویعــات الثالثــة للنــوع s.pinnatifida لــشكل ً ، وقــسمت هــذه المجموعــة علــى مجمــوعتین ثــانویتین تبعــا :الحزم الوعائیة الجانبیة في الجناحین وكما موضح الحزمـة الوعائیـة المركزیـة منحنیـة وعـدد الحـزم الوعائیـة الجانبیـة حـزمتین ، حزمـة واحـدة فـي كـل : المجموعـة الثانویـة األولـى ـــــواع ـــي االنـــ ــــ ــــا فــ ــــ ــــاح كمـ ـــــوع s.tomentosa، وs.maznicaو ، s.cretaceaو، s.bornmuelleriجنــــ ــــذلك النــــ ــــ وكـ s.multicaulis مـع اختالفـه عـن االنـواع الــسابقة بعـدد حزمـه الوعائیـة الجانبیـة إذ یحتــوي احـد الجنـاحین علـى حزمـة واحــدة ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ًصــفا ) 20 16(والجنـاح الثـاني علـى حـزمتین جــانبیتین، وكـان عـدد صـفوف الخـشب فــي الحزمـة الوعائیـة المركزیـة حـوالي وبـین s.tomentosaًصـفا فـي النـوع ) 24 20(وبـین s.maznica ،وs.cretaceaو، s.bornmuelleriفـي االنـواع ).1-12,7,5,4,2( ، اللوحة s.multicaulisصف في النوع ) 22 – 20( شبه منحنیة وعـدد الحـزم الوعائیـة الجانبیـة اربـع حـزم فـي كـل -الحزمة الوعائیة المركزیة منحنیة : المجموعة الثانویة الثانیة s.orientalis sspع جناح حزمتان كمـا فـي النویـ . alpina ونویعـات النـوع s.pinnatifida وكـان عـدد صـفوف الخـشب ، s.orientalis sspفـــي الحزمـــة الوعائیـــة المركزیـــة فـــي النویــــع . alpina ًصـــفا والنــــویعین ) 17 – 12( یتـــراوح بـــین s.pinnatifida ssp . pinnatifida و ssp . pichleri لنویع ًصفا وفي ا) 16 12( یتراوح بینs.pinnatifida ssp . alpina 1-9,8(ًصفا ،اللوحة ) 15 10( حوالي.( المناقشة اتـضح إن لـسویق الورقـة قیمـة تـصنیفیة مهمــة، بوجـود تغـایرات واضـحة بـین أنــواع الجـنس قیـد الدراسـة، فكـان شــكل ًالمقطـع المـستعرض للـسویق مختلفـا بـین األنـواع ووفقـا لـه أمكـن تقـسیمها علـى مجمـوعتین و أظهـرت أشـكال الحزمـة الوعائیــة ً ًالمركزیة وعدد الحزم الوعائیة الجانبیة في الجناحین تباینا كبیـرا ، أیـضا سـاعد فـي فـصل األنـواع العائـدة لمجموعـة واحـدة الـى ً ً یتفـق ًمجامیع ثانویة عدیدة ، وكانت هذه الصفات ثابتة تقریبا ضمن النوع الواحد مما ساعد في تشخیص وعزل األنواع وهـذا مـن إمكانیــة اسـتعمال ارتبــاط الخـصائص التــشریحیة لـسویق الورقــة لتكـوین مفتــاح للموسـوعات النباتیــة [8]مـع مــا جـاء بــه floraالمحلیة . وكانـت حـزم الخــشب المكونـة للحزمــة الوعائیـة المركزیـة متباینــة فـي عــددها وأعـداد العناصـر القــصیبیة المكونـة لكــل مـن خـالل دراسـته [9]واع مما شكل صفة تشریحیة مهمة في التشخیص وهذا ما أكده الزبیـدي ًحزمة خشبیة تبعا لتباین األن وامكــن االعتمـاد علــى تلـك الــصفات فـي عــزل األنـواع أكثــر مـن بقیــة الخــصائص . الجنـاس عدیــدة عائـدة للعائلــة الـشفویة .[2 ] ًثرا بالعوامل البیئیةالتشریحیة ویعود السبب في ذلك إلى أن التركیب التشریحي لسویق الورقة اقل تأ المصادر 1. stace, c. a. (1980). plant taxonomy and biosy st ematic. edward arnold. london. 279. 2.m etcalfe, c. r. and l. chalk (1950). anatomy of the dicoty ledons.2. clarendon press, oxford. 1500 p p . 3.oz demir, c. & y. ahan (2005). m orp hological and anatomical invest igations on endemic scutellaria orientalis l. subsp . bicolor (hochst .) edmund and subsp . santolinoides (hausskn ex bornm). pak. j. bot. 37(2) : 213 226 ـ. 4.hatamneia, a.a. ; khay ami m . ; m ahmudzadeh a. ; sarghein s. h. ; heidarih m . (2008). comparative anatomical st udies genera of lamiaceae family in west az arbijan in iran . bot. res. j., 1(3) :63-67. ـــــالوب .5 ــــي حـ ــــة النـــــواع الجـــــنس ) 2011(معلـــــه ، علـ ــــة تـــــصنیفیة مقارنــ ـــي scutellaria l. (labiatae)دراسـ فـــ .لعلوم ، جامعة بغداد رسالة ماجستیر ، كلیة ا. العراق ـــد .6 ــــاب عبــــ ــــسواح ، ذیــــ ــــسین والـــ ــــــي حـــ ـــــوي ،علـ ــــضر والموســـ ــــسون خـــ ـــــاتي ، میـــ ـــصائص التــــــــصنیفیة ) 2003(البیــ الخــــ ــــاس ـــــن االجنــ ـــــارة مــ ــــة مختــ ـــــواع طبیــ ــــي انــ ــــة فــ ـــــشریحیة للورقـــ و .micromeria benth و .mentha lوالتـ . lthymbra و . lthymus و . lziziphora ، 51-38) : 1( ب 44 ، المجلة العراقیة للعلوم. 7.bokhari, m . h.and hedge i. c. (1977) anatomical observations on a desert group of salvia sp . roy al. bot. gar. 31: 377 – 389 . ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 8.hey wood, v. h. (1976). plant t axonomy. 2 nd . ed. edward arnold. 63 p p . marrubium l. ; lallemantia و.ajuga l راسـة تـصنیفیة لالجنـاسد) 1998(الزبیـدي ، عـادل موحـان . 9 fish & c. a. m ey و lamium l. العائدة للعائلة الشفویة labiatae ، في العراق ، اطروحـة دكتـوراه ، كلیـة العلـوم . ص403جامعة بغداد ، .قید الدراسةسویقات اوراق المراتب التصنیفیة للجنس في مقاطع مستعرضة :)1(اللوحة 1. s.albida ssp . glabrescens 2s.bornmuelleri 3s.condensata 4s.cretacea 5s.maznica 6s.megalaspis 7s.multicaulis 8s.orientalis ssp . alpina 9s.pinnatifida ssp . 10s.porphyrantha 11s.pycnotricha 12s.tomentosa ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 . االنسجة الموجودة في سویقات اوراق المراتب التصنیفیة للجنس قید الدراسة ): 2(اللوحة a كولنكیما زاویةb-كلورنكیما cكولنكیما صفائحیة dكولنكیما e سكلرنكیما f-برنكیما اعتیادیـة x الخـشب p . اللحاء ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a comparative anatomical study of petioles to thirteen taxa for scutellaria l. (labiatae) in iraq m. k. a. al-bayati , a.h. k. muaalla , unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of biology, college of sciences received in : 21 august 2011 accepte d in: 11 october 2011 abstrac petioles of nine sp ecies and four subsp ecies for scutellaria l. which are growing wildly in iraq were st udied anatomically . sy st matic imp ortance for the cross sections of those p etioles were found. the winged p etioles were seen in all taxa but t hey were different in their shap es , some of them u – shap ed but they were semi ellip soid in others , also they were different in their numbers of vascular bundles in the wings , and the shapes of central vascular bundles , so those taxa were divided into group s . keywords: winged p elioles , tracheary elemants, lamellar collenchymas, angular collenchym ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف ة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 n – topological space and its applications in artificial neural networks l.n.m.tawfiq and r.n.majeed departme nt of mathematics, college of education -ibn al-haitham, baghdad unive rsity. recei ved in march,16,2009 accepted in march,29,2010 abstract in this p aper we give definitions, p rop erties and examp les of the notion of ty p e ntop ological sp ace. throughout this p aper n is a finite p ositive number, n 2. the task of this p aper is to st udy and invest igate some p rop erties of such sp aces with the existence of a relation between this sp ace and artificial neural networks (nn's), that is we app lied the definition of this sp ace in comp uter field and sp ecially in parallel p rocessing. introduction finite sp aces were first st udied by p.. lexandroff in 1937. ctually , finite sp aces had been more earlier invest igated by many authors under the name of simplicial comp lexes. there were several other contributions by flachasmey er in 1961, stong in 1966 and l.lotz in 1970, in this p aper we define and st udy the notion of ntop ological sp ace and discuss some p rop erties of finite sp aces. however, the subject has never been considered as a main field of top ology . with the p rogress of comp uter technology , finite sp aces have become more imp ortant. herman in1990, khalimsky and et. al. in 1990, kong and kop p erman in 1991 and [1] have app lied them to model the computer screen. in this p aper we focus on ntop ological sp ace, the main imp ortance of study is to offer new formulations for separation axioms in ntop ological sp ace. we p resent and st udy comp arisons between ntop ological sp ace and nn'a in the case of finite sp aces. 2. asic de finition of ntopological space and their properties in this section we introduce the notion of ntop ological sp ace, and give its p rop erties. several of the classical results [2] are extended by defining app rop riate substructures on the ntop ological sp ace. examp les are given to illustrate these structures. definition 2.1 le t ( x, ) be a non empt y spa ce with n different topol ogy. { x, } is ca ll ed " ntopological space " if there exi sts n prope r subs pa ce of x such tha t : ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 1. x = 2. = is a subsp ace of ( , where i =1,2,…,n . example 2.2 let ( {1, 2, 3}, ) be 3 – top ological sp ace where ={x, when x= {1,2,3}, ={x, {1}, } and ={x,{2}, } let ={1}, ={2} and ={3}.it clear that x= and = {{1}, }, ={{ 2}, }, = {{3}, }. it is clear that ( , is a top ological sp ace of (x for i=1,2,3. now, we give the definition of open set in ntop ological sp ace. definition 2.3 a subset u of ntop ological sp ace ( x, ) is said to be an "nopen set " if and only if it is op en in , for some i = 1,2,…,n. definition 2.4 the complement of nop en set in ntop ological sp ace ( x , ) is said to be an "n-closed se t ". remark 2.5 1every op en set in top ological sp ace (x is nop en set, for all i= 1,2,…,n, but the converse is not true, (see the following examp le 2.6). 2every closed set in top ological sp ace (x is nclosed set, for all i=1,2,..,n but the converse is not true, (see the following examp le 2.6). 3every op en set in subsp ace for all i= 1,2,…,n need not t o be nop en set in n top ological sp ace ( x, ), only if the subsp ace is op en in (x , ( see the following examp le 2.6 ). example 2.6 let be 4-top ological sp ace (where is the set of natural numbers) such that and let x1, x2, x3, x4 be four subsp ace of x such that: x1= {1} imp lies = x2= {2} imp lies = x3= {3} imp lies = x4= {4, 5, 6, 7, …} imp lies = . it is clear that x= x1 x2 x3 x4 now, to show the converse of p art (1) is not true, let {1} is nop en set in but it is not op en set in each (x ; i= 1,2,…,n. also, t o show the converse of p art (2) is not true, let {2, 3, 4, 5, …} is nclosed set but it is not closed set in each (x ; i= 1,2,…,n. and also not ice that the subsp ace x1= {1} is op en in imp lies that each open set in is nop en set in but in the other hand notice that the subsp ace x3= {3} is not op en in (x3, imp lies that each op en set in (x3, need not to be nop en set in next, we give a definition about sub ntop ological sp ace. definition 2.7 let ( x, ) be ntop ological sp ace ( ) . the subsp ace y( ) of x is called a sub ntop ological sp ace of x if and only if ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 ( i ) there exists n p rop er subsp ace ,…, of y such that and (y, is sub-n-top ological sp ace of ( x, ), that is = y  . (ii) = is subsp ace of (y , eexample 2.8 let (x, ) is 3 – top ological sp ace where x={1,2,3,4,5,6,7}, ={x, ={x, , {2,4,6}}, and ={ x, {3,7}} and let let y ={2,3,5,6}, = y ={y,  }, = y = {y,  , {2,6}}, = y = {y,  , {3}}. it is clear that (y, is sub 3 t op ological sp ace of (x, ) where , ={2,3} , ={5} ={6} and = = = ={ , now, we introduce definitions and examp les about sep aration axioms in ntop ological sp ace. definition 2.9 an ntop ological sp ace ( x, ) is said to be an "n -space " if and only if for each p air of distinct p oints x, yx, there exists nop en set u of x such that xu and yu. proposition 2.10 an ntop ological sp ace ( x, ) is n –sp ace if (x is –sp ace for some i = 1,2,…,n. proof to p rove ( x, ) is n sp ace, we must p rove for any x, yx such that x≠ y , there exists n-op en set u of x such that xu and yu. now, let x, yx; x≠ y since there exists i1,2,…,n such that (x is –sp ace, imp lies there exists op en set u in such that xu and yu, t herefore  n-op en set u of x such that xu and yu(by definition 2.3). thus ( x, ) is n sp ace. ■ remark 2.11 the converse of (prop osition 2.10) is not true, to see this, let ({1, 2, 3}, be 3top ological sp ace in (examp le 2.2) , then the sp ace ({1,2,3}, is 3 – sp ace, but each (x is not sp ace. re mark 2.12 if ( x, ) is n sp ace then need not to be sp ace for all i= 1,2,…,n, only if (x is sp ace. theorem 2.13 let ( x, ) is n sp ace and (y, is a sub ntop ological sp ace of the ntop ological sp ace ( x, ). then(y, is also n sp ace. proof to p rove (y, is n sp ace, we must p rove :x, y y, x≠ y , u for some i , such that xu and yu. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 now, let x, y y, x≠ y imp lies x, y x. t hen, there exists w for some i , such that (x w  y w) or (x w  y w) since ( x, ) is n – sp ace. then y w for some i (by definition of so, xyw x  y w and yw y y w or x w  x  y w and y yw  y  y w then (y, ) is sp ace. then (y, is n sp ace. ■ example 2.14 let ( {1, 2, 3, 4}, ) is 3sp ace where ={x, , ={x, , {2}, {4},{2,4}} and ={ x, {2,4},{3,4},{4},{2,3,4}}. and let y ={1,3,4}x , then (y, is sub 3sp ace where ={y,  }, ={y,  ,{4}}, ={y,  ,{4},{3,4}}. definition 2.15 an ntop ological sp ace ( x, ) is said to be an "n -space " if and if for each pair of distinct p oints x, yx, t here exists t wo nop en sets u and v of x such that xu  yu and xv  yv. proposition 2.16 an ntop ological sp ace ( x, ) is n -sp ace if (x is –sp ace for some i = 1,2,…,n. proof to p rove ( x, ) is n sp ace, we must p rove for any x, yx such that x≠ y , there exists t wo n-op en sets u and v of x such that xu  yu and xv  yv. now, let x, yx; x≠ y since there exists i1,2,…,n such that (x is – sp ace, imp lies there exists two op en sets u and v in such that xu  yu and xv  yv, therefore there exists two op en sets u and v of x such that xu  yu and xv  yv( by definition 2.3). thus ( x, ) is n –sp ace. ■ remark 2.17 the converse of ( prop osition 2.16 ) is not true, as the following examp le: example 2.18 let x= {1,2,3,…,n}; n and let ={x, ; i=1,2,3,…,n, then the sp ace ( x, ) is n-top ological sp ace, notice that (x, ) is n -sp ace but each (x, is not –sp ace, for all i. note 1. it is clear that each nsp ace is also, nsp ace but the converse is not true see (examp le 2.14), the sp ace is 3sp ace but not 3sp ace. 2. if ntop ological sp ace is not n sp ace, then it is not n sp ace. theorem 2.19 let ( x, ) is n sp ace and (y, is sub ntop ological sp ace of ( x, ). then(y, is nsp ace. proof to p rove (y, is n sp ace, we must p rove :x, y y, x≠ y , u,v for some i , such that xu yu and x  v yv. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 now, since y x, t hen x, y x and x is n sp ace, then   for some i , such that x  y and x  y . then y , y for some i , (by definition of . so x y  y y and x y  y y . then (y, ) is sp ace for some i , then (y, is n sp ace. ■ definition 2.20 an ntop ological sp ace ( x, ) is said to be an "n -space " if and if x, y x x≠ y ,u,v n-op en sets of x, such that uv= , xu  y v. proposition 2.21 an ntop ological sp ace ( x, ) is n -sp ace if (x is –sp ace for some i = 1, 2, …, n. proof to p rove ( x, ) is n sp ace, we must p rove for any x, yx such that x≠ y , there exists t wo n-op en sets u and v of x such that uv= , xu  y v. now, let x, yx; x≠ y since there exists i1,2,…,n such that (x is – sp ace, imp lies there exists two op en sets u and v in such that uv= , xu  y v, therefore there exists t wo op en sets u and v of x such that uv= , xu  y v(by definition 2.3 ). thus ( x, ) is n –sp ace. ■ remark 2.22 the converse of (prop osition 2.21) is not true, to see that consider the n-top ological sp ace ( x, ) in( examp le 2.18), which is n -sp ace but each (x, is not –sp ace, for all i. note 1. it is clear that each n sp ace is also, nsp ace , so is n sp ace but the converse is not true. 2. if ntop ological sp ace is not n sp ace, then it is not n sp ace, then it is not n sp ace. theorem 2.23 let ( x, ) is n sp ace and (y, is sub ntop ological sp ace of ( x, ). then (y, is n sp ace. proof the proof of this theorem is similar of the p roof of theorem 2.19 ■ 3. application of ntopological space in nn 's 3.1. what are artificial neural networks? an art ificial neural network (ann) is an information p rocessing p aradigm that is insp ired by the way biological nervous sy st ems, such as the brain, p rocess information. the key element of t his p aradigm is t he novel st ructure of the information p rocessing sy st em. it is comp osed of a large number of highly interconnected p rocessing elements ( neurons ) working in unison t o solve sp ecific problems. ann's, like people, learn by examp le. an ann is configured for a sp ecific app lication, such as p att ern recognition or data classification, through a learning p rocess. learning in biological sy st ems involves adjust ments to the sy naptic connections t hat exist between the neurons. t his is true of ann's as well.[3] that is art ificial neural networks are relatively crude electronic models based on the neural ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 st ructure of the brain. the brain basically learns from exp erience. it is natural proof that some p roblems that are beyond the scop e of current comp uters are indeed solvable by small energy efficient p ackages. this brain modeling also p romises a less technical way to develop machine solutions. this new app roach to comp uting also p rovides a more graceful degradation during sy st em overload than its more traditional counterparts. these biologically insp ired methods of comp uting are thought to be the next major advancement in the comp uting industry . even simple animal brains are cap able of functions that are currently imp ossible for comp uters. computers do rote things well, like keep ing ledgers or p erforming comp lex math. but comp uters have trouble recognizing even simple p att erns much less generalizing those p att erns of the past into actions of t he future. 3.2. artificial network operations the other p art of t he "art" of using neural networks revolves around the myriad of way s these individual neurons can be clust ered together. this clust ering occurs in the human mind in such a way that information can be p rocessed in a dynamic, interactive, and self-organizing way . biologically, neural networks are constructed in a three-dimensional world from microscopic comp onents. these neurons seem cap able of nearly unrestricted interconnections. t hat is not true of any p rop osed, or existing, man-made network. integrated circuits, using current technology , are two-dimensional devices with a limited number of lay ers for interconnection. this p hy sical reality restrains the ty p es, and scop e, of artificial neural networks that can be imp lemented in silicon.[3] currently , neural networks are the simple clust ering of the p rimitive artificial neurons. this clust ering occurs by creating lay ers which are then connected to one another. how these layers connect is t he other part of the "art" of engineering networks to resolve real world p roblems. basically, all artificial neural networks have a similar st ructure or top ology as shown in figure (1). in that st ructure some of the neurons interfaces to the real world to receive its inputs. other neurons p rovide the real world with the networks outp uts. this outp ut might be the p articular character that t he network t hinks that it has scanned or the p articular image it t hinks is being viewed. all the rest of the neurons are hidden from view. but a neural network is more than a bunch of neurons. some early researchers tried to simply connect neurons in a random manner, without much success. now, it is known that even the brains of snails are st ructured devices. one of the easiest way s to design a st ructure is to create lay ers of elements. it is the group ing of these neurons into lay ers, the connections between these lay ers, and the summation and transfer functions that comp rise a functioning neural network. the general terms used to describe these characterist ics are common to all networks. although there are useful networks which contain only one lay er, or even one element, most app lications require networks that contain at least the three normal ty p es of lay ers input, hidden, and outp ut. the lay er of input neurons receives the data either from input files or directly from electronic sensors in real-time app lications. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 the outp ut lay er sends information directly to the outside world, to a secondary comp uter p rocess, or to other devices such as a mechanical control sy st em. between these two lay ers, there can be many hidden lay ers. these internal lay ers contain many of the neurons in various interconnected st ructures. the inp uts and outp uts of each of these hidden neurons simp ly go to other neurons. in most networks each neuron in a hidden lay er receives the signals from all of the neurons in a lay er above it, ty p ically an input lay er. aft er a neuron p erforms its function it p asses its outp ut to all of the neurons in the lay er below it, p roviding a feed forward p ath t o the outp ut. these lines of communication from one neuron to another are imp ortant asp ects of neural networks. t hey are the glue to the sy st em. they are the connections which provide a variable st rength to an input. there are two ty p es of these connections. one causes the summing mechanism of the next neuron to add while the other causes it to subt ract. in more human terms one excites while the other inhibits. some networks want a neuron to inhibit the other neurons in the same lay er. this is called lateral inhibition. the most common use of this is in the outp ut lay er. for examp le in text recognition if the p robability of a character being a "p" is .85 and the p robability of the character being an "f" is .65, the network wants to choose the highest p robability and inhibit all the others. it can do that with lateral inhibition. this concept is also called comp etition. 3.3. a relation between ann's and ntopological space nn's have been developed as generalizations of mathematical models of human cognition or neural biology , and is characterized by : 1. it is a patt ern of connections between the neurons and the lay ers (called top ology of network ). 2. it is a method of determining the weights on the connections (called it's training, or learning algorithm ). 3. it is activation function.  neural network consists of a number of simple p rocessing elements called neurons, these neurons consist in many lay er. the numbers of neurons and lay ers in the nn's differ from not work t o network and this is called the top ology of the network . the nn's with multilayer is not well understood [4]. some authors [5] see that little theoretical gain in using more than one hidden lay er since a single hidden lay er model suffices for density . in this p aper, we introduce the definition and p rop erties of ntop ological sp ace which can be ap p lied to nn's with more than one hidden layer. one imp ortant advantage of the multiple lay er model ( ntop ological sp ace (see figure (2 ) ) has to do with the existence of locally sup p orted functions in the two hidden layer model ( 4top ological sp ace ) since for any activation function for every and thus g(x) defined above has no comp act sup p ort.(see [6], [7] for amore detailed discussion ). nother advantage of the multilay er model (ntop ological sp ace ), there is a lower bound on the degree to which the single hidden lay er model ( 3top ological sp ace ) with r neuron units in the hidden lay er can app roximate any function. it is given by the extent to which a linear combination of r activation function can app roximate this same function, and, more imp ortantly , activation function app roximate itself is bounded below (a way from zero )with some nontrifling dependence on r and on the set to be app roximated. in the single hidden lay er model (3top ological sp ace ) there is an intrinsic lower bound on the degree of ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 app roximation depending on the number of neuron units used. this is not the casa in the two hidden lay er model, (4top ological sp ace ) . finally, we can show, using the kolmogorov sup er p osition theorem [7] that a finite number of units in both hidden lay ers (4top ological sp ace ) is sufficient to app roximate arbitrarily well any continuous function. theorem 3.4 there exists an activation function  which is c  , st rictly increasing, and sigmoidal, and has the following p rop erty . for any f  c[0,1] n and  > 0, there exist constants di, cij, ij, i and vectors wij  r n , for which:               12 1 12 1 )()( n i n j iijxijwij cidxf  < , for all x [0, 1] n . proof let f be any continuous function on [0,1] n ,  > 0 ,then by kolmogorov sup erposition theorem , there exist constants ci, ij and vectors wij  r n , such that     1n2 1i ) ij sx ij v(φ i d)x(f </(2n+1) ……..(1) since ф is continuous function ,and by restrict ф in [0,1] n can represent ф such that     1n2 1j ) ij sx ij r( ij c)x( …………(2) by substitut ing (2) in (1) , we obtain :               1n2 1i 1n2 1j ) ij l) ij sx ij v( ij r( ij c i d)x(f <  then,               1n2 1i 1n2 1j i ) ij x ij w( ij c i d)x(f <  □ now, we introduce the following definition : definition 3.5 a set of functions is said to be fundamental in a given sp ace if a linear combinations of them are dense in that sp ace. theorem 3.6 let k be a compact set in r n . then the set e of functions of the form (x)  exp (a t x) , where a  r n , is fundamental in c(k). proof by the stone-weierstrass t heorem we need only show that t he set forms an algebra and sep arates p oints. sup p ose x  k. first, we have: exp (a t x) exp (b t x)  exp (a t x + b t x)  exp ((a t + b t ) x ). the set also contains the function “1” simp ly choose a  0. this establishes that e is an algebra. it remains t o show that e sep arates the points of k. so let x, y  k with x  y . set a  (x  y ). then a t (x  y )  0, so a t x  a t y . thus exp (a t x)  exp (a t y ). ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 the proof is comp lete. before considering more constructive versions of this result we comp lete the density p roof. theorem 3.7 let k be a compact set in r n . then the set f of functions of t he form g(x), defined by: g(x)     k 1j j t jj )cxw(v ,with  as a continuous sigmoidal function is dense in c(k). proof let f  c(k). for any  > 0, there exists (by theorem 3.6) a finite number m of vectors ai, such that:   2 xaexpf m 1i t i    since there are only m scalars xa t i , we may find a finite interval including all of them. thus there exists a number  such that exp ( xati )  exp (y ) , where y  ( xati / )  [0,1]. then theorem 3.6 tells us that the function exp (y ) can be app roximated by linear combinations functions of the form ( t jw x + cj ) with a uniform error less t han /2m, from which the desired result easily follows. ■ remark s 1. theorem 3.6 tells us one hidden lay er is sufficient to app roximate any continuous function to any required accuracy . 2.  in the p roof of theorem 3.7 can be chosen to be an integer . 3. the question of rate of convergence of app roximations is obviously of considerable imp ortance. if f is smooth and we use smooth app roximating functions we might hop e to get better convergence than the simple o(1/n) . 4. conclusions 1. we define ntop ological sp ace and give some examp les and prop erties about t his notion. 2. we give app lication of ntop ological sp ace in nn's, then we obtain : (i ) increasing number of hidden units leads to decreasing number of epoch of training. ( ii) large number of hidden units leads to a small error on the training set but not necessarily leads to a small error on the test set. ( iii) if we fix the number of basis functions and increase the number of the lay ers of the nn's (that's increase n in the ntop ological sp ace ), then we get an accurate numerical solution. re ferences 1. el – fattah eltik, . ; bd el-onasef, . e. and lashin, e.i. (2002) "on finite to top ological asp aces, ninth p rague top ological sy mposium, top ology atlas, toronto, pp.7590. 2. wilkins, d.r. (1998-1999)," top ological sp ace ", cademic year. 3. stergiou, c. and siganos, d. (2008) neural networks , ieee neural networks council ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 4. tawfiq, l.n.m . (2007), density and ap p roximation by using feed forward art ificial neural networks, ibn al – haithem journal for app lied and p ure science,.20, 1. 5. dijkstra, e.w. (2001) "p p roximation with rtificial networks", sc thesis, faculty of mathematics and computing science eindhoven university of technology , the netherlands. 6. .ason, j.c. and parks, p.c. (2004) "selection of neural network st ructures some app roximation theory guidelines, iee control engineering series, 46:151-180. 7. ellacott , s.w. (1994), "sp ects of the numerical analysis of neural networks", cta numerical, 145-202. 8. kurkova ,v. (1991)"kolmogorov's theorem is relevant , 1," neural comp utation 3: 617622. fig. (1) a s imple ne ural ne twork di agram. fig. (2) graph of a mul tilayer(n-topological space)ne ural ne twork with se que nti al conne ctions 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وتطبیقاتها في الشبكات العصبیة الصناعیة nالفضاءات التبولوجیة ــ رشا ناصر مجید لمى ناجي محمد توفیق و جامعـة بغـداد،أبن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 20 آذار 16استلم البحث في 09 20 آذار 29قبل البحث في 10 الخالصة فـي ،n إن إذا . nخواص وأمثلة حـول مصـطلح الفضـاءات التبولوجیـة مـن النـوع ـ في هذا البحث أعطینا تعار یف إن فكــرة هـذا البحـث هـو دراســة وتقـدیم بعـض خــواص هـذه الفضـاءات مــع . ، هـذا البحـث هـو عــدد منتهـي موجـب دراسة العالقة بین هذه الفضاءات والشبكات العصـبیة الصـناعیة وهـذا یعنـي تطبیـق تعریـف هـذا الفضـاء فـي حقـل الكومبیـوتر .في مجال المعالجات المتوازیة السیماو microsoft word 8 chemistry | 155 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 synthesis, characterization and investigation the antibacterial activity of new heterocyclic compounds derived from 4-(4`-methoxy benzoyloxy) benzaldehydethiosemicarbazone nebras m. jamel rajaa k. baker jumbad h. tomma dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in:15/may/2016,accepted in:28/june/2016 abstract 4-thiazolidinone were synthesized by three steps,the reaction of ansoyl chloride with 4hydroxy benzaldehyde to give 4-(4`-methoxy benzoyloxy) benzaldehyde[i].the reaction of later compound with thiosemicarbazideled to formation thiosemicarbazon [ii] and the reacted thiosemicarbazone with chloro acetic acid in ch3co2na medium to yield 4thiazelidinone compound[iii].the 4-thiazolidinone [iii]was used as a key intermediates to synthesis new compounds, compound[iv] synthesized from the reaction [iii] with acetic anhydride, while the reaction of compound [iii] with amines to yield azo compound[v]a,b,c. the azo compound reacted with benzoyl chloride or anisole chloride in basic medium to get a new esters compound[vi]a,b. also, synthesis oxazepine compound[vii],[viii] and [ix]a,b,c from heating schiff bases [iii],[iv][v]a,b,c with phthalic anhydride in dry benzene in cyclo-addition reaction. the compounds were characterized by ftir and 1hnmr (of some of them), the synthesized compounds have been screened for their six species of bacteria were used in this study as tested organisms. these are pseudomonas aeruginosa, klebseilla, providencea, serratiamarcescens(gram negative) and staphylococcus epidermidis, bacillus(gram positive). keywords: thiazolidinone, schiff bass, azo compound, 1,3-oxazepine and antibacterial activity. chemistry | 156 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction 1,3-thiazolidin-4-one is five heterocyclic system that has two heteroatoms sulfur and nitrogen at position 1,3 respectively , beside a carbonyl group at position4 [1].thiazolidin-4ones are usually synthesized from thiourea, thiosemicarbazides or azomethinegroup[2]. thiazolidine ring is of considerable interest as it is a structure in various synthetic pharmaceuticals have a broad spectrum of biological activities [3-5]. oxazepine is unsaturated non-homologous seven membered heterocyclic (containing oxygen at position 1 and nitrogen at position 3 in addition to the five carbon atoms. it is prepared by the pericyclic cycloaddition reaction of schiff bases with a suitable cyclic anhydride carboxylic acid) [6,7]. oxazepine derivatives was found to exhibit a good variety of biological activities [8]like, anticancer [9], antifungal [10], antibacterial [11] and anticorrosion [12].azo linkage is considered biological active moiety [13],the most important method for preparing azo compounds via the coupling reaction between diazonium salts and phenols[14 ]. the aim of this work is synthesis of some new oxazepine andthiazolidin4-ones derivatives containing the biologically active azo group, as attempt for increasing the biological activity and its variety. [15] experimental chemicals: all chemicals were supplied by fluka, gcc, merek and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques ftir spectra were recorded by using kbr disc on a shimadzo (ir prestige -21) ¹hnmr spectra were examined by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in dmso as a solvent,ppm(δ), uses tms as an internal standard were made at chemistry department , al-bayt university, jordan . hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus was used for determined uncorrected melting points. synthesis new compounds are synthesized according to scheme1. preparation of [4-(4`-methoxy benzoyloxy )benzaldehyde[i] ansoyl chloride (0.17g, 0.001mol) was added to a stirred solution of 4-hydroxy benzaldehyde (0.12g, 0.001mol) , dry pyridine (1ml) in dimethyl formamide (dmf) (10 ml) at (5-10°c). stirring was continued for 3hrs (at the same temperature). the resulting mixture was poured onto 20 ml of 10% hydrochloric acid . the precipitate was filtered , washed with solution of 10% nahco3 and water for several times ,dried and recrystallized from ethanol.m.p76-780c , yield86% . synthesis of 4-(4`-methoxybenzoyloxy)benzaldehydethiosemicarbazone [ii] a mixture of a suitable aromatic aldehyde [i] (0.256g ,0.001mole) , thiosemicarbazide (0.091g ,0.001mole) in ethanol ( 5ml ) was heated under reflux for 4hrs, then cooled .the off white solid formed was filtered ,dried and recrystallized from ethanol to give compound [iii]. m.p200-2020c, yield 97% . synthesis of 4-(((4-oxothiazolidin-2-ylidene)hydrazono)methyl)phenyl 4methoxybenzoate[iii] a mixture of thiosemicarbazone[ii] (0.01mol) ,chloroaceticacide (0.01mol, 0.945g) and fused sodium acetate (0.03mol,2.46g) in absolute ethanol(10 ml) was heated for 6 hrs. the mixture of reaction was poured onto (100 ml) cold water and the precipitate was filtered, washed with water (for many times), recrystallized by ethanol. chemistry | 157 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 synthesis of 4-(((3-acetyl-4-oxothiazolidin-2-ylidene)hydrazono)methyl)phenyl 4methoxybenzoate[iv] a solution of compound [iii] (3.67g ,0.01mole) in acetic anhydride (25ml)was refluxed for 4hrs, afterward cooled and poured onto ice-water .the resulting was filtered off ,washed with water, dried and recrystallized from ethanol to yield compound [iv]. scheme (1) chemistry | 158 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 synthesis of azo derivatives [v]a, b, c this compound was prepared by two main steps: a-azofization: into flask was placed in the ice bath (2.1g, 0.02mole) of compound amine dissolved in 12ml of concentrated hydrochloric acide (50%) and the mixture was cooled at (0-5) 0c then added 8ml of a solution contains sodium nitrite(20%) drop by drop to the reaction , that led to formation of diazonium salt in solution. b-coupling :a mixture of solution (3.67g, 0.01 mole) from compound [iii] in 50ml of aqueous solution naoh (10%) was put into a 250 ml two necked round bottom flask and fitted with thermometer and a dropping funnel and placed in ice bath to be cooled at(0-5) 0c. the cold diazonium solution (step a) was added to the solution (of step b) drop by drop with stirring during two hrs. at the same temperature, we add a solution of hcl 30% to the mixture to form a precipitated compound, which was filtered, washed by cold water and recrystallized from chloroform. synthesis of 4-(((5-((4-(benzoyloxy)phenyl)diazenyl)-4-oxothiazolidin-2-ylidene) hydrazono)methyl)phenyl 4-methoxybenzoate and 4-((2-((4-(4-methoxybenzoyloxy) benzylidene)hydrazono)-4-oxothiazolidin-5-yl)diazenyl)phenyl 4-methoxybenzoate [vi]a,b to a stirred solution of compound [v]c (0.47g, 0.001mol), triethylamine(0.2g,0.002mol)in dried mixture of (5ml dmf:10ml thf), was added drop wise carboxylic acid chloride(0.001mol) at(0-4) 0c. after the addition had been completed the resulting suspension was stirred at the same temperature for 3hrs. the triethylaminehydrochloride salt was precipitate. it was filtered and the filtrate was poured with stirring into 100ml ice-water, then resulting solid was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of 1,3-oxazepine derivatives [vii],[viii] and [ix]a,b,c a mixture of compound [iii],[iv] or [v]a,b,c (0.48g, 0.001mole) and phthalic acid anhydrides (0.14g, 0.001mol) in dry benzene (3ml) was heating for 6 hrs. the solvent was removed and the resulting colored crystalline solid recrystallized from ethanol. the physical properties for the synthesized compounds are given in table1. determination of antibacterial activity antibacterial activity were detected by agar well diffusion method [16] . fresh bacterial cultures suspension equivalent of 0.5 tube mcfarland turbidity standards (108cfu/ml) were spread on muller-hinton agar plates using sterile cotton swabs. wells of 6mm diameter were cut in solidified agar and filled with 50µl 0f each concentration. the dimethyl sulfoxide was also used as control. the plates were incubated aerobically at 37 0 c for 24 hours, then inhibition zones diameter (mm) around wells were measured by rule. all testes were applied as doublicate. results and discussion 4-(4`-methoxybenzoyloxy) benzaldehyde [i] was prepared from reaction of 4-nalkoxybenzoyl chloride with 4-hydroxy benzaldehyde in dry pyridine and dmf. the ft-ir spectrum of compound [i] showed many bands in the region (2981-2950) cm¯¹ due to υc-h aliphatic stretching, two sharp bands of carbonyl stretching (of ester and aldehyde groups) around 1728 cm¯¹ and 1685 cm¯¹, respectively, besides two stretching bands at 2846 cm¯¹ and 2744 cm¯¹ due to ch aldehydic. finally, a sharp peak around 1269 cm¯¹ is attributed of υ c-o stretching of ether (or) group. chemistry | 159 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 thiosemicarbazone [ii] is synthesized by condensation of 4-(4`-methoxy benzoyloxy) benzaldehyde [i] and thiosemicarbazide in ethanol under reflux. ftir absorption-spectrum of this compound [ii] exhibited the disappearance of aldehydic (c=o) and ch absorption bands together with appearance of new absorption stretching band at1695 cm¯¹ which is assigned to υc=n stretching [17]. the spectrum showed many peaks in the region 3441-3088cm-1 which could be attributed to asym. and sym. stretching vibration of nh and nh2 groups [18] besides to two sharp peaks at 1732 cm -1 and 1195cm-1 due to ester and thion bonds, respectively. compound [iii] was synthesized from the condensation of compound [ii] with chloroacetic acid (in presence of sodium acetate). the ftir spectrum showed the appearance of new stretching band due to a carbonyl group of thiazolidinone at 1690cm-1[19]and stretching band appears at 698 cm-1 due to c-s group. while1hnmr spectrum (in dmso-d as a solvent), figure (1) showed the following signals: singlet signal at δ (12.28) ppm [20] for one proton of conh (amide) group. many signals at δ (7.36-8.68) ppm that could be assigned to the eight aromatic protons, but signal at δ (8.1) ppm for a proton of imine, also a singlet signal at δ (3.59) ppm [21] for two protons at c-5 thiazolidinone ring. finally a singlet signal appeared at δ (4.14) ppm for three protons of och3 group. the reaction of thiazolidenone [iii] with acetic anhydride yielded a new compound [iv]. this compound is identified by ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectrum of compound [iv] showed disappearance absorption band due to nh group and the appearance of a new band at 1699 cm-1 due to stretching vibration carbonyl for amide group (coch3). while, the compounds [v]a,b,c were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of compound [iii] with two moles of amine with hno2 at 0-4 0c to get diazonium salt, the ftir spectrum of this compounds[v]a,b,c showed a stretching band at (1546-1504) cm -1 [22] due to the n=n group, as in figure (2) of compound [v]c . 1hnmr spectrum of compound [v]b (in dmso) figure (3) showed the following characteristics chemical shifts: a singlet signal at δ (3.99) ppm one protons at c-5 thiazolidinone ring, also a singlet signal at δ (4.12) ppm for three protons of och3 group and signals in the region δ (7.2-8.3) ppm that due to the eight aromatic protons, another singlet signal appeared at δ (8.35) ppm for a proton of imine, also a singlet was observed at δ(12.28) ppm for one proton of conh(amide) group. the azo compound [v]c was first converted to ester compounds [vi]a,b by using benzoyl chloride or ansoylchloride in thf and triethyl amine. the ester was identified by ftir spectra which showed the disappearance of a wide peak around (3442) cm-1 which belongs to stretching vibration of the (-oh) group. the ft-ir spectra also, showed the appearance of the characteristic absorption band at (1732-1724) cm-1[23] due to the stretching vibration of the (c=o) of the forming new ester group. the 1,3-oxazepines[vii], [viii], [ix]a,b,c were obtained by addition reaction of schiff bases with naphthalic anhydride in dry benzene. the ftir absorption bands of these compounds were confirmed from the disappearance of stretching band due to ch=n of schiff bases with the appearance of two bands characteristic of two carbonyl groups of oxazepine ring in region (1760-1740) cm-1 and (1697-1674) cm-1[24], as in figure (4) of compound [ix]b. the 1hnmr spectrum of compound [viii ] , figure (5) showed twenty aromatic ring protons appear as multiplet in the range (δ 7.01-8.44) ppm, a singlet signal of n-ch proton of oxazepine absorbed at δ 6.87 ppm and two singlet signal at δ(2.3 and 2.2)ppm for two protons at c-5 thiazolidinone ring and coch3 group, respectively. furthermore, a singlet signals at δ 4.14ppm for och3 protons absorbed. chemistry | 160 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 biological activity these compounds stabilizer is reasonable biological activity due to presence of either nh or c=o and oh group sinits structure [25]. the cell wall structural nature of gram negative enteric bacteria may be responsible for the observed susceptibility. for instance,( the cell wall of gram negative bacteria contains 15-20% poly saccharides and 10-20% lipid, where gram positive bacteria contain 35-60% poly saccharides and only 0-2% lipid [26]. the poly saccharides and lipid contents of the cell wall affect the permeability of allicin and porrum constituents) [27, 28]. the effect of the prepared compounds was due to interfering with the structure of bacteria cell wall or by stopping bacteria multiplying [29]. all the oxazepine derivatives [x]a-c which were containing azo group show a moderate antibacterial activity against serratiamarcescens, while did not showed any antibacterial activity towards the other types table (4). figures (6) exhibited the effect of the synthesized compounds on six types of bacteria. references 1. jain, k. a.; vaidya, a.; ravichandran, v.; kashaw, k. k. and agrawal, k. r.( 2012) “recent development and biological activities of thiazolidinone derivatives”, bioorg. med. chem., xxx-xxx:1-18. 2. gaikwad, s.; suryawanshi,v.;vijapure,y. and shinde, v.(2012) “ synthesis and biological study of some new thiazolidinone derivatives containing naphthofuran moiety”, journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research, 4(3):1851-1855. 3. hamad, s. a. (2012) “synthesis of some thiazolidinones and nacetyl amino derivatives from 4-amino sulphamethaoxazole”, diyala journal for pure sciences,8(4): 37-47. 4. patel,d.; kumari,p. and patel,n.(2010) “synthesis and characterization of some new thiazolidinones containing coumarin moiety and their antimicrobial study”, archives of applied science research, 2 (6):68-75. 5. behbehani, h. and ibrahim, h. (2012) “4-thiazolidinones in heterocyclic synthesis: synthesis of novel enaminones, azolopyrimidines and 2-arylimino-5-arylidene-4thiazolidinones”, molecules, 17: 6362-6385. 6. kareem, a. and ghanim, h. (2015) “synthesis and identification some of 1,3oxazepine derivatives”,journal of applied, physical and biochemistry research, 5(1): 45-56. 7. sallal, z. and ghanem, h.(2011) “synthesis of new 1,3-oxazepine derivatives containing azo group”, journal of kufa for chemical science, 2:11-23. 8. abood, h. z. (2009) “synthesis of some new 1,3-oxazepine and tetrazole derivatives containing azo group”, journal of kerbala university scientific,7(1) :297-303. 9. sunil, d. ;ranjitha, c. ; rama, m. and ksr , p. (2014) “oxazepine derivative as an antitumor agent and snail1 inhibitor against human colorectal adenocarcinoma”, international journal of innovative research in science, engineering and technology, 3(8): 15357-15363. 10. al-rammahi, a. ; al-khafagy, a. and al-rammahi, f.(2015) “synthesis and characterization of oxazepen and imidazolin derivatives from 2-amino-5 chemistry | 161 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mercapto-1,3,4thiadiazol and studing of their biological activity” ,world journal of pharmaceutical research, 4(2):1668-1680. 11. mustafa, a.(2015) “novel synthesis and antibacterial activities of new derivatives of 7,8-dichlorodibenzo(b, d)thiophene-2-carboxcyilic acid of pharmaceutical interest”,diyala journal for pure sciences, 11(1):78-97. 12. hamak, f. k. and eissa, h. h.(2013) “synthesis, characterization, biological evaluation and anti corrosion activity of some heterocyclic compounds oxazepinederivatived from schiff bases”,international journal of chemtech research, 5(6): 2924-2940. 13. pagariya, k.; pathade, m. and bodkhe, s.(2015)“synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial screening of some azo compounds derived from ethyl vanillin”, research journal of chemical sciences, 5(7): 20-28. 14. aljamali, n. (2015) “review in azo compounds and its biological activity”, biochem anal biochem.,4(2):1-4. 15. abood, h. z. ; haiwal, t. r. ; ghanim, t. h. and radhi, m. s. (2013) “synthesis of some new schiff bases, tetrazole and 1,3-oxazepine derivatives containing azo group and 1,3,4thiadiazole moiety”, journal of babylon university/pure and applied sciences, 21(1):181-205. 16. nogponge, k. w.; aporn, m.; duangti p. and sukon, t.(2007) “screening and identification of lactic acid bacteria producing antibacterial compound from pig gastrointestinal tract”, kmil sci. tech. j. ,8(1). 17. mostafa, t. (2010) “synthesis and modification of some heterocyclic compounds with potential biological activity coupled on poly (maleic anhydride –methyl methacrylate)”, journal of american science, 6(8):512-524. 18. muhsen,t.r.;tomma,j. h. and mukhlus, a. j. a. (2012) “synthesis and characterization of novel compounds containing of imidazolidinone and oxazepine rings”,ibn al-haitham j. pur. app. sci., 25(3) : 276-283. 19. sharma, r.; samadhiya, p.; srivastava, s. and srivastava, s. (2012) “synthesis and biological activity of 4-thiazolidinone derivatives of phenothiazine”, j. serb. chem. soc.,77 (1): 17–26. 20. al-luhaibi, n. a.(2015),ph.d.thesis,college of science, university of mustansiriya. 21. hassan, h. a. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of some new 1,2,3-triazole, pyrazolin-5-one and thiazolidinone derivatives”, journal of al-nahrain, university, 16 (1) :53-59. 22. karam, h. n.;tomma, h. j. and al-dujaili, h. a. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of heterocyclic compounds derived from 4hydroxy and 4amino acetophenone”, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci.,26(3) :285-301. 23. jamel, m. n.; hussein, f. d. and tomma, h. j. (2014) “synthesis and characterization new schiff basea, pyrazole and pyrazoline compounds derived from acid hydrazide containing isoxazoline ring”, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci., 27(3):435-447. 24. saoud, a. s. (2011) “synthesis and characterization of some new 1,3oxazepine derivatives”, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci., 24(1) :1-9. chemistry | 162 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 25. fahmy, m. m.; mohamed, r. r. and mohamed, n. a. (2012) “novel antimicrobial organic thermal stabilizer and co-stabilizer for rigid pve”, j. molec ., 17 :7927-7940. 26. carpenter, p. (1968) “microbiology” 2nded..philadelphiawb saunders. 476 27. nihal, t. y.; sedat, v.; ferda, s. and gokce, p. (2007) “effect of extraction conditions on measured total polyphenol contents and antioxidant antibacterial activities of black tea”, molecules,12:484-496. 28. alzoreky, n. s. and nakahara, k. (2003) “antibacterial activity of extracts from some edible plants commonly consumed in asia”, int. j. food microbial, 80:223-230. 29. ahmad, i. and beg. (2001) “antimicrobial and phytochemical studies on 45 indian medicinal plants against multiresistant human pathogens”, j. ethopharm., 74 :113-123. table (1) the physical data of compounds [iii]-[ix] comp no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m.p ᵒc yield % color [iii] 4{[(4-oxothiazolidin-2-yli dene)hydrazono-methyl ]phenyl} 4-methoxybenzoate co2ch3o ch n n n h s o c18h15n3o4s 230-232 96 white [iv] 4-{[(3-acetyl-4-oxothia zolidin-2-ylidene) hydrazono -methyl]phenyl} 4methoxybenzoate c20h17n3o5s 210-212 92 off white [v]a 4-{[(4-oxo-5-(4-tolyldiazenyl)thiazolidin-2-ylidene) hydrazono-methyl)phenyl 4methoxybenzoate co2ch3o ch n n n h s o n n ch3 c25h21n5o4s 195-197 91 orange [v]b 4-{[(5-((4-methoxyphenyl) diazenyl)-4-oxothiazolidin-2ylidene)hydrazono-methyl] phenyl} 4-methoxybenzoate co2ch3o ch n n n h s o n n och3 c25h21n5o5s 206-208 99 brown [v]c 4-{[(5-((4-hydroxyphenyl )diazenyl)-4-oxothiazolidin-2ylidene) hydrazono-methyl] phenyl}4-methoxybenzoate co2ch3o ch n n n h s o n n oh c24h19n5o5s 220-222 95 black [vi]a 4-{[(5-((4-(benzoyloxy) phenyl)diazenyl)-4-oxothiazolidin-2-ylidene)hydrazonomethyl] phenyl} 4-methoxy benzoate co2ch3o ch n n n h s o n n o c o c31h23n5o6s 170-172 96 black [vi]b 4-{[2-(4-(4-methoxybenzoyloxy)benzylidene)hydrazono)4-oxothiazolidin-5-yl)diazenyl]phenyl} 4methoxybenzoate co2ch3o ch n n n h s o n n o c o o ch3 c32h25n5o7s 198-200 95 brown chemistry | 163 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 [vii] 2-[4-(4-methoxybenzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-4-oxothiazolidin-2ylideneamino)2,3dihydrobenz [1,2e][1,3]oxazepin-4,7diones c26h19n3o7s 175-177 64 white [viii] 2-[4-(4-methoxybenzoyloxy) phenyl]-3(3-acetyl-4oxothiazolidin-2ylideneamino)2,3dihydrobenz [1,2e][1,3]oxazepin-4,7diones c28h21n3o8s 169-170 63 off white [ix]a 2-[4-(4-methoxybenzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-[4-oxo-5(4-tolyl) diazenyl)thiazolidin-2-ylidene amino)-2,3-dihydrobenz [1,2e] [1,3]oxazepin-4,7diones c33h25n5o7s 252-254 58 pal brown [ix]b 2-[4-(4-methoxybenzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-[4-oxo-5(4methoxyphenyl)diazenyl) thiazolidin-2-ylidene amino]2,3-dihydrobenz [1,2e] [1,3]oxazepin-4,7-diones c33h25n5o8s >290 42 gray [ix]c 2-[4-(4-methoxybenzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-{5[(4hydroxyphenyl) diazenyl)-4oxo thiazolidin-2-ylidene amino]-2,3-dihydrobenz [1,2e] [1,3]oxazepin-4,7diones c32h23n5o8s 178-180 58 dark brown co2ch3o n n n h s o n n ch3ch o o o co2ch3o n n n h s o n n och3ch o o o co2ch3o n n n h s o n n ohch o o o table (2) characteristics ftir absorption bands of compounds[v]a,b,c-[vi]a,b comp.no characteristics bands ftir spectra(cm-1) υ nh υ c-h aliphatic υ c=o υ c=c aromatic υ n=n other [v]a 3275 2980-2819 1722,1695 1600 1506 δch3 1371 [v]b 3257 2997-2837 1730,1700 1600 1505 [v]c 3296 2983-2810 1739,1718 1600 1546 υ oh: 3442 [vi]a 3290 2980-2850 1732-1680 1603 1504 [vi]b 3280 2970-2820 1724-1675 1598 1510 chemistry | 164 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 key of symbols : 1.active(slightly)= + 5 – 10mm,2. active(moderately)= ++ 11 – 15mm 3. active (highly) = +++ more than 15mm . con: dmso table (3) characteristics ftir absorption bands of compounds[vii],[viii] and [ix]a,b,c comp.no. characteristics bands ftir spectra(cm-1) υ nh υ c-h aromatic υ c-h aliphatic υ c=o υ c=c aromatic υ c-n [vii] 3323 3076 2966-2848 1755,1720,1693 1595 1356 [viii] 3070 2962-2833 1760,1728,1693 1604 1365 [ix]a 3320 3090 2960-2840 1756,1724,1695 1595 1355 [ix]b 3328 3080 2968-2820 1760,1722,1697 1597 1345 [ix]c 3310 3060 2895-2810 1740,1710,1674 1589 1340 table (4) antibacterial activity for synthesized compounds providencea klebseilla pseudomonasaeruginosa bacillus staphylococcusepidermidis serratiamarc escens comp. no. [iii] ++ ـــ ++ ـــ ++ ـــ [iv] ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ a[v] ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ b[v] ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ c[v] ـــ +++ ـــ ـــ ++ ـــ a[vi] ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ b[vi] ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ [vii] ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ [viii] ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ++ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ a[ix] ++ ـــ b[ix] ++ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ c[ix] ++ ـــ ـــ +++ ++ ـــ .con ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ ـــ chemistry | 165 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (2) ftir-spectrum of compound [v]c figure (1) 1hnmr-spectrum of compound [iii] chemistry | 166 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (4) ftir-spectrum of compound [ix]b figure (3) 1hnmr-spectrum of compound [v]b chemistry | 167 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 figure (6) effect of compounds:[iii]-[ix] on bacteria figure (5) 1hnmr-spectrum of compound [viii] chemistry | 168 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 لمركبات الحلقية غير المتجانسة ل ةالبكتيري الفعالية وتشخيص وفحص تحضير بنزالديھايد ) ميثوكسي بنزويلوكسي– 4` (4من ةمشتقوال الجديدة ثايوسيمكياربزون نبراس مظفر جميل رقرجاء كاظم با جمبد ھرمز توما جامعة بغداد/) الھيثمابن (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2016/حزيران/28:قبل في ،2016/أيار/15:فياستلم الخالصة ھيدروكسي بنزالديھايد في خطوة يتكون -4ثايوزولدنون بثالث خطوات من تفاعل انيسول كلورايد مع -4حضر ثايوسيمكاربزايد مع خيرمفاعلة المركب األثم ومن ] [iبنزايل الديھايد) مثيوكسي بنزويل-4`( -4[خاللھا الديھايد اروماتي و بتفاعل ثايوسيمكياربازون مع كلورو حامض الخليك بوجود خالت الصوديوم يحضر [ii]ثايوسيمكاربازون ليعطي مع [iii]من تفاعل [iv]حضر مركب جديدةوسطي لتكوين مركبات مركب عملهيست الذي [iii]ثايزولدنون -4مركب مركبات االزو مع انيسول كلورايد وبنزويل وعند مفاعلة a,b,c[v]بينما مع االمينات ينتج مركب االزو انھيدريد الخليك و [vii] , [viii]مركبات اوكسوزبين تحضر. a,b[vi]كلورايد في وسط قاعدي نحصل على مركبات استرية جديدة [ix]a,b,c قواعد شفتفاعل االضافة لمن[iii],[iv]و[v]a,b,c شخصت المركبات .ريد نفثالك في البنزين الجافمع انھيد ). لبعض منھال1hnmr (و ftir, استعمال مطيافيةالمحضرة ب ,pseudomonas aeruginosa, klebseillaوھي ابكتريمن ال انواع ةستضد المركبات المحضرة تم فحص providencea, serratiamarcescens (gram negative) وaphylococcusepidermidis, bacillus(gram positive) . . ةرييبكتالفعالية الاوكسوزبين و -3,1,مركبات االزو ,قواعد شف , نونيثايوزولد :الكلمات المفتاحية ihjpas. 36(1)2023 333 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license ϣ −semi-p open set abstract csaszar introduced the concept of generalized topological space and a new open set in a generalized topological space called ϣ-preopen in 2002 and 2005, respectively. definitions of ϣ-preinterior and ϣ-preclosuer were given. successively, several studies have appeared to give many generalizations for an open set. the object of our paper is to give a new type of generalization of an open set in a generalized topological space called ϣ-semi-p-open set. we present the definition of this set with its equivalent. we give definition of ϣ-semi-p-interior and ϣ-semi-p-closure of a set and discuss their properties. also the properties of ϣ-preinterior and ϣ-preclosuer are discussed. in addition, we give a new type of continuous function in a generalized topological space as (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function and (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-pirresolute function. the relationship between them is showed. we prove that every ϣ-open (ϣpreopen) set is an ϣ-semi-p-open set, but not conversely. every (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function, but not conversely. also we show that the union of any family of ϣ-semi-p-open sets is an ϣ-semi-p-open set, but the intersection of two ϣ-semi-p-open sets need not to be an ϣ-semi-p-open set. keywords:ϣ-semi-p-open , ϣ-semi-p-interior , ϣ-semi-p-closure, (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute and (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous. 1.introduction and preliminaries in this paper, we denote a topological space by (z, ӽ) and the closure (interior) of a subset ħ of z by cl(ħ)(int(ħ)), respectively. 1. the interior of ħ is the set int(ħ) = ⋃{ɯ: ɯ ∈ ӽ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ɯ ⊆ ħ }. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2969 article history: received 3 augest 2022, accepted 24 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq muna l. abd ul ridha department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad ,iraq. mona.laith1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq suaad g. gasim department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad ,iraq. suaad.gedaan@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mona.laith1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:suaad.gedaan@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 334 2. the closure of ħ is the set cl(ħ) = ⋂{ƒ: ƒ ∈ ӽ′ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ħ ⊆ ƒ } [1], where ӽ′ symbolizes the family of closed subsets of z. the term "preopen” was introduced for the first time in 1984 [2]. a subset a of a topological space (z, ӽ) is called a preopen set if a  int(cla). the complement of a preopen set is called a preclosed set. the family of all preopen sets of z is denoted by po(z). the family of all preclosed sets of z is denoted by pc(z). in 2000, navalagi used "preopen" term to define a "semi-p-open set" [3]. a subset a of a topological space (z, ӽ) is said to be semi-p-open set if there exists a preopen set u in z such that u ⊆ a ⊆ pre-cl u. the family of all semi-p-open sets of z is denoted by s-po(z). the complement of a semi-p-open set is called semi-p-closed set. the family of all semi-p-closed sets of z is denoted by s-pc(z). a function f: (z1, ӽ1) → (z2, ӽ2) is said to be a continuous function if the inverse image of any open set in z2 is an open set in z1 [4]. navalagi used the term "preopen" to introduce new types of a continuous function "pre-irresolute function" and "pre-continuous function". a function f: (z1, ӽ1) → (z2, ӽ2) is called pre-irresolute(pre-continuous) function if the inverse image of any pre-open set in z2 is a pre-open set inz1 (the inverse image of any open set in z2 is a pre-open set z1). in [5], al-khazraji used the term of "semi-p-open set" to define new types of continuous functions "semi-p-irresolute" and "semi-p-continuous" function. a function f: (z1, ӽ1) → (z2, ӽ2) is called a semi-p-irresolute (semi-p-continuous) function if the inverse image of any semi-p-open set in z2 is a semi-p-open set in z1(the inverse image of any open set in z2 is a semi-popen set in z1). let z be a nonempty set, a collection ϣ of subsets of z is called a generalized topology (in brief, 𝐺𝑇) on z if ∅ belongs to ϣ and the arbitrary unions of elements of ϣ is an element in ϣ, (z, ϣ) is called generalized topological space (in brief, 𝐺𝑇𝑆) [6]. every set in ϣ is called ϣ-open, while the complement of ϣ-open is called ϣ-closed; the family of all ϣ-closed sets is denoted by ϣ′. the union of all ϣ-open set contained in a set ħ is called the ϣinterior of ħ and is denoted by int ϣ(ħ), whereas the intersection of all ϣ-closed set containing ħ is called the ϣ-closure of ħ and is denoted by cl ϣ(ħ)[7]. 2. ϣ-pre-open set definition 2.1 [8] in a 𝐺𝑇𝑆 (z, ϣ) by an ϣ-pre-open (in brief, ϣ − p − o) set, we mean a subset ħ of z with ħ ⊆ intϣclϣ ħ. an ϣ-pre-closed (in brief, ϣ − p − c) set is the complement of an ϣ-pre-open set. the collection of all ϣ − p − o (ϣ − p − c) subsets of z will be denoted by ϣ-po(z) ( ϣ-pc(z), respectively). proposition 2.2 for a subset ħ of a (z, ϣ) , we have ⋃ intϣα∈ᴧ clϣ ħα ⊆ intϣclϣ ⋃ ħαα∈ᴧ . proof: ħα ⊆ ⋃ ħαα∈λ , for every α ∈ λ, so clϣħα ⊆ clϣ ⋃ ħαα∈λ for every α ∈ λ, it follows that intϣclϣħα ⊆ intϣclϣ ⋃ ħαα∈λ ∀𝛼 ∈ λ. hence ⋃ intϣα∈ᴧ clϣ ħα ⊆ intϣclϣ ⋃ ħαα∈ᴧ . ihjpas. 36(1)2023 335 proposition 2.3 the union of any collection of ϣ − p − o sets is an ϣ − p − o set. proof: let { ħα: α ∈ ⋀ } be a family of ϣ − p − o sets, so ħα ⊆ intϣ clϣ ħα, ∀𝛼 ∈ λ. which means ⋃ ħαα ∈ ᴧ ⊆ ⋃ intϣα∈ᴧ clϣ ħα , but ⋃ intϣα∈ᴧ clϣ ħα ⊆ intϣclϣ ⋃ ħαα∈ᴧ ( by proposition 2.2), therefore, we obtain ⋃ ħα α∈ᴧ ⊆ intϣ clϣ ⋃ ħαα∈ᴧ , hence ⋃ ħαα∈ᴧ is an ϣ − p − o set . corollary 2.4 the intersection of any collection of ϣ − p − c sets is an ϣ − p − c set. definition 2.5: [6] let (z, ϣ) be a 𝐺𝑇𝑆, and ħ be a subset of z 1. the union of all ϣ − p − o sets contained in ħ is called the ϣ-preinterior of ħ and denoted by pre-intϣħ. 2. the intersection of all ϣ − p − c sets containing ħ is called the ϣ-preclosuer of ħ and denoted by pre-clϣħ. theorem 2.6 let ԋ and ԏ be subsets of (z, ϣ). then, the following properties are true: 1. ԋ ⊆ pre-clϣԋ . 2. pre-intϣԋ ⊆ ԋ . 3. if ԋ ⊆ ԏ, then pre-intϣԋ ⊆ pre-intϣԏ . 4. if ԋ ⊆ ԏ , then pre-clϣԋ ⊆ pre-clϣԏ . proof: 1. from definition of pre-clϣԋ . 2. from definition of pre-intϣԋ . 3. let ԋ ⊆ ԏ , we have from 2, pre-intϣԋ ⊆ ԋ , so pre − intϣԋ ⊆ ԏ , but pre − intϣԏ is the largest ϣ − p − o set contained in ԏ . so pre − intϣԋ ⊆ pre − intϣԏ. 4. let ԋ ⊆ ԏ , we have from 1, ԏ ⊆ pre-clϣԏ , so ԋ ⊆ pre-clϣԏ , but pre-clϣԋ is the smallest ϣ − p − c set containing ԋ . so pre-clϣԋ ⊆ pre-clϣԏ . proposition 2.7 let (z, ϣ) be a 𝐺𝑇𝑆 let ӈ be a subset of z. then: 1. ħ is an ϣ − p − c set, if and only if ħ = pre-clϣħ. 2. ħ is an ϣ − p − oset, if and only if ħ = pre-intϣħ. proposition 2.8 ⋃ pre −α∈λ clϣħα ⊆ pre − clϣ ⋃ ħαα∈λ proof: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 336 ħα ⊆ ⋃ ħαα∈λ , for every α ∈ λ, so pre-clϣħα ⊆ pre-clϣ ⋃ ħαα∈λ for every α ∈ λ , therefore, ⋃ pre −α∈λ clϣħα ⊆ pre − clϣ ⋃ ħαα∈λ . remark 2.9 the reverse of proposition 2.8 is not correct in general, as we show in the following example: for example z = {a, b, c}, ϣ = {z , ø, {a, b}}, and ϣ′ = {z , ø, {c}}, then: ϣ-po(z) = {z , ø, {a}, {b}, {a, b}, {a, c}, {b, c}}. ϣ-pc(z) = {ø , z, {b, c}, {a, c}, {c}, {b}, {a}}, let ԋ = {b} and ԏ = {a}, so pre-clϣ ԋ = {b} and pre-clϣ ԏ = {a}, note that ԋ ∪ ԏ= {a, b}, and pre-clϣ ( ԋ ∪ ԏ) = z, while pre-clϣԋ ⋃pre-clϣԏ = {a, b}. hence, pre-clϣ( ԋ ∪ ԏ) ⊈ pre-clϣԋ ⋃ pre-clϣԏ. proposition: 2.10 if ӈ is any subset of a topological space (z, ӽ) , then: 1. [pre − int (ħ)]c = pre − cl (ħc). 2. pre − int(ħc) = [pre − cl (ħ)]c . 3. ϣ-semi-p-open set definition 3.1 a subset g of a 𝐺𝑇𝑆 (z, ϣ) is said to be ϣ-semi-p-open(in brief, ϣ − sp − o) set if there exists an ϣ − p − o set ħ in z such that ħ ⊆ g ⊆ pre-clϣħ. any subset of z is called ϣ-semi-pclosed(in brief, ϣ − sp − c) set if its complement is ϣ-semi-p-open set .the collection of all ϣ − sp − o subsets of z will be denoted by ϣ-spo(z). the collection of all ϣ − sp − c subsets of z will be denoted by ϣ-spc(z). theorem 3.2 let (z, ϣ) be a 𝐺𝑇𝑆 and g ⊆ z. then g is an ϣ − sp − oset  g ⊆ pre-clϣpre-intϣg . proof: the "if" part assume that g is an ϣ − sp − oset, then there exists a ϣ − p − o subset ħ of z such that ħ ⊆ g ⊆ pre-clϣħ, it follows by theorem 2.6 (4) that pre-intϣħ ⊆pre-intϣg, but pre-intϣħ = ħ, therefore ħ ⊆ pre-intϣg. it follows by theorem 2.6 (3) that pre-clϣħ ⊆ pre-clϣpreintϣg. now, we get g ⊆pre-clϣħ ⊆ pre-clϣpre-intϣg. thus g ⊆ pre-clϣpre-intϣg. the "only if" part assume that g ⊆ pre-clϣpre-intϣg, we have to show that g is a ϣ − sp − oset. take preintϣg = ħ , then ħ is a ϣ − p − o set and ħ ⊆ g ⊆ pre-clϣħ. hence g is an ϣ − sp − oset. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 337 corollary 3.3 let (z, ϣ) be a 𝐺𝑇𝑆 and f ⊆ z. then ӈ is ϣ − sp − cif and only if preintϣ(pre-clϣħ) ⊆ ħ. proof: the "if" part let f be an ϣ − sp − c subset of z, then pre-clϣ ħ = ħ (by proposition 2.9(1)) which implies pre-intϣ(pre-clϣħ) ⊆ ħ, since pre-intϣӈ ⊆ ӈ (by theorem 2.3(2). the "only if" part assume that preintϣpre-clϣħ ⊆ ħ. we have to show ӈ is an ϣ − sp − cset. since pre-intϣpreclϣħ ⊆ ħ, then ħ c ⊆ [preintϣ(pre-clϣ ħ)] c, so we obtain from proposition 2.10 ħc ⊆ pre clϣ(pre-clϣħ) c and ħc ⊆ preclϣpre-intϣħ c. hence ħc is an ϣ − sp − o set by theorem (2.2.2) which means ħ is an ϣ − sp − c. proposition 3.4 the union of any collection of ϣ − sp − o sets is an ϣ − sp − o set. proof: let {gα, α ∈ λ } be any family of ϣ − sp − o sets. then there exists an ϣ − p − o set ħα for each gα , α ∈ λ such that ħα ⊆ gα ⊆ pre-clϣ ħα, so ⋃ ħα α∈λ ⊆ ⋃ gαα∈λ ⊆ ⋃ pre −α∈λ clϣ ħα, but ⋃ ħαα∈λ is an ϣ − p − o set by theorem 2.3, and ⋃ pre −α∈λ clϣħα ⊆ preclϣ ⋃ ħα α∈λ by proposition 2.8. now we get ⋃ ħα α∈λ ⊆ ⋃ gαα∈λ ⊆ pre-clϣ ⋃ ħα α∈λ . hence ⋃ gαα∈λ is an ϣ − sp − o set. corollary 3.5 the intersection of any collection of ϣ − sp − c sets is an ϣ − sp − c set. proof: let { fα: α ∈ ⋀ } be any family of ϣ − sp − c subsets of z. we have to show that ⋂ fαα∈ᴧ is an ϣ − sp − c set, we know that z − ⋂ fα = ⋃ (z − fα)α∈ᴧα∈ᴧ (de morgan’s laws). but ⋃ (z − fα)α∈ᴧ is an ϣ − sp − c set, so z − ⋂ fαα∈ᴧ is an ϣ − sp − o set. hence ⋂ fαα∈ᴧ is an ϣ − sp − c . remark 3.6 the intersection of two ϣ − sp − o sets need not to be an ϣ − sp − o set, as we show in the following example: example let z ={a, b, c, d}, ϣ = {z, ø, {a}, {d}, {a, d}}, ϣ-po(z) ={z, ø, {a}, {d}, {a, d}, {a, b, d}, {a, c, d}}, and ihjpas. 36(1)2023 338 ϣspo(z)= {z, ø, {a}, {d}, {a, b}, {a, c}, {a, d}, {b, d}, {c, d}, {a, b, c}, {a, b, d}, {b, c, d}, {a, c, d}}. let ԋ = {a, b, c} and ԏ = {b, d} , ԋ and ԏ are ϣ − sp − o sets, but ԋ ∩ ԏ = {b} which is not an ϣ − sp − o set because there is not ϣ − p − o set vϣ , therefore v ⊆ {b} ⊆ preclϣv. remark 3.7 if ԋ and ԏ are two ϣ − sp − c sets, then ԋ ∪ ԏ need not beϣ − sp − c as we show in the following example: example from the example of remark 3.7 let ԋ = {d} and ԏ = {a, c}. ԋ and ԏ are ϣ − sp − c set, but ԋ ∪ ԏ ={a, c, d} is not an ϣ − sp − c set because z {a, c, d}={b} is not an ϣ − sp − o set. the following diagram illustrates the relation among ϣ-open, ϣ-pre-open, and ϣ-semi-p-open set definition 3.8 1. the union of all ϣ − sp − o sets contained in ӈ is called the ϣ-semi-p-interior of ħ, denoted by s-p-intϣ(ħ). 2. the intersection of all ϣ − sp − c sets containing ħ is called the ϣ-semi-p-closure of ħ, denoted by s-p-clϣ(ħ). proposition 3.9 let ԋ and ԏ be two subsets of (z, ϣ). then, the following properties are true: 1. ԋ ⊆ s − p − clϣ ԋ. 2. if ԋ ⊆ ԏ, then s − p − clϣԋ ⊆ s − p − clϣԏ. 3. s − p − clϣԋ ∪ s − p − clϣԏ ⊆ s − p − clϣ ( ԋ ∪ ԏ). 4. s − p − clϣ (ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ s − p − clϣ ԋ ∩ s − p − clϣ ԏ . proof: 1. it is clear from definition 3.14(2). 2. let ԋ ⊆ ԏ , from (1) we have ԏ ⊆ s − p − clϣ ԏ, so ԋ ⊆ s − p − clϣ ԏ which is ϣ − sp − c set, but s − p − clϣԋ is the smallest ϣ − sp − c set containing ԋ, thus s − p − clϣԋ ⊆ s − p − clϣԏ. ϣ-open ϣ-pre-open ϣ-semi-p-open ihjpas. 36(1)2023 339 3. since ԋ ⊆ ԋ ∪ ԏ and ԏ ⊆ ԋ ∪ ԏ, it follows from (1) that 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣԋ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣ(ԋ ∪ ԏ) and 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣԏ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣ (ԋ ∪ ԏ), therefore 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣԋ ∪ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣ ԏ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣ (ԋ ∪ ԏ). 4. since ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ ӈ and ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ ԏ, so semi-p-clϣ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ semi-clϣԋ and 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣ(ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣԏ, thus 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣԋ ∩ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣԏ. theorem 3.10 ӈ is ϣ − sp − c set  ħ = 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣħ. proof: is clear. corollary 3.11 𝑠 − 𝑝 − clϣz = z. theorem 3.12 let ӈ and ԏ be two subsets of (z, ϣ). then the following properties are true: 1. 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ ⊆ ԋ. 2. if ԋ ⊆ ԏ, then 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԏ. 3. 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ (ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԋ ∩ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԏ 4. 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԋ ∪ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԏ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԋ ∪ ԏ). proof: 1. clear. 2. let ԋ ⊆ ԏ, from (1) we have 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ ⊆ ԋ, so 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ ⊆ ԏ where 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ is ϣ − sp − o set, but 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԏ is the largest ϣ − sp − o set contained in ԏ, hence 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԋ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԏ. 3. since ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ ӈ and ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ ԏ, so 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ and 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ(ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԏ, so 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ( ԋ ∩ ԏ) ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ ∩ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԏ. 4. since ԋ ⊆ ԋ ∪ ԏ and ԏ ⊆ ԋ ∪ ԏ, then 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ (ԋ ∪ ԏ) and 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԏ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ (ԋ ∪ ԏ). thus 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣԋ ∪ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ ԏ ⊆ 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣ (ԋ ∪ ԏ). theorem 3.13 ħ is an ϣ − sp − o setħ = 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣħ . proof: is clear. corollary 3.14 𝑠 − 𝑝 − intϣø = ø ihjpas. 36(1)2023 340 4. (ϣ𝟏, ϣ𝟐)-semi-p-continuous function definition 4.1:[8] let (z, ϣ1) and (y, ϣ2) be two gts ,s. a function f: z → y is said to be (ϣ𝟏, ϣ𝟐)-continuous function if the inverse image of any ϣ2-open subset of y is an ϣ1-open set in z. definition 4.2:[9] a function𝑓: (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) is called (ϣ1, ϣ2)-mpre-open function if the direct image of any ϣ1pre-open set in z is an ϣ2pre-open set in y. definition 4.3: a function 𝑓: (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) is called (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open ((ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-pclosed) function if the direct image of any ϣ1-semi-p-open (ϣ1-semi-p-closed) set in z is an ϣ2-semi-p-open (ϣ2-semi-p-closed ) set in y. definition 4.4 a function 𝑓: (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) is said to be (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function if the inverse image of any ϣ2-open set in y is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z. theorem 4.5 a function 𝑓: (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function  the inverse image of any ϣ2-closed set in y is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set in z . proof: the "if" part. let f be any ϣ2-closed set in y, thus (y– f) is an ϣ2-open set in y, then f −1(y − f) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z ( since f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function), but f −1(y − f) = z − f −1(f), then f −1(f) is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set. the "only if" part. let ħ be any ϣ2-open set in y, thus (y– ħ) is an ϣ2-closed set in y, then f −1(y − ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set in z (by hypothesis) but f −1(y − ħ) = z − f −1(ħ), then f −1(ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z , therefore f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function. definition 4.6 a function 𝑓: (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) is said to be (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function if the inverse image of any ϣ2-semi-p-open set in y is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z theorem 4.7 a function 𝑓: (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function the inverse image of each ϣ2-semi-p-closed set in y is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set in z . ihjpas. 36(1)2023 341 proof: the "if" part. let f be any ϣ2-semi-p-closed set in y, thus (y– f) is an ϣ2-semi-p-open set in y, then f −1(y − f) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z (since f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function) , but f −1(y − f) = z − f −1(f), therefore f −1(f) is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set. the "only if" part . let ħ be any ϣ2-semi-p-open set in y, thus (y– ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set in y then f −1(y − ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set in z (by hypothesis) , but f −1(y − ħ) = z − f −1(ħ), then f −1(ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z, therefore f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function. proposition 4.8 every (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function. proof: let 𝑓 be any (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function from (z, ϣ1) into (y, ϣ2) . let ħ by any ϣ2open in y , thus ħ is an ϣ2-semi-popen set (corollary 3.11), then f −1(ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z(since 𝑓 is (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function), therefore 𝑓 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-pcontinuous function. remark 4.9 the reverse of proposition 4.7 is not correct in general as we show in the following example: example let z = {1,2,3,4}, ϣ1 = {z, ø, {1}, {4}, {1,4}}, ϣ1 − po(z) = {z, ø, {1}, {4}, {1,4}, {1,2,4}, {1,3,4}}, and ϣ1 − spo(z) = ϣ1 − po(z) ∪ {{1,2}, {1,3}, {2,4}, {3,4}, {1,2,3}, {1,2,4}, {2,3,4}, }. let y = {a, b, c, d}, ϣ2 = {∅, {b, d}} , ϣ2 − po(y) = {∅, {b, d}, {b}, {d}}, ϣ2 − spo(y) = ℙ(y) (the power set of y). define 𝑓 ∶ (z, ϣ1 ) → (y, ϣ2) such that 𝑓(1) = 𝑓(2) = {𝑑}, 𝑓(3) = {𝑏} 𝑓 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function. but not (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function, since {b} is an ϣ2-semi-p-open set in y, but f −1({ b}) = {3} is not an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z. proposition 4.10 every (ϣ1, ϣ2)-continuous function is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function. proof: let 𝑓 be any (ϣ1, ϣ2)continuous function from (z, ϣ1) into (y, ϣ2) . let ħ by any ϣ2-open in y , it follows from definition 4.1 that f −1(ħ) is an ϣ1open set in z, but every ϣ1open set is an ϣ1-semi-p –open. therefore 𝑓 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 342 remark 4.11 the reverse of remark 4.9 is not correct in general as we show in the following example: example let z = {1,2,3}, ϣ1 = {∅, {1}, {2}, {1,2}}, and ϣ1 − po(z) = {∅, {1}, {2}, {1,2}}, ϣ1 − spo(z) = ℙ(𝑍) (the power set of z). let y = {a, b, c, d}, ϣ2 = {∅, {b, d}} , ϣ2 − po(y) = {∅, {b, d}, {b}, {d}}, ϣ2 − spo(y) = ℙ(y) (the power set of y). define 𝑓 ∶ (z, ϣ1 ) → (y, ϣ2) such that 𝑓(1) = 𝑓(2) = {𝑎}, 𝑓(3) = {𝑏}, 𝑓is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function, but it is not an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-continuous function, since {b, d} is an ϣ2-open set in y, but f −1({b, d}) = {3} is not an ϣ1-open set in z . proposition 4.12 the composition of (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function and (ϣ2, ϣ3)-semi-p-irresolute function is an (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-pirresolute function. proof let f: (z, ϣ1 ) → (y, ϣ2) be (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function and g ∶ (y, ϣ2 ) → (w, ϣ3) be (ϣ2, ϣ3)-semi-p-irresolute functions, we have to show that g ∘ f ∶ (z, ϣ1 ) → (w, ϣ3) is an (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-p-irresolute function. let ӈ be any ϣ3-semi-p-open set in w, then (g ∘ f) −1(ħ) = f −1 ∘ g−1(ħ) = f −1(g−1(ħ)), but g−1(ħ) is an ϣ2-semi-p-open set in y ( since g is an (ϣ2, ϣ3)-semi-p-irresolute function ), and f −1(g−1(ħ)) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z ( since f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute functions ) , therefore g ∘ f is an (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-p-irresolute functions . remark 4.13 the composition of (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function and (ϣ2, ϣ3)-semi-p-continuous function need not to be (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-p-continuous function as we show in the following example: example let z = {1, 2, 3}, ϣ1 = {z , ø, {1, 2}} , y = {a, b , c}, ϣ2 = {y , ø, {a, b}} , w = {i, j, k}, ϣ3 = {w , ø, {i, k}}, ϣ1-po(z)= {z, ø, {1}, {2}, {1, 2}, {1, 3}, {2, 3}} = ϣ1-spo(z) ϣ2-po(y)= {y, ø, {a}, {b}, {a, b}, {a, c}, {b, c} } = ϣ2-spo(y), and ϣ3-po(w)= {w, ø, {i}, {k}, {i, j}, {i, k}, {j, k} } = ϣ3-spo(w) define 𝑓 ∶ (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) by f(1) = f(3) = {b}, f(2) = {c}. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 343 and 𝑔: (y, ϣ2) → (w, ϣ3) by g(a) = g(c) = {j}, g(b) = {k}. then 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓: (z, ϣ1) → (w, ϣ3) is defined by: g ∘ f (1) = g(f(1)) = g(b) = {k}, g ∘ f (2) = g(f(2)) = g(c) = {j}, g ∘ f (3) = g(f(3)) = g(b) = {k}, f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function and g is an (ϣ2, ϣ3)-semi-p-continuous function. but g ∘ f is not an (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-p-continuous function, since {i, k} is an ϣ3-semi-p-open set in w, but f −1({i, k} ) = {3} is not ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z. proposition 4.14 the composition of an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function and (ϣ2, ϣ3)continuous function is an (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-p-continuous function. proof: let f ∶ (z, ϣ1 ) → (y, ϣ2) be any (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-continuous function and g: (y, ϣ2 ) → (w, ϣ3) be any (ϣ2, ϣ3)continuous function. we have to show that g ∘ f ∶ (z, ϣ1 ) → (w, ϣ3) is an (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-pcontinuous function. let ħ be any ϣ3open set in w. then, g−1(ħ) is an ϣ2-open set in y (since g is an (ϣ2, ϣ3)-continuous function), so f −1(g−1(ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z ( since f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-continuous function ), but (g ∘ f) −1(ħ) = f −1 ∘ g−1(ħ) = f −1(g−1(ħ). hence g ∘ f is an (ϣ1, ϣ3)-semi-p-continuous function. theorem 4.15 let 𝑓 ∶ (z, ϣ1 ) → (y, ϣ2) be an onto function, then 𝑓 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function if and only if it is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-closed function. proof: the "if" part. let f be any ϣ1-semi-p-closed set, so (z − f) is an ϣ1-semi-p-open set, then 𝑓(z − f) is an ϣ2-semi-p-open set ( since 𝑓 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function), but 𝑓(z − f) = y − 𝑓(f), therefore 𝑓(f) is an ϣ2-semi-p-closed. hence 𝑓 an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semip-closed function. the "only if" part. let ħ be any ϣ1-semi-p-open set , so (z − ħ) is an ϣ1-semi-p-closed set, then 𝑓(z − ħ) is an ϣ2-semi-p-closed set ( since 𝑓 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-closed function), but f(z − ħ) = y − 𝑓(ħ), therefore 𝑓(ħ) is an ϣ2-semi-p-open. hence 𝑓 an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semip-closed function. theorem 4.16 let 𝑓 ∶ (z, ϣ1 ) → (y, ϣ2) be a bijective function, then 𝑓 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function,  𝑓 −1 ∶ (y, ϣ2 ) → (z, ϣ1) is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function. proof the "if" part. suppose that f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function, to show that f −1 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function. let ħ be any ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z, then (f −1)−1(ħ) = ihjpas. 36(1)2023 344 f(ħ) is an ϣ2-semi-p-open set in y (since f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function), so f −1is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-pirresolute function. the "only if" part. suppose that f −1 is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function, to show that f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function. let ħ be any ϣ1-semi-p-open set in z, then (f −1)−1(ħ) = f(ħ) is an ϣ2-semi-p-open set in y(since f −1is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function), so f is an (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function. definition 4.17 a bijection function f ∶ (z, ϣ1) → (y, ϣ2) is called (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-homeomorphism function if f is both (ϣ1, ϣ2)-semi-p-irresolute function and (ϣ1, ϣ2)-m-semi-p-open function. references 1.engelking, r., general topology, sigma ser. pure math. 6, heldermann verlag berlin, 1989. 2.mashhour, a.s. ; abd el-monsef, m.e. ; el-deeb, s.n. on pre-topological spaces sets, bull. math. dela soc. r.s. de roumanie, 1984,28(76), 39-45. 3.navalagi g.b.definition bank in general topology, internet 2000. 4.sharma, l.j.n.topology, krishna prakashan media (p) ltd, india, twenty fifth edition, 2000. 5.al-khazraji,r.b., on semi-p-open sets, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad,2004. 6.dhana balan, a.p. ; padma, p. separation spaces in generalized topology, international journal of mathematics research, 2017, 9, 1, 65-74. issn 0976-5840 . 7.suaad, g. gasim ;muna l. abd ul ridha, new open set on topological space with generalized topology, journal of discrete mathematical sciences and cryptography, to appear. 8.basdouria, i.; messaouda, r.; missaouia, a. connected and hyperconnected generalized topological spaces, journal of linear and topological algebra , 2016, 05, 04,229234 9.suaad, g. gasim ; mohanad, n. jaafar , new normality on generalized topological spaces, journal of physics: conference series, 2021. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد silbumان ـــــنبات الكلغ وراقأ ة الفعالیة التضادیة لمستخلصـدراس marianum ناقصةالالفطریات أنواع بعض على دنیا یوسف محمد یوسف قسم علوم الحیاة ،كلیة العلوم ، الجامعة المستنصریة ــــة الخالصـ silbumننبـــات الكلغــــا ألوراقة مــن المســتخلص االیثــانولي كیـــز مختلفــاتر تــأثیر لدراســة بحــثال انفــذ هــذ marianumبعـض الفطریـات الممرضـة للنبـات وهـي إزاء : fusarium oxysporum , alternaria sp., botrytis cinerea . تثبـیط النمـو كلیـا إلـىمـل /ملغم ) 80(أدى التركیز العالي إذ،یة العالیة لهذا المستخلص ة التثبیطیبینت التجارب الكفا fusarium oxysporum الفطریـات كونیداتكذلك أخفقت ، للفطریات الممرضة المدروسة) pda(الغذائي طلوساعلى ، botrytis cinerea رــــالفط كونیـدات رةتفاوتـت قـد فـي حـین.مـل/ ملغـم) 80(ز ـــي اإلنبـات عنـد تركیـــف alternaria sp..اإلنبات عند التراكیز المختبرة على. اإلنبــات وصـلت نسـبة ذ ا، بالمسـتخلص الخـــــام تهـاعنـد معامل باذنجـانفـي أنبـات بـذور ال ار سـمییأثتـوقـد سـجل المسـتخلص %. 89 المعاملة الضابطه بالمقارنه مع% 33 الى ةــــالمقدم silybum marianum (m لغــــانصـــف نبـــات الكیو ilk thistle) ــــنتمالـــذي ی عائلـــة زهـــرة النجمــــة إلــــىي ـ (asteraceae) [1] تفــرعال قلیـلالسـاق بسـیط .، شـبه أملـس، أخضـر شـاحبمتـر )(1-2ثنـائي الحـول، طولـهنبـات بأنـه ، یوبها مفصصة أو أبریة األوراق كبیرة مزركشة بعروق بیضاء، ج.محاط بزغب معطیا مظهرا قطني، )یحتوي أخادید(مجوف یق إلـى قاعـدة جالسـة، األوراق الموجـودة فــي عدیـة تتضـالـى مثلثـة، تحتـوي علـى جیـوب مسـننة، فصـوص مشـوكة األوراق القا علـى العدیـد مـن المركبـات الفعالــة یحتـوي نبـات الكلغـان و . [3,2] محـاور مهدبـة شـوكیه، منتصـبة بقــوة السـاق تتضـخم مـع التـي تعـرف flavono-lignansل ــــتعـد المركبـات الفینولیـة المعقـدة مثو .األوراقالبذور ومن ثـم طبیا وتتركز هذه المواد في . [5,4,2]ضد العدید من االمراض في التداوي والعالج استعماالاكثر المركبات \بالسیمارین dematiaceaeئلـة للعا العائـدة fusarium oxysporum , alternaria sp., botrytis cinerea تعـد الفطریـات وهــي الفطریـات التـي لــم یعـرف تكاثرهــا ( imperfect fungi ضــمن الفطریـات الناقصــة monilialesلرتبـة ةالتابعـ sapropه ـترممـالفطریـات الم مـن) [6]بتكـوین الجـراثیم الكونیدیـة جنسي بعد وتتكاثر ال جنسیاال hy tic fungi مـدى يوذ ــــعـائلي واس fusarium oxysporumبب ـیســاذ ، للعدیــد مــن األمـراض النباتیــة یةـــالمســببات المرض ي تعـد أحــدــــع التــ دفهـو أحـ .alternaria spأمـا الــ diseases root rot ٌ◌ & vascular wiltن الجـذور ئي وتعفاالذبول الوعأمراض alteranial تبقـع االلترنـاريلاوأمـراض seeds & roots rot diseases المسـببات المرضـیة لـتعفن البـذور والجـذور diseases ات المتأخرةو اللفحـ late blight على العدید من النباتات 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ه یسـبب مـرض العفـن فــأن botrytis cinerea رأمـا الفطـ .alternarial stem cankerومرض تقـرح السـاق االلترنـاري grayالرمادي mold disease [7,6] . یـة فقـد اتجهـت أغلـب األبحـاث والدراسـات الحدیثـة ئبسبب اآلثار السـلبیة التـي یخلفهـا االسـتعمال العشـوائي للمبیـدات الكیماو و التـي تسـبب خسـائر اقتصـادیة إلى االستفادة من النباتات الطبیة و البریة الستعمالها للحد من العدید مـن المسـببات المرضـیة .[9,8,3]تتمتع بعض النباتات بتأثیر افضل من المركبات الصناعیة اذ كبیرة تحري عن فعالیة المستخلص الكحولي ألوراق نبـات الكلغـان علـى هـذه المسـببات المرضـیة ومـدى القـدرة الهذا البحث أستهدف .التثبیطیة التي یمتلكها النبات ضد هذه الفطریات مواد وطرائق العملال الفطریات الممرضة أخذت النموات القطنیـة اذ ، ة في هذه الدراسة من نباتات طماطم و باذنجان مصابه ت جمیع الفطریات المستعملعزل مـن نبـات الطمـاطم .fusarium oxysporum , alternaria sp زل كـل مـنـــع على سطح الثمار المصـابة و ةالمتكون جـرى عــزل [10]باالعتمـاد علــى مفـاتیح التصـنیف المعتمـدة باذنجـان والمـن ثمـار botrytis cinereaفـي حـین عـزل ، pda pot)( اـاطــالبطدكسـتروز ر أكـاعلـى وسـط اتیـوتشـخیص الفطر ato dextrose agarالعزلـة مـن تنقیـ ،اذ .جدیدة pdaأطباق إلىخالل نقلها ذورـالب الصـودیوم بتركیــز تهـایبوكلوراعقمـت بمحلــول ، بالمــاء المقطـر المعقـم وغسـلت) نجنـاال صــنف(باذنجـان الأخـذت بـذور .لتكون جاهزة لالستخدام المعقم و تنشیفها بورق النشاف مالمقطر المعقمدة نصف دقیقة أعقبها غسلها بالماء % 1 عینات أوراق نبات الكلغان تركـت لتجـف ، العالقـة األتربـة إلزالـةوبعـد غسـلها لمستنصـریهامعة امن الحدائق الخلفیة للج جمعت أوراق نبات الكلغان . بعدها سحقت لتكوین مسحوق ناعم. 2007في المختبر خالل شهر تموز للعام عملیة االستخالص مـزج ، )%70بتركیـز(مـل مـن الكحـول االیثـانولي 500 ونقـع فـي ،غم مـن مسـحوق أوراق نبـات الكلغـان 100وزن تم دورة 2500وة ـــرد المركـزي بقثـم نبـذ المسـتخلص بجهـاز الطـــ، oم 35ة بدرجـة ـــساع 24دة ــــما وترك فـي حاضـنة هـزازة جید ثــم عـرض الراشـح للتجفیـف بدرجـة حــرارة ، )whatman no.1(بعـدها رشـح الرائــق بـورق ترشـیح ،دقیقـة ) 15(مـدة دقیقـة / [9] .ین االستعمالالثالجة لح في الغرفة للحصول على مسحوق جاف و حفظت لمستخلص النباتي لدراسة الفعالیة التثبیطیة تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط النمو ألشعاعي للفطریات الممرضة stock( القیاسـي او الخـزینن المحلـول ـــل ممـ) 16,8,4( ، اذ أضـیفمـــع أجـراء تعـدیالت بسـیطة [11] أتبعـت طریقـة solution ( إلـىمــل /ملغـم 100ز ــــالكلغـان بتركی ألوراق نبـات الكحـوليلمسـتخلص )مـل علـى التـوالي مـن وســط ) 4,8,16 pda بواقــع .التجربـة هـذهفـي هالمسـتخدم علـى التـوالي مــل/ ملغـم ) 80,40,20( فیفاالتخـول علـى ـــلغـرض الحصالمعقـم ـــرة لسیطاع وجـود أطبــاق ــــثالثـة مكــررات لكــل تخفیــف م لتتصــلب أعقبهــا زرع اللقــاح اإلطبــاقتركـت ) .بــدون مســتخلص(ـ بعمرطة ثاقب فلین من حافات مزرعة املم مقطوع بوس 6الفطري المؤلف من قرص بقطر 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد عنــد وصــول ألشــعاعيحســبت النسـبة المئویــة لتثبــیط النمـو . أســبوعین مــدة oم) 28 (و حضــنت األطبــاق بدرجـة .أسـبوع : اآلتیةوحسب المعادلة .حافات الطبق إلىالنمو في معاملة السیطرة في أطباق معاملة)سم(للفطر معدل النمو ألشعاعي -في أطباق السیطرة )سم ( للفطر ألشعاعيمعدل النمو x 100 ------------------------------------------------------% = و ألشعاعي نسبة تثبیط النم في أطباق السیطرة )سم(للفطرمعدل النمو ألشعاعي ریات الممرضةنبات االبواغ للفطدراسة تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط التبوغ وإ مـن كـل معاملـة ووضـعت فـي عبـوات زجاجیـة حجـم ملـم 6أخـذت أقـراص قطرهـا السـابقة بعد نهایة مـدة التحضـین فـي الفقرة رجـت ،علـى التـوالي 8:1:1بنسـبة ) f.a.a(أیثـانول : لخلیكاحامض :نفورما لی: مل من محلول 4.5مل حاویة على 10 ــتعمال شــریحة العــد قــدرت أعــداد االبــو ، العبــوة الزجاجیــة جیــدا أمــا إنبــات االبــواغ فقــد أخـــذ ، haemocytometerاغ باسـ وضـع كـل قـرص فـي عبـوة ، أیـام ةبعمـر سـبع) pda ( مـن الفطریـات النامیـة علـى الوسـط الغـذائيملـم 6أقـراص قطرهـا ة ماصة معقمة طابوس مل من المعلق البوغي 1رجت جیدا ثم أخذ ، مل ماء مقطرا معقما 4.5زجاجیة معقمة حاویة على مـل مـن 1أخـذ ، 210 ح التخفیـف النهـائيـــمـل مـاء مقطـرا معقمـا لیصب 9ونقـل إلـى عبـوة زجاجیـة أخـرى تحـوي علـى الحــاوي علــى water agar) %2(لیصــب علیــة وســط االكـار المــائي ، المعلـق البــوغي ووضــع فـي أطبــاق بتــري معقمـة وأخـذت . oم 28كـة رحویـة وحضـنت بعـدها فـي الحاضـنة فـي درجـة حركت اإلطبـاق حر ، تراكیز المستخلص كل على حدة .[12,11] بوغا لكل حقل 25مع تثبیت و ذلك بالعد في أربعة حقول مجهریةساعة 48قراءة أنبات االبواغ بعد أنبات بذور الباذنجاندراسة تأثیر مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في وزرعـت بعــد ، مـدة ثـالث دقــائق % 10بمحلـول الكلــوراكس ) الجنــانضـرب (مــن بـذور نبــات الباذنجـان غـم 10عقمـت وعملـت البـذور بمحلـول المسـتخلص ، معقـم سم یحوي على ورق ترشیح 9بذرة لكل طبق بتري معقم بقطر 25 التعقیم بمقدار حضـنت ،مـرات كررت كل معاملة أربـع ، مل ماء مقطرا معقما للمقارنة 5مع ترك مجموعة معاملة بـ ،مل 5الخام بمقدار .حسبت النسبة المئویة إلنبات البذور،مدة أسبوع oم )28(في درجة حرارة اإلطباق ةــج والمناقشـالنتائ -:تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط النمو ألشعاعي للفطریات الممرضة لشـعاعي سـجلت فـي معاملــة نسـبة مئویـة لتثبـیط النمـو ا أن أعلــى إلـى) 1( الجـدولفـي اإلحصـائينتـائج التحلیـل أشـارت ـــان botrytis cinereaالفطــــر ـــي الباذنجـ تلتــــه معاملــــة ،% 87.97بلغــــت إذ، المســــبب لمــــرض العفــــن الرمــــادي فـ بلغت النسبة اذ ، المسبب لمرض الذبول الوعائي في الطماطم fusarium oxysporumرــــالفط المسبب لمرض تعفـن ..alternaria spفي معاملة الفطر %) 37.34(ل نسبة مئویة للتثبیط أق توسجل). % (81. 56 .الطماطم البذور و الجذور في نباتات د كانــت ــــفق لشــعاعيا ثبـیطللتزیـادة فــي النســبة المئویــة إلــىكـذلك أوضــحت النتــائج أن زیـادة التركیــز المســتخلص أدت ا عــن التـداخل بـین الفطــر ـــأم%) . 88.55( الـى األقصـىلترتفـع ویصـل معــدلها مــل /ملغـم 20)(فـي معاملـة % 31.31 التركیـزیینفـي pdaب ــــعلـى الوسـط الغـذائي الصل ةو بصـورة كلیـــــالنم فيbotrytis cinerea فقد أخفق الفطر، والتركیز م ـــي الطماطـلمرض الذبول الوعائي فـ نتائجها عن معاملة الفطر المسبب معنویةالتي لم تختلف ، مل / ملغم ) (40, 80 fusarium oxysporum ة ــفي حین سجلت أقل نسب، مل / ملغم 80في التركیز 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ــــف fusarium oxysporumر ــة الفطــفي معامل لشعاعيا ثبیطمئویة للت 18.00مل وقد بلغـت / ملغم ) 20 (ي تركیزـ ن البذور و الجذور تمكـن مـن النمـو علـى جمیـع ـــالمسبب لمرض تعف .alternaria sp ر أن الفطرــومن الجدیر بالذك% . ).1(الجدول .ولو بنسب متفاوتة، مل / ملغم )(20, 40 ,80التراكیز المدروسة تـأثیر المركبـات الفعالـة الموجـودة فـي المسـتخلص إلـىلص أوراق نبات الكلغان قد تعود ن الفعالیة التثبیطیة العالیة لمستخا saponiunsونینات بوالصــــا alkaoidsالقلویـــدات و coumarins و الكومارینـــات flavonoids الفالفونویـــدات مثـــل materials mومـواد مخاطیـة ucilage's وزیــوت طیـارةoils volatile و والتربینــات terpenoids حتــوي كمـا ت histamine, tyعلى ramine جاتنمثل الرات أیضاً مرةالمواد العلى و ressins [15,14,13,4]. دراسة تأثیر تراكیز مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط التبوغ وٕانبـات االـبواغ للفطریـات الممرضـة : تفــاوت نسـب تثبـیط التبــوغ و أنبـات االبـواغ للفطریــات إلـى) 2و 1( ي الشـكل المبینـة فــ اإلحصـائيأشـارت نتـائج التحلیــل ملغـم 80ز ـــعنـد التركی اإلنبـاتي ــــف fusarium oxysporumو botrytis cinereaالفطـر ابـواغأخفقـت إذ، المختبـرة سـبب لمـرض تعفـن البـذور و للفطـر الم %)86.06 و82.43 (في حین سجلت نسبة تثبـیط التبـوغ و أنبـات االبـواغ ، مل / فـي جمیـع التراكیـز المختبـرة اإلنبـاتأن هـذا الفطـر أسـتطاع إلى اإلشارةوالبد من . على التوالي ، .alternaria spالجذور ات عدیـدة أثبتـت ــــي دراســـلیـه فااالبـواغ بفعـل المستخلصـات النباتیـة قـد أشـیر وٕانبـاتأن تثبـیط التبـوغ . و لو بنسب متفاوتة botrytis fabaeو aspergillus fumigatus لـــمث اتاإلنبـي تكـوین االبـواغ و ـــة للنبـات فــــق الفطریات الممرضأخفا .tennisima azotobacter [18,17,16,15] و .alternaria sp .و :تأثیر مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في أنبات بذور الباذنجان التـي سـجلت نسـبة أنبــات ، علـى أنبـات بـذور الباذنجـان "اسـمی "اكلغـان تـأثیر سـجل المسـتخلص الخـام ألوراق نبـات ال وكمـا ).3(الشـكل % 89عنویا عن معاملـة السـیطرة مواختلفت مل من المستخلص الخام 5 عند معاملتها بـ% 33بلغت وجـود "سـیماو . یط نسـبة اإلنبـات التي یمكـن أن یكـون لهـا دور لتثبـ تثبیطالسبق أن ذكرنا فأن المركبات الفعالة لها دور في قلـه فـي مـن ثـم أمـا بتقلیـل االنقسـام الخلـوي أو اسـتطالة الخالیـا و ، النبـاتالفالفوندات التي تعد مثبطات نباتیـة تـؤثر فـي نمو . [20,19] واإلنباتمعدل النمو ات الكلغــان لمؤشــرات النمــو المدروســة الحــالي أثبــت القــدرة التثبیطیـة العالیــة للمســتخلص االیثــانولي ألوراق نبـ البحـثن ا ، مســتخلص للفطریـات الممرضــة للنبــات ؛ ممــا یـوفر أمكانیــة أجــراء دراســات مستفیضــة عـن دور المركبــات الفعالــة فــي ال زراعة األنسجة لتطویر مقدرة النبات على أنتاج هذه المركبات الفعالة العتمادها فـي بـرامج مكافحـة وٕامكانیة االستفادة من .أنبات بذور الباذنجانفي تأثیره السمي جانب سلبي للمستخلص االیثانولي مثل بالرغم من وجود.ضات النباتیة لممر صادرالم 1 brown, d. (1993). sily marin education monograph. herbal res. up date summer: 23-36. 2 schulz, v. ; hansel, r .and ty ler, v.e. (1998) .rational p hytotherapy : as p hy sician guide to herbal medicine, 3rd .berlin: sp ringer.p528 .لبنان -جامعة بیروت_ مطبعة المتوســط.الدارالعربیة للعلوم.النبات والطـب البدیــل)2003( .توفیق الحــاج، یحیى 3 2010) 1( 23مجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 4zheljazkov,v.d.,i. z halnov,and n.k.nedkov.(2006).herbicides for weed control in 1034. -1030 :20.weed technol. silybum marianum )(blessed thist le 5tedesco,d.; steidler, s.; gallett i, s.; tamen, m .; sonzogni, o.& rav arott o, l. (2004).efficacy of sily marin-phosp holip id complex in redu cin g the toxicity of aflatoxin b-1 in broiler chicks. poultry sc.83:(1839-1843). agr ios. george, n. (1997). plant pathology . 4 th edition. agrios. geor ge, n. (1997). plant pathology . 4 th edition. 6 . مطبعـة أدورد للطباعـة الفنیـة الحدیثـة .أفـات الطمـاطم). 1998. (حـازم عبـد العزیـز، محمـود. زهیـر عزیـز، سطفانأ 7 ..وزارة الثقافة واألعالم . جامعـة الموصــل . وزارة التعلــیم العـالي والبحـث العلمــي . المبیـدات ) . 1993(المـالح، نــزار مصـطفى ؛ شـعبان،عواد8 . 502ص . دار الكتب للطبع والنشر 9anessing, c. and perez, c. (1993). screein g of p lants used in argentine folk m edicine for antimicrobial activity .p750 10 alexop ulus c.j. & m ims c.w. (1979). introductory my cology (3rd edition) p rint in singapore .p601 11-levinson, w.and jawetz,e.(1998). m edical m icrobiolo gy and immunolo gy . examin ation and board review. 5 th ed. lan ge m edical book \m cgraw –hill.newyork. with extract of aspergillus flavus suberu, h. (2004). preliminary st udies of inhibitions in -12 472. -(9) :4683t fun gicides. africa j. of biotech. -tow lichens and bentex 13wan gkiat, a. (2005). antifungal effect of medicinal herb extracts on some p lant p athogenic fungi. ban gkok (thailand). 14cammin e, a. and burges, b.b.a. (2003). silybum marianum (m ilk thisthe). j. pharmacy society of wiscontion. 15taylor,j.l.s.t.rabe ,l.j.m cgaw,a.k.jager.and j. van staden.(2001).towardshe 37.-23,34scientific validation of traditional medicinal p lants.plant growth regul. ـــن نبـــات الكلغـــان دراســــة طـــرق اســـتخالص المـــ). 2005. (إبـــراهیم جـــابر عبـــد.الـــدلیمي -16 silybumواد الطبیـــة مـ marianum علـم /علـوم الحیـاة/جامعة بغداد /رسالة ماجستیر . ومدى تأثیرها في نمو بعض األحیاء المجهریة الممرضة . النبات 17m ay ah, a.a.s. and alwaily , d.s. (2002). inhibitory effect of some aqueous p lant -(2):541qadisiya j. vet.m ed.sci. -. alchickens in vitroof illus fumigaus on asperg extracts 57. 18m ohamoud, y.a.g.; ebrahim, m .k.h. & aly , m .m . (2004) influence of some plants extracts and micro-bioagents on some p hy siological triats of faba bean infected with botrytis 528).-:( 519 28. turk bot. fabae 19narayana ,k.r.;reddy, m .s.,chaluvadi, m .r. and krishna,d.r. (2001).bioflavonoid classification pharmaco logical ,bio chemical effects and therapeutic p otent . j. phrenology . 16.-2 ,33 20-ahmed,e.a.t .noor,a.m alik,s.ferheen &n.afz a.(2007).structural determination : 45by 1d&2d nm r sp ectroscopy . m agn reson.chem. silybum marianum fromtriterp enes 79-81. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في النسبة المئویة لتثبیط النمو تراكیز متأثیر ):1(جدول لبعض الفطریات الناقصة في أطباق زجاجیة الشعاعي l.s.d (0.01) 2.4=بین الفطریات والتركیز وللتداخل ,3.5 =وللتركیز ,4.1 = للفطریات ةدروسللفطریات الم التبوغ ویة لتثبیطتأثیر تراكیز مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في النسبة المئ): 1(شكل متوسط الفطریات مل/التركیز ملغم الفطریات 20 40 80 fusarium oxysporum 18.00 52.44 100 56.81 botrytis cinere 63.91 100 100 87.97 alternaria sp. 12.04 34.32 65.67 37.34 88.55 62.25 31.31 متوسط التركیز التركیز ملغم/مل 0 20 40 60 80 10 0 204080 النسبة المئویة للتثبیط الفطریات f.oxyspo rum b.cinerea al trena ria 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ةمدروستأثیر تراكیز مستخلص أوراق نبات الكلغان في النسبة المئویة إلنبات االبواغ للفطریات ال): 2(الشكل ألوراق نبات الكلغانتخلص الخام بوجود المس الباذنجاننبات بذور النسبة المئویة ال ): 3(شكل 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ن جا ذن با ال ر و بذ ت با الن ل یة ئو لم ا بة س لن ا 123 المستخلص الخام لالوراق نبات الكلغان control /مل التركیز ملغم 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 12 3 80 40 20 النسبة المئویة لتثبیط أنبات االبواغ للفطریات f.oxysporum b.cinerea altrenaria ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 study o f antifungal activity of silbum marianum extracts against so me species of imperfect fungi d.y.m.yousif departme nt of biology , college of science, unive rsity of almustansiriya abstract this research was conducted to determine the effect of different concentrations of (milkthist le) silbum marianum leaves extracts on some p lant p athogenic fungi included: fusarium oxysporum, alternaria sp., and botrytis cinerea. results showed the high antifungal activity of milk thistle leaves extract; this was evident at high concentration of extract (80) mg\ml, which comp letely inhibited the radial growt h on solid media (pda) for p athogens fusarium oxysporum and botrytis cinerea. while the sp ores of p athogen alternaria sp. was able to grow in all concentration which used in this st udy . the extract had toxic effect on the eggp lant seeds germination when treated with 5 ml of crude extract, the germination p ercentage reached 33% comp ared to 89% in control treatment. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 46 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 studying the effect of zirconia on some physical properties of porcelain abbas karim saadon dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science ( ibn-al-haitham) university of baghdad received in :14/june/2016,accepted in :16/october/2016 abstract in this study porcelain was prepared by using composition consisting of raw materials with in following fractions , 50% kaolin , 25% feldspar, and 25% silica( sio2) tested by xray diffraction (xrd) method .study the effect additives at different concentration from zirconia (zro2) (2,5,10,15,20) wt% on some physical properties of porcelain, the sample is prepared by the conventional manufacturing method , it is found that some physical properties of porcelain changes considerably with the substituent sample, it was found that the increase of zrconia (zro2) additive of all our sample produce. increasing in dielectric constant and bulk density and decreasing with open porosity and dielectric loss tangent. key words: porcelain, feldspar, zro2 , dielectric constant , loss tangent. physics | 47 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 introduction porcelain is the one of the important kinds of the traditional material ceramic purest that occupied much more area in different fields. it was made of mixture of the various burin white of clays fluxes of nature and in such properties, as would produce a dens body, it has been a good resistant to anenviran metal conditions [1], porcelain had been classified into two kinds, hard and true porcelain, it has higher thermal resistance shocking, it is makes a suitable electric industries as insurable. the two types are called soft porcelain, that consist of a complex compound of glass and little of clay [2, and 3] the zirconium (zr) material never occurs at pure states in nature, but can be found in many conjunctions with silicate oxide and has a compound zircon ( zro2 x sio2) and as freely oxide (zro2) in the mineral name b[4] . the mineral (zro2) can't be used as primary material in density as a results of impurities for the different metals elements , it is defected that the color and radionudide nature like uremia that make the radioactive [ 5 ] , fadhil a. et.al study the effect of magnesia addition and sintering of temperature and properties of synthesized electrical of porcelain [6] , it was shown that when the additive of mgo and sintering temperature increase in the bulk lead to increase of density, microhardned and the constant of dielectric constant. zahade et al have studied the alkaline oxide effective on the composition of porcelain, porosity, firing shrinking, strength and density, on the other hands [7]. albermanyet et al studied the influence of zro2 , tio2 and zno on the mechanical properties for the porcelain , they showed that addition of zno , zro2 and tio2 materials made composite .give a good medium for transiting ultrasound waving , so as they could be used as a coated material for the enhancement the coefficient absorption of porcelain [8]. goztip campus studied the effect of nature of zealot addition on the electrical properties of porcelain [9]. it is showed that resistant of sample increases at 5 degree temperature when adding the zealot which is added at higher temperature. however the resistivity depended on the sintering temperature at the same time of addition. experimental the porcelain was prepared by using ceramic technique involving solid state reaction using the composition consisting of raw materials within following fraction 50% kaolin, 25% feldspar, 25% silica in the form of grinding powders. the x-ray diffractometre is an instrument for studding sample , for phase identification and study of preferred orientation a full scan of from (5–80 degrees) which were analyzed to calculate (d) ( interatomic spacing ) at to index (hkl),the relative intensities were taken from (xrd) pattern using highest peak as reference . the sample of the formula porcelain and additives at different concentrations from zro2 ( 2, 5 , 10, 15,20 wt % ) were prepared by the ceramic method. the samples of composites( porcelain and zro2 additives) were mixed for ( 6 hr) , after that the mixture was pressed to pellets with diameter 1.5 cm and thickness 0.7 cm , these pellets were sintered at (1300 in air for ( 3 hr) , the sample was then slowly cooled at rate of ( 2 per min ) , the bulk density and open porosity were measured by using archimedes with water as the immersion medium , the dielectric constant was measured by using precision lcr meter model hp 4284 with the scale 50hz to 1 mhz . the surface of discs is polished airdried silver epoxy electrical contact was deposited. results and discussion x-ray diffraction analysis the porcelain pattern that is produced by solid state reactor method and sintered at (1300 ) is shown in figures (1,2,3,4). data of x-ray diffraction for physics | 48 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 porcelain summarized in table (1),the lattice parameters were evaluated by using the values of dspacing which are evaluated by using brag law [10] and compared to the value of reported in joint committee on powder diffraction standard cards jcbps [11]. bulk density the data in figure (5) refer that the bulk density was measured on the pellets sintered at (1300 ) in air form three hours , it can be shown that figure (5), the bulk density increase with the increase of content and that may be due to the replacement of , particles in the main composition of porcelain. next it is clear that the increase of the density of the composite is due to the sintering temperature having the highest value at ( 1300 ) porosity the open porosity can be calculated from p = ( m – d )/ ( m – s )*100 , when (d) is the dray weight in ( gm), (s) is the weight of sample after immersing in distilled water , m is the weight in the air of sample saturated with water (gm) and suspended in air through a balance (gm). figure (6) shows that, the effect of content on the porosity of porcelain , the porosity decreases sharply due to the increase of . additive may be the filling of most of the open pores with particles and making good dense body as seen with the results of density. dielectric properties the variation of dielectric constant as a function of additives (wt %) for porcelain, is shown in figure (7), it can be shown the values of dielectric constant increases with the increase of additive (wt%) , it may be due to the presence of some micro crakes in the ceramic insulators the cracks can be observed mainly near the quartz particles and those regions as shown where the crystalline place and multi-phase were absent [ 12 ]. the variation of the dielectric loss tangent as a function of as shown in figure (8), that additive (wt%) for porcelain , it was found that the dielectric loss tangent decreases due to increase in content as in figure (4)content. conclusion in summary of the attempt for elaboration of porcelain samples with simple techniques it can be found the experimental results show that local raw materials are very quiet suitable for porcelain could be produce the results obtained by using the locally available raw materials porcelain with good dielectric and physical properties. reference 1 – ismail, e. and shehat baspinar, m, (2005), building and environment , 40,1533 – 1537. 2 – william, r, and radford, c.,(1987), white ware production, testing and quality control, including materials, body formulations and manufacturing processes. chemical physics, 33, 2. 3 – william, r,(2013) (chemical experts at the royal prussian porcelain manufactory, ambix, 60, 2,99-l 2 l. 4– piconi, c.,(1999), zirconia as a ceramic ,biomaterial, 20,1-25. 5-pores, j., reine, k. a., and willer, h.,(1996), radiation risk estimation based on activity measurement of zirconium oxide implants, j. biomed mater res , 32 , 663 – 667. physics | 49 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 6 – fadhil, a.ch.; fadhaa.q.s.; innam ,w. and zahraa ,f., (2015), the influence of magnesia addition and sintering temperature on the properties of synthesized electrical porcelain , eng of tech. journal, 33, part a,2. 7 – qzturk ,z.b, and ay,n.,(2012), an investigation of the effect of alkaline oxide on porcelain using factorial jessing , j. of ceramic process in research, 13 ,2 ,635 – 640 8 -al – bermany,a,j., hashim, and al.bermany,(2012),enhancement the mechanical properties of produced porcelain by a ceramic additives using altrasonic technique , chemistry and materials research , 2 ,6. 9 – goztepe, c.,(2010),electrical resistivity of porcelain bodies with natural zeolite addition, physical sci and energy .material science ceramic international , 36,3,917-921 10 – culti , b . d, (1978) , " element of xray diffraition" addison wesley publishing company , usa, 11 – bayles , p; erd, d.c.; more,m. e., and smith,d.k.,(1986), powder diffraction file , jcpds , usa 12 – verma, a.; thakur ,o, and mendirate, r.,(2005), materials science and engineering, b,11, 1, 1-6. table (1): x-ray diffraction data of porcelain d ( hkl 21.15 4.19 100 26.58 3.34 101 26.96 3.3 006 33.45 2.6 116 35.39 2.52 300 39.71 2.26 161 40.57 2.22 111 41.07 2.19 200 42.70 2.11 223 50.36 1.81 003 55.12 1.60 103 60.14 1.53 211 60.85 113 113 physics | 50 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figuer(1): x-ray diffraction of feldspar figuer(2): x-ray diffraction of silica figeru(3): x-ray diffraction of kaolin 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 in te n si ty ( co u n ts .) 2θ(degrees) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 in te n si ty ( co u n ts .) 2θ(degrees) 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 in te n si ty ( co u n ts .) 2θ(degrees) physics | 51 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figuer(4): x-ray diffraction of composition (kaolin , feldspar, silica) figuer(5):density of porcelain with additives figuer(6):porosity of porcelain with additives 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 in te n si ty ( a .u .) 2θ(degree) 2.34 2.36 2.38 2.4 2.42 2.44 2.46 2.48 2.5 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 b u lk d e n si ty g /c m 3 zro2 additive% 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 o p e n p o ro si ty % zro2 additive% physics | 52 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figuer(7):dielectric constant of porcelain with additives at (1mhz) and (100khz) figuer(8):dielectric loss tanget of porcelain with additives at (1mhz) and (100khz) -0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 d ie le ct ri c lo o s ta n g e n t zro2 additive% 100kh 1mh 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 d ie le ct ri c co n st a tn t zro2 additive% 100kh 1mh physics | 53 2016( عاو 3)انعذد 22انًجهذ يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصشفت و انخطبيقيت ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 انخصائص انفيزيائية نهبورسهيه في بعضدراسة تاثير انزركوويا عباس كريم سعذون قسى انفيضياء / كهيت انخشبيت نهعهىو انصشفت ) ابٍ انهيثى (/جايعت بغذاد 6142/تشريه االول/ 42,قبم في :6142/حزيران/41استهم في : انخالصة % فهسباس , 20نيٍ , ؤ% كاو00يبت انًكىَت يٍ يىاد اونيت ) كانخش خعًالانبىسسهيٍ بأسفي هزِ انذساست ححضيش حى % سهيكا(.20 انخصائص انفيضيائيت بعض في (200100100002) انضسكىَيا َسب يخخهفت يٍ اضافاثوبعذ رنك حى دساست حأثيش حغيش ثابج انعضل وانكثافت يع حشاكيض خالل و نىحع يٍ نهبىسسهيٍ انًحضش وانًُارج حضشث بطشيقت انخصُيع انخقهيذيت يع صيادة حشاكيض انضسكىَيا. انضسكىَيا انًضافت بأَها حضداد وجذ بأَها حخُاقص يع صيادة حشاكيض انضسكىَيا انًضافت . فقذوانًساييت اٌايا ظم صاويت انفقذ : بىسسهيٍ , فهذسباس, اوكسيذ انضسكىَيىو, ثابج انعضل ,ظم صاويت انفقذاٌانكهمات انمفتاحية microsoft word 377-386 علوم الحياة | 377 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 يروكسيد الى بالمعرض .nigella sativa lتحسين نمو نبات الحبة السوداء الهيدروجين عن طريق الرش الورقي بحامض الكلوتاميك عباس جاسم حسين الساعدي أمل غانم محمود القزاز سهاد سعد يحيى فاضلرشا حبيب ابن الهيثم / جامعة بغداد –قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015كانون األول 15، قبل البحث: 2015تشرين األول 21:استلم في الخالصة ة ة التربي اة/ كلي وم الحب م عل ة لقس ة التابع ة النباتي ي الحديق ة ف ص الفخاري تعمال االص ة باس ت التجرب اجري وم رفة للعل و –الص م النم داد لموس ة بغ ثم / جامع ن الهي يد 2015-2014اب ورقي ببيروكس رش ال اثير ال ة ت لدراس دروجين وداء 2o2h الهي ة الس ات الحب ل لنب و والحاص رات النم ي مؤش داخلهما ف ك وت امض الكلوتامي ملت ، وح ش -العوامل التالية : التجربة 1-) مليمول.لتر20، 10، 5، 0اربعة تراكيز من بيروكسيد الهيدروجين (.1 . 1-) ملغم.لتر100، 50، 0ثالثة تراكيز من حامض الكلوتاميك ( .2 ممت الت ةص ل جرب وائي الكام ميم العش ق التص ة design rardomized completely )crdوف ) وبثالث مكررات و اض معن ى انخف دروجين ادى ال يد الهي ات ببيروكس ان رش النب ائج ب ارت النت و اش رات النم ي مؤش ي ف ان و وك رات النم ي مؤش ة ف ادة معنوي ى زي ك ال امض الكلوتامي ورقي بح رش ال ا ادى ال وي لبينم اثير معن داخل ت لت ز ى التركي ا اذ اعط ر 100ايض ز 1-ملغم.لت ك والتركي امض الكلوتامي و 20 ح دروجين 1-.لترلمليم يد الهي بيروكس روجين وى النت اف، محت وزن الج ات، ال اع النب يم الرتف ل الق روتين ،افض ة لب بة المئوي يوم ، النس فور والبوتاس الفس يد ن بيروكس ز م س التركي ك ونف امض الكلوتامي فر ح ز ص ع التركي ة م ات مقارن ذور النب ري وب زء الخض الج دروجين ز .الهي ن التركي ا تمك ر 50بينم م .لت ز 1-ملغ ك والتركي امض الكلوتامي ر 20ح ول .لت يد 1-مليم بيروكس دروجين ل الهي وى كلوروفي يم لمحت ل الق اء افض ن اعط ي b,aم ة انزيم ي ، فعالي ل الكل superoxideوالكلوروفي dismutase (sod) وperoxidase )pod ل ات الحاص رولين ومكون امض الب وى ح ي ) ومحت دد وه ع . 1-. نبات (غم)، الحاصل البايولوجي 1-. نبات (غم)، وزن البذور 1-.نبات م) (غ وزن العلب ،1-العلب .نبات الحبة السوداء , االجهاد التأكسدي , بيروكسيد الهيدروجين , حامض الكلوتاميك . : الكلمات المفتاحية علوم الحياة | 378 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة ي دخل ف راض اذ ت ن االم ر م الج الكثي ي ع م ف ة دور مه ات الطبي ذا للنبات ة ل ة المهم ات الدوائي ن التركيب ر م كثي وداء ة الس ات الحب ا نب ا ومنه ين نموه ا وتحس م زراعته روري دع ن الض بح م black cumin( nigella(اص sativa l. قيقية ة الش ى عائل ود ال ذي يع االت . ranunculaceae [1]ال الج ح ي ع ات ف ذور النب تعمل ب تس و ، االم ى ، الرب داع ، الحم رد، الص ه الب ن اهميت ال ع ة فض راض الجرثومي اد لالم دان ومض اردة للدي ل ط المفاص ة دورة الدموي د وال دم والكب غط ال اع ض ى وارتف راض الكل ة ام ي معالج ام 2[ ف ي طع ة ف ذوره مهم د ب ]. وتع ات ة الحيوان ن الناحي م م ه مه ذا فان ويا ل ول الص ن ف ه ع ة ب ن االستعاض اف ويمك روتين وااللي در للب كمص ].3االقتصادية [ هت وي واج ض الحي ات االي ي عملي ؤثر ف ي ت دية الت ادات تاكس ى اجه ة ال ة مؤدي ة مختلف ادات بيئي ات اجه النبات ف طربة وتل ة مض والت غذائي ببة تح اثير و dnaومس ك بت وئي وذل اء الض بغات البن ة وص ية البالزمي االغش طة جين النش واع االوكس ع ان ا ) reactive oxygen species )rosتجم رة وله ذور الح مى الج ي تس الت تج ات تن ا ان النبات دة كم ى االكس ة عل درة الفائق داً rosالق ة جه وئي محدث اء الض نفس والبن ارات الت الل مس خ ات ا النب وت خالي يخوخة وم ببة ش دياً مس ك . [4]تاكس يد النتري ذر اوكس امة ج ا الس ن انواعه ذر noوم وج رد جين المف جين 2oاالوكس ذر االوكس ذري وج جين o¯ال وق االوكس ذر ف ةوج 2o¯وج د يبيروكس زيئ دروجين يل 2o2hاله ذر الهيدروكس م ohوج ول دائ تقرار وتح دم اس ة ع ي حال رة ف ة االخي ذا ، [5]وان الثالث ل عة ى س ات عل دفق االلكترون عة ت وق س دما تتف ر عن وئي يظه اء الض ة البن ي عملي دي ف اد التاكس اثير االجه ان ت ف ات عل درة النب ةوق وئي المتمثل اء الض واتج البن دوير ن ادة ت ارة دون atpو nadphى اع اك خس ون هن ذلك يك وب ب ل . [6]مكس ل 2o2hيتفاع الل تفاع دوز خ ى الحدي ة عل ات الحاوي ع الجزيئ د اذ fentonم ة الحدي ع قابلي يرف ي ذور وه واع الج ر ان اج اخط ى انت ة ال دية مؤدي ة ohالتاكس ا النباتي ار للخالي ة دم ا. [7]ومحدث ة اجراه ي دراس ف توى ]8[ ى ان مس د عل ن 2o2hاك ل م ون اق ب ان تك ات يج ي اوراق النبات ي ف ايكرومول.غم 0.1الطبيع 1-م ري . ةوزن ط ة وكانس ة منظم ة دفاعي ى انظم ات عل احتواء النب زال ب ميته ت ب scavengerس ن التغل ه م تمكن ة واالم اض النووي ل باالحم ي تتمث ار والت اثيره الض ى ت زيم عل ل ان ات مث ة واالنزيم superoxideيني dismutase ,catalase , ascorbate-peroxidase ا ب ونيوايض ال اي دك ادخ دوز والحدي ي الحدي ف ل ات مث ون proanthocyanidinsو tannic acidمركب ع تك ذلك يمن ك . ]oh ]9وب امض الكلوتامي د ح يع والً ايتوبالزم الخال buffer اً منظم محل ة س ا لمعادل ل مم ة الكلوروفي اء جزيئ ي بن ؤثر ف ون وي درا للكرب ا ومص ي درات اء الكربوهي ي بن ؤثر ف ة ]10[ي ات النباتي ابه الهرمون ي تش و الت واد النم ا م ق عليه ة يطل ارات خاص ه اش . ول ادة ات وزي جة النب الل انس ذيات خ ة المغ ي موازن ؤثرا ف امض م ع الح اء وتجم اكن بن ن ام ق م ا وتطل ي عمله ف اطه ر وبالنش تهالك العناص ن اس د م ا يزي ي مم ةااليض ها نتيج ادة امتصاص ة .[11]زي ي مواجه ابي ف ه دور ايج ول له ادة حاص وه وزي م نم ي دع ؤثرا ف ات م ا النب رض له ي يتع ة الت ود البيئي د . [12]الجه ات [13]اك ى ان رش نب ال ك ادى ا امض الكلوتامي ا ح ة ومنه اض االميني ن االحم يط م وداء بخل ة الس و الحب رات النم ي مؤش ة ف ادة معنوي ى زي ل ة. اض الدهني وى االحم ت ومحت بة الزي ادة نس ات وزي ري للنب ار الخض امض [14]واش ة رش ح ى اهمي عل ري تالكلو و الخض رات النم ي مؤش ادة ف ول زي ى حص يرا ال وداء مش ة الس ات الحب ل نب و وحاص ي نم ك ف امي ا ة اجراه ي دراس ات . وف ل النب ل وحاص وى الكلوروفي ا [15]ومحت ة ومنه اض االميني ن االحم يط م ول رش خل ح ان ات الريح ى نب ك عل امض الكلوتامي و ocimum basilicumح رات نم ي مؤش ادة ف ول زي ى حص يرا ال مش . النبات ه وداء الهميت ة الس ات الحب و نب ين نم ى تحس دف ال ة ته ة الحالي ةالدراس امض العالجي ه بح الل رش اوراق ن خ م . h2o2جهاد الكلوتاميك بعد تعرضه ال المواد وطرائق العمل ت ة الاجري تعمال تجرب ص الاباس ة الص ر فخاري م 30ذات قط اة س وم الحي م عل ة لقس ة التابع ة النباتي ي الحديق ف رفة وم الص ة للعل ة التربي و –/كلي م النم داد لموس ة بغ ن الهيثم/جامع ل 2015-2014اب وائي الكام ميم العش ق التص وف completely randomized design )crd ررات ة مك ة اذ) وبثالث دات التجريبي دد الوح بح ع 36اص ق رش جز اً اصيص ن طري دي ع اد التاكس ى االجه وداء ال ة الس ات الحب ريض نب ك بتع ة ئوذل ري باربع ه الخض دروجين يد الهي ن بيروكس ز م ر 2o2h )0 ,5 ,10 ,20تراكي ول. لت ة تراكي 1-) مليم ه بثالث م رش ن ث ن وم ز م ك ( امض الكلوتامي ر 100, 50, 0ح م . لت ي 1-) ملغ ت ف ت وعبئ ة وطحن ة النباتي ن الحديق ة م ت الترب ..جلب عة ة س ص فخاري اريخ 8اص وداء بت ة الس ات الحب ذور نب ت ب ة ، زرع م . ترب ة 17/11/2014كغ ت الري واجري اس ى اس ى عل ة %50االول عة الحقلي ن الس ان نبا، م ى ثم ات ال ت النبات اتخف يص ت ل اص ي ك ن ف بوعين م د اس بع ة ين انتها الزراع ال لح ة االدغ ن ري وازال الزم م راء ال ة واج ة التجرب ت متابع ن ئوتم ري م زء الخض ا. رش الج ه علوم الحياة | 379 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 اريخ دروجين بت يد الهي ز بيروكس ات بتراكي باح 15/2/2015النب م اص د ث ر واح عة لت ة س ة يدوي تعمال مرش باس ، رشت معاملة السيطرة ( صفر ) بالماء المقطر . 19/2/2015رش حامض الكلوتاميك بتراكيزه بتاريخ اريخ ة بت ل معامل ن ك اتين ) م ري (نب زء الخض ن الج ات م ذت عين اتين 6/3/2015اخ اع النب اس ارتف م قي وت ة و ل معامل ابي ولك ط الحس ذ المتوس ة واخ ى درج ائي عل ف كهرب ت بمجف ة وجفف اس ورقي ي اكي عت ف م وض ن ث م وم 65 ذ وزن معل ا ،واخ اف لهم وزن الج اس ال م قي وزن وت ات ال ين ثب ة لح ة مئوي ق 0.2درج مت وف م وهض غ ة [ ة [16طريق ق طريق روجين وف ي ، النت تخلص الحامض ن المس در م ة [17] وق ق طريق فور وف ] 18] والفس يوم از والبوتاس ة جه ب بطريق اس الله ة [flame photometer قي ق طريق ة 19وف بة المئوي بت النس ] وحس n % ×6.25النسبة المئوية للبروتين = -] باستعمال المعادلة التالية :20للبروتين وفق طريقة [ ل وى كلوروفي دير محت م تق ات) وت الث نبات ري ( ث زء الخض ن الج رى م ات اخ ذت عين ا اخ a ،bكم ة [ ة [21بطريق ي بطريق ل الكل دة 22] والكلوروفي ادات االكس ض مض ة بع ت فعالي ة اذ] ، ودرس دير فعالي م تق ت زيم ا ان ة ومنه دة االنزيمي ادات االكس ض مض ة [superoxide dismutase )sodبع ق طريق زيم 23) وف ] وان peroxidase )pod] ة ق طريق رولين 24) وف امض الب وى ح دير محت م تق ا ت ه] كم ادات ا كون ن مض دة م الكس ] .25غير االنزيمية وفق طريقة [ وتمت دراست بعض مكونات الحاصل ومنها: 3/5/2015تم حصاد ماتبقى من البناتات (ثالث نباتات ) بتاريخ نباتات واستخرج المتوسط الحسابي له ةحسب عدد العلب لثالث اذ 1-عدد العلب . نبات نباتات واستخرج المتوسط الحسابي له ةحسب وزن العلب لثالث اذ 1-.نبات (غم) وزن العلب 1-.نبات (غم) الحاصل البايولوجي 1-.بنات (غم)وزن البذور درتو ا ق ذور وفق كم روتين الب ة لب بة المئوي ائي 20[ االنس ل االحص م التحلي ا] . ت طات ]26[ وفق ة متوس م مقارن ث . 0.05عند مستوى احتمال lsdفرق معنوي المعامالت باستعمال اختبار اقل النتائج والمناقشة دول (ا ائج ج ن نت ح م ريتين 1تض فتين مظه ط ص ي متوس دروجين ف يد الهي اد بيروكس وي الجه اثير المعن ) الت دي ل اد التاكس ة االجه ببت معامل اف اذ س وزن الج ات وال اع النب ا ارتف ات هم ري للنب زء الخض ول.لتر 20لج 1-مليم ف ط الص ض متوس ي خف دروجين ف يد الهي يتبيروكس اض ه بة انخف ف %) 54.59، 32.47 (ين وبنس ال الص ين تلك ادة ي زي وي ف ابي ومعن ك دور ايج امض الكلوتامي ان لح دروجين وك يد الهي فر بيروكس ة ص ع معامل ة م ا مقارن تتابع ف ط الص ى تمتوس فر ال ن ص ك م امض الكلوتامي ز ح ع تركي د رف م .لت 100ين فعن ة 1-رملغ ادة معنوي اك زي ان هن ك بة ف %) 50.46، 20.57 (بنس ال الص ز ادىين, وتولك ر 100التركي م .لت ع 1-ملغ ه م ي تداخل ك ف امض الكلوتامي ح ز ول.لتر 20التركي ف 1-مليم ة الص ادة قيم ن زي دروجين م يد الهي ن بيروكس ا تم م26.00ين وكانت م1.13، س غ ك م امض الكلوتامي ن ح فر م ز ص ع التركي ة م ا مقارن دروجين وبلغت يد الهي ن بيروكس ه م ز نفس م،18.75ع التركي س م و 0.59 زين غ ين التركي وي ب رق معن ن الف م يك ر 50،100ل م. لت امض ال 1-ملغ كح اع كلوتامي ي ارتف اثيره ف ي ت ف النبات . دول( ائج ج ت نت ر 2بين وى العناص ي محت دروجين ف يد الهي دي لبيروكس اد التاكس امالت االجه اثير مع ) ت طات ا ض متوس ي خف ا ف رت معنوي ات اذ اث ري للنب زء الخض يوم)في الج رى (النتروجين،الفسفور،البوتاس لكب ى فر ال ن ص دروجين م يد الهي ز بيروكس ادة تركي د زي ثالث عن ر ال ول.لتر 20العناص دره 1-مليم اض ق بة انخف وبنس لوكا %) 68.09 ، 68.56، 71.79( ك س امض الكلوتامي لك ح ين س ي ح ا ف ادةتتابع ي زي ؤثرا ف ا م ايجابي وى ثالث محت ر ال يوم ) العناص فور ،البوتاس روجين ، الفس بة (النت ك %) 94.25,79.55,106.52( وبنس وذل ادة د زي ى تعن فر ال ن ص زه م ر100ركي د 1-ملغم.لت ز توعن ا التركي وق معنوي د تف املين فق رملغم. 100داخل الع 1-لت لبي ال اثير الس ض الت ي خف ك ف امض الكلوتامي يدح اد بيروكس دروجين جه الي الهي زه الع ر 20بتركي ول. لت 1-مليم ت يوم وبلغ روجين ،الفسفور،البوتاس وى النت يم محت ع ق ن رف ن م اتملغم. 22.60، 3.96، 15.82تمك ة 1-نب مقارن ا ت قيمه ي كان دروجين والت يد الهي ن بيروكس ه م ز نفس ع التركي ك م امض الكلوتامي فر ح ز ص ع التركي ، 5.55م .1-نباتملغم. 09.5، 1.24 دول ( ائج ج رت نت ا اظه دروجين3كم يد الهي ز بيروكس ع تركي ى ان رف ى ) ال فر ال ن ص ول.لتر 20م ادى 1-مليم ط ض متوس وداء اذ انخف ة الس ات الحب ي اوراق نب ل ف وى الكلوروفي ض محت ى خف ل ال وى كلوروفي b,aمحت اض بة انخف ي وبنس ل الكل امض %) 40.80، 43.33، 39.29 (والكلوروفي ز ح ع تركي ا ، وادى رف تتابع ى فر ال ن ص ك م ر 100الكلوتامي ي متوس 1-ملغم.لت ة ف ادة معنوي ى زي ل طال وى الكلوروفي ز اذ ادىات محت التركي ر 50 ت 1-ملغم.لت ادة وكان ل زي اء افض ن اعط ل ل %) 9.52، 23.08، 10.47 ( م ا. و b,aكلوروفي ي تتابع الكل اثيره ان ت داخل فك ا الت اً اام ز ذمعنوي ن التركي ر 50تمك يم 1-ملغم.لت ع ق ن رف ك م امض الكلوتامي وى ح محت ز اثير تركي ت ت ل تح ول.لتر20الكلوروفي ا 1-مليم ت قيمه ي بلغ دروجين والت د الهي 1.18، 0.41، 0.78بيروكس م ت 1-ملغم.غ ي بلغ ه الت الي نفس اد الع اثير االجه ك وت امض الكلوتامي فر ح ع التركيزص ة م ري مقارن 0.61وزن ط ، والكلوروفيل الكلي. b,aلصبغات كلوروفيلوزن طري 1-ملغم.غم 0.88، 0.26، علوم الحياة | 380 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ي دروجين ف يد الهي ورقي ببيروكس رش ال ن ال اتج ع دي الن د التاكس ر الجه ادة اث دة زي ادات االكس ة مض فعالي انزيمي ة ب ة المتمثل رول pod sod,االنزيمي امض الب ة بح ة المتمثل ر االنزيمي دة غي ادات االكس ين ،اذ ومض دول( ائج ج ارات نت زيم 4اش ة ان ط فعالي ي متوس ة ف ادة معنوي ود زي ى وج امض sod ، pod) ال وى ح ومحت ى فر ال ن ص دروجين م يد الهي ز بيروكس ادة تركي د زي رولين عن ول.لتر 20الب ي 1-مليم ادة ه بة زي 170.75(وبنس ى الت %) 49.60، 153.60، ابععل ار ت ا اش رولين. وايض امض الب زيمين وح اض لالن ود انخف دول بوج الج فر ن ص ك م امض الكلوتامي ز ح ادة تركي د زي اله عن ا اع ار اليه دة المش ادات االكس ة مض ط فعالي ي متوس وي ف معن ى ر 100ال ز 1-ملغم.لت ر التركي ر 50. واظه بة 1-ملغم.لن ة وبنس ذه الفعالي ض ه ي خف ه ف ك مقدرت امض الكلوتامي ح ي اض ه ر %) 25.83، 39.68، 37.46 (انخف ز .واظه درة التركي داخل مق ر 50الت م. لت امض 1-ملغ ح ات ة انزيم ض فعالي ي خف ك ف ز sod ، podالكلوتامي د التركي رولين عن امض الب وى ح ول.لتر 20ومحت -مليم يم 1 ى الق دروجين واعط يد الهي ل 3.01، 8.70بيروكس دة. م زيمين و1-وح م 14.00، لالن ايكروغرام . غ 1-م ري امضوزن ط رولين مقارن لح ك والب امض الكلوتامي فر ح ز ص ع التركي ول.لتر 20ة م يد 1-مليم بيروكس دروجين يمهم الهي ت ق ي كان ل 5.34، 12.45والت دة .م زيمين و 1-وح م 19.25 لالن ايكروغرام .غ وزن 1-م .لحامض البرولين طري ا دول(كم ائج ج دت نت اثعل) 5اك وداء باى ت ة الس ات الحب ل نب نلر حاص اتج ع دي الن د التاكس ز جه ادة تركي زي طبيرو ض متوس دروجين اذ انخف يد الهي ات كس دد العلب.نب ب 1-ع ات(غم)وزن العل ذور 1-.نب 1-.نبات(غم)،وزن الب ل البايولوجي ات والحاص ى 1-(غم).نب فر ال ن ص دروجين م يد الهي ز بيروكس ادة تركي بة 100بزي وبنس اض ذكور %) 31.03، 25.00، 26.04، 24.13 (انخف ل الم فات الحاص زء لص ابقا ، وان رش الج ة س زه ع تركي ك ورف امض الكلوتامي ري بح ى الخض فر ال ن ص ادة 100م ى زي ات ادى ال ل النب فات حاص ىص اذ اعط ز ر 50التركي بة 1-ملغم.لت ادة وبنس ل زي ك افض امض الكلوتامي فات %) 19.51، 33.33، 9.2، 212.5 ( ح لص ذكورة ل الم ى الالحاص ابععل ز تت وق التركي ا تف ر 50.كم امض ال 1-ملغم.لت كح ي كلوتامي ز ف ع التركي ه م 20تداخل ول.لتر ات 1-مليم دد العلب.نب ي ع ل وه ات الحاص فات مكون ادة ص ي زي ه ف دروجين وتمكن يد الهي وزن 1-بيروكس ات ذور.نبات 1-العلب.نب ايولوجي 1-،وزن الب ل الب ات والحاص ا 1-.نب ت قيمه ي كان م 0.73، 5.67الت م 0.65، غ غ ى الت1.87، م عل يم غ ع الق ة م ابع مقارن م 0.67، 4.67ت م، 0.42 ،غ م1.76غ امض غ فر ح ز ص د التركي عن كال ز كلوتامي ول.لتر 20والتركي دروجين. 1-مليم يد الهي دول( بيروكس ائج ج ارت نت اض 6اش ول انخف ى حص ) ال روتين ة للب بة المئوي ي النس وي ف ة معن ى نتيج فر ال ن ص دروجين م يد الهي ز بيروكس ادة تركي ول.لترملي 20زي 1-م اض بة انخف ذور %) 38.96، 39.72 (وبنس ري والب زء الخض روتين الج ى اللب ابععل امض ، تت وان رش ح ى فر ال ن ص ك م ر100الكلوتامي ي 1-ملغم,لت ادة ه بة زي روتين وبنس ة للب بة المئوي ادة النس ى زي ، 44.65( ادى ال ز %)41.08 روتين الج داخ ءلب ل ت ا افض ا. ام ذور تتابع ري والب ز الخض د التركي ان عن ر 100ل فك 1-ملغم.لت الي ز الع ك والتركي امض الكلوتامي ول.لتر 20ح يم 1-مليم ت الق دروجين اذ بلغ يد الهي % 18.13، 8.75بيروكس يم ت الق ي بلغ دروجين والت يد الهي ن بيروكس ز م س التركي ك ونف امض الكلوتامي فر ح ز ص ع التركي ة م ، 5.88مقارن 11.69% . تنتج ان ابقة نس داول الس ائج الج ة نت ن مالحظ دروجين م يد الهي وداء ببيروكس ة الس ات الحب ى ادىرش نب ال ا ات مؤدي ا النب ي خالي ه ف ادة تراكم يخوخة زي ل ش ى تعجي ات الال دل العملي اض مع ي انخف ر ف ات اذ اث نب يولوجية الب ادئانالفس ك بزي ة وذل يولوجية الهادم ات الفس دل العملي ادة مع ة وزي رة ي جين الح واع االوكس rosة ان ة بغات الكلوروفيلي ات والص م البروتين ات هض اط انزيم ادة نش ي زي ا دور ف ي له ومات والت ذلك [27]الرايبوس وب وى ي محت اض ف اك انخف ظ ان هن روتيننالح اك الب ه هن ت نفس ي الوق ه وف ادة تحلل ن زي اتج ع ادة ن ي زي وى ف محت رولين امض الب ا ح ة ومنه اض االميني اعي االحم ام دف ه نظ د تجمع ذي يع ى . [28]ال ك عل امض الكلوتامي ان رش ح ادة اك زي ظ ان هن ات اذ يالح و النب رات نم ادة مؤش ى زي داخلي ادى ال واه ال ادة محت ات وزي بة اوراق النب ي نس ف رتبط اءه اذ ي اس بن ك اس امض الكلوتامي ون ح ى ك ود ال روتين تع ين جالب ولي ام امض polyamineزء الب ي الح ف ع االمي ي م ز dnaن اء اً محف ل rna [29]لبن ة الكلوروفي اء جزيئ ي بن ؤثر ف ه ي اربون فان درا للك ه مص ، ولكون اف [ ه الج ات ووزن و النب ادة نم ي زي اهما ف درات مس اء الكاربوهي ي بن ؤثر ف ذلك ي اس ].30وب د اس ا ويع اء كم بن رولين امض الب ه لال ح اثير تعرض ات بت ا النب ي خالي داخلي ف واه ال ذي زاد محت دي ال اد التاكس م جه ا دع ه مم تنظيم دعم ا ي البية مم ر س دا اكث د جه وزي اذ يول همقدراالزم ة ت ذيات المهم اء والمغ اص الم ى امتص ن عل ال ع فض هحماي اني لل ت بغي الث ام الص ا ‖psنظ ة البن الل عملي ه ءخ ل ل ا ص رر الح ن الض وئي م اد الض ه لالجه الل تعرض خ دي رض .[31] التاكس ذي تع م ال ر المالئ ي غي د البيئ ة الجه ات لمواجه ا النب ي خالي دفاع ف ة ال اط انظم ادة نش ان زي ك ه وذل مية ل ن س د م الل rosللح ن خ ر م ي ويظه ا انزيم ة ومنه دة االنزيمي ادات االكس اط مض ادة نش زي superoxide dismutase )sod و (peroxidase )pod ادة دعوما بزي ة) م ر اال فعالي ام غي ي النظ نزيم رولين امض الب ع ح ل بتجم زيم . [32]والمتمث د ان جين sodيع واع االوكس انس الن دفاعي االول الك ط ال الخ ذر ل ج ى تحوي ل عل ة اذ يعم ى 2o¯الفعال ا ،2o2h [33]ال تمكن podام ل اذ ي اني المكم دفاعي الث ط ال و الخ فه مية ة س ن ازال جين 2o2hم اء واوكس ة م ى جزيئ ه ال ذلك ف [34]ويحول وحظ ل ك ل امض الكلوتامي ة بح د المعامل عن اض ي محانخف طة ف جين النش ات االوكس انس جزيئ ه ك دة لكون ادة لالكس ات المض رولين واالنزيم امض الب وى ح ت علوم الحياة | 381 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ار ذلك ةالض ؤثرا ب درم ادة مق ي زي رورية ةف ر الض اص العناص ى امتص ات عل دعم النب ذلك ي نهم وب ة بي والموازن . [35] نموه وزيادة حاصله تنتج ز نس ك وبتركي امض الكلوتامي ان لح ة ب ة الحالي ن الدراس ر 50م م . لت ات 1-ملغ و نب ين نم ي تحس ا ف دورا مهم 1-ملمول .لتر 20الحبة السوداء تحت تاثير اجهاد بيروكسيد الهيدروجين عند تاثير تركيزه العالي المصادر ور ( .1 ف منص ب , يوس د1988الكات ة بغ ة . جامع ات البذري نيف النبات ث ) . تص الي والبح يم الع اد , وزارة التعل . 387العلمي : 2. tasawar , z. ; siraji , z. ; ahmad , n. and lashari , m.h. (2011) . the effect of nigella sativa (kalonji) on lipid profile in patients with stable coronary artery disease in multan, pakistan . pak . j. nutr. , 10:162-167 . 3. abdel – magid, s. s. ; elkady, r. ; gad, s. m. and awadalla, i. (2007) using cheep and local non – conventional protein meal nigella sativa as least cost rations formula on performance of crossbreed calves . int. j. agric. biol . , 9: 877-880. 4. quan , l.j. ; zhang , b. ; shi , w.w. and li , h.y. (2008) . hydrogen peroxide in plants: aversatile molecule of reactive oxygen species network . j. integr. plant biol., 50(1):1-24 . 5. van breusegem , f. ; vranova , e. ; dat , j.f. and inze , d. (2001) . the role of active oxygen species in plant signal intra struction . plant sci ., 161:405-414 . 6. demming – adams , b. ; adams , w.w.i. ; ebbert , v. and logan , b.a. (1999). ecophysiology of the xanthophylls cycle . in : frank , h.; young , a.; cogdell , r. (eds) .the photochemistry of carotenoids , kluwer academic , dordrecht, 245269. 7. vranova , e. ; atichartpongkul , s. ; villarroel , r. ; monyagu , m.v. ; inze , d. and camp , w.w. (2002) . comprehensive analysis of gen expression in nicotiana tabacum leaves acclimated to oxidative stress . proc. nati. acad. sci. , 99:870-875 . 8. veljovic – javanovic , s. ; noctor , g. and foyer c.h. (2002) . are leaf hydrogen peroxide concentrations commonly ovrestimated ?the potential influence of artefactual interference by tissue phenols and ascorbate. plant physiol. and biochem. 40:501-507 . 9. andrade,r.g. ; ginani , j.s. ; lopes , g.k.b. ; dutra , f. ; alonsa , a. and hermeslima , m. (2006) . tannic acid inhibits in vitro iron dependent free radicals formation. biochem. ,88:1287-1296 . 10. abdel aziz , n.g. ; mazher , a.a.m. and farahat , m.m. (2010) . response of vegetative growth and chemical constituents of thuja orientalis l. to foliar application of different amino acids at nubaria . j. am. sci. , 6(3):295 301 . 11. steeve , b. (2003) . modifying plant growth with growth regulators. carolina biological life science , :1-3 . 12. kowalzy , k. and zielony , t. (2008) . effect of aminoplant and asahi on yield and quality of lettuce grown on rockwool. conf. of biostimulators in modern agriculture , warsaw , poland . علوم الحياة | 382 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 13. hendawy , s.f. ; el-sherbeny , s.e. ; hussein , m.s. ; khalid , k.a. and ghazal , g.m. (2012) . response of two species of black cumin to foliar spray treatments . aust. j. basic and appli. sci. , 6(10) 636-642 . دهللا ( .14 ير عب راهيم , البش اس و اب ير عب دوع , خض ض 2014ج ي بع ك ف امض الكلوتامي أثير ح ) . ت ات ت لنب ت الثاب بة الزي ة ونس رية والثمري فات الخض ة , الص ة البحثي ة العراقي ة الزراع وداء . مجل ة الس الحب 19)6. ( 15. saburi , m. (2014) . effect of amino acids and nitrogen fixing bacteria on quantitative yield and essential oil content of basil ocimum basilicum. agric. sci. dev. , 3(8) : 265-268. 16. agiza , a. h. ; el-hineidy , m.t. and ibrahim , m. e. (1960) . the determination of the different fractions of phosphorus in plant and soil. bull. fao . agric. cairo univ., 121. 17. chapman , h. d. and pratt , p. f. (1961) . methods of analysis for soils,plants and waters. univ. calif. div. agric. sci. , 161-170 . 18. matt , k. j. (1970) . colorimetric determination of phosphorus in soil and plant materials with ascorbic acid. soil sci. , 109:214-220 . 19. page, a. l.; miller, r. h. and kenney, d. r. (1982). methods of soil analysis. 2nd ed, agron. 9, publisher, madison, wisconsin, usa . 20. thachuk , r. j. h. ; rachi , k. o. and billingsleyed , w. (1977) . calculation of the nitrogen to protein conversion factor in husle nutritional standards and methods of evaluation for food legume breeders . intern. develop. , res. center , ottawa , 7882. 21. mac-kinney, g. (1941). absorption of light by chlorophyll solutions. j. biol. chem. , 140:315-322 . 22. goodwin , t.w. (1976). chemistry and biochemistry of plant pigments . 2nded. , academic press . landon , new york . san francisco , 373 . 23. beyer, w.f.and fridovich, i. (1987). assaying for superoxide dismutase activity:some large consequences of minor changes conditions. anal. bio. chem., 161:559-566. 24. nezih, m. (1985).the peroxidase enzyme activity of some vegetables and its resistance to heat. food agric., 36:877-880 . 25. bates, l.s.; waldren, r.p.and tears i.d. (1973). rapid determination of free proline for water-stress studies. plant and cell, 39: 205-207. 26. sas (2010). sas, statistical analysis system, user's guide for personal computers release 9.1. sas. institute inc. cary and n.c. , usa . 27. gupta , s.d. (2011) .reactive oxygen species and antioxidant in higher plants . crc press . enfield , new hampshive , usa , 362 . 28. verdoy , d. ; lapena , c.d.d. ; redondo , f.g. ; lucac , m.m. and pueyo , j.j. (2006) . transgenic medicago truncatula plants that accumulate proline display nitrogen fixing activity with enhanced tolerance to osmotic stress . pl. cell environ. , 29:1913-1923 . 29. sood , s. and nagar , p.k. (2003) . the effect of polyamines on leaf senescence in two diverse rose species . plant growth regul. , 39(2):155-160 . علوم الحياة | 383 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 30. chang, m.; chou, j. c. and lee,h. j. (2005). cellular internalization of fluorescent proteins via arginine rich intercellular delivery peptide in plant cells. plant and cell physiol., 46(3): 482488. 31. hayat , s. ; hayat , q. ; alyemeni , m.n. ; wani , a.s.; pichtel , j. and ahmad, a. (2012) . role of proline under changing environments. plant signal behav. , 7(11):1456-1466 . 32. faize , m. ; burgos l. ; faize l.a. ; piqueras , a. ; nicolas , e. ; barba-espin , g. and hernandez , i.a. (2012) . involvement of cytosolicascor bate peroxidase and cu znsuperoxide dismutase for improved to lerance against drought stress. j. exp. bot. , 10:1093-1099. 33. zhang, x.; ervin, e.; evanylo, g.; sherony, c. and peot, c.(2005). biosolids impact on tall fescue drought resistance. j. residuals sci. and tech., 2:173-180 . 34. chugh, v.; kaur, n. and gupta, a.k. (2011). evaluation of oxidative stress tolerance in maize zea mays l. seedlings in response to drought. indian j. biochem. and biophy.,48:47-53 . العربية مصرجمهورية ، المنصورة جامعة ، النبات فسيولوجيا اساسيات (2008). احمد سليمان حشمت الدسوقي، .35 ارتفاع والوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري لنبات في) تاثير اجهاد بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض الكلوتاميك 1جدول ( الحبة السوداء للجزء )1-ملغم. نبات() تاثير اجهاد بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض الكلوتاميك في محتوى العناصر الكبرى 2جدول( السوداء.الخضري لنبات الحبة حامض الكلوتاميك (ملغم. لتر-1 ) الوزن الجاف(غم) ارتفاع النبات(سم) ر متوسط تاثي بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض الكلوتاميك متوسط تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض 20 10 5 0 20 10 5 0 الكلوتاميك 0 32.00 29.80 26.0018.7526.64 1.55 1.19 1.03 0.59 1.09 50 34.50 30.80 27.6325.8129.69 1.89 1.35 1.26 0.81 1.33 100 38.00 34.00 30.5026.0032.12 2.10 1.72 1.60 1.13 1.64 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 34.83 31.53 28.0423.52 1.85 1.42 1.30 0.84 lsd (0.05) 2.31بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 2.00 حامض الكلوتاميك = 3.99التداخــــــــــــــل = 0.10بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.09حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.18التداخــــــــــــــل = حامض الكلوتاميك (ملغم. لتر-1 ) محتوى الفسفور محتوى النتروجين ر متوسط تاثي بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض الكلوتاميك متوسط تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض 20 10 5 0 20 10 5 0 الكلوتاميك 0 25.58 15.11 11.435.55 14.42 5.74 3.93 2.99 1.24 3.48 50 33.64 20.25 16.639.32 19.96 8.69 4.86 4.16 2.51 5.06 100 49.56 29.76 24.0015.8229.78 10.29 6.88 5.92 3.96 6.76 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 36.26 21.71 17.3510.23 8.24 5.22 4.36 2.57 lsd (0.05) 0.90بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.78حامض الكلوتاميك = 1.56التداخــــــــــــــل = 0.27بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.23حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.46التداخــــــــــــــل = محتوى البوتاسيوم 0 36.12 26.42 19.67 9.50 22.93 50 51.41 32.54 27.85 14.74 31.64 100 59.22 45.24 37.60 22.60 41.17 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 48.92 34.73 28.37 15.61 علوم الحياة | 384 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 وزن 1-ملغم.غم() تاثير اجهاد بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض الكلوتاميك في محتوى الصبغات الكلوروفيلية 3جدول( الوراق نبات الحبة السوداء ) يطر دول( زء ) 4ج ي الج دة ف ادات االكس ة مض ي فعالي ك ف امض الكلوتامي دروجين وح يد الهي اد بيروكس اثير اجه ت الخضري لنبات الحبة السوداء . حامض الكلوتاميك (ملغم. لتر-1 ) ( pod (وحدة . مل -1 ) sod(وحدة . مل -1 ر متوسط تاثي بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض الكلوتاميك متوسط تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض 20 10 5 0 20 10 5 0 الكلوتاميك 0 5.10 6.95 9.7812.45 8.57 2.24 3.00 4.33 5.34 3.73 50 3.27 4.37 5.088.70 5.36 1.30 2.00 2.67 3.01 2.25 100 2.90 4.71 5.809.40 5.70 1.04 2.34 2.92 3.30 2.40 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 3.76 5.34 6.8910.18 1.53 2.45 3.31 3.88 lsd (0.05) 0.17بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.15حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.30التداخــــــــــــــل = 0.32بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.27حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.55التداخــــــــــــــل = وزن طري) حامض البرولين ( مايكروغم.غم-1 0 14.21 15.25 16.50 19.25 16.30 50 10.32 10.75 13.30 14.00 12.09 100 9.40 12.00 14.00 17.50 13.22 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 11.31 12.67 14.60 16.92 lsd (0.05) 0.97بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.84حامض الكلوتاميك = 1.68التداخــــــــــــــل = lsd (0.05) 0.20بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.17حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.34التداخــــــــــــــل = حامض الكلوتاميك (ملغم. لتر-1 ) bمحتوى كلوروفيل a محتوى كلوروفيل ر متوسط تاثي بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض الكلوتاميك متوسط تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض 20 10 5 0 20 10 5 0 الكلوتاميك 0 1.07 1.03 0.72 0.61 0.86 0.52 0.42 0.36 0.26 0.39 50 1.12 1.09 0.80 0.78 0.95 0.59 0.74 0.45 0.41 0.48 100 1.18 1.09 0.70 0.65 0.91 0.69 0.41 0.42 0.36 0.47 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 1.12 1.07 0.74 0.68 0.60 0.43 0.41 0.34 lsd (0.05) 0.05بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.04حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.08التداخــــــــــــــل = 0.07بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.06حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.12التداخــــــــــــــل = محتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي 0 1.16 1.44 1.09 0.88 1.26 50 1.73 1.55 1.24 1.18 1.43 100 1.87 1.51 1.13 1.02 1.38 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 1.74 1.50 1.15 1.03 lsd (0.05) 0.05بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.05حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.09التداخــــــــــــــل = علوم الحياة | 385 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) تاثير اجهاد بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض الكلوتاميك في بعض مكونات الحاصل لنبات الحبة السوداء .5جدول ( حامض الكلوتاميك (ملغم. لتر-1 ) وزن العلب(غم) .نبات1عدد العلب .نبات -1 ر متوسط تاثي بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض الكلوتاميك متوسط تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض 20 10 5 0 20 10 5 0 الكلوتاميك 0 6.83 5.83 5.33 4.67 5.67 0.84 0.77 0.74 0.67 0.76 50 7.17 6.50 6.17 5.67 6.38 0.98 0.83 0.79 0.73 0.83 100 6.65 6.00 5.83 5.33 5.95 1.05 0.79 0.77 0.72 0.83 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 6.88 6.11 5.78 5.22 0.96 0.80 0.77 0.71 lsd (0.05) 0.68بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.59حامض الكلوتاميك = 1.18التداخــــــــــــــل = 0.03بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.02حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.05التداخــــــــــــــل = الحاصل البايولوجي(غم). نبات -1 وزن البذور(غم). نبات -1 0 0.70 0.60 0.44 0.42 0.54 2.34 2.12 1.98 1.76 2.05 50 0.78 0.74 0.72 0.65 0.72 2.64 2.98 2.31 1.87 2.45 100 0.80 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.72 2.85 2.04 1.88 1.78 2.14 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 0.76 0.69 0.62 0.57 2.61 2.38 2.06 1.80 lsd (0.05) 0.04بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.03حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.07التداخــــــــــــــل = 0.05بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.05حامض الكلوتاميك = 0.09التداخــــــــــــــل = دول( ة 6ج ات الحب ذور نب ري وب زء الخض روتين % للج ي الب ك ف امض الكلوتامي دروجين وح يد الهي اد بيروكس اثير اجه ) ت السوداء. حامض الكلوتاميك (ملغم. لتر-1 ) بروتين% بذور النبات بروتين% الجزء الخضري ر متوسط تاثي بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض الكلوتاميك متوسط تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين(مليمول. لتر-1) حامض 20 10 5 0 20 10 5 0 الكلوتاميك 0 10.31 7.49 6.94 5.88 7.66 20.63 16.19 13.81 11.69 15.58 50 11.13 9.38 8.25 7.19 8.99 22.25 20.00 17.50 14.38 18.53 100 14.75 10.81 10.008.75 11.08 29.50 20.31 20.00 18.13 21.98 متوسط تاثير جينبيروكسيدالهيدرو 12.06 9.23 8.40 7.27 24.13 18.83 17.10 14.73 lsd (0.05) 0.58بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 0.50حامض الكلوتاميك = 1.00التداخــــــــــــــل = 1.15بيروكسيد الهيدروجين = 1.00حامض الكلوتاميك = 2.00التداخــــــــــــــل = علوم الحياة | 386 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 improvement the growth of nigella sativa l. affected by hydrogen peroxide by foliar spraying with glutamic acid abbas j. h.al-saedi amel g. m.al-kazzaz suhad s. yahya rasha h.hamed dept. of biology / college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham / university of baghdad received in: 21october 2015, accepted in :15december 2015 abstract glay pots experiments were carried out in the botanical garden of biology department/ college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham / baghdad university for the growing season 2014-2015 , to evaluate the effect of foliar spraying of hydrogen peroxide (h2o2) and glutamic acid and their interaction on some growth parameters and yield components of black cumin plant . the experiment included the following factors : 1four concentrations of hydrogen peroxide (0 , 5 , 10 , 20 ) mm.l-1 . 2three concentrations of glutamic acid ( 0 , 50 , 100 ) mg.l-1 . the experiment was designed according to completely randomized design (crd) with three replications , results revealed that foliar spraying with hydrogen peroxide caused a significant decrease in the growth parameters while the spraying with glutamic acid caused a significant increase in the growth parameters , the effect of the interaction was significant also , the concentration 100 mg.l-1 glutamic acid and the the concentration 20 mm.l-1 hydrogen peroxide gave the best values for palnt hight , dry weight , the content of nitrogen , phosphorus , potassium , the protein concentration of vegetative part and plant seed . while the concertration 50 mg.l-1 glutamic acid and the concertration 20 mm.l-1 hydrogen peroxide gave the best values for chlorophyll a , b , total chlorophyll , the activity of the enzymes superoxide dismutase , peroxidase , the content of proline acid and the yield as no. of capsuls . plant-1 , wt. of capsuls(gm) . plant-1 , wt. of seeds(gm). plant -1 , biological yield (gm) . plant -1 . keywords:black cumin , oxidative stress , hydrogen peroxide , glutamic acid . بــورونـلوعالقتھ با السمسـم من نمـو وحاصـل بعـض اصنـاف موفق عبد الرزاق سھیل النقیب قسم المحاصیل الحقلیة/ كلیة الزراعة/ جامعة بغداد ریاض جبار منصور المالكي الزراعة/ جامعة واسطقسم المحاصیل الحقلیة/ كلیة عمار صادق مھدي الزبیدي قسم المحاصیل الحقلیة/ كلیة الزراعة/ جامعة بغداد 2013أیلول 24: ، قبل البحث في 2013نیسان 1: استلم البحث في الخالصة حقل التجارب التابع لمشروع غابات الكوت في 2011و 2010نفذت تجربة حقلیة خالل الموسمین . كان ھدف البحث معرفة استجابة اربعة الھیئة العامة للبستنة والغابات في محافظة واسط \على نھر دجلة القریبة ترتیب االلواح ب r.c.b.dتصمیم القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة من السمسم للتغذیة الورقیة بالبورون. أتبع اصناف بینما تضمنت بابل، محلي ،عشتارو الرافدیناالصناف من ة شملت االلواح الرئیس، مكررات بأربعةوالمنشقة صنف اظھرت النتائج تفوق . 1-.لترb) ملغم150,100,50,0االلواح الثانویة اربعة تراكیز من البورون ( محلي اعلى البینما اعطى الصنف ،الرافدین في متوسط ارتفاع النبات والنسبة المئویة للزیت عن باقي االصناف اما الصنف عشتار فقد تفوق في عدد .واعلى بعد ألول علبة ثمریة عن سطح األرضمعدل عدد االفرع للنبات اعلى حاصل بذور الذي انعكس على اعطائھبذرة 1000العلب الثمریة للنبات وعدد البذور للعلبة وفي وزن دروسة في للنبات قیاسا باألصناف االخرى وللموسمین، بینما لم یكن ھناك اي فروق معنویة بین االصناف الم اعلى المعدالت لجمیع الصفات المدروسة باستثناء 1-.لترbملغم 150تركیز البورون في االوراق اعطى تركیز التي كانت اعلى قیمة عند معاملة المقارنة(بدون رش) بینما لم یكن ھناك اي تأثیر ثمریةصفة بعد اول علبة التداخل بین الصنف وتركیز البورون معنویاً في بذرة وللموسمین. كان تأثیر 1000للبورون في معدل وزن بذرة وتركیز البورون في االوراق وللموسمین، وان اعلى 1000جمیع الصفات المدروسة باستثناء معدل وزن 1616.47و 1450.23بلغ 1-.لترbملغم 150حاصل من البذور كان عند رش الصنف عشتار بالبورون بتركیز و 866.85حلي مع معاملة المقارنة (الرش بالماء فقط) اقل حاصل من البذور بلغ بینما اعطى الصنف م 1كغم.ھـ للموسمین بالتتابع. نستنتج من ھذه الدراسة وجود استجابة ألصناف من السمسم المستعملة 1كغم.ھـ 927.76 د من للرش الورقي بالبورون اذ تحسن اداء النبات بزیادة تركیز البورون المضاف. نوصي بإجراء المزی . 1-.لترbملغم 150الدراسات على الصنف عشتار ورش البورون بتركیز ، اصنافكلمات مفتاحیة: السمسم، النمو، البورون 32 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 الـمقــدمــة من اقدم المحاصیل الزیتی�ة الغذائی�ة المھم�ة ف�ي الع�الم ال�ذي ی�زرع اساس�اً .sesamum indicum lیعد السمسم محتواھ�ا م�ن الرتف�اعوف�ي العدی�د م�ن الص�ناعات لإلنس�انلغرض الحصول على بذوره التي تستعمل ف�ي التغذی�ة المباش�رة -%10 والكربوھی�درات ،%25-%20وم�ن الب�روتین ،%60-45یبل�غ محت�وى الب�ذور م�ن الزی�ت حیث المركبات الغذائیة یع�د زی�ت السمس�م م�ن اج�ود . ]1[ وعناص�ر الفس�فور والكالس�یوم وغیرھ�ا ،b12% فضالً عن الفیتامینات مث�ل فیت�امین 15 انواع الزیوت اذ یتمیز بلونھ االصفر الفاتح ویحتوي على نسبة عالیة من الحوامض الدھنیة غیر المشبعة وبثباتھ عند الخزن , sisamol وھ�ي ی�ة م�ن المركب�ات المض�ادة لألكس�دة على نس�بة عال طعم وذلك إلحتوائھأو ال دون حصول تغیر في اللون sisamin, sisamolin ]2[ .لطل��ب المتزای�د عل��ى الزی��وت كبی�رة الت��ي یحتلھ�ا السمس��م نتیج�ة لعل�ى ال��رغم م�ن األھمی��ة ال ف�ي الع�راق ، بس�بب تع�دد المش�اكل الت�ي النباتیة عموماً نجد انحسار المساحات المزروعة ب�ھ وع�زوف الف�الح ع�ن زراعت�ھ ؤدي ال�ى انخف�اض ی� ال�ذي ال�ذبول الفی�وزارمي ، مث�لبالعدی�د م�ن األم�راض واإلص�ابةانف�راط الب�ذور مث�ل ،تصاحب انتاج�ھ وص�ل ال�ى اص�ناف مقاوم�ة خ�الل التتسھم برامج التربیة والتحسین في تقدیم الحلول لھذه المشاكل م�ن .الحاصل كماً ونوعاً فمثالً في العراق أدخل الصنف المحلي . نوات الى زیادة الحاصل بنسب معینةالتي ادت عبر السمراض النباتیة واأل لالنفراط ]3[طة أش�عة كام�ا اس�، باب�ل) بوعش�تار ،األص�ناف (راف�دین واس�تنبطتالطف�رات الس�تحداثفي برنامج التربی�ة والتحس�ین و 4[ل من وھذا ما أكده ك 1993وھي تتفوق على االصل في العدید من الصفات الكمیة والنوعیة وبوشر بزراعتھا منذ عام م�ن ب�ین أھ�م عملی�ات والت�وازن الغ�ذائي وقد یكون التس�مید لتربة والمحصولاألدارة الجیدة ل ، فیما تأتي النسبة الباقیة من]5 باس��تثناءعراقی��ة تمی��ل ال��ى القاعدی��ة ل��ذلك ف��أن جاھزی��ة جمی��ع المغ��ذیات الص��غرى (ن الت��رب الأ الس��یما، المحص��ول خدم��ة ة ال�ذوبان وجود كاربونات الكالسیوم وتحویل ھذه العناصر الى مركبات قلیل� منالمولبیدیوم) تقل بسبب طبیعة التفاعل الناتج اذ ،]6[ الكبس�والتت الخاص�ة ب�النمو وتك�وین ا. أش�ارت الدراس�ات ال�ى ان الب�ورون یع�د مفت�اح العملی�ال یستفاد منھا النبات اس�تطالة الخلی�ة انقس�ام و دوراً اساس�یاً ف�ي وی�ؤدي ]7[ الكبس�والتیساعد في انتقال السكریات والمغ�ذیات م�ن األوراق ال�ى ف�ي styleفھ�و مھ�م ألنب�ات حب�وب اللق�اح ونم�و األنب�وب اللق�احي وتوس�ع ]8[وزی�ادة التلق�یح وزیادة التلقیح وتط�ور الب�ذرة س�تیمیة ن النمو ال یحصل بمعدالت طبیعیة بدون البورون ألنھ یسیطر عل�ى نم�و الخالی�ا المرالدراسات أ وتؤكد ]9[األزھار غل�ق الثغ�ور وب�ذلك تت�أثر یس�بب م�وت االنس�جة المختلف�ة و السمسم بشدة ألض�افة الب�ورون ، وان نقص�ھ ، یتأثر نبات ]10[ فض�الً ع�ن اق السفلى وتتش�ابك م�ع بعض�ھا ما یسبب تشوه الساق والسویق والى تثخن االورك ]11[عملیة التمثیل الكاربوني ترب�ة یك�ون 1-ملغم.كغ�م 0.8 – 0.4ان تركیز الب�ورون م�ن الى ]13[. أشار ]12[لنمو وحصول نخر في قمة النبات بطء ا ال�ى ان النس�بة الكبی�رة م�ن ]14[اكثر من حاجة النبات. توصل یعدتربة 1-ملغم.كغم 1.5 – 1.0لنبات السمسم ومن اً مناسب ملغ�م 5بینما أقل نسبة موجودة ف�ي الس�اق وان اض�افة الب�ورون اكث�ر م�ن ،البورون موجودة في نصل الورقة لنبات السمسم bكغم 5-2بأضافة ]15[یوصي. یؤدي الى تثبیط النمو 1-.لترbس�م ، وھ�ذا للحصول على أفضل حاصل لنب�ات السم 1-.ھـ ن رش�اً عل�ى المجم�وع الخض�ري % عن�د اض�افة الب�ورو13من وجود زیادة ف�ي حاص�ل ب�ذور السمس�م بنس�بة ]16[ ما أكده ن ھن�اك جین�ین ھي صفة وراثیة وأ الكبسولةعدم تفتح أو انفالق أشار العدید من الباحثین الى أن صفة. 1-.ھـbكغم 2بمعدل الكبس�والتیسیطران على ھذه العملیة وھو مرتبط بأنقسام الجدار الوسطي للثمرة وان األنقسام المذكور یؤدي الى عدم تفتح أش�ار ال�ى أن ]18[وقد أجریت محاوالت عدیدة بھ�دف اس�تنباط اص�ناف غی�ر منفرط�ة الب�ذور اال أن الباح�ث محم�ود ]17[ أخ�تالف ]19[ الح�ظ. %30-15األنتاجی�ة بمق�دار وامل وراثیة ض�ارة ت�ؤدي ال�ى انخف�اضصفة عدم االنفراط ترتبط بھا ع ). اش��ارb% 0.1أفض��ل اس��تجابة لتركی��ز ( tmv3س��تجابتھا للب��ورون وق��د أعط��ى ا co1و vr1و tmv3االص��ناف أعل�ى bina tilفق�د أعط�ى الص�نف bina tilو batiaghateو t6معنوی�ة ب�ین االص�ناف اختالف�اتالى وج�ود ]20[ ف�ي جمی�ع الص�فات المدروس�ة localو e-8و tmv-3و g-till-1من أختالفات االص�ناف ]21[حاصل وھذا ما أكده م�ن الف�روع وأعل�ى اً أعل�ى ع�دد tmv-3بینما أعطى الصنف ،ووزن البذور أعلى حاصالً g-till-1وقد أعطى الصنف الى عدم ]22[توصل . فقد تفوق في صفة ارتفاع النبات قیاساً باألصناف االخرى localأما الصنف .للعلب في النبات اً عدد shardawel3في جمیع الصفات المدروسة بأس�تثناء تف�وق shardawel3و giza32وجود فروق معنویة بین االصناف استجابة اربعة اصناف من معرفة لذلك كان الھدف من ھذه الدراسة. ]24[و ]23[وھذا ما أكده كل من بصفة أرتفاع النبات .السمسم للتغذیة الورقیة بالبورون العمل طــرائـقواد والـمــ حقل التجارب التابع لمشروع غاب�ات الك�وت القریب�ة عل�ى في 2011، 2010نفذت تجربة حقلیة خالل الموسمین بترتی��ب rcbdاتب��ع تص��میم القطاع��ات الكامل��ة المعش��اة . ف��ي محافظ��ة واس��ط ھیئ��ة العام��ة للبس��تنة والغاب��اتال \نھ��ر دجل��ة .محل�ي ،الراف�دین، باب�ل، بأربعة مكررات ، شملت األلواح الرئیس�ة االص�ناف عش�تار split plot designاأللواح المنشقة . حرث��ت أرض التجرب��ة 1-.لت��رbملغ��م )150و 100و 50و 0(بینم�ا تض��منت االل��واح الثانوی��ة أربع��ة تراكی��ز م��ن الب��ورون ال�واح وكان�ت مس�احة عل�ىحراثتین متعامدتین ثم نعمت وسویت لغرض تھیئة مرقد مناسب للبذرة ، تم تقس�یم حق�ل التجرب�ة س�م ، وض�عت ف�ي 25ج�ورة واخ�رى وسم 90مروز المسافة بین مرز واخر 4م) شمل 3.6× م 3( 2م10.8اللوح الثانوي اض�یف الس�ماد الفوس�فاتي عل�ى . 16/5/2011و 15/5/2010تمت الزراعة ف�ي . سم 3-2كل جورة ثالث بذور على عمق والسماد النتروجیني على ھیئة یوریا بمعدل 1-.ھـpكغم 80ھیئة سوبر فوسفات الكالسیوم الثالثي عند تھیئة األرض بمعدل 33 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ن�د وص�ول النب�ات عمن اضافة الدفعة األول�ى اً یوم 30بدفعتین متساویتین األولى عند الزراعة والثانیة بعد 1-.ھـnكغم 80 كغ��م 80%) عن��د الزراع��ة بمع��دل k 43، اض��یف البوتاس��یوم عل��ى ش��كل كبریت��ات البوتاس��یوم ( ]25[س��م 25ال��ى ارتف��اع k2oس�م وذل�ك بت�رك نب�ات واح�د ف�ي الج�ورة الواح�دة 2520اجریت عملیة الخف عند بلوغ النب�ات ارتف�اع ]26[ 1-.ھـ . أس�تعمل ح�امض البوری�ك . التعش�یب الی�دوي ث�الث م�رات خ�الل موس�م النم�و، ام�ا ال�ري فق�د ت�م بحس�ب الحاج�ةتمت عملی�ة %) مصدراً للبورون وبعد تحضیر التراكیز المطلوبة تم الرش على المجموع الخض�ري عن�د الص�باح الب�اكر 17.4(بورون مع المحلول لتقلیل الشد السطحي لمحل�ول ال�رش لتر وأضیفت مادة ناشرة (المنظف السائل) 16بوساطة مرشة ظھریة سعة 125، اجری�ت عملی�ة الحص�اد بع�د م�رور ]5[یوم�اً م�ن الزراع�ة 45ن الرش بع�د وللحصول على البلل الكامل للنبات وكا % تزھی�ر 75یوم�اً م�ن تحدی�د 90للسنتین بالتتابع اي بعد م�رور 21/9/2011و 20/9/2010المصادف یوماً من الزراعة نباتات عش�وائیاً م�ن ك�ل ل�وح وم�ن الخط�وط الوس�طیة المحروس�ة عن�د الحص�اد لغ�رض حس�اب ارتف�اع اختبرت عشر . ]4[ وعدد الب�ذور ف�ي العلب�ة ووزن ،وعدد العلب الثمریة للنبات ،والوزن الجاف للنبات (غم) ،وعدد األفرع للنبات ،النبات (سم) ف�ي األوراق بطریق�ة bوتركی�ز ]27[المئوی�ة للزی�ت حس�ب وق�درت النس�بة 1-وحاصل النب�ات كغم.ھ�ـ ،بذرة (غم) 1000 .في مختبر التحلیالت النوعیة لقسم المحاصیل الحقلیة في كلیة الزراعة / جامعة بغداد ]28[ وتمت genstatبرنامج اعتماد لتصمیم المتبعل تبعاً لكل موسم وسة حللت احصائیاً ات للصفات المدربعد جمع وتبویب البیان .]29[ %5وبمستوى معنویة اقل فرق معنوي اختبار ن المتوسطات الحسابیة للمعامالت استعمالالمقارنة بی الـنتـــائـــج والـمنــاقشـــة (سم) ارتفــاع الـنـبــات خل بینھما في صفة الى وجود فروق معنویة بین االصناف وتراكیز البورون والتدا 1تشیر نتائج جدول .2011و 2010للموسمین ارتفاع النبات سم و 129.65یلیھ الصنف بابل ،سم146.07سم و 135.58تفوق صنف الرافدین معنویاً على باقي األصناف واعطى . سم للموسمین106.18سم و 103.87واقل معدل اعطاه الصنف عشتار ،سم120.66و 116.70سم ومحلي 134.74 .]5[و ]4[یتفق مع لطبیعة الوراثیة بین االصناف واختالف اوھذا یعود الى سم 123.21سم الى 125.93سم و 120.63سم الى 122.94سم و 117.23زیادة ارتفاع النبات من )1(یالحظ من الجدول 1-لتر.bملغم )150الى 100الى 50الى 0(سم بزیادة تركیز البورون من 130.19سم و 124.73سم الى 128.59و ارتفاع النبات عند اضافة البورون وزیادة تركیزه الى دور ھذا العنصر في نمو القمة وسمین بالتتابع ، ویعزى سبب تأثرللم ]9و ga3 ]8س ذلك على مستوى ھرمون انعك النامیة وانقسام الخالیا وتوسعھا وكذلك زیادة طول سالمیات الساق .]16و 7[كاربوني ودوره في انتقال نواتج التمثیل ال اعلى 1لتر.bملغم 150كان التداخل بین الصنف والبورون معنویاً في ھذه الصفة واعطى الصنف رافدین عند التركیز سم و 99.83بینما اعطى صنف عشتار عند عدم الرش بالبورون اقل معدل بلغ ،سم149.68سم و 138.68معدل بلغ .سم للموسمین بالتتابع103.25 )1-نبـات(فرع .عــدد األفــرع . وجود فروق معنویة بین االصناف وتراكیز البورون والتداخل 2اظھرت النتائج الموضحة في جدول .2011 و 2010 لموسمي الدراسة 1-بینھما في صفة عدد االفرع .نبات یلیھ 1-فرعاً.نبات 7.98و 6.66اختلفت االصناف معنویاً فیما بینھا في ھذه الصفة واعطى الصنف محلي اعلى معدل للموسمین 2.83و 2.45من األفرع في النبات بلغ اُ بینما اعطى الصنف رافدین اقل عدد ،ثم الصنف عشتار ،الصنف بابل .]24و 23[وھذا یتفق مع . یعزى سبب ذلك الى األختالفات الوراثیة بین االصناف. بالتتابع وع الخضري واعطى ادة تركیز البورون المضاف رشاً على المجمزیادة عدد األفرع للنبات بزی )2(یالحظ من الجدول بینما اعطت النباتات غیر المرشوشة بالبورون اقل ،فرعاً للنبات 4.97و 4.60اعلى معدل 1-لتر.bملغم150التركیز وقد یعزى سبب ذلك الى دور البورون في زیادة انتقال نواتج التمثیل . فرعاً للموسمین بالتتابع 4.22و 3.93المعدالت مما ]8و 7[الذي یحفز تكوین األفرع الثمریة ، فضالً عن اھمیتھ في تكوین وانقسام الخالیا المرستیمیة ]6[الكربوني .]16[ھذه النتیجة كانت مطابقة مع ماتوصل الیھ . یؤدي الى زیادة عدد األفرع الثمریة عند اعطى الصنف محلي . وجود تأثیر معنوي للتداخل بین الصنف وتركیز البورون في ھذه الصفة )2(تظھر نتائج جدول فرعاً ثمریاً بینما اعطى صنف الرافدین عند عدم 8.23و 7.10اعلى معدل بلغ 1-لتر.bملغم150رشھ بالبورون بتركیز .للموسمین بالتتابع فرعاً ثمریاً 2.37و 2.10رشھ بالبورون اقل معدل ( سم) بـعــد أول علبـة ثمریــة تدل على التبكیر في ألنھایعد اقتراب العلب الثمریة من سطح االرض من الصفات المھمة والمرغوبة .الكبسوالتالتزھیر وتكوین اختلفت . 2011و 2010 ة خالل مدة البحثوجود تأثیر معنوي للصنف والبورون في ھذه الصف )3(نتائج جدول توضح 31.98ألول علبة ثمریة عن سطح األرض بلغ اُ األصناف معنویاً في ھذه الصفة وتبین ان الصنف المحلي اعطى اعلى بعد 34 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 سم للموسمین 30.00و 28.66ألول علبة ثمریة عن سطح األرض اً بینما سجل الصنف بابل أقل بعد .سم 35.02و .]21و 20و 19[تتفق ھذه النتائج مع . بالتتابع ،سم 29.61و 27.79بلغ 1-لتر. bملغم 150الى ان أقل بعد ألول علبة ثمریة ظھر عند التركیز )3(تؤكد نتائج جدول وقد یعزى سبب ذلك الى . سم للموسمین بالتتابع33.24و 32.14كان عند معاملة المقارنة (بدون رش) بلغ اً بینما اعلى بعد والسایتوكاینین ولكل منھا دور في انقسام الخالیا والنمو السریع لألنسجة ،األوكسین ، مثلوتحفیز وتوافر منظمات النم .الذي ادى الى خفض بعد أول علبة ثمریة ]10[المرستیمیة 150اعطى الصنف بابل عند رشھ بالبورون بتركیز في ھذه الصفة اذ ن تأثیر معنويكان للتداخل بین الصنف والبورو بینما اعطى الصنف محلي عند عدم رشھ بالبورون اعلى ،سم 27.80و 26.18ألول علبة ثمریة اً اقل بعد 1-لتر.bملغم .سم للموسمین بالتتابع 36.54و 33.74ألول علبة ثمریة بلغ اً بعد 1-عــدد الـعلــب.نبــات )4(ف�ي ج�دول أختلفت األصناف فیما بینھا في معدل عدد العلب الثمریة للنبات وللموسمین ، وقد اش�ارت البیان�ات علبة 137.95و 129.90یلیھ الصنف بابل ،علبة ثمریة للنبات 157.37و 157.99أعطى الى تفوق الصنف عشتار الذي علب�ة 107.61و 101.89أعط�اه ص�نف الراف�دین مع�دالً وأق�ل ،علب�ة ثمری�ة 122.70و 120.18والص�نف محل�ي ،ثمریة ان تفوق الصنف عشتار في ھذه الصفة ربما یعود لكثرة عدد اوراقھ وقصر السالمیات الت�ي یمت�از . ثمریة للموسمین بالتتابع وم�ن ث�مق ف�ي ح�ین أن الص�نف المحل�ي والراف�دین یمت�ازان بتباع�د االورا بھا الصنف حیث تنش�أ الب�راعم م�ن اب�اط االوراق .وقلتھا على النبات الكبسوالتتباعد قد 1-لتر.bملغم 150أن تركیز البورون )4(ازداد معدل عدد العلب الثمریة للنبات بزیادة تركیز البورون ویبین الجدول 118.77قیاساً بمعاملة المقارنة (بدون رش) التي أعطت 136.88و 133.21للعلب الثمریة للنبات بلغ اً أعطى اعلى عدد وقد یعزى سبب ذلك الى دور البورون في نشاط األنزیمات وانقسام . علبة ثمریة للنبات للموسمین بالتتابع 123.26و الكبسوالتثم یقوم بتجھیزه الى ،للبورون الممتص اً مصبن البكتین في جدار الخالیا یعمل الى أ ]11[اشار . ]8[الخالیا والبذور قد تتضرر أو تجھض ألنھ في ھذه الحالة تقل المنافسة على الكبسوالتالبورون فأن والبذور وأنھ في حالة نقص .]18و 15و 14و 12[وھذا یتفق مع ]8[المواد المتمثلة بغیاب البورون اعطى الصنف عشتار عند تركیز البورون . الى وجود تداخل معنوي بین الصنف وتركیز البورون )4(تشیر نتائج الجدول بینما كانت اقل قیمة مع الصنف رافدین 163.18و 164.81الثمریة للنبات بلغ أعلى معدل لعدد العلب 1-لتر.bملغم 150 علبة ثمریة للنبات للموسمین بالتتابع. 101.27و 95.36عند عدم رشھ بالبورون عــدد الــبـذور للـعلبــة وجود تأثیر معنوي للصنف والبورون والتداخل بینھما في عدد البذور للعلبة )5(تبین النتائج الموضحة في جدول .2011و 2010خالل موسمي الدراسة ثم الصنف ،49.85و 49.36یلیھ الصنف بابل 49.99و 50.25من البذور للعلبة بلغ اً أعطى الصنف عشتار أعلى عدد یختلف عدد البذور في . التتابعللموسمین ب 49.59و 48.61أعطاه الصنف محلي وأقل معدالً 49.66و 48.87رافدین ا ما علمنا أن التلقیح خصب اذلحجم وطول الثمرة عالقة بعدد البذور فضالً عن نسبة ال اذ ان ،العلبة حسب األصناف .]22و 21و 20[ذور في الثمرة بطة الحشرات یمكن أن یزید من عدد الاسالخلطي بو الى 47.14الى زیادة عدد البذور للعلبة الثمریة من 1-لتر.bملغم 150الى 100الى 50الى 0أدت زیادة البورون من . 2011بذرة للموسم 51.60الى 50.62الى 49.29الى 47.72ومن 2010بذرة للموسم 50.93الى 49.90الى 49.12 ج التي نجحت في انتااصل وتمثل عدد البویضات المخصبة أن صفة عدد البذور في العلبة الثمریة تعد من أھم مكونات الح البذور، وان سبب الزیادة في عدد البذور قد یعود الى دور البورون في نمو األجزاء التكاثریة التي تحتاج الى مستویات عالیة من البورون لتنمو بشكل طبیعي السیما نمو الكالس في جدران خالیا انابیب اللقاح وھذا یتم من خالل تكوین معقد یة الى تراكیز عالیة من البورون في المبیض لذا فأن البورون في ھذه الحالة یؤدي بورات الكالس وتحتاج االنبوبة اللقاح وھذا یؤثر بشكل ]13[لنمو األنبوبة اللقاحیة خالل االنسجة التكاثریة بأتجاه المبیض اً كیمیائی اً موجھونھ اضافیاً ك مھماً دوراً .مباشر في نسبة األخصاب في االزھار وتكوین البذور الى وجود تداخل معنوي للصنف والبورون في معدل ھذه الصفة ، وقد أعطى الصنف عشتار )5(اشارت نتائج الجدول بذرة بینما أعطى الصنف محلي عند عدم 51.82و 52.14أعلى معدل بلغ 1-لتر.bملغم 150عند رشھ بالبورون بتركیز .بالتتابع بذرة للموسمین 47.23 و 46.78رشھ بالبورون أقل المعدالت (غم) بــذرة 1000وزن وجود فروق معنویة بین االصناف في ھذه الصفة بینما لم یكن ھناك اي )6(اظھرت النتائج الموضحة في جدول یالحظ أن الصنف عشتار قد تفوق في . الصنف والبورون لموسمي الدراسةتأثیر معنوي لتركیز البورون والتداخل بین غم 3.14و 3.17قد أعطاه الصنف المحلي غم على باقي االصناف وان اقل معدالً 4.30و 4.32بذرة 1000وزن ان نباتات السیماتمتاز نباتات الصنف عشتار بقلة التفرعات وامكانیة استغالل الضوء بشكل أفضل . للموسمین بالتتابع 35 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ون االوراق متقابلة في االسفل ستغالل اكبر كمیة من الضوء حیث تكح االسمسم تمتاز بنظام ترتیب لألوراق یسم مقارنة بالصنف المحلي الذي یمتاز بزیادة التفرعات ى لذا فأن معدل تصنیع الغذاء عالٍ ومتبادلة في االعل .من االوراق الكبسوالتقرب فضالً ومایسببھ من تضلیل لألوراق اسفل النبات 1-كغم. ھـ حــاصــل الـبـذور االھداف الرئیسة التي یسعى الباحثون الوصول الیھا وتشیر النتائج یعد الحاصل العالي من البذور من .2011و 2010الى وجود فروق معنویة بین االصناف للموسمین بینما 1-كغم.ھـ1450.23و 1338.65نبات الذي بلغ تفوق الصنف عشتار في حاصل بذور ال )7(أظھرت نتائج الجدول أن سبب تفوق صنف عشتار قد . للموسمین بالتتابع 1-كغم.ھـ 1058.78و 956.38أعطى الصنف المحلي أقل معدل بلغ وھذا یعود الى اختالف الطبیعة ]17و 5و 4[وھذا یتفق مع نتائج . )6و 5یعود الى تفوق في مكونات الحاصل (الجداول الوراثیة بین االصناف. 150أعطت معاملة رش البورون بتركیز . )7(جدول أثرت تراكیز البورون معنویاً في معدل ھذه الصفة ولكال الموسمین بینما أعطت معاملة المقارنة (الرش بالماء فقط) أقل معدالً ،1-كغم.ھـ 1403.49و 1298.69أعلى معدل 1-لتر.bملغم أن زیادة حاصل البذور تتأثر من زیادة واحد أو أكثر من مكونات . للموسمین بالتتابع 1-كغم.ھـ 1107.43و 1077.42 . )6) وعدد البذور بالعلبة (جدول 5نبات السمسم تتمثل في عدد العلب الثمریة للنبات (جدول الى اصل التي ھي بالنسبة الح .من وجود تاثیر للبورون في حاصل بذور نباتات السمسم]23و 22و 21و 20[مع ما توصل الیھ كل من تتفق نتائجنا أعطى الصنف عشتار عند رشھ . وجود تداخل معنوي بین الصنف والبورون في ھذه الصفة )7(یتضح من الجدول فقد كان للصنف ، اما اقل معدالً 1-كغم.ھـ 1616.47و 1450.23بلغ أعلى معدالً 1-لتر.bملغم 150بالبورون بتركیز .للموسمین بالتتابع 1-كغم.ھـ 927.76و 866.85محلي مع معاملة المقارنة (الرش بالماء فقط) الـنسبــة الـمئــویة للـزیـت فـي الـبــذور یعد زیت السمسم من أجود الزیوت في العالم وال یسبقھ في ذلك اال زیت الزیتون ویسعى المھتمون .بزراعة السمسم الى الوصول ألعلى نسبة من الزیت و 2010في ھذه الصفة للموسمین والتداخل بینھما الى وجود تأثیر معنوي للصنف والبورون )8(أشارت نتائج الجدول و 55.47بلغ تفوق الصنف رافدین معنویاً في النسبة المئویة للزیت على األصناف االخرى وأعطى أعلى معدالً . 2011 .%52.68و 52.63اعطاه الصنف عشتار نما أقل معدالَ % بی54.68 قد أعطت النباتات المرشوشة بتركیز یادة في النسبة المئویة للزیت ، فان اضافة البورون أدت الى ز )8(جدول تؤكد نتائج بینما أعطت النباتات غیر المرشوشة بالبورون اقل نسبة .%55.21و 55.62اعلى نسبة مئویة للزیت 1-لتر.bملغم 150 دة النسبة المئویة للزیت بزیادة تركیز البورون الى تنشیط العدید وقد یعزى سبب زیا. % للموسمین بالتتابع51.59و 51.76 البذور وتراكمھا وانتقال المواد الكربوھیدراتیة الى مواقع التخزین في ]11[ة التمثیل الكربوني وزیادة كفای من األنزیمات .]15و 14و 12[ه النتیجة تتفق مع وھذ. ]7[على ھیئة زیوت 1-لتر. bملغم 150أعطى الصنف رافدین عند رشھ بتركیز . الصنف والبورون في كال الموسمین كان التداخل معنویاً بین % بینما أعطى الصنف عشتار عند عدم رشھ بالبورون أقل نسبة مئویة للزیت 56.11و 56.94أعلى نسبة مئویة للزیت .% للموسمین بالتتابع50.25و 50.20 )مـادة جافـة 1-ملغم.كغم(الـبـورون فـي االوراق محتوى البورون في االوراق بینما لم یكن محتوى الى وجود تأثیر معنوي للبورون في )9(توضح نتائج جدول أن اضافة تبین النتائج . 2011و 2010والتداخل بین الصنف والبورون للموسمین ھناك أي تأثیر معنوي للصنف و 46.38بلغ أعلى معدالً 1-لتر. bملغم 150أعطت معاملة الرش . في االوراق محتواهالبورون أدت الى زیادة 42.08و 40.88 قیاساً بمعاملة المقارنة (الرش بالماء فقط) التي أعطت أقل معدالً مادة جافة 1-ملغم.كغم 47.75 ربما یعزى ذلك الى ان رش البورون على النباتات قد أدى الى . للموسمین بالتتابعمادة جافة 1-ملغم.كغم ) أدى 3و 2و 1عن طریق االوراق وتراكمھ وزیادة تركیزه فیھا وان تحسن نمو النباتات (الجداول امتصاصھ تخزین ومنشط الى زیادة امتصاصھ لسد حاجة الورقة منھ وألنھ ناقل للكاربوھیدرات من االوراق الى مواقع ال .]12[و ]11[تتفق ھذه النتائج مع ]10[من األنزیمات لعدد اذ تحسن أداء النبات بزیادة كمیة البورون ،ألصناف السمسم للرش الورقي للبورون استجابةنستنتج من ھذه الدراسة وجود كما تمیز الصنف عشتار عن باقي االصناف في .1-لتر.bملغم 150المضاف وأن اعلى النتائج ظھرت عند الرش بتركیز ھذا البحث بتفوقھ في حاصل البذور وبعض الصفات الحقلیة ونوصي بمزید من الدراسات على ھذه األصناف لمعرفة مقاومتھا لألمراض النباتیة وانفالق البذور. 36 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 الـمصــادر 1-yingxian,z.,c.ming and aizhong w.. 1988. studies of giema banding patterns of chromosome in sesame (sesamum indicum l.). proceedings of the fourth oil crops. network workshop held at njovokenya. 25-29, january. p: 242-244. 2-tashiro,t.y.,fakuda, t.osawa and namic m.. 1990. oil and minor componenets of sesame (sesamum indicum l.) strains. j. amer. oil chem soc. 67 : 508-511.. .)1العدد (. . مركز البحوث الزراعیة والبایولوجیة1992. النشرة السنویة لألصناف المسجلة والمعتمدة في العراق -3 . والحاصل ومكوناتھ. تأثیر مواعید الزراعة والحصاد على نوعیة الزیت 1997، ابراھیم عیسى محمد .الجبوري -4 الزراعة / . قسم المحاصیل الحقلیة. كلیة. أطروحة دكتوراه. ) .sesamum indicum lلصنفین من محصول السمسم ( .114جامعة بغداد .ع ص : 5narimani h, rahimi mm, ahmadikhah a, and vaezi b (2004). study on the effects of foliar spray of micronutrient on yield and yield components of sesame. arch. appl. sci. res., 2(6): 168-176. 6-blevins,d.g. and lukaszewski k.m.. (1998). boron in plant structure and function. ann. rev. pl. physiol. mol. biol. 49: 481 – 500. 7-mortvedt,j.j. and woodreuff j.r.. (1993). technology and application of boron 17 fertilizer for crops. in: gupta, u.c. (ed) boron and its role in crop production, pp: 15776. crc press, boca raton, florida, usa. 8-dell,b. and huang, l .(1997).physiological response of plants to low boron. plant and soil. 193: 103-120. 9-prakash,m. and ganesan, j. (1997). effect of plant growth regulators and micronutrients on certain growth analysis parameters in sesame. the indian journal of agricultural science. 67(2):41-47. 10-shorrocks,v.m. (1992). boron-a global appraisal of the occurrence, diagnosis and correction of boron deficiency. in: portech, s.(ed), proc. int. symptoms on the role of sulphur, magnesium and micronutrients in balanced plant nutrition, pp: 39-53. the sulphur institute, washington, d.c. 11-liu,w.d., pi, m.m. and wang, y.h.. (1986). diagnosis of boron deficiency in cotton plant. china j. soil sci. 17: 132-5. 12barker,a.v. and pilbeann, d.j.. (2007). plant nutrition. taylor and francis group. pp: 613.. 13-wei,w.w.y. and juan, x.y..(2004). effect of boron on sesame growth and its yield. oil crop of china. 24(2) : 144-148. 14-yousif,h.y., bingham, f.t. and yermanos, d.m.. (1972). growth, mineral composition and seed oil of sesame (sesamum indicim l.) as affected by boron and exchangeable sodium. soil science society of america journal. 36(6) :923-926. 15lizhiyu,gu.tu., z.yujing and guilan, z.. (1990). boron nutrition and boron application in sesame 1. the effect of boron on growth and development, yield and quality in sesame. oil crops of china. 2 : 37-41. 16jeena,m. and george, s. .(2011). sulpher and boron improves yields of oilseed sesame in sandy loam soil of onattukara. better crops, south asia. p: 14-15. 17-basavaraj, b., shetty, r.a. and hunshal, c.s.. 2000. nutrient content and uptake by sesame varieties to fertilizer and population levels under summer irrigated conditions. karnataka j. of agricultural sci. 13 (1) : 141-143.. للتنمیة . المنظمة العربیة. سمنار الحصاد االلي للسمسم. والسودانالسمسم في العالم . )1993(. محمود، محمود احمد -18 السودان\، الخرطوم الزراعیة 19-pratima,s., sharma, c.p. and chatterjee, c.. (1999). seed quality of sesame (sesamum indicum l.) as influenced by boron nutrition. the indian journal of agricultural sciences. 69(1) : 52-55. 37 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 20-nandita,r., mamum, s.m.ab. and jahan, md.s.. (2009). yield performance of sesame (sesamum indicum l.) varieties at varying levels of row spacing. research journal of agriculture and biological sciences. 5(5) : 823-827. 21-itnal,c.j., haleman, h.l., radder, c.d., surkod, v.s. and sajjan, g.c. .(1993). response of sesamum genotypes to application of fertilizers. j.maharashtra agric. univ. 13(3):374-375. 22-el-habbasha, s.f., salam, m.s.a.el. and kabesh, m.o.. (2007). response of two sesame varieties (sesamum indicum l.) to partial replacement of chemical fertilizers by bioorganic fertilizers. research journal of agriculture and biological sciences.3(6):563 -571. 23-kathiresan,g. (2002). response of sesame (sesamum indicum l.) genotypes to levels of nutrients and spacing under different seasons. indian journal of agronomy. 47:537-540. 24-sarkar,r.k. and anita, s.. (2005). analysis of growth and productivity of sesame (sesamum indicum l.) in relation to nitrogen, sulpher and boron. indian journal of plant physiology.10(4):333-337. sesamum. تأثیر التسمید النایتروجیني والفوسفاتي في نمو وحاصل السمسم ()2003(. ، مثنى شبلخطار -25 indicum l. .( .107: ع ص. كلیة الزراعة / جامعة بغداد. قسم علوم المحاصیل الحقلیة. رسالة ماجستیر. . ) واالفات المرافقة وعالقتھ.sesamum indicum lحاصل السمسم (. )2003(، موفق عبد الرزاق سھیل .النقیب -26 ص : .. قسم علوم المحاصیل الحقلیة. كلیة الزراعة / جامعة بغداد .ع. اطروحة دكتوراه. بالري والتسمید ورماد االدغال 133. 27a.o.a.c. (1980). official methods analysis association of offic analysis chemists. 13th ed. 28-bingham,f.t.1982. boron. p.431-448. in:a.l. page(ed). method soil analysis. part 2: chemical and mineralogical properties amer. soc. agron. madison, wi, usa. 29-steel,r.g.d. and torrie, j.h. .(1980). principles and procedures of statistics. 2nd ed mc graw hill book co. inc. new york. pp : 481. 38 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 . ارتفاع النبات (سم) بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین1جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین المتوسط b0 131.22 99.83 112.50 125.37 117.23 b0 142.14 103.25 116.10 130.28 122.94 b50 135.10 102.72 116.38 128.35 120.63 b50 145.46 105.48 119.65 133.16 125.93 b100 137.35 105.43 118.80 131.27 123.21 b100 147.00 107.70 122.34 137.33 128.59 b150 138.68 107.52 119.12 133.63 124.73 b150 149.68 108.32 124.56 138.20 130.19 1.73 3.54 %5أ.ف.م 1.25 2.68 %5أ.ف.م 134.74 120.66 106.18 146.07 المتوسط 129.65 116.70 103.87 135.58 المتوسط 1.73 %5أ.ف.م 1.25 %5أ.ف.م بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین 1-. عدد األفرع .نبات2جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین b0 2.10 3.25 6.37 4.00 3.93 b0 2.37 3.10 7.62 3.79 4.22 b50 2.35 3.47 6.58 4.23 4.15 b50 2.55 3.39 7.95 4.00 4.47 b100 2.62 3.52 6.61 4.42 4.29 b100 2.64 3.52 8.12 4.15 4.66 b150 2.75 4.00 7.10 4.56 4.60 b150 3.77 3.61 8.23 4.28 4.97 0.15 1.34 %5أ.ف.م 0.12 1.68 %5أ.ف.م 4.05 7.98 3.40 2.83 المتوسط 4.30 6.66 3.56 2.45 المتوسط 0.15 %5أ.ف.م 0.12 %5أ.ف.م . بعد أول علبة (سم) بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین3جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین b0 32.40 31.55 33.74 30.90 32.14 b0 32.66 32.10 36.54 31.67 33.24 b50 31.32 30.46 32.38 29.33 30.87 b50 31.47 31.88 36.36 30.81 32.63 b100 30.65 29.53 31.21 28.26 29.91 b100 30.26 30.64 34.18 29.75 31.20 b150 28.12 26.27 30.60 26.18 27.79 b150 29.36 28.29 33.00 27.80 29.61 0.52 1.28 %5أ.ف.م 0.30 1.16 %5أ.ف.م 30.00 35.02 30.72 30.93 المتوسط 28.66 31.98 29.45 30.62 المتوسط 0.52 %5أ.ف.م 0.30 %5أ.ف.م 39 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین 1-. عدد العلب. نبات4جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین المتوسط b0 95.36 147.54 112.00 120.20 118.77 b0 101.27 148.16 116.28 127.34 123.26 b50 101.23 158.26 120.30 129.00 127.19 b50 106.48 157.38 122.64 138.70 131.30 b100 104.47 161.38 123.12 134.19 130.79 b100 110.60 160.77 124.53 140.86 134.19 b150 106.50 164.81 125.33 136.22 133.21 b150 112.11 163.18 127.35 144.90 136.88 1.85 3.10 %5أ.ف.م 2.12 4.10 %5أ.ف.م 137.95 122.70 157.37 107.61 المتوسط 129.90 120.18 157.99 101.89 المتوسط 1.85 %5أ.ف.م 2.12 %5أ.ف.م بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین 1-. عدد البذور .علبة5جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین المتوسط b0 47.21 47.50 46.78 47.10 47.14 b0 47.47 48.33 47.23 47.86 47.72 b50 48.93 50.15 48.19 49.21 49.12 b50 49.15 49.48 49.55 49.00 49.29 b100 49.25 51.22 49.00 50.15 49.90 b100 50.76 50.90 50.10 50.74 50.62 b150 50.10 52.14 50.48 51.00 50.93 b150 51.28 51.82 51.50 51.80 51.60 0.75 1.54 %5أ.ف.م 0.60 1.37 %5أ.ف.م 49.85 49.59 49.99 49.66 المتوسط 49.36 48.61 50.25 48.87 المتوسط 0.75 %5أ.ف.م 0.60 %5أ.ف.م بذرة (غم) بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین 1000. وزن 6جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین المتوسط b0 3.86 4.42 3.10 4.22 3.90 b0 3.75 4.31 3.00 4.11 3.79 b50 3.75 4.30 3.20 4.18 3.85 b50 3.80 4.25 3.15 4.00 3.80 b100 3.80 4.29 3.23 4.20 3.88 b100 3.82 4.36 3.22 4.19 3.89 b150 3.79 4.30 3.15 4.25 3.87 b150 3.70 4.30 3.20 4.14 3.83 n.s n.s %5أ.ف.م n.s n.s %5أ.ف.م 4.11 3.14 4.30 3.76 المتوسط 4.21 3.17 4.32 3.80 المتوسط 0.13 %5أ.ف.م 0.09 %5أ.ف.م 40 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین 1-. حاصل البذور كغم.ھـ7جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون ملغم 1-.لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون ملغم 1-.لتر االصناف بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین المتوسط b0 1069.79 1197.34 866.85 1175.72 1077.42 b0 1054.97 1235.93 927.76 1211.06 1107.43 b50 1220.24 1319.20 934.00 1297.10 1192.63 b50 1252.77 1390.68 1031.79 1330.79 1251.50 b100 1277.00 1387.86 995.44 1352.68 1253.24 b100 1348.65 1557.85 1136.70 1437.00 1370.05 b150 1310.33 1450.23 1029.26 1404.96 1298.69 b150 1398.38 1616.47 1138.89 1460.22 1403.49 أ.ف.م 5% 24.33 16.80 أ.ف.م 5% 36.18 21.10 1359.76 1058.78 1450.23 1263.69 المتوسط 1307.61 956.38 1338.65 1219.34 المتوسط أ.ف.م 5% 16.80 أ.ف.م 5% 21.10 . النسبة المئویة للزیت في البذور بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین8جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین المتوسط b0 53.19 50.20 51.67 52.00 51.76 b0 52.80 50.25 51.38 51.95 51.59 b50 55.20 52.11 53.00 54.25 53.64 b50 54.38 52.26 53.20 53.49 53.33 b100 56.57 53.86 54.58 55.47 55.12 b100 55.45 53.74 54.62 53.92 54.43 b150 56.94 54.35 54.89 56.31 55.62 b150 56.11 54.50 55.48 54.77 55.21 0.68 1.29 %5أ.ف.م 0.74 1.56 %5أ.ف.م 53.53 53.67 52.68 54.68 المتوسط 54.50 53.53 52.63 55.47 المتوسط 0.68 %5أ.ف.م 0.74 %5أ.ف.م مادة جافة بتأثیر الصنف والبورون للموسمین 1-. تركیز البورون في االوراق ملغم .كغم9جـدول 2010 2011 تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف المتوسط تركیز البورون 1-ملغم .لتر االصناف بابل محلي عشتار رافدین بابل محلي عشتار رافدین المتوسط b0 40.68 41.10 40.74 41.00 40.88 b0 42.12 42.00 41.86 42.35 42.08 b50 43.28 43.41 44.63 43.39 43.67 b50 44.31 45.48 43.60 45.00 44.59 b100 44.67 45.50 45.56 45.71 45.36 b100 46.49 47.84 46.87 46.83 47.00 b150 45.40 46.72 46.19 47.23 46.38 b150 47.63 47.25 48.98 47.14 47.75 n.s 0.09 %5أ.ف.م n.s 0.90 %5أ.ف.م 45.33 45.32 45.55 45.13 المتوسط 44.33 44.28 44.18 43.50 المتوسط n.s %5أ.ف.م n.s %5أ.ف.م 41 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 growth and yield for sesame cultivars related to boron muwafaq.a.al-naqeeb department of crop science/ college of agriculture/ university of baghdad reyadh. j. mansoor. al-maliky department of crop science/ college of agriculture/ university of wasit ammar s. mahdi. al-zubade department of crop science/ college of agriculture/ university of baghdad received in: 1 april 2013 , accepted in: 24 september 2013 abstract a field experiment was conducted through 2010-2011 in the experimental field return to alkut forest project near the tigris river\ general directorate of horticultural and forestry at wasit governorate. the purpose of this research is to know the response of four cultivars of sesame to foliar nutrition with boron. r.c.b.p. were used with split plot in four replications including main plot cultivars, ishtar, babel, al-rafidain, local. while sub-plot included four concentrations of boron (0,50,100, 150) mgb/l-1. the result showed that al-rafidain was superior in the average of plant height and % of oil over all cultivars, while the local cultivars gave higher average of number of branches for plant and the highest first capsule from the surface of soil. as for ishtar cultivars was superior in capsule per plant, number of seeds per capsule, and the weight of 1000 seeds, that was reflected on giving the highest yield of seeds per plant in comparison with the others for each season. and the results showed no significant differences between the cultivars in boron concentration in leafs. the concentration of 150 mgb/l-1 gave the highest average in all characteristics that was studied, except that of the farness of the first capsule which was the highest value in control. while no any effect of boron in the weight of 1000 seeds for each season. the interaction between the cultivars and concentration was significant in all characteristics except the weight of 1000 seeds and the concentration of boron in leaf for each season, and the highest yield of seeds when spraying the cultivars ishtar with boron in 50 mgb/ l-1 concentrate was1450.23 and 1616.47kg.h-1. while the local cultivars gave with control (water spraying only) the lowest yield of seed 866.85 and 927.76kg.h-1 for each season. we concluded from this research there is a response for sesame cultivars for foliar spraying with boron and an enhancement in plant performance with the increase of boron .therefore, we recommend to apply more researches on cultivar ishtar and boron spraying with 150 mgb/l-1.concentrate. key words: sesame, growth, boron, cultivars 42 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@öü»€a@i@3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <feff00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200076006f006e002000640065006e0065006e002000530069006500200068006f006300680077006500720074006900670065002000500072006500700072006500730073002d0044007200750063006b0065002000650072007a0065007500670065006e0020006d00f60063006800740065006e002e002000450072007300740065006c006c007400650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f00620061007400200075006e0064002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0064006500720020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002e> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 effect of carbimazol-induced hypothyroidism on male rat reproductive system saadi m. mahmood mohammed n.taha gaida. a. k. yahia dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:30 april 2012 , accepted in:15 october 2012 abstract the present study is undertaken to evaluate the effects of hypothyroidism induced by carbimazol in male rat reproductive system. rats were treated with carbimazol (80 and 160 mg/kg body weight) daily for two, four, six, and eight weeks, while control rats were given distilled water orally. the results of these experiments are: 1-treatment with carbimazol produced increase in body weight of treated animals. this increase was not statistically significant even at high concentrations. 2-decrease in testicular weight was observed during all administration points. this decrease was aggravated proportional to duration and dose (p≤0.001). 3-results of most intervals showed significant decrease in epididymal-head weight, while no significant decrease was observed in epididymal-tail weight. 4-carbimazol increased seminal vesicle weight, particularly after six (p≤0.05) and eight weeks for both doses. 5-prostates were responsive to reduce thyroid hormones by increasing its weight in a dosedependent manner. key words : hypothyrodisim ,carbimazol , reproductive system ,rat. 46 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction the experimental evidence available indicated that eaten food which contains thiocyanate interfere with use of iodine by thyroid. these foods known as goitrogens such as: broccoli, cabbage, kale and soybean (1,2). the use of thiourea derivatives such as carbimazol made the elucidation of hypothyroidism effect easier (3).carbimazol is a common oral treatment widely prescribed for hyperthyroidism, the primary effect is to inhibit thyroid hormone synthesis by interfering with thyroid peroxidase-mediate thyroglobuline organification (4,5). many investigations attempted to present coherent pictures concerning the relationship between thyroid gland and reproductive functions (6). this has postulated that thyroid hormones play a significant role in male but not female reproductive tract development in human and rodents (7). therefore, anattempt has been made to present a coherent picture concerning thyroid-gonad interrelationships using chemicalinduced thyroid dysfunction biosynthesis in male rat and the relevance of reproductive effects observed for prediction of adverse effects in man. materials and methods fifty two male rats (250-300g) obtained from the institute of embryo research and infertility treatments were used throughout this study. they were maintained under standard laboratory conditions, in a well ventilated room with 12h light: 12h darkness schedule at 2030 c, and were given food and water ad labium. animals were divided into three groups: group i: twenty rats were daily given orally low dose of carbimazol (80mg/kg body weight). group ii: twenty rats ware daily given orally high dose of carbimazol (160mg/kg body weight) group iii: twelve control rats were daily drenched distilled water orally. then, animals were killed after weighed under ether anesthesia, autopsied after two, four, six, and eight weeks of treatment. testes, epididymies, prostate, and seminal vesicle were immediately dissected out, cleaned from adherent mesentery and blood vessels, and then their weights were calculated relative to body weight (8). testes volume was calculated according to the following equation (9). v=2/3(abc) x ת where a=testis length b=testis width c=testis thickness 3.1416=ת then testis was decapsulated and the tunica albuginea was weighted. testicular tissue weight was obtained by subtracting the tunica weight from original testicular weight. results one of the experiments performed was to determine whether hypothyroidism could affect the body weight by using carbimazol treatment. it can be seen that body weight gain in both control and treated groups, increased linearly with time and reached its maximum after eight weeks of treatment, but this increase was not statistically significant even at high concentration (table 1). the degree to which hypothyroidism affect testicular weight in carbimazol treated rats can be shown in table (2). it can be seen from these data that the testicular weight of these animals were lower than those of control group during all administration points. the magnitude of this reduction was proportional to length, so that it's maximum value (-23.23) reached after eight weeks. table (3) shows that carbimazol caused inhibition of the volume of treated rat testis especially at the high concentration (160mg/kg); this decrease became significant after eight weeks for both concentrations. on the other hand, hypothyroidism was found to increase the 47 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 tunica albuginea weight of treated rats. these results summarized in table (4). it can be seen that this increase was more pronounced after four and eight weeks of treatment in a dose dependent-manner. the results here also showed significant increase (p≤0.05) after eight weeks of treatment at high dose compared with low dose. it is worth mentioning that the testicular tissue weight was decreased in all treated groups, but it did not show any significant changes except that of fourth and eighth weeks of treatment. this decrease was sensitive to the duration and dose, and reached minimum value (0.276±0.006) after eight weeks, see table (5). table (6) shows gradual increase of epididymal-head weight with age for both control and carbimazol treated rats. in spite of this, all values of carbimazol treated rats were lower than those of control and statistically significant in all time points except the end point. despite a trend toward decreased epididymal tail weight in carbimazol treated rats compared with control, this was decreased at each time points were not significantly different between age-match controls and carbimazol rats (table 7). carbimazol at high and low doses have increased the weight of seminal vesicle. after six weeks of treatment, high dose caused marked significant (p≤0.05) increase compared with control and other treated groups, then after eight weeks this increase was highly significant (p≤0.001). the relation between different concentrations of this agent and seminal vesicle weight is shown in table (8). similarly, table (9) shows significant increase after six and eight weeks in rat prostate weight treated with carbimazol (160mg/kg) and reached highest value after eight weeks (0.393±0.017) while, the results of treated rats with low dose showed a significant (p≤0.01) increase only in last period. discussion recently many investigations are now actively being pursued to understand the primary effects of thyroid hormones on male reproductive and fertility (10). results of the present study indicated that carbimazol caused structural changes in male rat reproductive system. however, there are controversies about hypothyroidism effect on the body weight and strong evidence is still lacking to draw firm conclusion. data obtained from this study showed no significant increase in the body weight of carbimazol treated rats despite losing appetite. the result was anticipated, since, the decrease in thyroid hormones secretion lead to decrease in basal metabolic rate (11).a similar situation has been reported by(12). alternatively, a different mechanism of hypothyroidism action can be suggested when (13) found that the seasonal loss of body weight observed in male mammals during sexual activity is correlated with elevated plasma testosterone level seems to be another reason for body weight gain. to aid the investigation of hypothyroidism effect on male reproductive system, reproductive organs were employed. these effects on testis activity are less clear-cut. the results presented here, showed that carbimazol reduce testicular weight. this may be due to that all previous studies were performed on neonatal rats while, this study performed on adult rats. this inhibitory effect is not unexpected and it is in agreement with finding of other investigator (14, 15,16). there are two possible ways to explain this, firstly, impairment of spermatogenesis as a result of delaying germ cell maturation (14). secondly, the decline in steroidogenic activity of leydig cells (15,17). the fact that testicular volume always related to testicular weight explained the significant decrease in testicular volume observed in this study. the results also revealed that the absence of thyroid hormones decreased of epididymal weight. this observation is consistent with the suggestion that hypothyroidism induces epididymal hypofunction (18).one possible explanation of this finding is the decrease of testicular activity, this may cause decrease hormone support to epididymis which regulate growth and activity of this organ (19). 48 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 surprisingly, carbimazol was found to have different effect on the accessory sex organs, increase seminal vesicle and prostate weight, since the growth of these organs was androgendependent (14,20).however,it can not be rolled out that adrenocoticotropic hormone (acth) increase in hypothyroidism (21) consequently, induce growth of prostate (22). finally, (23) reported that circulatory oestradiol in male mouse is positively correlated with adult prostate size and number of prostatic androgen receptors. it is apparent that hypothyroidism may cause oestrogen increase (24). if this is true, it is reasonable that there is another reason for prostate weight increase. thus, further investigation is needed to understand how thyroid affect process such as spermatogenesis which could help uncovers the connection between thyroid and male infertility. references 1. stoewsand, g.s. (1995) goitrogens. food chem. toxicol., 33(6): 537-543. 2. chandra, a.k.; mukhopadhyay, s.; lahari d. and tripathy s. (2004) goitrogenic content in indian cyanogenic plant foods and their in vitro anti-thyroidal activity. indian j. med.res.119: 180-185. 3. laurence, d.r. and bennet, p.n. (1987).clinical pharmacology, 6th edn, churchill livingstone, edinburgh: 776. 4. cano-europa, e.; blas-valdivia,v.; lopez-galindo, g.; franco-colin, m.; pinedareynoso, m.;hernandez-garcia, a. and ortiz-butron, r.(2010) methimazole-induced hypothyroidism causes alteration of the redox environment, oxidative stress, and hepatic damage; events not caused by hypothyroidism itself. ann.hepatol. 9(1):80-88. 5. saber, a. sakr; hoda a. mahran, amany e. nofal (2012).effect of selenium on carbimazol-induced histopathlogical and histochemical alteration in prostate of albino rats. amer.j. med.medical.sci 2(1): 5-11. 6. billings, h.j.; viguie, c.; karsch, f.j.; goodman, r.l.; connors, j.m. and anderson, g.m.(2002) temporal requirements of thyroid hormones for seasonal changes in lh secretion. endocrinology, 143(7): 2618-2625. 7. jahnke, g.d.; choksi, n.y.; moore, j.a. and shelby, m.d. (2004). thyroid toxicants: assessing reproductive health effects. environ.health.perspect, 112: 363-368. 8. joyce, k. l.; porcelli, j. and cook, p. s.(1993). neonatal goitrogen treatment increases adult testis size and sperm production in the mouse. j. androl., 14(6): 448-455. 9. kadhim, a.h.; nakash, m.m.; elias, e.a.; wahid, i.n.and mustafa, a.m.(1988).reproduction of rattus frugivrus (muridae rodentia) in mixed citrus-date palm orchards of central iraq. biol.sci.res .j. 19: 761-771. 10. singh, r.; hamada, a.j .and agarwal, a. (2011).thyroid hormones in male reproduction and fertility. the open reproductive science journal, 3: 98-104. 11. baquer, n.z.; cascales, m; mclean, p and greenbaum, a.l.(1976) effect of thyroid hormones deficiency on the distribution of hepatic metabolites and control of pathways of carbohydrate metabolism in liver and adipose tissue of the rat. eur.j. biochem.68:403-413. 12. abid m.; billingtonc.j.and nuttall, f.q.(1999) thyroid function and energy intake during weight gain following treatment of hypothyroidism.j.amer.coll.nutrition 18(2):189-193 13. ben saad m.m.b; and maurel, d.l.(2004) reciprocal interaction between seasonal testis and thyroid activity in zembra island wild rabbit (oryctolagus cuniculus): effect of castration, thyroidectomy, temperature, and photoperiod. bio.reprod.70: 1001-1009. 14. biswas, n.m.; ghosh, p.k.; biswas,r.and ghosh,d (1994) effect of thyroidectomy and thyroxin and ɑ24-globulin replacement therapy in testicular steroidogenic and gametogenic activities in rats. j. endocrinol., 140: 343-347. 15. antony, f.f.; aruldhas, m.m.; udhayakumar, r.c.r. and maran r.r.m. (1995) inhibition of leydic cell activity in vivo and vitro in hypothyroid rats.j.endocrinol.,144: 293300. 49 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 16. handelsman, d.j.; spaliviero, j.a.; simpson, j.m.; allan, c.m. and singh, j. (1999). spermatogenesis without gonadotropins: maintenance has a low testosterone threshold than initiation. endocrinology, 140(9): 3938-3946. 17. kim,i.s.; ariyaratne, h.b.s. and mendis-handagama, s.m.l.c.(2002).changes in the testis interstitium of brown norway rats with aging and effects of luteinizing and thyroid hormone on the aged testes in enhancing the steroidogenic potential. biol. reprod., 66:13591366. 18. jiang, j.y.; umezu, m. and sato, e. (2000).characteristics of infertility and the improvement of fertility by thyroxin treatment in adult male hypothyroid rdw rats. biol.reprod.63:1637-1641. 19. cooper, t.g. and waites, g.m.h. (1974) testosterone in rete testis fluid and blood of rams and rats. j. endocrinol.62: 619-629. 20. yeh, j.y.; tsia, s.c.; kau, m.m.; lo, m.j.; and wang, p.s. (1999). effects of thyroid hormones on the release of calcitonin gene-related peptide (cgrp) by rat prostate gland in vitro. chin. j. physiol. 42(2): 89-94. 21. tohei, a.; akai, m.; tomabechi, t; mamada, m. and taya, k.(1997) adrenal and gonadal function in hypothyroid adult male rats. j. endocrinol. 152:147-154. 22. bardin, c.w. and peterson, r.e.(1967) studies of androgen production by the rat: testosterone and androstenedione content of blood. endocrinology 80:38-44. 23. thayer, k.a.; ruhlen, r.l.; howdeshell, k.l.; buchanan, d.l; cook, p.s.; preziosi, d.; welshons, w.v.; haseman, j. and saal, f.s.v.(2001) altered prostate growth and daily sperm production in male mice exposed prenatally to sub clinical doses of 17ɑethinyloestradiol. human reprod. 16(5): 988-996. 24. ulisse, s.;jannini e.a.; carosa, e.; piersanti,d.graziano , f.m. and d‘ armiento,n (1994). inhibition of aromatase activity in rat sertoli cells by thyroid hormone. ibid.,140:431436. table (1): body weight difference (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.(grams) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. +4.77 -5.40 53.33±3.33 a 56.00±7.65 a 50.60±10.04 a 2 n.s. n.s. n.s. +6.83 +11.24 75.00±15.00 a 80.50±12.10 ab 84.50±10.50 b 4 n.s. n.s. n.s. +11.76 +12.37 85.00±13.23 a 95.00±6.71 b 97.00±16.96 bc 6 n.s. n.s. n.s. +23.90 +26.42 88.30±10.14 a 117.00±12.9 0 b 120.00±6.71 c 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. 50 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (2): testes index (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.( w/w ) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. -5.14 -4.63 0.389±0.012 a 0.369±0.012 a 0.371±0.012 a 2 n.s. 0.05 0.05 -14.50 -12.98 0.393±0.016 a 0.336±0.016 ab 0.342±0.019 ab 4 n.s. n.s. n.s. -9.62 -5.06 0.395±0.015 a 0.357±0.015 a 0.375±0.026 a 6 n.s. 0.001 0.01 -23.23 -20.45 0.396±0.015 a 0.304±0.007 b 0.315±0.018 b 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. table (3): testes volume (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.(cm3) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. +3.42 +6.50 5.85±0.23 a 6.05±0.08 a 6.23±0.12 a 2 n.s. n.s. n.s. -5.02 -2.27 6.17±0.12 a 5.86±0.09 a 6.03±0.17 ab 4 n.s. n.s. n.s. -1.98 -0.17 6.06±0.38 a 5.94±0.12 a 6.05±0.11 ab 6 n.s. 0.001 0.01 -14.49 -11.18 6.35±0.13 a 5.43±0.27 b 5.64±0.17 b 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. 51 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (4): tunica albuginea index (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.( w/w ) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. +7.17 +11.48 0.0183±0.0006 a 0.0232±0.0014 a 0.0204±0.0029 a 2 n.s. 0.01 0.01 +52.5 +42.5 0.0160±0.0001 a 0.0244±0.0012 ab 0.0228±0.0018 a 4 n.s. n.s. n.s. +8.37 +7.31 0.0203±0.0008 a 0.0220±0.0011 a 0.0218±0.0024 a 6 0.05 0.01 n.s. +40.00 +14.00 0.0200±0.0017 a 0.0280±0.0014 b 0.0228±0.0011 a 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. table (5): testicular tissue weight (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.( w/w ) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. -5.48 -3.86 0.365±0.012 a 0.345±0.011 a 0.351±0.010 a 2 n.s. 0.01 0.05 -16.35 -14.48 0.373±0.016 a 0.312±0.015 ab 0.319±0.018 ab 4 n.s. n.s. n.s. -9.46 -4.59 0.370±0.015 a 0.335±0.014 a 0.353±0.025 a 6 n.s. 0.001 0.00 1 -26.60 -22.34 0.376±0.013 a 0.276±0.006 b 0.292±0.017 b 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. 52 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (6): epididymal-head index (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.( w/w ) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. 0.05 0.05 -27.39 -26.87 0.0763±0.0083 a 0.0554±0.0022 a 0.0558±0.0013 a 2 n.s. 0.01 0.01 -28.16 -33.49 0.0863±0.0092 a 0.0620±0.0023 a 0.0574±0.0059 ab 4 n.s. 0.05 n.s. -23.15 -17.08 0.0890±0.0066 a 0.0684±0.0054 a 0.0738±0.0093 b 6 n.s. n.s. n.s. -14.77 -14.77 0.0833±0.0122 a 0.0710±0.0068 a 0.0710±0.0066 ab 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. table (7): epididymal-tail index (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.( w/w ) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. -10.31 -11.34 0.0776±0.0127 a 0.0696±0.0016 ab 0.0688±0.0027 ab 2 n.s. n.s. n.s. -4.02 -11.15 0.0646±0.0185 a 0.0620±0.0023 a 0.0574±0.0059 a 4 n.s. n.s. n.s. +0.93 -6.51 0.0860±0.0120 a 0.0868±0.0038 b 0.0804±0.0100 b 6 n.s. n.s. n.s. -0.24 +2.89 0.0830±0.0108 a 0.0828±0.0048 b 0.0854±0.0015 b 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. 53 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (8): seminal vesicles index (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg)and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.( w/w ) d ur at io n (w ee ks ) controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. +2.27 +3.37 0.086±0.005 a 0.088±0.005 a 0.089±0.003 a 2 n.s. n.s. n.s. +9.57 +14.14 0.085±0.004 a 0.094±0.002 ab 0.099±0.009 ab 4 0.05 0.05 n.s. +19.82 +3.26 0.089±0.012 a 0.111±0.003 b 0.092±0.005 a 6 n.s. 0.001 0.05 +30.53 +20.87 0.091±0.010 a 0.131±0.009 c 0.115±0.012 b 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the samecolumn. table (9): prostate index (mean ± s.e.) of albino male rats treated with two doses of carbimazole (80 and 160 mg/kg) and controls. probability ≤ treatment efficiency (%) mean ± s.e.( w/w ) d ur at io n (w ee ks controls carbimazole treated rats (mg/kg) iii ii i ii i 160 80 n.s. n.s. n.s. -3.70 -0.90 0.225±0.009 a 0.217±0.018 a 0.223±0.035 a 2 n.s. n.s. n.s. -4.40 +2.06 0.285±0.030 a 0.273±0.021 b 0.291±0.010 b 4 n.s. 0.01 n.s. +24.79 +14.95 0.273±0.031 a 0.363±0.015 c 0.321±0.021 bc 6 n.s. 0.001 0.01 +35.60 +27.51 0.253±0.012 a 0.393±0.017 c 0.349±0.017 c 8 treatment efficiency i and ii: doses 80 and 160 mg/kg, respectively. probability i: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and controls. probability ii: comparison between dose 160 mg/kg and controls. probability iii: comparison between dose 80 mg/kg and dose 160 mg/kg. different letters: significant difference between means of the same column. 54 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 الدرقیة المحث بوساطة الكاربیمازول في أعضاء الجھاز التكاثري تأثیر نقص في ذكور الجرذ سعدي محمد محمود مد ناجي طھمح یداء عبد السالم كریم یحیىغ جامعة بغداد ) /ابن الھیثم( كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحیاة 2012تشرین الثاني 15قبل البحث في: 2012نیسان 30استلم البحث في: الخالصة أجریت الدراسة الحالیة للتحري ع�ن ت�أثیر نق�ص الدرقی�ة المح�ث بوس�اطة الكاربیم�ازول ف�ي الجھ�از التك�اثري ل�ذكور غم 300-250الجرذ، إذ استخدمت جرذ بالغة تتراوح أوزانھا وق��د .ملغ��م /كغ��م م��ن وزن الجس��م یومی��اً 80,60جرع��ت ذك��ور الج��رذان بعق��ار الكاربیم��ازول فمویاًبأح��دى جرعت��ي العق��ار أسابیع في حین جرعت مجموعة السیطرة بالماء المقطر وأوضحت النتائج ما 8,6,4,2أجریت علیھا االختبارات بعد مرور یأتي: ف�ي تجریع الحیوانات بعقار الكاربیمازول أدى إلى حصول زیادة في وزن الجسم ولكن ھذه الزیادة ل�م تك�ن معنوی�ة حت�ى -1 التراكیز العالیة. لقد تم التح�ري ع�ن ت�أثیر نق�ص الدرقی�ة ف�ي أوزان األعض�اء التكاثری�ة وق�د ل�وحظ نقص�ان ف�ي وزن الخص�ى ف�ي جمی�ع -2 .)p≤0.001مراحل المعاملة مع تفاقم ھذا النقصان بزیادة الوقت والجرعة ( معنویاً كذلك ألوزان الذیل أظھرت النتائج حصول انخفاض في وزن رأس البربخ ولكن ھذا االنخفاض لم یكن -3 أسابیع لكال الجرعتین. p≤0.05(8أسابیع (6سبب الكاربیمازول زیادة في وزن الحویصلة المنویة والسیما بعد -4 أظھ��رت أوزان البروس��تات تحسس��اً لنقص��ان مس��تویات ھرمون��ات الدرقی��ة وذل��ك بزی��ادة اوزانھ��ا بش��كل یتناس��ب م��ع مق��دار الجرعة المستعملة. الجرذ -الجھاز التكاثري -الكاربیمازول –نقص الدرقیة : مفتاحیةالكلمات ال 55 | biology << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (3) 2011 astudy about some physiological parameters in smokers l. h. a. al-azzawy , a. g. s. al-qaicy departme nt of gommunity health ,college of health and medical technology, foundation of technical education. received in:18 april 2010 accepte d in:14 december 2010 abstract smokin g has been accepted as a risk factor for many chronic diseases, including cardiovascu lar diseases, resp iratory diseases, cancer, u lcers and ost eoporosis. tobacco smoke contains many oxidants and free r adicals t hat can cause dama ge to lipids, p roteins, dna, carbohydrates and other biomolecu les. in vivo, antioxidant nutrients which include vitamin c, selen ium ( se), zinc (zn) and copp er (cu) p lay a crucial role in defendin g against oxidant damage. the p resent st udy was designed to invest igate the influence of cigarette smoking on serum zn, cu ,pc v,w.b.cs., and bm i. eighty healthy men (40 smokers and 40 non-smokers) from baghdad, the cap ital of iraq, volunteered to p articip ate in this st udy . two overnight fasting blood samples were collected fro m all volunteers. serum concentrations of trace elements were measured by atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer. the statistical method of t-test and anova was used to identify differences between the cigarette ’ s smoker and non-smoker group . m ean body mass index (bm i) was different for the smok er and non-smoker group . m ean of pcv for smoker was significantly (p <0.01) higher than those of non-smokers. the mean count of w.b.cs., was similar for both smokers and non-smok ers the serum zinc lev els of smokers were significantly (p<0.05) lower than those of non-smokers. smokers had significantly no difference in serum copp er concentration comp ared with non-smokers. key w ords: zn, cu, smokers, pcv, w.b.c. introduction cigarett e smoking h as been implicated as a si gnificant risk factor for the establishment and p rogression of several diseases, including emp hy sema, chronic bronchitis, cardiovascular diseases and cancer [1] . tobacco smoke contains numerous comp ounds, many of which are o xidants and p ro-oxidants cap able of p roducin g fr ee radicals and enhancing the o xidative st ress in vivo[2] . each p uff of a tobacco contains 10 14 oxidants in the tar p hase and 10 15 in the gas p hase[3] . the high p roduction of these multiple types of oxidant and reactive oxy gen sp ecies (ros) associated with smoking may exceed the cap acity of the oxidant defense system, resulting in oxidative dama ge to select p roteins, lipids and dna[4,5] . consistent with a condition of ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (3) 2011 oxidative st ress, concentrations of serum antioxidant vitamins, such as ascorbic acid and vitamin e, have b een reported to be lower in chronic smokers than in nonsmokers[6] . also, several invest igators have reported that zinc and selenium concentrations are typically reduced in adu lt smokers, whereas copp er concentrations are typ ically increased [7-9]. changes in zn and cu homeost asis in smokers have been p ostulated to contribute to some of the long-term negative effects associated with smoking and hyp ertension [8] . however, the available data are inconsist ent regarding the effect of smoking on trace elements. researchers demonst rated that one of the p rominent risk factors for increased lip id p eroxidation is smoking [10 , 11] it has b een reported that smoking is associated with elevations in p lasma ldlcholesterol and biolo gically modified lip op roteins such as oxidized low density lip op rotein (oxldl), and decreases in plasma hdlcholesterol levels[12] . ot her indications suggest that smokin g leads to elevated p acked cell volu me (pcv)[13,14] . gen erally, there are conflicting results regardin g the effect of cigarett e smoking on trace elements and pcv; therefore, the three objectives of this study were to invest igate the effect of smoking on some seru m trace elements (zn, and cu); evaluate the effect of smoking on the pcv, w.b.cs., and d etermine the influence of cigarett e smoking on body mass index of healthy , adult iraqi males materials and methods collection of blood and laboratory methods: the volunteers were asked not to smoke for more than 10 hours before samplin g to exclud e the effects of acute smoking on the blood p arameters st udied. all reagents were at least of analytical gr ade and sup p lied by sigma-aldrich chemicals ( sigma-aldrich ltd., ont., canada) unless indicated otherwise. all glasses or p last ic wares used for tracin g elements determin ation were cleaned by soaking overnight in 10% (v/v)hydrochloric acid, followed by thorough rinsing with deionized distilled water and dry ing. aqueous solutions were made up in de-ionized distilled water. two blood samples were collected fro m all the volunteers. the first blood sa mples were centrifuged at 3000 g for ten minutes at room temp erature and then serum was st ored frozen until analyzed for the serum zinc, copp er. the second blood samples were used for pcv, and w.b.cs. measurement. hemoly zed samples were exclud ed from the analysis. copp er and zinc concentrations were determined by using an air/acety lene flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer. copp er, zinc, hollow cathode lamps (thermo electron, cambridge, uk)were op erated at 20ma for copp er, at 15ma for zinc, . at omic absorp tion measurements were made at a wavelen gth of 324.8nmfor copp er, at 213.9nm for zinc . stock atomic absorp tion standard solutions of copper or zinc (sigma chemical, st. louis, u sa)containing from 0.05 to 1 mg/ml wer e diluted with10% (v/v) glycerol to obtain a st andard curve for external calibr ation. a 10% (v/v) glycerol solution was used as a blank solution as instructed by the manufacturer. serum samples were diluted (1:4)with 0.05% triton-x 100 in 0.125%(v/v) nitric acid [15]. m ethod of walker[16 ] usin g hematocrit centrifuge was p erformed to measure pcv, while method using h emocytometer (imp roved neubaur chamber) was used to calculate w.b.c.[17 ].m ethod of romro et.al., was used to calculate bm i[18 ] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (3) 2011 results data in table (1) have shown si gnificant differences in mean concentration of zn level between smokers and non-smoker (92 µg /dl, 105.5 µ g/dl at p <0.05) while no st atistical significant differences wer e noted in mean concentration of cu level of both smokers and nonsmokers (167.5 µ g/dl, 169.5 µ g/dl at p >0.05). table(2)demonstrates highly significant differences in mean pcv amon g smokers and non-smokers (44%,39% at p <0.01 )resp ectively, although there were no si gnificant differences in mean count of w.b.cs. for both smokers and non-smokers ( 6180 cell/mm 3 ,6230 cell/mm 3 at p >0.05 ) . highly differ ences wer e found in bm i between smokers and non-smokers (20.273k g/m 2 , 23.66kg/m 2 at p <0.01) .these results are shown in table (3). discussion some of the chemicals in cigarett e ’ s smoke generate a lar ge number of free radicals, which may be related to the etiology of cancer and various diseases [19, 20]. recent st udies have demonstrated that antioxidants, includ ing vitamin c and some trace elements such as selenium, zinc and copper, p rotect the body against reactive oxy gen sp ecies (ros) [21] . furt hermore, it has been reported that higher blood lev els of antioxidants might be associated with a lower risk of cancer; however, until now t here was a lack and conflicting results about the effect of cigarette smoking on seru m trace elements, serum lip id p rofile, hyp ertension and body weight of the male saudi p op ulation. therefore, the p resent study is designed to evaluate the effect of c igarette smokin g on body mass index, serum trace element concentrations (zinc, and copper), pvc and w.b.c in healthy iraqi men. smoking and trace element s: in our st udy , the lower serum zinc concentrations in the smokers are consistent with the results of uz et al.[22] who found significant decreases in serum zn levels of smokers comp ared with non-smokers and attributed the lower serum levels of z n in smokers t o deficient absorp tion of zn caused by a tobacco chelation effect. in t he other view cigarette smokin g represents a source of substantial exp osure to cadmiu m over a prolonged period. each st ick of cigarette contains 1-2 ug of cadmium of which about 10% is absorbed by the lung the very significantly decreased zn level in smokers appears to confirm the known mutual antagon ism between zinc and cad mium. elsenh ans[23] and schümann[24] one p ossible exp lanation for this could be due to t he est ablished comp etition between zn and cd for binding sites on metallothionein. this suggests the strong p ossibility therefore, that increase in cad mium level diminishes z inc lev els in smokers. as the results indicated that even though d ietary intake of minerals in smokers was adequate , the habitual diet is not able to maintain the p lasma zn concentration in the normal ran ge , in the other hands, z n is cofactor of antio xidant enzy mes , t herefore low level of z n can r esult in health risk, be cause it p lay s a p reventive role in degener ative dise ase [27] however, m archeggian i et al.[26] found no differ ences in zn levels in smokers as compared to non-smokers. in the same resp ect, kocy igit et a l.[9] found that p lasma zinc was st atistically unaffected by smoking. inst ead, as regards copp er no differen ces were found in the two groups of smokers comp ared with the non-smokers. our data confirms the results of vargas et.al.,[27], y et disagrees t he results obt ained by khalid s.[28 ]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (3) 2011 cigarette smoking and pcv, w.b.c.: the data in table (2) rev ealed a h ighly sign ificant increase in mean of pcv for smokers comp ared with that for nonsmokers at (p < 0.01).our findin gs are generally in agreement with those p reviously rep orted [29,30]. m ark man, however ,rep orted a promp t fall in p acked cell volume in smokers who were not allowed to smoke after their admission to hosp ital for various reasons [31] he att ributed this fall to t he exp osure to carbon monoxide ( carbon monoxide r educes p lasma volume) and changes of circulating catecho lamine’s induced by smoking. the same table has shown that there was no significant difference in mean count of w.b.cs. for both smokers and non smokers. cigarette smoking and body mass i ndex: in the present study high differences in body mass index were observed between smokers and nonsmokers. the association between bm i and smoking is controversial in epidemiological resear ch, since some authors have observed an inverse association [32, 33] unlike others showing no such association [34] mean while, st ill other r esearchers have observed a positive association [35]. our results are similar to t he results of kim et a l [36], who found t hat t he slightly lower body weight of smokers was p robably secondary to a lower calorie intake in the smoking group comp ared to the non-smoking group . kim et al. reported that cigarette smoking was not associated with a reduction in height. at p <0.05. conclusion the p resent st udy has revealed a depressed antioxidant nutritional st atus (i.e. serum zinc), and changing in other p arameters like pcv and bm i. these effects may be due to the increase in the free radical load incurr ed by smoking which may initiate oxidative damage and the deterioration process. re ferences 1.rahman, i. and m acnee, m . (1996). "oxidant/antioxidant imb alance in smok ers and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease". thorax 51:348350. 2.prest on, a.m . 1991. cigarette smoking nutritional imp lication. pro g. food nut r. sci. 15:193-247. 3.bluhm, a.l., weinst ein, j. and sousa, a.j. (1971). "free-radicals in tobacco smoke". nature 229:500-507. 4.cross, c.e., o’nell, a.c. and rezinick, z.a. (1993). "cigarette smoke oxidation of human p lasma const ituents". ann. ny. acad. sci. 686:7289. 5. yoshie, y. and ohshima, h. (1997). "sy nergistic induction of dna st rand breakage by cigarette tar and nitric o xide". carcino genesis 18:13591363. 6.abou-seif, m .a. (1996). "blood antioxidant st atus and urine sulfate and thiocy anate levels in smok ers". j. biochem. to xico l. 11:133-138. 7.dubick, a.m . and keen, c.l. (1991). "influence of nicotine on tissue trace element concentrations and tissue antioxidant defense". b iol. trace elem. r es. 31:97-109. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (3) 2011 8.keen, c.l., clegg, m .s. and ferrell, f. (1987). "hyp ertension induced alterations in copper and zinc metabolism: a link to vascular disease". in sorenson, j.r. (ed.). biolo gy of copp er comp lexes. human press, clifton, nh, pp . 141-149. 9.kocy igit, a., erel, d. and gur, s. (2001). "effects of tobacco smoking on p lasma selenium, zinc, copp er and iron concentrations and related antio xidative enzy me activities". clinical b iochemist ry 34:629-633. 10.nadiger, h.a., m athew, c.a. and sadasivudu, b. (1987). "serum malondialdehyde (tba reactive substance) levels in ci garette smoke". at herosclerosis 64:71-73. 11.nielsen, f., m ikkelsen, b.b., nielsen, j.b., andersen, h.r. and granjean, p. (1997). "plasma malondialdehyde as biomarker for o xidative st ress: reference interval and effects of life-sty le factors". clin. chem. 43:1204-1214. 12.craig, w.y., palomäki, g.e. and haddow, j.e. (1989). "cigarett e smoking and serum lip id and lip op rotein concentrations: an analysis of p ublished data". br. m ed. j. 298:784-788. 13.terres, w., becker, p. and rosenberg, a. (1994). "changes in cardiovascular risk p rofile during the cessation of smoking". am. j. m ed. 97:242-249. 14.gibson, r.s. (1990). "princip les of nutritional assessment". 1 st ed., oxford university press, oxford, pp . 163-208. 15.keilchiro,f.,pulido,r.,m ckay ,b. and vallee,l. (1964) "measurement of trace metals by atomic absorption sp ectrometry ".anal.chem.,vol.36, no.13, pp 2407-2411 . 16.walker,h.,kenneth,h.and dallas,h.w.(1990)"clinical m ethods, the hist ory , p hy sical and laboratory examination".third edition,butterworths publishers,butterworths,pp .0409. 17.m itchell , s.l. , barbar a,j.b. and imelda , b. (1993) " practical hematolo gy "tenth edition , elsevier publisher, p p .0-450 18. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/body _mass_index cite_ref-12 ro mero -corral , somers a. , sierra –jhnson v. k., thomas ,j., collazo-clavell, r. j., korinek , m . l., allison,j., bastsis ,t.g., sert-kuniyoshi,j.a.,,f.h.andlopez-jimenez,f. (2008)"accuracy of body mass index in d iagnosin g obesity in the adult general p op ulation". international journal of obesity,(june 2008).. 32,no.6 ,pp . 959–956. doi:10.1038/ijo. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov /pubmed/18283284 19.international agency for research on cancer (1986). "tobacco smoking. iarc m onographs on the evaluation of the car cino genic r isk of chemicals and humans",. 38, lyons, france. 20.lee, b.m ., lee, s.k. and kim, h.s. (1998). "inhibition of oxidative dna danger, 8ohdg, and carbony l contents in smokers treated with antioxidants (vitamin e, v itamin c, β-carotene and red ginseng)". cancer letters 132:219-227. 21.stry ker, w.s., kap lan, l.a., stein, e.a., stamp fer, m .j., sober, a. and willett , w.c. (1988). "the relation of diet, cigarett e smoking and alcohol consumption to p lasma betacarotene and alp ha-tocop herol levels". am. j. epidemiol. 127:283-296. 22.uz , e., semsettin, s., ibrahim, f.h., var, a., sadik, s. and omer, a. (2003). "the relationship between serum trace element chan ges and visua l function in h eavy smokers". acta ophthalmologica scandinavia 81:161164. 23.elsenhans, b, schümann, k. and fort h w. (1991)"toxic metals: interacting with essential metals". in :rowland, i.d.( ed). nutrition, toxicity and cancer. crc press, boca raton, an arbor,boston, london , pp 223-258. 24.schümann, k. (1993). "interaction between iron and lead. in: metalmetal interactions". elsenhans,b, fort h, w. and schümann,k. (eds).bertelsmann foundation publishers, güt ersloh,germany, pp 56-71. 25.m archeggian i, f., stella, f., batt istelli, s., stoceh i, o. and troccoli, r. (1990). "serum levels of cd, pb, cu and zn in cigarette smokers". boll. soc. ital. biol. sp er. 66:921-928. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (3) 2011 27.vargas,m . eugenia,m .ninfa,b.,alfonso, etal.( 2007) “influencia del habito de fu mar sobre las concentraciones sericas de zinc,cobre y selenio en adultos jovenes”.avft,jun.,.26,no.1,p 28.khalid s. alnumair. (2006) ."the influ ence of cigarette smoking on v itamin c, trace elements and lip id p rofile of healthy , saudi adult males", journal of food, agriculture & environment.4 (3&4) : 79-83 29.dintenfass, l.( 1975) “elevation of blood viscosity aggregation of r ed cells,hematocrit values and fibr inogen levels in cigarett e smoking”m ed.j.aust..1,p p .20-617 . 30. galea, g. & davidson,r.j.( 1985) “ hematological and hemorheological chan ges associated with cigarett e smoking “clin pathol.. 38 ,no.9 p p .978-984. 31.m arkman ,p.f.(1981) " pcv on cessation of smoking" jama,. 45,p p .245-1314. 32.pekkarian, h. g.hanuineno,g.tiau, h.jin, r.(2002) "comparison of dietery and nondietery risk factors in over weight and normal weight chinese adults".br j nutr ,. 88 ,pp .7-91. 33.eck, l.h.hackett-renner, c. and kles ges, l.m .(1992) "impact of diabeteic st atus ,dietery intake,physical activity ,and smoking st atus on body mass index in nhanes ii". am j clin nutr ,.56 , p p .33-329. 34.coldtz , g.a. giovanuncia , e .rimm, e.b. stamp fer, r. b. and sp eizer, f.e..(1991) "alcohol intake in related to diet and ob esity in women and men" am j clin nutr ,.54 ,pp .49-55 . 35.m arti ,b.,tuomilehto, j., korhonen, h.j. ,kartovaara, l. and vartiainen, e.(1989) " smokin g andleanness:evidence for chan ge in finland " bm j ,. 90 ,pp .2981287. 36 .ki m, s.h., ki m, j.s., shin, h.s. and keen, c.l. (2003). "influence of s moking on markers of oxi dative stress and serum mineral conce ntrations in teenage girls in korea". nut rition 19:24 024 3. tables table (1): comparison among me an conc. of zn, cu of both smokers and non smokers. samp les no. of p articipants m ean conc. of z n* (µg/dl) m ean conc. of cu**(µ/dl) pvalue smokers 40 92 167.5 s* p<0.05 non smokers 40 105.5 169.5 n.s** p>0.05 total 80 s*= sign ificant difference n.s**= non-significant difference table (2): comparison of mean of pcv and mean count of w.b.c in smoker and non-smokers sample no. of part icipant mean of p cv* ( %) mean count of w.b.c** (cell/mm 3 ) p value smo kers 40 44 61 80 p <0.01 hs* non-smokers 40 39 62 30 p >0.05 ns** total 80 pcv: packed c ell volume w.b.c : white blood cell. hs*: hi ghly significant s*: significant. ns**:non-si gnificant. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (3) m ean of bm i of both smokers and nonsmokers. samples no. of participate mean of bmi* (kg/m 2 ) p value smo kers 40 20.273 h.s** p <0.01 non-smokers 40 23.66 bm i*: body m ass index h.s**: hi ghly significant 2011 (3) 24المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ابن الهیثم مجلة دراسة بعض المعاییر الفسیولوجیة في المدخنین احمد غازي صبار القیسي، لمى حسین علي العزاوي . التقني التعلیم هیئة , والطبیة الصحیة التقنیات كلیة , المجتمع صحة قسم ساننی 18:في البحث استلم 2010 2010 االول كانون 14:في البحث قبل الخالصة مدخنا "شخصا 40 الدراسة هذه شملت.المدخنین لألشخاص الفسلجیة التغیرات بعض لتحدید الدراسة هذه أجریت باستعمال الدم مصل في والنحاس الزنك مستوى قیس سنة 22 أعمارهم معدل كان و المدخنین غیر من "شخصا 40و باستخدام المرصوصة الخالیا وحجم البیضاء الدم كریات مجموع من كل حسبت بینما, الذري االمتصاص تقنیة الوزن قیاس بعد خاصة معادلة باستعمال الجسم كتلة مقیاس وحسب,التوالي على الهیماتوكریت وجهاز الهیموسایتومیتر .مضبوط بشكل والطول ل غیر المدخنین كان مستوى الزنك والنح س في مص 16و 105.5(ا یسیلیتر \مایكروغرام 9.5 ى ) د عل م المدخنین ,التوالي ، . على التوالي ) 167.5و 92(بینما كانت نسبة الزنك، والنحاس في د وحجم الخالیا المرصوصة ي ) 6180و 44(وللمدخنین ,على التوالي ) 6230و 39(ومجموع كریات الدم البیضاء لغیر المدخنین كان على التوال للمدخنین 20.273لغیر المدخنین 23.66مقیاس كتلة الجسم كان . ر تحلیل اإلحصائي للنتائج استعمل اختبا .ت واختبار تحلیل المتغیرات في ال مجموع كریات الدم البیضاء, حجم الخالیا المرصوصة , مدخنین , نحاس , زنك : الكلمات المفتاحیة radiation effect on the optical& structural properties of cdte: zn thin films @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 radiation effect on the optical& structural properties of cdte: zn thin films suad i. issa dept.of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 29 may 2012 , accepted in : 16 april 2013 abstract the films of cdte:zn were prepared on a glass by using vacuum vapor deposition technique .the x-ray diffraction pattern revealed that the films have polycrystalline with fcc structure and the preferred orientation was along (111) plane. the films were exposed to a low dose of gamma ray.(5µci for 30 days) transmission and absorptance spectra were recorded in the range of (400-1100) nm before and after irradiation. it was found that irradiation has a clear effect on the optical and structural properties which include the transmition and absorption spectra, extinction coefficient, refractive index, and the energy gap. keywords: cdte thin films , vacuum evaporation , xrd 150 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction cdte has emerged as a promising thin film material for a number of reasons. thin films of cdte are usually p-type semiconductors, but can be made both p-type and n-type.[1] its 1.5ev direct band gap is nearly ideal for terrestrial energy conversion. it has a very high absorption coefficient, meaning that relatively thin layers can be used to make functional devices.[2] cdte is an important ii -vi semiconductor material, which is very useful for a variety of electro-optical devices and solar energy conversion [3-4]. the theoretical limit of conversion efficiency for polycrystalline cdte is 29%.[5] by 1982, kodak researchers tyan and perezalbuerne had produced the first cell with 10% efficiency.[2] having a large exciton bohr diameter (15.0 nm), and its high absorption coefficient (~105 cm1) [4]. there are some rearranged reports about the deposition methods available for the preparation of cdte thin films such as close spaced sublimation (css), physical vapor deposition (pvd), vacuum evaporation, vapor transport deposition (vtd), closed space vapor transport, electrodeposition, screen printing, spray pyrolysis, metalorganic chemical vapor deposition (mocvd), and rf sputtering.[6]the aim of the work is to study effect of x-ray and gamma ray on the optical and structural properties of the cdte:zn films. experimental cdte thin films were deposited on to well-cleaned glass substrates by physical vapor deposition technique. the samples under study were prepared using the following deposition parameter: the source (evaporator), substrate distance was (10cm) , source temperature was 300k ,and the films were deposited under a pressure of 3×10-5 mbar[7-8]. the films thickness was determined by the weight method from the equal : 𝑡 = ∆𝑚 𝜌𝐴 (1) where: t : thickness ∆m: different between the weight and the weight substrate before and after the film deposition. ρ: density of the material deposition (gm/cm3) a: substrate area (cm2). all films had nearly about or equal to thickness (500nm). the optical and absorption measurement were recorded using one beam (uv-visible 1800 spectra photometer) in the 400-1100 wavelength. the thin film cdte:zn with two percent deposited 2% was radiation by gamma ray from co60 5µci within 30 days, after that the transmition and absorption spectra were recorded and we studied the effect of radiation on the optical and structural properties. structural properties the prepared sample cdte:zn thin films on thin glass slides substrates reveal that the nature of the structures of films were polycrystalline and typed cubic [9].applying brag's law using (hkl miller indices) these faces are in agreement with (astm) standards card as well as previous studies[10-11] .figures (1),(2) show the x-ray diffraction spectra (cdte:zn) before and after irradiation .fig(1) clarifies strong diffraction peaks at (23.5˚,25.5˚) it is before irradiation and fig(2) clarifies strong diffraction peaks only at(23.5˚) after irradiation . 151 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 results and discussion by studying optical properties (transmission and absorption spectra, refractive index dispersion) of cdte:zn films, information can be obtained about energy band-gap , characteristics of optical transitions , etc.[5] the optical transmission spectra before irradiation as a function of wavelength in the range of (400-1100)nm is shown in fig(3) for cdte:zn the ratio of deposition was 2% it is obvious from the figure that cdte:zn has a larger transmittance for wavelength 270 nm. the cdte:zn film after irradiation is decreased with transition which indicates the increment with absorbance. the absorbance of the films as a function of wavelength is presented in fig(4) the absorbance spectra before irradiation is increased with wavelength and after irradiation decreased with absorbance in visible range (500-700)nm. the extinction coefficient k was calculated from the relation [12]. k =𝛼ג 4𝜋 (2) where: α: absorption coefficient. .wavelength for the incident light :ג it could be noticed that k before irradiation increases in 2.9ev and after irradiation is decreased and it is shown in fig (5). the refractive index was calculated from the relation [13] n= [ (1+𝑅)² (1−𝑅)² −k ² +1]½ − 1+𝑅 1−𝑅 (3) where: r: reflectance and calculated with the relation [14] r=1-a-t (4) figure (6) depicts the variation of refractive index with photon energy for films. therefore the refractive index decreases after irradiation from (20.1) to (9.2) and shift in energy gap from a value of (1.8ev) to a value of (1.6ev). fig (7) and fig (8) clarifies the relation between (αhν)² and hν. the relation between absorption α and the incident photon energy hν can be written as [15] αhν=c1 (hν-eig )² ,indirect transition (5) αhν=c2 (hv-edg )1/² ,direct transition (6) where c1 and c2 are constants eig is the indirect transition band gap energy edg is the direct band gap. the (αhν)2 are plotted against the photon energy (hν) the intercept point with the energy axis gives the edge of the allowed direct transition. it has been observed that direct band gap energy increased before irradiation was (1.6ev) and the value of the after irradiation decreased to (1.58ev). conclusions it was found that irradiation has a clear effect on the optical and structural properties by studying optical properties (transmission and absorption spectra , refractive index dispersion) of cdte:zn films. 152 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 references 1. kazmerski ,( 2002), l. l. 29th ieee photovoltaics specialists’ conf., 21. 2. ali,a. ;shah, n. a. ; aqili ,a. k. s. and maqsood , a. (2006 ) , impact of evaporation rates of cd and te on structural, morphological, optical, and electrical properties of cdte thin films deposited by a two-sourced evaporation technique , crystal growth & design , 6 (9) : 2149 2154 . 3. tan, g. l. ;wu, n. and zheng, j. g. ( 2006), optical absorption and valence band photoemission from uncapped cdte nanocrystals.” j phys chem b. 110: 2125. 4. becerril, m. ; zelaya-angel, o. , and vargas-garcia, j. r. ( 2001), j phys chem solids , “effects of cd vacancies on the electrical properties of polycrystalline cdte sputtered films.” j phys chem solids , 62: 1081. 5. kolosov,s. a.; klevkov,yu. v., and plotnikov ,a. f. ,(2004), electrical properties of finegrained polycrystalline cdte, semiconductors, 38 (4): 455 – 460. 6. kumaravel ,r. and krishnakumar , v. ( 2010), effect of annealing on the electrical, optical and structural properties of cadmium stannate thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis technique, thin solid films, 518 : 2271–2274. رسالة ماجستیر، znالمشوبة بـ cdteْالغشیة دراسة الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة ، )2011سرمد مھدي (علي ، .7 ./ ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة 8. misho, r. h. and murad, w. a. (1992) solar eneryy mats, and solar cells state comm. 27:335-340. 9. yousif , m.g. (1989) solid state physics , vol.1,university of baghdad book. 10. srinrasa murty,n.and jawalekar,s.r. (1983) thin solid films,100 :219-225 11. zhengtian gu , peihui liang , xiaolin , and weiqing zhang , anovelsen , (2000) scheme of determining the optical parameters of the thin films by polarized reflect meas.sci tch., 11 (4):(56-61) 12. marque , e, ewen ,p. and owen , a. (1992) , j.phys.d.appl.phys, 25:535. 13. donald ,n.a, (1992) semiconductor physics and devices, university of new mexico. 14. khashan ,m.a. and naggar , a.m.al, (2000) , optics communications , 174:445. 15. padmanabha sharma , h , subramanian , v, rangarajan , n. and murali ,k.r. (1995) , bull.mater.sci, 18 , 875. fig (1): x-ray diffraction before irradiation 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 20 30 40 50 60 70 tn te ns it y (a .u .) 2θ 153 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig (2): x-ray diffraction after irradiation fig. (3) :transmittance as a function with wavelength 154 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (4): absorbance as a function with wavelength fig. (5): extinction coefficient as a function of photon energy fig. (6) refractive index as a function of photon energy 155 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (7) (αhv)² as a function with photon energy (before irradiation) (α hν )² photon energy (ev) fig. (8) (αhv)² as a function with photon energy (after irradiation) (α hν )² photon energy (ev) 156 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الخواص البصریة والتركیبیة الغشیة تیلراید الكادمیوم فياثیر التشعیع ت المشوبة بالزنك عیسى سعاد عمران جامعة بغداد / )أبن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة/الفیزیاء علوم سم ق 2013نیسان 16، قبل البحث 2012آیار 29أستلم البحث الخالصة حضرت اغشیة تیلراید الكادمیوم الرقیقة المشوبة بالزنك باستخدام تقنیة التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ على قواعد من بلور وامتالكھا تركیب مكعب تال ةالزجاج. ظھر من طراز حیود االشعة السینیة لالغشیة المشوبة قبل التشعیع انھا متعدد fcc ضت ھذه االغشیة لجرعة من اشعة كاما 111 )(وباتجاھیة یوماً، سجل طیف النفادیة 30مدة 5µciُعرِّ في. لقد وجد ان التشعیع قد اثر وبشكل واضح وبعده ) لھذه االغشیة قبل التشعیعnm)400-1100 واالمتصاصیة من مدى الخواص البصریة والتركیبیة والمتضمنة طیفي النفادیة واالمتصاصیة، معامل الخمود، معامل االنكسار، وفجوة الطاقة المحظورة. حیود االشعة السینیة، التبخیر الفراغيالنقیة ، cdteأغشیة الكلمات المفتاحیة: 157 | physics conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 20 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 studying hueckel edge detector using binary step edge image hameed majeed abdul-jabbar taghreed abdul-hameed naji amal jabbar hatem inbethaq mohammed ali abdul-ameer dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/university of baghdad. received in:16/may/2016,accepted in:28/june/2016. abstract hueckel edge detector study using binary step edge image is presented. the standard algorithm that hueckel presented, in his paper without any alteration is adopted. this paper studies a fully analysis for the algorithm efficiency, time consuming and the expected results with slide window size and edge direction. an analysis for its behavior with the changing of the slide window size (disk size) is presented. the best result is acquired when the window size equals to four pixel. keywords: image processing, edge detection, edge fitting, hueckel edge detection operator. physics | 21 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction edge finding is one of the fundamental processes that performs as a preor postprocess in image processing field. there are two main approaches in finding image’s edges, either using gradientedge detection operators like; sobel, prewitt, robert, etc., or using edge fitting to an ideal edge such as hueckel algorithm, which needed more computation than gradient edge detection methods. the gradient edge detectors had bad reputation to their sensitivity to the image noise, where their performance is effected dramatically in its presence, for those other approaches are looked for to override this malformation [1&2]. hueckel edge detection algorithm presented as alternative for the gradient edge detectors and to be an edge detector that can detect the edge even with the presence of noise. its full derivation did not revile by hueckel but the full algorithm is present in his published papers in 1971 and 1973 [3&4]. the basic principle of hueckel algorithm is based on opening a slide disk into the image to detect the edge by fitting the image signal to an ideal step edge model, it uses eight bases into hilbert space to decide whether the image signal is an edge or not by comparing the angular difference between the ideal edge models and the image signal. when the angular difference is(0˚) (i.e. the image signal and the edge model fit) the edge goodness parameter will be (1), on contrary if they are completely mismatched the angular difference will be (90˚) and the edge goodness parameter will be (0).hueckel derived his algorithm into the contentious signal space to be the optimal edge detector under certain assumptions, but further analysis shows some deficiencies in its optimization process when it is applied into the digital approximation [5]. the inadequacy for analysis for hueckel algorithm is what drives us to present this paper to find its advantage and disadvantage into the same constrained, as described by hueckel. this paper is the first applicative work for hueckel edge detection algorithm that is applied on a full image not on a single edge [6]. research procedure a simple binary step edge image is adopted in this research. the sample image which is used for this algorithm is a tractor image as represented in fig. (1a).the ideal edge of this image had been calculated using a logical approach by comparing the pixel value with its neighbors fig. (1b). the disk radius had been calculated with the same haeckel’s restriction about the area of the slide window outsidethe disk is equal to the void area inside the disk in order to nullify the rounding error of the periphery of the disk, where had been calculated empirically which was (disk radius = 0.533). some statistical measurements (maximum, mean, median and the standard deviation) for the goodness criterion, with the execution time and total number of the resultant edge points by applying hueckel algorithm on the sample image using different window size are calculated in table (1) and fig. (2).the edge goodness criterion considered in this research to be 0.9 as threshold value to find the edge points, as adopted by hueckel. a three-dimension representation for the goodness criterion and the edge direction are present in order to give fully understand how hueckelalgorithm behaves with the changing of the size of the slide window, fig.(3). in this research, the angular difference considered to be a single degree, therefore, the hueckel algorithm look for the edge points into 360 directions. results and discussion this research preformed using matlab version r2015a on a 64-bitplatformwith i5 processor series, and 8gb ram. the hueckel algorithm needs at least two-pixel slide window (disk radius = 0.533) in order to detect the edge points, where for one-pixel slide window size no edge points where physics | 22 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 detected; the best result acquired when the slide window size was four-pixel comparing with the ideal edge image where the perfect number of edge points is 4357 pixels, other than this window size found edge points are either less or greater than it, as noticed in table (1). an interesting result that the resultant edge points increase with the slide window size until it becomes an exaggerate edge shape beyond the four-pixel slide window size, as the (6 to 13) slide window size in fig. (3), where the resultant edge points increase nonlinearity with the slide window size (disk radius), when they reach to edge saturation points, fig. (2a). the mismatch between the mean and the median of the edge goodness for the resultant edge image, in fact, it emphases on the reality that the goodness criterion distributed vastly differ in values for resultant image, where some of the image points have edge goodness equal to one which represent the edge points and other pixels have edge goodness equal to zero which represent the foreground or background points, fig. (3). one of the weak point in the hueckel algorithm is that it consumes a lot of computation with the slide window size(fig. 3) the computation time increases exponentially with window size, therefore, if there is no need for big slide window, slide window equals to four gives a satisfactory result with reasonable computation time. in order to nullify the rounding error of the periphery of the disk, the hueckel condition about the area of the slide window outside the disk is equal to the void area inside the disk, which is maintained, the following equation is calculated: disk radius = 0.53305 × slide window size…….(1) conclusion in this research, the hueckel edge detection algorithm had been studied on simple binary step edge image.the results show that, this algorithm is capable of finding edges and its direction with a lot of computation time which increases exponentially with the slide window size, beside that not only the computation time increases but the number of the founded edge point also increases nonlinearity with the slide window size until the edge becomes very wide with one angular difference for edge direction. to avoid the rounding error of the periphery of the disk eq.(1) has been adopted. the best result acquired at window size equals to four as shown in fig. (3), where the number of the detected edge points are closer to the ideal number of the number of the edge points. the resultant edges from hueckel edge detection algorithm are connected and strong (binary), which make the exaggerate edge shape not relevant mater; since, the skeleton transformation can eliminate the extra edge points. references 1-ritter, g. x. and wilson j. n., (2001), handbook of computer vision algorithms in image algebra’, 2 nd ed, crc press llc. 2-pratt, w. k., (2007), digital image processing, 4 th ed, john wiley & sons, inc., publication. 3-hueckel, m., (1971), an operator which locates edges in digitized pictures, journal of the association for computing machinery, 18, 1. 4-hueckel, m., (1973), a local visual operator which recognizes edges and lines, journal of the association for computing machinery, 20, 4. 5-nevatia, r., (1982), machine perception, prentice. hall, inc.,englewood cliffs, new jersey. 6-nevatia, r., (1977), note: evaluation of a simplified hueckel edge-line detector, computer graphicsandimage processing 6, 582-588. physics | 23 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (1) the statistical analysis for hueckel algorithm slide window size disk radius goodness analysis execution time edge points t ≥ 0.9 max min mean median std 1 0.5331 0 0 0 0 0 11.1041 0 2 1.0661 0.9637 0 0.0384 0 0.1782 15.2353 1205 3 1.5992 0.9975 0 0.0684 0 0.2372 21.8365 3833 4 2.1322 1 0 0.2076 0 0.3293 30.875 10508 5 2.6653 0.9992 0 0.2228 0 0.3479 39.6067 12409 6 3.1984 1 0 0.2564 0 0.3771 51.6716 15650 7 3.7314 1 0 0.2113 0 0.4025 66.5469 18361 8 4.2645 1 0 0.2985 0 0.4094 79.3112 20639 9 4.7976 1 0 0.2685 0 0.439 97.3083 23652 10 5.3306 1 0 0.3503 0 0.4428 118.2741 26608 11 5.8637 1 0 0.3719 0 0.4526 137.4827 28632 12 6.3967 1 0 0.3858 0 0.457 158.296 29731 13 6.9298 1 0 0.4002 0 0.4634 184.2037 31363 (a) (b) figure (1) (a) original sample image, (b) it’s ideal edge physics | 24 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 (a) (b) figure (2) hueckel algorithm performance with different slide window sizes for: (a) the number of founded edges, (b) the required computation time. 2x2 slide window 3x3 slide window physics | 25 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 4x4 slide window 5x5 slide window 6x6 slide window 7x7 slide window physics | 26 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 8x8 slide window 9x9 slide window 10x10 slide window 11x11 slide window physics | 27 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 12x12 slide window 13x13 slide window (a) (b) (c) figure (3) the results of different slide window sizes (a) edge direction, (b) edge goodness criterion, (c) final product. physics | 28 2017( عام 1)العدد (30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 صورة حافت ثنائيت انخطوة باستعمالدراست كاشف انحافت هيوكم حميذ مجيذ عبذ انجبار تغريذ عبذ انحميذ ناجي جبار حاتمآمال عبذاالميرإنبثاق محمذعهي بغذاد / جايعت(ابٍ انهيثى )قسى انفيشياء/ كهيت انخزبيت نهعهىو انصزفت 6161/حزيران/62 :,قبم في6161/ايار/61استهم في: انخالصت . واعخًذث انخىارسييت انخطىة ثُائيت باسخعًال صىرة حافت هيىكم حافتان كاشف حى في هذا انبحث حقذيى دراست انىقج انًسخغزقانخىارسييت، نكفاءة كايال ححهيالدوٌ أي حغييز.درص هذا انبحث بحاثت أ فيهيىكم ها قذي انخيانقياسيت . (انقزص حجى)ا بخغييزحجى انُافذة انًُشنقت هكنسهى ححهيالوقذو .انحافتاحجاِ وانًُشنقت ُافذةان حجى يع انًخىقعت انُخائجو .بكسم أربعت انُافذة ىحجعُذ ت حى انحصىل عهيهاَخيج أفضمكاَج حافت هيىكم. كشف يؤثز ،ُاسبتانً حافتانحافت، ان انصىر انزقًيت، كشف يعانجت انكهماث انمفتاحيت: applications of discriminant analysis in medical diagnosis hazim m. gorgess anas kh. mohammed dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 19june2013 , accepted in : 4 december 2013 abstract in this paper, the discriminant analysis is used to classify the most wide spread heart diseases known as coronary heart diseases into two groups (patient, not patient) based on the changes of discrimination features of ten predictor variables that we believe they cause the disease . a random sample for each group is employed and the stepwise procedures are performed in order to delete those variables that are not important for separating the groups. tests of significance of discriminant analysis and estimating the misclassification rates are performed. keywords: discriminant analysis, classification, stepwise procedures, misclassification rates . 331 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 introduction discriminant analysis is a technique for the multivariate study of group differences. discriminant analysis is particularly appropriate when one wishes to describe, summarize, and understand the differences between or among groups. it is convenient to determine which of a set of variables is best captures or characterizes group differences. the most frequent applications of discriminant analysis are for predictive purpose, that is, for situations in which it is necessary or desirable to classify subjects into groups or categories.[1] theoretical part 1. the discriminant function for two groups the derived discriminant functions may be used to classify new cases into groups. prior probabilities of belonging to each group may be entered or derived from the observed data. for the case of two groups, we assume that the two populations to be compared would have the same covariance matrix ∑1=∑2=∑ , but distinct mean vectors 𝜇1 and 𝜇2. we work with samples y11, y12, . . . ,y1𝑛1 and y21, y22, . . . ,y2𝑛2 from the two populations. as usual ,each vector yij consists of measurements on p variables. the discriminant function is the linear combination of these p variables that maximizes the distance between the two transformed group mean vectors. a linear combination z=𝑎ʹy transforms each observation vector to scalar z1i = 𝑎ʹy1i = 𝑎1y1i1 + 𝑎2y1i2 + … +𝑎py1ip , i =1, 2, …, 𝑛1 z2i = 𝑎ʹy2i = 𝑎1y2i1 + 𝑎2y2i2 + … +𝑎py2ip , i =1, 2, …, 𝑛2 hence, the 𝑛1 + 𝑛2 observation vectors in the two samples. y11, y12, …, y1𝑛1 y21 , y22 , … , y2𝑛2, are transformed to scalars z11, z12, …, z1𝑛1, z21, z22, …, z2𝑛2 we find the means z�1 = ∑ z1i 𝑛1 i=1 𝑛1 = 𝑎ʹy�1,and z�2 = ∑ z2i 𝑛2 i=1 𝑛2 = 𝑎ʹy�2 where y�1 = ∑ y1i 𝑛1 i=1 𝑛1 , y�2 = ∑ y2i 𝑛2 i=1 𝑛2 we wish to find the vector 𝑎 that maximizes the ratio (z�1 − z�2)2 sz2 which can be expressed as [1] : q = (z�1 − z�2)2 sz2 = �𝑎ʹ �y�1 − y�2�� 2 𝑎ʹsp𝑎 …( 2.1 ) the numerator of this ratio is the square of the difference between the means of z for the two groups and the denominator is the sum of squares within groups. putting d= y�1 − y�2 , d= 𝑎 ʹd and w= 𝑎ʹsp𝑎, and substituting in equation ( 2.1 ) we get: q = d2 w …( 2.2 ) by differentiating q with respect to 𝑎 and putting the derivative equal to zero [2] we obtain ∂q ∂𝑎 = 2wdd − 2d2sp𝑎 w2 = 0 this yields wdd = d2sp𝑎 , dividing by d 2 we obtain w d d = sp𝑎 and hence 𝑎 = sp -1 w d d , since w d is any nonzero constant so let w d = 1 and maximize of ( 2.1 ) occur as when :[1] 𝑎 = sp -1 d = sp -1(y�1 − y�2) …( 2.3) 332 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 or when 𝑎 is any multiple of sp -1(y�1 − y�2). thus the maximizing vector 𝑎 is not unique however its direction is unique, that is the relative values or ratios of 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , … , 𝑎p are unique . 2. discriminant analysis for several groups in discriminant analysis for several groups, we are concerned with finding linear combinations of variables that would best separate the k groups of multivariate observations. for k groups (samples) with 𝑛i observations in the ith group, we transform each observation vector yij to obtain zij = 𝑎ʹ yij i=1,2, . . . ,k ; j=1,2, . . . , 𝑛i and find the means z�i = 𝑎ʹy�i , where y�i = ∑ yij 𝑛i j=1 𝑛i . as in the two group case , we seek the vector 𝑎 that maximally separates z�1, z�2, . . . , z�k. to express separation among z�1, z�2, . . . , z�k we extend the separation criterion to the k group case since 𝑎ʹ( y�1 − y�2)= (y�1 − y�2) ʹ 𝑎 we can write :[1] (z�1 − z�2)2 sz 2 = [𝑎ʹ( y�1 − y�2)]2 𝑎ʹsp𝑎 = 𝑎ʹ( y�1 − y�2)(y�1 − y�2)ʹ 𝑎 𝑎ʹsp𝑎 ...( 2.4 ) to extend (2.4) to k groups, we use the h matrix in place of ( y�1 − y�2)(y�1 − y�2)ʹ and e in place of sp to obtain: 𝜆 = 𝑎ʹh𝑎 𝑎ʹe𝑎 where : ...( 2.5 ) h= �𝑛i�y�i . − y�. .��y�i . − y�. .� ʹ k i=1 , e= ��( yij − y�i .) (yij − y�i . )ʹ 𝑛i j=1 k i=1 y�i . = ∑ yij 𝑛i j=1 𝑛i = yi . 𝑛i , y�.. = �� yij 𝑛k 𝑛i j=1 k i=1 = y. . 𝑛k the p×p matrix h has a between sum of squares on the diagonal for each of the p variables .off diagonal elements are analogous sums of products for each pair of variables. the p×p error matrix e has a within sum of squares for each variable on the diagonal ,with analogous sums of products off diagonal. thus h has the form: h = ⎝ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎛ ssh11 sph12 . . . sph1p sph12 ssh22 . . . sph2p . . . . . . . . . sph1p sph2p . . . sshpp⎠ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎞ ...( 2.6 ) the matrix e can be expressed in a form similar to ( 2.6 ) e = ⎝ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎛ sse11 spe12 . . . spe1p spe12 sse22 . . . spe2p . . . . . . . . . spe1p spe2p . . . ssepp⎠ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎞ ...( 2.7 ) 333 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 we can write the ratio in ( 2.5 ) as 𝑎ʹ h𝑎 = 𝜆𝑎ʹe𝑎 𝑎ʹ (h𝑎 – 𝜆e𝑎) = 0 ...( 2.8 ) we examine values of 𝜆 and 𝑎 that are solutions of ( 2.8 ) in a search for the value of 𝑎 that results in maximum 𝜆. the solution 𝑎ʹ = 0ʹ is not permissible because it gives 𝜆 = 0 0 in (2.5).other solutions are found from h𝑎 – 𝜆e𝑎=0 ...( 2.9 ) which can be written in the form (e−1h – 𝜆i ) 𝑎 =0 ...( 2.10 ) the solution of ( 2.10 ) are the eigenvalues 𝜆1 , 𝜆2 , . . . , 𝜆s and associated eigenvectors 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , . . . , 𝑎s of e-1h. the eigenvalues are considered to be ranked 𝜆1> 𝜆2>. . . > 𝜆s. the number of nonzero eigenvalues s is the rank of h which can be found as the smaller of k−1 and p. thus the largest eigenvalue λ1 is the maximum value of 𝜆 = 𝑎ʹ h𝑎 𝑎ʹ e𝑎 in ( 2.10 ) and the coefficient vector that produces the maximum is the corresponding eigenvector 𝑎1. eq( 2.10 ) can be verified by using calculus as follows: differentiating 𝜆 = 𝑎ʹ h𝑎 𝑎ʹ e𝑎 with respect to 𝑎 then putting the derivative equal to zero, we obtain :[55] 𝜕𝜆 𝜕𝑎 = 2(𝑎ʹe𝑎)h𝑎 − 2(𝑎ʹh𝑎)e𝑎 (𝑎ʹe𝑎)2 = 0 this yields : (𝑎ʹe𝑎)h𝑎 − (𝑎ʹh𝑎)e𝑎 = 0, dividing by 𝑎ʹe𝑎, we obtain : h𝑎 − 𝜆 e𝑎 = 0, or ( h − 𝜆 e) 𝑎 = 0. which can be written as (e−1h – 𝜆i ) 𝑎 =0 hence , the discriminant function that maximally separates the means is z1=𝑎1́ y that is, it represents the dimension that maximally separates the means. from the s eigenvectors 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , . . . , 𝑎s of e−1h corresponding to 𝜆1 , 𝜆2 , . . . , 𝜆s, we obtain s discriminant functions. z1= 𝑎1́ y , z2= 𝑎2́ y , . . . , zs= 𝑎ś y. the relative importance of each discriminant function zi, i=1,2, . . . ,s. can be assessed by considering its eigenvalue as a proportion of the total [37] 𝜆i ∑ 𝜆j s j=1 ...( 2.11 ) by this criterion two or three discriminant functions will often suffice to describe the group differences. the discriminant function associated with small eigenvalues can be neglected. 3. test of significance of discriminant analysis for the case of two groups, we wish to test h0 : 𝜇1 = 𝜇2 vs h1 : 𝜇1 ≠ 𝜇2 the discriminant function coefficient vector 𝑎 is significantly different form 0 if t2 is significant, where :[5] t2 = 𝑛1 𝑛2 𝑛1 + 𝑛2 (y�1 − y�2)ʹ sp−1 ( y�1 − y�2) … (2.12) which is distributed as tp,𝑛1+𝑛2−2 2 when h0: 𝜇1=𝜇2 is true. we reject h0 if t2 > t𝛼,p,𝑛1+𝑛2−2 2 . also, we can use f approximation test where :[5] 334 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 f = 𝑛1 + 𝑛2 − p − 1 (𝑛1 + 𝑛2 − 2)p t2 … (2.13) which is distributed as fp ,𝑛1+𝑛2− p−1 when h0: 𝜇1=𝜇2 is true. we reject h0 if f > fp ,𝑛1+𝑛2− p−1 for several groups, to test h0 : 𝜇1 = 𝜇2 = . . . =𝜇k, we use the wilk's lambda statistic defined as : [6] λ = |e| |e+h| ...( 2.14 ) we reject h0 if λ > λ𝛼, p, vh ,ve . the parameters in wilk's λ distribution are p=number of variables, vh = k−1 degrees of freedom of hypothesis, ve = n − k with n = �𝑛i k i=1 degrees of freedom for error. wilk's λ in ( 2.14 ) can be expressed in terms of the eigenvalues 𝜆1 , 𝜆2 , . . . , 𝜆s of e−1h as follows : λ1 = � 1 1 + 𝜆i s 𝑖=1 ...( 2.15 ) the number of nonzero eigenvalues of e−1h is s= min ( p, vh ) which is the rank of h. the range of λ is 0 ≤ λ ≤ 1 and the test based on wilk's λ is an inverse test in the sense that we reject h0 for small value of λ. since λ1 is small if one or more 𝜆i's are large, wilk's λ tests for significance of the eigenvalues and thereby for the discriminant functions. the s eigenvalues represent s dimensions of separation of the mean vectors y�1, y�2, … , y�k. we are interested in which, if any of these dimensions is significant. in addition to the wilk's λ test. we can use 𝜒2 approximation for λ1 with vh , ve degrees of freedom. v1 = − �ve − 1 2 (p −vh+1)� ln λ1 ...( 2.16 ) = − �n − 1 − 1 2 (p+k)� ln � 1 1 + 𝜆i s i=1 = �n − 1 − 1 2 (p + k)�� ln(1 + 𝜆i) s i=1 which is approximately 𝜒2 with p(k−1) degrees of freedom. the test statistic λ1 and its approximations( 2.16 ) test the significance of all of 𝜆1 , 𝜆2 , . . . , 𝜆s. if the test leads to rejection of h0, we conclude that at least one of the 𝜆's is significantly different from zero, and therefore there is at least one dimension of separation of mean vectors. since 𝜆1 is the largest, we are only sure of its significance along with that of z1= 𝑎1́ y. to test the significance of 𝜆2 , . . . , 𝜆s ,we delete 𝜆1 from wilk's λ and the associated 𝜒2 approximation to obtain λ2 = � 1 1 + 𝜆𝑖 s i=2 v2 = −�n − 1 − 1 2 (p + k)�� ln(1 + 𝜆i) s i=2 which is approximately 𝜒2 with (p−1)(k−2) degree of freedom. if this test leads to rejection of h0, we conclude that at least 𝜆2 is significant along with the associated discriminant function z2= 𝑎2́ y. we can continue in this fashion, testing each 𝜆i in turn until a test fails to reject h0. the test statistic at the mth step is : 335 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 λm = � 1 1 + 𝜆i s i=m which is distributed as λp−m+1, k−m, n−k−m+1 ...( 2.17 ) the statistic vm = −�n − 1 − 1 2 (p + k)�� ln λm s i=2 ...( 2.18 ) = �n − 1 − 1 2 (p + k)�� ln(1 + 𝜆i) s i=m has an approximate 𝜒2 distribution with (p−m+1)(k−m) degrees of freedom. we can also use f approximation for each λi. forλ1 = � 1 1 + 𝜆i s i=1 we use f = 1 − λ1 1 𝑡⁄ λ1 1 𝑡⁄ 𝑑f2 𝑑f1 ...( 2.19 ) where t = � p2(k − 1)2 − 4 p2 + (k − 1)2 − 5 putting w=n − 1 − 1 2 (p+k) then 𝑑f1 = p(k − 1), 𝑑f2 = wt − 1 2 [p(k − 1) − 2] for λm = � 1 1 + 𝜆i s i=m , m=2,3,…,s we use f = 1 − λ𝑚 1 𝑡⁄ λ𝑚 1 𝑡⁄ 𝑑f2 𝑑f1 with p − m+1 and k − m in place of p and k − 1 t = � (p − m + 1)2(k − m)2 − 4 (p − m + 1)2 + (k − m)2 − 5 w = n − 1 − 1 2 (p+k) , 𝑑f1=(p − m+1)(k − m), 𝑑f2=wt − 1 2 [(p − m + 1)(k − m) − 2] 4. tests of equality of covariance matrices [1] for k multivariate populations, the hypothesis of equality of covariance matrices is h0 : ∑1=∑2=···=∑k calculate c1 = �∑ 1 vi − 1 ∑ viki=1 k i=1 �� 2p2+ 3p−1 6(p+1)(k−1) � …( 2.20) then : u= 2(1 c1) ln m is approximately 𝜒2 � 1 2 (𝑘 − 1)p(p + 1� …(2.21) where m is m = |s1| v1 2 |s2| v2 2 … |sk| vk 2 |sp | ∑ vii 2 …( 2.22) and, ln m = 1 2 � vi ln|si| k i=1 − 1 2 (� vi k i=1 ) ln�sp� … (2. 23) we reject h0 if u > 𝜒𝛼2 …( 2.24 ) 336 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 5. stepwise selection of variables [6] the stepwise method for selecting variables in discriminant analysis is rather like doing a stepwise regressions and is especially useful in similar circumstances, namely when we have rather a long list of possible classification variables and it is unlikely that all will make a useful contribution to a set of discriminant functions. we would like to find the best subset, or else something close to that. the single variable that gives the significant classification into our groups is chosen first, then we look at the remaining variables and add the one that gives the biggest improvement. we check the two variables now, and make sure that each makes a significant contribution in the presence of the other. at each step we see whether another variables can be added that will make a significant improvement, and whether any previous ones can be removed. the process stops when no more variables can be added or removed at the level of significance we are using. 6. classification procedures 6.1. classification use discriminant function a simple procedure for classification can be based on the discriminant function, z= 𝑎ʹy0= (y�1 − y�2) ʹsp -1 y0 ...( 2.25 ) where y0 is the vector of measurements on a new sampling unit that we wish to classify into one of the two groups (populations). denote the two groups by g1 and g2. fisher’s (1936) linear classification procedure assigns y0 to g1 if z0=𝑎 ʹy0 is closer to z�1 than to z�2 and assigns y0 to g2if z0is closer to z�2than to z�1, z0is closer to z�1 if z0 > 1 2 (z�1 + z�2) where z�1 = � z1𝑖 𝑛1 𝑛1 i=1 = 𝑎ʹy�1 = (y�1 − y�2) ʹsp −1 y�1 to express the classification rule in terms of y, we first write 1 2 (z�1 + z�2) in the form: 1 2 (z�1 + z�2) = 1 2 𝑎ʹ �y�1 + y�2� = 1 2 (y�1 − y�2) ʹsp −1 ( y�1 + y�2) ...( 2.26 ) then the classification rule becomes, assign y0 to g1 if [1] 𝑎ʹy0 = (y�1 − y�2) ʹ sp -1y0 > 1 2 (y�1 − y�2) ʹ sp −1 ( y�1 + y�2) ...( 2.27 ) and assign y0 to g2 if 𝑎ʹy0 = (y�1 − y�2) ʹ sp -1y0 < 1 2 (y�1 − y�2) ʹ sp −1 ( y�1 + y�2) ...( 2.28 ) 6.2. classification use simple classification function [6] fisher (1936) proposed a simple classification function for each group based on a linear combination of the discriminating variables. for the case of k groups and p discriminating variables, the simple classification function has the form zg = bg0 + bg1 x1 + bg2 x2 + . . . + bgp xp , g= 1,2, . . . ,k …( 2.29 ) the coefficient bg i associated with variable i in group g is given as : 337 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 bg i = (n − g) � wij yjk p j=1 where wij represents the ij th element from the inverse matrix of within groups sums of squares and cross products, n represents the whole number of observations. the constant bk0 is given as : bk0 = − 0.5 � bkj yjk p j=1 … (2.30) the rule of classification is simply to classify the new observation to the group that yields a maximum value of the classification function h after substituting all discriminating variables into classification functions. 7. estimating misclassification rates a simple estimate of the error rate can be obtained by trying out the classification procedure on the same data set that has been used to compute the classification function. this method is referred to as resubstitution. each observation vector yij is substituted to the classification functions and assigned to a group .[1] we then count the number of correct classifications and the number of misclassifications. the proportion of misclassifications resulting from resubtitution is called the apparent error rate (aper). the results can be conveniently displayed in a classification table as shown below: table ,classification table for two groups actual group number of observations predicted group 1 2 1 n1 n11 n12 2 n2 n21 n22 let us denote the first and second groups by g1 and g2 respectively. among n1 observations in g1,n11 are correctly classified into g1 and n12 are misclassified into g2 ,where n1=n11+n12. similarly of the n2 observations in g2, n21 are misclassified into g1, and n22 are correctly classified into g2 where n2=n21+n22 thus:[6] aper = n12+n21 n1+n2 …( 2.31) similarly, we can define apparent correct classification rate (apcr) as: apcr= n11 +n22 n1+n2 …( 2.32) the method of resubstitution can be readily extended to the case of several groups. particular application the real data were collected from records of (51) real patients suffering from coronary heart disease (chd) from ibn-al-nafees hospital, moreover, the same informations were obtained about (54) healthy persons. the discriminant analysis were then performed with two groups (patient, not patient) and ten predictor variables that we belive they cause the disease. the variables for each group are : a. the dependent variable which represents (0 for not patient) and (1 for patient) b. ten independent variables are ascribed below : 1. age (x1) 2. s.cholestrol (x2) 338 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 3. triglyceride (x3) 4. ldl (high low density cholesterol) (x4) 5. hdl(low high density cholesterol) (x5) 6. diabetes mellitus (sugar) (x6) 7. hypertension (systolic blood pressure) (x7) 8. sex (0 for male) (1 for female) (x8) 9. smoking (0 for not smoker) (1 for x-smoker) (2 for smoker) (x9) 10. family history (heredity factor) (x10) (0 for no heritage factor) (1 for heritage factor) the mean for each group and the total mean are presented in (table 1). applying the rules of stepwise method for discriminant analysis stated earlier we found that only four predictor variables, namely x4, x5, x10, x2 give the significant classification into our groups. 1. the discriminant function we find the linear discriminant function coefficients by using equation (2.3) the linear discriminant function is : z= (0.1300x4) + (0.3385 x5 ) – (3.6060 x10) – (0.1958 x2) 2. test of significance of discriminant analysis now to test the significance of discriminant function we calculate the statistic t2, it found the statistic to be t2 = 381.1326171 since t2 > t𝛼, p,𝑛1+𝑛2−2 2 = t0.01, 4,103 2 = 14.511, then the discriminant function is significant. another test of significant can be performed by using eq( 2.16 ) where the value of ∨ was found to be 156.212 comparing this value with 𝜒(0.01,4) 2 = 13.2767, we conclude that the discriminant function is significant. also, we can use f approximation for λ = 0.213 to test the significance by using equation (2.19), where f = 92.4 and compare with f0.01,4,100= 3.51, we conclude that the discriminant function is significant. 3. tests of equality of covariance matrices we use the 𝜒2 approximation test, the value of u was calculated by using equation (2.21), it was found to be 28.01 while the critical value of 𝜒0.001,102 =29.59 thus we accept h0 since u < 𝜒0.001,102 . 4. classification procedures 4.1. classification use discriminant function we must find the mean of discriminant function for the two groups z� = [0.1300*x�4] + [0.3385*x�5] – [3.6060*x�10] – [0.1958*x�2] the mean discriminant function of group 1 is z�(1) = [0.1300*111.69] + [0.3385*64.43] – [3.6060*0.13] – [0.1958*199.37] = −3.176171 and the mean discriminant function of group 2 is z�(2) = [0.1300*184.94] + [0.3385*34.10] – [3.6060*0.63] – [0.1958*260.57] = −17.706336 the cut point is −3.176171+ −17.706336 2 = −10.4412535 , 339 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 we use equation (2.27), (2.28) to classify the new observations, for example, we want to classify new observation from group 1 (not patients) with the informations ldl=80, hdl=71, s.cholestrol=171 and has no hereditary factor, we found z(6) = [0.1300*80] + [0.3385*71] – [3.6060*0] – [0.1958*171] = 0.9517, by equation ( 2.80 ), 0.9517> −10.4412535. then the observation is correctly classified in group 1 4.2. classification use simple classification function after we find the inverse of within – sum square and cross products marix, we find the functions of group 1 and group 2 by equation (2.29), (2.30) where : z(1)= (−60.037) + (0.337 *x4) + (0.902 *x5)+ (−2.598 * x10)+ (0.117 * x2) z(2)= (−70.480) + (0.207 * x4) + (0.564 * x5) +(0.997* x10) + (0.313 * x2) and we use the two functions to classify the new observations. for example, we want to classify a new observation from group 2 (patients) with the informations ldl=183, hdl=28, s.cholestrol=251 and has no hereditary factor, we found z(1) = (−60.037) + (0.117 * 251) + (0.337 *183) + (0.902 * 28) + (−2.598 * 0) = 56.257 and z(2) = ( −70.480) + (0.313 * 251) + (0.207 *183) + (0.564*28) + (0.997 * 0) = 61.756 ∵ z(1) < z(2) , then the observation is in group 2 5. estimating misclassification rates we calculate apparent error rate by equation (2.31) aper = 2+3 105 = 4.8% and we calculate the apparent correct rate by equation (2.32) apcr =49+51 105 = 95.2% the correctly classified into group (1) 42 54 =96.3% the misclassified into group (1)is 2 54 = 3.7% the correctly classified into group (2)is 49 51 =96.1% the misclassified into group (2) 2 51 = 3.9% the classification is represented in (table 2). 340 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 conclusions from the theoretical and practical study, we believe that the following points are considerable : 1. by using the stepwise method, we conclude that the first predictor variable that has the largest significant effect for discriminant between the two groups is high low density cholesterol x4, followed by the low high density cholesterol x5 then the heredity factor x10 and finally by s.cholestrol x2, thus our discriminant function was constructed on the basis of these variables. 2. according to the test of significance we made, namely, the wilk's λ test and the 𝜒2 approximation test with level of significance 𝛼= 0.01 we found that the discriminant function constructed significantly separates the groups. 3. by using the resubstitation method, the resulting classification table revealed that about 5% of the cases are wrongly classified, while about 95% of the cases are correctly classified to the groups. references 1. rencher, a. c. (2012), methods of multivariate analysis, third edition, wiley, new york. 2. kandall, m.g. (1955), the advanced theory of statistics, vol.ii, third edition, charles griffin, london 3. samnles, wilks (1963), mathematical statistics, john wiley, new york, london. 4. klecka, w.r. (1984), "discriminant analysis" beverly hills/ london ) " استخدام التحلیل الممیز لتشخیص بعض امراض العیون"، بحث منشور في مجلة االدارة 2008صالح، عائدة ھادي ( .5 286-264والستون، ص واالقتصاد، العدد السابع )، استخدام الدالة الممیزة لتشخیص حاالت التھاب األمعاء عند األطفال الرضع، 1998السلیماني، مؤید سلمان عباس ( .6 رسالة ماجستیر في اإلحصاء، مقدمة إلى مجلس كلیة اإلدارة واالقتصاد، جامعة بغداد. table (1) : the mean for each group and the total mean x�1 x�2 x�3 x�4 x�5 x�6 x�7 x�8 x�9 x�10 not patients 45.85 199.37 116.80 111.69 64.43 137.61 125.74 0.43 0.63 0.13 patients 63.02 260.57 202.75 184.94 34.10 201.31 155.20 0.31 1.14 0.63 total 54.19 229.10 158.54 147.27 49.70 168.55 140.05 0.37 0.88 0.37 table (2) : classification result for discriminant function actual group number of observations predicted group healthy(1) disease(2) healthy(1) disease(2) 54 51 51 2 3 49 % healthy(1) disease(2) 100 100 94.4 3.9 5.6 96.1 341 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 تطبیقات التحلیل التمییزي في التشخیص الطبي حازم منصور كوركیس نس خلیل محمدأ جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة قسم الریاضیات / 2013 كانون االول 4: في ، قبل البحث 2013حزیران 19: في أستلم البحث الخالصة التمییزي لتصنیف أمراض القل�ب األوس�ع انتش�ارا والمعروف�ة باس�م أم�راض القل�ب استخدم التحلیل في ھذا البحث، التاجیة (انس�داد الش�رایین) إل�ى مجم�وعتین (م�ریض، غی�ر م�ریض) عل�ى أس�اس التغی�رات التمییزی�ة لعش�رة م�ن المتغی�رات .التنبؤیة التي تعتقد انھا تسبب المرض ونُفّ�ـذمھم�ة ف�ي فص�ل المجموع�ات الغی�ر المتغی�راتالمراح�ل لح�ذف اس�لوب ونُفّـذاستخدمت عینة عشوائیة لكل مجموعة .اختبار معنویة الدالة الممیزة ومعدل خطأ التصنیف .، معدل خطأ التصنیف ، التصنیف، اسلوب المراحل كلمات مفتاحیة: التحلیل التمییزي 342 | mathematics @a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹127@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (1) 2014 anas kh. mohammed úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 adsorption of mono substituted nitro phenols from aqueous solution on the zemeej surface at different temperatures entisar e. al-abodi dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :27 may 2013, accepted in: 26 august 2013 abstract adsorption of o-nitrophenol (o-nph), mnitrophenol (m-nph) and pnitrophenol (pnph) on the sedimentary sand of the tigress river which is known locally by “zemeej” from aqueous solution at 288, 298, 308, 318 and 328 k0 . this study indicates that o-nph and mnph take multi-layered s type according to giles classification while p-nph takes a multilayered l type according to the same classification. the isotherms treated by freundlich model and show a good response to this model because the heterogeneous nature of the surface. the adsorption for all materials was endothermic as shown from δh values and explained through the porous nature of the surface, the remaining thermodynamic functions δg and δs were also calculated at all temperatures for all adsorbents which indicate that the randomness, finally the results indicate that the orientation on no2 group to para position acts to decrease the quantity of adsorption. key wards: adsorption; nitrophenol; zemeej; freundlich isotherm 229 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction the adsorption of phenols on agricultural soil is an important subject because the large spectrum of products, that a phenolic compound constitutes a major component forming it such as pesticides herbicides coloring materials, medical materials and even a natural product released by a living organism [1-6], its adsorption studies provide information about its stability on the soil and its distribution between soil and aqueous media. so this study is important to many fields of application in addition to the environmental field. many researchers concerned with adsorption of various substances on the surface of soil minerals such as kaolinite, bentonite etc. [7-9], but there is no studies of adsorption carried on sand sediments of tigress river that is known locally by (zemeej) which is the best type of agricultural soil used in baghdad. adsorption is an important surface phenomenon usually describes the accumulation of ions, atoms or molecules on a surface [10]. it is a physicochemical process which offers great potential as a means of producing quality effluent [11]. this phenomenon of adsorption is basically due to the presence of residual forces at the surface of a liquid or a solid. adsorption is a spontaneous process and hence is attained by a decrease in free energy change and entropy of the system [12]. the concept of adsorption equilibrium is involved deeply in the measurement and correlation of adsorption capacity, selectivity and re-generatability data. generally, equilibrium is the constraint that limits each of these vital factors for adsorption application. however, there are many phenomena where adsorption is essential to the process such as decolorisation and dyeing of fibers, these processes occur through the adsorption process on solid surfaces [13]. materials and methods instruments: 1visible spectrophotometer. 2 dunboff metabolic shaking incubater gca/ precision scientific. 3 hettich universal (d-7200), centrifuge tubes. 4 electronic balance, sartorius lab. l420 b, +0.0001. materials: all nitrophenols were supplied by fluka. (zemeej) was obtained from local markets in baghdad. methodology the (zemeej) was washed with excessive amounts of distilled water, dried at 160oc for three hours. the (zemeej) was ground and sieved to a particle size of 320 µm. wavelength of maximum absorbency was recorded for each nitrophenol dissolved in aqueous media and found to be 280nm for o-nph, 272nm for m-nph and 318nm for p-nph. these values were utilized for estimation of the quantity of adsorbed material. solutions of different concentrations were prepared by serial dilution and measured at desired 𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 and plotted against concentration values, the calibration curve in the concentration range that falls in the region of applicability of beer-lambert's law was employed. adsorption isotherm a series of solutions of nitrophenol (5ml) of concentrations range (5-55) mg/l at ph ≈ 8 were added to stoppered flasks containing 0.1g of (zemeej). the flasks were shaken in a thermostatically controlled water bath at a speed of 45 rpm and 298k till equilibrium is attained (300 min). this time is sufficient for the adsorption process to reach equilibrium. after the equilibrium time elapsed, the suspensions were centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 min. the clear supernatants were assayed for nitrophenol spectrophotometrically. equilibrium 230 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 concentrations were obtained by comparing the experimental data with the calibration curve. the quantity of nitrophe0nol adsorbed was calculated according to the following equation (1) 𝑄𝑒 = 𝑉𝑠𝑜𝑙.(𝐶0−𝐶𝑒) 𝑚 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … (1) where: 𝑄𝑒: quantity of adsorption at equilibrium (mg/g) 𝑚 : mass of adsorbent (g). 𝐶0 : initial concentration (mg/l). 𝐶𝑒 : equilibrium concentration (mg/ l). 𝑉𝑠𝑜𝑙. : volume of solution (l). effect of temperature adsorption experiment was repeated in the same manner at temperatures of 288, 308, 318 and 328 k0 to estimate the basic thermodynamic functions. results and discussion figures (1,2and3) indicate the adsorption of so-nph and m-nph on the silica surface are multi-layered s type according to the giles classification at all temperatures of the study while p-nph takes a multi-layered l type according to the same classification. the multilayered adsorption that is taking place on this surface is not strange due to the heterogeneousporous nature of the silica surface, s type (or sigmoidal shape) means low extent of adsorption at low concentration of adsorbate then the adsorption increases rapidly with the increase of adsorbate concentration, this is because of the affinity between the adsorbent and the adsobate which is weak at the beginning but the initial amount of adsorbate that is settled on the surface of the adsorbent, it acts to provide a new active sites of adsorption which increases the adsorption extent with increase of concentration [14]. in our case, we think that the initial amounts of o-nph and m-nph (which carry a negative charge) that adsorbed on the silica surface (which carries a negative charge too) through hydrogen bonding among functional groups of the nitrophenols with surface polar groups letting the aromatic part of phenol directed out above the surface, with the increase of these hydrophobic aromatic groups that are covering the surface gradually become hydrophobic and this what will increase the adsorption extent rapidly, so the active sites that are covered with initial amounts of phenols will become preferred by later amounts of phenols more than empty active sites and for this reason the adsorbate molecules will aggregate as clusters on the adsorbent surface [15,16]. p-nph isotherm takes the l type because when one of its hydrophilic groups interacts with surface polar groups through hydrogen bonding the other polar group of phenol will remain directed out the surface, therefore the surface will still hydrophilic and the decrease of the number of empty active sites that exist on the surface which will stay the more preferred positions of adsorption. the previous explanation indicates why the overall extent of adsorption of o-nph is the largest among the other phenols. in spite of the adsorption of pnph takes l type of adsorption we decide to consider a freundlich model of adsorption for all phenols because of multi-layered nature of adsorption for all phenols and the complicated nature of the surface so figures (4, 5 and 6) show the response of these adsorption isotherms to the freundlich equation [17]: qe=kf(ce)^(1⁄n)……………………………… ………(2) where kf is the freundlich adsorption constant and its unit depends on n, n is unit-less constant. correlation coefficient (r) that is shown in table (1) with kf and n values indicate a good response of adsorption isotherms to freundlich model at all temperatures and for isomers of nitrophenol. by increasing the temperature in general, all phenols showing an increase of the adsorption 231 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 extent, this probability may be due to an endothermic absorption process taking place into pores and voids of the adsorbent in conjugation with a normal exothermic adsorption process that proceed on the adsorbent surface. to estimate the overall thermodynamic nature of the adsorption, we apply vant-hoff equation which is given by: ln〖k ad〗=(-δh)/rt+c………………..(3) where〖k ad〗is the thermodynamic equilibrium constant that is represented by [14]: 〖k ad〗=lim┬(ce→0)⁡〖qe/ce] …………………..…(4) δh the enthalpy change of adsorption (j/mol), or gas constant (j.mol-1. k-1) and c is the integration constant. this method of calculating equilibrium constant at zero concentration is the characteristic of multi-layer adsorption isotherms specially to those obeying freundlich isotherm and the reason is there is no characteristic maximum point of qe such that exists in langmiur isotherms which the k ad is calculated on it, instead for freundlich isotherms we plotted k ad vs. ce then taking the intercept of the strait line and this will be the adsorption equilibrium constant at characteristic zero equilibrium concentration of the adsorbate [18]. figure (7) shows similarity of equilibrium constant alteration with the temperature for both onph and m-nph while p-nph shows a different behavior; in addition the gibbs free energy of the adsorption is calculated from the equation [19]: δg=-rtln〖k ad〗………………………………………..(5) also the entropy change calculated from: δg=δh-tδs……………………………………………...(6) all the thermodynamic parameters and 〖k ad〗are listed in the table (2). as expected the adsorption processes were endothermic for all nitophenols, o-nph and m-nph that have similar positive values of δh which support our previous proposition about contribution of absorption process in the porous and voids of the adsorbent beside the adsorption process that is taking place on the adsorbent surface, in addition for p-nph the adsorption is less endothermic as a result to the seasons that are described above, δs valus are positive and change slightly with the change of temperature to each compound but the difference among the compounds is considerable, first δs values of o-nph and m-nph are close to each other and higher than that of p-nph because the possibility of carrying out the adsorption process at the hydrophobic sites that are generated after the initial stage of adsorption, this process is not possible for p-nph, also we expect the slight biggest value of δs for m-nph than that of onph is due to meta orientation of polar groups which when one of them is directed perpendicularly to adsorbent surface the other will stay free to orient horizontally with the surface in any direction. as a result for all of these reasons δg values are all negative as expected and decrease with the increase of temperatures for all nitrophenols. references 1mauricio, m. ; arno, c. g. and albertinka, j. m. (2013) ” persistent toxic burdens of halogenated phenolic compounds in humans and wildlife”, environ. sci. technol. 47 (12): 6071. 2beckman-sundh, u.; binderup ,m.; bolognesi, c.and brimer, l. (2013) “scientific opinion on the toxicological evaluation of phenol”, efsa journal, 11(4): 3189. 3yaacob, n. s.; mohamed, r.; siti ,a. a.; ibrahim, a. l. and arbakariya, b. (2013) “nutrients and culture condtions requirements for the degradation of phenol by rhodococcus ukmp-5m “, j. of inv. biol. 34: 635. 4kundu, s. (2013) “modeling phenol adsorption in water environment using artificial neural network”, int. res. j. environment sci., 2(7): 39, 232 | chemistry http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?action=search&author=monta%c3%b1o%2c+m&qssearcharea=author http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?action=search&author=gutleb%2c+a+c&qssearcharea=author http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?action=search&author=murk%2c+a+j&qssearcharea=author úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 5sathorn, p.; kanokon, c.; prapawan, v.; vichuta, c.; leamthong, c; wanna, i. and orawan ,s. ( 2008). adsorption of phenol from diluted aqueous solutions by activated carbons obtained from bagasse, oil palm shell and pericarp of rubber fruit”, songklanakarin j. sci. technol. 30 (2):185 6moyo1, m.; mutare, e.; chigondo, f. and nyamunda, b. c. (2012)” removal of phenol from aqueous solution by adsorption on yeast, saccharomyces cerevisiae”, ijrras, 11 (3):486 7al-taweel, s. s. j.;jassim, l. s. and trade, h. a. (2007). ” a study of adsorption of crystal violet from aqueous solution on kaolin”, national journal of chemistry, 28:642 8muhammad, j. i. and muhammad, n. a. (1996)” adsorption of dyes from aqueous solutions on activated charcoal”, colloid surf. a physicochem. eng. aspects, 108: 39 9zainab, n. m.; salah, m.a. and rasha, a.d. (2011)” adsorption of eosin y dye on iraqi clay”, journal of kerbala university, 9 (3):171 10glasstone ,s. (1962). “physical chemistry”, 2nd ed., macmillan., london, 518 11kipling, j. j. (1965)”adsorption from solutions of non-electrolytes”, academic press, london, pp. 3(101-168):257-259 12mohammid ,y.i. (2004)."synthesis and characterization of zeolite – urea formaldehyde polymer complex and study of adsoption of some phenolic compounds from aqueous solution on its surface", m.sc thesis, ibn–alhaitham, college of education,university of baghdad 13wagner, k. and sehullz, s. (2001)”adsorption of chlorophenols and dihydroxybenzens onto unfunctionalized polymeric resins at temperatures from 294.15k0 to 318k0”, j. chem. eng. data, 46: 322 14giles, c. h. ; g’silva, a. p. and easton, i. a. (1974)” a general treatment and classification of the solute adsorption isotherm”, jour. of colloid and inter. sci., 47(3): 766 15shen, y. (2002).” removal of phenol from water by adsorption–flocculation using organobentonite”, water research, 36:1107 16adnadjevic, b.; lazarevic, n. and jovanovic, j. (2009).” thermodynamics and mechanism of nicotine adsorption onto hydrophobic zeolite type usy from aqueous solution”, hem. ind., 63 (5a):571 17aber, s. and haddadi, e. f. (2011)” removal of basic yellow from aqueous solution by adsorption onto granular activated carbon using an on-line spectrophotometric analysis system”, global nest journal, 13( 3):246 18khan, a. a. and singh, r. p. (1987)”adsorption thermodynamics of carbofuran on sn(iv)arsenosilicate in h+, na+ and ca+2 forms”, colloids and surfaces, 24:33 19morillo, e. and maqueda, c. (1986) ”simultaneousadsorption of chlordimeform and zinc on montmorillonite”, soil sci., 141:138 233 | chemistry úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table(1) :freundlich constants �𝑲𝒇, 𝒏�and correlation coefficient 𝑹. table (2): adsorption constant (kad0) at zero concentration with thermodynamic parameters. 234 | chemistry fig. (1) adsorption isotherm of o-nph fig. (2) adsorption isotherm of m-nph fig. (3) adsorption isotherm of p-nph 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 50 q e( m g/ g) ce(mg/l) o.nph ۲۸۸ ۲۹۸ ۳۰۸ ۳۱۸ ۳۲۸ 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 10 20 30 40 q e( m g/ g) ce(mg/l) m.nph ۲۸۸ ۲۹۸ ۳۰۸ ۳۱۸ ۳۲۸ 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 10 20 30 40 q e( m g/ g) ce(mg/l) p.nph ۲۸۸ ۲۹۸ ۳۰۸ ۳۱۸ ۳۲۸ 235 | chemistry fig. (4) linearized freundlich curves for o-nph fig. (5) linearized freundlich curves for m-nph fig. (6) linearized freundlich curves for p-nph 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 ln (q e) ln(ce) f.i. onph ۲۸۸ ۲۹۸ ۳۰۸ ۳۱۸ ۳۲۸ -2 -1 0 1 2 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 ln (q e) ln(ce) f.i.mnph ۲۸۸ ۲۹۸ ۳۰۸ ۳۱۸ ۳۲۸ -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 ln (q e) ln(ce) f.i.pnph ۲۸۸ ۲۹۸ ۳۰۸ ۳۱۸ ۳۲۸ 236 | chemistry fig. (7) plot of ln(kad0 ) vs. 1/t y = -3681.4x + 18.145 r² = 0.9868 y = -3924.6x + 18.911 r² = 0.9101 y = -1133.7x + 9.6626 r² = 0.9517 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 0.003 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 ln (k ad 0 ) 1/t onph mnph pnph 237 | chemistry امتزاز النیترو فینوالت احادیة التعویض من محلولھا المائي على سطح الزمیج في درجات حرارة مختلفة انتصار علیوي العبودي جامعة بغداد /الكیمیاء / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) علوم قسم 2013آب 26، قبل البحث في : 2013آیار 27استلم البحث في : الخالصة pnitrophenolو mnitrophenol (m-nph) و o-nitrophenol (o-nph) تم اجراء دراسة امتزاز (p-nph) (328 ,318 ,308 ,298 ,288)من محلیلھا المائیة على سطح الزمیج في درجات حرارة k0 و قد بینت ھذه lالنمط p-nphبینما یاخذ gilesمتعدد الطبقات حسب تصنیف sتاخذ النمط m-nphو o-nphالدراسة ان امتزاز المواد عند درجات الحرارة المدروسة وفق نموذج متعدد الطبقات طبقا لنفس التصنیف، عولجت ایزوثیرمات االمتزاز لھذه freundlich لالمتزاز نظرا لطبیعة السطح غیر المتجانسة و بینت ھذه الحسابات ان ایزوثرمات االمتزاز ھذه تستجیب ة و . بینت ھذه الدراسة ان االمتزاز كان من النوع الماص للحرارة لكافة المواد الممتز freundlichبصورة جیدة لنموذج المحسوبة وقد فسرت ھذه النتیجة استنادا الى الطبیعة المسامیة للسطح الماز، باالضافة الى ذلك تم δhذلك من خالل قیم عند جمیع درجات الحرارة حیث یتضح ان الترتیب العشوائي للمواد الممتزة δsو δgحساب قیم الدوال الثرمودینامیكیة في المحلول المائي. واخیرا من النتائج التي تم التوصل الیھا ایضا ان وجود مجموعة على السطح اكبر من ذلك الذي تمتلكھ النایترو یعمل على تقلیل كمیة االمتزاز في ھذا النظام. : زمیج، االمتزاز، نیتروفینول، ایزوثیرم فرندلیشالكلمات المفتاحیة 238 | chemistry ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 charge transport in magnetized plasma h. j. m. al-agealy, d. h. yonas , e. a. jawad and m. a. hassoony departme nt of physics , college of education i bn al – haitham , unive rsity of baghdad received in: 27march2011, accepted in: 7december 2011 abstract the p lasma source can restrict the motion of char ges that are localizing in the non equilibr ium distribution of char ge ener gy and reducing the electrons t ransp ort across magn etic field . the electrons & ions motion are controlled by ambipolar electric field and char ge–atom collision . the source density for a given electron t emp erature and a given ion are considered to evaluate the diffusion coefficient . the ambipolar diffusion coeff icient and the cross field diffusion coefficient for charge transfer are calcu lated through magnetized p lasma in a uniform magn etic field , and an app roximation amb ipolar diffusion coefficient is evaluated. the result, showes how t he diffusion p rocess is gradually imbedded as the p rop erties of the p lasma. key words : change transp ort , monetized p lasma , diffusion coefficient introduction the transfer of wave function energy towards t he long region and the formation of longe scale st ructures is a result of the well–known inverse casc ade in two dimensional and quas i two – dimensional fluids [1] . a comp lete understanding of char ge transp ort is imp ortant for characterizing materials used in the comp onents which are directly exp osed to the charge (p roton) isotop e plasma [2] . the source of electron transp ort in magn etized p lasmas which can be a major obst acle in the way toward p articles nuclear fusion p ower . the observed electron ener gy transp ort is much larger than are would exp ect from diffusion p rocess due to coulomb collisions [3] .the diffusion h as imp ortant technological imp lications in micro electronics [4] . coalitional cross field transp ort due to electric or magnetic field asy mmetries is imp ortant in many neutral and non n eutral plasma conf inement devices [5] . it is the purp ose of this p ap er to give transp ort description of diffusion across magnetic field in p lasma source . theory transp ort in the dischar ge is controlled by equilibrium magn etic field , ambip olar electric field , and ion – atom collisions [4 5] . for a p lasma with a single sp ecies of singly charged ions , the am bip olar diffusion coefficient in a weak ly ionized syst em of sufficient size is given by [6] . d = …… 1 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 where is the neutral gas density , and are the tot al scatt ering cross section with neutrals for electrons and ions resp ectively , me is the electron mass , is the ion mass , te is the electron temp erature , is the ion temp erature and is the ion sound sp eed [7] .is given by [6 – 7] . …... (2) the cross section for electrons or ions are given [8] = 1/nλ ..…. (3) where λ is the collisonal mean free p ath . the ion – atom collision fr equency is given by [6] . υ = v ( ….. (4) when no is the gasses density and v is the ion velocity is given by however when the electron – ion mass ratio << and small v alue that can be ignor ed in equ(1) and results . d = …… (5) the magnetic field can inhibit electron motion p erp endicular to the magnetic field lines described by cross field diffusion co efficient and given [7] . = ..…. (6) ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 here is the electron t hermal sp eed and ρe is the electron gy ro radius is given by [6] ρe = = .….. (7) whene the p lasma frequency is given by [9] . ….. (8) herne b is t he static magnetic field strength results in order to determine the diffusion coefficient of charge transp ort in magnetized p lasma theoretically using the equation (1) , one must initially evaluate the values of the ions sound sp eed cs form equation (2) for a variety ions hy drogen , argon , and nitrogen where the ener gies of e lectrons kte taken between (1 to 2.4) ev [10] . the values of mass of ions are mh = 1.67826*10 -27 , mar = 2.67*10 -26 kg , and mn = 2.5*10 -26 k g were extracted from the literature [11-12] . amore gener al exp ression equation (2) was ap p lied to evaluate the sound sp eed of argon , hy drogen , and nitrogen cons ions with masses of these ions , the results have been summarized in table (1) . we use the results of sound sp eed ions cs in table (1) to calculate the diffusion coefficient char ge st imulated by p lasma by using equation (1) with values of ti = 0.1 ev [7] , na= 7.2*10 19 m -3 [13] , and σi , mi , and me from table (2) , the results are tabulated in table (3) . anot her imp ortant p arameter for diffusion is the overall ion – atom collision frequency vi – atom that can be calculated from equation (4) , where the gas density n = 7.2*10 -19 m 2 and the values of v , σe , and σi are taken fro m table (2) , the values of vi – atom are sum marized in table (4) . so the other variable in diffusion of charge transp ort is the collisonal mean free p ath can be evalu ated by using equation (3) and σi from table (2) , these calculated values are shown in table (5) . the diffusion coefficient of am bipolar that caused by the direct ion motion mod ify the am bipolar flow can be calculated by equation (5) with used value of cs from table (1) and σe , σi , ti , and te from table (2) . results are summarized in table (6) also , the cross–field diffusion coefficient dρ that describe the electron motion p erp endicular to the magnetic field can calcu lated by used equation (6) after estimated the value of electron gy ro radius we estimate the transp ort p rop erties of the magne�zed electrons by used equa�on (7) and (8) the plasma frequency w ca n be es�mated by using equa�on (8) , the results are show in table (7) . the gyro ra dius of e le ctron ρ can be evaluated whe n inser�ng va lues of w in equa� on (7) wi th va lues of vi from table (4) the results are s ummarized in table (8) . finall y by using the results of ρ from ta ble (7) with eq (6) , we can calculate the cross field diffusion c oefficient the results are liste d in table (9) . ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 all results the ion sound speed cs , diffusion coefficie nt d , ion-atom collisions frequency , υ , collision and mean frequency path λ , ambi pola r diffusion coeffic ient , ions angular gyro frequency w , and ions gyro radius ρi are calculated using amatlab program . discussion for all t he result s reported here we co nsider the dimensions of t he plasmas are small t o justify a t ransport that relies on t hermal equilibrat ion of the electrons. for the discharge considered here t he ion t emp erat ure is exp ect ed to be reasonably clo se to the t emp erat ure of t he neut rals roughly 0.1ev . the resulting values of the ion sound speed cs was unusually high for nit rogen and argon comparin g with low for hy dro gen t his indicat e of cs proportional with 1/mi . table (3) shows t he overall diffusion co efficient are large for nit rogen co mparing wit h argon and hydrogen for all t he same spect rum temperat ure value for (1to2.4) ev . this in dicates t hat the diffusion coefficient is depending on t he v alue of cs sound speed of ion and the scatt ering cro ss sect ion for ions that is very view in t ables (1) and (2) respectively . it t urned out t hat t he diffusion pat h way st ron gly depends on the cross sect ion σi . whereas the diffusion is favored in nitrogen compare with other elem ent s , t hat s mean when σi small then mean pat h λ is large an d diffusion coefficient is large and vice versa . for elect ron temp erat ure around ( 1 to 2.4 ) ev the rat io of ti / t e in equat ion (1) can be ignored [7 ] and the directed ion mot ion modify t he am bipolar flow caused t he am bipolar diffusion coefficient equat ion (5) t he result of am bipo lar diffusion coefficient indicat es the diffusion in nit rogen is mo re act ive comparing with argon and hydrogen t hese depending on value o f cs , i an d t e . t able (9) shows t hat t he cro ss – field diffusion coefficient dρ that described the magnet ic field can inh ibit electron mot ion perpendicular to the magnetic field lines . the t ransport of elect rons acro ss magnet ic field lines is affect ed by the magnet ic field st rength when cross – field diffusion of elect ron gyro – orbits becomes smaller t han t he am bipolar diffusion . conclusions in t his wor k , t he change t ransport in magnet ized plasma source operation are st udies in which t he ions mot ion is cont rolled by the am bipolar electric field and ion – atom collisions . the sound speed of ion are calculat ed and found large values for nit rogen an d mid large fo r argon an d small fo r hydro gen . the mo st large sound speed leads t o height value of diffusion coefficient . in summ ary , t he diffusion coefficient s are calculat ed using equat ion s (1) , (5) and (6) sho wing large v alue for nitrogen compared wit h argon and hydrogen depending or co an d speed of ion and scat terin g cro ss sect ion for ions re ferences 1.smoly akov , a . i .; diamond , p. h. ; gruzionr , i .; das , a . m alkov , m . and shevchenk o , v . i . (2005) , shear flow in st abilities in magn etized plasma, phys , rev , 66 . 2.shu , w . u. and kuniak i , w. (1995) , , a gener al for mula for simultaneous p lasma j , phy s , chem , 15 , 65 – 74 . 3.wong , k . l. ; kay e , s. ; m ikkelsen , d . r. ; krommes,j. ; a hill , k. ; bell , r. and leblane , b . (2007) , p hy s , rev , letter , micro tearing instabilities and electron transp ort in the wst x sp herical to kama ,31, 135003 . 4.zhu , y . g. ; kan g , e . t. ; neoh , k . g. ; osipowicz , t . and cham , (2005) , p lasma graft copolymerization of 4-viny lpy ridine on dense and p orous sik , chem. , soc, g , e lect 152 (9 ): 107 – 114 . ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 5.cluggish , b. p.and driscoil , c. f. (1995) , let , transp ort and damp ing from rotational p ump ing in ma gnetized electron p lasma , phy s rev , 74 ( 21): 4213. 6.boris ,n . b. and al ekey , v . a .( 2001) , ion kin etics in magnetized plasma source , inst , fus , st , texas urine . 7.carter , m . d. ; ry an , p . m .; hoffman , d .; lee , w . s . and guchbager , d . (2006) , combined rf and transp ort effect in magnetized capacitive dischar ges app le , j , p hys ,, 100 , 73305 . 8.kittel , (1986), book , solid stabe p hy sics, willey eub . 9.burning , n .; m erlino , k.l. ; lund in, d. ; raad , u.a . and helmersson , u . (2009), , fast er than 80hm cross .b e lectron t ransp ort in strongly p ulsed p lasma, am p hys.soc 103 , 2250031 . 10.ferreira , j.i. ; da silv a , s.f. and r ego , d.s .( 2004) , amulti magn etic mirror machine for p lasma production with electron cyclotron resonance , rev . p hys . ap p l . & inst , 17 (2 ): 54 11.john , w . (1987) , tokamakx , o xford p ress , clarenbon press . 12.john , w .( 1987) , tokamakx , o xford p ress , clarenbon press . 13.cave ago , m . (2006), use of co u sol metap hy sics in the modelin g of ion source extraction , in comsol conf erence, m ilano , c.w.k.o.m , 4 , no & ,9766 . 14.butenko, v.i. ; ivanovo, 8. i. ; p rish chep ov ,v.p.(2005), exp erimental st udies of some features of beam plasma disch arge in itial st age , atom . sci . & techno 10(1) : 149-151 15.cluggish , b.p. ; and driscoll , c.f. (1995) , transp ort and damp ing from rotational p ump ing in ma gnetized electron p lasma , phy s . rev . lett , 74 ( 21) , 4213 – 4216 . ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table ( 1 ):the ion sound speed value s for hydrogen , argon , and nitrogen cs(m/s) n2 ar h2 te(ev) 80 00 24 47.96 30 9.34 1 83 90.47 25 67.44 32 44.44 1.1 83 63.56 26 81.60 33 8.80 1.2 91 21.40 27 91.10 35 2.70 1.3 94 65.72 28 96.46 36 6.02 1.4 97 97.95 29 98.12 37 8.86 1.5 10 119 .28 30 96.45 39 1.29 1.6 10 430 .72 31 91.74 40 3.33 1.7 10 733 .12 32 84.28 41 5.020 1.8 11 027 .23 33 74.28 42 6.40 1.9 11 313 .70 34 61.93 43 7.47 2 11 593 .10 35 47.43 44 8.28 2.1 11 86.91 36 30.91 45 8.83 2.2 12 123 .60 37 12.51 46 9.14 2.3 12 393 .54 37 92.36 47 9.23 2.4 tabl e ( 2 ): vel ocity of nitrogen , argon , an d hydrogen ion s and electron vi*10 3 m/sec ti(ev)[7] σi(m 2 )[14] mi(kg) ion 3.577708 m/s 0.1 ev 2.5*10 -17 m2 2.5*10 -26 kg n2 1.094761103 m/s 0.1 ev 3.4*10 -17 m2 2.6*10 -26 kg ar 4.374786393 m/s 0.1 ev 3.9*10 -17 m2 1.672*10 -27 kg h2 1 – 2.4 ev 5*10 -19 m 2 [7] 9.1*10 -31 kg electron ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table ( 3 ):the ambipolar diffusion coefficient for nitrogen , argon , and hydrogen ions di ffusi on coefficient d(m 2 ev/kg) 1/2 te(ev) h2 ar n2 1 0.215491275 1.95580081 8.688021893 1.1 0.229542527 2.083315415 9.254354662 1.2 0.24327549 2.208376575 9.809789195 1.3 0.256843827 2.33110882 10.35484973 1.4 0.270142231 2.451753318 10.890642 1.5 0.283219488 2.570477453 11.41790119 1.6 0.296109499 2.687429174 11.9372269 1.7 0.309242861 2.802691618 12.44915585 1.8 0.321338248 2.916426174 12.95422078 1.9 0.333714949 3.028698493 13.45278679 2 0.345936101 3.13965136 13.94553699 2.1 0.358012275 3.249205352 14.4320167 2.2 0.369960597 3.357631219 14.91349599 2.3 0.381775697 3.4648666566 15.38971383 2.4 0.393478486 3.571073853 15.86132399 table ( 4 ): ion atom collision freque ncy for nitrogen , argon , and hydrogen ions ion σion (m 2 ) mion(kg) var(m/sec) υ i on(1/sec) n2 2.5*10 -17 2.5*10 -26 3577.708764 656873.291 ar 3.4*10 -17 2.67*10 -26 1094.761103 2719386.58 h2 3.9*10 -17 1.6726*10 -27 4374.786393 12441892.5 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table ( 5 ):the collisional mean free path λ and cross section σion for nitrogen ,argon , and hydrogen i ons ion σio n (m 2 ) λio n(m) n2 2.5*10 -17 5.555555*10 -4 ar 3.4*10 -17 4.08496732*10 -4 h2 3.9*10 -17 3.561253561*10 -4 ta ble ( 6 ):the ambipolar diffusi on coefficient approximati on for nitrogen , argon , and hy drogen ions d:ambipolar diffusion coefficient (m 2 /sec) te(ev) h2 ar n2 1 0.348377135 0.399609066 0.54346833 1.1 0.383208883 0.439563131 0.597805858 1.2 0.417969552 0.479435662 0.652032501 1.3 0.452876917 0.519476464 0.706487991 1.4 0.487723575 0.559447631 0.755197372 1.5 0.522551113 0.599396865 0.815179737 1.6 0.557393162 0.639362745 0.869533333 1.7 0.59222809 0.679320456 0.92387582 1.8 0.62706468 0.719280075 0.978220902 1.9 0.661908994 0.759246235 1.03257488 2 0.696753844 0.799189444 1.086935997 2.1 0.73158014 0.839165455 1.141265019 2.2 0.766420863 0.879130185 1.195617052 2.3 0.801252279 0.919083497 1.249953556 2.4 0.836105966 0.959062751 1.304325342 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 tabl e ( 7 ):the ion s an gular gyro fre quen cy w(sec) -1 fo r ni trogen , argon , an d hy drogen ion s magnetic f ield strength b[15] ions 3*10 4 gaus 3.4*10 4 gaus 3.8*10 4 gaus 4.2*10 4 gaus 4.6*10 4 gaus 5*10 4 gaus 5.4*10 4 gaus ar 1 .7 9 7 7 5 3 * 1 0 1 1 2 .0 3 7 4 5 * 1 0 1 1 2 .2 7 7 1 5 3 * 1 0 1 1 2 .5 1 6 8 5 3 9 * 1 0 11 2 .7 5 6 5 5 * 1 0 1 1 2 .9 9 6 2 5 * 1 0 1 1 3 .2 3 5 9 5 * 1 0 1 1 h2 2 .8 7 4 2 5 * 1 0 9 3 .2 5 7 4 6 5 * 1 0 9 3 .6 4 0 7 1 8 * 1 0 9 4 .0 2 3 9 5 2 0 9 * 1 0 9 4 .4 0 7 1 8 5 6 * 1 0 9 4 .7 9 0 4 1 9 * 1 0 9 5 .1 7 3 6 5 2 6 9 2 * 1 0 9 n2 1 .9 2 * 1 0 1 2 2 .1 7 6 * 1 0 12 2 .4 3 2 * 1 0 12 2 .6 8 8 * 1 0 12 2 .9 4 4 * 1 0 12 3 .2 * 1 0 12 3 .4 5 6 * 1 0 12 tabl e ( 8 ):the ion s gyro radiu s ρ for nitrogen , argon , an d hydrogen i ons ions 3*10 4 gaus 3.4*10 4 gaus 3.8*10 4 gaus 4.2*10 4 gaus 4.6*10 4 gaus 5*10 4 gaus 5.4*10 4 gaus ar 0 .1 5 1 2 6 5 8 7 8 0 .1 3 3 4 6 9 8 9 2 0 .1 1 9 4 2 0 4 3 0 .1 0 8 0 4 7 0 5 6 0 .0 9 8 6 5 1 6 5 9 0 .0 9 0 7 5 9 5 2 8 0 .0 8 4 0 3 6 5 9 9 h2 4 3 .2 8 7 4 1 7 6 6 3 8 .1 9 4 7 8 0 2 8 3 4 .1 7 4 2 7 7 1 3 0 .9 1 9 5 8 4 0 4 2 .8 2 3 0 9 2 4 5 6 2 5 .9 7 2 4 5 0 5 9 2 4 .0 4 8 5 6 5 3 6 n2 0 .0 3 4 2 1 1 8 4 0 .0 3 0 1 8 6 9 1 7 0 .0 2 7 0 0 9 3 4 7 0 .0 2 4 4 3 4 7 0 2 8 0 .0 2 2 3 1 2 0 6 9 0 .0 2 0 5 2 7 1 0 4 0 .0 1 9 0 0 6 5 7 7 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table ( 9 ):the cross field diffusion coefficient for nitrogen , argon , and hydrogen ions (1/sec) (1/sec) (1/sec) (1/sec) (1/sec) (1/sec) (1/sec) ar 3 8 6 1 7 .0 1 6 6 3 0 0 6 5 .1 5 1 1 7 2 4 0 6 8 .7 7 7 6 6 1 9 7 0 2 .5 5 9 5 9 1 6 4 2 5 .0 0 6 8 7 1 3 9 0 2 .1 2 6 3 4 1 1 9 1 8 .8 3 2 3 1 h2 3 1 6 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 2 4 6 2 0 9 4 9 9 8 1 9 7 1 0 4 0 0 4 1 1 6 1 3 4 8 1 7 5 7 1 3 4 5 0 7 6 4 7 4 1 1 3 8 4 7 2 7 2 7 9 7 6 0 5 6 8 6 4 .7 n2 1 9 7 5 .3 7 5 3 8 8 1 5 3 7 .9 2 1 9 4 9 1 2 3 1 .1 8 9 6 1 2 1 0 0 7 .8 4 4 5 3 8 8 4 0 .1 9 0 0 1 0 2 7 1 1 .1 3 5 1 3 9 5 6 0 9 .6 8 3 7 1 1 7 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 انتقال الشحنة في البالزما الممغنطة محسن عنید حسوني، ایناس احمد جواد ، درید هاني یونس ، هادي جبار مجبل العجیلي ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغدادقسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة 2011 كانون االول 7 :قبل البحث في،2011اذار27:ستلم البحث في ا الخالصة ر مصدر البالزما یحدد حركة الشحنات في التوزیع غیر المتوازن لطاقة الشحنة ویحد من انتقال االلكترونات عب الكترون –الثنائي ایون حركة االلكترونات والشحنات مسیطر علیها بالمجال الكهربائي للتمدد . المجال الممغنط معامل . اعتمد مصدر الكثافة الواجب لاللكترونات واالیونات الحرارة الالزمة لحساب معامل االنتشار . وتصادمات الشحنة االنتشار الناشىء من تمدد الكترون ایون، ومعامل االنتشار للشحنة المنتقلة، ومعامل االنتشار التقریبي لتمدد ایونات حصار عملیات االنتشار من خالل ناظهرت النتائج الحقیقیة كیفیة ا. بت من خالل مجال البالزما المنتظم االلكترون حس . خصائص البالزما معامل االنتشار ، البالزما الممغنطة ، انتقال الشحنة -:الكلمات المفتاحیة theoretical calculation of the binding and excitation energies for 𝐍𝐢𝟐𝟖 𝟓𝟖 30 using shell model and perturbation theory hadi j. m. naz t. jarallah sameera a. ebrahiem rajaa f. rabee dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science ( ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad received in:13may 2013, accepted in :24september2013 abstract a theoretical calculation of the binding and excitation energies have been used at low – lying energies based on shell model and quantum theory. in this model, we evaluated the energies under assume ni28 56 30 as inert core with two nucleon extra, nucleons in the 2p3/2 , 1f5/2 and 2p1/2 configuration. modified surface delta interaction (msdi) and reid's potential (rp) theory for two body matrix elements are evaluated by using a matlab program to calculate the energies of experimental and reid single particle energies. our results of the theoretical calculation have been compared with the experimental results, which show no good agreement with the experiment but have a good agreement with the theoretical studies of non zero pairing shell model (nzpsm) and energy spectra method (esm). key words: modified surface delta interaction, reid's potential, binding and excitation energies, shell model, ni28 58 30, perturbation theory. 225 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction the nuclear shell model is based on the analogous model for the orbital structure of atomic electrons in atoms. in some areas, it gives more detailed predictions than the other model. in principle, the shell models energy level structure can be used to predict nuclear excited state [1]. the concept of symmetry in physics is a very powerful tool for the understanding of the behavior of nature. symmetries are intimately related to conservation laws and to conserved quantities which, in quantum mechanics, is translated into good quantum numbers. in nuclear physics, several symmetries have been identified. in particular, isospin quantum number t, with symmetry is related to the identical behavior of protons tz = −1/2 and neutrons tz = 1/2 in the nuclear field [2]. in the study of nuclear structure properties, nuclear masses or binding energies (be) and, more in particular, two-neutron separation energies (s2n), are interesting probes to find out about specific nuclear structure correlations that are present in the nuclear ground state[3]. in most cases, non-relativistic kinematics is used. the bare nucleon-nucleon (or nucleonnucleon-nucleon) interactions are inspired by meson exchange theories or more recently by chiral perturbation theory, and must reproduce the nucleon-nucleon phase shifts, and the properties of the deuteron and other few body systems [4]. maria g. mayer’s discussion of the magic numbers in nuclei has clearly demonstrated the nuclear shell structure is associated with the independent-particle model for nuclei. in this model, each closed-shell configuration provides a convenient first approximation. in this approximation, one can assume that the system under consideration consists of a closed-shell core plus valence particles in a valence shell. this approach very successfully explains the ground state properties of nuclei [5]. theory to calculate the properties of nuclear ground and excited state depending on quantum mechanical and perturbation theories, one must have the available wave functions of these states. the wave function can satisfy of the schrodinger equation that is given by [6]: h |φ(r)〉 = e|φ(r)〉…………(1) where h: is the non relativistic hamiltonian operator can be formally by [6]: h = h0 + hres…………(2) where h0: is the hamiltonian of one body potential, and hres is the residual interaction substitute of eq. (2) in eq. (1) results. (𝐻0 + 𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠) |𝜑(𝑟)〉 = 𝐻0|𝜑(𝑟)〉 +𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠|𝜑(𝑟)〉…………(3) the wave function for the first order perturbation theory is given by [6]: |𝜑(𝑟)〉 = |𝜑0(𝑟)〉 + |�̀�(𝑟)〉…………(4) and energies 𝐸 = 𝐸0 + �́�…………(5) inserting eq. (4) in eq.(3) we can find the zeros order quantity [7]: 𝐻° �𝜑°(𝑟)〉 = 𝐸°�𝜑°(𝑟)〉…………(6) and the first order quantity is given by [7]: 226 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝐻0|�̀�(𝑟)〉 +𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠|𝜑0(𝑟)〉 = 𝐸0|�̀�(𝑟)〉 +�́� |𝜑0(𝑟)〉́ …………(7) multiply eq.(7) by |𝜑0(𝑟)〉on the left, results. �́��𝜑°(𝑟)�𝜑°(𝑟)� = �𝜑°(𝑟)�𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠�𝜑°(𝑟)� + �𝜑°(𝑟)�𝐻° − 𝐸°��̀�(𝑟)�…………(8) according to eq.(6) the second term of eq.(8) vanishes: when h0 is hermition operator, then �́� = �𝜑°(𝑟)�𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠�𝜑°(𝑟)�…………(9) the energy of state in eq. (5) 𝐸 = 𝐸0 + �́� = �𝜑°(𝑟)�𝐻𝜊�𝜑°(𝑟)� + �𝜑°(𝑟)�𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠�𝜑°(𝑟)�…………(10) = ∑ 𝒞𝑎𝑘𝐴𝑘=1 +�𝜑°(𝑟)�𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠�𝜑°(𝑟)�…………(11) where ∑ 𝒞𝑎𝑘𝐴𝑘=1 : is the contribution of the single particle energies and �𝜑°(𝑟)�𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑠�𝜑°(𝑟)� is the residual interaction. for shell model calculation one assume that a meaning full description of a nucleus can be made in term of an inert core of closed shell and extra nucleons in the orbit s which can not be occupied by core nucleus. then the total binding energies are given by[8]. 𝐸𝑏 (core +𝜆2) =2 𝒞𝜆 + 𝐸𝜆 ` (𝜆2) + 𝐸𝐵.𝐸(𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒)………… (12) where 𝒞𝜆 is the single particle energies, 𝐸𝜆 ` is the residual interaction energies and 𝐸𝐵.𝐸(𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒) is the energy of the core that assume. when we assume the modified surface delta interaction, (msdi) is the best potential interaction of the two bodies, the residual interaction energy ѐλ is given by [8]. 𝐸𝜆 ̀ = �jajb�𝑉1,2 𝑀𝑆𝐷𝐼�jajb�𝐽𝑇=1 = −𝐴 (2ja+ 1)(2jb+ 1) 2(2𝐽+1)(1+𝛿𝑎𝑏) �jb − 1 2 ja 1 2 �𝐽0� 2 [1 + (−1) 𝑙𝑎+𝑙𝑏+𝐽 +𝑇 ] + 𝐵 + 𝐶…………(13) and the two bodies, the residual interaction energy with reid potential is given by [9]. 𝐸𝜆 ̀ = �jajb�𝑉1,2 𝑀𝑆𝐷𝐼�jajb�𝐽𝑇=1 × ( 18 𝐴 ) 1 3 ………… (14) the excitation energy 𝐸𝐸𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) of k th excited state is followed from the binding energy of the nucleus in k state which took the results in respect to the ground state k0 binding energy given by[6]: 𝐸𝐸𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) = 𝐸𝐵.𝐸 (𝑘) − 𝐸𝐵.𝐸 (𝑘0) ………… (15) results 227 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 shell model developments have been applied to evaluate the binding and excitation energies for ni28 58 30 nuclei that are assumed to be describes by an inert closed shell core and two nucleons. the two neutrons occupy in the 2p3/2 1f5/2 configuration orbit. the model space 〈2p3/21f5/2〉 describe in the representation (j π ,t ) combination (0+,1) and (2,1+) for │2p3/2〉 , (4+,1) and (2+,1) for│2p3/2 1f5/2 〉 and (0 +,1) , (2+,1) and(4+,1) for│1f5/2〉 and allowed for the two neutrons in configuration space. the matrix element of two particles interaction are calculated by using modified surface delta interaction (msdi) eq.(13) with matlab version (6.5), on the other hand, we calculated the matrix element depending on reid potential with same program using expression and result of our calculation are listed in table(1) and table(2) respectively. the core binding energy can be calculated from eq.(12) with mass number are : m( ni28 58 30) = (57.942116)amu ,m(0n1)=(1.008665) amu and m(1p1)=(1.007276) amu [ 10]. the binding energies of the nucleus of each case for configuration ( jπ ,t )values have been calculated with eq.(13) with single particle energies e2p3/2 =-10.2549, e1f5/2 =-9.4356 and e2p1/2 =-9.1562 mev [11], he tresults are tabulated in table(3) for msdi and table (4) for rp respectively . therefore, the excitation energies follow directly from the different values and evaluated with eq.(15 ), the results are summarized in tables(5) and(6) for msdi and rp alternatively . briefly the single particle energies were taken from the observed spectrum for a=57-56 with a least squares fit for 2p3/2 , 1f5/2 and 2p1/2 orbits which are equal to (-10.254, 9.4356,and -9.1562)mev respectively[ 12 ] . discussion it is shown that the sequence of the lower levels is well, but the level spacing is somewhat tool the effect of variation of the strength parameter for calculation. it clear that for the msdi or rp theory will agree quite well for the excitation energy comparing with experimental. these work quite for first or second excited state but for higher spectral, they become very complicated because several nucleons can be excited simultaneously into super position of many different configurations to produce a given nuclear spin and parity. figure (1), shows the lowlying state that msdi has an agreement with the experimental than rp and the variance with experimental that similar with nzpsm, but at lower. while figure (2), shows a good agreement with esm method while not good with nzpsm. the ground state configuration indicates that all the proton sub shell filled, and all the neutrons are in filled sub shell except for the last two, which are in sub shell on there own. there are many possibilities to consider for the excited state. one neutron of the 2p3/2 promote to 1f5/2 or 2p1/2 gives a configuration 2p3/2 , 1f5/2 or 1p3/2 , 2p1/2 promote one of 1p3/2 to others. all these possibilities would correspond to the smallest energy shift, so it should be founded over the others, the next excited state might involves moving the last neutron up to a farther level to(1f5/2 )or putting it back where it was and adapting configuration option (2p3/2 , 1f5/2) which is favored over (1p3/2 , 2p1/2 )because it keeps the excited neutrons paired with another. this should have a slightly lower energy than creating two unpaired protons when comparing these predictions, with the observed excited levels, it is found that the expected excited do exist. the influence of the single particles energies are viewed by comparing the calculated values from the nzpsm, esm model with those obtained from calculations. this shows that 228 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the binding and excitation energies of the low –lying level for a››30 are hardly affected by the inclusion of f5/2 orbit that the msdi, rp, nzpsm and esm which describes less than for 1p3/2 orbital and 2p3/2 orbital. our results of the spectra that’s obtained from rp potential in figures (1-2), show that it is not good with experimental data but with a good agreement for the results that are obtained by using msdi especially for low lying level. on the other hand, the expected spectra that gate from result is constructed from mixing state configuration. conclusion the present contribution addresses the role of shell model calculation in low lying energy .we show that both the msdi and rp are not present in experimental values exactly that lead to conclude msdi and rp which are limited successfully describing for light nuclei ,and poor describe that mediate nucleus and heavy .also the energies for binding and excitation spectra are produced from the cooperation of mixing state configuration ,and we expected that mixing calculation gave good results to describe these nucleus .on the other hand, the shell model calculation results depend on the single particles energies effect. summarizing, we may conclude that for correlating the available experimental data, the present calculation with msdi interaction is rather successful than rp. references 1.martin, b.r.(2008)nuclear and particle physics, john wiley &sonc, ltd published. 2.lenzi1, s.m.and m.a.(2009), test of isospin symmetry alongthe n = z line ,bentley2 springer-verlag berlin heidelberg,pp57-98. 3.fossion r.c.coster de. al, garcía-ramos j.e.a,b, werner t.a,c and heyde,k.(2002),nuclear binding energies: global collective structure and local shellmodel correlations, nuclear physics a, 697 ,703–747. 4alfredo, p.(2011),the nuclear shell model: past,present and future, departamento de f´ısica te´orica and ift uam-csic,universidad aut´onoma de madrid, 28049, madrid spain. 5.vesselin,g.g.(2002),mixed-symmetry shell-model calculations in nuclear physics, ph.d,thesis, sofia university. 6. kris, l. g. (1994), the nuclear shell model , book, springer verlag pub ,study edition. 7.trun, b. (1999), quantum mechanics concept and application, book , phys. dep. state university new york . 8.shatha,f.a. (2005), calculation of energy levels for nuclei (42ca,42ti,42sc) by using modified surface delta interaction, m.sc. thesis, kufa university. 9.fiase,j.;hamoudi,a.;irvine,j.m. and yazici, f.g. (1988),nucl.phys.,14. 10.lilley, j. (2006 ),nuclear physics, john wiley &sons, ltd. 11.brussaard, p.j. and blaudemans,p.w.m. (1977),shell model applications in nuclear spectroscopy, north –holland publishing company. 12.koops,j.e.and gloudemans, p.w.m. (1977),atoms and nuclei, z. phys. a280,181. table no.(1): the calculated matrix element for modified surface delta interaction (msdi) 229 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ja jb jc jd j t ‹ ja jb │vmsdi│ ja jb › 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 0 1 -3.0000 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 2 1 -0.6857 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 4 1 -0.2857 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 0 1 -2.0000 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 2 1 -0.4000 3/2 5/2 3/2 5/2 4 1 1.1429 3/2 5/2 3/2 5/2 2 1 0.3429 table no. (2): the calculated matrix element for two bodies' matrix element using raid potential (rp) ja jb jc jd j t ‹ ja jb │vmsdi│ ja jb › 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 0 1 -0.388 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 2 1 -0.0846 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 4 1 -1.307 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 0 1 -0.510 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 2 1 -0.136 3/2 5/2 3/2 5/2 4 1 1.123 3/2 5/2 3/2 5/2 2 1 0.0822 table no.(3): the binding energy b.e (mev) for ( 𝑵𝒊𝟐𝟖 𝟓𝟖 30) that is calculated with (msdi) 230 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 configuration jπ t binding energy (b.e)(mev) 2p3/2 0+ 1 -504.9516345 2+ 1 -504.2621793 2p3/2 1f 5/2 4+ 1 -502.7778362 2+ 1 -503.1226638 1f 5/2 0+ 1 -503.744269 2+ 1 -502.7467259 4+ 1 -502.5743121 table no. (4): the binding energy b.e(mev) for ( 𝑵𝒊𝟐𝟖 𝟓𝟖 30) that is calculated with raid potential (rp) configuration jπ t binding energy (b.e)(mev) 2p3/2 0+ 1 -504.9088 2+ 1 -504.6054 2p3/2 1f 5/2 4+ 1 -502.5785 2+ 1 -503.6193 1f 5/2 0+ 1 -504.1892 2+ 1 -503.3922 4+ 1 -503.0182 table no.(5): results of the excitation energies eext. (mev) for 𝑵𝒊𝟐𝟖 𝟓𝟖 30 that are calculated with (msdi) 231 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 configuration jπ t excitation energies (ex.e)(mev) 2p3/2 0+ 1 0 2+ 1 -0.6896552 2p3/2 1f 5/2 4+ 1 -2.1739983 2+ 1 -1.88291707 1f 5/2 0+ 1 -1.2075655 2+ 1 -2.2051086 4+ 1 -2.377522431 table no. (6): results of the excitation energies eext.(mev) for 𝑵𝒊𝟐𝟖 𝟓𝟖 30 that are calculated by using raid potential (rp) configuration jπ t excitation energies (ex.e)(mev) 2p3/2 0+ 1 0 2+ 1 -0.3034 2p3/2 1f 5/2 4+ 1 -2.3303 2+ 1 -1.2895 1f 5/2 0+ 1 -0.7196 2+ 1 -1.5166 4+ 1 -1.8906 232 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 en er gy (m ev ) 0+ 2+ 4+ 0+ exp. msdi rp nzpsm 0+ 2+4+ 0+ 2+4+ 2+ 4+ 0+ 0+ 4+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 4+ 0+ 0+ 2+ 4+ 2+ 0+ fig.(1):our results for spectra level energy for ni-58 using msdi and rp. compared with experimental and nzpsm method. 233 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 en erg y ( me v) exp. msdi rp esm 0+0+ 0+ 0+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 0+ 0+ 4+ 4+ 4+ 4+ 4+4+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 0+ 0+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 4+ 4+ fig.(2):the calculation of spectra energy level for ni-58 compared with experimental and esm method. 234 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 )لنواة واالثارةطاقات الربط ل ات النظریةحسابال 𝑵𝒊𝟐𝟖 𝟓𝟖 نموذج ا عمالستاب (30 ضطرابالقشرة ونظریة اال ھادي جبار مجبل ناز طلب جارهللا سمیرة أحمد أبراھیم رجاء فیصل ربیع جامعة بغداد /)أبن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013ایلول 24حث في قبل الب 2013ایار 13ستلم البحث في ا الخالصة ونظریة النووي موذج القشرةانللطاقات بأعتماد ات الدنیالمستویل نظریة لطاقات الربط واالثارةالحسابات ال عملتأست ) على أفتراض نواةالطاقات تمقی نموذجالكم. في ھذا األ 𝑁𝑖28 58 ، وھذه داخلي مع أثنین من النیوكلیونات الخارجیة قلب (30 . 2p3/2 , 1f5/2 and 2p1/2 شكیلضمن تالنیوكلیونات ھي لجسیمتیین من (rp) جھد ریدو (msdi)تفاعل سطح دالتا المطور حساب قیم مصفوفةل بتالالمابرنامج عمالتم أست الحسابات النظریة مع النتائج العملیة، ورنتقجسیمة رید المنفردة. ةقعناصر المصفوفة وذلك لحساب الطاقات العملیة وطا ألنموذج القشرة المزدوج مع الدراسات النظریة آجید كان توافقال ولكن ،معھا آضعیف آالتي تبین توافق .) esm طریقة طیف الطاقة(و، nzpsm)الالصفري( 𝑁𝑖28القشرة، نموذجأ، طاقات الربط واالثارة، تفاعل سطح دالتا المطور،جھد رید مفتاحیة:الكلمات ال 58 ،نظریة 30 .ضطراباال 235 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 58-66 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 58 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 kinetic study of methyl green dye adsorption from aqueous solution by bauxite clay at different temperatures ahmed mohammed abbas suha sahib abd takialdin abdulhadi himdan dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad ahmed.phychem@gmail.com received in:12/october/2017, accepted in:22/november/2017 abstract kinetic experiments were performed to induce of the green methyl dye adsorption from aqueous solution on the bauxite clay. this study includes determination of the adsorption capacity of bauxite clay to methyl green dye adsorption and study the effect of some parameters ( temperature , time ) on the kinetic of the adsorption process of the dye were studied. quantity of dye adsorbed was increased when the temperature increases from 298 to 318k which indicates that methyl green adsorption processes are endothermic nature. in order to describe the kinetic data and the rate adsorption constants of the pseudo-first-order and second-order kinetics were used. the kinetics data were applied well with the second-order kinetic model. from activation energy value (ea) for methyl green dye are energetically favorable and the dye adsorption includes physical and chemical adsorption types. key words: adsorption; bauxite; methyl green; kinetics; activation energy. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 59 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction the process of discharge of wastewater containing different amounts of dyes in the rivers, seas and oceans causes environmental problems because of the difficulty of disposing of them because of their non-biodegradable nature. as a result, their survival has harmful health effects on humans such as carcinogenicity, respiratory poisoning and fertility reduction [1]. depending on their chemical composition, dyes can be classified into anionic and positive dyes [2]. due to the presence of sulfonate groups of anionic dyes in its aqueous solution, it can show negative charge while due to the presence of amino or sulpher containing groups of the cationic dyes in aqueous solution which show a positive charge [3]. we treat waste water in our daily life and water polluted with organic pollutants by several physical and chemical methods including precipitation, coagulation and adsorption, filtration with coagulation, reverse osmosis, ozone, ion exchange, and advanced oxidation processes, which have been used. these methods are limited because they are expensive in terms of money and effort. therefore, the best effective methods for treating and removing organic pollutants in a medium wastewater treatment is the adsorption method [4]. the good adsorbent used in water purification is clay materials, depending on its properties, including its mechanical and chemical stability, high surface area, layered structure and large cation exchange capacity [5]. in this study, emphasis was placed on the kinetic study because it provides data on the period required to reach equilibrium and determine the efficiency of the solvent surface for adsorption of liquid adsorbent materials, as well as the possibility of understanding. the kinetic data is a value for determining the period required to reach equilibrium and the absorption performance evaluation. these data also help to understand the adsorption mechanism which is necessary to improve and develop the efficiency of these processes. [6 & 7]. in one study, the fluorine adsorption process included polluted water by bauxite. the adsorption process was achieved in both batch and continuous experiments. in continuous experiments, the effects of primary concentration of fluoride, flow rate to contact time and adsorption efficiency were studied. as for the batch experiments, the data were described with the freundleich formula and showed a good application. the results obtained indicate that this bauxite can be used effectively to remove pollutants from drinking water. [8] in another study, an attempt was made to activate the surface of the adsorbent (pomegranate husks) by a specific acid in order to enhance the adsorption ability of this surface for adsorption of methyl green dye. several tests were carried in a batch system to examine the effect of system variables, ie ph solution, ionic strength, temperature and time of contact on absorptive capacity. the process data were analyzed by applying the isotherm of equilibrium such as langmuir, freundleich, tamkeen, and dobinin isotherm radoshkiewicz equations. these data showed that the langmuir isotherm was well applied and either the kinetics study of adsorption inetics were applied to follow the pseudo-second rate-rate kinetic rate. thermal functions have also been calculated and revealed that the dye adsorption is spontaneous endothermic process. [9] the aim of this paper is to study the kinetics of adsorption of green dye using bauxite clay as adsorbents. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 60 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 experimental chemicals and materials methyl green is a divalent cationic dye (named basic blue 20) that is chosen in this study as an adsorbate. figure (1): chemical structure of methyl green dye. its molecular formula is c26h33n3cl2, bdh company, molecular weight 458.5 g/mol, as shown in figure (1). the stock solution of 100 mg/l of methyl green dye was prepared and λmax was recorded by uv-visible spectrophotometer (double beam, shimadzu. 1800, japan) it was found to be 618 nm. bauxite clay preparation the powder of bauxite clay was obtained from (akkashatt) area in the western desert of iraq. bauxite clay was washed with an excessive amounts of deionized water in order to remove the soluble materials, dried for (6 hours) at (120oc) (daihan labtech oven ldo060e) then left to coal at room temperature, and kept in air light containers. the clay was crushed and sieved by using the sieve of nominal size of (≤75m ) which used in all experiments throughout this work, analysis of bauxite has shown several compounds given in table (1) and expressed as oxides: table (1): the chemical analysis of bauxite. total l.o.i 3so mgo cao 2tio 3o2fe 3o2al 2sio compound 100 16 0.3 0.1 1.5 1.3 0.9 64.2 15.7 wt% batch kinetic studies solution of methyl green dye was prepared in concentration (100 mg/l), the tests were carried out with 0.01 g of bauxite adsorbent dose for dye concentration of 16 mg/l. the mixture was excited using a thermostatic shaker water bath (labtech. korea) (120 rpm) at temperature range of 25⁰c – 45⁰c. after the final of the test the sample was left to stalize for 5 min and the supernatant sample was measured for its methyl green concentration using uv-visible spectrophotometer (double beam, shimadzu. 1800, japan) it was found to be 618 nm. the amount of methyl green dye adsorbed was calculated due to the following equation [10]: )1........(.......... )( m ccv q tt    https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 61 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 where: qt = amount adsorbed (mg/g) at time (min) v = volume of mehyj green dye solution (l) co= orginal concentration of mehyj green dye (mg/l) ct= mehyj green dye concentration (mg/l) at time (min) m = weight of bauxite adsorbent (g) results and discussion: effect of contact time a set of contact time experiments for the methyl green dye  has been implemented with constant initial dye concentration of 16mg/l at temperature 298k figure (2). figure (2) shows adsorption process including two stages, the one stage was very rapid (high increasing of qt) through the first (5) min for bauxite clay, and the two stage was increased slowly (relative increasing of qt) with time until reaching equilibrium at this time (contact time =60 min) the amount adsorbed of methyl green dye on bauxite clay was reached to saturation . at this time represented case of dynamic equilibrium between the quantity of dye being adsorbed by bauxite clay with the quantity of the dye desorbing from the bauxite clay. at the equilibrium the quantity of dye adsorbed indicates the maximum adsorption capacity of the bauxite clay under study [11 &12].     figure (2): effect of contact time on methyl green dye adsorption by bauxite clay at temperature (298 k) effect of temperature we studied the methyl green dye adsorption by bauxite through the temperature range of (298,308,318) k at initial dye concentration 16mg/l and ph 7 used in fixation for methyl green dye figure (3). figures (3) shows that the adsorption of methyl green dye on bauxite increases with raising the temperature up to 318k indicating that the dye adsorption onto bauxite favored a high temperature [13]. the increase in temperature activates the dye ions which increase their movement. as a result, the pores and the internal structure of the bauxite clay are swelling. this facilitates the entry and occupancy of a larger number of dye ions on the surface and inside pores of the bauxite clay [14 & 15]. this may also be due to an increase in the movement of the dye molecule with an increase in kinetic energy, and the more speed of intraparticle proliferation of dye with https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 62 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 high temperature. it is shown that the adsorption of methyl green dye on bauxite clay is a heat-absorbent process [16]. figure (3): effect of temperature on methyl green dye adsorption by bauxite clay at different times kinetics of methyl green dye adsorption kinetic experiment of methyl green dye adsorption on bauxite clay was applied under the conditions (c₀=16 mg/l, ph= 7, t=298,308,318 k). the experimental data were treated with realation to two kinetic models which pseudo-first order (17) and pseudo-second order (18). the linear forms of the pseudo-first order and pseudo-second order kinetics were represented in equations (2 ,3) respectively. )2( t1k e) = ln qtq-eln (q (3) where, qe (mg/g) is quantity adsorbed of methyl green dye at equilibrium , qt (mg/g) is quantity adsorbed of methyl green dye at time (t) , k1 (min-1) is rate constant adsorption of the pseudo-first order figure (4), k2 (g/min.mg) is rate constant adsorption pseudo-second order figure (5) explain pseudo-first order and pseudo-second order figures for the experimental values. (k2, k1) rate adsorption constants determination from the intercepts and slopes which recorded with correlation coefficients (r2) in tables (1) and (2) figure (4): pseudo-first-order-kinetic model for methyl green dye adsorption onto bauxite clay ‐3 ‐2.5 ‐2 ‐1.5 ‐1 ‐0.5 0 0.5 1 0 20 40 60 80 100 ln (q e ‐q t) t 298 k 308 k 318 k eet q t qkq t  2 2. 1 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 63 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (5): pseudo-second-order-kinetic model for methyl green dye adsorption onto bauxite clay table (2): pseudo-first-order-kinetic parameters for the methyl green dye adsorption onto bauxite clay at various temperatures 318k 308k 298k adaorbent 2r e,cal q (mg/g) 1 k 2r e,cal q (mg/g) 1 k 2r e,cal q (mg/g) 1 k 0.9839 1.1529 0.021 0.9587 1.0437 0.021 0.9287 1.764 0.037 bauxite table (3): pseudo-second-order-kinetic parameters for the methyl green dye adsorption onto bauxite clay at various temperatures 318k 308k 298k adaorbent 2r e,cal q (mg/g) 1 k 2r e,cal q (mg/g) 1 k 2r e,cal q (mg/g) 1 k 0.9997 7.6336 0.0825 0.9994 6.7340 0.068 0.9989 5.568 0.045 bauxite from tables (2) and (3) and figures (4) and (5) they show the kinetic data that were applied by the pseudo-first and pseudo-second order kinetic models respectively. from table (2) it was observed low correlation between of the equilibrium data with the pseudo-first order kinetic model. we found high correlation (r2) between the kinetic data and the pseudo-second order equation. from table (3) the results explained that the kinetic data were good applied by the pseudo-second order (r2≥ 0.9989) indicating chemical adsorption that had taken place on the bauxite lay surface which might be the rate limiting step that controlled the adsorption process. from tables (2) and (3) the calculated or theoretical value of adsorption capacity (qe,cal) from the plot in fig. 5 was found in agreement with the experimentally (qe,exp) determined value than that calculated from fig 4. on the other hand the rate constant ( k2) of the pseudo-second order higher than the rate constant (k1) of the pseudo-first order at all temperatures under study, these indicate that the pseudo-second order model acts the kinetic data high accurately[18]. 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 t/ q t t 298 k 308 k 318 k https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 64 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 generally, the adsorption mechanism for dye adsorption using an adsorbent material can be assumed as contained three stages in which bulk diffusion is considered to be instantaneous [19]: 1. dye molcules diffusion through the boundary layer to the surface of the adsorbent. 2. dye molcules transfer from the exterior surface of the adsorbent to the interior pores of particle through intraparticle diffusion mechanism. 3. adsorption of dye in an active site on the surface of adsorbent. based on the above we use the rate constant (k2) of the pseudo-secondorder model to determination the activation energy of the methyl green adsorption process using the arrhenius equation [20]: lnk2= lna ( ea/rt) (4) where k2 =the rate constant of the second-order model (g/mg min), a =the frequency factor, ea = activation energy of adsorption process (kj/mol), r = the universal gas constant (8.314 j/mol k) and t= the temperature (k), respectively. from the slope of the plot of ln (k2) versus 1/ t as figure (6) the activation energy could be calculated. the activation energy of the adsorption of methyl green dye onto bauxite was 23.3 kj/mol, this activation energy leads to the conclusion: the adsorption process of methyl green dye onto bauxite clay a physical adsorption involved chemical process [21]. figure (6): presents a graph of the linearized arrhenius equation conclusion this paper investigated the adsorption of methyl green from aqueous solutions using bauxite absorbent .the results indicate that the pseudo-second order kinetic equation show the best application to adsorption of methyl green dye on bauxite clay, due to good fit with pseudo-second order and activation energy value, these indicate forming molecular interaction between methyl green dye and bauxite clay surface and is the rate of limiting step and physical sorption involved the chemical process. acknowledgements the authors would like to acknowledge collage of education for pure science / ibn alhaithem, university of baghdad for providing the necessary laboratory facilities. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 65 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 references [1] s. srivastava; s. rangana; d. roy,.toxicological effects of malachite green. aquat. toxicol., 66 319–329. 2004 [2] t. robinson; g. mcmullan; r. marchant and p. nigam, remediation of dyes in textile effluent: a critical review on current treatment technologies with a proposed alternative, bioresource technology, 77 247 – 255. 2001 [3] s. netpradit ; p. thiravetyan ; s. towprayoon , adsorption of three azo reactive dyes by metal hydroxide sludge; effect of temperature, ph and electrolytes, journal of colloid and interface science, 270 255 – 261. 2004 [4] g. crini. recent developments in polysaccharide-based materials used as adsorbents in wastewater treatment, progress in polymer science. 30, 38–70. 2005 [5] g.k sarma; s.s. gupta; k.g bhattacharyya, methylene blue adsorption on natural and modified clays. separation science and technology., 46 1602–1614. 2011 [6] b. armağan;m. turan;m.s. celik, equilibrium studies on the adsorption of reactive azo dyes into zeolite, desalination, 170 33-39. 2004 [7] a.a. abia ;j.c. igwe , sorption kinetics and intraparticulate diffusivities of cd, pd and zn ions on maize cob , african journal of biotechnology, 4, 6509-512. 2005 [8]r. lavecchia ;f. medici; l. piga; g. rinaldi and a. zuorro , fluoride removal from water by adsorption on a high alumina content bauxite, chemical engineering transactions. 26 225-230. 2012 [9] m. a. shouman; s. a. a. khedr, removal of cationic dye from aqueous solutions by modified acid treated pomegranate peels (punica granatum): equilibrium and kinetic studies, asian journal of applied sciences. 3 574-588. 2015 [10] n. kannan; t. veemaraj, (2009): removal of lead (ii) ions by adsorption onto bamboo dust and commercial activated carbons-a comparative study. e-journal of chemistry, 6 247-256. 2009 [11] j. x. lin;s. l. zhan; m. h. fang; x. q. qian, j. porous. mater., 12449-455. 2007 [12] r. katal, m. s. baei, h. t. rahmati, h. esfandian, journal of industrial and engineering chemistry., 18 295-302. 2012 [13] s. ali .; t. hussain; r. nawaz ; optimization of alkaline extraction of natural dye from henna leaves and its dyeing on cotton by exhaust method. journal of cleaner production, 17 61–66.2009. [14] h. yoshida ; a. okamoto ; t. kataoka , adsorption of acid dye on crosslinked chitosan fibers-equilibria, chemical engineering science., 48 2267–2272. 1993 [15] s.m venkat , d.m indra , c.s. vimal , use of bagasse fly ash as an adsorbent for the removal of brilliant green dye from aqueous solution, dyes pigments., 73 269–278 . 2007 [16] z. aksu ; a.i tatli ; o.a. tunc ,. comparative adsorption/biosorption study of acid blue 161: effect of temperature on equilibrium and kinetic parameters, chemical engineering journal, 142 23–39. 2008 [17] s. lagergren, zur theorie der sogenannten adsorption gelöster stoffe, kungliga svenska vetenskapsakademiens handlingar, 24(1898) 1-39. [18] g. mckay; y. s. ho, pseudo-second order model for sorption processes, process biochemistry, 34451-465. 1999 [19] k.a. guimarães gusmão, l.v. alvesgurgel, t.m. sacramento melo, l.f. gil., dyes. pig., 92 967-978. 2012 [20] n. lazaridis; d. asouhidou ,. kinetics of sorptive removal of chromium(vi) from aqueous solutions by calcined mg–al–co3 hydrotalcite. water research. 372875– 2882. 2003 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1853 chemistry | 66 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [21] a. m. abbas, y. i. mohammed, t. a. himdan, adsorption of anionic dye from equeous solution by modified synthetic zeolite, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science ,28 52-68. 2015 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 essentially quasi-invertible submodules and essentially quasi-dedekind modules i.m-a hadi , th. y. ghawi departme nt of mathematics , college of education i bn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of mathematics , college of education, unive rsity of alqadisiya received in : 6 june 2011 accepte d in : 8 february 2011 abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity . in this p aper we st udy the concepts of essentially quasi-invertible submodules and essentially quasi-dedekind modules as a generalization of quasi-invertible submodules and quasi-dedekind modules . among the results that we obtain is the following : m is an essentially quasi-dedekind module if and only if m is ak-nonsingular module,where a module m is k-nonsingular if, for each )(mendf r  , kerf ≤e m imp lies f = 0 . kew words : essentially quasi-invertible submodules , essentially quasi-dedekind m odules . introduction the concepts of a quasi-invertible submodule of an r-module and quasi-dedekind module were introduced in [5] .where a submodule n of an r-module m is called quasiinvertible if 0),( mnmhom , and an r-module m is called quasi-dedekind if each nonzero submodule of m is quasi-invertible . as a generalizations to these concepts we introduce the following concepts : we call a submodule n of m is essentially quasiinvertible if , n ≤e m and n is quasi-invertible .and an r-module m is called essentially quasi-dedekind if every essential submodule n of m is quasi-invertible ; ( i.e 0),( mnmhom ) . this p aper consist s of t wo sections , §1 is devoted to study essentially quasi-invertible submodules , in §2 we st udy and give the basic p rop erties of essentially quasi-dedekind modules . this p aper represents a p art of the m . sc. thesis written by the second author under the sup ervision of the first author and was submitt ed to the college of education – ibn alhaitham , university of baghdad , 2010 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 1 . essenti ally quasi-invertible submodul es in this section we introduce the concept of essentially quasi-invertible submodules. we develop basic p rop erties of essentially quasi-invertible submodule . we st art with the following definition : de finition (1.1) let m be an r-module and n ≤e m , then n is called an essentially quasi-invertible submodule of m if , 0),( mnmhom ; that is n is essentially quasi-invertible if , n ≤e m and n is quasi-invertible . an ideal j in a ring r is called an essentially quasi-invertible ideal of r if , j is an essentially quasi-invertible r-submodule of r . remarks and exam ples (1.2) 1) it is clear that every essentially quasi-invertible submodule is quasi-invertible submodule . recall that an r-module m is called a semisimple if every submodule of m is a direct summand of m , [3, p .189] . 2) if m is a semisimp le r-module , then m is the only essentially quasi-invertible submodu le of m . 3) consider z4 as a z-module , )2(n ≤e z4 , but 0)),2(( 244  zzzhom , so )2(n is not essentially quasi-invertible submodule of z4 , similarly in the z-module z20 , )2(n ≤e z20 , but it is not quasi-invertible . 4) if n is an essentially quasi-invertible r-submodule of an r-module m , then nannmann rr  . proof : it is clear . the converse of (rem.and.ex. 1.2(4) ) is not true in general , for examp le : let zzm  , considered as a z-module and let mzn  )0( , then it is clear that nannmann rr  = (0) , but n is not essentially quasi-invertible submodule of m , since n ≰e m and also n is not quasi-invertible . 5) let j be an ideal of a ring r . then j is an essentially quasiinvertible if and only if 0)( jannr . proof : it is easy . 6) let j be an ideal of a rin g r . the followin g st atements are equivalent : a) j is an essentially quasiinvertible ideal of r . b) j is a quasi-invertible ideal of r . c) 0)( jann r . proof : )()( ca  : it follows by ( rem.and.ex. 1.2(5) ) . )()( cb  : it follows by [5 , p rop . 2.2] . 7) let r be a ring . the following st atements are equivalent : ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 a) r is an inte gral do main . b) r is quasi-dedekind . proof : it follows by (rem.and.ex. 1.2(6)) . 8) if 21 mmm  is an r-module , and k be an essentially quasiinvertible submodule in m i for some i= 1,2 , then it is not necessarily that k is an essentially quasi-invertible submodule of m , for examp le : let 2zzm  as z-module , then k = z2 is an essentially quasiinvertible submodule of z2 as z-module , but 22 )0( zz  which is not essentially quasi-invertible of 2zzm  , since 2)0( z ≰e 2zz  . proposi tion (1.3) let m be an r-module , and let n1 , n2 be an essentially quasiinvertible rsubmodules of m , then 21 nn  is an essentially quasi-invertible r-submodule of m . proof : since n1 ≤e m , n2 ≤e m then 0),( 1 mnmhom and 0),( 2 mnmhom . also n1 ≤e m , n2≤e m imp ly 21 nn  ≤e m . but ),(),(),( 2121 mnmhommnmhommnnmhom  .hence 0),( 21  mnnmhom and so that 21 nn  is an essentially quasiinvertible rsubmodule of m . the following lemma is needed for the next p rop osition . lemma (1.4 ) let m be an r-module such that for each nonzero submodule k of m , ppp mk 0 for each maximal ideal p of r . if np ≤e m p imp lies n ≤e m . proof : sup p ose that there exists mu 0 such that 0 nu .hence ppnu 0)(  which implies that ppp nu 0 , but ppp mu 0 by hy p othesis , so t hat np ≰e m p which is a contradiction . proposi tion (1.5) let m be an r-module , n ≤ m . if np is an essentially quasi-invertible rp submodule of rp-module m p (for each maximal ideal p of r ) , then n is an essentially quasi-invertible submodule of an r-module m . proof : since np is an essentially quasi-invertible rp-submodule of m p , 0),( ppp mnmhom . but by [4 , ex.3 , p .75] , 0),()),((  pppp mnmhommnmhom , thus 0)),(( pmnmhom and by [4, prop .3.13 , p .70] , 0),( mnmhom ; that is n is a quasi-invertible submodule of m . beside this , by (lemma (1.4 )) , n ≤e m . thus n is an essentially quasi-invertible submodu le of m . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 recall that an r-submodule n of an r-module m is called a sqi-submodule if , for each ),( mnmhomf  , f(m /n) is a small submodule in m , [6 , p .44] . and an r-submodule n of an r-module m is called a small submodule of m ( n ≪ m , for short ) if , for all k ≤ m with n+k = m imp lies k = m , [3, p.106] . remark (1.6 ) it is clear that every quasi-invertible submodule is an sqi-submodule and hence every essentially quasi-invertible submodule is an sqi-submodule . the converse of (remark 1.6 ) is not true in gener al , consider the followin g example . exam ple (1.7 ) consider the z-module z4 , )2(n , then n is an sqi-submodule of z4 , since for all )),2(( 44 zzhomf  , then )2(( 4zf ≨ z4 , and every p rop er submodule of z4 is a small in z4 , so )2(( 4zf ≪ z4 , but it is known that )2(n is not essentially quasiinvertible in z4 ,( see rem.and.ex. 1.2(3)) . 2 . essenti ally quasi-dedekind modul es in this section we give the definition of essentially quasi-dedekind module with some examp les . we p rove that essentially quasi-dedekind module and k-nonsingular module which is introduced by [8] are equivalent .we give conditions under which submodule (resp . quotient module) of essentially quasi-dedekind is essentially quasidedekind . de finition (2.1) an r-module m is called essentially quasi-dedekind if , 0),( mnmhom for all n ≤e m . a ring r is essentially quasi-dedekind if r is an essentially quasidedekind r-module . remarks and exam ples (2.2) 1) it is clear that every quasi-dedekind module is an essentially quasidedekind module, but t he converse is not true in general , for examp le : each of z10 , z15 are essentially quasi-dedekind as a z-module , but it is not quasi-dedekind . 2) every integral do main r is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, by [5 ,ex 1.4 , p .24] and (rem.and.ex 2.2(1)) . 3) z4 as a z-module is not essentially quasi-dedekind , since )2( ≤ e z4 , but 0)),2(( 244  zzzhom . 4) let m = z p ∞ as a z-module . then m is not essentially quasidedekind , but )(mendz ( is the ring of p-ad ic inte gers) is a commutative domain [see ex 4.1.2 ,8] , so )(mendz is essentially quasi-dedekind , by (rem.and.ex 2.2(2)) . 5) let m be a uniform r-module . then m is a quasi-dedekind r-module if and only if m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 proof : it is clear . roman c.s in [8] , introduce the following : " an r-module m is called k-nonsingular if , for each )(mendf r , kerf ≤ e m imp lies f = 0 " . however we prove the following : the orem (2.3 ) let m be an r-module . then m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module if and only if m is a k-nonsingular r-module . proof : ) let )(mendf r , 0f . sup p ose that kerf ≤ e m , defined mkerfmg : by g (m+kerf) = f (m) for all mm  . it is easy to see that g is well-defin ed and g is a nonzero homomorphism . thus 0),( mkerfmhom which is a contradiction , since m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . ) n ≤ e m . sup p ose that there exists mnmf : and 0f . we have mnmm f   ,where π is the canonical p rojection .let )(mendfo r  . kern  and n≤ em imp lies ker ≤em , ( ) ( ) ( ) 0m fo m f m n    which is a contradiction with m is a k-nonsingular r-module . although the concepts of essentially quasi-dedekind module and k-nonsingular module are equivalent ,but we see that it is convenient to use the notion essentially quasidedekind in this p aper . proposi tion (2.4 ) every semisimple r-module is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof : it is easy . the converse of (prop 2.4) is not true in general, consider the following examp le . exam ple (2.5 ) it is known that z as a z-module is essentially quasi-dedekind , but it is not semisimple . recall that an ideal i of a ring r is semip rime if , for all rr  with ir 2 imp lies ir  [or , for all ideal a of r with ia  2 imp lies ia  ] .and a ring r is called semip rime if (0) is a semip rime ideal of r ; i.e r does not contain nonzero nilp otent ideals , [2] . proposi tion (2.6 ) let r be a ring . the following st atements are equivalent : 1) r is an essentially quasi-dedekind rin g . 2) r is a semiprime rin g . 3) z(r) = 0 ( r is a nonsingular ring ) . proof : )3()2(  : it is follows by [2 , prop 1.27, p .35] )1()2(  : let )(rendf r such that kerf ≤ e r . to p rove f = 0 . sup p ose that 0f , there exists rr 0 such that f(a) = ra for all ra  . since kerf ≤e r and rr 0 , then there exists rt 0 such that kerfrt 0 , hence 0 = f(rt) = rf(t) = r 2 t . this imp lies (rt) 2 = 0 and since r is semip rime , rt = 0 which is a contradiction . thus f = 0 and r is essentially quasi-dedekind . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 )3()1(  : sup p ose that 0)( rz . then there exists )(0 rza  and hence )(aann r ≤ e r , this imp lies )(aann r is a quasi-invertible ideal and so t hat by (5 , prop 2.2) , 0))(( aannann rr , but ))(()( aannanna rr , hence a = 0 which is a contradiction . proposi tion (2.7 ) let r be a ring . then r is essentially quasi-dedekind if and only if r[x] is essentially quasi-dedekind , where r[x] is the ring of p olynomials with one indeterminate x . proof : ) sup p ose that r is essentially quasi-dedekind , so by (prop 2.6) r is a nonsingular rin g , and hence by [2 , ex. 13, p .37] , r[x] is a nonsingular rin g . thus r[x] is essentially quasi-dedekind , by ( prop 2.6) . ) sup p ose that r is not essentially quasi-dedekind , so by (prop 2.6) , r is not a semip rime rin g ; that is there exists )(rla  and oa  , where 0:{)(  n xrxrl , for some }nn  , then an = 0 , for some n n . define 0)(  axf , so ][)( xrxf  , and r[x] is a semip rime rin g , by (prop 2.6) . on the other hand [ f(x) ] n = a n = 0 , implies 0])[()(  xrlxf . it follows that f = 0 which is a contradiction . thus r is essentially quasi-dedekind . proposi tion (2.8 ) let m be a faithful r-module . then r is essentially quasidedekind if and only if n m n  is a faithful r-module , for all mn  . proof : ) sup p ose that r is essentially quasi-dedekind , so by ((prop 2.6), r is semip rime . let )( n m nannr r  , then )()( n m annnannr rr  ; that is rn = 0 and nrm  , so 0 2  rnmr imp lies 0)(2  mannr r then 0 2 r , thus r = 0 , since r is a semip rime rin g . therefore n m n  is a faithful r-module for all mn  . ) sup p ose that n m n  is a faithful r-module , for all mn  . to p rove that r is essentially quasidedekind . we shall p rove that r is a semiprime ring . let rr  with 02 r , sup p ose that 0r , so )(mannr r , since m is a faithful r-module, then 0rm .let mrmn  , hence rn = r2m = 0 , so )(nannr r , but )( n m annr r ( since nrmrm  ) , so 0)()()(  n m nann n m annnannr rrr , thus r = 0 which is a contradiction. hence r is essentially quasi-dedekind . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 proposi tion (2.9 ) let m be an r-module and let jrr  , where j is an ideal of r such that )(mannj r . then m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module if and only if m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r -module. proof : by [3, p .51] , we have ),(),( mnmhommnmhom rr  for all mn  . sup p ose that m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module , then 0),(),(  mnmhommnmhom rr for all n ≤ e m , imp lies m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r -module . the converse follows similarly . let r be an integral domain , and let m be an r-module . an element mx  is called a torsion element of m if , 0)( xann r . the set of all torsion elements of m denoted by t(m ) and it is a submodule of m . if t(m ) = 0 the r-module m is said to be torsion-free , [1, p.45] . the following result shows that essentially quasi-dedekind p reserves under isomorphism . proposi tion (2.10 ) let m 1 , m 2 be r-modules such that 21 mm  . then m 1 is an essentially quasidedekind r-module if and only if m 2 is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . proof : ) sup p ose that m 1 is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . let 21 : mm  ,  is an isomorphism . to p rove that m 2 is an essentially quasi dedekind r-module . let 0,)( 2  fmendf r . we have 1221 1 mmmm f    , let )( 1 1 mendofoh r    , and hence 0h , then kerh ≰e m 1 . to p rove kerf ≰e m 2 , we cliam that })(:{ 1 2 kerhymykerf   , to p rove our a sseration . let 0)(,  yfkerfy ,   ))(())()(())(( 1111 yofyofoyh  0)0())(( 11    yf .then for all kerfy  , kerhy   )(1 , so kerhkerf  )(1 ≰e m 1 which imp lies )( 1 kerf  ≰e m 1 , so kerf ≰e m 2 . thus m 2 is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . ) the proof is similarly . remark (2.11 ) let m be an r-module and let mn  . if nm is an essentially quasidedekind r-module . then m is not necessarily an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module , as we can see by the following examp le . exam ple (2.12) let m = z 4 as a z-module , and )2(n ≤ z4 , then 24 )2( zz  is an essentially quasi-dedekind z-module ,but m = z 4 is not an essentially quasi-dedekind z-module . now, we turn our att ention to a submodule of essentially quasi-dedekind. first consider the following remark : ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 remark (2.13 ) let m be an essentially quasidedekind r-module , mn  . then it is not necessarily that n be an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module .to show this , consider the following examp le which ap p eared in [7] . let 2zqm  as a z-module is essentially quasi-dedekind . take 22 zqzzn  as a z-module , then n is not essentially quasidedekind as a z-module , since if nnf : define by ),0(),( xyxf  , 2, zyzx  , then 0f and 2 2}0:),{()}0,0(),(:),{( zzxnyxyxfnyxkerf  . hence kerf ≤ e n . thus 2zzn  is not an essentially quasi-dedekind as a z-module. now , in the next p rop osition we give a condition which makes r-submodule of an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module is essentially quasi-dedekind . proposi tion (2.14 ) let m be an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module , and m is quasi – injective. if n ≤ e m t hen n is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof : let )(nendf r , 0f , to p rove that kerf ≰e n . assume that kerf ≤ e n . since m is quasi–injective , then there exists )(mendg r such that goi = iof , ( where i is the inclusion map p ing) . it follows that 0g , and this imp lies kerg ≰e m , since m is essentially quasidedekind . but kergkerf  , so kerf ≰e m . on the other hand n ≤ e m and by assump tion kerf ≤ e n imp ly kerf ≤ e m . to show this , since n ≤ e m then for all mu  , 0u then 0un and nun  .but kerf ≤ e n , hence 0)(  unkerf ; that is 0)(  nukerf which imp lies that 0ukerf which is a contradiction . thus kerf ≰e n and hence n is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. n n m m i f g i ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 corollary (2.15) let m be an r-module . if m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module then m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . proof : sup p ose that m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module , and since m is a quasi –injective r-module and m ≤ e m , so by (prop 2.14 ) , m is an essentially quasidedekind r-module . corollary (2.16) let m be an r-module . if e(m ) is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module then m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . proof : it is clear . the converse of (coro2.16) is not true in general, consider the following examp le . exam ple (2.17) let m = z 2 as a z-module . m is an essentially quasi-dedekind z-module. but e(z2) = z2 ∞ is not an essentially quasi-dedekind z-module , (see rem.and.ex 2.2(4)) . now we p rove the following p rop osition : proposi tion (2.18 ) let m be an r-module such that ,for each 0,))(,(  fmemhomf imp lies kerf ≰e m . then m is essentially quasi-dedekind . proof : let )(mendg r , 0g . then ))(,( memhomiog  , and 0iog , where i is the inclusion map p ing . hence ker(iog) ≰e m . but kerg = ker(io g) . thus kerg ≰e m and m is essentially quasi-dedekind . next we st udy the behavior of the quotient module of essentially quasi-dedekind module . first we have the following . remark (2.19 ) let m be an r-module , mn  . if m is an essentially quasidedekind r-module , then nm is not necessarily essentially quasidedekind r-module , consider the following examp le . exam ple(2.20) it is well-known t hat z as a z-module is essentially quasidedekind . let (4)n z  , 4(4)z n z z  is not essentially quasi-dedekind as a z-module , ( see rem.and. ex 2.2(3) ) . we need to recall that an r-module p is p rojective if and only if , for any rmodules a , b and for any epimorp hism baf : and for any homomorp hism bpg : , there exists a homomorp hism aph : such that foh = g (i.e the following diagram is a commutative) , [3 , p .117] . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 now , in the next p rop osition we give a condition under which the (remark 2.19) is true . proposi tion (2.21 ) let m be an r-module such that km is a p rojective r-module for all k ≤ e m . if m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module , then nm is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-modu le for all mn  . proof : let nu ≤ e nm . then u ≤ e m and hence by hyp othesis um is a p rojective r-module . sup p ose that there exists 0,),(  f n m nu nm homf . but ),(),( n m u m hom n m nu nm hom  and since um is p rojective , so there exists m u m g : such that πog = f , where π is the canonical p rojection map p ing . since 0f then 0g , thus 0),( m u m hom , u ≤ e m ; that is m is not an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module ,which is a contradiction. thus nm is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module for all mn  . a b p 0 f h g m 0 π g f u m n m ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 re ferences 1. at iy ah, m .f. and m acdonald , i.g. (1969) " int roduction to commutative algebra " , university of oxford . 2. goodearl, k.r. ( 1976) " rin g theory " m aracel dekker , newy ork . 3. kasch, f. ( 1982) " m odules and rings " , academic p ress , london . 4. larsen, m .d. and m c carthy , p. j. ( 1971) " m ultip lication theory of ideals ", academic p ress newy ork and london . 5. m ijbass , a .s. (1997) " quasi –dedekind m odules " , ph. d .t hesis , college of science , university of baghdad . 6. naoum , a .g. and hadi, i. m -a .(2002) " sqi submodules and sqd m odules " , iraqi j. sci , 1 .43.d (2): 43 – 54 . 7. rizvi , s.t. and roman, c.s. (2007) " on knonsingular m odules and app lications ", comm . in algebra , no.35 : 2960 – 2982 . 8. roman, c. s . ( 2004) " b aer and quasi baer m odules " , ph . d .thesis , graduate , school of ohio, state university . 2011) 3( 24بن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ا الواسعة معكوسة-المقاسات الجزئیة شبه الواسعةدیدیكاندیة -و المقاسات شبه ثائر یونس غاوي ، نعام محمد عليأ جامعة بغداد كلیة التربیة أبن الهیثم ،لریاضیاتقسم ا جامعة القادســیة ،كلیة التربیــة ،قسم الّریاضیات 2011حزیران 6: استلم البحث في 2011 شباط 8 :قبل البحث في ةصالخال الواســعة معكوسـة-شـبه الجزئیــة المقاسـات يمفهـوم االبحـث درســنفــي هـذا . حلقـة أبدالیــة ذا عنصـر محایـد rلـتكن ومـن بـین . دیدیكاندیـة -شـبه و المقاسـات معكوسـة-شـبهالجزئیـة أعمام إلـى المقاسـات الواسعةدیدیكاندیة -شبه اسات والمق مقاس غیر منفرد من النمط m اذا كان واسع دیدیكاندي -مقاس شبه m" یة تالنتائج التي حصلنا علیها النتیجة اال k " ،المقاس اذm لـنمطهو مقاس غیر منفرد مـن ا k تشـاكل ذا كـان لكـل اf مـنm إلـىm علـى الحلقـةr kerf ≤e mبحیث . f = 0یؤدي إلى أن ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 proposed methods to prevent sql injection a. h. mohmme d departme nt of computer science, college of education, unive rsity of almustansiriyah received in : 3, october , 2010 accepte d in : 8, february, 2011 abstract in the last decade, the web has rapidly become an attractive p latform, and an indisp ensable p art of our lives. unfort unately , as our dependency on the web increases so p rogrammers focus more on functionality and appearance than security, has resulted in the interest of att ackers in exp loiting serious security p roblems that target web applications and web-based information sy stems e.g. through an sql injection att ack. sql injection in simple terms, is the p rocess of p assing sql code into interactive web applications that emp loy database services such app lications accep t user inp ut such as form and then include this input in database request s, typ ically sql st atements in a way that was not intended or anticipated by the application developer that att empts to subvert the relationship between a webpage and its supp orting database, in order to t rick the database into executin g malicious code due to the poor design of the ap p lication. the p rop osed syst em is based on p rotection website at run time, before inclusion of user input with database by validating, encoding, filterin g the content, escap ing sin gle quotes, limiting the input character length, and filtering the excep tion messages. the p rop osed solution is effectiveness and scalability in addition it is easily adopted by application p rogrammers. for emp irical analy sis, we p rovide a case study of our solution and imp lement in html, php, my sql , ap ache server and jmeter app lication. key words:web site security , data base server, sql injestion attack introduction the internet has brought about many chan ges in the way or ganizations and individuals conduct business, and it would be difficult t o op erate effectively without the added efficiency and communications brou ght about by the internet [1]. in the last few y ears, the pop ularity of web-based applications has grown tremendously. a number of factors have led an increasin g number of organizations and individuals to rely on web-based applications to p rovide access to a variety of services. today, web-based applications are routinely used in security critical environments, such as medical, financial, and military sy stems [2]. because of the pop ularity of these types of applications many techniques to exp loit their security vulnerabilities are p otentially quite dangerous. one such technique is called sql injection [3]. sql injection att ack has been one of the major threats to the security of web app lications and att ackers can trick server into executing malicious sql code which is [4]. occurs when user input is p arsed as sql tokens, thus changing the semantics of the underly ing query [3]. sql injection att acks have been used to extract customer and order information fro m ecommerce databases or byp ass security mechanisms. the intuition b ehind such att acks is that p redefined logical exp ressions within a p redefined query can be altered simply by injecting op erations that alway s result in true or false st atements [5]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 this p aper, p resents a runtime technique to p revent sql injection observe that all sql injections alter the st ructure of the query intended by the p rogrammer and by cap turing this st ructure at runtime, we can compare it to the p arsed st ructure after inserting user-sup p lied input, and evaluate similar ity . evaluated the prop osed sy stem based on user inp ut on a set of real-world app lications without requiring a call to the database, thus lowerin g runtime costs and satisfy the following three criteria: 1. p revent the possibility of the attack 2. m inimize the effort required by the programmer 3. m inimize the runtime overhead. this p aper is st ructured as follows: the next section reviews related work and section 3 describe web server technolo gy and section 4 sql injection workin g while section 5 describ e p rop osed app roach that characterizes the sanitization p rocess by modeling the way in which an app lication p rocesses input values and p rovides details about the imp lementation of system, section 6 p resents t he exp erimental results that show app roach is feasible in p ractice, section 7 concludes t he paper. -we b serve r technology web based sy stems are a comp osition of infrastructure comp onents, web servers , databases, and of application sp ecific code, such as htm l-embedded scripts and server-side cgi p rograms[2]. nowaday s, lots of websites are interactive, dy namic and database-driv en, which run various web app lications in servers with data stored in backend database. web 2.0 technologies allow users to do more than just retrieve information. they can access and modify the content and d istribute their information in websites such as social networking sites, wikis and blogs. in other words, they can control the d atabase information via a web browser [6]. web app lications accep t user inp ut via forms in web p ages. this input is p osted to the server as name value p airs, both of which are st rings. an alternate mechanism to p ass information to the server is the query st ring. the query string is information appended to the end of the url. on most web servers, a question mark sep arates the resource from the qu ery st ring variables. each name value p air in the query string is sep arated by an amp ersand, and the user is free to edit this input as easily as form inp uts. because it is common for web servers can differentiate between variables p assed in the query st ring and those p ost ed in the form, then will consider both as user input [3].web-based applications represent a serious security exp osure. these app lications are directly accessible through r ewalls by design, in addition[7]. the infrast ructure comp onents are usually developed by exp erienced p rogrammers with solid secur ity skills, t he ap p lication sp ecific code is oft en developed under st rict time const raints by p rogrammers with little security training as a result vulnerab le webbased app lications are deployed and mad e available to the whole internet, creating easi ly exp loitable entry p oints for t he compromise of entire networks [2]. the internet has brought about p roblems as the result of intruder attacks, both manual and automated, which can cost many organizations excessive amounts of money in damages and lost efficiency [1]. web-based att acks aimed at either obtaining control of the host running the web server application (e.g., through a buffer overflow ) the first type of attack is caused by vulnerabilities in the web server soft ware or in a server-sid e web-based app lication that allow one to comp romise the security of the underly ing host ,the second type of attack is [7] offer the vulnerabilities of unauthorized database control and malicious code injection which att ackers can take advantage of att ackers are try ing to get valuable information held in database, this hack is a kind of ap p lication attack called sql injection[6]. -sql injection work ing it is very hard to understand the conceptual idea of sql injection without p artially understanding the code that runs in the background [8]. a database comp uter language design ed for the retrieval and management of data in relational database management systems (rdbm s) [6]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 structured query lan guage (sql) is used for many database sy st ems including m icrosoft sql server, oracle, my sql and even m icrosoft access[8]. sql injection is y et common vulnerability that is the result of lax input validation. unlike cross-site scripting vulnerabilities that are ultimately directed at site’s visitors, sql injection is an att ack on the site itself in p articular its database [9]. in 2008, there was a significant incr ease in the number of websites affected by sql injection att acks.t his increase can be attributed in part t o the develop ment of automated tools that allowed att ackers to test and comp romise sites much faster than older manual methods.t here are sp ecific examples of sql injection events that occurred in april 2008 att acks against microsoft internet information services (ii s) that affected more than half a million websites and in decemb er 2008 microsoft internet e xp lorer 7 (ie7) that was leveraged via sql injection att acks [10]. sql injection att acks are a prime examp le of malicious input that changes the behavior of a p rogram by introduction of query structure into t he input strings. an application that does not p erform input validation (or emp loys error-p rone validation) is vulnerable to sql injection att acks. although useful as a first lay er of defense, input validation often is hard to get right, the absence of p rop er input validation has been cited as the number on e cause of vulnerabilities in web app lications [11]. a successful sql injection exp loit can read confidential data from the database ,modify database data (insert/update/delete), execute administration op erations on the database such as shut down of database management sy stem (dbm s) , recover the content of a given file p resent on the dbm s file system and in some cases issue commands t o the operating sy st em, it may also lead to many p otential att acks in other forms[6]. -proposed system a web application is vulnerable to an sql injection att ack if an att acker is able to insert sql st atements into an existing sql query of the app lication. this is usually achieved by injecting malicious input into user fields that are used to comp ose the query, login p age p romp ts the user to enter her username and p assword into a form typ ically used for checking the user login cred entials therefore, are p rime targets for an att acker. in this example, if the login app lication does not p erform correct input validation of the for m fields, t he att acker can inject st rings into t he query that alter its semantics. for examp le, consider an hack er entering “or 1=1”-one of sql injection st ring as in the tabel(1), the “--” command indicates a comment in transact-sql. hence, everything after the first “--” is ignored by the sql database engine with the help of the first quote in the inp ut string, the user name st ring is closed, while the “or 1=1” adds a clause to the query which evaluates to true for every row in the table. wh en executin g this query, the database returns all user rows, which app lications often interpret as a valid login. so in the p rop osed system all client-supp lied data needs to b e cleansed of any characters or st rings that could p ossibly be used maliciously as shown in the figur e(1). in this section list p rop osed methods can be app lied to minimize the risk of a sql injection att ack . 1. validation input the first st ep in any form processing script should check the sy ntax of input for validity to verify that t he inp ut is a valid input in the lan guage. the validation could b e any thing such as checkin g whether the entered valu e for “p assword" is a number, and is 16 or ov er, or mak ing sure the username column has only valid characters such as a to z, a to z and many classes of input have fixed lan guages such email addresses, dates etc . 2. enco ding input sometimes input might contain some illegal characters, or it might not alway s be viable to validate all user input for examp le, in a search field the user could ty p e anything that t hey are searching for, including scr ipt tags such as <script> ,encoding is the best way to neutralize ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 harmful d ata from user input, since encoding translates the harmfu l characters into their disp lay equivalents for examp le the < character will b e translated into &lt; character. the ht mlencode method of t he server object can be used to encode the har mful characters. 3. fil tering input if an app lication does not filter user input before it is used in a sql qu ery, then sql injection vu lnerability occurs because serv er received incorrect input from an untrust ed client.so p rop osed syst em p revent sql injection att acks by filtering user input using lan guage-sup p lied input filtering functions before usin g untrust ed input in a sql query. for example, let's supp ose to filter out special ch aracters such as the following: [ ] { } ; &. to achieve this functionality use the rep lace method of t he string ob ject t his code will rep lace all the unwanted characters from the users inp ut. 4. limit the length of user input m ake use of the maxlength att ribute of the textbox controls will be r estricting the number of characters the hack er can ty p e. in p rop osed sy stem all text boxes and form f ields should b e alway s as short as p ossible for example, if the firstname textbox should only accep t 40 characters, then enforce the length in the maxlen gth att ribute. this will restrict the hacker to send small set of commands back to t he server <input type="text" id="txtfirstname" m axlen gth="40" runat="server "/> 5. modify error reports in situations where the att acker has no knowledge of the underly ing sql query or the contributing tables, hacker try to tamp er with the sql st atement in order to receive an error message and can gain more information about the sql st atement, and can st art tamp ering with the sql st atement. the prop osed sy stem p rocess error rep orts p rop erly and configur e in such a way that error cannot be shown to outside users and disp lay of errors should be restricted to internal users only such as 1. disp lay _errors = off 2. disp lay _st artup _errors = off 3. log_ errors = on 4. log_ errors_max_len = 0 5. ignor e_rep eated_errors = off 6. ignor e_rep eated_source = off 7. track_errors = off 8. error_lo g = /var/log/php .log --or—syslog 6. lo w privilege limit database p ermissions and se gregate users and never allows to connect as a d atabase administ rator in web app lication will limit the damage potential. the p rop osed syst em has three p ages , the code of first p age shown in figur e(2) is an htm l page with a form element. the form asks the visitor to enter his my sql user name and p assword.the name of this p age is login.html as shown in figure(3) , when user full the data and click login button the data will send by p ost method to the second page that called validentry .p hp which works in hide,code of this p age shown in figure(4). -evalution web-based app lications have become a p op ular means of exp osing functionality to large numbers of users by leveraging the services p rovided by web servers and databases. t he wide p roliferation of custom developed web-based applications suggests that a app roach for p roviding ear ly warning and real-time b locking of sql injection exp loits. t he prop osed sy stem comp osed of a number of methods used to p revent sql injection att ack. the prop osed sy stem evaluated its ap p licability with resp ect to several existing web-b ased ap p lications accordin g to four key metrics: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 1safety how well a technique resists being circu mvented or def eated when faced with a competent attacker 2sp eed how high the performance overhead of a technique is 3flexibility how app licable a technique is to a range of d ifferent security flaws and vulnerabilities 4practicality how easy it is to app ly a technique to modern soft ware settings, where source code access may not be available and legacy code may be present. the prop osed sy stem tested at run time by ap ache's jm eter testing,this application allows one to schedule walks through a web ap p lication, includ ing detailed web form submission and thus database querying. jm eter can execute script with a configurable number of concurrent users. it also allows the tester to configure the delay between request s for the simulated users.t abel(2) shows the resp onse times to execute two type of query as in table(3) with number of users. conculsion a criminal can break into a sy stem and wreak havoc on a network or comp uter sy stem different way s. it is up to the web application developers to do their p art in making sure the applications they design are not vulnerable to any known t hreats, in general p rop osed sy stem is not limited to any sp ecic p latform since it does not rely on any p articular lan guage mechan ism or technology . this strategy can be instantiated for any existing web app lication framework. re ferences 1. goheer,j. (2009), sql injection and cros site scripting , kualitatem pvt ltd. 2. cova, m .; felmetsger,v. and giovanni vign a,(2007), vu lnerability analysis of webbased app lications, university of california. 3. buehrer, g.; weide,w.; pao lo,a. and sivilotti, g. (2010), using parse tree validation to prevent sql injection at tacks” ,computer science and engineering of ohio state university . 4. xiang, f.; qian,k. (2008), safeli – sql injection scanner using sy mbolic execution,school of computing and software engineer ing southern poly technic state university . 5. stephen,w. and keromytis, d. (2010), sqlrand: preventing sql in jection at tacks, dep artment of comp uter science columbia university . 6. ronald,l. (2008), sql injection, hong kong computer emergency resp onse team coordination centre. 7. kruegel ,k. ; valeur ,f. and barbara,s. (2007), an anomaly -driven reverse proxy for web app lications, university of california. 8. m rowt on,k. ( 2005) , int roduction to sql injection, lee lawson . 9. lia,i. (2005), sql injection, ilia_ security .indb 10. finch,n. (2009), sql injection , us-cert gov ernment or ganization 11. bisht, p.; prasad,a. and venkatakrishnan, v. (2010), aut omatically prep aring safe sq l queries, department of comp uter science university of illinois, chicago, usa. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 tabel (1): example of sql injection admin' - ') or ('1'='1— admin' # ') or ('1'='1 admin'/* "or "1"="1 ' or 1=1-' or '1'='1 ' or 1=1# or 1=1- ' or 1=1/* " or 1=1- ') or '1'='1-' or 1=1- table (2): compare between normal sq l query & sq l inje ction number of use r query type response time (ms) 1 normal sql query 70 1 sql injection 75 5 normal sql query 387 5 sql injection 399 10 normal sql query 792 10 sql injection 810 table (3) : example of normal sql query and sql i njection attack normal sql query select * from mytable where user name = `ahmed` and password =`12345`; sql injection select * from mytable where user name = ``or 1=1; --` and password=`dummy `; ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 fig. (1): prop osed sy st em open database n o is name or pass null ye fals true is pass st r+no numbe is name st ring is name & pass ye n o validate name & pass true you have permis s ion access n o use r_name: use r_password ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 <html> <head> <title>user login </title> </head> <body > <form method="post" action="validentry .p hp " name="login"> <p >enter user name and password to enter the p age</p> <p >user name :<input type="text" name=" user _name" size="20"></p > <p >p assword:<inp ut type="p assword" name=" user _password" size="20"></p > <p ><input type="submit" value="send" name="login"></p> </form> </body> </html> <? p hp if ($user_name=="") or ($user_password=="") header("location: login.html"); if not(is_string($ user_name )) head er("location: login.html"); if (!ctyp e_alnum($_post[‘ user_p assword ’])) header("location: login.html "); inp ut_filtering($ user_name ) inp ut_filtering($ user_p assword ) $esc_name = mysql_real_escap e_string($ user_name ); $esc_password = mysql_real_escape_string($ user_p assword ); mysql_connect("localhost", "", "") or die("could not connect: " . my sql_error()); mysql_select_db("p roject"); fig.(2): code of login page fig.(3): login page ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 $result = mysql_query ("select * from admin where name='$esc_name' && password='$esc_password ‘"); $row = mysql_fetch_array($result, m ysql_bot h); if (($row["username"]==null)or($row["userpassword"]==null)) header("lo cation: login.html"); function validate_string( input ) known_bad = array( "select", "insert", "up date", "delete", "drop ", "union, ";",”"--","xp _",”*”,"'" ) for i = lbound( known_bad ) to ubound( known_bad ) if ( inst r( 1, input, known_bad(i), vbtextcomp are ) <> 0 ) header("location: admin.php "); next end function ?> fig.(4): code of validentry.php page 2011 )2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )sqlِ(حمایة تطبیقات الویِب من هجوِم حقن أحمد هاشم محمد علوم الحاسبات ،كلیة التربیة،الجامعة المستنصریة 2010تشرین االول ، ،3: استلم البحث 2011،شباط، 8: قبل البحث الخالصة ولكن لسوء الحظ،االعتمادیة على الشبكة زادت من . في العقد األخیر،َأْصَبَح الویب جزءًا ال غنى عنَه في حیاِتنا عدد المبرمجین الذین ُیرّكزوَن على تصامیم المواقع أكثَر من التركیز على الوظیفِة والحمایة مما أّدى إلى زیادة عدد التي َتستهدُف تطبیقاَت الویِب وأنظمِة المعلوماِت على اإلنترنِت ومثال على ذلِك المهاجمین في ِإْسِتْغالل مشاكِل الحمایة (sql injection). هجوم هو ال إلى تطبیقاِت الویِب التفاعلیِة التي ) sql(هو عملیُة تمریر رمِز لغة اإلستفسار البنائیِة ) sql injection( هجوم المخترق َتخریب العالقِة بین الموقع وقاعدة بیاناته المساندة، لكي َیْخدَع قاعدَة البیانات َتستعمل قاعدَة البیانات، اذ ُیحاولُ .إلى َتنفیذ الرمِز الخبیِث بسبب التصمیِم السّیِئ للتطبیقِ تعماِل طرائق إّن النظاَم الُمقَتَرَح مستند الى الَتدقیق في وقِت التشغیل، قبل إدراِج الزبون المتصل بقاعدِة البیانات باس ِت عدیدة لَجْعل التضمین صالح لإلستعماِل وذلك من خالل المصادقة، الَتْشفیر، َترشیح المحتوى عن طریق الغاء اإلقتباسا ى . الوحیدِة، تحّدیُد طول الحرَف المتضمنة، وتصفیة رسائل الخطاء إّن الَحلَّ الُمقَتَرَح فعال وقابل للتوسع فضال عن انه ُیتبّن في apache، و الخادم mysqlقاعدة بیانات ,html php ن ِقبل مبرمجي التطبیِق اذ استعملت لغة بسهولة مِ .تصمیم الموقع واختبار الحل المقترح sqlامنیة المواقع ، قواعد البیانات الخادم ، هجوم حقن : الكلمات المفتاحیة ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 137 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license improved optical and mechanical characteristics of multilayered heat treatment for solar absorbing applications viacoating 2cu/tion/cro *corresponding author: hatem.ar.t@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract in the last few decades, growing interest has been shown in the development of new solar selective coatings based on transition metal nitride and/or oxinitride for solar absorbing applications. solar thermal collectors are well thought out to be the most effective process of converting and harvesting solar radiation. in this investigation, cu/tion/cro2 multilayered solar selective absorber coatings have been coated onto al substrates using the dip-coating process followed by an annealing process at (400, 450, 500, 550, and 600 °c. the xrd analysis showed excellent crystalline quality for the prepared thin films along with enhanced surface features as proved by fesem images, and the grains are in the range of (27–81) nm. the optical investigations revealed that the film annealed at 600 °c exhibits improved solar absorptance, thermal emittance, and solar selectivity of ~ (90.7 %), (5.8 %) and 15.6, respectively. also, the highest values of hardness ~ (26.8 gpa) and young’s modulus ~ (250 gpa) were assigned for the film annealed at the highest temperature. calculated optical band gaps of fabricated thin multilayered cu/tion/cro2 films were found to be in the range of (1.8 – 2.10) ev. keywords: tion, multilayer coatings, solar selective absorbers, absorptance, emittance 1. introduction so far, advances in technology and science have encouraged researchers and scientists to design new products using simple and cost-efficient processes [1, 2]. in the same way, a need is perceived doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3108 article history: received 5 december 2022, accepted 18 january 2023, published in july 2023. sawsan talal al-azzawi department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. sawsan.talal1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq hatem taha* department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hatem.ar.t@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq m mahbubur rahman department of physics jahangirnagar university savar, dhaka 1342, bangladesh. m.rahman@juniv.edu https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hatem.ar.t@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:sawsan.talal1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:sawsan.talal1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hatem.ar.t@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hatem.ar.t@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:m.rahman@juniv.edu ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 138 for the efficient and economical production of thin films on top of suitable substrates for a variety of industrial and technological applications, including optics, catalysts, electronics, sensors, etc.[3, 4]. transition metal-based thin film coatings have been extensively targeted by researchers to improve their physiochemical, thermal, and mechanical properties. transition metal nitride and/or oxide coatings demonstrate attractive and desirable optoelectronic, mechanical, physiochemical, and thermal characteristics in a wide range of technological devices [5-8]. these coatings commonly include tin, tion, crn, cron, mon, moon, etc. in their matrices, either as single layer or multilayer coatings. most of the efforts focus on synthesizing intrinsic or doped single-layer thin films due to their ease of preparation and short working time. however, multilayered transition metal based thin film coatings have recently been overlooked by many researchers and engineers on account of their possessing numerous properties such as exceptional hardness, elastic modulus, adhesion to substrate, good corrosion, wear, and oxidation resistance, in addition to high chemical and thermal stabilities [9, 10]. tin based thin films have been widely used as solar absorbers. physical deposition techniques such as thermal evaporation, rf and dc magnetron sputtering, pulse laser deposition, and ion beam deposition were used to produce tin based solar absorbers despite the expensiveness and sophisticated requirements that include suitable chamber and vacuum systems, which result in overpriced end products [11,12]. therefore, it becomes very essential to use easy, cheap, and vacuumfree methods to fabricate such kinds of thin film coatings. the main goal of this work is to investigate the structural, optical, and mechanical properties of multilayered cu/tion/cro2 thin solar absorber films deposited onto aluminium substrates via a facile and low cost sol-gel dip coating process. 2. experimental details 2.1. raw materials titanium isopropoxide, 98.8%, sigma aldrich; copper basis, 98.8%, sigma aldrich; chromium nitrate nonohydrate, 97%; alpha chemika; ammonia, 97%. merck, phosphoric acid (85%), carlo erba reagents, and ethanol were used as bought. the cu/tion/cro2 thin films were coated onto (25 × 25) mm aluminum substrates after being cleaned in 15% phosphoric acid for 15 minutes and rinsed in deionized water. 2.2. sol preparations and thin film deposition appropriate amounts of ti isopropoxide and chromium nitrate nonohydrate chemicals were separately dissolved in ethanol and stirred at 80 °c for 1h to create 0.1 m of ti and cr precursors. ammonia was then added to the ti precursor as a source of nitrogen in the tion matrix. the thermal evaporation technique was used to deposit cu layers, which act as back reflectors, onto al substrates. the cu films were heated at 150 °c for 1 hour. then, the tion layer was coated over the cu layer by dipping the thin films in ti precursor, and the process was repeated until the tion fully covered the cu layer, followed by heating the films at 150 °c for 1 h. finally, the cro2 layer was dip-coated at the top of the thin films using the cro2 solution. the resultant configurations of cu/tion/cro2 thin films were annealed in the range of 400–600 °c in a step of 50 °c. 2.3. ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 139 characterization techniques the results of the structural, surface morphology, optical, and mechanical properties of cu/tion/cro2 thin films were collected using xrd analysis, field emission scanning electron microscopy (fesem) images, uv-vis and ftir spectroscopy, and nanoindentation measurements, respectively. a bruker d8 machine of cukα source (λ = 1.54 ǻ) and a lynxeyed detector were operated at 40 kv and 30 ma. the xrd data of cu/tion/cro2 thin films was collected in a 2θ range of (25 – 80)°, step size 0.02° and a total time per sample ~20 min. the morphological features of cu/tion/cro2 thin films were imaged using the thermo fisher scientific f50 fesem machine. a 3 nm platinum layer was coated onto cu/tion/cro2 thin films to decrease the charging effects. the uv-vis reflectance and the ftir data of cu/tion/cro2 thin films was collected via a uv– vis spectrophotometer (jasco 670) in the wavelength range of 190 to 2500 nm and a ftir (perkin elmer 100) spectrometer in the range of (2500 – 15000) nm. collected reflectance data for synthesized cu/tion/ cro2 thin films was used to calculate the optical parameters, including the solar absorptivity, solar emissivity, absorption coefficient, and energy gaps. the mechanical properties of cu/tion/cro2 thin films were measured via (csiro) micro indentation system equipped with a diamond berkovich indenter. by considering the thin film thicknesses ~ 700 nm, a total load of 5mn was applied to all investigated thin films at an average indentation depth less than 10% of the coating thickness. 3. results and discussions 3.1. xrd analysis figure 1 presents the xrd patterns of cu/tion/cro2 thin films. the sharp and intense bragg’s peaks confirm a high degree of crystallinity along with the formation of crystalline features for both tion and cro2 phases (jcpds 87–0633) and (pdf card #841819), respectively. the peak positions of tion phases located at 2θ values around (36.9, 42.95, 62.5 and 74.8) ° are associated with (111), (200), (113), and (222) reflection planes, respectively [13], while the peaks of cro2 phases located at 2θ values around (28.7, 37.3, and 56.3) are attributed to (110), (101), and (211) planes, respectively. an improvement in the crystalline quality of cu/tion/cro2 thin films was also observed with increasing annealing temperatures. this could be attributed to the efficient release of the lattice strain in addition to the agglomeration of larger grains around the preferential orientations of both tion and cro2 phases [14, 15]. thin films 2xrd patterns of annealed cu/tion/crofigure 1. 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80i n te n si ty ( a .u .) 2θ (degree) 400 ⁰c 450 ⁰c ( ( ((2 2cro* # tion (2 1(1 0 1 (1 1 0 ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 140 the grain sizes and the lattice parameters of synthesized thin cu/tion/cro2 films were calculated using the scherrer formula, bragg’s equation, and the bravais lattice system for cubic features [16, 17]. 𝐷 = 𝐾 𝜆 𝛽 cos 𝜃 (1) 𝑛𝜆 = 2𝑑 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 (2) 1 𝑑2 = ℎ2+𝑘2+𝑙2 𝑎2 (3) where (k = 0.9) is a constant, 𝜆 is the cu-kα radiation’s wavelength (λ = 0.154 nm), 𝛽 is the line broadening at the (fwhm), θ is the bragg angle, a is the lattice parameter, and d is the-inter planar distance, (h k l) are miller indices. figure 2 reveals the variations of the grain sizes of cu/tion/cro2 films with annealing temperature. it is evident that the grain sizes increased with increasing temperature owing to the sufficient energy supplied to the material’s atoms to coalesce and be reoriented in the main direction [18,19]. all these result in the formation of a highly crystalline structure, and the film annealed at 600 °c possesses the largest grain size ~ 81 nm among other annealed films. the mean value of the calculated lattice parameter for thin cu/tion/cro2 films was around 4.25 å which is in agreement with the results reported in the literature for such coatings. table 1 presents the detailed structural parameters of cu/tion/cro2 thin films. table 1. structural parameters of annealed cu/tion/cro2 thin films annealing temperature (°c) 2θ (degrees) d-spacing (å) (h k l) lattice constant (å) crystallite size (nm) 400 36.44 2.46 (111) 4.26 27 450 36.54 2.45 (111) 4.25 46 500 36.7 2.44 (111) 4.23 67 550 36.64 2.45 (111) 4.24 77 600 36.54 2.45 (111) 4.25 81 thin films with annealing 2variation of the grain sizes of annealed cu/tion/cro .2figure temperatures 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 g r a in s iz e ( n m ) annealing temperature (°c) ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 141 3.2. fesem images the surface morphology of fabricated cu/tion/cro2 thin films shows the formation of crystallike features for all annealed thin films, and the surfaces are dense and uniform as seen in figure 3. furthermore, the surfaces of annealed cu/tion/cro2 coatings exhibit many agglomerations of smaller particles to form larger grains with a variety of sizes which confirm the results previously noticed in the xrd results. 3.3. optical characterizations of cu/tion/cro2 films figure 4 displays the reflectance spectra of cu/tion/cro2 coatings recorded in the uv-vis range of (190-2500) nm. the reflectance data was used to estimate the solar absorptance of cu/tion/cro2 thin films using the duffie – beckman method [20]. 𝛼 = ∫ 𝐼𝑠𝑜𝑙 (𝜆 )(1−𝑅(𝜆 )𝑑𝜆 2.5 0.19 ∫ 𝐼𝑠𝑜𝑙 (𝜆 )𝑑𝜆 2.5 0.19 (4) it is clearly noticed from figure 4 that the absorption edges at shorter wavelengths and interference peaks are visible. it is also observed that the absorption edge of the cu/tion/cro2 spectra shifts towards shorter wavelengths with increasing annealing temperature. in order to ideally optimize the reflectance data for solar absorption applications, the reflectance data should be high at longer wavelengths over 2000 nm (called the cut-off region). it has been reported by many researchers that there are three parameters that control the reflectance tendency of tionbased solar absorbers in the near-infrared region. these parameters are the substrate’s reflectivity, the properties of materials involved in the film’s matrix, and the film thickness [21, 22]. thin films 2fesem images of annealed cu/tion/crofigure 3. ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 142 thin films 2reflectance spectra of annealed cu/tion/crofigure 4. 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 190 690 1190 1690 2190 r e fl r c ta n c e % wavelength (nm) 400 ⁰c 450 ⁰c 500 ⁰c 550 °c 600 ⁰c thin films 2absorption coefficient of annealed cu/tion/crofigure 5. 190 690 1190 1690 2190 a b so r p ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t (α ) wavelength (nm) 400 ⁰c 450 ⁰c 500 ⁰c 550 °c 600 ⁰c ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 143 figure 5 presents the absorption coefficient of thin cu/tion/cro2 films. it has been suggested that the solar absorptivity of a matter at a specific wavelength is associated with the exciting of free electrons to higher energy states in the atoms and/or molecules. the cu/tion/cro2 film annealed at 600 °c exhibits the highest absorption coefficient, which results in a solar absorptance ~ 90%. it is well agreed that the higher the solar absorbtance, the better the property for solar selective absorbing devices. it could be accomplished that the well crystallized and developed in addition to the formation of grain-like morphologies in the film structure may promote the sample’s surface to absorb as much as possible of the incident radiation via numerous reflections that took place between the layers of cu/tion/cro2 thin films and inside the agglomerations and/or at the grain boundaries in the thin film framework [23]. the types of electronic transitions and the energy gabs of synthesized cu/tion/cro2 thin films were estimated using tauc relation [24-26]. 𝛼ℎ𝜈 = 𝐵(ℎ𝜈 − 𝐸𝑔) 𝑛 (5) where, α is the absorption coefficient, hν is the photon energy, b is a constant, eg is the optical band-gap and n is an index depending on the type of optical transition. the energy gaps of annealed cu/tion/cro2 thin films were assessed by extending the linear section of the curves toward the interception point of the x-axis. the estimated energy gaps of cu/tion/cro2 thin films from figure 6 are in the range of (1.8 and 2.1) ev, and the eg values are inversely dependent on annealing temperature. the lowest observed energy gap around 1.8 ev is linked to the film being annealed at 600 °c due to the development of the structural quality of synthesized cu/tion/cro2 thin films as well as the enhancement of the absorption of incident solar radiation by these coatings. also, the existence of extended and localized states near the band gap facilitates the absorption of incident solar energy [26]. thin films 2energy band gaps of annealed cu/tion/crofigure 6. ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 144 ftir measurements were performed on cu/tion/cro2 thin films in the range of (5 – 15) μm to calculate the thermal emittance, as seen in figure 7. the dependence of thermal emittance on annealing temperature was investigated using the duffie and beckman formula [20]. annealing temperature strongly affected the thermal emittance, and the lowest thermal emittance was assigned for the film annealed at 600 °c. table 2 summarizes the optical properties of cu/tion/cro2 thin films. 𝜀 = ∫ 𝐼𝑝 (𝜆 )(1−𝑅(𝜆 )𝑑𝜆 15 2.5 ∫ 𝐼𝑝 (𝜆 )𝑑𝜆 15 2.5 (6) the solar selectivity (s) is the main aspect of a solar selective coating and is described as a ratio of the solar absorptivity to the thermal emissivity as defined by the following equation: 𝑠 = 𝜶 𝜺 (7) table 2. optical properties of annealed cu/tion/cro2 thin films 3.4. nanoindentation results figure 8 presents the mechanical properties represented by young’s modulus (e) and hardness (h) of cu/tion/cro2 thin films. the (h) values of cu/tion/cro2 thin films are in the range of (16.5 – 26.8) gpa, while the (e) values are in the range of (229 – 250) gpa. improved mechanical characteristics may be attributed to developing the crystalline quality, thereby decreasing the density of crystal defects such as vacations and voids with increasing annealing temperatures [27, 28]. annealing temperature (°c) eg (ev) α (%) ε (%) s 400 2.10 83.0 12.4 6.7 450 1.96 84.8 11.6 7.3 500 2.0 87.4 10.3 8.48 550 1.90 88.8 8.1 11.0 600 1.80 90.7 5.8 15.6 thin films 2cro tion/ftir reflectance of annealed cu/ .7figure 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 r e fl e c ta n c e % wavelength (μm) 400 ⁰c 450 ⁰c 500 ⁰c 550 °c 600 ⁰c ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 145 4. conclusions multilayered cu/tion/ cro2 solar selective thin films have been synthesized using a facile solgel dip-coating process and annealed in the range of (400 600) °c in a step of 50 °c. a good crystallinity and improved surface morphology have been observed for cu/tion/cro2 thin films with crystallized grains in the range of (27 – 81) nm. the optical properties of synthesized thin films show improved solar absorptivity ~ 90.7 and thermal emissivity ~ 5.8 along with band gap energies in the range of (1.8 – 2.10) ev. the mechanical behaviors of cu/tion cro2 thin films were also developed, with the highest values of both harness and young’s modulus at 26.8 gpa and 250 gpa, respectively, for the film annealed at 600 °c. the obtained results for cu/tion/cro2 thin films in this work are recommended for future technological designs in various industrial devices. references 1. amri, a.; solar absorptance of copper–cobalt oxide thin film coatings with nano-size, grainlike morphology: optimization and synchrotron radiation xps studies. applied surface science, 2013, 275, 127-135. 2. rahman, m.m. effects of annealing temperatures on the morphological, mechanical, surface chemical bonding, and solar selectivity properties of sputtered tialsin thin films.journal of alloys and compounds, 2016, 671,254-266. 3. ahmed, g.s., et al. opto-electrical properties of p-snse: s/n-si heterojunction for solar cell application. in aip conference proceedings. 2020. aip publishing llc. 4. amri, a., et al., tailoring the physicochemical and mechanical properties of optical coppercobalt oxide thin films through annealing treatment. surface and coatings technology, 2014, 239, 212-221. thin films 2modulus of annealed cu/tion/crohardness and young’s .8figure 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 210 220 230 240 250 260 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 h a r d n e ss ( g p a ) y o u n g 's m o d u lu s (g p a ) annealing temperautre (°c) young's modulus hardness (h) ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 146 5. amri, a., et al., surface structural features and optical analysis of nanostructured cu-oxide thin film coatings coated via the sol-gel dip coating method. ceramics international, 2019, 45(10), 12888-12894. 6. al-maiyaly, b.k.h., characterization of n-cdo: mg/p-si heterojunction dependence on annealing temperature. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017, 29(3),1425. 7. fadaam, s.a., et al. synthesis and characterization of metastable phases of sno and sn3o4 thin films for solar cells applications. in journal of physics: conference series. 2021. iop publishing. 8. sathy, t., et al., structural, surface electronic bonding, optical, and mechanical features of sputtering deposited crnin coatings with si and al additives. materials chemistry and physics, 2022, 277,125289. 9. pulugurtha, s.r., et al., mechanical and tribological properties of compositionally graded craln films deposited by ac reactive magnetron sputtering. surface and coatings technology, 2007, 202(4-7),1160-1166. 10. schramke, k.s., et al., nonthermal plasma synthesis of titanium nitride nanocrystals with plasmon resonances at near-infrared wavelengths relevant to photothermal therapy. acs applied nano materials, 2018, 1(6),2869-2876. 11. liu, y.; wang, c. ; y. xue, the spectral properties and thermal stability of nbtion solar selective absorbing coating,solar energy materials and solar cells. 2012, 96,131-136. 12. barshilia, h.c.,growth, characterization and performance evaluation of ti/altin/altion/altio high temperature spectrally selective coatings for solar thermal power applications. solar energy materials and solar cells, 2014,130,322-330. 13. baron, f.a., et al., structural, optical, and electronic properties of cu-doped tin x o y grown by ammonothermal atomic layer deposition. acs applied materials & interfaces, 2021,13(27), 32531-32541. 14. qi, z., et al., a comparative study of the oxidation behavior of cr2n and crn coatings. thin solid films, 2013,544,515-520. 15. sousa, p.m., et al., influence of growth temperature and carrier flux on the structure and transport properties of highly oriented cro2 on al2o3 (0001). chemical vapor deposition, 2007. 13(10),537-545. 16. taha, h., et al., improving the optoelectronic properties of titanium-doped indium tin oxide thin films. semiconductor science and technology, 2017, 32(6),065011. 17. ahmed, g.s., structural and optical properties of polymers (pva/pvp) doped with v2o5 composites films, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017, 30(2), 16-24. 18. taha, h., et al., sol-gel derived ito-based bi-layer and tri-layer thin film coatings for organic solar cells applications. applied surface science, 2020,530,147164. 19. salman, s.h.; m.a. sarmad; ahmed,g.s.study the effect of annealing on structural and optical properties of indium selenide (inse) thin films prepared by vacuum thermal evaporation technique,in journal of physics: conference series. 2021. iop publishing. 20. ibrahim, k., et al., solar selective performance of metal nitride/oxynitride based magnetron sputtered thin film coatings: a comprehensive review, journal of optics. 2018. 20(3),033001. 21. amri, a., et al., optical and mechanical characterization of novel cobalt-based metal oxide thin films synthesized using sol–gel dip-coating method. surface and coatings technology.2012, 207, 367-374. ihjpas. 63 (3) 2023 147 22. de oliveira, p.w.; becker‐willinger, c.; jilavi, m.h. sol–gel derived nanocomposites for optical applications. advanced engineering materials. 2010, 12(5),349-361. 23. jahan, n., et al., a holistic approach to optical characterizations of vacuum deposited cu2znsns4 thin film coatings for solar absorbing layers. journal of alloys and compounds, 2021, 859,57830. 24. taha, h., et al., improved mechanical properties of sol-gel derived ito thin films via ag doping, materials today communications, 2018. 25. khudayer, i.h., et al., investigation of the structural, optical and electrical properties of aginse2 thin films. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2018, 31(1),3749. 26. al-maiyaly, b.k., et al. synthesis and characterization study of n-bi2o3/p-si heterojunction dependence on thickness. in aip conference proceedings. 2018. aip publishing llc. 27. taha, h., et al., probing the effects of thermal treatment on the electronic structure and mechanical properties of ti-doped ito thin films, journal of alloys and compounds, 2017. 28. taha, h., et al., novel approach for fabricating transparent and conducting swcnts/ito thin films for optoelectronic applications. the journal of physical chemistry c. 2018, 122(5),30143027. 36 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 satellite images fusion using mapped wavelet transform through pca hameed majeed abduljabbar dept. of phyiscs/college of education for pure sciences (ibn al –haitham) university of baghdad received in :10/may/2016,accepted in :30/august/2016 abstract in this paper a new fusion method is proposed to fuse multiple satellite images that are acquired through different electromagnetic spectrum ranges to produce a single gray scale image. the proposed method based on desecrate wavelet transform using pyramid and packet bases, the fusion process preformed using two different fusion rules, where the low frequency part is remapped through the use of pca analysis basing on covariance matrix and correlation matrix, and the high frequency part is fused using different fusion rules (adding, selecting the higher, replacement), then the restored image is obtained by applying the inverse desecrate wavelet transform. the experimental results show the validity of the proposed fusion method to fuse such images with equally representation comparing with the general wavelet fusion method that fuses the high frequency parts only. key words: fusion, wavelet transform, pca, pyramid, packet. 37 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 introduction image fusion of different images is acquired from different sensors or modalities to produce single fused image are primarily used for: (a) increases the riability of vision or interpretation process; or (b) as preprocessing step for further processing by different image processing techniques. [1] designing an effective fusing method is a difficult task since the optimality of fusing images depend on the local relationship among the sensors, therefore, fusing certain image into single image with high signal-to-noise ratio dose not necessary give the same quality using other different images, beside that the attempt to produce a single image is usually combined with the loss of information from the fused images. [2] the most common fusion methods are the wavelet transform and principal component analysis transform, for their ability to separate the high frequency part from the low frequency part. wavelet decomposition usually preform using two schemes, the first scheme uses a pyramid decomposition in which at each level the decomposition is applied only at the lowlow part only. [3] while for more efficient decomposition, the packet scheme is preformed where the decomposition applied onto all parts, the high frequency and low frequency parts at each level recursively [4]. for the first decomposition there is no difference between the pyramid and packet wavelet transform where the same four parts will appear ( hhhllhll iiii ,,, ) as the decomposition result, the packet procedure will take effect starting from the second decomposition level where instead of the seven parts with only one low frequency part, the packet transform will produce sixteen parts, since the decomposition will be applied on the all parts, where for each part of the previously decomposition level will decomposed to four new parts and one of them will represent the low frequency part (ill), i.e. for the second decomposition level there are four low frequency parts which are ( llhhllhllllhllll iiii 1111 ,,, ), and for the high frequency parts there will be twelve parts. obviously, this decomposition provides possibility to utilize much more flexible fusion rules to fused result with better quality. however, more computation cost will be held in comparison with more detailed decomposition and applying more flexible fusion rules, and with the increase of decomposition level the computation cost will increase very rapidly. [4] fusion problem analysis fusing different images acquired with different sensors that work into different electromagnetic bands is very difficult task since the output of these sensors differs dramatically because each sensor is based on different physical phenomena, therefore, the relationship among their output can be complex. such as, fusing image acquired using sensor work in the visible light band (vl) and image acquired using sensor work in the millimeter wave radar band (mmwr). [2] due to the specific phenomenology of different sensors, each sensor will produce distinct image for the same scene. [2] for case of fusing a mmwr image with vl image, the mmwr image can contain significant features that are absent in vl image (inconsistent or complementary features), [2] beside that the mmwr image usually is high contrast image compared with the vl image, which makes the contribution of the fine details in the vl image to the mmwr image very weak using the wavelet decomposition fusion method, therefore the mmwr image features will dominate on the fused image. the proposed fusion algorithm the wavelet fusion methods depend on adding the high frequency information from the high resolution image to the low resolution image, therefore it tries to decompose the 38 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 image to high frequency part and low frequency part. the high frequency part does not represent all the high frequency information that are contained in the image, but it represents a little portion of the total high frequency information in the image, and that decomposed portion becomes smaller using overlapped wavelet coefficients (like daubechies). to perform an effective fusion method, it is needed to make the low part of the wavelet decomposition participate in the fusion rules, because even if it represents the low frequency part of the image information, but it still contains high frequency information more than the high decomposed information part. the best fusion rule to make the low decomposed frequency parts to participate in the fusion process is to use the mapping (weighted sum) fusion rule. the main obstacle to use such fusion rule is to choose of the summation weights, so that none of the fused images dominates on the resultant image, which should carry the most features of the fused images equally. using manually selected weights will raise the weights optimality for the fusion issue, the best weights are those which consider the statistical nature of the fused images. the proposed method to calculate the weights is by using pca analysis, where the first principle represents the statistical nature of the fused images. to perform this fusion rule on the low part of the wavelet decomposition the following steps are taken: 1for a set of fused images ii(x, y), i=1… d. calculate their covariance matrix cij of dxd dimensions. 2calculate and sort the eigenvectors uij according to the corresponding eigenvalues from high to low. 3remap the images according to the eigenvalue vector uij. ( ) ∑ ( ) while, for the high frequency part of the wavelet decomposition, the high pass fusion rule is still valid. this paper describes a wavelet pyramid and packet based methods to decompose both low frequency part and high frequency parts at each level recursively, and then fuse the different images corresponding parts at the same level, the low frequency parts by mapping the weights (which are calculated by using pca), and the high frequency parts by high-pass filtering (selecting the higher, replacement). after that all fused parts are restored to a fused image by inverse desecrate wavelet transform idwt, (figure 1). illustrates the algorithm parts. results and discussion the above method had been validated by fusing two images for the same location but they are acquired in different wavelengths, the first acquired in the visible light band (via ikonos) and the second acquired in the mmwr band (via irs-1c), (fig. 2), therefore they differ in the contrast and in the spatial resolution. at first we registered these two images accurately with bias less than half pixel. the proposed method applied by decomposing the images using daubechies coefficients (d4), the two decomposing schemes adopted the pyramid and packet base to override the block artifact that accompanied with the use of haar coefficients. for the pyramid decomposition schemes the proposed method tested until the seventh decomposition level while for the packet decomposition scheme we stopped until the third decomposition level. …(1) 39 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 the low frequency parts are fused using the pca eigenvalue vector (eq. 1), while the high frequency parts fused using four fusion rule are used which are adding, replacement, selecting the higher, and pure (i.e. leaving the high frequency parts intact). the purpose of the pure fusion rule is to investigate the effect of fusion the low frequency parts only using the pca fusion rule. what should be mentioned here that the pca transformed had been calculated by using both the covariance matrix and the correlation matrix. to evaluate this new method, we compare its results with the results of fusing the same two images by using the high pass fusion rule only (adding, selecting, and replacement) for the pyramid decomposition scheme and for the same decomposition levels (fig. 2). the zero-mean signal to noise ratio zmsnr are used to evaluate the resultant fused image by using this criterion as similarity index to measure the amount of information that is carried from each original image into the fused image, a good fusion result will be that which contains equal amounts of information from the original images (i.e. equal zmsnr). eliminating the variation in the brightness between the original images and the fused image to be effective on calculating the snr, which is the reason for eliminating the mean brightness of the images before calculating the snr for them. from the results (figure 3) we can see that the use of fusing the images using the high frequency parts only and for pyramid scheme only is failed and for all fusion rules because the two images (vl and mmwr) severely differ. for the propose method, we can see that the use of correlation matrix to calculate the pca transform (figures 4 and 5) gave very good results better than the results that are obtained by using the covariance matrix to calculate the pca transform (figures 6 and 7). this is due to the fact that the correlation matrix gives to every image a unit of variance, therefore, the differences between the original images will not affect the fusion algorithm, while the covariance matrix preserved the differences between the original images, therefore it works when the differences are small (such in fusing visible light vl image with visible near infrared vlnif image), but for the severe cases like fusing vl with mmwr it fails. conclusion in this paper, we have presented analyses for the image fusion techniques for the images that are taken from different sensors that depend on different physical phenomena. this analysis is based on two fusion techniques, the first is the multiresolution method (pyramid-based and packet-based wavelet transform) and the second is a statistical fusion method (pca fusion through mapping). the results of the tests applied on the proposed fusion method that presented in this paper indicate that this method can be over the obstacle of the variation in the contrast and brightness, as it is illustrated in the first decomposition in figures (4&5), therefore the fused image represents equally the features in the sar band image features and the visible band vl image features. the results indicate that the use of correlation matrix to calculate the pca transform give better results for the proposed method. the other techniques that does not maintain the equality between the vl band and sar band (figures 6&7), does not mean that it will not work with other images. references 1 – nikolov, s.g., et al., (2004) 'hybrid fused displays: between pixeland region-based image fusion', in: 7 th international conference on information fusion, stockholm, sweden, 2, 1072-1079. 2 – pavel, m. and sharma, r.k., (1997) 'model-base sensor fusion for aviation', spie, 3088, 169-176. 40 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 3 – zhang, z. and blum r.s., (1997) 'multisensor image fusion using a region-based wavelet transform approach', darpa iuw, 1447-1451. 4 – jishuang, q. and chao, w., (2001) 'a wavelet package-base data fusion method for multitemporal remote sensing image processing', spie, 4556, data mining and applications. registered images wavelet packet decomposition coefficients fusion rules fused images pca analysis mapping fusion rule high-pass fusion rule dwt dwt idwt idwt figure (1): flow of wavelet packet-based image fusion method. the registered images are decomposed by wavelet packet at first, then the low frequency parts and high frequency parts are fused by different rules, the fused image is restored by idwt. image-2 image-1 wavelet sub-bands wavelet sub-bands 41 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure( 2). image of airport taken by two different satellites; (a) via ikonos; (b) via irs-1c; (c) fused image by fusing the images using the mapping fusion rules by pca analysis only; (d) fused image by wp fusing the high frequency part only with replacement fusion rule; (e) fused image applying the proposed fusion algorithm that is mentioned in figure 1, which is obviously the resultant image which contain both images features equally better than the two previous results. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 42 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl (a) -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl (b) -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl (c) figure (3) the results of applying daubechies d4 decomposition with different fusion rules to fuse asar and vl: (a) adding (b) replacement (c) selection figure (4) results of wavelet (daubechies d4, pyramid)-pca (correlation matrix) fusion method applied to fuse vl with asar: (a) addition (b) replacement (c) selection (d) pure 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl (a) (b) (c) (d) 43 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (5): results of wavelet (daubechies d4, packet)-pca (correlation matrix) fusion method applied to fuse vl with asar: (a) addition (b) replacement (c) selection (d) pure 2.65 2.7 2.75 2.8 2.85 2.9 2.95 3 3.05 3.1 3.15 2 3 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 2 3 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl 2.65 2.7 2.75 2.8 2.85 2.9 2.95 3 3.05 3.1 3.15 3.2 2 3 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 2 3 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl (a) (b) (c) (d) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl (a) (b) (c) (d) figure (6) : results of wavelet (daubechies d4, pyramid)-pca (covariance matrix) fusion method applied to fuse vl with asar: (a) addition (b) replacement (c) selection (d) pure 44 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (7): results of wavelet (daubechies d4, packet)-pca (covariance matrix) fusion method applied to fuse vl with asar: (a) addition (b) replacement (c) selection (d) pure 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 2 3 decomposition packet z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vlt 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 2 3 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 2 3 decomposition level z m s n r ( d b ) to asar to vl (a) (b) (c) (d) 45 physics | 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهخ إثن انهٍثى نهعهىو انصشفخ و انتطجٍقٍخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 صهر انصور انفضائية بوساطة تحويم انموجة انمعدل بوساطة تحويم انمركبات االساس حميد مجيد عبد انجبار / جبيعخ ثغذاد انهٍثى اثن –كهٍخ انتشثٍخ نهعهىو انصشفخ قسى انفٍزٌبء / 6102/اب/10,قبم في :6102/مايس/01استهم في : انخالصة اقتشاح طشٌقخ جذٌذح نصهش عذح صىس ألقًبس اصطنبعٍخ انتً تى انتقبطهب ضًن يذٌبد يختهفخ تى فً هزا انجحث تحىٌم انًىٌجخ انشقًً ألسبس انىضًن انطٍف انكهشويغنبطٍسً نتىنٍذ صىسح سيبدٌخ واحذح. تستنذ انطشٌقخ انًقتشحخ تى إعبدح احتسبة األجزاء انخبصخ ثبنتشدداد إر، تى اجشاء عًهٍخ االنصهبس ثىسبطخ قبعذتً ديج يختهفخ، انًتقطعانهشيً و انىاطئخ ثبالستعبنخ ثتحىٌم انًشكجبد األسبس انزي تى احتسبثه ثىسبطخ يصفىفخ انتغبٌش ويصفىفخ انتشاثط. وتى صهش صخ ثبنتشدداد انعبنٍخ ثىسبطخ قىاعذ صهش يختهفخ )انجًع، االنتقبء ين انتشدداد انعبنٍخ، واالثذال(، وتى األجزاء انخب انحصىل عهى انصىسح اننهبئٍخ ثتطجٍق تحىٌم انًىٌجخ انعكسٍخ. أظهشد اننتبئج انعًهٍخ صحخ انطشٌقخ انًقتشحخ نذيج هكزا شٌقخ انعبيخ نتحىٌم انًىٌجخ نذيج األجزاء انخبصخ ثبنتشدداد يع انط يتسبوٌخ ين انصىس االصهٍخ يقبسنخصىس وثنست انعبنٍخ فقط. : صهش، تحىٌم انًىٌجخ، تحىٌم انًشكجبد األسبس، هشيً، يتقطع.انكهمات انمفتاحية microsoft word 294-320 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |294   indirect way for the assay of captopril drug in dosage formsusing1,10-phenanthroline as a selective spectrophotometric agent for fe(ii) via homemade cfia /merging zones technique bushra b. qassim bushra.raghad@yahoo.com ahmed a. alwan ahmed.alwan@yahoo.com dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad  abstract a new speed and sensitive batch and merging zones-flow injection analysis spectrophotometric ways for estimation of captopril in a fine material and in pharmaceutical formulations were suggested. the procedure was depended on the decline of fe(iii) as fecl3 to fe(ii) by captopril in acetic acid as medium, the produced fe(ii) interplays with 1,10phenanthroline to compose a soluble orange-red colored product that is determined at maximum wave length of 511nm. the manifold fia system was able to determine of cpl. with a throughput 51 sample/h. calibration curves of absorbance against concentration sign of that beer, s law is submitted to within the concentration scale of 1-45 & 3-200 mǥ. l-1 of cpl. with detection limits 0.0962, 0.0157 mg. l-1 and quantification limits ,0.321, 0.0524 mg.l-1 of cpl. for batch and cfia system, respectively . repeatability (rsd%) (n=7) were 0.89 and 0.38 for estimation of cpl. with concentration 60 and 130 mg/l. the suggested procedure was carried out successfully for estimation of cpl. in pharmaceutical preparations, the values of the both procedures were compared with usp procedure. keywords:spectrophotometric determination , fecl3 , captopril , cfia , 1,10phenanthroline , merging zones method               ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |295   1. introduction arterial high blood pressure is one of the ailment with main diffusion in the world being caused by still unknown agents; some hazard agents partake of the developed of this pathology [1], like age, family history, sedentariness, obesity, stress, high salt intake and alcoholism. the first medication controlled to be used for arterial high blood pressure medication was captopril (cpl); 1-[(2s)-3-mercapto-2-methylpropionyl] pyrrolidine –2 carboxylic acid (figure 1), that refers to the group of angiotensin-converting enzyme (ace) preventers [2,3]. this medication interplays with(ace) because of it,s affinity with a dipeptide and the sulphydryl class plays a serious part, linkage covalently to the (zn) atom in the enzyme plus situation. the medication is largely utilized major for arterial high blood pressure medication; but as well as in chronic congestive heart inability coming after myocardial infringement and in diabetic nephropathy [4-6].                                                                                     almost 60-75 percentage of a dosage of captopril is sucked up from the gastro-intestinal tract and pinnacle plasma concentration is in approximate 1h, while almost 30 percentage of the medication is going to plasma protein [7]. in order that assert the quality of cpl including pharmaceutical formulations, ease procedures for its analysis in technical and preparation grade sample are important for routine assay, including atomic absorption spectrometry [8,9] differential pulse polarography [10] high performance liquid chromatography [11-15] volumetric titration [16] voltammetry [17] capillary electrophoresis [18] conductometry [19] gas chromatography [20] chemiluminescence systems [21-24] diffuse reflectance spectroscopy [25] potentiometric titration [26-28] spectrophotometry [29-40] fluorimetry [41] amperometry [42-44] flow injection analysis [23,24,28,45-47] are suitable for use in daily assay in dosage forms specifity control laboratories because to the easiness, high repeatability and reproducibility with high sampling per hour, high analytical frequency and the result in diminishing reagents exhausting when compared with batch methods [28,30] . the united states pharmacopeia [16] (usp) depictes a titrimetric method for (cpl.) estimation in dosage forms , but this method is so slow and laborious, therefore lower applied to wide-range assay and low sensitive method. in this paper, we presented a new flow injection analysis /merging zones technique for indirect estimation of cpl. in fine material and dosage forms using ferric chloride as an oxidizing agent, where ferric ion will be reduced to ferrous ion by thiol drugs (cpl.), the produced fe(ii) forms an orange-red colored product with 1,10-phenanthroline which is determined spectrophotometrically. 2. experimental     apparatus and manifold        all of spectral absorbance quantifications were applied on a shimadzu uv-vis 9200, biotech engineering management co, ltd, uk digital double beam that record spectrophotometer with (1cm quartz) cell. the flow cell (quartz, 1cm) with 100 µl internal volume is inside the detection unit and (1cm) an optical path length using for the absorption records. a one channel manifold that is used for the flow injection analysismerging zones spectrophotometer estimation of captopril. a power supply (yaxun, 1501ad, china) with peristaltic pump (master flex c/l,usa) that is used for pumping the carrier stream (distilled water) and solutions were passed the injection valve that (homemade) six-three way injection valve (merging zones region) that steps at 90o and that contain three loops of ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |296   (teflon) where saddled with samples, reactants and the reagents solution . the injection valve that is used to supply suitable volume that was injected of standard solutions and samples. the tubes were made of flexible vinyl with 0.22 mm (id) using for the peristaltic pump and 0.5mm for manifold system, mixing coil that was manufactured from glass with 2 mm (i.d). all of parts of the continuous flow injection analysis-merging zones technique was shown as in figure (8). a carrier stream was distilled water that was combined with injected sample of captopril as reducing agent in acetic acid in l1 and mixed with ferric chloride as oxidizing agent in l2 and the reagent of 1,10-phenanthroline in l3. after that combined it in reaction coil that it has length of 50 cm, volume that was injected of sample 56.91µl, flow rate of distilled water (carrier) 0.8 ml/min. the maximum absorption was found at 511 nm as peak height in mv. chemical and reagents each of the reactants and reagents were used of analytical class also each of the solutions preparing freshly were always used. captopril stock solution (m.wt=217.29 g.mole-1, beijing, china) (500 mǥ.l-1 = 2.3x10-3m) : a 0.05 gm amount of fine captopril was dissolving in distilled water, then concluded to 100 ml in standard flask with distilled water . more dilute solutions were prepared by adequate diluting of the stock standard solution with distilled water. 1,10-phenanthroline (m.wt=180.2 g.mol-1, merck) (2x10-3m) : a 0.0396 gm amount of 1,10-phenanthrolin was dissolved in deionized water in 100 ml standard flask and dilution to the marked with the deionized water . acetic acid solution (m.wt=60.05 g.mol-1, bdh) (3x10-1m) : preparing acetic acid solution by transferring 6 ml from acetic acid stock solution (5m) . fecl3 (m.wt=162.2 g.mole-1, merck) (1x10-3m): prepared by dissolving 0.0162 gm of fecl3 in 5ml of 0.3m acetic acid and 30ml distilled water in 100 ml standard flask and diluting to the marked. pharmaceutical preparations of captopril (500 µǥ. ml-1) pharmaceutical formulation was gained from trading sources obtainable tablet by choosing 10 tablets from six kinds of companies were assayed by the proposed procedures. titles of the various providers included : (1) rilcapton (25 mg) medochemie ltd., limassol, cyprus (eu) (2) rilcapton (50 mg) m.a. holder: medochemie ltd., limassol, cyprus (eu) (3) aceprotin (50 mg) codalsynto ltd, limassol-cyprus (eu) (4) captopril (50 mg) pl holder: bristol laboratories ltd., berkhamsted, herts, hp4 1eg, uk (5) accord (25 mg) healthcare, ltd, sage house, middlesex, ha1 4hg, united kingdom (6) accord (50 mg) healthcare, ltd, sage house, middlesex , ha1 4hf,united kingdom . the tablets were weighed exactly, exterminated and milled using motor up to become good powder. a 0.05 gm of each sample was weighting that be equal to 500 mg. l-1 solution of activated component for all dosage forms. this magnitude of captopril dissolving in distilled water and filtrated to remove the insoluble residue that effects on the response. the filtrate transferring in 100 ml standard flask and concluded to the marked with distilled water, ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |297   further solutions were diluted to prepare allot to the concentration inside of the straight line of the calibration graph. general methods for calibration batch procedure transfer 4 ml of acetic acid (0.3m) into a set of 25 ml volumetric flask, after that add 10 ml of distilled water, after that add a growing concentration (1 45) mg/l of (50 mg/l) captopril and after that add 6 ml of fecl3 1x10-3m, then add 10 ml of 1,10-phenanthroline 2x10-3m and conclude the volume to the marked with distilled water. after 25 minute the maximum absorption of colored product was quantified under λmax 511 nm versus the reagent blank. fia-merging zones procedure a captopril solution in the scale (3-200) mg/l preparing of the stock solution of 500 mg/l. a volume that was injected of 56.91 µl in l1, 51.02 µl in l2, 49.06 µl in l3 consists of (captopril and acetic acid 0.2m was loaded in l1), while 1x10-3m fecl3 was loaded in l2 and 1.5x10-3m 1,10-phenanthrolin was loaded in l3. the sample and other reactants of each loops were injected with flow rate 0.8 ml.min-1 as one channel with distilled water as carrier. the product absorption of the colored product was quantified under λmax 511nm and a calibration curve captopril (mg. l-1) was constructed. 3. results and discussion batch spectrophotometric determination of captopril throughout the preliminary experiments on the reaction of captopril with fecl3 (1x103m) as oxidizing agent, then fe(ii) was react with the reagent 1,10-phenanthroline (2x10-3m) in acetic acid (0.3m) . the reaction occurs in 25oc, the orange-red colored product was composed and measured at a maximum absorbance of 511 nm opposition reagent blank and reagent blank opposition distilled water. experiments were oriented for ideal of the experimental parameters in order to assemble the ideal parameters for quantitative and fast composition of the colored product with highest sensitivity and stability optimization of the experiential conditions. in subsequent experiments, 50 mg.l-1 of captopril was used as shown in figure (2) .  the impact of the 1,10-phenanthroline concentration was investigated on the resulting absorbance of the orange-red complex. variable concentrations of 1,10-phenanthroline reagent were used for the experiment. the absorbance increase with increasing1,10phenanthroline concentration then absorbance begins decreasing with the increased concentration. a 2x10-3m of 1,10-phenanthroline concentration that gave the highest absorbance and selected to be optimum concentration of reagent for the composition of orange-red complex. the effect of 1,10-phenanthroline concentration is as shown in figure (3).   effect of fecl3 concentration the impact of fecl3 concentration was studied on composition of colored product, it has been observed that the absorbance increase with the increase of fecl3 concentration but a high concentration of fecl3, the absorbance decreased therefore 1x10-3 is chosen to be ideal concentration of oxidizing agent for the drug to form the colored complex, as shown in figure (4) . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |298   effect of acetic acid concentration the impact of acetic acid concentration was observed carefully because it directly effects on the absorbance of the colored complex. variable concentrations of acetic acid were used for the experiment. a 0.3m of acetic acid was selected to be ideal concentration for the formation of colored product. as shown in figure (5).   effect of order addition nc-cu(ii)-buffer-cpl is the ideal series of addition, other orders gave less absorbance results at the same experimental conditions as shown in table (1). calibration curve of classical method transfer a series of volumetric flask 50ml containing 4 ml of acetic acid 0.3m and added 10 ml of distilled water. then added increasing concentrations (0.125-22.5 ml) standard solutions of captopril (100 mg. l-1) . the solutions were diluting to be marked with distilled water. then the reaction mixture stands for 25min and measures the absorbance of the colored product under maximum wave length 511 nm versus a reagent blank prepared in the same way without captopril. each measurement was repeated three times. the standard curve was constructed and linear range (1-45) mg. l-1 for the estimation of captopril as shown in figure (6). accuracy and precision at the ideal conditions described in the established method , accuracy and precision was studied through measuring three different concentrations of captopril , and according to the results that have been reached as shown in table (2) indicate that the classical method have a good with high accuracy and precision , each measurement are repeated for five times . calculated stability constant [48] for the proposed interaction (cpl.:1,10-phenanthroline ) was calculated depending on the two groups of solutions were prepared , first group of solutions were placed to include stoichiometric lot of captopril to the reagent 1,10phenanthroline (as) , while the second group were placed to include fivefold excess of 1,10phenanthroline (am) as shown in table (3) . the stability constant may be written as follows: k=1-/43c2 while α (degree of dissociation) written as follows: =am-as / am stiocheoimetry of the formed product to identify the ratio of complexation of captopril to 1,10-phenanthroline in the formed product, the continuous variation (job's method) methods were applied on the formed complex. the job's method was carried out by transfer 4 ml of acetic acid (0.3m) in to a set of 25 ml volumetric flask, after that added 10 ml of distilled water, after that added an increasing volumes (0.1-0.9 ml) of captopril (139.36mg.l-1) (2x10 -3m ) , then added 6 ml of fecl3 1x10-3m, after that added a decreasing volumes (0.9-0.1ml) of 2x10-3m 1,10phenanthroline 3m and conclude the volume to the marked with distilled water. after 25min, the maximum absorption was quantified under λmax 511 nm versus the reagent blank. the result obtained were plotted as shown in figure (7) and indicating the existence of 1:2, (cpl.: 1,10-phenanthroline) . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |299   mechanism of the reaction the mechanism of this reaction is based on an oxidation/reduction reaction(42) of captopril with ferric chloride to produce fe(ii), then fe(ii) interplays with 1,10phenanthroline as reagent to compose a colored complex was founded under λmax 511 nm as shown in scheme (1) according to the suggested mechanism of the reaction, the number of moles of reaction that is (1:2) (reagent: drug) . flow injection / merging zones spectrophotometric determination after selecting the optimum conditions of redox reaction of captopril with fe(iii) – 1,10-phenanthroline in acetic acid for the classical spectrophotometric method. the spectrophotometric reaction was automated with flow injection-merging zones technique to study the best practical parameters and to obtain spectral automated with fast way for determination of captopril. so the batch procedure for estimation of captopril was employed as a base to develop flow injection analysis method. the manifold of flow injection system after installing the system and linked portions, we study optimal design of system. the developed system shown in figure (8) is composed of one line supplied the distilled water (carrier) under flow rate 0.8 ml/min leading to the injection valve , which contains three loops (different loop lengths with 0.5mm i.d.) that filled with the sample and reagents according to the order (captopril with acetic acid, l1) ,( fecl3 , l2) and (1,10-phenanthroline , l3) . optimization of experimental parameters the flow injection manifold as shown in figure (8) a, b was employed for the ideal of chemical and physical parameters to get the ideal variables for the order. all the parameters were investigated by making all factors stable and change one each at time (single varied optimization) effect of chemical variables the influence of 1,10-phenanthroline, acetic acid and fecl3 concentration on the analytical signal were studied to obtain ideal chemical conditions depicted, peak height expressed as mv. was differ in absorbance (extreme height of peak with the best baseline). effect of acetic acid concentration the impact of acetic acid concentration on the sensitivity was observed using optimum concentration of 1,10-phenanthroline 1.5x10-3 m. series of diluted solution of acetic acid concentration (0.1m 0.5m) was prepared, 56.91μl sample volume (50mg.l-1cpl.) fecl3 was 1x10-3 m as reaction medium was used and the data obtained were plotted as shown in figure (9) . 0.2m of acetic acid was chosen as the best value to complete the reaction. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |300   effect of 1,10-phenanthroline concentration a series of solutions (1x10-33x10-3 m) were prepared of 1,10-phenanthroline using flow rate 0.8 ml.min-1, with 51.02 μl of 50 mg. l-1 captopril as injected sample volume. all measurements were repeated for three successive times. table (4) and figure (10) shows that 1.5x10-3m of 1,10-phenanthroline,1x10-3 m of fecl3 and 0.2m of acetic acid was selected as the optimum concentration. effect of fecl3 concentration various concentrations (1x10-41x10-2m) of fecl3 were examined on the analytical signal. the oxidizing power of fecl3 for thiol drug in a solution containing 1,10-phenanthroline is dependent on the ease of formation of [fe(c12h8n2)3]+2 (referred in batch procedure) . the values show that the best concentration of fecl3 was 8x10-3m. therefore, the ideal fecl3 concentration was selected to be 8x10-3m as shown in figure (11). manifold variables the effect of variables like injected volume of sample, reagent volume, flow rate, purge time and reaction coil length on the analytical response was observed. the peak height based on the stay time of the sample in the order which was conducted with lengths for reaction coil and flow rate. the physical variables were investigated at the ideal concentration of the reactants, 1,10-phenanthroline (1.5x10-3m), acetic acid (0.2m), fecl3 (8x10-3m) and primary concentration of captopril (50 mg. l-1). effect of flow rate the influence of the flow rate was observed at the ideal chemical parameters. these values obtained show that the optimum flow rate of pump of sample with least dispersion will be in 0.8 ml.min-1. in the lower flow rate, a dispersion will be the highest level while under more flow rate, the reaction may be not complete as shown in figure (12) and table (5). effect of sample and reagents volumes the injected volume of sample and reagents were investigated by using various sample and reagents volumes. (56.91, 51.02, 49.06, 43.175 and 39.25) μl, using open valve mode .the values obtained show which injected volumes of 56.91 , 51.02 and 49.06 μl for sample volume (50 mg.l-1 captopril) with acetic acid (0.2m) in l1 , 8x10-3m of fecl3 in l2 and 1.5x10-3m of 1,10-phenanthroline in l3 respectively were optimum volumes that gave the maximum response as shown in figure (13) (a , b , c). purge time purge time for the sample segment to be injected via a carrier stream (distilled water) was investigated, using the optimum chemical and physical parameters were studied previously, (40,45,50,55,60) sec and open valve (injected mode) were used for this study. the purge time more than 60 sec giving a highest response intensity with less dispersion, we calculated by the period time between the sample that injected and inception of the end of the signal. open valve was selected as ideal injection time to conclude transportation of sample from sample loop to flow cell, as shown in figure (14) and table (6). the reaction period of each sample was 70 secs, so the sample throughput was 51 sample / h. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |301   effect of reaction coil the influence of different reaction coil lengths (50, 100, 150, 200, 250) cm with (id 2mm) which was placed after injection valve straight in flow technique (figure8). this ideal concentration using for redox reaction of captopril (50mg.l-1) in acetic acid 0.2m with fecl3 8x10-3m and 1,10-phenanthrolin 1.5x10-3m on the reaction of captopril was examined. it was found that the peak height was decreased with the reaction coil length up to 50 cm as shown in figure (15). a sharp decline in the peak height was observed above this value because of the dispersion phenomena. therefore, a 50 cm presented the highest peak height and using in all subsequent experiments. calibration graph data processing using the equation of a straight line a set of captopril solutions (3-200 mg.l-1) was prepared by a suitable dilution of stock solution. all chemical and physical parameters were fixed at their optimum values .each measurement was recurrent three times, the response which represented as peak height (mv.) plotted against the concentrations of captopril (mg.l-1) .the results obtained were summarized in table (7) and displayed in figure (16) that offers the contrast of response with concentration of captopril . data were processed mathematically [49,50] and will clarify the method was used to calculate the linear equation of the class (y = bx + a). repeatability to investigate the efficiency of the suggested procedure in the estimation of captopril by repeating injection process and measurement for multiple times using two concentrations of captopril (60,130) mg.l-1and calculated standard deviation and relative standard deviation for both concentrations that were studied, as shown in table (8) . analysis of variation (anova)[51,52] for the linear equation calculate the sum of the squares of the different values yi (response) from ŷi (appraiser response), (imply error) and called (about regression) to obtain ʃ (yi ŷi )2 for( n-2) of degrees of freedom to get the sum of squares (s0)2 . calculate the sum of squares of different values ŷi from average value ӯ ( due to regression ) to obtain ʃ(ŷi ӯ)2 and for (1) of degrees of freedom to obtain sum of squares (s1)2 , when dividing the (s1)2 on (s0)2 we get the value (f) as shown in table (9) . analytical parameters the analytical characteristics such as linear range, detection limit, correlation coefficient and relative standard deviation of each procedure were determined [50,51] under the optimized conditions, as shown in table (10) . a calibration graph was constructed figure (16) for a set of captopril standard solution and the main analytical figure of merits of the proposed method. statistical assessment of regression line offered a result of standard deviation for residuals (sy/x ) , slope (sb) and intercept (sa) under 95% confidence levels for (n-2) freedom degrees were clarificated in the table . the small subjects showed the high repeatability reproducibility of the proposed flow injection analysis compared with the batch method. the flow injection analysis / merging zones was easier than first procedure because ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |302   that was rapid (sample throughput of 51 sample.h -1) , larger straight line scale of calibration curve were gotten . pharmaceutical applications the suggested methods were carried out to the assay of some pharmaceutical formulations containing captopril. the standard addition method was applied by preparing a series of solution from each pharmaceutical drug by transferring 2 ml of 500 mg.l-1 of pharmaceutical drug to each of the seven standard flask (25 ml) , followed by the addition of (0.0 , 0.83 , 1.66 , 2.50 , 3.33 , 4.16 and 5.00) ml from 150 mg.l-1 of captopril solution in order to have the concentration range from (5-30 μg.ml-1) . six types of pharmaceutical formulations were analyzed and results were mathematically treated. these presented gave a good accuracy and replicable as shown in table (11). assessment of developed procedure to assesst the success and efficiency of the proposed procedure, the values obtained by the cfia technique were compared with those gottent by standard procedure [41]. pharmaceutical preparations were assayed by standard procedure, the values that got by both methods were statistically compared, using variance ratio f-test and the student t – test at confidence limit 95% in each states [48,49] . the computed fand tresults did not extend the theoretical results which showed that there was not considered variations between both of the procedures in accuracy and precision for estimation of captopril in dosage forms. the values were shown in table (12). 4. conclusion the proposed homemade cfia /merging zones analytical procedure are fast, cheap and sensitive for the spectrophotometric of (cpl.) in fine form and pharmaceutics formulation. these methods can be used for the estimation of mg.l-1 amount of cpl. without the need for previous separation steps, temperature or pretreatment of sample and solid phase extraction. the main benefits of the methods are its large dynamic range, adequate sensitivity and its suitable for applying in daily assay in pharmaceutics specifity control laboratories because of their facility and their result in diminishing reagents consumption when compared with batch methods [42] and low limit of detection compared with the referenced method (usp) [16]. the procedures have good linearity, high analytical frequency with throughput 51 sample /h. in addition, the wide applicability of developed method for analyzing the assay of cpl. at concentration of trace levels in pharmaceutical preparations. table (1): the sequence of addition reaction components absorbance ac cpl fe(iii) – 1,10-phen. 0.684 ac – cpl 1,10-phen. fe(iii) 0.541 cpl – ac – fe(iii) 1,10-phen. 0.417  1,10-phen. – cpl fe(iii) ac 0.278  cpl fe(iii) – ac 1,10-phen. 0.492 1,10-phen. – cpl –ac – fe(ii) 0.324  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |303   table (2) accuracy and precision of the classical procedure *average of five determinations rec % (the recovery) = 100 + erel %; erel % (relative error) = [(x -μ) / μ] x100 rsd % ( relative standard deviation ) = ( 𝛔𝐧 𝟏 𝒙 𝐱𝟏𝟎𝟎 table (3): stability constant of colored complex of captopril with [fe(ii)-1,10phenanthroline] in acetic acid as acidic medium *average of three determinations table (4): effect of 1,10-phenanthroline concentration on the response measured as peak height (mv.) for [captopril-1,10-phenanthroline-fe(iii)] system captopril conc.mg.l-1 error rec % erel % rsd % present μ found 𝒙 10 9.67 0.33 99.67 -0.33 0.00 20 19.80 0.20 99.80 -0.20 0.02 40 39.95 0.05 99.95 -0.05 0.07 captopril am* as* α c(m) k(l2.mol2) or (m-2) 0.126 0.102 0.190 3.4x10-6 2.6x1010 [1,10-phen.] m absorbance as peak height (𝒙) (n=3) mv standard deviation n-1 repeatability %rsd confidence interval of the mean 𝑿±t0.05 𝛔𝐧 𝟏 √𝒏 1x10-3 140 0.23 0.16 140 ± 0.57 1.5x10-3 340 0.00 0.00 340 ± 0.00 2x10-3 290 1.25 0.43 290 ± 3.11 2.5x10-3 270 0.17 0.06 270 ± 0.42 3x10-3 180 0.00 0.00 180 ± 0.00 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |304   table (5): influence of flow rate on value of measurement of peak height for [captopril fecl3 1,10-phenanthroline] system *r% is rsd% (repeatability) table (6): effect of purge time on peak height in (mv) purge time (sec) average peak height (n=3) mv ( 𝒙) standard deviation n-1 repeatability %rsd confidence interval of the mean 𝑿±t0.05 𝛔𝐧 𝟏 √𝒏 for n-1 40 75 0.14 0.19 75 ± 0.35 45 135 0.00 0.00 135 ± 0.00 50 160 0.7 0.44 160 ± 1.74 55 210 0.23 0.11 210 ± 0.57 60 225 0.00 0.00 225± 0.00 open valve 250 1.2 0.48 250 ± 2.98 table (7): summary of linear calibration graph for the estimation of captopril via cfia/ merging zones system linear range of captopril (mg.l-1) average peak height (n=3) mv ( 𝒙) standard deviation n-1 repeatability %rsd confidence interval of the mean 𝑿 ± t0.05 𝛔𝐧 𝟏 √𝒏 for n-1 3 35 0.07 0.2 35 ± 0.17 5 55 0.00 0.00 55 ± 0.00 10 70 0.014 0.02 70 ± 0.03 15 80 1.2 1.5 80 ± 2.98 20 90 0.25 0.28 90 ± 0.62 30 115 0.00 0.00 115 ±0.00 pump speed indication flow rate (ml/min) average peak height (n=3) mv standard deviation n-1 %r confidence interval of the mean 𝑿±t0.05 𝛔𝐧 𝟏 √𝒏 1 0.2 60 0.2 0.33 60 ± 0.5 1.5 0.4 90 0.00 0.00 90 ± 0.00 2 0.6 125 0.14 0.11 125 ± 0.35 2.5 0.8 180 1.2 0.67 180 ± 2.98 3 1 165 0.00 0.00 165 ± 0.00 3.5 1.2 140 1.6 1.14 140 ± 3.98 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |305   35 125 1.4 1.12 125 ± 3.48 40 145 0.7 0.48 145 ± 1.74 50 160 1.26 0.79 160 ± 3.13 60 180 0.00 0.00 180 ± 0.00 70 200 1.23 0.62 200 ± 3.1 80 225 0.05 0.02 225 ± 0.12 90 245 0.3 0.12 245 ± 0.75 100 270 0.16 0.06 270 ± 0.40 110 290 0.00 0.00 290 ± 0.00 130 320 0.23 0.07 320 ± 0.57 150 377 0.4 0.11 377 ± 0.99 170 425 1.2 0.28 425 ± 2.98 190 450 0.25 0.06 450 ± 0.62 200 490 0.00 0.00 490 ± 0.00 table (8): repeatability of consecutive measurement for captopril captopril mg.l-1 number of measuring (n) 𝒚 ( n = 7) mv standard deviation σn-1 repeatability rsd% confidence interval of the mean 𝒚 ± t0.05 𝛔𝐧 𝟏 √𝒏 for n-1 60 7 180 1.6 0.89 180 ± 3.98 130 7 320 0.7 0.38 320 ± 1.74 table (9): anova of equation of the straight line. source sum of squares df mean square fstat. =s12/s22 regression σ(ŷi–ӯi)2=58328.4 v1= 1 58328.4 1407.980 error σ(𝒚i-ŷi)2= 455.7 v2= 11 41.427 total 58784.1 12 f v1 v2 = f v1v11 = 5.117 ˂˂ fstat. = 1407.980, therefore, it may be complete which there is an important relation between the response was gotten and the concentration of captopril. table (10): analytical characteristics and regression parameters of the developed procedure for estimation of captopril parameters fia procedure batch procedure linear range (mg.l-1) 3-200 1-45 regression equation y = b x +a ; y=2.1176x+52.583 y=0.0293x0.0051 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |306     y = absorbance, x = concentration (μg. ml-1 ) correlation coefficient.r2 r = σi[(xi –�̅�)(yi – ӯ )[( σi (xi –�̅�)2)(σi (yi – ӯ)2 )]0.5 0.9973 0.9958 linearity (r2%) 99.73 99.58 intercept (a = y– b x) 52.583 0.0051 slope (b) ,(ml.µg-1) b = σi [(xi – �̅�) (yi – ӯ )] /σi (xi – �̅�) 2 2.1176 0.0293 standard deviation of the residuals, sy/x = [σi (yi – ŷi) 2 / (n – 2)]0.5, ŷi = b xi + a 21.74 0.2118 standard deviation of the intercept, (sa) sa = sy/x [σi xi 2 / (n σi (xi –�̅�) 2 )]0.5 2.127 8.4x10-4 standard deviation of the slope, (sb) sb = sy/x / [σi (xi –�̅�) 2 ] 0.5 0.0117 1.7x10-4 confidence limit of intercept(a) = a ±t sa 52.583 ± 27.03 0.0051 ± 2.2x10-3 confidence limit of slope (b) =b ±t sb 2.1176 ± 0.15 0.0293 ± 1.1x10-2 (lod) 0.017 0.086 (loq) 0.055 0.287 sample throughput (h-1) 51 6 molar absorptivity (ε) ( l.mole1.cm-1) ε = b × m ×1000 485013.009 5692.998 sandal's sensitivity (μg.cm-2) , s = m/ ԑ , m=m.wt of drug 0.000448 0.03816 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |307   table (11): application of the developed procedure for estimation of captopril in pharmaceutical formulations cfia / merging zones technique batch method pharmaceutical preparation present conc. mg.l-1 found *rec% erel% *rsd % present conc. mg.l-1 found rec% erel% rsd % rilcapton (25mg) medochemie ltd,limassol -cyprus (europe) 20 40 20.05 39.92 100.25 99.80 0.25 -0.20 0.1 0.088 15 35 14.98 34.96 99.88 99.92 -0/12 -0.08 0.05 0.25 rilcapton (50mg) m.a. holder: medochemie ltd,limassol -cyprus (europe) 20 40 19.98 40.10 99.90 100.25 -0.1 0.25 0.05 0.014 15 35 15.03 35.04 100.2 100.12 0.20 0.12 0.2 1.76 aceprotin (50 mg) codal synto ltd,limassol -cyprus (europe) 20 40 20.10 39.84 100.5 99.60 0.5 -0.40 0.664 0.267 15 35 15.02 34.92 100.20 99.84 0.2 -0.16 0.014 1.2 captopril (50 mg) pl holder: bristollaboratorie s ltd., berkhamsted, herts, hp4 1eg, uk 20 40 19.95 40.10 99.75 100.25 -0.25 0.25 0.014 0.1 15 35 14.96 34.90 99.76 99.80 -0.24 -0.20 0.082 0.292 accord (25mg) healthcare,ltd, sage house, middlesex, ha1 4hg, united kingdom 20 40 19.96 39.90 99.80 99.75 -0.2 -0.25 0.08 0.05 15 35 14.95 35.02 99.70 100.06 -0.30 0.06 0.07 0.23 accord (50 mg) healthcare,ltd, sage house, middlesex , ha1 4hf,united kingdom 20 40 20.05 40.05 100.25 100.125 0.25 0.125 0.07 0.29 15 35 14.97 34.98 99.80 99.96 0.00 -0.04 0.1 0.014 *mean of six measurements of each method  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |308   table (12): comparison of the suggested method with official method pharmaceutical preparation suggested procedure official method s value cfia/ merging zones procedure *rec% (xi-𝒙 )12 *rec% (xi-𝒙 )22 tcal* fcal** rilcapton (25 mg) medochemie ltd,limassolcyprus (europe) 99.96 0.01 100.1 0.06 0.089 0.89 1.25 rilcapton (50 mg) m.a. holder: medochemie, ltd.,limassol -cyprus (europe) 100.1 0.07 99.94 0.02 aceprotin (50 mg) codal synto ltd, limassolcyprus (europe) 99.98 0.09 100.2 0.14 captopril (50 mg) pl holder: bristol laboratories ltd., berkhamsted, herts, hp4 1eg, uk 99.70 0.03 99.60 0.01 accord (25 mg) healthcare, ltd, sage house, middlesex, ha1 4hg,united kingdom 100.3 0.06 100.1 0.02 accord (50 mg) healthcare, ltd, sage house, middlesex , ha1 4hf,united kingdom 99.95 0.14 99.70 0.07 (𝒙1) = 99.99 σ(xi-𝒙 )12 = 0.4 (𝒙 2) = 99.94 σ(xi𝒙)22 = 0.32 n1+n2-2=10 n1-1=5 n2-1=5 theoretical results at (95%) confidence level; n1 = n2 = 6 ; t = 2.23 where t has v = n1+n2-2 freedom degrees = 10 ; f=5.786 where f has v1 = n1-1; v2 = n2-1 freedom degrees = 5    ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |309     figure )1( : the chemical composition of captopril figure (2): a uv-vis spectrum of colored product opposition reagent blank & b reagent blank opposition distilled water [ (50 mg/l of cpl.) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |310   figure (3): effect of conc. of 1,10-phenanthroline figure (4): effect of conc. of fecl3 figure (5): effect of acetic acid concentration 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 0.002 0.0025 0.003 0.0035 a b s conc. of 1,10‐phenanthrolin , m 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 a b so rb a n ce [fecl3] , m 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 a b so rb a n ce [acetic acid] , m ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |311   figure (6): calibration curve of cpl. figure (7): continuous variance plot of the reaction between captopril and 1,10 phenanthroline at λmax 511nm using batch procedure y = 0.0293x ‐ 0.0051 r² = 0.9958 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 10 20 30 40 50 a b so rb a n ce conc. of captopril in mg.l-1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 a b s mole of captopril / mole of captopril+ mole of 1,10‐phenanthroline ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |312   h3c sh no ho o + 2 fe (iii ) 2 captopril ferric chloride s h3c o n s ch3 o n ho o oh o + 2 fe (ii) + 2h + at f irst step at second step + fe(ii) f errous ion (aq.) [fe (c12 h8 n2 ) 3 ] tris (1,10-phen.) iron(ii) 2+ orange-red complex max = 511 nm 1,10-phenanthrolin (aq.) m.wt = 180.2 g / mole n n n n fe n n n n +2 scheme (1): the proposed mechanism of the reaction between captopril with [fecl3 – 1,10-phenanthroline] complex λ  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |313   carrier (distilled water) ml . min -1 p injection valve reaction coil sp via fc analyzer recorder w (captopril + acetic acid) 1, 10-phenanthrolin (a) (b) load, l1 fecl load, l3 inject l1,l2 and l3 to rc (i.v) 3 load, l2 figure (8): a/ the diagram of merging zones – flow injection analysis technique , where sp via fc , spectrophotometry via flow cell; p; peristaltic pump, w; waste. b/ i.v; injection valve (scheme by details of six-three way injection valve load and inject to the developed fia-system figure (9): effect of acetic acid concentration 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 [ch3cooh] ,m ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |314   figure (10): effect of 1,10-phenanthroline concentration figure (11): effect of fecl3 concentration figure (12): influence of flow rate of distilled water 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 0.002 0.0025 0.003 0.0035 p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n  m v .  (n = 3 ) [1,10phen.] , m  0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n  m v .  (n = 3 ) [fecl3] , m 0 50 100 150 200 0 0.5 1 1.5 p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n  m v .  (n = 3 ) flow rate (ml/min) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |315   (a) (b) (c) figure (13): effect of sample and reagents volumes (a) vol . of sample, (b) vol . of fecl3 & (c) vol . of reagent 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 10 20 30 40 50 60p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n  m v .  (n = 3 ) volume of l1 in (µl) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  in  m v .  (n = 3 ) volume of l2 in (µl) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n  m v .  (n = 3 ) volume of l3 in (µl) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |316   figure (14): effect of purge time figure (15): effect of reaction coil (cm) figure (16): linear calibration graph for estimation of captopril via cfia merging zones system 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 40 45 50 55 60 open valve p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n  m v .  (n = 3 ) purge time (sec) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n   m v .  (n = 3 ) reaction coil length ( cm ) y = 2.1176x + 52.583 r² = 0.9973 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 50 100 150 200 250 p e a k  h e ig h t  e x p re ss e d  i n  m v .  (n = 3 ) [cpl.] , mg.l-1 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |317   references [1] c. m. porth ; pathophysiology , concepts of altered health states , 7thed ., lippincott williams and wilkins : philadelphia 2005 . [2] b. g. katzung ; basic and clinical pharmacology, 9th ed. , mc grow hill : new york 2004 . [3] h. p. rong ; m . m . dale; j. m. ritter; p. k. moore; pharmacology, 4thed., churchill livingstone : new york 2001 . [4] c. page ; m. curtis ; m. sutter ; m. walker & b. hoffman , integrated pharmacology , 2nded ., mosby : new york , usa 2002 . [5] i. i. salem ; w. a. saif ; jmeian and j. i. al – tamimi , a selective and rapid method for the quantification of captopril in human plasma using liquid chromatography/selected reaction monitoring mass spectrometry, j. pharm. biomed. anal. , 37, 2005 . [6] l. brunton ; b. chabner and b. g. knollman , the pharmacological basis of therapeutics , 20thed. , new york , mcgraw – hill 2010 . [7] k. parfitt & martindale , the complete drug reference the pharmaceutical press , massachusetts , edn. 32 , vol. 720 , 1999 . [8] m. el reis ; a. f. abou and i. kenawy , indirect determination of captopril by aas , j. pharma. biomed . anal. , 23(2) , 2000 . [9] a. f. m. elwalily ; o. a. razak ; s. f. belal and r. s. bakry , utilization of carbon disulphide for the analytical determination of beta histine hydrochloride and captopril in their pharmaceutical preparation , j. pharmaceut , biomed . anal. , 21 (2) , 1999 . [10] j. m. g. fraga ; a. i. j. abizanda ; f. j. moreno and j. j. a. leon , application of principle component regression to the determination of captopril by differential pulse polarography with no prior removal of dissolved oxygen , talanta , 46 (1) , 1998 . [11] t. mirza and h. s. tar , determination of captopril in pharmaceutical tablets by anion – exchange hplc using indirect photometric detection , a study in systematic method development , j. pharmaceut , biomed . anal ., 25 (1) , 2001 . [12] r. j. kok ; j. visser ; f. moolenaar ; d. zeeuw and d. k. f. meijer , bioanalysis of captopril : two sensitive high-performance liquid chromatographic methods with pre or postcolumn fluorescent labeling , j. chromatogr. b, 693(1), 1997 . [13] e. bald & s. sypniewski , determination of thiol drugs in pharmaceutical formulation as their 5-pyridinium derivatives by high-performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection, fresenius j. anal. chem. , 358(4) , 1997 . [14] s. sypniewski and e. bald , determination of captopril and its disulphides in whole human blood and urine by high performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection and pre column derivatization , j. chromatogr. a., 729(1-2) , 1996 . [15] a. jankowski ; a. skorek ; k. o. k. krzyr ; p. k. zarzycki ; r. j. ochocka and h. lamparczyk , captopril: determination in blood and pharmacokinetics after single oral dose , j. pharmaceut , biomed. anal. , 13(4-5), 1995 . [16] usp-the united states pharmacopeia: the national formulary. 25th ed. rockville , the united states pharmacopeial convention-twinbrook parkway 2007. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |318   [17] k. sarna and z. fijalek , voltammetric and electrochemical quartz crystal microbalance study of antithyroid drugs , anal. , chem. warsaw, 42(3), 1997 . [18] s. hillaert and w. van den bossche , determination of captopril and its degradation products by capillary electrophoresis , j. pharmaceut. biomed. anal. , 21(1), 1999 . [19] k. nikolic and k. velasevic , conductometric determination of captopril , pharmazie , 44(2) , 1989 . [20] y. c. liu ; h. l. wu ; h. s. kou ; s. h. chen and s. m. wu , derivatization gas chromatographic determination of captopril , anal. lett , 28(8) , 1995 . [21] z. xinrong ; w. r. g. baeyens ; g. van der weken ; a. c. calokerinos and k. nakashima , chemiluminescence analysis of captopril : comparision between luminol and rhodamine b – sensitized cerium (iv) methods , j. pharmaceut , biomed. anal. , 13(4-5) , 1995 . [22] x. r. zhang ; w. r. g. baeyens ; g. van der weken ; a. c. calokerinos and k. nakashima , chemiluminescence determination of captopril based on a rhodamine bsensitized cerium(iv) method , anal. chim. acta. , 303(1) , 1995 . [23] d. g. economou themelis ; g. theodoridis and p. d. tzanavaras , a sensitive determination of captopril by flow injection analysis with chemiluminescence detection based on the enhancement of the luminol reaction , anal. chim. acta., 463(2) , 2002 . [24] z. d. zhang ; w. r. g. baeyens ; x. r. zhang and t. van der weken , chemilu minescence flow injection analysis of captopril applying a sensitized rhodamine 6g method , j. pharmaceut , biomed. anal. , 14(8) , 1996 . [25] p. r. s. ribeiro ; l. pezza and h. r. pezza , a simple and environmentally friendly reflectometric method for the rapid quantitative analysis of captopril in pharmaceutical formulations , eur. j. anal. chem. 6(2) , 2011 . [26] p. r. s. ribeiro ; a. o. santini ; h. r. pezza and l. pezza , potentiometric determination of captopril in pharmaceutical formulations , eclet quim , 28(1) 2003 . [27] r. i. stefan ; j. k. f. van staden and h. y. aboul-enein , a new construction for a potentiometric in antioselective membrane electrode-its utilization to the s-captopril assay , talanta, 48(5) , 1999 . [28] a. n. pimenta ; a. n. araujo and m. c. b. s. m. montenegro , sequential injection analysis of captopril based on colorimetric and potentiometric detection , anal. chim. acta. , 438(1-2) , 2001 . [29] s. antakli ; n. sarkis and m. kabaweh , determination of captopril drug by application of 1,10-phenanthroline in the spectrophotometric technique , asian j. of chemistry, 22(6), 2010 . [30] d. h. mohammed ; i. a. shehab and ahmed , spectrophotometric method for the determination of captopril in pharmaceutical formulations , j. of baghdad science , 10(3) , 2013 . [31] f. c. m. silva ; o. r. motos and p. r. s. ribeiro , development and validation of a new simple and sensitive spectrophotometric method for the determination of captopril in marketed dosage formulations , lat. am. j. pharm. , 33(1) , 2014 . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |319   [32] p. r. s. ribeiro ; l. pezza ; h. r. pezza and j. o. tognalli , spectrophotometric determination of captopril through charge transfer complex formation using fractional factorial and central composite design , lat. . am. j. pharm. , 30(6) , 2011 . [33] p. d. tzanavaras ; d. g. themelis ; a. economou and g. theodoridis , reversed flow injection manifold for the spectrophotometric determination of captopril based on its inhibitory effect on the co(ii) 2,2-dipyridyl-2-pyridyl hydrazone complex formation , talanta, 57(3) , 2002 . [34] p. r. s. ribeiro ; l. pezza and h. pezza , a simple spectrophotometric method for the determination of captopril in pharmaceutical preparations using ammonium molybdate , eclet. quim. , 35(3) , 2010 . [35] k. r. karlice and p. solich , flow injection spectrophotometric determination of captopril using on-line solid phase extraction , pharmazie, 53(8), 1998 . [36] t. jovanovic ; b. stanovic and z. koricanac , spectrophotometric investigation on complex formation of captopril with palladium(ii) and its analytical application , j. pharmaceut , biomed. anal., 13(3) , 1995 . [37] c. s. p. s. sastry ; a. sailaja and t. t. roa , determination of captopril by two simple spectrophotometric methods using oxidative coupling reaction, pharmazie , 46(6), 1991 . [38] p. r. ribeiro ; h. r. pezza ; l. pezza and m. tubino , a simple and portable instrument for determination of captopril in pharmaceutical formulations, iterna. j.pharm. and pharmaceutical sciences , 6(4) , 2014 . [39] m. i. albero ; c. sanchezpetreno ; m. s. garcia and v. rodenas , determination of captopril in pharmaceutical samples by flow injection analysis , j. pharmaceut biomed. anal., 11(10) , 1993 . [40] h. f. askal , new spectrophotometric methods for determination of captopril in bulk drug and tablets , talanta , 38(10) , 1991 . [41] r. s. guerrero ; s. s. vives and j. m. calatayud , fluorimetric determination of captopril by flow injection analysis , microchem. j. 43(3) , 1991 . [42] m. e. palomeque & b. s. f. band , flow injection bioamperometric determination of captopril , j. pharmaceut biomed. anal., 30(3), 2002 . [43] r. i. stefan ; j. f. van staden and h. y. aboul-enein , on-line assay of captopril using an amperometric biosensor / sequential injection system , anal. chim. acta. , 411(1-2) , 2000 [44] m. e. mohammed and h. y. aboul-enein , amperometric and conductometric methods for simultaneous determination of captopril and bendroflumethiazide, anal. lett., 18(20) , 1985 . [45] w. t. suarez ; a. a. madi ; l. s. c. de-figueiredo-filho and o. fatibello-filho , flow injection spectrophotometric system for captopril determination in pharmaceuticals , j. braz. chem. soc. , 18(6) , 2007 . [46] p. d. tzanavaras ; d. g. themelis ; a. economou ; and g. theodoridis , microchim. acta. , 142 , 2003 . [47] j. a. m. pulgarin ; l. g. f. bermejo and p. f. lopez , anal. chim. acta. ,546, 2005 . [48] r. de-levie ,''principles of quantitative chemical analysis '' , the mc graw – hill companies , inc. singapore 1997. [49] c. chatfield , ''statistics of technology '' . chapman and hall 1975 . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |320   [50] j. e. freund , '' modern elementary statistics '' . 4th. ed. prentice hall inc. , new jersey 1997. [51] j. c. miller and j. c. miller , '' statistics for analytical chemistry '',. 2nd ed. john wiley of sons . n.y. 1988 . [52] a. b. guide , '' practical statistics for the analytical scientist '' 1st.ed. govern 1997 . 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .citrus aurantium l الصفر تأثیر الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات النارنج بعض الفطریات في نمو ثامر عبد الشھید محسن بن الھیثم، جامعة بغدادا -قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة التربیة 2010،كانون االول ،19استلم البحث في 2011، شباط،8قبل البحث في الخالصة تج�اه النم�و c. aurantiumالصفر أجریت دراسة مختبریة لمعرفة تأثیر الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات النارنج ، أظھ�رت نت�ائج fusarium oxysporumو penicillium expansum ،aspergillus flavus السطحي للفطریات ف�ي الفطریات المشمولة بالدراسة، إذ كان الزیت الطی�ار أكث�ر ت�أثیرأَ فيمتفاوتاً معنویا التثبیطیة للزیت الطیار تأثیراً الفعالیة �ت الطی�ارأ.oxysporum f ،ف�ي ح�ین ك�ان الفط�ر a. flavusتاله الفط�ر p. expansumالفطر . ق�ل حساس�یة تج�اه الزی ال�ذي اظھ�ر ) حج�م/حج�م% (5طیا طردیا بزیادة التراكیز وص�وال ال�ى التركی�ز بصورة عامة اظھر الزیت الطیار تأثیرا تثبی .الفطریات المدروسةلجمیع تثبیطا تاما للنمو .الزیت الطیار،الفعالیة المضادة للفطریات، citrus aurantium: الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة وش��عبة eurotiales ,ةـورتب�� ، eurotiaceaeإل��ى عائل��ة a. flavus والفط��ر، p. expansumیع��ود الفط��ر ���یة ascomyالفطری���ات الكیس cota ]1 [ . ویس���بب الفط���رa. flavus الف��� ���وب واألع ومس���م ین���تج أذس���میة الحب �اح p. expansum، أم��ا الفط�ر )aflatoxins(األفالتوكس�ین .f الفط��ر م��ا، إ]2[ فیس��بب م��رض العف�ن البن��ي ف��ي التف oxysporumة فیعود الى� �ة ، tuberculriceaeعائل mورتب oniliales ال�ذي یس�بب م�رض ال�ذبول ف�ي بع�ض النبات�ات . ]1[ نبات العائلالى االقتصادیة مثل الطماطا والقطن وغیرھا وھو متخصص بالنسبة ابع�ة لص�ف ذوات الفلقت�ین الت geraniales بةـو رت� ، rutaceae ة الحمض�یاتـإلى عائل c. aurantiumیعود نبات dicoty ledons ]3[، خص�ر واض�ح ب�ین أوراقھ�ا مركب�ة تح�وي عل�ى تالخض�رة ، یوصف ھذا النب�ات بأن�ھ ش�جرة دائمی�ة ة كبی�رة م�ن الزی�وت الطی�ارة على تحويقشورھا الثمرة برتقالیة اللون ووثنائیة الجنس ،األزھار و،النصل وعنق الورقة كمی� وتع�ود ) essential oils(الزیوت اإلیثری�ة أو الزی�وت األساس�یة ب�) volatile oils( تس�مى الزی�وت الطی�ارة .]4[والثابتة افرالموج�ودة ف�ي النب�ات، تت�و )odoriferous(أو المواد العطریة ) essences(التسمیة لكون الزیوت الطیارة تمثل العطور �ار ومعظمھ�ا غی�واألزھ�ار، ووراق،االمث�ل أجزاء متعددة من النبات الزیوت الطیارة في �ة لألمت�زاج القل�ف والثم م�ع ر قابل �ة منھ�ا الماء وھي عدیمة اللون عندما تكون طازجة وبمرور الوقت تتحول إلى لون قاتم بسبب �ب م�واد راتنجی األكس�دة وترس تمث�ل .]5،6[معقم�ة ل�ذا فإنھ�ا تس�تعمل ض�دالبكتیریا والفطری�ات اً خواص� لذلك وجب حفظھا في الظالم والبرودة وبما إن لھا ت م�ن اً اتجنو الزیوت الطیارة isop أیضیة ثانویة تحت�وي عل�ى وح�دا rene وثم�ان ،الت�ي تتك�ون م�ن خم�س ذرات ك�اربون isopن م�نیتحت�وي عل�ى وح�دت واذا،c5h8ذرات من الھیدروجین rene تس�مى التربین�ات األولی�ةm onoterpenes اذاو ت م�ن isopتحتوي على ثالث وح�دا rene مى بالتربین�ات المسلس�لة� sesquiterpفتس enes ]7[الزی�وت الطی�ارة ، تح�وي �ر بالبخ�ار خدامبإس�ت c. aurantiumثمار نب�ات المستخلصة من قشور stجھ�از التقطی eam distillation ب عل�ى� المرك ھ مر ن رائحتھ أفضلوھو یشبھ زیت البرتقال إال أ% 90بنسبة dlimonene الفعال �ات عدی�دة وطعم ویحتوي على مركب .c ض�منھا نب�ات م�ن لمجموع�ة م�ن الحمض�یات إل�ى ت�أثیر الزی�وت الطی�ارة ]9[ ر دراس�ة، تش�ی]6،8[أخرى طعمھا مر aurantium فط��ر ف�ي penicillium digitatum وفط��رpenicillium italicum نم��و تج��اه أدى إل��ى تثب�یط ع��الً اذ والتربین�ات، limoneneمث�ل عزى سبب التثبیط إلى وجود عالقة بین التربین�ات األحادی�ة اذا ی، ین الممرضین للنباتالفطر �ات ق�درة عالی�ة عل�ى اذا ،المسلس�لة وب�ین الفطری�ات الم�ذكورة عن�د إص�ابتھا للنب�ات أظھ�ر .تثب�یط الفطری�ات إن لھ�ذه التربین تج�اه بع�ض أن�واع البكتیری�ا والفطری�ات ومنھ�ا الخض�راء فعالی�ة تثبیطی�ة c. aurantiumالزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات �تت�دریجیاُ بزی�ادة a. flavusلفطر نمو ا حیث خفض الزیت الطیار a. flavus فطر درس كم�ا. ]10[ الطی�ار تركی�ز الزی أش�ارت.الفط�ر ف�ي ت�أثیر تثبیط�ي ع�ال فالح�ظ إن لھ�اa. flavus تأثیر التربینات األحادیة الصناعیة على نم�و الفط�ر ]11[ ت بینھ�ا نب�اتإل�ى ت�أثیر الزی�وت الطی�ارة لمجموع�ة م�ن ا ]12[دراس�ة قام�ا بھ�ا .fالفط�رین ف�ي c. aurantium لنبات�ا oxysporum و alternaria porri ثتأثیراُ تثبیطیاُ عل�ى نم�و الفط�ر حیث الحظا� ]13[ وف�ي دراس�ة .ین موض�وع البح نمو أزداد تأثیر تثبیط اذا f. oxysporum إن للزیت الطیار تأثیراُ على مجموعة من الفطریات وبضمنھا فطروضح فیھا أ رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص �ار تج�اه الفطر بزیادة تركیز الزیت الطیار، وفي دراسة موسعة �ت الطی ة م�ن الفطری�ات منھ�ا شملت تأثیر الزی .pمجموع� expansum ، a. flavusو f. oxysporum 14[بیطي لھذه الفطریات تأثیر تث لنبات النارنج كان للزیت الطیار[. المواد وطرائق العمل جمع العینات النباتیة �ت الثم�ار من السوق المحلیة ف�ي بغ�دادالصفر c. aurantiumثمار نبات جمعت �ھر آذار ونظف ،اخ�ذت القش�ور ف�ي ش .]15[ دون تجفیفھا من واستعملت مباشرةً وقطعت العزالت الفطریة�ة العل�وم م�ن قس�م fusarium oxysporum و aspergillus flavus رت�م الحص�ول عل�ى فط� / عل�وم الحی�اة ف�ي كلی علی�ھ م�ن مختب�ر الفطری�ات للدراس�ات العلی�ا ف�ي قس�م فقد ت�م الحص�ولpenicillium expansum جامعة بغداد، أما الفطر .جامعة بغداد/ إبن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة/ علوم الحیاة تحضیر الزیت الطیار �ار نب�ات ]8[إتبعت طریقة غ�رام ) 100( وزن اذ ت�م الص�فر c. aurantium، إلستخالص الزیت الطیار م�ن قش�ور ثم �ر بالبخ�ارد من الماء المقطر ووضعت في جھ�از تر واحمن القشور وأضیف إلیھا ل -2.5(م م�دة ) 60ْ(بدرج�ة ح�رارة التقطی .ظ في الثالجة لحین استعمالھ خالل ایامووضع في قناني معتمة وحف جمع الزیت المستخلص .ساعة) 3 تحضیر محلول أبواغ الفطریات�ة .p.d.aعل�ى وس�ط p. expansum و a. flavus ، f. oxysporumزرع�ت فطری�ات اذا، ]16[إتبع�ت طریق ل، س�حب األب�واغ ع�ن الھایف�ات بواس�طة ناق� مل م�ن الم�اء المقط�ر المعق�م إل�ى الطب�ق وت�م فص�ل 5أیام أضیف ) 6-5(وبعد haemocytometerش�ریحة الع�د عمالعدد االبواغ باست حسبو إلى قنینة معقمة وضع طة ماصة وامحلول األبواغ بواس .مل/بوغ )10³(التخفیف عملواست معدل نمو الفطریات فيالصفر c. aurantiumاختبار تأثیر الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات ) 0.6،1.25،2.5،5( ی��اتيام، حض��رت سلس��لة م��ن التراكی��ز وك]16[ طریق�ةبع�د إس��تخالص الزی��ت الطی��ار وحس��ب )%v/v (مكررات و أضیفت مادة ةوبثالثtween 80 بنسبة)و م�زج إذابت�ھ ف�ي الوس�طیمكن لعمل مستحلب %)0.05 ، (عالق األبواغ بتخفیف 3 ث�م حض�نت ، مل مع كل تركیز من الزیت الطیار الم�ذكورة ف�ي أع�اله و معام�ل الس�یطرة/ بوغ) 10 �ت الطی�ار ومعامل�ة الس�یطرة ) 0.5(ساعة، أخ�ذ ) 24(مدة م ْ◌ ) 28( بدرجة حرارة م�ل م�ن ع�الق األب�واغ المعام�ل بالزی م، ◌ْ )28(حرارة حضنت األطباق بدرجة، .p.d.aطة ماصة معقمة ووضعت في مركز الطبق الحاوي على وسط ابوس :تیةأیام وحسبت نسبة التثبیط كما في المعادلة اال) 9(الحضانة ولمدة أیام من ) 3(بعد ین حسب قطر المستعمرة كل یوم 100× معدل القطر في عینة المعاملة –معدل القطر في عینة المقارنة = التثبیط % معدل القطر في عینة المقارنة التحلیل اإلحصائي رض تق�ویم وذلك لغ )0.05،0.01،0.001( حصائي وعند مستویات إحتمالیةللتحلیل اإل anova ]17[ استعملت طریقة الزیت الطی�ار ف�ي أجن�اس المقارنة بین تأثیر األختالفات في نتائج المعامالت من حیث كونھا معنویة أوغیر معنویة لغرض . مختلفة من الفطریات النتائج والمناقشة ف�ي النم�و c. aurantium كیز مختلفة من الزی�ت الطی�ار لقش�ور ثم�ار نب�اتالمتضمن تأثیر ترا )1(الجدول حظ في یال ةثالث�وب إل�ى إنخف�اضف�ي التركی�ز أدت الزی�ادةالفط�ري، إذ وجود تبایناُ بین التركیز والنمو p. expansum السطحي للفطر أم��ا التركی��ز األعل��ى ، )v/v)%(2.5، 1.25، 0.6(عن��دالتراكیز وط��وال م�دة الحض��انة مك�ررات ف��ي أقط��ار المس��تعمرات )5)%(v/v( ة تثبیطیة بلغت وھ�ذهي نم�و ط�وال م�دة الحض�انة لم یحصل أاذا )1(وشكل ) 1(جدول % 100فقد أظھر فعالی �ة تتواف�ق م��ع م�اذكره �ة مث�ل ى س�بب التثب�یط إل��ى وج�ود ع��زاذای ]9،14[النتیج إن لھ��ذه اذlimonene التربین��ات األحادی penicilliumوتتباین درجة تاثیر ھذه التربینات االحادیة بأختالف انواع ج�نس ط نمو الفطر،التربینات قدرة عالیة على تثبی sp a. flavusالخاص بدراسة تأثیر التراكیز المختلفة من الزیت الطیار ف�ي النم�و الس�طحي للفط�ر )2(جدول أما في ،]9[ . ، 1.25، 0.6( ، أما التراكیز األدنى م�ن ذل�ك) 2( كلفعالیة تثبیطیة كاملة وكما موضح في الش) v/v)%(5(فقد أظھر تركیز 2.5)%(v/v ( ُ �ھ فقد أظھرت إنخفاضاُ ملحوظا إن ]10،11[في أقطار المستعمرات وبزیادة التركیز وھذا یتوافق م�ا أش�ار إلی .a. flavus نمو الفطر فيتأثیر تثبیطي عال األحادیة كان لھا التربینات �ت الطی�ارا تراكی�زو f. oxysporumأقطار المس�تعمرات للفط�ر وجود عالقة عكسیة بین )3(أظھر الجدول اذا ،لزی انع�دم فیھ�ا نم�و اذ) 3(ش�كل ) v/v)% (5(كلما ازداد تركیز الزیت الطی�ار قل�ت اقط�ار المس�تعمرات وص�وال ال�ى التركی�ز ].13،12[ وھذه النتیجة تتفق مع المستعمرات رفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم 2011) 1( 24الص والس�بب ف�ي ذل�ك یع�ود ،]14[جمیع الفطریات قد تأثرت بالزیت الطیار وھذا یتف�ق م�ع وخالصة لنتائج البحث ظھر ان �ة �ة الفطری ، أو أن )7(ی�ة لل�دھون وت�ذوب ف�ي األغش�یة الخلو محب�ة النھ�اإلى أن التربینات تعرقل تكوین الغشاء الخل�وي للخلی ألركس�ترول التربینات تغیر من نفاذیة الغشاء البالزمي للخلیة ergost(الفطریة وذل�ك ب�اختزال محت�وى ا rol ( الموج�ود ف�ي �ة ، وقد تبین من ]18[الغشاء ) 0.05،0.01،0.001(التحلیل اإلحصائي وجود ف�روق معنوی�ة عالی�ة وتح�ت مس�توى إحتمالی .ریات المدروسةجمیع التراكیز ولجمیع الفطوعند المصادر بغداد، مطبعة جامعة . علم الفطریات). 2006(علي، بتول زینل وحبیب، خالد عبد الرزاق ومحسن، توفیق محمد -1 .323:بغداد مطبعة دار الحكمة للطباعة والنشر، جامعة . أساسیات الفطریات وأمراضھا النباتیة). 1991(ألشكري، مھدي مجید -2 . 431:بغداد 3-bhatt acharyya, b. and johri, b.m . (1998). flowering p lant taxonomy and phy logeny. navosa p ublishing house, new delhi: 753 citrus aurantium got fredsen, e.(2003). -4http://liberherbaru m.com 5-tyler, v.e.; br ady, l. b. and robberes, j. e.(1988). pharmacognosy , 9 th .lea & febiger, philadelp hia: 519 400:صلالمو، للطباعةتب مطبعة دار الك. لنباتات الطبیةالعقاقیر وكیمیاء ا). 1989( الشماع، علي عبد الحسین-6 12ial. rev., . m icrobclinp roduct as antimicrobial agent. cowan, m . m. (1999). plant -7 582. -: 564(4) 8-carvalho-freitas,m .i.r. and cost a,m . (2002). anxioly tic and sedative effects of extracts and essential oil from citrus aurantium l. biol. pharm bull., 25(12): 1629-1633 9-caccioni, d.r.l.; guizzardi, m .; biondi, d.m .; renda, a. and ruberto, g. (1998). relationship between volatile comp onents of citrus fruit essential oils and antimicrobial action on penicillium digitatum and penicillium italicum. int. j. food m icrobial., 43(1-2): 7379. zygophylum fabago ت��أثیر مستخلص�ات نب��ات خن�اق ال��دجاج ).2004(القیس�ي، إس��تبرق ع�ز ال��دین محم�ود -10 l.والزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات النارنج citrus aurantium l. ةالخضراء في� . نمو وفعالیة بع�ض األحی�اء المجھری 97:إبن الھیثم،جامعة بغداد/ رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة 11-lopez, m .a.; al-zamora, s.m . and palou, e.(2002). aspergillus flavus dose-resp onse curves t o selected natural and sy nthetic antimicrobial int.j.food m icrobial.,73(2-3): 213-218. 12-pawar, v.c. and thaker, v.c.(2007).evolution of the anti-fusarium oxysporum f.sp cicer and anti-alternaria porri effects of some essential oils. world j. 1106.-:109923m icrobiol biotechnol, 13-chutia, m .; deka bhuy an, p.; pathak, m .g.; sarma, t.c. and boruah, p. (2009).ant ifungal activity and chemical composition of citrus reticula te blanco essential 42: chnolo gy ,science and te food-nort h east india.lwt from oil against p hytop athogens 777-780. 14-zabka, m . and pavela, r.(2009). ant ifungal effect of pimenta dioica essential oil a gainst dangerous p athogenic and toxinogenic fungi. industr. crops and 253.-:25030(2)p roducts, 15-vekiari, s.a.; prot op apadakis,e.e.; pap adopoulou, p.; pap anicolaou, d.; panon, c. and vamovakias, m . (2002). composition and seasonal variation of the essential oil from 153.-:14750(1)ric. food cham., variety . j.aga acertain lemon leaves and p eel of 16-chao, s. c.; youn g, d.g. and oberg, c.j. (2000). scr eening for inhibitory activity of essential oils on selected bacteria, fun gi and v iruses. j. essent. oil res., 649.-: 63912 4 th . prentice hall upp er saddle river, 17-zar, j. h. (1999). biost atistical analysis. new jersey : 663. 18-reichlin g,j.; schnitz ler,p.; suschke,u.and saller, r. (2009). essential oils of aromatic p lants with antibacterial, antifungal, antiviral, and cytotoxic prop erties-an overview. 90.-: 7916komp lementmed, forsch رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص في c. aurantium النارنج الصفر تراكیز مختلفة من الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نباتل% نسبة التثبیط )1(جدول . p. expansumالنمو السطحي للفطر عدد االیام ) v/v%(التركیز 3 5 7 9 0.6 9.09 10.9 17.07 18 1.25 12.22 19.35 24.39 30 2.5 31.81 35.48 39.02 46 5 100 100 100 100 c. aurantiumلتراكیز مختلفة من الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات النارنج الصفر % نسبة التثبیط ) 2(جدول . a. flavus طحي للفطرفي النمو الس عدد االیام ) v/v%(التركیز 3 5 7 9 0.6 12.5 12.38 14.58 19.56 1.25 20 23.07 25 27.27 2.5 33.33 33.35 35.41 36.36 5 100 100 100 100 في c. aurantiumر ثمار نبات النارنج الصفر لتراكیز مختلفة من الزیت الطیار لقشو% نسبة التثبیط ) 3(جدول f. oxyspo النمو السطحي للفطر rum عدد االیام ) v/v%(التركیز 3 5 7 9 0.6 12 13.1 19.23 23.35 1.25 24 24.39 26.92 30.86 2.5 30 31.71 39.53 46.33 5 100 100 100 100 لسطحي للفطر c. aurantiumتأثیر التراكیز مختلفة من الزیت الطیار لقشور ثمار نبات النارنج الصفر ) 1(شكل .pفي النمو ا expansum بعد خمسة ایام حضانة(مقارنة بمعاملة السیطرة.( رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص ار لقشور ثمار نبات النارنج الصفر تأثیر التر) 2(شكل لفة من الزیت الطی c. aurantiumاكیز مخت ).ایامبعد مرور خمسة ( عاملة السیطرة مقارنة بم a. flavusفي النمو السطحي لفطر ار لقشور ثمار نبات) 3(شكل لفة من الزیت الطی في c. aurantium النارنج الصفر تاثیر التراكیز مخت ).حضانة خمسة ایام بعد( قارنة بمعاملة السیطرة م f. oxysporum طحي للفطرالنمو الس ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 the effect of essential oil extracted from yellow peel of citrus aurantium l. on growth of some fungi th. a. muhsen department of biology, college of education-ibn al haitham, unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in ,19,december,2011 accepted in , 8, feb ,2011 abstract the study was conducted to evaluate the effect of essential oil extracted from y ellow p eels of citrus aurantium on the radial growt h of all fungi. penicillium expansum, aspergilus flavus and fusarium oxysporum. the results showed significant gradual reduction of the surface growt h of fungi, p. expansum and a. flavus was more affected by the essential oil, while f. oxysporum showed less sensitivity towards the essential oil. the reaction of growt h was inconcommitant with increasing concentrationsof oil, reaching concentration of (5)% which showed comp lete inhibition. key word : citrus aurantium, essential oils, antifungal, synthesis of nanostructured tio2 thin films by pulsed laser deposition (pld) and the effect of annealing temperature on structural and morphological properties sarmad sabih al-obaidi ali ahmed yousif dept.of physics/ college of education/university of al-mustansiriyah received in : 9 october 2012 , accepted in : 9 december2012 abstract in this work, nanostructured tio2 thin films were grown by pulsed laser deposition (pld) technique on glass substrates. tio2 thin films then were annealed at 400-600 °c in air for a period of 2 hours. effect of annealing on the structural and morphological were studied. many growth parameters have been considered to specify the optimum conditions, namely substrate temperature (300 °c), oxygen pressure (10-2 torr), laser fluence energy density (0.4 j/cm2), using double frequency q-switching nd:yag laser beam (wavelength 532nm), repetition rate (1-6 hz) and the pulse duration of 10 ns. the results of the x-ray test show that all nanostructures tetragonal are polycrystalline. these results show that grain size increase from 19.5 nm to 29.5 with the increase of annealing temperature. the xrd results also reveal that the deposited thin film, annealed at 400 °c of tio2 have anatase phase. thin films annealed at 500 °c and 600 °c have mixed anatase and rutile phases. full width at half maximum (fwhm) values of the (101) peaks of these films decrease from 0.450° to 0.301° with the increase of annealing temperature. surface morphology of the thin films have been studied by using atomic force microscopes (afm). afm measurements confirmed that the films have good crystalline and homogeneous surface. the root mean square (rms) value of thin films surface roughness are increased with the increase of annealing temperature. keywords: titanium dioxide, pulsed laser deposition, structural, morphology, tio2 films 143 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction nanocrystalline titanium dioxide thin films have important applications in the field of optoelectronic materials. tio2 is an important photocatalytic material [1], which can be used in the form of thin films in dye-sensitized solar cells [2] and anti-reflection coatings [3]. it is known that the tio2 films have excellent photocatalytic and photoinduced hydrophilic properties for environmental applications, such as air purification, sterilization, antifogging, and self-cleaning [4, 5]. titanium dioxide occurs in three crystalline polymorphs: rutile, anatase and brookite [6]. anatase has attracted attention for its prominent photocatalytic activity [7]. it is a metastable phase of tio2 and converts to the rutile phase, which is thermodynamically stable, on high temperature annealing [8]. anatase and rutile phases crystallize in tetragonal structure while brookite crystallizes in orthorhombic structure. many deposition methods have been used to prepare tio2 thin films, such as electron-beam evaporation [9,10], ion-beam assisted deposition [11,12], dc reactive magnetron sputtering [13], rf reactive magnetron sputtering [14,15], sol-gel dip coating method [16,17], sol-gel spin coating method [18], chemical vapor deposition [5], plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition [19] and pulsed laser deposition (pld) [20]. the laser ablation technique is what makes pld attractive for thin film deposition, because the ablation of the target preserves its stoichiometry in the thin film. the pld process is simple and versatile, these characteristics have made it possible to successfully deposit high quality thin films of various materials such as oxides, high-temperature superconductors, magnetoelectrics, and ceramics [21]. pulsed laser deposition proved to be a favorable technique for the deposition of titanium dioxide at different technological conditions on different substrates. that supposed to result in the different structural and micro structural properties, different surface morphology of the nanostructures to be obtained [22]. for practical applications, deposition parameters have to be optimized to achieve the desired structure and properties in the films. the pulsed laser deposition technique can produce adherent and uniform film over wide areas. the deposit stoichiometry can also be well-controlled. a number of studies on the deposition of tio2 films by pulsed laser have appeared in the literature recently [2326]. thin film properties such as crystallinity, particle size, degree of homogeneity, etc. depend largely on annealing temperature and substrate topography [27]. in this study, the influence of annealing over the range 400 to 600 °c on the structural properties measured by xrd technique, and morphological properties measured by afm properties of tio2 thin films was investigated. experimental details titanium dioxide from asdgf company with a titanium target of 99.99% purity on glass slides as substrates. the powder was pressed under 5 tons to form a target with 2.5 cm diameter and 0.4 cm thickness. glass slides each with area 3 x 2 cm2 were cleaned by alcohol with ultrasonic waves (cerry pul 125 device) for 10 minutes in order to remove the impurities and residuals from their surfaces. thin films were deposited by using pulsed laser deposition in university of technology by employing a q switched nd: yag laser at wavelength 532 nm with 0.4 j/cm2 of energy density, pulse width 10 ns and repetition frequency 6 hz. uniform ablation ensured by rotating the target at constant speed. the focused nd:yag second harmonic generation (shg) q-switching laser beam incident on the target surface making an angle of 45° with it. the films were deposited on glass substrate at temperatures 300 °c. the pulsed laser deposition experiment was carried out inside a vacuum chamber (10-2 torr). the substrates deposited at 300 °c with tio2 annealed at 400 °c, 500 °c and 600 °c in university of al-mustansiriyah using an electric furnace for 2 h in air. the crystallinity of the prepared films was analyzed using x-ray diffraction (xrd) measurements (shimadzu 6000 made in japan) in ministry of science and technology using 144 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 cu kα radiation (λ=1.5406 å) and operating at an accelerating voltage of 40 kv and an emission current of 30 ma. data were acquired over the range of 2θ from 20° to 60°. the xrd method was used to study the change of crystalline structure. for morphological investigations, atomic force microscopy (afm) images were recorded by using nanoscope scanning probe microscope controller in a tapping mode (made in usa). afm images were used to observe the surface roughness and topography of deposited thin films. measurements were made afm at the ministry of science and technology. experimental results throughout studying the x-ray diffraction spectrum, we can understand the crystalline growth nature of tio2 thin films prepared by pulsed leaser deposition on glass substrates at 300 °c at different annealing temperatures (400, 500, and 600) °c with a fixed annealing time of 2 h in air. figure (1) shows x-ray diffraction patterns for tio2 films. we compared deposited film at 300 °c with annealed films at 400 °c, 500 °c and 600 °c as shown in figure (1). as-deposited tio2 film at 300 °c is found to be crystalline and possesses anatase structure as it shows few peaks of anatase (101) and (004), while film annealed at 400 °c having peaks of anatase (101), (004) and (200), film annealed at 500 °c having peaks of anatase (101), (004), (200) and rutile (110) and film annealed at 600 °c having peaks of anatase (101), (004), (200) and rutile (110), (211). the x-ray spectra show well-defined diffraction peaks showing good crystallinity, it was found that all the films were polycrystalline with a tetragonal crystal structure and no amorphous phase is detected. the diffraction peaks are in a good agreement with those given in jcpd data card for tio2 anatase and rutile [28]. it was observed that the intensities of the peaks of few tio2 planes increased slightly with the increase of annealing temperature. in addition, the location of the (101) peaks is shifted to lower 2θ angles from 2θ=25.27 ° to 2θ=25.11 °. for a crystalline phase to develop, the depositing atoms should have sufficient energy. high substrate temperatures can achieve the sufficient energy to generate crystalline phases [29]. x-ray diffraction analysis revealed that tio2 thin films are amorphous if the temperature substrate is lower than 300 °c [23]. it was found that anatase films were deposited and crystallized effectively for heated substrate at 300 °c and working pressure of 10-2 torr. the reason may be that the kinetic energy of the particle is high enough to initiate crystallization. for the samples annealed at 500 and 600 °c, other characteristic peaks of anatase and rutile phase. these results are in agreement with other reports on the mixed phase tio2 by pld method [26,30,31].the transformation from anatase to rutile occurs at temperatures higher than 500 °c under vacuum. the increase in peak intensity indicates an improvement in the crystallinity of the films. this leads to decrease in full width at half maximums (fwhm) of peak and increase in grain size. the lattice constants and the relative intensity ratio, in the diffraction pattern of tio2 films are given in table (1). the lattice constants obtained are found to be in good agreement with jcpd. the values of full width at half maximum (fwhm) of the peaks decreases with annealing temperature, this goes in agreement with the previous work [32]. the average grain size (g) in thin films is calculated using scherer’s formula: [33] g = (0.94 λ) / [δ (2 θ) cosθ] ...…....….………..…....………(1) where (λ) is the x-ray wavelength (å), δ (2θ) fwhm (radian) and (θ) bragg diffraction angle of the xrd peak (degree). the values of average grain size listed in table (2) increase with the increase of annealing temperature for tio2 thin films. the average grain size and full width at half maximum (fwhm) of the (101) plane as a function of annealing temperature for tio2 thin films are shown in figure (3). the micro strain depends directly on the lattice constant (c) and its value 145 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 %100)( × − = ο ο c cc strain δ ο ο−× +− = c cc c cccc ss 13 12113313 2 2 )(2 ∑− = )()( )()( )( 0 1 0 hklihklin hklihkli hklt r c related to the shift from the jcpd standard value which could be calculated using the relation:[34] ……….……………………(2) where (c) and (co) are the lattice parameters of the thin film from experimental worked and tio2 thin film obtained from jcpds respectively. the film annealed at 600 ºc temperature showed the maximum compressive strain (3.640 ×10-3), which decreased to nearly zero at 500 ºc, as shown in table (2). the calculation of the film stress is based on the strain model, which could be calculated by using the relation:[34] as shown in table (2). ……...……………………..(3) the values of the elastic constants from single crystalline tio2 are used, c11=208.8 gpa, c33=213.8 gpa, c12=119.7 gpa and c13=104.2 gpa [34]. to describe the preferential orientation, the values of texture coefficient (tc) of the thin films are listed in table (2). the texture coefficient is calculated by using the relation: [35] …….………………………(4) where (i) is the measured intensity, (io) is the jcpds standard intensity, (nr) is the reflection number and (hkl) is miller indices. for crystal plane (101), the values of texture coefficient decrease with the increase of annealing temperature as shown in figure (2).this is a usual result because the increase of annealing temperature causes an increase in the surface roughness. the surface morphology of all the tio2 films is presented by afm images in tapping mode. the surface morphology reveals the nano-crystalline tio2 grains. figure (3) shows the three dimensional afm images of the tio2 thin films deposited at 300 ºc and annealed at different temperatures (400, 500 and 600) ºc. the surface morphology of the tio2 thin films changed with the different annealing temperatures, as observed from the afm micrographs figure (3) proves that the grains are semi uniformly distributed within the scanning area (10 μm × 10 µm), with individual columnar grains extending upwards. the values of the root mean square (rms) and surface roughness of tio2 films are shown in the table (3), i.e. the root mean square (rms) and surface roughness increased with the increase of annealing temperature, this result is in agreement with the previous work [36]. in general as the annealing temperature increases, the rms, roughness of the tio2 films and the grain size increase. the surface roughness of the tio2 thin films increases with film thickness, annealing temperature, and annealing time [37]. conclusion xrd results reveal that the deposited thin film and annealed at 400 °c of tio2 have a good nanocrystalline tetragonal anatase phase structure. thin films annealed at 500 °c and 600 °c have mixed anatase and rutile phase structure. and it is observed that the tio2 films exhibit a polycrystalline having (101), (110), (004), (200), (211) planes, the peak intensities, micro strain (δ), grain size (g) increases and texture coefficient (tc) decreases with the increase of annealing temperature. afm results showed the slow growth of crystallite sizes for as-grown films and annealed films at 400 to 600 °c. the values of the root mean square (rms) and surface roughness of tio2 films increased with the increase of annealing temperature. 146 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references 1. wang, j.;yu, j.;liu, z.; he z. and cai, r. (2005),a simple new way to prepare anatase tio2 hydrosol with high.photocatalytic activity, semi. sci. and technol., 20, 36-39. 2. sung, y. and kim, h. (2006), sputter deposition and surface treatment of tio2 films for dye-sensitized solar cells using reactive rf plasma, thin sol. fil, 515, 4996–4999. 3. okada, m.;tazawa, m.;jin, p.;yamada, y. and yoshimura, k.(2006), fabrication of photocatalytic heat-mirror with tio2/tin/ tio2 stacked layers, vacuum, 80, 732-735. 4. fujishima,a.;rao,t.and tryk,d.(2000),titanium dioxide photocatalysis, j. of photochemistry and photobi. c: photoche. rev.1, 1-21. 5. sun, h.;wang ,c.;pang, s.;li, x.;tao,y.tang ;h. and liu, m.(2008), photocatalytic tio2 films prepared by chemical vapor deposition at atmosphere pressure,j. of non-cryst. sol., 354, 14401443. 6. karunagara b., kim k., mangalaraj d., yi j. and velumani s., (2005), structural, optical and raman scattering studies on dc magnetron sputtered titanium dioxide thin films, solar energy mater.& cells, 88, 199-208. 7. sasahara, a.;droubay ,t.;chambers, s.;uetsuka ,h., and onishi, h.(2005), topography of anatase tio2 film synthesized on laalo3 (001), nanotechnol, 16, 3. 8. sankar, s. and gopchandran, k. (2009) effect of annealing on the structural, electrical and optical properties of nanostructured tio2 thin films, cryst. res. technol, 44, 989-994. 9. habibi, m.; talebian, n. and choi, j. (2007)the effect of annealing on photocatalytic properties of nanostructured titanium dioxide thin films, dyes and pigments, 73, 103-110. 10. jerman, m. and mergel, d. (2007) structural investigation of thin tio2 films prepared by evaporation and postheating, thin sol. fil., 515, 6904–6908. 11. yang, c.;fan, h.; xi, y.; chen, j. and li, z. (2008)effects of depositing temperatures on structure and optical properties of tio2 film deposited by ion beam assisted electron beam evaporation, appl. surf. sci., 254, 2685-2689. 12. tian, g.;wu, s.; shu, k.; qin, l. and shao, j. (2007), influence of deposition conditions on the microstructure of oxides thin films, appl. surf. sci, 253, 8782–8787. 13. tavares, c.;vieira, j.; rebouta ,l.; hungerford, g.;coutinho, p.;teixeira, v.; carneiro, j. and fernandes ,a.(2007) reactive sputtering deposition of photocatalytic tio2 thin films on glass substrates, mater. sci. eng., 138, 139-143. 14. amor, s.;baud, g.; jacquet, m. and pichon, n. (1998), photoprotective titania coatings on pet substrates, surface and coatings technology, 102, 1, 63-72. 15. akl, a.;kamal, h. and abdel-hady, k. (2006)fabrication and characterization of sputtered titanium dioxide films, appl. surf. sci., 252, 8651–8656. 16. ghamsari, m. and bahramian, a., (2008), “high transparent sol–gel derived nanostructured tio2 thin film, mater. lett., 62, 361-364. 17. saini ,k.; sharma, s.; chanderkant, kar m.;singh, d. and sharma, c., (2007)structural and optical properties of tio2 thin films derived by sol–gel dip coating process, j. of non-cryst. sol., 353, 2469-2473. 18. wang, z.;helmersson, u. and käll, p., (2002),optical properties of anatase tio2 thin films prepared by aqueous sol–gel process at low temperature,thin sol. fil., 405, 50-54. 19. yang ,w. and wolden, c. (2006)plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition of tio2 thin films for dielectric applications,” thin sol. fil., 515, 1708-1713. 20. ming-che, y. (2012)strategies to improve the electrochemical performance of electrodes for li-ion batteries,” ph.d thesis, university of florida, 1-189. 21. garza, e.(2011), pulsed laser deposition of thin film heterostructures, m.sc. thesis of science in applied physics, university of new orleans department of applied science, 1-68. 22. yousif, a.(2010)characterization of zno film grown on different substrates using pld, ph.d thesis, university of technology department of applied science, 2. 147 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 23. yahya, k. (2010),characterization of pure and dopant tio2 thin films for gas sensors applications,” ph.d thesis, university of technology department of applied science, 1-147. 24. fusi, m.; maccallini, e.; caruso, t.; casari, c.;bassi a.; bottani, c.;rudolf, p.; prince, k. and agostino, r. (2011),surface electronic and structural properties of nanostructured titanium oxide grown by pulsed laser deposition, surf. sci., 605: 333-340. 25. sankar, s.;gopchandran, k.;kuppusami ,p. and murugesan, s.(2011),spontaneously ordered tio2 nanostructures, ceramics international, 37, 3307-3315. 26. koshizaki, n.;narazaki, a. and sasaki, t.(2002) preparation of nanocrystalline titania films by pulsed laser deposition at room temperature,” appl. surf. sci., 197-198, 624-627. 27. mosaddeq-ur-rahman, m.;yu, g.; soga, t.; jimbo ,t. and ebisu, m. umeno h., (2000), refractive index and degree of inhomogeneity of nanocrystalline tio2 thin films: effects of substrate and annealing temperature, j. appl. phys., 88(8) 4634-4641. 28. jcpds, (joint committee for powder diffraction standards), (1969), powder diffraction file for inorganic materials, 211272 & 21 – 1276. 29. hasan, m.;haseeb, a.;masjuki, h. and saidur, r. (2010) influence of substrate temperatures on structural, morphological and optical properties of rf-sputtered anatase tio2 films, the arabian j. for sci. and eng., 35, 147-156. 30. kitazawa, s.;choi, y. and yamamoto, s. (2004), in situ optical spectroscopy of pld of nano-structured tio2, vacuum, 74, 3-4, 637-642. 31. yoshida, t.;fukami, y.;okoshi, m. and inoue, n. (2005), improvement of photocatalytic efficiency of tio2 thin films prepared by pulsed laser deposition, japanese j. of appl. phys., part 1, 44, 5, 3059-3062. 32. pawar, s.; chougule, m.;godse, p.; jundale, d.;pawar, s.; raut, b. and patil, v.(2011), effect of annealing on structure, morphology, electrical and optical properties of nanocrystalline tio2 thin films, j. of nanoand electronic phys., 3, 1,185-192. 33. cullity, b. and stock ,s.(2001) elements of x-ray diffraction,” 3nd edition, prentice hall, new york. 34. freund, l. and suresh, s.(2003),thin film materials, stress, defect formation and surface evolution,” 1st edition, massachusetts institute of technology. 35. barred, c. and massalski, t. (1980), structure of metals, pergamum press, oxford, 204. 36. hassan, m.;haseeb, a.; saidur, r. and masjuki, h.(2008), effects of annealing treatment on optical properties of anatase tio2 thin films,” world academy of sci., eng. and technol. 40, 221-225. 37. hsu, l. and luca, d.(2003),substrate and annealing effects on the pulsed-laser deposited tio2 thin films, j. of optoelect. & advanced mater., 5 (4): 841-847. 148 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table no.(1): lattice constants and interpllanar spacing of tio2 thin films. table no. (2): structural properties for tio2 thin films. table no.(3): morphological characteristics from afm images for tio2 thin film temperature oc roughness average (nm) root mean square (rms) (nm) as-deposited at 300 46.5 60.5 400 76.6 95 500 84.3 105 600 88.6 114 temperature ( oc)  degree) (hkl) interplanar spacing, d å lattice constant å a c c/a as-deposited at 300 25.27 a(101) 3.15 3.3439 / 2.842 37.83 a(004) 2.37 / 9.5050 400 25.2 a(101) 3.53 3.8 / 3.502 37.81 a(004) 2.37 / 9.5098 48.1 a(200) 1.89 3.7803 / 500 25.17 a(101) 3.53 3.8 / 3.503 37.79 a(004) 2.38 / 9.5147 48.12 a(200) 1.89 3.7788 / 27.47 r(110) 3.24 4.5881 / / 600 25.11 a(101) 3.54 3.8170 / 2.497 37.72 a(004) 2.38 / 9.5317 48 a(200) 1.89 3.7877 / 27.41 r(110) 3.25 4.5979 / 0.641 54.35 r(211) 1.68 / 2.9484 temperature ( oc)  d egr ee) (hkl) stress ss (gpa) strain δ 10-3)( fwhm° average grain size(nm) texture (tc) as-deposited at 300 25.27 a(101) 0.218 0.9354 0.450 19.5 1.813 37.83 a(004) 0.440 400 25.2 a(101) 0.098 0.4225 0.421 21 1.126 37.81 a(004) 0.412 48.1 a(200) 0.410 500 25.17 a(101) -0.019 0.084 0.352 24 1.154 37.79 a(004) 0.400 48.12 a(200) 0.349 27.47 r(110) 0.334 25.6 600 25.11 a(101) -0.435 1.8709 0.301 28.5 0.952 37.72 a(004) 0.288 48 a(200) 0.338 27.41 r(110) 0.849 3.640 0.315 29.5 54.35 r(211) 0.293 149 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 fig. (1): xrd patterns of tio2 films deposited at 300 °c temperature and annealed at 400 °c, 500 °c and 600 °c figure no. (2): variation of texture coefficient versus temperature figure no .(3): afm images of tio2 films deposited at 300 °c temperature and annealed at different temperatures: (a) as-deposited, (b) 400 °c, (c) 500 °c and (d) 600 °c. (a) (b) (d) (c) الرقیقة ذي التركیب النانوي بتقنیة ترسیب اللیزر النبضي tio2تصنیع أغشیة (pld) وتأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین في الخصائص التركیبیة وطبوغرافیة السطح سرمد صبیح العبیدي علي أحمد یوسف قسم الفیزیاء/ كلیة التربیة/ الجامعة المستنصریة 2012كانون االول 9، قبل البحث في: 2012تشرین االول 9استلم البحث في : الخالصة على (pld) ترسیب اللیزر النبضي بوساطة تقنیة النانویة tio2)أغشیة اوكسید التیتانیوم (تم انماء في ھذا البحث، درجة مئویة في الھواء مدة ساعتین . ودرس تأثیر 600الى 400الرقیقة من tio2قواعد زجاجیة. ومن ثم لدنت أغشیة التلدین في الخصائص التركیبیة والطبوغرافیة. عوامل عدیدة ألنماء األغشیة اخذت بنظر االعتبار لتحدید الحالة المثلى مثل ستخدام با )0.4 (j/cm2 ،كثافة طاقة الفیض اللیزري torr 2-10)) ،ضغط األوكسجین (ºc 300درجة حرارة القاعدة ( 1بمعدل تكراریة 532nmیاك الذي یعمل بتقنیة عامل النوعیة عند الطول الموجي -التردد المضاعف للیزر النیدیمیوم متعددة النانویة رباعیة التراكیب جمیع أن األشعة السینیة فحوصات نتائج تُظھر نانوثانیة. 10ھرتز) وامد نبضة (6 درجة حرارة التلدین. زیادةنانومترمع 29.5نانومتر الى 19.5من الحبیبات حجم في ةزیاد التبلور. وان ھذه النتائج تظھر درجة مئویة لثنائي اوكسید التیتانیوم ذي طور 400نتائج األشعة السینیة اظھرت ایضا ان الغشاء المرسب والملدن في عرض درجة مئویة فتمتلك خلیطاً من طوري األناتاس والروتیل. ان قیم 600و 500األناتاس. اما األغشیة الملدنة عند بزیادة 0.301°الى 0.450°قد صغر من (101)المنحني عند منتصف القمة ألغشیة ثنائي اوكسید التیتانیوم ألنماط الذي اثبت ان (afm)درجة حرارة التلدین. ودرست طبوغرافیة السطح لألغشیة الرقیقة باستخدام مجھر القوى الذریة لألغشیة الرقیقة rmsوذو سطح متجانس. وان قیم مربع الجذر المتوسط لھا تبلور جید االغشیة المنمات بھذه الطریقة التلدین. درجة الحرارة زیادة وخشونة السطح تزداد مع .tio2، طبوغرافیة السطح، اغشیة ترسیب اللیزر النبضي، التركیبیة التیتانیوم، اوكسید ثنائي :المفتاحیة الكلمات 152 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics | 169 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 an efficient single stage shrinkage estimator for the scale parameter of inverted gamma distribution abbas najim salman intesar obeid hassoun dept. of mathematics / college of education for pure science (ibn-alhaitham)/ university of baghdad maymona mohammed ameen university of fallujah received in : 28/june/2016 accepted in: 23/november/2016 abstract the present paper agrees with estimation of scale parameter θ of the inverted gamma (ig) distribution when the shape parameter α is known (α=1), bypreliminarytestsinglestage shrinkage estimators using suitable shrinkage weight factor and region. the expressions for the bias, mean squared error [mse] for the proposed estimators are derived. comparisons between the considered estimator with the usual estimator (mle) and with the existing estimator are performed .the results are presented in attached tables. keywords: inverted gamma distribution, maximum likelihood estimator (mle), shrinkage estimatorpretest region, bias, mean squared error and relative efficiency. mathematics | 170 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction “in reliability studies the models which are used in life testing include the exponential, gamma, lognormal and inverted gammadistributions. if the failure is mainly due to aging or wearing out process, then its reasonable in many applicationsto choose one of the above mentioned distribution.in a sense, this distribution is unnecessary,it has the same distribution as the reciprocal of a gamma distribution .however, a catalogue of results for the inverse gamma distribution prevents having to repeatedly apply the transformation theorem in applications”;[1],[2],[3],[4]. “theinverted gamma distribution is prospective to use in life experiments”; [5], it has probability density function (p.d.f) with two parameters α and θ as below : ( ) ( ) ------------------------(1) here α and θ arerespectively the shape and scale parameters. in conventional notation, wewrite x~ig (α , θ). this paper deals with the problem for estimation the unknown scale parameter (θ) of ig distribution with known shape parameter (α) when a prior estimate (θo) regarding the actual value (θ) is available using preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimator. it is well-known that, the prior knowledge regarding due reasons introduced by thompson [9] as well as the classical estimator of ( ) and using shrinkage weight function [ψ(θ ^ )] ;0 ψ (θ ^ ) 1 results what it isknown as "shrinkage estimator”, which though perhaps biased has smaller mean squared error (mse) than that of . thus "thompson – type" shrinkage estimator will be = ψ (θ ^ ) + (1ψ(θ ^ )) θo;-------------(2) now , to test the prior knowledge of weather close to actual value and to be comfortable to use this priorknowledge,the preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimator (ssse) will be used for this mission when using the test estimator of level of significant ( ) for testing the hypotheses θo ho: θ=θovs.ha : θ if ho correct, thenthe estimator which is defined in (2) will be used. conversely , if horejected,thendifferentshrinkage weight functionsψ2 ( );0 ( ) will be used and then using the followingshrinkage estimator ψ2(θ ^ ) +(1-ψ2(θ ^ )) θ0 ----------------------------------------(3) consequently, thecommon form of preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimator(ssse) will be ={ ( ) ( ( )) ( ) ( ( )) -------------(4) mathematics | 171 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( ) ( ) =1,2 isa shrinkage weight function specifying the belief of θ^and (1ψ(θ^)) specifying the belief θoand ψ1(θ ^ ) may be a function of θ ^ or may be a constant (ad hoc basis ),while (r) is a pretest region for acceptance of the prior knowledge with level of significance ( ) . numerousauthors have been studied the estimator(4)for estimating parameters,see for example[6],[7]and[8]. the purpose of this paper is to employ the preliminary test single stage (ssse) defined by (4) for estimating the scale parameter (θ) of two parameters inverted gamma (ig) distribution when the shape parameter (α) is known. the expressions of bias, mean squared error (mse) and relative efficiency (r.eff(.)) were derived for the proposed estimator. numerical resultsand conclusions due mentioned expressions including some constantswereachieved and put in annexed tables. comparisons between the proposed estimators with the classical estimator and with existing estimator are performed. maximum likelihood estimator of θ let x1, x2,---, xn be a randomsample of size n form ig (1,θ), then the natural logarithm of the likelihood function l(1,θ) can be written as: ( ) ∑ ∑ ------------------------------(5) ∑ -----------------------------(6) let ,then the maximum likelihood estimator of θ is ∑ ---------------------------------(7) the distribution of is g(nα ,θ/n) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = = ( ) and, ( ) ( ) preliminary test single shrinkage estimator (ptssse). using the form (4), we proposed the preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimator for estimator the scale parameter θ of inverted gamma distribution when a prior knowledge θo available about θ with known shape α =1 as below: { ( ) -----(8) i.e. we put ψ1( ) ( ) in equation (4)and r is the pretest region mathematics | 172 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ]----------------------------------(9) for simplicity , assume r =[a,b] , a b i.e. a= , b= -------------------------(10) where and are respectively the lower and upper 100( /2) percentile point of chi-square distribution with (2n) degree of freedom. the expression for the bias of the estimator is as follow: bias ( ) = e ( ) θ =∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) where is the complement region of r in real space and f(θ ^ ) isa (p d f) of ( ) which has the following forms. ( ) ( ) ( )( ) ------------------(11) we conclude ,( ) * ( ) ( )+ ( )( )---------(12) ( , ) =∫ ( ) = = ----------(13) the bias ratio b(.) of the estimator ( ) is defined below ( ) (( ) -----------(14) and the expression for mean square error (mse) of is given asbelow: mathematics | 173 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( ) ,( ) * ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( )( ) * ( ) ( ) + * ( ) + ( ) ( ) -------------------------------------------(15) in this paper we use the shrinkage weight factor (k) as the same as of thompson – type as below ( ) ( ) ( ) and by simple calculation ( ) ( ) -----------------------------------(16) the relative efficiency of estimator w.r.t the classical estimator is defined as below: ( ) ( ) ( ) -------(17) see for example [6],[7],[8]and[9]. conclusions and numerical results the computations of relative efficiency[r.ef f(.)] and bias ratio [b(.)] for the equation( 14 ) and (17 ) were used for the estimator .thesecomputations (using math. cad program) were performed for =0.01, 0.05, 0.1,ζ =0.25(0.25)2 and n = 4, 6, 8, 10, 12. these computation are given in attached tables no.(1)and(2) for some samples of these constants.the observation mentioned in the tables leads to the following results. 1.bias ratio [b(.)] of increases whenζ increase. 2. the r.e f f of are adversely proportional with value of especially when ζ = 1(θ o =θ) this yields =0.01 has higher r. efficiency for all n. 3. bias ratio of increases when increases especially when ζ= 1. 4. the relative efficiency [r.e ff(.)]decreases when n increases for all and ζ. 5. relative efficiency has the highest value at ζ =1 (θ o =θ) and decreases otherwise. 6. the proportional estimator is better than the classical estimator in the sense of mean squared error. references 1.chhikara,r.and folks,(1977),the inverse gaussian distribution as a life model,techno metrics 19,461-468. 2. sinha,s.and kale,b,(1980),"life testing and reliability estimation. john wiley & sons. 3.von alren,w.(ed).(1964),"reliability engineering by arinc. prentice hall,inc.,new jersey. 4.sherif,y.s. and smith ,m.l.(1980), "first passage time distribution of brownian motion as a reliability model. ieee transaction of reliability,29,5,425-426. 5.lin,c;duran,b,and lewis,(1989),"inverted gamma as a life distribution microelectronics and reliability 29,(4),619-626. mathematics | 174 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 6.aljoboori, a.n.,(2002),"on shrunken estimators for the parameters of simple linear regression model. ibn –al-haithamj. for pure and applied science, 15,(4a).60-67. 7.al-joboori, a. n.,(2010)."pre – test single and double stage shrunken estimator for the mean of normal distribution with known variance ",baghdad journal for science .7.4 .1432-1442. 8.al-joboori, a. n; khalaf, b. a. and hamza, s, (2010),"estimate the scale parameter of exponential distribution via modified tow stage shrinkage technique " ,journal college of education. 6,62-75. 9.thompson,j.r., (1968a),"some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean ",j. amer. statist. assoc,63,113-122. 10.v.wilkorsky,(2001),"computing the distribution of a linear combination of inverted gamma variables" kybernetika ,37(1),79-90. 11.huda, a. rasheed and akbal, j. sultan ,(2015),"bayesion estimate of the scale parameter for inverse gamma distribution under linex loss function ", international journal of advanced research ,3, 2,369 -375. 12.dey,s.,(2007),"inverted exponential distribution as a life distribution model from a bayesian view point data", science journal, 6,107-113. table (1) showed bias ratio [b(.)]of δ n b(-) ζ 0.75 0.50 0.25 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 0.01 4 b(-) -0.75 -0.5 -0.25 -1.966415e-9 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 6 b(-) -0.75 -0.5 -0.25 -1.670148e-10 0.25 0.5 0.75 0.9999999 8 b(-) -0.7499999 -0.5 -0.25 -6.020044e-12 0.25 0.5 0.7499999 0.9999999 10 b(-) -0.7499999 -0.5 -0.25 -1.193395e-13 0.25 0.4999999 0.7499999 0.9999999 12 b(-) -0.7499999 -0.4999999 -0.25 -1.490223e-15 0.25 0.4999999 0.7499999 0.9999999 0.05 4 b(-) -0.7499813 -0.4999878 -0.2499944 -1.2290094e-6 0.2499919 0.4999849 0.749978 0.9999711 6 b(-) -0.7499719 -0.4999813 -0.2499907 -1.0438422e-7 0.2499904 0.4999808 0.7499712 0.9999615 8 b(-) -0.7499625 -0.499975 -0.2499875 -3.7625274e-9 0.2499875 0.499975 0.7499624 0.9999499 10 b(-) -0.7499531 -0.4999688 -0.2499844 -7.458721e-11 0.2499844 0.4999687 0.7499531 0.9999375 12 b(-) -0.7499437 -0.4999625 -0.2499813 -9.313892e-13 0.2499812 0.4999625 0.7499437 0.999925 0.1 4 b(-) -0.7497014 -0.4998049 -0.2499109 -1.966415e-5 0.2498698 0.4997585 0.7496477 0.9995381 6 b(-) -0.74955 -0.4997002 -0.2498506 -1.6701475e-6 0.2498464 0.4996933 0.7495389 0.9993833 8 b(-) -0.7494 -0.4996 -0.2498 -6.0200438e-8 0.2497998 0.4995995 0.749399 0.999198 10 b(-) -0.74925 -0.4995 -0.24975 -1.1933954e-9 0.24975 0.4995 0.7492499 0.9989999 12 b(-) -0.7491 -0.4994 -0.2497 -1.490223e-11 0.2497 0.4994 0.7491 0.9988 mathematics | 175 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (2) showed relative efficiency [r.eff (.)] of . δ n r.eff(-) ζ 0.75 0.50 0.25 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 0.01 4 r.eff(-) 0.4444445 1.0000001 4.0000003 5.4235342e+14 4.0000004 1.0000001 0.4444445 0.25 6 r.eff(-) 0.2962963 0.6666667 2.666667 2.7386475e+14 2.666667 0.6666667 0.2962963 0.1666667 8 r.eff(-) 0.2222223 0.5000001 2.0000003 1.5616604e+14 2.0000003 0.5000001 0.2222223 0.125 10 r.eff(-) 0.1777778 0.4000001 1.6000003 9.9998908e+13 1.6000003 0.4000001 0.1777778 0.1 12 r.eff(-) 0.1481482 0.3333334 1.3333337 6.9444435e+13 1.3333337 0.3333334 0.1481482 0.0833334 0.05 4 r.eff(-) 0.4444667 1.0000497 4.0001857 1.3884247e+9 4.0002792 1.0000666 0.4444739 0.2500166 6 r.eff(-) 0.2963185 0.6667167 2.6668661 7.0109376e+8 2.6668729 0.6667184 0.2963195 0.1666799 8 r.eff(-) 0.2222444 0.50005 2.0002 3.9978506e+8 2.0002002 0.5000501 0.2222445 0.1250126 10 r.eff(-) 0.1778 0.40005 1.6002 2.5599721e+8 1.6002 0.40005 0.1778 0.1000125 12 r.eff(-) 0.1481704 0.3333833 1.3335333 1.7777775e+8 1.3335333 0.3333833 0.1481704 0.0833458 0.1 4 r.eff(-) 0.4448011 1.0007958 4.0029708 5.4235342e+6 4.0044671 1.0010656 0.4449165 0.2502665 6 r.eff(-) 0.2966521 0.6674671 2.6698578 2.7386475e+6 2.6699666 0.6674953 0.2966682 0.1668785 8 r.eff(-) 0.2225782 0.5008008 2.0032011 1.5616604e+6 2.0032051 0.5008023 0.2225793 0.1252013 10 r.eff(-) 0.1781338 0.400801 1.6032022 9.9998908e+5 1.6032023 0.4008011 0.1781339 0.1002003 12 r.eff(-) 0.1485043 0.3341346 1.3365365 6.9444435e+5 1.3365365 0.3341346 0.1485043 0.0835337 mathematics | 176 2012( عام 1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 مقدر التخلص ذي المرحله الواحده الكفؤ لمعلمة قياش توزيع معكوش َكاما عباش وجم سلمان اوتصار عبيد حسون جايعت بغذاد /(ابٍ انهيثى )كهيت انخشبيت نهعهىو انصشفت /قسى انشياضياث ميمووه محمد اميه جايعت انفهىجت 8102 /تشريه الثاوي/82قبل في: 8102/حسيران / 82استلم في: الخالصة نخىصيع يعكىط َكايا ري انًعهًخيٍ عُذيا حكىٌ θيخعايم هزا انبحث يع حقذيش يعهًتانقياط ( ssseبطشيقت يقذس االخخباس األوني انًخقهص ري انًشحهت انىاحذة ) 1يعهىيت وحساوي يعهًت انشكم ( mseورنك باسخعًال عايم وصٌ ويجال يُاسب.أشخقج يعادالث انخحيض, يخىسطًشبعاث انخطأ ) انًقذس انًقخشح . ( ويع انًقذساث انًىجىدة انخي mleوأجشيج يقاسَاث بيٍ انًقذس انًقخشح يع انًقذس انكالسيكي ) جضث وحى عشض هزة انُخائج في انجذاول انًشفقت.اَ حىصيع يعكىط َكايا , يقذساأليكاٌ االعظى , يقذس االخخباس انًخقهص , انخحيض , يخىسط يشبع انخطأ : الكلمات المفتاحية وانكفأة انُسبيت ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 annealing effect on the optical properties of (zno)x(cdo)1-x films obtained by spray pyrolysis w. h. abass departme nt of science , college of basic education, unive rsity of almustansiriyah received in: 7 april 2011, accepte d in: 20 september 2011 abstract the effect of the annealin g on the op tical transmission , absorp tion coefficient, dielectric constants (εr),( εi) ,skin depth and the optical ener gy gap of (zno)x(cdo)1-x thin films with (x=0.05) deposited on p reheated glass substrates at a temp erature of (450 c°) by chemical p y roly sis technique were p erformed . these f ilms show direct allowed inter band transition that influenced by annealing at ( 450 c°) for two hours . and it also found that the optical ener gy gap has been increased fro m about (2.50 ev) b efore annealing to about (2.65 ev) after annealin g , fro m the analy sis of the absorp tion and transmission sp ectra in the wavelength range (380-900nm) . the results show that all these parameters were affected by annealin g. key words: (zno)x(cdo)1-x thin film, op tical p rop erties, chemical sp ray py roly sis, annealin g effect introduction transp arent conducting oxide (tco) thin films have been widely used in solar cells applications. cdo and zno have high transp arency in the visible region of the electromagn etic sp ectrum and show n-type conductivity , mainly due to oxy gen vacan cies[1]. cadmium o xide is an oxy gen deficient ntype conducting due to oxy gen vacancies [1], and has nacl structure [2]. cadmium oxide has been consider ed as a p romising material for solar cells [3] , due to high electrical conductivity and its high transp arency in the visible region, also for these p rop erties , cdo could be used as a gas sensor , low-emissivity windows, wear resistant app lications, flat p anel disp lay s , thin film resistor, light emitt ing diode ,heat reflectors [4-7]. zno materials have received broad att ention due to their well-known p erformance in electronics, op tics and p hotonics. the interest in dop ing zno is to exp lore the possibility of tailorin g its electrical, magnetic and op tical p rop erties. zinc oxide can be dop ed with a wide variety of ions to meet t he demands of several app lication fields [8]. z no can be found easi ly as n-type because of zn interst itials and oxy gen v acancies. recently, the dop ing of different elements has been att emp ted to induce new interesting p rop erties, such as for transp arent electrodes [9]. for the development of optoelectronic devices with zno, it is necessary to have high quality materials of bot h n-type and p -type. we report the effect of annealing at (450 ºc) on the optical p rop erties of (zno)x(cdo)1-x grown by sp ray py roly sis. experime ntal de tails thin films of (z no)x(cdo)1-x have been p rep ared by chemical py rolysis technique ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the sp ray py rolysis was done with a laboratory design ed glass atomizer, which has an outp ut nozzle about 1 mm. the films were dep osited on p reheated glass substrates at temp erature of 450°c, the chemical solution was achieved by addin g 2.974 gm of (zn (no3)2 6h2o) on 100 ml of distilled water , and adding of 3.0847gm of (cd(no3)24h2o) on 100 ml of distilled water by using magnitin g st irrer achieved by taking 0.1 m of dissolve in distilled water as equations[9]: )..................... 1000 (1 vmwt wt m  where: m: concent rat ion mol. mwt : mo lecular weight from (zn (no3)2 6h2o) an d (cd(no3)24h2o). wt: want ed weight dissolved in dist illed wat er. v: vol ume of dist illed wat er. the opt imized condit ions were the following paramet ers, spray t ime (15 sec) and t he spray interval (2 min) , average deposit ion (10 cm 3 /min ) , distance between nozzle and substrat e ( 30 cm) and t he carrier gas (filt ered compressed air) was maint ained at a p ressure of 10 5 nm -2 . thicknesses of t he samples were measured using the weight ing method. the accuracy of t hickness measurements was (750 nm) these films were annealed at (450 ºc ) for t wo hours , optical t ransmitt ance and absorbance were recorded in the wavelength ran ge (380-900nm) using uv-v isible spect rophotom et er (shimadzu comp any japan). results and discussions fig. (1) shows t he sp ectral distribution of transmittance for the as dep osited and annealed (zno)x(cdo)1-x films at (450 °c) in the wavelength range (300-900) nm. in this sp ectral region, transmittance of annealed (zno)x(cdo)1-x film is h igher than that for as deposited on. the increasin g of transmission for (zno)x(cdo)1-x might be due to decrease scatt ering of p hotons by crystal defects, and the free carr ier absorp tion of p hotons contributed to the reduction in op tical transmittance, or might be du e to increase of the crystallite size. the increased rou ghness of the annealed thin films contributed to the drastic decrease of op tical transmittance [10], from this figure it is observed that the transmittance decreases at the low wavelength region, which is the sp ectral region of fundamental absorption, in this region the inco min g p hotons have sufficient ener gy to excite electrons from the valence band to the conduction band and thus these p hotons are absorbed within the material to decr ease the transmittance. for this reason, this region carries the information of the band gap of the material [11]. figure (2) shows the absorption coefficient (α) of annealed and as deposited (zno)x(cdo)1-x films versus p hoton energy , from this fi gure α (annealed (zno)x(cdo)1-x ) > α (as deposited (zno)x(cdo)1-x), this might be att ributed to the increase of defect st ates which leads to incr ease absorp tion coefficient. absorption of p hotons creates electron-hole p airs. in turn, the field of such p airs may modify the elect ronic structure and hence of optical propert ies of (zno)x(cdo)1-x film [12]. according to the solid band t heory , the relation bet ween the absorpt ion coefficient an d t he energy of incident light is given by (αhf) n =b(hf-eg) [13] , in which b is a constant ,eg is the op tical band gap energy and n is the ½ and 2 for the allouued transition bein g indir ect and direct ,resp ectively . ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 figure (3) shows a p lot of (αhf) 2 as a function of photon energy .the direct (n=2) band gap value of annealed and as deposited(zno)x(cdo)1-x films are d etermined fro m the curve extrapolation. these valu es are 2.65 e v and 2. 50 ev resp ectively . this may be the cause for the decrease in b and tail width, and then increase energy gap. refractive index is one of the fundamental p rop erties for an op tical material , because it is closely related to the electronic polarizability of ions and the local field inside materials. the refractive index (no) is related to the op tical reflectance (r) by the following relation [14]: (1) -------------                   1 1 )1( 4 2/1 2 r r k r r n o where (k) is the extinction coefficient. the behavior of refractive index is nearly similar to the reflectance , the refractive index increases with annealing ,we can observe from fig.(4) ,the decrease in refractive index could be attributed to the decrease of optical absorp tion in this range. the extinction coefficient (k°) can be determined by using the relation [15]: (2) ------------    4 k o where is the absorp tion coefficient and (λ) is the wavelength of the incident p hoton. figure (4) shows the variation in (k°) as a function of the phot on energy , it can be noticed that the extinction coefficient increases with annealing. the variation of the real (r) and imaginary (i) p arts of the dielectric constant values versus photon energy for (zno)x(cdo)1-x films before and after annealing are shown in figure (5). the behavior of r is similar to t hat of refractive index because the smaller valu e of( k° 2 ) comp ared with (n° 2 ) [16]: εr = n° 2 -k° 2 ------------(3) while (i) is mainly depends on the (k°) values, which are related to t he variation of absorp tion coefficient [16]: εi =2n° k°-------------(4) the variations of these two p arameters with incident p hoton energy were shown in figure (5). from these curves it is found that r and i increases after annealing. the real and imaginary p arts of the dielectric constant indicate the same p att ern and the values of real part are higher than imaginary p art [16]. it is useful to define a characteristic ‘‘skin’’ thickn ess that is subject to an app reciable density of optical ener gy .a convenient form used widely is simply the inverse of α, i. e. χ ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 = 1 / α . in other words, t he electromagn etic wave will have amp litude reduced by a factor 'e' after traversing a t hickness (called t he skin depth) [17] . the behaviors of the curves in figure (6) can be divided in t o two part s . in the first region below λ=440 nm, skin dept h decreases wit h annealing . while for the secon d region higher than λ=440 nm ,the skin depth increases wit h annealing as compared wit h t he depo sit ed on. due to increase the pro bability of absorpt ion wit h annealing. conclusions (zno)x(cdo)1-x thin films were deposit ed ont o glass subst rat es heat ed at 450c 0 , by chemical pyroly sis t echnique . t he heat treat ment ch anges t he opt ical charact erist ics under invest igat ion in this study. t he result sho w t hat the eg is (2.50 ev) before ann ealing an d (2.65ev) aft er annealing. re ferences 1. boeeze, a. and p erkins, p.g. (1973), solid st ate p hy sics , cadmium oxide (cdo) opt ical and photoelectric ,dielectric constants, 13, 1031. 2. altwein, m .; finkenrath, h.; konak, c.; st uke, j. and zimmerer, g. (1968), solid st ate p hy sics the electronic structure of cdo ii. sp ectral dist ribution of optical const ants, 29, 203. 3. vigil ,o. ; vaillant, l. ; cruz, f.; santana, g.; m orales-acevedoc, a.and contreraspuente g., (2000) thin solid films 361–362, 53. 4. m artin, e.; yan, m . ; lane, m . ; ireland, j. ; kann ewurf ,c. and chang ,r.h. (2004), t hin solid fi lms 461, 309. 5. carballeda-galicia, d.; castanedo-pérez , r.; jiménez-sandov al, o.; jimén ez – sandoval, s.; torres-delgado, g.; c. zúňi ga-romero, (2000) ,thin solid films 371 , 105 . 6. kim, h. ; gilmor e , c.m . ; pique, a. ; horwitz , j.s. ; m att oussi , h. ; m urata , h. ; kafafi ,z.h.; chrisey, d.b., j. (1999) , solid st ate p hy sics ," electrical, op tical, and st ructural p rop erties of indium–tin–oxide thin films for or ganic light-emitting devices". 11 ,6451. 7. anandan , s., curr. ,(2008) , ap p l. phys. 8 , 99. 8. seeber, w. t. ; abou-helal ,m . o. ; barth, s. ; beil , d. ; hoè che, t. ; afify , h. h. and demian , s. e., (1999) , m aterials science in semiconductor processin g ,"transp arent semiconducting zno:al thin films prep ared by sp ray py roly sis", 2 , 45-55. 9. jeung hun park, hy uk k. pak and chae-ry ung cho, (2006) , journal of the korean physical society , dep osition-temp erature effects on azo thin films prep ared by rf m agnetron sputtering and their phy sical prop erties, 49, 584588. 10. tigau , n. ; ciup ina ,v. ; prodan, g. ; rusu ,g. i. ; gheorghies ,c. and vasile, e. (2003) opt oelectronics advance m aterials , structural, optical and electrical p rop erties of sb2o3 thin films with different thickness , 8 , 1 37-42. 11. banerjee1,a.n. ; ghosh ,c.k., das , s. ; chatt op adhy ay , k.k., (2005)..phy sica b 370, 264–276. 12. afaf abdel-aali, bahiga abdel-hameed m ansoour, hoda m ohamed eissa3,(2005) t urk j. phy s, some phy sical prop erties of g irradiated gex(as2te3)100 x chalcogenide sy st em,. 29 ,223 232. 13. balitska, v. o. ; shp oty uk ,o. i., (1998) , non-cryst solids ,"on the problem of electroninduced an isotropy effect in as2s3-based glasses" , 227, 723. 14. ezekoy e, b. a. ; okkek ,c. e., (2006) ,the pacific journal of science and techno logy , 7,108. 15. chinese journal of p hysics(2007), 45, 2-i april . 16. shokr, e. k. ; wakkad, m . m . ; m ater, j., (1992), sci. effect of laser irradiation on the optical p rop erties of amorphous se96-xte4gax thin films , 27, 1197. 17. eloy j. f. (1984), national school of physics, power lasers , grenoble, france, john wiley & sons , 59. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): o ptical transmi ttance of (zno )x(cdo)1-x films. the inse t shows absorptance versus wa velength fi g. (2 ): absorption coe fficient ve rsus ph oton energy for (zno )x(c do) 1-x thin film be fore an d afte r anne aling ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fi g. (3 ): o pti cal ban d gap eg estimation for(zno )x(c do) 1-x thin film befo re and after annealing fig.(4): (n°)&(k°) versus photon energy for (zno )x(cdo)1-x thin film before and after annealing ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fi g.(5): εr & εi versus photon ene rgy fo r (zno)x(c do) 1-x thin film befo re and after anneali ng. fig. (6): s kin depth versus wavelength for (zno )x(cdo)1-x thin film before and after annealing ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 x(cdo)1-x(zno)تأثیرات المعاملة الحراریة في الخصائص البصریة ألغشیة المحضرة بطریقة التحلل الكیمیائي الحراري وداد هنو عباس قسم العلوم، كلیة التربیة األساسیة، الجامعة المستنصریة 2011 ایلول 20: قبل البحث في، 2011 نیسان 7:استلم البحث في الخالصة ، وعمـق االختـراق ،وثابت العزل الحقیقي والخیالي ،ومعامل االمتصاص ،درس تأثیر التلدین في النفاذیة البصریة المرسـبة علـى قواعـد زجاجیـة مـسخنة لدرجـة )x=0.05(الرقیقـة وبنـسبة x(cdo)1-x(zno)ألغـشیة وفجوة الطاقة البـصریة )c° 450 ( والمحـضرة بــسمك)nm 750 ( أظهــرت هــذه األغــشیة فجــوة طاقــة مباشــرة . بطریقــة التحلــل الكیمیــائي الحــراري قیمـة فجـوة الطاقـة البـصریة ازدادت مـن وكـذلك وجـد أن. ولمدة سـاعتین ) c°) 450 مسموحة متأثرة بالتلدین بدرجة حرارة )ev 2.50 ( قبــل التلــدین إلـى)ev 2.65 ( طیــف االمتــصاصیة والنفاذیـة فــي مــدى األطــوال ومــن تحلیـل ، بعــد التلــدین . كافة قد تغیرت بسبب التلدینان هذه المعلماتأظهرت النتائج ، (900nm-380)الموجیة عاملة الحراریةمتأثیر ال، الحراري التحلل الكیمیائي، الخواص البصریة، x(cdo)1-x(zno) غشیة أ:الكلمات المفتاحیة 70 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 bareq baqe selman alaa m. hamad abstract this paper deals with estimation of the reliability system in the stressstrength model of the shape parameter for the power distribution. the proposed approach has been including different estimations methods such as maximum likelihood method, shrinkage estimation methods, least square method and moment method. comparisons process had been carried out between the various employed estimation methods with using the mean square error criteria via matlab software package. keywords: power distribution, (s-s) stress-strength reliability, maximum likelihood, moment method, least squares method, shrinkage method. 1. introduction the power function distribution represents one of the most important distribution approach in statistical process. it can be expressed by 𝑥~𝑝𝑜𝑤(𝑥, 𝛼) . actually, it can be considered as a simple and flexible distribution method that can be used in different applications such as the estimation of reliability for electrical components [1]. this distribution has been introduced in (1967) by malik h.j throughout studying the exact moment of power function distribution and found a precise expression for moment of power function distribution [2]. although bayesian estimation method of parameters have been used by several statisticians and mathematical analysts, but many researchers considered the power function distribution is better than a lot of distributions such as lognormal distribution, exponential distribution and weibull distribution. the power function distribution is as a special case for person first kind distribution that represents the simplicity of the moments for power function distribution [3]. in fact blue estimation method has been introduced for the estimation of the scale and location parameter from the log-gamma distribution. many of others researchers were presented estimations of normal distribution parameters by using likelihood function [4-6]. the aim of this work is to estimate the reliability system in the stressstrength model of power function distribution. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2284 article history: received 24 february 2019, accepted 14 april 2019, publish september 2019. department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. bareqbaqe@gmail.com alaa_073@yahoo.com different estimation methods of the stress-strength reliability power distribution mailto:bareqbaqe@gmail.com mailto:bareqbaqe@gmail.com mailto:alaa_073@yahoo.com 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 this process has been carried out with using and comparing different estimation methods such as maximum likelihood estimation (mle), moment (mom), least square (ls) and shrinkage estimation methods (sh). the (c.d.f) of random variable x for power function distribution is given as in the following [7, 8]. 𝐹(𝑥, 𝜃, 𝛼) = 𝑥𝛼 𝜃𝛼 0 < 𝑥 < 𝜃−1 (1) while the probability density function (p.d.f) of power distribution can be defined as: 𝑓(𝑥, 𝜃, 𝛼) = 𝛼𝜃𝛼 𝑥𝛼−1 0 < 𝑥 < 𝜃−1 (2) where α and θ represent the shape and scale parameters respectively. in special case, if 𝜃 = 1 then (c. d. f) will be as follows: 𝐹(𝑥, 𝛼) = 𝑥𝛼 0 < 𝑥 < 1 (3) and consequently, the (p. d. f) of power function distribution will be: 𝑓(𝑥, 𝛼) = 𝛼𝑥𝛼−1 0 < 𝑥 < 1 (4) the two random variable x and y are following the power function distribution with parameters (α1, 1) and (𝛼2, 1) respectively and according to strength – stress (s-s) model. hence, the 𝑥~𝑝𝑜𝑤(𝑥, 𝛼1) and 𝑦~𝑝𝑜𝑤(𝑦, 𝛼2)in the strength – stress model can be defined as in the following: 𝑅 = 𝑃(𝑦 < 𝑥) ∫ ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑓(𝑦) 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥 𝑋 𝑂 1 0 = ∫ ∫ 𝛼1𝑥 𝛼1−1𝛼2𝑦 𝛼2−1𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥 𝑥 0 1 0 where 𝑝(𝑦 < 𝑥) = 𝑅 = 𝛼1 𝛼1+𝛼2 (5) 2. estimation methods 2.1 maximum likelihood estimator (mle) the maximum likelihood estimator is most popular method because it is approximates the minimum variance unbiased [12]. let𝑥1, 𝑥2 … … 𝑥𝑛 be a random sample of𝑝𝑜𝑤(𝛼1, 1) and𝑦1, 𝑦2 … … 𝑦𝑚 be a random sample of 𝑝𝑜𝑤(𝛼2, 1) then, the maximum likelihood for𝛼1 and𝛼2 will be: 𝐿 = 𝐿(𝛼𝑖 , 𝑥𝑖 , 𝑦𝑖 ) = ∏ 𝑓(𝑥𝑖 ) 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∏ 𝑔(𝑦𝑖 ) 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝐿 = ∏ 𝛼1 𝑛 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 𝛼1−1 ∏ 𝛼2 𝑚 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑦𝑖 𝛼2−1 taking the logarithm of both sides, then: 𝐿𝑛 𝐿 = 𝑛 ln 𝛼1 + (𝛼1 + 1) ln ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 + 𝑚 ln 𝛼2 + (𝛼2 + 1) ln ∑ 𝑦𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 taking the partial derivation for the above equations with respect to the shape parameter and then equating the results to zero, this will lead to: �̂�1𝑚𝑙𝑒 = −𝑛 ln ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (6) �̂�2𝑚𝑙𝑒 = −𝑚 𝑙𝑛 ∑ 𝑦𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 (7) �̂�2𝑚𝑙𝑒 in equation (5); the reliability estimation of stress – strength model using maximum likelihood method will become: �̂�𝑚𝑙𝑒 = �̂�1𝑚𝑙𝑒 �̂�1𝑚𝑙𝑒 +�̂�2𝑚𝑙𝑒 (8) 72 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2.2. moment method (mom) the moment method can be considered as the most common and a simple method that have been used in estimation of the parameters. it can be summarized by equating the population moments 𝑀𝑟 = 𝐸(𝑥 𝑟 ) as in the following [8]. 𝐸(𝑥) = 𝛼1 𝛼1+1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐸(𝑦) = 𝛼2 𝛼2+1 when equating the sample mean e(x) and e(y) to the corresponding population mean, then 𝛼1 𝛼1+1 = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 (9) 𝛼2 𝛼2+1 = ∑ 𝑦𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑚 (10) from equations (9) and (10), the estimation of parameters 𝛼1and α2 using moment method will be written as in the following: �̂�1𝑚𝑜𝑚 = ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑛𝑖=1 𝑛−∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑛𝑖=1 (11) �̂�2𝑚𝑜𝑚 = ∑ 𝑦𝑖𝑚𝑖=1 𝑚−∑ 𝑦𝑖𝑚𝑖=1 (12) substituting the equations (11) and (12) in equation (5), then the estimation of stress – strength reliability with using moment method will become: �̂�𝑚𝑜𝑚 = �̂�1𝑚𝑜𝑚 �̂�1𝑚𝑜𝑚 +�̂�2𝑚𝑜𝑚 (13) 2.3 least square method (lsm) [5] [9] let𝑥1, 𝑥2 … … 𝑥𝑛 be a random sample of 𝑝𝑜𝑤(𝛼1, 1) and𝑦1, 𝑦2 … … 𝑦𝑚 be a random sample of 𝑝𝑜𝑤(𝛼2, 1), then: 𝐹(𝑥1) = 𝑥𝑖 𝛼1 𝑥𝑖 = [𝐹(𝑥𝑖 )] 1 𝛼1 taking the logarithm for the both sides of the above equation, then: ln(𝑥𝑖 ) = 1 𝛼1 ln[𝐹(𝑥𝑖 )] 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 𝑦 = ln 𝑥𝑖, 𝑎 = 1 𝛼𝑖 , 𝑥𝑖 = ln[𝐹(𝑥𝑖 )], 𝑏 = 0 hence 𝑎 = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑦𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 − ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑦𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝑛 𝑖=1 − (∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 )2 𝑛 �̂�1𝐿𝑠 = ∑ [ln 𝐹(𝑥𝑖)] 2𝑛 𝑖=1 − [∑ ln 𝐹(𝑥𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 ] 2 𝑛 ∑ ln 𝐹(𝑥𝑖) ln 𝑥𝑖− 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∑ ln 𝐹(𝑥𝑖) ln 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 (14) �̂�2𝐿𝑠 = ∑ [ln 𝐺(𝑦𝑖)] 2𝑚 𝑖=1 − [∑ ln 𝐺(𝑦𝑖) 𝑚 𝑖=1 ] 2 𝑚 ∑ ln 𝐺(𝑦𝑖) ln 𝑦𝑖− 𝑚 𝑖=1 ∑ ln 𝐺(𝑦𝑖) ln 𝑦𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑚 (15) for stress – strength reliability �̂�𝐿𝑠using least square method as in the following: 73 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 �̂�𝐿𝑠 = �̂�1𝐿𝑠 �̂�1𝐿𝑠 +�̂�2𝐿𝑠 (16) 2.4 shrinkage estimation method (sh) [10][13]. the shrinkage estimation method can be considered as the bayesian approach which has depended on the prior information. the basic reasons for using the prior estimation had been introduced by thompson in 1968.in the shrinkage estimation method the parameter was used as initial value 𝛼0 from the past and usual estimator �̂�𝑢𝑏 through consideration them by shrinkage weight factor, ∅(�̂�) , 0 < ∅(�̂�) < 1, which can be written as: �̂�𝑠ℎ = ∅(�̂�)�̂�𝑢𝑏 + (1 − ∅(�̂�))𝛼0 (17) to find α̂ub from �̂�𝑚𝑙𝑒 �̂�𝑚𝑙𝑒 = −𝑛 ln ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 𝑛 − 1 �̂�𝑚𝑙𝑒 ≠ �̂�𝑚𝑙𝑒 �̂�𝑢𝑏 = 𝑛−1 𝑛 �̂�𝑚𝑙𝑒 �̂�𝑢𝑏 = −(𝑛−1) ∑ ln 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (18) 2.4.1 shrinkage weight function ( 𝒔𝒉𝟏) [11]. in this case, the shrinkage weight factor has used as a function of n, in which: ∅(�̂�) = | sin 𝑛 𝑛 |, �̂�𝑢𝑏 = −(𝑛−1) ∑ ln 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 substituting in equation (17), then: �̂�1𝑠ℎ1 = | sin 𝑛 𝑛 | �̂�𝑢𝑏 + (1 − | sin 𝑛 𝑛 |) 𝛼0 (19) �̂�2𝑠ℎ1 = | sin 𝑚 𝑚 | �̂�𝑢𝑏 + (1 − | sin 𝑚 𝑚 |) 𝛼0 (20) substituting �̂�1𝑠ℎ1 ,�̂�2𝑠ℎ1 in equation (5), then the reliability estimation of stress – strength model with using shrinkage weight function will become: �̂�𝑠ℎ1 = �̂�1𝑠ℎ1 �̂�1𝑠ℎ1 +�̂�2𝑠ℎ1 (21) 2.4.2 constant shrinkage factor ( 𝒔𝒉𝟐 ) [11]. in constant shrinkage factor case, it can be assumed that∅(�̂�) = 𝑘, k=0.001 which represent the constant shrinkage weight factor. implying (1-k=0.999), then: �̂�1𝑠ℎ2 = 𝑘1�̂�𝑢𝑏 + (1 − 𝑘1)𝛼0 (22) �̂�2𝑠ℎ2 = 𝑘2�̂�𝑢𝑏 + (1 − 𝑘2)𝛼0 (23) substituting�̂�1𝑠ℎ2 ,�̂�2𝑠ℎ2 in equation (5), then reliability estimation of stress – strength model with using constant shrinkage factor will become as in the following: �̂�𝑠ℎ2 = �̂�1𝑠ℎ2 �̂�1𝑠ℎ2 +�̂�2𝑠ℎ2 (24) 74 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2.4.3 beta shrinkage factor (𝒔𝒉𝟑) [11]. in this case, the assumption of∅(�̂�) = 𝛽(1, 𝑛, 𝑚) for the beta shrinkage weight factor has been taken as∅(�̂�1) = 𝛽(1, 𝑛), and ∅(�̂�2) = 𝛽(1, 𝑚) and this implies to the following shrinkage estimators: �̂�1𝑠ℎ3 = 𝛽(1, 𝑛)�̂�𝑢𝑏 + (1 − 𝛽(1, 𝑚))𝛼0 (25) �̂�2𝑠ℎ3 = 𝛽(1, 𝑛)�̂�𝑢𝑏 + (1 − 𝛽(1, 𝑚))𝛼0 (26) substituting�̂�1𝑠ℎ3 , �̂�2𝑠ℎ3 in equation (5), then the reliability estimation of stress – strength model with using beta shrinkage factor will become as in the following: �̂�𝑠ℎ3 = �̂�1𝑠ℎ3 �̂�1𝑠ℎ3 +�̂�2𝑠ℎ3 (27) 3simulation process the simulation process has done with using different sample size such as (30, 50 and 100) and built on 1000 iteration and using the mean square error (mse) to measure and check the performance as in the following steps: step 1: the random sample generated for x according to the uniform distribution over the interval (0, 1) as𝑟1,𝑟2…………𝑟𝑛 and the random sample generated for y according to the uniform distribution over the interval (0, 1), as 𝑠1,𝑠2,…………𝑠𝑚 step 2: transforming the above power distribution with using reliability as in the following: 𝑅(𝑥) = 1 − 𝑥𝛼 𝑥𝑖 = (1 − 𝑟𝑖 ) 1 𝛼 i=1, 2, 3 ……..n using the same procedure .then 𝑦𝑗 = (1 − 𝑠𝑗 ) 1 𝛼 j=1, 2, 3 ……..m step 3: calculating�̂�1𝑚𝑙𝑒 and �̂�2𝑚𝑙𝑒 using equations (6) and (7) respectively. step 4: calculating�̂�1𝑚𝑜𝑚 and �̂�2𝑚𝑜𝑚 using equations (9) and (10) respectively. step 5: calculating�̂�1𝐿𝑠 and �̂�2𝐿𝑠 using equations (14) and (15) respectively. step 6: calculating �̂�1𝑠ℎ𝑖 and �̂�2𝑠ℎ𝑖 when i=1, 2, 3 using equations (19), (20), (22), (23), (25) and (26) respectively. step 7: calculating�̂�𝑚𝑙𝑒 , �̂�𝑚𝑜𝑚 , �̂�𝐿𝑠 , �̂�𝑠ℎ1 , �̂�𝑠ℎ2 and�̂�𝑠ℎ3 using equations (8), (13), (16), (21), (24) and (27) respectively. where, 𝑅 ̂point to the suggest estimator of reliability r. the outcomes results are listed in the tables 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17. respectively. 4. numerical result some methods of goodness of fit analysis are employed here; the measurement give an indication of best method is mean square error (mse) from tables for all. 1. for all n=(30,50,100) and m=(30,50,100) in this work for minimum mean square error (mse) for the stress-strength reliability estimator of power function distribution after noted the mean square error in tables, the result indicates that shrinkage estimator (sh2) is the best . 2. for all n=(30,50,100) and m=(30,50,100) the minimum mean square error (mse) for the stressstrength reliability estimator of power function distribution ,we noticed that the shrinkage estimator is the best and follows by maximum likelihood estimator (mle), moment estimator (mom) and least square estimator (ls). 3. for the various cases when (n=30 and m=30), (𝛼1=1and α2=1) then be moment 75 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 estimator (mom) batter then maximum likelihood estimator (mle). table 1. the estimation when r=0.5, alpha1= 1, alpha2= 1. table 2. mse values when r = 0.5, alpha1= 1, alpha2= 1. table 3. the estimation when r =0.333333, alpha1= 1, alpha2= 2. n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.490139 0.511770 0.500105 0.500003 0.500106 0.491397 50 0.502377 0.501424 0.485568 0.500000 0.492930 0.498530 100 0.500411 0.497019 0.485535 0.500002 0.487835 0.495937 50 30 0.497673 0.499256 0.514426 0.500001 0.507071 0.501789 50 0.501290 0.502633 0.499992 0.499999 0.499969 0.501975 100 0.501921 0.501610 0.499903 0.499999 0.494837 0.500422 100 30 0.496428 0.499589 0.514526 0.500001 0.512236 0.502114 50 0.497654 0.498059 0.500099 0.500001 0.505168 0.501268 100 0.500210 0.500975 0.499999 0.500000 0.499997 0.498823 n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.000519010585 0.000403849563 0.000000057885 0.000000000048 0.000000059360 0.001867492654 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.003335498758 0.00404372155 0.00021100121 0.00000000367 0.00005342323 0.00596515484 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00275059025 0.00358047587 0.00021203899 0.00000000287 0.00015090743 0.00535912842 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.00338030723 0.00439697723 0.00021093108 0.00000000358 0.00005343251 0.00621983678 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00264717587 0.00349108397 0.00000007768 0.00000000277 0.00000120029 0.00505326237 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00186086110 0.00248158856 0.00000006313 0.00000000196 0.00002730713 0.00387593133 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.00268746093 0.00362852707 0.00021403837 0.00000000301 0.00015287915 0.00474061679 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00191579777 0.00247303858 0.00000006418 0.00000000198 0.00002736419 0.00382297898 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00130008952 0.00169115906 0.00000003502 0.00000000134 0.00000013940 0.00230190166 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.333767 0.334263 0.333414 0.333336 0.333415 0.336289 50 0.337382 0.334902 0.320640 0.333333 0.327086 0.336407 100 0.338877 0.336147 0.320533 0.333332 0.322533 0.335001 50 30 0.336594 0.338421 0.346229 0.333331 0.339564 0.342261 50 0.333468 0.332847 0.333339 0.333334 0.333357 0.334368 100 0.335005 0.333733 0.333255 0.333334 0.328789 0.335376 76 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 4. mse values when r = 0.333333, alpha1= 1, alpha2= 2. table 5. the estimation when r =0.666666, alpha1= 2, alpha2= 1. 100 30 0.328662 0.329458 0.346444 0.333337 0.344379 0.334704 50 0.332007 0.332608 0.333424 0.333335 0.337963 0.334676 100 0.335370 0.335221 0.333327 0.333332 0.333320 0.335713 n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.00333045942 0.00407349011 0.00000456676 0.00000000366 0.00000468648 0.00602348672 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00272675676 0.00317425319 0.00016326720 0.00000000289 0.00004172719 0.00491135012 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00235315660 0.00304112894 0.00016601546 0.00000000241 0.00011895110 0.00417668486 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.00253964500 0.00309479408 0.00016860628 0.00000000272 0.00004151959 0.00486156577 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.0020245050 0.00236857438 0.00000005918 0.00000000211 0.00000091460 0.00367715958 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00155424555 0.00194082119 0.00000004951 0.00000000158 0.00002113966 0.00293098875 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.00224635487 0.00265176602 0.00017436372 0.00000000250 0.00012458560 0.00424344399 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00149852589 0.00180930296 0.00000005236 0.00000000161 0.00002197596 0.00292503967 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00105247266 0.00125820431 0.00000002811 0.00000000107 0.00000011190 0.00203644507 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.662728 0.663078 0.666702 0.666668 0.666702 0.664002 50 0.663332 0.663325 0.653800 0.666670 0.660460 0.658256 100 0.667976 0.666353 0.653665 0.666666 0.655736 0.664065 50 30 0.662408 0.663825 0.679385 0.666668 0.672938 0.661386 50 0.666429 0.665317 0.666658 0.666665 0.666634 0.664104 100 0.666855 0.665989 0.666582 0.666666 0.662053 0.663561 100 30 0.660560 0.663617 0.679517 0.666669 0.677516 0.667085 50 0.665754 0.666582 0.666742 0.666665 0.671203 0.667305 100 0.66579 0.665672 0.666668 0.666667 0.666668 0.665879 77 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 6. mse values when r = 0.666666, alpha1= 2, alpha2= 1. table7. the estimation when r =0.2500000, alpha1= 1, alpha2= 3. table 8. mse values when r = 0.2500000, alpha1= 1, alpha2= 3. n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.251955 0.249262 0.250052 0.250001 0.250053 0.251874 50 0.253903 0.253116 0.239376 0.250000 0.244759 0.253825 100 0.253407 0.252539 0.239330 0.250001 0.241002 0.253077 50 30 0.251326 0.252295 0.260959 0.250000 0.255319 0.256074 50 0.251116 0.249421 0.250005 0.250001 0.250020 0.251890 100 0.250869 0.250132 0.249939 0.250002 0.246185 0.251854 100 30 0.248037 0.248544 0.261095 0.250002 0.259334 0.252563 50 0.250922 0.250898 0.250069 0.250000 0.253894 0.254081 100 0.250477 0.250285 0.250003 0.250000 0.250005 0.250916 n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.00328250122 0.00373222061 0.00000425693 0.00000000342 0.00000436837 0.00606980612 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00259447656 0.00324478044 0.00016767398 0.00000000266 0.00004106095 0.00517968821 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00206071212 0.00242868274 0.00017126775 0.00000000222 0.00012180771 0.00389842610 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.00273481415 0.00325502994 0.00016399215 0.00000000291 0.00004210945 0.00532038893 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00185242541 0.00225935108 0.00000005461 0.00000000194 0.00000084415 0.00353063805 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00157365989 0.00185528680 0.00000005292 0.00000000166 0.00002184280 0.00302255985 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.00239094911 0.00285689399 0.00016762461 0.00000000253 0.00012031708 0.00390968491 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00138303657 0.00166057068 0.00000004423 0.00000000141 0.00002102378 0.00268810353 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00096451894 0.00119679615 0.00000002584 0.00000000099 0.00000010287 0.00200269936 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.00238794868 0.002815755086 0.000003239263 0.000000002596 0.000003324242 0.004110057260 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00179231243 0.002194623563 0.000114274591 0.000000001810 0.000029189762 0.003461646653 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00154622400 0.002007092701 0.000115260720 0.000000001531 0.000082459639 0.003073759490 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.00194448207 0.002350645135 0.000121745483 0.000000002092 0.000030292392 0.003608076782 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00148586648 0.001741949682 0.00000004300 0.00000000153 0.00000066465 0.00273533263 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.0010774882 0.00133269966 0.00000003359 0.00000000109 0.00001488988 0.00219412488 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.00152834454 0.001698567219 0.00012497442 0.00000000173 0.00008905011 0.00286844206 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.00112174712 0.001257705394 0.00000003779 0.00000000120 0.00001556871 0.00215713682 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.00072228004 0.000834738472 0.00000001933 0.00000000074 0.00000007694 0.00145595257 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 9. the estimation when r =0.5000000, alpha1= 2, alpha2= 2. table 10. mse values when r = 0.5000000, alpha1= 2, alpha2= 2. table 11.the estimation when r =0.750000, alpha1= 3, alpha2= 1. n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.500752 0.500283 0.499984 0.500000 0.499984 0.498106 50 0.501153 0.500582 0.485629 0.500000 0.492974 0.497582 100 0.502017 0.500986 0.485552 0.500001 0.487843 0.498328 50 30 0.497610 0.498436 0.514437 0.500001 0.507076 0.501432 50 0.498133 0.498306 0.500010 0.500002 0.500040 0.495669 100 0.502684 0.501383 0.499900 0.499999 0.494824 0.500963 100 30 0.497646 0.499452 0.514483 0.499999 0.512190 0.500630 50 0.499560 0.500307 0.500088 0.499999 0.505127 0.502454 100 0.500073 0.500067 0.500000 0.500000 0.499999 0.501504 n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.004128967671 0.004604492710 0.000005672908 0.000000004557 0.000005821534 0.007466248540 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.003355245833 0.003784728713 0.000209383584 0.000000003620 0.000052863372 0.006185754049 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.002539072228 0.002862493900 0.000211322115 0.000000002679 0.000150482732 0.004649858803 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.003222287571 0.003616390312 0.0002112752765 0.000000003490 0.000053445804 0.006250665745 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.002543357768 0.002951662489 0.000000077652 0.000000002770 0.000001200648 0.005053937844 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001813708137 0.001971894924 0.000000061788 0.000000001892 0.000027409095 0.003494129231 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.002623859568 0.003039695366 0.000212392743 0.000000002745 0.000151354885 0.004670769245 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.001796372291 0.001975020089 0.000000057684 0.000000001826 0.000026875471 0.003170938343 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001240136539 0.001388572811 0.000000033491 0.000000001284 0.000000133296 0.002447561555 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.747445 0.747676 0.749984 0.750000 0.749984 0.742832 50 0.748323 0.748968 0.739063 0.750000 0.744691 0.743426 100 0.749614 0.749635 0.739003 0.750001 0.740768 0.745187 50 30 0.745730 0.747290 0.760672 0.750000 0.755268 0.746282 50 0.746656 0.747272 0.750008 0.750001 0.750029 0.742852 100 0.750657 0.749959 0.749925 0.749999 0.746097 0.748081 100 30 0.746228 0.748209 0.760705 0.750000 0.759030 0.746915 50 0.748316 0.749575 0.750066 0.749999 0.753825 0.749445 100 0.748535 0.748006 0.750002 0.750000 0.750005 0.749047 79 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 12. mse values when r = 0.750000, alpha1= 3, alpha2= 1. table 13. the estimation when r =0.400000, alpha1= 2, alpha2= 3. table 14. mse values when r = 0.400000, alpha1= 2, alpha2= 3. n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.002384459481 0.002851628898 0.000003192342 0.000000002563 0.000003275999 0.004521397784 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.001948985166 0.002244248987 0.000121340373 0.000000002036 0.000030219158 0.003732969877 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001431149872 0.001606728294 0.000122472102 0.000000001507 0.000086823942 0.002762765254 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.001920772013 0.002309071883 0.000115391937 0.000000001963 0.000029585622 0.003739290580 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.001497007264 0.001814282137 0.000000043673 0.000000001558 0.000000675002 0.003051262077 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001020052304 0.001169978602 0.000000034777 0.000000001064 0.000015586022 0.002017961664 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.001547120432 0.001996286322 0.000115999905 0.000000001544 0.000083023582 0.002746512587 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.001026872629 0.001229979595 0.000000032430 0.000000001027 0.000014956803 0.001827470288 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.000702148814 0.000841172097 0.000000018293 0.000000000701 0.000000072800 0.001371989596 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.404506 0.403784 0.399881 0.399997 0.399879 0.403496 50 0.404397 0.402729 0.386249 0.399998 0.393222 0.399588 100 0.402856 0.400909 0.386181 0.400001 0.388360 0.398094 50 30 0.398661 0.399451 0.413926 0.400001 0.406817 0.406414 50 0.403676 0.403770 0.399987 0.399997 0.399947 0.407139 100 0.401190 0.400025 0.399914 0.400001 0.395066 0.403155 100 30 0.397284 0.397751 0.414066 0.400001 0.411838 0.402213 50 0.401166 0.401576 0.400081 0.399998 0.404928 0.402906 100 0.401270 0.401548 0.399996 0.399999 0.399992 0.403123 n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.003968719837 0.004339244098 0.000005400944 0.000000004337 0.000005542471 0.007343458817 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.002871054638 0.003168491061 0.000191532791 0.000000003008 0.000048857539 0.005249976869 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.002560059256 0.002759431582 0.000193533534 0.000000002729 0.000138181811 0.004430761642 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.003057266048 0.003368884673 0.000196646030 0.000000003292 0.000049708350 0.005687576189 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.002354827003 0.002572130065 0.000000068179 0.000000002433 0.000001053332 0.004695426152 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001758583317 0.001851572994 0.000000057177 0.000000001821 0.000024931773 0.003154647116 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.002509204252 0.002634167448 0.000200568619 0.000000002757 0.000142971140 0.004464657451 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.001776285618 0.001939439022 0.000000056642 0.000000001834 0.000024872335 0.003451614797 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001103485740 0.001185957806 0.000000029215 0.000000001120 0.000000116266 0.002211734727 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 80 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 15. the estimation when r =0.600000, alpha1= 3, alpha2= 2. table 16. mse values when r = 0.600000, alpha1= 3, alpha2= 2. table 17. the estimation when r =0.500000, alpha1= 3, alpha2= 3. n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.598078 0.599079 0.600008 0.600000 0.600008 0.597839 50 0.599919 0.598806 0.586143 0.600000 0.593246 0.594149 100 0.602922 0.601586 0.585963 0.599999 0.588188 0.597739 50 30 0.597608 0.597803 0.613749 0.600000 0.606745 0.594849 50 0.598873 0.599349 0.600002 0.600000 0.600008 0.598037 100 0.599726 0.598941 0.599914 0.600001 0.595049 0.596674 100 30 0.595986 0.597631 0.613846 0.600000 0.611669 0.598814 50 0.600409 0.601163 0.600076 0.599998 0.604884 0.602419 100 0.598798 0.598789 0.600004 0.600001 0.600008 0.599235 n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.004102721803 0.004522527871 0.000005539858 0.000000004450 0.000005685018 0.006919868113 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.002991823998 0.003292540439 0.000194592389 0.000000003159 0.000048701124 0.005449357116 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.002314174187 0.002431988951 0.000199450713 0.000000002484 0.000142040001 0.004537099349 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.003193844527 0.003419488337 0.000191806526 0.000000003451 0.000048845005 0.005550811660 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.002287353696 0.002455944918 0.000000066626 0.000000002377 0.000001029306 0.004372047489 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001805434274 0.001965307620 0.000000059644 0.000000001910 0.000025136702 0.003323110300 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.002590582075 0.002917038767 0.000194259147 0.000000002723 0.000138841425 0.004619688057 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.001637625023 0.001733549825 0.000000051603 0.000000001680 0.000024385304 0.003120969456 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001157990638 0.001271271929 0.000000031146 0.000000001194 0.000000123958 0.002418378384 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 n m �̂�mle �̂�mom �̂�sh1 �̂�sh2 �̂�sh3 �̂�ls 30 30 0.497664 0.497663 0.500090 0.500003 0.500091 0.499114 50 0.501338 0.501712 0.485595 0.500001 0.492961 0.498385 100 0.502409 0.501254 0.485551 0.500000 0.487837 0.495447 50 30 0.498054 0.498944 0.514417 0.500000 0.507064 0.501263 50 0.501699 0.501955 0.499991 0.499998 0.499964 0.501553 100 0.499867 0.498715 0.499915 0.500001 0.494868 0.498597 100 30 0.496367 0.497546 0.514469 0.500001 0.512188 0.499887 50 0.500860 0.501257 0.500083 0.499998 0.505135 0.502239 100 0.499098 0.499134 0.500005 0.500001 0.500010 0.498614 81 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 18. mse values when r = 0.500000, alpha1= 3, alpha2= 3. 5. conclusion in this absence of real data, we study the performance of the estimator obtained from simulated and the tables, that to estimate the reliability of shrinkage estimator method special constant type shrinkage (sh2) is the best performance. references 1. rahman, h.; roy, m.k.; baizid, a.r. bayes estimation under conjugate prior for the case of power function distribution. american journal of mathematics and statistics. 2012, 2, 3, 44-48 2. akhter, a.s. methods for estimating the parameters of the power function distribution. pakistan journal of statistics and operation research.2013, 9, 2, 213-224. 3. shakeel, m. comparison of two new robust parameter estimation methods for the power function distribution. plos one.2016, 11, 8, 686-692. 4. al-mutairianed, o.; low, h.c. bayesian estimate for shape parameter from generalized power function distribution. mathematical theory and modeling.2012, 2, 12, 1-7. 5. oguntunde, p.e.; odetunmibi, o.a.; okagbue, h.i. the kumaraswamy-power distribution: a generalization of the power distribution. international journal of mathematical analysis.2015, 9, 13, 637-645. 6. malik, h.j. exact moments of order statistics from a power-function distribution. scandinavian actuarial journal.1967, 1967, 1-2, 64-69 7. salman, a.n.; hamad, a. pretest single stage shrinkage estimator for the shape parameter of the power function distribution. international journal of mathematics trends and technology.2016, 36, 1, 45-56 8. dhanya, m.; jeevavand, e.s. stress-strength reliability of power function distribution based on records. journal of statistics application probability.2018, 7, 1, 39-48. 9. kundu, d.; raqab, m.z. generalized rayleigh distribution: different methods of estimations. computational statistics & data analysis.2005, 49, 1, 187-200. 10. salman, a.n.; sail, f.h. on reliability estimation of stressstrength model. msc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education for pure science, ibn al-haitham,2017. n m 𝒎𝒔𝒆mle 𝒎𝒔𝒆mom 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh1 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh2 𝒎𝒔𝒆sh3 𝒎𝒔𝒆ls best 30 30 0.004060583137 0.004327864388 0.000005599720 0.000000004497 0.000005746462 0.007686836923 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.003215899017 0.003479527896 0.000210304289 0.000000003546 0.000052923876 0.006368191686 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.002691692024 0.002822200371 0.000211674187 0.000000002885 0.000150965205 0.004745640879 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 30 0.003106889720 0.003372070208 0.000210555251 0.000000003353 0.000053185081 0.005623109954 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.002496078235 0.002679722628 0.000000074148 0.000000002646 0.000001145840 0.004620145844 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001836797867 0.001944809665 0.000000059352 0.000000001906 0.000026943768 0.003330357287 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 30 0.002900030258 0.003015179856 0.000212289915 0.000000003071 0.000151620014 0.004919492350 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 50 0.002003087543 0.002106729457 0.000000066242 0.000000002166 0.000027084341 0.003655290108 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 100 0.001207869505 0.001273452513 0.000000032502 0.000000001246 0.000000129359 0.002575201627 𝑚𝑠𝑒sh2 82 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 11. salman, a.n.; hamed, a.m. estimating the shape parameter for the power function distribution through shrinkage technique. international journal of science and research.2017, 23, 78-96. 12. hamad, a.m. estimation of the parameter of an exponential distribution when applying maximum likelihood and probability plot methods using simulation. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 25, 1, 427435. 13. abdulateef, e.a.; abbas, n.s. on shrinkage estimation for r (s, k) in case of exponentiated pareto distribution. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2019, 32, 1, 152-162. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 synthesis, spectroscopic and biological studies of a new some complexes with n-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-benzene-1,2diamine shaymaa h. naji lekaa k. abdul karim falih h. mousa dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in :23 november 2011 , accepted in 12 february 2012 abstract n-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-benzene-1,2-diamine (l) was prepared from the reaction of ortho amino phenyl thiol with 2 – amino methyl pyridine in mole ratio (1:1) . it was characterized by elemental analysis (c.h.n) , ft-ir , uv – vis , 1h , 13c-n.m.r . the complexes of the bivalent ions (co , ni , cu ,pd , cd , hg and pb) and the trivalent (cr) have been prepared and characterized too . the structural was established by elemental analysis (c.h.n) , ft-ir , uv – vis spectra , conductivity measurements , atomic absorption and magnetic susceptibility . the complexes showed characteristic behavior of octahedral geometry around the metal ions and the (n,n,n) ligand coordinated in tridentat mode except with pd complexes showed sequare planer . α ,kf,εmax for the complexes were estimated too. β for co – complex was calculated . the study of biological activity of the ligand (l) and its complexes showed various activity toward staphylococcus aureus and e.coli. key words : synthesis ,phenyl diamine , complexes , biological study , bivalent ions. 193 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction the macrocyclic compounds types n3 are considered to be a good coordinated ligands because involved hard nitrogen atoms as well as coii , cuii[1,2] ,more over a greatest importance of tridentate ligands type n3 with variety substituents on the molecule and their complexes with metals , mgii and caii in the metallic enzyme, blood protein[3] which contains cobalt ion and in the chlorophyll which contains mgii[4]. recently complexes containing macrocyclic ligand type n3 donor atoms play a very important role in biological system such as caii, feii and pdii complexes[5] and high stable complexes of this type ligand with tc, re are used for radiopharmaceuticals applications[6,7] and in magnetic resonance imaging[8] ,also with niii used as a catalyst for division dna molecules and feii complex with porphyrin as a model for biological proteins such as hemoglobin in blood[9]. this paper reports the synthesis and characterization of new ligand derived from the reaction of ortho amino phenyl thiol with 2 – amino methyl pyridine, the new ligand complexes with (criii,coii,niii,cuii,pdii,cdii,hgii and pbii) were prepared too. experimental a. chemicals ; all reagents were analar or chemically pure grade by british drug houses (bdh) , merk and fluka . b. materials : ortho amino phenyl thiol (c6h7ns),2 – amino methyl pyridine (c6n2h8) , cobalt chloride hexa hydrate (cocl2.6h2o), nickel chloride hexa hydrate (nicl2.6h2o), copper chloride dihydrate (cucl2.2h2o), paladium chloride (pdcl2) ,cadimum chloride dihydrate (cdcl2.2h2o) , mercury chloride (hgcl2), lead nitrate pb(no3)2 , chromium trichloride hexa hydrate (crcl3.6h2o) , ethanol 99% (ch3ch2oh) , dimethyl sulphoxide 99.5% (dmso) , carbon tetra chloride 99.5% (ccl4) , chloroform 99% (chcl3) and toluene 99% (c7h8) . c. instruments : -elemental analysis for the new ligand (l) and complexes were determined by calibration type ; linear regression euro ea elemental analysis were made in al-mustansiriyah university and ministry of science and technology . -melting points were determined by gallen –kamp apparatus . -'h,13c-nmr spectra were recorded in dmso using burker 300 mhz spectro meter at the al-albeit university amman –jordan . ft-ir spectra were recorded as kbr discs in the range (4000 400 )cm-1 using shimadzuft-ir . -uv-visible spectra were recorded by shimad zu-uv-vis -160 a ultra violet spectrophotometer at 25co ,using 1 cm quartz cell and examined at the range of (200 -1100 )nm at 10-3 m in dimethyl sulphoxide. -atomic absorption (a .a) technique have been measured using ashimad zu aa 680 g atomic absorption spectro photo meter in center of ibn –cina . -molar conductivity of the complexes were measured on pw 9526 digital conductivity in dimethyl sulphoxide at 10-3m . -magnetic susceptibility were recoded by magnetic susceptibility blance ,model ,msb-mk1 in al–nahrain university . preparation synthesis of n-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-benzene-1,2-diamine (l) orthoaminophenyl thiol (0.125gm , 1mmol) and 2-amino methyl pyridine (0.10 gm , 1 mmol )in ethanol (10 cm3) was stirred for 3 hours . the precipitate was filtered and re 194 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 crystallized from hot absolute ethanol , fine yellow crystals were obtained ,m.p 83co ,yield 85% and it is soluble in most organic solvents as indicated in table (1) . synthesis of the metal complexes an ethanolic solution of the following metal salts crcl3.6h2o(0.26gm,1mmol), cocl2.6h2o (0.24gm,1mmol), nicl2.6h2o (0.24gm,1mmol), cucl2.2h2o (0.1gm,1mmol), pdcl2(0.17gm,1mmol), hgcl2(0.27gm,1mmol) and pb(no3)2(0.33gm,1mmol) were added to a solution of the ligand (l) (0.302 gm,1mmol) in ethanol . the mixture was strirred for 30min. the precipitate formed was filtered , washed with distilled water and dried under vacuum. physical properties were given in (table1) . results and discussion synthesis and physical properties of the ligand n-pyridin-2-ylmethylbenzene-1,2-diamine (l) . the ligand was obtained by the reaction of one mole of ortho amino phenyl thiol with one mole of 2 – amino methyl pyridine ; sh nh2 orthoaminophenyl thiol + n nh2 2-(amino methyl) pyridine ethanol 3h. nh2 n hn n-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-benzene-1,2-diamine elemental analysis (c.h.n) confirmed the purity of the ligand(l) with the formula c12h13n3 . the 1h,13c – nmr spectrum of the new ligand the 1h-nmr spectrum of the new ligand in dmso(d6) at ambient temperature exhibit peak at 5.471ppm indicate the existence of amino group[10]. other peaks around 6.42 – 7.11 ppm are related to aromatic hydrogens[11,12]. the13c – nmr spectrum showed two singlets at δ 133 and δ153 correspond to the carbons of the benzene ring that do not bear hydrogens .this leaves the signals δ117 and δ137 for carbon have one hydrogen.singlet at δ 40 due to( – ch2 –) . fig (1,2) showed chemical shifts δ(ppm) of the ligand (l) . the infrared spectrum of the ligand(l) the infrared spectrum of the ligand(l) in the solid state does not contain the(s-h) which appears in the starting material ortho amino phenyl thiol at (2600– 2500 ) cm-1 region .this indicates the displacement of sh in ortho amino phenyl thiol by means of (– nh – ch2 –) . bands in the (3380,3290)cm-1, (1585) cm-1 and (1303)cm-1 are diagnostic of the primary aromatic amine[13,14].fig(3)the infrared spectra of all complexes showed ,the multi bands in the range (3460 – 3282)cm-1 and split or broader band at (1604 – 1558) cm-1and (1303)cm-1 with the formation of a new absorption bands for the coordination through nitrogen atom[15,16] .(m – n) stretching vibration have been assigned in table(2) . the bands characteristic of coordinated water and (m – o) are seen in complexes in the region (837 195 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 817)cm-1and (563-545)cm-1[17].(fig4). the pb complex spectrum exhibited bands at (933)cm-1,(663)cm-1 due to coordinate nitrate ion[18,19].(table 2) describes characteristic stretching vibration frequencies (cm-1) located in the ft-ir of the ligand and its complexes . the uv –visible spectra of the ligand (l)and complexes the uv –visible spectra of the ligand (l)in dmso solution exhibited strong absorption bands at (267nm,37453cm-1 ) and (313nm,31948cm-1 ), (353nm ,28328cm-1 ).which are due to the π – π* and n – π* transition[20].fig(5) the uv visible spectrum of cr+3 complex showed one band in the region (580nm ,17241 cm-1 )is due to4a2 g 4t2 g[21] . the uv –visible spectrum of co+2 complex showed bands in the region (800nm ,12500 cm-1 )due to 4t1 g 4t2g(f) ,(660 nm ,15151 cm-1 due to 4t1 g 4a2 g and (520nm ,19230 cm-1 ) due to 4t1 g(f) 4t1 g(p)[22,23] . the ratio of 19230cm-1 to 12500cm-1 is 1.54 which fits with tanaba –sugano d7 curve (fig6) for e/b=26 and ∆o/b'=16 . ∆o=12500cm-1 b' complex = 12500/16 = 781cm-1 b for free co+2=971cm-1 β(nephelavetic effect) = b' complex / b co+2 = 781/971 = 0.804 which indicates of d – electron delocalization on the ligand hence a significant covalent character in the complex[24] . the uv–visible spectrum of ni+2 showed one band at (825nm,12121cm-1) which is due to 3a2g 3t1g .fig(7) cu+2 complex appeared band at (660nm,15151cm-1) is due to 2eg 2t2g . the brown palladium complex exhibited a strong band at (400nm ,25000 cm-1) due to 1a1g 1b1g transition[25] . the uv – visible spectra of cd+2,hg+2 and pb+2 complexes showed shifted bands compared with free ligand(l) are due to charge transfer (table3) . the molar conductance of all complexes in dmso were found to be low which suggested coordination of anion to the metal[21] . the μeff value of cr,co, ni , cu complexes are within the range (3.77,4.82 ,3.01,1.98) respectively expected for spin–free octahedral structures[26,27] . electronic spectra , conductance in (dmso) magnetic moment (b.m) of the ligand complexes are given in table(3) . study of cr+3,co+2,ni+2,cu+2complexes formation in solution the complexes of the ligand(l) with selected metal ions (cr+3,co+2,ni+2,cu+2) were studied in solution using ethanol as solvent , in order to determine (m:l) ratio in the prepared complexes , following molar ratio method[28] . a series of solution were prepared having a constant concentration (c) 10-3m of the hydrated metal salts and the ligand(l) . the (m:l) ratio was determined from the relation ship between the absorption of the observed light and the mole ratio (m:l) found to be (1:1) for all complexes . the results of complexes formation in solution are shown in (table4,5,6,7 ) vm = volume of metal in ml vl = volume of ligand in ml the stability constant (kf) was evaluated using the following equations : kf = 1α / α2c …… (1) α = am-as /am………(2) (α) is the degree of the dissociation , (c) is the concentration of the complex (10-3m) . (as) and (am) are the absorbance value of the partially and fully formed complex respectively (table8 ) . the absorbance of the solutions were measured at (λmax) of the maximum absorption . the molar absorptivity (εmax)(eq.3) has been calculated using equation; 196 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 a = εmax . b . c ……. (3) (a) is the average of three measurement of the absorption containing the same amount of metal ion and three fold excess of ligand . (b) is the depth of the quartz cell usually equal 1 cm . the atomic absorption analysis was used to confirm the molar ratio calculation of [ metal : ligand](m:l) for the synthesis of complexes as well . the results showed a ratio m:l (1:1) for all complexes (table 1) biological activity study the biological activity of the prepared new ligand and its complexes were studied against selected types of micro organisums which include gram positive bacteria like staphylococcus aureues and gram negative bacteria like e.coli in agar diffusion method , which is used (dmso) as asolvent . agar diffusion method involves the exposure of the zone of inhibition toward the diffusion of micro organisms on agar plate . the plates were in cubated for (24) hrs. at (37co) the zone of inhibition of bacterial grouth around the disc was observed (table9 ). conclusion a series of complexes of cr+3 ,co+2, ni+2 ,cu+2 ,pd+2 ,cd+2 ,hg+2 ,pb+2 with n-pyridin-2ylmethyl-benzene-1,2-diamine (l)have been prepared and characterized . the tridentate ligand (l)(n,n,n)is binding metal ion forming octahedral structure except with pd is forming square planer as follows; n h2n nh ch2m x h2o x n h2n n ch2 pd hcl cl n h2n hn ch2m cl cl cl m+3 =cr m+2 =pd m+2=co,ni,cu,cd,hg x=cl-1 m+2=pb x=no3-1 biological effects of new ligand and its complexes indicated that the new ligand and its complexes exhibited antibacterial activity against both gram positive and gram negative bacteria . refrences 1. zolotov , y.a.(1979)macrocyclic compounds in analytical chemistry , ed.2nd, new york. 2. handel , i.l.; muller ,r,n. and gnglielmeti ,r.n. (1983)metal ions , inorg chimi.,acta 66(8):511-514. 3. brow ,d.g.(1973)structure and spectroscopic study ,prig – inorg. chem. 13(8):177-180 . 197 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 4. warren , m.j. and shah,h.n. ( 2000 ) biological study , biolog. chem. 221(21):421-430 5. kimura , e.; koike,t. ;watanabe ,t.; aoki , s. and shiro , m.(1996) the modern structural theory of organic chemistry , j. am.chem. 14(112):210-217 . 6. naji, s.h.; fathel ,h.a. and musa ,f.h. ( 2008) synthesis characterization of some metal salts with 1,1' bis – (ortho amino phenyl thio) – methane , j.al-mustansiriya sci.19(12):5962 . 7. naji,s.h.(2008)synthesis and spectral studies of transition metals (coii,niii,cuii,cdii,hgii,pbii) with aniline – 2 – thio methylene chloride complexes ,j.al mustansiriya sci.19(11):53-56 . 8. naji , s.h. and musa ,f. h. (2010)synthesis ,spectroscopic and biological studies of some metal complexes with 1,2 bis – (ortho amino phenyl thio) ethane , j. al – mustansiriya sci.21(3):35-50 . 9. naji , s.h. ( 2011) synthesis , spectroscopic and biological studies of some metal complexes with ortho amino hydrazo benzene , j. baghdad . sci . 8(2):375-387 . 10. manhel , r.a. ( 2010) synthesis of pheyl alanine schiff base ligand and its complexes with some metal (ii) ions and evalulation of their anti bacterial activity , j.al – mustansiriya sci. 21(3):65 – 78 . 11. bellamy , l.j. ( 1975)the infrared spectra of complex molecules , hasted press , division of john willey and sons , inc.,ed. 3rd . new york . 12. cooper , j.w. ( 1980) spectroscopic techniques for organic chemistry , john willey and sons , ed. 2nd ., new york . 13. keeton , m. n. ; and lever . a.b.p. ( 1971) four , five ,and six coordinate metalcomplexes of di(2 pyridyl ) disulphide and 1, 2 –di ( 2` – pyridyl ) ethane , inorg. chem. 10 (5):49 -52. 14. al–obadi , n. j.; abid ,k. k. and al–naimi , y. j. (2006) transition metal complexes of 2 – (thiosemicarbazino ) – 5 – ( o – hydroxyl phenyl ) – 1 , 3 , 4 –oxadiazole , j. tikrit . sci. 11(24):164–167. 15. saha , b. g. and banerji , s. k. (1982) synthesis and characterization of complexes , j. indian chem., soc, 1(5): 928 – 932 . 16. bahel , s.c. ( 1982) synthesis and structural studies of complexes of zn(ii),ni(ii),and co(ii) with 3 –aryloxymethyl 4 – aryl – 5 mercapto – 1 , 2 , 4 – triazoles , j. indian .1(3):1127 – 1135 . 17. iskender , m. f.; el –sayed , l.; hefny ,a. f. and zayan . s. e. (1976) structural studies of some metal ions ; j. inorg chem, 38 (1):13 – 19 . 18. greay ,w. g. (1970)coordination chemistry reviews , elsevier publishing company , ed. 3rd ., amsterdam . 19. clark , r. j. h. and erring ton . w. r. (1966)sulpher donor complexes , inorg . chem., 5(2):650–660 . 20. kadeoka , w. n. (1976) crystal and molecular structure of dichloro bis ( 2 – pyridyl ) disulphide cobalt(ii) , inorg chem. 15 (12):812 – 820 . 21. foresman , j. c. j. and frisch, c . a. ( 1996) exploring chem , with elecronic structure methods , gaussian – inc , ed. 2nd ., pittsuburgh . 22. rudolph , w. k. (1965) mixed chelates from thio picolinamides and β – diketones , inorg chem. 4 (11):1047 – 1055 . 23. el – asmy , a. a. ( 1990) structural studies on cd(ii) , co (ii) , cu (ii) , ni (ii) and zn (ii) complexes of 1 – malonyl – bis ( 4-phenyl thio semicarbazide ) ,transition met. chem. 4 (5): 12 24. sutton , d.l. (1968) electronic spectra of transition metal complexes , mc graw – hill , ed.1st . , london . 198 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 25. gajendragad , m.r. and agarwala. u.a. ( 1975) synthesis and characterization of complexes , j. inorg nucl. chem. 37(11):29 – 35 . 26. figgis , b. n. ( 1966)introduction to ligand fields , john – wiley and sons , inc., ed. 2nd ., new york . 27. figgis , b. n. and lewis. j.n( 1967) modern coordination chemistry,eddited by lewis and wilkins r. g. ; interscience , ed. 3rd. , new york . 28. dubey , s. n. and kaushik . b. n.(1985) triazoles copmplexing agent , indian j.chem. 24(8):950-959. table (1):color , melting point , yield , metal analysis and solubility for the ligand(l) and its complexes solubility metal analysis found ( calculated ) yield % m. p. co or (dec) color no. of mole and gm compound no. m % n % h % c % etoh , ccl4 , ch cl3 ,c7h8, dmf,dmso __ 21.230 (21.105) 6.531 (6.532) 72.29 (72.361) 85 83 yellow 1.00 0.19 (l) c12h13n3 1 dmf , dmso 14.923 (14.545) 11.725 (11.748) 3.549 (3.636) 40.253 (40.279) 72 152 green 1.00 0.26 l-crcl3 2 dmf , dmso __ 12.110 (12.103) 4.213 (4.322) 41.508 (41.498) 63 204 (dec) dark blue 1.00 0.24 l-cocl2.h2o 3 dmf , dmso __ 12.108 (12.114) 4.421 (4.326) 41.483 (41.534) 74 184 light green 1.00 0.24 l-nicl2.h2o 4 dmf , dmso 18.678 (18.088) __ __ __ 81 174 blue 1.00 0.17 l-cucl2.h2o 5 dmf , dmso 28.023 (28.267) 11.098 (11.158) 3.395 (3.453) 38.241 (38.257) 92 210 (dec) brown 1.00 0.17 l-pdcl2 6 dmf , dmso 27.987 (28.071) ___ __ __ 88 202 (dec) yellow 1.00 0.27 l-cdcl2.h2o 7 dmf , dmso 42.012 (41.044) ___ __ __ 87 192 violet 1.00 0.33 l-hgcl2.h2o 8 dmf , dmso __ 12.751 (12.773) 2.715 (2.737) 26.301 (26.277) 78 222 light yellow 1.00 0.33 l-pb(no3)2.h2o 9 dec. = decomposition 199 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table(2) : characteristic stretching vibrational frequencies (cm-1) located in the ft-ir of the ligand(l) and its complexes no3 cm -1 (m-o) ט .aq(oh2) ט cm -1 (m-x) ט cm -1 (m-n) ט cm -1 cm -1(c-h) ט ali. cm -1(c-h) ט ar. ט (n – h ) cm -1 compound no. __ ___ ___ ___ 2930(asym)(w) 2877(sym)(m) 1469(s),1442(s) 3186(m) 3066(m) 3380(asym)(m) 3298(sym)(m) 1612(s),1585(m) 1303(s),1246(s) (l) c12h13n3 1 __ ___ 410(s) 528(s) 2930(br) 2823(m) 1473(s),1435(s) 3190(m) 3074(m) 3414(asym)(br) 3356(sym)(br) 1608(s),1546(s) 1315(s),1234(m) l-crcl3 2 __ 551(s) 830(s) 412(s) 515(s) 2920(m) 2880(m) 1477(s),1442(s) 3190(w) 3066(m) 3414(asym)(br) 3340(sym)(br) 1604(s),1573(m) 1303(s),1249(s) l-cocl2.h2o 3 __ 550(s) 829(s) 412(s) 520(s) 2924(m) 2850(m) 1473(s),1442(s) 3120(s) 3082(s) 3062(s) 3410(asym)(br) 3282(sym)(s) 1612(sh), 1593(s) 1315(m),1226(s) l-nicl2.h2o 4 __ 551(s) 817(s) 416(s) 536(s) 2940(m) 2890(w) 1492(s),1427(s) 3190(w) 3086(m) 3452(asym)(br) 3352(sym)(br) 1600(s),1558(w) 1307(s),1253(s) l-cucl2.h2o 5 ___ ___ 415(s) 515(s) 2935(w) 2885(w) 1473(s),1442(s) 3182(br) 3055(br) 3414(asym)(br) 3390(sym)(br) 1604(br),1558(br) 1307(m),1265(br) l-pdcl2 6 ___ 545(m) 817(m) 408(s) 513(s) 2927(m) 2890(m) 3180(m) 3062(s) 3379(asym)(m) 3305(sym)(m) 1608(s),1562(sh) 1307(s),1246(s) l-cdcl2.h2o 7 ___ 563(m) 825(m) 410(s) 520(s) 2990(w) 2893(br) 1442(w),1473(m) ,1492(m) 3190(m) 3059(m) 3417(asym)(br) 3317(sym)(br) 1604(s),1570(sh) 1319(s),1249(s) l-hgcl2.h2o 8 933(s) 663(s) 540(m) 837(m) 405(s) 516(s) 2966(m) 2876(m) 1473(s),1442(s) 3186(m) 3066(m) 3460(asym)(s) 3371,3302(sym)(s) 1608(s),1566(s) 1307(s),1246(s) l-pb(no3)2.h2o 9 200 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (3) : electronic spectra dmso, conductance in dmso magnetic moment (b.m) of the ligand (l) and its complexes. µ eff (b.m) λ s. cm -1 dmso (103m) assignment bands ג (nm) cm -1 compound no. ___ ____ π – π * n – π 37453(267) 31948(313) 28328(353) (l) c12h13n3 1 3.77 20.30 4a2g4t2g 17241(580) l-crcl3 2 4.82 9.34 4t1g4t2g(f) 4t1g4a2g 4t1g2eg 19230(520) 15151(660) 12500(800) l-cocl2.h2o 3 3.01 11.23 3a2g  3t1g 12121(825) l-nicl2.h2o 4 1.98 18.80 2eg 2t2g 15151(660) l-cucl2.h2o 5 ___ 8.20 1a1g  1b1g 25000(400) l-pdcl2 6 ___ 6.15 chargetransfer 27173(368) l-cdcl2.h2o 7 ___ 9.26 charge-transfer 32258(310) l-hgcl2.h2o 8 ___ 9.23 charge-transfer 28571(350) l-pb(no3)2.h2o 9 b.m = bohr magneton table (4):continuous variation slop for cr+3ion λ(368mm) l – cr cl3 v m vl abs 1 ml 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 0.15 0.21 0.43 0.60 0.58 0.61 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.61 table (5):continuous variation slop for co+2ionλ(350mm) l – cocl2.h2o v m vl abs 1 ml 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 0.41 0.74 1.11 1.50 1.48 1.51 1.49 1.46 1.52 1.51 table (6):continuous variation slop for ni+2ion λ(348mm) l – nicl2.h2o v m vl abs 1 ml 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 0.22 0.44 0.68 0.90 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.93 0.91 0.91 table (7):continuous variation slop for cu+2ionλ(336mm) l – cu cl2.h2o v m vl abs 1 ml 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 0.21 0.41 0.62 0.80 0.81 0.79 0.78 0.82 0.83 0.79 201 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table(8) : as,am,kf,єmax and λmax of the cr+3,co+2,ni+2,cu+2 complexes maxג (nm) molar absorpitivity εmax l.mol-1.cm-1 formation constant (kf) α am as compound no. 368 2983 4.314x 105 0.043 0.63 0.60 cr-complex 1 350 4702 5.840x106 0.013 1.52 1.50 co-complex 2 348 1048 9.462x105 0.051 0.93 0.90 ni-complex 3 336 2105 7.378x105 0.0361 0.83 0.80 cu-complex 4 table(9): effect of the ligand and its complexes on gram positive and gram negative bacteria diameter of inhibition zone (mm) at concentration 5mg/ml diameter of inhibition zone (mm) at concentration 1mg/ml diameter of inhibition zone (mm) at concentration 5mg/ml diameter of inhibition zone (mm) at concentration 1mg/ml compound no. e.coli staphylococcus aureus 35 80 50 40 (l) c12h13n3 1 15 10 32 30 l-crcl3 2 26 25 20 18 l-cocl2.h2o 3 40 30 24 14 l-cucl2.h2o 4 25 22 40 30 l-pdcl2 5 20 18 26 22 l-hgcl2.h2o 6 202 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (3): infrared spectrum of the lignd (l). 203 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (4): infrared spectrum of l-nicl2.h2o . fig. (5): uv-visible spectrum of the ligand (l). 204 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (6): tanabe-sugano diagram of the co+2 ion in octahedral complexes. fig. (7): uv-visible spectrum of l-nicl2.h2o . 205 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.(8):the molar-ratio curve fig.(9):the molar ratio curve the complex l-crcl3 the complex lcocl2.h2o fig.(10):the molar-ratio curve fig.(11):the molar-ratio curve the complex l-nicl2.h2o the complex l-cucl2.h2o 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3 a bs or ba nc e l / m 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3a bs or ba nc e l / m 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3a bs or ba nc e l / m 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3a bs or ba nc e l / m 206 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 دراسة طیفیة وبایولوجیة لبعض المعقدات الفلزیة الجدیدة مع وتحضیر n – ثنائي امین -1,2-بنزین –یل مثیل -2-بریدین شیماء ھادي ناجي لقاء خالد عبدالكریم فالح حسن موسى / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) / جامعة بغدادالكیمیاء علوم قسم 2012شباط 12قبل البحث في: ، 2011تشرین الثاني 23استلم البحث في : الخالصة ثنائي امین من تفاعل اورثو أمینو فنیل ثایول مع -1,2-بنزین –یل مثیل -2-بریدین – l (nحضر اللیكاند الجدید( ) األشعة تحت الحمراء ، األشعة n.h.cوشخص بوساطة التحلیل الدقیق للعناصر ( 1:1أمینو مثیل بریدین وبنسبة 2 المرئیة وطیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي كما حضرت وشخصت معقدات أمالح بعض ایونات العناصر –فوق البنفسجیة ). استعملت تقنیات l) مع اللیكاند (crاالیون الثالثي التكافؤ ( ) و ,pd , cu , ni ,co pb,hg,cdالثنائیة التكافؤ ( المرئیة و التوصیلیة الكھربائیة و االمتصاصیة -) ، األشعة تحت الحمراء واألشعھ فوق البنفسجیةn.h.cتحلیل العناصر ( ) lایون الفلز مع اللیكاند (الذریة والحساسیة المغناطیسیة وأستنتج من التحالیل ان المعقدات لھا شكل ثماني السطوح حول لمعقد βللمعقدات وحساب max,kf, α єمعطیاً الشكل مربع مستو وقد حسبت قیم pd) ماعدا n,n,nثالثي السن ( الكوبلت . كما درست الفعالیة البایولوجیة للیكاند ومعقداتھ وقد اظھرت النتائج امتالكھا فعالیة متفاوتھ اتجاه انواع البكتریا e.coli , staphylococcus aureus . تحلیل ، فنیل ثایول ،معقدات ، دراسة بایولوجیة ،ایونات ثنائیة التكافؤ الكلمات المفتاحیة : 207 | chemistry conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees علوم حياة |306 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 في gyrodactylusالتسجيل األول لثالثة أنواع من أحادية المنشأ من جنس العراق من غالصم بعض أسماك نهر دجلة، منطقة الشّواكة، محافظة بغداد عبد علي جنزيل جبارة الساعدي رباب عبد الرحيم رشيد جامعة بغداد /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة )إبن الهيثم( /علوم الحياة قسم 6102 /تشرين الثاني/ 6, قبل في: 6102 /حزيران/ 62استلم في: الخالصة على g. cotti roman, 1956وهي: gyrodactylusسجلت ثالثة أنواع من الطفيليات أحادية المنشأ من جنس على غالصم سمكة البلعوط planiliza abu ، g. mikailovi ergens & ibragimov, 1976غالصم سمكة الخشني alburnusعلى غالصم سمكة اللصاف g. prostae ergens, 1963و chondrostoma regiumالملوكي caeruleus فة إلى الرسم . تم إعطاء مواصفات وقياسات هذه الطفيليات باإلضامن نهر دجلة عند منطقة الشّواكة، بغداد التوضيحي لها. جميع هذه الطفيليات تسجل اآلن ألول مرة في العراق. العراق بغداد، دجلة،نهر الشّواكة، أسماك، ،gyrodactylusأحادية المنشأ، : الكلمات المفتاحية علوم حياة |307 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 المقدمة أسماك مزارع األسماك والمسطحات المائية المختلفة، وتحدث الديدان أحادية المنشأ هي طفيليات خارجية تصيب . تسبب هذه الطفيليات مختلف [2] اإلصابة بها في جلد وغالصم وزعانف األسماك، وكذلك في التجويف الفمي لها . monogenea [1] ، صنف الديدان أحادية المنشأplatyhelminthesاألمراض وهي تعود لشعبة الديدان المسطحة لك دورة حياة مباشرة وهي عموما متميزة بكونها ذات درجة عالية من التخصص في إصابة مضيفاتها وكذلك في وتمت موقع اإلصابة في أجسام تلك المضيفات، وفي حال كون الظروف البيئية غير مالئمة والضغط الذي تسببه تلك اختيار التخصص تلك سوف تنخفض فتنتشر اإلصابة بشكل أوسع الظروف وتواجد األسماك بأعداد كبيرة وكثافة عالية فإن درجة وتتحول األضرار البسيطة الناتجة من اإلصابة إلى أضرار مزمنة من الوهن والضعف المزمن، ونتيجة لذلك يحدث ضعف secondaryفي النمو وحدوث موت لألسماك المصابة، فضالً عن ذلك تعرض تلك األسماك المصابة إلى إصابات ثانوية infections [4، 3] مثل اإلصابة بالبكتيريا والفطريات . تتميز ديدان هذا الجنس بأنها صغيرة الحجم، يمتد الطرف األمامي gyrodactylusأحد أجناس أحادية المنشأ هو جنس وسطها كالبين كالباً حافياً صغيراً يت 16لها على شكل امتدادين، وتتميز بانعدام البقع العينية فيها. يتألف جهاز التثبيت من ، وتتواجد على جلد، زعانف وغالصم األسماك بصورة أساسيةviviparousكبيرين وقضيبين رابطين. وهي ديدان ولودة [5.] إن أحادية المنشأ تتغذى على الخاليا الطالئية للجلد مسببة تلف تلك الخاليا، وتلك التي تصيب الغالصم تتغذى على هذه وبالتالي از المادة المخاطية، وكذلك تؤدي إلى نزف في المناطق المصابة من الغالصم وغطائهاالمنطقة مسببة زيادة في إفر [.6] حوستحصل فيها جر . تسبب لألسماك [7] تصيب تلك الديدان أسماك المياه العذبة، فضالً عن إصابتها األسماك البحرية وأسماك المزارع ت بسيطة، أما إذا كانت اإلصابات شديدة فإنها تكون طبقة رمادية سميكة المصابة تأثيرات مرضية محدودة إذا كانت اإلصابا وظهور بقع دموية عليه، فضالً االعتياديةعلى جلد األسماك المصابة، وبذلك يصبح الجلد أكثر مخاطية مما في الحاالت [.9، 8] عن ذلك فإن الزعانف ترتخي وتطوى وتتمزق تدريجياً لقد أشارت . gyrodactylus [10]نوعاً تنتمي لجنس 38ي أجريت في العراق لحد اآلن سجل في الدراسات والبحوث الت عدد من المصادر لتسجيالت أنواع من هذا الجنس ألول مرة في العراق من مسطحات مائية طبيعية ومزارع سمكية مختلفة ث لتشخيص األنواع المختلفة المزيد من البحوالموضوع إجراء لذلك يتطلب [. 15-22في شمال ووسط وجنوب العراق ] من الحيوانات الطفيلية في أسماك المياه العذبة في العراق. ق العملائالمواد وطر ,alburnus caeruleus heckelسمكة من نوع اللصاف 23عينة من األسماك تعود لثالثة أنواع، تضمنت 138تم جمع سمكة من نوع الخشني 59و chondrostoma regium (heckel, 1843)سمكة من نوع البلعوط الملوكي 56، 1843 planiliza abu (heckel, 1843) من نهر دجلة في منطقة الشّواكة، مدينة بغداد وبواقع مرتين في األسبوع. أجريت .2016إلى غاية نيسان 2015الدراسة للمدة من أيلول ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية، –، كلية التربية ي قسم علوم الحياةالطفيليات فعلم نقلت األسماك المصابة إلى مختبر وتسميتها علمياً coad [16 ]على اعتمادابواسطة أحواض بالستيكية، حيث تم تشخيصها في المختبر جامعة بغداد، .froese & pauly [17]على اعتمادا وذلك بعمل شق طولي يمتد من فتحة المخرج حتى نهاية lasee [18]تم تشريح األسماك حسب الطريقة المذكورة من قبل شقي غطاء الغالصم. تم فحص الزعانف والجلد وتجويف الفم بالعين المجردة وبواسطة العدسة المكبرة لغرض تمييز petriفي التجويف الغلصمي ووضعت في إناء بتري اتصالهاالطفيليات الخارجية، وتم عزل األقواس الغلصمية من منطقة dish وفحصت تحت المجهر التشريحي أوالً وتمييز الديدان أحادية المنشأ، وبعد الكشف عنها تم عزلها ووضعها على . glycerol gelatin [19]بخليط من هالم الكليسـرين مع الصبغة الحمراء المتعادلة وثبتتشريحة زجاجية 40xياباني المنشأ بقوة تكبير olympusوئي من طراز م فحص النماذج المثبتة من الطفيليات بواسطة المجهر الضت [.32، 30]على مصدرين تصنيفيين اعتماداً وشخصت الطفيليات وبعدها أخذت قياسات النماذج المشخصة من camera lucidaتم رسم النماذج الطفيلية باستعمال الكاميرا اإلستجالئية .ocular micrometerالطفيليات باستعمال ميكرومتر عيني النتائج والمناقشة g. cottiوهي gyrodactylusبينت النتائج الحالية إصابة األسماك قيد الدراسة بثالثة أنواع من الطفيليات من جنس على غالصم أسماك البلعوط g. mikailovi (،1.0) %2.7قدرها على غالصم أسماك الخشني بنسبة و)شدة( إصابة بنسبة و)شدة( إصابة على غالصم أسماك اللصاف g. prostaeو (1.0) %2.8قدرها إصابةالملوكي بنسبة و)شدة( على التوالي. وتم أخذ وصف وقياسات هذه األنواع الثالثة من الطفيليات بالمليمتر. (1.5) %8.7قدرها مدى )ومعدل(. لموضحة على شك ،بالمليمتر ،وفيما يلي وصف وقياسات هذه الطفيليات علوم حياة |308 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 gyrodactylus cotti roman, 1956الطفيلي أحادي المنشأ (، طول 0.17) 0.19-0.14(، الطول الكلي للكالليب الحافية 0.35) 0.41-0.18ديدان صغيرة الحجم، طول جسمها 0.054-0.044(، الجزء الرئيسي 0.055) 0.061-0.048(، الطول الكلي للكالّب 0.07) 0.08-0.05الكالّب الصغير (، أبعاد القضيب الرابط 0.011) 0.013-0.010(، الجذر الداخلي 0.011) 0.014-0.029(، طول الشوكة 0.049) (، أبعاد القضيب الرابط 0.026) 0.027-0.025(، الغشاء 0.014)  0.011-0.016( 0.006) 0.007-0.004البطني (.2( والشكل )2) كما في الصورة ،(0.025) 0.026 – 0.024 ( ×0.001) 0.001 – 0.002 الظهري gyrodactylus mikailovi ergens & ibragimov, 1976الطفيلي أحادي المنشأ (، طول 0.033) 0.034-0.032(، الطول الكلي للكالليب الحافية 0.41) 0.44-0.40ديدان صغيرة الحجم، طول جسمها (، طول الجزء األساسي للكالّب 0.084) 0.086-0.081(، الطول الكلي للكالّب 0.007) 0.008-0.006الكالّب الصغير (، 0.018) 0.030-0.016(، طول الجذر الداخلي 0.037) 0.039-0.035(، طــول الشوكـة 0.058) 0.056-0.060 0.011 – 0.010الغشاء (، 0.035) 0.037 – 0.033( × 0.008) 0.009 – 0.007 أبعاد القضيب الرابط البطني كما في الصورة (، 0.015) 0.017 – 0.013( × 0.005) 0.007 – 0.003 لظهري، أبعاد القضيب الرابط ا(0.012) (.1( والشكل )1) gyrodactylus prostae ergens, 1963الطفيلي أحادي المنشأ (، طول 0.019) 0.033-0.015(، الطول الكلي للكالليب الحافية 0.45) 0.58-0.31ديدان صغيرة الحجم، طول جسمها (، طول الجزء األساسي للكالّب 0.051) 0.062-0.043(، الطول الكلي للكالّب 0.008) 0.009-0.007الكالّب الصغير (، أبعاد 0.010) 0.011-0.027(، طول الجذر الداخلي 0.016) 0.032-0.012(، طول الشوكة 0.042) 0.035-0.046 (، أبعاد 0.024) 0.025-0.023(، الغشاء 0.027)  0.026-0.028( 0.006) 0.007-0.005القضيب الرابط البطني (. 3( والشكل )3في الصورة ) ( كما0.022) 0.021-0.009(0.003) 0.004-0.001القضيب الرابط الظهري pugachev et al. [30.] جاءت قياسات نماذج الطفيليات المذكورة في أعاله مطابقة لما ذكره من غالصم سمكة الخشني بالدراسة الحالية، أن سمكة الخشني أصبحت اآلن مضيّفا g. cottiيتضح من تسجيل الطفيلي . ويبدو أن هذا العدد في تزايد وبالذات خالل السنوات (10)في العراق gyrodactylusألحد عشرا نوعا من أنواع الجنس توقع تسجيل أنواع أخرى من هذا الجنس األخيرة من تنفيذ المسوحات على اإلصابات الطفيلية في أسماك العراق. لذا من الم في سمكة الخشني في العراق مستقبال. من غالصم سمكة البلعوط الملوكي بالدراسة الحالية، فيتضح أن هذه السمكة g. mikailoviأما عن تسجيل الطفيلي من المسوحات حول . إن إجراء المزيد (10)في العراق gyrodactylusأصبحت اآلن مضيّفا لخمسة أنواع من الجنس اإلصابات السمكية في العراق قد ينجم عنه تسجيل أنواع أخرى من هذا الجنس في سمكة البلعوط الملوكي في العراق مستقبال. من غالصم سمكة اللصاف بالدراسة الحالية، فيبدو أن سمكة اللصاف مسجل منها لحد g. prostaeوعن تسجيل الطفيلي . وهذا العدد قليل مقارنة مع ما مسجل في أنواع أخرى (10)في العراق gyrodactylusلجنس اآلن ثالثة أنواع فقط من ا نوعا من أنواع هذا الجنس في 16من العائلة الشبوطية في العراق ومنها سمكة الكارب االعتيادي التي سجل منها لحد اآلن طفيليات سمكة اللصاف كانت السبب في ورود . ولعل قلة عدد المسوحات التي سبق تنفيذها والتي شملت (10)العراق تسجيل ثالثة أنواع من هذا الجنس في هذه السمكة في العراق. إن إجراء المزيد من المسوحات حول طفيليات أسماك من تلك األسماك. gyrodactylusاللصاف في العراق سيكشف عن تسجيل أنواع أخرى من طفيليات الجنس المصادر 1. modu, b.m.; saiful, m.; kartini, m.; kasim, z.; hassan, m. and shahaom harrison, f.m. (2012). effects of water quantity and monogenean parasite in the gills of freshwater cat fish, hemibagrus nemurus valenciennes, 1840. curr. res. j. biol. sci., 4(3): 242-246. 2. duijn, van jnr. c. (1973). diseases of fishes, 3 rd ed., iliffe books, london: 372 pp. 3. abowei, j.f.n. and ezekiel, e.n. (2011). a review of myxosporea, microspora and monogenea infections in african fish. brit. j. pharmacol. toxicol., 2(5): 236-250. 4. poulin. r. (2002). the evolution of monogenean diversity. int. j. parasitol., 32(3): 245-254. 5. hoffman, g.l. (1967). parasites of north american freshwater fishes. univ. california press: 486 pp. 6. amlacher, e. (1970). textbook of fish diseases (engl . transl.). t.f.h. publ., jersey city: 302 pp. علوم حياة |309 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 7. gelnar, m. (1993). impressions of the 2nd international symposium on monogenea. fol. parasitol., 40: 312. .227. أمراض وطفيليات األسماك. مطبعة جامعة البصرة: (1983)محيسن، فرحان ضمد . 8 9. paperna, i. (1980). parasites, infections and diseases of fish in africa. c.i.f.a. tech. pap., 7: 216 pp. 10. mhaisen, f.t. (2016). indexcatalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes if iraq. (mhaisenft@yahoo.co.uk). 11. ali, m.d. and shaaban, f. (1984). some species of parasites of freshwater fish raised in pond and in tigris-al-tharthar canal region. seventh sci. conf. iraqi vet. med. assoc., mosul: 23-25 oct. 1984: 44-46. (abstract). 12. salih, n.e.; ali, n.m. and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1988). helminthic fauna of three species of carp raised in ponds in iraq. j. biol. sci. res., 19(2): 369 -386. 13. ali, n.m.; mhaisen, f.t.; abul-eis, e.s. and kadim, l.s. (1988). first occurrence of monogenean trematode gyrodactylus kherulensis ergens, 1974 in iraq on the gills of common carp cyprinus carpio. j. biol. sci. res., 19(3): 659-664. دراسة حول طفيليات أسماك المياه العذبة في نهر دجلة في محافظة صالح (1989)عبد األمير، كفاح ناصر .24 . 98الدين، العراق. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد: 15. mhaisen, f.t.; ali, n.m.; abul-eis, e.s. and kadim, l.s. (1990). parasitological investigation on the grass carp (ctenopharyngodon idella) of babylon fish farm, hilla, iraq. iraqi j. biol. sci. res., 10(1): 89-96. جموعة الحيوانية المتطفلة على أسماك الكارب في مزرعة . دراسات حول الم(1998)الزبيدي، علي بنّاوي .26 .141أسماك الفرات، محافظة بابل، العراق. أطروحة دكتوراه، كلية العلوم، جامعة بابل: . بيئة وتصنيف وحياتية بعض طفيليات أسماك نهري الزاب الصغير (2002)عبد هللا، شمال محمد أمين .27 .153حة دكتوراه، كلية التربية )إبن الهيثم(، جامعة بغداد: والزاب الكبير في شمال العراق. أطرو 18. jori, m.m. (2006). parasitic study on the asian catfish silurus triostegus (heckel, 1843) from al-hammar marshes, basrah, iraq. ph.d. thesis, coll. educ., univ. basrah: 192 . 19. al-zubaidy, a.b. (2007). first record of three monogenetic parasite species from iraqian freshwater fishes. j. king abdulaziz univ., mar. sci., 18: 83 -94. 20. mama, k. s. (2012). a comparative study on the parasitic fauna of the common carp cyprinus carpio from ainkawa fish hatchery (erbil) and lesser zab river in kurdistan region, iraq. m.sc. thesis, coll. educ.sci. dept., univ. salahaddin: 89 . 21. abdullah, y.s. (2013). study on the parasites of some fishes from darbandikhan lake in kurdistan region, iraq. m.sc. thesis, fac. sci. & sci. educ., univ. sulaimani: 116 . 22. abdul-ameer, k.n. and al-saadi, a.a.j. (2013a). first record of the monogenean gyrodactylus lavareti malmberg, 1957 on gills of the common carp cyprinus carpio. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci., 26(2): 44-49. 23. abdul-ameer, k.n. and al-saadi, a.a.j. (2013b). on the occurrence of the monogenean gyrodactylus taimeni ergens, 1971 for the first time in iraq on gills of the common carp cyprinus carpio. bull. iraq nat. hist. mus., 12(3): 1-9. 24. nasraddin, m.o. (2013). some ecological aspects of monogenean infections on some fishes from lesser zab river, kurdistan region, iraq. m.sc. thesis, coll. , sci., univ. salahaddin: 108. . اإلصابات الطفيلية في بعض أنواع األسماك من نهر الفرات عند (2015)ساري عبيد خليفة السلماني، .15 .193لقائم، محافظة األنبار. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة تكريت: قضاء ا 26. coad, b. w. (2010). freshwater of iraq. pen soft publisher, sofia: 275 pp. + 16 plates. 27. froese, r. and pauly, d. eds. (2016). fish base. world wide web electronic publication. www.fishbase.org. (version june 2016). 28. lasee, b. (2004). laboratory procedures manual, 2nd ed., chapter 8. parasitology: علوم حياة |310 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 37 pp. la crosse fish health center. onalaska, wisconsin. 29. gussev. a.v.; ali, n.m.; abdul-ameer. k.n.; amin, s.m. and molnár, k. (1993). new and known species of dactylogyrus diesing. 1850 (monogenea dactylogyridae) from cyprinid fishes of the river tigris. iraq. syst. parasitol., 25: 229 -237. 30. pugachev, o.n.; gerasev, p.i.; gussev, a.v.; ergens, r. and khotenowsky, i. (2010). guide to monogenoidea of freshwater fish of palaeartic and amur regions. ledizioni ledipublishing, milano: 567. 31. gussev, a.v. (1985). parasitic metazoans: class monogenea. in: bauer, o.n. (ed.). key to the parasites of freshwater fish fauna of the u.s.s.r. nauka, leningrad, 2: 1424 (in russian). 2(ملم 12160 )مقياس الرسم gyrodactylus cottiلطفيلي أحادي المنشأ رسم بالكاميرا لوسيدا ل :(1شكل ) dcb: dorsal connecting bar القضيب الرابط الظهري h: hooklet الكاّلب الصغير vcb: ventral connecting bar القضيب الرابط البطني m: membrane الغشاء علوم حياة |311 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 2(ملم 12160 )مقياس الرسم gyrodactlus mikailoviلطفيلي أحادي المنشأ رسم بالكاميرا لوسيدا ل :(2شكل ) dcb: dorsal connecting bar القضيب الرابط الظهري h: hooklet الكاّلب الصغير vcb: ventral connecting bar القضيب الرابط البطني m: membrane الغشاء 2(ملم 1210 ، )مقياس الرسمgyrodactylus prostaeلطفيلي أحادي المنشأ رسم بالكاميرا لوسيدا ل (3شكل ) dcb: dorsal connecting bar القضيب الرابط الظهري h: hooklet الكاّلب الصغير vcb: ventral connecting bar القضيب الرابط البطني m: membrane الغشاء علوم حياة |312 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 2(مرة 40تكبير ال، )قوة gyrodactylus cotti( الطفيلي أحادي المنشأ 1صورة ) 2(مرة 40تكبير ال)قوة gyrodactylus mikailoviالطفيلي أحادي المنشأ (2صورة ) علوم حياة |313 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 2(مرة 40تكبير ال، )قوة gyrodactylus prostaeالطفيلي أحادي المنشأ (3صورة ) علوم حياة |314 1027( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol 30 (1) 2017 the first record of three monogenean species of gyrodactylus in iraq from gills of some fishes in tigris river, al-shawwaka region, baghdad province abid ali j. j. al-saadi rabab a. rasheed dept. of biology/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :26/ june /2016 , accepted in : 2 /november/ 2016 abstract three monogenean species of the genus gyrodactylus viz. g. cotti roman, 1956 on gills of planiliza abu, g. mikailovi ergens & ibragimov, 1976 on gills of chondrostoma regium and g. prostae ergens, 1963 on gills of alburnus caeruleus were recorded from tigris river at al-shawwaka region, baghdad. the description and measurements of these parasites as well as their illustrations where given. all these parasites are recorded here for the first time in iraq. keywords: monogenea, gyrodactylus, fishes, al-shawwaka, tigris river, baghdad, iraq @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الجراثیم المسببة اللتھاب ملتحمة العین في األطفال، دراسة مقاومتھا للمضادات الحیاتیة وتأثیر حلیب الثدي في العزالت الجرثومیة. عصام جاسم الخلیفاوي جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھیثم( الصرفةكلیة التربیة للعلوم / قسم علوم الحیاة 2013كانون الثاني 16 : ، قبل البحث في 2012ایلول 3: استلم البحث في الخالصة 17سنوات الى 3تم خالل ھذه الدراسة عزل الجراثیم المسببة اللتھاب ملتحمة العین عند األطفال ما بین عمر أقل من ملتحمة العین، بلغ طفل یعانون من التھاب 102سنة، المراجعین مستشفى ابن الھیثم التخصصي للعیون. شملت الدراسة %). أظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالیة أن اعلى نسبة عزل في الذكور 32( 33%) وبلغ عدد اإلناث 68( 69عدد الذكور سنوات. أما في اإلناث فأن 3% للفئة العمریة أقل من 3سنة واقل نسبة عزل من الذكور كانت 13-11% للفئة العمریة 21 سنة. 17-15یة % للفئة العمر1سنة، واقل نسبة عزل في اإلناث كانت 11-9% للفئة العمریة 15اعلى نسبة عزل كانت 32عزلة جرثومیة ، كان عدد العزالت الموجبة جرام ھو السائد مقارنة بتلك السالبة جرام، إذ بلغ عددھا 52شخصت %). اظھر اختبار الحساسیة 38شكلت نسبة ( 20%). في حین كان عدد الجراثیم السالبة جرام 62عزلة شكلت نسبة ( للمضادات الحیویة الشائعة االستعمال، إذ كانت معظم العزالت مقاومة للمضادات للمضادات الحیویة زیادة مقاومة الجراثیم ) وحساسة للمضادات chloramphenicol baseو ampicillin ،erythromycin ،gentamicinالحیویة ( ). tobramycinو cephalothin،ciprofloxacin ،norfloxacin ،levofloxacin ،ofloxacinالحیویة (ُ سیادة المكورات العنقودیة الحساسة oxacillinظھر اختبار الحساسیة للمكورات العنقودیة تجاه المضاد الحیوي ا %. بین اختبار تأثیر حلیب 8% في حین بلغت المكورات العنقودیة المقاومة ألوكزاسیلین 92ألوكزاسیلین إذ بلغت نسبتھا %) ولم یؤثر 67عزلة شكلت نسبة ( 35ت المختلفة، إذ ادى الى تثبیط عزلة فعالیة حلیب الثدي على العزال 52الثدي في %).نستنتج من نتائج الدراسة الحالیة ان حلیب الثدي یمتلك فعالیة مضادة للمكروبات جیدة 33عزلة شكلت نسبة ( 17في ضد الجراثیم الموجبة جرام والسالبة جرام. دات حیاتیة، حلیب الثدي.التھاب ملتحمة العین، مضاالكلمات المفتاحیة: 8 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة التھاب الملتحمة أو العین الحمراء، ھو مصطلح یستعمل لوصف التھاب الملتحمة وھوغالبا ما یحدث بوساطة ثالثة ]. إن الملتحمة ھي جلد شبھ شفاف یغطي الجزء األبیض من العین 1مصادر مختلفة، الفیروسات، الجراثیم والحساسیة [ ]. ومع ذلك فأن الملتحمة نفسھا حساسة 3صابات و المھیجات []. ھذه الطبقة تحمي العین من االجسام الغریبة واإل2[ للمھیجات ومسببات اإلصابة من الفیروسات والجراثیم. إن التھاب الملتحمة الجرثومي یحدث بظھور صدید كریمي، ھذا ]. بعض المرضى یجدون عیونھم مسدودة ومغطاة بالصدید عند 4الصدید ربما یجعل المریض یشكو من رموش لزجة [ اسیتقاظھم صباحا. أن اكثر الجراثیم شیوعا في التھاب الملتحمة ھي المكورات العنقودیة إذ تسبب االلتھابات لكل من الجفون والملتحمة والقرنیة وذلك المتالكھا العدید من عوامل الضراوة التي تزید من أمراضیتھا مثل اإلنزیمات والسموم ومن أھم لقد وجد أن بعض أنواع ].s. epidermidis ]5و staphylococcus aureusي األنواع التي تسبب إصابة العین ھ فرط جنس العقدیات لھا القابلیة على إحداث التھابات مختلفة للعین وتعد أمراضیة ھذا الجنس للعین استجابة لتفاعالت .sو streptococcus viridansالحساسیة للعقدیات أو منتجاتھا، أما أھم العقدیات المسببة إلصابات العین ھي pneumoniae أماs. pyogenes ] تعد جراثیم الخناق أحد مسببات التھاب 6فھو أقل المسببات مقارنة باألنواع األخرى .[ الملتحمة ، إذ تنتج سماً تنخر األنسجة. أما ارتباطھا بالتھاب القرنیة فیكون في أغلب األحیان نادرا وناتجاً عن تأثیر سم ]. أما األنواع األخرى لھذا الجنس التي عزلت من قرح القرنیة فلم یعرف لھا دور واضح في التقرح ومن أھم 7ریا [الدفت . یعد جنس العصیات من المسببات األخرى لمراض العیون c. xerosisو corynebacterium striatusأنواعھا ھي األكثر شیوعا في bacillus cereusمات. إن جرثومة وتعود ضراوة ھذا النوع الى إنتاجھ للعدید من السموم واإلنزی فدورھا غیر واضح في إصابات العیون. b. subtilisإصابة باطن العین مقارنة باألنواع األخرى للعصیات، أما الجرثومة ة لھا عالقة بالتھاب القرنی b. thuringenesisو b. coagulans ،b. brevis ،b. licheniformisأما األنواع تسبب إصابات القرنیة في حاالت ضعف الجھاز المناعي والعالج .nocardia spp]. لوحظ أن جراثیم 8والملتحمة [ الجراثیم األخرى التي لھا القابلیة على ]. ومن9بالكورتیكوستیرویدات وفي حاالت زرع األعضاء واإلصابة باالیدز [ سیما عند األطفال حدیثي الوالدة بسبب إصابة األم بھذه وال neisseria gonorrhoeaeإصابات العین ھي جرثومة فتعد ممرضة للعین وتتوافر في األغشیة المخاطیة للفم، القناة التنفسیة العلیا moraxella]. أما جرثومة 10الجرثومة [ .mیون ھي والقناة البولیة وفي بعض األحیان تتوافر بصورة متقطعة في الجلد ومن األنواع المسببة إلصابات الع lacunata ،m. liquefaciens ،m. catarrhalis وm. bovis ]11 تعد جرثومة .[haemophilus aegyptius الحارة والدافئة. في حین الرئیس اللتھاب المنظمة القیحي الحاد الذي یحدث بصورة رئیسة في الصیف في المناطق المسبب ]. إن الجراثیم المعویة تعد من 12مسؤوال عن اإلصابة نفسھا في المناطق المعتدلة [ یكون h. influenzaأن النوع الممرضات للعین عندما تكون مناعة الجسم ضعیفة والسیما في األطفال وكبار السن. وقد عزلت العدید من الجراثیم المعویة ]. 13باطن العین، واللتھابات الموسمیة المداریة [من حاالت التھابات القرنیة، و الجفون، و الملتحمة، و الكیس الدمعي، و إذ عزلت من التھابات القناة الدمعیة، ، لھا عالقة بالتھابات العیون المختلفة serratia marcescensأن جرثومة وجد لھا القابلیة على أحداث pseudomonas aeruginosa]. لقد وجد أن جرثومة 14المنظمة، القرنیة وباطن العین [ ].15تفرزه ھذه الجراثیم من إنزیمات وسموم توثر في أنسجة العین [ ضرار لقرنیة العین لماأ یتم عالج التھابات العیون المتسبب بفعل الجراثیم باستخدام المضادات الحیاتیة وھناك العدید منھا مثل مركبات sulfonamide ،erythromycin ،tetracycline ،bacitracin وpolymxin غیرھا. تستعمل ھذه المركبات أما و إعطاء المضادات الحیاتیة یعتمد على معرفة عمر المریض و تشخیص الحالة ، وخطورة إن]. 16بشكل قطرات أو مراھم [ األعراض. إذ إن االستعمال الكثیر للمضادات الحیاتیة قد یؤدي الى ظھور عترات جرثومیة مقاومة للعدید من المضادات ]. إن 17فضالً عن نمو الفطریات وتكون الماء األزرق األبیض أو األسود في العین مما یھدد صحة المریض [المستعملة ] أن 18المضادات الحیاتیة المستعملة یجب إن تكون ذا فعالیة واسعة بحیث تقضي على المسببات الرئیسة، إذ وجد [ یة تحدد استمرار العالج بھذا المضاد الحیاتي أو إیجاد بدیل حساسیة الجراثیم المعزولة من منطقة االصابة للمضادات الحیات ولقد ازداد االھتمام في اآلونة األخیرة نحو العالج البدیل أو ما یسمى بالطب البدیل لعالج التھابات العین.منھ. المواد الطبیة البدیلة حلیب الثدي إن حلیب الثدي ھو غذاء معقد یحتوي على العدید من المغذیات، والمعادن، والفیتامینات فضالً عن مركبات ذى فعالیات أو وظائف حیویة. الحلیب غني بالبروتینات التي تقسم على صنفین، الصنف األول بروتینات الحلیب الكبیرة و . ( α-lactalbumin and β-lactoglobulin)ینات الشرش)، نوعین من بروت α, β and k-caseinتشمل الكازائین ( ، وإنزیم lactoferrins ،والكتوفیرین lysozymeالصنف الثاني بروتینات الحلیب الصغیرة التي تشمل األنزیم الحال ینات . إن الصنف الثاني من البروتimmunoglobulinsو الكلوبیولینات المناعیة lactoperoxidase الكتوبیروكسیدیز ]. إن العدید من 19یؤدي دورا مھما كخط دفاع أول إذ تمتاز بفعالیتھا المضادة للمیكروبات المباشرة وغیر المباشرة [ الذي یشكل sigaالكلوبیولینات المناعیة الموجودة في مصل الدم توجد كذلك في حلیب الثدي ولكن أكثر األنواع توافراً ھو ]. ترتیب 20یرتبطان سویة مع المكون اإلفرازي وسلسلة رابطة [ igaجزئیتین من % وھو عبارة عن 90نسبة أكثر من 9 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ]. إن ھذا النوع من األجسام المضادة یعطي مناعة مكتسبة 21الجریئة بھذا الشكل یجعلھا مقاومة للتحلل داخل األمعاء [ .e .coli ،vibrio cholera ، h. influenzae ،sللطفل إذ تھاجم ھذه األجسام الجراثیم المرضیة مثل pneumoniae ،clostridium difficile وsalmonella و تھاجم الفیروسات مثلrotavirus ،cytomegalovirus ،hiv ،influenza virus وrespiratory syncytial virus وتھاجم الخمائر مثل candida albicans ]22 التي یمتلكھا مركب المضادة للمیكروبات]. إن العدید من الدراسات تشیر الى الفعالیة lactoferrin ] إن تكوین 23ضد العدید من الممرضات، الذي ال یعتمد على درجة تشبع الالكتوفیرین بالحدید .[ lactoferricin ] الحدیثة أثبتت أن ]. الدراسات 24وھو ببتید یمتلك فعالیة مبیدة للجراثیم خالل ھضم الكتوفیرین ]. من المكونات المھمة hiv ]25بخالیا االمعاء، كما انھ فعال ضد الفیروسات مثل e. coliط التصاق الكتوفیرین یثب الذي یھاجم الجدار الخلوي للجراثیم موجبة جرام، إذ یحطم ھذا lysozymeاألخرى في حلیب الثدي ھو األنزیم الحال hiv] لوحظ كذلك إن ھذا اإلنزیم یثبط نمو الفیروس 26مما یؤدي الى قتل الجراثیم [ β-1,4 linkagesاإلنزیم الرابطة glycosylatedھو بروتین سكري مع حامض السیالك المشحون، لقد لوحظ أن جزیئة k-casein]. أن27في المختبر [ k-casein الثقیلة تثبط التصاق جرثومةhelicobacter pylori بhuman gastric mucosa ]28 إن 29و .[ یزداد بعمر الشباب ولكن تناول حلیب األم یوفر حمایة ضدھا. تشیر العدید من البحوث h. pyloriاإلصابة بجرثومة یتم تكوینھ بكمیات قلیلة جدا من الخالیا بوجود بیروكسید الھیدروجین، ھذا اإلنزیم یؤكسد lactoperoxidaseالى أن إنزیم الذي یستطیع قتل الجراثیم موجبة جرام والجراثیم سالبة hypothiocyanateفي اللعاب مكونا الثایوسیانیت الموجود ]. ولذلك فان الكتوبیروكسیدز الموجود في حلیب الثدي یساھم في الدفاع ضد اإلصابات في الفم والقناة الھضمیة 30جرام [ ، ھذا haptocorrinك فعالیة مضادة للجراثیم ھو نات األخرى الموجودة في حلیب الثدي التي تمتلالعلیا. من البروتی ]. 31وبذلك یثبط نمو الجراثیم [ vitamin b-12البروتین لھ القابلیة على ربط المواد وطرائق العمل ] .32اتبعت طریقة العمل المستخدمة في المصدر [ جمع العینات: أ أخذت مسحات معقمة وتم بوساطتھا دلك ملتحمة العین لألطفال المصابین بالتھاب ملتحمة العین من الطبیب المختص. -● زرعت المسحات على األوساط المغذي الصلب و الدم الصلب بطریقة التخطیط وحضنھا بظروف ھوائیة. أما وسط -● ساعة. 48 -24م مدة 37ْحرارة الجوكلیت الصلب فیحضن في عبوة حاویة على شمعة، بدرجة تشخیص العزالت: ب شخصت العزالت بوساطة اختبار الحركة، وصبغة جرام، وصفات المستعمرات وإنتاج الصبغات، وتحلل الدم، -● ) ، استخدام العدة ابي oxidaseو catalase, coagulase, urease واالختبارات الكیموحیاتیة بما فیھا ( اإلنزیمات api kits نوعnh ونوع ،staph شركةbiomeriux وأخیرا استخدام جھاز .vitek 2 شركةbiomeriux ]33.[ اختبار الحساسیة: ت kirby-bauer discباور لألقراص المنتشرة -أختبرت الحساسیة باستعمال طریقة كربي -● diffusion method) استعملت المضادات التالیة (ampicillin 10 ،cephalothin 30 ،chloramphenicol base 30 ،ciprofloxacin 5 ،erythromycin 15 ،gentamicin 10 ،levofloxacin 5 ، norfloxacin 10 ،ofloxacin 5 وtobramycin 5 ]34 . [ kirby-bauer disc باور لألقراص المنتشرة -أُجري اختبار الحساسیة باستعمال طریقة كربي -● diffusion method) استخدم المضاد الحیوي (oxacillin 1 لتصنیف المكورات العنقودیة الذھبیة المقاومة والحساسة ].35االوكزاسیلین [ اختبار الفعالیة المضادة للجراثیم لحلیب الثدي: ث ملیلتر بعد تعقیم الحلمة وغسلھا بماء معقم، 10جمعت عشر عینات من حلیب الثدي من امھات مرضعات وبواقع -● ].36[ ْ◌م لحین االستعمال 8ْ-وحفظت العینات بدرجة حرارة ، staphylococcus aureus ،s.epidermidisعزلة جرثومیة شملت 52أُختبرت فعالیة حلیب الثدي على -● s.hominis ،neisseria gonorrhea ، escherichia coli، haemophilus influenza ،streptococcus pneumoniae ،streptococcus viridans ،bacillus cereus ،bacillus subtilis ،corynebacterium xerosis ،corynebacterium strsitus ،pseudomonas aeruginosa ،pseudomonas putidia و moraxella catarrhalis ] 37حسب طریقة.[ و المناقشة النتائج إن فكرة ھذا البحث جاءت من تجربة شخصیة مر بھا الباحث في اثناء طفولتھ، إذ كان یعاني من التھاب ملتحمة العین المزمن. وكان حلیب الثدي من أفضل المواد المستعملة في عالج حالتھ. ومن البحث والتقصي تبین لنا ان حلیب المرضع 10 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 رأسھا التھاب العین واالذن. وھذه العادة شائعة في جنوب وشمال العراق وفي یستعمل في عالج العدید من اإلصابات وعلى القرى المحیطة ببغداد.علیھ قررنا ان نبحث تجریبا فعالیة الحلیب في القضاء على الجراثیم المرضیة التي تصیب العین. 102شملت الدراسة طفل یعانون من التھاب 69ملتحمة العین، بلغ عدد الذكور ) 68 وبلغ عدد اإلناث %)، 33 ) 32 .(% سنة، واقل نسبة عزل من الذكور 13-11% للفئة العمریة 21أظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالیة أن اعلى نسبة عزل في الذكور سنة، واقل 11-9% للفئة العمریة 15سنوات. أما في اإلناث فأن اعلى نسبة عزل كانت 3% للفئة العمریة أقل من 3كانت ). وتفسیرنا لھذه النتائج یرجع الى أن األطفال بھذا 1سنة جدول رقم ( 17-15% للفئة العمریة 1ناث كانت نسبة عزل في اإل العمر یكونون بأوج نشاطھم وان أغلب األلعاب تجعل العین ھدفاً یسیراً لإلصابة أو التلوث مثل السباحة، وكرة القدم،وكرة لھ [ الطائرة وغیرھا من األلعاب،وھذا یتفق مع ما توصل ] الذي عزى السبب الى ارتباط عامل العمر بالعوامل المھیأة 38 لإلصابة، إذ تبین أن سبب تدني اإلصابة في األطفال دون الخامسة كونھم أقل عرضة للتعرض لحوادث التعرض لضربة خرین مما یقلل من وجروح العیون بسبب العنایة الدائمة والمالزمة لھم من أمھاتھم وعدم اختالطھم الكثیر باألطفال اآل فرص الحوادث التي قد تحدث في أثناء اللعب الخشن بینھم وحوادث السقوط وغیرھا. أما بالنسبة الى تأثیر الجنس،فیتضح 39من النتائج إن نسبة إصابة الذكور اكبر من اإلناث وھي تقارب الضعف وھذا یتفق مع ما توصل لھ [ و ] إذ الحظوا 40 الذكور عن اإلناث.ویتفق مع ما توصل لھ [ وجود زیادة في نسبة إصابة ] الذي وجد أن نسبة اإلصابة في األطفال 41 % من مجموع اإلصابات المشمولة بدراستھم وعزى ذلك الى أن األوالد أكثر حركة ومشاكسة من 68الذكور قد شكلت إصابات العیون وغیرھا.اإلناث وبذلك یكونوا أكثر عرضة لحوادث عزل�ة م�ن االن�اث 23%)، و56عزل�ة م�ن ال�ذكور ش�كلت نس�بة ( 29عزل�ة جرثومی�ة. 52اس�ة تش�خیص تم في ھذه الدر %). 4ش�كلت نس�بة ( b. subtilis%). عزلت�ان 9شكلت نس�بة ( bacillus cereusعزالت 5%). شملت 44شكلت نسبة ( 5%). و8كلت نس�بة (ش� c. strsitusع�زالت م�ن جرثوم�ة 4%) ، و4ش�كلت نس�بة ( c. xerosisعزلت�ان م�ن الج�راثیم %) 9ش�كلت نس�بة ( s. epidermidisعزالت جرثومیة ھي 5%) ، و9شكلت نسبة ( s .aureusعزالت جرثومیة ھي .sع�زالت 5%)، و4شكلت نس�بة ( s. pneumoniae%). عزلتان 4شكلت نسبة ( s. hominis،عزلتان من الجراثیم viridans ) عزلت�ان 9ش�كلت نس�بة .(%e. coli ) و4ش�كلت نس�بة .(%ع�زالت 4h. influenzae ) ش�كلت نس�بة %). وأخی�را 4شكلت نسبة ( n. gonorrhoeae%)، وعزلتان 8شكلت نسبة ( m. catarrhalisعزالت 4%)، و 8 دد %) على الت�والي، ك�ان ع�8شكلت نسبة ( p. putidiaعزالت من الجراثیم 4و p. aeruginosaعزالت من الجراثیم 4 عزل�ة ش�كلت نس�بة 32راثیم الموجب�ة ج�رام العزالت الموجبة ج�رام ھ�و الس�ائد مقارن�ة بتل�ك الس�البة ج�رام، إذ بل�غ ع�دد الج� %) م��ن مجم�وع الع��زالت 38ش�كلت نس�بة ( 20%) م�ن مجم�وع الع��زالت. ف�ي ح��ین ك�ان ع�دد الج��راثیم الس�البة ج��رام 62( یھا مقارنة نسبة الجراثیم الموجبة جرام والجراثیم السالبة جرام المسببة ] التي تم ف2) و ھذا یتفق مع الدراسة [2جدول رقم ( وفي جمیع السنوات كانت الغلبة للجراثیم الموجبة ج�رام. فیم�ا 2008الى 1997سنة من عام 12اللتھاب ملتحمة العین مدة .staphylococcus sppقودی�ة یخص العزالت الموجبة جرام فقد ش�ملت اجن�اس عدی�دة كان�ت الس�یادة فیھ�ا للمك�ورات العن %) من مجموع العزالت. وضمن المكورات العنقودیة فأن الس�یادة كان�ت للمك�ورات العنقودی�ة الذھبی�ة 23التي شكلت نسبة ( s. aureus ] ال�ذي أش�ار ال�ى س�یادة ج�راثیم المك�ورات العنقودی�ة المعزول�ة م�ن اص�ابات 42وھذا یتفق مع ما توص�ل ل�ھ [ %) م��ن مجم��وع 13فأنھ��ا ت��أتي بالمرتب��ة الثانی��ة إذ ش��كلت نس��بة ( .streptococcus sppات الس��بحیة العی��ون. أم��ا المك��ور ] التي تم خاللھا عزل انواع عدیدة من المكورات السبحیة المسببة أللتھ�اب العی�ون. م�ن 43العزالت وھذا یتفق مع الدراسة [ %) م�ن مجم�وع الع�زالت 13لعص�یات الت�ي ش�كلت نس�بة (الجراثیم الموجبة جرام التي تم عزلھا خ�الل ھ�ذه الدراس�ة ھ�ي ا من إلتھاب قرنی�ة الع�ین عن�د األطف�ال. كم�ا b. cereus] التي تم خاللھا عزل الجرثومة 44وھذا یتفق مع نتائج الدراسة [ 45[ وھذا یتفق م�ع نت�ائج الدراس�ة c. strsitusو c. xerosisوبنوعین ھما .corynebacterium sppعزلت جراثیم عند األطف�ال. أم�ا الج�راثیم الس�البة من التھاب ملتحمة العین .nondiphtherial c. spp] التي تم فیھا عزل الجراثیم 46و وھ�ذا یتف�ق p. putidia و p. aeruginosaالتي ش�ملت الن�وعین .pseudomonas sppجرام فقد كانت السیادة لجراثیم ف�ي h. influenzaeئف�ات ف�ي التھ�اب قرنی�ة الع�ین. ك�ذلك عزل�ت الج�راثیم ] ال�ذي ن�ۆه ال�ى دور الزا15مع ما توص�ل ل�ھ [ في التھابات العیون. كم�ا ت�م ف�ي ھ�ذه h. influenzae ] حول دور جرثومة47الدراسة الحالیة وھذا یتفق مع ما توصل لھ [ ور جرثومة السیالن ] حول د3من عیون اطفال خدج وھذا یتفق مع ما ذكره [ n. gonorrhoeaeالدراسة عزل جرثومة escherichia coliفي اصابة عیون االطفال حدیثي الوالدة نتیجة الص�ابة االم بجرثوم�ة الس�یالن. ك�ذلك عزل�ت جرثوم�ة m. catarrhalis ] حول دور ھذه الجرثومة ف�ي التھ�اب ملتحم�ة الع�ین .أخی�را عزل�ت جرثوم�ة 4وھذا یتفق مع ما ذكره [ م�ن األطف�ال ال�ذین یع�انون م�ن التھ�اب m. catarrhalisالذي اش�ار ال�ى ع�زل جرثوم�ة ] 11وھذا یتفق مع ما توصل لھ [ جفن العیون. أجري اختبار الحساسیة للمضادات الحیویة الشائعة االستعمال لعالج الجراثیم المسببة اللتھابات العین، اظھر اختبار الحیویة الشائعة االستعمال، إذ كانت معظم العزالت مقاومة الحساسیة للمضادات الحیویة زیادة مقاومة الجراثیم للمضادات ) جدول tm, ofx, nor, lev, kf, cip) وحساسة للمضادات الحیویة (amp,e,gm, cللمضادات الحیویة ( ]. 2) وھذا یتفق مع نتائج العدید من الدراسات التي أشارت الى المقاومة العالیة للجراثیم المسببة اللتھابات العین [3رقم ( % من ھذه العزالت كانت حساسة ألوكزاسیلین ( 87بخصوص عزالت المكورات العنقودیة الذھبیة أظھرت الدراسة إن ossa ( % من العزالت كانت مقاومة ألوكزاسیلین8)، وorsa) وھذا یتفق مع الدراسة التي قام بھا 4) جدول رقم ( ثیسیلین. ] إذ وجد أن السیادة كانت للجراثیم الحساسة للم48[ 11 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ) 5عزل�ة جرثومی�ة فعالی�ة الحلی�ب عل�ى معظ�م الع�زالت المختب�رة ج�دول رق�م ( 52بین اختبار تأثیر حلیب الثدي في ] الذي اثبت فعالیة حلی�ب الث�دي ض�د معظ�م الج�راثیم المس�ببة اللتھاب�ات العی�ون. وف�ي حال�ة 36وھذا یتفق مع ما توصل لھ [ الحیاتیة ف�ي الع�زالت الجرثومی�ة م�ع ت�أثیر حلی�ب الث�دي ف�ي الع�زالت الجرثومی�ة یتب�ین لن�ا ان مقارنة نتائج تاثیر المضادات ] م�ن ان 36تأثیر الحلیب الیقل عن تـاثیر المضادات الحیاتیة السیما في عزالت المكورات العنقودیة وھذا یتفق مع ماذكره [ ل النتنائج یتبین لنا أیضاً الت�أثیر الكبی�ر لحلی�ب الث�دي حلیب الثدي یحتوي على عوامل مضادة للمكورات العنقودیة. ومن خال ] التي وجد فیھا فعالیة الحلیب المضادة للمك�ورات الس�بحیة. ویتف�ق 49ضد المكورات السبحیة وھذا یتفق مع نتائج الدراسة [ عالی�ة المض�ادات الحیاتی�ة طفالً حدیث ال�والدة واختب�ار ف22] التي تم خاللھا عزل الجراثیم من عیون 50مع نتائج الدراسة [ ،اللباء وحلیب المرضع تجاه ھذه الجراثیم، اثبتت الدراسة فعالیة اللباء تجاه معظم العزالت یلیھا حلیب المرضع بفعالیة أقل. في نھایة دراستنا نستنتج ان حلیب الثدي م�ادة بدیل�ة جی�دة للمض�ادات الحیاتی�ة الت�ي ب�دأت العدی�د م�ن الج�راثیم بمقاومتھ�ا وظھور عتر متعددة المقاومة أو م�ا تس�مى ب�العتر المقاوم�ة للع�الج بالمض�ادات الحیاتی�ة، ل�ذى نوص�ي بمزی�د م�ن الدراس�ات حول فعالیة حلیب الثدي المضادة للجراثیم. المصادر 1.patel, p. b; diaz, m. c. g; bennett, j. e; and attia, m. w. (2007). clinical features of bacterial conjunctivitis in children. acad. emer. med; 14:1–5. 2.adebayo, a; parikh, j. g; mccormick, s. a; shah, m. k; & huerto, r. s; yu g; & milman, t. (2011). shifting trends in in vitro antibiotic susceptibilities for common bacterial conjunctival isolates in the last decade at the new york eye and ear infirmary. graefes arch. clin. exp. ophthal; 249:111–119. 3.tarabishy, a. b; and jeng, b. h. (2008). bacterial conjunctivitis: a review for internists. cleveland clin. j. med; 75(7): 507-512. 4.chern, k. c; shrestha, s. k; cevallos, v; dhami, h. l; tiwari, p; tiwari, l; whitcher, j. p; and lietman, t. m. (1999). alterations in the conjunctival bacterial flora following a single dose of azithromycin in a trachoma endemic area. br. j. ophthal; 83:1332–1335. 5.nayak, n; and satpathy, g. (2000). slime production as a virulence factor in staphylococcus epidermidis isolated from bacterial keratitis. indian j. med. res; 111:6. 6.cohen, y. h; mondino, b. j; and brown, s, i. (1979). marginal corneal ulcers with acute beta-streptococcal conjunctivitis and chronic dacryocystitis. am. j. ophthal; 87: 541. 7.chandler, j. w; and milam, d. f. (1978). diphtheria corneal ulcers. arch. ophthal; 96: 53. 8.samples, j. r; and buettner, h. (1983). ocular infections caused by a biological insecticide. j. infect. dis; 148: 614. 9.kim, e. k; lee, d. h; lim, k; lim, s. j; yoon, i. s; and lee, y. g. (2001). nocardia keratitis after traumatic detachment of alaserin situ keratormileusis flap. j. refract. surg; 16(4): 467. 10.limberg, m. b. (1991). a review of bacterial keratitis and bacterial conjunctivitis. am. j. ophthal.112:25. 11.frank, s. k; and gerber, j. d. (1981). hydrolytic enzymes of moraxella bovis. j. clin. micro; 13: 269. 12.zwahlen, a; winkelstein, j. a; and moxou, e. r. (1983). surface determinants of haemophilus influenzae pathogenicity. comparative virulence of capsular transformants in normal and complement depleted rats. j. infect. dis; 148: 385. 13.micallef, c; and cuschieri, p. (2001). ocular infections due to contaminated solution. ophthalmologica; 215: 337. 14.templeton, w. c; eiferman, r. a; snyder, j. w; mole, j. c; and raff, m. j. (1982). serratia keratitis transmitted contaminated eye. am. j. ophthal; 93: 723. 15.pillar, c. m; hazlett, l. d; and hobden, j. a. (2001). alkaline protease deficient mutants of pseudomonas aeruginosa are virulentin the eye. curr. eye res; 21 (3): 730. 16.lewis, r. g; and john, h. b. (1986). outpatient treatment of microbial corneal ulcers. arch. ophthal; 104: 84. 17.goldstein, m. h; kowalski, r. p; and gordon, j. (1999). emerging fluoroquinolone resistance in bacterial keratitis. a 5-year review. ophthal; 106: 1313-1318. 12 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 18.lomhott, j. a; and arbuthnott, j. p. (2000). prolonged persistance on the ocular surface of fortified gentamicin ointment as compared to fortified gentamicin eye drops. acta ophthal. scand; 1: 34-39. 19.isaacs, c. e., (2005). human milk inactivates pathogens individually, additively, and synergistically. j. nutr; 135: 1286–1288. 20.stoliar, o. a; mackie, i. a; liakos, g. m; jacobs, p; and goulding, n. j. (1976). secretory iga against enterotoxins in breast milk. lancet; 1258-1260. 21.lawton, j. w. m; and shortridge, k. f. (1977). protective factors in human breast milk and colostrum. lancet; 253-258. 22.glass, r; mani, k; and saha, k. (1989). protection against cholera in breastfed children by antibodies in breast milk. nejm; 308(23):1389-1392. 23.ella, e. e; ahmad, a. a; umoh, v. j; ogala, w. n; balogun, t. b; and musa, a. (2011). studies on the interaction between iga, lactoferrin and lysozyme in the breastmilk of lactating women with sick and healthy babies. j. infect. dis. and immun; 3(2): 24-29. 24.susana, a; chavez, g; gallegos, s. a; and cruz, q. r. (2009). lactoferrin: structure, function and applications. intern j. antimicrob. agent; 33(301): 1-8. 25.adlerova, l., a. bartoskova, and m. faldyna, (2008). lactoferrin: a review. veteran. med; 53(9): 457–468. 26.benkerroum, n., (2008). antimicrobial activity of lysozyme with special relevance to milk. afire. j. biotech; 7 (25): 4856-4867. 27.brundige, d. r; maga, e. a; klasing, k. c; and murray, j. d. (2008). lysozyme transgenic goats’ milk influences gastrointestinal morphology in young pigs. j. nutr; 138: 921–926. 28.creamer, l. k; plowman, j. e; liddell, m. j; smith, m. h; and hill, j. p. (1998). micelle stability: k-casein structure and function. j. dairy sci; 81:3004–3012. 29.contreras, v. i. p; jaramillo, d. l. l; bracamonte, g.m. p; gonzález, j. c. m; and rincón, a. m. s. (2011). convenient genotyping of nine bovine k-casein variants. elector. j. biotech; 14(4): 0717-3458. 30.jooyandeh, h; aberoumand, a; and nasehi, b. (2011). application of lactoperoxidase system in fish and food products: a review. american-eurasian j. agric. & environ. sci; 10 (1): 89-96. 31. jensen, h. r; laursen, m. f; lildballe, d. l; andersen, j. b; nexø, e; and licht, t. r. (2011). effect of the vitamin b12-binding protein haptocorrin present in human milk on a panel of commensal and pathogenic bacteria. bmc research notes; 4:208-214. 32. patel, p. b; diaz, m. c. g; bennett, j. e; and attia, m. w. (2007). clinical features of bacterial conjunctivitis in children. acad. emerge. med; 14:1–5. 33.frebourg, n. b; nouet, d; lemee, l; martin, e; and lemeland, j. f. (1998). comparison of atb staph, rapid atb staph, vitek, and e-test methods for detection of oxacillin heteroresistance in staphylococci possessing meca. j. clinic. micro; 36: 52-57. 34. furtado, g. l; and medeiros, a. a. (1980). single-disk diffusion testing (kirby-bauer) of susceptibility of proteus mirabilis to chloramphenicol: significance of the intermediate category. j. clinic. micro; 12(4): 550-553. 35.brown, d. f. j., (2001). detection of methicillin/oxacillin resistance in staphylococci. j. antimicrob. chemoth; 48: 65-70. 36.dluholucky, s; siragy, p; dolezel, p; svac, j; and bolgac, a. (1980). antimicrobial activity of colostrum after administering killed escherichia coli o111 vaccine orally to expectant mothers. arch. dies. childhood; 55: 458-460. 37.ibhanesebhor, s. e; and otobo, e.s. (1996). in vitro activity of human milk against the causative organisms of ophthalmia neonatorum in benin city, nigeria. j. trop. pediatr; 4: 201-206. 13 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 38.sullivan, b. d; evans, j. e; dana, m. r; and sullivan, d. a. (2006). influence of aging on the polar and neutral lipid profiles in human meibomian gland secretions. arch ophthal; 124:1286-1292. 39.musch, d. c; sugair, a; and meyer, r.f. (1983). demographic and predisposing factors in corneal ulceration. arch. ophthal; 101: 1545-1549. 40. holland, g. n., (2009). ocular toxoplasmosis: the influence of patient age. mem inst oswaldo cruz, rio de janeiro, 104(2): 351-357. 41.cruz, o.a; sabir, s. m; capo, h; and alfonso, e.c. (1993). microbial keratitis in childhood. ophthal; 100 (2): 192-197. 42.ubani, u. a., (2009). common bacteria isolates from infected eyes. jnoa; 15: 40-47. 43. salvador, r; muller, e. e; de freitas, j. c; leonhadt, j. h; pretto-giordano, l. g; dias, j. a. (2005). isolation and characterization of streptococcus spp. group b in nile tilapias (oreochromis niloticus) reared in hapas nets and earth nurseries in the northern region of parana state, brazil. ciência rural, santa maria; 35(6): 1374-1378. 44.bottone, e. j., (2010). bacillus cereus, a volatile human pathogen. clinic. micro. reviews; 23(2):382–398. 45.camello, t. c. f; guaraldi, a. l. m; formiga, l.c.d; and marques, e.a. (2003). nondiphtherial corynebacterium species isolated from clinical specimens of patients in a university hospital, rio de janeiro, brazil. braz. j. micro; 34:39-44. 46.seal, d. v; barrett, s. p; and mcgill, j. i. (1982). aetiology and treatment of acute bacterial infection of the external eye. brit. j. opthal; 66: 357-360. 47.myerowitz, r. l; klaw, r; and johnson, b. (1976). experimental endogenous endophthalmitis caused by haemophilus influenzae type b. infect. and immun; 14(4): 1043-1051. 48.drew, w. l; barry, a. l; 'toole, r; and sherris, j. c. (1972). reliability of the kirbybauer disc diffusion method for detecting methicillin-resistant strains of staphylococcus aureus. appl. micro; 24(2): 240-247. 49.cid, s. r. c; cruz, ma. c; faustino, v; and tuazon, a. o. (2005). in vitro study on the antimicrobial activity of probiotic milk against common pediatric community acquired respiratory pathogens. pidsp j; 9 (2): 25-29. 50.ebeigbe, j. a; and osaiyuwu, a. b. (2010). a comparative study of the effects of colostrum and gentamicin on organisms causing ophthalmia neonatorum. jnoa; 16:6-10. نسبة اإلصابة بمسببات التھاب ملتحمة العین وفقا للفئة العمریة والجنس. :)1جدول ( النسبة المئویة المجموع النسبة المئویة إناث النسبة المئویة ذكور العمریةالفئة سنوات 5-3اقل من 3 3% 2 2% 5 5% %8 8 %4 4 %4 4 سنوات 5-7 %13 13 %6 6 %7 7 سنوات 7-9 %29 30 %15 15 %15 15 سنة9-11 %24 25 %3 3 %21 22 سنة 11-13 %16 16 %2 2 %14 14 سنة 13-15 %5 5 %1 1 %4 4 سنة 15-17 %100 102 %32 33 %68 69 المجموع 14 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 عدد ونوع والنسبة المؤیة للعزالت الجرثومیة المسببة أللتھاب ملتحمة العین من الذكور واإلناث.:) 2جدول ( الذكور العزالت العدد النسبة المؤیة اإلناث العدد النسبة المؤیة المجموع النسبة المؤیة العدد bacillus cereus 3 10% 2 9% 5 9% bacillus subtilis 1 3% 1 4% 2 4% corynebacterium xerosis 1 3% 1 4% 2 4% corynebacterium strsitus 2 7% 2 9% 4 8% staphylococcus aureus 3 10% 2 9% 5 9% staphylococcus epidermidis 3 10% 2 9% 5 9% staphylococcus hominis 1 3% 1 4% 2 4% streptococcus pneumoniae 1 3% 1 4% 2 4% streptococcus viridans 3 10 % 2 9% 5 9% escherichia coli 1 3% 1 4% 2 4% haemophilus influenzae 3 10% 1 4% 4 8% moraxella catarrhalis 2 7% 2 9% 4 8% neisseria gonorrhoeae 1 3% 1 4% 2 4% pseudomonas aeruginosa 2 7% 2 9% 4 8% pseudomonas putidia 2 7% 2 9% 4 8% %100 52 % 44 23 %56 29 المجموع اختبار الحساسیة للمضادات الحیاتیة الشائعة االستخدام. :)3جدول ( resistance in percentage no tm ofx nor lev kf gm e cip c amp 20 0 0 20 20 100 100 0 100 100 1 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 0 100 100 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 100 3 0 25 25 25 0 100 100 25 100 100 4 50 0 0 0 50 100 100 0 100 100 5 0 0 0 0 0 75 75 0 75 75 6 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 0 100 100 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 8 0 0 0 0 0 75 75 0 75 75 9 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 0 100 100 10 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 0 100 100 11 0 0 0 0 0 80 100 0 100 80 12 1bacillus cereus,2bacillus subtilis,3 corynebacterium strsitus,4corynebacterium xerosis 5escherichia coli,6haemophilus influenzae,7moraxella catarrhalis,8 neisseria gonorrhoeae,9pseudomonas aeruginosa,10pseudomonas putidia,11streptococcus pneumoniae,12-streptococcus viridans. 15 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 .oxacillinاختبار الحساسیة للمكورات العنقودیة المعزولة من التھاب ملتحمة العین تجاه المضاد :)4( جدول العزالت الجرثومیة oxacillin antibiotics (1µg/disc) حساسة العدد النسبة المؤیة مقاومة العدد النسبة المؤیة staphylococcus aureus 4 33% 1 8% staphylococcus epidermidis 5 42% 0 0% staphylococcus hominis 2 17% 0 0% %8 1 % 92 11 المجموع تأثیر حلیب الثدي على العزالت الجرثومیة. :)5جدول ( حساسة العزالت العدد النسبة المؤیة مقاومة العدد النسبة المؤیة bacillus cereus 3 6% 2 4% bacillus subtilis 0 0% 2 4 % corynebacterium xerosis 2 4% 0 0% corynebacterium strsitus 4 7% 0 0% staphylococcus aureus 4 7% 1 2% staphylococcus epidermidis 3 6% 2 4% staphylococcus hominis 2 4% 0 0% streptococcus pneumoniae 2 4% 0 0 % streptococcus viridans 2 4 % 3 6% escherichia coli 1 2% 1 2% haemophilus influenzae 3 6 % 1 2% moraxella catarrhalis 3 6% 1 2% neisseria gonorrhoeae 1 2% 1 2% pseudomonas aeruginosa 3 6% 1 2% pseudomonas putidia 2 4% 2 4% %33 17 %67 35 المجموع 16 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 bacterial causes conjunctivitis in children, study the resistance to antimicrobials and the effect of breast milk on isolated bacteria. esam. j. al-kalifawi department of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received on:3 september 2012 , accepted on:16 january 2013 abstract in this study isolated pathogenic bacteria which causes conjunctivitis in children with ages between less than 3 year to17 years, admitted to ibn al-haitham eye specialist hospital. 102 cases were collected which include 69 male formed (68%) and 33 female formed (32%). the result of the recent study shows that the highest percentage of male was 21% for 1113year ages and the lowest percentage was 3% for less than 3 year to 5 year ages. in female the highest percentage was 15% for 9-11year ages and the lowest percentage was 1% for 1517year ages. in this study fifty tow isolates were identified, gram positive bacteria were predominant compared with gram negative bacteria. with 32 isolates which formed (62%) whereas the number of gram negative bacteria was 20 formed (38%). the antimicrobial susceptility test to commonly used antimicrobial showed that the most isolated bacteria were resistance to antimicrobial (ampicillin, erythromycin, gentamicin and chloramphenicol base) and sensitive to (cephalothin, ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin and tobramycin). the antimicrobial susceptility test of staphylococcus spp. to oxacillin showed the predominant of oxacillin-sensitive staphylococcus which (92%) whereas the percentage of oxacillin -resistant staphylococcus was (8%).the effect of breast milk on 52 isolates showed the efficiency of breast milk on almost isolates. the growths of thirty five (67%) isolates were inhibited while there was no effect on 17 (33%) isolates. the results of this study concluded that breast milk has antimicrobial activity against gram positive and gram negative bacteria. key words: conjunctivitis, antimicrobials, brest milk. 17 | biology microsoft word 273-293 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |273   synthesis and antifungal activity against of candida species for   some new heterocyclic compounds containing schiff base, oxazepine , indoline or imidazolo units and their spectral characterization shaima ibraheem chyad al-khazraji dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science / university of kirkuk bari l. mohammed dept. of biology/ college of science / university of kirkuk siham sh. al-salihi dept. technical / medical lab/ northern technical university. abstract the objective of this study is to test in vitro the twenty chemical compounds that contains schiff base or oxazepine, indoline, imidazolo units in concentrations (50, 100, 150) mg / dl as antifungal activity, against three pathogenic candida species that occur in humans. we tested one isolates of ( candida albicans , candida glabrata and candida krusei). all these species affect human health. the study was carried out in the laboratory of public health, directly of health for the period from may 2016 to april 2017, candida spp isolates used in this study were collected from patients admitted at some private clinical in kirkuk city. all isolates were identified using chrom agar and stored at -70 0c .preparation of schiff base ( 1-7 ) from amino pyridine derivatives with aromatic aldehyde by nucleophilic addition reactions preparation of 1,3 – oxazepine 4,7 – dione ( 8-13 ) were carried out by cyclization of appropriate schiff bases with malic anhydride and phthalic anhydride , preparation of compounds ( 14 – 17) from reaction of a mixture aminopyridine derivative with potassium hydroxide then chloroacetic acid was added , preparation of compounds ( 18 – 20 ) from reaction of amino pyridine derivative and 4phenyl phenacyl bromide , all these compounds were characterized by melting points and ft.ir spectroscopy. some of them were characterized by h1nmr and c13-nmr spectroscopy. some compounds contain schiff base group in compounds ( 1-7) showed inhibitory effect candida albicans and candida krusei . this study demonstrates that the three candida species were resistant to a range of compounds (8 -13) containing oxazepine and as antifungal against , while the compound(14 -17) contain indolin show low inhabition zon for candida albicans and the compound (18-20) contain imidazo group showed inhibited effect against three candida species. keywords: antifungal activity heterocyclic compounds, candida species. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |274   1. introduction hetero cyclic compounds are widely distributed in nature essential for life in different forms, most of sugar and their derivatives including vitamins such as vitamin c present as penta compound (furan) or hexa form (pyran) which contain cyclic single atom of oxygen. most of members of vitamin group ( b6) , pyridoxine is one of pyridine derivatives ,considered essential for dietary metabolism of amino acids in addition to alkaloids , which are nitrogen bases present in plants and many of antibiotics including penicillin containing heterocyclic system. there is a great number of heterocyclic compounds possible to obtain through laboratory preparation . they are beneficial as therapeutic and pharmaceutical chemical compounds. the heterocyclic compounds especially nitrogenous are present combined in different natural compounds in nature of plant origin called alkaloid , which are generally toxic and have medical properties [1 ].ex : caffeine the derivative of imidazo pyridine compounds inhibit gastric internal and external secretions and possible to use for prevention or treatment the inflammatory diseases which affect the stomach and intestine [ 2 ] . the structure of 1,3-oxazepine-4,7-dione consists of a seven-membered ring along with two carbonyl groups. the cycloaddition reaction type [2+5 →7] is used in synthesis of 1,3-oxazepine[3,4] and 1,3-oxazepane[5,6] rings. imidazole is present in anti-cancer medication like mercaptopurine that combats leukemia by interfering with dna activities. imidazole also exists in anti-fungal, anti-protozoal and anti-hypertensive medication. imidazole is a part of the theophylline molecules, found in tea leaves and coffee beans, which stimulates the central nervous system [ 7]. candidiasis an infection created by candida is named candidiasis or candidosis. [8], candida species can be co-aggregated with bacteria in biofilm and that may be an essential factor for demonstrations of candidiasis and for colonization of cavities of caries and periodontal pockets [9] . a large amount of healthy adult community holds yeast candida species in the oral cavity [10] and, gastrointestinal tract and vagina [11]. many candida species are commensal and colonize the skin and mucosal surfaces of humans. desperately ill or otherwise immunocompromised patients are wider prone to evolve both superficial and life-threatening candida infections [12]. candida albicans is the highest common infectious factor. this dimorphic yeast is a commensal that colonizes skin, the gastrointestinal and the reproductive tracts. non-c. albicans species are emerging pathogens and can also colonize human mucocutaneous surfaces [13]. currently, an increase in the number of yeasts that are resistant to antifungal drugs is recognized worldwide; therefore, the use of in vitro laboratory tests may aid the doctor in choosing an appropriate therapy [14]. many effective antifungal agents were accessible for the administration of candidiasis. but isolates may exhibit intrinsic resistance to the drug all along therapy. so the use of several chemical compound as alternative agents for the control of fungal diseases is considered as an interesting alternative to synthetic fungicides [15]. five, six and seven membered heterocyclic compounds have been of great interest due to their variety of applications particularly in the field of chemotherapeutic, anti-microbial, pesticidal, agriculture and fungicidal. therefore, this work was directed towards the synthesis of these heterocyclic derivatives and investigation of their anti-bacterial activity. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |275   2. experimental chemicals the chemicals used in this work are listed in table: chemicals and their manufacture chemicals supplied from absolute ethanol bdh 2-aminopyridine bdh malic anhydride bdh phthalic anhydridemerck carbon disulfide merck chloroacetic acid bdh chloroacetamide merck ethyl acetoacetate bdh 2-amino-6-methyl pyridine bdh 4-chlorobenzaldehyde merck hydrazine hydrate bdh 2-hydroxy benzaldehyde bdh isatin merck malonic acid merck 2-amino 5 -methylpyridine merck 3-bromo benzaldehyde bdh p-phenyl phenacyl bromide bdh 2-amino 3,5-dichloro pyridine merck 3-aminopyridine bdh 2-bromo benzaldehyde bdh 3. techniques: melting point: melting points were recorded on a hot stage gallen kamp melting point apparatus and were uncorrected. infra-red spectrophotometer: ft-ir spectra were recorded using fourier transform infrared shimadzu ftir-8400 infrared spectrophotometer, japan, kbr disc or thin film was performed by central organization of standardization and quality control center 1h-nmr: 1h-nmr spectra were recorded on a fourier transform bruker spectrometer operating at 400mhz with tetramethylsilane as internal standard in dmso-d6. university of vienna, austria. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |276   13c-nmr: 13c-nmr spectra were recorded on a fourier transform bruker spectrometer operating at 75.47 mhz in dmso-d6. university of vienna, austria. preparation of compounds ( 1-7 ) in a 100( ml) round bottom flask , a mixture of 0.01 mol of 2aminopyridine in 5 ml absolute ethanol and 0.01 mol of aromatic aldehyde in 5ml absolute ethanol was placed ,the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hrs , then it was filtered the resulting product was dried and recrystallized from ethanol yield 95% , m.p ( 112114 ) 0c for preparation of compound (1) , the derivatives ( 2,3,4,5,6,7) were obtained following the different amino pyridine derivative with different aromatic aldehyde . preparation of compounds ( 8-10 ) a mixture of equimolar amounts ( 0.0025 mol) of schiff bases derivatives ( 8 , 9 , 10 ) and ( 0.0025 mol , 0.37 gm) of phthalic anhydride in 20 ml of dry benzene ,was refluxed with stirring for ( 14-16 ) hrs at 60 0c , the physical data are listed in table ( 2 ). preparation of compounds ( 11-13 ) a mixture of equimolar amounts ( 0.0025 mol) of schiff bases derivatives (11,12,13) and ( 0.0025 mol , 0.24 gm) of malic anhydride in 20 ml of dry benzene ,was refluxed with stirring for ( 10-12 ) hrs at 60 0c ,the physical data are listed in table (3). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |277   table (1): physical properties of compounds ( 1-7 ) color yield m.p structure and name of products comp .no. brown 90 112-114 1 green 84 82-84 2 yellow 82 127130 3 yellow 84 107105 4 yellow 87 108110 5 green 72 74-76 6 brown 85 100102 7 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |278   table (2 ): physical properties of compounds ( 8-10 ) color yield m.p structure and name of products comp .no. brown 37 108-182 8 4-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-3,4dihydrobenzo[e][1,3]oxazepine-1,5-dione yellow 80 145-147 9 4-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)3,4-dihydrobenzo[e][1,3]oxazepine-1,5-dione yellow 45 178180 10 3-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-3,4dihydrobenzo[e][1,3]oxazepine-1,5-dione table (3 ): physical properties of compounds (11-13) color yield m.p structure and name of products comp .no. brown 52 74-76 11 3-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(thiophen-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1,3-oxazepine4,7-dione yellow 61 248-250 12 3-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1,3-oxazepine4,7-dione yellow 45 159161 13 3-(1,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1,3oxazepine-4,7-dione ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |279   preparation of compounds (14 -17) a mixture of koh ( 0.013 mol , 0.56 gm ), 2amino-6-methyl pyridine and ( 0.013 mol , 3gm ) was dissolved in 25 ml absolute ethanol ,then chloroacetic acid (0.013 mol , 1.22 gm) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 7hours ,yield 78% , m.p = 166168 0c for preparation of compound 14 . this experimental was reputed using the same amount of reactance in order to obtain other derivatives ( 15 – 17) the physical data are listed in table (4). table (4 ):physical properties of compounds ( 14-17) color yield m.p structure and name of products comp .no. orange 78 166-168 14 (e)-2-(3-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)imino)-2-oxoindolin-1-yl)acetic acid red 71 176-178 15 (e)-2-(3-((3,5-dichloropyridin-2-yl)imino)-2-oxoindolin-1-yl)acetic acid orange 51 186-189 16 (z)-2-(2-oxo-3-(pyridin-3-ylimino)indolin-1-yl)acetic acid red 52 165-167 17 (z)-2-(2-oxo-3-(pyridin-4-ylimino)indolin-1-yl)acetic acid preparation of compounds ( 1820 ) [ 16 ] a mixture of 2amino pyridine ( 0.02 mol , 2 gm ) and compound 4-phenyl phenacyl bromide ( 0.02 mol , 5.5gm ) was dissolved in 25 ml absolute ethanol, the reaction mixture was refluxed for 25hours , the mixture was allowed to cool at room temperature and recrystallized from ethanol to give the final product yield 78% , m.p = 218220 0c for preparation of compound 18 . this experimental was reputed using the same amount of reactance in order to obtain other derivatives ( 19 – 20 ) the physical data are listed in table (5). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |280   table (5): physical properties of compounds (18-20) color yield m.p structure and name of products comp .no. brown 75 218-220 18 "3-biphenyl -4-ylimidazol[1,2-a] pyridine brown 43 176-178 19 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-5-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine burly wood 56 275 ( dec.) 20 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine candida spp isolates investigated candida spp isolates used in this study were collected from patients admitted at the some privet clinical in kirkuk city and were analysed for microscopy and culture ,from may 2016 to april 2017. all isolates were identified using chromagar and stored at −70 °c. clinical isolates of candida albicans ,candida glabrata and candida krusei were used. antifungal susceptibility tests: in vitro antifungal-susceptibility tests were conducted on some the candida species ( candida albicans ,candida glabrata and candida krusei ) using a test medium prepared with sabouraud dextrose agar (sda) . twenty ml of media were poured into 9 cm diameter petri dishes. for each treatment, 3 plates (replicates) were used . yeast suspensions were prepared in 0.85 % nacl. the turbidity of each suspension was adjusted to a 0.5 mcfarland standard (1 x 10 5 x 106 cells per ml.). using cotton-tipped swabs, each yeast suspension was inoculated onto agar plates. and added 0.5ml. of the chemical compounds the concentration of (50mg. ,100mg. and 150mg) in pour on teste media. after inoculation, plates were incubated at 35 0c incubator and observed for the presence or absence of growth after 48 hrs . the susceptibility end point was defined as the lowest concentration of antifungal which resulted in 80% inhibition of growth compared with that of the drug-free control. 4. results and discussion identification of compounds (1-7) the ft-ir spectra of compounds ( 1-7 ) showed disappearance of the sharp bands were at ( 3164-3469 ) cm-1 were due to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibrations of amino ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |281   groups(-nh2 ) in 2-amino pyridine derivatives , and appearing ( 15911660 ) cm-1were due to the stretching vibration of (n= ch ) group were listed in table (6), figures (1),( 2), (3)and (4) show the ft-ir spectra for compounds 2,3 . 1-compounds in cm) 7-ata of the synthesized derivatives of (1d-ir :table (6) comp. no. 1-ft.ir (bands) , cm 1. 3089.8 υ c-h( aromatic) , 1594.9 υ (n=ch) , 601 υ (c-br) 2. 3051.3 υ c-h( aromatic), 1660.7 υ (n=ch) , 815.8 υ (c-c l ) 3. 3093.8 , 2950 υ c-h( aromatic& alphatic) , 1622υ (n=ch) , 1523 (υas c-no2) 1352 (υs c-no2 ) 4 3450.9 υ ( oh) , 3001.2 c-h( aromatic& alphatic) , 1610 υ (n=ch ) 2917.9 5 3022.4 υ c-h( aromatic& alphatic) , 1608υ (n=ch ) , 575 υ (c-br) 2920.2 6 υ 1615. 7 ( n=ch ) , 1525.7 υ( c=c ) , 1525 (υas c-no2) 1350(υs c-no2) 7 1591.2υ (n=ch ) , 1588 υ (c=c ) , 584υ (c-br) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |282   figure(1): ir spectrum of 2-amino 3,5dichloropyridine figure (2): ir spectrum of compound (2) 4000.0 3600 3200 2800 2400 2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 450.0 19.5 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 64.4 cm-1 %t 3469.8 3294.4 3223.8 3153.5 1792.9 1688.6 1633.6 1577.7 1394.7 1323.1 1279.6 1239.6 1127.0 1099.7 1076.9 1042.6 910.4 888.8 742.8 659.4 628.9 550.9 517.4 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |283   figure (3):ir spectrum of compound (3) figure (4):ir spectrum of compound 2-amino-5-methyl pyridine identification of compounds (8-10) the ft.ir spectra of compounds ( 8-10 ) showed disappearance of absorption bands at ( 15851620 ) cm -1 was due to the ( c= n ) of imine group and appearance of strong absorption band at ( 1720 -1725 ) cm -1 was due to the stretching vibration of the ( c= o ) lactone group [ 17 ] , the appearance of the strong absorption band at ( 16501692) cm -1 was due to the stretching vibration of the ( c= o ) lactam group [18] , the other data of functional 5001000150020002500300035004000 1/c -0 20 40 60 80 100 %t 3 0 9 3 .8 2 1 6 2 2 .1 3 1 5 8 9 .3 4 1 5 7 5 .8 4 1 5 2 3 .7 6 1 4 6 5 .9 0 1 4 3 8 .9 0 1 3 8 2 .9 6 1 3 5 2 .1 0 1 3 1 9 .3 1 1 2 6 1 .4 5 1 2 2 0 .9 4 1 1 9 0 .0 8 1 0 2 4 .2 0 9 8 1 .7 7 8 3 9 .0 3 8 1 5 .8 9 7 3 2 .9 5 6 7 1 .2 3 5 5 5 .5 0 19 4000.0 3600 3200 2800 2400 2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 450.0 3.2 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 261.1 cm-1 %t 34 53.8 33 06.8 31 63.2 30 10.9 29 84.2 29 18.9 28 61.3 26 97.9 19 21.3 18 80.2 17 44.1 16 38.1 16 07.0 15 63.6 15 01.4 14 43.0 13 91.8 13 77.2 13 15.6 12 64.5 12 20.9 11 94.2 11 42.3 10 70.1 10 20.8 96 0.5 92 3.5 85 6.2 82 6.1 75 1.6 72 5.3 66 7.2 65 2.0 62 5.9 51 8.8 48 9.9 47 0.5 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |284   groups were shown in the following table (7) . figures (5),( 6 ), (7) and(8) show the ft-ir spectra for compounds 8,9. table (7): ir-data of the synthesized derivatives of (8-10) compounds in cm-1 comp. no. ) , kbr1-(cm υ i r (ch ) υ aromatic aliphatic cyclic c= o) (υ lactone lactam )(c=c υ aromatic. other 8 3060 2925 1626 1725 1692 1585 9 3062 2935 1627 1724 1689 1583 )1232.53ch-( oυ 10 3060 2924 1626 1720 1650 1585 (c-cl) 885.2υ figure (5): ir spectrum of schiff base compound (8). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |285   .figure (6): ir spectrum of ( 8) figure (7): ir spectrum of schiff base compound ( 9) 4000. 360 320 280 240 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 450. 57. 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 79. cm‐ 1 %t  2925. 2854. 1626. 1585. 1384. 1362. 1248. 1069. 885. 721. 1725. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |286   figure (8): ir spectrum of schiff base compound ( 9) identification of compounds (11-13) the ft.ir spectra of compounds (11-13) showed disappearance of absorption bands at (15851620) cm -1 was due to the ( c= n ) of imine group and appearance of strong absorption band at ( 1710 -1723 ) cm -1 was due to the stretching vibration of the (c= o) lactone group, the appearance of the strong absorption band at ( 16401655) cm -1 was due to the stretching vibration of the (c= o) lactam group, the other data of functional groups were shown in the following table (8) . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |287   table (8):ir-data of the synthesized derivatives of (11-13) compounds in cm-1 comp. no. ) , kbr1-(cm υ i r (ch ) υ aromatic aliphatic cyclic c= o) (υ lactone lactam )(c=c υ aromatic. others 11 3042 2995 1634 1717 1655 1588 12 3139 2926 1557 1723 1640 1488 ( oh) 3290.9υ 13 3090 2933 1618 1710 1649 1502 υ3.) 12923ch-( o identification of compounds (14-17) the ft.ir spectra of compounds ( 14-17) showed appearance of absorption bands at ( 3440 – 3650 ) cm -1 and ( 1730 – 1739 ) cm -1 which attributed to υ(oh) and υ (c= o) of carboxylic acid is good evidence for this reaction , showed appearance of the sharp bands at ( 2968) ) cm -1 attributed to asymmetric stretching vibrations of ( ch2 ) , showed bands at ( 3070 – 3085 ) cm -1 which were assignable to ( c-h ) aromatic ,h1-nmr spectrum of compound (14) , figure (10) shows the signal at δ = 2.5 ppm was due to the methyl group ( cch3 ) ,the signal at δ =3.3 ppm was due to the methyl group ( ) , (c-h) aromatic appear at δ = 7.38.3 ppm peaks as multiplate peaks ,the signal at δ = 12.09 was due to the proton of ( ) group , figures ( 9 ) and ( 10 ) shows the ft-ir spectra for compounds 16 , 14 & h1-nmr . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |288   n n o ch2cooh n figure (9): ir spectrum of (16) n n n o ch2cooh h3c figure (10):h1-nmr spectrum of (14) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |289   identification of compounds (18-20) the disappearance of bands at the general range (3313 –3453) cm-1,( 3306 – 3164) attributed to ( nh2) amino pyridine derivatives stretching frequency together with appearances of band at general range ( 3053 – 3084) cm-1assignable to (c-h) aromatic stretching ,the bands at range ( 1664 – 1682) cm-1 attributable to the υ(c=n) [19] of imidazole ring , provide disappearing at 1700 cm-1 which assigned to υ (c= o) of 4phenylphenacyl bromide, ci3-nmr spectrum of compound (20). a signal at δ = 18.39 is for carbon of methyl group ( ) a signal at δ = 118.2 is for of ( ) a signal a 119,91 is for ( )a signal at δ=122.3 is for( )a signal at δ=124.7 is for a signal at δ=127.2 is for a signal at δ=127,6s for a signal at δ= 127.9 is for a signal at δ=128.4 is for a signal at δ=129,2 is for a signal at δ=131,3 is for a signal at δ=131,9 is for a signal at δ=137.1 is for a signal at δ=140.3 is for a signal at δ=145.1 is for . figures ( 11 ) and ( 12 ) show the ft-ir spectra & c13nmr spectrum forcompounds 20. figure (11): ir spectrum of (20) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |290   figure ( 12): c13-nmr spectrum of ( 20) antifungal activity against candida spp this study showed that the candida krusei inhabited the compounds containing schiff base, this compound "schiff base" had more effect compared to the other chemical compounds, and increased the inhibition zone of candida krusei by increasing the concentration, where it completely inhabited the yeast at 150 mg / dl concentration for the compounds (2,5,7), also imidazolo compounds [19, 20] showed the inhibition of the yeast, while indolin and oxazepine didn't show any results of inhabiting the yeast. on the other hand, the yeast candida glabrata was inhabited by the chemical compound containing schiff base, as for imidazo group compounds only compound number "20" affected the inhibition of the candida glabrata, but, wasn't inhabited by the chemical compounds containing indolin and oxapine . and candida albicans was inhabited by schiff base (1-7) and imidazo group compounds(18-20) , as for indolin compounds, only compound number "17" inhabited the yeast. but, oxazepine chemical compounds didn't show any affection results against candida albicans. these findings are in agreement with [20] led to a gradual increment in the anticandidal activity of mf and af preparates. c. albicans, clinical resistance to antifungal as a result of reduced intracellular accumulation was reported for other pathogenic candida species including c. krusei c. glabrata, c. dubliniensis and c. tropicalis. the azoles resistant isolates of candida species mainly overexpress genes encoding multidrug efflux transporter proteins belonging to two super families, the abc transporters and mfs[21] .the tested candida krusei strain were found to be more sensitive to higher concentrations for the compounds containing schiff base. through the recent study, it showed that the three species of yeast (candida krusei, candida glabrata and candida albicans) was most affected by the chemical compounds of schiff base because these chemical compounds contain the active group (n= ch), as for imidazol group compounds, they were the second most effective compounds because they contain methyl group carbon of ( ). while the other two compounds (indolin(except for the compound number "20") and oxazepine) didn't affect the inhibition of the three species (candida krusei, candida glabrata and candida albicans) at all. we suspect that the three species had resistance ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |291   against indolin and oxazepine compounds. these results suggested that schiff base and imidazo could be a therapeutic alternative with candida species that show some degree of in vitro resistance to antifungal drugs such as ketoconazole . these results are shown in tables(9,10,11) . table (9): shows the affected chemical compound as antifungal against candida krusei antifungal candida spp comp. no. 50 mg / dl 100 mg / dl 150 mg / dl candida krusei 1 0 0 0 2 21 mm 37 mm 40 mm 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 18 mm 20 mm 25 mm 6 0 0 0 7 22 mm 33 mm 41 mm 8 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 18 0 0 0 19 25 mm 27 mm 30 mm 20 20 mm 26 mm 29 mm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |292   table (10): shows the affected chemical compound as antifungal against candida glabrata antifungal candida spp comp. no. 50 mg / dl 100 mg / dl 150 mg / dl candida glabrata 1 0 0 0 2 17 mm 21 mm 25 mm 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 25 mm 28 mm 33 mm 6 0 0 0 7 21 mm 24 mm 28 mm 8 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 18 0 0 0 19 0 0 0 20 18 mm 23 mm 25 mm table (11): shows the affected chemical compound as antifungal against candida albicans. antifungal candida spp comp. no. 50 mg / dl 100 mg / dl 150 mg / dl candida albicans 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 7 mm 10 mm 20 mm 4 0 0 0 5 28 mm 29 mm 30 mm 6 5 mm 8 mm 15 mm 7 25 mm 27 mm 29 mm 8 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 17 3 mm 5 mm 10 mm 18 0 0 0 19 3 mm 4 mm 15 mm 20 27 mm 28 mm 28 mm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1800 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |293   references [1] h.h . alnima ; r.t. abdumalik; a.a. yasseen ,: an introduction to the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds, 3 rd ed , mousul university. 1976 [2] k .amin ; a.starki ,: imidazo pyridine , 1423. 2006 [3] g.y.yeap; a.t. mohammad and h.osman, j. of molecular structure, 982, 33. 2010 [4] z. h. abood , iraqi international j. of chemistry,50,207. 2013 [5] m. a.alhadithi, journal of pure and applied science, 3, 3,25. 2006 [6] m. h. serrano-wu, d. r. laurent and y. chen, bioorganic and medicinal chemistry letters, 12, 19, 2757. 2002 [7]e.g.brown, "ring nitrogen and key biomolecules", kluwer academic press, 1998. [8] a. l. colombo, and t. guimara˜ es, [epidemiology of hematogenous infections due to candida spp]. rev soc bras med trop 36, 599–607 (in portuguese). 2003 [9] jc .sardi; c .duque; fs ,mariano; it, peixoto; jf.höfling candida spp. in periodontal disease: a brief review. j oral sci 52: 177-185. 2010 [10] jc .sardi; l .scorzoni; t ,bernardi, fusco-almeida am, mendes giannini mj candida species: current epidemiology, pathogenicity, biofilm formation, natural antifungal products and new therapeutic options. j med microbiol 62(1):10-24. (2013) [11] l. c. shao; c. q. sheng, and w. n. zhang,. [recent advances in the study of antifungal lead compounds with new chemical scaffolds]. yao xue xue bao 42, 1129–1136 (in chinese). 2007 [12] f.hasan; i. xess; x.wang; n.jain, & b. c. fries, biofilm formation in clinical candida isolates and its association with virulence. microbes infect 11, 753–761. 2009 [13] j. d. sobel, the emergence of non-albicans candida species as causes of invasive candidiasis and candidemia. curr. infect. dis. rep. 8, 427–433. 2006. [14] c. j.ingham; s. boonstra; s. levels; m. de lange; j. f . meis; p. schneeberger, m. rapid susceptibility testing and microcolony analysis of candida spp. cultured and imaged on porous aluminum oxide. plos one 7, e33818. 2012 [15] m.c. rathod; das and d. a dhale, antifungal activity of two medicnal plant s against fungus candida albicans, int j pharm bio sci oct; 6(4), (p) 701 – 706 . 2015 [16] n. raman; j. d. raja and a. sakthivel, j.chem.sci., 19(4), 303-310, 2007 [17] 140.l .g .wade ; “ organic chemistry “ , 7 th ed ; new york 2010 [18] n. saemian ; g . shirvani and h . matloubi ; nuklenika ; 50 ( 4) , p.139-141.2005. [19] m. h. majid; s. sadjadi; h. a. oskooie; r. h. shoar and f. f. bamoharram, molecules, 12, 255-262, 2007. [20] h. sytykiewicz ; g. chrzanowski ; p. czerniewicz, ; b. leszczyński,; i. sprawka; r.krzyżanowski; h. matok. antifungal activity of juglans regia (l.) leaf extracts against candida albicans isolates, pol. j. environ. stud. vol. 24, no. 3, 1339-1348. 2015 [21] r.prasad; a.gaur; m. gaur and komath, s. efflux pumps in drug resistance of candida . infectious disorders drug targets 6, 69–83. 2006.   2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المقارنة بین نوعین من المحالیل القاشطة المستعملة لقشط سطح كاشف االثر cr-39النووي بشرى جودة حسین جامعة بغداد، بن الهیثم ا -كلیة التربیة ، قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة ــــف االثــــر النـــــووي ـــطح كاشـ ــــط سـ ــــث مقارنــــة نـــــوعین مــــن المحالیـــــل القاشــــطة لقشـ ــــك ، cr-39تضــــمن البحـ ذلـ ســــمك ( الــــذي هـــو أحـــد معـــامالت االثـــر المقشـــوط بطریقتـــي قیـــاس vьعـــن طریـــق حســـاب معـــدل قشـــط الســـطح العـــام ــــة ــــ ـــــر الكتلــــ ــــ ـــــــف وتغیـــ ــــ ــــــات ). الكاشـ ــــ ــــــة حبیبــ ــــ ـــــن أذابــ ــــ ــــــر مـــ ــــ ـــــول محضــ ــــ ـــــوع االول محلـــ ــــ ـــانول naohالنـــ ــــ ــــ باألیثــ )naoh/ethanol ( ـــرارة ــــة حــ ــــت درجـ ــــة تحـ ـــم تحضـــــیره بعیاریـــــات مختلفـ ــــه 30minوزمـــــن قشـــــط c˚55وتـ ومقارنتـ ـــي المــــاء naohمـــع النــــوع الثــــاني المحضــــر مــــن أذابــــة وحضــــر ایضــــا بعیاریــــات مختلفــــة ) (naoh/waterفـ ـــرارة ـــیمات الفــــا . 60minوزمـــــن قشــــط c˚70تحــــت درجـــــة حـ ــادرة مـــــن ) α-particles( شـــــعع الكاشــــف بجســ الصـــ المصــــــدر 241 am ــــة 5.48mبطاقــ ev ـــــدة ــــت النتــــــائج أن .10minمـ ـــــول vьبینــ ــــة المحلــ ـــادة عیاریــ ــــع زیـــ ـــزداد مــ تـــ ـــد ــــ ـــا عنـــ ــــ ــــــة لهــ ــــــى قیمــــ ـــى أعلـــ ــــ ـــل الـــ ــــ ــــــى أن تصــ ــــــط الــــ ــــاقص ) 2n(القاشـــ ــــ ـــم تتنــ ــــ ــــت اذ، ثــ ــــ ) 40.116μm/h(كانــ ـــــول القاشــــــط ) 40.313μm/h(و ـــــع المحلــ ــــد مقارنتهــــــا مـ ـــــوالي وعنـــ ـــى التـ ـــریقتین علــــ ــــال الطـــ ــــت naoh/waterلكــ كانـــ )1.416μm/h(و)1.429μm/h ( على التوالي. المقدمة ssnt(كواشف االثر النووي للحالة الصلبة d ( هي مواد صـلبة أمـا عضـویة او العضـویة كمـا فـي الجـدول)1( ، ناتجة عن أختراق الجسـیمات المؤینـة ) latent track( یتولد فیها مسارات ضیقة لضرر االشعاع یسمى باالثر المستتر یمكـن أظهــار ذلـك التلــف ،ن المسـار الضــیق للضـرر یسـببه جســیم مشـحون یتوغـل الــى مسـافة داخـل المــادة الصـلبة ا اذ، لهـا تعـد ) . 1(كما موضـح بالشـكل (chemical etching)ومشاهدته تحت المجهر الضوئي بطریقة تعرف بالقشط الكیمیائي ssnt(ٍٍن مـادة كواشـف ا. ك آثـار تـدل علـى نـوع وطاقـة الجسـیم السـاقط مسـارات التلـف تلـ d ( لـدیها القـدرة علـى حفـظ تلــك متینـة وسـهلة االسـتعمال لهــا ، تتمیـز بأنهـا مـواد عازلـة كهربائیــا . طویلـة مـا لــم تعـرض لـدرجات حـرارة عالیــة مـددااالثـار فــي مجـــاالت واســعة مـــن العلــوم منهـــا لمتعتســـ، ) 1,2(حساســیة عالیـــة لالشــعاع وذات تجـــانس وشــفافیة بصـــریة عالیــة یتمیـز بحساســیته ، أحــد الكواشـف العضـویة البولیمیریــة cr-39كاشـف دیعــ) . 3(ها فـي قیــاس الجـرع االشـعاعیة المعأسـت یسـتخدم فـي تسـجیل اثـار البروتونـات ،اذعلى مدى واسع في تطبیقـات كواشـف االثـر النـووي للحالـة الصـلبة لمعالعالیة ویست ).3( أیضاوجسیمات الفا و تسجیل أثار شظایا االنشطار 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد cr-39تقنیة القشط الكیمیائي لكاشف ssnt(تسـتعمل هـذه التقنیـة الظهـار وتكبیراألثـار المسـتترة فــي كواشـف األثـر النـووي للحالـة الصـلبة d . ( تســتعمل محالیل كیمیائیة متعددة وكثیرة لقشط سطح الكاشف وأظهار التلف االشعاعي باألعتماد على نوع الكاشف وتركیبه الكیمیـائي تحدث عملیة القشط .ة لقشطها لمعالذي یبین بعض من الكواشف والمحالیل الكیمیائیة المست) 1(كما في الجدول تكــون البــولیمرات ســریعة التــأثر . الكیمیـائي بانتشــار المحلــول القاشــط فــي منــاطق الضــرر التـي ســببتها الجســیمات المؤینــة ان الضرر الذي یسـببه االشـعاع فـي المـواد البولیمیریـة یـؤدي الـى كسـر ،اذباالشعاع أكثر من المواد الصلبة غیر العضویة تقـوم محالیـل القشـط بمهاجمـة الجـذور الحـرة وفصـلها مـن . شـف وتكـوین جـذور حـرة االواصـر التسـاهمیة التـي تـربط ذرات الكا تهـاجم ایونـات الهیدروكسـید ) . 2(كما في المخطـط التوضـیحي ) 4(السلسلة الجزیئیة للبولیمر مكونة سالسل جزیئیة صغیرة )oh (نهـــا كاشــف الموجــودة فــي محلـــول القشــط روابـــط االســتر كاربونـــات الموجــودة فـــي البــولیمیرات ومcr-39 ویحـــدث ). 3(كما في الشكل ) 5(لهذه الروابط ینتج ایون الكاربونات و نواتج قشط عضویة أخرى ) cleavage(أنفصام cr-39محالیل جدیدة لقشط كاشف األثر الكواشـف تحضر محالیل من هیدروكسیدات الفلزات القلویة التي تعد بصورة عامـة قـادرة علـى قشـط األثـار النوویـة فـي ـــل ، cr-39البولیمیریـــة العضـــویة منهــــا كاشـــف هیدروكســـید الصــــودیوم ، liohهیدروكســـید اللیثیــــوم (مــــن هـــذه المحالیـ naoh ، هیدروكســـید البوتاســـیومkoh وهیدروكســــید الربیـــدیومrboh) (6 ( ــتعماال هـــو محلــــول المحلــــول االكثـــر أســ naoh 70وتحت درجة حرارة (7-6)الذي یحضر بعیاریة˚c . ثم أستعمال خلیط منnaoh وkoh بنسب متفاوتة منها cr-39ت محالیل جدیدة لقشط كاشف األثر النووي لمعأما الدراسات الحدیثة فقط أست) . 7( وعند ) molten ba(oh)₂ . 8h₂o )8محلول محضر من منصهر حبیبات هیدروكسید الباریوم المائیة .1 .ة عالیة نسبیا ییل زمن القشط وكفاكانت النتیجة تقل naohمقارنته مع محلول ). 9( أیضامذاب في خلیط من المیثانول والماء naohفي المیثانول و naohمحلول محضر من أذابة .2 في االیثانول الذي تم أستعماله ومقارنته مع محلول محضر من أذابة naohتحضیر محلول من أذابة .3 naoh في الماء في هذه الدراسة . )vь(القشط العام على سطح الكاشف معدل أثناء عملیة القشط الكیمیائي وتكون ثابتة لسطح المادة في هي معدل كمیة المادة التي تزال من سطح الكاشف ) :3(منها عدیدة قائطر ب vьیمكن قیاس . الواحدة من خالل العالقة vьوفیها یتم تحدید ، طریقة قیاس سمك الكاشف .1 vь = h /t -----------------------[1] سمك الطبقة المزالة من سطح الكاشف ) h(ان اذ ،)t ( تمثل زمن القشط. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد عن طریق العالقة vьتحسب ، طریقة قیاس قطر االثر .2 vь = d / 2t --------------------[2] .هي قطر األثر ) d(ن ا اذ vьتیة آلیجاد العالقة اال عمالتحسب كتلة الكاشف قبل وبعد القشط ویمكن أست اذ، طریقة تغیر الكتلة .3 vь = ∆m /2ρat ----------------[3] :ن ا اذ ρ = كثافة كاشفcr-39 )1.32 g. cm -3 ( a = 1*1(مساحة الكاشفcm ₂ ( ∆m = تغیر كتلة الكاشف(g) :على كل من vьتعتمد . نوع الكاشف والتركیب الكیمیائي له . 1 .تركیزه وزمن القشط، درجة حرارة محلول القشط (شروط القشط من . 2 ( عملیات تشعیع سطح الكاشف قبل القشط. 3 مراحل العمل مرحلة التشعیع:المرحلة االولى ــــف األثــــر النـــــووي ــــن كواشـ ــــععت مجموعــــة مـ 1cm*1(ذي األبعــــاد cr-39لقــــد شـ ₂ ـــیمات الفـــــا ) بجســ )α-particles ( المنبعثة من المصدر 241 am 5.48بطاقة m ev 10(مدة min .( مرحلة القشط الكیمیائي:المرحلة الثانیة تم تحضیر محلولین للقشط الكیمیائي هما ــــــات .1 ــــــة حبیبــ ــــن أذابـــ ــــر مــــ ــــ ـــــول محضـ ـــــاء naohمحلـــ ـــي المـــ ــــ ــــة ) naoh/water(فــ ــــ ــــــى عیاریـ ـــــول علــ والحصــــ :یةتباالستعانة بالعالقة اال) 4,5,6,6.25,6.5( m(الوزن الجزیئي) * n(العیاریة ) = gm)wالوزن w (* 1000 ml ــــي ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــوزن الجزیئـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــب الـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ m(یحســــ w ( ــــب ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــاه) naoh(لمركــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــي أدنــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــا فــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ : كمـ m w=22.9898 (na)+15.9994 (o)+1.00797(h)=39.99717 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد والحصول على naoh/ethanol) %95االیثانول (في الكحول االثیلي naohمحلول محضر من أذابة حبیبات .2 ). 0.5,1,1.5,2,2.25(عیاریة والمجموعة naoh/waterى مجموعتین المجموعة االولى قشطت بمحلول علالمشععة cr-39قسمت كواشف بغطاء محكم القاشط مغطىوذلك بتعلیق الكاشف بداخل دورق حاوي على المحلول ،naoh/ethanolبمحلول األخرى لمحلول c˚70دورق في حمام مائي بدرجة حرارة وضع ال. لمنع تبخر المحلول وحصول تغیر في التركیز water/naoh 55و˚c لمحلول) naoh/ethanol 70آلنه بأنسبة للمحلول األول ممكن زیادة درجة الحرارة لكن˚c تجعله c˚55لمحلول الثاني فأن درجة الحرارة األعلى من الى اأما بألنسبة ،تكون األنسب ألنها مرتبطة بمعامالت اخرى stirrin(مع مراعاة تحریك ). یتبخر ویتطایر ألنه مادة كحولیة g (المحلول القاشط وذلك باستخدام)m agnetic stirrer .بعد ذلك اخذت الكواشف وغسلت بالماء المقطر وجففت جیدا) . مرحلة القیاس:المرحلة الثالثة :ت لمعأست) vь(لحساب معدل قشط السطح العام thickness methodقة قیاس السمك طری .1 change mass methodطریقة تغیر الكتلة .2 لمعرفة كمیة الطبقة المزالة ) وذلك باستعمال المایكرومیتر(تضمنت الطریقة االولى قیاس سمك الكاشف قبل وبعد القشط )h ( لحساب قیمة [1]وتعویضها في المعادلةvь . فیها المیزان الحساس لمعرفة كتلة أما الطریقة الثانیة فقد أستعمل . vьلحساب قیمة [3]الكاشف قبل وبعد القشط وباالستعانة بالعالقة النتائج ومناقشتها ـــم علـــى العیاریــــة و اكبیـــر اأن لدرجـــة الحـــرارة وزمــــن القشـــط تــــأثیر ـــا تحـــدد أنســــب ) vь(علـــى مـــن ثـ ألن كـــل منهمـ ssnt(وهــــذا متعـــــارف علیــــه فـــــي دراســــات ،ظــــروف للقشـــــط d ( ــــف األثــــر النـــــووي للحالــــة الصـــــلبة لهــــذا یـــــتم ،كواشـ وأنســـب درجـــة حـــرارة ، تثبیــت كـــل مـــن درجــة الحـــرارة وزمـــن القشــط فـــي حالـــة دراســـة أنســب عیاریـــة ألي محلـــول قاشــط ولكــل محلـــول قاشـــط لــه درجـــة حـــرارة مناســـبة ). أخـــذت مـــن أعمــال ســـابقة ودراســـات عالمیـــة( وزمــن قشـــط تـــم أعتمــاده . زمن القشط عنفضال خاصة به ــــر قـــــیم ) 2(یبــــین الجـــــدول ــتعمال vьتغیـ ــــن طریقتـــــي الســــمك وتغیـــــر الكتلـــــة عنـــــد أســـ ــــل مـ ــــة لكـ بتغیــــر العیاریـ ـــرارة naoh/waterالمحلـــــول القاشـــــط ــــة حــ ــــت درجـ 70تحـ ˚ c 60(وزمــــــن قشـــــطmin ( ــــادة ــائج زیــ وقـــــد أظهـــــرت النتـــ بطریقـــة قیـــاس الســـمك عنهـــا بطریقـــة تغیــــر vьكمـــا ظهـــر أخـــتالف قلیــــل فـــي قـــیم ) n(مـــع زیـــادة العیاریـــة vьقیمـــة ـــزان الحســــــاس ــــایكرومیتر والمیــ ـــــل مـــــن المـ ــــیة كـ ــــة وحساسـ ــــى دقـ ــــبب یعـــــود الــ ــــة والسـ ـــریقتین (الكتلـ ــــار الطـــ ممكـــــن أعتبـ بتغییـــر العیاریــــة vьفیعبـــر عـــن تغیـــر قـــیم ) 3(أمــــا الجـــدول ). لدقـــة ویـــتم أســـتخدامهما معـــا ألجـــل التاكیـــدامتقـــاربتین ب ـــت ـــد أســــ ـــریقیین عنــــ ــــال الطــــ ــــــط لاعملكـــ ـــــول القاشـ ـــرارة naoh/ethanolالمحلــ ــة حــــ ــــ ــــت درجـ 55تحـــ ˚ c ــــــط وزمـــــــن قشــ )30min ( تــــم قیــــاس اذ، أعتمــــادا علــــى دراســــات حدیثــــة أجریــــت بهــــذا الخصـــــوص)vь (ـــروط القشــــط ــــ عنــــد شـ هانفسـ ــــة m(بطریقـــ askingm ethod ( ــــة ــــدا وحدیثــــ ــة جــــ ــــ ــــة دقیقــ ــــــي طریقــــ ــــــیم ، وهــ ــــت قــ ـــد كانــــ ــــ ــــین ) vь(وقـ ـــراوح بــــ ــــ ( تتـ 22.364μm/h ( عیاریةعند)0.5n (و)μm/h 61.584 ( عند عیاریة)3n) (10 (ذلك فضال عن 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ــــاس ــــة vьتــــــم قیــ diameterm(بطریقــ ethod ( ــــین ـــراوح بــ ــــا تتـــ ــــت قیمهــ ـــــد كانــ ــــة ) 15.830μm/h(وقـ عنــــــد عیاریــ )0.5n (و)36.380μm/h ( ــــة ـــبة اأمــــا ب) . 3n ()11(عنــــد عیاریـ ـــى لنســ ــــتخدمنا الـ ــــالي فأننــــا اسـ ـــث الحـ ــائج البحـ نتـــ ــــاس ـــریقتین لقیـ ــــن طر ) vь(طــ ــــة عـ ــــمختلفـ ـــــولین ائـ ــــین المحلـ ــــة بـ ــائج للمقارنـ ــــت النتـــ ــــذكورة وكانـ ــــة المـ ق الدراســـــات العالمیــ ــــــات ــــ ـــــن الدراسـ ــــ ـــــا مـــ ــــ ـــــن غیرهــ ــــ ــــة عـــ ــــ ــــــحة ومختلفـــ ــــ ــــــحا أن ،واضـ ــــ ـــر واضـ ــــ ــــ ـــت) vь(وظهـ ــــ ـــد اســــ ــــ ــــ ـــــول المععنـ ــــ محلـــ naoh/ethanol ــــر مـــــــن قیمت ـــتأكبـــ ــــ ـــد أسـ ــــــا عنــــ ـــــول المعهــ ــــة naoh/waterمحلــ ـــت المقارنــــ ــــــا تمــــ ن ا اذ ،وهنــ ــــط ووفــــر لنـــــا كمیـــــات مـــــن حبیبــــات naoh/ethanolمحلــــول ــــن القشـ ـــى naohأختصـــــر زمـ ــــه للحصـــــول علــ ألنـ ـــت للمحلـــول المــــائي 6.25nمـــثال للحصـــول علــــى عیاریـــة . مــــن المـــادة القاشـــطة وهكــــذا قلـــیال اوزنـــ لمععیاریـــة قلیلـــة نسـ ـــى نحتـــــاج ــــذیب الــ ــــد naohمـــــن حبیبــــــات (250gm)أن نـ ــــة فـــــي اللتـــــر الواحـ ـــى .النقیـ ــــة الحصـــــول علـــ ــــا فـــــي حالـ أمــ )2n ( ـــــولي ـــــول الكحـ ـــــاج naoh/ethanolمـــــن المحلـ ـــى نحتـ ــــذیب الـــ ـــد (80gm)أن نــ ـــــر الواحـــ ــــط فــــــي اللتـ ـــد . فقــ لقـــ ــائج زیــــــادة قـــــیم ــــة vьأظهـــــرت النتـــ ــــادة العیاریـ ـــد ) n(عنـــــد زیــ ــــة عنــ ــــى قیمــ ـــى أقصـ ـــل الــ ـــى ان تصـــ ــــدها ) 2n(الــ بعــ ـــاتول یقلـــل مــــن قیمـــة العتبــــة.تنـــاقصت للمحلــــول القاشـــط التــــي هـــي أقــــل قیمــــة ) threshold(یعــــود الســـبب الــــى أن األیثـ ـــار األثــــر المســـــتتر بالقشـــــط الكیمیــــائي والـــــى أمتزاجیـــــة جزئیــــة m(للعیاریــــة الزمـــــة الظهــ isciblity ( ـــانول مـــــع لالیثــ ــــد قشـــــط الكاشـــــف اذ، ) cr-39 )10نــــواتج القشـــــط العضـــــویة مـــــن خــــالل قشـــــط كاشـــــف ان معـــــدل نــــواتج القشـــــط عنـ ـــي ـــي naoh/ethanolفــ ــــا فـــ ـــر منهــ ـــــودیوم naoh/waterأكبـــ ـــــن كاربونــــــات الصـ ــــبة مـ ـــة المترســ ـــــواتج (والطبقـــ كنـ ـــى الــــذوبان ) قشــــط ـــل الــــى حالــــة التشـــــبع ) insolubility(تتجمــــع علــــى ســــطح الكاشــــف بســــبب عـــــدم قابلیتهــــا علـ وتصـ ـــك بزیـــادة عیاریــــة ـــانول وذلـ ـــل naoh/ethanolفـــي األیثـ ســــوف یـــزداد معــــدل أنتــــاج كاربونـــات الصــــودیوم حتــــى تصـ ــــط ومعــــدل قشــــط الســــطح ـــزل ســـــطح الكاشــــف عــــن المحلــــول القاشـ ــــاقص ) vь(الــــى درجــــة عـ ــــال ) 10(یتنـ لــــذلك فــــي كـ .المحلولین القاشطین نستعمل التحریك كي یقلل من تجمع نواتج القشط على سطح الكاشف األستنتاجات ـــت .1 ـــي ل امعأسـ ــــه naohعنـــــد أذابـــــة حبیبــــات (لتحضـــــیر محلـــــول قاشــــط ) انول االیثــــ(لكحـــــول االثیلــ ــــب ) فیـ مناسـ . vьالنه یزید من قیم cr-39لقشط كاشف األثر ـــد naoh/ethanol مــــع زیــــادة العیاریــــة لمحلـــول vьتـــزداد قــــیم .2 ـــى أعلــــى قیمــــة عنـ ـــم ) 2n(حتــــى تصـــل الـ ثـ ــادة مــــع زیـــادة العیاریــــة ولكــــن vьفــــأن فیـــه naoh/waterلمحلـــول األخــــر الــــى النســـبة اأمــــا ب.تتنـــاقص تســــتمر بألزیـ ـــم اختیــــار ـــل 6.25nتـ ـــرات القشــــط مثـ ـــبة ألنــــه عنــــد حســــاب بــــاقي متغیـ ـــر( vtعیاریــــة مناسـ ـــأن ) معــــدل قشــــط االثـ فــ ( المحسوبة من العالقةvالحساسیة �� �� (v= سوف تقل عند كبر قیمةvь. .لة متقاربة المحسوبة بطریقتي قیاس السمك وتغیر الكت vьكانت قیم . 3 المصادر 1.fleischer , r.l. ; price, p. & walker , r. m . "nuclear tracks in so lids", university of california press.(1975) : 529 (1997)272. lyer , r. h. & chandhury , n. k. , " radiation m easurement " , : 51 (2004)r46yu, k. n.,"m aterials science and en gineering" , 3. nikezic , d. & 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد : 593 124. parkhurst , m . a. ; hadlock , d. e. and faust , l.g. , " nuclear track " , (1986) 5. tse , k. c. c. ; nikezic ,d. & yu, k.n. , "nuclear instruments and m ethods in : 300 (2007)b263physics research" , 6. durrani , s.a. & bu ll , r.k. " solid state nuclear track detection : princip les , m ethods and app lications " , pergamon books ltd. , (1987) 7. waheed , a.& m anzoor , s., " nuclear inst ruments and m ethods in phy sics : 320 (1990)b47research " , : 378. tahiri , i. a. , m atiullahand & subhani , m . s. , " radiation m easurement" 205 (2003) : 551 (2005)39surement" 9.m atiullah , rehman . s. & mati , n. " radiation m ea 10. chan , k. f. ; ng , f. m . f. ; nikezic , d. & yu, k. n. , "nuclear instruments : 284 (2007) b263and m ethods in phy sics research" , : 337 3911. m atiullah , s. r ehman , s.reham and w. zaman , " radiation m easurement " (2005) بعض أنواع كواشف األثر النووي للحالة الصلبة وشروط القشط لكل كاشف ) 1(جدول general etchin g cond ition etching temp . etchant time ˚ c composition detector m aterial category no koh solu. 160 6 min hf(10%) 23 30 sec h3po4 (85%) 500 1 min koh solu. 210 10 min hf(48%) 23 3sec-40min m gfesio4 zrsio4 sio2 kal3si3o10(oh)2 olivine zircon quartz m ica (m inerals /crystals) 1 hf(48%) 23 3sec hf(48%) 23 3sec 23 sio2:5na2o:5c ao:al2 o3 10p2o5:1.6bao:ag2o: 2k2o:2al2o3 sodalime glass phosphate glass glasses 2 (6n) naoh 60 60min (3-6n) naoh 50 40min (6-7) naoh 70 (1-4)h c16h14o3 c6h8o9n2 c12h18o7 (lexan,makro fol) * (cn,lr-115) ** cr *** plastics 3 *poly carbonate plastics **cellulose nitrate ***ally ldiglycolcarbon ate 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد naoبطریقتي قیاس السمك وتغیر الكتلة لعیاریات مختلفة باستعمال محلول vьقیم ) 2(جدول h/water vь (μm/h) by change m ass m ethod vь (μm/h) by thickness m ethod normality (n) 0.685±0.11 0.713±0.06 1.042±0.28 1.335±0.19 1.429±0.77 0.692±0.05 0.728±0.18 1.019±0.26 1.381±0.29 1.416±0.86 4 5 6 6. 256.5 ـــــدول ــ ــ ــــیم ) 3(جــ ــ ــ ــ ــــول vьـق ــ ــ ــ ــــتعمال محلــ ــ ــ ــ ـــــة باسـ ــ ــ ـــات مختلفــ ــ ــ ــ ــــة لعیاریــ ــ ــ ــ ــــر الكتـل ــ ــ ــ ــــمك وتغیــ ــ ــ ــ ــــــاس السـ ــ ــ ــــي قـی ــ ــ ــ بطریقـت nao h/ethanol vь(μm/h) by change m ass m ethod vь(μm/h) by thickness m ethod normality (n) 17.253±0.71 22.971±0.69 35.400±0.33 40.313±0.24 39.862±0.12 37.139±0.35 36.915±0.18 17.162±0.60 23.012±0.72 35.480±0.91 40.116±0.40 39.108±1.22 37.241±0.63 36.977±1.09 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.75 3.0 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لشكل األثر المستتر المقشوطالمخطط الهندسي )1(شكل عملیة كسر االصرة التساهمیة للكاشف بواسطة االشعاع المؤین والقشط الكیمیائي له)2(شكل مضاف الیه المحلول القاشط cr-39التركیب الكیمیائي لكاشف )3(شكل ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 a compariso n be tween two etchants used to etch surface of cr-39 nuclear track de tector b. j. hussein departme nt of physics, college of education, ibn al-haitham, baghdad unive rsity abstract the search included a comp arison between two etchands for etch cr-39 nuclear track detector, by the calculation of bulk etch rate (vb) which is one of the track etching p arameters, by two measuring methods (thichness and change mass). the first ty p e, is the solution p repared from solving naoh in ethanol (naoh/ethanol) by varied normalities under temp erature(55˚c)and etching time (30 min) then comp arated with the second ty p e the solution p repared from solving naoh in water (naoh/water) by varied normalities with (70˚c) and etching time (60 min) . all detectors were irradiated with (5.48 m ev) α-particles from an 241 am source in during (10 min). the results that vb would increase with the increase of the normality of etchant until we arrive to the up most value at (2n) then it would decrease, where (40.116 μm/h)and (40.313μm/h) were for both of the methods consecutively , and when comp ared with etchant of (naoh/ ً◌water) was (1.416μm/h) and (1.429μm/h) consecutively. . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 spectrophotometric determination of ketotifen fumarate in pure and pharmaceutical preperations by bromophenol blue reagent o. s. al-khazrajy departme nt of chemistry,college of education ibnalhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad re ceived in : 18 may 2011 accepted in : 20 septembe r 2011 abstract a sp ectrop hotometric reliable, rapid and sensitive method has been developed and validated for the determination ketotifen fumarate . a method was described for the determination of ketotifen fumarate in p ure form or p harmaceutical formulations, a colored ion-pair comp lex formation reaction among ketot ifen fumarate and acid-dye bromophenol blue at p h 3.0 was used for the colorimetric determination of the drug. the comp lex formed was extracted into chloroform and the maximum absorbance of the solution was measured at 413 nm against blank. the calibration curve calculated obey beer's law over the concentration range of 0.4-16 μg/ml and the regression equation was a=0.069x+0.036 (r 2 =0.998). the recovery of the drug from a commercial tablet was 100.66-104.26 % of the label claim with a relative st andard deviation of 0.867-1.472 %. the sandell sensitivity values, limits of detection (lod) and limit of quantification (loq) values have also been reported. no interference was observed from common excip ients p resent in p harmaceutical formulations. keywords: ketotifen fumarate, bromophenol blue, ion-pair comp lex, sp ectrop hotometry introduction ketotifen fumarate [kt f; 10h-benzo(4,5)cyclohepta(1,2-b)thiop hen10-one, 4,9dihydro-4-(1-methy l-4p iperidinylidene)-(e)-2-butenedioate (1:1)] fig.1[1] is a nonsp ecific, oral mast cell st abilizer introduced in 1972.its histamine h1 ant agonists t hat selectively bind to but do not activate histamine h1 receptors, thereby blocking the actions of endogenous histamine. included here are the classical antihistaminics that antagonize or p revent the action of histamine mainly in immediate hy p ersensitivity . they act in the bronchi, cap illaries, and some other smooth muscles, and are used to p revent or allay motion sickness, seasonal rhinitis, and allergic dermatitis and to induce somnolence. [2-4] . several methods have been reported for the determination of kt f in bulk and p harmaceutical formulations or biological samples, these methods include high p erformance liquid chromatography hplc [5-7] , gc [8-11] , chemiluminescence [12] , atomic absorp tion sp ectrometry [13] , differential p ulse p olarographic method [14] , p olymer membrane[15], capillary electrop horesis [16], flow ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 injection using pvc membrane selective electrodes [17] , carbon p aste electrode [18 ] and square wave adsorp tive st ripp ing voltammetry [19]. a revision of the literature revealed that methods that have been developed for the analysis of kt f fumarate both in p harmaceutical or biological samples [5-19] are often based on instrumental methods and there are only few reports exist in literature sp ecifically developed for the determination of in p harmaceutical p reparation which are based on sp ectrop hotometric methods [20-25]. on other hand ion p air extractive sp ectrop hotometric methods have also been reported for the estimation of the drugs in p harmaceutical p reparations which are based on colored comp lex of the drugs with reagents like bromophenol blue, bromocresol green , bromothy mol blue and eriochrome black t [26-30]. so far, there has been no ion-pair extractive sp ectrop hotometry method reported for an estimation of kt f fumarate with bpb reagent. the aim of p resent study was to develop and validate a simple method for the determination of kt f fumarate using sp ectrop hotometric method which can be used as an alternative to the official method or other recommended p rocedures in quality control labs. materials and methods apparatus a double beam uv-visible recording sp ectrop hotometer (cintra 5) with matched 1cm quartz cuvettes was used for absorbance measurements. ph-meter dw-9421 from philip s instrument, a sartorius bl 210s balance, and a pentium 4 comp uter (acer) was used for data p rocessing. materials and reagents all chemicals used were of analy tical reagent grade excep t , ketotifen fumarate which was p rovide as standard p owder from the state comp any for drug industries and medical appliances sammara – iraq ( sdi) . s tandard ktf sol uti on a st ock st andard solution containing1000 μg ml -1 of kt f was p repared in water by dissolving 1.3747 g of kt f in in 50 ml of water and diluting to 1000 ml by using volumetric flask . working solution of 10 μg ml -1 was freshly p repared by subsequent dilutions . pht halate buffer, ph 3.0, was p repared by dissolving 2.04 g of p otassium hydrogen p hthalate in 100 ml of water and the p h was adjust ed by using 0.1 m hy drochloric acid and naoh [21]. a 0.04% w/v solution of bromophenol blue bpb was p repared by dissolving 0.04 g in 100 ml of water. sp ectroscop ic grade chloroform was for extractio pharmaceutical p reparations from local markets. anal ytical procedure absorption s pectra fig. (2) shows the absorp tion sp ectra of the kt f-bpb ion-pair comp lex and of the reagent blank in chloroform. the absorp tion maximum of the ion-pair in chloroform is at 413 nm where the absorbance of the reagent blank is insignificant. therefore, a wavelength of 413 nm was used for the examination of the conditions for t he determination of ktf. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 cal ibration curve aliquots of the st andard solution containing 2 to 75 μg kt f were transferred into a 125 ml sep arating funnel and to each one 0.5 ml of p hthalate buffer (p h 3.0) . and1.0 ml of 0.04% w/v bpb reagent solution were added. the separating funnel was shaking gently with 5.0 ml of chloroform for 4 min. the two layers were allowed to sep arate, the absorbance was measured at 413 nm against a reagent blank which was p repared similarly. calibration curve was p lott ed using absorbance-values versus concentration fig.3. assay procedure for tablets twenty tablets were weighed and pulverized to a fine p owder. an aliquot equivalent to about 1 mg of kt f was t ransferred into a 100-ml volumetric flask. a susp ension of the drug with 5 ml ethanol and 50 ml water was shaken for 10 min and mixed well filtered using whatman no.41 filter p aper to a second100-ml volumetric flask. final solution was diluted to 100 ml with water. results and discussions the prop osed p rocedure is based on the reaction between ktf and bpb resulting in the formation of an ion-pair comp lex which could be extracted into chloroform and measured sp ectrop hotometrically . the exp erimental conditions were op timized and the methods validated. the formation of the comp lex is shown in the reaction scheme1. given below. effect of ph in order to confirm the op timum p h range 0.5 ml of p hthalate buffer solution on the development and st ability of the colored was used and the p h of the reaction mixture was adjust ed exactly to values range between 2-5 with few drop s of 0.1 n naoh or 0.1 n hcl a p lot of absorbance versus p h showed maximum color intensity and highly absorbance obtained at p h 3.0 fig 4. on t he other hand the absorbance decreased at p h above and below 3.0 . hence this p h was used in all the subsequent exp erimental work . effect of bpb concentration the formation colored complex was found to be affected by the concentration of bpb. to examine these, different concentrations of 1 ml bpb solution were added to a solution containing 1 ml of 20 μg ml -1 of kt f. a gradual increase in the absorbance was observed up to0.04%, beyond which a p lateau was obtained.. hence, 1 ml of 0.04% bpb solution was maintained fig.5. extraction s olvent and s haking ti me several organic solvents (chloroform, toluene, carbon tetra chloride ,1,2dichloroethane and dichloromethane) were examined for their ability to extract drug bpb ion-pair comp lex. among those organic solvents, chloroform was found to be the most suitable for quantitative extraction. an organic p hase was required for times of 1 to 6 min p roduced constant absorbance, hence a shaking time of 4 min was chosen for use. the drug-dy e comp lex in the aqueous p hase was extracted with 5 ml of chloroform. the absorbance was measured each time under the op timum conditions and only one extraction was found to be adequate to achieve a quantitative recovery of the complex. reaction time and addition seque nce the effect of the reaction time was st udied by p reparation of kt f-pb colored comp lex and measured under the op timum conditions from 1 to 10 minutes and there were no significant changes in absorbance under the op timal conditions for the sequence of addition and the maximum absorp tion was for the sequence (drug + buffer +reagent) . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 composition of i on-pair complexes anionic dy es such as bpb form ion-pair comp lex with the positively charged nitrogen containing molecule such as kt f. each drug– dy e comp lex, with two op p ositely charged ions, behaves as a single unit held together by ions, behaves as a single unit held together by an electrost atic interaction. the suggested mechanism of kt f bpb ion p air comp lex formation is disp lay ed in scheme 1. the composition of the ion p airs associates was established by job’s method of continuous variation. in the p resent study , different amounts of kt f and bpb were added to each flask and extracted in the same manner as recommended p rocedure. the absorbance of formed kt f-bpb ion-pair comp lex was measured at 413 nm. the absorbance was p lott ed against [kt f]/[kt f]+[bpb] for job’s method .in job’s p lot, the p lot reached a maximum value at a mole fraction of 0.5, which indicated the formation of 1:1 (kt f-bpb) comp lex fig.6 . the extraction equilibrium can be rep resented as follows: kt f + (aq) + dy e (aq) ↔ ktf + dy e (aq) ↔ ktf + dy e (org) where ktf + and dy e represent t he p rotonated kt f and the anion of the bpb resp ectively.the subscrip t (aq) and (org) refer to the aqueous and organic p hases . the absorbance of each solution was p lott ed against the mole fraction of the drug ,vktf/vktf+vbpb (fig. 6). anal ytical data under the op timized exp erimental condition, calibration curve was constructed by p lott ing the absorbance at λmax against the concentration of kt f. beer's law range, molar absorp tivity , sandell's sensitivity , regression equation, and correlation coefficient were determined for p rop osed method and are given in table 1. a linear relationship was found between the absorbance at λmax and the concentration of the drug in the range of 0.4-15 μg ml -1 for kt f in the final measured with molar absorp tion coefficients of 2.94×10 4 l/mol.cm. regression analysis of the beer's law p lots at λmax revealed a good correlation (r 2 = 0.998). the graph showed negligible intercep t and were described by the regression equation, y =0.069 c + 0.036 .the high molar absorp tivity of the resulting colored comp lex indicates and the high sensitivity of the method(t able 1). se nsi tivity and validation of the method the limit of quantification that can be determined was found to be 0.461 μg ml -1 . the limit of detection that can be reliably detected of 3 replicates was found to be 0. 162 μg ml -1 samp les of p ure kt f was p repared and tested in 3 replicates using the p rop osed p rocedure. the comp lete set of validation assay s was p erformed. the results are given in table 1. application to dosage forms the p rop osed method was successfully app lied to the determination of kt f in commercial tablets. the app licability of the p rop osed method for assay of kt f in formulations was examined by analyzing various formulations and the results are tabulated in table 2. three replicates determinations were made. satisfactory results were obtained and were in a good agreement with the label claims for different batches. the results were reproducible with low rsd values less than (1.472 %). the accuracy of the method is indicated by the good recovery (100.66-104.26%). effect of additives and excipients the results of analysis of the commercial formulation and the recovery st udy of drug suggested that commonly used additives and excip ients (lactose, magnesium st earate, st arch, sucrose, fructose and cellulose) do not interfere with the assay p rocedure. the p rop osed ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 method is sufficiently sensitive to p ermit determination of low concentration of kt f (0.162 μg/ml) did not interfere in the assay . conclusions unlike gc and hplc techniques, sp ectrop hotometry is simple and inexp ensive. the imp ortance of the technique also lies in the chemical reactions up on which the p rocedures are based rather than up on the sop histication of the inst rument. this asp ect of sp ectrop hotometric analysis is of major interest in analytical p harmacy since it offers distinct p ossibility in the assay of a p articular comp onent in comp lex dosage formulations. the p rop osed methods require only dy es as reagents which are cheaper and readily available and the p rocedures do not involve any critical reaction conditions or tedious sample p reparation. m oreover, method is simple, fast, accurate, adequately sensitive and free from interference by common additives and excip ients. the p resent methods are sup erior with resp ect to both sensitivity and selectivity . the calculated ε values of the p rop osed method is 2.94 × 10 4 l/mol/cm . the p resent method, one of the characterist ic features of green analytical chemist ry . the wide app licability of the new p rocedures for routine quality control is well established by the assay of kt f in p ure form and in p harmaceutical preparations. in comp arison with hplc method the recoveries were 51.7–95.5% , precisions for the drugs in p lasma were not greater than 9.5% [5] , that means t he prop osed method has a good recovery and precision . + kt f bpb + s cheme1. ktf – bpb propose d complex ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 re ferences 1. budavari s. (1996) the m erck index. 12th ed. whitehouse station, nj: m erck and co. inc, p. 836. 2. grahnén, a.; lönnebo, a.; beck, o.; eckernäs, s.a.; dahlström, b. and lindst röm, b. (1992), pharmacokinetics of ketot ifen after oral administ ration to healthy male subjects, biop harm drug disp os 13 (4): 255–262. 3. galindez, o.a. and kaufman, h.e. (1996) the management of allergic conjunctivitis. op hthalmology , 103:1335-1336. 4. ciprandi, g.; buscaglia, s. and cerqueti, p.m . (1992), drug treatment of allergic conjunctivitis: a review of the evidence. drugs. 43:154-176. 5. koichiro fujimaki; xiao-pen lee; takeshi kumazawa; junichi sato and keizo sato; (2006), determination of some anti allergic drugs in human p lasma by directinjection high-p erformance liquid chromatography -tandem mass sp ectrometry . forensic toxicology 24(1):8-16 6. m ust afa, m . a. elsay ed , (2006), develop ment and validation of a rapid hplc m ethod for t he determination of ketotifen in pharmaceuticals, drug dev ind pharm 32(4):457-461. 7. nnane, i. p. ; damani, l. a. and hut t, a. j. , (1998), development and validation of st ability indicating high p erformance liquid chromatography assay for ketot ifen in aqueous and silicon oil formulation , chromatographia 48(11):797-802. 8. seno, h.; kumazawa, t. and suzuki, o.(1991) rapid isolation with sep-pak c18 cartridges and cap illary gas chromatography of ketot ifen and mequitazine in body fluids jp n. j. forensic toxicol. 9:163-167. 9. leis, h.j. and m alle, e. (1991) deuterium-labelling and quantitative measurement of ketot ifen in human p lasma by gas chromatography /negative ion chemical ionization mass sp ectrometry , biol m ass spectrom 20:467 10. tzvetanov, s.; vatsova, m . ; drenska,a.; gorantcheva, j. and ty uty ulkova, n., (1999), gas chromatographic-mass sp ectrometric method for quantitative determination of ketot ifen in human p lasma after enzy me hy drolysis of conjugated ketot ifen, journal of chromatography b: biomedical sciences and ap p lications, 732(1)251-256. 11. julien-larose, c.; guerret, m .; lavene, d. and kiechel, j. r.(1983) quantification of ketot ifen and its metabolites in human p lasma by gas chromatography mass sp ectrometry , biological m ass spectrometry , 10(3): 136–142. 12. nie fei and lü jiu-ru, (2006), determination of ketotifen with pot assium ferricy anide-calcein chemiluminescence sy st em , sp ectrochim acta a m ol biomol sp ectrosc. 5(5922):168-172 13. el-kousy , n. and bebawy , l. i. (1999) determination of some antihistaminic drugs by atomic absorp tion sp ectrometry and colorimetric methods, j pharm biomed anal. ,20:4,671-679 14. m ohamed, e. m ohamed and hassan, y. aboul-enein (1986) sp ectrop hotometric and differential pulse polarographic m ethods of analysis for ketotifen hy drogen fumarate, drug dev ind pharm, 12(5):733-746. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 15. sayed m ehdi ghoreishi; m ohsen behpour; hamid ahmadi zahrani and m ahshid golestaneh, (2010) , prep aration and op timization of a ketotifen sensor and its pharmaceutical ap p lications, anal. bioanal. electrochem., 2(3):112124 16. zhou m .; li yj.; m a yj.; wang wf.; m i jand chen h. (2010) determination of ketot ifen fumarate by cap illary electrop horesis with tris(2,2'-bipy ridyl) ruthenium(ii) electrochemiluminescence detection. luminescence,[ep ub ahead of p rint] 17. khater m .m .; issa y.m . and m ohammed s.h. (2009) flow injection determination of ketot ifen fumarate using pvc membrane selective electrodes. bioelectrochemistry ,77(1):53-9. 18. tabrizivand, g.; sabzi, r.e. and farhadi, k. (2007),prep eration and characterization of a new carbon p aste electrode based on ketot ifenhexacy anoferrate, j.solid state electrochem 11:103-108 19. daneshgar, p.; norouz i, p. and ganjali, m .r. (2009) ,ap p lication of a continuous square-wave p otential p rogram for sub nano molar determination of ketot ifen. chem pharm bull (toky o). 57(2):117-121. 20. singhvi, i. and sachdeva, d. (2009) sp ectrop hotometric estimation of ketotifen fumarate from tablet formulations ,indian j pharm sci. , 71(1): 66–68. 21. m assoud amanlou; m ehdi hoseinzadeh nazlou; homa az izian; effat souri and hassan farsam , (2007),determination of ketotifen fumarate in raw m aterial and pharmaceutical products using ion-p air formation , analytical letters, 40(17): 3267 3279 22. hamed, a. abu-shdy ; sonia, t hassib; safinaz, a. abass and abdulazim m .m . (2005) sp ectrop hotometric determination of dip henylhydramine hy drochloride and ketoifen hy drogen fumarate , bull. fac. pharm,43 (1):41-51. 23. sastry , c.s.p.; naidu, p.y. and m urty , ssn. (1997) visible sp ectrop hotometric methods for t he determination of ketotifen fumarate. east ern pharmacist. 40,133–5. 24. szczep aniak ,w.; cy chowska, t. and prz adka, t. (1992) sp ectrop hotometric determination of ketot ifen in p harmaceutical p reparations after isolation on ionexchanger, acta pol pharm,49(4):3-5. 25. chilukuri, s. p. sastry and petla, y. naidu, (1997), sp ectrop hotometric estimation of ketot ifen fumarate in p harmaceutical formulations, m icrochimica acta , 127(34):219-223 26. alaa s. amin and yousry , m . issa,(2005) sp ectrop hotometric determination of 6aminopenicillanic acid using bromophenol blue and bromothy mol blue, m icrochimica acta, 117(3-4:187-194. 27. ncilay , s sl and ay la, tamer , (2003) ,ap p lication of bromophenol blue and bromocresol purp le for the extractive-sp ectrop hotometric determination of ofloxacin, analytical letters, 36(6):1163 – 1181 28. kanakap ura , basavaiah and vaidy anathan, shakunthala charan, (2004)ion-p air complexometric determination of cy p roheptadine hy drochloride using bromophenol blue scienceasia 30:163-170 29. amit, kumar; sanjo, nanda and rajive, chomwal, (2010),sp ectrop hotometeric m ethods for determination of doxy cycline in tablet formulation, international journal of pharmtech research, 2:599-602. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 30. rahman, n.; khan, n.a. and az mi, snh.(2004) extractive sp ectrop hotometric methods for the determination of nifedipine in p harmaceutical formulation using bromocresol green , bromophenol blue , bromothy mol blue and eriochrome black t , farmaco 59 :47-54 . table (1): s ensitivity and regressi on parameters. parameter ktf – bp b complex λmax (nm) 413nm color yellow linearity range (µg.ml -1 ) 0.4-15 molar absorpitivites (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) 2.94x10 4 regression equation a = 0. 069 [ complex.µg. ml -1 ] + 0. 036 calibration sensitivity 0.036 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm -2 ) 0.01447 correlation of linearity (r 2 ) 0.998 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9989 detection limit lod (µg. ml -1 ) 0.162 limit of quantifi cation (loq), μg ml -1 0.461 table (2): application of propose d method. sample lab eled amount (mg) conc. taken (µg.ml-1) conc.* foun d (µg.ml-1) recovery % r.s.d* a % accuracy b ketotifen fumarate 1mg/ tablet india 1 5 5.213 104.26 1.242 4.26 10 10.253 102.53 1.138 2.53 ketotifen fumarate 1mg/ tablet uae 1 5 5.124 102.48 1.472 2.48 10 10.066 100.66 0.867 0.66 a relative standard deviation (%). b (found – taken / taken) ×100. n= 3 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 fig.(1): chemical structure of ke totifen fumarate (ktf) mwt. 425.5 gmol -1 conc.ppm fig. (2): the spectrum of 10µg/ml of ke totifen fumarate fig.(3):calibration curve of ktf against reagent blank and the reagent blank ke totifen fumarate ktf against chloroform. fig.(4): the effect of ph on absorption of ktf fig.(5): the effect of reagent 10µg/ml concentration(bpb) on absorption of ktf 10µg/m l ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 fig.(6): the effect of shaking time of complex fig.(7): job’s method of continuous variati on plot on absorption of ktf 10µg/m l for ion-pair com plexe 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة التقدیر الطیفي لعقار الكیتوتیفین فیوماریت بشكله النقي وفي المستحضرات نیة باستعمال البروموفینول األزرق كاشفاالصیدال عمر صبیح الخزرجي قسم الكیمیاء ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،جامعة بغداد 2011آیار 18:في استلم البحث 2011أیلول 20: قبل البحث في الخالصة تـــم وصـــف الطریقـــة . اریـــت مطـــورة لتقــدیر عقـــار كیتـــوتیفین فیوم و حساســـة وســـریعة ة طیفیـــة قـــطری عملتاســت بــین اصــفر اللــونتقــدیر العقــار بصــورته النقیــة وفـي بعــض المستحضــرات الصــیدالنیة مــن خـالل تكــوین معقــد لواسـتعمالها المعقــد اللــوني المتكــون اســتخلص باســتعمال . 3=الكیتـوتیفین فیوماریــت وكاشــف بروموفینــول االزرق عنــد اس هیـدروجیني منحنـى المعـایرة اسـتجاب لقـانون بیـر بمسـتوى تركیـز .نـانومتر 413اعلى امتصاصیة ضـوئیة لـه عنـد تالكلوروفورم و قیس r)ومعامـل التـرابط a=0.069x+0.036وكانت معادلة الخط المسـتقیم ، ملیلیتر / میكروغرام 15-0,4من 2 =0.998) یم قـــ تكــذلك حســب. 104,26 – 100,66للمستحضــرات الدوائیــة علــى شــكل حبــوب بحــدود جاعیة كانــت نســبة االســتر . لـم یالحــظ اي تــداخل للمضـافات الموجــودة فــي . و حــد التقــدیر ،وحــد الكشـف ،حساسـیة ســاندل وكــذلك االنحـراف المعیــاري .ى النتائج المستحصلة لالمستحضرات الصیدالنیة ع . لمزدوجات األیونیة معقدات ا، البروموفینول األزرق ، عقار الكیتوتیفین فیوماریت : الكلمات المفتاحیة conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 210 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 a comparison between multi-layer perceptron and radial basis function networks in detecting humans based on object shape laith jasim saud zainab kudair abass dept.of control and system engineering /university of technology received in:31/january/2018, accepted in:11/march/2018 abstract human detection represents a main problem of interest when using video based monitoring. in this paper, artificial neural networks, namely multilayer perceptron (mlp) and radial basis function (rbf) are used to detect humans among different objects in a sequence of frames (images) using classification approach. the classification used is based on the shape of the object instead of depending on the contents of the frame. initially, background subtraction is depended to extract objects of interest from the frame, then statistical and geometric information are obtained from vertical and horizontal projections of the objects that are detected to stand for the shape of the object. next to this step, two types of neural networks are used to classify the extracted objects. tests have been performed on a sequence of frames, and the simulation results by matlab showed that the rbf neural network gave a better performance compared with the mlp neural network where the rbf model gave a mean squared error (mse) equals to 2.36811e-18 against mse equals to 2.6937e-11 achieved by the mlp model. the more important thing observed is that the rbf approach required less time to classify the detected object as human compared to the mlp, where the rbf took approximately 86.2% lesser time to give the decision. key words: neural networks, mlp, rbf, object detection, object classification. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 211 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction the problem of detecting humans in images has been extensively considered in literature as they are needed in so many applications in a lot of fields. a main such application is monitoring (surveillance) visually. monitoring systems can be found in many places like houses, streets, work places, and shops, and this use has been mainly for the purpose of getting records to be used for security purposes or cases alike, and did not involve detecting presence of human objects in images, which is in reality a complex issue by itself and when compared to detecting other types of objects. this is so as humans can assume a variety of postures and are articulated in their shape, so it is impossible to use just one model capable of covering the whole of such possible cases. the first issue a visual monitoring system has to deal with to identify an object is to abstract objects from a given image that are candidates to be compared with a targeted object [1]. to detect an object requires isolating objects of concern in the video frames by clustering pixels of the frame into background and object. such a thing can be achieved with different methods like “background subtraction”, “frame difference”, and “optical flow" [1]. the moving part abstracted from the frame (object) could represent unalike moving objects like humans, cars, clouds in sky, birds, and trees that sway. and one way to detect humans among these objects is through classifying these objects. the ways used for object classifications are either based on its shaping, or its movements, or its coloring, or its structure [2]. classification of the objects is an easy task for humans, but it's challenging to the machine. object classification includes two stages, candidate objects detection, and pattern recognition which in turn includes two stages which are feature extraction and object classification [3]. depending on the features extracted, the candidate objects are then classified into prespecified categories using appropriate methods through comparing the candidate objects pattern with objects patterns in a reference database. there are different methods to classify the extracted objects like support vector machine, decision tree, fuzzy classification, and artificial neural networks (anns) [3-8]. anns have been used and managed to solve such kind of problems that were normally solved by statistical ways. among such problems they have been used for are, for example, speech recognition, recognition of currents of sonar beneath water, guessing the subaltern construction of round proteins, and classification problems [9]. anns are efficient in handling noisy data [10]. there are different types of anns. one of the types is the feed-forward anns (like the single layer feed-forward nets, multi-layer feed-forward nets (mlp), and that called radial basis function (rbf). another type is the recurrent (feedback) anns like the hopfield networks, elman networks, and jordan networks [11]. in this work, the mlp and the rbf are chosen for classification purpose that serves the target of human detection in a sequence of images. also, an evaluation and a relative comparison will be made among the two methods considering their efficiency in accomplishing the classification. the main reason for choosing mlp is that, with sufficient data, sufficient inner (hidden) units, and suitable time to train, an mlp of one inner (hidden) layer is capable to learn approximation, essentially speaking, of any formula to any level of exactness. that is why, regarding approximation, mlps are said to be characterized of universality. this means they could be used in case of having little of ahead information that relates the targeted object to inputs. it is true that one inner (hidden) layer is enough in case of having sufficient data, but there are cases in which a net having two or more inner layers might need lesser inner units and weights compared to a net of one inner layer. this leads to the conclusion that additional inner layers occasionally can serve the purpose of generality. the rbf is chosen due to its better approximation capability, simpler network structure, and faster learning algorithms. rbf networks have been widely used in many science and engineering applications. the rbf and mlp are the utmost employed kinds of feed-forward https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 212 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 neural nets. there is a difference between the mlp and the rbf in how the inner units process the data streaming from the inputs. where, the rbf depends on the euclidean distance, and the mlp uses inner products. also, the mlp separates the classes by using hidden units which form hyperplanes in the input space, as indicated in fig. 1a, while rbf separates the classes by local kernel functions, as indicated in fig. 1b [12]. regarding training, most of the methods used for training mlp can also be applied to rbf networks [13]. figure (1): decision surfaces in two dimensional space: (a) multi-layer perceptron; (b) radial basis function network. the work steps candidate objects detection as stated in section 1, the first stage in objects classification is candidate objects detection. to detect candidate objects means isolating objects of concern in video frames. this purpose can be achieved with different approaches like “background subtraction”, “frame difference”, and “optical flow” [1]. background subtraction method depends the difference between the current image and the background image to detect objects added to the scene [14]. the method formulas are given in eq. (1) and (2): 𝑅𝑘 (𝑥, 𝑦) = 𝑓𝑘 (𝑥, 𝑦) − 𝐵 (𝑥, 𝑦) (1) 𝐷𝑘 (𝑥, 𝑦) = { 1 𝑏𝑎𝑐𝑘 𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑 𝑅𝑘 (𝑥, 𝑦) > 𝑇 0 𝑡𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑅𝑘 (𝑥, 𝑦) ≤ 𝑇 } (2) where 𝑓𝑘 is the current frame, 𝐵 is the background image, and t is the threshold value. pattern recognition the second stage in candidate objects classification is pattern recognition. the issue of recognizing patterns can be subdivided into two problems, extracting features, and classifying. next to detection of objects of concern, it is important to abstract some features for recognizing and modeling their shapes in automatic way. such thing can be achieved through finding a collection of coefficients that provides a substantial description for the information being delivered [1]. regarding classification, the objects are classified based on the extracted features into different categories by using suitable methods that compare the objects of interest with objects inside a reference database, [13]. the approaches used up to now for classifying the objects are either “shaping” based, or “movement” based, or “coloring” based, or “structure” based [2]. the abstracted attributes or features are submitted to the classifying net [1], which (i.e. the classifying net) is an artificial neural network in this work. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 213 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 to get some features about the object, some steps need to be done. firstly, the system produces a different form for the binary image of the targeted object. then, based on this newly produced form, the most important statistic and geometric properties are extracted. this new representation is composed of two projections, vertical and horizontal. where, the vertical projection is given by the sum of the white points in the rows of the binary image, and the horizontal projection is given by the sum of the white points in the columns of the binary image and as given by the following formulas [1]. 𝐻 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑗) = ∑ 𝐼(𝑖. 𝑗) 𝑁𝑖=1 (3) 𝑉 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑖) = ∑ 𝐼(𝑖. 𝑗) 𝑀𝑗=1 (4) where, m represents columns’ number in the binary representation of the image i and n is the rows’ number. from eq. (3) and (4), seven parameters (pr1-pr7) are evaluated which represent the object shape. the parameters are: 1. vertical projection largest value: 𝑃𝑅1 = max 𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 {𝑉 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑖)} (5) 2. horizontal projection largest value: 𝑃𝑅2 = maximum {𝐻 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑗) } (6) 3. “vertical projection” factors summation (similar for “horizontal projection”): 𝑃𝑅3 = ∑ 𝑉 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑖)𝑁𝑖=1 = ∑ 𝐻 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑗) 𝑀 𝐽=1 (7) 4. “vertical projection” mean value: 𝑃𝑅4 = ∑ 𝑉 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑖) / 𝐻𝑁𝑖=1 (8) where; h represents the quantity of components of nonzero value in the “vertical projection” (n ≥ h). 5. “horizontal projection” mean value: 𝑃𝑅5 = ∑ 𝐻 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑗)/𝑘𝑀𝑗=1 (9) where; k represents the quantity of components of nonzero value in the “vertical projection” (m ≥ k). 6. “vertical projection” standard deviation: 𝑃𝑅6 = ∑ |𝑉 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑗) − ∑ 𝑉 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑖) /𝐻|𝑁𝑖=1 𝑁 𝑖=1 (10) 7. “horizontal projection” standard deviation: 𝑃𝑅7 = ∑ |𝐻 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑗) − ∑ 𝐻 𝑝𝑟𝑜(𝑗)/𝑘|𝑀𝑗=1 𝑀 𝑗=1 (11) artificial neural networks in recent decades, neural computing has emerged as a practical technology for the purposes of classification, function approximation, data processing, filtering, clustering, compression, decision making, etc., with successful applications in many fields as diverse as medicine, finance, geology, engineering, biology and physics [9 &11]. an artificial neural network can be defined as a set of simple computational units that are highly interconnected. the units are loosely representing the biological neurons and are also called nodes. figure (2) gives a depiction for the neuron [1]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 214 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (2): graphical presentation of neurons. a neuron can be defined as an information processing unit that is fundamental to the operation of a neural network. the connections between nodes are unidirectional. such connection system resembles those “synaptic connections” of a brain. for each individual connection there is a weight, ( 𝑤𝑘𝑗 ), called “synaptic weight” and stands for how the connection is strong between units j and k. this weight may take positive or negative value which makes it dissimilar to brain’s synapse. for a given node (neuron), the outputs of the nodes connected to it are summed, after being multiplied by specified weights, to form its input. then, this input will be modified by what is known as the “activation function” of the node. the “activation function” is also known as “squashing function”. in reality this function modifies the input value within limits. the model of such a node (neuron), which is shown in figure (2), contains a “bias”, symbolled by bk, that can lower (if it is positive) or increase (if it is negative) the net input of the “activation function” [1]. in mathematical terms, a neuron k may be described by the following equation [1]: 𝑦𝑘 = 𝜑(𝑣𝑘 ) = 𝜑(∑ 𝑤𝑘𝑗𝑥𝑗 + 𝑏𝑘) 𝑛 𝑗=1 (12) where; x1 to xn represents the “patterns” of the input. wk1 to wkn represents the “synaptic weights” for node (neuron) k. 𝑏𝑘 stands for the “bias”. 𝜑(⋅) represents the “activation function”. 𝑦𝑘 represents the neuron output. and the rbf neural network formula is [15]: 𝑦 = ∑ 𝑤𝑖𝑗 𝜑(𝑥𝑘 , 𝑥𝑖 ) (13) 𝑁 𝑖=1 when the activation function is gaussian function: 𝜑 (𝑥𝑘 , 𝑥𝑖 ) = exp (− 1 2𝜎𝑖 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑘𝑚−𝑥𝑖𝑚)^2 𝑀 𝑚=1 ) (14) the types used in this work, as indicated and justified in the introduction, are the mlp and the rbf. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 215 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 experimental results datasets from weizmann database walk action (low-resolution (180x144) video clips with 9 different subjects/10 videos) running at 25 frames per second have been used in the experimentations in this paper. the work included three main steps: step1: extract the objects of interest from an image by using background subtraction equation. the threshold value used in this work equal to 30 and some of result obtained from this stage can be showed in figure (3). this stage succeeded in detect the object in 10 video out of 10, this mean the ratio of succeed in this stage is 100%. step2: extract some features that represent the object shape by using shape based method. in this work, 7 parameters (p1 to p7) are extracted which represent the object shape and then used as input to the classifier which is a feedforward neural network. step3: using two types of artificial neural networks (mlp and rbf) to classify the extracted objects into human or non-human. the neural networks model implemented by using neural networks toolbox function in mat-lab which is (newff) for multilayer perceptron and (newrb) for radial basis function, these tools has the ability to generate initial weights and biases for the network and save the values of weights, biases from training to used it in testing. mlp in this work consists of 2 hidden layers. a sigmoid transfer function is used in the two hidden layers in order to get a true or false output. the model used here is shown in figure (4). rbf has a standard structure which consists of one hidden layer with gaussian activation function and one output layer with linear activation function. some of the parameters being set up in the rbf network to get good performance are the spread and the maximum number of neurons in the hidden layer. the model used for this case is shown in figure (5). the samples of images used to train the two nns models are given in figure (6). the samples of images used to test the two nns models are given in fig. 7. and some classifiers results can be showed in figure (8). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 216 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (3): background model, original frames and background subtracted frames with motion region detected. figure (4): the multilayer perceptron net used in the experimentations. where: w = weight, b = bias. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 217 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (5): the radial basis function net used in the experimentations. figure (6): the images samples used to train the nns models . figure (7): the images samples used to test the nns models https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 218 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (8): sample of results obtained from classifiers the computer codes for the mlp and the rbf models were developed in mat-lab software (version 2016). the models were trained until the best performance was obtained. the optimal parameters (biases and weights) of the network were saved and used for testing and validating operation of the models that are given in figure (4 and 5), with their properties that are given in table (1). this stage succeeded in classify the object in 10 video out of 10, this mean the ratio of succeed in this stage is 100%. table (1): optimum properties of the anns rbf mlp parameter 3 4 no. of layers in the network 7 7 no. of nodes in input layer 1 2 no. of hidden layers 38 1st layer=30 2nd layer=20 no. of nodes in hidden layer 1 1 no. of nodes in output layer gaussian 1st layer: sigmoid 2nd layer: sigmoid activation function of hidden layer linear linear activation function of output layer non 575 no. of iterations 1 non number of neurons to add between displays 0 0 mean squared error goal 1e+11 non spread 50 non maximum number of neurons the results obtained are shown in figure (9) which explain that the error reduces after more epochs of training and the best performance is taken from the epoch with the lowest https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 219 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 validation error and fig. 10 which explain that the error reduces after more epochs of training until it reaches to minimum error. where mse is the mean squared error and it represents an estimator’s quality measuring. this value is at all times either zero or positive. values near to zero represents a good indication of quality, and are summarized in table (2) for performance and table (3) for time. figure (9): performance of the mlp neural network. figure (10): performance of the rbf neural networks https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 220 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 table (2): performance indices for the tested nets models. rbf mlp model 2.36811e-18 2.6937e-11 performance table (3): time indices for the tested nets models. rbf mlp model 7 sec. 51 sec. profile time conclusions from simulation results it is found that the classification performance of both of the rbf and the mlp types of neural networks is acceptable. still, a better relative performance was achieved by the rbf model considering the mse as it gave a mse of 2.36811e-18 at epoch 38 compared to a mse of 2.6937e-11 at epoch 575 given by the mlp, the error goal of both models was zero which can be seen in figure (9) which explain that the error reduces after more epochs of training and the best performance is taken from the epoch with the lowest validation error and fig. 10 which explain that the error reduces after more epochs of training until it reaches to minimum error. where mse is the mean squared error and it represents an estimator’s quality measuring. this value is at all times either zero or positive. values near to zero represents a good indication of quality. also it is noted, and this a crucial issue, that the rbf took less time than the mlp, where the rbf took 7 seconds and the mlp took 51 seconds to give the output (i.e., to decide if the detected object is human or not), and that is because for model development in the rbf case, no repetition is required to reach the optimum model parameters as is the case with the mlp. this represents approximately a 86.2% lesser time. references 1. leo, m; spagnolo,p; attolico, g and distante, a. ( 2003) shape based people detection for visual surveillance systems,. 2. parekh, h. s; thakore,d. g and jaliya,u.k. (2014) a survey on object detection and tracking methods, international journal of innovative research in computer,. 3. dhaware, c. k; wanjale,h. and survey (2016) on image classification methods in image processing, international journal of computer science trends and technology,. 4. bianchini,m and scarselli, f.jk,x 2014 on the complexity of neural network classifiers: a comparison between shallow and deep architectures, ieee transactions on neural networks and learning sysyems,. 5. kamavisdar,p; saluja,s; saluja, and agrawal,s; (2013) a survey on image classification approaches and techniques international journal of advanced research in computer and communication engineering,. 6. darlin, r; nisha, r; gowri,v and scholar,pg (2014) a survey on image classification methods and techniques for improving accuracy, international journal of advanced research in computer engineering and technology. 7. naswale, p; ajmire, e and image classification techniques-(2016) a survey international journal of emerging trends and technology in computer science. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 computer | 221 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 8. siddhartha,s; girish, n; jajnyaseni,m and sayan, k; (2014) c. a survey of image classification methods and techniques, international conference on control, instrumentation, communication and computational technologies,. 9. jha, g and artificial k. neural (2010). networks, indian agricultural research institute library avenue, new delhi, 10. wang,fu and wang,fe; and (2014) rapidly void detection in tsvs with 2-d x-ray imaging and artificial neural networks, ieee transactions on semiconductor manufacturing,. 11. krenker, a and bešter, j. a. (2011) kos, introduction to the artificial neural networks, artificial neural networks methodological advances and biomedical applications, 12. xie, t and wilamowski, h. b;( 2011). comparison between traditional neural networks and radial basis function networks, 13. sereno, f; marques, j. p;matos, a and bernardes, j. a (2000) comparative study of mlp and rbf neural nets in the estimation of the foetal weight and length, 14. alex,s and wahi, a; (2014). bsfd: background subtraction frame difference algorithm for moving object detection and extraction, journal of theoretical and applied information technology. 15. xi-mei, l; xiao-hui, y; qian, z; and hong-mi, g; (2012) application of rbf neural network in fault diagnosis for transmission gear, advanced materials research,, 75637568. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 450 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract for many years, reading rate as word correct per minute (wcpm) has been investigated by many researchers as an indicator of learners’ level of oral reading speed, accuracy, and comprehension. the aim of the study is to predict the levels of wcpm using three machine learning algorithms: which are ensemble classifier (ec), decision tree (dt), and knearest neighbor (knn). the data for this study were collected from 100 kurdish efl students in the 2nd-year english language department, at the university of duhok in 2021. the outcomes showed that the ensemble classifier (ec) obtained the highest accuracy of testing results, with a value of 94%. also, ec recorded the highest precision, recall, and f1 scores with values of 0.92 for the three performance measures. the receiver operating character curve (roc curve) also got the highest results compared to other classification algorithms. accordingly, it can be concluded that the ensemble classifier is the best and most accurate model for predicting the reading rate (accuracy) of wcpm. keywords: word correct per minute, prediction, machine learning, reading rate, accuracy 1. introduction assessing efl and esl learners’ oral reading fluency (orf) is a necessity that researchers should attempt to investigate more as the number of such studies is still insufficient [1,2]. according to grabe [1], orf is “the ability to read rapidly with ease and accuracy, and to read with appropriate expression and phrasing” (p.72). based on the given definition, it is evident that rate and accuracy are significant dimensions of orf assessment. reading rate (wcpm) is the number of words a reader maintains to read correctly in a minute [3]. researchers have used many scales and models to evaluate learners’ orf. two scales of orf are quite well-known worldwide as they include measuring rate and accuracy: the national assessment of educational progress (naep) and the comprehensive oral reading fluency scale (corfs) [4]. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3102 article history: received 8 november 2022, accepted 27 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq applying ensemble classifier, k-nearest neighbor and decision tree for predicting oral reading rate levels jwan abdulkhaliq mohammed department of computer science, college of science university of duhok, iraq. jowan.abdulkhaliq@uod.ac https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:%20jowan.abdulkhaliq@uod.ac mailto:jowan.abdulkhaliq@uod.ac ihjpas. 36(1)2023 451 reading accuracy and especially reading rate (speed) as word correct per minute (wcpm) has been and still is the main focus for many researchers in assessing learners’ orf as it is highly important for teachers, educators, and educational institutions. the significance of assessing readers’ (wcpm) can be summarized in the following: (1) it is a fast and reliable indicator that shows readers’ level of reading speed and accuracy; (2) it can be used in the process of evaluating and developing reading curriculum (textbooks); (3) it enables researchers to easily do and assess the effectiveness of their interventions while doing experimental studies; and (4) it saves readers, educators and researchers’ time and effort in detecting the ineffective reading material [5]. accordingly, as an outcome, wcmp has been a significant indicator of learners’ reading rate (speed), reading accuracy, and comprehension. therefore, for several decades, researchers have concentrated on evaluating readers’ speed and accuracy levels using wcpm [4]. reading rate wcpm depends mainly on the number of errors readers make, the number of correct words they maintain to read, and the total time (total reading time) they take to read the selected passage [3]. in general, many factors may affect efl and esl readers’ wcpm scores, such as: (1) the influence of their mother tongue; (2) their phonological, syntactical, and semantical awareness of the target language; (3) their memory span quality in the foreign language; (4) their knowledge and experience of making correct associations of sounds; and (5) the difference between their mother tongue and foreign language script direction, such as from left to right or right to left [6]. other factors were also pointed out by rahmawati et al. [7] regarding the quality of the selected text, such as the volume of the text, the level of difficulty of the sentence structure of the text, and the quality and number of difficult terms in the text. previously, many researchers have used software programs focusing on using wcpm as a component of orf. however, a few studies have been performed on predicting reading rates using machine learning algorithms. reading rate wcpm reflects students’ reading accuracy and speed levels. for this reason, it is very important to assess and predict the wcpm to measure the levels of reading rate or accuracy for students using machine learning algorithms. the algorithms of machine learning consider the best solutions for many issues that are hard to fix. classification is a data extraction approach (machine learning) that is utilized to predict and classify a wide range of domains [8]. classification is utilized to categorize data into multiple classes based on specified constraints. the classification is an example of supervised learning, since it uses training data linked with class labels as input. classification algorithms are used for several applications, such as medical disease diagnosis, social network analysis, artificial intelligence, document categorization, etc. there are several types of classification techniques, like k-nearest neighbor classifier, ensemble classifier, decision trees, support vector machine etc. [9]. data classification is the process of classifying data into groups so that data items within the same group are more similar and data items from various groups are not similar. the classification procedure is separated into two stages. the first stage is the training phase, during which the classification model is constructed. the second stage is classification, in which the trained model is utilized to allocate an unknown data item to one of a set of class labels [10]. machine learning algorithms have been used in several studies to assess orf using wcpm as a component. for example, bolaños et al. [11] have used word accuracy, reading rate (wcpm), and expressiveness as components of oral reading fluency in order to measure the reading ability of ihjpas. 36(1)2023 452 children using speech recognition and machine learning algorithms. kim et al. [12] used acoustic features to estimate oral reading fluency measured by wcmp using machine learning algorithms. therefore, the aim of the study is to show and examine findings obtained using ec, knn, and dt algorithms to predict the wcpm reading rate. in other words, the goals of this research are to predict the levels of reading rate wcpm using the three machine learning methods and to identify which algorithm produces the best classification results in terms of the confusion matrix and roc curve. 2. materials and methods 2.1 data collection the source of data was the mid-term oral reading exam of 100 kurdish efl 2nd-year university students of the english language department, university of duhok, in 2021. students were individually tested as they were given a reading passage of 514 words from the book cover-tocover2 by day and harsch [13]. the book is designed to include intensive and extensive reading passages that are joyful, interesting, and relatively brief. the selected passage consisted of five paragraphs, including a variety of simple, compound, complex, and compound-complex sentence structures. 2.2 human scoring: printed copies of the selected reading passage were prepared for each participant in advance, and participants were tested individually by the subject teacher, asking them to read the whole passage out loud. the subject teacher timed the oral reading of each participant at a time, and their errors were highlighted on the printed text sheets. the work of rasinski [3] illustrates the procedure for calculating reading accuracy and reading rate (speed) as wcpm. to measure the wcpm, several calculations such as the number of errors, the number of words read correctly, and the total reading time (converting the readers’ time of reading the passage from minutes into seconds and then into decimals) are also required to be done to assess the accuracy percentage and the wcpm of a particular reader. the table below shows the procedure for calculating each of the abovementioned aspects: table1. the process of calculating wcpm # aspects formulas 1 words read correctly total number of words − the number of errors made 2 total reading time 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠 60 3 reading rate wcpm the number of words read correctly the total reading time accordingly, their calculated scores of wcpm were classified according to the four classifications of the corfs model [4], because it is the only model that classifies readers’ wcpm into four different levels with a specific number of words for each category. the table below shows the corfs scale. table 2. the corfs classification of wcpm ihjpas. 36(1)2023 453 corfs classifications of wcpm levels 137+ skilled reader 107 136 moderate reader 78 106 non-fluent reader2 1 78 non-fluent reader1 2.3 machine learning algorithms: 2.3.1 k-nearest neighbor classifier the k-nearest neighbor (knn) is considered one of the simplest algorithms in supervised machine learning. it is based on the idea that similar samples are often found in close proximity. the knn algorithm is an instance-based machine learning model. instance-based learning is also known as a "lazy learner" algorithm because it keeps the whole training sample and does not create a classifier until a newer and unlabeled sample wants to be categorized. during the training stage, the algorithms of lazy learners request less computing time than the algorithms of eager learners, like decision trees, bayes networks, and neural networks, but extra calculation time is required for the classification stage [14]. knn classifiers rely on similarity learning. similarity learning involves comparing a given test sample to the available training samples that are similar to it. to classify a data sample x, its knearest neighbors are found, and then x is allocated to the class label to which the majority of its neighbors belong. the performance of the knn classifier is also affected by the value of k. a very small value of k may lead to the knn classifier being susceptible to over fitting due to noise in the training dataset. however, a very high value of k may lead the knn classifier to misclassify the test sample because its list of nearest neighbors includes data that are set far away from its neighbors. k-nn is based on the assumption that data is related in a feature space. as a result, all points are examined in order to calculate the distance between the data points. the similarity between the datapoints is calculated using a distance metric, such as euclidean distance. hamming distance or euclidian distance is utilized based on the data type of the data classes used [15]. the below equation presents the general form of the euclidean distance. the euclidean distance is a distance measurement between two points. the similarity between d1 and d2 is between 0 and 1; smaller values indicate lower similarity, while larger numbers indicate greater similarity. 𝐸(𝑥, 𝑦) = √∑ (𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 − 𝑦𝑖 ) 2 (1) where n is the number of attributes and 𝑥𝑖 and 𝑦𝑖 are the k-th attributes. as seen in figure 1, the following example illustrates three classes: x, y, and z. it is now necessary to determine the class label for data sample p. the euclidean distance and the value of k=5 are computed for each sample pair, and it is discovered that the four closest neighbor samples belong to class label x, whereas a single tuple belongs to class label z. as a result, sample p is allocated to class x because it is the primary class for that sample [16]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 454 figure1. an example of knn classifier for using knn for reading rate classification, it considers the feature vectors (number of errors, the number of words read correctly, and total reading time), then computes the similarity of each neighbor to the test data using euclidean distance. the euclidean distance calculates the distance between the test data and all wcpm training data (i.e., each row of training data). after calculating the distance between them, the distance is sorted and the nearest neighbors are determined to test the data based on the kth minimum distance. 2.3.2 decision tree a decision tree is used as a predictive model in decision tree learning, which translates observations about an object into inferences about the item's goal value. the algorithm of a decision tree iteratively splits a dataset of records utilizing either a breadth-first strategy or a depthfirst greedy approach until all data items belong to a certain class. the structure of a decision tree consists of the root, internal, and leaf nodes. it is a tree structure that looks like a flow chart, with each internal node representing a test condition on an attribute, each branch representing the outcome of the test condition, and each terminal node (or leaf node) specified as a class label. the root node is the upper node. a decision tree is built using a divide-and-conquer strategy [17]. each branch of the decision tree represents a decision rule. in general, it takes a greedy approach from the top down; see the below figure. figure 2. the structure of decision tree algorithm the approach to decision trees is carried out in two stages: tree construction and tree pruning [18]. tree construction is done from the top to the down strategy. the tree is iteratively partitioned at this phase until all data items belong to the same class label. because the training dataset is scanned frequently, it is quite computationally expensive. tree pruning is done from the ground up. it is used to increase the algorithm's prediction and classification performance by reducing the over fitting issue of trees. the decision tree's over fitting issue leads to a misclassification mistake. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 455 many decision tree-based algorithms exist, such as cart, c4.5, id3, c5.0, etc. these algorithms have the advantages of fast classification, good learning capacity, and simple design [19]. for our study predicting reading rate levels, the first split, or the root, of the three features (number of errors, the number of words read correctly, and total reading time) is considered, and the wcpm training data is divided into groups based on this split using the greedy algorithm. the three features will have three candidate splits, and then we will calculate how much accuracy each split will cost us. the split that costs least is chosen. 2.3.3 ensemble classifier an ensemble classifier (ec) is defined as a collection of individual classifiers that are jointly trained on a dataset in a supervised classification issue. the goal of the ensemble approach is to create a prediction model by combining numerous models. ensemble approaches are well known for their ability to improve prediction performance. classification methods for ensemble learning typically combine multiple base classifiers in some way to improve accuracy [20]. these classifiers are capable of solving the same issue and collectively attaining a predicted result with greater accuracy and stability by developing many independent models and joining them. the traditional reasons for using ensemble classifiers to improve effectiveness are representational reasons, statistical concerns, and computational issues. firstly, a single classifier is not always enough to achieve the best representation in the hypothesis space; thus, independent classifiers must be combined to improve predictive performance. secondly, if the input dataset is insufficient to train the learning algorithm, the resulting hypothesis may be weak or false. in the latter case, an individual classifier may spend a considerable duration of computing time generating a suitable hypothesis, in which case the procedure is more likely to cause problems. there are five wellknown methods of ensemble classifiers: bagging, boosting, voting, bayesian parameter aver aging and stacking [21]. the bagging method was used for this study. 'bagging' refers to bootstrap aggregation, in which random samples are drawn by replacing the training datasets. it achieves good classification results and is widely used to build ensemble models. bagging is a simple method for reducing variance in machine learning algorithms that have a high variance. learners are divided into two categories: 'stable' and 'unstable.' the variance of stable learners is low, whereas the variance of unstable learners is high. decision tree (dt) is an unstable learner who responds to particular training patterns. if the training pattern is altered, then the resulting dt may differ significantly from the original. the prediction accuracy of the resulting dt will change in such a case. over fitting of training patterns may occur as a result of an individual dt. to overcome the dt's challenge, a bagged dt can be a good option. individual dt overfits are less of a concern for bagged dt. it gathers the results of multiple dts by picking a majority vote on their decisions, which helps minimize the over fitting problem and improve the generalization of the dt. as a result, the individual dts are developed deeply and the trees are not pruned, yielding higher variance and lower bias. these significant characteristics are utilized to combine dt predictions during the bagging stage [22]. see the below figure: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 456 figure 3. bagging ensemble classifier in our study, the wcpm training data was divided into several subsets of data chosen randomly with replacement. each group of subset data is utilized to train their decision trees. after that, it ends up with an ensemble of various models. an average of all the reading rate level predictions from various trees is utilized, which is more robust than a single decision tree. 3. results and discussion this section assesses the efficiency of several methods used to categorize readers based on their levels of reading rate (wcpm). in this study, three machine learning algorithms were used: knearest neighbor, decision tree and ensemble classifiers using matlab 2021 to predict wcpm for the 2nd year university students of the english language department, university of duhok, duhok governorate, iraq. the participants’ assessment of orf was done in 2021, when a total of 100 participants were tested. participants’ reading rate wcpm was measured using rasinski’s (2004) formulas, and then the calculated wcpm was classified based on the four categories given in the corfs scale. the input parameters for calculating the wcpm were the number of errors, the number of words read correctly, and the total reading time, and the output was the levels of reading rate. in order to evaluate the three machine learning algorithms, the dataset was divided into two groups (70% for training and 30% for testing). the three input variables were used to evaluate the levels of wcpm. using k-fold (k=5), the model was trained using the three machine learning classification techniques and assessed for each classifier's performance using test data. after the testing stage, the data was evaluated using a confusion matrix. the confusion matrix is a successful method for displaying the outcomes of two or more class classification tasks. it simplifies the performance of classifiers on test data and compares the classified data based on its real class label. it indicates that, for each machine learning classifier, the higher the accuracy, the better the model will estimate the real class. to evaluate the performance, the five most prevalent assessment indices were used: accuracy, precision, recall, f1-score, and receiver operating character curve (roc curve). accuracy is the most important performance metric. the accuracy of a classifier reveals its capacity. the higher the accuracy, the better the classifier. so, the main work of our paper is to determine the accuracy of all three classification systems. one will be more accurate than the others, and this will be the optimal algorithm. accuracy is the computation of all the actual groups that were successfully predicted per the total testing; see the below equation: 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = 𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑙𝑦 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠 × 100% (2) precision is the capacity of a classification algorithm to detect only relevant items. precision is calculated by dividing the number of true positives by the number of true positives plus the number ihjpas. 36(1)2023 457 of false positives. recall is the capacity of a model to discover all relevant situations within a data collection. recall is calculated by dividing the number of true positives by the number of true positives plus the number of false negatives, as shown in equations (3) and (4): 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠+𝑓𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 (3) 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠+𝑓𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑒 𝑛𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 (4) true positives are data values that the model classifies as correct, false positives are data values that the model wrongly identifies as positive but are actually negative, and false negatives are data items identified as negative by the model but are really positive. the higher the accuracy and recall, the better the model's output. however, in other cases, the two contradict each other. f1-score is also called f measure. the test accuracy in supervised learning issues is measured by f1-score. f1-score is the measure of mean precision and recall 𝐹1 − 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 2× 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 × 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 + 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 (5) figure 4 depicts the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score results for the knn, dt, and ec algorithms. from the figure, it can be seen that the three algorithms have good performance for all classification results, but the ec model outperformed them in terms of accuracy with a value of 0.94 and precision, recall, and f1-score with a value of 0.92 for all of them. figure4. the results of accuracy, precision, recall and f1-scor for knn, dt and ec algorithms on the other hand, the roc (receiver operating characteristics) curve is utilized to assess classifier output quality. it is one of the most critical evaluation criteria for determining the effectiveness of any classification technique. unlike most other metrics, it gives a graphical depiction of a classifier's performance rather than only one value. classifiers on the roc graph can be assessed simply by examining their location. roc curves are commonly used in binary classification to investigate a classifier's performance. the roc curve is extended for multi-class classification, and the output must be binarized. in this study, four roc curves can be created, one for each label, as shown in figure 5. true positive numbers are on the y-axis, whereas false positives are on the x-axis. the area under each 0.94 0.92 0.92 0.920.92 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.91 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.78 0.8 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 accuracy recall precision f1-score classification results ec dt knn ihjpas. 36(1)2023 458 algorithm's roc curves was used to compare its classification performance on a synthetic set of data. if a classifier has one value of area under the algorithm’s roc curve, then the classifier is very precise. classifiers that produce curves closer to the top-left corner perform better. if the curve approaches the roc's 45-degree diagonal space, the classifying data becomes less exact. figures (5a-5c) show the roc curves for the three algorithms of machine learning: knn, dt, and ec, respectively. figure (5c) reflects the roc curve of the ec model, which is considered the ideal classifier because it has 1 value of area under the roc curve, so the model is more accurate than the other models of classification. figure5. roc curves for (a) knn (b) dt (c) ec based on the results from figures 4 and 5, it can be concluded that the ec model gained the best outcomes among all other models utilizing various extracted characteristics in terms of the confusion matrix and roc curve. 4. conclusion this paper presents research on the study of reading rates by building models for categorizing readers into four category levels. for training and testing the dataset, matlab 2021 was used for this purpose. the number of errors, the number of words read correctly, and the total reading time were used as input parameters to predict the output, which was the four various levels of wcpm. the four levels of wcpm were skilled reader, moderate reader, non-fluent reader 2, and nonfluent reader 1. three machine learning algorithms (knn, dt, and ec) were used to predict the levels of reading accuracy in wcpm. the dataset was split into 70% for training and 30% for testing. the classification outcomes were assessed utilizing the techniques of classification (a) roc curve for knn (b) roc curve for dt (c) roc curve for ec ihjpas. 36(1)2023 459 assessment called accuracy, precision, recall, f1-score, and roc curve. experimental results illustrated that ensemble classifier (ec) has performed better at predicting levels of reading rate wcpm than other machine learning classifiers, with accuracy reaching 0.94 and precision, recall, and f1-score reaching 0.92 for all of them. in terms of the roc curve, ec also achieved the highest performance. references 1. grabe, w. fluency in reading—thirty-five years later. reading in a foreign language 2010, 22, 1, 71-83. 2. nation, p. developing fluency. in exploring efl fluency in asia; muller t., adamson, j., p. brown, s. herder., eds.; springer: palgrave macmillan, 2014, 11-25. 3. rasinski, t. v. assessing reading fluency. pacific resources for education and learning (prel) 2004. 4. morrison, t.g.; wilcox, b. assessing expressive oral reading fluency. education sciences 2020, 10, 59, 113. 5. williams, j. l.; skinner, c. h.; floyd, r. g.; hale, a. d.; neddenriep, c.; kirk, e. words correct per minute: the variance in standardized reading scores accounted for by reading speed. psychology in the schools 2011, 48, 87–101. 6. mahendra, m. w.; marantika, i. m. y. the phonological interference in efl reading. ellite: journal of english language, literature, and teaching 2020, 5, 1, 27-34. 7. rahmawati, a.; rosmalina, i.; anggraini, h.w. prosodic reading and reading comprehension in university. edulite: journal of english education, literature, and culture 2020, 5, 1, 89108. 8. sonuç, e. thyroid disease classification using machine learning algorithms. in journal of physics: conference series 2021, 1963,1, 012140. 9. sajja, g. s.; mustafa, m.; ponnusamy, r.; abdufattokhov, s. machine learning algorithms in intrusion detection and classification. annals of the romanian society for cell biology 2021, 25, 6, 12211-12219. 10. ahmad, a.; ostrowski, k. a.; maślak, m.; farooq, f.; mehmood, i.; nafees, a. comparative study of supervised machine learning algorithms for predicting the compressive strength of concrete at high temperature. materials 2021, 14,15, 4222. 11. bolaños, d.; cole, r. a.; ward, w. h.; tindal, g. a.; hasbrouck, j.; schwanenflugel, p. j. human and automated assessment of oral reading fluency. journal of educational psychology 2013, 105, 4, 1142. 12. kim, h.; hannah, l.; jang, e. e. using acoustic features to predict oral reading fluency of students with diverse language backgrounds. in collated papers for the alte 7th international conference, madrid 2021,198. 13. day, r. r. & harsch, k. cover to cover 2 reading comprehension and efl reading. english language, literature, and teaching fluency. oxford university press, 2008. 14. adithiyaa, t.; chandramohan, d.; sathish, t. optimal prediction of process parameters by gwo-knn in stirring-squeeze casting of aa2219 reinforced metal matrix composites. materials today: proceedings 2020, 21, 1000-1007. 15. miranda-vega, j. e.; rivas-lopez, m.; fuentes, w. f. k-nearest neighbor classification for pattern recognition of a reference source light for machine vision system. ieee sensors journal 2020, 21,10, 11514-11521. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 460 16. wibowo, a. h.; oesman, t. i. the comparative analysis on the accuracy of k-nn, naive bayes, and decision tree algorithms in predicting crimes and criminal actions in sleman regency. in journal of physics: conference series 2020, february,1450,1, 012076. 17. charbuty, b.; abdulazeez, a. classification based on decision tree algorithm for machine learning. journal of applied science and technology trends 2021, 2, 1, 20-28. 18. lee, c. s.; cheang, p. y. s.; moslehpour, m. predictive analytics in business analytics: decision tree. advances in decision sciences 2022, 26,1, 1-29. 19. li, x.; yi, s.; cundy, a. b.; chen, w. sustainable decision-making for contaminated site risk management: a decision tree model using machine learning algorithms. journal of cleaner production 2022, 371, 133612. 20. matloob, f.; ghazal, t. m.; taleb, n.; aftab, s.; ahmad, m.; khan, m. a.; ...; soomro, t. r. software defect prediction using ensemble learning: a systematic literature review. ieee access 2021, 9, 98754 98771 21. alamir, m. a. a novel acoustic scene classification model using the late fusion of convolutional neural networks and different ensemble classifiers. applied acoustics 2021, 175, 107829 and culture, 5, 1, 89-108 22. mishra, p. k.; yadav, a.; pazoki, m. a. novel fault classification scheme for series capacitor compensated transmission line based on bagged tree ensemble classifier. ieee access 2018, 6, 27373-27382. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 some parasites from gills of five fish species and the first record of the monogenean ligophorus imitans euzet et suriano, 1977 in iraq abd ali j. al-saadi dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:6 june 2012 , accepted in:15 october 2012 abstract five fish species were collected from tigris river at al-adhamiyah region, baghdad during the period from september to december 2011. these fishes were examined for ectoparasites. they were infected with 13 species of parasites which included one species of ciliated protozoans and 12 species of monogeneans. among such parasites, ligophorus imitans euzet et suriano, 1977 is reported for the first time in iraq. in addition, eight new host records in iraq were reported in the present study. key words : ligophorus imitans, monogenea, fishes, iraq. 56 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction fishes in their natural habitats are vulnerable to the infection with various external parasites which affect their lives. among these parasites are the nonogeneans and the protozoans. monogeneans are small to medium sized ectoparasites which live on gills and skin of fishes. they complete their life cycle on one host [1]. monogeneans are well known as important pathogens for their hosts [2]. the first monogenean reported from iraqi fishes was diplozoon kasimii which was described from gills of cyprinion macrostomum from tigris river passing through mosul city [3]. later on, many monogenean species were described from different parts of iraq. the present investigation also deals with record of the monogenean ligophorus imitans euzet et suriano, 1977 which parasitizes liza abu (heckel) in tigris river in baghdad city as no previous account was given on the occurrence of this parasite from iraq according to the indexcatalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq [4]. materials and methods fish samples were collected from tigris river passing through baghdad city at aladhamiyah region. sampling was done during september to december 2011. fishes were freshly examined for ectoparasites by taking smear from their skin, fins and buccal cavity through slight scraping. gills were removed and placed in petri dishes with water and then microscopically examined. smears were examined under a light compound microscope after separation of monogeneans from gill filaments by using a fine needle. all parasites were stained with aqueous neutral red and permanent slides were prepared. drawing was achieved by using a camera lucida. measurement of parasites was done by using an ocular microscope. parasites identification was achieved by consulting some concerned taxonomical accounts [5, 6]. the information on the occurrence of these parasite species and the records of new hosts for these parasites were checked with the indexcatalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq [4]. results and discussion a total of 93 fish specimens belong to five fish species were collected from tigris river at al-adhamiyah region. these fishes included barbus grypus (heckel, 1843), b. luteus (heckel, 1843), b. xanthopterus (heckel, 1843), cyprinus carpio linnaeus, 1758 and liza abu (heckel, 1843). fishes were brought alive to the laboratory. thirteen parasite species were recorded from these fishes (table 1). the following is a brief account on the occurrence of the parasites. trichodrina reticulata hirschmann et partsch, 1955 this ciliated protozoan was found infecting gills of the common carp c. carpio of the present study with the rate of 33.3% (table 1). this parasite was described for the first time in iraq from blood, gills and skin of asain catfish silurus triostegus from al-hammar marshes, basrah [7]. no more records were reported for this parasite in iraq [4], therefore, c. carpio of this investigation represents a new host for this parasite in iraq. dactylogyrus affinis bykhovskii, 1933 this monogenean was found on gills of b. xanthopterus and c. carpio with the rate of 40% and 58.3%, respectively in the present study (table 1). this species was reported for the first time in iraq from both b. xanthopterus and b. esocinus from dokan lake [8]. later, it was recorded from three other hosts in iraq [4] which included c. carpio from euphrates river at al-anbar province [9]. 57 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 dactylogyrus arquatus yamaguti, 1942 this species was found on gills of c. carpio with a rate of 41.7% (table 1). the first occurrence of this parasite in iraq was reported from the skin, buccal cavity and gills of the same host from fish pond in suwairah and latifiyah southeast of baghdad [10]. so far, this species has six hosts in iraq [4]. dactylogyrus barbuli gussev, ali, abdul-ameer, amin et molnár, 1993 this parasite was recorded from gills of b. luteus of the present study with a rate of 17.6% (table 1). it was described as a new species from b. barbulus from tigris river near baiji, iraq for the first time in iraq [11]. therefore, b. luteus of present study represents a new host for this parasite in iraq which is the fifth host in iraq [4]. dactylogyrus bocageii alvarez pellitero, vicente et gonzalez lanza, 1981 this parasite was detected from gills of 30% of b. xanthopterus of the present study (table 1). it was reported for the first time in iraq from gills of aspius vorax from diyala river [12]. so, b. xanthopterus of the present investigation now adds the second host for this parasite in iraq [4]. dactylogyrus carassobarbi gussev, jalali et molnár, 1993 this parasite was present on the gills of b. xanthopterus of the present study with the rate of 30% (table 1). this worm was reported for the first time in iraq from the gills of b. luteus from shatt alarab river at basrah [13]. therefore, b. xanthopterus in this study is considered as a new host for this parasite in iraq which is the third hosts in iraq [4]. dactylogyrus deziensis gussev, jalali et molnár, 1993 this parasite was found on gills of 10% of b. xanthopterus of the present study (table 1). it was described for the first time in iraq from gills of both b. barbulus and b. kresin from bahdinan river in kurdistan region-iraq by bilal [14]. therefore, b. xanthopterus of the present study represents a new host record for this parasite in iraq which is the third host [4]. dactylogyrus extensus müller et van cleave, 1932 this parasite was found on gills of b. grypus and c. carpio of the present study with a rate of 22.2% and 25%, respectively (table 1). it was reported the first time in iraq from the buccal cavity and gills of c. carpio from fish ponds in suwairah and latifiyah southeast of baghdad [10]. now, this parasite has 16 hosts in iraq [4] which include both b. grypus and c. carpio of the present study. dactylogyrus inexpectatus izumova, 1955 in a. gussev, 1955 this parasite was found on gills of b. grypus of the present study with the rate of 22.2% (table 1). it was reported for the first time in iraq from the skin and gills of grass carp ctenopharyngodon idella from fish ponds in suwairah and latifiyah southeast of baghdad [10]. therefore, b. grypus of this investigation represents a new host for this parasite in iraq which is the fifth host (4). dactylogyrus lenkorani mikailov, 1967 this parasite was recorded from the gills of the b. xanthopterus of the present study with the rate of 20% (table 1). it was reported for the first time in iraq from gills of b. sharpeyi from diyala river [12]. no more reports are available on this parasite from fishes of iraq (4). therefore, b. xanthopterus of the present study is considered as a new host record for d. lenkorani in iraq. 58 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 dactylogyrus macrostomi gussev, ali, abdul-ameer, amin et molnár, 1993 the parasite was present on gills of c. carpio of the present study with the rate of 33.3% (table 1). it was recorded for the first time in iraq from gill of cyprinion macrostomi from tigris river near biji, iraq [11]. no more hosts are known for this parasite in iraq (4). therefore, c. carpio of the present study is considered as a new (the second) host for this parasite in iraq. dactylogyrus pavlovskyi bychowsky, 1949 this species was detected from gills of l. abu of the present study with the rate of 13.3% (table 1). it was described as a new species for the first time in iraq from both b. grypus and b. sharpeyi from tigiris river, near baiji, iraq [11]. so far, this species has five hosts in iraq (4) which included l. abu as it was recorded from this fish from euphrates river at al-musaib city [15]. ligophorus imitans euzet et suriano, 1977 (fig. 1) this monogenean was recorded from gill of 6.7% of l. abu of the present study (table 1). as this record represents the first occurrence of this parasite in iraq (4), the following is brief description and measurement (in mm) of this parasite. these measurements were based on eight specimens (fig. 1). worm length of median size, 0.70-0.74 (0.72), worm width 0.10-0.14 (0.12), length of marginal hooks 0.0110.015 (0.013), overall length of ventral median hook 0.0350.040 (0.037), overall length of dorsal median hook 0.036-0.040 (0.038), ventral connecting bar 0.004-0.006 (0.005) × 0.04-0.047 (0.043), dorsal connecting bar 0.01-0.017 (0.013) × 0.0420.049 (0.045), overall length of copulatory organ 0.08-0.087 (0.083), diameter of tube 0.0010.0015 (0.0012), and length of supporting bar 0.015-0.017 (0.016). the above measurements of the present l. imitans are in agreement with those of the holotype of this parasite [6]. the first record of ligophorus from freshwater fishes of iraq was that of l. acuminatus from gill of l. abu from fish markets of baghdad [16]. so, l. imitans of the present investigation is the second species of this genus so far known from freshwater fishes of iraq. it is appropriate to mention here that haliotrema mugilinus (hargis, 1955) reported from gills of both liza macrolepis and l. subviridis khor al-zubair estuary, northwest of the arab gulf [17] is considered as a synonym of ligophorus mugilinus [18]. acknowledgments i like to thank prof. dr. furhan t. mhaisen and assist. prof. kefah n. abdul-ameer of the university of baghdad for confirming the identification of l. imitans and reading of the manuscript. also, thanks are due to mrs. azhar a. al-moussawi of the iraq natural history research center and museum, university of baghdad for her help in using the camera lucida. references 1. hoffman, g.l. (1998). parasites of north american freshwater fishes, 2ed edn., cornell univ. press, london: 539. 2. duijn, van c., jnr. (1973). diseases of fishes, 3rd edn., iliffe books, london: 372. 3. rahemo, z.i.f. (1980). diplozoon kasimii new species from a freshwater teleost fish cyprinion macrostomum heckel. bull. biol. res. cent. bagh., 12(1): 109-114. 4. mhaisen, f.t. (2012). indexcatalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq. (unpublished: mhaisenft@yahoo.co.uk). 5. bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya, i.e.; gusev, a.v.; dubinina, m.n.; izyumova, n.a.; smirnova, t.s.; sokolovskaya, i.l.; shtein, g.a.; shul'man, s.s. and epshtein, v.m. (1962). 59 | biology mailto:mhaisenft@yahoo.co.uk @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 key to parasites of freshwater fish of u.s.s.r. akad. nauk, s.s.s.r., moscow: 727. (in russian). 6. gussev, a.v. (1985). parasitic metazoans: class monogenea. in: bauer, o.n. (ed.). key to the parasites of freshwater fish fauna of the u.s.s.r. nauka, leningrad, 2: 1-424 (in russian). 7. jori, m.m. (2006). parasitic study on the asian catfish silurus triostegus (heckel, 1843) from al-hammar marshes, basrah, iraq. ph.d. thesis, coll. educ., univ. basrah: 192. 8. abdullah, s.m.a. (1990). survey of the parasites of fishes of dokan lake. m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. salahaddin: 115. (in arabic). 9. balasem, a.n.; mhaisen, f.t.; adday, t.k.; al-jawda, j.m. and asmar, k.r. (2003). a second survey of parasitic infections in freshwater fishes from al-qadisiya dam lake, phrates 140. (in arabic).-): 123(2river, iraq. mar. mesopot., 18 10. salah, n.e.; ali, n.m. and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1988). helminthic fauna of three species of carp raised in ponds in iraq. j. biol. sci. res., 19(2): 369-386. 11. gussev, a.v.; ali, n.m.; abdul-ameer, k.n.; amin, s.m. and molnár, k. (1993). new and know species of dactylogyrus diesing, 1850 (monogenea, dactylogyridae) from cyprinid fishes of tigris river, iraq. syst. parasitol., 25: 229-237. 12. abdul-ameer, k.n. (2010). the first record of two species of dactylogyrus (monogenetic trematoda) in iraq from diyala river fishes, diyala province. ibn al-haitham j. pure & appl. sci., 23(3): 39-42. 13. al-ali, z.a.a.r. (1998). a study on some termatodes and its histological effects from three species of fish (family cyprinidae) in basrah province. m. sc. thesis, coll. agric., univ. basrah: 107. (in arabic). 14. bilal, s.j. (2006). parasitic fauna of some cyprinid fishes from bahdinan river inkurdistan regioniraq. m. sc. thesis, sci. educ. coll., univ. salahaddin: 90. 15. al-sa’adi, b.a.-h.e. (2007). the parasitic fauna of fishes of euphrates river: applied study in al-musaib city. m. tech. thesis, al-musaib technic. coll., found. technic. educ.: 102. (in arabic). 16. abdul-ameer, k.n. (2012). recording of ligophorus acuminatus euzet et suriano, 1977 (monogenea: ancyrocephalidae), for the first time in iraq on gills of freshwater mugilid fish liza abu (heckel). abstr. 2nd sci. conf. agric. scs., coll. agric., univ. basrah: 196. basrah: 14-15 mar. 2012. 17. al-daraji, s.a.m. (1995). taxonomical and ecological studies on the metazoan parasites of some marine fishes of khor al-zubair estuary, north-west of the arabian gulf. ph. d. thesis, coll. agric., univ. basrah: 182. 18. worms (2012). world register of marine species at http://www.marinespecies. org. retrieved may, 5. 60 | biology http://www.marinespecies.org/ @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1): the distribution of parasite in sites of fish hosts. parasite species host no. of fishes examined no. of fishes infected rate of infection (%) trichodina reticulata cyprinus crpio* 12 4 33.3 dactylogyrus affinis barbus xanthopterus 10 4 40.0 c. carpio 12 7 58.3 d. arquatus c. carpio 12 5 41.7 d. barbuli b. luteus* 17 3 17.6 d. bocageii b. xanthopterus* 10 3 30.0 d. carassobarbi b. xanthopterus* 10 3 30.0 d. deziensis b. xanthopterus* 10 1 10.0 d. extensus b. grypus 9 2 22.2 c. carpio 12 3 25.0 d. inexpectatus b. grypus* 9 2 22.2 d. lenkorani b. xanthopterus* 10 2 20.0 d. macrostomi c. carpio* 12 4 33.3 d. pavlovskyi liza abu 45 6 13.3 ligophorus imitans** l. abu 45 3 6.7 * new host record in iraq. ** new parasite record in iraq. 61 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 62 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@ü»€a@i@ö1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 خمسة أنواع من األسماك مع أول تسجیل للدودة غالصم بعض الطفیلیات من في euzet et suriano, 1977 ligophorus imitans أحادیة المنشأ العراق عبد علي جنزیل الساعدي جامعة بغداد / )إبن الھیثم(للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / قسم علوم الحیاة 2012تشرین االول 15قبل البحث في: ، 2012حزیران 6استلم البحث في: الخالصة أنواع من األسماك من نھر دجلة عند منطقة األعظمیة، بغداد خالل المدة من شھر أیلول وحتى شھر جمعت خمسة نوعا ً من الطفیلیات، 13تھا الخارجیة، وتبین إصابتھا بـ ا. فحصت ھذه االسماك للتعرف على إصاب2011كانون األول ). ومن بین ھذه monogenia من الدیدان أحادیة المنشأ ( ًنوعا 12تضمنت نوعا ً واحدا ً من الحیوانات اإلبتدائیة الھدبیة و ألول مرة في العراق. فضال ً عن ذلك، فقد أشارت ligophorus imitansالطفیلیات تم تسجیل الدودة أحادیـــــة المنشأ الدراسة الحالیة تسجیل ثمانیة مضیفات جدیدة في العراق. أحادیة المنشأ، أسماك، العراق. ،ligophorus imitans : الكلمات المفتاحیة 63 | biology ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 antibacterial activity of calendula officinalis flowers in vitro m. n. hamad , h.j. mohamme d* , m.a. merdaw* departme nt of pharmacognosy and medicinal plants, college of pharmacy, unive rsity of baghdad *departme nt of clinical laboratory sciences, college of pharmacy, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 14, january ,2010 accepte d in : 27,february,2011 abstract flower samples of calendula officinalis were collected from the gardens of the college of pharmacy in baghdad city to examine their antibacterial activity .the effect of ethanol crude extract of p etals and reproductive p arts of flowers in different concentrations were obtained and bioassayed in vitro for its bioactivity to inhibit the growt h of eight typ es of bacteria .the extracts of p etals p art were clearly sup erior for all bacteria esp ecially the bacteria pseudomonas aeru ginosa (inhib ition zone was 25mm in the concentration 100mg/ml) from gram negative bacteria, and staphy lococcus aureus (inhib ition zone was 14mm in the concentration 50mg/ml) from gr am p ositive bacteria, while the extracts of reproductive parts were less effective than p etals p art. these results confirm the antibacterial activity of calendula officinalis flowers and supp ort the traditional use of the p lant in the therapy of bacterial infection. key words: antibacterial activity , p etals p art, reproductive p arts introduction the plant calendula officinalis belon gs to the family : asteracea [1]. commonly known as english marigo ld or pot marigold, field marigold , garden marigold, gold bloom, holligo ld, maravilla and, marybud [2]. its name comes from the latin word, calends , the first day of every month, because of its long flowering p eriod, because the flowers fol low the sun , it was linked to t he ast rological sign of summer [3]. its bright orange p etals are v isible in gardens in every month of y ear; such is its hardy nature and widely distributed through europe and the m editerranean. the orange p etals and the whole flower head ar e used medicinally [4,5]. m arigold flowers often used in food industry for their nutritive qualities as well as coloring of several culinary p roducts, is well known of c enturies in pop ular medicine because of their biolo gic activities. their use for the p rep aration of cosmetic p roducts is well known also [6]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 the major active constituents include sap onins , triterp endiol esters and flavonoids includin g hy p eroside and rutin, the orange flower contains a high content of caroteniodes includin g f lavo xanthin and auroxanthin [7,8,9]. calendula has antibacterial and antifungal activity [10,11] , and it has been used for the treatment of burns, abrasions, skin inflammations, ulcers, wounds and eczema[12]. it has be en used internally for the treatment of gastiritis , bleedin g of duodenal ulcers and colitis [13] researchers fro m venezuela examined extracts of dried flowers from calendula officinalis for its inhibitory effects on the human immunodeficien cy virus type1(hiv-1) [14] calendula officinalis e xtracts show anti-cancer effects in vitro st udies on t umor cell lines, derive from leukemias, melanomas, fibrosacomas, breast, p rost ate, cervix, lung and p ancreas [15]. materials and methods plant material flowers of calendula officinalis were collected during ap ril-m ay 2009 from the garden of the college of pharmacy in baghd ad city and was identified by ali abdul-hussein alm osawi (prof. in college of sciences/university of baghdad). extraction extraction was carr ied out at room temp erature under normal cond itions. dried flowers of calendula officinalis were p owdered and subjected to extraction in a so xhlet app aratus at room temperature using ethanol. the collected extracts were concentrated by evap oration under room temp erature. the extracts were made in to susp ensions using dimethy l sulfoxide solvent(dm so) at concentrations (50,75,100) mg/ml from the petals p art of flower and the same concentrations from the reproductive parts of flower [16]. micro-organi sms use d gram-positive bacteria: staphy lococcus aureus, bacillus subt ilis , staphy lococcus epidermidis. gram-negative bacteria: pseudomonas aeru ginosa, escherichia coli, prot eus mirabilis, klebsiella p neumoniae and enterococcus p neumoniae. preparation of inoculum susp ension of organism was p repared as p er m cfarland nephalometer st andard[17].a 24hours old culture was used for the prep aration of bacterial susp ensions. the susp ension of organism was made in a st erile isotonic solution of sodium chloride(0.9%w/v) and the turbidity was adjusted such that it contained ap p roximately 1.5x10 8 cells/ml. agar well diffusion method the medium was p rep ared by dissolving all the ingredients in distilled water and subjected to sterilization in an autoclave at 121˚c for 15 minutes. the petri p lates were washed thoroughly and st erilized in hot air oven at 160˚c for (1.5) hour .30ml of st erile nutrient agar was seeded by organisms (about 2ml according to m cfarlands standard). pores ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 were mad e on the medium usin g a st erile borer and 0.1ml of the extracts were added to resp ective p ore. the petri p lates seeded with organisms containin g extracts were kep t in refrigerator at 4˚c for 1hour to facilitate the diffusion of the extracts into the media. aft er diffusion the petri p lates were incubated at 37˚c for 24 hours in an incubator and zone of inhibition was observed and measured using a scale. the results of the antibacterial activity of p etals and reproductive p arts of flower of calendula officinalis are tabulated in table(1)and table(2). results and discussion the essential oil of the flowers inhibited the growt h in vitro of gra m p ositive bacteria such as bacillus subt ilis and staphy lococcus aureus ,and gram negative bacteria such as escherich ia coli and pseudomonas aeru ginosa ,these results are in agr eement with some p revious studies [7,18,19]. antibacterial activity is recorded when the zone of inhibition is greater than 6mm[20]. results as shown in (table1) indicated the antibacterial activity of p etals of calendula officinalis to all isolates in all concentrations except the concentration (100mg/ml) can not inhibit t he growt h of staphy lococcus ep idermidis ,bacillus subtilis and proteus mirabilis. the maximu m inhibition zone was found in( 100mg/ml) concentration and it was 25 mm in the bacterial isolate pseudomonas aeruginosa whi le the minimum inhib ition zone in the same concentration was 8 mm for the isolate enterococcus p neumoniae. in (table2) the results shows that the antibacterial activity of reproductive p arts of calendula officinalis is less than the p etals and it has no effect in all concentrations against the isolate enterococcus p neumonia ,and also indicated that the maximum inhib ition zone was observed in pseudomonas aeruginosa in the concentration (100mg/ml) and it was 24 mm while the concentrations (50mg/ml,75mg/ml) has no effect against this bacterium , the minimu m inhibition zone was 7 mm in staphy lococcus epidermidis in the concentration (50mg/ml) and there was no effect at the concentration (100mg/ml) against this bacterium .from (table 1) and (table 2) its clear that the effective antibacterial activity of calendula officinalis flower concentrated in their p etals more than the reproductive p arts and this confirm by p revious study [8]. it is not p ossible to make a direct correlation between the observed activity of the plant extracts in vitro and the actual effects when used in vivo for the diseases observed by the indigenous p eople and traditional healers [19] . therefore , it is imp ortant that the p lant should also b e further investigated to evaluate the significance of these extracts , clinical role and the medical sy st em of indigenous p eople . additional deep research is ne cessary to isolate and characterize their active co mpounds for p harmacological test ing. conclusions its clear that calendula officinalis flowers as an extract may be useful as an antibacterial agent against the above mentioned bacteria . amon g the organisms tested pseudomonas aero ginosa was more suscep tible to the ethanolic extract of c alendula officinalis flower . furt her pharmalogical and clinical st udies are required to understand the mechanism and the actual efficacy of this herb extract in treatin g various inf ections. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 re ferences 1. m uley ,b.p. ; khadabadi, s. s. and banarase,n.b. (2009),phy tochemical const ituents and pharmalogical activities of calendula officinalis linn (asteracea).trop ical j. of pharmaceutical rese arch,october;8(5):455-456 2. henrich, m .; bames, j.;gibbons, s. and. williamsom, e.(2004),fundamentals of pharmacognosy and phytotherapy .churchill livingst one,270. 3. bezakova, l.; m asterova , i.; paulikova ,i. and psenak ,m .(1996), inhibitory activity of isorhammntin glycosides from calendula officinalis l.on the activity of lip oxy genase.phar mazie, 51:126-7. 4. pommier, p.;gom ez, f.;suny ach, m .;came, c. and m ontbarbon, x.(2004),phase111 randomized of c aleneula officinalis compared with troamine for the p reventation of acute dermatitis during irradiation for breast cancer .j.cl in.oncol.;22(8) :144-53. 5. svkm , s.(2008), ant imicrob ial activity of the leaf extracts of calendula officinalis (linn.).j. of herbal m edicine and toxicology 2(2):65-66. 6. m arian, a.; natalia, a.;and carmen, c. (2004),calendula officinalis flowers ,source of extracts with antioxidant activity .j. chemist ry 13(2):169-176. 7. braun, l. and cohen, m . (2005),herbs and natural supp lemants: an evidence –b ased guide sy dney,elsevier,98-100. 8. roop ashree, t.s;raman dan g;shobha r ani r.h and narendra.(2008), ant ibacterial activity of antip soriatic herbs: cassia tora,m omordica char antia and calendula officinalis. international j. of app lied research in natural products.1(3), 20-28,sep/oct. 9. neukirch,h.d.; ambrosio,m .;dalla via, j.;and guerriero, a.,(2004), simultaneous quantitative determination of eight triterp enoid monoest ers from flowers of 10 varieties of phy tochem anal.,15(1)30-35. 10. tonks ,a.j.;dudley ,e.;port er, n.g.;parton ,j.; brazier, j.;simth ,e.l and.;tonks ,a.;(2007);a5.8-kda comp onent of manuka honey stimulates immune cells via tlr4;j leukoc bio l.;82(5):1147-55. 11. rossiter, k.;reid, p.d.; lwaleed, b.a.; coop er, a.j.; voegeli, d.; coop er, r. and getliff i k. (2006),honey and angiogenesis;1 st international conference on the med icinal uses of honey ;kota bharu;m alaysia. 12. schulz, v.; hanse l ,r.; blumenthal, m . and tyler, v. (2004) ,rational phy totherapy areferen ce guide for physicians p harmacists,berlin,sp ringer;344. 13. bone, k. (2003), a clinical guide to blend ing liqu id herbs. st louis m issoun ,churchill livinigst one,120-123. 14. de tommasi n,et al,(1990) , structure and in vitro antiviral activity of sesquiterpene glycosides from calendula officinalis .j.nat prod. jul-aug;53(4):830-5. 15. jimenez-m edina e,et al,(2006), anew extract of the p lant calendula officinalis p roduces adual in v itro effect: cytotoxic anti-tumor activity and lymphocyte activation .bm c cancer. m ay 5(6):119. 16. shahid i bonjar,g.h. (2004), screening for antibacterial prop erties of some iranian plants agianst tow strians of escherichia coli.asian j. of plant sciences 3(3):310-314. 17. ellen, j.b. and sy dney, m .f. (1990). baily and scott diagnost ic microbiolo gy .8 th ed.,usa,m issouri.p .543.evan wc.1996.trease and evans pharmaco gnosy .14 th ed. london,en gland :w.b. sounders comp any limited.p545-46. 18. janssen ,a.m . et al .,(1986), screening for antimicrobial activity of some essential oils by the agar overlay technique .pharmaceutisch weekblad,8:289-292. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 19. m uhammad ,h.s. and m uhammad, s. (2005),the use of lawsonia iner mis l inn.(henna)in the management of burn wound infections. african j. of biotechnology .4(9),943-37. 20. goun, e.g.; cunningh am, d.c.;n guy en cand m iles, d.,(2003),antibacterial and antifungal activity of indonesian ethanomedical plants.74;592-96. table (1) : in vitro antibacterial activity of petals part of calendula officinalis flower zone of inhibition(mm, diameter) concentration of the extract bacteria 12 50mg/ml bacillus subtilis 13 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 14 50mg/ml staphy lococcus aureus 12 75mg/ml 6 100mg/ml 10 50mg/ml staphy lococcus epidermidis 12 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 15 50mg/ml escherich ia coli 14 75mg/ml 12 100mg/ml 13 50mg/ml klebseilla p neumoniae 14 75mg/ml 20 100mg/ml 15 50mg/ml pseudomonas aeru ginosa 17 75mg/ml 25 100mg/ml 11 50mg/ml prot eus mirabilis 12 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 18 50mg/ml enterococcus p neumoniae 12 75mg/ml 8 100mg/ml ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (2) : in vitro antibacterial activity of reproductive pa rts of cal endul a officinalis flower zone of inhibition(mm ,diameter) concentration of the extract bacteria 6 50mg/ml bacillus subtilis 8 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 10 50mg/ml staphy lococcus aureus 8 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 7 50mg/ml staphy lococcus epidermidis 8 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 10 50mg/ml escherich ia coli 12 75mg/ml 5 100mg/ml 13 50mg/ml klebseilla p neumoniae 12 75mg/ml 11 100mg/ml 50mg/ml pseudomonas aeru ginosa 75mg/ml 24 100mg/ml 8 50mg/ml prot eus mirabilis 10 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 50mg/ml enterococcus p neumoniae 75mg/ml 100mg/ml 2011) 3( 24لوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للع calendula oثیر الضد بكتیري لنبات االقحوان أالت fficinalis الجسم خارج الحي *میسون عبد الزهرة مرداو ،*هدى جاسم محمد ،مها نوري حمد جامعة بغداد،كلیة الصیدلة،فرع العقاقیر والنباتات الطبیة جامعة بغداد،كلیة الصیدلة،فرع العلوم المختبریة السریریة* 2010 كانون الثاني 14:استلم البحث في 2011 شباط 27:بل البحث فيق الخالصة من حدیقة كلیة الصیدلة في مدینة بغداد لفحص نشاطها calendula officinalisجمعت ازهار نبات االقحوان الحي لمعرفة تأثیر مستخلصات الكحول للبتالت واالجزاء التكاثریة للنبات الجسم ختبار الحیوي خارج تم اال. الضد بكتیري . انواع بكتیریة 8بتراكیز مختلفة لتثبیط نمو pseudomonasبكتریا والسیمامستخلصات البتالت كان لها تاثیر أعلى وأوضح من تلك لالجزاء التكاثریة auroginosa من البكتریا السالبة لصبغة كرام وبكتریا ) یلترمل/ملغم 100ملمتر عند التركیز 25(طقة التثبیط كانت من staphy lococcus aureus من البكتریا الموجبة لصبغة )یلترمل/ملغم 50ملمتر عند التركیز 14(منطقة التثبیط كانت ستعمال التجاري للنبات في ألوتدعم اcalendula officinalis زهار ألهذه النتائج تؤید النشاط الضد بكتیري . كرام .عالج االصابات البكتیریة .االجزاء التكاثریة، البتالت، النشاط الضدبكتیري: الكلمات المفتاحیة differential screening of randomly amplified cdnas using rapd primers in salt tolerance and sensitive wheat majeed a. sabbah biotechnology research center/ alnahrain university/ baghdad/ iraq received in : 6 may 2013, accepted in : 26 august 2013 abstract the identification of salinity-tolerance genes is a critical aspect of the new molecular technology. in this work cdna-rapd is used for the identification of genes expressed in salt tolerant but not in salt sensitive wheat. two cultivars wheat, salt tolerance (dijla) and sensitive (tamooz2) were used for the preparation of rna and cdna synthesis. eight primers were used for random amplification of cdna constructed from rna and three primers were differentially expressed in salt tolerant cultivars. genes related to salt tolerant were predicted using ncbi blast for the three primers. the predicted genes were involved in salt tolerance of wheat and other plants as well. this indicates the suitability of the primers and the method for salt tolerance genes identification in wheat under study. key words: wheat, salt, rapd-pcr 43 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction salinity is a major factor limiting plant growth and leads to lower agricultural production in arid and semi-arid regions [1]. several technologies were used for the identification of differential expressed salt tolerance genes in wheat. typically, closed systems such as microarrays and real-time polymerase chain reaction (pcr) have been extensively followed in gene expression analysis in plants [2]. in open systems, there is no need for previous knowledge of the genome or transcriptome of the organism. cdna-aflp (cdna-amplified fragment length polymorphism) have been successfully used to quantify transcript abundance and generate expression data across different types of tissue or developmental stages in wheat [3,4]. cdna-rapd pcr is a simple method established by other investigators [5] for the identification of differentially expressed genes in rice. this method was used to identify novel drought tolerance gene in gossypium hirsutum [6], and evaluation of cellulolytic filamentous fungi phenotypes [7] and the identification of a novel getah virus [8]. this study aimed to use this method to identify differentially expressed genes in salt tolerance and sensitive wheat cultivated in iraq. materials and methods wheat genotypes cultivation two cultivars of wheat were used in this study, salt tolerance (dijla) and sensitive (tamooz2). seed of both cultivars were washed with tap water for 30 min, immersed in 50% of sodium hypochlorite then treated with 2-3 drop of tween 20 for 10 min, seeds were washed once with 70% ethanol and rinsed many times with sterile water. five sterilized seeds from each plant were placed in culture bottle containing 15 ml of agar solidified, hormonesfree ms medium [9] with each of 0 ds/m, 15 ds/m and 25 ds/m of (nacl) salt concentrations. each treatment for wheat was replicated three times. all cultures were kept in the light for 16h and dark for 8h at 25oc. data were recorded 15 days after treatment steps. rna isolation and cdna synthesis total rna was isolated by using geneaid total rna purification mini kit (taiwan) according to the manufacturer's instructions. isolated rna was treated with rnase-free dnase i (biobasic, canada) for 20 min at 37°c, dnase i was inactivated at 65°c for 10 min. the integrity of the rna was verified after separation by electrophoresis on a 1.5% agarose gel containing 0.5% (v/v) ethidium bromide. first-strand cdna was synthesized from 500 ng of total rna by using reverse transcription system (bioneer, korea) with an oligo-dt15 primer. the reaction solution was used as templates for reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (rt-pcr) [3]. cdna-rapd eight primers (table1) were used for amplification of cdna using optimized pcr protocols and master mixes. polymerase chain reaction was initiated with hot start method by using the single strand cdna template on labnet thermocycler (usa). the pcr reaction was carried out according to the program of 35 amplification cycles (94°c for 30 s, 61°c for 45 s and 72°c for 90 s). ethidium bromide agarose gel electrophoresis (1%) is used for the analysis of pcr products. the generated bands were compared, the differential amplified bands were recorded and the sequences of these bands aligned to related sequences in ncbi blast database [3]. results total rna isolated from both cultivars and dnase treated in order to eliminate genomic dna (figure1). eight rapd primers were used for the amplification of cdnas generated 44 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 from both genotypes. three primers produced differential bands between salt resistance and sensitive cultivars were 7, 13, and 20 (figure 2, 3). to predict the differential expressed genes in salt resistant but not sensitive genotype, ncbi blast was performed with the three primers. the predicted genes were listed in table (2). discussion investigating the function of the predicted genes in published; revealed the role of these genes in salt tolerance in different ways in several plants. of the predicted proteins are kinases and phosphatases which are major posttranslational regulators of numerous cellular processes. these enzymes regulate metabolic pathways and are intimately involved in cellular signaling networks as shown in many studies which have involvement in salt tolerance [10]. cytokinin oxidase dehydrogenase involved in cytokinins synthesis which showed they are involved in stress responses [11,12]. thioredoxin is involved in the stress response through the regulation of the apoplastic reactive oxygen species in rice [13]. these genes need to be verifies its contribution in salt tolerance by other techniques such as real time pcr. references 1-bai, r. ; zhang, z.; hu, y.; fan. m. and schmidhalter, u. (2011). improving the salt tolerance of chinese spring wheat through an evaluation of genotype genetic variation. aust j crop sci. 5: 1173-1178. 2-monroy, a. ; dryanova, a.; malette, b.; oren, d.; ridha farajalla, m. and liu, w. (2007) regulatory gene candidates and gene expression analysis of cold acclimation in winter and spring wheat. plant mol. biol. 64:409-423. 3-chen, g.; ma, w.; huang, z. ; xu, t.; xue, y.; and shen, y. (2003) isolation and characterization of tagsk1 involved in wheat salt tolerance. plant sci. 165: 1369–1375. 4-mcintosh, s. l.; watson, p. ; bundock, a.; crawford, j.; white, g.; cordeiro, d.; barbary, l.; rooke and henry, r. (2007) sage of the developing wheat caryopsis. plant biotechnol. j. 5:69-83. 5-yoshida, k.; naito, s. and takeda, g. (1994) cdna cloning of regeneration-specific genes in rice by differential screening of randomly amplified cdnas using rapd primers. plant cell physiol. 35(7):1003-9. 6-selvam, j.; kumaravadivel, n.; gopikrishnan, a.; kumar, b.; ravikesavan, r. and boopathi, m. (2009) identification of a novel drought tolerance gene in gossypium hirsutum l. cv kc3. commun. biometry crop sci. 4: 9–13. 7 – oliveira, e.; barros, n.; ferreira, t.; oliveira, t.; terzi, s. and damaso, m. (2010). evaluation of cellulolytic filamentous fungi phenotypes using randomly amplified cdna with rapd primers. 32nd symposium on biotechnology for fuel and chemicals, usa. 8-hu, t.; zheng, y.; zhang, y.; li, g.; qiu, w.; yu, j.; cui, q.; wang, y.; zhang, c.; zhou, x.; feng, z.; zhou, w. and fan, q. (2012) identification of a novel getah virus by virusdiscovery-cdna random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd). bmc microbiol. 12:305. 9murashige, t. and skoog, f.a. (1962). a revised medium for rapid growth and bioassays with tobacco tissue cultures. physiol. plant 15, 473-497. 10-wang, h.; chevalier, d.; larue, c.; cho, s. and walkera, j. (2007). the protein phosphatases and protein kinases of arabidopsis thaliana. the arabidopsis book. american society of plant biologists first. 11-tran, l.s.; urao, t.; qin, f.; maruyama, k.; kakimoto, t.; shinozaki, k. and yamaguchishinozaki, k. (2007). functional analysis of ahk1/athk1 and cytokinin receptor histidine kinases in response to abscisic acid, drought, and salt stress in arabidopsis. proc. natl. acad. sci. usa 104: 20623–20628. 45 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://pubget.com/search?q=author:%22k%20t%20kt%20yoshida%22&from=7820372 http://pubget.com/search?q=author:%22s%20s%20naito%22&from=7820372 http://pubget.com/search?q=author:%22g%20g%20takeda%22&from=7820372 http://pubget.com/search?q=latest%3aplant+and+cell+physiology&from=7820372 http://pubget.com/search?q=latest%3aplant+and+cell+physiology&from=7820372 http://pubget.com/search?q=issn%3a0032-0781+vol%3a35+issue%3a7&from=7820372 12-argueso, c.t.; ferreira, f.j. and kieber, j.j. (2009) environmental perception avenues: the interaction of cytokinin and environmental response pathways. plant cell environ. 32: 1147–1160. 13-zhang, c.; zhao, b.; ge, w.; zhang, y.; song, y.; sun, d. and guo, y. (2011) an apoplastic h-type thioredoxin is involved in the stress response through regulation of the apoplastic reactive oxygen species in rice. plant physiol. 157: 1884–1899. table (1): rapd primers used. primers sequence maj-opa-07 5'-aagtccgctc-3' maj-opa-09 5'-gggtaacgcc-3' maj-opc-08 5'-tggcggtg-3' maj-opn-16 5'-caaggtgggt-3' maj-opc-12 5'-tgtcatcccc-3' maj-opa-11 5'-caatcgccgt-3' maj-opa-13 5'cagcacccac-3' maj-opd-20 5'-tgtcatcccc-3' table (2): ncbi blastpredicted expressed genes and their genbank accession numbers primer predicted gene genbank accession number primer no. 7 purple acid phosphatase jx501672.1 vacuolar proton inorganic pyrophosphatsae mrna ay296911.1 thioredoxin aj005840.1 primer no. 13 galactosyltransferase b3 jn165358.1 galactosyltransferase b2 jn165357 galactosyltransferase b1 jn165356 galactosyltransferase a jn165355 vaculor proton inorganic pyrophosphatase jq180506.1 cytokinin oxidase dehydrogenase (ckx2.4) jn381555.1 galactosyltransferase gq 231955.1 aba binding protien1 hq166718.1 primer no. 20 low affinity nitrate transporter hf544988.1 cytokinin oxidase/dehydrogenase salt tolerant protein ef415486.1 storage protein activator fm242575.1 plastid acetulye coa carboxylase eu660902.1 lon1 protease ay494984.1 serine therionine kinase ay036609.1 46 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 28s 18s rrna m 1 2 3 4 figure (1): ethidium bromide stained agarose gel electrophoresis (1%), m: 100bp dna ladder, lanes 1 to 4: dnasetreated total rna preparations. figure (2): ethidium bromide stained agarose gel electrophoresis (1%) of pcr products. m: 100bp dna ladder. lanes (1-2): pcr products of primer number (07), lanes (3-4): pcr products of primer number (08), lanes (5-6): pcr products of primer number (09), lanes (7,8): pcr products of primer number (13), lanes (9-10): pcr products of primer number(11), n: negative control. figure (3): ethidium bromide stained agarose gel electrophoresis (1%) of pcr products. m: 100bp dna ladder. lanes (1-2): pcr products of primer number (20), lanes: pcr products of primer number (12), lanes (5-6): pcr products of primer number (16), e: empty lane. 47 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المضخمة باستخدام بادئات عشوائیة في cdnaالمسح التفریقي لقطع ال الحنطة المتحملة والحساسة للملوحة مجید ارشید سباح جامعة النھرین / مركز بحوث التقنیات االحیائیة 2013آب 26، قبل البحث في : 2013آیار 6في : استلم البحث الخالصة لتحدید الجینات التي یعبر عنھا اصناف الحنطة المتحملة للملوحة والیعبر cdna-rapd pcrاستخدمت تقنیة ) إلعداد الحمض النووي 2الحنطة المتحملة للملوحة (دجلة) والحساسة (تموز اصنف استعمالالحساسة. االصناف عنھا في ض النووي الریبي. مصنعة من الحم cdnaثماني بادئات للتضخیم العشوائي من استعملت. cdnaالریبي وتصنیع ال عمالحمل الملوحة باستتوقع الجینات المتعلقة بت بادئات تعبیر تفاضلي في الصنف المتحمل للملوحة. تم وقد أظھرت ثالث blast ncbi دورھا بتحمل الملوحة في الحنطة أو غیرھا من النباتات وئات الثالثة. تبین أن الجینات التي تم توقعھا دللبا شیر إلى اھمیة ھذه البادئات والطریقة المستخدمة في تحدید الجینات التي لھا عالقة بتحمل الملوحة في الحنطة تحت ت الدراسة. cdna-rapd pcrالحنطة، الملوحة، الكلمات المفتاحیة: 48 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ایونات بالزما الزینونحزمة نظریة لحاصل ترذیذ سطح النیكل بوساطة حسابات درید ھاني یونس جامعة بغداد /ابن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /الفیزیاء علوم قسم 2013حزیران 10، قبل البحث في 2013شباط 18استلم البحث في : ةخالصلا على الحسابات تشتمل . نونزیال اتبالزما ایون طةاسمن النیكل المقصوف بوھدف ترذیذعملیة موسعة لحسابات انجزت وتأثیر ھدف النیكل وسمك طبقة الھدف فيزاویة سقوطھا كل من طاقة ایونات بالزما الزینون ولل ادخاالمعلمات تغییر تظھر النتائج الحسابات. ھذه النجاز trimلقد وظف البرنامج . ترذیذعلى حاصل الالتغیر الطفیف في طاقة ربط السطح ان تغییر زوایا سقوط حزمة ایونات البالزما وطاقتھا تؤدي ذإمادا مباشرا على ھذه المعلمات یعتمد اعت حاصل الترذیذ أن عند طاقة ربط سطحھالمقصوفة و ھتالترذیذ. وفي ما یتعلق بالھدف من حیث سمك طبقالى تغییر محسوس في نواتج حاصل حاصل الترذیذ. لھا تأثیر مباشر فيثبوت معلمات االیونات النیكل -ایونات بالزما الزینون -trim برنامج –: حاصل الترذیذ الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة أیونات تصطدم عندماتفاعل ایوناتھا مع ھذه السطوح. ف ماعند وادیذھا لسطوح المعملیة ترذالمھمة من تطبیقات البالزما والتصادم غیر المرن االلكتروني. النووي، تصادم المرن الھما :فانھا تفقد الطاقة عن طریق آلیتین الھدف،ب البالزماحزمة بعد من السطح و یمكنھا ان تنعكسا ،قبالة الھدف إلى الوراءمباشرة ترتد ان ،تھاطاق اعتمادا على ،لھذه االیونات یمكن داخلعند عمق معین تغرس في الھدفحیث في اخر المطاف تكون في حالة سكونو ا سلسلة من التصادمات المتعاقبة إلى حساب الطاقة كمیة كبیرة مناالیونات لذلك سوف تفقد غیر مرنتصادم ان التصادم ھو ذإ ،العینة الھدف تحت سطح وتحدث .التصادم نتیجة لذلك ثانویة إلكترونات طردایضا ان ت لالیونات ویمكن .كھربائیا متعادلة تصبح بالنھایةو الھدف ذرات او ایونات اما بالنسبة الى . ]1[ في المعادن البالزمونات، والفونونات إنتاج الىتؤدي غیر مرنة استطارةایضا ذرات إلى ساقطةال األیونات منوالزخم الطاقة نقل ھذه خالل عملیة القصفیتم و .االصلیة تطرد من مواقعھافانھا الھدف یحصل لھا ترذیذ من السطح. فاذا كانت الطاقة الحركیة بما یكفي للتغلب على طاقة ربط السطح فان الذرة سوف الھدف ]2[. االیونات من والزخم الطاقة الحركیةانتقال بنظراالعتباریؤخذ فیھا تصادمیة عملیة الترذیذ بكونھاعملیة یشار الى فیزیائیا داخلمن اسھامات الطاقة بین عدد كبیر من ذرات الھدف سلسلةل والزخم الطاقة نقلینظم و .الى ذراتھ الھدف على المقذوفة للتغلب على الحركیةالطاقة بحیث انھ ھناك ما یكفي من العمودي، السطح في اتجاه الھدفذرة ل زخم كاف نقل إذاف الھدف. سلسلة التصادمات من الناحیة عملیة تشكیلیمكن وصف .]3[ السطح من الھدف اتذر ترذیذ فانھ سیتم طاقة الربط سلسلة تطورالتي تتبع ، المحاكاة الحاسوبیة عن طریق استخدام أو، اإلحصائیة نظریات النقل باستخدام تطبیق التحلیلیة تقریب تفترض صحة جمیعھا ؛ حیث فيمتماثل لھا أساس ھذه الطرائقمن كلان ل .الى اخر تصادم منالتصادمات ]4[ .بشكل تسلسلي الھدف ذرات تواجھ مقذوفات، أي ثنائيال تصادمال نوعان ھناك. الھدفتآكل و ستضرب التي ألیوناتلمصدر لغرض تولید البالزما، نحتاج إلى الترذیذ عملیة من أجل انجاز .)rf( بالزما الترددات الرادیویةالتوھجي و التفریغ ھي ،لغرض الترذیذ البالزما إلنتاج المستخدمة االنظمةمن انرئیس أن یستخدم ویمكن أیضا، ]5[ الزینون أو، والنیون وناألرك النبیلة، مثل من الغازات ھذه األیونات وعادة ما تكون تكون الھدفوذرات لألیونات الذریة األوزانان اساس یكون على ینبغي أن؛ لألیوناتاالمثل االختیارو .النیتروجین .متقاربة من الحروف االولى من trimتسمیة البرنامج تأتي. trimبرنامج ھو الترذیذالمحاكاة التي توظف عملیة برنامجمن شمولیة المدرج في البرنامج األكثر من البرامج یعدبرنامج ھو ) وattermons in iansport of trالعبارة االنكلیزیة ( الساقطة األیونات اتباعفیھا یتم ] 6كارلو [ يھو عبارة عن خوارزمیة مونت trim البرنامج . وsrim المسمى العام فیمكن بذلك تكوین عتبة.الطاقة إلى ما دون طاقتھا لغایة ان تكون كل منھال تباطؤعملیات ال من خالل الناتجةت دااالرتداو كارلو كون ان البرنامج ھو خوارزمیة مونتيول حسابات مفصلة عن الطاقة المنقولة الى كل ذرة من ذرات ھدف التصادم. .ایضا اإللكترونیة التوقف عملیةعلى مل، ویشت كولومغالف جھدفیھ م ستخدی برنامج إحصائي في طبیعتھ البرنامجفان عند تغییر للنیكل بوساطة ایونات بالزما الزینون في حسابات حاصل الترذیذ trimفي ھذا البحث استخدم برنامج معلمات وكذلك تغییر ، ھاسقوط، وزاویة لالیونات القاصفة الطاقة الحركیةالترذیذ مثل ھم في عملیةاأل معلمات اإلدخال 158 | physics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 وكذلك مالحظة التغییرات الطفیفة في طاقة ربط للھدف كتلیةكثافة الوال السطحطاقة ربط بثبوت كل من الھدف مثل العمق . السطح على حاصل الترذیذ بثبوت سمكھ وثبوت معامالت ایونات البالزما الساقطة النظریة مما سطح النیكل،الساقطة وتصادم بین األیونات سیحدث ، رقیق من النیكل لسطحالزینون أیوناتقصف حزمة من عند ] 7[ ویعرف حاصل الترذیذ. المواد إزالة كفایة في وصف وبشكل عام یستعمل حاصل الترذیذ. الترذیذ ظاھرةیؤدي إلى :لنسبة عدد الذرات المزالة الى عدد الجسیمات القاصفة اإلحصائيمتوسط ال بأنھ 𝑌 = atoms removed incident particle (1) عوامل ال كل في حین ان الساقطة عدد الجسیمات یتناسب مع المزالة ذرات یفترض أن عدد حاصل الترذیذ ن تعریفإ ، فان ذلك یؤدي 𝜃0 سقوط وزاویة 𝐸0 بطاقة تقذف یونات، وان حزمة االصلبة وحیث ان الھدف مادة ثابتة.تبقى األخرى الھدفمن ذرات ذرة ان. ]8الھدف عند اھمال االثارة االلكترونیة للھدف [ المرنة مع ذرات ماتالتصاد سلسلة من الى .خرىاأل ذراتلل ارتداد حركةیمكن أن تسبب لالتصادم و من عملیة الطاقة حصولھا على بعد ارتداد حركةب ستقوم ذرات التي ال بعض حركة إذا كان اتجاه. فیون الساقطاأل مسار حول التصادم للذرات حركاتمن سلسلة، سیتم تكوین ولذلك قادرة على أنھا تكونف السطح طاقة الربط أكبر من الحركیة الطاقة، وإذا كانت باتجاه السطح الصلب تقوم بالحركة المتسلسة من ثم یحصل الترذیذ. السطح و التغلب على قیود بالحركة الذرات الالزمة لقیام الطاقة. ان المتسلسة حركةالمت ذرات عدد تتناسب مع حاصل الترذیذ قیمة من الواضح أن الساقطة. األیوناتب حاصل الترذیذ یرتبط، لذلك األیون الساقط تكون على حساب خسائر الطاقة من المتتالیةالمتسلسة في الدالة اإللكترونیةقدرة التوقف تأثیر اھمال بحیث یمكن ، قلیلة طاقة األیوناتتكون بشكل عام في عملیة الترذیذ ، 𝐹𝐷(𝑥, 𝐸, 𝜃) .سطح التصادم على، سیتم االخذ بنظر االعتبار الترذیذ لعملیة النوى بین مرنة التصادم ولما كانت عملیة التعبیر عن، یمكن أیضا لذلك. الترذیذ الھدف قبل سطح قیود التغلب علىالمرتدة یجب علیھا أن الذرات وھذا یعني، الھدف :]8[ حاصل الترذیذ 𝑌(𝐸0, 𝜃0) = λ𝐹𝐷(0, 𝐸0, 𝜃0) (2) المعادلة عنیعبر سطح.ربط ال مثل طاقة بممیزات الھدف، فقط ویرتبط، مادة الھدف ب ھو عامل یرتبط λان إذ 𝐹𝐷(𝑥, 𝐸0, 𝜃0) 8[ في الحسابات العددیة[: 𝐹𝐷(0, 𝐸0, 𝜃0) = 𝛼𝑁𝑆𝑛(𝐸0) (3) مابین كتلة الھدف المقصوف للنسبة الكتلیة الذي یكون دالة، عامل التصحیح ھي 𝛼للھدف، و ذریةال كثافةال ھي 𝑁ان إذ 𝑀2 الى كتلة الجسیم المقذوف 𝑀1⁄ وان السقوط االولیةزاویة وال ،𝑆𝑛(𝐸0) لذلك . النوويوقف ھي المقطع العرضي للت :]8[ الترذیذ حاصل وصف یمكن 𝑌(𝐸, 𝜂) = λ𝛼𝑁𝑆𝑛(𝐸0) (4) اذ ، النووي وقف، یمكن استعمال المقطع العرضي للتدقیق لحاصل الترذیذ حساب من أجل ھي معلمة عامة للطاقة. 𝜂ان إذ ]8[ المعادلةب 𝑆𝑛(𝐸 )تعطى 𝑆𝑛(𝐸 ) = 8.462 𝑍1𝑍2 (1+𝑀2 𝑀1⁄ )�𝑍1 0.23+𝑍2 0.23� 𝑆𝑛(𝜀) [10−15 ev ∙ cm2] (5) الطاقة ھي 𝜀ان ھما االعداد الذریة لكل من الجسیم الساقط ومادة الھدف المقصوفة على التوالي، و 𝑍2و 𝑍1ان إذ ]8[ تعطى بالمعادلةالتي ، المختزلة 𝜀 = 32.53𝑀2𝐸 𝑍1𝑍2(1+𝑀2 𝑀1⁄ )�𝑍1 0.23+𝑍2 0.23� (6) لحزمة من االیونات النووي. المقطع العرضي حد االنخفاض في 𝑆𝑛(𝜀)وان ، kevھي 𝐸الساقط لألیون الطاقة ان وحدة 𝜀طاقتھا ≤ ]8[ المعادلةب فانھا توصف 30 𝑆𝑛(𝜀) = 0.5ln(1+1383𝜀) 𝜀+0.0132𝜀0.21226+0.19593𝜀0.5 (7) النتائج والمناقشة اعتماد حاصل الترذیذ على زاویة السقوط )1( لقد ثبتت زوایا ایونات سقوط آثار زیادة طاقة قصف أیونات الزینون على حاصل الترذیذ للنیكل. )1الشكل (یوضح معتمدا في ذلك على 800القریبة من 𝜙𝑚 زوایا سقوط عندأكبر یكونللنیكل الترذیذ حاصل اناالیونات وغیرت طاقاتھا. قمة حاصل الترذیذ الى زوایا اكبر كما یظھر ذلك زاحتمة طاقة ایونات الزینون فكلما زادت قی طاقة االیونات القاصفة، وھذه الصفة التكون حصرا للنیكل المقصوف بایونات الزینون وانما الھداف اخرى مثل الحدید او البریلیوم من الشكل. 159 | physics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ابق نسبیا نواتج حاصل الترذیذ ولجمیع طاقات ایونات تتط . ]9[ المقصوفان باالیونات خفیفة مثل الھلیوم او الھیدروجین . في الشكل ثبتت 600وتبدأ باالفتراق عند زوایا أكبر من والمتوسطة بعض عند الزوایا سقوط الصغیرةعلى بعضھا الحسابات fittingمالئمة ولجمیع الطاقات المستعملة كانت ایون. 1000وتساوي على الھدف اعداد االیونات الساقطة معطاة بالمعادلة: 𝑦 = 𝑝1𝑧6 + 𝑝2𝑧5 + 𝑝3𝑧4 + 𝑝4𝑧3 + 𝑝5𝑧2 + 𝑝6𝑧 + 𝑝7 (8) ,𝑝1ان إذ 𝑝2, … , 𝑝7 ،قیم ھذه الثوابت حسب طاقات ایونات )1یعطي الجدول (و ھي ثوابت تختلف من منحنى الى اخر .زاویا سقوط ایونات الزینونوھي المتغیر المستقل تمثل بیانات 𝑧 وان الزینون الساقطة على ھدف النیكل. حاصل الترذیذ تأثیر طاقة االیونات الساقطة في )2( یالحظ .ط إذ زوایا سقوط فق وفي ثالث أیونات بالزما الزینونللنیكل على طاقة اعتماد حاصل الترذیذ ) 2الشكل (یظھر بع ومن ثم في الزوایا یزداد حاصل الترذیذ بشكل الخطي لیصل الى حد التش إذتأثیر الزیادة لكل زوایا السقوط من الشكل اعداد وفي حسابات ھذا الشكل ثبتت انھ كلما زادت زوایا السقوط كلما كان حاصل الترذیذ اكبر.و أ باالنخفاض.الكبیرة یبد االتیة: وایا المستعملة الى عالقة المالئمةوتخضع كل منحیات الزایون. 1000 الى االیونات الساقطة 𝑦 = 𝑝1𝑧7 + 𝑝2𝑧6 + 𝑝3𝑧5 + 𝑝4𝑧4 + 𝑝5𝑧3 + 𝑝6𝑧2 + 𝑝7𝑧 + 𝑝8 (9) ,𝑝1ان إذ 𝑝2, … , 𝑝8 ھذه القیم حسب زوایا سقوط )2یبین الجدول (و ھي كالسابق ثوابت تختلف من منحنى الى اخر تمثل بیانات المتغیر المستقل وھي طاقات ایونات الزینون الساقطة. 𝑧وان ، ایونات الزینون ھدف النیكل تأثیر تغییر سمك )3( یبین الشكل من طاقات سقوط ایونات الزینون. تأثیر سمك ھدف النیكل في حاصل الترذیذ ولطاقتین) : 3یظھرالشكل ( االقل من ل الترذیذ عند زیادة سمك ھدف النیكل لیصل اخیرا الى حد التشبع. وفي السمك الصغیر الزیادة الالخطیة لحاص . لكن في الزوایا االكبر من kev 50لك للطاقة اكبر من ت kev 25یكون حاصل الترذیذ لطاقة االیونات الساقطة 200 تخضع للعالقة االتیة: وعملیة المالئمة یة تكون اكبر.طفان الزیادة الالخ 200 𝑦 = 𝑝1𝑧5 + 𝑝2𝑧4 + 𝑝3𝑧3 + 𝑝4𝑧2 + 𝑝5𝑧 + 𝑝6 (10) ,𝑝1ان إذ 𝑝2, … , 𝑝6 قیم ھذه الثوابت لطاقتین من )3یبین الجدول (و ھي كالسابق ثوابت تختلف من منحنى الى اخر تمثل بیانات المتغیر المستقل وھي سمك ھدف النیكل. 𝑧وان ، ایونات الزینون الساقطة حاصل الترذیذ عند تثبیت طاقة ایونات الزینون ولزاویا سقوط االیونات ) : تأثیر سمك ھدف النیكل في4ویظھرالشكل ( شكل تأثیر زیادة زاویة السقوط في لحاصل الترذیذ. وواضح من المختلفة. ان زیادة سمك الھدف تؤدي الى زیادة الخطیة تخضع للعالقة االتیة: المالئمةوعملیة یزداد حاصل الترذیذ بزیادة زاویة السقوط لكل سمك مستعمل. إذحاصل الترذیذ ، 𝑦 = 𝑝1𝑧5 + 𝑝2𝑧4 + 𝑝3𝑧3 + 𝑝4𝑧2 + 𝑝5𝑧 + 𝑝6 (11) ,𝑝1ان إذ 𝑝2, … , 𝑝6 قیم ھذه الثوابت لزاویتین من زوایا 4ویبین الجدول ( ھي كالسابق ثوابت تختلف من منحنى الى اخر ( تمثل كالسابق بیانات المتغیر المستقل وھي سمك ھدف النیكل. 𝑧وان ، السقوط تأثیر تغییر طاقة ربط سطح للنیكل )4( تحلیل أثر التغیرات لنا تسمح ھذه الدراسةحاصل الترذیذ. زیادة ونقصان طاقة ربط السطح في تأثیر ) 5یوضح الشكل ( طاقة ربط السطح ةوقیم، عملیة الترذیذقلب منھذه المعلمة ھي ان . ترذیذال على حاصل السطحطاقة ربط فيالصغیرة . )ev 4.46لكل من الرسوم السابقة كانت طاقة ربط السطح المستعملة ھي ( تقدیر.ال ةفي بعض األحیان صعبتكون اعداد ایونات الزینون ونالحظ التناسب العكسي لحاصل الترذیذ مع زیادة طاقة ربط السطح. ویظھر الشكل ایضا تأثیر حاصل الترذیذ. الساقطة على الھدف تؤدي الى نقصانان زیادة اعداد االیونات إذالساقطة اتاالستنتاج ف من مادة النیكل عند قصفھ دھلحاصل الترذیذ لدراسة trim المحاكاة ت حسابات ھذا البحث باستعمال برنامجذنف فضال عن الھدف لرؤیة كیفیة تأثیرھا فيوتمت تغییر معلمات الدخل لحزمة االیونات الساقطة یونات بالزما الزینون. أب لقد وجدنا في ھذه الدراسة ان افضل زوایا سقوط لھذه االیونات ھي عندما تكون قریبة من زاویة .نواتج حاصل الترذیذ حاصل الترذیذ ذلك درسنا تأثیر سمك الھدف في. كطاقة االیونات الساقطة كان حاصل الترذیذ اكبروانھ كلما زادت 800 مقارنة مع تلك الصغیرة عند تغییر كل من طاقات االیونات الساقطة یحصل لھ اشباع عند االسماك الكبرىوان االخیر حاصل الترذیذ. وھذه الطاقة حساسة جدا ، فأي خطأ فیھا یؤدي رس كذلك تأثیر طاقة ربط السطح فيوزاویا سقوطھا. ود الى نواتج حاصل الترذیذ تكون خاطئة. 160 | physics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المصادر 1. lucille,a. giannuzzi and fred,a. stevie (2005) introduction to focused ion beams: instrumentation, theory, techniques, and practice. springer. 2. moshfegh,a. z. (2009) ,sputtering deposition: physics and technology,3rd international workshop on physics and technology of thin films. 3. sigmund,p. (1969) theory of sputtering. i. sputtering yield of amorphous and polycrystalline target”, physical review, (148), (2), 383 416 4. gillen,d. r.; graham,w.g. and goelich,a. (2002),“sputtering of copper atoms by kev atomic and molecular ions: a comparison of experiment with analytical and computer based models” nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b 194 , 409– 416 5. kirk,a. zoerb (2007) ,differential sputtering yields of refractory metals by ion bombardment at normal and oblique incidences, m. sc thesis, colorado state university. 6. ziegler,j. f.; biersack j. p. and ziegler,m. d. (2012) ,srim: the stopping and range of ions in matter, lulu. com. 7. nakles m. r.; (2004), experimental and modeling studies of low-energy ion sputtering for ion thrusters, m. sc thesis, virginia polytechnic institute and state university. 8. guping d.; tingwen x. and yun l. (2012) preferential sputtering of ar ion processing sio2 mirror, aomatt, the 6th spie international symposium on advanced optical manufacturing and testing technologies. 9. ono t.; ono m.; shibata k.; kenmotsu t.; li z. and kawamura t. (2012) ,calculation of sputtering yield with obliquely incident light-ions (h+, d+, t+, he+) and its representation by an extended semi-empirical formula”, research report nifs-data series, national institute for fusion science. ) حسب طاقة ایونات الزینون الساقطة على الھدف1) المرسومة في الشكل (8ثوابت معادلة المالئمة (: ) 1جدول ( kev( 𝑝1 𝑝2 𝑝3 𝑝4 𝑝5 𝑝6 𝑝7( الطاقة 40 −1.5513 −3.6373 0.11784 5.9211 11.983 19.37 21.463 50 −2.1514 −4.4549 1.8011 8.6231 12.412 18.979 21.69 60 −1.6975 −4.3018 0.72974 9.8931 14.532 17.805 20.682 ) حسب زوایا سقوط االیونات على الھدف2) المرسومة في الشكل (9ثوابت معادلة المالئمة (: ) 2جدول ( 𝑝1 𝑝2 𝑝3 𝑝4 𝑝5 𝑝6 𝑝7 𝑝8 الزاویة 50 0 0.2847 −0.5461 −0.49291 1.0573 0.95765 −2.4679 0.34427 26.601 600 0.0285 −0.8929 0.79087 1.9002 −0.50398 −4.5252 2.4638 39.353 700 1.1732 −0.3166 −5.0621 −0.71442 8.4413 −3.7096 4.4122 55.994 ) حسب طاقة ایونات الزینون الساقطة على الھدف 3) المرسومة في الشكل (10ثوابت معادلة المالئمة (: ) 3جدول ( ) الطاقة kev) 𝑝1 𝑝2 𝑝3 𝑝4 𝑝5 𝑝6 25 0.2448 −0.97996 1.1118 −0.18605 −0.039043 34.46 50 −0.0497 −0.45418 2.2394 −3.0764 2.1733 40.515 ) حسب زوایا سقوط االیونات على الھدف4) المرسومة في الشكل (11معادلة المالئمة ( ثوابت: ) 4جدول ( 𝑝1 𝑝2 𝑝3 𝑝4 𝑝5 𝑝6 الزاویة 600 −0.0497 −0.45418 2.2394 −3.0764 2.1733 40.515 700 −0.23897 −1.2409 3.4944 −2.5191 3.3244 59.426 161 | physics http://www.google.iq/search?hl=ar&tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=bibliogroup:%22research+report+nifs-data+series%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=2 úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 حاصل الترذیذ فيتأثیر زوایا السقوط :)1شكل ( ): اعتماد حاصل الترذیذ على طاقة االیونات الساقطة2شكل ( 162 | physics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 حاصل الترذیذ لطاقات مختلفة من حزم ایونات بالزما الزینون تأثیر سمك الھدف في :)3شكل( حاصل الترذیذ لزوایا سقوط مختلفة ) : تأثیر سمك الھدف في4شكل ( 163 | physics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 حاصل الترذیذ مادة النیكل في ثیر طاقة ربط سطح) : تأ5شكل ( 164 | physics úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 theoretical calculations for sputtering yield of nickel surface hitted by xenon plasma ions duraid h. younis dept. of physics /college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 18february 1013 , accepted in : 10june 2013 abstract extended calculations for sputtering yield through bombed nickel – target by xenon ions plasma are accomplished. the calculations include changing the input parameters: the energy of xenon ions plasma, the hit target angle of nickel target, thickness of the nickel target layer, and the slight change in the surface binding energy of nickel. the program trim is used to accomplish these calculations. the results show that the sputtering yields directly dependent on these parameters. the change in angles of incidence plasma ions and energy leads to a significant change in the sputtering yields. on the other hand, the sputtering yields ore highly affected by changing target width and surface binding energy at fixed ion parameters. keywordssputtering process, trim program, plasma xenon ions, nickel 165 | physics conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 29 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 satellite images fusion using modified pca substitution method hameed majeed abduljabbar dept. of physics/college of education for pure sciences/( ibn al haitham) university of baghdad received in:10/may/2016 ، accepted in :31/august/2016 abstract in this paper, a new tunable approach for fusion the satellite images that fall in different electromagnetic wave ranges is presented, which gives us the ability to make one of the images features little superior on the other without reducing the general resultant image fusion quality, this approach is based on the principal component analysis (pca) fusion method. a comparison made is between the results of the proposed approach and two fusion methods (they are: the pca fusion method and the projection of eigenvectors on the bands fusion method), and the comparison results show the validity of this new method. key words: fusion, pca, eigenvectors, substitution. physics | 30 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction remote sensed images play a great deal in the earth resources and monitoring. due to the variety of sensors that are carried on the satellites, which rise a problem of analysis of the huge amount of data that are acquired through these sensors. one of the effective methods to analysis is through fusion techniques, in which two or more images (bands) are fused to create single gray scale image that catty the information of these images. the side effect of the fusion process is that some of information of the fused image are lost compared with final product, therefore, the effective fusion techniques are these that keep a balance (or an almost balance) portion of information of the fused images into the final product. [1] fusion techniques can be classified mainly into two kinds, fusion of low spatial resolution multispectral satellite image with high spatial resolution one band satellite image to produce high spatial resolution multispectral image. this technique is well known and there is sufficient of literature published about it. [2] the second kind of fusion technique is the fusion of two satellite image which belongs to two different portions of the electromagnetic spectral rang, which usually came with dramatically different information (inconsistent or complementary information), beside that the statistics of the image which are also differ. [3] acquiring images from different sensors that work in two different portions of electromagnetic wave range that produce distinct images for the same scene, in which, they may contain different information or features. for example, if we use two sensors one work in the radar waves and the second in the visible light, usually, the radar image may contain significant features that are absent in the visible light image, beside that the radar image will be high contrast low details image comparing with the visible light image which will be high details low contrast image. [3] fusing images that differ dramatically in nature (contrast, brightness, standard deviation...), such like fusing radar wave image with visible light image, will produce poor quality images since the high contrast image will dominate on the other. [4] principal component analysis (pca) is one of the techniques that used fuse number of bands to one gray scale image. there are two approaches to fuse these bands [4]: 1. pca of all multi-image data channels. 2. project the eigenvectors (akp for band k and component p) on the bands brightness value (bv) as a loading factor according to the following equation [5]: ∑ the first approach procedure integrates the disparate natures of multi-sensor input data in one gray scale image, and that can be achieved by perfuming the pca transform on the images and take the first principle as the fused image since it represents the common features in the fused images. [4] the second approach tries to remap the brightness value according to the variance of the bands, where the eigenvector is used as a loading factor producing a new representation for the bands brightness for each principle component. [5] the problem with these two methods is that there is no way to tune the fused images to maintain balance the information that combined from these images to produce a single image, or to determine which of the fused images should slightly dominate on the fused image. in this research work, the attention focused on the problem of image fusion in remote sensing: the combination of mages from optical vl, visible near infrared vnir, and sar … (1) physics | 31 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 (synthetic aperture radar) sensors taken for the same scene on the earth’s surface to achieve better information-extraction capabilities over features of interest in the observed scene. the proposed fusion algorithm to provide a new fusion method of better quality fusion performance, with a capability of tuning the fusion process to make one of the fused bands features slightly higher than the other, this paper introduces a new fusion method based on the pca analysis. to apply pca transform on one band only, a new procedure is proposed in which one band (usually the band with high resolution) is expanded to three bands as a vector using scaling factors, one of the scaling factors must be equal to one  then decompose the new three bands using the pca and replace the second and third components together and leave the first component intact then restore the fused image by applying the inverse for the pca transform and the band of scaling factor equal to one considered as fusion image, (see figure 1). to fuse different bands that differs dramatically in the wavelength (like vl with sar and vl with vnir), it is preferably to use the correlation matrix in the pca analysis, because it gives each band a unit of variance so that none of the bands features would dominate on the other in the resultant fused image. using this procedure will give the band features, that decomposed using the scale factors, little superiority on the other without reducing the features in the band that substituted instead of the second and third component, this superiority for the decomposed band came from the fact that the major information is in the first component of the pca analysis since we kept it for the decomposed band therefore its feature will be more apparent than the features of the substituted band. experiment results the proposed method had been validated by fusing three images for the same location, which represents baghdad international airport, one of them is taken in microwave band (advance synthetic aperture radar asar) by envisat satellite and the two other images fall in the optical range, see table 1. even the two optical images, but one of them is taken at 7:45:31 am by irc-1c in the winter (2001:12:7) where the sun raise at that day is at 6:52 am therefore the image contains thermal information more than the optical since the ground is stile cold and the mineral material becomes hotter; while the second image is taken at 3:41:51 pm by ikonos and since this image taken in the afternoon where the surface of the ground have equal temperature therefore it has no thermal information and it represents a pure visible reflection information. for that the irc-1c image in this research will be considered and will be referred to as vnir and the ikonos image will be referred to as vl. since the three images differ in the spatial resolution. at first we registered these three images accurately with root mean square error less than half pixel. to validate the proposed algorithm, it had been applied to fuse different images. firstly by fusing the vl with vnir, once, where the vl image expand to three bands to make its features little superior over the vnir image, and once the vnir image expand to three bands to make its features little superior over the vl image, and secondly by fusing the vl with asar, once where the vl image expand to three bands to make its features little superior over the asar image, and once the asar image expand to three bands to make its features little superior over the vl image, the value of scaling factor αi is chosen as (1, 0.5 and 0.25). the results are compared with the two fusion method mentioned in section 1, that is validated to fuse two images (the second and third method). … (2) physics | 32 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 to make a subjective comparison beside the visual comparison, and to force the comparison to be between the images details (high frequency) in order to reduce the error that came from the differences in the images brightness, the images were eliminated from their mean, then the snr was calculated for the zero mean images. the result of comparison of the fused images produced by applying the different method on fusing the vl with vnir and vl with asar, which are shown in tables 2 and 3. figures 2 & 3 show the fused results were produced by applying the above methods to fuse vl with vnir and vl with asar, where sub images (a) and (b) are the original images, vl and (vnir/asar) images respectively, sub image (c) shows the result of fusing the two images using band expanding (vnir/asar superior to vl), while sub image (d) shows the result of fusing the two images using band expanding (vl superior to vnir/asar), sub image (e) shows the result of applying the first principle fusing method and sub image (f) shows the result of fusion method projecting (remapping) the eigenvector values on the bands. what should be mentioned is that in the first principal fusion method the negative process had been applied to the resultant image. conclusion the results (table 2 & 3) of applying the proposed approach and compare their results with two standard fusing methods, show that the proposed fusion method produce better fusing images quality than the method of projecting the eigenvector on bands, while the mean of the fusing image quality of the proposed method is higher than the result of taking the first principle fusion method but with advantage of tenability. as shown in the results when we make one of the images superior the degradation in the other image features is small (about 2 db) comparing with the superior image. the new fusion method validated using different images that differ in their images features (texture, contrast, and brightness), which make this method more reliable to fuse images independent on the differences between images features. references 1. fatone l.; mapni, p. and zirilli, f. (2002), 'data fusion and nonlinear optimization', from siam news, 35, 1. 2 . li, s., kwok, j.t. and wang, y. (2002), 'using the discrete wavelet frame transform to merge landsat tm and spot panchromatic images', information fusion journal, 3, 17-23. 3. pavel, m. and sharma, r.k. (1997),'model-base sensor fusion for aviation', spie, 3088, 169-176. 4 . pohl, c. and van genderen, j. l. (1998), 'review article: multisensor image fusion in remote sensing concepts, methods and applications', int. j. remote sensing, vol. 19, 5, 823854. 5 . jensen, r. j (1986), 'introductory digital image processing', 2 nd edition, prentice-hall, new jersey. physics | 33 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table( 1) the characteristics of the test images satellite spectral coverage spatial resolution radiometric resolution frame size date time irc-1c 0.5-0.90 5.5 8 900x650 2001:12:7 07:45:31 ikonos 0.45-0.90 1 8 3450x4600 2003:04:02 15:41:51 envisat hh vv vv/hh 30 8 4249x4386 2003:2:24 12:12:42 table( 2) the snr of the zero mean results vl with vnir fusion method zero mean snr (db) to sar to vl first principle fusion 10.3 10.3 eigenvectors projection on bands fusion 5.9 7.3 band expanding (vl superior on vnir) 9.5 11.1 band expanding (vnir superior on vl) 12.1 8.8 table( 3) the snr of the zero mean results of fusing vl with asar fusion method zero mean snr (db) to sar to vl first principle fusion 4 4.6 eigenvectors projection on bands fusion 2.7 3.9 band expanding (vl superior on asar) 3.9 4.4 band expanding (asar superior on vl) 7 2.3 physics | 34 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 expanding using scaling factor αi convert to vectors perform the pca perform the inverse pca take the image of αi=1 convert to vector replace the components 2 & 3 band 1 fused image band 2 figure (1) the proposed method to fuse two images belong to different electromagnetic wave bands by expanding one of them to three bands using scaling factors. physics | 35 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (2) image of airport taken by two different satellites; (a) via ikonos; (b) via irs-1c; (c) fused image by band expansion (vnir superior to vl); (d) fused image by band expansion (vl superior to vnir); (e) fused image by taking the first component; (f) fused image by projecting the eigenvector on bands. (a) (b) (e) (f) (d) (c) physics | 36 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (3) image of airport taken by two different satellites; (a) via ikonos; (b) via envisat; (c) fused image by band expansion (asar superior to vl); (d) fused image by band expansion (vl superior to asar); (e) fused image by taking the first component; (f) fused image by projecting the eigenvector on bands. (a) (b) (e) (f) (d) (c) physics | 37 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 صهر انصور انفضائية بوساطة تحويم انمركبات األساس انمعدل بانطريقة االبدانية حميد مجيد عبد انجبار / جاهعت بغذاد (ابي الهيثن )كليت الخزبيت للعلىم الصزفت قسن الفيزياء/ 6102/اب/10قبم في : , 6102/ ايار/01:استهم في انخالصة قابلت للخعذيل ألجل صهز الصىر الفضائيت الخي حقع ضوي هذياث هخخلفت هي طيف ةفي هذا البحث طزيقت جذيذ الصىر حخفىق بشكل قليل علً األخزي هي غيز اى ياالشعت الكهزوهغٌاطيسيت، والخي حعطيٌا االهكاًيت لجعل خصائص أحذ وزكباث األساسيت. حن اجزاء هقارًت حخذًً ًىعيت الصىر الٌاحجت هي االًصهار بشكل عام، هذٍ الطزيقت حسخٌذ إلً ححىيل ال وطزيقت اسقاط القين الذاحيت يتبيي ًخائج الطزيقت الوقخزحت وطزيقخي دهج أخزي )والخي هي: طزيقت ححىيل الوزكباث األساس علً الحزم(، وبيٌج ًخائج الوقارًت صحت الطزيقت الجذيذة. .الذاحيت، االبذاليتالوخجهاث : صهز، ححىيل الوزكباث األساس، انكهمات انمفتاحية conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 285 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 beauveriab وmetarhizium anisopliae m رأثيز انفطزيٍ دراسخ assiana v و انًجيذicon في االدوار انيزقي وانعذري وانجبنغبد نهذثبثخ musca domestica l انًنزنيخ ونيذ اثزاهيى غزيت عهي يكي حًذ عجذ عبٓؼخ ثـساز, ٤ًِخ اُعضاػخ ,هؽْ ٝهب٣خ اُ٘جبد 2016حزيزاٌ 28, قجم في: 2016شجبط 21اسزهى في: انخالصخ ك٢ metarhizium anisopliae. m ٝbeauvaria bassiana.v ُزو٣ْٞ كؼب٤ُخ اُلطط٣ٖ خأعط٣ذ ٛصٙ اُسضاؼ رحذ ظطٝف خ٤ُؼصاضٟ ٝاُجبُـبد ُِصثبثٚ أُ٘عُا٤ُطهبد ٝاظس iconأٌُبكحخ اُح٣ٞ٤خ ٝٓوبضٗزٜب ٓغ أُج٤س اُحشط١ أُرزجط ٝهس ث٤٘ذ اُ٘زبئظ ػسّ ٝعٞز اذزالكبد ٓؼ٣ٞ٘خ ٝاظحخ ك٢ ٗؽت أُٞد اُزطا٢ًٔ ث٤ٖ اُزط٤ًع أُٞص٠ ُِٔج٤س icon ٞٛٝ6.2 ؿْ/ُزط ٝأُج٤س اُلطط١m. anisopliae (10 11 اذزالف ٓؼ١ٞ٘ ك٢ ٗؽت أُٞد ( ك٢ ح٤ٖ ٝعس 2× ػ٘س اُزط٤ًع ٗلؽٚ ًٝبٗذ ٗؽجخ أُٞد اُزطأًـ٢ b .beanvaniaٝكطط m.anisopliae طا٢ًٔ ث٤ٖ أُج٤س اُلطط١اُز ؼبػخ ػ٠ِ اُزٞا٢ُ 96% ُالغٞاض ا٤ُطه٤خ ٝاُؼصاضٟ ٝاُجبُـبد ثؼس 95, 80, 100هس ٝصِذ ا٠ُ m. anisopliaeُِلطط b.bassiana (10ٓوبضٗٚ ٓغ ٗؽت أُٞد اُزطا٢ًٔ ُلطط 11 ؼبػٚ ػ٠ِ 96% ثؼس82.5, 70, 77.5ُز٢ ثِـذ ( ا2× % 100رأص٤طاً ًج٤طا ك٢ اُطٞض ا٤ُطه٢ ٝاُجبُـبد إش ثِـذ ٗؽجخ أُٞد اُزطا٢ًٔ ُِطٞض٣ٖ iconاُزٞا٢ُ.ث٤٘ٔب اظٜط أُج٤س 96ثؼس % ك٢ ٛصا اُطٞض5ؼبػخ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ُْٝ ٣ظٜط أُج٤س رأص٤طا ًج٤طا ك٢ اُطٞض اُؼصض١ إش ثِـذ ٗؽجخ أُٞد 24ثؼس ؼبػخ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ٝضثٔب ٣ؼٞز شُي ا٠ُ غج٤ؼخ اُؼصضاء اُز٢ ال رزـصٟ ًٔب ك٢ ا٤ُطهبد ٝاُجبُـبد. , أُج٤س beauveria bassiana, اُلطط metarhizium anisopliaاُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ, اُلطط: انًفزبحيخكهًبد ان icon ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 286 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انًقذيخ كبألٗٞاع [1]ْٛ اٌُبئ٘بد اُح٤خ أُؼطٝكخ ًؼٞآَ ُ٘وَ أُؽججبد أُطظ٤خ ذالٍ ربض٣د اُجشط٣خ أرؼس اُحشطاد ٖٓ ث٤ٖ رؼس ٖٓ اُحشطاد اُطئ٤ؽخ اُز٢ ر٘وَ اُؼسٟٝ l. musca domestica ٓضَ اُصثبثخ أُ٘ع٤ُخ muscidaeاُز٢ رؼٞز ُِؼبئِخ ٝاُس٣سإ protozoaبثخ ُٜب اُوسضح ػ٠ِ ٗوَ أُؽججبد أُطظ٤خ ٓضَ اال٤ُٝبد ٗؽبٕ ٝح٤ٞاٗبد أُعضػخ .ثبُـبد ٛصٙ اُصثُأل helminths ٝاُلطط٣بد fungi ٝاُجٌزط٣بbacteria ٝاُلب٣طٝؼبد ,٣وزطٕ ٗوَ ٛصٙ أُؽججبد أُطظ٤خ ٓغ حسٝس بكخ ٝاُؤبٓخ أُزطأًخ ٝٓٔب ُٜصٙ اُحشطح ث٤ٖ اُح٤ٞاٗبد ٣ٌضط ٝعٞزٛب ك٢ االٓبًٖ اُذ رلزوط ا٠ُ اُ٘ظ outbreakاُـلٞضإ ٣ع٣س ٖٓ ذطٞضرٜب ٛٞ ٝعٞزٛب ك٢ اُج٤ئبد اُز٢ ٣شـِٜب االٗؽبٕ ٝح٤ٞاٗبد أُعضػخ ٖٝٓ صْ رؼس ػبٓالً ضئ٤ؽبً ك٢ ٗوَ . ثبُ٘ظط ُِسٝض اٌُج٤ط اُص١ رؤز٣ٚ ك٢ ٗوَ أُؽججبد أُطظ٤خ ُألٗؽبٕ ٝاُح٤ٞاٗبد ُصا اصجح ٖٓ [2]أُؽججبد أُطظ٤خ ثطآظ أٌُبكحخ ُٜصٙ اُحشطح اُرط٤طح ُزو٤َِ األذطبض اُز٢ رؽججٜب ُألٗؽبٕ ٝاُح٤ٞاٗبد .ٖٝٓ أُج٤ساد اُعطٝض١ رطج٤ن ٌُٞٗٚ ٖٓ ٓج٤ساد اُصحخ اُؼبٓخ إش صجذ إٔ ُٚ رأص٤ط كؼبٍ ظس ٛصٙ iconٛٞ ٓج٤س أُؽزؼِٔخ ك٢ ٌٓبكحخ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ة ٓٔب ٣غؼِٚ أًضط ؼ٤ٔخ ٓوبضٗخ ثبُٔج٤ساد االذطٟ ٓضَ اُحشطح ٝاُص١ ٣ؼٞز ألؼجبة ػس٣سح ٜٓ٘ب اٗرلبض غطزٙ ُِصثب diazinon ٝcypermethrin اُز٢ أظٜطد غطزاً ػب٤ُبً ُجبُـبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ًٔب إٔ ٛصا أُج٤س ٣حون كؼب٤ُخ ػب٤ُخ ٍ اُغطػبد ذبصخ ظس ا٤ُطهبد اُز٢ ٣ٌٖٔ ٓؼبِٓزٜب ثبُٔج٤س ك٢ ث٤ئخ ٓحسزح ٓضَ كعالد اُح٤ٞاٗبد ٝحب٣ٝبد اُؤبٓخ ثأؼزؼٔب [ 3] اُٞاغئخ ٝٛصا أ٣عب ثؼٌػ أُج٤ساد اُطبضزح اُص١ ٣زطِت اؼزرسآٜب عطػبد ػب٤ُخ إ اؼزؼٔبٍ اٌُبئ٘بد اُح٤خ ك٢ ٓغبٍ ٌٓبكحخ االكبد ٛٞ ٖٓ االرغبٛبد اُحس٣ضخ اُز٢ رحظ٠ ثٌض٤ط ٖٓ االٛزٔبّ ك٢ اُٞهذ اُطاٖٛ ٣ٝؼٞز شُي االٛزٔبّ أُزعا٣س ثزِي اٌُبئ٘بد ا٠ُ رٞاكوٜب ٓغ اُج٤ئخ ٝصحخ األٗؽبٕ اُص١ أزضى ذطط أُج٤ساد زض ٤ٓبٙ اُشطة ًصُي ك٢ٜ ٓزٞاكوخ ٓغ ػسز ٖٓ ٝؼبئَ أٌُبكحخ أُزٔبصِخ اُز٢ رزطِت ا٤ٔ٤ٌُب٣ٝخ ٝٝصُٜٞب ا٠ُ ؿصائٚ ٝٓصب ررصصب ك٢ اُوزَ ًٔب ٣جو٠ رٞغٜ٘ب ك٢ ٓؼظْ اُج٤ئبد أُطِوخ ثٜب ُزؼط٢ ظبثطبً غج٤ؼ٤بً ُؼسز ٖٓ ا٥كبد ٝػبٓالً اؼبؼ٤بً [4]ُزلع٤ِٜب ػ٠ِ ٝؼبئَ أٌُبكحخ االذطٟ [ ٝ رص٤ت اٗٞاػبً ٓرزِلخ ٖٓ 5اُح٤خ اُسه٤وخ شاد اٌُلبءح اُؼب٤ُخ ك٢ أٌُبكحخ االح٤بئ٤خ ]رؼس اُلطط٣بد ٖٓ اٌُبئ٘بد اُحشطاد ٝرٔزبظ ٛصٙ أُؽججبد ثأٜٗب رؽجت اصبثبد ٤ٔٓزخ ٣ٌٜٝٔ٘ب ر٘ظ٤ْ أُغزٔغ اُطج٤ؼ٢ ُِحشطاد إش رٞعس ك٢ اُطج٤ؼخ رزِق اُلطط٣بد ك٢ غط٣وخ اصبثزٜب ُِحشطاد [ ٝر6حبُخ ٓطاكوخ ث٤ٖ اُلطط٣بد ٝٓرزِق اٗٞاع اُحشطاد ]1800حٞا٢ُ ػٖ أُؽججبد أُطظ٤خ االذطٟ ًبُجٌزط٣ب ٝاُلب٣طٝؼبد ٝ ٣ٌٜٔ٘ب اذزطام عساض عؽْ اُحشطح ٖٓ أُ٘بغن اُطه٤وخ ٓضَ اُغٞاٗت ٝٓ٘بغن ث٤ٖ اُحِوبد اُجط٤٘خ ٝاُلزحبد اُز٘لؽ٤خ صْ رسذَ رغ٣ٞق عؽْ اُحشطح ٝرٜبعْ االٗؽغخ أُرزِلخ ٝرؽزٔط ٘ٔٞ حز٠ ٣ٔزِئ رغ٣ٞق اُحشطح ثبُـعٍ اُلطط١ ٝاُص١ ٣ؼطهَ ػَٔ االػعبء ٣ٝٞهق زٝضإ اُسّ ٖٝٓ صْ ٓٞد اُحشطح ثبُ ٖٓ اْٛ اُلطط٣بد اُز٢ رص٤ت اُحشطاد إش ٣٘زشط ك٢ ٓرزِق اٗحبء اُؼبُْ ٣ٝmetarhizium anisopliaeؼس اُلطط 7] ] ٞع ٖٓ اُحشطاد ٓضَ االضظخ ٝاُغطاز ٣ٝؽجت ٓطض ٗ 200[ ٣ٝ٘ٔٞ ثشٌَ غج٤ؼ٢ ك٢ اُزطثخ ٣ٝص٤ت ٓب٣وبضة 8] [ ٣ص٤ت اُلطط اُؼبئَ ثؼس إ ٣رزطم اُغساض اُربضع٢ صْ ٣صَ اُزغٞثق 9]green muscardinأُؽٌبضز٣ٖ االذعط أٓب اُلطط [٣10ٞٓبً )حؽت اُ٘ٞع ( ]4-16اُغؽ٢ٔ ٣ٝ٘ٔٞ ٓشٌال اُـعٍ اُلطط١ ٣ٝوّٞ ثأٗزبط اُؽّٔٞ اُز٢ روزَ اُحشطح ثؼس beauveria bassiana ٣ؼس ٓؽججبً ٓطظ٤بً كطط٣بً ُِحشطاد اُز٢ رؽزٞغٖ ثشٌَ غج٤ؼ٢ ك٢ اُزطثخ ٣ص٤ت ٓغٔٞػخ ٝاؼؼخ ٖٓ اُحشطاد اُز٢ روع٢ ععء ٖٓ زٝضح ح٤برٜب ك٢ اُزطثخ . ٣٘ٔٞ ثشٌَ غج٤ؼ٢ ك٢ ع٤ٔغ أٗحبء اُؼبُْ ٣ٝؤصط ًٔزطلَ . ٣ؽزؼَٔ ًٔج٤س كطط١ ظس white muscardineث٤ط ػ٠ِ أٗٞاع ٓرزِلخ ٖٓ أُلص٤ِبد ٣ؽجت ٓطض أُؽٌبضز٣ٖ األ . ٖٓ ٓج٤ساد termites[11]ٝاألضظخ thrips ٝاُضطثػ white flyٝاُصثبثخ اُج٤عبء aphidsا٥كبد ٓضَ أُٖ إش ٣ؼس ٓج٤س حشط١ ٝاؼغ األٗزشبض ٣حز١ٞ ػ٠ِ أُج٤س icon اُصحخ اُؼبٓخ اُشبئؼخ ك٢ اُؽٞم أُح٤ِخ ٛٞ ٓج٤س ا٣ٌٕٞ ؼجٜبُٞصط٣ٖ ٝٛٞ شٝ ٓؼسالد اؼزؼٔبٍ ٓ٘رلعخ ُِوعبء ػ٠ِ اُحشطاد أُعػغخ –اُج٤طٝصط٣ٝس١ ٖٓ اُغ٤َ اُضبُش الٓجسا ٝاُ٘بهِخ ُألٓطاض اُز٢ رؤصط ك٢ صحخ األٗؽبٕ ٝاُح٤ٞإ ٓضَ اُصثبة ٝاُصطاص٤ط ٝؿ٤طٛب ٣ٝؽزؼَٔ ُِوعبء ػ٠ِ اُصثبة ثَ ُألشزؼبٍ ٣صٝة ثؽُٜٞخ ك٢ أُبء ٝصجزذ كؼب٤ُزٚ ك٢ ظطٝف ث٤ئ٤خ [ ٝٛٞ شٝ ضائحخ ؿ٤ط ٗلبشح ٝؿ٤ط هب12زاذَ أُ٘بظٍ ] [ رٜسف 13] deltamethrin ٝetofenproxشٜطاً ٖٓ االؼزؼٔبٍ اصجذ كؼب٤ُخ أًضط ٖٓ 15ٓرزِلخ ,ك٢ ر٘عا٤ٗب ثؼس ِلخ ُِصثبة ك٢ األغٞاض أُرزb. bassianaو m. anisopliaثؼط اُؼعالد أُح٤ِخ ُِلطط٣ٖ رأص٤طاُسضاؼخ ا٠ُ ٓؼطكخ ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 287 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ك٢ ُزحس٣س أٌٓب٤ٗخ اؼزؼٔبٍ احس اُلطط٣بد أُٔطظخ ًجس٣َ ػٖ أُج٤سiconأُ٘ع٢ُ ٝٓوبضٗزٜب ٓغ رأص٤ط أُج٤س اُحشط١ ٌٓبكحخ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ . انًىاد وطزائق انعًم رزثيخ انحشزح يخزجزيبً ٝرٔذ رطث٤خ اُحشطح ُؼسح اع٤بٍ ُِحصٍٞ ػ٠ِ رْ اُحصٍٞ ػَ ٣طهبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٤ُخ ٖٓ ٓؽزؼٔطح رْ اػسزاٛب ٣س٣ٝب ( ؼْ رْ ػَٔ 50*50*40ثبُـبد ٣ٝطهبد ٝػصاضٟ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ زاذَ هلص ٓص٘ٞع ٖٓ اُرشت ٝاُؽِي أُشجي اثؼبزٙ ) ( ؼْ ؿص٣ذ اُجبُـبد ػ٠ِ ٝؼػ ؿصائ٢ 15*15كزحخ عبٗج٤ــخ ٓطثؼـخ رؽٔح ثسذٍٞ ا٤ُس ُِزؼبَٓ ٓغ اُحشطاد اثؼبزٛب ) ؿْ ٖٓ اُؽٌط 250اُح٤ِت ٓغ ؿْ ٖٓ ثبٝزض250( أش رْ ٓعط 1:1ٕ ٖٓ ٓحٍِٞ اُؽٌط ٝاُح٤ِت ث٘ؽجخ )ص٘بػ٢ ٌٓٞ حؽت ؼؼخ ص٘سٝم اُزطث٤خ أٓب ا٤ُطهبد 20َٓ ٖٓ أُبء أُوطط صْ ٝظؼذ ك٢ اغجبم ثزط١ ػسزٛب 250ٝاظ٤ق ا٤ُٜب . [14]كزٔذ رطث٤زٜب ػ٠ِ ٝؼػ ؿصائ٢ غج٤ؼ٢ ٌٕٓٞ ٖٓ كعالد اُر٤ٍٞ metarhizium anisophliaeرْ اُحصٍٞ ػ٠ِ أُؽزحعط اُغبف ُِلطط : iconبد وانًجيذ انحشزي انفطزي عبٓؼخ ثـساز ًٔب رْ اُحصٍٞ –٤ًِخ اُعضاػخ –ٖٓ اُسًزٞض حؽبّ اُس٣ٖ ػجس هللا ٓحٔس االؼزبش أُؽبػس ك٢ هؽْ ٝهب٣خ اُ٘جبد ٝظاضح اُعضاػخ. أٓب –زائطح ٝهب٣خ أُعضٝػبد –ٖٓ اُسًزٞض ؼالّ ػجبغ حؽ٤ٖ beauveria bassianaػ٠ِ ػعُخ كطط اُص٤ـخ اُغع٣ئ٤خ ُِٔج٤س ٢ٛ اُؽ٘ي, -ثـساز –رْ اُحصٍٞ ػ٤ِٚ ٖٓ شطًخ أُوساز٣خ ُِٔج٤ساد ٝأُٞاز اُعضاػ٤خ iconأُج٤س c22h19cif3no3 ك٢ٜ : [15]أٓب اُص٤ـخ اُزط٤ًج٤خ في beauveria bassianaوفطزmetarhizium anisopliaeانفطز رأثيز رخبفيف يخزهفخ يٍ االطىار )انيزقي وانعذري وانجبنغبد( نهذثبثخ انًنزنيخ ك٢ ٣طهبد ٝػصاضٟ ٝثبُـبد اُصثبثخ أُ٘ع٤ُخ رْ رحع٤ط اُؼبُن m.anisopliaeُسضاؼخ رأص٤ط رطا٤ًع ٓرزِلخ ٖٓ اُلطط ُزط ٖٓ أُبء أُوطط ٝٓ٘ٚ أعط٣ذ رربك٤ق ُِحصٍٞ ػ٠ِ اُزطا٤ًع ٝرْ 1ؿْ ٖٓ أُؽزحعط اُغبف ك٢ 1اُلطط١ ثأشاثخ اُضب٢ٗ ثؼس ثأؼزؼٔبٍ شط٣حخ ػس اُؽجٞضاد رْ ثؼس شُي رؼط٣ط ا٤ُطهبد ٝاُؼصاضٟ ٝ اُجبُـبد ٖٓ اُغ٤َ حؽبة اُزربك٤ق ؼجٞض/َٓ( ٖٓ ؼجٞضاد اُلطط اُغبكخ .ُٝٔؼطكخ رأص٤ط 2, 2, 2رطث٤زٜب ك٢ أُرزجطا٠ُ اُزطا٤ًع ) صٞا٢ٗ 10َٓ ٖٓ ٓحٍِٞ ػبُن ٛصٙ اُلطط٣بد ك٢ غجن ثزط١ ُٔسح 5ٜٓ٘ب ك٢ 10ػبُن اُلطط ػ٠ِ ا٤ُطهبد رْ رـط٤ػ ؼْ . ٝك٢ ٓؼبِٓخ أُوبضٗخ رْ رـط٤ػ ا٤ُطهبد ك٢ 9جن ثزط١ هططٙ ٝثٔؼسٍ أضثؼخ ٌٓطضاد ٌَُ رط٤ًع .صْ ٗوِذ ا٠ُ غ 0.01tween20[16] ٝظؼذ ًَ ٓغٔٞػخ ٖٓ ا٤ُطهبد زاذَ غجن ثزط١ ٣حز١ٞ ػ٠ِ ؿصاء غج٤ؼ٢ ٌٕٓٞ ٖٓ كعالد. 2 27اُر٤ٍٞ ٓعبكبً ا٤ُٚ أُبء أُوطط ٝٓؼوْ ثبألٝر٤ًِٞق . ٝظؼذ ك٢ اُحبظ٘خ ػ٠ِ 0 غ ٓغ ٓسح ظٞئ٤خ :ظالّ( ؼغِذ اػساز ا٤ُطهبد ٝاُجبُـبد اُز٢ ذطعذ .غجوذ اُرطٞاد ٗلؽٜب اُؽبثوخ ػ٘س ٓؼبِٓخ اُؼصاضٟ )ظٞء12:12 10آب ثبُ٘ؽجخ ُِجبُـبد كوس رْ اذص ُٔؼطكخ ربص٤ط ػبُن اُلطط ك٢ اُؼصاضٟ ٝرْ حؽبة ٗؽجخ ثعٝؽ اُجبُـبد ٖٓ اُؼصاضٟ. ثزؼط٣ط اُحشطاد ثشٌَ ٓجبشط ا٠ُ اُـبظ co2ذسضد ثبؼزؼٔبٍ ؿبظ أ٣بّ , (3-4)ثبُـبد ٖٓ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ثؼٔط صٞا٢ٗ ٝثٞاهغ أضثؼخ ٌٓطضاد ٌَُ ررل٤ق كعالً ػٖ ٓؼبِٓخ 10صب٤ٗخ صْ ٓؼبِٓزٜب ثؼبُن اُلطط٣بد ُٔسح 60أُعـٞغ ُٔسح ُؽٌط ٝٓؽحٞم َٓ( ٣حز١ٞ ػ٠ِ اُـصاء اُص٘بػ٢ إٌُٔٞ ٖٓ ا100اُؽ٤ططح ٝ ٗوِذ ثؼس شُي ا٠ُ ٝػبء ثالؼز٢ٌ٤ )حغْ 25اُح٤ِت صْ اُؿِن اُٞػبء ثوطؼخ ٖٓ هٔبؾ اُزٍٞ ٝضثطذ ثطاثػ ٓطبغ٢ . ٝظؼذ ثسضعخ حطاضح 0 غ اذصد اُج٤بٗبد ًَ . ارجؼذ اُرطٞاد اُؽبثوخ 20tween% ٖٓ اُـ 0.01أ٣بّ .آب ثبُ٘ؽجخ ُٔؼبِٓخ أُوبضٗخ كزْ رـط٤ؽٜب ك٢ 4ؼبػخ ُٔسح 24 ك٢ االغٞاض ا٤ُطه٤خ ٝاُؼصض٣خ ٝاُجبُـبد ُِصثبثخ أُ٘ع٤ُخ.ؼغِذ اُج٤بٗبد ثؼس beauveria bassianٗلؽٜب ُٔؼطكخ رأص٤ط اُلطط ؼبػخ . 24,48,72,96 ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 288 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ( في األطىار انًخزهفخ نهذثبة انًنزني λ-cyhalothrin) iconرأثيز انًجيذ انحشزي ٓرزجط٣بً ٖٓ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ )ا٤ُطهبد ,اُؼصاضٟ ك٢ االغٞاض أُرزِلخ ُِغ٤َ اُضب٢ٗ أُطث٠ iconرْ اذزجبض ربص٤ط أُج٤س ؿْ/ُزط( ػ٠ِ اُٞؼػ اُـصائ٢ أُؤُق ٖٓ )اُؽٌط 6,2ٝاُجبُـبد ( إش رٔذ ٓؼبِٓخ ا٤ُطهبد ٝاُؼصاضٟ ثبُزط٤ًع أُٞص٠ ثٚ ) ٖٓ اُؼصاضٟ ٝٝظغ ًَ ٜٓ٘ب ك٢ غجن ثزط١ ٣حز١ٞ ػ٠ِ ٣10طهبد ٝ 10ٝٓؽحٞم اُح٤ِت( ثؼس رؼو٤ٔٚ ثبألر٤ًِٞق ٗوِذ ؼْ 100ٜٓ٘ب ك٢ ػِجخ ثالؼز٤ٌ٤خ حغٜٔب 10اُٞؼػ أُؼبَٓ . رٔذ ٓؼبِٓخ اُجبُـبد ثٞظغ 3 رحز١ٞ ػ٠ِ هطؼخ هطٖ ؿْ/ُزطرْ حؽبة ا٤ُطهبد ا٤ُٔزخ icon6.2% ٝٓؼبِٓخ ثبُزط٤ًع أُٞص٠ ثٚ ٖٓ ٓج٤س 5ٓ٘وٞػخ ك٢ ٓحٍِٞ ؼٌط١ رط٤ًعٙ ؼبػخ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ثبُٔج٤س ًطضد 96ٖ اُؼصاضٟ أُؼبِٓخ ثؼس ؼبػخ ٝٗؽت ثعٝؽ اُجبُـبد ٓ 24,12,6,4,2,1ٝاُجبُـبد ثؼس 30-28أُؼبِٓخ اضثغ ٓطاد ,اعط٣ذ اُزغطثخ ك٢ ظطٝف أُرزجط زضعخ حطاضح 0 %. 45-40غ ٝضغٞثخ ٗؽج٤خ انزحهيم االحصبئي بعد ياناتالب أدخلت إش crd) )complete randomized designٝكن اُزص٤ْٔ اُؼشٞائ٢ اٌُبَٓاننزبئج رْ رح٤َِ ك٢ ػ٤ِٔخ رح٤َِ genstateاألحصبئ٢ظ اُجطٗبٓ واستعمل [17]ابوت معادلة بوساطة الهالك نسبة تصحيح . (0.05)احتمال مستوى تحتl.s.dمعنوي فرق اقل باستعمال االحصائية الفروق اُ٘زبئظ ,اذزجطد اننزبئج وانًنبقشخ انذثبثخ انًنزنيخ فيm. anisopliaeرأثيز رخبفيف يخزهفخ يٍ انفطز ُالغٞاض ا٤ُطه٤خ ُِصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ثزأص٤ط ػسح رربك٤ق ُِلطط ( أذزالكبد ٓؼ٣ٞ٘خ ث٤ٖ ٗؽت اُٜالًبد1) اُغسٍٝ أظٜط m.anisopliae إش ؼغَ اُزرل٤ق 0.05ثؼس اضثؼخ ا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ثأحزٔبٍ ٓؼ٣ٞ٘خ 11 (ثٞؽ/َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى 2 ( 10% رالٛب اُزرل٤ق100ٓوساضٛب 8 ) كوس ؼغَ ٗؽجخ ×2% ث٤٘ٔب اُزط٤ًع62.5( ثٞؽ /َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب 2 %. 2.5أٓب ٓؼبِٓخ اُؽ٤ططح كوس ؼغِذ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب27.5% ٛالى ٓوساضٛب ) ِٓخ إش ؼغَ اُزرل٤قا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼب 4( إ ٗؽت رضج٤ػ ثعٝؽ اُؼصاضٟ ُِصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ثؼس 2ٝهس ث٤ّٖ اُغسٍٝ ) 11 2 10ث٤٘ٔب ؼغَ اُزط٤ًع %80َٓ ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب 1 (ثٞؽ/ 8 ) % أٓب 57.5(ثٞؽ /َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب 2 % ٝثلطٝم 5أٓب ٓؼبِٓخ اُؽ٤ططح كوس ؼغِذ ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب %47.5كوس ؼغَ ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب ×2اُزط٤ًع ٓؼ٣ٞ٘خ أحصبئ٤بً . ا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ إش 4اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ رز٘بؼت غطز٣بً ٓغ اُزط٤ًع ثؼس ( إ ٗؽت اُٜالًبد ُجبُـبد 3ًٔب أٝظح اُغسٍٝ ) ؼغَ اُزرل٤ق ) 11 10% ث٤٘ٔب ؼغَ اُزرل٤ق92(ثٞؽ/َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب 2 8 ) (ثٞؽ /َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى 2 10% أٓب اُزرل٤ق83ٓوساضٛب 6 أٓب ٓؼبِٓخ اُؽ٤ططح كوس ؼغِذ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب62.5%كوس ؼغَ ٗؽجخ ٛالى 2 % ٣ٝزعح ٖٓ اُغسٍٝ إ رأص٤ط اُؼبُن اُلطط١ ٣ز٘بؼت غطز٣ب ٓغ ٗؽجخ اُٜالى ُجبُـبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ٝاُ٘ز٤غخ ٓوبضثخ 7.5 ًبٕ شا رأص٤ط كؼبٍ ػ٠ِ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ إش ؼغَ ٗؽجخ metarhizium asnisopliaeكطط[اُص١ ث٤ٖ إ 18ُٔب رٞصَ ا٤ُٚ ] . ا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ 6.ذالٍ %100ٛالى ثِـذ في االدوار )انيزقي وانعذري وانجبنغبد( نهذثبثخ انًنزنيخ beauveria bassianaرأثيز رخبفيف يخزهفخ نهفطز ا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ 4( إ٠ُ إ ٗؽت اُٜالًبد ٤ُطهبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ أذزِلذ ٓؼ٣ٞ٘بً ثأذزالف اُزرل٤ق ثؼس 4أشبض اُغسٍٝ ) إش ؼغَ اُزرل٤ق ) beauveria bassianaثؼبُن اُلطط 11 %ث٤٘ٔب ؼغ77.5َ(ثٞؽ/َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب 2 10اُزط٤ًع 8 ) أٓب 40%ٗؽجخٛالى ٓوساضٛب ×2% آب ث٤٘ٔب ؼغَ اُزرل٤ق 52.5(ثٞؽ /َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب 2 % .0ٛالى ٓوساضٛب ٓؼبِٓخ اُؽ٤ططح كوس ؼغِذ ٗؽجخ ا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ثبُلطط 4( إ ٗؽت رضج٤ػ اُجعٝؽ ُجبُـبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ٖٓ اُؼصاضٟ ثؼس 5أٝظح اُغسٍٝ ) beauveria bassiana إش ؼغَ اُزط٤ًع 11) 10% ث٤٘ٔب ؼغَ اُزط٤ًع70( ثٞؽ/َٓ ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب 2 8 ) 2 ) ك٢ ح٤ٖ ؼغِذ ٓؼبِٓخ 40%غَ ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب كوس ؼ ×2 % آب اُزط٤ًع 47.5ثٞؽ /َٓ ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب رط٤ًع اُؼبُن اُلطط١ ٣ز٘بؼت غطز٣ب ٓغ ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ثعٝؽ % ٣ٝزعح ٖٓ اُغسٍٝ إ رأص٤ط 5اُؽ٤ططح ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب ثبُـبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ. beauveriaا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ثؼبُن اُلطط 7( إ ٗؽت اُٜالًبد ُجبُـبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ثؼس 6ًٔب ٝظح اُغسٍٝ ) bassiana ( إش ؼغَ اُزرل٤ق 11 10% ث٤٘ٔب ؼغَ اُزط٤ًع 82.5(ثٞؽ/َٓ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب 2 8 ) ثٞؽ /َٓ (2 آب ٓؼبِٓخ اُؽ٤ططح كوس ؼغِذ ٗؽجخ 52.5%كوس ؼغَ ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب ×2% أٓب اُزرل٤ق 70ٗؽجخ ٛالى ٓوساضٛب % ٣ٝزعح ٖٓ اُغسٍٝ إ رأص٤ط اُؼبُن اُلطط١ ٣ز٘بؼت غطز٣ب ٓغ ٗؽجخ اُٜالى ُجبُـبد اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ . 7.5ٛالى ٓوساضٛب ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 289 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 اُزرل٤ق ) ( ا٠ُ ا7ٕٝأشبض اُغسٍٝ ) 11 % 80أظٜط ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ثعٝؽ اُجبُـبد ثِـذ .anisopliaem( ُِلطط 2 اُزرل٤ق )ث٤٘ٔب اظٜط 11 ٜٓٔبً ك٢ ثعٝؽ رأص٤طاً icon% ,ُْ ٣ظٜط أُج٤س 70ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ b. bassiana ( ُِلطط 2 % ٝٛصا ٣ؼٞز ا٠ُ غج٤ؼخ اُؼصضاء إش ال رزؼطض اُحشطح ك٢ اُسٝض اُؼصض١ ا٠ُ أُج٤س ثشٌَ 5اُجبُـبد إش ثِـذ ٗؽجخ اُزضج٤ػ .ؼٚٓجبشط ػٌػ ا٤ُطهبد ٝاُجبُـبد اُز٢ رٌٕٞ ثزٔبغ ٓجبشط ٓ ( في األطىار انًخزهفخ نهذثبة انًنزني λ-cyhalothrin) iconرأثيز انًجيذ انحشزي % ٌُال اُطٞض٣ٖ 100( إٔ أُج٤س شٝ رأص٤ط هبرَ ك٢ اُطٞض ا٤ُطه٢ ٝغٞض اُجبُـبد إش ؼغَ ٗؽجخ هزَ ٓوساضٛب 1ث٤ٖ اُشٌَ ) ؿْ/ُزط .أٓب ثبُ٘ؽجخ ُِطٞض اُؼصض١ كوس ؼغَ أُج٤س ٗؽجخ رضج٤ػ ٓوساضٛب 6.2ؼبػخ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ثبُزط٤ًع أُٞص٠ ثٚ 24ثؼس ؼبػخ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ . 96% ثؼس 90 .anisopliam( ٝكططλ-cyhalothrin) icon(ػسّ ٝعٞز كطٝم ٓؼ٣ٞ٘خ ث٤ٖ أُج٤س اُحشط١ 2هس ُٞحع ٖٓ اُشٌَ )ٝ ٌُٝبكخ األغٞاض إش b. bassianaٝاُلطط .anisoplaimٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ك٢ ح٤ٖ ُٞحع أذزالف ٓؼ١ٞ٘ ث٤ٖ اُلطط 96ثؼس 92% ُِطٞض ا٤ُطه٢ ك٢ ح٤ٖ ثِـذ ٛصٙ اُ٘ؽجخ anisopliam. 77.5,100ثِـذ اُ٘ؽجخ أُئ٣ٞخ ُِٔٞد اُزطا٢ًٔ ُِلطط % ُِجبُـبد .ًٔب ُٞحع إٔ رضج٤ػ ثعٝؽ اُجبُـبد ثسٝضٛب أذزِق ٓؼ٣ٞ٘بً ث٤ٖ اُلطط٣ٖ أُصًٞض٣ٖ أػالٙ إش رلٞم 82ٝ % ُِلطط٣ٖ ػ٠ِ اُزٞا٢ُ .ٝٛصا ٣سٍ ػ٠ِ كؼب٤ُخ 70ٝ 80ح٤ش ثِـذ ٗؽجخ اُزضج٤ػ .anisoplaimاُلطط هزَ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ.ك٢ .anisoplaimاُلطط انًنبقشخ [ إ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ ٣صبة ثبُؼس٣س 18,19ٓبث٤ٖ ٗزبئظ اُجحٞس أُرزِلخ كوس شًط ] ثبُطؿْ ٖٓ صؼٞثخ ٓوبضٗخ األذزالكبد ٝإٔ ٛصٙ اُلطط٣بد beauveria bassianaٝاُلططmetarhizium anisopliae ٖٓ اُلطط٣بد ك٢ اُطج٤ؼخ ٜٓ٘ب اُلطط % ُِحشطاد 100ٖٓ اًضط أُٔطظبد اُحشط٣خ كزٌب ثبُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ اُجبُؾ ٝهس ُٞحع ٖٓ اُسضاؼخ حصٍٞ ٓٞد ًبَٓ -5% ُِجبُـبد حصَ ك٢ ؿعٕٞ 100[ ا٠ُ حصٍٞ ٓٞد ًبَٓ 20ا٣بّ ٖٓ أُؼبِٓخ ُِصثبة اُجبُؾ, ٝأشبض] 4-5حصَ ثؼس 10ا٣بّ ُِزط٤ًع 4 9 .bassianabاًضط كؼب٤ُخ ٓوبضٗخ ٓغ اُلطط m. anisopliae ّ ًبٕ ازاء اُلططا٣ب 4-5ُِلطط٣ٖ ٝثؼس إ اُزجب٣ٖ ك٢ أُسح اُع٤٘ٓخ ك٢ ٛصٙ اُسضاؼخ ٝٓب أشبض ا٤ُٚ اُجبحضٕٞ اػالٙ ضثٔب ٣ؼٞز ا٠ُ االذزالف .ٗؽت أُٞد ٤ُِطهبدك٢ ٚ ك٢ ٛصٙ اُسضاؼخ .ٝهس رشبثٜذ اُسضاؼخ ٓغ ٓب ك٢ اُؽالالد اُلطط٣خ اُز٢ رْ اؼزرسآٜب ك٢ اُجحٞس اُؽبثوخ ٝٓب رْ اؼزؼٔبُ إش اظزازد ٗؽجخ أُٞد ٓغ روسّ اُٞهذ .ٝشًط .bassianabثبُلطط horn fly[ ػ٘س ٓؼبِٓخ شثبثخ 21أشبض ا٤ُٚ اُجبحش ] حؽبؼخ ُؽالالد ٓرزِلخ ٖٓ rhiphicephalus annulated[إ االغٞاض أُرزِلخ ٖٓ حشطح ؼٞؼخ اُ٘ر٤َ اُحٔطاء 22] ا٠ُ anophelesstephensi[ ا٠ُ حؽبؼ٤خ ثؼٞض 23ٝثشٌَ ٓشبثٚ أشبض ] .m. anisopliae ٝbassianabكطط١ . .bassianabاًضط كؼب٤ُخ ٖٓ اُلطط m. asnisopliaeاُلطط٣ٖ ٝإ اُلطط انًصبدر 1. mihaljevic , f.; falesevus , j.; bezjak , bezjak, b. and myamnac, b.(1996). special . clinical infectiologic . jumena. zagreb, 488. 2.graczy, k.; knight, r.; gilman, r. h. and cranfield, m.r. (2001).the role of nonbiting flies in the epidemiology of human in . fections disease. microbes. 2001, 3(3):1231-1235. 3. khalequzzaman, m. and khanom, m. (2000). effect of neem (azadirachtaindicaa. juss) leaf extracts on larvae and adults of triboliumcastaneum(herbst).j. bio-sci.8: 83-91. . اٌُضبكخ اُؼسز٣خ الٗٞاع اُصثبة (2009)اُحبط اؼٔبػ٤َ, ا٣بز ٣ٞؼق ,زثسٝة ث٘بٕ ضاًبٕ ٝاُرشبة آبٍ ػجس االُٚ 4. صة ا٠ُ أُصبئس اُالصوخ ك٢ اؼطجَ ذ٤ٍٞ ٗبز١ اُلطٝؼ٤خ ك٢ ٓ٘طوخ اُشالالد ك٢ أُٞصَ .أُغِخ اُؼطاه٤خ أُ٘غ ( ٝهبئغ أُؤرٔط اُؼ٢ِٔ اُربٓػ ,٤ًِخ اُطت اُج٤طط١ عبٓؼخ 20-15) 1,ػسز اظبك٢ 23ُِؼِّٞ اُج٤طط٣خ .أُغِس .رص٤٘غ ٓؽزحعط ٓح٢ِ 2007)ػجس اُطظب .اُرِرب٢ُ ,ٛسٟ ع٤َٔ .ػجٞز,ثؽؼبز ػجس ظ٣س .) اُغ٢ِ٤ٔ,ؼب5٢ٓ..أُٞصَ. .ٓغِخ عبٓؼخ ًطثالء myzapersicaeٌُٔبكحخ حشطح ٖٓ اُرٞخ االذعط beauveria bassiana ٖٓ اُلطط . 124-116:(.3()5اُؼ٤ِٔخ ) 6. jankevica, l.( 2004). ecological associations between entomopathogenic fungi and pest insects recorded in latvia, j. latv. entomol., 41: 60-65. ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 290 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 .أٌُبكحخ اُح٣ٞ٤خ ُٔٔطظبد اُحشطاد .ٓ٘شٞضاد عبٓؼخ 1994اُجبض٢ٗٝ,ٓرٔس اثٞ ٓطزاغ ٝاُحغبظ١ ,ػصٔذ ٓحٔس .7. .635ػٔط أُرزبض ,٤ُج٤ب,صلحخ 8. scholte, e. j.; njiru, b. n.; smallegang, r. c.; takken, w. and knols, b. g. (2003). infection of malaria (anopheles gambiae) and filariasis (culexquinquefasciatus) vectoer with the entomopathogenic fungus metarhiziumanisopliae. malaria j. 2:p29 9. skrobek, a. s.; farooq, a. and tariq, m. ( 2008). destruxinproduction by the entomogenous fungus. metarhiziumanisopliae in insects and factors influencing their degradation. biocontrol.53:361–373. 10. gayathri, g.; balasubramanian, c.; moorth, p. v. and kubendrant, t.( 2010). larvicidal potential of beauveriabassiana. j. biopesticides, 3(1):147151. 11. madelin, m. f.( 1963). diseases caused by hyphomycetous fungi. in e. a. steinhaus. insect pathology: an advanced treatise. 2. academic press, new york. , 233-271. 12. who (world health organization).(1990). cyhlothrin .evironmental health criteria ,99.geneva ,switzerland. 13. curtis, c. f.; yamba, j.m. and wilke, t. j.( 1996). comparison of different insecticides and curtain; medical &veleflnary entomology, 10 1-11. .رأص٤ط اُعـػ االٗزربث٢ ُٔج٤س١ 2009)ٖ ػجس هللا ٝٛطٓع,كط٣بٍ ثٜغذ . )ؼ٤ٔط,صبُح حؽٖ .ٓحٔس , حؽبّ اُس٣ 14. .90-101(:5)40االظ٤ٔ٣ض٤ٞكٞظ ٝاُجطٓضط٣ٖ ك٢ ظ٣بزح ٓوبٝٓخ اُصثبة أُ٘ع٢ُ .ٓغِخ اُؼِّٞ اُعضاػ٤خ اُؼطاه٤خ 15. troiano,j. ;he, l,.wang, a, and goh, k. (2008). environmental chemistryecotoxicity, and fate of lambda-cyhalothrin.rev environ contamtoxicol. 2008;195:71-91. 16 .ebtesam, m. al-olayan. (2013) .evaluation of pathogencity of certain mitosporicascomycetes fungi to th house fly ,muscadomestical.(diptera:muscidae). journal of saudi chemical society 17:97-100. 17.abbott, w.s.(1925).amethodof computing the effectiveness of an insecticide .j.economic entomol.18:265-267. 18. barson, g.; renn, n. and bywater, a. f.(1994). laboratory evaluation of six species of entomopathogenic fungi for control of house fly muscadomestica l, a pest of intensive animal units. j inverter pathol;64:107–113. 19.watson, d.w.; rutz, d. a. and long, s.j. 1996. beauveriabassiana and sawdust bedding for the management of the house fly, muscadomestica (diptera: muscidae) in calf hutches. j bio control. 1996;7:221–227. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=troiano%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=18418954 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=troiano%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=18418954 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=he%20lm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=18418954 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=wang%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=18418954 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=wang%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=18418954 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=goh%20k%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=18418954 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18418954 ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 291 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 20. mishra, s.; kumar, p. and malik, a. (2011). adulticidal and larvicidal activity of beauveriabassiana&metarhiziumanisopliae against housefly, muscadomestica (diptera: muscidae), in laboratory and simulated field bioassays.parasitol res;108(6):1483-1492. 21. miller, j. a. and chamberlain, w. f. (1989).azadirachtin as a larvicide against the horn fly, stable fly, and house fly (diptera: muscidae),j econ entomol. 82(5):1375-8. 22. pirol-kheirabadi, k. h. ; haddadzadeh, h. r.; razzaghi-abyaneh, m;zare, r;ranjbar bahadori, sh.;rahbari, s.;nabian, s and rezaeian, m.( 2007). priliminary study on virulence of some isolates of ofentomopathogenic fungi in different developmental stage of boophilusannulatus in iran: iranian j. vet. res. 62: 113-118. 23. bukhari, a.( 2014).pest status of house fly (muscadomestical.) according to the opinion of community of southern punjab,pakistan .international journal of agriculture and crop. 7(13).1332-1338. في انًىد انززاكًي نالطىار انيزقيخ نهذثبثخ انًنزنيخ metarhizium anisopliae( أثز انًعهق انفطزي نهفطز1جذول ) رحذ ظزوف انًخزجز نهالك انيزقبد % انزخبفيف )ثىغ/يم( ؼبػخ 96 ؼبػخ72 ؼبػخ48 ؼبػخ24 2× 35 * 52 72.5 100 2× 20 32.5 45 62.5 2× 17.5 20 22.5 27.5 control 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 lsd 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.8 مكررات 4*كل رقم في الجدول يمثل معدل في رثجيظ انجزوغ يٍ انطىرانعذري نهذثبثخ انًنزنيخ metarhizium anisopliae( رأثيزانًعهق انفطزي نهفطز2جذول ) سبعخ رحذ ظزوف انًخزجز 96ثعذ % نزثجيظ انعذاري انزخبفيف )ثىغ/يم( ؼبػخ96 2× 80 * 2× 57.5 2× 47.5 lsd 3.8 مكررات 4*كل رقم في الجدول يمثل معدل سبعخ رحذ 96في ثبنغبد انذثبثخ انًنزنيخ ثعذ metarhizium anisopliae( رأثيز انًعهق انفطزي نهفطز3جذول ) ظزوف انًخزجز انجبنغبد% نهالك انزخبفيف )ثىغ/يم( ؼبػخ 96 ؼبػخ72 ؼبػخ 48 ؼبػخ24 2× 5* 50 62.5 92 2× 4.5 35 55 83 2× 2.5 20 32.5 62.5 control 2.5 2.5 7.5 7.5 lsd 2.13 3.3 3.6 4.3 مكررات 4*كل رقم في الجدول يمثل معدل http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21161273 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2600264 ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 292 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 في انًىد انززاكًي نألطىار انيزقيخ نهذثبثخ انًنزنيخ ثعذ beauveria bassianaانًعهق انفطزي نهفطز( أثز 4جذول ) سبعخ رحذ ظزوف انًخزجز 96 انزخبفيف )ثىغ/يم( % نهالك انيزقبد سبعخ 96 سبعخ72 سبعخ48 سبعخ24 2× 27.5* 42.5 67.5 77.5 2× 12.5 22.5 37.5 52.5 2× 7.5 17.5 22.5 40 control 0 0 0 0 lsd 2.43 3.24 3.4 3.6 مكررات 4*كل رقم في الجدول يمثل معدل 96في رثجيظ انجزوغ يٍ انطىرانعذري نهذثبثخ انًنزنيخ ثعذ beauveria bassiana( أثز انًعهق انفطزي نهفطز5جذول ) سبعخ رحذ ظزوف انًخزجز % ُزضج٤ػ اُؼصاضٟ اُزربك٤ق )ثٞؽ/َٓ( ؼبػخ 96 2× 70 * 2× 47.5 2× 40 lsd 3.62 مكررات 4*كل رقم في الجدول يمثل معدل سبعخ رحذ ظزوف 96في ثبنغبد انذثبثخ انًنزنيخ ثعذ beauveria bassiana( أثز انًعهق انفطزي نهفطز6جذول ) انًخزجز % نهالك انجبنغبد انزخبفيف )ثىغ/يم( سبعخ96 سبعخ72 سبعخ48 سبعخ24 2× 5* 50 62.5 82.5 2× 2.5 35 55 70 2× 2.5 20 32.5 52.5 lsd 2.1 3.3 3.6 4.1 ٌٓطضاد 4ًَ ضهْ ك٢ اُغسٍٝ ٣ٔضَ ٓؼسٍ * beauveria وانفطز metarhizium anisopliae انفطزيٍ اننسجخ انًئىيخ نزثجيظ ثزوغ انعذاري ثأسزخذاو( 7جذول) bassiana 10×2)ثبنزخفيف 11 ( سبعخ يٍ انًعبيهخ رحذ ظزوف انًخزجز96غى/نززثعذ ) 6.2ثبنززكيز iconوانًجيذ ( % نزثجيظ انجزوغ يٍ انعذاري انًسزحضز metarhiziumasnisoplie 80* beauveriabassiana 70 icon 5أُج٤س 0 أُوبضٗخ lsd 8.3 مكررات 4*كل رقم في الجدول يمثل معدل ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 293 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 غى/نزز رحذ ظزوف 6.2ثبنززكيز icon( انًىد انززاكًي نيزقبد وثبنغبد انذثبة انًنزني ثأسزخذاو انًجيذ 1) شكم انًخزجز beauveria bassiana( انًىد انززاكًي نيزقبد وثبنغبد انذثبة انًنزني ثأسزخذاو انفطزيٍ 2)م شك 10×2ثبنزخفيف )metarhizium anisopliaeوانفطز 11 غى/نزز ثعذ 6.2ثبنززكيز iconسبعخ ويجيذ 96( ثعذ سبعخ24 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ت و لم ل ية و مئ ال ة سب لن ا ساعة/الزمن الموت التراكمي ليرقات وبالغات الذباب المنزلي مبيد icon بأستخدام اليرقات البالغات 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 iconمبيد b. bassianaفطر m. anisopliaفطر ت و لم ل ية و مئ ال ة سب لن ا عوامل المكافحة اليرقات البالغات ػِّٞ اُح٤بح | 294 2016( ػبّ 3)اُؼسز 28ٓغِخ إثٖ ا٤ُٜضْ ُِؼِّٞ اُصطكخ ٝ اُزطج٤و٤خ أُغِس ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 study the effect of two fungi metarhizium anisopliae m, beauveria bassiana vand the pesticide icon onlarvae, pupa and adult house fly musca domestica l waleed ibrahim gharib maki hamed abd-ali dept. of plant protection , college of agriculture ــuniversity of baghdad received in :21 february 2016 , accepted in: 28 june 2016 abstract a study was conductedto determine thethe effects of two insect pathogenic fungimetarhizium anisopliae and beauvaria bassiana in biological control and comparing, insecticide, icon, on larva , pupa and adults stage of house fly was tested. the results revealed non-significantly superiority differences in the percentages of cumulative death between the recommended concentration of icon and the m.anisopliae(2 × 10 11 ), but the results showed, significant difference in accumulation death between m. anisoplia ( 2 × 10 11 ) and b. bassiana were found at the same concentration, the accumulation death of m.anisoplia reached to 100, 80, 95% for larval, pupa and stage after 96 hours respectively, compared with the accumulation death of b. bassiana ( 2 × 10 11 ), 77.5, 70,82.5%, after 96hours respectively.the pesticide showeda significant impact on the larval and adult as the ratio of the cumulative death reached two phases of 100% after 24 hours of treatment,while the pesticide did not show a significant impact in the pupa stage as mortality rate reached 5% at this stage after 96 hours of treatment, possibly due to the nature of the pupa that do not feed as in the larval and adult. keywords: house fly muscadomestica, metarhizium anisoplia , beauveria bassiana , insecticide icon 119 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وزيت الحبة السوداء على التغيرات النسجية ccl4 تأثير رابع كلوريد الكاربون بالغةالللكبد في الجرذان البيض الغير ذكرى عطا ابراهيم جامعة ديالى ، كليه الرازي، قسم علوم الحياة 2012شباط 26قبل البحث: 2011االول نوناك 12استلم البحث في: الخالصة جية للكبــد. التغيــرات النســ فــيالحبــة الســوداء ) وزيــت ccl4معرفــة تــأثير رابــع كلوريــد الكـاربون ( الحاليــة الدراســةهـدفت الحيوانـــات ، قســمتnorvegicus rattus مــن نــوع جــرذًا مــن الــذكور البــيض غيــر البالغــة فقــط 20اســتخدم فــي البحــث مليلتـــر تحـــت الجلــــد 0.1حقنـــت المجموعـــة االولـــى بالمـــاء المقطـــر بجرعـــة مقـــدارها أربـــع مجـــاميع متســـاوية ، علـــىعشـــوائيًا مــن وزن ml/100g 0.1 )بجرعـة مقــدارهاccl4برابــع كلوريـد الكـاربون ( المجموعـة الثانيـةحقنــت . وعـدت مجموعـة سـيطرة تمــت فالمجموعــة الرابعــة امـا مليلتــر 0.1بجرعـة مقــدارها زيـت الحبــة الســوداءب. جرعـت المجموعــة الثالثــة الجلــدتحــت الجسـم فــي المجمـــوعتين الثانيـــة والثالثـــة نفســـها المتبعـــة ةالجرعـــبوزيـــت الحبـــة الســـوداء معــًا و ccl4رابـــع كلوريـــد الكــاربون ب امعاملتهــ وشــــرحت الجـــرذان êالتجربـــة قتلـــ مـــدةوبأنتهـــاء ¡ االســـبوع لكـــل مجموعـــة ومـــرتين فــــي اســـابيع 8 مـــدة ،أســـتمرت المعاملـــة æتـــأثير أن لرابـــع كلوريــد الكــاربون بينــت نتـــائج الدراســة الحاليــه جية .لغــرض الدراســـة النســالكبــد ؤصــلأست ðç ًنســـيج فــي واضــحا ونــزف فـــينخـــر تالــى كمــا أدى ¡بالخاليــا اللمفيــة والبلعميـــةرتشـــاح الخاليــا االلتهابيــة وحيـــدة النــواة والمتمثلـــة çســبب ðå ¡الكبــد لزيـت الحبـة لـوحظ وجـود تـأثير محفـز وتـنكس غالبيـة خاليـا الكبـد، وحصول تنخر واستسقاء في نسـيج الكبـد. ¡ الخاليا الكبدية ه لــوحظ حصــول أنــ آلبـالمظهر الطبيعــي والمشــابه لمــا هــو عليــه فـي مجموعــة الســيطرة ، إê الكبــد وظهــر فــي خاليــا السـوداء لـوحظ ، كمـا الكبديـة خاليـاالقليـل فـي تغيـر تـأثيرمع وجـود بعض التغيرات البسيطة مثل االستسقاء المائي واالحتقان الدموي سلبي بسيط في الكبد . تأثيرمع وجود للمجموعة المحقونة برابع كلوريد الكاربون وزيت الحبة السوداءوجود تأثير محفز زيت الحبة السوداء ،الكبد رابع كلوريد الكاربون، المفتاحية:الكلمات المقدمة ﴿ علــيكم وردت الكثيـر مـن االحاديــث الشـريفة عــن االعشـاب ومثــال علـى ذلـك قــول النبـي محمــد صـلى اهللا عليــه وسـلم العــرب أول مـن أســس مـذاخر األدويــة او الصـيدليات فــى ïويعـ. ]1[بهـذه الحبـة الســوداء فأنهـا شــفاء مـن كــل داء إال السـأم ﴾ الحبــة الســـوداء فــى التــداوى ، وأول مــن أمـــاطوا اللثــام عــن كثيــر مـــن أســرار هــذه األعشــاب الطبيـــة، عملبغــداد، وأول مــن أســت فى العلوم والتكنولوجيا. وأصبحت حقائق carbon( ة الوقائيــة لزيتهـا ضــد رابــع كلوريــد الكـاربونتناولـت العديــد مــن الدراســات أهميـة الحبــة الســوداء والفعاليــ tetrachloride ccl4 ( رابـع كلوريـد الكـاربون معاملـة بالمـادة السـامة علـى فئـران هفي دراسـت[2] كما أوضح æبـين øäã إعطـاء أنســجة فـيتـأثير المـادة السـامة إذ لـوحظ أنخفـاض فـي ¡زالـة التـأثيرات السـلبية لهــذه المـادةåمحلـول الحبـة السـوداء قـد أدى إلـى كانـــت أقـــل عرضـــة لإلصـــابة ðå ¡َبْعـــض التــأثيراِت المفيـــدة للحبـــة الســـوداءعند أعطائهـــا للجــرذان ]3دراســـة [أوضـــحت الكبــد . تـأثيرات مضــادة لـهإّن زيــت الحبـة السـوداء [4] وقــد وجـد . السـامة رابـع كلوريـد الكـاربون ïéالمــابتليـف الكبـد عنـد إعطـائهم علــى الفئـران المصـابة بالمنشــقات ]5[للديـدان الشـريطية والخيطيــة فضـال عـن تــأثيره فـي حمايـة الكبــد ، والحـظ البـاحثون 120 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 نسـونية فــي الكبـد كمــا تنـاقص عــدد االمانسـونية( البلهارزيـا ) التــي أعطيـت زيــت الحبـة السـوداء لوحــده تنـاقص عــدد الديـدان الم األورام الكبديــــــة فــــــي الكبــــــد واألمعــــــاء ، وتزايــــــد عــــــدد البيـــــوض الميتــــــة فــــــي جــــــدار األمعــــــاء و تراجعــــــت بيوضـــــها المتســــــاقط granuloma ملحــوظ وعنــدأعطاء العـالج النــوعي والزيــت تزايــد عـدد البيــوض الميتــة فــي جـدار األمعــاء بشــكل أكبــر، بشـكل معطيــات تبــرهن أّن زيــت حبــة الســود اء يمكــن أن هــذه ال ولهــذا فــأن وهــو أكثــر بكثيــر مّمــا لــو أعطــي العــالج النــوعي لوحــده . دورًا مضـادًا لتلـك التغيــرات الكبديـة التـي تحــدثها اإلصـابة بالمنشـقات المنسـونية، بتصــحيحها للجهـاز المنـاعي للمضــيف يـؤدي أن الجرعـة نفسـها مـن زيـت الحبـة السـوداء تحمـي الكبـد مـن تـأثير السـموم والمـواد ][6 وجـدكمـا وتأثيراتها المضادة لألكسـدة ، أن تــأثير الحبــة الســوداء فــي مرضـى التليــف الكبــدي أحــدثت تحسســنًا ] 7[ الحــظالضـارة التــي تــؤذي الخاليــا الكبديــة . وقـد ملحوظًا في وظائف الكبد . فــي صـناعة المطــاط وفــي اطفــاء اً مــذيب عملوكاربونيــه المسـتالمركبــات الهايدر احـد carbon tetrachloride ccl4 يعـد oxidative stress]8واالجهـاد التاكسـدي liped peroxidationللبيـدات ةالفـوق الهايدروجينيـ éويزيـد االكسـد الحرائـق ، فـي اغشـية ةالمزدوجـ ةسـفاتيالى حـدوث ضـرر بطبقـة الـدهون الفو ) carbon tetrachloride ccl4( ويؤدي كذلك مركب ] ðå ¡فــي المــادة النوويـة للخاليــا ممــا يــؤدي إلـى تــنكس خاليــا الكبــد) ccl4رابــع كلوريـد الكــاربون (. أو قــد يــؤثر [ 9] االخاليـ لــوحظ أّن بعــض نـــوى هــذه الخاليـــا تتصــف بمرورهــا بمراحـــل المــوت الفســـلجي المبــرمج وقــد ُأكـــدت نتــائج التـــأثير الســلبي مـــن . ومـن خـالل الدراسـة لـوحظ أيضـًا زيـادة سـمك األغشـية الخلويـة وقـد يعـود هـذا ]10[واألستسـقاء خـالل مالحظـة وجـود التنخـر فـــي البروتينــات أو الـــدهون المكونــة للغشـــاء الخلــوي ومـــن ثــم أدى إلـــى زيــادة ســـمك ) ccl4رابــع كلوريـــد الكــاربون (إلــى تـــأثير .]11[الغشاء الخلوي المواد وطرائق العمل ةالمواد الكيميائي / قسم الكيمياء ) كلية العلوم جامعة بغدادcarbon tetrachloride ccl4رابع كلوريد الكاربون( -1 السوداء من كلية العلوم جامعة بغداد ةزيت الحب -2 laboratory animals الحيوانات المختبرية : . اً يومـ ( 45 – 60) بالغـة ، تراوحـت أعمارهـا مـنال غيـر البيضومـن الـذكور ðç جـرذ (20)الدراسـة هـذه أسـتخدمت فـي لـى أربعـة مجـاميع فـي أقفـاص عقسـمت الحيوانـات عشـوائيًا . عليهـا مـن البيـت الحيـواني بكليـة العلوم/جامعـة بغـدادتـم الحصـول تي :يأام، وعوملت كبالستيكية أحتوى كل قفص على خمسة جرذان مليلت�ر م�رتين باالس�بوع ولم�دة ثماني�ة اس�ابيع وع�دت مجموع�ة 0.1حقنت بالماء المقطر بجرعة مق�دارها المجموعة االولى : .سيطرة م�رتين باالس�بوع ولم�دة ثماني�ة 0.1ml /100bw راب�ع كلوري�د الك�اربون بجرع�ة مق�دارها ccl4 بحقنت المجموعة الثانية : اسابيع . .سبوع ولمدة ثمانية اسابيعمليلتر مرتين باال 0.1بجرعة مقدارها المجموعة الثالثة : جرعت زيت الحبة السوداء نص�ف ش�رحتم�دة اربع�ة اس�ابيع ث�م ccl4راب�ع كلوري�د الك�اربون الحيوانات بالمادة السامة عتوجرالمجموعة الرابعة : الحيوانات وتمت مالحظة الضرر الحاص�ل ف�ي الخالي�ا الكبدي�ة ام�ا النص�ف الث�اني م�ن الحيوان�ات فق�د ت�م اعطائ�ه زي�ت الحب�ة الحيوانات بعد مرور االربعة اسابيع االخرى لمالحظة االصالح الذي يحصل في الخاليا الكبدية . وشرحتالسوداء animals' killingقتل الحيوانات : الحيوانـات بفصـل هـذه وقتلـتيثـر ألسـاعة مـن أخـر جرعـة معطـاة للحيوانـات خـدرت بـا (24)وبعـد التجربة في نهاية ســتخراج الكبــد أل بتـداء مــن أســفل الـبطن حتــى عظــم القـص ،ãالقلـب ثــم تشــريحها بفـتح التجويــف البطنــي بإحـداث شــق طــولي .لدراسته نسجياً 121 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضير المقاطع النسجية م بعـــدها ) ســـاعة ثـــ16-12(أخـــذت عينـــات مـــن الكبـــد لحيوانـــات التجربـــة، ووضـــعت فـــي محلـــول مثبـــت بـــوين مـــدة 70%,80%ثيلــي (ألالكحـول ا بسلسـلة متصـاعدة التركيــز مـن % ثــم مـررت70بكحـول عديـدة مــرات êأخرجـت العينـات وغسـل مـايكرون 5ين ، ولغـرض تحضـير شـرائح بسـمك فل ، بعـد ذلـك تـم طمرهـا بشـمع البـرا) ثم تم ترويقها بالزايلو %100 ,%95 , االيوســـين المزدوجــــة –. كمـــا أســــتخدمت صـــبغة الهيماتوكســــلين rotary microtomeم جهــــاز القطـــع الــــدوار çأســـتخد . haematoxylin-eosin ) [12]) في تلوين الشرائح. النتائج والمناقشة histological study الدراسة النسجية المقاطع النسجية للكبد المجموعة االولى بمحفظة من اً يكون محاط الكبد الطبيعي نسيج äã ولوحظسجية للكبد بالمجهر الضوئي تمت دراسة المقاطع الن يحتوي كل فص على وريد مركزي محاط بحبال من نسيج ضام تمتد منها حواجز تقسم النسيج الى عدد من الفصيصات ن من التي تبطن بنوعي وعية دموية شعرية تعرف بالجيبانياتأالخاليا الكبدية السداسية أو المضلعة الشكل يفصل فيما بينها كل فصيص ةويالحظ عند حاف kupffer cellsبفرالبلعمية المعروفة بأسم خاليا ك الخالياæ ةالخاليا وهي الخاليا االندوثيلي وكما ء بين الفصيصةالصفرا قناةالشريان والوريد الكبدي و فروع لكل من التي تتكون من portal areaالباحة البابية وجود .] 21[) 1شكل (وضحها ي المجموعة الثانية مراحل التنكس ) ccl4(أظهرت نتائج الفحص بالمجهر الضوئي للدراسة الحالية أن المجموعة المحقونة بمركب يثبط إفراز أنظيم ) ccl4رابع كلوريد الكاربون (المختلفة التي تمر بها الخاليا الكبدية وقد تعزى هذه التغيرات إلى أّن رابع كلوريد الكاربون ، أو قد يؤثر ]13[ ُيعد أحد األنظيمات التي يقوم بهضم الكاربوهيدراتالذي òamylaseاألميل )ccl4 (في المادة النووية للخاليا مما يؤدي إلى تنكس خاليا الكبد¡ ðå لوحظ أّن بعض نوى هذه الخاليا تتصف بمرورها واألستسقاء ، والنزف بمراحل الموت الفسلجي المبرمج وقد ُأكدت نتائج التأثير السلبي من خالل مالحظة وجود التنخر ي ف) ccl4رابع كلوريد الكاربون (ولوحظ أيضًا زيادة سمك األغشية الخلوية وقد يعود هذا إلى تأثير ) 2 شكلالدموي ( البروتينات أو الدهون المكونة للغشاء الخلوي ومن ثم أدى إلى زيادة سمك الغشاء الخلوي . وقد لوحظ ارتشاح غالبية خاليا ان معاملة الجرذان بمركب [10]وذكر. ] 9[الكبد بالقطيرات الدهنية وقد يعود السبب في ذلك إلى حدوث إلتهاب الكبد ccl4 ïçì فر التي من بلليبيدات من خاليا ك ةاليكوجين في الكبد وزيادة االكسده الفرق هيدروجينيكالى انخفاض محتوى ال لوكوز في الدم الى تليف خاليا الكبد كفي مستوى ال éوربما ترجع الزياددورا مهما في تحطم خاليا الكبد. تؤديالممكن ان . ولوحظ أيضًا ]14[ لالستجابة االلتهابية معروف وسط) ccl4) إذ يعد رابع كلوريد الكاربون (ccl4مركب ( بسبب سمية بين الخاليا الكبدية التي وجدت مالمسة monocot cell الخلية وحيدة النواةمثل ارتشاح بعض الخاليا االلتهابية لرابع كلوريد ، كما يدل هذاعلى التاثير السلبي inflammationتهاب للألوعية الدموية التي تُعد مؤشرًا على حدوث اال رابع . وقد لوحظ تغاير في نوى خاليا الكبد التي اتصفت بصفات التنكس الخلوي مما يؤكد تأثير ]ccl4 (]15الكاربون ( جية التي ظهرت في كبد الحيوانات في أنظيمات الكبد التغيرات النس ، و يعززالزيادة الحاصلة)ccl4كلوريد الكاربون ( حلل في الخاليا الكبدية ، توسع في الجيبانيات ، ارتشاح الخاليا األلتهابية في منطقة الباحة المعاملة والتي تمثلت بظهور ت 122 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وظهور الهيموسدرين وتنخر الخاليا. واحتوائه على الخاليا االلتهابية و أّن وجودها هو نتيجة (portal area)البوابية ت حالة للبروتينات ، كما تؤدي الخاليا االلتهابية الى زيادة لتهاب الناتج من تحطم الخاليا وتفرز هذه الخاليا أنظيمالأل أوتكاثر خاليا األرومة الليفية التي تؤدي الى زيادة الياف الكوالجين في نسيج الكبد لغرض إصالح الضرر الناجم في .[ 16 ] النسيج المجموعة الثالثة ظهرت بالمظهر التي جرعت بزيت الحبة السوداء ة الثالثةوأشارت نتائج الدراسة الحالية إلى أّن جرذان المجموع الطبيعي والمشابه لما هو عليه في المجموعة االولى ، إال أنه لوحظ حصول بعض التغيرات البسيطة مثل االستسقاء المائي و لوحظ ) 3( شكلواالحتقان الدموي مع وجود أثر سلبي قليل فقد تميزت معظم خاليا الكبد بالمظهر الطبيعي المظهرالطبيعي لخاليا الكبد التي اتصفت بنواة دائرية وسايتوبالزم طبيعي المظهر وهي تبدو مشابهة لمـا تم وصفه في ّن زيت الحبة السوداء يملك تأثيرات وقائية للكبد تحميه من إإذ [2] وجاء متوافقاً مع ماوصفه كل منمجموعة السيطرة في الطب الشعبي في عالج أمراض الكبد عملالمعروف أيضاً أن الحبة السوداء تستبعض أنواع التسممات الكبدية. ومن كما كان تأثير المادة السامة على أنسجة الكبد أقل وضوحا ًنظراً الحتواء زيت الحبة السوداء على مكونات فعالة في بناء دى كل ذلك الى حماية ووقاية أنسجة أخرى أمالح ومواد أالبروتينات والدهون والسكريات والفيتامينات ومثل ونمو الجسم الكبد. أكد الباحثون أن الفئران التي أعطيت زيت الحبة السوداء كانت أقل عرضة لإلصابة بتلف الكبد عند إعطائه المواد ء ضد مادة أن الفعالية الوقائية ضد المواد المسرطنة لبذور الحبة السودا ]17[بين ، [4] الكربون يدالسامة مثل رابع كلور diethlnitrosamine الذي يحفز سرطان الكبد hepatocarinogenesis الحبة السوداءالعالج االمثل للمرضى ذ تعد ،إ smilax glabra،المصابين بسرطان الكبد وتزداد فعاليته الوقائية هذه عند خلطه مع بعض النباتات الطبية االخرى مثل and hemidesmus indicus باحثون أّن هذه المواد يمكن أن تسهم في وقاية الكبد من التأثيرات المسرطنة. . وأستنتج ال يم د. ظبد ضد السمية الكبدية المحثة بأنللجرذان فإن ذلك يعمل على حماية الك فموياً وعندما يعطى مستخلص الحبة السوداء .]d-galactose amin ]6 كلكتوز أمين المجموعة الرابعة الدراسة أّن لزيـت الحبـة السـوداء فعـًال مـؤثرًا فـي تثبـيط التـأثير السـلبي فـي خاليـا الكبـد التـي بـدت أقـل شـدة ممـا بينت نتائج هذه إذ اظهـرت نتــائج الدراسـة لهـذه المجموعــة أّن ¡) وحـدهccl4هـي عليـه فـي مجموعــة الحيوانـات المعاملـة برابـع كلوريــد الكـاربون ( رقـم شـكل ; [4] ]2[مـا تـم وصـفه مـن قبـل كـل مـن هـذا ه فـي مجموعـة السـيطرة و معظم خاليا الكبـد كانـت مماثلـة لمـا هـي عليـ . إّن هـــذا المظهــر الطبيعـــي للخاليـــا يؤكــد أّن لزيـــت الحبـــة الســوداء تـــأثيرًا فعـــاًال فــي تثبـــيط الفعـــل الســلبي لرابـــع كلوريـــد ) 4( األحمـاض الدهنيــة األساســية فــي) فــي خاليـا الكبــد ، أوقـد يعــود هــذا التـأثير الــى أحتـواء زيــت الحبــة السـوداء ccl4الكـاربون ( المهمـة لبنــاء مكونـات الخاليــا وتزويـد الجســم بالطاقــة وتنظـيم درجــة الحـرارة واأليــض وحمايــة األنسـجة كمــا يمتـاز زيــت الحبــة ات فقـــد ثبــــت اســـتعمال زيـــت الحبـــة الســـوداء ضـــد االلتهابـــات كمـــا يقــــوي الســـوداء بتكوينـــه الثـــايموكينون الفعـــال ضـــد االلتهابـــ وعلــى الــرغم مــن ظهــور بعـــض خاليــا الكبــد بــالمظهر الطبيعــي إال أنـــه لــوحظ وجــود خاليــا كبديــة أخـــرى [18] الجهازالمنــاعي وأحتـوت خاليـا .) 5كل (شـ )ccl4اتصفت بوجود تنخر وارتشاحها بالقطيرات الدهنيةالناتجة مـن تـأثير رابـع كلوريـد الكـاربون ( الكبـدعلى خاليــا ذات نــواة طبيعيـة ، فــي حــين ظهـرت خاليــا أخــرى حاويـة علــى تنخــر ممـا يــدل أن لزيــت الحبـة الســوداء فعــًال ) ، فقـد يكــون لمكونـات زيــت الحبــة ccl4مهمـًا فــي عمليـة اإلصــالح الخلـوي للضــرر النــاجم مـن تــأثير رابـع كلوريــد الكــاربون ( ر مهـــم مضــــاد لأللتهابـــات وفعـــل مهـــم فـــي تحفيـــز عمليــــة اإلصـــالح الخلـــوي مـــن خـــالل حـــث انظيمــــات الســـوداء التـــي لهـــا أثـــ .] ccl4( ]19اإلصالح في الخلية لكي يتم إصالح التلف الذي أحدثه رابع كلوريد الكاربون ( 123 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المصادر مختص�ر ص�حيح التجري�د الص�ريح الحادي�ث الج�امع الص�حيح 2004 ) (. البخ�اري ، االم�ام أب�ي العب�اس أحم�د الزبي�دي .1 . 348ص .مكتبة دنيس ، عمان / االردن –الطبعة االولى البخاري، دار االسراء للنشر والتوزيع 2. al-ghamdi ,m. s. (2003). protective effect of nigella sativa seeds against carbon tetrachlorideinduced liver damage. am j. chin med;31(5):721-8. 3.kanter, m. ; meral, i. ; dede, s. ; gunduz, h. ; cemek, m. ;ozbek, h. and uygan i.(2003). effects of nigella sativa l. and urtica dioica l. on lipid peroxidation, antioxidant enzyme systems and some liver enzymes in ccl4-treated rats. j. vet med a physiol pathol clin med.;50(5):264-8. 4. mohamed, a. m. ; metwally, n. m. and mahmoud ,s. s. (2005)..sativa seeds against schistosoma mansoni different stages. mem inst oswaldo cruz.;100(2):205. 5.mahmoud , m. r.; el-abhar, h. s. and saleh, h. (2002). the effect of nigella sativa oil against the liver damage induced by schistosoma mansoni infection in mice. j. ethnopharmacol. 79(1):1-11. 6.el-dakhakhny, m. ; madi, n. and al-azhar (1995). first international conference of recent advances in pharmaceutical technology and biological sciences: cairo congress book pp:37. 7.dahri ,a. h. ; chandiolm, a. m. ; rahoo, a. a. and memon, r. a. (2005). effect of nigella sativa (kalonji) on serum cholesterol of albino rats. j. ayub med coll abbottabad. aprjun;17(2):72-4. [pubmed in process]. 8.demirdag, k. ;bahcecioglu, i. h.; hanifi, i. and kalkan, a.(2004).role of lacrnitine in the prevention of acute liver damage induced by carbon tetrachloride in rate .j.gastroentrol.hepatol.19:333-338. 9.megli, f. m. and sabatini, k. (2004).mitochondrial phospholipides bilayer structure is ruined after livre oxydative injure in vivo febs lettres.573(1-3):68-72. 10. hassan-khabbar, s. ; cottart, c. h. ; wendum, d. ; vibert, f. ; clot,j. p. ; savouret, j. f. ; conti, m. ; nivet-antoine, v. (2008) .postischemic treatment by trans-resveratrol in rat liver ischemiareperfusion:a possible strategy in liver surgery. livertranspl; 14: 451-459. 11.hosseinzadeh, h. ; parvardeh, s. ; asl, m. n. ; sadeghnia, h. r. ; ziaee, t. (2007) effect of thymoquinone and nigella sativa seeds oil on lipid peroxidation level during global cerebral ischemiareperfusioninjury in rat hippocampus. phytomedicine; 14: 621-627. النس�يجي التحض�ير ). أساس�يات عل�م( 2000أب�و دية،محم�د و الرط�روط ، أس�امة خال�د . ;الط�ردة ، محم�ود محم�د.12 . ص147 ،الناشر /مكتبة دار الثقافة للنشر والتوزيع ،عمان األردن ، 13.mion, f.; geloen, a. ; agosto, e. and minaire, y.(1996).carbon tetrachloride-induced cirrhosis in rats influence of the acute effects of the toxin on glucose metabolism .hepatology,23(3):582-588. 14.sakr, s. a. ; agamy, e. i. ; boulos. m. n. and omara, e. a..(2000).evaluation of protective role of thiola against carbon tetrachloride-induced histochemical changes in the rat liver .umm .al-qura univ.j.sci.med.eng.12(1):1-14. 15.muriel, p. ; alba, n. ; perez-alvarez, v. m. ; shibayama, m. and tsutsumi, v. (2001).kupffer cell inhibition prevents hepatic lipid peroxidation and damage induced by carbon tetrachloride. comp . biochem, and physiology. 130:219-226. 16.yong diao; xiao-feng zhao; jun-sheng lin; qi-zhao wang and rui-an xu. (2011). protection of the liver against ccl4-induced injury by intramuscular electrotransfer of a kallistatin-encoding plasmid world j gastroenterol ; 17(1): 111-117. 124 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 17.iddamaldeniya , s. s. ; wickramasinghe, n. ; thabrew, i. ; ratnatunge, n. and thammitiyagodage, m. g.(2003). protection agains diethylnitrosoamine induced hepatocarcinogenesis by an indigenous medicine comprised of nigella sativa, hemidesmus indicus and smilax glabra: a preliminary study. j. carcinog. ; 2 (1) :6. 18.ghada, m. ; mourad ; safaa, g. ; takei el-din ; sanaa, s. radi ; amany, s. ossman ; madeha, a. a. ; hassan; hanan, h. ; nouh . (2006) . curcumin versus nigella sativa l. a comparative study of their possible protective effects on experimentally induced liver injury in rats. journal of the medical jmri, 2006; 27 (3): 141 – 51. 19.sanjiv s. ; f. v. manvi, f.v.; nanjwade, b. and nema, r. k. (2010). hepatoprotective screening of polyherbal extract of anonna squamosa and nigella ativa. international journal of pharmacognostic and phytochemical research 2010; 2(1): 19-24. 20.william, f. j. (2003). liverandbilliary system in ling review of medical physiology ,21 edition .appelton and ling norwalk.california .502:508. وتوض�ح الخالي�ا المرك�زيترتيب الحبال الكبدية حول الوريد وضح السيطرة يلمجموعة كبدالنسيج مقطع في : )1شكل ( ) h&e )40x البرنكيمية والوري��د a (تنخ��ر) الكبدي��ةالتنخ��ر ف��ي الخالي��ا مع��دل توض��ح المجموع��ة الثاني��ة كب��دالنس��يج مقط��ع ف��ي ) : 2الش��كل ( ) d h&e )40x، نزف دموي c أستسقاء b مركزيال a b b d c a a 125 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وتوض��ح المرك�زيترتي��ب الحب�ال الكبدي��ة ح�ول الوري��د وض�ح الس��يطرة يلمجموع�ة كب��دالنس�يج مقط�ع ف��ي ) : 3الش�كل ( h&e )40x الخاليا البرنكيمية -( b h&e مرك�زيال والوري�د، ، aالمجموعة الرابع�ة . توض�ح خاليابرنكيمي�ة كبدالنسيج مقطع في ) : : 4الشكل ( 40x ( b مرك��زيال والوري��د، a الكبدي��ة(تنخر) خالي��االالمجموع��ة الرابع��ة . توض��ح كب��دالنس��يج مقط��ع ف��ي ) : : 5الش��كل ( ) d h&e )40x، نزف دموي c أستسقاء a b d c a b a b 126 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 effect of ccl4 and nigella sativa oil on histological changes of liver in the immature white rats department of biology , college of received in:12 december 2011 accepted in:26 february 2012 abstract this study aimed to investigat the effect of carbon tetrachloride ccl4 and nigella sativa oil on histological changes of liver. it was used only (20) immature male rats. to study the effect of carbon tetrachloride ccl4 and nigella sativa oil on changes. the rats were randomly divided into equal groups as follows. first group was injected intra dermally with 0.1 ml, normal saline (two times per weeks). this group was considered as control group .the second group was injected intra dermally with (carbon tetrachloride ccl4 ml / 100g ) of body weight for ( two times per weeks was injected for (8weeks) . the third group it was orally given 0.1 ml dose of nigella sativa oil, it was injected for (8weeks).the fourth group was treated with carbon tetrachloride ccl4 and nigella sativa oil in the same previous way. there was clear effect for carbon tetrachloride ccl4 on liver, it was caused infiltrative cells presented by lymphocytes and phagocyte, liver cells defect; like edema, necrosis and haemolysis in liver cells, it was found catalytic effect in treated group with carbon tetrachloride ccl4 and nigella sativa oil liver, it appeared in normal appearance and like the control group. it showed catalytic effect in treated groups with carbon tetrachloride ccl4 and nigella sativa oil , and little negative in the liver. key word: ccl4 , nigella sativa oil , liver الحيوانات المختبرية : laboratory animals 411 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 web ranking and rating server usng web service f. a. abdul latef department of computer science, college of education –ibn al-haitham baghdad of university received in: 6july2011, accepted in: 20 september 2011 abstract the amount of information on the web is growing rapidly and number of web sites becomes huge, so set of web applications used to help user and give him some information about these sites, especially in ebusiness, news and sites introduce services. since web site is built by comparatively free description, it is difficult to perform absolute evaluation. so, rating of web site is performed from various viewpoints. in this paper we proposed method for ranking and rating using the web service and java script to motivation remote server and return some public information to the site user and other private information to owner. keyword: web ranking, web rating, web service, website traffic. introduction the world wide web is a vast source of information which grows bigger at exponential speed. indeed more than 7 million pages are added to the web each day (study of cyveillance in washington). the search engines must thus continuously adapt in order to follow this unrestrained rhythm and not to take delay in the indexing of all these new pages. they must also obtain effective criteria in order to select in this vastness of the best data and to present the search results in a relevant order [1]. the problem is web pages proliferate free of quality control and very low publishing cost [2]. in most of search engines, the page is a basic processing unit. however, it may not be that appropriate for some functions (e.g. ranking). many web site may be agreed the search query but no information about the web site and the reliability and the opinion of person who work with web site specially in news, e-business and any web site that produced service even services is free, some person need try, if service is free but the other needs reliable, but if pay all need reliable web site and see the opinion of user from same website or in neutral web site. for that the list of the top web sites and comparison between companies that introduce the same services is one of the most useful statistics to be extracted from ranking and the reliability comes from ranking and rating. and many web applications used that like recommender system for web, e-commerce become famous [1]. website ranking methods internet or e-business authorities employed many different methods to rank websites [2]. these methods may be grouped into 3 categories: activity-based criteria, reference-based criteria, and opinion-based criteria. activity-based criteria, also known as traffic-based ranking, are the best known among the three. it is usually regarded as the most objective method. here, websites are ranked according to the amount of activities that take place on the site. the web site that attracts the most traffic or has the highest usage would rank at the top. examples of this approach include alexa, comscore. 412 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 a major challenge is how to differentiate genuine page views from bogus visits generated by automated programs [3]. there are two ways that traffic data may be collected: site-centric, where the unit of analysis is carried out at the web server site (hits, sessions, visits, and impressions); and usercentric, where data such as cookies, online registration, or transactions, are collected on the client’s browser. site-centric statistics are susceptible to manipulation by webmasters who are anxious to raise their own ranking. on the other hand, user-centric approach raises the issue of how representative is the sample statistics collected from a selected panel of users. all traffic statistics are subject to sampling bias. for example, in the alexa and websearch methods, users must first download a tool bar. therefore, statistics are generated by a self-selected sample. reference-based criteria rank a website according to how frequently that site was cited by another in relation to a given search topic. presumably the more frequently a site is cited, particularly by other sites that are regarded as subject matter authorities, the more important that link will be weighted. citation links may be classified as self links – referenced by itself (recursive links); foreign links – referenced by another site; weighted foreign links – weighs the links according to the importance of the citing sites. google was the first to incorporate this link-popularity concept to its page rank (pr) algorithm [4]. unfortunately this method is also susceptible to manipulation and abuse by search engine optimization (seo)[5]. opinion-based criteria use the opinion of a panel of judges to rank the list of websites. the resulting rankings reflect the subjective judgment of the panel members. in a sense all ranking methods, including the traffic-based ones, rely on a panel of judges. but opinionbased criteria are more explicitly dependent on the subjective opinions of the judges, with little regards for objective data. examples of opinion-based ranking lists include time’s 50 coolest websites, pc magazine’s top 100 websites, 100 best websites, world’s hottest, and web100. opinions may come from three sources: ∑ � opinion from a panel of experts ∑ � impression of potential customers ∑ � buying experience of actual customers (e.g. bizrate.com or bbb.com) to ensure that their ranking lists are accepted by web users, many of the ranking providers first establish their credibility with the intended audience by some other means. for example, time and pc magazines are already acknowledged authorities in their respective fields. web service web services are a core technology in .net, web services are typically application programming interfaces (api) or web apis that are accessed via hypertext transfer protocol (http) and executed on a remote system hosting the requested services. web services provide a standard means of interoperating between different software applications, running on a variety of platforms and/or frameworks. web services is a functions in asp.net with parameter write in .net language such c# ,vb.net ,… and published, we can catch the web service header and pass parameters to make process on remote server and return by result in xml, it's a xml-based interface definition language[6]. 1. web services components. several essential activities need to happen in any service-oriented environment [7]: 1. a web service needs to be created, and its interfaces and invocation methods must be defined. 413 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 2. a web service needs to be published to one or more intranet or internet repositories for potential users to locate. 3. a web service needs to be located to be invoked by potential users. 4. a web service needs to be invoked to be of any benefit. web services architecture then requires three fundamental operations: publish, find, and bind. service providers publish services to a service broker. service requesters find required services using a service broker and bind to them. these ideas are shown in the fig 1. making all of this work requires several technologies [8] as in fig 2. ∑ interfaces to web services can be defined using web services description language wsdl ∑ web services are most commonly invoked using simple object access protocol soap ∑ web service interface definitions can be published and accessed via universal description, discovery, and integration uddi design and implementation in this section we will explain the design and implementation of web ranking server using web service and html tag and add rating method depend on opinion -based criteria. web ranking server is web application designed to generate script that capture number of visitors for any website in wide world web and count rating. it stores the sites hits in ranking database, and displays the records of visitors to the customer's website and compare their data with other sites of the same class, through graphical reports, shows the growth rates for visitors and traffic times and their residence times. all these indicators will store in system database and use it to create rank value for each website. the system is partitioned into five parts ∑ ranking database. ∑ web server. ∑ web ranking site and interface. ∑ web service and html tag. ∑ web rating. 1 .ranking dbase its indexed database has all ranking activities. ranking database consists of the following tables: a. category table:see fields in fig 3 b. site info table: register client information after register, we can see table detail as fig 4 and register page as fig 9. c. ranking table: have the ranking information to all clients fig 5, we use from vd1..vd7 because the week starts in day field in registration page different is between clients. d. opinion table: registers the rating information fig 6, directly sum all number of visitor give opinion divide by five and round it to near half star from option star script and make it and all before as yellow color, can’t come back to give opinion before one week. e. history table: this table registers number of visitor for each client peer week with date in format four digits to year then two digits to week number fig 7. f. ip table: this table registers all ip that make action with date and time, there are two actions, first automatically if enter add one to visitor if not in ip table or in ip table but from two hours ago, the second action make rate if not in table or make rate and in table and gopinion field is false, this table needs service all 4 hours by 414 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 deleting all ip that not make rate “gopinion is false” and time from two hours ago, and also deleting all ip that make opinion from week, ip table as seen in fig 8. 2 .web server. web server has web application used to capture number of visitors for any website “client” in wide world web. it stores the sites hits in database, other information on client , history , opinion also stored in database in server, compute opinion, and all operation from register to connect to web service , generate the script , the rule and computation do in server and then give the result to web ranking site and to clients sites. 3 .web ranking site and interface. it is a website designed to let the client owner register with ranking server and connect with service then take the advantage of this service, and display the records of all visitors to the user of website ,number of online user, average time elapsed by user in site, maximal number of user visit site with date, compare their data with other sites of the same class, through graphical reports, shows the growth rates for visitors and traffic times and their residence times, see fig 10,11 the same fig two part, and fig 12. 4. web service and html tag. because different programming language, different aim to design web sites, different experience in design, and different type of design, web server produce two methods to register clients and work with server . aweb service it s development in .net environment, that is used to connect client with special service in server and return the result and the client can work or display the result as he need. web ranking service are components on a web ranking server that a client website can call by making http requests across the web. developers can take advantages of web ranking server database by making quires and review the results, web service enable the developers to create custom applications (web application or desktop application). after complete registration in fig 9, accept the rank method and click next the fig 14 generate the web service and html tag as visible and need rate script. bhtml tag not all designer have experience with server side program and programming, this tag used without any experience only take tag and past it in client pages. two mode can used with this tag the first mode is visible “visible field in registration yes “mean the result record appears in client and also more result can take from ranking web site the second mode is invisible that only icon hyperlink with ranking server will appear and result in ranking server only.fig 14 the html tag and in the next section we will see different examples of clients. 5. web rating. web rating come from opinion-based criteria method, web rating ask user to give your opinion from 1-5 about web site and then this opinion stored in opinion table and compute the average of opinion by sum the opinion degree for each web site and divide by number of user give opinion and round the result to nearest half and the result out in five star reflect the result. the user can t regive opinion before week, this check from ip table.fig 14 the rate script and in the next section we will see different examples of clients. test and experimental result many clients designed simply to test the code; the client has only name and ranking 415 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 script, first client named test one has visible html tag, and has rate by making need rate and visible in registration yes see fig 9 the registration page and fig 13 the test one client, the second client named test two fig 15 the need rate yes and html tag is invisible, the third client named test three the need rate and visible fields no but the result come from web service and the client owner can produce the result as need and in any format like graphic or text see fig 16,the last client named test four the need rate and visible no, no information from web rank server appear in client except the icon hyperlink to web server fig 17. in server web site see fig 10, fig 11, and fig 12 as explained before. after registration generate unique id to client and register all information in siteinfo table and after taking the script and connecting it to server in web service or/and past in client in html and rate the ranking information come from client and register the visitor number in rank table and history table, if need rate in registration is yes and rate script generate from server with the same id of client and past in client the information go to the opinion table, with the information come from client about the visitor and the opinion ,the ip must register in ip table “ inform if give opinion or not” with date for the opinion “next time after week” and time for ranking visitor “next time after two hours”. some report come to the web site owner if in register make alerting by email yes such as giving the traffic value in week started from day specified in start week from field in registration page, increase or decrease with range specified in average peer week, the average time for each user in web site, the rank of web site in the same category, number of user return to web site within 48 hours, number of user complete work with web site like pay money or download this feature is optional and must put the url of this page in exam page1 field in registration and generate another ”new” script has the same id put with exam=yes in search part of script, this tag past in this page in client , the generation only new html tag not need generate new web service but the result can take from web service. and the last give some standard advice how increase the traffic and make search engine discover your client. conclusion the web rank is from befit web application, which helps user to decide and finish work. the system have five component the ranking database, web server, web ranking site and the heart web service and html tag finally the web rating. use the session and cookies to right compute the time elapsed by each user in web site and compute how many user returns to web site with 48 hours, but some browser have option delete cookies when close browser and some make browser reject store any data this make the number of user return with 48 hours less than or equal the correct number. the site owner can put the script in all pages in web site because the user can go directly to any page not necessary to home page and the visitor compute one time until if go from page to page and all have script because need different ip or 2 hours and new session to recount new user. can take the state of visitor with the flags but this does not work with localhost for that not add this feature and can count number of visitor for each client and from each state. reference 1. agichtein,e., brill,e., and dumais, s., ( 2006) improving websearch ranking by incorporating user behavior information. in proc. 29th acm sigir conf. 2. chen, m., tang, b. & cheng, s. (2005). an index system for quality synthesis evaluation of b2c business website, proceedings of the 7t h international conference on electronic commerce icec‘05, august 15-17, xian, china,.75-77. 416 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 3. chu, k.k., shen, t.c., & hsia, y.t. (2004). measuring website popularity & raising designers’ effort, proceedings of the 2004 ieee international conference on systems, man and cybernetics, pp.4095-4099.available http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/iel5/9622/30426/01401172.pdf?arnumber=1401172. 4. craven, p. (2005). google’s pagerank explained—how to make the most of it? http://www.webworkshop.net/pagerank.html. 5. jones, r. (2004). the murky world of search, from http://www.romjon.com/briefing/murky-search.php. 6. microsoft msdn (2009), programming with microsoft® visual basic® .net 7. vincent varallo (2010), asp.net 3.5 enterprise application development with visual studio 2008: problem design solution, wieley publishing,inc 8. lars powers, mike snell (2008), microsoft visual studio 2008 unleashed, pearson education,inc fig.( 1): three fundamental operations in web service fig.( 2): wsdl, soap, and uddi are the core web services technologies fig .(3): category table 417 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 5): the ranking table fig.( 6): rating table fig.( 7): the history table 418 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(8):iptable table ثق fig.( 9): registration page 419 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 10): search of all in special category part 1 half page 420 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig .(12): search of web site name in all categories 421 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 14): the scripts of web service and html tag and rating 422 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ؛ fig.( 15): the second client named test two 423 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 17): client four named test four 424 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 خادم تصنيف وفرز وترتيب مواقع االنترنت باستعمال خادم ويب عبد اللطيف فراس عبد الحميد جامعة بغداد¡كلية التربية ابن الهيثم¡ قسم الحاسبات 2011ايلول 20، قبل البحث في 2011تموز 6استلم البحث في الخالصة كمية البيانات على شبكة االنترنت تنمو بسرعة، وعدد مواقع االنترنت أصبح كبيرا جدا. لذلك مجموعة من تطبيقات لمواقع االنترنت ضرورية لمساعدة المستخدمين واعطائهم بيانات حول هذه المواقع السيما في التجارة االلكترونية، الخبرية وا التي تقدم خدمات. ان مواقع االنترنت تبنى باسعار وتكلفة قليلة نسبيا، وهناك صعوبة في انجاز تقويم لها. لهذا مواقع الترتيب تقوم بهذه االعمال من وجهات نظر مختلفة. ا لتحفيز خادم في هذه الورقة البحثية سوف نقترح طريقة لعمل ترتيب وتصنيف وفرز باستعمال خدمات الويب وسكربت جاف بعيد واعادة بعض البيانات العامة الى مستخدمي الموقع واخرى معلومات خاصة الى مالك الموقع. : فرز وتصنيف المواقع ،ترتيب المواقع ، خدمات الويب ،حركة المرور على الويب الكلمات المفتاحية 7. vincent varallo (2010), asp.net 3.5 enterprise application development with visual studio 2008: problem design solution, wieley publishing,inc 8. lars powers, mike snell (2008), microsoft visual studio 2008 unleashed, pearson education,inc synthesis and characterization of heterocyclic compounds derived from 4hydroxy and 4-amino acetophenone nisreen h. karam jumbad h. tomma ammar h. al-dujaili dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 23 june 2013 , accepted in :26 august 2013 abstract two series of schiff bases [vi]n and thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[vii]n were synthesized by many steps starting from cyclization of 4hydroxyacetophenon with thiourea in iodine to yield 1,3-thiazole compound which was reacted with pentoxy bromide in anhydrous potassium carbonate to converted compound[ii] and this reacted with phenol to yield azo compound[iii]. the azo compound reacted with ethyl chloro acetate in basic medium to get a new easter compound[iv] which is converted to their acid hydrazid[v]. the later compound condensation with n-alkoxy benzaldehyde to give new schiff bases[vi]n . imine group undergoes addition cyclization with thioglycolic acid to get thiazolidinone compounds[vii]n .also, two new series of schiff bases [xii]n and their thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[xiii]n were synthesized by using the same steps given for synthesis schiff bases [vi]n and thiazoidinone [vii]n except using 4aminoacetophenon instead of 4 hydroxyacetophenon(see scheme 2) .the synthesized compounds were characterized by melting points , ftir ,c.h.n.s analysis , 1hnmr and mass spectroscopy (of some of them) . keywords: thiazole, thiazolidinone, heterocyclic compounds , schiff bases 296 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction the thiazolidin-4-one ring have reported to a wide range of pharmacologic activities which include antimicrobial[1] ,antifungal[2], antitumor[3] ,antidiabetic activity [4], antiinflammatory[5] and stomach toxicity [6]. over views of their synthesis , properties , reactions and applications have been published [7,8] . fuloria et al [9] synthesized 2-(4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy)-n-(4-oxo-2-arylthiazolidin-3yl) acetamide (1) by cyclization n-(substituted benzylidiene)-2-(4-chloro-3 methylphenoxy)acetamide with thioglycolic acid in the presence of zinc chloride. o o cl s n ar o n h ar=c6h5, 4-clc6h4, 4-hoc6h4 or 4-(ch3)2nc6h4 (1) while, patel et al[10] synthesized a series of novel thiazolidinones(2) by reaction of various schiff bases of coumarin with thioglycolic acid in dry benzene. oo s n ar ohn ar=c6h5, 4-no2c6h4, 3-no2c6h4, 4-clc6h4 or 4-ch3c6h4 (2) on the other hand, vinay et al[11] synthesized new derivatives of thiazolidinone(3) by reaction of hydrazone compound with thioglycolic acid in dmf as a solvent. x=n(ch3)2 or cl x s hn o c n o n (3) recently, kumar et al [12] synthesized new thiazolidinones derivatives 3-(2-(5-benzoyl1h-benzo[d][1,2,3]imidazol-1-yl)acetyl)-2alkylthiazolidin-4-one (4) by cyclocondensation of the corresponding schiff bases compounds with thioglycolic acid in anhydrous zncl2 297 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 s n r o h n n o ph ch3 c o nh (4) r=c6h5, 4-ch3 c6h4, 4-ho-c6h4 or 4-ch3o-c6h4 in this paper , synthesis and characterization of new thiazolidinones derived from new schiff bases containing another heterocyclic ring(1,3-thiazole). experimental chemicals all chemicals were supplied by fluka, merek and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo(ir prestige-21) 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company: bruker , model: ultra-shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso and cdcl3were used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard,measurements were made at chemistry department, al-albyat university. elemental micro-analyses of some compounds were performed on a (c.h.n.s) company: euro vector, model ea 3000a origin: italy. university of al-albayt, jordan. mass spectrum were recorded on ieol jms-7 high resolution instrument , jordan. uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus. 298 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 synthesis new compounds are synthesized according to scheme1 and scheme2: nh2 s noh nh2 s nc5h11o s n n n oh clch2co2c2h5 ch3co2na och2co2c2h5 och2conhnh2 nh2nh2 och2conhn ch och2conh s n n n s n n n s n n n s n n n c5h11o c5h11o c5h11o c5h11o hsch2cooh dry bebzene c5h11o oh c i2 ch3 o c s h2n nh2 chn o s etoh etoh etoh c5h11br k2co3 acetone h3po4/hno3 nano2 phoh + 4-cnh2n+1oc6h4cho ocnh2n+1 ocnh2n+1 n=1,3-8 [i] [ii] [iii] [iv] [v] [vi]n [vii]n scheme1 299 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 s n n n n n och2conhn ch ch nnhcoch2o s n n n n nh2nhnococh2o och2conhnh2 s n n n n n och2co2c2h5 c2h5ococh2o nh2 s nnh2 s n n n n nho oh c i2 ch3 o c s h2n nh2 h2n chn o ss n n n n nnhcoch2o och2conh s o nch clch2co2c2h5 ch3co2na nh2nh2 hsch2cooh dry bebzene 2h3po4/2hno3 2nano2/2phoh [ix] + [xiii]n [xii]n 2 2 2 4-cnh2n+1oc6h4cho2 2 etoh etoh etoh [x] [xi] [viii] n= 1, 3,4, 6 cnh2n+1o cnh2n+1o ocnh2n+1 ocnh2n+1 scheme2 synthesis of 4-n-alkoxybenzaldehyde dissolved 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (10.61g, 0.087 mol) and potassium hydroxide (4.87g, 0.087mol) in 50 ml of absolute ethanol, and added n-alkyl bromide (0.13 mol), the mixture was refluxed for 6 hrs., and potassium bromide was precipitated after that added 50 ml water and 50 ml diethyl ether. the mixture was extracted, and take the organic phase, washed with 25 ml of water and 25 ml of 10% sodium hydroxide solution, then 25 ml of water. dried the organic phase over magnesium sulphate [13] , then the filtered evaporated to yield 4alkoxybenzaldehyde yields (75-80%). 300 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 synthesis of 2-amino 4-(4`-hydroxylphenyl)-1,3-thiazole[i] in a flask of 250 ml added iodine (7.61g, 0.03mol), thioura (4.56g ,0.006mol) and 4hydroxyacetophenone (4.08g, 0.003 mol), the mixture was heated for 8 hrs. on the water bath. cooled, washed by diethyl ether and solution of sodium thiosulfate ,the precipitated was filtered[14]and recrystalized from ethanol . yield 89%, m.p= 148-155 oc synthesis of 2-amino 4-(4`-npentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole [ii] a mixture of compound [i] (0.28g ,0.0015mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate ( 0.80g, 0.012mol) dissolved in acetone 20 ml ,then n-pentyl bromide (0.004 mol) was added, the mixture was refluxed overnight .afterward, the mixture was poured into ice water the precipitate was filtered and washed with water,dried and recrystalized from ethanol. yield =74% ,m.p= 98-99 oc synthesis of 2-( 4`-hydroxylphenylazo)-4-([4``-n-pentoxy phenyl)-1,3 thiazole [iii] compound [ii]5 ( 0.44 g, 0.0017 mol) was dissolved by heating and stirring in 8 ml of 85% phosphoric acid. the solution was cooled to 0oc in an ice bath, and then concentrated nitric acid 4 ml and a solution of sodium nitrite (0.10 g, 0.0017mol) in water 2 ml were added. the mixture was stirred vigorously and maintained at below 5oc for10 minutes. afterwards phenol (0.15g, 0.0017mol) in water 0.5ml was added dropwise with stirring. the brown solid was filtered, washed several times with water, then dissolved in 30ml 10% naoh, the solution filtered, the crude product precipitated during neutralization with 10%hcl [13], then filtered and washed with water several times , recrystallized from ethanol.yield 78%, m.p = 60-62 oc. synthesis of 2-(4`-oxyethylacetate phenylazo)-4-(4``-n-pentoxy phenyl)-1,3 thiazole [iv] a mixture of compound[iii](0.36g,0.001 mol), ethyl α -chloroacetate (0.001 mol) and fused sodium acetate(0.246g,0.003 mol) in ethanol 5 ml was refluxed for 4 hrs. then cooled and poured into cold water . the resulting was filtered and purified by ethanol to give new ester,yield73%, m.p> 295 oc. synthesis of 2-(4`-oxy acidhydrazide phenylazo)-4-(4``-n-pentoxy phenyl)1,3thiazole[v] a solution of compound [iv] (2.71g,0.006 mol) and hydrazine hydrate 1.5 ml(80%) in absolute ethanol 2.5 ml was heated to reflux during 3 hrs[15]. the mixture was cooled to room temperature, evaporation of solvent and recrystalized from ethanol to yield pale brown compound, yield 80%. synthesis of 2-[4`-(4``-substutiedbenzaledine amino)-oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4-(4```-n-pentoxy phenyl)-1,3thiazole [vi]n a mixture of compound [v] (0.43g,0.001mol) and different aromatic aldehyde (0.001 mol) dissolved in (15 ml) of absolute ethanol was refluxed for (3-4 hrs.) and cooled to room temperature . the solid product was filtered and recrystallized by ethyl acetate to give new schiff bases.the physical properties are listed in table1. synthesis of thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[vii]n a mixture of schiff bases[vi]n (0.01mol) and thioglycolic acid (0.01 mol) was refluxed in dry benzene (10 ml) for 12 hrs. the solvent was evaporated and the reaction mixture was neutrilized with sodium bicarbonate solution, the product was filtered off and recrystallized from acetone .the physical properties are listed in table 2. synthesis of 2amino 4-(4`-amino phenyl)-1,3-thiazole [viii] 301 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 this compound was synthesized by using the same procedure given for compound [i], except using 4-aminoacetophenone instead of 4-hydroxyacetophenone [14], recrystalized by ethanol. yield 83%,m.p= 110-111 oc. synthesis of 2-(4`-hydroxyphenyl azo)-4-[4``(4``` hydroxy phenyl azo) phenyl ]-1,3-thiazole [ix] this compound was synthesized by using the same procedure given[13] for compound [iii], except using the compound[viii] instead of compound[ii], recrystallized from acetone ,color dark brawn ,yield 70%, m.p > 295 oc. synthesis of 2-(4`-oxyethylacetate phenyl azo)-4-[4``-(4```-oxyethylacetate phenyl azo)] phenyl -1,3-thiazole [x] this compound was synthesized by using the same procedure given for compound [iv], except using the compound [ix] instead of compound[iii] and used (0.002mol),( 0.492g ,0.006mol) from ethyl α -chloroacetate , fused sodium acetate respectively . the resulting was filter and purified by ethanol to give brown solid, yield 65%,m.p > 295 oc. synthesis of 2-(4`-oxy acid hydrazide phenyl azo)-4-[4``-(4```-oxy acid hydrazide phenyl azo)] phenyl -1,3-thiazole [xi] this compound was synthesized by using the same procedure given[15] for compound [v], except using the compound[x] instead of compound[iv] and used 3ml instead of 1.5 ml hydrazine hydrate. recrystallized from dichloromethane to yield brown product 82%, m.p= 109-111 oc. synthesis of 2-[4`-(4``substutied benzaledine amino)-oxy acetamide] phenyl azo-4-[4```-(4````substutied benzaledineamino)-oxy acetamide phenyl azo] phenyl -1,3-thiazole [xii]n these compounds were synthesized using the same procedure given for compounds [vi]n , except using the compound[xi] instead of compound [v] and used (0.002 mol) from different aromatic aldehyde, recrystallized from ethanol. the physical data are given in table 3. synthesis of thiazolidin-4-one derivatives [xiii]n these compounds were synthesized by using the same procedure given for compounds [vii]n, except using the compounds[xii]n instead of compounds [vi]n and used (0.02 mol) from thioglycolic acid, recrystallized from acetone .the physical data are given in table 4. results and discussion the compound [i] was synthesized from fusion 4-hydroxy acetophenone with thiourea in iodine (i2). the suggested mechanism of this reaction may be as follows, scheme 3. 302 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 oh c ch2 o h oh c ch2i o s noh nh2 oh c ch2 o i nh2 nh sh oh c ch2 o nh2s nh .. oh c ch h nh2s oh n ii+ + hi hi -h2o -+ .. _ scheme 3 the compound [i] was characterized by melting point ,ftir and 1hnmr. the characteristic ftir absorption bands of compound [i] showed the disappearance absorption bands at 1662 cm-1 due to c=o stretching of 4-hydroxy acetophenone with the appearance of three a stretching bands at 3450 cm-1,3302 cm-1and 3199 cm-1 due to ʋ nh, nh2 bonds and appearance of a stretching band at 1622 cm-1 due to ʋ c=n for thiazole ring moiety. the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent) showed the following signals: a single at signal at δ 9.53 ppm for one proton could be attributed to the oh group, two doublet pairs in regain δ (6.75-7.82) ppm due to four aromatic protons, a broad signal at δ 7. 57 ppm for two protons of nh2 group[16]. the signals δ6.78 ppm for one proton of thiazole ring[17] . the compound[ii] was synthesized by the reaction of compound [i] with pentoxy bromide in alkaline media.the ftir spectrum of compound [ii] showed disappearance of a band of ʋ oh group and appearance of new absorption stretching bands of the aliphatic ʋ c-h group in the region 2945-2860 cm-1 for alkyl groups. elemental analysis result of compound[ii] is in good agreement with the theoretical data elemental analysis of compound[ii] : calc. : c% = 65.11 , h% = 6.97 , n% = 10.85 , s% = 12.40 found : c% =64.84 , h% = 6.64 , n% = 10.55 , s% = 12.61 the azo compound [iii] was synthesized by coupling between diazonium salt of the amino thiazole [ii] with phenol at 0-4 ̊ c . diazonium coupling reactions are typical electrophilic aromatic substitutions in which the positively charged diazonium ion in the electrophile that reacts with the electron-rich ring of a phenol. theis reaction usually occurs at the para position.the characteristic ftir absorption bands of compound[iii] showed the disappearance of two absorption bands due to nh2 stretching of amine compound together with the appearance of a stretching broad band around 3381 cm-1 due to the intermolecular hydrogen bonding of ʋ o-h band. it also shows a band at 1537 cm-1 which is due to the ʋ n=n group. the new compound[iv] was synthesized by the reaction of compounds[iii] with ethyl α chloroacetate in fused sodium acetate . the ftir spectrum of compound [iv] showed a significant band at 1732 cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl of ester group. they also showed the disappearance of absorption band due to ʋ o-h of compound [iii]. 303 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the compound [v] was synthesized by the reaction of ester compound [iv] with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol.the ftir spectrum of compound [v] showed a shift in the carbonyl stretching band to ester group of compound [iv] to 1666 cm-1 for amide group of compound [v], also showed three bands in the range (3421-3043) cm-1 which is assigned to asymmetric and symmetric bands of nh and nh2groups. the schiff bases of compounds[vi]n were synthesized by the refluxing of compound [v] with different aromatic aldehydes in ethanol. the new schiff bases compounds were characterized by melting points , c.h.n.s analysis , ftir , 1hnmr and mass spectroscopy for compound[vi]1.the characteristic ftir absorption bands of series [vi]n showed the disappearance of two absorption bands due to nh2 stretching of acid hydrazide together with the appearance of a stretching bands in the range at(1647-1655) cm-1 assignable to ʋ c=n. the characteristics ftir absorption bands of new schiff bases[vi]n are listed in table( 5). elemental analysis of compound [vi]6: calc. : c% = 66.98 , h% = 6.53 , n% = 11.16 , s% = 5.10 found : c% = 67.12 , h% = 6.94 , n% = 11.32 , s% = 5.02 the above values are consistent with their proposed structure . the1hnmr spectrum(in cdcl3 as a solvent) for compound[vi]3 showed the following signals: : a sharp singlet signal at δ8.60 ppm that could be attributed to the azomethaine proton. two doublets in the region δ (6.93-7.77) ppm due to twelve aromatic protons of phenyl rings and the one proton of thiazole ring overlap with aromatic protons of benzene rings , signal at δ (3.95-3.99)ppm is assigned for four protons of two och2 groups and proton of nh group ,multiplate signal in region δ(1.77-1.89) ppm due to eight protons of ch2 groups and two protons of -ch2c=o group appear at δ 2.16 ppm ,triplate signal at δ( 1.021.07) ppm for six protons of two ch3 groups. the mass spectrum of compound [vi]1(m.wt=557) showed several peaks attributed to the presence of thiazole derivative as in figure 1, showed two interesting peaks at m/z =269 (base peak) and m/z =393.also showed most characteristic fragment at m/z =309 due to the cleavage of thaizole ring (hn=ch-ar) , this is a good evidence for the presence of thaizole ring[18]. in addition showed another fragments at m/z=383 and m/z=369 ,this is another evidence for the presence of thaizole ring [19]. the thiazolidin-4-ones derivatives [vii]n were synthesized by refluxing equimolar amounts of the schiff bases [vi]n with thioglycolic acid in dry benzene. these compounds were characterized by their melting points, c.h.n.s. analysis ,ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy.the ftir spectra of compounds [vii]n showed the disappearance of a stretching band of imine group and appearance of stretching band due to a carbonyl group of thiazolidinone around (1710-1705) cm-1 and the ftir spectra showed a band in (904-898) cm-1 for c-s stretching. this was the most characteristic evidence for the success of cyclization step. the ftir spectral data for these compounds are listed in table 6. elemental analysis of compound[vii]6 : calc. : c% = 63.33 , h% = 6.13 , n% = 9.98 , s% = 9.12 found : c% = 63.36 , h% = 6.18 , n% = 10.20 , s% = 9.71 this result is consistent with its proposed structure. 1hnmr spectrum of compound[vii]5 (in dmso as a solvent) showed the following characteristics chemical shifts : a signal at δ 8.12 ppm for proton of nh group ,multiplet signal in region δ (6.90-7.70) ppm for twelve aromatic protons of the benzene rings, signal at δ 6.55 ppm for proton of thiazole ring , a singlet was observed at δ5.70 ppm that could be assigned to the proton of h-2 thiazolidinone , another singlet signal appeared at δ 5.60 ppm due to proton of h-5 thiazolidinone. also the 1hnmr spectrum show signal observed 304 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 between δ (3.73-3.95) ppm was assigned to four protons of two methylene groups (o-ch2) ,multiplet at δ(0.87-1.69) ppm could be attributed to eighteen protons of two (ch2)3ch3 groups .finally a sharp singlet signal appears at δ 4.40 ppm for two protons of -ch2c=o group . the compound [viii] was synthesized from fusion 4-aminoacetophenone with thiourea in iodine (i2) .this compound was characterized by melting point and ftir. the ftir spectrum of compound [viii] showed the disappearance absorption stretching bands of carbonyl group c=o and c=s of 4-aminoacetophenone and thiourea with the appearance of a stretching bands in reign( 33043182 ) cm-1 due to ʋ nh ,nh2 groups and appearance a new stretching band at 1624 cm-1 due to ʋ c=n for thiazole ring moiety. while, the compound [ix] was synthesized by the reaction of one mole of compound [viii] with hno2 at 0-4 ̊ c to get diazonium salt, which was reacted with two mole of phenol at the same temperature . the ftir spectrum of this compound[ix] showed the disappearance of two absorption bands due to nh2 stretching of amine compound [viii] together with the appearance of a stretching two broad bands at 3404 cm-1and 3340 cm-1 due to the intermolecular hydrogen bonding of ʋ o-h bond. it also shows a band at 1516 cm-1 which is due to the ʋ n=n group. the reaction of compound[ix] with two moles from ethyl α-chloroacetate in basic medium yielded a new compound[x]. this compound identified by melting point and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectrum of compound [x] showed a significant band at 1730 cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl of ester groups, they also showed the disappearance absorption band due to ʋ o-h group for compound [xi]. the acid hydrazide [xi] is produced from the condensation of ester compound [x] with two moles hydrazine hydrate in ethanol. this compound is identified by melting point and ftir spectroscopy.the ftir spectrum of this compound showed the disappearance of absorption band of carbonyl for ester group and the appearance of a new band at 1666 cm-1 due to stretching vibration carbonyl for amide group, also showed three bands in the region (3387-3188) cm-1 due to asymmetric and symmetric of nh and nh2 groups. the new schiff bases [xii]n were synthesized by refluxing one mole of compound [xi] with two moles of n-4-alkoxy benzaldehyde in absolute ethanol. the new schiff bases compounds were characterized by melting points , ftir spectroscopy. the characteristic ftir absorption bands showed the disappearance of two absorption bands due to nh2 group together with the appearance of a stretching bands in region (16561650) cm-1 assignable to ʋ c=n group.the characteristics ftir absorption bands of these compounds[xii]n are given in table(7).the compounds[xiii]n were synthesized by the reaction of two moles of thioglycolic acid with one mole of schiff bases [xii]n in dry benzene. the compounds were characterized by their melting points and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectra showed the disappearance of a stretching band of imine groups and the appearance of a stretching band of carbonyl group of thiazolidinone moiety around (1712-1716) cm-1 and c-s groups around ( 902906) cm-1. the ftir spectral data for these compounds are listed in table (8). references 1. sahu ,sk. ; mishra , sk. and mohanta ,rk.(2006) “ synthesis and antibacterial activity of 2-(2,4-dinitrophenyl) -3,5-diphenyl(substituted)-6aryl-3,3a,5,6-tetrahydro-2h-pyrazolo[3,4d] thiazole ”, indian journal of pharmaceutical sciences , 68:377-380. 2. aydogan ,f. and yolacan ,c. (2001) “ transformations of aldimines derived from pyrrole -2-carbaldehyde,synthesis of thiazolidino-fused compounds ”,bull. korean chem,22:476480. 3. lesyk, rb. and zimenkovsky, bs.( 2002)“ search of potential aldose reductase inhibitors among 5-arylidene-4-oxothiazolidine-3-alkanoic acids derivatives” ,ukrainica biooganica acta,5:1-11. 305 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 4. jeo, r. and park ,s.y. (2004) “synthesis and biological activity of benzoxazole containing thiazzolidinedione derivatives ”, arch pharm. res, 27:1099-1105. 5. gursoy, a. and glu,n.t.i. (2005) “synthesis and isolation of new regioisomeric 4thiazolidinones and their anticovulsant ”, activity. turk. j.chem,29:247-254. 6. pareek, d.; chaudhary , m .; pareek , p. k. ; kant, r.; ojha , k. g. ; pareeka, r. and pareeka, a. (2011) “ synthesis and biological evaluation of 4-thiazolidinone derivatives incorporating benzothiazole moiety”, der pharmacia sinica , 2 (1) : 170-181. 7. brown ,f. c. (1961)“ thiaz olidin-4-ones” . chem. revs. 61 :463-521. 8. newcome, g. r. and nayak, a. (1961), “thiazolidin-4-ones ”. adv. hetero cycl. chem. 25 : 83-112. 9. fuloria,n.k. ; singh, v. ; yar m.s. and ali, m. (2009 )“ synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial evaluation of novel imines and thiazolidinones”, acta poloniae pharmaceuticadrug research, 66( 2) : 141-146 . 10. patel,d. ; kumari , p. and patel, n. (2010) “synthesis and characterization of some new thiazolidinones containing coumarin moiety and their antimicrobial study”, archives of applied science research, 2 (6) :68-75. 11. vinay, v.; shikha, m. ; ashish, p. ; mukesh ,g. and anurag,b.( 2011)“synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of 4-thiazolidinone derivatives”, ijrap, 2(1) :281-288. 12. kumar, d. ; bux,f. b. ; parmar ,v. and singh,a. (2012) “thiazolidinone: synthesis and biological studies”, der pharma chemica, 4 (1) :538-543. 13. rou'il, i.h. (2006), ph.d.thesis,college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. 14. king ,l. c. and hlavacek, r.j. (1950) “the reaction of ketones with iodine and thiourea”, j. am. chem. soc.,72(8) :3722–3725. 15. jumbad, h.t; nasreen,h.k and amar, h.a.d(2006) “synthesis a new series of compounds containing oxadiazole rings”,national journal of chemistry,21:63-72. 16. yen ,m. s. and wang,i.j.( 2004 ) “ a facile syntheses and absorption characteristics of some monoazo dyes in bis –heterocyclic aromatic systems part ii: syntheses of 4-(psubstituted) phenyl-2-(2-pyrido-5-yl and 5-pyrazolo-4-yl) azo-thiazole derivatives”, dyes and pigments ,63: 1-9. 17. potewar, t. m. ; ingale ,s. a. and srinivasan,k. v. (2008) “ catalyst-free efficient synthesis of 2-aminothiazoles in water at ambient temperature”, tetrahedron ,64: 5019–5022. 18. katritzky ,a. and pozharskii, a. f.(2000)“handbook of heterocyclic chemistry”, second edition. 19. parmar, j. m. and joshi, n. k.( 2012) “mass spectral fragmentation modes of pyrimidine derivatives”, international journal of chem tech research, 4 (2) : 834-841. 306 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table( 1):the physical properties for the compounds[vi]n com p. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yield % color [vi]1 2-[4`-(4``-methoxy benzaledine amino)oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4(4```-n-pentoxyphenyl)-1,3 thiazole och2conhn ch s n n n ch3o c5h11o c30h31o4n 5s 159160 88 pal yellow [vi]3 2-[4`-(4``-propoxy benzaledine amino)oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4(4```-n-pentoxyphenyl)-1,3 thiazole oc3h7och2conhn ch s n n n c5h11o c32h35o4n 5s 143145 79 pal yellow [vi]4 2-[4`-(4``-butoxy benzaledine amino)oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4(4```-n-pentoxyphenyl)-1,3 thiazole och2conhn ch s n n n oc4h9 c5h11o c33h37o4n 5s 132134 85 yellow [vi]5 2-[4`-(4``-pentoxy benzaledine amino)oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4(4```-n-pentoxyphenyl)-1,3 thiazole och2conhn ch s n n n oc5h11 c5h11o c34h39o4n 5s 120121 75 pal yellow [vi]6 2-[4`-(4``-hexoxy benzaledine amino)oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4(4```-n-pentoxyphenyl)-1,3thiazole oc6h13och2conhn ch s n n n c5h11o c35h41o4n 5s 117118 80 pal yellow [vi]7 2-[4`-(4``-heptoxy benzaledine amino)oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4(4```-n-pentoxyphenyl)-1,3thiazole oc7h15och2conhn ch s n n n c5h11o c36h43o4n 5s > 295 70 pal yellow [vi]8 2-[4`-(4``-octoxy benzaledine amino)oxyacetamide] phenyl azo-4(4```-n-pentoxyphenyl)-1,3thiazole och2conhn ch s n n n oc8h17 c5h11o c37h45o4n 5s 99101 83 pal yellow 307 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (2):the physical properties for the compounds[vii]n comp . no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yiel d % color [vii]1 2-{4`-[2-(4``methoxyphenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden4-one]phenyl} azo-4-(4```pentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole och2conh s n n n c5h11o ochn o s ch3 c32h33o5n5 s2 230232 64 off white [vii]3 2-{4`-[2-(4``propoxyphenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden4-one]phenyl} azo-4-(4```pentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole och2conh s n n n c5h11o chn o s oc3h7 c34h37o5n5 s2 gummy 70 off white [vii]4 2-{4`-[2-(4``butoxyphenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden4-one]phenyl} azo-4-(4```pentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole och2conh s n n n c5h11o oc4h9chn o s c35h39o5n5 s2 gummy 74 off white [vii]5 2-{4`-[2-(4``pentoxyphenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden4-one]phenyl} azo-4-(4```pentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole och2conh s n n n c5h11o oc5h11chn o s c36h41o5n5 s2 gummy 70 pink [vii]6 2-{4`-[2-(4``hexoxyphenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden4-one]phenyl }azo-4-(4```pentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole och2conh s n n n c5h11o oc6h13chn o s c37h43o5n5 s2 gummy 65 off white [vii]7 2-{4`-[2-(4``heptoxyphenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden4-one]phenyl }azo-4-(4```pentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole och2conh s n n n c5h11o oc7h15chn o s c38h45o5n5 s2 gummy 63 pal brow n [vii]8 2-{4`-[2-(4``octoxyphenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden4-one]phenyl }azo-4-(4```pentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole och2conh s n n n c5h11o chn o s oc8h17 c39h47o5n5 s2 > 290 68 pink 308 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table(3):the physical properties of compounds[xii]n comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yiel d % color [xii]1 2-[4`-(4``-methoxy benzaledine amino)-oxy acetamide] phenyl azo-4-[4```-(4````-methoxy benzaledineamino)-oxy acetamide phenyl azo] phenyl 1,3-thiazole s n n n n n och2conhn ch ch nnhcoch2o och3 ch3o c41h35o6n9 s 160162 83 yellow [xii]3 2-[4`-(4``propoxy benzaledine amino)-oxy acetamide] phenyl azo-4-[4```-(4````-propoxy benzaledineamino)-oxy acetamide phenyl azo] phenyl 1,3-thiazole s n n n n n och2conhn ch ch nnhcoch2o oc3h7 c3h7o c45h43o6n9 s 140141 79 pal brown [xii]4 2-[4`-(4``butoxy benzaledine amino)-oxy acetamide] phenyl azo-4-[4```-(4````-butoxy benzaledineamino)-oxy acetamide phenyl azo] phenyl 1,3-thiazole s n n n n n och2conhn ch ch nnhcoch2o oc4h9 c4h9o c47h47o6n9 s 120122 80 pal brown [xii]6 2-[4`-(4``hexoxy benzaledine amino)-oxy acetamide] phenyl azo-4-[4```-(4````-hexoxy benzaledineamino)-oxy acetamide phenyl azo] phenyl 1,3-thiazole s n n n n n och2conhn ch ch nnhcoch2o oc6h13 c6h13o c51h55o6n9 s 9092 75 yellow 309 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table(4):the physical properties of compounds[xiii]n comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yield % color [xiii]1 2-{4`-[2-(4``-methoxy phenyl)-3oxyacetamide)thiozoliden-4one]phenyl }azo-4-{4```-[2(4````methoxy phenyl)-3(oxyacetamide) thiozoliden-4one]phenyl azo }phenyl-1,3thiazole chn o ss n n n n nnhcoch2o och2conh s o nch och3 ch3o c45h39o8n9s2 gummy 70 pal yellow [xiii]3 2-{4`-[2-(4``-propoxy phenyl)-3oxyacetamide)thiozoliden-4one]phenyl }azo-4-{4```-[2(4````propoxy phenyl)-3(oxyacetamide) thiozoliden-4one]phenyl azo }phenyl-1,3thiazole chn o ss n n n n nnhcoch2o och2conh s o nch oc3h7 c3h7o c49h47o8n9s2 gummy 67 pal yellow [xiii]4 2-{4`-[2-(4``-butoxy phenyl)-3oxyacetamide)thiozoliden-4one]phenyl }azo-4-{4```-[2(4````butoxy phenyl)-3(oxyacetamide) thiozoliden-4one]phenyl azo }phenyl-1,3thiazole chn o ss n n n n nnhcoch2o och2conh s o nch oc4h9 c4h9o c51h51o8n9s2 gummy 64 pal yellow [xiii]6 2-{4`-[2-(4``-hexoxy phenyl)-3oxyacetamide)thiozoliden-4one]phenyl}azo-4-{4```-[2-(4```` hexoxy phenyl)-3(oxyacetamide)thiozoliden-4one]phenyl azo}phenyl-1,3thiazole chn o ss n n n n nnhcoch2o och2conh s o nch oc6h13 c6h13o c55h59o8n9s2 gummy 72 pal yellow table (5) : characteristics ftir absorption bands of compounds[vi]n comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) ʋnh ʋ(c-h) aromatic ʋ(c-h) aliphatic ʋ(c=o) amide ʋ(c=n) exocyclic ʋ(c=n) endocyclic ʋ (c=c) aromatic [vi]1 3309 3030 2904-2839 1683 1647 1625 1602 [vi]3 3377 3040 2964-2877 1668 1650 1624 1600 [vi]4 3300 3039 2960-2841 1683 1654 1624 1602 [vi]5 3365 3035 2953-2868 1650 1645 1624 1602 [vi]6 3375 3049 2993-2858 1685 1660 1620 1606 [vi]7 3300 3035 2940-2860 1675 1660 1622 1604 [vi]8 3315 3072 2924-2854 1670 1655 1622 1604 310 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 table (6) : characteristics ftir absorption bands of thiazoldin-4-ones[vii]n comp no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) ʋ (n-h) ʋ(c-h) benzylic ʋ(ch) aliphatic ʋ(c=o) thiazoldinone ʋ(c=o) amide ʋ(c=c) aromatic ʋ(c-s) [vii]1 3332 3251 2958-2854 1705 1674 1604 898 [vii]3 3325 3178 2962-2854 1718 1676 1608 902 [vii]4 3242 3190 2956-2854 1714 1678 1605 904 [vii]5 3280 3190 2954-2870 1720 1668 1608 906 [vii]6 3240 3190 2954-2858 1712 1670 1608 902 [vii]7 3350 3155 2956-2854 1716 1670 1603 898 [vii]8 3329 3182 2954-2854 1710 1676 1602 904 table( 7):characteristics ftir absorption bands of compounds [xii]n comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) ʋnh ʋ(c-h) aromatic ʋ(c-h) aliphatic ʋ(c=o) amide ʋ(c=n) exocyclic ʋ(c=n) endocyclic ʋ(c=c) aromatic [xii]1 3310 3012 2985-2839 1665 1656 1625 1602 [xii]3 3331 3010 2964-2877 1664 1641 1624 1602 [xii]4 3317 3037 2980-2875 1656 1645 1624 1602 [xii]6 3313 3049 2945-2860 1678 1650 1622 1606 table( 8) : characteristics ftir absorption bands of thiazoldin-4-one [xiii]n comp no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) ʋ(n-h) ʋ(c-h) aromatic ʋ(ch) aliphatic ʋ(c=o) thiazoldinone ʋ(c=o) amide ʋ(c=c) aromatic ʋ(c-s) [xiii]1 3346 3007 2970-2837 1712 1670 1583 902 [xiii]3 3410 3028 2968-2875 1712 1680 1608 904 [xiii]4 3310 3040 2958-2875 1716 1650 1610 898 [xiii]6 3390 3030 2931-2821 1716 1670 1602 906 figure no.(1): mass spectrum of compound [vi]1 311 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 أمینو – 4ھیدروكسي و -4تحضیر مركبات حلقیة غیر متجانسة مشتقة من أسیتوفینون وتشخیصھا نسرین حسین كرم جمبد ھرمز توما عمار ھاني الدجیلي بغداد جامعة / )الھیثم ابنللعلوم الصرفة (– التربیة كلیة /الكیمیاء قسم 2013 آب 26، قبل البحث في : 2013حزیران 23استلم البحث في : الخالصة وذالك بعدد من الخطوات n[vii]ون 4--ومشتقات الثایوزولدین n[vi]تم في ھذا البحث تحضیر سلسلتین قواعد شف الذي یتفاعل مع بنتوكسي [i] ثایوزول3,1 ھیدروكسي أسیتوفینون مع الثایویورایا والیود لینتج المركب – 4تبدأ بتفاعل وھذا یتفاعل مع الفینول لینتج مركب [ii]بروماید وكاربونات البوتاسیوم الالمائیة في االسیتون لینتج المركب والذي تمت [iv] .والذي بدوره یتفاعل مع اثیل كلورواسیتیت في وسط قاعدي لینتج مركب استري جدید[iii]االزو . والمركب االخیر یتكاثف مع نورمل الكوكسي بنزالدیھاید لیعطي [v]ض الھیدرازایدمفاعلتھ مع الھیدرازین لینتج حام -.ومجموعة االیمین تدخل اضافة حلقة مع حامض الثایوكالیكولك لتعطي مركبات الثایوزولدین n[vi]قواعد شف جدیدة وذلك بعدد n[xiii]ون 4--ینومشتقات الثایوزولد n[xii]وكذالك حضیرت سلسلتین جدیدة من قواعد شف n[vii]ون-4 أمینو أسیتوفینون – 4عدا استعمال n[vii]ون 4--والثایوزولدین n[vi]من الخطوات المشابھة لتحضیر قواعد شف شخصت جمیع المركبات المحضرة بوساطة درجات انصھارھا، ، تحلیل العناصر ، .ھیدروكسي أسیتوفینون – 4بدل وطیف الكتلة لبعض منھا. 1hnmr، طیف ftir طیف قواعد شف مركبات حلقیة غیر متجانسة ، الثایوزول ،الثایوزولدینون، :الكلمات المفتاحیة 312 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 synthesis of 4-n-alkoxybenzaldehyde synthesis of 2-amino 4-(4`-hydroxylphenyl)-1,3-thiazole[i] synthesis of 2-amino 4-(4`-npentoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole [ii] synthesis of thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[vii]n synthesis of 2amino 4-(4`-amino phenyl)-1,3-thiazole [viii] synthesis of 2-(4`-hydroxyphenyl azo)-4-[4``(4``` hydroxy phenyl azo) phenyl ]-1,3-thiazole [ix] synthesis of 2-(4`-oxyethylacetate phenyl azo)-4-[4``-(4```-oxyethylacetate phenyl azo)] phenyl -1,3-thiazole [x] synthesis of 2-(4`-oxy acid hydrazide phenyl azo)-4-[4``-(4```-oxy acid hydrazide phenyl azo)] phenyl -1,3-thiazole [xi] synthesis of 2-[4`-(4``substutied benzaledine amino)-oxy acetamide] phenyl azo-4-[4```-(4````substutied benzaledineamino)-oxy acetamide phenyl azo] phenyl -1,3-thiazole [xii]n synthesis of thiazolidin-4-one derivatives [xiii]n table (2):the physical properties for the compounds[vii]n microsoft word 40-48 40 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 anatomical and histological study of thyroid gland in weasel (herpestes javanicus) (e.geoffroy saint.hilaire,1818) rana a. al-aamery hussain a.m. dauod dept. of biology, college of education of pure science (ibn-al-haitham), university of baghdad received in :22 december 2015, accepted in :1march 2016 abstract the present study aimed to investigate the morphological description and histological structure of thyroid gland in herpestes javanicus . the results revealed that thyroid gland in adult herpestes javanicus is located in the neck region just below the larynx and attached to the trachea . histological study revealed that thyroid gland in h. javanicus surrounded by a capsule of losse connective tissue and the thyroid gland mainly formed from follicles within different sizes. the results showed that the follicle consists of three compenets represented by follicular lining cells, basal parafollicular cells and the colloid. microscopical examination revealed that the follicular lining tissue is either to be simple squamous or simple cuboidal epithelial tissue . the results also showed that the parafollicular cells (c-cells) are spherical, oval and even polygonal, and are located either interfollicular or intrafollicular. key words: thyroid gland, weasel, thyroid histology, anatomy, c-cell 41 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction the thyroid is a bilobed endocrine gland located in the neck region, anterolateral to the larynx and upper trachea. the two lobes are connected by a thin band of thyroid tissue, the isthmus that cross anterior to upper part of the trachea [1,2,3]. thyroid gland is an unique among the endocrine gland in that it stores large amount of hormone in an intact from within extracellular compartments in the center of follicles, in contrast with other endocrine gland store only small quantities of hormones in intracellular site [4,5]. the main bulk of the gland develops from an epithelial down growth from the fetal tongue whereas the calcitonin-secreting cells are derived from altimobranchial element of the fourth branchial pouch [4]. a thin connective tissue capsule surrounded the gland. it sends trabeculae devided parenchyma to several lobules[4,6,7]. the thyroid gland follicles consist of two basic cells types represented by principal or follicular cells and parafollicular or c-cell. the two cells have different embryonic origins [6]. the first type secrets the thyroxin, t4 and triiodothyronin hormones which are playing an important roles for reproduction differentiation and migration of cells during embryonic stages [3,8]. the second type of cells (parafollicular cells) are secreted calcitonin hormone which regulate the calcium level in the blood [9,6]. review of the literature revealed that there is few investigation deals with the morphological description and histological structure of thyroid gland in iraqi vertebrates especially the wild vertebrates [10,11]. this literature record supports the idea to study the thyroid gland in iraqi wilde vertebrates including the animal under investigation weasel ,small asian mangoose (herpestes javanicus). this study is a part of large scale investigation deals with the anatomy and histology of thyroid glands of different iraqi wild vertebrates, hope to increase the information in this field of the study. materials and methods a total of [10] adult weasel (males& females) (herpestes javanicus) were collected from al-najaf province. the animals are classified according to the field guide of wild mammals of iraq [12]. all animals were scarified for collecting the thyroid gland for morphological and histological study. methods of bancroft & stevens[8] were employed for histological techniques and different stains were used (haris haematoxylineosin, pas and azan stains) to stain the histological sections. results the present study on the morphological description and histological structure of thyroid gland in weasel (herpestes javanicus) declares the following results: 1morphological description: results of the gross anatomy revealed that the thyroid gland in adult weasel (herpestes javanicus) is located in the neck region, it is attached to the trachea just below the larynx (figure 1). it consists of two distinct lobes with no clear isthmus as in other large mammals. they are located at the tracheal incompelete rings (1st5th). the thyroid lobes are oval shaped with length & width for right & left lobes in males & females respectively (table 1) 2histological structure: results of the present study showed that thyroid gland in h. javanicus surrounded by a capsule of loose connective tissue consists of two layers, an outer fibrous layer of collagen 42 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 fibers, elastic fibers and few reticular fibers in addition to the fibroblasts and the inner layer of collagenous fibers with few elastic fibers and smooth muscle fibers in addition to the blood vessels and nerves. the capsules extend to the gland tissue by the trabeculae which divided the gland paranchyma to several lobules (figure 2). the thyroid gland is mainly formed from follicles of different sizes. the follicles consists of three components which are represnted by follicular lining cells, basal parafollicular cells which located inbetween the basement membrane and follicular cells and the colloid which filled the follicle cavity (figure 4). the follicles appear with different shapes either to be oval or round and even irregular shapes and have different sizes, small, medium and large(figure 3) (table 1). microscopical examination declears that the follicular lining tissue is either to be simple squamous or simple cuboidal epithelial tissue, the later is the dominant type. the cavity of the follicles is filled with colloid in different quantities[figure 3,4]. blood vessels are appeared inbetween the follicles and they are clearly appear in males in contrast with feamles (figure 3). the parafollicular cells (ccells) are spherical, oval and even polygonal with spherical nucleus and clear cytoplasm (figure 5). these cells are located either interfollicular or intrafollicular and they appeared either single cells or in clusters [5], their numbers in males are less than in females. discussion anatomical examination revealed that thyroid gland in adult h. javanicus is bilobed located infront of neck region at tracheal ring (1st5th), such result agrees with the results of several previous works [11,13,14 and15] delt with anatomy of the thyroid gland in buffalo, camel, donky and rat respectively. this agreement probably related to the fact that all vertebrates have the same body plan. preveous studies showed that there is a cylindrical structure called isthmus connected the two thyroid glands on both sides of trachea [10,11,14]. these results disagree with present study results that the disagreement is probably related with the size and physiological structure of the animal under investigation [15]. review of the literature revealed that there are clear differences in the thyroid gland capsule structure. kausar&shahid [14] and igbokwe[15] observed that in camel& wild african grasscutter that the capsule consists of a thin layer of loose connective tissue, while adhikary et al., [ 16] found that the capsule is formed from three layers, an outer, middle and inner layers. the present study disagrees with the above finding as the capsule formed of a two layers loose connective tissue represented by an outer and inner layers, which agree with the results of [13] in iraqi buffalo, white fulani (zebu) cattle [17] and gaint rat[18]. smooth muscles fiber in inner layer of capsule probably plays an important role in contraction of the capsule and motility of colloid. results of the present study revealed that the histological structure of the thyroid gland in h. javanicus has the same structure that recorded in previous studies [13,15,16,17,18]. the present study results revealed that the tissue lining the follicles represented by simple squamous or simple cuboidal epithelial tissue. these results agree with several previous results [11,14,15,18 and19] and disagree with [9,10 and 20]. igbokwe and ezeasor [17] revealed that the cells lining the follicles are columnar and form simple columnar epithelium. the disagreement probably is related with the function of gland due to the fact that the columnar cells are more active cells in different organ lining [25 ]. 43 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the follicle of gland contains a colloid material with different quantities [13,16,17,20 and 25], these results agree with the present study and it is related with body plan &the functional need . the histological examination of thyroid gland revealed that the parafollicular cells [ccell] appeared as single cells or in cluster, and these cells appear spherical or oval shape with dark nucleous and light cytoplasm [1,13,16,17,20,22,23,24]. results of the present study that declare c-cells either to be interfollicular or intrafollicular in their location which agree with [16,17] foundation and this is related with the functional constrution . references 1.ross,m.h. (2006). histology: atext and atlas with correlated cell and molecular biology, lippincott williams and wilkins, philadelphia. 2. kardong,k.v. (2006). vertebrates comparative anatomy, function, evolution. ( 4th edition). washington state university. 3.eroschenko,v.p.(2005). atlas of histology with functional correlations.( 11th edition). londone. 4.braverman, l. e. and cooper, d.( 2012). werner and ingbar’s the thyroid: a fundamental clinical text. 10th edition, lippincott williams and wilkins, london. 5.dickoff, w. w. and darling, d.s. (1983). evolution of thyroid function and its control in lower vertebrates. am. zool., 23: 697-707. 6.robert, c. (1938). the comparative anatomy of the thyroid and adrenal glands in wild animals.ohio journal of science. 37(1).42-61. 7.kress, e., samarut, j. and plateroti, m.( 2009).thyroid hormones and the control of cell proliferation or cell differentiation: paradox or duality? mol. cell endocrinol., 313: 36–49. 8.bancroft, j. d. and stevens, a. (1986). theory and practice of histological techniques, 2nd ed. churchill livingstone, london: xiv+662pp 9.almakhtar,k. and al-rawi, a.h.(2000). histology part (2) . university of baghdad , national library foundation printing and publishing, baghdad: 419 10.sawicki,b.; siuda,s. and kasacka,i. (1992).microscopic structure of the thyroid gland in the european bison. acta theriologica. , 37(1-2):171-179 11.kausar,r. and shahid,r.u. (2006). gross and microscopic anatomy of thyroid gland of onehamped camel (camelus dromedarius). pakistan vet. j.,26(2):88-90. 12.igbowe,c.o.(2010). gross and microscopic anatomy of thyroid gland of the wild african grasscutter( thryonomys swinderianus,temminck)in southeast nigeria. eur. j .anat.,14(1):510. 13.adhikary,g.n. ;quasem,m.a. and das,s.k. (2003). histological observation of thyroid gland at prepubertal, pubertal and castracted black bengal goat. pakistan journal of biological sciences ,6(11):998-1004. 14.igbokwe, c.o. and ezeasor,d.n. (2015). histologic and ultrastructure observations on the thyroid gland of the white fulani (zebu) cattle in northern nigeria.afr.j.biotechnol. 14(2):156-166 15.onwuaso,i.c. and nwagbo,e.d.(2014). light and electron microscopic study of thyroid gland in the african gaint rat, cricetomys gambianus, waterhouse. pakistan j. zool.,46(5):1223-1230. 44 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 16.bello,a.; onu,j.e.; umaru,m.a.; shehu,s.a.; jimoh,m.i. and olusola,o.(2014). the orental development of thyroid gland in one humped camel (camelus dromedaries): histomorphological study.journal of agriculture and soil science.,1(1):5-7. 17.soliman,s.m.; nabil,t.m.; el-kerdawy,a.z. and el-bayomy,a.m.(2005). development of the thyroid gland of new-zealand white rabbit. beni-suef .vet .med.j., 15(2):1-8. 18.bancroft, j. d. and stevens, a. (1986). theory and practice of histological techniques, 2nd ed. churchill livingstone, london: xiv+662pp 19.borda,a.; berger,n.; turcu,m.; ai jaradi.,m. and veres,s.(2004). the c-cells: current concepts on normal histology and hyperplasia. morphol.embryol. xlv:53-61. 20.kameda, y. (1983). distribution of c cells in monkey thyroid glands as studied by the immunoperoxidase method using anti-calcitonin and antic-thyroglobulin antisera. arch.histol.jap.,.46(2):221-228. 21.bursuk,e. (2012). introduction to thyroid : anatomy and functions. thyroid and parathyroid disease. isbn. 51: 22pp. 22.rajkovic,v.; matavulj,m. and johansson,o.(2006). light and electrone microscopic study of the thyroid gland in rats exposed to power-frequency electromagnetic fields. j.exp.biol.209:3322-3328. 23.carvalheira.a.f. and pearse,g.e.(1967). comparative cytochemistry of c cell esterases in the mammalian thyroidparathyroid complex. histochemie,8:175-182. 24.sawicki,b.(1975). morphology and histochemistry of thyroid gland c-cells of young and adult guniea pig. acta thereologica .,20(22):281-296. 25.al-zubaidy,n.m.h. (2013). comparative anatomical histological study of the urinary system blood biochemical criteria in three vertebrate. ph.d. thesis. college of education of pure science.karbalaa university. table (1): length, width and the diameter of the thyroid lobes in h. juvanicus sex dimension (cm) rigth lobes left lobes mean ± s.e male length 0.770 ± 0.0517 0.850 ± 0.0453 width 0.380 ± 0.0389 0.340 ± 0.0371 female length 0.860 ± 0.0427 0.680 ± 0.0611 width 0.350 ± 0.0342 0.720 ± 0.0153 table (2): the diameter of the thyroid follicles in h. juvanicus sex small follicles (µm) middle follicles large follicles mean ± s.e mean ± s.e mean ± s.e male 0.2205 ± 0.1323 0.180 ± 0.00824 1.1465 ± 0.06313 female 0.2110 ± 0.01183 0.1985 ± 0.00693 0.9758 ± 0.06971 45 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1) :a. positon of thyroid gland in herpestes javanicue,. ( t) trachea, b.(r.th ) right thyroid lobe, c. (l.th ) left thyroid lobe 46 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016   figure (2): cross section in thyroid gland showing ( f) follicle ,( c ) capsule ,(tb) trabeculae (bv) blood vessle h&e 100x figure (3): cross section in thyroid gland showing (lf) large follicle, (mf) medium follicle, (sf) small follicle,( ss ) simple squamous epithelial tissue , (bv) blood vessle h&e 400x 47 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016   figure (4):cross section in thyroid gland showing (co) colloid, (ep) epithelial tissue cell ( bm) basment membrane pas 400x figure (5): cross section in thyroid gland showing ( inf) interfollicular cell, (inaf) intrafollicular cell azan 400x          cb 48 | biology 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 حيوان في الدرقية للغدة ونسجية تشريحية دراسة (herpostes javanicus) weasel بيز ابن عرس (e.geoffroy saint.hilaire,1818) رنا عالء العامري حسين عبد المنعم داود بغداد ، جامعة)قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم 2016اذار 1، قبل في : 2015كانون األول 22استلم في الخالصة herpestes هدفت الدراسة الحالية التعرف على الوصف الشكليائي والتركيب النسجي للغدة الدرقية في بيز ابن عرس javanicus اظهرت نتائج الدراسة ان الغدة الدرقية في الحيوان البالغ تتموضع في المنطقة العنقية تماما تحت الحنجرة . تكون h. javanicusوتكون ملتصقة بالرغامى. اوضحت الدراسة النسجية ان الغدة الدرقية في الحيوان موضوع الدراسة يس من جريبات مختلفة الحجم. اوضحت نتائج الدراسة الحالية محاطة بمحفظة من نسيج ضام, وان الغدة تتكون بشكل رئ اوضحت بأن الحويصالت تتكون من ثالثة مكونات تتمثل بالخاليا الظهارية للحويصالت وخاليا قاعدية جنب جريبية رشفيا ). اظهر الفحص المجهري ان النسيج المبطن للجريبات اما ان يكون نسيجا ظهاريا حcolloidاضافة الى الغروان ( كذلك اوضحت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان الخاليا جنيب الجربية تكون اما بيضوية اومضلعة وقد بسيطا.بسيطا او مكعبيا تكون متعددة االوجه وهي تتموضع بموقعين بين جريبي و داخل جريبي. -cاسة تشريحية للغدة الدرقية , خاليا الغدة الدرقية، بيز ابن عرس ، ، دراسة نسجية للغدة الدرقية ,درالكلمات المفتاحية: cell ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 the morphology and palynology study of dionysia odora fenzl. (primulaceae) in iraqi-kurdistan r.h.m.salih ,s. a. ahmad departme nt of field crop , college of agriculture, university of sulaimani received in : 5 april 2011 accepte d in: 16 june 2011 abstract the p resent research deals with the sp ecies dionysia odora fenzl. (sy noname:dionysia michauxii) it covers all its att ributed and detailed. the plants are studied in the college of a griculture/university of sulaimaniya herbar ium. the paly nology , ecology was given also. the sp ecimens of the plant collected and identified by saman abdulrahmad ahmad. key words: kurdist an, primulaceae, dionysia, taxonomy, piramagrun m ountain. introductions the primulaceae family comp rises p redominantly of herbs confined mainly to the nort h temp erate regions of the old world and concentrated in the himalay a, the caucasus and the mountains of europe, including som e f avorite garden p lants and wildflowers. it is also known as t he p rimrose family , [1]. the family contains 22 genera and 1000 sp ecies, o ccurring mainly in temp erate and mountainous regions of t he northern hemisp here, [2]. accounts of the family have already been dealt with in various regional works. for instance [3] wrot e an account of the family for the flora orientalis region; [4] dealt with the various genera of the family for europe. [5] trated the sp ecies occurring in turkey. similarly [6] wrot e an account of the family for liby a; [7] d ealt with the p rimulaceous taxa of u.s.s.r. and [8] for m alesia etc.[9] and later [10] monographed the family on a worldwide basis. twenty-two genera and ca. 1000 sp ecies; mainly in temp erate and mountainous regions of the northern hemisp here; twelve genera and 528 sp ecies (373 end emic) are widely distributed throughout china, but are represented mostly in the s and w regions, [2]. the genus dionysia fenzl is a typically irano-turanian genus almost restricted to the rather dry mountains of the flora iranica area, from se anatolia and w iran to tadzhikistan and afghanist an. m ost sp ecies are cushion for min g chasmophytes – in sp ring comp letely smothered in y ellow, p urp le, violet or p ink flowers – but some are more lax and “primula lookin g”. so me sp ecies are very choosy about their habitat and only grow below overhangs, whereas other sp ecies can be found also on slightly slop ing rocks. in sp ite of being difficult to grow, a large number of sp ecies are cultivated by devoted sp ecialist s or in botanical gardens, [11]. when [12] revised the genus dionysia, h e recogn ized 28 sp ecies, but added several more in later p ublications. 41sp ecies were known to science when [13] p ublished his se mi-p op ular account “ the genus dionysia”, in whi ch all sp ecies are descr ibed and illustrations ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 (includin g several color p hotographs) and distribution maps are provided.five new sp ecies of dionysia are described in iran zagros m ts. were (d. v iva, d. zschummelii, d. crista-galli, d. zetterlundii and d. tacamahaca) from the zagros m ountains of w iran. one subspecies (d. sarvestanica subsp. spatulata), one variety (d. gaubae var.macrantha) and two sections (d. sect. zoroasteranthos and d. sect. mucida) are also described as new [11]. dionysia was first reco gnized as a genus by [14], based on material of d. odora (d. sintenisii) collected by kotschy in kurdistan. this, however, was not the first dionysia known to science. already in 1817 lehmann h ad described primula aretioides on material collected from nort h iran in 1770, but only in 1846 boissier formally transferred it to dionysia, at t he same time described three new sp ecies, [14]. in t he meantime [9] h ad treated the primulaceae for c andolle’s prodromus, in which h e included the dionysia sp ecies in gregoria, a sy nony m of douglasia, a rather remotely related genus.[15] p ublished an account of dionysia, recognizin g it as a genus sep arate from primula, as did [3]. [15] mer ged dionysia into primula as a section. [16] treated dionysia for engler’s pflanzenreich, reco gnizin g 20 sp ecies. it is p resent in wild p lants in iraq the genus dionysia has on e sp ecies in iraq and it is d.odora [17] and [18], while in the geo graphical distribution of wild vascular pl ant of iraq mensioned two sp ecies of t he genus and they are d.bormuiieri pa x. and d.odora [19]. it was mentioned in both references above the sy nony m of the sp ecies d.odora is d.aucheri (dc) boiss. materials and methods 1morphol ogical study: the material of the current st udy are based on 9 samp les collected from the research area they are collected at sp ring of 2009 by (saman abdulrah man). the sp ecimens were dried and p rep ared as herbarium sp ecimen to deposit in suah, the notes are written on the label includin g sc ientific name, family name, dates of collecting, name of collector, altitude, latitude and lon gitude and flower ing date were selected. all parts of p lant morp hological were st udied in the labor atory under dissecting microscope (m otic). the habitat information was obt ained from the field st udies. t he locality information with the coordinates and the coexisting p lants were given as well. 2palynological study: pollen material of the p lant were examined by a light comp ound microscope. the p ollen samples were removed fro m the anthers of flowers of collected sp ecimens, and p ut on the slide after that the p ollen grains were acetoly sed after the method of [20] and mounted in glycerine jelly st ained with safranin, and the equatorial and p olar view were measured for 25 grains. results and discussions 1morphol ogical descriptions: herbs p erennial, rarely suffrut icose, with glandular and eglandular h airs, p lant 9-16 cm height . plant has erect, smooth, woody st eam. 60-140 mm len gth 4-7 mm width, dark-brown in color, branching st arted from the base of st eam, inter node length 9-13mm and nod width 3-7mm. leaves whorled, in basal rosettes, often all basal, simple, st ipules absent; blade obovate, light-green color, blade mar gins entire or denticulate, basal leaves 5-lobed at t he top and the ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 upp er leaves 3-lobed at t he top , 3-4 mm long 1.5-2 mm width. it is covered in both sides with long glandular hairs. (fi g 1). bracts foliaceous, 1.2-2 mm long 0.6-0.9 mm width, gr een in color. flowers solitary , sessile, perfect, 5-merous. p erianth and androecium hyp ogy nous. caly x tubular, sep als 5, connate into tube at the base, campanulate, deep ly divided into oblanceo late sep als, acute, entire, apex mar gin with glandular h airs, light-gr een color, 3.5×1.5 mm. sep als 3.5×0.8 mm. (fi g 1) corolla hy p ocrateriform, with a slender tube widenin g at insertion of stamens, corolla 24-28 mm long, gamopetalous, actinomorp hic, covered with glandular hairs, y ellow, corolla tube 20-22 mm, 5 lobes, 4 – 4.5 × 1.8 – 2 mm, lobes entire. (fi g 1,2). stamens 5, included in corolla tube, opp osite with corolla lobes, epipetalous, distinct, 13.5-15 mm. ant hers y ellow, op ening by longitudinal slits, 1.8×0.3 mm. filaments att ached near the throat of corolla, 13.2 ×0.2 mm, light-y ellow in color. (fig 1,2). sty les 1, terminal, 22-24 × 0.1-0.2 mm, slightly exserted from corolla tube. stigma 1, cap itate. ovary sup erior, 1-1.5 × 0.6-0.8 mm, obovate, light-brown in color. (fi g 1,2) fruits capsular, dehiscence by 5 valves. 2palynological study: palynology p lays a significant role in p lant taxono my, and y et this field has not been used too frequently in syst ematic work. the first comp rehensive book on p aly nology was by [21]. earlier between the y ears 1926-1934, he also wrot e several papers on various asp ects of p aly nology and later (1936) an account of t he evolutionary asp ects of the p ollen gr ains, [22]. published h is first concise book on p ollen morphology p ertaining to various angiosp erme families. it is largely due to the p ioneering work of these two, that p ollen morphology has gained imp ortant in syst ematic work, [23]. in connection with the paly nology of the primulaceae, there are three works which are noteworthy ; they are by [24 and 25]. the last mentioned work by punt et al. has very good p ollen descrip tions to various taxa, obtained by light microscop y and the scanning electron microscope, but t he scop e of the work is limited to the europ ean flora. the p ollen grains of d. odora are solitary , multicolpate, radially sy mmetrical and isop olar. m ean of equatorial axis = 18.2 µm., mean of p olar axis = 13.5 µm. were measured for 25 p ollen grain, the equatorial outline is more discoidal to ellip tical; and p olar outline is sp herical. (fig 3) 3ecology s tudy: the sp ecies d.odora grow in the pira-magrun m ountains near the p eak in the sub alpine zone that is very steep and the slope is between 80 90%, at spring of 2009. it is growing on limestone, usually vertically under overhanging rocks. the altitudes where most of these plants are found between 1950-2200 and cordi.e:35 45 40, n:45 12 50. the picture of the p lant and plant habit were taken by camera cannon d 400 by m .saman a.. the important association plant are lamium striatum, rumex ribes, rindera(mattia) lanata, euphorbia denticulata, s tachys lavandulifolia and vio la modesta. (fi g 2). re ferences 1nasir, y. j. (1983). a revision of t he family primulaceae from pakistan. university of karachi. karachi. (thesis). 2flora of china,(1996). 15: 39–189. 3boissier, e. (1879). flora orientalis. 4:4-31. 4valentine and kress, a. (1972). the genus primula in tut in et. al. f1. eur. 3: 15-20. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 5lamond, j. (1978). the genera primula, dion ysia and androsace in dav is, fl. turk. 6. 112-127. 6ali, s.i. (1976). primulaceae in ali and jafri fl. libya no. 1: 1-15. 7federov, an. (1952). the gener a primula and cortusa in bobrov and schisck in fl. ur ss. 18: 111-202; 242-249. 8bentvelzen, p.a.j. (1962). primulaceae in van steen is et. al., fl. m ales. 1 (6): 173-192. 9duby , j. (1844), primulaceae. – pp . 33-74 in: candolle, a. p. de (ed.), prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis 8. – paris, etc. 10lidén, m . the genus dionysia (primulaceae), a sy nop sis and five new sp ecies. – willd enowia. 37: 37-61. – issn 0511-9618; © (2007). bgbm berlin-dahlem. doi:10.3372/wi.37.37102 ( available via http://dx.do i.org/) m agnus lidén, up p sala university botanic garden,villavägen 8,75236 upp sala, sweden; e-mail: m agnus.liden@botan.uu.se. 11wendelbo, p. (1961)a, studies in primulaceae i. a monogr aph of the genus dionysia. – aarbok. univ. bergen, m at.-naturvitensk. ser. (3). 12grey -wilson, c. (1989) the genus diony sia. – woking. 13fenzl, e. (1843), plantarum generu m et sp ecierum novarum decas p rima. – flora 26: 389-404. 14bunge, a. (1871), die art en der gattung dionysia fenzl.-bull.acad. imp. sci. saintpétersbourg 16: 547-563. 15kuntze, o. (1891), revisio generum p lantarum 2. – leip zig, etc. 16knut h, r. (1905),dionysia. – pp . 160-168 in: engler, a. (ed.), das pflanzenreich 22. – leipzig. 17al-rawi, a. (1964). wild plant of iraq with their dist ribution. m in. of agr. and irridation – national herb. of iraq, bagh. p. 43,47,51. 18al-m ashhadani, a.n.; ahmmad, s.a. and m uhammad, r.h., (2009). list of sulaiman i dist rict vegetation. university of sulaimani. co llege of a gricu lture-dep artment of field crop s. (unp ublished). 19ridda, t.j. and daood, w.h. (1982). geographical dist ribution of wild vascular plant of iraq. nat. herb. of iraq, un publ. 44-49. 20erdtman, (1966). pollen m orp hology and plant taxonomy. reprinted. angiosp erms. stockholm. 553. 21wodehouse, r.p.(1935). pollen grains. t heir structure, identification and sign ifican ce in science and medicine. new york and london. 22erdtman, (1952). pollen m orp hology and plant taxonomy. angiosp erms. stockholm. 23rabeler, r ichard k. and hartman, ron ald l. (2007). flora of nort h america. (from internet). 24sp anowsky , w. (1962). die bedeutung der p ollenmorp hologie fur die taxono mie d er primulaceae-pri muloideae. fedded rep ert 65: 149-215. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 25punt , w.; weenan, j. ;de leeuw and oostrum, w.a.p. van. (1974). primulaceae in jannssen, punt and reitsma editors. the n.w. eur. pollen flora 3, rev. of palebotany and p aly nology , 17 (3/4): 31-70. lower upp er bract ieaves ieav es 1 4 .5 c m caly x fig (2): the morphol ogical character for di onysia odora plant parts. 3 .5 c m 6 c m op en corolla closed corolla pist il stamen glandular hairs ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 fig. (2): the d.odora plant i n its natural habit. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 equatorial view polar view fig. (3): pollen grain 3 9 5 0 c m 2011) 3( 24المجلد ة مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقی .dionysia odora fenzlدراسة المظهر الخارجي وحبوب اللقاح للنوع primulaceae) ( العراق-في كوردستان روبار حسین محمد صالح، سامان عبدالرحمن أحمد قسم محاصیل الحقلیة، كلیة الزراعة، جامعة السلیمانیة 2011نیسان 5:استلم البحث في 2011حزیران 16:قبل البحث في الخالصة ة أجریت. یقوذلك بعرض صفاته المورفولوجیة بشكل مفصل ودق d. odoraیهتم البحث الحالي بدراسة النوع الدراس تجمع. أیضآ حبوب اللقاح، والبیئة التي یعیش فیها النباتل. جامعة السلیمانیة/في معشب كلیة الزراعة ت النماذج وشخص .سامان عبدالرحمن أحمد مننباتات النوع kurdist : الكلمات المفتاحیة an, primulaceae, dion ysia, taxono my, piramagrun m ountain. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 in vitro propagation of albizia lebbeck through axillary bud culture k.r. al-joboury iraq natural history research center & museum,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 20 april 2011 accepte d in : 16 november 2011 abstract the p resent st udy describes a p rotocol for rapid in vitro microprop agation of albizia lebbeck during the p eriod of october 2007 to october 2009 through nodal segments containing axillary buds. the buds induced to p roduce a large number of multiple shoot s by culturing on m s medium sup p lemented with different concentrations of ba (benzy ladenine) and naa (α-nap hthalene acetic acid). the maximum number of shoot s p er exp lants was obtained on m s medium sup p lemented with 1.0 mg/l ba and 0.1 mg/l naa was (4.8) after 4 weeks of culture. excised shoot s were rooted on half strength m s medium fortified with 0.5 mg/l either iba (indolbuty ric acid) or naa alone. the comp lete plantlets t hus obt ained were successfully transferred to soil. key words: albizia lebbeck, tissue culture, in vitro, p lant regeneration indroduction the genus albizia (also albizz ia) albizia lebbeck (l.) benth. commonly known as siris is a mimosoid tree legume widely distributed in the world. belongs t o subfamily m imoseae of family leguminosae (fabaceae ) / pea family and is highly valued multip urp ose tree legume. [1,2] . the genus albizia consists of app roximately 150 sp ecies distributed in asia , africa , australia , and trop ical and subt rop ical america several albizia sp ecies are p lanted as ornamentals or as a source of tannin extracts [3] albizia lebbeck is a deciduous woody trees and shrubs and forms sy mbiotic relationship with rhizobium and fix atmosp heric nitrogen used for its growt h and also for the enrichment of the rhizosp here [4] one of the most imp ortant p roblems in the woody legumes in the establishment of p rop agules of high quality of regeneration as albizia lebbeck has long seed dormancy. under tissue culture app roach the p lant sp p belonging to the family leguminoseae are in general considered to be recalcitrant to in vito regeneration. under these efforts albizia lebbeck was subjected to tissue culture technique for developing the avenues for mass p roduction and development of elite genoty p e of albizia lebbeck from diggerent exp lants. [5] it is thus necessary to device a rapid and efficient microprop agation p rotocol for obtaining true‐to‐ty p e regenerants without detriment to the survival of mother/donor p lant and saving its p op ulations from gett ing rarer in nature. aiming to st udy the microprop agation of albizia lebbeck to solve some of the prop agation p roblems in this p lant. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 material and methods shoot apices having nodal segments with axillary buds were collected from natural trees growing in al-rashdia area. the buds were disinfected with 0.5% sodium hy p ochlorite solution with 3-5 drop s of t ween20 for 20 minutes and washed thoroughly with tap water. the buds were also treated with 0.05% mecuric chloride solution for 5 minutes then washed with st erile distilled water and p retreated with citric acid (150 mg/l), ascorbic acid ( 100 mg/l ). the st erilized nodal exp lants were transferred to m urashige and skoog (1962) (m s) medium sup p lemented with growt h regulators at various concentrations and combinations of ba with naa for shoot induction. excised shoot s from these cultures were rooted on ½ m s sup p lemented with iba (or naa at different concentrations for root induction p h was adjust ed to 5.6 using 0.1 n naoh or 0.1 n hcl before autoclaving ( 121°c under 1.05 kg/cm2, 20 min ). the cultures were maintained in a culture room at 25±2°c and were exp osed to continuous fluorescent light for 16 h p er day and successfully transferred to soil. significant differences among mean values were using one-way anova followed by duncan's multiple-range test was conducted to evaluate differences among the treatments. re sults and discussion m icrop rop agation is the true-to-t y p e p rop agation of selected cultivar using in vitro technique. the segments of albizia lebbeck exhibited browning of the exp lant and medium due to leaching of p henolics. this p henomenon results from phy siological changes within the cultured tissues that lead to gradual browning and eventual death of t issues. [6] tissue browning is a p roblem frequently observed during in vitro establishment of exp lants from woody p lants [7]. the p roblem of phenolic browning was minimized to a great extent by leaching of p henolic comp ounds due to agitation in antioxidants solution and by p rop er dry ing of exp lants p rior to inoculation [8] significantly reduced leachin by sup p lementing the medium with citric acid (150 mg/l), ascorbic acid ( 100 mg/l ) this was in agreement with [9]. the variance analysis of the axillary bud cultures showed that the effects of the treatments with different combination of ba and naa were significant on number of shoot . the nodal segments p roved to be excellent exp lants for multiple shoot formation and the first resp onse of axillary buds within two weeks. new shoot development from axillary bud was observed within three weeks of culture and more shoot s were found to develop during subcultures. the best resp onse was found under 1.0 ba+0.1 naa mg /l combination which was found most effective (fig. 1). the combined effects of ba+naa on shoot induction were reported earlier in different p lants. our results agreed with those obtained by [10,11,12]. on the other hand the adding of naa in different concentrations developed the multiple shoot s in this st udy but the best concentration was 0.6 mg/l. root formation was induced when elongated shoot s (1-2 cm) were transferred to ½ m s medium fortified with 0.5 mg/l iba or naa . the result showed that t he iba is considered as t he most effective auxin in root induction. elongated shoot s derived from the exp lants were separated and cultured on half st rength m s sup p lemented with iba (0.5 mg/l) for induction of rooting. (fig. 2) the op timum concentration was 0.5 mg/l of iba and it resulted in 85% of root initiation within 12 weeks of culture[13,14] the comp lete p lantlets were transferred to small plast ic p ots, and bags containing a mixture of soil and compost then transferred to t he field. (fig. 3) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 re ferences 1-saha, a. and ahmed, m . (2009). the analgesic and anti-inflammatory activities of the extract of albizia lebbecl in animal model . pak. j. pharm. sci., 22(1): 74-77 2ghary al. p. and m aheshwari, s. (1983) in vitro differentiation of p lantlets from tissue cultures of albizia lebbeck l. plant cell tissue organ culture 2:49-53 3-seyy ednejad, s. ; niknejad, m . and yusefi, m . (2009). study of air p ollution effects on some p hy siology and morphology factors of albzia lebbeck in high temp erature condition in khuz estan. j. plant sciences, 4: 122-126 4-qadri, r. and m ahmood, a. (2005) . ultra-structural st udies on root nodules of albezia lebbeck (l.) benth. j. bot ., 37(4): 815-82 5-m amun, a. ; m atin, m . ; bari, m . ; siddique, n. ; sultana, r. ; rahman, m . and m usa, a. (2004). m igrop agation of woody legume (albizia lebbeck ) through tissue culture. pakist an j. biol. sci., 7(7): 1099-1103 6-alkhateeb, a. and ali-dinar, m . (2002). date p alm in kingdom of saudi arabia: cultivation, p roduction and p rocessing. translation, authorship and p ublishing center, king faisal university , kingdom of saudi arabia: 188. 7-block, r. and lankes, c. (1996). m easures to p revent tissue browning of exp lants of the app le rootst ock m 9 during in vitro establishment. gartenbauwissenschaft, 61:11-17. 8-m eghwal, p. ; sharma, h. and singh, s. (2001) effect of surface st erilizing agents on in vitro culture establishment of guava (psidium guajava l.). progressive hort iculture, 33:101103. 9-badawy , a. ; habib, a. ; el-ban, a. and yosry , g. (2005). prop agation of dracaena fragrans p lants by tissue culture technique. arab j. biotech., 8 (2) : 329-342. 10-lal, n. and ahuja, p. (2000). adventitious shoot bud formation from cultured leaf exp lants of rheum emodi wall. plant t issue cult., 10: 17–24 11-m unshi, m . ; hakimi, l. ; . islam, a. and ahmed, g. (2004). in vitro clonal p rop agation of banyan (ficus benghalensis l.) through axillary bud culture . int. j. agri. biol., 6 ( 2 ) 12-al-sulaiman, m . and barakat, m . (2010). in vitro shoot multiplication of ziziphus spinachristi by shoot tip culture. j. bio., 9(6): 850-857 13-dhabhai, k. ; sharma, m . and batra, a. (2010). in vitro clonal p rop agation of acacia nilotica (l.) a nitrogen fixingtree. researcher, 2010, 2(3) 14-tomar, u. and gup ta, s. (1988). in vitro p lant regeneration of leguminous trees (albizia sp p .). plant cell reports, 7: 385–388 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.5+0.05 1.0+0.10 1.5+0.5 concentrations of ba+naa % r e s p o n s e 0 2 4 6 n o m b e r o f s h o o ts p e r e x p la n ts fig (1): effect of ba and naa concentrations on shoot inducation of albizia lebbeck at 4 weeks . 0 2 4 6 8 10 n o . ro o ts p e r e x p la n ts 0.1 0.5 1 concentration of iba and naa alone iba naa fig( 2): effects of different concentrations of iba and naa on rooting of excised shoot in albizia lebbeck ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a b fig(3): in vitro p rop agation of albizia lebbeck a-root ing of excised shoot in ½ m s medium sup p lemented with 0.5 iba (mg/l), b establishment of p lants in p last ic p ot ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 اإلكثار خارج الجسم الحي لـ albizia lebbeckبوساطة البراعم االبطیة خنساء رشید الجبوري جامعة بغداد/ مركز بحوث ومتحف التاریخ الطبیعي 2011 تشرین الثاني 16:قبل البحث في ،2011 نیسان20: استلم البحث في الخالصة المــدة مـــن albizia lebbeck بیـــنت هــذه الدراســة طریقـــة اإلكثــار الخــضري الــسریع خـــارج الجــسـم الحـــي لـــ باستعمال قطع عقدیة حاویـة بـراعم ابطیـة التـي اسـتحثت إلنتـاج اكبــر عـدد مـن الـسیقـان 2009 الى أكتوبـر – 2007أكتوبر وتـم الحـصول علـى اكبـر عـدد مـن . بـصورة منفـردةnaa و baٍمن خالل زراعتها في وسط حاو على تراكیـز مختلفــة مـن ، ثم جذرت هذه 4.8ن عددها ، إذ كاnaaلتر / ملغم0.1و ba لتر / ملغم 1.0النمـوات في وسط حـاوي على تركیز mٍالنمـوات فــي وســط حــاوعلى نــصـف القـوة مــن الوســـط s مــضـافا إلیـــه iba لتـــر ثـــم نقلــت النمـــوات / ملغــم 0.5 بتركیـز .الناتجـة بصورة ناجحة إلى التربة ، زراعة االنسجة ، خارج الجسم الحي ، إكثار النباتاتalbizia lebbeck: الكلمات المفتاحیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 density and viscosity of amino acid serine in aqueous dimethyl sulfoxide solution at different temperatures z.a. al-dulaimy , z. w. al-amel ,r. s. al-khalisy , z. h. hussein departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn-al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad received in : 23 august 2011 , accepted in:10 november 2011 abstract densities  and viscosity  of serine in 20, 40, and 60% (w/w) dimethy l sulfoxide (dm so)-water mixtures were measured at 298.15, 303.15 and 308.15k. from these exp erimental data, app arent molal volume v  , limiting app arent molal volume v o , the slop v s , transfer volume v o(tr), jones-dole coefficients a and b were calculated. the results are v odiscussed the solute-solvent and solute-solute interaction, and showed that serine behaves as st ructure-breaker in aqueous dm so solvent. key word: density , viscosity , amino acid, serine, dimethy l sulfoxide introduction amino acid which are the fundamental substances for building blocks of p roteins are used as model comp ounds to st udy the interactions of p roteins in water and different solutions. a number of workers studied the volumetric and viscometric p rop erties of amino acids in water [1-3]. ali and shahjaham [4] st udied the volumetric and viscometric behaviour of lserine, l-threonime, l-glutamine, l-ly sine, l-arginine and l-hist idine amino acids and their group contributions in aqueous tetramethy l ammonium bromide at different t emp eratures. it is well known that the mixed aqueous solvents (with different p ercent w/w) can influence the solubility behavior of amino acids. consequently thermody namic p rop erties, enthalpies, heat cap acities, app arent molal volumes and viscosities of amino acids and peptide in mixed aqueous solvents are useful to obt ain information about various ty p es of interactions in these solutions [5-6]. serine (abbreviated as ser or s) [7], is an amino acid with t he formula ho2cch(nh2)ch2oh.. it is one of the p roteinogenic amino acids. by virtue of the hy droxy l group , serine is classified as a polar amino acid. patel and workers [8] demonst rate the interaction of some amino acids(l-serine, lthreonime, l-glutamine, l-ly sine, l-arginine and l-hist idine) in aqueous caffeine they got p ositive values of p artial molal volume of transfer of amino acid from water to aqueous مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 caffeine v o (tr) ( v o,caffeinev o,water) which indicate the diminishing of electrost rictive effect of amino acids and addition of caffeine. they related the diminishing to shielding of the amino acids z witterionic group s from water. the p artial molar volumes of tranfere v o(tr) of amino acids from aqueous to aqueous tetramethy l ammonium bromide solution were interp reted in the light of cosp here overlap model. the cosp here overlap model [9] can be used for interp retation of negative v o(tr) values, according to which the overlap of two hy dration sp heres is dest ructive. ho ch2 c coo nh3 h ch3 ch3 s o serine (ser) m= 105.1 g.mol -1 dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso) m=78.13 g.mol -1 in p resent work viscosities  and densities  of serine (0.1, 0.15, 0.20, 0.25, 0.30 and 0.35 molar concentration) were measured in 20, 40 and 60% (w/w) dm so + water mixtures at 298.15, 303.15 and 308.15k. then the app arent molal volumes v  , limiting molal volumes at infinite dilution v o, transfer volumes at infinite dilution v o(tr) and jones-dole coefficients b and d were calculated. experimental amino acid serine obt ained from fluka comp any is analar and used wit hout any furt her t reat ment . dimet hy l sulfoxide (dmso) is apro t ic polar liquid wit h a high dielect ric const ant obtained from fluka co mp any (purit y >99.7%) used wit ho ut further purificat ion . wat er used for pr eparat ion for all t he solut ion doubly distilled (sp.conduct ivit y ~10 -6 ohm 1 cm -1 ). t he serin e co ncent rat ion in t hese mixt ures was ranged from ( 0.1-0 .35) mo l.dm -3 .the viscosity  were determined using a susp ended-level ubbelohde viscometer described by findly [10], in a bath controlled to ±0.01k for all measurements. densities  of all solutions were measured using a vibrating tube with digital ant on parr densimeter (dm a 60/602) according to shuklu etal. procedure[11], in athermostated bath controlled to ±0.01k. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 . re sults and discussion the results of absolute viscosities  and densities  are list ed in table 1. the app arent molal volume v  of serine in aqueous dimethy l sulfoxide (dm so+h2o) is measured at 298.15, 303.15 and 308.15k using the following relation [12]. 3 31 10 10 [ ] .............(1)v m m m       o where  and o are the densities of solution and solvent resp ectively, m is molecular weight of solute and m is the molality of solution. m is calculated using the following relation m=1/(p/c –m /10 3 )where c is the molar concentration. the results of v  are tabulated in table (1). table (1) shows that the value of v  decrease with the increase of concentration of serine but v  increases with increasing dm so% content and temp erature increase in solution suggesting that the solute-solvent interaction increase with t he increase of dm so%. since the limting app arent molal voiume v  were obtained from the realation [13]. v v= .............(2 )vs m   o where the intercep t v o, which is measure of solute-solvent interaction, and the exp erimental slop v s , which is aparameter of solute-solte interaction were obtained by the molality fitt ing of v  values to eqution(2)in figure(1) and tabulated in table(2). table 2 reveals that v oare p ositive and increase with the increase of temp erature, indicating the p resence of solute-solvent interactions. the increase in v oon going from 20% to 60% dm so indicates t he increasing trends of solute-solvent interaction. table 2 shows that all the values of v s are negative p ointing the p resence of weak solute-solute interactions in solutions. m oreover, the values of v s become more negative with the increase of dm so content suggesting decreasing in solute-solute interaction with dm so-rich solvent. in fact negative v s values are often obtained in solvent of high dielectric const ant such as (dm so + water solvent) [14]. the transfer volumes v o(tr) of serine when transferred from water to (dm so+water) mixture solution are found using this equation: v o(tr) = v o(dm so + water) v o, water مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the values of v o, water for serine are 68.07, 66.28 and 65.28 cm 3 .mol -1 at 298.15, 303.15 and 308.15k resp ectively which are est imated from our previous work[15]. the v o(tr) results are list ed in table (3). a p erusal of table 3 indicates that v o of serine in mixed liquids (dm so+ water) are lower than those in p ure water, v o(tr) values are negative for all solutions st udied. it is known that zwitterionic group s of amino acids induce a considerable concentration in volume of p erip heral solvent (water) due to electrost rictive effect ,which is diminished on addition of dm so. viscosity data were analy zed employing jone-dole equation [16]. ŋre l -1/ c =a+b c ………….(3) where  and o are the viscosity of solution and solvent resp ectively, the jones-dole coefficient, a, reflects the effect of solute-solute interaction and b, is a measure of st ructural modifications induced by the solute-solvent interaction. the viscosity coefficient a and b were obtained from the intercep t and slop e of the plots ŋre l -1/ c against c . the values of a and b are list ed in table (2). table (2) shows that the values of a-coefficient are negative whereas those of b-coefficients are p ositive, suggesting weak solute-solute and st rong solutesolvent interaction. the variation of b with t is depicted graphically in figure 1, revealed that the slop e ( /b t  ) is p ositive for serine in 20, 40 and 60% dm so content in solution, serine in all solutions act as st ructure-breakers[17]. conclusions, the values coefficient a and b sup p ort the behaviors of v s and v o(tr) which all suggest st ronger solute-solvent interactions as comp ared to solute-solute interactions. the p ositive ( /b t  ) values for all solutions which p ointed that t he serine acts as a structure-breaker when dm so added to solutions. re ferences 1. frank, h.s. and wen, w.y.(1957) ion-solvent interaction strructual asp ects of ion-solvent interaction in aqueous solution asuqqested p icture of water st ructure. discuss faraday soc., 24:133. 2. ty rrell, h.j.v. and kennerley, m . (1968)a, viscosity bcoefficients between 5 o and 20 o for glycolamide, glycine, and nmethy latde glycines in aqueous solution. j. chem. soc 90: 2724. 3. devine, w. and lowe, b.m .( 1971)a, ap p arent molar volumes and viscosity bcoefficients of same α-amino acids in aqueous solutions from 278.15k to 308.15k 2113 j. chem.. soc.. 4. a ali a. and shahjahan, z.(2008)volumetric and viscomitrc behavior of some amino acids and thir group contribution in aqueous tetramethy l ammonium bromide at different temp eratures, p hy s. chem. 222:1519. 5. phangs , aust. (1977) the viscosity of glycine and dl-alanine in dimethy l formamidwater mixtures at 298.15k, j. chem., 30:1605. 6. prasad, k. p. and ahluwalia, j. c. (1980)biopolymers, heat capacity changes and partial molal heat cap acities of some and tripeptides in water, 19:263. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 7. λ "nomencluture and sy mbolism for amino acids and p eptides (iupac-iub recommendations 1983)" pure ap p l. chem., 56(5): 595-624, 1984. 8. ali, a.; sabir, s.; nain, a.k.; hgder, s.;ahmed, s.;tariq, m . and patel, r. (2007) j. chin. chem. soc., interaction of p henylalanine , ty rosine and hitadine in aqueous caffeine solution at different t emp eratures, 54:659. 9. friedman, h.l.; krishnan, c.v.(1973)water-acomp rehensive treatise. f. franks (ed.), plenump ress, new york, 10. findly, a. " practical phy sical chemistry ", 8 th ed., j. a. kitchrer (london: longman), 1954. 11. james, a. m . and prichard ,e. f. (1974) practical p hy sical chemistry , wiley , new york. 12. pal, a. and kumar, s. ( 2005) volumetric st udies of some amino acids in binary aqueous solution of m gcl2.6h2o at 288.15 and 308.15k, t. chem. soc. 117 (3):267. 13. hedwig, g.r. and reading, j.(1991) faraday trans, aqueous solutions containing amino acids and p eptides p art 27-p artial molar heat capacities and partial molar volumes of some n-acety l amino acids amides and tow p eptides at 25 o c, j. chem. soc. 87:1751. 14. ali, a, ;nain, a.k.; kumar, n. and ibrahim, m .(2002)densities viscosities of magnesium sulp hate in formamide+ethy lene glycol mixed solvents, proc. indian acad. sci. (chem. sci.) 114:495. 15. al-dulaimy, z. a. h.;al-jawary , a. a.; alsaidi, s. f.(2009) viscosity and volumetric st udies of amino acids in solution at different temp eratures, j. of kerbala university 7:289-295 . 16. jones, g.and dole, m .(1929) the viscosity of aqueous solutions of st rong electrolytes with sp ecial reference of st rong electrolytes with sp ecial reference to barium chloride, j. am . chem. soc., 51:2950. 17. ali, a.; hy der, s.; sabir, s.; chand, d.and nain, a. k.(2006) thermody n., volumatric, viscometric and refractive index behavior of α-amino acids and their group s , contribution in aqueous d-glucose solution at different t emp eratures j. chem..38:136. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table(2): partial molal volume at infi ni te diluti on v o, v s , jone s-dole coeffi cie nts a and b of serine in various water + dms o mixtures at different temperatures. 298.15k 303.15k 308.15k solu. ser. + h2o + 20 % dmso v o cm3.mol-1 59.41 58.803 59.925 v s cm3.mol-2kg -7 .0466 -8 .586 -1 0.482 a l 1/2 .mol -1/2 -0 .3308 -0 .3374 -0 .3455 b l.m ol -1 1.5051 1.5296 1.5900 solu. ser. + h2o + 40 % dmso v o cm3.mol-1 61.193 62.401 63.727 v s cm3.mol-2kg -1 0.606 -1 0.636 -1 1.306 a l 1/2 .mol -1/2 -0 .3152 -0 .3421 -0 .3653 b l.m ol -1 2.3072 2.6084 2.9695 solu. ser. + h2o + 60 % dmso v o cm3.mol-1 64.131 65.121 65.259 v s cm3.mol-2kg -1 1.508 -1 2.028 -1 2.441 a l 1/2 .mol -1/2 -0 .3270 -0 .3631 -0 .3927 b l.m ol -1 0.4727 2.9637 3.1620 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table(3): partial molal volume s of transfer at infini te diluti on v o(tr) of se rine from water to mixe d liqui d (dms o + water) at different temperatures. ( ) v tro (cm3. mmol-1) serin e in mixed liquid (dmso + w at er) 298.15k 303.15k 308.15k 20 % dmso -8 .660 -7 .477 -5 .355 40 % dmso -6 .877 -3 .879 -1 .553 60 % dmso -3 .930 -1 .159 -0 .021 20% dmso 56 56.5 57 57.5 58 58.5 59 59.5 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 298.15 303.15 308.15 40% dms o 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 m 298.15 303.15 308.15 v v m مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 60% dmso 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 m 298.15 303.15 308.15 against m for se rine in variou s wate r+dmso mix tu re at di fferen t v fig.(1): tem pe rature fi g. (2 ): b-coe fficient ve rses t for seri ne in vari ous wate r +dmso mixtu res 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 296 298 300 302 304 306 308 310 t b 20%dmso 40%dmso 60%dmso v مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 دراسة لزوجیة وكثافة الحامض االمیني سیرین في المحلول المائي لداي مثیل سلفوكساید بدرجات حراریة مختلفة زینة حمودي حسین ، رقیة سمیر الخالصي ، زینب وجدي العامل ، زینب عباس الدلیمي بغداد جامعة، أبن الھیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الكیمیاء 2011 تشرین الثاني 10: قبل البحث في 2011 آب23: استلم البحث في الخالصة (w/w)% 60، % 40، %20 محالیل الحامض االمیني سیرین في محالیل لتركیـز  ولزوجة قیست كثافة dmلداي مثیل مثیل سلفوكساید so كلفن استخدمت هـذه النتـائج 298.15 , 303.15 , 308.15 بدرجات حراریة مختلفة حجـــم المــواللي الظـــاهري فــي حــساب ال v  والحجــم المــواللي الظـــاهري المحــدد v o والمیـــل v s حجــم االنتقــال (tr), v o .b , aومعاملي جونس ودول مذاب وقد اظهرت النتائج ان السیرین یـسلك سـلوك مذیب ومذاب-تمت مناقشة طبیعة التداخالت من نوع مذاب . سلفوكسایدمهدم للتركیب في المحالیل المائیة لداي مثیل . داي مثل سلفوكساید، السیرین، الحوامض االمینیة، اللزوجة، الكثافة:الكلمات المفتاحیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 tabl e (1): densities (ρ) an d viscosi ties (η) with calculate d apparent molal volu me ( v  ), and the (ŋrel -1/ c ) of se rine i n wate r at different pe rcen t (w/w) of di meth yl sulfoxi de mixtures at di ffe ren t tempe ratures . 20% 40% c mol.d m 3 c m mol.kg1 ρ g.cm -3 η cp v  cm 3 .mol 1 ŋ rel 1/ c m mol.kg 1 ρ g.cm -3 η cp v  cm3.mol1 ŋ rel 1/ c m mol.kg 1 0.00 0.0000 1.0582 1.0838 0.0000 1.0595 1.1203 0.0000 0.1 0.3162 0.0950 1.0625 1.1403 58.6604 0.1642 0.0949 1.0636 1.2789 60.4768 0.4477 0.0929 0.15 0.3873 0.1430 1.0647 1.1820 58.3692 0.2339 0.1428 1.0658 1.3658 59.5420 0.5658 0.1419 0.2 0.4472 0.1912 1.0669 1.2433 58.2064 0.3291 0.1910 1.0680 1.4655 59.0794 0.6890 0.1898 0.25 0.5000 0.2397 1.0692 1.3125 57.7382 0.4220 0.2394 1.0703 1.5786 58.4142 0.8182 0.2378 0.3 0.5477 0.2886 1.0715 1.3819 57.4413 0.5022 0.2884 1.0726 1.6911 57.9882 0.9303 0.2863 0.35 0.5916 0.3374 1.0739 1.4450 56.9198 0.5633 0.3372 1.0748 1.8459 57.9407 1.0948 0.3350 298.15k 0.00 0.0000 1.0556 0.9889 0.0000 1.0546 1.0698 0.0000 0.1 0.3162 0.0953 1.0599 1.0365 58.8323 0.1522 0.0954 1.0586 1.2459 61.7253 1.6461 0.0950 0.15 0.3873 0.1435 1.0621 1.0877 58.5618 0.2579 0.1435 1.0608 1.3374 60.4553 1.6676 0.1430 0.2 0.4472 0.1917 1.0643 1.1365 58.3551 0.3337 0.1919 1.0629 1.4504 60.2946 1.7788 0.1913 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0.25 0.5000 0.2403 1.0666 1.1977 57.8808 0.4228 0.2407 1.0651 1.5742 59.8395 1.8859 0.2399 0.3 0.5477 0.2891 1.0690 1.2610 57.2409 0.5024 0.2896 1.0673 1.7064 59.5111 1.9835 0.2888 0.35 0.5916 0.3383 1.0714 1.3250 56.8013 0.5744 0.3389 1.0697 1.8503 58.7552 2.0845 0.3379 303.15k 0.00 0.0000 1.0530 0.9869 0.0000 1.0533 1.0289 0.0000 0.1 0.3162 0.0955 1.0573 1.0360 58.9617 0.1520 0.0955 1.0572 1.2243 62.7404 1.8991 0.0952 0.15 0.3873 0.1437 1.0595 1.0901 58.6584 0.2699 0.1437 1.0593 1.3375 61.7946 1.9995 0.1433 0.2 0.4472 0.1922 1.0619 1.1499 57.5616 0.3693 0.1922 1.0614 1.4610 61.3237 2.0998 0.1917 0.25 0.5000 0.2409 1.0642 1.2064 57.2710 0.4448 0.2410 1.0635 1.5947 61.0424 2.1996 0.2403 0.3 0.5477 0.2893 1.0665 1.2699 57.0667 0.5236 0.2901 1.0656 1.7388 60.8546 2.2997 0.2893 0.35 0.5916 0.3391 1.0690 1.3360 56.3999 0.5979 0.3394 1.0682 1.8931 59.3639 2.3997 0.3389 308.15k مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 assessment of the level of trace metals in co mmonly edible vegetables and fruits o f baghdad city (iraq) j.d. salman, i.d. sulaiman, s.s. abd al-raziq departme nt of chemistry college of education, ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad re ceived in : 28 november 2010 accepted in :12 april 2011 abstract a study was carried out to determine the concentrations of trace metals in vegetables and fruits, which are locally available in the markets of baghdad-samp les of fourteen varieties of vegetables and fruits, belonging to beta vulgaris, brassica rapa, daucus carota, allium cep a, eurica sativa, m alva silvest ris, coriandrum sativum, trigonella foenum craecum, anethum graveolens, barassica oleracea, phaseolus vulgaris, citrus reticulata, py rus malus, and punica granatum. analysis for cd,pb, m n, fe, co, ni, cu and zn were determined by flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometry . the results indicated that the m alva silvest ris recorded the highest concentrations of cd and m n while allium cep a showed the highest concentrations of pb and cu. but eurica sativa, anethum graveolens, p haseolus vulgaris and daucus carota were observed the highest values of fe, co, ni and zn resp ectively. it can be noticed that the zinc has the highest values while the nickel recorded the lowest values in all st udied samples. keywords : trace metals, vegetables, fruits, flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrometry introduction the environment p ollution with heavy metals is due mainly to the activity of humans. high quantities of these metals can be toxic for all organisms. the entry of heavy metals from the p olluted environment in fruits and p lants is influenced by different factors and st op p ed through several mechanisms. their p resence can have effects on different p hy siological p rocesses. phot osy nthesis, resp iration, transp iration, cell membrane p ermeability . using heavy metal contaminated vegetable p roducts in alimentation can have imp ortant effects on short or long terms[1]. absorp tion and accumulation of heavy metals in vegetables and fruits are influenced by many factors, including: concentration of heavy metals in soil, comp osition and intensity of atmosp heric deposition, including p recipitations, p hase of p lant vegetation [2]. incidences of food contamination have become increasingly frequent in recent y ears raising question about their human health and economic consequences [3]. it is generally considered that heavy metals originate from two p rimary sources: natural inputs (e.g. p arent material weathering) and anthrop ogenic (e.g. metalliferous industries and mining vehicle exhaust, agronomic p ractices, etc.) [4]. human health may thus be directly affected by ingesting fruits and vegetables. the effect becomes p ronounced due to imbalance of macro and micro-nutrients. the assessment of these nutrients in various raw foods dep ends on source, material and locality [5,6]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 different vegetable sp ecies accumulate different metals depending on environmental conditions, metal sp ecies, p lant available and forms of heavy metals. studies have shown that up take and accumulation of metals by different p lant sp ecies depend on several factors and various researchers have st udied them [7,8]. there is a growing concenrn about human intake of toxic trace elements such as cadmium, chromium and lead, which even at low doses over along p eriod of time can lead to malfunction of organs and cause chronic toxicity [9]. food and water are the main sources of our essential metals these are also the media through which we are exp osed to various toxic metals. heavy metals are easily accumulated in the edible p arts of leafy vegetables as compared to grain or fruit crop s [10]. several st udies have been carried out to estimate the trace metal contents in vegetables. t he determination of metal content in vegetables is imp ortant from the view p oint of crop y ield technology , food nutrition and health impacts. in event of their excess p resence, these metals enter into the body and may disturb the normal functions of central nervous sy st em, liver lungs, heart, kidney and brain [11]. in the p resent work samples of vegetables and fruits were digested and analyzed by the method of flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometry to determine the concentrations of (cd, pb, m n, fe, co, ni, cu and zn). the main aim of this st udy was to invest igate the level of trace metals in different varieties of vegetables and fruits, which are available in local market. in this st udy level of cd, pb, m n, fe, co, ni, cu and zn are being reported for fourteen varieties of vegetables and fruits. experime ntal s ample preparation all the collected samples of various vegetables and fruits were separately washed with tap water and double distilled water to remove airborne p ollutants. all the sample were then oven-dried in a hot air at 70-80c for 24h, to remove all moist ure. dried samples were p owdered using a p estle and mortar and sieved through muslin cloth. (0.1 gram) of each sample was weighed using sensitive balance (0.1 mg sensitive). the digestion carried out by adding (2 ml) of concentrated nitric acid (70%), heating for one hour, cooling and dilution to (25 ml) in a volumetric flask using double distilled water. all reagents were ultra-p ure or analytical reagent (a.r) grade(gbc 933). dist illed and deionized water was used for dilution and p reparation of reagents and st andards. the p urity of the dist illed water used for the p reparation of all reagents and calibration standards. heavy metals analyses were carried out using gbc 933 p lus, flam at omic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer. results and discussion the concentrations of cd, pb, m n, fe, co, ni, cu and zn analy sed in fourteen varities of vegetables and fruits are given in table 1, 2 and 3. cadmium is a toxic element, this metal causes adverse health effects in humans and their p resence in the human environment comes from anthrop ogenic activities [1]. figure (1) shows that the concentrations of cadmium was higher in all samples st udied than the recommendable maximium limits for 0.05 mg/ml excep t allium cep a was recorded 0.03 mg/ml. the highest values were found in m alva silvestris for 0.83 mg/ml. lead accumulates in the skeleton, esp ecially in bone narrow. it is aneurotoxin and causes behavioural abnormalities, retarding intelligence and mental development figure (2) p resents the concentrations of lead in samp les studied it can be noticed that the concentrations ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 of lead was lower than their maximum limit values 0.5 mg/ml excep t allium cepa and citrus reticulate was recorded (1.83, 0.62) mg/ml resp ectively. the trace metal like m n and fe are considered as essential element for normal life p rocesses [12] figure (3) clearly the concentrations of manganese in the vegetables and fruits st udied it was found to be in the range between (0.02-1.60) mg/ml. a daily dietary intake (2.55) mg of manganese by human contributes to the well being of the cells [13], these values indicate that the concentrations of manganese were lowest that the recommendable maximum limit. iron is an important element in human body metabolism which acts as a cataly st and is p resent in greater amount than any other trace element. the figure (4) shows the highest values of iron in eurica sative 2.54 mg/ml while recorded beta vulgaris t he lowest values 0.16 mg/ml. cobalt is a p oisonous non essential heavy metal when ingested in large amount it is excreted through the urinary sy st em [14]. figure (5) the concentrations of cobalt in the vegetables and fruits st udied was range between (0.11-1.37) mg/ml. it can be noticed that the highest values of cobalt in anethum graveolens. nickel recorded values range between (0.02-0.09) mg/ml, the low values were 0.02 mg/ml in daucus carota and allium cep a while phaseolus vulgaris and eurica sativa the highest values 0.09 mg/ml. it was observed in figure (6) that the fruits st udied recorded the values range between (0.04-0.05) mg/ml. the high level of these element has a low toxicity to man [15]. cop p er is an essential element widely distributed and alway s p resent in food animals livers which are the major contributor t o dietary exp osure to copp er. it is necessary for normal biological activities of amino-oxides and ty rosine enzy me-concentrations of copp er shows in figure (7) that the samples st udied were recorded in the range between (0.07-3.80) mg/ml. a daily dietary intake of (2-3) mg of copp er is recommended for human adults [13]. continous ingestion of cop p er from food induces chronic copp er poisoning in man. zinc is p resent in the body as a co-factor for enzy mes such as orginase and diaminase. it takes p arts in the sy nthesis of dna-p roteins and in sulin. it is essential for the normal functioning of the cell including p rotein sy nthesis, carbohy drate metabolism cell-growt h and cell division. figure (8) that the concentrations of zinc in these vegetables and fruits st udied was found to be (0.42-21.60) mg/ml, a normal body contains (1.4-2.3) gm of zinc and it is p resent in all body cells. in view of this the estimated concentrations of metals in vegetables and fruit st udies under invest igation do not cause health hazards for consumers. it can be noticed that t he concentrations of metal in vegetables and fruits st udied was found lower than the recommendable maximum limits excep t cadmium. the elements in the samp les studied altogether zn > fe > m n > cu > co > pb > cd > ni consump tion of fruits or vegetables contaminated with heavy metals by humans could lead to changes in health of the inhabitants of p olluted areas and contribute to the emergence of various chronic diseases. accuracy and precision the accuracy and precision of the results were also evaluated by analysing each sample was found, t hat the range of relative standard deviation percentage and max r elative error percentage for each element is shown in table (4) . re ferences 1alina, soceanu, (2009) "presence of heavy metals in fruits from p runus genera" ovidius university annals of chemistry , 20(1): 108-110. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 2vontsa, d.; grimanis, a.and samara, c. (1996)"trace elements in vegetables grown in industrial areas in relation to soil and air p articulate matter", environmental solution,94:325-335. 3m usaiger , a.o.; al-jedah j.h. and souza, r.d. (2008) occurrence of contaminats in foods commonly consumed in bahrain ,"food control " 19 :854 4zhang, c . (2006) using multivariate analy ses and gls to identify p ollutants and their sp atial p att erns in urban soils in galway ,ireland , enviromental p ollution 142:501511 5wiersma, d.; van goor, b.j. and vander veen, n.g. (1986) "cadmium, lead, m ercury and arsenic concentrations in crops and corresp onding soils in the netherlands", j. agric. food chem. 34:1067-1074. 6takacs, s. and tatar, a. (1997) "trace elements in the environment and in human organs, environ. res. 42:312-320. 7m ido, y.and satake, m . (2003) “chemicals in the environment. in toxic m etals” (m .s. sethi, and s.a. lqbal, eds), p p .45-68. discovery publishing house, new delhi,. 8bingham, t.f.; page, a.i.; hahler, r.j. and ganje, t.j. growth. (1975) “cadmium accumulation of p lants grown on soil treated with cadmium enriched sewage sludge”. j. environ. qual. 4:207-210 9kumar, a.; sharma, i.k.; alka sharma, sarita varshney and verma, p.s, (2009) "heavy metals contamination of vegetable foodst uffs in jaipur ejeafche,electronic journal of environment al ,agricultural and food chemist ry 8 (2): 96-101. 10m apanda, f.; m angway ana, e.n.; ny amangara, j.and giller, k.e. (2005) "the effects of long-term irrigation using water on heavy metal contents of soils under vegetables. agriculture, ecosy st em and environment, 107:151-156. 11huheey, j.e.; keiter, e.a. and keiter, r.l. (2000) “inorganic chemist ry ”, 4 th ed., pearson education inc., usa, p .889. 12gulfrz, m .; ahmed, t. and afz al, h. (2001) "concentration level of heavy and trace metals in the fish and relevant water from rawal and m angla dam". bio.sci.(5): 414, 105-109. 13 dara, ss. (1993)"environmental chemist ry and p ollution control. first edition, published by s. chand and company ltd., new delhi, india, p p .184-205. 14salman,j.d. and faisel,m .z.(2000),study of the concentration of totalsusp ended p articulates and some heavy metals in the city of baghdad , ibnal-haitham j.for p ureand ap p l.sci.13(1):60-68 15salman ,j.d.(2001) determination of trace elements in some vegetables by flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrometry , ibnal-haitham j.for p ureand ap p l.sci.14(1):66-72 table (1): concentrations of trace me tals i n root vegetables (mg/ml) by faas no samp le m etal cd pb m n fe co ni cu zn 1 beta vulgaris 0.19 0.08 0.59 0.16 0.18 0.05 0.37 0.95 2 brassica rapa 0.13 0.15 0.02 0.36 0.14 0.05 0.25 1.10 3 daucus carota 0.55 0.16 0.40 0.24 0.11 0.02 0.41 21.60 4 allium cep a 0.03 1.84 0.75 0.98 0.70 0.02 3.80 2.90 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (2): concentrations of trace metals in leave vegetables (mg/ml) by faas no sample metal cd pb mn fe co ni cu zn 5 eurica sativa 0.45 0.40 1.30 2.54 0.20 0.09 0.50 0.80 6 malva silvestris 0.83 0.37 1.60 1.50 0.49 0.05 0.81 2.45 7 coriandrum sativum 0.35 0.10 0.77 1.80 0.24 0.06 0.44 3.10 8 t rigonella f oenum craecum 0.61 0.30 1.31 1.73 0.37 0.07 0.42 0.50 9 anethum graveolens 0.24 0.17 0.41 1.07 1.37 0.05 0.07 0.66 10 barassica oleracea 0.23 0.12 0.48 0.49 0.18 0.03 0.17 0.42 11 phaseolus vulgaris 0.33 0.05 0.86 0.28 0.34 0.09 0.67 10.80 table (3): concentrations of trace me tals i n frui t (mg/ml) by faas no sample metal cd pb mn fe co ni cu zn 12 citrus reticulate 0.06 0.62 0.13 0.24 0.32 0.05 0.12 0.80 13 pyrus malus 0.31 0.41 0.15 0.64 0.20 0.04 0.34 1.49 14 punica granatum 0.49 0.26 0.12 0.43 0.35 0.04 0.24 0.73 table (4): the range of relative standard deviation and max rel ative error for each metal in all samples m etal % rsd % m ax re cd 2.15 – 19.37 0.048 pb 3.14 – 15.39 0.243 m n 0.62 – 12.40 0.037 fe 1.85 – 10.65 ــــــــ ــــ ـ co 6.75 – 15.02 ــــــــ ــــ ـ ni 1.78 – 19.04 0.284 cu 0.78 – 8.82 ـــــــ ــــ ـ zn 1.80 – 5.27 0.041 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (1): concentration of fig. (2): concentration of cadmium in samples studie d lead in samples studied fig. (3): concentration of fig. (4): concentration of manganese in samples studied iron in samples studie d fig. (5): concentration of fig. (6): concentration of cobalt in samples studie d nickel in samples studied 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 c a d m iu m ( m g /m l) 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 1. 4 1. 6 1. 8 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 l e a d ( m g /m l) 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 1. 4 1. 6 1. 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 m a n g a n e s e ( m g /m l) 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 1. 4 1. 6 1. 8 2 2. 2 2. 4 2. 6 2. 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ir o n ( m g /m l) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 c o b a lt ( m g /m l) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 n ic k e l ( m g /m l) x 1 0 2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig.(7): concentration of fig. (8): concentration of copper in samples studie d zinc in samples studied 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 c o p p e r (m g /m l) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 z in c ( m g /m l) 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )العراق(تقییم مستوى العناصر النزرة في الخضروات والفواكھ في مدینة بغداد جاسم داود سلمان، انتظار داود سلیمان، ساهرة صادق عبد الرزاق جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الكیمیاء 2010تشرین الثاني 28: استلم البحث في 2011نیسان 12: قبل البحث في الخالصة الخضـروات والفواكـه جمعـت مـن االسـواق المحلیـة لمدینــة تتضـمن الدراسـة تقـدیر تراكیـز بعـض العناصـر النـزرة فـي ــًا متنوعـــاعشـــر ةبغـــداد تضـــمنت اربعـــ والبصـــل االخضــــر ،والجـــزر ،والشـــلغم ،الشـــونذر(مــــن الخضـــروات والفواكـــه انموذجـ حللـت عناصــر .والرمـان ،والتفـاح ،والاللنكـي ،والفاصــولیا الخضـراء ،واللهانـة ،والشـبنت ،والحلبـة ،والكزبـرة ،والخیـار ،والكركیـر، .مطیافیة االمتصاص الذري اللهبي عمالالكادمیوم والرصاص والمنغنیز والحدید والكوبلت والنیكل والنحاس والزنك باست ار قـد ســجل اعلـى التراكیــز لعنصـري الكــادمیوم والمنغنیـز بینمــا اظهـر البصــل االخضــر یــتشـیر النتــائج الـى ان الخ امــا الكركیــر والشــبنت والفاصــولیا الخضــراء والجــزر فقــد لــوحظ اعلــى التراكیـــز . اعلــى التراكیــز لعنصــري الرصــاص والنحــاس وجـد مـن خـالل هـذه الدراسـة ان عنصـر الزنـك قـد سـجل اعلـى التراكیـز . لعناصـر الحدیـد والكوبلـت والنیكـل والزنـك علـى التـوالي .في حین سجل النیكل اوطأ التراكیز في النماذج المدروسة العناصر النزرة ،الفواكه ،الخضر ،جهاز طیف األمتصاص الذري اللهبي : الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 321-329 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |321    spectrophotometric and potentiometric analysis of calcichrome and its complex with calcium ion saja s al-samarra’ay saja.chem@yahoo.com dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science / anbar university ismail k al-hitti dept. of chemistry / college of science/ anbar university omur h al-oubaydi dept. of chemistry/college of education for girls / anbar university abstract it was confirmed in this research that the ligand calcichrome formed stable complex with calcium ion at ph of 8.5 which verified by uv/vis and ftir spectral analysis and the complexation occurred via hydroxyl groups. the stoichiometric ratio of the formed complex was found to be 1:1 by mole ratio and continuous variation methods. dry ashing method of the complex and flame emission photometric analysis offered a calcium percentage in calcium complex equal 4.5% with an error of 2.41% due to experimental errors. keyword: calcichrome, stoichiometry, mole ration method, continuous variation method, selective reagent. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |322    1. introduction calcichrome was considered as a selective reagent for the determination of calcium [1]. this reagent was applied for estimation of the element calcium in different compounds by some researchers [2,4]. for instance, calcichrome has been used for determination of calcium in soil extracts [5] calcichrome was extensively studied as spectrophotometric reagent in determination of copper (i) and copper (ii)[6], and determination of magnesium in highly alkaline solutions [7]. calcichrome , creating a cavity thorough its folding , is even a better receptor for α , β and γ cyclodextrins in water ( stability constants from 380 to 570 m-1[8]. although , calcichrome has also been studied by other authors , its structure has not been conclusively established , therefore the aim of this research is the verification of its structure and find out its applications in determination of calcium ions by different analytical techniques . 2. experimental materials calcichrome solution solution of calcichrome ( 1x 10-3 m ) was prepared by solubilizing ( 0.098 gram ) of calcichrome in double completing to 100 ml by double distilled water . series of solutions of varios concentrations were obtained by dilution from this stock solution. standard calcium solutions a standard calcium solution approximately to about (1x10-2 m) of calcium was prepared by dissolving accurate weight of ( 1.47 g ) of the salt calcium chloride bihydrate (cacl2.2h2o ) in double distilled water and the solution is completed to ( 1 l ) by double distilled water. a series of standard solutions of different calcium concentrations were obtained from this stock solution by suitable dilution. the stock solution was standardized by titration with standard edta solution prepared from disodium salt at ph =11 using murexide indicator, where the color changed from red to bluish – violet. murexide was prepared daily by dissolving (0.5 g) [9] of the dye in (100 ml) double distilled water. sodium hydroxide solution it is obtained by dissolving about (1 gram) of solid naoh in a cooled boiled water [9] and completed to the mark in volumetric flask (250 ml) and was standardized by (0.1 n) standard solution of oxalic acid using phenolphthalein as indicator. buffer solution (ph 5.2 ) these buffer solution were obtained by mixing about ( 1 m ) acetic acid with about ( 1 m) of sodium acetate solution in the suitable ratio and the ph was adjusted by addition drops of ( 0.1 m ) hcl or ( 0.1 m ) naoh solutions[9] . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |323    instruments • uv-visible spectrophotometer (6405 jenway) • ftir 8400 s.shimadzu , japan . • flame emission photometer ( jenway , u.k ) • a ph – meter of mettler – toledo (china) • a glass electrode (combined model) from mettler – toledo (china) • adouble junction of calomel electrode of mettler – toledo ) china( method of preparation and spectrophotometric measurements of the calcium – calcichrome complex solution : a sample solution of calcium was mixed with (5 ml) of solution of calcichrome (4x10-4 m) and addition of (10 ml ) of buffer solution ( ph 5.2 ) and diluted to the mark of 250 ml volumetric flask . the absorbance of the mixture was taken at 535 nm against blank solution has been treated in the same procedure. 3. results and discussion uv-vis spectral analysis figures 1(a & b) depict the uv-visible spectra of calcichrome and calcichrome complex with calcium respectively .two absorption bands were obtained for calcichrome in buffer solution at 306 and 555 nm which were shifted into 300 and 539 nm .this shifting in uv-visible absorptions to lower wavelength is an indication to complex formation with calcium via the hydroxyl groups after loss of acidic hydrogen ions in the three hydroxyl groups . most of oxygen electrons are participated in coordination bond formation with calcium ion and the remained electrons are highly localized and require higher energy for excitation ( n – π*) or (π – π *)[10]. therefore the absorption bands are shifted to lower wavelengths. figure (1): uv – vis. spectra of calcichrome (a) and its complex with calcium (b) a b s. 306 nm 555 nm wavelength ( nm )  a 300 nm 539 nm wavelength ( nm ) b a b s. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |324    ftir figures (2 & 3) show the ftir absorption spectral peaks for calcichrome and its complex with calcium ions [11]. it is obvious from the result in figures (2 and 3 ) that the oh groups in calcichrome were engaged in the complex formation therefore the wave number of υ o-h was shifted from 3453 cm-1 into 3427 cm-1 in addition to δ o-h from 1194 cm-1 into 1162 cm-1 .at the same time, there was shifting of υ n=n from 1633 to 1601cm-1 indicating that the participating of azo groups also in the complex formation .while υ o-h of sulfonic group remained at the same wave number ( 2363cm-1 ) in addition to υ c-s and υ s=o which also remained approximately the same . this ir information give practical confirmation for the complex formation (figures 2 and 3). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |325    f ig u re( 2 ):f t ir sp ectru m of ca lcich rom e . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |326    f ig u re (3 ): f t ir sp ectru m of ca lcich rom e com p lex w ith ca lciu m . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |327    stoichiometric ratio of calcium to calcichrome two methods were attempted to get the composition of calcichrome calcium complex: the first method was jobُs method (the continuous variation method) and the second method of mole ratio were attempted at the same time at ph=5.2 to confirm the stoichiometric ratio of calcium [m] to the ligand [l] calcichrome . absorption measurements were done at λmax of 539 nm. both methods revealed that calcium forms (1 to 1 ) λmax with (l) figures (4 and 5 ) . determination the percentage of calcium in calcium calcichrome complex: the method involved dry aching of (0.05 g ) of the formed complex in a muffle furnace at 550 c°. the residue was cooled and accurately weighed. the residual ash was dissolved in nitric acid ( 1:1 ) and the solution was completed to 50 ml by distilled water .the flame emission photomet was calibrated by serial standard solutions of 1,5,10,15,25,30,50 and 80 ppm of calcium and the concentration of calcium in calcium calcichrome complex was picked up from calibration curve as shown in figure(6). the percentage of calcium in calcium calcichrome complex was found 4.5% with an error of 2.41% which may be ascribed to experimental error where the actual value = 4.61% . a b s.   a b s.   [m] /  [m] +  [l]  [l] / [m]  figure (4): continuous variation method plot for determination the composition of calcium calcichrome complex figure (5): mole ratio method plot for stoichiometric composition of calcium calcichrome complex . figure (6): calibration curve of atomic emission spectrometry for determination of ca in ca calcichrome complex . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |328    potentiometric titration of calcichrome and its calcium complex with standardized sodium hydroxide solution : the potentiometric titration of calcichrome and its calcium complex were accomplished in order to find out the mechanism of the reaction between calcichrome and calcium where their concentrations equal 5 x 10-4 mol/l . the ionic strength was fixed at 0.1 using potassium nitrate solution and the reaction was followed at 25 c° with ( 0.1 m ) standardized sodium hydroxide solutions . the results were formulated at figure ( 7) where the curves 1 and 2 depicted the titration curves of calcichrome and its 1:1 calcium complex respectively . it is clear from figure (7) that calcichrome dissociates to release five protons up to about ph 5 ( point a) and the sixth proton is released at approximately ph 8.5 (point ,b) which liberated also in the complexation calcichrome containing six sulphonic groups which are completely ionised at lower ph region . therefore , the groups that sharing in the complex formation with calcium ion are the hydroxyl groups at higher ph and the ionization of calcichrome is considered as shown in equation (1) [12]: h9cch h3cch6 + 6h+ …………… (1) figure (7): potentiometric titration curves of calcichrom and its calcium complex. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1801 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   chemistry |329    references [1] r. a. close , and t s west atlanta 5 221 . 1960 [2] a. m. lukin ; k. a. semirnova, and g. b. j. zavarikhina, , , anal. chem. (v.s.s.r.), 18 , 389 . 1963 [3] m. h. lancina , and t. s. west, anal. chem. , 35 , 2131 . 1963 [4] p. pakalns , and t. m. florence , anal. chem. acta. , 30 , 353 . 1964 [5] h. ishil , and h.einaga , japan analyst , 14 , 162 . 1965 [6] h. ishil , and h. einaga , bulletin of the chemical society of japan , 39 (6) , 1154 . 1966 [7] h. ishil , and h.einaga , notes , 40 (6) , 1531 . 1967 [8] b. l. poh , tetrahedron , 52 , 10979 . 1996 [9] mendes , a. e. bezcrra , and w. l. stephen , analyst , 94 , 1117 . 1969 [10] p.crews , ; j. rodligues , and m. jaspave, organic structure analysis , ox. univ. new york , usa. 2002 [11] d. r. palleros , , experimental organic chemistry , john wiley and sons , inc ,usa. 1999 [12] vogel’s textbook of quantitative analysis , revised by jeffery , g.h., bassett , j. , mendham , j. and denny , r.c. , 5th .ed. , english language book society , longmans , inc. , new york . 1989   ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 synthesis, spectroscopic and dyeing performance studies of some new heterocyclic azo dyes and their complexes with selected metal ions t. j.al-hasani and a. j.jarad departme nt of chemistry, college of science,unive rsity of baghdad abstract coup ling reaction of m-and pamino acetop henone and p-amino benzoic acid with (l hist idine) gave the new bidentate azo ligands (l1, l2 and l3). the p repared ligands were identified by ft -ir, uv-vis, 1 hnm r and gcmass sp ectroscop ic technique. treatment of the p repared ligands with the following metal ions (co ii , ni ii , cu ii , zn ii , cd ii and hg ii ) in aqueous ethanol with a 1:2 m :l ratio and at op timum p h, y ielded a series of n eutral comp lexes of the general formula [m (l)2 cl2]. the prep ared comp lexes were characterized by using f lame atomic absorp tion, ft-ir, uv-vis and 1 hnm r sp ectroscop ic methods as well as magnetic suscep tibility and conductivity measurements. chlorid e ion content was also evaluated by (m ohr method). the nature of the comp lexes formed was st udied following the mole r atio and continuous variation methods, beer's law ob eyed over a concentration range (1× 10 -4 3 × 10 -4 m ). high molar absorbtivity of the comp lex solutions was observed. the st ability constant of the complexes have also been studied. in addition the dy eing p erformance of the p repared ligands and some of their comp lexes was ap p lied on cotton fabric. the dy es were tested for light and detergent fast ness. biolo gical activity of the ligands and complexes against three selected typ es of bacteria was also e xamined. some of the co mplexes exhibit good bacterial activities. introduction a great deal of interest has been simulated to the preparation and studies of organic reagents in the p revious y ears [1-3]. m any of these organic reagents have att racted much att ention as they are sensitive, chromogenic reagents in addition to being interesting comp lexing agents[4,5]. the p resence of substitution group s containing one or more donor atom such as – oh, co2h, so3h, nh2 and – n= n-, p rovided coordination sites with the metal ion, formin g st able colored complexes[6,7]. az o comp ounds with (n= n-) group , are among the most p rofoundly exp lored classes of or ganic reagent both from the theoretical and p ractical view p oint[8]. t he presence of an azo linkage in aro matic compounds makes t hem high ly imp ortant in dyestuff industry [911], p harmacy and dosimetry [12,13], and more recently[14], in the field of nonlinear optics. all these applications depend critically on the p resence of intense absorp tion bands in the visible or nearuv region. in recent y ears [15-18] much studies have been devoted to heterocy clic azo dy estuffs and their related compounds, in which the heterocyclic atom is at least formally involved in coordination with metal atom. by far many imp ortant groups of heterocyclic azo derivatives have been sy nthesized and their ap p lications have also been extensively st udied [19-23]. in this resp ect an attemp t has been made to sy nthesize and characterize three new azo bidentate ligands (l1, l2 and l3), derived from m and p amino acetop henone and pamino ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 benzoic acid as diazo comp onent, and (lhistidine) as coup ling agent. t he complexes of these ligands with some metal ions has also been st udied and characterized p hy sicochemically . the dy eing p erformance of the ligands and comp lexes was assessed. the biolo gical activities of all the li gands and co mplexes have also been st udied. experime ntal instrumentation: uvvis sp ectra were recorded on a ( shimadzu uv160a) ultra violet-visible sp ectrop hotometer. irsp ectra were taken on a (shimadzu, ft i r8400s fourier transform infrared) sp ectrop hotometer (4000400)cm -1 with samples p rep ared as kbr discs. the 1 hnm r sp ectra were obtained on a (jeol ex270 m hz, brucker400 mhz) university of london and on (brucker300 m hz ultra shield) university of alalbaytjordan usin g dm so as a solvent and (tm s) as a reference. m icroelemental analy sis (c, h, n) were p erformed in alalbayt university jordan using (euro v ector ea 3000a elemental analyser). conductivities were measured for 10 -3 m of comp lexes in ethanol at 25 о c using (philip s pwdigital conductimeter). m agnetic suscep tibilities were p erformed by using (brucker m agnet b. m . 6) instrument at 25 o c. m elting points were obtained using ( stuart m elting point app aratus). materials and re agents the followin g chemicals were used as r eceiv ed fro m sup p liers; cadmiu m chloride mono hy drate 98%, mercuric chlor ide 98% (fluka); cobaltous chloride hexahydrate 98.8%, nickel chlor ide hexahydrate 99.9%, copp er chloride 98%, zinc chlor ide 99%, p amino acetop henone 99% (m erck); mamino acetop henone 99%, p amino benzoic acid 98.8%, lhist idine 99% (b. d. h). the ph of the medium (4-9) was adjust ed with ammonium acetate –ammonia – glacial acetic acid buffer solution . solutions were made of l1, l2 and l3 (1x10 -5 -1x10 -3 m ) in absolute ethanol and same concentration ran ge of metals salts in buffer solutions. prep aration of the ligands (l1, l2 and l3) 0.002 mole of the app rop riate amine ( mand p amino acetop henone and p amino benzoic acid), was dissolved in a mixture of 2 ml sulp huric acid, 10 ml ethanol and 10 ml distilled water, and d iazotized at 5 o c with sodium nitrite solution. the diazo solution was added drop wise with st irring to a cooled ethanolic solution of 0.387 g 0.002 mole of l hist idine. 25 ml of 1 m sodium hy droxide solution was added to the dark colored mixture. the precipitate was filtered off and washed several times with (1: 1) ethanol: water, mixture then left t o dry . the reaction is shown in scheme (1), while (table1) describes color, meltin g p oint, % y ield and weight of amine used. s cheme (1): preparation of ligands (l1 , l2 and l3) nh2 b a n b a nhso4 n b a n n n ch2chcooh nh 2 h c o ch 3 ,b =h) cooh,b=h) c o ch3) h2s o4(conc) l -h istidine l1,(a= l2,(a = l3,(a=h ,b= nano2 n ao h ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 preparation of metal complexes (general procedure). an ethanolic solution of the ligand (2m mole) was added gr adually with stirring to (1m mole) of the metal sa lt dissolved in the buffer solution of the required p h. t he mixture was cooled until d ark co lor precipitate was formed, filtered and washed sever al times with (1: 1) water: ethanol then with acetone. (table-2) consists of the weight of metal salt and ligand required, the p h of the solution and some of the p hy sical p rop erties of the p rep ared comp lexes. dyeing method the dy eing p rop erties of the p rep ared ligand and their comp lexes were tested on "hillafine t extile state company" using the "azoic dy es m ethod"[12] . dy es were ap p lied on cott on fabric as (1% shade). the dyeing of the fabric was done at (1520 o c) for 1 hr and at p h =10. s tudy of biol ogical activity three selected typ es of bacteria were used including, escherichia co li (e. coli) as gram negative bacteria, staphy lococcus aurous (stap h. aurous) as gram positive bacteria and pseudomonas aeruginosa (ps. aeruginosa) in nutrient agar med ium, usin g (dm so) as a solvent and as a control, the concentration of the compounds in this solvent was 10 -3 m , by using d isc sensitivity test. this method involves the exp osure of the zone of inhibition toward the diffusion of microorganism on agar plate. the p lates were incubated for 24hr. at 37 o c. results and discussion the ligands (l1, l2 and l3) wer e p repared by coupling lhist idine with the approp riate diazotate in alkaline solution. they are sp aringly soluble in water but soluble in organic solvents, st able toward air and moist ure. the sy nthesized ligands were characterized by ft ir, uvvis sp ectra; l1 was subjected to ( 1 hnmr) while l2 and l3 were characterized by gc-mass. the mass sp ectrum of ligand l2 and of ligand l3 (fi g1) shows p eaks centered at m/z 303 and 301 corresp onds with ( m + ), c13h13n5o4 and c14h15n5o3 resp ectively. the general p att ern for the fragmentation reveals more than one way for the cleavage, either by losing the azo group as nitrogen molecule or by the cleavage of b enzoic acidazo bond, the main fragments are summarized in (table3), while scheme (2) shows the fragmentation p attern of ligand l2. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 hooc n n n n h c h2chcooh nh2 (m) c13 h13 n5o4 -2 co 2 (4 4 ) -h coo h (46) h n n n n h ch 2ch2 nh2 (3 03) c11h1 3n5 (215) -c2 h7n (45) ooc n n n h n chch2 nh 2 c7h 4o2 (1 20) -co2 (4 4) c5 h7n5 (120 ) -n 2 (28) c6h6 (78) n n ch2c h nh2 c5h6n 3 (108 ) -ch3 (1 5) n n c-n h2 c4h3n3 (93) -cnh2 (2 8) n n c3hn2 (6 5) h n n n n c9h 6n4 (170) -n2 (28) h n h n c9h 7n2 (1 43) h h n n c3hn2c6h6 (7 8) (6 5) s cheme (2): fragmentation pattern of ligand l2 the ( 1 hnmr) sp ectrum of ligand (l1) in (dm so) (fig2) shows signal for (nh) of imidazole at (δ= 8.87 pp m). the multip let signals at (δ= 8.13-7.79 pp m) refer to aromatic p roton while the (ch) of imidazole shows si gnal at (δ= 6.78 p p m). on the other hand, the aliphatic (ch) and (ch2) app ear as doublet and triplet signals resp ectively in the range (δ= 3.372.43 p p m). whereas, the sign al at (δ= 1.23 pp m) is assign ed to nh2 and the si gnal peak at (δ= 2.5 pp m) referred to (dm so)d6. the three ligands (l1 , l2 and l3) were also characterized by uvvis sp ectroscop ic technique. the sp ectra of an ethanolic solution of the ligands (10 -3 m ) disp lay mainly three p eaks, the first and second p eaks were observed within the ranges (223245 nm) and (278 310 nm) resp ectively. these two p eaks were assigned to the moderate energy ππ * transition of the aromatic rings. the third peak (λ m ax) was observed in the range (383405 nm) which referred to the ππ * transition of intermolecular chargetransfer taken p lace from benzene to imidazole r ing through the azo group (-n=n) [24]. interaction of the metal ions (co ii , ni ii , cu ii , zn ii , cd ii and hg ii ) with the three p rep ared ligands has been st udied in solution; aqueousethanolic solutions were alway s p erformed over wide molar concentration and acidity range. the colors of these mixed solutions were varied from yellow or y ellowishbrown t o orange or red. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the interaction of the metal ion with the ligand manifests itself in the absorp tion sp ectra by the app earance of a peak in the ran ge (431442 nm). a gr eat bathochromic shift in the visible region was detected in the comp lex solutions sp ectra with resp ect to that of the free ligand. the high shift in the (λ m ax) gave a good indication for comp lex formation. (fi g-3) showed a comp arison between the sp ectra of the ligand and (cd ii l1) mixed solution. from the wide studied range of molar concentration (10 -5 -10 -3 m ) of the mixed solutions, only the concentration of (10 -4 m ) obeyed lambertbe er's law and showed intense color. a c alibration curve was p lott ed on absorbance against molar concentration in the range (1×10 -4 3×10 -4 m ). best fit st raight lines were obtained with correlation factor r> 0.998. the optimum concentration which chosen for comp lex solution gave rise to a constant (λ m ax) at different ph. the influence of p h was also st udied at ph range 4 to 9 and the absorbancep h curves for each metal ion measured at c ertain (λm ax) were plott ed. (fig4) showed a selective p habsorbance curves. the plateau of the curves represented the comp letion of the reaction and consequently represented the optimum p h. the comp osition of the comp lexes for med in solution was established by mole ratio and job methods. in both cases the results reveal (1:2) metal to ligand r atio. chosen p lots were represented in (fig5). (table4) summarizes t he results obtained as conditions for the p rep aration of the comp lexes. the apparent stability constant (k) of the (1:2) metal: ligand comp lex was evaluated sp ectroscop ically by using the following equations: and where c = the concentration of the comp lex solution in mole/ l α = degree of dissociation,as= the absorption of solution containing a st oichiometric amount of ligand and metal ion and am= the absorp tion of solution containin g the same amount of metal and excess of ligand. the as and am were measured at (λ m ax) of solution. the values of (as, am, α, k and log k) were tabulated in (table5). the high v alues of k may reflect the high st ability of the p rep ared comp lexes [25]. the solid comp lexes were p repared by direct reaction of alcoholic solution of the ligands with the aqueous solution of the metal ions at t he optimum ph and in a (m : l) ratio of (1: 2). the (c. h. n) and chloride analy sis with metal contents of these comp lexes were in good agr eements with the calculated values (table-6). hi gh meltin g p oints (> 360 °c) were recorded for these comp lexes. the molar conductance of the comp lexes as (10 -3 m ) in dm f and in methanol, lies in the ranges (3.3717.53) and (2.1214.37) s. cm 2 .mol -1 resp ectively, indicating their non electrolytic nature[26], therefore, the two (cl) ions was considered to be coord inated with t he metal ion. the p hy sical and analytical data of the p rep ared comp lexes were given in (table 7). the effective magnetic moments of co(ii) comp lexes lie in the range (3.453.70 ) b.m . this value refers to a paramagnetic (high sp in) planar st ructure for these comp lexes. in the case of ni (ii) comp lexes, the magnetic moments lie in the ran ge (2.333.08) b. m which has been r eported for most octahedral nick el (ii) comp lexes[27]. the magnetic moments of cu (ii) comp lexes lie in the range of (1.62-1.86) b.m . indicating the p resence of an unp aired electron and the comp lex is not a dimer. the uvvis sp ectra of the p repared comp lexes dissolved in methanol (10 -3 m ) have been measured and the data obtained wer e included in (table7).again the large ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 bathochromic shift of the (λmax) assigned to (ππ * ) transition of the ligand su ggesting the involvement of the ligand in the bond formation with t he metal ion. in order to study the binding mode of the new ligands (l1, l2 and l3) with the metal ions, a comparison was made for the ft ir sp ectra of the free ligands and those of the p rep ared comp lexes and the data was tabulated in (table8). the ir sp ectra of the three ligands exhibited three bands in the ranges (34603406) cm -1 , (33303070) cm -1 and (32603070) cm -1 which were assign ed to the stretching modes of υ(oh), υ(nh) of the p rimary amine , and υ(-nh) of the imidazole rin g r esp ectively[28,29]. since no si gnificant ch anges in these bands were noticed, the p ossibility that coordination occurs v ia the donatin g atoms in these group s were excluded. stron g band in the ligands sp ectra was observed in the range (16391631) cm -1 ascrib ed to t he υ(c= n) for t he imidazole ring [30]. significant change was observed in this band on coordination with metal ion, it is either d isapp eared or ap p eared as a weak shoulder. this chan ge may confirm the involvement of the imidazole nitro gen in bonding. the st rong characterist ic band in the free ligand sp ectra at (14131409) cm -1 which was assigned to the (-n= n-) st retching [31,32] suffered a great change in the intensity and in p osition, sp litting to lower frequency was also observed on comp lexation with metal ion. this may suggest the p articip ation of the azo nitrogen in this comp lexation. two new stretching bands wer e noticed around (480418) cm -1 which were assignable to the υ(m n) of the azo group and the imidazole r ing[33,34] anot her weak new b and was also appeared around 410 cm -1 which att ributed to the υ(m -cl) mode. the ( 1 hnm r) sp ectra in dm so (fig-6),for on e of the p repared comp lexes have be en measured for reason of comparison. the signal belongs to the (nh) of the imidazole was shifted to higher region (lower frequen cy) (δ= 8.38) with resp ect to that of the ligand (δ= 8.87). change was observed in the shap e and p osition of the multiplet signals belon g to the p rotons of t he benzene ring (δ= 8.167.46). these sign als were observ ed in the ligand sp ectra at (δ=8.13 -7.79). t he (ch) signal of t he imidazole r ing was shifted to lower region (δ=7.13), this was recorder at (δ=6.78) for the free ligand. on the other hand, the triplet(δ= 3.56,2.95 and 2.34) and the doublet (δ= 2.21 and 2.14) refer to alip hatic (ch) and (ch2) and the singlet(δ= 2.33) belongs to (ch3) p rotons of the acety l group , were also undergo shift to high er region, while the (nh2) p roton signal(δ= 1.23) st ay s nearly at same p osition as that of the free ligand. on the basis of these evidences, it is concluded that the ligands (l1, l2 and l3) behave as neutral bidentate molecules coordinatin g through the azo and the imidazole nitrogen. therefore, the su ggested structure of the prep ared comp lexes can be illustrated as in (fig-7). the dy eing p erformance of the p repared ligand and some of their complexes was assessed on cotton fabric. the dy es were test ed for li ght and detergent fast ness. t hus all dy es showed very good dy eing p rop erties, they p rovided colors as orange, brown, red and f inally p ink with good brightness and depth on the fabric. some of the dy eing were shown on (fig8). finally, the biolo gical activities of the ligand and their comp lexes have also been tested against selected typ e of bacteria.the results show that the hg-comp lexes and nil1 comp lex show a relatively st rong activating cap acity . whereas, all the p arents ligands p ossessed no activity towards t he same sp ecimen of bacteria. re ferences 1.yoshimura, k.; toshimitsu, y. and ohashi, s. (1980) talanta., 27:693. 2.m asoud, m.s.; soliman, e.m .; elkholy , a.e. and khalil, e.a. (1988)thermochimica acta; 136: 1. 3.pavon, j.l.p.;cardero, b.m .; m endz, j.h. and m iranes,j.c. (1989) analy st; 114: 849. 4.cornellie, t.m .; whetstone, p.a.; fisher, a.j. and m eares, c.f. (2003) j. am. chem. soc., 125: 3436. 5.cubina, k. f.; ovehynnikov, v.a.; amirkhanov, v.m .; fischer, h.; stumf ,v.m . r. and skop enko, v.v; (2000) z. naturforsch; 55b:576. 6.m atsuka, s.; tennichi, y.; takehar a,k. and yoshi mura, k. (1999) analy st ; 124:717. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 7.casellato, u.; fre gona, d.; sitran, s. ; tamburini, s. and vigato, a. (1985) inorg. chim. acta; 110:161. 8.holbecher, z.; divis, l.; kra l, m .; sucha, l. and vlacil, f. (1976)"hand book of organic reagents in organic analysis", john wiley and sons, new york. 9.bluss, k.; (1995) dy es and pigments; 41:149. 10.kuiki, k. and loike, y. (2002) chem. rev.; 102:2347. 11.m enek, n.; turgut, g. and odabasoglu, m . (1999) turk. j. chem., 23: 423. 12. freeman, h.(1994) national te xtile center annual r eport, september. 13.sokolowska, g. j.; freeman, h. and r eife, a.(1994)textile res. j; 64 :388. 14. okamoto, y.; nishihara, s.; nishizaea, y. ;tagaya , a. and koike, y. (2002) j. op t. soc. am. b/19:1844. 15 veauthier, j.m .; schelter, e.j.; kuehl, c.j.;c lark, a. e. ; john, b. d.; m orris, d.e.; m artin, r.l.; thompson, j.d.; kip linger, j.l. and john, k.d. (2005) inorg. chem.,44 :5911. 16.m akhova, n.n.; ovchinnikov, i.v.; kulikov, a.s.; m olotov, s.i. and baryhnikova, e.i.; (2004) pure and app l chem; 76 :1691. 17. ovchinnikov, i.v. ; ep ishina, m .a.; m olotov, s.i.; strelenko, y.a.; lyssenko, k.a. and m akhova, n.n. (2003) m endeleev commun., 272. 18.m aradia, h.r. and patel,v. s. (2001) j. braz. chem. soc; 121: 710. 19.wan g,r.; liu,h.; carducci,m .d.; jin,t.; zheng,c. and zheng,z.(2001) inorg.ch em; 40: 2743. 20.shar, g.a. and soo mro ,g.a. (2004) t he nucleus; 41:77. 21. estonian, p. (2006) acad. sci. ch em; 55:202. 22. gavazov, k.; lekora,v. and patronov, g. (2006) acta. chem. slov., 53: 506. 23.m aradiya, h.r.; (2001) turk.j. chem., 25: 441. 24.m ahmoud, m . r.; hamman, a.m . and ibrahim, s.a. (1984) z . phy s. chem., 265: 203. 25.cao, h.w. and zhao,j. fu. (2003) cro. chem. acta.., 7: 1. 26.geary, w.j. (1971) '' coordination chemistry reviews '' 7 :110. 27.khulbe, r. c. and sin gh, r. p. (1982) ind. j. of chemistry ; 22a: 214. 28.yild iz, e. and boztp e, h. (2002) turk. j. chem; 26: 897. 29. el-saied, f. a.; ay ad, m .i.; issa, r.m . and ally , s.a.(2001) polish. j. chem.; 75: 773. 30. silv erstein, r.m . and webster, f.x.(1996) ''sp ectrometric identification of organic compounds''; 6 th ed., new york, john wiley and sons, inc, 31.cabrillo, r. ; cast ineirars, a.; covelo g, b.; nico las, j. and. vazquezlopez, e.n. (2001) poly hedron; 20: 2415. 32.pal, j.; m isra, t.k. and sinha,c. (2000) transition. m et. chem.; 25: 333. 33.gupt a, c. p.; kanugo, d.k. and m ehta, p.k.(1979) j. ind. chem. soc; 56: 826. 34.rona, a.k. and shah, j.r. (1981) j. ind. chem. soc; 58 :1100. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (1): physical properties of the ligands table (2): reaction conditions and s ome physical properties of the complexes yield% m. p ◦ c color wt. of amine (g) name ligand 81.85 140-142 deep brown 0.337 2-(p -acetop henone azo)-amino1himidazole4 p rop ionic acid l1 75.32 210-212 yellowish orange 0.342 2-(p -benzoicacid azo)--amino 1himidazole4prop ionic acid l2 83.74 192-194 orange brown 0.337 2-(m-acetop henone azo )-amino1himidazole4 p rop ionic acid l3 yield % color p h wt. of m etal ion (g) wt. of ligand (g) complexes 72 reddish brown 6.5 0.118 0.301 [co (l1)2 cl2] 80 brown 6.5 0.118 0.301 [ni (l1)2 cl2] 82 deep violet 7 0.085 0.301 [cu (l1)2 cl2] 77 reddish brown 6.5 0.068 0.301 [zn (l1)2 cl2] 73 orange 7 0.100 0.301 [cd (l1)2 cl2] 65 reddish orange 6 0.135 0.301 [hg (l1)2 cl2] 76 brown 6 0.118 0.303 [co (l2)2 cl2] 74 reddish brown 7 0.118 0.303 [ni (l2)2 cl2] 71 yellowish green 7 0.085 0.303 [cu (l2)2 cl2] 84 yellow 6.5 0.068 0.303 [zn (l2)2 cl2] 79 reddish orange 6 0.100 0.303 [cd (l2)2 cl2] 70 orange 7 0.135 0.303 [hg (l2)2 cl2] 88 brown 6.5 0.118 0.301 [co (l3)2 cl2] 85 dark green 6.5 0.118 0.301 [ni (l3)2 cl2] 89 dark brown 7 0.085 0.301 [cu (l3)2 cl2] 86 reddish orange 6 0.068 0.301 [zn (l3)2 cl2] 78 reddish orange 6 0.100 0.301 [cd (l3)2 cl2] 89 reddish brown 6 0.135 0.301 [hg (l3)2 cl2] ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (3): mass s pectral data of the ligands l2 and l3 l2 fragment m/z relative abundance parent ion 303 7 c11 h13 n5 + 215 2 c9 h6 n4 .+ 170 5 c9 h7 n2 + 143 4 c5 h7 n5 .+ 137 67 c7 h4 o2 .+ 120 88 c5 h6 n3 .+ 108 4 c4 h3 n3 .+ 93 69 c5 h6 + 78 13 c3 hn2 .+ 65 65 l3 parent ion 301 9 c5 h5 n3 .+ 135 96 c8 h7o + 120 92 c5 h4n3 .+ 106 4 c5 h2n3 .+ 92 100 c6 h6 + 78 17 c3 hn2 .+ 65 85 table (4): conditions for the preparation of the comple xes cu(ii) complexes ni(ii) complexes co(ii) complexes ligand m :l ratio opt imum molar conc.10 4 opt imum p h m :l ratio opt imum molar conc. 10 4 opt imum p h m :l ratio opt imum molar conc. 10 4 opt imum p h 1:2 1.5 7 1:2 2.5 6.5 1:2 2 6.5 l1 1:2 2.5 7 1:2 2 7 1:2 2 6 l2 1:2 2 7 1:2 2 6.5 1:2 2 6.5 l3 hg (ii) complexes cd (ii) complexes zn(ii) complexes ligand m :l ratio opt imum molar conc.10 4 opt imum p h m :l ratio opt imum molar conc. 10 4 opt imum p h m :l ratio opt imum molar conc. 10 4 opt imum p h 1:2 2.5 6 1:2 3 7 1:2 2 6.5 l1 1:2 2.5 7 1:2 2.5 6 1:2 2.5 6.5 l2 1:2 3 6 1:2 2.5 6 1:2 2 6 l3 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (5): s tabili ty constants of the prepared complexes l1 log k k  am as complex 8.033 10 8 ×1.080 0.352 0.173 0.112 co(ii) 7.121 10 7 ×1.322 0.524 0.421 0.200 ni(ii) 8.871 10 8 ×7.440 0.256 0.242 0.180 cu(ii) 7.363 10 7 ×2.309 0.515 0.512 0.248 zn(ii) 7.155 10 7 ×1.430 0.471 0.280 0.148 cd(ii) 7.423 10 7 ×2.652 0.443 0.638 0.355 hg(ii) l2 log k k  am as complex 6.965 10 6 ×9.228 0.354 0.302 0.195 co(ii) 7.036 10 7 ×1.088 0.347 0.552 0.360 ni(ii) 7.260 10 7 ×1.822 0.271 0.221 0.161 cu(ii) 7.423 10 7 ×2.652 0.443 0.291 0.162 zn(ii) 7.188 10 7 ×1.543 0.506 0.798 0.394 cd(ii) 7.245 10 7 ×1.758 0.490 0.422 0.215 hg(ii) l3 log k k  am as complex 7.285 10 7 ×1.929 0.537 0.121 0.056 co(ii) 7.395 10 7 ×2.485 0.503 0.173 0.086 ni(ii) 7.681 10 7 ×4.800 0.424 0.205 0.118 cu(ii) 7.956 10 7 ×9.057 0.366 0.243 0.154 zn(ii) 7.475 10 7 ×2.989 0.432 1.281 0.727 cd(ii) 7.440 10 7 ×2.750 0.394 0.543 0.329 hg(ii) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (6): elemental anal ysis data for the prepared comple xes ni (ii) complexes co (ii) complexes ligand cl% m % n% h% c% cl% m % n% h% c% 9.70 (8.15) 8.02 (7.50) 9.70 (9.37) 8.05 (7.80) l1 9.64 (8.51) 7.97 (7.50) 9.65 (9.20) 8.01 (7.90) l2 9.70 (9.22) 8.02 (7.86) 9.70 (8.50) 8.05 (7.70) l3 zn (ii) complexes cu (ii) complexes ligand cl% m % n% h% c% cl% m % n% h% c% 9.62 (9.22) 8.81 (8.43) 9.63 (9.35) 8.68 (8.23) l1 9.57 (9.15) 8.76 (8.49) 18.89 (18.60) 3.50 (3.19) 42.10 (43.08) 9.59 (9.20) 8.64 (8.34) l2 9.62 (9.28) 8.81 (8.62) 9.63 (8.50) 8.68 (8.31) 19.00 (19.33 ) 4.10 (4.11 ) 48.95 (48.95 ) l3 hg (ii) complexes cd (ii) complexes ligand cl% m % n% h% c% cl% m % n% h% c% 8.13 (7.80) 22.90 (21.98) 9.04 (8.73) 14.27 (14.30 ) l1 8.10 (7.80) 22.82 (22.63) 9.00 (8.57) 14.20 (14.11 ) l2 8.13 (7.90) 22.90 (22.10) 9.04 (8.75) 14.27 (14.22 ) l3 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 compounds (m ax) (nm) є m ax 10 3 l. m ol. -1 cm -1 ef f (b.m) m (s.cm 2 . mol -1 ) in dm f in m ethanol [co (l1)2 cl2] 455 0.243 3.61 15.32 13.62 [ni (l1)2 cl2] 459 0.644 2.33 11.10 8.57 [cu (l1)2 cl2] 476 0.155 1.62 12.49 6.63 [zn (l1)2 cl2] 461 0.282 9.53 6.52 [cd (l1)2 cl2] 475 0.415 3.37 2.54 [hg (l1)2 cl2] 475 1.255 4.09 2.30 [co (l2)2 cl2] 458 0.512 3.45 5.27 3.43 [ni (l2)2 cl2] 463 0.624 2.42 6.12 4.83 [cu (l2)2 cl2] 471 0.248 1.86 20.3 13.36 table (7): uvvis, magnetic susceptibility and conductance me asurements data [zn (l2)2 cl2] 456 0.102 8.51 5.74 [cd (l2)2 cl2] 467 0.382 4.87 2.12 [hg (l2)2 cl2] 444 0.279 4.85 2.80 [co (l3)2 cl2] 519 0.216 3.70 15.84 12.77 [ni (l3)2 cl2] 512 0.212 3.08 16.52 14.37 [cu (l3)2 cl2] 532 0.970 1.61 10.74 8.77 [zn (l3)2 cl2] 587 0.553 10.48 8.84 [cd (l3)2 cl2] 522 1.254 3.84 2.84 [hg (l3)2 cl2] 527 0.377 3.54 2.54 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (8) :the main fre quencies of the ligands and their complexes(cm -1 ) comp.  (o-h) (n-h) prim + (n-h) imid (c=o) + (c=n) (n-h) prim (n-h) im id (n=n) (mnazo) + (mnimid) l1 3460 b r. 3231 3175 br.d. 16 31 s. 15 87 v.s 15 00 w. 1409 v.s. [co(l1)2 cl2] 3458 b r. 15 95 s. 15 19 w. 1421 m. 48 0 w. [ni(l1)2 cl2] 34 44 v.s. 1640 w .sh. 1595 v .s. 15 19 w. 1420 m. 46 6 w. [cu(l1)2 cl2] 34 60 br.s. 3261 3160 sh.d . 1637 w .sh. 15 98 s. 15 00 w. 14 29 s. 13 75 sh. d. 46 8 w. [zn(l1)2 cl2] 3460 b r. 3250 3165 sh.d . 1635 w .sh. 15 93 s. 15 19 v .w. 14 39 13 85 s.d . 46 8 w. [cd(l1)2 cl2] 3450 b r. 3240 3100 br.d. 1640 w .sh. 1589 v .s. 15 18 v .w. 14 11 s. 48 0 w. 43 5 w. [hg(l1)2 cl2] 3477 w.br. 3240 3100 v.w .d . 16 43 v.w. sh . 1595 v .s. 15 19 m. 14 26 13 77 s.d . 47 0 w. 44 5 w. l2 3406 m. 3070 br. 16 39 s. 15 95 s. 15 04 v.s. 14 13 s. [co(l2)2 cl2] 3406 m. 3100 br. 16 45 m. 16 00 m. 15 04 s. 14 08 s. 14 00 sh. d. 43 3 w. [ni(l2)2 cl2] 3406 b r. 3100 br. 16 29 .sh . 16 00 s. 15 06 m. 14 06 13 99 s.d . 43 5 w. [cu(l2)2 cl2] 3406 b r. 3249 3120 br.d 16 42 sh. 16 02 s. 15 02 m. 1402 v.s. 13 68 sh. d. 43 3 w. [zn(l2)2 cl2] 3404 m. 31 60sh. 30 72br. d. 16 36 sh. 15 98 v.s. 15 08 s. 1429 v.s. 13 80 sh. d. 46 0 w. 43 0 w. [cd(l2)2 cl2] 3404 m. 31 60sh. 30 68br. d. 16 37 m. 1595 v .s. 15 08 m. 1400 v.s. 47 0 w. 45 0 w. [hg(l2)2 cl2] 34 06 v.w. 32 189 3070 br.d 16 32 v.w. sh . 15 96 s. 15 08 w. 14 29 13 96 s.d . 48 0 w. 41 8 w. l3 34 44 s. 3330 3260 s.d . 1633 s . 1595 v .s. 15 14 m. 1407 v.s. [co(l3)2 cl2] 3355 b r. 33 30 br. 1637 w .sh. 15 90w. 15 14 m. 14 60 14 27 m.d. 46 0 w. 41 8 w. [ni(l3)2 cl2] 3365 b r. 33 30 br. 16 40 sh. 1590 m. 15 12 m. 1440 w. 1421 m. d. 47 0 w. 42 0 w. [cu(l3)2 cl2] 3380 b r. 16 40 sh. 1593 m. 15 06 m. 14 29 14 18 m.d. 47 0 w. 41 8 w. [zn(l3)2 cl2] 3508 w. br. 3263 3160 br.d 16 38 sh. 1598 s. 15 08 m. 14 29 13 98 m.d. 48 0 w. 43 0 w. [cd(l3)2 cl2] 34 61 s.br. 3344 3160 3080 sh.t 16 39 v.w.sh . 1593 s. 15 06 w. 14 34 13 96 m.d. 46 8 w. 42 0 w. [hg(l3)2 cl2] 34 58 s.br. 3260 3100 s.d . 16 38 v.w.sh . 1596 s. 15 08 w. 14 29 13 96 m.d. 47 0 w. 44 0 w. pri m = pri ma ry amine , imid = i midazole, v.s .=very s trong, m= medium, w=wea k, b r=broad , d=doublet, sh = shoulde r. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig.(1) mass s pectrum of ligand l3 fig. (2) 1 hnmr s pectrum of the ligand l1 nc o nh 3c n n h ch2 ch co oh nh 2 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (3): uvvis s pectra of a-free ligand fig. (4): effect of ph on absor bance at s olution b-cd ii -l1 mixe d s olution (λmax) for l3 comple xes s olutions fig. (5): mole ratio and job methods for comple xes s oluti ons 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0 .1 0.12 0.14 3 .5 4.5 5 .5 6.5 7.5 8.5 co(ii) ni(ii) cu(ii) ph a b so rb a n ce . 0 0.05 0 .1 0.15 0 .2 0.25 0 .3 0.35 0 .4 3 .5 4 .5 5 .5 6 .5 7 .5 8 .5 zn(ii) cd(ii) hg(ii) ph a b so rb a n ce . l1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 1 2 3 4 5 mol e (l1) per mole (zn +2 ) a b so rb a n ce . 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0 .1 0 .2 0.3 0.4 0 .5 0 .6 0.7 0.8 0 .9 1 a b so rb a n ce . vcd (ii) (vcd (ii) + vl3) a b ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (6) : 1 hnmr s pectrum of the comple x [cd(l1)2 cl 2] fig. (7) :the suggested s tructure of the prepared complexes n n n n n n n n r h h r a b a b m c l c l c ch3, b=h) o c oh, b=h) o c ch3) o ch2 ch nh2 cooh l1 , (a= l2, (a=l3, (a=h, b= r= m(ii)= co, ni, cu, zn, cd , hg ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (8): dyeing of cotton by s ome ligands and its complexes l1 l2 [co(l2)2cl [co(l2)2cl2 [cu(l3)2cl2] 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد صبغات ازو األیونات الفلزیة المنتخبة مع بعض لمعقداتتحضیر ودراسة طیفیة تابعة ادائها كصبغات ومجدیدة غیر متجانسة الحلقة ثناء جعفر الحسني، عامر جبار جراد عة بغدادقسم الكیمیاء، كلیة العلوم، جام الخالصة امینو –ومیتا –امینو حامض البنزویك وبارا -جدیدة من تفاعل ازدواج بارا l3,l2,l1)(حضرت لیكاندات ،المرئیة فوق البنفسجیةو تحت الحمراء األشعة أطیافشخصت اللیكاندات المحضرة بوساطة ). الهستدین(اسیتوفینون مع بعض كاندات معیتمت مفاعلة هذه الل .كروموتوغرافیا الغاز –طیف الكتلة و ،الرنین النووي المغناطیسي للبروتونو hg) ةالمنتخب لفلزیةا یوناتالا ii ,cd ii ,zn ii ,cu ii ,ni ii ,co ii وفي 2:1)( دلیكان :فلز ماء وبنسبة لفي وسط ایثانو ( 10×1(التراكیز من مدى ضبیر –وخضعت محالیل هذه المعقدات لقانون المبرت الدالة الحامضیة المثلى، -4 3×10 -4 m( ة الصیغة العام يتم الحصول على سلسلة من المعقدات ذو[m (l)2cl2] . ء واألشعة فوق شخص م تقنیة االمتصاص الذري اللهبي، أطیاف األشعة تحت الحمرا ت هذه المعقدات باستخدا ة المرئیة وطیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي للبروتون فضال عن ق –البنفسجیة یاسات الحساسیة المغناطیسیة والتوصیلی ة . كما قدر محتوى الكلور باستخدام طریقة مور.الكهربائیة درست تراكیب المعقدات باستخدام طریقتي النسب المولی مستمرة ،كما حسب .استقراریة المعقدات المحضرة توالمتغیرات ال ة لقد تمت اإلفادة من اللیكاندات والمعقدات قید الدراسة حول إمكانیة استخدامها كأصباغ لصباغة األنسجة القطنی مقاومة عالیة للغسل والمنظفات ولضوء اوقد تبین أن ألوانها ثابتة وذ.نظرا لما تتمیز به هذه المركبات من ألوان زاهیة .تخبة من البكتریاالفاعلیة البایولوجیة ووجد أن لهذه المعقدات قابلیة متباینة على قتل األنواع المنت الشمس، كذلك درس microsoft word 67-74 https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 67 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 effect of thyroid disorder in polycystic ovarian syndrome in the women of diyala province alzahraa ibrahim abdulmajeed dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of diyala al_zahraa1987.zo@gmail.com received in:26/october/2017, accepted in:6/december/2017 abstract polycystic ovarian syndrome (pcos) is the most endocrine disorder common effect (5-10) % in women at reproductive age. thyroid dysfunction with pcos is both representing parts of the endocrine system; this link leads to problems of ovulation and pregnancy. aims: to investigate the prevalence of thyroid disorder in pcos woman, and associate the outcome with obesity. this study was conducted in al-batol teaching hospital in baquba city /iraq. the results reviewed included 63 women: 45 pcos were diagnosed on the basis of rotterdam criteria, 18 as control, aged 1744 year. the samples have been collected at second day of menstrual cycle, to test ft3, ft4, ftsh in serum. information was collected for (age, bmi, lh, and fsh) to be part of this study. a significant increasing in ft3 was found in pcos women comparison with control pvalue<0.05. t3 showed in significant differences between lean pcos matched against control pvalue > 0.05, along with statistically increasing of tsh level in (lean, overweight) pcos comparison with control pvalue˂0.05. conclusion: pcos is associated with hypothyroidism. obesity or overweight is a key factor leads to increased risk of thyroid disorder. keywords: polycystic ovary syndrome, bmi, thyroid function, hypothyroidism. https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 68 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos), is one of the most common endocrine disorders which female suffers from, many researches have shown that the proportion of women with pcos, ranging from 5% to 10% of reproductive age [1]. pcos can be diagnosed through rotterdam criteria 2004: chronic oligo and / or anovulation, biochemistry test, including increased secretion of androgens and/ or detected by ultrasound waves [2]. on the other hand diagnosis is made too by the external appearance through the emergence of gain weight, patches darker skin, facial hair, acne and difficulty getting pregnant [3]. there is a special relationship between pcos and auto-immune thyroiditis (ait) in many findings [4]. the thyroid gland is a butterfly-shaped organ located in the base of the neck. it releases hormones that control metabolism and evolution [5]. chronic autoimmune thyroiditis (ait) or know hashimotos thyroiditis: is a more popular disease because of hypothyroidism in parts that do not suffer from iodine deficiency, it is identified by apoptosis of thyroid, produced from the failure in the synthesis of hormones, which regulate vital body functions [6]. disorder system of the thyroid gland is more common in women more than men; there is a special relationship between hypothyroidism and pcos [7]. a rise of ovarian size and appearance of cyst on the ovary are initial signs of hypothyroidism [8]. initially hypothyroidism is a deficiency in the secretion of thyroid hormone, associated with elevation of thyrotrophicreleasing hormone (trh) that will increase the concentration of tsh [9]. all of that produce disorder in gynecological profile. furthermore, increasing level of prolactin participate in forming of polycystic ovaries, has a specific role in preventing ovulation resulting from the change in the proportion of follicle stimulating hormone (fsh) and luteinizing hormone (lh) [10]. materials and methods this study was carried out in al-batol teaching hospital in baquba city /iraq. the duration of this study was from september 2016 to april 2017, including 63 women divided into two groups: 18 female without pcos as control were matched to another 45 women selected with pcos, the diagnosis was based on at least 2 of 3 rotterdam criteria 2004 [11] at reproductive age, which are: 1oligo and /or anovulation as known as presence of menstrual dysfunction meaning: a) they had not any menstrual bleeding for last 3 months b) and /or had six cycles over more than 35 days [12]. 2hyperandrogenism by clinical and /or biochemistry. 3polycystic ovaries on ultrasound all subjects were within (1744) year age. approximately (5) ml of blood was collected from venipuncture by disposable syringe, after overnight fasting at second day in period (follicular phase), then dispensed into plane tube and left for one hour to separate the serum by 300 rpm centrifuge for 10 minutes then was left for freezing (-20 c0) for 30 day to estimate thyroid profile: thyroid stimulation hormone (tsh), triiodothyronine (ft3), thyroxine (ft4) by eliza method, using commercially available kit from d-65205 wiesbaden – germany. body mass index was calculated for each woman by an equation which divided body weight (kg unit) by the square of the height (m2 unit) according to the european society of human reproduction and embryology, 2009, bmi divided into three groups: normal weight (18.524.9) kg/m2, overweight (2529.9) kg/m2, obesity ( 30) kg/m2. in this study pcos were divided as normal (<25 kg/m2), and obese ( 25 kg/m2) [13]. excluded from this study woman whom: (1) younger than 17 years (2) elder than 45 year (3) lactating or pregnant https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 69 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 woman (4) taking contraceptive pills (5) suffering thyroid disorder and problems with blood pressure. statistical analysis the statistical package for social sciences (spss) software, version 20 was applied to analyze all our data. expression of data was by (mean standard error). for comparison of thyroid functions and finds the statistical differences between two groups using student’s ttest. while one-way analysis of variance (anova) was performed to test the differences among three groups. considered p value < 0.05 was a standard of significant. result and discussion as shown in table (1) this study was based on many variables, such as (age, bmi, lh/fsh, lh, and fsh). the samples, 63 donor women, were divided based on the number and proportion. the donor women included (45 pcos woman, 18 as a control), their ages were ranging from (1744) years old. the results indicated that 48.5% of women with pcos was in the age group under 25 year, 26.7% in group 25-32 year, and only 24.8% in aged 3244 year. this work showed that more than two thirds of women, who are suffering from pcos were less than 32 year, as shown table (1), the majority of pcos reports referred to prevalence of this phenomenon in young women with ages less than 35 year, these results agree with rita k (2001) who emphasized that decreasing physiological efficacy of the ovarian follicles leading to tendency of ovary to return to its normality with age. where, low secretion lh associated with declining number of ovarian follicles at progression age of the normogonadotropic in anovulation infertile women [14]. in addition hyperandrogenism is a pre-eminent factor in women who are suffering from disorder of the menstrual cycle. many research pointed to declining of level testosterone in middle age (more than 25 year) in pcos woman and this declining of androgen level is one of the reasons that regulate the menstrual cycle in pcos woman when become growing old [15]. the results showed that 20% of women with pcos have a fatty body, their bmi were ( 30) kg/m2, (who expert consultation, 2004) this observation agrees with [16]. the greatest proportion of pcos women (more than half (55.5%), 25 out of 45 were suffering from overweight (>25<30) (conventional criteria for overweight). whereas, only 11 out of 45 pcos woman (24.5%) have less than (25 kg/m2), the high of bmi value affect metabolism and become more disorder than in those who have normal weight which in turn increase the insulin resistance, consequently, lead to hyperandrogenism. however, the bmi varies according to the ethnic as pointed by several researches [17] who are originally from shanghai but live currently in new york have low bmi, these individuals seem to have increasing level of body fat more than white population who have same sex and age. on the other hand, the results showed that most of woman in the control group (66.6%) were within healthy scale (18-24.9) kg/m2, while the remaining percentage revealed a rise in bmi due to lack in exercise and/or as wrong lifestyle. also table (1) showed that women with pcos have a raised ratio of lh/fsh. the raising of ratio may be a result of disorder in the secretion for both (lh, fsh) in pcos which is a heterogeneous turbulence in gonadotropin profile at reproductive age [18]. the present study showed that 23 out of 45 pcos (51.2%) suffering from hyper production of lh (> 10 mlu/ml) while the most of healthy women (17 from 18, 94.5%) have normal secretion of lh (<10 mlu/ml). this agreed with (19) who indicates the formation of ovary poly bag related to raise secretion of (lh), this deals with the current result. furthermore, decreasing level of fsh will lead to high ratio of lh/ fsh among 75.5 pcos woman https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 70 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 (basically this ratio is considered an essentially standard for diagnosis pcos). the fsh level was normal in 61.2 % of control; secretion of progesterone by corpus luteum  can help to regulate the concentration of lh versus elevation level of fsh which has an important role to mature of follicles for next bleeding [20]. in contrast pcos woman, abnormality of lh associated with less response for progesterone and defect in the frequency of fsh, this leads to a high ratio of lh/fsh. consequently, ratio lh/fsh increases in women with pcos 0%, 55.5%, 44.5%, respectively which approach with [21], compared with a women in control group as the ratio of lh/fsh was (<1) in all individuals of control , as shown in table (1). table (1): distribution of study group by (number, proportion) during follow-up for all subjects, several differences were found in thyroid gland function between pcos and control women. table (2) recorded a statistically significant increase (p value < 0.05) in t3 concentration (2.422 0.104) in pcos woman when compared with control (2.005 0.064). the results also showed non-significant differences (p value > 0.05) in t4 concentration between pcos and control women (112.236 2.448, 105.938+_3.578) respectively. table (2) showed a rising in tsh concentration in pcos woman (2.826 0.340) when compared with control (1.7817 0.129) but, this increasing wasn't within the limit of significance, (p value = 0.61). both of the thyroid gland and the ovary are part of the endocrine system, most of the cases that suffering from thyroid disorder (hypothyroidism). mostly of women with pcos are to get hypothyroidism [22] this may be due to insufficient secretion of thyroid hormone resulting from dysfunction of hypothalamic-pituitary ovarian axis [23] which agrees with present work. a disorder of the thyroid gland system leads to decrease in sex binding globulin hormone (sbgh) which in turn increases the testosterone also, non-regularity of menstrual cycle helps to impair ovulation and increase the chance of abortions [24]. free tri iodothyronine (ft3) exist in follicular fluid [25] in addition to tsh has an important role with its receptor (trα1, trα2, trβ1, and trβ2 mrna) to change of ovarian shape, control patient variable percentage % total 18 percentag e % total 45 total 63 38.8% 22.3% 38,9% 7 4 7 48.5% 26.7% 24.8% 22 12 11 age (1725) year (25-32) year (32-44) year 66.6% 33.4% 12 6 24.5% 55.5% 20% 11 25 9 bmi normal (1824.9)kg/m2 overweight(25-29.9) kg/m2 obese(<30)kg/m2 100% 18 55.5% 44.5% 25 20 lh/fsh control <1 normal >1 abnormal >2 94.5% 5.5% 17 1 48.8% 51.2% 22 23 lh normal> 10 mlu/ml hyper <10 mlu/ml 61.2% 38.8% 11 7 75.5% 24.5% 34 11 fsh normal > 7 mlu/ml hyper <7 mlu/ml https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 71 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 such as oocytes, cumulus. furthermore the placenta has transporter membrane for thyroxin (t4) and triiodothyronine (t3) which arrange the performance of thyroid hormone in placenta. there are other processes participated in releasing of thyroid hormone like evolution, growth, metabolism of the body and menstrual irregularities [26] tsh is divided into two types: thyroxin (t4) and the main portion is triiodothyronine (t3) which has more influence. this fact enhances the absence of statistically differences of (ft4), where t4 suffering to change to t3 by thyroglobulin (tg) remove one iodine atom from t4, this catalyze is done by deiodenase i, ii in body [27]. table (2): the level of thyroid hormone and tsh in patients and healthy controls groups t3( mean se) nmol/l t4( mean se) nmol/l tsh ( mean se) µu/ml lh/fsh( mean se) patient 2.422 0.104 112.236 2.448 2.826 0.340 2.288 0.194 control 2.005 0.064 105.938 3.578 1.7817 0.129 0.649 0.364 p value p value< 0.05 p value > 0.05 p value > 0.05 p value<0,001 **p value < 0.05 considering statistically significant in table (3), the women with pcos were further classified depending on bmi into two groups (a): normal weight pcos (18 -24.9) kg/m2 and (b): overweight pcos (≥25) kg/m2. the purpose of this classification is to find the differences of thyroid function between (normal, overweight) pcos women and the control (c). this result showed slight increase of t3 value (p value > 0.05) between (a), (b) (2.356+_0.220) (2.444_+0.120) respectively, which tends to increase statistically significant when comparing group (b) with (c) (2.005+_0.064, p value < 0.05). increase significantly tsh for both (a), (b) (2.697 +_0.402) (2.868 +_0.433) respectively when compared with (c) (1.7817+-0.129) p value < 0.05. from these results, it was concluded that no statistical differences in t4 among groups: (a) (114.029_+5.822), (b) (111.657 +_2.685) and (c) (105.938 +_3.578). these results deal with (wunder et al 2008). in this study, it was shown increasing of tsh concentration in pcos women compared with control refers to diagnosis of hypothyroidism. the serious hypothyroidism in turn leads to increase ovary size and/or generation of cysts. the thyroid hormones take part in regulating the metabolic system, thermogenesis and lipid metabolism [28]. bmi and pcos have a specific role in ovarian activity. overactive ovaries leads to the accumulation of oocytes, which indicate increase probability of pcos with overweight woman, this obesity and excess weight, occur as a result of change of metabolism which can lead to involution [29]. obesity linked to insulin resistance (ir) [30] and estradiol (e2) in fatty tissue inhibits the secretion of fsh making obesity pathological factor [31]. table (3): mean distribution of thyroid hormone and tsh concentration in the studied groups (dividing them according to bmi) cases t3 t4 tsh pcos normal bmi (a) 2.356 0.220 114.029 5.822 2.697 0.402 pcos overweight (b) 2.444 0.120 111.657 2.685 2.868 0.433 control (c) 2.005 0.064 105.938 3.578 1.7817 0.129 p value( significant) b,c n.s a,c and b,c **p value < 0.05 considering statistically significant, (b, c) = significant differences pvalue <0.05 between overweight pcos and control, (a, c) = significant differences pvalue <0.05 between lean pcos and control, (b, c)= significant differences pvalue <0.05 between overweight pcos and control. n.s= there are no significant differences https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 72 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 conclusion most cases of polycystic ovaries are accompanied by disorder in the functions of thyroid gland, spatially hypothyroidism which is associated with increase the size of the ovary or formation of oocytes, pcos be more influential in younger in women less than 25 year. moreover continually monitoring for all thyroid profile even tsh within normal range. weight gain causes disorders in hormonal distribution correctly; obesity may be key factor for disturbance thyroid function. we need more investigation to get results about causes of pcos. references [1] p .kanagavalli; p .muraliswaran; tg. sathisha; d. thirunaaukarasu and lakshmi k, "a study to assess the hormonal profile of polycystic ovarian syndrome in a tertiary care hospital in puducherry”, rjpbcs, 4 (2): 1223 – 1228. 2013. [2] simona gabersˇcˇek, katja zaletel, verena schwetz,thomas pieber, barbara obermayer-pietsch and elisabeth lerchbaum, thyroid and polycystic ovary syndrome, european journal of endocrinology, 172(1): r9-r21. 2015. [3] dr.gulabkanwar; dr.neelam jain; dr. monika shekawat; dr.nidhi sharma, estimation of lh, fsh, prolactin and tsh levels in polycystic ovarian syndrome and correlation of lh and fsh with serum tsh levels, iosr journal of dental and medical sciences. 14 (5): 64-68. 2015. [4] du danfeng; li xuelian; the relationship between thyroiditis and polycystic ovary syndrome: a meta-analysis, international journal of clinical and experimental medicine, 6(10):880-889. 2013 [5] dr. m.zwain zainab; dr. k.aziz maha, polycystic ovarian syndrome and thyroid disorders, international journal of technical research and applications, 4 (5): 73-77. 2016 [6] ms. hima ann isaac and dr. geeta ibrahim. (2014), determination of thyroid malfunction in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. indian journal of sciences researches, 9 (1): 7075. [7] mohammed abbas osman abuzaid1; m.a. shrif nassr eldin. evaluation of thyroid hormones level in sudanese women with polycystic ovarian syndrome, scholars journal of applied medical sciences: 4(3a):664-668. 2016 [8] fatma al-zaroug elslimani, mona elhasi and maraia farag elmhdwi. the relation between hypothyroidism and polycystic ovary, thyroid and polycystic ovary syndrome no. 2 (3): 197-200. 2016 [9] jennifer wolf, l. barnes courtney, and mira aubuchon. polycystic ovarian syndrome: a diagnosis of exclusion. springer science business media, new york: 10.1007/978-14614-8394-6_2. 2014 [10] sanjay saran; bharti sona gupta1, rajeev philip2, kumar sanjeev singh, sureshrao anoop bende4, puspalata agroiya5, pankaj agrawal. effect on hypothyrodismon female reproductive hormones. indian journal of endocrinology and metabolism, 46.6 ip: 91.106. 2017 [11] chan-hong park, sungwook chun, association between serum gonadotropin level and insulin resistance-related parameters in korean women with polycystic ovary syndrome, obstetrics and gynecology science: 59(6):498-505. 2016 [12] h. alnakash abdulrazak; k. al-tae'e nada. polycystic ovarian syndrome: the correlation between the lh/fsh ratio and disease manifestations, middle east fertility society journal, 12(1), 35-40. 2007 [13] seddigheh esmaeilzadeh; maryam ghanbari andarieh ; reza ghadimi & mouloud agajani delavar, body mass index and gonadotropin hormones (lh & fsh) https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 73 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 associate with clinical symptoms among women with polycystic ovary syndrome, global journal of health science, 7(2), 101106. 2015 [14] ming-i hsu. changes in the pcos phenotype with age. steroids: 78(8):761-766. 2012 [15] j. stephen. winters, evelyn talbott, s. david. guzick, jeanne zborowski, and p kathleen, serum testosterone levels decrease in middle age in women with the polycystic ovary syndrome. fertility and steroids, 73(4) : 724-729. 2000 [16] khayyat khameneie maryam, nahid arian pour, aghdas safari and rasool roozegar. body mass index (bmi) related insulin resistance in polycystic ovarian syndrome among patients referred to gynecology clinic of imam reza hospital, tehran, iran. journal of clinical medicine and research, 4(7): 84-88. 2012 [17] xiaoli chen; ni renmin; mo yaqin; li lin, and dongzi yangappropriate bmi levels for pcos patients in southern china. human reproduction, 25 (5):1295–1302. . 2010 [18] agnieszka adamska; agnieszka łebkowska; anna krentowska,małgorzata jacewicz, maria gorska, irina kowalskarelationship between serum gonadotropin concentrations and thyroid volume in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. thyroid volume and gonadotrophins in pcos. polskie archiwum medycynywewnetrznej: 126 (11): 891894. 2016 [19] t.veeresh; d.moulali; dr.d.v.h. s sarma. a study on serum fsh, lh and prolactin levels in women with thyroid disorders. international journal of scientific and research publications, 5(3):1-4. 2015 [20] j sunita ramanand; b. balasaheb ghongane; b. jaiprakash ramanand; h. milind patwardhan, m varsha patwardhan, ravi ghanghas and r halasawadekar nimish. clinical characteristics of polycystic ovary. indian journal of endocrinology and metabolism. 17 (1):1-8. 2013 [21] b. banaszewska; rz spaczyński; m pelesz; l. pawelczyk. incidence of elevated lh/fsh ratioin polycystice ovary syndrome women with normo and hyperinsulinemia. roczniki akademii medycznej w bialymstoku, 48: 131-134. 2003 [22] rajive singla ; yashdeep gupta, and sameer aggarwal. thyroid disorders and polycystic ovary syndrome, an emerging relationship indian journal of endocrinology and metabolism,19(1): 25-29. 2011 [23] dr puspamayee sethi, evaluation of serum prolactin, fsh and lh levels in women with thyroid disorders: a hospital based study, v: 6(7): 460-462. 2016 [24] z. lal renuka; shweta biyani;l. odha rajul. correlation of thyroid hormones with fsh, lh and prolactin in infertility in the reproductive age group women. international archives of integrated medicine, 3(5): 146-150. 2016 [25] k. kowalczyk, g. franik, d. kowalczyk, d. pluta, ł. blukacz, p. madej. thyroid disorders in polycystic ovary syndrome, european review for medical and pharmacological sciences: v:21, n: 346-360. 2017 [26] anneli stavreus ever. paracrine interactions of thyroid hormones and thyroid stimulation hormone in the female reproductive tract have an impact on female fertility, frontiers in endocrinology. thyroid endocrinology: v: 3, n: 1-8. 2012 [27] r. alan. gaby. hypothyroidism and the empirical use of armour thyroid. hypothyroidism. v: 9 (2): 157-178. 2000 [28] kamal eldin ahmed abdelsalam and waleed ibrahim. relationship between tsh, t4, t3 and prolactin in overweight and lean sudanese pcos patients. international journal of biomedical research, 6(2), n: 108-112. 2015 [29] a. hind. beydoun, laurel stadtmauer, a. may. beydoun, helena russell, yueqin zhao, and sergio oehning. polycystic ovary syndrome, body mass index and outcomes of assisted reproductive technologies. report biomed online, 18:856–863. 2009 https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.1.1854 chemistry | 74 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [30] abdul hussein moyet; g. alfaisal mahdi saber. al-deresawi, the correlation between thyroid hormones, reproductive hormones, body mass index (bmi) and hirsute in iraqi women with polycystic ovary syndrome (pcos). journal of university of anbar for pure science 7(2):1-7. 2013 [31] iptisam ipek mudderis; abdullah boztosun, gokalp oner, fahry bayram, effect of thyroid hormone replacement therapy on ovarian volume and hydrogen hormones in patient with untreated primary hypothyroidism. annal of saudi medicine, 31(2), 145 151. 2011       microsoft word 110-131   110   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 t-abso and t-abso quasi primary fuzzy submodules wafaa h. hanoon department of computer science, college of education for girls, university of kufa, iraq. wafaah.hannon@uokufa.edu.iq khalaf m y.hate department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibnhaitham university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. dr.hatamyahya@yahoo.com article history: received 4 november 2018, accepted 24 november 2018, publish january 2019 abstract let ḿ be a unitary r-module and r is a commutative ring with identity. our aim in this paper to study the concepts t-abso fuzzy ideals, t-abso fuzzy submodules and t-abso quasi primary fuzzy submodules, also we discuss these concepts in the class of multiplication fuzzy modules and relationships between these concepts. many new basic properties and characterizations on these concepts are given. keywords: t-abso fuzzy ideal, t-abso fuzzy submodule, quasiprime fuzzy submodule, t-abso primary fuzzy submodule, t-abso quasi primary fuzzy submodule, multiplication fuzzy module. 1. introduction in this paper all ring is commutative with identity and all modules are unitary. deniz s. et al in [1] presented the concept of 2-absorbing fuzzy ideal which is a generalization of prime fuzzy ideal. prime submodule which play an important turn in the module theory over a commutative ring. a prime submodule n of an r-module ḿ, n≠ḿ, with property 𝑎∈𝑅, 𝑥∈ḿ, 𝑎𝑥∈𝑁 implies that ∈𝑁 or 𝑎 ∈ (𝑁: ḿ) [2]. this concept was generalized to concept of prime fuzzy submodule which was presented by rabi [3]. in 1999, abdul-razakm, presented and studied quasi-prime submodule let n < ḿ, n be called a quasi-prime if for 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈𝑅, 𝑚∈ḿ, 𝑎𝑏𝑚∈𝑁, implies either 𝑎𝑚∈𝑁 or b𝑚∈𝑁 [4]. in 2001, hatam generalized it to fuzzy quasi-prime submodules [5]. darani, et al in [6] presented the definition of 2-absorbing submodule. let n < ḿ, n be called 2-absorbing submodule of ḿ if whenever r, b ∈ r, x ∈ ḿ and rbx ∈ n, then rx ∈ n or bx ∈ n or rb ∈ (n: ḿ). hatam and wafaa expanded this concept that is: if x be a fuzzy module of an rmodule ḿ. a proper fuzzy submodule a of x is called t-abso fuzzy submodule if whenever 𝑎 , 𝑏 be fuzzy singletons of r, and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋, ∀ 𝑠, 𝑙, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿, such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴, then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 [7]. mccasland and moore presented the concept of ḿ-radical of n such: let n be a proper module of a nonzero r-module ḿ, then the ḿ-radical of n, denoted by ḿ-rad n is defined to be the intersection of all prime module including n, see [8]. mostafanasab et al, were presented the connotation of 2-absorbing primary submodule. so, a proper submodule n of an r-module ḿ is called 2-absorbing primary submodule of ḿ if whenever a, b∈ r and m∈ ḿ and abm∈ n, then am∈ ḿ-rad n or bm∈ ḿ-rad n or ab∈ 𝑁: ḿ ,   111   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 [9]. rabi and hassan in 2008 were presented the concept of quasi primary fuzzy submodule. a proper fuzzy submodule a of fuzzy module x is said to be quasi primary fuzzy submodule if (a:b) is a primary fuzzy ideal of r for each fuzzy submodule b of x such that a ⊂ b [10]. suat k. et al, studied and presented the connotation of 2-absorbing quasi primary submodule, i.e., a proper submodule n of ḿ is said to be 2-absorbing quasi primary submodule if the condition abq∈ n implies either ab∈ 𝑁: ḿ or aq∈ ḿ-rad(n) or bq∈ ḿ-rad(n) for every a, b∈ r and q∈ ḿ [11]. this paper is composed of two sections. in section (1) we present the definition of t-abso fuzzy ideals and we give some characterizations of this definition for ideals. also many properties and outcomes of this concept are given. in section (2) we present the definition of t-abso fuzzy submodules, many basic properties and outcomes are studied. in section (3) we present the concept of t-abso quasi primary fuzzy submodules and we study the relationships this concept with among tabso fuzzy submodules and t-abso primary fuzzy submodules. several important results have been demonstrated. note that we denote to fuzzy module, submodule. 2. t-abso f. ideals in this section, we introduce the concepts of t-abso and t-abso primary ideals. some concepts and propositions which are needed in the next section. definition 1. [1] let ĥ be a non-constant f. ideal of r. then ĥ is called t-abso f. ideal if for any f. points 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r, 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ∈ ĥ implies that either 𝑎 𝑏 ∈ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ∈ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ∈ ĥ. the following proposition characterize t-abso f. ideal in terms of its level ideal. lemma 2. [1] let a be f. ideal of r. if a is t-abso f. ideal, then 𝐴 is t-abso ideal of r, ∀ v ∈ l, recall that let ĥ be any f. ideal of r. then the radical f. of ĥ, denoted by ĥ, is defined by: ĥ =∩{ṷ:ṷ is a prime f. ideal of r containing ĥ} [12]. now, we give these propositions which are used in the next section. proposition 3. suppose that r be a ring and ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r. then ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r and 𝑎 ⊆ĥ for each f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ, ∀ v ∈ l. proof. let ĥ be t-abso f. ideal and 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ, hence 𝑎 ∈ ĥ . then 𝑎 ∈ ĥ . so that ĥ 𝑎 𝑣. thus 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ. since 𝑎 𝑎 , so that 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ. now, let 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 be f. singletons of r such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. then 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑟 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. since ĥ is tabso f. ideal, then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ, since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑎 𝑟 𝑎 𝑟 , 𝑏 𝑟 𝑏 𝑟 hence either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. so that either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. thus ĥis t-abso f. ideal of r.   112   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 lemma 4. let ĥ⊆ ƥ be f. ideal of a ring r, where ƥ is a prime f. ideal. then the following expressions are equivalent: 1ƥ is a minimal prime f. ideal of ĥ; 2for each f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ, there exists f. singleton 𝑏 of r\ƥ and a non-negative integer n such that 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ , ∀ v, l ∈ l. proof. (1) ⇒ (2) let ƥ be a minimal prime f. ideal of ĥ and 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ, suppose that for every f. singleton 𝑏 of r\ƥ, 𝑏 𝑎 ⊈ ĥ, ∀n∈ n. inparticular, 𝑎 ⊈ ĥ, ∀n ∈n. let a={1, 𝑎 , 𝑎 ,...} and b={k: k is f. ideal of r such that k∩a=∅, ĥ⊆ k⊆ ƥ}. then b≠∅, since ĥ⊆b, it is obvious b is partially ordered by inclusion. by [13], b has a maximal f. ideal say ṷ. then ṷ is a prime f. ideal by [12], such that ĥ⊆ ṷ⊆ ƥ. since ƥ is a minimal prime f. ideal of ĥ, so ṷ=ƥ this is a contradiction to 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ=ṷ, hence 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ. (2) ⇒(1) suppose that for each f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ, there exists f. singleton 𝑏 of r\ ƥ and n∈n such that 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ. let k be a prime f. ideal of r such that ĥ⊆ k⊆ ƥ. we claim that ƥ⊆ k. since 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ , then there exists f. singleton 𝑏 ⊆ r\ ƥ and n∈n such that 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ⊆ k. since k is a prime f. ideal, then either 𝑏 ⊆ k or 𝑎 ⊆ k. hence 𝑎 ⊆ k as 𝑏 ⊆ r\ ƥ. so that ƥ⊆ k, then ƥ=k; that is ƥ is a minimal prime f. ideal of ĥ. proposition 5. suppose that ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of a ring r. then there are at most two prime f ideals of r that are minimal over ĥ.  proof. assume that k={ƥ : ƥ is a prime f. ideal of r which is minimal over ĥ}. let k have at least three prime f. ideals. let ƥ , ƥ ∈ 𝐾 be two different prime f. ideals. then there exists f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ and there exists f singleton 𝑏 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ . we show that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. by lemma (4), there exist f. singletons 𝑥 ⊈ ƥ and 𝑦 ⊈ ƥ , such that 𝑥 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑦 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ for some n, m ≥1. since ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r, we have 𝑥 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑦 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. since 𝑎 , 𝑏 ⊈ ƥ ∩ ƥ and 𝑥 𝑎 , 𝑦 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ ⊆ ƥ ∩ ƥ , we get 𝑥 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ and 𝑦 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ , thus 𝑥 , 𝑦 ⊈ ƥ ∩ ƥ . since 𝑥 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑦 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ, have 𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. observe that 𝑥 𝑦 ⊈ ƥ and 𝑥 𝑦 ⊈ ƥ . since 𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 ⊈ ƥ and 𝑥 𝑦 𝑏 ⊈ ƥ , we conclude that neither 𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ nor 𝑥 𝑦 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ and hence 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. now, suppose there exists ƥ ∈ k such that ƥ is neither ƥ nor ƥ .then we can choose 𝑟 ⊆ ƥ \ ƥ ∪ ƥ , 𝑐 ⊆ ƥ \ ƥ ∪ ƥ and 𝑑 ⊆ ƥ \ ƥ ∪ ƥ . by the same way we show that 𝑟 𝑐 ⊆ ĥ. since ĥ⊆ƥ ∩ ƥ ∩ ƥ and 𝑟 𝑐 ⊆ ĥ, we get either 𝑟 ⊆ ƥ or 𝑐 ⊆ ƥ this is a discrepancy. hence k has at most two prime f. ideals of r. proposition 6 let ĥ be t-abso f. ideal of r. then one of the following expressions must hold 1ĥ = ƥ is a prime f. ideal of r such that ƥ ⊆ ĥ 2ĥ= ƥ ∩ ƥ , ƥ ƥ ⊆ ĥ, and ĥ ⊆ ĥ where ƥ , ƥ are the only distinct prime f. ideals of r that are minimal over ĥ.   113   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proof. by proposition (5), we get either ĥ=ƥ is a prime f. ideal of r or ĥ = ƥ ∩ ƥ , where ƥ , ƥ are the only distinct prime f. ideals of r that are minimal over ĥ. assume that ĥ = ƥ is prime f. ideal of r. let f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 ⊆ ƥ . by proposition (3), we have 𝑎 , 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. so that 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. since ĥ is t-abso f. ideal, we get 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. from each case implies that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ, and so ƥ ⊆ ĥ. suppose that ĥ = ƥ ∩ ƥ , where ƥ , ƥ are the only distinct prime f. ideals of r that are minimal over ĥ. let f singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. by the same way of above, we have 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ and hence ĥ ⊆ ĥ. now, we show that, ƥ ƥ ⊆ ĥ. by proposition (3), we have 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ for each f singleton 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ . let be f singleton 𝑦 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ and 𝑟 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ . by the proof of proposition (5), we have 𝑦 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. let f singletons 𝑐 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑑 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ , choose f singleton 𝑓 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ . then 𝑓 𝑑 ⊆ ĥ by the proof of proposition (5) and 𝑐 𝑓 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ . thus 𝑐 𝑑 𝑓 𝑑 𝑐 𝑓 𝑑 ⊆ ĥ. so that 𝑐 𝑑 ⊆ ĥ. by the same method we show that if 𝑐 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑑 ⊆ ƥ \ƥ .thus ƥ ƥ ⊆ ĥ. proposition 7 let ĥ be t-abso f. ideal of r such that ĥ = ƥ is a prime f. ideal, of rand suppose that ĥ≠ƥ. for each f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ p\ĥ , let 𝐴 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑅: 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ , ∀ v, l ∈l. then 𝐴 is a prime f. ideal of r included ƥ. futhermore, either 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 for each f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 ⊆ ƥ\ĥ . proof. let 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ\ĥ. since ƥ ⊆ ĥ by proposition (6), we have ƥ⊆ 𝐴 . assume that ƥ≠𝐴 and 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴 for some f. singleton 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r. since ƥ⊆ 𝐴 , we may suppose that 𝑏 ⊈ ƥ and 𝑟 ⊈ ƥ, hence 𝑏 𝑟 ⊈ ĥ. since 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴 we have 𝑏 𝑟 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ. since ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r and 𝑏 𝑟 ⊈ ĥ, we have either 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑟 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ, thus either 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴 . hence 𝐴 is a prime f. ideal of r included ƥ. now, let 𝑎 , 𝑏 ⊆ ƥ\ĥ for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and assume that f singleton 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴 \ 𝐴 . since ƥ ⊆ 𝐴 , so 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴 \ƥ . we show that 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 . let f singleton 𝑥 of r such that 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 . since ƥ⊆ 𝐴 , we may suppose that 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 ƥ. since 𝑟 ⊈ ƥ and 𝑥 ⊈ ƥ, we have 𝑟 𝑥 ⊈ ĥ. since 𝑟 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑟 𝑥 , 𝑟 𝑏 ⊈ ĥ, we have 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ. hence 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑥 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. hence 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 . so that 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 . proposition 8. assume that ĥ is f. ideal of r such that ĥ≠ ĥ and ĥ is a prime f. ideal of r. then the following expressions are equivalent: 1ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r; 2𝐴 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑅: 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ , ∀ v,l ∈l, is a prime f. ideal of r for each f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ \ ĥ.   114   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proof. (1) ⇒ (2) this is obvious by proposition (7). (2)⇒(1) assume that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r. since ĥ is a prime f. ideal of r, we may suppose that 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ . if 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ, then 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. thus suppose that 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ \ĥ. hence 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴 . but 𝐴 is a prime f. ideal of r , then by proposition (7), either 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑟 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ. thus ĥ is tabso f. ideal of r. proposition 9. assume that ĥ is a non-constant proper f. ideal of a ring r. then the following expressions are equivalent: 1ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r; 2if ṷ𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ for f. ideals ṷ, 𝐾, 𝑇 of r, ṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ or 𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ or ṷ𝑇 ⊆ ĥ. proof. (1)⇒(2) assume that ṷ𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ for f. ideals ṷ, 𝐾, 𝑇 of r. by proposition (5), we have ĥ is a prime f. ideal of r or ĥ = ƥ ∩ ƥ where ƥ , ƥ are non-constant distinct prime f. ideals of r that are minimal over ĥ. if ĥ= ĥ, then it is readily showed that, ṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ or 𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ or ṷ𝑇 ⊆ ĥ. thus suppose that ĥ≠ ĥ. we see the following: (1) assume that ĥ is a prime f. ideal of r. then we perhaps suppose that ṷ ⊆ ĥ andṷ ⊈ ĥ. let f. singleton 𝑎 of r such that 𝑎 ⊆ ṷ\ĥ. since 𝑎 𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ, we have 𝐾𝑇 ⊆ 𝐴 where 𝐴 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑅: 𝑏 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ . since 𝐴 is a prime f. ideal of r by proposition (8), we have either 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑇 ⊆ 𝐴 . if 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑇 ⊆ 𝐴 for each f. singleton 𝑥 ⊆ ṷ\ĥ, then ṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ (and ṷ𝑇 ⊆ ĥ) and we are finished. hence suppose that 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑇 ⊈ 𝐴 for some f. singleton 𝑟 ⊆ ṷ\ĥ. since {𝐴 : 𝑤 ⊆ ṷ\ĥ}, is a set of prime f. ideals of r that are linearly ordered by proposition (7), since 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑇 ⊈ 𝐴 , we have 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴 for some f. singleton 𝑧 ⊆ ṷ\ĥ. thusṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ. (2) assume that ĥ = ƥ ∩ ƥ where ƥ , ƥ are non-constant distinct prime f. ideals of r that are minimal over ĥ. we suppose that ṷ ⊆ ƥ. if either 𝐾 ⊆ ƥ or 𝑇 ⊆ ƥ , then either ṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ or ṷ𝑇 ⊆ ĥ because ƥ ƥ ⊆ ĥ by proposition (6). hence suppose that ṷ ⊆ ĥ andṷ ⊈ ĥ . by the same way in (1) and by proposition (7), we are finished from this proof. (2) ⇒ (1) it is trivial. now, we give the concept of t-abso quasi primary f. ideal as follows: definition 10. a proper f. ideal ĥ of r is called t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r if ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r. proposition 11. a proper f. ideal ĥ of r is t-abso quasi primary f. of r iff whenever for each f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r, ∀s, l, h ∈ l, such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ, then 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ .   115   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proof. (⇐) suppose that ĥ is a proper f. ideal of r and whenever for each f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r, such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ, then 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ . let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ , 𝑎 𝑟 ⊈ ĥ and 𝑏 𝑟 ⊈ ĥ . since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ , then there exists n∈ 𝑍 such tha 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. since 𝑎 𝑟 ⊈ ĥ and 𝑏 𝑟 ⊈ ĥ, then we have 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ. so that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ . thus ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r and so that ĥ is tabso quasi primary f. of r. (⇒) let ĥ be t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r and for each f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r, such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. since ĥ ⊆ ĥ and ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r. so that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ . the proposition specificities t-abso quasi primary f. ideal in terms of its level ideal is given as follow proposition 12. a f. ideal ĥ of r is t-abso quasi primary f. iff the level ideal ĥ is t-abso quasi primary ideal of r, ∀ v ∈ l. proof. ( ⟹) let abr∈ ĥ for each a, b, r ∈ r then ĥ(abr)≥ v hence 𝑎𝑏𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. so that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ where v = min{s,l, k}. since ĥ is t-abso quasi primary f., then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ hence either 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏𝑟 ⊆ ĥ and so ab∈ ĥ or ar ∈ ĥ or br ∈ ĥ . thus ĥ is t-abso quasi primary ideal of r. (⟸) let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r, ∀ s, l, k ∈ l. hence 𝑎𝑏𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴, where v = min{s,l, k}, so that ĥ(abr)≥ v and abr∈ ĥ . but ĥ is t-abso quasi primary ideal then either ab∈ ĥ or ar ∈ ĥ or br ∈ ĥ , hence either 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. so that either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ . thus ĥ is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r. the following theorem gives a characterization of t-abso quasi primary f. ideal. theorem 13. let ĥ be a proper f. ideal of r. then ĥ is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal iff whenever ṷ𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ for some f. ideals ṷ, 𝐾, 𝑇 of r, then ṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ or ṷ𝑇 ⊆ ĥ or 𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ .proof. (⇐) assume that ṷ𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ for some f. ideals ṷ, 𝐾, 𝑇 of r, then ṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ or ṷ𝑇 ⊆ ĥ or 𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ and let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ for f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r . hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ and so that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ . then 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ. by proposition (11), then ĥ is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r. (⇒) assume that ĥ is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r and ṷ𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ for some f. ideals ṷ, 𝐾, 𝑇 of r, then ṷ𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ . since ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r, then ṷ𝐾 ⊆ ĥ or ṷ𝑇 ⊆ ĥ or 𝐾𝑇 ⊆ ĥ by proposition (9).   116   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 3. t-abso f. subm. in this section we present the concept of t-abso f. subm. and we introduce many basic properties and results about this concept. definition 14. let x be f. m. of an r-m. ḿ. a proper f. subm. a of x is called t-abso f. subm. if whenever 𝑎 , 𝑏 be f. singletons of r, and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 , ∀ 𝑠, 𝑙, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴, then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 , see [7]. the proposition specificities t-abso f. subm. in terms of its level subm. is given as follow: proposition 15. let a be t-abso f. subm. of f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ., iff the level subm. 𝐴 is t-abso subm. of 𝑋 , for all v ∈ l, see[7]. remarks and examples 1. the intersection of two distinct prime f. subms. of f. m. x of an r-m, ḿ is t-abso f. subm. proof. let a and b be two distinct prime f. subms. of x. suppose that f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r, 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵, but 𝑎 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 and 𝑏 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵. then 𝑎 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴, 𝑏 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴, 𝑎 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐵 and 𝑏 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐵 these are impossible since a and b are prime f. subms. so suppose that 𝑎 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴 and 𝑏 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐵. since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵, then 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 and 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 . so that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 ∩ 𝐵: 𝑋 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵: 𝑋 . thus 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 is t-abso f. subm. of x. (2). every prime f. subm. is t-abso f. subm. proof. let a be a prime f. subm. of f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ. let𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋. then 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 where v = min{s, l, k }. since a is a proper subm. of x then 𝐴 is a proper subm. of 𝑋 , hence 𝐴 is prime subm. of 𝑋 . so that 𝐴 is t-abso subm. (see [14]), hence 𝑎𝑏 ∈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , then either 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. so either ab ∈ 𝐴 : 𝑋 or ax ∈ 𝐴 or bx∈𝐴 . since 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑋 by [5]. so that then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. thus a is t-abso f. subm. of x. however, the converse incorrect in general, for example: let x: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that x(y) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. it is obvious that x is f. m. of 𝑍 as z-m. let a: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 6 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a is f. subm. of x. now 𝐴 = 6 is not prime subm. of 𝑍 ,since 2. 3 ∈ 6 but 3 ∉ 6 and 2∉( 6 : 𝑍 6𝑍 . but 6 2 ∩ 3 is t-abso subm.of 𝑍 as z-m. by [14]. so 𝐴 is t-abso subm., but not prime subm.,implies that a is t-abso f. subm., but not prime f. subm. (3) it obvious every quasi-prime f. subm. is t-abso f. subm. however t-abso f. subm. may not be quasi-prime f. subm. for example: let x:z→l such that x(y)= 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤.   117   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 it is obvious that x is f. m. of z-m. z. let a: z→l such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 6𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a is f. subm. of x. 𝐴 =6z is t-abso subm. of z, since if x, y, z∈ z and xyz∈ 6z= 𝐴 then at least one of x, y and z is even or one of them is 6. then either xy∈ 𝐴 or xz∈ 𝐴 or yz∈ 𝐴 . but 6z= 𝐴 is not quasi-prime, since 2.3.1∈6z, but 2.1∉6z and 3.1∉6z. so that a is t-abso f. subm., but a is not quasi-prime f. subm. (4) let a, b be two f. subms. of f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ, and b⊂a. if a is t-abso f. subm. of x, then it is not necessary that b is a t-abso f. subm., for example: let x: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that x(y) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. it is obvious that x is f. m. of z-m. 𝑍 . let a: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 2 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 and b: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that b(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 12 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a and b are f. subms. of x. now, 𝐴 = 2 and 𝐵 = 12 where 𝐵 ⊂ 𝐴 , since 𝐴 = 2 is maximal subm. of 𝑍 as zm., then 𝐴 is prime subm. by[15]. implies that 𝐴 is t-abso subm. by [14]. but 2.2. 3 ∈ 𝐵 , 2. 3 ∉ 𝐵 and 2.2=4∉(𝐵 : 𝑍 12𝑍. thus 𝐵 is not t-a bso subm. of 𝑍 as z-m. hence b is not t-abso f. subm. (5) let a and b be f. subms. of f. m. x of an r-m . ḿ and a⊂b. if a is t-abso f . subm. of x, then a is t-abso f. subm. of b. proof. if b =x, then don´t need to prove. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵, implies 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 hence 𝑣 min 𝑠, 𝑙, 𝑘 abx∈𝐴 , where a,b∈r, x∈𝐵 . since a⊂b implies where 𝐴 ⊂ 𝐵 . since a is t-abs o f. subm. of x, then 𝐴 is t-abso subm. of 𝑋 . hence 𝐴 is t-abso subm. of 𝐵 by [14], so that either ab ∈ 𝐴 : 𝐵 → 𝑎𝑏 ∈ 𝐴: 𝐵 or ax ∈ 𝐴 or bx ∈ 𝐴 , then 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝐵 or 𝑎𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴, implies either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝐵 of t-a or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. thus a is t-abso f. subm. of b. (6) the sum bso f. subm. is not necessary tabso f. subm., for example: let x: z→l such that x(y)= 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. it is obvious that x is f. m. of z-m. z. let a: z→l such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 2𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a is f. subm. of x. let b: z→l such that b(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 3𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that b is f. subm. of x. now, 𝐴 =2z , , 𝐵 =3z where 𝐴 and 𝐵 be tabso subms. of z-m. z, but 𝐴 𝐵 𝑍 𝑋 is not t-abso subm., implies that a+b=x is not t-abso f. subm. (7) let a and b be two f. subms. of f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ. if a is t-abso f. subm. then it is not necessary that b is t-abso f. subm., for example: let x: z→l such that x(y)= 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤.   118   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 it is obvious that x is f. m. of z-m. z. let a: z→l such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 12𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 let b: z→l such that b(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 10𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a and b are f. subms. of x . now, 𝐴 =2z , 𝐵 =20z where 𝐴 is tabso subm. of z as z-m., but 2z≅20z and 𝐵 =20z is not t-abso subm. of z as z-m. since 2.2.5∈𝐵 =20z, but 2.5∉ 𝐵 =20z and 2.2∉ 𝐵 =20z. thus a≅b where a is tabso f. subm. of x and b is not t-abso f. subm. of x. (8) the intersection of two tabso f. subms. need not be t-abso f. subm., for example: let x: z→l such that x(y)= 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. it is obvious that x is f. m. of z-m. z. let a: z→l such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 12𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 let b: z→l such that b(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 10𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a and b are f. subms. of x . 𝐴 =12z , 𝐵 =10z are t-abso subms. in the z as z-m. but 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 =12z∩10z=120z which is not t-abso since 2.6.10 ∈120z, but 2.10∉120z and 6.10∉120z and 2.6∉120z. hence a and b subms., but a∩b is not tabso f. subm (9) let a be t-abso are two t-abso f. subm. of f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ. then for each b⊆x, either b⊆a or b∩a is t-abso f. subm. of b. proof. assume that b⊈a then b∩a⊊b let 𝑎 , 𝑏 be f. singletons of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵, such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐴 , implies 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. since a is t-abso f. subm., thus either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐴: 𝐵 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐴. thus b∩a is t-abso f. subm. of b. proposition 17. let 𝑓: ḿ ⟶ ḿ be an epimorphism, where 𝑋 , 𝑋 are f. m. of r m. ḿ and ḿ resp. if b is t-abso f. subm. of 𝑋 , then 𝑓 𝐵 is t-abso f. subm. of 𝑋 . proof. since b is f. subm. of 𝑋 , then 𝑓 𝐵 is f. subm. of 𝑋 , since f is epimorphism. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐵 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 . then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵 and since b is tabso f. subm., then either 𝑎 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵 or 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵 or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 . hence either 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐵 or 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐵 or 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐵. but 𝑓 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑋 , so that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐵, hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐵 , implies 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐵 : 𝑋 thus 𝑓 𝐵 is t-abso f. subm. of 𝑋 proposition 18. let 𝑓: ḿ ⟶ ḿ be an epimorphism, and 𝑋 , 𝑋 are f. m. of r-m. ḿ and ḿ resp. let 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑋 such that f-ker f ⊆ a . then a is t-abso f. subm. of 𝑋 iff f (a) is t-abso f. subm. of 𝑋 . proof. ⇒ let 𝑎 , 𝑏 be f. singletons of r and 𝑦 ⊆ 𝑋 where 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥 for some f. singleton 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 , such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 . hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 since f is onto. then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑧 for some f. singleton 𝑧 ⊆ 𝐴. so that 𝑓 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥   119   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝑓 𝑧 , hence 𝑓 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑓 𝑧 0 ; that is 𝑓 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑧 0 , implies 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑧 ⊆ 𝐹 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊆ 𝐴. so that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. since a is t-abso f. subm., then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. hence either 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 → 𝑓 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 or 𝑓 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 or 𝑓 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 , implies either 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 → 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 or 𝑎 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 . then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 : 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 . thus f (a) is t-abso f. subm. of 𝑋 . (⇐) let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 . hence 𝑓 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 , implies 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 . but f (a) is t-abso f. subm., then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 : 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 . if 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 : 𝑋 , then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 , implies 𝑎 𝑏 𝑓 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 since f is onto. hence 𝑓 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 , so that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 ; that is 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . if 𝑎 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 then 𝑓 𝑎 𝑥 𝑓 𝑧 for some f. singleton 𝑧 ⊆ 𝐴 ,∀ n∈ l. hence 𝑓 𝑎 𝑥 𝑓 𝑧 0 , implies 𝑎 𝑥 𝑧 ⊆ 𝐹 𝑘𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊆ 𝐴. so that 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 . if 𝑏 𝑓 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 , then by the same way above, we have 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. therefore, a is t-abso f. subm. of 𝑋 . proposition 19. let a be a proper f. subm. of f. m. x of an r-m ḿ. then a is t-abso f. subm. of x iff 𝑎 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and b is f . subm. of x implies 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴. proof. ⇒ let a be t-abso f. subm. and 𝑎 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴. assume that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , 𝑎 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 and 𝑏 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴. then there exist f. singletons 𝑥 , 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐵, such that 𝑎 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴 and 𝑏 𝑦 ⊈ 𝐴. since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , 𝑎 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴, we have 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. also since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , 𝑏 𝑦 ⊈ 𝐴, we have 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴. now, since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , we have 𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴. if 𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴, then 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and since 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴, we get 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴, this is a discrepancy. if 𝑏 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴, then 𝑏 𝑥 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and since 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴, we get 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 this is a discrepancy. thus either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴. (⇐) it is obvious. the next theorem gives a characterization of t-abso f. subm. theorem 20. let a be a proper f. subm. of f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ. then the following expressions are equivalent: 1a is t-abso f. subm. of x; 2if ĥṷb⊆a, for some f. ideals ĥ, ṷ of r and f. subm. b of x, then either ĥb⊆a or ṷb⊆a or ĥṷ⊆(a: x) . proof. (1)⇒(2) suppose that a is t-abso f. subm. of x and ĥṷb⊆a for some f. ideals ĥ, ṷ of r and some f. subm. b of x. let ĥṷ ⊈ (a: x), to prove ĥb⊆a or ṷb⊆a. assume that ĥb⊈a and ṷb⊈a, then there exist f. singletons 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑏 ⊆ ṷ, such that 𝑎 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 and 𝑏 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴. but 𝑎 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and neither 𝑎 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 nor 𝑏 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 and a is t-abso f. subm., so that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . since ĥṷ⊈ (a: x), then there exist f. singletons 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ and 𝑦 ⊆ ṷ, such that 𝑥 𝑦 ⊈(a: x). but 𝑥 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 , so that 𝑥 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 by proposition (19).   120   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 now we have the following: (1) if 𝑥 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑦 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴, since 𝑎 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑦 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 , 𝑎 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 , so that 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 by proposition (19). since 𝑥 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑎 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 , hence 𝑎 𝑥 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴. on the other hand, 𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and neither 𝑎 𝑥 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 nor 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, we get 𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 by proposition (19). but 𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 and 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , we get 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 this is a discrepancy. (2) if 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑥 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴 . by the same way of (1), we get a discrepancy. (3) if 𝑥 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 . since 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑏 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴, we have 𝑏 𝑦 𝐵 ⊈ 𝐴. but 𝑎 𝑏 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and neither 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 nor 𝑏 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴. thus 𝑎 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 by proposition (19). since 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 and 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , we get 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . since 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and neither 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 nor 𝑎 𝑥 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, we have 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 by proposition (19). but 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 and since 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , we have 𝑥 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . now, since 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and neither 𝑎 𝑥 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 nor 𝑏 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, we get 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 by proposition (19), where 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑦 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦 𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . but 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦 𝑥 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , so that 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 this is a discrepancy. thus ĥb⊆a or ṷb⊆a (2) ⇒ (1) it is obvious. theorem 21. if a is t-abso f. subm. of f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ, then 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal of r. proof. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r. if 𝑎 𝑟 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 and 𝑏 𝑟 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , then there exist f. singletons 𝑥 , 𝑦 ⊆ 𝑋\𝐴, such that 𝑎 𝑟 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴 and 𝑏 𝑟 𝑦 ⊈ 𝐴 . since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and a is t-abso f. subm., then either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑟 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑟 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴. if 𝑎 𝑟 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and since 𝑎 𝑟 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴, then we have 𝑎 𝑟 𝑦 ⊈ 𝐴. so that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑏 𝑟 𝑦 ⊈ 𝐴, hence 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . by the same method if 𝑏 𝑟 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 , we get 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . thus 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal of r. theorem 22. let x be multiplication f. m. of an r-m. ḿ, and a is a proper f. subm. of x. if 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal of r, then a is t-abso f. subm. of x. proof. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋, then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. but 𝑥 ĥ𝑋 for some f. ideal ĥ of r since x is multiplication f. m., so that 𝑎 𝑏 ĥ𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴. thus 𝑎 𝑏 ĥ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , so we have that 𝑎 𝑏 ĥ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . since 𝐴: 𝑋 is tabso f. ideal of r, we get either 𝑎 ĥ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑏 ĥ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 by proposition (9). 1) if 𝑎 ĥ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , then 𝑎 ĥ𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 and so 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 . hence 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 2) if 𝑏 ĥ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , then by the same method 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 . 3) if 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , then 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . by combining theorem (21) and theorem (22), we have the following corollary:   121   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 corollary 23. let a be a proper f. subm. of a multiplication f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ. then a is t-abso f. subm. of x iff 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal of r. remark 24. the condition x is multiplication f. m. can't be deleted from theorem (22). see the following example: let x: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that x(y) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. it is obvious that x is f. m. of z-m. 𝑍 . let a: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 0 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a is f. subm. of x. now, 𝐴 0 is not t-abso subm. of 𝑋 𝑍 , since 𝑝 𝑍 0 but 𝑝 𝑍 0 and 𝑝 ∉ 0 : 𝑍 0. note (0) is a prime ideal in z , so that 0 : 𝑍 0 is t-abso ideal in z ; that is 𝐴 : 𝑋 is t-abso ideal in z, then 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal in z. thus a is not t-abso f. subm. of x, but 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal in z. now, we gave the following theorem is a characterization of t-abso f. subm. theoerm 25. let a be a proper f. subm. of a multiplication f. m. x of ḿ. then a is t-abso f. subm. of x iff 𝐴 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 implies that 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 , where 𝐴 , 𝐴 , 𝐴 are f. subm. of x. proof. (⇒)since x is a multiplication f., then 𝐴 ĥ𝑋 , 𝐴 ṷ𝑋 and 𝐴 𝐾𝑋 for some f. ideals ĥ, ṷ and 𝐾 of r . so that the product of 𝐴 , 𝐴 and 𝐴 as follows: 𝐴 𝐴 𝐴 ĥṷ𝐾𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴. by [16]. hence ĥṷ𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . since a is t-abso f. subm. of x, then 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal by theorem (21). so by proposition (9), either ĥṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or ĥ𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or ṷ𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . hence either ĥṷ𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 or ĥ𝐾𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 or ṷ𝐾𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴, then 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 . (⇐) let ĥṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 for some f. ideals ĥ, ṷ of r and b is f. subm. of x. since x is a multiplication f. m., then b = ex for some f. ideal e of r. then ĥṷ𝐸𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 . let 𝐴 ĥ𝑋 and 𝐴 ṷ𝑋 , so that 𝐴 𝐴 𝐵 ĥṷ𝐸𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴. so by hypotheses either 𝐴 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝐴 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝐴 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴, hence ĥ𝐸𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 or ṷ𝐸𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴 or ĥṷ𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴. thus ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 or ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 or ĥṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . therefore, a is t-abso f. subm. of x by theorem (20). now, the definitions of finitely generated f. m. see [17, definition (2.11)] and faithful f. m. see [3, definition (3.2.6)]. we give the following proposition. proposition 26. let x be a finitely generated multiplication f. m. of an r-m. ḿ. if ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r such that f-annx⊆ĥ, then ĥx is t-abso f. subm. of x. proof. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ𝑋 , where 𝑎 , 𝑏 be f. singletons of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋, hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ𝑋. but x is a multiplication f. m., then 𝑥 ṷ𝑋 for some f. ideal ṷ of r. thus   122   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝑎 𝑏 ṷ𝑋 ⊆ ĥ𝑋. so that 𝑎 𝑏 ṷ ⊆ ĥ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 ĥ since f-annx⊆ĥ. but ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r, so that either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ or 𝑎 ṷ ⊆ ĥ 𝑏 ṷ ⊆ ĥ. then we have 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ ĥ𝑋 or 𝑎 ṷ𝑋 ⊆ ĥ𝑋 or 𝑏 ṷ𝑋 ⊆ ĥ𝑋, so that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ𝑋: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ𝑋 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ𝑋, hence 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ𝑋: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ𝑋 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ𝑋. so that ĥx is t-abso f. subm. of x. corollary 27. let x be a faithful finitely generated multiplication f. m. of ḿ. if ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r, then ĥx is t-abso f. subm. of x. proof. by proposition (26), it follows immediately. corollary 28. suppose that x be a faithful finitely generated multiplication f. m. of ḿ. then every proper f. subm. of x is t-abso iff every proper f. ideal of r is t-abso. proof. (⇐) by corollary (27), it follows immediately. (⟹) let ĥ be a proper f. ideal of r. then a=ĥx is a proper subm. of x . since a is t-abso f. subm., so that 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal by theorem (21). but x is a multiplication f. m., hence a= 𝐴: 𝑋 x by [5]. thus ĥx= 𝐴: 𝑋 x. since x is a faithful finitely generated multiplication f. m., then 𝑋 is a faithful finitely generated multiplication m. by [16, 17], implies that 𝑋 =ḿ is cancellation r-m. by [18]. hence x is a cancellation f. m. by [8]. therefore ĥ= 𝐴: 𝑋 ; that is ĥ is t-abso f. ideal of r. recall that let x be f. m. of an r-m. ḿ, and let a be f. subm. of x. a is called a pure f. subm., if for each f. ideal ĥ of r such that ĥa=ĥx∩a, see [19]. proposition 29. let a be a proper pure f. subm. of f. m. x of ḿ. if 0 is t-abso f. subm. of x , then a is t-abso f. subm. of x. proof. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 where 𝑎 , 𝑏 f. singletons of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋. put ĥ 𝑎 𝑏 , hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ ĥ𝑋 ∩ 𝐴, but ĥx∩a=ĥa . so 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑎 𝑏 𝑦 , for some f. singleton 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 , then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 0 , but 0 is t-abso f. subm., hence 𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 0 or 𝑏 𝑥 𝑦 ⊆ 0 or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . so we have 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . therefore a is t-abso f. subm. of x. now, we give the concept of a cancellative f. m. as follows: definition 30. a f. m. x of ḿ is called a cancellative f. if whenever 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑦 for f. singletons 𝑎 of r and 𝑥 , 𝑦 ⊆ 𝑋, ∀s,v,k ∈ l, then 𝑥 𝑦 proposition 31. let x be a cancellative f. m. of ḿ, and a be a proper f. subm. of x. then a is a pure f. subm. of x iff a is t-abso f. subm.of x with 𝐴: 𝑋 0 .   123   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proof. (⇒) assume that a is a pure f. subm. of x and 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 such that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 . then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ∩ 𝐴 𝑎 𝑏 𝐴 , hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑎 𝑏 𝑦 for some f. singleton 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴. since x is a cancellative f. m., then 𝑏 𝑥 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴. thus a is t-abso f. subm. of x. now, assume that f. singleton 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 with 𝑟 0 . since a≠x there exists f. singleton 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋\𝐴 such that 𝑟 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑟 𝑋 ∩ 𝐴 𝑟 𝐴 , so there exists f. singleton 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴, such that 𝑟 𝑥 𝑟 𝑦 , hence 𝑥 𝑦 this is a contradication. so that 𝐴: 𝑋 0 . (⇐) suppose that a is t-abso f. subm. of x. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ∩ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 . we may suppose that 𝑎 𝑏 0 . since a is t-abso f. subm. of x, then either 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. if 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑏 be f. singleton of r, 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑎 𝑏 𝐴. thus 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ∩ 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑎 𝑏 𝐴. by the same method to prove the case if 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴; that is 𝑎 𝑏 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ∩ 𝐴. thus 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ∩ 𝐴 𝑎 𝑏 𝐴. so that a is a pure f. subm. 4. t-abso quasi primary f. subm. in this section we present the concept of t-abso quasi primary f. subm. and study the relationships this concept among t-abso f. subm. and t-abso primary f. subm. many basic properties and outcomes are given. now, we give the following definition: definition 32. let a be a proper f. subm. of non-empty f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ. then the x-f. radical of a, denoted by x-r(a) is defined to the intersection of all prime f. subm. including a. we give the pursue lemma which are needed in the next proposition. lemma 33. let x be a multiplication f. m. of ḿ, let a be a proper f. subm. of x. then the following expressions are equivalent: 1a is a prime f. subm. of x. 2𝐴: 𝑋 be a prime f. ideal of r . 3a=ĥx for some a prime f. ideal ĥ of r with f-annx⊆ĥ. proof. (1)→(2) it follows by [20, proposition (2.5)]. (2)→(3) since x is a multiplication f. m., so that 𝐴 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑋 by[5]. put ĥ= 𝐴: 𝑋 be a prime f. ideal of r. now, since f-annx= 0 : 𝑋 and 0 : 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 ĥ. so that f-annx ⊆ ĥ . (3)→(1) let 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singleton 𝑎 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋, and 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐴 to prove 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . by(3), a=ĥx for some a prime f. ideal ĥ of r with f-annx ⊆ĥ, so that f-annx is a prime f. ideal of r, but f-annx= 0 : 𝑋 , hence 0 : 𝑋 is a prime f. ideal of r. let 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 0 : 𝑋 , for f. singleton 𝑏 of r, and 𝑏 ⊈ 0 : 𝑋 , then 𝑎 ⊆ 0 : 𝑋 . since 0 : 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , so that 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . thus a is a prime f. subm. of x. lemma 34. let x be a finitely generated multiplication f. m. of ḿ and let a be f. subm. of x. then 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 𝐴: 𝑋 . 𝑋.   124   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 proof. if x-r(a)=x , then the result is directly. so that x-r(a)≠x, if b is any prime f. subm. of x which contains a, we get 𝐴: 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 . we prove that 𝐵: 𝑋 is a prime f. ideal. assume that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 for f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r, so that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐵, then either 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐵 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋/𝐵 for some f. singleton 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 . but b is a prime f. subm. and 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵, then either 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐵 or 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 . thus 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 or 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 . so that 𝐵: 𝑋 is a prime f. ideal. hence 𝐴: 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 by [13], then 𝐴: 𝑋 . 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐵: 𝑋 𝑋. since b is an arbitary prime f. subm. containing a , we get 𝐴: 𝑋 . 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 1 . now, since x is a multiplication f. m., hence 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝑋. we must prove that 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . let k be any prime f. ideal such that 𝐴: 𝑋 ⊂ 𝐾. since k is a prime f. ideal containing f-annx= 0 : 𝑋 , then kx is a prime f. subm. of x containing a= 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑋 by lemma (33). thus 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝑋 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐾𝑋 , hence 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐾, then 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 by [13], hence 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . 𝑋. so that 𝑅 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . 𝑋 2 . from (1) and (2), we get 𝑅 𝐴 𝐴: 𝑋 . 𝑋 . before the next proposition we give these lemmas and definition which are needed in the proof of the next proposition. we give this definition as follows: definition 35. let x be f. m. of an r-m. ḿ. if ƥ is a maximal f. ideal of r then we define 𝐹 𝐺ƥ 𝑋 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 ∶ 1 𝑎 𝑥 0 for some f. sigleton 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ, ∀𝑣, 𝑠 ∈ 𝐿 . it is obvious 𝐹 𝐺ƥ 𝑋 is f. subm. of x . x is calld ƥ-cyclic f. m. if there exist f. singleton 𝑏 ⊆ ƥ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 such that 1 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑥 , ∀𝑙, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿. lemma 36. let r be a commutative ring with unity. then f. m. x of an r-m. ḿ is a multiplication f. m. iff for every maximal f. ideal ƥ of r either 𝑋 𝐹 𝐺ƥ 𝑋 or x is ƥ-cyclic f. m. proof. (⇒) assume that x is a multiplication f. m. let ƥ be maximal f. ideal of r. suppose that x=ƥx , let f. singleton 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋, then 𝑥 ĥ𝑋 for some f. ideal ĥ of r. hence 𝑥 ĥ𝑋 ĥƥ𝑋 ƥĥ𝑋 ƥ 𝑥 , then 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 for some f. sigleton 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ . thus 1 𝑎 𝑥 0 , so that 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐹 𝐺ƥ 𝑋 . it follows that 𝑋 𝐹 𝐺ƥ 𝑋 now, suppose that x≠ƥx, then there exists f. sigleton 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 , 𝑥 ⊈ ƥ𝑋. so that there exists an ideal ṷ of r such that 𝑥 ṷ𝑋. it is obvious that ṷ⊈ ƥ and so 1 𝑏 ⊆ ṷ for some f. singleton 𝑏 ⊆ ƥ. hence 1 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑥 . thus x is ƥ-cyclic f. m.(⇐) suppose that for each maximal f. ideal ƥ of r either 𝑋 𝐹 𝐺ƥ 𝑋 or x is ƥ-cyclic f. m. let a be f. subm. of x and ĥ 𝐴: 𝑋 . it is obvious that ĥx⊆a. suppose that f. singleton 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝐾 𝑟 ⊆ 𝑅: 𝑟 𝑦 ⊆ ĥ𝑋 . assume that k≠r, then there exists a maximal f. ideal e of r such that k⊆ e by [13, proposition(1.3.2.4)]. if x=𝐹 𝐺 𝑋 then 1 𝑎 𝑦 0 for some f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐸 , and 1 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐸 this is a discrepancy. thus by   125   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 hypothesis there exist f. singletons 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐸 , 𝑧 ⊆ 𝑋 such that 1 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑧 . it follows that 1 𝑏 𝐴 is f. subm. of 𝑧 and so tha 1 𝑏 𝐴 𝐷 𝑧 where d is f. ideal {𝑟 ⊆ 𝑅: 𝑟 𝑧 ⊆ 1 𝑏 𝐴 of r. note that 1 𝑏 𝐷 𝑋 𝐷 1 𝑏 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐷 𝑧 ⊆ 𝐴. so that 1 𝑏 𝐷 ⊆ ĥ. thus for f. singleton 𝑦 ⊆ 𝐴, 1 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ 1 𝑏 𝐴 1 𝑏 𝐷 𝑧 ⊆ ĥ𝑋. so that 1 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐸 this is a discrepancy. thus k=r and 𝑦 ⊆ ĥ𝑋. therefore a=ĥx and x is a multiplication f. m. lemma 37. let x be a multiplication f. m. of an r-m. ḿ, then ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝑋 ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 𝑋 for any non-empty collection of f. ideals ĥ 𝑖 ∈ λ of r. proof. assume that x is a multiplication f. m. let ĥ 𝑖 ∈ λ be any non-empty collection of f. ideals of r, let ṷ= ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 , then ṷx= ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 𝑋. it is obvious that ṷ𝑋 ⊆∩ ∈ ĥ 𝑋 . now, let be f. singleton 𝑥 ⊆∩ ∈ ĥ 𝑋 and let 𝐺 𝑎 ⊆ 𝑅: 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ ṷ𝑋 , ∀𝑠, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 suppose that g≠r, then there exists a maximal f. ideal ƥ of r such that 𝐺 ⊆ ƥ, it is obvious that 𝑥 ⊈ 𝐹 𝐺ƥ 𝑋 and hence x is ƥ-cyclic f. m. by lemma (36). then there exist f. singletons 𝑎 ⊆ ƥ and 𝑦 ⊆ 𝑋 such that 1 𝑎 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑦 . hence 1 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆∩ ∈ ĥ 𝑦 . for each 𝑖 ∈ λ there exists f. singleton 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ , ∀𝑙 ∈ 𝐿, such that 1 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑦 . choose 𝑗 ∈ λ, for each 𝑖 ∈ λ , 𝑏 𝑦 𝑏 𝑦 , so that 𝑏 𝑏 𝑦 0 , implies that: 1 𝑎 𝑏 𝑏 𝑋 𝑏 𝑏 1 𝑎 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑏 𝑏 𝑦 0 , 1 𝑎 𝑏 𝑏 0 . thus 1 𝑎 𝑏 1 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ĥ 𝑖 ∈ λ , then 1 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ ṷ. hence 1 𝑎 𝑥 1 𝑎 𝑏 𝑦 ⊆ ṷ𝑋 . it follows that 1 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐺 ⊆ ƥ this is a discrepancy. thus g=r and 𝑥 ⊆ ṷ𝑋, so that ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝑋 ⊆ ṷ𝑋 implies that ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝑋 ṷ𝑋 that is ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝑋 ∩ ∈ ĥ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 𝑋. now, we give the proposition as follows: proposition 38. let x be a multiplication finitely generated f. m. of an r-m. ḿ and a be t-abso f. subm. of x. then one of the following satisfy: 1x-r(a)=ƥ is a prime f. subm. of x such that ƥ ⊆ 𝐴. 2x-r(a)=ƥ ∩ ƥ , ƥ ƥ ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 where ƥ , ƥ are the only distinct minimal prime f. subms. of a. proof. by theorem (21), 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal of r. so that either 𝑅 𝐴: 𝑋 ṷ is a prime f. ideal of r such that ṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑅 𝐴: 𝑋 ṷ ∩ ṷ , ṷ ṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 and 𝑅 𝐴: 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 where ṷ , ṷ are the only distinct minimal prime f. ideals of 𝐴: 𝑋 by proposition (6), where 𝑅 𝐴: 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑋 . if the first case satisfies, then since x is f. multiplication, we have x-r(a)=r 𝐴: 𝑋 x=ṷx is a prime f. subm. of x. put ṷx=ƥ by lemma (33) and lemma (34), and ṷ𝑋 ṷ 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑋 𝐴. now, suppose that the latter case satisfies, then by lemma(33), ṷ 𝑋 and ṷ 𝑋 are the only distinct minimal prime f. subms.   126   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 of a and xr(a) = 𝑅 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑋 ṷ ∩ ṷ 𝑋 ṷ 𝑋 ∩ ṷ 𝑋 by lemma (37). moreover ṷ 𝑋 ṷ 𝑋 ṷ ṷ 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑋 𝐴 and 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 r 𝐴: 𝑋 x r 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑋 𝐴. we give the definition of t-abso primary f. subm. as follows: definition 39. let a be a proper f. subm. of f. m. x of ḿ, a is called t-abso primary f. subm. of x if whenever f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 , then either 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 r 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 r 𝐴 or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . the following proposition characterize t-abso primary f. subm. in terms of its level subm. proposition 40. let a be t-abso primary f. subm. of f. m. x of ḿ. for all v∈ l, iff the level subm. 𝐴 is t-abso primary subm. of 𝑋 . proof. ⇒ let abx∈𝐴 for any a,b∈r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 , then a(abx)≥ v , so 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 implies that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 where v =min{s, l, k}. since a be t-abso primary f. subm., so either 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . if 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , then 𝑎𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , so ax ∈𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . if 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , then 𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , so bx∈𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . if 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 then 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , so ab ∈ 𝐴: 𝑋 𝐴 : 𝑋 . hence ab∈ 𝐴 : 𝑋 . thus 𝐴 is t-abso primary subm. of 𝑋 . (⟸)let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋,∀s, l, k ∈l, hence 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 where 𝑣 min 𝑠, 𝑙, 𝑘 so that a(abx)≥ v, implies abx∈𝐴 , but 𝐴 is tabso primary subm. of 𝑋 so either ax∈ 𝑋 r 𝐴 or bx∈ 𝑋 r 𝐴 or ab∈ 𝐴 : 𝑋 . since 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑋 , hence ab∈ 𝐴: 𝑋 . then either 𝑎𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 r 𝐴 or 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , implies either 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . thus a be t-abso primary f. subm. of x. remark 41. every t-abso f. subm. is t-abso primary f. subm., but the converse in general incorrect, for example: let x: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that x(y) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. it is obvious that x is f. m. of z-m. z. let a: 𝑍 → 𝐿 such that a(y) = 𝑣 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 12𝑍 0 𝑜. 𝑤. ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿 it is obvious that a is f. subm. of x. now, 𝐴 12𝑍 and 𝑋 𝑍 as z-m. note that 𝐴 12𝑍 is not t-abso subm. since 2.2.3 ∈ 12𝑍 𝐴 but 2.2 ∉ 12𝑍 𝐴 and 2.3 ∉ 12𝑍 𝐴 . but 𝑋 r 𝐴 𝑍 r 12𝑍 2𝑍 ∩ 3𝑍 6𝑍 where 2z and 3z are prime subms. of 𝑋 containing 𝐴 . so that 𝐴 is t-abso primary subm. of 𝑋 since 2.3=6∈6z. thus a is not tabso f. subm., but it is t-abso primary f. subm. of x . we give the concept of t-abso quasi primary f. subm. as follows:   127   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 definition 42. a proper f. subm. a of f. m. x of ḿ is called t-abso quasi primary f. subm. if 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 implies either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 for each f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 , ∀s,l,v ∈ l. the following proposition characterize t-abso quasi primary f. subm. in terms of its level subm. proposition 43. let a be t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of f. m. x of ḿ iff the level subm. 𝐴 is tabso quasi primary subm. of 𝑋 ∀ v∈l. proof. ⇒ let abx∈ 𝐴 for any a, b∈ r and x∈ 𝑋 , then a(abx)≥ v , so 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 implies that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 where v =min{s, l, k}. since a be a t-abso quasi primary f. subm., so either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . if 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 then 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋, so ab ∈ 𝐴: 𝑋 𝐴 : 𝑋 . henc eab ∈ 𝐴 : 𝑋 . if 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 r 𝐴 , then 𝑎𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , so ax∈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . if 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 r 𝐴 , then 𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , so bx∈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . thus 𝐴 is a t-abso quasi primary subm. of 𝑋 . ⇐ let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 , hence 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 where 𝑣 min 𝑠, 𝑙, 𝑘 so that a(abx)≥ v, implies abx∈𝐴 , but 𝐴 is t-abso quasi primary subm. of 𝑋 , so either ab∈ 𝐴 : 𝑋 or ax ∈𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or bx∈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . since 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑋 , hence ab∈ 𝐴: 𝑋 . then either 𝑎𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 r 𝐴 , implies either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 where 𝑣 min 𝑠, 𝑙, 𝑘 . thus a be t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x. theorem 44. let a be a proper f. subm. of f. m. x of ḿ. then the following expressions are equivalent: 1a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x; 2for every f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r, ∀s, 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 for some n∈ 𝑍 or 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 ∪ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 . 3for every f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r, ∀s,l ∈ l, 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 for some n∈ 𝑍 or 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 or 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 . proof. (1)→(2) assume that a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x, let f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r. if 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 for some n∈ 𝑍 , hence 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 . now, suppose that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋. let 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 , then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴. since a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm., then 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . so that 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 ∪ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 . (2)→(3) by (2), we have 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 ∪ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 . so that 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 or 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 .   128   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 (3)→(1) let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋, hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 for some n∈ 𝑍 , then 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋. by (3), we have that 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 or 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 . thus 𝑥 𝑎 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑥 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . so that a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x. lemma 45. let x be f. m. of ḿ. suppose that a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x and 𝑎 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 for f. singleton 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r, ∀ 𝑠, 𝑙∈ l , and f. subm. b of x . if 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , then 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . proof. since 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 and 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 for some n∈ 𝑍 , by theorem (44), we get 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 or 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 . then 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . theorem 46. let a be a proper f. subm. of f. m. x of ḿ, then the following expressions are equivalent: 1a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x; 2for f. singleton 𝑎 of r, ∀s∈l, f. ideal ĥ of r and f. subm. b of x with 𝑎 ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, then either 𝑎 ĥ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 ; 3for f. ideals ĥ, ṷ of r, and f. subm. b of x with ĥṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, then eithe ĥṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . proof. (1)→(2) assume that 𝑎 ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 with 𝑎 ĥ ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 and ĥ𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . then there exist f. singletons 𝑏 , 𝑟 ⊆ ĥ , such that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 and 𝑟 𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . now, we prove that 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . suppose that 𝑎 𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . since 𝑎 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 , by lemma (45), we have 𝑏 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , hence 𝑏 𝑟 𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . by using lemma (45), we have 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , because 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴. since 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 and 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 , we have 𝑎 𝑟 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 . since 𝑎 𝑟 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, by lemma (45), we have 𝑟 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 this is a discrepancy. so that 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . (2)→(3) suppose that ĥṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 with ĥṷ ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 for f. ideals ĥ, ṷ of r and f. subm. b of x. hence 𝑎 ṷ ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 for some f. singleton 𝑎 ⊆ ĥ . now, we prove that ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . assume that ĥ𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 and ṷ𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . since 𝑎 ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, by (2), we have 𝑎 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 , then there exists 𝑦 ⊆ ĥ such that 𝑦 𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 since the assumption ĥ𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . since 𝑦 ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, we have 𝑦 ṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 , hence 𝑎 𝑦 ṷ ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 . since 𝑎 𝑦 ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, we get 𝑎 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 and so 𝑦 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 this is a discrepancy. thus ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . (3)→(1) let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴, for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋. put ĥ 𝑎 , ṷ 𝑏 and 𝐵 𝑥 , then ĥṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴. by (3), we have either ĥṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 ; that is either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋   129   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . hence either 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . thus a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x. theorem 47. let x be f. m. of ḿ, and a be f. subm. of x. then the following are satisfied: 1if is a multiplication f. m. and 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r, then a is t abso quasi primary f. subm. of x. 2if x is a finitely generated multiplication f. m. and a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x, then 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r. proof. (1) assume that x is a multiplication f. m., 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r and ĥṷb⊆a for f. ideals ĥ, ṷ of r and f. subm. b of x. since x is a multiplication f. m., we have b=kx for some f. ideal k of r. so that ĥṷb=ĥṷkx⊆ a, then ĥṷ𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 . since 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r, so by theorem (13), we have ĥṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or ĥ𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 or ṷ𝐾 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 . hence ĥṷ ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 or ĥ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or ṷ𝐵 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . then a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x by theorem (46). (2) assume that a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of a finitely generated multiplication f. m. x. let f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 , 𝑟 of r , such that 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 with 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋 . hence 𝑎 𝑏 𝑟 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴 for evey f. singleton 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋. since a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x and 𝑎 𝑏 ⊈ 𝐴: 𝑋. then we have 𝑎 𝑟 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑟 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 for all 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋. hence we have 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 𝑟 ∪ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 𝑟 𝑋 , so that 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑎 𝑟 𝑋 or 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑏 𝑟 𝑋 . then we have 𝑎 𝑟 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑏 𝑟 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑋. thus 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r. theorem 48. let x be a finitely generated multiplication f. m. of ḿ. for any f. subm. a of x, the following expressions are equivalent: 1a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x; 2x-r(a) is t-abso f. subm. of x. proof. (1)→(2) assume that a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x. by theorm (47) and proposition (6), then we have 𝐴: 𝑋 ṷ is a prime f. ideal of r or 𝐴: 𝑋 ṷ ∩ ṷ where ṷ , ṷ are distinct prime f. ideals minimal over 𝐴: 𝑋 . if 𝐴: 𝑋 ṷ , hence xr(a)=ṷx is a prime subm. by lemma (43), so that x-r(a) is t-abso f. subm. of x. now, if 𝐴: 𝑋 ṷ ∩ ṷ where ṷ , ṷ are distinct prime f. ideals minimal over 𝐴: 𝑋 , then we have x-r(a)= ṷ ∩ ṷ 𝑋. since fannx= 0 : 𝑋 and 0 : 𝑋 ⊆ 𝐴: 𝑋 and ṷ , ṷ are distinct prime f. ideals minimal over 𝐴: 𝑋 . so that 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 ⊆ ṷ , ṷ . then x-r(a)= ṷ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 ∩ ṷ 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑋 𝑋 ṷ 𝑋 ∩ ṷ 𝑋 by lemma (47).   130   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 since ṷ 𝑋 , ṷ 𝑋 are two distinct prime f. subms., so that x-r(a) is t-abso f. subm. of x by remarks and examples(16)part(1). (2)→(1) assume that x-r(a) is t-abso f. subm. of x. let 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝐴, for f. singletons 𝑎 , 𝑏 of r and 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 . since a⊆ x-r(a), then 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . but x-r(a) is t-abso f. subm. of x, so that 𝑎 𝑏 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 : 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑋 or 𝑎 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 or 𝑏 𝑥 ⊆ 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 . thus a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x. by combining theorem (47) and theorem (48), we get the following corollary is beneficial to determine t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of a finitely generated multiplication f. m. corollary 49. for any f. subm. a of a finitely generated multiplication f. m. x of ḿ. then the following expressions are equivalent: 1a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x; 2x-r(a) is t-abso f. subm. of x; 3x-r(a) is t-abso primary f. subm. of x; 4x-r(a) is t-abso quasi primary f. subm. of x; 5𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal of r; 6𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso primary f. ideal of r, 7𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r; 8𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal of r. 4. conclusions through our research we concluded to the concepts (prime and quasi-prime) f. subm. lead to the concept t-abso f. subm. we reached the concept t-abso f. subm.one of the most important conclusions is the theorem (20), and explan the relationship if a is t-abso f. subm. with 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso f. ideal under the class of a multiplication f. m. in corollary (23). also we concluded the relationship 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 with 𝐴: 𝑋 under the class of a multiplication f. m. in lemma (45), and explan the relationships a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm.with 𝐴: 𝑋 is t-abso quasi primary f. ideal and a is t-abso quasi primary f. subm.with 𝑋 𝑅 𝐴 is t-abso f. subm. under the class of a multiplication f. m. as in theorem (47), and theorem (48). references 1. deniz, s.; gürsel, y.; serkan, o.; bayram, a. e.; bijan, d. on 2-absorbing primary fuzzy ideals of commutative rings. mathematical problems in engineering. 2017, 2017, 1-7. 2. lu. c. p. prime submodules of modules. commutative mathematics. 1981, 33, 61-69. 3. rabi. h. j. prime fuzzy submodules and prime fuzzy modules. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 2001. 4. abdul-razak, m. h. quasi-prime modules and quasi-prime submodules. m.sc. thesis. college of education ibn al-haitham. university of baghdad. 1999. 5. hatam, y. k. fuzzy quasi-prime modules and fuzzy quasi-prime submodules. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 2001.   131   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1930 vol. 32 (1) 2019 6. darani, a.y.; soheilnia, f. 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbing submodules. thai journal of mathematics. 2011, 9, 3, 577-584. 7. khalaf, h. y.; hannon, w. h. small and classical t-abso fuzzy submodules. global journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2018, 14, 3, 443–457. 8. mccasland, r. l.; moore, m. e. on radical of submodules of finitely generated modules. canad. math. bull. 1986, 29, 1, 37-39. 9. mostafanasab, h.; yetkin, e.; tekir, u.; darani, a. y. on 2absorbing primary submodules of modules over commutative rings. an. st. univ. ovidius constanta. 2016, 24, 1, 335-351. 10. rabi, h. j.; hassan, k. h. on quasi prime fuzzy submodules and quasi primary fuzzy submodules. j.thi-qar sci. 2008, 1, 1, 37-42. 11. suat, k.; rabia, n.u.; unsal, t. on 2-absorbing quasi primary submodules. faculty of ciences and mathematics. university of niˇs, serbia. 2017. 2943–2950. 12. malik, d. s.; mordeson, j. n. fuzzy maximal, radical, and primary ideals of a ring. information sciences. 1991, 53, 237-250. 13. hussein, w. r. some results of fuzzy rings. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 1999. 14. abdulrahman, a. h. 2-absorbing submodules (modules) and some of their generalizations. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 2015. 15. robert, w. foundations of module and ring theory. gordon and breach science publishers, 1991. 16. rashed, h. g. fully cancellation fuzzy modules and some generalizations. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 2017. 17. hadi, i. m. a.; hamil, m. a. cancellation and weakly cancellation fuzzy modules. journal of basrah reserchs (sciences). 2011. 37, 4. 18. el-bast, z. a.; smith, p. f. multiplication modules.comm.in algebra. 1988, 16, 755779.   19. maysoun, a. h. f-regular fuzzy modules. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 2002. 19. abou-draeb, a. t.; al-zreegawi, b.; al-duja, y. kh. prime fuzzy submodules and strongly prime fuzzy submodules over near-ring. journal of babylon univ. pure and applied science. 2014, 22, 3, 984-996. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 separation and extraction micro amount of cadmium (ii) and mercury (ii) with liquid anion exchange method s. k. jawad , s. m. hameed departme nt of chemistry , college of education for girls ,kufa unive rsity received in :13 december 2010 accepte d in : 12 april 2011 abstract for extraction chloro anion comp lexes of cd 2+ and hg 2+ used many or ganic agents as extractant accordin g to liquid ion exchan ge method such as α-nap hthy l amine (α-na), 4-amino benzoic acid (4-aba), 2-[(4-carboxy methy l p henyl) azo]-4,5-dip heny l imidazole (4cm epadpi) and cryptand (c222). this st udy includes defin ition hy drochloric acid concentration in aqueous p hase and shaking with organic p hase necessary for extraction as well as shaking time, or ganic solv ent effect, interferences and alkaline salt effect. thermody namic showed the ion exchan ge reaction was exothermic for α-na, c222 and endothermic for 4-aba, 4-cm epadpi for extraction cdcl4 = , but for extraction hgcl4 = was exothermic with 4-aba, 4cm epadpi and c222 but endothermic with α-na. in addition st oichiometry showed the ion pair comp lex extracted was 1:1:1 cation: li gand: anion. key word: liquid ion exchange, cad mium, m ercury , solvent extraction. introduction zn 2+ was extracted from chloride ion media with (tpp) and the definition of all p arameters effect on extraction method[1], au 3+ was extracted from hy drochloric acid media with amine alamine304 [r3n + h,cl ] in xy lene, and calculate distribution ratio for comp lex r3n + h,aucl4 [2]. different new liqu id ion exchan ge [ethy lene bis (triocty l p hosp honium)](ebtop) used for extraction of pb 2+ , cu 2+ , cd 2+ , zn 2+ as well as fe 3+ and in 3+ [3]. hg 2+ was sep arated from 0.5m acetic acid by aliquat 336s as liquid ion exchan ge, and extracted sp ecies was [2r4n + ; hg(oac)4 = ], this method suitable for separation from zn, cd, ni, co, cu, bi, m n [4]. zn, cd and hg were extracted from chloride and sulp hate media by solvation and liquid ion exchan ge methods and st udied the extracted sp ecies [5]. h g 2+ extracted as chloro comp lexes anion by different high molecular weight amines and tetra ammonium salts with distribution the effective p arameters and extracted sp ecies[6], cd 2+ extracted from sulp hate media by di(2-ethy l hexy l)phosp horic acid (d2ehpa) dissolved in toluene, at p h=5-6 and 0.1m of reagent in toluene [7]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the present study was undertaken to invest igate the effect of various extraction p arameters on the extraction of cd(ii) and h g(ii) as chloro comp lex fro m hy drochloric acid media by (αna),(4-aba), (4-cm epadpi) and (c222) p arameters studied include the effect of hy drochloric acid concentration, metal concentration, foreign ion and temp erature of extraction, organic solvent. experime ntal apparatus for absorbance measurements shimadzu uv-1700 sp ectrop hotometer is used with 1cm quartz cells (jap an), p hmeasurements were carried out usin g wtw, listed 8f93(germany), for shaking used h y-4 vibrator with ad just about sp eed multiple(italy ). reagents a st andard stock solutions 1mg/ml for cd 2+ and h g 2+ was p repared by dissolving drier (0.1631 gm) of cdcl2 and (0.1354 gm) of hgcl2 [fluk a] in 100ml d istilled water contain 1ml hcl concentration in volumetric f lask, other working solutions p repared by approp riate dilution of the st ock solution with distilled water. stock solution of dithiazone (1×10 -2 m ) was p repared by dissolving (0.0256 gm) in 10ml carbontetrachlor ide in vo lumetric f lask, workin g solution (1×10 -4 m ) was p repared instantaneously by dilution with ccl4. standard solutions of different ligand prepared by dissolving weighed quantities of each one in chloroform. general extraction procedure shakin g fixed volume of ligand solution with hcl solution at op timum concentration in order to conversion ligand to liquid anion exchanger, as well aqueous p hase contains suitable concentration of hcl to form ation chloro an ion co mplex for metal ion, after that shakin g or ganic p hase with aqueous p hase to exchan ge sm all anion cl in liqu id anion exchan ger with chloro comp lex in aqueous p hase as in the equilibria b elow: nlorg. + h + aq. + cl aq. h + lncl org. h + lncl org. +x aq. h + lnx org. + cl aq. l= -na, 4-aba, 4-cmepadpi, c222 x = cdcl4 = , hcdcl4 ,hgcl4 = , hgcl3 ,hhgcl4 ... ........ ....(1) .. ........ .....(2) aft erwards determined reminder quantity of metal ion in aqueous solution and transferred quantity to organic solution at later calculate distribution ratio (d), according to dithiazone method [8]. re sults and discussion effect of hcl concentration in aque ous s oluti ons the concentration of hcl in aqueous solutions at range (0.1-3.0m ), the concentration of hcl shaked with ligand solution was 1m to forming liquid anion exchanger, the obtained results, reported in figure (3). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 effect of hcl concentration on liquid ion pair formation at op timum concentration of hcl for each ion in aqueous p hase and organic p hase of each ligand shaking with hcl solution in different concentrations (0.1-3.0m ), the obtained results in figure (4). effect of metal ion concentration organic p hase of ligand shaking with hcl op timum concentration, this or ganic p hase shakin g once again with aqueous solutions contain cd 2+ (5-100μg) and hg 2+ (5-150μg) at optimum hcl concentration, the results as in table (2) and figure (5). study about shaking time n ecessary for extraction, taken differ ent times for shaking (220min), the obtained results, reported in table (3). the st oichiometry of the p robable extracted sp ecies was determin ed on the basis of slop e analysis method by p lotting logd versus log[l] gr aph and givin g st rait line r elation with slop e value d emonst rate the st oichiometry of ion p air comp lex extracted was 1:1:1 [hl + ]hcdcl4 , [hl + ]hhgcl4 , [hl + ]hgcl3 , the results as in table (4). organic solvent effect on extraction method illustrates there is not any linear relation between dielectric constant (ε) of organic solvents and dist ribution ratio (d), obt ain table (5). effect of electrolyte salt on distribution ratio investigated by use kcl and nacl salts at different concentrations, the results show there is optimum concentration of electroly te salt solution givin g h igher dist ribution ratio (d) as in figur e (7,8). extraction of cdcl4 = and hgcl4 = accordin g to liquid anion exchan ge by c222 and 4cm epadpi in foundation of cations app ear interferences with hy drogen ions, these study and results shown the cations na + , k + , m g 2+ and ca 2+ restrict the chloro comp lex anion cdcl4 = and hgcl4 = and decline dist ribution ratio by using c222 and transition metal cations cu 2+ , ni 2+ could not give st able coordination comp lex cation with 4-cm epadpi in acidic media because the p rotonation of 4-cm epadpi in acidic media decrease the chance of binding with cu 2+ , ni 2+ ions. the study about temp erature effect shows the reaction of an ion exchange was endothermic for cdcl4 = with 4-aba and 4-cm epadpi but exothermic with α-na and c222, and the extraction of hgcl4 = was endothermic with α-na but exothermic with 4-aba, 4-cm epadpi, c222. obt ained results in table (6) and figure (8).and thermody namic data for extraction demonstrate in table (7). k ex = d [hmcl4 ]aq. [l]org. ......... .......(3) slope= -hex 2.303 r ........ .......(4) δgex = -rt ln kex …………….. (5) δgex = δhex – t δsex …………… (6) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 re ferences 11- ababa, a. and adekola, f.a., (2008) extraction of zinc (ii) by trip heny l p hosp hate hy drochloric acid: kinetics and m echanism, international journa l of p hy sical sciences, 3 (4): 104-111. 22- alguacil ,f.j. (2003) solvent extraction of au (iii) by the chloride salt of the amine alamine 304 and its app lication to a solid supp orted liquid membrane sy st em, solvent extraction and ion exchange, 21, issue.6: 841-852. 33- akira, o.; kunihiko, d.and m akoto t. (2009) novel liquid anion-exchan ge extractant, ethy lene bis (tri octy l p hosp honium) salt, bearing two cation centers adjacently in a molecu le", journal of the p harmaceutical society of jap an, 25(4): 181-187. 44- shivad e m .r., shinde v.m ., (1981) liquid anion exchange st udies and sep aration of mercury", analytical letters, 14, issue.(3): 155-161. 55- rice, n.m .and smith, m .r. (2007) recovery of zinc, cadmium and m ercury (ii) from chloride and sulf ate med ia by solvent extraction , journa l of ap p lied chemist ry and biotechnolo gy ,.25issue (5): 379-402. 66- singh, o.v. and tandon, s,n. (2003) extraction of m ercury (ii) as chloride by high molecu lar weight amines and quaternary ammoniu m salts, journal of inor ganic and nuclear chemistry , 36 issue(2): 439-443. 77- asrafi, f.; fey zbakhsh, a.and entezari, n. h. (2009) solvent extraction of c admium (ii) from sulfate medium by bis (2-ethy l hexy l) p hosp horic acid in toluen e, international journal of chem. tech. rese arch, 1(3): 420-425. 88- m arczenko z., (1976) sep aration and sp ectrop hotometric determination of elements, ellis horwoodlimited john wiley and sons, 2 nd ed, pp:178-179,352-353. table (1): s andyl sensiti vity cd hg lig and α-na 4-aba 4-cmepadpi c222 α-na 4-aba 4cmepadpi c222 s µg/ml 0.065 0.18 0.2 0.81 0.055 0.043 0.15 0.21 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table(2):effect of metal ion concentration on distribution ratio (d) μμgg ((ccdd 22++ ,,hhgg 22++ )) dd ccdd dd hhgg αα--nnaa 44-aabbaa 44-ccmmeeppaa ddppii cc222222 αα--nnaa 44--aabbaa 44-ccmmeeppaa ddppii cc222222 5 no.ex. 0.78 0.56 2.12 no.ex. no.ex. no.ex. no.ex. 10 0.42 2.12 1.27 4.55 no.ex. no.ex. no.ex. 0.47 20 1.17 3.76 2.56 9.52 0.29 0.06 0.53 1.85 30 1.77 5.81 4 14 0.82 0.54 1.34 2.94 40 2.57 7.69 4.71 18 .04 1.22 1.02 2.12 4.31 50 4.55 11 .5 7.92 49 1.45 1.47 3.23 6.14 60 3.83 9.34 5.26 25 .08 1.97 1.88 3.61 6.87 70 2.5 4.38 4.88 21 .74 2.3 2.27 4.3 7.25 80 1.7 3.12 4.37 19 .05 2.47 2.66 4.88 8.3 90 1.36 1.5 4.06 16 .29 2.54 3.16 5.92 8.58 10 0 1.22 1.22 3.84 14 .12 3.03 2.62 6.63 9.99 11 0 3.1 7.2 12 .41 12 0 3.51 7.69 12 .95 13 0 3.85 8.92 10 .76 14 0 4.26 8.58 9.42 15 0 4.1 8.37 7.39 table (3):effect of shaking ti me on distribution ratio (d) dd hhgg dd cc dd time (min.) cc 22 22 22 44 -cc mmee ppaadd ppii 44 -aabb aa αα -nn aa cc 22 22 22 44 -cc mmee ppaadd ppii 44 -aabb aa αα -nn aa 11.76 8.02 3.01 3.82 10.36 4.55 4.81 0.82 2 14.78 8.55 3.12 4.07 20.01 5.09 5.94 1.52 5 12.95 8.92 3.16 4.26 49 7.92 11.5 4.55 10 11.5 8.28 3.78 4 26.77 5.57 2.78 2.67 15 10.76 7.9 3.63 3.72 9.41 3.71 1.68 1.74 20 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (4): effect of li gand concentration on distribution ratio (d) table (5): effect of organi c solvents on distributi on ratio (d) oorrggaanniicc ssoollvveennttss εε dd ccdd dd hhgg αα--nnaa 44--aabb aa 44--ccmmeeppaaddppii cc222222 αα--nnaa 44--aabb aa 44--ccmmeeppaaddppii cc222222 nitr obenzene 35. 74 2.33 3.54 7.92 11. 5 5.66 2.78 9.48 15. 21 1,2-dichloroet hane 10. 65 5.94 2.37 9 26. 77 5.08 4.35 8.7 16. 64 dichloromethane 9.08 2.47 1.97 5.09 24 5.25 4.05 9.83 15. 9 chlorobenzene 5.708 2.42 8.61 6.81 21. 72 5.08 3.83 8.15 16. 14 chlorofor m 4.806 4.55 11. 5 7.92 49 4.26 3.78 8.92 14. 78 b enzene 2.804 1.65 1.68 4.68 22. 8 5.48 3.16 7.66 15. 66 toluene 2.438 3.46 1.84 8.61 19. 83 4.93 3.45 8.42 14. 58 car bonte tr achloride 2.38 1.68 2.52 9.41 12. 15 5.14 5 8.28 11 dd hhgg dd ccdd ccoonncc.. ooff [[ll]] cc222222 44-ccmmeeppaaddppii 44--aabb aa αα--nnaa cc222222 44-ccmmeeppaaddppii 44--aabb aa αα--nnaa sslloopp ee dd sslloopp ee dd sslloopp ee dd sslloopp ee dd sslloopp ee dd sslloopp ee dd sslloopp ee dd sslloopp ee dd 0 .0 6 5 20. 0 3 0 .0 9 7 13. 9 3 0 .0 5 7 5.08 0 .0 8 5 6.21 0 .6 0 2 832. 3 0 .3 31. 6 3 0 .3 49. 1 6 0 .0 6 2 6.14 1x10 -2 19. 0 9 12. 6 6 4.84 5.79 682. 4 22. 5 9 37. 8 2 5.94 5x10 -3 17. 2 1 10. 8 1 4.35 5.14 251. 4 15. 5 2 24. 6 8 5.41 1x10 -3 16. 1 3 10. 2 4.17 4.78 154. 6 11. 5 3 17. 5 3 5.09 5x10 -4 14. 7 8 8.92 3.78 4.26 49 7.92 11. 5 4.55 1x10 -4 13. 9 3 8.54 3.68 3.96 30. 8 5 6.56 9.14 4.43 5x10 -5 12. 7 9 7.27 3.36 3.45 11. 8 4.36 5.99 3.8 1x10 -5 12. 3 8 6.82 3.2 3.21 7.57 3.1 5.25 3.62 5x10 -6 10. 9 7 5.7 2.98 2.84 3.31 2.03 3.08 3.46 1x10 -6 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (6): effect of temperature on distributi on ratio (d) tt°°cc ccdd hhgg αα--nnaa 44--aabbaa 44--ccmmeeppaaddppii cc222222 αα--nnaa 44--aabbaa 44--ccmmeeppaaddppii cc222222 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 dd kkeexx ××1100 99 5 6.57 0.74 8.77 0.99 5.94 0.67 124 14. 09 3.24 2.31 4.69 0.52 12. 26 9.5 16. 61 13. 84 10 5.94 0.67 9.41 1.07 6.35 0.72 99 11. 25 3.4 2.43 4.48 0.5 11. 74 9.1 16 13. 33 15 5.41 0.61 10 1.13 6.93 0.78 82. 33 9.35 3.6 2.57 4.17 0.46 10. 6 8.22 15. 54 12. 95 20 4.95 0.56 10. 4 1.18 7.33 0.83 61. 5 6.98 3.92 2.8 4 0.44 9.65 7.48 15. 29 12. 74 25 4.55 0.51 11. 5 1.3 7.92 0.9 49 5.56 4.26 3.04 3.78 0.42 8.92 6.91 14. 78 12. 32 30 4.31 0.49 12. 2 1.38 8.25 0.93 40. 66 4.62 4.46 3.19 3.63 0.4 8.42 6.52 14. 45 12. 04 40 3.71 0.42 13. 7 1.55 9.41 1.07 30. 25 3.43 4.98 3.55 3.41 0.38 7.55 5.85 13. 88 11. 57 50 3.31 0.37 14. 6 1.66 10. 36 1.17 19. 83 2.25 5.42 3.87 3.12 0.35 6.83 5.29 13. 28 11. 07 60 3.03 0.34 15. 7 1.78 11. 5 1.3 15. 66 1.78 6 4.28 2.98 0.33 6.47 5.01 12. 55 10. 46 table (7): thermodynami c data ligand cd hg δhex (kj.mole -1 ) δgex (kj.mole -1 ) δsex (j.mole -1 .k 1 ) δhex (kj.mole -1 ) δgex (kj.mole -1 ) δsex (j.mole -1 .k -1 ) α-na -0.0107 -46 .15 16 5.96 0.008 5 -53 .80 16 1.58 4-aba 0.008 3 -57 .66 17 3.17 -0.0063 -45 .38 16 3.21 4-cmepadpi 0.009 1 -56 .81 17 0.62 -0.0085 -46 .72 16 8.02 c222 -0.0028 -52 .81 19 0.06 -0.0041 -47 .57 17 1.12 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (1):calibration curve of cd(ii) fig. (2):calibration curve of hg(ii) fig.(3): effect of hcl concentration in aque ous solutions on distributi on ratio (d) [cd 2+ ]aq., [hg 2+ ]aq.=50μg/5m l, [ ligand]=1x10 4 m in chcl3 fig. (4): effect of hcl concentration on liquid ion exchanger formation-[cd 2+ ]aq., [hg 2+ ]aq.=50μg/5ml, [ ligand]=1x10 -4 m in chcl 3 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (5): effect of cd(ii), hg( ii) ions concentration fig. (6): effect of kcl concentration on extraction of cd(ii), hg(ii). fig. (7): effect of nacl concentration on extraction of fig.(8): te mperature effect on the extraction method of cd(ii), hg(ii). 2011) 1( 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة (ii)الزئبق و (ii)فصل واستخالص الكمیات المایكرویة من الكادمیوم طة طریقة التبادل االیوني السائلابوس صفا مجید حمید، شوكت كاظم جواد جامعة الكوفة ،كلیة التربیة للبنات ،قسم الكیمیاء 2010كانون األول 13: استلم البحث في 2011 نیسان 12: في البحث قبل الخالصة كلورو السالبة للكادمیوم ق، (ii)الستخالص معقدات ال مواد مستخلصة بوصفھا عضویة ات كواشفلمعاست(ii) و الزئب α-naphthyمثل ،وفق تقنیة التبادل االیوني السائلعلى l amine (α-na) ، 4و-amino benzoic acid (4-aba)، و 2-[(4-carboxy methy l phenyl) azo]-4,5-dipheny l imidazole (4-cm epadpi) ،و cryptand )c222 .( م ھذه الدراسة شملت تحدید تركیز حامض الھیدروكلوریك في الوسط المائي والتركیز المناسب للرج مع الطور العضوي والالز الجانب الثرمودینامیكي . تأثیر األمالح القلویة والتداخالت،وتأثیر المذیب العضوي، وزمن الرج، فضال عن ص لعملیة االستخال ل التبادل االیوني كان باعث رارة اوضح إن تفاع رة اوماص c222و α-naلكل من exothermicللح endothermic للحرا cm-4و ، aba-4لكل من epadpi عند استخالصcdcl4 = hgcl4أما عند استخالص = للحرارة افكان التفاعل باعث exothermic 4مع كل من-aba 4و-cm epadpi وc222 للحرارة اوماص endothermic معα-na . فضال عن .cation: ligand: anion 1:1:1دراسة تركیب معقد الترابط االیوني المستخلص أثبتت انھ .االیوني السائل، الكادمیوم، الزئبق، االستخالص بالمذیبالتبادل : الكلمات المفتاحیة 2) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 009 pg(2,q)أنواع جدیدة من المجموعات القالبیة في المستوي االسقاطي میساء جلیل محمد ، علي طالب محمد جامعة بغداد -ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة -قسم الریاضیات الخالصة لقـد تـم فـي هـذا البحـث الحصـول علـى انـواع جدیـدة مـن المجموعـات القالبیـة فـي المسـتوي االسـقاطي حـول حقـل كـالوا pg(2,q) .بعــض كــذلك تــم الحصــول علــى . ن همــا المجموعــة القالبیــة الكاملــة والمجموعــة القالبیـة العظمــىان النوعــاهـذ .المجموعات حولالنتائج ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 new kinds of blocking sets in a projective plane pg(2,q) a.t. mahammad, m. j. mahammad department of mathematics, college of education i bn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this work, new kinds of blocking sets in a p rojective p lane over galois field pg(2,q) can be obtained. these kinds are called the complete blocking set and maximum blocking set. some results can be obtained about them. introduction let pg(2,q) denotes the 2-dimensional p rojective p lane over galois field gf(q). a blocking set in pg(2,q) is a set of p oints that nonemp ty intersection with every line in pg(2,q), (1). this p aper is divided into two sections, section one consists of st andard basic, theorems and definitions of p rojective p lane, blocking set, minimal, trivial, t-fold, maximal, comp lete, and committee blocking sets. section two consists of the relation between (k,n)-arc and blocking sets. section one de fini tion "projective plane" (1) a p rojective p lane pg(2,q) over galois field gf(q) is a two-dimensional p rojective sp ace, which consists of p oints and lines with relation between them, in pg(2,q) there are q 2 + q + 1 p oints, and q 2 + q + 1 lines, every line contains 1 + q p oints and every p oint is on 1 + q lines, any p oint in pg(2,q) has the form of a trip le (a1,a2,a3) where a1, a2, a3  gf(q); such that (a1,a2,a3)  (0,0,0). two p oints (a1,a2,a3) and (b1,b2,b3) represent the same point if there exists  gf(q)\{0}, such that (b1,b2,b3) =  (a1,a2,a3). similarly any line in pg(2,q) has the form of a trip le [a1,a2,a3], where a1,a2,a3  gf(q); such that [a1,a2,a3] ≠ [0,0,0]. two lines [a1,a2,a3] and [b1,b2,b3] represent the same line if there exists  gf(q)\{0}, such that [b1,b2,b3] =  [a1,a2,a3]. there exists one p oint of the form (1,0,0). there exists q p oints of the form (x,1,0). there exists q 2 p oints of the form (x,y ,1). a p oints p (x1,x2,x3) is incident with the line l[a1,a2,a3] if and only if a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 = 0, i.e. a point rep resented by (x1,x2,x3) and the line rep resented by 1 2 3 a a a           , then (x1,x2,x3) 1 2 3 a a a           = 0  a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 = 0. any p rojective plane pg(2,q) satisfies the following axioms: 1. any two dist inct lines intersected in a unique p oint. 2. any two dist inct p oints are contained in a unique line. 3. there exists at least four p oints such that no t hree of them are collinear. de fini tion "blocking s et"(1) a blocking set b of pg(2,q) is a set of p oints intersecting every line of pg(2,q) in at least one point, so b is blocking set if and only if pg(2,q)\b is blocking set. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 de fini tion "minimal blocking s et" (1) a blocking set b is called minimal in pg(2,q) when no p rop er subset of it is st ill a blocking set such that,  p  b, b\{p} is not a blocking set. example in pg(2,3), there exists 13 p oints 1,2,…,13 and 13 lines l1, l2,…, ln, table (1), such that every p oint is on four lines and every line contains four p oints, let b={1,2,4,5,6,7}. b is a minimal blocking set of pg(2,3). de fini tion "trivial blocking s et"(2) a blocking set in pg(2,q) is called trivial when contains a line. de fini tion "commi tte blocking s et"(2) a blocking set b of pg(2,q) is committee if and only if b contains a minimum value of humber of p oints. now the definition of complete blocking set can be given de fini tion "comple te blocking s et" a blocking set b of pg(2,q) is called comp lete blocking set if for every p in pg(2,q)\b, b{p } is not blocking set or b{p } is trivial blocking set. i.e. b is comp lete blocking set if  p  b,  l  pg(2,q) and p  l such that l  (b{p }) = l. b is incomplete blocking set of pg(2,q) if there exists at least one p oint p  pg(2,q) such that b{p } is still blocking set. example in pg(2,q), there exists 13 p oints and 13 lines showed in the table (1), such that in the p rojective plane pg(2,3) in the above examp le. let b1={1,2,3,4,5,6}. b1 is a blocking set of pg(2,3), since it intersects every line in at least one point. pg(2,3)\b1 = {7,8,9,10,11,12,13} is also blocking set. b1 is incomplete blockin g set, since 7  pg(2,3)\b1 and b1{7} is still blocking set. let b2={1,2,3,4,5,6,7}. b2 is a blocking set of pg(2,3) since l1  b2  {8}, l2  b2  {9}, l3  b2  {10}, l4  b2  {11}, l5  b2  {12}, l6  b2  {13}. t hen b2  {8}, b2  {9}, b2  {10}, b2  {11}, b2  {12} and b2  {13} are not blocking sets and hence b2 is a complete blocking set. de fini tion "ne w" "maximum blocking s et" a blocking set b of pg(2,q) is maximum if and only if pg(2,q)\b is committee blocking set. example in pg(2,5) there exists 31 p oints {1,2,…,31} and 31 lines {l1,l2,…,l31}, in table (2), such that every p oint is on six lines and every line contains six p oints. let b1=(1,2,3,4,5,7,10,17,21,27}, is a committee blocking set, and let b2 = pg(2,5)\b1={6,8,9,11,12,13,14,15,16,18, 19,20,22,23,24,25,26,28,29,30,31} is a blocking set and it is maximum blocking in pg(2,5). since it does not exist a blocking set b in pg(2,5) such that b2  b. de fini tion "a (k,n)-arc" (2) a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q) is a set s of k points with p rop erty that every line contains at most n p oints of s, a (k,n)-arc s is called comp lete arc if it is not contained in a (k+1,n)-arc. de fini tion "t-fold blocki ng s et" (2) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 a t-fold blocking set b in pg(2,q) is a set of p oints in pg(2,q) that intersects every line in pg(2,q) in at least t p oints. the orem (1) a blocking set b is minimal if and only if for every p oint pb, there is some line l such that b  l= p. proof: let b satisfies the condition that p is a p oint such that b  l = {p} for some line l, then b\{p} does not intersect l and so is not a blocking set and that is a contradiction. thus b is minimal. conversely sup p ose that b is minimal, so b\{p} is not a blocking set i.e. for if the condition is not satisfied there is some p oint p in b such that all lines through p contain another p oint of b so b/{p} is a blocking set and b is not minimal p oint pb there exists some line l  pg(2,q) such that p = l  b. the orem (1) if b is a blocking set in pg(2,q), and b= b, then (i) no line of pg(2,q) contains more that b – q p oints of b, (ii) if a line contains n p oints of b, then b  n + q, (iii) there is some line containing at least three p oints of b, (iv) b  q + 3. de fini tion "s ubgeome try" let pg(2,q), q is square be a p rojective p lane, then pg(2, q ) is a subgeometry of pg(2,q) and contains q + q + 1 p oints and lines, every line contain q + 1 p oint and every p oints is on q + 1 lines. the orem (1), (3) in pg(2,q), q is square, then (i) if b= q + q + 1, b is blocking set, then b is subgeometry of pg(2, q ), (ii) if b= q 2 – q , b is blocking set, then b is complement of a subgeometry pg(2, q ). the orem (1) in pg(2,q), q is square and let b= b, b is blocking set. then q + q + 1  b  q2 – q . proof sup p ose b= q + q + 1 – n , n > 0. by theorem (1.14) no line in pg(2,q) contains more than q + 1 – n p oints of b. let s be any set of n p oints such that s  b =  and s = s  b is not subgeomety of pg(2,q), then s is a blocking set since no line contains more than ( q + 1 – n) + n = q + 1 of its p oint. so by theorem (1.16) s is a subgeomety , contradicting the choice of s. if b > q 2 – q , then  \ b < q + q + 1, where  = pg(2,q). the orem let b be a blocking set in pg(2,q), then b is a minimal blocking set if and only if b* is comp lete blocking set. (b* = pg(2,q)\b) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 proof: sup p ose that b is minimal blocking set, then b* is blocking set. (by definition 1.2). now, we must p rove b* is complete sup p ose that b* is not comp lete blocking set. then there exists p  b* such that b*{p } is blocking set. hence pg(2,q) \(b*{p}) is blocking set (by definition 1.2), but pg(2,q) \(b*{p}) = b\{p } t hat contradiction, since b is minimal, then b* is complete blocking set. conversely , sup p ose that b* is a complete blocking set, to p rove that b is a minimal blocking set. sup p ose that b is not minimal, then there exists p  b such that b\{p} is blocking set, then pg(2,q)\(b\{p }) is a blocking set (by definition 1.2) but pg(2,q)\(b\{p }) = b*{p }, and that is a contradiction, since b* is a comp lete blocking set. then b is a minimal blocking set. section two blocking s ets and (k,n)-arcs (4) a (k,n) –arc in pg(2,q) is a set s of k p oints with p rop erty that every line contains at most n p oints of s, most authers add the condition, that there should be some line meeting s in exactly n p oints, there is an obvious relation between (k,n)-arcs and blocking sets, the comp lement of (k,n)-arc is a (q – n)-fold blocking set of size q. the orem (5) in pg(2,q). a (k,n)-arc k is comp lete if and only if b=pg(2,q)\k is (q + 1 – n)-fold minimal blocking set. proof: sup p ose that k is a comp lete (k,n)-arc, it is clear that b is (q + 1 – n)-fold blocking set and b= q 2 + q + 1 – k, to p rove that b is minimal blocking set, sup p ose b is not minimal, then there exists p  b such that b\{p} is blocking set, but b is (q + 1 – n)-fold blocking set and b= q 2 + q + 1 – k, t hen k  {p } is a (k+1,n)-arc, and k  (k+1,n)-arc (contradiction), since k is complete, then b is minimal. conversely sup p ose that b is (q + 1 – n)-fold minimal blocking set and b=q 2 + q +1– k, it is clear that k is (k,n)-arc, to p rove k is comp lete sup p ose that k is not comp lete arc, then there exists p  k such that k  {p } is a (k+1,n)-arc but pg(2q)\k{p }= b\{p} is blocking set and that is contradiction, since b is minimal blocking, then k is comp lete arc. open problem (5) in simeon ball (6), he gives an op en p roblem which say s that, there exists a t-fold blocking set of pg(2,q) of size less than (t + 1) p ". and he found the answer is no if q = 3, 5 and 7. and we check this p roblem if q = 4, 5, 8. 1. in pg(2,4), there is no 2-fold blocking set of size less than 12 p oints, and the all 2-fold blocking set we found exactly 12 p oints, for examp le, b={1,2,4,5,6,7,9,10,12,13,17,19}, and the all 2-fold blocking set of size less than 12 p oints that we found it is trivial blocking set. 2. in pg(2,5), there is no 3-fold blocking set of size less t han 20 p oints, and the only 3-fold blocking set that we found tis exactly size is 20 p oints, for examp le b={1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,16,20,24,27,28,29,30,31}, in pg(2,5), the all 3-fold blocking set of size is less t han 20 points that we found which is trivial blocking set. 3. in pg(2,8), there is no 3-fold blocking set of size less than 33 p oints, for examp le b={1,2,3,5,7,10,11,12,13,15,16,17,19,20,27,29,33,34,35,37,45,46,47, 50,56,58,60,61,67,69,70,72,73}, and the all 3-fold blocking set of size 33 p oints that we found which is t rivial blocking set. re ferences 1. hirschfeld, j.w.p. (1979). projective geometries over finite field, oxford university . 2. hirschfeld, j.w.p. and storm, l., (1998), projective geometry , oxford university p ress, oxford. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 3. art blokhuis, storm, l. and szony i, t. (1999). j. london m ath. soc. (2):321-332 .رسالة ماجستیر، جامعة الموصل ،(k,n)-arc ، القید األعلى لالقواس)2001(ن عبد الكریم، با .4 5. simeon ball, (2004), "affine blocking sets", university of politenicade catauny a (barcelonal). table (1)the points and lines of pg(2,3) i pi li 1 (1,0,0) 1 2 4 10 2 (0,1,0) 2 3 5 11 3 (1,1,0) 3 4 6 12 4 (2,1,0) 4 5 7 13 5 (0,0,1) 5 6 8 1 6 (1,0 ,1) 6 7 9 2 7 (2,0,1) 7 8 10 3 8 (0,1,1) 8 9 11 4 9 (1,1,1) 9 10 12 5 10 (2,1,1) 10 11 13 6 11 (0,2,1) 11 12 1 7 12 (1,2,1) 12 13 2 8 13 (2,2,1) 13 1 3 9 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (2)the points and lines of pg(2,5) i pi li 1 1 0 0 2 7 12 17 22 27 2 0 1 0 1 7 8 9 10 11 3 1 1 0 6 7 16 20 24 28 4 2 1 0 4 7 14 21 23 30 5 3 1 0 5 7 15 18 26 29 6 4 1 0 3 7 13 19 25 31 7 0 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 1 0 1 2 11 16 21 26 31 9 2 0 1 2 9 14 19 24 29 10 3 0 1 2 10 15 20 25 30 11 4 0 1 2 8 13 18 23 28 12 0 1 1 1 27 28 29 30 31 13 1 1 1 6 11 15 19 23 27 14 2 1 1 4 9 16 18 25 27 15 3 1 1 5 10 13 21 24 27 16 4 1 1 3 8 14 20 26 27 17 0 2 1 1 17 18 19 20 21 18 1 2 1 5 11 14 17 25 28 19 2 2 1 6 9 13 17 26 30 20 3 2 1 3 10 16 17 23 29 21 4 2 1 4 8 15 17 24 31 22 0 3 1 1 22 23 24 25 26 23 1 3 1 4 11 13 20 22 29 24 2 3 1 3 9 15 21 22 28 25 3 3 1 6 10 14 18 22 31 26 4 3 1 5 8 16 19 22 30 27 0 4 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 28 1 4 1 3 11 12 18 24 30 29 2 4 1 5 9 12 20 23 31 30 3 4 1 4 10 12 19 26 28 31 4 4 1 6 8 12 21 25 29 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 222 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 network performance analysis based on network simulator ns-2. maan y. anad alsaleem directorate of education of nineveh naors y. anad alsaleem nawfal ali zakar dept. of computer al-hamdaniya university nawrasyounis@yahoo.com abstract ns-2 is a tool to simulate networks and events that occur per packet sequentially based on time and are widely used in the research field. ns-2 comes with nam (network animator) that produces a visual representation it also supports several simulation protocols. the network can be tested end-to-end. this test includes data transmission, delay, jitter, packetloss ratio and throughput. the performance analysis simulates a virtual network and tests for transport layer protocols at the same time with variable data and analyzes simulation results based on the network simulator ns-2. keywords: ns-2, loss of packets, required time, transport layer protocol, throthput, delay time. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 223 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction the purpose of its development was simulating the events that occur in the network separately. and provide support for simulate network protocols (transmission control protocol (tcp), user datagram protocol (udp), and guidance and multicast protocols for both wired and wireless networks [1]. the network simulator ns-2 is open source program built in c++ language in terms of interfaces and otcl object oriented language for simulation [6]. within this environment, simulator user designs its network by typing otcl text then simulation program simulated it within specific factors [7]. related work recently sharatkaushik , poonam , anita tomar(2014) studied the comparison of both protocol and fund that tcp is more reliable than udp because its packet loss rate is less than udp as it sends through two transmission nodes. basic architecture of ns-2 the ns-2 was designed depending on two languages c++ and otcl language commands. these two languages have been linked by tclcl is a set of functions and through which connectivity between c++ and otcl [8]. after completion of simulation process the simulator generates the results in two ways: the first is a graphical simulation of network operations which shows through nam and the second is trace file that explains the events and the chronology of their occurrence. to interpret these results graphically and interactively there are tools available such as nam and xgraph. to analyze certain events in the network it extracts texts based on the given data to configure concept display. the basic architecture of the simulators is shown in figure (1). figure (1): network simulator architecture ns-2 configuring the network environment ns-2 version (2.35) is an open source multi-protocol simulation program occupies a very important position in the domain of network simulators [4]. it simulates events and it can simulate the entire network environment, knowing the events and the chronology of their occurrence. this research creates a virtual network using both transport layer protocols to compare the performance of the protocols on the same channel with different nodes and same transmission time.the network consists of 6 nodes works as a client and 2 nodes as host represent the routers in the network and the use of the protocol tcp was inserted between the node (0) from the first side of the network with node (4) from the other side and the tcp sinkprotocol at the end of the node (4) to receive data as a client and notify the ack to sender . the udp protocol was proposed to use between the nodes (1) from the first end of the same network with nodes (5) to the other end of the network as shown in figure (2). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 224 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (2): proposed network architecture to create the previous environment in the simulator ns-2 a file is created as tcl1.tcl. the code is generated through the nsg2 program and the connection shall be as follows: #setup ftp0 set ftp0 [new application/ftp] $ftp0 attach-agent $tcp0 $ns at 1.0 "$ftp0 start" $ns at 2.0 "$ftp0 stop" #setup ftp1 set ftp1 [new application/ftp] $ftp1 attach-agent $tcp1 $ns at 1.0 "$ftp1 start" $ns at 2.0 "$ftp1 stop" #setup ftp2 set ftp2 [new application/ftp] $ftp2 attach-agent $tcp2 $ns at 1.0 "$ftp2 start" $ns at 2.0 "$ftp2 stop" #setup cbr0 set cbr3 [new application/traffic/cbr] $cbr3 attach-agent $udp6 $cbr3 set packetsize_ 1000 $cbr3 set rate_ 1.0mb $cbr3 set random_ null $ns at 1.0 "$cbr3 start" $ns at 2.0 "$cbr3 stop" the script for node number 0 to use ftp protocol and the time for start and stop sending. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 225 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 #setup cbr1 set cbr4 [new application/traffic/cbr] $cbr4 attach-agent $udp7 $cbr4 set packetsize_ 1000 $cbr4 set rate_ 1.0mb $cbr4 set random_ null $ns at 1.0 "$cbr4 start" $ns at 2.0 "$cbr4 stop" #setup cbr2 set cbr5 [new application/traffic/cbr] $cbr5 attach-agent $udp8 $cbr5 set packetsize_ 1000 $cbr5 set rate_ 1.0mb $cbr5 set random_ null $ns at 1.0 "$cbr5 start" $ns at 2.0 "$cbr5 stop" simulation setup and scenario assumptions at the time of executing tcl text will get all the data during the implementation process so we can analyze that data which appeared in the trace file as shown in figure (4) after simulation and knowledge of network efficiency. networks simulator ns-2 provides ability to track and monitor data. we can record and track packages all the time by following files (trace file), which records each packet in the channel or in the queue and tracks its progress, arrival or loss. monitoring simulations can also be used to monitor all packets and data streams for a specific signal at the same time it provides a dynamic view of the simulation process via the nam controller, to start executing we insert the command "ns abc.tcl", the program will automatically generate an (nam) monitor. figure (3) views network simulation traces and real world packet traces. figure (3): a visual representation rendering using the (nam) controller. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 226 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 the meaning of red and green objects in figure (3) is the drop rate of data for both nodes where the red for nodes used udp and green for node used tcp. at the end of the simulation, two files will generate the first is abs.nam which represents the source file for the visual simulation process which is used in the nam controller and another fileabc.tr, where the latter records the process of data transfer and all events which is done through the data recorded by the network performance analysis. experimental results and comparative analysis ns-2 has a high ability to process results. the simulator uses (awk) language to analyze and process data in the trace file (tr .awk) and it’s a powerful software language in data processing. the network performance analysis is done by analyzing the data string in the trace file (tr) in terms of delay time, transmission tension, throughput, finally packets loss rate. the trace files(tr) show the sequences of events in the simulation where the trace string contains the event, time of event, sent nodes, nodes sent to it, the protocol, package size, sender's address, recipient address and finally the id of the package as shown in figure (4). figure (4): trace files elements tr inside the trace file the data will be according to chronological order of events as follows: + 0 4 3 cbr 210 ------4 4.0 0.0 0 0 0 4 3 cbr 210 ------4 4.0 0.0 0 0 + 0 5 3 tcp 40 ------1 5.0 1.0 0 1 0 5 3 tcp 40 ------1 5.0 1.0 0 1 by analyzing the data for the network, the " delay time " was obtained and compared as shown in figure (5), where the delay time for sender’s package from side to side was very close in both protocols. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 227 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (5): delay time throughput of data transferred on the same network for the same time was different as it's described in figure (6) where udp are much higher than tcp and the reason is no flow control or acknowledgement. the udp shows nearly constant behavior with increasing throughput. figure (6): throughput is measured in bits per second (mbps). data transmission jitter within the network depending on data received for the nodes (8, 13) within the same time was the rate of jitter in tcp is higher than the udp. but udp showed a higher jitter rate in the first transmitter and stabilized in 2sand decreased less than a tcp and remained at this rateup to 9s as shown in figure (7). 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 s0 s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s7 s8 s9 tcp cbr simulation time (s) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 s0 s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s7 s8 s9 tcp cbr simulation time (s) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 228 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (7): a diagram showing jitter conclusion network performance analysis is the key to understand the efficiency of managing and network operation. network simulators provide a practical and reliable way to plan and test communications networks. in this research assumed a wire mesh model and analyze it and monitoring the performance of assumed networks. two of the most important network protocols have been applied (tcp, udp) on suggested network in terms of delay time, throughput, data jitter by analyzing the network performance using ns-2 simulator . 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 s0 s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s7 s8 s9 tcp cbr time(s) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1951 computer | 229 2018( عام 2)العدد ( 31)لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 references 1. shikhasaxena,suraiyahusain, (2015) "network simulator technique of implementing the network on the computer" , international journal of scientific engineering and applied science,december,. 1, 9,.448 – 457. 2. teerawatissariyakul,ekramhossain, ( 2012) "introduction to network simulator ns2" , 2nd edition , spring , canada,. 3. naors, y. anadalsaleem, (2017) "comparison of efficiency of network simulators",journal of babylon university/engineering sciences , , .25 , .2 , . 792-797. 4.rachnachaudhary,shwetasethi, (2012) "a study of comparison of network simulator -3 and network simulator -2" , international journal of computer science and information technologies, ,. 3,. 1,.3085 – 3092. 5.nehasingh,vinitamathur, (2012)"network simulator ns2-2.35" ,international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering, may,. 2, 5,.224228. 6. arvindt , (2016) "a comparative study of various network simulation tools" , international journal of computer science and engineering technology ,aug,. 7, . 8,.374 -378. 7.shweta gambhir1,kuldeeptomar , (2014) "study of computer network issues and improvising drop rate of tcp packets using ns2" ,international journal in foundations of computer science and technology ,july, 4.4.85-98. 8. karl , m (2005) , "a comparison of the architecture of network simulators ns-2 and tossim" , national institute of technology karnataka surathkal . wireless information network group . 9. sharatkaushik ,poonam and anita tomar ," a comparative analysis of transport layer protocols (2014)" , international journal of information and computation technology. issn 0974-2239 4, number 14,. 1403-1410. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1950 zno ألغشیةالخواص التركیبیة و البصریة فيتأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین التبخیر الحراري تقنیةالرقیقة المحضرة ب zno:alو یر عطا مكيسم علیة عبد المحسن شھاب علي محمد رحیمة جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھیثم ( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013كانون الثاني 21قبل البحث في : ، 2012تشرین االول 15استلم البحث في : الخالصة باأللمنیوم الرقیقة النقیة والمشوبة ( zno )اوكسید الخارصین غشیةأل تغیر الخواص التركیبیة والبصریةدرسنا 800 ) التبخیر الحراري على قواعد زجاجیة بسمك تقنیةبالمحضرة ± 50 )𝑛𝑚 التلدین حرارة بتغیر درجة ( 200 , 250 , النقیة zno ان أغشیة) xrd أظھرت فحوصات حیود االشعة السینیة (. ولمدة ساعة واحدة ℃( 300 . ومن نتائج ھذه الفحوصات )002وباالتجاه السائد (ذات تركیب متعدد التبلور ومن النوع السداسي المتراص والمشوبة وعند لالغشیة المشوبة لجمیع نسب التشویب ھو اصغر مما ھو علیھ للغشاء النقي ، قبل التلدین وجدنا ان المقاس الحبیبي بالنسب ة المشوبة غشیالتلدین لالغشیة النقیة ، اما اال تلدین االغشیة وجدنا ان المقاس الحبیبي یزداد مع زیادة درجة حرارة فإن المقاس % 3 نسبة التشویب ذو ألغشیةا، اما فنجد ان المقاس الحبیبي بعد التلدین ھو اكبر من قبل التلدین % 2و % 1 لألغشیةاكبر قبل التلدینان النفاذیة zno أظھرت القیاسات البصریة ألغشیةالحبیبي یقل بزیادة درجة حرارة التلدین . و ، وتقل النفاذیة بزیادة درجة حرارة التلدین . اما % 1للغشاء المشوب بنسبة ( % 97.025 ) ى قیمة لھاالمشوبة ، واعل عتمد على نسبة التشویب.ت قیمتھافجوة الطاقة قبل التلدین فتزداد بزیادة نسبة الشوائب، اما بعد التلدین ف التبخیر الحرارياغشیة رقیقة ، اوكسید الخارصین ، : الكلمات المفتاحیة 153 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة منھا وفرتھ في السباب عدیدة ھو مادة واعدة جداً لتطبیقات النبائط شبھ الموصلة ( zno ) اوكسید الخارصین ، وانعكاسیتھ في المنطقة المرئیة الطبیعة ، وقلة كلفتھ ، واستقراریتھ الحراریة والكیمیائیة ، وعدم سمیتھ، ونفاذیتھ العالیة في نبائط مادة مناسبة لالستعمالجعلت منھ . وھو یمتلك فجوة طاقة مباشرة وواسعة [ 1 ]لالشعة تحت الحمراء العالیة . [ 2 ]بلورات احادیة كبیرة znoیتوافر، و ( wurtzite )وھو یتبلور بتركیب سداسي متراصاالشعة فوق البنفسجیة وخواصھا الفیزیائیة ، طبیعة مادة القاعدة المرسب علیھا zno مل التي من الممكن أن تؤثر في تركیب أغشیة من العوا ( ga ) الیوملگ، وا ( al )، وااللمنیوم ( in )تطعم بعناصر مثل االندیوم znoجود الشائبة ، لذلك اغشیة وو الغشاء بصورة خاصة باأللمنیومالخ لتعزیز خواصھا التركیبیة والبصریة ویعد التطعیم ( cd )، والكادمیوم ( cu )، والنحاس المطعمة بااللمنیوم نفاذیة عالیة في المنطقة المرئیة ، وفجوة طاقة بصریة یمكن ان zno وألغشیةمناسباً لھذا الغرض . مثل znoستخدمت العدید من الطرائق في تحضیر أغشیة ا . [ 3 ] (aluminum) یسیطر علیھا بتغیر كمیة االلمنیوم spray ) والرش بالتحلل الكیمیائي الحراري ،] 4 [ ( pulsed laser deposition ) (pld)ترسیب اللیزر النبضي pyrolysis ) [ 5 ]، التبخیر الحراري و(thermal evaporation) [ 7,6 ] . النقیة والمشوبة بتقنیة التبخیر الحراري وتمت دراسة خصائصھا التركیبیة znoفي بحثنا ھذا حضرنا اغشیة والبصریة . الجزء العملي درجــة حرارة لترسیبھ على قاعدة زجاجیة وذلك ألنھ یمتاز بانخفاض ( % 99.95 )بنقاوة znر معدن اختی بطریقة التبخیر الحراري بسمك zn. وقد حصلنا على أغشیة zno، فیتبخر بسھولة إلنتاج غشاء ( c°407 ) انصھاره nm)50±800 فقد وضعت كمیة مناسبة من معدن . (zn ،ب وزنھا باستعمـال میزان الكتروني حساس مـن نـوع حسـ و ) precisa ) 4 10 ) ذي مدى حساسیـة لغایــة gm (، من ي حویض ف) المولبیدنیوم mo ( . المستعمل للتبخیر الحراري × 5.5وثبتت القواعد فوق الحویض بصورة عمودیة ، وبعد تفریغ المنظومة إلى 10−6 torr تبدأ عملیة تسخین 1) الحویض تدریجیاً ، وبمعدل ترسیب ± 0.1) nm sec −1، وبعد انتھاء عملیة التبخیر تترك العینات في المنظومة فـي فرن كھربائي نوع zn انجز بأكسدة غشاء zno لتبرد بدرجة حرارة الغرفة . والحصول على غشاء )vectoreen ( 500عند درجة°c بوجود الھواءمدة ساعة كاملة ، وتمت األكسدة ) ساعة تخرج العینات 24 ، وبعد ( znoفقد اعتمدت طریقة االنتشار الحراري ، إذ توضع اغشیة zno:alأما لغرض الحصول على أغشیة ن . من الفر . فعند بلوغ %( 1,2,3 )مادة االلمنیوم التي تحقق احدى النسب الوزنیة المطلوبة للتشویب فوق الحویض الذي توجد فیھ tsالضغط قیمتھ المطلوبة یتم الترسیب على األرضیة المسخنة عند = وبمعدل ترسیب ℃200 (1 ± 0.1) nm sec −1 والمذكور اعاله عند كسدة لعملیة االنفسھ الفرن المستخدم االغشیة في وقد تم لدنت. أیضا , 200 )درجات حرارة 250 , مدة ساعة واحدة . ولغرض قیاس سمك االغشیة فقد استخدمت الطریقة و ℃( 300 الوزنیة وطریقة الموجات فوق الصوتیة ویمكن حساب المسافة البینیة بین المستویات من زاویة الحیود االغشیة بتقنیة حیود االشعة السینیة ، شخص تركیب ] : 8 [( bragg’s law ) عند قمة معینة باعتماد قانون براك 𝑛𝜆 = 2𝑑 sin 𝜃𝐵 ( 1 ) إذ ان : n : عدد صحیح یمثل مرتبة التداخل( n = 1, 2, 3 … ) .λ الطول الموجي لألشعة السینیة :( 1.54å ) . d . المسافة بین السطوح الذریة :θ𝐵.زاویة براك : ] : 9 [ ( scherrer’s formula )یمكن إیجاد الحجم الحبیبي باستخدام عالقة شرر 𝐷 = 0.9 𝜆 β cos 𝜃𝐵 ( 2 ) بالوحدات نصف قطریة. ( fwhm ) : عرض المنحنى عند منتصف القمة𝛽𝛽 إذ إن: – uv) لألغشیة المحّضرة وذلك باستـعمـال مطیـاف نوع tاشتملت القیاسات البصریة قیـاس طیف النفاذیـة ( visible 1800 spectrophotometer . عالقة النفاذیة إن(𝑇) مع االمتصاصیة(𝐴) تي : مایأك 𝐴 = 𝐿𝑜𝑔 � 1 𝑇 � ( 3 ) ي : مایأتیمكن حساب معامل االمتصاص ك 𝛼𝛼 = 2.303 𝐴 𝑡 ( 4 ) : سمك الغشاء tاذ ان : :فجوة الطاقة البصریة على وفق العالقة االتیة تبحس 154 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝛼𝛼ℎ𝜐 = 𝐵(ℎ𝜐 − 𝐸𝑔 𝑜𝑝𝑡.)1/2 ( 5 ) إذ إن: 𝐸𝑔 𝑜𝑝𝑡. :المسموح طاقة الفجوة لالنتقال المباشر. 𝐵 :.ثابت یعتمد على طبیعة المادة ℎ : ثابت بالنك ویساوي( 6.625x10-34 j.sec ) . 𝜐 : 10 [تردد الفوتون الساقط [. النتائج والمناقشة ( zno ) ألغشیة ( xrd )نتائج قیاسات حیود االشعة السینیة ( 1 ) الشكلبین ی : الخواص التركیبیة – 1 النقیة والمشوبة غیر الملدنة والملدنة عند درجات حرارة zno الرقیقة ، إذ یظھر من طیف االشعة السینیة ان جمیع أغشیة ( 200 , 250 , . كذلك یتضح وجود ثالث قمم تخص ( polycrystalline )كانت متعددة التبلور على التوالي ℃ ( 300 وكان االتجاه السائد (101) و (002)، (100)ھي (wurtizite structure)سداسي التركیب المتراص znoأغشیة وكما یعتمد على نسبة التشویب ودرجة حرارة التلدین ، (2θ)مع وجود انحراف في مواقع القمم (002)ھو المستوى american standard of testing ) ( astm )لا إذ أُجریت مطابقتھا مع بطاقة ( 1 )موضح بالجدول materials ) ونجد من نتائج . [ 12,11,6 ]ووجد انھا متقاربة الى حد ما ، وھذا یتفق مع البحوث 0664-5المرقمة عود سبب ذلك الن النقیة قبل التلدین ، وی لألغشیةتقل بزیادة التشویب عن قیمتھا (002)حیود االشعة السینیة ان شدة القمة . ونجد كذلك ان زیادة درجة [ 13,12 ]وھو ما یتفق مع نتائج البحوث ( zn )یحل محل الخارصین ( al ) االلمنیوم ( باستثناء عند درجة حرارة (002)زیادة شدة القمة النقیة ومن ثم لألغشیةحرارة التلدین تعمل على زیادة االنتظامیة 2و % 1المشوبة بالنسب لألغشیةونجد ایضاً ان شدة ھذه القمة تزداد مع زیادة درجة حرارة التلدین فإنھا تقل ) ℃ 200 شدة فإن % 3المشوبة بنسبة ألغشیةا درجة حرارة التلدین في تأثیرویعود سبب ذلك الى زیادة االنتظامیة ایضاً اما % )؛ الن ھنالك قیمة عظمى االعلىحرارة التلدین اتدرج وتقل في ℃ 200تزداد عند درجة حرارة (002)القمة optimum ) تجاوزھا یسبب تدھور خواص اغشیة باأللمنیوملنسبة التطعیمzno مع نتائج ما یتفقالمشوبة ، وھو نجد ان المسافة بین الجدول ھذا من ولجمیع العینات . ( 1 ). وتلخص قیم الشدة لھذه القمة في الجدول [ 11,6 ] البحوث للغشاء å 2.599تتراوح بین اقل قیمة ( 1 ) والمحسوبة من قانون براك المتمثل بالعالقة (002)للقمة ( d )ویات تالمس ویعود ℃ 250والملدن عند % 2المشوب بالنسبة å 2.6279الى اعلى قیمة للغشاء ℃ 300النقي الملدن عند oxygen ) نقص االوكسجین اوالً :في االغشیة النقیة الى ( astm )لبطاقة ااالختالف في ھذه القیم عن قیمة deficiency ) تأثیر االجھاد بسبب عدم توافق معاملي التمدد الحراري للغشاء ثانیاً ( االبتعاد عن التكافؤ الكیمیائي ) و ( 7 × 4.6) والقاعدة الزجاجیة (℃/10−6 × )لاقیمة ب مقارنةالمشوبة لألغشیة كبر. اما القیم اال [ 14 ] (℃/10−6 astm ) فیعود الى السببین السابقین فضالً عن ان ایون االلمنیوم قد یحتل المواقع الخاللیة للخارصین بدالً من مواقع ( grain size ) ( d )كذلك ان المقاس الحبیبي ( 1 )الجدول ونجد من . [ 14,13 ]الخارصین ، وھو یتفق مع البحوث لالغشیة المشوبة لجمیع نسب التشویب ھو اصغر مما ھو علیھ للغشاء النقي ، ، قبل التلدین ( 2 )، المحسوب من العالقة ومن ثم zn2+ ( 0.75å )اصغر من نصف قطر ایون ( 0.53å )لھ نصف قطر +al3ویعود سبب ذلك الى أن ایون . وعند تلدین [ 1 ]یعمل استبدال ایون االلمنیوم الیون الخارصین على تصغیر ابعاد الحبیبة البلوریة ، وھذا یتفق مع االغشیة نجد ان المقاس الحبیبي یزداد مع زیادة درجة حرارة التلدین لالغشیة النقیة ، وھو اشارة الى زیادة االنتظامیة لھذه فنجد ان المقاس الحبیبي ھو اكبر من الذي لھذه االغشیة قبل التلدین % 2و % 1بالنسب الغشیة المشوبة.اما ااالغشیة فإن المقاس الحبیبي یقل بزیادة درجة % 3نسبة التشویب االنتظامیة لھذه االغشیة ، اما االغشیة ذو وھذا یعني كذلك زیادة حرارة التلدین ویعود السبب وكما اشرنا الى ان ھنالك حداً امثل لنسبة التشویب تجاوزه ال یعمل على تعزیز خواص ھذه . [ 14,11,6 ]یقلل من شأنھا وھو ما یتفق مع البحوث ، انمااالغشیة النقیة دالة للطول الموجي ألغشیة اوكسید الخارصینالنفاذیة ) طیف 2 یبین الشكل (: الخواص البصریة – 2 ℃250و ℃200قبل التلدین وبعده في درجات حرارة % ( 3 ,2 ,1 ) بنسب التشویب ( azo )والمشوبة بااللمنیوم االغشیة المشوبة ان نفاذیةطیف النفاذیة لالغشیة النقیة والمشوبة بااللمنیوم قبل التلدین نجد انعلى التوالي . ℃300و 𝑛𝑚 1100عند طول موجي % 1للغشاء المشوب بنسبة ( % 97.025 )ھي اكبر من نفاذیة الغشاء النقي وتصل الى ≤زیادة مفاجئة عند الطول الموجي وانھا تزداد تدریجیاً للغشاء النقي وتمیل اكثر الى 400 𝑛𝑚 ، مع زیادة نسبة التشویب < )أظھرت زیادة تدریجیة شبھ مستقرة عند االطوال الموجیة ثم 500 nm ) والسبب في ذلك یعود الى دخول ذرات . وعند تلدین االغشیة تقل النفاذیة بزیادة درجة حرارة [ 1 ]االلمنیوم في تركیب اوكسید الخارصین وھو ما یتفق مع نتائج عند طول موجي ℃300ودرجة حرارة تلدین % 2بنسبة للغشاء المشوب % 37.058التلدین واصلة الى اقل قیمة 1100 𝑛𝑚 قیم اعظم نفاذیة ( 2 ). و یوضح الجدولtmax % . یبین الشكل( 3a ) التغیر في فجوة الطاقة البصریة لألغشیة قید الدراسة قبل التلدین ، ومن مالحظة الشكل یتبین أن التغیر یكون خطیاً في مدى معین من طاقات الفوتون ، إذ 𝛼𝛼 ≥ ) 5 فجوة الطاقة البصریة على وفق العالقة ( تبحس . وھذا یشیر الى حصول النوع المباشر من االنتقاالت 104 – burstein، وجد أنھا تتزاید مع زیادة التشویب بااللمنیوم ، ویعود السبب الى ازاحة ( 2 )الجدول وقیمھا موضحة في moss و [ 6 ]بحیث ان فجوة الطاقة الظاھریة تكون اكبر من االصلیة بسبب اشغال قعر حزمة التوصیل بااللكترونات . 155 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 النقیة لألغشیةالتلدین في فجوة الطاقة البصریة ، إذ نجد ان فجوة الطاقة تزداد تأثیر (3d)الى ( 3b )توضح االشكال وتقل كثیراً الن التلدین یعمل على ازالة بعض المستویات الموضعیة الموجودة داخل فجوة الطاقة % 1والمشوبة بنسبة الندماج نسبة المنیوم اكثر السبب یعودو ، ℃300وال سیما عند درجة حرارة التلدین % 3و % 2المشوبة بنسبة لألغشیة . [ 11 ]من حد امثل تاجات االستن بتقنیة التبخیر الحراري لمعدن الخارصین ویمكن تحسین الخواص zno:alو znoتصنیع اغشیة باإلمكان حد امثل . ال تتجاوزالنقیة والمشوبة بنسب تشویب لألغشیةبعض الخواص البصریة مع درجة حرارة التلدین التركیبیة و المصادر 1 tewari, s. and bhattacharjee ,a. (2011) structural, electrical and optical studies on spraydeposited aluminium-doped zno thin films, pramana – j. phys., 76 (1) :153–163. 2 janotti, a. and van, c. g (2009) fundamentals of zinc oxide as a semiconductor, rep. prog. phys. 72: 1-29. 3 mondal, s.; kanta, k. p. and mitra , p. ,(2008),preparation of al-doped zno (azo) thin film by silar , journal of physical sciences, 12 : 221-229. 4 chan, e.; pech,v.; duarte, a.; orrantia, e.; castro, r.; perez, i. and iribarren, a. (2011) electrical, structural and optical properties of zno thin films grown by pulsed laser deposition, international journal of physical sciences, 6 (18) : 4382-4387. 5 studenikin, s. a.; golego, n. and cocivera, m. (1998) optical and electrical properties of undoped zno films grown by spray pyrolysis of zinc nitrate solution , j.applied physics 83 (4): 2104-2111. 6 jin, m.; feng, j.; de, z.; hong, m. and shu, l. (1999), optical and electronic properties of transparent conducting zno and zno:al films prepared by evaporating method, thin solid films, 357 : 98-101. 7 gupta, r. k.; shridhar, n. and katiyar, m.(2002), structure of zno films prepared by oxidation of metallic zinc, materials science in semiconductor processing, 5 : 11–15. 8 chung, j.; chen, j. and tseng, c. the influence of titanium on the properties of zinc oxide films deposited by radio frequency magnetron sputtering, applied surface science 254 : 2615–2620, (2008). 9 lin, w.; ma, r.; shao, w. and liu,b. , (2007),structural, electrical and optical properties of gd doped and undoped zno:al (zao) thin films prepared by rf magnetron sputtering, applied surface science 253, 5179–5183. 10 sze, s. m. and ng, k. k. , (2007) physics of semiconductor devices , book, john wiley & sons. inc. new york. 11 jimenez, a. e.; soto, j. a. and suarez, r. (1998) optical and electrical characteristics of aluminum-doped zno thin films prepared by sol gel technique, j.crystal growth 192 : 430438. 12 zhou, h.; yi, d.; yu, z.; xiao, l. and li, j., (2007) “preparation of aluminum doped zinc oxide films and the study of their microstructure, electrical and optical properties” thin solid films 515 : 6909–6914. 13 – periasamy, c. and chakrabarti, p., ( 2011) tailoring the structural and optoelectronic properties of al-doped nanocrystalline zno thin films ” j.electronic materials, 40 (3) : 259-266. 14 kima, h.; pique, a.; horwitz, j. s.; murata, h.; kafafi, z. h.; gilmore, c. m. and chrisey, d.b., (2000) “ effect of aluminum doping on zinc oxide thin films grown by pulsed laser deposition for organic light-emitting devices ” thin solid films 377-378 : 798-802. 156 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ( astm )مع بطاقة (002)النتائج التي تم الحصول علیھا من حیود االشعة السینیة للقمة مقارنة : ( 1 )رقم جدول عرض المنحنى عند منتصف القمة وقیم المقاس الحبیبي وقیم الشدةوقیم ratio ta c 2θ(deg.) d (002) (å ) fwhm (002) (deg) d (nm) intensity astm r.t 34.440 2.602 pure 34.349 2.6087 0.2450 33.9257 3800.00 1% 34.336 2.6097 0.3688 22.5367 3285.00 2% 34.324 2.6106 0.3100 26.8105 3550.00 3% 34.378 2.6065 0.3392 24.5061 2200.00 pure 200 34.420 2.6035 0.2686 30.9509 3500.00 1% 34.297 2.6125 0.3383 24.5659 3850.00 2% 34.230 2.6175 0.3270 25.4103 3411.51 3% 34.309 2.6117 0.3555 23.3781 3020.00 pure 250 34.4406 2.6020 0.1808 45.9838 4398.33 1% 34.276 2.6141 0.2911 28.5475 4344.10 2% 34.090 2.6279 0.2926 28.3870 6200.00 3% 34.309 2.6116 0.3669 22.6518 2225.00 pure 300 34.4506 2.5990 0.1742 47.7285 4465.76 1% 34.244 2.6164 0.3010 27.6062 4233.02 2% 34.300 2.6123 0.2574 32.2872 8820.00 3% 34.307 2.6117 0.3841 21.6373 1562.50 وقیم فجوة الطاقة الممنوعة ( nm 1100 )قیم اعظم نفاذیة عند : ( 2 ) رقم الجدول ratio pure 1% 2% 3% ta tmax % 𝐸𝑔 𝑜𝑝𝑡. tmax % 𝐸𝑔 𝑜𝑝𝑡. tmax % 𝐸𝑔 𝑜𝑝𝑡. tmax % 𝐸𝑔 𝑜𝑝𝑡. r.t 84.528 3.071 97.025 3.207 96.327 3.216 89.631 3.233 2000c 76.844 3.1 94.199 3.203 74.098 3.206 81.483 3.229 2500c 60.377 3.108 85.863 3.197 66.894 3.201 54.734 3.142 3000c 56.352 3.132 83.642 3.212 37.058 3.107 50.22 3.115 157 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 a b c d في % (1,2,3)بالنسب al لباالنقیة والمطعمة zno منحنیات حیود األشعة السینیة ألغشیة :( 1 )رقم شكل تلدین عند d ) ℃𝟐𝟓𝟎تلدین عند درجة حرارة c ) ℃𝟐𝟎𝟎تلدین عند درجة حرارة b )قبل تلدین a ) ظروف ℃𝟑𝟎𝟎درجة حرارة 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 in te ns it y ( a .u . ) 2θ ( deg. ) r.t pure 1% 2% 3% 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 in te ns it y ( a .u . ) 2θ ( deg. ) 200˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 in te ns it y ( a .u . ) 2θ ( deg. ) 250˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 in te ns it y ( a .u . ) 2θ ( deg. ) 300˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 158 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 b a d c % (1,2,3)بالنسب al لاالنقیة و المطعمة ب znoألغشیة تغیر النفاذیة كدالة للطول الموجي : ( 2 )رقم شكل تلدین عند d ) ℃𝟐𝟓𝟎تلدین عند درجة حرارة c ) ℃𝟐𝟎𝟎تلدین عند درجة حرارة b )قبل تلدین a )في ظروف ℃𝟑𝟎𝟎درجة حرارة b a d c بالنسب al لباالنقیة والمطعمة znoألغشیة فجوة الطاقة الممنوعة لالنتقال المباشر المسموح ( 3 ) رقم : شكل d ) ℃𝟐𝟓𝟎تلدین عند درجة حرارة c ) ℃𝟐𝟎𝟎تلدین عند درجة حرارة b )قبل تلدین a )في ظروف % (1,2,3) ℃𝟑𝟎𝟎تلدین عند درجة حرارة 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 t [ % ] λ [ nm ] 200˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 t [ % ] λ [ nm ] r.t pure 1% 2% 3% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 t [ % ] λ [ nm ] 300˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 t [ % ] λ [ nm ] 250˚cpure 1% 2% 3% 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 ( α hv )2 [ x 10 10 (e v/ cm )2 ] hv [ev ] 200˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 ( α hv )2 [ x 10 10 (e v/ cm )2 ] hv [ev ] r.t pure 1% 2% 3% 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 ( α hv )2 [ x 10 10 (e v/ cm )2 ] hv [ev ] 300˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 ( α hv )2 [ x 10 10 (e v/ cm )2 ] hv [ev ] 250˚c pure 1% 2% 3% 159 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 effect of annealing temperatures on the structural and optical properties of zno and zno:al thin films prepared by thermal evaporation technique samir a. makee alia a.m. shehab ali m. rehima department of physics , college of education for pure science ( ibn al– haitham)/ , university of baghdad received in :15 october 2013 , accepted in : 21 jane 2013 abstract we studied the changing of structural and optical properties of pure and aluminum-doped zno thin films prepared by thermal evaporation technique on glass substrates at thickness (800 ± 50)nm with changing of annealing temperatures ( 200,250,300 )℃ for one hour. the investigation of (xrd) indicates that the pure and doped zno thin films were polycrystalline of a hexagonal wurtzite structure with preferred orientation along (002) plane. the grain size was decreased with doping before annealing, but after annealing the grain size is increasing with the increase of annealing temperature for pure film whereas for the doped films with ratios 1 %, 2 % we found that the grain size is larger than that before annealing. the grain size for doped film with ratio 3 % was decreased with the increase of annealing temperature. the optical measurements showed that the transmittance before annealing is larger for doped films than for pure film and the maximum value is 97.025 % for doped film with ratio 1 %. the transmittance decreased with the increase of annealing temperature. the optical energy gap before annealing increases with the increase of the doping ratio whereas after annealing its value depends on doping ratio . keywords : thin films , zno , thermal evaporation 160 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝐷=,0.9 𝜆-β,cos-,𝜃-𝐵... ( 2 ) إذ إن: 𝛽: عرض المنحنى عند منتصف القمة ( fwhm ) بالوحدات نصف قطرية. úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تقدیر تراكیز العناصر الثقیلة في المتبقیات الصلبة وغبار االرصفة من شوارع مدینة بغداد منتھى نعمة الثویني وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا دائرة فیزیاء وكیمیاء المواد ابراھیم مھدي عزوز السلمان جنان حسین مھدي جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیةقسم علوم الحیاة / 2012كانون االول 18قبل البحث في: 2012ایلول 16 استلم البحث في: الخالصة عشوائیة من غبار االرصفة تناولت الدراسة تقدیر مستوى تواجد العناصر الثقیلة وذلك عن طریق تحلیل عینات والمتبقیات الصلبة التي جمعت من أرصفة الشوارع الخدمیة والسكنیة لمناطق المشتل والبیاع في جانبي الرصافة والكرخ في بغداد التي تتمیز بنشاط خدمي متنوع، فصلت الجزیئات ذات الحجم الخطر التي تساھم في مكونات الغبار وتلوث الھواء التربة وكذلك ھظم وتحلیل العینات لتحدید مستوى العناصر الثقیلة الصناعیة المتوقع وجودھا في جزیئات باستخدام غرابیل المتبقیات الصلبة والغبار. أظھرت نتائج الكشف والتحلیل عن وجود ثمانیة عناصر ثقیلة وھي (النحاس، الزنك، الرصاص، الحدید، المنغنیز، ، 128.437،805.812، 235.25، 60.718والكوبلت، الكروم، الكادمیوم) في عینات كال المنطقتین وبمعدالت تركیز ( عنصر على الترتیب. یمكن االستنتاج من الدراسة الحالیة مایكروغرام /غرام) لكل 2.05، و 24.625، 11.437، 181 أن المتبقیات الصلبة لغبار االرصفة تساھم بشكل فعال في زیادة نسب الغبار العالق المحمل بالمعادن الثقیلة في اجواء مدینة صحاح البیئي في التخلص بغداد مما یشكل خطورة مباشرة على السكان والنظام الحیوي للمدینة ویتطلب االھتمام بشروط اال من المخلفات المسببة للمشكلة. بیئة المدن ،المتبقیات الصلبة، غبار االرصفة، العناصر القثیلة، الصحة :مفتاحیةال كلماتال 1 | biology úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة تشكل بیئة المدن میداناً مھماً في الدراسات البیئیة التطبیقیة وكیمیاء البیئة ألن النسبة الكبیرة من السكان تتواجد في ھذه و اختیر لھا أفضل البیئات في المناطق السھلیة البیئات لكون أغلبھا إما مشیدة مباشرة بجانب مصادر المیاه أوبالقرب منھا أ والجبلیة أو الواحات الصحراویة لكي تؤمن أفضل متطلبات الحیاة المالئمة لساكنیھا، ولكن مانتج من تخریب للبیئة من قبل النفایات البلدیة وماسببتھ من مستویات تلوث مرتفعھ أصبحت مشكلة تلوث تراكم السكان، وعوامل التكنولوجیا المستخدمة، و ومما یصعب مشكلة التلوث [2,1] بیئة المدن أحدى أكثر المشاكل البیئیة التي تشكل تھدیدا للبشریة وأشكال الحیاة األخرى إذ والسیما تلوث الھواء في ھذه البیئات ھو تنوع مصادره وتزاید نسب المخلفات الصلبة خارج حدود تحمل النظام البیئي، إن ھذه المخلفات في غایة الخطورة ألنھا مزیج غیر متجانس من المواد العضویة وغیر العضویة والعناصر السامة والمواد . ومما یزید من قلق المختصین في ھذا المیدان ھو ] [5,4,3 ,6ومواد البناء وغیرھا الحافظة والمعادن والمواد البالستیكیة أن التأثیر البیئي والصحي الینجم عن المادة الملوثة نفسھا فحسب بل تشاركھا عوامل عدیدة ومركبة تتفاعل معھا من أھم المشاكل البیئیة وأكثرھا غموضا حالیا متبقیات لسموم بیئیة واحیاء دقیقة مرضیة مختلفة، لذلك فھم یعتقدون ان من بین . ویصبح األمر أكثر تعقیدا إذا تركت ھذه الملوثات في ] 5, 7 [ھي مشكلة تلوث الھواء بالمتبقیات الصلبة وغبار االرصفة أن الشوارع وتعرضت إلى عوامل السحق المیكانیكي وتحولت إلى جزیئات مختلفة األحجام منھا الدقیقة جدا التي یمكنھا تتوزع مع حركة تیارات الھواء التي تتعرض لھا أغلب مدن العراق والمنطقة السیما خالل فصل الصیف الحار وذلك . ] 5 ,8 [بحكم موقعھا الجغرافي وطبیعة مناخھا المتغیر یومیا وفصلیا لذلك یشكل غبار االرصفة مشكلة حقیقیة في بیئة المدن العراقیة نتیجة ألھمال شروط االصحاح البیئي وسوء عملیة ادارة النفایات الصلبة وضعف الخدمات البلدیة ومایترتب عن ذلك من تكدس مئات االطنان من االتربة المحملة بمختلف الملوثات ا یجعلھا تساھم في تكوین جزیئات دقیقة الحجم تساھم في انبعاث وتزاید الغبار العالق الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیة والحیاتیة، مم ، ومما یزید األمر خطورة أحتمالیة احتواء ھذا الغبار على تراكیز مختلفة من العناصر الثقیلة والمتراكم في اجواء المدن ) تم فیھا 5ة كجزءا مكمالً لدراسة سابقة للباحثین ( لذلك جاءت ھذه الدراس ] 11، 10 ،9 [المؤذیة للنظام الحیوي والسكان التعرف على شكل الجزیئات ومكوناتھا العامة التي اظھرت أن الجزء المعدني یشغل النسیة االكبر بین مكونات غبار والخروج ذي التأثیر المباشر على صحة السكان، االرصفة وھذا یتطلب الكشف عن وجود المعادن الثقیلة والسیما وصیات من شأنھا المساھمة في تخفیف مستویات التلوث لبیئة المدینة التي یقطنھا حوالي ثلث سكان العراق.بت المواد وطرائق العمل نفذت الدراسة في منطقتي المشتل في جانب الرصافة، والبیاع في جانب الكرخ ضمن العاصمة العراقیة بغداد، حیث بدایة ووسط ونھایة المنطقة واختیر فیھا بشكل عشوائي ثالثة شوارع من كل قطاع، قسمت المنطقة الى قطاعات متعدده كیلوغرام من مقدمة كل شارع ووسطھ والجزء االخیر منھ 2وجمعت عینات االتربة المتراكمة وغبار االرصفة بمقدار انت المسافة بین نقطة واخرى ومن كال الجانبین من نقاط عشوائیة باستعمال ادوات خشبیة واكیاس ورقیة كبیرة، إذ ك أمتار، نقلت العینات الى مختبر البیئة في قسم علوم الحیاة في كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم لغرض عزل مكونات 10حوالي كغم) باستخدام 1االتربة والغبار الى الفئات الحجمیة المطلوبة، خلطت بشكل جید وأخذ منھا بعد فرز االجسام الكبیرة ( لھذا الغرض. كذلك أختیر شارع رئیس مخصص لمرور وسائط النقل والخدمات المختلفة والسیما الورش میزان حساس ,0.021فئات حجمیة بأستخدام غربیل الترب ذي الفتحات 7فصلت العینة الواحدة الى وأخذت العینات باالسلوب نفسھ. ). سجل وزن كل فئة بالغرام، 5ملم على التوالي وكما جاء في ( 0.021 وأصغر من 4 ,2 ,1.77 ,1 ,0.53 ,0.25 النحاس، والزنك، والرصاص،(لغرض تقدیر مستوى بعض العناصر الثقیلة أخذت نماذج من الفئات الثالثة االخیرة یة بشكل عشوائي غرام من كل فئة حجم 2) إذ أخذ 12وفقا لما ذكر ( )والحدید، والمنغنیز، والكوبلت، والكروم، والكادمیوم 5) بأضافة 11 ,13غم واتبعت لذلك طریقة الھضم الكیمیائي المذكورة من (2وخلطت مع بعضھا جیدا ثم أخذ من المخلوط مل من حامض النتریك المركز وسخنت العینة حتى انتھاء عملیة اإلذابة، ثم رشح المحلول باستخدام ورق ترشیح whatman.0.45 وتم الكشف مل. 50میكرون، وغسلت االوراق مرات عدیده بماء الأیوني وأكمل حجم المحلول الى وحسبت phoenix986) نوع aasوتقدیر المعدالت النھائیة للمعادن المدروسة باستخدام جھاز المطیاف الذري ( .التراكیز النھائیة بوحدات المایكروغرام/غرام النتائج والمناقشة بینت النتائج وجود ثمانیة عناصر ثقیلة ھي النحاس، والزنك، والرصاص، والحدید، والمنغنیز، والكوبلت، ,235.25 ,128.437 ,805.812 ,181 ,11.437 ,24.625 والكروم، والكادمیوم وبتراكیز متباینة على الترتیب ( % 0.0060 ,0.02327 ,0.0319 ,0.8058 ,0.0165 ,0.0011 ,0.0024 ,0.0001) ونسبة مئویة (2.05و 60.718 ) كذلك تباینت قیم التركیز الخاص لكل عنصر في 2، 1) للمنطقتین االولى والثانیة على التوالي وكما یظھر في الجداول ( كل موقع من المواقع المدروسة إذ سجل عنصر الحدید التركیز االعلى وفي جمیع عینات الدراسة ولوحظت أعلى قیمة لھ الذي یمثل الشوارع الرئیسحة (الخدمیة ومرور وسائط النقل) في منطقة المشتل ونعتقد أن ذلك یعود aفي الموقع 13635 2 | biology úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الى االنتشار العشوائي لورش الحدادة والبرادة وترك العلب المعدنیة في الشوارع وتعرضھا الى عملیات الطحن المیكانیكي یلیھ عنصر 5] [من غبار االرصفة وھذا االستنتاج یتفق مع ماذكره الباحثون بمختلف وسائط النقل مما یزید من نسبھ ض مایكروغرام / 300الذي یمثل الشوارع الرئیسة في المنطقة الثانیة( البیاع)، ثم الرصاص cفي الموقع 317.5الزنك شوارع الفرعیة في المنطقة الذي یمثل ال bفي عینات الموقع 206.5نفسھ، ثم المنغنیز وسجل aغرام لعینات الموقع لعنصر الكادمیوم cاالولى (المشتل) بینما كانت قیم بقیة العناصر دون ذلك، وسجلت أقل قیمة للتراكیز عینات الموقع مایكروغرام/غرام. وعند حساب النسبة المئویة لقیمة كل عنصر في مكونات العینة الواحدة لكل موقع دراسة وكما 1.4 ) إذ سجلت أعلى نسبة مئویة لعنصر 1) نجد أن القیم جاءت متوافقة في معظمھا مع نتائج الجدول (2مبین في الجدول ( 0.0060% ویتبعھ النحاس 0.0165% ثم المنغنیز 0.02327% و الزنك 0.0319% یلیھ الرصاص 0.8058الحدید %على التوالي. وقد سجلت 0.0001و 0.0024%% و0.0024% بینما كانت قیم كال من الكروم والكوبلت والكادمیوم إذ وجدوا أن تأثیر المعامل واالنشطة البشریة من العوامل المباشره في زیادة ] 14 [معظم ھذه العناصر من الباحثین تراكیزھا. ومن خالل المقارنة بین نتائج توزیع العنصر الواحد في عینات الشوارع الرئیسة والفرعیة لكال المنطقتین نجد أن جمیع العناصر الثمانیة قد ظھرت وبنسب وتراكیز مؤثرة في جمیع العینات مع تفاوت قلیل في التراكیز وكما مبین في الشكل ( مع اختالف في توزیع التراكیز عنھ في المعدالت العامة إذ نالحظ أن عنصر الحدید قد سجل تركیزاً في عینات النقاط )1 a وb بحوالي الضعف عنھ في عینات c وd بینما كان الزنك أعلى تركیزاً في النقطة ،c والرصاص في النقطةa ، cواقل قیمة لھ في النقطة dو bو aبینما سجل الكادمیوم تراكیز متقاربة في النقاط bوكان المنغنیز أعلى في النقطة ) 1) والشكل (2و 1بینما كانت قیم عناصر الكروم والكوبلت في جمیع نقاط الدراسة متقاربة وكما یتضح من الجداول ( في دراساتھم على غبار االرصفة وتلوث الھواء في مناطق ] 11,9,6,5 [والنتائج الحالیة تتفق مع ماتوصل الیھ الباحثون ، نسب العناصر الثقیلة وتنوع مصادر تزود البیئة منھا حسب الموقع والكثافة ونوعیة مختلفة، إذ أكدت ھذه الدراسات تباین المخلفات الصلبة المسببة لھذا النوع من التلوث. ) كذلك یكمن االستنتاج بأن عینات المتبقیات الصلبة وغبار 2) والشكل ( 2و 1ومن النتائج الموضحة في الجدولین ( حلیلھا تشیر الى وجودة خطورة كبیرة على صحة السكان ومكونات النظام الحیوي من االرصفة التي تمت دراستھا وت نباتات وحیوانات مختلفة، وذلك من خالل ماتسببھ من نسب انبعاث ألنواع الجزیئات الغباریة العالقة والمتراكمة التي یسبب ستنتاج تدعمة نتائج الفصل اآللي لمكونات كال منھا اضرار بالغة حسب حجم ونوع الجزیئة وتركیبھا الكیمیائي، وھذا اال المتبقیات الصلبة بوساطة غرابیل التربة التي أعطت اكثر من ثالث فئات حجمیة قابلة للتوزیع واالنتشار كمكونات غبار في . في الجانب اآلخر تكمن الخطورة] 15، 6،8 ،4 [ملوث لھواء واجواء المدینة، وھذا الستنتاج یتفق مع أراء الباحثین نوعیة وكمیة العناصر التي تم الكشف عنھا والتي التمثل كل ماموجود في ھذه المتبقیات بل حسبما متوفر للباحثین من تقنیات وامكانیات، وھذا یعني أن ھنالك عناصراً ثقیلةً سامة اخرى، وحتى لو اكتفینا بما تم الكشف عنھ من العناصر الثمانیة ي تؤكد أن لمعظم ھذه العناصر تأثیراَ سلبیاَ في االنسان یتمثل بأصابتھ بالعدید من أمراض فھنالك العدید من الدراسات الت الحساسیة في الجلد والعین واالنف والجھاز التنفسي فضالً عن أمراض الربو وامراض الرئة المختلفة بجانب تأثیرھا السلبي . كما تؤكد الدراسات التي قامت بھا فرق بحثیة من وزارة ] 17 14,3, [في بقیة مكونات البیئیة كما تشیر دراسات الباحثین العلوم والتكنولوجیا أن أرتفاع تراكیز العناصر الثقیلة في بیئة المدینة ربما یعود الى تعرضھا كبقیة اجزاء العراق الى ففي دراسة ین والعرب، عواصف ترابیة متواصلة خالل السنین االخیرة، وھذا االستنتاج یتفق مع أراء بعض الباحثین العراق عن عواصف األتربة في الصحراء األفریقیة إذ أظھرت النتائج بان الغبار یحتوي على تراكیز مختلفة ] 9 [ ثأجراھا الباح النحاس وھذا الغبار –الحدید –النیكل –الزرنیخ –الكروم –الرصاص –من العناصر السامة والمعادن الثقیلة مثل الزئبق من مكان إلى آخر من خالل العواصف الترابیة التي تتعرض لھا المنطقة والسیما في فصل الصیف واشار الملوث یتنقل عند قیاس معدالت الغبار المتراكم لثمانیة مواقع بمدینة الریاض في المملكة العربیة السعودیة 1990الباحثان الطیب وجرار سجلت معدالت مرتفعة لتراكم الغبار في جمیع المواقع بین بأنھا 1990یونیو من عام 21مارس الى 21خالل المدة / شھر، وعند تحلیل عینات الغبار وجد بانھا تحتوي على العدید من 2كم 24.48/شھر وبمتوسط 2طن/ كم 51.76 –9.87 .] [5 ,9المعادن الثقیلة المصادر على تراكیز بعض العناصر الثقیلة في ). دراسة تأثیر نھر الفرات 2012قاسم، بشرى بشیر و خثي، محمد تركي ( .1 العراق.(ملخص االبحاث). -المستنصریة، بغداد الجامعة –أیار، كلیة العلوم 6الترب المحاذیة لھ، المؤتمر العلمي الثامن 2. blomberg, a; (2012). update in environmental and occupational medicine 2011 am. j. respir. crit. care med, 185: 1166-1170. 3. nsi, e; and shallsuku, p; (2002). industrial pollution: a case study of dust pollution from a cement industry. j. chem. soc. niger. 27:85-87. ر ). دراسة تحلیلیة على بعض العناصر المعدنیة في الشعر واالظافر مرضى السك2004أطبیقة ، سعدةالمبروك ( .4 لیبیا. –جامعة سبھا –كلیة العلوم -وضغط الدم والجلطة الدمویة وعالقتھ بالمرضى، رسالة ماجستیر، قسم الكیمیاء 3 | biology úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ). دراسة نوعیة لغبار االرصفة في 2012السلمان، ابراھیم مھدي، عیسى، انعام خلف و الثویني، منتھى نعمة ( .5 -كربالء 2012/ 28/5جامعة كربالء -یة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة منطقتین من مدینة بغداد، المؤتمر العلمي االول لكل العراق. المؤتمر ). دراسة النفایات االلكترونیة في العراق، دراسة حالة في محافظة نینوى،2012صالح، ریاض محمود ( .6 الجامعة المستنصریة بغداد العراق.(ملخص االبحاث). –أیار، كلیة العلوم 6العلمي الثامن 7. tiitanen, p; timonen, k; ruskanen, j; mirme, a; and pekkanen, j; (2001). fine particulateair pollution, resuspended road dust and respiratory health among symptomatic children. euro. respir. j,13 (2) : 266 273. لغبار في الصحراء االفریقیة، مجلة الدراسات االفریقیة، ). عواصف االتربة وا1998الحضیري ، عبدالقادر المھدي ( .8 .33-25لیبیا.ص العدد االول. -السنة االولى 9. 9.morris, m; joselow, p; tobias, b; koehler, b; scott, b; bogden, p; and; gause, s;(1978). manganese pollution in the city environment and its relationship to traffic density. ajph june 1978, 68, no. 6. 10. thun, m; .namboodiri; d; dockery, j; evans, f; speizer, p; and heath jr; (1995). particulate air pollution as a predictor of mortality in a prospective study of u.s. adults. am. j. respir. crit. care med. 1, 151: 3 669 674. 11. mohamed, n. r; (2008). total and extractable heavy metals in indoor, outdoor and street dust from aswan city, egypt. clean – soil, air, and water, 36, issue 10-11, pages 850 857. 12. ishiga f. a; (2006). trace metals concentration in street dust of dhaka city, bangladesh, atmosph. environ, 40: 3835-3844. 13. ehi-eromosele, c; adaramodu, a; , anake, w; ajanaku, w; and edoborosoh, a; (2012). comparison of three methods of digestion for metals analysis in surface dust collected from an waste recycling site , nature and science10 (10): 4249. 14. hashim, b.h; alwan, i.a; and mohammed, j.h; (2012). analysis of heavy metals concentrations in soil of nahrawan brikers factories by using arcgis 9.2.ist, scie. conf, 6-7 march. colle. of scie, baghdad univ, iraq. (abstract). 15. rasmussen, p; subramanian k; and jessiman b; (2001). a multielement profile house dust in relation to exterior dust and soils in the city of ottawa, canada, the science of total environment.267: 125-140. 16. shinggu, d. y; ogugbuaja, v. o; barminas, j. t; and toma, i; ( 2007). analysis of street dust for heavy metal pollutants in mubi, adamawa state, nigeria. international journal of physical sciences, 2, (2) : 290 -293. 17. hart, j ; garshick, e; dockery, d; smith, t; louise ryan, l; and laden, f; (2011). long-term ambient multipollutant exposures and mortality. am. j. respir. crit. care med. 183, (1) :73-78. تراكیز ومعدالت العناصر الثقیلة بالمایكروغرام/غرام في عینات المناطق المدروسة. :)1جدول ( المعدل a b c d العنصر cu 59.5 57 58.75 67.625 60.718 zn 189 233.25 317.5 192.25 235.25 pb 300 98.25 29 86.5 128.437 fe 13635 8575 5325 4697.5 805.812 mn 175 206.5 182.5 160 181 co 11.25 13.5 10.25 10.75 11.437 cr 23 26.75 25.75 23 24.625 cd 2.15 2.5 1.4 2.15 2.05 a وb. عینات الشوارع الرئیسة والفرعیة لمنطقة المشتل :c وd .عینات الشوارع الرئیسة والفرعیة لمنطقة البیاع : 4 | biology http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=m+j+thun&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=m+m+namboodiri&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=d+w+dockery&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=j+s+evans&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=f+e+speizer&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=c+w+heath+jr&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/clen.v36:10/11/issuetoc http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=jaime+e.+hart&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=eric+garshick&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=douglas+w.+dockery&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=thomas+j.+smith&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=louise+ryan&sortspec=date&submit=submit http://ajrccm.atsjournals.org/search?author1=francine+laden&sortspec=date&submit=submit úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 یبین المعدالت العامة لقیم المعادن الثقیلة المدروسة مقدرة بالمایكروغرام/غرام. :)1شكل ( النسبة المئویة تراكیز للعناصر الثقیلة في عینات المناطق المدروسة :)2جدول ( المعدل a b c d العنصر cu 0.0059 0.0057 0.0058 0.0067 0.0060 zn 0.0198 0.0233 0.0317 0.0192 0.02327 pb 0.03 0.0089 0.0029 0.0086 0.0319 fe 1.3635 0.8575 0.5325 0.4697 0.8058 mn 0.0175 0.0206 0.0122 0.0160 0.0165 co 0.0011 0.0013 0.0010 0.0010 0.0011 cr 0.0023 0.0026 0.0025 0.0023 0.0024 cd 0.0002 0.0002 0.0001 0.0002 0.0001 a b c d 5 | biology úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 للمنطقة االولى (المشتل). وفي bوالفرعیة aیبین توزیع نسب العناصر في عینات الشوارع الرئیسة :)2شكل ( للمنطقة الثانیة (البیاع). dوالفرعیة cالشوارع الرئیسة a cu zn pb fe mn co cr cd b cu zn pb fe mn co cr cd d cu zn pb fe mn co cr cd c cu zn pb fe mn co cr cd 6 | biology úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 estimation of heavy metal concentrations in solid particles residue collected from baghdad street dust muntaha. n. althwainy ministry of sciences and technology ibrahim. m .a alsalman jenan. h . mahdi dept.of biology /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:16 september 2012 accepted in:18 december 2012 abstract the study have been conducted to estimated the concentration levels of heavy metals in samples of solid particles residue which collected randomly from street dust that produced with neglected municipality wastes in baghdad city. samples were collecting from services and dwelling street in elmashtal region in resapha side and albaya regions in karkh side at baghdad city, regions characterized with different activities, a qualities analysis for the compounds doing with the following tests: 1by using soil sieves was fragmented and limited the particulates of dust especially the dangerous types which associated with dust compounds and air pollution. 2digesting and analyzing of samples have been done to limit the concentrations of heavy metals that were expected in mineral part and the dust. the results revealed that there are 8 heavy elements ( cu, zn, pb, fe, mn, co, cr and cd) with average (60.718 ، 235.25 ، 128.437 ، 805.812 ، 181 ،11.437 ، ppm 2.05، و 24.625 ) for each element respectively. from the results of present study we can conclude that the solid residues of street dust actively associate with the increase of the percentage of suspended dust loaded with heavy metals in baghdad atmospheric air, and caused direct effects on population and biosystem of the city, so we need to be more careful to apply the rules of the environmental manipulation from the wastes which the problem. key words:solid residues, street dust, heavy metals, health, urban. 7 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 synthesis and study biological activity of some new isoxazoline and pyrazoline derivatives muna s. al-rawi jumbad h. tomma dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad rana m. abdullah dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 22 may 2012 , accepted in: 30 september 2012 abstract this work involves synthesis of novel schiff bases derivatives contining isoxazoline or pyrazoline units starting with chalcons . 4-aminoacetophenone was reacted with 3-nitrobenzaldehyde in basic medium giving chalcone [i] by claisen-schemidt reaction. the chalcone [i] was reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride giving isoxazoline [ii] in basic medium. the chalcone [i] could also react with hydrazitne hydrate to give pyrazoline [iii] . the novel schiff bases with structural formula [iv] and [v] were prepared by the reaction of amino compounds ; isoxazoline [ii] and pyrazolines [iii] with p-substituted aldehydes or p-subsituted ketones, respectively in dry benzene using drops of glacial acetic acid as a catalyst with reflux. all the synthesized compounds have been characterized by melting points , ftir and 1hmnr (of some of theme) spectroscopy. the biological activity of all compounds was examined against antibacterial ; gram(+) and gram(-). key words : chalcone , pyrazoline , isoxazoline , schiff bases 208 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction isoxazoline and pyrazolines derivatives have been reported to possess biological activity[1-4] . in addition, isoxazoline derivatives have played a crucial role as intermediates in the organic synthesis of number of heterocyclic pharmacological active compounds[5]. various methods are used for the preparation of pyrazolines,among these: treatment of α,β-unsaturated ketones with hydrazines seems to be the most popular procedure for this purpose. this reaction has been conducted under various conditions[6-9]. isoxazolines (2)and pyrazolines (3) were prepared from the reaction of chalcones [1] with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in naoh medium or with hydrazine hydrate , respectively [10] x ch nh2cch o hn n nh2o2n o n nh2x nh 2 oh . h cl nh 2 nh 2etohoh [2] [1] [3] x= no2 or cl schiff bases attract much interest both for synthetic and biological point of view [11]. a through literature survey revals that schiff bases derived from various heterocyclic possess cytotoxic [12] , anticonvulsant [13] , antimicrobial [14] , anticancer [15] , and antifungal [16] activities . depending on the above finding , we decided to synthesize a novel schiff bases containing isoxazoline or pyrazoline units. experimental materials: all the chemicals were supplied from merck , gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received . techniques : ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo (ir prestige-21) ftir spectrophotometer . 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . measurements were made at chemistry department, al-albyat university , uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus. general procedures new schiff bases [iv] and [v] were synthesized according to scheme 1. preparation of (chalcone) 4-[3-(3̄-nitrophenyl)-2-propene1-one]-aniline [i] equimolar quantities of 4-amino acetophenone (1.35gm , 0.01mol) and 3 nitrobenzaldehyde (0.01mol) were dissolved in minimum amount of alcohol. sodium hydroxide solution (0.02 mol) was added slowly and the mixture becomes cold. then the 209 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 mixture was poured slowly into 400ml of ice water with constant stirring and kept in refrigerator for 24 hrs [17] . the glow yellow solid obtained was filtered ,washed and recrystallized from chloroform . yield (86%) , m.p = 198-200 0c. preparation of 4[5-(3̄ -nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl ] aniline [ii] a mixture of chalcone[i] (0.02mol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.39gm , 0.02mol) and sodium hydroxide solution (0.5gm naoh in 25ml of water) in ethanol (60ml) were refluxed for 6hrs. the mixture was concentrated under vaccum and poured into ice water . the yellow precipitate obtained was filtered , washed and recrystallized from ethanol .yield (65%), m.p = 130-132 0c. preparation of 4[5-(3̄ -nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1h-pyrazol -3-yl]-aniline [iii] a mixture of chalcone [i] (0.01mol) and hydrazine hydrate (05gm , 0.01mol ) in ethanol (15 ml) was heated under reflux for 6hrs. after cooling the separated orange solid was filtered off, dried and crystallized from ethanol [18] . yield (75%) ,m.p = 140-142 p0 pc. synthesis of schiff bases amixture of new amino compounds [ii] or [iii] (0.01 mol) ,different aromatic aldehydes or ketones (0.01 mol), dry benzene (15 ml) and 2drops of glacial acetic acid was refluxed for 3hrs . the solvent was evaporated under vaccum and the residue crystallized from chloroform . the physical data of these schiff bases are listed in table 1. c h o nh2cch3 ch nh2cch hn n nh2 o n nh2 nh 2 oh . h cl nh 2 nh 2 etoh n o n nh c =n a o a (heterocyclic unit)= oh rc =n ar corr corr , dry benzene g.aa scheme 1 dry benzene g.aa no2 no2 base no2 no2 o no2 no2 [i] [ii] [iii] [v] [iv] r=4-no2, 4-cl, 4-me2n, 4-me, 4-br, 3-no2, r r r = h or ch3 210 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 results and discussion chalcone was chosen as the starting material for the synthesis of different heterocyclic compounds , such as : isoxazolines ,pyrazolines derivatives by using approperative reagents for that purpose . the chalcones [i] is synthesized by claisen-schmidt condensation of 4-amino acetophenone and 3-nitrobenzaldehyde by base catalyzed followed by dehydration to yield the desire chalcones. the structural assignments of the chalcones [i] are based on melting points and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectrum indicated the appearance of two bands in the region (32213425)cm-1 which could be attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of nh2 group,a week band at 3086cm-1 due to stretching vibration of (=c-h) group, two peaks at 1651cmˉ¹ and 1632cmˉ¹ due to of c=o and c=c (ch=ch) stretching vibrations,respectively. isoxazoline compound [ii] was synthesized from the reaction of chalcones [i] with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in alkaline medium. the structure of this compound[ii] has been characterized by melting point and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectra of isoxazoline [ii] showed the disappearance of two absorption bands of the ch=ch and c=o group in the starting material [i] together with appearance of new absorption bands for c=n and c-o (cyclic ether) groups around 1610 cmˉ¹ and 1178 cmˉ¹, respectively . the chalcone [i] was further reacted with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol absolute to yield the corresponding pyrazoline derivative. the structure of the pyrazoline [iii] was identified by melting point and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectrum of this compound showed the disappearce of two absorption bands of the ch=ch and c=o group ,in the chalcone [i] and appearance of new absorption bands of nh and c=n group at 3319cmˉ¹ and 1639cmˉ¹ ,respectively. the new schiff bases [iv] and [v]were synthesized by refluxing aromatic primary amine [ii] or [iii] and different aromatic aldehydes or aromatic ketones in dry benzene with some drops of glacial acetic acid (gaa). these schiff bases were identified by their melting points , ftir and ¹hnmr spectroscopy . ftir absorption-spectra showed, figure (1), the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 and c=o groups of the starting materials together with appearance of new absorption band in the region (1680-1643)cmˉ¹ which is assigned to c=n stretching. the other data of functional groups which are characteristic of these compounds are given in table 2. 1hmnr spectrum of schiff base [v]c , figure (2), shows the following signals: twelve aromatic protons appeared in the region δ 7.18-8.74 ppm , sharp singlet at δ 11.85 ppm that could be attributed to azomethine protons . a triplet signal at δ 6.80-6.92 ppm is due to one proton of (ch) pyrazoline ring , six protons triplet at δ 3.12 ppm that are attributed to 2ch3 groups . two protons of ch2 (pyrazoline) appears as doublet at δ 6.546.62 ppm , and a singlet signal at δ 8.74ppm which was assigned to proton of nh group. biological activity all the newly synthesized compounds were initially screened for their in vitro antimicrobial activities against the gram-positive (s. aureus) and the gram negative (e. coli, k. pneumoniae, p.aervginosa and serratia spp) by disc diffusion. the inhibitory effect of these compounds against these micro-organisms is given in table 3 . the screening results indicate that some of the compounds exhibit the antimicrobial activity. each compounds was dissolved in dmso to give concentration 1ppm. the plates were then incubated at 37 0c and 211 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 examined after 24 hrs. the zones of inhibition formed were measured in millimeter and are represented by (-), (+), (+ +) and (+ + +) depending upon the diameter and clarity as in table 3. most of the compounds exhibit the high or low biological activity , the biological activities data are listed in table 3. references 1rao,n. ; kumar, r. and srivastava , y. (2009) “microwave induced synthesis and antimicrobial activies of some n1-morpholino ethanoyl-3,5-diaryl-2-pyrazoline derivatives” , rasayan j.chem, 2(3) :716-719. 2dawane, s. ; konda, g. ; shaikh, m. ;chobe1, s. ; khandare, t.; kamble t. and bhosale , b. (2010) “ synthesis and invitro antimicrobial activity of some new 1-thiazolyl-2pyrazoline derivatives ” , int. j. pharm.sci.rev. res, 1(2): 3jayashankara , b. and lokanatha rai , k. (2008) “ synthesis and evaluation of antimicrobial activity of a new series of bis (isoxazoline) derivatives ” , arkivoc , (xi):7585 . 4azarifar, d. and shaebanzadeh , m. (2002) “ synthesis and characterization of new 3,5dinaphthyl substituted 2-pyrazolines and study of their antimicrobial activity” , molecules, 7:885-895. 5caramella, p. and gruenanger , p. (1984) “1,3-dipolar cycloaddition chemistry” , (ed.), padwa, a., wiley interscience, new york , 1:337. 6azarifar ,d. and ghasemnejad, h. (2003) “microwave-assisted synthesis of some new 3,5-arylated 2-pyrazoline” , molecules, 8: 642-648. 7levai, a. and jeko, (2007) “synthesis of carboxylic acid derivatives of 2-pyrazolines” , j. arkivoc, i:134-145 . 8li, j. ; zhang, x. and lin, z. (2007) “ an improved synthesis of 1,3,5-triaryl-2-pyrazolines in acetic acid aquieous solution under ultrasound irradiation” , beilstein journal of organic chemistry, 3(13):1-4. 9ramesh ,b.; prasad, y. and ahmed,s. (2009) “ synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some novel pyrazoline derivatives” , pharmacologyonline, 2: 327-330. 10 khazaal, m. ; tomma , j. (2011) “synthesis and characterization of novel schiff bases containing isoxazoline or pyrazoline unit” , ibnal-haitham j. for pure and appl. sci. 18 (1): 41-49. 11vicini , p. ; geronikaki , a. ; incerti , m. ; busonera , b. ; ooni , g. kabras , c. and p. colla (2003) “ synthesis and biological evaluation of benzo[d]isothiazole, benzothiazole and thiazole schiff bases ” , bioory .med .chem . 11:4785-4789. 12tarafder , m. ; kasbollah , a.; saravan , n.; crouse , k. ; ali a. and tin , o. (2002) “ smethyldithiocarbazate and its schiff bases: evaluation of bondings and biological properties ” , j. biochem .mol. biol. biophs , 6: 85-91. 13satyanarayana , v.; srevani, p.; sivakumar, a. and vijayakumar, v. (2008) “ synthesis and antimicrobial activity new schiff bases containing coumarin moiety and their spectral characterization ”, arkivoc , xvii :221-233. 14kahveci , b.; bekircan, o. and karaoglu , s. (2005) “ synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some 3-alkyl-4-(arylmethyleneamino)-4,5-dihydro-1h-1,2,4-triazol-5-ones ”, indian j. chem. 44b: 2614-2617. 15betircan ,o.; kahveei, b. and kucuk , m. (2006) “synthesis and anticancer evaluation of some new unsymmetrical 3,5-diaryl-4h-1,2,4-triazole derivatives” , tur . j. chem. 30:29-40. 16singh ,w. and dash , b. (1988) “synthesis of some new schiff bases containing thiazole and oxazole nuclei and their fungicidal activity ” , pesticides , 22 : 33-37 . 17kalirajan , r.; sivakumar , s. jubie , s. ; gowramma, b. and suresh, b. (2009) “ synthesis and biological evaluation of some heterocyclic derivatives of chalcones” , international j. of chem tech research 1(1) :27-34. 212 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 18abd el-fattah ,o .; fathalla , m.; kassem , e. ; ibrahem, n. and kamel , m. (2008) “synthesis and anticancer of some new quinazolin-4-one derivatives and evaluation of their antimicrobial and anti-inflammatory effects” ,acta poloniae pharm-drug res. 65(1):11-20. table (1): physical properties of schiff bases [iv] and [v] comp. no. nomencalture structural formula molecular formula m.p c 0 yield% color [iv] a 3[2-chloro benzylidene amino phenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole cl no2 n o ch=n c22h16n3o3 cl 100102 65 pale yellow [iv] b 3[3-nitro benzylidene amino phenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole o2n no2 n o ch=n c22h16n3o5 176178 67 dark yellow [iv] c 3[4-n,n-dimethylamino benzylidene amino aniline]-5-(3-̄nitrophenyl )4,5-dihydroisoxazole no2 n o ch=nme2n c24h22n4o3 154156 66 orange [iv] d 3[4-methoxy-3-hydroxy benzylidene amino phenyl]-5-(3-̄nitrophenyl)4,5-dihydro isoxazole ho no2 n o ch=nch3o c23h19n3o5 97-99 70 yellow [iv] e 3[4-methyl benzylidene amino phenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole no2 n o ch=nh3c c23h19n3o3 162164 58 orangeyellow [iv] f 3[4-nitro benzylidene amino phenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole o2n no2 n o ch=n c22h19n4o5 156158 66 pale yellow [iv] g 3[4-chloro benzylidene amino phenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazole cl no2 n o ch=n c22h16n3o3 cl 122124 60 brown [iv] h 3[4-bromro isomethyl benzyliden amino phenyl]5-(3-̄nitrophenyl )-4,5dihydroisoxazole br no2 n o c=n ch3 c23h18n3o3 br 51-53 58 pale brown [iv] i 3[4-nitro isomethyl benzylidene amino phenyl]-5-(3-̄nitrophenyl )4,5-dihydroisoxazole o2n no2 n o c=n ch3 c23h18n4o5 74-76 60 pale orange [v] a 3[2-chloro benzylidene aminophenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro1hpyrazole cl no2 n nh ch=n c22h17n4o2 cl 118120 55 redbrown [v] b 3[3-nitro benzylidene aminophenyl]5-(3-̄nitrophenyl)-4,5o2n no2 n nh ch=n c22h17n5o4 150152 65 yellow 213 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 dihydro-1hpyrazole [v] c 3[4-n,n-dimethyl benzylidene aminoaniline]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro1hpyrazole me2n no2 n nh ch=n c24h23n5o2 158160 58 red [v] d 3[4-methoxy-3-hydroxy benzylidene aminophenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro1hpyrazole ch3o no2 n nh ch=n ho c23h20n4o4 108110 60 brown [v] e 3[4-methyl benzylidene aminophenyl]5-(3-̄nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydro-1hpyrazole h3c no2 n nh ch=n c23h20n4o2 180182 55 orange [v] f 3[4-nitro benzylidene aminophenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro1hpyrazole o2n no2 n nh ch=n c22h17n5o4 100102 65 redorange [v] g 3[4-chloro benzylidene aminophenyl]-5-(3-̄ nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydro1hpyrazole cl no2 n nh ch=n c22h17n4o2 cl 122124 58 brown [v] h 3[4-bromo isomethyl benzylidene aminophenyl]5-(3-̄nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydro-1hpyrazole br no2 n nh c=n ch3 c23h19n4o2 br 200202 50 brown [v] i 3[4-nitro isomethyl benzylidene aminophenyl]5-(3-̄nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydro-1hpyrazole o2n no2 n nh c=n ch3 c23h19n5o4 140142 55 orangered 214 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (2): characteristic ftir absorption bands of schiff bases [iv] and [v] comp. no. νnh νc-h aliph νc=n exocyc. νc=n endocyc. νc=c aromatic others [iv] a 2922-2856 1680 1607 1595 2-cl:820 [iv] b 2878 1660 1613 1586 3no2:1504, 1352 [iv] c 2857-2824 1647 1609 1584 4-n(me) 2: 1346 [iv] d 2890-2837 1690 1620 1592 4-oh:3430 [iv] e 2915-2850 1650 1608 1595 [iv] f 2866 1660 1607 1586 4-no2:1508, 1321 [iv] g 2922-2857 1657 1607 1590 4-cl:822 [iv] h 2860-2820 1645 1615 1584 br : 675 [iv] i 2924-2855 1681 1615 1595 4-no2:1508,1319 [v] a 3379 2918-2847 1657 1610 1597 2-cl:806 [v] b 3383 2910-2868 1661 1620 1595 3no2:1525, 1320 [v] c 3402 2922-2855 1659 1615 1597 4-n(me) 2: 1313 [v] d 3361 2935-2820 1665 1620 1590 4-oh:3220 [v] e 3360 2920-2851 1693 1607 1595 [v] f 3393 2926-2853 1680 1625 1597 4-no2:1521, 1319 [v] g 3390 2924-2855 1660 1624 1593 4-cl:827 [v] h 3390 2903-2830 1653 1624 1597 br : 678 [v] i 3344 2960-2825 1643 1609 1580 4-no2:1528,1300 table (3) : antibacterial activity of the synthesized compounds [ii]-[v] comp. no. klebsiella pneumoniae(g-) pseudomonas aervginosa (g-) serratia spp. (g-) e.coli(g-) staphlococcus aurus (g+) [ii] + + + + + + + + + [iii] + + + + + [iv] a + + + + + + + + + + + + + [iv] b + + + + + + + + + [iv] c + + + + + + + + [iv] d + [iv] e + + + + [iv] f + + + + + [iv] g + + + + [iv] h + + + + + + + + + + + + + [iv] i + + + + + + + + + + + + [v] a + + + + [v] b + + + + + [v] c + + + + + + + + + + [v] d + [v] e + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [v] f + + + + + + + [v] g + + + + [v] h + + + + + + + [v] i + + + + + + + + + + key to symbols: highly active = + + +(mor than)15 mm. moderately active = + +(11-15) mm and slightly active = + (5-10) . 215 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (1) :ftirspectrum of compound [iv]c fig. (2):1hnmr spectrum of compound [v]c 216 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 بایرازولینوال تحضیر ودراسة السلوك البایولوجي لبعض مشتقات االوكزازولین الجدیدة سعید منى سمیر جمبد ھرمز توما جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / الكیمیاء علوم قسم رنا مجاھد عبد هللا جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم علوم الحیاة 2012أیلول 30قبل البحث في :، 2012آیار 22استلم البحث في : الخالصة حتوي على حلقات غیر متجانسة متنوعة مثل أوكزازولین ، جدیدة ت یتضمن ھذا البحث تحضیر قواعد شف نایتروبنزالدیھاید -3أمینو اسیتوفینون مع 4] من تفاعلiبایرازولین باستعمال الجالكون مادة اساسیة ، یحضر الجالكون [ في وسط ] مع ھایدروكسیل أمین ھایدروكلوراید i. یتفاعل الجالكون [شمدت-في وسط قاعدي بوساطة تفاعل كالیسین ] مع الھایدرازین الى i] ، بینما یؤدي تفاعل أحد أ نواِع الجالكونات [iiمؤدیا الى تكوین مشتقات االیزوكزازولین [ قاعدي تجانسة مختلفة ؛ ] من تفاعل مركبات حلقیة غیر مv] و [ivحضرت قواعد شف [ iii].تكوین البایرازولین [ ] مع ألدیھایدات او كیتونات متنوعة على التوالي في بنزین جاف وقطرات من iii] اوالبایرازولین [iiأوكزازولین [ حامض الخلیك الثلجي مع التصعید العكسي. ائق شخصت جمیع المركبات المحضرة في ھذا البحث من خالل قیاس درجات أنصھارھا فضال عن الطر كما درست .الطیفیة المتمثلة بطیف األشعة تحت الحمراء وطیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسي البروتوني (للبعض منھا) ).-الفعالیة البایولوجیة لجمیع المركبات المحضرة ضد انواع من البكتریا ھي كرام (+) وكرام ( : الجالكون ، االوكزازولین ، البایرازولین ، قواعد شف الكلمات المفتاحیة 217 | chemistry microsoft word 155-170 chemistry | 155 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 extraction, identification and determination of di-(2ethylhexyl) phthalate (dehp) plasticizer in some stored blood samples bags using different spectroscopic techniques. daryia jalil nabil a. fakhre dept. of chemistry/ college of education/ salahalddin university received in:20/september/2015,accepted in: 28/december/2015 abstract the di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (dehp) was extracted using different solvents from plastic blood bag. the extracted product was identified using ft-ir, nmr (1h and 13c), dept, cosy, hmbc and hsqc_tocsy spectrometry. the extracted plasticizer was tested in complex formation with fe2+ and cr3+ using uv-visible spectrophotometric method. the migration of the plasticizer from the blood bags to the blood was studied and determined during different storage times depending upon the formation of complexes with fe2+ and cr3+, and the change in the concentration of fe2+ and cr3+. key words: extraction, identification, determination, dehp, blood bag samples, different spectroscopic techniques. chemistry | 156 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction plastics have found wide usage in medical and paramedical applications as well as for food containers and wrapping materials. in the past, much attention was directed at the physical, chemical, and mechanical properties of these materials in meeting the requirements for developing suitable products. however, more recently, attention has been focused on the potential toxic liability of these products when they are used for medical purposes or as contaminants of the food or materials which may come into contact with the human body [1]. the use of plasticized polyvinyl chloride (pvc) for toys and medical devices has been under attack from various environmental and healthcare activity groups. their concerns are related to the contention that, under certain conditions, small amounts of the plasticizer may leave the flexible pvc compound referred to as leaching, migrating, or extraction. this finding has raised questions of possible hazard for man exposed to such levels of plasticizer. the extracted plasticizer could then enter the human body and cause damage ranging from hormone disruption to cancer [2]. the first poly (vinyl chloride) blood bag containing di-2-ethyl hexyl phthalate (dehp) as plasticizer was introduced in medicine in 1950. since then, millions of liters of blood collected in plastic have been transfused [1] plasticizers work by embedding themselves between the chains of plastic polymers, spacing them apart (increasing of the "free volume"), thus making them softer. they usually have low molecular weight and thus have the tendency to migrate from packing material into the surrounding. since the plasticizer is not bound to the plastic resin, it can migrate into foods then begin ingested and absorbed into body, as well as during blood transfusion from pvc blood bags [2]. phthalates are suspected to be endocrine distributing chemicals exhibiting carcinogenic action, for example dehp induce liver tumors and testicular atrophy in rats [3]. due to plasticizer potential risks for human health and environment, several phthalates have been listed as priority substances by many national and regulatory organizations [4]. many techniques have been used to determine phthalates in several types of material such as serum and blood bags [5], like high performance liquid chromatography [6], liquid-liquid extraction and solid-phase extraction [7], capillary gas chromatography with flame ionization [8], electron capture or mass spectrometer detection[9]. all these techniques are highly performance, but very expensive and need more time for many steps. iron is involved in energy metabolism as an oxygen carrier in hemoglobin and as a structural component of cytochromes in electron transport [10]. iron concentration in blood 50-150 μg/l. the most common nutritional deficiency disease worldwide is iron deficiency anemia [11]. chromium is an essential trace element and has a role in metabolism of (proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and mineral substances) [12]. it seems to have an effect in hormonal regulation as in the action of insulin and thyroid health [13]. chromium concentration in blood is in the range 0.7-28.0 μg/l [14]. however, there are problems with conditions of chromium deficiency including diabetes cardiovascular heart disease (chd) and cardiovascular heart disease (chd) [10]. the present study describes extraction, identification of phthalate plasticizer using infrared spectrometry, proton and c13 spectrometry and determination of phthalate plasticizer in the blood samples bags that are used in erbil city hospitals depending upon its complexation with fe2+ and cr3+ions present in the blood. chemistry | 157 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 materials and methods reagents all chemicals used were of analytical reagent grade. methanol (99.9%), ethanol (99.9%), thf, ethyl acetate, chloroform, cs2, o-xylene, benzene, petroleum ether (40-60oc), n-hexane. stock ferrous solution (1000ppm): 0.3511g of ammonium ferrous sulfate was dissolved in 2ml of concentrate h2so4 then diluted to 50ml with ethanol to obtain 1000ppm of ferrous ion. working standard solutions were freshly prepared by diluting the stock solution with ethanol. stock chromic solution (1000ppm): 0.3184g of chromic sulphate was dissolved in 2ml of concentrate h2so4 then diluted to 50ml with ethanol to obtain 1000ppm of chromic ion. diethyl hexylphthalate solution (1%). concentrated sulfuric acid. samples: blood samples bags were obtained from nanakely hospital [ruhsatsahibi: meyda medical (turkey)]. blood samples were obtained from central blood storage in erbil. extractions of the (dehp) plasticizer blood bag plastics were cut and grinded. different solvents (h2o, methanol, ethanol, thf, benzene, petroleum ether, n-hexane, o-xylene, cs2, ethyl acetate, chloroform) have been used to extract the plasticizer from blood bags. plastic sample (10g) was treated different solvents in soxhelt apparatus with the extraction period 6hr and 33 cycle (6cycle/hr.). the plasticizer was separated from the solvents by distillation [15, 16]. preparation of blood serum samples the serum samples have been taken from blood bags with different saving time: fresh blood, blood samples after (1, 6, 11, 15, 20, 24, 31) days and even after the expired date of blood bag plastics (44 days). the serum samples were centrifuged for 20min, then ethanol was added to precipitate proteins. results and discussion extraction of the plasticizer (dehp): for dehp extraction 11 different solvents were used, the gravimetric measurement shows that the percentage of extraction increases as the solvents change from polar to non-polar and the maximum extraction was with ethyl acetate. the results are shown in table (1) and figure (1). figure (1) shows the maximum absorption spectra of the extracted dehp using different solvents in the case of using ethyl acetate as a solvent. chemistry | 158 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 identification of dehp to identify dehp various spectroscopic techniques have been used. figure (1) shows the normal spectra of the extracted dehp using different solvents with maximum absorption at 325 nm. it seems that ethyl acetate and chloroform best solvents for the extraction of dehp. ethyl acetate was selected as the solvent for extraction of edhp. the skeleton of the extracted dehp confirmed by spectroscopic methods like ft-ir, 1hnmr, 13c-nmr and 13c-dept-135 that show that the extracted plasticizer is di-(2ethylhexyl phthalate) (dehp). the ir spectrum figure(2) showed a band at (1721) cm-1 attributed to (c=o) group of esters, two strong bands at 1255cm-1, 1098cm-1 referring to (o=c-o-c) bonds, and a characteristic band at 965cm-1 refer to vinyl esters bond. chemical shifts, multiplicities and j values of protons were determined from 1h-nmr spectrum and further confirmed by 2dcosy. numbers, multiplicities and 1h 13c correlations were determined from 1d 13c-nmr (table 2), deptq and 2d hsqc and hmbc (figurs3-9). the assignment of all protons and carbons was further confirmed by hsqc-tocsy 2d spectrum (figure 10). c1, c2 and c3 all give signals in 13c nmr in the range typical for aromatic carbons. deptq shows an inverted signal for c3, which makes it a quaternary aromatic c. hsqc assigns the proton at 7.46 to c1 and the second one at 7.63 to c2. this is further confirmed by hmbc, which shows that the proton at 7.63 is the one next to c3. c4 is a quaternary c (a very short inverted signal in deptq and no protons attached from hsqc), and it’s clear from the chemical shift 167 that it should be an ester (or amide). hmbc reveals correlation between this carbon and h5, also a strong correlation with the aromatic proton h2 and a weaker one with h1. both deptq and hsqc present c5 as ch2 (secondary c). hmbc correlates it to h6, h7, h11 and c4. the next carbon in the series c5, on the other hand is seen as a primary carbon (ch), bonded to the proton at 1.61, and correlated to protons h5, h7, h11 and h12. the lineup of carbon and protons in the alkyl side chains was determined from cosy which relates ch2 – ch3 (c11 and c12) together, and similarly puts carbons from c6 through to c10 in a linear arrangement. all the above assignments were further confirmed by hsqc-tocsy which shows the aromatic protons to be in one system separated from all the other protons. 1h nmr (400 mhz, cdcl3) δ 7.63 (dd, j = 5.7, 3.3 hz, 1h), 7.46 (dd, j = 5.7, 3.3 hz, 1h), 4.15 (ddt, j = 11.0, 6.0 hz, 2h), 1.61 (tt, j = 12.3, 6.1 hz, 1h), 1.35 (dq, j = 7.3, 2.3 hz, 2h), 1.31 – 1.20 (m, 6h), 0.85 (t, j = 7.5 hz, 3h), 0.82 (t, j = 6.9 hz, 3h). δ c (101 mhz, cdcl3) 167.77, 132.45, 130.90, 128.81, 79.42, 77.36, 77.04, 76.73, 68.15, 38.72, 30.36, 28.93, 23.74, 23.00, 14.07, 10.97. the analysis mentioned insure the identification of the plasticizer as di-(2-ethylhexyl phthalate) (dehp). complex formation the study of the ability of dehp to react with fe2+ and cr3+ ions, which are present in the blood, depends upon the complex formation of fe2+ and cr3+ with dehp. the effect of the medium type and the concentration of dehp on the formation of the complexes were studied at 325 nm for fe2+ and 365 nm for cr3+. 1. metal ion concentration two metal ions were tested in complex formation fe2+ and cr3+. the selection of the metal ion was according to its existence in the blood. in fe 2+ and cr3 + solutions, the concentration of (10ppm) was selected from series of conc. (5, 10, 15, 20, and 25) ppm, which shows good results for complex formation. 2. concentration of phthalate plasticizer chemistry | 159 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the effect of different volumes of dehp (1.0%) (0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, and 0.5) mls were tested. in the case of fe2+ ions, 0.2ml of dehp gave best results and for cr3+ 0.4ml of dehp gave best results. 3. bases for basic medium different 0.1n bases were tested (sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and sodium carbonate, ammonium hydroxide and aniline), a colloidal solution was formed in the case of inorganic bases. the aromatic amine (aniline) was weaker base than nh3, aniline leads to more clear solution. 4. acid for acidic medium 0.1n hcl was used. ethanol has been investigated as a medium for complex formation rather than water because of the hydrophobicity of phthalate plasticizer [17]. calibration curve using the previously optimum conditions, the final absorption spectra shown in figures (11),(12),(13),and(14) two straight lines of calibrations curves were obtained, the maximum absorption of fe2+complex was 325 nm and for cr3+ complex was 365nm, whereas, the blank has no absorbance in these regions. with a slightly colored system that followed beer's law over the concentration range of fe2+ ion (0.5-5ppm) and correction coefficient 0.9992, also cr3+ was followed beer's law over the concentration range (0.5-7ppm) and correlation coefficient 0.9994. nature of the complex the jobs method was used to study the stoichiometry of fe2+ and cr3+ complexes with dehp which showed that the ratio of fe2+ and cr3 are 1:2 and 1:3 respectively as follow,(figures 15(a)and(b)respectively). o o ch 2 hc (ch2)3 h3 ch2c ch3 o o ch2 hc (ch 2 ) 3 ch2 ch3 ch 3 hcl fe++ o o o o o o o o fe o o ch 2 hc (ch2)3 h3 ch2c ch3 o o ch2 hc (ch 2 ) 3 ch2 ch3 ch 3 hcl cr+++ o o o o o o o o o o o o cr   application of the method the proposed method was applied to determine the quantity of phthalate plasticizer that migrate from blood plastic bag into the blood during its storage by study the ability of complex formation of phthalate plasticizer in acidic and basic media with fe2+ and cr3+ ion that present in blood. since the blood is slightly alkaline with a ph between 7.35 and 7.45, a decrease in ph value from 7.30 to 6.0 cause hemoglobin hemolysis. chemistry | 160 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 this may explain by hemolysis of the red cells that increases due to processing and during storage and is maximum during the first week. conclusion the aim of this study is to extract a maximum percent of plasticizer using solvents with different polarity from plastic blood, typically, the total plasticizer in pvc is about 20%for minimum flexibility to 60%to avoid exudation, maintain flexibility, and for economy, preferably 35-50%, based on the weight of polymeric substance. our study shows that the maximum percent of plasticizer extraction were in using with polarity range (4.4-2.5), and identify the type of the extracted plasticizer that is effective in the suppression of the auto hemolysis of the stored blood which is di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (dehp) in plastic blood bag. noticeably, in our study, the concentration of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (dehp) was increased in the blood samples followed by decreasing of the absorbance of the considered complex of plasticizer with fe+2&cr+3 especially in the normal &basic medium, since the plasticizer has been effective to decrease the rate of hemolysis during storage. the mechanism of hemolysis suppression by dehp is unknown, but it could be assuming that plasticizer may be embody into and stabilize the lipid bilayer of the rbc membrane, because of the possibility that plasticizer molecules having the two carboxy-ester groups oriented to the same direction of the ortho position may form a pair at the inner and outer sides of the rbc membrane and act as one component of the lipid bilayer. on the other hand, in case the orientation of the acyl groups is different from each other, the plasticizer molecules may be also embodying into the lipid bilayer, but not form such a pair. and the degree of hemolysis suppression effect is due in part to the concentration of the plasticizer [18]. in acidic medium, the absorbance increase and complex formation increase due to increase in hemolysis of red blood cell and realize its components when the serum acidified with 0.1 n hc1 instead of un acidified serum, stored blood for transfusion has a low ph.. the anticoagulant contains citric acid. when mixed with the blood the ph drops. pco2 rises because of the action of acid on bicarbonate ions. most of the ph drop is due to this co2 which does not escape from the stored blood plastic bags. the non-respiratory ph of the stored blood is not as low as the actual ph. the ph of stored blood does not fall progressively if stored for up to three weeks at 4[19]. we decide to study the extent of hemolysis up to day 28 of storage only since the hemoglobin at day 40 of storage appear straw colored to slightly red at the low end and visibly red at the upper end and most of rbc units get issued within this period, but there is an absorbance for the complex in this period this show the effectiveness of dehp plasticizer to improves rbc storage by reducing hemolysis. in a concern of this the toxicity of dehp has been questioned, thus in our application notes demonstrates that, for the blood acceptors it is better to take blood bag with minimum period of storage or from blood donators after proper testing is performed to reduce the risk of transfusion hemolysis. it is recommended for use of blood product that is five days old or less, to "ensure" optimal cell function [20]. also, some hospital blood banks will attempt to accommodate physicians' requests to provide low-aged rbc product for certain kinds of patients (e.g. cardiac surgery) [21]. chemistry | 161 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 references 1. robert, m. gesler. (1973). toxicology of di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate and other phthalic acid ester plasticizers. environmental health perspectives, 1:73-79. 2. richard, c. adams. (2001). a comparison of plasticizers for use in flexible vinyl medical products. mddi. 3. modern plastic magazine. (1994). modern plastic encyclopedia. hand book. mcgraw hill inc., new york. 4. mettang, t.s. ; thomas, t.; kiefer, f. p. ;fischer, u.; kuhlmann, r. wodarz and a. w. rettenmeier. (1996). the fate of leached di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate in patients undergoing capd treatment. j. of inter. society for peritoneal dialysis, vol.16, no.1:58-62. 5. dirven, h.a.a.m., p.h.h. van den brock and f.j. jongeneelen (1993). determination of four metabolites of the plasticizer di (-2-ethylhexyl) phthalate in human urine samples. international archives of occupational and environmental health, vol.64:555-560. 6. huguette cohen, claude, and jacqueline sarfaty. (1991). extraction and identification of a plasticizer, di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, from a plastic bag containing contaminated corn. archives of environmental contamination and toxicology, vol.20, 437440. 7. li, x., z. zeng, y. chen and y. xu. (2004). determination of phthalate acid esters plasticizers in plastic by ultrasonic solvent extraction combined with solidphase microextraction using calix[4]arene fiber. talanta, vol.63, no.4:1013-1019. 8. wahl, h., a. hoffmann, h. haring and h. m. liebich, (1999), identification of plasticizers in medical products by a combined direct thermo desorption-cooled injection system and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry, j. chromatography a., vol.847, no. (1-2):1-7. 9. mohmoud, a. mohamed and abdallah, s. ammar. (2008). quantitative analysis of phthalates plasticizers in traditional egyptian foods (koushary and foul medams), black tea, instant coffee and bottled waters by solid phase extraction – capillary gas chromatographymass spectroscopy. american journal of food technology, issn 1557-4571. 10. ekmekcioglu, c.; prohaska, c.; pomazal, k.; steffan, i.; schernthaner, g.and marktl, w. (2001 mar). concentrations of seven trace elements in different hematological matrices in patients with type 2 diabetes as compared to healthy controls. biol. trace elem res. 79(3):205-19. 11. frazer, dm, anderson, gj (october 2005). "iron imports. i. intestinal iron absorption and its regulation". am. j. physiol. gastrointest. liver physiol. 289 (4): g631–5. 12. anderson, ra. (1989) oct. essentiality of chromium in humans. sci total environ. 1; 86(12):75-81. 13. anderson, ra. (1997) nutritional factors influencing the glucose/insulin system: chromium. j. am. coll. nutr.; 16(5):404-410. 14. zima, t.; mestek. o.and tesar, v. (1998), oct. chromium levels in patients with internal diseases. biochem. mol. biol. int.; 46(2):36574. 15. yu-ta tu, hsinchu hsien. method for removing plasticizer during manufacturing process of polymeric secondary battery and method for manufacturing polymeric secondary battery. uspap, pub. no.: us 2006/0143901 a1 16. r. strauss, n. luban; (2004).handbook of pediatric transfusion medicine, ch. 2, p. 12. 17. kim, s.w.; r.v. petersen, e.s. lee. (2006). effect of phthalate plasticizer on blood compatibility of polyvinylchloride. j. of pharmaceutical sciences, 65,.5:670-673. chemistry | 162 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 18. james, p. aubuchon, timothy, n. estep, and richard j. davey (1988). the effect of the plasticizer di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate on the survival of stored rbcs: bloodjournal,.71, no.2(448-452). 19. yuji haishima, tsuyoshi kawakami, chie hasegawa, akito tanoue, toshiyasu yuba, kazuo isama, atsuko matsuoka, shingo niimi (2013). screening study on hemolysis suppression effect of an alternative plasticizer for the development of a novel blood container made of polyvinyl chloride: wileyonlinelibrary.com journal of biomedical materials research b: applied biomaterial, vol 00b, issue 00, 20. ronald, s.; naomi, l. (2004). handbook of pediatric transfusion medicine, ch. 2, p. 12. 21. riordan jm o’, fitzgerald j, smith op, bonnar j, gorman wa (2007). transfusion of blood components to infants under four months: irish medical journal supplement,. 100. 6(1-24). table (1): the percentage of dehp extraction using different solvents. solvents polarity absorbance % extraction h2o 10.2 0.161 1.09 methanol 5.1 0. 862 17.3 ethanol 5.2 0. 926 19.2 thf 4 1.15 44.9 ethyl acetate 4.4 1.31 47.8 chloroform 4.1 1.27 46.2 carbon disulfide 0 1.18 44.7 o-xylene 2.5 1.15 43.3 benzene 2.7 1.01 42.0 petroleum ether (60-80 oc) 0.1 0.908 19.4 n-hexane 0 0. 839 15.7 table (2): the 1hnmr and 13c-nmr data of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (dehp). label δ 1h multiplicity j hz δ 13c multiplicity c1 7.46 dd 5.74, 3.26 130.9 ch c2 7.63 dd 5.75, 3.26 128.81 ch c3 n/a n/a n/a 132.45 c c4 n/a n/a n/a 167 c c5 4.15 ddt (or m) 11.02, 11.02, 6.00 68.15 ch2 c6 1.61 tt 12.25, 6.12 38.72 ch c7 1.28 * * 30.36 ch2 c8 1.24 * * 28.93 ch2 c9 1.23 * * 23 ch2 c10 0.82 t 6.92 14.07 ch3 c11 1.34 dq 7.26, 2.30 23.74 ch2 c12 0.85 t 7.48 10.97 ch3 * haven’t been determined because of signal overlap. chemistry | 163 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (3): change in the absorbance of blood samples with the ability of complex formation of phthalate plasticizer with fe2+. days of storage absorbance of 5 ml of serum ppm absorbance of 1ml of serum +0.2ml dehp (acidic media) ppm absorbance of 1ml of serum+0.2ml dehp(basic media) ppm fresh 0.738 19.83 0.317 5.76 0.219 2.49 1 1.410 42.27 0.368 7.47 0.201 1.89 6 1.404 42.10 0.379 7.83 0.184 1.32 11 1.178 34.51 0.391 8.24 0.176 1.05 15 0.813 22.33 0.403 8.64 0.143 _0. 050 20 0.675 17.70 0.411 8.90 0.115 _0. 986 24 0.432 9.60 0.417 9.10 0.097 _1.59 31 0.243 3.29 0.423 9.30 0.071 _2.46 44 0.147 0.0835 0.428 9.47 0.054 _3.02 table (4): change in the absorbance of blood samples with the ability of complex formation of phthalate plasticizer with cr3+. days of storage absorbance of 5 ml of serum ppm absorbance of 1ml of serum +0.4ml dehp (acidic media) ppm absorbance of 1ml of serum +0.4ml dehp (basic media) ppm fresh 0.820 36.51 0.185 5.29 0.252 8.59 1 1.703 79.91 0.205 6.28 0.243 8.15 6 1.524 71.11 0.264 9.18 0.235 7.76 11 1.321 61.13 0.333 12.57 0.217 6.87 15 0.987 44.72 0.357 13.75 0.202 6.13 20 0.795 35.28 0.367 14.24 0.164 4.27 24 0.456 18.62 0.376 14.69 0.125 2.35 31 0.174 4.76 0.391 15.42 0.106 1.42 44 0.082 0. 236 0.398 15.76 0.095 0.875 figure (1): effect of different solvent on the extraction of dehp. chemistry | 164 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (2): ir spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. figure (3): nmr (1h) spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. chemistry | 165 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (4): 13c-nmr spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. figure (5): dept135 spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. figure (6): cosy.spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. chemistry | 166 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (7): hsqc.spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. figure (8): hmbc.spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. figure (9): hmbc.spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. chemistry | 167 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (10): hsqc-tocsy spectrum of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. figure (11): calibration curve of fe2+. figure (12): calibration curve of cr3+. chemistry | 168 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (13): absorption spectra of: a. blank solution against ethanol, b: fe2+ complex with dehp against blank. figure (14): absorption spectra of: a. blank solution against ethanol, b: cr3+ complex with dehp against blank. chemistry | 169 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (15): stiochiomctry of:(a)fe2+ complex,(b)cr3+comlex chemistry | 170 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 أثيل هكسيل) فثاليت في بعض -2(–ستخالص و تعيين و تقدير الملدن ثنائى ا اكياس حفظ الدم باستعمال تقنيات مطيافية مختلفة داريا جليل نبيل عادل قسم الكيمياء/كلية التربية/جامعة السليمانية 2015/كانون األول/28،قبل في: 2015/أيلول/20في:استلم الخالصة و ثم تشخيص الملدن المستخلص ختلفة.مذيبات م عمالتتضمن هذه الدراسة استخالص الملدن من اكياس الدم باست ,cosy( ي بأنواعهتقةق الطيفية التالية: طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء و طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسائبوساطة الطر hsqc_tocsy ,, hsqc, hmbc dept ,nmr,-c13 ,nmr-h1 (قابلية الملدن لتكوين معقد وتم اختيار .) وذلك عن طريق مطيافية االشعة المرئية وفوق البنفسجيةiii) والكروم (iiايونات الحديد(من مع كل كوين معقد مع ايونات الحديد والكروم ت من اكياس الدم الى الدم عن طريق الملدن انتقال وفي هذه الدراسة اختبرنا قابلية الملدن لالنتقال. االيونات مع زيادة مدة الخزن وعالقته مع قابلية في تراكيزالتغيير الدم، ودراسةالموجودة في ،نماذج أكياس دم، تقنيات مشتقة الطيفdehpاستخالص، تشخيص، تقدير،الكلمات المفتاحية: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 min (max)-cs modules i. m. a. hadi, r . n. majeed departme nt of mathematics, college of ibn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad received in:25 august 2011, accepte d in:20 septe mber 2011 abstract. in this p aper, we give a comp rehensive st udy of min (max)-cs modules such as a closed submodule of min-cs module is min-cs. amongst other results we show that a direct summand of min (max)-cs module is min (max)-cs module. one of interested theorems in this p aper is, if r is a nonsingular ring then r is a max-cs ring if and only if r is a min-cs ring. key words: cs-module, min-cs module, max-cs module, uniform-cs module. 1introduction throughout the p aper all rings r are commutative with identity and all r-modules are unitary . we write a  m and a  e m to indicate that a is a submodule of m and a is an essential submodule of m , resp ectively. recall that anr-module m is called an extending module (or, cs-module) if every submodule is essential in a direct summand of m or m is extending if and only if every closed submodule is a direct summand, [1, p .55]. in this p aper definitions, notations, examp les and fundamental results of min (max)-cs modules are introduced. 1.1 definition: [2] an r-module m is called min-cs module if every minimal closed submodule of m is a direct summand of m . a ring r is called min-cs if it is min-cs r-module. 1.2 definition: [2] an r-module m is called max-cs module if every maximal closed submodule of m with nonzero annihilator is a direct summand of m . a ring r is max-cs if it is max-cs r-module. recall that an r-module m is -injective (quasi-continuous) if and only if m satisfies c1 (m is extending) and c3, where m is said to satisfy the c3 if the sum of any two direct summands of m with zero intersection is a direct summand of m . [3, p .18] 1.3 remarks and examp les 1. every cs-module is min-cs and max-cs. proof: it follows directly by [1, p .55]. 2. every semisimple module is max-cs and min-cs. in p articular ℤ2, ℤ3, ℤ6, ℤ10,…, ℤ30 as a ℤ-module is max-cs and min-cs. proof: by [1, p .55], every semisimple module is cs. hence the result follows by remark 1. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 3. every uniform r-module m is min-cs and max-cs. in p articular each of ℤ-module ℤ, ℤ4, ℤ8, ℤ9, ℤ16 is min-cs and max-cs. 4. if r is a semisimple ring, then every r-module m is injective, by [4, theorem 1.18, p.29]. hence m is max (min)-cs module since every injective module is cs. by [1, p .16]. 5. the ℤ-module ℤ12 is max-cs and min-cs. the submodules of ℤ12 are 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 , 0          and ℤ12. since 1 23 4     ¢ . so each of 3  and 4  are direct summands. hence they are closed submodules. 2   e ℤ12 and e6 3     imp ly hat 2  and 6  are not closed. thus m is cs and so max-cs and min-cs. 6. it is easy to check that each of the ℤ-modules ℤ18 and ℤ24 are min-cs and max-cs. 7. let m be a module whose lattice of submodules is the following: 2 1 2 m n n n 0     / \ \ / it is clear that n1 is closed in m , but it is not a direct summand of m . so m is not cs. also n1 is a minimal closed submodule of m . hence m is not a min-cs module. not ice that n1  n2  e m , so it is not closed submodule of m . it follows that n1 is a max-closed submodule of m . hence m is not a max-cs module. 8. every -injective is min-cs and max-cs. proof: it follows by the definition of -injective module and remark 1.3 (1). 9. let m be the ℤ-module ℤ8  ℤ2. m is not cs-module, since there exists a submodule n = { (2 , 1 ), ( 4, 0), ( 6, 1 ), (0, 0) } which is closed but not a direct summand. m oreover n is minimal closed, so m is not min-cs module. on the other hand m is a max-cs module, since the only maximal closed submodules of m are ℤ8  ( 0 ) and < (3, 1) >, and (ℤ8  ( 0 ))  (( 0 ) ℤ2) = m and < (3, 1) >  (( 0 )  ℤ2) = m . hence we deduce that m is max-cs. 10. let m 1 and m 2 be two r-modules such that m 1 is isomorphic to m 2 (m 1≅m 2), then m 1 min (max)-cs if and only if m 2 is min (max)-cs. m ahmoud a.kamal and amany m .m enshawy in [5] gave the following: an r-module m is called min-cs if every simple submodule of m is essential in a direct summand. however this definition of min-cs is different from definition 1.1, since the ℤ-module m = ℤ8  ℤ2 is not min-cs in our sense. however it is min-cs (in sense of kamal and m enshawy ) since ℤ8 is cs, so min-cs (in sense of kamal and m enshawy ) and ℤ2 is simple, so semisimp le. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 hence by app lying [5, lemma 3, p.166], m is min-cs (in sense of kamal and m enshawy ). 1.4 prop osition: let m be an r-module, and let i be an ideal of r such that i ⊆ annm . m is maxcs r-module then m is max-cs (r/i)-module and the converse is true if annm ≠ annn, for all maximal closed submodule n ≨ m . proof: let n be a maximal-closed (r/i)-submodule of m and annr/in ≠ 0r/i = i. it is easy to see that n is a maximal closed submodule of m . since annr/in ≠ i = 0r/i, so there exists r + i  r/i with ri such that r + i  annn, hence r ≠ 0 and rn = 0. thus annrn ≠ 0 and so that n is a direct summand of m . conversely , let n be a maximal closed r-submodule of m with annn ≠ 0. hence n is a maximal closed (r/i)-submodule. now, since ann m  ann n, there exists r  ann n and r  ann m . thus r  i; that is 0r/i = i ≠ r + i and (r + i)n = rn = 0. hence ann r/in ≠ 0r/i. but m is a max-cs (r/ i)-module, so n is a direct summand. 1.5 prop osition: let m be an r-module, let i be an ideal of r such that i  ann m . then m is min-cs rmodule if and only if m is min-cs (r/ i)-module. proof: it is st raight forward, so it is omitted. recall that an r-module m is called a uniform extending (or uniform-cs) if every uniform submodule is essential in a direct summand. [1, p .55]. al-hazmi in [2,p .24], mentioned that min-cs and uniform-cs are equivalent concepts without p roof. we shall p rove this equivalence, but first we need the following lemmas. 1.6 lemma: let n be a submodule of an r-module m . n is minimal closed if and only if n is uniform-closed (that is every closed submodule of n is essential in n). proof: () it is enough to p rove that n is uniform let v, w be two nonz ero submodules of n. supp ose v  w = (0). hence, there exists v'  n such that v' is a relative comp lement of v and hence v' is closed in n. since n is minimal closed of m thus n is closed in m , so by [4, p rop osition 1.5, p.18], v' is closed in m and 0 ≠v'  n. thus n is not minimal closed submodule of m , which is a contradiction. therefore, n is uniform-closed submodule. () sup p ose that t here exists a closed submodule v of m such that v  n. but n is uniform. so v  e n. hence v = n, since v is closed. thus n is minimal closed. 1.7 lemma: if u is a uniform submodule of m such that u e k  m . then k is uniform. proof: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 let v and w be two nonzero submodules of k. since u  e k, u  w ≠ (0) and u  v ≠ (0). but u is uniform submodule of m . so (u  v)  (u  w) ≠ (0). hence u  (v  w) ≠ (0). thus v  w ≠ (0); that is k is uniform. 1.8 lemma: let u be a submodule of an r-module m . then u is uniform closed if and only if u is maximal uniform; that is u is maximal in the collection of uniform submodules of m . proof: () sup p ose there exists a uniform submodule v of m such that u  v. since v is uniform so u  e v. but u is closed so u = v. thus u is a maximal-uniform submodule. () it is enough to show that u is closed. sup p ose there exists v  m such that u  e v. hence by lemma1.7, v is uniform. thus u = v, since u is maximal uniform, so t hat u is closed. by combining lemma 1.6 and lemma 1.8, we have the following: 1.9 corollary: let u be a submodule of an r-module. then the following are equivalent: (1) u is minimal-closed. (2) u is uniform-closed. (3) u is maximal-uniform. now, we can give the proof of the following result. 1.10 prop osition: [2, p .24] let m be an r-module. m is uniform-cs if and only if m is min-cs. proof: () let u be a maximal uniform submodule of m . since m is uniform-cs, so u is essential in a direct summand v. then by lemma 1.7, v is uniform. hence u = v since u is a maximal uniform submodule. thus u is a direct summand of m , it follows that every minimal-closed is a direct summand by lemma 1.6. so that m is a min-cs module. () let u be a uniform submodule of m . by [4, exc.13, p.20], there exists a closed submodule v of m such that u  e v. hence by lemma 1.7, v is uniform. thus v is a closed-uniform submodule of m , and hence by lemma 1.6, v is minimal-closed. so that v is a direct summand of m , since m is min-cs module. it follows that u is essential in a direct summand. thus m is uniform-cs. the following result is given in [2, lemma 3.1.1, p .45], we give the details of p roof. 1.11 prop osition: let m be an indecomp osable r-module with a uniform submodule. if m is a min-cs module, then m is uniform. proof: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 by hy p othesis m has a uniform submodule, say u. by [4, exc.13, p.20], there exists a closed submodule k of m such that u  e k. hence by lemma 1.7, k is a uniform submodule of m . let c = {k: k is a uniform submodule of m and u  k}. hence c ≠ , and so that by zorn's lemma c has a maximal element say w. it is clear that w is a maximal-uniform. so it is a minimal-closed submodule of m . thus w is a direct summand of m , since m is a min-cs module. then w  v = m for some submodule v  m . but m is indecomp osable, hence v = (0). thus w = m ; that is m is uniform. 1.12 corollary: let m be an indecomp osable r-module with a uniform submodule. then m is min-cs module if and only if m is a uniform module. 1.13 prop osition: let m be an r-module. the following st atements are equivalent for a module m : (1) m is a min-cs module. (2) for every minimal-closed submodule a of m , there is a decomposition m = m 1  m 2 such that a is a submodule of m 1 and m 2 is a complement of a in m . proof: (1)  (2) let a be a minimal-closed submodule in m . therefore a is a direct summand of m since m is a min-cs module. that is m = a  m ' for some submodule m ' of m . it is clear that a is a submodule of a, and it is easy to check that m ' is a complement of a. (2)  (1) to p rove m is a min-cs module. let a be a minimal-closed submodule of m . therefore, there is a decomposition m = m 1  m 2, where m 1 and m 2 are two submodules of m and a is a submodule of m 1 and m 2 is a complement of a in m . since m 2 is a complement of a in m , then a  m 2  e m . but a is a closed submodule in m and a is a submodule in m 1, therefore a is closed in m 1. therefore, a  m 2 is closed in m 1  m 2 = m by [4, exc.15, p.20]. thus a  m 2 = m . so that a is a direct summand in m . hence m is a min-cs module. 1.14 prop osition: let m be a min-cs r-module. if n is a closed submodule, then n is a min-cs module. proof: let u be a minimal closed submodule of n. since n is a closed submodule in m , then by [4, p rop osition 1.5, p.18], u is closed in m . we claim that u is a minimal closed submodule of m . to p rove our assertion: sup p ose there exists a closed submodule v of m such that v  u. but v  u  n, implies v is a closed submodule in n by [4, p .18]. but u is a minimal closed submodule of n so u = v. thus u is a minimal closed submodule of m , and hence u is a direct summand of m , since m is a min-cs module. hence m = u  w for some w  m . it follows that n = (u  w)  n and by modular law, n = u  (w  n); that is u is a direct summand of n and so n is a min-cs module. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1.15 remark: the converse of the p revious p rop osition is not true in general for examp le: the ℤ-module ℤ8  ℤ2 is not min-cs, but n = ℤ8  (0) ≅ ℤ8 is min-cs. 1.16 corollary: a direct summand of min-cs module is min-cs. proof: let m be a min-cs module and let n be a direct summand of m . hence by [4, exc.3, p.19], n is a closed submodule of m . hence, n is a min-cs module by p rop osition 14. 1.17 corollary: let m be an r-module. if m  m is min-cs, then m is a min-cs module. proof: it follows by corollary 1.16. corollary 1.16, lead us to give the following examp le: let m = ℤ8  ℤ2  ℤ3 as a ℤ-module. thus m is not min-cs because if it is, then n = ℤ8  ℤ2  m is min-cs by corollary 1.16, which is a contradiction. 1.18 remark: the condition n is closed can not be drop p ed from p rop osition 1.14 as the following examp le shows: let m be the ℤ-module ℤ16  ℤ2. m is min-cs. let n = ( 2 )  ℤ2. it is clear that n  e m , so n is not closed in m , also n is isomorphic to ℤ8  ℤ2 which is not a min-cs module. 1.19 prop osition: let m be a finitely generated or multiplication r-module. then if every maximal submodule is a direct summand, then m is a max-cs module. proof: let a be a maximal closed submodule of m . since m is a finitely generated or multiplication module. then by [6, theorem 2.3.11, p .28] and by [7, theorem 2.5 (1)], there exists a maximal submodule b of m such that a  b. but b is a direct summand, by hy p othesis; hence b is a closed submodule by [4, exc.3, p.19]. it follows that a = b. thus a is a direct summand of m . hence m is a max-cs module. the converse of the p revious p rop osition is not true in general, as the following examp le shows: 1.20 examp le: ℤ as a ℤ-module is a max-cs module; also ℤ is a multip lication ℤ-module. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 but 2ℤ as a ℤ-module is a maximal submodule of ℤ and it is not a direct summand. not e that we have an analogous result to corollary 1.16, for max-cs modules, that is a direct summand of max-cs module is max-cs module, but first we p rove the following: 1.21 prop osition: let m be an r-module, and let n be a closed submodule of m . if m is a max-cs module, then (m /n) is a max-cs r-module, provided m is not faithful. proof: let (b/n) be a maximal closed submodule in (m /n), with annr(b/n)≠ 0. we claim that b is a maximal closed submodule in m . to p rove our assertation: first , assume that b  e l  m . but n is closed in m and n  b  l, so n is closed in l. hence by [4, p rop osition 1.4, p.18], n  b  e l implies b/n  e l/n  m /n. hence (b/n) = (l/n), since (b/n) closed in (m /n). thus b = l and b is closed in m . now, assume there exists a closed submodule b' of m such that b  b', hence n  b'  m . then, by [4, exc.16, p.20], (b'/n) is closed in (m /n) and so that (b/n)  (b'/n). this imp lies (b/n) = (b'/n), since (b/n) is a maximal closed submodule in (m /n). m oreover annrb  annrm ≠ 0, so annb ≠ 0. since m is max-cs then b  k = m for some k  m , and hence (b/n)((k+ n)/n) = (m /n). it follows that (m /n) is a max-cs module. 1.22 corollary: a direct summand of a max-cs r-module m is a max-cs module, p rovided m is not faithful. proof: since n is a direct summand of m , so m = n  w for some w  m . hence (m /w) isomorphic to n by second isomorp hism theorem. but (m /w) is a max-cs by p rop osition 1.21. so n is a max-cs module, by remark 1.3 (10). 1.23 corollary: let m be an r-module. if m  m is a max-cs module. then m is max-cs module p rovided m is not faithful. proof: it follows by corollary 1.22. recall that a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is called p rime submodule if whenever r  r, x  m , r x  n implies x  n or r  [n:m ]. an r-module m is called a p rime module if annrm =annrn for each submodule n of m . equivalently , m is called a p rime module if (0) is a p rime submodule of m , [8]. 1.24 corollary: let m be a not faithful p rime max-cs r-module. if f : m  m ' is an epimorp hism, then m ' is a max-cs module. proof: m is a max-cs module. then (m /ker f) ≅ m ', by the 1 st fundamental theorem. we claim that ker f is clsed submodule in m . to show this, let ker f ≨ e l  m . assume there exists 0 ≠ x  l such that x  ker f. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 then there exists 0 ≠ r  r such that 0 ≠ r x  ker f. hence rf(x) = 0. since m is a prime module, so either f(x) = 0 or r  annm . but f(x) ≠ 0 since x  ker f, hence r  annm and this implies r x = 0 which is a contradiction. thus ker f = l and so that ker f is a closed submodule of m . since annm ≠ 0 by hy p othesis. then by p rop osition 1.21, (m /ker f) is a max-cs module and hence by remark 1.3 (10) m ' is a max-cs module. 1.25 corollary: let m be a max-cs not faithful r-module. if n is a p rime submodule of m and [n r : m ] = annrm . then (m /n) is a max-cs r-module. proof: since n is a p rime r-submodule of m , then (m /n) is a torsion free (r/[n:m ])-module, [8, p .61-69]. hence (m /n) is a torsion free (r/annm )-module, and so t hat n is closed (r/annm )-module of m by [9, remark 3.3,p.48]. it follows that n is closed r-submodule of m . then by p rop osition 1.15, (m /n) is a max-cs r-module. 1.26 corollary: if m is a max-cs not faithful r-module and n is a submodule of m , such that (m /n) is torsion free, then (m /n) is max-cs. proof: since (m /n) is torsion free r-module. then n is closed submodule in m by [9, remark 3.3, p .48]. hence the result follows by p rop osition 1.21. now we have the following note for min-cs modules. 1.27 remark: the homomorp hic image of min-cs need not be a min-cs, as the following examp les show. 1.28 examp les: (1) let m be the ℤ-module ℤℤ. it is clear that m is a min-cs module. let n = 8ℤ2ℤ, and let : m  (m /n) be the natural projection. since (m /n) is isomorphic to ℤ8ℤ2, so (m /n) = (m ) is not min-cs module. (2) let m be the ℤ-module ℤℤ2. m is min-cs. let n = 8ℤ( 0 ), n  e ℤ( 0 ), but (m /n) = ℤ8ℤ2 is not min-cs. (3) let m = ℤ8ℤ be a ℤ-module, m is a cs-module. so m is a min-cs module. let n = (0) ( 2) . (m /n) is isomorphic to ℤ8ℤ2 which is not min-cs module. 1.29 theorem: let m be an r-module. if m is a faithful, finitely generating and multiplication r-module, then m is a max-cs module if and only if r is a max-cs ring. proof: () if m is a max-cs r-module. let i be a maximal closed ideal of r such that ann i≠0. we claim that n = im is a maximal closed r-submodule of m . first of all n = [im :m ]m since m is multiplication and by [10, p rop osition 3.31] [im :m ] is a closed ideal of r. but m is finitely generating faithful multip lication, then by [7, theorem 3.1] i = [im :m ]. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 thus by [10, p rop osition 3.31, ch.3], n = [im :m ]m is a closed submodule of m . now, to p rove that n is a maximal submodule of m . sup p ose there exists a closed submodule w of m such that n  w. hence n = im = [n:m ]m  [w:m ]m = w and by [7, theorem 3.1], i = [n:m ]  [w:m ]. on the other hand by [10, p rop osition 3.31, chap ter three], i = [n:m ] and [w:m ] are closed ideals of r. hence i = [w:m ], since i is a maximal closed ideal of r. it follows n = w and n is maximal closed submodule of m . but m is faithful multip lication, so annrn = annri ≠ 0. thus n is a direct summand of m . so that n  l = m for some l  m . but n = im , l = [l:m ]m , so t hat im  [l:m ]m = m and hence (i  [l:m ])m = m . but by [7, theorem 1.6] (i  [l:m ])m = im  [l:m ]m = (0), and so (i  [l:m ])m = 0; that is (i  [l:m ])  annm = (0). t hus i  [l:m ] = (0), so that m = rm = (i  [l:m ])m and hence r = i  [w:m ] by [7, theorem 6.1]. () let n be a maximal closed submodule of m with annn ≠ 0. since n is closed, then by [10, p rop osition 3.1] [n:m ] is closed in r. we claim that [n:m ] is a maximal closed ideal in r. to show this, assume j is a closed ideal in r such that [n:m ]  j, hence n = [n:m ]m  jm . but jm = [jm :m ]m and by [7, theorem 6.1] [jm :m ] = j and by [10, p rop osition 3.1] jm is a closed submodule of m . it follows that n = [n:m ]m = jm , since n is a maximal closed submodule of m . then by [7, theorem 3.1], [n:m ] = j; that [n:m ] is a maximal closed. but annn = ann[n:m ] since m is faithful multip lication. thus [n:m ] is a maximal closed ideal of r, with annr[n:m ] ≠ 0. on t he other hand r is a max-cs ring, so [n:m ] is a direct summand of r. thus r = [n:m ]  t where t is an ideal of r, and hence m = rm = ([n:m ]  t)m = [n:m ]m  tm . but by [7, theorem 1.6], [n:m ]m  tm = ([n:m ]  t)m = 0m = 0 so m = [n:m ]m  tm ; that is m = n  tm . by the same argument of p roof of theorem 1.29, we have the following: 1.30 prop osition: let m be a faithful, multiplication and finitely generated r-module, then m is a min-cs ring if and only if r is min-cs ring. next we have for nonsingular rings, the concepts min-cs ring and max-cs ring are equivalent. but first we need the following which is given in [2, lemma 2.1.1, p .31]. we give the details of p roof. 1.31 lemma: for a ring r, a comp lement of minimal (maximal) closed ideal of r is a maximal (minimal) closed ideal of r. proof: () let i be a minimal closed ideal of r. let j be the relative comp lement of i. then by [4, p rop osition 1.3, p.17], (i  j)  e r, and j is closed in r, by [4, p rop osition 1.4, p.18]. now, we shall show that j is a maximal closed ideal in r. assume that there exists a closed ideal j* in r, such that j  j*   r. it follows that j*  i ≠ (0) because j is t he largest ideal in r such that i  j = (0). ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 on the other hand i is a minimal closed ideal in r, so it is uniform closed by lemma 1.6. hence j* i  e i. but j  e i, hence (j* i)  j  e i  j  e r and so that (j* i)  j  e r, by [4, p rop osition 1.1(a), p .16]. but j* i  j* and j < j*, hence (j* i)  j  j*. thus j*  e r, which is a contradiction. () if t is a maximal closed ideal of r and v its comp lement. to p rove v is minimal closed in r, it is enough to show that v is uniform by lemma 1.6. assume a  b = (0) for some two nonz ero ideals a and b of v. now, there exists a closed ideal i in r such that a  t  e i, by [4, exc.13, p.20]. hence t   i which is a contradiction, since i is closed in r and t is a maximal closed ideal in r. thus v is uniform closed, that is v is minimal closed. 1.32 not e: by a similar argument of p roof of lemma 1.31, we get analogous results for submodules. recall that a ring r is semip rime if for each x  r, x 2 = 0, then x = 0, [4, p .2]. now, we can give the following theorem: 1.33 theorem: let r be a nonsingular ring. then r is max-cs if and only if r is min-cs. proof: () if r is a max-cs ring. let i be a minimal closed ideal in r. by [4, theorem 2.38, p .65], i = ann anni, hence anni ≠ 0, but r is nonsingular, so r is semip rime by [4, p rop osition 1.27(b), p.35], which implies i  anni = 0. let j be the relative comp lement of i, so by lemma 1.31, j is a maximal closed ideal in r. also by [4, theorem 2.38, p.65], j = ann annj, so annj ≠ 0. therefore j is a direct summand of r since r is max-cs. it follows that j = <e> for some idempotent e in r. on t he other hand, ij  i  j = (0), imp lies that j  anni. but i  anni = (0), so j = anni since j is t he largest ideal in r such that i  j = (0). thus annj = ann anni = i and so < 1 – e > = i. it follows that i is a direct summand of r. () if r is a min-cs ring. let i be a maximal closed ideal in r, with anni ≠ 0. by [4, theorem 2.38, p .65], i = ann anni. let j be a relative comp lement of i. so j is a minimal closed ideal of r, by lemma 1.31. hence j is a direct summand of r, since r is min-cs. thus j = < e > for some idempotent e  r. but ij  i  j = (0), so i  ann j = ann <e > = <1 – e >. but <1 – e > is closed ideal of r, since it is a direct summand of r. it follows that i = <1 – e > because i is a maximal closed ideal of r. thus i is a direct summand of r. recall that, a ring r is called semihereditary if every finitely generating ideal of r is p rojective, [4, p.10]. 1.34 corollary: let r be a semiheriditary ring. then r is a min-cs ring if and only if r is a max-cs ring. proof: since r is a semiheriditary ring. then r is a nonsingular ring, [4, p .36]. so we get the result by theorem 1.33. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 recall that a ring r is called regular (von neumann) if for every ar there is an x  r such that a x a = a, that is a = a 2 x, [4, p .10]. 1.35 corollary: if r is a regular ring. then r is min-cs if and only if r is a max-cs. the following lemma is needed for the following corollary . 1.36 lemma: [4, exc.5, p.36] for a commutative ring, r/z(r) is a nonsingular ring. proof: sup p ose there exists x = x + z(r)  z(r/z(r)) and x  z(r), so x ≠ 0 and ann(x) is not essential in r, also annr/z(r)( x + z(r))  e r/z(r). then for each i/z(r) with i  z(r), (i/z(r)) annr/z(r)( x+z(r))≠o r/z(r)=z(r). so there exists a + z(r)  ann r/z(r)( x + z(r)), a  i such that a  z(r). then a ≠ 0. thus ax + z(r) = z (r), annr(a) is not essential in r and a  i. hence ax  z(r) and annr(a) is not essential in r. so that ann(ax)  e r and ann(a) is not essential in r. now, since ann(ax)  e r, then for each nonzero ideal j of r, j  ann(ax) ≠ 0. hence there exists y  ann(ax) and y ≠ 0. t hus yax = 0. (1) if ya = 0 then 0 ≠ y  ann(a) thus 0 ≠ y  jann(a) so that ann(a)  e r which is a contradiction. (2) if ya ≠ 0, t hen 0≠yaann(x)j. hence ann(x)  e r which is a contradiction. (3) if yx = 0 then 0 ≠ y  ann(x), so that 0 ≠ y  ann(x)  j. thus ann(x)  e r which is a contradiction. (4) if yx ≠ 0, t hen 0≠ yxann(a)j, so that ann(a) e r which is a contradiction. (5) if ax = 0 then 0 ≠ a ann(x)  i, that is ann(x)  e r which is a contradiction. thus our assumption is false and so z (r/z(r)) = z(r) = or/z(r). 1.37 corollary let r be a ring. then r/z(r) is min-cs if and only if r/z(r) is max-cs. proof: by lemma 1.36 r/z(r) is nonsingular, so t he result follows by theorem 1.33. before we give the following corollary , we need the following lemma. 1.38 lemma: [4, exc.13, p.37] if r is a nonsingular ring, then r[x1, x2, …, xn] is a nonsingular ring. proof: first we shall p rove that r[x] is a nonsingular. let f(x)  z(r[x]), then annr[x]f(x)  e r[x]. assume f(x) = a0 + a1x + … + anx n , where ai  r, for each i = 0, 1, …, n. annr[x]f(x) = annr[x]a0  annr[x]a1x  …  annr[x]anx n  e r[x]. so, annr[x]a0 e r[x], annr[x]a1x  e r[x], …, annr[x]anx n  e r[x]. we claim that annr(ai)  e r, for all i = 0, 1, …, n. to p rove this. supp ose there exists j  r and j ≠ 0 such that annra0  j = 0. j ≠ 0 so j[x] is an ideal in r[x] and j[x] ≠ 0. hence j[x]  annr[x]a0 ≠ 0. let 0 ≠ g(x)  annr[x]a0 and g(x)  j[x], such that g(x) = b0 + b1x + … + bmx m , where bi  j, for all i = 0, 1, …, m and there exists k  {0,1,…,m} with bk ≠ 0. since g(x)  annr[x](a), then (b0 + b1x + …+ bk x k +… + bmx m )a0 = 0. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 thus b0 a0 + b1 a0 x + …+ bk a0 x k + … + bm a0 x m = 0 which imp lies b0 a0 = 0, b1 a0 = 0, …, bk a0 = 0 , …, bm a0 = 0. but bk a0 = 0 and 0 ≠ bk  j imp lies that j  annra0 ≠ 0, which is a contradiction with our assump tion. hence annra0  er, so that a0  z(r). but r is nonsingular, hence a0 = 0. by the same way we can p rove that each of a1,…, am belongs to z(r)=(0). thus f(x) = 0 and z(r[x]) = (0); that r[x] is nonsingular. then by induction r[x1, x2,…, xn] is a nonsingular ring. 1.39 corollary: let r be a nonsingular ring. then r[x1, x2,…, xn] is min-cs if and only if r[x1, x2,…, xn] is a max-cs ring. proof: by lemma 38 if r is a nonsingular ring, then r[x1, x2,…, xn] is a nonsingular ring. hence the result follows by theorem 33. 1.40 not e: a direct sum of min (max)-cs modules will be discussed in another p aper. re ferences 1. dung,n.v.; huy nh, d.v.; smith, p.f. and wisbauer, r., (1994), extending m odules, john wiley and sons, inc. new york. 2. husain suleman.s.al-hazmi, (2005), a study of cs and -cs rings and m odules, ph.d.thesis, college of arts and sciences of ohio university . 3. saad.h.m ohamed, bruno j. m uller, (1990), continuous and discrete m odules, combridge univ. press, new york, port chester m elbourne sy dney. 4. goodearl, k.r. (1976), ring theory, nonsingular rings and m odules, m arcel dekker, inc. newyork and basel. 5. m ahmoud a. kamal and amany m . m enshawy , (2007), j. egy p t. m ath.soc., 15(2), . 157-168. 6. kasch,f., (1982), m odules and rings, academic press, inc. london. 7. z.a.el-bast and p.f.smith, (1988), m ultip lication m odules, communication in algebra, 10(4),.755-779. 8. c.p.lu, (1984), prime submodules of m odules, comment.m ath. univ.st.paul, 33, . 61-69. 9. zeinab talib salman al-zubaidey, (2005), on purely extending m odules, m .sc. thesis, college of science, university of baghdad. 10. ahmed, a.a. (1992), on submodules of m ultip lication m odules, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. مقاسات التوسع) أعظم(أصغر ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ، رنا نوري مجید ھاديانعام محمد علي جامعة بغدادابن الھیثم -كلیة التربیة -قسم الریاضیات 2011 ایلول20:قبل البحث في ، 2011 أب 25:استلم البحث في الخالصة ن أصـغر مقـاس ) أعظـم( في ھذا البحث نعطي دراسة واسعة ألصغر ي المغلـق ـم اس الجزـئ ل المـق مقاسـات التوسـع مـث مقـاس توسـع ) أعظم(ومن بین النتائج االخرى نستعرض أنھ مركبة المجموع المباشر ألصغر . توسع ھو أصغر مقاس توسع ت الحلقـة ) أعظم(ھو أصغر ط إذا كانـت rیـر مفـرده فـان الحلقـة غrمقاس توسـع وكـذلك اذا كاـن ـع إذا وفـق أعظـم حلقـة توس . أصغر حلقة توسع والتي ھي واحدة من المبرھنات المھمة في ھذا البحثrالحلقة . مقاس توسع، أصغر مقاس توسع، أعظم مقاس توسع، مقاس توسع منتظم:الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 (,)strongly derivations pairs o n rings i. a. saed unive rsity of technology received in : 30 november 2010 accepte d in : 27 february 2011 abstract let r be an associative ring. in this p aper we p resent t he definition of (,)strongly derivation p air and jordan (,)st rongly derivation p air on a ring r, and st udy the relation between them. also, we study p rime rings, semip rime rings, and rings that have commutator left nonzero divisior with (,)st rongly derivation p air, to obtain a (,)derivation. wher e ,: rr are two mapp ings of r. keywords prime ring, semip rime ring, (,)-d erivation, (,)strongly derivation p air, jordan (,)strongly derivation p air. §1 basic concepts deinition 1.1: [1] a nonemp ty set r is said to be associative ring if in r there are defined two op erations, denoted by + and . resp ectively, such that for all a, b, c in r: 1a + b is in r 2a + b = b + a 3(a+b) + c = a + (b+c) 4there is an element 0 in r such that a+0 = a (for every a in r) 5there exist s an element –a in r such that a + (-a)=0. 6a . b is in r. 7a. (b.c) = (a.b).c 8a. (b+c) = a.b + a.c and (b+c). a = b.a + c.a deinition 1.2: [1] a ring r is called prime rin g if for any a, br, a r b = {0}, implies that either a=0 or b=0. de finition 1.3:[1] a ring r is called semiprime ring if for any ar, ara = {0}, implies that a=0. remark 1.4:[1] every p rime ring is semiprime rin g, but the converse in general is not true. the following examp le justifies this remark. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 exam ple 1.5: [1] r = z 6 is a semiprime ring but is not p rime. let a  r such that ara = {0}, i mplies that a 2 = 0, hence a=0, therefore r is a semip rime ring. but r is not p rime, since 20 and 30 imp lies that 2r3 = {0}. de finition 1.6:[2] a ring r is said to be n-torsion free, where n≠0 is an inte ger if when ever n a=0, with ar, then a=0. de finition 1.7:[2] let r be a ring. a lie product[,] on r is defined as[x,y ]=xy – y x, for all x,y  r. de finition 1.8:[2] let r be a ring. an additive map p ing d:rr is called a deriv ation if d(xy )= d(x)y + xd(y ), for all x,y r and we say that d is a jordan derivation if d(x 2 )=d( x) x+ xd( x), for all xr. de finition 1.9:[3] let r be a ring. an additive map p ing d:rr is called a (,)-deriv ation, where ,: rr are two mappings of r, if d(xy )= d(x)σ(y) + (x) d(y ), for all x,y  r, and we say that d is a jordan (σ,)-derivation if d(x 2 )=d( x) σ(x)+ ( x) d( x), for all x  r. de finition 1.10:[4] let r be a ring, additive map p ings d,g : rr is called s-deriv ation p air (d,g) if satisfies t he followin g equations: d(xy ) = d(x)y + xg(y ), for all x,y  r. g( xy )= g( x)y + xd(y ), for all x,y  r. and is called jordan s-derivation pair if: d(x 2 )=d( x) x + xg( x), for all x  r. g( x 2 )= g( x) x + xd( x), for all x  r. exam ple 1.11:[4] let r be a non commutative rin g and let a,b  r, such that xa= xb=0, for all x  r. define d, g : rr, as follows: d(x) = a x, g( x) = b x then (d,g) is a s-deriv ation p air of r. remark 1.12:[4] every s-derivation p air is a jordan s-deriv ation p air, but the converse is in general not t rue. the following examp le illust rates t his remark. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 exam ple 1.13:[4] let r be a 2-torsion free non commutative rin g, and let a  r, such that xax = 0, for a ll x  r, but xay ≠ 0, for some (x ≠ y )  r. an additive pair d,g : r r is defined as d(x) = xa +ax, g( x) = [ x,a] then (d,g) is jordan s-d erivation p air, but not a s-derivation p air. de finition 1.14:[5] a ring r is sa id to be a co mmutator ri ght (resp . left) nonzero divisior, if there exists elements a and b of r, such that c[a,b] = 0 (resp . [a,b]c = 0) implies c=0, for every c  r. §2 (,)-s -derivation pairs in this section, we will introduce the d efinition of (,)strongly derivation p air, and we denoted by (,)-s-d erivation p air, and jordan (,)strongly derivation p air and we denoted by jordan (,)-s-derivation pair, also we will give the relation between them. where , : r  r are two mapp ings on r. now, in this section we introduce the p rinciple definition. de finition 2.1 let r be a ring, additive mapp ings d,g : rr is called (,)s-derivation pair (d, g) where , : rr are two mappings of r, if satisfy the following equations: d(xy )=d(x)σ(y) + (x) g(y ), for all x,y  r. g( xy )=g( x)σ(y) + (x)d(y ), for all x,y  r. and is called jordan (,)-s-d erivation p air if: d(x 2 )=d( x)σ(x) + ( x) g( x), for all x  r. g( x 2 )= g( x)σ(x) + ( x)d( x), for all x  r. the following examp le exp lains the principle definition: exam ple 2.2 let r be a non commutative rin g and let a,b  r, such that (x) a= ( x)b = 0, for all x  r. define d, g: r  r as follows: d(x) = a ( x), g( x) = b ( x), for all x  r where , : r  r are two endomorp hism mappings. then (d,g) is a (,)s-derivation pair of r. let x,y  r, so: d(xy ) = aσ( xy ) = aσ( x)σ(y) = aσ( x)σ(y) + (x) b σ(y) =d(x)σ(y) + (x) g(y ) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 also: g( xy ) = bσ(xy ) = bσ(x) σ(y) = bσ(x) σ(y) + (x) aσ(y) = g( x)σ(y) + (x)d(y ) hence (d, g) is a (,)s-derivation pair. remark 2.3 every (,)s-derivation p air is a jordan (,)s-derivation p air, but the converse is in general not t rue. the following examp le illust rates t his: exam ple 2.4 let r be a 2-torsion free non commutative rin g, and let a  r, such that (x) a ( x) = 0, for all x  r, but(x) a (y ) ≠ 0, for some (x ≠ y )  r. define an add itive pair d,g: r  r, as follows: d(x) = ( x) a + a ( x), g( x) = ( x)aa( x), for all x  r. where ,: r  r are two endomorp hism mappings. then (d,g) is a jordan (,)s-derivation pair, but not a (,)s-deriv ation p air. let x,y  r, so: d(x 2 )=( x 2 ) a + aσ(x 2 ) d(x)σ(x) + ( x) g( x) = (( x)a + aσ( x)) σ(x) + ( x)(( x)a – aσ( x)) =(x)aσ(x) + aσ( x) σ(x) + ( x)( x)a ( x)aσ( x) =(x 2 )a + aσ(x 2 ) hence d( x 2 ) =d(x) σ(x) + ( x) g( x) also: g( x 2 ) = ( x 2 )a – aσ( x 2 ) = g( x)σ(x) + ( x)d( x) thus, (d,g) is jordan (,)s-derivation pair. now, we show that (d,g) is not (,)-s-derivation pair. d(xy ) = (xy )a + aσ( xy ) d(x)σ(y) + (x) g(y ) = x)a + aσ( x)) σ(y) + (x)((y )a – a σ(y)) =(x)aσ(y) + aσ(x) σ(y) + (x)(y )a ( x)aσ(y ) =(xy )a + aσ( xy ) hence d( xy )=d(x) σ(y) + (x) g(y ) but: g( xy )= g( x)σ(y) + (x)d(y ) =((x)a – aσ( x)) σ(y)+ (x)((y )a + aσ(y )) =(x)aσ(y) – aσ( x)σ(y) + (x)(y )a + ( x)aσ(y ) =(xy )a – aσ(xy ) +2x)aσ(y) on t he other hand: g( xy )=(xy )a aσ(xy ) since ( x) aσ(y )≠0, for some x≠y r, the two exp ressions are not equ al, hence we get (d, g) is not (,)s-derivation p air. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 proposi tion 2.5 let r be a semip rime ring. sup p ose that , are automorp hisms of r. if r admits a (,)sderivation p air (d,g), such that d(x) g(y )=0 (resp . g(x) d(y ) =0), for all x,y  r, then d=0 (resp . g=0). proof we have d(x) g(y )=0, for all x,y  r_____(1) replacin g y x for y in (1) and using (1), we h ave: d(x) g(y x)=0, for all x,y  r. d(x)( g(y )σ(x) + (y )d(x))=0, for all x,y  r. d(x) g(y )σ(x) + d( x)(y )d(x)=0, for all x,yr. d(x)(y )d(x)=0, for a ll x,y  r._____(2) by semip rimeness of r, (2) gives: d(x)=0, for all xr. if we have g( x)d(y )=0, for all x,y  r_____(3) replacin g y x for y in (3) and using (3), we h ave: g( x)d(y x)=0, for all x,y r. g( x)(d(y )σ(x) + (y )g( x))=0, for all x,y  r. g( x)d(y )σ(x) + g( x) (y )g( x)=0, for all x,y  r. g( x)(y )g( x)=0, for a ll x,y  r_____(4) by semip rimeness of r, (4) gives: g( x)=0, for all x  r. proposi tion 2.6 let r be a semip rime ring. sup p ose that , are automorp hisms of r. if r admits a (,)sderivation p air (d, g), such that d( x)= ± ( x) (resp . g( x)=± ( x)), for all x  r, then g=0 (resp . d=0). proof we have d(x)=σ(x), for all x  r_____(1) replacin g x by xy in (1) and using (1), we get: d(xy ) = ( xy ), for all x,y  r. d(x)σ(y) + (x) g(y )=σ(xy ), for all x,y r. σ(x) σ(y)+(x) g(y )= σ(x) σ(y), for all x,y  r. (x) g(y )=0, for all x,y  r ____(2) left multiplication of (2) by g(y ), leads to: g(y )(x) g(y )=0, for all x,y  r _____(3) by semip rimeness of r, (3) gives: g(y )=0, for all y  r. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 similar ly, we can show if d(x)=-( x), for all x  r, then g=0 in the same way, if g( x)=± ( x), for all xr, then d=0. proposi tion 2.7 let r be any ring and , are two mapp ings on r. t hen 1if (d,g) is a (,)-s-d erivation p air on r, then d+g is a (,)-derivation. 2if (d,g) is a jordan (,)-s-d erivation p air on r, then d+g is a jordan (,)-derivation. proof 1we have (d,g) is a (,)-s-d erivation p air, so d(xy )= d(x) (y )x) g(y ), for all x,y  r _____(1) g( xy )= g( x) (y )x)d(y ), for all x,y  r _____(2) by adding (1) and (2), we get (d+g)( xy )=(d+g)(x)(y )+(x)(d+g)(y ) hence d+g is a (,)-d erivation 2we have (d,g) is a jordan (,)-s-d erivation p air, so d(x 2 )=d( x)( x) + ( x) g( x), for all x  r _____(3) g( x 2 )= g( x)( x) + ( x)d( x), for all x  r _____(4) by adding (3) and (2), we get (d+g)( x 2 )=(d+g)( x)( x) + ( x)(d+g)( x), for all x  r. hence d+g is a jordan (,)-d erivation. §3 relation be tween (,)-s-derivation pairs and (,)-derivations in this section, we st udy p rime rings, semip rime rings, and rings that have a commutator left nonzero divisor with (,)-s-d erivation p air, to obtain a (,)-derivation. the orem 3.1 let r be a 2-torsion free semip rime ring, and (d, g) be a (,)-s-d erivation p air on r, then d and g are (,)-d erivations. where , are automorp hisms of r. proof sup p ose that (d,g) is (,)s-deriv ation p air. then: d(xy x)=d( x(y x)) = d( x)y x) + ( x) g(y x), for all x,y  r _____(1) that is: d(xy x)=d( x)(y x) + ( x) g(y )( x) + ( x)(y )d(x), for all x,y  r____(2) also: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 d(xy x)=d(( xy )x)=d( xy )( x) + ( xy )g( x), for all x,y  r_____(3) that is: d(xy x)=d( x)(y )( x) + ( x) g(y )( x) + ( xy )g( x), for all x,y  r___(4) from (2) and (4), we get: (xy )(d(x)g( x))=0, for a ll x,y  r_____(5) replace (y ) by (d(x)-g( x)) (y ) (x) in (5), we get: (x)(d( x)g( x))(y )(x)(d( x)g( x))=0, for all x,y  r_____(6) since r is semip rime, we get: (x)d( x)=( x) g( x), for all x  r_____(7) it follows that: d(x 2 )=d( x)( x)+( x)d( x), for all x  r_____(8) and: g( x 2 )= g( x)( x)+( x) g( x), for all x  r_____(9) thus, by using [3, theorem 2.3.7], we obtain that d and g are (,)-deriv ations on r. the orem 3.2 let r be a p rime, and (d,g) be a (,)s-derivation p air on r, then d and g are (,)derivations. where , are automorp hisms of r. proof since (d, g) is (,)s-deriv ation p air, we have (see how relation (5) was obtained from relation (1) in the p roof of theorem 3.1) (xy )(d(x)g( x)=0, for a ll x,y  r_____(1) and, by p rimeness of r, we get: d(x)= g( x), for all x  r_____(2) and hence d and g are (,)-derivations on r. the orem 3.3 let r be a rin g which has a commutator left nonzero divisor and (d,g) b e a (,)s-derivation p air on r, then d and g are (,)-deriv ations.where , are automorp hisms of r. proof 1. that is we have: 2. d(y x 2 )=d(y )(x 2 ) + (y )g( x 2 ), for all x,y  r____(1) 3. that is: 4. d(y x 2 )=d(y )(x 2 )+ (y )g( x)( x)+(y )( x)d( x), for all x,y  r__(2) 5. on t he other hand: 6. d(y x 2 )=d(y x)( x)+ (y x) g( x), for all x,y  r_____(3) 7. 8. d(y x 2 )=d(y )(x 2 )+ (y )g( x)( x) + (y )( x) g( x), for all x,y  r_____(4) 9. from (2) and (4), we obtain: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011  (y )((x)d( x)-( x) g( x))=0, for all x,y  r_____(5) replacin g y by y r in (5), to get: (y r)((x)d( x)-( x) g( x))=0, for all x,y ,r  r_____(6) again, left multiplying of (5) by (r), to get: (r)(y )((x)d( x)-( x) g( x))=0, for all x,y ,r  r_____(7) subtracting (7) fro m (6), we get: [(y ),(r)]((x)d( x)-( x) g( x))=0, for all x,y ,r  r_____(8) since r has a co mmutator left nonz ero divisor, we get: (x)d( x)=( x) g( x), for all x  r_____(9) linear izing (9), we get: (x)d(y ) + (y )d(x)= (x) g(y ) + (y )g(x), for all x,y  r_____(10) that is: (x)(dg)(y ) + (y )(d-g)(x)=0, for a ll x,y  r_____(11) replacin g y by ry in (11), to get: (x)(dg)(ry ) + (ry )(d-g)(x)=0, for a ll x,y ,r  r_____(12) again, left multiplying of (11) by (r), to get: (r)( x)(dg)(y ) + (r)(y )(d-g)(x)=0, for all x,y ,r r _____(13) subtracting (12) fro m (13), we get: (rx) (dg)(y ) (x)(dg)(ry )=0, for all x,y ,r  r _____(14) replacin g x by sx in (14), to get: (rsx)(dg)(y )-(sx)(dg)(ry )=0, for all x,y ,r,s  r _____(15) also, left multip ly ing of (14) by (s), t o get: (srx)(dg)(y )-(sx)(dg)(ry )=0, for all x,y ,r,s  r_____(16) subtracting (16) fro m (15), we get: [(r),(s)] (x)(dg)(y )=0, for all x,y ,r,s r _____(17) since r has a co mmutator left nonz ero divisor, we get: (x)(dg)(y )=0, for all x,y r_____(18) that is: (x)d(y )=(x) g(y ), for all x,y  r_____(19) hence d and g are (σ,)-d erivations. re ferences 1. herst ien, i.n., (1969), t opics in ring theory, the university of chicago press, chicago. 2. ashraf, m ., ali, s. and haetinger, c., (2006), " on derivations in rings and their app lications", the aligarh bull of m ath., 25(2), 79-107. 3. hamdi, a.d., (2007), "(σ,)-derivations on p rime rings", m sc. thesis, baghd ad university . 4. yass, s., (2010), "strongly derivation pairs on prime and semiprime rings", m sc. thesis, baghdad university . 5. cortes, w. and ha etinger, c., (2005),"on jordan generalized hi gh er derivations in rings", t urkish j. of m ath., 29(1),1-10. 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة على الحلقات) ,(-األشتقاقات المزدوجة القویة سعید اكرام احمد ة الجامعة التكنولوجی 2010تشرین الثاني 30: استلم البحث في 2011شباط 27: قبل البحث في الخالصة واشتقاق جوردان المزدوج القوي) ,(-في هذا البحث قدمنا تعریف األشتقاق المزدوج القوي. حلقة تجمیعیة rلتكن ), (ة في الحلقrكذلك، ندرس الحلقات األولیة، الحلقات شبه األولیة، والحلقات التي لها مبدل . ، ودراسة العالقة بینهم هما ,: r rأي ان ). ,(-للحصول على األشتقاق ) ,(-قاسم غیر صفري أیسر مع األشتقاق المزدوج القوي .rدالتین على الحلقة :الكلمات المفتاحیة قوي ),(-حلقة اولیة، حلقة شبھ اولیة، مشتقة .),(-، اشتقاق جوردان المزدوج القوي ),(-، األشتقاق المزدوج ال @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 isolation and identification of some intestinal parasites eggs, cysts and oocysts from two species of diptera: calliphoridae in baghdad afkar m. hadi natural history research center and museum / university of baghdad received in:20 february 2012 , accepted in:20 november 2012 abstract this study documented the role of blowfly chrysomya albiceps and chrysomya megacephala as carriers of 15 species of intestinal parasites eggs, cysts and oocysts as a primary effort of iraq, by external and internal techniques: 10 species of different parasites were reported in this study that transmitted mechanically by calliphoridae fly ,eight of them are nematode eggs (ancylostoma duodenal, ascaridia sp., ascaris lumbricoides, parascaris equirum, strongyloides stericoralis , strongylus sp., trichostrongylus sp. and toxocara canis)and cysts of two species of protozoa ( entamoba sp.and iodomaba butschlii). internal technique by stained the fluid gut of flies with zael nelson stain, was applied for 257 fly, three species of nematode eggs (ascaris lumriciodes, strongyloides stericoralis and trichuris sp.); one species of cestode eggs (taenia sp.) and three species of protozoa oocysts (cryptosporidium parvum, c. muris, and cyclospora cayetanensis), were showed internally. this variety of parasites referred to wide distribution of these flies in baghdad that risk for public health. key wards: calliphoridae, chrysomya albiceps, chrysomya megacephala ,intestinal parasites, protozoa. 64 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction non-biting cyclorrhaphan flies, such as house flies, blow flies and flesh flies, are known to carry human intestinal parasites [1,2], human protozoa [3] and animal metazoan parasites [4].the calliphoridae family comprises around 150 genera and more than 1000 species distributed worldwide [5, 6, 7]. chrysomya albiceps is a species belonging to the blow fly family, calliphoridae. it is of great medical and sanitary importance, being associate with myiasis in africa and america although it plays a more significant role as a predator of other larvae [8]. the species is also of importance in forensic science and forensic entomology because it is the first insect to come in contact with carrion due to their ability to smell dead animal matter from up to ten miles 16 km away[9,10]. chrysomya megacephala is reported in the same locations of other calliphorid species [11]. this survey is to reveal the role of blowfly chrysomya albiceps and chrysomya megacephala as carriers of pathogen as a primary effort of iraq. material and methods a total of 257 fly was chosen and diagnosed as chrysomya albiceps 235(91.4%) and chrysomya megacephala 22(8.5%) by iraqi natural history research center and museum from1123diffrent flies were collected from slaughter markets of ruminants and fishes in baghdad in addition of traps were put in zoo and slaughter of equine in al-zawra park of baghdad, from march to october 2011, so as to identify the eggs, larvae and cysts of protozoa. two methods applied: 1-washing technique: all the flies put in distal water for 3 hours and centrifuge the supernatant to identify the parasites that transmitted mechanically[12]. 2-staining technique: the procedure to be used with gut contents of blowfly after deposit the abdomen; to identify the eggs, larvae and cyst of protozoa that transmitted internally by zeal nelson stain . color photographs of eggs, larvae and cysts were taken after ocular micrometer calibration [13]. this work is diagnosis in iraqi natural history research center and museum, university of baghdad. key of diagnosis [14, 15, 16,17]. results and discussion washing technique: 10 species of different parasite stages were reported in this study that transmitted mechanically by chrysomya albiceps and chrysoma megacephala ,eight of them are nematode eggs (ancylostoma duodenal, ascaridia sp., ascaris lumbricoides, parascaris equirum, strongyloides stericoralis , strongylus sp., trichostrongylus sp. and toxocara canis)and cysts of two species of protozoa ( entamoba sp.and iodomaba butschlii). (table 1), (fig. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10) respectively. zael nelson stain technique: three species of nematode eggs (ascaris lumriciodes, strongyloides stericoralis and trichuris sp.); one species of cestode eggs (taenia sp.) and three species of protozoaoocysts (cryptosporidium parvum, c. muris, and cyclospora cayetanensis), from tested of 257 fly of chrysomya albiceps and chrysoma megacephala after stained with zaelnelson stain, (table2) (fig.3,5,11,12,13,14,15)respectively. the current study showed eleven species of different parasites that transmitted mechanically by chrysomya albiceps and chrysoma megacephala ,this result may be explained by sukontason[18] who claim that the ultrastructure of adhesive device or the pulvilli, pad-like structure between the tarsal claws of the legs, is presented in the blowfly (calliphoridae), housefly and relatives (muscidae), and flesh fly (sarcophagidae)through scanning electron microscopy. these results provided anatomical information that allow us to not only understand the successful attachment of flies to smooth surfaces but also clarify their role as a mechanical carrier of microorganisms. 65 | biology http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/carrion mhtml:file://c:%5cusers%5chaider%5cdesktop%5cmetal%20fly%5cspringerlink%20-%20parasitology%20research,%20volume%2098,%20number%205.mht!/content/?author=k.+l.+sukontason @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 flies from several families are attracted to human and animal feces for both feeding and breeding. blowflies (calliphoridae) require protein for the development of their eggs [19]. eggs of several parasites which presented in stool were appeared in this survey like: ascaris lumbricoides, ancylostoma duodenal, strongyloides stericoralis, taenia sp. and trichuris sp. these adult parasites are hosted in the human intestine and releases large numbers of eggs with the feces, so fresh moist feces attract flies more readily than old dry material. the current study showed cysts of two species of protozoa : entamoba sp.and iodomaba butschlii that similar to pipken[20]who had studied the transmission of entamoba histolytica by filth fly experimentally. in kenya round[21] experimented with three species of filth flies: chrysomia albiceps, chrysomia chloropyga and sarcophaga sp. after giving the flies access to ova of taeniarhynchus saginatum in dilute sugar solution, on raw meat or in an emulsion of human feces, the flies were washed (without killing) and put into a fresh cage. after different periods the fecal spots were examined for ova, he found that taeniarhynchus saginatum eggs could be passed by these flies for periods of up 11 days after ingestion. however the majority was passed within three days and during that time the eggs were viable. he concluded that filth flies in kenya may play an important role in the transmission of taeniarhynchus saginatum eggs. the presence of intestinal eggs that transmitted by dogs feces like tapeworm and toxocara canis in this survey noted that the calliphoridae fed readily on the excrement of canine animals, that similar to schiller [22] .in other hand, heniz [23]observed that two different fly populations were associated with dog feces; one visits feces to feed only, whereas the other feeds and reproduces within them. lawson [24] made a similar observation and noted that the species associated with dog feces. three species of intestinal parasites of equine appeared in this survey (trichostrongylus sp., strongylus sp. and parascaris equurium) that mean, calliphoridae fly were feeding on intestinal content and feces of equine slaughter. in addition, the role and importance of horses for parasitic transmission and their significance in the continuity of some zoonotic diseases can be investigated [25].three species of protozoa were reveled in this survey that similar to [26]. the highest rate of this study is to cryptosporidium parvum and c. muris (protozoa) 26%,15% subsequently. cryptosporidium parvum is prevalent in preweaned cattle[26] in which the infections can produce high oocyst output sometimes exceeding 1010 oocysts per day.[27] cattle manure is recognized source of c. parvum oocysts,[28,29] and is also a favorite breeding place, food source, and descending site of flies.[30] although flies come into direct contact with manure, and it has been demonstrated that small particles readily adhere to the exterior surfaces of the fly,[31,32] .farther than psychodidae[33] found the larvae and adult stages of flies in the dung. it was observed that more parasites were isolated from the external surfaces than gut contents of the flies examined (p<0.001),that may be due to the varity of surfaces which these flies stopping on like: feces, fresh and died flesh, carcases…etc. this study documented the role of calliphoridae flies chrisoma albiceps and chrisoma megacephala transmission of different intestinal parasites and protozoa ,this varity of parasites referred to wide distribution of these flies in baghdad that is a risk for public health. acknowledgments the author wishes to thank dr. hayder b. ali & razzaq sh. augul of the iraqi natural history research center and museum, insect department, university of baghdad for diagnosis of the flies. i also thank dr. adel s. mosa the manager of zoo in al-zawra park for supporting and agreement to put the traps of flies. 66 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 references 1. fetene, t and worku, n. (2009). public health importance of non-biting cyclorrhaphan flies.trans. r. soc. trop. med. hyg., 103:187-91 2. gatechew, s; teshome, g.m ; erko, b; balkew, m and medhin, g. (2007).non-biting cyclorrhaphan flies (diptera) as carriers of intestinal human parasites in slum areas of addis ababa, ethiopia. acta. tropica., 103:186-94 3. 3graczyk, t.k; knight, r and tamang, l. (2005) mechanical transmission of human protozoan parasites by insects. clin. microbiol. rev., 18:128-32 4. 4-forster, m; klimpel, s and sievert, k.(2009). the house fly (musca domestica) as a potential vector of metazoan parasites caught in a pig-pen ingermany. vet. parasitol., 160:163-7 5. 5-hennig, w. (1973). diptera (zweiflügler). handbuchder. zoologie, berln., 31(4) : 1337 6. 6-pont, a. c. (1980). family calliphoridae, catalogue of the diptera of 7. the afrotropical region, british museum (natural history) .londres, 779-800 8. 7-shewell, g. e. (1987). calliphoridae, manual of nearctic diptera, research branch, agriculture canada, ottawa, 1133-1145. 9. margareth, m. (1996).temperature requirements of chrysomya albiceps (wiedemann, 1819) (diptera, calliphoridae) under laboratory conditions". memórias do instituto oswaldo cruz (brazil), 91 (6): 785–788 10. martin, g.; elisabeth, f. and christian, r. (2003). the blowfly chrysomya albiceps (wiedemann) (diptera: calliphoridae) as a new forensic indicator in central europe. int. j. legal med., 117:75–81 11. krzysztof, s.; szymon, m.; daria, b.and szymon, k.(2008). chrysomya albiceps (wiedemann, 1819), a forensically important blowfly (diptera: calliphoridae) new for the polish fauna. j. entomol., 77: 351-355 12. mara, s. o.; mara, j. ; dantur, j. and nstor, c.(2011). first report of chrysomya megacephala(diptera: calliphoridae) in northwestern argntina. florida entomologist, 94(2):345-346 13. gregor, f.; rozkosny, r.; bartak, m.and vanhara, j. (2002). the muscidae (diptera) of central europe. scientiarum naturalium universitatis masarykianae brunensis. 107. masaryk.: masaryk university, 280 14. robert, a. s. and robert, d.(2002). grey flesh fly (wohlfahrtia vigil) parasitism of a preble’s meadow jumping mouse (zapus hudsonius preblei). j. of wildlife diseases, 38(3): 604–606 15. thienpont, e.; rochette, f.and vanparijs, o. (1986). diagnosing helminthiasis by coprological examination. turnhoutsebaan 30, 2340 beerse, belgium). available from: vet lab services, unit 11. station road, south water, sussex rh 13 7hq. 16. edward, k. and marietta, v. (1959).diagnostic medical parasitology . philadelphia and london. library of gongress catalog card no .58-7955 . 276 pp. 17. joobori, t.i.(2002).medical parasitology laboratory manual medical helminthology. department of micr.med .coll. alnahreen univ., 159pp. 18. world health organization (2004).integrated guide to sanitary parasitology. regional office for the eastern mediterranean amman – jordan, 120pp. 19. sukontason, k. l.; bunchu, n. ; methanitikorn, r. ; chaiwong, t. ; kuntalue b. and sukontason, k. .(2006). ultrastructure of adhesive device in fly in families calliphoridae, muscidae and sarcophagidae, and their implication as mechanical carriers of pathogens. parasitol. research, 98 ( 5): 477 – 481 20. waterhouse, d. f. (1974). the biological control of dung. scientific american, 230(4):100 – 109 67 | biology http://memorias.ioc.fiocruz.br/916/3086.html http://memorias.ioc.fiocruz.br/916/3086.html mhtml:file://c:%5cusers%5chaider%5cdesktop%5cmetal%20fly%5cspringerlink%20-%20parasitology%20research,%20volume%2098,%20number%205.mht!/content/?author=k.+l.+sukontason mhtml:file://c:%5cusers%5chaider%5cdesktop%5cmetal%20fly%5cspringerlink%20-%20parasitology%20research,%20volume%2098,%20number%205.mht!/content/?author=n.+bunchu mhtml:file://c:%5cusers%5chaider%5cdesktop%5cmetal%20fly%5cspringerlink%20-%20parasitology%20research,%20volume%2098,%20number%205.mht!/content/?author=r.+methanitikorn mhtml:file://c:%5cusers%5chaider%5cdesktop%5cmetal%20fly%5cspringerlink%20-%20parasitology%20research,%20volume%2098,%20number%205.mht!/content/?author=t.+chaiwong mhtml:file://c:%5cusers%5chaider%5cdesktop%5cmetal%20fly%5cspringerlink%20-%20parasitology%20research,%20volume%2098,%20number%205.mht!/content/?author=b.+kuntalue mhtml:file://c:%5cusers%5chaider%5cdesktop%5cmetal%20fly%5cspringerlink%20-%20parasitology%20research,%20volume%2098,%20number%205.mht!/content/?author=k.+sukontason @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 21. pipken, a. c. (1949). expermemital studies on the role of filth flies in the transmission of entamoaba histolytica. american j. hygiene, 49: 255 -275 22. round, m. c.(1961). observations on the possible role of filth flies in the epizootiology of bovine cysticercosis in kenya. j. hyg. cambridge, 59:505 – 513 23. schiller, e. l.(1954).studies on the helminth founa of alaska xix. an experimental study on blowfly (phormia) region transmission of hydatid disease. experimental parasitology, 3 :161. 24. heinz, h. j. and brauns, w. (1955). the ability of flies to transmit ova of echinoccocus granulosus to human food. south african j. med. sci., 20:131 – 132 25. lawson, j. r. and gemmell, m.a. (1983).hydatidosis and cysticercosis: the dynamics of transmission .advances in parasitology, 22 : 261-308 26. ram chandra, s. (2009). a report on prevalence of helminthes parasites in mules of brick kiln of lalitpur district. www.animalnepal.org/documents/donkey/ 27. hadi, a. m. (2011).a study of prevalence of some parasites and protozoa from 28. musca demostica in baghdad. alanbar j. vet. sci., 4(2):8892 29. anderson, b.c,( 1981). patterns of shedding cryptosporidial oocysts in idaho calves. j. am. vet. med. assoc., 178: 982–984 30. hiepe, t.and buchwalder, r.(1991). livestock manure as a vector for parasites a report of experiences. deutsche tierarztliche wochenschrift, 98: 268–272 31. pell, a.n. (1997). manure and microbes: public and animal health problem? j. dairy sci., 80: 2673–2681 32. hedges, a. (1980). flies, gnats and midges. mallis a, ed. handbook of pest control. cleveland, oh: franzak & foster co., 621–685. 33. ebeling, w.( 1978). urban entomology. davis, ca: university of california press. 20. bennett gw, owens jm, corrigan ms, duluth, mn: advanstar communications. 34. iwasa, m. ; makino, s.i; asakura, h. ; kobori, h. and morimoto, y, (1999). 35. detection of escherichia coli o157:h7 from musca domestica (diptera: muscidae) at a cattle farm in japan. j. med. entomol., 36: 108–112 36. greenberg, b. (1973). flies and diseases, biology and disease transmission. princeton, n j: princeton university press. 37. heo chong, c.; nazni, w. a.; chew, w. k.; hiromu, k.; john, j. ; heah sock, k. and baharudin, o.(2010). a study of cow dung diptera in sentul timur, kuala lumpur, malaysia. j. trop. med. parasitol., 33:53-61 68 | biology http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/bookseries/0065308x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=publicationurl&_hubeid=1-s2.0-s0065308x08x60397&_cid=273006&_pubtype=bs&view=c&_auth=y&_acct=c000228598&_version=1&_urlversion=0&_userid=10&md5=45bda11855d8be33fb86e9a8e474e020 http://www.animalnepal.org/documents/donkey/ @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1): stages of parasites are transmitted by external surface of two species of calliphoridae fly. species of parasites class stage final host no. of stage % ancylostoma duodenal ascaridea sp. ascaris lumbrecoides parascaris equirum strongyloides stericoralis strongylus sp. trichostrongylus sp. toxocara canis entamoba sp. iodomaba butschli nematode nematode nematode nematode nematode nematode nematode nematode protozoa protozoa egg egg egg egg egg egg egg egg cyst cyst man avian man equine man equine equine dog man man 7 7 9 11 11 7 8 13 23 9 2.7 2.7 3.5 4.2 4.2 2.7 3.1 5 9.8 3.5 significant differences p<0.01 between two methods. significant differences p<0.05 among the species of parasites. table (2): stages of parasites are transmitted by gut contents of two species of calliphoridae fly stained with zeal nelson stain. % no. of stages stage class species of parasites 4.2 5 10.5 3.1 26 15 8.1 11 13 27 8 67 39 21 egg egg egg egg oocyst oocyst oocyst nematode nematode nematode cestode protozoa protozoa protozoa ascaris lumbriciodes strongyloides stericoralis trichuris sp. taenia sp. c. parvum c. muris cyclospora cayetanensis fig.1: ancylostoma duodenal egg external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. 69 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.2: ascaridea sp. egg external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. fig.3:ascaris lumbriciodes unfertilized egg , zeal nelson stain. fig.4:parascaris equrium egg external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. fig.5: strongyloides stericoralis egg, zeal nelson stain. 70 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.6:strongylus sp. egg external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. fig.7:trichostrongylus sp. egg external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. fig.8: toxocara canis egg external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. fig.9:entamoeba sp. cyst external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. 71 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.10:iodomaba butschlii external transmitted by calliphoridae fly. fig.11:trichuris sp. egg zeal nelson stain. fig.12:taenia sp. egg zeal nelson stain. fig.13:cryptosporidium parvum oocyst ,zeal nelson stain. 72 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.14:cryptosporidium muris oocyst, zeal nelson stain. fig.15:cyclospora cayteniasis oocyst, zeal nelson stain. 73 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 الطفیلیات المعویة من عزل وتشخیص بیوض ،أكیاس وأكیاس بیض بعض الكالیفوریدي في بغداد ذباب عائلة نوعین من أفكار مسلم ھادي جامعة بغداد / مركز بحوث ومتحف التاریخ الطبیعي 2012تشرین الثاني 20قبل البحث في: 2012شباط 20في: استلم البحث الخالصة :بینت الدراسة دور نوعین من الذباب ھما chrysomya albiceps, chrysomya megacephala نوعا من بیوض وأكیاس بیض بعض الطفیلیات المعویة خارجیا وداخلیا والول مرة في 15في نقل انواع من الطفیلیات التي ینقلھا ھذین النوعین من الذباب 10اظھرت الدراسة اكیاس وبیوض العراق. میكانیكیا، ثمانیة منھاھي بیوض الدیدان الخیطیة، واكیاس نوعین من الحیوانات االبتدائیة.كما اظھر ید الدراسة، ذبابة للنوعین ق 257الفحص الداخلي لصبغ سوائل القناة الھضمیة بصبغة الزیل نلسن ل اكیاس بیض ثالثة انواع من الحیوانات االبتدائیة، وبیوض ثالثة انواع من الدیدان الخیطیة وبیوض نوعا واحدا من الدیدان الشریطیة. ھذا التنوع في ظھور الطفیلیات یشیر الى االنتشار الواسع لھذه الذبابة في بغداد وھذا یشكل خطرا على الصحة العامة. calliphoridae, chrysomya albiceps, chrysomyaالطفیلیات المعویة، االوالي المعویة، ،: تاحیةالكلمات المف megacephala 74 | biology علوم الحیاة |315 2017عام ) 30(المجلد ) 1(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة العدد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 محطة كھرباء الرشید في تنوع أحیاء قاع نھر دجلة، جنوب بغداد متدفقاتتأثیر مھند رمزي نشأت أسیل غازي راضي وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا /دائرة البحوث الزراعیة /مركز الثروة الحیوانیة والسمكیة أمل عباس محمد وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا /دائرة البحث والتطویر الصناعي كریم حمید رسن وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا /دائرة البحوث الزراعیة /مركز الثروة الحیوانیة والسمكیة 2016/تشرین الثاني /7:قبل في , 2016/حزیران/30: استلم في الخالصة عند 2012األول ولغایة كانون 2012درس التركیب الكمي والنوعي لمجتمع الفقریات القاع للمدة من كانون الثاني al-rasheedتقع بالقرب من محطة كھرباء الرشید s2 احدھما. أربع محطات على نھر دجلة في محافظة بغداد power plant (rpp) وs1 تقع أعالھا لتكون محطة سیطرة ومحطتین أخرى s4وs3 بعد محطة كھرباء الرشید وحدة تصنیفیة تتبع الى أربع رتب تصنیفیة 44تم تشخیص . لتقییم التأثیرات البیئیة من خالل المقارنة مع محطة السیطرة و كانت نسبتھا oligochaetaھالب قلیلة اال annelidaوحدة منھا تعود لمجموعة الدیدان الحلقیة 11: توزعت كاآلتي arthropoda وحدة تصنیفیة لشعبة المفصلیات 18و % 73بلغت المئویة العددیة األعلى بین مجامیع الالفقریات إذ و أربع وحدات تصنیفیة 13%وبنسبة مئویة molluscaوحدة تصنیفیة تعود لشعبة النواعم 11و % 9وبنسبة مئویة تباینت الفقریات القاعیة في توزیعھا المكاني والزماني في .%5وبنسبة مئویة nematodaیة لشعبة الدیدان الخیط درست مؤشرات الوفرة النسبیة . في محطات الدارسة 2م/فرد 64987-352الدراسة الحالیة، تراوحت الكثافة الشھریة بین وقد لوحظ انخفاض واضح في مؤشر تجانس ظھور األنواع و مؤشر الثباتیة ومعامل شانون وینر للتنوع االحیائي و وبشكل عام أظھرت . rppالمؤشرات البیئیة المدروسة في المحطة الثانیة الواقعة تحت تأثیر المتدفقات الخارجة من .على تنوع الفقریات القاع عند المحطة الثانیة rppالنتائج وجود تأثیر سلبي واضح لمتدفقات ال . محطات كھرباء، تنوع إحیائي، الفقریات القاع، نھر دجلة :كلمات مفتاحیة علوم الحیاة |316 2017عام ) 30(المجلد ) 1(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة العدد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المقدمة خرى، إذ إن ھذه النظم ألیُعّد تلوث المیاه مشكلة عالمیة السیّما المیاه الداخلیة كاألنھار والبحیرات والمسطحات المائیة ا المائیة معرضة للعدید من العوامل البیئیة المختلفة اعتمادا على شكلیائیة التربة للجسم المائي والتغیرات المناخیة والنشاطات بیعة المسطحات المائیة ونوعیتھا بصورة جیدة البد من توفر المعلومات الكافیة عن األحیاء التي ولمعرفة ط [1] البشریة benthic invertebrates إذ یمكن أن یوفر الكائن الحي دلیال على نوعیة بیئتھ وصحتھا والالفقریات القاعیة تقطن فیھا یھا، یتأثر تركیب مجتمع الالفقریات القاعیة بالخصائص التي تقطن فمن أھم المجامیع التي تصف نوعیة البیئة المائیة وكمیة األوكسجین المذاب واألس الفیزیاویة والكیمیاویة للمسطحات المائیة منھا طبیعة القاع والعمق ودرجة حرارة الماء عیة والمنزلیة ألھیدروجیني ودخول العناصر الثقیلة والمواد السامة إلى البیئة المائیة من المصادر الزراعیة والصنا . وللمغذیات تأثیر غیر مباشر فیھا فالمغذیات تحفز نمو النباتات المائیة مما یؤدي إلى زیادة المادة العضویة في الرواسب بدراسة القاعیات ألربعة مواقع مختارة على نھرّي [2]فقد قام حظیت الالفقریات القاعیة بكثیر من الدراسات في نھر دجلة غداد، إذ وجد أن التركیبة الحیوانیة كانت متشابھة إلى حد كبیر في النھرین كلیھما وكانت السیادة للدیدان دجلة ودیالى في ب إذ عرضت دراستھم [3]ا فضال عما قام بھ ھذ. chironomidaeوالبرغش غیر الواخز oligochaetaقلیلة االھالب ن من النتائج أن مجموعة الدیدان قلیلة االھالب ھي السائدة التباین الموقعي والفصلي الحیاء القاع في نھر دجلة، وقد تبي راع الثرثار ذفي [4]لك درست الفقریات القاع من قبل كذ. chironomid larvaeفضالً عن یرقات البرغش غیر الواخز لة وقد شكلت راع الثرثار ونھر دجذوحدة تصنیفیة من الالفقریات القاعیة في 26ونھر دجلة إذ تم أثناء الدراسة تشخیص فأجریت من أجل التعرف على التنوع االحیائي الفقریات [5]أما دراسة . الحشرات الغالبیة العظمى من الوحدات التصنیفیة [6]كما قام . نواع السائدة والثابتة في بیئة النھریّنألالمیاه في نھرّي دجلة والفرات في منطقة وسط العراق، وتحدید ا 147وع الالفقریات المائیة في نھر دجلة قرب محطة كھرباء الدورة في جنوب بغداد إذ سجلت بدراسة بیئة وانتشار وتن إذ قام [7]ومن الدراسات عن التلوث العضوي لنھري دجلة و دیالى منھا دراسة . وحدة تصنیفیة تعود للھائمات الحیوانیة باستعمال تقنیة الترذیذ لمعالجة التلوث العضوي المرتفع في نھر دیالى وبالتحدید في المنطقة القریبة من نقطة تصریف التي ھدفت إلى التعرف على درجة [8]فضالً عن دراسة . المیاه المعالجة من محطة تصفیة المیاه الثقیلة في الرستمیة ودیالى عن طریق دراسة حیاتیة والعوامل الفیزویایة والكیمائیة ودراسة الواقع التلوث العضوي في میاه نھرّي دجلة بدراسة بیئیة لمجتمع بعض العوالق الحیوانیة في نھر دجلة عند مدینة بغداد إذ [9]وكذلك قام . اإلحیائي لمیاه النھرین إلدارة البیئیة دراسة في [10]أجریت في حین . أظھرت النتائج أن میاه نھر دجلة أظھرت تنوعا جیدا من العوالق الحیوانیة لقد بینت نتائج الدراسة ، لبعض االنشطة في نھر دجلة وتأثیرھا في نوعیة المیاه ومجتمع األحیاء القاعیة ضمن مدینة بغداد لنواعم بنسبة لالفقریات القاعیة تلتھا امن امن المجموع الكلي % 68.17 وقد شكلتا لدیدان الحلقیة مرتبة تصنیفیة 24تواجد .%1.34وأخیرا القشریات بنسبة % 4.10ومن ثم الحشرات بنسبة % 26.39 تسبب محطات تولید الطاقة الكھربائیة تلوثاً لمیاه نھر دجلة نتیجة تصریفھا للمیاه الحارة الحاویة على المركبات العضویة ألضرار للكائنات الحیة المائیة في بیئة النھر، ساعة لكل وحدة وبدرجة حرارة عالیة مسببة ا/ 3م 430التي تصرف بمقدار إن النفط األسود والماء الساخن المستعمالن لتشغیل محطة الرشید الحراریة ھما المصدران الرئیسان للتلوث الھوائي الخلط والمائي في الموقع بالرغم من وجود وحدات لمعالجھ المیاه الصناعیة ممثلة بأحواض معادلة الدالة الحامضیة وأجراء الجید فضال عن وحدات السیطرة الخاصة بتنقیة الھواء الناتج عن احتراق الوقود من الملوثات لجعلھ ضمن الحدود . [11]المسموح بھا بیئیا على التركیب والكمي ) rpp(ھدفت الدراسة الحالیة الى معرفة تأثیر المتدفقات الخارجة من محطة كھرباء الرشید . الفقریات القاع من خالل استعمال مجموعة من أدلة التنوع اإلحیائي والنوعي وتنوع مجتمع طرائق العمل إلى 2012في مجتمع الفقریات القاع جمعت العینات الشھریة للمدة من كانون الثاني rppلمعرفة تأثیر متدفقات :حددت كاآلتي) 1(من أربع محطات شكل 2012كانون األول rppبالقرب من متدفقات ال ) (s2المحطة .كم 1ب rppموقع محطة الرشیدقبل ) 1s( المحطة . كم2بعد المحطة الثالثة ب ) s4( المحطة. م500بعد المحطة الثانیة ب) s3( المحطة ekmanم تحت سطح الماء بوساطة كراءة اكمان 1 –0.5جمعت عینات شھریة من المحطات قید الدراسة من عمق grab0.5بعد ان تم غسلھا بمیاه النھر عبر مناخل مختبریة ذات حجم ثقوب % 4العینات بإضافة الفورمالین ، وحفظت ملم عندھا عزلت العینات بوساطة مجھر تشریحي ثم فحصت العینات تحت المجھر المركب وشخصت األنواع اعتماداً على : وتم حساب المؤشرات البیئیة اآلتیة. 2م/ائج ب فرد وعبر عن النت [13 , 12]المفاتیح التشخیصیة اآلتیــــــــــــة 𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹( . [14]حسـب ھــــــــذا المؤشر اعتمــادا على المعادلــة التي وردت في :(ra)مؤشر الوفرة النسبیة 1= 𝑵𝑵 𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵 × 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 ( . عدد األفراد العائدین لكل وحدة تصنیفیة في العینة= n :إذ إن علوم الحیاة |317 2017عام ) 30(المجلد ) 1(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة العدد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ns = العینةالعدد الكلي لألفراد في . [15].حســب وجـود وتكرار كل نوع حسب الصیغة التي وردت في ( s ) :مؤشر الثباتیة 2 (s = 𝑛𝑛 n × 100 ) . عدد العینات التي یوجد بھا النوع n =: إذ إن n =عدد العینات الكلي . : (h)مؤشر شانون وینر للتنوع -3 الالفقریة المشمولة بالدراسة واستعملت معادلة شانون وینر حسب ما ورد فيحسبت قیم ھذا المؤشر شھریا للمجموعات [16] . . عدد األفراد للنوع الواحد في المحطة= ni :إذ أن n =المجموع الكلي لألفراد في نفس المحطة . فرد یعد تنوعاً / بت 1القیم األقل من ،إذ أن البت تساوي معلومة واحدة (.bit/ ind) فرد/ وعبر عن النتائج بوحدة بت .فرد یعد تنوعـاً عالیـا/ بت 3قلیالً، بینما القیم األكثر من the species uniformity index (e)مؤشر تجانس ظھور األنواع 4]. 17[مؤشر تجانس األنواع حسبت وفق الصیغة التي وردت في e = h / ln s .عدد األنواع في الموقع= sقیمة معیار شانون وینر، h =،(.h max )تساوي أكبر قیمة نظریة للتنوع ln s: َّإذ إن النتائج والمناقشة نھر دجلة قرب محطة كھرباء الرشید التنوع في مجتمع الالفقریات القاعیة في وحدة 11: توزعت كاآلتي، )2(وحدة تصنیفیة تنتمي ألربع مراتب تصنیفیة شكل 44تم خالل الدراسة الحالیة تشخیص و كانت نسبتھا المئویة األعلى بین مجامیع الالفقریات إذ oligochaetaقلیلة االھالب منھا تعود لمجموعة الدیدان الحلقیة وحدة تصنیفیة تعود لشعبة 11 و% 9ة وبنسبة مئويarthropoda وحدة تصنیفیة لمجموعة المفصلیات 18و %73بلغت . %5وبنسبة مئویة nematodaوحدات تصنیفیة لشعبة الدیدان الخیطیة أربعو% 13وبنسبة مئویة molluscaالنواعم ، فتوزعت الكثافة الكلیة بین أعلى ) 3(تباینت الالفقریات القاعیة في توزیعھا المكاني والزماني في الدراسة الحالیة شكل سجلت خالل شھر كانون 2م/فرد 352بینما اقل كثافة بلغت s2سجلت خالل شھر آذار في 2م/فرد 64987بلغت كثافة قد سجال أعلى كثافة شھریة ، بینما كانت منخفضة s2,s3من نتائج الدراسة الحالیة ان وبدا واضح .s4األول في . s1,s4في لكلیة تزامن مع التغیر في درجات الحرارة إذ بدأت الكثافة الكلیة وبصورة عامة بدا واضحا ان الزیادة في الكثافة ا باالرتفاع التدریجي من شھر شباط لتصل الى ذروتھا خالل شھري آذار ونیسان، ثم بدأت باالنخفاض التدریجي خالل .رباءالكھبالقرب من المتدفقات الخارجة من محطة تولید األشھر الحارة من السنة في جمیع محطات الدراسة ان الكثافات العالیة لالفقریات القاعیة في الدراسة الحالیة مرتبط بتواجد الدیدان الحلقیة ویرقات الحشرات، فاغلب الزیادات في الكثافة السنویة لم یتأثر بصورة واضحة عن زیادة كثافة األنواع األخرى كونھا ظھرت بأعداد منخفضة طیلة مدة . الدراسة [18] الحلقیة قلیلة االھالب دلیل على وجود إجھاد بیئي في مواقع الدراسة ان سیادة الدیدان : oligochaetaتقسیم درجات التلوث حسب كثافة الدیدان الحلقیة [19]اقترح إذ .یدل على وجود تلوث طفیف 2م /فرد 1999 -100كثافة من .یدل على وجود تلوث متوسط 2م/فرد 5000 –1000كثافة من . یدل على وجود تلوث عالٍ 2م/فرد 5000اكثر من خالل s1ذا تلوث عاٍل خالل شھر آذار وتموز وذا تلوث قلیل أو معدوم في الموقع s2وحسب ھذه التقسیمات یعد الموقع . یعد تلوثاً tubificidaeوسیادة انواع عائلة oligochaeta ان قلة الدیدان الحلقیة [20]بینما اقترح , شھر شباط محطة الكھرباء لھا تأثیر واضح في مجتمع الفقریات القاع واستجابتھا للتغیرات البیئیة إذ اختفت أنواع عدیدة تكون إن كما ان . [21]حساسة للتغیرات البیئیة وسادت أنواع أخرى مقاومة للتلوث طویل األمد التي تستعمل كمؤشر حیوي للتلوث علوم الحیاة |318 2017عام ) 30(المجلد ) 1(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة العدد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 تتراكم بھا الملوثات أو من خالل ھضم الرواسب وجزیئات الغذاء المتراكمة في طبیعة معیشتھا في القاع مع الرواسب التي . [23,22]القاع جعلھا معرضة للتلوث بصورة مباشرة في بحیرة [24]و [3,2]أعلى مما سجلت في نھري دجلة ودیالى إن الكثافة الكلیة المسجلة في الدراسة الحالیة كانت تطرح مواد عضویة الى نھر دجلة التي ویعود ذلك الى تأثیر محطة الكھرباء التي , في مبزل الیوسفیة [25]القادسیة و . s2تستفاد منھا الفقریات القاع سیما وانھا سجلت اعلى كثافة لھا بالقرب من تلك المتدفقات عند المشخصة لالفقریات القاعیة المعزولة من محطات مختلفة لنھر دجلة قرب احتسبت قیم معیار التنوع للوحدات التصنیفیة بت في /فرد 4.4 فأظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالیة ان أعلى قیمة للتنوع حسب مؤشر شانون وینر بلغت: محطة كھرباء الرشید s4 ذا المؤشر سجلت في وان معظم المحطات اقتربت من ھذه القیمة واقل قیمة لھ) 4شكل (خالل شھري آذار وتموزs2 لذا فان نتائج الدراسة الحالیة تشیر إلى أن تنوع الفقریات القاع تراوح بین . بت/ فرد 0.7خالل شھر آذار إذ وصلت الى ، كون مؤشرات التنوع [26]تنوع قلیل الى تنوع جید في نھر دجلة خالل محطات وأشھر الدراسة وھي مشابھة لما سجلھ القیم العالیة لمؤشر شانون وینر كما أن [27]. دد األنواع في العینة وتوزیع األفراد ما بین ھذه األنواع االحیائي تشیر إلى ع على تنوع عاٍل لمجتمع احیائي معافى 3وتدل القیمة األعلى من 5-0فقیم ھذا دلیل بین [28]دلیل على التنوع العالي من واحد إلى وجود ضغوط بیئیة ناتجة عن التلوث والتي تؤدي إلى اختفاء وسلیم یقطن بیئة مستقرة بینما تشیر القیم األقل كما یعد نھر دجلة في محطات ومدة الدراسة معتدلة التلوث العضوي الى ثقیل التلوث . [29]األنواع الحساسة وھجرتھا ثقیل = فرد /بت 1ث و اقل منمعتدل التلو= فرد /بت 3-1ماء نظیف و = فرد /بت 3اكثر من : فوفقا لقیم ھذا الدلیل . التلوث وبدا واضحاً من نتائج الدراسة الحالیة ان اعلى قیمة لمؤشر شانون كانت في آذار ونیسان وتشرین األول وكانون األول سبب التغییرات المغذیات، وقد یعود وھذا قد یعود الى زیادة منسوب المیاه مما ادى الى تقلیل الملوحة والعسرة وتوفر لفصلیة في قیم التنوع الى طبیعة دورة حیاة كل نوع، فبعض االنواع تزداد كثافتھا في فصل الربیع والبعض اآلخر فيا ان تنوع الفقریات القاع یعود لعدة أسباب منھا وجود المواد الصلبة العالقة في المیاه الناتجة عن الخلط .أواخر الصیف ان قلة الفقریات القاع نتیجة لزیادة الكدرة [30]إذ أشار s2ا واضح في الموقع العالي لقناة التصریف لمحطة الكھرباء وھذ المسجلة في دراسة إن قیم التنوع المسجلة في ھذه الدراسة جاءت اعلى من تلك .[6]وكذلك وجود المخلفات النفطیة في دراستھ عن نھر الفرات [5]الباحث نفسھ، وسجل 0.48-1.9، إذ ســـــــــــــــــجل قـیماً تراوحـــت مــــــا بین [31] في تشرین األول 1.28في آذار و 0.63لشھر نیسان وآیار على التوالي وسجل قیماً ما بین 0.9-1.93قیماً تراوحت ما بین وسجلت التغیرات 1.76-2.55فقد سجل تنوعاً تراوح ما بین [32]وكانت الدراسة الحالیة مقاربة لدراسة . لنھر دجلة الفصلیة للتنوع اإلحیائي لالفقریات القاعیة لنھري الدیوانیة والدغارة ارتفاعاً في أشھر الخریف والشتاء، بینما كانت متذبذبة في دراستھا لمسطحات مائیة متدرجة [33] بین االرتفاع واالنخفاض في أشھر الربیع والصیف، أما القیم المسجلة من قبل عراق، وقد أظھرت النتائج تذبذباً في تنوع الالفقریات القاعیة في جمیع مواقع الدراسة، إذ سجلت األشھر الملوحة وسط ال . 29.5الحارة أعلى القیم للتنوع البایولوجي في نھر الفرات كأعلى 1.5تراوحت بین ) 5كل ش(اظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالیة ان قیم مؤشر تجانس ظھور األنواع في محطات الدراسة كأقل قیمة سجل خالل العدید من أشھر الدراسة السیما في األشھر 0.3و 0.2و s4قیمة سجلت خالل شھر آذار وتموز في وھذا ما یدل على وجود ضغوط بیئیة أثرت في توزیع ) 3شكل ( s2,s3التي سجلت فیھا أعلى الكثافات الكلیة في وان مؤشر تجانس ظھور األنواع یشیر إلى نمط وكیفیة توزیع األفراد ما بین األنواع، وكلما ، سیما الالفقریات القاعیة وبذلك تعد األنواع او الوحدات التصنیفیة . اقتربت األفراد بعضھا من بعض من ناحیة الكثافة اقتربت القیمة من واحد من ان قلة [15]وھذا یتفق مع ما أشار إلیھ المسجلة بالدراسة الحالیة متجانسة في ظھورھا في بعض أشھر الدراسة ، ان نتائج . مؤشر تجانس ظھور األنواع یؤشر إلى سیادة أنواع قلیلة بكثافات عالیة مما یعد مؤشًرا على وجود ضغط بیئي في أمریكا الجنوبیة وھو maceioفي نھر ماسیو 0.75فقد سجل معدالً للقیم بلغ [15]الدراسة الحالیة جاءت متقاربة مع إذ [31]وكانت قیم مؤشر التجانس في الدراسة الحالیة متقاربة مع التي جاء بھا . مقارب لما سجل في ھذه الدراسة .في نھر الفرات 0.71 – 0.90في نھر دجلة، وتراوحت ما بین 0.75 – 0.91تراوحت قیم مؤشر تجانس األنواع بین أن معظم األنواع المشخصة تراوحت بین قلیلة ونادرة وكانت الدیدان الحلقیة ) 1(بینت نتائج معامل الوفرة النسبیة جدول كما واظھرت النتائج أن االنواع , وقلیالً في المحطات األخرى% 41فقط اذ بلغت نسبتھا s3وفیراً في المحطة الثالثة prestina longesita وmicrotendipes sp. وpomatiopsis lapidaria وbrachypodontes variabilis اختفت عن المحطة االولى مما یدل على حساسیتھا للتغیرات الحاصلة جراء التصاریف polynices tuberculaو وحدة تصنیفیة وزادت عدد الوحدات التصنیفیة المشخصة في 38، اذ سجلت المحطة االولى الخارجة من محطة الكھرباء . على التوالي 41و 42و 43لتصل الى s4, s3, s2لمحطات ا s2في حین عد من االنواع الثابتة في s3,s4عد من االنواع الطارئة في tubifex tubifexأما مؤشر الثباتیة فأن النوع ، لذا عد من االنواع%25كان معدل ثباتھا أقل من prestina longestiaوكان ھذا مشابھ للنوع s1ولم یتواجد في فعد وفقاً cerithium feifferiuاما النوع s2وعد من االنواع الثابتة في s1,s4ولم یظھر في 3الطارئة في المحطة خیطیة من االنواع بینما كانت االنواع التابعة لمجموعة الدیدان ال. لمؤشر الثباتیة من االنواع الطارئة في جمیع المحطات الثابتة في جمیع محطات الدراسة ، وقد یعود ذلك لكون الدیدان الخیطیة تمتاز بقدرتھا على اختیار الموطن المناسب فضال علوم الحیاة | 319 2017عام ) 30(المجلد ) 1(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة العدد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 وقصر cryptobiosisعن قدرتھا على مقاومة الجفاف، كما انھا معروفة بقدرتھا على تعلیق االیض بعملیة تسمــــــــــى .[35,34]ـا وبھذا فھـــــــــي تستطیع ان تتغلب علــــى الظروف البیئیـــــة المـــــــــــــتطرفةدورة حیاتھــــــ المصادر 1baturina, m., (2012), distribution and diversity of aquatic oligochaeta in small streams of the middle taiga. turk j zool.; 36(1): 75-84. 2al-mukhtar, e. a. and taha,t.m., (1989), the benthos of four selected sites on tigris and diyala rivers at baghdad. proc.5th.conf. / src-iraq baghdad, 5(2):234-244. 3kassim,t.i.; jaweir, h. j.; muften, f. s.; al-maliky, s.k. and nashaat, m. r., (1997), benthic fauna in tigris river,iraq. j.coll.educ. for women ,univ.baghdad., 8(2): 167-170. ر ونھر الفقریات القاع في ذراع الثرثا, )2001(,مھند رمزي, نشأت و فاطمة شغیت, علي عبد الزھرة و مفتن،الالميّ -4 .98 -87) : 3( 14, مجلة أبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة. دجلة التنوع األحیائي للعوالق الحیوانیة والالفقریات القاعیة في نھري دجلة والفرات , (2005) ,النمراوّي، عادل مشعان -5 .جامعة بغداد. كلیة العلوم.أطروحة دكتوراه . وسط العراق 6nashaat, m. r., (2010), impact of al-durah power plant effluents on physical, chemical and invertebrates biodiversity in tigris river, southern baghdad. ph.d,thesis.college of science , university of baghdadiraq. المیكانیكیة في زیادة المحتوى األوكسجیني للمیاه المصرفة ، دراسة أستخدام طرائق التھویة (2005), سبتّي،حسین علي -7 .جامعة بغداد كلیة التربیة أبن الھیثم -.رسالة ماجستیر.وأثرھا في بعض األحیاء المائیة ات العالقة وتأثیراتھا في بعض األحیاء ذ، التلوث العضوي والمؤشرات )2007(، علي عبد الحمزة ھالل ، الربیعيّ -8 . أبن الھیثم/ كلیة التربیة. اطروحة دكتوراه.المائیة في نھري دجلة ودیالى في منطقة بغداد طروحة ا. ، دراسة بیئیة لمجتمع بعض العوالق الحیوانیة في نھر دجلة عند مدینة بغداد(2012) فلیح، حسین عبد االمیر، -9 .كلیة العلوم ، جامعة بغداد دكتوراه، المیاه ومجتمع اإلدارة البیئیة لبعض األنشطة في نھر دجلة وتأثیرھا على نوعیة ،(2014) اغا ، رنا فاضل عباس ، -10 .، رسالة ماجستیر ،كلیة العلوم للبنات ،جامعة بغداد األحیاء القاعیة ضمن مدینة بغداد . 3، المحددات البیئیة لنظام صیانة األنھار من التلوث، (2007)وزارة البیئة، -11 12edmondson, w. t., (1959), freshwater biology. 2nd ed. john wiley and sons, new york, freshwater ecol. 18: 383-393. 13dobson, m., pawley, s. ,fletcher, m. and powell, a., (2012), guide to freshwater invertebrates. freshwater biological association, scientific publication, 68,uk. 14floder, s. and sommer, u. , (1999), diversity in planktonic communities: an experimental test of the intermediate disturbance hypothesis, limnol. oceanogr. , 44 (4): 1114-119. 15proto-neto, v. f. (2003), zooplankton as bioindicator of environmental quality in the tamandane reff system (pernambuco-brazil): anthropogenic influences and interaction with mangroves. ph. d. thesis, univ. bremen, brazil. 16floder, s. and sommer, u. (1999). diversity in planktonic communities: an experimental test of the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. limnol. oceanogr. , 44 (4): 1114-119. 17neves , i.f; rocha, o.; roche ,k.f.; and pinto, a.a , (2003), zooplankton community structure of two marginal lakes of the river cuibá (matogrosso, brazil) with analysis of rotifera and cladocera diversity. braz. j. biol., 63: 329-343. 18williams, d. and feltmate, b. w. (1992), aquatic insects. cab international:358. 19wright, s. , 1955, limnological survey of western lake erie. u.s. fish and wildlife service, special scientific report: fisheries,139. 20lafont, m. (1984), oligochacte communities as biological descriptors of pollution in the fine sediments of rivers. hydrobilogia, 115: 127-129. 21thiel, p.a. and sauer, j. s.(1999), long-term monitoring program procedures: macroinvertebrate monitoring, program report usge-95. poo2-2 (resived may 1999). us geological survey upper midwest environmental science center,: 7. 22jurkiewicz-karnkowska, e. (1993), accumulation of zine and copper in molluses from the zegrzynski: reservoir and the narew river. rkologiapolaka, 37: 347-357. علوم الحیاة | 320 2017عام ) 30(المجلد ) 1(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة العدد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 23mason, c.f. (1996), biology of freshwater pollution. 2nd edition. longman, harlow. 24nashaat, m. r.; al-lami, a.a. and jaweir, h.j. , (2000), benthic fauna of qadisia lake, north-west iraq, j. diala, 8 (1): 74-83. ، التنــوع الحیاتي لمجتمع الالفقریات (2009) و راضي، أسیل غازي و الالمي، علي عبد الزھرة ، نشأت ، مھند رمزي -25 . 1198-1189.:2009/آذار/26-24المؤتمر العلمي الثالث لكلیة العلوم،جامعة بغداد للفترة من .العراق. القاعیة في مبزل الیوسفیة 26marks, j.c.; haden, a.; dinger, e. and adams, k. , (2005), a survey of the aquatic community at fossil creek, az. arizona game and fish department, heritag grant i 03003: 96. 27burton,t.m.; uzarski, d.g. and genet, j.a. (1999), development preliminary invertebrate index of biotic integrity for lake huron coastal wetlands. wetlands j. 19(4):869 – 882 28whitton , b. a. (1975), river ecology. blackwell scientific publications,osney mead, oxford, :725. 29reece, p. r. and richardson, j.s. (2000), benthic macroivertebrate assemblages of coastal and continental stream and large rivers of southern british columbia, canada. hydrobiol., 439: 77-89. 30sanders, h. l. (1978), florida oil spill impact on the buzzards bay benthic fauna. west falmouth. j. fish. res. board can., 35:717-730. ، تأثیر سدة القادسیة على بعض العوامل البیئیة أسفل مجرى نھر الفرات مع (2002)النمراوي، عادل مشعان ربیع، -31 .فقریات القاع، رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة العلوم، جامعة بغداداإلشارة إلى العوالق الحیوانیة وال . اطروحة دكتوراه. العراق/ ، التنوع الحیاتي للالفقریات في نھري الدغارة والدیوانیة[2005] إبراھیم، صاحب شنون ، -32 .جامعة القادسیة كلیة التربیةلقاع في مسطحات مائیة متدرجة الملوحة وسط ، دراسة بیئیة مقارنة لالفقریات (2001)الربیعي، أسیل غازي راضي ، -33 .رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة العلوم ، الجامعة المستنصریة. العراق 34green, j. (1993), diversity and dominance in planktonic rotifers. hydrobiol., 255: 345 352. 35bert, w.; messiaen, m.; hendrickx, f.; manhout, j.; de bie, t, and borgonie, g. (2007), nematode communities of small farm land ponds. hydrobiologia, 583: 91-105. 36peters, l. ; wetzel, m. a.; traunspurger, w. and rothhaupt, k-o. (2007), epilithic communities in a lake littoral zone: the role of water-column transport and habitat development for dispersal and colonization of meiofauna. j. n. am. benthol. soc., 26: 232-243. علوم الحیاة | 321 2017عام ) 30(المجلد ) 1(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة العدد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 في المحطات المدروسة ) (s. indexومؤشر ثباتھا. ra. index)(مؤشر الوفرة النسبیة لألنواع ) 1(جدول s) index (ra) index ( taxa no. s t . 4 s t . 3 s t . 2 s t . 1 s t . 4 s t . 3 s t . 2 s t . 1 annelida b a a a r a r a r a r a stylaria lactustris 1 a a a a ra r a r a r a branchura sowerbyi 2 a a a a ra r a r a r a limnodrilus angustipenis 3 b a a a ra r a r a r a limnodrilus claparedeianus 4 a a a a l ra l l limnodrilus hoffmeisteri 5 a a a a l ra r a l l. profundicola 6 b a a a ra r a r a r a l. silvani 7 c c a ra r a r a r a tubifex tubifex 8 c a ra r a prestina longesita 9 b a a a ra a r a l immature oligochaeta 10 a a a b ra r a r a l cocoon of oligochaeta 11 arthropoda a a a a ra r a r a l ostracoda 12 b a b b ra r a r a l elmidae 13 b b b ra r a r a dubiraphia sp. 14 b c c ra r a r a l may fly 15 b a b c ra r a r a l nymphula maculalis (pupae) 16 a a a a ra r a r a l chironomidae 17 b a a a ra r a r a l cardiocladius sp. 18 a a a a ra r a r a l cricotopus sp. 19 a a a a ra r a r a l crytochironomus sp. 20 a a a a ra r a r a l dicrotendipes sp. 21 a a ra r a microtendipes sp. 22 b b a b ra r a r a l einfelida sp. 23 a a a a ra r a r a l glyptoendipes sp 24 a a a a ra r a r a l paralauterbroniela sp. 25 a a a a ra r a r a l polypedilum sp. 26 b a b b ra r a r a l tentanus pupae 27 b a b a ra r a r a l gomphidae 28 a a b a ra r a r a l dromogomphus sp. 29 mollusca c c c c ra r a r a l cerithium feifferi 30 b b b b ra r a r a l gyralus convexiusculus 31 b b b b ra r a r a l gyrotoma amplum 32 a a a a ra r a r a l lymnaea auricularia 33 a a b a ra r a r a l physa gyrina 34 c b a ra r a l pomatiopsis lapidaria 35 c c ra r a polynices tubercula 36 mollusca c b b ra r a l melanoides tuberculata 37 c c b c ra r a r a l theodoxus joirdani 38 b b a c ra r a r a l corbicula fluminalis 39 a a ra r a brachypodont esvariabilis 40 nematoda a a a a ra r a r a l aphanolaimus sp. 41 a a a a ra r a r a l dorylaimus sp. 42 a a a a ra r a r a l trilobus longus 43 a a a a r a r a r a l other nematoda 44 4 1 4 2 4 3 3 8 عدد االنواع المشخصة أنواع سائدة = d، (40 – 70% )أنواع وفیرة= a، (10– 40 %)أنواع قلیلة= l، ) 10%اقل من( أنواع نادرة = ra:-إذ ان = cو %) 50-25(أنواع مضافة = b,%) 50أكثر من (أنواع ثابتة = aفتدل الحروف الىs) (أما دلیل الثباتیة %)70منأكبر ( . % )25اقل من (أنواع طارئة علوم الحیاة |322 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 . خریطة تمثل محطات الدراسة )1(شكل . النسب المئویة لمراتب لالفقریات القاعیة في محطات الدراسة لنھر دجلة) 2(شكل .2012خالل المدة من كانون الثاني ولغایة كانون األول nematoda 5% arthropoda 9% mollusca 13% annelida 73% علوم الحیاة |323 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 لالفقریات القاعیة في محطات الدراسة على نھر دجلة بالقرب من محطة 2م/الكثافة الشھریة فرد )3(شكل . كھرباء الرشید خالل مدة الدراسة وینر لالفقریات القاعیة في محطات الدراسة على نھر دجلة بالقرب من محطة معامل شانون –) 4(شكل . كھرباء الرشید خالل مدة الدراسة معامل تجانس ظھور األنواع لالفقریات القاعیة في محطات الدراسة على نھر دجلة بالقرب من محطة كھرباء ) 5(شكل . الرشید خالل مدة الدراسة علوم الحیاة |324 2017عام ) 1(العدد ) 30(مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 impact of al-rasheed power plant effluents on biodiversity of benthic fauna in tigris river, southern baghdad muhanned remzi nashaat assel ghazi radhi animal and fish resource center, agriculture research directorate, ministry of science & technology amal abbas mohammad directorate of industrial development and research, ministry of science & technology kareem hameed reassn animal and fish resource center agriculture research directorate, ministry of science & technology received in :30/ june /2016 , accepted in : 7/ november/ 2017 abstract quantitative and qualitative composition of benthic invertebrate communities was studied during the period from january to december2012 at four stations that were selected on the tigris river at baghdad province. one of the stations s2 located near al-rasheed power plant (rpp) to represent the ecological features of the plant site, whereas other stations, s1 were located at the upstream of the rpp as a control station to investigate the ecological characters of the tigris river. moreover, the two other stations s3 and s4 were located down to the impact of rpp to reflect the possible effects of the plant on the ecology of the river by comparison with the control stations. the present study recorded 44 taxa belong to 4 order which are: 11 taxa belonged to annelida(oligochaeta) which recorded the highest percentage73% of the total number of benthic invertebrates, 18 taxa belong to arthropoda with 9%, 11 taxa belonging to mollusca with 13%, 4 taxa belong to nematoda with 5%, monthly density ranged 325 – 64987 ind. /m2 at all stations. generally the result of biodiversity indicators shows the negative effect of thermal effluent of rpp on benthic invertebrate community at s2. keywords: power plant, biodiversity, benthic invertebrates, tigris river. 315-321 إذ أن: ni = عدد الأفراد للنوع الواحد في المحطة. 322-324 microsoft word 539-551 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|539    seroprevalence of toxoplasmosis antibodies among diabetes mellitus patients and assessment some biochemical markers sarah ali saeed israa kasim al-aubaidi israakasem@gmail.com department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham), university of baghdad abstract toxoplasma gondii is a protozoan intracellular coccidian protozoan parasite. latent toxoplasmosis threat to immunocompetent individuals. diabetic patients are more susceptible to infect with toxoplasmosis due to their low level of immunity response. the purpose of this research is to define the association between toxoplasmosis and diabetes mellitus and detection serum levels of chemokines (monocyte chemoattractant protien-1 and transforming growth factor-β) in diabetic patients infected with toxoplasmosis. serum samples were collected from 120 diabetic patients and 50 healthy individuals as a control group from the imamein kadhimein medical city in baghdad. in order to diagnose diabetes, fasting and random blood glucose tests were used. the diagnosis of toxoplasmosis was done by using toxo igm and igg immulite torch assay. chemokines levels were measured by elisa method. the results clarified that all samples were seronegative for igm antibodies while 50 (41.67%) diabetic patients were seropositive for igg antibodies and 70 (58.33%) diabetic patients and 50 healthy controls were seronegative for igg antibodies. serum level of mcp-1 was recorded an increase in a group of diabetic patients infected with toxoplasmosis 169.66 ± 131.35 pg/ml with highly significant differences (p < 0.001) also tgf-β level was increased in a group of diabetic patients infected with toxoplasmosis 0.53 ± 0.242 pg/ml with highly significant differences (p ≤ 0.0001) when compare with the studied groups. keywords: toxoplasmosis, diabetes mellitus (type 2), mcp-1, tgf-β. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|540    1. introduction toxoplasmosis is an important zoonotic disease caused by intracellular obligate protozoan called toxoplasma gondii. this parasite has two stages in the life cycle, asexual stage occurs in any warm-blooded animal (intermediate host) and sexual stage occurs in felines (definitive host) [1]. t.gondii has three morphological stages: tachyzoites that multiplied rapidly in any intermediate host cell and in non-intestinal epithelial cells of the felines, bradyzoites that multiplied slowly within a tissue cyst and oocysts develops in the intestine of felines. humans are infected by contaminated water, half-cooked meat and vegetables that are not disinfected [2]. its distribution in worldwide and about 20-90% of world adult population has serum toxoplasma antibodies. several factors affected on the distribution of this parasite such as cultural levels, age, residency, sanitation, nutritional habits, gender, modes and cat bearing houses [3]. parasites will proliferate within the host cells lysing them, which they can disseminate through the body by blood circulation and infect any cells. fetus through the placenta of infected mothers can acquire infection; congenital toxoplasmosis may cause serious damage to the fetus [4]. diabetes like human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) or other immunodeficiency disorders can lead to opportunistic infections. there are several reports demonstrating that diabetic patients have an increased susceptibility to many specific infections such as toxoplasmosis [5]. diabetes mellitus is a chronic disorder characterized by persistent hyperglycemia with disturbances in fat, carbohydrate, and protein metabolism causing from abnormalities in secretion or action of insulin [6]. it classified according to american diabetes association in to four clinical classes: insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (t1d), non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (t2d), gestational diabetes mellitus (gdm) and other specific types of diabetes [7]. about 10% of diabetes distribution was type 1 and gestational diabetes while 90% was diabetes type 2. t2d characterized by abnormally high blood glucose resulting from relative insulin deficiency. general symptoms of diabetes include frequent urination, increased, unexplained weight loss and thirst, also may include feeling tired and increased hunger [8]. diabetic patients are more susceptible to infect with toxoplasmosis due to low level immunity response [9]. in immunocompetent individuals 90% of toxoplasmosis infection is asymptomatic [10]. infection with t. gondii causes humoral immunity (h.i.) and cell mediated immunity (c.m.i.) components of adaptive responses are needed because this parasite in intracellular pathogen, but also move through extracellular space to find new host cell [11]. the object of this study is to assess the correlation between toxoplasmosis and diabetes and assess determine the serum levels of chemokines mcp-1 and tgfβ in diabetic patients infected with toxoplasmosis and control also clarify their correlation with other clinical parameters. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|541    2. materials and methods one hundred and twenty blood samples of diabetic patients were collected, their age ranging from 12 to76 years with mean 50.9 ± 13.8 from the imamein kadhimein medical city in baghdad, iraq, during the period from september until the end of december 2016, after that they were diagnosed by a specialized physician and 50 blood samples of healthy individuals collected as controls. five milliliters of venous blood were collected using 5 ml disposable syringe and then transferred immediately to gel tube and left to clot for 15 minutes at room temperature (20-25°c), samples were centrifuged at 2500 to 3000 rpm for 10 min period to separate serum. some of serum used to diagnose diabetes by using fasting and random blood glucose tests (labkit, spain) then t. gondii infection was diagnosed by immulite torch assay (flex reagent cartridge igm and igg, siemens, germany) and the residual of serum stored in eppendrof tubes until used at -20cº for measuring chemokines levels. one hundred samples were selected to detection chemokine levels by sandwich elisa method: according to t.gondii diagnostic test the samples were divided to 50 patients have diabetes with toxoplasmosis, 50 patients have diabetes without toxoplasmosis, and 25 healthy controls. monocyte chemoattractant protien-1 and transforming growth factor-β levels have been estimated by (elisa) technique enzyme immunoassay using the manufacturer instruction as supplied with the kit from peprotech, usa. the data are presented as a mean ± sd. chi-square test was used to analyze the results. least significant difference (lsd) test was used to significant compare. a p-value of < 0.05 was statistically significant considered. 3. results the present results of 170 samples of toxo igm in immulite 2000 torch assay in table (1) clarified that all of 170 (100%) samples are seronegative response for previous assay. no significant differences showed in toxo igm immulite 2000 torch assay. table (1): distribution of t. gondii infection according to toxo igm iu/ml immulite torch assays in studied groups diagnosis response for toxoplasmosis diabetic patients control p-value sig.(*) no. % no. %  flex reagent cartridge igm  + ve 0 0.00 0 0.00 1.00 ns ve 120 100 50 100 total 120 50 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|542    table (2) illustrates that 50 patients from 120 (41.67%) patients are seropositive for toxo igg in immulite 2000 torch assay which infected diabetes and toxoplasmosis and 70 (58.33%) patients are seronegative for toxo igg in immulite 2000 torch assay which infected diabetes only, while 50 (100%) volunteers have negative response for this assay. highly significant differences explained in this assay (p ≤ 0.0001). table (2): distribution of t. gondii infection according to toxo igg iu/ml immulite torch assays in studied groups table (3) show comparisons of igm levels in studied groups estimated as iu/ml such group of patients that suffering from diabetes and infected with toxoplasmosis has highest level 0.386 ± 0.03 then group of diabetic patients has 0.366 ± 0.02 and control group has less level of igm 0.437 ± 0.03 with highly significant differences, also the same table show the highest and lowest value of igm level for each group, while table (4) show comparisons of igg levels in studied groups estimated by iu/ml. group of diabetic patients with toxoplasmosis has highest level of igg 106.17 ± 12.67 followed by diabetic patients group has 3.68 ± 0.09 and healthy volunteers group has less level 3.89 ± 0.13 with highly significant differences (p ≤ 0.0001), also the same table illustrates highest and less value of igg level for each group. diagnosis response for toxoplasmosis diabetic patients control p-value sig.(*) no. % no. %  flex reagent cartridge igg  + ve 50 41.67 0 0.00 0.0001 ** ve 70 58.33 50 100 total 120 50 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|543    table (3): levels of toxo igm (iu/ml) in studied groups with statistical description. groups no. mean iu/ml std. dev. std. error lower value upper value diabetic patients infected with toxoplasmosis 50 0.386 0.21 0.03 0.1 0.8 diabetic patients 70 0.366 0.16 0.02 0.1 0.8 control 50 0.437 0.17 0.03 0.2 0.8 lsd-value 15.371** p-value 0.0001 table (4): levels of toxo igg (iu/ml) in studied groups with statistical description groups no. mean iu/ml std. dev. std. error lower value upper value diabetic patients infected with toxoplasmosis 50 106.17 89.65 12.67 13.4 260 diabetic patients 70 3.68 0.82 0.09 2.3 5.2 control 50 3.89 0.73 0.13 3.1 5.1 lsd-value 21.873** p-value 0.0001 table (5) showed that group of diabetes patients has highest value of fasting blood glucose 188.31 ± 72.12 pg/ml, group of diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis has 155.42 ± 5.84 pg/ml and healthy control group has lowest level 111.41 ± 10.48 pg/ml with highly significant differences among studied groups (p ≤ 0.0001). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|544    table (5): levels of fbg in studied groups with their comparisons. groups no. mean pg/ml std. dev. std. error lsd-value p-value diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis 50 155.42 51.84 7.33 24.617 0.0001** diabetes patients 70 188.31 72.12 8.55 control 50 111.41 10.48 1.94 while results of table (6) illustrate the highest value of random blood glucose estimated in pg/ml of diabetes patients 246.31 ± 87.39 pg/ml then followed by 205.05 ± 70.72 pg/ml of diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis and 141.58 ± 14.30 of healthy control individuals, highly significant differences appear in these results (p ≤ 0.0001). table (6): levels of rbg in studied groups with their comparisons. groups no. mean pg/ml std. dev. std. error lsd-value p-value diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis 50 205.05 70.72 10.00 30.884 0.0001** diabetes patients 70 246.31 87.39 10.37 control 50 141.58 14.30 2.65 table (7) clarified the results of mcp-1 levels in studied groups that’s found in mean ± sd of diabetic patients with toxoplasmosis 169.66 ± 131.35 pg/ml ranging from 29.39 to 449.16 pg/ml and it was higher than diabetic patients group 119.77 ± 95.78 pg/ml ranging from 20.44 to 296.61 pg/ml in comparison with healthy control group 62.31 ± 54.25 pg/ml ranging from 8.7 to 173.82 pg/ml, also highly significant differences was recorded (p < 0.01). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|545    table (7): concentrations of mcp-1 (pg/ml) in sera of studied groups results of table (8) revealed that the mean difference between diabetic patients with and without toxoplasmosis was significant 49.89 pg/ml, as well as mean difference between diabetic patients with toxoplasmosis and healthy control was highly significant 107.35 pg/ml, also mean difference between diabetic patients without toxoplasmosis and healthy control was highly significant 57.46 pg/ml.   table (8): comparisons of mcp-1 levels (pg/ml) estimated in sera of studied groups. table (9), illustrates the results of tgf-β levels in studied groups that found the mean ± sd of diabetic patients with toxoplasmosis 0.242 ± 0.53 pg/ml ranging from 0.149 to 0.995pg/ml has higher tgf-β level than diabetic patients group 0.23 ± 0.076 pg/ml their ranging values from 0.133 to 0.346 pg/ml in comparison with healthy control group 0.102 ± 0.12 their values from 0.012 to 0.352 pg/ml, with highly significant differences shown (p ≤ 0.0001). groups no. mean (pg/ml) std. dev. std. error lower value upper value diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis 50 169.66 131.35 18.57 29.39 449.16 diabetes patients 50 119.77 95.78 21.41 20.44 296.61 control 25 62.31 54.25 12.13 8.79 173.82 lsd-value 62.511** p-value 0.0017 parameter group 1 group 2 mean diff. p-value sig. (*) mcp-1 concentration (pg/ml) diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis diabetes patients 49.89 0.0382 * control 107.35 0.0001 ** diabetes patients control 57.46 0.0026 ** ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|546    table (9): concentrations of tgf-β (pg/ml) in sera of studied group. table (10) illustrates the mean difference (pg/ml) among studied groups have a significant difference (p < 0.01). table (10): comparisons of tgf-β levels (pg/ml) estimated in sera of studied groups. 4. discussion a possible correlation between toxoplasmosis and diabetes involve clinical significances, shedding light on the complicated pathogenesis of diabetes. generally, the current hypothesis supposes that toxoplasmosis increases the capability to infect with diabetes and, on the other hand, diabetic patients are abler to infect with toxoplasmosis [12,13]. newly, the immulite 2000 torch assay, an automated toxoplasma quantitative igm and igg test, has been presented, which measures toxo igm and igg in international units per milliliter (iu/ml) of serum. this assay is simple, comparatively inexpensive and rapid needful 60–90 minutes for completion [14]. groups no. mean (pg/ml) std. dev. std. error lower value upper value diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis 50 0.53 0.242 0.034 0.149 0.995 diabetes patients 50 0.23 0.076 0.017 0.133 0.346 control 25 0.12 0.102 0.022 0.012 0.352 lsd-value 0.1074** p-value 0.0001 parameter group 1 group 2 mean diff. p-value sig. (*) tgf-β concentration (pg/ml) diabetes patients with toxoplasmosis diabetes patients 0.3 0.0037 ** control 0.41 0.0001 ** diabetes patients control 0.11 0.0492 * ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|547    the previous results of igm and igg abs agreement with shirbazou et al. [5] study that showed the prevalence of igg and igm abs in diabetic patients were (56.6%) and (2.4%) while in control were (22.4%) and (1.6%) respectively, as well as agreement with results of gokce et al. [15] that studied serologic detection of anti-toxoplasma infection in 91 diabetic patients and 93 healthy control which found the prevalence of igg ab of t. gondii was 55 (60.43%) while in healthy control was 36 (38.7%), also compatible with results of el-awady et al. [14] that studied seroprevalence of toxoplasmosis in 110 diabetic pregnant women and 110 non diabetic pregnant women which found 47 (42.7%) of diabetic pregnant women were seropositive for anti-toxoplasma igg and 3 (2.7%) seropositive for igm ab as well as 24 (21.81%) of healthy non diabetic pregnant women were seropositive for igg ab but there is no detection for igm ab. these findings discovered the prevalence rate of igg ab was directly related with duration of diabetes because of the weakened immune system of diabetic patients which also proposed that toxoplasmosis patients are more susceptible to be diabetics than those without. demolition of the pancreas occurs in three stages of t. gondii: 1. hyperactive stage (hyper-period) in which β-cell obliteration of nerve cells and less interference in the insect in a hyperactive state of the pancreas, sometimes insulin secretion is excessive, frequently resulting in low or a too low blood sugar, this stage is often occurring during adolescence. 2. disordered stage (compensatory stage), in which neurons and pancreatic β-cells have a great amount of damage, under normal conditions, insulin secretion will be insufficient, the body will begin the compensative function. so, when few in the disordered state, this stage of insulin secretion over time. 3. decline stage (recession), in which nerve cells and β-cells destruction of more compensatory function reach to its limits. there are a number of factors such as duration of diabetes, severity of noninfectious complications, abortion, optical disease, comorbidity, co-infection and meat consumption which can lead to acute infection in diabetic patients and also severe complications of disease (16). the present results similar to results of modrek et al. [16] that investigate of igg and igm in 205 serum samples of diabetics in ali asghar hospital in zahedan (southeastern iran) with age (13 – 60) years which found 131 diabetic patients had fasting blood glucose levels between 121 300 mg/dl that 79 diabetics have anti toxoplasma igg (63.2%) and 52 diabetics have antitoxoplasma igm (71.3%) with significant differences (p < 0.05). monocyte chemoattractant protein (mcp)-1 is a chemokine with chemoattractant characteristics for monocytes, memory t cells, mast cells, natural killer cells, and basophils [17]. it is involved in the cellular recruitment and activation of several leukocytes such as monocytes/macrophages, polymorphonuclear cells, and lymphocyte infiltration to the sites of infection [18]. mcp-1 secretion may participate to the monocytes and lymphocytes recruitment and therefore contribute in the control of t. gondii pathogenesis and its infection [19]. study of ali [20] revealed that low levels of mcp-1 (ccl2) were observed in pregnant women with acute toxoplasmosis because live tachyzoite forms of t. gondii inhibited the ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|548    synthesis of mcp-1[21]. study of tuaillon et al. [17] referred to the well-known metabolic variations that happen in diabetic and normal subjects. healthy individuals produce an "accelerated starvation" in the fasting situation, with a prior and more profound hypoglycemia and an increased level of fasting insulin; however diabetic patients elucidate elevated concentrations of fasting insulin [22]. furthermore, mcp-1 has angiogenic effect on endothelial cells, thus it can participate to the development and remodeling of adipose tissues [23]. high glucose processing on endothelial cells isolated from diabetic subjects produced in about 40-70% increase releasing of mcp-1 [24]. elevated serum mcp-1 levels could contribute to the onset and progression of several complications in diabetes. thus, serum mcp-1 may serve as a biomarker of inflammatory activity and helps in early detection and intervention of diabetic complications [25]. results of mcp-1 levels weree similar to results of waheed et al. [25] that studied mcp-1 level in 30 type 2 diabetic patints and 20 healthy control which found mean ± sd of patients 48.87 ± 12.345 pg/ml higher than in healthy control 38.8 ± 8.994 pg/ml with significant differences, while dissimilar with results of ali [20] that studied some cytokines in 65 pregnant women infected with acute toxoplasmosis and 50 healthy married women (nonpregnant) which found that mean ± se of pregnant women 14.46 ± 1.38 pg/ml higher than healthy non pregnant women 11.25 ± 0.24 pg/ml without any significant differences. the results of this study showed that tgf-β levels rise in diabetic patients with toxoplasmosis more than in other groups that’s resemble to the results of waheed et al. [25] that studied tgf-β in 30 type 2 diabetic patients and 20 healthy control which found mean ± sd of patients 19.67 ± 6.586 pg/ml higher than in healthy control 13.6 ± 4.641 pg/ml without significant difference, as well as resemble to the results of ali [20] that studied some cytokines in 65 pregnant women infected with acute toxoplasmosis and 50 healthy married women (non-pregnant) which found the level in pregnant women was 20.99 ± 4.13 pg/ml while in healthy control 1.52 ± 0.05 with significant differences. tgf-β is a cytokine which plays key roles in the regulation of immune cell functions [20]. this cytokine leads to inhibition of b and t lymphocytes proliferation and induces homeostasis [26]. tgf-β also contributes to tissue remodeling which occurs after infections and injuries, this cytokine contributes to development of th17 and t-regulatory lymphocytes, activation and [27]. tgf-β secreted from monocytes in t2dm patients have been reported [28]. also telejko assumed that tgf-β can be a key agent accountable for the modifications in circulating mcp-1 levels, but the action and secretion of this chemokine in diabetes mellitus require more researches [22]. tgf-β stimulates the synthesis of acute phase proteins and has been found to be over expressed in the glomeruli of patients with diabetes nephropathy, also involved in the induction of extracellular matrix production [29]. lyons et al. [30] found constituent expression of tgf-β in the eye, but furthermore they discovered that ocular toxoplasmosis considerably increases transcripts tgf-β levels, whereas this increase in tgf-β levels can help to preserve immune privilege and to decrease damage caused from inflammation, also it can have useful effects on the survival of t. gondii and its proliferation. for instance, tgf-β has been revealed not only to decrease the capability of nk cells, a main source of ifn-γ, to react to t. gondii but also to markedly downregulate ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|549    functions of macrophage, including their capability to create nitric oxide and indolamine [31]. the production of tgf-β is stimulated after infection with t. gondii [32]. tgf-β raises toxoplasma replication on cultured retinal cells, proposing that cytokine might be implicated in immunopathological phenomena [33]. reference [1]. r.lynfield, and n.g. guerina, toxoplasmosis. pedia. rev., 18 (13): 75-83. 1997. [2]. j.dubey, infectivity and pathogenicity of toxoplasma gondii oocysts for cats. j. parasitol., 82 (6): 957-960. 1996. [3]. s.k. tawfiq, some immunological aspects of toxoplasmosis in pregnant and repeated aborted women. m.sc. thesis, coll. of med. tikrit univ:124. 2013. [4]. kijlstra, a. and jongert, e. (2008). control of the risk of human toxoplasmosis transmitted by meat. int. j. parasitol., 38 (12): 1359-1370. [5]. sh.shirbazou; a. delpisheh; r. mokhetari, and gh. tavakoli, serologic detection of anti-toxoplasma gondii infection in diabetic patients. iran. red crescent med. j., 15 (8): 701-703. 2013. [6]. s.keel; j.foreman; j. xie; p.v. wijngaarden; h.r. taylor, and dirani, m. the prevalence of self-reported diabetes in the australian national eye health survey. plos one, 12 (1): 1-10. 2017. [7]. american diabetes association. standards of medical care in diabetes. diabet. car., 35 (1): s11-s49. 2012 [8]. k.s. polonsky, lilly lecture 1994. the beta-cell in diabetes: from molecular genetics to clinical research. diabetes, 44 (6): 705-717. 1995. [9]. m.h. bessieres; a. berrebi; m. rolland; m.c.bloom,; c. roques,; s. cassaing,; c. courjault, and séguéla j.p.. neonatal secreening for congenital toxoplasmosis in cohort of 165 women on others results of neonatal test. eur. obst. gynecol. repord. biol., 94 (1): 3745. 2001 [10]. j.d. kravetz, and d.g. federman, toxoplasmosis in pregnancy. am. j. med., 118 (3): 212-216. 2005. [11]. i.f. charo, and m.b. taubman, chemokines in the pahogenesis of vascular disease. circ. res., 95 (9): 858-866. 2004. [12]. j. saki; s.shafieenia, and m. foroutan-rad, seroprevalence of toxoplasmosis in diabetic pregnant women in southwesternof iran. j. parasit. dis., 40 (4): 1586-1589. 2016. [13]. j. prandota, t. gondii infection acquired during pregnancy and/or after birth may be responsible for development of both type 1 and 2 diabetes mellitus. j. diab. metab., 4 (2): 155. 2013 . [14]. a.a. el-awady; a.m.a. mahgoub; n.m. naguib, and m.a.m. ismail, comparative study on the diagnostic value of a recently introduced quantitative chemiluminescence, a semi quantitative elisa and an iha titration in toxoplasma gondii serology. kasr al ainy med. j., 15 (12): 11-16. 2009. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|550    [15]. c.gokce; s.yazar; f.bayram; k.gundogan; q. yaman, and i.sahin, anti-toxoplasma gondii antibodies in type 2 diabetes. national med. j. ind., 21 (1): 1-51. 2008. [16]. m.j.modrek; r. saravani; m.mousavi; a.s. khorashad, and m. piri, investigation of igg and igm antibodies against toxoplasma gondii among diabetic patients. int. j. infect., 2 (3): 1-5.2015. [17]. n.tuaillonx; d.f. shen;  b. ravi; b. berger; j. barrett; j. rollins, and chi-chao, c. mcp-1 expression in endotoxin-induced uveitis. invest. ophthalmol. vis. sci., 43 (5): 14931498. 2002. [18]. k. rezende-oliveira; n.m.silva; j.r. mineo, and j.v. rodrigues, cytokines and chemokines production by mononuclear cells from parturient women after stimulation with live toxoplasma gondii. placenta, 33 (9): 682-687. 2012. [19]. m.p.brenier-pinchart; h. pellouxx; j. simonx; j. ricard; j.l. bosson, and ambroisethomas, p. toxoplasma gondii induces the secretion of monocyte chemotactic protein-1 in human fibroblasts, in vitro. mol. cell. biochem., 209 (1-2): 79-87. 2000. [20]. w.r. ali, the role of some cytokines and trace elements in pregnant women with acute toxoplasmosis. ibn al-haitham j. pure app. sci., 29 (2): 1-8. 2016. [21]. g.mor, inflammation and pregnancy: the role of toll-like receptors in trophoblastimmune interaction. ann. acad. sci., 1127: 121-128. 2008. [22]. b.telejko; m.kuzmicki, and a. zonenberg circulating monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 in women with gestational diabetes. folia histochem. cytobiol., 45 (1): s153s156. 2007. [23]. m.younce; t. nasif, and a. redhah, assessment of mcp-1 and vegf in a study case. endo. biol. j., 12 (7): 311-313. 2014 [24]. p.jun, monocyte chemoattractant protein 1 (mcp-1) in obesity and diabetes. cytokine, 60 (1): 1-12. 2012. [24]. h.j.waheed; m. khalil and s. fawzi, evaluation of monocyte chemoattractant protein1 (mcp-1) in type 2 diabetes mellitus. int. j. sci. eng. res., 6 (5): 791-797. 2015 [25]. m.karimi-googheri; h.daneshvar; r. nosratabadi; m. zare-bidaki; g .hassanshahi.; m. ebrahim; m.k. arababadi, and d. kennedy, important roles played by tgf-β in hepatitis b infection. j. med. virol., 86 (1): 102-108. 2014. [26]. a.strack; v.c. asensio; i.l. campbell; d. schlüter; and m. deckert ,chemokines are differentially expressed by astrocytes, microglia and inflammatory leukocytes in toxoplasma encephalitis and critically regulated by interferon-gamma. acta. neuropathol., 103 (5): 458-468. 2002. [27]. m. jagannathan; m.e. mcdonnell ; h.shin,; q.rehman; h. hasturk , and apovian, c.m. elevated proinflammatory cytokine production by a skewed t cell compartment requires monocytes and promotes inflammation in type 2 diabetes. j. immunol., 186 (2):1162–72. 2011. [28]. j.l.du; c.k. sun, and b.lü, association of sels mrna expression in omental adipose tissue with homa-ir and serum amyloid a in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. chinese med. j., 121 (13): 1165-1168. 2008. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1880 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/    www.ihsciconf.org  biology|551    [29]. r.e.lyons; j.p.anthony; ferguson d.j.p. byrne, n.; j.alexander; f. roberts, and c.w. roberts. immunological studies of chronic ocular transforming growth factor beta and a histocompatibility complex class i and toxoplasmosis: up-regulation of major protective role for interleukin-6. infect. immun., 69 (4): 2592-2594. 2001 [30]. c.r.mackenzie; r.g.gonzalez; e.kniep; s.roch, and w. daubener, cytokine mediated regulation of interferon-gamma-induced ido activation. adv. exp. med. biol., 467: 533539. 1999 [31].l.e.bermudez; g.covaro, and j.remington, infection of murine macrophages with toxoplasma gondii is associated with release of transforming growth factor beta and down regulation of expression of tumor necrosis factor receptors. infect immun., 61 (10): 41264130. 1993 [32]. c.n.nagineni; b.detrick, and j.j. hooks, transforming growth factor-beta expression in human retinal pigment epithelial cells is enhanced by toxoplasma gondii: a possible role in the immunopathogenesis of retinochoroiditis. clin. exp. immunol., 128 (2): 372-378. 2002 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees انكًٛٛاء | 379 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 يييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييينخ صيييييٍهٍتاححضيييييٍسيصحدييييياٍفية يييييويةيونتضيييييتيونُوَ ٌيييييتيصيح ٍس يييييوي يييييًي ونكهسبويٍتينًصٌجيب نًٍسيييٍيونب نًيوٍَهٍٍيصونب نًي ٍُميوسٍخٍجيصونبكخٍٍي ي يونص سةوش وزي وزصقيعبدي يعصوويعبديونكسٌىيعبديونهطٍف يوَخصوزيعهٍ يينعٍبً قعى انكًٛٛاء/ كهٛث اندسبٛث نهؼهٕو انظسفث )ابٍ انٓٛسى(/ضايؼث بغدادييييييييييييييييييييي ي2016/وذوز/6، بمي ً:2016/كوَ ٌيونثوًَ/27وسخهىي ً: يوناالصت خى فٙ ْرا انةػر خػؼٛس يصٚص بوٕنًٛس٘ يٕطوم نهكٓسباةٛوث يكَٕو يوٍ زوزوث بوٕنًٛساج نانةكدوٍٛ يبوٕنٙ فُٛوم اظوٛدٛح خػؼٛس انًصٚص انةٕنًٛس٘ ا٘ اَّ خى اضساء انةػر ػهٗ زوذ يساغم االٔنٗ ْٙ يبٕنٙ اَٛهٍٛ [ زى خشٕٚةّ بدقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث. % (4% ي2% ي1انُإَٚوث ٔخشوٕٚا انًوصٚص انسوزوٙ بانًوادت انُإَٚوث بُعوا يزدهفوث ٔشَٛوث)خػؼٛس دقواةق انفؼوث زى انسوزٙ ( ٔيوٍ زوى خػؼوٛس ٔطوُغ زقواةق )افووو( يوٍ nanopolymer compositeنهػظٕل ػهٗ يدساكةواج بٕنًٛسٚوث َإَٚوث ) نك فػظووح انؼُٛوواج ( نغووسع قٛوواض اندٕطووٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛووث نٓووا. ٔكوورcasting methodانًدساكةوواج بطسٚقووث انظووا ) (ي انًطٓووس (diffraction x-ray(ي غٛووٕد احتووؼث انعووُٛٛث ft-irانًػؼووست بدقُٛوواج ) ؽٛووة احتووؼث خػووح انػًووساء) ( lcr(. ٔقد قٛعح اندٕطوٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛوث نهسقواةق بطٓواش ) (afm( ٔيطٓس انقٕت انرزٚث (semاحنكدسَٔٙ انًاظع ( ايوا قوٛى s/m 0.514ث انكٓسباةٛث نهسقاقث انًػؼست يٍ انًصٚص انةٕنًٛس٘ انسوزٙ ْٙ ) ٔاظٓسج انُداةص اٌ قًٛث اندٕطٛهٛ اندٕطٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛث نهًدساكا انُإَ٘ بؼد خشٕٚةّ بدقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث ازخفؼح بُعةث كةٛوست ٔكاَوح افؼوم َعوةث خشوٕٚا (.s/m 1.66% إذ بهغح اندٕطٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛث نٓا) 4ْٙ .انًدساكةاج انُإَٚث, انةٕنًٛساج انًٕطهث نهكٓسباةٛث : دقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث يانًدساكةاج انةٕنًٛسٚثيونًتخوحٍتونكهًوثي انكًٛٛاء | 380 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ونًقديتي [ي ٔنكوٍ 1يٍ انًؼهٕو اٌ انةٕنًٛساج ْٙ يٕاد ػاشنث نهكٓسباةٛوث نورنك خعودؼًم فوٙ خغهٛوة اظووص اندٕطوٛم انكٓسبواةٙن [ انرٍٚ خٕطهٕا انٗ يادت بٕنًٛسٚث 2( ٔضًاػدّنheegerانفكست قد خغٛسج ػهٗ ازس االكدشاف انر٘ غققّ كم يٍ ْٛغس )ْرِ ( ًٚكٍ اٌ خظةع يٕطهث كانًؼادٌ خقسٚةا ئ اٌ انظفث االظاظٛث نهةٕنًٛساج انًٕطوهث polyacetyleneْٙ بٕنٙ اظدهٍٛ ) (يإذ اٌ االٔاطوس conjugated polymers( فوٙ خسكٛةٓوا ٔخعوًٗ )conjugatedْٙ ٔضوٕد االٔاطوس انسُاةٛوث انًقدسَوث ) بٍٛ ذزاج انكازبٌٕ خدؼاقا بٍٛ انًفوسدت ٔانًصدٔضوث ي.ٔػهوٗ اٚوث غوال فودٌ ٔضوٕد االٔاطوس انًدؼاقةوث نوٛط كافٛوا الٌ خكوٌٕ خػققوّ ػًهٛوث انةٕنًٛساج يٕطهث كٓسباةٛا بم ٚدطها ذنوك ٔضوٕد غوايوج توػُث ػهوٗ توكم انكدسَٔواج أ فطوٕاج ْٔورا يوا [. ٔقد غؼٛح انةٕنًٛساج انًٕطهث انكسٛس يوٍ االْدًواو اليدوكٓوا انكسٛوس يوٍ اندطةٛقواج االنكدسَٔٛوث 3نياندطؼٛى أٔ اندشٕٚا [ ي ٔاْى يا ًٚٛص اظدؼًال انةوٕنًٛساج انًٕطوهث ْوٕ كهفوث اندظوُٛغ انقهٛهوث ٔٔفسخٓوا ٔظوٕٓنث خظوُٛؼٓا 4ٔانةظسٚث ٔانػٕٛٚثن corrosionٔخعدؼًم انةٕنًٛساج انًٕطهث انٕٛو نؼدد كةٛس يٍ اندطةٛقاج انٓايثي يسم ياَؼاج اند كم )بانألتكال انًطهٕبث ي inhibitors( ٔانًدعوووؼاج انًديطوووث )compact capacitors[)5ي] ٔاندووودزٚغ انكٓسٔيغُاؽٛعوووٙ نهػٕاظوووٛا انووودٔاةس عي ٔبعووةا انًٕاءيووث انةإٚنٕضٛووث نووةؼغ انكٓسباةٛووث ٔنوورنك خعوودؼًم انةووٕنًٛساج انًٕطووهث كةووداةم يُاظووةث نٓوورِ اال ووسا انةٕنًٛساج أ انًدساكةاج انةٕنًٛسٚث انًٕطهث نهكٓسباةٛث فئَٓا خعدؼًم نُقم اتازاج كٓسباةٛوث ػوؼٛفث دا وم ضعوى االَعواٌ [. ٔاغوود ْوورِ انةووٕنًٛساج ْووٕ 6يًووا ٚدووٛع اظوودؼًانٓا فووٙ اال ووساع انطةٛووث كانؼؼوووج انظووُاػٛث أ االػظووا انظووُاػٛث ن نٙ اَٛهٍٛ. ٔقد َال انةٕنٙ اَٛهٍٛ اْدًايا كةٛسا يٍ بوٍٛ انةوٕنًٛساج انًٕطوهث نًوا نوّ يوٍ اظودقسازٚث ػانٛوث ٔخسكٛوا فسٚود انةٕ ٚػدٕ٘ ػهٗ ذزت انُٛدسٔضٍٛ اندٙ خًسم انطعوس انًًٛوص أٔ انٕاقوغ فوٙ خسكٛةوث انؼًوٕد انفقوس٘ نوّ ضؼهوح يُوّ يوادت انكدسَٔٛوث نهةٕنًٛساج ٚؼاف نٓا بؼغ انًٕاد انُإَٚث اندٙ نٓا ظاةض كٓسباةٛوث يًٛوصت يسوم فؼانث . ٔندػعٍٛ انزظاةض انكٓسباةٛث دقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث اندٙ خدًٛص بدٕطٛهٛث كٓسباةٛث ػانٛث . انػظٕل ػهٗ زقاقاج بٕنًٛسٚث يٕطهث نهكٓسباةٛث يظُٕػث يٍ يدساكا بٕنًٛس٘ يٕطوم نهكٓسبواء ونهدفييٍيوندزوستي: ؼث انُإَٚث بُعا ٔشَةث يزدهفثئدزاظث خدزٛس دقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث ػهٗ انزظاةض انكٓسباةٛث نٓا.ٔيشٕبث بدقاةق انف ضعوًٛاج انفؼوث انُإَٚوث بطسٚقوث اال دوصال 2012( ٔضًاػدّ فوٙ ػواو basavaraj udapudiغّؼس) وندزوسوثيونسوبقت: ( ئبوٍّٛ اٌ يودٖ xrd(ٔ )semًػؼوست باظودؼًال )انكًٛٛاةٙ نُدساج انفؼث .ٔخى دزاظث ظاةض انطعًٛاج انُإَٚث ان بدػؼوٛس يدساكوا بوٕنًٛس٘ ٔا وسٌٔ rajeev arora ] قواون .ي[14]( 44-56.55غطوٕو انطعوًٛاج ٚدوسأظ بوٍٛ ) ( ٔبوٕنٙ اَٛهوٍٛ pvaيكوٌٕ يوٍ بوٕنٙ فُٛوم انكػوٕل ) electrically conducting composite يٕطوم نهكٓسباةٛوث (pani) nanoparticles ( ّٔاتابدtio2ٔخػقوق ) ( يوٍ بُٛوث انًدساكوا انةوٕنًٛس٘ يطٓوسsem ٙٔاظٓوس اٌ انةوٕن ) [.15اَٛهٍٛ ضصء الٚدطصأ يٍ انًدساكا ئقٛعح اندٕطٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛثن يونجصءيونعًهً يونً وةيونًسخعًهت: (agno3%)99.5َدساج انفؼث بُقأت -1 (c6h5o7na3%)98ظدساج انظٕدٕٚو بُقأت -2 2o6h4(c(بٕنٙ فُٛم اظٛدٛح يٍ انُٕع اندطاز٘ -3 %99انةكدٍٛ بُقأت -4 ( (nh4s2o8%99بُقأت بٛس ظهفاج االيَٕٕٛو -5 (hcl)%36.5غايغ انٓٛدزٔكهٕزٚك بُقأت -6 %97بُقأت 2nh5h6cاالَهٍٛ -7 ي يوالجهصةيونًسخاديت أقساص بسٔيٛدبدقُٛث (spectrophotometer (ft-ir shimadzu 8300) ( يٍ َٕع:ft-irضٓاش ) -1 cm 4000 -400 ػًٍ يدٖ ) kbrانةٕخاظٕٛو ي ( ٚعدؼًم غصيث اغادٚث انهٌٕ يٍ ؽٛة انُػاض shimadzu 6000غٕٛد االتؼث انعُٛٛث ( يٍ َٕع )xrdضٓاش ) -2 ( ( deg./s 0.02(ٔظسػث يعع 30ma(ٔبدٛاز ) 40kv( ػُد خشغٛم )nm 0.15406ذاج انطٕل انًٕضٙ ) ي2ө(=80-0)ٔػًٍ انًدٖ انصأ٘ ( ذ٘ يُشد aa 3000 scanning probe microscopeباظدؼًال يٍ َٕع )(ي(afm يجهسيونق ىيونرزٌت -3 خإٚاَٙ /da.ihan( ٔيٍ طُغ )3000r pm( ٔبعسػث)wise stir, h.s 300انًػسص انًٛكاَٛكٙ يٍن َٕع ) -4 scientific co.,ltd-korea]) ي ي ي انكًٛٛاء | 381 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ححضٍسيونًصٌجيونب نًٍسييونثال ًيي-1 ( ٔٚػوسص بٕظواؽث انًػوسص ˚50c( يٍ انًاء انًقطس بدزضوث غوسازت )50ml(ٔٚرا فٙ ) .p( يٍ انةكدٍٛ )2.5gٚؤ ر ) ( .pvac( يوٍ )ػطُٛوث( بوٕنٙ فُٛوم اظوٛدٛح) 6.5gانًغُاؽٛعٙ انٗ اٌ ٚرٔ خًايوا يزوى ٚػؼوس يػهوٕل م وس يكَٕو يوٍ ) (يزى ًٚوصش انًػهوٕالٌ خػوح اندػسٚوك انشودٚد بدظودؼًال انًػوسص ˚50c( يٍ انًاء انًقطس بدزضث غسازت)200mlيرا فٙ ) ( ٔ .p%( )40(خقسٚةووا يكَٕوو يووٍ )250mlانًٛكوواَٛكٙ نًوودت ظوواػدٍٛ يبؼوودْا َػظووم ػهووٗ يووصٚص بووٕنًٛس٘ تووفاف غطًووّ ) (60( )%pvac.( ٍَٛٔظسم نؼدو ذٔباَٛث انةوٕنٙ اَٛهو.)paniفوٙ انًواء ف )((ٙؼُود يصضوّ يوغ انًوصٚص انةوٕنًٛس٘ انسُواةp. ) (ٔpvac. انًعدػظم ػهّٛ ٚكٌٕ يػهٕال ٛس يدطاَط الٚؼطوٙ انُدٛطوث انًسضوٕت يُوّ . نورنك غلؼوس انةوٕنٙ اَٛهوٍٛ دا وم ) ( انًعدػظم ػهّٛ ظابق بانطسٚقث االخٛث:plandeانًصٚص انسُاةٙ ) ( يووٍ غووايغ 30ml( ٔٚؼوواف نووّ )-˚5cغًوواو زهطووٙ بدزضووث ) ( فووٙ بٛكووس دا ووم16mlٚؤ وور يووٍ االَهووٍٛ انًقطووس غوودٚس ) ( .خستوع anilin chloridانٓٛدزٔكهٕزٚك انًسكص ٔٚدسص انًصٚص انٗ اٌ خدكٌٕ بهٕزاج بٛؼواء يوٍ يهوع كهٕزٚود االَٛهوٍٛ ) فوٙ ( ٔٚورا 0.0028molْرِ انةهٕزاج ٔخغعم باالٚسس زى خطفة بؼٛدم ػٍ انؼٕء ٔانٕٓاء. بؼود اٌ ٚطوة انًهوع ٚؤ ور يُوّ) ( [يوغ اندػسٚوك انشودٚد نًودت ظواػث فوٙ انًػوسص .p.(ٔ )pvac(يوٍ انًوصٚص ن)40mlاقم كًٛث انًاء انًقطس ٔٚؼاف انٗ ) ( يووٍ بٛووس ظووهفاج االيَٕٛووٕو ٔيووغ اظوودًساز 0.003molدٔزت /د( دا ووم غًوواو زهطووٙيزى ٚؼوواف انٛووّ)1500انًٛكوواَٛكٙ ) ًزؼس ْٕٔ نٌٕ انةٕنٙ اَهٍٛ ْٕٔ أل دنٛم ػهٗ خكٌٕ انةوٕنٙ اَٛهوٍٛ اندػسٚك انشدٚد ٚةدأ نٌٕ انًػهٕل ٚدغٛس انٗ االظٕد ان دا م انًدساكا ٔايدصاضّ يغ انةٕنًٛساج اال سٖ فّٛ ٔبٓرا َػظم ػهٗ يػهٕل يدطاَط ذ٘ نٌٕ اظٕد يزؼوس يوٍ يوصٚص .%25بٕنًٛس٘ يكَٕ يٍ زوذ بٕنًٛساج يًدصضث يغ بؼغ َٔعةث انةٕنٙ اَٛهٍٛ فٙ انًصٚص ْٙ synthises silver nanoparticls (agnps) سة ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌتححضٍ-2 ( زى ٚؼواف انٛوّ ˚ c 95-100ٔ ٚعزٍ انًػهٕل انٗ دزضث غسازت )mol 0.018) ( يٍ َدساج انفؼث )800mlٚؤ ر) (125ml ( يووٍ يػهووٕل ظوودساج انظووٕدٕٚو )0.01mol بووةؾء ٔبشووكم يُوودظى يووغ اندػسٚووك انشوودٚد ) بٕظوواؽث انًػووسص انًغُاؽٛعٙ ٔانًػافظث ػهٗ دزضث انػسازت انؼانٛث ازُاء ْرا انٕقح خةودا يوسمت انفؼوث بوانظٕٓز ػهوٗ ضودزاٌ اندٔز يغعوا يؼادنث اندفاػم االخٛث: ( 4ag + + c6h5 o 7na3 + 2h2o → 4ag↓ + c6h5o7h3 + 3na + + h + +o2↑) .(.زووى تووٕ انًووصٚص ,(afm (sem)(ي (diffraction x-ray(ي ft-irزووى ٚوودى ضًووغ انوودقاةق انُإَٚثٔخشزٛظووٓا بدقُٛوواج ) %( نهػظووٕل ػهووٗ يدساكةوواج بٕنًٛسٚووث َإَٚووث 4% ي 2% ي1انةووٕنًٛس٘ انسوزووٙ بوودقاةق انفؼووث انُإَٚووث بُعووا ٔشَٛووث يزدهفووث ) (nanopolymer compositeٔيوٍ ْورِ انًدسا.)( يوٍ بطسٚقوث انظوا )افووو( كةواج خػؼوس زقواةقcasting method بدظودزداو ) ( نغسع قٛاض اندٕطٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛث نٓا ٔذنك غعا انًؼادنث االخٛثcm 0.5, 5, 10قٕانا انصضاضٛث ذاج ابؼاد ) . إذ اٌ زابح انؼصل انػقٛقٙ 0 10 8885خًسم قًٛث انعًاغٛث انكٓسباةٛث نهفساؽ )انٕٓاء( = -12 فازاد /يدس. . 𝜔خكٌٕ يعأٚث نقًٛث اندسدد انصأ٘ ) خًسم قًٛث اندسدد انًعدزدو( ( اذ اٌ قًٛث ) tan δ قًٛث يعدػظهث يٍ انطٓاش ْٙ يونُخويجيصونًُو دتي ي(ي ftir.يونخداٍفيب سخادوويحقٍُتيوالشعتيححجيونحًسوءي)1 ييحداٍفية ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌت.ي1-1ي 501cm(. ٔاظٓوسج غوصو يوؾ ػُود )ft-irُتزظح اندقاةق انًػؼوست بدقُٛوث ) -1 ( )543cm -1 () 418cm -1 (خودل cm 3448)ػهٗ فهص انفؼث ايا ظٕٓز غصيث ٔاػوػث ػُود ) -1 خودل ػهوٗ اندفاػوم بوٍٛ ظوطع دقواةق انفؼوث ٔضصٚاواج انًواء (.1( فٙ كًا فٙ انشكم ) (ohٔخكٍٕٚ يطايٛغ ي[ي p. ,pvac ,pani.يحداٍفيونًخسوكبيونب نًٍسييونثال ًي]1-2 (ٔانةوٕنٙ .pانًدساكا انسُاةٙ اطةع انًدساكا انةٕنًٛس٘ زوزٛ يدكَٕ يٍ نانةكدٍٛ)بؼد خػؼٛس نةٕنٙ اَٛهٍٛ دا م ْرا ( ft-ir( [ ٔغؼسج زقاقث يٍ ْرا انًدساكا ٔتزظوح بدقُٛوث )pani( ٔانةٕنٙ اَٛهٍٛ انًػؼس )pvacفُٛم اظٛدٛح) 1400cm(. إذ ظٓوووسج غصيوووث ٔاػوووػث ػُووود)2ٔخوووى انػظوووٕل ػهوووٗ انشوووكم ) -1 [ ايوووا انػصيوووث 8( نc-n( خووودل ػهوووٗ ) (1188cm -1 c-n)∙( خدل ػهٗ انةٕالزٌٔ + 1111cm[ ايا انػصيث )9(ن -1 [.11[.ن10( نc-o-c( خدل ػهٗ ) انكًٛٛاء | 382 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 [ييعية ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌت.p. ,pvac ,paniي [.حداٍفيونًخسوكبيونب نًٍسييونثال 1-3ً 621cmٔاػػث فٙ انػصو يٍ غٛر انشودت ػُود )انطٛة شٚادت ئاظٓس(يft-ir)تزض ْرا انًدساكا انُإَ٘ بدقُٛث 1 597cmي -1 [12( خدل ػهٗ دقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚثن ي ايا انػصو اال سٖ فهى ٚطسأ ػهٛٓا خغٛٛس دنٛم ػهوٙ اَدشواز دقواةق انفؼوث (3بٍٛ انعوظم انةٕنًٛسٚث ٔنى ٚػظم خغٛس باندسكٛا انكًٛٛاةٙ نهًدساكا كًا فٙ تكم ) ي((x-ray difrectionونخداٍفيبخقٍُتي.ي2 ي.يحداٍفية ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌت2-1 ًُػؼست بدظدؼًال االتؼث انعوُٛٛث بطٓواش ) -1 ( نهداكود يوٍ غطوى انودقاةق xrdفػظح ػُٛث يٍ دقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث ان انر٘ ًٚسم غٕٛد احتؼث انعوُٛٛث نهفؼوث فٛدؼوع يوٍ انقًوث انقٕٚوث (4انُإَٚث ٔأػطٗ ًَؾ يٍ انػٕٛد كًا فٙ انشكم ) [ي ٔاندٙ يوٍ ونٓوا ٚػعوا انػطوى نهودقاةق انُإَٚوث ي 03 .66 ،ي.45ي1، يي 2 = 38.3خدًسم ػُد انصأٚث ن اندٙ كًا ٚدخٙ: حسوبيونحجىيونُوَ ييند ويةيونتضتي: [ي ٔيٍ 7يؼادنث دٚةا٘ تٛسز نيباالػدًاد ػهٗ (xrd)بااليكاٌ غعا ضػى اندفاةق انُإَٚث انًػؼست يٍ ول خقُٛث (nm 37.57بًؼدل )خةٍٛ اٌ غطٕو اندقاةق انًُػؼست ْٙ ٛق يؼادنث دٚةا٘ تٛسز خطة ي d= (k*λ)/(β*cos(θ) :يعوةنتيةٌبوييشٍسز يإذيوٌي: ونُوَ ٌتيونحبٍبتحجىييييييييي d kي 0.9 وبجيعدٌىيون حدةيصٌعخًديعهىيشكميونبه زةيصغونبوييوٌك ٌيبحدصةي=يييي βيي=(fwhm )عسضيونقًتيعُدييخ سظيوإلزحتوع λ (1.5406 ) ˚ًيونط ليونً جaي өيشوصٌتيونحٍ ةييييييي ونثال ًييٍيونبكخٍٍيصونب نًي ٍُميوسٍخٍجيصونب نًيوٍَهٍٍ..حداٍفيونًصٌجيونب نًٍسيي2-2 اظٓس ًَؾ غٕٛد االتؼث انعُٛٛث ايدصاش انةٕنٙ اَٛهٍٛ يغ انًدساكا انسُاةٙ ٔخكوٍٕٚ يدساكوا زوزوٙ إذ ظٓوسج قًوى اكسوس ػُود 19.88 , 25.12 ,14.01 deg] =ө2]ي(5انشكم )يخدل ٔضٕد انةٕنٙ اَٛهٍٛ كًا فٙي. يونًخسوكبيونُوَ ي.يحداٍفي2-3 ًُػؼست يٍ انًصٚص انسوزٙ % ( يٍ انفؼث انُإَٚث 4[ انر٘ ٚػٕ٘ َعةث ) p. ,pvac ,pani [ُتزظح انسقاقث ان ( ٔاػطح ًَط يٍ انػٕٛد xrd(ي بدقُٛث) 13انًػؼست )كَٕٓا افؼم َعةث يٍ غٛر اندٕطٛم انكٓسباةٙ كًا فٙ انشكم ) , 2ө(=23.8 , 36.62(. ٕٚػع ًَؾ انػٕٛد انقًى انسوزث انزاطث بدقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث ػُد انصٔاٚا 6كًا فٙ انشكم ) ( دنٛم ػهٗ اَدشاز دقاةق انفؼث ػهٗ ظطع انًدساكا انةٕنًٛس٘ )انسقاقث ( ٔقد خغٛس انػطى انُإَ٘ نٓا بعةا ,48.12 نةٕنًٛس٘ .خغهٛفٓا بانًصٚص ا يي afmونخداٍفيبخقٍُتييجهسيونق ىيونرزٌتي-3 ( ذ٘ يُشود aa 3000 scanning probe microscopeباظودؼًال ضٓواش يوٍ َوٕع ) (afm )أظودؼًهح خقُٛوث (ي ٔخةوٍٛ انظوٕزت كود 7خإٚاَٙ )فٙ خشزٛض دقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث ٔكاَح َداةص اندشزٛض كًا ْٙ يٕػوػث فوٙ انشوكم ) ٔٚظٓس يٍ انشسٚؾ انطاَةٙ نهظٕزت انػطى انُوإَ٘ نٓورِ ،[13انشكم أيكؼةث زوزٛث االبؼاد ْٔرِ خدفق يغ انًظدز نكسٔٚث ييي(.(x-ray difrection(انر٘ ٚدفق يغ َداةص (nm 50.6اندقاةق ْٕٔ ي(ي.semحداٍفيونًجهسيوالنكخسصًَيونًوسحي)-4 ي(semحداٍفية ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌتيبخقٍُتي).ي4-1 اظٓسج انُداةص طٕزت ندقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث انًػؼست ٔاكدج انػطى انُإَ٘ نٓا يغ خػهٛم انؼُاطس انر٘ ٕٚػع اٌ (.9% كًا فٙ انشكم )100دقاةق انفؼث انًػؼست انٛث يٍ انشٕاةا َٔعةدٓا ْٙ يي(sem.يحداٍفيونًصٌجيونب نًٍسييونثال ًيبخقٍُتي)4-2 انر٘ ٕٚػع ظطع انسقاقث انًػؼست يٍ انًصٚص انةٕنًٛس٘ ٔ هْٕا يٍ ا٘ خكدوج دالنث ػهٗ (10) اػطٗ تكم االيدصاش انطٛد نهةٕنًٛساج انسوزث . انكًٛٛاء | 383 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ييحداٍفيونًخسوكبوثيونُوَ ٌت.ي4-3 ( اػطٗ semخشزٛض انًدساكا انةٕنًٛس٘ انسوزٙ يغ دقاةق انفؼث انُإَٚث بدقُٛث انًطٓس االنكدسَٔٙ انًاظع ) ( انر٘ ٕٚػع اَدشاز دقاةق انفؼث ػهٗ ظطع انسقاقث إذ خةدٔ دقاةق انفؼث اكةس غطًا ٔذنك الَٓا قد خغهفح 11تكم ) (. 434nmبطصٚااج انًدساكا فدػطح غطًا ٛس َإَ٘ ْٕٔ) ي ٍوضيونخ صٍهتيونكهسبويٍتي-5 ي ٍوضيونخ صٍهتيونكهسبويٍتينهًصٌجيونب نًٍسييي-5-1 ( ٔاػطح انشكم lcrاندٕطٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛث نهسقاقاج انًػؼست يٍ انًصٚص انةٕنًٛس٘ انسوزٙ بدظدؼًال ضٓاش )قٛعح (.(0.514s/mٔكاَح قًٛث اندٕطٛهٛث ( ي12) ٍوضيونخ صٍهتيونكهسبويٍتينهًخسوكبيونب نًٍسيييعية ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌت -5-2 ( اندٙ خػدٕ٘ nanocomposite filmesانًػؼست يٍ انًدساكةاج انُإَٚث )قٛعح اندٕطٛهٛث انكٓسباةٛث نهسقاةق ِضد اٌ اػهٗ خٕطٛهٛث كٓسباةٛث بهغح)4% ي2% ي1زوزث َعا ٔشَٛث يزدهفث يٍ انفؼث انُإَٚث ) ُٕ ( s/m 1.66% ( ف ٕد دقاةق انفؼث اندٙ ٔضي(ا٘ ا13َّكًا يٕػع فٙ انشكم )ي%( يٍ انًادت انُإَٚث4كاَح نهُسقاقث اندٙ خػٕ٘ ػهٗ َعةث) ْٙ يٍ انًٕطوج انطٛدت نهكٓسباةٛث ادٖ انٗ ازخفاع قًٛث اندٕطٛهٛث نهسقاقث . يييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييونًصوةز يييي يييييييييييييييييييييي 1yeh, j.m. ; kuo, t.h.; huang, h. j.; chang, k.c.; chang, m.y., and yang, j.c., (2007) j. european polymer , 43, (1624–1634) 2chiang, c. k. ; druy, m. a. ; gau, s. c. ; heeger, a. j. ; louis, e. j. ; macdiarmid, a. g. ; park ,y. w. ; shirakawa, h. (1978)" synthesis of highly conducting films of derivatives of polyacetylene, (ch)x" j. am. chem. soc., 100 (3), 1013–1015 3persson, k. (2014) "electronic control of cell cultures using conjugated polymer surfaces" by liu-tryck , isbn: 91-iss n0 345(7524-7519) 4 elmansouri, a.; hadik, n.; outzourhit, a.; lachkar. a.; abouelaoualim, a.; achour, m. e.; oueriagli, a.; and ameziane e. l., (2009) “schottky diodes and thin films based on copolymer: poly(aniline-co-toluidine)" active and passive electronic components,.3, 1–5,. 5 el-shazly a.h.and. al-turaif h. a. (2012)"improving the corrosion resistance of buried steel"by using polyaniline coating, int. j. electrochem. sci; 7 : (211 – 221) 6 molapo, m. k.; ndangili, m. p.; ajayi, f.r.; mbambisa, g.i. and mailu, m.s. (2012) " electronics of conjugated polymers (i): polyaniline " int. j. electrochem. sci.,.7 , (11859 – 11875) 7 iravani, s. ; korbekandi, h.; mirmohammadi, s.v. and zolfaghari, b. (2014) " synthesis of silver nanoparticles: chemical, physical and biological methods" pharmaceutical sciences; 9 (6):.( 385-406) 8 haihua zhu, and weijie jiang (2013)" electrochemical properties of pani as single electrode of electrochemical capacitors in acid electrolytes " the scientific world journal., 46 (14), 4866–4873 9 blinova, n. v.; stejskal, j.; trchová, m., and . sapurina, i. (2007)." oxidative polymerization of aniline: molecular synthesis of polyaniline and the formation of supramolecular structures" j. phys. chem. b. 111, 2440 10 trchová, m. and stejskal, j. ( 2011)" polyaniline: the infrared spectroscopy of conducting polymer nanotubes"j. iupac doi:10 .1351-1365 11 devi, b. r.; madivanane, k. r. ( 2012)" normal coordinate analysis of polyvinyl acetate" an international journal (estij), issn: 2250-3498, (2), 4, (795-801) 12shameli, k. ; ahmad m. b. ; zargar, m. w. ; yunus, m. w. ; rustaiyan, a. , and ibrahim n. a (2011)"synthesis of silver nanoparticles in montmorillonite and their antibacterial behavior" int j nanomedicine.; 6:5 (581-590) http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=chiang+c.+k.&field1=contrib http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=druy+m.+a.&field1=contrib http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=gau+s.+c.&field1=contrib http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=heeger+a.+j.&field1=contrib http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=louis+e.+j.&field1=contrib http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=macdiarmid+a.+g.&field1=contrib http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=park+y.+w.&field1=contrib http://pubs.acs.org/action/dosearch?text1=shirakawa+h.&field1=contrib https://www.researchgate.net/ https://www.researchgate.net/ https://www.researchgate.net/publication/258530545_electrochemical_properties_of_pani_as_single_electrode_of_electrochemical_capacitors_in_acid_electrolytes https://www.researchgate.net/publication/258530545_electrochemical_properties_of_pani_as_single_electrode_of_electrochemical_capacitors_in_acid_electrolytes http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=shameli%20k%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ahmad%20mb%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zargar%20m%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=yunus%20wm%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=rustaiyan%20a%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ibrahim%20na%5bauth%5d انكًٛٛاء | 384 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 13 andrade, j. e,;. machado, r.; macedo, m. a. and. cunha , f. g. (2013) " afm and xrd characterization of silver nanoparticles films deposited on the surface of dgeba epoxy resin by ion sputtering" polímeros .23 .1 (541-545) 14 basavaraj, u.; praveenkumar, n.; sabiha, t. s.; rupali, s. (2012) "synthesis and characteization of silver nanoparticles", ijpbs .2,. 3 , 10-14 15 rajeev, a.a.; utam, k. m.; pankaj, s. a .(2014 )." effect of fabrication technique on microstructure and electrical conductivity of polyaniline-tio2-pva composite material " j. procedia materials science 6 (238 – 243) ي ي(ينهتضتيونُوَ ٌتft-irطٍفي)ي:(1شكمي) ي ي[ي p. ,pvac ,paniونب نًٍسييونثال ًي]ي(ينهًخسوكبft-irطٍفي)ي:(2شكمي)يييييييييييييييييييييييي انكًٛٛاء | 385 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ي(ينهًخسوكبيونُوَ ييونثال ًييعية ويةيونتضت(ft-irطٍفيي:(3شكمي) يحٍ ةيوالشعتيونسٍٍُتيند ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌتي:(4شكمي) يحٍ ةيوالشعتيونسٍٍُتينهًخسوكبيونثال ًي:(5) شكم ي يحٍ ةيوالشعتينسٍٍُتينهًخسوكبيونُوَ يييعيونتضتييي:(6شكمي)ييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييي انكًٛٛاء | 386 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ي . (a ) (b) ي(ي ال ٍتيوالبعوةيند ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌتي (bوالبعوةييي ُويٍتيa))يي(:يص زة7شكمي)يييييييييييييييييييييي ي يص زةي ُويٍتيوالبعوةيصص زةي ال ٍتيوالبعوةينهًخسوكبيونثال ًييعية ويةيونتضتيي:(8شكمي)يييييييييييييييييي ي ي ي انكًٛٛاء | 387 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 يند ويةيونتضتيصححهٍميونعُوصسي semص زةي:(9شكمي)يييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييي ي ي ينهًصٌجيونب نًٍسييونثال ًيي semص زةي:(10شكمي)ييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييي ي ي%ند ويةيونتضتيونُوَ ٌت4نهًخسوكبيونب نًٍسييونثال ًييعييsemص زةي:(ي11شكمي) انكًٛٛاء | 388 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ونخ صٍهٍتيونكهسبويٍتينهًصٌجيونثال ًي:(12شكمي)ييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييي ي يييييييي ي يونخ صٍهٍتينهًخسوكبيونب نًٍسيييعي الديحسوكٍصينهتضتي:(13شكمي)يييييييييييييييييييييييييييييييي ي ي 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 ( s /m ) ϭي log f(hz) ϭ/comp. ϭ/comp. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 ϭ (s /m ) log f(hz) ϭ/compo.ي ϭ/ag1% ϭ/ ag2% ϭ/ag 4% انكًٛٛاء | 389 2016( ػاو 3انؼدد ) 29يطهث إبٍ انٓٛسى نهؼهٕو انظسفث ٔ اندطةٛقٛث انًطهد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 preparation and characterization of silver nanoparticles and study their effect on the electrical conductivity of the polymer blend(poly vinyle acitet. pectin ,poly aniline)ي azhaar farouq abdlzhra issam abdlkreem abdllatief entesar eliwi laabi alabodi dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/university of baghdad received in:27/january/2016,accepted in:6/march/2016 abstract in research we prepared electrical conductive polymer mixture wich consisted of three polymers [pectin, poly vinyl acetate and poly aniline] was prepared then doping silver nanoparticles. meaning it was conducting research on the three stages the first is preparing triple polymer blend , preparing silver nanoparticles and tchoub mix triple article nanoparticles in different proportions to get (nanopolymer composites), and preparing and making chips complexes in (casting method) for the purpose of measuring electrical conductivity her. also we examined samples spectrum infrared (ft-ir), x-ray diffraction), sem microscope and atomic force microscopy afm. electrical conductivity of the device chips have been measured (lcr) results showed that the electrical conductivity values of chip made from polymer mix are triangular (0.514 s/m) either the connectivity nanopolymer composite increased to (1.66 s/m). key words: conductivity ,silver nanoparticles, conductive polymers ,nanocompositee, 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 zahra mahmood mohamed hasan salwa salman abed abstract in this paper, we study some cases of a common fixed point theorem for classes of firmly nonexpansive and generalized nonexpansive maps. in addition, we establish that the picardmann iteration is faster than noor iteration and we used noor iteration to find the solution of delay differential equation. keywords: banach space, common fixed point, strong convergence, nonexpansive map, condition (a). msc: 49j40; 47j20 1. introduction let b be a non-empty subset of a banach space m. a mapt on b is called nonexpansive [1]. if ‖𝑇𝑎−𝑇𝑏‖ ≤ ‖𝑎 −𝑏‖ for all 𝑎,𝑏 𝜖 𝐵 and 𝐹(𝑇) denoted the set of all fixed points of t. in 1973, bruck [2]. introduced a map called firmly nonexpansive map in banach space. certainly, every firmly nonexpansive is nonexpansive. to discuss the convergence theorem for a pair of nonexpansive maps s and t on b to itself, a generalization of mann and ishikawa iterations was given by das and debata [3]. and takahashi and tamura [4]. this iteration dealt with two maps: 𝑎1 ∈ 𝐵 𝑏𝑛 = 𝛽𝑛𝑎𝑛 +(1−𝛽𝑛)𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑛+1 = 𝛼𝑛𝑎𝑛 +(1−𝛼𝑛)𝑆𝑏𝑛, ∀𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 where (𝛼𝑛) and (𝛽𝑛) ∈ [0,1]. the aim of this paper is to prove some strongly convergenve theorems for approximating common fixed points of firmly nonexpansive and generalized nonexpansive. 2. preliminaries we will suppose that 𝑀 is a banach space and b is a non-empty closed convex subset of m. 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆) denoted the set of all fixed points of s and t. a sequences (𝑎𝑛) in 𝐵 is called : picard-mann hybrid [5]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2285 department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences,ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. strongly convergence of two iterations for a common fixed point with an application zahramoh1990@gmail.com salwaalbundi@yahoo.com article history: received 26 december 2018, accepted 3 march 2019, publish september 2019 mailto:zahramoh1990@gmail.com mailto:salwaalbundi@yahoo.com 84 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑎𝑛+1 = 𝑆𝑏𝑛 𝑏𝑛 = (1−𝛼𝑛)𝑎𝑛 +𝛼𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛 , ∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (1) where (𝛼𝑛) is a sequence in (0,1). and a sequence (𝑤𝑛) in 𝐵 is called: noor iteration [6]. 𝑤𝑛+1 = (1−𝛼𝑛)𝑤𝑛 +𝛼𝑛𝑆𝑢𝑛 𝑢𝑛 = (1−𝛽𝑛)𝑤𝑛 +𝛽𝑛𝑇𝑣𝑛 𝑣𝑛 = (1−𝛾𝑛)𝑤𝑛 +𝛾𝑛𝑇𝑤𝑛 ,∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (2) where (𝛼𝑛),(𝛽𝑛) and (𝛾𝑛) are sequences in [0,1]. defintion(1)[2]: a map 𝑇:𝐵 → 𝑀 is called firmly nonexpansive map if ‖𝑇𝑎 −𝑇𝑏‖ ≤ ‖(1−𝑡)(𝑇𝑎 −𝑇𝑏)+𝑡(𝑎 −𝑏)‖,∀ 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝐵 and 𝑡 ≥ 0. defintion(2)[7]: a map 𝑇:𝐵 → 𝑀 is said to be generalized nonexpansive map if there are nonnegative constants 𝛿,𝜇 and 𝜔 with 𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔 ≤ 1 such that ∀ 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝐵 ‖𝑇𝑎−𝑇𝑏‖ ≤ 𝛿‖𝑎 −𝑏‖+𝜇{‖𝑎 −𝑇𝑎‖+‖𝑏 −𝑇𝑏‖}+𝜔{‖𝑎 −𝑇𝑏‖+‖𝑏 −𝑇𝑎‖} khan. and fukhar-ud-din [8]. 2005, introduced the concept of condition (𝐴′) to prove the convergence of two-step iterative scheme with errors to common fixed points of two nonexpansive mappings, see also [9,10]. and [11]. definition(3)[9]: two maps are called satisfing condition (a) if there is a nondecreasing function 𝑔:[0,∞) → [0,∞) with 𝑔(0) = 0,𝑔(𝑖) > 0,∀ 𝑖 𝜖 (0,∞) such that: either ‖𝑎 − 𝑇𝑎‖ ≥ 𝑔(𝐷(𝑎,𝐹)) 𝑜𝑟 ‖𝑎 −𝑆𝑎‖ ≥ 𝑔(𝐷(𝑎,𝐹)),∀ 𝑎 ∈ 𝐵 where 𝐷(𝑎,𝐹) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓{‖𝑎 − 𝑎∗‖; 𝑎∗ 𝜖 𝐹} and 𝐹 = 𝐹(𝑇)∩𝐹(𝑆). definition(4)[12]: a map 𝑇:𝐵 → 𝐵 is called affine if b is convex and 𝑇(𝑟𝑎 +(1−𝑟)𝑏) = 𝑟𝑇(𝑎)+(1−𝑟)𝑇𝑏,∀ 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝐵 and 𝑟 ∈ [0,1]. definition(5)[5]: let (𝑓𝑛) and (𝑔𝑛) be two sequences of real numbers that converge to 𝑓 and 𝑔, resepectively. assume that there exists a real number 𝑙 such that: lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑓𝑛 −𝑓‖ ‖𝑔𝑛 −𝑔‖ = 𝑙. if 𝑙 = 0, then we say that (𝑓𝑛) converges faster to 𝑓 than (𝑔𝑛) to 𝑔. lemma(6)[13]: let (𝛶𝑛) ∞ n=0 and (𝜘𝑛) ∞ n=0 be nonnegative real sequences satisfying the inequality: 𝛶𝑛+1 ≤ (1−𝜏𝑛)𝛶𝑛 +𝜘𝑛 where 𝜏𝑛 ∈ (0,1),∀ 𝑛 ≥ 𝑛0,∑ 𝜏𝑛 ∞ 𝑛=1 = ∞ and 𝜘𝑛 𝜏𝑛 → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞,then lim𝑛→∞ 𝛶𝑛 = 0. lemma(7)[14]: let m be a uniformly convex banach space and 0 < 𝑙 ≤ 𝑡𝑛 ≤ 𝑘 < 1,∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. suppose that (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑏𝑛) are two sequences of m such that lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑚,lim𝑛→∞‖𝑏𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑚 and lim𝑛→∞‖𝑡𝑛𝑎𝑛 +(1−𝑡𝑛)𝑏𝑛‖ = 𝑚 hold for some 𝑚 ≥ 0. then lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑏𝑛‖ = 0. 3. the main results lemma (3.1): let m be a banach space,𝐵 ⊆ 𝑀, 𝑇:𝐵 → 𝐵 be a lipschitzain and firmly nonexpansive map and 𝑆:𝐵 → 𝐵 be lipschitzain and generalized nonexpansive map. let 1-(𝑎𝑛) defined in (1) where (𝛼𝑛) ∈ (0,1),𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. 2-(𝑤𝑛) defined in (2) where (𝛼𝑛),(𝛽𝑛) and (𝛾𝑛) ∈ [0,1]. if 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇) ≠ ∅, then lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ and lim𝑛→∞‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ exist ∀ 𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇). proof: let 𝑎 * ∈ 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆). 1now, to proof lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ exists. let the sequence (𝑎𝑛) be as shown in step (1), so 85 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ = ‖𝑆𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ 𝛿‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝜇{‖𝑎∗ −𝑎∗‖+‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑆𝑏𝑛‖}+𝜔{‖𝑎 ∗ −𝑆𝑏𝑛‖ +‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖} ≤ (𝛿 +2𝐾𝜇 +2𝐾𝜔)‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ = ‖(1−𝛼𝑛)𝑎𝑛 +𝛼𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(1−𝑡)‖𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+ 𝛼𝑛𝑡‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛[(1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡]‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ then, lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ exists ∀𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆). 2now, to proof lim𝑛→∞‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ exists. let the sequence (𝑤𝑛) be as shown in step (2), so ‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛[(1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡]‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛 +𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛‖𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛[(1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡]‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛 +𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ now, ‖𝑤𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛 +𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ then, lim𝑛→∞‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ exists ∀𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆). lemma(3.2): let m be a uniformly convex banach space and 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑀. let 1𝑇:𝐵 → 𝐵 be a lipschitzain and firmly nonexpansive map, 𝑆:𝐵 → 𝐵 be affine, lipschitzain and generalized nonexpansive map and (𝑎𝑛) defined in (1) . 2𝑇:𝐵 → 𝐵 be a lipschitzain and firmly nonexpansive map, 𝑆:𝐵 → 𝐵 be lipschitzain and generalized nonexpansive map and (𝑤𝑛) defined in (2). suppose that ‖𝑎 −𝑇𝑏‖ ≤ ‖𝑆𝑎 −𝑇𝑏‖,∀ 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝐵 holds. if 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇) ≠ ∅, then: lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎𝑛‖ = 0 = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑎𝑛‖ and lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖ = 0 = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑆𝑤𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖. proof: let 𝑎 * ∈ 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆). 1-by lemma (3.1) lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ exists ∀𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆). suppose that lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛 − 𝑎∗‖ = 𝑐,∀ 𝑐 ≥ 0. if 𝑐 = 0, no prove is needed. now suppose 𝑐 > 0, ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ = ‖𝑆𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ by lemma (3.1), we show that ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ . this implies to: 86 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ = 𝑐 next consider. 𝑐 = ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ by applying lemma (2.7), we get: lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑇𝑎𝑛‖ = 0 𝑐 = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑆𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ and, ‖𝑆[(1−𝛼𝑛)𝑎𝑛 +𝛼𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛]−𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ +𝛼𝑛‖𝑆𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ by applying lemma (2.7), we get: lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑆𝑇𝑎𝑛‖ = 0 now, ‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑎𝑛‖ ≤ ‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑆𝑇𝑎𝑛‖+‖𝑆𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎𝑛‖ by using the hypothesis condition, we obtain: ‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑎𝑛‖ ≤ 2‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑆𝑇𝑎𝑛‖ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. thus, lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑆𝑎𝑛 −𝑎𝑛‖ = 0. 2-by lemma (3.1) lim𝑛→∞‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ exists ∀𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆). suppose that lim𝑛→∞‖𝑤𝑛 − 𝑎∗‖ = 𝑐,∀ 𝑐 ≥ 0. if 𝑐 = 0, no prove is needed. now, suppose 𝑐 > 0, since ‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖, and as proved by lemma (3.1) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ and ‖𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖. then, lim𝑛→∞‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ 𝑐, lim𝑛→∞‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ 𝑐 and lim𝑛→∞‖𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ 𝑐 moreover, lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑤𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ = 𝑐 𝑐 = ‖𝑤𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ by applying lemma (2.7), we obtain: lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑢𝑛‖ = 0 next, ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑢𝑛‖+‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑𝑠 → 𝑐 ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ therefore, we get: lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ = 𝑐 87 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑐 = ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛‖𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛[(1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡]‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛(1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ +𝛽𝑛𝛾𝑛‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛𝛾𝑛‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ so, by applying lemma (2.7), we obtain: lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑇𝑤𝑛‖ = 0. next, ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑤𝑛‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑢𝑛‖+‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖+‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑤𝑛‖ letting n→∞, we obtain: ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑤𝑛‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑤𝑛‖ that means lim𝑛→∞‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑆𝑤𝑛‖ = 0. theorem (3.3): let 𝑇:𝐵 → 𝐵 be a lipschitzain, firmly nonexpansive map, 𝑆:𝐵 → 𝐵 be a lipschitzain and generalized nonexpansive map, with 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇) ≠ ∅ and, 1(𝑎𝑛) defined in (1) and (𝛼𝑛) ∈ (0,1) satisfying ∑ 𝛼𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 = ∞. 2(𝑤𝑛) defined in (2) and (𝛼𝑛),(𝛽𝑛) and (𝛾𝑛) ∈ [0,1] satisfying ∑ 𝛼𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 𝛽𝑖𝛾𝑖 = ∞. then (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑤𝑛) converge to a unique common fixed point 𝑎 ∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇). proof: 1-‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛[(1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡]‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ suppose 𝜉 = (1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡 ≤ (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ = ‖𝑆𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ 𝛿‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝜇{‖𝑎∗ −𝑎∗‖+‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑆𝑏𝑛‖}+𝜔{‖𝑎 ∗ −𝑆𝑏𝑛‖+‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖} ≤ (𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ by induction: ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ∏ (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼𝑖)‖𝑎0 −𝑎 ∗‖𝑛𝑖=0 ≤ ‖𝑎0 −𝑎 ∗‖𝑒−(1−𝜉)∑ 𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=0 since ∑ 𝛼𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 = ∞,𝑒 −(1−𝜉)∑ 𝛼𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=0 → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. thus, lim𝑛→∞‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ = 0. 2-‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛[(1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡]‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ setting 𝜉 = (1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡 ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛 +𝛾𝑛𝜉)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛‖𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛𝜉‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛𝜉(1−𝛾𝑛 +𝛾𝑛𝜉)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛(1−𝛾𝑛 +𝛾𝑛𝜉)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 now, ‖𝑤𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛[ 𝛿‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝜇{‖𝑎∗ −𝑎∗‖+‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑆𝑢𝑛‖} +𝜔{‖𝑎∗ −𝑆𝑢𝑛‖+‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖}] ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ +𝛼𝑛𝛽𝑛(1−𝛾𝑛 +𝛾𝑛𝜉)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ [1−𝛼𝑛𝛽𝑛𝛾𝑛 +𝛼𝑛𝛽𝑛𝛾𝑛𝜉]‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ [1−𝛼𝑛𝛽𝑛𝛾𝑛]‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ by induction: ‖𝑤𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ∏ [1−𝛼𝑖𝛽𝑖𝛾𝑖]‖𝑤0 −𝑎 ∗‖𝑛𝑖=0 ≤ ‖𝑤0 −𝑎 ∗‖𝑒−∑ 𝛼𝑖𝛽𝑖𝛾𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=0 since ∑ 𝛼𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 𝛽𝑖𝛾𝑖 = ∞,𝑒 −∑ 𝛼𝑖𝛽𝑖𝛾𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=0 → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. thus, lim𝑛→∞‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ = 0. theorem(3.4): let 𝐵,𝑆,𝑇,(𝑎𝑛) and (𝑤𝑛) be as in lemma (3.2) and s,t satisfying condition (a). if 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇) ≠ ∅, then (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑤𝑛) converge strongly to a common fixed point of s and t. proof: now, we will show that (𝑎𝑛) strong convergence. by lemma (3.1), lim𝑛→∞ ║𝑎n−𝑎 * ║exists. suppose that lim𝑛→∞ ║𝑎n−𝑎 * ║ = 𝑐,𝑐 ≥ 0. from lemma (3.1), we have, ║𝑎n+1−𝑎 * ║ ≤ ║𝑎n−𝑎 * ║ that gives: 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑎∗∈𝐹 ║𝑎n+1−𝑎 * ║ ≤ 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑎∗∈𝐹 ║𝑎n−𝑎 * ║ which means, 𝐷(𝑎n+1,𝐹) ≤ 𝐷(𝑎n,𝐹) 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑𝑠 → lim𝑛→∞ 𝐷(𝑎n,𝐹) exists. by using condition (a), we have: lim𝑛→∞ 𝑔(𝐷(𝑎n,𝐹)) ≤ lim𝑛→∞ ║𝑎n−𝑇𝑎n║ = 0. or, lim𝑛→∞ 𝑔(𝐷(𝑎n,𝐹)) ≤ lim𝑛→∞ ║𝑎n−𝑆𝑎n║ = 0. in both situation, we obtain lim𝑛→∞ 𝑔(𝐷(𝑎n,𝐹)) = 0. since g is a non-decreasing function and 𝑔(0) = 0, it follows that: lim𝑛→∞ 𝐷(𝑎𝑛 ,𝐹) = 0. now to show that (𝑎𝑛) is a cauchy sequence in a. let 𝜖 > 0, lim𝑛→∞ 𝐷(𝑎𝑛 ,𝐹) = 0,∃ a positive integer 𝑛0, such that: 𝐷(𝑎𝑛,𝐹) < 𝜖 4 , ∀𝑛 ≥ 𝑛0 in particular, inf {‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖,𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐹} < 𝜖 2 thus must exist 𝑎∗∗ ∈ 𝐹 such that ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗∗‖ < 𝜖 2 . now, ∀ 𝑛,𝑤 ≥ 𝑛0, we obtain: ‖𝑎𝑛+𝑤 −𝑎𝑛‖ ≤ ‖𝑎𝑛+𝑤 −𝑎 ∗∗‖+‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗∗‖ < 𝜖 2 + 𝜖 2 = 𝜖 hence, (𝑎𝑛) is cauchy sequence in b of m. then (𝑎𝑛) converges to a point 𝑝 ∈ 𝐵. lim 𝑛→∞ 𝐷(𝑎𝑛 ,𝐹) = 0 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑𝑠 → 𝐷(𝑝,𝐹) = 0. 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 since f is closed, hence 𝑝 ∈ 𝐹. by utilizing the same procedure, we can prove (𝑤𝑛) convergence strongly. theorem (3.5): let 𝑀 be a banach space, ∅ ≠ 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑀. let 𝑇:𝐵 → 𝐵 be lipschitzain, firmly nonexpansive maps, 𝑆:𝐵 → 𝐵 be lipschitzain, generalized nonexpansive map and 𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐵 be a common fixed point of s and t. let (𝑎𝑛) and (𝑤𝑛) be the picard-mann and noor iterations defined in (1) and (2). suppose (𝛼𝑛),(𝛽𝑛) and (𝛾𝑛)satisfied the following conditions: 1(𝛼𝑛),(𝛽𝑛) and (𝛾𝑛) ∈ (0,1),∀ 𝑛 ≥ 0. 2∑𝛼𝑛 = ∞. 3∑𝛼𝑛𝛽𝑛 < ∞. if 𝑤0 = 𝑎0 and 𝑅(𝑇),𝑅(𝑆) are bounded, then the picard-mann iteration sequence 𝑎𝑛 → 𝑎 ∗ and the noor iteration sequence 𝑤𝑛 → 𝑎 ∗. proof: since the range of t and s are bounded, let 𝑀1 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑎∈𝐵{‖𝑇𝑎‖}+‖𝑎0‖ < ∞ and, 𝑀2 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑎∈𝐵{‖𝑆𝑎‖}+‖𝑎0‖ < ∞ let 𝑀 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑀1,𝑀2} then, ‖𝑎𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑀,‖𝑏𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑀,‖𝑤𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑀,‖𝑢𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑀,‖𝑣𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑀 therefore, ‖𝑇𝑎𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑀,‖𝑇𝑤𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑀 . ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑤𝑛+1‖ = ‖𝑆𝑏𝑛 −(1−𝛼𝑛)𝑤𝑛 −𝛼𝑛𝑆𝑢𝑛‖ ≤ ‖𝑆𝑏𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖ ≤ (𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+(1+𝛼𝑛) (𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+(1+𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(𝑀 +‖𝑎 ∗‖) ‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ since t is lipschitzain and firmly nonexpansive, setting 𝜉 = 𝑘 −𝑘𝑡 +𝑡 ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛𝜉‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛‖𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛𝜉‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ 𝑀 +‖𝑎∗‖ then, ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑤𝑛+1‖ ≤ ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+(1+𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(𝑀 +‖𝑎 ∗‖)+ 𝛼𝑛( 𝑀 +‖𝑎 ∗‖)+(1+𝛼𝑛)(𝑀+‖𝑎 ∗‖) ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖+(1−𝛼𝑛)(𝑀+‖𝑎 ∗‖) +2𝛼𝑛(𝑀 +‖𝑎 ∗‖)+(1+𝛼𝑛)(𝑀+‖𝑎 ∗‖) ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖+2 (1+𝛼𝑛)(𝑀 +‖𝑎 ∗‖) let 𝛶𝑛 = ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖,𝜘𝑛 = (2+2𝛼𝑛)(𝑀 +‖𝑎 ∗‖) and 𝜘𝑛 𝜏𝑛 → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. by applying lemma (2.6), we get lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖ = 0 90 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 if 𝑎𝑛 → 𝑎 ∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇), then ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎𝑛‖+‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ if 𝑤𝑛 → 𝑎 ∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑆,𝑇), then ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑤𝑛‖+‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. theorem (3.6): let 𝑇:𝐵 → 𝐵 be a lipschitzain, firmly nonexpansive map with 𝑘𝑡 < 1, 𝑆:𝐵 → 𝐵 be a lipschitzain and generalized nonexpansive map.suppose that the picard-mann and noor iterations converge to the same common fixed point 𝑎∗.then picard-mann iteration converges faster than noor iteration. proof: let 𝑎∗ ∈ 𝐹(𝑇,𝑆). then for picard-mann iteration. ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑇𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ setting 𝜉 = (1−𝑡)𝑘 +𝑡, then we have ≤ (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ next, ‖𝑎𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ = ‖𝑆𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ 𝛿‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝜇{‖𝑎∗ −𝑎∗‖+‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑆𝑏𝑛‖}+𝜔{‖𝑎 ∗ −𝑆𝑏𝑛‖+‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖} ≤ (𝛿 +2𝑘𝜇 +2𝑘𝜔)‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ ‖𝑏𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼𝑛)‖𝑎𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ . . ≤ (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼)𝑛‖𝑎1 −𝑎 ∗‖ let 𝑓𝑛 = (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼) 𝑛‖𝑎1 −𝑎 ∗‖ now, noor iteration, ‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛‖𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛾𝑛𝜉‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ = ‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛽𝑛‖𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ . ≤ (1−(1−𝜉)𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ then, ‖𝑤𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖+𝛼𝑛(𝛿 +2𝜇 +2𝜔)‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛 +𝛼𝑛(1−(1−𝜉)𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ assume that 𝛼𝑛 ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛 +𝛼𝑛(1−(1−𝜉)𝛽𝑛) ≤ 𝛼𝑛‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖ . . ≤ 𝛼𝑛‖𝑤1 −𝑎 ∗‖ let 𝑔𝑛 = 𝛼 𝑛‖𝑤1 −𝑎 ∗‖ now, 91 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑓𝑛 𝑔𝑛 = (1−(1−𝜉)𝛼)𝑛‖𝑎1−𝑎 ∗‖ 𝛼𝑛‖𝑤1−𝑎 ∗‖ ≤ (1−(1−𝜉)) 𝑛 ‖𝑎1−𝑎 ∗‖ ‖𝑤1−𝑎 ∗‖ → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. then, (𝑎𝑛) converges faster than (𝑤𝑛) to 𝑎 ∗. example (3.7): let 𝑇,𝑆:𝑅 → 𝑅 (where r is the set of all real numbers) be two maps defined by 𝑇𝑎 = 2𝑎 3 and 𝑆𝑎 = 𝑎 2 ∀𝑎 ∈ 𝑅. choose 𝛼𝑛 = 3 7 ,𝛽𝑛 = 1 7 ,𝛾𝑛 = 3 7 ,∀𝑛 with initial value 𝑎1 = 20. the picard-mann iteration converges faster than noor iteration, it is clear from table 1. and figure 1. table 1. numerical results corresponding to 𝑎1 = 20 for 50 steps. n picard-mann n noor iteration n picard-mann n noor iteration 0 20.0000 0 20.0000 26 26 0.0244 1 8.5714 1 15.4519 27 27 0.0189 2 3.6735 2 11.9381 28 28 0.0146 3 1.5747 3 9.2233 29 29 0.0113 4 0.6747 4 7.1259 30 30 0.0087 5 0.2892 5 5.5054 31 31 0.0067 6 0.1239 6 4.2534 32 32 0.0052 7 0.0531 7 3.2862 33 33 0.0040 8 0.0228 8 2.5389 34 34 0.0031 9 0.0098 9 1.9615 35 35 0.0024 10 0.0042 10 1.5155 36 36 0.0019 11 0.0018 11 1.1708 37 37 0.0014 12 0.0008 12 0.9046 38 38 0.0011 13 0.0003 13 0.6989 39 39 0.0009 14 0.0001 14 0.5400 40 40 0.0007 15 0.0001 15 0.4172 41 41 0.0005 16 0.0000 16 0.3223 42 42 0.0004 17 0.0000 17 0.2490 43 43 0.0003 18 18 0.1924 44 44 0.0002 19 19 0.1486 45 45 0.0002 20 20 0.1148 46 46 0.0001 21 21 0.0887 47 47 0.0001 22 22 0.0685 48 48 0.0001 23 23 0.0530 49 49 0.0001 24 24 0.0409 50 50 0.0000 25 25 0.0319 figure 1. convergence behavior corresponding to 𝑎1 = 20 for 50 steps. 92 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 4. applications let the space c([f, h]) of all continuous real valued functions on a closed interval [f, h] be endowed with the chebyshev norm ‖𝑎 −𝑏‖∞ = max𝑡∈[𝑓,ℎ]|𝑎(𝑡)−𝑏(𝑡)|. (𝐶[𝑓,ℎ],‖.‖∞) be a banach space. the following delay differential equation: 𝑤΄ (𝑡) = 𝑔(𝑡,𝑤(𝑡),𝑤(𝑡 −𝜏)),𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0,ℎ] with initial condition 𝑤(𝑡) = 𝜗(𝑡),𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0 −𝜏,𝑡0] (3) assume the conditions are satisfied: i𝑡0,ℎ ∈ 𝑅,𝜏 > 0. ii𝑔 ∈ 𝐶([𝑡0,ℎ]×𝑅 2,𝑅). iii𝜗 ∈ 𝐶([𝑡0 −𝜏,ℎ],𝑅). ivthere is 𝐿𝑔 > 0 such that |𝑔(𝑡,𝑥1,𝑥2)−𝑔(𝑡,𝑦1,𝑦2)| ≤ 𝐿𝑔 ∑ |𝑥𝑖 −𝑦𝑖| 2 𝑖=1 ∀ 𝑥𝑖,𝑦𝑖 ∈ 𝑅,𝑖 = 1,2,𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0,ℎ]. v2𝐿𝑔(ℎ− 𝑡0) < 1. now, let us consider the following integral equation: 𝑤(𝑡) = { 𝜗(𝑡) 𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0 −𝜏,𝑡0] 𝜗(𝑡)+∫ 𝑔(𝑟,𝑤(𝑟),𝑤(𝑟−𝜏))𝑑𝑟 𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0,ℎ] 𝑡 𝑡0 this is the solution of the above delay differential equation [15]. theorem (4.1): suppose the conditions (i-v) are accomplished the problem (3) has a unique solution 𝑎∗ 𝑖𝑛 𝐶([𝑡0 −𝜏,ℎ],𝑅)∩𝐶 −1([𝑡0,ℎ,𝑅]) and the noor iteration converges to 𝑎 ∗. proof: let (𝑤𝑛) be an iterative sequence generated by noor for an map defined by 𝑇𝑤(𝑡) = { 𝜗(𝑡) 𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0 −𝜏,𝑡0] 𝜗(𝑡)+∫ 𝑔(𝑟,𝑤(𝑟),𝑤(𝑟 −𝜏))𝑑𝑟 𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0,ℎ] 𝑡 𝑡0 let (𝑎∗) be a fixed point. now, it is easy to see 𝑤𝑛 → 𝑎 ∗ for each 𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0 −𝜏,𝑡0]. next, for 𝑡 ∈ [𝑡0,ℎ], we get: ‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ = ‖(1−𝛾𝑛)𝑤𝑛 +𝛾𝑛𝑇𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +𝛾𝑛 max𝑡∈[𝑡0−𝜏,𝑡0]|𝑇𝑤𝑛(𝑡)−𝑇𝑎 ∗(𝑡)| ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +𝛾𝑛 max 𝑡∈[𝑡0−𝜏,𝑡0] |𝜗(𝑡)+∫ 𝑔(𝑟,𝑤(𝑟),𝑤(𝑟−𝜏))𝑑𝑟 −𝜗(𝑡) −∫ 𝑔(𝑟,𝑎∗(𝑟),𝑎∗(𝑟−𝜏))𝑑𝑟 𝑡 𝑡0 𝑡 𝑡0 | ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +𝛾𝑛 max 𝑡∈[𝑡0−𝜏,𝑡0] ∫ (|𝑔(𝑟,𝑤(𝑟),𝑤(𝑟−𝜏))| 𝑡 𝑡0 +|𝑔(𝑟,𝑎∗(𝑟),𝑎∗(𝑟−𝜏))|)𝑑𝑟 93 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +𝛾𝑛 ∫ (𝐿𝑔( max 𝑡∈[𝑡0−𝜏,𝑡0] |𝑤𝑛(𝑡)−𝑎 ∗(𝑡)| 𝑡 𝑡0 + max 𝑡∈[𝑡0−𝜏,𝑡0] |𝑤𝑛(𝑡 −𝜏)−𝑎 ∗(𝑡 −𝜏)|)𝑑𝑟 ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +𝛾𝑛 ∫ 𝐿𝑔(‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞)𝑑𝑟 𝑡 𝑡0 ≤ (1−𝛾𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +2𝛾𝑛𝐿𝑔(𝑡 −𝑡0)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ ≤ [1−(1−2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0)𝛾𝑛]‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ next, ‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ = ‖(1−𝛽𝑛)𝑤𝑛 +𝛽𝑛𝑇𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ ≤ (1−𝛽𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +𝛽𝑛 max 𝑡∈ [𝑡0−𝜏,𝑡0] |𝑇𝑣𝑛(𝑡)−𝑇𝑎 ∗(𝑡)| ≤ [1−(1−2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0)𝛽𝑛]‖𝑣𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ therefore, ‖𝑤𝑛+1 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ = ‖(1−𝛼𝑛)𝑤𝑛 +𝛼𝑛𝑇𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ ≤ (1−𝛼𝑛)‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ +𝛼𝑛 max 𝑡∈[𝑡0−𝜏,𝑡0] |𝑇𝑢𝑛(𝑡)−𝑇𝑎 ∗(𝑡)| ≤ [1−(1−2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0)𝛼𝑛]‖𝑢𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ ≤ [1−(1−2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0)𝛼𝑛][1−(1−2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0)𝛽𝑛][1−(1 −2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0)𝛾𝑛]‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ ≤ [1−(𝛼𝑛 +𝛽𝑛 +𝛾𝑛)[1−(1−2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0)]‖𝑤𝑛 −𝑎 ∗‖∞ setting 𝜆𝑛 = 𝛼𝑛 +𝛽𝑛 +𝛾𝑛 and by condition (v) 2𝐿𝑔(ℎ −𝑡0) < 1. now, under the conditions (i-v) and using theorem (3.3) , therefore the delay differential equation has a unique solution 𝑎∗ 𝑖𝑛 𝐶([𝑡0 −𝜏,ℎ],𝑅)∩𝐶 −1([𝑡0,ℎ,𝑅]) and the noor iteration converges to 𝑎∗. in support of this work, we would like to refer to our other results in this field in [16]. references 1. goebel, k.; kirk, w.a. fixed point theorem for asymptotically nonexpansive mappings. proc. amer. math. soc.1972, 35, 171-174. 2. bruck, r.e. nonexpansive projections on subsets of banach spaces. pac. j. math. 1973, 47, 341-355. 3. das, g.; debata, j.p. fixed points of quasinonexpansive mappings. indian j. pure appl. math.1998, 17, 11, 1263–1269. 4. takahashi,w.; tamura, t. convergence theorems for a pair of nonexpansive mappings. j. convex anal.1998, 5, 1, 45–56. 5. khan, s.h. a picard-mann hybrid iteration process. fixed point theory. appl.2013, 2013, 69-75. 6. noor, m.a. new approximation schemes for general variation inequalities. j. math. anal. appl.2000, 251, 217-299, doi:10.1006/jmaa.2000.7042. 94 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 7. fuster, e.l.; galvez, e.m. the fixed point theory for some generalized nonexpansive mapping. abstract . appl. anal.2011, 435686, 1-15, doi:10.1155/2011/435686. 8. khan, s.h.; fukhar-ud-din, h. weak and strong convergence of a scheme with errors for two nonexpansive mappings. nonlinear anal.2005, 61, 1295-1301. 9. fukhar-ud-din, h.; khan, s.h. convergence of iterates with errors of asymptotically quasi-nonexpansive mappings and applications. j. math. anal. appl.2007, 328, 821– 829. 10. khan, s.h.; abbas, m.; khan, a.r. common fixed points of two nonexpansive mappings by a new one-step iteration process. iranian journal of science & technology, transuction.2009, 33, 1-13. 11. saluja, g.s. convergence to common fixed point for two asymptotically quasinonexpansive mappings in the intermediate sense in banach spaces. mathematica moravica.2015, 19, 1, 33–48. 12. deli, w.; yisheng, s.; xinwen, m. common fixed points for non-commuting generalized (f,g)nonexpansive maps. applied mathematices sciences.2008, 2, 52, 2597-2602. 13. yildirim, i.; abbas, m.; karaca, n. on the convergence and data dependence results for multistep picard-mann iteration process in the class of contractive-like operators. j. nonlinear. sci. appl.2016, 9, 3773-3786. 14. anupam, s.; mohammad, i. approximating fixed points of generalized nonexpansive mappings via faster iteration schemes. fixed point theory.2014, 4, 4, 605-623. 15. arino, o.; hbid, m.l.; ait dads, e. delay differential equations and applications. proceeding of nato, springer, new york,2002. 16. faraj, a.n.; abed, s.s. result in g-metric spacesfixed points. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2019, 32, 1, 139-146. microsoft word 404-408 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1805 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 404 counting functions to generate the primes in the rsa algorithm and diffie-hellman key exchange     faez ali al-maamori faez352013@gmail.com mazin saied rashid mazinalsadawy1@gmail.com dept. of mathematics / college of education for pure science/ university of babylon          abstract the rivest–shamir–adleman (rsa) and the diffie-hellman (dh) key exchange are famous methods for encryption. these methods depended on selecting the primes p and q in order to be secure enough. this paper shows that the named methods used the primes which are found by some arithmetical function .in the other sense, no need to think about getting primes p and q and how they are secure enough, since the arithmetical function enable to build the primes in such complicated way to be secure. moreover, this article gives new construction of the rsa algorithm and dh key exchange using the primes p,qfrom areal number x. keywords: (rsa algorithm and diffie-hellman exchange, beurling primes, analytic number theory).                 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1805 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 405 1. introduction since the seventieth of the last century, several authors introduced a cryptographic algorithm in order to replace the less secure algorithms “diffie and hellman”, who described the idea of such an algorithm, but never truly developed it. the rsa algorithm and dh-key exchange cryptosystems (as well as digital signatures) are regarded as the important security schemes (see for instance (a. salomaa.[8]),( j. coron .[5]) and (s.d. galbraith.[6]). the majority is to know the security algorithms that focused on generating the primes which is called the code of the encryption. the main aim of this work is to secure enough the mentioned algorithms and the way for building the prime from a challenging way that no one can predict it. here, the principle objective is to overlook the utilization of the messenger with a specific end goal to convey keys to the recipient over another protected channel before transmitting the initially planned data or message. the more vital thing here is that the keys ought to be worked in such a way that the unscrambling key may not be effortlessly found from the rsa calculation and dh-key. in this article, the work has been done concentrated on how could we make the algorithm secure strongly such that one can say it breaks down it. the main body of this work shows that,there is an arithmetical function which generates a prime number p from a large enough real number x and uses that prime in the code of the algorithm. in this work, we generate the prime p by using the arithmetical function f*(x). 2. materials and methods the generating function f*(x). let ƥ 2,3,5,7, … be a set of primes, while the set of natural number is 𝒩 1,2,3,4,5,6,7, . . . . . the counting functions of prime and integers are defined as follows: definition let ƥ 2,3,5,7, . . . . . . the counting function for any positive real x is defined to be: 𝐻 𝑥 ∑ log 𝑝, where 𝑘 ∈ 𝑁 and 𝑝 ∈ ƥ. we can write 𝐻 𝑥 as follows: 𝐻 𝑥 ∑ ∑ log 𝑝 ∑ ℎ 𝑥 ,(see[1]for more details). 𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 ℎ 𝑥 ∑ log 𝑝. now using the mobiusinversion formula, we get 𝐹 𝑥 ∑ 𝜇 𝑛 𝐻 𝑥 , where 𝜇 𝑛 is 𝑚𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑢𝑠 function. the counting function h(x) is represented as the integer part of and positive x minus 1,this tells us that the f(x) would be the sum of product 𝜇 𝑥 and the integer part of and positive x minus 1. where the sum is running from 1 to infinity. we note that the sum is vanished when the index is greater than .in the other words, f(x) = g(x) +zero, where the g(x) means the sum of product 𝜇 𝑥 and the integer part of positive x minus 1 for the index is less than or equal to . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1805 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 406 the function f(x) is increasing step function. so, choosing a (large enough) real number x gives two options on the f(x) which are given as follows: either the output of f(x) is a prime number or a natural number. the reader must be familiar with proof of f(x) being increased and step function. for more details, one can see [2]. moreover, if we define df= f(x)-f(x-1), then df must be either 1 or 0. if one can calculatethe jump of f(x) he can see that, 𝐹 𝑑 𝐹 𝑑 1 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑑 𝑛 , 𝑛, 𝑘 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑 2 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 . more details, one can see [1]. therefore, getting a prime p from a real x is guaranteed by taking the power, which is the characteristic function mf(x) ,of the output of f(x)to the characteristic function mf(x). this means that 𝐹∗ 𝑥 f x 𝒎𝑭 , where the characteristic function is defined by 𝒎 ∙ , , ∙ , . therefore, the step function 𝐹∗ 𝑥 is either zero or prime number. the mathematical technique shows that picking a prime number from a large real number is not easy without knowing the function f(x). 3. example and its applicable algorithm here, we give a very simple example in order to show how the method works: choice x = 41.5. by definition 2.1, we get f (41.5) = m(1) ([41.51/1]-1) + m(2) ([41.51/2]-1) + m(3) ([41.51/3] -1) + m(4) ([ 41.51/4] -1) + m(5) ( [41.51/5] -1) ( the function f x is vanished for n > . = 40 – 5 – 2 + 0 – 1 = 32 not prime. by corollary 2.7, we get f(41.5) = 32 ,where γ =0 = (32)0 = 1. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1805 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 407 program (1): shows generating the prime p from a real number x: clear clc x=24.5; n=1; t=1; sum=0; while (t) n ))if n>(log2(x)/log2(2 break end if n==1 mobn=1; else if isprime(n) mobn=-1; else n1=n; base=2; k=1; while n1>1 while mod(n1,base)~=0 base=base+1; end a(k)=base; n1=n1/base; base=2; k=k+1; end t=1; for i=1:k-1 if a(i)~=a(1) t=2; end end if t==1 mobn=0; else if mod(k,2)==0 mobn=1; else mobn=-1 end end end end mobn xn=fix(x^(1/n)); sum=sum+(mobn*(xn-1)); n=n+1; ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1805 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 408 end 4. discussion of the results and future works: the simple example given above was just to reflect the hard work of building the prime p from a large real x. one could use this approach in various manners and subject especially in security branches. references [1] t. m. apostol, mathematical analysis second edition, addison-wesley, 1974. [2]    luma. n.m. tawfiq,  numerical solution of singular perturbation problems by using collocation neural networks, mj journal on numerical analysis, 1 (1) (2017) 1-7. [3] q. baodong, "leakage-resilient lossy trapdoor functions and public-key encryption." proceedings of the first acm workshop on asia public-key cryptography. acm, 2013. [4] q. baodong, and s. liu, "leakage-flexible cca-secure public-key encryption: simple construction and free of pairing." international workshop on public key cryptography. springer berlin heidelberg, 2014. [5] j. coron, "fully homomorphic encryption over the integers with shorter public keys." annual cryptology conference. springer berlin heidelberg, 2011. [6] s.d. galbraith. mathematics of public key cryptography. cambridge university press, 2012. [7] b. persis urbana, purshotam mandiwa, and m. kumar, "a modified rsa cryptosystem based on ‘n’prime numbers." international journal of engineering and computer science 1 (2012): 63-66. [8] a. salomaa, public-key cryptography. springer science & business media, 2013. [9] l.n.m.tawfiq and r.s.naoum, (2007). density and approximation by using feed forward artificial neural networks, ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences, 20(1): 67-81.   علوم الحياة | 295 2016ام ) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تأثير المستخلصات المائية لبعض النباتات الطبية في نسبة االنبات وتطور نمو l. anethum graveolensالرويشة والجذير لنبات الشبنت طيف ماجد عبد الحسين جامعة كربالء, كلية الزراعة, قسم المحاصيل الحقلية 2016حزيران 28, قبل في: 2016 نيسان 5استلم في: الخالصة بهدف تأثير المستخلصات المائية 2016نفذت تجربة مختبرية في مختبرات كلية الزراعة /جامعة كربالء خالل العام وتحديد l. anethum graveolensلبعض النباتات الطبية في نسبة االنبات وتطور نمو الرويشة والجذيرلنبات الشبنت = t1بثالث مكررات وعامل واحد المستخلصات المائية crdأفضل مستخلص نباتي. استعمل التصميم العشوائي الكامل = الحبة الحلوة t4و trigonella foenum graecum l= الحلبةt3و .eruca sativalالجرجير t2=ماء مقطرو foeniculum vulgare.mill وt5د الماوي (ورد لسان الثور) = الورanchusa strigosa lab و=t6 الشبنت anethum graveolens l. وt7الحبة السوداء = nigella sativa l. وt8 الكمون=cuminumcyminum lوt9 الكزبرة =coriandrum sativuml.اظهرت النتائج ان معامالت المستخلصات الكزبرة.t9 والكمونt8 أدت بذرة.اليوم 1.35و 1-بذرة.اليوم1.38% و اعلى سرعة انبات بلغت95% و96.70الى زيادة معنوية في نسبة االنباتبلغت في t8سمعلى التوالي.تفوقت المعاملة 2.31سم و3.02سم و 4.05اعلى طول الجذير بلغ t5و t8وt9بينما أعطت 1 معنويا في t9ملغم .بينما تفوقت معاملة 1.03سم 7.58ذير وبلغ إعطاء اعلى متوسط لطول الرويشة والوزن الجاف للج اقل t1ملغم ، في حين أعطت معاملة المقارنة 3.00و 958إعطاء اعلى متوسط لقوة البادرة والوزن الجاف للرويشة بلغ رة والوزن الجاف متوسط لنسبة اإلنبات و سرعة االنبات وطول الجذير وطول الرويشة والوزن الجاف للجذير وقوة الباد ملغم بالتتابع .أدت المستخلصات 2.86و 665ملغم و 0.80سم و 6.63سم و 1.66و1-بذرة.اليوم1.14% و80للرويشةبلغ t7وt4 وt2 وt3 .الى تثبيط كل الصفات نسبة االنبات. المستخلصات المائية. الشبنت الكلمات المفتاحية : علوم الحياة | 296 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المقدمة النباتات الطبية في محتوياتها من المواد الكيميائية وكذلك مراحل نموها ،إذ ان لها دوراً كبيراً ومهماً في حياة تختلف األسمدة أن االتجاه الحديث هو االبتعاد عن استعمال ]1 [اإلنسان والنبات لكثرتها، وتعدد أنواعها، واتساع استعماالتها عها وتراكيبها وذلك لتأثيرها السام والضار في حياة اإلنسان والحيوانات والنباتات ومنظمات النمو الكيمياوية باختالف أنوا لذا اتجه ذو االختصاص الى ايجاد مواد أكثر أمانا في تنمية المحاصيل وزيادة انتاجها ونسبة انباتها من خالل استعمال كبات حتوي المستخلصات النباتية تحتوي على مر، وت]3و [2المستخلصات النباتية الطبيعية (منشطات النمو الصديقة للبيئة) ) ، flavonoids( ، الفالفونويداتالكومارينات االروماتيه، ، األحماض العطريةعديدة منها األحماض العضوية التربينويدات والستيرويداتفضال عن ،) glycosides، الكاليكوسيدات ((alkaloids))، القلويدات tanninsالتانينات( المستخلصات إلى تشٌجع العملٌيات الفٌسيولوٌجية فًي البذور مثل كسر طور هذه وتعمل كما .]10[السامةبعض الغازات .]4[السكون موطنه األصلي جنوب غرب apiaceae )هو احد نباتات العائلة الخيمية.dill )anethum graveolens lالشبنت يعد للريح، كتابل و طارد لقيمته الغذائية والطبية العالية إذ يستعمل هو االعشاب الورقية المهمة وذلك[11]اسيا و أوربا ولعالج اإلمساك ويقلل من رائحة الفم الكريهة، فضال عن انه مضاد للدهون والكوليسترول ومضاد للتشنج .نتيجة لألهمية الغذائية والطبية لنبات الشبنت فقد ارتأينا في هذا البحث استعمال بعض المستخلصات النباتية ]12[واالكسدة الذي يعرف (allelopathy)وتأثيرها في عملية انبات ونمو الشبنت وتعد هذه العملية واحدة من عميات التضاد الحياتي الل العمليات األيضية من قبل النباتات واألشنات والفطريات بأنه عبارة عن نواتج المركبات الثانوية تنتج من خ ان المستخلص المائي للجرجير خفض نسبة االنبات وطول الجذير والرويشة 2010. أوضحصالح واخرون، [13]والبكتريا أن مستخلص الجرجير أعطت أعلى نسبة إنبات لبذور وطول 2004واخرون ، el-refaiوجد ووزنهما الجفاف. ان مستخلص الحبة السوداء 2009حماد واخرون ، الخضري مقارنة مع مستخلص اللهانه لمحصول القطن. ذكر المجموع اعطى اعلى نسبة لإلنبات مقارنة مع مستخلص الحبة الحلوة والحلبة ومعاملة المقارنة. تهدف هذه الدراسة الى معرفة تأثير الماوي (لسان الوردوالحبة الحلوة و الجرجير والحلبة-طبية هي: المستخلصات المائية لبذور ثمانية أنواع من النباتات ال .الكمونوالكزبرة في انبات وتطور الجذير والرويشة لنبات الشبنت والثور) والشبنت والحبة السوداء المواد وطرائق العمل ) بثالث crdالعشوائي الكامل (نفذت هذه التجربة في مختبرات كلية الزراعة /جامعة كربالء استخدم التصميم .eruca sativalالجرجير t2== ماء مقطروt1الطبية وهي المستخلصات المائية للنباتات مكررات وبعامل واحد = الورد t5و foeniculum vulgare.mill= الحبة الحلوة t4و trigonella foenum graecum l= الحلبةt3و = الحبة السوداءt7و .anethum graveolens lالشبنت t6=و anchusa strigosa labالماوي (ورد لسان الثور) nigella sativa l. وt8 الكمون=cuminumcyminum lوt9 الكزبرة =coriandrum sativuml. ، حضرت وتركت غم من البذور بعد تنظيفها واذيب كل منهما في لتر من الماء 20المستخلصات المائية للنباتات أعاله، وذلك بأخذ ساعة بعدها رشحت بثالث طبقات من قماش الشاش لفصل العوالق الكبيرة، بعدها رشح المحلول بطبقة ترشيح وقمع 24 المكاتب من بذورنبات الشبنت جلبت .]6[زجاجي ووضع كل منها في قنينة خاصة تحمل رمزاً معين لالستدالل عليها بذرة من نبات 20وضعت لها بعدها انتقيت البذور سليمة المرافقة الغريبةوالبذور الشوائب من تنظيفها وتم الزراعية ) داخل كل طبق وأضيف بعد ذلك no.1).wathmannسم بعد وضع ورقة ترشيح 10الشبنت في أطباق بتري ذات قطر أما معاملة مل من كل من المستخلصات المحضرة سابقا وكانت البادرات تسقى بالمستخلصات في وقت الحاجة20لكل طبق ايام تم خاللها حساب ماياتي:[7]المقارنة فقد تم إضافة الماء المقطر إليها فقط استمرت التجربة نسبة اإلنبات% -1 حسبت من خالل عدد البذور النابتة على عدداأليامالالزمةمنذبدايةاالنبات -:1-سرعة االنبات بذرة.يوم -2 االنبات تم اخذ عشر بادرات طبيعية وبشكل عشوائي وتم قياس بعد انتهاء مدة فحص -طول الجذير والرويشة سم: -3 .]16[طول الجذير والرويشة بالمسطرة واستخرج المعدل لهما تم اخذ نفس البادرات المستعملة لقياس طول الجذير والرويشة وضعت -الوزن الجاف للجذير والرويشة (ملغم): -4 ساعة ثم وزنت واستخرج معدل الوزن 24ولمدة م 80في أكياس مثقبة في فرن كهربائي على درجة حرارة ]15[الجاف علوم الحياة | 297 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 دليل قوة البادرة = نسبة االنبات*(طول الجذير+طول الرويشة) -5 حللت البيانات احصائيا للصفات المدروسة بتحليل التباين وقورنت المتوسطات باستعمال اقل فرق معنوي عن -6 .]17[0.05مستوى احتمالية النتائج والمناقشة اإلنبات (%) نسبة-1 في متوسطات نسبة اإلنبات%مع اختالف انواع t8و t9بين معنوية ) إن هناك فروق1) والشكل ( 1يظهرالجدول( % والذي لم يختلف معنويا عن 96.70(مستخلص الكزبرة)أعلىقيمة بلغت t9المعامالت وقد أعطتالمعاملة بالنسبة 20%و t9%بالنسبة لمعاملة 20مقدارها% أي بزيادة 95والتي بلغت قيمتها(مستخلص الكمون)t8المعاملة و t6وقد تبع ذلك انخفاض فيمتوسطاتنسبة االنبات عند المعامالت%80.00والتيبلغت t1 المعاملةمقارنة معt8لمعاملة t7 وt5 وt4 وt3 وt2 وقد يعود % على التوالي ، 20% ، 21.70% ، 48% ، 55% ، 65% ، 78.3تإذ بلغ ين المعامالت الى كون المعامالت تنتمي الى عوائل مختلفة واحتوائها على كمية ونوعية مواد كيميائية سبب هذا التغاير ب 7[تؤثر في الجنين وتعمل على تثبيط نسبة االنبات مثل الدهون والمواد الهالمية والقلويدات والتانينات ومركبات اخرى .]18و )1-معامل سرعة االنبات (بذرة.يوم-2 في متوسطات معامل سرعة االنبات مع اختالف انواع المعامالت معنوية ) إن هناك فروق2) والشكل (1( يظهرالجدول t8 والتي لم يختلف معنويا عن المعاملة 1-بذرة.يوم1.381أعلى قيمة بلغت (مستخلص الكزبرة)t9وقد أعطت المعاملة 1.143والتيبلغت t1%على التواليمقارنة مع المعاملة18و 20%أي بزيادة مقدارها 1-بذرة.يوم 1.351بلغت قيمتها والتي إذ t2و t3و t7و t5و t4و t6عندالمعامالتمتوسطاتمعامل سرعة االنبات وقد تبع ذلك انخفاض في 1-بذرة.يوم لة او وقد يعود سبب اختالف فعل المواد الفعاعلى التتابع ، 1بذرة .اليوم 0.29، 0.31، 0.69، 0.79،0.93، 1.12تبلغ او تعمل في بشكل تثبيطي t8و t9اختالف نوع المادة في كل معاملة التي يمكن ان تعمل بشكل تحفيزي كما حصل في . ]8[ كما في بقية أنواع المعامالت قوة البادرة-3 في متوسطات قوة البادرةمع اختالف انواع المعامالت وقد أعطت معنوية ) إن هناك فروق3) والشكل (1( الجدول يوضح أي بزيادة 710بلغت قيمتها والتيt8تلتها المعاملة 958أعلى قيمة بلغت (مستخلص الكزبرة)t9المعاملة وقد تبع ذلك انخفاض في متوسطات قوة 665والتيبلغت t1المعاملة مع % على التواليمقارنة6.8و 44.1%مقدارها وقد على التوالي ، 59، 72، 277، 506، 581، 627تإذ بلغt3و t2و t4و t7و t6و t5درةعند المعامالتالبا لتفوقهما في نسبة اإلنبات. t8و t9 يعود سبب تفوق المعامالت طول الجذير(سم)-4 في متوسطات طول الجذرسم مع اختالف انواع المعامالت معنوية ) إن هناك فروق4) والشكل (1( أظهرت نتائج الجدول بلغ متوسط طول الجذير و t5وt8 سم تليها المعاملتان 4.05أعلى قيمة بلغت(مستخلص الكزبرة) t9المعاملة وقد أعطت t1% على التتابع مقارنة مع المعاملة39% و136و%2.39سم على التتابع أي بزيادة مقدارها2.31سمو 3.02لهما و 1.57إذ بلغتt3و t2و t4و t6و t7عند المعامالتطول متوسطاتوقد تبع ذلك انخفاض في سم 1.66والتيبلغت الى تفوقهما في نسبة t5و t8و t9وقد يعزى سبب تفوق المعامالتسم على التوالي ، 0.21و 0.47و 0.57و 1.26 نسبة لالنخفاض فيعود السبب الى وجود مواد سامه تثبط زيادة أواخذت وقتا أطول في نموها من التي لم تنبت .اما بال اإلنبات المجموع الجذري او ربما ترتبط بأنزيمات تكوين االوكسين مما يؤدي الى عرقلة تكوينه او تكوينه بنسبة قليلة ال تكفي .]8[الستطالة الجذير طول الرويشة-5 في متوسطات طول الرويشةسم مع اختالف انواع معنوية ) إن هناك فروق5) والشكل (1( أظهرت نتائج الجدول t9سمالتي لم تختلف معنويا عن المعاملة7.58(مستخلص الكمون) أعلى قيمة بلغتt8 المعامالت وقد أعطت المعاملة سم 6.63بلغت والتيt1المعاملة مع مقارنة % على التوالي10.6و%14.3سم أي بزيادة مقدارها7.33والتي بلغت قيمتها و 5.13و 6.21و 6.23إذ بلغتt3و t2و t4و t5و t7عند المعامالتطول الجذيرك انخفاض متوسطاتوقد تبع ذل علوم الحياة | 298 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 الى تفوقهما في نسبة اإلنبات اخذت t9و t8وقد يعزى سبب تفوق المعامالتسم على التتابع ، 2.22و 3.36و 4.26 t4و t5و t7النخفاض المعامالت بة وقتا أطول في نموها من التي لم تنبت مما زارد من طول الرويشة.اما بالنس السبب الى وجود بعض المركبات الفعالة مثل القلويدات والكاليكوسيدات والتاينينات التي تعمل في تثبيط فيعود t3وt2و .]7[انقسام واستطالة الخاليا ومن ثم اختزال طول الرويشة الوزن الجاف للجذير-6 في متوسطات الوزن الجاف للجذيرمع اختالف انواع معنوية هناك فروق) إن 6) والشكل (1( أوضحت نتائج الجدول ملغم التي لم يختلف معنويا عن المعاملة 1.03(مستخلص الكمون) أعلى قيمة بلغتt8المعامالت وقد أعطت المعاملة t9 على التواليمقارنة مع معاملة 7.5و%28.8أي بزيادة مقدارها ملغم0.86والتي بلغت قيمتها%t1 0.80بلغت تيوال إذ t3و t2و t4و t5و t7وt6المعامالت عندمتوسطات الوزن الجاف للجذيروقد تبع ذلك انخفاض في ملغم، الى t9و t8وقد يعزى سبب تفوق المعامالتملغم على التتابع ، 0.10و 0.10و 0.10و 0.16و 0.56و 0.46بلغت تفوقهما في نسبة االنبات وطول الجذير مما يدل على انها بذور قوية لها القدرة على تكوين مواد جديدة وبسرعة ينتج عنها .]11[زيادة في تراكم المادة الجافة للجذير الوزن الجاف للرويشة -7 ملغممع اختالف في متوسطات الوزن الجاف للرويشة معنوية ) إن هناك فروق7) والشكل (1( أوضحت نتائج الجدول t8ملغم التي لم يختلف معنويا عن المعاملة 3.00 أعلى قيمة بلغت (مستخلص الكزبرة)t9 انواع المعامالت وقد أعطى 2.86بلغت والتي t1مع المعاملة % على التتابع مقارنة 3.5و%4.9أي بزيادة مقدارهاملغم ، 2.96والتي بلغت قيمتها إذ بلغت t3و t2و t4و t5و t7و t6المعامالتعند الوزن الجاف للجذير وقد تبع ذلك انخفاض في متوسطاتملغم ، الى تفوقهما في t8و t9وقد يعزى سبب تفوق المعامالتملغم على التوالي ، 1.00 1.20و 1.90و 2.30و 2.40و 2.40 تنتج بادرات قوية تنمو بسرعة تؤدي الى زيادة الوزن الجاف مما يدل على انها بذور قوية نسبة اإلنبات وطول الرويشة .]9[للرويشة المصادر ) . تاثير التسميد والرش ببعض العناصر الغذائية فيالصفاتالكمية والنوعية لبعض 2004الهدواني ، احمد خالد ( -1 –) . اطروحة دكتوراه .trigonella foenum – graecum lالمركبات الفعالة طبيا في بذور صنفين من الحلبة.( العراق. –جامعة بغداد –كلية الزراعة –قسم البستنة ). تأثير التعفير مسحوق أوراق 2002صادق، صادق قاسم، غريب،اقبال محمد ،داود، ساجده حميد و بدري هديل( -2 .70-69) :5(34اقية بعض النباتات في الصفات الخزنية لدرنات البطاطا صنف ديرزي. مجلة العلوم الزراعية العر ). منشطات نمو للنباتات (صديقة للبيئة). 2013صالح مصطفى، عباس ،هوازن عبد هللا وحواس ، حسين حبار ( ،خالد -3 .35-19) :4( 16النهرين جامعة مجلة للنشر.الرياض. مكوناتها.دارالمريخ زراعتها الطبية ).النباتات1981فوزيطه (،قطب -4 االليلوباثية المواد استخدام )2010. (محمد جاسممهدي ،مظفرعبدومحمود،،،ثامرعبدهللازهوان مهدي، شاكر ،صالح -5 مجلة جامعة تكريت للعلوم الزراعية .المحاصيل الحقلية في بعض زراعية كمبيدات األدغال نباتات لبعض .10)2:(11-22. ) تأثير استخدام المستخلصات المائية لبعض 2009حميد صالح، جمعه ،نجم عبد هللا وجميل، ابتسام إسماعيل. ( ،حماد -6 مجلة ديالى .solanum melongena l .في انبات ونمو شتالت الباذنجان naaبذور النباتات الطبية ومنظم النمو .167-156): 2(1للعلوم الزراعية. ) تأثير المستخلصات المائية لنبات الياس والخروع والزنجبيل في انبات ونمو بذور 2012(الطائي، اسيل محمد عمران. -7 .1327-1316):20(4. مجلة بابل للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية .(.hordeum vulgare l)الشعير اليوكالبتوس في إنبات تأثير المستخلصات المائيةوالكحولية لنبات ) 2011جمعة، نجم عبد هللا وإبراهيم ،نغم سعدون. ( -8 761) : 2( 3.مجلة ديالى للعلوم الزراعية1 -صنف تموز ) .triticum aestivum lونمو وحاصل نبات الحنطة ( – 776. علوم الحياة | 299 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 اصناف لبعض البادرة وقوة ) تأثيرتحفيزالبذورفي االنبات2012جدوع، خضير عباس والسيالوي ،رزاق لفتة عطية. ( -9 .23-13):5( 43العراقية.الرز مجلة العلوم الزراعية 10putnan,a.r.(1987) allelopathic chemical natures herbicides action.chem .eng.4:34-35. 11kouchehbagh,sahar baser;hoseini,marziyeh and khoshvaghti,hossein.(2013) does priming improve dill (anethum graveolens l.) seed germination and yield. ijb.3(7):126131. 12-arora, d.s and kaur, g.j. (2010) bioactive potential of anethum graveolens, foeniculum vulgare and trachyspermum ammi belonging to the family umbelliferae current status.journal of medicinal plants research . 4(2):087-094. 13-chon, s. kim, u;y. m. and lee, j. c. .(2003) herbicidal potential and quantification of causative allelochemicals form several composite weed. weed res. 43: 444-450. 14el-refai, i. m. and moustafa ,s. m. i. (2004) allelopathic effect of some cruciferous seeds on rlizoctonia solani kuhn and gossjiumbarbadense l. pakistan. j. of biological sciences.7 (4): 550-558. 15-ista (international seed testing association). (2005) international rules for seed testing. adopted at the ordinary meeting.2004, budapest, hungary to become effective on 1st january 2005.the international seed testing association. (ista). 16aosa (association of official seed analysts). (1983) seed vigour testing handbook. contribution32 to handbook on seedtesting association of official seed analysts, lincoln, ne, usa.88. 17steel, r.g.d. and j.h. torrie, (1981) principles and procedures of statistic .mc graw.hill book co., inc.n.y. 18-sukari, m.a.; sharif, n.w.; yap, a.l.; tang, s.w. & yusof, u.k. (2008).chemical constituents variations of essential oils from rhizomes of four zingiberaceae spcies. the malaysian journal of analytical sciences, 12, ( 3) 638-644. 19-agrawal , p.k. and j.n. singh . (1975) laboratory germination and field emergence in soybean (glycine max l. merr.) . seed res. 3 (2) : 111-112. علوم الحياة | 300 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ) تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في بعض صفات انبات بذور الشبت1جدول ( 0.05*اقل فرق معنوي عند مستوى احتمالية تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في نسبة االنبات% بذور الشبت )1شكل ( 80 20 21.7 48.3 55 65 78.3 95 96.7 10 30 50 70 90 110 المعامالت الصفات المدروسة نسبة االنبات (%) سرعة )1-االنبات(بذرة.يوم طول قوة البادرة الجذير(سم) طول الرويشة (سم) وزن الجاف الجذير (ملغم) الجاف وزن الرويشة(ملغم) t1(المقارنة) 2.86 0.80 6.63 1.66 665 1.14 80.00 t2 20.00 0.28 72 0.21 3.36 0.10 1.20 t3 21.70 0.31 59 0.47 2.22 0.10 1.00 t4 48.30 0.93 277 0.57 5.13 0.10 1.90 t5 55.00 0.79 627 2.31 6.21 0.16 2.30 t6 65.00 0.69 506 1.57 6.23 0.46 2.40 t7 78.30 1.11 581 1.26 4.26 0.56 2.40 t8 95.00 1.35 710 3.02 7.58 1.03 2.96 t9 96.70 1.38 958 4.05 7.33 0.86 3.00 l.s.d 13.21 0.18 171 0.40 0.90 0.79 0.81 علوم الحياة | 301 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ) تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في معامل سرعة االنبات لبذور الشبت2شكل( ) تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في قوة البادرة لبذور الشبت3شكل( المستخلصات النباتية في طول الجذير لبذور الشبت ) تأثير4شكل( 1.14 0.28 0.31 0.92 0.78 0.69 1.11 1.35 1.38 0.2 0.6 1 1.4 665 72 59 277 627 506 581 710 958 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1.66 0.21 0.47 0.57 2.31 1.57 1.26 3.02 4.05 0 1 2 3 4 5 t1( )المقارنة t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9 علوم الحياة | 302 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ) تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في طول الرويشة لبذور الشبت5شكل( ) تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في الوزن الجاف للجذير لبذور الشبت6شكل( ) تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في الوزن الجاف للرويشة لبذور الشبت7شكل( 6.63 3.36 2.22 5.13 6.21 6.23 4.26 7.58 7.33 0 2 4 6 8 t1( )المقارنة t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9 0.8 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.16 0.46 0.56 1.03 0.86 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2.86 1.2 1 1.9 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.96 3 0 1 2 3 علوم الحياة | 303 2016م ا) ع3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 effect of water extracts of somemedicinal plants ongermination percentage and development of plumule and radicle growth anethum graveolens l. taif majid abdulhussein dep. of field crops/college of agriculture/ kerbala university received in :5 april 2016 ,accepted in: 28 june 2016 abstract an experiment was conducted at the laboratories of college of agriculture – kerbala university during 2016. the aim of this study was to the effect of water extracts of medicinal plants germination percentage and development of plumule and radicle growth .the completely randomized design with three replicates was usedin each experiment consisted of water extracts (t1= distilled water),(t2= eruca sativa eruca sativa l),(t3= fenugreek trigonella foenum graecum l),(t4= sweet fennelfoeniculumالحلبة vulgare.mill),(t5=borage anchusa strigosa lab),(t6=dill anethum graveolens l) ,(t7=black cuminnigella sativa l),(t8=cumin cuminumcyminum l),(t9= coriandercoriandrum sativum l. ). results of lab. water extracts that t9and t8 treatments significantly increased the germination percentage (96.70 and 95%) and germination speed (1.38 and 1.35 seed / day) .whilet9,t8 and t5 gave the high radical lengths (4.05,3.02 and 2.31 cm) respectively. the t8 treatment was superior in giving the higher average of plumule length (7.53cm) and dry weight radical (1.03mg). the t9 significantly gave the highest average of force seedling(958) and dry weight plumule(3.00mg) compared with the t1 treatment (control) which gave the lowest values of percentage, germination speed and high length of radical, length of plumule , dry weight radical, force seedling and dry weight plumule (80% , 1.14 seed / day , 1.66cm,6.63,0.80mg,665 and 2.86mg) respectively. water extracts of t7, t4.t2 and t3 showed inhibition of all most parameters studies kewords: germination percentage. water extracts . dill. microsoft word 376-386 376علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 العالقة بين االجهاد المائي والسيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد في بعض مؤشرات .coriandrum sativum lالنموالخضري ومحتوى العناصر في نبات الكزبرة عباس جاسم حسين الساعدي التربية للعلوم الصرفة(ابن الهيثم)/ جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة /كلية حيدرناصرحسين المنتفجي معهد الجوادين العداد المعلمين/ وزارة التربية 2016تموز19، قبل في :2016ايار 29استلم في: الخالصة تراكيزمتزايدة من عنصر ةيوم ورش ثالث 2 ,14,8)بهدف دراسة تأثيرفترات االجهاد المائي ( اجريت التجربة .في بعض مؤشرات النمو الخضري (ارتفاع 1-) ملغم.لتر2,1,0وهرمون البراسينواليد ( 1-) ملغم.لتر20,10,0السيلينيوم ( النبات , محتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي ) ومحتوى العناصر الكبرى (النايتروجين ,الفسفور,البوتاسيوم) لنبات الكزبرة coriandrum sativum .وحدة تجريبية 81مكررات وبواقع ةصممت التجربة بنظام القطاعات العشوائية الكاملة وبثالث ) . اظهرت النتائج مايلي : 2م1 (مساحة الوحدة التجريبية منها يوم تاثيراً سلبيا في خفض متوسطات الصفات المدروسة 14المائي الشديد لمدة االجهاد اثرت مدة 1 .أيام 8اجهاد ور,البوتاسيوم ) عند التعرض لمدةروجين ,الفسفازداد محتوى( النايت 2كان تأثيركل من عنصرالسيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد ايجابيا في صفات النمو ومحتوى العناصر وقد اعطت 3 التراكيز العالية لكل منهما اعلى نسب زيادة لجميع تلك الخصائص . كما كان التداخل الثالثي بين البراسينواليد ايجابيا في التقليل من تأثير اجهاد الماء كان دور كل من السيلينيوم وهرمون 4 والرش بالتراكيز العالية من السيلينوم والهرمون ايجابيا في الحد من تأثير االجهاد. ا"يوم 14ة االجهاد الشديدة مد ,نبات الكزبرة.: االجهاد المائي , السيلينيوم , البراسينواليد الكلمات المفتاحية __________________________________________________ بحث مستل من اطروحة الدكتوراه للباحث الثاني* 377علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة لالجهاد [1]يعد االجهاد المائي احد اهم انواع االجهادات البيئية الالحيوية المؤثرة في خفض انتاجية حاصل النبات moderate) والثاني هو االجهاد المعتدل ( (mild water stressمستويات المستوى االول هو الطفيف ةالمائي ثالث water stress اما الثالث فيطلق عليه االجهاد الشديد او القاسي (severe water stress) ([2] يؤدي االجهاد المائي free radicalsات النمو الخضرية للنبات من خالل تحفيز انتاج الجذور الحرة السيما الشديد الى التاثير سلبا في مؤشر ذات التاثير المؤكسد لخاليا النبات وبالتالي التحول الى االجهاد المضاعف وهو االجهاد المائي واالجهاد التأكسدي oxidative stress [3].مما يفاقم التاثير السلبي في مؤشرات النمو coriandrum sativumويعد نبات الكزبرة [4]اتات الطبية مصدرا طبيعيا وهاما لعديد من المركبات الطبية النب تعد طبيا وصيدالنيا في انتاج مركبات زيتية وعطرية والتي تستعمل apiaceaeمن النباتات الطبية العائدة للعائلة الخيمية تعد هذه المركبات nerolوالنيرول campheneوالكامفين borenolوالبورينول linaloolاهمها مركب اللينالول . [5]مضادات اكسدة طبيعية ومضادة للسرطان يدخل كعامل زيمية اذعنصر السيلينيوم من العناصر النادرة وله دور فعال في رفع نشاط مضادات االكسدة االن يعد الذي يحول مركب بيروكسيد glutathaione peroxidaseمساعد لهذه المضادات السيما انزيم الكلوتاثيون بيروكسديز كما يمتاز عنصر السيلينيوم بارتباطه ]o2h ]6السام والناتج من تاثير اجهاد الماء الى جزيئات ماء 2o2hالهيدروجين ذات القدرة selenoprotiensباالحماض االمينية السيما الميثيونين والسيستين وتكوين مايعرف ببروتينات السيلينيوم مركبات ايض النبات البروتينية وتعد هذه denaturationالخارقة في تحمل االغشية الخلوية لالجهاد المائي ومنع هدم . [7]االلية من انجح الوسائل الحيوية التي يعمل من خاللها النبات من تحمل االجهاد بوجود عنصر السيلينيوم سترويدي نباتي و هومن احدث الهرمونات النباتية المكتشفة حيث يعتقد سابقا ان ان هرمون البراسينواليد هو مركب هرمونات السترويدية تتواجد فقط في المملكة الحيوانية كونها نظام هرموني معقد اال ان الدراسات الحديثة اثبتت تواجده الهرمونات السترويدية والتي تشابه حيث وجدت انواع كثيرة من brassicaceae بتراكيز في نباتات العائلة الصليبية ما اثبتت الدراسات دور البراسينوستيرويد في eruca sativa [8] [9]تركيب هرمون التيستوستيرون في نبات الجرجير ويعمل تحفيز االنقسام واالتساع الخلوي ونمو النبات حتى تحت [9]زيادة كفاءة النظام االنزيمي المقاوم لالجهاد التاكسدي .[10]االجهاد المائي تاثير ولقلة الدراسات لهذين العاملين وتفاقم مشكلة االجهاد المائي بسبب الجفاف وفوائد النباتات الطبية تهدف التجربة الى معرفة تاثير السيلينيوم والبراسينواليد في تحسين صفات النمو لنبات الكزبرة تحت تاثير االجهاد المائي . المواد وطرائق العمل ابن الهيثم/جامعة بغداد لموسم النمو –اجريت التجربة في الحقل التابع لقسم علوم الحياة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ) كتجربة عاملية وبثالث مكررات ,حرثت (rbcdوصممت التجربة وفق نظام القطاعات العشوائية الكاملة 2015 npk) وسمدت بسماد 2م 1(وحدة تجريبية مساحدة الوحدة 81 ) وقسمت الى1االرض المذكورة صفتها في الجدول ( .زرعت بذور الكزبرة [11]غرام لكل وحدة تجريبية 20كغم/هكتار وعلى دفعتين اي بمقدار 200) وبمعدل 15:15:15( [12]سم 25بعد غربلتها واختبار نسبة انباتها بنظام الجور اذكانت المسافة بين جورة واخرى /2015/1 4المحلية بتاريخ واستخدمت العوامل التالية : يوم معاملة سيطرة.2) يوم وعدت الفترة 14,8,2ثالث فترات من االجهاد المائي ( 1 فضال عن معاملة السيطرة. -1) ملغم.لتر20,10تركيزان من عنصر السيلينيوم ( -2 لسيطرة.فضال عن معاملة ا -1) ملغم.لتر2,1تركيزان من هرمون البراسينواليد ( -3 كما رشت soil moisture meterتم سقي النباتات وصوال الى السعة الحقلية للتربة وحددت بجهاز قياس رطوبة التربة ثم جففت ا"يوم 85يوم على التتابع اخذت العينات من النسيج النباتي بعمر 56و55 النباتات بالسيلينيوم وبالهرمون بعمر التالية الصفات ودرست [13]في فرن كهربائي وهضمت حسب طريقة نباتات. 5) : حسب ارتفاع النبات من مستوى التربة الى اعلى قمة في النبات ولمتوسط -1ارتفاع النبات (سم .نبات -1 ].14[): وقدر حسب طريقة -1تركيز الكلوروفيل الكلي في النبات( ملغم .غم -2 . ]15[) :وقدر حسب طريقة 1-حتوى النايتروجين الكلي في النبات (ملغم .نبات تقدير م-3 ].16[) :وقدر حسب طريقة 1-تقدير محتوى الفسفور الكلي في النبات (ملغم .نبات -4 .]16 [) :وقدر حسب طريقة1-تقدير محتوى البوتاسيوم الكلي في النبات (ملغم .نبات -5 . [17] 0.05وقورنت الفروق المعنوية باختبار اقل فرق معنوي عند درجة احتمال sasاستخدم البرنامج االحصائي 378علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 النتائج والمناقشة ايوم 14الى 2) على التوالي التاثير السلبي عند زيادة شدة االجهاد المائي من5,4,3,2 ,6اوضحت النتائج في الجداول ( في جميع الصفات المدروسة حيث انخفضت معنويا متوسطات الصفات ارتفاع النبات, تركيز الكلوروفيل الكلي, محتوى كل % على التوالي 41.01, 22.11, 39.24, 22.91, 19.23من النايتروجين , الفسفور , البوتاسيوم وبنسب انخفاض للصفات المذكورة انفا . في 1-ملغم.لتر 20ن رش السيلينيوم اثر ايجابا في زيادة متوسطات الصفات المدروسة وتفوق التركيز كما بينت النتائج ا 1330.80, -1ملغم .غم 4.38سم , 106.92بلغت اذبلوغ اعلى المتوسطات للصفات المدروسة مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة لكل من ارتفاع النبات وتركيز الكلوروفيل ومحتوى 1-ملغم .نبات 758.56 , 1-ملغم .نبات 391.11, 1-ملغم .نبات ملغم .نبات 1-191.15ملغم .نبات 770.89, -1ملغم .غم 3.90سم , 94.20النيتروجين والفسفور والبوتاسيوم مقارنة مع على التوالي .1-ملغم .نبات 575.90, 1سطات الصفات المدروسة واذ عند زيادة التركيز من صفر كذلك سلك هرمون البراسينواليد سلوكا ايجابيا في زيادة متو , -1ملغم .غم 4.34سم , 106.63ازدادت متوسطات قيم الصفات المدروسة معنويا وبلغت -1ملغم.لتر 2الى التركيز يل لكل من ارتفاع النبات وتركيز الكلوروف 1-ملغم .نبات 740.42, 1-ملغم .نبات 359.47, 1-ملغم .نبات 1287.21 ومحتوى النيتروجين والفسفور والبوتاسيوم مقارنة مع عدم رش الهرمون على التتابع . ة اجهاد الماء ورش عنصر السيلينيوم وجود تاثير واضح للسيلينيوم في ئج التداخل الثنائي بين تأثير مدكما وضحت نتا من االجهاد ازدادت متوسطات ا"يوم 14ثيروتحت تأ 1-ملغم.لتر 20التقليل من اثر االجهاد فعند الرش بالسيلينيوم بالتركيز % لكل من ارتفاع النبات 07 .40, 103.51, 78.83, 12.61, 16.62القيم معنويا للصفات اعاله وبنسب زيادة وتركيز الكلوروفيل ومحتوى النيتروجين والفسفور والبوتاسيوم على التوالي. الجهاد والرش بهرمون البراسينواليد كان ذا طابع ايجابي من ناحية رش الهرمون حيث ا كما كان التداخل بين مدد مقارنة مع عدم الرش بالهرمون مع تفوق ا"يوم 14االجهاد الشديد وسطات القيم معنويا وحتى عند مدةازدادت جميع مت 526.50, 1-ملغم .نبات 301.43, 1-بات ملغم .ن 932.24, -1ملغم .غم 3.74سم , 93.64اذ بلغت -1ملغم.لتر 2 التركيز 1-ملغم .نبات 545.48, -1ملغم .غم 3.17سم , 79.95ها وعدم رش الهرمون ة االجهاد نفس" مع مدمقارنة 1-ملغم .نبات على التوالي . 1-ملغم .نبات 375.85, 1-ملغم .نبات 181.11, كذلك بينت نتائج التداخل الثنائي التاثير المعنوي للتداخل بين العاملين السيلينيوم والهرمون اذ عند الرش بالتراكيز ازدادت متوسطات القيم المدروسة جميعها مقارنة مع عدم الرش بالعاملين المذكورين انفا . -1ملغم.لتر 2و 20 االعلى لرش كل من عنصر السيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد في التقليل من اثر االجهاد أشارت النتائج وجود تاثير ايجابي ا"يوم 14ة االجهاد القاسي حت تاثير االجهاد المائي فعند مدالمائي الضار وزيادة القيم للصفات المدروسة اعاله حتى ت , 39.20دروسة معنويا وبنسب زيادة بلغت ازدات القيم الم -1ملغم.لتر 2و 20وعند الرش بالسيلينيوم والهرمون بالتراكيز % على التوالي مقارنة الفترة ذاتها وعدم رش كل من السيلينيوم وهرمون 144.58, 372.00,975.74 , 37.02 البراسينواليد , مما اثبت ان لكل من العاملين المستخدمين في التجربة تاثير ايجابيا في الحد من تاثير اجهاد الماء السلبي , ادت الى انخفاض في الصفات المدروسة . ا"يوم 14ة ت النتائج ان شدة االجهاد عند مدكما بين يعزى سبب انخفاضها الى نقص الماء الحاد في خاليا النسيج النباتي الذي له دور كبير في عملية االتساع cellي وفقدان عملية التمايز الخلوي فشل هذه العملية مما يوثر على النمو الخلو ومن ثم expansion cellالخلوي differentiation [18] كذلك يؤثر نقص الماء في تحفيز الكلوروبالست على انتاج الجذور الحرة المؤكسدة من اضطراب مما ادى الى انخفاض ارتفاع النبات [19]النظام االنزيمي الغشية الكرانا وبالتالي تثبيط عملية البناء الضوئي او توقفها كيز صبغة الكلوروفيل كما ان ارتشاح الماء من الخاليا الجذرية بسبب الخلل في الجهد االزموزي ونقصان في وتر , بينت npk [17]الضغط االمتالئي للخاليا ما يقلل من قدرة امتصاص الشعيرات الجذية في امتصاص المغذيات السيما -ر كعامل ربط بين االحماض االمينية السيما الحامضين (سيلينوالنتائج الدور االيجابي لرش السيلينيوم حيث يعمل العنص سيستين) حيث لهما القدرة على االرتباط باالحماض االمينية االخرى مما يزيد القدرة على زيادة نشاط -ميثيونين) و(سيلينو ام والتمايز الخلوي وهذا النشاط يزيد من االتساع والنمو واالنقس rnaوانواع الحامض النووي dnaالحامض النووي [20,21]. مشابها للسترويدات الحيوانية اذ تشير النتائج الى التاثير المحفز لهرمون البراسينواليد حيث عمل هذا السترويد النباتي اق ينتج بتراكيز واطئة جدا وبتاثيرات محفزة وكبيرة لالنقسام الخلوي السيما في المناطق المرستيمية في القمة النامية للس ج التداخالت بين السيلينوم ومدد االجهاد اذكذلك اظهرت نتائ [22]والجذرمما يزيد من نمو المجموع الخضري والجذري قلل رش العنصرمن تاثير االجهاد حيث للعنصر دور مضاد لالكسدة ويعمل كعامل مساعد لعدد كبير من االنزيمات لهذان االنزيمان دور في تحول اذ catوالكاتاليز (gpx)سديز المضادة لالكسدة السيما االنزيم كلوتاثيون بيروك 379علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 سلك السيلينوم دورا ومن ثم o2hالسام الناتج من تاثير االجهاد وتحويله الى جزيئات ماء 2o2h بيروكسيد الهيدروجين تاثير شدة االجهاد , انخفاض ومن ثم [23]مزدوجا في ازالة جزيئات بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وزيادة انتاج جزيئات الماء لتاكسدي المصاحب الجهاد كما اوضحت النتائج ان رش هرمون البراسينواليد له تاثير ايجابي في التقليل من تاثير االجهاد ا تتحكم الية عمل الهرمون الستريويدي في احتباس ايونات الصوديم داخل النسيج النباتي داخل برنكيما الخشب الماء اذ كذلك يعمل الهرمون [24]جهدا ازموزيا لصالح سحب جزيئات الماء من المحيط الخارجي باتجاه الخاليا االولي مما يولد على السيطرة الخلوية لتركيز حامض االبسيسيك والتحكم في غلق وفتح الثغور والنتح والحفاظ على المحتوى المائي للنسيج االرتباط مع انواع عديدة من البروتينات مثل البروتينات كما للهرمون القدرة على [25]النباتي وتحت تاثير االجهاد داخل الشبكة االندوبالزمية للخاليا مما يزيد من ازموزية الخاليا لسحب جزيئات الماء ومنع glycoproteinsالسكرية الحاوية metalloproteins [27]كما لها القدرة على االرتباط مع البروتينات المعدنية [26]فقدانها بسبب شدة االجهاد على السيلينيوم مما يتنج بروتينات محورة خارقة القدرة لتحمل االجهاد المائي. ادى الى التاثير سلبا في المؤشرات ا"يوم 14ة لمائي السيما االجهاد القاسي لمدنستنتج من هذه الدراسة ان شدة االجهاد ا ز متزايدة ادى الى الحد من تاثير اجهاد الماء وصوال الى المدروسة كما ان رش عنصر السيلينيوم والهرمون وبتراكي التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل التجربة فكان تاثير العاملين واضحا في تقليل االثر الضار الجهاد الماء لذلك توصى الدراسة باجراء دراسات على بعض العوامل البيئية االخرى و نباتات اخرى . المصادر 1.borghett, m. (2009). water transport in plants under climatic stress. cambridge univ., uk. , الموصل جامعة ، والنشر للطباعة الكتب دار ، مؤسسة النبات في المائي الشد فسلجة). 1992(طه بسام ، ياسين2. العراق 3. lushchack, v. and semchyshy, h.m. (2012). oxidative stress-molecular mechanism and biological effects . intech, rijka , croatia. 4. talaparta , s.a. and talaparta , b.(2013). chemistry of plant natural products . springer, berlin ,germany. 5. diederchen, a.(1996). coriander (coriandrum sativum l.).inter national plant genetic resources institute , rome ,italy. 6. hassanuzzaman , m. , a. and fujita, m. (2010). selenium in higher plants: physiological role antioxidant metabolism and tolerance . jour. of plant sciences, academic journals , 18 (5):1-22. 7. el-missiry, m.a.(2012). antioxidant enzymes. intech, rijeka, croatia. 8. islam, t.m.(2014). mammalian hormones in plant and their roles in plant, peronosporomycetes interaction. current topics in phytochemistry,(12):89-106. 9. hayat, s. and ahmad, a. (2011). brassinosteroids: a class of plant hormone. springer , london. uk. 10.davies,p.j.(2010).plant hormones biosynthesis ,signal transduction , action! 3rd edition . springer, dordercht, netherlands. 11. aćimović ,m.g.; dolijanović , z.k.;oljača , s.a.;kovačević , d.d. and oljača , m.v.(2015). effect of organic and mineral fertilizers on essential oil content in caraway ,anise and coriander fruits. acta sci. pol., hortorum cultus 14(1) : 95-103. )موسوعة النباتات الطبية والعطرية .مكتبة مدبولي , القاهرة .جمهورية مصر العربية.1996علي, الدجوي.(12. 13. agiza, a. h.; el-hineidy, m. t. and ibrahim, m. e. (1960). the determination of the different fractions of phosphorus in plant and soil. bull. fao. agric. cairo univ.,38(1) 121122. 14. witham, f.h., bladydes, d.f., delvins, r.m. (1971). experiment in plant physiology. van nostrand reinhold, new york. 380علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 15.chapman, h.d., and. pratt ,p.f. (1961). methods of analysis for soils, plants and waters. division of agricultural sciences, university of california, riverside. –وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي ,النبات التطبيقي . جامعة بغداد تغذية .(1989)حسين رضا .فاضل الصحاف، 16. .العراق 17. sas (2004) . statistics user's guide for personal computers , release sas. inst. inc. cry, new york. جزيرة الورد، المنصورة ،جمهورية . اساسيات فسيولوجيا النبات. مكتبة 2008)الدسوقي ، حشمت سليمان احمد (18. مصر العربية. 19.gupta , s. d;(2011) . reactive oxygen species and antioxidant in higher plants . crc press, enfield , new hampshire ,usa. 20.hatfield, d. l. berry, m. j. and gladyshev, v.n. (2012). selenium its molecular biology and role in human health .3rd edition. springer. london.uk. 21.castillo-godina, r. g. foroughbakhch-pournavab , r. and benavides-mendoza ,a. (2016). effect of selenium on elemental concentration and antioxidant enzymatic activity of tomato plants . j., agr., sci., tech., 18: 233‐244 22. zandi ,m.( 2012). the role of corticosteroids in today's oral and maxillofacial surgery .intech., 21:539-556. 23.ren, q;  sun, r.r.;zhao, x.f. and wang, j.x.(2009).  a selenium-dependent glutathione peroxidase (se-gpx) and two glutathione s-transferases (gsts) from chinese shrimp (fenneropenaeus chinensis). comp., biochem., physiol., toxicol., pharmacol., 149(4):613-23. 24.marakli ,s.and gozukirmizi,n.(2016). abiotic stress alleviation with brassinosteroids in plant roots.intech.,(16):374-394. 25. zhu,y; liu, w. sheng,y. zhang, j.chiu ,t. yan,j. jiang, m. tan ,m. and zhang, a. (2015). aba affects brassinosteroid-induced antioxidant defense via zmmap65-1a in maize plants. plant and cell physiology, oxford univ. j. 57(5):1-44. 26. hüttner ,s. and strasser,r. (2012). endoplasmic reticulum-associated degradation of glycoproteins in plants. plant sci. (67)3:1-6. 27. elizabeth a.h. pilon-smits and colin f. quinn (2012). selenium metabolism in plants . biol. j.1-18. بعض صفات تربة التجربة الكيميائية والفيزيائية ) 1جدول ( الكمية الصفة 2.35 ديسيسيمنز/م التوصيل الكهربائي مزيجية نسجة التربة غم/كغم تربة 260 الرمل غم/ كغم تربة 205 الطين غم/ كغم تربة 535 السلت ph 7.5 جزء من المليون 7.6 الفسفور الجاهز كغم تربةملغم/ 18 النتروجين الجاهز %20.5 كاربونات الكالسيوم 381علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ) تأثير تراكيز مختلفة من عنصرالسيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد في ارتفاع نبات الكزبرة المعرض لالجهاد (2جدول (سم) المائي فترات الري (أيام) تراكيز السيلينيوم )1‐se(mg/l  متوسط تأثير فترات  bl (mg/l‐1(تراكيز هرمون البراسينواليد تراكيز xالري  0 1 2 السيلينيوم 2  0 96.62 103.62 107.15 102.46 10 100.61 112.03 115.21 109.28 20 104.14 119.10 123.86 115.70 8  0 90.61 102.30 106.73 99.88 10 95.28 105.86 108.92 103.35 20 103.91 113.57 116.87 111.45 14 0 70.40 83.10 87.27 80.26 10 82.29 93.88 95.64 90.60 20 87.15 95.65 98.00 93.60 bl 92.34 103.24 106.63متوسط تراكيز الهرمون 8.070  l.s.d(0.05)                   bl  0.723تاثير الهرمون  2.171          تأثير التداخل الثالثي تراكيز الهرمون xتأثير متوسط فترات الري فترات الري (يوم)  blتراكيز الهرمون متوسط فترات الري 0 1 2  2 100.46 111.59 115.41 109.15 8 96.60 107.24 110.84 104.89 14 79.95 90.88 93.64 88.16 l.s.d(0.05) 7.109 0.723 تراكيز الهرمون x تأثير متوسط تراكيز السيلينيوم    )mg/l-1(تراكيز السيلينيوم متوسط تراكيز  bl ( ppm)تراكيز الهرمون 0 1 2 مالسيلينيو 0 85.88 96.34 100.38 94.20 10 92.73 103.93 106.59 101.08 20 98.40 109.44 112.91 106.92 l.s.d(0.05) 11.922 0.723 382علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 تأثيرتراكيز مختلفة من عنصر السيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد في تركيز الكلورفيل الكلي لنبات الكزبرة ) 3جدول ( 1-المعرض لإلجهاد المائي ملغم.غم فترات الري (أيام) تراكيز السيلينيوم )1-se(mg/l تأثير متوسط فترات الري bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز هرمون البراسينواليد x تراكيز السيلينيوم 0 1 2  2  0 4.02 4.39 4.47 4.29  10 4.52 4.55 4.62 4.56  20 4.67 4.74 4.83 4.75  8  0 3.83 4.26 4.41 4.17  10 4.36 4.53 4.61 4.50  20 4.59 4.70 4.91 4.73  14  0 2.89 3.34 3.51 3.25  10 3.46 3.65 3.73 3.61  20 3.21 3.82 3.96 3.66   bl 3.95 4.22 4.34متوسط تراكيز الهرمون تأثير 0.274  l.s.d(0.05)   bl 0.095الهرمون متوسط تاثير  تاثير التداخل الثالثي 0.287 xتراكيز الهرمون تأثيرمتوسط فترات الري    فترات الري (يوم)   bl (mg/l‐1(تراكيز الهرمون متوسط فترات الريتأثير   0 1 2  2 4.41 4.56 4.64 4.54  8 4.26 4.50 4.65 4.47  14 3.17 3.60 3.74 3.50  l.s.d(0.05) 0.306 0.095  تراكيز الهرمون ×تراكيز السيلينيوم تأثير متوسط     )mg/l-1(تراكيز السيلينيوم  bl (mg/l‐1(تراكيز الهرمون  متوسط تراكيز السيلينيوم 0 1 2  0 3.58 4.00 4.13 3.90  10 4.12 4.24 4.32 4.23  20 4.16 4.42 4.57 4.38  l.s.d(0.05) 0.624 0.095  383علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 الكلي لنبات الكزبرة المعرض لإلجهاد المائي محتوى النايتروجين) تأثير السيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد في 4جدول ( .1-ملغم.نبات فترات الري (أيام) تراكيز السيلينيوم )1-se(mg/l تأثير متوسط فترات الري bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز هرمون البراسينواليد x تراكيز السيلينيوم 0 1 2 2 0 582.75 953.40 1168.84 901.66 10 1097.21 1328.01 1474.27 1299.83 20 1197.13 1607.38 1729.00 1511.17 8 0 499.47 977.68 1181.02 886.06 10 1112.56 1350.19 1493.73 1318.83 20 1264.80 1621.34 1741.34 1542.49 14 0 235.86 581.70 757.26 524.94 10 638.55 813.04 926.21 792.60 20 762.01 940.92 1113.26 938.73 bl 821.15 1130.41 1287.21تاثيرمتوسط تراكيز الهرمون 263.45 l.s.d(0.05) bl 37.096تاثير الهرمون تأثير التداخل الثالثي 111.29 تراكيز الهرمون x تأثير متوسط فترات الري فترات الري (يوم) bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز الهرمون تأثيرمتوسط فترات الري 0 1 2 2 959.03 1296.26 1457.37 1237.89 8 958.94 1316.40 1472.03 1249.12 14 545.48 778.55 932.24 752.09 l.s.d(0.05) 314.19 37.096 x تراكيز الهرمون تأثير متوسط تراكيزالسيلينيوم )mg/l-1(تراكيز السيلينيوم تأثير متوسط تراكيز bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز الهرمون 2 1 0 السيلينيوم 0 439.36 837.59 1035.71 770.89 10 949.44 1163.75 1298.07 1137.08 20 1074.65 1389.88 1527.87 1330.80 l.s.d(0.05) 310.37 37.096 384علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ) تأثير تراكيز مختلفة من عنصرالسيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد في محتوى الفسفور الكلي لنبات الكزبرة 5جدول ( 1-ملغم.نبات المعرض لإلجهاد المائي فترات الري (أيام) تراكيز السيلينيوم )1-se(mg/l تأثير متوسط فترات الري bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز هرمون البراسينواليد x تراكيز السيلينيوم 0 1 2 2 0 111.92 229.21 284.64 208.59 10 291.29 337.31 373.71 334.10 20 372.60 406.11 471.03 416.58 8 0 72.59 248.85 306.05 209.16 10 322.94 354.44 404.76 360.71 20 374.48 454.40 490.76 439.88 14 0 32.32 192.51 242.31 155.71 10 233.10 276.27 314.29 274.55 20 277.92 325.08 347.68 316.89 bl 232.13 313.80 359.47تاثيرمتوسط تراكيز الهرمون 77.585 l.s.d(0.05) bl 11.759تاثير الهرمون 35.278 تأثير التداخل الثالثي تراكيز الهرمون x تأثير متوسط فترات الري فترات الري (يوم) bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز الهرمون تأثيرمتوسط فترات الري 0 1 2 2 258.60 324.21 376.46 319.76 8 256.67 352.56 400.52 336.58 14 181.11 264.62 301.43 249.05 l.s.d(0.05) 114.24 11.759 x تراكيز الهرمون تأثير متوسط تراكيزالسيلينيوم )mg/l-1(تراكيز السيلينيوم تأثير متوسط تراكيز bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز الهرمون 2 1 0 السيلينيوم 0 72.28 223.52 277.66 191.15 10 282.44 322.67 364.25 323.12 20 341.66 395.19 436.49 391.11 l.s.d(0.05) 55.00 11.759 385علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ) تأثيرتراكيز مختلفة من عنصر السيلينيوم وهرمون البراسينواليد في محتوى البوتاسيوم الكلي لنبات الكزبرة 6جدول ( 1-ملغم.نبات المعرض لإلجهاد المائي فترات الري (أيام) تراكيز السيلينيوم )1-se(mg/l تأثير متوسط فترات الري bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز هرمون البراسينواليد x تراكيز السيلينيوم 0 1 2 2 0 558.20 731.95 764.33 684.83 10 766.83 800.92 836.51 801.42 20 806.68 869.41 892.44 856.18 8 0 445.67 761.72 795.92 667.77 10 801.17 836.17 874.15 837.16 20 847.92 898.23 936.03 894.06 14 0 235.26 422.97 467.12 375.12 10 423.90 482.83 537.01 481.25 20 468.40 532.57 575.39 525.45 bl 594.89 704.08 742.10تأثيرمتوسط تراكيز الهرمون 116.92 l.s.d(0.05) bl 49.385تاثير الهرمون تأثير التداخل الثالثي 148.16 تراكيز الهرمون x تأثير متوسط فترات الري فترات الري (يوم) bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز الهرمون تأثيرمتوسط فترات الري 0 1 2 2 710.57 800.75 831.09 780.80 8 698.25 832.04 868.70 799.66 14 375.85 479.45 526.50 460.60 l.s.d(0.05) 131.16 49.385 x تراكيز الهرمون تأثير متوسط تراكيزالسيلينيوم )mg/l-1(تأثيرتراكيز السيلينيوم تأثير متوسط تراكيز bl (mg/l-1(تراكيز الهرمون 2 1 0 السيلينيوم 0 413.04 638.88 675.79 575.90 10 663.96 706.63 749.22 706.60 20 707.66 766.73 801.28 758.56 l.s.d(0.05) 212.74 49.385 386علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 relations between water stress, selenium and brassinolide hormone on some vegetative parameters and elements content of coriander plant coriandrum sativum l. abbaa j.h. al-saedi dept. of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-hatham)/ university of baghdad haider n.h. al-mentafji al-jawadain institute for teachers preparation/ministry of education received in :29may2016, accepted in : 19 july2016 abstract the aim of study was to assess water stress for 2,8,14 days and spraying selenium at 0,10,20 mg/l-1 and brassinolide 0,1,2 mg/l-1 on vegetative growth and macro elements content (npk) for coriander (coriandrum astivum l.) plant, the experiment was performed with factorial randomized block design (r.b.c.d) with three replicates .the results were summarized as follows: 1the period of sever water stress for 14 days was passive effect on growth parameters. 2 the means of elements content npk content was increased at moderate stress for 8 days. 3the effect of selenium and brassinolide was positively to increase studied parameters. 4selenium and brassinolide decreased water stress also the triple interaction between the severe stress at 14 days and the spraying the selenium and hormone was positive to decrease effect of severe stress. key words : water stress, selenium ,brassinolide , coriander 340 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 on fuzzy groups and group homomorphism l. n. m. tawfiq , m. m. qa'aed department of mathematics, college of education ibn al-haitham, universityof baghdad. re c e ive d i n : 9 de c e mbe r 2 0 0 9 ac c e pte d i n : 1 4 de c e mbe r 2 0 1 0 abstract in this paper, we study the effect of group homomorphism on the chain of level subgroups of fuzzy groups. we prove a necessary and sufficient conditions under which the chains of level subgroups of homomorphic images of an a arbitrary fuzzy group can be obtained from that of the fuzzy groups . also, we find the chains of level subgroups of homomorphic images and pre-images of arbitrary fuzzy groups. key ward:fuzzy groups, group homomorphism. 1.introduction if x is a nonempty set then a function ]1,0[: æxm is called a fuzzy subset of x [1] . a fuzzy subset m of g is said to be fuzzy subgroup of g if and only if )()()}(),(min{)( 1xxandyxxy =≥ mmmmm [2] . it is easy to see that if m is fuzzy subgroup of g, then gxxe œ"≥ ),()( mm .[3] we say that m has the sup-property if every nonempty subset of im( m ) has a maximal element.[4], [5] . if m is a fuzzy subset of g, then the subset })(;{ txgxt ≥œ= mm , tœ[0, 1] is called the level subset of m in g and )(;{ xgxt mm œ= * >t} is called the strong level subset of m in g when t = 0 the subset *0m is called support of m in g and it will be denoted by *m [6], [7] . if l is a fuzzy subgroup of g, then the level subsets tl of l in g and the strong level subsets *tl of l in g , t )],(,0[ elœ are subgroups of g and viseversa [8] . if œ21,tt im( m ) such that 21 tt π , then obviously, 21 tt mm π . further, if im( m ) = { niti ,..,2,1: = } where ,...21 nttt >>> then the level subgroups of m form a chain of subgroups of g. c( m ) g nttt =ããã∫ mmm ... 21 [2] . let hgf æ: be a homomorphism of groups , l be a fuzzy subgroup of g , m a fuzzy subgroup of h . then ,)),(()(1 gxxff œ"=mm =))(( yf l sub{ )}();( 1 yfxx -œl if ;)(1 fπyf 0 if ;)(1 f=yf hy œ" 341 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 and the fuzzy sets )(lf and )(1 m-f are fuzzy subgroups of h and g respectively [7], [9] . now let yxf æ: be a function and ][ml be a fuzzy subset of x[y] . then we say that l is f invariant if )()( 21 xx ll = whenever .,),()( 2121 xxxxfxf œ= [5] 2. homomorphic pre-images of fuzzy groups in this section, we prove necessary and sufficient conditions under which the chains of level subgroups of homomorphic pre-images of an arbitrary fuzzy group can be obtained from that of the fuzzy group. let ¶: g æ h is a group homomorphism and m is a fuzzy subgroup of h we shall denote by ¶ -1 ( c(m) ) the chain consisting of inverse images under ¶ of members of c(m). l is a fuzzy subgroup of g . proposition (2.1) if m is a fuzzy subgroup of h and {mtj | jœj } is the collection of all level subgroups of m, t he n {¶ 1 ( mtj ) | jœj } is t he co llect io n o f a ll le ve l s ub gro ups o f ¶ 1 (m ) . proof let l = ¶ -1 (m) and tœ[0,1]. then : xœlt €¶ -1 (m ) ≥ t € m(¶(x)) ≥ t € ¶(x)œ mt € x œ ¶ -1 (mt ). hence lt = ¶ -1 (mt ) " t œ [0, 1]………………………(1) in particular, we have : ltj = ¶ -1 (mtj ) "jœj . if l has a level subgroup l t which does not belong to {¶ 1 (mtj ) | jœj } then m must have a level subgroup mt which does not belong to {mtj | jœj } such that (1) holds. this is a contradiction. hence the result. we observe from the following example that some of the ¶ -1 ( mtj )’s may be equal so that c( ¶ -1 ( m ) ) has fewer components than c ( m ) . example (2.2) let g = {1, -1, i, -i } and h = { e, (12), (13), (23), (123), (132) }. then g is a group w. r. t. the usual multiplication of numbers and h is the permutation group of degree three, with e as identity transformation. define ¶ : g æ h by ¶(x) = e ," x œ g. then ¶ is a group homomorphism. define m : h æ [0, 1] by : m(e) = 1, m( (12)) = 0.5, m(x) = 0.3, " x œ h \ {e, (12)}. then m is a fuzzy subgroup of h with level subgroups : m1= {e}, m0.5 = {e, (12)}, m0.3 = h . but l = ¶ -1 (m ) is defined by : l(x) = 1 for every xœg. hence, l1 = l0.5 = l0.3 = g. n ow, we proceed to derive a necessary and sufficient condition for the distinctness of all the ¶ 1 (mtj ). for t œ im(m) , we define : fm(t) = { xœg | m(x) = t }. theorem (2.3) 342 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 let ¶: g æ h be a group homomorphism and m is a fuzzy subgroup of h with im(m)={tj | jœj } where j is a countable index set. then ¶ -1 (mtj ) are all distinct if and only if : ¶(g)∩fm(tj) π ∆, "jœ j. proof assume that ¶ -1 (mtj ) , jœj, are all distinct. let e* denote the identity element in h. since ¶ is a homomorphism, e*œ¶(g). also , t0 ≥ tj for every jœj and hence m(e*) = t0. hence , e*œ fm(t0) . therefore, ¶(g ) ∩ fm (tj ) π ∆ . now, suppose ¶(g) ∩ fm(tj ) π ∆ is empty for some p > 0 . since tp-1 > tp , we have mtp-1ã mtp and hence ¶ -1 (mtp-1 ) õ ¶ -1 (mtp ) . now, x œ ¶ -1 (mtp ) fi ¶(x) œ mp u fm(tj ) fi ¶(x) œ mtp-1 since ¶(g) ∩ fm( tj ) = ∆ . fi x œ ¶ -1 (mtp-1 ) . hence, ¶ -1 (mtp ) õ ¶ -1 (mtp-1 ) and therefore : ¶ -1 ( mtp) = ¶ -1 ( mtp-1 ). this contradicts the assumption that ¶ -1 ( mtj ) are all distinct. hence, ¶(g ) ∩ fm(tj ) π ∆, " j œ j. assume that ¶ -1 ( mtj )’s are not all distinct. then we can find p,q œ j such that tp π tq and ¶ -1 ( mtp ) = ¶ -1 ( mtq )……………..(2) we assume that tp < tq . since ¶(g) ∩ fm(tp ) is non-empty, there exists xœg such that ¶(x) œ fm( tp ). this implies that m( ¶(x) ) = tp . since tp < tq , we have, ¶(x)œ mtp and ¶(x) œ mtq . therefore : x œ¶ -1 ( mtp ) and xœ¶ -1 (mtq). this contradicts (2). therefore ¶ -1 (mtj) are all distinct. remark (2.4) it can be observed from the proof that the second part of the proof in the above theorem hold even when j is uncountable. if ¶ is a surjection, then ¶(g )∩fm(tj ) π ∆, "jœj; and hence ¶ -1 ( mtj ) are all distinct. corollary (2.5) if im(m) = {tj | jœj } and ¶(g)∩fm(tj) π ∆, "jœj, then : c( ¶ -1 (m) ) ∫ ¶ -1 ( c(m) ). in particular, if j ={1, 2, …, n} and t1 > t2 >…> tn then : c( ¶ -1 (m) ) ∫ ¶ -1 ( mt1) ã ¶ -1 ( mt2 ) ã …ã¶ -1 ( mtn ). proof : the result follows from theorem (2.3 ). 343 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 3.homomorphic images of fuzzy groups. in this section, we study the relationship between c (l ) and c (¶(l )) . and prove that if l is a fuzzy subgroup of g with im(l ) = {tj | j=1, 2, …, n} such that t1> t2 >…> tn and if ¶: g æ h is a surjective group homomorphism, then the chain ¶(l t1) õ ¶(l t2) õ …õ ¶(l tn ) contains all level subgroups of ¶(l ). in the following proposition, we remove the restriction on the finiteness of | im (l) | . proposition (3.1) if ¶ is a surjection, l has sup-property and { ltj | jœj } is the collection of all level subgroups of l, then { ¶(ltj ) | jœj } is the collection of all level subgroups of ¶(l ) . proof let m = ¶(l) and t œ [0, 1]. then u œ mt fi m(u) ≥ t fi sup {l(x) | xœ¶ -1(u) }≥ t. since l has sup-property ,this implies that l(x0) ≥ t , for some x0 œ ¶-1(u). then x0 œ lt and hence ¶(x0 ) = u œ ¶( lt ). therefore, we have mt õ ¶( lt ). now , if uœ¶(lt ) then u = ¶(x) for some xœlt and hence. m(u) = sup{ l(z) | zœ ¶-1(u)}= sup {l(z) | ¶(z) = ¶(x)} ≥ l(x) ≥ t (since xœlt). therefore uœmt and hence ¶( lt ) õ mt . thus we have mt =¶(l t ) for every tœ[0, 1]………...(3) in particular, mtj = ¶(ltj ), "jœj. hence all ¶(ltj)’s are level subgroups of m = ¶(l) also, it follows from (3) and the assumption that these are the only level subgroups of m . the following example shows that surjectiveness of ¶, in the above proposition, is essential. example ( 3.2 ) let g = {1, -1} and h = {1, -1, i, -i }. define ¶ : g æ h by ¶(x) = x, "xœg. then ¶ is a non-surjective group homomorphism . define l : g æ [0, 1] by l(1) = 0.3 and l(-1) = 0.1 . then l is a fuzzy subgroup of g having sup-property. the level subgroups of l are l0.3 = {1} and l0.1= g. now, m = ¶(l) is defined by : m(1) = 0.3, m(-1) = 0.1, m( i ) = m(-i ) = 0. hence the level subgroups of m are m0.3 = ¶(l0.3) = {1}, m0.1 = ¶(l0.1) = {1, -1} and m0 = h. therefore, {¶(l0.3) , ¶(l0.1)} does not contain all level subgroups of m . we observe from the following example that surjectiveness of ¶ does not guarantee the distinctness of all ¶( ltj ). example ( 3.3 ) let g = p3 and h be the subgroup {e, (12)} of p3, where p3 denotes the permutation group of degree three. 344 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 define ¶ : g æ h by : then ¶ is a surjective group homomorphism. define l : g æ[0, 1] by : l (x) then l is a fuzzy subgroup of g having supproperty. the level subgroups of l are l 0. 9 = {e} , l 0. 5 = {e,(12)} , l 0. 2 = g. n ow, ¶(l ) is given by ¶(l )(e) = 0.9, ¶(l )((12)) = 0.5 and hence ¶(l 0. 9 ) ={e} , ¶(l 0. 5 ) = ¶(l 0. 2 ) = h. in the following theorem we obtain a necessary and sufficient condition for the distinctness of all ¶(ltj ). theorem ( 3.4 ) if ¶:g æ h is a surjective group homomorphism and l is a fuzzy subgroup of g having sup-property and im(l)={tj | jœj} where j is a countable index set. then {¶(ltj) , jœj}, are all distinct if and only if l is ¶-invariant. proof suppose ¶(ltj )’s are all distinct . since tj >tj+1 "jœj we have ltj ã ltj+1 , and hence, ¶(ltj ) ã ¶(ltj+1 ) . let x, yœg such that ¶(x) =¶(y). let ¶(ltp ) be the smallest ¶(ltj ) which contains ¶(x). if p = 0 . then ¶(x) = ¶(y) œ ¶(lt0 ) and hence l(x) = l(y) = l(e). if p π 0. then ¶(x), ¶(y) œ ¶(ltp ) and ¶(x), ¶(y) œ¶(ltp-1). hence x, y œltp and x , yœltp-1. therefore l(x) = l(y) = tp . thus, in both cases, we have , l(x) = l(y) , and hence l is ¶-invariant. conversely, assume that l is ¶-invariant. then for any z œ h, ¶(l)(z) = l(x) , "x œ ¶-1(z)………………..(4) if ¶(ltj)’s are not distinct then there exists tp, tq œ im(l) such that tp π tq and ¶(ltp) = ¶(ltq) . since tp, tqœ im(l), there exist x, yœ g such that l(x) = tp , and l(y) = tq . hence by (4) , we have : ¶(l)( ¶(x)) = tp and ¶(l)( ¶(y) ) = tq . therefore tp, tqœ im( ¶(l) ) and hence it follows that : ¶(ltp) π¶(ltq). ¶(x) = (12) "xœ{(12), (13), (23)} e "xœ{e, (123), (132)} = 0.5 i f x = ( 12) 0.9 i f x = e 0.2 "xœg\{e, (12)} 345 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 this is a contradiction. hence ¶(ltj ), jœj, are all distinct. we observe that the proof of the second part does not require the countability of j. hence we have following result. corollary ( 3.5 ) if ¶: g æ h is a surjective group homomorphism and l is an ¶-invariant fuzzy subgroup of g having sup-property then : c( ¶(l) ) ∫¶( c(l) ) . proof the result follows from theorem ( 3.4 ) . corollary ( 3.6 ) let ¶: g æ h is a surjective group homomorphism and l be a fuzzy subgroup of g with im(l) = {ti | i=1, 2, …, n} where t1> t2 >…> tn. then : ( i ) {¶(lti )| i =1, 2, …, n} contains all level subgroups of ¶(l). ( ii ) { ¶(lti ), i =1,2, …,n}are all distinct if and only if l is¶-invariant. ( iii ) if l is ¶ -invariant then im (¶(l) ) = im(l) and c( ¶(l) ) ∫ ¶( lt1 ) õ ¶( lt2 ) õ …õ¶( ltn ). proof it is straight forward. remark ( 3.7 ) theorems (2.3) and (3.4) give us methods to obtain the chains of level subgroups of homomorphic images and pre-images of an arbitrary fuzzy group from that of the given fuzzy group . more specifically if ¶(g) « fm(t) π ∆ for every t œ im(m), then c( ¶-1(m) ) ∫ ¶-1( c(m) ). further, if ¶ is a surjection and l is ¶-invariant, then c( ¶(l) ) ∫ ¶( c(l) ). references 1. guptaa k.c and sarmab b.k.,(1999) "nilpotent fuzzy groups", fuzzy set and systems, 101, : 167-176,. 2. das.p.s.,1981 "fuzzy groups and level subgroups", j. math. anal. and appl. 84: 264-269, 3. mukherjee n.p. ,(1948) " fuzzy normal subgroups and fuzzy cosets ", infor. sci , 34: 225239. 4. abou-dareb, a, t.,(2000)" on almost quasi-frobenius fuzzy rings ", m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 5. malik d. s. and mordeson j. n. (1991)," fuzzy subgroups of abelian groups" , chinese, j. math., 19, no. 2. 6. bhattacharya p., (1987)" fuzzy subgroups:sume characterization", j. math. anal. and appl. 128: 241-252. 7.mordeson j.n.,(1996) " l-subspaces and l-subfields " . 8. martines l.,(1995) " fuzzy subgroups of fuzzy groups and fuzzy ideals of fuzzy rings" , j. math. losangeles , 3 , no. 4. 346 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 9. ajmal n. ,1994 " homomorphism of fuzzy groups, correspondence theorem and fuzzy quotient groups ", fuzzy sets and systems. 61 : 329-339 . الزمر الضبـابيـة و زمـر التشاكـلحـول مهيوب محمد قائد ¡محمد توفيقمى ناجي ل جامعة بغداد¡كلية التربية أبن الهيثم ¡قسم الرياضيات 2010 كانون االول14قبل البحث في: 2009 االولكانون 9استلم البحث في: الخالصة سالسـل الزمـر الجزئيـة المسـتوية مـن الزمـر الضـبابية وأثبتنـا الشـروط فـييهـتم هذا البحث بدراسة تأثير تشـاكل الزمـر الضرورية و الالزمة للحصول على سالسـل الزمـر الجزئيـة المسـتوية لصـور التشـاكل ( الصـور العكسـية ) ألي زمـرة ضـبابية ورة التشــاكل والصـــورة تلــك النظريــات مــن إيجــاد سالســل الزمــر الجزئيــة المســتوية لصــ ســاطةتمكنــا بو نفســه الوقــتباختياريــة العكسية لها في أي زمرة ضبابية اختيارية . الزمر الضبابية ، تشاكل الزمر-: الكلمات المفتاحية proof لمى ناجي محمد توفيق, مهيوب محمد قائد قسم الرياضيات , كلية التربية أبن الهيثم ,جامعة بغداد الخلاصة دور كبریتات الكالسیوم في تقلیل التأثیر السلبي لكلورید الصودیوم في بعض مؤشرات باستخدام تقنیة الزراعة المائیة .triticum aestivum lالنمو لنبات القمح ھناء فاضل خمیس الرحماني الحیاة / كلیةالتربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) /جامعة بغدادقسم علوم زینا عبد المنعم جمیل المفتي وزارة التربیة / التعلیم الثانوي 2013أیلول 24، قبل البحث في : 2013آیار 13 استلم البحث في : الملخص الفتح لتراكیز مختلفة من كلورید الصودیوم اجریت ھذه الدراسة بھدف التعرف على مدى تحمل نبات القمح صنف ) ملي مولر 10 , 5 , 1 ) ملي مولر وذلك باستعمال تراكیز من كبریتات الكالسیوم ھي ( 100 , 70 , 50 , 20 , 0ھي ( باستخدام وحدة المزارع المائیة . مو وھي تركیز الكلوروفیل في االوراق بینت النتائج ان التأثیرات السلبیة لكلورید الصودیوم في بعض مؤشرات الن ومحتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق وتركیز البروتین في كل من المجموع الجذري والمجموع الخضري تزداد بزیادة تركیز كلورید الصودیوم في وسط النمو ، لكن ھذه التأثیرات اختزلت عندما استعملنا تراكیز من كبریتات الكالسیوم ملي مولر كلورید 50ملي مولر كبریتات الكالسیوم مع التركیز 5زلت وبشكل ملحوظ عند استعمال التركیز اذ اخت ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم . 100ملي مولر كبریتات الكالسیوم مع 10الصودیوم و كلورید الصودیوم ، كبریتات الكالسیوم ، القمح ، التحمل الملحي .الكلمات المفتاحیة: 49 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 المقدمة تعد مشكلة الملوحة من المشاكل المعیقة للتطور الزراعي اذ تشمل الترب المتأثرة باالمالح في مناطق واسعة من العالم ، تؤثر الملوحةسلباً وبشكل كبیر في نمو النبات وھذا ناتج اما عن نقص امتصاص الماء من قبل النباتات او عن في ionic imbalanceسببة للملوحة او عن تأثیر اضطراب التوازن االیوني لالیونات الم toxic effectالتأثیر السمي . اذ تعاني النباتات المتأثرة بالملوحة من اثار سلبیة منھا الشحوب [1]خالیا النبات اوعن طریق تأثیر العوامل الثالث معاً الكلوروفیل في اوراق بعض النباتات مثل ، اذ ان الملوحة المتزایدة تؤدي الى خفض محتوى chlorosis [2] الكلوروفیلي . ولقد فسر ھذا االنخفاض الى تأثیر كلوریدالصودیوم في التركیب الدقیق [5]، والذرة الصفراء [4]، والشعیر [3]القمح فقد لوحظ حصول انكماش في اغشیة البالستیدات الخضر لنبات الذرة المتعرض chloroplastsللبالستیدات الخضر لوحة عالیة وانخفاض في عدد اغشیة لكرانا وتشویھ في التراكیب الغشائیة الحاملة لصبغات البناء الضوئي لمستویات م وبسبب تأثیر الملوحة في خواص الغشاء البالزمي حیث تؤدي الى التقلیل من thylakoidsوالمعروفة بالثایلكویدات . ان الملوحة المتزایدة في وسط [6]تروجین والمغنسیوم امتصاص العنصران الضروریان لبناء جزیئة الكلوروفیل وھما الن ، كما ان محتوى الكاربوھیدرات یتأثر سلباً chlorophylase [7]النمو تؤدي الى زیادة نشاط االنزیم المحلل للكلوروفیل لمساحة الورقیة ان انخفاض كمیة الكاربوھیدرات یترافق مع انخفاض تركیز الكلوروفیل واختزال ا [8]بالملوحة فقدالحظ الضروري لتفاعالت الظالم بتأثیر ribulose-1,5-diphosphate carboxylaseانخفاض نشاط انزیم [9]كما الحظ الملوحة المتزایدة في نبات الفاصولیا . اما عملیة بناء البروتین فانھا تتأثر سلباً بزیادة الملوحة في وسط النمو، اذ وجد ان زیادة تركیز كلورید الصودیوم في وسط نمو نبات الفاصولیا الخضراء یؤدي الى خفض معدل بناء البروتین من خالل تأثیرھا في محتوى الخالیا من وم انخفاض امتصاص العناصر المعدنیة الضروریة التي تدخل في بناء الحوامض االمینیة، اذ یسبب كلورید الصودی الحوامض االمینیة مثل النتروجین، والفسفور، والكبریت كما وجد ان كلورید الصودیوم یسبب انخفاضاً في محتوى النبات الكالسیوم في وسط . اما عن تأثیر كبریتات [10]ومن ثم انخفاض في بناء البروتین rna , dnaمن الحوامض النوویة نمو النبات المتأثر بالملوحة فیؤدي الى زیادة محتوى االوراق من الكلوروفیل وقد فسر ذلك على اساس دور الكالسیوم في اصالح وتنظیم نفاذیة الغشاء البالزمي وعلیھ ینخفض تركیز االیونات المسببة للملوحة ویزداد امتصاص االیونات االساسیة روفیل السیما المغنسیوم . كما یزداد امتصاص العناصر الضروریة لبناء البروتین مثل النتروجین لبناء جزیئة الكلو والفسفور .كما ان الكالسیوم یقلل التأثیر السام لكلورید الصودیوم في العملیات االیضیة ومنھا بناء الكاربوھیدرات من خالل ء الكاربوھیدرات فضالً عن الحفاظ على تكامل بنیة قیام الكالسیوم بتنشیط عدد من االنزیمات الضروریة لبنا . [11]الغشاء(االغشیة) ونتیجة لقلة الدراسات في العراق حول دور الكالسیوم في تقلیل االثر السلبي لكلورید الصودیوم في نمو النبات كانت النمو لنبات القمح . ھذه الدراسة التي نفذت باستخدام تقنیة الزراعة المائیة بھدف السیطرة على ظروف المواد وطرائق العمل لتحقیق اھداف الدراسة فقد نفذت تجربتان : التجربة االولى نفذت لدراسة تأثیر تراكیز من كلورید الصودیوم في نبات القمح . الموقع 1 اجریت ھذه التجربة في مختبر فسلجة النبات للدراسات العلیا والبیت الزجاجي التابعین لقسم علوم الحیاة في كلیة . 2005جامعة بغداد لموسم النمو -ابن الھیثم -التربیة البذور 2 الزراعة العراقیة . وزارة -تم الحصول على بذور القمح من الھیئة العامة للبحوث الزراعیة التعقیم 3 . [12]) . استناداً الى 3-5لمدة تتراوح بین ( 50%ُعقَمت البذور باستعمال محلول كلوركس التجاري تركیز تحضیر المحلول المغذي -أ 4/ یوضح مكونات المحلول المغذي وقد ُعدلت (1)والجدول 1/5بقوة [13]ُحضر المحلول المغذي استنادأً الى . حضرت امالح العناصر 1nباستعمال ھیدروكسید الصودیوم بعیاریة 6.0للمحلول المغذي لتكون phالحامضیة الكبرى بھیئة اربعة محالیل مركزة منفصلة .اما امالح العناصر الصغرى فقد حضرت بھیئة محلولین االول محلول مركز 4اآلخرمحلول مركز لباقي امالح العناصر الصغرى . وقدحفظت جمیع المحالیل بدرجة حرارة لسترات الحدید، و لحین االستعمال . م ° 50 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 تحضیر تراكیز كلورید الصودیوم في المحلول المغذي -ب ند لتحضیر تراكیز مختلفة من كلورید الصودیوم في المحلول المغذي نحضر اوال المحلول المغذي الرنون وھوكل ) ملي 200, 150 , 100 , 70 , 50 , 20 , 0 (. ومنھ حضرت تراكیز المحالیل الملحیة المستعملة في الدراسة وھي [13] مولر . الحاویات ونظام التھویة 5سم ولھا غطاء حاٍو على ثقوب 12لتر وقطرھا 1سعة كل منھا plastic containersاستعملت حاویات بالستیكیة یة لتثبیت النباتات فیھا بوساطة االسفنج المعقم مع ثقب مركزي یمر خاللھ انبوب تھویة اما نظام التھویة. فیتكون عدة محیط تتصل بصمام التھویة للمضخة من جھة وتمتد الى rubber tubes ، وانابیب مطاطیةair pumpمن مضخة ھواء الجھة الثانیة داخل الحاویات . تصمیم التجربة 6) 0, 20, 50 , 70 , 100, 150 , 200صممت التجربة لتشمل مرحلتین لدراسة تأثیر كلورید الصودیوم بالتراكیز( اسابیع اخذت النباتات كاملة وفُصل المجموع الجذري عن 4ملي مولر وبثالثة مكررات وبعد ان بلغ عمر النباتات مطلوبة تبعاً للتصمیم العشوائي الكامل، اذ بلغ عدد الوحدات المجموع الخضري باستخدام مقص واجریت علیھا التحلیالت ال وحدة . 15التجریبیة التي اجریت علیھا التحلیالت سم، اذ وضع في كل طبق ورقة ترشیح ووضعت 12تمت زراعة البذور في اطباق بتري قطرھا -مرحلة االطباق : ومدة 2±18مل محلول مغذي لكل طبق ووضعت ھذه البذور في حاضنات بدرجة حرارة 9فوقھا البذور ثم اضیف الیھا ساعة وتمت مراقبة البذور یومیاً واضافة المحلول المغذي كلما نقصت كمیتھ . لقد بلغ عدد الوحدات 16 واضاءة 8ظالم (حاویات لكن البذور النامیة في التراكیز ایام على الزراعة نقلت النباتات الى مرحلة ال 7وحدة ، وبعد مرور 21التجریبیة ) ملي مولر لم تصل الى الحجم المناسب لذلك لم تنقل الى الحاویات .150 , 200 مرحلة الحاویات ملي مولر الى الحاویات البالستیكیة في ( 0, 20 , 50 , 70 , 100 )نُقلت النباتات النامیة في التراكیز الملحیة ساعات ظالم وكانت كمیة 8ساعة ضوء 16ولیالً و 2±18نھاراً و 2±20جاجي، اذ كانت درجة الحرارة البیت الز المحلول المغذي تراقب یومیاً ویكمل حجمھ بالماء المقطر كلما نقص وكان المحلول المغذي یبدل مرة اسبوعیاً. اما التھویة ) ساعات یومیاُ. 4-3( فكانت بمعدل المؤشرات المدروسة 7a( [14]قُدر الكلوروفیل أ والكلوروفیل ب والكلوروفیل الكلي استناداً الى : تقدیر الكلوروفیل . b( تقدیر الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق . [15] استناداً الىherusقُدرت الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق بعد تجفیفھا باستخدام فرن كھربائي من نوع تقدیر البروتین -3 قُدرالبروتین في المجموع الجذري والمجموع الخضري بعد التجفیف عن طریق تقدیر كمیة النتروجین في النبات وبتطبیق المعادلة ادناه [16]استناداً الى %protein=%n×6.25 = النسبة المئویة للنتروجین nإذ ان ثانیةالتجربة ال -ثانیاً : نفذت التجربة لدراسة تأثیر التداخل بین كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم في نمو نبات القمح تمت بظروف التجربة االولى نفسھا. تحضیر تراكیز مختلفة من كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم في المحلول المغذي ثم نضیف ca(no3)2 ولكن یفتقر الى نترات الكالسیوم 1/5قوة [13]حضر المحلول المغذي الرنون وھوكلند ملي مولر من ) 10, 5, 1للحصول على التراكیز ( caso4.2h2oالیھ االوزان المطلوبة من كبریتات الكالسیوم المائیة ا حضر ) بعدھ(1nباستعمال ھیدروكسید الصودیوم 6.0الى phكبریتات الكالسیوم وبعدھا عدلت الحامضیة ) ملي 1, 5, 10ملي مولر من كلورید الصودیوم ونضیفھا الى المحالیل المغذیة الحاویة على التراكیز( (100,50)التركیزان مولر من كبریتات الكالسیوم وبذلك تم الحصول على ستة محالیل. اما السیطرة فكانت محلول ارنون وھوكلند الغذائي ملي مولر . 0.6ز الحاوي لنترات الكالسیوم بتركی 1/5قوة تصمیم التجربة صممت التجربة الثانیة لتشمل مرحلتین لدراسة اثر التداخل بین تراكیز من كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم في اسابیع اخذت 4وحدة وبعد ان بلغ عمر بلغ عمر النباتات 27نبات القمح وبثالثة مكررات، اذ بلغ عدد الوحدات التجریبیة النباتات واجریت علیھا التحلیالت المطلوبة تبعاً للتصمیم العشوائي الكامل . تمت زراعة البذور في اطباق بتري داخل الحاضنات وبالظروف المذكورة نفسھا في التجربة االولى -مرحلة االطباق : 1المستعملة في التجربة الثانیة وبثالثة مكررات ووضعت البذور على اوراق ترشیح في اطباق بتري واضیف الیھا المحالیل 51 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ) ملي مولر 1 , 5 , 10 () ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم مع التراكیز 50 , 100وھذه المحالیل كانت حاویة على التركیزین ( ایام نقلت الى الحاویات . 7ملي مولر وبعد ان اصبح عمر النباتات 0.6كبریتات الكالسیوم بتركیز نقلت النباتات الى الحاویات في البیت الزجاجي وبالظروف البیئیة المذكورة نفسھا في التجربة -لحاویات :مرحلة ا 2االولى مع استعمال المحالیل المستعملة في مرحلة االطباق التابعة للتجربة الثانیة وكانت كمیة المحالیل تعدل بالماء المقطر بیع . اخذت النباتات وفصل المجموع الجذري عن المجموع الخضري باستخدام اسا 4وتبدل اسبوعیاً حتى بلغ عمر النباتات مقص . المؤشرات المدروسة درست المؤشرات االتیة وكما في التجربة االولى، وھي تركیز الكلوروفیل و محتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق وتقدیر البروتین . التحلیل االحصائي ) compeletly randomized design )crdُحللت النتائج لكال التجربتین باستخدام التصمیم العشوائي الكامل 0.05) بین المعامالت عند احتمالیة least significant difference )lsdوبثالثة مكررات الیجاد اقل فرقاً معنوي [17]. النتائج تأثیر كلورید الصودیوم 1 الكلوروفیل في االوراقمحتوى أ ) حصول انخفاض تدریجي في تركیز الكلوروفیل أ والكلوروفیل ب والكلوروفیل الكلي یزیادة 2نالحظ من الجدول ( ) ملي مولر كلورید 20, 50, 70 , 100تركیز كلورید الصودیوم في وسط النمو، اذ بدا ھذا االنخفاض معنویاً في التراكیز( ملي مولر . 100یطرة وازدادت شدة التأثیر معنویة عند التركیز الصودیوم مقارنة بالس الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق ب ) ملي مولر 20) ان محتوى الكاربوھیدرات قد انخفض بصورة غیر معنویة في التركیز (3اظھرت نتائج الجدول( كلورید الصودیوم كان االنخفاض معنویاً مقارنةً ) ملي مولر 20 , 50 , 70, 100كلورید الضودیوم لكن في التراكیز ( ) ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم االكثر ضرراً مقارنةً بالتراكیز االخرى من كلورید 100بالسیطرة وكان التركیز ( الصودیوم . محتوى البروتین -ج ن الجذري والخضري عند ) حصول انخفاض معنوي في محتوى البروتین في كال المجموعی4نالحظ من الجدول ( ) ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم مقارنةً بالسیطرة .20, 50, 70 , 100التعرض للتراكیز ( تأثیر التداخل بین كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم 2 محتوى الكلوروفیل في االوراق -أ كلوروفیل ب والكلوروفیل الكلي باضافة ) حصول انخفاض في محتوى الكلوروفیل أ وال5نالحظ من نتائج الجدول( ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم الى وسط النمو مقارنةً بالسیطرة اما باضافة كبریتات الكالسیوم الى وسط النمو 50 ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم ادى ذلك الى حصول زیادة معنویة في محتوى كل من 50) ملي مولر مع 1, 5, 10بالتراكیز( 5ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم) .واعلى زیادة كانت باستعمال 50( 2الكلوروفیل أوب والكلوروفیل الكلي مقارنة بالمعاملة ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم . 50ملي مولر كبریتات الكالسیوم مع ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم في وسط النمو فقد لوحظ حصول انخفاض شدید المعنویة في محتوى 100مال اماباستع ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم ) واعلى زیادة كانت 100( 6كل من الكلوروفیل أ وب والكلوروفیل الكلي مقارنةً بالمعاملة . 6ر كلورید الصودیوم في وسط النمو مقارنةً بالمعاملة ملي مول 100ملي مولر كبریتات الكالسیوم مع 10عند استعمال محتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق-ب ملي مولر 50) حصول انخفاض معنوي في محتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق عند التركیز 6بین الجدول ( ) ملي مولر الى وسط النمو 1 , 5 , 10ت الكالسیوم بالتراكیز (من كلورید الصودیوم مقارنةً بالسیطرة ، لكن باضافة كبریتا ملي مولر كبریتات 1لوحظ حصول زیادة في محتوى الكاربوھیدرات لكنھا كانت غیر معنویة مقارنةً باستعمال التركیز مولر كبریتات ) ملي5, 10لكن باستعمال التركیزین ( ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم مقارنةً بالسیطرة 50الكالسیوم مع ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم لوحظ حصول زیادة معنویة في محتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة مقارنةً 50الكالسیوم مع . 2بالمعاملة ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم في وسط النمو فقد ادى ھذا لحصول انخفاض شدید المعنویة 100اما باستعمال التركیز ) ملي مولر مع 1, 5, 10ھیدرات الذائبة مقارنةً بالسیطرة اما باستعمال كبریتات الكالسیوم بالتراكیز (في محتوى الكاربو ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم فقد لوحظ حصول زیادة معنویة في محتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة مقارنةً 100التركیز . 6بالمعاملة 52 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 محتوى البروتین -ج 50) حصول انخفاض معنوي في محتوى البروتین في كال المجموعین الجذري والخضري بوجود 7یوضح الجدول ( 10ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم في وسط النمو مقارنةً بالسیطرة لكن باضافة كبریتات الكالسیوم الى وسط النمو بالتراكیز ( المحتوى البروتیني في كال المجموعین الجذري ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم فقد ازداد 50) ملي مولر والحاوي على1, 5, والخضري الى مستواه في عینة المقارنة بحیث اختفت الفروقات المعنویھ من الناحیة االحصائیة . ملي مولر كلورید الصودیوم فقد انخفض المحتوى البروتیني لكال المجموعین الجذري والخضري 100امافي التركیز ) ملي مولر 1, 5, 10مقارنةً بالسیطرة لكن باضافة كبریتات الكالسیوم الى وسط النمو بالتراكیز (انخفاض معنوي كبیر . 6حصلت زیادة معنویة في محتوى البروتین كال المجموعین الجذري والخضري مقارنةً بالمعاملة المناقشة رید الصودیوم في مؤشرات النمو المدروسة في ان النتائج التي تم الحصول علیھا فیما یخص التأثیر السلبي لكلو وقد اعزي سبب التأثیر [ 4 , 18]والشعیر [5]التجربة یتفق مع ماوجده باحثون اخرون على نباتات مختلفة مثل الذرة ل االغشیة الخلویة وزیادة نفاذیتھا ومن ثم اختال damageالسلبي لكلورید الصودیوم في مؤشرات النمو المدروسة الى تلف التوازن االیوني ممایؤدي الى حصول فقدان للعناصر الضروریة لقیام النبات بعملیاتھ الحیویة مثل بناء جزیئات الكلوروفیل ان للملوحة المتزایدة في وسط النمو تأثیراً سلبیاً على نشاط [9]. كماالحظ [6]ومن ثم یؤثر سلباً في عملیة البناء الضوئي الضروري لتفاعالت الظالم لتصنیع الكاربوھیدرات . كما تؤدي الملوحة ribulose 1,5 di phosphatase)انزیم ( المتزایدة تناقصاً في عدد التجمعات اللرایبوسومیة وتقلیل اخذ العناصرالضروریة لبناء االحماض االمینیة وانخفاض في . [10]لبروتین مؤدیة الى االنخفاض في بناء ا rna , dnaمحتوى الخالیا من الحوامض النوویة اما تأثیر التداخل بین كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم في خفض التأثیرات السلبیة لكلورید الصودیوم في . [19]، والشعیر [5]مؤشرات النمو فھذا یتفق مع ماوجده عدد من الباحثین على نباتات مختلفة مثل الذرة الصفراء فقد اعزیت الزیادة الحاصلة في تركیز كل من الكلوروفیل أ وب والكلوروفیل الكلي باستعمال كبریتات الكالسیوم في االغشیة الخلویة ویزداد اخذ العناصر repairوسط النمو الحاوي على كلورید الصودیوم الى دور الكالسیوم في اصالح [20]المغنسیوم كذلك فان الكالسیوم یثبط عمل االنزیمات المحللة للكلوروفیل الضروریة لبناء جزیئة الكلوروفیل السیما مما لھ االثر االیجابي في بناء الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة كما وجد ان الكالسیوم یعمل على تنشیط عدد من االنزیمات الخاصة . [9]ببناء السكریات لمجموعین الجذري والخضري باستعمال كبریتات الكالسیوم في وسط اماسبب الزیادة الحاصلة في تركیز البروتین في ا النمو الحاوي على كلورید الصودیوم فیعود الى الدور المھم لكبریتات الكالسیوم في تنظیم نفاذیة الغشاء البالزمي اذ یزداد د وعلیھ تختزل امتصاص العناصر الضروریة لبناء البروتین في حین ینخفض امتصاص عنصري الصودیوم والكلوری . [21]تأثیراتھما السلبیة في عملیات االیض الخلوي وكما ھو معروف ان للكالسیوم دوراً مھماً في تنظیم االنتخاب الغشائي المصادر 1. wyn jones , r. g . (1981).in :phsiological process limiting plant productivity (eds.c.b. johnson).butter worthus, london:271pp. 2. huang, j.and redmann ,r.e. (1995). solute adjustment to salinity and calcium supply in cultivated and wild barley .j.plant nutr., 18(17):1371-1389. 3. el-sharkawi , h . m . and salama ,f .m . (1977) . effect of drought and salinity on some growth contributing parameters in wheat and barley . plant and soil , 46: 423-433 . .تأثیر مستویات مختلفة من الملوحة على بعض المثبتات المورفولوجیة (1990)الدلیمي، حمزة نوري عبید .4 (ابن الھیثم )، .رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة)(hordeum vulgarisالشعیر والفسیولوجیة والخلویة لصنفین من نبات جامعة بغداد،العراق . ) للملوحة . .zea mays l. دور الكالسیوم في تحمل نبات الذرة الصفراء ( (1998)الجبوري ، محمود شاكر رشید .5 بغداد ، العراق .اطروحة دكتوره ، كلیة التربیة ( ابن الھیثم) ، جامعة 6. lipina , l.p. and popo , b.a.(1970) .effect of sodium chloride on the photosynthetic apparatus of tomatoes sovt . plant physiol. ,17(3):477-481 . 7. alina ,b. a.;baimukhasheva,b. g. and klyshev, l. k. (1984) .effect of chloride salinization on state of pea chloroplasts. sov.plant physiol.,31(5):636-643. 8. gill, k. s. and singh, o. s . (1985).effect of salinity on carbohydrate metabolism during paddy (oryza sativa) seeds germination under stress condition .j.exp. biol., 23: 384 -386 . 53 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 9. seemann, r. j. and sharky, t. d. (1986).salinity and nitrogen effect on photosynthesis ribulose-1,5-diphosphate carboxylase and metabolite pool size in (phaseolus vulgaris l.) plant physiol.,82: 555-560. 10. perssarakli,m. ;muber,j. t. and tucker, t. c. (1989). protein synthesis in green beans under salt strees with two nitrogen sources .j.plant nutr.,12(11).1361-1377. 11. hanson, j. b. (1984). the function of calcium in plant nutrition ,in pb thinker.alauchliedsavances in plant nutr., 1:149-208 praeger. newyork. 12. ghorashy, s. r. ;sionity ,n. and kherdnam, m. (1972). salt tolerance of sunflower varities(carthamus tintorius l) during germination agron. j. ,64: 265-257 . 13. arnon, d. i. and hoagland, d. r. (1944). the investigation of plant nutrition by artificial culture methods. biol rev., 19:433-445 . 14. mackinney, g. (1941). absorption of light by chlorophyll solution .j. biol. chem. ,140:315-322. 15. herbert,d. ;philips,p. j. and strange, r. e. (1971). methods in microbiology acad. press lond. 16. bremner,j. m. and mulvaney. (1972). nitrogen-total p.595-624. in page a.l.;millier,r. h. and keeney ,d. r. (ed) methods of soil analysis mongraph 9.part 2. 2nd edition. am. soc. agronomy, madison, wiscomsin. 17. little, t. m. and hill, f. j. (1978). agricultural experimentation, design and analysis. john wiley and sons, new york. (hordeum) .تأثیر نقع البذور بمحالیل امالح الكالسیوم في تحمل نبات الشعیر2002الربیعي،فاضل علیوي عطیة ( .18 vugaris l. (رسالة ماجستیر ، كلیة التربیة (ابن الھیثم) ، جامعة بغداد ، العراق .. . للملوحة 19. al-rahmani, h. f. k. ; al-hadithi, t. r. and al-delemee, h. n. (2001). calcium and salinity tolerance of barley. j. d. diala, 10:27-40. 20. adams, j. f.; hantzag, d. l. and nelson, d. b.(1993). supplemental calcium application on yield, grade, and seed quality of runner peanut. agron. j.,85:86-93. 21. epstien, e. (1972). mineral nutrition of plant : priniciples and perspective. john wiley and sons, new york. .[13] 1/5: مكونات المحلول المغذي الرنون وھوكلند قوة (1)جدول التركیز الصیغة التركیبة االمالح المستعملة مصادر للعناصر المعدنیة ( ملي مولر) امالح العناصر الكبرى potassium nitrate kno3 2.0نترات البوتاسیوم magnesium suphate mgso4..7h2o 0.4كبریتات المغنسیوم فوسفات االمونیوم amonium dihdrogenثنائیةالھیدروجین phosphate nh4h2po4 0.4 calcium nitrate ca(no3)2 0.6نترات الكالسیوم ppmجزء بالملیون امالح العناصر الصغرى frric citrate c6h5feo7h2o 2.5سترات الحدید amonium molbydate nh4)mo7o24.h2o( o.004مولبیدات االمونیوم copper sulphate cuso4.5h2o 0.004كبریتات النحاس zinc sulphate znso4.7h2o 0.01كبریتات الخارصین boric acid h3bo3 0.1 حامض البوریك manganese sulphate mnso4 0.1كبریتات المنغنیز 54 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ) .-1: تأثیر تراكیز مختلفة من كلورید الصودیوم في محتوى الكلوروفیل في االوراق (ملغم /غم وزن طري) (2جدول naclتركیز mm)( )-1محتوى الكلوروفیل(ملغم /غم وزن طري chl.a chl.b total chl. 33.32 14.44 18.88 سیطرة 0 20 14.49 12.14 26.63 50 13.12 11.45 24.67 70 10.33 9.51 19.84 100 6.33 1.57 7.90 lsd 0.05 0.031 0.318 0.103 ) .-1: تأثیر تراكیز من كلورید الصودیوم في محتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق (ملغم /غم وزن جاف (3)جدول naclتركیز mm)( الذائبة في محتوى الكاربوھیدرات )-1االوراق (ملغم /غم وزن جاف 16.9 سیطرة0 20 13.1 50 8.0 70 5.4 100 3.0 lsd 0.05 0.770 محتوى البروتین للمجموع الجذري والمجموع الخضري (ملغم /غم : تأثیر تراكیز من كلورید الصودیوم في )(4جدول ) .-1وزن جاف naclتركیز mm)( )-1/غم وزن جافمحتوى البروتین(ملغم المجموع الخضري المجموع الجذري 45.39 39.46 سیطرة0 20 32.88 40.33 50 26.42 29.08 70 19.17 21.83 100 8.80 12.13 lsd 0.05 0.790 1.353 55 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ) : تأثیر التداخل بین كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم في 5جدول( ) .-1االوراق(ملغم/غم وزن طري محتوى الكلوروفیل في رقم المعاملة المعامالت محتوى الكلوروفیل(ملغم/غم وزن )-1طري naclتركیز mm)( caso4تركیز mm)( chl.a chl.b tota chl. 1 0 0 19.7 15.32 35.10 2 50 0 12.22 11.32 23.54 3 50 1 15.09 14.84 29.93 4 50 5 19.19 15.02 34.21 5 50 10 18.93 14.94 33.84 6 100 0 5.44 1.98 7.42 7 100 1 18.19 4.98 13.17 8 100 5 12.93 4.92 17.79 9 100 10 13.46 5.00 18.40 lsd 0.05 0.148 1.933 0.050 ) : تأثیر التداخل بین كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم في 6جدول( ) .-1(ملغم /غم وزن جافمحتوى الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق رقم المعاملة محتوى المعامالت الكاربوھیدرات الذائبة في االوراق (ملغم /غم وزن )-1جاف naclتركیز mm)( caso4تركیز mm) المعامالت) 1 0 0 18.20 2 50 0 7.60 3 50 1 16.76 4 50 5 18.80 5 50 10 18.20 6 100 0 3.20 7 100 1 4.20 8 100 5 6.60 9 100 10 8.80 lsd 0.05 0.073 56 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 : تأثیر التداخل بین كلورید الصودیوم وكبریتات الكالسیوم في 7)جدول( محتوى البروتین للمجموع الجذري والمجموع الخضري (ملغم /غم وزن ) .-1جاف رقم المعاملة محتوى البروتین(ملغم المعامالت )-1/غم وزن جاف naclتركیز mm)( caso4تركیز mm)( المجموع الجذري المجموع الخضري 1 0 0 40.01 44.49 2 50 0 26.50 30.00 3 50 1 32.64 35.70 4 50 5 42.22 45.00 5 50 10 39.02 39.56 6 100 0 8.66 11.97 7 100 1 14.30 18.08 8 100 5 28.52 33.20 9 100 10 31.03 35.21 lsd 0.05 0.476 0.772 57 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 role of calcium sulphate in metigating the adverse effect of nacl in some of growth parameters of (triticum aestivum l.)c.v. fateh in hydroponic culture hana fadil khamis al-rahmani dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ unversity of baghdad zena abd el-monaam al-mufty ministry of education / secondary education received in :13 may 2013, accepted in :24 september 2013 abstract this study was carried out to study the tolerance degree of wheat triticum aestivum l. c. v. al-fateh to nacl (0,20,50,70,100) mm by using caso4 (1,5,10) mm in hydroponic culture. the results showed that the adverse effect of nacl on some growth parameters such as chlorophyll concentration , soluble carbohydrates and protein content in shoot and root systems were increased with increase of nacl concentration in growth medium , but these effects are reduced by using caso4 to ellivate the stress of nacl . the best results were obtained by using 5mm of caso4 with 50mm of nacl and 10mm of caso4 with 100mm of nacl in these concentrations the chlorophyll , soluble carbohydrates and protein contents were raised to the level of control treatment without statistical difference . key word : nacl , caso4 , wheat , salt tolerance . 58 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <feff004b00610073007500740061006700650020006e0065006900640020007300e4007400740065006900640020006b00760061006c006900740065006500740073006500200074007200fc006b006900650065006c007300650020007000720069006e00740069006d0069007300650020006a0061006f006b007300200073006f00620069006c0069006b0065002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740069006400650020006c006f006f006d006900730065006b0073002e00200020004c006f006f0064007500640020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065002000730061006100740065002000610076006100640061002000700072006f006700720061006d006d006900640065006700610020004100630072006f0062006100740020006e0069006e0067002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006a00610020007500750065006d006100740065002000760065007200730069006f006f006e00690064006500670061002e000d000a> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 conductometric studies of aqueous solution of thymine and adeno sine at different temperatures s. s. al-ani department of chemistry , college of education , ibn-alhaitam, unive rsity of baghdad abstract m olar conductivity of different concentrations of thy mine and adenosine in water , sodium acetate and ammonium chloride solution at different temp eratures , 283. 15-323.15 k has been determined from direct conductivity measurements , examination of aqueous mixture of thy mine and adenosine with onsager equation reveal deviation from linearity at high concentration .this deviation was exp lained in term of molecular interaction . ostwald dilution law also examined with the above mixtures lead to calculation of limiting molar conductivities and dissociation constants of both nucleic acid in water , sodium acetate and ammonium chloride. the agreement between the values obtained for onsager equation and ostwald law was reasonable . calculation of activation energies of flow using modified arrhenius equation gives a result showed that the molecular interaction of both acids in all different mixtures were the same . introduction m easuremens of the conductivity of solute in solution-provide us with imp ortant information concering the nature and dissolvation p henomenone of solute-solvent interaction [1]. therefore , this work was chosen to st udy the behaviour of nucleic acids in aqueous solution . information concerning such behaviour is considered to be of a fundamental imp ortance in understanding the factors that determine the stability of bioacids [2,3]. in recent y ears , in biochemical st udies , aqueous solvent or mixture of water and organic solvent have been used more and more frequently as media in which to carry out these st udies , because the rate of the reaction is much effected in this solvent sy st em [4]. thy mine (i) and adenosine (ii) are st able nucleic weak acids , pka at 25 o c are 9.94 and 10.2 resp ectively. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 both of those acids are widely used in biochemical research [5].in sp ite of these interesting p hy sical and biochemical p rop erties., little work has been done on the p rop erties of aqueous solution an acid-water interaction . since those acids have many interaction sites with water , the solute-water interaction with this sy st em might p rovide us with some interesting results the present invest igation was undertaken to discover the molecular interaction between those acids and water in presence of acids and basic salts. materials thy mine and adenosine (bhd) , were p urified by tewic recry st allization from water , thy mine decomp oses at 335-337 о c lit. , 335 о c ,adenosine m.p . 234-2335 о c lit. , 234 o c. sodium acetate and ammonium choloride , aldrich chemical were with p urity not less than 99.99 % . conductivity water had a conductivity of 0.3 x 10 -6 s.cm -1 at 25 о c. conductivity measurements were p erformed with a py e –unicam conductivity bridge model e 7566/4 , and m ullard conductivity cell ty p e /e 7597/a . the platinum electrodes of the conductivity cell were p lated with p latinum black by the electrolysis of 100 ml of solution contanies 3 gm of chlorop latinic acid and 0.02 gm of lead acetate, the current was adjust ed so as to p roduce a moderate flow of hy drogen . the p recicion of the conductivity measurements was withine ± 0.04 % .the cell constant was determined using kcl solution prior to each of conductivity measurements the temp erature p recision of the thermost ate , hewlett p aclacard quartz thermometer , used was ± 0.1 о c . the solution were p repared by weighting out (0.32070 gm) of adenosine and (0.15134 gm ) of thy mine in volumetric flask (100 ml) to give st ock solution of 0.012m . from these st ock solutions different concentrations were prepared for 0.0001 to 0.00075 m . the concentration were p repared in sodium acetate 0.05 m solution and ion ammonium chloride 0.05 m solutions. for in comp iated electrolytes such as thy mine and adenosine the following onsager equation can be used [6,8] :  =     (a+b   )(  c) 1/2 ……………..(1). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 where (  ),(   ) are the molar and limiting conductivities , resp ectivety ,( c ) is the molar concentration and (a,b) are const ants . equation (1) can be written as:  =   =  [   -(a+b   )] ( c) 1/2 =  [   -(a+b   )](  /  c) 1/2   =  [   -k(  c/  ) 1/2 ]  =   -k(  c/  ) 1/2 where(  ) is the molar condctivity of one mole of ions at any concentration and k=a+b   . poltting (  ) against (c 1/2 ) gives (   ) by extraplating to zero concentration . in order to obtain a batter value of(  ) it was introduced in term (c  /  ) 1/2 as (    ) by using the values of (  ) and (c) . then ,the corrected values of (  ) were plott ed against ( c) 1/2 to obtain the correct value of (   ) [9,10]. the coductivities of solution of thmine and adenosine with different concentrations in water , sodium acetate and ammonium chloride at different temp eratures , 283.15 to 323.15 k are list ed in table 1,2,3 and 4 resp ectively. onsager equation was p lott ed in figure (1) for thy mine and adenosine , resp ectively in water at 298.15 k ,t he , the limiting molar conductivity of thy mine is 900 s. cm 2 mole -1 and adenosine 1110 s. cm 2 mole -1 .the hihg value of   of adenosine could be due to p resence of more then one active sites comp ared with that of thy mine molecule (see st ructural formula above) . the deviation from linearity with both nucleic acid at high concentration reflects that solvent effect become weaker and weaker when concentration increases until no solvent effect is shown in a concentration above 0.006 mole l -1 . the conductivity of weak electrolyte like weak bronst ed acids such as thmine and adenosine depends on the number of ions in the solution , and therefore on the degree of dissociation ( ) of those electrolyte . the degree of dissociation ( ) for the acid (ha) at molar concentration ( c ) at equilibrium : ha  h + + a [ ][ ] ( )( ) [ ] h a c c ka ha c c         2 1 c ka     ………………….(2) when concentration of ions in solution is low , we can app roximate equation (1) to the following :      …………………….(3) by subst itute the value of equation (3) in eqution(2) , we obtain ostwald dilution law [11]. 2 1 1 ka c         …………………….(4) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the est imation of (   ) and (ka) values is done by p lott ing of ostwald dilution law for both nucleic acids in water . the agreement between the values of calculated using onsager and ostwald equation can not take the number of active sites in consideration and it is app lied only to mono-mono valent acids the value of (ka) for thy mine and adenosine obtained from the plot of ostwald equation gives values 1.1x10 -13 and 1x10 -14 resp ectively , which is reasonable comp aring with that given in literature[12] conductivities of thy mine and adenosine were also measured in solutions of 0.05 mole sodium acetate and 0.05 mole ammonium chloride as well as in water. figures (2,3) show the p lott ing of (  c) against (1/  ) of those solutions . the values of (   ) ,(ka) are p resented in table (4) . as exp ected the values are high in ammonium chloride and low in sodium acetate . the acid and basic character of those solvent p lay an important rule in dissolution of thy mine and adenosine nucleic acids . conductivity of electrolyte solution can be related to the activation energy of flow through arrhenius equation /ae rtae  ……………………………………….(5). where ap re-exp onential factor , ea activation energy of flow , r gas constant and t the absolute temp erature . arrhenius equation can be writt en in the following form [13] ln ln /aa e rt   …………………….(6) table 3 listed the data for the molar conductivies at different temp eratures 283.15-323.15 k for thy mine and adenosine in water , sodium acetate and ammonium chloride solution . by p lott ing logarithmic conductivity (ln  ) vereus (1/t) , figures (4,5) show a st raight line obtained for thy mine and adenosine in each solvent , the slop e equals ea/r , form which ea. was calculated (see table4). it was founed that values are the some ap p roximately with both sy st em and increase from water to ammonium chloride through sodium acetate solution . this result indicates that both thy mine and adenosine molecular interactions in theses solution are weak. re ferences 1. bates ,g. r; roy, n. r. and robenson ,a. r.(1974), j. solution chem ., 3:905 2. petrella, g.; castagenio, m .; saccor, a. and degiglio ,a. (1979) .j. solution chem., 5: 621 3. roy ,n. r.; e.swensson, e. and krueger ,w. g. (1975)anal . chem ., 47: 1407 4. furt er ,f. w. .(1979) (edition) thermody namic behaviour of electroly tes in mixed solvents amer . chem .soc. series , washington d.g. 5. rahway, j. n. (1986)''m erck index'' , (8 th edition) , m erch and co., washington d.c 6. at kins ,w. p. ,(1978) ''phy sical chemist ry '' , oxford univ . press 7. castellan,w. g (1971) .''phy sical chemist ry '' , 2 nd ed . addisonwesley pub.co ., u.s.a 8. robinson, a. r. and stokes ,h . r (1970) 'electroly tic solutions'' , butterworths, london ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 9. saleh , m .j . (1979) . iraqi j. sci., 20:387 10. saleh , m .j. , (1980) iraqi j. sci ., 21:507. 11. at kins , w.p. (1990). ''phy sical chemist ry '' (4 th edition) , ox ford p ress , oxford 12. ''handbook of chemical and phy sical const ants " crc , (1984). vol.69, new york 13. halifa, a.k.; salman, e. a.and al-tair,h. a .(1990). iraqi j.chem., 15(2):225 table (1) the conductivity data for thymi ne in water , sodium acetate and ammoni um chloride at 298.15 k. water sodium acetate ammonium chloride c mole/ l ^ s.cm 2 /m ole c 1/2 ^ c 1/^ ^ s. cm 2 /m ole ^ c 1/^ ^ s. cm 2 /m ole ^ c 1/^ 0.012 00 22.92 0.10 9 0.27 5 4.36 3 7.50 0.900 1.33 3 14.58 0.17 5 6.85 9 0.006 00 43.33 0.07 7 0.25 9 2.30 7 13.67 0.820 073 2 27.50 0.16 5 3.63 8 0.003 00 76.67 0.05 5 0.23 0 1.30 4 25.00 0.790 0.40 0 53.33 0.16 0 1.87 5 0.001 50 144.00 0.03 8 0.21 6 0.69 4 48.08 0.750 0.20 8 103.41 0.15 5 0.96 7 0.000 75 266.67 0.02 7 0.20 0 0.31 3 90.09 0.675 0.11 1 244.49 0.15 3 0.40 9 0.000 38 489.47 0.01 9 0.18 6 0.20 4 144.90 0.550 0.06 9 359.71 0.13 7 0.27 8 0.000 19 857.87 0.01 4 0.16 3 0.16 5 212.76 0.399 0.04 7 552.79 0.10 5 0.18 1 0.000 10 950.00 0.01 0 0.09 5 0.10 5 303.03 0.300 0.03 3 650.19 0.06 0 0.15 4 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (2) the conducticity datya for adenosine in water , sodium acetate and ammoni um chl oride at 298.15 k. table (3) molar conductivity of 0.0015 m aque ous sol uti on of thymine and adenosine at different temperature. thy mine adenosine water sodium acetate ammonium chloride water sodium acetate ammonium chloride 1/t x10 -3 ln  ln  ln  ln  ln  ln  3.531 3.200 1.902 2.293 2.905 1.386 2.303 3.470 3.243 2.079 2.425 3.078 1.541 2.539 3.411 3.356 2.325 2.610 3.178 1.673 2.773 3.354 3.551 2.485 2.928 3.284 2.080 3.016 3.298 3.696 2.588 3.030 3.379 2.485 3.205 3.245 3.738 2.688 3.058 3.515 2.773 3.283 3.193 3.952 2.815 3.227 3.576 2.960 3.401 3.143 4.001 2.929 3.330 3.695 3.114 3.507 3.095 4.072 3.122 3.619 3.829 3.258 3.753 water sodium acetate ammonium chloride c mole/ l ^ s.cm 2 /m ole c 1/2 ^ c 1/^ ^ s. cm 2 / mole ^ c 1/^ ^ s. cm 2 / mole ^ c 1/^ 0.012 00 29.67 0.10 9 0.35 6 3.37 0 10.42 2.1 49 1.04 4 19.58 0.23 4 5.107 0.006 00 54.33 0.07 7 0.32 6 1.84 1 20.00 2.0 99 0.54 6 36.67 0.22 0 2.727 0.003 00 103.67 0.05 5 0.31 1 0.96 5 38.33 2.0 55 0.27 3 70.00 0.21 0 1.428 0.001 50 200.67 0.03 8 0.30 1 0.50 0 73.33 1.2 00 0.14 9 116.6 7 0.20 9 0.857 0.000 75 381.33 0.27 0.28 6 0.26 2 133.3 3 1.1 43 0.05 3 186.6 7 0.20 0 0.375 0.000 38 542.11 0.01 9 0.20 6 0.18 5 250.0 0 0.8 43 0.04 3 342.1 0 0.14 4 0.209 0.000 19 652.63 0.01 4 0.12 4 0.15 3 388.9 5 0.6 99 0.02 7 578.9 5 0.11 0 0.173 0.000 10 700.00 0.01 0 0.07 0 0.14 3 465.5 5 0.4 00 0.02 5 680.0 0 0.06 8 0.147 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (4): limitting mol ar conductivties , dissocation constants and activation e ne ries of viscous flow of thymi ne and adenosine in water , sodium acetate and ammoni um chloride at 298.15 k. thy mine water sodium acetate ammonium chloride 1215 o 139.95 10 ak x  / 18.48 ae kj 1341 o 1 01.49 10 ak x  / 20.32 ae kj 3472 o 1 25.76 10 ak x  / 23.92 ae kj adenosine water sodium acetate ammonium chloride 335 o 1 211.35 10 ak x  / 17.30 ae kj 1205 o 148.3 10 ak x  / 20.47 ae kj 1651 o 1 10.636 10 ak x  / 25.98 ae kj ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (1): molar conductivity as function of c 1/2 for (a) thymi ne and (b) adenosine in water at 298.15 k ○ ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig.(2): plotting betwee n  c agi nst 1/  for thymine in (a) water , (b) sodium acetate sol uti on , (c) ammoni um chl oride soluti on at 298.15 k o ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (3): plotting betwee n  c agi nst 1/  for adenosine in (a) water , (b) sodium acetate sol uti on , (c) ammoni um chl oride soluti on at 298.15 k o ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (4) :plotting betwee n l n  aginst 1/t for thymi ne in(a) water , (b) sodium acetate sol uti on , (c) ammoni um chl oride soluti on i n 0.0015 m. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig. (5): plotti ng between ln  aginst 1/t for adenosine in(a) water , (b) sodium acetate sol uti on , (c) ammoni um chl oride soluti on i n 0.0015 m. 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة دراسة توصیلیة للمحالیل المائیة للثایمین واالدنوسین في درجات حرارة مختلفة ساھرة صادق العاني ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد –قسم الكیمیاء ،كلیة التربیة 1996كانون األول 22: استلم البحث في 1997حزیران 30: قبل البحث في الخالصة وم بتراكیـز الریة لمخالیط الثایمین واالدنوسین في الماء ،خالت الصـودیوم ،وكلوریـد االمونـی تم قیاس التوصیلة المو .كلفن 323و15، 283و15مختلفة وبدرجات حرارة تتراوح بین عـن ذللمحالیل االلكترونیـة المخففـة ووجـد ان ھـذه المخـالیط فـي محالیلھـا المائیـة تشـ قد تم استخدام معادلة اونساكرلو .ات والمذیبات لیتالخطیة بالتراكیز العالیة ولقد اعزي ھذا التصرف الى التاثیرات المتبادلة بین االلكترو ت التفكـك لھـا لھذه المحالیـالمحددة استخدمت معادلة اوستولد لحساب التوصیلة الموالریة تطابقـت .ل مـع حسـاب ثواـب اس التوصـیل. معادلة اوستولد مع معادلـة اونسـاكر النتائج المستحصلة من م قـی درجاتیكمـا ـت حـرارة ة الموالریـة للمخـالیط ـب د ان عملیـة مختلفة واستخدمت معادلة أرھینوس لحساب طاقـة التنشـیط لھـذه المخـالیط ووجـد انھـا متسـاویة تقریبـا ممـا یؤـی . ستذواب متشابھة من حیث استھالك الطاقة اال synthesis and spectroscopic of some new metal ions complexes's with [n-(4-methoxy benzoyl amino)-thioxo methyl] leucine basima m. sarhan hassan a. hassan bushra m. fayyadh dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science(ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :10 june 2013, accepted in : 24 july 2013 abstract a new ligand [n-(4-methoxy benzoyl amino)-thioxo methyl ] leucine (mbl) was prepared from the reaction of (4-methoxy benzoyl isothiocyanate with leucine acid in molar ratio (l:l), it was characterized by elemental analysis (c.h.n.s), ft-ir, uv-vis, 1h and 13cnmr. the complexes of the bivalent ions (mn, fe, co, ni, cu, zn, cd and hg ) have been prepared and characterized too. the structural was established by elemental analysis (c.h.n.s), ft-ir, uv-vis spectra, conductivity measurements atomic absorption and magnetic susceptibility and determination of molar ration (m:l). the complexes showed characteristic behavior of tetrahedral geometry around the metal ions except with (cu) complex showed square planer. key words: 4-methoxy benzoyl isothiocyanate, leucine, complexes. 313 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction amino acids and their derivatives have been used for different purposes[1-3] and some amino acid derivatives and some of their metal complexes have been prepared[4], other derivatives have potential biological activity and had been evaluated as having anti bacterial, antifungal properties[5]. safael and coworkers[6] were reported the synthesis and characterization of glycine derivative of bis(phenol) amine ligand and its complexes with iron(iii), and new metal complexes derived from the reaction of n-benzoyl-n-glythiourea with cu(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), zn(ii) and fe(ii) ions have been synthesized[7]. recently a new series of potential ligands [n-(sebacoyl amino)-thioxo methyl] amino acid (hl) where hl = histidine, l-glutamic acid, l-tryptophan, and l-lysine with cu(ii), co(ii) and ni(ii) ions were synthesized and characterized[8]. this work includes preparation of some new transition metals complexes of [n-(4-methoxy benzoyl amino)-thioxo methyl] leucine. experimental chemicals: all reagents were analar or chemical pure grade by bdh, merck and fluka. materials: (4methoxy benzoyl chloride, luciene acid) (fluka). mangesis chloride tetrahydrate (mncl2.4h2o), ferous chloride (fecl2), cobalt chloride hexahydrate (cocl2.6h2o), nickel chloride hexahydrate (nicl2.6h2o), copper chloride dihydrate (cucl2.2h2o), zinc chloride ( zncl2), cadmium chloride hydrate (cdcl2.h2o) and mercury chloride ( hgcl2). instruments 1h and 13c-nmr was recorded using ultra shield 300 mhz switzerland at university of al al-bayt, jordan. melting point was recorded by using stuart-melting point apparatus. ft-ir spectra were recorded as kbr disc using 3800 shimadzu in the range of 4000-400 cm-1. electronic spectra were obtained using uv-160 shimadzu spectra photometer at 25 ˚c in 10-3m dmso. conductivity was measured by using philips pw. digital. elemental analyses (c.h.n.s) were performed using acrlo erba 1106 elemental analyzer. magnetic susceptibility measurements were obtained by balance magnetic susceptibility by model msb-mki. metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption technique by using shimadzu (aa680g). preparation of the ligand (mbl) 1preparation of the (4-methoxy benzoyl isothiocyanate)[4] mixture of 4-methoxy benzoyl chloride (3.55ml, 1mmole) and ammonium thiocyanate (2g, 1mmole) in 25ml acetone was refluxed with stirring for 3 hours and then filtered; the filtrate was used for further reaction. 2preparation of [n-(4-methoxy benzoyl amino)-thioxo methyl] leucine (mbl) (3.44g, 1mmole) of leucine acid in 20ml acetone were rapidly added to the solution (20 ml) to the solution was refluxed for 6 hours. the resulting solid was collected, washed with acetone and recrystallized from ethanol (m.p. = 190-192 ˚c), yield 72%, %c found (56.00) while calculate (55.55), %h found (6.11) while calculate (6.17), %n found (9.85) while calculate (8.64) and %s found (10.00) while calculate (9.87). synthesis of the metal complexes (0.648g, 2mmole) of ligand (mbl) was dissolved in 25ml of ethanol containing (0.12g, 2mmole) of koh, then the solution of following metal salts mncl2.4h2o (0.2g, 1mmole), fecl2 (0.13g, 1mmole), cocl2.6h2o (0.24g,1mmole), nicl2.6h2o (0.24g, 1mmole), cucl2 .2h2o (0.2g,1mmole), zncl2 (0.14g, 1mmole), cdcl2.h2o (0.2g, 1mmole) and hgcl2 (0.3g, 1mmole) in ethanol, were added dropwise to the solution of the ligand (mbl-k+). the precipitate formed immediately after stirring the mixture at room temperature for 2 hours. the 314 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with distilled water and ethanol and dried under vacuum. physical properties were given in table (1). results and discussion synthesis and physical properties of the ligand [n-(4-methoxy benzoyl amino)-thioxo methyl leucine (mbl). the ligand was obtained by the reaction of one mole of (4-methoxy benzoyl isothiocyanate) with one mole of leucine acid scheme (1). 1) 2) scheme (1): preparation of the ligand [n-4-methoxy benzoyl amino)-thioxo methyl] leucine (mbl) elemental analysis (c.h.n.s) confirmed the purity of the ligand (mbl) with the formula (c15h20n2o4s). the 1h and 13c-nmr spectrum of new ligand the 1h-nmr spectrum (in cdcl3 as a solvent) of ligand (mbl), fig. (1) showed the following signals: doublet at δ( 0.97-1.01) ppm for (6h, 2ch3), multiplet at δ(1.18-1.71) ppm for (1h, ch( ch3)2), triplet at δ(1.85-1.87) ppm for (2h, ch2), doublet at δ( 2.17-2.19) ppm for (1h, nh sec.amine), singlet at δ( 3.84) ppm for (3h, och3), quartet at δ(5.08-5.10) ppm for (1h, chcooh), two doublet pairs at δ(6.90-8.02) ppm for (4h, aromatic), singlet at δ(9.35) ppm for (1h, nh sec. amide ) and singlet at δ( 11.20) ppm for (1h, cooh). the 13c nmr spectrum (in cdcl3 as a solvent) of ligand (mbl), fig. (2) showed the following signals: signals at δ(19.62-20.26) ppm for (2ch3), signal at δ(22.09-24.55) ppm for (ch(ch)3), signal at δ(38.06)ppm for (ch2), signal at δ(5l.23-53.10) ppm for (och3), signal at δ( 54.42) ppm for ( chcooh), signals at δ(74.20-75.04) ppm for the solvent (cdcl3), signals at δ(103.13-161.42) ppm for (c) aromatic, signal at δ( 164.22) ppm for ( c=o sec. amide), signal at δ( 173.76) ppm for (cooh) and signal at δ( 178.12) ppm for ( c=s). ft-ir spectrum of the ligand ft-ir spectrum of the free ligand (mbl), fig. (3) showed bands due to υ(oh), υ(nh) amide, υ(c=o) and υ(c=s) which were observed at (3346) cm-1, (3238) cm-1, (1685) cm-1 and (1257) cm-1 respectively while another absorption band appeared at (1728) cm-1 could be explained as υ(coo) asym were the υ(coo)sym was noticed at (1309) cm-1[9-10]. the ft-ir spectra of complexes these spectra exhibited a marked difference between bands belonging to the stretching vibration of υ(nh) of the amine group in the range between (3423-3332 ) cm-1 shifted to higher frequencies by (185-94) cm-1 suggesting the possibility of the coordination of ligand through the nitrogen atom at the amine group[11] absorption assigned for υ(coo)sym was noticed at the range (1473-1354) cm-1 shifted to higher frequencies by (164-45) cm-1 while the nh4scnh3co c o cl acetone reflux, 3 hours h3co c o n c s nh4cl nh2 ch c h2 c oh o ch ch3 ch3 h3co c o n c s acetone reflux, 6 hours h3co c o nh c s hn ch c h2 c oh o ch ch3 ch3 (mbl) 315 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 band caused by υ(coo)asym appeared between (1629-1535) cm-1 shifted to lower frequencies by (193-99) cm-1 which indicates to the coordination of the carboxylic group to the central ion[12]. the stretching vibration band υ(c=o) and υ(c=s) either show no change or very little in their frequencies (1653-1604) cm-1 and (1263-1253) cm-1 respectively, therefore indicating to do not coordinate to the metal ions[13]. metal-nitrogen and metal-oxygen bands were confirmed by the presence of the stretching vibration of υ( m-o) and υ(m-n) around (559-430) cm-1 and (514-414) cm-1 respectively. table (2) describes the important bands and assignments for free ligand (mbl) and its complexes. fig. (4) showed the ftir spectrum of [ni(mbl)]. electronic spectral the uv-visible spectrum of the ligand (mbl), fig. (5) in dmso solution exhibited absorption band at (300nm, 33333cm-1) which is due to n π* transition[14]. the uv-visible spectrum of mn+2 complex showed two bands at (288nm, 34722cm-1) and (796nm, 12562 cm-1 ) are due to the c.t ligand filed and 6a1 4t2(d) respectively[15]. the uv-visible spectrum of fe+2 complex, fig. (6) shows bands at (264nm, 37878 cm-1) and (628nm, 15923cm-1) due to charge transfer (c.t) and 5e 5t2[16]. the uv-visible spectrum of co+2 complex gave four bands at (275nm, 36363cm-1), (450nm, 22222cm-1), (657nm, 15220cm-1) and (1009nm, 9910cm-1) attributed to (c.t), 4a2 v3 4t1(p), 4a2 v2 4t1(f), 4a2 v1 4t2(f) respectively and the rach interelectronic repulsion parameter (bˉ) was found to be (514.13) cm-1, from the relation β = bˉ / bo was found to be equal (0.51). these parameters are accepted to co(ii) tetrahedral complex[17]. the uv-visible spectrum of n+2 has revealed the following electronic transitions, c.t, 3t1(f) v3 3t1(p), 3t1(f) v2 3a2 and 3t1(f) v1 3t2(f) transition at(291nm, 34364cm-1) (400nm, 25000 cm-1), (723nm, 13831cm-1) and (971nm, 10298cm-1) respectively, the bˉ value found to be (529.13) cm -1 while (β) was equal to (0.51). these are characteristic for tetrahedral complexes of ni (ii)[18]. cu+2 complex appeared bands at (278nm, 35971cm-1), (663nm, 15082cm-1) and (811nm, 12330cm-1) are due to c.t, 2b1g 2a1g and 2b1g 2b2g transitions respectively[19]. the uv-visible spectra of zn+2, cd+2 and hg+2 complexes showed shifted bands compared[20] with free ligand (mbl) are due to charge transfer table (3). the molar conductance of all complexes in dmso was found to be low which indicates the non-electrolyte behavior of these complexes. the μeff value of mn, fe, co, ni and cu complexes are in the range (5.91, 5.11, 4.76, 2.82 and 1.73) b.m. respectively, the physical properties of the ligand (mbl) with their metal complexes are given in table (1). study of complexes formations in solution complexes of ligand (mbl) with metal ions were studied in the solution using ethanol as a solvent in order to determine [m/l] ratio in complexes follow molar ratio method[21], a series of solutions were prepared having a constant concentration (10-3m) of metal ion and ligand. the [m/l] ratio determined from the relationship between the absorption of the absorbed light and the mole ratio of [m/l]. the results of complexes in ethanol suggest that the metal to ligand ratio was [1:2] for all complexes which were similar to that obtained from solid state study. according to spectral data as well as those obtained from elemental analyses the chemical structure of the complexes may be suggested as tetrahedral for [m(mbl)2] where m+2 = mn, fe, co , ni, zn, cd and hg), fig. (7) while copper complex has square planer. 316 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references 1. kazmair, u. and zumple, f. l. (2001) “chelated enolates of amino acid esters new efficient nucleophiles for isomerization free stereo selective palladium – catalyzed – allylic substitutions” eur. j. org. chem., 4067. 2.deepak ,m.; roand, f.; and gunter, h. (2004) “highly efficient stero conserrative amidation and deamidion of amino acid”,org. lett., (6 ): 3675 – 3678 . 3. stoiz, d.; kazmaier, u. and pick, r. (2006), “aromatic nitro groups and their reactions with chelated ester enolates”, synthesis, , (1): 33413347 . 4. kabbani, a.t.; ramadan, h.; hammud, h. h.; ghannour, a. m. and mouneimne, y. (2005) “synthesis of some metal complexes of [n-(benzoyl amino)-thioxo methyl] amino acid [hl]” j. univ. chem. tech. and met. 40: 339-344. 5. chohan, z.; arif, m.; akhtar,; m. and supuran,g. (2006) “metal based anti bacterial and anti fungal agents ; systhsis , characterization and invitro biological evalution of co(ii) , cu(ii), ni (ii) and zn(ii) complexes with amino acid derived compounds ”, new york 1-11. 6. safacel, e.; shexkhi, h.; wojtezak, a. and aglicic. j. (2011) “synthesis and characterization of an iron (ii) complex of glycine derivative of bis(phenol) amine ligand in vedevance to catechol dioxygenase active site” polyhedron, 30 (7): 1219-1224. 7. nawar, n.; ei-swah, i. i.; hosny, n. m. and mostafan, m. m. (2011) “novel monoand binuclear complexes derived from n-benzoyl-n-glycylthiourea (bgh) with some transition metal ions”, arabian j. of chem. (10): 1-8. 8. al-haidery, n. h. (2012) “synthesis of some metal complexes of [n-(scbacoyl amine) thioxo methyl] amino acid”, j. of basrah researches (sciences) 38 (1a):99-105. 9. silverstein, r. m.; bassler, g. c. and morrill,t. c. (1981) “spectrometric identification of organic compound”, 4th ed., john wiley and sons, inc., new york. 10. dyer, r. j. (1965) “application of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds” prentice-hall, inc., englwood cliffs, london. 11. nakamoto, k. (1996) “infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compound”, 4th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 12. nakamoto, k. and kleft, j. (1967) “infrared spectra of some platinum (ii) glycine complexes”, j. inorg. nucl. chem., 29:2561-2567. 13. al-mudhaffar, d. m.; al-edani , d. s. and dawood, s. m. (2010) “synthesis, characterization and biological activity of some complexes of some new amino acid derivatives”, j. chem. soc., 54 (5): 506-514. 14. nichllis, d. (1979) “complexes and first-row transition elements” 1st ed., macmilolan chemistry text, london. 15. al-hashimi, s. m.; sarhan, b. m. and jared, a. j. (2004) “synthesis and identification of complexes of n-acetyl glycine with some metal salts”, ibn-al haitham j. for pure and apl. sci. 17 (2): 50-60. 16. lever a. b. p. (1968) “inorganic electronic spectroscopy” elsevier, publishing company amsterdam, london, new york. 17. sarhan, b. m.; a waad, m. a. and hammed, w. k. (2012) “synthesis and characterization of complexes of [n-tris (hydroxyl methyl] methyl-2-amino ethane sulphonic acid]”, j. of college of education; (5): 468-481. 18. mukhlis, a. j.; sarhan, b. m. and rumez, r. m. (2012) “synthesis and characterization of some new metal complexes of (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3-endibenzoate” ibn-alhaitham j. for pure and apl. sci. 25 (2): 316-327. 19. massy, a. c. and johnson, b. f. g. (1975) “the chemistry of copper, silver and gold”, pergamon press, oxford, 20 and 41. 20. huheey, j. e. (1981) “inorganic chemistry, principles of structure and reactivity” 3rd ed., 1983, harper international si edition: maryland. 317 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 21. doglas, s.; donald, w.; holler, f. and greuehs, c. (2004) “fundamentals of analytical chemistry” 8th ed., saunders college, new york. table (1): physical properties for free ligand and its complexes complex m. w t color m.p˚c or dec. m% calculate (found) molar conductivity ohm-1 cm2 mole-1 μeff (b.m.) ligand (mbl) 324 yellow 190 -192˚c 4 [mn(mbl)2] 702.94 deepyellow 238(dec.) 7.83 (8.01) 7 5.90 [ fe(mbl)2] 703.85 brown 162(dec.) 7.95 (8.01) 13 5.10 [co(mbl)2] 706.93 deepbrown 170(dec.) 8.35 (8.33) 20 4.75 [ ni(mbl)2 ] 706.71 deep-green 164(dec.) 8.33 (9.01) 13 2.82 [cu(mbl)2] 711.54 green 166˚c 8.95 (9.41) 14 1.73 [zn(mbl)2] 713.37 yellow 160˚c 9.18 (9.13) 12 0 [cd(mbl)2] 760.4 yellow 170˚c 14.82 (14.37) 20 0 [hg(mbl)2] 848.6 yellow 150˚c 23.69 (23.12) 21 0 table (2): the characteristic infrared band for the ligand and its complexes complex υ(coo) asym υ(coo) sym υ(n-h) υ(m-n) υ(m-o) ligand (mbl) 1728(m) 1309(s) 3238(m) [mn(mbl)2] 1629(m) 1398(m) 3423(b) 416(w) 478(m) [ fe(mbl)2] 1628(m) 1400(s) 3361(b) 416(w) 441(w) [co(mbl)2] 1535(m) 1458(s) 3429(b) 418(w) 443(w) [ ni(mbl)2 ] 1604(s) 1455(s) 3363(b) 424(w) 489(w) [cu(mbl)2] 1610(m) 1473(m) 3332(b) 414(w) 439(w) [zn(mbl)2] 1575(m) 1465(m) 3405(b) 418(w) 513(m) [cd(mbl)2] 1604(m) 1413(s) 3387(m) 514(w) 559(w) [hg(mbl)2] 1602(m) 1354(s) 3410(b) 416(w) 430(w) where: s = strong, m = medium, w = weak, b = broad table (3): uv-visible absorption for the ligand (mbl) and its complexes in dmso 318 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 10-3m complex λ (nm) υ (cm-1) є max (l.mol-1 cm-1) assignment ligand (mbl) 300 33333 2397 n π* [mn(mbl)2] 288 796 34722 12562 2057 10 c.t 6a1 4t2(d) [ fe(mbl)2] 264 628 37878 15923 409 20 c.t 5e 5t2 [co(mbl)2] 275 450 657 1009 36363 22222 15220 9910 1559 60 22 10 c.t 4a2 v3 4t1(p) 4a2 v2 4t1(f) 4a2 v1 4t2(f) [ ni(mbl)2 ] v1 v2 291 400 723 971 34364 25000 13831 10298 1968 75 16 10 c.t (ligand filed) 3t1 v3 t1(p) 3t1 v2 3a2 3t1 v1 3t2(f) [cu(mbl)2] 278 663 811 35971 15082 12330 1950 44 24 c.t 2b1g 2a1g 2b1g 2b2g [zn(mbl)2] 291 34364 2072 c.t [cd(mbl)2] 291 34364 2076 c.t [hg(mbl)2] 289 34602 2122 c.t mixed c.t. 319 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (1): 1hnmr spectrum of ligand (mbl) figure no. (2): 13cnmr spectrum of ligand (mbl) figure no. (3): ftir spectrum of ligand (mbl) 320 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure no. (4): ftir spectrum of [ni(mbl)2] figure no. (5): electronic spectrum of ligand (mbl) figure no. (6): electronic spectrum of [fe(mbl)2] 321 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 och3 co nh cs hn ch c h2 c o o ch ch3 ch3 och3 c o hn c s nh ch c h2 c o o ch ch3 ch3 m figure no. (7): suggested structure of complexes [m(mbl)2] where m+2 = [mn, fe, co, ni, zn, cd, hg] 322 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 میثوكسي -[n– (4 تحضیر ودراسة طیفیة لبعض المعقدات الفلزیة الجدیدة مع لیوسین] ثایواوكسو مثیل) –بنزویل أمینو باسمة محسن سرحان حسن احمد حسن بشرى مخلف فیاض جامعة بغداد /كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الھیثم ) /قسم الكیمیاء 2013تموز 24، قبل البحث في : 2013حزیران 10استلم البحث في : الخالصة -4ثایواوكسو مثیل) لیوسین وذلك من مفاعلة ( -میثوكسي بنزویل أمینوmbl) ( -4)-nحضر اللیكاند الجدید ( ) وشخص بوساطة التحلیل الدقیق للعناصر 1:1میثوكسي بنزویل ایزوثایوسیانات) مع الحامض االمیني اللیوسین وبنسبة ( )c.h.n.s اطیسي. كما حضرت المرئیة وطیف الرنین النووي المغن -) واألشعة تحت الحمراء واألشعة فوق البنفسجیة ) مع hg ,cd ,zn ,cu ,ni ,co ,fe ,mnوشخصت معقدات أمالح بعض ایونات العناصر االنتقالیة الثنائیة التكافؤ ( المرئیة -) وشخصت المعقدات المحضرة باستخدام األشعة تحت الحمراء واألشعة فوق البنفسجیة mblاللیكاند ( یة واالمتصاص الذري وتحلیل النسبة المولیة واستنتج من التحالیل إن المعقدات والتوصیلة الموالریة والحساسیة المغناطیس ) معطیا الشكل المربع المستوي.cu) ثنائي السن ما عدا (mblلھا شكل رباعي السطوح حول االیون الفلزي مع اللیكاند ( میثوكسي ایزوثایوسیانات، المعقدات الفلزیة، لیوسین 4الكلمات المفتاحیة: 323 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 38 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 theoretical calculations of the electron transport parameters in ch4-ar and ch4-ne mixtures gases using monte carlo method enas ahmed jawad dept. of physics /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:5/june/2016 ، accepted in:12/december/2016 abstract the result of concentration varying of mixture methane with argon and neon gas are believed to study the change in electrons energy distribution function and then the change of the electrons transport parameters including the drift velocity, the mean energy, characteristics energy and diffusion coefficient. in the present work,a contemporary developed computer, simulation program known as bolsig + is being used for calculating the electron transport parameters. key words: boltzmann equation, ch4 ar,ch4 -ne gas mixtures, plasma and electron discharges, drift velocity, diffusion coefficient, transport parameters, distribution function . physics | 39 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction the electron transport parameters of pure and mixtures gas were studied for a wide range of applied electric field. these parameters which include the drift mobility, velocity, diffusion coefficient, ionization coefficient and mean electron energy, that are described in collision cross section and the electron energy distribution function (eedf) represented the backbone of the electron swarm conduct of pure and mixtures gas in discharge of plasma [1,2]. the solution of boltzmann equation is generally found by utilizing the lorenz approximation in which the initial two terms of the spherical harmonic development are considered. the numerical solution of the boltzmann equation yields the electron energy distribution with the electric field e and gas number density n as parameters. convenient integration of the energy distribution function yields the transport and ionizing properties of the electron swarm. the electron transport in a gas under the have an effect of an electric field e can be simulated with the assist of a monte carlo method [3-8]. each electron, during its transit in the gas, performs a succession of free flights punctuated through elastic or inelastic collisions with molecules of gas defined by collision cross sections. throughout the successive collisions for each electron, certain facts (velocity, position, and many others.) is saved to be able to calculate. in this paper, we have studied the conduct of electrons in uniform electric fields by a monte carlo method. swarm parameters are determined as a function of e/n for various rates of increase of the electric field [9]. the aim of this work is to study theoretically the electron energy distribution function and electron transport parameters in dc electric discharge processes in methane, argon and neon gases and their mixtures to various proportions from monte carlo simulation program. 2. theory 2.1. boltzmann equation "the transport boltzmann equation governing the electron distribution fundamental function; this equation can be driven simply by defining a distribution function and inspecting its time derivative." from this equation numerous important swarm parameters could be determined that it is as yet being utilized as a part of numerous contemporary research projects to model transport phenomena. the boltzmann equation for electrons in an ionized gas is[10,11]. ……....……(1) or "where , ( ) is the electrons distribution function, a is the acceleration of charges particles and v is the velocity of charge particles. "fj (vj ,r ,t) is the neutral species distribution function." vj is the velocity of neutral species. "vrj =| | is the relative velocity of charges particles" physics | 40 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 "σ j (θ , vrj )is the differential microscopic cross section of interaction the charges particles (electron) with neutral gas species j." "d𝝮j = sin dθ d is the element solid angle, where θ and 𝝓 are the polar and azimuthally angles, respectively." the electron distribution function can be written by utilizing the two-term approximation extension as follows [12]: ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) ………………………..…(2) 2.2 transport parameters the swarm parameters of electrons and collision cross-sections with molecules are identified with each other through the medium of the velocity distribution function of the swarm. the electron mean energy is,[13 and 14] ……………………………...……(3) where() is expressed in electron volts. the drift velocity vd, is [15] ………………………...……(4) "where u is the electron energy in (ev), sis the number density of molecules (ns)of species s divided by gas number density n ( ), where is momentum transfer cross section (cm -2 ), the mobility is defined as the proportionally coefficient between the drift charged particle and electric field . the mobility of electrons is: ……………………..……………………….(5) where represents the electron momentumtransfer collision frequency. from the connection between the drift velocity and mobility, we can compute electron mobility equation [16]: ∫ ( ) …………………………………(6) the connection between diffusion coefficient and electron energy distribution function is given by[17]: ∫ ( ) ………………………..…………….(7) characteristics energy (ev) is given by relation: ….…………………………………………………(8) physics | 41 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 result and discussion to calculate the drift velocity of electrons and the others transport parameters utilizing the monte carlo simulation program, knowledge of the reliance of the momentum transfer cross section on the electron energy is basis. the drift velocity does not rely on upon electron energy distribution function significantly, especially when the cross section does not fluctuate quickly with electron energy. we present the results of several transport parameters for various mixtures of methane in argon and neon. for range of e/n values (1 td ≤e/n≤800 td) the diverse ratios mixtures of (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) gases are recorded in table (1-8). tables (1 and 2) clarify the computed results for the drift velocity vd as a function of e/n , in (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) gases, respectively. tables (3 and 4) explain the computed results for the electron mean energy, in different ratios of gas mixtures (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) gases, respectively. tables (5 and 6) clarify the calculated results for the electron characteristics energy, in different ratios of gas mixtures (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) gases, respectively . tables (7and 8) explain the computed results for the diffusion coefficient ,in various proportions of gas mixtures (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne)gases , respectively. figures (1-3) exhibit the cross sections for electron of methane, argon and neon as a function of electron energy. the impact of different discharge parameters on the electron distribution function is appeared in figures 4 and 5 for (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne)gases, respectively. the electron energy distribution function is strongly influenced by changing either the parameter e/n or gas mixtures. figures (6 -9) clarify the assortment for the mean electron energy and characteristics energy vs. (e/n) in pure methane and mixture with argon and neon gas by taking into consideration various proportion mixing ratios. figures (10 and 11) show the diffusion coefficient for different ratios of mixtures methane with argon and neon gas. as a function of e/n in different ratios of gas mixture (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) respectively. the drift velocity of electrons in various mixtures of (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) gases are appeared in figures12 and 13 as a function of e/n. it's necessary to note that there are measured experimentally published results that plotted with present work in the aforesaid two figures for comparison as shown in figures 14 and 15 for gases mixture (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) respectively . the results demonstrate a good agreement with the experimental values [18-20]. conclusion in this study, we have analyzed the conduct of electrons in uniform electric fields using a monte carlo simulation. the calculating electron energy distribution function for (ch4 – ar) and (ch4 – ne) mixtures with various concentrations has been described. the conduct of the swarm parameters, which are drift velocity and mean kinetic electron energy rely on the proportion of the mixture components, can likely, be demonstrated by a preferential weighting of the elastic and inelastic scattering of the electrons on methane with argon and neon molecules at various estimations of e\n, additionally the results were in great concurrence with the computational work. physics | 42 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 reference 1. date, h. and sakai, h., (1989),"boltzmann equation analysis of electron collision cross section and swarm parameters for krypton", j. phys. d: appl. phys.,.22,.1478-1481. 2. dahl dominik, a .; teich timm, h . and christian franck m .,(2012), "obtaining precise electron swarm parameters from a pulsed townsend setup", j.phys. d: appl. phys. 45,485201 (9). 3. grapperhaus, m . j. and kushner, m .j. (1997), "a semi-analytic radio frequency s heath model integrated into a two dimensional hybrid model for plasma processing reactors", j. appl. phys.81(2): 569-577. 4. tessarotto, m ., white r. b. and j. zhengl, (1994), monte carlo approach to collisional transport, phys. plasmas 1(8): 2603-2613. 5. ardehali ,m. (1994).,"monte carlo simulation of ion transport through radio frequency" collisional s heathsj, vac. sci. technola. .12(6):3242-3244. 6. helin ,w., zuli, l. and daming, l. (1996). "monte carlo simulation for electron neutral collision processes in normal and abnormal discharge cathode s heath region", vacuum 47(9)r:0 6s-1072. 7. stache, j. (1994)."hybrid modeling of deposition profiles in magnetron sputtering systems" , j. vac. sci.technol a.l2(5);2867-2873. 8. nathan, s. s., rao g. m. and mohan, s. , (1998)."transport of sputtered a toms in facing targets sputtering geometry": a numerical simulation study, j. appl. phys.8a(l): 564-571. 9. rabie, m, haefliger p, chachereau a and franck c m, (2015), "obtaining electron attachment cross sections by means of linear inversion of swarm parameters", j. phys. d: appl. phys. 48 ,075201 (7). 10. edward, a. and eral mc daniel, w., (1988), "transport properties of ions in gases", john wiely and sons, inc. 11. morgan w.l. and penetrane b.m., (1990), computer physics communication cpc,.58,. 127-152. 12. smith k. and thomson r. w., (1978), " computer modeling of gas", plenum press, new york. 13.wang y. &olthoff j.k., (1999), "ion energy distributions in inductively coupled radiofrequency discharges in argon, nitrogen, oxygen, chlorine, and their mixtures" , journal of applied physics,.85, 6358-6365. 14. kondo1 y., sekiya2 y., m. th. el-mohandes3, (2013) "pulse townsend measurement of electron swarm parameters at low pressure " international journal of emerging technology and advanced (issn 2250-2459, iso 9001:(2008) certified journal, volume 3, issue 11. 15. morgan w.l,(2002)."electron collision cross sections for tetraethoxy silane", journal of applied physics,. 92,. 1663-1667. 16. truesdell c., chem j.. phys, 37, 2336,(1962). 17. makabe t. and petrovic z., 2006. "plasma electronics: application in microelectronics device fabrication" , taylor and francis group, new york, 18.piuz f., nucl. instrum .meth. vol. 205, pp. 425-436, (1983). 19. d. k. davies, l. e. kline, and w. e. bies, (1989),j. appl. phys.. 65,. 3311-23. 20. mathieson e. and hakeem n el 1979." calculation of electron transport coefficients in counting gas mixtures" nucl. instr. meth. 159, 489. physics | 43 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (1) the data of drift velocity vd (cm/s) of electron as a function e/n in different ratio ch4-ar mixtures. table ( 2) the data of drift velocity vd (cm/s) of electron as a function e/n in different ratio ch4-ne mixtures. electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) vd ×10 6 pure ch4 vd×10 6 ch4–ne (10/90)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (20/80)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (30/70)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (40/60)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (50/50)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (60/40)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (70/30)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (80/20)% vd×10 6 ch4–ne (90/10)% 1 4.72 3.23 4.23 4.81 5.14 5.30 5.33 5.26 5.12 4.93 2 4.72 3.17 4.56 5.61 6.44 7.13 7.70 8.19 8.61 4.93 4 1.01 2.84 3.90 4.88 5.78 6.60 7.33 8.11 8.80 9.48 8 7.76 3.41 3.53 3.98 4.52 5.08 5.63 6.18 6.71 7.20 10 6.87 3.92 3.69 3.85 4.22 4.65 5.09 5.54 5.99 6.43 20 4.82 6.64 5.63 4.95 4.53 4.32 4.27 4.33 4.46 4.63 40 4.85 11.8 9.96 8.52 7.46 6.67 6.08 5.64 5.28 5.03 80 7.80 20.7 18.0 15.6 1.36 12.1 10.8 9.89 9.03 8.36 100 9.44 24.8 21.8 19.0 16.7 14.8 13.3 12.0 11.0 10.2 200 1.79 42.6 39.0 34.9 31.2 28.0 25.2 22.9 21.0 19.3 400 35.4 71.1 69.1 64.5 59.3 54.1 49.4 45.2 41.5 38.3 800 72.2 80.3 90 94.0 94.4 92.6 89.4 85.9 81.1 76.6 electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) vd ×10 6 pure ch4 vd×10 6 ch4–ar (10/90)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (20/80)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (30/70)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (40/60)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (50/50)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (60/40)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (70/30)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (80/20)% vd×10 6 ch4–ar (90/10)% 1 4.72 4.41 6.92 7.32 7.52 7.30 6.86 6.31 5.75 5.21 2 4.72 3.27 5.24 6.74 7.86 8.65 9.21 9.47 5.75 5.21 4 1.01 2.39 3.79 4.97 6.02 6.95 7.77 8.49 9.12 9.68 8 7.76 1.85 2.75 3.50 4.17 4.79 5.36 5.91 6.43 7.27 10 6.87 1.86 2.66 3.35 4.23 4.50 5.06 5.51 5.99 6.44 20 4.82 2.30 2.69 3.02 4.32 3.60 3.87 4.12 4.37 4.59 40 4.85 3.75 4.03 4.25 4.41 4.53 4.62 4.69 4.74 4.81 80 7.80 6.63 6.89 7.12 7.31 7.46 7.58 7.67 7.73 7.78 100 9.44 8.07 8.33 8.57 8.78 8.96 9.11 9.23 9.32 9.38 200 1.79 15.3 15.6 15.9 16.2 16.6 16.8 17.1 17.3 17.0 400 35.4 23.1 164 119 91.3 73.0 60.4 51.4 44.7 39.5 800 72.2 42.4 130 136 127 116 106 95.6 86.8 79.0 physics | 44 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (3) the data of the mean electron energy (ev) as a function e/n in different ratio ch4 – ar mixtures. table (4) the data of the mean electron energy (ev) as a function e/n in different ratio ch4 – ne mixtures. electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) (ev) pure ch4 (ev) ch4–ne (10/90)% (ev) ch4–ne (20/80)% (ev) ch4–ne (30/70)% (ev) ch4–ne (40/60)% (ev) ch4–ne (50/50)% (ev) ch4–ne (60/40)% (ev) ch4–ne (70/30)% (ev) ch4–ne (80/20)% (ev) ch4–ne (90/10)% 1 0.11 0.41 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.12 2 0.26 0.91 0.59 0.47 0.41 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.29 0.27 4 0.51 2.07 1.27 0.97 0.81 0.72 0.65 0.6 0.56 0.53 8 0.88 3.65 2.61 1.94 1.56 1.34 1.19 1.08 1 0.93 10 1.05 4.04 3.14 2.43 1.95 1.65 1.45 1.3 1.2 1.11 20 1.87 5.12 4.38 3.9 3.6 3.14 2.78 2.48 2.23 2.03 40 3.29 6.41 5.46 4.94 4.59 4.31 4.08 3.86 3.66 3.47 80 4.43 8.36 6.97 6.22 5.74 5.39 5.13 4.91 4.74 4.57 100 4.76 9.21 7.64 6.77 6.21 5.81 5.51 5.27 5.08 4.91 200 5.99 13.07 10.71 9.28 8.33 7.66 7.16 6.77 6.46 6.2 400 8.11 20.64 17.1 14.5 12.78 11.44 10.42 9.64 9.02 8.52 800 13.33 32.09 28.35 25.23 22.6 20.3 18.49 16.89 15.51 14.34 electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) (ev) pure ch4 (ev) ch4–ar (10/90)% (ev) ch4–ar (20/80)% (ev) ch4–ar (30/70)% (ev) ch4–ar (40/60)% (ev) ch4–ar (50/50)% (ev) ch4–ar (60/40)% (ev) ch4–ar (70/30)% (ev) ch4–ar (80/20)% (ev) ch4–ar (90/10)% 1 0.11 0.59 0.39 0.31 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12 2 0.26 0.95 0.69 0.57 0.49 0.43 0.39 0.35 0.32 0.28 4 0.51 1.69 1.21 0.99 0.85 0.76 0.69 0.63 0.59 0.54 8 0.88 2.96 2.2 1.78 1.52 1.34 1.21 1.1 1.02 0.93 10 1.05 3.36 2.58 2.1 1.79 1.57 1.41 1.29 1.19 1.11 20 1.87 4.49 3.96 3.55 3.19 2.87 2.6 2.36 2.17 2.01 40 3.29 5.29 4.89 4.6 4.37 4.16 3.97 3.8 3.63 3.45 80 4.43 6.01 5.75 5.49 5.28 5.1 4.94 4.8 4.67 4.55 100 4.76 6.38 6.06 5.81 5.6 5.41 5.26 5.12 4.99 4.87 200 5.99 7.49 7.25 7.03 6.84 6.66 6.5 6.36 6.23 6.1 400 8.11 19.71 15.63 13.33 11.84 10.79 10.01 9.4 8.89 8.47 800 13.33 27.81 24.56 22.03 20.11 18.5 17.14 15.99 14.98 14.1 physics | 45 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (5) the data of the characteristic energy of electron uch (ev) as a function e/n in different ratio ch4 – ar mixtures. electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) uch (ev) pure ch4 uch (ev) ch4–ar (10/90)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (20/80)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (30/70)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (40/60)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (50/50)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (60/40)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (70/30)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (80/20)% uch (ev) ch4–ar (90/10)% 1 0.08 0.58 0.35 0.26 0.2 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.1 0.09 2 0.08 1.16 0.74 0.55 0.44 0.36 0.31 0.27 0.1 0.09 4 0.43 2.22 1.51 1.16 0.95 0.8 0.69 0.6 0.54 0.48 8 0.97 4.05 2.89 2.32 1.96 1.7 1.5 1.34 1.21 1.06 10 1.25 4.66 3.4 2.75 2.34 2.05 1.82 1.64 1.49 1.36 20 2.51 6.32 5.28 4.57 4.04 3.64 3.32 3.07 2.85 2.67 40 3.81 7.17 6.36 5.76 5.3 4.93 4.63 4.38 4.17 3.97 80 4.49 7.69 7.03 6.49 6.04 5.67 5.36 5.09 4.86 4.67 100 4.65 7.81 7.19 6.67 6.23 5.86 5.55 5.27 5.04 4.83 200 5.19 8.07 7.55 7.12 6.74 6.4 6.11 5.84 5.6 5.38 400 6.17 29.66 14.69 10.12 8.81 7.84 7.25 6.86 6.58 6.36 800 10.87 55.733 75.51 41.29 28.7 22.14 18.12 15.4 13.45 11.99 table (6) the data of the characteristic energy of electron uch (ev) as a function e/n in different ratio ch4 – ne mixtures. electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) uch (ev) pure ch4 uch (ev) ch4–ne (10/90) % uch (ev) ch4–ne (20/80)% uch (ev) ch4–ne (30/70)% uch (ev) ch4–ne (40/60)% uch (ev) ch4–ne (50/50)% uch (ev) ch4–ne (60/40)% uch (ev) ch4–ne (70/30)% uch (ev) ch4–ne (80/20)% uch (ev) ch4–ne (90/10)% 1 0.08 0.3 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.1 0.09 0.09 2 0.08 0.68 0.44 0.35 0.3 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.09 4 0.43 1.65 1.04 0.81 0.68 0.6 0.54 0.5 0.47 0.45 8 0.97 3.02 2.25 1.78 1.5 1.33 1.21 1.12 1.06 1.01 10 1.25 3.36 2.71 2.23 1.9 1.69 1.55 1.44 1.36 1.31 20 2.51 4.24 3.75 3.47 3.26 3.08 2.92 2.78 2.66 2.57 40 3.81 5.16 4.51 4.23 4.07 3.97 3.9 3.86 3.83 3.82 80 4.49 6.45 5.46 5.01 4.76 4.61 4.53 4.49 4.47 4.47 100 4.65 7 5.88 5.33 5.02 4.84 4.74 4.67 4.64 4.64 200 5.19 9.33 7.69 6.77 6.2 5.81 5.58 5.41 5.3 5.23 400 6.17 14.38 11.59 9.88 8.74 7.93 7.34 6.91 6.58 6.35 800 10.87 34.39 26.46 21.87 18.83 16.64 14.97 13.64 12.55 11.63 physics | 46 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (7) the data of diffusion coefficient (cm 2 /s) of electron as a function e/n in different ratio ch4 – ar mixtures. electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) de×10 3 pure ch4 de×10 3 ch4–ar (10/90)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (20/80)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (30/70)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (40/60)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (50/50)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (60/40)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (70/30)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (80/20)% de×10 3 ch4–ar (90/10)% 1 1.42 9.46 8.43 6.99 5.64 4.48 3.54 2.80 2.22 1.77 2 1.42 7.05 7.25 6.92 6.42 5.86 5.25 4.69 2.22 1.77 4 4.08 4.93 5.32 5.38 5.31 5.16 4.97 4.77 4.55 4.31 8 3.52 3.48 3.70 3.78 3.80 3.79 3.75 3.70 3.63 3.60 10 3.21 3.22 3.37 3.43 3.44 3.43 3.40 3.37 3.32 3.27 20 2.25 2.72 2.64 2.56 2.50 2.44 2.39 2.35 2.32 2.28 40 1.72 2.50 2.39 2.28 2.17 2.08 1.99 1.91 1.84 1.78 80 1.63 2.37 2.25 2.15 2.05 1.97 1.89 1.82 1.75 1.69 100 1.63 2.35 2.23 2.13 3.04 1.95 1.88 1.81 1.74 1.69 200 1.73 2.30 2.19 2.10 2.03 1.96 1.91 1.85 1.81 1.77 400 2.04 63.9 22.4 11.8 7.48 5.33 9.08 3.28 2.73 2.34 800 3.65 115 45.8 26.1 17.0 12.4 8.90 6.85 5.43 4.41 table (8) the data of diffusion coefficient (cm 2 /s) of electron as a function e/n in different ratio ch4 – ne mixtures. electric field/gas density e/n (td=10 -17 v.cm 2 ) de×10 3 pure ch4 de×10 3 ch4–ne (10/90)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (20/80)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (30/70)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (40/60)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (50/50)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (60/40)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (70/30)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (80/20)% de×10 3 ch4–ne (90/10)% 1 1.42 3.66 3.27 2.99 2.72 2.46 2.22 1.99 1.78 1.59 2 1.42 4.03 3.75 3.63 3.56 3.50 2.44 3.39 3.34 1.59 4 4.08 4.66 3.79 3.66 3.65 3.67 3.72 3.79 3.87 3.97 8 3.52 4.79 3.69 3.29 3.16 3.14 3.17 3.23 3.31 3.40 10 3.21 4.91 3.73 3.20 2.99 2.93 2.90 2.97 3.03 3.11 20 2.25 5.29 3.93 3.20 2.75 2.48 2.32 2.24 2.20 2.22 40 1.72 5.64 4.18 3.33 2.82 2.46 2.21 2.02 1.88 1.79 80 1.63 6.18 4.59 3.63 3.02 2.59 2.28 2.05 1.88 1.74 100 1.63 6.41 4.76 3.77 3.11 2.66 2.34 2.09 1.90 1.75 200 1.73 7.40 5.58 4.40 3.60 3.03 2.62 2.31 2.07 1.88 400 2.04 9.59 7.45 5.94 4.82 3.39 3.37 2.90 2.54 2.26 800 3.65 12.9 11.1 9.57 8.27 7.17 6.22 5.42 4.73 4.15 physics | 47 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (1) elastic and inelastic cross section vs electron energy in ch4. figure (2) elastic and inelastic cross section vs electron energy in ar. figure (3) elastic and inelastic cross section vs electron energy in ne physics | 48 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (4) the electron energy distribution function versus the electron energy for ch4-ar( 50/50%) gaseous mixture. figure (5) the electron energy distribution function versus the electron energy for ch4-ne( 50/50%) gaseous mixture. figure (6) the mean electron energy as a function e/n in pure ch4 and mixture with ar . physics | 49 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (7) the mean electron energy as a function e/n in pure ch4 and mixture with ne. figure (8) the characteristic electron energy as a function e/n in pure ch4 and mixture with ar . figure (9) the characteristic electron energy as a function e/n in pure ch4 and mixture with ne . physics | 50 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (10) the diffusion coefficient as a function of e/n in different ratio of gas mixture ch4-ar. figure (11) the diffusion coefficient as a function of e/n in different ratio of gas mixtures. (ch4-ne). figure (12) the drift velocity as a function of e/n in different ratio of gas mixtures (ch4-ar). physics | 51 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure ( 13) the drift velocity as a function of e/n in different ratio of gas mixtures (ch4-ne). figure (14) the drift velocity as a function of e/n in gas mixtures (ch4-ar). figure (15) the drift velocity as a function of e/n in gas mixture (ch4 -ne) . physics | 52 2012( عام1( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 حسابات وظريه نمعامالت االوتقال االنكترووي نخهيط غازي مه (ch4-ar) باستعمال طريقة مووتي كارنو و (ch4-ne) ايىاش احمذ جواد جايعت بغذاد /كهيت انتزبيت نهعهىو انصزفت )ابٍ انهيثى( /قسى انفيشياء 6102/كاوون االول/06قبم في: ,6102/حسيران/ 5:فياستهم انخالصه تاثيز تزاكيش انًختهفه نخهيط انًيثاٌ يع غاس االركىٌ وانُيىٌ تؤخذ بانحسباٌ في دراسه انتغيز في دانت تىسيع طاقت االنكتزوٌ وبانتاني تغيز في يعايالث اَتقال االنكتزوَاث يثم سزعت االَجزاف , يتىسط انطاقت , خصائص انطاقه ايج يحاكاة كىيبيىتز يتطىر وحذيث نحساب يعايالث اَتقال االكتزوٌ. ويكافيء االَتشار . في انعًم انحاني استعًم بزَ َيىٌ , بالسيا وانتفزيغ االنكتزوٌ , سزعت -اركىٌ , ييثاٌ –: يعادنت بىنتشياٌ , خهيط غاس ييثاٌ مفتاحيةانكهمات ان االَجزاف , يعايم االَتشار , يعايالث االَتقال , دانت انتىسيع . microsoft word 239-253 239 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 mesomorphic and dielectric properties of heterocyclic liquid crystals with different terminal groups juman a. naser dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:22/february/2016,acceped in:30/march/2016 abstract a new hetrocyclic liquid crystal compounds containing 1,3,4-oxadiazole with different substituted in para position (bromo, chloro, nitro and methyl) were synthesized and characterized by melting points, ftir spectroscopy and 1hnmr spectroscopy for [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] compounds. the liquid crystalline properties of the synthesized compounds were studied by using hot-stage polarizing optical microscopy (pom), so they determined the transition enthalpies and entropies by using differential scanning calorimetery (dsc). all of the compounds show mesomorphic properties. the compounds [br-sr6], [cl-sr6] and [no2sr6] exhibit an enantiotropic dimorphism smectic (sm) phase, while the compounds [mesr6] showed nematic (n) phase throw cooling only. continuously, permittivity dielectric properties, electrical conductivity, relaxation times and activation energies have been studied in the range of temperatures (70-150)°c at two frequencies (500) hz and (1000) hz. generally, the results show the dielectric permittivity and relaxation time values increasing when raising temperature, while electrical conductivity values decrease with increasing temperature. the activation energy values were determined in terms of the arrhenius plot. keywords: heterocyclic, schiff bases, nematic, smectic, liquid crystals, dielectric permittivity, electrical conductivity, relaxation time, activation energy. 240 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction liquid crystals are states of matter whose intermediate between crystalline solids and isotropic liquids [1-4]. thermotropic liquid crystals can be classified into three different types, nematic, smectic and cholesteric according to the degree of order in their molecular structure [1]. they have been extensively investigated as a result to their large scale of applications in technology and industry [5,6]. generally the extensive uses of liquid crystals in different fields depend on a various of their properties such as dielectric permittivity, dielectric anisotropy, order parameter, elastic constants and optical transmittance [7]. they are easily oriented and reoriented by electric or magnetic applied fields, therefore the importance of dielectric properties lies in understanding the molecular structure of matter [8]. it is known that dielectric studies of liquid crystal substances are a valuable source of information about phase transition, molecular arrangement, molecular dynamics and specific intermolecular interactions, in both mesomorphic and isotropic phases [9,10]. the aim of the present paper is to prepare and identify liquid crystalline behavior of thermotropic liquid crystalline compounds, then study dielectric permittivity properties, electrical conductivity, relaxation time and activation energy at different temperatures. experimental chemical materials most of chemical materials used were supplied from aldrich-sigma chemical company were used without further purification: absolute ethanol, para-bromo benzaldehyde, parachloro benzaldehyde para-nitro benzaldehyde, para-methyl benzaldehyde, glacial acetic acid and ethanol 95%. instrumentation ftir spectra were recorded on an instrument model shimadzu-8300 spectrophotometer by using potassium bromide disc. 1h-nmr spectra were obtained with a varian mercury plus spectrometer 400 mhz instrument using dmso solvent and tms as internal standard. uncorrected melting points were recorded on hot stage gallen kamp melting point apparatus. the optical behavior observations were made using olympus bx40 microscope equipped with a leitz labrix12 pols hot stage and pr 660 controller. the textures shown by the compounds were observed using polarized light with crossed polarizers with the sample in a thin film sandwiched between a glass slide and cover slip. differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) measurements were conducted with lineeis instruments dsc, ramp rate: 5 degree centigrade per minute under nitrogen atmosphere. temperature and heat flow calibrated with standard indium of purity >99.99%. the dielectric behavior of the liquid crystals materials has been recorded by using lcr meter model hp-4274a multi frequency that based a hot stage polarizing microscope (pom) as described by gray [11] the dielectric values were measured with range of temperatures (70-150)°c at two frequencies 500 hz and 1000 hz. the electrodes were two similar cells having active area of 1 cm2 were prepared by using flat glass coated with indium tin oxide ito. in this study, the sandwich cells were filled with samples through capillary action method. the thickness of cell was fitted by mylar spacer of (12 μm). the sample was heated to isotropic phase, then held until to attain thermal equilibrium, the data were recorded during cooling process each 5°c. 241 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis of compounds the new compounds were synthesized according to scheme 1. nn o sc6h13h2n a chox b ch n nn o sc6h13x+ c = [x-sr6] ( x = br, cl, no2, ch3) scheme ( 1) synthesis of 1-(para-substituted benzylidene amino)-4-(2-n-hexylthio-1,3,4-oxadiazole5yl) benzene [x-sr6] these model compound were prepared by dissolved (0.5 g, 0.002 mol) of 2-n-hexyl thio-5(4-aminophenyl)-1,3,4-oxadizole were synthesized and published in previous work [12], in (10 ml) absolute ethanol then added para-substituted benzaldehyde (0.002 mol) and glacial acetic acid (3 drops). the mixture refluxed for 3 h, the solvent was evaporated and the residue crystallized from ethanol 95%, then yellow products have been collected. results and discussion the four compounds [br-sr6], [cl-sr6], [no2-sr6] and [me-sr6] were synthesized according to scheme 1. the ftir spectroscopy for all synthesized compounds and 1hnmr spectroscopy of compounds [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] confirmed and indicated the structure of respective compounds. the thermodynamic data of transitions phase for all synthesized compounds are listed in table 1. characterization of compounds 4-(4′-x-benzylideneamino)-4-(2-n-hexyl-thio-1,3,4-oxadiazole-5-yl) benzene [x-sr6] figures (1), (2), (3) and (4) showed the ft-ir spectra for all compounds [x-sr6] showed the disappearance of absorption band of ν nh2 in the range (3221-3414) cm-1 and carbonyl group for aldehyde at (1700) cm-1, and the appearance of absorption band at (1593-1606) cm-1 attributed to ν c=n stretching and another band at (835-850) cm-1 which attributed to bending out of plane of hydrogen atoms of benzene ring that substituted in para position, all that indicated the structure of schiff bases. 1hnmr spectrum of compounds [br-sr6] and [cl-sr6] figures (5) and (6) respectively, showed the following characteristic chemical shift signals by using a dmso as a solvent: a triplet signals at δ (0.8-1.9) ppm attributed to three protons of terminal for ch3 aliphatic group. eight protons multiplet at δ (2.4-2.7) ppm that could be due to (–ch2ch2 –) protons. a triplet signals at δ (3.2-3.5) ppm attributed to two protons of sch2. eight aromatic protons of (ab) doublets appear as two doublets signals at δ (7.38.5) ppm due to central benzene rings. singlet signal at δ (8.8-9.0) ppm which attributed to one proton of azomethine group ch=n. mesomorphic properties of compounds the mesophases textures of all compounds were determined from textural observation by thermal microscopy under an optical polarizing microscope during heating and cooling cycles. phase transition temperatures that observed by pom have been found to be in agreement with the corresponding differential scanning calorimetry (dsc). it is well known that the different substituted groups influence in the polarizability and the geometry of the molecules that determined the type and phase transition temperatures of the mesophases. in this work a new 1,3,4-oxadizole unit with different terminal groups 242 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 derivatives were synthesized and their liquid crystalline properties were studied. all synthesized compounds examined by differential scanning calorimeter (dsc) and verified by using hot-stage polarized optical microscopy (pom). phase transition temperatures on heating from crystal phase (cr) to liquid crystalline phases (lc) then the transition to isotropic liquid (i) and on cooling from isotropic liquid (i) to liquid crystalline phases (lc) then crystal phase (cr). the mesophase type (texture identity) was investigated using pom. in addition, the thermodynamic data (enthalpies and entropies) of these compounds were determined by using dsc. figures (7), (8), (9) and (10) show thermograms of all synthesized compounds of series [xsr6]. the phase transitions and corresponding thermodynamic changes data for all compounds were determined by dsc and summarized in table 1. all these compounds exhibited mesomorphic behavior. [br-sr6], [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] displayed enantiotropic smectic sm phases, while [me-sr6] has been appeared enantiotropic nematic n phase. this behaviour of above could be explained in term of terminal /lateral (t/l) interaction forces ratio. when this ratio is high, compounds tend to give less ordered mesophases (nematic mesophase) as compound [me-sr6]. while this ratio is low that means the terminal group is now sufficiently bulky and thus more polarizable to overcome residual terminal cohesive forces. the dsc thermogram of compound [br-sr6] shows three endothermic transitions the first one at 101°c which attributed to crystal-crystal (cr-cr) transition, the second at 107.3°c attributed to crystal smectic transition, while transition to isotropic phase appeared at 139.5°c, figure (7). the dsc thermogram of the thermal behavior of compound [cl-sr6] was shown in figure (8), which exhibited a peak at 105.6°c that represented an actual transition temperature from crystal to smectic phase, while transition to isotropic appeared at 135.8°c. continuously, the dsc thermogram of compound [no2-sr6] displays two endothermic transitions, the first one appears at 141.8°c and the second appears at 156.9°c that attributed to crystal smectic transition and transition to smectic isotropic phase respectively, figure (9). while the dsc thermogram of compound [me-sr6] did not show any endothermic mesogenic transition but appeared exothermic nematic transitions at 104.4°c, figure (10). compounds [br-sr6], [cl-sr6] and [no2-sr6] showed the presence of a smectic a (sma) phase, while [me-sr6] seemed nematic (n) phase, all transitions were observed on both heating and cooling cycles. figure (11a,b) shows typical focal conic sma texture of [br-sr6]. so figure (12a,b) appeared focal conic sma texture of [cl-sr6]. high order sme phase of compound [no2-sr6] was determined by the formation of the domain mosaic texture as shown in figure (13a,b). on further cooling from the isotropic liquid, figure (14a,b) showed n phase of compound [me-sr6] which presented characteristic a droplet and a marble texture. dielectric properties dielectric permittivity properties the real dielectric parameters (έ) of the prepared liquid crystal materials were calculated from the ratio of the capacitance of the material to the capacitance of the same electrode system with vacuum, using the following equations (1) and (2) given by [13,14]: έ ⁄ ……… 1 where (cx) the capacitance of sample and (ca) the capacitance without sample of free space which calculated from formula: 0.0885 ⁄ ……… 2 243 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 where a is area of the cell in m2 which is equal to (0.001) m2 and t is the thickness of the sample in sandwich cell which is equal to (12) µm. figure (15) shows the variation of real dielectric permittivity with a range of temperatures for these materials at frequency (500) hz and (1000) hz. the figure (15) shows that the dielectric permittivity values (έ) decrease as frequency increases. this is due to the effect of dipole moment of liquid crystal molecules is aligned along applied electrical field. the decrease in permittivity with frequency can be explained on the basis of koop’s theory [15]. generally, the dielectric permittivity values have been increased gradually with increases temperature, that is due to increasing in thermal motion of molecules. continuously, the dielectric permittivity varieties from one liquid crystal to another one depending on atomic polarization and electronic polarization in molecule [14]. the loss angle ( tan ) values were calculated using the equation (3) [14,16]: 1 . .⁄ ………… 3 where 2 and f is the applied frequency, r is the resistance of the materials and is the capacitance of the material in pf unit. the imaginary dielectric permittivity (ἔ) or dielectric loss was determined from equation (4) [7, 16]: ἔ .έ………… 4 figure (16) shows the temperature dependence of imaginary dielectric permittivity for this liquid crystal materials at frequency 500 hz and 1000 hz. the dielectric loss values ἔ decrease with increasing temperature, this is attributed to the increasing in thermal energy of molecules which lead to decrease in lost energy along applied external field. in comparison between the imaginary dielectric permittivity values at two applied frequencies, these have lower values at 1000 hz than that at 500 hz as result to inability the molecules are consisting of the alternating in electrical field at higher frequency. electrical conductivity properties the electrical conductivity values have been determined for that prepared liquid crystals in the same temperature range (70-150)°c for both frequencies 500 hz and 1000 hz from equation (5) [17]. ἔ …………… 5 where ε0 is the free space of dielectric permittivity which is equal to (8.85*10-12) f/m, ἔ is imaginary dielectric permittivity and ω=2 π f is the cyclic frequency. the figure (17) shows variation of electrical conductivity values in this temperatures range and two frequencies. the electrical conductivity values decrease with temperature increasing. this is due to the increasing in the random mobility of charge carriers as a result to rising in temperatures. 244 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 additionally, the thermal conductivity values at 1000 hz are greater than that in 500 hz, this attributed to the oscillation time of liquid crystal molecules is smaller than the relaxation time in the lowest frequency. relaxation times the following equation (6) was used to calculate the relaxation time values ( [18]: 1 2 .⁄ ………… 6 the relaxation times of the samples with temperatures variation have been represented in figure (18). the relaxation time values ( increase with increasing in temperature, as result to an increase in the period from one orientation state to another that separated by a potential barrier. the relaxation time has great importance in liquid crystal devices which depends on molecular alignment, the gap energy and many other parameters. activation energies the activation energy values is determined by using an arrhenius equation (7) [1820]: / ………… 7 where is the pre-exponential factor, is boltizmann’s constant and t is the absolute temperature. the values of activation energies have been given in table (2), values at 1000 hz were larger than that in 500 hz, as a result to the fast oscillation time of alternating field which did not give enough time for the molecules to follow theirs alternation in high frequency. the arrhenius equation describes the behavior for a process from initial orientation to the second orientation which described by potential barrier and the height of the barrier translates the activation energy, which plays a crucial role in large scale of applications, therefore it has been calculated by using arrhenius plot. references 1. demus, d.; goodby, j.; gray, g. w.; spiess, h. w. and vill, v., (1998), “handbook of liquid crystals”, 1, wiley-vch, new york. 2. rizvi, t. z., (2003), “liquid crystalline biopolymers: a new arena for liquid crystal research”, journal of molecular liquids, 106, (43-53). 3. chong, t.t.; heidelberg, t.; hashim, r. and gary, s., (2007), “computer modelling and simulation of thermo tropic and lyotropic alkyl glycoside bilayers”, liq.cryst., 34, (267-281). 4. yoshizawa, a.; nakata, m. and yamaguchi, a., (2006), “phase transition behaviour of novel y-shaped liquid crystal oligomers”, liq. cryst., 33, (605-609). 5. kato, t., (2002), “self-assembly of phase-segregated liquid crystal structures”, science, 295 , (2414-2418). 6. iannacchione, g.s. , (2004), “review of liquid-crystal phase transitions with quenched random disorder”, fluid phase equlib., 177-187, (222223). 7. taraka, n.; rao, r.; raju, r.; sita, a. and venkayya, p., (2014), “thermodynamical, dielectric and optical properties of liquid crystal sample signalling sma point”, african journal of physics, 2, (1-7). 245 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 8. johri, m.; saxena, a.; johri, s.; saxena, s. and singh, d. p., (2011), “dielectric relaxation studies in 5cb nematic liquid crystal at 9 ghz under the influence of external magnetic field using microwave cavity spectrometer”, pramana – j. phys., 76, 4, (621-628). 9. meier, g.; sackmann, e. and grabmaier, j. g., (1975), “application of liquid crystals”, springer-verlag: berlin. 10. kresse, h. in: brown, g. h. (ed.), (1983), “advances in liquid crystals”, academic: new york. 11. gray, g.w., (1962), “molecular structure and the properties of liquid crystals”, academic press: new york. 12. naser, j. a.; himdan, t. a. and al-dujaili, a. h., (2014), “synthesis and characterization of schiff-base liquid crystal containing 1,3,4-oxadizole”, international academic research for multidisciplinary, 2, 2320, (415-426). 13. chemie, v. f., (2009), “liquid crystal systems for microwave applications”, dissertation, technical university darmstadt. 14. houtepen, s. a. a., (2010), “dielectric loss estimation using damped ac voltages”, msc. thesis, delft university of technology. 15. koops, c.g., (1951), “on the dispersion of resistivity and dielectric constant of some semiconductors at audio frequencies”, phys. rev., 83, (121-124). 16. javed, a.; akram, m. and shafiq, m. i., (2006), “dielectric properties of cholesterol derivatives”, journ. phys., 51, 7–8, (819–826). 17. gornitska, o.p.; kovalchuk, a.v.; kovalchuk, t.n.; kopcansky, p.; timko, m.; zavisova, v.; koneracka, m.; tomasovicova, n.; jadzyn, j. and studenyak, i. p., (2009), “dielectric properties of nematic liquid crystals with fe3o4 nanoparticles in direct magnetic field: semiconductor physics”, quantum electronics & optoelectronics, 12, 13, (309-314). 18. blinov, l. m. and chigrinov, v. g., (1994), “electro optical effect in liquid crystal material”, springer-verag, new york. 19tripathi, p.; dixit, s. and manohar r., (2013), “effect of bridging group on the dielectric properties of liquid crystals”, chemical rapid communications, 1, 2, (50-55). 20. malik, p.; chaudhary, a.; mehra, r. and raina, k. k., (2012), “electrooptic and dielectric studies in cadmium sulphide nanorods/ferroelectric liquid crystal mixtures”, advances in condensed matter physics article id 853160, (1-8). 246 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): phase transition temperatures, transition enthalpies and transition entropies for liquid crystal compounds [x-sr6] upon heating and cooling. compound temperature 0c transitions δh (j/mol) δs (j/k. mol) br-sr6 101 107 139.5 123.5 89.1 cr→cr cr→sm sm→i i→sm sm→cr +4683.15 +13290.4 +5411.14 ‐2383.7 ‐14298.02 +12.521 +34.974 +14.372 ‐6.019 ‐39.486 cl-sr6 105.6 135.8 130.8 86.9 cr→sm sm→i i→sm sm→cr +25635.9 +4869.91 ‐2680.65 ‐15908.1 +67.712 +11.913 ‐6.638 ‐44.201 no2-sr6 141.8 156.9 157.5 133.1 cr→sm sm→i i→sm sm→cr +446.9 +29647.1 ‐446.9 ‐29909.5 +1.077 +68.963 ‐1.038 ‐73.651 me-sr6 75.3 108.3 104.4 76.7 cr→cr cr→i i →ne ne→cr +213.76 +39830.1 ‐520.26 ‐33194.85 +0.614 +104.458 ‐1.378 ‐94.924 table (2): activation energy values for liquid crystal compounds. compound ea (j/mol) (100 hz) ea (j/mol)(1000 hz) br-sr6 2432.67 2798.49 cl-sr6 3205.05 5851.39 no2-sr6 3404.58 4705.72 me-sr6 1849.86 2813.45 figure (1): ft-ir spectrum of compound [br-sr6]. 247 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (2): ft-ir spectrum of compound [cl-sr6]. figure (3): ft-ir spectrum of compound [no2-sr6]. figure (4): ft-ir spectrum of compound [me-sr6]. 248 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (5):.1h nmr spectrum of compound [no2-sr6]. figure (6):.1h nmr spectrum of compound [cl-sr6]. 249 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (7): dsc thermogram of compound [br-sr6] upon heating and cooling. figure (8): dsc thermogram of compound [cl-sr6] upon heating and cooling. figure (9): dsc thermogram of compound [no2-sr6] upon heating and cooling. 250 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (10): dsc thermogram of compound [me-sr6] upon heating and cooling. (a) (b) figure (11): polarizing photomicrograph of smectic phase sma of compound [br-sr6] on cooling: (a) a focal conic sma texture at 120 oc; (b) a focal conic sma texture at 110 oc. (a) (b) figure (12):polarizing photomicrograph of smectic phase sma of compound [cl-sr6] on cooling: (a) a focal conic sma texture at 125 oc; (b) a focal conic sma texture at 108 oc. 251 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 (a) (b) figure (13):polarizing photomicrograph of smectic phase sme of compound [no2-sr6] on cooling: (a) a mosaic sme texture at 152 oc; (b) a mosaic sme texture at 143 oc. (a) (b) figure (14):polarizing photomicrograph of nematic phase n of compound [me-sr6] on cooling: (a) a droplet nematic texture at 98 oc; (b) a marble nematic at 87 oc. figure (15): temperature dependence of real dielectric permittivity at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 65 85 105 125 145 r e a l  d ie le ct ri c  p e rm it ti v it y  έ temperature °c cl‐sr6(500 hz) no2‐sr6(500 hz) br‐sr6(500 hz) me‐sr6(500 hz) cl‐sr6(1000 hz) no2‐sr6(1000 hz) br‐sr6(1000 hz) me‐sr6(1000 hz) 252 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (16) :temperature dependence of imaginary dielectric permittivity at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. figure (17):temperature dependence of electrical conductivity at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. figure (18): temperature dependence of relaxation times at (500 and 1000) hz for samples. 0 0.000002 0.000004 0.000006 0.000008 0.00001 0.000012 65 85 105 125 145 im a g e n a ry  d ie le ct ri c  p e rm it iv it y   ἔ temperature °c no2‐sr6(500hz) no2‐sr6(1000hz) br‐sr6(500hz) br‐sr6(1000hz) me‐sr6(500hz) me‐sr6(1000hz) cl‐sr6(500hz) cl‐sr6(1000hz) 0 5e‐14 1e‐13 1.5e‐13 2e‐13 2.5e‐13 3e‐13 3.5e‐13 4e‐13 4.5e‐13 5e‐13 65 85 105 125 145 e le ct ri ca l  c o n d u ct iv it y  σ (s /c m ) temperature °c cl‐sr6(500 hz) cl‐sr6(1000 hz) no2‐sr6(500 hz) no2‐sr6(1000 hz) br‐sr6(500 hz) br‐sr6(1000 hz) me‐sr6(500 hz) me‐sr6(1000 hz) 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 140000 160000 180000 200000 65 85 105 125 145 r e la x a ti o n  t im e   temperature °c cl‐sr6(500 hz) cl‐sr6(1000 hz) no2‐sr6(500 hz) no2‐sr6(1000 hz) br‐sr6(500 hz) br‐sr6(1000 hz) me‐sr6(500 hz) me‐sr6(1000 hz) 253 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 لحلقة الخواص الميزومورفية والعزل الكهربائي لبلورات سائلة غير متجانسة ا ذات مجاميع طرفية مختلفة جمان أحمد ناصر / جامعة بغداد) الهيثمابن (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة قسم الكيمياء/ 2016/اذار/30في: ، قبل22/2/2016استلم في: الخالصة لقد تـم تـحضير أربع مركبـات بلوريـة سائـلة بمعوضـات مختلفة بالموقع بارا (برومو، كلورو، نايترو، مثيل) وتم ومطيافية الرنيـن النـووي المغنـاطيـــسي ftirتشخيصها جميعاً بوساطة مطيـافيـة األشعة تـحت الحمراء عاليـة األداء hnmr1 6[للمركبينsr-2[no و]6sr-.[cl ثم درست الخواص البلوريـة السائـلة لتلك المركبات باستعمال مجهر ، كـما تـم تحديد انثالبيات و انتروبيات االنتقاالت الطورية باستعمال (pom)الضوء المستقطب والمزود بمنـصة تسخين 6sr-[br[المركبات وقد أظهرت جميع المركبات خواصاً ميزومورفية، إذ أبدى كل من (dsc).مسعر المسح التفاضلي طوراً نيماتياً بالتبريد 6sr-[me[. أطواراً سمكتية بالتسخين والتبريد بينما اظهر المركب no]6sr-2[و cl]-6sr [و -70فقط. وعلى نحو متواصل درست خواص نفاذية العزل الكهربائي لتلك المركبات لمدى من الدرجات الحرارية ( وبصورة عامة أبدت قيم كل من نفاذية العزل الكهربائي و زمن hz 1000.و hz 500م بترددين مختلفين هما )150° االسترخاء زيادة مع زيادة درجة الحرارة، بينما أبدت قيم التوصيلية الكهربائية نقصاناً مع ازدياد درجات الحرارة. ثم تم حساب قيم طاقات التنشيط بيانياً باستعمال معادلة ارينيوس. : غير متجانس الحلقة، قواعد شف، نيماتي، سمكتي، بلورات سائلة، نفاذية العزل الكهربائي، توصيلية الكلمات المفتاحية كهربائية، زمن استرخاء، طاقة تنشيط. microsoft word 200-216 chemistry | 200 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 synthesis and spectral characterization of some new aromatic schiff bases derivated from 2,4dinitrophenylhydrazine anwar th. mahmood noor a. khudhair dept. of chemistry/ collage of science/ university of baghdad received in: 29/december/2015,accepted in:31/january/2016 abstract four novel schiff bases sb1 to sb4 as new aromatic compound not hydrolysed under ordinary conditions were synthesized in this study by condensation reactions between2,4dinitrophenylhydrazine: firstly with 2,4,4`-trihydroxybenzophenone to give sb1, secondly with 4hydroxybenzophenone to give sb2, thirdly with 4-dimethylaminobenzaldhyde to give sb3 and fourthly with 4-aminobenzaldehyde to give sb4. the molecular structures of these aromatic schiff bases obtained were identified and characterized based on melting points, elemental analysis(chn), ft-ir and uv-visible spectra. the electronic absorption spectra of schiff bases obtained were studied in the solvents of ethanol, dmf, water, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride and cyclohexane. the recorded absorption bands in ethanol solvent were assigned to corresponding electronic transitions were discussed. the absorption bands at 291 to 411 nm obtained in electronic spectra of the synthesized new aromatic schiff bases were assigned to (π→π*) transition which originates from substituted benzophenone or benzaldehyde rings and directed along of molecule in schiff bases. these transitions are assumed to represent the intramolecular charge-transfer complexes bands in which the substituted two moieties of benzophenone and benzaldehyde rings are the charge donors and the substituted phenylhydrazine ring is the charge acceptor. also, the effect of polar, non-polar solvents on the electronic transitions of charge-transfer bands have measured and discussed. the physical-spectroscopic parameters in molecular structural shapes of intra ct complexes molecules such as transition energies, molar extinction coefficients, molecular oscillate strength; transition molecular dipole moment and molecular resonance have been calculated and discussed. key word: schiff base, charge-transfer complexes, ft-ir, chn, uv-visible chemistry | 201 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 1. introduction. schiff bases are an important species of organic compounds. which where prepared in 1864 by a german chemist, hugo schiff, nobel prize winner [1]. these compounds are produced from condensation of primary amines or hydrazine compounds with carbonyl compounds such as aldehydes or ketones. structurally, schiff base which also known as azomethine or imine compound in addition to hydrazone class is an analogue of aldehyde or ketone of aldehyde or ketone in which the carbonyl group will be replaced by an imine group (-ch=nor c=n-) [2,3]. the preparation of schiff bases are reversible reactions and take place under acid catalysis or by direct fusion [4-6]. in recent years, schiff bases have been shown to a wide range of biological activity, including antibacterial, antifungal, antiviral, anticancer, antimonial, antiprotiferate, anti-inflammatory, antipyretic and biocidal properties [7-11]. the azomethine and hydrazone group (-ch=n-nhor c=n-nh-) in schiff bases have been shown to be decisive to their biological activities [12,13]. schiff bases are a set of organic intermediates which are used also in the synthesis and chemical analysis. they are used in the production of the drugs and agrochemical industry. the transition elements and the other certain metallo-elements are known to from aromatic schiff bases complexes [14,15]. aromatic schiff bases behave as flexi-dentate ligands and ordinarily coordinate through nitrogen atom of imine group, oxygen atom of the de-pronated phenolic group and other donor atoms [16]. charge-transfer complexes of schiff bases are great importance in chemical interaction, including intramolecular charge-transfer complexes, biochemical and bioelectrochemical energy transfer processes, biological systems, drugsacceptors binding mechanisms and drugs analysis [17-20]. moreover, charge-transfer complexations are of great importance in many applications and fields, such as electrical conductivities of materials, optical activities, surface chemistry, solar energy storage, semiconductors and investigations of redox processes [21-23].based on this, we decided preparation new aromatic schiff bases are not hydrolysed under ordinary condition and derived from 2,4,4`trihydroxybenzophenone, p-hydroxybenzophenone, p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde and paminobenzaldehyde with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine may fit-those purpose, then identification of molecular structures by elemental analysis and spectra of ir, and uvvisible. the study also includes explanation of electronic transition, determination of the physical spectroscopic parameters. 2. experimental 2.1 chemical materials all of the chemicals used were of high purity degree and were used without purification. the solvents of ethanol and methanol were used of analar grade and supplied by fluka company, while the solvents of cyclohexane, carbon, tetrachloride, chloroform and dimethylformamide were of spectroscopic grade which were supplied by bdh company. organic compounds of 4-hydroxybenzophenone (98% purity grade) and 2,4dinitrophenylhydrazine (99% purity grade) were supplied by merck company, 4aminobenzaldehyde and 4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde (99% purity grade) were supplied by bdh company, while 2,4,4`-trihydroxybenzophenone (98% purity grade) was supplied by inc company. chemistry | 202 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 2.2 instruments melting points were recorded using gallenkamp melting points apparatus which measures the extent to 280˚c. the elemental analyses of the carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen contents were determined using a perkin-elmer chn 2400 (usa). ft-ir spectra data were obtained by shimadzu-8400sft-ir spectrophotometer in the wave number range of 4000-400 cm-1 which included in kbr discs. the electronic absorption spectra were recorded in different solvents and media over wavelength range of 190-900nm by the varian dms 100 uv-visible double-beam spectrophotometer which linked thermostaticall controlled unit. the instrument was equipped with a quartz cell of path length 1.0cm. 2.3 synthesis of schiff bases. four aromatic schiff bases were prepared as follows: (1) schiff bases sb1 was prepared by mixing equimolar amounts (0.05 mol) of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (0.9909gm, m.p. 197200 ˚c) and 2,4,4`-trihydroxybenzophenone (0.1512gm, m.p. 196-197˚c), both dissolved in 25 ml ethanol solvent then added (2-3) drops of concentrated hcl (36%). the reaction mixture was heated under back reflux for 8 hour, after cooling maroon crystals product was separated, then filtered. the solid product was crystallized by ethanol, then dried. melting point of sb1 was recorded higher than 280˚c. schiff bases sb2 prepared by mixing equimolar amounts of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (0.9907gm) and 4-hydroxybenzophenone (0.9911gm, m.p. 110-112˚c), both dissolved in 25 ml ethanol solvent and added (2-3) drops of concentrated hcl (36%). the reaction mixture heated under back reflux for two hour, after cooling orange precipitate was separated, then filtered. the solid precipitate was recrystallized by ethanol, and then dried. melting point of sb2 was recorded 218-220˚c. schiff base sb3 prepared by mixing equimolar amounts ofand 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (0.991gm) and 4dimethylaminobenzaldehyde (0.736gm, m.p. 73-75˚c), both dissolved in 30 ml methanol solvent and then added (3) drops nearly of concentrated hcl (36%). the reaction mixture heated under back reflux for 1 hour, after cooling black precipitate was separated in solution, and then filtered. the black precipitate was crystallized by methanol, then dried. melting point of sb3 was recorded than 235-237˚c. schiff bases sb4 was prepared by mixing equimolar amounts of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (0.9911gm) and 4-amiobezaldehyde (0.6061 gm, m.p. 165-168˚c), both dissolved in 30 ml methanol solvent and added (3) drops of concentrated hcl (36%). the reaction mixture heated under back reflux for 2 hour, after cooling black brown precipitate was separated in solution, then filtered and washed by cyclohexane.. the black brown precipitate was recrystallized by methanol, and then dried. melting point of sb4 was recorded higher than 184-186˚c.the molecular structures of these schiff bases characterized and identified by their melting points, elemental analysis (chn) and spectra of ft-ir and uv-visible. 2.4 preparation of samples solutions. standard solutions were prepared for spectral measurements of the materials that included in this study from 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine, aromatic carbonyls derivatives and the prepared new aromatic schiff bases in gravimetric method. we weight the required amount from solute substance in certain volume of proper solvent in volumetric flask to prepare standard stock solution, than prepare different concentrations for spectral measurement in uv-visible spectroscopy in dilution method from standard solution. chemistry | 203 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 3. results and discussion 3.1 chemistry and characterization. new schiff bases have been synthesized from the condensation 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine with2,4,4`-trihydroxybenzophenone,4–hydroxybenzophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde and 4-aminobenzaldehyde(scheme(1)). they are stable at room temperature and commonly soluble in methanol, ethanol, water and dmf. the elemental analysis (chn), yield percentage physical state, color and melting point of these schiff bases sb1-sb4 are presented in table(1). 3.2 melting points. from melting points in table(1), it is expected that there in schiff base sb1 both interand intramolecular hydrogen bonds because of three hydroxyl groups in orthoand parapositions on the phenyl groups. it is known that intermolecular hydrogen bonding increase the melting point of the organic compounds [24]. also, the melting point of the schiff bases sb1, sb2 and sb3 , ˃280, 218 and 235˚c respectively, are higher than schiff base sb4. however, melting point of schiff base sb4 is lower (184˚c) than schiff base sb1which includes intra and intermolecular hydrogen bonding. some substituted aromatic schiff bases exhibit the ketamine tautomeric shapes and their common feature which is the presence of the substituted hydroxyl or amino group on the aromatic ring [24]. the low melting point of schiff base sb4 may be explained by (i) and (ii) tautomerism shapes as shown below: h2n c h n h n o2n no2 hn h2 c h n h n o2n no2 (i) (ii) 3.3 ft-infrared spectra. the relevantft-ir spectral absorption bands that can provide the identification structural evidences as ft-ir spectral data (from kbr disks) of the synthesized new aromatic schiff bases are shown in table(2), which are recorded as characteristic bands wave numbers (cm-1) data from ft-ir spectra of the figures 1to 4. the ft-ir spectra of these schiff bases show very strong or strong intensity of absorption bands at 1607-1635cm-1 assigned to stretching vibration of azomethine bond (υc=n) which are as follows: 1614, 1014, 1607 and 1635cm-1 attributable to sb1to sb4 respectively[24, 25]. the presence of aromatic rings has been identified by their characteristic aromatic ring vibration at (1400-1500), (1050-1100) and (700-900) cm-1 regions, including the bending vibration bands of c-n bond (ɤc-n) which are (1055, 1097), (1051, 1086, 1078 and 1018 cm-1 assigned to sb1to sb4 respectively. the stretching vibration bands at 1275cm-1 attributable to vibration of c-o bond (υc-o)in sb1and sb2 [24-26]. the absence of absorption bands characteristic of c=o bond (υc=o) and primary amine (υn-h) confirm the formation of the synthesized new aromatic schiff bases framework, accept n-h bond in sb4. the stretching vibration bands of c-h bond in (υc-h) in –ch=ngroup appear at 3090 and 2966cm-1 for sb3 and sb4 respectively, while stretching vibration band of no2 group appear at 1512, 1510, 1512 and 1529cm-1 as strong intensities in sb1, sb2, sb3 and sb4 spectra, respectively. the strong intensities absorption bands at 1337, 1335, 1325 and 1350cm-1 attributable to the stretching vibration bands of n-n bond (υn-n). the band at 3070cm-1in the spectrum sb1 (figure1) shows the oh….n intramolecular hydrogen bond between proton of hydroxyl group in orthoposition and nitrogen atom [24, 25]. also,the broad band at 3454 and 3421cm-1 attributable to hydroxyl group bonded by chemistry | 204 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 intermolecular hydrogen bonding in sb1 and sb2 respectively, while the broad band at 3138cm-1 attributable to primary amine bonded by intermolecular hydrogen bonding. the stretching vibration band with strong intensity at 3277cm-1 is attributable to c-h bond of methyl group in sb3 in figure (3) [25, 26]. 3.4 electronic spectra and their explanation. figure (5) to (8) represent the electronic spectra of the synthesized new aromatic schiff bases which contain substituted phenyl rings with hydroxyl, dimethylamino, amino or nitro and azomethine groups. table (3) shows all the absorption bands of electronic transition. these absorption bands can be explained as follows: the absorption band at 198, 197, 201 and 201nm in the electronic spectra of sb1 to sb4 respectively, all these represent the local excitations (π → π*) transitions of the substituted phenyl rings, which correspond the transition (1a1g → 1e1u) at 184nm of benzene ring [6, 25, 27], and support that in this work absorption intensities of these bands decrease for their values compared with the intensity value at 184nm (6000 m2.mol-1) of benzene ring [25]. this can be explained due to azomethine and nitro groups presence which do as electron-withdrawing groups and cause an inductive effect in each of sb1 to sb4, hence decreases the transition intensities on the aromatic substituted phenyl rings [6, 25]. the absorption bands 207, 217 and 222 nm all shoulders in electronic spectra of sb1, sb2 and sb4 respectively represent the local excitations (π→π*) transitions of substituted phenyl rings which correspond to the electronic transition (1a1g → 1b1u) at 203nm of benzene ring [25]. we think that the absorption bands for this transition in sb3 did not appears because its intensity can be submerged under b-band or /and k-band [25, 27]. the absorption bands at 224, 244, 241 and 242nm as shoulder in the electronic spectra of schiff bases sb1 to sb4 respectively, represent the local excitations (π → π*) transitions of substituted phenyl rings which correspond the electronic transition (1a1g → 1b2u) at 256nm of benzene molecule [6, 25], while the bands at (298, 293), (291, 385), (314, 411) and (320, 406) nm in electronic spectra of sb1 to sb4 respectively, all these bands represent (π→ π*) transitions which are originated from substituted groups as electrondonating groups on carbonylic ring, and extended over the whole schiff bases molecule to substitute to nitro groups as electron-withdrawing groups on the hydrazine phenyl rings. the presence of one or more hydroxyl group in the ortho or para position or both and dimethylamino or amino group at the para position in the schiff base molecule enhances such transition [25, 27]. theses absorption bands can suggest there is due to intramolecular charge transfer effect of the formed molecular chromophore which includes electron donor part and electron acceptor part within the same molecule of schiff base. these intracharge-transfer states are similar to the intracharge-transfer in p-nitroaniline molecule which absorbs the light at 376nm as follows [27, 28]: nh2n o o nh3n o o h molecular chromophore (ctc) which absorbs the at 376 nm.   3.5 spectroscopic-physical parameters of infra ct complexes. the spectroscopic and physical parameters of intracharge-transfer complexes in sb1 to sb4, such as transition energy (hυct), molar extinction coefficient (εct),the molecular oscillate strength (ƒct), transition molecular dipole moment(μct), resonance energy (er) in the molecular structure shape of intracharge-transfer complex molecule. these parameters were calculated and inserted in table (4) for sb1 to sb4 dissolved in ethanol solvent at 20oc. all values have been appointed by charge-transfer band with least energy in the electronic spectra of sb1-sb4 as shown in the figures (5) to (8). the transition energy of the (π → π*) chemistry | 205 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 transition at intracharge-transfer band was calculated using the conversion factor between the energy by electron volt unit (ev) and wavelength (λct) by nanometer (nm) as shown in equation(1). hυct(ev) = 1240.8 (nm. ev) / λmax(nm) (1) the molecular oscillate strength at excited state of the intracharge-transfer complex molecule has been estimated using approximate formula by equation (2) [29 and 30]. ƒct = 4.319 x 10-9 ԑct . ∆ῡ1/2 (2) where ∆ῡ1/2 is the half band width and ԑct is the extinction coefficient. the value (4.319*10-9) in equation (1) is number without units. when units of ԑct and ∆ῡ1/2 are (l.mol1.cm-1) and (cm-1) respectively, the units of ƒct in equation (2) becomes (l.mol-1.cm-2). the molecular oscillator strength represents quantitative measurement of a dimensionless used to express the electronic charge-transfer probability from homo of electron donor part to lumo of electron acceptor part within the molecular structure of intracharge-transfer complex molecule [31, 32].the transition molecular dipole moment at excited state of the intracharge-transfer complex molecule has been calculated by the equation (3)   where ῡct is the wave number of charge-transfer band. the value 9.582*10-2 is constant by unit (debye. l 1/2. mol1/2. cm1/2). when the values units of ԑct (l.cm-1.mol-1), ῡct (cm-1) and ∆ῡ1/2 (cm-1),the unit of µctbecomes(debye).value of transition molecular dipole moment reflects quantitative measurement for the intracharge-transfer overlap range and the direction which gives the polarization of the transition, in addition to determine how the molecular system will interact with an electromagnetic wave, while the square of the value (µ2ct) reflects the strength of the interaction due to the distribution of charge within the structure of molecular chromophore [27, 28]. the molecular resonance energy at ground state of the intramolecular charge-transfer complex molecule in has been estimated by the theoretical equation (4) [33]. er = h ct .  ct 7.7x 10-4 + ( 3.5 ct ) (4) where value (7.7*10-4) is the same unit of ԑct, while the value (3.5) is number without units. when unit of (hυct) is electron volt, the unit of er in equation (4) becomes (ev). molecular resonance energy valuereflects obviously as contributing factor to stability of the molecular chromophores of intramolecular charge-transfer complex molecule [28]. returning to table (4), the values of the (μct) and (er) reflect the relative stability of intracharge-transfer complexes molecules and these values increase with increasing the stability of the molecular chromophores shapes for schiff bases molecules from sb1to sb2, as well as from sb3 to sb4 except molecular resonance energy (er) value of sb3 is less. the stability of schiff base sb3 is less compared with schiff base sb4 due to the steric hindrance effect of dimethyl groups with unshared-pair of electrons on nitrogen atom [25]. the results of the(hυct) and (ԑct)agree well with the values of (er) and (μct).this agreement support the explanation provided. the relative high values of (ƒct) and (μct) for intramolecular charge-transfer complexes in schiff bases sb1,sb2 and sb4 suggested the formation of inner sphere complexes (d+→a−) in the excited state, while lower values for sb3 suggested the formation of outer sphere complex (d+δ→a−δ) in excited state [34]. scheme (3) shows molecular structures of intramolecular charge-transfer complexes of sb1 to sb4, which can be responsible for light absorption, and the values of physical parameters (ƒct, μct, er). chemistry | 206 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 3.6 effect of solvent polarity on the electronic transitions table (5) shows nonpolar solvent effect (cyclohexane, carbon tetrachloride and chloroform) on absorption bands in electronic spectra of sb1-sb4, table (6) shows polar solvent effect (ethanol, dimethylformamide and water). clearly, the data seem that the polar and nonpolar solvents did not affect the absorption band at 193-263nm in the electronic spectra of sb1 to sb4, but there is marked effect on the longer wavelength absorption bands than 285 nm. table (7) shows such effects and figures (9) to (12) illustrate that the red shift (∆ῡ) in λmax for longest wavelength absorption band of sb1-sb4. the red shift increases rapidly with increasing dielectric constant of the solvent until the value (50) nearly for sb1, (30) for sb2, (10) for sb3, and (24.33) for sb4, after that the increase becomes gradual to the value of water 76.5. the increase of red shift (∆ῡ) with dielectric constant of solvent may explained as follows: after absorption light, the excited state of schiff base molecule becomes more polarthan its ground state, therefore the polar solvent stabilizes the excited state by connecting dipole of schiff base molecule with positive and negative ends of the solvent molecules. the more delocalization of the charge in the excited state of schiff base molecule, higher increase of red shift (∆ῡ) with dielectric constant occurs. this effect is very clear in the all cases of sb1-sb4.in these molecules there are hydroxyl, amino and dimethylamino groups which increase the delocalization of the charge in schiff base molecule and leading to higher values of red shift.scheme(4) shows excited molecular shapes of intramolecular charge-transfer complexes and their ct bands in different solvents. 4. conclusion in recent years, considerable attentions has been devoted to the formation stable intraand intermolecular charge-transfer complexes which consist within aromatic schiff bases as drugs, biological activity compounds or semiconductors, in addition to numerous of other important applications. this interest stems from significant physical and chemical properties of these compounds. results of study reported in this work are concerned with the preparation of four new aromatic schiff bases not hydrolysed under ordinary condition and their structures were identifiedand characterized by melting points measurement, elemental analysis and ft-ir spectra in addition to detailed study using uv-visible spectra measurement of these new aromatic schiff bases charge-transfer complexes formed within their intramolecules. it is observed from research data in this study, existence of intra ct complexes within the molecular shapes of these schiff bases. the electronic transitions of intramolecular chargetransfer complexes are (π → π*) transitions and direction of these transition originates from electron-donating group (-oh, -nh2, -n(ch3)2) and extended over the whole molecule to nitro groups in these aromatic schiff bases molecules. references 1zainab, h.;emad, v.; ahmed, a. and ali, a. (2014).; synthesis and characterization of schiff' bases of sulfamethoxazole; org. med. chem. lett., 4(1), 1-4 2ashraf, m. a.;mahmood, k. and wajid a.(2011). ; synthesis, characterization and biological activity of schiff bases; ipcbee, 10, 1-7 3kalaivani, s.;priya, n.p. and arunachalam s.(2012). ; schiff bases: facile synthesis, spectral characterization and biocidal studies; ijabpt, 3,(1) 219-223. 4rauk, a., (2001)." orbital interaction theory of organic chemistry", 2nd edition, john wiley and sons, new york. 5mohammed,l.a.; kadhim,a.j. and aubaid, n.h.(2013); synthesis and characterization of new schiff base ligand with its some complexes derived from chemistry | 207 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 4-aminoantipyrine, sulphadiazine and acetoacetanilide; act chem. pharm. india, 3(2), 111-118. 6anwar, t.m. and mohammed, m.m. (2014); spectral characterization and changtransfer complexes of some schiff bases derived from amino pyridines and hydroxyacetophenones; iraqi j. sci., 55(38), 1127-1136. 7katarzyna, b. and elzbieta, l. (2014) , schiff bases-interesting rang of applications in various fields of science, chemik., 68(2), 129-134. 8silva, da c.; silva, da d.;modolo, l. and alves, r.(2011), "schiff bases: a short review of their antimicrobial activities ", j. ad. res.1-8 9miglani, s.; mishra, m. and chawla, p.(2012) ; the rapid synthesis of schiff bases without solvent under microwaves irradiation and their antimicrobial activity; der pharmachemica., 4(6), 2265-2269. 10arulmurugan, s.; kavitha, p.h. and venkatrmon, r. p.(2010) ; biological activities of schiff base and its complexes: a review; j.rasayan chem., 3(3), 385-410. 11 sharma, a. and shah, m.k. (2013); synthesis, characterization and biological activity of schiff bases derived from 3-(4-substituted)-phenyl-1h-pyrazole-4carbaldelhyde and o-aminophenol; chem. sci. trans.,2(3),871-876. 12salimon, j.;salih, n.; ibraheem, h. and yousif, e.(2010) ; synthesis of 2-nsalicylidene-5-(substituted-1,3-4-thiadiozole as potential antimicrobial agents ;asian chem.,22 (7),5289-5296. 13guo, z.; xing, r.; liu, s.;zhong, z.;ji, x. and wang l.(2007) ; antifungal properties of schiff bases of chitosan, n-substituted chitosan and quaternized chitosan; carbohydras res.; 342 (10),1329-1332. 14uma, v. and pratibha, m.(2008) ; biologically active co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and mn(ii) complexes of schiff bases derived from allyl amine and vinyl aniline; oriental j. chem., 24(3), 935-942. 15sonmez, m. and sekerci, m.(2002) ; synthesis and characterization of cu(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and zn(ii) schiff base complexes from 1-amine-5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-1hpyrimidine-2-one with salicylaldehyde; polish j. chem., 77, 907-914. 16xavier, a. and strividhya. n.(2014) ; synthesis and study of schiff base ligands; journal of applied chemistry, 7(11), 6-15. 17moamen, s. r.; mohamed, y.e. and abdel, m.a.a. (2014); structural, electronic and thermal studies of charge-transfer complexes from the schiff bases: n,n`disalicyidene-1,2-phenylencdiamine with chlorainilic acid, p-chloranil, tcnq and ddq; canad. chem. tran., 2(2),149-159. 18 roy, d. k.;saha, a. and mukherjee, a. k.(2005) ; spectroscopic and thermodynamic study of charge-transfer complexes ofcloxacillin sodium in aqueous ethanol medium; spectrochim. acta a, 61(9), 2017-2022. 19pandeeswaran, m.; el-mossalamy, e. h. and elango, e.h. (2009); spectroscopic studies on the dynamics of charge-transfer interaction of pantoprazole drug with ddq and iodine; int. j. chem. kinet. , 41(12), 787-799. 20pandeeswaran, m. and elango, k. p.(2010) ; spectroscopic studies on the interaction of cimetidine durg with biologically signficant sigmaand piacceptors; acta a, 75(5), 1462-1469. chemistry | 208 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 21yakuphanoglu, f. and arslan, m.(2004); determination of electrical conduction mechanism and optical band gap of a new charge-transfer complex: tcnqpant; solid state commun., 132(b-4), 229-234. 22yakuphanoglu, f. and arslan, m. (2004); the fundamental absorption edge and optical constant of some charge-transfer compounds; opt. master, 27(1), 29-37. 23yakuphanoglu, f. and arslan, m. kucukislamoglu, m. and zengin, m. (2005); temperature dependence of the optical band gap and refractive index of poly (ethylene terephthalate) complex; sol. energy, 79(1), 96-100. 24adem, c.;demet, g.;aydin, t. and seher, a.b. (2011); synthesis, spectral characterizations and antimicrobial activity of some schiff bases of 4-chloro-2aminophenol; bull. chem. soc. ethiop. 25(3), 407-417. 25silverstein, r.m. and webster, f.x.(2007) ,"spectrometric identification of organic compounds", wiley, delhi, india. 26subodh, k. ,(2006)" organic chemistry: spectroscopy of organic compounds", guru novak dev. university, india. 27 mullikan, r.s. and person, w.b.(1970) ,″ molecular complexes" john wiley and sons publishers, new york. 28 foster, r. ," organic change-transfer complexes", academic press, london (1969). 29hala, h.e.;gadir, s.a.; refat, m.s. and adam, a.m.(2013) ; preparation, spectroscopic and thermal characterization of new charge-transfer complexes of ethidium bromide with π-acceptor, in vitro biological activity studies; spectrochim. acta part a: mol. and biomol. spectrosc., 109,259-271. 30 eidaroti, h.h.; gadir, s.a.; refat, m.s. and adam, a. a.(2013) ; charge-transfer complexes of the donor acriflavine and the acceptors quinol, picric acid, tcnq and ddq: synthesis, spectroscopic characterizations and anti-microbial studies; int. j. electrochem. sci., 8, 5774-5800. 31refat, m.s. and el-metwally, n. m. (2011); investigation of charge-transfers formed between o-toluidine donor and ddq, p-chloranil and tcnq as πacceptors; chinese sci. bull., 56(19), 1993-2000. 32refat, m. s.(2011) ; spectroscopic and thermal investigations of charge-transfer complexes formed between sulfadoxine drug and different types of acceptor; j. mol. struct. 985(2,3), 380-390. 33briegleb, g.; czekalla, and physikchem(1960); electron donor-acceptor complex; j. frankfunt, 24, 237-244. 34anwar, t. m. and ahmed, t. b.(2013) ; physical-spectroscopic study of chargetransfer complexes of some purine derivatives with (π) and (δ) electron acceptor; iraqi j. sci., 54(4), 994-102. chemistry | 209 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table(1): physical characterization and elemental analysis chn data of new schiff bases sb1 – sb4. schiff base formula and 1 – m.wt /g.mol physical state and (color) % yield c)º(m.p / chn elements analysis (calculated) c% h% n% 1sb 7o4n14h19c 410.36 crystals (maroon) 87 (˃280) 55.56 (55.61) 3.35 (3.41) 13.70 (13.66) 2sb 5o4n14h19c 378.36 crystals ( orange) 85 (218–220) 60.38 (60.32) 3.65 (3.70) 14.75 (14.81) 3sb 4o5n15h15c 329.33 crystals ( black) 76 (235–237) 54.64 (54.71) 4.50 (4.56) 21.35 (21.28) sb4 c13h11n5o4 301.28 crystal (black brown) 91 (184–186) 51.69 (51.83) 3.58 (3.65) 22.99 (23.26) table (2): characterization infrared band frequencies (cm-1) data for prepared schiff bases (sb1 sb4). υ: streching vib. , ɤ: bending vib. , br. : broad s. : strong, m. : medium, vs..: very strong. table (3): electronic spectra bands data of the prepared aromatic schiff bases in ethanol solvents at temperature 20ºc. aromatic schiff base λ max / nm (ԑ / m 2 . mol-1 ) sb1 198 (3620 ± 90) sh. 207(3250±70) sh.244(1750± 60) sh.298(910±30) 395 (2190±40) sb2 197 (3880 ± 100) sh.217 (2480±50) sh.244(1890±70) sh. 291(920±40) 385 (2830 ± 80) sb3 201 (430 ± 30) sh.241(120±10) 314(120±5) 411 (220 ± 10) sb4 200 (3020 ± 110) sh.222 (2360±90) sh.242 (1790±60) sh.330(1360±20) 406 (2490 ± 30) λmax: wavelength of absorption maximum, ԑ: extinction coefficient and sh. : shoulder. schif f base υ(o-h), υ(=ch)*, υ(n-h)**,υ(ch)*** υ(c=n) ɤ(c-n) with ring υ(no2) ɤ(n-n) υ(c-o) with ring aromatic ring vibration h-bonding in the ir spectra sb1 3485s. 3454 br.m.bonded. 3070 br.m.bonded. 1614vs. 1055m. 1097m. 1512s. 1337s. 1275s. 702m. 743s. 833s. 866s. 919s. 962s. 1418s. 1458w. intra and inter h-bonding sb2 3477s. 3421br.m. bonded. 1614vs. 1051w. 1086s. 1510s. 1335s. 1275s. 700s. 743m. 779m. 831s. 918m. 966w. 1420s. inter h-bonding sb3 3090 m. * 3277 *** 1607vs. 1078w. 1512s. 1325s. ------ 708m. 743s. 820s. 903w. 926m. 946s. 1414s. 1447m. ------- sb4 3308 vs. * 3138 br.s.bonded** 2966w. 1636s . 1018m. 1530s . 1350s . ------ 837s. 995m. 1450s. inter hbonding chemistry | 210 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (4): the values of transition energy, oscillate strength and values of transition dipole moment of intramolecular ct complexes for the synthesized aromatic schiff bases sb1sb4 in ethanol solvent and temperature 20ºc. aromatic schiff bases λmax/nm hυct/ ev ԑct / dm3.mol-1. cm-1 ∆ῡ½/ cm -1 ƒct/(cm. molecule-1*1022) µct/ debye er/ ev sb1 395 3.141 21923 7207 1.134 7.570 0.897 sb2 385 3.223 28323 6156 1.251 7.851 0.921 sb3 411 3.019 2223 8143 0.130 2.614 0.863 sb4 406 3.056 24852 6956 1.241 8.029 0.873 table (5):the non-polar solvents affect data on the electronictransitions in temperature 200c. schiff base λmax / nm ( / m2. mol-1 ) cyclohexane carbon tetrachloride chloroform sb1 389 * 257 ( 1410 ± 30) sh. 298 (830 ± 20) 390 (2230 ± 50 ) sh. 251 * sh. 301 391 sb2 377 * 255 (1730 ± 40) sh. 289 (610 ± 20) 378 (3380 ± 60) sh. 255 (1640 ±30) sh. 290 (820 ± 20) 380 (2390 ± 50) sb3 sh. 196 ( 630 ± 30) 206(680 ± 30) 235 (840 ± 40) sh. 251(740 ± 30) 309(660 ± 20) sh. 321(630 ± 10) 407(1040 ± 50) 246 (160 ± 5) 263 (130 ± 5) 312 (190 ± 10) 408 (400 ± 10) sh. 257(440 ± 10) 313 (540 ± 20) 409 (1790 ± 50) sb4 390 * 257( 1400 ± 40 ) sh.328 ( 1310 ± 30 ) 391( 2810 ± 60 ) sh. 253 * sh. 329 392 λmax: wavelength of absorption maximum. *: filtrate of saturated solution or not quantity dissolved. chemistry | 211 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (7): variation of red shift (∆ῡ) with dielectric constant of the solvent (ε*) for highest wavelength absorption band in different solvent at temperature 20ºc. sb4 sb3 sb2 sb1 *ε solvent ∆ῡct ῡct λct ∆ῡct ῡct λct ∆ῡct ῡct λct ctῡ∆ ctῡ ctλ 000 25640 390 000 24570 407 000 26530 377 000 25710 389 2.023 cycloc6h12 60 25580 391 60 24510 408 70 26460 378 70 25640 390 2.238 4ccl 130 25510 392 120 24450 409 210 26320 380 130 25580 391 4.720 3chcl 1010 24630 406 240 24330 411 560 25970 385 390 25320 395 24.33 oh5h2c 1130 24510 408 360 24210 413 620 25910 386 1010 24700 405 36.71 ncho2)3(ch 1430 24210 413 590 23980 417 820 25710 389 1900 23810 420 78.54 o2h table (6): the polar solvents affect data on the electronic transitions in temperature 200c. schiff base λmax / nm ( / m2. mol – 1 ) ethanol dmf water sb1 198( 3620 ± 90) sh. 207(3250±70) sh.244(1750±60) sh. 298 (910±30) 395 (2150±40) 190 (4470± 80) sh.240(2480±50) 320(1480 ± 40) 405 (2420 ±60) 221(880±30) sh.257(760±20) 329(750±20) 420(880±30) sb2 197(338 ±100) sh.217 (2480±50) sh.244 (1890±70) sh. 291(920±40) 385 (2830±80) 196(9600±100) sh.219(5050±80) sh.244(4050 ±60) 296(227 ±20) 386(5050 ±70) sh.195(2290±60) 220(1630±20) sh.246(153±50) sh.299(780±40) 389(1930±50) sb3 201 (430 ± 30) sh.241(120 ± 10) 314 (120 ± 5) 411 (220 ± 10) 193(1280±40) 219(1800±60) sh.244(440±20) sh.307(500±20) b 333 (550 ±20) 413 (340 ±10) 195 a sh.217 251 sh. 309 334 417 sb4 200 (3020 ± 110) sh.222(2360±90) sh. 242(1790±60) sh.330(1360±20) 406 (2490 ± 30) 196 (4970±90) sh.225(3000±50 b 257(2240±40) sh.333(2110±40) 408(3540±70) 195(1560±60) 225(1410±30) 261(1260±20) sh.341(1420±30) 413 (1650±50) a: not quantity dissolved. b:not clear-cut shoulder nearly. chemistry | 212 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (1): ft-ir spectrum of schiff base sb1. figure (2): ft-ir spectrum of schiff base sb2. figure (3): ft-ir spectrum of schiff base sb3. figure (4): ft-ir spectrum of schiff base sb4.               figure (5): electronic spectrum of sb1 in ethanol [(1) 1.998x10-5, (2) 3.996x10-5,(3) 5.994x10-5, (4) 7.992x10-5 mol. dm-3]. 190 262 334 406 478 550 wavelength / nm 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 a b so rb an ce (2) (3) (4) (1) sb1 figure (6): electronic spectrum of sb2 in ethanol [(1) 1.584x10-5, (2) 3.168x10-5, (3) 4.752x10-5, (4) 6.336x10-5 mol. dm-3]. 190 262 334 406 478 550 wavelength / nm 0.00 0.46 0.92 1.38 1.84 2.30 a b so rb an ce (2) (3) (4) (1) sb2 chemistry | 213 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016             figure (7): electronic spectrum of sb3 in ethanol .[(1) 2.256x10-4, (2) 3.384x10-4, (3) 3.572x10-4, (4) 3.760x10-4 mol. dm-3]. 190 262 334 406 478 550 wavelength / nm 0.00 0.38 0.76 1.14 1.52 1.90 a b so rb an ce (1) (2) (3) (4) sb3 figure (9): the relationship between dielectric constant and red shifts for sb1. 0 16 32 48 64 80 dielectric constant 0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 r ed s h if t / cm -1 1 2 3 5 1 carbon tetrachloride 2 chloroform 3 ethanol 4 dmf 5 water sb1 4 figure (10): the relationship between dielectric constant and red shift for sb2. 0 16 32 48 64 80 dielectric constant 0 164 328 492 656 820 r ed s h if t / cm -1 1 2 3 4 5 1 carbon tetrachloride 2 chloroform 3 ethanol 4 dmf 5 water sb2 figure (11): the relationship between dielectric constant and red shift for sb3. 0 16 32 48 64 80 dielectric constant 0 118 236 354 472 590 r ed s h if t / cm -1 1 2 3 4 5 1 carbon tetrachloride 2 chloroform 3 ethanol 4 dmf 5 water sb3 figure (12): the relationship between dielectric constant and red shiftfor sb4. 0 16 32 48 64 80 dielectric constant 0 286 572 858 1144 1430 r ed s h if t / cm -1 1 2 3 4 5 1 carbon tetrachloride 2 chloroform 3 ethanol 4 dmf 5 water sb4 figure (8): electronic spectrum of sb4 d in ethanol [(1) 2.04x10-5, (2) 4.08x10-5, (3) 6.12x10-5, (4) 8.16x10-5 mol. dm-3]. 190 262 334 406 478 550 wavelength / nm 0.00 0.44 0.88 1.32 1.76 2.20 a b so rb an ce (2) (3) (4) (1) sb4 chemistry | 214 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 r c r1 o + h2n h n o2n no2 ref lux rr1c n h n o2n no2 schif f bases (sb1-sb4) r r1 (1) (2) ho oh r r1 ho ho (h3c)n h2n (3) (4) h h scheme (1): synthesis of new schiff bases.   oh ho c n h n o2n n o o ho diraction of intra ct h oh ho c n n h o2n n o o ho c h n h n o2n n diraction of intra ct (h3c)2 n o o h c n n h o2n n o o (h3c)2 n h molecular chromophore (ctc) which absorbs the light at 298, 395nm intra-ct in sb2 obtains in a similar to intra-act of sb1 intra-ct in sb4obtains in a similar to intra-act of sb3 molecular chromophore (ctc) which absorbs the light at 291, 385nm scheme (2): intramolecular charge-transfer in the synthesized aromatic schiff bases.     oh ho c n n h o2n n o o ho h c n n h o2n n o o h2n h c n n o2n n o o (h3c)2 n ho c n n h o2n n o o oh ho c n n h o2n n o o ho (or / and)    ct = 1.134 x 10 -24 cm. molecule-1 ct = 7.570 debye er = 0.897 ev   ct x 10 -24cm. molecule-1 ct =7.851 debye er = 0.921 ev   c0.130 x  cm.molecule-1 ct = 2.614 debye er = 0.863 ev  v c 1.241 x 10 -2 cm. molecule-1 c= 8.029 debye er = 0.873 ev scheme (3): molecular structures of intramolecular ct complexes of sb1to sb4 which be responsible for light absorption and values of physical parameters. chemistry | 215 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016   oh ho c n n h o2n n o o ho h c n n h o2n n o o h2n h c n n o2n n o o (h3c)2 n sb1 389 cyclo c6h12 390 ccl4 391 chcl3 395 c2h5oh 405 dmf 420 h2o ct/ nm solvent 377 cyclo c6h12 378 ccl4 380 chcl3 385 c2h5oh 386 dmf 389 h2o oh ho c n n h o2n n o o sb2 ct/ nm solvent 407 cyclo c6h12 408 ccl4 409 chcl3 411 c2h5oh 413 dmf 417 h2o ct/ nm solvent 390 cyclo c6h12 391 ccl4 392 chcl3 406 c2h5oh 408 dmf 413 h2o sb3 sb4 scheme (4): excited molecular shapes of intramolecular ct complexes and λmaxin different solvents. chemistry | 216 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 تحضير وتشخيص طيفي لبعض قواعد شف االروماتية الجديدة ثنائي نيتروفنيل هيدرازين-,24المشتقة من أنور ذيب محمود الذيب نور علي خضير جامعة بغداد /كليه العلوم /قسم الكيمياء 2016:/كانون الثاني/31في،قبل 2015 كانون األول//29استلم في: الخالصه -2حضرت اربع قواعد شف اروماتية جديدة ال تتحلل مائيا بالظروف االعتيادية في هذه الدراسة بتفاعالتالتكاثف بين هيدروكسي -4وثانيامع sb1ثالثي هيدروكسي بنزوفينون ليعطي -4′4,2,ثنائي نيتروفينل هيدرازين:اوال مع,4 . sb4امينوبنزالدهايد ليعطي -4ورابعا مع sb3ثنائي مثيل امينوبنزالديهايد ليعطي -4ثالثا مع , وsb2بنزوفينون ليعطي ۥخصت التراكيب الجزيئية لقواعد شف االروماتية هذه على اساس تعيين درجات انصهارها وتحليل العناصر الدقيق شلقد المرئية. ان االنتقاالت االلكترونيه التي تم الحصول عليها درست في -ت الحمراء وفوق البنفسجيةوتسجيل اطيافها تح مذيبات االيثانول وثنائي مثيل فورمايد والماي والكلورفورم ورابع كلوريد الكاربون والهكسان الحلقي, وتعود حزم لمناظره.تعود حزم االمتصاص التي تم الحصول عليها االمتصاص المسجلة في مذيب االيثانول الى انتقالتها االلكترونيه ا )نانومترا في االطياف االلكترونية لقواعد شف االروماتية الجديدة المحضرة الى االنتقاالت 411الى 291عند → ∗) نتقاالت بانها ت هذه االَّالناشئة من حلقات البنزوفينون وااللديهايد المعوضة والممتدة على طول الجزيئة في قواعد شف. عد الشحنة الضمني إذ حيث تلعب اجزاء حلقات البنزوفينون والبنزالديهايد المعوضه كواهبات للشحنة حزم معقدات انتقال وحلقه الفينيل هيدرازين المعوضه كمستقبل للشحنة. وايضا تم قياس ومناقشة تأثير المذيبات القطبية وغير القطبية في الشحنة.مه معقد انتقالاالنتقاالت االلكترونية لحز الشحنة الضمني مثل حسبت ونوقشت المعامالت الطيفية والفيزياوية للهيئات التركيبة الجزيئية لجزيئات معقدات انتقال طاقات االنتقال ومعامل االمتصاص الموالري وشدة التذبذب الجزيئي وعزم ثنائي القطب الجزيئي االنتقالي وطاقه الرنين الجزيئي. معقدات شف، معقدات انتقال الشحنة، طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء، األشعة المرئية فوق قواعد شف، :المفتاحية الكلمات البنفسجية، تحليل العناصر الدقيقة ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 العملیات جروح لتلوث المسببة الهوائیة البكتریا حول وبكتریولوجیة وراثیة دراسة الدیوانیة مدینة في النساء لدىالقیصریة الكعبي جحیل الواحد عبد وفاء القادسیة جامعة، التربیة كلیة ،الحیاة علوم قسم 2011 تشرین الثاني 16: قبل البحث في2010 حزیران 27:استلم البحث في ة الخالص البكتریــا انــواع علــى والتعـرف النــساء لــدى القیــصریة العملیـات تلــوث أســباب أهــم علـى للوقــوف الدراســة هــذه أجریـت والدةالـ مستـشفى فـي القیـصریة العملیـات خمجـات مـن المعزولـة البكتیریـة العزالت تشخیص تم إذ التلوث لهذا المسببة الهوائیة َّكـــن القیــصریة بالعملیــات قمــن اللــواتي النـــساء مــن٪ 65 أن وجــد لقــد.الخاصــة والعیـــادات القادســیة محافظــة فــي واألطفــال ُ ـــریا أظهــرت إذ . متباینــة وبنـسب مختلفــة ببكتریــا ملوثـات ٪ 62.4 بلغــت نــسبة أعلــى staphylococcus aureus بكتـــ streptococcus وبكتریــا٪ 9.58 أظهــرت e.coli وبكتریـا٪ 18 أظهــرت pseudomonas aerogenosa وبكتریـا pyogens ـــریا إمـا٪ 3.6 أظهـرت مـن لكـل حـساسیتها المعزولـة البكتریـا أظهـرت.٪6.4 نـسبتها فكانـت proteus sp بكتــــ ch الحیاتیة المضادات l ora mp he ni col والـami ka ci n amo xi ci l l i n وال ampi ci l l i n حدوث لوحظ.التوالي على amo الحیـــاتي المـــضاد بـــین التـــأزري الفعــل xi ci l l i n وge nta myci n وcefo ta xi n البكتریـــا مـــن لكـــل staphylococcus.aureus وpseudomonas aerogenosa. العملیـات لتلوث المسببة البكتیریة األنواع أكثر بوصفها . النساء لدى القیصریة بكتیریـا مـن كـل احتـواء المعزولـة البكتیریـة االنـواع مـن المـستخلص اللـدن الهالمي الكهربائي الترحیل نتائج أظهرت e.coli وpseudomonas aerogenosa و proteus.spp بكتریـا احتـوت بینمـا واحـدة بالزمیدیـة حزمة على احتوائها staphylococcusaureus مقاومــةوال الحــزم عــدد بـین عالقــة وجــود عـدم تبــین وانــه صـغیرتین بالزمیــدیتین حــزمتین علـى .الحیاتیة للمضادات es ،القیصریة العملیات ، الجروح تلوث :الكلمات المفتاحیة chri chi a co l i المقدمة i المخمجة الجروح nfe cti on wound : یقرر حتى یومیا تراقب ان یجب والجروحُ قیحا تنضح التي الجروح هي i داخلي مصدر من اما الجروح وتلوث] 1)[متقیحة(مخمجة إنها ndoge nousخـارجي مـصدر او exoge nousفـالخمج یــصبح فـالجرح ، القولــون فـتح عملیـة مثــل المـریض جــسم فـي اخـر مكــان فـي تعایــشي بـشكل موجـودة جــراثیم تـسببه الـداخلي عوامــل مـن تكـون كــأن الجـسم خـارج مــن جـراثیم فتـسببه الخــارجي الخمـاج أمـا العملیــة بعـد الغلیظـة األمعــاء بجـراثیم مخمجـا الـسكري ، مثـل أخـرى بـأمراض كإصـابات نفـسه المـریض یخص فیما او العملیة فیها اجریت التي بالمستشفى متعلقة متعددة ] .1 [القیصریة العملیة تلوث احتمال من تزید التي المختلفة العوامل ومن ، العمر او ، الضغط وا ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 هي التلوث زیادة في المؤثرة العوامل العمر -أ علــى ًمعنویــا ًتــأثیرا للعمــر ان الــى[1] اشـار إذ القیــصریة العملیــة بتلــوث لالصــابة عرضـة اكثــر هــن الــسن فــي الكبیـرات ان mrsa ) methe بسالالت التلوث ci l i n re s i s ta nce sta ph. au re u (العمریة الفئات كانت إذ) اكثر هن)60-40 .التوالي على 38-25 وبنسبة للتلوث لالصابات عرضة معینة بإمراض اإلصابة-ب داء امــراض : مثـل عملیـاتهن، جـروح لتلـوث غیـرهن مـن عرضـة أكثــر هـن معینـة إمـراض مـن یعـانین الالتـي المریـضات إن ai الـ المناعي النقص أمراض عن فضال ، المزمنة الرئة ٕوامراض ، الكبدي التلیف وأمراض ، السكري ds]2.[ المستشفى في الرقود مدة طول -ج فكلمـا المستـشفیات فـي المكتـسب التلـوث او تااللتهابـا حـدوث زیادة في كبیرة عالقة لها المستشفى في الرقود مدة طول ان ]. 3 [المستشفى داخل للتلوث التعرض نسبة زادت الرقود مدة زادت الجراحیة العملیات صاالت تلوث من تحدث التي االخماج-د مباشـرة العملیـة بعـد أي للجـرح ضـماد اول تغییـر عنـد ویظهـر نفـسه بـالمریض ًمرتبطا الخمج نوع یكون النوع هذا في ســطحیا الخمـج ویكـون لـه المـسببة نفـسها الجــراثیم ونـوع نفـسه الخمـج یحملـون الـذین الردهــة فـي الراقـدین بالمرضـى یـرتبط وقـد ]4.[ الطبیة األدوات -هـ احتمالیـة مـن یزیـد وهـذا ، المرضـیة الجـراثیم مـن هائلـة لكمیـات حاملة الطبیة واألجهزة األدوات تكون ان الممكن من ].5[اخر الى مریض من ونقلها الجراثیم لتلك كمستودعات واألدوات ةاألجهز هـذه ان الطبي الفریق -و ومنــاطق والبلعــوم االنــف فــي البكتریـا مــن لالســتیطان عرضــة اكثــر یكونـون المستــشفیات فــي العــاملین االشـخاص ان مـن االنتقـال خـالل االیدي طریق عن دوىالع تتم ان ویمكن المستشفیات داخل التلوث لتفشي مهمة ًمصادرا ویعدون أخرى مـریض مـن المـسببات كـل لنقـل وسـطا یكـون وبهـذا] 6[االیـدي وتعقـیم غـسل علـى العمـل دون معالجتـه بعد آخر الى مریض فــي المـستعملة الجراحیـة الخیـوط انـواع لـبعض المریـضة لجـسم منـاعي رفـض عملیـة تحـصل االحیـان بعـض وفـي. اخـر الـى to (كلیا ذائبة خیوط هما الخیوط من نوعین هناك ان إذ ، القیصریة العملیة ta l a bs orbe d (جزئیا ذائبة وخیوط) non abs orbe d(،]3 [في فتسبب جزئیا الذائبة الخیوط اما المریضة جسم طبقات مع سریعة بصورة تلتحم كلیا الذائبة فالخیوط بـبعض تلـوث مـسببة الجراحیـة العملیـة مكـان فـي قـیحت مـسببة منـه الخروج محاولة الجسم طبقات من استنفار االحیان بعض ].7 [البكتریا أنواع تـاثیرات مـن یتبعهـا ومـا بـالتلوث اصیبت ما اذا والخارجیة الداخلیة الجسم طبقات حمایة وأهمیة المریضة حیاة ألهمیة ونظرا :یأتي ما لتحقیق الدراسة هذه استهدفت جانبیه .النساء لدى القیصریة العملیة لتلوث ببةالمس الهوائیة البكتریا وتشخیص عزل .1 المعزولة البكتریا في الحیاتیة المضادات بعض تأثیر دراسة .2 .الحیاتیة للمضادات المقاومة البكتریا في الحیاتیة المضادات لبعض الخلطي التأثیر دراسة .3 .الحیاتیة للمضادات المقاومة البكتریا انواع لبعض الوراثي المحتوى دراسة .4 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 العمل وطرائق المواد والتشخیص العزل.1 مستـشفى فـي النـساء علـى اجریـت التـي القیـصریة للعملیـات المخمجـة الجـروح مـن معقمـة قطنیـة مـسحة 100 جمعـت و العینــات وزرعـت 2008 الثـاني كــانون غایـة ٕوالـى 2007 حزیــران مـن الممتـدة وللمــدة الدیوانیـة مدینـة فــي واالطفـال الـوالدة bl الصلب الدم وسط على التخطیط بطریقة ood a ga r والوسط ma ccon ky a ga r ساعة 24 ومدة م37 بدرجة وحضنت اعتمــادا النامیـة البكتریـا شخــصت ذلـك وبعـد النامیـة الجرثومیــة العـزالت لمـستعمرات المظهریـة الــصفات درسـت التنقیـة وبعـد :على المــستعمرة حجـم ناحیـة مــن النامیـة مراتللمـستع المزرعیــة الـصفات لوحظـت اذ:المجهــري والفحـص المزرعیـة الـصفات . أ aga وسط على الالكتوز وتخمر ولونها وارتفاعها r ma ccon ky بصبغة وصبغت منها مسحات وحضرت gra m s ta i n 8 [للصبغة واستجابتها وترتیبها الخالیا اشكال ولوحظت.[ المحلـل واالنزیم الیوریز انزیم انتاج باراتاخت اما]9 [طریقة حسب االوكسیدیز اختبارات أجریت :الكیموحیویة االختبارات . ب علــى النتـرات واختـزال الـسكریات وتحلـل الحركـة واختبـارات] 10 [طریقــة وفـق علـى واالنـدول الـسترات واسـتهالك للجالتـین أُجـري فقـد كـرام لـصبغة الـسالبة البكتریـا لتشخیص] 11[طریقة حسب الهیدروجین كبریتید انتاج واختبار] 10 [طریقة وفق ]12 [طریقة وفق على واالنبوب الشریحة بطریقتي الكاتالیز انزیم وانتاج الملحي المانیتول وسط على النمو اختبار الحیاتیة للمضادات الحساسیة فحص اختبار. 2 di بـــاالقراص االنتـــشار طریقـــة بأســتخدام الحیاتیـــة للمـــضادات البكتیریـــة للعـــزالت الحـــساسیة فحـــص َُأجــري s k di ffus i on me thod تتضمن التي] 13 [طریقة حسب حیاتیة مضادات 7 الغرض لهذا استخدم: هنتــون مــولر وســط مـن مللتــر)5( علــى منهـا كــل یحتــوي االختبـار انابیــب الــى النقیـة المــستعمرات مــن )4-2( نقـل .1 . ساعة 24 مدة م37 بدرجة وحضن السائل الحاصــــلة العكـــورة تكـــون ان الــــى سیولوجيالفیـــ المحلـــي المحلــــول وباســـتعمال الـــضرورة عنــــد الحاصـــل النمـــو خفـــف .2 .)0.5( رقم الند ماكفر انبوب عكورة الى متجانسة علـــى الــضغط بوســاطة الزیــادة وازیلــت البكتیــري النمــو علــى الحاویــة االنابیــب فــي المعقمــة القطنیــة المــسحة ادخلــت .3 البكتریـا نـشر لـضمان مختلفـة وباتجاهـات الـصلب هنتـون المـولر وسـط علـى المـسحة نـشرت ثم الداخلة االختبار أنبوبة جدران .بالتساوي حساسیتها اختبار المراد اعــاله الفقـرة فـي البكتیـري بـالمزروع لقــح الـذي الزرعـي الوسـط سـطح علــى الحیاتیـة المـضادات مـن اقـراص 7 وضـعت .4 .ساعة 24 مدة م37 بدرجة اإلطباق حضنت ، لتثبیتها بعنایة األقراص على ضاغط معقم ملقط وباستخدام) 3( التثبـیط منطقـة قطـر بقیـاس الحیاتیـة للمـضادات والمقاومـة الحـساسة البكتریـا تحدیـد وتـم التـالي الیـوم فـي النتیجـة قـرأت .5 ].14 [قبل من القیاسیة الجداول مع وقورنت بالملیمیتر قدرت التي الحیاتیة المضادات خلط اختبار.3 amp الحیـــاتي المـــضاد خلـــط اختبـــار تــم i ci l l i n الحیاتیـــة اداتالمـــض مـــع ge nta mi ci n، te tra cycl i n ،chl ora mp he ni col من لكل عزالت خمس ضمن staphylococcus aureus، aeruqinosa pseudomonas tri للـــ والمقاومــة ma thopri m لوحــدة المــضاد اســتعمال تــاثیر مــع ومقارنتهــا المعزولــة البكتریــا فــي الخلــط تــاثیر لبیــان ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 بأزدیــاد للمـضادین التـازري الفعـل علــى واسـتدل] 9[طریقـة وفـق علــى للمـضادین مـزیج علـى الحــاوي القـرص طریقـة بأسـتخدام .المضادین مزیج على الحاوي للقرص التثبیط منطقة قطر dna i :البالزمیدي dnaالــ عزل.4 s ol a ti on pl a s mi d bo الغلیان طریقة بأستخدام]. 13 [في ورد لما وفقا البالزمیدي dna عزل عملیة أجریت i l i ng me thod وكما :یأتي ps.aeruginosa (القیاســیة العزلــة مــع الحیاتیــة المــضادات لــبعض مقاومــة ps.aeruginosa عــزالت 4 ختیـرتُُأ◌-1 attc36842 وسـط علـى البكتریة العزالت زرعت) l .b (حـرارة بدرجـة هـزازة حاضـنة فـي بالبكتریـا الملقـح الوسـط حـضن ثـم .ساعة 24 ومدة م37 واحــدة دقیقـة مـدة الـصغیرة المنبـذة باســتخدام الخالیـا رسـبت معقمـة ابنـدروف أنبوبــة الـى البكتیـري المـزروع مـل) 5:1(نقـل:2 .ساعة 24 مدة م 4 حرارة بدرجة البكتیري الراسب على الحاویة ابندروف انبوبة تركت بعدها vo الـدوار المـازج بوسـاطة المـزیج رج مـل /ملغـم 10 الالیـسوانزایم انـزیم اضـیف لتجف الحبیبة وتركت الراشح اهمل.3 rte x .دقائق 3 مدة جید بشكل دقــائق) 10 (مــدة الـصغیرة المنبــذة بجهـاز رســب ثـم ثانیــة 40 مــدة م°100 حـرارة بدرجــة مـائي حمــام الـى المحلــول نقـل. 4 الغرفة حرارة وبدرجة m , 240 2.5 الـصودیوم خـالت مـن رولترمـایك 40 المحلـول الـى واضیف خشبیة بعیدان المتكونة اللزجة الحبیبة سحبت.5 .م20 حرارة بدرجة ساعة 24 مدة حفظ ثم الدوار المازج بوساطة المزیج رج، الكحول ایزومیروبیل من مایكرولیتر الغرفــة حـرارة بدرجــة المحلـول وتــرك الراشـح اهمــل . م4 حـرارة بدرجـة دقیقــة 15 مـدة الــصغیرة المنبـذة بوســاطة المـزیج نبـذ.6 یـصبح وبـذالك االنبوبـة جـدران علـى المترسـب البالزمیـدي dna الذابة ph= 8 ذي te دارى من ایكرولترم 50 اضیف، .للترحیل ًجاهزا االنموذج pl البالزمیدي dnaللــ الكهربائي الترحیل.5 a s mi d d na el e ctrop hore s i s بدرجـة المـائي الحمـام باسـتخدام ةاالذابـ عملیـة تمـت ) tbe) x1 دارى مـن مل 100 في االكاروز من غرام 0.7 اذیب.1 .لتر/مایكروغرام 0.5 نهائي بتركیز االیثریوم اضیف ثم م°50 الى لیبرد المحلول ترك بعدها ،م°100 حرارة tra االكاروز اسناد صفیحة حضرت.2 y صـبه بعـد الـذائب الهـالم تـسرب لمنع جید بشكل الصق بشریط حافتها واحیطت . مـن بهـدوء الحفـر تكوین مشط رفع ثم ،دقیقة 30 مدة لیتصلب وترك الصفیحة في الكاروزا هالم صب ثم تكوین مشط ثبت el الكهربائي الترحیل حوض الى نقل الذي المتصلب الهالم e ctrop hore s i s tra nk 13 [طریقة وفق على .[ والمناقشة النتائج باالعتمــاد واالطفـال الــوالدة مستـشفى فـي صریةالقیــ العملیـات خمجـات مــن عزلـت التـي البكتیریــة العـزالت شخـصت % 62.4 وبنـسبة staphylococcus aureus بكتریا كانت لالصابة نسبة اكثر ان) 1 (رقم الجدول في فیظهر] 15[على اصـابات فـي staphylococcus aureus بكتریـا سـیادة وتـأتي 65.5 نـسبتها كانـت اذ]. 16[الیه توصلت ما مقارب وهذا الخمــج احـداث مـن تمكنهـا التـي الـسموم و واالنزیمـات الــسطحیة المستـضدات مـن عـدد المتالكهـا القیـصریة اتالعملیـ جـروح ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الـى انتشارها سبب یعود وقد % 18.4 بها االصابة نسبة وكانت فعزلت pseudomonas aeruginosa بكتریا اما]. 2[ مهـم دور لهـا التـي الـصبغات امتالكهـا الـى او]. 17[ضالمـر معالجة في المستعملة والمطهرات الحیاتیة للمضادات مقاومتها فـي البكتیریـة االجنـاس بـاقي مـع المنافـسة قـوة البكتریـا هـذه مـنح علـى تعمـل أنهـا إذ ، للمـضیف البكتریـا اسـتیطان عملیـة فـي الجنــاسا تثبــیط الــى یــؤدي ممــا الحیاتیـة المــضادات لفعــل مماثــل بنــشاط الـصبغات هــذه تقــوم إذ ، تــستوطنه الــذي المكـان تتوافـق النتیجـة وهـذه %14.8 نـسبتها فكانـت proteus spبكتریـا امـا].18 [السیادة فرصة لها وتتاح معها الموجودة االخرى ].19 [به جاء ما مع حـصل ممـا اقـل وهـذا التـوالي علـى % 8.6و9.5 اصـابة نـسبة streptococcus pyogens e.coli بكتریـا أظهـرت streptococcus بكتریـا انتـشار ســبب ان التـوالي علـى% 18.2و% 34 نــسبتها كانـت إذ].14 [سـابقة دراســة فـي علیـه pyogens أســواطها بوسـاطة الخارجیـة البیئــة بـسطح االلتـصاق علـى قــدرتها وكـذلك والهـواء البیئــة فـي الواسـع انتـشارها هــو محــددات انتـشار وســهولة لمـستعملةا والمطهـرات الحیاتیــة للمـضادات ســریعة مقاومـة آلیـات المتالكهــا وكـذلك]. 12[القطبیـة con االقتـران عملیـة طریـق عـن المقاومـة ju ncti on والتحـول tra ns fo rma ti on [24]المــضادات بخلـط یتعلـق فیمـا amo الحیاتي المضاد مزج فقد الحیاتیة xi ci l l i n الحیاتیة المضادات من كل مع chl ora mp henicol وgentamicin te و tra cycl i n البكتریـا مـن عـزالت خمـس استخدمت إذ ، علیها الحصول تم التي الحساسیة فحص نتائج على باالعتماد pseudomonas aeruginosa وtaphylococcus aureus للــ مقاومـةamoxicillin االنـواع اكثـر بوصـفها الحیــاتي المـضاد بـین تـأزري فعـل حــصول) 3و 4 (الجـدولین مـن یتـضح القیـصریة العملیــات جـروح لتلـوث المـسببة البكتیریـة amo xi ci l l i n المضادین من كل مع ge nta mi ci n وchl ora mp he ni col المضادات خلط ان الى]. 4 [اشار وقد النفاذیـة لزیادة نتیجة كالیكوسیدات االمینو مضادات امتصاص على تساعد الكتام البیتا المضادات مع كالیوسیدات االمینو بالمـاء الملیئـة القنـوات عبـر االنتقـال وهـي البكتیریـة الخلیـة لـدخول اخـرى طریقـة سـیدات كالیكو االمینو مضادات تمتلك كما ]. 21[ذكر كما ًأیضا الخلیة داخل الى الكتام البیتا المضادات تمر خاللها من التي الخارجي الغشاء في والمتواجدة احتــواء النــساء لــدى القیــصریة العملیـات خمــج مــن المــستخلص dnaلــل الهالمـي الكهربــائي الترحیــل نتــائج أظهـرت .الهالم في الموقع متغیرة واحدة بالزمیدیة حزمة على كرام لصبغة السالبة البكتریا عزالت جمیع مختلفـة مواقـع فـي تتواجـدان صـغیرتین بالزمیتـین حـزمتیین علـى احتوائهـا لـوحظ فقـد st.aureusٍ لبكتریـا بالنـسبة أمـا دراسـات أكـدت كمـا] 22 [البـاحثین مـن العدیـد ذكـره مـا مـع یتفق وهذا لهما الجزیئي زنالو اختالف على یدل وهذا الهالم من مقاومــة جینــات تحمــل تقریبـا قاعــدة كیلــو 4.4 جزیئــي وزن ذي الحجـم صــغیرة بالزمیــدات علــى البكتریـا هــذه احتــواء عدیـدة teللـ tra cycl i n . ( الـسبب یعـزى وربمـا الحیاتیـة للمـضادات مـةوالمقاو البالزمیدیـة الحـزم عـدد بین ما عالقة هناك تكن لم تكـوین او بالزمیـدات فـي او خلیـة كروموسـوم علـى محمولـة تكـون معینـة جینـات وجـود منها للمقاومة اخرى الیات وجود الى tra قافزة جینات ns pos ons لما مطابق وهذا العزالت هذه في المعقد وتركیبه الخلوي بالجدار متعلقة المقاومة تكون قد او الحزمـة هـذه تحمـل) 6 (رقـم جـدول فـي یتضح كما الخرى عزلة من مختلف الجزیئي وزنها ان یعني مما] 23 [دراسة كرتهذ .للمضادات مقاومة الجینات من العدید البالزمیدیة المصادر الحیاتیـــة للمــضادات واســتجابتها الجراحیـــة العملیــات بعــد الجـــروح خمجــات). 1997 (عزیــز الـــدین شــرف بــدیع .النقیــب.1 .المستنصریة جامعة _العلوم كلیة _ماجستیر رسالة 2.jarvis.w.r.(1996).selected asp ects of the socioeconomic imp act of nosocomial infection. morbidity .m ortality . cost and prevention, infect. cont rol. hosp . epidemiol.17(8):552557. ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 3. brunicardi, f. charles and et al;(2005) schwartz s p rinciples of surgery 8 th ed .medical p ublishing division new york, p502 508. 4. nicholas. r.l.(1991) . surgical wound infection . arner.j.m ed.19(sup p l_3b) . 54_64 . 5. philpott.j.(2000). environmental risk of floors associated with medical and dental equip ment in the trins mission of pseudomonas aeruginosa . equipment of ora microbiology . l infect .32(4)..249_255. 6. tambic,a (2002) .m ethcilin –resistant staphylococcus aureus (m rsa) a predictor of the end of the antibiotic –diagnost ic epidemiology the rap y end dissemination p revention , olge. clinimicrobial 119(5-6) ;166-177. 7.sy monds,emalcolm .et al.(2004) essential obst etrics and gy necology .4 th ed. library of congress cataloguing in publication data. sp in 8. prescott,l m ; horley . j . p .and klein , d.a .(1993)..m icrobiology . by w . m . c .brown p ublishers , usa . 9.cruickshan,r.. duguid ,j.p. m armion ,.b .p, and swain, r. h.(1995). m edical microbiology . 12ht ed . vol.2. churchill living st one .london 10.collee, j.g.fraser .a.marmion .b.p.and simmon.a.s.(1996).practical medical microbiology .chuchll living st one. 11.cowan.s.t.(1985)..cowan and stells manual for ldentification of m edical bacteria .2th ed. cambridge univ.. p ress..u .k. 12.m acfaddin . j.f .(1979).. biochemical test for identification of medical bacteri a.williams and wilkins .usa. 13.brooks. g .f..but el.j.s.and m orse. s.a(1998) .j awetz . m elnick and adebergs medrcal microbiology .10 th ed .c.v .ap p elon and lang . 14.national committee for clinical laboratory st andard(nccls). (1999). perfomance st andard for ant microbiology .suscep tibility testing .9 th informational sup p lement nccls .way nepa. 15.al _yaseri. a .j.(1995).thelmp otance of minimum in hibitory concentration of antimicrobial against nejativ e bacilli lsolated gram urinary tract infection.m.s.c.thesis . baghdad university baghdad . lraq. 16.fakhriddeen .a.g. (2001). abacten logical of the p athogen causing noscomial infection .m .s.c .the sis in microbiology . college of science .fufa .univ. 17.douglas . j. sleigh ..m orag .c..timbury . (1998) . m otes on medical m icrobiology 5th churchill living st one . 18.green wood . g..slack.g ..p euther .j.f .(1997). m edical immunity laboratory diagnosis nd cotorol3th ed. churchill. living st one . 20 (سلمان كاظم بتول . الموسوي. .19 العملیـات بعـد جـروحال خمجـات مـن كـرام لـصبغة الـسالبة البكتریـا بعـض وتـشخیص عزل). 00 ـــة . المستنصریة الجامعة _العلوم كلیة _ماجستیر رسالة الحیاتیة للمضادات الخلطي التأثیر ودراسة الجراحیــ aureus العنقودیـة المكـورات بكتریـا من محلیة لعزالت بكتریولوجیة دراسة) .2002 (رزاق صادق زهیر . السهالوي.20 staphylococus جامعة الكوفة–كلیة العلوم –رسالة ماجستیر .د المیثیسیلین المقاومة لمضا 21.jacoby .j.a.(1997).extended – sp ectrum b lactam and other enzy me p roviding resistance to oxy imino b lactam infect.clin. noth american11 (4).. 875_887. 22. kluy tmans etal,(1997) . the bacterial plasmids bands p rop erties and the different in it molecular weights in the resist ant of variable antibiotic 46:171-181 23. dever l.a. and dermody , t.s. (1991). new mechanisms of bactrerial resistance to antibiotics . arch . intern . m ed .151:886-895. 24.arque.m . nieves. b. ruiz.o.dager m.(2000) characterization of p lasmids which mediated resistince to multiple on antibiotic in gram negative bacteria on nosomial origin . enferm . infect microbial. clim 15(6) ..299_305. 25.nicholas . t.m.(2000).nosocomial infection in auckland health care. hosp ital . n.z .med .j.11(1050)..314_6. ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 26.sander .w.b.(1994).rush university review of surgery second edition p rinted of .usa 27.sanderson aand al_shafie (1970)sp reed of infection in hosp ital .surgery .67.372_373 28.sanders,w.e and sanders, c.c (1997) enterobacter sp p . pathogens poised to flourish at ty rm of the century clin. m icrobior rev 10(2), 220-241. القیصریة العملیات خمجات من وشخصت عزلت التي الهوائیة البكتریا :)1(جدول st.aureus لنساء القیصریة العملیات خمجات من المعزولة البكتیریة العزالت في الحیاتیة المضادات تأثیر :)2(دولج للنساء القیصریة العملیات خمجات من المعزولة e.coli البكتیریة العزالت في الحیاتیة المضادات تأثیر:)3(لجدو %المؤیة النسبة العزالت عدد المشخـــــــصة البكتریا st aphylococcus aureus 60 62.5% p seudomonas aerogino sa 18 18% e.coli 9 9.5% st rept ococcus pyogens 3 3.6% p rot eus spp 6 6.4% total 96 10 0% cefotoxiun مناطق اقطار بالملم التثبیط tetracyclin التثبیط مناطق اقطار بالملم gentamycin التثبیط مناطق اقطار بالملم amoxycillin التثبیط مناطق اقطار بالملم st.aureus 21 17 11 0 s1 19.5 8.5 19 6.5 s10 18 40 0 0 s18 38 17 17 0 s20 15 0 0 6.5 s32 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 staphylococcus للبكتریا عزالت خمس في مضادات ثالثة مع amoxicllin الحیاتي المضاد خلط تأثیر:)4(جدول . aureus النساء لدى القیصریة العملیات خمجات من المعزولة تآزر حدوث* (+) تآزر یحدث لم) -** ( لبكتریا عزالت خمس في حیاتیة مضادات ثالثة مع amoxycillin الحیاتي المضاد خلط تأثیر:)5(جدول ce fotoxiun اقطار مناطق التثبیط بالملم tetracycli n ثبیط اقطار مناطق الت بالملم gentamycin اقطار مناطق التثبیط بالملم amoxycil lin اقطار مناطق التثبیط بالملم e.coli 8 18.5 18 0 e2 19 20 15 0 e3 23 9.5 28 8 e5 43 19 21 7 e7 0 7 18 0 e8 st.aureus amoxycillin اقطار مناطق التثبیط م بالمل amoxycillin + g entamycin م اقطار مناطق التثبیط بالمل amoxycillin + tetra cyclin م اقطار مناطق التثبیط بالمل amoxycil lin + cefotoxi un طق اقطار منا م ل التثبیط بالم si . (1 1) + (1 8) + )+21( s10 (6 .5) (2 6) + )+16( )+25( s18 . -(.) )+40( )+18( s20 . )+18( -)18( )+38( s32 )6.5( -(.) 0(.) )+20( ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 e.coliالنساء لدى صریةالقی العملیات خمجات من المعزولة e.coli amoxycillin التثبیط مناطق أقطار بالملم amoxycillin + gentamycin التثبیط مناطق أقطار بالملم amoxycillin + tetracycl in التثبیط مناطق أقطار بالملم amoxycillin + cefotoxiun مناطق أقطار بالملم التثبیط e2 . )+*20( )+20( )+**8( e3 . )+16( )+22( -)19( e5 8 )+38( )+19.5( )+23( e7 7 )+29( )+27( )+43( e8 . )+18.9( -)7( (.)+ تآزر حدوث* (+) تآزر یحدث لم) -** ( الحیاتیة للمضادات بالمقاومة وعالقتها البالزمیدیة الحزم عدد یبین :)6 (جدول الحیاتیة اداتالمض مقاومة العزلة رقم البالزمیة الحزم عدد المضادات عدد 6 2 1 ampicillin,amoxycillin, cefotoxin, gentamycin,t etracyclin,streptomycin 3 1 2 t etracyclin,c efatoxin , ampicillin 6 1 3 ampicillin, amoxycillin, cefatoxin, gentamycin, t etracyclin, streptomycin 2 2 4 ampicillin,amoxycillin ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و الت طبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 genetic and bacteriological study of aerobic bacteria which causes cesarean section contamination in women in the city of diwaniya w. a. a. j. alk aby departme nt of biology , college of education, unive rsity of al_qadisiya received in:27 june 2010 accepte d in:16 november 2011 abstract this st udy was designed to st and on the most imp ortant causes of contamination in sesarean section in women by the aerobic bacteria sp ecies the bacteria isolates were diagnosed in the m aternity and children hosp ital in the qadsiy a province and in the sp ecial clinics. sixty five p ersent of women having cesarean op eration were contaminated with different bacteria in different ratios. staphylococcus aureus showed the higher p ercentage (62.4) , pseudomonas.aerogenosa 18% , e.coli 9.5% and proteus.spp (6,4%).while streptococcus pyogens showed lowest p ercentage 3.6% . the results of antibiotic sensitivity test for all bacteria isolates showed chloramphenicol and amikacin where efficient in it effect on bacteria , while amoxicillin and ampcillin where low efficient in there effect . about antibiotic combination test on staphylococcus aureus and pseudomonas aerogenosa the results showed sy neergst ic effect between amoxicillin and gentamy cin and cefotaxin. the results of electop horesis of dna t hat extracted from sp ecies of isolated bacteria, showed that e.coli pseudomonas.aerogenosa and proteus spp one plasmid band while staphylococcus contain two small p lasmid band and there is no relation ship between the number of bands and the resistance for antibiotics. keyword: contamination, cesarean section, eschrichia coli 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد یة والمیكانیكیة لاللومینائبعض الخواص الفیزیافي دراسة تأثیر إضافة المغنسیا إنعام وادي وطن ، شیماء قاسم عبد الحسن ،خالد هالل حربي جامعة بغداد –كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم –قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة مـــادة مضــافا الیهــا mμ63الــدقائقي الحجـــم يذ) al2o3-α(االلومینــامن نــوعمــادة المعتــم فــي هــذا البحــث اســـت mالمغنســیا go بحجــم دقــائقيmμ63 0.3,%1.(مختلفــة ةبنســب وزنیــ%and0.5%0 (شـــبه وتــم اســتخدام طریقــة الكــبس تلبیـد النمـاذج فـي درجـة حـرارة دقـائق وقـد تـم 5وبـزمن kn50الجاف لتحضیر النماذج بقـوة كـبس o c1500 6 تلبیـدوبـزمن الصــالدة ،مقاومــة (الخــواص المیكانیكیــة وكــذلك)الكثافــة ، االمتصاصــیة ،المســامیة (یــة ئدرســت الخــواص الفیزیا، اتســاع التـي عملــت علــى %0.5 ة بینـت النتــائج ان افضـل نســبة الوكسـید المغنیســیوم مضـافا لاللومینــا هـي نســب وقــد) االنضـغاط یة والمیكانیكیةئالخواص الفیزیا تحسین المقدمة جهـادات المختلفـة اللتحمـل و التـي تتطلـب مقاومـة عالیـة ألجزاءفي ا لمعتعد االلومینا من المواد السیرامیكیة التي تست ــایت وتتمیـــز بالصـــالدة العالیة)1( والتآكــــلالمقاومـــة العالیـــة للبلـــي اطئة،و ال،التوصـــیلیة الحراریـــة وتنـــتج مـــن خامـــات البوكسـ .)2(واسعة التطبیقات تجعلها هللكسر وهذومقاومة عالیة sp(شمعات القدح كهربائیة في وازالالها عمعالنقاوة المختلفة هي است يالهندسیة لاللومینا ذ تاقیطبالت أهمومن ark p lugs ( كمــا األسـالكوفوهـات الـرش الزراعیـة وبكـرات سـحب التسـخین المركــزي أنظمـةومرتكـزات المضـخات المتداولـة فـي الموصـــالت ألشــباه عـــازال ات غالفــلمعاســـت اذ األخیــرةة لمـــدات االلكترونیــة التـــي ازدادت فــي اطبیقـــااللومینـــا فــي الت تدخلــ implant m(ت مــواد غــرز لمعفـي المجــال الطبــي فقــد اسـت إمــا .روالترانزســتو وحافظـات الــدایود aterials ( فــي الســیما و hip(مفاصـل الـورك joit (الجیــدة ةالمیكانیكیـوالمواصــفات األنسـجةالصــناعیة وذلـك بســب التوافـق الجیـد مــع واألسـنان كمیـات مــن إلیهــا والمضـافالنقیـة منهــا أكانـتاء و القطـع ســ دااللومینـا فـي عــد عملي البلــي واالحتكـاك ،وتســتفتصـ السـیماو m( التیتــانیوم مـــع نســبة قلیلــة مـــن المغنســیا دكاربیـــ ماوكســیید التیتــانیوم أ go( عــدد القطــع الســـیرامیكة هــذه فـــي لمعوتســـت الكیمـاويواسـتقرارها عالیـة تأكـلوالمعادن الصعبة التشغیل وذلك المتالكها درجات انصهار عالیة ومقاومـة ةالعالیالسرعات -stream(خــاربس الجـااللومینــا كـذلك فــي التطبیقـات المیكانیكیـة والحراریــة مثـل متحســس م لمعوتسـت.وارخـص مـن المــاس tramp sensars( )3(. لهمـا بالتطبیقـات األفضـلالسـیرامیكیة واالختیـار لألجـزاءالمتطلبـات أهم ددراسة الخواص المیكانیكیة لاللومینا یع إن مسـحوق عمل اسـت ، اذ)2003(عـام ) dasa( الباحـثقـام بـه فـي هـذا المجـال ما أجریـتفمن ضـمن الدراسـات التـي الهندسـیة، ؤلین و مضافا الیه الكا mμ6-8بین تراوحتوبتوزیع حجمي للدقائق % 65االلومینا بنسبة وزنیة 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وملبــد بدرجــة % 5بنسـبة o c 1950 ســاعة وقــد تـم الحصــول علــى مكبوسـة ســیرامیكیة بكثافــة مقــدارها 2وبـزمن انضــاج 3 3.46 g/cm ومقاومه انضغاطm p a 1000)4( ، وكما درس الباحثان)rohl and berlin ( عام)6200 ( وجـدوا ان الكثافــة تصـل الــى اذ،بالمغنیســیا ةالمعالجـكثافــة ومسـامیة االلومینــا فـيتـاثیر درجــة حـرارة التلبیــد وحجـم الــدقائق gm/cm 3 للنماذج عند درجة حـرارة تلبیـد 2.8 o c gm/cm فـي حـین كانـت الكثافـة 1430، 3 للنمـاذج الملبـدة بدرجـة 3.2 o c1630)5(. ان اضــــافة المغنیســــیا ،اذ امـــا فــــي بحثنـــا هــــذا فقــــد تـــم دراســــة مــــدى تـــاثیر اضــــافة المغنیســـیا الــــى مــــادة االلومینـــا الــى مــادة االلومینــا وتلبیــد بدرجــة%0.5بنســبة o c1500 كانــت الكثافــة ســاعات 6بــزمن انضــاج gm/cm 3 تــم و 2.48 gpقیمة للصالدة مقدارها اعلى الحصول على a 86 ومقاومة انضغاط مقدارهاm p a21.8. الجانب العملي علیـه عملیــة أجریـتوقـد bohشــركةالمصـنع مـن %)99.9(وبنقـاوة )α(مـن نــوع)al2o3(مسـحوق االلومینـا لمعاسـت ثـم تحضــیر ،mμ63 مـن لقطـر أقــ يذ دقـائق غربلـت المـادة المطحونـة للحصــول علـى و الطحـن باسـتخدام طاحونـة الكــرات ـــــافا ــــة مضـ ـــــا النقیــ ـــاذج االلومینـ ـــــهنمـــ ــــید إلیـ ــــادة اوكســ ـــــیوم مــ ـــر المغنسـ ــــب %)99.9(بنقــــــاوة و mμ63بقطـــ ــــوبنســ ةوزنیــ وقــد تــم % 2ال تزیــد عـن رابطـة بنســبة مــادة )ِ◌◌ِ pva( بــولي فینــال الكحـول مـادة إلیــه وأضـیف) 0.5%,0.3%,0.1%( باسـتخدام دقـائق 5وبـزمن )kn50(تشكیل النماذج بطریقة الكبس شبه الجـاف باسـتخدام المكـبس الهیـدرولیكي وبقـوة كـبس درجــة إلـــىالنمــاذج باســتخدام فــرن كهربـــائي بصــورة تدریجیــة تلبیـــد،تــم cm2قطــر يقالــب ذ o c 1500 6 تلبیـــدوبــزمن باسـتخدام طریقــة ) هریــةالكثافــة الحجمیة،المسـامیة الظاهریة،امتصاصــیة المـاء الظا( یـة ئالقیاســات الفیزیا أجریـت.سـاعات :)6( اآلتیةخمیدس وباستخدام العالقات اإلزاحة الر ρb=(wd /ws-wi) ………………….. [1] a.p%= (wswd/wswi)*100%....................[2] w.ab %=(wswd/wd)*100%................. [3] :اذ ρb :الكثافـة الحجمیـة)( gcm -3 ; :a.p% المسـامیة الظاهریــة( %) : w.ab% ; امتصاصـیة المـاء(%) ،wd: كتلــة ،) gm(كتلة االنموذج وهو مغمور بالماء : gm،wi)(االنموذج جاف ws :كتلة األنموذج رطب)gm . ( باســـتخدام الصــالدة للنمــاذج الملبــدة تقیســ اذ ،االنضــغاطمقاومـــة و بالصــالدة المتمثلــة ةالمیكانیكیــالقیاســات یــت أجر wilson -rockwell m-(بجهـاز الصـالدة مـن نـوع ) (rockwell طریقـة odel b554-t-u.s.a( وبطریقـة القیـاس وتـم تحدیـد قــیم kg15وحمـل نهـائي مقــداره 3kgحمـل ابتـدائي مقــداره تـم تســلیط ووباسـتخدام كــرة فوالذیـة )h15t(نـوع . كتروني مرتبط بالجهاز یلاالصالدة مباشرة من عداد تـم تســلیط إذ8cm1.قطــرو cm 0.17 بســمكعلــى نمـاذج بالطریقــة البرازیلیـة للعینــات القرصـیة الفحـص ي إجــر وقـد یقـوم اذ ،التلبیـد ،وقـد اجـري االختبـار باسـتخدام مكـبس هیـدرولیكي بعـد عملیـة لالنضغاط المنتج لمعرفة مقدار تحملالحمل توقـف المؤشـر مقیـاس القــوة أولالـذي یوضــع بـین فكـي المكـبس وتؤخـذ القـراءة للقــوة المسـلطة عنـد األنمـوذجبتسـلیط قـوة علـى ).7(من العالقة للعینات القرصیة االنضغاطمقاومة وتحسب في المكبس المستخدم c.s=2f/πdt……………………….[4] m( مقاومـة االنضـغاط c.s اذ p a( و،fضـغط مسـلط حصـل عنـده الكسـر للعینـة بوحـدات أعلـى)n(و d قطـر االنمـوذج )mm (،t سمك االنموذج)mm . ( 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المناقشةو النتائج سـاعات 6و بـزمن تلبیـددرجـة مئویـة 1500بدرجـة الصـالدة لاللومینـا الملبـدة فـيالمغنسـیا إضـافة تأثیر)1(یبین الشكل اضـافة كمیـة مـن اوكسـید الـى ان وهـذا یعـود زیادة صالدة المادة السـیرامیكیة إلىیؤدي زیادة نسبة االضافة إنونالحظ فیه discontuoues grain growt(الحبیبـي غیـر المســتمر منـع النمـو یالمغنسـیوم h( زیـادة التقـارب بــین إلـىیـؤدي ممـا 3.83gm/cm(ة كثافة المغنسیا العالی عن الضفالجسم السیرامیكي ل حبیبات المادة وتكوین المسامات المغلقة داخ 3 ()8.( المتصـلة (ات المفتوحـة علـى بعضـهامبسبب تناقص المسا زیادة الكثافة عتزداد مقیم الصالدة إنفیبین )2(الشكل اما سبب إنأي ونمو حبیبات مجاورة مغلقة التي یرافقها ضمور بعض الحبیبات تظهور مساماوبدایة )بشكل قنوات افیما بینه باستخدام ةفوتوغرافیصور ل) 3(الشكل وهذا ما یوضحه ، )9( اإلنضاجعملیة لتقریبا اكتماهو االلومینا مادةارتفاع كثافة ان التركیـب الـدقیق متكـون یالحظاذ ، النقیة والمشوبة بالمغنیسیا وعند نسب وزنیة مختلفة لسطح االلومینابالمجهر الضوئي ة قــمـع وجــود بعـض المنـاطق الغام) المنـاطق الغامقـة (تتخللهـا مســامات )المنـاطق المضـیئة (كثافـة اعلــى يمـن منـاطق ذ تغیـر نسـب االضـافات مـن رغمعلى الـالتركیب الدقیق یبدو متشابها أننسبیا التي تمثل الفجوات أو المسامات المفتوحة كما فـي الحجــم )بنسـبة اكبـر مــن دور المسـامات (الكبیــرة وهـذا ینسـجم مـع كــون االخـتالف فـي الكثافــات یرجـع الـى دور الفجـوات .الكلي زیــادة قـــوة التحمـــل للجســـم إلـــىان نقصــان المســـامیة یـــؤدي ونجـــد المســامیة مـــع الصـــالدة عالقـــة )4(یبــین الشـــكل عالیـة ةمیكانیكیـ ة تكـون ذا مقاومـةمیقلیلـة المسـا فـالمواد)10(خـالل عملیـة التلبیـد طاقـة التكثیـف فيوكذلك تؤثر السیرامیكي یتركـز الجهــد المسـلط علــى إذ ،فیهــا ةالمیكانیكیـســامیة العالیـة التــي تضـعف الخــواص مال وفـالمواد ذ علـى العكــس مـن ذلــك ةالعالقة بـین امتصاصـی)5(ویبین الشكل . )11(اصغر عندما تكون المسامیة عالیة مما یسرع من انهیار العینة مسامات متانــة وصــالدة الجســم الســیرامیكي الرتبــاط المســامیة زیــادة ىإلــإذ یالحــظ انخفــاض مســامیة المــاء تــؤدي ،المـاء والصــالدة . )12(فكلما زادت الكثافة قلت االمتصاصیة بالكثافة قیم مقاومة االنضغاط ویعزى ذلك إلى زیادة معـدل النمـو البلـوري ممـا فيتأثیر نسبة إضافة المغنسیا )6(ویبین الشكل )13(بعض مع یودي إلى زیادة ترابط الحبیبات بعضها )7(إن هذا السلوك انعكس على عالقة الكثافة مع مقاومة االنضغاط وهذا مابینه الشكل انخفـاض كـل مـن المسـامیة وامتصاصـیة المـاء مـع مقاومـة االنضـغاط علـى التـوالي ) 9(و) 8(ویبـین كـل مـن الشـكل را ظمیة وامتصاصیة الماء وهي قیمة مباشرة نالرتباط المسامیة وامتصاصیة الماء بالكثافة فكلما زادت قیم الكثافة قلت المسا ).15,14(االنضغاط للمادة السیرامیكیة ةلكون نسبة اإلضافة العالیة وعملیة التلبید مما أدى إلى زیادة كثاف االستنتاجات النمـــو إزالــةیــة بســبب ئالمواصــفات الفیزیا فــيواضــح تـــأثیرالمغنیســیا بنســب معلومــة لمــادة االلومینــا ذو إضــافة إن المحتـوى العینـات ذا نأتبـین اذ،الذي عمل على تحسین الكثافة وتقلیل المسامیة وامتصاصیة المـاء المستمر الحبیبي غیر اي زیـادة متانـة قیم لكال من الصالدة ومقاومـة االنضـغاط أفضل من ثمو عالیة للكثافة اقیم أعطت من المغنیسیا األعلى تالسیرامیكیة بسبب مسامیة الجسم السیرامیكي التي تعمل بوصفها نقاط ضـعف عنـدما یتعـرض إلـى اجهـاداوتماسك المادة .میكانیكیة خارجیة 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المصادر 1.van valck,l.h(1982)"m aterials for engineering:concepts and app lications "addison wesley pub.com.inc,u.s.a,pp.3-11. 2.m orrell(1991)"ceramic in modern engineering "j.am.ceram. soc .74(7) : 1487-1510. 3.dörre,e.&hübner,h.(1984)"alumina-processing,prop erties and app lications'berlin sp ringer verlag,pp.1-267. 4.dasa,s.k.and ray,a.k.(2003)"imp act strength and indentation fracture toughness studies on alumina-based we ar resist ance ceramic"j.intceram. 46(3)pp.184-187. 5.rohl,kuhn b., berlin k.m cyer(2006)"porosity of ceramic compsites"ceramic forum international ch/b er dkg 72(3). 6.ry an,w(1978)"prop erties of ceramic raw materials",2 nd edition,pergamon pressjohn wiely and sons ،inc,pp.1-5. 7.callist er w.d,jr., (2003)."m aterials science and engineering an int roduction" 6 th ed., john wiely and sons,inc., new york, pp .406-407,408-410,413,664,665,661-664. 8.berry ,k.a. and harmer, m .p. (1986)"effect of m go solute on microst uructure development in al203"j.am.cerm.so c, 69(2)pp.143-149. 9.coble,r.l(1961)"sintering cryst l solid"j.app ling p hy , 32 (5)pp.793-799. 10.suzuki,h.and m atsubarg,h. (1999)"m icrost ructural design of grain boundar ies in alumina based c eramics"j.engineering m aterials,csj series-publications of the ceramic society of jap an.2:453-456. 11.souza, m .f.de & ferreira, d.p. ,(1998)j. m aterials research 1(1):53-58. 12.jy h, m . t. (1991)"effect of powder characterist ics on microst ructure and strength of sintered alumina"j.ceramic bulletin 70(7):1167-1172. 13.dyson,r.d.landm orrel,r.(1982)"m echanicaltest ingof engineerin g c eramic at hi gh temp erature"j.elsevier app lied science itd. 14.m are, a .m . and krishan, k. c. (1999) “m echanical beh avior of m aterials”, prentice hall, inc. 15.pertti, a. (1996)"m echanical and phy sical prop erties of engineering alumina ceramics "j.vtt technical r esearch center of finl and esp oo,pp .3-25. 2009) 3( 22والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة شكل (1) یبین قیم الصالدة المیكانیكیة لمسحوق االلومینا والمحتوي على سیا غن نسبة وزنیة مختلفة من الم 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 weight pe rcenta ge(mgo) % h a rd n e s s (g p a ) aصورة المجهر الضوئي لاللومینا النقیة b0.1ألومینا مضافا إلیها مغنیسا بنسبة% c0.3ألومینا مضافا إلیها مغنیسا بنسبة% 2009) 3( 22للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم ة بصالدة االلومینا المشوبة بالمغنس��یا شكل (2) یوضح عالقة الكثاف 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 2.4 2.42 2.44 2.46 2.48 2.5 bulk de nsity (g/cm3) h a rd n e s s ( g p a ) d0.5ألومینا مضافا إلیها مغنیسا بنسبة% ا x 20تكبیر ةكسر بقو یبین صور فوتوغرافیة للمجهر الضوئي لسطح ) 3(شكل لاللومینا النقي والمشوبة بالمغنیسی 2009) 3( 22المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ن�ا بصالدة االلومی ) یبین عالقة المسامیة شكل (4 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 33.6 34.2 34.8 35.4 36 36.6 37.2 porosity% h a rd n e s s (g p a ) ة الظاھریة للماء م�ع الص��الدة المتصاصی ة ا بین عالق شكل (5) ی 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 w a rte r absorption % h a r d n e s s (g p a ) 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد النضغاط ومة ا مقا ینا على یا لاللوم بة اضافة المغنیس شكل (6) یبین تاثیر نس 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 w e ight p ercent age mgo% c o m p r e s s iv e s t r e n g h t( m p a ) بة ط لاللومین�ا المش�و تغ�یر الكثاف�ة عل�ى مقاوم�ة االنض�غا یبین عالق�ة شكل (7) 7.7 7.8 7.9 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 2.4 2.42 2.44 2.46 2.48 2.5 bulk de ns ity (g/c m3) c o m p re s s iv e s tr e n g th (m p a ) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 نض��غاط یة على مقاوم�ة اال بین عالقة تغیر المسام ل (8) ی شك 7.7 7.8 7.9 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 34 34.5 35 35.5 36 36.5 37 porosity% c o m p re s s iv e s tr n g h t (m p a ) ة اوم اھریة على مق الظ ماء شكل (9) یبین عالقة تغیر امتصاصیة ال غاط االنض 7.7 7.8 7.9 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 water absorption % c o m p re s s iv e s tr e n g h t (m p a ) the study effect of addition magnesia (mgo) on some physical and mechanical properties for alumina a.w. watan ,s. k. abd-hassin, k. h . harrbi departme nt of physics , college of education i bn alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a reseach is carr ied out by using alumina material typ e α-al2o3 which has p artical size 63μm dop ed with different p ercentage weight of m go (0.1%,0.3%and0.5%) and by using dry p ress method to p rep are the samp les ,a force p ress 50kn used and sintering to 1500 o c with soaking time of 6 hours. the physical prop erties were st udied such as "bulk density ,porosity and water absorp tion "also t he mechanical prop erties such as (hardness,compressive strength ), the result shows that the best ratio of maginsa(m go) added to alumina (al2o3)is 0.5%and this worked to improve physical and mechan ical prop erties . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 using semi-analytic method to decreasing dangers of lead l. n. m. tawfiq and m. n. m. tawfiq departme nt of mathematics, college of education ibn al haitham , unive rsity of baghdad received in : 7 november 2010 accepte d in : 8 february 2011 abstract the aim of this p aper is t o p resent a method for solving of sy st em of first order initial value p roblems of ordinary differential equation by a semi-analytic technique with constructing p olynomial solutions for decreasing dangers of lead. the original p roblem is concerned using two-p oint osculatory interp olation with the fit equals numbers of derivatives at t he end p oints of an interval [0 , 1]. key word : osculator interpolation , initial value problem introduction lead is a metal found naturally in the earth’s crust. in nature , it is found more often in chemical comp ounds than as a p ure metal. when released into the air, it may travel long distances before settling to the ground , where it can contaminate water and soil . lead has been used extensively throughout human history because it is easy both to extract and to work with. where used in some cosmetics and hair dy es, p aint houses , plumbing and solder , gut ters , window glazing , leaded gasoline , cray ons , printers ( ink ) , batt eries , p last ics and used in the manufacturing of p roducts others . [1] where the deficiencies in some mineral nutrients, sp ecifically calcium, iron and zinc, where involvement in building bones, may increase the amount of lead absorbed . as a result, children, pregnant women, old women and old man are more efficient at absorbing lead, than adult's because they need more calcium. additionally , the kidney s and the intest ine, less able to eliminate lead . lead absorp tion rates vary ; the gastrointest inal tracts of adults ty p ically absorb 10 15 p ercent of ingested lead , while those of p regnant women and children can absorb up to 50 p ercent . lead p oisoning occurs when there are adverse health effects due from lead in the body .some of the more p rominent sy mptoms of lead p oisoning include headaches, irritability , abdominal p ain , vomiting , anemia ( general weakness) , weight loss, p oor att ention sp an, noticeable learning difficulty , nervous sy st em and kidney damage. however, at very low exp osure levels, lead may not p roduce sp ecific sy mptoms, but can p roduce subt le adverse effects on children's develop ment . there is a medical test to show whether i've been exp osed to lead through a simp le blood test, there are treatments to remove lead from the body although medication that used caedta intravenously must have the att ention into treatment because of p robably the metal exciding zinc from body . therefore, suggesting treatment app lication cana2 edta from mouth way over a p eriod of four weeks , if high levels of lead in blood between 90-100 mg / de , treatment app lication dimercaprol, also known as bal the dose 500 and 1500 caedta where inject in the time self ,but all cured ty p es used at case ,lead poisoning where thrown metal into out of ,but there metals desirable in body may thrown t herefore the safeguard best from the remedy ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 lead in the human body : a case study rabinowitz , wetherill and kop p le in [2] made a carefully controlled st udy of the lead intake and exertion of a healthy volunteer in an industrial urban setting . the data from this st udy were used to est imate the rate const ants for the compartment model (1): ( blood ) y'1 = – ( k01 + k21 + k31) y 1 + k12 y 2 + k13 y 3 + i1 ( tissue ) y '2 = k21 y 1 ( k02 + k12 ) y 2 ..…. (1) ( bone ) y'3 = k31y 1 k13 y 3 lead is measured in micrograms and time in days. for examp le, the rate term 49.3 in sy st em (2) below is the ingestion rate i1 of lead in micrograms p er day, while the coefficient 0.0361 (day) -1 in the first rate equation of (2) is the sum of the three comp artment transfer coefficients k02 , k21 and k31 of lead from the blood into, resp ectively, the excretory sy st em, tissue and bones. t he full ivp is given by : y '1 = – 0.0361 y 1 + 0.0124 y 2 + 0.000035 y 3 + 49.3 , y 1(0) = 0 y '2 = 0.0111 y 1 + 0.0286 y 2 , y 2(0) = 0 …(2) y '3 = 0.0039 y 1 – 0.00035 y 3 , y 3(0) = 0 assumed that initially there is no lead in the compartments . now, we solve sy stem (2) using se mi-analy tic method ,i.e., use two-p oint osculatory interp olation [3]. essentially this is a generalization of interpolation using taylor polynomials and for that reason osculatory interp olation is sometimes referred to as two-p oint tay lor interp olation. the idea is t o approximate a function y(x) by a polynomial p(x) in which values of y (x) and any number of its derivatives at given p oints are fitt ed by the corresp onding function values and der ivatives of p(x) . in this p ap er, we are p articularly concerned with fitt ing function values and derivatives at t he two end points of a fin ite interval, say [0 , 1] ,wherein a useful and succinct way of writing osculatory interpolant p2n+1(x) of degr ee 2n + 1 was given for example by phillips [4] as : p2n+1(x) =   n j 0 { y )( j (0) q j (x) + (-1) j y )( j (1) q j (1-x) } ………….(3) q j (x) = ( x j / j!)(1-x) 1n    jn s 0        s sn x s = q j (x) / j! ...………..( 4 ) so t hat ( 3 ) with ( 4 ) satisfies : y )( j (0) = )( 12 j np  (0) , y )( j (1) = )( 12 j np  (1) , j = 0, 1, 2,…, n . imp lying that p2n+1(x) agr ees with t he app rop riately truncated tay lor series for y (x) about x = 0 and x = 1. the error on [0, 1] is given by : r2n+1 = y (x)-p2n+1(x) = )!22( )()1()1( )22(1)1(1    n yxx nnnn  where ε  (0, 1) and y )22( n is assumed to be continuous. finally we observe that ( 3 ) can be writt en directly in terms of the tay lor coefficients ai and bi about x = 0 and x = 1 resp ectively, as : p2n+1(x) =   n j 0 { a j q j (x) + (-1) j b j q j (1-x) } ….. (5) now, the simple idea behind the use of two-p oint p oly nomials is to replace y (x) in p roblem by a p2n+1 ( equation(3) or (5) ) which enab les any unknown derivatives of y (x) to be comp uted . the first step therefore is to construct the p2n+1 . to do this we need the taylor coefficients of y 1(x) and y2(x) resp ectively about x = 0 : ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 y 1 = a 0 + a 1 x +    2i a i x i ….…. ( 6a ) y 2 = b 0 + b 1 x +    2i b i x i …….. ( 6b ) where y1(0) = a0 , y 1 ' (0) = a1 , … , y 1 (i) (0) / i! = ai , i = 2, 3, …… and y2(0) = b0 , y 2 ' (0) = b1 , … , y 2 (i) (0) / i! = bi , i = 2, 3, …… then insert the series forms (6a) and (6b) r esp ectively into (2) and equate coefficients of p owers of x . also ,we need tay lor coefficients of y 1(x) and y2(x) about x = 1, resp ectively y 1 = c 0 + c 1 (x-1) +    2i ci (x-1) i …….. ( 7a ) y 2 = d 0 + d 1 (x-1) +    2i di ( x-1) i …….. ( 7b ) where y1(1) = c0 , y 1 ' (1) = c1 , … , y 1 (i) (1) / i! = ci , i = 2, 3, …… and y2(1) = d0 , y 2 ' (1) = d1 , … , y 2 (i) (1) / i! = di , i = 2, 3, …… then insert the series forms (7a) and (7b) r esp ectively into (2) and equate coefficients of p owers of ( x – 1 ) . the resulting system of equations can be solved using m atlab version 7.9 to obtain ai , bi , ci and di for all i ≥ 2, we see that ci sۥ and disۥ coefficients dep end on indicated unknowns c0 and d0 . the algebraic manip ulations needed for this p rocess .we are now in a position to construct a p2n+1(x) and 12 ~  n (x) from (6) and (7) of the form ( 3 ) by the following : p2n+1(x) =   n i 0 { ai qi(x) + (-1) i ci qi(1x) } ………… (8a) and 12 ~   n (x) =   n i 0 { bi qi(x) + (-1) i di qi(1x) } ………… (8b) where qi( x) defined in (4) , we see that (8) have only two unknowns c0 and d0 . now, integrate equation (2) to obt ain : c0 – a0 =  1 0 f1( x, y 1, y 2 ) dx ………. (9a) d0 – b0 =  1 0 f2( x, y 1, y 2 ) dx ………. (9b) use p2n+1 and 12 ~   n as a rep lacement of y 1 and y2 resp ectively in (9) . since we have only the two unknowns c0 and d0 to comp ute for any n we only need to generate two equations from this p rocedure as two equations are already supp lied by (9) and initial cond ition. then solve this system of algebraic equations using m at lab version 7.9 to obtain c0 and d0 ,so insert it into (8) thus (8) rep resent the solution of (2) . extensive computations have shown that this generally p rovides a more accurate p oly nomial representation for a given n . now from equations (3) and (4) we have : p9 = 0.00000000000000137t 9 – 0.00000000000028t 8 + 0.00000000005t 7 – 0.00000000802t 6 + 0.00000109t 5 –0.00012516007t 4 + 0.0118401057t 3 – 0.889865000005t 2 + 49.3t ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 p ~ 9=– 0. 0000000000000009t 9 +0.00000000000019t 8 – 0.000000000035t 7 + 0.000000005387t 6 – 0.0000007071t 5 +0. 0000750482t 4 –0.0059009635t 3 + 0. 273615t 2 t9=–0.00000000000000012t 9 +0. 000000000000025t 8 –0.0000000000045t 7 + 0.000000000709t 6 – 0.00000009771t 5 +0.0000115542t 4 – 0.0011579461t 3 + 0.096135t 2 table (1) give the results for n = 4 to different nodes in the domain . figure (2) illustrate buildup of lead in the bones , tissue , blood using semi-analytic solution . also , a comp arison between different methods are given in table (2) to illustrate the accuracy of suggested method . with sy st em (2) we can st udy the effect of changing the input rate i1 = 49.3 micrograms / day of lead into the bloodstream, or the effect of a medication that increases the diffusion coefficient k13 = 0.000035 (day) -1 of lead out of the bones. figure (2) disp lay s t he buildup of lead in the body comp artments over a period of 800 days. lead levels in the bloodst ream and the issue ap p ear to have nearly reached st eady st ate after the first 200 days, but the lead level in the bones is far from a steady st ate. the transfer coefficients k13 = 0.000035 (day) -1 of lead for bones back into the blood stream is so small that the skeleton acts like a st orage reservoir for lead . now, sup p ose that after 400 days the subject is p laced in a comp letely lead-free environment (i.e., the term 49.3 in sy st em (2) becomes 0 for t > 400 ). figure (3) shows that the lead levels in the blood and tissue p lunge dramatically , but the amount of lead in the bones, does not seem to drop very much, at least not in the next 400 days . anot her way to remove lead from the bones is to administ er and anti lead medication that increases the rate at which lead leaves t he skeletal sy st em in p articular, sup p ose that the rate coefficient k13 = 0.000035 increases by an order of magnitude to 0.00035. figure (4) shows t he very small effect this change has if the medication is administ ered from the 400th day onward. however, if the subject moves to a lead free environment and takes the medication from the 400th day onward, then there is a noticeable drop in the skeletal lead levels (figure 5). let us see what happ ens when a massive dose is given, so large that k13 increases from 0.000035 to 0.035. sup p ose from the 400th day on that t he heavy dose is given and the subject is in a lead free environment. the lead exists the bones very quickly. following a slight rise after the 400th day, lead exists the blood and tissue as well (figure 6) of course that much medication is p robably more harmful than the lead . why might blood lead levels be higher in wome n after menopause ? aft er menop ause, women often develop ost eoporosis , which is a p rogressive and serious loss of bone mass . as a result of loss of bone mass, lead st ored in bone may be released into t he blood . what is lead "poisoning" compared to lead "e xposure" ? lead exp osure refers to the entry of lead into the body , through ingestion, inhalation, the skin or the p lacenta . lead p oisoning occurs when there are adverse health effects due to lead in the body . recomme ndations aft er above st udy ,we introduce some recommendations and advices which help to minimize harms of lead in society and we get some of this information from [5] . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 what role has the government played in reducing lead poisoning? 1. using benzene free of lead which is c alled ( green benzene ) 2. not renewing licenses for vehicles mechanically exp ired , with using transp ortation means that uses electricity , and the exp ansion in using collective transp ortation means such as ( m itro) with improving them 3. surveillance on batt eries factories the p rivate as well as the governmental , which conduct the melting of lead in addition to newsp apers and magazines p ressing , with transferring them to deserted regions 4. pay ing the attention for not to construct new schools near to highway s t hat is crowded with vehicles 5. it was p roved through scientific st udy in the college of agriculture / ain shams university , that t he root p art absorbs the lead more than the green sy st em , where there are many kinds of vegetables which the root p art is eaten , that is p lanted beside the highway s the fact that leaded to the lead to go into the human as well as the animal's body , therefore the work must aim for vegetables and fruits not to be planted near highway s 6. surveillance on all kinds of p aints factories also the imported p roducts with their insp ection to make sure that t hey are free of lead subst ance what role has the family played in protecting children from lead poisoning ?[6] 1. test y our home for p aint .if it content of lead or no 2. hire a p erson with sp ecial training for correcting lead p aint p roblems to remove lead p aint from your home, someone who knows how to do this work safely. 3. home clean, window sills, and other surfaces weekly. 4. don’t bring lead dust into y our home from work . 5. m ake sure y our children wash t heir hands before meals . 6. a child who gets enough iron and calcium will absorb less lead . 7. don’t st ore food or liquid in lead cryst al glassware or imported or old p ottery. 8. household water will contain more lead if it has sat for a long time in the pipes 9. .therefore; let it run for 15–30 seconds before drinking it or cooking with it . re ferences 1. lewis , j. (1985), lead poisoning : a hist orical p ersp ective , epa journal. 2. robert, l. b. and courtney , s. c. (1996 ), differential equations a m odeling p ersp ective" , united states of america. 3. girault ,v. and scott ,l. r. (2002),hermite interpolation of non smooth functions preserving bound ary conditions, m athematics of comp utation, 71( 239): 1043-1074 . 4. phillips , g .m . (1973), exp licit forms for certain hermite ap p roximations, bit 13 , 177180 . 5. new england journal of m edicin e, (2003), ap ril, 17(348): 1517-1526 . 6. agency for toxic subst ances and disease registry . lead toxfaqs sheet . august ( 2007), www.atsdr.cdc.gov/tfacts13.html , viewed november 14 , (2007). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table (1) : the result of the method for n = 4 p9 p ~ 9 t9 b10 48.42185102755592 48.42185102755592 48.42185102755592 b20 0.2677883829038516 0.2677883829038516 0.2677883829038516 b30 0.09498851115891924 0.09498851115891924 0.09498851115891924 t p9 p ~ 9 t9 0 0 0 0 0.1 4.92111317760058 0.00273025653425228 0.000960193208372153 0.2 9.82449992093787 0.0108975121431540 0.00383615488695559 0.3 14.7102308217005 0.0244666301613681 0.00862097880837015 0.4 19.5783761737962 0.0434026523504553 0.0153077862420084 0.5 24.4290059746451 0.0676707980599557 0.0238897258380576 0.6 29.2621899264675 0.0972364633922961 0.0343599735120251 0.7 34.0779974375664 0.132065220371507 0.0467117323297653 0.8 38.8764976236032 0.172122816115731 0.0609382323930065 0.9 43.6577593088695 0.217375172013507 0.0770327307253737 1 48.4218510275513 0.267788382903812 0.0949885111589079 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 table( 2) : a comparison betwee n semi-analytic and other methods p9 by using osculatory y 1:abm solution y 1:rk solution t 0 0 0 0 4.92111317760058 4.9211131775747 7 4.92111317760100 0.1 9.82449992093787 9.8244999208060 5 9.82449992093843 0.2 14.7102308217005 14.710230821422 5 14.7102308217013 0.3 19.5783761737962 19.578376173370 2 19.5783761737973 0.4 24.4290059746451 24.429005974074 3 24.4290059746466 0.5 29.2621899264675 29.262189925928 3 29.2621899264696 0.6 34.0779974375664 34.077997437030 8 34.0779974375690 0.7 38.8764976236032 38.876497623070 6 38.8764976236066 0.8 43.6577593088695 43.657759308340 1 43.6577593088736 0.9 48.4218510275513 48.421851027025 1 48.4218510275559 1 t9 by using osculatory y 3:abm solution y 3:rk solution t 0 0 0 0 0.0009601932083 72153 0.0009601932106 90100 0.00096019320833 8816 0.1 0.0038361548869 5559 0.0038361548987 9100 0.00383615488692 262 0.2 0.0086209788083 7015 0.0086209788333 3617 0.00862097880833 768 0.3 0.0153077862420 084 0.0153077862802 708 0.01530778624197 67 0.4 0.0238897258380 576 0.0238897258893 462 0.02388972583802 68 0.5 0.0343599735120 251 0.0343599735605 295 0.03435997351199 56 0.6 0.0467117323297 653 0.0467117323780 034 0.04671173232973 76 0.7 0.0609382323930 065 0.0609382324410 489 0.06093823239298 09 0.8 0.0770327307253 737 0.0770327307732 064 0.07703273072535 09 0.9 0.0949885111589 079 0.0949885112065 369 0.09498851115892 05 1 p ~ 9 by using osculatory y 2:abm solution y 2:rk solution t 0 0 0 0 0.0027302565342 5228 0.0027302565510 2616 0.00273025653401 098 0.1 0.0108975121431 540 0.0108975122287 910 0.01089751214291 52 0.2 0.0244666301613 681 0.0244666303419 837 0.02446663016113 21 0.3 0.0434026523504 553 0.0434026526272 081 0.04340265235022 29 0.4 0.0676707980599 557 0.0676707984308 485 0.06767079805972 79 0.5 0.0972364633922 961 0.0972364637429 603 0.09723646339207 40 0.6 0.1320652203715 07 0.1320652207201 43 0.13206522037129 2 0.7 0.1721228161157 31 0.1721228164628 73 0.17212281611552 5 0.8 0.2173751720135 07 0.2173751723590 46 0.21737517201331 2 0.9 0.2677883829038 12 0.2677883832477 92 0.26778838290386 1 1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0 .4 0 .5 0 .6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 the s olu tion a t n=4 blood tissues bones fig.( 1) : buildup of lead in the bone s , tissue , blood 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 t(days) y1 ,y 2, y3 (m ic ro gr am s) blood tissues bones fig.( 2) : buildup of lead in the bone s(circle), blood(line), tissue(plus) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 t(days) y1 ,y 2, y3 (m ic rog ra m s) blood tis sues bones fig.( 3): lead intake stops on the 400 th day ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 t(days ) y1 ,y 2, y3 (m ic rog ra m s) blood ti ssues bones fi g.( 4): an ti lead me di cation taken from the 400 th day on does not hel p mu ch 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 t(days) y1 ,y 2, y3 (m icr og ra m s) blood ti ssues bones fig.( 5): lead-free environment and medication from the 400 th day on help a lot 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 t(days) y1 ,y 2, y3 (m ic ro gr am s) blood ti ssues bones fig.( 6): lead-free environment and a heavy dose of antilead drug from the 400 th day on .is the subject still alive? 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد شبة التحلیلیة لتقلیل أخطار الرصاص طریقةاستخدام ال قلمى ناجي محمد توفیق و محمد ناجي محمد توفی جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الریاضیات 2010تشرین الثاني 7 :استلم البحث في 2011 شباط 8 :قبل البحث في خالصةال القـیم االبتدائیــة الهـدف مـن البحــث هـو أیجــاد طریقـة لحـل منظومــة معـادالت تفاضــلیة اعتیادیـة مـن الرتبــة األولـى لمســائل .صاص التقنیة شبه التحلیلیة وذلك بإیجاد الحل بشكل متعددة حدود و ذلك للتقلیل من أخطار الر عمالباست النقطتین التي تتفق فیهـا الصـورة وعـدد متسـاو مـن المشـتقات المعرفـة ياالندراج التماسي ذ عمالالمسالة األصلیة تتعلق باست .مع البیانات المعطاة [1 , 0] مدةعند نقطتي نهایة ال االندراج التماسي، مسائل القیم االبتدائیة : الكلمات المفتاحیة @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 signature verification based on moments technique shaymaa s. m. al-juboori dept. of computer sci./college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 29april 2013, accepted in : 19 may 2013 abstract in this research we will present the signature as a key to the biometric authentication technique. i shall use moment invariants as a tool to make a decision about any signature which is belonging to the certain person or not. eighteen voluntaries give 108 signatures as a sample to test the proposed system, six samples belong to each person were taken. moment invariants are used to build a feature vector stored in this system. euclidean distance measure used to compute the distance between the specific signatures of persons saved in this system and with new sample acquired to same persons for making decision about the new signature. each signature is acquired by scanner in jpg format with 300dpi. matlab used to implement this system. keywords: signature, biometric, euclidean distance, binary image, verification, image enhancement, canny edge detection, median filter. 385 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction information security is concerned with the assurance of confidentiality, integrity and availability of information in all forms. there are many tools and techniques that can support the management of information security. but system based on biometric has been evolved to support some aspects of information security. biometric authentication supports the facet of identification, authentication and non-repudiation in information security [1]. a wide variety of systems requires reliable personal recognition schemes to either confirm or determine the identity of an individual requesting their services. the purpose of such schemes is to ensure that the rendered services are accessed only by a legitimate user and no one else. biometrics refers to the automatic recognition of individuals based on their physiological and/or behavioral characteristics [2]. security is “the quality or state of being secured to be free from danger.”. in other words, protection against adversaries—from those who would do harm, intentionally or otherwise—is the objective. national security, for example, is a multilayered system that protects the sovereignty of a state, its assets, its resources, and its people. achieving the appropriate level of security for an organization also requires a multifaceted system. a successful organization should have the following multiple layers of security in place to protect its operations: • physical security, to protect physical items, objects, or areas from unauthorized access and misuse. • personnel security, to protect the individual or group of individuals who are authorized to access the organization and its operations. • operations security, to protect the details of a particular operation or series of activities. • communications security, to protect communications media, technology, and content. • network security, to protect networking components, connections, and contents. • information security, to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information assets, whether in storage, processing, or transmission [3]. the security requirements of the today’s society have placed biometrics at the center of a large debate, as it is becoming a key aspect in a multitude of applications. what biological measurements are qualified to be a biometric? any human physiological and/or behavioral characteristic can be used as a biometric characteristic as long as it satisfies the following requirements: • universality: each person should have the characteristic. • distinctiveness: any two persons should be sufficiently different in terms of the characteristic. • permanence: the characteristic should be sufficiently invariant (with respect to the matching criterion) over a period of time. • collectability: the characteristic can be measured quantitatively [4]. biometrics biometrics is the analysis of biological observations and phenomena. people routinely use biometrics to recognize other people, commonly using the shape of a face or the sound of a voice to do so. biometrics can also be used to create automated ways of recognizing a person based on her physiological or behavioral characteristics. using biometrics as the basis of technologies that can be used to recognize people [5]. a biometric system is essentially a pattern recognition system that makes use of biometric traits to recognize individuals. the objective is to establish an identity based on 'who you are or what you produce', rather than by 'what you possess' or 'what you know'. the significance of using biometrics has been reinforced by the need for large scale identity management systems. the very purpose of identity management is to accurately determine an individual‘s identity in the context of 386 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 several different applications. this new technique not only provides enhanced security but also avoids, in authentication the need to remember several passwords and maintain multiple authentication tokens [6]. biometrics systems can be used as a means of authenticating a user. when they are used in this way, a user presents his biometric data along with his identity, and the biometric system decides whether or not the biometric data presented is correct for that identity. biometrics used as a method of authentication can be very useful, but authentication systems based on biometrics also have very different properties from other authentication technologies, and these differences should be understood before biometrics are used as part of an information security system. systems based on biometrics can also be used as a means of identification. when they are used in this way, captured biometric data is compared to entries in a database, and the biometric system determines whether or not, the biometric data presented matches any of these existing entries. when biometrics are used for identification, they have a property that many other identification systems do not have. in particular, biometrics do not always require the active participation of a subject [5]. on-line verification must be differentiated from off-line verification, as the number of features, which may be extracted from on-line mediums, surpass those obtained from off-line verification i.e. time, pressure and velocity can be extracted from on-line modes of verification [7]. biometric system all biometric systems consist of three basic elements: • enrollment or the process of collecting biometric samples from an individual, known as the enrollee, and the subsequent generation of template. • templates, or the data representing the enrollee‘s biometric. • matching, or the process of comparing a live biometric sample against one or many templates in the system database [6]. biometric system refers to the various individual components (like sensors, matching algorithm, and result display) that combine to make an operational biometric system. a biometric system is an automated system capable of: 1. capturing a biometric sample from an end user 2. extracting and processing the biometric data from that sample 3. storing the extracted information in a database 4. comparing the biometric data with data contained in one or more reference references 5. deciding how well they match and indicating whether or not an identification or verification of identity has been achieved [8]. biometric technologies the function of a biometric technologies authentication system is to facilitate controlled access to applications, networks, personal computers (pcs), and physical facilities. a biometric authentication system is essentially a method of establishing a person‘s identity by comparing the binary code of a uniquely specific biological or physical characteristic to the binary code of an electronically stored characteristic called a biometric. the various biometric technologies are dna, ear, face, facial thermogram, fingerprint, gait, hand geometry, hand vein, iris, keystroke, odor, retina, signature, voice and palmprint [6]. human signature represents some of the most common biometric patterns that our visual system encounters daily [5]. signature is an important biometric measure, which are subject to intrapersonal variation. an automated system for signature verification is feasible only if the representation of the signature image is insensitive to intra-personal variations, but sensitive to inter-personal variations. the goal is to maximize the distance between signatures of different individuals, the maximizing constraint being that the distance between the signatures of the same person is kept constant or minimized [9]. 387 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 signature verification technique a signature recognition and verification system is a system capable of efficiently addressing two individuals but strongly related tasks: (a) identification of the signature owner and, (b) decision whether the signature is genuine or forger. within the field of human classification, the procedure of biometrics is emergent because of its distinctive properties [7]. the signature dynamics recognition is based on the dynamics of making the signature, rather than a direct comparison of the signature itself afterwards. the dynamics is measured as a means of the pressure, direction, acceleration and the length of the strokes, dynamics number of strokes and their duration. the most obvious and important advantage of this is that a fraudster cannot glean any information on how to write the signature by simply looking at one that has been previously written [1]. the way a person signs his or her name is known to be a characteristic of that individual. although signatures require contact with the writing instrument and an effort on the part of the user, they have been accepted in government, legal, and commercial transactions as a method of verification. signatures are a behavioral biometric that change over a period of time and are influenced by physical and emotional conditions of the signatories. signatures of some people vary substantially: even successive impressions of their signature are significantly different. further, professional forgers may be able to reproduce signatures that fool the system [4]. types of signature verification based on the definitions of signature, it can lead to two different approaches of signature verification. 1off-line or static signature verification technique: this approach is based on static characteristics of the signature which are invariant. in this sense signature verification, becomes a typical pattern recognition task knowing that variations in signature pattern are inevitable; the task of signature authentication can be narrowed to drawing the threshold of the range of genuine variation. in the offline signature verification techniques, images of the signatures written on a paper are obtained using a scanner or a camera. 2on-line or dynamic signature verification technique: this is the second type of signature verification technique. this approach is based on dynamic characteristics of the process of signing. this verification uses signatures that are captured by pressure sensitive tablets that extract dynamic properties of a signature in addition to its shape. dynamic features include the number of order of the strokes, the overall speed of the signature and the pen pressure at each point that makes the signature more unique and more difficult to forge [10]. online signature verification is based on dynamic features of the signature extracted as the signature is being signed. it is a process that is more resilient to forgery than offline signature verification since the process is not directly visible to man but machine [11]. hu’s invariant moments the general form of a regular moment function mpq of order (p + q) of an image intensity function f (x, y) can be given as, for a digital image, the central moments, which are invariant to translation, are defined as: where, xc = m10/m00 and yc = m01/m00 are the co-ordinates of the centroid [12]. the seven hu invariants moments are calculated by: ................ (1) ................ (2) ............... (3) 388 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 these hu’s seven invariant moments are invariant under translation, rotation and scaling. some pattern recognition applications such as hand printed characters, aircraft identification and ship recognition have included [13]. binary image the pixels in a binary image can assume only two values, 0 or 1; a gray image may be quantized to a number of intensity levels, depending on the application, while a color image may be quantized in different color bands. as the number of intensity levels increases, the image is represented to a better approximation, although the storage requirements also grow proportionately. the binary images are thus least expensive, since the storage and also processing requirement is the least in case of binary images. examples of binary images are line drawings, printed text on a white page, or silhouette. these images contain enough information about the objects in the image and we can recognize them easily. there are a number of applications in computer vision where binary images are used for object recognition, tracking, and so on. the applicability of binary images is, however, limited because the overall information content in such images is limited. a gray level image maybe converted into a binary image by thresholding process [9]. image enhancement the purpose of image enhancement is to improve the visual appearance of an image, or to transform an image into a form that is better suited for human interpretation or machine analysis. although there exists a multitude of image enhancement techniques, surprisingly, there does not exist a corresponding unifying theory of image enhancement. this is due to the absence of a general standard of image quality that could serve as a design criterion for image enhancement algorithms [14]. image enhancement is among the simplest and most appealing areas of digital image processing. basically, the idea behind enhancement techniques is to bring out detail that is obscured, or simply to highlight certain features of interest in an image[15]. median filter median filtering is a nonlinear signal processing technique developed by tukey that is useful for noise suppression in images. in one-dimensional form, the median filter consists of a sliding window encompassing an odd number of pixels. the center pixel in the window is replaced by the median of the pixels in the window. the median of a discrete sequence a1, a2,..., an for n odd is that member of the sequence for which (n – 1)/2 elements are smaller or equal in value and (n – 1)/2 elements are larger or equal in value. the concept of the median filter can be extended easily into two dimensions by utilizing a two-dimensional window of some desired shape such as a rectangle or discrete approximation to a circle. it is 389 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 obvious that a two-dimensional median filter will provide a greater degree of noise suppression than sequential processing with median filters, but two-dimensional processing also results in greater signal suppression [16]. a special type of low-pass filter is the median filter. the median filter takes an area of an image (3x3, 5x5, 7x7, etc.), looks at all the pixel values in that area, and replaces the center pixel with the median value. the median filter does not require convolution. it does, however, require sorting the values in the image area to find the median value. there are two noteworthy features of the median filter. first, it is easy to change the size of the median filter. (the images later will show the effect of using a different size.) implementing the different size is a simple matter of for loops in the code. second, median filters remove noise in images, but change noise-free parts of images minimally [17]. the canny edge detector the canny edge detector is widely considered to be the standard edge detection algorithm in the industry. it was first created by john canny for his masters thesis at mit in 1983, and still outperforms many of the newer algorithms that have been developed. canny saw the edge detection problem as a signal processing optimization problem, so he developed an objective function to be optimized. the solution to this problem was a rather complex exponential function, but canny found several ways to approximate and optimize the edge-searching problem. the steps in the canny edge detector are as follows: 1. smooth the image with a two dimensional gaussian. in most cases the computation of a two dimensional gaussian is costly, so it is approximated by two one dimensional gaussians, one in the x direction and the other in the y direction. 2. take the gradient of the image. this shows changes in intensity, which indicates the presence of edges. this actually gives two results, the gradient in the x direction and the gradient in the y direction. 3. non-maximal suppression. edges will occur at points the where the gradient is at a maximum. therefore, all points not at a maximum should be suppressed. in order to do this, the magnitude and direction of the gradient is computed at each pixel. then for each pixel check if the magnitude of the gradient is greater at one pixel's distance away in either the positive or the negative direction perpendicular to the gradient. if the pixel is not greater than both, suppress it. 4. edge thresholding. the method of thresholding used by the canny edge detector is referred to as "hysteresis". it makes use of both a high threshold and a low threshold. if a pixel has a value above the high threshold, it is set as an edge pixel. if a pixel has a value above the low threshold and is the neighbor of an edge pixel, it is set as an edge pixel as well. if a pixel has a value above the low threshold but is not the neighbor of an edge pixel, it is not set as an edge pixel. if a pixel has a value below the low threshold, it is never set as an edge pixel [18]. the canny edge detector arises from the earlier work of marr and hildreth, who were concerned with modeling the early stages of human visual perception. in designing his edge detector he concentrated an ideal step edge, represented as a sign function in one dimension, corrupted by an assumed gaussian noise process. in practice, this is not an exact model but it represents an approximation to the effects of sensor noise, sampling and quantisation. the approach was based strongly on convolution of the image function with gaussian operators and their derivatives, so we shall consider these initially. considering the gaussian function in one dimension, this may be expressed .............. (4) 390 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 and the first derivative is and the second derivative is the equivalent 2d functions are most easily expressed with respect to a polar coordinate system where represents the radial distance from the origin. the function is symmetrical and independent of . thus, and the first derivative is, and the second derivative is, now consider an ideal step edge. when convolved with a gaussian function. the next sketches show the first and second derivatives; the presence and location of the edge is marked by a peak and a zero crossing respectively. in fact, the first derivative of the image function convolved with a gaussian, is equivalent to the image function convolved with the first derivative of a gaussian, therefore, it is possible to combine the smoothing and detection stages into a single convolution in one dimension, either convolving with the first derivative of the gaussian and looking for peaks, or with the second derivative and looking for zero crossings [19]. euclidean distance the euclidean distance of (ʋ1, ζ1) and (ʋ2, ζ2) , ∆ʋ=ʋ2-ʋ1 , ∆ζ = ζ2ζ1 [20] the proposed signature verification algorithm in this section, i will present many steps that summarize the proposed signature verification algorithm: 1acquire the five samples signature to each voluntary in jpg format, 300 dpi. 2enhance the acquired signature image by applying median filter to remove noise suppression from the signature. 3applying canny edge detector on the signature image to detect the signature edges. 4convert the target signature image to binary image by using the global threshold value for the image. 5the seven hu invariants moments for each voluntary (5 samples of signatures) are calculated and used to compute the standard deviation for the average of moments belongs to ............... (5) .......... (6) .............. (7) .............. (8) .............. (9) .............. (10) .............. (11) .............. (13) .............. (12) 391 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 each voluntary and saved as a feature vector. the sample order 6 is used for verification operation. the above steps will be repeated to all samples (18 persons and 5 samples to each person). after that, the proposed system is ready to verify any certain person by comparing the feature vector belong to him that saved in this system with the feature vector that is excluded from his exact signature (do the previous steps 1-5 to his exact signature). the comparing process is achieved by computing the euclidian distances between the saved and the new feature vector. the following section shows the applying steps from (1 to 5) to demonstrate the result for the proposed system. experimental results 1acquired the signatures to all voluntaries, the following signatures are belong to person1. 2signature order 1after applying median filter on it. 3signature order 1 after applying canny edge detector on it. 4the binary image resulting from the previous step is. 5the seven hu invariants moments for the above signature in step 4 is explained in table 1. conclusions the decision about acceptance or rejection of any tested signature will depend on the distance between the saved and computed standard deviation, if the result between the minimum and the maximum means acceptance. the proposed system may be used in online or offline mode applications. the accuracy of the results depends on the quality and resolution of the samples. the number of samples for each person is a big factor that affects in the truth of results. preprocessing to the acquired samples that play basic role in making decision about the result 392 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 of verification. the samples of each person must be acquired in different times, not in the same time to assure this sample is variance. references 1debnath, bhattacharyya; rahul, ranjan; farkhod, alisherov a; and minkyu choi, (2009) "biometric authentication: a review", international journal of uand eservice, science and technology, 2( 3):1-8. 2anil, k. jain; arun ross and salil prabhakar, (2004), an introduction to biometric recognition", ieee transactions on circuits and systems for video technology, 14:(1). 3michael, e.; whitman and herbert j.; mattord (2012) principles of information security" fourth edition, cengage learning customer & sales support, usa. 4anil, k. jain; arun, ross, and salil prabhakar (2004) ,an introduction to biometric recognition", ieee transactions on circuits and systems for video technology, 14:1:4. 5john, vacca (2009) ,references computer and information security handbook, elsevier, usa. 6 asha , s.and chellappan c. ( february 2012) ,biometrics: an overview of the technology, issues and applications, international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887) 39(1):1,3,4. 7 vibha, pandey and sanjivani shantaiya (2012), "a novel approach for signature verification using artificial neural network", international journal of engineering and advanced technology (ijeat) , vol. 1, issue-6:163. 8 http://www.technovelgy.com/ct/technology-article.asp?artnum=74 9tinku, acharya and ajoy k. ray ,(2005),"image processing principles and applications", john wiley & sons,usa. 10sachin, a. murab and vaishali. m.deshmukh, (2012), "an empirical study of signature recognition &verification system using various approaches", international journal of engineering and advanced technology (ijeat), volume 2, issue-2:260. 11ibiyemi, t.s, ogunsakin j. and daramola s.a, (2012), "bi-modal biometric authentication by face recognition and signature verification", international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887) vol. 42, no. 20:17. 12 kunte r sanjeev and sudhaker r d samuel (2007) "a simple and efficient optical character recognition system for basic symbols in printed kannada text", sadhana vol. 32, part 5:254. 13derya, avci and asaf, varol (2009) "an expert diagnosis system for classification of human parasite eggs based on multi-class svm" , expert systems with applications 36:45 14gerhard, x. ritter and joseph, n. wilson, (2001), "handbook of computer vision algorithms in image algebra", second edition, crc press, usa. 15rafael, c. gonzalez and richard, e. woods( 2002) "digital image processing", second edition, prentice hall, usa. 16william k. pratt, (2001),"digital image processing",john wiley & sons, third edition,usa 17dwayne, phillips (2000) "image processing in c",second edition, r & d publications, usa 18ehsan, nadernejad (2008) "edge detection techniques: evaluations and comparisons, applied mathematical sciences", vol. 2, , no. 31: 1507 – 1520. 19-http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/rbf/cvonline/local_copies/marble/low/edges/canny.htm 20-stéphane, mallat (1999) "a wavelet tour of signal processing", second edition, academic press, usa 393 | computer science http://www.technovelgy.com/ct/technology-article.asp?artnum=74 @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table 1: shows seven hu invariants moments for the signature of pereon1 moment no. moment values 1 2.26711242134623390e+004 2 3.96714646405897260e+008 3 4.78969441748034860e+006 4 2.69812883371203590e+003 5 4.19073083574773200e+013 6 1.40389948470549800e+011 7 -9.12176428165768750e+012 table 2: shows the standard deviations to all samples used to apply the proposed system sample no. minimum standard deviation maximum standard deviation 1 2.9492697067217676e+012 4.2704646689106398e+013 2 1.6513198590601340e+011 3.1037919790873461e+013 3 7.5168839043572083e+009 3.5701857629788091e+012 4 2.5585349949207005e+010 6.6297830558730312e+014 5 6.1289991889752344e+011 1.2212215513994287e+015 6 2.2881853796696342e+010 2.4644980505726889e+011 7 3.5302934094661023e+011 5.9228561232047250e+014 8 8.5487006945504922e+013 2.3675039145631285e+015 9 5.4434987969066748e+012 6.2696768091142325e+014 10 4.4922111292388848e+012 6.4831158571791891e+013 11 1.1065455107767971e+012 2.3506293785080664e+013 12 6.8355516830620542e+007 4.0768717744245079e+010 13 2.7260952959002689e+011 2.1088337836302234e+014 14 1.5587438142523291e+010 1.4287765417277476e+012 15 6.8546564999533529e+009 4.2060508646639897e+012 16 4.4142298477591076e+009 4.5465624178469658e+010 17 2.3362028685872781e+013 2.0866690567886756e+014 18 4.2859539992639148e+008 1.8163972505661336e+013 394 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 توقیع باالعتماد على التغیر اللحظيالتحقق من ال اكرمحمود الجبوريشیماء ش جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم علوم الحاسبات الخالصة تقانة التغیر وسنستخدم. البایولوجي ة اإلحصاءانتقالى قق للتحمفتاحا توقیعالرض نعوف س البحث ھذ في 108مع ا متطوععشرثمانیة ؟ال أم معین شخص إلى یعودھل توقیع أي حولألتخاذ القرار أداةً اللحظي لبناء ستخدمالتغیر اللحظي اس. شخص كل إلى عینات ست المقترح، النظام الختبار ینةأخذتھا ع توقیع التوقیعات بین المسافة لحساباستخدم مسافةاقلیدس لل قیاسم. النظام ھذا في نةومخزمتجھ الصفات ال أنفسھم لغرض األشخاص إلى المكتسبة الجدیدة عینةال مع النظام ھذا في المخزونة ألشخاصل محددةال الضوئي الماسحباستخدام ھاعلٮ الحصول تم قیع اتوال كل. جدیدال توقیععائدیة ال القرارحول تخاذا .استخدام الماتالب لغرض تنفیذ النظام المقترح ،) jpg format, 300dpi ( بصیغة اني ك، تحسین الصورة، التحققالتوقیع ، االحصاء البایولوجي ، الصورة الثنائیة، الكلمات المفتاحیة: لتحدید الحواف، مرشح المتوسط. 395 | computer science 100 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . spectrophotometric determination of chlorpromazine – hcl using potassium permanganate sarmad b. dikran alaa k. mohammed azhar s. hammodi dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) university of baghdad received in: 26 march 2014، accepted in:21 december 2014 abstract twosimple, sensitive,accurate, and precise spectrophotometric methods have been developed for the determination of chlorpromazine – hcl in pure form and pharmaceutical formulation. the first method involved treatment of cited drug with a measured excess of permanganate in acid medium and the unreacted oxidant was measured at 525 nm. the second method involves the reaction of the drug with potassium permanganate in the presence of sodium hydroxide to produce a bluish – green colored manganite which is measurable at 610nm. all the experimental variables affecting the development of the manganite ions were investigatedand conditions were optimized. working linearity ranges were 5-45 µg.ml-1and 1-20 µg.ml-1 by two methods respectively. the apparent molarabsorptivities are 4.015  103and 18.717 103l.mol-1.cm-1 respectively, with corresponding sandell’s sensitivityvalues of0.0885and 0.01798µg.cm-2 respectively. the methods have successfully been applied to the determinationof drug in dosage forms. key words: chlorpromazine – hcl , potassium permanganate, spectrophotometry. 101 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . introduction chlorpromazine is chemically (10-[3–dimethylaminopropyl] phenothiazine), is a phenothiazine neuroleptic used for the control of psychoses including schizophrenia and mania and it also used in treatment of vomiting and vertigo because of its sedative and extrapyramidal effect.[ 1,2 ] several methods have been reported for the determination of chlorpromazine in both pharmaceutical dosage forms and biological fluids includes hplc [ 3,4 ], gc [5,6],voltammetry[7] , potentiometry[8] and spectrophotometry [9-12].the aim of the present work is to develop two simple sensitive and cost–effective spectrophotometric methods forthe determination of chlorpromazine in pure and pharmaceutical formulations. the methods involve using permanganate as oxidimetric reagent for the determination ofchlorpromazinein either acid or alkaline medium. in acidic medium the unreacted permanganate ion is determined at 525 nm, while in alkaline mediumthe bluish–green color of manganate is measured at 610 nm.the validated methods when applied to the determination of chlorpromazine in dosage form yielded results, whichwere in agreement with the label claim. experimental instruments a centra 5 gbc–scientific–equipment uv-visible double beam spectrophotometer with 10 mm matched quartz cells was used for all absorbance measurements. reagentsand materials all chemicals used were of analytical grade and distilled water was used to prepare all solutions. for method a potassium permanganate solution (0.0038m) is prepared by dissolving 0.058gm of kmno4 in 50 ml of distilled water and treated as mentionedabove, then diluted to the 100ml by using a volumetric flask. sulfuric acidsolution (2 m) is prepared by mixing 5.50 ml of concentrated sulfuric (sp.gr1.84) with 50 ml of distilled water and diluted to the mark in a 100 ml volumetric flask using distilled water. standard drug (100 ppm) solution is prepared by dissolving 10 mg of the drug in 10 ml of 0.1 m h2so4 and diluting to the mark in a100 ml volumetric flask with the same acid. for method b potassium permanganate solution (0.0126 m) is prepared by dissolving approximately 0.2 gm of kmno4 (riedel–de haen-germany ) with 50 ml of water, the solution was boiled for 10 minutes to remove any residual manganate (iv) ions, cooled filtered and diluted to 100 ml and standardized. sodium hydroxide solution (2 m) is prepared by dissolving 8 gm of naoh in 100 ml of water. acetic acid solution (0.5 m) is prepared by mixing 2.85 ml of concentrated acetic acid (sp.gr. 1.052) with distilled water and making the final volume to 100 ml in a volumetric flask. standard drug (100 ppm) solution is prepared by dissolving 10 mg of the drug in 10 ml of 0.5 m acetic acid and diluted to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water. 102 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . general assay procedures and calibration curves method a aliquots of the working standard solutionof containing chlorpromazine(50-450 µg) were transferred into a series of 10 mlvolumetric flasks andthe volume was adjusted to 4 ml with distilled water. to each flask, 2ml of2 m h2so4 was added followed by 1 mlof 0.0038m kmno4. the flasks were kept aside for 20 minwith occasional shaking before diluting to the mark with distilled water. the absorbance of each solution was measured at 525nm against areagent blank. method b aliquots of the working standard solution of chlorpromazine containing(10-200 µg)were transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flask and the volume in each flask was adjusted to 7ml with distilled water. to each flask, 2 ml of 2 m naoh were added followed by 1ml of 0.0126m kmno4. the flasks were kept aside for 20 min with intermittent shaking before diluting tothe mark withwater. the absorbance was measuredafter complete color formationat 610nm against areagent blank. procedure for the assay of the drug in pharmaceutical formulation tablets an accurately weighed quantity of the mixed content of 10 tablets equivalent to 10 mg of drug was transferred into 100 ml volumetric flask and dissolved with 0.1 m h2so4, mixed and filtered using a whatman no 42 filter paper to avoid any suspended or undissolved material before use.the first 10 ml of the filtrate was discarded and the filtered solution was diluted quantitatively with distilled water to obtain suitable concentration for the analysis . ampoules an accurately measured volume of the mixed contents of 5 ampoules equivalent to 25 mg of chlorpromazine were transferred into 50 ml volumetric flask , and diluted to 50 ml with distilled water.theworking solutions werefreshly prepared bysubsequent dilutions and analyzed by the above procedure. results and discussion optimization of experimental variables the spectrophotometric properties of the colored product as well as the different experimental parameters affecting the color development werecarefully studied.the optimization of experimental conditions is accomplished by sequentially optimizing one variable at a time while keeping all other variables constant, these factors include time required formaximum and stable color development, concentration of potassium permanganate. method development potassium permanganate is a strong oxidizing agent that can react with several organic substances. recently, permanganate was studied to determine pharmaceutical active compounds[13]in formulation of both in alkaline medium[14] as well as in acidic medium [15]. 103 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . method a in order to determine the permanganate concentration which would give a reasonable maximum absorbance,preliminary experiments were performed in sulfuric acid medium at 525 nm (figure 1). hence different concentrations of chlorpromazine (5.0-45µg.ml-1) were reacted with 1 ml of 0.0038 m kmno4in acidic medium, and after elapsed the contact time the absorbance of the residual permanganate was measured and related to chlorpromazine concentration. when different concentrations of chlorpromazine react with a fixed amount of kmno4(60µg) in h2so4 acid medium the kmno4 was consumed in proportion to chlorpromazine concentration and a concomitant fall in the concentration of kmno4 will take place as shown by the decreasing absorbance values at 525 nm with the increase ofchlorpromazineconcentration. the results are representedin figure 2. effect of reaction time to study the effectof reaction time for maximum color development,the method was fixed by carrying out the experiment using 10 µg.ml-1of chlorpromazine. the maximum intensity of color was obtained after 20 minutes and remained constant up to 45 min at room temperature (figure 3). effect of volume of sulfuric acid different volumes (0.5 – 3.0)ml of 2 m h2so4 were mixed with 1 ml of chlorpromazine (10 µg), and 1 ml of 0.0038 m kmno4. it was found that the highest color intensity was attained at (2.0-2.5) ml of 2m h2so4(figure 4). excess volume of h2so4 hadlittleeffect on the absorbance of chlorpromazine;therefore, 2 mlwas selected forrecommended procedure. the possible reaction between the permanganate and the drug in acidic medium could be represented as in scheme 1. clp + known excess of kmno4→ clp-sulfoxide + unreacted kmno4 (measured at 525 nm) scheme 1: proposed reaction in acidic medium. method b in this method a green colored manganate ion mno4-2 was obtained as a result of reduction of kmno4 by chlorpromazine in the presence of naoh which showed maximum absorption peak at 610 nm against the reagent blank (figure 5). effect of reaction time the optimum reaction time for the development of color intensity at ambient temperature (25 ± 2oc) was studied and it was found that complete and maximum intensity was obtained at 20 min and remained constant up to 2 hrs.(figure 6), therefore, 20 min of reaction time was usedthroughout thedetermination process. effect of volume of naoh the influence of volume of 2m naoh for green colored manganate ion mno42 was examined in the range of (1 – 3.5ml).it is apparent from figure 7, that increasing the volume of naoh would increase the absorbance of the reaction product upto 2.5 ml; after which furtherincrease in the volume resulted in no change in the absorbance. thus, 2.5ml of2m naoh waschosen as an optimum value for maximum absorbance. 104 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . effect of volume of potassium permanganate the effect of the volume of 0.0126 m of kmno4 on the intensity of the green colored developed was studied in the range of(0.5-2.5 ml).it is evident from figure 8 that the maximum absorbance was attained with 1.5ml kmno4was selected for all the experimental process. the possible reaction between the permanganate and the drug in alkaline medium could be represented as in scheme 2. clp + excess of kmno4 → k2mno4+ oxidation product of clp (measured at 610 nm) scheme 2: proposed reaction in alkaline medium. validation of the proposed methods concentration range and calibration graphs under the optimized experimental conditions, the response measured for each methods at the specified working wavelengths was found to be proportional to the analyte concentrationfigure 9 and figure 10. the linear regressionequations were derivedby least–squares treatment of the calibration data. (table 1), summarized the performance data and statisticalparameters for theproposed methods. sensitivity sensitivity of the proposed method was evaluated by calculating limit of detection (lod) and limit of quantification (loq). lod is the lowest detectable concentration of the analyte by the method while loq is the minimum quantifiable concentration. lod andloq werecalculated by equations:lod and loq respectively,where s is the standard deviation of a blank and m is the slope of the calibration curve. the results table (2) indicatingproposed methods are highly sensitive. precision and accuracy the competence of the method wasstatistically evaluated by measuring accuracy and precision of the proposed methods. the accuracy was determined by measuring the relative error percentage (e%), and the results are shown in table (2).the obtained results were satisfactory andindicate that theproposed methods have a good accuracyand precision. application of the proposed methodsto pharmaceuticaldosage forms it is evident from the aforementioned resultsthat theproposed methodgave satisfactory results with the investigateddrugs.the results of the application of the recommended procedure aresummarized in table (3). 105 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . references 1. marder, s.r.(1998)antipsychotic medication, intheamerican psychiatric press textbook of psychopharmacology.schatzberg af and nemeroff cb (eds) american psychiatric press. washington dc.309 -321. 2. malcolm , l. (1983)introduction topsychopharmacology upjohn company, michigan, 51-61. 3. tanaka,e.;nakamura, t.; terada, m. ; shinozuka, t.; hashimoto, c.andkurihara, k. (2007) simple and simultaneous determination for12 phenothiazines in human serum by rp –hplc. journal of chromatography b,1-2 (854) 116 -120 . 4. cruz–vera, m.; lucena, r.;cardenas, s.and valcarcel, m. (2009) determination of phenothiazine derivatives in human urine by using ionic–based dynamic liquid– phase microextraction coupled with liquid chromatography, journal of chromatography b, 1-2( 877) 37-42 . 5. shen, m. ;xiang, p.; shen, h. wu, b. andhuang, z. (2002) detection of antidepressant and antipsychotic drugs in human hair, forensic science international,2(126),18 april; 153-161. 6. pujadas,m.; pichini,s.;civit, e. ;santamarina, e. ; perez , k. and dela torre r. (2007). asimple and reliable procedure for the determination of psychoactive drugs in oral fluid by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis 2(44) 594 – 601 7. yongnian, ni.; wang,li.and serge kokot,(2001). voltametric determination of chlorpromazine hydrochloride and promethazine hydrochloride with the use of multivariate calibration,analytica chimica acta. 439 , 159–168 8. farhadi,k. and shamsipur,m.(2003)potentiometric and spectrophotometric determination of phenothiazine derivatives based ontheir titration with 2,3–dichloro5,6-dicyano-1,4benzoquinone, acta. chim slov, 50, 395–407 . 9. hassouna,m.e.m.;adawi,a.m.andali,e.a.(2012)extractive spectrophotometric determination of chlorpromazine and trifluoperazine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparations, egyptian journal of forensic science,2(2) 62-68 . 10. basavaiah, k.(2004) determination of some psychotropic phenothiazine drugs by charge–transfer complexation reaction withchloranilic acid,ii farmaco, 4(59) 315 321. 11. abdul latif,m.h.(2008) spectrophotometric determination of chlorpromazine–hcl by ion–pair complex formation with acid–dyes,ibn–al–haithiamj. for pure andapplied sci., 21 (1) . 12. k.basavaiah,k.;nagegowda,p.;prameela,h.c.andsomashekar,b.c.(2005)sensitive titrimetric andspectrophotometric assaymethods for chlorpromazine with bromated– bromide mixture and two dyes,indian journal of chemical technology,(12) 25-29 . 13. askal,h.f.;abdelmageed,o.h.;ali,s.m.s.andabo.elhamd,m.(2010)spectrophotomet ric and spectrofluorimetric determination of 1,4-dihydropyridine drugs using potassium permanganate and cerium (iv) ammonium sulphate. bull. pharm.sci.,2( 33). 14. venkata shanmukha,j.; prasanthi,s.; guravaiah,m.and bala sekaran,c.(2010). application of potassium permanganate to the spectrophotometric determination of oseltamivirphosphate in bulk and capsules . asian .journal of pharmaceuticaland clinical research. 2( 5) . 15. rahman,n.; anwar,n.;kashif,m.; hoda,n.and,rahman,h.(2011) determination of labetalol hydrochloride by kinetic spectrophotometry using potassium permanganate as oxidant;j.mex.chem.soc. 55 (2), 105 – 112 . 106 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . table no(1): analytical parameters for the proposed methods method b method a parameter 610 525 λmax (nm) 1 – 20 5 – 45 concentration range (µg.ml-1) y=0.0587x+0.0333 y=0.0113x+0.5328 regression equation 0.0333 0.5328 intercept 0.0587 0.0113 slope 0.9994 0.9992 correlation coefficient (r) 18.717  103 4.015  103 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1 .cm-1) 0.0180 0.0885 sandell’s sensitivity (µg. cm-2) 0.545 - limit of detection (lod) (µg.ml-1) 1.652 - limit of quantification (loq) (µg.ml-1) tablet no.(2): evaluation of accuracy and precision for the determination of chlorpromazine-hcl r .s .d % relative error % conc. (µg.ml-1) found * taken 2.016 2.792 1.805 -0.80 -1.515 -1.410 9.920 19.69 39.436 10 20 30 method a 0.937 0.508 2.792 + 2.42 +1.730 -1.515 5.121 10.038 19.69 5 10 20 method b *average of three determinations. 107 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . tablet no.(3): assay results of different brands of chlorpromazine using the proposed methods. method a r.s.d % r .e % conc.found (µg.ml-1) conc.taken (µg.ml-1) found* amount (mg) labeled amount (mg) sample 2.860 1.730 10.173 10 102.01 100 largactil oubari syria 1.510 1.125 20.225 20 101.9 100 largactil s d i/iraq 1.579 -0.58 9.942 10 23.19 25 ampoule 25mg/5ml oubari syria method b 1.810 2.02 5.101 5 101.92 100 largactil oubari syria 0.690 0.21 10.021 10 100.09 100 largactil s d i/iraq 0.965 -0.38 9.962 10 24.69 25 ampoule 25mg/5ml oubari syria *average of three determinations. 108 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . figure no (1): visible spectrum of (60 µg.ml-1) potassium permanganate in the presence of 2 m h2 so4. figure no (2): effect of chlorpromazine concentration on the absorption spectrum of 60 µg.ml-1 of kmno4 (a for 5 µg.ml-1, b for 15 µg.ml-1, c for 25 µg.ml-1, d for 35 µg.ml-1, and e for 45 µg.ml-1). 109 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . figure no.(3): effect of reaction time figure no.(4): effect of h2so4 volume figure no.(5): visible spectrum of manganite (mno4-) in the presence of2m naoh. 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.4 0.41 0.42 0.43 0 10 20 30 40 a b so rb a n ce time (min) 0.38 0.39 0.4 0.41 0.42 0.43 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 a b so rb a n ce volume of h2so4 (ml) 110 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . figure no.(6): effect of reaction time and stability species. 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 a b so rb an ce volume of naoh (ml) figure no. (7): effect of naoh volume figure no.(8): effect of kmno4 volume. figure no. (9):calibration graph of chlorpromazine – hcl under optimum experimental conditions for method a. y = -0.0113x + 0.5332 r² = 0.9985 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 10 20 30 40 50 a b so rb a n ce concentration of chlorpromazine (µg.ml-1) 111 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . figure no.(10):calibration graph of chlorpromazine – hcl under optimum experimental conditions for method b. y = 0.0587x + 0.0333 r² = 0.9992 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 5 10 15 20 25 a b so rb a n ce concentration of chlorpromazine (µg.ml-1) 112 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 . ھيدروكلوريد باستعمال-لتقدير الطيفي لعقار كلوروبرومازينا برمنكنات البوتاسيوم سرمد بھجت ديكران محمدعالء كريم أزھار صادق حمودي )/ جامعة بغدادابن الھيثم(الصرفة قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم 2014كانون االول 2قبل البحث في :،2014اذار 26استلم البحث في: الخالصة ھيدروكلوريد بصورته النقية وفي اقترحت طريقتان طيفيتان سھلتان وحساستان ودقيقتان لتقدير الكلوروبرومازين بعض المستحضرات الصيدالنية. تضمنت الطريقة األولى معاملة العقار مع محلول برمنكنات البوتاسيوم في وسط حامضي نانوميتر. أماالطريقة الثانية فتضمنت مفاعلة العقار مع محلول برمنكنات 525وقياس االمتصاص عند الطول الموجي نانوميتر. 610األخضر المزرق عند طول موجي قدره4mno-البوتاسيوم في وسط قاعدي وقيس امتصاص لون أيون ة قانون بيير درست المتغيرات للوصول إلى الظروف الفضلى للتفاعلين، وأظھرت النتائج التي تم الحصول عليھا مطاوع لكال الطريقتين على التوالي وكانت قيم معامالت مايكروغرام/مل 201.0و 45-5في مديات تراكيز تراوحت بين و 0.0885لتر/مول.سم وقيم حساسية ساندل ھي 318.717x10و34.015x10االمتصاص المولية لكلوروبرومازين في اقراص دوائية وامبوالت من على التوالي.طبقت الطريقتان بنجاح لتقدير ا 2مايكروغرام/سم 0.01798 مناشئ مختلفة. يدروكلوريدھالمطيافية، برمنكنات البوتاسيوم، كلوروبرومازين الكلمات المفتاحية: @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 study of optimum conditions for the removal of ruthenium and cerium using freshly prepared manganese dioxide husam .h. altaweel dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 19 april 2012 , accepted in : 17 june 2012 abstract the adsorption of ru and ce were carried out using manganese dioxide as adsorbent. the optimization of the adsorption conditions were studied as a function of shaking time, nitric acid, metal ions, concentrations and temperature effects. a rapid initial adsorption on mno2 is followed by a steady and slow increase of metal uptake. the equilibration time is reached after four hours shaking for ru and ce and the adsorption is much better from one molar acidic solution and 90°c. key words: adsorption, uranium, cerium , ruthenium 218 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction reducing the decontamination load on extraction cycle by partially removing certain of the troublesome fission products is of great importance in reprocessing plants p p[1]. one of the methods suggested for this reduction is the use of sorbents that is capable of adsorbing the troublesome fission products [2]. some of the sorbents investigated by other workers are metal oxides, activated charcoal, bentonite, sludge's , silica and other sorbents [3-5]. sometimes adsorption modifiers are added to these sorbents to improve the adsorption [6,7]p p. mnor2r had also been investigated for its adsorption properties by many workers for purification of metals, separation of some fission products [8-11], and in environmental studies for purification and pre concentration of metals from sea water [8-11]. continuing the research on head end removal of radio nuclides especially ru p103p, rup106p and cep144p would appear to be of great importance, ruthenium removal [12]would be very important because the ruthenium isotopes cause problems in almost every conceivable way. they contaminate the solvent , the uranium and plutonium product streams; they volatilize into the recovered acid and volatilize environment, and they deposit on all pipes and tanks causing personnel radiation. the cep144p is worth some effort to remove because for relatively short-cooled fuels it is a major contributor ( along with zrp95 p, nbp95p and rup103-106p isotopes) to solvent radiation in the first solvent extraction cycle. experimental the following analar grade materials were used in this work; amanganese -iisulphate -1hydrate (mnso4.h2o) riedel de-haen production. b-potassium permanganate (kmno4) riedel de-haen production. cnitric acid (hno3) diluted to the desire molarity . d-cerium-144, ruthenium-103 and plutonium nitrate tracers provided from amersham england. e-cerium-lll-nitrate-6-hydrate and ruthenium-lll-chloride-3-hydrate riedel de-hean product. preparation of irradiated uranium sample: fifty-milligrams uranium sample were irradiated for 72-hours in the nuclear-research reactor and then dissolved in nitric acid after a cooling time of 1-2 months. preparation of manganese dioxide: many forms of manganese dioxide are known, nonstoichiometric composition and hydrated compounds depending on the methods of preparation and drying temperature. the manganese dioxide used in this work was prepared by adding drop wise kmno4 solution (21.3 grams per liter of water) to mnso4 solution (71.4 grams of kmno4 per liter of water ) heated to about 90°c, the resulting mno2 was washed dried at 60°c and subsequently sieved .the fraction between 100-170 mesh was used. kinetics study: kinetics study for radioisotopes ce and ru were done by shaking in a test tube 7.5 milliliter of 3m nitric acid containing 5 micro liter of the studied isotope with 0.05g of the prepared manganese dioxide. then shaking for different time intervals ranging from 15 minutes to 7 hours were carried. after the end of the shaking time the test tube was centrifuged for 10 minutes at about 2000 rev/min. using centaur-2 centrifuge. one milliliter of the supernatant solution was taken for counting using nai detector coupled to a single channel analyzer. for the adsorption kinetics of uranium, a 26 gu/l in 3m hno3 was equilibrated with mno2 for 15 minutes to 7 hours. 219 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the uranium solution remaining in the aqueous phase was analyzed potentiometrically using davis and gray method[13].this method is based on the reduction of uranium (vi ) to uranium(iv ) in a concentrated phosphoric acid solution containing sulphamic acid.the excess of ferrous is subsequently oxidized by nitric acid in presence of molybdenum (vi ) as catalyst after adding sulphuric acid and diluting the mixture with water, the determination is completed by titration with standard potassium dicromate solution using metrohm potentiometer by incremental addition .while the kinetics study of plutonium was done in a glove box using trace amounts of plutonium and the plutonium solution remaining not adsorbed being analyzed using α counting system . effect of different nitric acid concentration on adsorption capacity of mno2: nitric acid molarities between 1 and 4 were used. the experimental technique is as that described previously. shaking time equals to 4 hours was found to be appropriate. the radioisotopes studied were ce144 and ru103. the experiments were conducted first on trace level then carriers were added to the system as ce(no3)3.6h2o, rucl3.3h2o. the concentration of the carriers was resembling the concentration of the corresponding fission product in ek-10fuel (14). uranium concentration equals to 26 g u/l was used in studying the effect of different concentrations of nitric acid on the absorption ability of mno2. while trace amounts were used for the plutonium experiments. effect of different temperatures on adsorption: the adsorption behavior of mno2 at different temperatures is studied. the temperatures used are 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 and 90°c. a thermostatic water bath was used throughout the work. in a test tube containing 7.5 ml 3m nitric acid , 5 micro liter of the studied tracer and 0.05g mno2 were shaken for 4 hours at a fixed thermostatic temperature. then 1 millilitre of the supernatant solution was taken for counting. determination of capacity of adsorbent: this was investigated at 3m nitric acid with 7x10-4 mole of mno2and different moles of metal ions. the limiting adsorption capacities for each of the metal ions studied were found. irradiated uranium sample adsorption experiments: after choosing the appropriate parameters for the work, the experimental work was devoted towards experiments using irradiated fuel sample. in a test tube 7.5 milliliter of 3m nitric acid containing 25 micro liter of the dissolved fuel and 0.05 grams of manganese dioxide were shaken for 4 hours in a thermostatic water bath at 90°c. the next step and in order to have a better simulation to the real process, addition of carriers to the fuel solution in concentrations resembling the concentration of the corresponding fission product in ek-10 fuel was done. results and discussion the results of the kinetics studies experiments are drawn in figure 1 for ce, ru and u. adsorption variation with time was fast in the initial stages but then proceeds slowly and attains equilibrium after 4 hours of shaking for ce and ru. while one hour shaking was quite enough to attain equilibrium for u. adsorption of the troublesome fission products ce and ru on manganese dioxide was studied as a function of nitric acid concentration (1-4m). the results are depicted in figure 2. for the fission products adsorption decrease with an increase in electrolyte concentration. from one molar nitric acid solution being 84% for ru and 28% for ce which reduces to 30% 220 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 for ru and 10% for ce from four molar nitric acid. this acidity changes from (1-4m ) affecte both the dissociation degree of adsorbents surface and speciation of metal ions. the adsorbent surface may be suggested as being surrounded by hydroxonium ions ( h3o+),which prevent the metal ions to approach the binding sites of adsorbent surface .the speciation of metal ion may be explained on a basis of a mechanism involving prior hydrolysis of the metal to give a hydrolysis product which is hydrolytically adsorbed. thus higher acid concentration would tend to suppress the hydrolysis of the metal ions studied (ru, ce) to a higher extent therefore, lower adsorption of the metal would take place from highly acidic solution[11]. another parameter that influences adsorption is the concentration of the metal ion itself in solution. the adsorption of metal ion on the oxide was measured in both trace and macro amounts which corresponds to many folds of the predicted values (i.e. the fission products concentrations due to fuel burn up) obtained by origin program for ek-10 spent fuel[14]. the limiting adsorption capacities for ce and ru were found from the plots in figure 3, to be equal to 0.005 and 0.039 mole / mole mno2. temperature influence on the adsorption phenomena for ce and ru were studied from 25°c up to 90°c, the plots in figure 4 shows a remarkable increase in percent adsorption of both fission products studied which indicates an endothermic process. no considerable change in percent adsorption was observed for uranium. for all cases adsorption for uranium was around 4%. working on plutonium showed no adsorption for all the acidities between 1 and 4m. the low adsorption percent of uranium and no adsorption for plutonium on mno2 surface may be due to large radii of both uranium and plutonium metal compared to smaller size of ce and ru[15]. working on irradiated uranium sample by fixing the parameters that influences adsorption to four hours shaking time at temperature fixed to 90°c and three molar nitric acid .while uranium and fission products concentrations were made to simulate the concentration of a real spent fuel pin[14] and finally adsorbent of 0.05 and 0.3 grams of mno2 were used as adsorbent. table i gives the results obtained as adsorption percent were by increasing the sorbent dose from 0.05g to 0.3g of mno2 and keeping the other experimental parameters constant, a remarkable increase of adsorption percent is observed,67% of ru and 23% of ce that are originally present in real spent fuel were removed . this increase can be explained on the basis that the number of active sites in the sorbent surface increases which results in more metal ion can adsorb on the sorbent surface .table 1 also shows a comparison of adsorption of metal ions with two different concentrations one trace and the other is macro gram quantities simulating the metal ions concentrations as given by origin program at constant sorbent dose ,which indicate that 0.05g sorbent is not providing enough active sites for adsorption of metal ions. conclusions 1-a rapid initial adsorption on mno2 is followed by a steady and slow increase of metal uptake .the equilibration time is reached after 4 hours for both ru and ce 2-from one molar acidic solution, the adsorption is much better for both ru and ce than those at higher acidities . 3-elavated temperature seems to be favorable for the adsorption phenomena. 40.3g of the adsorbent could remove ,67% of ru and 23% of ce having the same composition as that of the real spent fuel given by origin program. references 1-westpha , b. r. ( 2005) proceedings of global ;fission product removal from spent oxide fuel ;tsukuba, japan oct 913. 2-panasyugin, a.s.; golikova n. b. and stuikova, o. n.(2003) concentration of radio cs with sorbents; radiochemistry 45(3): 296 221 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 3-emmanuel, a. o. and john, a. o.(2009) a comparative of the removal of heavy metal ions from synthetic waste water using different sorbents; adsorption science and technology 27 (5):493. 4dao, r. a. k. and rehman, f. (2010) adsorption of heavy metals ions; adsorption science and technology 28(3):195. 5hajialigol, s.; taher, m. a. and malekpoun, a.(2006) selective removal of cd and zn from aqueous solution by modified clinoptilolite; adsorption science and technology 24 (6): 487 . 6-joao, m. and carlos, j.(2007) adsorption of aqueous mercury by activated carbon fibers with and without surface modification; adsorption science and technology 25 ( 3) : 323 . 7negra, a. and negra, p.(2010) adsorption of as onto iron containing waste slug's adsorption science and technology 28 ( 6) : 467 . 8aloko, d. f.(2002) the effect of some additives on the adsorption characteristics of mno2 ;ph.d thesis, federal university of technology, nigeria . 9hirose, r. k.(2009) plutonium in ocean environment; j. of nuclear and chemical science 10 (1):r7. 10barbosa, m. m. and hagelwood, m.o.(2010) purification of metals; us patent application number 20100202943. 11-su,q.; pan. b.; wan, s. and zhang ,w.(2010);aqueous solution by amorphous sorbents. j. of colloid and interface science 349(2): 607 . 12haoxin, h. and guohui, z.(1973) ruthenium removal from spent fuel;atomic energy science and technology 27 (1). 13davis, w. and gray, w.(1964) uranium analysis talanta11:1203 . 14bell, m. j.(1973) oak ridge national laboratory; u.s. report no. 4628 . 15rowe, r. k.(2001) geotechnical and geo environmental engineering hand book, kluwe academic publisher : 693 . table (1): percent adsorption of ru and ce from a solution representing the real composition of spent fuel pin by 0.05g and 0.3g mno2. metal ions conc. used is according to theoretical value ref.(17) metal ions used is tracer only fission product 0.3gmno2 sorbent used 0.05g mno2 sorbent used 0.05g mno2 67%adsorption 4% adsorption 73% adsorption ru 23%asorption 19% adsorption 21% adsorption ce fig .(1): variation of adsorption percent ( ad% ) for u, ce and ru with shaking time from 3m hno3 solution. 222 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.( 2): adsorption percent (ad%) of ce and ru as a function of nitric acid concentration. fig.(3a): the limiting adsorption capacity of ce metal on 0.05g mno2. fig.(3b): the limiting adsorption capacity of ru metal on 0.05g mno2. fig.( 4): temperature influence on adsorption percent (ad%) of ce and ru. 223 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ثاني أوكسید باستعمال و السیریوم دراسة الظروف المثلى إلزالة الروثینیوم المحضر حدیثاً المنغنیز الطویلحسام حیدر بغداد/ كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) / جامعة الكیمیاء علوم قسم 2012حزیران 17قبل البحث في : ، 2012نیسان 19استلم البحث في : الخالصة دراسة وكذلك درست الظروف المثلى إلزالة الروثینیوم و السیریوم من خالل االمتزاز على ثاني أوكسید المنغنیز المتغیرات المؤثرة فى عملیة االمتزاز وھي زمن التماس وتراكیز حامض النتریك والمادة ألمازة وزیادة درجات الحرارة. یعقبھ زیادة بسیطة و استقرا ریھ حیث یتم الوصول إلى حالة التوازن mno2لوحظ زیادة سریعة في االمتزاز على موالري حامض النتریك وبدرجات 1بعد أربع ساعات من الرج لكل من الروثینیوم السیریوم ویكون االمتزاز أفضل في حرارة مرتفعة. .، السیریوم ، الروثینیوم ، الیورانیوم : االمتزاز الكلمات المفتاحیة 224 | chemistry ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 object reconstruction from fourier magnitude information only a.j. tawfiq, f.n. hassan, and a. t. mohamme d department of astronomy, college of science, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 5 june 2011 ,accepte d in:11october2011 abstract reconst ruction an object from its fourier magn itude has taken a great deal in the literature and there is still no obvious solution for the failure of this algorithm. in this p ap er, the frequent failure of the phase retrieval is discussed in details and it has been shown t hat when the object is cento-sy mmetric, the object supp ort is vital element to ensure uniqueness while for asy mmetric object; the asy mmetric supp ort of the object is not enough to ensure uniqueness but the reconst ruction app ear to include most of the information of the or iginal object. t his is also t rue for the reconst ruction of a complex function. keywords: fourier t ransform, comp lex zero locat ion, phase ret rieval, object s reconst ruct ion introduction the problem of phase retrieval (magn itudereconst ruction only) has att racted a great deal of att ention in the literature and st ill many questions remain un answered. phase retrieval involves finding the p hase of a complex wave f ield when only the intensity (or its p ositive square root) is known. for further back ground on the subject, the reader is referred to a review by the following p ap ers [1-6]. exact solutions based up on p oly nomial models for the wave field and either factorization or comp lex zero location [5] encounter computational difficulties with large images and have limited st ability in the p resence of noise. the method based upon zero location has t he dist inct advantage that it generates all p ossible solutions and p rovides a means of testing for uniqueness. iterative algorithms for p hase retrieval are well established [2,3,4] but t heir p erformance is oft en poor, p articularly if no additional const raints can be p laced up on the solution. m any attemp ts have been made to enhance the performance of p hase retrieval techn ique. num erical investigation to the uniqueness of p hase retrieval was st udied extensively using gradient search [7]. additional step such as usin g sup p ort constraint and low resolution image in conn ection with error reduction algorithm are used to retrieve the fourier phase of a comp lex fun ction [8,9]. an algor ithm for reconst ruction a sy mmetric three dimensional ima ge from its fourier intensity in the case of crystallogr aphic p roblem is p resented in [10]. anot her app roach was made to formulate the p hase retrieval p roblem with mathematical care to establish new connections between well established numer ical phase retrieval schemes and classical conv ex optimization methods [11]. a p rojection-based method, the hy brid p rojection reflection (hpr) algorithm was p rop osed for solving p hase retrieval p roblem [12]. the difficulties associated with p hase retrieval al gorithm and how to solve such problem using adap tive optics is described in [13]. prior discrete fourier transform (pdft) sp ectral estimation technique was p rop osed to reconst ruct signals fro m in comp lete data [14]. the third-order intensity correlations from the data set of measured intensities for each distance triplet were calculated to r econst ruct astronomical ima ges [15]. taking deriv ation of the field autocorrelation hologr aphy with extended reference allows direct reconst ruction of a comp lex object from measurement of its franhofer diffraction pattern [16]. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a fourier heighted p rojection is p rop osed to tackle the problem of far-field measurement that associated with the coherent lensin g imaging [17]. finally a fourier do main wiener filter for the reconstruction of under sampled ima gery is p rop osed [18]. this filter is d epending on a net transfer function that characterizes the combined effects of the imaginary sy stem and reconst ruction p rocess. although many att empts have been made to solve the problem, phase retrieval in p ractice is far from easy . the work described in this p aper tackles the frequent failure of iterative algorithms to conver ge to the correct solution [3]. furt hermore, relatively little att ention has been p aid to the reconstruction of sp ecifically comp lex images. theory in one dimension it is well known that the fourier magnitude is non-unique, i.e. there exist s many functions f(x) with the same fourier magnitude |f(u)|, where:  b a dxiuxxfuf )exp()()( (1) and [a,b] is the supp ort of f(x). in p ractice, iterative schemes for p hase retrieval in one dimension almost alway s fall to conver ge to the required solution [5]. this is att ributed that if the p oly nomial function describing the field from uniformly illuminated object, then in one dimension this p oly nomials can alway s be factorized over the field of complex numbers and this will produce well known ambigu ities. in two dimensions, the fourier magnitude |f(u,v)| is uniquely sp ecifies an ima ge f(x, y), where   12 )](2exp[),(),( s dxdyvyuxiyxfvuf  (2) and s12 is the supp ort of f(x,y). since |f | is identical to |f  | (where an asterisk denotes comp lex conju gation), fourier magnitude data alone is insufficient to distinguish between the two. consequently there is at least a two-fold ambiguity in magnitude-only reconst ruction of the image f(x,y). both f(x,y) and f(-x,-y) have the same fourier magnitude. similarly , the magnitude is unaffected by a multiplicative linear p hase factor. the corresp onding reconst ructed image is a shifted version of the original. alternative ima ges of this kind havin g the same fourier magnitude as the required solution are usua lly classed as trivial ambigu ities. uniqueness is usually taken to mean that only f(x,y) or its trivial ambigu ities are consist ent with |f(u,v)|. sp ecifically, the trivial amb iguities refer to f(-x,-y). i.e., the image is reflected through the origin, as well as it is shifted version of the original image. for a centro-sy mmetric image: ),(),( yxfyxf  (3) and |f(u,v)| is truly unique. in the following text, an image that is not centro-sy mmetric is referred to as an asy mmetric image, for which : ),(),( yxfyxf  (4) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 and there exists a two – fold ambigu ity . it has often been assumed that there is no clear connection between the exp ectation of uniqueness and the success of iterative algorithms [4]. however, the results presented in this p ap er indicate a direct link between the absence of trivial ambiguities and suc cessful reconst ruction. iterative p hase retrieval as d iscussed in this p aper refers to a generalization of the gerchber g-sa xton algor ithm [19] known as the error-reduction algor ithm [3] as shown in the block diagram that illustrated in fi g.(1). the latest estimate of the image is fouri er transformed, and the calculated fourier magnitude replace by the known (true) magnitude. the modified fouri er data (the true magn itude and the estimated p hase) are inverse fouri er transformed, and the known supp ort of the image is imposed. the procedure is r epeated until the est imate of the image is sufficiently close to the original. in two dimensions, the exact supp ort of the image cannot be deduced from the autocorrelation function and the supp ort constraint tends to be weak. it is generally accep ted that if the supp ort constraint is tightened, then the convergence is imp roved. the supp ort of the object could be imp osed accordin g to the following equation:          syx syxyxg yxg k k ),(0 ),(),( ),( ' 1 (5) k represents number of iterations. an imp roved algorithm that can be used to sp eed up convergence is the hy brid inp utoutput algorithm [3] as shown in fi g.(2). the fourier transform, the fourier domain constrains, and the inverse transform are classed as a single sy st em have an inp ut and an output. the (k+1) th inp ut is equal to the previous inp ut wherever the image domain constraints are satisfied, and equal to t he previous inp ut less some fraction of the outp ut. the new inp ut is no longer simply the best estimate of the image, but is an att emp t to drive the next output in the right direction. results and discussion before we st art the st udy of frequent failure of magn itude only reconst ruction algor ithm, let us begin with the reconst ruction from using fourier p hase information. fig.(3) shows the imp ortance of the fourier phase than fourier magnitude in image reconstructions. fig.(4 e,f,g,h) show the reconst ructions of centro-sy mmetric ima ges usin g exact centrosy mmetric supp ort. in this case, the fourier p hase is p articularly simple; it assumes values of only 0 or π. the reconst ruction is successful using exact supp ort. this is exp lained by noting that for a centro-sy mmetric image, the two p ermissible solutions (corresp onding to f and f ) are identical. while, the reconst ruction is fail to converge if the centosy mmetric supp ort is taken slightly bigger or smaller than the exact radius. now, let us start chan ging the sy mmetry of the object. if the same centro-sy mmetric supp ort is used through the image f(x,y) is not centro-sy mmetric. the reconst ruction fails even if we imp osed the exact supp ort constraint. the two p ossible solutions are no longer identical, the algorithm is unable to converge on either one of them, and the reconst ruction appears to be a confused mixture of the two. even through uniqueness to within a trivial ambiguity is assured (readily achiev ed by means of eisenst ein's criterion [5], the sup p ort constraint is insufficient to ensure true uniqueness as shown in fig.(5). fig.(6) shows an original real p ositive image and its reconstruction when exact asy mmetric supp ort was imp osed. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 now, let us extend our st udy to include the reconst ruction of a comp lex function. the comp lex data is gener ated by assuming its real and ima ginary are centro-sy mmetric functions as shown in fig.(7 b & c). this function is fourier transformed and its absolute function represent t he est imates fourier magnitude. the reconst ruction using exact sup p ort for the real and imaginary p arts are shown in fig.(7 g&j). the results bear most of the information of the comp lex fun ction but not converge to t he required solution. now if we ch anginge the sy mmetry of this comp lex function, the reconstruction is shown in fig.(8). fin ally, it should be pointed out here t hat t he number of iterations t hat used for all the reconstructions is 100. conclusions the reconst ruction is good in sharp contrast . when rectangular or cir cular supp ort constraints are used, the reconst ruction is failed to conver ge by iterative means even when the additional constraints of reality and p ositivity are used. however, when an exact and asy mmetric supp ort is used, the reconstruction converges quickly to the required solution. the results p resented above su ggest that the conver gence is si gn ificantly bett er if the supp ort is asy mmetric and sp ecifically excludes one of the trivial ambiguities, namely the image reflected through the origin. it is sometimes thought that the constraints of reality and p ositivity are imp ortant in iterative reconst ruction of real p ositive images. however, it is shown that it is the supp ort constraint which most affects the likelihood of conver gence, and good results are obtained with comp lex ima ges. re ference 1. bates, r. h. t. (1984), uniqueness of solutions to twodimensional fourier phase problem for localized and posit ive images, computer vision graphics and image processing, 25(2): 205-217. 2. fienup, j. r. (1978), reconstruction of an object from the modu lus of its fourier transforms, opt. let. 3:27-29. 3. fienup, j. r. (1982), phase retrieval algor ithms: a comparison, appl. opt. 21:2758-2769. 4. fienup, j. r. and wackerman, c. c. (1986), phase retrieval stagnation problems and solutions, j. opt. soc. am. a, 3: 897-1907. 5. fiddy, m. a; brames, b. j. and dainty, j. c. (1983), enforcing irreducibility for phase retrieval in two dimensions, opt. lett. 8: 96-98. 6. dainty, j. c. and fiddy, m. a.(1984), the essential role of prior knowledge in phase retrieval, optica acta, 31(3):325-330. 7. seldin, j. h. and fienup, j. r. (1990), numerical investigation of the uniqueness of phase retrieval, j. opt. soc. am. a, 7( 3):412. 8. fienup, j. r. (1987), reconstruction of a c omplex valued object from the modulus of its fourier transform using a support c onstraint, j. opt. soc. am. a, 4(1): 118-123. 9. fienup, j.r. and kowalczyk, a.m.,(1990), phase retrieval for a complexvalued object by using a low-resolution image, j. opt. soc. am. a., 7(3):450. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 10. millane, r. p. and strond, w. j., (1997), reconstruction symmetric images from their under sampled fourier intensities, j. opt. soc. am. a, 14:568579. 11. bauschke, h. h. combettes, p. l. and luke, d.r., (2002), phase retrieval, error reduction algorithm, and fienup var iants: a rev iew from convex optim ization, j . opt. soc. am. a,19:1334-1345. 12. bauschke, h. h. , combettes, p. l., and luke, d.r., (2003), hybrid projection-retlection methods for phase ", j. opt. soc. am. a,20:1025-1034. 13. fienup, j. r. (2003), phase retrieval: habble and james webb spase telesc ope, internal report submitted to the university of rochester institute of optics. 14. shieh, h. m.; testorf, m.; byrne c. l. and fiddy, m. a. (2006), iterative image reconstruc tion using prior knowledge, .j. opt. soc. amer. a , 23: 1292-1310. 15. zhilyaev, b. e.(2008),bispectral technique for reconstruction the astronomical images with an intensity interferometer , contribution to the spie meeting in marseille on 27 june. 16. manuel guizar –sicairos and fienup, j. r. (2008), direct image reconstruction from a fourier intensity pattern us ing heraldo, opt. lett., 33(22). 17. manuel guizar –sicairos and fienup, j. r. (2008), phase retrieval wit h fourier-weighted projections, j. opt. soc. am. a, 25:701-709. 18. thurman, samuel t, and fienup j. r.,(2009), weiner reconstruction of undersampled imagery, j . opt. soc. am. a, 26:283-288. 19. gerchberg, r. w. and saxton, w. o. (1972), a practical algor ithm for the determination of the phase from image and diffraction plane picture, optik 35:237-246. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): block diagr am of fourier magnitude reconstruc�on or sometimes called error-reduc� on algorithm [3] . g f { } i egg  satis fy fourier constraints i efg  f 1 { } satis fy fo urie r con straints g' fig. (2): bl ock diagram of inputoutput algorithm ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (3): the importance of fourier phase in image reconstruction (f denotes fourier transfer operator) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (4): ce nto-symmetric object and the re constructions with exact, longe r and smaller supports: 1. a)-(d) are cento-symmetric objects. 2. (e)-(h) reconstructions of (1) conse quently using exact support. 3. (i)-(l) reconstructions of (1) consequently with slightly bigger support. 4. (m)-(p) reconstructions of (1) conseque ntly with smaller support. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (5): changing the symme try of the object . 1. (a)-(d) are cento-symmetric objects. 2. (e)-(h) reconstructions of (1) conse quently using exact support. 3. (i)-(l) reconstructions of (1) consequently with slightly bigger support. 4. (m)-(p) reconstructions of (1) conseque ntly with smaller support. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (6): changing the symme try of the object areal object b reconstruction with exact support. creconstruction with circle support shown in (e ). d reconstruction with square support shown in (f). ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(7): (a) absol ute of a complex function. (b) real of a complex function. (c) imaginary of a complex function. 1. (d)-(f) absolute of the reconstructions. 2. (g)-(i) real of the reconstructions. 3. (j)-(l) imaginary of the reconstructions. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig (8): (a) absol ute o f a complex function. (b) re al of a comple x function . (c) im agin ary of a complex fun cti on. 1. (d)-(g) absolute of the re cons tructi ons. 2. (h)-(k) re al of the reconstru ctions. 3. (l)-(o) im agin ary of the re constructi ons. (a )-(e) absolu te of the re con stru cte d comple x object. 1. (f)-(j real of the re constructe d comple x obje ct. 2. (k)-(o) im agin ary of the re constru cte d com plex obje ct. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 استرجاع الجسم من معلومات معامل فوریر فقط علي طالب محمد، فؤاد ندیم حسن ، اسیل جمیل توفیق ة بغدادجامع، كلیة العلوم ، قسم الفلك 2011 تشرین االول 11: قبل البحث في2011حزیران 5:استلم البحث في الخالصة كن استرجاع الجسم من معلومات تحویالت فوریر حظیت بتغطیة كبیرة في مختلف الدوریات والنشرات العلمیة ول ان هذه التقنیة تمت دراستها fourier magnitudeواضحة لعدم نجاح استرجاع الجسم من معلومات " لم تعط حلوال object support فإن مقید معلومات الجسم centro-symmetricبعنایة وتبین انه في حالة الجسم المتشابه مركزیا constraint یؤدي دورا مهما في هذه التقنیة، بینما بالنسبة الى asymmetric object فإن هذا المقید غیر كاف complexذلك درس استعمال هذه التقنیة على اجسام معقدة " فضال. عملیة االسترجاع الصحیحةللوصول إلى functions وتبین ان مقید الجسم مهم جدا لكل من الدالة الحقیقیة والخیالیة ً. تحویالت فوریر ، موقع الصفر المعقد ، استرجاع الطور ، اعادة تركیب الجسم : الكلمات المفتاحیة @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 العویئلة من l. pyrusتسجیل نوع جدید في العراق من الجنس ) في كوردستان العراق pomoideae )rosaceaeالتفاحیة اك توفیق عبدالرزاقپرو لعلوم الزراعیة / جامعة السلیمانیةكلیة ا/ قسم البستنة 2013نیسان 1، قبل البحث في: 2012ایار 31استلم البحث في: الخالصــة من العائلة pomoideaeالتابع للعویئلة l. pyraster pyrusاستھدف البحث الحالي دراسة تصنیفیة للنوع rosaceae النامي بصورة طبیعیة في كوردستان العراق، وقد تناول البحث الجوانب المظھریة العامة وكذلك حبوب مسح حقلي واسع لمقاطعات كوردستان العراق ، بغیة تحدید انتشار النوع ،كما تم األستفادة من المصادر جرىاللقاح. لقد جریت دراسة الصفات المظھریة ، و كان في مقدمة األجزاء أ.و بذلك شخص ھذا النوع ،ذات العالقة المرسلة من الخارج النباتیة من حیث األھمیة التصنیفیة في ھذا المجال األوراق في ابعادھا و اشكالھا ، وألوان التویج، والحوامل الزھریة ، و و الحوامل الثمریة. و الكأس الزھریة من حیث الطول و الشكل. كذلك درست الثمار من حیث أقطارھا و الوانھا و أشكالھا أما البذور فدرست أشكالھا و ألوانھا وطبیعة أسطحھا الخارجیة. وقد أظھرت الدراسة الحالیة لحبوب اللقاح بانھا ثالثیة وكان شكلھا في المنظر األستوائي بیضي أما في المنظر القطبي فكان ثالثي الزوایا، tricolporateالفتحات واألخادید وع المذكور أعاله قدتم العثور علیھ ألول مرة على مستوى الجنس في العراق عند مسح ودراسة مراتب ن ھذا الناعلماً في مقاطعات كوردستان العراق. pomoideaeالعویئلة ، العویئلة التفاحیة في كردستان العراق . pyrusجنس الـ : الكلمات المفتاحیة 29 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 لمقدمة ا دراسة المظھریةال –1 واألشجار من الفواكھ المتساقطة األوراق التى تعود الى جنس العراقللكمثرى أھمیة اقتصادیة و غذائیة في كردستان pyrus الذي یتبع العائلة الوردیةrosaceae الذي یضم النوعpyrus communis الذي تعرف بالكمثرى األوروبیة أو ،إن الموطن األصلي للكمثرى ھو بالد القوقاس وتركمانستان و المنطقة الشمالیة الغریبة لجبال [2] و[1] الكمثرى العادیة تحتاج ،إذ، تنتشر زراعتھا في المناطق ذات الصیف المعتدل الھماالیا، ثم أدخلت إلى أوروبا في عصور ما قبل التأریخ غم من لحم 100) إن كل [3] ,[4]م لكسر طور الكمون8عن ساعة تقل خاللھا درجة الحرارة 1000 – 900األشجار من وحدة دولیة من 20غم كاربوھیدرات، 17غم زیت، 0.4و ،غم بروتین 0.7و ،% ماء83الثمار الطازج یحتوي على ملغم 210 – 130و كذلك تحتوي الثمرة على بعض األمالح المعدنیة مثل كالسیوم cملغم فیتامین a،4.7فیتامین . [8] و[7]و [6]و[5] ولجمیع االجزاء الخضریة والتكاثریة بالتفصیل pyraster . pلقد تناولت الدراسة الحالیة الصفات المظھریة للنوع لى ماورد من مصطلحات اوحسب ماھو متوافر من وسائل علمیة أمكن االستفادة منھا في ھذا الجانب . واستندت الدراسة .[21]و [20]و [19]و [18] ) و[17]و [16]و [15] و [14]و [13],و .[12]و [11]و.[10])و [9]في كل من دراسة حبوب اللقاح 2 في حل كثیر من المشاكل المعقدة التي تواجھ الباحث palynologyلقد أسھمت المعلومات المستقاة من علم حبوب اللقاح اللقاح توازي في اھمیتھاالدراسة المظھریة العامة لالعضاء ان دراسة حبوب ،اذ تبین[20] [19]في عملھ التصنیفي الخضریة والتكاثریة للنبات عند دراستھا بشكل تفصیلي ومقارن فضال عن كونھا من العوامل المھمة في تحدید وربط عزل للقاح فيأول تصنیف ناجح اعتمد صفات حبوب ا العالقات التطوریة والطبیعیة بین االجناس والعائالت المختلفة.ویعد بتغطیة رصینة وكبیرة للمعلومات [21] [25]وأنواعھا. وساھمت بحوث orchidaceaeاجناس العائلة السحلبیة نباتات في حقل الدراسات المظھریة لحبوب اللقاح. وتكمن القیمة التصنیفیة لحبوب اللقاح في صفات عدیدة ومھمة مثل حجم حبة و أعدادھا في الحبة الواحدة ونوع الزخرفة furrows واالخادید ،apertures or poresووجود الثقوب ،اللقاح ornamentation [22]، الخارجي على سطح الحبة. استخدام . وان([24] ومنھ اللقاح وقد أخذ كثیر من المختصین في ھذا المجال ھذه الصفات بنظر االعتبار عند دراسةحبوب )(temوالنافذscanning electron microscope) semااللكتروني الماسح ( الحدیثة كالمجھر العلمیة الوسائل microscope electron transmission قد ساعد على معرفة أدق التفاصیل حول طبقات جدارحبة اللقاح وزخرفة ، طلع العائلة الوردیة ان حبوب [25]و [24].لقد أشار العدید من الباحثین ومنھم [25]لھاممااثبت أھمیتھا، السطح الخارجي rosaceae ثالثیةالثقوب و أالخادید .tricolporate ومن خالل االطالع على المصادرالمتوافرة ودراسات سابقة حول . [2]في كوردستان العراق ، pomoideaeحبوب لقاح مراتب العویئلة التفاحیة والطرائق المستعملةالمواد راسة المظھریة الد –1 ) سفرات حقلیة امتدت 5( تانجز إذجمعت العینات للنوع قید الدراسة النامیة في كوردستان العراق من الحقل مباشرة ، ) اذ تمت زیارة كل موقع الكثر من مرتین، والسفرات المنجزة في الربیع و الصیف حیث كان 2009-2008بین العامین ( من الواجب زیارة النوع المدروس في مراحل نموه وتكشفھ المختلفة (مرحلة البراعم الزھریة ومرحلة النمو الخضري ت السفرات جمیع المناطق الجبلیة ضمن مقاطعات كوردستان العراق (سلیمانیةواالزھار والثمار ) وقد غط msuراوندوز،mro أربیل، far عمادیة ،mam حیث وجدت نباتات النوع قید الدراسة في مقاطعة السلیمانیة ( بشكل بري. دراسة حبوب اللقاح 2 البراعم الزھریة الناضجة المحفوظة في الكحول األثیلي anthersدرست حبوب اللقاح المستحصلة من متوك أثناء الجوالت المیدانیة في % التي جمعت في الحقل 70 . بعد ذلك فتح [22]و [38]جلي جلسرین، -وضع المتك في زجاجة ساعة واضیف الیھ قطرات من صبغة السفرانین طة اوتعریضھا للصبغة . سحبت حبوب اللقاح مع الصبغة بوس المتك بابرتي تشریح دقیقتین وھرس الستخراج حبوب اللقاح قطارة خاصة لكل نوع وضعت على شریحة زجاجیة نظیفة بعدھا وضع غطاء الشریحة برفق ، ثم فحصت تحت قوة p (polar viewوحسبت أبعاد كل حبة في المنظر القطبي ( olympusوتحت مجھر ضوئي مركب نوع )x40تكبیر( وسجلت أصغر وأكبر قیمة لكل منھا مع معدالتھاوسمك جدار e (equatorial viewستوائي (والمنظر اال . وصفت أشكال حبوب اللقاح كما، یتضح ocular micrometer) باستخدام مقیاس العدسة العینیة الدقیق exineالحبة( . olympusالضوئي ) ، ومن ثم صورت تحت المجھر 4من اللوحة ( 30 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 النتائج والمناقشة الدراسة المظھریة –أوالً السیقان والفروع و التفرع من وسط الساق و solidصلدة و cylindrical تبین من الدراسة الحالیة ان سیقانھا اسطوانیة الشكل الفروع متعددة. االوراق ذات تعرق alternate ومتبادلة على الساق petiolate ومعنقة simpleأمتازت اوراق النوع بكونھا بسیطة كان و) ملم 0.7) سم وقطره (5.5. یبلغ طول السویق للنوع المدروس معدلھ (pinnately reticulate شبكي ریشي اما من ناحیة أبعاد نصل الورقة فقد . ovateفكان بیضوي من حیث شكل نصل الورقة.وcylindricalشكلھ اسطوانیاً ) سم . اما لون االوراق في النوع المدروس فقد كان أخضر في السطح السفلي للورقة x 2.7 3.5تراوح معدل أبعاده ( یصل طول المھماز حوالي mucronateتنتھي مھمازیة leaf apexفي السطح العلوي. كانت قمة الورقة قاتم وأخضر كانت مستدیرة leaf base، و قاعدة الورقة serrateفكانت منشاریة leaf marginاما حافة الورقة) ملم. 1.0( rounded و كانت ملساء السطح اوشبھ ملساء على السطح العلوي وذات شعیرات قصیرة و خفیفة pilose على عند حافة الورقة . السیماالسطح السفلي و األزھار .و ھي مرتبة بنظام زھري actinomorphicوشعاعیة التناظر bisexual اي ثنائیة الجنس perfect تامة األزھار umbelمظلیة ٍ، racemose indeterminate غیر محدود الحویمالت الزھریة -آ لونھ ذات) ملم . و38، و معدل أطوالھا ( cylindricalذات حویمالت اسطوانیة الشكل النوع قید الدراسةازھار .glabrousأخضر و ملساء األنبوب الزھري -ب أو شبھ أملس glabrous و أملس ) ملم8.0أمامعدل طولھ ( infundibularاالنبوب الزھري قمعیاً subglabrous. الكأس -ج . والكأس مستدیم valvateمنفصلة تنتظم بصورة مصراعیة ) (sepalsیتألف الكأس من خمس أوراق كأسیة persistent )4.5أي یبقى مع الثمرة ، بلغ معدل أبعادھاx2.7ملم،أما شكل الورقة الكأسیة فكانت مثلثة( deltoid ذات . لون أخضر و ، acuteقمةحادة التویج -د من نوع clawأي عدیمةالمخلب sessileوجالسةdistinctمنفصلة petalsالتویج مكون من خمس أوراق تویجیة أما بالنسبة ،glabrous ملساء.و obovateأو بیضویاً مقلوباً ovate، شكل الورقة التویجیة بیضویاً rosaceousوردي و الحافة مكتملة rounded ) ملم ، قمة الورقة التویجیة مدورة 8.9x4.5بعاد الورقة التویجیة فتراوح معدلھا ( الى ا entire. ز الذكورةجھا -ھ ) سداة 20تزیدعلى ( numerousمن اسدیة كثیرة العدد pomoideaeالعویئلة ھوالحال في كمایتالف جھاز الذكورة عادةً من الخویط والمتك . stamenوتتألف السداة staminodesخصبة مع وجود بعض االسدیة العقیمة الخویط-أ ولونھ أصفر . dorsifixed، یتصل ظھریاً بالمتك ) ملم4.5و أملس ومعدل طولھ ( filiformأمتاز بشكلھ الخیطي المتك-ب longitudinalوتفتحھ طولي النوع المدروسفي oblongشكلھ متطاول bilobedیتكون المتك من فصین dehiscence وسطحھ أملسglabrous لون المتك فكان ارجوانیاً الى أما بالنسبةpurple . أما طول المتك فكان معدلھ ملم . ) 1.0( جھاز االنوثة -و ،ovary inferior منخفض مبیض تتكون من واحدة pistilمن مدقة المدروس للنوع االنوثة یتكون جھاز . stigmaومیسم ،styleوقلم المیسم -1 ، ولونھ أخضر مصفر لزج القوام discoid) ملم وشكلھ قرصیا0.7-0.4( المیسم كان صغیراً جدا یتراوح قطره بین القلم -2 ویتصل طرفیا cylindricalالقلم مستدیم مع الثمرة حیث الیسقط بعد عملیة التلقیح واالخصاب . شكل القلم اسطوانیاً terminal اً بالمبیض ولونھ أخضر یمیل الى االصفر وكان أملس glabrous شعیرات اجزئھ العلوي، و ذفيpilose 31 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 اما بالنسبة الى عدد االقالم في الزھرة ) ملم ،4.8اما معدل طول القلم فھو (. عند منطقة اتصالھ بالمبیض في جزئھ السفلي النوع المدروس.الواحدة وجدت خمسة اقالم في المبیض -ھ -inferior halfأوشبھ منخفض inferiorمنخفض ھاجمیع pomoideaeالمبیض في انواع اجناس العائلة الثانویة ) ملم وكان المبیض 2x1.5( أما من حیث ابعاده فكان معدلھا وفي النوع مفیدالدراسة فھو منخفض،. ovoidبیضي الشكل . glabrousاً أملس الجزاء الثمریةا الحامل الثمري -أ كان أخضراً أو أخضر مصفراً أما من حیث طول الحامل فأما لونھ cylindricalالحامل الثمري اسطواني الشكل ) ملم .2.9أما قطر الحامل الثمري فبلغ معدلھ ( .) ملم39الثمري فقد كان معدل طولھ ( الثمرة -ب كما تعد من الثمار الكاذبة pomeمن الثمارالبسیطة الطریة وھي الثمرة التفاحیةpomoideaeتعد ثمار مراتب العویئلة false fruit والكأس الثمري مستدیمpersistent قید الدراسة. و الثمرة كرویة النوع في globose و بلغ معدل . السطح ملساء و greenو لون الثمرة أخضر. ) ملم32قطرھا( البذور بیضیة فشكال البذور ا،اما dark brownداكن بني brownبني)، لون البذور 5عددالبذورفي الثمرةالواحدة( . ملسفألسطح الخارجي للبذرة الى ا) ملم و بالنسبة x 4.8 7.8. تراوح معدل أبعادھا ( ovoid الشكل ة االزھارمد التزھیر قصیرة مدةلقد تبین من الدراسة الحالیة ومن خالل الجوالت الحقلیة وتسجیل المعلومات موقعیا ان short flowering peroid .حیث تستغرق مدة شھر واحد او أقل من منتصف شھر آذار الى بدایة شھر نیسان دراسة حبوب اللقاح -ثانیاً ان تلك . كما وجدmonomorphicأتضح من خالل الدراسة ان النوع المدروس ذو حبوب لقاح احادیة المظھر و تمتد االخادید من tricolporateاي انھا poresذات ثقوب furrows or colpiالحبوب تحتوي على ثالثة اخادید حبوب تقسم ،إذ[22]حسب ماجاء في ماً ) . وتبین ان لحبوب اللقاح أحجا4القطب الى القطب ،كما موضح في اللوحة ( ) مایكرومتر ، و متوسطة حینما 20عن ( ھاغیرة عندما الیزید اطواللى (صغیرة ومتوسطة وكبیرة )، فتكون صعاللقاح وجد في الدراسة الحالیة ان حبوب اللقاح ) مایكرومتر. وقد40) مایكرومتر ، و كبیرة الحجم حیث یصل الى (25یكون ( 26األستوائيفي المنظر وبلغ معدل ابعادھا مایكرومتر 19للنوع المدروس بلغ معدل ابعادھا في المنظر القطبي .اما في المنظر االستوائي ovoideبیضي )polar view )pمایكرومتر. كان شكل حبة اللقاح في المنظر القطبي equatorial view e ) (مفلطحا كانتف oblate 2.5مایكرومتر ومعدل طول المنافذ 16.5ومعدل طول اآلخدود النوع االول مرة یكتشف في العراق ولم یسجل مسبقاً في الفلورا العراقیة العدد علما ان ھذا ).4( كما في اللوحة مایكرومتر ،مقارنة للصفات المظھریة تختلف ھذا الصفات من حیث الورقة،وحامل الثمرة،وحجم الثمرة،وشكل الثمرة،وحجم ]14[2 مطابقة للصفات النوع في كل من ،علماً ان الصفات النوع المدرس ]2[و]14[بقیة انواع الجنس في العراقحبوب اللقاح عن [26]وایران [23]تركیا الورقة للنوع المدروس شكل :)1(الشكل 32 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 شكل الزھرة في النوع المدروس. :)2( الشكل شكل الثمرة للنوع المدروس :)3( الشكل المنظر األستوائي -ب المنظر القطبي -أ ) أشكال حبوب اللقاح في النوع المدروس4( الشكل المصادر 1. post, george. e. (1932). flora of syria, palestine and sinai. vol. 1 american press. beirut. 639 p: 453-458. pomoideaeلمراتب العویئلة التفاحیة ) .دراسة تصنیفیة مقارنة2008توفیق . ( عبدالرزاق، روثاك 2 . )rosaceae كلیة الزراعة / قسم البستنة ه) في كوردستان العراق جامعة السلیمانیة/أطروحةدكتورا / علیم العالي و البحث العلمي. كلیة. ) إنتاج الفاكھة النفضیة. وزارة الت1980النعیمي، جبار حسن و دكتور یوسف حسن. (3. الزراعة و الغابات. جامعة البصرة. 4-powell, arile a., david g. himelrick., and robert c.(1999). asian pear culture in alabamsa. exten. horti. at auburn university siet i von 6. بذریة. دارالكتب للطباعة والنشرجامعة الموصل،العراق) . تصنیف النباتات ال1988الكاتب،یوسف منصور (56kappel, fransk., eugene hogue and bob fisher(2000 ).the best pear agriculture and research center. summer land b. c. voh 1z0 و الزیوت الطبیة ، تو النباتا عة العالج باألعشاب) . دواء لكل داء . موسو 2000الحضري، أمین الحضري زكي ( -7 مكتبة مدبولي . 8lipe, john a., calvin lyons and larrystein.( 2002). home fruit productionpears. extension. horticulture. information resources. the agriculture program of taxas a&m university system seite 1 von 6. 33 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الخزن ومدة الخزن في الصفات ) .تأثیر مواعید الجني و درجات حرارة2006الكسنزاني ، صدیق عزیز صدیق (9الصنف المحلي ھھ رمي ناسكھ .رسالة ماجستیر مقدمة الى كلیة .pyrus communis lالنوعیة لثمار الكمثرى جامعة السلیمانیة . –الزراعة 10-lawrence, h. m. (1951). taxonomy of vascular plants. the macmillan company. 823 pp. new york. 11al-rawi, a.(1968).wild plants of iraq with their distribution.tech. bull. 14. dir. gen.agric.res.proj .ministry of agriculture, government press.232pp.iraq. 12-radford, a. e., w. c. dikson, massy. j. r. and bell. c. r. (1974). vascular plants systematics. harber & row. new york. 891 pp. 13heywood,v.h . (1967) .plant taxonomy. 2nd. ed .flowering plants of the world . oxford univ.press353 pp. u.k. 14-guest, e.(1966). flora of iraq, ministry of agriculture vol. 1, baghdad, 213 pp. 15stace, c .a. (1984) .plant taxonomy and biosystematics .edward arnold. london, 279 pp. 16evan, roger c., campbell christophers. evan &christopher (2002) . the origin of the apple subfamily (malavideae; rosaceae) is clarified by dna sequence data from duplicatd gbsst genes. 17-pandey, b. p. (2005) .taxonomy of angiosperms. department of botany .j.b. college baraut convener, board of studies and research degree committee c.c.suniversity, meerut. 600 pp. 18potter , d & eriksson , t . r . c ., evans , s.o.h. , j.e.e. smedmark , d.r., morgan , m.,kerr , k. r . robertson , m .&arsenault ,t .a .(2007). phylogeny and classification of rosaceae .pl .syst.evol.266:5-43. printed in netherlands. 19 ) . دراسة مقارنة ألنواع الجنس1992المشھداني، عذیة ناھي ( onosma l. )boraginaceaeالعراق ، ) في .أطروحة دكتوراه ، كلیة العلوم ، جامعة بغداد 20diez, m. j. (1983).pollen morphology of genus anchusa l. ( boraginaceae )and its taxonomic interest. pollen spore 25(3-4)367-382 21mohl, h. (1835). surla structure et les formes des grains de pollen. ann. sci. nat. 2( 3): 148-180, 304-346. 22erdtman, g. (1971) .pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, angiosperms an introduction to palynology hafner. new york.erdtman, g. (1971). pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, angiosperms.european. volume 2 rosaceae to umbelliferae, cambridge university press. vol 2: 469 pp.u.k. 23-davis,p.h. (1972) .in davis , p.h., flora of turkey and the east aegean islands v. 1-9. edinburgh university press. vol.4: 657 pp. p. 128-172.u.k. 24davis,p.h.and heywood .v.h. (1973).principles of angiosperm taxonomy. robert, e. krieger publishing company, huntington, new york.558.u.s.a. 25hua, zhua li (2005 ).pollen morphology of maloideae of china ( rosaceae ). kuming institute of botany , the chinese academy of sciences , kuming 650204) acta botanica yunnanica vol.22.no.1 . p.43-52. 26-rechinger, k. h. (1969). flora iranica. (rosaceae). akademische druck-u. verlagsanst alt gras – austria, vol. 66:161-202. 27-townsend,c.c and e. guest (1966). flora of iraq . ministry of agriculture.2 baghdad, 184. 34 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 a new record of the genus pyrus -subfamily pomoideae ( rosaceae) in iraqi kurdistan. rupak t. abdulrazaq department of horticulture / faculty of sciense agriculture / university of sulaimanya received on:31 may 2012 , accepted on:1 april 2013 abstract the current research was ataxonomic study for the species pyrus pyraster l. that belong to the subfamily pomoideae from the family rosaceae which growing wildely in iraqi kurdistan .the macro and micro morphology and pollen grain were studied .a wide field servay for the districts of iraqi kurdistan was done . according to the taxonomic references adetail study for the morphology of the leaves ,color of the corolla,calyx , the fruits diameters, color and shapes,also the seed were studied from the study of pollen grains it appeared that the pollen grains aretricolporate ,their shape in the equatorial view was ovoid but in the pollar view they are triangular. the species pyrus pyraster l.was recorded for the first time to iraqi from iraqi kurdistan. key words : pyrus pomoideae iraqi kurdistan 35 | biology المصادر 10010006 10010007 10010008 10010009 10010010 10010011 10010012 10010013 10010014 10010015 10010016 10010017 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بعض المؤشرات الوراثیة في الفئران البیضفي تأثیر عقار الفولتارین ،خالد سلمان ناصرهاديفرات عبد الحمزه جامعة القادسیة، كلیة التربیة وزارة التربیة الخالصة مـن األدویـة غیـر السـتیرویدیة المضـادة لإللتهـاب تاثیرعقار الفولتـارین الـذي یعـد لكشف عنصممت الدراسة الحالیة ل معامــل االنقســام بعــض المؤشـرات الوراثیــة مثــل فــي ع حــدوث اإللتهــاب علــى احـداث تــأثیرات التـي تعمــل علــى تســكین ومنـ m(الخلوي i ( الكروموسـومي زیغـانالو)ca (تراكیـز مـن العقـار وهـي ةثـختبـرت ثالأ. ملخالیـا نقـي العظـ )2.5 , 2 ,1.6 ( النســبة المئویــة تبایــام و حسـ 7ة بطریقــة الحقــن مـد mus musculusللفــأر األبــیض كیـزوأُعطیـت هــذه الترا كغــم/ملغـم m(معامل االنقسام الخلويل i ( الكروموسومي زیغانالو)ca ( قد توصلت الدراسة الى النتائج االتیةل .لخالیا نقي العظم: .خالیا نقي العظم معامل انقسامفي تاثیرات سلبیة كغم /ملغم 2و 1.6 ینالتركیز لم یظهر -1 خالیـا نقـي معامـل انقسـامبقیـة المجـامیع األُخـرى فـي خفـض نسـبة ب عنویًا مقارنـةً فرقًاً◌ مكغم /ملغم 2.5 التركیز أظهر -2 .اإلنخفاض بزیادة الجرعة العظم حیث تأثر . ة كروموسومات في ضوء الجرع المستعملعدم امتالك عقار الفولتارین تأثیرات مشوهة لل -3 المقدمة اســـتخدم األطبــاء القــدامى مـــن العصــور القدیمــة ، اذ اســتعملم ویعــود الـــى مســكنات األلـــم قــدی إن تــاریخ اســتعمال salicyالرومـان واإلغریــق مستخلصـات النباتــات المحتویـة علــى السالســیلك lic زال ج اإللتهابـات وتســكین اآلالم ،ومــالعــال [ل الرومـاتیزمي استعمال هذه األدویة قائما حتى یومنا هذا وتستعمل بكثرة في عالج األمراض المزمنة مثل التهـاب المفاصـ هرغم الفوائد العالجیـة لهـذه األدویـة اال انهـا تسـبب بعـض اآلثـار الجانبیـة المضـرة بالصـحة العامـة ، حیـث تزیـد هـذبالو . ]1 األدویـة مـن قابلیــة حـدوث القرحـة فــي المعـدة وتحطـم بطانــة القنـاة الهظمیـة وحــدوث النـزف ، وقـد اثبتــت اإلحصـائیات التــي بسـبب األدویـة هحالـة وفـاة لكـل سـنة ناتجـة عـن سـوء اسـتخدام هـذ) 16500(مریكیـة حـدوث متحـدة األأجریـت فـي الوالیـات ال ، وان األسـتعمال المسـتمر لألدویــة ]2 [مـن اثـار جانبیـة فـي القنـاة الهظمیـة اكثـر مـن بقیـة انـواع األدویـة األخـرى هماتحدثـ وتصـرف فــي .لـى خطـر اإلصـابة بالقرحــة الهظمیـة غیـر السـتیرویدیة المضـادة لإللتهــاب ولفتـرات طویلـة یعـرض الشــخص ا ولـبعض هـذه المسـكنات مفعـول . دون وصفة طبیة ألنها ال تسبب اإلدمان والتؤثر في مستوى الـوعي من كثیر من البلدان لـذا صـممت هـذه الدراسـة للكشـف عــن رارةلحـدون أن تـؤثر فـي العوامـل الحیـة المتسـببة فــي ارتفـاع درجـة امـن خـافض للحـرارة . لشائعة اإلستعماللتأثیرات الوراثیة لعقار الفولتارین الذي یعد من اكثر العقاقیر المسكنة اا : voltarinالفولتارین catafl: التجاري اإلسم am ،voltarin 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد di :عام سم الاإل clofe nac ویقع ضمن مجموعة من األدویة تدعى مسكن خافض للحرارة من األدویة التي طرحت في السنوات االخیرة non steroidal ant i-inflammatory drugs (nsaid)علـى األدویـة غیـر السـتیرویدیة أعـاله ویطلـق المصـطلح ــــكین وم ــــى تسـ ـــل علـ ــــي تعمــ ـــتاكالندینات المضــــادة لإللتهـــــاب التـ ـــیط صـــــنع البروســ نـــــع حــــدوث اإللتهـــــاب مـــــن خـــــالل تثبــ prostaglandinsتنتشرعلى نطاق واسـع فـي انسـجة وسـوائل جسـم هرمونات موضعیة، هـادّ مجموعة من المواد یمكن ع وهي . ]3 [ ثر في العدید من االلیات الخلویةاالنسان والحیوان ، وتؤ ویستعمل لمعالجـة التهــاب المفاصــل الرومـاتیزمي واإللتهـاب المفصـلي العظمـي غیر مخّدر معتدلِ الفولتارین مسكن osteoarthritis كما یسـتعمل علـى نطاق واسع بشكل محلول لعالج التــهابات العیــن مثــل التـهــاب الملتحمةوالقرنیـة وتقـرح ى َـ فّعـال فــي ُمَعاَلَجـة الُحّمــوهــو ب ـوالحالـ ة كبیــرة فـي تسـكیـــن آالم حصــى الكلــىـولــه فاعلیـ ]corneal ulcer ] 4القرنیـة یعمـل الفولتـارین علـى خفـض انتـاج ،اذ أما الیـة عملـه فتكـون بتثبـیط صـنع البروسـتاكالندینات . في الجسمِ ات العامةتهابلوٕاإل خــالل مـن ویـتم ذلـك [5] دarachidonic acid الــمواد األولیـة لتصـنیع البروسـتاكالندینات مـن حـامض األراشـیدونیك cy 1-تثبـیط انـزیــم الســایكلو اوكسـیجینیز clo oxy genase -1االنــزیم ضـروري لعملیــة تخلیـق البروســتاكالندینات، وهـذا ویعمــل علــى تصــنیع ، [6] فــي معظـم انســجة الجســم تحــت الظـروف الفســلجیة الطبیعیــة 1-ویتواجـد السایكلواوكســیجینیز واالمعاء لغرض حمایتها من تكون القرحة ، وان تثبیط هذا االنزیم یعـزز مـن البروستاكالندینات ومشتقاتها في بطانة المعدة . ]7 [االعضاء التناسلیة تكون القرحة المعدیةوقد اشارت الدراسات الحدیثة إلى امكانیة تواجده في ویات تتجـاوز ان للفولتـارین تـأثیرا سـاما لخالیـا لـب الكلیـة خـارج الجسـم ولكـن بمسـت] 8 [وجماعته rochaوقد وجد كمــا یظهــر تــأثیره السـام فــي القنــاة الهضــمیة فضـال عــن تثبیطــه لحــدوث 1-بشـكل كبیــر تثبیطــه النــزیم السایكلواوكسـیجنیز اذ تــتم 1-سـرطان القولــون والمســتقیم ، وان آلیـة عمــل حــدوث ذلـك تكــون غیــر معتمـدة علــى تثبــیط انـزیم السایكلواوكســیجنیز cell cyالمنظمة لدورة الخلیة بشكل اخر من خالل خفض البروتینات cle regulating p roteins (p21) ]9[ . ،ألم، َتَشـنُّج، حرقـة، رحُیْمِكـُن َأْن ُیسـّبَب تقـ حیـث، هظمـي ال الجهـاز للفولتارینتضّمُن اآلثار الجانبیة األكثر شیوعًا ت الطفـح، ضـعف . مشـاكل بالرؤیـةِ و دوار عضـالت، ال، ضـعف فمعـدِة ونـز ال، تقـّرح حـاد غثیان، إلتهاب معوي، ونـزف معـوي ـى منخفضــة، فقـدان شــهیة، بــول ال، ألــم ألــم صـدِر، ضــیق تـنّفس ،كلیـةِ ال ؛ )الجلــِد َأو العیــونِ صـفرة(، یرقــان داكـنمعــدِة، ُحمَّ ى، إلتهاب . ]10[رحنجرة، وصداع وطفح جلدي أحمالُحمَّ cytogeالتحلیالت الوراثیة الخلویة nti c anal yse s : للكشـف عـن قابلیـة العوامـل الفیزیائیـة والكیمیائیـة فـي احـداث "االت الوراثیة الخلویـة بشـكل واسـع مؤشـر استخدمت التحلی الطفــرات الوراثیــة فــي الخلیــة الحیــة اذ تعــد التغیــرات التــي تحــدثها تلــك العوامــل فــي المــادة الوراثیــة مؤشــرًا علــى خطــورة تلـــك العدیـد مـن المقـاییس والمؤشـرات المسـتخدمة فـي وهنالـك ة اساسـیةالعوامل على صحة الكائنات الحیـة، وصـحة اإلنسـان بدرجـ :ومنها ]kuroda 1]1انظمة التحلیالت الوراثیة وكما ذكرها mitoti (mi)اختبار معامل االنقسام الخلوي 1 c index test: ها الــى مــواد هـو أحــد المقـاییس التــي تسـتخدم لمعرفــة األضـرار التــي تحصـل فــي المـادة الوراثیــة مـن جــراء تعرضـ ویمكــن [12]مطفـرة او مسـرطنة سـواء كانـت مـواد كیمیائیـة او فیزیائیـة التـي ینـتج عنهـا مـرض السـرطان او أمـراض اخـرى 100حساب معامل االنقسام بشكل نسبة بین عدد الخالیا المارة بأطوار أنقسامیة مختلفة الى العـدد الكلـي للخالیـا المحسـوبة .] 13 [) خلیة ( 2010) 1( 23لھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن ا وقد وجد ان األصابة ببعض األمراض یؤدي الى تثبیط معامـل االنقسـام الخلـوي مثـل االصـابة بـبعض االمـراض .[15] ضليعتالل العالمثل ا ،مراض الوراثیةواالصابة ببعض اال ]14[سرطان الثدي وسرطان القولون : ،مثلالسرطانیة وقد أثبتت البحوث ان هذا العامل یتأثر سلبا بالمواد المطفرة التي یسبب معظمهـا تثبـیط معامـل االنقسـام الخیطـي فمـثال نجـد ان األشـعة فـوق البنفسـجیة تقـوم بتثبـیط االنقسـام الخیطــي . ] 16[او مبیـدات سـواء كانـت أشـعة مؤینـة او عقـاقیر البروتینات الداخلة في تركیب المغزل كمـا ان الجرعـات المنخفضـة مـن األشـعة سیما العند أمتصاصها من بروتینات الخلیة وتقلل من قیمة االنقسام الخیطي فضال عن ان االشعاع یسبب تجمع الكروموسومات في الطـور dnaالسینیة تكبت بناء مـن جانــب أخـر یتــأثر . [17] االسـتوائي بسـبب لزوجتهــا واالنفصـال غیــر المنـتظم للكروموســومات فـي الطـور االنفصــالي m )مقدار i ) المایتومایسین الذي یسبب اختزال معنـوي لمعامـل مثل بسبب معاملة الخالیا بالمواد الكیمیائیة مثال العقاقیر m)اما عقار ] 18[االنقسام الخیطي في خالیا نقي العظم للفئران المعاملة بهذا العقار tx) m ethot rexat فقد یؤدي هو ى انخفاض في قیمة معامل االنقسام الخیطـي لخالیـا نقـي العظـم فـي فئـران تجـرع بتراكیـز مختلفـة مـن العقـار ویـزداد االخر ال الى تـأثیر عقـار السـزبالتین فـي خالیـا [20 ] وجماعته choudhuryكما اشار . ] 19[األنخفاض بزیادة جرعة العقار فـي حــین . خلــوي عنـد الكشـف عــن السـمیة الخلویــة الوراثیـة لهـذا العقــارنقـي العظـم للفئــران السویسـریة فـي معامــل االنقسـام ال pالبـروتین الفسـفوري دة مـن ـة الواحــبـان الجرعـ [21 ]وجماعتـه canon الحـظ 34cdc2 الـذي یـدخل فـي دورة حیـاة الخلیـة ن هــذا المركــب تــؤدي إلــى ؤدي إلــى زیــادة دلیــل االنقســام فــي الطحــال والغــدة الزعتریــة، إال أن زیــادة الجرعــات المتكــررة مــیـ .فر لدى الباحث معلومات حول التأثیرات الوراثیة لعقار الفولتارین اولم تتو انخفاض دلیل االنقسام وحدوث تشوهات خلویة chromosomal aberration assayالكروموسومي زیغانأختبار ال-2 شـف عـن قـدرة المـؤثرات الفیزیائیـة والكیمیائیـة فـي أحـداث التغیـرات أحد التحلیالت الخلویة الوراثیة التي تسـتعمل للك وه الكروموسومیة التركیبیة التي یمكن مالحظتها عندما تكون الخلیـة فـي الطـور االسـتوائي مـن االنقسـام ، وهـي تتضـمن بصـورة ـــي الكروموســـــوم ویطلــــق علیــــه ـــیة حــــدوث كســـــر فـ ring(والكروموســــوم الحلقــــي) chromosomal break(أساسـ chromosome( 22[ والتغیرات العددیة [ . ان نسبة التشوهات الكروموسومیة او انواعها تختلف بأختالف نـوع المطفـر ومقـدار الجرعـة المتعـرض لهـا ونـوع الخالیـا وقـد اســتخدم هــذا األختبــار للكشــف عــن ، كــذلك فهــو یتغیـر بتغــایر عمــر الفــرد والحالــة الصــحیة، المتعرضـة والكــائن الحــي كما انه أستخدم في الكشف عـن االضـرار الناجمـة مـن تنـاول [23] , أثیرات الوراثیة الناتجة من التعرض للمواد الكیمیائیة الت amino-3,4-dimethy-2مـواد غذائیـة تحـوي علـى مركبـات مطفـرة مثـل مـادة limidazo [4,5-f] quinoline المتكونـة اذ تحتـوي الخالیـا ،ة فـي عـالج امـراض السـرطانعملوالسـیما تلـك المسـت عض العقـاقیرالعـالج بـب او [24]طبخ اللحوم لنتیجة وان (abnormal chromosomes)السـرطانیة علـى تشـوهات كروموســومیة عدیـدة التـي ینــتج عنهـا كروموسـومات شــاذة . [25]أغلب هذه التشوهات تكون من نوع الكروموسومات الحلقیة المواد وطرائق العمل sالمحالیل oluti ons : phosphate buffeدارئ الفوسفات الملحي): 1(محلول red s aline (pbs ) -:) مل 1000( إلىمن المـاء المقـطر ثـم اكـمل الحجم ) مل 500(في أدناهالمكـونات أذیبت (kcl)غم كلورید البوتاسیوم 0.20 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة (nacl)غم كلورید الصودیوم 8.00 (na2hpo4)غم فوسفات الصودیوم احادیة الهیدروجین 1.15 (kh2po4)غم فوسفات البوتاسیوم ثنائیة الهیدروجین 0.20 .]26 [) م(º4وعقم بالموصدة وحفظ في الثالجة kcl (0.075) hypotoniالواطئ الشد كلورید البوتاسیوم : (2)محلول c s olution ء ) مل 500(إلى ماء مقطر ثم اكمل الحجم ) مل (250من ملح كلورید البوتاسیوم في ) غم (2.85 أذیب من الما .[27] ) م(º4المقطر ثم عقم بالموصدة وحفظ في الثالجة cholchicin sكولجسین ): 3( محلول oluti on المعقـم واسـتخدم آنیـا ) 1محلـول رقـم ( pbs مـن) مـل0.5 (فـي ) ملغـم1(وزن يالكولجســین ذحبـة واحـدة من أذیبت ). intraperitoneal injection(الخلب من هذا المحلول في غشاء) مل0.25 (بعد تحضیره بحقن كل حیوان بـ s دارىء سورنسن): 4(محلول orenson’s buffer ) مل 50(في ) kh2po4(من مادة ) غم 6.74(و ) na2hpo4( من مادة) غم7.08( بإذابةحضر المحلول .]27[ )مº 4(مقطر وعقم بالموصدة وحفظ في الثالجة الماء بال) مل 100( إلىمن الماء المقطر ثم اكمل الحجم fixatiالمثبت ): 5( محلول ve s oluti on ن حامض الخلیك الثلجي وحفظ في حضر المحلول بمزج ثالثة حجوم من الكحول المثیلي المطلق مع حجم واحد م . [27]واستخدم آنیا ) مº 4(الثالجة gieصبغة كمزا ) 6(ل محلو msa s tain s oluti on: absolute m(مــل مـن المیثــانول المطلــق 100غــم مـن مســحوق الصــبغة مـع 2خلـط ethanol ( ثــم ســخن ، ، وعنــد )stock solution(لـول االســاس طة ورق الترشــیح، وحفظــت فـي مكــان مظلــم، وهـذا هــو المحاالمـزیج ورشــح بوسـ p(االستعمال خلـط حجـم واحـد مـن محلـول الصـبغة االسـاس مـع أربعـة حجـوم مـن المحلـول المـنظم h 6.8 (sorenson’s buffer [25]للحصول على محلول الصبغة النهائي . diعقار الفولتارین ): 7(محلول clofe nac s odium 75 ( نلإلنسا ستعملةة المـالجرعباإلعتماد على ) كغم/ملغم 2.5 ,2, 1.6(نجرع من عقارالفولتاریحضرت ثالث ویعد هذا المحلول الماء المقطرمل من 10ملغم في ]25[ )معمل ادویة سامراء( ب العقاریذااذ ]28[) كغم/ملغم .األصل الذي تحضر منه بقیة التخافیف cyclophosphamiعقار السایكلوفوسفامید)8( محلول de s oluti on مـل مـن المـاء المقطـر المعقــم 10فـي )germany(عقـار السایكلوفوســفامید ملغـم مـن مسـحوق100ُحضـر بأذابـة وقــد أُختیــر . ویعــد هــذا المحلــول محلــول األصــل وتحضـر منــه التخــافیف المطلوبــة عنــد الحاجــة ) ْ◌م4(وحفـظ فــي الثالجــة یظهـر مـن خاللهـا تــأثیر اذ موجبـة "سـیطرةحقـن الفئـران بهـذا التركیـز وعـدت وتــم مـن وزن الجسـمكغـم /ملغـم ) 50(زتركیـال . الى فئران السیطرة السالبة التي حقنت بمحلول داريء الفوسفات الفسیولوجي عن "فضال المطفر فقط :الحیوانات المختبریة albino mice (mus musculus)بریة البیض استخدمت في هذه التجربة ذكور الفئران المخت :یعمامج خمسعلى التي قسمت mut( بعقار مطفر وراثیا ه المجموعةذه حیوانات حقنت -:المجموعة االولى -1 agenic (العقار هو ا ذ، وه 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ).سیطرة موجبة( )cp( دالسایكلوفوسفامی ). سیطرة سالبة (بمحلول داريء الفوسفات الفسیولوجي ه المجموعة ذحیوانات ه حقنت -:المجموعة الثانیة -2 . كغم /ملغم 1.6بالفولتارین بتركیز ه المجموعة ذحیوانات ه حقنت :المجموعة الثالثة -3 . كغم /ملغم 2لتارین بتركیز بالفو ه المجموعة ذحیوانات ه حقنت :المجموعة الرابعة -4 .كغم /ملغم 2.5بالفولتارین بتركیز ه المجموعة ذحیوانات ه حقنت :الخامسةالمجموعة -5 شـرحت الحیوانـات فــي اذ مـدة اســبوع ، یومیـا حقــنكـان الو البریتـونه المجـامیع عـن طریــق ذجمیـع حیوانـات هــ حقنـت . حیوانات لكل مجموعة 4وخصصت یة الیوم الثامن لغرض اجراء الفحوصات الوراث الكروموسومي والزیغان ل االنقسامـمعام mitoti c index & chromosomal aberrations من محلول ) مل 0.25(ر أاذ حقن كل ف [27], وجماعته allen طریقة بحسب اجري اختبار معامل االنقسام ق ضحي ) عةسا 2.5( مرور وبعد ،الكولجسین عن طریق غشاء البریتون بالحیوان بطریقة فصل النخاع الشوكي من العن :وكما یأتي وشرح مباشرة لغرض الحصول على الخالیا الجسمیة من نقي العظم .لك بقص الجلد مباشرة واستخرجت االعضاء من مواقعهاذشرح الحیوان و -1 .عظم استخرجت الخالیا من نقي ال) 1(من المحلول رقم) مل 5(باستعمال محقنة معقمة و -2 ).دقائق5 (مدة ) دقیقة/ دورة 2000(نبذت االنابیب بالنابذة بسرعة -3 ثم حضنت االنابیب في حمام مائي هزاز بدرجة ) 2(من المحلول رقم) مل 10(ازیل الطافي واضیف الى الراسب -4 )37 ºدقیقة 30(ولمدة ) م.( ).دقائق 5(مدة ) دقیقة/ دورة 2000(نبذت االنابیب بالنابذة بسرعة -5 المحضر انیا بالتدریج على شكل ) 4رقم محلول(المثبت من المحلول) مل 5(یل الطافي واضیف الى الراسب از -6 ).مل 5(حجم المثبت المضاف لیصل الى قطرات تنسال علىالجدار الداخلي لالنبوب مع المزج المستمر ثم اكمل .اعیدت عملیة التثبیت ثالث مرات. امدة نصف ساعة لغرض تثبیت الخالی) مº 4(وضعت االنابیب بدرجة حرارة -7 المحلول الطافي وعلقت الخالیا مرة اخرى ثم ازیل ،)دقائق 5(مدة ) دقیقة/دورة 2000(نبذت االنابیب بالنابذة بسرعة -8 .المثبت البارد من) مل 1-2 (في حجم مناسب بوبة على شریحة زجاجیة نظیفة بصورة قطرات من محتویات االن) 8 -6( رجت االنابیب الحاویة على الخالیا المثبتة -9 التاحة الفرصة للخالیا واألنویة لالنتشار بشكل جید ثم جففت الشرائح على ) اقدام 3(عمودیة من مسافة حوالي ).مº 50(صفیحة ساخنة وفحصت الشرائح تحت المجهر ،ثم غسلت بالماء المقطر وتركت لتجف) دقیقة 15(صبغة كمزا مدة بصبغت الشرائح -10 وحسبت الخالیا المنقسمة وغیر المنقسمة منها ) خلیة 100( تفحصاذ ،ضوئي االعتیادي بالعدسة الزیتیةال : تیةوفق المعادلة اآل على واستخرج معامل االنقسام كلي /عدد الخالیا المنقسمة[(%) =معامل االنقسام 100× ]) المنقسمة وغیر المنقسمة( للخالیا العدد ال بعد ان فحصت على االقل ) خلیة/زیغ كروموسومي(ة ـالنحرافات الكروموسومیة فقد حسبت بهیئة الى ااما بالنسب كسر كروماتیدي وكروموسوم : شملت االنحرافات الكروموسومیة. خلیة واضحة وفي الطور االستوائي من االنقسام 50 .والتغیرات العددیة ثنائي القطعة المركزیة والكروموسوم الحلقي statistiالتحلیل اإلحصائي cal anal ysis وثبتت القیم crd(complet random designer(وفق التصمیم العشوائي الكامل على النتائج احصائیاً تم تحلیل .تم استخدام اختبار دنكن و ولمعرفة وجود فروق معنویة بین الجرع المختلفة ) الخطأ القیاسي ±المعدل(على شكل 2010) 1( 23الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن والمناقشةالنتائج )mi(ختبار معامل اإلنقسام الخیطي ا )2(و )1.6( ینكیــز عمال التر بأنـه التوجــد فـروق معنویــة بـین قــیم معامـل اإلنقســام الخلـوي باســت)1(یبـین الشــكل قریبــة وهـي علـى التـوالي %) 6.89( %)6.95(ةإذ كانـت القیمـ ،ى خالیـا نقــي العظـمعلـعقـار الفولتـارین كغـم مـن/ملغـرام mقیمـة مـن i ( ولـم تشـكل بـذلك فرقـًا معنویـًا علـى مسـتوى احتمـال) % 7.15(للسـیطرة السـالبة والبالغـة p0.01 (. كمـا كمـا فـي %) 5.12(بلغـت اذ السـالبةالسـیطرة بمقارنـة كانت منخفضة )2.5(لتركیزلقیم معامل اإلنقسام الخلوي أن یالحظ ــًا معنویــا )1( الجــدول عقـــار معامــل إنقســـام الخالیــا هــو أن انخفــاض وقـــد یكــون الســبب فـــي )2صــورة (وشــكلت بــذلك فرقـ البروتینــات الداخلـة فــي هــذه تقلیـلعلـى االنقســام فهـو قــد یعمـل علــى عظــمالالخالیـا الجذعیــة لنقـي قابلیــة ثـبطقــد الفولتـارین m( أثناء مرحلـه الطـور االسـتوائي في مغزلـوط الـخی فيإنه قد یوثر أو ةالعملی etap hase( . امـا السـیطرة الموجبـة فقـد ادت m(في قیمة كبیر انخفاض الى حدوث i( بلغت اذ)(ةمعنویبحیث كان الفرق عالي ال%) 1.44 p< 0.01( . ca الكرموسومي زیغاناختبار ال عنـد اسـتعمال تراكیـز مختلفـة الكرموسـومي زیغـانة المئویـة للفروق معنویة بین قیم النسـبأنه التوجد ) 2( یوضح الشكل كغـم وزن الجســم /ملغــرام) 2.5(و،) 2(و ،)1.6(للتراكیـز caإذ بلغـت قیمــة ،مـن عقـار الفولتــارین علـى خالیــا نقـي العظــم )5صــورة (قارنــة بالســیطرة الســالبةعلـى التــوالي ولــم تشــكل أي فــرق معنـوي عنــد الم%) 1.48(، %) 1.53(،%) 1.58( علـــى أن عقـــار هـــذه النتــائج وتـــدل ثل كســـورًا كروماتیدیــة ـوكانـــت اغلـــب التغیــرات تمـــ%) 1.51(لهــا caوالبالغــة قیمـــة الزیـادة فـي تركیـز أن كمـااد المركبـات المطفـرة الكروموسومیة بشـكل یجعلـه فـي عـد اإلنحرافات ن ـویـم یستحث تكـل الفولتارین tyإذ ذكـر ،دم ـقـد یعـود باآلثـار السـلبیة علـى صـحة المستخـ ولتـارینعقـار الف ler and brady ]28 [بات ـأن جمیـع المركـ زعقـار الفولتـارین الزیادة فـي تركیوقـد تـؤدي .ةـالمختلفة تظهر فعالیة سلبیة عند استخدامها بتراكیز عالی العقاقیري ـوجودة فـالم المـادة الوراثیــة عنــد لهــا التــي سـتتعرض اإلضــرارحصـول زیــادة فـي الــى وقــد یـؤديیــة الزیــادة فـي قــیم االختبـارات الوراثالـى امـا الســیطرة .أو زیـادة فـي الزیغـان الكروموسـومي ن یكـون انخفاضـًا حـادًا فـي معامــل االنقسـام الخلـويأیز كــتركـالالزیـادة فـي %) 4.22(بلغــت اذ ،)2( ي الجــدول كمـاهو موضــح فـ) ca(فـي قیمــة "اكبیــر "افقـد احــدثت انخفاضـ )8صــورة (الموجبـة السـعدي ،و ]29[ الربیعـي كـل مـن ات ـــوهذا یتفق مع ما توصلت الیـه دراس) p< 0.01( بحیث كان الفرق عالي المعنویة ) dna(تالك متأیضـات هـذا العقـار فعالیـة احــداث تـأثیرات مختلفـة للمـادة الوراثیــة ــــجة عـن إمـإن هـذه التـأثیرات ناتـ ] 30[ dna( alkalyیضیف مجموعة الكیل الـى القواعـد النیتروجینیـة فـي الــ (الكله عامل عدفهو یُ ting agent وتمتلـك بعـض ــــل ــاته مثـ ــــفعالی acrolein متأیضــ ـــبة فضـــــًال عـــــنة تثبـــــیط انقســـــام الخالیـــــا هـــــذا ـــ ــــادة نســ ــه علـــــى زیـ ــــاتقدرتـــ اإلنحرافـ . ]31[ خرى للعقارالعلى من المتأیضات اأالكروموسومیة المصادر 1 jurgen, s. (2000) .art hritis. res., 2(5): 379-385 . 2 who.( 1993) guide to short -term tests for detecting m utagenic and cinogenic chemicals. environmental health criteria 51. يیــة غیـر الســتیرویدیة المضـادة لاللتهــاب فــتـأثیر بعــض االدو ). 2005. (ســهى محمـود احمــد ، جبـوريال -3 . الموصل جامعة – طب البیطريكلیة ال/ رسالة ماجستیر . عملیة تكوین النطف في الجرذان 4gillis, m .c. (1998) . compendium of pharmaceuticals and sp ecialties 33 rd ed. dttawa: canadian p harmacists association. 772 . 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تــأثیر بعـــض مثبطــات البروســـتاكالندینات فــي وظیفـــة الجهــاز التناســـلي فــي انـــاث . ) 1992(توفیــق ، فــدوى خالـــد -5 .رسالة ماجستیر ،كلیة الطب البیطري ، جامعة الموصل . الجرذان غیر البالغة 6 dewitt, d.l. (1991). biochem. biophy s. act., 1083: 121-134. 7m ichael, l., craig, j., naomi, e., shigeko, m .. and gary , j.k. (2002) j. endocrinol. 143:2410-2419 8 rocha, g.m .; m ichea, l.f.; peters, e.m .; kirby, m ., xu, y.; ferguson, d.r. and burg, m .b. (2001). direct toxicity of non-st eroidal anti-inflammatory drugs for renal medullary cells. proc. natl. acad. sci., 98: 5317-5322. 9 tegeder, i., pfeilschifter, j. and geisslinger, g. (2001). faseb j., 15: 20572072. 10-internet, (2003),flaxseed by national center for agri-food research in medicine. web.www.sbrc.ca/ncarm/.july /10/2003. 11-kuroda,y.and hara,y.(1999). ant imutagenecity of tea p olyp henoles. m utation research.436:69-97. 12-shubber, e. k.; jaffer, z.; nada, s. m . and karm, a. j. (1998). the nucleus, 41: 120-127. 13-ghosh, b.; talukder, g. and sharma, a. (1991). . cy tobiol; 67: 71-75. ، دراسة وراثیة خلویة وانزیمیة لمرضى سرطان القولـون ) : 2001( .حازمة موسى خلیل ، العباسي -14 .الجامعة المستنصریة –كلیة العلوم / اطروحة دكتوراه دراسة بعض المظاهر التشخیصیة والمناعیة لمرضى االعـتالل العضـلي مـن ). 2002. (ثریا كریم، فاضل -15 .الجامعة المستنصریة –كلیة العلوم / اطروحة دكتوراه ، النوعین دوشین وبیكر 16 -al-at tar, m . s. m . (2004). evaluation of p esticides t oxicity on laboratory mice and human chromosomes in iraqi kurdistan. ph. d. t hesis, college of education, university of salahaddin-erbil, iraq. جامعـة ، والنشـر دار الكتـب للطباعـة . بایولوجیـة الخلیـة). 2000. (جبرائیـل برصـوم عزیـز، عزیـز 17 . العراق –الموصل 18 -m ukhop adhy, m . j.; saha, a. and m ukhergee, a. (1998). studies on the antiglast ogenic effect of turmeric and curcumin on cp and m m -c vivo. food chem. toxicol. 36: 73-76. استخدام بعض المستخلصات النباتیة لتثبیط االثر السمي الوراثي لبعض ). 2002. (مفید قائد احمد، حسن -19 .جامعة بابل –كلیة العلوم / اطروحة دكتوراه ، العقاقیر المضادة للسرطان في الفار 20 -choudhury , r. c.; jagdale, m . b. and m isra, s. (2000). j. chem other., 12 ( 2 ): 173-182 21-canon g.w.; caldwell j.r.and holt p.a. (2000). art hritis rheum., 43: 978-987. 22 ad’hiah, a.h. ; hassan , m .k.a.&kadhim, k.k. (2001). ibn alhaitham journel. appl.sci, 14:45-56 23-piesova, e. and sivikova, k. (2003). the induction of micronuclei in bovine lymphocytes by exp osure to benzene and s9 mix. ann. agric. environ. m ed. 10: 261-263. 24-ramsey , m . j.; nagao, m .; inoue, r.; fujita, h.; m atsushima, t. and tucker, j. d. (1998). chromosome aberration induced in mice by chronic feeding of 2 amino-3,4-dimethy limidazo [4,5-f] quinoline (m eiq) . food chem. toxicol. 6: 467-474. 25 -m ukhef, f. j. (1999). cy togenetic st udy of leukemia. m .sc. thesis, college of science, university of al-nahrain , iraq. 26 -yaseen, n. y.(1990) cy togenetic st udy of human colorectal canser ph.d .thesis,cell. university sheffield. u.k. 2010) 1( 23ة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجل 27-allen,j.w.;shuler,c.f.;m enders,r.w.and olatt,s.a.(1977).a simplified technique for in vivo analysis of sist er chromatid exchan ge using 50 bro modeo xy uridine tablets.cy togenet cell gent.,18:231-237.(cited by al-khadumi, 1999) . 28 tyler, v.e.; br ady ,l. r. and robbers,j. e. (1988) pharmacognosy . 9th edn. lea and fibiger philadelp hia. pp. 68-69. تطفیریة والمضادة للتطفیر لبعض النباتات دراسة القابلیة ال) 2000( . الربیعي،فرحة عبد علي شفي29 .جامعة بغداد ،رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة، ابن الهیثم. لطبیة العراقیة في الفئران البیضا باستخدام لكیمیائیةا المســـرطنات تثـبیط تأثـیر التـطفیر الـوراثي لبـعض) . 1997( . السعدي ، محمد حمود محیسن -30 .العراق بغــداد .لـهیثما ابن/ ، كـلیةالتربیة رسـالة ماجـستیر . مستخلص تمر الزهدي 31 -komae, n.; narita, h. and hibino, y. (1997). m orp hology and origin of micronuclei 58 -:49117by mitotic inhibitors. yoku gaka zasshi. induced معامل انقسام خالیا نقي العظم للفئران البیض فيتأثیر المعاملة بعقار الفولتارین ) 1(جدول المجامیع )كغم/ ملغم(مادة التجریع والجرعة عدد الفئران النسبةالمئویةللخالیا المنقسمة الخطأ القیاسي ±المعدل 7.15 4 ) سالبةسیطرة ( األولى a ±0.43 1.44 4 ) موجبة سیطرة ( سایكلوفوسفامید الثانیة b ±0.81 ة 6.95 4 كغم/ملغم 1.6فولتارین الثالث a ±0.21 ة 6.89 4 كغم/ملغم 2فولتارین الرابع a ±0.39 ة 5.12 4 كغم/ملغم 2.5فولتارین الخامس c ± 0.77 ع السیطرة السالبة 0.01 <االحتمالیة * .عند المقارنة م واحد تعني وجود فروق معنویة تحت مستوى إحتمال گالحروف اإلن* p(لیزیة المختلفة ضمن العمود ال < 0.01 . ( 2010 )1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وفئران السیطرة عقار الفولتارینبمحقونة في الفئران اللخالیا نقي العظم الزیغان الكروموسوميمعدل : )2(جدول p ضمن العمود الواحد تعني وجود فروق معنویة تحت مستوى إحتمال لیزیة المختلفةگالحروف اإلن < 0.01 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 mi% السیطرة السالبة السیطرة الموجبة 1.6 2 2. 5 التراكیز أر األبیض الف معامل انقسام خالیا نقي عظم التراكیز المختلفة لعقار الفولتارین فيتأثیر :) 1(شكل المجامیع )كغم/ ملغم( تركیزال عدد الفئران الزیغان الكروموسومي الخطأ القیاسي ±المعدل األولى 1 .51 4 ) سالبةسیطرة ( a ± 0.20 ) موجبة سیطرة ( سایكلوفوسفامید الثانیة 4 4.22 b ± 0.50 ة كغم/ملغم 1.6فولتارین الثالث 4 1.58 a ± 0.04 ة كغم/ملغم 2فولتارین الرابع 4 1.53 a ± 0.09 4 كغم/ملغم 2.5فولتارین الخامسة 1.48 a ±0.34 )كغم/ ملغم( التراكیز 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 ca% السیطرة السالبة السیطرة الموجبة 1.6 2 2.5 التراكیز(ملغم/ كغم) )ca( الكرموسومي زیغانقي العظم للفئران إلختبارالخالیا ن عقارالفولتارین في تراكیز مختلفة من تأثیر :)2(شكل توضح انوية غير منقسمة في خاليا نقي ) 2(صورة توضح انوية منقسمة واخرى غيرمنقسمة ) 1(صورة 40 x ن x 40 العظم في الفئران المحقونة بالفولتاري x 40توضح كروموسومات الفئران ) 4(صورة x 40توضح نواة منقسمة واخرى غير منقسمة ) 3(صورة 2010) 1( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ة وسوم الحلقي في الفئرانكروم)6(صورة x 100كروموسومات الفئران الطبيعية )5(صورة الطبيعي x 100 )السيطرة الموجبة ( المحقونة كروموسومات الفئران المحقونة ) 8( صورة كروموسومات الفئران المحقونة بالفولتارين ) 7(صورة ر cpبالعقا ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 the effect of voltarin drug on some genetic indices in albino mice f. a. hadi , k. s. nasir college of education,unive rsty of al-qadissya minstary of education abstract the present st udy is designed to reveal the effect of voltarin drug on some genetic indicators such as mitotic index(m i) of bone marrow cells and chromosome aberrations(ca) .the voltarin is one of non steroidal ant i-inflammation drug .three concentrations of voltarin were used 1.6 , 2 , 2.5 mg/kg albino mices (mus musculus) were injected for 7 days then mitotic index (m i) was counted and chromosomal aberrations of bone marrow cells . the results could be summarized as follows : 1-the doses (1.6,2) mg/kg showed no negative effects on mitotic index of bone marrow cells as comp ared with the control . 2the dose 2.5 mg/k g showed a si gnificant difference as comp ared with the control and the other group s by decreasin g mitotic index. the decrease was due to the increase of con centration . 3-voltarin drug did not show chromosomal aberrations in the light of the doses used . conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 230 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 recognition of off-line printed arabic text using hidden markov models atheel sabih shaker dept. of computer science/college of economic sciences/ university of baghdad atheel.sabih@baghdadcollege.edu.iq received in:2/january/2018, accepted in:24/january/2018 abstract in this paper, we introduce a method to identify the text printed in arabic, since the recognition of the printed text is very important in the applications of information technology, the arabic language is among a group of languages with related characters such as the language of urdu , kurdish language , persian language also the old turkish language " ottoman ", it is difficult to identify the related letter because it is in several cases, such as the beginning of the word has a shape and center of the word has a shape and the last word also has a form, either texts in languages where the characters are not connected, then the image of the letter one in any location in the word has been adoption of programs ready for him a long time. in this paper we present an off-line system to recognize printed arabic text by using hidden markov model with the aid of algorithm that segment the text line into sections and then into characters. keywords: automatic identification, hidden markov series, printed text, automatic recognition of printed text, markov series automatic recognition. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 mailto:atheel.sabih@baghdadcollege.edu.iq https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 231 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction artificial intelligence is one of the most important fields of applied science in computer science. there are many applications in this field, including natural language processing, automatic translation, pattern recognition, etc. in the recent years, the research on the field of automatic character recognition has expanded significantly in both and indirect terms. the use of the term "understanding" is not intended, as has been the case so far, written by computer, this means trying to decode the message to be reported. [2] "the first successful effort in this regard was due to the russian scientist tyurin in 1900, followed by the attempts by fourier dalbe to manufacture the reader machine for the 1912 speaking letters, and the prosthetic prosthesis thomas built "thomas" in 1926. [3]. this paper is used in the administrative processing of administrative files, such as contracts, birth certificates, questionnaires, bank files and postal addresses. it has made great strides in foreign languages, but its applications in arabic, despite the commendable efforts of some competent authorities, remain below the required level. one of the applications of artificial intelligence software is to distinguish patterns [4] pattern recognition is also a study of how machines can observe the environment, learn to show patterns that they wish to distinguish, and make a reasonable decision about the types of patterns. [5] as an antidote to chaos, as an undefined entity, it is possible to give a certain name. after definition [6] despite gradual improvements in the applications of pattern recognition in the late twentieth and early twentieth centuries, character recognition remains one of the most important issues of pattern recognition. [7] these applications include reading the mailing address on the envelope, archiving and retrieving the text, digitizing the libraries, etc. and the distinction of patterns visually passes through several stages and the last stage is discrimination where there are several ways to conduct, and we will use in this research model in the distinction of printed arabic text. markov's hidden markov model-hmm (markov) is one of the models used in speech and language processing. [8] the double hidden hmm is known in which hidden cases can be viewed only by certain observations. [9] a model for character recognition system the character recognition system generally consists of four basic stages illustrated in figure 1, where you begin by inserting the document containing the text we want to distinguish and ending with the characterization of the entered document. [10] as shown in figure (1( figure (1): a model for character recognition the pattern recognition system may not have all of these stages. it is possible to shorten some stages without affecting this, on the process of pattern recognition, for example, the system discriminates without requiring the stage of features extraction, and is used instead (matching templates) image preprocessing features extraction classification https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 232 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 markov chains mathematical models may be specific or coincidental. however, in many cases in life, there are coincidental phenomena (phenomena that are not completely deterministic or unpredictable in their future behavior and are termed coincidences). [11] the cross-model becomes the most appropriate to represent it.,the system described in figure (2) can be described over a specified period of time, as described in )s1, s2, ..., sn) (discrete states) (n) is one of the set of these cases figure (2): markov series for (5) cases with their transitions [11]. the hidden markov model the hidden markov model is a system of limited machine stations that depends only on its previous state at time t, which is capable of generating observations of the probability of a state transition at time. the sequence of the situation that produces the given observation is unknown. [12] thus, in the hidden markov model, t-1 is time the case is not visible, so the hidden markov model and transitions between situations are governed by a set of probabilities called the probability of transition from a given situation that can result in a result or observation and according to the probability distribution associated with that state. [13]. the difference between the hidden markov model and the markov model is the existence of additional probabilities. this is the hidden part of the model and is associated with the resulting viewing of each case [14]. markov's hidden model is a statistical model capable of statistical classification. it has therefore been applied in voice recognition and handwriting recognition because of its adaptability and versatility in the processing of chain signals [16]. as follows: [9] (hmm) the hidden markov model (hmm) elements define the number of cases in the model. although the cases are hidden, many natural applications in n (s) often have some relevance to the cases or set of cases of the model the situation is as follows: s = {s1, s2, ..., sn} (qt) the case at time (t) number of single status view codes. one-view codes can be represented as follows: m • v = {v1, v2, ..., vm} )a) probabilistic distribution of the transition situation a = {aij} where aij = p [qt + 1 = sj \ qt = si], 1 £ i, j £ n j probable distribution of the view code when the case b = {bj (k)} the proposed model using the hidden markov model the proposed model using the hidden markov model as shown in, figure (3). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 233 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (3): proposed scheme of recognition system steps to implement the proposed character recognition system in this research, an algorithm was proposed to distinguish the arabic text printed using the hidden markov model. where programming was done using matlab v 7.6 to make (recognition) training phase the system begins with the training of hidden markov models designed and included the following steps segmentation line segmentation segmentation connected parts into characters features extraction features vector construction observation sequence generation hmm ch primary hmm ch . the middel primar hmm ch . the hmm ch separat e probability calculation the characters of the input text forward algorithm entered image https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 234 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 insert the image this step was printed (28) lines of text per line printed, so that each line of text includes a certain character in all its forms at the beginning, medal or end, and then storing it as a binary image in the (bmp) file, the data in the image is stored in binary format (1,0), the black dot that is part of the pattern is represented by the value 0 and the white point is in value 1. we did not perform the noise reduction because the image was not inserted by optical scanning devices such as a scanner or a penlight that causes noise figure (4): is a letter ( ب ) in its four forms cutting stage the stage of cutting is an important stage within the stages of the system of distinguishing the arabic text because of the nature of arabic writing which require separating patterns of character patterns from one another. two-step automatic shredding is performed. the text line is cut into words and / or sections using the vertical diagram. each word and / or clip is then cut into its constituent characters the character assignment is done after the start and end of the characterization process as well as finding: 1base line: be at the line that has the largest number of black dots. 2top line: for each column in the section. 3bottom line: for each column in the section. 4threshold: corresponds to the largest duplicate value in the histogram for each column created in the previous chipping step. 5number of vertical transitions (0, 1) and (1, 0) the end column must meet several conditions. the start column of the character has a histogram that is larger than the threshold. features extraction in the previous stage all the characters were reached and the beginning and end of each character and the space occupied by the character. at this stage the process of extracting attributes is carried out for the purpose of generating a series of observations, then بغداد امنا البلد هذا أجعل رب https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 235 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 summoning a model. the hidden markov is designed according to the character location, and the probability of the sequence of character views will then be calculated .and output the distinctive character. repeat these steps on the rest of the letters sequentially. 6-1-4 features vector the vector of attributes consists of (8) eight variables, each variable representing an attribute that we previously found vector elements a) number of transitions horizontal (0-1) b) number of points c) curved direction d) character location e) number of optical dots black over the line basis f) number of transitions vertical (0-1) g) the existence of the point h) the presence of the loop figure (5): vector features and elements 6-1-5 represent elements of the hidden markov model four models were designed to distinguish the printed arabic text by the location of the letter in the word (primary, intermediate, final, or separate). the markov sample type used is a left-to-right parallel mode. 6-1-6 elements of the hidden markov model designed for the initial character elements of markov's hidden model of the primary character are as follows: number of optical dots black over the line basis number of transitions horizontal (0-1) number of transitions vertical (0-1) number of points the existence of the point curved direction the presence of the loop character location https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 236 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 first, the possibility of distribution of the primary case is the possibility of the occurrence of the situation mi when i=1,2,… 9 in time (t) it is placed in a vector (a) be dimensions 1 x n where (n ) represents the number of cases, n=9. a= [1.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0] second: matrix probability of transition between previous cases in the vector (a) size = n x n according to the proposed model was its size (9 x 9). the table shows the values of the vector (a). table (1): the probability of transition between cases of the primary character state m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7 m8 m9 m1 0 0.3636 0.6365 0 0 0 0 0 0 m2 0 0 0 0.5 0.5 0 0 0 0 m3 0 0 0 0.6430 0.3570 0 0 0 0 m4 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 0 0 0 m5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.2222 0.2222 0.5557 m6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.3077 0.6923 m7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 m8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 m9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 followed by a probability distribution account for the path of view codes for the same characters in their other locations where a matrix of observations is called b this matrix consists of n x m, n=9 and m=17 where (n) represents the number of instances of hidden markov model (hmm) designer, and (m) represents the number of expected view codes in each case, as shown in the table (2) below. table (2): probability distribution of views primary character stat e 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 m1 1. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m2 0 0.37 5 0.375 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m3 0 0.643 0 0.14 3 0.071 3 0.643 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.769 2 0.230 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.615 4 0.230 8 0.153 8 0 0 0 0 0 m7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 0.5 0 0 0 m8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 0.5 0 m9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 in the same way we design the identification of the middle and final character, separated by hidden markov model and calculate the form elements first: calculate the probability of distribution of the primary case https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 237 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 second: the matrix ( a ) probability of transition between cases third: the probability distribution matrix ( b ) for the observations symbols. 6-1-7 probability calculation after completing the matrices and testing all the letters are obtained views and consist of a series of views per character by location in the word, (forward algorithm) was applied to calculate the probability of views, where the (forward algorithm). at the expense of the probability of observations by collecting the potential paths of all hidden situations that can be produced. for all characters at o 'sequential observations' and applied to training data to calculate the probability of sequential observations, the existence of models designed by the location of the letter with in the word. two tables were created for all the characters for calculated probability the series of views and according to his position in the word. we include table (3) of the initial letter. character calculated probability of initial character بـ 0.007235288619995 حــ 0.0230809432983398 سـ 0.07792207792208 table (3): a sample of the results of the implementation of the front-end algorithm for three primary characters conclusions through this work we can conclude the following: 1. the hidden markov model is designed to recognize fast performance and high accuracy as shown by keep track of the system's performance in recognizing the word and the portal script line described in the chart. 2. the ability of the front-end algorithm to recognize the image of the entered character after converting it to a series of observations. through calculations and output of the character whose results are compared to the input letter. the future work there are several suggestions for improving the performance of this system: it is possible to develop a system that recognizes the written arabic text of different types and sizes of lines 1. develop the system to work on the separation of arabic words in the pages containing images and geometric shapes 2. develop the system in order to identify the arabic text written by hand 3. develop the system to identify the arabic text written by hand. 4. the cutting stage causes some errors in the word we need to develop the system to overcome the cutting stage https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 computer | 238 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 5. 6. development of the system to include identification of hamza (ء) as well as identification of overlapping characters such as ( ال ، أ ، آ ، ء ، إل ، أل ، إ) references حوسبة الحرف العربي حرف الميم المعزولة بخط النّسخ أنموذجا 2011بكر عبد هللا خورشيد وآخرون: .1 جامعة قاصدي -مقاربة توصيفية للتعّرف اآللي على الخط العربي اليدوي ، مجلة اآلدا ب واللغات2007عمر ديدوح: .2 -العدد السادس -الجزائر -مرباح روف اللّغة العربية المكتوبة آليا باستخدام الشبكات : تمييز ح2001عاصم عبد الفتاح نبوّي، صبري عبد هللا محمود .3 العصبية ذات االنتشار الرجوعي منشورة، العربية"، رسالة ماجستير ، غير استخدام المنطق المضبب آلية لتمييز الحروف2005عجرش، آمال سفيح ، ".4 قسم علوم الحاسبات، كلية العلوم، جامعة البصرة، العراق،. 5. sharma amit kumar and kishor mr.r rama, (2007) "pattern recognition: different available approaches", proceeding of national conference on challenges & opportunities in information technology (coit-2007) rimt-iet, mandi gobindrh. www.rimtengg.com/coit 2007/.../coitindex.html 6. jain anil k., duin robert p.w. and mao jain chang,( 2000) "statistical pattern recognition: a review", ieee transaction pattern analysis and machine intelligence, ,.22.1. 7. jannoud, ismael ahmed, (2007) "automatic arabic handwritten text recognition system", american journal of applied sciences, 4(11): 857-864, 1546-9239. 8. jurafsky daniel and martin james h, (2000) "speech and language processing: an introduction to natural language processing, computational linguistics and speech recognition", 2nd ed., prentice-hall, isbn: 0-13-095069-6, 2006. 9. rabiner lawrence r., (1989) "a tutorial on hidden markov models and selected applications in speech recognition", proceedings of the ieee, ,.77. رسالة الجينية.الخوارزميات باستخدام العربية الحروف لتمييز نظام تصميم" ، (2011فالح تحسين سلوان الكيم،. 10 .البصرة جامعة العلوم، كلية الحاسبات، علوم قسم منشورة، غير ماجستير سالسوو رتووب تقوودير فووي العصووبية الشووبكات اسووتخدام" 2005 محموود الحميوود عبوود ابتهووا الكسووو،.11 منشووورة، غيوور دكتووورا أطروحووة ،"نينووو محافظووة فووي بطمووة جبوو سلسوولة علووى التطبيووق موو موواركوف . العراق الموص ، جامعة والرياضيات، الحاسبات علوم كلية اإلحصاء،. قسم 12. sofia, fatin basher abdul ahead,(2003) "an implementation of arabic speech recognition", unpublished ph.d. thesis, department of mathematical science, college of computer and mathematical science, university of mosul, iraq , . 13. aazami, farshideh einsele,( 2008) "recognition of ultra-low resolution, antialiased text with small font sizes", unpublished ph.d. thesis, scientarium informaticarum, faculty of science, university of fribourg, switzerland.. 14. dunham, margaret h, (2002) "data mining introductory and advanced topics", prentice hall. 15.li xiaolin, parizeau marc and plamondon rejean,( 2000) "training hidden markov models with multiple observations-a combinational method",ieee transactions on pami,.pami-22,.4,.371-377,. 16. attaluri, srilatha,( 2007) "detecting meta morphic viruses using profile hidden markov models", unpublished m.sc. thesis, computers science, thefaculty of the department of computer science, university of san jose state,. 17. jecheva vaselina,( 2006) "a bout some application of hidden markov model in intrusion detection system", international conference and computer systems and technologies-compsys tech’06,. 18. khorsheed m.s,( 2003) "recognizing handwritten arabic manuscripts using a single hidden markov model", pattern recognition letters 24.,. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1952 http://www.rimtengg.com/coit%202007/.../coitindex.html http://www.rimtengg.com/coit%202007/.../coitindex.html microsoft word 101-112   101 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       the continuous classical optimal control problems for triple nonlinear elliptic boundary value problem department of mathematics, college of science, university of mustansiriyah baghdad, iraq. a b s t r a c t in this research, our aim is to study the optimal control problem (ocp) for triple nonlinear elliptic boundary value problem (tnlebvp). the mint-browder theorem is used to prove the existence and uniqueness theorem of the solution of the state vector for fixed control vector. the existence theorem for the triple continuous classical optimal control vector (tccocv) related to the tnlebvp is also proved. after studying the existence of a unique solution for the triple adjoint equations (taeqs) related to the triple of the state equations, we derive the fréchet derivative (fd) of the cost function using hamiltonian function. then the theorems of necessity conditions and the sufficient condition for optimality of the constraints problem are proved. k e y w o r d s : triple nonlinear elliptic value problem, continuous classical optimal control vector, mint-browder theorem, triple adjoint equations, fréchet derivative necessity and sufficient theorems. 1 . i n t r o d u c t i o n the ocp is one of the most important subject not only in mathematics, but in all branches of science, for instance, in engineering such as robotics [1]. and aeronautics [2]. in the medicine and mathematical biology, such as modeling and optimal controlling the infectious diseases [3]. in the life sciences, such as sustainable forest management [4]. in the past few decades, there were many studies and papers published in ocps for systems that related to nonlinear ordinary differential equations [5]. or systems related to nonlinear partial differential equation (nlpdeqs) either of: a hyperbolic type [6]. or of a parabolic type [7]. or of an elliptic type [8]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2477 article history: received 4 september 2019, accepted 4 november 2019, published in july 2020. jamil a. al-hawasy doaa kateb jasim jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq  hawasy20@yahoo.com   102 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 or ocp are related to couple of nlpdeqs of: a hyperbolic [9]. or of hyperbolic but include a boundary control [10]. or of a parabolic type [11].or of a parabolic type but includes a boundary control [12]. or of an elliptic type [13]. of an elliptic type that includes a numann boundary control [14]. while other papers deals with the optimal control problems that are related to triple linear partial differential equation of : an elliptic type [15]. or of an parabolic type [16]. in this work, the minty-browder theorem is used to prove the existence theorem for a unique solution (continuous state vector) for the tnlebvp for fixed tccocv, and to state and prove the theorem for the existence tccocv related to the tnlebvp, so as the theorem of the existence of a unique solution of the taeqs related to the tnlebvp. the fd of the cost function is derived. at the end the theorem of necessity conditions is stated and proved so as is the sufficient condition theorem for optimality of the constrained problem. 2 . t h e pr o b l e m d e s c r i p t i o n let λ be an open (bounded) connected subset in ℝ ℝ with lipschitz boundary ∂λ. consider the tccoc of the tnlebvp 𝐵 𝜉 𝜉 𝜉 𝜉 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑣 , 𝑖𝑛 𝛬 ( 1 ) 𝐵 𝜉 𝜉 𝜉 𝜉 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥, 𝑣 , 𝑖𝑛 𝛬 ( 2 ) 𝐵 𝜉 𝜉 𝜉 𝜉 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑣 , 𝑖𝑛 𝛬 ( 3 ) with the dirchlet boundary condition 𝜉 𝜉 𝜉 0 , i n ∂λ ( 4 ) w h e r e b ξ ∑ b, , 𝑟 1,2,3 , b b x ∈ l λ , ∀i, j 1,2, x x , x ξ⃗ ξ x , ξ x , ξ x ∈ h λ is the classical solution of the system (1)-(4), v⃗ v x , v x , v x ∈ l λ is the ccv, the functions a x, ξ , v , p x, ξ , v a n d k x, ξ , v a r e d e f i n e d o n λ ℝ v , λ ℝ v and λ ℝ v respectively, and the functions a x, v , p x, v and k x, v are defined on λ v , λ v and λ v respectively with v , v , v ⊂ ℝ. t h e c o n t r o l c o n s t r a i n t i s ( v , v , v ∈ u u u u⃗, u⃗⊂ l λ , where u⃗ is the control set has the form �⃗� 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 𝛬 |𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉 𝑉 𝑉 �⃗� 𝑎. 𝑒. 𝑖𝑛 𝛬 with v⃗ ⊂ ℝ that is convex and compact set. t h e c o s t f u n c t i o n i s 𝑌 �⃗� 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 ( 5 ) t h e s t a t e – c o n t r o l c o n s t r a i n t s a r e 𝑌 �⃗� 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 0 ( 6 ) y v⃗ y x, ξ , v dx y x, ξ , v dx y x, ξ , v dx 0 ( 7 ) t h e s e t o f t h e a d m i s s i b l e c o n t r o l s is �⃗� �⃗� ∈ �⃗�|𝑌 �⃗� 0, 𝑌 �⃗� 0 the tccoc problem is to minimize the cost function (5) subject to the state constraints of (6) and (7), i.e. to find v⃗ such that v⃗ ∈ u⃗ and y v⃗ min ⃗∈ ⃗ y u⃗ . let 𝑊 𝑊 𝑊 𝑊 𝐻 𝛬 𝐻 𝛬 𝐻 𝛬 , y ‖w‖ and ‖𝑤‖ are denoted by the norm in h λ and ( h λ respectively, y ‖𝑤‖ ( ‖𝑤‖ are denoted the norm in 𝐿 λ   103 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 and in 𝐿 λ respectively and the inner product in 𝑊 is denoted by 𝑤, 𝑤 , with ‖𝑤‖ ‖𝑤 ‖ ‖𝑤 ‖ ‖𝑤 ‖ , w∗⃗ is dual of w⃗. 3 . w e a k f o r m u l a t i o n o f t h e t n l e b v p the weak form (wf) of (1)-(4) is obtained through multiplying both sides of equations (1)(3) byw ∈ w , w ∈ w and w ∈ w respectively, then integrating the obtained equations. finally, using the generalize green's theorem for the 1st term in left hand side (l.h.s) of the three obtained equations, once get ∀𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤 ∈ 𝑊 𝑏 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑎 𝑣 , 𝑤 (8) 𝑏 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑝 𝑣 , 𝑤 (9) 𝑏 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑘 𝑣 , 𝑤 (10) where b ξ , w ∑ b, . dx, ξ , w ξ w dx, θ, w θ w dx , with 𝛩 𝑎 𝑜𝑟 𝑝 𝑜𝑟 𝑘 , 𝑟, 𝑝 1,2,3 , 𝚤 1,2. by blending to gather equations (8), (9) and (10), once get b ξ⃗, w⃗ a ξ , v , w p ξ , v , w k ξ , v , w a v , w p v , w k v , w (11) where 𝐵 𝜉, 𝑤 𝑏 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑏 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑏 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝜉 , 𝑤 h y p o t h e s e s a : a ) b ξ⃗, w⃗ i s c o e r c i v e , i . e . ⃗, ⃗ ⃗ ϵ ξ⃗ 0 , ξ⃗ ∈ w⃗ b ) b ξ⃗, w⃗ ϵ ξ⃗ ‖w⃗‖ , ϵ 0 c ) the functions a x, ξ , v , p x, ξ , v and k x, ξ , v are of carathéodory type on λ× ℝ ×v , λ× ℝ ×v and λ ℝ v respectively and satisfy the following sublinearity conditions with respect to (w.r.t.) ξ , v , ξ , v and ξ , v respectively. |a x, ξ , v |≤ϑ x 𝒸 |ξ | �̅� |v | , |p x, ξ , v |≤ϑ x 𝔠 |ξ | �̅� |v | , |k x, ξ , v |≤ϑ x 𝔠 |ξ | �̅� |v | ∀(x,ξ , v ∈ λ ℝ u with ϑ ∈ l λ , 𝔠 , �̅� 0 , i 1,2,3. d ) a x, ξ , v , p x, ξ , v and k x, ξ , v are monotone w.r.t. ξ , ξ , ξ respectively for each x ∈ λ , v ∈ v , v ∈ v , v ∈ v . e) a x, 0, v 0, ∀x ∈ λ, v ∈ v , p x, 0, v 0, ∀x ∈ λ, v ∈ v , k x, 0, v 0, ∀x ∈ λ, v ∈ v . f) the functions a x, v , p x, v and k x, v are of carathéodory type on λ×v , λ×v and λ v respectively and satisfy the following conditions |a x, v |≤ϑ x 𝔠 |v | , |p x, v |≤ϑ x 𝔠 |v | , |k x, v |≤ϑ x 𝔠 |v | ∀(x,v ∈ λ u , 𝑖 1,2,3 with ϑ ∈ l λ , 𝔠 0 , 𝑟 4,5,6. t h e o r e m 3 . 1 ( t h e m i n t y b r o w d e r t h e o r e m ) [ 1 7 ] . let w be a reflexive banach space and d: w → w∗ be a nonlinear continuous map such that 𝐷𝑤 𝐷𝑤 , 𝑤 𝑤 0, ∀𝑤 , 𝑤 ∈ 𝑊, 𝑤 𝑤 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑙𝑖𝑚 ‖ ‖→ , ‖ ‖ ∞ then the equation dξ a has a unique (solution) ξ ∈ w for every a ∈ w∗.   104 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 p r o p o s i t i o n 3 . 1 [ 1 8 ] . let 𝑎: λ ℝ ⟶ ℝ is of carathéodory type, and the functional 𝐴 is defined by 𝐴 𝜉 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 𝑥 𝑑𝑥, where λ is a measurable subset of ℝ , and suppose that ‖𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 ‖ 𝜗 𝑥 𝜂 𝑥 ‖𝜉‖ ,∀ 𝑥, 𝜉 ∈ λ ℝ , 𝜉 ∈ 𝐿 λ ℝ where 𝜗 ∈ 𝐿 λ ℝ , 𝜂 ∈ 𝐿 λ ℝ , and 𝛼 ∈ 0, 𝑃 , if 𝑃 ∈ 1, ∞ , and 𝜂 ≡ 0, if 𝑃 ∞. then 𝐴 is continuous on 𝐿 λ ℝ . t h e o r e m 3 . 2 : in addition to the hypo.(a-a&d), if at least one of the functions a , p or k in hypo.(a-d) is strictly monotone. then for any fixed controlv⃗ ∈ u⃗ , the wf (11) has a unique solution ξ⃗ ∈ w⃗. p r o o f : l e t d: w⃗ → w⃗∗, then the wf (11) is rewriting as 𝐷 𝜉 , 𝑤 a v , w p v , w k v , w (12) where 𝐷 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝐵 𝜉, 𝑤 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 (13) then d satisfies the following: i) d is coercive from hypo. (a-a&e&d) ii) f r o m h y p o t h e s e s ( aa & c ) and using proposition3.1 the maping ξ⃗ ⟼ d ξ⃗ , w⃗ is continuous w.r.t. ξ⃗. iii) from hypotheses (a-a&b) and (i) d is strictly monotone w.r.t. ξ⃗. hence by theorem3.1, there exists a unique weak solution ξ⃗ ∈ w⃗ of (11). 4 . e x i s t e n c e o f t h e t c c o c l e m m a 4 . 1 : if the functions a & a , p & p and (k &k are lipschitz w.r.t. v , v and v respectively, moreover the hypothesis (a). then the transformation v⃗ ⟼ ξ⃗ ⃗ from u⃗ to l² ω is lipschitz continuous. p r o o f : let v⃗ v , v , v ∈ u⃗ be a given control of wf(8)-(10) with its corresponding state solution ξ , ξ , ξ , then by subtracting (8)-(10) from the equations which are obtained from substituting δξ ξ ξ , δv v v 𝑖 1,2,3 in (8)-(10) respectively, setting w δξ , w δξ and w δξ and blending together the obtained equation, to give 𝑏 𝛿𝜉 , 𝛿𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑏 𝛿𝜉 , 𝛿𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑏 𝛿𝜉 , 𝛿𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑎 𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑝 𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑘 𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑎 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑎 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑝 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑝 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑘 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 𝑘 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜉 ( 1 4 ) by hypotheses (a-a&d), one has: 𝜖 ∥ 𝛿�⃗� ∥ 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑑𝑥 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑑𝑥 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑑𝑥 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑑𝑥 𝑝 𝑥, 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑝 𝑥, 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑑𝑥 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑑𝑥 by using lipchitz condition on 𝑎 & 𝑎 , 𝑝 & 𝑝 and (𝑘 &𝑘 w.r.t. 𝑣 , 𝑣 ,𝑣 respectively and cauch-schwarz inequality (c-s-i) of the obtained inequality, to get:   105 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝛿�⃗� 𝐿 ‖𝛿𝑣 ‖ ‖𝛿𝜉 ‖ 𝐿 ‖𝛿𝑣 ‖ ‖𝛿𝜉 ‖ 𝐿 ‖𝛿𝑣 ‖ ‖𝛿𝜉 ‖ ‖ 𝛿𝜉 ⃗ 𝐿 𝛿�⃗� , w i t h l 𝑚𝑎x , , 𝐿 𝑚𝑎𝑥 , , 𝐿 𝑚𝑎𝑥 , ( 1 5 ) h y p o t h e s e s b : suppose that yℓ ∀ ℓ 0,1,2 & 𝑖 1,2,3 is of carathéodory type on λ ℝ v , satisfies the following condition w.r.t. ξ , v , i.e. |𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 | 𝜗ℓ 𝑥 𝔠ℓ 𝜉 �̆�ℓ 𝑣 , where ξ , v ∈ ℝ v ,ϑℓ ∈ l λ and 𝔠ℓ , �̆�ℓ 0. l e m m a 4 . 2 : with hypotheses (b), the functional �⃗� ⟼ 𝑌ℓ �⃗� ,(∀ℓ 0,1,2,) defines on 𝐿² λ is continuous. p r o o f : hypotheses (b) and proposition 3.1, gives that 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 ∀ℓ 0,1,2, & 𝑖 1,2,3 , is continuous on 𝐿² λ . hence 𝑌ℓ �⃗� is continuous on 𝐿² λ . l e m m a 4 . 3 [ 1 8 ] . let 𝑦 ∶ λ ℝ ⟶ ℝ is of carathéodory type on λ ℝ , with │𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝑣 │ 𝜂 𝑥 ℂ𝑦 ℂ′𝑢 , where 𝜂 ∈ 𝐿 λ, ℝ , ℂ, ℂ′ 0. then 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 is continuous on 𝐿 λ, ℝ , with 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉, 𝑉 ⊂ ℝ is compact. t h e o r e m 4 . 1 : in addition to hypotheses (a & b), we suppose that the set of controls �⃗�, with �⃗� is convex and compact, 𝑈 𝜙, where 𝑎 , 𝑝 and 𝑘 are independent of 𝑣 , 𝑣 and 𝑣 respectively, and 𝑎 , 𝑝 and 𝑘 are linear w.r.t. 𝑣 , 𝑣 and 𝑣 respectively, i.e. 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝑝 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥 𝑣 , such that |𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 | 𝜗 𝑥 �̂� |𝜉 |, |𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 | 𝜗 𝑥 �̂� |𝜉 |, |𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 | 𝜗 𝑥 �̂� |𝜉 | where 𝜗 , 𝜗 , 𝜗 ∈ 𝐿² λ and �̂� , �̂� , �̂� 0 ,|𝑎 𝑥 | 𝑛 , |𝑝 𝑥 | 𝑛 , |𝑘 𝑥 | 𝑛 𝑦 is independent of𝑣 and 𝑦ℓ (for 𝑙 0,2 and 𝑖 1,2,3) is convex w.r.t. 𝑣 for fixed 𝜉 , then there exists tccocv. p r o o f : since �⃗� is convex and compact, then �⃗� is weakly compact. since �⃗� ∅ then there exists 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈 and a minimum sequence �⃗� 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑣 ∈ �⃗� , such that∀ �⃗� ∈ �⃗� ,∀𝑛 : lim → 𝑌 �⃗� inf ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝑌 𝑢 . since �⃗� is weakly compact, then there exists a subsequence of �⃗� , (let it be again �⃗� ) which converges weakly to some �⃗� ∈ 𝑈, i.e. �⃗� ⟶ �⃗� weakly in 𝐿 λ and ‖�⃗� ‖ �̃� , ∀𝑛. now, by using (12), hypotheses and c-s-i, give 𝜖 𝜉 𝐷 𝜉 , 𝜉 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑣 , 𝜉 𝑝 𝑥, 𝑣 , 𝜉 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑣 , 𝜉 | 𝑎 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝜉 | |𝑝 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝜉 | | 𝑘 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝜉 | 𝑛 𝔠 ‖𝜉 ‖ 𝑛 𝔠 ‖𝜉 ‖ 𝑛 𝔠 ‖𝜉 ‖ 𝑛 𝔠 𝑛 𝔠 𝑛 𝔠 𝜉 𝜔 𝜉 , w h e r e ω max 𝑛 𝔠 , 𝑛 𝔠 , 𝑛 𝔠 0 then 𝜉 𝜇 , for each 𝑛 with 𝜇 0 ( i.e. 𝜉 is bounded ∀n) by alaoglu theorem(al.th.) [19]. there exists a subsequence of 𝜉 , (let it be again 𝜉 such that 𝜉 → 𝜉 weakly in 𝑊, which mean that 𝜉 ⟶ 𝜉 weakly in 𝐿 λ , then by compactness theorem(rellich–kondrachov [20].)𝜉 ⟶ 𝜉 strongly in 𝐿 λ .since for each n, 𝜉 𝜉 , 𝜉 , 𝜉 satisfies ( 1 1 ) , i . e .   106 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 b 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑤 𝑎 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑝 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑘 𝑥 𝑣 , 𝑤 ( 1 6 ) l e t 𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤 ∈ 𝐶 λ , t o s h o w t h a t ( 1 6 ) c o n v e r g e s t o ( 1 7 ) , s u c h t h a t 𝐵 𝜉, 𝑤 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑎 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑝 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑘 𝑣 , 𝑤 ( 1 7 ) i . since 𝜉 ⎯ 𝜉 𝑤𝑒𝑎𝑘𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑛 𝑊 ∀ , , 𝜉 ⎯ 𝜉 weakly in 𝐿 λ a n d ⎯ weakly in 𝐿 λ ii. from the hypotheses on 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 and by using the result of lemma4.2, give that 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 ω 𝑤 𝑑𝑥, 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 𝑤 𝑑𝑥 and 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 𝑤 𝑑𝑥 are continuous w.r.t. 𝜉 , 𝜉 and 𝜉 respectively since 𝜉 ⟶ 𝜉 s t r o n g l y i n 𝐿 λ , then the l.h.s of (16) →l.h.s of (17). also the convergence for the r.h.s of (16) to the r.h.s of (17) is obtained through (𝑣 𝑣 𝑤𝑒𝑎𝑘𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑛 𝐿 λ , (𝑖 1,2,3 . but 𝐶 λ is dense in 𝑊, which gives 𝜉 ⟶ 𝜉 𝜉 ⃗ is a solution of the state equations in 𝑊. from lemma4.2, 𝑌ℓ �⃗� is continuous on 𝐿 λ , for each ℓ 0,1,2. from the hypotheses on 𝑦ℓ 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ℓ 0,1,2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑖 1,2,3 , and 𝜉 ⟶ 𝜉 strongly in 𝐿 λ , then 𝑌 �⃗� lim → 𝑌 �⃗� , hence 𝑌 �⃗� 0. now, to prove 𝑌ℓ �⃗� , ℓ 0,2 is w.l.sc. w.r.t. (𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑖 1,2,3 . from hypotheses b, 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑣 ∈ �⃗� almost everywhere (a.e.) in λ and �⃗� is compact, hence 𝑌ℓ �⃗� is satisfied the hypotheses of lemma4.3, and gets that 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 ⎯ 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 since𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 is convex w.r.t. 𝑣 , then 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 is w.l.s. w.r.t.𝑣 , i.e. 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 lim → 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 lim → 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 lim → 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 lim → 𝑦ℓ 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 h e n c e 𝑌 �⃗� lim → 𝑌 �⃗� lim → 𝑌 �⃗� inf ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝑌 𝑢 ⟹ �⃗� i s a n o p t i m a l c o n t r o l 5 . the necessary and the sufficient conditions for optimality hypotheses c: a) the functions 𝑎 , 𝑎 , 𝑝 , 𝑝 , 𝑘 , 𝑘 are of the carathéodory type on λ × ℝ ℝ a n d s a t i s f y f o r 𝑥 ∈ λ a n d 𝑑 , 𝑗 0 , 𝑖 1,2,3 : 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑 , 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑 , 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑑 , 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑗 , 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑗 , 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑗 b) the functions 𝑎 , 𝑝 , 𝑘 are of the carathéodory type on λ×ℝ,with 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑞 , 𝑝 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑞 , 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑞 where 𝑥 ∈ λ and 𝑞 0 , 𝑖 1,2,3 . c ) t he functions 𝑦ℓ , 𝑦ℓ ∀ℓ 0,1,2 & 𝑖 1,2,3 are of the carathéodory   107 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 type on 𝛬 ℝ ℝ and satisfy the following conditions for 𝜂ℓ , �̂�ℓ ∈ 𝐿 λ : 𝑦ℓ 𝜂ℓ υℓ |𝜉 | υℓ |𝑣 | and 𝑦ℓ �̂�ℓ υℓ |𝜉 | υℓ |𝑣 |, with υℓ , υℓ 0 , t h e o r e m 5 . 1 : with hypotheses a, b and c, the hamiltonian is: 𝐻 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝜁, �⃗� 𝜁 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝜁 𝑝 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝜁 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 the adjoint vector 𝜁 , 𝜁 , 𝜁 𝜁 , 𝜁 , 𝜁 "equations "of (3.13.4) are: 𝐵 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑖𝑛 𝛬 ( 1 8 ) 𝐵 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑖𝑛 𝛬 ( 1 9 ) 𝐵 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑖𝑛 𝛬 ( 2 0 ) 𝜁 𝜁 𝜁 0 𝑜𝑛 𝜕λ ( 2 1 ) then the fd of 𝑌 is given by: �⃗� �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝛿�⃗� 𝑑𝑥, 𝐻 ⃗ 𝐻 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝜁, �⃗� 𝐻 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝜁, �⃗� 𝐻 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝜁, �⃗� 𝜁 𝑎 𝑎 𝑦 𝜁 𝑝 𝑝 𝑦 𝜁 𝑘 𝑘 𝑦 p r o o f : rewriting the taeqs (18)-(20) by their wf and then blending them together: 𝐵 𝜁, 𝑤 𝜁 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝜁 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝜁 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝑤 ( 2 2 ) w h e r e 𝐵 𝜁, 𝑤 𝑏 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝑏 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝑏 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 the wf of the taeqs (22) has a unique solution; this can be proved using the same way which is used to prove the wf of the state equation (11). now by substituting 𝑤 𝛿�⃗� in (22), once has: 𝐵 𝜁, 𝛿�⃗� 𝜁 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜁 𝜁 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜁 𝜁 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜁 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜁 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜁 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝛿𝜁 ( 2 3 ) setting the solution 𝜉 𝛿�⃗� in (8)-(10) then subtracting (8)-(10) from those equations which are obtained by setting 𝜉 𝛿�⃗� , then setting 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 , 𝑤 𝜁 and then blending them together, to get: 𝐵 𝛿�⃗�, 𝜁 𝑎 𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑎 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑝 𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑝 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑘 𝜉 𝛿𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑘 𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑎 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑎 𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑝 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑝 𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑘 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑘 𝑣 , 𝜁 ( 2 4 ) now, from hypo. on 𝑎 , 𝑝 , 𝑘 , 𝑎 , 𝑝 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑘 , using proposition 3.1 and the mean value theorem, the fd of 𝑎 , 𝑝 , 𝑘 , 𝑎 , 𝑝 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑘 are exist, once get that: 𝐵 𝛿�⃗�, 𝜁 𝑎 𝛿𝜉 𝑎 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑝 𝛿𝜉 𝑝 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑘 𝛿𝜉 𝑘 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑎 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑝 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑘 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝜀̃ 𝛿ξ⃗ 𝛿ξ⃗ ( 2 5 a ) w h e r e 𝜀̃ 𝛿ξ⃗ 𝛿ξ⃗ 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗�, 𝛿�⃗�) 𝛿𝜉 𝛿�⃗� ⃗ , from the minkowiski inequality and lemma 4.1, once obtain that:   108 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝜀̃ 𝛿ξ⃗ 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗�, 𝛿�⃗� 𝜀̅ 𝛿�⃗� , 𝛿ξ⃗ 𝛿𝜉 𝛿𝑣 𝒸 𝛿�⃗� 𝜀̃ 𝛿ξ⃗ 𝛿ξ⃗ 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗� 𝛿�⃗� , where 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗� 0 , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛿�⃗� 0 𝑎𝑠 𝛿�⃗� 0 hence 𝐵 𝛿�⃗�, 𝜁 𝑎 𝛿𝜉 𝑎 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑝 𝛿𝜉 𝑝 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑘 𝛿𝜉 𝑘 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑎 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑝 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝑘 𝛿𝑣 , 𝜁 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗� 𝛿𝑣 ( 2 5 b ) now, from definition of the fd, hypotheses on 𝑦ℓ ℓ 0,2 , 𝑖 1,2,3 and by using the result of lemma 4.1, once obtain that: 𝑌 �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� 𝑌 �⃗� 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝜉 𝑦 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗� 𝛿𝑣 ( 2 6 ) where 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗� → 0, 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛿�⃗� 0 𝑎𝑠 𝛿�⃗� 0 by subtracting (23) from (25b), and substituting the rustle in (26), once get 𝑌 �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� 𝑌 �⃗� 𝜁 𝑎 𝑎 𝑦 𝛿𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝜁 𝑝 𝑝 𝑦 𝛿𝑣 𝜁 𝑘 𝑘 𝑦 𝛿𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝜀̃ 𝛿�⃗� 𝛿𝑣 ( 2 7 ) then from fd, we have that �⃗� �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝛿�⃗� 𝑑𝑥. note: in the proof of the theorem 5.1, we find the fd for the functional 𝑌 , so the same technique is used to find the fd for 𝑌 and 𝑌 . theorem 5.2: optimality necessary conditions ( a) with hypotheses a, b and c, assume �⃗� is convex, if �⃗� ∈ �⃗� is optimal, then there exist multipliers 𝜆ℓ ∈ ℝ,( ℓ 0,1,2 with 𝜆 , 𝜆 0, ∑ ℓ |𝜆ℓ| 1), such that the following the kuhntuckerlagrange's multipliers (k.t.l) are satisfied: 𝐻 ⃗ ⋅ 𝛿�⃗� 𝑑𝑥 0, ∀𝑢 ∈ �⃗�, 𝛿�⃗� 𝑢 �⃗� ( 2 8 a ) where 𝑦 ∑ ℓ 𝜆ℓ𝑦ℓ and 𝜁 ∑ ℓ 𝜆ℓ𝜁ℓ , (𝑖 1,2,3) in the definition of 𝐻, and also 𝜆 𝑌 �⃗� 0, (transversality condition) (28b) (b) if �⃗� is of the form �⃗� 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 λ, ℝ │𝑢 𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 , a. e. on λ , with 𝑉 ⊂ ℝ,𝑖 1,2,3. then (28a) is equivalent to the minimum element wise (29), where: 𝐻 ⃗ . �⃗� min ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝑢 a.e. on λ ( 2 9 ) p r o o f : (a) from theorem 4.2, the functional 𝑌ℓ �⃗� has a continuous fd at each �⃗� ∈ �⃗�, since the control �⃗� ∈ �⃗� is optimal, then by k.t.l theorem there exist multipliers 𝜆ℓ ∈ ℝ , ℓ 0,1,2, with 𝜆 ,𝜆 0, ∑ ℓ |𝜆ℓ| 1, such that 𝜆 �⃗� ⃗ �⃗� 𝜆 �⃗� ⃗ �⃗� 𝜆 �⃗� ⃗ �⃗� . 𝑢 �⃗� 0, ∀𝑢 ∈ 𝑈 and 𝜆 𝑌 �⃗� 0, substituting the fd of 𝑌ℓ �⃗� ∀ℓ 0,1,2 in the above inequality, to get 𝜁 𝑎 𝑎 𝑦 𝛿𝑣 𝜁 𝑝 𝑝 𝑦 𝛿𝑣 𝜁 𝑘 𝑘 𝑦 𝛿𝑣 𝑑𝑥 0   109 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 where 𝜁 ∑ ℓ 𝜆ℓ𝜁 ℓ, 𝑦 ∑ ℓ 𝜆ℓ𝑦 ℓ , for 𝑖 1,2,3, ⟹ 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝛿�⃗� 𝑑𝑥 0, ∀𝑢 ∈ �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� 𝑢 �⃗�. ( b ) le t �⃗� 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 λ, ℝ │𝑢 𝑥 ∈ 𝑉 , a. e. on λ , w i t h 𝑉 ⊂ ℝ, 𝑖 1,2,3 , 𝜇 i s a " lebesgue" measure on λ, 𝑣 be a sequence in �⃗� ⃗ and assume 𝑆 ⊂ λ be a measurable set such that 𝑢 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥 , if 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆 �⃗� 𝑥 , if 𝑥 ∉ 𝑆 . hence (28a), becomes 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝑢 �⃗� 𝑑𝑥 0, for each such set 𝑆 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝑢 �⃗� 0, a.e. on λ that is it satisfies in 𝜑 with 𝜑 ⋂𝜑 , 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝜑 λ λ , with 𝜇 λ 0, but 𝜑 is independent of 𝑛,with 𝜇 λ 𝜑 0 and since �⃗� is dense in �⃗� ⃗ , then 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝑢 �⃗� 0, a.e. on λ 𝐻 ⃗ . �⃗� min ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝐻 ⃗ . 𝑢 a.e. on λ. theorem 5.3: optimality sufficient conditions: in addition to the hypotheses a,b&c, with �⃗� is convex , 𝑎 &𝑦 , 𝑝 &𝑦 , , 𝑘 &𝑦 are affine w.r.t (𝜉 , 𝑣 ,(𝜉 , 𝑣 , 𝜉 ,𝑣 , resp 𝑎 , 𝑝 , 𝑘 are affine w.r.t 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑣 resp for each 𝑥 ,and 𝑦ℓ , ℓ 0,2, 𝑖 1,2,3 is convex w.r.t. (𝜉 , 𝑣 for each 𝑥. then the necessary conditions in theorem5.2, with 𝜆 0, are also sufficient. p r o o f : s uppose 𝑎 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥 𝜉 𝑎 𝑥 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥 , 𝑎 𝑥, , 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥 𝑣 𝑎 𝑥 , 𝑝 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥 𝜉 𝑝 𝑥 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥 , 𝑝 𝑥, , 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥 𝑣 𝑝 𝑥 , 𝑘 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥 𝜉 𝑘 𝑥 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥 , 𝑘 𝑥, , 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥 𝑣 𝑘 𝑥 , and that�⃗� ∈ �⃗� , �⃗� is satisfied the k.t.l. and the transversality condition i.e. 𝐻 ⃗ 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝜁, �⃗� ⋅ 𝛿�⃗�𝑑𝑥 0, ∀𝑢 ∈ �⃗� and 𝜆 𝑦 �⃗� 0 let 𝑌 �⃗� ∑ ℓ 𝜆ℓ𝑦ℓ �⃗� , then�⃗� �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� ∑ ℓ 𝜆ℓ�⃗�ℓ �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� ∑ 𝜆ℓℓ 𝜁 ℓ 𝑎 𝑎 𝑦 ℓ 𝛿𝑣 𝜁 ℓ 𝑝 𝑝 𝑦 ℓ 𝛿𝑣 𝜁 ℓ 𝑘 𝑘 𝑦 ℓ 𝛿𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝐻 ⃗ 𝑥, 𝜉, 𝜁, �⃗� ⋅ 𝛿�⃗�𝑑𝑥 0 let 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑣 and �̅� , �̅� , �̅� are two given controls, then 𝜉 𝜉 , 𝜉 𝜉 , 𝜉 𝜉 and 𝜉̅ 𝜉̅ , 𝜉̅ 𝜉̅ , 𝜉̅ 𝜉̅ ) are their corresponding solutions, substituting the pair (�⃗�, 𝜉 in (1)-(4) and multiplying the obtained equation by 𝜅 ∈ 0,1 once and once again the pair (�⃗̅�, 𝜉̅⃗ in (1)-(4) multiplying the obtained equation by 1 𝜅 , finally then blending together the obtained equations from each corresponding equations once get: 𝐵 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝑎 𝑥 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝑎 𝑥 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� 𝑎 𝑥 ( 3 0 a ) 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 0 ( 3 0 b ) 𝐵 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝑝 𝑥 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝑝 𝑥 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� 𝑝 𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� 𝑝 𝑥 ( 3 1 a ) 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 0 ( 3 1 b )   110 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝐵 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝑘 𝑥 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 𝑘 𝑥 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� 𝑘 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� 𝑘 𝑥 ( 3 2 a ) 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ 0 ( 3 2 b ) n o w , i f w e h a v e t h e c o n t r o l v e c t o r �⃗̿� �̿� , �̿� , �̿� , wi t h �̿� 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� , �̿� 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� , �̿� 𝜅𝑣 1 𝜅 �̅� . t h e n f r o m ( 3 0 a & b ) , ( 3 1 a & b ) , ( 3 2 a & b ) , o n c e g e t t h a t 𝜉̿ 𝜉 𝜉 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ , 𝜉̿ 𝜉 𝜉 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ , 𝜉̿ 𝜉 𝜉 𝜅𝜉 1 𝜅 𝜉̅ are their corresponding solutions, i.e. 𝜉̿ , 𝜉̿ , 𝜉̿ is satisfied (1-4). so, the operator 𝑣 ⟼ 𝜉 is convexlinear w.r.t (𝜉 , 𝑣 (𝑖 1,2,3 ), for each 𝑥 ∈ λ. now, since 𝑦 𝑥, 𝜉 , 𝑣 is affine w.r.t. (𝜉 , 𝑣 , for each 𝑥 ∈ λ and from the convex –linear property of operators 𝑣 ⟼ 𝜉 , once gets that 𝑌 �⃗� is convex-linear w.r.t 𝜉, �⃗� , ∀𝑥 ∈ λ. the convexity of 𝑌ℓ �⃗� (for ℓ= 0,2) w.r.t. 𝜉, �⃗� , for each 𝑥 ∈ λ is obtained from the hypotheses at each of 𝑦ℓ is convex w.r.t. 𝜉 , 𝑣 ∀𝑥 ∈ λ, ∀ℓ 0,2 , &𝑖 1,2,3 . hence 𝑌 �⃗� is convex w.r.t (𝜉, �⃗� in the convex set �⃗� �⃗� ⃗ and it has a continuous fd satisfied �⃗� �⃗� 𝛿�⃗� 0 𝑌 �⃗� has a minimum at �⃗� ⟹ 𝑌 �⃗� 𝑌 𝑢 , ∀𝑢 ∈ �⃗� 𝜆 𝑌 �⃗� 𝜆 𝑌 �⃗� 𝜆 𝑌 �⃗� 𝜆 𝑌 𝑢 𝜆 𝑌 𝑢 𝜆 𝑌 𝑢 (33) now, let 𝑢 be an admissible control and since �⃗� is also admissible and satisfies the transversality condition, then (33) becomes𝑌 �⃗� 𝑌 𝑢 , ∀𝑢 ∈ �⃗� i.e. �⃗� is an optimal control for the problem. 6 . conclusion the existence and uniqueness theorem for the solution (continuous state vector) of the tnlebvp is stated and proved successfully using the mint-browder theorem when the tccocv is given. also, the existence theorem of a tccocv governing by the tnlebvp is proved. the existence and uniqueness solution of the taeqs related with the tnlebvp is studied. the derivation of the fd of the hamiltonian is obtained. finally, the theorem of necessary conditions so as the sufficient condition theorem for optimality of the constrained problem are stated and proved. acknowledgement i wish to express my sincere thanks to the university of mustansiriyah for providing a pleasurable and stimulating environment to carry out research. also, i would like to extend our sincere esteems to the college of sciencedepartment of mathematics for their timely support. r e f e r e n c e s 1 . miele, a.; weeks, m.w.; ciarcia, m. optimal trajectories for spacecraft rendezvous, j o p t i m t h e o r y a p p l . 2 0 0 7 , 1 3 2 , 3 5 3 3 7 . 2 . stodola, p.; mazal, j. optimal location and motion of autonomous unmanned ground vehicles. w s e a s t r a n s a c t i o n s o n s i g n a l p r o c e s s i n g . 2 0 1 0 , 6 , 2 , 6 8 7 7 .   111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 3 . lenhart, s.; workman, j. o p t i m a l c o n t r o l a p p l i e d t o b i o l o g i c a l m o d e l s . chapman & hall, c r c p r e s s , u s a , 2 0 0 7 . 4 . biswas, m.h.a.; ara, m.; haque, m.n.; rahman, m.a. application of control theory in the efficient and sustainable forest management. i n t e r n a t i o n a l j o u r n a l o f s c i e n t i f i c a n d e n g i n e e r i n g r e s e a r c h . 2 0 1 1 , 3 , 2 . 5 . orpel, a. o p t i m a l c o n t r o l p r o b l e m s w i t h h i g h e r o r d e r c o n s t r a i n t s . f o l i a m a t h e m a t i c a . 2 0 0 9 , 1 6 , 1 , 3 1 4 4 . 6 . al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a nonlinear hyperbolic equation (ccocp). a l m u s t a n s i r i y a h j o u r n a l o f s c i e n c e . 2 0 0 8 , 1 9 , 8 , 9 6 1 1 0 , d o i . o r g / 1 0 . 2 3 8 5 1 / m j s . v 2 9 i 1 . 1 5 9 . 7 . chryssoverghi, i.; al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control problem of a semilinear parabolic equations (ccocp), j o u r n a l o f k e r b a l a u n i v e r s i t y . 2 0 1 0 , 3 , 8 . bors, d.; walczak, s. optimal control elliptic system with distributed and boundary controls. n o n l i n e a r a n a l y s i s . 2 0 0 5 , 6 3 , e 1 3 6 7 e 1 3 7 6 . 9 . al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. i r a q i j o u r n a l o f s c i e n c e . 2 0 1 6 , 5 7 , 2 c , 1 5 2 8 1 5 3 8 . 1 0 . al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem with equality and inequality constraints, accepted in baghdad s c i e n c e j o u r n a l , i n , 2 0 1 9 . 1 1 . kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control problem of partial differential equations, m.sc. thesis, al-mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq, 2015. 1 2 . al-hawasy, j.; naeif a.h. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of a couple linear of parabolic partial differential equations al-mustansiriyah, j o u r n a l o f s c i e n c e . 2 0 1 8 , 2 9 , 1 , 1 1 8 1 2 6 , d o i . o r g / 1 0 . 2 3 8 5 1 / m j s . v 2 9 i 1 . 1 5 9 . 1 3 . al-rawdanee, e. h. m. the continuous classical optimal control problem of a nonlinear partial differential equations of elliptic type. m.sc. thesis, al-mustansiriyah university, baghdad,iraq, 2015. 1 4 . al-hawasy, j.; al-qaisi s.j. the continuous classical optimal boundary control of a couple linear elliptic partial differential equations, 1st scientific international conference, college of science, al-nahrain university.2017, 21-22/11/2017, part i, 137142, doi. 10.22401/sic.i.18. 1 5 . al-hawasy, j.; jasim d.k.j. the continuous classical optimal control problems of a triple elliptic partial differential equations, submitted in i b n a l h a i t h a m f o r p u r e a n d a p p l i e d s c i e n c e , i n . 2 0 1 9 , d o a j . o r g / t o c / 2 5 2 1 3 4 0 7 . 1 6 . al-hawasy, j.; jaber m.a. the continuous classical optimal control governing by triple parabolic boundary value problem, submitted in i b n al h a i t h a m f o r p u r e a n d a p p l i e d s c i e n c e , in.2019, doaj.org/toc/2521-3407. 1 7 . borzabadi, a.h.; kamyad, a.v.; farahi, m.h.g. optimal control of the heat equation in an inhomogeneous body, j . a p p l . m a t h . a n d c o m p u t i n g . 2 0 0 4 , 1 5 , 1 – 2 , 1 2 7 – 1 4 6 . 1 8 . chyssoverghi, i.; bacopoulos, a. approximation of relaxed nonlinear parabolic optimal control problems, j o u r n a l o f o p t i m i z a t i o n t h e o r y a n d a p p l i c a t i o n s . 1 9 9 3 , 7 7 , 3 1 5 0 .   112 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 1 9 . bacopoulos, a.; chryssoverghi, i., “ n u m e r i c a l s o l u t i o n s o f p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l e q u a t i o n s b y f i n i t e e l e me n t s m e t h o d s” , symeom publishing co, athens, 1986. 2 0 . brezis, h. functional analysis, s o b o l e v s p a c e s a n d p a r t i a l di f f e r e n t i al e q u a t i o n s : s p r i n g e r , new york, usa, 2011. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 external mo rphology of planthopper dictyophara iranica germar 1833, ( hemiptera: dictyopharidae ) from iraq a. j. saber departme nt of biology, colleg of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in ,30,june,2010 accepted in , 14, december ,2010 abstract the external morphology of p lanthop p ers belong to the genus dictyophara germar 1833, has been described. the study included detailed descrip tion of the external morphology of dictyophara iranica germar 1833. external morphological characters of the head, thorax and their app endages were used. those characters were sup p orted by st udy ing the male genitalia. key words:planthop p er , hemiptera , discription introduction the genus dictyophara germar 1833, belongs to family dicty op haridae sp inola 1839, subfamily dicty op harinae, sp inola 1839. the subfamily dicty op harinae comp rises about 700 sp ecies belongs to 150 genera, worldwide distributed, from temp erate to subt rop ical and trop ical zones [1,2,3], it is known from many p arts of the world from asia including russia, india and pakistan [4] to europe including denmark and united kingdom to u.s.a.[5], y et a comp rehensive generic descrip tion is not available [6]. the majority of members subfamily dicty op harinae feed on the phloem tissues of woody or herbaceous p lants; however, some feed on fungi, mosses, horsetails, or ferns [7,8]. m embers of dicty op harinae are small to medium size insects, body dorsoventrally comp ressed head narrower than p ronotum, and is greatly p roduced in front of compound eyes, tegmina membranous, venation regular with a number of cross veins, costal vein with numerous cross veins, aedeagus semi sclerotized with membranous and sclerotized apical p rocesses [9]. materials and methods the sp ecimens of dictyophara iranica were collected from the following regions: adhamyia (ap ril 2008), kadhmyai (july 2008) and m ahmody ai (october 2008). samp les were collected by light trap, then they were fixed on a thick p aper and kept in insect box. date, place of collection were recorded. the out shap e feature for the sample was written down [10]. studies were made using a dissecting microscope (olym pus japan 426315)and comp ound microscope (olym pus japan 275282), using normal light. all figures have been imp roved with ocular micrometer [6]. the areas of collection consist of field and common gardens cultured with different t y p es of trees, herbs, grasses and shrubs. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 results length from vertex to end of abdomen in rep ose varying from 1.4 cm to 1.5 cm. the head (fig. -1-) vertex: yellow, extended interiorly , its length as four times as its width. ap ex: black in color, in the end of rost rum, rounded in shape. the head contains t ricarinate extended to apex, one median and two lateral carina. compound eyes bulging. pronot um (fig. -2-) yellow, width longer than length, with two short lateral carina behind each eye, median carina absent. lateral edge of slop ing downwards. ant erior margin concave while p ost erior one convex. m esothorax (fig. -3-) yellow, with disc flatted, lateral carina p arallel, median carina distinct, all carina not reaching anterior margin of mesot horax. legs slender. fore coxa elongate, black, femur short er than fore tibia, which bear rows of delicate setae along inner margin, basitarsomere short er than mid tarsomere, apical tarsomere with claws and aroliun longer than combined length of basiand mid tarsomeres (fig. -4-). m id and fore legs of same length, mid tarsomere longer than basitarsomere of mid leg (fig. 5-). hind leg longer than fore and mid leg, hind tibia large in size, outer margins with three lateral sp ines, seven apical teeth, equal combined length of mid and apical tarsomere, mid tarsomere as long as apical tarsomere with row of seven apical teeth, apical tarsomere with distinct tarsal claws and wide arolium (fig. -6-). wings fore wing: m embranous, large, extending behind abdomen, with apex broader than the rest of wing and rounded; apical p art p ossess reticulate venation, with transverse veins irregularly arranged in three rows; st igma covering 21 cells, basal cells narrow, st ems sc + r and m leaving basal cell at common p oint; branch sc with three terminals, st em r branch with ra and rp, branch ra with five terminals, branch rp with six terminals; branch m with three terminals, st em cu reaching outer margin with out branched, branch st em a with two terminals (fig. -7-). hind wing: m embranous, short er than fore wing, with apex broader than the rest of wing, st em c extending along anterior margin of wing, st em sc branch with three terminals, st em r branch with ra and rp, branch ra with t wo t erminals, branch rp with t hree terminals, st em m forked basally of veinlets r – m, with five terminals, st ems cu a forked before outer margin of wing (fig. -8-). m ale genitalia the 9 th segment modified into a ring or cup-like structure, known male genitalia. sty le: it is a p air of clasp er-like st ructures, elongate and have two sp ines on dorsal margin (fig. -9-). aedeagus: simp le shap e, small in size, tube-like st ructures (fig. -10-). connective: elongate, extends to the base of aedeagus and given with aedeagus "y-shap e"(fig. -10-). a "y-shape" connective att aches the base of st y le to the base of aedeagus. genital plate: semi triangular, wide at base, narrowing towards ap ex, curved to inner margin with five teeth, three in the wide part and two in apex, this p late contain three long delicate setae in the dorsal end of its wide base (fig. -11-). ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 re ference 1. m elichar, l. (1912): m onographic der dicty op horinen (homop tera). – abhandlungen der k.k. zoologisch-botanischen gesellschaft in wien, 7 (1): 1 – 221. 2. m etcalf, z.p.(1946): general catalogue of the hemip tera. fascicle iv, folgoroidea, part 8 dicty op haridae. 246p p ; north hampton, m assachusett s (smith college). 3. flow (2007): fulgoromorpha on the web. – http ://flow.snv.jussieu.fr/ version: 7; last up date: 12/12/07. 4. becker, m . (1964): tretichny e ravnokry lye stavropol'ya. [tertiary insects of stavropol']. – trudy paleontologicheskogo inst itut a akademii nauk sssr, m oscow, 104: 1 – 116 [in russian]. 5. emeljanov, a.f., kuz netsova, v.g., nokkala, c. and nokkala, s. (2005): phy logeny and evolution of the subfamily orgeriinae ( homop tera: dicty op haridae). – abstracts of the 12 th international auchenorrhyncha congress and the 5 th international workshop on leafhopp ers and planthop p ers of economic imp ortance. university of california, berkeley, california, usa. 8 – 12 august . 6. bourgoin, t. and szwedo, j. (2008): the 'cixiid-like' fossil p lanthop p er families. – bulletin of insectology , 61 (1): 107 – 108. 7. wilson, s.w., denno, r.f. m itt er,c. and wilson, m .r. 1994: evolutionary p att erns of host p lant use by delp hacid p lanthop p ers and their relatives (chapter 1), p p . 7 – 113. in r.f. denno and t.j. perfect [eds.]. planthop p ers: their ecology and m anagement. chap man and hall, inc., new york. 8. wheeler, j. (2003): bry op hagy in the auchenorrhyncha: seasonal history and habits of a moss sp ecialist , javesella opaca (beamer) (fulgoroidea: delphacidae). proc. entomol. soc. washington 105: 599 – 610. 9. jacek, s. (2008): anew tribe of dicty op haridae p lanthop p ers from eocene baltic amber (hemip tera: fulgoromorpha: fulgoroidae), with a brief review of the fossil record of the family , palaeodiversity 1:75 – 85 10. bourgoin, t., szwedo, j. and lefebvre, f. (2004): about hemip tera phy logeny and classification. – in: szwedo, j. (ed.): fossil planthop p ers (hemip tera: fulgoromorpha) of the world. an annotated catalogue with notes on hemip tera classification: 11 – 36; warsaw. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 prot horax fig.(2) prothorax fig. (1) head fig.(3) pterothorax ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 fig (4) fore leg fig. (5) mid leg fig. (6) hind leg fig(7) fore wing ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 fig(8) hind wing fig. (9) genital style fig.(10) aedeagus & connective ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 fig. (11) genital plate list of glossary a anal vein ap ap ex ar arolium at apical tarsomere bt basitarsomere c cost al vein ce compound eye cl claw c coxa cu cubital vein f front fe femur lc lateral carina m m edial vein m c m edian carina mt m id tarsomere r redial v ein r – m r – m veinlets ro rost rum sc subcostal vein sp sp ine t tibia v verte x رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص المظھر الخارجي لقفاز النبات dictyophara iranica germar 1833, ( hemiptera: dictyopharidae ) من العراق أحمد جمیل صبر جامعة بغداد أبن الھیثم،-قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة التربیة 2010،كانون االول ،19استلم البحث في 2011، شباط،8قبل البحث في الخالصة . dictyophara germar 1833جنس المتمثل بالقفاز النبات ل المظھر الخارجيوصف فـي الوصـف صـفات المظھـر عملتاسـت أذ، dictyophara iranica germar 1833یتضـمن البحـث وصـف النـوع الخارجي للرأس والحلقات الصدریة الثالثة ولواحقھا .صفات المظھر الخارجي باالعتماد على السوءة الذكریة عَُززت، كما )األرجل واألجنحة ( وصف،نصفیة االجنحة ،قفاز النبات -:لكلمات المفتاحیةا microsoft word 101-109   101   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the comparison between the mle and standard bayes estimators of the reliability function of exponential distribution mohammed jamel ali moham198999@gmail.com hazim mansoor gorgees hazim5656@yahoo.com  department of mathematics, collage of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 10 june 2018, accepted 1 october 2018, publish january 2019 abstract in this paper, a monte carlo simulation technique is used to compare the performance of mle and the standard bayes estimators of the reliability function of the one parameter exponential distribution. two types of loss functions are adopted, namely, squared error loss function (self) and modified square error loss function (mself) with informative and non informative prior. the criterion integrated mean square error (imse) is employed to assess the performance of such estimators. keywords: mle, standard bayes estimator, loss function, imse. 1. introduction the reliability theory is related with random happening of unwanted events or failure during the life of a physical or biological system [1]. reliability is an essential feature of a system. basic concepts associated with reliability has been known for a number of years, however, it has got greatest significance during the past decade as a consequence of the use of highly complex systems. in reliability theory, the exponential distribution plays an important role in life testing experiments. historically, it was the first life time model for which statistical procedures were widely developed. many researchers gave numerous results and generalized the exponential distribution as a life time distribution, particularly, in the field of industrial life testing. the exponential distribution is desirable because of its simplicity and its own features such as lacks memory and self-producing property. the probability density, cumulative distribution and reliability functions of one parameter exponential distribution are respectively defined as [2]: 𝑓 𝑡, ɵ ɵ𝑒 ɵ , 𝑡, ɵ 0 1 the cumulative distribution function is given by: f t pr t t 1 e ɵ 2 r t 1 f t e ɵ 3 2.1. maximum likelihood estimator let 𝑡 , 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 be the set of n random lifetimes from the one parameter exponential distribution then   102   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 l ɵ; t , t , … , t ɵ e ɵ ∑ 4 the value of ɵ maximize l, also maximize ln l. hence, by taking the natural logarithm for the likelihood function we get [3] lnl ɵ; t , t , t nlnɵ ɵ 𝑡 differentiating the log likelihood function with respect to ɵ and setting the resultant derivative equal to zero, yield: 𝜕 ln 𝐿 ; 𝑡 , 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝜕ɵ 𝑛 ɵ 𝑡 0 therefore the mle for ɵ denoted by ɵ is: ɵ 𝑛 ∑ 𝑡 𝑛 𝑇 5 where we suppose that ∑ 𝑡 . hence, the mle of the reliability function will be 𝑅 𝑡 𝑒 ɵ 6 2.2. standard bayes estimators the researchers employed two types of loss functions, namely, the squared error loss function (self) and modified squared error loss function (mself) . the bayes estimator of the parameter ɵ is the value of ɵ that minimize the risk function r(ɵ, ɵ where [4] 𝑅 ɵ, ɵ 𝐸 𝐿 ɵ, ɵ 𝐿 ɵ, ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 ɵ 7 in the case of squared error loss function, we have: 𝐿 𝜃, 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃 8 then, the risk function will be r ɵ, ɵ ɵ ɵ ɵ h ɵ׀t dɵ ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ 2ɵ ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ ɵ ɵ ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ ɵ 𝑅 ɵ, ɵ ɵ 2ɵ𝐸 ɵ׀𝑡 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ differentiating 𝑅 ɵ, ɵ with respect to ɵ and setting the resultant derivative equal to zero, we get: 2ɵ 2e ɵ׀𝑡 0 solving for ɵ implies that ɵ e ɵ׀t 9 the modified square error loss function is defined as [5]: l ɵ, ɵ ɵ ɵ ɵ 10 where r is a positive integer. if (mself) is adopted, it can be in the same manner show that the bayes estimator of ɵ is ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 11   103   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.3. posterior density based on jeffrey's prior information let us assume that ɵ has non informative prior density. jeffrey's (1961) developed a general rule for obtaining the prior distribution of ɵ [6]. he established that the single unknown parameter ɵ which is regarded as a random variable follows such a distribution that is proportional to the square root of the fisher information on ɵ, that is [5]: 𝑔 ɵ 𝛼 𝐼 ɵ 12 that is 𝑔 ɵ 𝑐 𝐼 ɵ where c is a constant of proportionality and i(ɵ) represent fisher information defined as follows: 𝐼 ɵ 𝑛𝐸 𝜕 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡, ɵ 𝜕ɵ if 𝑔 ɵ denote jeffrey's prior information then 𝑔 ɵ 𝑐 𝑛𝐸 𝜕 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡; ɵ 𝜕ɵ 13 for the exponential distribution we have 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡, ɵ 𝑙𝑛ɵ ɵ𝑡 ;ɵ ɵ ɵ t the second derivative is ∂ lnf t; ɵ ∂ɵ 1 ɵ hence, 𝐸 𝜕 𝑙𝑛𝑓 𝑡; ɵ 𝜕ɵ 1 ɵ substituting in equation (13) it follows that 𝑔 ɵ 𝑐 ɵ √𝑛 from bayes theorem the posterior density function of ɵ denoted by ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 can be derived as [4]: ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 , … , 𝑡 ɵ ɵ; ,…, ɵ ɵ; ,…, ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 , … , 𝑡 ɵ ɵ ɵ ɵ ɵ ,t=∑ 𝑡 hence, the posterior density function for ɵ based on jeffery's prior information will be: ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 , … , 𝑡 ɵ ɵ г 14 the posterior density in equation (14) is defined identified as a density of the gamma distribution, that is: ɵ׀𝑡 , 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 ~ gamma (n, ) with e(ɵ) = and var(ɵ) = ɵ~gamma (n , )   104   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.4. posterior density based on gamma prior distribution assuming that ɵ has informative prior as gamma distribution which takes the following form: 𝑔 ɵ 𝛽 ɵ 𝑒 ɵ г 𝛼 ; ɵ 0 , 𝛽 0 , 𝛼 0 15 where α,β are the shape parameter and scale parameter respectively. the posterior density function is ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑔 ɵ 𝐿 ɵ; 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑔 ɵ 𝐿 ɵ; 𝑡 , … , 𝑡 𝑑ɵ thus ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑃 ɵ 𝑒 ɵ г 𝛼 𝑛 16 where p β t it can easily be noted that (ɵ׀𝑡 ~𝐺𝑎𝑚𝑚𝑎 𝛼 𝑛, with e(ɵ) = ,var(ɵ) = ( ) 2.5. bayes estimator when (self) is adopted a: the case of jeffrey's prior information. from equation (9) we found that: ɵ e ɵ׀t ɵℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 ɵ n t 17 similarly, the bayes estimator of the reliability function can be obtained: as follows: r t e r t t׀ r t h ɵ׀t dθ r t t t t 18 b: the case of gamma prior distribution. in this case we have ɵ e ɵ׀t ɵh ɵ׀t dθ 19 the estimator of the reliability function can be obtained as: 𝑅 𝑡 e r t t׀ 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑𝜃 𝑃 𝑃 𝑡 20 2.6. bayes estimator when (mself) is adopted a: the case of jeffrey's prior information from equation (11) we have: ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ the 𝑟 moment of ɵ׀𝑡 can be evaluated as follows:   105   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 e(ɵ 𝑡׀ ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ hence, e(ɵ 𝑡׀ г г 21 let us assume that r=1,3 and ɵ , ɵ represent the estimator of the parameter ɵ corresponding to r=1,3 respectively then by applying the formulas in (11) and (21) we get ɵ ɵ ׀ ɵ ׀ г г г г 22 ɵ ɵ ׀ ɵ ׀ г г г г 23 similarly, the bayes estimators of the reliability function can be obtained as follows 𝑅 𝑡 ׀ ׀ 𝑅 𝑡 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ now, we have to determine each of e[( 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ ,e[ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ and e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝑇 𝑇 𝑡 e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ = by the same way we find that, e(𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ e 𝑅 𝑡 hence, 𝑅 𝑡 𝑇 𝑇 2𝑡 𝑇 𝑇 𝑡 𝑇 𝑡 𝑇 2𝑡 24 𝑅 𝑡 25 b: the case of gamma prior distribution from equation (11) we have: ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ the 𝑟 moment of ɵ׀𝑡 can be evaluated as follows: 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ ɵ ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ г 𝛼 𝑛 𝑟 г 𝛼 𝑛 𝑃 26 let us assume that r=1,3 and ɵ , ɵ represent the estimator of the parameter ɵ corresponding to r=1,3 respectively then by applying the formulas in (11) and (26) we get:   106   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ e ɵ׀t 𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝑛 1 𝑃 𝛼 𝑛 𝑃 𝛼 𝑛 1 𝑃 27 ɵ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 𝐸 ɵ 𝑡׀ 𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝑛 1 𝛼 𝑛 2 𝛼 𝑛 3 𝑃 𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝑛 1 𝛼 𝑛 2 𝑃 = 28 similarly, the bayes estimators of the reliability function can be obtained as follows 𝑅 𝑡 ׀ ׀ 𝑅 𝑡 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ now, we have to determine each of e[( 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ , e[ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ and e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ e(r(t)׀𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ = 𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ is obtained as follows e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝑅 𝑡 ℎ ɵ׀𝑡 𝑑ɵ = similarly, we find that e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝑃 𝑃 3𝑡 e 𝑅 𝑡 𝑡׀ 𝑃 𝑃 4𝑡 hence, 𝑅 𝑡 ׀ ׀ 29 𝑅 𝑡 ׀ ׀ 30 3. simulation study the simulation study was conducted in order to compare the performance of the maximum likelihood estimator (mle) and bayesian estimators of the reliability function r(t)of one parameter exponential distribution. we adopted the integrated mean squared error (imse) as a criterion of comparison where 𝐼𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝑅 𝑡𝑖 1 𝐿 1 𝑛 𝑅 𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 1 𝑛 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝑅 𝑡   107   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 where 𝑛 is the random limits of 𝑡 , using t=(0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5,0.6,0.7, 0.8,0.9,1). l is the number of replications which we assumed that l=1000 in our study, 𝑅(𝑡 ) is the estimator of r(t) at the 𝐿 replication. the bayesian estimators of r(t) are derived with respect to two loss function which are the square error loss function (self) and modified squared error loss function (mself), moreover, the informative and non-informative prior were postulated. the sample sizes n=10,50, 100 and 200 were chosen to represent small, moderate, large and very large sample sizes from the one parameter exponential distribution. the postulated values of the unique parameter ɵ were ɵ=0.5,1.5 and the values of the parameters for gamma prior were α=0.3,1 and β=1.2,3. the values assumed for the loss parameter of modified loss function were r=1,3. the results are presented in tables (1-4). table 1. (imse) values of the reliability function estimators by using jeffrey's prior information at ɵ=0.5 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.002636 0.0040830.0047130.000574 mle 0.002632 0.0040600.0046350.000526 jsqu 0.002624 0.0040140.0044780.000450 jmsq1 r=1 0.002608 0.0039180.0041710.000370 jmsq2 r=3 table 2. (imse) values of the reliability function estimators by using jeffrey's prior information at ɵ=1.5 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.001262 0.0023160.0034440.001008 mle 0.001261 0.0023090.0033960.000911 jsqu 0.001260 0.0022930.0032930.000865 jmsq1 r=1 0.001257 0.0022580.0030720.001262 jmsq2 r=3 table 3. (imse) of the reliability function estimators by using gamma prior information at ɵ=0.5 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.002619 0.0039380.0042770.000404β=1.2 =0.3α gsqu 0.002653 0.0037480.0038990.000335β=3 0.002605 0.0039280.0043950.000508β=1.2 α=1 0.002563 0.0037640.0039450.000353β=3 0.002611 0.0038900.0041300.000359β=1.2 α=0.3 gmsq1 r=1 0.002544 0.0037000.0037610.000324β=3 0.002597 0.0038910.0042470.000427β=1.2 α=1 0.002555 0.0037160.0038080.000322β=3 0.002595 0.0037930.0038460.000322β=1.2 α=0.3 gmsq2 r=3 0.002526 0.0036020.0034950.000339β=3 0.002580 0.0037850.0039590.000329β=1.2 α=1 0.002537 0.0036190.0035440.000300β=3   108   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 4. (imse) of the reliability function estimators by using gamma prior information at ɵ=1.5 200 100 50 10 n estimator 0.001250 0.002212 0.003020 0.000856 β=1.2 =0.3α gsqu 0.001225 0.002057 0.002459 0.001549 β=3 0.001250 0.002214 0.003035 0.000713 β=1.2 α=1 0.001227 0.002045 0.002501 0.001096 β=3 0.001248 0.002193 0.002913 0.001071 β=1.2 α=0.3 gmsq1 r=1 0.001223 0.002035 0.002352 0.001978 β=3 0.001249 0.002195 0.002930 0.000816 β=1.2 α=1 0.001225 0.002023 0.002394 0.001451 β=3 0.001244 0.002152 0.002688 0.001798 β=1.2 α=0.3 gmsq2 r=3 0.001217 0.001988 0.002135 0.002966 β=3 0.001245 0.002155 0.002709 0.001353 β=1.2 α=1 0.001219 0.001975 0.002179 0.002319 β=3 4. simulation results and conclusions from our simulation study, the following results are clear  from table 1: when ɵ=0.5 the bayes estimator under modified squared error loss function when r=3 with jeffrey's prior is the best comparing to other estimators for all sample sizes.  from table 2: when ɵ=1.5 the bayes estimator under modified squared error loss function when r=3 with jeffrey's prior is the best comparing to other estimators for sample sizes (50,100,200) and in sample size (10) the best is modified squared error loss function when r=1.  from table 3: when ɵ=0.5 for (n=10) the best is bayes estimator under modified squared error loss function when r=3 with gamma prior (α=1, β=3) and for (n=50,100,200) the bayes estimator under modified squared error loss function when r=3 with gamma prior (α=0.3, β=3) is the best.  from table 4: when ɵ=1.5 for (n=10) the bayes estimator under square error loss function with gamma prior (α=1, β=1.2) is the best, and for (n=50,200) the bayes estimator under modified squared error loss function when r=3 with gamma prior (α=0.3, β=3) is the best and for (n=100) the bayes estimator under modified squared error loss function when r=3 with gamma prior (α=1, β=3) is the best.  according to the simulation results we conclude that the bayes estimator under modified squared error loss function with r=3 is superior to the performance of other estimators in almost cases that are studied in this paper, where the integrated mean squared error (imse) is employed as a criterion to assess the performance of such estimators.   109   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1885 vol. 32 (1) 2019 references 1. meeker, w.q.; escobar, l.u.statistical methods for reliability data, john wiley & sons. inc. canada. 1998. 2. pugh, e.l. the best estimation of reliability in the exponential case, journal of operation research. 1993,11. 3. al-timeemy, o.i. estimation of reliability function for inverse gaussian distribution model with application by using monte carlo simulation, a thesis submitted to the college of science alnahrain university for the degree of master of science in applied mathematics. 2008. 4. dey, s. bayesian estimation of the parameter and reliability function of inverse rayleigh distribution, malaysian journal of mathematical science. 2012, 6, 1, 113124. 5. rasheed, h.a.; al-gazi, n.a.a. bayesian estimation for the reliability function of pareto type ι distribution under generalized square error loss function international journal of engineering and innovative technology (ijeit). 2014, 4, 6, 33-41. 6. kuo, w.; zuo, m.j. optimal reliability modeling principles and applications. john wiley & sons inc. hoboken. new jersey. 2003. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 comparison of wavelet transform filters using image compression h. k. abbas departme nt of computer science, college of education i bn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad received in: 13 april 2011, accepted in: 10may2011 abstract the wavelet transform has become a useful comp utational tool for a variety of signal and image processing app lications. the aim of this p aper is t o p resent t he comparative st udy of various wavelet filters. eleven different wavelet filters (haar, m allat, sy mlets, integer, conflict, daubechi 1, daubechi 2, daubechi 4, daubechi 7, daubechi 12 and daubechi 20) are used to comp ress seven true color images of 256x256 as a samples. image quality , p arameters such as p eak signal-tonoise ratio (psnr), normalized mean square error have been used to evaluate the p erformance of wavelet filters. in our work psnr is used as a measure of accuracy p erformance. we use two values of compression factors (4.3 and 5.1) to test the wavelet filters [1]. the exp erimental shows different results but in general the daubechi family sp ecialy daubechi 4, daubechi 7, daubechi 12 and daubechi 20 give bett er p erformance in term of psnr. m atlab 9.0 is used to implement the exp eriments. keywordshaar, daubechies , image comp ression, wavelet t ransform. introduction data comp ression is the p rocess of converting an input data st ream into another data st ream that has smaller size. the basic p rinciple of comp ression is to remove the redundancy in the source data. comp ression basically is of two t y p es –lossless and lossy . computer graphics is used in many areas in every day life to convert many ty p es of comp lex information to images. thus, images are imp ortant, but they tend to be big! since modern hardware can disp lay many colors, it is common to have a p ixel represented internally as a 24-bit number, where the p ercentages of red, green, and blue occup y 8 bits each. such a 24bit p ixel can sp ecify one of 224 ≈ 16.78 million colors. as a result, an image at a resolution of 512*512 that consists of such p ixels occupies 786,432 by tes. at a resolution of 1024*1024 it becomes four times as big, requiring 3,145,728 by tes. m ovies are also commonly used in comp uters, making for even bigger images. this is why image comp ression is so imp ortant. an imp ortant feature of image comp ression is that it can be lossy . an image, after all, exists for p eople to look at, so, when it is comp ressed, it is accep table to lose image features to which the eye is not sensitive. this is one of the main ideas behind the many lossy image comp ression methods [2]. the basic idea behind any comp ression is to find a way to represent data that takes up less sp ace, and reducing the time for data transfer via communication channels. data comp ression technology is necessary in today multimedia society . by using this technology , information can be transmitted in short er amount of time and the st orage sp ace can be made smaller. since data comp ression in broad terms "exp ressing" things concisely" it is app lied to many fields, such as learning and inference, and so on [3]. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 lossy /lossless comp ression: certain comp ression methods are lossy . they achieve better comp ression by losing some information. when the comp ressed st ream is decompressed, the result is not identical to the original data st ream. such a method makes sense esp ecially in comp ressing images, movies, or sounds. if the loss of data is small, we may not be able to tell the difference. lossless comp ression consists of those techniques guaranteed to generate an exact dup licate of the input data st ream after a comp ress/ exp and cycle. lossless comp ression techniques p rovide for exact reconst ruction of the original signal. lossless comp ression works by removing redundancies within the data then coding the resulting signal with an efficient coding scheme. lossless comp ression algorithm can p rovide a limited comp ression ratio. inst ead, it is often app lied in conjunction with a lossy comp ression scheme to p rovide additional compression [2]. the wavelet transform has become a useful comp utational tool for a variety of signal and image p rocessing app lications. for examp le, the wavelet transform is useful for the comp ression of digital image _les; smaller _les are imp ortant for st oring images using less memory and for transmitt ing images faster and more reliably [4]. wavelet transform a wavelet is a waveform of effectively limited duration that has an average value of zero. wavelet analysis is the breaking up of a signal into shifted versions of the original (or mother) wavelet. wavelets are mathematical functions that cut up the data into different frequency comp onents, and then st udy each component with resolution matched to scale [5]. a wavelet is usually defined as an oscillating function of time or sp ace, such as a sinusoid. fourier analysis is wave analysis. it exp ands signals or functions in terms of sinusoids or equivalently comp lex exp onential, which have been p roven to be extremely valuable in image comp ression, mathematics, science, and engineering, esp ecially for p eriodic, time-invariant, or st ationary p henomena. a wavelet is a "small wave", which has its energy concentrated in time to give a tool for the analy sis of t ransient, non-st ationary, or time-vary ing p henomena. it st ill has the oscillating wave like characterist ic but also has the ability to allow simultaneous t ime and frequency analysis with a flexible mathematical foundation. m any classes of the function can be represented by wavelets in a more comp act way . for examp le functions with discontinuities and functions with sharp sp ikes usually take substantially fewer wavelets bases than sine-cosine bases to achieve a comp arable app roximation. this sp arse coding makes excellent t ools in data compression. however, in wavelet analysis, the scale that can be used to look at a data p lay s a sp ecial role. wavelet algorithm p rocesses data at different scales or resolutions by looking at the signal with large window, it can notice gross features. similarly by looking at the signal with small window, it can notice small features [6,7]. calculating wavelet coefficients at every p ossible scale is a fair amount of work, it turns out, that if we choose scales and positions based on powers of t wo – so – called dyadic scales and p ositions – then our analysis will be more efficient and just such an analysis form the discrete wavelet transform (dwt). an efficient way to imp lement this scheme using filters was developed in 1988 by m allat. this is a practical filtering algorithm y ields a fast wavelet transform [8]. for many signals, the low frequency content is the most imp ortant p art. it is what gives the signal its identity . for examp le, consider the human voice. if y ou remove the high frequency comp onents, the voice sounds different, but y ou can st ill tell what’s being said. however, if y ou remove enough of the low – frequency comp onents, y ou hear gibberish. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 it is for this reason that, in wavelet analysis, we often sp eak of approximations and details [9]. the ap p roximations are the high – scale, low – frequency comp onents of the signal. the details are the low – scale, high – frequency comp onents of the signal. the decomposition p rocess can be made by filtering the signal by lpf (low pass filter) and hpf (high pass filter), then the signal is down samp led by two [10]. the reconst ruction p rocess can be made by up sampling f and d in equations (1) and (2), and filtering them with g(n) and h(n). (1) )2( )( )( )( )1( nkhk k j fn j d   (2) )2( )()( )()1(   k jj nkgkfnf where f ( j ) = the signal. f ( j -1) = the app roximation. d (j -1) = the details. g(n), h(n) = t he lpf,hpf filters impulse resp onses, resp ectively. the aim of the dwt is to decompose the discrete time signal into basis functions, called the wavelets, to give us a good analytic view of t he analy zed signal. the decomp osition p rocess is divided into st ages, called levels or depths. at each depth, different time and frequency resolution is taken (high frequency resolution means lower time resolution and vise versa). this variable resolution is done using building blocks, or wavelets, which are derived from an original wavelet, called the mother wavelet. the signal is decomposed using dilated and shifted versions of the mother wavelet [11]. key parame te rs used in image compression: although a lot of key p arameters are utilized in the literature for p erformance evaluation of the various filters ty p e methods, this work will utilize three key p arameters. 1compression factor (cf) this p arameter is used to calculate how much the size of the tested image files is comp ressed; the comp ression ratio is defined as: (size of inp ut stream) original compression factor (cf) = (size of outp ut stream) compressed cf > 1 means p ositive comp ression. cf < 1 means the outp ut stream (negative co mpression). whenever this factor is big it indicates that t he compression is bett er, otherwise the comp ression is weak. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2 the mean s quared erro r (ms e) this p arameter is a fidelity p arameter which is used to measure the error level caused by the compression sy stem; mean square error can be defined as:     21 0 1 0 .. . 1             m m n n nmxnmx nm mse _ x[.] is t he original ima ge with dimensions m ×n, and x [.] is the reconstructed image. k mse= 1/k ∑ (pi – qi )², root m ean square error i=1 rmse = √mse , where, pi – ori ginal image data, qi reconst ructed image data, k is size of image. 3peak si gnal to noise ratio (ps nr) it is also a fidelity p arameter used to measure the dist ortion level caused by the compression system. peak signal to noise ratio (psnr) c an be defined as: where m ax is the greater p ixel v alue. in this case the large results mean that there is a small no ise in the compression sy stem image quality of the reconstructed and image is bett er. when the value of this p arameter is small it means that t he compression p erformance is weak. the small result of m se means that there is small overall error in the reconst ructed version of image caused by the comp ression sy st em, this indicates that the objective quality of the reconst ructed data is accep table, when the value of m se is high it will indicate that the comp ression sy st em has caused a significant error [12].          rmse pma x ps nr ii 10log10 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the haar wavel et awavelet families bwavelet properties wavelet families and properties [13]. evaluation performance results: in this p aper, eleven differ ent wavelet filters (haar, m allat, sy mlets, integer, conflict, daubechi 1, daubechi 2, daubechi 4, daubech i 7, daubechi 12 and daubechi 20) are used to comp ress seven true color images of 256x256 as samples as shown in figure (1). psnr is used as a measure of accuracy p erformance. we use two values of comp ression factors (4.3 and 5.1) to test the above filters. the results of psnr for compression factor 4.3 and 5.1 are shown bellow. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 conclusions in this work we comp ared among different eleven wavelet filters using sev en differ ent true color images of 256 x256. these filters are (haar, m allat, sy mlets, integer, conflict, daubechi 1, daubechi 2, daubechi 4, daub echi 7, daubech i 12 and daubechi 20). the se lected images have diff erent color f eatures to illustrate the effects of wavelet filters. psnr is used as a measure of accuracy p erformance. the exp erimental show differ ent results but in gener al daubechi family sp ecialy daubechi 4, daubechi 7, daub echi 12 and daubech i 20 give bett er p erformance in term of psnr at a compression factor (4.3 and 5.1). re ferences 1. averbuch, a.;lazar, d. and israeli, m . january (1996) image comp ression using wav elet transform and m ultiresolution decomposition", ieee transactions on image processing,5. 2. salo mon, d. (2007), data comp ression the complete reference, sp ringer, fourth edition, inc. department of comp uter science/ california state university , northridge/ nort hridge, ca 91330-8281 / usa / d.salomon@csun.edu. :8, 253 3.seidler j. a., (1997) " information sy st em and data compression", university of salzburg, bost on/ dordreocht / london. :200. 4. selesnick, ivan.w, september 27, (2007) "wavelet transforms | a quick study , poly technic university , brooklyn, ny. :1 [5] jin l. and chang s. i., (2000)"wavelet t ransforms for quality engineering ap p lication", http ://home.earthlink.net/~ /eegs/wavelet.ht ml/. 6. nielsen, o. (1998) introduction to wavelet analyses", center for m athematics and its ap p lications, onu. :22 7. villassenore john.d, belzer benjamin, and liao judy , august (1995) wavelet filter evaluation for image comp ression", ieee transactions on image processing 4. 8.lee, y. and hwang, k. w. ap ril (1996) , selecting good sp eech features for recognition , etri journal, 18. 9. daubechies, i. (1992),t en lectures on wavelets, © by siam press./ princeton university . 10 m allat, s. , ap ril (1996) wavelets for a vision, proceeding of ieee, 84. 11. ifeachor .e. c., jervis .b. w., (1996) "digital signal processing: a practical ap p roach, addison – wesley . :17 12. joshi, m .s. ;m anthalkar, r.r. and joshi, y.v. , october (2008) image compression using curvelet, ridgelet and wavelet transform, a comparative study ", government college of engineering, aurangabad, (m .s. india), sggs inst itut e of engineering & technology , nanded , (m .s. india). 13.parameswariah, c. m arch 26, (2003) underst anding wavelet analysis and filters for engineering app lications,electrical engineering, louisiana tech university . ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 autumn board green kids ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 s aturn peppers west fig. (1):different 7 color images (256 x 256) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 experimental results with cr=4.3 25 28 31 34 37 40 h aa r m al la t s ym le ts in te g er c on fli ct d au b1 d au b2 d au b4 d au b7 d au b 12 d au b 20 wavelet filters p s n r atumn board greens kids peppers saturn west fig. (2): illustrates the comparative results of psnr for di fferent 7 color images usi ng di fferent 11 wavelet filters whe n cf=4.3. experimental results with cr=5.1 25 28 31 34 37 40 h aa r m a lla t s ym le ts in te g er c on fli ct d au b1 d au b2 d au b4 d au b7 d au b1 2 d au b2 0 wavele t filters p s n r atumn board greens kids peppers saturn west fig. (3): illustrates the comparative results of psnr for di fferent 7 color images usi ng di fferent 11 wavelet filters whe n cf=5.1. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 psnr results for compression factor 4.3 psnr daubechies family image name haar mallat symlets integer conflict daub1 daub2 daub4 daub7 daub1 2 daub2 0 atum 32 .1 31 .1 30.1 32.6 30.8 32.5 32.6 32.8 33.3 34.4 33 .2 boa rd 30 .8 29 .7 28.8 32.4 29.4 32.2 32.1 31.8 32.9 33.6 32 .8 greens 33 .1 31 .4 30.6 32.7 32.5 33.3 33.7 34.1 34.1 34.2 33 .9 ki ds 32 .4 30 .2 29.1 32.2 31.8 33.1 33.3 33.7 33.7 34.6 32 .8 pe ppers 31 .1 29 .5 28.2 30.7 29.7 31.2 31.4 32.2 31.9 32.5 32 .3 saturn 37 .2 36 .3 35.3 36.8 33.6 36.5 37.1 36.12 37.7 38.4 37 .3 west 33 .1 32 .1 31.4 32.1 32.4 33.2 33.2 33.9 33.5 34.1 33 .3 av erag e 32 .828 31 .471 30.5 32.786 31.457 33.143 33.343 33.517 33.871 34.543 33 .657 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 psnr results for compression factor 5.1 psnr daubechies family image name haar mallat symlets integer conflict daub1 daub2 daub4 daub7 daub12 daub20 atumn 32.4 31.3 30.3 32.8 31.1 32.7 32.9 33.1 33.3 34 .6 33 .6 board 31.1 30.1 29.1 32.7 30.7 32.4 32.6 32.9 33.5 33 .9 33 .1 greens 33.5 31.8 30.9 33.1 32.9 33.7 33.9 34.1 34.4 34 .5 34 .1 kids 32.9 30.8 29.9 32.9 32.1 33.4 33.6 33.7 33.9 34 .9 33 .2 peppers 31.2 29.9 28.9 31.1 29.9 31.6 31.9 32.2 32.3 32 .9 32 .3 saturn 37.6 36.9 35.8 37.2 34.1 36.8 37.3 37.8 37.9 38 .6 37 .7 west 33.7 32.7 31.7 33.4 32.7 33.5 33.7 33.9 33.9 34 .3 33 .7 average 33.2 31.929 30.943 33.314 31.929 33.443 33.7 33.957 34.171 34 .814 33 .957 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة ضغط الصور الملون مرشحات التحویل المویجي باستعمال بینةمقارن هند خضیر عباس جامعة بغداد،ابن الهیثمكلیة التربیهقسم علوم الحاسبات، 2011 ایار 10: قبل البحث في ،2011 نیسان 13: استلم البحث في الخالصة . التحویل المویجي اصبح أداة حاسوبیه لمختلف االشارات وتطبیقات معالجة الصور haar) , sy, "ااعتمـد احـد عـشر مرشـح، الهـدف مـن هـذا البحـث تقـدیم دراسـة مقارنـة لمرشـحات التحویـل المـویجي mlets, integer, conflict, m allat daubechi 1 , daubechi 4, daubechi 2 ، daubechi 7 daubechi 20, daubechi 12 , ( 256لضغط سبعة نماذج لصور ملونهx256. تـستخدم لتقیـیم ، و معـایر متوسـط مربـع الخطـأ(psnr)من معامالت جـودة الـصورة نـسبة االشـارة الـى الـضوضاء .أداء مرشحات التحویل المویجیي الختبـار مرشـحات التحویـل ) 5.1 و 4.3(دة اعتمادا على معاملي ضـغط مختلفـین كمقیاس لدقة الجو psnr داعتم daubechi 4, daubechi 7, daubechi 12(التجارب العملیة اظهرت نتـائج كـان افـضلها نـسبیا المرشـحات . المویجي and daubechi 20( . لتطبیق تجارب البحث9.0استعمل برنامج الماتالب .التحویل المویجي، ضغط الصور، الدوباتشي، الهار:الكلمات المفتاحیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 واد متراكبة ھجینةلمحث لمدراسة خواص ( الشد واألنضغاطیة والبلى ) سعاد حامد العیبي جامعة بغداد)/ ابن الھیثم(للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم الفیزیاء 2013كانون الثاني 21قبل البحث في ، 2012تشرین الثاني 11استلم البحث في الخالصة م�ادةالنوف�والك وبع�دھما اض�یف تضمنت ھذه الدراسة تحضیر نماذج م�ن األیبوكس�ي قب�ل وبع�د الت�دعیم والتطع�یم -:حضرفقد %40إلى مواد التدعیم التي شملت مسحوق األلمنیوم ومسحوق الزجاج وبكسر حجمي فضالمطعمة األیبوكسي منفرد للتعرف على خصائصھ . .1 األیبوكسي مطعم بالنوفوالك ومدعم بمسحوق األلمنیوم ومسحوق الزجاج . .2 األیبوكسي مدعم بمسحوق الزجاج ومسحوق األلمنیوم . .3 مل المسلط تغییر الحار البلى الذي أجري بظروف بارات المیكانیكیة التي تضمنت ( الشد واالنضغاطیة ) واختبأجریت االخت نیوتن على التوالي . ( 5 , 10 , 15)حیث اعتمدت األحمال ومس���حوق األلمنی���وم أعل���ى مقاوم���ة ش���د م���ن النت���ائج المستحص���لة ام���تالك األیبوكس���ي الم���دعم بمحس���وق الزج���اج تب���ین (132.2)mpa 56.91واعلى مقاومة انض�غاط)mpa ( البل�ى فق�د امتل�ك األیبوكس�ي المنف�رد أعل�ى ال�ى اختب�ارأم�ا بالنس�بة معدل للبلى . أما معام�ل المرون�ة المس�تخرج م�ن اختب�ار الش�د أعل�ى قیم�ة ل�ھ أمتلكھ�ا المتراك�ب الھجین�ي األیبوكس�ي الم�دعم . mpa(315.7)بمسحوق األلمنیوم ومسحوق الزجاج األیبوكسي ، االنضغاطیة ، الشد . :الكلمات المفتاحیة 161 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 الجانب النظري المقدمة تعد الخواص المیكانیكیة للبولیمرات من أھم خواص البولیمرات م�ن الناحی�ة التطبیقی�ة وعلی�ھ عل�ى ك�ل م�ن یتعام�ل م�ع مثل ھذه المواد البولیمریة أن یكون ملماً ببعض المعلومات األساسیة المتعلقة ب�الخواص المیكانیكی�ة للب�ولیمرات بغی�ة معرف�ة المحددة لھا . التاالستعماكیفیة تغیر ھذه الخواص لتالئم قوتھا العالیة إلى قابلیتھ�ا الكبی�رة عل�ى التش�وھات الرجوعی�ة وتنش�أ وال سیماتمتاز المواد البولیمریة بخواص میكانیكیة جیدة ھذه االزدواجیة في صفات البولیمرات من طبیعة تركیبھ ونوعیتھ حیث وجود نوعان من الروابط المختلفة في طولھا وقوتھا القویة بین ذرات السلسلة واألواصر الثانویة بین الجزیئات یعني السالسل . الكیمیائیة وھي األواصر . [1]تصنف طرائق فحص الخواص المیكانیكیة إلى . (compression)واالنضغاطیة (tenstion)فحص الخواص المیكانیكیة بتأثیر قوة ساكنة مثل قوة الشد .1 torsion(0واللي ( (fatigue)فحص الخواص المیكیانیكیة بتأثیر قوة متحركة مثل الكالل .2 . (creep)فحص الخواص المیكیانیكیة بتأثیر قوة ثابتة بمرور الزمن مثل الزحف .3 مجموع��ة م��ن الب��احثینمن دراس��ة م��ن ض��من الدراس��ات الت��ي أجری��ت عل��ى الخ��واص المیكانیك��ة للب��ولیمرات م��ا ق��ام ب��ھ . [2]وتبین من الدراسة أن ھنالك زیادة في معدل البلى بزیادة الحمل المسلط sio2األیبوكسي المدعمة بدقائق لمتراكبات كذلك من ضمن الدراسات الخاصة باالختبارات المیكانیكیة ما قام بھ الباحثون م�ن دراس�ة لم�ادة متراكب�ة ھجین�ة ذات أس�اس أولى للعینات وألی�اف مجموعةأساس وألیاف الزجاج ودقائق الكرافیت مادةي والتي تمثلت بالبولي استر غیر المشبع بولیمر ودقائق الكرافیت كمجموعة ثانیة للعینات وأظھرت النت�ائج تحس�ن ف�ي خ�واص الش�د واالنض�غاط بزی�ادة الكس�ر (49)الكفلر . [3]الحجمي خ�واص المیكانیكی�ة والفیزیائی�ة للمتراك�ب ال�دقائقي المتك�ون م�ن م�ن دراس�ة للالب�احثون .ضمن الدراسات ما ق�ام ب�ھمن و الج�وز واستحص�لوا نت�ائج اظھ�رت ان خ�واص الش�د ) مع دقائق لب قشورشجرة (hdpeبولیمر البولي اثیلین عالي الكثافة 0]4[تتغیر مع محتوى الدقائق المالئة حیث زادت متانة الشد مع زیادة محتوى المالئات الھدف من البحث دراسة إمكانیة تصنیع مواد متراكبة دقائقیة م�ن األیبوكس�ي الم�دعم بمس�حوق األلمنی�وم ومس�حوق الزج�اج كفای�ةوالمطعم بالنوفوالك ودراسة تأثیر نوع الدقائق في السلوك المیكانیكي للمواد المتراكب�ة المحض�رة ودراس�ة م�دى ت�أثیر الربط بین الدقائق والمادة اللدائنیة المستعملة . الجزء العملي المواد المستعملة في البحث.1 المادة االساس ب�اقي منالمادة األساس المستعملة في البحث ھي راتنج األیبوكسي یتمتع األیبوكسي المستعمل في البحث بخواص تمیزه األنواع وھي لزوجتھ التي تسمح بخلطھ مع مواد التدعیم بصورة جی�دة لح�ین الوص�ول إل�ى التش�بع الت�ام ب�ین الم�ادة األس�اس ع�دم فض�ال ع�نومادة التدعیم وكذلك فھو یمتلك خاصیة التصاق عالیة ومقاوم�ة عالی�ة لم�دى واس�ع م�ن المحالی�ل الكیمیائی�ة وھ�و م�ادة س�ائلة خفیف�ة (mpda)أما المصلد المستعمل فھو میت�افینلین داي أم�ین حدوث انكماش بعد صب القالب وتصلبھ ویحدث بینھما التفاعل عند درجة حرارة الغرفة . (1:3)القوام ذات لون شفاف یضاف المصلد إلى الراتنج بنسبة التدعیم والتطعیم مواد وردی�ة (thermo plastic)مطعمة وھو على ھیئة كتل مطاوعة للح�رارة مادةأستعمل في ھذا البحث راتنج النوفوالك م��ن الھیكس��ا مثی��ل (hardener)الل��ون ذات رائح��ة ممی��زة وقوی��ة یمك��ن تحویلھ��ا إل��ى ب��ولیمر متش��ابك بإض��افة م��ادة مص��لدة لك���ل gm(20)وھ��ي عل��ى ش���كل مس��حوق ذي ل��ون أب���یض وكان��ت النس��بة المس���تعملة للمص��لد ھ��ي (hmta)تت��رامین (180)gm (2.7)مدعم�ة وال�ذي یمت�از بكثاف�ة مق�دارھا م�ادةمس�حوق األلمنی�وم اس�تعمل من م�ادة النوف�والك كم�اgm/cm3 مدعمة أیضاً . مادةكما تم استخدام مسحوق الزجاج mm(70)وبحجم ُحبیبي تحضیر النماذج .2 قال�ب خ�اص لعملی�ة الص�ب مص�نوع م�ن ھی�أ في ھذه المرحلة اس�تخدمت طریق�ة القولب�ة الیدوی�ة ف�ي تحض�یر النم�اذج حی�ث وبعد تھیئة القالب أجریت لھ عملیة تنظیف دقیقة ثم تبعتھا عملیة تجفی�ف لض�مان cm2(x 25 25)الحدید المغلون وبإبعاد ع�دم التص�اق ال�راتنج م�ع القال�ب وس��ھولة اس�تخراج المص�بوبات بع�د اكتم�ال عملی��ة التص�لب وض�ع الف�ابلون الالص�ق عل��ى . الجدران الداخلیة للقالب بوصفھ مادة عازلة بعدھا أصبح القالب جاھزاً لعملیة الصب نسب اإلضافة :.3 الكس�ر الحجم�ي باالعتم�اد عل�ى العالق�ات حس�ب من المادة المضافة بحیث (% 40)متراكبات مدعمة بكسر حجمي صنعت . [5]اآلتیة 162 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 𝜓 = 𝑤𝑓 𝑤𝑐 × 100 % 𝑤𝑐 = 𝑤𝑓 + 𝑤𝑚 𝜙 = 1 1 + 1 − 𝜓𝜓 . 𝑝𝑓 𝑝𝑚 : انحیث 𝜓 الكسر الوزني لمادة التدعیم في المادة المتراكبة : , 𝑤𝑐 : وزن المادة المدعمة والمادة األساس والمادة المتراكبة على التوالي . 𝑤𝑚 , 𝑤𝑓 𝑝𝑓 , 𝑝 m . كثافة المادة األساس والمادة المدعمة على التوالي 𝜙 . الكسر الحجمي لمادة التدعیم في المادة المتراكبة : في البحث المستخدمةاألجھزة جھاز أختیار الشد ) االنكلیزی�ة (instron) والمص�نع م�ن ش�ركةinstron tensile machineأس�تخدم جھ�از اختی�ار الش�د ( ) لجمی�ع عین�ات الش�د المص�نعة عل�ى eمل�م /دقیق�ة وذال�ك إلیج�اد معام�ل المرون�ة (1لغرض فحص عینات ش�د بس�رعة تبل�غ االختبار ودلك بتسلیط قوة شد على العینة أذ ترسم عالقة ب�ین الق�وة وب�ین مق�دار االس�تطالة الحاص�لة اجري اختالف أنواعھا في العینة على مخطط بیاني وذلك بالراسم الموجود في الجھاز . جھاز اختبار األنضغاطیة lay bold harris , noباستخدام المكبس الھیدرولیكي م�ن ن�وع (اختبار األنضغاطیة اجري ) وذلك بتسلیط الحمل بصورة تدریجیة حتى حصول الفش�ل للعین�ة حی�ث یمث�ل أقص�ى حم�ل مس�لط قیم�ة األنض�غاط 110 , 3 kn(0(7.5القصوى لھا حیث كانت اقصى مقاومة انضغاط للجھاز جھاز اختبار البلى جھ�از البل�ى اإلنزالق�ي یتك�ون م�ن ذراع معدنی�ة مس�تویة تحت�وي عل�ى ماس�ك باس�تخدامتم إج�راء اختب�ار البل�ى اإلنزالق�ي دورة / دقیق�ة وھ�ذه الس�رعة ھ�ي س�رعة (500)لتثبیت العینة وقرص حدیدي یتصل بمح�رك تبل�غ س�رعة الق�رص الحدی�دي . hb(269)دوران العینة وصالدة القرص الحدیدي والمناقشة النتائج اختبار االنضغاطیة یمكن تعریف مقاومة االنضغاط على إنھا أقصى إجھاد تتحملھ المادة الجاسئة أو الصلبة تحت تأثیر الضغط العمودي وی�تم . [6]قیاسھا عن طریق قسمة القوة المسلطة على وحدة المساحة للمقطع العرضي االبتدائي النمودج االختبار . [7]لذلك فأن إجھاد اإلنضغاط یعرف بأنھ مقاومة اإلنضغاط أو مقاومة اإلنضغاط عند الفشل أو عند نقطة الخضوع أن اختبار اإلنضغاطیة یكون مشابھا الختبار الشد إال إن تأثیر القوة یكون باإلتجاه المعاكس ویمكن التعرف من ھذا االختب�ار ثیر إجھادات الضغط دون حدوث تمزق أو كسر أم�ا المتغی�رات الم�ؤثرة ف�ي مقاوم�ة على قدرة المادة لتحمل التشكیل تحت تأ . [8]اإلنضغاط فھي حجم وشكل األنموذج وسرعة االختبار أج��ري اختب��ار اإلنض��غاطیة للعین��ات المحض��رة م��ن اإلیبوكس��ي قب��ل إض��افة ال��دقائق وبع��دھا وت��م الحص��ول عل��ى منحنی��ات اإلنفع�ال) لعین�ات –العالق�ة ب�ین (اإلجھ�اد (2)الش�كل ، یوض�ح (3)، (2)، (1)ألش�كال اإلنفعال) وكما مبین با –(اإلجھاد األیبوكسي المدعم بدقائق األلمنیوم ودقائق الزجاج تمتلك أعلى مقاومة انضغاط تلیھا العینات المطعمة ب�النوفوالك والمدعم�ة وقد امتلك األیبوكسي المنفرد أقل مقاومة انضغاط یوض�حھ الش�كل (3)بدقائق األلمنیوم والزجاج وكما ھو واضح في الشكل متانة أي مادة متعلق�ة بص�ورة أساس�یة بوج�ود العی�وب الت�ي تحتویھ�ا الم�ادة وم�ن -ویمكن تفسیر ذلك على النحو اآلتي : (1) عل�ى خص�ائص نم�و العی�ب الجدیر بالذكر أن متانة المواد المتراكبة یمكن السیطرة علیھ�ا وال�تحكم بھ�ا ع�ن طری�ق الس�یطرة [9] . ح��التین للفش��ل اإلنض��غاطي تمثل��ت نم��ط االنبع��اج ونم��ط الق��ص ال��ذي ینم��و عب��ر الطبق��ات (rosen)فق��د وص��ف الباح��ث القص ، وقد أوض�ح الباح�ث نفس�ھ أن لزیادةالداخلیة ضمن المادة المتراكبة مما یؤدي إلى حصول الفشل بشكل متتابع نتیجة النوع من الفشل یعود إلى وجود بعض العیوب في المادة التي تشكل مناطق لتركیز اإلجھادات حی�ث أحد أسباب حصول ھذا [10]من غیر الممكن أن تصنع مادة خالیة من العیوب بصورة تامة ل�ذا ف�أن ت�أثیر الت��دعیم بال�دقائق لھ�ذه التراكی�ب البولیمری��ة یمك�ن وص�فھ بوس�اطة التوزی��ع اإلحص�ائي للعی�وب ف�ي الم��ادة المتراكبة فعند إضافة الدقائق لراتنج األیبوكسي فأن ذلك یؤدي إلى زیادة عدد الحواجز المانعة أو المعیقة لنمو الفجوات التي 163 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 الدقیق�ة ج�داً وك�ذلك ف�أن ھ�ذه ال�دقائق تعم�ل عل�ى إعاق�ة (microvoid)ت�ؤدي إل�ى زی�ادة ربما تلتق�ي م�ع ال�دقائق الحش�ویة و وتأخیر االنھیار للمادة ویمكن القول أنھ في الطبقات البولیمریة الرقیقة على سطوح الدقائق سوف تحدث تغیرات في ظروف [11]نمو الفجوات وحدوث االنھیار تحت االجھاد في المنطقة المشتتة بالدقائق ال�ذي یعط�ي ق�یم (1)االنفع�ال ) وكم�ا موض�ح بالج�دول –یونك المستخرج من منحنیات ( اإلجھاد الى معامل أما بالنسبة وأظھ�رت النت�ائج ام�تالك األیبوكس�ي الم�دعم ب�دقائق وبع�ده مقاومة االنضغاط ومعامل یونك لعین�ات االیبوكس�ي قب�ل الت�دعیم ل مرونة یلیھ األیبوكس�ي المطع�م ب�النوفوالك والم�دعم ب�دقائق األلمنی�وم ودق�ائق الزج�اج األلمنیوم ودقائق الزجاج أعلى معام ومن ثم األیبوكسي المنفرد ویمكن تفسیر امتالك العینات المدعمة بدقائق األلمنیوم ودقائق الزجاج أعلى معام�ل مرون�ة یع�ود مسلط عل�ى الم�ادة المتراكب�ة ك�ذلك التوزی�ع المتج�انس إلى مساھمة كل من دقائق األلمنیوم ودقائق الزجاج في تحمل الحمل ال لدقائق األلمنیوم والزجاج المتجانس داخل أرضیة المادة األساس (األیبوكسي) سوف یعمل على حصر حركة المادة األس�اس [12]انخفاض قیم االنفعال للمادة المتراكبة . ومن ثم اختبار الشد ،وال�دقائقعند اختبار الشد فأن انفعال المتراكبات الدقائقیة یعتمد على ثالثة عناص�ر أساس�یة مھم�ة وھ�ي الم�ادة األس�اس ال��ى وف��ي الواق��ع ف��أن ت��أثیر الس��طح البین��ي ھ��و األكب��ر مقارن��ة م��ع ب��اقي العناص��ر بالنس��بة (interface)البین��ي ،الس��طح البولیمریة المقواة بالدقائق ویعود السبب في ذلك أن انتقال اإلجھاد من المادة األساس البولیمریة إلى م�ادة التقوی�ة المتراكبات الدقائقیة ف�ي الحال�ة األول�ى عن�د ع�دم وج�ود تالص�ق ب�ین الم�ادة ح�االت عدی�دة یتم عبر الس�طح البین�ي وال�ذي یمك�ن تص�نیفھ إل�ى األساس والدقائق تتصرف الدقائق كأنھ�ا فج�وات داخ�ل الم�ادة األس�اس أي ال ینتق�ل إلیھ�ا أي إجھ�اد م�ن الم�ادة األس�اس عب�ر ألس�اس وال�دقائق ف�أن السطح البیني وھذه الحالة ال تنفع لتقویة الدقائق أما الحالة الثانیة عند وجود تماس�ك أی�وني ب�ین الم�ادة ا فھيمن اإلجھاد أما الحالة الثالثة جزءااإلجھاد ینتقل إلى الدقائق من المادة األساس عبر السطح البیني وبذلك تتحمل الدقائق عند وجود تفاعل بین المادة األساس والدقائق أي یك�ون ھنال�ك حال�ة ثالث�ة ف�ي الس�طح البین�ي وھ�ذا الن�وع م�ن الت�رابط یعتب�ر [13]من نوعھ حیث عند تعرض المادة إلى إجھاد شد تتحمل الدقائق الجزء األكبر من اإلجھاد األقوى االس��تطالة ) لعین��ات األیبوكس��ي قب��ل الت��دعیم –م��ن النت��ائج المستحص��لة م��ن إج��راء اختب��ار الش��د وم��ن منحنی��ات (الحم��ل الت�ي تب�ین م�ن (4) , (5) , (6)االنفع�ال ) وكم�ا موض�حة باألش�كال –تم الحصول على منحنیات (االجھ�اد وبعده والتطعیم یلی�ھ (2)األشكال أمتالك األیبوكسي الم�دعم ب�دقائق األلمنی�وم ودق�ائق الزج�اج أعل�ى مقاوم�ة ش�د وكم�ا یوض�حھ الش�كل رق�م ث��م األیبوكس��ي منف��رداً (3)ق��ائق الزج��اج وكم��ا یوض��حھ الش��كل األیبوكس��ي المطع��م ب��النوفوالك والم��دعم ب��دقائق األلمنی��وم ود بوجود تفاعل بین الدقائق والمادة االساس ادت الى وج�ود طبق�ة ثالث�ة ف�ي الس�طح البین�ي جعل�ت ال�دقائق ویمكن أن یُفسر ذلك . المسلط تتحمل الجزء االكبر من الحمل فق�د بین�ت أن وبعده والذي یعطي قیم مقاومة الشد ومعامالت المرونة لعینات األیبوكسي قبل التدعیم (2)أما الجدول رقم أعلى معام�ل مرون�ة ك�ان لعین�ات األیبوكس�ي الم�دعم ب�دقائق األلمنی�وم ودق�ائق الزج�اج ویلیھ�ا المتراك�ب األیبوكس�ي المطع�م بوكسي المنفرد . بالنوفوالك والمدعم بدقائق األلمنیوم والزجاج ویلیھا األی اختبار البلى مع�دل البل�ى للعین�ات المس�تعملة ف�ي البح�ث أي لعین�ات األیبوكس�ي قب�ل الت�دعیم والتطع�یم فيتأثیر الحمل المسلط درس نی�وتن عل�ى الت�والي (5 , 10 , 15)بالنوفوالك ومسحوق الزجاج ومسحوق األلمنیوم حیث تم اعتماد األحم�ال الثالث�ة وبعده . cm(7)من مركز القرص ،المسافة hb (269)القرص الحدیدي ،صالدة min (2)وكانت مدة االختبار وال�ذي یمث�ل العالق�ة ب�ین (8)وقد أظھرت النتائج أن ھنالك زیادة في معدل البلى بزیادة الحمل المسلط وكما یوضحھ الش�كل ك زیادة في مع�دل البل�ى بزی�ادة الحم�ل المس�لط لجمی�ع العین�ات قب�ل وبع�د التطع�یم معدل البلى والحمل المسلط حیث كان ھنال (n)والتدعیم ویمكن أن یعزى السبب في ذلك إلى زیادة القوة الضاغطة 𝐹 ∝ 𝑁 𝐹 = 𝑀𝑁 ثابت التناسب وھو معامل االحتكاك فضالً عن ارتفاع درجة الح�رارة ب�ین س�طح العین�ة والق�رص (m)حیث تمثل للحم�لمن النتوءات الحادة وعند اتصال ھذه النتوءات بین السطحین نتیج�ة اكبیر احیث كال السطحین المحتكین یمتلكان عدد في التش�وه الل�دن ال�ذي امباشر القیمة الحمل المسلط تأثیر المسلط أو السرعة أما یحدث تشوه لدن عند كل النقاط الحادة إذ أن یحدث عند قیم النتوءات والمنطقة القریبة من السطح إذ تتجمع الشقوق مع بعضھا مؤدیة إلى ح�دوث إزال�ة أو قش�ط الطبق�ات السطحیة مكونة بذلك حطام البلى والذي یك�ون عل�ى ش�كل ص�فائح رقیق�ة ل�ذا ف�أن التش�وه الل�دن ی�زداد بزی�ادة الحم�ل المس�لط [13] + .ep + nov)أن أكبر قیم�ة لمع�دل البل�ى كان�ت لألیبوكس�ي منف�رداً إم�ا المتراك�ب الھجین�ي ویالحظ من الشكل نفسھ al.p + g.p) یة وأخیراً المتراكب الھجین�ي فقد أحتل المرتبة الثان(ep + al.p + g.p) 0ذل�ك ب�أن إض�افة ویمك�ن تفس�یر ال��دقائق تزی��د م��ن مقاوم��ة البل��ى بس��بب ص��الدة ال��دقائق العالی��ة إذ كلم��ا زادت نس��بھا زادت ص��الدة العین��ة وأن مقاوم��ة البل��ى 164 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 مرتبطة م�ع الص�الدة الس�طحیة للم�ادة إذ ت�زداد بزیادتھ�ا فض�الً ع�ن ذل�ك ف�أن ال�دقائق تعم�ل عل�ى إنھ�ا عناص�ر حامل�ة للثق�ل [14]واإلجھاد داخل المادة األساس إذ تعمل على تقلیل أو عدم حدوث التالمس ما بین سطح العینة والقرص االستنتاجات 0راكب الھجیني االیبوكسي المدعم بمسحوق الزجاج ومسحوق االلمنیوماعلى مقاومة انضغاط كانت للمت اعلى معامل مرونة المستخرج من اختبار الشد واعلى مقاومة شد كان للمتراكب الھجیني االیبوكسي المدعم بمسحوق الزجاج ومسحوق االلمنیوم .وبعدھما واالتطعیمزیادة معدل البلى بزیادة الحمل المسلط لجمیع العینات قبل التدعیم نقصان في معدل البلى للمادة بعد التدعیم والتطعیم . المصادر 1. bijal , m.d. ( 1982 ) plastic polymer science and technology, k.john wiely and sons , new york . 2. shivamurthy , b.siddaramaiah and probhus wamy, (2009 ), influncne of sio2 fillers on silding wear restance and mechanical properties , journal of minerals & materials characterization & engineering ,8 ,(7), 513 – 530. أساس الخواص المیكانیكیة لمواد متراكبة ذات دراسة عدنان ،قحطان حمد كاظم مطر ، شبیب د. صالح سھامة عیسى د. .3 . (2010)، (4)، العدد (28)مجلة الھندسة والتكنولوجیا ، المجلد بالدقائق واأللیاف ، بولیمري مقواة 4.ishidi,e.y.;kolawale,g.;andsunmonu,k.o.(2011),study of physics-mechanical properties of high density polyethylene (hdpe) –palm kernel nut shell (guineasis),journal of emerging trends in engineering and applied sciences (jeteas)2,(6),1073-1078. 5. hull , d. (1981) , an introduction to composite materials , first published cambridge , university press u.k. 6.seymour, r.b., (1990) polymeric composites, alden press , london . 7. ives, g.c, mead, j.a. and riely, m.m, (1971 ) , hand book of plastics test method , the butter worth group the plastics institute,lliffe, london. 8. davis, h.e, troxell, g.e, and hauck,and g .f.w, (1982) the testing , 4th ed , mc graw – hill international book company . 9. pande ,s.j. and sharma, d.k, (1984) , fracture toughness of short glass fiber & technology, fiber science and technology , 21 (4) :307317. 10. chaplin ,c.r.(1977), comressive fracture in unidirectional glass – rein forced plastics " , journal of materials science ,12 (2) ,347 – 352, february . 11. lipatov y.u.s,(1981), mechanism of the rein forcing action of fillers " , international polymer science & technology ,8(8):343, john wiely& sons 12. higgins, r.a , (2006),materials for engineering and technicas , elsevier ltd , fourth edition ,amazon. 13. ajappa, s.b, chandromhani, g . and subramanlan, r. (2006) , dry sliding wear behavior of a12219 / sicp metal matrix composites, materials science – poland ,24,(2) . 14. yoshlaki,and a.k.keisuke, t.a.(1999),effect of volume fraction on fatigue crack propagation behavior in sicparticulate –reinforced aluminum allo" , journal of the japan society for composite materials ,25 ,188-195. 165 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 قیم مقاومة االنضغاط ومعامل یونك لعینات االیبوكسي قبل التدعیم والتطعیم وبعدھما :)1جدول رقم( modulus of elasticity(mpa) tensile strength(mpa) materials 125 21.9 ep 285.7 81.3 ep+nov.+al.p+g.p 315.7 132.2 ep.+al.p+g.p ) :قیم مقاومة الشد ومعامل المرونة لعینات االیبوكسي قبل التدعیم والتطعیم وبعدھما2جدول رقم( young's modulus(mpa) compressive strength(mp) materials 750 20.98 ep 1200 31.25 ep+nov.+al.p+g.p 1333.3 56.91 ep.+al.p+g.p االنفعال ) لعینات االیبوكسي قبل التدعیم -یمثل العالقة بین (االجھاد :)1(رقم شكل االنفعال ) لعینات االیبوكسي المدعم بدقائق االلمنیوم ودقائق الزجاج -یمثل العالقة بین (االجھاد :)2(رقم شكل 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 0 0.011 0.012 0.013 0.014 0.014 0.015 0.017 0.018 0.019 0.019 0.021 strain st re ss (m p a) ep 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 strain st re ss (m pa ) ep+al.p+g.p 166 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 االنفعال ) لعینات االیبوكسي المطعم بالنوفوالك والمدعم بدقائق االلمنیوم -یمثل العالقة بین (االجھاد :)3(رقم شكل ودقائق الزجاج االنفعال ) من اختبار الشد لعینات االیبوكسي قبل التدعیم -یمثل العالقة بین (االجھاد :)4( رقم شكل االنفعال ) من اختبار الشد لعینات االیبوكسي المدعم بدقائق االلمنیوم ودقائق -یمثل العالقة بین (االجھاد :)5(رقمشكل الزجاج 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 strain st re ss (m pa ) ep+nov+al.p+g.p 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 strain st re ss (m p a) ep 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 strain str es s(m pa ) ep+nov.+al.p+g.p 167 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 االنفعال )من اختبار الشد لعینات االیبوكسي المطعم بالنوفوالك والمدعم -یمثل العالقة بین (االجھاد :)6( رقم شكل بدقائق االلمنیوم ودقائق الزجاج وبعدھما.یمثل العالقة بین معدل البلى والحمل المسلط لعینات االیبوكسي قبل التدعیم والتطعیم :) 7(رقم شكل 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 strain st re ss (m pa ) ep+nov.+al.p+g.p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 10 15 load(n) w ea r r at e ×1 0-8 (g m \c m ) ep ep+nov+al.p+g.p ep+al.p+g.p 168 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the study properties (compressive and tensile and wear) for the composite materials hybried suad hameed al-eabi dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :11november 2012 , accepted in : 21 january 2013 abstract this study included prepared samples of epoxy reinforced by the novolac , aluminum , glass powder and epoxy reinforced by aluminum , glass powder and epoxy alone .they are used as reinforced materials of volum fraction amounting 40% . the mechanical properties inclouded ( tensile , compressive and wear) where the wear test inclouded different applied loads (5,10,15) . from the results showed the epoxy reinforced by aluminum and glass powder has higher compressive strength (56.91) mpa and higher tensile strength (132.2) mpa .but the epoxy alone has higher wear rate and the epoxy reinforced by aluminum and glass powder which have higher elasticity of modulus from the tensile test (315.7) mpa key wards:epoxy,compressive, tensil 169 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 microsoft word 75-87 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 75 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 a sensitive electrochemical sensor for rapid determination of mebeverine hydrochloride and metronidazole benzoate selective molecular imprinted polymer in the pvc membrane inas hasan mohammed al khafaji yehya kamal khaleel al-bayati dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad inas.science@gmail.com yahyaalbayti@yahoo.com received in:28/december/2016, accepted in:8/march/2017 abstract by using precipitation polymerization, liquid electrodes of polymers imprinted with mebeverine hydrochloride and metronidazole benzoate were created whereas the imprinted polymer (mip) and non-imprinted (nip) polymers were prepared by using mebeverine hydrochloride and metronidazole benzoate qua a template. in the polymerization process, 2acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propane sulphonic acid (amps) or 1-vinylimidazole (viz) was used qua monomer, pentaerythritol triacrylate (petra) or divinylbanzene (dvb) was used qua a cross-linker while benzoyl peroxide (bpo) was used as an initiator. the mip membranes and the membranes of nip were created by using dibutyl sebacate (dbs) and tris(2-ethylhexyl) phosphate(tehp) qua plasticizers in pvc matrix. the response time of the liquid electrodes was 1min. whereas their slopes and detection limits reached to 19.62 – 57.36 mv per decade and 1.2 x 10-6 – 2.0 x 10-5 m, respectively. filling with standard solution of drug (0.1m), the liquid electrodes response -with suitable no. (selectivity for numerous of species was suitable no. (since ph reached to 1.5 – 12. the developed electrodes were successfully applied for the analyte determination in preparation pharmaceutical sample without any time consuming pretreatment steps. keywords: molecularly imprinted electrodes, mebeverine hydrochloride, metronidazole benzoate, 2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propane sulphonic acid monomer. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 76 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction as one of the nitroimidazole derivative, metronidazole benzoate(mnzb), figure (1)1-(2benzyloxy ethyl)-5-nitro methylimidazole is recognized for its antimicrobial features as this compound is effective before trichomonas, anaerobic bacteria and vincent’s organisms. mnzb is used by veterinarians to medicate infected dogs and cats with giardia and other bacterial infections [1]. numerous analytical procedures have been stated for identifying mnzb figure (1) presents its chemical structure), including spectrophotometry [2], gas chromatography [3], and high performance liquid chromatography [4]. nevertheless, the cited methods have un-sufficient selectivity for mnzb identification. therefore, developing an alternative procedure to determine mnzb with a high sensitivity and selectivity become essential goal. mebeverine hydrochloride (mbv)[3,4-dimethoxybenzoic acid 4-[ethyl[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1 methylethyl]amino]-butylester] figure (2) is an active antispasmodic drug. it effects at most smooth gastrointestinal muscles as well as it in particular treats the colonic spasm [5]. this drug is presystemic hydrolysis in the gut and/or the liver rapidly and extensively [5]. british pharmacopoeia explains the properties of a non-aqueous titrimetric procedure for identifying the mbv in synthesis form [6]. various spectrophotometric [7–13], electrochemical [14–16] and chromatographic procedures [17–25] were stated since they are adopted for identifying the mbv in pharmaceutical production and biological fluids. imprinted polymer is a controversial procedure used widely to create synthetic molecular receptors which is much efficient. recently, this technique has been developed to be very advantageous complementary concept in the analytical chemistry regarding the biological identification with increased applicability, providing an inexpensive and versatile platform for producing a polymer matrix with molecule-specific identification features with wide range applications including but not limited to purificating the racemic mixtures, chemical sensing and catalytic control of complex chemical reactions [21]. many researches available on the subject much emphasize the ‘biomimetic’ features manifested by mip with the substrate-selective mechanisms being equivalent to that of natural entities like antibodies and enzymes. the lock-and-key mechanism which was supposed by emil fischer, noble laureate, was demonstrating enzyme–substrate interaction; in fact, the concepts of mip theory are the best equivalent example of this mechanism in biochemistry [22]. mip theory offered that enzymes have more flexible substructure than that specified by the lock-and-key theory. nevertheless, the concept of a matrix that is originated to identify a particular substrate still the strong basic part of mip theory figure (3). this idea has been the main objective of research in the field of chemistry since the key reappearance of interest in mip in the 1970. recently, the mip technology has got much attention that has documented in numerous comprehensive publications discussed deeply the relative advantages and disadvantages of this technology [23-25] [21 and 26]. some of these publications present quantitative analytical methods using mips in detail, but selective analyze retention for qualitative purposes already finds more extensive application. however, to understand the dominant mechanisms of producing selectivity in molecular imprinted polymers at a molecular level, more studies and researches shall be conducted on the development of improved mip technology with enhanced identification features. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 77 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (3): schematic representation of non-covalent imprinting. experimental material and reagent mebeverine hydrochloride and metronidazole benzoate were obtained from the sdi company located at iraq, samarra. tris (2-ethylhexyl) phosphate(teph) and dibutylsebacate (dbs) and metal salts were bought from sigma-aldrich. pentaerythritoltriacrylate(petra) (99%), 2-acrylamido2-methyl-1-propane sulphonic acid(amps)(99%),(2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propane sulphonic acid (amps) (99%), ( or (1-vinylimidazole) (99%), (pentaerythritol triacrylate (petra) or divinylbanzene) and benzoyl peroxide (bpo) (78%) were purchased from sigmaaldrich. the highest purity chemicals were reagent value. apparatus potentiometric measurements were carried out with a digital voltmeter (hana ph 211 instrument microprocessor ph meter). ph was measured using a digital ph meter (wissenschaftlich-technischewerkstätten gmbh wtw/ph meter in lab ph720-germany). the performance of the electrode was investigated by measuring the potential of mbv.hcl and metronidazole benzoate solutions at room temperature with a concentrations range from10-6 to 10-1m. while stirring, the potential reading was noted at equilibrium for each solution. the calibration curves obtained by plotted the response against logarithmic function of mebeverine and metronidazole benzoate concentration. synthesis of the imprinted polymer (mip) in a 50 ml screw cap glass test tube(50ml), mips for (mebeverine hydrochloride) was produced by using a bulk polymerization method. the template (mbv) 0.5mmol (0.2330g) or 3.6mmol (1.7028) g was dissolved in a thick walled glass tube filled with chloroform (5 ml). a functional monomer either (2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propane sulphonic acid(amps) 3mmol (0.6217) g, figure (1): metronidazole benzoate figure (2): structural formula of mebeverine https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 78 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 or (1-vinylimidazole) 14mmol, cross-linker (pentaerythritol triacrylate (petra) or divinylbanzene)73mmol and correspondingly initiator (bpo) 0.32 mmol (0.0775g) were then put in the tube to be mixed with the solution. in an ultrasonic water bath for a period of 35 minutes, the nitrogen purged the mixture..after removing the glass tube from the ultrasonic water bath, during the. nitrogen keeping flow, it has been sealed then put in 65°c waterbath to permit starting the reaction which continued 1 hr. mip for (metronidazole benzoate) was synthesized using a bulk polymerization. the mold (mnzb) 0.5mmol (0.1377g) was dissolved in 10 ml of chloroform in a thick glass tube. a functional monomer either (2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propane sulphonic acid (amps) 3mmol (0.6217) g, or (1-vinylimidazole) (viz) 3mmol, cross-linker (pentaerythritol triacrylate (petra)30mmol or (divinylbanzene) (dvb) 30mmol, and initiator (bpo) 0.32 mmol (0.0775g) were then added to the above solution respectively. the polymer was prepared by using these compounds according to the same procedure used in preparing the mbv polymers. the two templates were removed by repeated washing with the mips successively with 100 ml portions of 30% (v/v) acetic acid /methanol solution by using soxhlet extraction. the polymer was dried at (35-45) oc for (24-48) hours, the polymers were then crushed and grounded using mortar and pestle and sieved to particles size 125μm (using 100 mesh sieve); after the polymer was completely dried at ambient temperature, it was used as an active material in the selective sensor membrane. the non-printed polymer was (nip) was made at the same way but without the template drug. prepare pvc membrane to prepare specific pvc membrane, high molecular weight pvc (0.17g) mixed together with the mip (0.02g) and the plasticizer (0.40g) until the solution become homogenized, then thf (23 ml) was added and stirred. the solution was transferred to glass vessel based on glass board with 5cm dia. circular section to let this mixture evaporate for 24 hours. a glass tube contains a silver wire painted with silver chloride and filled with 0.1 m standard solution of mebeverine hydrochloride or metronidazole benzoate was connected to one end of the tygon tube tightly while the second end of the tube was attached to 10mm dia. circular disk of the pvc membrane by using a concentrated pvc/thf solution as a glue in purpose of producing the electrode. a scanning electron microscopy (sem) was used for primary evaluation of the mip particles. the morphology of mip and nip membranes for metronidazole benzoate before and after washing is shown by electron microscope in figure (4) porous on the surface figure (4a) about 20 μm may indicate the binding sides to the polymer. figure (4b) shows clear holes about 50 μm in sizes have been obtained and were removed by soxhlet extraction. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 79 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 potential measurements at room temperature (20c) with continuous magnetic stirring of the test solution (50 ml) which was put in double walled glass cell, all measurements were done. the electrodes performance was studied by measuring the potential of standard solutions for drugs produced with a concentration ranged from 10−6 to 10−1 m by serial dilution. the response time, slope, detection limit and operative life were calculated from the calibration curve. depending on the iupac recommendations data, the electrochemical performance of the two suggested sensors was measured. preparation of pharmaceutical samples. three types of tablets were used to determine the concentration of mebeverine hydrochloride, and three types of capsules were used to determined metronidazole benzoate. 1egypt-(asia), b.p(135 mg dospataline), syria-(eipico) b.p(135mg) (colospasmin) tablets, holand-(abbott) b.p (135mg) (duspatalin) capsules. (0.3617g) of these tablets were grinded and dissolved in deionized water and completed in volumetric flask to (100ml). 2france-(framar lyon): b.p(500) mg (flagyl) tablets, u.a.e-(julphar) b.p(500) mg (negazole tablets, india-(micro labs limited) b.p(500mg) (metronidazole) capsules were grinded(0.0275g) and dissolved in 1n(hcl) and completed in volumetric flask to (100ml). results and discussion influence of membrane composition liquid electrode membranes the working ranges of liquid electrode membranes, nernstian response and their slopes have been studied depending on mip liquid electrodes which is made of the monomers amps and viz combined in a pvc matrix plus the two plasticizers dbs and tehp. the inner solution was 0.1m aqueous standard solution of drug. (amps) and (viz) were used for the synthesis of mips and nips. the findings show that the two monomers can be used for producing effective mips for mbv and mnzb in spite of that the acid-base properties of them are different. the plasticizer is an essential component of the sensing membrane that acts as a solvent for the numerous components and identify the flexibility of the analyte in it. the used dbs and tehp are suited for the production of mip-based mbv and mnzb electrodes. table (1) present the parameters of the fabricated and tested electrodes, four membranes of the different compositions which were prepared using four different plasticizers with different viscosities, dibutylsebacate                 a                                                                                b  figure (4): sem photograph of the surface of mip, a) after washing b) before washing https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 80 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 (dbs) (ν=11.0042cst) and tris(-2-ethyl hexyl) phosphate (teph)(ν=8.015 cst). the results of electrode specification were obtained from the calibration curves that listed in table (1) it is clear that the liquid electrodes have slopes 19.62-57.36 mv/decade and linear dynamic ranges between 1.2×10-62.0 ×10-5 m. the prepared liquid electrodes have 1 min. response time particularly at high concentrations which is short time. the best results among the tested electrodes is gotten by the liquid electrodes built on tehp plasticizer as shown in table (1), thus, this liquid was used to identify the two drugs in pharmaceutical samples. table (1): parameter of mbv-mip electrodes based on different plasticizers ph influence ph effect on the 4 electrodes potential values was investigated for ph ranged from 1.5 to 12 and adjusting the ph by putting drops of 0.1 n hcl and 0.1 m naoh to the aqueous solutions of the drugs then the obtained potentials at each value were noted. for three concentrations 1×10-2, 1×10-3 and 1×10-4 to m of standard solutions of drugs, the ph effect on the electrode potential was recorded. the obtained results are shown in table (2) and the typical plot of electrode potential versus ph for electrode iib and iit are shown in figure (5). table (2): working ph ranges for mbv-mip electrodes electrode no. membrane composition ph range 1x10-2 1x10-3 1x10-4 ib mbv-mip +dbs 1.5-11 1.5-10 1.5-9 iib mbv-mip + tehp 1.5-7.5 1.5-8.5 1.5-8.5 it mnzb-mip + dbs 1.5-12 1.5-12 1.5-12 iit mnzb-mip + tehp 1.5-12 1.5-12 1.5-12 figure (5): typical plot of electrode response versus ph of electrode iib and iit at different concentrations electrode no. membrane composition parameter slope mv/decade correlation coefficient(r) linearity range/ m detection limit/ m life time / day ib mbv-mip +dbs 19.62 0.9999 1×(10-5-10-2) 4×10-6 50 iib mbv-mip +tehp 29. 10 0.9987 1×(10-5-10-1) 3×10-6 40 it mnzb-mip + dbs 52.23 0.9984 1×(10-6-10-1) 2×10-5 50 iit mnzb-mip+tehp 57.36 0.9997 1×(10-6-10-1) 1.2x10-6 40 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 81 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 response time and life time the response time for all mbv.mip and mznb.mip electrodes was obtained from the dynamic potential response at concentration range between 1 × 10-6 – 1 × 10-1 m by measuring the time required to reach 95 % equilibrium potential. the results indicate that the response time of the electrodes was approximately 15seconds for the solution of mebeverine at high concentration 10-1 m and about 46 seconds at low concentration 10-6 m compared with appearance 30 seconds for the solution of metronidazole benzoate at high concentration 10-1 m and about 55 seconds at low concentration 10-6m. the electrode lifetime was obtained by measuring the slope periodically from calibration curves for mbv.mip and mznb.mip during 40-50 days. see tables (3) and (4). table (3): response time of mebeverine hydrochloride electrode table (4): response time of metronidazole benzoate electrode selectivity coefficient separate solution method (ssm) was used to identify the selectivity coefficients of the potentiometric sensor toward various types. in the ssm, the potential of a cell comprising a working electrode and a reference electrode are measured for two separate solutions; first solution contains the drug ions (e1) while the second solution contains the potential of membrane composition concentration (m) potential (mv) at t/100 time (s) at 95% time (s) at 100% mip+ dbs (ib) 10-1 -2.4 5 5.3 10-2 2.7 4.8 5.1 10-3 -3.6 15 15.8 10-4 -6.8 55.9 58.8 10-5 -3.9 57 60.0 10-6 6 57 60.0 mip+ tehp (iib) 10-1 5.6 32 33.7 10-2 -2.1 34 35.8 10-3 -3.2 47.0 49.5 10-4 0.6 50 52.6 10-5 1.3 51 53.7 10-6 -2.8 59 62.1 membrane composition concentration (m) potential (mv) at t/100 time (s) at 95% time (s) at 100% mip + dbs (it) 10-1 -4.6 5.2 5.5 10-2 -8 21 22.1 10-3 -8.1 44 45.8 10-4 -16.2 55.8 58.7 10-5 -9.1 57 60.0 10-6 -13.8 59 62.1 mip + tehp (iit) 10-1 -0.4 15.2 16.0 10-2 -4.2 15.3 16.1 10-3 -10 29 30.5 10-4 -22.7 34 35.8 10-5 26.1 38 40.0 10-6 -5.4 46 48.4 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 82 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 interfering ions (e2) where s is the calibration graph slope. coefficient selectivity was calculated using the following equation: (log kpot =(e2-e1) z1f/2.303rt + (1-z1/z2) log a1) coefficient selectivity of the electrodes iib and iit were studied toward several different substances; inorganic ions (li+1,ca2+ and fe+3) and amino acids (proline,alanine,serine and glycine ). plot of coefficient selectivity versus log concentration of mebeverine was measured at concentrations range from 10-1 to 10-6m using electrode iib is shown in figure (7a) and (7b) as we noticed that all species, cations and amino acids at various concentrations show no interference on electrode response. the values of coefficients selectivity at two mebeverine concentrations 10-3 m and 10-4 m using electrodes iib and iit are listed in table (5). the results in table (5) showed that all interfering species have no effect on electrode response, for example the coefficient selectivity range was from 2.223×10-2 at low concentration of mebeverine to 4.273×10-7 at high concentration of mebeverine and for electrode iib the selectivity coefficients range was from 1.677×10-3 to 4.563x×10-6. table (5): result of selectivity coefficients using separate solution method for some interfering species (cations and amino acids) con. (m) concentrations of mebeverine.hcl (m): concentrations of interference ions (m) interfering ions amino acids li+ ca2+ fe3+ alanin glysin proline serine ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b 10-6 2.30×10-1 1.20×10-4 1.38×10-3 1.41×10-2 7.42×10-4 1.50×10-3 4.02×10-3 10-5 9.0110-2 1.15×10-4 6.66×10-3 1.01×10-1 7.94×10-3 1.56×10-2 3.69×10-2 10-4 4.06×10-2 9.69×10-5 3.47×10-2 1.84×10-1 1.84×10-2 3.74×10-2 8.21×10-2 10-3 9.69×10-3 4.32×10-5 1.38×10-1 7.30×10-2 9.49×10-4 2.89×10-3 6.98×10-3 10-2 4.41×10-3 2.70×10-5 3.83×10-1 5.91×10-2 1.32×10-5 4.33×10-5 1.50×10-4 10-1 1.48310-3 3.01×10-5 5.57×10-1 3.35×10-1 4.94×10-6 1.59×10-5 5.17×10-5 conc. (m) interfering ions amino acids li+ ca2+ fe3+ alanin glysin proline serine ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b ka,b 10-6 9.76×10-3 1.94×10-6 6.83×10-8 9.76×10-3 2.04×10-3 2.31×10-2 3.88×10-3 10-5 2.06×10-2 1.14×10-5 4.59×10-7 2.06×10-2 3.54×10-3 1.01×10-2 2.17×10-3 10-4 8.10×10-2 1.40×10-4 4.86×10-6 8.10×10-2 1.55×10-2 1.89×10-2 2.33×10-3 10-3 1.98×10-1 8.40×10-4 3.83×10-5 1.98×-01 5.30×10-2 1.93×10-2 7.01×10-3 10-2 8.02×10-1 4.46×10-3 4.43×10-4 8.02×-01 1.34×10-1 3.03×10-2 4.15×10-3 10-1 8.95×10-1 1.62×10-2 2.65×10-03 8.95×-01 7.18×10-1 5.95×10-2 1.45×10-2 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 83 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ‐500 0 500 0.0000010.000010.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 r es p o n se (m v ) log c selectivity of (iit)electrode for interfering ions by ssm fe li mbv ‐200 ‐100 0 0.0000010.000010.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 r es p o n se (m v ) log c selectivity of (iib)electrode for interfering ions by ssm fe li mbv figure (6): variation of selectivity coefficient log k pota,bwith concentration at (aa= ab) using electrode iib.( ◊ alanin, □ – glysin, χ – serine, δ – proline) figure (7): selectivity of (iit) electrode for interfering ions and amino acids by ssm figure (8): selectivity of (iib) electrode for interfering ions and amino acids by ssm. quantitative analysis the accuracy of electrodes iib and iit was measured by determining mebeverine in synthetic solutions of 10-3 and 10-4 m using standard addition method. excellent results of %recovery were obtained in the range 97.95 to 102.73. a typical plot for membrane iib at concentration of synthetic solution 10-3 m is shown in figures (9) and (10) and the standard solution added was 0.1 m. direct method and standard addition method were applied for the determination mebeverine in commercial pharmaceutical (asia-duspataline 135 mg, epico-colospasmia135 mg and abbott-duspataline 135 mg) obtained from local storages using membrane ivb based on tehp plasticizer. the values of the % recovery tables (6) and (7) agree with the value given in british phamacopoeia [6]. there is no interference of all species on electrode response, therefore, the values of recovery obtained by standard addition method agree with the results of direct method. ‐10 ‐5 0 ‐7 ‐6 ‐5 ‐4 ‐3 ‐2 ‐1 0 lo g  k log [c] /m https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 84 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (6): results of recovery and standard deviation of commercial drugs obtained by using membrane iib. table (7): results of recovery and standard deviation of commercial drugs obtained by using membrane iit. figure (9): variation of antilog (e/s) of synthetic solution of 10-3,10-4 m versus ml of standard mbv added using electrode iib. pharmaceutical drug potentiometric methods concentration prepared/ m concentration found/ m %rec. %re %rsd fexperimental f theoretical asia-duspataline 135 mg direct method 1.0x10-3 0.10448 x10 -3 104.48 4.48 0.45 14.2 19.2 sam 9.9851 x10-3 99.85 -0.15 -0.10 15.4 direct method 1.0x10-4 0.9495×10 -4 94.95 -5.05 1.21 5.3 19.2 sam 1.0472×10-4 104.72 4.72 -0.22 7.4 epicocolospasmia 135 mg direct method 1.0x10-3 0.1056×10 -3 105.60 5.60 1.20 13.2 19.2 sam 1.0515×10-3 105.15 5.15 -0.07 12.5 direct method 1.0x10-4 0.10580×10 -4 105.79 5.79 0.79 10.6 19.2 sam 0.9356×10-4 99.36 -0.64 -0.16 15.7 abbottduspataline 135 mg direct method 1.0x10-3 0.9938×10 -3 99.38 -0.62 0.79 15.4 19.2 sam 1.0496×10-3 104.58 4.58 -0.13 10.9 direct method 1.0x10-4 0.1052 x10 -4 105.24 5.24 0.45 13.5 19.2 sam 1.0186 x10-4 101.86 1.86 0.96 18.2 pharmaceutical drug potentiometric methods concentration prepared/ m concentration found/ m %rec. %re %rsd fexperimental f theoretical asiaduspataline 135 mg direct method 1.0x10-3 1.0302×10-3 103.02 3.02 4.70 9.5 19.2 sam 1.0491×10-3 104.91 4.91 -0.52 11.3 direct method 1.0x10-4 1.0337×10-4 103.37 3.37 3.58 11.1 19.2 sam 0.97870×10-4 97.87 -2.13 -0.80 15.4 epicocolospasmia 135 mg direct method 1.0x10-3 0.10392×10-3 103.92 3.92 10.13 12.6 19.2 sam 1.0495×10-3 104.95 4.95 -0.99 14.2 direct method 1.0x10-4 1.0200×10 -4 102.00 2.00 3.22 8.8 19.2 sam 0.98115×10-4 98.12 -1.88 -1.10 6.7 abbottduspataline 135 mg direct method 1.0x10-3 0.97724×10-4 97.72 -2.28 5.11 9.5 19.2 sam 0.97110×10-3 97.11 -2.89 -4.81 7.5 direct method 1.0x10-4 1.0487×10 -4 104.87 4.87 1.77 -2.17 19.2 sam 1.2622×10-4 126.22 26.22 -0.46 4.42 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 85 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 mbv added using electrode iib figure (10): variation of antilog (e/s) of synthetic solution of 10-3,10-4 m versus of standard mnzb added using electrode (iit). conclusion the construct ion of molecularly imprinted electrodes sensors (mip) using mebeverine and metronidazole benzoate as a template and 2-acrylamido2-methyl-1-propane sulphonic acid(amps) as monomer in different plasticizers. results of mip that show high sensitivity, reasonable selectivity, fast static response, long-term stability and applicability over a wide ph range were obtained by using electrode based on tehp plasticizer. good results of recoveries were obtained for the determination of mebeverine and metronidazole benzoate in the commercial tablets in comparison with the british pharmacopoeia. references [1] d. i. edwards, nitroimidazole drugs-action and resistance mechanisms. i. mechanisms of action. j. antimicrob. chemother., 31: 9–20. 1993 [2] p.parimoo,; c. v. n. prasad, and r. vineeth. simultaneous quantitative determination of metronidazole and nalidixic acid in table (ts by difference spectroscopy. j. pharm. biomed. anal., 14(2): 289–293. 1996 [3] s. c. bhatia and v. d. shanbhag, electron capture gas chromatographic assays of 5nitroimidazole class of antimicrobials in blood. j. chromatography, 305: 325–334. 1984 [4] a. turcant,; a. premel-cabic,; a. caileux, , and p allain, toxicological screening of drugs by microbore high-performance liquid chromatography with photodiode-array detection and ultraviolet spectral library searches. clin. chem, 37(7): 1210–1215. 1991 [5] s. c. sweetman, martindale: the complete drug reference, 35th edn. the pharmaceutical press, london, 119-692. 2007 [6] british pharmacopoeia, the stationary office, london, united kingdom. 2007 [7] el-didamony am spectrophotometric determination of benzydamine hcl, levamisole hcl and mebeverine hcl through ion-pair complex formation with methyl orange. spectrochim. acta part a, 69:770–775. 2008 [8] sa. shama, and as amin, spectrophotometric microdetermination of nefopam, mebevrine and phenylpropanolamine hydrochloridein harmaceutical formulations using alizarins. spectrochimica acta part a, 60: 1769–1774. 2004 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 86 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [9] k. sreedhar; csp. sastry; reddy, mn;and sankar dgspectrophotometric determination of mebeverine hydrochloride . mikrochimica acta, 126: 131–135. 1997 [10] mn. reddy, rao, kvs; sankar, dg; and k.sridhar, indian drugs 33: 604–606. 1996 [11] hassan; a.a. gazy and m.m bedair, colorimetric determination of mebeverine hydrochloride in table (ts by charge. drug dev ind pharm, 21: 633–638. 1995 [12] f.m. abdel-gawad egypt j anal chem 3: 129–134. 1994 [13] m.m. bedair; m.a. korany; ebdel-hay m.a.,and a.a. gazy derivative spectrophotometric determination of glibenclamide, mebeverine, hydrochloride and clopamide in the presence of their alkaline-induced degradation products, analyst (london) 115 449453. 1990 [14] h. ibrahim; y.m. issa, and h.m. abu-shawish. improving the detection limits of antispasmodic drugs electrodes by using modified membrane sensors with inner solid contact. j pharm biomed anal, 44: 8–15. 2007 [15] h. ibrahim; y.m., issa and abu-shawish h.m. potentiometric flow injection analysis of mebeverine hydrochloride in serum and urine. j pharm biomed anal, 36: 1053–1061. 2005 [16] c. perrin; y. vander-heyden; m. maftouh, and massart d.l. rapid screening for chiral separations by short-end injection capillary electrophoresis using highly sulfated cyclodextrins as chiral selectors.electrophoresis 22: 3203–3215. 2001 [17] j.a. de-schutter; g. van-der-weken,; van-den-bossche, w.,and de-moerloose, p. (1985) on the problem of the purity of solvents in hptlc.j chromatographia 20: 739– 742. [18] j.a. de-schutter; g.van-der-weken,; w. van-den-bossche, and de-moerloose, p. reversed-phase high-performance thin-layer chromatography of mebeverine hydrochlordie and related compounds. j chromatography a, 350: 135–144. 1985 [19] m.a. radwan; h.h. abdine , and h.y. aboul-enein, a validated chiral hplc method for the determination of mebeverine hcl enantiomers in armaceutical dosage forms and spiked rat plasma.biomedical chromatography 20: 211–216. 2006 [20] s. elliott, and v. burgess, investigative implications of the instability and metabolism of mebeverine. j anal toxicol 30: 1–97. 2006 [21] m.s. arayne; n. sultana, and f.a. siddiqui, a new rp-hplc method for analysis of mebeverine hydrochloride in raw materials and table (ts. pak j pharm sci 18: 11–14. 2005 [22] o. al-deep; b.m. al-hadiya and n.h. foda, quantitative analysis of mebeverine in dosage forms by hplc. chromatographia 44: 427–430,1997 [23] a.a. al-angary; s.h. khadr; s.s. abd-elhady and bayomi ma,mahrous gm sensitive high-performance liquid chromatographic determination of mebeverine in plasma using fluorescence detection. anal lett, (1251–1260). 1992 [24] g. hoogewijs and d.l. massart, development of a standardized analysis strategy for basic drugs using ion-pair extraction and high-performance liquid chromatography: viii. method construction for the determination of mebeverine in table (ts and biological fluids. j chromatograrphy b: biomedical science and applications, 50: 391–398. 1986 [25] j.a. de-schutter ; f. de-croo ; g. van-der-weken; van-den-bossche, w., and demoerloose, p. stability study and quantitative determination of mebeverine hydrochloride in table (ts by means of reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography. chromatographia 20: 185–192. 1985 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1855 chemistry | 87 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [26] b. sellergren, molecularly imprinted polymers-man-made mimics of antibodies and their application in analytical chemistry,elsevier, amsterdam. [27] fischer, e. ber. dtsch. chem. ges. 27 .1894. 2985. 2001 [28] k. haupt, imprinted polymers-tailor-made mimics of antibodies and receptors. chem. commun(camb). 2: 171-178. 2003 [29] k. haupt, molecularly imprinted polymers: the next generation. anal. chem. 75: 376a 383a. 2003 [30] g. wulff, enzyme-like catalysis by molecularly imprinted polymers. chem. rev.102: 127. 2002 [31] r. bartsch, and a. maeda, molecular and ionic recognition with imprinted polymers, american chemical society, washington dc. 1998 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 isolation and identification of causative agents from some iraqi banknote currency sawsan m. abdulla dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn-al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:19 october 2012 , accepted in:16 january 2012 abstract one hundred and twenty eight currency notes samples 250, 500, and 1000 iraqi dinars (id) values were collected from students, markets, banks, and hospitals in erbil city , iraq. the results showed that all collected samples were contaminated with one or more bacteria and fungi species representing 100% contamination and none from the new (control) notes. seventeen bacterial species and twelve fungal species were isolated, which include staphylococcus aureus (83.3%), streptococcus pyogenes (83.3%), pseudomonas species (83.3%), aspergillus niger (83.3%), klebsiella species (75%), staphylococcus epidermidis (66.6%), and escherichia coli (66.6%) being the most prevalent. the lower values of currency notes (250 id and 500 id ) were highly contaminated . key words: paper currency, bacteria, fungi, microbial contamination. 75 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction iraqi paper currency is widely used and handled by all manners of people . money is very important to human life as it facilitates our economics and trade needs [1]. the possibility that currency notes might act as environmental vehicles or fomites for the transmission of potential microorganism was suggested in the 1970s [2]. many people do not care how dirty their fingers are when handling money [3]. the contaminated currency notes go in circulation and contaminate the hands of others transmitting pathogenic organisms in the process [3,4] . contamination may occur during production, during storage after production, and during use [5]. so, the infected currency is identified as potential public health hazard as pathogen spread by circulating banknotes [6]. studies on currency in different countries indicated bacterial and fungal contamination .in south africa 96% of the used banknotes in were contaminated by different bacteria and one fungal species ( staphylococcus epidermidis (13%), klebsiella species (11%) ,staphylococcus aureus (11%), and candida albicans (13%)[7]. a study by umeh et al., [8], revealed that 89.8% of nigerian currency notes in circulation has microbial contamination, while tago et al., [9] found that 100% of currency notes in circulation by bacterial contamination and they isolated coagulase negative staphylococci (23.4%), staphylococci aureus (8.4%), escherichia coli (5.6%), bacillus species (23.4%), klebsiella species (5.6%), enterobacterspecies (2.8%), enterococci species (10.3%), and proteus species (8.4%) among others. the microorganisms implicated included members of the family enterobacteriacea, mycobacterium tuberculosis, vibrio cholerae, bacillus species, staphylococcus sp., micrococcus sp. and corynebacterium sp. most likely contaminants of paper money are environmental organisms such as gram-positive flora (especially bacillus sp.) and those arising from human normal skin flora such as staphylococcus aureus [10]. in sudan saadabi et al., [1]isolated many fungal genera such as trichophyton sp, microsporum sp, epidermophyton sp, taenia sp, aspergillus sp and saccharomyces sp ,while the genera of bacteria that isolated were escherichia coli, citrobacter sp, klebsiella. sp, proteus sp, bacillus sp, corynebacterium sp and staphylococcus sp. materials and methods collection of paper currency in the present study 128 samples of iraqi paper currency in erbil city were collected based on the level of usage and thus circulation. banknotes were obtained from students, markets, banks, and hospitals were obtained. the values of banknotes were: 32 of the 250 id, 32 of the 500id, and 32 of the 1000 id (in addition to new control), which were collected randomly. each paper currency was collected directly into a sterile plastic bag and transferred to the microbiology laboratory to apply all microbiological examinations for the different values of collected paper currency . isolation and identification of bacteria each paper currency was soaked separately in bottles containing 10 ml of sterile buffered peptone water and the bottle vigorously shaken for 2 minutes. the currency was removed and the resulting peptone water solution and incubated for 24hours at of 37oc. the incubated test sample was then cultured by sterilized swab onto nutrient agar, blood agar, macconkey, eosin methyl blue, xylose lysine deoxycholate agar, salmonella–shigella agar, and cysteine lactose electrolyte deficient (cled). the plates were incubated aerobically overnight in an incubator at 370c. pure cultures were obtained by sub-culturing distinct colonies. control samples underwent the same processes. pure isolated colonies were identified using their morphology, gram reaction as well as biochemical techniques such as the imvic, catalase, 76 | biology http://www.scialert.net/asci/result.php?searchin=keywords&cat=&ascicat=all&submit=search&keyword=mycobacterium+tuberculosis http://www.scialert.net/asci/result.php?searchin=keywords&cat=&ascicat=all&submit=search&keyword=vibrio+cholerae http://www.scialert.net/asci/result.php?searchin=keywords&cat=&ascicat=all&submit=search&keyword=staphylococcus+aureus @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 coagulase, oxidase, urease, test and triple sugar iron tests (sugar fermentation and gas production) as described by bjerring and oberg [11] and baron [12]. identification of fungi the growth of fungi on sabaroud dextrose agar was examined critically after one week, using prepared microscope slides. the prepared specimens were mounted on lacto phenol cotton blue and identification of the fungal species was performed with aid of binocular compound microscope (40x) adopting the techniques used by bruge et al.[13]. results and discussions a total of one hundred and twenty eight iraqi dinar notes were analyzed for bacterial and fungal contamination. seventeen different bacteria species and twelve fungal species were obtained from currency notes from studied places representing 100% contamination . isolated bacteria from the paper notes with its percentage of contamination were staphylococcus aureus 83.3% , streptococcus pyogenes 83.3%, pseudomonas species 83.3%, klebsiella species 75%, staphylococcus epidermidis 66.6%, escherichia coli 66.6%, staphylococcus saprophyticus 58.3%, streptococcus pneumoniae 58.3%, streptococcus fecalis 58.3%, enterobacter specie 58.3%, species 58.3%, proteus species 50%, citrobacter species 41%, corynebacterium species 25%, yersinia species 25%, salmonella species 25%, acinetobacter species 16.6% as shown in table 1 , while the isolated genera of fungi were aspergillus niger 83.3% , stachybotrys species 50%, penicillium species 50%, staccharmycetes species 50%, epidermophton species 50%, actinomycetes species 33.3%, emericella species 25%, rhizopus species 25%, botrytis species 25%, memoneilla species 16.6%, aspergillus flavus 16.6%, and mycellia sterilin 16.6% as its shown in (table 2) , also the results showed that most of the paper currency had more than one microbial contamination. on the other hand, the results showed that high values of currency such as 1000 id were less contaminated with bacteria and fungi with percentage 26.48%, 24.86% respectively than low values 500 id and 250 id with percentage 53.44% , 47.75% and 83.83%, 54.16% respectively, although there was no differences between studied places and these results were similar with those reported by kuria et al., [14] ; felgo and nkansah [15]. in present study the 100% contamination of the currency confirms other research finding about bacterial and fungal contamination of currencies in circulation as well as other researchers have detected contamination level of 89.9% [8] , 94% [16], 96% [7], 100% [9] and this indicated that currency which is handled by large numbers of the people in erbil city which involves a large population under a variety of personal and environmental conditions and low values are more wide spread and exchangeable between people in population [7]. more handling, more frequent exchange of currency lead to more contamination and can be asource of infection . in the present study, the bacterial and fungal isolates that were isolated were associated with oral, nasal, skin and fecal contamination. this is an indication that money contamination is associated to unhygienic practice of people and this includes indiscriminate sneezing, coughing and defecation with indecent handling of currency notes [17&16]. to minimize the hazards that may arise from the use of dirty and contaminated notes, it is suggested that individuals should improve upon their personal health consciousness by washing hands after handling of currency notes [18 &19] . children and immunocompromised person must be prevented from handing currency notes and adults should avoid using salvia during counting of paper currency notes and the people should be educated . [20]. 77 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 references 1. abrams, b. l. and waterman, n. g. (1972). dirty money. j. american medicine association, 219(9):1202-1203. 2. baron, e. j. (1990). fine gold sm-diagnostic microbiology text book for the isolation and identification of pathogenic organism, 8th ed-st-louis: 132-139 3. bjerring, p. and oberg, b. (1986). bacterial contamination of compressed air for medical use .anesthesia. , 41: 148-150. 4. bruge, h. p.; salomon, w. r. and boise, j. r. (1977).comparative merits of eight popular media in aerometric studies of fungi, allergy.j. clin. immunol., 60: 199-203. 5. emikpe, b.o. and oyero, o. g. (2007). preliminary investigation on the microbial contamination of nigerian currency. int. j. trop. med. , 2:29-32. 6. felgo, p. and nkansah, m. (2010). bacterial load on ghanaian currency notes. afr. j. microbiology research ,4(22): 2375-2380. 7. guerin, p. j.; brasher, c.; baron, e.; mic, d.; grimont, f. ; ryan, m.; aavitsland, p. and legros, d.(2003). shigella dysenteriae serotype 1in west africa: intervention strategy for an outbreak in sierra leone. lancet., 362:705-706. 8. hosen, j. m.; sarif, d. i.; rahman , m. m. and azad, m.a.k.(2006). contamination of coliforms in different paper currency notes of bangladesh. pak. j. bio. sci., 9: 868-870. 9. hugo, w. b.; denyer, s. p.; norman, a. h.; gorman, s. p. and russel, a. d. (1983).in pharmaceutical microbiology. blackwell scientific publications, oxford: 124-146. 10. igumber, e. o.; bessong, p. o.; obi, c. l.; potgieter, t. c. and mkasi, t. c. (2007). microbiological analysis of banknotes circulating in the venda region of limpopo province, south africa.south africa journal of science , 103(9-10). 11. jalgaonkar, s. v.; agrawal, g.; rahanghdale, v. and kokate, s. b. (2007). currency as fomites? indian j. vommun. med., 32:157-158. 12. kuria, j. k.; wahome, r. g.; jobalamin, m. and kariuki, s.m.(2009). profile of bacteria and fungi on money coins. east afr.med. j., 86(4):151-155. 13. mensah, p. ; yeboah-manu, d. ; owusu-darko, k. and ablordey, a. (2002). street foods in accra, ghana: how safe are they? bull world health organ, 80: 546-554. 14. pope,t. w. ; ender, p.t.; woelk,w. k.; koroscil, m. a. and koroscil, t. m. (2002). bacterial contamination of paper currency. southern medical j., 95:1406-1410. 15. saadabi, a. m. ; ali, l. f.; omer, a. b.; ahmed, g. a. and al asa,r. k. (2011). isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria and fungi from some sudanese banknote currency. j. applied sciences research, 7(2): 129-133. 16. singh, d. v.; thukur, k. and geol, k.a. (2002). microbiological surveillance of currency . indian j. medical microbiology, 20:30. 17. tagoe, d. n. ; baidoo, s. e. ; dadzie, i. and ahator, d. (2010). a study of bacterial contamination of ghanian currency notes in circulation. the internet j. microbiology, 8(2). 18. umeh, e. u.; juluku, j. u. and ichor, t. (2007). microbial contamination on naria (nigerian currency) notes in circulation . research j. environmental science , 1(6):336 339. 19. uneke, c. j. and ogbu, o. (2007). potential for parasite and bacteria transmission by paper currency in nigeria. j. environ. health, 69: 54-60. 20. xu, j. and moore, j. e. (2005).ribosomal dna (rdn a) identification of the culturable bacterial flora on monetary coinage from 17 currencies. j.environ.health ,67. 78 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1) isolation & identification of some pathogenic bacteria from some iraqi currency notes in different places. isolated bacteria students bank markets hospital 1000 500 250 1000 500 250 1000 500 250 1000 500 250 control s..aureus +++ +++ + ++ + + + + + ++ s..epidermis + + + + + + + + s..saprophyticus + ++ + ++ ++ ++ + streptococcus pyogenes ++ ++ + ++ + + + + + ++ s.faecalis ++ + + + + + + s.pneumonae ++ ++ ++ +++ ++ ++ ++ corynbacterium species + + + acinetobacter species + ++ enterobacter species + ++ ++ + + + + citrobacter species + ++ + + + e.coli ++ + +++ +++ + ++ ++ +++ yersinia species + + + klebsiella species ++ ++ ++ + + ++ + + ++ proteus species + + ++ + + + bacillus species + + ++ ++ ++ ++ + salmonella species + + + pseudomonas aerogenosa ++ +++ + + + + + +++ +++ +++ -: non occurrence +: low occurrence ++: medium occurrence +++: high occurrence 79 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (2) isolation & identification of some fungi isolated from some iraqi currency notes. isolated fungi students bank markets hospital 1000 500 250 1000 500 250 1000 500 250 1000 500 250 control mycelia sterilia + + stachybotrys species + + + ++ ++ ++ penicillium species + ++ + + + ++ memoneilla species + + aspergillus niger + + ++ ++ +++ + + ++ +++ +++ aspergillus flavus + + + + + ++ + + actinomycetes species ++ ++ + + emericella species + + ++ rhizopus species + + + botrytis species + + ++ saccharomyces species ++ + ++ ++ + ++ epidermophyton species + + ++ + ++ +++ -: non occurrence +: low occurrence ++: medium occurrence +++: high occurrence 80 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 عزل وتشخیص البكتریا والفطریات من بعض العمالت النقدیة الورقیة سوسن محمد عبد هللا جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / قسم علوم الحیاة 2013كانون الثاني 16قبل البحث في: ، 2012تشرین االول 19استلم البحث في: الخالصة االسواق ،ودینار عراقي من الطالب، 1000و ،500 و، 250مئة وثماني وعشرون عینة من العمالت الورقیة تمعج و المستشفیات في مدینة اربیل. اظھرت النتائج بان جمیع العمالت الورقیة كانت ملوثة بواحدة او اكثر من االنواع ،البنوك و % تلوث في حین لم تظھر اي تلوث في العمالت الجدیدة (السیطرة) . 100البكتریة والفطریة متمثلة )staphylococcus( نواع االكثر توافراً ھيعزلت سبعة عشرة نوعاً بكتیریاً واثنا عشر نوعا من الفطریات واال )83.3% staphylococcus aureus( ) ،83.3% aspergillus niger( ) ،83.3% pseudomonas species) ، (83.3% pyogenes) ، (66.6% staphylococcus epidermidis) ، (75%) 66.6) و% escherichia coli (وقد كانت القیم االدنى من العمالت ) دینار عراقي) االكثر تلوثا 500و250الورقیة. عمالت ورقیة، بكتریا، فطریات، تلوث میكروبي.: المفتاحیة الكلمات 81 | biology << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <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> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <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> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice 10880014 10880015 10880016 10880017 10880018 10880019 10880020 10880021 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis o f some new metal complexes of 5,6-o isopropylidene-2,3,-o,o acetic acid-l-ascorbic acid and evaluation their biological activity j. s. sultan, a. a. muk hlus, f. h. musa departme nt of chemistry, college of education, ibn alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 3 april 2011 accepted in : 16 november 2011 abstract stable new derivative of l-ascorbic acid, 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene 2,3-o,o acetic acid-lascorbic acid (l) was sy nthesized in good y ield by the reaction of 5,6-o-isop rop y lidene-lascorbic acid with chloroacetic acid in presence of potassium hydroxide. the new p roduct (l) was characterized by 1 h, 13 c–nm r, mass sp ectrum and fourier transform infrared (ft ir). the reaction of the ligand (l) with metal bivalent ion., m +2 = (co, ni, cu, cd, hg, m g, ca, pb) sy nthesized and characterized by ft ir, uv-visible, m olar conductance, atomic absorp tion and the molar ratio (ni +2 , cd +2 ) comp lexes. sp ectroscop ic evidence showed that t he binding of the m (ii) ions with (l) are through the (c–i=o) lacton and o-2-ch2coo – as a bidentate manar resulting in a six– coordinated metal ion; the values of , kf, g were estimated for cd +2 , ni +2 comp lexes and , b value, for co +2 , ni +2 comp lexes were calculated too. the st udy of biological activity of the ligand (l) and (cd +2 , cu +2 , ca +2 ) comp lexes showed various activities toward staphylococcus aureu and escherichia coli, excep t cacomp lex didn't show any effect. key word: sy nthesis, sp ectroscop ic, biological st udies introduction the most sy nthetically useful and well st udied class of modified l-ascorbic acid is the 5,6-o-isop rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid derivatives (ketal of l-ascorbic aicd). these derivatives (5,6-o-ketal & 5,6-o-acetal) are significant in organic sy nthesis for p rotection of the 5,6hy droxy l functions, which makes them more soluble in organic solvents and also limits the interference of the p rotected hy droxy l group from reactions involving the c2and c3enol hy droxy ls[1-3], consequently, most sy nthesis began with 5,6-o-isop rop y lidenel-ascorbic acid as the starting material, which is cheap ly and easily made from l-ascorbic acid[4]. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 m etal comp lexes of ascorbic acid have been p repared and characterized. sy nthesis of ascorbate comp lexes of some metals of the first transition series (e.g., tio +2 , cr +3 , m n +2 , co +2 , ni +2 , and zn +2 ) have been achieved and they showed biochemical mechanism of metal ion cataly zed autooxidation of p harmaceutical and naturally occurring vitamin c[5]. the vis, ft ir and 1 h–nm r sp ectral characterization of titany l ascorbates has been done by jabs et.al.,[6]. tajimir– riahi[7] reported the ft ir and 13 c–nm r analysis of al(iii), la(vi) and pb(ii) ascorbates as solids and in solutions. the biological imp ortance of the ascorbic acid and its complexes are well known[5,6,8-12]. recently , we reported some new metal comp lexes with 2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o-tetra acetic acid-l-ascorbic acid and showed various activities toward staphylococcus aureu and escherichia coli, excep t ca-complex didn't show any effect[13]. the main target of the p resent article is to p repare new derivatives of 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid and its metal comp lexes and evaluate their activity toward staphylococcus aureu and escherichia coli. experimental materials all chemicals were p urchased from bdh, and used without further purifications. instrumentati on 1. ft ir sp ectra were recorded in kbr on shimadzu8300 spectrop hotometer in the range of (4000-400 cm –1 ). 2. the electronic sp ectra in h2o were recorded using the uv-visible sp ectrop hotometer ty p e (sp ectra 190-900 nm) cecil, england, with quartz cell of (1 cm) p ath length. 3. the melting p oint was recorded on "gallen kamp melting p oint ap p aratus". 4. the conductance measurements were recorded on w. t. w. conductivity meter. 5. the characterize of new ligand (l) is achieved by: a: 1 hand 13 c nm r sp ectra were recorded by using a bruker 300 m hz (switzerland). chemical shift of all 1 hand 13 c-nm r sp ectra were recorded in  (p p m) unit downfield from internal reference tetramethy lsilane (tm s), using d2o solvent. b: gcm s sp ectrum was p erformed gcm s solution/ m sc/ m sc-diunk, 9gm, comp any a shimadzu model carried out qp 505 a, orgin: jap an. c: all these analysis were done in at al-al-bay t university , alm afrag, jordan. 6. thin lay er chromatography (tlc): the (tlc) was p erformed on aluminum p lates coated with (0.25 mm) lay er of silica gel f254 (fluka), and were detected by iodine. 1. s ynthesi s of 5,6-o-i so propyli dene-2,3,o,o-acetic acid -l-ascorbic acid (l) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 o o o o o o o o ho oh o o 2 ko h h3c h 3c h3c h3 c h 2c oh c 2 cl ch 2cooh o h 2c c oh o 2k cl.xh2o 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid (0.216 gm, 1 m mole) was dissolved in (15 ml) ethanol. pot assium hy droxide (0.112 gm, 2 m mole) in ethanol (10 ml) solution was then added. stirring was continued for (30) minutes. the chloroacetic acid (0.190 gm, 2 m mole) in ethanol (15 ml) solution was then added drop wise, st irring was continued for one hour. the resulting mixture p recipitate was filtered, recry st allized from (15 ml ethanol + 5 ml water) gave p ale brown cryst alline residue, melting p oint (109110 c), y ield 92%), rf  0.581, (m ethanol: benzene), (5:5). 2. s ynthesi s of 5,6-o-iso propylidene 2,3-o,o-aceti c acid-lascorbic acid metal complexes, (m ii =co, ni, cu, cd, pb, hg, ca and mg) all complexes were prepared as follows: to a solution of the l (0.332 gm 1 m mole) in ethanol (20 ml) was added a solution of p otassium hy droxide (0.056 gm, 1 m mole) in ethanol (5 ml). the mixture was st irred at room temp erature for hour. to this mixture was added solution of (1 m mole) of metal chloride in (20 ml) of ethanol. (0.170 gm cucl2.2h2o), (0.238 gm nicl2.6h2o), (0.238 gm cocl2.6h2o), (0.202 gm cdcl2.h2o), (0.331 gm pb(no3)2), (0.271 gm hgcl2), (0.204 gm m gcl2.6h2o) and (0.219 gm cacl2.6h2o). then the solution was st irring for one hour. the solution was evap orated slowly to bring down the comp lex. the comp lex was recry st allized from ethanol. the phy sical prop erties for sy nthesized ligand l and its complexes are shown in table (1). re sults and discussion 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene-2,3-o,o-acetic acid l-ascorbic acid (l) was p repared in one st ep from reactions 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid with chloroacetic acid in p resence of p otassium hydroxide, scheme (1): s cheme (1): the reaction of 5-6-iso propylidene -l-ascorbic acid with chl oro acetic acid in presence of potassium hydroxide 1 2 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the i.r sp ectrum of 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid fig. (1) as st arting material is comp ared with the new ligand (l) fig. (2), the results are summarized in table (2). 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid exhibits two bands at 3240 cm –1 and 3078 cm –1 assigned to (oh) p ositions (c–3) and (c–2) resp ectively[14-15]. these are disap p eared in the sp ectrum of the new liagnd (l) accomp anied by the app earance of bands in the (3402 cm –1 ) (oh of water); (3244– 2789 cm –1 ), 2596 cm –1 are characterist ic st rongly h–bonded o–h of carboxy lic acid[16-17]. stretching bands at (2993, 2943 cm –1 ) and bending bands at (1431 cm –1 ) are assigned for c–h alip hatic resp ectively. (c–i=o) st etching vibration app eared at (1755 cm –1 ). the bands at (1662, 1652 cm –1 ) in st arting material are due to the (c=c) + (c=o) app eared as one sy mmetric band at (1662cm –1 ) in the new ligand (l). the new ligand exhibits additional two p eaks at (1600, 1381cm –1 ) due to the st retching vibration of asy mmetric and sy mmetric of (coo – ), (=219 cm –1 )[18,19]. the mass sp ectrum of the ligand (l) fig. (3) gave the fragments as shown in scheme (2): s cheme (2): the fragmentation se quence of (l) with relati ve bundance o o o o h c 4 h 4 o 2 1 1 6 ( 8 % ) o o h 3 c h 3 c h 3 c o c c 9 h 1 2 o 8 1 0 1 ( 2 % ) h h h c h 2 o o o h h h h c o 2 4 (100 %) c h 2 c o o h h o o c c 8 h 8 o 8 c 1 3 h 1 6 o 1 0 m . w = 3 3 2 h 3 c c h c h c 5 h 8 o 2 c 3 h 4 o 2 -c 4h8 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 nmr s pectral ( 1 h, 13 c) the 1 h, 13 c–nm r sp ectra of ligand (l) in d2o are shown in figs. (4 and 5). the following signals were distinguished: 1. the 1 h–nm r for the lacton ring 4–h was disp lay ed as doublet (4.5–4.6) p p m[21,22]. 2. the ch3 app eared at = 1.27 p p m. 3. the ch2–6, ch–5 ap p eared at (4.1, 4.2) p p m. 4. the ch2–7 showed at (4.7–4.8) p p m. the 13 c–nmr 1. the signal at =22 p p m is due to the ch3. 2. the signal at 176.7 p p m is assigned to c–1 lactone. 3. the signal at 169.8 p p m is due to carboxy lic group . 4. the signals at (121), (153), (76), (65), (110) are due to (c–2, c–3, c–4, c–5, c–6). the results were compared with those obtained by chem. office p rogram. ir spectra of the complexes the i.r. sp ectrum of 5,6-o-isop rop y lidene-2,3-o,o-acetic acid as a ligand (l) comp rised with its comp lexes, the results are summarized in table (3). a broad band centered at 3402 cm –1 is related to (oh of water), bands at (3244– 2789 cm –1 ) are due to t he presence of (h– bonded oh of carboxy lic acid) in free ligand[23]. the free ligand (l) carbony l c–i=o st retching vibration was observed as a band with medium intensity at 1755 cm –1 and shifted towards a lower frequency at 1739 cm –1 in (cd ii ), 1732 cm –1 (hg ii , co ii ), and 1735 cm –1 (ni ii , cu ii , m g ii , ca ii , pb ii ) due to coordinate with metal ions. similarly , the slightly broad band concerned at 1662 cm –1 is due to couple c=o and c=c st retching of free ligand (l) were observed as two bands (1639, 1620 cm –1 ) (hg ii ), (1670, 1612 cm –1 ) (cu ii ), (1645, 1604 cm –1 ) (ni ii ), broaden p eak center at 1620 cm –1 (co ii ) fig. (7), 1635 cm –1 (m g ii ), 1610 cm –1 (pb ii ), 1627 cm –1 (cd ii , ca ii ). the observed sp ectral changes are due to the p resence of unequivalent behavior of o–ch2cooh group s in c–2 and c–3 towards t he metal ions[24,25]. the free ligand (l) exhibits a very st rong absorp tion band with shoulder at 1600 cm –1 is due to the st retching vibration of carboxy lic group . this group is p resent in the sp ectra of all comp lexes confirming that o–ch2cooh–c–3 is uncomp lexed which is lower than exp ected, so this is related to the degree of hy drogen bonding which is lengthing and weaking the , fig. (6)[26,27]. the app earance of two bands in the (1416, 1320, =96) cm –1 (cu ii ), (1408, 1315, =93) cm –1 (ni ii ), (1419, 1323, =96) cm –1 (ca ii ), (1404, 1311, =93) cm –1 , (cd ii ), (1420, 1327, =93) cm –1 , (m g ii ), (1390, 1370, =70) cm –1 , (hg ii ) are due to t he  asy mm. (coo – ),  sy mm. (coo – )[28,29]. the value of (96–70) cm –1 indicated that the carboxy late group in c–2 coordinate to metal ions as a bidentate fashions[29-30]. the c–o, c–c stretching vibrations of (l) were observed as sharp bands at 1100–900 cm –1 and exhibited major losses of intensities in the all comp lexes. (c=o) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the absorp tion band at range (700–600) cm –1 is assigned to the coordinated water[22,31] conclusive evidence of the bonding is also shown by the observation that new bands in the sp ectra of all metal comp lexes app eared in the low frequency region at 555–516 cm –1 characterist ic to m –o stretching vibration[16,19,32]. electroni c s pectra the electronic sp ectrum of (l) fig. (8) under st udy in water solution was characterized mainly by two absorp tions in the region (248.5) nm (40241) cm –1 (m ax=952 molar –1 cm –1 ) assigned to (–*) and (358.5) nm (27894) cm –1 (m ax=17 molar –1 cm –1 ) as tail assigned to (n–*) transition[33]. the electronic absorp tion of co–comp lex red colour solution is shown in fig. (9). bands at 750 nm (13333) cm –1 is due to 4 a2g  4 t1g and at (650) nm (15380) cm –1 is due to 4 t2g  4 t1g. however most octahedral cobalt (ii) comp lexes are p ink or reddish brown and these two t ransitions are ty p ical of the sp ectra of octahedral comp lexes[21,22,24,34]. the ligand field p arameters (q, b an ) are calculated from fig. (a) 1 2 cm740 18 13333 δqδq18υ   1 = 8 q = 8  740 = 5920 cm –1 3= 6 q + 15 b 15385 = 6  740 + 15 b 75.0 971 66.729 b b 729.66b metal free comp. comp    the electronic absorp tion of ni comp lex[35-36] fig. (10) showed multiple bands centered at (700) nm (14286) cm –1 and another band at (430) nm (23256) cm –1 are due to 3 t1g 3 a2g and 3 t1g(p ) 3 a2g resp ectively[37] p arameters (q, b an ) are calculated from fig. (b) 1.63 14286 23256 υ υ 2 3  861 27 23256 27 b υ e comp 3  compb 84.0 1030 861 b b metal free comp.  the sp ectrum of cu– comp lex green colour is shown in fig. (11). the observed band (786.5) nm (12715) cm –1 is broad and clearly is due to 2 eg 2 t2g contains several comp onents. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the ion is in fact t etragonal distorted presumably as a result of the operation of the jan teller effect[35,37]. the electronic of the metal comp lexes m ii = cd, pb, hg, ca, m g (table 4) showed (–*) and tail transition are shifted to lower energy for (–*) and high energy for the tail (n –*) comp ared to the free ligand transition confirming of the ligand (l) to metal ion. s oluti ons chemistry molar ratio the comp lexes of the ligand (l) with selected ions (ni +2 , cd +2 ) were st udied in solution using water as solvents, in order to determine (m :l) ratio in the p repared comp lexes, following molar ratio method[38]. a series of solutions were p repared having a const ant concentration (c) 10 –3 m of the hy drated metal salts and the ligand (l). the (m :l) ratio was determined from the relationship between the absorp tion of the observed light and mole ratio (m :l) found to be (1:1). the result of comp lexes formation in solution is shown in table (5), table (6) and table (7), fig. (12) and fig. (13). molar conductivity for the complexes of l igand (l) the molar conductance of the comp lexes in (water), table (8) lies in the (27.5–60) s.cm 2 molar –1 range, indicating their non–electrolyte nature, excep t for the comp lexes hg, and m g which their molar conductance lies in the (70.4–132.8) s.cm 2 m olar –1 range, indicating their electrolytic nature with (1:1) ratio[39]. biologcal e ffect of new ligand l and its complexes indicating that the new ligand and its comp lexes exhibited antibacterial activity against both gram p ositive and gram negative bacteria[10-13], excep t ca–complex has no effect on bot h bacteria. table (9), fig. (14) and fig. (15). conclusion a series of comp lexes of co +2 , ni +2 , cu +2 , cd +2 , pb +2 , hg +2 , ca +2 , m g +2 with 5,6-oisop rop y lidene 2,3-o,o acetic acid-l-ascorbic acid (l) have been prepared and characterized. the ligand (l); (c13h16o10) acts a tridentate via c–i lactone and one bidentate carboxy late group giving general formula lm +2 (h2o)x,y (etoh)z (kcl)n(x – ). with octahedral structure the resulted carboxy late group were assigned by the infrared sp ectra. x = h2o coordinated y = number of h2o hy drated z = number of etoh n = number of kcl مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 x – = cl, no3 in pb comp lex. the comp lexation between metal ions as (co ii , ni ii , cu ii , cd ii , pb ii , hg ii , ca ii and m g ii ) with ligand (l, resulted in the formation (1:1) molar ratio (m etal: l). fig (6). re ferences 1. ay odel, o. and m athew, p. d. m ahindaratne and kandateg wimalasena (2005) aconvenient to c2 and c3– substitut ed gulono -lactone derivatives from l–ascorbic acid, j. org. chem., 70 (17): 6782-6789. 2. ay odel, o.; olabisi, and kandateg wimalasena (2004) rational ap p roach to selective and direct 2-o-alkylation of 5,6-o-isop rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid, j. org. chem., 69 (21): 7026-7032. 3. hasan, t.and hindsgaul, o. (2000) regio chemoselective alky lation of l-ascorbic acid under mitsunobu condition, j. org. chem., 65: 911-913. 4. salamon, l. l. (1963) 5,6-o-isop rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid, exp erientia, 19(12):6119. 5. jabs, a. m . (1984) the sy nthesis of ascorbate comp lexes of some metals, anorg. allg. chem. 514: 179-184. 6. jabs, a. m .(1984) the electronic, infrared and 1 h-nm r of titany l ascorbates, anorg. allg. chem., 514: 185-195. 7. tajimairriahi. (1991) ft -ir and 13 c-nm r of al(iii), la(vi) and pb(ii) ascorbates as solids and in solution, j. of inorg. biochem. 441: 39-45. 8. tahereh rohani, m ohammed ali taher (2009) anew method for electrocataly tic oxidation of ascorbic acid at the cu(ii) zeolite-m odified electrode, talanta, 78: 743–747. 9. pat u. s. (1996)color st ability of dental comp osition containing metal comp lexes ascorbic acid. wang et al. 501(5):727. 10. anacona, j. r. (2006) sy nthesis and antibacterial activity of some metal complexes of  lactams antibiotics, j. coord. chem. 54: 355–365. 11. tauber s. c. and nau r. (2008) immunomodulatory p rop erties of antibiotics current molecular p harmacology , vol. 1, pp. 68–79. 12. sultana, n. and aray ne, m . s. (2007) in vitro activity of cefadroxil, cep halexin. cefatrizine and cefp irome in p resence of essential and trace elements pakistan tournal of p harmaceutical sciences, vol. 20(4):305–310. 13. sultan, j. s.; m uklus, a. j. and m usa, f. h. (2011) sy nthesis, sp ectroscop ic and biological st udies of some metal comp lexes with 2,3,5,6-o,o,o,o-tetra acetic acid lascorbic acid. accep ted for p up lication in ibn-haitham jornal for p ure and ap p lied science's, 1881/2. 14. silverstein m . r. g. c. bassler and m orrill t. c. (1981), "spectrometric identification of organic comp ounds", 4 th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 15. fleming and williams, d. h. (1966) sp ectroscop ic methods in organic chemist ry ", ed. m cgraw hill p ublishing comp any ltd, london. 16. abd elwahab, z. h. (2007) m ononuclear metal comp lexes of organic carboxy lic acid derivatives, sp ectrochimica acta part a, 67:25-38. 17. john, r. dy er (1965) ap p lication of absorp tion sp ectroscop y of organic comp ound, prentic– hall, inc. 18. m esubi, m . a. (1982) an infrared st udy of zinc, cadmium and lead salts of some fatty acids journal of m oleculular st ructure, vol. 81(1–2): 61–71. 19. m ohamed, g. g.and abd el– wahab, z. h. (2005) m ononuclear metal comp lexes of organic carboxy lic acid derivatives, sp ectrochem. acta a 61:1059. 20. parikh, v. m . (1985) absorp tion sp ectroscop y of organic m olecules. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 21. tajmirriahi (1990) coordination chemistry of vitamin c. p art i. interaction of lascorbic acid with alkaline earth m etal ions in the cry st alline solid and aqueous solution, j. inorg. biochem, 40:181-188. 22. tajmirriahi (1991) coordination chemistry of vitamin c. p art (ii). interaction of l ascorbic acid with zn(ii), cd(ii), hg(ii), and m n(ii) ions in the solid st ate and in aqueous solution, int. j. inorg. biochem, 42:47-55. 23. fodor, c.; arnold, r. and m ohacsi, t. (1983) a new role for l-ascorbic acid m ichael donor to alp ha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl compounds. t etrahedron 39: 2137-2145. 24. m alcolm, j. arendse, gordonkanderson and nigam p. rath (1999) sy nthesis and characterization of platinum (ii) complexes of lascorbic acid, inorg. chem. 38:58645869. 25. rajesh, s. b. and vidyanand, k. r. (2006) coordination diversity of new mononucleating hy drazone in 3d metal comp lexes, j. serb. chem. soc. 71, 12, 13011310. 26. el– washed, m . g. a.; refat, m . s. and el, m egharbel s. m . (2009) sy nthesis sp ectroscop ic and thermal characterization of some transition metal comp lexes of folic acid sp ectrochimia acta a, vol. 70(4): 916–922. 27. nakamato, k. (1968) m ecarthy sp ectroscop y and structure of metal chelate compounds, p. j. john wiley & sons, new york, ny, u.s.a. 28. choi, k. y.; jeon, y. m .;lee, k. c.; ry u, h.; suh, m .; park, h. s.; kim, m . j. and song, y. h. (2004)prep aration and characterization of a bidentate carboxy late bridged dinuclear cadimium(ii) comp lex with bis(2-p y ridyl methy l) amino-3-prop ionic acid, journal of chemical cry st ollography , vol. 34: no. 9. 29. anacona, j. r. (2006) sy nthesis and antibacterial activity of some metal comp lexes of –lactams ant ibiotics, j. coord. chem., 54: 355– 365. 30. nakamoto, k. (1986)infrared and raman sp ectra of inorganic and coordination comp ounds", 4 th , ed., wiley. new york. 31. sutton, d. (1968) electronic sp ectra of transition m etal comp lexes m c graw-hill., london. 32. wang, y. y.; shi, q.; gao, y. c. and zhou, z . y. (2009)p reparation and characterization of a bidentate carboxy late bridge dinuclear, poly hedron 1999, 18. 33. william kemp . (1987) organic sp ectroscop y 2 nd , edition. 34. orgel, l. (1966) "an introduction to transition metal chemistry ", 2 nd ed, wiley , new york. 35. rakesh, k.; sharma, m unirathnam n. and ashoka, g. sumuleson, (2008) asy mmetric allylic alkylation by p alladiumbisp hosp hinites, tetrahedron; asy mmetry , 19:555–663. 36. khen, f. and khanam, a. (2008) study of complexes of cadmium with some lamino acids and vitamin-c by voltammetric technique, ecl. quim, saopaulo, 33 (2):29-36. 37. p. lever a. b., (1968), "in organic electronic sp ectroscop y ", new york, 6: 121. 38. skoog, d.a. and donald ,m . west (1974)fundamentals of analytical chemistry altoit london edition. 39. kettle, s. f. (1975), "coordination compounds", thomas nelson and sons, london, p. 165. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (a): ene rgy le vel diagram (tanabes ugano) for d7 ions in an octahe dral field[37] (c=4.633b) fig. (b): a2 and t1 ground states, transition energy ratios versus e(v3)/b (range 16-47). note that the left-hand ordinate refers to e(v3)/b (16-24.6) and the right-hand ordinate to e(v3)/b (24.6-47) co and ni complexes[37] مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1):the physical propertie s for synthesized li gnad (l) and its complexes d = decomp osition, dm f = dimethy l formamide, dm so = dimethy l sulfoxide found (calc.) % em pirical formula yiel d % m.p.c col our metal s olubili ty l.2kcl.xh2o 77.9 109–110 brown water, dm f, dm so lcocl.2h2o 74 109–110 red (12.20) 12.70 = lnicl.2h2o 83 120d golden (12.80) 12.70 = [lcucl.2h2o].6h2o.4etoh.3 kcl 80 130d green (6.80) 6.60 = [lcdcl.2h2o]. 3kcl 75 210d brown (14.00) 14.50 = [lpbno3.2h2o].3kcl 68 210 dark brown (24.45) 25.60 = [lhgcl.2h2o]. 5h2o.3etoh.3kcl 83 205d brown (18.30) 19.10 = lcacl.2h2o 75 115d white (10.40) 9.50 = [lm gcl.2h2o].10h2o.8etoh .3kcl 76.7 220d dark brown (1.24) 1.92 = مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): infrared spectral data (wa ve number  – ) cm –1 for the l and starting material compoun d (oh) (c– h) aliph. (c= c) (c– o) (c= o) lacto ne additi onal peaks 5,6-o-iso p ropy liden e lascorbi c acid (3240)br (3078)m (2993 )w (1662 )s (1652 )s 1751( s) (1360–1220)cm –1 stron gly coupled o(2)–h,o(3)–h and c–h bending modes (1100–900)s due to c–o, c–c l (3402)m(oh– h2o) (3244, 2789, 2596) (oh– cooh) (2993 )w (2943 )w (1662 )s (1755 )s (1600,1381)cm –1 asy mmetric and sy m. coo – (1281–1219)cm –1 shifting and sp litting oh( c2-c3 ) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3): infrared spectral data (wa ve number  – ) cm –1 for the ligand l and its complexes. compound (o–h) (c– h) (c =o)  c m –1 asy m. sym . co o –  c m – 1 ( m– o) additional peaks l.2kcl.xh2o 3402(w) (oh water) (3244,2789, 2596) (oh– cooh) (2993– 2943) w (175 5)s (3093)w due to oh of carboxy lic acid c–2 (1662)s c=o, c=c (1100 – 900, for (c–o), c–c–c l complexes lcocl.2h2o 3417 the oh water 2730-2500 (oh– cooh) 2920 173 2 2 3 (14 00) br (13 20) w 80 520 – 443 1620 c=o, c=c 779605 coordinated water lnicl.2h2o 3396 3344 26502560 oh–cooh 2730 173 5 2 0 140 8 131 5 93 590 516 1604(br) c=o, c=c 702-671 coordinated water [lcucl.2h2o].6 h2o.4etoh.3kc l 3414(w) 3475(w) 2680 2580(oh– cooh) 2951 173 5 2 0 141 6 132 0 96 532 482 1612 c=o, c=c 661-609 coordinated water [lcdcl.2h2o].3 kcl 3487(br) oh water 27302580 (oh– cooh) 2989(w ) 173 9(s) 1 6 140 4 131 1 93 590 524 1616(br) c=o, c=c 783-621 coordinated water oh water oh water مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 [lpbno3.2h2o]. 3kcl 3410(s) oh water 27002500 (oh– cooh) 2997(w ) 173 5(w) 2 0 (14 19)s (13 85) w 34 555 515 1593(w) c=o, c=c 775-605 coordinated water 1420, 1660 no3 group [lhgcl.2h2o].5 h2o.3etoh.3kc l 3421(br) oh water 27502500 (oh– cooh) 2981(w ) 173 2(w) 2 3 (13 90) m (13 20) w 70 594 516 1639(s) c=o, c=c 771-632 coordinated water [lcacl.2h2o] 3429(br) oh water 2790 2660(oh– cooh) 2931(w ) 173 5 2 0 (14 19) (13 23) 96 555 493 1616(s) c=o, c=c 779-621 coordinated water [lm gcl.2h2o].1 0h2o.8etoh.3k cl 3429(br) oh water 27202620 (oh– cooh) 2940 173 5 2 0 (14 20) (13 27) 93 578 540 1635(s) c=o, c=c 779-605 coordinated water recorder as kbr disk br = broad, s = strong, w = weak, m = mediu m,  = bendin g, alip h. aliphatic مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (4): electroni c spectral data of the ligand (l) and its metal complexes compound n m  – wave number cm –1 (max molar – 1 cm –1 ) assignment s propose d structure l.2kcl.xh2o 248. 5 358. 5 40241 27894 952 17  * n * lcocl.2h2o 497. 5 650 20097 15380 770 270 4 t1g(p ) 4 t1 g 4 a2g(f) 4 t1 g dist orted octahedral lnicl.2h2o 372. 9 655. 5 14266 15255.5 1500 240 3 t2g 3 a2g 3 t1g(f) 3 a2 g dist orted octahedral [lcucl.2h2o].6h2o.4eto h.3kcl 786. 5 12715 844 2eg 2 t2 g tetragonal [lcdcl.2h2o].3kcl 350 28571 350 l.f.c.t. octahedral [lpbno3.2h2o].3kcl 350 28571 425 l.f.c.t. dist orted octahedral [lhgcl.2h2o].5h2o.4eto h.3kcl 350 28571 1025 l.f.c.t. octahedral [lcacl.2h2o] 350 28571 875 l.f.c.t. octahedral [lm gcl.2h2o].10h2o.8et oh.3kcl 350 28571 525 l.f.c.t. octahedral l.f.c.t. = ligand field charge transfer مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (5): vm, vl and absorption of l igand l2, vm = volume of metal in ml, vl= volume of ligand in ml [l–ni cl .2h2o] [l–cdcl.h2o].3kcl vm vl abs vm vl abs 1 ml 0.25 1.654 1 ml 0.25 1.400 1 0.50 1.910 1 0.50 1.700 1 0.75 2.10 1 0.75 1.778 1 1 2.230 1 1 1.990 1 1.25 2.370 1 1.25 2.125 1 1.50 2.300 1 1.50 2.285 1 1.75 2.420 1 1.75 2.340 1 2.0 2.460 1 2 2.345 1 2.25 2.440 1 2.25 2.400 1 2.50 2.470 1 2.50 2.500 1 2.75 2.450 1 2.75 2.550 1 3.0 2.450 1 3 2.565 1 3.25 2.500 1 3.25 2.570 1 3.50 2.500 1 3.50 2.580 1 3.75 2.550 1 3.75 2.590 1 4 2.550 1 4 3.00 k= m l/ [m ] [l] (1)  = (am – as) / am (2) k = the equation (1) is written to mole ratio (1:1) as t he following kf = (1-)/  2 c (3)  = m ax.b.c (4) kf = stability constant  = decomposition degree m = m etal ion l = the ligand مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 [ ] = concentration as = the absorpt ion at the equivalent p oint of mole ratio. am = the maximum absorp tion of the mole ratio. c = the complex concentration (mole. l –1 ).  g = – 2.303 rt log k. r = 8.303 t = 273 + 25 = 298 compounds as am  k log k 1/k g [lcdcl.2h2o]3k cl 1.990 2.345 0.15 3×10 9 9.5 0.11 –54.2 [lnicl.2h2o] 2.230 2.460 0.0934 10×10 8 9 0.11 – 51 [lcdcl.2h2o].3kcl > [lnicl.2h2o] table (6): the absorbance value s against mole– ratio values of complex [lcdcl.2h2o].3kcl in solution (1×10 –3 mole.l –1 ) in water at  264.5 nm no. l: m absorbance 1 0.5:1 1.700 2 1:1 1.990 3 2:1 2.345 4 3:1 2.565 5 4:1 3.000 table (7): the absorbance value s against moleratio values of complex [lni cl .2h2o] in soluti on (1×10 –3 mole.l –1 ) in water at  260 nm no. l: m absorbance 1 0.5:1 1.910 2 1:1 2.230 3 2:1 2.460 4 3:1 2.450 5 4:1 2.550 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (8): the molar conductance of the complexes * compound fragment i ons m s .cm 2 molar –1 ratio lcocl.2h2o 28.6 neutral lnicl.2h2o 46 neutral [lcucl.2h2o].6h2o.4etoh.3kcl 60 neutral [lcdcl.2h2o].3kcl 45.4 neutral [lpbno3.2h2o].3kcl 27.5 neutral [lhgcl.2h2o].5h2o.3etoh.3kcl 70.4 1:1 lcacl.2h2o 35.1 neutral [lm gcl.2h2o].10h2o.8etoh.3kcl 132.8 1:1 * recorded in (water) solvent where l=(c13h16o10).2kcl table (9): s howed the inhibition circle diame ter in milli meter for the bacteria after 24 hour in cubation paid and 37c. compounds staphylococcus aureu (gram posi tive) escherichia coli (gram posi tive) l 14 12 l cd 40 24 l cu 28 25 l ca 0 0 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1) the ir. s pectrum of the 5,6-o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid fig. (2) the ir. s pectrum of the ligand (l) fig. (3) the gcms spectrum of the ligand (l) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 4.5 4.6 1.27 4.1 4.2 4.7 4.8 30 65 15 3 76 11 0 12 1 17 6.7 16 9.8 c h 3c o o h 3c o c ch 2 h h o o o ch 2 c o o m oh 2 x oh 2 ch 2 c o o h fig. (4) 1 h nmr of the ligand l (practical) fig. (5) 13 c nmr of the ligand l ( practical) fig.(6): s uggested structure of (lm ii ) m ii = co, ni, cu, cd, hg, pb, ca and mg. x= cl , no 3 for pbcomple x مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (7) the ir. spectrum of the (lcocl.2h2o] complex fig. (8) the ele ctronic spectrum for the ligand (l) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 65 0.0 fig. (9) the ele ctronic spectrum for the [lcocl.2h2o] complex fig. (10) :the ele ctronic spectrum for the [lni cl.2h2o] complex مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 mole ratio absorbtion fig. (11) :the electroni c spectrum for the [lcucl.2h2o].3kcl complex fig. (12): the mole ratio curve of complex [lni cl.2h2o] in solution (1×10 -3 mole. l -1 ) at (=260 nm) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 0 .5 1 1 .5 2 2 .5 3 3 .5 4 4 .5 mole ra tio a b s o rb ti o n fig. (13): the mole ratio curve of complex [lcdcl.2h2o].3kcl in soluti on (1×10 -3 mole. l -1 ) at (=264.5 nm) fig. (14): effect of staphyl ococcus aureu gram posi tive 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 cu cd l ca conc entration of ligand and its comple xes (1mg/ml) d im e te r o f in h ib it io n z o n e ( m m ) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (15): effect of esche richi a coli gram negative 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 ca cu cd l d im e te r o f in h ib it io n z o n e ( m m ) conc entration of ligand and its comple xes (1mg/ml) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 o,o-2,3-ایزوبروبلدین o-5,6تحضیر بعض المعقدات الفلزیة الجدیدة لـ حامض االسكوربیك مع تقییم الفعالیة البایولجیةl-حامض الخلیك جاسم شهاب سلطان، عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص، فالح حسن موسى الهیثم، جامعة بغداد ابن-قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة التربیة 2011 تشرین الثاني 16 قبل البحث في 2011 نیسان 3:استلم البحث في الخالصة اسكوربك اسید،-lمشتق مستقر جدید لحامض حضر 5,6-o-iso p rop y lidene-2,3,-o,o-acetic acid-lascorbic acid (l) o-iso p-5,6بناتج جید بواسطة مفاعلة rop y lidene-l-ascorbic acid .حامض الخلیك وبوجود هیدروكسید البوتاسیوم رومع كلو اللكانـد الجدیــد شــخص بوســاطة الــرنین النــووي المغناطیــسي البروتــون 1 h والكــاربون 13 c وطیــف الكتلــة، وطیــف ، افؤ الثنائیــة التكـــمــع أیونــات بعـــض العناصــر ) l(مفاعلـــة اللكانــد . األشــعة تحــت الحمــراء وطیـــف األشــعة فــوق البنفــسجیة )co ،ni ،cu ،cd ،pb ،hg ،ca ،m g ( ًمعطیا معقدات، حضرت وشخصت بواسطة األشعة تحت الحمراء، واألشعة واســـتنتج مـــن . فــوق البنفـــسجیة، والتوصــیلیة الكهربائیـــة، واالمتـــصاصیة الذریــة والنـــسبة المولیــة لمعقـــدات النیكـــل والكــادمیوم o-2-ch2coo، )الكتـون (c–i=o اللكانــد مـن خــالل التحلیـل ان تناســق ایـون الفلــز الثنـائي التكــافؤ مـع – ً معطیــا ایــون b ،كـذلك تـم حـساب قـیم . لمعقـدات النیكـل والكـادمیوم ثنائیـة التكـافؤ ،kf ،gالفلز سداسي التناسق وقد حسبت قـیم الكـادمیوم، والنحـاس (ة التكـافؤ لمعقدات الكوبلت والنیكل ثنائیة التكافؤ، كما دراست الفعالیـة البایولوجیـة للكانـد ومعقداتـه ثنائیـ مـا عـدا معقـد الكالـسیوم الـذي escherichia coli وstaphylococcus aureuوأظهرت فعالیة متباینـة تجـاه ). والكالسیوم .لم یظهر أي فعالیة تجاه البكتریا المذكورة أعاله .تحضیر، مطیافیة، الدراسات البایولوجیة: الكلمات المفتاحیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees اٌى١ّ١بء | 390 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 دساست يسحيت نبياٌ َسبت تهىث دو انعايهيٍ في تشغيم انًىنذاث انكهشبائيت في يذيُت بغذاد ببعض انًعادٌ انثقيهت هذي جابش حسيٍ ِشوض ثؾٛس اٌسٛق ٚؽّب٠خ اٌّسزٍٙهعبِعخ ثؽذاد/ 2012/اراس/30قبم في: ،2012انثاَي//كاَىٌ 12استهى في: انخالطت رؿّٓ ٘زا اٌجؾش دساسخ ٚعٛد ثعؽ اٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ إٌّجعضخ ِٓ عٛادَ اثخشح ٌِٛذاد اٌذ٠ضي ـيٟ دَ اٌعيب١ٍِٓ ثزطيؽ١ً ٘زٖ اٌٌّٛذاد ٚرؿّٕذ )اٌشغبظ ،اٌىبد١َِٛ،إٌؾيبط ،اٌؾذ٠يذ(، ٚضيٍّذ اٌذساسيخ ِغّيٛعز١ٓ: امٌٚيٝ ِغّٛعيخ اٌسي١طشح ٚضييٍّذ عطييش٠ٓ ع١ٕييخ ِييٓ اٌييزوٛس ؼ١ييش اٌّييذ ١ٕٓ ٚاٌجع١ييذ٠ٓ عييٓ اٌٌّٛييذاد ٚاٌضب١ٔييخ رؿييّٕذ عطييش٠ٓ ع١ٕييخ ٌٍعييب١ٍِٓ ـييٟ اٌٌّٛذاد ِٓ ِٕبـك ِزفشلخ ِيٓ ثؽيذاد ٚضيٍّذ )اٌيذٚسح، ؽيٟ اٌغبِعيخ،اٌج١بح ، اٌؾبسص١يخ(، إر ريُ عّيل ع١ٕيبد اٌيذَ ٚر١ٙ رٙيب ٌزميذ٠ش رشاو١يض اٌعٕبغيش اٌضم١ٍيخ ثغٙيبص امِزػيبظ اٌيزسٞ ٚاٌضيبٟٔ معشاء اٌفؾٛغبد اٌالصِخ ٚلسّذ عٍيٝ عيضن٠ٓ:امٚي statisticalٌفؾع ٔسجخ اٌٙشِْٛ اٌزوشٞ اٌزسزٛسز١شْٚ ثغٙبص ام١ٌيضا ،ٚعٌٛغيذ اٌج١بٔيبد اؽػيب ١بس ثبسيزعّبي ثشٔيبِظ ) analysis system ,sas 2012ِ١َٛ (،ٚاظٙييشد إٌزييب ظ اؽزييٛاء دَ عّييبي رطييؽ١ً اٌٌّٛييذاد عٍييٝ اٌشغييبظ ٚاٌىييبد عٍيٝ اٌزيٛاٌٟ ثبٌٕسيجخ ٌّغّٛعيخ اٌسي١طشح عٕيذ ِسيزٜٛ (0.351,0.133,0.358,1.276) ٚإٌؾبط ٚاٌؾذ٠ذ ٚثفيشٚق ِع٠ٕٛيخ ، ٚلييذ اصييش اسرفييبح رشو١ييض رٍييه اٌعٕبغييش ـييٟ ٚعييٛد رؽ١ييش ِعٕييٛٞ ثيي١ٓ ِغّٛعييخ اٌسيي١طشح ٚثيي١ٓ اٌعّييبي p <0.05اؽزّب١ٌييخ و١يض اٌٙشِيْٛ اٌيزوشٞ إر اضيبسد اٌفؾٛغيبد اٌيٝ أخفيبؼ ٔسيجخ ثبٌٕسيجخ ٌزش p < 0.05عٕذ ِسزٜٛ اؽزّب١ٌيخ 0.947ثٍػ رٌه اٌٙشِْٛ ـٟ دَ عّبي رطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد ٔسجخ ٌالضخبظ ـٟ ِغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح. اٌزسزٛسز١شْٚ. ،امِزػبظ اٌزسٞ : ِذ٠ٕخ ثؽذاد، عّبي اٌٌّٛذاد، اٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ، انكهًاث انًفتاحيت اٌى١ّ١بء | 391 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انًقذيت إٔزطشد ظب٘شح ٌِٛذاد اٌذ٠ضي ام١ٍ٘خ ٚاٌؾى١ِٛخ ـٟ عَّٛ اٌّذْ اٌعشال١خ ثسجت ِطىٍخ ذِخ اٌطبلخ اٌىٙشثب ١خ اٌزٟ ٠عبٟٔ ِٕٙب اٌّغزّل اٌعشالٟ،ٚثبٌشؼُ ِٓ أٙب سبّ٘ذ ـٟ ؽً اصِخ اٌىٙشثبء ام أٙب سججذ اؾشاساس ث١ئ١خ وج١شح اّ٘ٙب رٍٛس ٌؽبص٠خ إٌبرغخ عٓ اؽزشاق اٌٛلٛد،ـؿالس عٓ ِخٍفبد اٌٛلٛد ام شٜ،ٚاْ اوضش إٌبط ؾشساس اٌٙٛاء ثسجت أجعبس اٌٍّٛصبد ا ُ٘ اٌعّبي اٌز٠ٓ ٠عٍّْٛ ـٟ رطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد اٌىٙشثب ١خ وُٛٔٙ ٠زعشؾْٛ ثػٛسح ِجبضشح ٌٍٛلٛد ٚ ٌٍؽبصاد إٌّجعضخ ِٚخٍفبد اٌٛلٛد ام شٜ ٚص٠ٛد اٌزطؾ١ُ. اق اٌٛلٛد ٟ٘ ؼبصاد اؽبدٞ اٚوس١ذ اٌىبسثْٛ ٚصبٟٔ اٚوس١ذ اٌىبسثْٛ ٚصبٟٔ اٚوس١ذ ِٓ اُ٘ اٌٍّٛصبد إٌبرغخ عٓ اؽزش ،ـؿالس عٓ اٌّشوجبد اٌعؿ٠ٛخ اٌط١بسح [1] اٌىجش٠ذ ٚصبٟٔ اٚوس١ذ إٌزشٚع١ٓ ٚوجش٠ز١ذ ا١ٌٙذسٚع١ٓ ٚا١ٌٙذسٚوبسثٛٔبد ،مس١ّب عٕذ [2] ٚإٌؾبط ٚاٌض جك ٚاٌعٛاٌك اٌػٍجخ ٚاٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ وبٌشغبظ ٚاٌىبد١َِٛ ٚاٌىشَٚ ٚاٌضٔه ٚاٌؾذ٠ذ َُّ ـٟ غؾخ امٔسبْ مس١ّب ِٓ ٠زعشؼ [3] امؽزشاق ؼ١ش اٌىبًِ ثسجت سداءح أٛاح اٌٛلٛد ـزؤصش ـٟ و١ّ١بء اٌج١ئخ ِٚٓ صَ ٌٙب ثػٛسح ِجبضشح،اْ ثعؽ اٌعٕبغش امسبس١خ ِضً اٌؾذ٠ذ ٚإٌؾبط ٚاٌخبسغ١ٓ ٠عذ ٚعٛد٘ب ِّٙبس ٌٍّٕٛ اٌػؾٟ ٌٍغسُ ٌخ ٔمع ٔسجزٙب ثبٌغسُ رسجت ِطبوً غؾ١خ ٚـٟ ؽبٌخ ص٠بدح رشاو١ض٘ب رػجؼ سبِخ ٚرسجت اٌؿشس اٌػؾٟ ٌٍغسُ ، ٚـٟ ؽب ث١ّٕب ٠عذ اٌشغبظ ٚاٌض جك ٚاٌىبد١َِٛ ٚا١ٌٕىً ِٓ اٌعٕبغش اٌسبِخ اٌزٟ رؤصش ثطىً سٍجٟ ـٟ غؾخ امٔسبْ ار عٕذ . ٚم٠خفٝ اٌز ص١ش اٌؿبس ٌٍّعبدْ [4]ذَ ٚرزشست ـٟ اٌغسُ د ٌٛٙب ٌٍغسُ عٓ ـش٠ك امسزٕطبق اٚ اٌغٍذ رّش اٌٝ ِغشٜ اٌ اٌضم١ٍخ ـٟ غؾخ امٔسبْ ثػٛسح عبِخ، ـبٌشغبظ ِبدح رشاو١ّخ رزشست ـٟ أسغخ اٌذِبغ ٚاٌى١ٍز١ٓ ٚاٌىجذ ٚاٌجٕىش٠بط ـٟ امسٕبْ ٚاٌعظبَ ٚاٌش ز١ٓ ٚاٌغٙبص اٌعػجٟ ٚاٌغٙبص اٌزٕبسٍٟ ٠ٚؤدٞ اٌٝ عذَ امسزفبدح اٌىبٍِخ ِٓ ـ١زب١ِٓ )د(،٠ٚزشست ،وّب لذ ٠سجت اٌشغبظ ِطىٍخ وج١شح عٕذ د ٌٛٗ ـٟ اٌذَ إر [6,5] عٍٝ ١٘ ح صبٌش ـٛسفبد اٌشغبظ ؼ١ش اٌمبثً ٌٍزٚثبْ ،وّب ٠طىً اٌىبد١َِٛ رٙذ٠ذاس عٍٝ غؾخ امٔسبْ إر ٠سجت ِطبوً ـٟ [7] ٠ؤصش ـٟ امٔض٠ّبد اٌش ١سخ ٌزى٠ٛٓ ا١ٌّٙٛؼٍٛث١ٓ ت رػٍت اٌش خ ٠ٚسجت ِطبوً ـٟ اٌى١ٍز١ٓ ٚاسرفبح ؾؽف اٌذَ ٚرؿخُ اٌمٍت ـؿالس عٓ وٛٔٗ ِبدح اٌغٙبص اٌزٕفسٟ ٠ٚسج ،٠ٚؤصش اٌىبد١َِٛ ـٟ اٌذَ إر ٠سجت رؽ١شاد و١ّٛؽ٠ٛ١خ وض٠بدح أض٠ّبد اٌىجذ ٠ٚؤصش ـٟ ثٕبء وش٠بد اٌذَ اٌؾّش [8] ِسشـٕخ جت اٌػذاح ٚآمَ اٌّعذح ٚاٌذٚاس ٚاٌزم١ؤ ٚامسٙبي ٚاْ ،اْ ص٠بدح رشو١ض إٌؾبط ـٟ اٌغسُ ٠س [9] ٚو١ّخ ا١ٌّٙٛؼٍٛث١ٓ ،ٚامٌزٙبة ٚاٌز١ٙظ اٌطذ٠ذ ٌالؼط١خ [10] اٌزعشؼ ٌٍٕؾبط عٍٝ اٌّذٜ اٌط٠ًٛ لذ ٠سجت رٍؿ اٌىجذ ٚاٌىٍٝ ٚاٌذِبغ اٌؾذ٠ذ ِٓ اُ٘ اِب،[11] اٌّخبـ١خ ٌٍغٙبص اٌزٕفسٟ ٚامٌزٙبثبد اٌغٍذ٠خ ٚاموض٠ّب ٚاٌزٙبة اٌع١ٓ ٚلذ ٠سجت ـمش اٌذَ اٌؾبد ، ام اْ ص٠بدح رشو١ضٖ ـٟ اٌغسُ رسجت ِطبوً غؾ١خ ِضً اٌخّٛي [12]اٌعٕبغش ـٟ عسُ امٔسبْ ٌجٕبء وش٠بد اٌذَ اٌؾّش ٚاؾطشاثبد اٌمٍت ٚرػجػ اٌغٍذ ٚرؿخُ اٌىجذ ٚاِشاؼ اٌّفبغً ٚـمذاْ اٌطعش ٚأمطبح اٌطّش اٌّجىش ٌذٜ إٌسبء .[14,13] ٚاٌؿعؿ اٌغٕسٟ عٕذ اٌشعبي ٔظشاس ٌىضشح اٌٌّٛذاد ـٟ ِذ٠ٕخ ثؽذاد ٚاؾطشاس اٌىض١ش ِٓ امضخبظ ـٟ اٌعًّ ثزطؽ١ٍٙب ٚغ١بٔزٙب ٌّٚذد ـ٠ٍٛخ ِّب ٠عشؾُٙ اٌٝ عٛادَ امثخشح إٌّجعضخ ِٕٙب ٚوزٌه اٌزّبط اٌّجبضش ِل اٌٛلٛد ٚاٌض٠ٛد اٌّسزعٍّخ ـٟ رطؽ١ٍٙب عبءد ـىشح ضم١ٍخ ـٟ دَ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ثزطؽ١ً ٘زٖ اٌٌّٛذاد ـٟ ِذ٠ٕخ ثؽذاد ِٚمبسٔزٙب ِل ٘زا اٌجؾش ٌذساسخ ِذٜ رشاوُ ثعؽ اٌّعبدْ اٌ امضخبظ امغؾبء إر ٠عذ رشو١ض اٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ ـٟ اٌذَ ِؤضشاس ثب٠ٌٛٛع١بس ِّىٓ ِٓ الٌٗ ِعشـخ ِذٜ رٍٛس اٌج١ئخ ثٙزٖ ئه اٌعّبي.( ٌذٜ اtestosteroneٌٚاٌّعبدْ، ٚوزٌه دساسخ ر ص١ش٘ب ـٟ ٔسجخ اٌٙشِْٛ اٌزوشٞ ) انجضء انعًهي انفحىطاث ألجشاء.جًع انعيُاث وتهيأتها 1 ( : ن زد عطشْٚ ع١ٕخ ِٓ دَ اٌزوٛس امغؾبء اٌس١ّ١ٍٓ ِٓ امِشاؼ ٚؼ١ش اٌّذ ١ٕٓ control.ع١ٕبد اٌس١طشح )1.1 سٕخ. [20-40] اٌز٠ٓ رشاٚؽذ اعّبسُ٘ ث١ٓ ( : ن زد عطشْٚ ع١ٕخ ِٓ دَ ِٓ عّبي اٌٌّٛذاد اٌزوٛس ـٟ ِذ٠ٕخ ثؽذاد workers.ع١ٕبد اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ اٌٌّٛذاد )2.1 سٕٛاد ِٚذح اٌعًّ ا١ٌِٟٛ ـٟ اٌٌّٛذاد [1-8] سٕخ ٚرشاٚؽذ ِذدُ٘ اٌٛظ١ف١خ [27-45] اٌز٠ٓ رشاٚؽذ اعّبسُ٘ ث١ٓ .سبعخ [12-5] اٌالصِخ ِٓ وً ضخع ٚرُ عّل اٌع١ٕبد ِٓ رُ اعشاء ِسؼ ١ِذأٟ ٌىال اٌّغّٛعز١ٓ ِٓ الي امسزج١بْ ٚعّل اٌّعٍِٛبد ِٕبـك ِزفشلخ ِٓ ثؽذاد ضٍّذ )اٌذٚسح ،ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ،اٌج١بح ،اٌؾبسص١خ(. تهيأة انعيُاث 3.1. ٚٚؾعذ ـٟ أبث١ت ثالسز١ى١خ ِؾىّخ اٌؽٍك ٚٚؾعذ ـٟ ٍٍِزشاد ِٓ دَ اٌٛس٠ذ اٌعؿذٞ ٌىً ضخع 5رُ سؾت 15دٚسح/دل١مخ( ٌّذح 3000دل١مخ رُ ثعذ٘ب ـػً ِػً اٌذَ ثغٙبص اٌطشد اٌّشوضٞ ) 15َ ٌّذح ° 37ؽّبَ ِب ٟ ثذسعخ دل١مخ ،ٚسؾت اٌّػً ثئسزعّبي ِبغخ دل١مخ ٚٚؾل ـٟ أبث١ت ثالسز١ى١خ ِؽٍمخ ِٚشلّخ ؽست رسٍسً وً ع١ٕخ ـٟ عذاٚي اٌى١ّ١بء | 392 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ش ٌٍفؾع اٌٙشِٟٛٔ ثغٙبص امسزج١بْ ٚ لسّذ عٍٝ عضن٠ٓ عضء ٌزؾ١ًٍ اٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ ثغٙبص امِزػبظ اٌزسٞ ٚام َ ٌؾ١ٓ اعشاء اٌفؾٛغبد ٚاٌزؾب١ًٌ اٌّطٍٛثخ.° 4ام١ٌضاٚ ؽفظذ ـٟ دسعخ ؽشاسح . فحض انعُاطش انثقيهت4.1 ًِ( ِٓ ؽبِؽ 2ًِ( ٚاؾ١ؿ ) 25َ ٚٚؾل ـٟ دٚسق ؽغّٟ )° 25ًِ ِٓ ِػً اٌذَ ثذسعخ ؽشاسح 1رُ ا ز ًِ( ٚٚؾل عٍٝ ٌٛػ اٌزسخ١ٓ ٚسخٓ ثجطئ ؽزٝ اٌؽ١ٍبْ اٌٝ اْ 25إٌزش٠ه اٌّشوض ٚاوًّ اٌؾغُ ثبٌّبء اٌّمطش اٌٝ ) ًِ 25ًِ( صُ عفؿ ِشح ا شٜ وبٌسبثك ٚاوًّ اٌؾغُ اٌٝ 25ٚغً اٌٝ الً ؽغُ ِّىٓ صُ اوًّ اٌؾغُ ثبٌّبء اٌّمطش اٌٝ ) ـٟ و١ٍخ (perken elmer 5000.u.s.a)ٌّؾٍٛي ثغٙبص امِزػبظ اٌزسٞ ٔٛح ثبٌّبء اٌّمطش،ٚلذسد اِزػبغ١خ ٘زا ا اٌعٍَٛ ثغبِعخ ثؽذاد، ٚؽست اٌطٛي اٌّٛعٟ ٌىً عٕػش ،ٚرُ رمذ٠ش رشو١ض وً عٕػش ثٛؽذح ِب٠ىشٚؼشاَ /ٍٍِزش ِٛؾؼ ـٟ عذٚي وّب [15] )ِىؽُ/ًِ( ثّمبسٔزٙب ِل اٌّؾب١ًٌ اٌم١بس١خ اٌّؾؿشح ثبٌطش٠مخ ٔفسٙب ٚرؾذ اٌظشٚؾ ٔفسٙب (.1سلُ ) فحض انهشيىٌ انزكشي 5.1. ـٟ ِخزجش امؽ١بء اٌّغٙش٠خ ـٟ ِشوض elisys uno( ثغٙبص testosteroneرُ ـؾع ٔسجخ اٌٙشِْٛ اٌزوشٞ ) uno elisys kit human immunolabثؾٛس اٌسٛق ٚؽّب٠خ اٌّسزٍٙه، ثبسزعّبي gmbh,kassel,germany) ٚؽست ـش٠مخ رؾؿ١ش اٌّؾب١ًٌ اٌم١بس١خ اٌخبغخ ثبٌغٙبص ٚرؾؿ١ش اٌع١ٕبد ٚرمذ٠ش ) .ppb اٞ ng\mlاٌٙشِْٛ ثٛؽذاد . انتحهيم االحظائي 6.1 ( ٌذساسخ ر ص١ش اٌعٛاًِ اٌّخزٍفخ ـٟ statistical analysis system,sas 2012رُ اسزعّبي اٌجشٔبِظ امؽػب ٟ ) least significantلٛسٔذ اٌفشٚق اٌّع٠ٕٛخ ث١ٓ اٌّزٛسطبد ثئ زجبس نلً ـشق ِعٕٛٞ )اٌػفبد اٌّذسٚسخ ، ٚ difference-lsd test عٕذ ِسزٜٛ اؽزّب١ٌخ )p < 0.05 . [6] انُتائج وانًُاقشت .رمذ٠ش رشو١ض اٌّعبدْ ـٟ دَ اٌعّبي ِطؽٍٟ اٌٌّٛذاد اٌىٙشثب ١خ 1 اضبسد إٌزب ظ اٌٝ ر صش اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ رطؽ١ً ٌِٛذاد اٌذ٠ضي ثبٌؽبصاد إٌّجعضخ ِٓ عٛادِٙب ِّبادٜ اٌٝ ص٠بدح رشو١ض عٕبغش اٌشغبظ ٚاٌىبد١َِٛ ٚإٌؾبط ٚاٌؾذ٠ذ ـٟ دَ اٌعّبي ثبٌّمبسٔخ ِل ِغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح ٌالضخبظ ؼ١ش اٌعب١ٍِٓ ،)وّب (. 2,3ِٛؾؼ ـٟ اٌغذ١ٌٚٓ سلُ (،إر ثٍػ ِزٛسف رشو١ض 4ـمذ اضبسد إٌزب ظ اٌٝ ٚعٛد ـشق ِعٕٛٞ ث١ٓ ِزٛسف رشاو١ض اٌعٕبغشٌٍّغّٛعز١ٓ )عذٚي سلُ ً ِٓ اٌشغبظ ِىؽُ/ًِ ٌى [0.570,0.078,0.017,0.113]اٌعٕبغش ـٟ دَ امضخبظ امغؾبء اٌجع١ذ٠ٓ عٓ اٌٌّٛذاد 0.72ٚاٌىبد١َِٛ ٚإٌؾبط ٚاٌؾذ٠ذ عٍٝ اٌزٛاٌٟ، ث١ّٕب ـٟ دَ اٌعّبي اسرفعذ رشاو١ض اٌعٕبغش إر ثٍػ رشو١ض اٌشغبظ إر ٠ذ ً اٌشغبظ اٌٝ ِغشٜ دَ اٌعّبي وٛٔٗ اؽذ عٛادَ اؽزشاق اٌٛلٛد ٚٔٛارظ 0.0263ِىؽُ/ًِ ٚثبلً ـشق ِعٕٛٞ ،ٚ٘زا ِمبسة ٌّب عبء [18]ت ساثل اص١ً اٌشغبظ ٌٍٛلٛد ٌزؾس١ٓ ػب ػٗ ـؿالَ عٓ اؾبـخ ِشو [17]رىش٠ش اٌجزشٚي . [19]ِىؽُ /ًِ ـٟ دَ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ رطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد 0.9ثذساسخ سبثمخ اعش٠ذ ـٟ ِذ٠ٕخ اٌشِبدٞ ار ثٍػ رشو١ض اٌشغبظ وّب رزفك ِل دساسخ ا شٜ عٍٝ عّبي اٌٍؾبَ ِٚػٍؾٟ اٌس١بساد ِٚطؽٍٟ اٌٌّٛذاد اٌزٟ اظٙشد ٚعٛد ـشق ِعٕٛٞ ،ٚؽست ِٕظّخ اٌّٛاد اٌسبِخ ٚرسغ١ً امِشاؼ اٌعب١ٌّخ ارا رغبٚص رشو١ض [20]ث١ٓ ِغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح ٚث١ٓ اٌعّبي ، ٚروشد ثعؽ اٌذساسبد أٗ مرٛعذ ٔسجخ [21]ِىؽُ/ ًِ ـبٔٗ ٠ػجؼ ؾبس ثبٌغسُ 1اٌشغبظ ـٟ عسُ امٔسبْ (، إر أٗ ٠شرجف ِل world health organazationٌٍشغبظ ثبٌذَ ؼ١ش ؾبسح اعزّبدا عٍٝ ِٕظّخ اٌػؾخ اٌعب١ٌّخ ) ِٕٗ ٠خضْ ـٟ امٔسغخ اٌش ٛح ، ٚ %5 ِٓ اٌشغبظ اٌّٛعٛد ثبٌغسُ ٚ %3وش٠بد اٌذَ اٌؾّش ـ١ىْٛ اٌذَ ِؾزٛٞ عٍٝ ـٟ اٌعظبَ ِّٚب ٠سبعذ عٍٝ رٌه اْ رّض١ً اٌشغبظ ـٟ اٌغسُ ٠زطبثٗ ِل رّض١ً اٌىبٌس١َٛ ـٟ اٌعظبَ ِٕٗ رزشست 90% ٚ٘زا ٠زفك ِل ِبٚسد ـٟ اؽذٜ اٌذساسبد 0.044ِىؽُ/ًِ ٚثبلً ـشق ِعٕٛٞ 0.133،ٚثٍػ ِعذي رشو١ض اٌىبد١َِٛ [22] بد١َِٛ ـٟ دَ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ ِعًّ غٕبعخ امسّذح اٌى 0.041ِىؽُ /ًِ ٚثبلً ـشق ِعٕٛٞ 0.23ار ثٍػ رشو١ض اٌىبد١َِٛ ،ٚوزٌه اوذد دساسخ ا شٜ اٌٝ [16]ٔز١غخ رعشؾُٙ ٌّذد ـ٠ٍٛخ ٌذ بْ ٚعٛادَ اٌّىب ٓ ٚاٌٌّٛذاد اٌّزٛاعذح ـٟ اٌّىبْ اسرفبح رشو١ض اٌىبد١َِٛ ـٟ ِػً اٌذَ ٌعّبي إٌفف ٚاٌجطبس٠بد ِٚطؽٍٟ اٌٌّٛذاد ٚضشـخ اٌّشٚس ٚسٛاق اٌؾبـالد ـٟ .ٌىْٛ ٘زا اٌعٕػش ِٓ [23]ذ٠ٕخ اٌّٛغً ٔز١غخ رعشؾُٙ اٌّجبضش ٌٍؽبصاد إٌّجعضخ ِٓ عٛادَ ٚلٛد اٌس١بساد ٚاٌٌّٛذاد ِ ِخٍفبد ص٠ٛد اٌزطؾ١ُ ٚاٌٛلٛد ٚوزٌه ٠سزعًّ ومطت ـٟ ثطبس٠بد ا١ٌٕىً ٚاٌىبد١َِٛ ٚـٟ اٌطالء اٌىٙشثب ٟ مٔٗ عٕػش ،ٚاْ اٌؾذ اٌّسّٛػ ثٗ %30عٓ ـش٠ك امسزٕطبق ٚد ٌٛٗ ٌٍش ز١ٓ ثٕسجخ ٚرضداد ٔسجخ رٛاعذٖ ثبٌذَ [22]ِمبَٚ ٌٍخذش .ٚرعذ اٌسغب ش ِػذساس ِٓ ِػبدس [24] ِىؽُ/ د٠س١ٍزش 0.1–0.04ٌزشو١ض اٌىبد١َِٛ ـٟ دَ امضخبظ ؼ١ش اٌّذ ١ٕٓ ٘ٛ وّب اْ اٌزذ ١ٓ ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ [25]ِب٠ىشٚؼشاَ ِٓ اٌىبد١َِٛ 1-2رٍٛس اٌٙٛاء ثبٌىبد١َِٛ ار رؾزٛٞ اٌس١غبسح اٌٛاؽذح عٍٝ اٌى١ّ١بء | 393 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 .وّب ٚغً ِعذي رشو١ض إٌؾبط [22]ص٠بدح ِسزٜٛ اٌىبد١َِٛ ـٟ دَ امضخبظ اٌّذ ١ٕٓ ٚـٟ اٌسب ً إٌّٛٞ ٚامدساس ثبٌٕسجخ ٌّغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح ،ٚ٘زا ِٛاـك ٌّبعبء ـٟ دساسخ ثّذ٠ٕخ اٌجػشح اسرفل 0.261( ِىؽُ/ ًِ ٚثفشق ِعٕٛٞ 0.726) ِىؽُ /ًِ ٚثفشق 2.85 اِب رشو١ض اٌؾذ٠ذ ، [26]عّبي رعجئخ اٌٛلٛد ٚاٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ اٌٍؾبَ ـ١ٙب رشو١ض إٌؾبط ٌذٜ ٟٚ٘ ٔسجخ ِشرفعخ ثبٌٕسجخ ٌّغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح ٌىٓ ٌُ رزوش اٌذساسبد اٌسبثمخ رشو١ضٖ ثبٌٕسجخ ٌٍعّبي اٚ 0.557ِعٕٛٞ اٌّعبدْ امسبس١خ اٌزٟ رذ ً ـٟ رشو١ت اٌغسُ ،ٚاْ والس ِٓ إٌؾبط ٚاٌؾذ٠ذ ٟ٘ ِٓ امضخبظ اٌّزعشؾ١ٓ ٌعٛادَ اٌٛلٛد ِىؽُ/ 1.66 -0.55ٌىٓ اٞ ص٠بدح اٚٔمػبْ ِّىٓ اْ رسجت ِطبوً غؾ١خ ِخزٍفخ ٚاْ رشو١ض اٌؾذ٠ذ اٌطج١عٟ ـٟ اٌغسُ ٘ٛ د ٠ٚجذٚ اْ سجت ص٠بدح ٘زا اٌعٕػش ٘ٛ ص٠بدح ٌضٚعخ اٌذَ ٚرشاوُ اٌؾذ٠ذ،ار اضبسد اؽذٜ اٌذساسب [27]ًِ ثبٌٕسجخ ٌٍشعبي .[19]اٌٝ اْ ثعؽ امضخبظ ٠عبْٔٛ ِٓ ص٠بدح ٌضٚعخ اٌذَ ٔز١غخ رشاوُ اٌىبد١َِٛ ٚاٌشغبظ ـٟ اعسبُِٙ ٌٚٛؽع ِٓ الي اٌج١بٔبد اْ ٔسجخ رٍه اٌّعبدْ رضداد ـٟ اعسبَ امضخبظ اموضش رعشؾبس ٌٍعًّ ـٟ رطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد إر ي ٚوزٌه ٌذٜ ثعؽ امضخبظ اٌّذ ١ٕٓ اِب ثبٌٕسجخ ٌعّش امضخبظ ـٍُ اصدادد ٔسجزٙب وٍّب وبٔذ اٌّذح اٌض١ِٕخ ٌٍعًّ اـٛ ٠الؽع اْ ٕ٘بن اسرجبـ ٚاؾؼ ث١ٓ ٔسجخ اٌّعبدْ ـٟ اٌغسُ ٚاٌعّش ـمذ رجب٠ٕذ اٌزشاو١ض ثب زالؾ اٌعّش ٚرٌه اعزّبداس عٍٝ ِٕبعخ اٌغسُ ٌىً ضخع . (testosterone. فحض َسبت انهشيىٌ انزكشي )2 دساسخ سبثمخ ٌّعشـخ ر ص١ش اٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ ـٟ إٌسجخ اٌطج١ع١خ ٌٍٙشِْٛ اٌزوشٞ ٌذٜ اٌعّبي ِطؽٍٟ اٌٌّٛذاد، ٌُ رغِش ٌزا رُ اعشاء ـؾع ٔسجخ اٌٙشِْٛ اٌزوشٞ ٌّعشـخ ِذٜ ر صش ٔسجزٗ ثزشاوُ اٌّعبدْ اٌسبِخ ٚرّضً إٌزب ظ اٌّٛؾؾخ ـٟ ٟ رطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد ٚاضخبظ ِغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح. ٚاضبسد إٌزب ظ رشو١ض اٌٙشِْٛ اٌزوشٞ ٌالضخبظ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـ 5اٌغذٚي ( ٔبٔٛؼُ/ٍٍِزش)ؽست 8.6-0.6اٌٝ اْ رشو١ض اٌٙشِْٛ اٌزوشٞ ٌذٜ امضخبظ ـٟ اٌّغّٛعز١ٓ ٘ٛ ؾّٓ اٌؾذ اٌطج١عٟ) شِْٛ ِبروش عٍٝ ِعذاد اٌغٙبص ِٚؾب١ٌٍٗ اٌم١بس١خ(،ام أٗ عٕذ ِمبسٔخ إٌزب ظ ٌٍّغّٛعز١ٓ ٌٛؽع أخفبؼ رشو١ض اٌٙ اٌزوشٞ ـٟ دَ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ثزطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد ثبٌٕسجخ ٌّغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح ٕٚ٘بن رؽ١ش ِعٕٛٞ ث١ٓ اٌم١ُ ٚلذ ٠ىْٛ اٌسجت ـٟ ٘زا امٔخفبؼ ٚعٛد اٌعٕبغش اٌضم١ٍخ ـٟ دَ اٌعّبي،إر اضبسد ثؾٛس سبثمخ اٌٝ اِىب١ٔخ رشست اٌعٕبغش اٌضم١ٍخ مس١ّب اٌشغبظ وّب اضبسد دساسخ ا شٜ ـٟ ِذ٠ٕخ اٌفٍٛعخ اٌٝ اؽزٛاء دَ اؼٍت اٌشعبي اٌز٠ٓ ٠عبْٔٛ ِٓ .[6,5]ـٟ أسغخ اٌغٙبص اٌزٕبسٍٟ اٌعمُ عٍٝ ٔسجخ ِٓ عٕػش اٌىبد١َِٛ ٚ٘زا ٠ط١ش اٌٝ ٚعٛد اسرجبـ ث١ٓ ٔمع أزبط اٌؾ١ٛأبد ا٠ٌّٕٛخ ٚاٌعمُ ٚث١ٓ ص٠بدح . [28]رشو١ض اٌعٕبغش اٌضم١ٍخ ـٟ اٌغسُ انتىطياث . رٛع١خ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ رطؽ١ً ٚغ١بٔخ اٌٌّٛذاد ثفٛا ذ ضشة اٌؾ١ٍت ثىضشح ٚرٕبٚي امؼز٠خ اٌؽ١ٕخ ٚاٌىبٌس١َٛ ٚاٌس١ٕ١ٍ١َٛ 1 ٚاٌّعبدْ ام شٜ ٌطشد اٌسَّٛ ِٓ اٌغسُ. ف١زب١ِٕبد م١ّ٘زٙب ـٟ رم٠ٛخ عٙبص إٌّبعخ. . رٕبٚي امؼز٠خ اٌؾب٠ٚخ عٍٝ ِؿبداد اموسذح ٚا2ٌ .ضشة اٌّبء ثىضشح ٌزٕم١خ اٌذَ ِٓ اٌسَّٛ ٚاٌطٛا ت ٚاٌّسبعذح ـٟ ا شاعٙب ِل اٌعشق ٚامدساس.3 .عذَ اٌجمبء ٌّذح ـ٠ٍٛخ ثبٌمشة ِٓ رٍه اٌٌّٛذاد ٌزم١ًٍ اٌزعشؼ ٌعٛادَ اٌٛلٛد.4 َ ٚاٌؽبصاد سزؤدٞ اٌٝ رٍٛس اٌغٛ ٚ رؤصش ـٟ غؾخ اٌسىبْ وّب .عذَ ٚؾل اٌٌّٛذاد ثبٌمشة ِٓ إٌّبصي مْ اٌعٛاد5 اصشد ـٟ عّبي رطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد. . اعشاء اٌّض٠ذ ِٓ اٌذساسبد ٌّعشـخ اٌزؽ١شاد اٌذ٠ِٛخ ٚاٌزؽ١شاد اٌٙش١ِٔٛخ ٌالضخبظ ِطؽٍٟ اٌٌّٛذاد ٚاٌٍّٛس دُِٙ 6 ثبٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ. انًظادس ِؾٍخ -ِٕطمخ اٌىشادح-(،)دساسخ امصبس اٌج١ئ١خ ٌٌٍّٛذاد اٌىٙشثب ١خ ـٟ ِذ٠ٕخ ثؽذاد2013)،.اٌشاٚٞ ،اس٠ظ ١شٞ،سٔب ؽبص1َ .297، 14ٚاسف -( ،ِغٍخ و١ٍخ اٌزشث١خ903 ،ِطبس٠ل ٚ طف ٚصاسح إٌمً (،)اٌٛلٛد إٌظ١ؿ ٚاٌس١بساد إٌظ١فخ ٌٍطشق امٚسف ٚضّبي اـش٠م١ب(2006.اٌؾفبس،ِؾّٛد )2 ٙٛاء اٌغٛٞ ـٛق اٌّذْ ـٟ اٌغّٙٛس٠خ اٌعشث١خ اٌسٛس٠خ/رمش٠ش عٓ ِذ٠ش٠خ اٌذساسبد ٚاٌجؾٛس امسزشار١غ١خ ٌزؾس١ٓ ث١ئخ اٌ اٌمب٘شح.–ٚضؤْٚ اٌج١ئخ (،)دساسخ ر ص١ش ِٛالل ٌِٛذاد اٌذ٠ضي عٍٝ اٌزؽ١ش إٌّب ٟ اٌّؾٍٟ ٌّذ٠ٕخ 2011.غجبػ ؽس١ٓ عٍٟ،داٚد ؽجٛ ِؾّذ،)3 .137، 2، 24ٌزشث١خ ٚاٌعٍَٛ ، اٌّٛغً ثبسزخذاَ ٔظُ اٌّعٍِٛبد اٌغؽشاـ١خ(،ِغٍخ ا 4. al-eed, m.a. ; assubaie, f.n. ; el-garawany, m.m. ; el-hamshary, h. and ei-tayeb z.m. (1997) determination of heavy metal levels in common spices. department of botany. اٌى١ّ١بء | 394 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 college of agriculture and food sciences. king faisal university, saudi arabia. a research paper published on line www.kfu.edu.sa/ar/>documents.p.p.2. 5. atsdr. (2007b). (toxicological profile for lead ), department of health and human services, public health service, agency for toxic substances and disease registry, march. atlanta, ga, us. http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxprofiles/tp.asp?id=96&tid=22 6. rothenberg, s. j.; khan, f.; manalo, m.; jiang, j.; cuellar, r. and reyes, s. (2000). (maternal bone lead contribution to blood lead during and after pregnancy). environmental research journal, 82(1), 81-90. 7.goyer,r.a.(1993). lead toxicology: current concerns. environmental health perspectives, 100:177-187. 8. duruibe, j. o.; ogwuegbu, m. o. and egwurugwu, j. n. (2007). heavy metal pollution and human biotoxic effects, international journal of physical sciences, 2 (5): 112-118. 9. enviromental defence canada ,(2011),( the health risks of hidden heavy metals in face makeup),available at www.environmentaldefence.ca, may( 2011) 10. betrice. d.b,(2010), ( heavy metals contented phytochemicals in some seasonings in kumasi metropolis), (ghana),a thesis of master of chemistry science ,college of science. 11. nysd, (new york state department of health), (1984),chemical fact sheet: copper sulfate. bureau of toxic substances management. albany, ny.2 12. turgut, s.; hacıoğlu, s.; emmungil, g.; turgut, g. and keskin. a. (2009), relations between iron deficiency anemia and serum levels of copper, zinc, cadmium and lead. polish j. of environ. stud.18;(2)273. 13. fnb (food and nutrition board. institute of medicine). (2001). iron. dietary reference intakes for vitamin a, vitamin k, boron, chromium, copper, iodine, iron, manganese, molybdenum, nickel, silicon, vanadium, and zinc. washington d.c.: national academy press. 290-393. 14.mdfc. (2000). minerals, drug facts and comparisons. st. louis: facts and comparisons: 27-51. (،رٍٛس دَ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ 2007ِٛسٝ عبسُ ِؾّذ،س٠بؼ عجبط عجذاٌغجبس،اٌعج١ذٞ،غبٌؼ ِؾّذ سؽ١ُ،) اٌؾ١ّص، .15 .15،ظ 2، اٌعذد19ِعًّ غٕبعخ امسّذح/ث١غٟ ثبٌعٕبغش اٌضم١ٍخ(،ِغٍخ اٌزشث١خ ٚاٌعٍُ ،اٌّغٍذ 16.(sas),(2012),statistical analysis system ,user's guide .version 9.1 th ed.sas inst. inc. cary .n.c.usa. (،)اٌسَّٛ ٚاٌٍّٛصبد اٌج١ئ١خ اٌذ٠ٕب١ِى١خ ٚاسغبثخ اٌغٙبص 2000ػّذ ِؾّذ )ع . عف١فٟ ،ـزؾٟ عجذاٌعض٠ض ،وبًِ،17 .130 – 101اٌزٕبسٍٟ اٌجٌٟٛ ٌّٙب (،داس اٌفغش ٌٍٕطش ٚاٌزٛص٠ل ،اٌمب٘شح ظ 18. kumar sharma, madhoolika agrawal, and fiona m. marshall. (2008). "heavy metal (cu, zn, cd and pb) contamination of vegetables in urban india: a case study in varanasi rajesh". environmental pollution 154, 2: 254-263. http://www.kfu.edu.sa/ar/%3edocuments.p.p.2 http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxprofiles/tp.asp?id=96&tid=22 اٌى١ّ١بء | 395 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 (،)رمذ٠ش رشاو١ض ثعؽ اٌعٕبغش اٌضم١ٍخ ٚدساسخ 2013. غذاَ ؽس١ٓ ـبؾً، بٌذ ـبسٚق عجذاٌؽفٛس،عٍٟ ـذعُ،)19 ٌسٕخ 1:7ثّذ٠ٕخ اٌشِبدٞ(،ِغٍخ عبِعخ امٔجبس ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ،اٌّزؽ١شاد اٌذ٠ِٛخ ـٟ دَ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ ٌِٛذاد اٌذ٠ضي 2013. 20. alhafari, r.n.; ramadhan, r.s.; and aljoboury, g.h.(2011). "effect of lead , cadmium and countinous exposure to heat as an occupation hazards on fertility in male workers". journal of al-nahrain university .4(4):132-136. 21.atsdr. (1999). (toxicological profile for lead (update). department of health and human services, public health service, agency for toxic substances and disease registry, march. atlanta, ga, us. (،)ل١بط ثعؽ اٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخـٟ دَ اٌؾجً اٌسشٞ ٌؾذ٠ضٟ اٌٛمدح ٚاِٙبرُٙ _دساسخ 2006.إٌّػٛس،ٍٔٙخ ِىٟ اؽّذ )22 .29ِمبسٔخ ث١ٓ ِذ٠ٕزٟ اٌش٠بؼ ٚاٌمط١ؿ(،سسبٌخ ِبعسز١ش ،عبِعخ اٌٍّه سعٛد،و١ٍخ اٌعٍَٛ،لسُ عٍَٛ اٌؾ١ٛاْ 23. haitt, v. and juff,j. (1975). "the environmental impact of cadmium, an overview". inter. j. environ.tud.. 7:277-281. 24. who. (1992). ipcs .environmental health criteria 134. cadmium. geneva.world health organization. .228-220(،)اٌزٍٛس اٌج١ئٟ( ،اٌطجعخ امٌٚٝ داس ٚا ً ٌٍطجبعخ ٚإٌطش ،عّبْ 2000.اٌعّش ِضٕٝ عجذاٌشصاق، )25 ِخزبسح ِزعشؾخ ٌٍخطٛسح ـٟ اٌجػشح(.سسبٌخ (،)ِسز٠ٛبد اٌفٍضاد اٌضم١ٍخ عٕذ ِغّٛعخ 1997.ِٙذٞ،عٛاد وبظُ )26 . 63عبِعخ اٌجػشح -ِبعسز١ش،و١ٍخ اٌطت 27.buchancova j , vrlik m ,knizkova m, mesko d&holko l,(1993).level of selected elements, fe, as, cd, pb, zn, ma, a biological samples from ferrochromium worker. brazils lek listy,(94),377. ر ص١ش اٌّعبدْ اٌضم١ٍخ عٍٝ اٌشعبي اٌعم١ّ١ٓ ـٟ ِذ٠ٕخ اٌفٍٛعخ ( ،)(2015. اٌّعٙذ اٌعبٌٟ ٌزطخ١ع اٌعمُ/عبِعخ إٌٙش٠ٓ، )28 /اٌّؤرّش اٌعٍّٟ اٌضبٌش ٌزطخ١ع ٚعالط اٌعمُ. اٌى١ّ١بء | 396 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تشاكيض انًحانيم انقياسيت نكم عُظش وانطىل انًىجي نه في جهاص االيتظاص انزسي:( 1)جذول μg/ml رشو١ض اٌّؾب١ًٌ اٌم١بس١خ اٌطٛي اٌّٛعٟ nm)) اٌعٕػش اٌزسٍسً st.3 st.2 st.1 1.5000 1.0000 0.5000 217.0 pb 1 0.4000 0.2000 0.1000 228.8 cd 2 2.0000 1.0000 0.5000 248.3 fe 3 2.0000 1.0000 0.5000 324.8 cu 4 st.=standard اٌى١ّ١بء | 397 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تشكيض انعُاطش انثقيهت نذي االشخاص االطحاء )يجًىعت انسيطشة( :(2) جذول pbرشو١ض إٌّطمخ اٌزذ ١ٓ اٌعّش /سٕخ اٌزسٍسً μg/ml cdرشو١ض μg/ml cuرشو١ض μg/ml feرشو١ض μg/ml 0.213 0.145 0.013 0.000 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 34 1 0.297 0.054 0.009 0.002 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 40 2 0.207 0.041 0.008 0.000 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 33 3 0.113 0.043 0.005 0.001 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 35 4 0.989 0.109 0.020 0.003 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 49 5 0.231 0.125 0.005 0.001 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 36 6 0.176 0.085 0.004 0.071 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 38 7 0.074 0.107 0.011 0.106 اٌذٚسح ِذ ٓؼ١ش 28 8 0.164 0.049 0.001 0.000 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 34 9 0.207 0.116 0.008 0.712 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 22 10 0.238 0.054 0.012 0.534 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 20 11 0.490 0.130 0.008 0.071 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 20 12 0.367 0.107 0.001 0.017 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 20 13 0.317 0.059 0.008 0.035 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 20 14 0.261 0.059 0.015 0.070 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 20 15 0.619 0.096 0.019 0.071 اٌج١بح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 22 16 0.150 0.683 0.017 0.827 اٌج١بح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 22 17 0.778 0.108 0.004 0.069 اٌج١بح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 20 18 0.395 0.136 0.013 0.017 اٌج١بح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 28 19 0.361 0.088 0.011 0.071 اٌج١بح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 27 20 0.332 0.12 0.01 0.134 _____ _____ 30 اٌّعذي s.d ____ ______ _____ 0.247± 0.006± 0.137± 0.231± اٌى١ّ١بء | 398 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تشكيض انعُاطش انثقيهت نذي االشخاص انعايهيٍ في تشغيم انًىنذاث انكهشبائيت )يجًىعت انعًال( :((3جذول pbرشو١ض إٌّطمخ اٌزذ ١ٓ اٌعّش /سٕخ اٌزسٍسً μg/ml cdرشو١ض μg/ ml cuرشو١ض μg/ ml feرشو١ض μg/ ml 3.0 0.93 0.211 0.850 اٌج١بح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 27 1 4.8 1.10 0.122 0.811 اٌج١بح ِذ ٓ 37 2 1.8 0.078 0.088 0.079 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ِذ ٓ 33 3 1.5 0.073 0.081 0.829 اٌج١بح ِذ ٓ 35 4 1.6 0.76 0.177 0.981 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 36 5 4.5 0.73 0.099 0.932 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 33 6 1.2 0.91 0.161 0.890 اٌج١بح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 25 7 3.2 1.00 0.251 1.004 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 45 8 2.1 0.51 0.150 0.629 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ِذ ٓ 36 9 1.9 0.93 0.090 0.711 اٌذٚسح ِذ ٓ 25 10 2.5 0.97 0.160 0.913 اٌذٚسح ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 36 11 1.3 0.091 0.099 0.086 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 37 12 1.7 0.87 0.121 0.271 اٌج١بح ِذ ٓ 32 13 4.8 1.09 0.172 1.201 اٌذٚسح ِذ ٓ 31 14 4.5 0.81 0.110 0.940 اٌؾبسص١خ ِذ ٓ 37 15 1.7 0.83 0.080 0.730 ؽٟ اٌغبِعخ ِذ ٓ 37 16 3.4 1.10 0.21 0.982 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 35 17 2.3 0.85 0.198 0.870 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 39 18 1.5 0.79 0.089 0.411 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 37 19 0.9 0.086 0.091 0.169 اٌؾبسص١خ ؼ١ش ِذ ٓ 34 20 2.51 0.725 0.133 0.615 _____ _____ 34 اٌّعذي s.d ____ ______ _____ 0.351± 0.006± 0.358± 1.276± اٌى١ّ١بء | 399 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انسيطشة ويجًىعت انعايهيٍ نًجًىعت انًقاست انعُاطش كيضاتش يعذل (4 ): جذول اٌخط اٌم١بسٟ( ± μg/mlِعذي رشاو١ض اٌعٕبغش) معدل ساعات العمل اليومية فترة معدل الوظيفة العمر معدل اسم fe cu cd pb المجموعة 0.332 0.12 0.01 0.134 م٠ٛعذ م٠ٛعذ 30 سٕخ )سٕخ (20_40 ِغّٛعخ اٌس١طشح 2.51 0.725 0.179 0.615 (8-12) سبعخ 5 سٕخ )سٕخ 1-8 ) سٕخ 34 ( سٕخ45 -25) ِغّٛعخ اٌعب١ٍِٓ ـٟ رطؽ١ً اٌٌّٛذاد *0.557 * 0.261 * 0.044 * 0.263 ____ _______ _______ l.s.d 5%** *p < 0.05 انسيطشة ويجًىعت انعايهيٍ نًجًىعت انهشيىٌ انزكشي كيضاتش يعذل :( (5جذول concentration of اسم المجموعة testosterone (ng\ml) ±s.d 0.59± 6.31 مجموعة السيطرة 0.46± 4.8 مجموعة العمال ttest (3 samples) *0.947 *p < 0.05 اٌى١ّ١بء | 400 2016( عبَ 3اٌعذد ) 29اٌّغٍذ ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍعٍَٛ اٌػشـخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 a survey study to indicate contamination ratio in blood of workers run generators in baghdad city from some heavy metals huda jabber hussein market research and protection center /university of baghdad received in:13/january/2016,accepted in:30/march/2016 abstract the aim of this study was to measure the concentration of some heavy metals (lead, cadmium ,iron and cupper) in blood samples of workers who operate the diesel generator in baghdad city(dora, harthya, bayaa and hay al jameaa ) ,and their effects on testosterone hormone. the study included two groups: the first control group consisted of 20 normal male (non workers and non smoking), and the second consisted of 20 male (generator workers). blood samples were collected from each two groups, where each sample was divided into two parts, the first part estimated blood concentrations of heavy metals while the second tested testosterone. data were treated statistically using (statistical analysis system 2012) program, and the averages of the studied values were compared by least significant difference (lsd) at the p< 0.05 level of probability.the results showed that the impact of exposure workers diesel generators for vapors emitted from generator exhausts have a high concentration of heavy metals which are significantly increased compared with the controlled group at probability of p <0.05,that significant difference was (0.351,0.133,0.358,1.276) for lead, cadmium, cupper and iron respectively which have significant effect on the testosterone hormone concentration that significant difference was (0.947) at the level of probability p< 0.05. key word: baghdad city, generators workers, heavy metals, atomic absorption , testosterone. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics | 177 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 analytic solutions for integro-differential inequalities using modified adomian decomposition method emane abdul lateef abdul razzaq samaher marez yassein dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn al – haitham) , university of baghda received in :2 /november /2016 accepted in: 18/december/2016 abstract this paper applies the modified adomian decomposition method (madm) for solving integro-differential inequality, this method is one of effective to construct analytic approximate solutions for linear and nonlinear integro-differential inequalities without solving many integrals and transformed or discretization. several examples are presented, the analytic results show that this method is a promising and powerful for solving these problems. keywords: modified adomian decomposition method ,linear and nonlinear integro-differential inequalities. mathematics | 178 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction in the last years , the back of growing interest in the integro differential inequalities (idis). idis performance a significant tool in various affiliates concerning nonlinear and linear efficacious analysis with applications in the theorem of mathematics, engineering, physics, chemistry, astronomy, biology, electrostatics, potential theory and economics[1]. the idis of high order appear in mathematical problems, engineering sciences and applied, astrophysics, solid state physics, astronomy, beam theory , fluid dynamics . to solve analytically so approximate solution is required to solve it easy and quickly because the analytic solutions are usually very difficult. the functional inequalities influence in real-life problems mathematical aspects, same partial or ordinary differential inequalities, stochastic inequalities, idis and integral. many kinds of physical phenomena of mathematical formulation contain aspects idis, these inequalities appear from time to time in biological models, chemical kinetics and fluid dynamics[2]. the nonlinear essential problems are still difficult to solve either theoretically or numerically. recently, the search for more efficient and better perform resolution ways for determining the solution, accurate or approximate , numerical or analytical, nonlinear problems[3,4,5], the analytical method called the adomian decomposition method (adm) known by adomian. this method is a promising and powerful tool for solving this problems stochastic problems and nonlinear physical problems[6], the importance of this research is to give a comparatives study to find out the accurate result of the madm in solving nonlinear and linear idis. this basic thing of this method can give us away for how to solve nonlinear and linear idis. integro-differential inequalities the idis of theory and application are very essential in important role .we can see them in many fields: engineering sciences. biological phenomena and physical in which it is very important to know how to deal with real life problems. the benefit of the idis advantage to know the fundamental problems and solve it in many methods. remark the idis is called ordinary if the derivative is taken with respect to one variable . other idis, on the contrary, contain derivatives with respect to different variables are called partial integrodifferential inequalities, which often occur in the mathematical physics, in the following sections the classification of the idi is giving [4,7] . ordinary integrodifferential inequalities(oidis): the (oidi) is an idi such that the obscure function is based on one independent variable, the (oidis) is classified into nonlinear and linear. 1. linear ordinary iintegrodifferential inequalities: the linear ordinary integro-differential inequality is an idi where the unknown function depends on a single variable which has one of the general forms: (1) (2) where k(x,y) known function namely kernel of idi is given by ineqs, g and h are known function of x.(1,2) and the unknown function f must be determined and a and are known mathematics | 179 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 parameters. next , we classified two types of the linear (oidis), called fredholm and voltera types. 1.1 fredholm linear ordinary integrodifferential inequalities: the integral operator if the limit of in ineqs. (1,2) does not depend on x i.e. if b(x)=b then ineqs.(1,2) is called fredholm linear oidis. in this case if h(x)=0 then ineqs.(1,2) minimize to the following inequalities: (3) (4) which is called the fredholm linear oidis of the first kind. if h(x)=1 in ineqs.(1,2) then ineqs.(1,2) becomes: (5) (6) which is namely the fredholm linear oidis of the second kind. if g(x)=0 then ineqs.(1) takes the form: (7) (8) which is namely the fredholm linear oidis of the third type. 1.2 volterra linear ordinary integrodifferential inequalities: if b(x)=x, then ineqs.(1,2) is called the volterra linear oidis .i.e  (9) (10) and such the fredholm linear oidis, the volterra linear oidis can be divided into first, second and third kind. 3.2 nonlinear ordinary integrodifferential inequalities: the nonlinear oidis take one of the general forms: (11)  (12) and such as the linear oides, the nonlinear oides can be classified into fredholm, volterra of the first, second and third kind. partial integrodifferential inequality(pidi): the partial integrodifferential inequality (pidi) is an integrodifferential inequality such that the unknown function depends on more than one independent variable like the oidis, the partial integrodifferential inequalities (pidis) is divided into linear and nonlinear. mathematics | 180 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 1. linear partial integrodifferential inequalities: the linear partial integro-differential inequality is an integro-differential inequality where the unknown function depends on more than one variable which has one of the general forms:    also if the upper limits of integral sign (b(x)&d(y))in ineqs.(3) do not depend on x and y respectively, then ineqs.(3) is called fredholm linear pidi. moreover, if b(x)=x and d(y)=y then ineqs. (3) is called volterra linear pidi. on the other hand, the fredholm or volterra linear pidis may be of the first, second or third kind. 2 .nonlinear partial integrodifferential inequalities: the nonlinear pidis has one of the general forms :    and like the linear pidis, the nonlinear pidis can be classified into fredholm, volterra of the first, second and third kind. remark: in this study, we attempt to solve the general form with less than or equal using the modified adomian decomposition method while the general form with greater than or equal can be solved using the same arguments, also we shall solve oidis with the attempted method. adomian decomposition method(adm): the adm an important analytical method, applied in the vast fields of integrodifferential equations.to illustrate procedure, consider the following volterra integro differential inequalities of the second type given by l(q (v)) ≤u (v)+ 𝜆 (r (q(s)) + 𝑁(q (s))) ds, 𝜆 0 (17) where the kernel 𝐾(v, s) and the function u(v) are given real valued functions, 𝜆 is a parameter, r(q(v)) and 𝑁(q(v)) are linear and nonlinear operators of q(v) [8],the differential operator l(q(v)) is the highest order derivative in the inequality, respectively. then, we assume that l is invertible via employing specified conditions and stratify l -1 the operator inverse to jointly directions (17) ,we obtain inequality steps: q (v) µ0+ l -1 u(v)+ l -1 ( 𝜆 (r (q(s)) + 𝑁(q(s))) ds), 𝜆 0 (18) where µ0 function appearing for integrating origin idiom from stratifying the specified conditions which are prescribed. and so on adm permit entry decomposition of q to an infinite series from components [9]: q(v) n(v) (19) moreover, the adm identifies the nonlinear term (q(v)) by the decomposition series: mathematics | 181 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 n(q)= n(v) (20) where 𝐴n is the so-called adomian polynomials, which can be evaluated by the following formula [10,11]: 𝐴𝑛 = n 𝑛 = 0, 1, 2, . . . . (21) substituting (19) and (20) into both sides of (18) gives: n (v) ≤ µ0+l -1 u(v)+l -1 (𝜆 ds),(22) the components various qn solution q can be facilely via employing recursive relation: q0 ≤ µ0+ l -1 u(v), qi+1 l -1 (𝜆 ds) for i ≥ 0 , (23) as a consequence, so few components can be written at first: q0≤ µ0+ l -1 u(v), q1 l -1 ( ds), (24) q2 l -1 (𝜆 ds), where the adomian polynomial can be evaluated by (4), specify components qn exists , n ≥ 0, in series form the solution q follows instantly. as it is mentioned before, this series can be summarized to provide a solution in closed form . modified adomian decomposition method: it clarifies how the modified on the assumption that the function t is possible to write as: t≤µ0 + e -1 u(v) , (25) components of qn are specified via using the following relation: q0≤t , (26) qi+1 e -1 ( ds), for i 0 (27) about the above equations, note that the component q0 is particular by the function t . the modified adomian decomposition method will minimize the volume of calculations, we split function t into two parts, t0 and t1. as follows the function would be: t ≤t0 + t1 (28) beneath this supposition ,we observe that incommodious different for components q0 and q1, where t0 allocated to q0 and in (26) t1 is combined with the other terms to allocate q1. as follows the modified recursive algorithm would be: (29) for i ≥ 1. mathematics | 182 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 however , the nonlinear term t(q) represents infinite series, it is called adomian polynomials an presented in the form: t(q) (q0,q1, q2 … qn) (30) adomian polynomials of nonlinear operator t(q) are needed several rules to follow[6]: a0 ≤t(q0) , a1≤q1 t'(q0) , (31) a2 q2 t'(q0) + q 2 1 t''(q0) , and so on; then substituting (31) into (30) gives : t(q) ≤a0 + a1 + a2 + … (32) to illustrate the effectiveness of the method, we presented several examples in the next section. some examples about linear and nonlinear integrodifferential inequalities: to demonstrate the accuracy and power of this method, we give several examples in this section, four examples for the integro-differential inequalities with initial condition and two examples for the integro-differential inequalities with boundary condition. example 1 : consider the second order-linear idi: j''(z)+zj' zj sin(z)+ (33) with initial condition : j(0)≤1 , j'(0)≤1 . (34) equation (33) can recast in operator form as follows: ej(z) sin(z)+ (35) we obtain the following equation via operating with twofold integral operator e −1 on (35) with the initial condition at z= 0 : j(z) 1+z+e -1 ( sin(z))+e -1 ( ) (36) the decomposition series replace in (19) for j(z) into (36) yields: n(z) 1+z+e -1 ( sin(z))+e -1 ( ) (37) subsequently, we split the terms into two parts j0(z) and j1(z) which are assigned , that are not included under e -1 in (37). the following repetition relation, we can obtain it: (z) ≤e z , (z) ≤2sinz-2z++l -1 ( ). (38) on the two-term approximant 2, we use the boundary conditions in (34) at z =0 where : 2 k , (39) mathematics | 183 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 to integrate these inequalities, we use matlab which gives : j(z) example 2 : the second-nonlinear idi: j''(z) sinh(z)+z (40) with initial condition : j(0)≤0 j'(0)≤1 . (41) equation (40) can recast in operator form as follows: ej(z) sinh(z)+z (42) we obtain the following equation via operating with twofold integral operator e −1 on (42) with the initial condition at z= 0 : j(z) z+e -1 (sinh(z)+z) e -1 ( ) (43) the decomposition series replace in (19) for j(z) and the polynomials series (20) into (43) yields: n(z) z+e -1 (sinh(z)+z) e -1 ( ) (44) subsequently, we split the terms into two parts j0(z) and j1(z) which are assigned , that are not included under e -1 in (44). the following repetition relation we can obtain it: (z) ≤sinh(z), (z)≤ e -1 ( ) (45) jk+1 e -1 (jk), for k ≥ 1. on the two-term approximant 2, we use the boundary conditions in (41) at z = 0 where: 2 k , (46) to integrate these inequalities, we use matlab which gives : j(z) sinh(z). example 3 : the third-order linear idi: j'''(z) sin(z) z (47) with initial condition : j(0)≤1 j'(0)≤0 j''(0)≤-1 . (48) equation (47) can recast in operator form as follows: ej(z) sin(z) z (49) we obtain the following equation via operating with threefold integral operator e −1 on (49) with the initial condition at z= 0 : j(z) 1 + e -1 (sin(z) z (50) subsequently, we split the terms into two parts j0(z) and j1(z) which are assigned , that are not included under e -1 in (50). the following repetition relation we can obtain it: (z) ≤cos(z), (z)≤ (51) mathematics | 184 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 on the two-term approximant 2, we use the boundary conditions in (48) at z =0 where: 2 k , (52) to integrate these inequalities, we using matlab which gives : j(z) cos(z). example 4 : the fourth-order linear idi: j iv (z) z(1+e z )+ 3e z +j(z) (53) boundary condition : j(0)≤1 j'(0)≤1 j(1)≤1+e j'(1)≤2e (54) exact solution : j(z)≤1+ze z equation (53) can recast in operator form as follows: ej(z) z(1+e z )+ 3e z +j(z) (55) we obtain the following equation via operating with fourfold integral operator e −1 on (55) with the boundary condition at z= 0 : j(z) e -1 (z(1+e z )+ 3e z )+ l -1 (j(z) (56) subsequently, specify the constants: . replace the series decomposition (19) for j(z) into (56) yields: n(z) e -1 (z(1+e z )+3e z )+l -1 ( j(z) (57) subsequently, we split the terms into two parts j0(z) and j1(z) which are assigned , that are not included under e -1 in (57). the following repetition relation we can obtain it: (z) =(1+z), (z)≤ z 2 + z 3 + e -1 (z(1+e z )+ 3e z )+l -1 ( j(z) (58) on the two-term approximant 2,we use the boundary conditions in (54) at z =1 to determine the constants m and n , where: 2 k , (59) the coefficients m and n , were obtained by using matlab with boundary conditions at z=1 in (54) given: m=1.981460647, n= 3.073642363. (60) as follows we get the series solution: j(z) (z+0.008333333333z 4 (z+5) 0.001388888889z 5 (z+6)+e z (z 1)+ 0.4907303236z 2 +0.1789403938z 3 +0.008333333333z 5 +2). example 5 : the fourth-order nonlinear idi: j iv (z)≤1+ (61) boundary condition: j(0)≤1 j'(0)≤1 j(1)≤e j'(1)≤e (62) exact solution : j(z)=e z equation (62) can recast in operator form as follows: mathematics | 185 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ej(z) 1+ (63) we obtain the following equation via operating with sevenfold integral operator e −1 on (63) with the boundary condition at z= 0 : j(z) 1+z e -1 (1)+ ) (64) subsequently, specify the constants: . substituting the decomposition series (19) for j(z) and the series of polynomials (20) into (64) yields: n(z) 1+z l -1 (1)+ ) (65) then, we split the terms into two parts which are assigned to j0( ) and j1(z) that are not included under e -1 in (65). we can obtain the following recursive relation: (z) ≤1 j1(z) ≤ e -1 (1)+ ) (66) je+1 e -1 (je), for e ≥ 1. to determine the constants m and n ,we use the boundary conditions in (62) at z =1 on the two-term approximant 2, where: 2 k , (67) the coefficients m and n , were obtained by using matlab with boundary conditions at z=1 in (62) given: m= 0.9770418826547086 , n= 1.092182087646879 . (68) as follows we get the series solution: j(z) (4z+4/e z + z/ e z 3455245347068909z 2 /6755399441055744 + . 4711175235158855z 3 /13510798882111488 + z 4 /24–3) some applications about (idi): to illustrate our study we present the following three applications 1. the movement process (lidi): 1. u(z,t) the density of a population is at position z and time t. 2. at rate g, individuals move to a new position s instantaneously. 3. h(u-v) is the proportion individuals moving from v to u. 2 . position jump process or ( kangaroo process): 1. an individual starts at position l and time v. 2. he waits time an exponentially-distributed( with parameter b). 3. … then jumps to a new location w that is governed by the distribution u(l-w). mathematics | 186 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 3. distributed infectives: 1. the infection rate is 𝛽. 2. the dispersal rate is d. 3. the kernel dispersal distribution k(u) . . 4. assumptions: k= s+i is the constant and conclusion the main idea of this paper was to give simple method for solving the integro-differential inequalities(idis). we applied a reliable modification of adomian decomposition method for idis. the analytic results show that the present method provides highly accurate analytical solutions for solving these types of equations. references 1.ganiyu t. o .a, k. a and okperhie, e.p, (january 2014) “ numerical solution of second order nonlinear fredholmvolterra integro differential equations by canonical basis function”, math. university of ilorin, nigeria, .4,pp 46-51 issn(e): 2278-4721, issn(p):2319-6483. 2.sweilam n. h. (2006)“fourth order integro-differential equations using variational iteration method” comp.math. appl. doi:10.1016/j.camwa. 12.055. 3. wang x. y. (1988) exact and explicit solitary wave solutions for the generalized fisher equation phys. lett. a 131 277-279. 4. jeffrey a. and mohamad m. n.b. (1991) exact solutions to the kdv-burgers equation,wave motion 14 369–375. 5. wadati m. (1972) the exact solution of the modified korteweg-de vries equation. j. phys. soc. jpn. 32 1681–1687. 6. adomian g. (1994) “solving frontier problems of physics: the decomposition method” kluwer boston. 7. j. manafianheris islamic azad university ahar branch (2012) “solving the integrodifferential equations using the modified laplace adomian decomposition method” journal of mathematical extension, . 6, . 1, , 41-55. mathematics | 187 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 8. roberto b. (2013) “a new modification of adomian decomposition method for volterra integral equations of the second kind” department of mathematics faculty of science,ningbo university, ningbo, zhejiang 315211, article id 795015, . 7, china. 9. waleed h .(2013)“solving nth-order integro-differential equations using the the combined laplace transform-adomian decomposition method” department of mathematics,college of computer science and mathematics,university of mosul, mosul, iraq , applied mathematics, 4, 882-886. 10. wazwaz a.-m. ( 2000) “a new algorithm for calculating adomian polynomials for nonlinear operators ” applied mathematics and computation.111,.1, . 33–51. 11. babolian e. and javadi sh. ( 2004) “new method for calculating adomian polynomials ” applied mathematics and computation . 153 .1 . 253– 259. table (1) comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(1) z j(z) madm error madm 0 1.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0 0.1 1.105170918075648 1.105170918075648 0 0.2 1.221402758160170 1.221402758160170 0 0.3 1.349858807576003 1.349858807576003 0 0.4 1.491824697641270 1.491824697641270 0 0.5 1.648721270700128 1.648721270700128 0 0.6 1.822118800390509 1.822118800390509 0 0.7 2.013752707470477 2.013752707470477 0 0.8 2.225540928492468 2.225540928492468 0 0.9 2.459603111156950 2.459603111156950 0 1 2.718281828459046 2.718281828459046 0 table (2) comparison between j(z) and madm of ex (2) z j(z) madm error madm 0 0 0 0 0.1 0.100166750019844 0.100166750019844 0 0.2 0.201336002541094 0.201336002541094 0 0.3 0.304520293447143 0.304520293447143 0 0.4 0.410752325802816 0.410752325802816 0 0.5 0.521095305493747 0.521095305493747 0 0.6 0.636653582148241 0.636653582148241 0 0.7 0.758583701839533 0.758583701839533 0 0.8 0.888105982187623 0.888105982187623 0 0.9 1.026516725708175 1.026516725708175 0 1 1.175201193643801 1.175201193643801 0 mathematics | 188 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (3) comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(3) z j(z) madm error madm 0 1 1 0 0.1 0.995004165278026 0.995004165278026 0 0.2 0.980066577841242 0.980066577841242 0 0.3 0.955336489125606 0.955336489125606 0 0.4 0.921060994002885 0.921060994002885 0 0.5 0.877582561890373 0.877582561890373 0 0.6 0.825335614909678 0.825335614909678 0 0.7 0.764842187284489 0.764842187284489 0 0.8 0.696706709347165 0.696706709347165 0 0.9 0.621609968270664 0.621609968270664 0 1 0.540302305868140 0.540302305868140 0 table (4) comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(4) z j(z) madm error madm 0 1.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0 0.1 16110517091807565 1.110436665972639 8.0425834926e-5 0.2 16244280551632034 1.244007774009804 2.72777622230e-4 0.3 16404957642272801 1.404452691951032 5.04950321769e-4 0.4 16596729879056508 1.596020529500754 7.09349555755e-4 0.5 16824360635350064 1.823532376710967 8.28258639097e-4 0.6 26093271280234305 2.092449721387156 8.21558847150e-4 0.7 26409626895229334 2.408949949987269 6.76945242065e-4 0.8 26780432742793974 2.780009947446942 4.22795347032e-4 0.9 36213642800041255 3.213498935541315 1.43864499941e-4 1 36718281828459046 36718281828459046 0 table (5) comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(5) z j(z) madm error madm 0 1.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0 0.1 18975917392715012 1.105071487041982 9.9431033665e-5 0.2 16221402758160170 1.221066243364148 3.36514796022e-4 0.3 16349858807576003 1.349237553045258 6.21254530745e-4 0.4 16491824697641270 1.490954828770756 8.69868870514e-4 0.5 16648721270700128 1.647709497531333 1.011773168795e-3 0.6 16822118800390509 1.821119620065656 9.99180324853e-4 0.7 26013752707470477 2.012933431747174 8.19275723302e-4 0.8 26225540928492468 2.225031968358038 5.08960134430e-4 0.9 26459603111156950 2.459430918853188 1.72192303762e-4 1 26718281828459046 26718281828459046 0 mathematics | 189 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 the solution at y2 x-axis y -a x is approximate series exact figure ( (1 comparison between j(z) and madm of ex( (1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 the solution at y2 x-axis y -a x is approximate series exact figure (2( comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(2) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 the solution at y2 x-axis y -a x is approximate series exact figure (3) comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(3 mathematics | 190 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 the solution at y2 x-axis y -a x is approximate series exact figure (4( comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(4). 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 the solution at y2 x-axis y -a x is approximate series exact figure ( (5 comparison between j(z) and madm of ex(5) mathematics | 191 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 تركيبيانحهول انتحهيهيت نهمتراجحاث انتفاضهيت انتكامهيت بطريقت ادوميه انت انمطورة ايمان عبذ انهطيف عبذانرزاق سماهر مرز ياسيه جايعت بغذاد /كهيت انتزبيت نهعهىو انصزفت / قسى انزياضياث 2112/كاوون األول/11قبم في: 2112/تشريه انثاوي/2استهم في: خالصتان يطبق هذا انبحث طزيقت ادوييٍ انتزكيبيت انًطىرة نحم انًتزاجحاث انتفاضهيت انتكايهيت وهي واحذة يٍ انطزائق انفعانت نتكىيٍ انحهىل انتقزيبيت انتحهيهيت نحم انًتزاجحاث انتفاضهيت انتكايهيت انخطيت وغيز انخطيت دوٌ حم انكثيز يٍ انتكايالث يثهت واننتائج اثبتج دقت وكفاءة انطزيقت وسهىنت االداء نحم هذه انًسائم.وانتحىيالث.وقذينا انعذيذ يٍ اال : طزيقت ادوييٍ انتزكيبيت انًطىرة , انًتزاجحاث انتفاضهيت انتكايهيت انخطيت وغيز انخطيت.انكهماث انمفتاحيت 347 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the commutator of two fuzzy subsets l. n. m. tawfiq , r. h. shihab department of mathematics, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. received in:2 march 2011 accepted in: 12 april 2011 abstract in this paper we introduce the idea of the commutator of two fuzzy subsets of a group and study the concept of the commutator of two fuzzy subsets of a group .we introduce and study some of its properties . key ward: fuzzy set , fuzzy group, normal fuzzy subgroup. 1.introduction applying the concept of fuzzy sets of zadeh to the group theory, rosenfeld introduced the notion of a fuzzy group as early as 1971. the technique of generating a fuzzy group (the smallest fuzzy group) containing an arbitrarily chosen fuzzy set was developed only in 1992 by malik , mordeson and nair, [1] . in this paper, we use our notion of commutator of two fuzzy subsets of a group. now we introduce the following definitions which is necessary and needed in the next section : definition 1.1 [1], [2] a mapping from a nonempty set x to the interval [0, 1] is called a fuzzy subset of x . next, we shall give some definitions and concepts related to fuzzy subsets of g. definition 1.2 let v,m be fuzzy subsets of g, if ( ) ( )xvx £m for every gx œ , then we say that m is contained in v (or v contains m ) and we write võm (or mn   ). if võm and vπm , then m is said to be properly contained in v (or v properly contains m ) and we write vãm ( or mn … ).[3] note that: v=m if and only if ( ) ( )xvx =m for all gx œ .[4] definition 1.3 [3] let v,m be two fuzzy subsets of g. then v and vm m» « are fuzzy subsets as follows: (i) ( ) { })(),(max)( xvxxv mm =» 348 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 (i) ( ) { })(),(min)( xvxxv mm =« , for all gx œ then vandv «» mm are called the union and intersection of m and v , respectively. definition 1.4[5] for v,m are two fuzzy subsets of g, we define the operation vom as follows: ( ) ( ) {{ } }v x sup min ( a ),v( b ) a,b g and x a* bm m= œ =o for all gx œ . we call vom the product of m and v . now, we are ready to give the definition of a fuzzy subgroup of a group. definition 1.5[1], [6] a fuzzy subset m of a group g is a fuzzy subgroup of g if: (i) ( ) ( ){ } ( )min a , b a* bm m m£ (ii) ( ) ( )aa mm =-1 , for all gba œ, . theorem 1.6 [3] if m is a fuzzy subset of g, then m is a fuzzy subgroup of g, if and only if, m satisfies the following conditions: (i) mmm õo (ii) mm =-1 where m-1(x) = m(x), " x œg. proposition 1.7 [6] let m be a fuzzy group. then ( ) ( ) gaea œ"£ mm . definition 1.8 [7] if m is a fuzzy subgroup of g, then m is said to be abelian if gyx œ" , , ( ) ( ) 0,0 >> yx mm , then ( ) ( )yxxy mm = . definition 1.9 [8] , [9] a fuzzy subgroup m of g is said to be normal fuzzy subgroup if ( ) ( )x* y y * x , x, y gm m= " œ . 2. the commutator of two fuzzy subsets of a group in this section we introduce the idea of the commutator of two fuzzy subsets of a group and prove some of its properties. definition 2.1 let l and m be two fuzzy subsets of g. the commutator of l and m is the fuzzy subgroup [ ]ml, of g generated by the fuzzy subset ( )ml, of g which is defined as follows for any x œ g: 349 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ( ) =)(, xml next, we will introduce some theorems about the commutator of two fuzzy subsets of a group which is useful in fuzzy mathematics . theorem 2. 2 if a, b are subsets of g, then ˙̊ ˘ íî è = baba ,],[ ccc , where for all x œ g: , ( ) ,a 1 if a a a 0 if a a c œï = ì œó proof: , ( , )b ba ac c c c è ˘ =< >î ˚ and [ , ] { ( ) ^ ( )}, ( , ) , x a b sup a b if x is acommutatorba ba 0 otherwise c c c c = ïô = ì ôó then: on the other hand , { })()(sup ba ml ÿ if x is a commutator x= [ ]ba, 0 otherwise, 1 if [ ]bax ,œ 0 0 otherwise (2) 1 if [ ] [ ]babax ,, œ= 0 0 otherwise (1) =],[ ba cc 350 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 = ˙̊ ˘ íî è )(, xbac from (1) and (2), we get ˙̊ ˘ íî è = baba ,],[ ccc . theorem 2. 3 for any two fuzzy subsets ml, of g , [ ] [ ]lmml ,, = proof : the result follows from definition (2.1) and definition(1.5 ). for more explanation we give the following example: example 2. 4 let mland be two fuzzy subsets of 3s ( the group of all permutations on the set { },3,2,1 ) defined as follows, for any x œ s3 : =)(xl =)(xm by definition ( 2.1 ) : ( ) =)(, xml { })()(sup ba ml ÿ if x is a commutator ],[ bax = 0 otherwise 1 if }{ex = ½ if { }ex -aœ 3 ¼ if 33 a-œ sx 1 if { }ex = ⅓ if ( ) ( ) ( ){ }23,13,12œx 0 otherwise 351 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 = hence [ ] ( ) =ò·= mlml ,, on the other hand : ( ) =)(, xlm hence [ ] ( ) =ò·= lmlm ,, thus [ ] [ ]lmml ,, = . theorem 2. 5 if bml ,, and d are fuzzy subsets of g such that ml õ and db õ , then: [ ] [ ]dmbl ,, õ . proof: [ ] ( )ò·= blbl ,, , by definition ( 2.1 ) for all gx œ , ( ) =)(, xbl 1 if { }ex = ⅓ if { }ex -aœ 3 0 otherwise 1 if { }ex = ⅓ if { }ex -aœ 3 0 otherwise 1 if { }ex = ⅓ if { }ex -aœ 3 0 otherwise 1 if { }ex = ⅓ if { }ex -aœ 3 0 otherwise { })()(sup ba bl ÿ if x is a commutator [ ]bax ,= { })()(sup ba dm ÿ if x is a commutator [ ]bax ,= 352 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 £ ( ) )(, xdm= thus, [ ] ( ) ( ) [ ]dmdmblbl ,,,, =ò·£ò·= hence, [ ] [ ]dmbl ,, õ . . corollary 2. 6 if ml, are fuzzy subsets of g such that ml õ , then [ ] [ ]dmdl ,, õ for every fuzzy subset d of g. proof: the result follows from theorem (2. 5) by taking db = . now, we introduce an important concept about the fuzzy subset. definition 2. 7 let l be a fuzzy subset of g. then the tip of l is the supremum of the set { }gxx œ)(l . theorem 2. 8 let mland be fuzzy subsets of g. then the tip of [ ]ml, is the minimum of tip of l and tip of m . proof: we want to prove that the tip of [ ], tip of tip ofl m l m= ÿ let tip of { } lgxx =œ= /)(sup ll and, let tip of { } mgxx =œ= /)(sup mm such that [ ]1,0, œml now, tip of ( )ml, ( ){ } { } [ ]{ } [ ]{ } { [ ] } { } { } ml gbbgaa gbaandbaxba gxbaxba gxbaxba gxx ÿ= œÿœ= œ=ÿ= œ=ÿ= œ=ÿ= œ= /)(sup/)(sup ,,/)()(sup ,,/)()(supsup ,,/)()(supsup /)(,sup ml ml ml ml ml 353 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 (< )> since, [ ] ( )ò·= mlml ,, therefore, tip of [ ] ml ÿ=ml, that is tip of [ ], tip of tip ofl m l m= ÿ . theorem 2. 9 let ml, be fuzzy subsets of g. if ( ) ( ) ksands =h= ml , then : [ ]( ) [ ]ks ,, h=ml . proof: first, we have ( ) { }| ( )s x g x 0 hl l= œ ò = and ( ) { }| ( )s x g x 0 km m= œ ò = . then : [ ]kh , and, [ ]( )ml,s ( )( )ò·= ml,s s= xx /{= : is a commutator } (2) from (1) and (2), we get [ ]( ) [ ]khs ,, =ml . the following example illustrates theorems (2. 8) and (2. 9). example 2. 10 let mland be a fuzzy subsets of 3s which are defined as follows: =)(xl [ ]{ } [ ]{ } , / , , / ( ) ( ) a b a h b k a b a 0 b 0l m = · ò œ œ = · ò > ò = { xx is a commutaltor } (1) 1 if { }ex = ⅓ if { }ex -aœ 3 ¼ if 33 a-œ sx { })()(sup ba ml ÿ if x is a commutator [ ]bax ,= 0 otherwise 354 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 and, =)(xm then, tip of 1=l and tip of =m ½ ( ) =)(, xml = since, [ ] ( )mlml ,, = . then : [ ] =)(, xml then tip of [ ] =ml, ½ tip of tip ofl m= ÿ also, ½ if 3aœx 0 otherwise 3, sx œ { })()(sup ba ml ÿ if x is a commutator [ ]bax ,= 0 otherwise ½ if { }ex = ⅓ if { }ex -aœ 3 0 otherwise 3, sx œ ½ if { }ex = ⅓ if { }ex -aœ 3 0 otherwise 355 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ( ) 3ss =l and ( ) 3a=ms ( ) ( )[ ] [ ] ( ) ( ){ } 3,,, asbsabass =œœ= mlml also, [ ]( ) 3, as =ml then, we get : [ ]( ) ( ) ( )[ ]mlml sss ,, = . next, we will give and prove the following propositions, which we will be needed later. proposition 2. 11 if l is a fuzzy subgroup of g, then : [ ] lll õ, . proof: for all ,gx œ ( ) =)(, xll = £ )(xl= { })()(sup ba ll ÿ if x is a commutator [ ]bax ,= 0 otherwise { })()()()(sup 11 -ÿÿÿ baba llll if x is a commutator [ ]bax ,= 0 otherwise ( ){ }11sup -babal if x is a commutator [ ]bax ,= 0 otherwise 356 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 that is ( ) lll õ, . hence [l, l] õ l. from theorem (2. 5) and proposition (2. 11) we obtain the following corollary : corollary 2. 12 let ndbml ,,,, and a be fuzzy subsets of g. if [ ] [ ]mldb ,, õ and [ ] [ ]mlan ,, õ . then [ ] [ ][ ] [ ]mlandb ,,,, õ . proof: since [ ] [ ]mldb ,, õ and [ ] [ ]mla ,, õv then : [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ]mlmlmladb ,,,,,,, õõv hence : [ ] [ ][ ] [ ]mlandb ,,,, õ . proposition 2. 13 let ml, be fuzzy subsets of g. then: [ ] [ ] [ ]mlmlml ,,, =o . proof: from definition (2. 1), [ ]ml, is fuzzy subgroup of g and by theorem (1.6) : [ ] [ ] [ ]mlmlml ,,, õo (1) now, let gx œ [ ] [ ]( ) [ ] [ ]{ }, , ( ) sup , ( ) , ( ), *x a b x a bl m l m l m l m= ÿ =o [ ] [ ]{ }xexex =ÿ≥ ),(,)(, mlml [ ] )(, xml= that is [ ] [ ] [ ]mlmlml ,,, oõ (2) from (1) and (2), we get : [ ] [ ] [ ]mlmlml ,,, =o . proposition 2. 14 let ndbml ,,,, and a be fuzzy subsets of g, such that [ ] [ ]mldb ,, õ and [ ] [ ]mlan ,, õ . then [ ] [ ] [ ]mladb ,,, õvo . proof: for all gx œ , [ ] [ ]( ) [ ] [ ]{ }, , ( ) sup , ( ) , ( ), *x a b x a bb d n a b d n a= ÿ =o [ ] [ ]{ }sup , ( ) , ( ), *a b x a bl m l m£ ÿ = [ ] [ ]( ) )(,, xmlml o= [ ] )(, xml= ( by proposition (2. 13) ) hence, [ ] [ ] [ ]mladb ,,, õvo . now, we can give the following corollary: corollary 2. 15 if ndbml ,,,, and a are fuzzy subsets of g, such that [ ] [ ]dmbl ,, õ , then : (i) [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]andmanbl ,,,, oo õ (ii) [ ] [ ] [ ]dmdmbl ,,, õo (iii) if [ ] [ ]anbl ,, õ , then [ ] [ ] [ ]andmbl ,,, oõ . proof: the result follows from proposition (2. 14). 357 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 next, we will give and prove the following proposition : proposition 2. 16 let [ ] [ ]dmbl ,,, be two fuzzy subgroups of g. then [ ] [ ] )(,)(, ee dmbl = if and only if, [ ] [ ] [ ]dmblbl ,,, oõ and [ ] [ ] [ ]dmbldm ,,, oõ . proof: first, if [l, b ](e) = [m, d](e), we prove : [ ] [ ] [ ]dmblbl ,,, oõ and [ ] [ ] [ ]dmbldm ,,, oõ . let gx œ , [ ] [ ]( ) [ ] [ ]{ }, , ( ) sup , ( ) , ( ), *x a b x a bl b m d l b m d= ÿ =o [ ] [ ]{ }, ( ) , ( ), *x e x x el b m d≥ ÿ = [ ] [ ]{ }, ( ) , ( ), *x e x x el b l b= ÿ = [ ] )(, xbl= that is, [ ] [ ] [ ]( ) )(,,)(, xx dmblbl o£ for all gx œ . hence, [ ] [ ] [ ]dmblbl ,,, oõ also, [ ] [ ]( ) [ ] [ ]{ }, , ( ) sup , ( ) , ( ), *x a b x a bl b m d l b m d= ÿ =o [ ] [ ]{ }, ( ) , ( ), *e x x e xl b m d≥ ÿ = [ ] [ ]{ }, ( ) , ( ), *e x x e xm d m d= ÿ = [ ] )(, xdm= that is [ ] [ ] [ ]( ) gxallforxx œ£ )(,,)(, dmbldm o hence [ ] [ ] [ ]dmbldm ,,, oõ . conversely, we prove [ ] [ ] )(,)(, ee dmbl = . suppose [ ] [ ] )(,)(, ee dmbl π , then if [ ] [ ] )(,)(, ee dmbl ≥ . [ ] [ ] [ ]( ) )(,,)(, ee dmblbl o£ [ ] [ ]{ }sup , ( ) , ( ), *a b e a bl b m d= ÿ = [ ] [ ]{ }, ( ) , ( ), *e b e e el b m d£ ÿ = [ ] )(, edm= that is [ ] [ ] )(,)(, ee dmbl £ , which is a contradiction . now, if [ ] [ ] )(,)(, ee bldm ≥ ,then in the same way we get a contradiction. therefore [ ] [ ] )(,)(, ee dmbl = . references 1 .malik . d.s. , mordeson . j. n. and nair. p. s. ,(1992) ” fuzzy generators and fuzzy direct sums of abelian groups”, fuzzy sets and systems,.50, 193-199, 2.majeed.s.n., (1999)”on fuzzy subgroups of abelian groups”,m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad,. 3.mordesn j.n.,( 1996)”l-subspaces and l-subfields” , . 4.hussein. r. w., (1999)”some results of fuzzy rings” , m.sc. thesis , university of baghdad ,. 358 صرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 5.liu. w.j., (1982) ”fuzzy invariant subgroups and fuzzy ideals”, fuzzy sets and systems . l.8. 133-139,. 6.abou-zaid. , (1988)” on normal fuzzy subgroups ” , j.facu.edu.,.13, . 7. seselja .b and tepavcevic a. , (1997) “anote on fuzzy groups” , j.yugoslav. oper. rese ,.7, no.1, pp.49-54, . 8.gupta k.c and sarma b.k., (1999) “nilpotent fuzzy groups” ,fuzzy set and systems ,.101,.167-176 ,. 9.seselja . b . and tepavcevic a. ,(1996) “ fuzzy groups and collections of subgroups ” , fuzzy sets and systems ,.83 ,.85-91 ,. 10.bandler. w. and kohout. l. , (2000) semantics of implication operators and fuzzy relational products, internat. j. manmachine studies 12 89 -116 . المبادل لمجموعتان جزئيتان ضبابيتان رجاء حامد شهاب ¡ لمى ناجي محمد توفيق .جامعة بغداد –كلية التربية أبن الهيثم –قسم الرياضيات .2011نيسان 12قبل البحث في ñçðç2011 2:استلم البحث الخالصة يتضمن البحث تقديم فكرة المبادل لمجموعتان جزئيتان ضبابيتان ودراسة مفهوم المبادل لمجموعتان جزئيتان ضبابيتان من زمرة و دراسة خواصها وتقديم البراهين المهمة حول المفهوم . المجموعات الضبابية ، الزمر الضبابية الكلمات المفتاحية : the commutator of two fuzzy subsets applying the concept of fuzzy sets of zadeh to the group theory, rosenfeld introduced the notion of a fuzzy group as early as 1971. the technique of generating a fuzzy group (the smallest fuzzy group) containing an arbitrarily chosen fuzzy set was developed only in 1992 by malik , mordeson and nair, [1]. in this paper, we use our notion of commutator of two fuzzy subsets of a group. for are two fuzzy subsets of g, we define the operation as follows: if is a fuzzy subgroup of g, then is said to be abelian if , , then . next, we will give and prove the following proposition : first, if [(, (](e) ( [(, (](e), we prove : references لمى ناجي محمد توفيق ,رجاء حامد شهاب قسم الرياضيات – كلية التربية أبن الهيثم – جامعة بغداد. الخلاصة conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 53 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 the effect of the (se) percentage on compositional, morphological and structural properties of bi2(te1-xsex)3 thin films ikhlas h.shallal dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science /(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad falah i.mustafa al-attar solar energy research center, renewable energy directorate, ministry of higher education and scientific research, baghdad, iraq hadeel f. hussain dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science /(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad, iraq received in :3/october/2016,accepted in:18/december/2016 abstract alloys of bi2[te1-x sex]3 were prepared by melting technique with different values of se percentage (x=0,0.1,0.3,0.5,0.7,0.9 and 1). thin films of these alloys were prepared by using thermal evaporation technique under vacuum of 10 -5 torr on glass substrates, deposited at room temperature with a deposition rate (12nm/min) and a constant thickness (450±30 nm). the concentrations of the initial elements bi, te and se in the bi2 [te1-x sex]3 alloys with different values of se percentage (x), were determined by xrf,the morphological and structural properties were determined by afm and xrd techniques. afm images of bi2[te1-x sex]3 thin films show that the average diameter and the average surface roughness increase with the increase of the percentage of se. the x–ray diffraction measurements for bulk and thin films of bi2[te1-xsex]3 have polycrystalline structure with rohmbohedral structure, with space group r 3 m, and a strong (015) preferred orientation, the crystallite increase with the increase of se percentage . keywords :bismuth selenide, cadmium selenide, thermoelectric, thin films, thermal evaporation, structural properties. physics | 54 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction scientists and researchers recently focused on the study and expand both clean and renewable energies, and tended to diminish the credence on energy that is produced from fossil fuels (e.g. oil ,gas, petroleum and coal etc). also because of the negatively effect on the surrounding environment for this type of fuel and in turn on human ,therefore the most frequent type of energy that scientists and researchers had concerned since 1950, was the energy that produced by thermoelectric devices, in which the materials have a thermoelectric properties, this means, materials which are able to make thermal energy to be direct conversion into electrical energy and vice versa[1]. in 1954goldsmid demonstrated the excellent thermoelectric properties of bismuth telluride, attributed mainly to the large mean molecular mass, low melting temperature and partial degeneracy of the conduction and valence bands of this v-vi chalcogenide .since that, bismuth telluride has been widely studied as a thermoelectric material with a narrow band gap, particularly in the temperature range around 300 k[2,3]. bi2te3 or bi2se3 has a rombohedral structure with space group r 3 m, and the lattice is stacked in a repeated sequence of five atom layers: te 1 -bi-te 2 bi-te 1 along the c-axis, te or and (se) and bi layers are held together by strong ionic-covalent bonds (te 1 or\ and se 1 -bi and bi_te 2 or \and se 2 ), while the te 1 or\and se 1 bonds between cells are of the van der walls type and are extremely weak [4, 5]. bismuth telluride compounds can be doped as either nor p-type material by creating either a tellurium-rich composition or a bismuthrich composition respectively [6]. the aim of study the aim of this study is to produce thermoelectric bi2(te1-xsex)3 thin films using thermal evaporation technique ,and look into the effectiveness of (se) percentage on the structural properties , in order to use it in the future to make thermoelectric devices, which were very effective to provide a clean renewable energies to ensure a clean surrounding environment . experimental procedure alloys of bi2[te1-x sex]3 were fabricated by using exact amount of high purity (99.99%) powders of source materials (bi, te and se elements ), accordance with their atomic percentages of se (x=0,0.1,0.3,0.5,0.7,0.9 and 1), each alloy was put in an evacuated quartz ampoule to vacuum ~10 -4 torr , then put them in thermal oven to temperature of 923 k (650 °c) for 6 hours until ensuring homogeneous components and fused with each other, then leave them cooled gradually until they reached room temperature. the alloys were grinded well until they became powder to be manufacture a bi2[te1-x sex]3 thin films with thicknesses (450±30 nm) which were deposited at room temperature on corning 7059 microscopic glass substrate by thermal evaporation method under suitable vacuum (10 -5 torr). the compositional, morphological and structural properties had been tested by xrf, afm and xrd techniques. results and discussion the concentrations of the initial elements bi, te and se in the bi2 [te1-x sex]3 alloys with different values of se percentage (x) where (x=0,0.1,0.3,0.5,0.7,0.9 and 1), were determined by xrf, the results were tabulated in table (1) ,it can be noticed that the compositional analysis of these alloys are in good stoichiometric percentage compared with the theoretical atomic percentages. the afm test show increasing of the diameter and the roughness of bi2[te1-xsex]3 thin films with the increase of the se percentage as shown in the figure (1), and this result agree with the results of xrd measurements and also agree with references[7,8]. the results of afm measurement of bi2[te1-xsex]3 thin films are listed in table (2). xrd technique has been used to calculate the miller coefficients by using the relation between the intensity and 2θ for all samples of bi2[te1-xsex]3 alloys and thin films with different values of physics | 55 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 se percentage (x=0,0.1,0.3,0.5,0.7,0.9 and 1). the xrd patterns of bi2[te1-xsex]3 alloys showed a rombohedral structure with space group r 3 m, and with a strong (015) preferred orientation ,the observed peaks have been analyzed and indexed using standard pattern joint committee on powder diffraction standards (jcpds) as shown in figure (2) and we noticed the peak (015) moves towards the larger 2θ when se percentage increases , agree with references [9,10,11],and that means there is an effect on the structure properties because of the increasing of the se percentage . the values of the crystalline size determined by scherrer formula that presented by (1) [12], and we found that the grain size increase with the increase of the se percentage (table 3). g.s= where :full width at half maximum intensity θ: bragg angle (degree) λ : wavelength (nm) the xrd of bi2[te1-xsex]3 thin films have a polycrystalline structure with rohmbohedral structure, and it can be noticed that the main peak in all films is (015) as shown in table (3) and the observed peaks have been analyzed and indexed using standard pattern(jcpds) as shown in figure(4).also the test is shown by using scherrer formula, the crystallite is increasing as function of se percentage, agrees with[13], that’s mean the percentage of se is affected on the structural properties of films as shown in table (4). conclusions we can summarize the results of the present work as follows: the compositional analyses of bi2[te1-xsex]3 alloys are in good stoichiomertric percentage compared with the theoretical atomic percentage. the afm measurement shows an increase of the diameter and the roughness of bi2[te1-xsex]3 thin films were the increase of (se) percentage. the structural properties of bi2[te1-xsex]3 alloys and thin films which prepared with different x percentages (x=0 , 0.1 ,0.3 ,0.5 ,0.7,0.9 and 1) by thermal evaporation technique, were by xrd technique confirmed that all alloys and thin films have a rhombohedral structure with r 3 m space group with a preferred orientation along (015), and we found that the main orientation for all samples was 015 , so the se percentage affects the structure of the studied alloys and thin films. references 1rowe, d. m.,(1995) in crc handbook of thermoelectrics, boca raton, 90. 2arivouli, d.;gnanam f. d.; ramasamy p.; mater j., (1988).'' growth and microhardness studies of chalcogneides of arsenic, antimony and bismuth " sci.lett", 7, 711-713. 3elahi, s. m.; taghizadeh a.; hadizadeh a. and dejam l. (2014),'' effect of thickness and annealing on structural and optical properties of bi2te3 thin films prepared from bi2te3 nanoparticels'' int. j. "thin film. sci.tec." 3( 1), 13-18 4hasan, m.z., kane c.l., (2010) ''topological insulators'' 2010, rev.mod.phys.82:3045. 5zhang, w.; yu r., zhang h-j.; dai x. ;and fang z., (2010), ''quantized anomalous hall effect in magnetic topological insulators'', new j. phys., 329(61), 4. 6lovett, d. r., (1977),'' semi metals and narrow band – gap semiconductors'', pion limited, london, 181. 7neuberger, m., (1966), ''electronic properties information center, the system of bismuth telluride and bismuth selenide'' , data sheet ds-147. physics | 56 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 8hussain, kh.rasheed; ghuson h .mohamed ;and khalil i. inad, ( 2014), ''dependence of structure and optical characterization of bi2te films prepared by flash evaporation on annealing temperatures'', eng. &tech. journal, 32, part (b), 4, 729-736. 9khalil ibrahim inad, (2014), "study thermoelectrical characterization (bi2te3),(bi2te3)xsb1-x and (bi2te3)xse1-x as a peltier device", baghdad university, phd thesis. 10dheepa, j.; sathyamoorthy r.; subbarayan a.; and natarajan k. (2004), ''transport properties of sb2te3 doped bi2tethin films'' ,solar energy materials and solar cells. 81 , 305_312. 11-. zou h, rowe d.m; and min g, (2001),'' growth of pand n-type bismuth telluride thin films by co-evaporation'', journal of crystal growth , 222 (1-2) 82-87 12shafai c.; and brett m.j., (1999) , optimization of bi2te3 thin films for microintegrated peltier heat pumps, ''j. vac. sci. technol'', 15, 2798 13zhang g.; qin h.; teng j.; jiandong g.; qinlin; g. xi.; fang z.;, and wua k., (2009) , ''quantized anomalous hall effect in magnetic topological insulators ",app. phys lett. 95(5),3114, . table (1) the theoretical and experimental atomic percentage of bi2 (te1-x se x)3 alloys alloys elements atomic percentage % theoretical experimental bi2te3 bi 40 42.6 te 60 57.4 bi2(te0.9 se 0.1)3 bi 40 41.9 te 50 47.2 se 10 11.8 bi2(te0.7 se 0.3)3 bi 40 41.4 te 40 37.1 se 20 21.5 bi2(te0.5 se 0.5)3 bi 40 41.08 te 30 31.7 se 30 27.62 bi2(te0.3 se 0.7)3 bi 40 41.1 te 20 19.2 se 40 39.7 bi2(te0.1 se 0.9)3 bi 40 40.9 te 10 10.2 se 50 48.9 bi2se3 bi 40 40.02 se 60 59.88 physics | 57 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 x hkl 2ө(exp)(degree) d value (stand.)(a°) d d value (exp) (a°) i/i°(a.u) 0 0015 44.57 2.07 2.031 45% 015 28.22 3.205 3.220 100% 006 17.51 4.777 5.060 45% 0.1 015 28.32 3.12 3.230 100% 0015 44.6 3.12 3.132 85% 006 17.52 2.31 2.326 42% 0.3 015 28.62 2.562 2.829 100% 006 38.56 1.283 1.268 32% 0015 50.40 1.808 1.808 45% 0.5 006 18.23 4.85 4.783 13% 015 28.78 3.074 3.045 85% 0015 45.26 2.133 2.242 60% 0.7 006 17.4 5.1 4.728 40% 0015 47.72 2 1.903 45% 015 28.9 3.22 3.024 100% 0.9 006 18.53 3.74 4.783 62% 015 29.03 3.237 3.044 87% 0015 46.17 2.19 2.242 50% 1 006 18.75 3.205 4.728 60% 0015 47.72 3.599 1.903 58% 015 29.51 3.183 3.024 100% x d (nm) roughness 0 74 0.375 0.1 75.65 0.4 0.3 79.08 0.434 0.5 80 1.96 0.7 82 2.02 0.9 92.96 2.19 1 102.63 5.48 table (3) the parameter of 2θ ,hkl, the interplaner of the crystals d and the grain size g.s (nm) of bi2(te1-xse x)3 alloys table (2) the afm results showing the grain size and the roughness of bi2(te 1-x se x)3 thin films physics | 58 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 x hkl 2θ dxrd dastm g.s (nm) i/i° (a.u) 0 015 26.5833 3.350 3.222 9.8 100% 1010 34.3722 3.649 20% 101 21.5087 4.128 10% 0.1 015 27. 2 3.249 3.074 10.7 100% 1010 38.1402 2.357 40% 101 22.12 4.128 42% 0.3 015 28.02 3.182 3.074 12.8 100% 1010 38.56 4.575 45% 101 23.13 3.842 40% 0.5 015 28.1059 3.172 3.074 10.2 80% 101 23.2672 3.267 30% 1010 39.4093 2.284 25% 0.7 101 21.46 3.235 3.047 11 70% 015 28.6751 3.110 100% 1010 40.0139 2.251 60% 0.9 015 29.16 3.06 3.074 11.7 100% 101 22.86 3.21 40% 1010 40.3536 2.23 30% 1 1010 47.311 3.26 3.205 20.4 20% 101 22.5585 3.94 80% 015 29.2462 3.16 100% table (4) the parameter of 2θ, hkl, the interplaner of the crystals d and the grain size g.s (nm) of bi2(te1-xse x)3 thin films physics | 59 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (1) afm pattern of bi2(te1-x sex)3 thin films with different (se) percentages. a) x= 0,0.1,0.3,0.5 and b) x= 0.7,0.9,1.0. a b physics | 60 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure ( 2) xrd patterns for bi2(te1-x sex)3 alloys with different (se) percentage. physics | 61 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (3) xrd patterns of bi2(te1-x sex)3 thin films with different (se) percentages physics | 62 2012( عام 1العدد ) 30صرفة و التطبيقية المجلدمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 انرقيقة bi2(te1-x sex)3( عهى انخواص انسطحية وانتركيبية الغشية seتأثير وسبة ) اخالص هميم شالل جايعت بغذاد )ابٍ انهُثى(/ كهُت انخشبُت نهعهىو انصشفت /قسى انفُضَاء فالح مصطفى انعطار وصاسة انعهىو وانخكُهىجُا/ دائشة بحىد انطاقت انًخجذدة /يشكض بحىد انطاقت انشًسُت هديم فاضم حسيه جايعت بغذاد / )ابٍ انهُثى( كهُت انخشبُت نهعهىو انصشفت /قسى انفُضَاء 6102/كاوون االول /01,قبم في: 6102/تشريه االول/3استهم في : انخالصة بعًهُت صهش انًىاد االونُت وفق َسب يخخهفت نُسبت انسُهُُُىو bi2(te1-x sex)3حى ححضُش سبائك انًشكب (x=0 , 0.1 ,0.3 ,0.5 ,0.7,0.9 and 1) . 10باسخخذاو حقُُت انخبخُش انحشاسٌ ححج ضغط فشاغ َصم انً هااالغشُت انشقُقت نهزا انًشكب حى ححضُش -5 torr) حُذ حى ) . .nm 30±450)بسًك ) 12nm/min)بًعذل حشسُب)حشسُب انًادة عهً قىاعذ صجاجُت َظُفت فٍ دسجت حشاسة انغشفت , ايا انخىاص انخشكُبُت xrf( باسخخذاو جهاص فهىسة االشعت انسُُُُت bi ,te and seقذ حى انخأكذ يٍ َسب انًىاد األونُت ) باخخالف َسبت انسُهُُىو فُها بىاسطت جهاص حُىد االشعت انسُُُت bi2(te1-x sex)3نهسبائك واالغشُت انشقُقت نًشكب xrd انشقُقت حى فحصها باسخعًال جهاص ايا انخىاص انسطحُت نالغشُتafm وقذ وجذ اٌ اقطاس انحبُباث حضداد بضَادة َسبت انسُهُُُىو فُها وكزنك َضداد يعذل انخشىَت فُها اٌ قُاط حُىد االشعت انسُُُت وجذ اٌ انسبائك واالغشُت انشقُقت نها r حشكُب يخعذد انخبهىس رو حشكُب سذاسٍ وفسحت يجًىعت 3 m ( ٍوكزنك بُُج اٌ 015وكاَج انقًت انسائذة واالقىي ه ) حجى انبهىسَاث َضداد بضَادة َسبت انسُهُُُىو فٍ انًشكب . , انخبخُش انحشاسٌ, وخىاص ,اغشُت سقُقت: بضيىد حُهىساَذ , بضيىد سُهُاَذ, خىاص كهشو حشاسَت انكهمات انمفتاحية حشكُبُت . 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بالدودة شوكیة liza abuبعض الجوانب البیئیه إلصابة سمكة الخشني العراق، في محافظة النجف neoechinorhynchus iraqensis الرأس *ناجي حمادي عبد ونوري علي الحدیثي ، جاسم حمید طاهر كوفة ، المعهد التقني دیوان وزارة التعلیم العالي والبحث العلمي* الخالصة ة المحصـورة مـا بـین مـدختلفة فـي محافظـة النجـف خـالل النموذجاً من أسماك الخشني من مواقع صید مأ 803تم جمع .nمنهـا مصـابة بالـدودة شـوكیة الـرأس % 9.3من بین هـذه األسـماك كـان هنـاك 1991.وأیلول 1990شهر تشرین االول iraqensis وعمومـاً ، كانت التغیرات الحاصلة في نسبة اإلصابة مطابقـة لتغیـرات شـدة اإلصـابة 1.8.وأن شدة اإلصابة لوحظت تغیرات شهریة طفیفـة باإلصـابة الـى عالقتهـا بطـول األسـماك . األسماك) عمر(أزدادت نسبة اإلصابة بزیادة طول ــــها ـــــنس وجنسـ ـــــدودة الخیطیـــــة جـ ــــث للـ ـــي الثالـ ـــــود الطـــــور الیرقـــ ـــاجم عـــــن وجـ ــاء والتضـــــاد النـــ ـــرارة المــــ ــــة حــ وغـــــذائها ودرجــ contracaecum في األسماك قید الدراسة . المقدمة اال أنهـا واحـدة مـن ، تُعـدُّ سـمكة صـغیرة نسـبیاً ) حلیـاً بأسـم أبـو خریـزه التـي تعـرف م(على الرغم من أن سمكة الخشـني تتعـرض هـذه السـمكه شـأنها فـي ذلـك شــأن . أسـماك المیـاه العذبـة الشـائعة فـي وسـط وجنـوب العـراق وهـي سـمكة غـذاء مهمـة neoechinorhynchusشـوكیة الـرأس ةومن بین هـذه الطفیلیـات الـدود .األسماك االخرى لإلصابة بالطفیلیات و األمراض iraqensis المعروفة أیضاً بأسمها ) 1(في أمعاء أسماك الخشني 1979 التي سجلت ألول مرة في العراق عامmugil hishni تحـت أسـم n. agilis . وبعـد هـذا التسـجیل وطبقـاً لمـا أوردهm haisen )2 ( بحثـاً عـن ظهـور هـذا 29نشـر n. agilisنوعـاً مـن أسـماك المیـاه العذبـة العراقیـة وعلـى أثـر ذلـك صـحح االسـم مـن 14الطفیلـي فـي أسـماك الخشـني وفـي علــى الـرغم مــن وجــود عـدد البــأس بــه مـن المصــادر العلمیــة ). 3(بعــد أن تـم وصــفه نوعــاً جدیـداً n. iraqensisالـى تطرقـت الـى النـواحي البیئیـة المختلفـة قـد) 4 7(المتعلقة بظهور هذه الدودة في األسماك العراقیة اال ان اربعة مصـادر فقـط التـي ، ولهـذا السـبب فـان الدراسـة الحالیـة) 5(والحمـري ) 7 ،6 ، 4 (إلصـابة هـذه الـدودة لنـوعین مـن األسـماك همـا الخشـني فــي أسـماك الخشـني مـن محافظــة النجـف ألول مـرة تهـدف الـى تســلیط الضـوء علـى بعـض النــواحي ةتصـف ظهـور هـذه الـدود ذا مـا أخـذ بنظـر األعتبـار أن هـذا الطفیلـي معــروف ا السـیمالـك المنطقــة بة هـذا الطفیلـي ألسـماك الخشـني فـي تالبیئیـة إلصـا ). 8،9 (بتأثیراته المرضیة في األسماك 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المواد وطرائق العمل أســماك الخشــني مـــن الصــیادین المحلیـــین فــي محافظــة النجـــف ومــن خمــس منـــاطق هــي مركـــز جمعــت عینــات مـــن وأیلــول 1990ة المحصــورة مــا بــین شــهر تشــرین االول مــدالحریــة و القادســیة وذلــك خــالل ال، المشــخاب، الكوفــة، المحافظـة ) الطـول و الـوزن الكلـي ( بعـد أخـذ قیاسـات األسـماك ) 10(وكما موضح في الخارطة التي أعـدها طـاهر وجماعتـه ، 1991 جـرى فحـص األسـماك داخلیـاً بفـتح القنـاة ). 11(وأنتزعت الحراشف وذلك لتحدید عمر األسماك كما موضح مـن قبـل یوسـف ثــم حســاب نســبة اإلصــابة % 70الهضــمیة وحفظــت نمــاذج الدیــدان الشــوكیة الــرأس التــي وجــدت بــداخلها بــالكحول تركیــز percentage of infection اإلصـابة وشـدةintensity of infection وذلـك وفقـاً لمـا أوردهm argolis et al. )12 ( campوأجري التحلیل االحصائي أعتماداً على bell )13 .( النتائج والمناقشة 41ذكـراً و 34(سـمكة 75نموذجاً مـن أسـماك الخشـني ومـن هـذه األسـماك كانـت أ 803ة الدراسة جمع مدتم خالل وبالنظر لعدم وجود فروق %. 9.3أي أن نسبة اإلصابة كانت تعادل n. iraqensisمصابة بالدودة شوكیة الرأس ) أنثى ، 2 ،(1 فقد جمعت األسماك ذكوراً وأناثاً سویة جـدول ةبین إصابة ذكور وأناث األسماك بهذه الدود) t(معنویة بأختبار وٕاصـابة ) 7( ةومـن مزرعـة أسـماك بابـل فـي الحلـ) 4(الخشني فـي شـط العـرب بینت بعض الدراسات ان إصابة أسماك). 3 . لـم تبـدي أختالفـات معنویـة فـي إصـابة الـذكور واالنـاث ةبهـذه الـدود) 5(أسـماك الحمـري مـن نهیـر مهیجـران جنـوب البصـرة هـي تشــابة غـذاء وعــادات تغذیـة ذكــور ةومـن االســباب التـي تــؤدي الـى انعــدام اإلختالفـات فــي إصـابة الجنســین بهـذه الــدود وجــدوا أن ) 6(ولكـن مــن الجـدیر بالـذكر ان محیسـن وجماعتـه ) 11( هانفسـ وٕانـاث الخشـني ووجـود جنسـي الســمكة فـي البیئـة فقــد ال حظـوا أن عــدد ) 4(أمـا الحــدیثي وجماعتـه ، أسـماك الخشــني مـن نهیــر مهیجـران كانــت أكثـر األصــابات مـن الــذكور أسماك الخشني من شط العرب كان أقل من عددها في االناث مع أنهـا لیسـت فروقـاً معنویـة وقـد یعـود الطفیلیات في ذكور . سبب وجود اإلختالفات في إصابة الجنسین الى حجم العینة وشمولها ألطوال مختلفة أو ألشهر مختلفة 1 الجدول (ي شدة اإلصابة بهذا الطفیلي عموماً كانت التغیرات الحاصلة في نسبة اإلصابة مطابقة لحدما للتغیرات ف فـي إصـابة أسـماك الخشـني بهـذه ) 6(ومحیسـن وجماعتـه ،)4(وهـذه النتیجـة مطابقـة لمـا وجـده الحـدیثي وجماعتـه ) 3، 2 ، علــى هــذه الحالـة ویصــفها بانهــا ظــاهرة ) kennedy )14فــي شــط العـرب وفــي نهیــر مهیجـران علــى التــوالي ویعلـق ةالـدود . ة األسماك بالطفیلیاتشائعة في إصاب ( أن كـالً مــن نسـبة وشــدة اإلصـابة تــزداد بأزدیـاد طــول األسـماك أو بزیــادة عمـر األســماك ) 1(ویتضـح مـن الجــدول بنیت الدراسات . إنخفضت فیها نسبة اإلصابة قلیال ً ) ملم طوالً كلیاً 160اكثر من( مع أن األسماك الكبیرة ) 2جدول 2009) 3( 22للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم نتـائج مشـابهة تقریبـاً ویحتمـل ) 5( هابنفسـ وٕاصابة الحمري الـدودة) 6 ، 4(السابقة حول إصابة أسماك الخشني بهذه الدودة اإلنخفـاض الحاصـل فـي ولكـن ) parasites accumulation )4 ، 5 ، 6أن یعـود السـبب فـي ذلـك الـى تـراكم الطفیلیـات أما الى موت هماألسماك الكبیرة یعزیه بعض اذ ،او الـى تغیـر طبیعـة تغذیـة األسـماك) 15 ، 14(بمـدى حیاتهـا القصـیر ةأن هـذه الطفیلیـات معروفـالسـیما الطفیلیـات ). 4(تتحول األسماك الكبیرة الى التغذیة على الهائمات اال أنــه ، وعلــى الـرغم مــن انخفـاض اإلصــابة. الحاصــلة فـي نســبة وشـدة اإلصــابة التغیـرات الشــهریة) 3(یبـین الجــدول مـع النتـائج التـي هوهـذه تتشـاب. یتضح ان نسبة اإلصابة مرتفعة نسـبیاً خـالل أشـهر الربیـع ومنخفضـة خـالل الفصـول الباقیـة ومــن . حمــري بهــذا الطفیلــيحــول إصــابة أســماك الخشــني وال) 5(ومحیســن وجماعتــه ،)4(توصـل الیهــا الحــدیثي وجماعتــه األسـباب المحتملــة لزیـادة اإلصــابة خـالل أشــهر الربیـع هــي االرتفـاع الحاصــل فـي درجــة حـرارة المــاء وكمـا وضــحته دراســة مضـیفات وسـطیة للدیـدان شـوكیة ( أن هذه الزیادة في درجة الحرارة تنعكس في زیـادة وفـرة القشـریات ). 10(طاهر وجماعته یعود سبب أنخفـاض نسـبة وشـدة إصـابة الخشـني بالـدودة شـوكیة الـرأس فـي . التهامها من األسماك ثم منفي البیئة و ) الرأس وكمــا موضـح فــي contracacumالخیطیـة جـنس ةالدراسـة الحالیـة الــى إصـابة هــذه األسـماك بـالطور الیرقــي الثالـث للــدود antى حصــول تضــاد الخیطیــة تــؤدي الــ ةان اإلصــابة بهــذه الــدوداذ ) 10(دراســة طــاهر وجماعتــه agonism یــؤدي الـــى المتعلقـة ) 7 ، 6 ، 5 (مثـل هـذا التضـاد كشـفت عـن حصـوله بعـض الدراسـات السـابقة . شوكیة الـرأس ةعرقلة اإلصابة بالدود . بإصابة أسماك الخشني بكل من الدودتین الخیطیة وشوكیة الراس المشار لهما اعاله المصادر 1. habash, a. h. and daoud, y. t. (1979). j. arab gulf, 11 (1) : 213 – 215. 2. m haisen, f. t . (2002). al-m ust ansiriy a j. sci., 13 (1) : 13 – 25. 3. amin, o. m .; al-sady, r. s. s. ; m haisen, f. t. and bassat, s. f. (2001). comp. parasitol., 68 (1) : 108 – 111. دراسـات الخلــیج والجزیــرة ). 1980(عبــد الحســین ، یحــي تومــا وحـبش، داودإســماعیل عبــد الوهـاب؛ ، الحـدیثي. 4 . 139– 127: 24المجلد ، العربیة 5. khamees, n. r. and m haisen, f. t . (1988). j. biol. sci., res. 19 (2) : 409 – 419. 6. m haisen, f. t .; al-salem, n. k. and khamees, n. r. (1988). j. fish biol., 32 (4) : 525 – 532. 7. ali, n. m .; m haisen, f. t.; abul – eis, e. s. and kadim l. s. (1989). pro. 5 th sci. conf.,sci. res. coun. 5 (2) : 225 – 233. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد جنـــوب –دراســة حــول طفیلیـــات أســماك الحمــري والخشــني والشـــلك مــن نهیــر مهیجــران ). 1983(نجــم ، خمــیس. 8 . ص148: جامعة البصرة ، كلیة الزراعة ، رسالة ماجستیر. البصرة . تـأثیر شـدة اإلصـابة بالطفیلیـات علــى المكونـات البایوكیماویـة ألسـماك الخشــني). 1989(داود ســلمان ، مهـدي 9 . .ص 98: جامعة البصرة ، كلیة التربیة، رسالة ماجستیر ، هیئـة المعاهـد الفنیــة /مجلـة التقنــي ). 1994(نـاجي حمـادي ، سـعد سـتار وعبــد ، جاسـم حمیـد ؛ جبــوري، طـاهر. 10 . 290– 277: 19العدد . دراسـة بیئیـه حیاتیـة لسـمكتي الحمـري والخشـني مـن نهیـر مهیجـران جنـوب البصـرة). 1983(امه حامد اس، یوسف. 11 . ص 192: جامعة البصرة ، كلیة الزراعة، رسالة ماجستیر 12. m argolis, l.; esch., g. w., holmes, i. c., kuris, a. m . and schad, g. a. (1982). j. parasitol. 68 (1) : 131 133. 13.camp bell, r. c. (1967). statist ic for biologists. camb. univ. press : 242 pp . 14. kenndy , r. c. (1975). ecological animal p arasitology . blackwell sci. publ., oxford : 163 p p . 15. penny cuick, l. (1971). parasitol., 63 (2) : 407 – 418. n. iعالقة اإلصابة بالدودة شوكیة الرأس :) 1(جدول raqensis بطول أسماك الخشني في محافظة النجف الطول مجموعة )ملم( األسماك عدد المفحوصة األسماك عدد المصابة النسبة المئویة لإلصابة الكلي العدد للطفیلیات شدة معدل اإلصابة 130 من أقل 139 130 149 140 159 150 فأكثر 160 المجموع 151 189 201 161 101 803 7 17 21 20 10 75 4.6 9.0 10.4 21.4 9.9 9.3 10 29 38 38 18 133 1.4 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.8 1.8 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد n. iشوكیة الرأسعالقة اإلصابة بالدودة ) : 2(جدول raqensis بعمر أسماك الخشني في محافظة النجف العمر مجموعة )سنة( األسماك عدد المفحوصة األسماك عدد المصابة المئویة النسبة لإلصابة الكلي العدد للطفیلیات شدة معدل اإلصابة 1 2 3 4 المجموع 53 306 378 66 803 5 25 35 10 75 9.4 8.2 9.1 15.2 9.3 7 39 68 19 133 1.4 1.5 1.9 1.9 1.8 . n. iraqensisالتغیرات الشهریة في إصابة أسماك الخشني في محافظة النجف بالدودة شوكیة الرأس ) :3(جدول الشهر ــــــدد ــــماك عـــــ ـــــ األســ المفحوصة ــــــدد ــــماك عـــــ ـــــ األســ المصابة ــــة النســـــــبة المئوـیـــ لإلصابة ــــــدد ـــــ ــــــــي العــ ـــــ الكلـ للطفیلیات ــــــدل ــــــدة مـعـــ شـــــ اإلصابة 1990 االول تشرین ي تشرین الثان االول كانون 1991 الثاني كانون ط شبا ر آذا نیسان مایس زیران ح تموز آب أیلول المجموع 68 81 60 56 75 72 62 60 62 90 57 60 103 5 3 4 2 2 7 9 10 8 12 7 6 75 7.3 3.7 6.6 3.5 2.6 9.7 14.5 16.6 12.9 13.3 12.2 10 9.3 12 10 5 4 3 15 13 20 12 17 13 9 133 2.4 3.3 1.2 2.0 1.5 2.1 1.4 2.0 1.5 1.4 1.8 1.5 1.8 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 some ecological aspects of the infection of the mugilid fish liza abu with the acanthocephalan neoechinorhychus iraqensis in al-najaf province, iraq j. h. taher, n. h. abid, n. a. al-hadithi* technical institution ,kufa, najaf * minstry of highe r eduction and sciantific research abstract a t otal of 803 sp ecimens of the mugilid fish liza abu was collected from different fishing grounds in al-najaf p rovince during the p eriod from octber 1990 till september 1991. of these fishes, 9.3% were infected with the acanthocephalan neoechinorhynchus iraqensis with an intensity of 1.8.changes in p ercentage incidence coincided with those of mean intensity . generally , p ercentage incidence and intensity increased with the increase of fish length (age). slight monthly changes in the infection were noticed. changes in infection were att ributed to fish length, sex, food, water temp erature and antagonism of n. iraqensis with the third larval st age of nematode contracaecum in the st udied fish. microsoft word 337-343 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1806 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |337    q uasi-inner product spaces of quasi-sobolev spaces and their completeness jawad kadhim khalaf al-delfi jawadaldelfi@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq dept. of mathematics / college of science / al-mustansiriyah university abstract sequences spaces ℓ , m ∈ ℝ , p ∈ ℝ tha𝑡 have called quasi-sobolev spaces were introduced by jawad . k. al-delfi in 2013 [ 1[ . in this paper, we deal with notion of quasiinner product space by using concept of quasi-normed space which is generalized to normed space and given a relationship between pre-hilbert space and a quasi-inner product space with important results and examples. completeness properties in quasi-inner product space gives us concept of quasi-hilbert space. we show that , not all quasisobolev spaces ℓ , are quasi-hilbert spaces. the best examples which are quasihilbert spaces and hilbert spaces are ℓ , where m ∈ ℝ . finally, propositions, theorems an examples are our own unless otherwise referred. keywords: quasi-sobolev space, quasi-banach space, g𝑎teaux derivative , quasi-inner product space, quasi-hilbert space. smooth quasi-hilbert space. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1806 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |338    1. introduction the family of sequence spaces ℓ , 1 < p < ∞ are normed space where, ℓ is the only inner product space in this family. completeness of these spaces can be proved with respect to appropriate norms [2, 3]. since the triangle inequality fails in the family of sequence spaces ℓ , 0 < p < 1 where, there is no norm for this range, then imply that it is not banach space . for a sequence space ℓ , where 0 < p < 1 and others , many concepts were introduced . one of these concepts is a quasibanach space which is based on the definition of a quasinorm [4]. a quasibanach space is a topological linear space [5]. in ]1[ , we were constructed a set of all sequence spaces of power real number m, m ∈ ℝ . the new spaces have called quasi-sobolev spaces and have denoted by ℓ . we were proved that these spaces are quasi-banach spaces in case 0 < p < ∞ and they are banach spaces for 1< p < ∞ . in our work, we need study these spaces with other concepts such as a pre-hilbert space and a quasiinner product space (q. i .p) and their completeness. in normed spaces, mathematicians have used g𝑎teaux derivatives to introduce notion of quasiinner product space and have investigated properties of this concept such as completeness, smoothness and others [6,7, 8] . this paper is devoted transference above ideology on quasi-normed space to given (q. i .p) and is studied the relationship between this notion and others, in order to study quasi-inner product spaces for ℓ and their completeness. the paper consists of two sections. section one includes definitions of quasinormed space and quasi-banach space with some useful results which are needed in the section two. one of important theorems which is presented in this section is jordan-van neumann theorem. this theorem gives necessary and sufficient conditions to be generated by an inner product space. the second two presents a g𝑎teaux derivative that has big role to define many concepts, such as quasiinner product space with completeness property of it. also, this section shows that this functional is an inner product function in pre-hilbert spaces. a space ℓ , for every m ∈ ℝ and p ∈ ℝ is a quasi-hilbert space if it is a quasi-inner product space. hence, with ℓ , we find spaces which are quasi-hilbert spaces and are not hilbert spaces , spaces neither quasi-hilbert spaces nor hilbert spaces and spaces are quasi-hilbert spaces and hilbert space. 2. quasi-normed spaces of sequence spaces. this section contains notions such as quasi-normed space, a pre-hilbert space and others with the relationship between them. also, theorems and equations which are useful in section two are introduced. definition 1.1. [4]: a quasi-norm ||.||q on vector space v over the field of real numbers ℝ is a function :||.||q v  0, ∞ with the properties: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1806 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |339    (1) 0||||,,0||||  vvvv qq ↔ v= 0. (2) |||||||||| vv qq   ,  ,vv ℝ. (3)  |||||||||||| wvcwv qqq   v, w, ∊ v, where c 1 is a constant independent of v , w. a quasi-normed space is denoted by  ||.||, qv or simply v. a function ||.||q be a norm if c = 1, thus it is generalization of norm . every norm function is quasi-norm. the converse does not hold, in general. since every quasi-normed space v is a metric space by d(v, w) = |||| wvq  , then it is atopological linear space and the concepts of fundamental sequences and completeness in quasi-normed spaces are given [ 5]. a quasibanach space is a complete quasi-normed space. definition 1.2. a symmetric linear functional on 2v is a functional l such that: (1) l(𝛽 v + 𝜇 w, u) = 𝛽 l(v ,u) +𝜇l(w, u) ; (2) l(v , w) = l(w , v),  𝛽, 𝜇 ∊ ℝ.,  𝑣, 𝑤, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉. remark 1.3. it is obvious, any inner product function satisfies definition 1.2 and generates a quasi norm which is |||| vq = 𝑣, 𝑣 /  v ∊ v lemma 1.4. in a pre-hilbert space v , one has the equality:  4|||| wvq 4|||| wvq  = )||||||||(8 22 wv qq  v, w  v, w, ∊ v (1) proof: using remark 1.3, we get  2|||| wvq < v+ w, v + w > =  2|||| vq 2< v , w > + 2|||| wq ⇒ 2|||| wvq  = 22 |||||||| wv qq  + 4 v, w 22 |||||||| wv qq  + 4 𝑣, 𝑤 . also,  2|||| wvq  2|||| vq 2 < v , w > + 2|||| wq ⇒ 4|||| wvq  = 22 |||||||| wv qq  4 v, w 22 |||||||| wv qq  + 4 𝑣, 𝑤 . thus,  4|||| wvq 4|||| wvq  = )||||||||(8 22 wv qq  v, w and this is the desired result. definition 1.5. [1]: let λ ⊂ℝ is monotonically increasing sequence such that lim → λ = + ∞, quasisobolev spaces are sequence spaces ℓ , where 0 < p < ∞ and m ∈ ℝ which are defined as : ℓ = { 𝑣 𝑣 ∶   1k 𝜆 |𝑣 | ∞ . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1806 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |340    when m = 0 then ℓ = ℓ , 0 < p < ∞ . theorem 1.6. [1]: for every m ∈ ℝ and p ∈ ℝ a space ℓ , is a quasi-banach space with the function : |||| vq   1k 𝜆𝑘 𝑚𝑝 2 |𝑣𝑘|p 1/𝑝 . we note that the constant c = p12 / for p ∊ (0, 1), and c = 1 for p ∊ [1, + ∞) . theorem 1.7. (parallelogram equality) let v be a pre-hilbert space. then ∀ v, w ∊ v, 2|||| wvq  + 2|||| wvq  = 2||||2 vq + 2||||2 wq (2) proof: since v be a pre-hilbert space and 𝑣 , 𝑤 = 1 4 2|||| wvq  1 4 2|||| wvq  from remark 1.3 and proof of lemma 1.4 , then putting this function in equation (1) we obtain the desired result. now , we introduce jordan-van neumann theorem in quasinormed spaces. theorem 1.8. ( jordan – van neumann ) a quasi-normed space v is a pre-hilbert space iff equality (2) is satisfied by the quasinorm of v. proof: the proof of this theorem is very technical and proceeds in a way similar to its version in normed space (see [3]). the next example shows the importance of the parallelogram equality mentioned in the previous theorem. example 1.9: let v and w belong to the quasi-normed space ℓ / , where v = {vk}={0.1,0, 0, 0, …}, w = {wk} = {0, 0.2, 0, 0, …} and take {𝞴k} = {k}, 𝑘 ∈ℕ. then we have: 2|||| wv  ½   1k 𝜆 |x 𝑦 | / = 0.4792627792275938 = 2|||| wv  ½ , so 2|||| wv  ½ + 2|||| wv  ½ = 0.9585255584551875, and, 2 2|||| v ½ + 2 2|||| w ½ = 0.482842712474619. it is clear that two sides of the equation (2 ) do not hold. thus , ℓ / is not pre-hilbert space. 3.quasi-inner product spaces of sequence spaces a g𝑎teaux derivative is used to define many concepts, such as quasiinner product function, and smooth quasi-hilbert space with some important results and examples. definition 2.1. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1806 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |341    let v be a vector space over the field ℝ equipped with ||.||q . a g𝑎teaux derivative of |||| vq is a functional 𝛿 (v ,w) at v ∈ v in the direction w ∈ v which is defined as: 𝛿(v ,w) = ( δ 𝑣, 𝑤 + δ 𝑣, 𝑤 ) such that: 𝛿 𝑣, 𝑤 = lim → ℎ |||| hwvq  |||| vq , and δ 𝑥, 𝑦 = lim→ ℎ |||| hwvq  |||| vq , where h ∊ ℝ \ 0 . in similar way, we define 𝛿 (w ,v). g𝑎teaux derivatives 𝛿(v,w) and 𝛿(w,v) inspires the functionals 𝜏(v,w) = |||| vq 𝛿(v ,w) and 𝜏 (w , v) = |||| wq 𝛿 (w , v) sequentially . definition 2.2 a g𝑎teaux derivative 𝜏 (v ,w) is said to be quasi-inner product function if 𝜏 (w , v) exists and the next equality is satisfied:  4|||| wvq 4|||| wvq  = 8 ( 2|||| vq 𝜏 (v ,w) + 2|||| wq 𝜏 (w,v) ),  v, w ∊ v (3) similarly, 𝜏 (w , v) . a space v is said to be a quasi-inner product if both 𝜏 (v , w) and 𝜏 (w , v) are quasi-inner product functions . lemma 2.3 for every positive integer p ≥ 1 and m ∈ ℝ, the functional 𝜏 (v ,w) in quasi-sobolev spaces ℓ exists and is defined as : 𝜏 (v ,w) = pq v 2||||  k 𝜆𝑘 |𝑣𝑘| p 1 sng 𝑣𝑘 𝑤𝑘,  v ∊ ℓ s.t. |||| vq ∊ e , where, e = |||| vq : |||| vq 0 , 𝑃 1 |||| vq 0 , 𝑃 2 and sng 𝑣 = 1, 𝑣 0 0, 𝑣 0 1, 𝑣 0 . (4) similarly, we define 𝜏 𝑤 , 𝑣 . proof: in definition 2.1, we use properties of limits of functions and applying definition of a quasi-norm function of ℓ which is in theorem 1.6 with help of the binomial theorem, which is for every positive integer p, 𝑣 𝑤 𝑣 𝑤 , we get eq. (4). proposition 2.4. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1806 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |342    the existence of the limit in definition of g𝑎teaux functions is necessary condition , not sufficient, in order that any quasi-normed space be a quasi-inner product space. proof suppose v is a quasi-normed space. from definition 2.1, we observe that existence of δ (v ,w) and δ (v ,w) are connected by the limit on behavior of the quasi-norm as h → ±0. hence, 𝜏 (v ,w) is exist if this limit is exist. also , with 𝜏 (w ,v) similarly. to explains above condition is not sufficiently, we take the example: example 2.5: suppose v ,w ∈ ℓ , where v = {vk} = {1,0, 0, 0, …}, w = {wk} = {1, 1, 0, 0, …} and take {𝜆k} = { √𝑘}, 𝑘 ∈ ℕ. then, using lemma 2.3,we get 𝜏(v ,w)= 1, 𝜏 (w ,v)= 0.372884880824589 . thus, 𝜏(v ,w) and 𝜏 (w ,v) are exist . however, equation (3) is not satisfied. therefore, the space ℓ is not quasi-inner product space. remark 2.6. if cases the values of p differ from those values considered in lemma 2.3, we have quasisobolev spaces ℓ which are not quasiinner product. for instance, in case p ∊ 0,1 , as it is shown in the example 1.9. indeed, with the space ℓ / , 𝛿 (v ,w) and 𝛿 (w ,v) do not exist, since there is no limit as h → ±0 from definition 2.1. then right hand in eq. (3) is not finite, while left hand equal zero. definition 2.7 a quasi-normed space v is smooth if 𝛿 𝑣, 𝑤 and 𝛿 𝑣, 𝑤 have one value. when v is smooth quasi-normed space , then 𝜏 (v,w) |||| vq lim→ ℎ |||| hwvq  |||| vq . similarly, 𝜏 (w , v) . proposition 2.8. every pre-hilbert space.is a quasi-inner product space. proof: let v is a pre-hilbert space. according to lemma 1.4, an inner product function gives eq. (1) . also, by remark 1.3 and definition 2.1 , we obtain 𝜏(v ,w) = < v, w> and 𝜏(w ,v) = <w, v > . hence, we have equation (3), and the definition 2.2 is hold. thus, v is an quasi-inner product space. the converse of proposition does not hold, consider the following example: example 2.9: take example 2.5 with replace space ℓ by ℓ . since eq. (3) is satisfied with quasinormed space ℓ , where the left and right hand of eq. (3) are equal to 16, so it is quasi-inner product space. but the left and right hand of eq. (2) are not equal, hence this space is not a pre-hilbert space. definition 2.10. a complete quasiinner product space is called a quasi-hilbert space. if a quasi-hilbert space is smooth, then it is called a smooth quasi-hilbert space. we recall that completeness property is coming from this property of quasi-normed space. theorem 2.11. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1806 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |343    for every 𝑚 ∈ ℝ, ℓ is a smooth quasi-hilbert space and hilbert space. proof: according to lemma 2.3, we get 𝜏 (v,w) = k 𝜆𝑘 |𝑣𝑘| 𝑠𝑛𝑔 𝑣𝑘 𝑤𝑘,and 𝜏(w,v) = k 𝜆 𝑚|𝑤 | 𝑠𝑛𝑔 𝑤 𝑣 which are linear by definition 1.2, with definition of 𝜏 (v,w) and 𝜏(w,v) as above, then they are symmetric, that is, 𝜏(v,w) = 𝜏(w,v), and 𝜏(v ,v) = 2|||| vq 0, with equality iff v = 0. hence, ℓ is a pre-hilbert space. by proposition 2.8, it is a quasi-inner product space, where 8 k 𝜆 2𝑚|𝑣 | sng v w + 8  k 𝜆 |𝑤 | 𝑠𝑛𝑔 𝑤 𝑣 is value to both sides of equation (3). if we apply quasi-norm function of ℓ in definition 2.1, we obtain 𝛿 𝑣, 𝑤 = 𝛿 𝑣, 𝑤 since the limit in 𝛿 𝑣, 𝑤 itself one 𝛿 𝑣, 𝑤 . then ℓ is smooth. now, since ℓ is a quasi-banach space for every 𝑚 ∈ ℝ by theorem 1.6, then it is complete under |||| vq = 𝜏 𝑣, 𝑣 / , i.e. every fundamental sequence {vk} , 𝑘 ∈ ℕ is convergent in it. therefore, theorem is proved. remark 2.12. since a space ℓ , for every m ∈ ℝ and p ∈ ℝ is a quasi-banach space, then ℓ is a quasi-hilbert space if it is a quasi-inner product space. references [1] j.k. al-delfi., quasi-sobolev spaces ℓ ., bulletin of south ural state university , series of “mathematics.mechanics . physics”, 5, 1. , 107–109. ( in russian). 2013. [2] w. rudin, functional analysis., mcgraw-hill, inc., new york, 1991. [3] a. h. siddiqi, functional analysis with applications., tata mcgraw-hill publishing company, ltd, new delhi, india, 1986. [4] n. kalton, quasi-banach spaces., handbook of the geometry of banach spaces, vol. edit. by. johnson w.b and. lindenstrauss. j – amsterdam etc.: elsevier, 1099–1130. 2003 [5] j. bergh ; j. löfström, interpolation spaces. an introduction., berlin–heidelberg– new york, springer-verlag, 1976. [6] p.m. milicic , on the g-orthogonal projection and the best approximation of vector in a quasiinner product spaces., scientiae mathematicae japonicae, 4, 3, 941-944. 2001. [7] r .a . tapia., a characterization of inner product spaces., proc. amer. math. soc., 41, 569-574. 1973 [8] a. sahovi ; f.vajzovi and peco . s., continuity conditions for the hilbert transform on quasi-hilbert spaces., sarajevo journal of mathematics, (2014), vol.10, no. 22, pp 111–120.   on solution of regular singular ordinary boundary value problem on solution of nonlinear singular boundary value problem luma n. m. tawfiq hiba w. rasheed dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham,)/ baghdad university . received in : 30 september 2012 , accepted in : 3 february 2013 abstract this paper is devoted to the analysis of nonlinear singular boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations with a singularity of the different kind. we propose semi analytic technique using two point osculatory interpolation to construct polynomial solution, and discussion behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the singular points and its numerical approximation. two examples are presented to demonstrate the applicability and efficiency of the methods. finally, we discuss behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the singularity point which appears to perform satisfactorily for singular problems. kay ward : singular boundary value problems, ode, bvp. 331 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 1. introduction in the study of nonlinear phenomena in physics, engineering and other sciences, many mathematical models lead to singular two-point boundary value problems (sbvp) associated with nonlinear second order ordinary differential equations (ode). in mathematics, a singularity is in general a point at which a given mathematical object is not defined, or a point of an exceptional set where it fails to be well-behaved in some particular way, such as many problems in varied fields as thermodynamics, electrostatics, physics, and statistics give rise to ordinary differential equations of the form : y″ = f(x, y, y') , a < x < b , (1) on some interval of the real line with some boundary conditions(bc). a two-point bvp associated to the second order differential equation (1) is singular if one of the following situations occurs: a and/or b are infinite; f is unbounded at some x0∈ [0,1] or f is unbounded at some particular value of y or y′ [1] . there are two types of a point x0 ∈ [0,1]: ordinary point and singular point. also, there are two types of singular point : regular and irregular points, a function y(x) is analytic at x0 if it has a power series expansion at x0 that converges to y(x) on an open interval containing x0. a point x0 is an ordinary point of the ode (2), if the functions p(x) and q(x) are analytic at x0. otherwise x0 is a singular point of the ode, i.e. y′′ + p(x)y′ + q(x)y = 0 , (2) p(x) = p0 + p1(x-x0) + p2(x-x0)2+…….. = i i i xx )( 0 0 −ρ∑ ∞ = , (3) q(x) = q0 + q1(x-x0) + q2(x-x0)2+………. = i i i xxq )( 0 0 −∑ ∞ = , (4) on the other hand, if p(x) or q(x) are not analytic at x0 then x0 is said to be a singular [2]. there are four kinds of singularities : • the first kind is the singularity at one of the ends of the interval [0,1] ; • the second kind is the singularity at both ends of the interval [0,1] • the third kind is the case of a singularity in the interior of the interval; • the forth and final kind is simply treating the case of a regular differential equation on an infinite interval. in this paper, we focus on the first kind. 2. solution of second order nonlinear sbvp in this section , we suggest semi analytic technique to solve second order nonlinear sbvp as following, we consider the sbvp : xm y''+ f( x, y, y' ) = 0 , (5a) gi( y(0), y(1), y'(0), y'(1) ) = 0 , i = 1 , 2 , m ϵ n , (5b) where f , g1, g2 are in general nonlinear functions of their arguments . the simple idea behind the use of two-point polynomials is to replace y(x) in problem (5), or an alternative formulation of it, by a p2n+1 which enables any unknown boundary values or derivatives of y(x) to be computed . therefore, the first step is to construct the p2n+1 and to do so, we need the taylor coefficients of y (x) at x = 0 : 332 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mathematics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/set_(mathematics) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/well-behaved y = a 0 + a 1 x + ∑ ∞ =2i a i x i , (6) where y(0)= a0, y'(0)= a1, y"(0) / 2! =a2 ,…, y(i)(0) / i! = ai , i= 3, 4,… then insert the series forms (6) into (5a) and equate coefficients of powers of x to obtain a2 . also we need taylor coefficient of y(x) about x = 1: y = b 0 + b 1 (x-1) + ∑ ∞ =2i b i (x-1) i , (7) where y(1) = b0, y'(1) =b1, y"(1) / 2! =b2, … , y(i)(1) / i! =bi , i = 3,4,… then insert the series form (7) into (5a) and equate coefficients of powers of (x-1) to obtain b2, then derive equation (5a) with respect to x and iterate the above process to obtain a3 and b3 , now iterate the above process many times to obtain a4, b4, then a5, b5 and so on, that is, we can get ai and bi for all i ≥ 2( the resulting equations can be solved using matlab to obtain ai and bi for all i ≥ 2 ), the notation implies that the coefficients depend only on the indicated unknowns a0, a1, b0, b1, we get two of these four unknown by the boundary condition. now, we can construct a p2n+1(x) from these coefficients ( aisۥ and bisۥ ) by the following : p2n+1 = ∑ = n i 0 { ai qi(x) + (-1)i bi qi(1-x) } , (8) where ( x j / j!)(1-x) 1+n ∑ − = jn s 0       + s sn xs = q j (x) / j! it can be seen that (8) have only two unknowns from a0, b0, a1 and b1 to find this, we integrate equation (5a) on [0, x] to obtain : xmy'(x) – mxm-1y(x) + m(m–1) ∫ x 0 xm-2y(x) dx + ∫ x 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 , (9a) and again integrate equation (9a) on [0, x] to obtain: xmy(x) –2m ∫ x 0 xm-1y(x) dx +m(m-1)∫ x 0 (1-x)xm-2y(x)dx+∫ x 0 (1-x)f(x,y,y') = 0 , (9b) putting x = 1 in (9) then gives : b1 – mb0 + m(m-1) ∫ 1 0 xm-2 y(x) dx + ∫ 1 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 , (10a) and b0–2m∫ 1 0 xm-1y(x)dx +m(m-1)∫ 1 0 (1-x)xm-2 y(x) dx + ∫ 1 0 (1-x)f(x, y, y')dx = 0 , (10b) use p2n+1 as a replacement of y(x) in ( 10 ) and substitute the boundary conditions (5b) in (10) then, we have only two unknown coefficients b1, b0 and two equations (10) so, we can find b1, b0 for any n by solving this system of algebraic equations using matlab, so insert b0 and b1 into (8), thus (8) represents the solution of (5). extensive computations have shown that this generally provides a more accurate polynomial representation for a given n . 3. examples in this section, we introduce two examples of second order sbvp, non homogenous, nonlinear ordinary differential equations with two point bc to assess the performance of the proposed method. example 1 : emden's equation emden's equation arises in modeling a spherical body of gas. the pde of the model is reduced by symmetry to the ode : 333 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 x ∈ [0, 1] , the coefficient 2/x is singular at x = 0, but symmetry implies the bc: y'(0) = 0. with this boundary condition, the term (2/x)y'(0) is well-defined as x approaches 0. for the boundary condition , y(1) = 2 3 , this nonlinear sbvp has the analytical solution : we solve this problem by using semi-analytic technique by the following; from equation (8), we have: p9 = –0.0005654571561x9 +0.001454732112x8+0.00321137204x7 –0.01349180792 x6 + 0.0004165633765x5 + 0.04166666759x4 – 0.1666666687x2 + 1.000000002 now, increase n, to get higher accuracy ,let n = 5, 6,respectively ,i.e., p11 = 0.000030043522x11+0.0002663457696x10 –0.00234783883x9+0.00531993067 x8 – 0.0008040441181x7–0.01143903456x6+0.04166666759x4–0.1666666687x2+1.000000002 p13 = 0.00002406664878 x13 – 0.0002794397776 x12 + 0.001201282562 x11 – 0.00224058548x10 +0.0007139586051x9 + 0.003149932497x8 + 0.00003026184015x7 – 0.01157407444x6 + 0.04166666759x4 – 0.1666666687x2 + 1.000000002 the standard bvp4c syntax was implemented in [3] to solve the current problem, the example evaluates the analytical solution at 100 equally-spaced points and plots it along with the numerical solution computed using bvp4c and the results given in table 1 with the results of suggested method for n = 4, 5, 6, i.e., p5, p7, p9 and the results of [3] . also table 2 gives the accuracy of suggested method and result of [3]. figures 1, 2, 3, illustrate emden problem, and suggested method for n = 4, 6 respectively . it can be seen from table2 that the maximum error of method in [3] is 0.0000018522, while the maximum error of suggested method is 2.763537509942182e-009 example 2 consider the following nonlinear sbvp : , b ϵ r , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 5 53 4 )45(5 x bxexx y + −−− = y')1+ x 1 + ( y" with bc : y'(0) = 0 , y'(1) = -1. the exact solution for this problem is: y = ln( x5 + 4) this problem is an application of oxygen diffusion , we solve this problem by suggested method and we take b=1, by applying equation (8) we have ( for n = 7 ) : p15 = 0.1142318896 x15 + 0.7852891723 x14 2.23317271 x13 + 3.413936838 x12 3.087794733x11+1.697854523x10-0.4991720457x9+ 0.06414729306x8 0.25x5 -1.386294361. for more details ,table(3) gives the results for different nodes in the domain, for n = 7 and figures (4) illustrate suggested method for n = 7. abukhaled et al in [4] applying l̛ hopital ̛̛s rule to overcome the singularity at x = 0 and then the modified spline approach is used and got maximum error 7.79e-4 and resolution this problem using finite difference method then gives maximum error 1.46e-3, from table 3 we have maximum error 9.399395723974635e-007 therefore, the proposed method provides superiority results. 4. behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of the singularity x= 0 our main concern in this section will be to study the behavior of the solution in the neighborhood of singular point . consider the following sivp : y′′(x) + ((n − 1) / x ) y′(x) = f(y) , n ≥ 1 , 0 < x < 1 , (11) y(0) = y0 , limx→0+ x y′(x) = 0 , (12) 334 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 where f(y) is continuous function . as the same manner in [5], let us look for a solution of this problem in the form : y(x) = y0 − c xk (1 + o(1)) , (13) y′(x) = − c k xk−1(1 + o(1)) , y′′(x) = − c k (k − 1) xk−2(1 + o(1)) , x → 0+ where c is a positive constant and k > 1. if we substitute (13) in (11) we obtain : c = (1/ k) (f(y0) /n )k−1 , (14) in order to improve representation (13) we perform the variable substitution : y(x) = y0 − c xk (1 + g(x)) , (15) we easily obtain the following result which is similar to the results in [5]. theorem 2 for each y0 > 0, problem (11), (12) has a unique solution in the neighborhood of x = 0 that can be represented by: y(x, y0) = y0 − c xk (1 + g xk + o(xk) ) , where k, c and g are given by (14) and (15), respectively. we see that these results are in good agreement with the ones obtained by the method in [5], they are also consistent with the results presented in [4]. in order to estimate the convergence order of the suggested method at x = 0, we have carried out several experiments with different values of n and used the formula : cy0 = − log2 ( |y0n3 − y0n2| / |y0n2− y0n1 | ) , (16) where y0ni is the approximate value of y0 obtained with ni = 1,2, 3, 4,… now, we apply the formula in equation (16) to the example 1, as following : let y0i is the approximate value of y0 evaluated by suggested method with n = i, i = 2, 3, 4, 5 ,6 . y0i p2n+1 1.000048243794667 p5 1.000009487495905 p7 1.000000801904571 p9 1.0000000507769192 p11 1.0000000024600459 p13 first ,we take i= 2, 3, 4, i.e., || || log 0203 0304 20 yy yy c y − − −= 005 006 20 043788756298762.3 45396855133393.8 log − − −= e e c y = 2.157734820323959 . the value of cy0 illustrates that the convergence order estimate of this case is close to 2. now, if we take i= 3, 4, 5, i.e., cy0 || || log 0304 0405 2 yy yy − − −= 006 007 2 45396855133393.8 458845112765185.7 log − − −= e e = 3.531494058780649. the value of cy0 illustrates that the convergence order estimate of this case is close to 4. now if we take i= 4, 5, 6 , i.e., || || log 0405 0506 20 yy yy c y − − −= 007 008 2 458845112765185.7 085288316873169.4 log − − −= e e , =3.958459111546360 the value of cy0 illustrate that the convergence order estimate of this case is close to 4, and so on, if we increase n, we see that the order of convergence also increases. 335 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 references [1] robert, l. b., and courtney, s. c. (1996) " differential equations a modeling perspective" , united states of america. [2] rachůnková, i., staněk, s., and tvrdý, m. (2008) " solvability of nonlinear singular problems for ordinary differential equations", new york, usa. [3] hamdan, s. m. (2010) "singular two points boundary value problem", msc thesis in computational mathematics, an-najah national university, faculty of graduate studies, nablus, palestine. [4] abukhaled, m., khuri, s. a. and saufy, a. (2011) "a numerical approach for solving a class of singular boundary value problems arising in physiology", international journal of numerical analysis and modeling, vol.8, no.2, pp:353– 363. [5] morgado, l., and lima, p. (2009) " numerical methods for a singular boundary value problem with application to a heat conduction model in the human head", proceedings of the international conference on computational and mathematical methods in science and engineering, cmmse. table 1:the result of the method for n = 4,5,6, and result in [3] for example1 table 2:the accuracy of the method for n= 6 ,i.e, p13 and result in [3] for example1 table 3 :the exact and suggested solution for n = 7 of example 2 xi exact solution y(x) y1(x) using numerical solution osculatory interpolation p9 osculatory interpolation p11 osculatory interpolation p13 0.000 1.000000000000000 1.0000005109 1.000000801904571 1.000000050776919 1.000000002460046 0.125 0.997405961908059 0.9974064705 0.997406758716985 0.997406012221857 0.997405964341573 0.250 0.989743318610787 0.9897438277 0.989744154146833 0.989743371348405 0.989743321151803 0.500 0.960768922830523 0.9607707751 0.960769739668355 0.960768977298348 0.960768925594060 0.750 0.917662935482247 0.9176644937 0.917663076945894 0.917662942247223 0.917662935723868 1.000 0.866025403784439 0.8660254037 0.866025403784439 0.866025403784439 0.866025403784439 xi exact solution y(x) error│y(x) y1(x) │ error │ y(x) p13│ 0.000 1.000000000000000 0.0000005109 2.460045944729927e-009 0.125 0.997405961908059 0.0000005086 2.433513945909738e-009 0.250 0.989743318610787 0.0000005091 2.541016064228074e-009 0.500 0.960768922830523 0.0000018522 2.763537509942182e-009 0.750 0.917662935482247 0.0000015582 2.416213895628516e-010 1.000 0.866025403784439 0.0000000000 0.0000000000 s.s.e=2.612609927853621e-017 p15 1.386294361119891 ao 1.6094379124341 bo errors | y(x) p15 | p15 exact solution y(x) 4.440892098500626e-016 1.3862943611198911.3862943611198910 2.812807764485115e-010 -1.386296860835485 1.3862968611167650.1 2.834240797611187e-008 1.3863743295776531.3863743579200610.2 336 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure 1: emden problem – sbvp figure 2: comparison between the exact and semi-analytic solution p9 of example1 figure 3 :comparison between the exact and semi-analytic solution p13 of example1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0.86 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 1.02 1.04 the solution at n=4 x y y p9 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0.86 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 1.02 1.04 the solution at n=6 x y exact p13 2.489597183963355e-007 -1.386901427706747 1.3869016766664660.3 7.099738041915771e-007 -1.388850379927776 -1.388851089901581 0.4 9.399395723974635e-007 1.3940755616223731.3940765015619460.5 6.23686427614345e-007 -1.405547194355350 -1.405547818041777 0.6 1.862599887658689e-007 1.4274529126757691.4274530989357570.7 1.679306937951708e-008 -1.465031584864205 -1.465031601657275 0.8 1.136124527789661e-010 -1.523986772073695 1.5239867721873070.9 2.220446049250313e-016 1.609437912434100-1.609437912434100 1 s.s.e = 1.874293078482109e-012 337 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure 4:comparison between the exact and suggested solution p15 of example2 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 -1.65 -1.6 -1.55 -1.5 -1.45 -1.4 -1.35 -1.3 the solution at n=7 x y p15 exact 338 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 غیر الخطیة مسائل القیم الحدودیة الشاذةحول حل لمى ناجي محمد توفیق ھبة ولید رشید جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة ( كلیة التربیة/ قسم الریاضیات 2013شباط 3في ، قبل 2012أیلول 30أستلم البحث في : المستخلص للمع�ادالت التفاض�لیة غی�ر الخطی�ة ع�رض دراس�ة تحلیلی�ة لمس�ائل الق�یم الحدودی�ة الش�اذة بح�ثال االھدف من ھذ النقطت�ین للحص�ول عل�ى الح�ل يالتقنیة شبھ التحلیلیة باس�تخدام االن�دراج التماس�ي ذننا نقترح إذ إاالعتیادیة وبأنواع مختلفة وسھولة أداء الطریق�ة المقترح�ة و أخی�را ناقش�نا س�لوك الح�ل ف�ي والكفایةلتوضیح الدقة ، مثالینكمتعددة حدود، كذلك ناقشنا إیجاد الحل التقریبي لھا بشكل مرضي فیما یخص المسائل الشاذة .، وجوار النقاط الشاذة 339 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 figure 2: comparison between the exact and semi-analytic solution p9 of example1 figure 3 :comparison between the exact and semi-analytic solution p13 of example1 figure 4:comparison between the exact and suggested solution p15 of example2 إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 purely co-hopfian modules z. t.salman department of mathematics , college of science , university of baghdad received in: 22 septembre 2011 accepted in: 11january 2012 abstract let r be an associative ring with identity and m a non – zero unitary r-module.in this paper we introduce the definition of purely co-hopfian module, where an r-module m is said to be purely co-hopfian if for any monomorphism f œ end (m), imf is pure in m and we give some properties of this kind of modules. keywords: co-hopfian module, semi co-hopfian module, purely co-hopfian module introduction and preliminaries let r be an associative ring with identity and m a non – zero unitary r – module, recall that a module m is called co-hopfian if any injective endomorphism of m is an isomorphism [1].a module m is called semi co-hopfian if any injective endomorphism of m has a direct summand image that means any injective endomorphism of m splits [1].a ring r is semi cohopfian if r is semi co-hopfian r module. clearly, any co-hopfian is semi co-hopfian but the converse is not true in general as, for example m = q n = q ≈ q ≈ . . . ,as z-module is semi co-hopfian but it is not co-hopfian [1]. a submodule n of m is called pure if im∩n=in for each ideal of r,[8].it is well–known every direct summand of a module m is pure submodule but the converse is not true in general [2].this leads us to introduce the following concept, namely purely co-hopfian module. definition 1.1 an rmodule m is called purely co-hopfian if for any monomorphism f œ end (m), imf is pure in m. remarks and examples 1.2 1. every semi co-hopfian module is purely co-hopfian. 2. every fregular module m is purely co-hopfian, where m is fregular if every submodule of m is pure,[3]. 3. every semi simple r-module is purely co-hopfian. 4. if m is pure simple ( that means m has only two pure submodules 0 ,m ) [ 2 ], then m is purely co-hopfian. icmma 1.3 the following are equivalent for an r-module m: 1. m is purely co-hopfian. 2. any submodule n of m such that n @ m, n is pure in m. proof (1)→(2) let n ≤ m, n @ m. then there exists α : m → n, α is an isomorphism. hence m aæææ n iæææ m where i : n → m is the inclusion map , and this implies iоa œ end ( m ) , i оa is monomorphism. so (i о α ) ( m ) is pure in m . thus i (α (m)) = i (n) = n is pure in m. (2)→(1): let f œ end (m), f is monomorphism. hence f(m) @ m and so by (2), f (m) is pure in m. إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 proposition 1.4 the following are equivalent for a ring r 1. r is purely co-hopfian. 2. r is semi co-hopfian. proof (1)→(2) let f: r → r, f is r-monomorphism. hence f (r) = < a > for some a π 0 œ r. since r is purely co-hopfian, < a > is pure ideal at r , hence < a > = < a2 > ( since < a > i <a > = < a > < a > ) .thus a = ra2 for some r œ r, this implies ra is idempotent and< a > = < ra >. it follows that < a > is a direct summand . the proof of the part (2)→(1) is clear. by combining proposition 1.4 and proposition 2.3 from [1] we get the following result. corollary 1.5 the following are equivalent for any a ring r : 1. r is purely co-hopfian. 2. r is semi co-hopfian. 3. ann ( a ) = 0 , a œ r then < a > is a direct summand . 4. if ann ( a ) = 0 , a œ r then < a > = r . 5. every r – isomorphism < a > → r, a œ r, extends to r. proof (1) ↔ (2): see proposition 1.4 (2) ↔(3) ↔(4) ↔(5): (see proposition 2.3), [1]. corollary 1.6 if r is a ring with two idempotent 0,1 then the following statement are equivalent : 1. r is co-hopfian. 2. r is semi co-hopfian. 3. r is purely co-hopfian. proof (1) → (2): it is clear (2) ↔ (3) :by proposition 1.4 (3)→(2): let f : r → r , f is monomorphism then f ( r ) = < a > for some a œ r , a π 0, but i = < a > is a direct summand of r (since r is semi co-hopfian) then < a > is generated by idempotent. since a π 0, hence a = 1 and < a > = r.thus f is onto and we get r is cohopfian. recall that module m has c2 if for any submodule n of m which is isomorphic to a direct summand of m, is a direct summand of m [4]. corollary 1.7 if r is a ring only idempotent 0 and 1 the following equivalent: 1. r has c2. 2. r is co-hopfian. 3. r is purely co-hopfian. 4. r is semi co-hopfian. proof (1) → (2) let f: r → r be monomorphism. to prove that r is co-hopfian, we must prove f is an isomorphism.since f is monomorphism,f ( r ) @ r . but r is c2 by (1) and r is direct إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 summand of r, hence f(r) is direct summand of r.it follows that f (r) is generated by idempotent.since r has only 2 – idempotent namely 0 , 1 and f ( r ) π 0 ,then f ( r ) = < 1 > thus f ( r ) = r and so that f is an isomorphism . (2) → (3 :it is clear. (3) → (4):it follows by proposition (1.4) . (4) → (1): it follows by proposition 2.4 [1] . corollary 1.8 let r be an integral domain. then the following are equivalent: 1. r is co-hopfian. 2. r is semi co-hopfian. 3. r is purely co-hopfian. 4. r is field. proof (1) ↔ (2) ↔ (3) :it follows by corollary 1.6 (1) → (4) :let a œ r , a π 0 then ann ( a ) = 0 since r is an integral domain . by corollary 1.5, < a > = r. hence a is an invertible element.then r is a field. (4) → (1) :since r is a field, r has only two ideals namely r, (0). hence for any f: r → r, f is r – monomorphism f (r) π 0. hence f (r) = r.thus f is onto then r is co-hopfian. proposition 1.9 any direct summand of purely co-hopfian module is purely co-hopfian. proof let n be a direct summand of m, so m = n ≈ a for some submodule a of m .let f: n → n be monomorphism. define g : m →m by g(n+a) = f ( n )+a where n œ n , a œa it is easy to see that g is monomorphism hence g (m) = f (a) ≈ n . since m is purely co-hopfian, g (m) is pure in m.to prove f (n) pure in n,let i be any ideal of r , im ∩ g ( m ) = i g ( m ) , i ( n ≈ a) ∩ ( f ( n) ≈ a ) = i ( f ( n ) ≈ a ) , (in ≈ i a) ∩ ( f ( n ) ≈ a ) =(in ∩ f (n) ) ≈ (ia ∩ a)= i f (n) ≈ ia , (in ∩ f ( n )) ≈ ia = if ( n ) ≈ ia, in ∩ f ( n ) = if ( n ) . thus f(n)is pure in n and so n is purely copfian. recall that a submodule n of m is a nonsummand if n is not direct summand of m [1]. proposition 1.10 let m be an rmodule such that every non summand n of m is purely co-hopfian , if for any non – summand submodule n of m, n is purely co-hopfian, then m is purely cohopfian. proof suppose m is not purely co-hopfian then there exists n < m, n @ m, n is not pure in m by lemma (1.3). but n is not pure implies n is not summand. hence by hypothesis n is purely co-hopfian which implies m is purely co-hopfian which is a contradiction. recall that m is fully stable if for any submodule n of m, f: n → m is then f (n) £ n [5]. proposition 1.11 let m = m1 ≈ m2, m is fully stable.then m is purely co-hopfian if and only if m1, m2 are purely co-hopfian proof إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 it follows by proposition 1.9.conversely, let f: m → m be monomorphism put f1 = f│m1 ,f2 = f│m2 .since m is fully stable,f1(m1) £ m1 and f2 (m2) £ m2. since f is monomorphism, f1, f2 are monomorphism. hence f1 (m1), f2 (m2) are pure in m1, m2 respectively. hencef1 (m1) ≈ f2 (m2) is pure in m [2]. but it is easy to see that f (m) = f1 (m1) ≈ f2 (m2). thus f(m)is pure in m . corollary 1. 12 let m= ≈ iœ i mi , m is fully stable m is purely co-hopfian if and only if mi is purely co-hopfian for all i œ i . recall that m is torsion free if rm = 0 then r = 0 or m = 0 for any r œ r, m œ m. note that torsion free module needs not purely co-hopfian, for example z as z-module. now we have the following result which improves proposition 2.13 in [1].which states that ,let r be a commutative domain and let m be a torsion free semi co-hopfian r-module .then m is injective . proposition 1.13 let r be an integral domain and let m be a torsion free purely co-hopfian r – module .then m is injective r-module. proof let a œ r , a π 0. define f : m → m by f ( m ) = am , for all a œ m . then f is monomorphism, hence f (m) = am is pure submodule in m since m is purely cohopfian.thus im i f (m) = i f (m) for any ideal i of r. take i = < a >. hence (a) m i am = (a). am thus am = a2m .now for any m œ m, am = a2m1, so a (m – am1) = 0.hence mam1=0 since m is torsion free and so m = am1. thus we have m = am, that is m divisible torsion free, hence m is injective. proposition 1.14 if m has dcc on non pure submodule (that means has dcc on not pure submodule), then m is purely co-hopfian. proof suppose m is not purely co-hopfian, then by lemma 1.3, there existsm1 (not pure submodule of m) such that m1 @ m. hence m1 is not purely co-hopfian and, so there exists m2 submodule of m1 which is not pure of m2 @ m1 . by repeating this argument we have strictly descending chain m1 … m2 … …moreover mi is not pure in m, for all i = 1, 2,…… . to show this m1 is not pure in m (by proof). if m2 pure in m ,then m1 pure in m [2,rem.7.2(1)] , which is a contradiction . thus m2 is not pure in m.similarly mi is not pure in m, for all i = 3, 4,… . thus m1 … m2 … … . is strictly descending chain of non pure submodule of m, which is a contradiction.thus m is purely co-hopfian. remark 1.15 the endomorphism ring of purely co-hopfian module need not be purely co-hopfian. example 1.16 the z – module zp • is co-hopfian. s = end ( zp • ) is the integral domain of p-adic integers is not co-hopfian [6] , then s is not purely co-hopfian by corollary (1.6). recall that an r-module m is called multiplication module if for each n≤m ,there exists ideal i of r such that n=im. equivalently, mis multiplication if for each n≤m, n=(n:m)m,where (n:m)={r:rœr, rm õn}[7]. theorem 1.17 let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r – module the following statements are equivalent: 1. m is purely co-hopfian. 2. r is semi co-hopfian. إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 3. r is purely co-hopfian. 4. m is co-hopfian. 5. m is semi co-hopfian. proof (1) →(2): let a œr , annra = 0. define f : m → m by f ( m ) = am for any mœm .we can see that f is monomorphism as follows, let m œ kerf then am = 0 and so m œ annm ( a ) . but annm (a) = (annr (a) ) m .hence m œ (annra) m = 0 . m = 0, then we get m = 0.now f (m) = a m is pure in m. hence < a > is pure in r , since m is faithful finitely generated multiplication .thus < a > = < a 2 > so a = ra2, which implies a ( 1ra ) = 0 , since ann ( a ) = 0 , 1-ra =0 , 1 = ra,that is a is an inevitable element , so < a > = r . (2) ↔(3): it follows by proposition (1.4). (3) → (4): let f : m → m be monomorphism , since m is finitely generated multiplication, then m is a scalar module , there exists a œ r , a π 0such that , f ( m ) = am for all m œ m [8]. since kerf = {0}, annma = 0.[ to prove this. since annm(a) = { m : am = 0 } = { m : f ( m ) = 0 }= { m : m = 0 }] .but annma = (annra) m, so annr(a) .m = 0 .thus annr(a) õ annm = 0 .it follows that annr(a) = 0. but r is purely co-hopfian so < a > = r by corollary (1.5) . (4) →(5): it is clear any co-hopfian is semi co-hopfian by [ 1]. (5) → (1): by [ remark and examples 1.2 ] corollary 1.18 let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module then the following are equivalent: 1. m is purely co-hopfian module. 2. end r m is purely co-hopfian ring ( semi co-hopfian ,co-hopfian ) proof (1) ↔ (2) since m is a finitely generated multiplication r-module m is a scalar module by [8,prop.1.1.10].hence end m @ r by [9,lemma 6.1,ch.3].thus by previous theorem we obtained the result . references 1aydogdu, p.ozcan, a. cigdem; 10(2008), semi co-hopfian and semi hopfian modules. east-west j. math., no. 1: 55-70. 2yaseen, s.m.,msc.thesis,(1993),on f-regular modules , university of baghdad, college of science. 3fieldhouse, d.j.(1969), pure theorie ,math.ann. 184:1-18 . 4mohamed, s.h.,and muller b.j.,(1990), continuous and discrete module , london math. soc. lns 147 cambridge univ.press, cambridge . 5abbas, m.s ,(1990), on fully stable module , ph.d. thesis .university of baghdad . 6lam,t.y.,3(2004) acrash course on stable range , cancellation, substitution and exchange . j.algebra appl., no. 3:301-343. 7el.bast ,abd , z and p.f. smith (1988), multiplication modules, comm. algebra ,16(4): 755-779. 8shihab b.n. ,(2004), scalar reflexive module , ph.d. thesis .university of baghdad college of science. 9mohammed ali, e.a.al-am .(2006), on ikeda nakayma module, ph.d. thesis .university of baghdad . إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ةالنقي éالمضادةالمقاسات الهوبفيني زينب طالب سلمان قسم الرياضيات ، كلية العلوم ، جامعة بغداد 2012 كانون الثاني 11 :قبل البحث في 2011ايلول 22 : استلم البحث في ةالخالص . في هذا البحث نقدم مفهوم مقاسا احاديا غير صفري معرفا عليها mحلقه تجميعيه ذا عنصر محايد ، rلتكن f œ end (m) مقاسا هوبفينيا مضادا اذا كان لكل rعلى حلقه mيقال عن مقاس ¡ðç ةالنقي éالمضادةالمقاسات الهوفيني ¡f فان ةمتباين ةدالimf نقي فيm واعطينا بعض خواص هذا النوع من المقاسات . . éمضاد ة، مقاسات هوفيني éمضاد ةهوفيني ة، مقاسات شب ةنقي éمضاد ةمقاسات هوفيني:ةالكلمات المفتاحي ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 using gamma ray transmission for determination of porosity in doped alumina samples a. j. alsaadiand a. k. saadon college of dentistry, unive rsity of karbala departme nt of physics, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 27april 2011,accepted in: 18october2011 abstract in t his study, gamma ray t ran smission met ho d have been used to determ ine t he t otal porosity in four samples: pure alumina ( al2o3 ), al2o3 + (0.2wt %)mgo , al2o3 + (0.6wt % )y2o3 and al2o3+ (8 wt % ) zro2 . t he ex periment al set up for t he gamma ray t ran smission co nsist of 13 7 cs gamma source ( 662 kev ), a nai (t l) scint illat ion detect or measured t he at t enuat ion of stro ngly collimat ed gamma beam t hr ough alumina samples. t he p oro sity obt ained by t he gamm a ray t ran smission met hod were co mp ared wit h t he measurements by co nvent ion al (archim edes) met hod. i t was observ ed that t he p oro sity measurem ent by gamma ray t ran smission met ho d has t he advant age of being accurat e, non dest ruct ive an d fast an alysis. ke ywords: gamma ray, att enuat ion coefficient s, p oro sit y, doped alumin a introduction p oro sity is an impor t ant paramet er comm on ly used to describe t he behav ior of prose material, that is of great int erest in many areas such as medicine, pet ro leum, engineerin g, met allurgy , nuclear react or t echnolo gy an d ot her applicat ion s [1, 2 ]. t he p oro sity of a medium can be expr essed as a rat io of vo lume of t he vo id space to the bulk volume, t hat is a dimen sionless quant it y usually ex pr essed in percent age. measurement of mat erial's por osity are usually perfor med by convent ion al met hods like archimedes por osimet ry and mercury inject ion po ro simet ry [3 , 4] . however t he gamma ray t ran smission t echnique is allows determ inat ion of t he poro sity wit hout int erferin g in t he p hy sical int egrit y of t he sample [5]. t he met hod of gamma ray t ran smission was applied in the measurement of reservo ir ro cks por osity by p hogat and aylmo re [6 ]. oliveira et al. uses x ray in poro sity measurem ent s of t it anium sint ered foams [7]. dem ir et al. uses gamma ray t ran smission in por osity measurem ent s of soil[8] . alumina exhibit low volume dilatat ion an d high t herm al co nduct ivit y co efficient , ano t her application of this material is to cover recipients exp osed to thermal shocks and high temp eratures (up to 1700 °c) it is very imp ortant t o determine the p orosity of sintered materials because this p arameter has a large influence the efficiency of there app lications. in the p resent work, gamma ray att enuation coefficient and p orosity of p ure alumina ( al2o3 ), al2o3 + (0.2wt %)m go, al2o3 + (0.6wt %) y2o3 and al2o3+ (8wt % )zro2 are determined by using gamma ray transmission method. the gamma ray att enuation measurements have carried out , using 137 cs radioactive source. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 experimentation 1. s amples preparation high p urity α-alumina was used as t he starting p owder. the p owder characterist ic was 0.3µm average p article size. samp les of alumina containin g weight p ercentages of m go ( 0.2wt% ), y2o3 ( 0.6wt% ) and zro2 (8wt%.) were prep ared by mixing for (20 hrs). after that, the mixture was p ressed to p ellets with 20mm diameter and ap p roximately 2mm thickness. t hese pellets were heated at 1550°c in air for 14hrs. sintered densities were measured by using the archimedes m ethod with mercury as the immersion medium. 2. experime ntal se tup the gamma ray transmission sy st em consisted of radioactive source 137 cs ( 662 kev ) with an activity 100 µci . the radioactive source was shielded by the pin-hole lead collimator to obtain a narrow beam ( 3mm diameter ). the intensities of gamma p hotons were measured by using nai(tl) scintillation detector (saintgobain cry st als bicron model 1.5in.× 2 in. made in u.s.a.). the detector was coupled to p re-amplifier, amp lifier, p ower sup p ly and comp uter analyzer with ld didactic gmbh sensor-cassy for data acquisition and analy sis t he obtain areas. the detector was also housed in a thick lead jacket with a 10 mm diameter holed collimator. fig.1 shows schematic arrangement of t he exp erimental setup used in the p resent study . samp les were used in the form of a tablets p lates with app roximately 20mm diameter and 2mm thickness. each sp ectrum was recorded for a p eriod of 1000 sec, to reduce the st atist ical error. background sp ectra were recorded for the same time p eriod and subt racted from each sp ectrum. 3. porosi ty determination for determination of the total p orosity by gamma ray transmission method, it is necessary to determine the linear att enuation coefficient for the materials. the attenuation of a narrow collimated beam of gamma ray s for a given energy can be obtained by the relationship [ 8,9 ]: )1(...................0 xeii  where i0 is the initial intensity of gamma rays , i is the intensity of gamma rays after att enuation through a media of thickness x and µ is the linear att enuation coefficient of the material. equation (1) may also be written as: )2(...................ln 1 0 i i x  total p orosity ( pt ) of a medium can be d escribed as[10,11 ]: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 )3(................. p ap pt     where µp ( cm -1 ) is the linear att enuation coefficient of t he samp le at t he particle density and µa ( cm -1 ) is the linear attenuation coefficient of t he samp le crossed gamma ray beam. the linear att enuation coefficient of the sample (µa ) was exp erimentally determined by measuring the gamma att enuation through a known thickness of samp le for 662 kev p hotons. the linear att enuation coefficient of the samp le at t he particle density (µp ) was accomplished by the app lication of the software xcom [12], taking into account the chemical comp osition and bulk density of the samp le. for determination of the total p orosity by conventional method ( archimedes ), using the following relation [10, 11 ]: )4(............... sss ds ww ww pt    where ws is the weight in the air of the samp le saturated with water, wd is the dry sample weight in the air and wss is the weight saturated of water susp ended in water. results and discussion m easurement of material bulk density involves the determination of the mass and the volume of a given amount of alumina samples. table 1 shows the measured bulk density , average values obtained for linear att enuation coefficients of the samples(µa ) and linear att enuation coefficients of the samp les at p article density (µp ). table 2 shows the average total p orosity for the alumina samples by gamma-ray transmission method (calculated by eq.3 ) and by archimedes method (calculated by eq.4 ). the values obtained by gamma ray method are larger than that obtained by archimedes method, because the gamma ray transmission method characterizes total p orosity while the archimedes method characterizes only connected p ores that rep resents app ortion of the total p orosity . conclusions the total p orosity ( % ) of alumina samples were determined by gamma ray transmission method and archimedes method. the results obtained for the total p orosity ( % ) by gamma ray method shown deceasing behavior with increasing the linear att enuation coefficient of t he sample (µa ) crossed gamma ray beam. the gamma ray transmission method gives characterizes total p orosity while the archimedes method characterizes only effective p orosity or connected p ores that represents app ortion of the total p orosity . the comp arison between exp erimental results gives the gamma ray transmission method app ears to offer advantages such as inexp ensive, non destructive and fast analysis according to conventional archimedes method. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 re ferences 1. ouellet, s.; bussièr e, b.; aubertin, m . and benzaazoua, m .(2007), research ,m icro st ructural evolution of cemented paste backfill: mercury intrusion porosimetry test results, cement and concrete rese arch , 37,1654-1665. 2. m edvedovski, e. (2006) ceramics int ernational ,alumina–mullite ceramics for st ructural applications, 32 ,369–375. 3 . innocentini, m . d.; pardo, a. r. and salvini, v. r. (2002), cerâmica ,prediction of p ermeability constants t hrough p hysical prop erties of refractory cast ables, issn 0366-6913, 48(305): 05-10 . 4. m oreira, a.c. and app oloni, c. r.( 2009), international nuclear at lantic conference inac. porosity determination of alumin a and boron carbide ceramic samples by gamma r ay transmission, isbn: 978-85-99141-03-8. 5. bodwakar, s. v.and reis, j.c.( 1994 ). porosity measurements of core samples using gamma-ray att enuation nucl. geop hy s 8 (1):61–78. 6 . phogat, v.k. and ay lmore, l.a. (1989), . evaluation of soil st ructure by using comp uter assisted tomography soil phys. hy drol 27,313–323. 7. oliveira, m . v.; m oreira, a. c., app oloni c. r, lopes r. t., pereira l. c. and cairo c. a., (2006) , porosity study of sintered titanium foams ,m aterials science forum 530-531,.22-28 8. demir d.; oz gul, a. and sahin, y.(2008). determination of p hoton attenuation coefficient, p orosity and field cap acity of soil by gamma r ay transmission for 60,356 and 662kevgamma ray ,app l. radiat. and isot 66,1834-1837. 9.raje, d.v. and chaudhari, l.m .( 2010), m ass attenuation of soil samp les in m aharashtra (india ) by using gamma en ergy at 0.662 m ev bulg. j. phy s. 37,158-164. 10 . pottker, w.e. and app oloni, c.r.( 2001),m easurement of amorp hous materials p orosity by gamma-r ay transmission methodology , radiation phy sics and chemist ry 61,535–536. 11. app oloni, c. r. and pottker ,w. e.( 2004),non-destructive p orosity p rofile measure ment of amorp hous materials by gamma-ray transmission, app lied radiation and isot op es 61, 1133-1138. 12. hubbel, j.h.and berger, m .j.(1987), nbsir ,p hoton cross sections on a p ersonal comp uter ,3597-3598. table (1): experime ntal values of bulk density , linear attenuation coefficients of the sample s at particle densi ty (µp ) and linear attenuation coefficients of the samples crossed gamma ray beam. (µa ) material bul k de nsi ty (g.cm -3 ) µp (cm -1 ) µa (cm -1 ) al2o3 2.40±0.013 0.18211 0.1349±0.0004 al2o3 + 0.2wt%m go 2.65±0.015 0.20108 0.1537±0.0009 al2o3 + 0.6wt% y2o3 2.75±0.016 0.20864 0.1714±0.0010 al2o3+ 8wt%z ro2 2.89±0.015 0.21891 0.1855±0.0005 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): average value s of total porosity for the alumina samples obtained by gamma-ray transmission method and by conventi onal method ( archi medes) tot al porosi ty (%) mate ri al gamma transmission archime des al2o3 25.9198±0.2196 22 .10 ±1.00 al2o3 + 0.2wt%mgo 23.5323±0.4477 20 .67 ±1.30 al2o3 + 0.6wt % y2o3 17.8733±0.5195 16 .64 ±1.50 al2o3+ 8wt% zro2 15.2619±0.2283 13 .78 ±1.12 fig.(1): experime ntal se tup for the measuring of line ar attenuati on coefficie nts ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 استخدام نفاذیة أشعة كاما لتعیین المسامیة في عینات األلومینا المشوبة عباس كریم سعدون ، دي عباس جواد السع كربالءكلیة طب األسنان ، جامعة بغدادقسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة 2011 تشرین االول 18: في ث بل البح ق،2011 نیسان27: استلم البحث في الخالصة ِتم في هذه الدراسة استخدام تقنیة نفاذیة أشعة كاما لتعیین المسامیة الكلیة ألربع عینات ِ األلومینا النقیة: ِّ (al2o3) ، al2o3 +(0.6wt%) y2o3 ، al2o3 +( 0.2wt%)mgo و al2o3+ (8wt% )zro2. 662ذو الطاقـة ) فوتـون ( الباعـث ألشـعة كامـا 137 –الـسیزیوم تـضمنت منظومـة القیـاس كـل مـن مـصدر أشـعة كامـا لقیـاس تـوهین حزمـة أشـعة كامـا فــي nai(tl( الومیـضي یـود یـد الـصودیوم المنـشط بالثـالیوم كاشـف فولـت والإلكتـرون كیلـو .عینات األلومینا َلـوحظ ). طریقـة أرخمیـدس (ِول علیها بطریقة نفاذیة أشعة كامـا مـع الطریقـة التقلیدیـةُ قورنت المسامیة التي تم الحص . ِإعطاء نتائج دقیقة وغیر اتالفیة للنماذج وسریعة: منها عدیدة طریقة نفاذیة أشعة كاما تمتلك فوائدان األلومینا المشوبة،المسامیة، معامالت التوهین،أشعة كاما : الكلمات المفتاحیة conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 41 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 properties of soil in najaf governorate jamal k. alsaedi nada m.hasan raad g. hassan ministry of science and technology, baghdad. e-mail addresses: drjamal40@hotmail.com (jamal k. al-saedi) nada66_altai@yahoo.com (nada m. hasan) p.o. box :2026 baghdad post code:2026 received in:2/july/2017, accepted in:15/may/2018 abstract eight soil samples were selected around najaf governorate at depth levels 40-50 cm. x-ray fluorescence (xrf) was used to determine the concentrations of major and trace elements. liner and mass attenuation coefficient (µ, µρ) have been determined at gamma energies (662, 1172,1332) kev using nai (tl) detector. the range of linear attenuation coefficients for calculated samples were (0.553-1.163) cm-1, (0.122-0.178) cm-1 and (0.0490.105) cm-1 at (662, 1172,1332) kev respectively. the range of mass attenuation coefficients obtained (0.39-0.76) cm2/gm, (0.087-0.117) cm2/gm and (0.0336-0.074) cm2/gm at (662, 1172,1332) kev respectively. the results showed that fe content in the samples has a strong effect on the mass attenuation coefficient and this parameter is inversely proportional to the gamma energy. keywords: x-ray fluorescence (xrf), mass attenuation coefficients, soil samples https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 42 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 introduction the soil characteristics were studied in a different directions depending on its importance area from the viewpoint of specialists. farmers are interested in the ingredients for plant growth and fertility. the changes of geology soil due to climate extremes and erosion are the geologists interest. american society of soil science (sssa), has more comprehensive look. soil is a living system, a complex mix of minerals and compounds. the properties of soil are changing according to the weather condition such as wind, rain and erosion. therefore, the soil quality is associated with the benefit from it. soil is not specific but it is always susceptible to environmental fluctuations. this means that we need to get complete information about a particular type of soil characteristics and continuously [1]. determination of the chemical properties of soil composition such as c, na, s, ca, mg, p, k, etc in addition to the physical properties such as density, porosity, sand, clay and humidity are the most important elements to determine soil quality. gamma ray interaction with the soil depends on chemical and physical properties [2]. the attenuation coefficient is an important criterion for describing the transmission of radiation within the soil. the accurate measurement is important to obtain the physical properties of the soil [3]. gamma ray which passes through the material makes either absorbed or scattered. the degree of attenuation coefficient depends on many factors which are: the material density, sample composition, photon energy and the length of the radiation path within the material. the attenuation of a gamma-ray flux passing through a path of length x in a sample with linear attenuation coefficient µ can be expressed as [4]: 𝐼 = 𝐼o𝑒−µ𝑥 − − − − − − − −(1) where io: the area under the peak during a certain time without any absorber, i: the area under the peak during the same time, x: the path length of gamma radiation inside the absorber material in (cm) units and µ is the linear attenuation coefficient in (cm-1) unit. the mass attenuation coefficient (μm) of the material is given by: μm=μ/ρ ---------(2) where ρ is the density of the absorber material in (gm/cm3) unit. equation (1) may then be expressed using the mass attenuation coefficient and the density of the material. lin i = lin io µm xm ---------------------(3) many published reports calculated the linear and mass attenuation coefficients for different soil samples. [5-10]. experimental details samples were collected from different sites around the najaf sea. the governorate of najaf as seen in table (1) 170 km south-west from city of baghdad (capital city of iraq). the coordinates of area is 30o 3” 29” n, 31o 13, 44” e at depth of 50 cm from the ground surface of soil . this area was selected for an important geology, that containing groundwater reservoirs. x-ray florescence (xrf): in this work the soil samples were crushed to dimeter range of less than 125 µm and greater than 63 µm. samples were dried in an oven at temperature between 100-120 0c for 24 h . samples were cooled and pressed in hydraulic press into 15 ton/cm2 in dimeter 32 mm. the chemical composition of the soil samples was analyzed using an energy-dispersive x-ray fluorescence (edxrf) spectrometer from spectro (x-lab 2000) . x-ray tube used with a detector silicone – lithium with energy resolution 45ev for 5.9kev of iron (fe-55) isotope. three target were used to generate different x-ray energy. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 43 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 liner and mass attenuation measurement the samples were crashed via an agate electric mill, grinded with the particle size of approximately 200 µm to obtain homogeneous samples to reduce the error due to preparation of the samples and dried to 1000c for 24 h the radioactive sources used in this study such as 137cs (662 kev), 60co (1173, 1332 kev). the whole system was enclosed in lead shielding to reduce the background counts. the system utilized in this work nai(tl) detector. genie 2000 gamma spectroscopy system was employed for this purpose (canberra industries, usa for the anslysis). the counting time fixed for 1800 sec to remove error due to the random nature of radioactivity. table (1): the region code with the region name result and discussion the concentration elements for various soil samples are given in table 2, 3, and 4. table 5 gives the linear and mass attenuation coefficients using gamma transmission measurements that taken from figures (1-14) in regions (ks-1 – ks-8) respectively. the liner and mass attenuation coefficients of the soil samples decrease with increasing the energy as shown in figure (15-16). the liner and mass attenuation coefficients depends on the strength and chemical composition of the soil samples particularly iron ratios as shown in figure 17. table (6) and figure (18) show the comparison of the results from the current study with the other soils of country. table (3): the trace concentration % elements for various soil samples soil sample p cl v cr co ni cu zn mo i ks-1 19.0 2.0 11.0 68.0 58.5 8.8 6.1 6.6 31.0 14.8 ks-2 35.5 2.0 14.0 70.0 77.0 10.2 6.6 8.7 5.8 30.0 ks-3 16.1 2.0 16.0 97.0 33.8 27.2 10.2 15.4 30.0 19.0 ks-4 18.0 13.3 13.0 75.0 29.9 19.1 5.8 9.8 5.3 18.1 ks-5 19.0 2.0 20.0 75.0 93.2 7.3 7.2 7.7 40.0 20.0 ks-6 18.0 2.0 12.0 69.0 69.0 6.4 5.4 7.2 34.0 21.0 ks-7 16.0 2.0 9.3 44.0 35.9 7.8 5.2 3.8 27.0 26.0 ks-8 16.9 2.0 14.0 91.0 35.6 21.4 9.7 13.0 36.0 34.2 no. region code region name 1ks-1 first kasser 2ks-2 taktak 3ks-3 al-sad 4ks-4 al-rohanya 5ks-5 abo-kamsat 6ks-6 al-rehmauy 7ks-7 al-maleh 8ks-8 second kasser table (2): the major concentration % elements for various soil samples soil sample na mg al si s k ca ti mn fe ks-1 0.28 0.041 0.028 0.729 0.0002 0.36 9.55 0.065 0.017 1.09 ks-2 0.3 0.044 0.0091 0.77 0.023 0.128 12.84 0.022 0.010 0.328 ks-3 0.37 0.055 0.015 0.65 0.0002 0.21 12.02 0.03 0.013 0.44 ks-4 0.29 0.043 0.028 0.746 0.0002 0.368 8.03 0.089 0.0198 1.433 ks-5 0.29 0.042 0.01 0.83 0.0002 0.13 9.81 0.0067 0.0145 0.203 ks-6 0.32 0.051 0.0094 0.801 0.002 0.178 6.722 0.006 0.008 0.19 ks-7 0.3 0.046 0.009 0.64 0.053 0.33 5.32 0.035 0.014 0.88 ks-8 0.31 0.048 0.01 0.68 0.0002 0.207 6.84 0.081 0.013 0.36 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 44 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 table (5): the linear and mass attenuation coefficients using gamma transmission measurements sampl es liner attenuation coefficients (cm-1) mass attenuation coefficients (cm2/ g) energy 661ke v energy1172 kev energy1332 kev energy661 kev energy1172 kev energy1332 kev ks-1 1.106 0.134 0.058 0.753 0.091 0.039 ks-2 1.1638 0.162 0.094 0.671 0.093 0.075 ks-3 1.006 0.148 0.071 0.679 0.10 0.048 ks-4 1.155 0.178 0.0991 0.76 0.117 0.065 ks-5 0.83 0.144 0.103 0.599 0.104 0.074 ks-6 0.553 0.122 0.105 0.392 0.087 0.074 ks-7 1.075 0.147 0.0722 0.694 0.095 0.046 ks-8 0.903 0.153 0.049 0.615 0.104 0.0336 table (6): the comparison of results from the current study with the other soils of country. table (4): the trace concentration elements in ppm for various soil samples soil sample as sr ag cd sn sb hg pb th u ks-1 0.6 11.65 4.8 5.1 9.7 7.6 2.4 6.3 1.8 1.8 ks-2 1.1 17.7 5.8 6.7 10.0 9.3 4.9 9.5 2.7 2.0 ks-3 1.3 104.1 4.6 5.7 9.8 7.8 2.2 6.6 4.3 1.9 ks-4 1.5 30.07 5.3 5.4 9.8 16.0 2.2 12.3 5.2 7.0 ks-5 1.6 13.46 6.5 7.1 10.0 8.6 2.5 8.0 5.0 2.3 ks-6 1.6 12.02 4.7 6.2 11.0 8.8 2.9 11.8 6.7 1.4 ks-7 1.3 12.68 4.2 5.4 9.0 7.6 2.5 8.1 1.6 2.4 ks-8 1.3 14.27 5.0 5.1 9.4 6.6 3.9 8.4 1.0 2.1 mass attenuation coefficients (cm2/ g) century energy 661kev energy 1172 kev energy 1332kev ref syria 0.077 0.058 0.055 [11] nigeria 0.084 0.078 0.079 [12] india 0.49 0.48 0.49 [13] brazilian 0.08 0.07 0.058 [5] present work 0.63 0.099 0.053 present work https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 45 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (1): linear attenuation coefficient of the ks-1 figure (2): mas attenuation coefficient of the ks-1 figure (3): linear attenuation coefficient of the ks-2 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 46 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (4): mass attenuation coefficient of the ks-2 figure (5): linear attenuation coefficient of the ks-3 figure (6): mass attenuation coefficient of the ks-3 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 47 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (7): linear attenuation coefficient of the ks-4 figure (8): mass attenuation coefficient of the ks-4 figure (9): linear attenuation coefficient of the ks-6 figure (10): mass attenuation coefficient of the ks-6 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 48 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (11): linear attenuation coefficient of the ks-7 figure (12): mass attenuation coefficient of the ks-7 figure (13): linear attenuation coefficient of the ks-8 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 49 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (14): mass attenuation coefficient of the ks-8 figure (15): the relationship between energy and linear attenuation coefficient figure (16): the relationship between energy and mass attenuation coefficient https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 50 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 figure (17): the relationship of mass attenuation coefficient for iron preparation figure (18): the comparison of results from the current study with the other soil country conclusion the chemical components like s, p, ca, na, cu, fe, mg, zn, etc. are effect on linear and mass attenuation coefficient of soil samples. linear and mass attenuation coefficient are usually depending on the energy of the radiations. the iron (fe) in content in soil has a significant effect on the values of attenuation coefficients. references 1iaea-tecdoc-1415, (2004), soil sampling for environmental contaminants, iaea, vienna. 2raje, d. v.l and chaudhari,m. (2010). mass attenuation coefficients of soil samples in maharashtra state (india) by using gamma energy at 0.662 mev, bulg.,j. phys. , 37 158–164. 3costa,j c; borges, j.a.r; arthur,r.c.j and bacchi, o.o.s. (2014) soil mass attenuation coefficient analysis and evaluation, j.annals of nuclear energy , 64, 206–211 . 4robu,e and giovani, c. (2009) ,gamma-ray selfattenuation corrections in environmental samples , romanian reports in physics, 61 (2) 295–300. 5beamish,d. (2013) ,gamma ray attenuation in the soils of northern ireland, with special reference to peat, journal of environmental radioactivity, 115: 13–27. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942 physics | 51 2018( عام 2( العدد ) 31لمجلد )ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (2) 2018 6salh,h. m; kakil,d. o; karim, h. h; hamad,a. m and othman,q. h. (2016) mass attenuation coefficient of soil samples in kurdistan region of iraq by using gamma energy at 0.662 mev, j.advances in energy and power 4(2): 7-10. 7laxman, m. ch and dayanand,v. r (2012) study of photon attenuation coefficient of soil samples from maharashtra and karnataka states (india) from 122 kev to 1330 kev., research journal of chemical sciences . 8medhat, m. e. and abdel-hafiez, a. (2016) application of gamma-ray attenuation in studying soil properties, j. physical science international journal, 10(2) :1-6. 9chaudhari, l. m and raje,d. v. (2013) measurement of photon attenuation coefficient of soil samples at energy 360 kev , journal of chemical, biological and physical sciences, 3 (2): 1504-1510. 10kucuki,n; tumsavas,z and cakir, m (2012), determining photon energy absorption parameters for different soil samples, journal of radiation research, 4: 1–9. 11al-masry, m.s; hasan, m; al-hamwi amin, ay and doubal, a.w. (2013) mass attenuation coefficients of soil and sediment samples using gamma energies from 46.5 to 1332 kev journal of environmental radioactivity: 11628–33. 12-okunade, i.o; adebe,g.i; jonah, s.a and oladipo, a.o. (2008),measurmebt of mass attenuation coefficient of zaria soil using gamma ray transmission method , nigerian journal of physics ,20(1) . 13-laxman, ch and dayanand,r. (2012) attenuation coefficient of soil samples by gamma ray energy, research journal of recent sciences, 1(9) :41-48. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1942%201 95 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 sajjad majeed jasim faez hassan ali abstarct the traveling salesman problem (tsp) is a well-known and important combinatorial optimization problem. the goal is to find the shortest tour that visits each city in a given list exactly once and then returns to the starting city. in this paper we exploit the tsp to evaluate the minimum total cost (distance or time) for iraqi cities. so two main methods are investigated to solve this problem; these methods are; dynamic programming (dp) and branch and bound technique (babt). for the babt, more than one lower and upper bounds are be derived to gain the best one. the results of babt are completely identical to dp, with less time for number of cities (n), 5 ≤ n ≤ 25. these results proof the efficiency of babt compared with some good heuristic methods. we are suggesting some additional techniques to improve the computation time of babt for n ≤ 80. keywords: travelling salesman problem, dynamic programming, branch and bound, greedy method and minimizing distance method. 1. introduction in the field of combinatorial optimization, the traveling salesman problem (tsp) is probably the most famous and extensively studied problem, which aims to find the shortest hamiltonian cycle in a graph. this problem is np-hard: that is to say, no polynomial time algorithm is known for solving this problem at present [1]. the algorithms for solving the tsp can be categorized into two main paradigms: exact algorithms and heuristic algorithms. the exact algorithms are guaranteed to find the optimal solution in an exponential number of steps. the major limitation of these algorithms is that they are quite complex and have heavy requirement of computing time [1]. for such reason, it is very difficult to find optimal solution for the tsp, especially for problems with a very large number of cities. heuristic algorithms attempt to solve the traveling salesman problem focusing on tour construction methods and tour improvement methods. tour construction methods build up a solution step by step, while tour improvement methods start with an initial tour then try to transform it into a shortest tour [1]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2286 using travelling salesman principle to evaluate the minimum total cost of the iraqi cities department of mathematics, collage of sciences, university of mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. sajadm49@gmail.com faezhassan@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq article history: received 17 february 2019, accepted 24 march 2019, publish september 2019 mailto:sajadm49@gmail.com mailto:faezhassan@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq 96 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2. tsp background and formulation the first researcher, in 1932, considered the traveling salesman problem [2]. menger gives interesting ways of solving tsp. he lays bare the first approaches which were considered during the evolution of tsp solutions. an exposition on tsp history is available in [2]. the mathematical formulation of tsp is as follows: the distance between the towns i and j is marked with dij. 𝑀𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝐶 = ∑ ∑ 𝑑𝑖𝑗 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 s. t. ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 = 1, 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛 ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 1, 𝑗 = 1, … , 𝑛 xij=0 or 1.[2]. 𝑥𝑖𝑗 = { 1, if city 𝑗 is reached from city 𝑖 0, otherewise c is the total cost of travel. 3. some exact methods to solve tsp 3.1 dynamic programming [3]. dynamic programming (dp) is a method of solving problems by breaking the solution into a set of steps or stages so that the solution of the problem can be viewed from a series of interrelated decisions. the inventor and the person responsible for the popularity of dp is richard bellman. in dp, a series of optimal decisions are made by using the principle of optimality. the principle of optimality: if the optimal total solution, then the solution to the k th stage is also optimal. with the principle of optimality is guaranteed that at some stage of decision making is the right decision for the later stages. the essence of dp is to remove a small part of a problem at every step, and then solve the smaller problems and use the results of the settlement to remedy the solution is added back to the issue in the next step. the algorithm of the dp is as follows: dynamic programming algorithm [3]. initialization steps  complete directed graph (g).  non-empty finite set of vertices on a graph (v), v = {1, 2, 3, ... n}.  the set of edges in a graph (e).  the distance from i to j (the distance between cities) dij, where dij ≠ dji.  the series lines (s), s  {2, 3, ..., n}.  the weight of the shortest path that starts at vertex i that through all vertices in s and ends at vertex 1 (f (i, s)), i s and s ≠ ø. therefore the steps in solving the tsp with dp are as follows: step 1: determining the basis of the graph hamiltonian that has been represented to be an adjacency matrix to the equation: 97 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑓(𝑖, ∅) =di,1, 2  i  n step 2: calculate f (i, s) for |s| = 1, then we can obtain f (i, s) for |s| = 2, until |s| = n-1. with the equation: 𝑓 ( 𝑖 , 𝑠 ) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{ 𝑗 𝑆 dij  f ( j , s j) step 3: having obtained the results from step 2, then calculate the equation of a recursive relationship by following equation: 𝑓(1, 𝑣 − {1}) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 2≤𝑘≤𝑛 {d1k+f (k,v-{1,k})} step 4: after calculating a recursive equation in step 3, will be obtained by weighting the shortest path, then to obtain an optimal solution or length of the shortest path for a graph is to calculate f (1, {2, 3, 4, ..., n}) which means long lines from the initial vertex (1) to vertex 1 after passing through the vertices 2, 3, 4, .., n with any order (for the minimum) then locate the forming of the minimum optimal solution which has been obtained. 3.2 branch and bound technique for solving tsp bab technique (babt) is most widely used in tsp by constructing a state space tree to find the optimal solution among all feasible solutions by taking the value of the objective function. branch and bound was initially studies by dantzig and a more description was provided by him in the applications of tsp. the babt gives all feasible solutions by solving the problem, by trying the practical solution ad starting the value in the upper bound for finding the optimal solutions [4]. the algorithm of the babt is as follows: branch and bound technique (babt) algorithm [5]. step 1: choose a starting point. step 2: choose one of the routes for that point. step 3: after choosing that route between the current point and unvisited point add the distance. after doing that choose a new destination without choosing the same point. step 4: keep doing this until we have gone through each point. step 5: add up each distance of each subgroup. 4. some heuristic methods to solve tsp [6]. in this section we will discuss two heuristic methods; greedy method, branch and bound method and improved minimum distance method. the greedy method (grm) starts by sorting the edges by length, and always adding the shortest remaining available edge to the tour. the shortest edge is available if it is not yet added to the tour and if adding it would not create a 3-degree vertex or a cycle with edges less than n. this heuristics can be applied to run in o (n 2 log(n)) time. the terms “branch and bound” represent all the state space search methods such that all the children of e-node are generated any now nodes called line node when it became e-node. e-node is the node, which can be expended. the live-node is node generated all of whose children are not yet been expanded. a node which cannot be expanded called dead node, but this node can be useful for backtracking concept. if there are no more children to expand then we have to reach its parent and expand its children and we do so until we obtain the solution or complete tree path, this method is different in technique from babt mentioned in section (3-2). the minimizing distance method (mdm) is an efficient method for finding a good solution, but it has a weak point. this weak point has been manipulated by improved 98 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 minimum distance method (imdm) which is suggested in [6]. the imdm has good achievement with high efficiency for solving tsp. 5. using dp to solve tsp in this section the method of dp was applied to solve tsp. the obtained results were better than the method of complete enumeration method (cem) in terms of time and number of cities. in this paper set of practical examples are be used with different choices for n such that 5≤n≤80 with integer distance such that dij[1,30] for 5≤n≤30 and dij[1,100] for 30<n≤80. before we discuss the results we have to define the following notations:  c: the cost of travel.  ct: complete time in seconds.  r: r[0,1].  e: the difference between set of methods with first method in table. table 1. shows the comparison results between dp from one side with cem and the best heuristic method [6]. imdm from another side for n=5,…,15 for average of (3) examples. table 1. comparison results between dp with cem and imdm for n=5,…,15. n dp cem imdm c ct c ct c ct 5 51 r 51 r 51.7 r 6 46.3 r 46.3 r 50.3 r 7 53 r 53 r 53 r 8 56.7 r 56.7 r 56.7 r 9 43.3 r 43.3 r 43.3 r 10 52.7 1.7 52.7 3.8 52.7 r 11 61.7 7.4 61.7 37.1 63.7 r 12 42.3 33.7 42.3 409.1 42.3 r av-all 50.9 14.3 50.9 150 51.7 r 13 60.3 156.5 71 r 14 55 696.1 62 r 15 46.7 3114.6 50.7 r av-all 51.7 364.8 54.3 r 6. using babt to solve tsp in this section we will discuss and the applying of babt to solve tsp. it is very well known that babt is one of the most important methods of the exact solution for combinatorial optimization problem. this method can act with different upper and lower bound to get very good results within a good time. the choosing process of upper bound (ub) and lower bound (lb) is figured as (ub-lb) this symbol of ub and lb we called it a model for babt with notation babt: (ub-lb). 99 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 6.1. suggesting an upper bounds for tsp in order to use babt to solve tsp, we apply three methods for finding three different ub; and these methods are imdm, grm and babm. 6.2. derivation of different lower bounds for tsp the lb is one of the most important parts of this method. the lb consists of two main parts such that lb= sequenced nodes plus the unsequenced nodes, the sequence nodes: is the basic rout until the currant node. while the unsequenced nodes: it’s the subsequence obtained from all the cities after eliminate the sequence nodes which are obtained from applying deterministic method. several methods have been proposed to calculate the lb; these methods are grm, babm and imdm. but based on the results obtained from these methods it was concluded that the best method is the imdm because it gives accurate results with reasonable time. 6.3. two proposed bab techniques in this subsection we proposed two techniques for bab, the first technique is the classical babt with notation babt1, which is mentioned in subsection 3.2. the babt1 algorithm is as follows: babt1 algorithm step 1: read number of cities (n); read distance table. step 2: calculate ub=cost (n) using grm, babm or imdm where n= {1, 2, … , n }; i=0. step 3: for each node in the search tree compute the lb= cost of sequencing nodes + cost of unsequenced nodes; where cost of unsequenced nodes is obtained by grm, babm or imdm, i=i+1. step 4: branch each node with lb ≤ ub for level i. step 5: if i  n then goto step 3. step 6: if the last level (i=n-2) of bab algorithm we obtain the optimal solution. step 7: stop. example 1. let’s have the following tsp: a b c d e a − 30 8 10 17 b 11 − 13 9 10 c 19 12 − 9 9 d 18 1 18 − 8 e 30 22 18 8 − to calculate ub, we use grm so ub=58, for unsequnced nodes we use imdm. for the 2 nd level we have the following tree: 100 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 the shaded node is ignored. it’s clear that we ignore n.1, while for the 3 rd level we obtain the following tree: so we ignore the nodes n.9, n.10 and n.11. in the last level we have the following tree: a b c ub(grm) =58 78 n.1 n.2 37 n.3 58 n.4 56 b d e d b c e e b c d n.5 n.6 n.7 n.8 n.9 n.10 n.11 n.12 n.13 a b ub(grm) =58 78 n.1 n.2 37 n.4 b d e d b c e e b c d n.6 n.7 n.10 n.11 n.13 c n.3 n.12 56 58 37 58 70 59 79 56 58 58 d e b e b d c e b d b c n.5 n.8 n.14 n.15 n.16 n.17 n.18 n.19 n.20 n.21 n.22 n.23 n.24 n.25 56 n.9 101 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 so the least cost c=37 with shaded path: acedba. the second technique is similar for babt1 but with modification. this modification includes finding a lb by branch form the least cost node and continue until get the root node and calculate the lb, then we update the initial ub by the new lb, and then apply the same steps of babt1. the babt2 algorithm is as follows: babt2 algorithm step 1: read number of cities (n); read distance table. step 2: calculate ub=cost (n) using grm or babm where n= {1,2,…,n}, ub1=ub. step 3: compute the new_lb= cost of sequencing nodes + cost of unsequenced nodes; where cost of unsequenced nodes is obtained by imdm, if new_lb ≤ ub1 branch from this node and set ub1=new_lb, repeat until reach the root node set ub=ub1, if all new_lb  ub1 then ub=ub1. step 4: i=0, with upper bound ub. step 5: for each node in the search tree compute the lb is obtained by imdm, i=i+1. step 6: branch each node with lb ≤ ub for level i. step 7: if i  n then goto step 5. step 8: if the last level (i=n-2) of bab algorithm we obtain the optimal solution. step 9: stop. a b ub(grm) =58 78 n.1 n.2 37 n.4 b d e d b c e e b c d n.6 n.7 n.10 n.11 n.13 c n.3 n.12 56 58 37 58 70 59 79 56 58 58 d e b e b d c e b d b c n.5 n.8 n.9 n.14 n.15 n.16 n.17 n.18 n.19 n.20 n.21 n.22 n.23 n.24 n.25 67 56 58 58 66 37 63 58 74 56 58 66 56 d a e a b a b a c a b a c a 56 58 58 37 58 56 58 102 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 7. comparative results of applying babt1 for different ub and lb in this section all proposed types of bab, ub and lb models will be presented, these models are (ub-lb): grm-grm, grm-babm, grm-imdm, babm-babm, babmimdm and imdm-imdm. all the above models have been tested and it has been shown that the best models (cost and time) in terms of results are grm-imdm, imdm-imdm and babm-imdm. 7.1 results of applying babt1 table 2 shows the comparison results of babt1 for different models one side and with dp from the other side for n=5,…,15 for average of (3) examples. table 2. comparison results of dp with babt1 for n=5,…,15. n dp ub imdm-imdm grm-imdm babm-imdm imdm grm babm c e ct c e ct c e ct 5 51 51.7 58.7 51.7 51 0 r 51 0 r 51 0 r 6 46.3 50.3 59.7 55 46.3 0 r 46.3 0 r 46.3 0 r 7 53 53 67 53 53 0 r 53 0 r 53 0 r 8 56.7 56.7 83 68.3 56.7 0 r 56.7 0 1.9 56.7 0 r 9 43.3 43.3 69.3 43.3 43.3 0 r 43.3 0 2.8 43.3 0 r 10 52.7 52.7 61.7 53.3 52.7 0 r 52.7 0 r 52.7 0 r 11 61.7 63.7 77.7 67.3 61.7 0 r 61.7 0 7.4 61.7 0 5.8 12 42.3 42.3 70.7 48.3 42.3 0 r 42.3 0 102.8 42.3 0 1.4 13 60.3 71 82 68.7 60.3 0 30.7 60.3 0 76.8 60.3 0 8.1 14 55 62 78.7 64.7 55 0 46.0 55 0 148.8 55 0 50.8 15 46.7 50.7 61 57.7 46.7 0 4.7 46.7 0 18.7 46.7 0 43.0 av-all 51.7 54.3 69.95 57.4 51.7 0 7.8 51.7 0 32.8 51.7 0 10.2 from the results of table 2. we notice that all models are identical to dp but imdm-imdm is the best in the time. table 3. shows the comparison results of babt1 for the three models with each other for n=16,…,20,25. table 3. comparison results of babt1 for the three models with each other for n=16,…,20,25. n ub imdm-imdm grm-imdm babm-imdm imdm grm babm c ct c e ct c e ct 16 50.3 67.3 54.7 45 11.3 45 0 534.3 45 0 22 17 53.7 68.3 60.7 53.7 1.6 53.7 0 179.3 53.7 0 170.3 18 53 67.3 60.7 49.3 25.5 49.3 0 354 49.3 0 230.6 19 48.7 61 52.3 48.7 2 48.7 0 84.1 48.7 0 8 av-all 51.4 66 57.1 49.2 10.1 49.2 0 287.9 49.2 0 107.7 20 60 68.7 79 58.7 6.8 58.7 0 496.5 25 79.3 120.7 96 71.3 721 103 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 7.2 results of applying babt2 for babt2 we notice that all the results for the three models are identical with each other’s in cost and time so we choose one of the models to describe and compare its results with others methods. table 4. shows the comparison results between babt1: imdm-imdm (or dp since they are identical) and babt2: grm-imdm model for n=5,…,20,25 for average of (3) examples. table 4. comparison results between babt1 and babt2 for n=5,…,20,25. n babt1: imdm-imdm babt2: grm-imdm c ct c e ct 5 51 r 51 0 r 6 46.3 r 48 1.7 r 7 53 r 53 0 r 8 56.7 r 56.7 0 r 9 43.3 r 43.3 0 r 10 52.7 r 52.7 0 r 11 61.7 r 61.7 0 r 12 42.3 r 42.3 0 1.2 13 60.3 30.7 62 1.7 1.5 14 55 45.97 57 2 1.6 15 46.7 4.7 46.7 0 2.3 16 45 11.3 45 0 2.3 17 53.7 1.6 53.7 0 4.3 18 49.3 25.5 50 0.7 4.8 19 48.7 2.03 48.7 0 6.1 20 58.7 6.8 58.7 0 5.9 25 71.3 721 74.3 3 16.8 av-all 52.7 50.2 53.2 0.5 3.0 figure 1. show the comparison results of table 4. figure 1. comparison results between babt1: imdm-imdm with babt2: grm-imdm for n=5,…,20,25. 104 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 5. shows the comparison results between best of heuristic methods: imdm with babt2 for n=30,…,80 for average of (3) examples. table 5. comparison results between imdm with babt2 for n=30,…,80. n imdm babt2: grm-imdm c ct c e ct 30 58 r 56 -2 25 40 182 r 172.3 -9.7 651.5 50 201.3 r 180.3 -21 431.4 60 227 r 199.7 -27.3 888.1 70 233.3 r 218.7 -14.6 390.9 80 236.7 1.4 207.7 -29 839.0 av-all 189.7 0.7 172.5 -17.3 537.7 figure 2. show the comparison results of table 5. figure 2. comparison results between babt2: grmm-imdm with imdm for n=30,…,80. 8. solving the minimum total cost for the iraqi's cites as a tsp in this section we will use the tsp as an application to compute the minimum total cost for n=18 iraqi's cites. this done by applying the best method; the babt1: (imdm-imdm) (see table 4. the symbol of each city is as in table 6. table 6. the symbol of iraqi's cites. city baghdad baqubah diwaniyah hillah ramadi karbala najaf kut tikrit symbol bg bq dw hl rm kb nj ku tk city kirkuk samawah sulaymaniyah nasiriyah erbil amarah mosul duhok basrah symbol kr sm sl ns er am ms dh bs first we demonstrate the distance in km in table 6. for the 18-cites which are represent the governorates centers [7]. 105 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 7. the distance (km) between the iraqi’s cities. bg bq kb hl rm dw nj ku tk kr sm sl ns er am ms dh bs bg − 69 107 115 120 162 172 182 242 267 272 335 345 364 373 404 477 548 bq 69 − 180 187 181 234 244 226 172 213 345 272 417 310 467 362 435 618 kb 107 180 − 47 148 132 77 211 293 373 234 442 315 470 369 505 578 502 hl 115 187 47 − 194 86 58 165 306 387 171 455 269 484 323 519 592 457 rm 120 181 148 194 − 279 223 301 185 288 371 400 443 384 491 398 471 631 dw 162 234 132 86 279 − 83 130 346 463 100 531 192 560 246 595 668 379 nj 172 244 77 58 223 83 − 225 370 447 164 515 257 543 311 578 651 450 ku 182 226 211 165 301 130 225 − 368 433 242 432 182 530 192 580 653 373 tk 242 172 293 306 185 346 370 368 − 121 457 234 529 218 554 231 304 717 kr 267 213 373 387 288 463 447 433 121 − 540 112 612 98 616 174 246 799 sm 272 345 234 171 371 100 164 242 457 540 − 640 107 668 255 703 776 295 sl 335 272 442 455 400 531 515 432 234 112 640 − 613 180 624 284 336 799 ns 345 417 315 269 443 192 257 182 529 612 107 613 − 713 146 753 826 200 er 364 310 470 484 384 560 543 530 218 98 668 180 713 − 722 85 164 900 am 373 467 369 323 491 246 311 192 554 616 255 624 146 722 − 760 833 179 ms 404 362 505 519 398 595 578 580 231 174 703 284 753 85 760 − 75 946 dh 477 435 578 592 471 668 651 653 304 246 776 336 826 164 833 75 − 1016 bs 548 618 502 457 631 379 450 373 717 799 295 799 200 900 179 946 1016 − in the same time we have to estimate another cost which is represented by time factor by using distance cost mentioned in table 6. in order to estimate the time cost we have to use the following transformation: t = d / v (4) where t is the time, d is the distance and v is the velocity factors respectively. table 8. describes the time cost in minutes depending on distance cost mentioned in table 7. using constant velocity 70km/hour. table 8. the time (minute) between the iraqi’s cities. bg bq kb hl r m d w nj ku tk kr s m sl ns er a m ms dh bs bg − 59 92 99 10 3 13 9 14 7 15 6 20 7 22 9 23 3 28 7 29 6 31 2 32 0 34 6 40 9 47 0 bq 59 − 15 4 16 0 15 5 20 1 20 9 19 4 14 7 18 3 29 6 23 3 35 7 26 6 40 0 31 0 37 3 53 0 kb 92 15 4 − 40 12 7 11 3 66 18 1 25 1 32 0 20 1 37 9 27 0 40 3 31 6 43 3 49 5 43 0 hl 99 16 0 40 − 16 6 74 50 14 1 26 2 33 2 14 7 39 0 23 1 41 5 27 7 44 5 50 7 39 2 r m 10 3 15 5 12 7 16 6 − 23 9 19 1 25 8 15 9 24 7 31 8 34 3 38 0 32 9 42 1 34 1 40 4 54 1 d w 13 9 20 1 11 3 74 23 9 − 71 11 1 29 7 39 7 86 45 5 16 5 48 0 21 1 51 0 57 3 32 5 nj 14 7 20 9 66 50 19 1 71 − 19 3 31 7 38 3 14 1 44 1 22 0 46 5 26 7 49 5 55 8 38 6 ku 15 6 19 4 18 1 14 1 25 8 11 1 19 3 − 31 5 37 1 20 7 37 0 15 6 45 4 16 5 49 7 56 0 32 0 tk 20 7 14 7 25 1 26 2 15 9 29 7 31 7 31 5 − 10 4 39 2 20 1 45 3 18 7 47 5 19 8 26 1 61 5 kr 22 9 18 3 32 0 33 2 24 7 39 7 38 3 37 1 10 4 − 46 3 96 52 5 84 52 8 14 9 21 1 68 5 sm 23 3 29 6 20 1 14 7 31 8 86 14 1 20 7 39 2 46 3 − 54 9 92 57 3 21 9 60 3 66 5 25 3 sl 28 7 23 3 37 9 39 0 34 3 45 5 44 1 37 0 20 1 96 54 9 − 52 5 15 4 53 5 24 3 28 8 68 5 ns 29 35 27 23 38 16 22 15 45 52 92 52 − 61 12 64 70 17 106 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 6 7 0 1 0 5 0 6 3 5 5 1 5 5 8 1 er 31 2 26 6 40 3 41 5 32 9 48 0 46 5 45 4 18 7 84 57 3 15 4 61 1 − 61 9 73 14 1 77 1 a m 32 0 40 0 31 6 27 7 42 1 21 1 26 7 16 5 47 5 52 8 21 9 53 5 12 5 61 9 − 65 1 71 4 15 3 ms 34 6 31 0 43 3 44 5 34 1 51 0 49 5 49 7 19 8 14 9 60 3 24 3 64 5 73 65 1 − 64 81 1 dh 40 9 37 3 49 5 50 7 40 4 57 3 55 8 56 0 26 1 21 1 66 5 28 8 70 8 14 1 71 4 64 − 87 1 bs 47 0 53 0 43 0 39 2 54 1 32 5 38 6 32 0 61 5 68 5 25 3 68 5 17 1 77 1 15 3 81 1 87 1 − now we suggest to apply more than one method like dp, babt1: imdm-imdm and babt2: grm-imdm for distance cost in table 6. and time cost in table 7. for n=18. before we describe the results we suggest using successive rules (sr’s) to be certain that what we obtain is optimal path. these sr’s is as follows: 1. since the subpath ms-dh-er is the only and the minimum cost of available path this mean that we have n=16. 2. let’s add another certain subpath to the previous one, am-bs-ns, this mean we have n=14. table 9. shows the results of the three suggested methods for n=18 (without sr) and for n=16 and 14 (with sr). table 9. the results of the three suggested methods for different n with and without sr. method n 18 16 14 distance time ct distance time ct distance time ct dp 2502 2145 13677 2502 2145 673 babt1 2502 2145 8 2502 2145 2 2502 2145 1.6 babt2 2502 2145 3 2502 2145 2 2502 2145 1.6 for the above optimal costs we have the following unique symmetric path. path is: “bgbqslkrerdhmstkrmkbhlnjdwsmnsbsam kubg” it’s important to mentioned that we get better solution (for distance 2496 and for time 2140) than the obtained solutions mentioned above but the path doesn’t satisfies the constraints of tsp. this mean we obtained the optimal solutions for the total costs of the iraqis cities. figure 3. shows the best path with optimal minimum total costs for the iraqi's cities. to verify our optimal result dp software obtained from [8]. implemented to solve iraqi cities problem and obtained same result in compotation time 26007s. 107 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 3. the best path with optimal minimum total costs for the iraqi's cites. 9. conclusions 1. from table 1.we conclude that the dp is an exact and efficient method for solving tsp for n  15 in reasonable time. 2. the imdm serves a good method as lb for babt to solve the tsp for different n compared with other methods like grm and babm. 3. the results of the practical examples of tsp, proof that the babt1 is better than babt2 in cost for n  25, while babt2 is better in time for different n. 4. since tsp considered as np-hard problem, we recommend to use some perfect local search methods like, genetic algorithm, particle swarm optimization, bees algorithm, …,etc, to find an optimal or near optimal solution. references 1. xiang, z.; chen, z.; gao, x.; wang, x.; di, f.; li, l.; liu, g.; zhang, y. solving large-scale tsp using a fast wedging insertion partitioning approach. hindawi publishing corporation, mathematical problems in engineering.2015, 2015, 1-8, doi.org/10.1155/2015/854218. 2. akandwanaho, s.m.; adewumi, a.o.; adebiyi, a.a. solving dynamic traveling salesman problem using dynamic gaussian process regression. hindawi publishing corporation, journal of applied mathematics.2014, 2014, 1-10, doi.org/10.1155/2014/818529. 3. nugroho, a. solving traveling salesman problem by dynamic programming approach in java programming. ce 6001 operations management and infrastructure system, department of civil engineering national university of singapore,2010. 4. ranjana, p. travelling salesman problem using reduced algorithmic branch and bound approach. international journal of pure and applied mathematics.2018, 118, 419-424, http://www.ijpam.eu. http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2015/854218 http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2014/818529 http://www.ijpam.eu/ 108 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 5. pineda, p. implementation and solutions of the traveling salesman problem (tsp) in r. in partial fulfillment of stat 4395-senior project department of mathematics and statistics spring,2017. 6. jassim, s.m.; ali, f.h. new improved heuristic method for solving travelling salesman problem. iraqi journal of science.2018, 59, 2289-2300. 7. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. new transform fundamental properties and its applications.ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 1, 151-163. doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954. 8. jasim, k. a.; abdulhmeed, e. o.; tawfiq, l. n. m. numerical model for estimation the concentration of heavy metals in soil and its application in iraq. global journal of engineering science and research. 2016, 3, 3, 75-81. ` @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 synthesis and characterization of new metals complexes of [n-(acetyl amino) thioxomethyl] valine alia s. kindeel dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 6 may 2012 , accepted in : 22 october 2012 abstract a new ligand [n-(acetyl amino) thioxomethyl] valine was prepared from the reaction of acetyl iso thiocyanate with valine. the ligand was characterized by ft-ir, uvvis and 1hnmr spectrum, the complexes with some metal ions (m +2 =co,ni,cu,zn,cd,hg) have been prepared and characterized. the structural diagnosis were established by ir,uv-vis spectrum, flame atomic absorption spectroscopy conductivity and magnetic susceptibility ,the complexes showed tetrahedral geometry around the metal l. keywords : valine, acetylisothiocynate complexes 225 | chemistry ` @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction metal complexes of amino acids posses considerable potential in many application including biological,clinical,antibiotics and tumor inhibitors [1-4] ,metal complexes of cu(ii),ni(ii),cr(iii),and fe(ii) chloride with schiff base ligand[5] derived from reaction between leucine and 2 – acetyl pyridine were prepared and brij [6], used paper electro phoretic technique (pet) to calculate the stability constants of (be(ii) ) –proline and co-proline complexes, also dhafir and co-work[7] had synthesis, characterization and biological activity of some complexes of some new amino acid derivatives with transition metals . this work includes preparation of some transition metals complexes of [n-(acetyl amino ) thioxomethyl] valine . experimental all reagents used were analar or chemically pure grade by british drug house(bdh) ,merk and fluka. metal salts (cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o , zncl2, cdcl2.h2o, hgcl2), valine, ammoniumthiocyanate, acetyl chloride (ch3cocl) acetone 99% dimethyl formaminde 99.5% (dmf), ethanol 99% . instruments hnmr were recorded using ultra shield 300mhz switzerland, at university of al-albayt, jordan. conductivity measurements were carried out using philips pw digital meters conductivity in dmf at 10-3m .ft-ir spectra were recorded as kbr discs in the range (4000400) cm -1 using shimadzu ft-ir. uv-visible spectra were recorded by shimadzu uv-8300 vis-160 a , ultra violet spectra photometer, at the range of (200-1100) nm at 10-3 m in dmf. metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption using (shimadzu aa 6806) atomic absorption spectra photometer. magnetic susceptibility (µeff b.m) were recorded by farada method using balance magnetic susceptibility) model msb –mki). melting points were determined by using (shtutart –melting point apparatus). synthesis of the ligand 1preparation of the acetyl -isothiocyanate : mixture of acetyl chloride (1.9 ml) (1mmole) and ammonium thiocynate (2gm)(1mmol) in 25 ml acetone was stirred under refluxed for 3 hours and then filtered , the filtrate was used for further reaction[8] 2preparation of [n-(acetyl amino) thioxomethyl] valine [atv]. 3.08 gm (1mmol) of valine in 20 ml acetone was rapidly added to the above solution to maintain vigoross reflux. after refluxing for 6 hours , the resulting solid was collected , washed with acetone and recrystallized from ethanol . scheme (1) (yield 80%), (m.p. 1350 c). 226 | chemistry ` @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 scheme (1) :preparation [n-(acetyl amino )thioxo methyl] valine(atv). synthesis of the complexes 0.2 g (2mmol) of the ligand (atv) was dissolved in 25 ml of ethanol containing 0.05g (2mmol) of koh, then the solution of (1mmol)metal salt (cocl2.6h2o, ,nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o ,zncl2,cdcl2.h2o and hgcl2) (0.11g,0.11g,0.08g,0.06g,0.09g and 0.120g) respectively in ethanol was added drop-wise to the solution of the ligand(atv), the precipitate formed immediately, after stirring the mixture at room temperature for 2 hours , the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with ethanol and dried . results and discussion the solid complexes,soluble in some commen solvents such as dimethylformamide , dimethylsulphoxide , and relatively thermally stable . the molar conductivity of all complexes in dmf was found to be non electrolyt . table (1) includes the physical properties for the ligand and its complexes spectral studies h1nmr spectrum for the ligand (atv) the h1nmr (cdcl3) spectrum of (atv) fig.(1) showed the following signals : doublet (d) at δ(0.8-1.2)ppm for (6h,2ch3) , singlet(s) at δ(2.1)ppm for( 3h,ch3co), multiplet(m) at δ(2.32-3.10) ppm for (1h,ch(ch3)2) , triplet (t) at δ(4.43-4.53) ppm for (1h,chcooh) , doublet (d) at δ (6.126.15) ppm for (1h,nh ) , singlet (s) at δ(7.27) ppm for impurit of solvent (cdcl3) , singlet(s) at δ(9.12) ppm for (1h,nhsec.amide) , singlet(s) at δ(12.6) ppm for (1h,cooh). infrared spectra ft-ir spectrum of the free ligand (atv) fig.(2) showed bands due to amide υ(nh) υ(c=0) and υ(c=s) which were observed at (3369) cm-1 (1602) cm-1 and (1217) cm-1 respectively while another absorption band appeared at (1728) cm-1 could be explained as υ(coo)asym [9-10] were the υ(oco)sym was noticed at(1315) cm-1. 227 | chemistry ` @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the ft-ir spectra of complexes these spectra exhibited a marked difference between bands fig.(3) belonged to the stretching vibration of υ(n-h) of the amine group in the range between(3426-3383) cm1 shifted to higher frequencies by (93-14) cm-1 suggesting the possibility of the coordination of ligand[11-13] through the nitrogen atom at the amine group ,absorption assigned for υ(oco)sym was noticed at the range (1388-1438) sym cm-1 shifted to higher frequencies by (123-73) cm-1 while the band caused by υ(coo)asym appeared between (1506-1629) cm1 shifted to lower frequencies by (89-222) cm-1 which indicates to the coordination of the carboxylic group to the central ion [12-14] . the stretching vibration band υ(c=o) and υ(c=s) carbonyl group either show no change or very little in their frequencies(1610-1600)cm-1 and (1220-1203)cm-1 respectively therefor indicating do not coordinate to the metal ions[15] metal nitrogen and metal-oxygen bands were confirmed by the presence of the stretching vibration of υ(m-o) and υ(m-n) around(425-570)cm-1 and (401-426) cm-1 respectively . table (2) describes the important bands and assignments for free ligand (atv) and its complexes electronic spectral the uvvisible of the ligand (atv) and its complexes are recorded in table(3) . the solution of the ligand (atv) in 10-3 m (dmf) exhibited two peaks fig.(4) at (36496) cm1 and (30487) cm-1 which are attributed to π π* and n π* transition respectively [16]. the spectra of complexes [co(atv) 2] d7 : the spectrum of the deep-blue exhibited the following bands at (35211) cm-1 and (18656) cm-1 attributed to (c.t) and 4a2 4t1(p) respectively [17-18] [ni(atv)2](d8) : the spectrum of green complex , gave two bands at (42016) cm-1 and (26881) cm-1 caused to (c.t) and 3t1( f) 3 t1(p) transition respectively .[19] [cu(atv)2) d9 the deep green complex spectrum fig. [5] showed two absorptions at (36363) cm-1 and (12062) cm-1 attributed to (c.t) and 2t2 2 e transitions receptively [20]. the yellow complexes of [zn(atv)2)] , [cd(atv)2], [hg(atv)2] showed only charge transfer of (m l) in the range (38461-27322) cm-1 respectively [21] according to spectra data as well as those abtained from elemental analysis the chemical structure of the complexes may be suggested as [m(atv)2] were m= co+2 , ni+2 , cu+2 , zn+2 ,cd+2 and hg+2 atv=[n-(methyl amino )-thioxomethyl ] valine 228 | chemistry ` @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 references 1. sigle , h. (1979) metal ions in biological systems ,1st edition ,marcel dekkerinc ,newyork. 2. chow ,s.t. and mcauliffe ,c.a. (1976) synthesis and biological studies of some amino acids complexes with cu(ιι) ,mu(ιι), inorg. nucl. chem. lett, 8 (913):311-313. 3. mcauliffe ,c.a. and lavason, w. (1976) synthises and biological effect of some amino acid derivatives, inorg. chem. trans. elem. 4(218):512-515. 4. manuel ,a.v. ; riberlo d.; luis m.n.sautos , b.f ; faiia c.p. and filipas, a.s. (2010) energetic of lead (ιι) , cadimium (ιι) and zinc (ιι) chomplexes with amino acids , j.of therm. anal. and calorimetry 100( 2):310-312. 5. hosney ,n.m. and el.dossoki f.i (2008) schiff base complexes derived from 2-acetyl pyridive , leucine and some metal chlorides their preparation .characterization and physical properitis ; j. chem. eng. data ,53 :11. 6. brij ,b.t. (2010) paper electrophoritic technique in the study of berylinm(ιι) ,cobalt (ιι) proline binary complexes in solution , bev. soc. quinsperui 76 (3):212-215 . 7. al-mudhufar d.m.; al-edani d.s. and dawood s. (2010) synthesis charact-erize and biological activity of some complexes of some new amino acid derivatives , journal of korean chemical society 54(5):66-68. 8. kabbani , a.t. ; ramadan ,h. ; hamad h.h. ; ghannoum , a. and moineline ,y. (2005) synthesis of some metal complexes of [n.(benzol) aminothioxomethyl] amino-acids ,j. aniv. chem. tech. and met. 40 (33):40-44 . 9. silverstien ,r.m;webster , i.x. and kiemle ,d.g.(2005) spectrometric identification of organic compounds 7th edn. , john willy and sons inc,nj,usa. 10. shankaranar ,m.l. and pated ,c.c. (1965) infrared absorption studies on some derivations of xanthic dithiocarbanic, trithiocarbanic acid ,spectro .chem. acta ,21(5):95103 . 11. naamato ,k. and kieft ,x. (1967) infrared spectra of some platinum(ιι) glycine complexes , j.inorg. nucl. chem 29:2561-2568 . 12. maractoriglano ,g.; menabne ,l. and pellaani ; g.c. (1975) exchange interaction synthises of spectroscopic and magnetic properties of mixed-ligand complexes of copper(ιι) with imidazol and nitrogen. protect at amino acids ,j.inorg. nucl. chem. 47(11):2212-2218 . 13. kothari, v.m. and busch , d.h. (1996) .photo chemistry of cobalt (ιιι) complexes containing asulphinate .s ligand ,inorg. chem. , 8:2276-2280 . 14. patil ,s.s., thakar ,g.a. and shauka, m.m. (2011) ,synthises characterization and antibacterial studies on some mixed ligand thorium complexes with n. and o. doner ligands, acta. polo. pharm. drug 68(6):881-887. 15. al-mudhaffar, d.m.; al-edani ,d.s. and dawood ,s.m.(2010) synthesis , characterization and biological activity of some complexes of some new amino acid derivatives n-[(benzolamino)-thioxomethyl] amino acid ,j. chem. soc. ,54(5):506-514 . 16. nichllis ,d. (1979) complexes and first-row transition elements 1st edn. , macmilolan chemistry text , london . 17. lever a.b (1968) inorganic spectroscopy ,1st edition ,elserier publishing company, newyork . 18. al-hashimi , s.m. ; sarhan ,b.m. and jarad ,a.j. (2004) synthesis and identification of n-actyglycine with some metal salts ,ibn -al-hatham j. for pure appl. sci. 17(2):50-54 . 19. triginno , m.g. ; menabul , p. and saladini ,m. (1979) inorgnic chemical acta 32(2):149-155 . 20. battaglia , l.p. ; bonamartin ,c.a.; marcotrigiano, g.l. and pellacani ,g.c. (1980) alpha and beta carboxylic group as primary ligating group in promoting amid deproto – 229 | chemistry ` @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 nation solid state behavior of n-tosylaninale copper(ιι) complexes ,j. am. chem.soc.(102):8-19 . 21. huheey ,j.e. (1983) inorganic chemistry principle of structure and reactivity,3rd edition ,harpar international s1 edition ,maryland . table (1) : physical properties for free ligand and its complexes complexes m.wt color m.p or d. m% calculate (found) molar conductivity (ohm-1m2.mol -1 in(dmf) 10-3 m μ eff (b.m) ligand(atv) 218 yellow 1350 c 17 [co(atv)2] 492.93 deep-blue 250 0 d 11.96 (12.1) 23 4.60 [ni(atv)2] 492.71 green 230 0 d 11.92 (10.9) 27 3.26 [cu(atv)2] 497.5 deep-green 188 0 d 12.77 (12.1) 22 1.74 [zn(atv)2] 499.4 yellow 225 0 d 13.1 (12.08) 25 0.00 [cd(atv)2] 546.4 yellow 210 0 d 20.57 (20.1) 32 0.00 [hg(atv)2] 635 yellow 2250 d 31.59 (32,2) 23 0.00 d= decomposition table (2) : the characteristic infrared of ligand (atv) and its complexes υ (m-o) υ (m-n) υ(oco)sym υ(coo)asym υ(n-h) complexes ___ ___ 1315 (m) 1728 (s) 3369 (s) ligand (atv) 570 402 1388 (m) 1629 (b) 3396 (b) (co (atv) 2) 450 401 1400 (s) 1635 (m) 3383 (m) (ni (atv) 2) 499 418 1438 (s) 1583 (s) 3421 (m) (cu (atv) 2) 425 418 1435 (s) 1622 3462 (b) (zn (atv) 2) 472 426 1417 (m) 1597 (s) 3421 (m) (cd (atv) 2) 472 426 1417 1506 (s) 3442 (b) (hg (atv) 2) table (3):uv–visible absorption for the ligand (atv) and its complexes in dmf( 10-3 m) assignment єmax. l. mol-1 cm-1 υ cm-1 λ (nm) complexes π →π* n → π* 848 35 3 36496 30487 274 329 ligand(atv) c.t. 4a2 → 4tg(p) 3991 151 35211 18656 284 536 {co (atv) 2} c.t. 3t1(f)→ 3t1 (p) 2329 65 42016 26881 238 272 {ni (atv) 2} c.t 2t2→ 2e 827 11 36363 12062 270 829 {cu (atv) 2} c.t. c.t 2235 292 38461 30395 260 329 {zn (atv) 2 c.t c.t 1707 1586 35842 30581 279 327 cd (atv) 2 c.t c.t 713 249 30487 27322 328 366 hg (atv) 2 c.t = charge transfer 230 | chemistry `@1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (1) : h1nmr spectrum of the ligand atv. fig. (2) : ft-ir spectrum of the ligand atv fig. (3) : fiir spectrum of the complex [hg (atv)2] 231 | chemistry `@1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (4) : uv – visible spectrum of the ligand atv fig. (5) : uv – visible spectrum of the complex cu ( atv)2 232 | chemistry `@1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تحضیر وتشخیص بعض المعقدات الفلزیة للیكاند n](استیل آمینو) فالین ]ثایوكسو مثیل عالیة سلمان قندیل جــامعـة بغــداد / )ابـن الھیثــم (كـلـیة التربــیة للعلوم الصرفة /قســم الكیــمیــاء 2012األول تشرین 22قبل البحث في: 2012آیار 6استلم البحث في : الخالصة سیانات مع الحامض -(مثیل امینو)ثایوكسو مثیل) فالین بوساطة تفاعل استیــــــــــل ایزوثایوn-حضر اللیكاند الجدید ( ) ، وقد شخص اللیكاند مــع معقداتھ المحضرة بالطرائق الطیفیة المتوفرة وھي (طیف الرنین النووي atvاالمیني فالین ( ) ، االشعة فوق البنفسجیة والمرئیة واالشعة تحت الحمراء ، وقیاس نسبة الفلـــــز بوساطة h1nmrـــــــــي (المغناطیســ فضال عن قیاس التوصیلیة الموالریــــــــة ، الحساسیة المغناطیسیة . من نتائج ھذه a.a.sطیف االمتصاص الذري اللھبي لھا الشكل الھندسي رباعي السطوح ) ، التي اقترح atv( m(2الدراسات اعطت الصیغة المقترحة العامة لھذه المعقدات : ( hg+2 ,cd+2 , zn+2 ,cu+2 , ni+2 ,co+2 = mإذ =atv ي (اللیكاند االیون-n (استیل امینو) ثایوكسو مثیل) فالـــــین : فالین ، استیل ایزوثایو سینات ، المعقدات الكلمات المفتاحیة 233 | chemistry alia s. kindeel abstract keywords : valine, acetylisothiocynate complexes introduction experimental instruments synthesis of the ligand synthesis of the complexes results and discussion spectral studies hp1pnmr spectrum for the ligand (atv) infrared spectra the ft-ir spectra of complexes electronic spectral the spectra of complexes references table (1) : physical properties for free ligand and its complexes table (2) : the characteristic infrared of ligand (atv) and its complexes table (3):uv–visible absorption for the ligand (atv) and its complexes in dmf( 10p-3p m) c.t = charge transfer fig. (1) : hp1pnmr spectrum of the ligand atv. fig. (2) : ft-ir spectrum of the ligand atv عالية سلمان قنديل قســم الكيــميــاء / كـلـية التربــية للعلوم الصرفة) ابـن الهيثــم) / جــامعـة بغــداد استلم البحث في : 6 آيار 2012 قبل البحث في:22 تشرين الأول 2012 الخلاصة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 datura stram oium extract inhibits mito sis in cancer cells a. h. m. hussain, i . k. abid ali, a. a. al-naqeeb departme nt of medical basic sciences, college of nursing, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 21, july, 2010 accepte d in: 14, december, 2010 abstract the aim of this st udy was to evaluate the anti mitotic activity of ether extract p repared from datura stramoium p lant on cancer cells. recently oncology st udies are directed toward substances which act somehow to induce apop tosis or to p revent abnormal dividing of cell, that may p rovide therap eutic st rategies for the treatment of cancer. thus, many research on various ty p es of p lants such as fruits, vegetables, ot her editable p lants and toxic p lants have been done in vitro and in vivo. but, few st udies on datura p lant were occurred and there was no p revious study dealing with its effect on p roliferative activity of cancer cells. in current st udy , two ty p es of common malignant tumor were tested in vitro. these were mammary cancer and glioma. the cancer cells were exp osed to various concentration of ether extract of datura stramoium 1000, 1250, 1500 g/ml. then p ercentage of mitotic indexes were est imated. the results exhibited that there were decreases in p ercentages of mitotic index in both ty p es of cancer cells. however, the decrement was significant in the mammary cancer and insignificant in glioma cell line. conclusi on: conclusion obtained from this study indicated that ether extract st udy of datura stramoium has ability to inhibit mitot ic activity of cancer cells. key words: datura stramoium, ant iproliferative agent, antimitot ic agents. introduction cell can be divided through entering cell cycle. the cell cycle consists of four distinct p hases: g1 p hase, s p hase, g2 p hase (cell actively known as interp hase, during which cell grows, accumulation nutrients needed for mitosis and dup lication its dna) and m p hase in which the cell chromosomes are divided between two daughter cell and the cytop lasm divides forming distinct cell [1]. any changes or aberration in this regulatory sy st em of cell division may lead to uncontrol cell division giving rise to malignancy defining a cancerous/neoplast ic growt h [2]. thus sup p ression of abnormal cell division may p rovide therap eutic st rategies for the treatment of inap p rop riate cell p roliferation or decrease the rate of recurrence risk or increase rate of p atient survival [3]. therefore the research is directed toward substances which act somehow to induce ap op tosis or t o p revent cell from division. these substances may be plant p oisoning or extracted from microorganism. such as lunasin is a novel p eptide identified in soy bean has ability to sup p ress carcinogenesis of skin and other mammalian cells by chemical carcinogens [4]. virgin olive p henol extract inhibits p roliferation of p romyelocytic leukemia cells (hl60) and induce apop tosis [5] whereas p henol and hexan extracts of m astic gum contain constituents which can induce p53 and p21 indep endent g1-p hase arrest followed by apop tosis of human hct 116 colon cancer cells in vitro [6]. studies of nigella sativa and crocus sativus extracts, showed that t hese plants have ability to inhibit t wo stages, initiation, ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 p romotion [dimethy benzena anthracene/croton oil] skin carcinogenesis in mice [7]. while others repeated that six green tea catechins and caffein including antimutagenesis [8]. d. stramoium is a wild growing flowering p lant belongs to the family solanaceae and is a medicinal p lant with antinocicep tive, antioxidant, hy p olip idemic, anti-inflammatory , antirheomatoid and hy p oglycemic [9]. on the other hand, many st udies on d. stramoium showed that it has ability to act in vitro and in vivo against cancer cells. the aqueous d. stramoium leaf extracts showed cytotoxic effect on breast (m dam b231), head, neck (fadu) and lung (a549) cancer cell lines[10]. whereas acetone and ether extract of d. stramoium seeds p roduced cytotoxicity on lary ngeal cancer cell (hep 2), mammary (am n3) and glioma cell lines [11,12]. in vivo, d. stramoium seed extracts exhibited their ability to reduce the size and doubling rate of mammary cancer. in addition, ether extract p revented metastasis. m oreover, the prop hy lotic study showed that the extracts of d. stramoium reduce the percentage of mice bearing tumor in mice treated with these extracts p rior to imp lantation with mammary tumor [13]. the p urp ose of this st udy is to evaluate the effect of the ether extract of this p lant on cell division of cancer cell lines. materials and methods preparation of se eds extract: the extract was p repared from datura stramoium seeds, as described by gasp ori-comp ani et al.[14]. briefly, seeds were ground several times with diethy l ether in blender. the resulting p owder was extracted over night with 10 volume of cold 0.2m nacl containing 0.005m sodium p hosp hate buffer, p h 7.2. aft er centrifugation, the sup ernatant was fractionated with (nh4)2so4 at 0-40%, 40-60% and 60-100% saturation and the p recipitates obtaining were redissolved in p hosp hate buffered saline and dialysed against the same solution. ce ll line s handling: two ty p es of cancer cell lines were used in this st udy . these were mammary cancer (am n3). it was p rovided kindly by iraqi center for cancer and m edical genetic research and glioma cell lines p rovided kindly by dr. a. al-shimary/iraqi center for cancer and m edical genetic research. three concentrations of the ether extract were used 0, 1000, 1250, 1500 g/ml for treating the cells. the handling of each cell line for each concentration was occurred according to[15] with slight modification. -the cell line was cultured in falcon by using rpm i media containing 10% of fetal calfe serum at 37 o c for 24 hours (using 2 falcons for each concentration and 2 for control). by using growt h medium. five ml at each concentration were p repared from extract. the cell line was treated with extract after medium in each falcon was p oured off then incubated at 37 o c for 72 hrs i.e. when confluent monolayer was formed. the medium containing extract was replaced (in each falcon) by growt h medium containing 20% fetal calfe serum, then after 6 hours from changing medium, 0.2 ml colchicin was added to 5 ml of medium. at the end time, cells were harvest ed by adding 2-3 ml of try p sin-versene and incubated at 37 o c for 2-3 minutes and put it in tube which containing media. centrifugation at 1500 rp m for 10 minutes was done. the sup ernatant at each tube was decanted off by past eur p ipett e and the cells were susp ended in 10 ml of 0.075m kcl. pot assium chloride was added on the wall of tube with slowly mixing and tubes incubated in water bath at 37 o c for 30 minutes. aft er centrifugation at 1500 rp m for 10 minutes, sup ernatant were removed and cells washed many times with fixative solution (comp osed from 3 p arts methanol+1 p art glacial acetic acid). the fixative p repared at t he time of using and should be cooling before using. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 aft er solution became clear 2-3 drop s were drop p ed on wet chilled and grease free glass slide, and left slides for dry ing. slides were st ained using freshly mode working giemsa st ain (p repared by adding 1 p art of giemsa st ain to 4 p arts of sorenson's buffer) which as app lied for 2 minutes then rapidly washed with sorensen's buffer, thereafter left t o dry at room temp erature. m icroscop ic examination under high magnification using 40x objective lens was p erformed to determine mitotic index by counting the number of dividing cell was counted with the total number of cells (more than 1000 cells were counted). the mitotic index was calculated as follows[16]: m itot ic index (%) = cellscountedtotal cellsdividingofnumber re sults in mammary cancer cell line, the result exhibited that the higher p ercentage of mitotic index app eared in control 1.96+0.26% when there was no extract in the medium (zero concentration). whereas the p ercentages became decrement in mitotic index when the cells exp osed to different concentration of datura extract. the st atist ic analysis showed that there were insignificant decrement at 1000, 1500 g/ml 1.44+0.62 and 1.90+0.5%, resp ectively. while significantly decrement at level p<0.01 at concentration 1250g/ml 0.32+0.08% fig. (1). fig. (2) illustrated the p ercentage of mitotic index of glioma cell line. there were insignificantly decrement in the mitotic index when the cells exp osed to extract were 1.29+0.25, 1.23+0.15 and 1.5+0.34% at 1000, 1250 and 1500 g/ml, resp ectively. as shown in figure (3), there was significant differences at level p<0.05 in mitotic index between mammary cancer cell line and glioma cell line 0.32+0.08, 1.23+0.15% at concentration 1250 g/ml. discussion a major objective of this st udy was to invest igate whether the ether extract of d. stramonium acts as antip roliferative agent. the results reflected that the ether extract comp onents had ability to reduce mitosis of tested cancer cell lines (mammary cancer and glioma). however, the reduction was app eared significantly in mammary cancer and insignificantly in glioma. these observations indicate that t he ether extract was more effective on mammary cancer than glioma. the current investigation app eared that the ether extract has antitumor activity and exerted its activity by inhibit mitosis. few st udies on this p lant had been done as antitumor [11], whereas t here were no previous studies on it as antip roliferative agent. the anticancer effect of datura extract was sup p orted by p revious st udy in which app eared that high concentration of the ether extract exhibited cytotoxic effect on different cancer cell lines, but not on normal cell line [12]. and few other st udies showed the same action of other ty p es of extract p repared from d. stramonium p lant against various ty p es of cancer cell lines [10,12]. previous st udy illustrated that the comp onents of ether extract were flavenoids, tanrin, lectin and trace amounts of alkaloids[17]. flavenoids are group of naturally occurring p olyp henole compounds p resent in fruits, vegetable and other edible p lants[18]. research on p hy tochemicals showed that some flavenoids p rocess chemopreventive p rop erties and numerous studies were p erformed recently to assess the mechanisms whereby each flavenoids p revent cancer, including induction of cell cycle arrest, apop tosis and antip roliferation[16,19]. some flavenoids induce g1 and g2 arrest, by binding to and inhibiting the activity of cycline ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 dependent kinase (cdk). that leads to decrease p hosp hory latron of retinoblast oma (rb)[21]. ot her ty p es of flavoenoids can decrease e2f-1 level which may contributed to cell cycle arrest at g1, whereas their activity to decrease cdc2 make cell cycle arrest at g2[21]. ot her flavoenoids inhibit p roliferation via inhibit epidermal growt h factor (egf) induced and constitut ively active mitogen activated p rotein kinase (m apk) [22]. on the other hand, st udy on the p lant lectin showed lectin from p holiota adip osa had antip roliferative actively toward hepatoma hep g2 cells and breast cancer m cf7 cells. but the inhibitory activities have not been determined [23]. in this st udy , we have demonst rated that ether extract of d. stramanium inhibited p roliferation of cancer cells. furt her st udies are needed to determine the p recise p athway for antip roliferative action. re ferences 1.alberts, b.; johnson, a.; lwis, j.; raff, m .; roberts, k. and watt er, k. (2008). m olecular biology of the cell, (5 th ed.), garland science, new york: 315-16. 2.watson, j. d.; baker, d. a.; bell, s. p.; gann, a.; levine, m .; and losick, r. (2004). m olecular biology of the gene, (5 th ed.), san francisco, pearson/benjamin: 510-12. 3.lary , s. ; blanchette, m . and m ichael-levesque, j. (2006). delphinidin, a dietary, anthocy anidin, inhibits vascular endothelial growt h factor receptors p hosp harylation, carcinogenesis, 27(5): 989-996. 4. jeong, h .; lam, yi. and delumen, b. (2002). barley lunasin sup p resses ras-induced colony formation and inhibits core histone acety lation in mammalian cell, j. agric. food chem., 50(21): 5903-5908. 5. fabiani, r.; debartolomeo, a. ; rosignoli, p.; servili, m .; selvaggini, r.; francesco, g.; disarerio, and m orozzi, g., (2006). virgin olive oil p henol inhibit p roleferation of human p romyelocytic leukemia cells (hl60) by inducing apop tosis and differentiation, j. nut , 136,614-619. 6.dimas, k.; hatziantoniou, s.; wyche, j. and pantazis, p., (2009). a mast ic gum extract induces sup p ression of growt h of human colorectal tumor xenegrafts in immunodeficient mice, int .j.exp . & cli. pathop hy siol. drug res., 23(1): 63-68. 7. salomi, m . j.; nair, s. c.; and panikkar, k. r. (1991). inhibitory effect of nigella sativa and saffron (crocus satirus) on chemical carcino genesis in mice, nut r cancer, 16(1): 6772. 8. valeic, s.; timmermann, b. n.; alberts, d. s.; wacher, g. a.; krut zch, m .; wymer, j. and guillen, j.m . (1996). inhibitory effect of six green tea catechine & caffeine on the growt h of four selected human tumor cell lines, ant icancer drugs, 7(4): 461-8. 9. gharaibeh, m . n.; elayan, h. h. and slahab, a. s., (1988). hy p oglycemic effected teucrium polium, j., ethano pharmacol, 24: 93-99. 10. ahmad, i.; abdalla, m .; m ust afa, n.; qnais, e. and abdalla, f. (2009). datura aqueous leaf extract enhances cytotoxicity via metabolic oxidative st ress on different human cancer cells, jordan journal of biological sciences, 2(1): 9-14. 11. sasaki, t.; yamazaki, k.; yamori, t. and endo, t. (2002). inhibition of p roliferation and induction of differentiation of glioma cells with datura stramonium agglutinin, british journal of cancer, 87: 918-923. 12. m irza, a.; al-jeboori, k. and yaseen, n. (2010). investigation of the p hy tochemicals p resence in the local datura stramonium seeds by using two extraction method, iraq, j. of veter. m ed., 34(1) .under press. 13. m irza, hussain, a.; h., (2009). investigation of the effect of the thorn app le (datura stramonium)extracts\ on mammary adenocarcinoma by in vitro and in vivo st udy .adisseration submitt ed to the council of college of veterinary m edicine, baghdad university . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 14. gasp eri-camp ani, a.; barbieri, l.; m orell, p.; and stripe, f., (1980). seed extracts inhibiting p rotein sy nthesis in vitro, biochemi, j., 186, 439-441. 15. m asters, j. r. (2000). animal cell culture, a practical ap p roach, 3 rd ed., oxford university press: 205-6. 16. ikedo, k. ; pant, b. ; m ishiro, a. et al., (2000). a convenient method for evaluation of anti-tumor agents affecting the cell cycle, j. bio. sci. bio eng., 90(5): 574-576. 17. vayalil, p. k. ; m itt al, a. and katiyar, c. (2004). proanthecy anidius from grape seed inhibit exp ression of matrix metalloproteinase in human p rost ate carcinoma cells which is associated with t he inhibition of activation of m apk. carcinogenesis, 25(6): 987-995. 18. m irza, a.; al-jeboori, k. and yaseen, n. (2010). cy totoxic affect of datura stramonium extraction cancer cell lines, iraq , j. of veter. m ed., 34(1) .under press. 19. harborne, j. b. (1986). the flavonids advances in research science, (1 st ed.), chapman & hall/crc. 20. birt, d. f.; herdrichs, and wang, w. (2001). dietary agents in cancer p revention flavenoids and iso flavenoid, pharmacol. ther., 90: 157-177. 21. lu, x.; durg, j.; cho, h.j. (2005). fisetin inhibits the activities of cyclin dependentkinases leading to cell cycle arrest in ht -29 human colon cancer cells, amer. society , n.j. 22. ty aqi, a.; agarwal, r. and agarwal, c. (2003). grap e seed extract inhibit egf-induced and const itut ively active mitogenic signaling but activate jnk in human p rost ate carcinoma du145 cells p ossible role in app roliferation and apop tosis: oncogene: 29, 1302-1316. 23. zhang, g. o.; sun, d.; wang, hx and ngtb, (2009). a noval lectin with antip roliferation activity from the medicinal mashroom pholiota adiposa. acta bio. chem. pd., 56 (3): 41521. fig. (1) mitoti c index of mammary cancer cel l line after exposure to different concentrations of the ethe r extract of datura stramonium. * means there i s a signi ficant difference at l evel p ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 fig. (2) mitotic index of glioma cel l line after exposure to different concentrations of the ethe r extract of datura stramonium. fig. (3) comparing between mammary cancer cel l line and gli oma cel l line in mi totic index after exposure to the ethe r extract of datura stramonium. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تثبیط انقسام الخالیا السرطانیة بمستخلص الداتورة سترامونیوم أسمهان عدنان النقیب،عبد علي ابتسام خلف ، آالء حسن مرزة حسین جامعة بغداد،كلیة التمریض،قسم العلوم الطبیة األساسیة 2010،تموز،21 :استلم البحث في 2010، كانون االول، 14 :قبل البحث في الخالصة ـــرطانیة ــــ ــــا الســــ ــــ ــــــي الخالیــ ــــ ـــري فـ ــــ ــــداتورة االثیـــ ــــ ـــــــتخلص الـــ ـــــة مســـ ــــ ــــــیم فعالیـ ــــ ــــــى تقیـ ــــة إلــــ ــــ ـــــذه الدراســـ ــــ ــــدف هـ ــــ . تهــ مواد تعمل بطریقة ما فـي الحـث علـى إحـداث عملیـة المـوت المبـرمج أو لمنـع الخالیـا استعمالالحدیثة باتجاه تتجه الدراسات تتجــه بعــض الدراســات والبحــوث إلــى دراســة أنــواع اذمــن االنقســام غیــر الطبیعــي وبهــذا تــوفر ســتراتیجیة لعــالج الســرطان، والنباتـات األخـرى الصـالحة لألكـل منهـا والسـامة فـي الزجـاج وفـي الجسـم إّال ان ،والخضـر ،الفواكهمثل ،مختلفة من النباتات عملیـة االنقســام وتكــاثر فــي الدراسـات قلیلــة حـول تــأثیر نبـات الــداتورة فـي الخالیــا السـرطانیة والتوجــد دراسـات حــول تأثیرهـا . الخالیا السرطانیة بیثـة المزروعـة التـي تتمثـل بخـط مزرعـة خالیـا الغـدة اللبنیـة وكـذلك تتضمن هذه الدراسة نوعین من خطوط الخالیا الورمیة الخ ، 1250، 1000خـط مزرعــة سـرطان الــدماغ والتــي تـم تعریضــها إلـى تراكیــز مختلفــة مـن مســتخلص الـداتورة االثیــري وهــي . مللتر ومن ثم تم تقییم النسبة المئویة النقسام الخالیا/مایكروغرام 1500 كـان االنخفـاض معنویـًا فــي اذخفاضـًا فـي مؤشـرات االنقسـام فـي كـال النـوعین للخالیـا السـرطانیة ن هنـاك انأظهـرت الدراسـة ا . سرطان الغدة اللبنیة وفي مزرعة سرطان الدماغ مــن أهــم االســتنتاجات التــي توصــلت الیهــا الدراســة ان المســـتخلص االثیــري لنبــات الــداتورة یمتلــك القــدرة علــى تثبــیط انقســـام . ةالخالیا السرطانی .داتورة سترامونیوم، مضادات االنقسام الخلوي، مضادات التكاثر الخلوي: الكلمات المفتاحیة علوم الحياة | 304 2016) عام 3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 l. ricinusتشريحية وحبوب لقاح لنبات الخروعال الخصائص دراسة communis من العائلة السوسبيةeuphorbiaceaeفي العراق معزز عزيز الحديثي جامعة بغداد,بية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم)قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التر اسيل كاظم االنباري جامعة ديالى,الصرفة قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية للعلوم هشام مجيد شالش قسم علوم الحياة، كلية العلوم ,جامعة تكريت 2016 تموز 19 :قبل البحث ,2016ان نيس 25استلم في: الخالصة عيرات ملساء خالية من الش نهاأب l. ricinus communis الخروعنبات اوراق ان بشرةبينت الدراسة التشريحية glabrous متوازٍ طراز وذاتparacytic pattern ةرميه منطقةمن منطقة العرق الوسطي للورقة بأنها مكونة وتميزت سويق عرض لالمستواتخذ المقطع ، الشكل ذات قمة دائرية يشبة سنام الجمل من الجهة العليا مكون من نسيج كولنكيمي ساند ت االرستالك كما لوحظ العديد من circularدائري فكانلساق المقطع المستعرض لشكل اما ovateاً بيضوي شكالً الورقة للقاح احبوب وظهرت .التي تنتشر في منطقة القشرة aleuron grainsالحبيبات االليرونية و drucescrystal النجمية نوع الن منمط الزركشة السطحية كان ، اما tricolporateوالثقوب الفتحات ةثالثيتحت المجهر االلكتروني الماسح أنها .subprolateالى prolate spheroidalشكل حبة اللقاح وreticulate الشبكي .تشريحية دراسة ،حبوب اللقاح، ricinus communis ،euphorbiaceae : الكلمات المفتاحية علوم الحياة | 305 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المقدمة تعود اهم النباتات التيمن هو castor oilزيت المعدة يطلق عليه ايضاي ذالـ ricinus communisنبات الخروع . تعد]2[و ]1[وينتشر في المناطق االستوائية وشبه االستوائية euphorbiaceae(العائلة السوسبية) لعائلة بنت القنصل لبرازيلوا والهند افريقيا جنوب في عالمياً وينتشروجودها رتقريباً امتا 6 تنموبطول خشبية اشجارقصيرة اشجارالخروع .]5[ همن الغربية المناطق في تتواجد ان ممكن وكذلك العراق وشمال وسط فتنتشرفي العراق امافي ]3[و ] 4[ وروسيا ومضاد لمرض anticancerساق نبات الخروع كمضاد للسرطان مستخلص يستعمل ذإكل اجزاء النبات طبياً تعملتس فصوص ذات شكل 5مكونة من الجذور نبات الخروع واوراقه عملتفي الطب الهندي است ،]antidiabetic ]6السكري و سكر الدم liver disordersالكبد تشوهاتكفي وبذوره في عالج مختلف االمراض مثل عالج التقرحات الجلدية و hypoglycemic و مسهل وملين لالمعاءlaxative ]7[. اٍل عنه يحتوي على مستوى كما يستعمل في تغدية الحيوانات كو المعالجة تستعمل في ذإ.يعد زيت الخروع من الزيوت المشهورة طبيا" ]12[و ]11[و ] 10[و ] 9[و ] 8[يات ذمن المغـ .]15[ % من زيت الخروع 50البذرة الواحدة من بذور الخروع حوالي تنتج و ]14[و ] 13[السرطان الكيميائية لمرضى جدا ربما بسبب عائلة بنت القنصل نادرةلاالجناس واالنواع التابعة بينالى ان الدراسات التشريحية والمقارنة ]16اشار [ يميائياً ومظهرياً وك الجيني تشريحياً االختالف ، ُعدَّ تنوع نمط المعيشة فضالً عنتنوع البيئات التي تعيش فيها هذه االجناس جينية وجنينياً واختالف حبوب اللقاح ضمن اجناس هذه العائلة نقطة مهمة لدى علماء التشريح والتصنيف لوضع صفات دراسة حبوب كما تم مظهرياالدراسات السابقة الى اجزاء النبات بعض متشابهة تجمع االجناس ضمن العائلة الواحدة.اشارت ولنباتات اخرى في دراستهم لحبوب اللقاح لهذا النبات ]18و [ ]17اشار [ ذإ فقط، المجهر الضوئي المركب ساطةبو اللقاح لعماللقاح بأستحية ودراسات حبوب اتساعد في عملية تصنيف النباتات ضمن المملكة النباتية. الدراسات التشريانها ايضاً ي انب التشريحقلة المصادر والبحوث التي تدرس الج فضالً عنالمجهر االلكتروني نادرة جدا وتكاد تكون معدومة في العراق اسة حبوب درفضالً عنلنبات الخروع الخضريةجزاء تشريحية لال لذلك الهدف االساس لهذا البحث هو دراسة لهذا النبات جديدة للدراسات السابقة عن هذا النبات. اللقاح بواسطة المجهر االلكتروني كأضافة المواد وطرائق العمل تحضير البشرة .1 (faa، بعد أن تم تثبيتها في محلول محافظة بغداد من الحقول والبساتينتم تحضير البشرة من عينات طرية جمعت من formalin acetic acid alcohol ]19) والذي حضر حسب طريقة كاألتي:[ ethyl alcohol (50 ml),glacial acetic acid(5 ml), formaldehyde (10 ml), distilled water(35 ml) لمرتين وتملمرة واحدة أو 70%ساعة وبعد ذلك غسلت العينات بكحول أثيلي تركيزه 18-24استمرت عملية التثبيت لمدة يشتمل على العرق الوسطي وجزء من النصل أخذ جزء من الورقة الكاملة النمو ومن مكان ثابت (منتصف الورقة) تقريبا إذ للحصول على البشرتين العليا والسفلى وذلك stripping offأو السلخ scrappingشط قوالحافة، واستعملت طريقة ال petri dish, بعدها نقلت البشرة المحضرة إلى طبق بتري forcepsباستعمال شفرة التشريح وملقط ذي نهايتين دقيقتين ف يحتوي على ماء إلزالة المواد المتبقية وبقايا النسيج العالقة على البشرة ومن ثم نقلت إلى شريحة زجاجية نظيفة نظي علوم الحياة | 306 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 وأصبحت عندئذ جاهزة للفحص cover slideتحتوي على قطرة من الكليسيرين وفرشت البشرة وغطيت بغطاء الشريحة المقياس الدقيق للعدسة عمالل خاليا البشرة وأبعادها باستوالدراسة .فحصت النماذج وأخذت القياسات الخاصة بالثغور وأشكا . ch3olympus وع را المثبتة على المجهر المركب نـالعينية وصورت البشرة تحت الكامي ] .20[تناداً إلى الذي حسب اس stomatal indexيشار إلى كثافة الثغور وعالقتها بالخاليا االعتيادية للبشرة بدليل الثغور . 100 ×دليل الثغور = عدد الثغور/ عدد الثغور + عدد الخاليا االعتيادية للبشرة ودية لنصل الورقة .لسويق الورقة والساق ومقاطع عامتحضير شرائح دائمية لمقاطع مستعرضة .2 لتحضير مقاطع دائمية وكالتالي: ]21[استخدمت طريقة القتل التثبيت .1 الساق والورقة والسويق مباشرة في الحقل خالل الجوالت الحقلية . ووضعت في قناني منتصف اخذت اجزاء طرية من 24-18وتركت العينات في المحلول من faaمليلتر من محلول 20مليلتر ، في كل قنينة 30سعة vialsزجاجية صغيرة ساعة في درجة حرارة الغرفة . الغسل واالنكاز .2 صغيرة % ثم قطعت اجزاء70 اثيلي % الزالة اثار المثبت وحفظت في كحول70تركيز غسلت النماذج مرتين بكحول اثيلي رت االجزاء مليمتر) . مر 21.5مشرط حاد ( يتراوح طول القطعة الواحدة بين ساطةمن الورقة والسويق والساق بو من كل عدها في ث ساعات في كل تركيز وب) %لمدة ثال96، 90، 80المقطوعة في سلسلة تصاعدية من الكحول االثيلي تركيز ( كحول اثيلي مطلق لمدة ساعتين . الترويق والتشريب .3 ) ثم 3:1، 1:1، 1:3بنسب حجمية ( xyleneمررت قطع العينات بصورة متتابعة في مزيج من كحول اثيلي مطلق وزايلين ين ة من البرافذج واضيف بدالً منه كميوبعدها سكب نصف الزايلين الذي فيه النما يلين النقي لمدة ساعتين لكل منهابالزا عدها سكب ب، ل البرافين محل الزايلين المتبخرساعة كي يتم احال 48م ولمدة ° 60-55بدرجة حرارة ovenالسائل في فرن لة ايام الزا 5-4البرافين من اوعيه العينات واضيف بدالً منه برافين سائل نقي داخل الفرن وتركت االوعيه في الفرن لمدة ذه هتين ( كررت اثار الزايلين . بعدها سكب البرافين ووضع بدالً عنه برافين سائل نقي وتركت العينات في الفرن لمدة ساع . ساعة 24وفي المرة االخيرة تركت في الفرن لمدة مرات ) 6-5العمليه الطمر والتحميل .4 ل كلساخن ووضع في جهزت قوالب ورقية من ورق صقيل مقوى وباحجام مناسبة ، وصب فيها كمية من الشمع المنصهر ا لقوالب وعت ا، ثم ن ةوم كامل لضمان تصلبها بصورة كافيعلمت القوالب وتركت في مكان بارد لمدة ي ،منها نموذج خاص ن اصبح اشفرة خاصة الى عمالالحاوية على النماذج على قطع خشبية خاصة كحوامل بعد ان شذبت كل منها باست ةالشمعي راح الدوار للتقطيع بالمش اً القالب منها بشكل متوازي مستطيالت منتظم من الشمع يتوسطه النموذج المطلوب ليكون جاهز rotary microtome، قريباً مايكروميتر وكان السمك المناسب لجميع االعضاء ت 12-8بسمك يتراوح بين قطعت النماذج قيقة رعلى شرائح زجاجية نظيفة طليت مسبقاً بمسحة ribbons، فرشت المقاطع وهي بشكل اشرطة اتمايكروميتر 10هو ساعد تتحت الشريط لكلي وضعت قطرات من الماء المقطر glycerinalbuminين ــومــبــال-رينــليســمن الصق الك يت ساعة لغرض تثب 12-4م لمدة ° 45-40على نشر شريط المقاطع على الشريحة . ووضعت الشرائح على صفيحة ساخنة اشرطة المقاطع وازالة تجعداتها . علوم الحياة | 307 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ازالة الشمع والتصبيغ .5 : تيةع النباتية خالل المحاليل األمررت الشرائح الزجاجية الحاويه على المقاط a. م لمرتين .° 50ساعة بدرجة 4-2زايلين b. دقائق . 5لمدة 1:1زايلين الى كحول مطلق c. ) دقائق لكل منها . 5)% 96، 80، 70، 50، 30سلسلة تنازلية من الكحول االثيلي d. صيغة السفرانينsafranin ساعة . 24 -2% لمدة 50% مذابة في كحول اثيلي بتركيز 0.5تركيز e. دقائق لكل منها. 5 % ولمدة ) 96، 80، 70، 50، 30ن الكحول االثيلي ( سلسلة تصاعدية م f. صبغة االخضر الثابتfast green في كحول اثيلي مطلق .1بتركيز % g. دقائق . 5كحول مطلق لمدة h. زايلين الى زيت السدرceder oil دقائق . 5ولمدة 1:1بنسبة حجمية i. دقائق لمرتين . 3زايلين لمدة بوضع قطرات permanent mountingرائح من الصبغة الزائدة بقطعة شاش او نشاف، ثم عمل تحميل دائمي نظفت الش برفق ونقلت الشرائح الى صفيحة cover slide(مادة الصقة) على المقاطع وبعدها وضع غطاء الشريحة .p.d.xمن مادة لخاصة بالمقاطع صت النماذج وأخذت القياسات افحم ولمدة يوم كامل ليتم جفافها .° 4540ساخنة ذات درجة حرارة المقياس الدقيق للعدسة العينية وصورت تحت الكاميرا المثبتة على المجهر المركب نـــــــــــــوع عمالوأبعادها باست ch3olympus . دراسة حبوب اللقاح .3 ستعمال المجهرإبالقياسات الخاصة بحبوب اللقاح سجلت .]22حسب [ acetolysisتم تحضير حبوب اللقاح بطريقة . (sem)وتم تصويرها ودراسة اشكالها بالمجهر االلكتروني (lm)الضوئي ألزهار اعتمدت دراسة حبوب اللقاح لألنواع قيد الدراسة على العينات الطرية التي جمعت من الحقل مباشرة وثبتت ا امض وحجم واحد من ح ethyl alcoholحجوم كحول أثيلي مطلق ةن ثالثوالبراعم الناضجة بمحلول كارنوي المتكون م ذات بوحفظت بكحول 70%ساعة ومن ثم غسلت النماذج بكحول أثيلي 18-24لمدة glacial acetic acidالخليك الثلجي عمالها واتبعت الطريقة كاألتي:لنماذج في الثالجة لحين استالتركيز ووضعت ا مال باستع slideت في بداية التفتح أو البراعم الناضجة وفتحت على شريحة زجاجية من الزهيرا 10أخذت عدد .1 المتوك. فصلشريح لأبرة ت -20وضعت المتوك على شريحة زجاجية نظيفة ثم وضعت عليها قطرة من صبغة السفرانين والكليسرين لمدة ( .2 ) دقيقة.10 ضعت وإبرتي تشريح دقيقتين الستخراج حبوب اللقاح ثم ساطةشريحة زجاجية نظيفة وهرست بو المتوك الى نقلت .3 شريحة برفق وأصبحت ال cover slideعليها قطرة من الصبغة بعد أن أزيلت بقايا المتك ثم وضع غطاء الشريحة جاهزة للفحص. oil immersionتحت العدسة الشيئيـة الـزيتية olympusفحصت الشرائح تحت المجهر الضوئي من نوع .4 lens. القياسات الخاصة أي قياس القطر للمحورين األستوائي سجلتحبة لقاح للجنس قيد الدراسة و) 20-30درست ( .5 علوم الحياة | 308 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 equatorial axis والقطبيpolar axisوسمك الجدار لكل حبة لقاح باستخدام مقياس العدسة العينية الدقيق . ها تم % وبعد100ثيلي تركيز المجهر االلكتروني تم حفظ حبوب اللقاح في كحول ا ساطةلدراسة حبوب اللقاح بو .6 ثم غطيت بالذهب وتم تصويرها بالمجهر aluminum stubووضعها على قطعة من االلمنيوم خاصة ها تجفيف .leo 1450vp electron microscopyااللكتروني من نوع ]23حسب [ كانتاللقاح دراسة حبوب التي وردتفي المصطلحات العلمية النتائج والمناقشة دراسة بشرة االوراق .1 .1)(جدول ات الخاصةبالمعقد الثغري موضحة فيقياسال توازي والطراز الثغري من النوع المglabrousنها ملساء خالية من الشعيرات اظهرت دراسة البشرة السطحية للورقةبأ paracytic type الطولي وفي هذا النوع تكون الخاليا الحارسة كلوية الشكل محاطة بخليتين مساعدتين موازية للمحور ا سطحي لخاليفي المنظر الالمماسية الخارجية والداخلية للخاليا المساعدة كان مستقيم و شكل الجدرانو للخاليا الحارسة بأنها مستقيمة المحيطة بالثغورلخاليا البشرة االعتيادية wallanticlinalأظهرت الجدران العمودية surface viewالبشرة ).1( دولج 16.5و للسطح السفلي للبشرة 14.37دليل الثغور للسطح العلوي وبلغ )1(شكل straight wall ايضاً الجدار تتغير قد الثغور ونوع المتوازي وان قياسات البشرة الاشارا الى ان الثغور في الخروع من ذين الل ]24[تتفق هذه النتائج مع راسةالد تتفقا كمبأختالف البيئات التي ينمو فيها النبات في دراستهما الخلوية والمظهرية والتشريحية على نبات الخروع ، ي دراستهم السطح العلوي ف في اللذين اشاروا الى ان عدد الثغور على السطح السفلي اكثر كثافة من عددها]25[ايضا مع .euphorbiaceaeالتصنيفية لبشرة بعض انواع نباتات عائلة دراسة نصل الورقة .2 اليا خوالتي تتكون من صف واحد من epidermisورقة انها مكونة من طبقة البشرة اللنصل ةالعاموديالمقاطع ظهرت palisade tissueنسيج عماديلمكونة من طبقتين من وا mesophyll، تلي طبقة البشرة منطقة الميزوفيلكبيرة الحجم يصل معدل سمكه الى حوالي spongy tissueنسيج اسفنجيطبقات من 6-5ليه يمايكروميتر 28.5معدل سمكه حوالي .)2(نصل الورقة مبينة في جدول بأجزاء).القياسات الخاصة 2(شكل اً مايكروميتر 129.5 ائرية دذات قمة من االعلى من تركيب هرمي الشكل ةومكون فكانت حلقيةالعرق الوسطي لورقة نبات الخروع منطقة اما اً ونمكvascular cambiumالوعائي الكامبيوم، collenchyma tissue شبة سنام الجمل مكون من نسيج كولنكيمي ساندت ى يصل الوعدد اذرع الخشب فيها اً مايكروميتر 165.53يصل الى حوالي همعدل سمكphloemواللحاء xylemمن الخشب ذإ]26[ة النتائج مع دراسهذه ).تتفق 3(وشكل )2(جدول من عناصر الخشب 4-3تقريبا على ذراع وكل ذراع حاوٍ 15-20 .على حزمة من االنسجة الكولنكيمية الساندة على شكل هرمي ن العرق الوسطي لنبات الخروع حاوٍ اشاروا الى ا سويق الورقةدراسة .3 تليها طبقة القشرة epidermisمكون من صف واحدمن خاليا البشرة ovateبيضوي للخروع شكل سويق الورقة النباتية cortex طبقات من خاليا كولنكيمية 42من نوعين من الخاليا عادة تكونوتطبقة من الخاليا 12-10مكونة من وال علوم الحياة | 309 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 collenchyma tissue الخاليا البرنكيمية طبقات من 9-8 تليهاparenchyma tissue ترتب الحزم الوعائية .vascular bundles حول منطقة اللبpith بشكل حلقيannular مع حزمة حزمة وعائية وترتبط كل حزمة 7-5 منيصل عددها ى وكل حزمة مع الحزمة االخر inter fascicular cambiumمجموعة من الخاليا الكمبيومية بين الحزمية ساطةاخرى بو من اذرع الخشب 4-2الى الداخل المكون من xylem تجاه القشرة والخشب االى الخارج ب phloemوعائية مكونة من اللحاء fascicularعنصر وتنحصر خاليا كمبيومية مرستيمية تسمى الكامبيوم الحزمي 3-2وكل ذراع مكون بدوره من cambiumة الحزم الوعائية منطقة اللببين منطقتي الخشب واللحاء ، تلي منطق pith والتي تتكون من الخاليا البرنكيمية موضحة في لمقطع المستعرضلسويق الورقةالبيانات الخاصة با).4(االعتيادية وتكون منطقة اللب مجوفة من الوسط شكل ). 3(جدول دراسة الساق .4 ). 3 ( جدولمبينة في نبات الخروع ساق بالمقطع المستعرضل القياسات الخاصة ذات صف واحد من الخاليا يليها طبقة epidermisمكون من طبقة البشرة circleشكل الساق في نبات الخروع دائري 3-2ونالحظ وجود من parenchyma cellطبقات من الخاليا البرنكيمية 9-6والتي تكون مكونة من cortexالقشرة والتي تقع تحت البشرة مباشرة تعطي الدعم واالسناد للعضو collenchyma cellطبقات من الخاليا الكولنكيمية ويقع بينهما الكمبيوم الحزمي phloemواللحاء xylemمكونة من الخشب vascular bundleالنباتي .الحزمة الوعائية fascicular cambium ة وعائية مع حزمة وعائية ترتبط كل حزم 15-12عدد الحزم الوعائية في مقطع الساق تقريبا لتعطيها مظهر الحلقة المستمرة inter fascicular cambiumه حزمة اخرى بواسطة مجموعة من الخاليا البين حزمي رستالت ــواسعة مكونة من خاليا برنكيمية وغير مجوفة، نالحظ انتشار الك pithوالمرتبة حول محور الساق، منطقة اللب aleuronفي داخل خاليا الساق في منطقة القشرة باالضافة الى انتشار الحبيبات االليرونية druces crystalالنجمية grains 6و 5فيها ايضاً ( شكل.( دراسة حبوب اللقاح : .5 مايكروميتراً 29.0-20.5بين ور القطبيالمححيث تراوح حبة لقاح تحت المجهر الضوئي 3020تم دراسة ان معدل ك) مايكروميتر, 28مايكروميتر بمعدل ( 29 -21.5تراوح بين االستوائي مايكروميتراًوالمحور) 26.3وبمعدل ( رجي وكانت حبوب اللقاح متوسطة الحجم، وتراوح سمك الجدار الخا 0.12يحوالي ) p/eالمنظر القطبي/ االستوائي ( )مايكروميتر. 0.98 مايكروميتر وبمعدل (1.2 -0.7حوالي 23مايكروميتر وبمعدل 26-18، وكان طول االخدود tricolporateواالخاديد الفتحات ةللقاح ثالثيحبوب اكانت ان من نوع حبة اللقاح كالعامل شكلالاما ، reticulate كذلك نمط الزركشة السطحية كان من نوع الشبكي مايكروميتراَ، prolate spheroidal الىsubprolate وشكلها في المنظر االستوائي subprolate وشكلها في المنظر تحات فالذين وصفوا ]28هذه النتائج تتفق مع [.) 7(شكل ]27[وتم حساب الشكل وفق ماذكره spheroidaloblateالقطبي الى ان االنواع اللذين اشارا]29[مع وكذلك اتفقت النتائج tricolporateحبوب اللقاح لنبات الخروع بأنها ثالثية الفتحات و radially symmetricalرة ظتكون حبوب لقاحها عادة من نوع شعاعية متنا euphorbiaceaeالتي تعود الى عائلة .isopolarمتساوية االقطاب علوم الحياة | 310 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 لمصادرا 1. weiss, e. a. (2000). oilseed crops, 2nd ed.blackwell science, oxford. 2. dange, s. r. s.; desal, a. g.and patel, s. i. ( 2005). diseases of castor. in: saharan,g. s.; mehta, n. and sangwanm, m. s. (eds), diseasesof oilseed crops. indus publishingco, new delhi, india, pp. 211–234 176. 3. vwioko, d. e. and fashemi, d. s. (2005). growth response of ricinus communis l. (castor oil) in spentlubricating oil polluted soil. j.appl.sci. environ. mgt. 9(2):73-79. 4. severino, l. s.; auld, d. l.; baldanzi, m.; caˆndido, m. j. d.; chen, g.; crosby, w.; tan, d.; he, x.; lakshmamma, p.; lavanya,c.; machado, o. l. t.; mielke, t.; miller, t. d.; morris, j. b.; morse, s. a.; navas, a. a.; soares, d. j.; sofiatti, v.; wang, m. l.; zanotto, m. d. and zieler, h. a., (2012).a review of the challenges forincreased production of castor. journalof agronomy 104, 853–880. 5. hutchinson, a. (1959). flora of iraq.4 (1):309. 6. dhar, m.l.; dhar, m. m.; dhawan, b. n.; mchrotra, b. n. and ray, c. (1968). screening of indian plants for biological activity, part i. indian journal of experimental biology 6, 232-247. 7. nair, r. and chanda, s. v. (2004). antibacterial activity of some medicinal plants of saurashtra region. j. jissue res 4: 117-120. 8. ghandi, v.; cherian, k. and mulky, m., (1994). detoxification of castor seed meal byinteraction with sal seed meal. journal ofamerica oil chemist society 71, 827–831. 9. ani, a. o. and okorie, a. u. (2009).responseof broiler finishers to diets containinggraded levels of processed castor oilbean (ricinus communis l.) meal. journalof animal physiology and animal nutrition9, 157–164 pp. 10. akande, t. o.; odunsi, a. a.; olabode, o.s. and ojediran, t. k. (2012). physical andnutrient characterisation of raw andprocessed castor (ricinus communis l.)seeds in nigeria. world journalagricultural science 8, 89–95pp. 11. rama-rao, s. v. (2012). vegetable proteinsupplements in poultry diets, http://www.poulvet.com/index.php accessed 20 april 2012. 12. akandel, t. o.; odunsi,a. a. and akinfalal,e. o.(2015). a review of nutritional and toxicological implications of castor bean (ricinus communis l.) meal in animal feeding systems. journal of animal physiology and animal nutrition 100:201–210. doi: 10.1111/jpn.12360. 13. lord, j. m.; roberts, l. m. and robertus, j. d. (1994). ricin: structure, mode of action,and some current applications. journalof federation of american societies forexperimental biology 8, 201–208. 14. bies, c.; lehr, c. m. and woodley, j. f. (2004). lectin-mediated drug targeting: historyand applications. advanced drug deliveryreviews 56, 425–435. 15. everitt, j. h.; lonard, r. l. and little, c. r. (2007). weeds in south texas and northern mexico. lubbock: texas tech university press. isbn 0-89672-614-2. 16. rao, b. k. and airyshaw, a. k. (2003). dictionary of the flowering plants and ferns. cambridge press, united kingdom. 363. 17. kalpana, t. p. and ramanujam, c. g. k. (1997). melittopalynology, bee plants and bee keeping potential in some coastal districts of andhra pradesh, india. indian bee j. 59:1-8. 18. kral, f. (1992). forest history and the natural mixture of tree species in vienna wood. palynological investigation. centalblatl-fur-das-gesamte-forestwesen. 3:163-183. 19. johanson , a. d. (1940). plant microtechnique .1st ed.mcgraw-hill book company, new york and london, 523. علوم الحياة | 311 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 20. stace, c. a. (1965). the signification of the leaf epidermis in the taxonomy of the combretaceae: 1-a general review of tribal genera and specific characters. j. linn. soc.(bot.), 59: 229-252. 21. thammathaworn, a. (1996). handbook by paraffin method. department of biology, faculty of science, khonkaen universality, thailand. 22. erdtman, g. (1960). the acetolysis method (a revised description). svenskbotanisktidskrift, 54(4):561-564. 23. walker, j. w. and doyle, j. a. (1976). the basis of angiosperm phylogeny: palynology. ann. mo. bot. gard., 62: 666-723. 24. kavita, t.; sandhya, s.; sanjiv, k. and sadia, a. (2013). cytological, morphological and anatomical studies of ricinus communis linn. grown under the influence of industrial effluent e a comparative study. journal of pharmacy research, 454 -458. 25. aworinde, d. d.; nwoye, d. v.; jayeola, a. a.; olagoke, a. o. and ogundele, a. a. (2009). taxonomy significance of foliar epidermis in some members of euphorbiaceae family in nigeria. research journal of botany. 4(1): 17-28. 26. rana, m.; dhamija, h.; prashar, b. and sharma, s. (2012). ricinus communis l. ariview. international journal of pharmteach research. 4(4): 1706-1711. 27. walker, j.w. and doyle, j. a. (1976). the basis of angiosperm phylogeny: palynology. ann. mo. bot. gard., 62: 666-723. 28. gosh, n. f.; crane, p. r. and furness, c. a. (2007). palynological studies of some angiosperm families: euphorbiaceae, palmae, acanthaceae and alismataceae. grana, 36: 225-244. 29. dalwitz, d. j. and watson, l. (1992). pollen morphology of euphorbiacaea. royal botanic garden, kew. 22: 145-156. علوم الحياة | 312 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 .)بالمايكروميتر(مقاسة ricinus communisلثغورلنباتالخروعاابعاد الثغورودليل )1( جدول .)بالمايكروميتر( مقاسه ricinus communis الخروع نبات في لألوراق العمودية للمقاطع الكمية الصفات) 2( جــدول االرقام بين االقواس تمثل المعدل.* ricinus communisالخروع نبات في الورقة وسويق لساق المستعرضة للمقاطع والنوعية الكمية الصفات )3( جــدول .)بالمايكروميتر( مقاسه الثغور في السطح السفلي الثغور في السطح العلوي طـول الثغــر عـرض الثغـر دليــــــل الثغـــور طـول الثغـر دليـــــل الثغـــــرعرض الثغــــور (2325) 24.60 (14-17) 15.20 14.37 (17-21) 18.20 (15-17.3) 16.42 16.5 سمك األدمة سمك النصل midribالعرق الوسطي mesophyllالنسيج المتوسط عدد م.سمك البشرة صفوف الطبقة العمادية سمك الطبقة العمادية عدد صفوف الطبقة األسفنجي ة سمك الطبقة األسفنجية سمك الحزمة الوعائية عدد أذرع الخشب عدد العناصر في الذراع الواحد سفلى عليا 2.6 177.5 13.510 ( 12.5) 9.5-4.5 (7.5) 2 37-21 28.5)( 6 – 5 138-125 (129.5) 195-133.5 165.53)( 25-35 2-5 الجزءالنباتي شكل المقطع عدد طبقات القشرة عدد طبقات االكولنكيم عدد طبقات االبرنكيم عدد الحزم الوعائية عدد أذرع الخشب قطر وعاء الخشب عدد صفوف الخشب عدد العناصر في الذراع الواحد 53 64 25 1512 32 96 دائري الساق 32 42 7 5 8 9 2 4 10 12 بيضوي السويق علوم الحياة | 313 2016) عام 3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 : البشرة b: البشرة العليا و a، حيث ان ricinus communisالمعقد الثغري لبشرة اوراق نبات الخروع) 1(شكل x40 السفلى. لنصل ورقة نبات الخروع مستعرضمقطع ) 2(شكل ricinus communisقوة االخضر الثابت)، -(سفرانين .x 40التكبير: ورقة نبات في للعرق الوسطي مستعرضمقطع )3(شكل االخضر -(سفرانين ..ricinus communisالخروع . x40قوة التكبير: ,الثابت) لسويق ورقة نبات الخروع مستعرضمقطع ) 4شكل ( ricinus communis..قوة االخضرالثابت)، -(سفرانين .x40التكبير: ricinusلساق نبات الخروع مستعرضمقطع )5(كل ش communis. .االخضر الثابت) ، قوة التكبير: -(سفرانينx 40. علوم الحياة | 314 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 جمية وحبيبات االليرون الكرستاالت الن )6(شكل ricinusفي منطقة ساق نبات الخروع ة المتواجد communis. . االخضر الثابت) ، قوة -(سفرانين .x40التكبير: المنظر االستوائي لحبوب اللقاح في نبات الخروع )7(شكل ricinus communis بيرــ، قوة التكx k 3.2 علوم الحياة | 315 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 anatomical and palynological study of ricinus communisl.from euphorbiaceaein iraq muazaz azeez al-hadeethi dept. of biology, college of education for pure sciences, ibn-alhaitham,university of baghdad. aseel kadem al-anbari dept. of biology, college of education for pure sciences, university of diyala. hisham majeed shlash dept. of biology, college of science, university of tkreet. received in :25 april 2016 , accepted in: 19 july 2016 abstract the anatomical study showed the epidermis leaves of ricinus communis l.glabrous and withparacytic pattern, also the midrib of leavescomposedfrom a pyramidal shapearea with a circular tip like ascamel humpfrom the upper side consisting of supported collenchyma tissue, and the cross section of leaf petiole formed as an ovate shape as for the cross section of stem was a circular, also observed many druces crystaland aleuron grains that are spread in the cortex area. pollen grain appeared under a scanning electron microscope that tricolporate, either the surface pattern was reticulate and the shape of pollen grain prolate spheroidal to subprolate. key words: ricinus communis, euphorbiaceae, pollen grains, anatomical studied. 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة وتقدیر المحتوى الكلي لهالمركبات الفینولیة المذیبي ل االستخالص teucrium polium ةالجعد نباتل خزعل ضبع ، عبد الحسین نجم، ساجدة عباس ، * سالم عباس حسن ،منى محمود خضیر ق ،عبد عیسى نضال، **وادي أسیل طار وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا ،دائرة بحوث كیمیاء وفیزیاء المواد الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة العلوم ،قسم الكیمیاء* جامعة بغداد كلیة العلوم ،، قسم علوم الحیاة** 2011نیسان 21 :استلم البحث في 2011تموز 13: قبل البحث في الخالصة و،االیثانول و،باستعمال المیثانول teucrium polium لمركبات الفینولیة من نباتلالمذیبي الستخالصادرس زمن و،درجة حرارة و،نوع وتركیز المذیب :اآلتیةالمتغیرات تأثیر درس و الماء تانول وو البی و،االیزوبروبانول لتقدیر المحتوى الفینولي الكلي folin-ciocalteu كاشف فولن طریقة المعاستباالستخالص وعدد مرات االستخالص قیم وجدت .نانومتر 765المرئیة وقیاس االمتصاصیة عند الطول الموجي األشعة فوق البنفسجیة مطیافباستعمال و أظهرت اإلحصائیةالمعالجات وبإجراءلحامض الكالیك ةمختبریعینات تحضیرالدقة والتوافق بهذه الطریقة من خالل االنحراف و ، 1.294 إلىاالنحراف المعیاري مساو ومقدار ، 1.49 – 0.5±بین مقداره یتراوح النتائج وجود خطأ نسبي واالنحراف المعیاري النسبي للمعدل 0.647 إلىواالنحراف المعیاري للمعدل مساو ، %0.71 إلى المعیاري النسبي مساو تمت باستعمال %97أعلى نسبة استخالص للمكونات الفینولیة تساوي النتائج أن أظهرت . %0.353مقداره دفعتي درجة حرارة الغرفة وبوفي ساعات 8یبلغ في زمن ستخالص اال إجراءعند %100تركیز يذالمیثانول وأظهرت، للنبات من محافظتي واسط ودهوك ةمحلیعینات نتائج البحث على تطبق. یلیه االیثانول ثم الماء استخالص كلي ل 183.250 إلى ساومانه teucrium polium ةالجعدساق نبات عینةنتائج قیاس المحتوى الفینولي ال نبات أوراقلعینة غم / ملغم 101.022و 129.214ومقدار الوزن الجاف أساسعلى غم نبات / ملغم 236.991و والي لمحافظتي واسط ودهوك على الت teucrium polium ةالجعد كلي، نبات الجعدة: مفتاحیة الكلمات ال االستخالص المذیبي ، كاشف فولن ، المحتوى الفینولي ال المقدمة عدم تسببها بأي فضال عن ورخص ثمنها زراعتها.الحصول علیها واالهتمام بالنباتات الطبیة لسهولة ازداد 1400وجد أكثر من تبموجب إحصائیات االتحاد األوربي و ، طویلة مددحتى وان تم تناولها عند استعمالها جانبیة أضرار تعد النباتات الطبیة مصدرا مهما من مصادر األسباب وغیرهالهذه و الطبیة األعشابفي تركیبتها لمعمادة عالجیة تست عائلة الشفویة وهو احد النباتات الواقعة تحت ال ةالجعد ة نباتلمع، ومن النباتات الطبیة المست[1] الطب البدیل ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة labiates أنحاء العالم هذه النباتات فيوتنتشر ، الطبیة واالقتصادیة والصناعیة بأهمیتهاز متاالتي تضم ثالثمائة نوع ت ت طبیة واسعة الماعوله است هوجنوب هوسطو العراق لشما نبات فيالوینتشر في حوض البحر المتوسط خاصة عموما و مقوي لألعصاب ومضاد و ، السعال و،و لعالج الزائدة الدودیة ،للبول رمدر و،قابض لألنسجة و،إزالة الحمى منها وهي مشتقات مثل الحوامض الفینولیة ،یة منها متعددة الفینولئمركبات كیمیاعلى ةالجعد یحتوي نبات .[2]للتشنجات تعد الجذور الحرة جزیئات ذا فعالیة عالیة وغیر .[ 3 ] لألكسدةوهي مركبات مهمة مضادة حامض البنزویك والسینامیك هذه من العملیات المهمة التي األكسدةعملیة تعد، و [4] األغذیةفي الموجودة الدهون وتؤكسد مستقرة وتتفاعل بسهولة غذائیة ال والقیمة الطعم والنكهة واللون فيتؤثر بشكل سلبي ألنها األغذیة بنظر االعتبار في مجال صناعة تؤخذ أنیجب butylatedنها م ة لألكسدةمضادمواد صناعیة تضاف التأثیراتهذه زالةإلو ، [5]الخزن أثناءفي ریة واالستقرا hy droxy anisole (bha) وbutylated hy droxy toluene (bht [6]ظة الطازجة والمحفو األغذیة إلى ( ت ذلك فانلسمیة أومسرطنة تأثیراتلها كما أكدت العدید من الدراسات وهذه المركبات المضافة البحث عن مضادا . [7 ]األخیرةزداد في السنوات أنباتیة أصولي وطبیعیة وذ أمینة أكسدة نبات من الطبیة األهمیةات و ذ الستخالص المركبات الفینولیة تثبیت الظروف المثلىتهدف الدراسة الحالیة إلى ت و ،زمن االستخالصو ، درجة الحرارة و، هوتركیز نوع المذیبمن حیث teucrium polium ةالجعد عدد مرا .االستخالص يالعملالجزء یة ئاالجهزة والمواد الكیمیا: اوال :االجهزة المستخدمة jap) مزدوج الحزمة من نوع uv-visالمرئیة -فوق البنفسجیة األشعةمطیاف 1 an) uv-1650 pc, shimadzu. .كهربائي) هزاز(جهاز خلط 2 :ةلمعالمست یةئالكیمیا المواد من ةمجهز ، نقیتها ت عادةا وال تتطلب analytical gradeعالیة النقاوة البیوتانول و االیثانول، المیثانول، البروبانول -1 .bdh شركة و fluka شركة وحامض ،مولبیدات الصودیوم وتنجستات الصودیوم ،(وتم تحضیره مختبریا من folin-ciocalteu كاشف فولن -2 ). والبروم ،وكبریتات اللیثیوم ،وحامض الهیدروكلوریك ،الفوسفوریك . bdhشركة حامض الكالیك مجهز من -3 .یومكربونات الصود -4 ق العمل ائطر :وتصنیفها جمع العینات النباتیة جمع في منتصف األخرنموذج في الشهر الخامس من منطقة الشیخ سعد في محافظة واسط واال ةالجعدنبات تجمع .الشهر السادس في محافظة دهوك ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة :العینة النباتیة أعداد .تثم طحن ،درجة حرارة الغرفةأیام في 10في الظل مدة جفتركت لتو عدیدة مراتل المقطر غسل العینة النباتیة بالماءت مرحلة االستخالص من المذیب مل 500یضاف لها حجم غرام من العینة النباتیة المطحونة و 20 وزن في دورق مخروطي مناسب یؤخذ ودرجات أزمانكهربائي عند جهاز خلطخدام وتم تحریك المزیج باست، لغرض االستخالص )المذیبات قید الدراسةحد أ( ثم یرشح المستخلص النباتي ویتم تبخیر المذیب تحت الضغط المختزل ویؤخذ ناتج عملیة االستخالص ، حرارة مختلفة .لتحلیلجراء األ المثلى الستخالصتحدید ظروف ا ذیبنوع الم 1 ، والبیوتانول ،وبروبانولز ای والماء، ویثانول،الا والمیثانول،: هي العینة النباتیة باستعمال مذیبات مختلفة تاستخلص .كل مذیبباستعمال كمیة المحتوى الفینولي الكلي تقیسو تركیز المذیب -2 درس تأثیر تركیز المیثانول ) المیثانولوهو (ة األفضل الستخالص المركبات الفینولیبعد تحدید نوع المذیب العضوي % 100و 25, 50, 75هيتراكیز مختلفة المعنموذج النباتي وذلك باستالمحتوى الفینولى لالة استخالص یكفا في .ستخالصاللعملیات ا زمن االستخالص 3 االستخالص أجريیت نوع المذیب وتركیزه تثبعد استخالص المركبات الفینولیة من العینة النباتیة ب تحدید زمنل .ساعة 24 4للعینات عند زمن استخالص ما بین درجة الحرارة 4 أجریت ، فینولى الأعلى استخالص للمحتوى التي عندها نحصل على لغرض تثبیت درجة حرارة االستخالص المثلى عند ساعات و 8 في زمنو %100 تركیزب لمیثانولستعمال ااب ةالجعدلمركبات الفینولیة من نبات لستخالص الاعملیة . م ° 70 50 30درجات حرارة ما بین دراسة كفاءة االستخالص -5 استخالص أجریت عملیةالستخالص التي تم تحدیدها من خالل الفقرات السابقة، الظروف المثلى لبعد تثبیت تقدیر المحتوى الفینولي الكليوبإعادة عملیة االستخالص لثالث مرات و عوامل، وفقا لتلك ال ةالجعدالمحتوى الفینولى لنبات .لكل مرحلة من مراحل االستخالص وتقدیر المحتوى الكلي لالستخالص تقدیر المحتوى الفینولي الكلي تحضیر الكاشف -1 غم من 100 بإذابةوذلك ةالجعد لنباتالمحتوى الفینولي الكلي تقدیرستعماله في ال كاشف فولنحضر مل ماء مقطر 700 في حجمبیدات الصودیوم لمو غم من 25لتر مع 2عر سعة قفي دورق دائري التنجستات الصودیوم یسخن المزیج و المركز حامض الهیدروكلوریك مل من 100 و حامض الفسفوریك %85مل من 50حجم وٕاضافة وبضع قطرات من البروم لیثیوم كبریتات الغم من 150 فاضیم ساعات ث 10مدة ) refluxتصعید ( اارتجاعی 1دورق حجمي سعة إلىثم یبرد الناتج وینقل ، اصفر اللون دقیقة في دوالب السحب لیكون محلوال 15مدة غلي المزیج یو . [13]ي قنینة معتمةفزن خیو العالمة بالماء المقطر إلىیخفف ، اذلتر 2011) 3( 24المجلد لصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم ا ihjpas لول -2 كربونات الصودیوم %20تحضیر مح درجة إلىثم یبرد المزیج ، بالتسخین الالأیونيلتر من الماء 1 حجم غم من كربونات الصودیوم الالمائیة في20یذاب .بالماء الالأیوني لتر 1 إلىساعة ویكمل الحجم 24ة مدبعد حرارة الغرفة ویرشح لتقدیر المحتوى الفینولي الكلي تحلیلطریقة ال -3 1.5و ولن ف من كاشف مل 0.5من الماء و مل 6من المستخلص النباتي المخفف ویمزج مع مل 0.1حجم خذیؤ مدة م° 75بدرجة حرارة ایترك المحلول مستقر مل و 10 إلىكربونات الصودیوم ویكمل الحجم %20 من محلولمل نانومتر 765المرئیة عند الطول الموجي -فوق البنفسجیة األشعةمطیاف باستعمال ةاصیمتصاالنصف ساعة وتقاس . )blank( الخلبمقابل محلول تهیئة منحنى المعایرة القیاسي -4 محتوى الفینولي الكلي لل امقیاسمعایرة قیاسي حامض الكالیك لتحضیر منحنى استعمل ، لغرض حساب تركیز العینات 5000بتركیز stock solution يمحلول األصلالوذلك بتحضیر لتر /ملغم 500إلى 25وفي مدى تركیز بین ومنه ، الماء المقطر ب مل 100 إلىالحجم إكمالثم ، الماء المقطر في الكالیك غم من حامض 0.5بإذابة لتر /ملغم لتر/ ملغم 500و 450، 400، 350، 300، 250، 200، 150، 100، 50، 25محالیل ذوات تركیز تحضر حضر منحنى معایرة قیاسي و.مل بالماء المقطر 100 إلىالحجم وٕاكمالمل 10إلى 1بنقل حجم مناسب بین وذلك = yتمثل اذ، y= k * x + aوباستعمال معادلة االنحسار . ، [18] باستعمال طریقة المربعات الصغرى . 6 –الشكل ، 0.0035القطع ویساوي = a، 0.001المیل ویساوي = k، االمتصاصیة النتائج والمناقشة یقة ر ها طوصفب [12-13] ةالجعدالفینولیة المستخلصة من نبات تلتقدیر المركبا كاشف فولن طریقة تاعتمد . المرئیة-األشعة فوق البنفسجیةمطیاف المعباست للنباتاتالكلي في تقدیر المحتوى الفینولي المعتحلیلیة واسعة االست ، التي تعتمد على تغییر [11,5]ق اإلحصائیة أو الوضعیة ائوبشكل عام یمكن تحدید الظروف المثلى لالستخالص بالطر :يأتیالتي تم الحصول علیها كما ویمكن تفسیر النتائج .[ 9,5 ]متغیر واحد وتثبیت المتغیرات األخرى نوع المذیب -1 و،المیثانول لمعاست ، [ 14]الكحوالت من المذیبات الواسعة االستعمال الستخالص المركبات الفینولیة دتع الستخالص المركبات األمثلالمذیب أن النتائج أظهرت، مذیبات فضال عن الماء البیوتانول و،وبروبانول ز ای ویثانول،اال على أساس غم /ملغم 121.680 المستخلص إذ بلغت كمیة المحتوى الفینولي الكلي،و المیثانول ه ةالجعدالفینولیة لنبات ة في استخالص المركبات یاألقل كفاالمذیب وبروبانول ز كان االیو . 1-الشكل رقم ، یلیه االیثانول ثم الماء ،الوزن الجاف قطبیة قلیلة لها المركبات الفینولیة المستخلصة أن إلى ویمكن تفسیر ذلك، غم/ملغم 30.16 بلغت إذللنبات الفینولیة جیدة في الماء واالیثانول المستخلص كمیة المحتوى الفینولي أنالرغم من على و ، [ 14] قطبیة المیثانول مع مقاربة المیثانول الدراسة الحالیة اعتمدت أن إالالمیثانول قارنة مع مسمیة كلفة االستخالص وتأثیراتهما الفضال عن انخفاض .ةالجعدالستخالص المركبات الفینولیة من نبات األمثله المذیب العضوي وصفب ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تركیز المذیب -2 120.932 بلغت نسبة االستخالص ذ، االمیثانول مذیب المحتوى الفینولي الكلي بزیادة تركیز یزداد استخالص ، ع التراكیز یطفیف لجم وقات بین نسب االستخالصالفر مقدار على الرغم من أن و ، %100عند تركیز غم /ملغم . 2 – الشكل زمن االستخالص 3 یعد زمن االستخالص من المتغیرات المهمة التي یجب تحدیدها باالعتماد على نوعیة المركبات المطلوب أظهرت النتائج . [15-16] ساعة 24ستخالصها، ویتراوح زمن االستخالص للمركبات من بضع دقائق لیصل أحیانا إلى ا أعطى ساعة 12علما ان زمن استخالص ( ساعات 8هو ةالجعدزمن االستخالص األمثل للمركبات الفینولیة لنبات أن لیبدأ بعدها المحتوى )ساعات 8لهذا اخترنا زمن ، اعاتس 4 االستخالص مدةزیادة طفیفة غیر مهمة مقارنة بزیادة ) المركبات المستخلصة(تركیز المادة المذابة أنذلك والسبب في . 3 –الشكل ، الفینولي باالنخفاض مع زیادة الزمن الة التوازن وفقا لقانون فكس الثانيالى ید انتشارها داخل المذیب للوصول تع ینولیة المركبات الف أنفضال عن ح .[ 10] االستخالص زمنمع زیادة واألوكسجین تعرضها للضوءلالمستخلصة تتعرض لحاالت أكسدة نتیجة درجة الحرارة -4 بسـبب زیـادة قابلیـة ذوبـان زیـادة المحتـوى الفینـولي الكلـي للمسـتخلص إلـىزیادة درجة حـرارة االسـتخالص تؤدي كمیــة المحتـوى الفینـولي الكلــي أنوبـالرغم مـن [17]عــن زیـادة انتقـال الشــحنة ســرعة االنتشـار فضـال و المركبـات الفینولیـة أن إالنســبة أعلـى وهـي ، 4 –الشـكل ، م ° 70 درجـة حــرارة عنـدغـم / ملغــم 162.568 تللمسـتخلص النبـاتي قـد بلغـ وزیـادة مـن المـذیب كبیـرة تحلـل المركبـات الفینولیـة واسـتهالك كمیـاتاحتمالیـة مـن االقتـراب مـن درجـة الغلیـان و هنـاك حـذر ومـن النتـائج . ةالجعـدرفة الستخالص المركبات الفینولیـة لنبـات ثبیت درجة حرارة الغالكلفة االقتصادیة، لذا تم العمل على ت بال دراسـة ذلـك فـي مــدى ویمكـن مسـتق) (endothermicعملیـة االسـتخالص هـي عملیـة ماصــة للحـرارة أنوالعمـل یتبـین .معین من درجات الحرارة ة االستخالصیكفا -5 تتحــدد باالعتمـاد علـى تقــدیر المحتـوى الفینـولي الكلـي باســتعمال المیثـانول و ة االسـتخالصیـكفا أنالنتـائج أظهـرت ـــرة واحـــدة بـــإجراء ـــرتین أوعملیــــة االســـتخالص لمـ ـــرار العملیـــة لمـ ـــكل، أكثـــر أوتكـ عملیــــة إجـــراءد اختیــــر وقـــ ، 5الشـ تكـرار عملیــة االســتخالص أنوذلـك یعنــي ، %96.407 ، عالیــة االسـتخالص بــدفعتین للحصـول علــى نســبة اسـتخالص أمـا إعـادة عملیــة ، ) %80تقریبـا ( عملیـة االســتخالص مـرة واحـدة أعطـت أنفـي حـین ، ة االسـتخالص یـد كفایـلمـرتین تز . ة االستخالص أكثر من الدفعتینیاالستخالص لثالث مرات لم تتحسن فیها كفا تقدیر المحتوى الفینولي الكلي -6 ظهـور اللـون التي تعد طریقة كشـف نوعیـة وكمیـة إذ یعـد ولن فكاشف طریقة المعتقدیر المحتوى الفینولي الكلي باستتم اس لتركیـز المركبـات الفینولیــة شـدة اللـون فهـي مقیـ أمـاعلـى وجـود المركبـات الفینولیـة فـي المسـتخلص، لمعقـد دلـیالاألزرق ل ، لحــامض الكالیــك ةمختبریــنتــائج تحلیــل عینـات 1 –الجــدول یتضـمن الختبــار دقـة وتوافــق الطریقــة فـي المســتخلص، و یزید مقدار االنحراف المعیاري النسبي ال أن 2 –الجدول یظهر و % 1.49 -0.5±وتظهر خطأ نسبي مئوي یتراوح بین . %0.71عن ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد بن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ا وبیئات مختلفة من النبات جزاءتقدیر المحتوى الفینولي أل -7 محافظة واسط ودهوك و ت عینات منلمعالبري است ةالجعدمن نبات مختلفة اءجز وألتقدیر المحتوى الفینولي لنماذج النتائج وأظهرت، والساق األوراقلیة للنبات تحت الظروف المثلى التي تم تثبیتها لكل من المركبات الفینو تصلاستخ ، 3-الجدول ، النباتي الخاضع للفحص وبیئته جزءالفینولي للنبات في حال اختالف ال في كمیة المحتوى وجود اختالف عمر الحرارة التي ینمو فیها النبات فضال عن اختالف الظروف المناخیة وعوامل التربة ودرجات إلىوربما یعود السبب العوامل البیئیة والظروف المحیطة إلىقد یعود الهوائي النباتي جزءاختالف المحتوى الفینولي لل أسبابتفسیر أماالنبات ، كلي للفینوالت فيتؤثر أنالتي یمكن .أیضا المحتوى ال االستنتاجات حـــدد اذ ةالجعــدعلــى تحدیــد الظـــروف المثلــى الســتخالص المركبــات الفینولیــة لنبــات العمــل الدراســة فــي هــذه تــم سـاعات وبدرجـة حـرارة الغرفـة مـع تكـرار 8مـذیب عضـوي للمركبـات الفینولیـة مـدة أفضـل %100المیثـانول ذو تركیـز امؤشــر كاشـف فـولن بطریقـة كلـي تقـدیر المحتـوى الفینـولي ال اعتمــد عملیـة االسـتخالص تحـت هـذه الظـروف لمـرتین فقـط، و ظـة البـري فـي محاف ةالجعـدلتحدید المتغیر األمثل، وبناء على هذه االستنتاجات قیس المحتوى الفینـولي لسـاق و أوراق نبـات .على التواليغم /ملغم 183.25 ,236.991 ,129.214 ,101.022 بلغت نسبة المركبات الفینولیة اذالكوت ودهوك شكر وتقدیر عینـة جامعـة بغـداد لجهـوده القیمـة فـي تشـخیص وتصـنیف-كلیة العلـوم /الدكتور علي الموسوي األستاذلباحثین یشكر ا teucrium p ةالجعد نبات olium قید الدراسة. المصادر 1hoareau l.& dasi lava e.j. ( 1999) m edical plants :a reemerging health aid, electronic journal of biotechnology , 2:1-70. ماجستیر ،كلیة أطروحةفي العراق ، . labiates teucrium l ،دراسة تصنیفیة للجنس) 1988(؛ .غ.زیدان خ -2 جامعة بغداد/العلوم 3vesa, t.t .; anamarija, i.m .; gordan, s.c.; son ja m .d. and jasna, m . c. (2004) "hplc analysis of p henolic acids in mountain germander(teucrium mountain l.) extracts" ,apteff ,35:265-280. 4kormin, s.b. (2005) the eff ect of heat p rocessing on triterp ene glycosides and antio xidant activity of herbal pegaga, kuala lump ur, m alaysia: university technology m alaysia, m .sc. thesis. 5junt achote, t.o.; berghofer, e. ;baner, f. and siebenhandl, s. (2006) the ap p lication of resp onse surface methodology to the p roduction of p henolic extracts of lemon grass, galan gal, holy basil , and rosemary , international journal of food science and technology , 41:121 – 133. 6 ekanayaka, p.; lee y.d. and lee, j. (2004) antioxidant activity of flesh and skin of epatatretus burgeri( hag fish ) and enedrias nebulosus (white sp otted eel ) , food science and technolo gy international, 10(3):171 – 177 . 7arabshahi – delouee, s. and urooj, a. (2006) ant ioxidants p rop erties of various solvent extracts of mulberry , food chemistry 102:1233 –1240. 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ihjpas 8pinelo, m . ; rubilar, m .; jerez m .,sineiro, j. and nunez, m .j. (2005) effect of solvent , temp erature , and solvent t o solid on the total p henolic content and antiradical activity of extracts from differ ent components of grape pomace, journal of agricultural and food chemist ry ,53:2111-2117. 9banik, r.m . and pandey , d.k. (2007) optimization conditions for oleanolic acid extraction from lantana camara roots using r esp onse surface methodology , indust rial crops and products ,27(3):241-248. 10silv a, e.m .; rogez, h. and larondella, y. (2007) op timization of extraction of p henolics from inga edulis leaves using r esp onse surface methodology ,separation and purification technolo gy ,55:381-387. 11liy ana-pathirana, c. and shahid i, f. (2005) opt imization of extraction of phenolic comp ounds from wheat using resp onse surface methodology , food chemist ry ,93:47 56. 12singleton, v.l.; orlhofer, r. and lanuela, r.m . (1999) " analysis of total p henols and other oxidatioon subst rates and antioxidants by means of folin – ciocalteu reagent " , m ethods enzymol. , 299 :152 – 178. 13 waterhouse, a.l. (2001) " determination of total p henolics. in current protocols in food analytical chemist ry , wrolstad ,r.e., wiley &sons: new york, unit i .1.1.1-i: 1-8. 14 hay ouni, e.a. ; abedrabba, m .; bouix, m . and hamdi, m . (2007) the effects of solvents and extraction method on t he phenolic contents and biolo gical activities in vitro of t unisian quercus coceifera l. and juniperus phoenicia l. fruit e xtracts, food chemist ry 105:1126 – 1134. 15lap ornik, b.; prosek, m . and wondra, a.g. (2005) comp arsion of extracts p rep ared from plant by p roducts using differ ent solvents and extraction time , journal of food engineer ing , 71:214 – 222. 16lee, b.k.; jun g, j.e. and choi, y.h. (2005) op timization of microwave – assisted extraction process of rehmannia radix p reparated by resp onse surface methodology , food engineering pro gress ,9(4):283 – 290. 17sp igno, g.; tramelli, l. and de faveri, d.m . (2007) effects of extraction time ,temp erature ,and solvent on concentration and antioxidant activity of grape marc p henolics ,journal of food engineering ,81:200-208. 18james, n. m iller and jane, c. m iller ( 2000) " statist ics and chemometrics for analytical chemistry ", 4 th ed, prentice hall. 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ihjpas )n=5( ةتحلیل المحتوى الفینولي الكلي لعینات مختبری: )1(لجدول ا للنباتمحلیة اللعینات ا إلحدىتحلیل المحتوى الفینولي الكلي : )2(الجدول رقم العینة التركیز غم/ ملغم معدل كیزالتر االنحراف المعیاري االنحراف المعیاري النسبي % االنحراف المعیاري للمعدل االنحراف المعیاري النسبي للمعدل % 1 184.06 183.25 1.294 0.71 0.647 0.353 2 184.49 3 181.62 4 182.83 لمحافظتي الكوت ودهوك ةات الجعدبلن لعینات المحلیةساق وأوراق ا فيالمحتوى الفینولي الكلي : )3(الجدول )غم/ملغم(المحتوى الفینولي الكلي الجزء النباتي محافظة الكوت )غم/ملغم(المحتوى الفینولي الكلي محافظة دهوك 129.214 183.250 الساق 101.129 236.991 األوراق 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة رقم العینة غم/ التركیز ملغم معدل التركیز الخطأ المطلق %لمئويالخطأ النسبي ا 1 119.40 120.254 -0.60 -0.50 2 121.34 +1.34 +1.12 3 121.70 +1.70 +1.42 4 118.21 -1.79 -1.49 5 120.62 +0.62 +0.52 ihjpas كمیة المحتوى الفینولي الكلي المستخلص باستعمال مذیبات متنوعة: )1(الشكل كمیة المحتوى الفینولي الكلي المستخلص في تراكیز میثانول مختلفة : (2)الشكل كمیة المحتوى الفینولي الكلي المستخلص فيتأثیر زمن االستخالص : )3 (الشكل 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ihjpas تأثیر درجة الحرارة في حساب كمیة المحتوى الفینولي الكلي: )4(الشكل كمیة المحتوى الفینولي الكلي المستخلصفي تأثیر عدد دفعات االستخالص : (5)الشكل نانومتر 765 د طول موجيعن ایرة القیاسي لحامض الكالیكمنحنى المع: (6)الشكل ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (3) 2011 ihjpas solvent extraction of phenolic compounds and determination total phenolic content from teucrium polium plant m. m.khudair, s. a.h. al-ameri *, s. abbas, a. najim , k. daba ** , n. abid , a.tarik directorate of researches of chemistry and physics of mate rial-ministry of science &technology * department of chemistry ,collage of scienceal-mustansiriyah unive rsity ** department of biology, collage of science, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 21 april 2011 accepte d in : 13 july 2011 abstract a direct solvent extraction was used for the determination of p henolic comp ounds from teucrium p olium . m ethanol, ethanol, iso-p rop anol, butanol and d.w were used as an extractants and st udy the affectin g extraction factors includin g : the typ e and solvent concentration, temp erature, extraction time and number of batch extraction, by using folinciocalteu method to determine the total phenolic content (tpc) and measurement of the absorbance at λm ax 765nm. the accuracy and p recision of this method were determin ed by p rep aring labor atory samples of gallic acid , the results showed relative errors ranging from ±0.5 – 1.49 % and the standard deviation equal to 1.294 and the relative st andard deviation did not exceed 0.71 %, the st andard deviation of the mean was 0.647 and relative st andard deviation of the mean was equal to 0.353% . the results showed that t he highest extraction was obt ained equals t o 97% by methanol followed by ethanol and d.w., esp ecially when the extraction takes p lace with 100% concentration , at 8 hr extraction time at room temp erature with two extraction batches. this method was app lied under the op timized exp erimental condition found in this work for two iraqi local life samples from kut and dehouk , the total p henolic content measurements were found to be equal to 183.250 and 236.991 mg/ g of dry teucrium p olium p lant stem and 129.214 and 101.022 mg/g of dry teucrium p olium p lant for kut and dehouk samp les resp ectively . key words: teucrium polium, tot al phenolic content, folin-ciocalteu, solvent extraction. ihjpas ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 effect of rhizopus stolonifer metabolic products on serum vitamin c , some elements and catalase in albino male rats n. o. al-jubury , a.s. sahood* , a.r. rayshan* college of agriculture, unive rsity of al-qadisiya. college of medicine,unive rsity of al-qadisiya* received in :2 august 2011 accepte d in : 7 de cember 2011 abstract the present study was designed to investigate the effect of r. stolonifer metabolic p roducts on some antioxidant defenses and some elements (cu, fe, ca) . the exp eriment was p erformed using 25 mature male rats, their age average was about (3-3.5) months and their weight average was about (200-225) gm. the animals were randomly divided into 5 equal group s (five animals for each): control (treated orally with normal saline) and four treatment group s were drenched orally with four concentrations of r. stolonifer metabolic p roducts (15, 30, 60,120) μl/kg body weight. the animals were treated with one single dose of the p reviously described concentrations then left for 15 days. animals of different group s were sacrificed under light ether anest hesia one day after the end of treatments and blood samp les were taken to determine some phy siological, biochemical p arameters. the results revealed that the treated group s showed significant decreases (p< 0.05) in serum vitamin c and fe, cu concentrations. the decrease was p rop ortional with t he increase the concentrations of t he metabolic products of r. stolonifer. on t he contrary catalase activity increased significantly (p< 0.05), while ca concentration didn’t differ significantly (p< 0.05) the findings of t his st udy may encourage other researcher for further study esp ecially that we find in our local market that there are many rotted vegetable and fruits which may cause serious p roblems if consumed for certain period. key word: fungi , rhizop ns stolonifer, antioxidant vitaminc, serum cop p er, serum lron, serum calcium introduction fungi, bein g ubiquitous in distribution, are highly successful in surviv al because of their great p lasticity and p hy siological versatility . over the course of history fungi, have been a continuous source of great benefit and risk for human and animals l ife and sign ificant sourc e of exp erimental knowled ge, thus the importance of kingdom of fun gi relates t o its interactions on an equal basis with members of p lants, animals and prokaryotic microorganism [1] . in terms of abundance of sp ecies of fun gi with app roximately 1.5 million sp ecies r epresent the next major p lay er in the evolutionary drama of the planet [2] . rhizopus belongs to most prominent orders of the zygomycetes , m ucorales. the m ucorales are mostly sap rotrop hic and are abundant in soil, on dun g and on other or ganic matter in contact with t he soil. they may p lay an important role in the early colonization of subst rata. sometimes, howev er, they can behav e ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 as weak pathogens of soft p lant tissues [3] . several sp ecies of rhizopus are p lant and human p athogens associated [4] . sp ecies of rhizopus are reported from human lesions, and these genera to gether with sp ecies of absidia may also infect domestic animals. rhizopus stolonifer is necrotrop hic p athogen,cause rots of fruit [3] can cause a rot of sweet p otatoes or fruits such as app les, t omatoes and st rawberries, such infections may cause sp oilage of food [5] . there are about 10 sp ecies which grow in soil [6] and on fruits, other foods and all kinds of d ecaying materials. rhizopus stolonifer (sy n. r. nigricans) grows rapidly and it is often found on rip e fruits, esp ecially if these are incubated in a moist . m ould infection and mycotoxin contamination of cereal gr ains can occur in the field dur ing growin g, at harvest and dur ing st orage. as t he gr ains p rogress t hrough harvesting and storage, feed manufacture and delivery to farms, t herefore p ublic concern on health matters related to food has increased [7,8] and to our knowledge few st udies have been carried out to identify the direct relation between these fungi and animal health. t herefore the p resent study was conducted to investigate the effect of rhizopus stolonifer metabolic p roducts on serum vitamin c, som e elements and catalase in albino male r ats. methods and materials rhizopus stolonifer isolates of r.stolonifer cultured in nutrient broth media (from b.d.h) for 21 days. aft er this p eriod the media was filtered by filter paper (what man no.1) [9] and maintained in clean st erile tubes until used in the exp eriment. animals and exp erimental design the exp eriment was p erformed using 25 mature male rats, their age average was about (3-3.5) months and their weight average was about (200-225) gm. the animals were randomly divided into 5 equal group s (five animals for each): control (treated orally with normal saline) and four treatment group s were drenched orally with four concentrations of r. stolonifer metabolic p roducts (15, 30, 60,120) μl/kg body weight. the animals were treated with one single dose of the previously described concentrations t hen left for 15 day s. blood collection the animals were sacrificed under light ether anest hesia one day after the end of treatment. blood samples were collected into clean dry centrifuge tubes and left to st and for 30 minutes at room temp erature, then centrifuged at 3000rp m for 10 minutes and serum samples were st ored in clean tubes at –20c t ill used for assays. vitamin c concentration in serum serum vitamin c concentration was analyzed by the method of m ccormic (1986) [10] total catalase activity the total catalase enzy matic activity was determined manually according to the method described by aebi (1987) [11] ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 determination of elements serum iron (fe), copp er (cu), and calcium (ca) levels were determined using flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer (gbc 933 p lus) and fivefold dilution with de-ionized water. iron was determined at a wavelength of 284.3 nm, copp er at (324.7) nm, and calcium at (319.9) nm. the concentrations of serum fe, cu, and ca were calculated from the st andard curves of t hese elements [12] statist ical analysis the data were analyzed using f test taking p<0.05 as the lowest limit of significant difference and duncan's m ultip le range test was used to identify group resp onsible for st atist ical difference through comp arison [13] . results table (1) summarized the results in normal and treated rats in. the treated group s show significant decreases (p< 0.05) in serum vitamin c fe and cu concentrations. t he decreasing was p rop ortional with the increasing of metabolic p roducts concentrations of r. stolonifer. on the contrary catalase activity increased significantly (p< 0.05), while ca concentrations showed insignificant differcef significantly (p< 0.05). discussion fungi were extensively st udied, to determine their modify ing effects on animal health [5] . m any st udies demonstrated different effects and mechanisms of action. some authors have raised the theory that their action may be a result of disrup tion of the balance between oxidants and antioxidant. serum vitamin c was regarded as one of the extracellular antioxidant which neutralizes the free radicals [14] .it is a p rimary antioxidant in p lasma and within cells and may contact with p lasma membrane [15] . therefore, the decrease in serum vitamin c concentration may be due to that it acts as a sacrificial antioxidant, since it is able to inhibit the generation of hy droxy l radicals from sy st ems containing copp er ions and hy drogen p eroxide by a mechanism that involve the immediate att ack of vitamin c itself by free radicals, so t hey become no longer free in solution [16] . the elevation in serum catalase activity observed in this st udy can be exp lained by the fact that t his enzy me considered as one of the enzy matic antioxidants inside and outside of the cells [17, 18] , thus foreign substances triggers the sequence of biochemical and cellular events associated with inflammation, which include st imulation of activity of the above mentioned enzy me and many other enzy mes which have related functions [19] . trace elements are essential for human and animals. they are constituents of, or interact with, enzy mes and hormones that regulate the metabolism of much larger amounts of biochemical substrates [20] . also they are found at t he active sites of many enzy mes and have the ability to facilitate the transfer of single electrons to molecular oxy gen to p roduce sup eroxide anion radical which in turn is converted to hy droxy l radical through haber-weiss reaction or fenton reaction [21] . decreasing the concentrations of serum fe and cu ions may exp lained on the basis of the roles of these metals, esp ecially their imp ortance in the activity of enzy mes [20] . serum ca concentration didn’t change comp ared with the other two elements. this may be exp lained by the fact that most of the calcium in the body is st ored in the bones [21] , thus any exp ected alteration in calcium st ate in the cell, bones may p rovide an extra amount of needed ions. ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the results of the p resent st udy indicate that there are alterations in serum concentrations of some elements, vitamin c and catalase , suggesting that they may p lay a role in the p athop hy siology of the fungus. re ferences 1. webst er, j. & webster, r.w.s. (2007). introduction to fungi. 3 ed . cambridge university press. 841. 2. khachatatourians, g.g. & arora, d.k. (2001). applied my cology and biotechnology , 1. agricu lture and food p roduction. 1 st ed. elsevier science b.v. amst erdam, netherland. 435. 3. carlile, m .j., watkinson, s.c. & gooday , g.w. (2001). the fungi. 2 nd ed. acad emic press. 565. 4. rinaldi, m . g. (1989). zy gomycosis. infec. dis. clin. north am., 3, 19-41. 5 . samson, r. a., hoekst ra, e. s., frisvad, j. c. & filtenbor g, o. (2002). int roduction to food-and airborne fungi, 6 th ed. utrecht: centraalbureau voor schimmelcultures 6. domsch, k. h., gams, w. & anderson, t . h. (1980). comp endium of soil fun gi. london, academic press. 7. m artin, j.f.(1992). secondary metabolite. in: app lied m olecular genetics of fil-amentous fungi. kinghorn, j.r. & turner, g. (eds). blackie academic and profrssional, london, pp : 214-252. 8. sarig, p., z ahvi, t., zutkhi, y., yannai, s., lisker, n. & ben-arie, r. (1996). ozone for control of p ost-harvest decay of table grapes caused by rhizopus stolonifer. phy siol. m ol. plant pathol., 48, 403–415. 9. colle, j.g., m armion, b.p., fraser, a.g. & simmons a. (1996). practical m edical m icrobiology (m akie & m ccartne). 14 th ed. new york., churchill livin g stone. . 131-150. 10. m ccormic, d.b. (1986). vitamins. in: te xtbook of clinical chemistry . tietz, n.w.(ed). philadelp hia, p.a. saunders. 949. 11. aebi, h.e. (1987). catalase of enzy matic analysis. in: enzy mes: oxidoreductase, transferases. bergmeyer, h.u. (ed). weinhein, germany . vch ver lags gesell & schaft.: 273285. 12. growenlock, a.h.; m cm urray , j.r. & m clauchlan, d.m . (1988). valery ' s practical biochemist ry . 6 th ed. eds. heineman medical books. london. 13. schef ler, w.c. (1980). statist ics for biological scien ce .2 nd ed. addison wesley , pub. co. london, amsterdam.. 121. 14. carr, a. c. & frei, b. (1999). toward a new recommended d ietary allowance for vitamin c based on antioxidant and health effects in humans. am. j. clin. nutr., 69, 1086-1107. 15. m ay , j.m. (1999). is ascorbic acid an antioxidant for p lasma membr ane?. faseb. j., 13, 95-99. 16. hughes, d. a. (2000). dietary antioxidants and human immune function. br. nutr. found. nut r. bull., 25, 35-41. 17. m ates, j.m . & sanches-jimenez, f.(1999). antioxidant enzy mes and their imp lications in p athop hysiological processes. front iers in bioscience, 4, 339-345. 18. harris, e.d. (1992).regu lation of antioxidant enzy mes. faseb. j., 6, 99-106. 19. proctor, p.h. & reynolds, e.s. (1984). free radicals and d isease in man. phy siological chemistry and phy sics and m edical nm r., 16, 175-195. 20. burtis, c.a. & ashwood, e.r. (1996). tietz fundamentals of clinical chemistry , 4 th ed. w.b. saunders company. philadelp hia.. 272, 274. 21. guy ton, a.c. & hall, j.f.(1997). textbook of m edical phy siology . 5 th ed., w.b. saunders co. london,. 503-549. ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 t able (1): effect of rhizopus stolon ifer met abolic p ro duct s on serum vit amin c , some elem ents and cat alase in albino male rat s treatm ent p aram et ers c normal saline 15 μl/kg r. stolonifer 30 μl/kg r. stolonifer 60 μl/kg r. stolonifer 120 μl/kg r. stolonifer vit amin c (ppm) 9.22 ±0.13 a 9.01±0. 18 a 8.79±0.07 a 7.50 0.19± b 6.68±0.18 c catalase act ivit y (u/l) 143.56±17 . 72 a 146.7 17 .7± a 166.28±4.9 7 b 183.40 15 .28± c 185.72±14 . 2 c cu ( μg/dl) 145.05±2.0 3 a 140. 00±0.9 a 126±1.00 b 10 2±3.12 c 85.71 0.77± d fe ( μg/dl) 14 0 ±4.00 a 138.30±1.0 5 a 131 2.10± a 11 2±4.65 b 95.00±4.07 c ca (mg/dl) 9.95±0.63 e 9.87±0.23 e 9.53±0.71 e 8.86±1.00 e 8.83±1.30 e *values represent ed averages ± st andard erro r. *different let t ers m ean t hat t here are significan t differences (p <0.05). ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 cعلى تركیز فیتامین rhizopus stolonifer تأثیر المنتجات االیضیة ل .البیضوبعض العناصر وفعالیة أنزیم الكاتالیز في مصل دم ذكور الجرذان *، احمد رحیم ریشان* نجالء عبیس الجبوري، أنوار صالح صیهود ،كلیة الزراعة ، جامعة القادسیة *كلیة الطب،جامعة القادسیة 2011 كانون االول 7: قبل البحث في 2011 أب 2:استلم البحث في الخالصة فــي بعــض rhizopus stoloniferاالیـضیة للفطــر صـممت الدراســة الحالیـة مــن اجـل التعــرف علـى تــأثیر المنتجــات مــن ذكـور الجــرذان، بمعـدل عمــر تــراوح 25تــم تقـسیم . مـضادات األكــسدة، والعناصـر، مثــل النحـاس، والحدیــد، والكالـسیوم 5كـل مجموعــة ضــمت ( مجــامیع متــساویة5غـرام، عــشوائیا إلـى ) 225-200(ًشــهرا ومعـدل وزن تــراوح بــین ) 3.5-3(بـین جموعـة الـسیطرة التـي جرعـت فمویـا بـالمحلول الملحـي الفـسیولوجي واربـع مجـامیع جرعـت فمویـا بأربعـة تراكیــز م): حیوانـات كیلــوغرام مــن وزن الجـسم ، وأعطیــت هـذه التراكیــز مــرة / مـایكرولیتر) 120، 60، 30، 15(مـن المنتجــات االیـضیة للفطــر امیع المختلفة بعد تخدیرها باالیثرعنـد نهایـة مـدة التجربـة بیـوم ثم قتلت الحیوانات في المج. یوما15واحدة فقط ثم تركت مدة . واحد وأخذت نماذج الدم لقیاس بعض المعاییر والحدیـد والنحــاس فـي المــصل مـع زیــادة تركیــز c أظهـرت النتــائج وجـود انخفــاض معنـوي فــي تركیـز كــل مـن فیتــامین نویـة فـي الحیوانـات المعاملـة فــي حـین لـم یتـأثر تركیـز الكالـسیوم فــي المعاملـة، بینمـا شـهدت فعالیـة إنـزیم الكاتــالیز زیـادة مع . المصل معنویا أن نتائج هذه الدراسة یمكن أن تشجع بـاحثین آخـرین لدراسـات أخـرى مستفیـضة فـي هـذا الموضـوع ال سـیما أننـا نجـد فـي التـــي یمكــن أن تــسبب الكثیـــر مــن المـــشاكل كثیــر مــن أســـواقنا المحلیــة العدیــد مـــن الخــضراوات والفواكـــه المتعفنــة أو التالفــة . الصحیة إذا استهلكت مدة من الزمن فطریات ،مضادات االكسدة ،فیتامین سي،سیروم كالسیوم،سیروم نحاس،سیروم حدید:الكلمات المفتاحیة ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 microsoft word 31-40 physics | 31 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 effect gamma radiation of cdte thin films deposited by thermal evaporation enase y.abid dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in :11/november/2015,accepted in :1/march/2016 abstract the effect of 0.66 µev gamma radiation on the structural and optical properties of the cdte thin films prepared by thermal evaporation at thickness 350nm, the samples were irradiated with time (50 h and 79h) at room temperature. the absorption spectra for all the samples were recorded using uv-vis spectrometer in order to calculate the energy gap, refractive index and others parameter . the optical energy gap was found decrease from (1.9 to 1.67) ev. key word: optical properties, gamma radiation, thin films, structural properties. physics | 32 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 introduction cadmium telluride (cdte) is a semiconductors, and its ii – vi group. cdte band gap ≅ 1.54 ev for direct and high absorption coefficient (> 104 ), that means a direct band gap [1,2,3]. cdte is more applicable such as solar cell material, electro – optical devices, radiation diodes (leds) and infrared optical window [2 -4]. several deposition methods such as spray pyrolysis, electro deposition, sputtering and metal organic chemical vapor deposition[4-6]. the effect of irradiation on thin films improves the behavior of films, saluting the radiation incident the films represents a linear energy transmitted rat commensurate directly proportional to the square of the consignment and inversely with the square velocity [7]. considered cdte one of the most affected by the radiation, especially gamma ray at room temperature as its high averge atomic number, high resistivity, large band gap energy and good charge transport [3]. the aim of the paper is to study effect of different times of gamma ray on the optical and structural properties of the cdte films. experimental thermal evaporation method was used to prepare the cdte thin films which deposited on the glass substrate, after cleaned with distilled water. put powder cdte in boot molybdenum on the distance 12 cm from the substrate at room temperature under pressure 3*10 -5 mbar . the films thickness was determined by using weight method from the equation: [3] ∆   ……………………..(1)  where t is thickness, ∆ is different between the weight and the weight substrate before and after the film deposition, is density of the material deposition (gm/cm3) and a is substrate area film (cm2). all films had nearly (350 5) nm. a 137cs radionuclide with activity 0.5 µm ci was used for exposing the samples to gamma radiation (0.66 µev) at room temperature. a set of irradiation doses was achieved by changing the exposure time (50 hour and 79 hour). cdte crystalline structure pattern xrd was examined using shmadzu xrd -6000 diffractometer. the absorption measurement was recorded using (uv-visible 1800 spectra photometer) in the range of wave length (300 -1100) nm. results and discussion x-ray pattern of cdte thin films exhibits polycrystalline nature and a major diffraction peak corresponds to (111) orientation, that the peak intensity increase with the increase in the film radiation time. the intensity of the (220) peak is extremely low  in comparison with the (111) peak, it is possible to think that, the gamma energy and time used are high enough to displace which transport atom in lattice[8]. also this fig. (1) shows the increase in intensity with increase radiation time may be resulting from grain growth. the relation √ can used to clouted lattice parameter (a), where (d) is the atomic spacing value and , are the miller indices [9]. the grain size (f) for cdte thin films is calculated using scherrer,s formula [10, 11]: ѳ …………………………….(2) where the constant c is the constant ( 0.94), λ is the wavelength of x-ray (1.5406 a˚ for cu kα ), ѳ is the bragg,s angle and is the full width at half maximum. the dislocation density (δ) has been evaluated from williamson and smallmans formula [12]: ……………………………(3) physics | 33 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 all these parameters given in table (1), where observed the grain size and dislocation density increase after radiation (at 50 h), but they decrease (at 75 h), due to the released defect in the lattice. the spectra of optical transmittance, as shown in figure (2) where the transmition is observed as a function of wave length within the range (400-1100)nm, decrease with increasing radiation time. that means increase of the crystalline of films. the optical band gap of samples could be described by equation [12, 15]: …………………………..(4) where α is the absorption coefficient, d is constant, eg is the energy gap and( h )is planck ,s constant where is (1/2) allowed direct transition, and (m) is equal to 2 for allowed in direct transition. the term e in eq. (4) represents the photon energy which can be calculated from the equation: [16] ………………………………..(5) where h is the plank constant, ν is the incident photon frequency, and λ is the photon wavelength. fig.(3) shows the value energy gap, where the energy gap value depends on the radiation dose where it decreases from (1.95ev) for unradiated cdte thin flim to (1.67 ev) for irradiated film with time (79 h).،، this result may be explained on the basis of the high dose radiation to introduce energy levels in the forbidden gap which causes radical changes in the carries concentration .these new levels may be accepted at the top of the v.b or donor levels below the c. b, this in term decreases the energy required to transport the charge carrier required to transport the charge carries from the v. b to the c. b,, [2]. fig. (4) shows the behavior of refractive index, where it was calculate by using the equation [17]: …………………………………….(6) where r is reflectance and k is the extinction coefficient. and we can calculate ( n) of a semiconductor by using herve – vandamne relationship :[18] 1 ………………………………….(7) where a and b are constants as a=13.6 ev and b= 3.4 ev. fig. (4) shows the increasing in (n) value happened at highest radiation dose, indicated that the irradiated films become less transparent. see table (2). the extinction coefficient (k) was obtained from the relation: [19] ……………………………………………..(8) fig.(5) shows the dependence of (k) on the wavelength with different times radiation. it is that the behavior of k increases with increasing time radiation. the real part of dialectric constant which represents the polarization (ε1) and imaginary part of dielectric constant (ε2) can be calculated from the equation: [20] …………………………………….(9) 2 ……………………………………………(10) the dependence of (ε1) and (ε2) on (λ) is shown in figs. (6) and (7), it was concluded that the variation of (ε1) mainly depend on the value of (n2) because the smaller value of (k) compared with (n2), while the imaginary part of dielectric constant (ε2) mainly depends on (k) values which are related to the variation of (α). physics | 34 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 conclusion cdte thin films have been deposited by the thermal evaporation technique in the increase of the period of exposure to irradiation gamma. it was found that the optical properties were affected by the exposure to gamma radiation, such as optical energy gap values which showed an degrease as radiation dose was increased. from the result above, it can be used cdte thin films in industrial application. reference 1pattar, j.; sanjeev, g. and mahesh, h. m. (2013)“effect of 100 µev (7+) oxygen ion irradiation on structural properties of cadmium telluride thin films” j. thin film sci. tec., 2, 1, . (37-41). 2hussain, k.m.a.; mahmood, z.h.; ishtiaque syed, m.; begum, t.; faruqe, t. and parvin, j. (2014) “thermal vacuum deposition of cadmium telluride thin flims solar cell material” j. materials science and application, 2, 9, (91-95) . 3-suad, i. issa,(2013) “radiation effect on optical & structural properties of cdte:zn thin films” j. abn al-haitham jour. pure, 2 ,2 . 4-nikale ,y.m.;shinde, s.s. and rajpure, k.y. (2011) “physical properties of spray deposited cdte thin films:pec performance” j. semiconductors, 32, 3, (1-7) . 5-nowell, m.m; paudel, n.r. and liu, x . (2015) “characterization of sputtered cdte thin films electon bactter diffraction and correlation with device performance” j. microsc microanal, 21, 4, (27-35) . 6neretina, s. and sochnskll, n.v. (2006) “optical and micro structural characterization of the effects of rapid thermal annealing of cdte thin films grown on si (100) substrates” j. electronic materials, 34, 6 . 7laitta, s.;sathyamoorthy, r.; senthilamsu, s.;subbarayan, a. and natarajan, k. (2004) “characterization of cdte thin film – dependence of structural and optical properties on temperature and thickness” j. solar energy materials & solar cell, 82, (187-199) . 8rigana bagam, m.; madhusdhans rao, n.; kaleemulla, s.; shobana, m.; saikrishna, n. and kuppan, m. (2013) “effect of substrate temperature on structural and optical properties of nanocrystalline cdte thin films deposited by electron beem evaporation” j. nano – and electronic physics, 5, 3 (1-4) . 9lalitha, s. ; kara zhanoy, s. zh.; ravindran,p.; senthilaran, s.; sathyamoorthy, r. and janabergenov, j. (2010) “electronic structural, structural and optical properties of thermally evaporated cdte thin films” j. tamilnadu india, 61,(1-9) . ، 3، 15) "تاثير التعرض لجسيمات الفا لغشاء الرقيق " مجلة جامعة النهرين للعلوم، 2012اسماء ( ,احمد عزيز -10 )27 -31،( 11rana, m. yas (2012) “gamma radiation induced changes in the optical properties of cdte thin films for dosimetric purposes” j. iraqi of phyices, 10, 17, (71-76) . 12ajeel, h.;mohammed hussein, z. t.;thajeel, k. m. and hussein, r. mekkilf, (2013) “effect of gamma radiation on optical and structural properties of cadmium telluride thin films” j. eng. & tech. , 32, 4, (811-818). 13-ubale, a. and karni, d. (2006) “studies of size dependent properties of cadmium telluride thin films deposited by using successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction method” j. pure and applied physics, 44, (254 – 259). 14nikale, v.m.; shinde, s.s. ; bhosale,c.h. and rajpure, k.y. (2011) “physical properties of spray deposited cdte thin films pec performance” j. semiconductor, 32, 3, (1-7) . ) "دراسة تأثير التشعيع بالليزر في 2009( احمد ,عدنان رعد مرعي, محمد عدنان و عيادة السامرائي ,عبد المجيد ، -15 ،. 2، 14بعض الخواص البصرية البصرية لغشاء الرقيق" مجلة تكريت للعلوم الصرفة، 16abdullal, m. h.; jaseen, r.a. and resan ,a. h. (2011) “annealing effect on the optical energy gap of (cdte) thin films” j. pure sciences, 7, 3, (205-213). physics | 35 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 17abdulah, r.a.; saeed, n.m.; al khalid, h. kh. and ra zooqi, m. a. (2013) “dispersion parameters of thin cadmium telluride films at different thicknesess” j. scientific research, 2, 3, (368-370) . 18singh, j. (2006) “optical properties of condensed matter and application” book. 19matt, m. h.; chickmagalur, n.;patel, r. and jeetee dva sh. (2014) “thickness dependent optical parameters of vacumm evaporated cadmium telluride thin films” j. research article, 5, (1-8). 20al-douri, a.a.; al-shakily, f. y.; alia, m. f and alnajjar, a. a. (2010) “optical properties al and sb doped cdte thin flims” j. advances in condensed matter physics, 10, (1-5) . table (1) structural parameters of cdte thin films before and after radiation. radiation time (hour) 2ѳ degree spacing (d) a˚ fwhm deg . hkl lattice constant (a) a˚ grain size (f) nm dislocation (δ) lines/cm2 0 39.2997 23.7695 2.29071 3.74034 0.15140 0.16800 111 220 6.47846 6.4769 50.1 52.7 3.9713 3.261 50 23.6822 39.2781 3.75393 2.29192 0.2228 0.2275 111 220 6.5019 6.4770 49.7 51.8 4.0338 3.72 79 23.7582 39.3113 3.75668 2.29422 0.18820 0.22000 111 220 6.5067 6.4890 59.4 54.5 2.833 3.36 table (2) optical energy gap and reactive index of cdte thin films before and after radiation. radiation time (hour) n eq. 7 eg (ev) 0 2.75 1.95 50 2.79 1.80 79 2.68 1.67 physics | 36 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure.(1) xray diffraction of cdte thin films at different radiation time. physics | 37 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure.(2) transmittance of cdte thin films at different tradition time. figure. (3) energy gap of cdte thin films at different tradition time. physics | 38 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure. (4) refractive index of cdte thin films at different tradition time. figure.(5) extinction coefficient of cd te thin films at different tradition time figure. (6) real dielectric constant of cdte thin films at different tradition time. physics | 39 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure. (7) imaginary dielectric constant of cdte thin films at different tradition time. physics | 40 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 تأثير اشعة كاما في اغشية كادميوم تالورايد المرسبة بطريقة التبخير الحراري ايناس ياسين عبد جامعة بغداد /للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) /كلية التربية قسم الفيزياء 2016/اذار/1،قبل في :2015/تشرين الثاني/11استلم في : الخالصة   evµتم دراسة تأثير اشعة كاما بطاقة المحضرة بطريقة التبخير الحراري cdteفي الخواص البصرية ألغشية 0.66 ) ساعة بدرجة حرارة الغرفة. سجل طيف االمتصاصية لجميع 79، 50,شععت العينات بزمنين ( 350nmباستعمال ة ، معامل االنكسار وبعض العوامل األخرى، ووجد أن لحساب فجوة الطاقة البصري uv-visالنماذج باستعمال مطياف . ev) 1.6إلى 1.9فجوة الطاقة البصرية تقل من ( الخواص البصرية ، أشعة كاما، األغشية الرقيقة، الخواص التركيبية. الكلمات المفتاحية : @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 texts ciphering by using translation principle ali h. al-nuaimi dept. of computer sci./college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham) / university of baghdad received in :22april 2013, accepted in : 19 may 2013 abstract the proposed algorithm that is presented in this paper is based on using the principle of texts translation from one language to another, but i will develop this meaning to cipher texts by using any electronic dictionary as a tool of ciphering based on the locations of the words that text contained them in the dictionary. then convert the text file into picture file, such as bmp-24 format. the picture file will be transmitted to the receiver. the same algorithm will be used in encryption and decryption processing in forward direction in the sender, and in backward direction in the receiver. visual basic 6.0 is used to implement the proposed cryptography algorithm. keywords: encryption, decryption, cryptography, cipher text, plaintext, breakable, symmetric ciphers, asymmetric ciphers. 374 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction the concept of information will be taken to be an understood quantity. to introduce cryptography, an understanding of issues related to information security in general is necessary. information security manifests itself in many ways according to the situation and requirement. regardless of who is involved, to one degree or another, all parties to a transaction must have confidence that certain objectives associated with information security have been met. cryptography is the study of mathematical techniques related to aspects of information security such as confidentiality, data integrity, entity authentication, and data origin authentication. cryptography is not the only means of providing information security, but rather one set of techniques [1]. cryptology: this is the study of techniques for ensuring the secrecy and/or authenticity of information. the two main branches of cryptology are cryptography, which is the study of the design of such techniques; and cryptanalysis, which deals with defeating such techniques, to recover information, or forging information that will be accepted as authentic. the requirements of information security within an organization have undergone two major changes in the last several decades. before the widespread use of data processing equipment, the security of information felt to be valuable to an organization was provided primarily by physical and administrative means. an example of the former is the use of rugged filing cabinets with a combination lock for storing sensitive documents. an example of the latter is personnel screening procedures used during the hiring process. with the introduction of the computer, the need for automated tools for protecting files and other information stored on the computer became evident. this is especially the case for a shared system, such as a time-sharing system, and the need is even more acute for systems that can be accessed over a public telephone network, data network, or the internet. the generic name for the collection of tools designed to protect data and to thwart hackers is computer security. the second major change that affected security is the introduction of distributed systems and the use of networks and communications facilities for carrying data between terminal user and computer and between computer and computer. network security measures are needed to protect data during their transmission. in fact, the term network security is somewhat misleading, because virtually all business, government, and academic organizations interconnect their data processing equipment with a collection of interconnected networks. such a collection is often referred to as an internet, and the term internet security is used [2]. data that can be read and understood without any special measures is called plaintext or clear text. the method of disguising plaintext in such a way as to hide its substance is called encryption. encrypting plaintext results in unreadable gibberish are called ciphertext. you use encryption to make sure that information is hidden from anyone for whom it is not intended, even those who can see the encrypted data. the process of reverting ciphertext to its original plaintext is called decryption. figure 1 shows this process. cryptography is the science of using mathematics to encrypt and decrypt data. cryptography enables you to store sensitive information or transmit it across insecure networks (like the internet) so that it cannot be read by anyone except the intended recipient. while cryptography is the science of securing data, cryptanalysis is the science of analyzing and breaking secured communication. classical cryptanalysis involves an interesting combination of analytical reasoning, application of mathematical tools, pattern finding, patience, determination, and luck. cryptanalysts are also called attackers. cryptology embraces both cryptography and cryptanalysis [3]. cryptography is used to hide information. it is not only used by spies but for phone, fax and e-mail communication, bank transactions, bank account security, pins, passwords and credit card transactions on the web. it is also used for a variety of other information security issues including electronic signatures, which are used to prove who sent a message [4]. 375 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 security goals there are three very important aspects of any computer-related system: confidentiality, integrity and availability, confidentiality ensures that computer-related assets are accessed only by authorized parties. that is, only those who should have access to something will actually get that access. by "access," we mean not only reading but also viewing, printing, or simply knowing that a particular asset exists. confidentiality is sometimes called secrecy or privacy. integrity means that assets can be modified only by authorized parties or only in authorized ways. in this context, modification includes writing, changing, changing status, deleting, and creating. availability means that assets are accessible to authorized parties at appropriate times. in other words, if some person or system has legitimate access to a particular set of objects, that access should not be prevented. for this reason, availability is sometimes known by its opposite, denial of service [5]. principles of cryptography the field of cryptography is huge and covers many methods and approaches. at the most basic level, these methods can be classified into codes and ciphers. a code is a short symbol or word that replaces an entire message. codes are secured but are not general purpose. before a spy is sent to a foreign country he and his runner may agree on a set of codes. the words happy and sad used by the spy in otherwise-innocuous sentences may indicate good and bad economies in the foreign country, whereas deep and shallow may be codes for success and failure of the spy’s mission. it is easy to see why the use of codes is limited, but it is also true that codes can be broken. if the same spy sends many messages that use the same codes, then clever codebreakers who intercept the messages may eventually guess the meaning of certain codes, and then test their guesses by applying them to future messages to see if the guesses make sense. a cipher is a rule that tells how to scramble (encrypt) data in a nonrandom way, so it can later be unscrambled (decrypted). perhaps the simplest example of a cipher is to replace each letter with the one following it (cyclically) n positions in the alphabet. this is the well-known caesar cipher [6]. cryptography can be strong or weak, as explained above. cryptographic strength is measured in the time and resources it would require to recover the plaintext. the result of strong cryptography is ciphertext that is very difficult to decipher without possession of the appropriate decoding tool. how difficult? given all of today’s computing power and available time even a billion computers doing a billion checks a second, it is not possible to decipher the result of strong cryptography before the end of the universe. one would think, then, that strong cryptography would hold up rather well against even an extremely determined cryptanalyst. who’s really to say? no one has proven that the strongest encryption obtainable today will hold up under tomorrow’s computing power [3]. encryption algorithms the cryptosystem involves a set of rules for how to encrypt the plaintext and how to decrypt the ciphertext. the encryption and decryption rules, called algorithms, often use a device which is called a key, denoted by k, so that the resulting ciphertext depends on the original plaintext message, the algorithm, and the key value. we write this dependence as c = e(k, p). essentially, e is a set of encryption algorithms, and the key k selects one specific algorithm from the set. we see later in this chapter that a cryptosystem, such as the caesar cipher, is keyless but that keyed encryptions are more difficult to break [5]. the encryption and decryption algorithms are collectively called cryptographic algorithms (cryptographic systems or cryptosystems). both encryption and decryption processes are controlled by a cryptographic key, or keys. in a symmetric (or shared-key) 376 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 cryptosystem, encryption and decryption use the same (or essentially the same) key; in an asymmetric (or public-key) cryptosystem, encryption and decryption use two different keys: an encryption key and a (matching) decryption key.the encryption key can be made public (and hence is also called public key) without causing the matching decryption key being discovered (and thus a decryption key in a public-key cryptosystem is also called a private key). figure 3 illustrates a simplified pictorial description of a cryptographic system [7]. breakable encryption an encryption algorithm is called breakable when, given enough time and data, an analyst can determine the algorithm. however, an algorithm that is theoretically breakable may in fact be impractical to try to break. two other important issues must be addressed when considering the breakability of encryption algorithms. first, the cryptanalyst cannot be expected to try only the hard, long way. second, estimates of breakability are based on current technology. an enormous advance in computing technology has occurred since 1950. things that were infeasible in 1940 became possible by the 1950s, and every succeeding decade has brought greater improvements. a conjecture known as "moore's law" asserts that the speed of processors doubles every 1.5 years, and this conjecture has been true for over two decades. it is risky to pronounce an algorithm secure just because it cannot be broken with current technology, or worse, that it has not been broken yet [5]. the entire field of cryptography is based on an important assumption, namely, that some information can be kept and disseminated securely, accessible only by authorized persons. this information is the key used by an encryption algorithm. an important principle in cryptography, due to the dutch linguist auguste kerckhoffs von nieuwenhoff, states that the security of an encrypted message must depend on keeping the key secret. it should not depend on keeping the encryption algorithm secret. this principle is widely accepted and implies that there must be many possible keys to an algorithm; the keyspace must be very large. the caesar algorithm, for example, is very weak because its keyspace is so small. notice that a large keyspace is a necessary but not a sufficient condition of security. an encryption algorithm may have an immense keyspace but may nevertheless be weak [6]. types of cryptography two common types or the forms of the cipher are the symmetric and the asymmetric ciphers. symmetric ciphers: a type of cipher used for the data encryption and made it unreadable object for the other by using the same or the identical type of algorithmic key for encrypted or decrypted, the required data is called the symmetric ciphers. the keys that reused must be the systems having symmetric ciphers can share these keys with the decryption modules so, that is whey they are also called as the shared symmetric ciphers. the working performance of the symmetric ciphers is quite faster as compared to the asymmetric ciphers. so, symmetric ciphers are the better way to protect the private or the personal information. the working of the symmetric cipher is quite simple and not very complicated because there is only one key which is used by both of the parties to encrypt the data or the information. so first of the before encrypting that data between two places, two parties have to agree to use the same key algorithm for the sake of symmetric data encryption. then one party sends the data using the key then this key will exchange with the other and then by using the same key receiver decrypt the data easily. but there are some security problems while exchanging the key between the parties. there are two different types of symmetric ciphers are used to encrypt or decrypt the message or the information between the two parties such as 1. stream ciphers 377 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 2. block ciphers stream cipher can use the fragment to encrypt while the block ciphers have ability to deal it like a single part. asymmetric ciphers: another important type of encryption with the help of cipher is the asymmetric cipher, it is quite similar to that is the symmetric ciphers but the only different between the symmetric and the asymmetric cipher is that the key used for the encryption and decryption are not identical. so, there are two different forms of keys used in the process, one is called as public key and other is private. users can use the public key locally for sharing whereas the private key is the secret one. the systems are called as asymmetric because when users using this cipher to transmit text so he uses public key to encrypt and the receiver uses private key to decrypt that is why the system is called so. as it is cleared from the name and the introduction that two different types of keys are used in the encryption which are carried out between two parties through this asymmetric cipher. all the working of the asymmetric cipher depends upon the receivers because they do lot of software changes in the generation of the two keys, then one key that is public sends to the sender for encryption and other remains there at receiving end for decryption. these are some strategies of working of the asymmetric ciphers. they are little slower than the symmetric ciphers but can be faster by fusion with sc. [8]. a cipher that uses a pair of keys is a public key and a private key, for encryption and decryption. also called an asymmetric algorithm. ciphers use symmetric keys, the same key is used to encrypt and decrypt a message [6]. asymmetric encryption is a form of cryptosystem in which encryption and decryption are performed using two different keys, one of which is referred to as the public key and one of which is referred to as the private key. also known as public-key encryption. summarizes some of the important aspects of symmetric and public-key encryption. to discriminate between the two, we refer to the key used in symmetric encryption as a secret key. the two keys used for asymmetric encryption are referred to as the public key and the private key. invariably, the private key is kept secret, but it is referred to as a private key rather than a secret key to avoid confusion with symmetric encryption. symmetric encryption is a form of cryptosystem in which encryption and decryption are performed using the same key. it is also known as conventional encryption. symmetric encryption transforms plaintext into ciphertext using a secret key and an encryption algorithm. using the same key and a decryption algorithm, the plaintext is recovered from the ciphertext. the two types of attack on an encryption algorithm are cryptanalysis, based on properties of the encryption algorithm, and brute-force, which involves trying all possible keys. traditional (precomputer) symmetric ciphers use substitution and/or transposition techniques. substitution techniques map plaintext elements (characters, bits) into ciphertext elements. transposition techniques systematically transpose the positions of plaintext elements [2]. let us compare symmetric-key and asymmetric-key cryptography. encryption can be thought of as electronic locking; decryption as electronic unlocking. the sender puts the message in a box and locks the box by using a key; the receiver unlocks the box with a key and takes out the message. the difference lies in the mechanism of the locking and unlocking and the type of keys used. in symmetric-key cryptography, the same key locks and unlocks the box. in asymmetrickey cryptography, one key locks the box, but another key is needed to unlock it. three types of keys in cryptography: the secret key, the public key, and the private key. the first, the secret key, is the shared key used in symmetric-key cryptography. the second and the third are the public and private keys used in asymmetric-key cryptography [9]. the secret key is also input to the encryption algorithm. the key is a value independent of the plaintext and of the algorithm. the algorithm will produce a different output depending on the 378 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 specific key being used at the time. the exact substitutions and transformations performed by the algorithm depend on the key [2]. the proposed cryptographic algorithm the proposed algorithm consists of two parts, the first for encryption, and the second for decryption algorithm. in this paragraph, i will present the encryption algorithm 1: read the text to be encrypted 2: define variables i,j,x,y,z,index,count as integer, word as string. 3: let i,j,index equal to one:word="". 4: compute the number of words in the text and save it in variable c 5: define array named table(c,3) as integer 6: repeat 6.1: if substring (text,i,j)<>" " then 6.2: j=j+1 6.3: else 6.4: word= substring (text,i,j) 6.5: search the dictionary to find word 6.6: save the page number in x, line number in y, and sequence in z 6.7: table(index,1)=x, table(index,2)=y, table(index,3)=z 6.8: index=index+1 6.9: c=c-1 6.10: j=i 6.11: endif 7: until c=0 8: end note: if the word repeated in the text i will save the previous location in the table only. but, in this paragraph, i will present the decryption algorithm. 1: define variables text, word as string: count, index as integer: x, y,z as integer. 2: let index=1: count=number of lines in the array named count. 3: repeat 3.1: let x=table(index,1): y= table(index,2): z=table(index,3) 3.2: go to the dictionary and save the word located in page number x, line number y, and in sequence number in z in the variable named word 3.3: text=text+word+" " 3.4: index=index+1 3.5: word="" 4: until count=index 5: end results of the proposed cryptographic algorithm suppose i have the following text to de encrypted as a plaintext. "this section presents some of the attacks that can be made against the use of cryptography" i will use al mawrid dictionary to convert the above text, as shown in table 2. 379 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 from table 1, i will send columns 3,4, and 5 (page no., line no., and seq.) only to the target as image file by using the following steps : 1sum number of lines in table 1, in this case is 402, save the result in variable named sum, in this case sum=402 2multiply line account by two ,and add the result to summation of line number, in this case (402+16*2)=434 and store the result in variable named size, size=418 3compute the integer square root of the above result, and save it in variable named column, in this case column =20. 4divide size by column and save the result in variable named line, in this case line =round(434 /20), the result is 22, line =22. 5build an array of the image, named target(line, column) 6store the data from table 2 to the target array as image file. the result from the previous steps is array named target contains the data from the table 1, as shown in table 2. after that, save table 2 as image file in bmp-24 format. figure 4 shows the transmitted image. the image file is send to the target, the receiver convert the image file to text file and apply the decryption algorithm to create the source message. conclusions the proposed algorithm is a symmetric cipher, and the type of it is a block cipher. the user use any type of dictionaries or books, electronic or not, and web sites as a tool to convert the message. this algorithm didn’t require saving spaces in the message, also can be used in different ways. the proposed algorithm is dynamic cryptography and depends on the type of tools that are used. references 1alfred, j. menezes; paul c; van oorschot; scott a. and vanstone , r. l. (1997), handbook of applied cryptography, second edition , crc press llc, usa. 2william stallings, (2005), cryptography and network security principles and practices, fourth edition, prentice hall, usa. 3corporation pgp , (2003), an introduction to cryptography, network associates, inc. and its affiliated companies , usa. 4edward schaefer, an introduction to cryptography and cryptanalysis, http://math.scu.edu/~eschaefe/crylec.pdf. 5charles, p. pfleeger, and shari lawrence pfleeger, (2006), security in computing, fourth edition, prentice hall ptr, ,usa. 6david salomon (2006), foundations of computer security, springer, usa. 7wenbo mao (2003), modern cryptography: theory and practice, first edition, prentice hall ptr, usa 8http://wifinotes.com/computer-networks/symmetric-cipher-and-asymmetric-cipher.html 9vishal jayaswal, (2012), design and implementation of modified rsa algorithm using sub-set cryptosystem, faculty of computer science & engineering ahamayatechnical university, india.17-18 380 | computer science http://math.scu.edu/%7eeschaefe/crylec.pdf http://wifinotes.com/computer-networks/symmetric-cipher-and-asymmetric-cipher.html @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (1): locations of words text in the dictionary word no. words in the text page no. line no. seq. note 1 this 965 33 2 2 section 827 17 2 3 presents 720 20 1 4 some 878 34 1 5 of 628 40 1 6 the 962 38 1 7 attacks 72 13 2 8 that 962 12 1 9 can 147 29 1 10 be 98 26 1 11 made 548 48 2 12 against 33 37 1 13 the 6 0 0 repeated in line 6 14 use 1019 27 2 15 of 5 0 0 repeated in line 5 16 cryptography 236 28 2 table( 2): image file result from the message to be transmitted 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 2 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 596 2 827 827 827 827 827 827 3 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 2 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 4 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 1 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 5 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 6 878 878 878 878 878 878 878 1 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 7 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 8 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 1 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 9 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 10 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 1 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 11 72 2 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 962 1 147 147 147 147 147 12 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 13 147 147 147 147 1 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 14 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 1 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 15 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 16 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 17 2 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 18 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 1 6 19 0 0 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 20 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 1019 2 5 0 0 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 21 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 22 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 536 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 fig. (1): the process of reverting ciphertext to its original plaintext 381 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (2) : relationship between confidentiality, integrity, and availability. fig. (3) : a simplified pictorial description of a cryptographic system 382 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (4) : the transmitted message as a picture file that represents the cipher text 383 | computer science @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تشفیر النصوص بإستخدام مبدأ الترجمة النعیميعلي هادي حسین جامعة بغداد / )ابن الهیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحاسبات 2013ایار 19 ، قبل البحث في : 2013 نیسان 22 استلم البحث في : الخالصة ، أخرىلغة إلى الترجمة للنصوص من مبدأ استخدام إلى في هذه الدراسة التي قدمت المقترحة الخوارزمیة تستند الكلمات الموجودة في مواقع تعتمد على لتشفیرل أداةً الكتروني قاموس باستخدام أيالى التشفیر هذا المعنىولكنني سأطور وبعد ذلك نرسل ملف . bmp-24 مثال الصیغة نوع، ملف الصورة إلى الملف النصي القاموس ، وبعد ذلك تحویل ، المرسل في االتجاه إلى األمام في التشفیر وفك التشفیر معالجة في نفسها خوارزمیةال وسوف تستخدمالمستلم. الصورة الى .المقترحة التشفیر خوارزمیة لتنفیذ ستخدمسوف ت visual basic 6.0.عند المتلقي الخلف اتجاهفي و ، encryption ،decryption ،cryptography، cipher text ،plaintext ،breakable : الكلمات المفتاحیة symmetric ciphers ،asymmetric ciphers. 384 | computer science microsoft word 1-10   1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 horticulture and landscape design department, technical college of applied sciences, sulaiani polytechnic university, halabja, kurdistan region, iraq. horticulture and landscape design department, technical college of applied sciences, sulaiani polytechnic university, halabja, kurdistan region, iraq. university of sulaimani, college of agricultural sciences       the performance of two species of black cumin (nigella sativa l.) and (nigella arvensis l.) under different sowing dates in spring and autumn at hallabja governorate /iraqi kurdistan region. adel m. a. al-zubaidy, bakhtiar s.ghafoor, abdulsalam a. rasul   adel.adday@spu.edu.iq bakhtiarsaadey@gmail.com abdulsalam.rasul@, nivsul.edu.iq abstract two field experiments were performed to study the response of two species , nigella sativa l. and nigella arvensis l. within different sowing dates at spring and autumn seasons which included 1st and 20th march, 10th april and 1st may for spring season, while the sowing dates for the autumn season were, 2nd november, 21st november, 11th december, 31stdecember and 20thjanuary. both experiments conducted according to the completely randomized block design (crbd) within three replications at hallabja/kurdistan region, located [35°12'48.7"n; 45°57'34.4"e] and the altitude was 596 masl. results showed that among the four different sowing dates of spring cultivations, both species were responded to only 1st and 20th march date with some superiority of the 1st march, otherwise the survival and their yield were not acceptable at sowing date later than 20th march, while at the autumn cultivation, both species responded to all sowing date, but not to be later than 31st december, the early dates 2nd november and 21st november were showed significant differences in most yield traits. the result of the study showed that, due to the favorable environmental condition and the longer period of growth at autumn cultivation, most of the yield traits were gained significant values as the average of both species and different sowing dates of autumn compared to that occurred at spring cultivations. some chemical contents of both species under the different environment conditions showed significant differences. generally, n. sativa compared to n. arvensis contained more significant chemical compounds in the term of carbohydrates and protein at autumn, fixed and volatile oils at spring. key words: chemical contents, nigella sativa, nigella arvensis, sowing dates, yield components. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2465 article history: received 2 october 2019, accepted 7 january 2020, published in july 2020.   2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 1. introduction plants are considered to be one of the natural bases for the production of bioactive compounds, many of which are used to support health and fight against pathological conditions and many of them are marketed as food or herbal medicines [1]. wild resources of medicinal plants are decreasing, but demand is increasing. thus cultivation is the only solution to fill this gap, and to initiate systematic cultivation of medicinal and aromatic plants, many factors have to be selected [2,3]. the genus nigella belongs to the family ranunculaceae, many plants of this family have remarkable aromatic properties and medicinal values [4]. the important species, which belong to the nigella are the common black cumin (nigella sativa l.), damascus black cumin (nigella damascena l.), oriental black cumin (nigella orientalis l.) and field black cumin (nigella arvensis l.) [5]. nigella sativa l. cultivated widely in the mountains and also moisten lands of mousl, while nigella arvensis l. wildly grown in mosul, erbil, sulaimani and west desert of iraq, and there are other species such as nigella deserti, nigella oxypetala and nigella assyriaca, described by [6]. black cumin is intensively used as uncrushed in bakery products (bread, muffins, biscuits, etc.) and some cheese (brynza, cottage cheese, etc.), their seeds contain protein, alkaloids (nigellicines and nigelledine), saponin (αhederin) fixed and essential oil [7]. the fixed and essential oil of black cumin contains various bioactive molecules such as thymoquinone, thymol, tocopherol, trans-retinol and selenium; these diversities are varied between different species especially between n. sativa and n. arvensis [8]. in various studies the black seeds have been shown to possess antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, anticancer, analgesic, antimicrobial activities and skin disease, cough, diuretic, digestive disorders, carminative, and immune-potentiating. constant inhalation of fried seeds releases cold and catarrh. the seeds have also been used in mercury poisoning, sores and leprosy [9]. however, there are very few studies about adaptation and quality in our country specifically in hallabja province. the local population is generally used as seed production and breeding materials by breeders and farmers due to the lack of cultivars. the seeds of nigella sativa, nigella damascene and nigella arvensis are used in folk medicine and as a spice and only the species of black cumin (nigella sativa l.) are traded [10]. genetic sources, climate and soil conditions are the main factors affecting the growth and development of plants and the physiological growth of the plants, being synthesized of the active substances, such as the amount of secondary metabolites. the effect of ecological factors on the yield and quality of medicinal plants is higher compared to the other plants. because the quality in medicinal and aromatic plants is as important as yield, a certain quality cannot be cultivated even if they are with very high yield. therefore, they should only be cultivated in convenient regions for the ecologies of these plants [11]. successful production of medicinal and aromatic plants is under diverse physiological, biochemical metabolic and genetic regulation and can be manipulated by an alteration in the growing conditions and management of agricultural practices. therefore, there is a need to investigate different agroclimate for the cultivation of a medicinal plant. between the choices is selecting a successful species to be grown under suitable soil and environmental climate, which can be expressed in the term of different sowing dates, which can lead to gain this goal [12,13,14,15]. in hallabja province as well as in kurdistan region, there is a lack of scientific researches and information on black cumin cultivation in terms of sowing dates and species. these aspects necessitated this study and have given rise to the concept of our project to evaluate the performance of two species under different environmental condition (autumn and spring) and   3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 to determine the optimum sowing date and its effect on some growth characters, yield and its components, and some chemical compounds. so this study is conducted to determine the seed yield, some yield components and some chemical compounds of the two species of black cumin n. sativa and n. arvensis by different sowing dates in spring and autumn in hallabja province/iraqi kurdistan region. 2. material and methods two field experiments were performed to study the effect of two species of the genus nigella, namely; nigella sativa and nigella arvensis within different sowing dates at spring and autumn seasons which included 1st and 20th march, 10th april and 1st may for spring season, while the sowing dates for the autumn season were, 2nd and 21st november, 11th and 31stdecember and 20thjanuary. within three replications at hallabja/kurdistan region, located [35°12'48.7"n; 45°57'34.4e] and the altitude was 596 masl. the rainfall during the spring cultivation season was 87.6mm that tends to use supplementary irrigations whenever it was needed, while the amount of the rainfall during the autumn cultivation season was 607.6 mm that was sufficient without irrigations. the soil of the location of the experiment can be described as a clay texture with 2% organic matter. the study included two factors, first was using two species of black cumin which their seeds were obtained from an iranian company of seed registration (pakan bazr) and the second factor of this study was four and five different sowing dates at spring and autumn season respectively. a factorial experiment 2×4 for the 1st experiment and a factorial experiment 2×5 for the 2nd experiment, both were conducted according to completely randomized-block design within three replicates. the land of the study prepared for cultivation by tilling the field two times using mold broad plow and harrow. seeds of both species of nigella were cultivated by hand in the 1st march, 20th march 10th april and 1st may for the spring season experiment, the dates2nd november,21st november,11th december, 31st december and 20th january were appointed for the autumn season experiment. the distance between the rows was 20 cm and within the plants was 20 cm also. each plot area at the spring experiment was 1×1mand at autumn was 2×3 m and consisted of 10 rows. seeds were sowed at 1-3 cm depths. in the spring season, the experiment was irrigated at any growing stage when it was needed as supplemental to the precipitations, while in the autumn season the crop was grown without irrigation and completely depended on precipitation. the nitrogen fertilization was applied only in one dose, 20 g for each 1×1m at the time of plant height when 10-20 cm. all the necessary cultural practices were similarly applied to the plots during vegetation periods in both seasons. weeds were controlled by hand when needed. the crop was attended as per routine cultural practices at each season. 2.1. seed yield and yield components characters: five plants randomly taken from each plot for measurements of, no. of flowers. plant-1, no. of capsules. plant-1, no. of seeds capsules-1, no. of seeds. plant-1, weight of seeds. plant-1(g), 1000 seed weight (g) and seed yield (g/m2). 2.2. chemical components: protein content %: first the total nitrogen was determined using macro-kjeldahl apparatus [16]. and the protein was calculated from the formula: protein% = t.n% × 6.25 fixed oil % w/w: (10gm) of the harvested seeds used in each treatment combination which was powdered. digital soxhlet instrument used for oil distillation, with 150 ml hexane   4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 solvent, the instrument was adjusted at 50 co, then oil content according to the method [17]. on the base of w/w calculated as follow: 100 (gm) sample of wt. oil fixed theof wt. = w/w% oil fixed flaskempty theofwt.-oilflask with theof wt.= oil fixed of wt.  essential oil % v/w: the isolation of the essential oils from the 25g of powdered seeds was done by hydro distillation with clevenger apparatus for 3h according to the method [18]. and the calculation was as follow: 100 (25g) sample of wt. (m1)clevenger in oil essential of volume = v/w% oil essential  ash determination: the ash determination by using muffle furnace in the 550c˚ the reference to method was [19]. carbohydrates determination: the carbohydrates determination according to [20]. statistical analysis: analysis of variance as a general test was done according to analysis of 2 factors in crbd, and the means were tested according to least significant difference (lsd) using significant level of 0.05 and 0.01 confirmed by [21]. 3. results and discussions 3.1. spring experiment table 1. showed some yield traits of the two species of black seed grown in spring 2015. data realized that n. arvensis showed significant values regarding some traits such as; no. of flowers/plant with 39.43, no. of capsules/plant with 23.67, no. of seeds/plant with 1031.65 compared to n. sativa that records only 8.08, 7.52 and 284.84 for the three mentioned traits respectively. regarding to the traits of no. of seeds/plant n. arvensis significantly dominated n. sativa, while the seed weight/plant and seed yield g/m2 also n. arvensis exceeded n. sativa but insignificantly, but oppositely the significant 1000 seed weight/plant (g) was recorded by n. sativa which was 2.64 g compared to 1.80 g in n. arvensis which mostly due to the longer duration of seed filling stage spend by n. sativa compared to the shorter time spend by n. arvensis. table 1. some yield and yield component traits of two species of black seed grown at spring 2015. species no.flower s. plant‐1 no. of capsules. plant‐1 no. of seeds. capsule no. of seeds. plant 1000seed weight (g) seed weight. plant (g) seed yield (g/m2) n. sativa 8.08 7.52 36.71 284.84 2.64 0.75 13.94 n. arvensis 39.43 23.67 40.78 1031.65 1.80 1.86 21.72 lsd (p≤0.05) 20.78 4.39 n.s 407.95 0.32 0.95 n.s lsd (p≤0.01) n.s 6.65 n.s 618.10 0.48 n.s n.s regarding yield and some yield component of black seed in two different sowing dates at spring 2015, table 2. represents that except the seed yield which was dominant with 25.84 g/m2 in the 1st march compared to 9.82 g/m2 occurred in the 20th march, all other yield traits   5 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 were not significant. recorded data of 1st march for some traits such as 44.67 seeds/capsule, 695.44seeds/plant, 2.35 g weight of 1000 seed and 1.42g weight of seeds/plant were insignificantly exceeded the 20th march date. also, the 1st march date records 25.84 g/m2 seed yield which was significantly surpassed 9.82 g/m2seed yield that gained on 20th march. data in table 2. showed that only the no. of flowers/plant and the no. of capsules/plant were more on 20th march than the 1st march. regarding the effect of the interactions on yield traits, the study results showed insignificant differences. table 2. some yield and yield component traits of black seed grown within different sowing dates at spring 2015. sowing dates no. of flowers/ plant‐1 no. of capsules/ plant‐1 no. of seeds/ capsule  plant‐1 no. of seeds/ plant‐1 1000seed weight (g) seed weight/ plant (g) seed yield (g/m2) 1st march 23.08 14.07 44.67 695.44 2.35 1.42 25.84 20th march 24.43 17.12 32.82 621.05 2.09 1.19 9.82 lsd (p≤0.05) n.s n.s n.s n.s n.s n.s 13.05 lsd (p≤0.01) n.s n.s n.s n.s n.s n.s n.s 3.2. autumn experiment the effect of the two species of black seed on some yield and yield component traits shown in table 3. the two species of black seed showed different significant over all the yield and yield component traits. similar pattern as in the growth characters had been observed, n. arvensis gave the upper significant limits compared to n. sativa in all yield and yield component traits except the 1000 seed weight (g) which records 2.42 g by n. sativa and it was significant to 1.67 g recorded by n. arvensis may be due to the longer seed filling duration in n. sativa compare to the n. arvensis. the n. arvensis gave the upper limits of the traits; no. of flowers/plant 104.88, no. of capsules/ plant 57.12, no. of seeds /capsule 54.55, ultimately increase the no. of seeds/plant which was 3142.00 seeds in compare to n. sativa which were 27.53, 25.61, 42.91 and 1256.39 for the mentioned traits respectively. these improvements may be due to the reflection of the relatively higher performance of vegetative growth in n. arvensis compared to n. sativa. the 5.24 g seed weight gained by n. arvensis was significant in comparison to the seed weigh/plant recorded by n. sativa which was only 3.00 g. finally, the seed yield (g/m2) was 106.73 g/m2 obtained by n. arvensis and significantly predominated 68.31 g/m2 seed yields recorded by n. sativa, this predominated seed yield of n. arvensis compare to the n. sativa. table 3. some yield and yield component traits of two species of black seed grown at autumn 2015-2016. species no. of flowers. plant no. of capsules. plant no. of seeds. capsule no. of seeds. plant 1000 seed weight (g) seed weight. plant seed yield (g/m2) n. sativa 27.53 25.61 42.91 1256.39 2.42 3.00 68.31 n. arvensis 104.88 57.12 54.55 3142.00 1.67 5.24 106.73 lsd (p≤0.05) 13.14 8.24 5.12 432.97 0.11 0.79 23.49 lsd (p≤0.01) 18.00 11.28 7.01 593.20 0.15 1.08 32.18   6 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 data in table 4. represent some yield and yield component traits of black seed grown within different sowing dates at autumn (2015-2016), as it is. d1 and d2 predominated significantly all other sowing dates. regarding the no. of flowers, it was recorded the highest value 101.33 flowers/plant in d2 followed by 100.73 flowers/plant in d1 they were not significant between themselves, but they have predominated all other dates significantly, while the lowest value 35.17 flowers/plant recorded in the latest date d5. the 1stdate d1 records higher significant value which was 64.07capsules/plant predominated significantly on all other dates even the d2. although the no. of flowers/plant in d2 was more than in d1, but the no. of capsules/plant exactly took an opposite direction which showed more capsules/plant in d1 compared to d2. this difference confirmed that the fertility in d1 which was 63.60% exceeded the fertility in d2 which was 47.59%, [22]. were also noticed that different sowing dates significantly affected the no. of umbrella plant-1 in black cumin. as a result of higher fertility ratio in d1 the higher significant no. of seeds also recorded in d1, which were 59.53 seeds/capsule and 3822.87 seeds/plant and the lowest values were 37.80 seeds/capsule and 989.13 seeds/plant recorded in d5, good seed setting condition in early sowing as compared to late sowing was founded in research of [23]. regarding the 1000 seed weight, d2 gained the highest value 2.20g, insignificantly followed by 2.14 g in d1, they were not significant between themselves, but they were significant compared to other dates, the minimum value was 1.94 equally occurred in d3 and d5. the highest significant value of seed weight/plant was 7.60 g and seed yield 184.43 g/m2 were obtained in d1 compared to all other dates without exception. the minimum seed weights were 1.63 g/plant and 25.47 g/m2 recorded in d5. it can be summarized that the early dates especially d1 followed by d2 play a great role in the enhancement of growth and yield production of black seed in the autumn period compared to later sowing dates. on the other hand, sowing at the winter period may be succeeded but because it companied low temperature, caused a weak growth of plants and ultimately decreased seed yield. this agrees with that founded by [24]. regarding the effect of the interactions on yield traits, the study results showed insignificant differences. table 4. some yield and yield component traits of black seed grown within different sowing dates at autumn 2015-2016. sowing dates no. of flowers. plant no. of capsules. plant no. of seeds. capsule no. of seeds. plant 1000 seed weight (g) seed weight. plant seed yield (g/m2) d1 100.73 64.07 59.53 3822.87 2.14 7.60 184.43 d2 101.33 48.23 51.87 2636.13 2.20 5.17 110.58 d3 49.53 38.43 51.12 1934.43 1.94 3.45 64.66 d4 44.27 34.73 43.35 1613.40 2.00 2.74 52.46 d5 35.17 21.37 37.80 989.13 1.94 1.63 25.47 lsd (p≤0.05) 20.77 13.02 8.09 684.58 0.17 1.25 37.13 lsd (p≤0.01) 28.46 17.84 11.09 937.93 n.s 1.71 50.88 sowing dates; d1 (2nd november, 2015), d2 (21st november, 2015), d3 (11th december, 2015), d4 (31st december, 2015) and d5 (20th january, 2016) obtained data in table 5. confirmed that all the yield and the yield components traits were not significantly different, but insignificant higher values recorded by the plants sown and grown at autumn season compared to spring season except for the 1000 seed weight which showed opposite direction,   7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 may be due to the more growth performance by the plants of autumn, higher values recorded by autumn seasons were 66.21 flowers/plant, 41.37 capsules/plant, 48.73 seeds/capsule, 2199.19 seeds/plant, 4.12 g seed weight/plant and 87.52 seed yield/m2, whereas lower values recorded by plants at spring season were 23.76 flowers/plant, 15.60 capsules/plant, 38.74 seeds/capsule, 658.27 seeds/plant, 1.31g seed weight/plant and 17.83 seed yield/m2. oppositely, the higher 1000 seed weight was 2.22 g recorded by plants of the spring season and a lower 1000 seed weight was 2.04 g recorded by the autumn season. table 5. some yield and yield component traits of black seed cultivated at spring 2015 and autumn 2015-2016. growing seasons no. of flowers. plant no. of capsules.plant no. of seeds. capsule no. of seeds. plant 1000 seed. weight (g) seed weight. plant (g) seed yield (g/m2) spring 23.76 15.60 38.74 658.27 2.22 1.31 17.83 autumn 66.21 41.37 48.73 2199.19 2.04 4.12 87.52 stat.t 1.46n.s 2.16n.s 1.60n.s 2.03n.s 0.68n.s 2.15n.s 2.15n.s t(12)0.05=2.18 , * significant at 0.05 level, n.s not significant. table 6. revealed that there were highly significant differences existed between the two species of black seed that cultivated under different sowing dates in spring and autumn seasons and generally, n. sativa record higher levels of the chemical contents at both seasons especially at autumn compared to n. arvensis, while the ash content observed at higher levels in n. arvensis especially at spring compared to n. sativa. these results were related to that point that the production of secondary metabolites such as essential oil within the seeds of aromatic plants was under diverse physiological, biochemical metabolic and genetic regulation and can be manipulated by alteration in the growing conditions and management of agricultural practices and confirmed by [12,13.14,15]. regarding to results in table 6. carbohydrate% recorded maximum value by n. sativa that cultivated in autumn season that was 58.30% followed by n. sativa grown in spring which was 51.00%, they were highly significantly exceeded n. arvensis at both seasons autumn and spring, which indicated that the soil and environment of hallabja more suitable for growth of n. sativa compared to n. arvensis. concerning the levels of carbohydrate of black seed that recorded by several researchers were ranged between 24.9-40.0% [25,26]. the confidence interval of this study showed higher levels and ranged between 40.95-55.10%. similarly, protein content records highly significant level that was 20.60% by n. sativa grown at autumn compared to the rest, but the confidence interval showed the range 14.08-18.76% which was lower compared to the referenced range 20.85-31.20% recorded by [25, 26]. fixed oil content obtained by n. sativa in the spring season and autumn season were 29.66% and 28.31% respectively, followed by oil content of n. arvensis grown at spring that was 27.36%, were not significant between themselves but they predominated significantly the oil content that recorded by n. arvensis which was only 20.37%. and regarding the lower level and upper level of fixed oil content in this study represented by confidence interval which was 22.99-29.86% it shows a lower range compared to the range recorded by [27, 28, 29, 30]. which was 31-35%. volatile oil content that recorded by both species were high and acceptable values to the reference records and the higher levels also were observed in n. sativa at spring and autumn seasons which were 0.82%   8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 and 0.71% respectively followed by 0.65% gained by n. arvensis grown at spring while the 0.62% was the lowest level recorded by n. arvensis grown at autumn season. the confidence interval for volatile oil in this study showed the range 0.62-0.78% has exceeded the range that recorded by [27, 28, 29, 30]. which was 0.4-0.7%. ash content in black seeds as shown in table 6. the higher level was 5.30% followed by 4.90% both occurred in n. arvensis grown in spring and autumn respectively, while 2.84% was the lowest level recorded by n. arvensis grown at spring. the range of 3.20-5.17% that shown by the confidence interval of ash content in the seeds of both variety was the following, the range 3.7-4.7% recorded by [25, 26]. table 6. chemical contents of n.sativa and n. arvensis grown under different sowing dates at spring and autumn seasons. treatments carbohydrate % protein % fixed oil % volatile oil % ash % n. sativa spring 51.00 15.30 29.66 0.82 2.84 autumn 58.30 20.60 28.31 0.71 3.70 n. arvensis spring 38.60 14.69 27.36 0.65 5.30 autumn 44.20 15.10 20.37 0.62 4.90 lsd p≤ 0.01 9.38 3.55 4.34 0.17 2.29 c.i 99% 40.95 ≤ µ ≤ 55.10 14.08 ≤ µ ≤ 18.76 22.99 ≤ µ ≤ 29.86 0.62 ≤ µ ≤ 0.78 3.20 ≤ µ ≤ 5.17 conclusions based on the obtained results of this study, we can conclude the following: due to the favorable environmental and the soil condition of hallabja, both n. sativa and n. arvensis can be cultivated successfully, in the autumn season they can be considered as rainfed crops, while in spring season they need some supplementary irrigations. the early sowing dates always at the both seasons showed superiority in most growth and yield characters, which is due to the longer life period of the crops in early sowing dates. in spring cultivation, the higher yield (25.84) g/m2 gained by 1st march sowing date compared to (9.82) g/m2 of the sowing date in 20th march, hence, every day delaying in seeding decrease seed yield by (0.8) g/m2, this shortage may be due to that at late dates the crop blooming and seed filling stages companied with unfavorable conditions especially, high temperature and low humidity. also, in autumn cultivation it was concluded that the early sowing dates namely; 2nd and 21st november gained 6.24 fold and 3.34 fold increasing in seed yield respectively compared to the lowest yield recorded by 20th january. regarding to the difference between the two species, n. arvensis surpassed n. sativa in all characters except the 1000 seed weight that oppositely record higher value in n. sativa compared to n. arvensis. the interaction between species and the sowing dates were insignificantly affected on the traits of the study. autumn cultivation surpassed significantly in growth characters compared to the spring cultivation as averages of the both species and different sowing dates. also, the seed yield gained in autumn cultivation was significantly exceeded by 3.9 fold compared to the seed yield in spring cultivation. the seeds of n. sativa that produced at autumn contained the highest level of carbohydrates and protein, which were 58.30% and 20.60% respectively. while, they were gained high levels of fixed and volatile oils in spring cultivation, which were 29.66 and 0.82   9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 respectively. the n. arvensis seeds that grown in autumn records lowest levels of the chemical contents. references 1. dubick, m.a. historical perspectives on the use of herbal preparations to promote health. j.nutr.1986, 116, 7, 1348-1354. 2. filippo, d.; antuono, a.; moretti a.; lovato, w. seed yield, yield components, oil content and essential oil content and composition of nigella sativa and nigella domascena l. j. industr. crops prod.2002, 15, 1, 59-69. 3. altier, m.a. agro ecology the science of natural resource management for poor farmers in marginal environments. agr. ecosyst. environ.2003, 93, 1-24. 4. ceylan, a. medicinal plants π (essential oil plants). univ. ege. fac. agric. izmir, turkey.1997, 481. 5. mukerji, b. indian pharmaceutical codez. csir publication, new delhi.1953, 158. 6. townsend, c.c.; guest, e. flora of iraq ministry of agriculture, baghdad.1980, 4, 2. 7. ozel, a.; demirel, u.; guler, i.; erden, k. effect of different row spacing and seeding rate on black cumin (nigella sativa l.) yields and some agricultural characters. journal of the faculty of agriculture of harran university (turkey).2009, 13, 1, 17-25. 8. sultan, m.t.; butt, m.s.; anjum, f.m.; jamil, a.; akhtar, s.; nasir, m. nutritional profile of indigenous cultivar of black cumin seeds and antioxidant potential of its fixed and essential oil. pakistan j. botany.2009, 41, 3, 1321-1330. 9. ahmad, z.; gafoor, a.; aslam, m. nigella sativa-a potential commodity in crop diversification traditionally used in health care. project on introduction of medicinal herb and species as crop. ministry of food, agriculture and livestock, pakistan.2004, 2, 6-10. 10. kar, y.; sen, n.; tekeli, y. investigation of black cumin (nigella sativa l.) seeds cultivated in region samsun and country of egypt in terms of antioxidant activity. suleyman demirel university j. sci.2007, 2, 2, 197-203. 11. yasar, s. determinatıon of fixed and essential oil contents and soil characteristic of some perennial medical plants that grow naturally in the campus of cukurova university. department of biology institute of natural and applied sciences university of cukurova. msc thesis.2005, 43. 12. ozguven, m.; kirpik, m.; sekeroglu, n. determination of the optimal sowing time and nitrogen fertilization for lavender (lavandula angustifolia mill.) in the cukurova conditions, in: proceeding of the workshop of agricultural and quality aspects of medicinal and aromatic plants, adana, tyrkey.2002, 217-223. 13. ashraf, m.; qasim, a.; zafar, i. effect of nitrogen application rate on the content and composition of oil, essential oil and minerals in black cumin (nigella sativa l.) seeds. j. sci. food agr.2006, 86, 6, 871-876. 14. sekeroglu, n.; ozguven, m.m. effects of different nitrogen doses and plant densities on yield and quality of oenothera biennis l. grown in irrigated lowland and un-irrigated dryland conditions. turkish j. agr. forestry.2006, 30, 125-135. 15. ozguven, m.; sener, b.; orhan, i.; sekerglu, n.; kirpik, m.; kartal, m.; pesin, i.; kaya, z. effects of varing nitrogen doses on yield, yield components and artemisinin content of artemisia annua l. industr. crops prod.2008, 27, 1, 60-64.   10 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 16. aoac. official methods of analysis (16th ed.). arlington va, usa: association of official analytical chemists,1995. 17. aoac. method in official methods of analysis, 15th edition. association of official analytical chemists, washington, d, c,1990. 18. clevenger, j.f. apparatus for determination of essential oil. j. amer. pharmac. assoc.1928, 17, 2346-349. 19. aoac. association of official analytical chemists,19th ed., washington, d.c,2004. 20. pearson, d. the chemical analysis of food.6th ed. j. a. churchill, london,1970. 21. al-rawi, k.m.; khalafullah, a.a.m. design and analysis of agricultural experiments. university of mosul. ministry of higher education and scientific research. mosul. iraq,1980. 22. sadeghi, s.; rahnvard, a.; ashrafi, z.y. study importance of sowing date and plant density effect on black cumin (cumin carvi) yield. bot. res. int.2009, 2, 2, 94-98. 23. ayub, m.; nadeem, m.a.; tanveer, a.; tahir, m.; saqib, m.t.y.; nawaz, r. effect of different sowing methods and times on the growth and yield of fennel (foeniculam vulgare). pak. j. bot.2008, 40, 1, 259-264. 24. datta, s.; dey, a.n.; maitra, s. effect of sowing time on growth and yield of black cumin (nigella sativa l.) under terai zone of west bengal. j. med. aromatic plant sci.2008, 30, 31-33. 25. atta, m.b. some characteristics of nigella (nigella sativa l.) seed cultivated in egypt and its lipid profile. food chem.2003, 83, 1, 63-68. 26. takruri, h.r.h.; dameh, m.a.f. study of the nutritional value of black cumin seeds (nigella sativa l.). j. sci. food agr.1998, 76, 3, 404-410. 27. babayan, v.k.; kootungal, d.; halaby, g.a. proximate analysis, fatty acid and amino acid composition of nigella sativa l. seeds. j. food. sci.1978, 43, 3, 1314-1315. 28. ansari, a.a.; hassan, s.; kenne, l.; utta, r.u.; wehler, j. structural studies on a saponin isolated from nigella sativa. phytochemistry.1988, 27, 12, 3977-3979. 29. al-jassir, m.s. chemical composition and microflora of black cumin (nigella sativa) seeds growing in saudi arabia. j. food chem.1992, 45, 4, 239-242. 30. khan, m.a. chemical composition and medicinal properties of nigella sativa linn. inflammopharmacology.1997, 7, 1, 15-35. 33 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the influence of annealing and doping by copper on electrical conductivity of cdte thin films bushra. k.h.al-maiyaly dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:7september 2014 , acceptedin: 20 october 2014 abstract in this research cdte and cdte: cu thin films with different doping ratios (1, 2, 3, 4 and 5) %, were deposited by thermal evaporation technique under vacuum on glass substrates at room temperature in thickness 450 nm. the measurements of electrical conductivity (σ), and activation energies (ea1, ea2), have been investigated on (cdte) thin films as a function of doping ratios, as well as the effect of the heat treatment at (373, 423, and 473) k° for one hour on these measurements were calculated and all results are discussed. the electrical conductivity measurements show all films prepared contain two types of transport mechanisms, and the electrical conductivity (σ) increases whereas the activation energy (ea) would decrease as the increasing (cu) percentage in the sample except 5%. it is also noticed that the electrical conductivity (σ) showed a decreasing trend with increasing annealing temperature, while the activation energies (ea1, ea2) showed opposite trend, where the activation energies increased with annealing temperature. also the electrical conductivity values was found increased about 34 orders when pure cdte films are doped with (3, 4) % cu and annealing at 473 k°. key words: cadmium telluride, electrical conductivity, heat treatment, thermal evaporation technique. 34 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 introduction in the recent years, there was an increasing interest in the preparation and study of the physical properties of the semiconducting compounds belonging to the cadmium chalcogenides family as good materials for making semiconducting devices. [1, 2] cadmium telluride (cdte) is unique among ii–vi compounds which makes it important and quite suitable for several applications in optoelectronic devices such as photo detectors, photovoltaic solar cells, ir and γ detectors, photo-electrochemical cells, field effect transistors, detectors, and photodiodes [3-7]. it is having specific properties, such as a high average atomic number, good charge-transport properties, high resistivity, an ideal direct band gap of 1.5 ev, just in the middle of the solar spectrum which is optimum for single junction solar cell efficiency, processes high absorption coefficient (> 104) [2,4,8,9]. one of the advantages of this material is the possibility to vary its band gap with various dopant concentrations and changes the structural and physical properties of cdte thin films when doping with different metal atoms that make it useful in the technology of thin film devices. [1, 10] electrical and optical properties of cdte are strongly dependent on the structure, and method of preparation [3], the experimental investigations on the electrical and optical properties of cdte films obtained by different deposition techniques such as chemical bath deposition [11], pulsed laser deposition [12], hot wall epitaxy [13], thermal evaporation [14], physical vapor deposition [3], electrodepositing technique [15], rf-sputtering [16], successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction method [17], and close spaced sublimation [18]. in this research the thermal evaporation technique was used to prepore undoped and cudoped cdte thin films as it ensures stoichiometry. the effect of cudoping and annealing temperature on the electrical conductivity and activation energies of cdte films has been investigated. experiment cdte thin films were prepared on glass substrates of thickness (450) nm by thermal evaporation in a high vacuum system of (3*10-6) torr using edward coating unit model e 306 a from cdte alloy which is prepared by fusing the mixture of the appropriate quantities of the elements cd and te of high purity (99.999 %), (99.95 %) respectively in evacuated fused quartz ampoules at (1373 k°) by a rate of about 4 k°/ min. the ampoules kept at these temperatures for (5-6) hours from the optimum temperature, then the ampoules quenched rapidly in cold water. the compound formation was tested by x-ray diffraction. the distance from molybdenum boat which is used as the evaporation source to substrate was about 15 cm. the deposition rate was about 2nm/s for all the films. cu doped cdte films with different doping ratios (1, 2, 3, 4 and 5) % have been prepared by thermal evaporation of cdte and cu from two sources (co-evaporation). annealing processes were carried out on these films at different temperatures (373, 423, and 473) k° for one hour by using (kilns furnaces). for electrical resistance measurements al electrodes were used as contact material for making the electrical connections. keithly model (614) have been used to measure the variation of electrical resistance (r) with temperature range (308-473) k°, then the resistivity (ρ) of the films is calculated by using the relation [19]:    l twr  r.a/l ……………………………………… (1) where a: is the area of the film (w.t) r: is the resistance t: is film thickness, 35 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 w: is electrodes width l :is distance between two al electrodes. the conductivity (σ) of the films was determined by using the following equation:   1 c.d ………………………………………… (2) the activation energy (ea) could be calculated using the formula [19]: σ = σο exp (-ea / kbt)……………………………. (3) where σο: is constant, but change slowly with temperature. kb: is boltzman's constant. t: is absolute temperature in kelvin. thickness of the films was measured by using the weighing method according to the following relation: [20] t= (m / a .ρ) ……………………. (4) where t= thickness of film, m= mass of film, ρ= density of films, a= area of film. using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity is of the order (10-4) gm. results and discussion fig (1) shows the plots of lnσ versus 103/t at different doping ratio by cu for (cdte) films, it is observed that the electrical conductivity (σ) increases from (3.27*10-4) ohm-1.cm-1 for undoped films to (1.44*10-1) ohm-1.cm-1 as doping ratio increases from (0-4)% .this indicated that the doped film have high electrical conductivity compared to that of un-doped film except ratio 5% cu which showed opposite trend, as shown in fig (2) and table (1) hence the cu content in the film, strongly influences the values of σ. the increasing trend in σ after doping with (1,2,3,4)%cu is attributed to that cu introduces interband energy levels in the band gap of cdte thin films which were responsible for the shift of eg to lower band gap energy due to increase number of carriers available for transport is in agreement with our result on optical properties. a similar manner was found by other researchers for different dopant atoms [1, 4, and 21]. figure (3) shows the plots of lnσ versus 103/t as a function of annealing temperature for (cdte) films, the noticeable remark is that the electrical conductivity decreases with increasing annealing temperature. figures (1, 3) also shows two temperature ranges characterized by different conductivity slopes. these films contain two types of transport mechanisms at lower temperature range (289-383) k°, due to carriers excited into the localized states at the edge of the band by hopping and at higher temperature range (393-473) k° due to carriers excited into extended states beyond the mobility edge by thermal excitation, with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2). it is clear from fig (4) and table (1) that decrease in the activation energy with increasing doping ratio except ratio 5% cu, this behavior is a result of the increased-doping concentration , a stronger interaction among impurities and this behavior can be attributed to the improvement in the films structure with increasing doping ratio due to decreasing scattering at grain boundaries, decrease the trapping centers of charge carriers ,is in agreement with our result on structural properties. the influence of different annealing temperature on the electrical conductivity and activation energies of cdte films is shown in figures (5, 6) respectively and table (2). from these figures we can notice that σ decrease after heat treatment, while the activation energies showed opposite trend for all films prepared because of the decreased number of carriers available for transport, this may be due to the fact that correlation between the structure and the electrical properties of the film, from this reason this behavior can be attributed to the 36 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 improvement in the films structure with increasing ta due to decreasing the density of states in the gap, reducing of dangling bonds, and defects like vacancy sites in the films structure after heat treatment. in conclusion, it is seen from figure (7) that the annealed cudoped (3%, 4%) samples at (473) k°, had higher conductivities than those before annealing. it is also noticed that the electrical conductivity values increase about 34 orders as compared to as deposited films and reached maximum value (2.11 *10-1) ohm-1.cm-1 for film doped 4% cu at ta=473 k°. conclusion using the thermal evaporation technique, un-doped and cu-doped cdte thin films with different doping ratio were obtained. the influence of doping ratio (1, 2, 3, 4 and 5) % cu and annealing temperature (373, 423, 473) k° on the electrical conductivity, and activation energies for cdte was investigated. the electrical conductivity measurements indicate that the films contain two types of transport mechanisms and the electrical conductivity of dopant films is higher than those of un-doped films and it is increased with the increase of doping ratio, but the activation energies of dopant films is lower than those of un-dopant films and it is decreased with the increase of impurity percentages. we should mention that the doping at ratio higher of about 4% cu showed opposite trend. the electrical conductivity are strongly dependent on the annealing temperature, it shows as decreasing behavior with the increase of annealing temperature, whereas the activation energies showed an opposite trend. finally, the electrical conductivity for heat-treated doped films increases more than two times as compared to the electrical conductivity for pure films. references 1. rusu, g. (2006), structural, electronic transport and optical properties of zn-doped cdte thin films, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 8 , 931. 2. alnajjar, a.a.; al-shaikley, f. y. and alias, m.f.a. (2012), optical properties and photo conductivity of undoped and n-doped cdte thin films", journal of electron devices, 16, 1306. 3. rusu, g. g. , (2001), on the electrical and optical properties of nano crystalline cdte thin films, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 3, 4, p. 861 – 866. 4. abbas shah, n.; ali, a.; ali, z.; maqsood, a.,and aqili, a.k.s. (2005), properties of terich cadmium telluride thin films fabricated by closedspace sublimation technique, journal of crystal growth, 284 477–485. 5. bonnet, d.and meyers, p. (1998), cadmium telluride-mater for thin film solar cell, j. mater. res., 13, 2740. 6. sahay, p.p. ;jha ,s. and shamsuddin, m. (2001),electrical properties of vacuumevaporated cdte thin films, journal of materials science letters,20,1933-1935. 7. hanaa, i. mohammed,( 2010), study the structural and electrical properties of cdte:ag thin films, journal of al-nahrain university, 13, 2, 129-135. 8. pinheiro, w.a.; falcao, v.d.; cruz, l. r. o. and ferreira ,c. l. (2006), comparative study of cdte sources used for deposition of cdte thin films by close spaced sublimation technique , materials research, 9, 1, 47-49. 9. lane, d. (2006), a review of the optical band gap of thin film cdsxte1−x, solar energy materials and solar cells, 90, 9, 1169–1175. 10. al-douri, a. a. j. , al-shakily, f. y. , alias, m. f. a. and alnajjar, a. a. ,(2010) ,optical properties of aland sb-doped cdte thin films," advances in condensed matter physics, article id 947684, 5 pages. 37 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 11. deivanayaki, s.; jayamurugan, p.; mariappan, r.; and ponnuswamy, v. (2010), optical and structural characterization of cdte thin films by chemical bath deposition technique, chalcogenide letters 7, 159. 12. pandey, s.; tiwari, u.; raman, r; prakash, c; krishma, v; dutta, v; and zimik k,2005 , growth of cubic and hexagonal cdte thin films by pulsed laser deposition”, thin solid films ,473, 54. 13. ferreira, s.; leal, f.; faria, t .oliveria; j, motisuke p;and abramof e.,(2006), characterization of cdte thin films grown on glass by hot wall epitaxy”, brazilian journal of physics ,36, 317. 14. singh,s; kumar,r;and sood,k. (2010), structural and electrical studies of thermally evaporated nanostructure cdte thin films, thin solid films ,519, 1078. 15. gangawane,s.; dhaygude,h; patit s;and fulari,v. ,(2011), surface deformation of cadmium telluride thin films by dehi technique, archives of applied science research ,3, 186. 16. melendez-lira m; becerril-silva m; zapata-torres m; mendoza-galvan,a;and jimenezsandoval,s. (2005), semiconductor thin films grown by rf-co-sputtering of cdte and al targets, superficies y vacio 18, 22. 17. ubale, a.and kulkarni, d. (2006), studies on size dependent properties of cadmium telluride thin films deposited by using successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction method, indian journal of pure and applied physics 44, 254. 18. pinheiro,w; falcao,v; cruc,l;and ferreira c. , (2006), ”comparative study of cdte sources used for deposition of cdte thin films by close spaced sublimation technique, materials research ,9, 47. 19. william, d. and callister,(2003), materials science and engineering, an introduction”, 6th edition, john wiley & sons, inc. 20. al-mizban, e.s. (1997), a study of optical and electrical properties of cr2o3 and co3o4 thin films and their mixture”m.sc thesis university of baghdad,p.47-49. 21. abbas shaha n.; alia a.; aqilib a.k.s.; and maqsood a. , (2006), "physical properties of ag-doped cadmium telluride thin films fabricated by closed-space sublimation technique, journal of crystal growth,290 , 452–458. table no. (1): the electrical conductivity and activation energies of (cdte) films state σ at r.t (ω.cm)-1 ea1 tem. rang ea2 tem. rang ( ev ) ( k° ) ( ev ) ( k° ) undoped 3.27*10-4 0.02007 298-383 0.3006 393-473 doped 1%cu 1.31*10-3 0.0165 298-383 0.245 393-473 doped 2%cu 9.65*10-3 0.01319 298-383 0.1491 393-473 doped 3%cu 4.23*10-2 0.00267 298-383 0.1354 393-473 doped 4%cu 1.44*10-1 0.00242 298-383 0.1013 393-473 doped 5%cu 1.03*10-4 0.010945 298-383 0.2484 393-473 38 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (2): the electrical conductivity and activation energies of (cdte) films at different annealing temperature films )cdte/t as a function of doping ratio for (3lnσ versus 10 figure no.(1): variation figure no.( (2): electrical conductivity as a function of doping ratio for (cdte) films -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 ln  (o h m .c m )1 1000/t (k)-1 pure doped 1% cu doped 2% cu doped 3% cu doped 4% cu 1.e-05 1.e-04 1.e-03 1.e-02 1.e-01 1.e+00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6  ( o h m .c m ) -1 doping percentag% annealing temperature k° σ at r.t (ω.cm)-1 ea1 tem. rang ea2 tem. rang ( ev ) ( k° ) ( ev ) ( k° ) r.t 3.27*10-4 0.02007 298-383 0.3006 393-473 373 2.6*10-4 0.062 298-383 0.34 393-473 423 2.02*10-4 0.095 298-383 0.375 393-473 473 1.37*10-4 0.12 298-383 0.42 393-473 39 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (3): lnσ versus 103/t as a function of annealing temperature for (cdte) films figure no.(4): variation activation energies as a function of doping ratio for (cdte) films -10 -9.5 -9 -8.5 -8 -7.5 -7 -6.5 -6 -5.5 -5 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 ln  (o h m .c m )1 1000/t (k)-1 r.t ta=373 k ta= 423 k ta=473 k 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0 1 2 3 4 5 e a ( e v ) doping percentag % ea1 ea2 40 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(5): electrical conductivity as a function of annealing temperature for (cdte) films figure no.(6): activation energies as a function of annealing temperature for (cdte) films 1.e-05 1.e-04 1.e-03 1.e-02 1.e-01 1.e+00 273 323 373 423 473  ( o h m .c m ) -1 ta (k) 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 273 323 373 423 473 e a ( e v ) ta (k) ea1 ea2 41 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (7): lnσ versus 103/t for (cdte) films un-doped and cu-doped before and after annealing. -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 ln  (o h m .c m )1 1000/t (k)-1 undoped at r.t doped 3% cu 3%cu+ta(473 k) doped 4% cu 4%cu+ta(473 k) 42 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ى التوصيلية الكھربائية ف والتشويب بالنحاسالتلدين تأثير الرقيقة cdte ألغشية بشرى كاظم حسون الميالي / جامعة بغداد) بن الھيثم ا الصرفة( للعلوم كلية التربيةقسم علوم الفيزياء / 2014تشرين االول20قبل في: 2014ايلول 7استلم في : الخالصة % (5 ,1,2,3,4)الرقيقة غير المشوبة والمشوبة بالنحاس بنسب تشويب مختلفة cdteحضرت اغشية في ھذا البحث قياسات تحسبو. عند درجة حرارة الغرفة 450nmبتقنية التبخير الحراري بالفراغ على ارضيات من الزجاج وبسمك اثير . نسب التشويبلتغير دالة )cdte( الغشية ea)ea1 ,2 (التنشيطوطاقات , (σ)التوصيلية الكھربائية وكذلك حسب ت ومدة ساعة واحدة على ھذه القياسات ونوقشت جميع ھذه النتائج. °k (and 473 ,423 ,373)المعاملة الحرارية بدرجات ادة التوصيلية آليتين لالنت المحضرة كل االغشيةل ان التوصيلية الكھربائيةقياسات وقد أظھرت قال االلكتروني ولوحظ زي ادة لوحظ نقصان التوصيلية كما .%5 باالنموذج ماعدا النسبة (cu) نسبة الكھربائية مع نقصان طاقات التنشيط بزي أزدادت طاقات التنشيط مع إذ اُ,معاكس اُ الكھربائية مع زيادة درجات حرارة التلدين ، بينما أظھرت طاقات التنشيط سلوك cdteمراتب عند تطعيم اغشية 4 -3 تزداد بمقدار التوصيلية الكھربائيةكذلك وجد ان قيم زيادة درجة حرارة التلدين. .°k 473وتلدينھا عند درجة حرارة cu % (4 ,3)النقية بنسبة المعاملة الحرارية , تقنية التبخير الحراري .ية ، ، التوصيلية الكھربائ تيليرايد الكادميوم -: الكلمات المفتاحية @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ونبات digitariasanguinalisعنق الثیل تقییم الفعالیة السمیة لنباتي في المكافحة الحقلیة لنبات clerodendruminermeالیاسمین الزفر blady grass imperatacylindricaالحلفا امال عبد السالم الحبیب انمار سعدي عبود الجامعة المستنصریة /كلیة العلوم /قسم علوم الحیاة 2013نیسان 8، قبل البحث في: 2012ایار 13استلم البحث في: الخالصة اما الدراسة 2010تضمن البحث دراستین الدراسة المختبریة والدراسة الحقلیة في الجامعة المستنصریة لسنة اظھرتنتائج المستخلصات الكحولیة الوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفر ونبات عنق الثیل اختزاال في النسبة المئویة المختبریة فقد % عند 61%و62% واختزاال في النسبة المئویة لالنبات بنسبة 50% على التوالي بتركیز43% و44لالنبات بنسبة وطول ،ما بالنسبة الى نمو البادرات،مثل طول الساق%، ا0% على التوالي عند مقارنتھا بمعاملة السیطرة 100تركیز %.75% الى 70الجذرفكانت نسبة التثبیط تترواح بین لھ تاثیر مثبط على نمو 2غم/م50اظھرت الدراسة الحقلیة ان مطحون اوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفر ونبات عنق الثیل بتركیز مل/لتر في اختزال الكثافة العددیة 5,12و ،مل/ لتر 25كیزي بتر groundupدغل الحلفا مقارنة بالمبید الكیمیائي لنبات الحلفا، وطول النبات، وعدد السیقان للنبات الواحد، والوزن الجاف. ودل الكشف الكیمیائي عن وجود مركبات كیمیائیة مثبطة في مستخلصات اوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفر ونبات عنق الثیل وھي وزی،وكومارینات،وراتنجات،وستیرویدات،وقلویدات،وتربینات،وفینوالت،وكالیكوسیدات،وفالفونات،صابونینیات،وتانینات .وت طیارة :المركبات الفعالة،نبات عنق الثیل،نبات یاسمین الزفر،نبات الحلفاالكلمات المفتاحیة 36 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 المقدمة من االدغال الرایزومیة المعمرة وینتشر في حقول المحاصیل الزراعیة مما imperata cylindricaیعد دغل الحلفا یؤدي الى اضعافھا وقلة انتاجھا ، وینتشرفي جمیع المناطق واالماكن،اذیتكیف مع جمیع الظروف البیئیة لذا یعده .]1[المبیدات الكیمیائیةالمزارعون في العراق من االدغال المزعجة لصعوبة مكافحتھ بالطرائق المیكانیكیة وباستعمال اتجھت البحوث الى االستفادة من المتبقیات من بعض المحاصیل الزراعیة التي تتمیز بصفة االلیلوباثي وفي االونة االخیرة واستعمالھا كمبیدات ادغال في مكافحة االدغال المنتشرة في حقول المحاصیل كبدائل عن المبیدات الكیمیائیة االلیلوباثي ھو امتالك النبات لمواد كیمیائیة مثبطة تسبب تثبیط لنمو النباتات المجاورة .وان مصطلح ]2[المصنعة .وقد وجد عدد من الباحثین ان ھذه المركبات تؤدي دورا مھما في عملیة التداخل بین االدغال فیما بینھا من جھة ]3[لھا تمتاز .االجزاء الھوائیة واالرضیة من النبات، وان ھذه المركبات تنتشر في ]5و4[واالدغال والمحاصیل من جھة اخرى المبیدات ذات االصل النباتي بسمیتھا المنخفضة على الثدیات والبیئة والتحدث اضرارا معاكسة على نمو النباتات وحیویة .]6[ویمكن الحصول علیھا بسبب وجودھا الطبیعي في البیئة ,البذور واقل كلفة حقلیة لمناطق متروكة في الجامعھ المستنصریة لنباتي عنقالثیل اعتمدت ھذه الدراسة على مالحظة digitariasanguinalisوالیاسمین الزفرclerodendruminerme في السیطرة على نمو دغل الحلفا ومنع انتشاره ،اذ ان االوراق المتساقطة لنبات الیاسمین الزفرمنعت من نمو نباتات الحلفا كما فیالمنطقة المجاورة لنبات الیاسمین الزفرحیث عد من النباتات انتشار دغل الحلفا. وینتشر نبات الیاسمین الزفر بشكل واسع وھو من النباتات المستزرعة في العراق وی المتسلقة مستدیمة الخضرة ویمتاز بسرعة نموه وبتحملھ للظروف البیئیة القاسیة من ارتفاع درجات الحرارة العالیة .]8و7[والجفاف والملوحة تنبتالبیئیة و اما بالنسبة الى نبات عنق الثیل فھو من االدغال الرایزومیة المعمرة ویعدمن النباتات المتكیفة مع العوامل بذوره في الربیع و ینمو بصورة سریعة ویطغى بفترات قصیرة ویسود على جمیع النباتات في تلك المنطقة ،ویتحمل .]9[الظروف البیئیة الصعبة مثل الجفاف وارتفاع درجات الحرارة ایضا الحلفا ونمو بادراتھ، مع تشخیص لذا تضمن البحث تقییم الفعالیة السمیة لھذه النباتات على النسبة المئویة النبات بذور نبات وتقییم الفعالیة السمیةلمطحون اوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفر وعنق الثیل لمكافحة المركبات الفعالة في اوراق ھذین النباتین. (مبید جھازي لالوراق العریضة groundup }isopropyle aminدغل الحلفا حقلیا مقارنة مع مبید .2010والخریف لسنةوالرفیعة)}لموسمي الربیع المواد وطرائق العمل الدراسة المختبریة: وشخصت في معشب كلیة العلوم/ جامعة بغداد 2010جمعت اوراق النباتین من الجامعة المستنصریة في اذار لسنة ممدة ثالثة ایام ثم طحنت بطاحونة القھوة االعتیادیة كل على حدة ،خلط مطحون اوراق كل نبات على 45،وجففت بدرجة دقائق ثم 10من الكحول االثیلي ووضعت في الخالط مدة مل 10غم الى 1% بنسبة 80حدة مع الكحول االثیلي تركیز دورة في 5000ساعة،رشحت بقماش الشاش ثم بعد ذلك وضع الراشح في جھاز الطرد المركزي بسرعة 24تركت مدة ساعة بعد جفافھا التام ذوب المتبقي في 72ممدة 40دقائق، اخذ الراشح وجفف في الفرن الكھربائي بدرجة 10الدقیقة مدة .]10 [غم من االوراق المطحونة حسب طریقة 1مل/ 1الماء المقطر دراسة تأثیر المستخلص المائي الوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفر وعنق الثیل على النسبة المئویة النبات بذور الحلفا ونمو بادراتھا. فف الى النصف %مخ50% اي ان المستخلص غیر مخفف و100% ویعني تركیز 100% و50% و0استعملت تراكیز بذرة في 100جمعت بذور الحلفا من منطقة موبوءة بنبات الحلفا ووضعت .%استعمال الماء المقطر فقط 0بالماء المقطر و مل من كل معاملة في كل طبق وبثالثة مكررات لكل معاملة حضنت االطباق مدة 50سم واستعمل 12طبق زجاجي قطره النسبة المئویة النباتالبذور، وطول الساق، وطول الجذر، وحللت النتائج حسب درجة مئویة ، حسبت 30ایام بدرجة 10 % من الفروقات المعنویة.5على مستوى anovaالتصمیم الكامل العشوائیة وحسب تشخیص المركبات الفعالة في اوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفر وعنق الثیل مل) ،ثم 10غم/1%(80غم من مطحون النباتات كل على حدة واستخلصت بوساطة الكحول االثیلي تركیز 25اخذ ساعة ،ورشحت بقماش الشاش و بعد ذلك بجھاز الطرد المركزي 24دقائق بعدھا تركت مدة 10وضعت في الخالط مدة خلصات الكحولیة من الشوائب تم معاملتھا بالكواشف الكیمیائیة دقیقة بعد تنقیة المست 15دورة / الدقیقة مدة 5000بسرعة االتیة : الكشف عن الزیوت الطیارة :باخذ قطرات من المستخلص النباتي ووضعھا على ورقة ترشیح ثم تفحص ورقة -1 .] 11[الترشیح بوساطة االشعة فوق البنفسجیة، وان ظھور اللون الوردي البراق دلیل على وجود الزیوت الطیارة. مل ماء مقطر ،بعدھا 100غم من كلورید الحدیدیك في1. وذلك بأذابة ]12[الكشف عن الفینوالت : استعملت طریقة -2 مل من الكاشف وعند ظھور لون أصفرمزرق یدل علٮوجود الفینوالت.2مل من المستخلص واضافتھ الى3نأخذ 37 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الكشف عن -3 غم من ایودید البوتاسیوم واذابتھا في 6من كاشف دراجندوف(اذابة مل2مل من المستخلص الى 3القلویدات: باضافة bismuth sub nitrateمن مركب 6.0مل من الماء المقطرھذا المحلول االول اما المحلول الثاني فیتكون من اذابة10 مل من 7اضافة مل ماء مقطر. عند مزج المحلولین االول والثاني و 10مل حامض الھیدروكلوریك المركز و2واضیف الى مل بأستعمال الماء المقطر) یعطي لونا برتقالیا 400مل ماء مقطر واكمل الحجم الى 15حامض الھیدروكلوریك المركز و .]13[عند مزجھ مع المواد الحاویة على القلویدات ة اختبار مل من الكحول في انبوب1مل من المستخلص مع 5.0باضافة .]14 [الكشف عن الكومارینات: اتبعت طریقة -4 ثم غطیت االنبوبة بورقة ترشیح مرطبة بمحلول ھیدروكسید الصودیوم المخفف ووضعت في حمام مائي بدرجة الغلیان لبضعة دقائق ثم عرضت ورقة الترشیح لالشعة فوق البنفسجیة، ان ظھور لون اصفر مخضر دلیل على وجود الكومارین % منمحلول كلورید الحدیدیك وعند ظھور اللون االزرق 1لص وأضافة مل من المستخ 25الكشف عن التانینات : أخذ -5 .]15[دل على ایجابیة الكشف مل ماءمقطر محمض بحامض 20مل من المستخلص وأضیف لھ 10الكشف عن الراتنجات: أخذ -6 .]16 [% وعند ظھور العكارة في المحلول یدل على أیجابیة الكشف hcl 4الھیدروكلوریك غم من المستخلص الكحولي الجاف في قلیل من 1وذلك بأذابة .]17[الكشف عن التربینات والسترویدات: اتبعت طریقة -7 دقیقة عند 2-1الكلوروفورم ثم تضاف قطرة من حامض الخلیك الالمائي وقطرة من حامض الكبریتیك المركز. وبعد لون االزرق بعد مدة دل على وجود السیترود.ظھور اللون البني دل على وجود التربین وعند ظھور ال مل 2مل من المستخلص في انبوبة اختبار واضیف لھ 1حیث وضع .]18 [الكشف عن الكالیكوسیدات: أتبعت طریقة -8 مل 800غم من كاربونات الصودیوم المائیة في 100غم من سترات الصودیوم و 137من كاشف بندكت( یتكون من اذابة مل ماء مقطر ، ثم اكمل الحجم 100غم في 17و 3مقطر، رشح المحلول واضیف لھ محلول كبریتات النحاسیك من الماء ال دقائق وظھور اللون االحمر یدل على احتواء 5مل باستعمال الماء المقطر) ثم نقل الى حمام مائي مغلي مدة 1000الى المستخلص للكالیكوسیدات. مل من المستخلص النباتي في انبوبة اختبار ورجھ بشدة مدة نصف دقیقة وعند ظھور 5الكشف عن الصابونیات: اخذ -9 دقیقة دل على وجود المواد الصابونیة فیھ. 5 – 3رغوة كثیفة في االنبوبة دون اختفائھا بعد مدة تتراوح من الدراسة الحقلیـة موبوءتین بدغل الحلفافي تربةرملیة مزیجیة ألس اجریت الدراسة لمنطقتین متروكتین في الجامعة المستنصریة . وقسمتعلى اربعة قطاعات كل قطاع یحتوي على سبعة الواح ec 8,3وقابلیة توصیل كھربائي ph7.2ھیدروجیني plots))بابعاد(1و5x2) م وفصل االلواح عن بعضھا اكتاف(bordersسم. تم حراثة وقلب وتنعیم جمیع 35) بعرض ملتي رش المبید ومعاملة المقارنة.خلط مطحون االوراق المجففة حسب التراكیز المستعملة بوساطة المعامالت عدا معا سم،وسقیت االلواح بصورة كاملة،وقدكانت تسقى حسب الظروف البیئیة وكمیة االمطار 5الخرماشة الیدویة على عمق الساقطة. المعامــــــــــالت ممدة ثالثة ایام ثم طحنت 45وجففت بدرجة 2010المستنصریة في اذار لسنة جمعت اوراق النباتین من الجامعة بطاحونة القھوة االعتیادیة كل على حدة ، وزن المطحون حسب الكمیة المطلوبة. مل / لتر وقد استعملت مرشة یدویة سعة لتر في 25و 5,12والتركیز المستعمل ھوgroundupاما المبید المستعمل فھو ومعاملة المقارنة التي استعمل فیھا الماء فقط . groundup مبید معامالت رش اما المعامالت المستعملة ھي: مطحون من االواق المجففة لنبات الیاسمین الزفر.2غم/ م 50 -1 مطحون من االواق المجففة لنبات الیاسمین الزفر.2غم / م 25 -2 .groundupمل/لتر من مبید12 ,5 -3 .groundupمل/لتر من مبید 25 -4 مطحون من االواق المجففة لنبات عنق الثیل. 2غم/ م 50 -5 مطحون من االواق المجففة لنباتعنق الثیل. 2غم / م 25 -6 المقارنة رش بالماء فقط. -7 قبل تطبیق المعامالت في الموقعین امتازت اوراق الحلفا بكونھا خضراء ،طبیعیة ونامیة بشكل متجانس، طبقت المعامالث في بدایة شھر مایس(الموسم الربیعي)وبدایة شھر تشرین االول (الموسم الخریفي) ،وبعدشھرین من البدء 2010في سنة العددیة لھ وعدد السیقان للنبات الواحد والوزن الجاف لكل معاملة عن طریق باجراء المعامالت، قیس طول النبات والكثافة .ساعة 72ممدة 70سم) بصورةعشوائیة لثالث مرات لكلمعاملةوجففت العینات بدرجة x30 سم30رمي مربع مساحتھ ( 38 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 النتائج والمناقشة مالت االخرى وانھ كلما زاد %) والمعا0ان ھناك فروقا معنویة بین معاملة السیطرة تركیز(-1-یبین جدول تركیزالمستخلص زاد تثبیطھ في النسبة المئویة النبات بذورالحلفاوطول الساق و الجذر لبادرات نبات الحلفا. ویظھر من خالل الجدول ان ھناك فروقا معنویة بین التراكیزالمختلفة للنبات الواحد من حیث النسبة المئویة النبات بذور الحلفا ،اما للنبات الواحد 5,1و 1ة لنمو بادراتھا ( طول الساق وطول الجذر)، نالحظ انھ التوجد فروق معنویة بین التركیزین بالنسب من جھة والنباتین للتركیزنفسھ من جھة ثانیةفي التاثیر .اي ان التاثیر المثبط لھذین النباتین متساوي ومتقارب في التاثیر في بادراتنبات الحلفا اذا ما قورنت بمعاملة السیطرة.النسبة المئویة النبات بذور ونمو ) 2معدل طول نبات الحلفا وعدد السیقان للنبات الواحد ومعدل الكثافة العددیة (عدد النباتات / م-3-و -2-جدول یبین یوما من المعاملة في الموقع االول( في بدایة شھر مایس) والموقع الثاني في (بدایة 60والوزن الجاف لھا، بعد معامالت ومعاملة السیطرة وان اكثر المعامالت تأثیرا ھي معامالت األول)، نجد ان ھناك فرقا معنویا بین جمیع ال تشرین و یظھر التأثیر واضحا في اختزاللكثافة العددیة 2غم/م 50مطحون االوراق لنباتي الیاسمین الزفر ونبات عنق الثیل بنسبة انبضعف في نمو نباتات الحلفا لحلفا والوزن الجاف لھ وامتازت ھاتان المعاملتطول نبات ااختزال في و 2لدغل الحلفا في م ولونھا المائل الى االصفراروصغرالمساحة الورقیة لنبات الحلفا واختزال في عدد السیقان للنبات الواحدوقصر طولھا ) ان 3و2واختزالواضح في الكثافة العددیة عند مقارنتھا مع معاملة السیطرة(الرش بالماء فقط)،ونالحظ قي جدول ( اوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفروعنق الثیل قد تفوق على جمیع المعامالت في الكثافة العددیة والوزن لمطحون 2غم/م50تركیز الجاف لنبات الحلفا. لمطحون اوراق نبات عنق الثیل فقد كان بتاثیر المبید نفسھ تقریباومعاملة الیاسمین الزفر 2غم / م25اما بالنسبة الى تركیز الوزن الجاف وعدد السیقان النبات وطول النبات لكن من حیث 2فة العددیة لنبات الحلفا/مفي اختزال الكثا2غم / م25بتركیز فلم تكن ھناك فروق معنویة بین ھذه المعاملة وباقي المعامالت عدا معاملة السیطرة ھذا في الدراسة الربیعیة اما في الدراسة مالت عدا معاملة السیطرة.الخریفیة فلیس ھناك فروق معنویة بین ھذه المعاملة وباقي المعا ا في القیم للدراسة الربیعیة والخریفیة وذلك بسبب ان الفعالیات الحیویة تكون في حالة نشاط عالي في ونجد ان ھناك اختالف عالیة فیكون تأثیرھاواضح في الفترة الربیعیة فتكون عملیة امتصاصھا للمبیدات والمركبات االلیوباثیة الموجودة في التربة .]19 [بات اكثرمن الدراسة الخریفیة لقلة الفعالیات الحیویةالن ، ونجد ان جمیع للمركبات الفعالة لمطحون اوراق نباتي الیاسمین الزفر وعنق الثیل الكشف الكیمیائیفیبین -4-اما جدول واكثر الدراسات تدل على ان المركبات الفینولیة ومركبات . ]3[للنبات ھذه المركبات ھي مركبات مثبطةللفعالیات الحیویة على اختزال عملیة انقسام ھذه المركباتتأثیرا في االفعال الفسلجیةفتعمل الفعالةالفالفونات والتربینات ھي اكثر المركبات خالیا القمم النامیة في الجذور واختزال في فعالیة الھورمونات وعملیة امتصاص االیونات وتثبیط في عملیة صنع البروتین .]21و20[وعملیة البناء الضوئي والتنفس وتثبیط في فعالیة االنزیمات واختزال في نفاذیة الغشاء للخالیا المرستیمیة للقمة النامیة في جذور dnaالمركبات التربینیة ادت الى تغیر في تكوینوفي دراسةثانیة وجد ان وتعمل كذلك على تثبیط .]23[وكذلك ادت الى تغیر في عملیة االنقسام الخیطي للخالیا المرستیمیة .]22[النباتات المختبرة .]24[عملیة تكوین العقد والبراعم الزھریة في مطحون نباتي الیاسمین الزفر ونبات عنق الثیل یفسر التأثیر السلبي لعملیة انبات البذور الفعالةان وجود ھذه المركبات )،والتأثیر السلبي فیالكثافة العددیة، وطول النبات،وانبات 1ونمو البادرات وتثبیط نمو بادرات الحلفا (جدول .)3و2الرایزوما،والوزن الجافلنبات الحلفا جدول( المصــــــــادر . مكافحة دغل الحلفا باستعمال المبیدات الكیمیائیة .اطروحة دكتوراه/كلیة الزراعة/ 1979الجبوري،باقر عبد خلف .1 جامعة بغداد. 2. anitha, r.and kannan, p.(2006). anti fungal activity of clerodendrum inerme (l) and clerodendrum phlomidis (l). turk j. biol. 30: 169-142. 3. garima ,u.; tanu ,m.; manisha, g.;gupta, a. k.;aggarwal, s. and ram, c.d.(2011).acute toxicity and diuretic studies of leaves of clerodendrum inerme.journal of pharmacy research.4(5):1431-1432 4. zhao-hui, l.; qiang, w.; xiao, r.; cun-de, p.; and de-an,j. (2010). phenolics and plant allelopathy.molecules.15: 8933-8952. 5.alam,s.m.; azmi,a.r.; khanan,m.a. and ansar,r.d.(2001). allelopathy and its role in agriculture. journal of biological sciences.1(5):308315. 39 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 6.khanh, x.c.(2007). allelopathy and the possibility for weed mangment. ann. appl. biol. 10:1744 – 1748. 7.forest ,s.; kim, s. and lloyd, l.( 2003). united states geological survey--biological resources divisionhaleakala field station, maui, hawai'i, january. 8.mansoor, h.; muhammad, a. and nargis, n.( 2009).anatomical adaptations to salinity in cogon grass [imperatacylindrica (l.) raeuschel] from the salt range, pakistan.plant and soil.322 (1): 229-238. 9. teresa, m. m. andantoni, m.c. (2009).effects of loose smut on digitaria sanguinalis population depending on seedling emergence period.acta. oecologica.35:409-414. 10. mcpherson, j.k. and chou, m. c.h. (1971). allelopathic constituents of the chaparral shrub adenostomafasciculatum.phytochemistry. 10: 2925-2933. 11. endian herbal pharmacopoeia, anoint publication research laboratory, council scintificand industrial research jamatwi.(1998).1 :1-10. 12.harbone, j.b. (1975). phytochemical ecology 25 -43,new york.. 13. harbone, j.b. (1973). phytochemical methoda 2 nd ed. chapman and hall. pp288. 14. geisman, t. a.( 1962). chemistry of flavonoid compound , macmillan co, new york. دراسة بعض الصفات الوراثیة والسمبة الزھار القیصوم ،رسالة ماجستیر كلیة الطب 1982شامي، سامي اغار، .15 البیطري، جامعة بغداد. 16. jaffer, h.; mohamed, m. j.; jawad, a.m.; naj, a. and alnaib, a.( 1983). phytochimical and biological screening of some iraqi plant.fitoterapialix :229. یمیاء التحلیلیة،الجامعة ،الك1993الشیخلي، محمد عبد الستار عبد الجلیل،فریال حسن العزاوي،حسن فیاض، .17 المستنصریة . 18.sondhemier, e.andsimeone, j.b.eds. (1971). chemical ecology(academic press, new york, 1970);science171. ،تأثیر بعض المبیدات الكیمیائیة والعزق ومواعید اجرائھا والتداخل 1983سارمھ مي ، عبد الغني عمر اسماعیل. .19 بینھما على مكافحة الحلفا في العراق ،رسالة ماجستیر/كلیة الزراعة/جامعة بغداد. 20. anjum, t. p.; stevenson, d. h. and bajwa,r.( 2005). allelopathic potential of helianthus annuus l. (sunflower) as natural herbicide. proceedings of the 4th world congress on allelopathy: establishing the scientific base. aug. 21-26. 21.djurdjevic, l. a.; dinic, p.; pavlov, m.; mitrovic, b. k. and tesevic,v( 2004). allelopathic potential of allium ursinum.bio. syst. ecol. 32: 533-544. 22. abrahim, d.; braguini, w. l.; kelmer-bracht, a. m. and ishii-iwamoto, e. l. (2000). effects of four monoterpenes on germination, primary root growth, and mitochondrial respiration of maize. j. chem. eco. 26: 611-624. 23.iganci, j.r.v.; bobrowski, v.l.; heiden, g.; stein, v.c. and rocha, b.h.g.( 2006). efeito do extratoaquoso de diferentesespécies de boldosobre a germinação e índicemitótico de allium cepa l. arquivos do institutobiológico73: 79-82. 24. batlang, u. and shushu,d.d. ( 2007). allelopathic activity ofsunflower (helianthus annuusl.) on growth and nodulation of bambara groundnut (vignasubterranea(l.)j. agro.6:541-547 . 40 | biology http://www.springerlink.com/content/100326/?p=c393b10cca074738ac40abbb10c1c7a9&pi=0 http://www.springerlink.com/content/100326/?p=c393b10cca074738ac40abbb10c1c7a9&pi=0 http://www.springerlink.com/content/tk5625415x47/?p=c393b10cca074738ac40abbb10c1c7a9&pi=0 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s1146609x09000198 http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/journal/1146609x @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 تاثیر التراكیز المختلفة لنباتي الیاسمین الزفر وعنق الثیل في النسبةالمئویةالنبات بذور ونمو بادرات الحلفا. ):1(جدول طول الجذر بالملم طول الساق بالملم لالنباتالنسبة المئویة التركیز المعامالت ا 12 ا 15 ا 58 صفر% نبات الیاسمین الزفر ب 3 ب 2 ب 36 5,1 ب 7,2 ب 1 ج 26 1 ا 12 ا 14 ا 57 صفر% نبات عنق الثیل ب 5,2 ب 3,1 ب 35 5,1 ب 2 ب 1 ج 25 1 ، %5مستوى المعدالت المتبوعة بنفس الحروف لنفس العمود الیوجد بینھا فروق معنویة عند lsd =6.1 0.0 5عند مستوى تاثیر المعامالت المختلفة لمطحون اوراق النباتات المختبرة ومبید االدغال في الكثافة العددیة، وطول نبات ):2(جدول الحلفا، وعدد تفروعات سیقانھ، والوزن الجاف لنبات الحلفا (الموقع االول الدراسة الربیعیة). المعامالت العددیة لنبات الكثافة الوزن الجاف /غم طول النبات /سم عدد سیقان النبات 2الحلفا/ م 2غم / م50 ج 7 ب 17 ب 5,2 ج 2 الیاسمین الزفر 2غم / م25 ب 9, 1 ب 18 ,2 ب 2,3 ب 3 الیاسمین الزفر مل/ لتر من مبید 50 groundup 4 ب 12 ,3 ب 18 ب 3 ب لتر من مبیدمل/ 25 groundup 6 ب 12 ,3 ب 20 ب 5,3 ب 2غم / م50 ج 6, 9 ب 16 ب 2 ,6 ج 2 عنق الثیل 2غم / م25 ب 9 ب 18 ,1 ب 3,3 ج 2,2 عنق الثیل السیطرة ا 130 ا 45 ا 11 ا 30 (رش بالماء فقط) %5بینھا فروق معنویة عند مستوى المعدالت المتبوعة بنفس الحروف لنفس العمود الیوجد lsd =9.0 0.0 5عند مستوى تاثیر المعامالت المختلفة لمطحون اوراق النباتات المختبرة ومبید االدغال في الكثافة العددیة، وطول نبات ):3(جدول الحلفا، وعدد تفروعات سیقانھ، والوزن الجاف لنبات الحلفا (الموقع الثاني الدراسة الخریفیة). غمالوزن الجاف / طول النبات /سم عدد سیقان النبات 2الحلفا/ مالكثافة العددیة لنبات المعامالت 2غم / م50 ج 5,7 ب 17 ب 3 ج 3 الیاسمین الزفر 2غم / م25 ب 10 ب 2,18 ب 4 ب 4 الیاسمین الزفر مل/ لتر من مبید 50 groundup 5,4 ب 11 ب 1,19 ب 4 ب مل/ لتر من مبید25 groundup 8 ب 14 ب 21 ب 4 ب 2غم / م50 ج 3,7 ب 16 ب 8,2 ج 1,3 عنق الثیل 2غم / م25 ب 9 ب 18 ب 4 ب 4 ,5 عنق الثیل السیطرة ا 140 ا 55 ا 13 ا 35 (رش بالماء فقط) %5المعدالت المتبوعة بنفس الحروف لنفس العمود الیوجد بینھا فروق معنویة عند مستوى lsd =3.1 0.0 5عند مستوى 41 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الكشف الكیمیائي للمركبات الفعالة في نباتي عنق الثیل و الیاسمین الزفر. ):4(جدول عنق الثیلالوراق نبات الفعالةاالمركبات المركبات الفعالة الوراق نبات الفعالةاالمركبات الیاسمین الزفر + صابونیات + تانینات + + فالفونات + + كالیكوسیدات + + فینوالت + قلویدات + + تربینات + + ستیرویدات + + راتنجات + + كومارینات + + زیوت طیارة تعني عدم وجود المركب -عالمة عالمة + تعني وجود المركب، 42 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 evaluation toxicity 0fdigitariasanguinalis andclerodendruminerme to control blady grass imperata cylindrica. amaal a.s alhabib anmar s. aboud department of biology / collage of science / university of al-mustansiryah received on:13 may 2012 , accepted on:8 april 2013 abstract laboratory and field experiment were conducted at mustansiryahuniversity in 2010 to investigate the possible allelopathic potential ofdigitariasanguinalis (l.) large crabgrass andclerodenduminerme on the seed germination and seedling growth of bladygrass (imperata cylindrica), the results showed areduce of 44%and 43% in seed germinationby leaves extracts ofclerodenduminermeanddigitariasanguinalisrespectively in 50% concentration and 61% and 62% in 100% concentration. root and shoot length of blady grass seedlings growth were reduced by an average of 75-70%. field experiments indicated thatcrude material of clerodenduminerme and digitariasanguinalisin50 gm/ m2 gave the highest control on blady grass than the herbicide groundup in 25ml/liter and 12.5 ml/liter concentration in reduced blady grass density per unit area ,plant length,and foliage dry weight. phytotox agents were identified assaponin, flavon, glycoside, phenolic, alkaloid, steroid, tannin ,coumarinand essensial oil were detected in leaves extract of clerodenduminermeand digitariasanguinalis 43 | biology 8.mansoor, h.; muhammad, a. and nargis, n.( 2009).anatomical adaptations to salinity in cogon grass [imperatacylindrica (l.) raeuschel] from the salt range, pakistan.plant and soil.322 (1): 229-238. 9. teresa, m. m. andantoni, m.c. (2009).effects of loose smut on digitaria sanguinalis population depending on seedling emergence period.acta. oecologica.35:409-414. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees علوم حياة |325 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 تقدير الغشاء الحيوي المتكون بتقنية االليزا للبكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام المعزولة من اخماج الجروح والحروق ودراسة انتاج الغشاء جزيئيا. عمر نعمه فليح حسن لنعيمياليث مصلح نجيب الحياة / كلية العلوم / جامعة االنبارعلوم قسم رنا كاظم محمد الشمري التقنيات اإلحيائية / كلية العلوم / جامعة بغدادقسم 8102/كانون االول/82,قبل في: 8102/اذار/82استلم في: الخالصة صممت هذه الدراسة للتحري عن قدرة البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام والمعزولة من اخماج الجروح والحروق على ( عزالت 01إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي، تضمنت العزالت المنتخبة على العزالت األكثر مقاومة للمضادات الحيوية، وبواقع ) escherichia( عزالت 6، )klebsiella pneumoniae( عزالت 9، )pseudomonas aeruginosaلبكتيريا coli( ،5 عزالت )proteus mirabilis وعزلتين للنوعenterobacter cloacae استعملت تقنية االليزا وربط . البنفسج البلوري الذي اعتمد على قيم الكثافة الضوئية للبنفسج والمرتبط بكتلة الغشاء الحيوي باالليزا عند طول موجي نانوميتر، بينت نتائج االختبار تباين في تكوين الغشاء الحيوي بين األنواع البكتيرية اعتمادا على قيم الكثافة الناتجة ( 671) في حين كانت أكثر العزالت إنتاجا للغشاء الحيوي هي من البكتيريا المعزولة من المرضى المصابين بقرح السكري. كارو امتال جميع العزالت نسقا بال ميدا مختلفة في الحجم والموقع وقد تم أظهرت نتائج الترحيل الكهربائي في هالم اال استعمال الحرارة كعامل محيد للبال ميدات أظهرت نتائج الترحيل فقدان البال ميدات للعزالت وفقدان واختالف في كثافة اإلنتاج بعد التحييد إشارة إلى دور بال ميدي وكرموسومي في تنظيم تلك الظاهرة. : البكتيريا السالبة كرام، الغشاء الحيوي، البال ميدات.الكلمات المفتاحية علوم حياة |326 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 المقدمة ّعرف الغشاء الحيوي على ]0[( من االحياء المجهرية ضمن تجمعات ميكروبية تعرف بالغشاء الحيوي %99يتعايش ) أنه تجمعات خلوية معقدة من االحياء المجهرية سطحية االلتصاق مطمورة في مواد بوليميرية خارج خلوية مفر ة من الكائنات نفسها ويالحظ تكون الغشاء الحيوي في بيئة المستشفيات والسيما على أسطح الجروح والحروق المعرضة للتلوث ء الرقيق الحيوي على انه خليط معقد من األحياء المجهرية المتجمعة والتي التصقت على الغشاوصف .]7[الجرثومي ولقد .]3[ذات المنشأ الميكروبي (exopolysubstances)(eps) السطوح الرطبة بوساطة االفرا ات المتعددة الخارجية تكوين األغشية الحيوية فأنها تميل لوحظ في حاالت اخماج الجروح والحروق خالل نموا البكتيريا على أسطح المضيف و إلى تشكيل مثل هذه التجمعات مسببة االلتهابات المستمرة وتعفن الدم وتتميز هذه التجمعات بمقاومتها للظروف القاسية داخل رام أن البكتريا السالبة لصبغة ك.وقد وجد ]4[المضيف إضافة لمقاومتها العالية للمضادات الحيوية مما يجعلها صعبة العالج والسيما المتحركة منها هي السائدة في تكوين األغشية الرقيقة الحيوية وتتميز بكتريا الزوائف الزنجارية بقابليتها العالية تمتلك البكتيريا .]5[على تكوين األغشية الرقيقة على العدد الطبية المستعملة في عالج المرضى الراقدين في المستشفيات ابلية على المقاومة للعوامل والظروف المحيطة بمعدل أعلى من البكتريا الحرة المعيشة وهي من المكونة للغشاء الحيوي الق إن معرفة التركيب الوراثي والمستوى الجزيئي للبكتيريا الممرضة .]6[األسباب المجهولة وغير الواضحة إلى حد اآلن .]2[بات المضادة لفعالية األغشية الحيويةوالمكونة للغشاء الحيوي يساعد في تشخيص الجينات و الطافرات والمرك بشكل dnaوهي عبارة عن شريط مزدوج من الـ plasmidsتحتوي البكتيريا على عناصر وراثية تسمى البال ميدات حلقي ومغلق تساهميا ولهذه العناصر القدرة على التضاعف بثبات وبصورة مستقلة عن الكرموسوم البكتيري وهي تنتشر . تحمل هذه البال ميدات العديد من الجينات المشفرة لعدد كبير من ]8[ضمن النوع البكتيري الواحد او بين األنواع المختلفة للمضادات الحيوية وإنتاج السايدفورات والهيمواليسين وهي مختلفة في الحجم فمنها ما عوامل الضراوة منها صفة المقاومة يكون ذو حجم جزيئي كبير وأخرى احجامها الجزيئية صغيرة ويكون وجودها غير ضروري للمضيف لكن وجود هذه هنا بال ميدات قد ال يكون لها البال ميدات يعطي البكتيريا صفات تمكنها من العيش في ظروف قاسية أو استثنائية إال أن .تهدف الدراسة إلى تقدير كثافة الغشاء الحيوي ]9[أي دور على الصفات في البكتيريا لذلك تدعى بالبال ميدات الخفية المتكون عن طريق االليزا بربط البنفسج البلوري ومعرفة دور البال ميدات في إنتاج تلك الصفة من اخماج الجروح ا الهوائية والسالبة لصبغة كرام.والحروق للبكتيري المواد وطرائق العمل عزل البكتيريا والتشخيص.-0 ( عزلة من البكتيريا الممرضة السالبة لصبغة كرام والمعزولة من 071( عزلة من مجموع )37استعملت في هذه الدراسة ) بغداد للمدة بين –اخماج الجروح والحروق من مستشفى الرمادي التعليمي ومستشفى الحروق التخصصي في مدينة الطب بالبكتريا. وتو عت العزالت التي تم اختيارها بناًء على للتحري عن مدى تلوثها 0/4/7105ولغاية 71/07/7104 ، p.aeruginosa( عزالت لبكتيريا 01العزالت األكثر مقاومة للمضادات الحيوية وذات مقاومة متعددة على النحو اآلتي ) وعزلتين proteus mirabilis( عزالت 5، )escherichiacoli( عزالت 6، )k.pneumoniae( عزالت 9) شخصت المستعمرات مبدئيا اعتمادا على . ]01[شخصت العزالت اعتمادا على ما ورد في وقد.enter.cloacaeللنوع الصفات المظهرية وتضمنت شكل المستعمرات ,لونها ,قوامها ,رائحتها وحجمها على وسط أكار الماكونكي واكار الدم و تعمال صبغة كرام للتعرف على شكل البكتيريا وسط أكار السيدموناس, وأخضعت العزالت إلى الفحص ألمجهري باس وترتيبها وتفاعلها مع صبغة كرام واستعملت الفحوصات الكيموحيوية المختلفة مثل فحص االوكسديز ,الكاتليز ,االندول وتم تأكيد التشخيص باستعمال عدة (0,احمر المثيل ,الفوكس بروسكار ,استهال السترات ,الحركة واليوريا جدول ) الفرنسية. تم تحضير األوساط الزرعية biomerieuxالمجهزين من شركة 7وبجها الفايتك api 20e kit يص التشخ بدرجة auto clave( وحسب تعليمات الشركة المجهزة إذ تم تعديل الرقم الهيدروجيني والتعقيم باستعمال 7الجدول ) دقيقة. 15( ولمدة²)بار/انج 15م وتحت ضغط º121 حرارة detection of biofilm formationالتحري عن إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي -8 في الكشف عن قابلية العزالت على تكوين الغشاء الحيوي وكما هو موضح في أدناه:] 00 [أتبعت طريقة ْم. 73ساعة عند 42نميت العزالت قيد الدراسة على وسط االكار المغذي لمدة -1 من المرق المغذي بوساطة ناقل معقم للمقارنة مع محلول ثابت العكورة القياسي مللتر 4مستعمرات إلى 2-7تم نقل -4 خلية / مل. 10 ×8 1.1( للحصول على عدد تقريبي للخاليا يقرب من 0.5)ماكفرالند رقم مايكروليتر 111مايكروليتر من المزروع إلى أطباق المعايرة الدقيقة وبواقع ثالث حفر لكل عزلة. كما أضيف 111نقل -7 من المرق المغذي المعقم )خال من البكتريا( إلى ثالث حفر والتي عدت سيطرة. ساعة. 42م لمدة 73تم تغطية األطباق بوساطة غطاء لتوفير ظروف معقمة ومن ثم حضنت عند درجة -2 ت لتجف بهواء وبمعدل ثالث غسالت وترك elisa washerغسلت الحفر بالماء المقطر بوساطة جهاز االليزا الغاسل -1 دقيقة. 11الغرفة لمدة علوم حياة |327 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 دقيقة. 11( لكل حفرة وتركت لمدة %1مايكروليتر من ملون البنفسج البلوري ) 411تم إضافة -6 دقيقة. 11غسلت الحفر عدة مرات بالماء المقطر وتركت لتجف بهواء الغرفة لمدة -3 .%91مايكروليتر من االيثانول بتركيز 411أذيبت الصبغة المتبقية بإضافة -8 671االمريكية عند طول موجي biotekمن شركة elisa readerقرئت النتائج بوساطة جهاز االليزا القارئ -9 نانوميتر. قسم الغشاء الحيوي إلى ثالث أقسام حسب نتائج االمتصاصية وكاالتي: قيمة االمتصاصية الغشاء الحيوي الضعيف الذي تكون قيمة االمتصاصية أكثر من قراءة السيطرة وأقل من ضعفي -ا للسيطرة. الغشاء الحيوي متوسط القوة الذي تكون قيمة االمتصاصية تساوي أو أكثر من ضعفي قيمة االمتصاصية للسيطرة وأقل -ب من أربعة أضعاف قيمة االمتصاصية للسيطرة. االمتصاصية للسيطرة.الغشاء الحيوي القوي الذي تكون فيه قيمة االمتصاصية تساوي أو أكثر من أربعة أضعاف قيمة -ج البالزميدي. dna استخالص الـ-3 البكتيريdna الـ-0التي تتكون من ] 07[بطريقة الحرارة والتبريد كما ورد في البال ميدي dnaتم االســتخالص الـ وتمت عملية االستخالص وحســب الخطــوات االتيــــة: te bufferالمنظم محلولال 2 مئوية. 37ساعة بدرجه حرارة 24 لمدة االكار المغذي وحضنت العزالتتم تنشيط العزالت على وســط -0 نقلت عدد من المسـتعمرات المفردة النقية باستعمال الناقل الى وســط مرق نـقيع القـلب والدماغ الســائل وحضنت -8 مئوية. 37ساعة بدرجة حرارة 74لمدة مليلتر( ثم طـــرد 0.5لســائل الحــاوي على النمو البكـتيري الى انبوبة صغيرة )مليلتر من الوسـط ا 1نقـل -3 دورة/ دقيقة ولمــدة دقـيقــتين وا يل الرائق وتم االحــتفاظ بالراســب. 03.111مركــزيا بســرعة ــب الحـــاوي ومزج برفــق مع الراسـ te bufferمايكــرولتر من المحــلول المنظم 100أضيف للراســـب -4 على الخــاليا البكــتيرية بوساطة الماصــــة الدقـــيقــة. دقائق لتحـليل الخـاليا. 10مئوية ولمـــدة 100نقلت االنبـــــوبة الى حـــــمام مــائي بدرجــة -5 دقائق. 5ُحضن النموذج مباشرة بالثلج لمـــــدة -2 دقائق.3/ دقيقة ولمـــدة دورة13.000طـُرد النمــوذج مركــزيا وبســرعة -7 teمايكرولتر من 100بعناية الــى انبــوبة جــديدة حـاوية على dnaنقــل بعــدها الرائــق الحــاوي على -2 buffer .مئوية 8-4في الثالجة dnaُحــفـِظ -9 تحييد البالزميدات بأستعمال الحرارة. -4 مل من المرق 5البال ميدي باستعمال الحرارة كعامل محييد وكاالتي إذ تم تلقيح في تحييد المحتوى ] 03[تم أتباع طريقة 74المغذي بمستعمرة مفردة من أنواع البكتيريا المعزولة والمستعملة في الدراسة الحالية، حضنت المزرعة الجرثومية لمدة مل من المرق 01رعة أضيف إليها مل من المز 1.0ْم. بعد انتهاء مرحلة التحضين اخذ 32ساعة عند درجة حرارة ( ساعة ولكل عزلة على حدا، فضال عن ذلك 0-7مم ولمدة ) 32المغذي وحضن الوسط الغذائي الملقح عند درجة حرارة مل من المرق المغذي وبواقع نموذجين لكل عزلة وحضنت المزرعة عند 01مل من المزرعة وأضيف لها 1.0فقد اخذ األول الستعمالة كنموذج سيطرة لمالحظة التحييد التلقائي مع النموذج الثاني والذي تم حضنه ْم للنموذج 32درجة حرارة ( ساعة 0-7ساعة للحصول على التحييد التلقائي. تم تنمية العزالت التي تم حضنها لمدة ) 74ْم ولمدة 44عند درجة حرارة دقائق لكل درجتان حرارية مختلفة أعلى 01ة منية ( ْم ولمد66-54ْم إلى درجات حرارية عالية ومختلفة )32وبدرجة .%93للوصول إلى نسبة قتل الحساسية للمضادات الحيوية اختبار-5 وذلك بأتباع ( 3التركية كما في الجدول ) bioanalyse( نوع من المضادات الحيوية المجهزة من شركة70استعملت ) وقسمت العزالت على فئتين هي ]04[وباالعتماد على طريقة disc diffusion methodطريقة االنتشار باألقراص .]05[الحساسة والمقاومة واعتمادا على القياسات العالمية agarose gel electrophoresis of dnaالكهربائي للدنا على هالم األكاروز الترحيل-6 المحاليل المستعملة في الترحيل , وتم تحضير % 1.2أجري الترحيل الكهربائي بأستعمال هالم االكارو وبتركيز وحددت ظروف الترحيل المتمثلة بالوقت والتيار وفرق الجهد لمجهز القدرة الكهربائية ]06[الكهربائي بحسب ما ورد في (power supply اعتمادا على )]وبعد االنتهاء من عملية الترحيل يرفع الهالم بحذر ويفحص بجها ]06uvtransillumiator حزم الدنا . لمالحظة النتائج اعتمادا على نتائج التشخيص ألمجهري كانت جميع العزالت المعزولة من اخماج الجروح والحروق سالبة لصبغة كرام وبينت نتائج االختبارات الكيموحيوية تطابقا في جميع العزالت مع صفات األجناس المنتخبة وكما مبينة في الجدول وكانت نتائج جميع االختبارات متطابقة لألنواع البكتيرية المشخصة في حين تم api 20eتشخيص ( تم استعمال عدة ال0) علوم حياة |328 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 عائديةاألجناس المعزولة وبنسبة 7للعزالت إذ أعطت نتائج االختبار بجها الفايتك 7تأكيد النتائج باستعمال جها الفايتك الحيوية إذ قاومت العزالت أكثر من مجموعتين (. أظهرت العزالت مقاومة عالية تجاه المضادات%99تصل إلى ) k. pneumonia(9 )( مضاد حيوي في حين قاومت بكتيريا 07) ps.aeruginosaللمضادات إذ قاومت عزالت بكتيريا فقد كانت األكثر مقاومة proteus mirabilis( مضادات اما بكتيريا 01فقد كانت مقاومة لـ ) e.coliمضادات اما بكتيريا enterobacter( نوعا والمستعملة في االختبار اما بكتيريا70( نوعا من المضادات الحيوية من مجموع الـ)04قاومت )إذ cloacae (3( مضادات وكما في الجدول )9فقد كانت بدورها مقاومة لـ). ر مقاومة للمضادات ( نتائج اختبار الكشف عن إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي في العزالت األكث0( والصورة )4يبين الجدول ) ( أظهرت جميع 0)ومعدل قراءة االمتصاصية للعزالت الشكلالحيوية عن طريق ربط البلور البنفسجي بالبكتيريا المنتجة وقد كانت العزالت متباينة في قوة إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي إذ كانت نسبة ( %011العزالت القابلية على إنتاج الغشاء وبنسبة ) ( 0,5في العزلة رقم ) p.aeruginosa( وبواقع عزلتين للنوع البكتيري%07.5القوي بنسبة )إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي ( وبنسبة %32.5( في حين كانت نسبة إنتاج الغشاء المتوسط )3,6في العزلة رقم )k. pneumoniaوعزلتين للنوع حالية متوافقة مع الدراسة التي ( للغشاء الضعيف تو عت بين العزالت البكتيرية جميعا, كانت نتائج الدراسة ال51%) وp.mirabilisوp.aeruginosa , k.pneumoniaحيت كانت نسبة إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي لـ ]02[أجراها الباحث enter.cloacae (011% و الدراسة التي أجراها )]بين إن نسبة إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي للعزالت ]08p. aeruginosa , k.pneumonia ,e.coliوp.mirabilis( أظهرت النتائج للنوع %90كانت بنسبة , )ps. aeruginosa اتفاقا مع جاء إذ أشارت إن نسبة إنتاج ]71[( , وكانت النتائج متوافقة مع ماجاء للباحثة %011إذ كانت نسبة إنتاج الغشاء)] 09[في ( للزوائف الزنجارية. أما النوع %42إذ كانت نسبة اإلنتاج )]70[ولم تكن متفقة مع ما جاء في , (%95الغشاء ) klebsiella pneumonia وenterobacter cloacae إذ كانت نسبة ]73[و ]77[فقد كانت النتائج متفقة مع ما جاء ( فقط %71إذ كانت نسبة إنتاج الغشاء )]74[، ولكنها لم تكن متوافقة مع ما جاء في(%011إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي المنتج ) إذ كانت نسبة إنتاج ]75[فقد كانت النتائج مشابهه لما أوجده الباحث e.coli،أما النوع enterobacter cloacaeللنوع ( نسبة اإلنتاج.%21إذ كانت )] 02[( بينما لم تتفق النتيجة مع ما جاء للباحث %011الغشاء هي ) صول على التحييد التلقائي إال إن العزالت لم تبِد أي اختالف في ْم للح 47تم تنمية العزالت الجرثومية عند درجة حرارة صفة اإلنتاج للغشاء الحيوي في حين كان للحرارة األعلى تأثيرا كبيرا على صفة اإلنتاج وكثافته وكما مبين بالجدول رقم وثات التي قد تكون مسؤولة ( إذ أظهرت نتائج الترحيل الكهربائي فقدان بعض العزالت بال ميدات قد تكون حاملة للمور5) عن صفة إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي في بعض العزالت التي فقدت القابلية على تكوين أو انخفاض تلك النسب بعد تحييدها ( لمعدل االمتصاصية للعزالت بعد التحييد.7بالحرارة كما مبين بالشكل ) المناقشة الواسعة االنتشار فهي تتواجد في مختلف البيئات ومنها التربة والمياه تعد البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام من البكتريا ومنها ما يتخذ من بيئة المستشفيات مستوطنات لها إذ لها القابلية على تحمل الظروف البيئية المختلفة، ولها القدرة على هو قلة اهتمام الكادر الطبي في العيش في المطهرات والمعقمات المخففة وقد يكون أحد أسباب تلوث المعقمات والمطهرات المستشفى بالجوانب الصحية المتعلقة بالتعقيم، فضال عن عدم إتباع الطرائق الصحيحة في تخفيف المحاليل وتقدير التركيز . تزداد إصابات (acquired infections). وهي تسبب اإلصابات المكتسبة من المستشفى ]76[المثبط للبكتريا الملوثة لكليبسيال في مرضى السكري والنقص المناعي والسيما الداخلين في المستشفيات لغرض المعالجة إذ تتميز الزوائف وا اغلب أنواعها بأنها األكثر شيوعا في بيئة المستشفى كونها انتها ية وهي تسبب اخماج مكتسبة من المستشفى أو ما يسمى ابليتها على تكوين األغشية الرقيقة الحيوية خاصة عندما , وتمتا بق (nosocomial infections)عدوى المستشفيات .ومن خالل الدراسة الحالية فان العزالت المنتخبة لغرض التحري عن الغشاء وتكوينه كانت ]72[تملك اسواطاً عـديدة أو تحوير في موقع األكثر مقاومة للمضادات الحيوية وإن المقاومة للمضادات في البكتيريا السالبة كرام قد تأتي نتيجة تغير المخصصة الرتباط هذه المضادات ومن ثَم يصبح pbps (penicillin-binding proteins) الهدف للمضاد وهي -mbl(metalo منتجة إلنزيم p. aeruginosaمن العزالت التابعة للنوع %22إن ]79 [.وجد]78[المضاد غير فعال beta-lactamase), كما يؤثر نظام الضخ(efflux pump) تأثيرا هاما في مقاومة البكتيريا لمضادات البيتاالكتام حتى وقد تحدث طفرات كروموسومية لمستقبالت المضاد على الرايبوسوم وحدوث الطفرة βlactamase غير المنتجة إلنزيم تحتوي على قنوات . كما قد يعود سبب المقاومة إلى حدوث تغير فيحاجز النفاذية للغشاء الخارجي التي ]31[بتردد عالي بروتينية تدعى البورين مما يؤدي إلى صعوبة مرور المضاد والوصول إلى موقع عمله وهذه القنوات بالبكتيريا السالبة تلجا البكتيريا إلى تكوين الغشاء الحيوي كوسيلة لمقاومة الظروف الخارجية كوسيلة دفاعية تحمي بها .]30[لصبغة كرام ون وتحصل في الغشاء الحيوي تكيفات أو تحويرات تستطيع البكتيريا فيها أن تقاوم هذه الظروف إذ المجتمع البكتيري المتك أن البكتيريا المقاومة ألكثر من ثالث مضادات حيوية فان هذه المقاومة قد تكون بسبب التحوير الذي يحصل في ] 37[أشار من ثَم منع مرور المضادات داخل الخلية البكتيرية. ومن تركيب عديد السكريد الشحمي الذي يودي إلى انخفاض النفاذية و اآلليات األخرى التي قد تلجا إليها البكتيريا هي في فقدان بروتينات الغشاء الخارجي والمسؤولة عن تكوين المسام التي في ]33[ا قد أوضحهتسمح بنقل المضادات داخل البكتيريا التي قد تعطي سبب أخر لمقاومة البكتيريا لهذه المضادات وهذا م دراسته. تعد طريقة ربط البنفسج البلوري بالبكتيريا من الطرائق التي يمكن فيها دراسة المراحل المبكرة لتكوين الغشاء علوم حياة |329 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 الحيوي الن هذه الطريقة تستعمل ظروف ثابتة أي تكون ساكنة ومستقرة ويمكن أن تكون فعاله في تحديد العديد من العوامل غشاء الحيوي مثل االهداب والالصقات واالسواط وغيرها وان الجينات تلعب دورا مهما في إنتاج الضرورية لتكون ال أن هذه الطريقة يمكن أن تستعمل مع أنواع بكتيرية مختلفة وتلتصق ] 35[كما أشار ]34[السكريات الخارجية المتعددة المتحركة تلتصق في القعر. البكتيريا المتحركة على جدران أو قعر الحفر في حين إن الجراثيم غير أشارت العديد من الدراسات إلى امتال البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام العديد من البال ميدات والتي تشفر ألغلب عوامل باحتواء البكتيريا السالبة على بال ميدات صغيرة مشفرة إلنتاج الغشاء ]36[الضراوة منها إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي إذ أشار عظم عوامل الضراوة األخرى المتمثلة بمقاومة المضادات الحيوية. أظهرت نتائج استعمال الحرارة كمعامل الحيوي وم محييد فقداناً صفة إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي في عدد من العزالت البكتيرية في حين أبدت بعض العزالت فقدان في قوة الغشاء ج الترحيل الكهربائي لبكتيريا الزوائف الزنجارية فقدان بال ميد (.بينت نتائ7دون فقدان صفة اإلنتاج كما موضح بالشكل ) إذ يتبين ps.aeruginosa(لبكتيريا 3واحد أو أكثر من العزالت التي أظهرت اختفاء صفة اإلنتاج بعد التحييد الصورة رقم ) ( إذ فقدت 7, 0العزلة) ( وفقدان بال ميدين اصغر في4,5, 3) فقدان بال ميد واحد ذو و ن جزيئي كبير في العزلة رقم ( مسؤول عن mega plasmidإذ أشار إلى وجود بال ميد كبير ) ]32[جميع العزالت للبال ميدات وهذا ما أكده الباحث تكوين الغشاء الحيوي وهذا ما ظهر واضحا خالل الدراسة. وبالنسبة لبقية للعزالت المنتخبة األخرى إذ قد تؤدي إذ وثق امتال بكتيريا المتقلبات على بال ميد صغير مسؤول ]38[نتاج وهذا ما جاء متفق مع البال ميدات دور كبير في اإل عن إنتاج تلك الصفة إذ فقدت عزالت المتقلبات صفة اإلنتاج في جميع العزالت المنتخبة فضال عن فقدان البال ميد واحد أو الترحيل الكهربائي إذ أعطت النتائج تباين مختلف قبل أكثر من جميع العزالت عند استعمال الحرارة كعامل محيد وإجراء وبعد التحييد إذ كانت المتقلبات من أكثر البكتيريا مقاومة متعددة للمضادات الحيوية فأن هذا التباين ينعكس على قدرة المسؤولة عن البكتيريا في المقاومة تجاه مختلف المضادات أي إن العالجات أو الطرائق التي تمنع النسخ من الجينات تكوين الغشاء الحيوي قد يكون استراتيجية ناجحة في منع هذه العدوى. ان النقل األفقي للجينات هو المصدر الرئيس لتطور صفة إنتاج الغشاء الحيوي, وتؤدي البال ميدات ]39[أشار الباحث داخل مجتمع الغشاء الحيوي وتحمل أيضا االقترانية دورا مهما بين المجتمع البكتيري إذ إن االقتران البكتيري يحدث موروثات تستطيع أن تشفر لمقاومة المضادات الحيوية ومن ثَم فقدان صفة اإلنتاج للغشاء الحيوي يكون مقترناً بصفة المقاومة ومن ثَم فان الغشاء الحيوي يؤثر على انتشار المقاومة المتعددة فضال عن ارتباطها جينيا بالنقل األفقي مع عوامل .إن عدم فقدان اإلنتاج لصفة الغشاء الحيوي في بعض العزالت وحدوث ]41[ الضراوة األخرى وهذا ما أشار إليه أيضا نقصان في كثافة اإلنتاج قد تعزى إلى الحساسية للحرارة إلى بعض الميكانيكيات المحتملة مثل فقدان بعض التفاعالت رتباطات مختلفة لمستقبالت البروتينات خالل هذا المدى الحراري أو فقدان ا-protein dna أو protein-proteinمنها ومن ثَم فأنها تعمل على حدوث تغير في فعالية اإلنزيمات المسؤولة عن الذي يقود إلى تثبيط انتقال ألجين أو عدم استقراره ة للعزالت ذات , وقد يعود االختالف في النسب المئوي]40[ومن ثَم توقف أو تقلل من التضاعف dnaتضاعف الـ االختالف في كثافة اإلنتاج إلى العزالت قيد الدراسة إلنتاج الغشاء الحيوي إلى اختالف مصدر العينة إذ إن العزالت كانت من مصادر مختلفة ومن أشخاص مختلفين وبأعمار مختلفة والسيما األشخاص المصابين بداء السكري. المصادر 1. costerton, j. w.; stewart, p. s. and greenberg, e. p. (1999). bacterial biofilms: a common cause of persistent infections. science, 284(5418), 1318-1322. 2. kramer, a.; schwebke, i. and kampf, g. (2006). how long do nosocomial pathogens persist on inanimate surfaces? a systematic review. bmc infectious diseases, 6(1), 1.. 3. derakhshan, s.; sattari, m. and bigdeli, m. (2010). effect of cumin (cuminum cyminum) seed essential oil on biofilm formation and plasmid integrity of klebsiella pneumoniae. pharmacognosy magazine, 6(21), 57. 4. mah, t. f. c. and o'toole, g. a. (2001). mechanisms of biofilm resistance to antimicrobial agents. trends in microbiology, 9(1), 34-39. (. دراسة النسق البال ميدي للبكتريا المعزولة من األغشية الحيوية 7119ي، حسن فاضل. )مهدي، داليا صالح وناج .5 آيار. 78-72للعدد الطبية. عدد خاص بمؤتمر كلية العلوم. جامعة بابل. 6. dadawala, a. i.; chauhan, h. c.; chandel, b. s.; ranaware, p.; patel sandip, s.; khushboo, s. and kher, h. n. (2010). assessment of escherichia coli isolates for in vitro biofilm production. vet world, 3, 364-366. 7. benoit, m. r.; conant, c. g.; ionescu-zanetti, c.; schwartz, m., and matin, a. (2010). new device for high-throughput viability screening of flow biofilms.applied and environmental microbiology, 76(13), 4136-4142. علوم حياة |330 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 8. gerdes, k.; rasmussen, p. b. and molin, s. (1986). uniguetype of maintenance functionpostegregational killing of plasmid free cells. proe. natl. acad. sci. usa., 38: 3116-3120. 9. martineau, f.; picard, f. j.; ménard, c.; roy , p. h.; ouellette, m. and bergeron, m. g. (2000). development of a rapid pcr assay specific for staphylococcus saprophyticus and application to direct detection from urine samples. journal of clinical microbiology, 38(9), 3280-3284. 10. holt, j. g.; krieg, n.r.; sneath, p.h.a.; staley, j.a. and williams, s.t. (1994). bergy, s manual of derminative bacteriology. (9th) ed. williams and wilkins. 11. schwartz, t.; kohnen, w.; jansen, b. and obst, u. (2003). detection of antibioticresistant bacteria and their resistance genes in wastewater, surface water, and drinking water biofilms. fems microbiology ecology, 43(3), 325-335. 12. singh, h.; rathore, r. s.; singh, s. and cheema, p. s. (2011). comparative analysis of cultural isolation and pcr based assay for detection of campylobacter jejune in food and faecal samples. brazilian journal of microbiology, 42(1), 181-186. 13. trevors, j. t. (1986). plasmid curing in bacteria. fems microbiology reviews,32(3), 149-157. 14. bauer, a.w.; kirby, w. m. m.; sherris, j. c and truck m.(1966). antibiotic susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method. am. j. of clin.pathol.45:493496. 15. national committee for clinical laboratory standards (nccls). (2013). performance standards for disc susceptibility tests, 8th ed. approved standard m2-a8. national committee for clinical laboratory standards, wayne, pa. 16. dillon, ja ; nasim a and nestmann, e (1985) recombinant dna methodology. john wiley and sons inc., mississauga, ontario, canada. 17. al-ani, narjis fowzi ismail. microbiological aspects in biofilm produced by some uropathogens isolated from patients with indwelling bladder catheters. diss. anbar university, 2008. 07 :3 :485-495 18. buniya, h. k. (2013). transformation of some genetic traits carried on staphylococcus aureus plasmids to e. coli bl21 (de3) strain al-anbar journal of veterinary sciences : v: 6 i: (1) p,(173-179). 19. moteeb, s. h. (2008). quantitative and qualitative assay of bacterial biofilm produced by pseudomonas aeroginosa and klebsiella spp. j alanbar university for pure science, (3). 20. naji, e. n.; ali ,a. a. and hamzah, b. f.(2015)"the bactericidal effect of co2 laser on pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from wound and burn infections, in-vitro".baghdad science journal issn: p: 20788665 e: 24117986. 21. al-enzi, r. m. and al-charrakh, a. (2013)" h. heavy metals resistance of pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from clinical and environmental sources in hilla city".medical journal of babylon issn: 1812156x 23126760:: 10: 1: 110-119 22. oleiwi, s. r. and abid, h. k.(2014)" role of extracted genomic dna on biofilm formation by pseudomonas aeruginosa and klebsiella pneumoniae in vitro". ibn alhaitham j. for pure and appl. sci. 27 (3). 23. mathur, t.; singhal, s.; khan, s.; upadhyay, d. j.; fatma, t. and rattan, a. (2006). detection of biofilm formation among the clinical isolates of staphylococci: an evaluation of three different screening methods. indian journal of medical microbiology, 24(1), 25. 24. nktel, f. al-saad ; mohammed, s. al-saeed and ilham a. bnyan. (2012)" biofilm formation by bacterial isolates from burn infected patients". medical journal of babylon 9-3. 25. ebraheem, a. a. and alwendawi, s. a.(2015)" screening for in vitro biofilm formation ability of locally isolated uropathogenic escherichia coli (upec)". iraqi journal of science. 56, (2b): (1310-1314). http://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=146&uilanguage=en http://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=146&uilanguage=en http://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=161&uilanguage=ar http://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=161&uilanguage=ar http://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=161&uilanguage=ar علوم حياة |331 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 26. agnihotri, n.; gupta, v. and joshi, r. m. (2004). aerobic bacterial isolates from burn wound infections and their antibiograms—a five-year study. burns, 30(3), 241-243. 27. nathwani, d. and barlow, g. (2005). is antibiotic resistance a problem, apractical guide for hospital clinicians. post. med. j., 81: 680-692. 28. nelson, d. e.; ghosh, a. s.; paulson, a. l.; and young, k. d. (2002). contribution of membrane-binding and enzymatic domains of penicillin binding protein 5 to maintenance of uniform cellular morphology of escherichia coli.journal of bacteriology, 184(13), 36303639. 29. zavascki, a. p.; gaspareto, p. b.; martins, a. f.; gonçalves, a. l. and barth, a. l. (2005). outbreak of carbapenem-resistant pseudomonas aeruginosa producing spm-1 metallo-β-lactamase in a teaching hospital in southern brazil.journal of antimicrobial chemotherapy, 56(6), 1148-1151. 30. brooks, g. f.; butel, j. s. and morse, s. a. (1998). medical mirobiology 21st ed. appleton and lange. stamford united states el america. p. 145 – 176, 231 – 233. 31. spanu, t.; luzzaro, f.; perilli, m.; amicosante, g.; toniolo, a.; fadda, g. and italian esbl study group. (2002). occurrence of extended-spectrum β-lactamases in members of the family enterobacteriaceae in italy: implications for resistance to β-lactams and other antimicrobial drugs. antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy, 46(1), 196-202. 32. hoyle, b. d.; alcantara, j. and costerton, j. w. (1992)"pseudomonas aeruginosa biofilm as a diffusion barrier to piperacillin." antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy 36.9: 2054-2056 33. jazani, nima hosseini, afshin zahedi, and nasergarebagi. "phenotypic detection of metallo-β-lactamase producing pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from urmia hospitals." african journal of microbiology research [internet] 6.7 (2012): 1387-92. 34. pehl, m. j.; jamieson, w. d.; kong, k.; forbester, j. l.; fredendall, r. j.; gregory, g. a. and orwin, p. m. (2012). genes that influence swarming motility and biofilm formation in variovorax paradoxus eps. plos one, 7(2), e31832. 35. o'toole, g. a. (2011). microtiter dish biofilm formation assay. jove (journal of visualized experiments), (47), e2437-e2437. 36. chmielewski, r. a. n. and frank, j. f. (2003). biofilm formation and control in food processing facilities. comprehensive reviews in food science and food safety, 2(1), 22-32. 37. dougherty, k.; smith, b. a.; moore, a. f.; maitland, s.; fanger, c.; murillo, r. and baltrus, d. a. (2014). multiple phenotypic changes associated with large-scale horizontal gene transfer. plos one, 9(7), e102170. 38. khan, a. u. and musharraf, a. (2004). plasmid-mediated multiple antibiotic resistance in proteus mirabilis isolated from patients with urinary tract infection. medical science monitor: international medical journal of experimental and clinical research, 10(11), cr598-602. 39. ghigo, j. m. (2001). natural conjugative plasmids induce bacterial biofilm development. nature, 412(6845), 442-445. 40. branda, s. s.; vik, å.; friedman, l. and kolter, r. (2005). biofilms: the matrix revisited. trends in microbiology, 13(1), 20-26. 41. sherburne, c. k.; lawley, t.d.; gilmour, m.w.; blattner, f.r.; burland, v.; grotbeck, e.; rose, d. j. and taylor, d. f. (2000). the complete dna sequence and analysis of r27, a large inchi plasmid from salmonella typhithat is temperature sensitive for transfer. nucleic acid research, 28.2177–2186. علوم حياة |332 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 ( يوضح االختبارات الكيموحيوية والمجهرية لغرض التميز والتشخيص األولي0) جدول اسم العزلة g r a m s ta in m o ti li ty in d o le m r e d v -p c it r a te c a ta la se o x id a se u r e a se s 2 h g lu c o se l a c to se c o 2 p. aeruginosa + + + + + + + kl. pneumoniae -+/ + + + /++ + + escherichia coli + + + + + + + p. mirabilis + + -+/ -+/ + + + + entero. cloacae + + + + /++ + ( االوساط الزرعية واستعماالتها والشركة المصنعة لها8جدول ) الشركة المصنعة االستعمال اسم الوسط ت 0. وسط اكار ماكونكي macconkeyśagar medium عزل العصيات السالبة لصبغة كرام والتفريق بين الالكتو عن غير المخمرةالعزالت المخمرة لسكر himedia (india) 7. bloodوسط الدم االساس agar base وسط غذائي الستنبات وتمييز البكتريا المحللة للدم haemolytic bacteria himedia (india) 3. وسط االكار المغذي nutrient agar media لحفظ العزالت البكتيرية النقية على السطح المائل slant oxoid (england) 4. nutrientالمرق المغذي broth لتنمية العزالت البكتيرية وتنشيطها الجراء االختبارات الكيموحيوية himedia (india) 5. هنتون-اكار مولر muller-hinton agar الختبار حساسية العزالت البكتيرية للمضادات الحيوية oxoid (england 6. وسط عزل السيدوموناس pseudomonas isolation agar لعزل الزوائف الزنجارية وتشخيصها himedia (india) 2. وسط اكار سترات سيمون simmon citrate agar هذا الوسط الختبار قابلية البكتريا على استهال السترات كمصدر للكاربون. oxoid (england) 8. kligler'sوسط اكار كلكلر iron agar medium لتشخيص قدرة البكتريا على تخمير السكريات ، وإنتاج الغا من تخمير السكريات وانتاج كبريتيد s2hالهيدروجين himedia (india) 9. peptonوسط ماء الببتون water medium للتحري عن قابلية البكتريا على تحليل الحامض ( وانتاج االندولtryptophanاالميني ) himedia (india) 01. ureaاكار اليوريا االساس agar base للتحري عن قابلية البكتريا على انتاج انزيم اليوريز وتحليل اليوريا himedia (india) 00. الدماغ -مرق نقيع القلب brain-heart infusion broth لفترات طويلة دون لحفظ العزالت البكتيرية النقية احتمال تعرضها لفقدان بعض مواصفاتها الوراثية oxoid (england) 07. الفوكس -المثيل األحمر mr-vpبروسكاور التحري والكشف عن المثيل األحمر التي تسهم في 4.6(إلى اقل من phخفض الدالة الحامضية ) oxoid (england) علوم حياة |333 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 ومقاومتها للمضادات الحيوية البكتيرية ( حساسية العزالت3جدول ) antimicrobial class المضادات الحيوية ونسبة الحساسية p. aeruginosa k. pneumoniae e.coli p. mirabilis e. cloacae المعدل n=(54) n=(34) n(14) n=(11) n=(7) 071 penicillins ampicillin r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 oxacillin r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 ticarcillin r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 β-lactam/βlactamaseinhibitor amoxicillin clavulanic acid r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 cephems (parenteral ) cephlothine r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 cefotaxime r% 011 37(94%) 011 011 7(79%) 85% s% 1 7(6%) 1 1 5(20%) 05% ceftriaxone r% 51(93%) 79(85%) 2(51%) 0(9%) 6(86%) 65% s% 4(2%) 5(05%) 2(51%) 01(90%) 0(04%) 35% monobactams aztreonam r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 penems imipenem r% 7(3%) 0(3%) 1 1 1 0% s% 57(92%) 33(92%) ِِ 011(011%) 00(011%) 2(011%) 99% aminoglycoside amikacin r% 71(32%) 74(20%) 0(2%) 8(23%) 1 38% s% 34(63%) 01(79%) 03(93%) 3(72%) 2(011%) 67% gentamycin r% 76(48%) 74(21%) 5(36%) 7(08%) 0(04%) 32% s% 78(57%) 01(31%) 9 (64%) 9(87%) 6(86%) 63% tobramycin r% 30(52%) 78(83%) 3(70%) 8(23%) 0(04%) 51% s% 73(43%) 6(02%) 00(29%) 3(72%) 6(86%) 51% ansamycins rifampin r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 folatepathway inhibitor trimethoprim r% 011 30(90%) 01(20%) 011 7(79%) 28% s% 1 3(9%) 4(79%) 1 5(20%) 77% sulfatri r% 011 30(90%) 00(28%) 011 1 24% s% 1 3(9%) 3(77%) 1 2(011%) 76% glycopeptide vancomycin r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 lincosamide clindamycin r% 011 011 011 011 011 011 s% 1 1 1 1 1 1 phenicols chloramphenicol r% 01(09%) 6(08%) 07(86%) 011 3(43%) 53% s% 44(87%) 78(87%) 7(04%) 1 4(52%) 42% quinolones nalidxic acid r% 50(95%) 8(74%) 03(93%) 011 7(79%) 68% s% 3(5%) 76(26%) 0(2%) 1 5(20%) 37% ciprofloxacin r% 51(93%) 4(07%) 00(28%) 1 0(04%) 39% s% 4(2%) 31(88%) 3(77%) 00(011%) 6(86%) 60% tetracycline tetracycline r% 44(80%) 79(86%) 4(79%) 9(87%) 6(86%) 23% s% 01(09%) 5(04%) 01(20%) 7(08%) 0(04%) 72% = sensitive(s*) resistant( =r*) علوم حياة |334 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 ( قيم الكثافة الضوئية للغشاء الحيوي بعد ربط البنفسج البلوري بالعزالت المنتخبة والقراءة عند طول موجي 4الجدول ) (nm281قبل التحييد ) sample at ac 2ac 4ac week mid strong at1 at2 at3 en.cloacae 1 0.124 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.132 0.128 0.113 en.cloacae 2 0.098 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.067 0.159 0.07 p. mirabilis 1 0.146 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.146 0.149 0.145 p. mirabilis 2 0.139 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.138 0.139 0.142 p. mirabilis 3 0.113 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.121 0.085 0.135 p. mirabilis 4 0.091 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.072 0.126 0.075 p. mirabilis 5 0.129 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.129 0.135 0.125 e. coli 1 0.072 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.061 0.093 0.063 e. coli 2 0.079 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.087 0.053 0.097 e. coli 3 0.084 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.068 0.104 0.082 e.coli 4 0.082 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.09 0.061 0.097 e. coli 5 0.082 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.088 0.083 0.076 e. coli 6 0.127 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.119 0.135 0.127 kl.pneumoniae1 0.168 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.157 0.187 0.161 kl.pneumoniae2 0.089 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.1 0.089 0.079 kl.pneumoniae3 0.253 0.061 0.122 0.244 false false true 0.265 0.244 0.25 kl.pneumoniae4 0.080 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.09 0.073 0.077 kl.pneumoniae5 0.110 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.112 0.11 0.109 kl.pneumoniae6 0.252 0.061 0.122 0.244 false false true 0.248 0.251 0.258 kl.pneumoniae7 0.141 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.144 0.15 0.129 kl.pneumoniae8 0.128 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.126 0.124 0.134 kl.pneumoniae9 0.133 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.143 0.125 0.131 p. aeruginosa 1 0.249 0.061 0.122 0.244 false false true 0.252 0.243 0.253 p. aeruginosa 2 0.078 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.067 0.105 0.062 p. aeruginosa 3 0.118 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.132 0.1 0.123 p. aeruginosa 4 0.092 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.082 0.108 0.086 p. aeruginosa 5 0.245 0.061 0.122 0.244 false false true 0.264 0.228 0.243 p. aeruginosa 6 0.0896 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.078 0.113 0.078 p. aeruginosa 7 0.1273 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.128 0.121 0.133 p. aeruginosa 8 0.1106 0.061 0.122 0.244 true false false 0.164 0.103 0.065 p. aeruginosa 9 0.1373 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.145 0.136 0.131 p.aeruginosa 10 0.128 0.061 0.122 0.244 false true false 0.155 0.065 0.164 علوم حياة |335 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 ( nm281( قيم الكثافة الضوئية للغشاء الحيوي بعد ربط البنفسج البلوري بالعزالت المنتخبة والقراءة عند طول موجي )5الجدول ) بعد التحييد  at معدل قراءة االمتصاصية للعزالت عند الطول الموجي =nm281 =𝒂𝒕𝟏 + 𝒂𝒕𝟐 + 𝒂𝒕𝟑 / 𝟑  ac .معدل قراءة االمتصاصية لعزلة الكونترول =  2ac .ضعف معدل قراءة االمتصاصية لعزلة الكونترول =  4ac .أربعة اضعاف معدل قراءة االمتصاصية لعزلة الكونترول =  at1 القراءة للمكرر االول =  at2 القراءة الثانية للمكرر =  at3 القراءة الثالثة للمكرر =  weekغشاء ضعيف =  mid غشاء متوسط =  strong غشاء قوي = sample at ac 2ac 4ac week mid strong at1 at2 at3 en.cloacae 1 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.054 0.054 0.061 en.cloacae 2 0.062 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.063 0.066 0.059 p. mirabilis 1 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.056 0.056 0.058 p. mirabilis 2 0.057 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.056 0.058 0.057 p. mirabilis 3 0.057 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.06 0.055 0.056 p. mirabilis 4 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.056 0.058 0.056 p. mirabilis 5 0.055 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.053 0.055 0.057 e. coli 1 0.057 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.055 0.058 0.058 e. coli 2 0.055 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.056 0.056 0.053 e. coli 3 0.054 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.06 0.054 0.048 e.coli 4 0.060 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.06 0.064 0.057 e. coli 5 0.055 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.051 0.054 0.061 e. coli 6 0.052 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.05 0.06 0.046 kl.pneumoniae 1 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.06 0.053 0.055 kl.pneumoniae 2 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.056 0.064 0.049 kl.pneumoniae 3 0.062 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.054 0.062 0.071 kl.pneumoniae 4 0.057 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.056 0.057 0.058 kl.pneumoniae 5 0.065 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.064 0.066 0.067 kl.pneumoniae 6 0.070 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.071 0.072 0.068 kl.pneumoniae 7 0.055 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.052 0.06 0.053 kl.pneumoniae 8 0.072 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.062 0.077 0.077 kl.pneumoniae 9 0.075 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.075 0.076 0.075 p. aeruginosa 1 0.058 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.059 0.058 0.057 p. aeruginosa 2 0.07 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.074 0.071 0.065 p. aeruginosa 3 0.055 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.054 0.057 0.055 p. aeruginosa 4 0.066 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.063 0.064 0.073 p. aeruginosa 5 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.054 0.06 0.055 p. aeruginosa 6 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.059 0.057 0.054 p. aeruginosa 7 0.067 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.061 0.067 0.073 p. aeruginosa 8 0.064 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.063 0.069 0.061 p. aeruginosa 9 0.056 0.057 0.114 0.228 false false false 0.054 0.052 0.062 p.aeruginosa 10 0.068 0.057 0.114 0.228 true false false 0.072 0.065 0.068 علوم حياة |336 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 قيم الكثافة الضوئية للغشاء الحيوي قبل التحييد (0شكل ) ( قيم الكثافة الضوئية للغشاء الحيوي بعد التحييد8شكل ) conterol p.areuginsa k.pnumoni a e.coli p.miriballis ent.ecalase isolution 1 0.244 0.249 0.168 0.072 0.146 0.124 isolution 2 0.122 0.078 0.089 0.079 0.139 0.098 isolution 3 0.061 0.118 0.253 0.084 0.113 isolution 4 0.092 0.08 0.082 0.091 isolution 5 0.245 0.11 0.082 0.129 isolution 6 0.089 0.252 0.127 isolution 7 0.127 0.141 isolution 8 0.11 0.128 isolution 9 0.137 0.133 isolution 10 0.128 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 0.22 0.24 ة م قي o .d ي ج و م ال ل و ط ال د عن n m 2 8 1 غشاء حيوي قوي غشاء حيوي متوسط غشاء حيوي ضعيف conterol pareuginsa k.pnumnia e.coli p.miriballis ent.ecalase isolution 1 0.228 0.058 0.056 0.057 0.056 0.056 isolution2 0.114 0.07 0.056 0.055 0.057 0.062 isolution 3 0.057 0.055 0.062 0.054 0.057 isolution 4 0.056 0.066 0.057 0.06 0.056 isolution 5 0.056 0.065 0.055 0.055 isolution 6 0.056 0.07 0.052 isolution 7 0.067 0.055 isolution 8 0.064 0.072 isolution 9 0.056 0.075 isolution 10 0.068 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 0.22 0.24 ة يم ق o .d ي ج و لم ا ل و ط ال د عن n m 6 7 1 غشاء حيوي قوي غشاء حيوي متوسط غشاء حيوي ضعيف عديمة الغشاء الحيوي مجموعة السيطرة علوم حياة |337 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 ( البنفسج البلوري المرتبط بإنتاج الغشاء الحيوي للعزالت المنتخبة0لصورة )ا ساعة 1.5فولت / سم 5وفولتية %1.2البالزميدي على هالم االكاروز بتركيز dnaالترحيل الكهربائي للـ (2صورة ) العزلة األولى والثانية والثالثة 1psa,2psa,3psa,4psa,5psaإذ يمثل المسار ps.aregenousaلبكتيريا الـ العزلة األولى والثانية والثالثة والرابعة 1psm,2psm,3psm,4psm,5psmوالرابعة والخامسة قبل التحييد وتمثل التحييد. والخامسة بعد plasm id العينات 1psa 2psa 3psa 4psa 5psa 1psm 2psm 3psm 4psm 5psm مجموعة السيطرة العينة األولى علوم حياة |338 7102( عام 1( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (1) 2017 determine the biofilm formed by using elisa technology for gram-negative bacteria isolated from wounds and burns infections, and the study of the production of the biofilm molecularly. omar nama flaih laith musleh najeb dept. of biology / college of science/ university of al-anbar rana kadhim mohammad dept. of biotechnology / college of science/ university of baghdad received in :22/ march /2016 , accepted in : 28 /december/ 2016 abstract this study was designed to investigate the capability of gram-negative bacteria that isolated form wound and burn infection to production of biofilm which included (32) isolates, which have multi – drug resistant to antibiotics. the isolates included (10) pseudomonas aeruginosa, (9) klebsiella pneumoniae, (6) escherichia coli, (5) proteus mirabilis and (2) enterobacter cloacae. the method used method links the crystal violet with biofilm and reading by elisa which was adopted on the values of optical density of violets that linked to the mass of biofilm at the wavelength of (620) nm, the test results showed variation of biofilm composition for all bacterial species depending on the optical density value while the most production of biofilm was product form bacterial isolated from diabetes patients wound. agarose gal electrophoreses results show that all isolate have a different plasmid profile according to the (size and position), it was also that temperature used as a curing factor causes a high frequency loss the plasmid from all isolates and according to this reason the yield was different after the curing that maybe refers to the role of both plasmid and chromosome in regulating this phenomena. keywords: gram negative bacteria, biofilm, crystal violate, plasmid 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الخواص الحراریة فيتاثیر اربع مجامیع مثیل لسلسلة ازو بلوریة سائلة ایمان صبیح حسن، عصام عبد الكریم عبد اللطیف جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة ثنـــائي المكــــون لمركبـــات بلوریـــة ســـائلة تمــــت دراســـتها باســـتخدام مجهـــر الضــــوء اعشـــرون مخططـــ كـان اربعـة مخططـات منهـا الثبـات ان الطـور . (dsc)وجهاز المسـح التفاضـلي المسـعري ، المستقطب ،السمكتي هو نفسه في جمیع مركبات السلسلة (4-n-al koxy -2, 3, 5, 6-te tramethyl-4-n-al koxy az obenz ene ) (npa4m). ( tbaa )والمركــب البلــوري الســائل المرجـع (6pa4m) والمخطـط الخــامس كــان بــین المركــب terephthl ylidene -bis(4-n-butyl anal ine الجـــل تشـــخیص الطـــور الســـمكتي ومعرفـــة نوعـــه للسلســــة ( مثیـل االربعـة الجانبیـة والموجـودة علـى امـا تـاثیر مجـامیع ال. وقورنت النتائج مع االدبیـات العلمیـة ، المذكورة فقــد تمــت مـــن خــالل خمســة عشـــر (npa4m)احــدى حلقــات البنــزین علـــى الســلوك الحــراري للسلســـلة ةكـل مجموعـة مـن المخططــات تحـوي علـى خمســ، ى ثـالث مجــامیع علـثنـائي المكـون التــي قسـمت امخططـ (npa4m)ت السلسـلة البلوریـة السـائلة االولـى بـین مركبــا ةاذ كانـت المجموعـ ،مخططـات ثنائیـة المكـون مع المركب المرجع 4-n-hexyloxyphe nyl -4-n`-hexyloxy azobenz ene (hpa) وكـان هــذا المركـب الیحتـوي علــى اي (npa4m) نفسـها امـا المخططـات الخمسـة الثانیـة فكانـت بـین مركبـات السلسـلة . مجموعـة مثیـل جانبیـة (4b2m) والمركـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــب المرجعـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــي البلـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــوري الســـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــائل 4-butyl phe ny-4-{[(4-ethyl oxyphe nyl )carbonyl ]oxy}-3-me thyl benz oate ین امـا المخططـات ثنائیـة المكـون الخمسـة االخیـرة فكانـت بــ، الـذي یحتـوي علـى مجموعـة مثیـل جانبیـة واحـدة (npa4m) والمركب المرجعي(4b2,3m) 4-butyl -2methyl phe ny4-{[(4-ethyl oxyphe nyl ) carbonyl ]oxy}-3-me thyl benz oate . الذي یحتوي على مجموعتي مثیل جانبیة ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the effect of four lateral methyl groups on the thermotropic behavior of azo liquid crystal homologous series i. k. latif and e.s. hassan departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract twenty binary liqu id cryst alline mixture d iagra ms were invest igated with p olarizi n g microscope and differential scannin g calorimeter (dsc). four binary mixture diagrams were constructed to identify the smectic p hase which is found to be the same in all comp onents of the homologous series (4-n-alkoxy -2, 3, 5, 6-tetra methy l-4-n-alkoxy azo benzene) (npa4m ). the fifth binary mixture diagram was between the (6pa4m ) and the reference liqu id cryst al comp ound, terep hthlylidene-bis (4-n-buty lanaline) (tbaa) to identify the type of smectic mesop hase of these comp ounds, and the results obtained were comp ared with the literature. to study the effect of the 4 methy l lateral group s on t he thermotrop ic behavior of the (npa4m) homolo gous series, fifteen binary mixture diagr ams were divided in to three p arts, each p art conta ins f ive diagr ams . the f irst binary diagr ams w ere (npa4m ) with reference liqu id cryst alline compound 4-nhexy loxy p henyl-4-n`-h exy loxy azobenzene (hpa) ( compound without lateral group ). the second five d iagrams were between (npa4m ) and reference liqu id cryst al compound 4-buty lpheny-4-{[(4ethy loxy p henyl)carbony l]oxy }-3-m ethy l benzo ate (4b2m ) ( comp ound with one methy l lateral group ), and the last p art of binary diagr ams was between ( npa4m ) and reference liquid cryst al compound 4-buty l-2methy lpheny4-{[(4ethy loxy p henyl) carbony l]oxy }-3-m ethy lbenzo ate(4b 2,3m ) ( compound h as two methy l lat er al gr o u p s ) . . introduction a wide range of lateral group s have been incorp orated into many liquid cry st al sy st ems. initially, it may be thought that t hey disrup t molecular p acking and reduce liquid cry st al p hase st ability . indeed such destabilization often occurs through lateral subst ituents [1, 2]. on the other hand, in many cases, this disrup tion may be also advantageous for mesomorp hism as well as p rop erties required for technical use. such group s like –f,-cn, no2,-ch3, or -och3 alway s reduce the st ability of the smectic p hase more than of the nematic one. in general, the depression of the nematic-isot rop ic transition is p rop ortional to the size of the substituents irresp ective of its p olarity . for smectic p hases, the lamellar p acking of smectogens was destabilized by the increase in the size of lateral group s but enhanced by the increase in p olarity of side group s [3]. the lateral group s mentioned above introduce st rong side dipole moments altering intermolecular forces [4,5]. the methy l group often ap p ears as lateral subst ituents in st ructures of liquid cryst als and leads to a decrease of the clearing temp eratures and nematic ranges and increase the viscosity [6]. to identify any liquid cryst al p hase it must be shown that an invest igation of the behavior of binary sy st ems with comp onents forming liquid-cry st alline modifications leads to a classification of the liquid-cry st alline st ates [7]. the key to such a classification is the following emp irical rule of selective comp lete miscibility . all liquid-cry st alline modifications which exhibit comp lete miscilibility in binary sy st ems, without contradiction, can be marked with the same sy mbol. 'without contradiction' means that modifications which have the same sy mbol in no case exhibit comp lete miscibility with modifications of another sy mbol [8]. in general, binary mesop hase sy st ems exhibit eutectic behavior in their solid-mesop hase ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 transition temp eratures (tm), whereas t heir mesop hase isotrop ic transition temp eratures (tc) vary linearly with comp osition [9]. however, non-linear tc-composition behaviors were reported for some mixtures when one component was chloro [10] or nitro [11, 12] substitut ed liquid cry st als. in most cases, a mixed mesomorp hic sy st em is emp loyed in order to depress the melting p oint (t m) of one, or both, of the pure comp onents so as to obtain its mesop hase over a more readily accessible temp erature [13]. the aim of the p resent work was to st udy the influence of the four methy l group s in the azo core (figure 1) on the liquid cry st als thermotrop ic p rop erties, these methy l group s act as broadening group s on the geometrical shap e of the molecule i.e. they will change the ratio between the length and diameter (l/d) of the molecules, at the same time the molecules have four electron – donating ch3 group s on t he same azo benzene ring. experimental 1. preparation of material s the following homologous series compounds (4-n-alky loxy -2, 3, 5, 6–tetramethy l p henyl4-n-alkoxy azobenzene) (nap4m ) were p repared according to the method p reviously described by latif and hassan [14]. the transition temp eratures and p hase behavior of this series are given in table 1. r o n n r o r = cnh2n+1 n = 4-8 ( n, number of carbon atoms in the terminal alky l ) the following four reference liquid cryst alline comp ounds were used for miscibility exp eriments: iterep hthlylidene–bis-(4-n-buty l-anilin) (tbaa) n n m esop hase: cr sm5 smh smg smc sma n i transition temp . °c: 113 74 89 144.5 172 199 233 ii 4-n-hexy loxy p henyl -4-n-hexy loxy azobenzene. ( hpa ) o n n o m esop hase: cr sm n i transition temp . °c : 102 114 iii4-buty lpheny 4-{[(4-ethy loxy p heny l)carbonyl]oxy }-3-methy l benzoate . (4b2m ). o o o o o m esop hase: cr n i transition temp °c: 91 179 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 iv4-buty l-2methy lp heny4-{[(4-ethy loxyp henyl)carbonyl]oxy }-3-methy lbenzoate. (4b2,3m ) o o o o o m esop hase: cr n i transition temp . °c: (143) 160 these compounds were kindly sup p lied by prof dr. pelzl, phy sical chemist ry dep artment, m artin luther university , halle, germany . they were p repared according to the methods p reviously described [15-17]. 2. di fferential s canni ng calarime try (ds c) calorimetric invest igations were carried out on 910 differential scanning calorimeter (dsc) 1090 thermal analy zer (phillip s) by adopting a scanning rate of 10°c/min. 3. preparation of binary mixtures the binary mixtures used in this st udy were p repared by weighing each of the p ure comp onents adequate p rop ortion to four p laces on an analytical balance into small glass vials, each mixture was heated until it became isotrop ic and mixed very well then allowed to cryst allize. this was repeated three times t o ensure a homogenous mixture. 4. microscopy the transition temp eratures and the ty p e of mesop hase p resent in each mixture were determined by p olarized light microscopy using oly mpus microscop e provided with a heating and cooling st age. each mixture, mounted on a microscope slid and covered with a glass cover slip. re sults and discussion the the rmal behavior and the binary systems for t he invest igation of the monotrop ic smectic p hase in the homologous series nap4m , (n = 4-8). it is necessary to p roof if all these smectic p hases (table 1) [14]which ap p eard are the same smectic phase or not. figure (1) represents the p hase diagrams of the four p ossible binary combinations made from the 6ap4m with the different alky loxy terminal group (n = 4, 5, 7, or 8). the binary diagrams show that all the homologies comp onents have the nematic and the same smectic p hase. on other hand our smectic p hase need to be identified with other known liquid cryst al comp onent which have a smectic p hase which can be miscible with it without contradiction. figure (2) shows the binary mixture sy st em of the comp ound (6ap4m ) with the reference liquid cryst alline comp ound (tbaa).the smectic p hase of the comp ound (6ap4m ) is miscible with sm5 p hase from comp ound (tbaa) without any contradictions and can take its sy mbol. the comp ressive of the thermody namic transition enthalpies ∆h values with top ology of the binary sy st ems diagrams figure (2) and the transition enthalpies ∆h of the p ure liquid cryst als comp ounds (6ap4m and tbaa) give an identification image for the st ructural situation of the mesop hases. phase transition temp eratures and transition enthalpy values of comp ounds (6ap4m and tbaa) are list ed in table 2. by comp aring the transition between the various p hases ty p e in this table, we notify the following certain regularities: 1. the melting enthalpies p ossess the highest value comp ared with other data and it's normal[18] in certain substances with low melting enthalpy , transition could be detected due to several p hases in the solid st ate. in these cases t he transition enthalpies were added to t he melting enthalpies, t o y ield transition of ∆h. 2. the transition enthalpies connected with the liquid cry st als p hases do not exceed 7.080 kj/mol; in most cases t hey are considerably smaller. certain regularities could be easily ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 derived by taking into consideration the various group liquid cryst alline p hase ty p es. the transition enthalpies of the comp ound tbaa represented by small ∆h (sm5 / smh and smh / smg ),were extremely small or even vanishing value (smc/sma), large transition enthalpy was (smg/smc) more than 1.500 kj/mol, and the comp ound 6ap4m showed a large ∆h (sm5/n). the dsc thermograms figure (3), show the transition enthalpies of the different mesop hase with different concentrations at (95, 75, 50, 20, and 5% of comp ound 6ap4m ). a large transition enthalpy (sm5/smh, smh/smg) at concentrations 5 and 20% of comp ound 6ap4m , this occurs also in the concentration 50% of comp ound 6ap4m between the p hases (sm5/smg). the concentrations 75% of comp ound 6ap4m , the transitions (sm5/smg, sm5/n) large ∆h, and at 95% of comp ound 6ap4m have also a large transition ∆h between (sm5/n). this large ∆h change indicates large st ructural change within the transitions from p hase to p hase. while the transition enthalpies within the same p hase group are combined normally with small structural change indicated by small ∆h value [19, 20]. fifteen binary mixtures were rep resented in figures (4, 5 , 6). figure (4) shows t he binary mixtures between the (npa4m ) and hpa (this reference compound has no lateral group in its st ructure), this figure disp lay s linearly mesop hase isotrop ic transition temp eratures and app eared enantiotrop ic nematic p hase in wide concentration in the binary mixtures and the sm5 as monotrop ic in a concentration region between (75-100% of npa4m ). the figure 5 shows the binary mixture sy st ems between npa4m and 4b2m (this reference comp ound has one methy l lateral group in the middle core benzene ring), this also shows a linearly mesop hase isotrop ic transition temp erature, enantiotrop ic nematic p hase wide concentration area (0-96% of npa4m ), and the monotrop ic sm5 p hase in the concentration region of (77-100 % of npa4m ). figure 6 the binary mixtures were between npa4m and 4b2,3m ( this reference compound contains two methy l terminal group s on t wo different core benzene ring ). the enantiotrop ic nematic p hase was on small concentration region of the eutectic transition temp erature (tm) the maximum area was in diagram (a) in concentration between ( 56-94% of 4pa4m ) this area was small in comp arison with areas of nematic p hase in figure 5, the monotrop ic sm5 app eared in the diagrams (a-d), but in diagram (e) the nematic and the sm5 p hases app eared enantiotrop ically and around the concentration where the eutectic transition temp erature of the sm5 region was in the concentration ( 88-93 % of 8pa4m ). conclusions twenty p hase diagrams of t he all p ossible binary mixtures of the previously liquid cryst als comp ounds were constructed in order to invest igate the ty p e of the smectic p hase in the homologous series npa4m . this smectic p hase was ( sm5) which has a large transition enthalpy ∆h comp ared to the nematic p hase, which indicates that this p hase has large st ructural changes through the transition to the nematic p hase, which indicates that this smectic p hase has large order p arameter, this p hase till now is not identified by x-ray diffraction method to decide its ty p e. from the thermal p hase behavior and the lateral methy l group s effect on the thermotrop ic p rop erties of the homologues series one can be draw t he following conclusions:. 1. all the sy st ems containing hpa (a comp ound without a lateral methy l group ) tended to p ossess eutectic comp osition in resp ective of the difference between terminal chain lengths of t he two comp ounds in the binary sy st ems. 2. with the sy st ems containing 4b2m (a comp ound has one lateral methy l group ) and (4b2,3m ) a comp ound with two methy l lateral group s), the methy l lateral group s are a week electron-releasing therefore the melting p oints of their eutectic composition is much ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 more depressed and accordingly led to the app earance of a wider comp osition range of nematic phase and allowed to app ear the enantiotrop ic sm5 in the eutectic region. 3. figs. (4a, 5a and 6a) show the eutectic movement toward a high concentration of (4pa4m 0). this p henomenon app eared in all sy st ems by the same manner. therefore sm5 ap p eared in fig. (6e) enantiotrop ic with nematic phase. re ferences 1.weissflo g, w. and de mus, d.(1983) cry st. res. technol. 18: k21. 2.weissflo g, w. and de mus, d.(1984) cry st. res. technol. 1955. 3. collings,p.j. ; harid,m . and gray, g.w.; goodby j.w. (1997) "introduction to liquid crystals, pp . 70-77, tylor&francis , london. 4. orz eszko,j.k. ; m aurin,d. and m elon-ksyta, z. (2001) naturforsch. 55b, 1035 5. orz eszko,j.k.; m elon-ksyta, k. and czup ry nski, z. (2003)naturforsch. 58b:1015 6. demus,d. (1985).cryst. res. technol. 10:1413-1420 7. sack mann,h. and demus,d. (1973). m ol. cryst. liq. cry st. 21:239 8. sack mann, h. (1979).pure app li. chem. 38: 503 9. gray ,w. (1962)."m olecular structure and prop erties of liquid crystals", new york, academic press 10. sack mann, h. and demus,d. z . (1963).phys. chem., 224:177 11. sack mann, h. and demus, d. z . (1965). phys. chem., 230:285 12. dove ,s. ; patel,p. r. and vasnath, k. l. (1966). indian j. chem.,4 :505 13. rushdy , m. (2006).egy pt. j. solids, 29(2):227-240 14. latif,i. ; hassan,e. s. (2009) jorna l of diyala, 36 : 368. 15. goodby ,j. w. ; gray g. w. and m osley ,a. (1978).m ol. cry st. liq. cryst . 41(lett.):183 16. wegand,c. ; gab ler,r. (1940).j. prakt. chem. 155,332 17. youn g,w.r. ; ha ller, i. and green, d. c. (1972) j. org. chem. 37:3707 18. wieggeleben,a. ; richter,l. ; deresch ,j. and demus , d. (1980).m ol.cry st. liq. cry st. 59:329 19. arnold,h. ; demus,d. ; koch,h. j. ; nelles ,a. and sackmann, h. (1969). z. phy s.chem. 240:185 20. m arzotko ,a. and demus, d. (1975). liq. cryst. proc. int. conf., 1973: 189 table (1): the transition te mperatures (°c) for series nap4m transition temp eratures (c) -------------------------------------- compound r= cnn2n+1 no. n cr sm n i 1ap4m 1 • 129 2ap4m 2 • 126 3ap4m 3 • 103 4ap4m 4 • 89 • (83) • (85) 5ap4m 5 • 87 • (59) • (62) 6ap4m 6 • 80 • (48) • (63) 7ap4m 7 • 69 • (47) • (54) 8ap4m 8 • 65 • (45) • (61) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (2) transition enthalpies of the pure liquid crystal s components (a&b) 6pa4m m esop hase: cr sm5 n i transition enthalpy ∆h (j/mole): 21950 (1980) (4080) tbaa m esop hase: cr sm5 smh smg smc sma n i transition enthalpy: 19800 410 1300 4370 b 590 1100 ∆h (j/mole) ( ) mean a monotrop ic transition. b: mean just a jump in the cp . fig.(1): the four binary combinati ons of compound 6pa4 m with the different alkyloxy terminal group a) 4pa4m, b) 5pa4m c) 7 pa4 m and d) 7pa4m. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig.(2): the binary mixture of compound 6pa4 m with the reference liquid crystalline compound tb aa. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig.(3):ds c the rmograms of the transition enthalpies of the different mesophase with different concentration 5-95% of compound 6 ap4m. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig.(4). the binary mixture diagrams of npa4m and refe rence compound hpa, a) 4pa4m, b) 5pa4m, c) 6pa4m, d) 7pa4m and e) 8pa4m. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig.(5):the binary mixture diagrams of npa4m and refe rence compound 4b2m, a) 4pa4m, b) 5pa4m, c) 6pa4m, d) 7pa4m and e) 8pa4m. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig.(6): the binary mixture diagrams of npa4m and refe rence compound (4b3,2m) a) 4pa4m, b) 5pa4m, c) 6pa4m, d) 7pa4m and e) 8pa4m. microsoft word 92-101 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 92          approximaitly quasi-primary submodules   ali sh. ajeel omar a. abdulla haibat k. mohammadali     ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq omar.aldoori87@gmail.com h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq abstract in this paper, we introduce and study the notation of approximaitly quasi-primary submodules of a unitary left 𝑅-module 𝑄 over a commutative ring 𝑅 with identity. this concept is a generalization of prime and primary submodules, where a proper submodule 𝐸 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called an approximaitly quasi-primary (for short app-qp) submodule of 𝑄, if 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implies that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . many basic properties, examples and characterizations of this concept are introduced. keywords: prime submodules, primary submodules, socle of modules, radical of submodules, multiplication modules, nonsingular modules. 1. introduction in this article all rings are commutative with identity, and all modules are left unitary 𝑅modules. dauns, j. in 1978 introduced and studied the concept of prime submodule, where a proper submodule 𝐸 of an 𝑅module 𝑄 was prime if 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implying that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 or 𝑟𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 [1]. recently many generalizations of prime submodule have been introduced for example, see [2-5]. primary submodules as a generalization of prime submodules was first introduced in [6], where a proper submodule 𝐸 of 𝑄 was called primary submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implying that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸, for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . the concept of quasi-primary ideal which was introduced and studied by fuchs, l. [7], where a proper ideal 𝐼 of a ring 𝑅 was called quasi-primary ideal if 𝑟𝑠 ∈ 𝐼, for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, implying that 𝑟 ∈ √𝐼 or 𝑠 ∈ √𝐼, where √𝐼 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟 ∈ 𝐼 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . in ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index directorate general of education salahaddin, the ministry of education, tikrit, iraq.  directorate general of education salahaddin, the ministry of education, tikrit, iraq.  department of mathematics, college of computer sciences and mathematics, tikrit university, tikrit, iraq. doi: 10.30526/33.4.2513 article history: received 7 january 2020, accepted 12 february 2020, published in october 2020   93  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 particular 𝐼 is quasi-primary ideal of 𝑅 if and only if √𝐼 is a prime ideal of 𝑅 [7, p. 176]. in 2016 hosein, f. et. extended the notation of quasi-primary ideal to submodules, where a proper submodule 𝐸 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 was called quasi-primary if 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implying that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 or 𝑟 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑄 , “where 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 define the intersection of all prime submodules of 𝑄 contining 𝐸 [8]”. those two concepts led us to introduce the notation of approximaitly quasi-primary submodule as generalization of prime and primary submodules, where a proper submodule 𝐸 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called an approximaitly quasiprimary (for short app-qp) submodule of 𝑄, if 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implies that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . the socle of a module 𝑄 denoted by 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 is the intersection of all essential submodules of 𝑄 [9]. several results of approximaitly quasi-primary are introduced. 2. approximaitly quasi-primary submodules in this part of the paper, we introduce the definition of approximaitly quasi-primary submodule and give it some basic properties and characterizations. definition (1) a proper submodule 𝐸 of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called an approximaitly quasi-primary (for short app-qp) submodule of 𝑄, if 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implies that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . and an ideal 𝐴 of a ring 𝑅 is called app-qp ideal of 𝑅 if 𝐴 is an app-qp submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑅. remarks and examples (2) 1) it is clear that every primary submodule is an app-qp, but not conversely. the following example explains that: consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍 , the submodule 𝐸 〈0〉 is not primary submodule of 𝑍-module 𝑍 , since 4. 3 ∈ 〈0〉, for 4 ∈ 𝑍, 3 ∈ 𝑍 , but 3 ∉ 〈0〉 and 4 ∉ 〈0〉: 𝑍 √12𝑍 6𝑍. but 𝐸 〈0〉 is an app-qp submodule of the 𝑍-module 𝑍 , since for all 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑍 such that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, implies that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈6〉 〈2〉 〈2〉 or 𝑟 ∈ 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 〈2〉: 𝑍 √2𝑍 2𝑍. that is if 4. 3 ∈ 𝐸, for 4 ∈ 𝑍, 3 ∈ 𝑍 , and 3 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈2〉 but 4 ∈ 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 2𝑍. 2) it is clear that every prime submodule is an app-qp submodule, but not conversely. the following example shows that: consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍 , the submodule 𝐸 〈0〉 is not prime submodule of the 𝑍-module 𝑍 , since 2. 2 ∈ 𝐸, for 2 ∈ 𝑍, 2 ∈ 𝑍 , but 2 ∉ 𝐸 and 2 ∉ 〈0〉: 𝑍 4𝑍. while 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of the 𝑍-module 𝑍 , since 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈2〉 and for all 𝑟 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑍 such that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, implies that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈2〉 〈2〉 〈2〉 or 𝑟 ∈ 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 √2𝑍 2𝑍. that is if 2. 2 ∈ 𝐸, for 2 ∈ 𝑍, 2 ∈ 𝑍 implies that 2 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈2〉 and 2 ∈ 〈0〉 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 2𝑍. 3) it is clear that every quasi-prime submodule is an app-qp submodule, but not conversely, where a proper submodule 𝐸 of 𝑄 is called quasi-prime if 𝑟𝑠𝑞 ∈ 𝐸. for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implies that either 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 or 𝑠𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 [10]. the following example explains that:   94  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍, and the submodule 4𝑍 is not quasi-prime submodule of 𝑍, since 2.2.1 4 ∈ 4𝑍,, but 2.1 ∉ 4𝑍. while 4𝑍 is an app-qp submodule of the 𝑍-module 𝑍, since for all 𝑟 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑍 such that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 4𝑍, implies that either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 4𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈2〉 0 〈2〉 or 𝑟 ∈ 4𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 √4𝑍 2𝑍. that is, if 2.2 ∈ 4𝑍, implies that 2 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 4𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈2〉 and 2 ∈ 4𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 2𝑍. the following results are characterizations of app-qp submodules. proposition (3) let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, and 𝐸 be a proper submodule of 𝑄. then 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 if and only if 𝐼𝐹 ⊆ 𝐸, for 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐹 is a submodule of 𝑄, implies that either 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝐼 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . proof suppose 𝐼𝐹 ⊆ 𝐸, for 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐹 is a submodule of 𝑄 with 𝐹 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , then there exists 𝑘 ∈ 𝐹 such that 𝑘 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . now we have 𝐼𝐹 ⊆ 𝐸, then for any 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼, 𝑎𝑘 ∈ 𝐸. since 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 and 𝑘 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , it follows that 𝑎 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 , that is 𝐼 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . assume that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, then 𝑟𝑞 〈𝑟〉〈𝑞〉, that is 𝐼𝐹 ⊆ 𝐸 where 𝐼 〈𝑟〉, 𝐹 〈𝑞〉, then by hypothesis, either 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝐼 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . hence either𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . thus 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. the following corollary is a direct consequence proposition (3). corollary (4) let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, and 𝐸 be a proper submodule of 𝑄.then, 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 if and only if for every submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄 and every 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑟𝐹 ⊆ 𝐸, implies that either 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . proposition (5) a zero submodule of a non-zero 𝑅-module 𝑄 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 if and only if 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 for all non-zero submodule 𝐹 of 𝑄, with 𝐹 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 0 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . proof let 𝐹 be a non-zero submodule of 𝑄, such that 𝐹 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 0 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , and let 𝑥 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝐹 , implies that 𝑥𝐹 0 but 0 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 and 𝐹 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 0 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , it follows by corollary (4) that 𝑥 𝑄 ⊆ 0 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 , that is 𝑥 ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 . hence 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 . suppose that 𝑥𝐹 ⊆ 0 , for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐹 is a non-zero submodule of 𝑄, with 𝐹 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 0 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . since 𝑥𝐹 ⊆ 0 it follows that 𝑥 ∈ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝐹 , by hypothesis 𝑥 ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 , that is 𝑥 ∈ 0 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 . hence 𝑥 𝑄 ⊆ 0 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . thus by corollary (4) a zero submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is an app-primary submodule of 𝑄.   95  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition (6) let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, and 𝐸 be a proper submodule of 𝑄. then, 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 if and only if for every 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, 𝐸: 𝑞 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 with 𝑞 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . proof suppose that 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, and 𝑟 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑞 , implies that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸. since 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. and 𝑞 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , then 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 , that is, 𝑟 ∈ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 . thus 𝐸: 𝑞 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 . let 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, and suppose that 𝑞 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . since 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 it follows that 𝑟 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑞 by hypothesis 𝑟 ∈ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 . hence, 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . thus 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proposition (7) let 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, and 𝐸 be a proper submodule of 𝑄. then, 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 if and only if 𝐸: 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑟 for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . proof suppose that 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, and let 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑟 , such that 𝑞 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . since 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑟 it follows that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸. but 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. and 𝑞 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , then 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . that is 𝑟 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for all 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, it follows that 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑟 . thus 𝐸: 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑟 . let 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, and suppose that 𝑞 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . since 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 it follows that 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑟 , implies that 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 : 𝑟 , that is 𝑟 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for all 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, hence 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . thus 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. before we give the next result we need to recall the following lemma. lemma (8) [11, coro. (9.9)] let 𝐸 be a submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑄, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝐸 𝐸 ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . proposition (9) let 𝐸 and 𝐹 are proper submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 with 𝐸 ⊂ 𝐹 and 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐹. if 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, then 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝐹. proof let 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸, with 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑄. since 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, then either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . that is either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝐹 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝐹. but since 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐹, then by modular law we have either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝐹 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝐹 . now by lemma (8) 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝐹 , so either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝐹 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝐹 . hence 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝐹.   96  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 remark (10) if 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑄, then 𝐸: 𝑄 need not to be an app-qp ideal of 𝑅. the following example explains that: consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍 , the submodule 𝐸 〈0〉 is an app-qp submodule of the 𝑍module 𝑍 [see remarks and examples (2) (1)]. but 𝐸: 𝑍 12𝑍 is not app-qp ideal of 𝑍 because 4.3 ∈ 12𝑍, for 4,3 ∈ 𝑍, but 3 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 12𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 〈6〉 0 〈6〉 and 4 ∉ 12𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 √12𝑍 6𝑍. now before we offer under certain condition the residual of app-qp submodule is an app-qp ideal we need to revise the following lemma: recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called multiplication if every submodule 𝐸 of 𝑄 is of the form 𝐸 𝐼𝑄 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑄 [12]. lemma (11) [12, coro. 14(i)] let 𝑄 be a faithful multiplication 𝑅-module, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄. proposition (12) let 𝑄 be a faithful multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐸 be a proper submodule of 𝑄. then 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 if and only if 𝐸: 𝑄 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅. proof ⟹ let 𝑟𝑠 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑄 , for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, so 𝑟𝑠𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸. but 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 then by corollary (4) either 𝑠𝑄 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . since 𝑄 is multiplication then 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄 , and since 𝑄 is faithful multiplication then by lemma (11) 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , we get either 𝑠𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄, that is either 𝑠 ∈ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 or 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 : 𝑅 . hence 𝐸: 𝑄 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅. ⟸ suppose that 𝐸: 𝑄 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅, and 𝐼𝐹 ⊆ 𝐸, for 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐹 is a submodule of 𝑄. since 𝑄 is multiplication then 𝐹 𝐽𝑄 for some ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅, that is 𝐼𝐽𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸, implies that 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 . but 𝐸: 𝑄 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅 then either 𝐽 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 or 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 : 𝑅 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . it follows that either 𝐽𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄 or 𝐼 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄. since 𝑄 is faithful multiplication then by lemma (11) 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , and since 𝑄 is multiplication then 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄 𝐸 and 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄. hence either 𝐽𝑄 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝐼 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , that is either 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝐼 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . hence, by proposition (3) 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑄 is called non-singular if 𝑍 𝑄 𝑄, where 𝑍 𝑄 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄: 𝑞𝐽 0 for some essentail ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅 [9]. we need to recall the following lemma: lemma (13) [9, coro. (1.26)] if 𝑄 is a non-singular 𝑅-module, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 .   97  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition (14) let 𝐸 be a propoer submodule of a non-singular multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑇. then, 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 if and only if 𝐸: 𝑄 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅. proof follow as in proposition (12) by using lemma (13). we need to recall the following lemma: lemma (15) [13, coro. of theo. 9] let 𝐼 and 𝐽 are ideals of a ring 𝑅, and 𝑄 be a finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module. then 𝐼𝑄 ⊆ 𝐽𝑄 if and only if 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑄 . proposition (16) let 𝑄 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐼 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅. then 𝐼𝑄 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proof let 𝑟𝐹 ⊆ 𝐼𝑄 for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, and 𝐹 is a submodule of 𝑄 with 𝑟 𝑄 ⊈ 𝐼𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . since 𝑄 is faithful multiplication then by lemma (11) 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄, that is 𝑟 𝑄 ⊈ 𝐼𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 , it follows that 𝑟 ∉ 𝐼 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝐼 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 : 𝑅 implies that 𝑟 𝑅 ⊈ 𝐼 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 , now, since 𝑟𝐹 ⊆ 𝐼𝑄 and 𝑄 is a multiplication then 𝐹 𝐽𝑄 for some ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅, thus 𝑟𝐽𝑄 ⊆ 𝐼𝑄. hence by lemma (15) 𝑟𝐽 ⊆ 𝐼 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑄 , but 𝑄 is a faithful, then 𝑟𝐽 ⊆ 𝐼 0 𝐼. since 𝐼 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅 and 𝑟 𝑅 ⊈ 𝐼 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 then by corollary (4) either ⊆ √𝐼 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 , hence 𝐽𝑄 ⊆ √𝐼𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑅 𝑄. it follows by lemma (11) 𝐽𝑄 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐼𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . that is 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐼𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . hence by corollary (4) 𝐼𝑄 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proposition (17) let 𝑄 be a finitely generated multiplication non-singular 𝑅-module and 𝐼 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐼. then 𝐼𝑄 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proof follows similar as in proposition (16) and using lemma (13). proposition (18) let 𝑄 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐸 be a proper submodule of 𝑄. then the following statements are equivalent. 1) 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. 2) 𝐸: 𝑄 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅. 3) 𝐸 𝐼𝑄 for some an app-qp ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. proof (1) 2) it follows by proposition (12). (2) (3) it is clear. (3) (2) suppose that 𝐸 𝐼𝑄 for some app-qp ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. since 𝑄 is a multiplication, then 𝐸 𝐸: 𝑄 𝑄 𝐼𝑄. but 𝑄 is faithful finitely generated multiplication, then 𝐼 𝐸: 𝑄 , it follows that 𝐸: 𝑄 an app-qp ideal of 𝑅.   98  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition (19) let 𝑄 be a finitely generated multiplication non-singular 𝑅-module and 𝐸 be a proper submodule of 𝑄. then the following statements are equivalent. 1) 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. 2) 𝐸: 𝑄 is an app-qp ideal of 𝑅. 3) 𝐸 𝐽𝑄 for some an app-qp ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐽. proof it follows similar as proposition (18) by using proposition (14) and lemma (15). we need the following lemma. lemma (20) [14. coro. (1.3)] let 𝑓: 𝑄 ⟶ 𝑄 be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐸 is a submodule of 𝑄 with 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐸, then 𝑓 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑓 𝐸 . proposition (21) let 𝑓: 𝑄 ⟶ 𝑄 be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 . then 𝑓 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proof it is clear that 𝑓 𝐸 is a proper submodule of 𝑄. now, suppose that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝑓 𝐸 , for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, implies that 𝑟𝑓 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 . but 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 , it follows that either 𝑓 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . it follows that by lemma (20), either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑓 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑓 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑓 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑓 𝑓 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐸 𝑓 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 .that is either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑓 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . hence 𝑓 𝐸 be an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proposition (22) let 𝑓: 𝑄 ⟶ 𝑄 be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 with ker 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐸 . then 𝑓 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 . proof 𝑓 𝐸 is a proper submodule of 𝑄 . if not, that is 𝑓 𝐸 𝑄 . let 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, then 𝑓 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 𝑓 𝐸 , so there exists 𝑥 ∈ 𝐸 such that 𝑓 𝑞 𝑓 𝑥 , implies that 𝑓 𝑞 𝑥 0, that is 𝑞 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐸, it follows that 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸. thus,  𝐸 𝑄 contradiction. now suppose that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝑓 𝐸 , for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 , 𝑓 𝑞 𝑞 for some 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 (since 𝑓 is onto), that is 𝑟𝑞 𝑟𝑓 𝑞 𝑓 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝑓 𝐸 , it follows that there exists 𝑒 ∈ 𝐸 such that 𝑓 𝑟𝑞 𝑓 𝑒 , that is 𝑓 𝑒 𝑟𝑞 0, so 𝑒 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝑘𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐸, implies that 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸. but 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, then either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . hence, by using lemma (20) either 𝑞 𝑓 𝑞 ∈ 𝑓 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑓 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑓 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 𝑟 𝑓 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐸 𝑓 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . thus 𝑓 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 . remark (23) the intersection of two app-qp submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑄 need not to be an app-qp submodule of 𝑄.the following example explains that:   99  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍 and the submodules 2𝑍, 3𝑍 are app-qp submodules of 𝑍-modules 𝑍 (because they are prime) but 2𝑍 ∩ 3𝑍 6𝑍 is not app-qp submodule of 𝑍-module 𝑍, since 2.3 ∈ 6𝑍, but 3 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 6𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 6𝑍 0 6𝑍 and 2 ∉ 6𝑍 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑍 : 𝑍 6𝑍: 𝑍 √6𝑍 6𝑍. we need the following lemma: lemma (24) [15, theo. 15(3)] let 𝑄 be a multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐸, 𝐹 be a submodules of 𝑄. then 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ∩ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐹 . proposition (25) let 𝐸 and 𝐹 be a proper submodules of multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑄 with 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 or 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐹. if 𝐸 and 𝐹 are app-qp submodules of 𝑄, then 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proof suppose 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 for 𝑟,∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, then 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 and 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐹. but both 𝐸 and 𝐹 are app-qp submodules of 𝑄, then either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 and either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . hence either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . if 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐹 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 , then 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝐹 and 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐹 . thus either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑇 ∩ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐹 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ∩ 𝐹. it follows that by modular law either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ∩ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . hence by lemma (24) either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . thus 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. similarly if 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸, we got 𝐸 ∩ 𝐹 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proposition (26) let 𝑄 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, where 𝑄 , 𝑄 are 𝑅-modules, and 𝐸 𝐸 ⊕ 𝐸 be a submodule of 𝑄, with 𝐸 , 𝐸 are submodules of 𝑄 , 𝑄 respectively with 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . if 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, then 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 and 𝐸 is an appqp submodule of 𝑄 . proof let 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 , for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 , then 𝑟 𝑞 , 0 ∈ 𝐸. since 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, then 𝑞 , 0 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . but 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , implies that 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , and 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 [since 𝐸 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . it follows that either 𝑞 , 0 ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 , that is either 𝑞 , 0 ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , hence either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . thus 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 .similarly we can prove that 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 .   100  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition (27) let 𝑄 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 be an 𝑅-module, where 𝑄 and 𝑄 are 𝑅-modules. then, the following are held:  1) 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 such that 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 and 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑄 if and only if 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. 2) 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 such that 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 2 and 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑄 if and only if 𝑄 ⊕ 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. proof 1) ⟹ let 𝑟 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 , for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄, then 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 . but 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 and 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 , then either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . since 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑄 , then either 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 . thus 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄. ⟸ suppose 𝑟𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 , for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 . then for each 𝑞 ∈ 𝑄 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 , but 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄, implies that either 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 .it follows that either 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 or 𝑟 (𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 , that is either 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 (𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊕ 𝑄 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 . since 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 𝑄 implies that either 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑄 𝑄 or 𝑟 (𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 ⊕ 𝑄 , that is either 𝑞 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 or 𝑟 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐸 𝑠𝑜𝑐 𝑄 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 . hence 𝐸 is an app-qp submodule of 𝑄 . 2) its follows as in part (1). 3. conclusion in this paper, we introduce a new generalization of prime and primary submodules called an approximaitly quasi-primary submodule. many characterizations of this generalization are introduced. relationships of this generalization with other classes of modules are given. references 1. dauns, j. prime modules, j. reine angew, math. 1978, 2, 156-181. 2. haibat, k.m.; omar, a.a. pseudo-2-absorbing and pseudo semi-2-absorbing submodules, aip conference proceeding, 2069, 020006(2019), 1-9. scopus. 3. haibat k.m.; omer a.a. pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sci. 2019, 32, 2, 114-122. 4. haibat k.m.; omer a.a. pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sci. 2019, 32, 3, 129-139. 5. haibat, k.m.; akram, s.m. nearly semi -2-absorbing submodules and related concepts, italian journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2019, 41, 620-627. 6. lu, c. p. m-radical of submodules in modules, math. japan. 1989, 34, 211-219. 7. fuchs, l. on quasi-primary ideals, acta. sci. math. (szeged), 1947, 11, 174-183.   101  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 8. hosein, f. m.; mohdi, s. quasi-primary submodules satisfying the primeful property i, hacet. j. math. stat., 2016, 45, 5, 1421-1434. 9. goodearl, k.r. ring theory, nonsingular ring and modules, marcel. dekker, new york. 1976. 10. abdul-razak h.m. quasi-prime modules and quasi-prime submodules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 1999. 11. anderson, f.w.; fuller, k.r. rings and categories of modules, springer-velag, new york. 1992. 12. branard, a. multiplication modules, journal of algebra, 1981, 71, 174-178. 13. smith, p.f. some remarks on multiplication module, arch. math. 1988, 50, 223-225. 14. mccasland, r.l.; moore, m.e. on radical of submodules, comm. algebra. 1991, 19, 5, 1327-1341. 15. ali, m.m. idempotent and nilpotent submodules of multiplication modules, comm. algebra. 2008, 36, 4620-4642. وخلیطھ مع النتروجین sf6دراسة نظریة لسرعة انجراف االلكترون في الغاز رعد حمید مجید جامعة بغداد ابن الھیثم /-للعلوم الصرفة / كلیة التربیةقسم الفیزیاء 2013ایار 19قبل البحث في ، 2012تشرین الثاني 11استلم البحث في خالصـــــةال حسابات واستنباط عالقات ریاضیة لسرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في الوسط الغازي وتحدید دالة التوزیع اجریت باستعمال الحلول ) وخالئطھ وبتراكیز مختلفة للغاز. انجزت الحساباتsf6( لاللكترونات في غاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت ستثمار البرنامج ات كھربائیة على الغازات ذات العالقة بالتسلیط مجابقربة لحدین مالعددیة لمعادلة االنتقال لبولتزمان ال )nomadومن الجدیر بالذكر ان الحلول العددیة .) لواحدة من عوامل االنتقال وھي سرعة االنجراف في الوسط الغازي لمعادلة االنتقال لبولتزمان تعتمد اساسا على المقاطع العرضیة لكل من التصادمات المرنة وغیر المرنة لاللكترونات مع ھذه اختیار ولتثبیت دقةصحة النتائج المحسوبة. فيلذا انتقاء مقاطع عرضیة مناسبة یعد من اكثر العوامل التي تؤثر ،الغازات من اعتماد المقاطع التثبت مقاطع عرضیة مالئمة البد من حساب دالة التوزیع لاللكترونات ودراسة سلوكھا حتى یتم لاللكترون والكثافة العددیة الدراسة استنباط عالقة ریاضیة بین سرعة االنجراف هالعرضیة في الحسابات. وكانت نتیجة ھذ االنجراف لاللكترونات مع زیادة تركیز غاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت في الخلیط للخلیط التي كانت توضح تناقص سرعة والحظنا ایضا من خالل النتائج زیادة سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون عند التراكیز العالیة للنتروجین بالمقارنة مع غاز سداسي ین لكثرة استخدامھ في الصناعات فلورید الكبریت. وتظھر اھمیة الخلیط الغازي لسداسي فلورید الكبریت والنتروج ازل وغیرھا من التطبیقات االخرى.الكھربائیة كالمولدات والعو : سرعة االنجراف ، عوامل االنتقال، معادلة بولتزمان ، عوامل العزل الكھربائيكلمات مفتاحیةال 170 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ةــــــالمقدم ق الغاز ئبذلت جھود كثیرة لدراسة ظاھرة تفاعل االلكترونات مع دقا 1960وبالتحدید بعد عام العقود االخیرة من السنین العملیة حول حساب وقیاس عوامل ریبیة من الناحیتین العملیة والنظریة وقد ركزت معظم ھذه الدراسات النظریة والتج :یأتي) واھمھا ماelectron transport parametersاالنتقال لاللكترون ( drift velocityسرعة االنجراف .1 mean energyمعدل الطاقة .2 longitudinal and transverse diffusion coefficientمعامل االنتشار الطولي والعرضي .3 ionization coefficientمعامل التأین .4 attachment coefficientمعامل االرتباط .5 یؤدي كل عامل من العوامل اعاله دورا مھما في أذ، العوامل المذكورة اعالهریاضیا مع من العوامل المرتبطة وغیرھا الطاقة ات والبالزما وكثیرا من التطبیقات الصناعیة واھمھا منظوم، فیزیاء اللیزر مثل مجاالت الفیزیاء المختلفة وكذلك تستخدم وسطا للتبرید كھربائیة دائرة ل قاطع ة ھو لالغاز كمادة عاز ، أذ تستعملوالمحوالت مولدات من الالكھربائیة ] :1[ مایأتي واع ھينتفاعالت االلكترون مع دقائق الغاز تكون على ثالثة ا elastic encountersالتصادمات المرنة .1 بالرغم من ان ھناك تبادال في الطاقة المتفاعلة ھذا النوع من التصادمات التوجد خسارة للطاقة الحركیة الكلیة لالزواج في )momentum transfer(بین الجسیمات ویعبر عن التصادمات المرنة بشكل عام بداللة الزخم inelastic encountersالتصادمات غیر المرنة .2 االھتزازیة ھذا النوع من التصادمات تكون الطاقة غیر محفوظة وینتج من ھذه التصادمات عدد من مستویات الطاقةفي في الغازات النبیلة. او التتواجد والدورانیة وھذه المستویات تغیب super elastic encountersالتصادمات فوق المرنة .3 تتغیر ذ ئھذه التصادمات عندما یتفاعل االلكترون مع ذرة او جزیئة ما التي تكون عادة في مستوي حالة متھیجة وعندتحدث لطاقة الحركیة لاللكترون وتعد ایدة ذات طاقة داخلیة قلیلة والطاقة المتحررة تظھر على شكل زیادة في الجزیئة الى حالة جد مثل ھذه التصادمات الحالة العكسیة للتصادمات غیر المرنة. نات بصورة عشوائیة في مستوى طاقة متوازن حراریا وعند عدم وجود المجال الكھربائي الخارجي وعندما تتحرك االلكتر ونتیجة لذلك فال وجود لجریان الطاقة كمعدل من فأن تأثیر التصادمات غیر المرنة والتصادمات فوق المرنة ستتوازن او بالعكس. اتئااللكترونات الى الجزی :[2]ي یأتق عدیدة لقیاس عوامل االنتقال المذكورة اعاله واھمھا ماائمن الناحیة العملیة ھنالك طر townsend diffusion methodد نطریقة االنتشار تاونسی.1 electric shutter method for measuring drift velocityطریقة الحاجز الكھربائي لقیاس سرعة االنجراف .2 طریقة زمن الطیران المنفردة لاللكترون لتحدید سرع االنجراف ومعامالت االنتشار .3 single-electron time-of-light determination of drift velocities and diffusion coefficient electron probe measurement of electron energiesطریقة المجس الكھربائي لقیاس طاقة االلكترون .4 microwave measurement of electron energiesااللكترون طریقة الموجات المایكرویة لقیاس طاقات.5 hornbeek method of measuring drift velocity طریقة ھورنبك لقیاس سرعة االنجراف.6 ionization chamber method of drift velocityطریقة حجرة التأین لقیاس سرعة االنجراف .7 measurement electromagnetic method ofق الكھرومغناطیسیة لتحدید طاقات االلكترون والكثافات العددیة ائالطر.8 determining electron energies and number densities بحثنا الحالي نسلط الضوء على تلك البحوث ھناك بحوث ودراسات عدیدة نظریة وعملیة جدیدة تتعلق بمعظم الغازات وفي وتتركز مثل ھذه الدراسات على قیاس او حساب تاثیر المتعلقة لغازي سداسي فلورید الكبریت وخالئطھ مع النتروجین. attachment coefficientاو مایعرف بمعامل االصطیاد sf6اصطیاد او قنص االلكترونات من غاز monteمثل ھذه الحسابات یطلق علیھا بطریقة مونت كارلو . والبد من االشارة الى وجود تقنیة علمیة اخرى لمعالجة ]3[ carlo method ]4[. ةـــــــالنظری من المعروف ان البالزما عبارة عن عدد ھائل من الجسیمات ویصبح المستحیل متابعة حركة كل منھا على انفراد. وفي ) للبالزما. microscopicمن االفضل ان ندرس الخواص الدقیقة (والواقع فان تعامل كل جسیم منفرد ھو امر الیھمنا بل وھي ان حركة الجسیمات المنفردة سوف تتأثر بكل تأكید بوجود ان ھذا النوع من المعالجة یصطدم بمشكلة مھمة اال الجسیمات االخرى والقریبة منھا ومثال على ذلك فان المجاالت المغناطیسیة الداخلیة المتولدة عن تواجد الجسیمات نفسھا قد 171 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 مكن اعتبار المجال تصل شدتھا الى مایقارب جزءا مھما من شدة المجاالت الخارجیة ولحالة كھذه فانھ من غیر الم اثناء حساب معادالت حركة الجسیمات انیا. من في حركة الجسیمات معروفا. بل یجب حسابھ فيالمغناطیسي المؤثر ن كل من الجسیمات مع بعضھا ولكن ھذا غیر مالممكن مبدئیا السیر بھذا االتجاه من المعالجة وذلك بجمع التأثیرات الناتجة مجموعة من الجسیمات بوصفھالدراسة جماعیة لطبیعة البالزما بل سنلجأ بدال من ذلك الى طریقة ممكن من الناحیة العملیة المشحونة المتحركة في مجال مغناطیسي معین عن طریق تعریف دالة تسمى دالة التوزیع. من معرفة دالة التوزیع ومعدل لسرع الجسیمات ممكن ان نستنتج منھا مجموعة من االفكار دواالیة المختلفة التي یمكن اعتبارھا ئالقیم للكمیات الفیزیا بولتزمان العالقة الریاضیة التي تعین دالة التوزیع ل االنتقال واستعمالھا لوصف السلوك الدقیق في البالزما. وتعد معادلة المعادلة وصفا توفر ھذه أذ) لنظام من الجسیمات (االلكترونات ،ایونات ،ونیوترونات) phase spaceلفضاء الطور ( .]5[تفصیلیا لسلوك النظام distribution functionدالـــة التوزیــــع ,f(rدالة التوزیع v, t) لجسیمات معینة (مشحونة وغیر مشحونة) ھي معدل لعدد الجسیمات من نوع ما التي عند زمن ,r)تكون واقعة في عنصر حجمي معین (𝑡)معین d3r) ، التي سرعتھا واقعة ضمن مدى(𝑣, 𝑑3𝑣) اما الكثافة . جسیمات فیمكن تعلیقھا لدالة التوزیع خالل المعادلة االتیة:لالموضعیة ل 𝑁(𝑟, 𝑡) = � 𝐹(𝑟, 𝑣, 𝑡) 𝑑3𝑉 ∞ 0 )normalization condition(االتیة دالة التوزیع یجب ان تحقق شرط العیاریة أذ � 𝐹(𝑟, 𝑣, 𝑡) 𝑑3𝑉 ∞ 0 = 1 والعنصر الحجمي المتمثلة في فضاء الطور التتغیر بشكل سریع من عنصر حجمي معین كثافة النقاط ولقد افترضنا ان دالة مستمرة بداللة متغیر اتھا ویتضح من التعریف f(r,v,t)المجاورلھ. لذا یمكن االخذ بنظر االعتباربان دالة التوزیع ) ویعبر عن rلحظة زمنیة. وتكون دالة التوزیع دالة لمتجھ الموقع (ي لدالة التوزیع انھا دالة موجبة ومححدة في اي ئالفیزیا ھذه الحالة في البالزما انھا بالزما غیر متجانسة وفي حالة عدم وجود القوة الخارجیة المؤثرة وبمرور الزمن فأن حالة ).rد على متجة الموقع (التوازن ستبلغ والناتج من التصادمات المتبادلة للجسیمات وعندھا فأن دالة التوزیع التعتم the boltzmann transport equationمعادلة االنتقال لبولتزمان نقطة البدایة لمعظم الحسابات الحركیة للغاز والمعقدة ریاضیا التي تصف تأثیر القوى تعد معادلة االنتقال لبولتزمان .]2[دالة التوزیع لاللكترونات فيالمسلطة والتصادمات المعادلة تعین دالة التوزیع في فضاء الطور لنظام جسیمات مكون من (االلكترونات واالیونات) وتوفر ھذه وصفا وھذه الجل حساب معدالت قیم عوامل االنتقال فمن . ]5[تفصیلیا دقیقا لسلوك النظام من حیث توزیع الطاقة والموضع والزمن ) الذي یحكم تماما r,v,t(ة كل من الة على المتغیرات غیر المعتمدالضروري معرفة دالة التوزیع للنظام واعتماد ھذه الد .]6,7[خالل معادلة بولتزمان والتي تعطى بالعالقة االتیة ∂y ∂t + 𝑣𝑟 ∙ ∇𝑓 − 𝑒𝐸 𝑚 ∙ ∇v𝑓 = � 𝜕𝑓 𝜕𝑡 � 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑙 على التوالي. مجال الكھربائي الخارجيلتمثل كتلة وشحنة االلكترون وا e,m,e أذ electron drift velocity لاللكتروناتسرعة االنجراف في الغاز وتحت الشروط القیاسیة، كل التصادمات ناتجة من حركة الجسیمات العشوائیة والحراریة وھذا التعبیر دقیق الجسیمات المشحونة. وفي تفریغ الشحنات ھنالك مجال فيللغاز المتأین شریطة ان الوجود لمجال او قوة خارجیة تؤثر الحركة العشوائیة والسرع المباشرة لكل الجسیمات فضال عنكھربائي لھ اھمیة لكل جسیمة مشحونة لھا سرعة مباشرة سب المشحونة التي تنشئ تدفقا للتیار. عند حركة االلكترون خالل الغاز تحت تأثیر مجال كھربائي منتظم مستقر سیكت االلكترون طاقة من المجال خالل تصادمھ مع الجزیئات ویفقد جزءا من الطاقة نتیجة للتصادمات ایضا. لذا فأن االلكترون ) .ee/mمن الطاقة الحركیة یعتمد تماما على التعجیل (سیكتسب معدال اقة اكبر من الطاقة الحراریة بزیادة شدة المجال الكھربائي الى المستوى الذي تكتسب منھ االلكترونات معدال من الط طة المجال الجزیئات الغاز فتحدث مضاعفة في كمیة التیار وتصبح الطاقة الحراریة اقل اھمیة وتنتج مركبتان للحركة بوس المنجرف، المركبة المباشرة على طول اتجاه المجال والمركبة العشوائیة التي تتمثل بالطاقة المكتسبة من المجال التي تتحول الى الشكل العشوائي خالل التصادمات مع الجزیئات. ولقد وجد رذرفورد ان ایونات الغاز تنجرف خاللھ في مجال انھا دالة الموضحة ادناه عادلة سرعة االنجراف م خاللمن مجال الكھربائي ونالحظ كھربائي بسرعة متناسبة مع قوة ال الحظ اھمیة المعادلة من ناحیتین ھما:ی) وe/nللعامل ( 172 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 الناحیة االولى : توفر معلومات حول الصفة العامة لحركة االلكترونات في الغازات. من الممكن استعمال القیم المقاسة في توحیدھا مع 𝜀𝜀 𝑞𝑚𝑜𝑙)ظري للمعادلة یحتوي على ( الناحیة الثانیة : بماأن الشكل الن الصیغة التقاق المقطع العرضي النتقال الزخم كدالة لطاقة االلكترون. سرعة انجراف االلكتروانت في الغاز د) وتعt) ودرجة حرارة الغاز (e/nوتعتبر سرعة االنجراف لغاز معین ھي دالة ( . ]1,6[االلكترونات خالل الغازات ت ) وفقا للنظریات المعروفة النتقاالe/pاو ( e/n)( لدالة امقیاس لوحظ ان سرعة االنجراف حساسة لدرجة أذطة عدد من العاملین اسرعة االنجراف بوس فيلقد درس تأثیر درجة الحرارة ). ومن معرفة سرعة االنجراف ومعامل االنتشار یمكن ان نستنتج فكرة جیدة حول معدل سلوك tحرارة الغاز ( . ]8[االلكترونات المستقلة التي تشكل التجمع النتائج والحسابات ریاضیة عدیدة لحساب عوامل االنتقال المختلفة منھا تعتمد تماما على االسلوب اقائمن الجدیر بالذكر ان ھناك طر ق االخرى تعتمد على طریقة ائ) والطرfinite difference techniqueالریاضي المعروف لطریقة الفرق المحدد( )monte carlo methodمونت كارلو ( twoالحل العددي لمعادلة االنتقال لبولتزمان المقربة لحدین ( الكثیر من النتائج النظریة المنشورة عالمیا تعتمد على term boltzmann equation( لحساب واحدة من عوامل االنتقال السیماالطریقة في بحثنا الحالي و هلذا تم اعتماد ھذ المھمة وھي سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في الوسط الغازي وبامكان حساب عوامل االنتقال االخرى مثل : electron mobilityحركیة االلكترون .1 longitudinal and transverse diffusion coefficientمعامل االنتشار الطولي والعرضي .2 ionization and attachment coefficientsمعامل االرتباط والتأین .3 المباشر االرتباطھ الموضحة في المعادلة ادناه الغازي طتم التركیز على دراسة سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في الوس فیزیاء اللیزر السیماالى اھمیتھا في مجاالت الفیزیاء المختلفة و فضال عنبتحدید المقاطع العرضیة للتصادمات المرنة .]5[ وفیزیاء البالزما 𝑣𝑑 = 1 3 𝐸 ∫ 𝜖 𝑁𝜃 𝑑 𝑑𝜖 𝐹 (𝜖) 𝜖1/2 𝑑𝜖 ∞ 0 تعجل ھذه االلكترونات وتنجرف بسبب الربح بالطاقة من ثمااللكترونات ستكتسب طاقة وعند تسلیط مجاالت كھربائیة على طبقتي. وقد ئلتوضیح السلوك الفیزیا e/n)لذلك تدرس سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في الوسط الغازي دالة للعامل ( ) والنتروجین وبتراكیز مختلفة. sf6الحسابات لغاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت ( الحسابات النظریة المتعلقة بسرعة االنجراف في الوسط الغازي الى مایاتي:صنفت ) sf6حساب سرعة االنجراف في غاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت النقي (.1 ) n2+sf6حساب سرعة االنجراف في مزیج لغازي سداسي فلورید الكبریت والنتروجین (.2 ) sf6لنقي (حساب سرعة االنجراف في غاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت ا سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في غاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت باالعتماد على استخدام الحل العددي لمعالة االنتقال حسبت والنتائج تم توضیحھا بیانیا كما في e/n)) تغیر سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون مع العامل (1الجدول (یوضح لبولتزمان. و ).1الشكل ( ) n2+sf6في الخلیط الغازي لسداسي فلورید الكبریت والنتروجین (حساب سرعة االنجراف سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في الخلیط الغازي المكون من غاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت والنتروجین لتراكیز مختلفة حسبت الشكل یوضح و e/n)() النتائج النظریة لتغیر سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون مع العامل 2الجدول (یوضح من ھذین الغازین. كیز العالیة للنتروجین. تغییر سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون اعند التر e/n)التغییر البیاني لسرعة االنجراف مع العامل () 2( ) .3) وبیانیا في الشكل (3مع تركیز سداسي فلورید الكبریت موضحة في الجدول ( ) . ومن خاللھ یتبین مدى 4نشورة عالمیا والموضحة في الشكل (النتائج المحسوبة نظریا مع نظیرتھا العملیة الم قورنت التطابق الدقیق مابین النتائج النظریة والعملیة مما یعكس مدى مالئمة التقنیة الریاضیة المتمثلة بطریقة الفرق المحدد في ابھ لحد ما الى تصرف غازي یا مشئحل معادلة االنتقال لبولتزمان والمقربة لحدین في الغازات التي تمتلك تصرفا فیزیا والغازات الخاملة مما یقودنا الى الوثوقیة العالیة المتمثلة باستخدام البرنامج العالمي سداسي فلورید الكبریت والنتروجین )nomam لمقاطع العرضیة للتصادمات المرنة ااالشارة الى تأثیر ھذه تأكیدضرورة فضال عن) لمثل ھذه التطبیقات ) استنباط عالقة ریاضیة لسرعة االنجراف لاللكترون مع 5الشكل (یوضح .والعالیة الدقة الحدیثة من حیث اختیار البیانات تركیزالخلیط. المصادر 1.huxley, l.g.; and crompton, r.w. (1974), the diffusion and drift of electron in gases, john wiely and sons, inc. 2.mcdaniel, w., (1964), collision phenomenain in ionized gases, john wiley and sons, inc. 173 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 3.gerchikov, l.g.,and g.f.,gribakin,(2008), electron attachment to sf6 and lifetimes of sf6 negative ions,phys. rev. a, 77(4) 0427724 4.wang feng, w.pfeiffer, n.kouzichine, and li kenli, , (2008)calculation of electron swarm parameters of sf6/n2 in uniform field improved monte carlo collision simulation method, plasma sci. technology,10, 39-42. 5.bitten court, j.a.,(1986), fundamentals of plasma physics. pergamum press. 6.majeed, r.h.(1998), the effect of gas density on electron mobility using transport equation,phd theses,university of al-mustansiriyah,college of science , departement of physics. 7.mohammad, m.o.(1999), calculations of transport parameters of electrons in gases subjected to dc electric field using the boltzmann equation, phd theses,university of al-mustansiriyah,college of science , departement of physics. 8.haydon, s.c. (1964), discharge and plasma physics. new england university publisher.77(4) )e/nمع العامل ( النقي sf6سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في غاز سداسي فلورید الكبریت تغییر ) : 1(رقم جدول vd× 𝟏𝟎𝟕(cm/s) e/n (td) 1.74 212 1.88 242 2.14 303 2.42 394 2.57 485 2.64 606 مع sf6+n2 ) : تغییر سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في الخلیط الغازي لسداسي فلورید الكبریت والنتروجین2(رقم جدول ولتراكیز مختلفة للخلیط )e/nالعامل ( 𝟏𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟖𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 𝟐𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟖𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 𝟑𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟕𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 𝟒𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟔𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 𝟔𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟒𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 𝟕𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟑𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 𝟖𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟐𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 𝟗𝟎% 𝑺𝑭𝟔, 𝟏𝟎% 𝑵𝟐 e/n (td) 𝑽𝐝 × 𝟏𝟎𝟕(cm/s) 2.13 2.18 2.02 2.01 1.91 1.96 1.93 1.83 212 2.33 2.35 2.22 2.20 2.09 2.11 2.09 1.99 242 2.72 2.71 2.60 2.57 2.44 2.41 2.35 2.30 303 3.28 3.25 3.13 3.10 2.91 2.80 2.67 2.67 394 3.90 3.80 3.63 3.61 3.28 3.08 2.92 2.93 485 4.80 4.61 4.25 4.23 4.64 3.64 3.08 3.14 606 174 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 sf6+n2 ) : تغییر سرعة االنجراف لاللكترون في الخلیط الغازي لسداسي فلورید الكبریت والنتروجین3(رقم جدول e/nمع تركیز الخلیط ولقیم مختلفة للعامل e/n=606 td e/n=485 td e/n=394 td e/n=303 td e/n=242 td e/n=212 td sf6 % 𝑽𝐝 × 𝟏𝟎𝟕(cm/s) 5.48 4.19 2.38 2.73 2.30 2.08 0 4.80 3.90 3.28 2.72 2.33 2.13 10 4.16 3.80 3.25 2.71 2.35 2.18 20 4.25 3.63 3.13 2.60 2.22 2.02 30 4.23 3.61 3.10 2.57 2.20 2.01 40 3.63 3.29 2.93 2.48 2.13 1.94 50 3.64 3.28 2.91 2.44 2.09 1.91 60 3.20 3.08 2.80 2.41 2.11 1.96 70 3.08 2.92 2.69 2.35 2.07 1.93 80 3.14 2.93 2.67 2.30 1.99 1.83 90 2.64 2.57 2.42 2.14 1.88 1.74 100 175 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 176 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 177 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 theoretical study for the electron drift velocity in sf6 gas and its mixture with nitrogen ra`ad h. majeed dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :11november2012 , accepted in :19may 2013 abstract calculations and predication a theoretical formulas for the electron drift velocity in a gas medium are achieved to deduced the electron distribution function for different gas concentrations. the calculations are achieved by using the numerical solution for boltzmann transport equation in two term approximation, using the nomad program for the drift velocity in a gas medium. it's necessary to note that the solution is essentially depending upon the elastic and inelastic collision cross section. in order to fixe a good accuracy for the using cross section it's necessary to calculate the electron distribution function and therefore study their behavior. results about the electron drift velocity show that a decreasing profile with the increase of the sf6 gas concentration. and also an increasing profile for the drift velocity related to a high nitrogen concentrations. the important applications for these gases are in using them as an insulator in electrical transformers and generators. key words: drift velocity, transport parameters, boltzmann equation, dielectric propesties 178 | physics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 125 using entropy and linear exponential loos function estimators the parameter and reliability function of inverse rayleigh distribution masooma ali abod hazim mansoor gorgees department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. masoomaaliabod@gmail.com hazim5656@yahoo.com abstract this paper is devoted to compare the performance of non-bayesian estimators represented by the maximum likelihood estimator of the scale parameter and reliability function of inverse rayleigh distribution with bayesian estimators obtained under two types of loss function specifically; the linear, exponential (linex) loss function and entropy loss function, taking into consideration the informative and non-informative priors. the performance of such estimators assessed on the basis of mean square error (mse) criterion. the monte carlo simulation experiments are conducted in order to obtain the required results. keyword: inverse rayleigh distribution, entropy loss function, linex loss function, prior information. 1. introduction inverse rayleigh distribution (ird) is one of the comprehensive and relevant lifetime model, and its applications are in reliability and survival data sets .a numerous work has been done in the literature concerning ird. the distribution was supported by voda in 1972,who considered its properties and consider mle estimator for estimate its scale parameter [1]. next, gharraph in 1993 developed closed form expressions for the mean, mode, median, harmonic mean and geometric mean of ird [2]. furthermore, soliman, amin, and abd-ei aziz in 2010 estimated the parameter using different traditional and bayesian estimation's methods [3]. the probability density function of inverse rayleigh distribution is defined as follows [4]: ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2563 article history: received 12,october,2019, accepted8,january,2020, published in january 2021 file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/masoomaaliabod@gmail.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/hazim5656@yahoo.com 126 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝑓(𝑡, 𝜃) = 2𝜃 𝑡3 exp (− 𝜃 𝑡2 ) , 𝑡 > 0, 𝜃 > 0 (1) where (t) is a random variable that follows ird and 𝜃 is the scale parameter. the cumulative distribution function is given by [4]: 𝐹(𝑡, 𝜃) = exp (− 𝜃 𝑡2 ) , 𝑡 > 0, 𝜃 > 0 (2) the reliability function of ird is therefore defined as [4]: 𝑅(𝑡, 𝜃) = 1 − 𝐹(𝑡, 𝜃) = 1 − exp (− 𝜃 𝑡2 ) , 𝑡 > 0, 𝜃 > 0 (3) it is worth mentioning here that the variance and higher order moments not exists in this distribution. in this section, maximum likelihood estimators, posterior density of the inverse rayleigh parameter based on (jeffrey's prior information, exponential prior distribution) and types of loss functions (entropy loss function, linear exponential loss function) will be considered . 2. maximum likelihood estimators let 𝑡1,𝑡2,………,𝑡𝑛 be random samples drawn from the density given in equation (1), then the likelihood function is defined as 𝐿(𝑡|𝜃) = ∏ 𝑓(𝑛𝑖=1 𝑡𝑖 , 𝜃) = 2 𝑛 𝜃𝑛 ∏ 1 𝑡𝑖 3 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑒 [−𝜃 ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖, 2] 𝑛 𝑖 (4) taking the natural logarithm for the likelihood function, we get ln 𝐿 (𝑡|𝜃) = 𝑛𝑙𝑛2 + 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝜃 + ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑡𝑖 3 𝑛 𝑖=1 − 𝜃 ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 by differentiating the log likelihood function with respect to 𝜃 and then equating the resultant derivative to zero, we get 𝜕𝑙𝑛𝐿(𝑡|𝜃) 𝜕𝜃 = 𝑛 𝜃 − ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 0 hence, the mle for 𝜃 denoted by 𝜃𝑀𝐿𝐸 is 𝜃𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝑛 ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 𝑛 𝑇 (5) where 𝑇 = ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 3. posterior density of inverse rayleigh parameter based on jeffrey's prior information assume that θ has a non-informative prior. applying jeffrey's rule [5], we get 𝑔(𝜃) ∝ √𝐼(𝜃) or 𝑔(𝜃) = 𝑐√𝐼(𝜃) 127 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 where 𝑔(𝜃) represents jeffrey's prior information, c is the constant of proportionality and 𝐼(𝜃) represents fisher information, defined as follows: 𝐼(𝜃) = −𝑛𝐸 [ 𝜕2 ln 𝑓(𝑡,𝜃) 𝜕𝜃2 ] (6) therefore, 𝑔1(𝜃) = 𝑐√−𝑛𝐸 ( 𝜕2 ln 𝑓(𝑡,𝜃) 𝜕𝜃2 ) (7) by taking the logarithm of equation (1), we get 𝑙n 𝑓(𝑡𝑖 , 𝜃) = 𝑙𝑛(2) + 𝑙n(𝜃) + ln ( 1 𝑡3 ) − 𝜃 𝑡2 𝜕 𝑙n 𝑓(𝑡𝑖,𝜃) 𝜕𝜃 = 1 𝜃 − 1 𝑡𝑖 2 thus, the second derivative is 𝜕2 ln 𝑓(𝑡𝑖 , 𝜃) 𝜕 𝜃2 = − 1 𝜃2 hence, we get: 𝐸 ( 𝜕2 ln 𝑓 (𝑡𝑖 , 𝜃) 𝜕 𝜃2 ) = − 1 𝜃2 after substitution into (7), we get 𝑔1(𝜃) = 𝑐 𝜃 √𝑛 , 𝜃 > 0 (8) the posterior density function is defined as: ℎ(𝜃|𝑡) = 𝑔(𝜃)𝐿(𝑡|𝜃) ∫ 𝑔(𝜃)𝐿(𝑡|𝜃) ∞ 0 (9) hence, the posterior density function for θ based on jeffreys prior will be h1(θ|𝑡) = 𝑐 𝜃 √𝑛 2𝑛𝜃𝑛 ∏ 1 𝑡𝑖 3 𝑛 𝑖=1 exp (−𝜃 ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ) ∫ 𝑐 𝜃 √𝑛 2𝑛 𝜃𝑛 ∏ 1 𝑡𝑖 3 𝑛 𝑖=1 exp (−𝜃 ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ) 𝑑𝜃 ∞ 0 h1(θ|𝑡) = 𝜃𝑛−1𝑒 −𝜃𝑇 ∫ 𝜃𝑛−1𝑒 −𝜃𝑇𝑑𝜃 ∞ 0 , 𝑇 = ∑ 1 𝑡2 𝑛 𝑖=1 , 𝜃 > 0 hence, the posterior density function of 𝜃 with jeffreys prior can be written as 128 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 = 𝑇𝑛𝜃𝑛−1𝑒 −𝜃𝑇 γ(n) (10) the posterior density function is recognized as the density of the gamma distribution, i.e. (θ|t)~𝐺𝑎𝑚𝑚𝑎 (𝑛, 1 𝑇 ), with 𝐸(𝜃) = 𝑛 𝑇 , 𝑉𝑎𝑟(𝜃) = 𝑛 𝑇2 (11) 4. posterior density of inverse rayleigh parameter based on exponential prior distribution assuming that the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃 follows exponential prior distribution with parameter 𝜆 [6], that is 𝑔2(𝜃) = 𝜆𝑒 −𝜆𝜃 , λ> 0, 𝜃 > 0 (12) where 𝑔2(𝜃) denotes the exponential prior distribution of the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃. from bayesian theorem the posterior density function of  denoted by ℎ2(𝜃|𝑡) can be obtained as ℎ2(𝜃|𝑡) = 𝜃𝑛𝑒 −𝜃(𝑇+𝜆) ∫ 𝜃𝑛𝑒 −𝜃(𝑇+𝜆) ∞ 0 𝑑𝜃 (13) where 𝑇 = ∑ 1 𝑡𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ℎ2(𝜃|𝑡) = (𝑇+𝜆)𝑛+1𝜃𝑛 𝑒−𝜃(𝑇+𝜆) 𝛤(𝑛+1) 𝜃 > 0 (14) it can easily be noted that θ|x~gamma (𝑛 + 1 , 1 𝑝 ) where 𝑃 = 𝑇 + 𝜆 with e(𝜃|𝑡) = 𝑛+1 𝑃 , 𝑉𝑎𝑟 (𝜃|𝑡) = 𝑛+1 𝑃2 (15) 5. types of loss functions [7] from the bayesian viewpoint, the essential step in the estimation and prediction problems was represented by choosing the loss function. in fact, there is no specific analytical procedure to determine the suitable loss function to be employed. in this paper, we consider two types of loss function, the entropy loss function and linear exponential loss function (linex), as follows: i) entropy squared loss function which is defined as below 𝐿(𝜃, 𝜃) = �̂� 𝜃 − 𝑙𝑛 �̂� 𝜃 − 1 (16) ii) linear exponential loss function (linex) which is defined as below 𝐿(𝜃, 𝜃) = 𝑒(�̂�−𝜃) − ( 𝜃 − 𝜃) − 1 (17) 129 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 6. bayesian estimation the bayes estimator of the parameter 𝜃 is the value of 𝜃 that minimize the posterior expectation known as the risk function denoted by 𝑅(𝜃, 𝜃) , that is 𝑅(𝜃, 𝜃) = 𝐸[𝐿(𝜃, 𝜃)] = ∫ 𝐿(𝜃, 𝜃 ∞ 0 )ℎ(𝜃|𝑡)𝑑𝜃 (18) where ℎ(𝜃|𝑡) is the posterior density of 𝜃|𝑡 7. bayes estimator of parameter 𝜽 and reliability function of ird under entropy loss function [8, 9]. if entropy loss function is chosen, then according to equation (18), we have 𝑅(𝜃, 𝜃) = ∫ [ �̂� 𝜃 − 𝑙𝑛 �̂� 𝜃 − 1 ] ℎ(𝜃|𝑡)𝑑𝜃 ∞ 0 by differentiating r(θ̂, θ) with respect to 𝜃 and setting the resultant, derivative equal to zero, then solving for 𝜃 , we get 𝜃𝐸𝑛 = 1 ∫ 1 𝜃 ℎ(𝜃|𝑡)𝑑𝜃 ∞ 0 (19) on the basis of non-informative prior and according to equation (10), the bayes estimator of inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃 denoted as 𝜃𝐸𝑛(𝐽) is given by 𝜃𝐸𝑛(𝐽) = 𝑛−1 𝑇 (20) if the inverse rayleigh parameter follows the exponential prior distribution, then by equation (14) we conclude that 𝜃𝐸𝑛(𝐸) = 𝑛 𝑝 , where p=t+λ (21) the estimator of the reliability function based on jeffrey's prior can be approximated as �̂�(𝑡)𝐸𝑛(𝐽) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − �̂�𝐸𝑛(𝐽) 𝑡2 �̂�(𝑡)𝐸𝑛(𝐽) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − 𝑛−1 𝑇𝑡2 (22) the estimator of the reliability function based on exponential prior can be approximated as �̂�(𝑡)𝐸𝑛(𝐸) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − �̂�𝐸𝑛 𝑡2 �̂�(𝑡)𝐸𝑛(𝐸) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − 𝑛 𝑝𝑡2 (23) 130 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 8. bayes estimator of the parameter 𝜽 and reliability function under linex by substituting from 𝐿(𝜃, 𝜃) given in equation (17) into equation (18), we get 𝑅(𝜃, 𝜃) = ∫ [𝑒(�̂�−𝜃) − (𝜃 − 𝜃) − 1]ℎ(𝜃|𝑡)𝑑𝜃 ∞ 0 by simplification, we get 𝑒�̂� ∫ 𝑒−𝜃 ∞ 0 ℎ(𝜃|𝑡)𝑑𝜃 = 1 by differentiating 𝑅(𝜃, 𝜃) with respect to 𝜃 then equating the resultant derivative to zero and solving for 𝜃,̂ we get the bayes estimator of 𝜃 under linear exponential loss function denoted by 𝜃𝐿 as follows 𝜃𝐿𝐸 = −𝑙𝑛 ∫ 𝑒 −𝜃∞ 0 ℎ(𝜃|𝑡)𝑑𝜃 on the basis of non-informative prior, the bayes estimator of the inverse rayleigh parameter 𝜃 denoted as 𝜃𝐿𝐸(𝐽) is given by 𝜃𝐿𝐸(𝐽) = − ln ( 𝑇 1+𝑇 ) 𝑛 (24) if the inverse rayleigh parameter follows the exponential prior distribution 𝜃𝐿𝐸(𝐸) = − ln ( 𝑃 1+𝑃 ) 𝑛+1 , (25) the estimator of the reliability function based on jeffrey's prior can be approximated as �̂�(𝑡)𝐿𝐸(𝐽) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − �̂�𝐿𝐸(𝐽) 𝑡2 which implies that �̂�(𝑡)𝐿𝐸(𝐽) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − 𝑙𝑛( 𝑇 1+𝑇 ) 𝑛 𝑡2 �̂�(𝑡)𝐿𝐸(𝐽) ≅ 1 − ( 𝑇 1+𝑇 ) 𝑛 𝑡2 (26) the estimator of the reliability function based on exponential prior can be approximated as �̂�(𝑡)𝐿𝐸(𝐸) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − �̂�𝐿𝐸(𝐸) 𝑡2 which implies that �̂�(𝑡)𝐿𝐸(𝐸) ≅ 1 − 𝑒 − 𝑙𝑛( 𝑃 1+𝑃 ) 𝑛+1 𝑡2 �̂�(𝑡)𝐿𝐸(𝐸) ≅ 1 − ( 𝑃 1+𝑃 ) 𝑛+1 𝑡2 (27) 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 10. simulation study in our simulation study, number of repetitions l=2000 sample of size n=10,50,100 and 200 are generated in order to represent, small, moderate, large and very large sample sizes from inverse rayleigh distribution with two values of the scale parameter (𝛳 = 0.5 , 𝛳 = 1.5), the scale parameter λ of exponential prior was chosen to be (λ=0.5, λ=1) and mean square error (mse) is employed to compare the performance of different methods for estimation of the scale parameter and reliability function of ird where 𝑀𝑆𝐸(𝜃) = 1 𝐿 ∑ (𝜃𝑖 − 𝜃) 2𝐿 𝑖=1 (28) 𝑀𝑆𝐸[�̂�(𝑡)] = 1 𝐿 ∑ [�̂�𝑖 (𝑡) − 𝑅(𝑡)] 2𝐿 𝑖=1 (29) the results are presented in the following tables (1-8). table 1. mse for parameter 𝜃 by using jeffrey's prior information at 𝜃 = 0.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 mle 0.0043 0.0001082 0.000026176 0.000006513 ent 0.0033 0.0001019 0.000025396 0.000006412 lin 0.0250 0.0050 0.0025 0.0013 best ent ent ent ent table 2. mse values of the reliability function estimators by using jeffrey's prior information at 𝜃 = 0.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 mle 0.000321 0.0000101 0.0000024924 0.0000006246 ent 0.000269 0.0000097 0.0000024460 0.0000006185 lin 0.000283 0.0000098 0.0000024635 0.0000006209 best ent ent ent ent 132 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 table 3. mse for parameter 𝜃 by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 = 0.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 ent 𝜆 = 0.5 0.2810 0.0472 0.0231 0.0114 𝜆 = 1 0.2968 0.0479 0.0232 0.0114 lin 𝜆 = 0.5 0.0250 0.0050 0.0025 0.0013 𝜆 = 1 0.0250 0.0050 0.0025 0.0013 best lin lin lin lin table 4. mse values of the reliability function estimators by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 = 0.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 ent 𝜆 = 0.5 0.0090 0.0018 0.00087303 0.00043568 𝜆 = 1 0.0094 0.0018 0.00087669 0.00043659 lin 𝜆 = 0.5 0.000317 0.0000101 0.0000025078 0.0000006267 𝜆 = 1 0.000278 0.0000098 0.0000024731 0.0000006223 best lin lin lin lin table 5. mse for parameter 𝜃 by using jeffrey's prior information at 𝜃 = 1.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 mle 0.0391 0.00097346 0.00023557 0.00005862 ent 0.0293 0.00091708 0.00022856 0.000057715 lin 0.2250 0.0450 0.0225 0.0113 best ent ent ent ent 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 table 6. mse values of the reliability function estimators by using jeffrey's prior information at 𝜃 = 1.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 mle 0.000691 0.000024581 0.0000061457 0.0000015451 ent 0.000647 0.000024264 0.0000061043 0.0000015393 lin 0.000551 0.000023534 0.0000060124 0.0000015278 best lin lin lin lin table 7. mse for parameter 𝜃 by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 = 1.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 ent 𝜆 = 0.5 0.0660 0.0137 0.0069 0.0035 𝜆 = 1 0.0584 0.0134 0.0068 0.0034 lin 𝜆 = 0.5 0.2250 0.0450 0.0225 0.0113 𝜆 = 1 0.2250 0.0450 0.0225 0.0113 best ent ent ent ent table 8. mse values of the reliability function estimators by using exponential prior information at 𝜃 = 1.5 n estimator 10 50 100 200 ent 𝜆 = 0.5 0.00310 0.00061919 0.00030974 0.00015491 𝜆 = 1 0.00260 0.00060029 0.00030498 0.0000015371 lin 𝜆 = 0.5 0.000474 0.000022883 0.0000059292 0.000001517 𝜆 = 1 0.000423 0.00002227 0.0000058461 0.000001506 best lin lin lin lin 11. simulation results and conclusions from our simulation study, the following conclusions are pointed out : 1. when 𝜃 = 0.5, the bayes estimators of the scale parameter and reliability function under entropy loss function with jeffrey's prior is the best for all cases as shown in 134 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 tables (1 ̶ 4). while the estimators under linear exponential loss function (linex) are the best when the prior information is exponential. 2. at 𝜃 = 1.5, the bayes estimator of the scale parameter best on entropy loss function is the best for all cases, while the bayes estimator of the reliability function under linear exponential loss function (linex) is the best for all cases as shown in tables (5 ̶ 8). references 1. voda, v. gh., on the inverse rayleigh distributed random variable, rep. statis. app. res. juse. 1972, 19 ,4, 13-21. 2. gharraph, m. k., comparison of estimators of location measures of an inverse rayleigh distribution, the egyptian statistical journal. 1993, 37,2, 295-309. 3. soliman, a., amin, a.e. and aziz, a.a., estimation and prediction from inverse rayleigh distribution based on lower record values, applied mathematical sciences. 2010, 4,62, 3057-3066. 4. dey, s., bayesian estimation of the parameter and reliability function of an inverse rayleigh distribution, malaysian journal of mathematical sciences. 2012, 6,1, 113-124. 5. hoff, p. d. a first course in bayesian statistical methods; casella g., fienberg s., olkin i., ed.; 1st ed.; springer-verlag new york: usa, 2009; isbn 978-0-387-92299-7. 6. elfessi, a., & reineke, d. m. a bayesian look at classical estimation:the exponential distribution. journal of statistics education, 2017, 9,1, 1-7. 7. ali, m.j.; gorgeees, h.m.; hussian, a.a., the comparison between standard bayes estimators of the reliability function of exponential distribution, ibn al-haitham jour for pure & appl. sci. 2018, 32, 1, 101-109. 8. gholam-hossein, yari, g.r. mohtashami borzadaran, entropy for pareto types and its order statistic distribution, communications in information and system, 2010, 10,3, 193202. 9. tawfiq, lnm; oraibi. ya. fast training algorithms for feed forward neural networks. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017, 26, 1: 1275-280. http://codental.uobaghdad.edu.iq/jih/index.php/j/article/view/534 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 on weakly quasi-prime module m. a. hassin departme nt of mathematical, college of basic education, unive rsity of al-mustansriyah received in: 3 april 2011 accepte d in: 18 october 2011 abstract in this work we shall introduce the concept of weakly quasi-prime modules and give some prop erties of this ty p e of modules. key words: prime module, quasi-p rime module, weakly quasi-prime module. 1introduction let r be a commutative ring with unity , and let m be an r-module, we introduce that an r-module m is called weakly quasi–prime module if annrm = annrrm for every r annrm , where annrm = {r: rr and rm = 0}. the main p urp ose of this work is to invest igate the p rop erties of weakly quasi-prime modules, and we give several characterizations of weakly quasi-prime modules. recall that an r-module is called p rime if annrm = annrn for every non-zero submodule n of m and annrm = {r: rr and rm = 0}, [1]. a submodule n of m is said to be p rime if a m  n for a  r, m  m , then either m  n or a  [n:m ] where [n:m ] = {r: rr, rm  n}, [1], [2]. it was shown t hat in [1] m is p rime module iff (0) is p rime submodule. the concept of quasi-prime module is introduced in [3] where an r-module m is quasi-prime module if annrn is p rime ideal for every nonzero submodule n of m . if m is quasi-prime module then annrm = annrrm  r  annrm , [3]. but the converse is not true for examp le: let m =  p z as z-module is not quasi-prime module since if n = <1/p 2 + z >   p z . so annrn = p 2 z is not p rime ideal in z. but ann  p z = 0 and  r  0, let a  ann r  p z so a r p z  = 0, so a r  ann  p z . a r = 0, but r  0 so a = 0 so ann r  p z = 0. then ann  p z = ann r  p z . 2weakly quasi-prime module in this section we introduce the concept of weakly quasi-prime module and give several results about it. 2.1 definition: an r-module m is called weakly quasi-prime module (briefly w.q.p) if annrm = annrrm for every r ann rm . recall that if r is an integral domain, an r-module m is said to be divisible iff rm = m for every nonzero element r in r, [4,p.35]. 2.2 examp les and remarks: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1. if m is divisible over integral domain then m is w.q.p. 2. every quasi-prime is w.q.p but the converse is not true (see the examp le in the introduction). 3. z as z-module is w.q.p module since annrz = 0 = annr rz,  r annrz. 4. z4 as z-module is not w.q.p module since annrz4 = 4z and annr2z = annr( 2 ) = 2z . thus z4 as z-module is not w.q.p module. 5. z6 as z-module is not w.q.p module since annz6 = 6z and ann2z6 = ann( 2 ) = 3z, so annz6 ann 2z6. 6. zn as z-module is w.q.p module iff n is p rime. 7. let m = zzp; p is p rime number is w.q.p module since annm = ann rm = 0 for each r  ann(z zp). 8.  p z is w.q.p module since ann  p z = ann r  p z = 0. 2.3 note : let m be w.q.p over integral domain in r. then every divisible submodule of w.q.p module. recall that a p rop er submodule n of m is called semi-p rime submodule if every r  r, x  m , k  z+, such that r k x  n, t hen rx  n, [4,p .50]. 2.4 proposi tion: let m be divisible and (0) submodule of m is semi-p rime submodule, then the following st atements are equivalent 1. m is p rime module, 2. m is q.p module, 3. m is w.q.p module. proof :(1) → (2), by [2,p 10] (2) → (3), by [2,p 20] (3) → (1) to p rove m is p rime module, i.e. to show that (0) is p rime submodule. let rm = 0, r  r, m  m , to p rove either m = 0 or r  annrm . sup p ose r  annrm , so we must p rove that m = 0. since r  annrm , rm  0. hence rm = m , because m is divisible. thus m = rm1 for some m1  m . since rm = r(rm1) = 0, that is r 2 m1 = 0 which imp lies that rm1 = 0, since (0) submodule of m is semi-p rime. thus m = 0. 2.5 remark: the condition in prop osition 2.4 is necessary as the following examp le shows:  p z is not q.p since if n = 2 1 p + z then ann n = p 2 z is not p rime ideal, but  p z is w.q.p module (see the examp le in the introduction). 2.6 theorem: let m be a module over an integral domain r and every submodule of m is divisible then ann (rm) =ann (m), for each r  ann (m). proof: since (rm)  (m), so ann(m)  ann (rm) …(1) to p rove ann (rm)  ann (m) let x  ann (rm) so x (rm) = 0. since every submodule of m is divisible, (rm) = (m) and so xm = 0 which imp lies x  ann (m). thus ann(rm)  ann(m) …(2) from (1) and (2), we have ann (m) = ann(rm), for each r  ann (m). recall that an r-module m is called multip lication r-module if for every submodule n of m , there exists an ideal i of r such that im = n. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2.7 theorem: let m be multip lication w.q.p r-module. then every submodule of m is w,.q.p module. proof: let n be submodule of m , since m is multiplication r-module, so n = im ; i be ideal of ring r. to p rove n is w.q.p module. to p rove annrn = annrrn,  r annrn since rn  n so annrn  annrrn …(1) to p rove annrrn  annrn. let x  annrrn so xrn = 0. since m is multiplication so there exists an ideal i of r such that n = im . thus xrim = 0; that is xi  annrrm = annrm , hence xim = 0; so xn = 0 which implies x  annrn. t hus annrrn  annrn …(2) from (1) and (2) we have annrn = annrrn so n is w.q.p module. 2.8 prop osition: let m be cy clic w.q.p r-module. then m is q.p module. proof: let m be cy clic so t here exist x  m ; m = (x), let y  m , to p rove annry is p rime ideal, so y = rx; r  r, let a, b  annry, to p rove either a  annry or b  annry. since ab  annry = annrrx, so abrx = 0. sup p ose b  annry = annrrx, i.e brx ≠ 0, so ab  annr(rx) = annr(x), since m is w.q.p module, so abx = 0 which imp lies that a annrbx= annr(x) (since m is w.q.p). thus ax = 0 which imp lies rax = r.0 = 0 so a  ann (rx) which means a  annry. 2.9 theorem: let m be cy clic r-module then the following st atements are equivalent 1. m is p rime module 2. annrm = annrim ; i ⊈ annrn 3. m is w.q.p module. proof: to p rove (1) → (2) it is clear by definition of p rime submodules. (2)  (3) it is obvious. to p rove (3)  (1), to p rove m is p rime module. by p rop osition (2.8) we have m is q.p module which imp lies that annrm is p rime ideal, see [3,p .14] and by [3,p .8] we get m is a prime module. 2.10 theorem: the direct sum of two w.q.p r-module is also w.q.p r-module. proof: let m = m 1  m 2 where m 1 and m 2 are two w.q.p module, to p rove m is w.q.p module, i.e to p rove annrm = annrrm , for all r  annrm . annrrm = annrr(m 1  m 2) = annr(rm 1  rm 2) , see [2, p.80] = annrrm 1  annrrm 2 , see [2, p.83] = annrm 1  annrm 2 , since m 1 and m 2 are w.q.p = annr(m 1  m 2) = annrm 2.11 corollary: let m be an r-module if m is w.q.p module then for any p ositive integer n, m n is w.q.p module where m n is the direct sum of n copies of m . 2.12 remark: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a direct summand of w.q.p module is need not be w.q.p module. for examp le: let m = z  z4 so annrm = annrrm  r  annrm . but z4 is not w.q.p module, (see remarks and examp les (2.2(4)). 2.13 theorem: let m 1 ; m 2 then m 1 is w.q.p iff m 2 is w.q.p. proof:  let f: m 1 → m 2 be 1-1 and onto and homomorp hisim and m 2 is w.q.p. to p rove m 1 = f – 1 (m 2) is w.q.p module, that is to p rove annrrf – 1 (m 2)  annrf – 1 (m 2); rannrf –1 (m2), let x  annr r f – 1 (m 2) so xrf – 1 (m 2) = 0 and since f – 1 is homomorp hisim so f – 1 (xrm 2) = f -1 (0) and since f – 1 is 1-1 so xrm 2 = 0 which mean x  annrrm 2 but m 2 is w.q.p module and rannrm 2 then xm 2 = 0 which imp lies f – 1 (xm 2) = f – 1 (0), but f – 1 is homomorp hisim so x f – 1 (m 2) = 0 implies x  annrf – 1 (m 2) so annrr f – 1 (m 2)  annr f – 1 (m 2) …(1) and since r f – 1 (m 2)  f – 1 (m 2 ), so annrf – 1 (m 2)  annrr f – 1 (m 2) …(2) from (1) and (2) we have annrf – 1 (m 2) = annrrf – 1 (m 2). so f – 1 (m 2) is w.q.p module.  clearly. 2.14 not e: the condition "isomorphism" in theorem 2.13 is necessary as the following examp le shows examp le: let : z  z ⁄ (4) ; z4, where z is w.q.p , but z4 is not w.q.p. it is known that, if m is an r-module and i is an ideal of r which is contained in annrm then m is r/i-module, by taking (r + 1)x = rx x  m , r  r, see [5,p.40]. now, we give the following result. 2.15 theorem: let m be an r-module and let i be an ideal of r, which is contained in annrm . then m is w.q.p r-module iff m is w.q.p r/i-module. proof:  to p rove m is w.q.p r/i-module, i.e. to p rove annr/im = annr/i(r + 1)m . since (r + 1)m  m so annr/im  annr/i(r + 1)m …(1) to p rove annr/i(r + 1)m  annr/im let x  annr/i(r + 1)m so x(r + 1)m = 0, which imp lies (xr + 1)m = 0 so (xr)m = 0 (by definition), so x  annrrm = annrm (since m is w.q.p r-module). x  annr/im (since i  annr/im ), so annr/i(r + 1)m  annr/im …(2) from (1) and (2) we have annr/im = annr/i(r + 1)m .  if m is w.q.p r/i-module then m is w.q.p r-module, i.e. to p rove annrm = annrrm ,  r  annrm . since rm  m so annrm  annrrm …(1) to p rove annrrm  annrm let x  annrrm so (xr)m = 0 imp lies that (xr + 1)m = 0, so x(r + 1)m = 0, hence x  annr/i(r + 1)m = annr/im (since m is w.q.p r/i-module). thus x  annr/im , which imp lies that x  annrm (since i  annrm ), so annrrm  annrm …(2) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 from (1) and (2) we have annrm = annrrm . so m is w.q.p module. recall that a subset s of a ring r is called multiplicatively closed if 1  s and ab  s for every a, b  s. we know that every p rop er ideal p in r is p rime if and only if r-p is multiplicatively closed, see [4,p.42]. let m be a module on the ring r and s be a multiplicatively closed on r such that s  0 and let rs be the set of all fractional r/s where r  r and s  s and m s be the set of all fractional x/s where x  m , s  s; x1/s1 = x2/s2 if and only if there exists t  s such that t(s1x2 – s2x1) = 0. so, can make m s into rs-module by setting x/s + y/t = (tx + sy )/st, r/tx/s = rx/ts for every x, y  m and for every r  r, s, t  s. if s = r-p where p is a prime ideal we use m p instead of m s and rp instead of rs. a ring in which there is only one maximal ideal is called local ring, see [4,p .50], hence rp is often called the localization of r, similar m p is the localization of m at p. so we can define the two map s :r  rs, such that (r) = r /1, rr, :m  m s, such that (m) = m /1, mm , see [5,p .69]. through this p aper s – 1 r and s – 1 m represent rs and m s resp ectively. 2.16 prop osition: let m be w.q.p r-module then s – 1 m is w.q.p s – 1 r-module for each multiplicatively closed set s of r. proof: to p rove 1 s rann  s – 1 m = 1 s rann  r/t s – 1 m  r t  1 s rann  s – 1 m , since r/t s – 1 m  s – 1 m so 1 s rann  s – 1 m  1 s rann  r/t s – 1 m …(1) to p rove 1 s rann  r/t s – 1 m  1 s rann  s – 1 m let y/t '  1 s rann  r/t s – 1 m so y/t 'r/t s – 1 m = 0 which imp lies that yr/tt 's – 1 m = 0 where yr  m , tt '  s so yr/ tt 's – 1 m = 0 which imp lies that yr/ tt 'm /s = 0 so yrm = 0. hence y  annrrm = annrm . since y  annrm so ym = 0. thus ym /ts = 0 so y/ts – 1 m = 0, y/t annrs – 1 m , hence 1 s rann  r/t s – 1 m  1 s rann  s – 1 m …(2) from (1) and (2) we have 1 s rann  s – 1 m = 1 s rann  r/t s – 1 m , so s – 1 m is w.q.p module. re ferences: 1. al-bahraany, b., (1996), not e on prime m odules and pure submodule, j.science, 37, . 1431 – 1441. 2. anderson, f.w. and fuller,r.r., (1973), rings and categories of m module, university of oregon. 3. abdul razak, h.m ., (1999), quasi prime m odule and quasi-prime submodule. m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 4. sharpe, d.w. and vamos, p., (1972), injective m odules, cambridge university , p ress. 5. larsen, m .d. and m ccarl, p.j., (1971), m ultip licative theory of ideals, academic press, new york. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 حول المودیوالت الشبه األولیه الضعیفة منتهى عبد الرزاق حسن قسم الریاضیات، كلیة التربیة االساسیة، الجامعة المستنصریة 2011 تشرین االول 18: قبل البحث في2011 نیسان 3: استلم البحث في الخالصة ُوقـد برهنـت بعـض الخـواص لهـذا النـوع مـن . ُ قدمت تعریف جدید وهو المودیوالت الشبه أولیه الـضعیفة في هذا العمل .المودیوالت . المودیول األولي ، المودیول الشبه األولي ، المودیول الشبه األولي الضعیف:الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 144-154 chemistry | 144 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 synthesis of new 10-amido phenoxazine derivatives israa t. ibraheem suad m. al-araji dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad received in:22/october/2015,accpted in:15/december/2015 abstract this work includes synthesis of new phenoxazine derivatives containing n-substituted phenoxazine starting from phenoxazine (1).10-nitrosyl phenoxazine was prepared through the reaction of phenoxazine with sodium nitrite to give compound (2), which reacted with zinc in acetic acid to give 10-amino phenoxazine (3). condensation of compound (3) with benzoyl chloride, isovaleryl chloride and 4-bromophenacyl chloride gave 10-amido phenoxazine derivatives (4-6). keyword: phenoxazine, ethyl acetate phenoxazine, 10-aceto hydrazide phenoxazine. chemistry | 145 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction heterocyclic compounds are cyclic compound in which the ring atoms consist of carbon and some other elements like nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur are by the most common other atom such as boron, phosphorus or silicon compounds also be members of heterocyclic ring[1-4]. in 1887 the phenoxazine was made by bernth [5] and though known for many years it doesn,t have a systematic study made of its chemistry. and till the last decade, a little was known about the metabolism of phenoxazine in biological systems [6]. the nomenclature and numbering of phenoxazine nucleus. at present only two systems (a) and (b) are widely used the numbering system (a) has been adopted as being the most frequent and also approved in the “revised ring index” (no.3290), used in chemical abstract and recommended by the iupac rules of organic nomenclature[7]. the heterocyclic oxygen atom of the phenoxazine nucleus places certain restriction on the aromaticity of this ring system, which appears to be somewhat less aromatic than the phenothiazine system for instance. the aromatic model shows that the phenoxazine nucleus is slightly folded along its short axis i.e., the axis passing through the two central hetero atoms. the dipole moment of phenoxazine which was found to be 1.93 d (benzene) [8] is also consistent with the non planarity of molecule. phenoxazine nucleus is highly non-planer, i.e., folded along the axis passing through the two heteroatoms [9,10]. now the proton or the substituent at the nitrogen atom may be placed either between or out of the planes of the two latral ring. thus two geometrical configurations can be predicted for the phenoxazine ring, which on analogy to phenothiazine may be called h-extra (i) and h-antra (ii) configuration. oxazine derivative have been reported to possess [11] antifungal, antibacterial, anticonvulsant, antiviral, analgesic, anticancer, anti inflammatory [12], antimalarial [13], antimicrobial [14]. oxazine derivatives have played a crucial role in the theoretical development of heterocyclic chemistry and are used extensively in organic chemistry | 146 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 synthesis due to the rapid development of bacterial agent to help in the battle against pathogenic. aim of the work n-substituted phenoxazine have been reported to be biologically and industrially versatile compounds. biologically, they are used in many drugs as antiviral, antibacterial, anticancer and fungicidal agents. in industry, most of phenoxazine dyes are derived from benzo phenoxazine e.g., meldola blue or from more complex ring system containing the phenoxazine residue. the present work was directed toward the synthesis of new n-substituted phenoxazine derivatives expected to possess possible biological activity. material and methods ft-ir spectra were recorded on (shimadzu) ft-ir 8400 s spectrophotometer; solid samples were run in kbr disc, liquid were run as smears. uv spectra were recorded on uv-visible spectrophotometer (shimadzu) uv-160 a. 1h-nmr spectra were recorded on ultra sheild 300 mhz with tetramethyl silane as internal standard. melting points were determined in a (gallen kamp) melting point apparatus with sample contained in open capillary glass tube in an electrically heated metal block apparatus. thin layer chromatography (tlc) were performed on pre-coated plastic sheet with 0.25 mm layer of silica-gel f 254. spots were detected with iodine vapour. general procedure for synthesis of phenoxazine and its derivatives: phenoxazine (1) [15] a mixture of (109g, 1mol) of o-aminophenol, (2g, 0.018 mol) zncl2 and 5 ml conc. h3po4 was heated in a sand bath maintained at 270-275 0c for 4 hrs. the reaction mixture was cooled and extracted with cyclohexane in soxhlet extraction apparatus. the solvent was removed and the formed colorless needles crystallized from ethanol m.p. 152-154 oc, yield (54g,50%) ir: 3405 cm-1 (n-h) str. 10-nitroso-10h-phenoxazine (2) [16] a mixture of phenoxazine (10g, 0.05 mole) and sodium nitrite (4.2 g ) in (150 ml) of ethanol was refluxed for 2 hrs., after cooling (12ml) of concentrated hcl drop-wise was added. the brown precipitate obtained was filtered, dried and recrystallized from ethyl acetate. m.p. (172 oc), yield (3.5g,56 %). 10-amino phenoxazine (3) [16] a mixture of 10-nitrosylphenoxazine (9.0 g, 0.05mole) and zinc powder (5.0 g) in (25ml) acetic acid was stirred for 2 hrs., at 00c. the filtered was poured on to about (500ml) of water. the brown precipitate obtained was filtrated, dried, recrystallized from ethanol. m.p. (190 oc ), yield(2g, 62 %). 10-benzamido phenoxazine (4) a mixture of 10-aminophenoxazine (0.5g,0.0027 mole) and (0.1ml) of benzoyl chloride with (0.2ml) of triethylamine in (10ml) of thf was stirred for (2hrs.) at room temperature. the reaction mixture was left overnight and the precipitate formed chemistry | 147 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 was filtered and the filtrate dried and recrystallized from ethanol. m.p. (196 oc), yield(0.15g,50%). similarly, the following compounds were prepared similar to this procedure in this manner. the physical data are recorded in table (1). result and discussion phenoxazine was prepared by the reaction of o-aminophenol with zinc chloride in presence of phosphoric acid as shown in scheme (1). phenoxazine (1), showed strong stretching band at 3342 cm-1 (n-h), strong stretching bands at 1570 cm-1 and 1596 cm-1 for (c=c) assigned to phenoxazine ring.the 1h-nmr spectrum showed signal at δ (6.39-6.81) ppm, due to aromatic protons and signal at δ (8.2) ppm a signed to (n-h) as shown in figure (1). the phenoxazine (1) was then converted to 10-nitrosyl phenoxazine (2) using sodium nitrite. ir spectrum of compound (2) showed the disappearance of (n-h) band at 3342 cm-1 and showed a stretching band at 1271 cm-1 due to (no). the ir spectrum also, showed a band at 3062 cm-1 (c-h) aromatic and 1587 cm-1 for (c=c). compound (2) reacted with zinc powder in acetic acid to give compound (3) as shown in scheme (2). the ir spectrum of compound (3) showed astrong stretching band at 3386 cm-1 and 3370 cm-1 due to (nh2) and 1593 cm-1 for (c=c) as shown in table (2). compound (3) reacted with benzoyl chloride, isovaleryl chloride and 4-bromophenacyl chloride to give 10-benzamide phenoxazine, 10-(3methyl propenyl)amide phenoxazine and 10-(4-bromophenyl)amide phenoxazine compounds (4-6). ir spectra of compounds (4-6) showed astrong absorption bands at (3342-3300) cm-1 for (n-h), at (1650-1697) cm-1 for (c=o), at (1583-1593) cm-1 for (c=c) str., 1hnmr spectrum (fig. 2) for compound (4) which showed a signal at ( 8.7) ppm belong to (n-h) proton and signals at  (6.5-8) ppm belong to aromatic protons. references 1bahl, a. and bahl, b.s., (2000), organic chemistry, 21st edition, s.chand, india. 2raj ,k.b., (2007), organic chemistry., 5 edition, new age, india. 3bahl, a. and bahl, b.s., (2008), advanced organic chemistry., 2 edition, s.chand, india. 4jone, a.j. and mills, k. , (2006), heterocyclic chemistry at a glance., 1st edition, wiley, blackwell. 5bernthsen, a., (1887), synthesis of phenoxazine, j. org. chem., (20), 939-942. 6crossley, m. l.; hofmann ,c. m. and dreisbach p. f., (1952), chemo therapentic dyes.lll.5-heterocyclic amino-9-dialkyl amino benzo [a] phenoxazins. j. am. chem. soc., 74(3), 584-586. 7patterson, a.m.; capell, l.t. and walker, d.f., (1960), synthesis of oxazolophenoxazines, j. amer.chem. soc., 82(7), 1607-1609. 8freedlander a., (1944), system of phenoxazine, j. proc. soc. exp. biol., (57), 106109. 9yang, l.;feng, j. k.; ren am. and sun cc, (2006), theoretical investigations on the modulation of the polymer electronic and optical properties by introduction of phenoxazine, j. polymer, 47(9), 3229-3239. chemistry | 148 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 10keleş ,h. and dehri i., (2005), electrochemical synthesis of poly-6-amino-mcresol(poly-amc), j. appl. surf. sci., 252(20), 7545-7552. 11beena ,k.p. and akelesh, t., (2013), design, synthesis, characterization and evaluation of some 1,3-oxazine derivatives as potent antimicrobial agents, der pharmacia lettre, 5(4), 257-260 12tilak, s.; tyagi, r.; goel, b. and saxena, k., (1998), synthesis and anti inflammatory activity of some potential cyclic phenoxazines, j.indian drugs, (35), 221-225. 13dominguez, j.; lopez, s.; charris ,j.; iarruso ,l.; lobo, g.; semenow, a.; olson, j. and rosenthal, p., (1997), synthesis and antimalarial effects of phenoxazine inhibitors of a plasmodium falciparum cysteine protease, j. med. chem., 40(17), 2726-2732. 14raval, j. and desai, k., (2005), synthesis and antimicrobial activity of new triazolopyridinyl phenoxazines, arkat usa, (3), 21-28. 15dotsha, j. a., (2006), synthesis of new 10-substituted phenoxazine derivatives, thesis, college of science, university of baghdad, 16jiao, c.; cheng, n.; shuang, h. and shen, q., (2004), areversible chemosenor for nitrite based on the fluorescence quenching of a carbazole derivative, talanta., 64(3), 637-643. chemistry | 149 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (1) physical properties of compounds (2-6) comp. no. scientific name structure m.p. oc %yield color of crystal solvent 2 10-nitroso-10hphenoxazine 172 57 brown ethanol 3 10-amino phenoxazine 190 62 brown ethanol 4 10-benzamido phenoxazine 196 50 green ethanol 5 10-(3-methyl propenyl) amido phenoxazine 222 48 black ethanol 6 10-(4bromophenyl) amidophenoxazine 130 90 green ethanol chemistry | 150 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (2) infrared spectra data of compounds (2-6) other bands cm-1 υ c=o cm-1 υ c=c cm-1 υ c-h aromatic υ n-h cm-1 structure com. no. no 1271s c-o-c 1029 m 1587 s 3062 w 2 c-o-c 1112 m 1593 s 3062 m 3386 m 3370 m 3 c-o-c 1110 m 1683 s 1593 s 3055 m 3300 s 4 c-o-c 1119 m 1650 s 1589 s 3068 m 3342 m 5 c-o-c 1110 m 1697 s 1583 s 3083 w 3300 m 6 chemistry | 151 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (1): 1h-nmr spectrum of compound (1) figure (2): 1h-nmr spectrum for compound [4] chemistry | 152 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 n o no (2) n o n o nh2 (3) n o h (1) zn/ch3cooh hcl/c2h5oh g-c=o n-h g = , ,br-ch2ch(ch3)2 (4-6) triethyl amine / thf oh nh2 zncl2 h3po4 nano2 scheme (1): preparation of new hetrocyclic compounds chemistry | 153 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 scheme (2): reaction mechanism for the reduction of 10nitrosylphenoxazin chemistry | 154 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 أمينو فينوكسازين -10جديدة من تحضير مشتقات إسراء طه إبراهيم سعاد مصطفى األعرجي جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الكيمياء 2015/األول/كانون 15قبل في: ،2015/األول/تشرين 22ستلم في:ا الخالصة يتضمن البحث تحضير مشتقات جديدة من الفينوكسازين وهي مشتقات معوضة على ذرة النتروجين مبتدأ من ), 2نتروسل فينوكسازين من مفاعلة الفينوكسازين مع نتريت الصوديوم ليعطي المركب ( -10). حضر 1الفينوكسازين ( ) مع كلوريد 3). فوعل المركب (3كسازين (أمينو فينو 10الذي بدوره يتفاعل مع الزنك في حامض الخليك ليعطي ). 6-4أمينو فينوكسازين ( 10برومو فينيسيل فأعطى مشتقات -4بنزويل, كلوريد آيزوفاليريل و كلوريد أسيتو هيدرازايد فينوكسازين-1أستيت فينوكسازين, , أثيل فينوكسازين: الكلمات المفتاحية 293 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis and characterization of new oxazepines derived from d-erythroascorbic acid a. a. mukhlus , m. s. al-rawi, j. h. tomma, a. h. al-dujaili department of chemistry , college of education ibn alhaitham university of baghdad abstract the new schiff bases derived from d-erythroascorbic acid contaning heterocyclic unit were synthesized by condensation of d-erythroascorbic acid with aromatic amine (containing 1,3,4oxadiazole or 1,3,4-thiadiazole unit) in dry benzene using glacial acetic acid as a catalyst. derythroascorbic acid [iv] was synthesized by four steps (scheme 1), while the primary aromatic amine which is containing 1,3,4-oxadiazole [vii] or 1,3,4-thiadiazole [viii] synthesized by the reaction of 4methoxy benzoyle hydrazine [vi] with 4-amino benzoic acid or by the reaction tuloic acid with thiosemicarbazide, respectively in the presence of pocl3. the new 1,3-oxazepine derivatives were obtained by addition reaction of schiff bases with different anhydrides in dry benzene, the new 1,3oxazepine derivatives [xii]a-d[xiv]a-d were synthesized by refluxing compound [ix] , [x] or [xi] with different anhydride (maleic, phthalic, naphthalic anhydride or pyromellitic dianhydride) in presence of dry benzene. the structure of synthesized compounds have been characterized by their melting points , elemental analysis and by their spectral data; ftir , uv-vis, mass and (1hnmr , 13cnmr of some of them) spectroscopy . all the synthesized compounds have been screened for their antibacterial activities. they exhibited good antibacterial activity against escherichia coli (g-) and staphylococus aureus (g+) . key word : 1,3-oxazepine, schiff bases , l-ascorbic acid . introduction l-ascorbic acid is one of the most important biomolecules . it acts as an antioxidant and radical scavenger widely distributed in aerobic organisms [1]. l-ascorbic acid derivatives have been found to possess antitumor and antiviral activities [2-4]. schiff bases are used as substrates in the preparation of a large of bioactive and industrial compounds via ring closure , cyclo addiation and replacement reactions. in addition , schiff bases are well known to have biological activities [5-7]. 1,3-oxazepines is non-homologous seven member ring, that contains two heteroatoms (oxygen and nitrogen). oxazepines is used as antibiotics , enzyme inhibitors pharmacological interst , it has much chemical and biological studied[8-12]. hussein [13] et. al. ,synthesized 1,3oxazepine -4,7-dione (2) and (3) from the reaction of shciff bases (1) with maleic or phthalic anhydride, respectively. 294 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 o n o o o n o o r r o2n r o2n o2n(1) m al ei c a nh yd rid e phthalic anhydride (2) (3) n=ch recently, tomma et al. [14] synthesized a new 1,3-oxazepines (5), (6) derivatives by the cycloaddition reaction of schiff bases [4] with phthalic anhydride and naphthalic anhydride, respectively. x ch=n nn s s nn n=ch x n aphthalic anhydridep hth ali c a nh yd rid e x ch n nn s o o o 2 x ch n nn s o o o 2 (5) (6) (4) x= 4-no2 , 3-no2 , 4-cl the literatures servey revales that no evidience to synthesis oxazepines derived from d-erythroascorbic acid therefor we decided synthesis , characterization and study anti-bacterial activity of new derivatives of d-erythroascorbic acid containing imidazole unit. experimental mate rials : all chemicals were supplied from merck , gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received . te chnique s : ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a 8400s shimadzu spectrophotometer and ftir spectrophotometer , shimadzo (ir prestige-21) . 1hnmr spectra were carried out by : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso or cdcl3 were used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . measurements were made at chemistry department, al-albyat university, jordan. uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus. uv-vis spectra were performed on cecl 7200 england spectrophotometer using chcl3 as a solvent . mass spectra were recorded on ieol jms-7 high resolution instrument. 13c-nmr spectra of the compounds were recorded on a varian mercury plus 100 mhz spectrometer, jordan. 295 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 scheme(1) h3co nn o nh2 o oohc o o ho ho ho oh [i] [ii] [iii] [iv] o o o o ho oh me me o o o o ho me me o2car o o ho naio4 arco2 arco2 arco2 o2car o2car o oohc [vi] arco2 o2car [v] o o arco2 o2car h3c nn s nh2 [viii] o oohc [iv] arco2 o2car co2h coome co2h ch3o ch3o nh2nh2.h2o conhnh2ch3o [vii] h3c [iv] acetone dry hcl 65% gaa ansoyl chloride py + + + meoh h2so4 4-h2nc6h4co2h pocl3 h2nconh2nh2 pocl3 benzene gaa ar-n=ch [ix] [xi] nn o o me nn s when ar' = me[xiii]a-d [xiv]a-d when ar = 4 meoc6h4 [xii]a-d when ar'= comeo -nh o o h cn o cc o o ar ' o cc oo o ochn o cc o o ar ' o cc oo o o chn o cc o o ar ' o cc oo ocoararoco o ar ' ar' = o cc oo dry benzene o o o on c o c c n c o cc h h o cc oo ar ' o o o oar c o oar c o oar c o oar c o aro c o aro c o aro c o aro c o 296 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis pre paration of 5,6-o-is opropylide ne -l-as corbic acid[i]: this compound was prepared from the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with acetone in acidic media , following salomon methode [15]. synthe s is of 2,3-o-dianis oyl-5,6-o-is opropylide ne -l-as corbic acid [ii]: to a cold solution of [i](10gm , 0.046mol) in pyridine (50 ml) , anisoyl chloride was added (17.5ml , 0.129mol) with stirring for 2 hrs, then kept in dark place at room temperature for 24 hrs. the mixture was poured into ice-water the organic layer was extracted with (150ml) chloroform , washed with water and driyed over anhydrous magnesium sulfate [16] . filtered and the solvent evaporated , purified from chloroform:petroleum ether(1:5) to give [ii] (76.5%) as a pale yellow solid ,m.p (102-104 0c) , rf(0.80) (benzene:methanol) (5:5). synthe s is of 2,3-o-dianis oyl-l-as corbic acid[iii]: compound[ii](10g, 0.0236 mol) was dissolved in a mixture of (65%) acetic acid (30ml) add absolute methanol(10ml) and stirred for 48 hrs at room temperature. to the resulting solution a benzene(40ml) was added and evaporated to yield[iii] [16], (78%) as a white crystals, m.p(130-132 0c), rf (0.42) (benzene:methanol) (4:6). synthe s is of pe ntulos ono-lacton-2,3e ne dianis oate [iv]: to a stirred solution of sodium periodate (5.6gm) in distilled water ( 60ml) at (0 0c) , a solution of [iii](10gm,0.026mol) in absolute ethanol (60ml) was added dropwise . after stirring15 min, ethylene glycol(0.5ml) was added and stirred for one hour. the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50ml) [16]. the extracts dried over anhydrouse mgso4 , filtered and the solvent evaporated , the residue recrystallized from benzene to yield [iv] (45%) as a white crystals , m.p (156158 0c), rf(0.7) (benzene: methanol) (6:4). pre paration of me thyl 4-me thoxy be nzoate [v] it was prepared following the procedure described by vogel [17]. m.p.(49-51°c). pre paration of me thoxy be nzoyl hydrazine [vi] it was prepared following the procedure described by smith [18]. m.p.(135-137°c). pre paration of 2-(4′-aminophe nyl) -5-(4′′-me thoxyphe nyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole [vii] a mixture of 4-methoxybenzoyl hydrazine (0.01 mol), 4-aminobenzoic acid (0.01 mol) and phosphorus oxy chloride (5 ml) was refluxed for 7 hrs. the cold reaction mixture was poured into icewater and made alkaline using sodium bicarbonate solution . the solid product was filtered , dried and purified by refluxing with ethanol ,yield (89%), m.p.(196 °c)[19]. pre paration of 2amino-5(4`-tolyl) -1,3,4-thiadiazole [viii ] a mixture of tuloic acid (0.01mol), thiosemicarbazide(0.01mol) , phosphorus oxy chloride (5ml) was refluxed gently for 6 hrs. after cooling, ice water (50ml) was added in portions with stirring . the yellow precipitate was filterd, washed with water , dried and crystallized from ethanol yield(68%), m.p.(246-248°c)[20]. synthe s is of schiff bas e s [ix] [xi] a mixture of new primary amine compounds [vi], [vii] or [viii] (0.01 mol) , aldehyde [iv] (0.01 mol) , dry benzene (15 ml) and 2 drops of glacial acetic acid were refluxed for 6hrs. the solvent was evaporated under vaccum and the residue crystallized from chloroform. the physical properties of all schiff bases are listed in table(1). 297 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 synthe s is of 1,3-oxaze pine [xii]a-d-[xiv]a-d a mixture of equimolar amounts (0.01mol) of schiff bases [ix], [x] or [xi] and different acid anhydriedes in dry benzene was refluxed for 6 hrs [14] , the solvent was removed and the resulting colored crystalline solid recrystallized from petroleum ether to obtained 1,3-oxazipenes [xii]a-c , [xiii]a-c and [xiv]a-c. to synthesis compounds [xii]d , [xiii]d and [xiv]d , a mixture of (0.02mol) of schiff bases [ix] , [x] or [xi] and pyromellitic dianhydride (0.01mol) in dry benzene was refluxed for 6 hrs , the solvent was removed and the resulting colored crystalline solid recrystallized from petroleum ether . the physical properties of all synthesized 1,3-oxazepines are listed in table (2) . elemental analysis of compound [xii]b: calcd. : c% = 62.71 , h% = 3.95 , n% = 3.95 found : c% = 62.82 , h% = 3.86 , n% = 3.49 results and discussion 5,6-o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid[i] was prepared by the reaction of l-ascorbic acid with acetone in dry hcl [15] . the ftir spectrum showed a broad stretching band at(3240-3074) cm-1 for o-h vinylic, stretching bands at (2993-2908) cm-1 for c-h aliphatic, a stretching band at 1751 cm-1 due to c=o of lactone ring, a stretching band at 1663 cm-1 for c=c and stretching bands at (1141900) cm-1 for c-o stretching . compound [i] reacts with excess of anisoyl chloride in dry pyridine to give the corresponding ester[ii]. the ftir spectrum exhibited appearance of a stretching band at 1712 cm-1 for c=o of the ester, and disappearance of the stretching bands for o-h of compound[i] ,a stretching bands at( 2961-2834)cm-1 for c-h aliphatic group ,finally a stretching band at 1604 cm-1 could be attributed to c=c aromatic. the hydrolysis of compound [ii] in acid media result hydrolyzed of isopropylidene ring to yield 2,3-o-dianisoyl-l-ascorbic acid [iii] which characterized by melting point and ftir . the ftir spectrum showed band at 3444 cm-1 for o-h , a stretching at 3009 cm-1 for c-h aromatic. compound [iii] oxidized by periodate, which cleaves the c5-c6 bond (bearing oh groups) and formation the aldehyde derivative of d-erythroascorbic acid [iv].this compound is characterized by melting point , ftir, uv-vis, mass and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectrm showed two bands at (2873-2661)cm-1 for c-h aldehyde stretching, a stretching band at 1715 cm-1 for c=0 of aldehydic group[21] ,uv-vis showed λmax at 300 nm and mass spectrum showed m+1=413. 1hnmr spectrum( δ, dmso) showed the following signals: a singlet signal at δ( 12.5)ppm that could be attributed to the aldehydic proton. two doublet of doublets in the region δ (7.00-7.97) ppm due to eight aromatic protons, a singlet at δ( 3.86)ppm for proton of lactone ring at c4 . a sharp singlet at δ(3.82)ppm for the (och3) group. 13cnmr spectrum (δ , acetic) two signal in the region δ(167.5163.32) ppm for carbon c=o of the lactone ring and carbonyl ester, respectively. signals at δ(131.86, 131.83, 131.81) ppm for c4, c3, c2, signals at δ(114.31, 114.26, 123.44) ppm for aromatic carbons [22], signal at δ(55.90)ppm for och3 group. the signal of aldehydic carbonyl was disappeared due to it showed out of the scale . methyl-4-methoxy benzoate [v] was obtained by esterification of 4-methoxy benzoic acid (anisic acid) with methanol [18]. the reaction of 4-methoxy benzoate with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol under reflux give 4-methoxy benzoyl hydrazide[vi] in good yield. condensation of acid 298 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 hydrazid with 4-aminobenzoic acid in the presence of dehydrating agent phosphorus oxychloride yielded the oxadiazole derivative[vii]. the ftir absorption spectrum showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to c=o group (amid) of the hydrazide together with appearance of a stretching band at 1610 cm-1which is assigned to c=n stretching of oxadiazole ring. it also shows two peaks at 3200cm-1, 3350 cm-1, which are assigned to the symmetric and asymmetric stretching bands of nh2 group and two peaks at1070 cm-1 , 1245 cm-1 due to symmetrical and asymmetrical c-o-c stretching vibration. stretching bands at (2841-2935) cm-1 due to aliphatic ch2 group. the 1hnmr spectrum(δ, cdcl3) showed a broad signal at δ (1.6-1.75)ppm for two protons singlet nh2 group , two pair doublet of doublets at δ (6.7-8.01)ppm doublets that could be attributed to the eight aromatic protons and a singlet signal at δ 3.90 which could be to three protons of the och3 group. the 13c nmr spectrum showed signals at δ( 162.22)pmm (c-nh2), δ(114.54-128.63) (c6h4) , δ(76.64-77.49) (oc=n) and δ(55.53) (och3). elemental analysis: found : c%=67.89 , h%=5.44 , n%=15.49 : calcd. :c%=67.41 , h%=4.86 , n%=15.73. the reaction of tuloic acid with thiosemicarbazide in the presence of phosphorous oxychloride under reflux for 8 hrs gave 2amino-5(4′-tolyl) -1,3,4-thiodiazole [viii]. the ftir absorption spectrum showed two peaks at 3179cm-1 ,3280 cm-1 attributed to the nh2 group, 3020cm -1 for ch aromatic, peak at 1635cm-1 due to c=n of thiadiazole ring and peak at 813cm-1 of bending para substituted benzene ring . the novel schiff bases[ix] and [x] were synthesized by refluxing equemolare amount of d-erythroascorbic acid [vi] with amino compounds [vii] or [viii] in dry benzene with some drops of glacial acetic acid (gaa). these schiff bases[ix] and [x] were identified by their melting points, ftir, uv-vis and 1hnmr spectroscopy. ftir absorption spectra showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 and c=o groups of the starting meterials together with appearance of new absorption band at 1635 cm-1 in the region (1627-1637) cm-1 which is assigned to azomethine group( c=n stretching), peak at 1685 cm-1 due to c=c of lactone ring and stretching band at 1770 cm1 for c=o of lactone ring[16]. uv-vis spectra showed λ max at 262 and 267.5 data which are characteristic of compounds [ix] and [x] , respectively. 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso) of schiff bases [ix], showed a sharp signals at δ 10.3ppm for one proton could be attributed to the ch=n, two doublet pairs at δ (7.10-8.20)ppm that could be attributed to the sixteen aromatic protons and a sharp signals at δ 3.85ppm due to nine protons of three och3 groups, and a singlet signal at δ 3.99 ppm that could be attributed to the proton at c4 of lactone ring. the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso) of schiff bases [x] showed two sharp signals at δ 8.9 ppm and δ 3.81 ppm for one proton and six protons which could be to the (ch=n) and two (och3) groups , respectively. two doublet pairs of at δ (6.99-7.90)ppm that could be attributed to the tweleve aromatic protons , a singlet signal at δ 3.81 ppm which could be to the six protons of two och3 groups. also a sharp peak at δ 2.35 ppm could be assigned to three proyons of ch3 group. the 1,3-oxazepine derivatives were obtained by addition reaction of schiff bases with different anhydrides in dry benzene. the mechanism for this reaction [14] may be outlined in scheme(2): c=n + c o c oo o c c n c c o c n o oo c o c c o c n o o [c] [b][a] scheme(2) 299 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the mechanism involves the addition of one σcarbonyl to π-bond ( n=c) to give 4membered cyclic and 5-membered cyclic ring of anhydride in the same transition state [t.s]a , which opens into maleic anhydride , phthalic maleic, naphthalic anhydride or pyromellitic dianhydride to give 7-membered cyclic ring 1,3-oxazepine [c]. the characteristic ftir absorption bands of these compounds, figure (1), was confirmed from the disappearance of band due to c=n of schiff base and other peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of the starting materials together, besides this, the appearance of two bands at 1770 cm-1and 1710 cm-1for two carbonyl groups in lactone ring and oxazepine ring, respectively. a peak around 1730 cm-1 due to c=o of lactone ring, c-h aliphatic band in the region ( 2983 -2845)cm-1 and bands around (1280 and 1103 cm-1) belong to asymmetric and symmetric (c-o-c) band. all the spectral data of ftir and uv-vis for other compounds are listed in table (3). the uv-vis spectra, have electron transition (n → π*) and (π →π*). the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso), figure (2) of compounds [xii]a showed a sharp signal at δ 3.8 ppm for nine protons of och3 groups and doublet signal at δ 6.1ppm for two protons of ch=ch, twelve aromatic protons appear at the range (δ 7.00-7.89) ppm. furthermore, a sharp signal of n-h proton absorbed at δ 10.3 ppm . the 1hnmr spectrum of compound [ xiii]b , showed twenty aromatic ring protons appear as multiplet at the range (δ 7.02-8.19) ppm, a singlet signal of n-ch proton of oxazepine absorbed at δ 6.75 ppm . furthermore, a singlet signals at δ 3.39ppm for och3 protons absorbed. the 1hnmr spectrum of compound [xii]c (in dmso), showed a singlet signal of n-ch proton absorbed at δ 7.00 ppm, the aromatic ring protons appears at the range (δ 7.878.57) ppm, two singlet signals at δ3.82 ppm and 3.83 for och3 protons absorbed, finally, a singlet signal at δ 10.3 ppm that could be attributed to the proton of nh group. finally, the 1hnmr spectrum of compound [xiv]d (in dmso), also showed a singlet signal that could be attributed to the proton of n-ch absorbed at δ 7.15 ppm, a singlet signals for aromatic benzene ring[22] center appears at δ 8.05ppm and the other aromatic ring protons appear at the range (δ 7.0-7.90) ppm. . furthermore a singlet signals at δ3.81ppm that could be attributed to eighteen protons of six och3 groups [22]. biological activity the antibacterial activity of the synthesized compounds was performed according to the agar diffusion method [18]. the prepared compounds were tested against e.coli and staph. aureus .each compounds was dissolved in dmso to give concentration 1ppm. the plates were then incubated at 37 0c and examined after 24 hrs. the zones of inhibition formed were measured in millimeter and are represented by (-), (+), (+ +) and (+ + +) depending upon the diameter and clarity as in table (4). all the compounds exhibit the high or low biological activity while the compound [xiii]c showed no activity against both the organisms. the compounds showed good inhibition against of the two types of the bacteria, this could be related to the presence of the d-erythroascorbic acid , 1,3-oxazepine and imine linkage. references 1.du ,c.; liu , j.; su, w.; ren, y.and wei, d(2003)"the protective effect of ascorbic acid derivative on pc12 cells,involvement of its ros scavenging ability" , life sci. , 74 , 771-780. 300 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 2. tanuma, s.; shiokawa, d.; tanimoto,y.; ikekita, m. and takeda, m.(1993)"benzylidene ascorbate induces apoptosis in l929 tumor cell", biochem, biophys, rrs, commun., 194:29-35. 3. velri, r.; fodor, g.; liu, c. and woolverton , c.,1986, "a new class of synthetic biological response modifiers,the methylfuryl butyrolactones" , j. biol, res. mod. 5:444-461. 4. woolverton,c.; veltri, r.; snyder , i. (1986) "stimulation of human pmn in vitroi by asuccinimide molecular complex of methylfuryl butyrolactones", j.biol,res.mod., 5:527-538 . 5. velri, r.; fodor, g.; liu, c. ; woolverton, c.(1986)"a new class of synthetic biological response modifiers,the methylfuryl butyrolactones" , j. biol, res. mod. , 5 : 444-461. 6. shiradkar, m. r. and nikalje, a. g. , 2010, "synthesis and antimicrobial study of bis-[thiadiazol-2yltetrahydro-2h-pyrazolo[3,4-d][1,3]thiazole]methanes",org. commun .3(3): 57-69. 7.chandraleka, s., basha, s. chandramohan, g. panneerselvam a., dhanasekaran, d., 2009,"synthesis and antimicrobial activity of cu (iii) schiff base complex", the internet journal of microbiology, 6 (2):5580. 8. bilgic s. ; bilgic, o.; bilgic m.; gunduz, m. and karakoc, n.(2009) synthesis of 2-aryl1,2-dihydronaphtho[1,2f][1,4]oxazepin-3(4h)-ones, arkivoc (xiii), 185-192. 9. matz, l. m. and . hill, h. h.(2002) "separation of benzodiazepines by electrospra-y ionization ion mobility spectrometry–mass spectrometry ",analytica chimica acta, 457:235-245 . 10. bucher, j. r. ; haseman, j.k.; herbert, r. a.; hejtmancik, m. and ryan, m. j. (1998) "toxicity and carcinogenicity studies of oxazepam in the fischer 344 rat", toxycological, 42:1-12. 11. arias, m. j.; moyano, j. r. and gines, j. m.(1998)"study by dsc and hsm of the oxazepam– peg 6000 and oxazepam–d-mannitol systems", therochimica acta ., 321:33-41. 12. yeap,g. y.; mohammad, t. and osman, h.(2011)"1,3-oxazepane-4,7-diones compounds : 1h and 13c nmr high-resolution spectroscopy (1d and 2d), j. of molecular structure, 982(1):33-44. 13. hussein, f. a. and najim, s. t.(2002)irq. j. chem., 28:13-25. 14. tomma, j. h.; ali,e. t. ;tomi,i. h.; al-witry, z. a.; hassan,h. a.(2011)"synthesis and characterzation of new heterocyclic compounds", almustansiriyah journal of science, 22(2): 15. salomon, l. (1963)experientia ,19(12): 619. 16. mukhlus, a. a.; al-rawi, m. s.; tomma, j. h.; al-dujaili, a. h.(2011)"synthesis and characterization of new schiffs bases derived from d-erythroascorbic acid and pyrimidines", ibn al haitham j. for pure & appl. sci., 24 (2): 70-85. 17. vogel, i. (1974). "atextbook of practical organic chemistry" , longman group ltd., london 3 rd., ed 18. tomma, j. h. ; raheema, a. h. and rouil i. h. (2005) "synthesis and antibacterial activity of some novel schiff bases compounds containing oxadiazole ring", ibn al haitham j. for pure & appl. sci., 18(1): 41-49. 19. parra, m.; elgueta, e.; jimenez, v. and hidalgo, p.(2009)“ novel amides and schiff 's bases derived from 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives : synthesis and mesomorphic behaviour” , liquid crystals, 36(3):301-317. 301 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 20. tomma, j. h.; rouil, i. and al-dujaili, a. h.(2009)"synthesis and mesomorphic behavior of some novel compounds containing 1,3,4-thiadiazole and 1,2,4-triaqzole rings", mol. cryst. liq. crys., 501:3-19. 21. carey, f. a.(2006) “organic chemistry”, 6th ed., the mcgraw-hill companies, inc., new york, 140. 22. sharma, y. r.(2009)"elementary organic spectroscopy", 4t h ed., ramnagar , new delhi, ind. 122:233. table(1)the physical properties of compounds[ix],[x] and[xi] color yield % m. p.° c molecular formula structural formula nomenclature comp .no. yellow 65 138 140 c29h24o10n2 o o arcoo oocar n chh3co conh 5-c-(4-metho xyphenyl) semicarbazone pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3 enedianisoate [ix] yellow 75 170 172 c36h27o10n3 o o arcoo oocar n chh3co nn o 4-{4′[-5-(4′′methoxyphenyl)-1,3,4oxadiazole-2-yl]phenylimine}-pentulose-γ lactone-2,3-enedianisoate [x] 302 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table(2)the physical properties of compounds[xii]a-d, [xiii]a-d and [xiv]a-d yellow 60 166 168 c30h23o6n3s o o arcoo oocar n ch nn s h3c 5-(4′-tolyl)-2[ (pentulose-γ lactone – 2 ,3 –ene dianisoate)-imine]1,3,4-thiadiazole [xi] color m.p . °c yiel d% molecular formula st ruct ural formula nomenclat ure comp. no. 303 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 brown 178-180 60 c33h26o13n2 o o chn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o cc o o conhh3co 2-( pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoate) -3(4'-methoxy benzamide)-2,3-dihydro-[1,3]oxazepine-4,7-diones [xii]a yellow 164166 65 c37h28o13n2 o o chn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o c c o o conhh3co 2-( pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoate)-3(4′-methoxy benzamide)-2,3-dihydro benz [1,2e][1,3]oxazepine-4,7 diones [xii]b brown 198-200 75 c40h30o13n2 o o h cn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o c c o o conhh3co 2-( pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoate)-3(4-met hoxy benzamide)-2,3-dihydro napht ha[2,3e][1,3]-oxazepine4,7-diones [xii]c brown 172-174 60 c68h50o26n4 conhh3co o o occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o conhh3co o o occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o n o c n c o h h c o c o co co benzene1,2,4,5-bis{2-( pent ulose -γlact one-2,3enedianisoate)-3(4′-methoxy benzamide) -2,3-dihydro-[1,3] oxazepine-4,7-diones} [xii]d p ale yellow 220d ec. 55 c40h29o13n3 o o h cn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o cc o o h3co nn o 2-( pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoat e)-3-{4′-[5-(4′′met hoxyphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadi azole -2-yl]-phenyl}-2,3dihydro-[1,3]-oxazepine-4,7diones [xiii]a yellow 160-162 70 c44h31o13n3 o o chn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o cco o h3co nn o 2pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoat e-3-4′-[5-(4′′met hoxy phenyl) -1,3,4 oxadiazole -2-yl]phenyl} -2,3dihydrobenz-[1,2e] [1,3]oxazepine-4,7-diones [xiii]b 304 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 brown 180-182 70 c48h33o13n3 o o h cn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o cc o o h3co nn o 2pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoat e-3-{4′-5-( 4′′met hoxyphenyl) -1,3,4oxadiazole-2-yl]phenyl} -2,3dihydro naphthal [2,3e] [1,3] oxazepine-4,7-diones [xiii]c yellow 162-164 58 c82h64o26n6 o o occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o o occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o n o c n c o h h c o c o co co h3co nn o h3co nn o benzene1,2,4,5-bis{2-( pent ulose -γlact one-2,3enedianisoat e)-3-{4′-[5-(4′′met hoxyphenyl)-1,3,4 oxadiazole-2-yl] phenyl}-2,3 dihydro-[1,3]oxazepine-4,7diones} [xiii]d brown 228-230 50 c34h25o11n3s o o h cn oo o cc o o h3c nn s h3coc6h4co occ6h4och3 2(pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoat e)[ 5-(4′-t olyl) 1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] )-2,3dihydro-[1,3]-oxazepine-4,7diones [xiv]a brown 195-197 58 c38h27o11n3s o o chn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o cc o o h3c nn s 2(pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoate)-3[5-(4′-t olyl) 1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] )-2,3dihydro benz[1,2e][1,3]oxazepine-4,7-diones [xiv]b brown 182-184 50 c42h29o11n3s o o chn occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o cc o o h3c nn s 2(pent ulose-γlact one-2,3enedianisoate)-3[5-(4′-t olyl) 1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] )-2,3dihydro napht h[2,3e][1,3]oxazepine-4,7-diones [xiv]c brown 150-152 50 c66h48o22n6s 2 o o occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o o o occ6h4och3 o h3coc6h4co o n o c n c o h h c o c o co co h3c nn s h3c nn s benzene1,2,4,5-bis{2-( pent ulose -γlact one-2,3enedianisoate)-3′-[5-(4′-tolyl) 1,3,4t hiadiazole-2-yl] phenyl}-2,3dihydro[1,3]oxazepine-4,7-diones} [xiv]d 305 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table(3) charcterrisitic ftir absorption band and uv-vis ( λ max) of compounds [xii]a-d [xiv]a-d table(4)anti bac terial activity of the synthesized compounds [iv]-[xiv]a-d. comp.no. e.coli(g-) staph. aurus(g+) comp.no. e.coli(g-) staph. aurus(g+) [iv] + + + + [xii]c + + [vi] + + + + + + [xii]d + + [vii] + + [xiii] a + + [viii] + + + + + + [xiii] b + + [ix] + + [xiii] d + + + + + + [x] + + [xiii]a + + + + + [xi] + + [xiv]b ++ + + + [xii]a + + [xivc + + + + + [xii]b + + + + [xiv]d + + comp. no. uv-vis λmax (nm) characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) ѵ(c-h) aromatic ѵ(c-h) aliphatic ѵ (c=o) lactone ѵ (c=o) lactam ѵ (c=c) aromatic [xii]a 234 3010 2982-2843 1770,1685 1740 1604 [xii]b 259 3093 2974-2846 1765,1642 1755 1604 [xii]c 317.5 3088 2956-2848 1772,1685 1735 1604 [xii]d 262 3024 2943-2843 1760,1676 1728 1606 [xiii]a 322 3066 2924-2851 1778,1685 1713 1600 [xiii]b 325 3028 2927-2856 1770,1681 1730 1600 [xiii]c 330 3072 2927-2846 1770,1689 1739 1604 [xiii]d 261 3030 2941-2843 1760,1685 1730 1604 [xiv]a 292 3020 2904-2850 1770,1685 1740 1600 [xiv]b 289 3020 2924-2727 1770,1687 1740 1627 [xiv]c 246 3066 2920-2850 1770,1674 1739 1630 [xiv]d 270 3059 2940-2842 1770,1685 1740 1600 306 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 key to symbols: highly active = + + +(mor than)15 mm. moderately active = + +(11-15) mm. and slightly active = + (5-10) . fig. (1): ftirspectrum of compound [xii]b fig. (2):1hnmr spectrum of compound [xii]c 307 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ارثروحامض dمن االوكسازبين المشتقة تحضير و تشخيص مركبات االسكوربيك عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص ، منى سمير الراوي ، جمبد هرمز توما ، عمار هاني الدجيلي ابن الهيثم ،جامعة بغداد –قسم الكيمياء،كلية التربية الخالصة ارثرو حامض اسكوربيك التي تحتوي على dالمشتقة من [ix]و [x] دة لقواعد شف حضرت المركبات الجدي -اوكسادايازول او 4,3,1-ارثرو حامض اسكوربيك مع االمينات االروماتية (المحتوية على وحدةdحلقة غير متجانسة من تكاثف ارثرو حامض dالثلجي محفزا . حضر المركب ثايادايازول) في البنزين الجاف وباستعمال قطرات من حامض الخليك 4,3,1 4,3,1-اوكسادايازول او 4,3,1-) بينما حضر االمين االروماتي المحتوي 1اسكوربيك باربع خطوات متتالية كما في المخطط رقم ( تلويك مع امينو حامض البنزويك او من تفاعل حامض ال-4ميثوكسي بنزوايل هايدرازين مع -4ثايادايازول من تفاعل وعلى التوالي . pocl3ثايوسميكاربازايد بوجود تناول البحث تحضير وتشخيص مشتقات االوكسازبين الجديدة والمشتقة اساسا من قواعد شف [xiv][xii] الى االنهايدرايدات المختلفة من تفاعل االضافة في البنزين الجاف . حضرت مشتقات االوكسازبينالجديدة بالتصعيد العكسي لقواعد شف مع مختلف االنهايدرايدات ( ماليك ، فثاليك، نفثالك، بايرومالتيك داي انهايدرايد) في البنزين الجاف. ، uv-vis ، طيف ftirشخصت جميع المركبات المحضرة بقياس درجات انصهارها وبوساطة طيف ) للبعض منها .درست الفعالية البايولوجية للمركبات المحضرة (c.h.n، طيف الكتلة والتحليل الدقيق للعناصر 1hnmrطيف staphylococcus (g+) .echerichia coliد نوعين من البكتريا واظهرت النتائج فعالية بايولوجية جيدة ضد البكتريا بنوعيها ض (g-), . اوكسازبين ، قواعد شف، حامض االسكوربيك. – 3,1: المفتاحية الكلمات introduction results and discussion table(3) charcterrisitic ftir absorption band and uv-vis ( λ max) of compounds [xii]a-d [xiv]a-d microsoft word 88-98 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 88 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 synthesis and study the mesomorphic behaviour of new nacetyl and their diazetine: mono and twin thaer s. ghali jumbad h. tomma dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad thaer1881@gmail.com jumbadtomma@yahoo.com received in:9/july/2017, accepted in:8/october/2017 abstract synthesis ,characterization of new mono and twin compounds containing heterocyclic four member ring as, 1,3diazetine by four steps. the first step; includes preparation of 2amino thiazole derivatives [i]a-c via ring closure reaction between acetophenone derivatives with thiourea in i2, while the second step includes condensation reaction between 2-amino thaizole derivatives[i]a-c and p-methoxy benzaldehyde to produce schiff bases[ii]a-c. the third step includes neculophilic attach from imine group toacetyl chloride to give nacetyl cross bonding[iii]a-c.finally ; the fourth step is completed by the reaction of nacetyl derivatives with sodium azide (nan3) to yield new 1,3-diazetines. the synthesized compounds were characterized bynmr and ir spectroscopy. the study of liquid crystalline behaviour was carried out using optical polarising microscopy (opm) and some of them by differential scanning calorimetry (dsc). all compounds were synthesized which showed liquid crystalline properties on heating. keywords: thiazoles, heterocyclic liquid crystal, nacetyl derivatives, diazotizes. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 89 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction the chemistry of heterocyclic is one of the most complicated branches of organic chemistry[1].heterocyclic compounds have a wide applications, but very interested in medicinal chemistry and industrial application area [2]. thiazole is one member of the heterocyclic compound containing both nitrogen and sulfur atoms as a part of aromatic five membered ring. many workers were interested in thiazoles liquid crystalline compounds containing imine linkage [3-7] studied a correlation. murzaet. al., [8] have synthesized new liquid crystalline azomethines containing thiazole ring and studied a correlation between the geometric parameters and liquid crystalline properties. on the other hand, tomma [9] reported the synthesis and study of the liquid crystalline properties of some nacetyl derivatives, the study explains enatiotropic mesomorphic behaviour with high transition temperature of the synthesized compounds. a diazetine is a four membered ring with two nitrogen atoms. according to the nitrogen atompositions, the diazetines are existed in two isomeric forms: 1,2 -diazetine and 1,3-diazetine[10]. a diazetine compounds have played a good role as an intermediate in the synthesis of pharmacological active heterocyclic compounds [11]. the addition of alkyl or aryl isocyanates to double bond of n-alkyl andnaryl carbodiimides to yield 4-arylimino-1,3-diazetidine-2-one derivatives was mentioned by ulrich et al. [12]. while lazim [13] synthesized the diazetine from the addition reaction of sodium azide (nan3) to n-acyl group. mormanna and brahm synthesized and studied mesomorphic properties of 4isocyanatophenyl 4-methoxybenzoate and the corresponding diazetidinedione[14]. in addition, by intramolecular cyclization of n-aryl thiourea derivatives, pansuriya prepared new series of 1,3-diazetines [15]. the literatures survey reveals that no evidence for synthesis and study of the liquid crystalline properties of 1,3diazetines, therefore we decided synthesis, characterization and study of the liquid crystalline properties of new derivatives for new 1,3diazetines and their n-acetyl. experimental chemicals: chemicals were supplied from merck, gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques: the ftir spectra were recorded on a shimadzu (ir prestige-21) by using potassi um bromide discs,.nmr spectra were carried out by company : ultra shield 300 mhz, bruke r, switzerland, at university of al-albayt , jordan, and were reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with an internal standard (tms). uncorrected melting points were determined on hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus,dsc thermographs were carr ied out on a sta pt-1000 linseis instrument, ramp rate : 5 ºc/min on heating and cooling, pom was determined using a microscope model pw-bk 5000 pr equipped with a hot-stage system of hs-400 (ker 3100-08s). thin layer chromatography (tlc) was carried outusing aluminum sheets. synthesis: the new compounds were synthesized according to two routes, scheme (1). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 90 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 scheme (1): reactions and reagents: n= 2,3; (i) i2, nh2csnh2 ; (ii) 4-methoxy benzydehyde , ehanol,gaa (iii) ch3cocl,benzene ; (iv) nan3 , dmf. synthesis of 1,2-bis [4-oxyacetophenone] ethane[a] and 1,3-bis [4oxyacetophenone] propane[b]. these compounds were prepared according to the procedure that described by ayyash et. al [16]. synthesis of 2-amino 1,3-thiazole[i]a-c.these compounds were carried out according to the procedure that described by karam et al.[17]. preparation of 4-(4-bromophenyl) -2-amine thiazol[i]a.yield (90 %); m.p : 164-166 ºc lit [18].synthesis of 4,4'-((ethane-1,2diylbis(oxy)) bis (4,1-phenylene))bis(2-amine thiazol)[i]b..yield (75%);brown powder ,mp: 220-222 ºc; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3297,3115, nh2) ,( 3060, ch aromatic), (2951, 2885, ch aliphatic),( 1620, c=n), ( 1600 , c=c),( 1249 , c-o) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6),( δ ppm): 7.02-7.93(m,10h,arh),6.93(s,2h,nh2),4.35(s,4h,och2).synthesis of 4,4'-((propane-1,3-diylbis (oxy)) bis (4,1-phenylene))bis(2-amine thiazol)[i]c.yield (78%);brown powder, mp:136-138 ºc ; ftir(υ cm-1): (3321,3115 , nh2),( 3060, ch aromatic), (2956, 2856, ch aliphatic),( 1636, c=n),( 1604 , c=c),( 1253 , c-o) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 7.01-7.68 (m,10h,ar-h), 6.95(s,2h,nh2), 4.2(q,4h,och2) ,2.2 (hextit, 2h,ch2 ) ; 13cnmr(dmsod6),(δppm):184.46,169.303,158.63,127.134,126.49,14,64.328and28.53.synthesis of new schiff bases[ii]a-c.dissolved in 5 ml of absolute ethanol a mixture of appropriate 2amino-1,3thaizole(0.001mol) and 4-methoxy benzaldehyde (0.001mol) for synthesized compound [ii]a and ( 0.002 mol) for synthesized compounds [ii]b,c with some drops of glacial acetic acid. the reaction mixture was refluxed for 12 hrs. then cooled to room temperature .the filteration of solid product to give new schiff bases [ii]a-c and recrystallization from ethanol .synthesis of n-(4-(4-bromophenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-1-(4 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 91 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 methoxyphenyl)methanimine [ii]a.yield (69 %);yellow powder, mp:186-188 ºc ; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3095, ch aromatic), (2929, 2835, ch aliphatic), (1680, 1610, c=n), (1598, c=c). synthesis n,n'-(((ethane-1,2-diylbis(oxy))bis(4,1-phenylene)) bis (thiazole-4,2diyl))bis(1-(4methoxyphenyl) methanimine) [ii]b yield (76 %);yellow needle crystal ,mp: 228-230 ºc ; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3066, ch aromatic), (2953, 2835, ch aliphatic), (1676,1635, c=n), (1597 , c=c),( 1241 , c-o) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6), (δ ppm) : 9.9(s,2h,ch =n), 6.88.1 (m,18h,ar-h), 4.3 (s,4h,och2) ; 13cnmr(dmso-d6), (δppm): 191.29, 166.516, 162.063,157.93, 131.775, 130.476, 129.277, 128.472, 114.476,114.323,113,66.51and55.66.synthesis of n,n'-(((propane-1,3-diylbis(oxy))bis(4,1phenylene)) bis(thiazole-4,2-diyl))bis(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)methanimine) [ii]c .yield (68 %);yellow powder mp:143-145 ºc ; ft-ir(υ cm-1):(3097, ch, aromatic (2931, 2835, ch aliphatic), (1656,1640, c=n), ( 1604 , c=c),( 1246 , c-o) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6), (δppm) : 9.85 (s,2h ,ch=n) , 6.78.0 (m,18h,ar-h), 4.4 (t,4h,och2), 3.9 (s,6h,och3 ) , 2.02.3(m,2h,ch2) ; 13cnmr(dmso-d6), (δppm) : 191.29, 166.516 ,162.063,157.939 ,131.779 , 131.296, 130.426 , 129. 217, 129.048 , 128.316, 115.758, 113, 63.485, 55.117 and 28.457.synthesis of n-acetyl derivatives[iii]a-c. to a cooled solution of schiff bases[ii]a (0.01mol.) in (10 ml.) dry benzene, acetyl chloride (0.785 g ,0.01mol) was added dropwise. the solvent was evaporated after refluxing the reaction mixture for 12 hrs. and the residue was washed with water for many times and recrystalized from dmf\ethanol. the same method was used for synthesized twin n-acyl [iii]a, except using twice moles from acetyl chloride (0.02) moles instead of (0.01) moles. synthesis of n-(4-(4-bromophenyl) thiazol-2-yl)-n-(chloro (4-methoxyphenyl) methyl) acetamide [iii]a. yield (42 %); yellow green powder mp:208-210 ºc; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3086, ch aromatic), (2958, 2835, ch aliphatic), (1647, c=o),(1630, c=n), (1595 , c=c),( 1253 , c-o), (767, c-cl). synthesis of n,n'-(((ethane-1,2-diylbis(oxy))bis(4,1-phenylne))bis (thiazole-4,2diyl))bis(n-(chloro(4-methoxyphenyl) methyl) acetamide)[iii]b. yield (71 %); brown powder ,mp:148-150 ºc; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3055, ch aromatic), (2954, 2854, ch aliphatic), (1674, c=o),(1655, c=n), (1597 , c=c),( 1253 , c-o), (737, c-cl) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6), δ, ppm: 7.1-8.0(m,18h,ar-h) ,6.9 (s,2h,ch-cl), 4.5 (s,4h,och2) , 3.9 (s,6h,och3 ),2.5(s,6h,ch3) . 13cnmr (dmso-d6),( δ ppm) : 191.29 , 162.063, 157.939,131.775 ,130.476, 129.277 , 128.472, 114.476 , 114.323, 113, 78.604 ,66.51, 55.66 and26.394. synthesis of n,n'-(((propane-1,3-diylbis(oxy))bis(4,1-phenylene)) bis (thiazole-4,2diyl))bis(n-(chloro(4-methoxyphenyl) methyl) acetamide[iii]c .yield (93 %); dark orange powder mp:140-142 ºc; ft-ir (υ cm-1): (3064,ch aromatic) , (2929, 2820, ch aliphatic), (1676, c=o), (1645 , c=n),( 1598 , c=c), (1254 , c-o), (736, c-cl) ; 1hnmr(dmso-d6), (δppm):6.6 -8.0(m ,18h,ar-h) , 6.3 (s,2h,ch-cl), 4.7 (t,4h,och2), 3.9(s,6h,och3), 3.4(2h,ch2), 2.0(s,6h,ch3). synthesis of 1,3-diazetine derivatives[iv]a-c. sodium azide(0.65g , 0.01 mol) was added to a stirring solution of n-acyl derivatives (0.01mol) in (10 ml) dimethyl formamide(dmf) to synthesize compound [iv]a while (1.3g ,0.02 mol) was added for synthesized compounds [iv]b,c. after the addition, the mixture was heated for 12 hrs. at (55-60) ºc in water bath with stirring. afterword cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature and filtered the precipitate, washed with cold water and recrystalized from dmf\ethanol. synthesis 1-(4-(4-bromophenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-4-(4methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1,2-dihydro-1,3-diazet-2-ol[iv]a.yield ( 91 %);light green powder,mp: 218-220 ºc ; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3448, oh), (3047, ch aromatic),(2950, 2835, ch aliphatic) , (1662, 1645, c=n),( 1600 , c=c),( 1249 , c-o) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6), (δppm): https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 92 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 6.8-7.53, (m,9h,ar-h) ,5.61(s,1h, oh ) , 3.6 (s,3h,och3), 1.25 (s,3h,ch3) . synthesis of 1,1'-(((ethane-1,2-diylbis(oxy))bis(4,1-phenylene)) bis (thiazole-4,2-diyl))bis(4-(4methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1,2-dihydro-1,3-diazet-2-ol)[iv]b .yield (74 %); brown powder , mp: 143-146 ºc ; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3414, oh), (3041, ch aromatic), (2929, 2837, ch aliphatic), (1665, 1645, c=n),( 1600 , c=c),( 1242 , c-o) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6), (δppm) :6.7-7.9 (m,18h,ar-h) ,5.8(broad s,2h, oh ),4.25 (s,4h,och2), 3.85 (s,6h,och3) ,1.25(s,6h,ch3) . 13cnmr(dmso-d6),( δppm) :168.537 , 158.457, 157.810, 135.64, 131.788, 130.767, 129.690 , 128.319, 113.590 , 69.696 , 55.665 and28.965.synthesis of 1,1'(((propane-1,3-diylbis(oxy))bis (4,1-phenylene)) bis(thiazole-4,2-diyl))bis(4-(4methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1,2-dihydro-1,3-diazet-2-ol)[iv] c.yield (63%),brown powder ,mp: 228-230 ºc; ft-ir(υ cm-1): (3435, oh) , (3074, ch aromatic), (2927, 2854, ch aliphatic), (1676, 1635, c=n),( 1600 , c=c),( 1248 , c-o) ; 1hnmr (dmso-d6),( δ ppm): 6.78.0 (m,18h,ar-h) ,5.8(broad s,2h, oh ) ,4.1-4.25 (broad s,4h,och2), 3.7 (s,6h,och3 ),2.05-2.2(m,2h,ch2), 1.25 (s,6h ,ch3) ; 13cnmr(dmso-d6), (δppm): 168.573, 158.186, 157.918, 130.457, 129.437, 128.769, 126.897, 115.941, 114.183, 64.591, 55.092, 31.25 and 28.968. results and discussion the routes of synthetic for synthesized mono [i-iv] a and twin [i-iv]b,c compounds are outlined in scheme (1). all of the synthesized compounds gave satisfactory analysis for the proposed structures, which were conformed on the basis of their fourier transform infrared(ft-ir) and 1h ,13c nuclear magnetic resonance (nmr). the di-ketone compounds a and b were prepared based on the methods mentioned in the reference [16]. the first step in scheme (1) is the synthesis of compound [i]a-c by the reaction of mixture between [a]or[b]or[c] with iodine and thiourea in fusion according to the figure (1):1nmrspectrumfor compound [i]c figure (2):1nmrspectrumfor compound [ii]b https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 93 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 procedure in the reference [17] to produce the 2-amino thaizolederivatives. the reaction of compounds[i]a-c with 4methoxy benzaldehyde leads to the formation of the schiff base [ii]a-c about 68-76% yields. the nacetyl compound [iii]a-c was synthesized by addition reaction of acetyl chloride to schiff bases [ii]a-c in dry benzene about 42-93% yields. the 1,3diazetine compounds[iv] a-c were synthesized by reaction between n-acetyl compounds [iii]a-c with sodium azide (nan3) in dmf as a solvent at (55-60)ºc in water bath about 63-91% yields. liquid crystalline behaviour. optical polarizing microscopy (opm) and differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) (of some of them) were used for the study of the mesomorphic properties of all synthesized compounds [i-iv]a-c.the chemical structures of mono and twin mesogenic compounds were shown in scheme1. all the synthesized compounds were containing thaizole ring besides to figure (3):1nmrspectrumfor compound [iii]c figure (4):1nmrspectrumfor compound [iv]c figure (5):13cnmr-spectrum for compound [iv]b figure (6): 13cnmr-spectrum for compound [iv]c https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 94 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 phenyl as a rigid core and strong donating terminal alkoxy groups (och3) see figure (7), also the mono-mesogenic compounds [i-iv] a containing br therefore the later compounds showed different properties than the twin – compounds. the type of transitions and the thermal data of the synthesized compounds were listed in table (1). all compounds[ii-iv] a-c exhibited mesomorphic behaviour on heating, while the thaizole compounds [i]a-c did not show any liquid crystalline properties only transition from crystal to isotropic. table (1): type of transition, transition temperatures (t/°c) of compound (i – iv)a-c , phase transition enthalpy changes (δh.kj. mol-1) and entropies (δs.j. mol-1.k-1) of some of them. .s∆ j.mol-1.k-1 h∆ transition kj.mol-1 transition temperature ºc type of transition comp.no. ــــــــــــــــ cr→ i ia 166 ــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــ 222 cr→ i ib cr→ i ic 160 ـــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــ 2.19 0.969 31.54 0.857 0.476 16.53 116.95 203.4 251.2dec. cr→scsc→ n n→i iia 55 4.166 22.70 1.808 139.85 161.1 cr→nn→i iib 120 ــــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــ 300 cr→nn→id ec iic 180 ـــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــ 210 cr→n n→i iiia 125 ـــــــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــ 150 cr→ndiscotic n→i iiib 6.90 8.99 2.40 4.66 113 245.05 cr→ndiscotic ndiscotic→i iiic 130 ـــــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــ 230 cr→smc smc→i iva ـــــــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــ 95 >400 cr→ndiscotic n discotic→i ivb 13.25 95.77 38.8 4.75 43.16 20.1 85.85 177.75 267.5 300 dec. cr→cr1 cr1→ndiscotic ndiscotic→n n→ i ivc abbreviations: cr, cr1,=crystal phase; n= nematic phase;sm= smectic phase;i=isotropic phase; dec = decomposed the mesomorphic behavior of monomesogenic compounds[ii-iv]a these compounds were similar in terminal group and central core ,but there was a strong difference between them in the linkage group, so in the cohesive forces compound [i]aand did not contain linkage group, the compound [ii]a contains imine linkage c=n (planer sp2 hybrid) that conjugate with thaizole see fig. 7 ring and phenyl ring led to increase lateral forces and form of both smc and n mesophases . the fig. 8 3d structure can explain the linearity of molecule. and figure (9) dsc thermogram of compound [ii]a and figure (10) photomicrographs of[ii]a. figure (7): schematic explains the conjugated bonds in [ii]a. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 95 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 athermogram of compound [ii] ): dsc(9 (8): 3d model of compound [ii]a figure figure figure (10): photomicrographs of (a) smc texture at 119 ºc on heating for compound [ii]a , (b) n(droplets) texture at 206ºc on heating for compound [ii]a. while compound [iii]a contains ch-n (sp3 hybrid) non planer group and the presence of cl (cl-ch-n) causes the random in the mesophase therefore forming only nematic mesophase figure (1) showed 3d model of compound[iii]a . 1,3diazetine compound [iv]a without linkage group but containing four rings as a central core that causes forming increase in rigidity that reflects smectic phase type smc with wide mesomorphic temperature ranges than compound [iii]afig.13(f) showed the smectic phase of[iv]a. the mesomorphic behavior of twinmesogenic compounds[ii-iv] b,c . the two types of compounds [ii-iv]b and [ii-iv]c have the same chemical structure , the difference between them is methylene spacer (ch2)n , n=2 in type of compounds [ii-iv]b while n=3 in the second type compound [ii-iv]c this difference may cause change in the geometry of the molecule and change in the terminal and lateral interaction forces ,led to get different type of mesophases and their thermal stability as shown in table (1) .twin schiff bases[ii]b,c display nematic phase with a wide range of thermal stability figure (13a & 13b) texture of [ii]b,c , figure (8) dsc thermogram of[ii]b and figure (9) 3d model of [ii]b , on the other hand ,the n-acyl compounds [iii]b,c showed on heating nematic phase figure (6d & 6e) texture of [iii]b,c finally , the novel 1,3diazetine compounds [iv]b,c exhibited discotic (a) (b) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 96 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 phase. the presence of 1,3diazetine ring containing oh group causing deviation in the linearity and geometry of molecule. in addition, the intermolecular hydrogen bonding encourages the discotic shape figure (12) explains this influence, figures (14), (16) and (18) the dsc thermogram of compounds [ii]b, [iii]c and [iv]c respectively. figure (11): dmodel of compound [iii]a figure(13): photomicrographs of (a)nematic phase texture at 130 ºc on heating for compound [ii]b, (b) discotic texture at 240 ºc on heating for compound [ii]c ,(c)n (schlieren)texture at 174198 ºc on heating for compound [iii]a, (d) discotic texture at 135ºc on heating for compound [iii]b, (e) discotic texture at 200 ºc on heating for compound [iii]c , (f) smc texture at 135 ºc on heating for compound [iv]a . (a) (b) (d) (e) (f) (c) figure (12): schematic interhydrogen bonding between molecules of compound [iv]b https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 97 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 conclusions all the mesogenic compounds were synthesized and characterized containing thaizole and phenyl rings as a rigid core, the study of the liquid crystalline behaviour of these compounds showed lc behaviour with good mesomorphic temperature range. the influence of changing the linkage groups from imine to n-acetyl then to 1,3diazetine ring on the mesomorphic proprieties were studied and showed the clear difference between the type of the mesophases and thermal stability of transition phases also the present of the oh groups in compounds[iv]b,c encouraged to appear the discotic phase with a wide range thermal stability. figure (14): dsc thermogram for compound [ii]b. figure (15):3d model of compound [ii] b figure (16) :dsc thermogram for compound [iii]c. figure (17) :3d model explain hydrogen bonding compound [iii]c. figure (18): dsc thermogram for compound [iv]c. figure (19):3d model explain hydrogen bonding compound [iv]c. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1856 chemistry | 98 2018) عام 1العدد ( 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 references [1] m. j. brown, “synthesis, structure functionalization of 1,2diazetidines", phd, thesis department of chemistry,and university of warwick. 2011 [2] a. w. naser ; a. r. m. hussien , , international journal of basic and applied science , 4 ,(99 109). 2016 [3] b. s. dawane ; s. g. konda ; v.t. kamble ; s. a. chavan ; r. b. bhosale , s. baseer ; ejournal of chemistry , 6, (s358-s362). 2009 [4] o. oniga; c. moldovan; s. oniga ; b. tiperciuc ; a. pârnău ; p. verite ; o.crişan ; i., farmacia , 58 ,(825-833). [5] m. a. al-iraqi, m. k. s.kodair , s. j.b.s , 10,(525-536). 2013 [6] b. f. abdel-wahab ; h. a. mohamed ; e. a. awad , eur. chem. bull., , 3(11), (1069-1074). 2014 [7] s. vodela , r. v. r.mekala h. gadegoni , , ijrpc , 4(1),(148-153). 2014 [ 8] m. m.murza ; a. s. golovanov ; m. g . safarov , , chemistry of heterocyclic compounds, 35 ,(1097-1103). 1999 [9] j. h.tomma , j. for pure and appl. sci., 23, (134-151). 2010 [10] b.b. lohray , v.b. lohray , journal of comprehensive heterocyclic chemistry , 3, (623– 687) . 2008 [11] j.h.tomma , m. s. al-rawi, almustansiriyah j. sci.,24, (57-66) 2013. [12] h. ulrich, r. richter, b. tucker, journal of heterocyclic chemistry. , 24 ,(11211123) . 1987 [13] k. m. l. al-allawi, j. h.tomma , k. f. ali , , advances in life science and technology, 18,(77-83). 2014 [14] w. mormanna , m. brahma , journal of molecular crystals and liquid crystals incorporating nonlinear optics, liquid crystals. , 185 ,(163-169) 1990. [15] a.m. pansuriya, synthesis and pharmacological properties of heterocyclic analogs ph.d. thesis. , department of chemistry, university of saurashtra, gujarat india. 2009 [16] a. n. ayyash ; h.j. jaffer ; j.h.tomma , , american journal of organic chemistry, 4(2), (52-62). 2014 [17] n. h. karam; j. h. tomma, a. h. al-dujaili, chemistry and materials research, 3(9),(162-171). 013 [18] a. v. narsaiah; r. s. ghogare ; d. o. biradar ,org. commun., 4(3), (75-81). 2011 microsoft word 344-352 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |344    finite element method with linear rectangular element for solving nanoscale 𝑰𝒏𝑨𝒔 𝑮𝒂𝑨𝒔⁄ quantum ring structures eman ali hussain dreman@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq dept. of mathematics/ college of science/ university of mustansiriyah jamil a. al-hawasy jhawassya@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq dept. of mathematics/ college of science/ university of mustansiriyah lamyaa h. ali lamya_h2@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq dept. of mathematics/ college of science/ university of mustansiriyah abstract this paper is concerned with the solution of the nanoscale structures consisting of the 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ with an effective mass envelope function theory, the electronic states of the 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum ring are studied. in calculations, the effects due to the different effective masses of electrons in and out the rings are included. the energy levels of the electron are calculated in the different shapes of rings, i.e., that the inner radius of rings sensitively change the electronic states. the energy levels of the electron are not sensitively dependent on the outer radius for large rings. the structures of 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum rings are studied by the one electronic band hamiltonian effective mass approximation, the energyand position-dependent on electron effective mass approximation, and the spindependent on the ben daniel-duke boundary conditions. in the description of the hamiltonian matrix elements, the finite elements method with different base piecewise linear function is adopted. the non-linear energy confinement problem is solved approximately by using the finite elements method with piecewise linear function, to calculate the energy of the one electron states for the 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum ring. the results of numerical example are compared for accuracy and efficiency with the finite element method of linear triangular element. this comparison shows that good results of numerical example. keywords: nanoscale, finite elements method, ben daniel-duke boundary conditions, 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum rings. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |345    1. introduction the modeling of the electron states in semiconductor nanostructures remains a difficult computational task. the one electron states are helpful for studying the electron correlations and, the effects of magnetic fields in quantum rings and useful for designing and fabricating the double colors detector by intra band and inter band translations. in 1990, paasch et. al., [3] used envelope equation and wave function matching for narrowgap semiconductors. in 1995, mathine et. al., [4] applied computational fourier series solution of the bendaniel-duke hamiltonian for arbitrary shaped quantum wells. in 2001, yiming li et al, [1] used computer simulation of electron energy levels for different shape 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ semiconductor quantum dots. in 2002, yiming li et al, [2] used electron energy state spin-splitting in 3d cylindrical semiconductor quantum dots. in 2003, melnik et al, [5] applied finite element analysis of nanowire superlattice structures. whereas 2005, yiming li, [6] using an iterative method for single and vertically stacked semiconductor quantum dots simulation. in 2016, deyasi et. al., [7] applied numerically computed in presence of electric field using propagation matrix method. in 2017, eman et. al., [8] using finite element method with linear triangular element for solving finite nanowire superlattice quantum dot structures 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠 𝐴𝑙𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ . in 2017, eman et. al., [9] using finite element method with linear rectangular element for solving finite nanowire superlattice quantum dot structures 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠 𝐴𝑙𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ results. modeling energy stat with spin-dependent boundary conditions [5 & 6] we consider the problem to compute relevant energy states and corresponding wave functions of a three dimensional semiconductor quantum ring. consider the one electrons is confined in system of the three-dimensional quantum ring structures and apply an effective one electronic band hamiltonian, is given by: 𝐻 𝐻 𝑉 𝑟 , 1 where 𝐻 is the hamiltonian of the system without spin-orbit interaction, 𝑉 𝑟 is the spinorbit interaction for the conduction band electrons, and the expression for 𝐻 is as follows: 𝐻 ℏ 2 ∇ 1 𝑚 𝐸, 𝑟 ∇ 𝑉 𝑟 2 where ∇ is the spatial gradient, 𝑚 𝐸, 𝑟 is the energy dependent electron effective mass, and 𝑉 𝑟 is the confinement potential. 1 𝑚 𝐸, 𝑟 𝑃 ℏ 2 𝐸 𝐸 𝑟 𝑉 𝑟 1 𝐸 𝐸 𝑟 ∆ 𝑟 𝑉 𝑟 3 where 𝐸 𝑟 and ∆ 𝑟 stand for the position dependent band gap and the spin-orbit splitting in the valence band, respectively and, 𝑃 is the momentum matrix element.. the spin-orbit interaction for the conduction band electrons 𝑉 𝑟 is given by ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |346    𝑉 𝑟 𝑖∇𝛽 𝐸, 𝑟 ∙ 𝜎 ∇ 4 where 𝛽 𝐸, 𝑟 is the spin-orbit coupling parameter and 𝜎 𝜎 , 𝜎 , 𝜎 is the vector of the pauli matrices. the energy and position dependent 𝛽 𝐸, 𝑟 has the form 𝛽 𝐸, 𝑟 𝑃 2 1 𝐸 𝐸 𝑟 𝑉 𝑟 1 𝐸 𝐸 𝑟 ∆ 𝑟 𝑉 𝑟 5 for those quantum ring systems that have sharp discontinuity on the conduction band interfaces between the quantum ring ("𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠" material 1) and semiconductor matrix ("𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠" material 2), the hard-wall confinement potential is 𝑉 𝑟 0, 𝑟 ∈ material 1 𝑉 , 𝑟 ∈ material 2, 6 where 𝑉 is the structure band offset. combining the hamiltonian in equations (1), (2), and (4), the spin dependent ben daniel-duke boundary conditions for the electron wave function ψ 𝑟 is written as follows: ψ 𝑟 ψ 𝑟 ℏ 2𝑚 𝐸, 𝑟 ∇ 𝑖∇𝛽 𝐸, 𝑟 𝜎 ∇ ψ 𝑟 c 7 where 𝑉 is the some constant, 𝑟 denotes the position of the system interface. note (1): we note that the expressions of electron effective mass in equation (3), spin-orbit coupling parameter in equation (5), and the equations of ben daniel-duke boundary condition in equation (7) are all energy and position dependent relationships in this study. 2. finite element method dependence of the electron effective mass and spin–orbit coupling parameter on each energy state results in a nonlinear equation (9) and (10). the nonlinear equations complicate the process of analytical solution in the explored quantum ring. therefore, the numerical approach to the solution of the nonlinear equations is advanced in the calculation of the electronic structure of 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum rings. the finite element method is applied to solve the above problem for the nanoscale 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum rings. energy states and spin-splitting are numerically calculated without any fitting parameters. starting from a given initial energy, the finite element method globally calculates all bounded energies for the corresponding nonlinear algebraic eigenvalue problem. a computational procedure of the finite element method is shown below: ℏ 2𝑚 𝐸 𝜕 𝜕𝑅 𝜕 𝑅𝜕𝑅 𝜕 𝜕𝑍 𝑙 𝑅 𝜙 𝑅, 𝑍 𝑉 𝜙 𝑅, 𝑍 𝐸𝜙 𝑅, 𝑍 , ∀ 𝑅, 𝑍 ∈ 𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑖 12 where 𝑖 1,2 since the cylindrical is symmetry, 𝑉 𝑉 𝑅, 𝑍 , and 𝜙 𝑢 𝑅, 𝑍 𝑒 , where 𝑙 is an integer. equation (12) becomes ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |347    ℏ 2𝑚 𝐸 1 𝑅 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 𝜕 𝜕𝑅 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 𝑙 𝑅 𝑢 𝜕 𝜕𝑍 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑍 𝑉𝑢 𝐸𝑢 13 the electron energy spectra for 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum rings the semiconductor band structure governing physical process in a ring nanoscale are described in terms of cylindrical coordinates. when the geometry, loading, and boundary conditions are independent of the circumferential direction (𝜙 -coordinate), the electron energy spectra for 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum rings of the semiconductor band structure equation become twodimensional in terms of 𝑅 and 𝑍. 2.1 weak form assume that ω is a typical element the piecewise linear function of the finite element mesh, and we develop the finite element model of equation (13) over ω. various twodimensional elements will be discussed in the sequel. there are three steps in the development of the weak form of equation (13) over the typical element ω. the first step is formulated equation (13) by the following weak form. 0 ℏ 2 𝑤 1 𝑚 𝐸 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 𝑤𝑅 𝜕𝐹 𝜕𝑅 𝑙 𝑚 𝐸 𝑅 𝑤𝑢 𝑤𝑅 𝜕𝐹 𝜕𝑍 𝑉𝑤𝑅𝑢 ω 𝐸𝑤𝑅𝑢 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑍 12 where 𝐹 1 𝑚 𝐸 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 and 𝐹 1 𝑚 𝐸 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑍 in the second step, we note the identities 𝑤𝑅 𝜕𝐹 𝜕𝑅 𝑅 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 𝐹 𝑅 𝜕 𝜕𝑅 𝑤𝐹 15a 𝑤𝑅 𝜕𝐹 𝜕𝑍 𝑅 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑍 𝐹 𝑅 𝜕 𝜕𝑍 𝑤𝐹 15b next, using equation (15a) and equation (15b) in the equation (14) then applying the divergence theorem, we obtain ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |348    0 ℏ 2𝑚 𝑤 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 2 𝑅 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 1 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 𝐿 2𝑚 𝑅 𝑤𝑢 ℏ 2 𝑅 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝓏 1 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑍 𝑤𝑅𝑉𝑢 ω 𝑤𝑅𝐸𝑢 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑍 𝑤 𝑛 1 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑍 𝑛 𝑅 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 𝑑𝑠 16 where 𝑛 𝑛 , 𝑛 is an outer unite vector normal on γ and 𝑑𝑠 is the length of an infinitesimal line element along the boundary. from an inspection of the boundary integral in (16), we note that the specification of 𝑢 constitutes the essential boundary condition, and hence 𝑢 is the primary variable. the specification of the coefficient of the weight function in the boundary expression, i.e. we can let 𝑑 ≡ 𝑛 1 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑍 𝑛 𝑅 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 17 the third and last step of the formulation is to substitute the definition (17) in (16) and write the weak form of (13) as 0 ℏ 2𝑚 𝑤 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 2 𝑅 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 1 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 𝐿 2𝑚 𝑅 𝑤𝑢 ℏ 2 𝑟 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑍 1 𝑚 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑍 𝑤𝑟𝑉𝑢 ω 𝑤𝑟𝐸𝑢 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑍 𝑤𝑑 𝑑𝑠 18 now, 𝑢 𝑅, 𝑍 is approximated over a typical finite element ω by the expression 𝑢 𝑅, 𝑍 𝑢 𝑅, 𝑍 𝑢 𝜓 𝑅, 𝑍 19 where 𝑢 𝑅, 𝑍 is the value of 𝑢 𝑅, 𝑍 at the 𝑗 node 𝑅 , 𝑍 of the element . substituting the finite element approximation (19) for 𝑢 into the weak form (18), we get ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |349    0 ℏ 2𝑚 𝑤 𝑢 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 2 𝑅 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 1 𝑚 𝑢 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 𝑙 2𝑚 𝑅 𝑤 𝑢 𝜓 ω ℏ 2 𝑅 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑍 1 𝑚 𝑢 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑍 𝑤𝑅𝑉 𝑢 𝜓 𝑤𝑅𝐸 𝑢 𝜓 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑍 𝑤𝑑 𝑑𝑠 20 this equation must hold for every admissible choice of weight function 𝑤. since we need 𝑛 independent algebraic equations to solve for the 𝑛 unknowns, 𝑢 , 𝑢 , … , 𝑢 , we choose 𝑛 linearly independent functions for 𝑤: 𝑤 𝜓 , 𝜓 , … , 𝜓 . for each choice of 𝑤 we obtain an algebraic relation among 𝑢 , 𝑢 , … , 𝑢 . we label the algebraic equation resulting from substitution of 𝑤 𝜓 into (20): 0 ℏ 2𝑚 𝜓 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 2 𝑅 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑅 1 𝑚 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑅 ℏ 𝐿 2𝑚 𝑅 𝜓 𝜓 ℏ 2 𝑅 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝓏 1 𝑚 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑍 ω 𝑅𝑉𝜓 𝜓 𝑅𝐸𝜓 𝜓 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑍 𝑢 𝑤𝑑 𝑑𝑠 ; 𝑖, 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑛 21 2.2 finite element method for the model with piecewise linear functions in this section, the solution u of equation (18) is approximated by a fem for the model with piecewise linear function. we now define 𝑉 as follows: 𝑉 𝑣: 𝑣 𝑖𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑢𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑛 ω, 𝑣 0 𝑜𝑛 γ . the space 𝑉 consists of all continuous function that are linear on each triangle 𝐾 and vanish on γ. we notice that 𝑉 ⊂ 𝑉. as parameters to describe a function 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 we choose the values 𝑣 𝑁 of 𝑣 at the nodes 𝑁 , 𝑖 1, … , 𝑁, of 𝑇 but exclude the nodes on the boundary since 𝑣 0 on γ. the corresponding basis function φ ∈ 𝑉 , 𝑗 1, … , 𝑁, are then defined by (see figure(2)) φ 𝑁 𝛿 ≡ 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑖 𝑗 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑖 𝑗 𝑖, 𝑗 1, … , 𝑀. the finite element method was applied to project the variational form of the problem onto a finite dimensional space. as a result, the problem was reduced to the following generalized eigenvalue problem: 𝐴𝑢 𝜆𝐵 22 where a and b are 𝑁 𝑁 matrices, 𝑢 the vector of unknowns of dimensionality 𝑁, and 𝑁 the number of nodes in which the solution to the problem (13) is being sought. computational domains of interest are symmetric with respect to the z-axis, where we imposed neumann's boundary conditions if 𝐿 0. the solution to equation (22) was found in matlab. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |350    we employed the finite element method so as to calculate electron eigenvalues and eigenstates for a series of finite nwsl structures with a cylindrical cross-section. in this case the matrices in equation (22) has the following form where 𝐴 𝐴 and 𝐵 𝐵 , 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑁, 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑁. 𝐴 ℏ 2𝑚 𝜓 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑟 ℏ 2 𝑟 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑟 1 𝑚 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑟 ℏ l 2mr 𝜓 𝜓 ℏ 2 𝑟 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝓏 1 𝑚 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝓏 𝑑𝑟𝑑𝓏 23 𝐵 𝑉 𝐸 𝑟𝜓 𝜓 𝑑𝑟𝑑𝓏 ω 24 as a first choice the uniform mesh are used by the piecewise linear function three element, as shown in figure( 3) to represent the domain, to determine the element coefficient matrices 𝐴 and 𝐵 of eq. (22). to evaluation of the integral in eq. (23) and eq. (24), it is possible to obtain the closed form for the 𝐴 and 𝐵 matrices by carrying out the integrals in eq. (23) and eq. (24) exactly respectively. we consider element 1 as the typical element. hence, the element coefficient 𝐴 and 𝐵 matrices are notes (1): in the following example, the representative set of parameters were used for the calculations as: for 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠, the energy gap 𝐸 0.42 ev, ∆ 0.38 𝑒𝑉, 𝑚 0 0.024 𝑚 . for 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠, the energy gap 𝐸 1.52 ev, ∆ 0.34 𝑒𝑉, 𝑚 0 0.067 𝑚 . the band offset parameter is taken as 𝑉 0.55 ev. example (1): consider the nanoscal 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠/𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠, quantum ring model, with using the above date to solve 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠/𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠, nanostructures quantum ring. in this example the fem with piecewise linear function we used to solve equation (13). equation (13) is solved using matlab program at 𝑛 1296. the results of numerical example give a good accuracy and efficiency of this method comparing with the results with fem of linear triangular element and the maximum absolute error is less than 10 ev ( as shown in figure (4)). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |351    figure (1): a three-dimensional plot of the disk shaped semiconductor quantum ring. figure (2): the basis function φ . figure (3): the uniform mesh piecewise linear function three ele ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1807 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |352    figure (4): (a) the calculators of equation (13), calculated with the fem piecewise linear function. figure (5): (b) the calculators of equation (13), calculated with the fem of linear triangular element. 3. conclusions the finite element method with using different base piecewise linear function are used for solving the nanoscale structures consisting of the 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ quantum ring, and the spin-dependent on the ben daniel-duke boundary conditions. the results of numerical example give a perfect accuracy and efficiency of this approach. the results of numerical example give a good accuracy and efficiency of this method in comparison with the results with fem of linear triangular element references [1] yiming li;o. voskoboynikov; c.p. lee; s.m. sze ‘‘computer simulation of electron energy levels for different shape 𝐼𝑛𝐴𝑠/𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠 semiconductor quantum dots’’ computer physics communications, (141), 66-72. 2001. [2] yiming li;o. voskoboynikov; c.p. lee; s.m. sze o. tretyak ‘‘electron energy state spin-splitting in 3d cylindrical semiconductor quantum dots’’ the european physical journal b,. (28), (8), 475–481. 2002. [3] g. paasch; p. h. nguyen and g. gobsch ‘‘envelope equation and wave function matching for narrow-gap semiconductors’’ physica status solidi (b), (162), (1), 155–163. 1990 [4] d. l. mathine;s. k. myjak and g. n. maracas ‘‘a computational fourier series solutin of the bendaniel-duke hamiltonian for arbitrary shaped quantum wells’’ ieee journal of quantum electronics,. (31), 1216‑1222. 1995 [5] m. willatzence; r. melnik; c. galeriu and l. c. lew yan voon ‘‘finite element analysis of nanowire superlattice structures’’ springer, (31), 755‑763. 2003 [6] yiming li, ‘‘an iterative method for single and vertically stacked semiconductor quantum dots simulation’’ mathematical and computer modelling, (42), 711‑718. 2005 [7] d. sarkara; a. deyasib ‘‘field induced tuning of dos and eigenstates in double quantum well structure having gaussian geometry’’ american scientific publishers , (5), (1), 138‑143. 2016 [8] eman a. hussain, jamil a. a. al-hawasy, lamyaa h. ali, ‘‘finite element method linear triangular element for solving finite nanowire superlattice quantum dot structures 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠 𝐴𝑙𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ ’’ journal of computer and mathematical sciences, (2017), vol. 8(3), pp. 96-105. [9] eman a. hussain, jamil a. a. al-hawasy, lamyaa h. ali, ‘‘finite element method linear rectangular element for solving finite nanowire superlattice quantum dot structures 𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠 𝐴𝑙𝐺𝑎𝐴𝑠⁄ ’’ the international journal of engineering and science (ijes), 6(4), 01-07. 2017.  ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 diversity of heamatogenetic markers in kirkuk population s. m.ai-taei, m. ,i.nader genetic engineering and biotechnology for postgraduate studies, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 3 october 2010 accepte d in: 18 april 2011 abstract immuno-haematological genetic markers st udy was carried out to understand the genetic background variations among kirkuk (iraq) indigenous p op ulation. a cross-sectional st udy of 179 p atients with thalassemia major was conducted in kirkuk. a detailed review was undertaken to define the relationship s between ethnic origins, p henoty p e and immuno-genetic markers uniformity in relation to genetic isolation and interethnic admixture. a total of 179 thalassemia major p atients were subjected to analysis in the hereditary blood diseases centre, including (18(10.05 %)) of intermarriages between different ethnic group s origin, whereas the overall consanguinity marriage rate was estimated at (161 (89.9%)) including (63(35.1%)) for first cousin marriages origin. out of the 161 cases, 63(39.1%), 52(32.2%) and 46(28.5%) represent kurdish, arab and turkmen ethnic group s, resp ectively. the distribution of thalassemia major cases within ethnic group s relatively differs (d.f.2, p< 0.2). arab, (46 (28.5%)) represents the lowest disease (thalassemia) sufferer group because of its relative high rate of outbreeding (14, 77.7%).blood group s (abo) and rhesus (d) genetic marker show no significant differences among the triethnic sample group s (thalassemia p atients) of kirkuk with a p reponderance of blood group o. no app arent relationship was found between abo or rhesus blood group s and the frequencies of t halassemia major cases. the st udy showed a relative genetic heterogeneity and diversity with resp ect to the immuno-hematological genetic markers. furt her, all ethnic p op ulations from kirkuk were found to harbor thalassemia major genetic marker. ، abo blood group s ،inbreeding ، genetic isolation ، key words: thalassemia, reproductive isolation, gentic variation introduction thalassemia is the most common, inherited single gene disorder in the world [1] among the several hereditary hemoglobinop athies. thalassemia major occurs when a p erson inherits two thalassemia genes, one from each p arent. both p arents must have thalassemia minor. when two individuals who have thalassemia minor marry , there is a chance that p regnancy may result in a child with thalassemia m ajor. as the frequency of thalassemia is increased by the consanguinity mating, it may be assumed that the net effect has been the creation of multiple genetic and reproductive isolates, accentuation of certain recessive alleles. however, ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 this clinical consequence of this highly comp lex differentiation, leads to p op ulation heterogeneity and genetic diversity [2].m oreover, various evolutionary forces such as waves of p eople of different ethnic st ocks, cultures and languages who either invaded kirkuk or migrated to kirkuk from different directions and contributed significantly to the p resent-day gene p ool. these p eople not only settled in kirkuk but also gradually merged and mingled with the original local pop ulations [3]. ethnic origin and migrations are factors that affect p op ulation genetics which focus on relative dist ribution of genes or inherited traits (genetic markers) [4]. hence this st udy aims at st udy ing genetic marker p olymorphism (hemoglobinop athies and abo blood group s) to determine the genetic similarity of different ethnic group s of kirkuk community ,whether these markers are exp ressed as clinical phenoty p e or not. [5,6] materials and methods the st udy was conducted in the m edical centre of hereditary blood disorder, main kirkuk hosp ital, (all p atients were visiting this centre for regular follow-up and blood transfusion at fixed monthly intervals). the st udy was carried out during a 6-month p eriod between october 2006 and m arch 2007. the st udy includes 179 subjects with thalassemia major who att end the kirkuk hosp ital from all over kirkuk for follow up and blood transfusion. quest ioner was introduced to each p atient to characterize the age, sex, ethnic origins and hematological features of all included blood transfusion dependent thalassemia major p atients. patient data were based on a medical-record review sup p lemented by p atient interview. control group the abo blood group s distribution of the 1901 blood donors from the central blood bank in kirkuk was used as a control group for abo blood group s dist ribution of the study sample group . s tatistical anal ysis statist ical analysis was p erformed using the spss 7.5 st atist ical soft ware p ackage. continuous variables were exp ressed as mean ± sd. chi square test was used to comp are variables between p atients and controls or between p atient group s, and (p<0.05) was considered statist ically significant. results one handred seventy nine p atients with thalassemia major were eligible for the st udy . patient's data were obtained from medical records, and not all the required data were available for some patients. all p atients (179) belonged to three ethnic origins (turkmen, arab, and kurdish) excep t eighteen p atients who had a mixed ethnic background. consanguineous marriage has been a historically longst anding p ractice among the different ethnic classes of iraq. hereditary diseases like thalassemia major can p revail in epidemic p rop ortions in areas characterized by high p ercentage of marriages between relatives [8] that is a common practice in the kirkuk regions. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the overall consanguinity marriage rate was estimated at (161, 89.9%) including (63, 35.1%) for first cousin marriages origin, while only (18, 10.05 %) have intermarriages origin between different ethnic group s. arab versus turkmen, arab versus kurdish and turkmen versus kurdish, intermarriages were 14(77.7%), 3(16.6%) and 1(5.5%), resp ectively. out of the 161 cases, 63(39.1%), 52(32.2%) and 46(28.5%), represent kurdish, arab and turkmen st udied ethnic group s resp ectively. but the difference out breeding and inbreeding was relatively significant at (d.f.2, p< 0.2). however, this result confirms a fact that high rate out breeding group s disp lay less disease suffer(arab 46; 28.5%). although the disease is p revalent mainly among mediterranean peoples, [9] countries such as iraq disp lay a large increase of thalassemia p atients due to lack of genetic counseling and screening and breeding the people in the local p op ulation. the mean age (mean ± st andard deviation [sd]) at diagnosis of all the st udied cases (179) was l.7± 2.2 y ears (median 1.0). while the mean age (at st udy time) was 11.6 ± 6.8 y ears (median 10.0). these results indicate that the mean p eriod of treatment by regular blood transfusion accomp anied by good resp onse and survival was 9.7± 6.34 y ears (median 9.0).however, two p atients died at t he ages of 3.6 and 13 years, resp ectively. actually, st able p op ulations show more uniform distribution of ages, but in this study , age distribution of thalassemia major p atients among different ethnic group s shows that most of the sample group p op ulation was y oungs; fewer p eople were beyond the reproductive age (comp ared to die age distribution of a growing p op ulation), and there were no app arent significant differences (d.f.6, po.05) between different ethnic group s (t able 1). any p op ulation with many y oung (p re-rep roductive) individuals and few p eople beyond reproductive age will increase because many p eople will enter the p rime reproductive age group and few will reach the end of their lifesp an. [10]. this ty p e of demographic momentum usually serves as an examp le of how p op ulation growt h can be p redicted from current age st ructure; but in the p resent st udy , the age-related p rofiles of the sample (thalassemia major p atients) have been showed that fewer p eople are beyond the reproductive age which is most likely due to death before reaching the reproductive ages or due to loss of p eople or due to high inflow of immigrants. eventually, blood indices results of the samp le group revealed that the mean values of pcv and hemoglobin levels were 22.52±5.8 and 7.5±6.4, resp ectively. distribution of ab o blood groups the p henoty p es and genoty p es of abo blood group s, become more uniform in high degree intermingled p op ulation (nepali gs, 1965). a p art of t he raw data and results of this st udy was p erformed to "p enetrate the essence of the racial traits (abo & rh blood group s) sp eciation of thalassemia major patients of kirkuk p op ulations based on the p otential degree of genetic isolation and intermingling. phenoty p e frequency of the four abo blood group s and the three corresp onding allele frequencies of the sample group along with data from control group s are shown in tables 2 & 3. in the combined data of thalassemia major p atients ,the most frequently occurring blood group is o (40.9%), followed by a (30.4%), b (21.1%) and ab (7.4%). rhesus blood group ings revealed that the majority of cases (157 (97.5%)) were rh p ositive (rhesus p ositive), but only 4 cases (2.4%) were represented as rh negative". chi square test ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 (d.f.2,p<0.05) revealed that there were no significant differences between the triethnic group s in a,b & o blood group s. comparison of abo blood group s dist ribution sequences within the st udied tri-ethnic group s of thalassemia major p atients with those of the studied control group , revealed that there were significant differences (d.f.l,p<0.05) in ab blood group distribution only. a similar frequency distribution of the abo blood group s of the control group has been reported in several other scheduled p op ulations of asian, such as, i long kong, china, where frequency of blood group o & b showed preponderance over that of the other blood group s. (t able 2).(1) the most st riking feature that emerged from the p resent st udy was the relative genetic isolation in almost all the genetic p arameters (sero-haematological) which were st udied here among kirkuk ethnicities. this genetic isolation may be due to reproductive isolation which is a category of the mechanisms that p revent two or more p op ulations from exchanging genes. [12]. the sep aration of the gene p ools of p op ulations, under some conditions, can lead to t he genesis of dist inct diversity [13]. various factors of p op ulation structure such as p op ulation size, density , mating p att ern, and micro-evolutionary forces like differential selection, migration, etc., considerably contribute to the diversity within the p op ulation. the p resent analysis indicates t hat in addition to gene flow and selection, the genetic st ructure of the ethnic p op ulations of kirkuk is highly influenced by socio-cultural adap tation and inbreeding. the present analy sis strongly suggests that the infrast ructure of these ethnic p op ulations is highly influenced by the local inbreeding within each ethnical pop ulation. thus, the st udy suggested that the kirkuk ethnic group s should intermarry more with each other in order to reduce the heterogeneity and the number of recessive genes alleles. however, the st udy also recommends p ublic education, p op ulation screening, genetic counseling and p renatal diagnosis as successful p rograms for genetic p revention. re ferences 1.piomelli, s,and lowe,t. (1991): m anagement of thalassemia major (cooley 's anemia). hematol. oncol. clin. nort h. am. 5: 557-69. 2. cao, a. and galanello, r. (2002): effect of consanguinity on screening for thalassemia. n. engl. j. m ed., 347: 1200-1202. 3. http ://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/kirkuk 4. conrad, df.and hurels, m e, (2007):.the pop ulation genetics of structural variation. nature genetics, 39: s30-s31. 5. risch, n. and m erikanges. (1996): the future of genetic st udies of comp lex human diseases. science, 273:1516-1517. 6. weatherall, dj. (1998):thalassemia, in the next millennium. ann ny acad. scl, 850: 1-9. 7.m inich,v.; na-nakorn, s.; chongcharoensuk, s. and kochaseni,s. (1954): m editerranean anemia: a study of thirty -two cases in thailand. blood, 9: 1-23. 8. smith, c.a.b. (1974): m easures of homozy gosity and inbreeding in p op ulations. ann, hum. genet, 37: 377-391. 9. leung,n.t .; lau,t.k. and chung, t.k (2005): 'thalassemia screening in p regnancy ". curr op inion in ob gy n, 17: 129-34. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 10. lee,ronald (1994):the formal demography life cy cle, in linda m artin and samuel prest on,eds., the demography of aging ( national academy press, washington, dc).8-49. 11. http ://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/blood_ ty p e. 12. wu, c.i.; and davis, a.w. (1993): evolution of p ost mating reproductive isolation: the comp osite nature of haldane's rule and its genetic bases. am. nat., 142: 187-212. 13. race, ethnicity and genetic working group , national human genome research inst itut e, bethesda (2005) : the use of racial, ethnic, and ancestral categories in human genetics research the american journal of human genetics, 77: 519-525 table (1): age distribution of thalasse mia major patients among the three diffe rent ethnic groups ethnic group 1-7 y ears 814 y ears 15-21 y ears 22-28 y ears total turkmen 16 17 7 6 46 arab 13 _ 24 10 5 52 kurdish 19 27 11 6 63 total 48 (29.8%) 68(42.2%) 28(17.3%) 17(10.7%) 161(100%) table (2): distribution of abo blood groups among e thni c groups blood group turkmen no % arab no % kurdish no % total no % a 15 32.6 18 34.6 16 25.3 49 30.4 b 13 28.2 8 15.3 13 20.6 34 21.1 ab 3 6.5 4 7.6 5 7.9 12 7.4 0 15 32.6 22 42.3 29 46.0 66 40.9 total 46 100 52 100 63 100 161 100 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3): distribution of abo blood groups among a control group blood group turkmen no % arab no % kurdish no % total no % a 236 23.1 138 21.9 38 15.2 412 21.6 b 295 28.8 117 18.6 78 31.2 490 25.7 ab 176 17.2 157 24.9 19 7.6 352 18.5 o 315 30.8 217 34.4 115 46 647 34 total 1022 100 629 100 250 100 1901 100 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 تباین المؤشرات الجینیة المناعیة الدمویة في كركوك محمد ابراھیم نادر ، صفاء منعثر الطائي معھد الھندسة الوراثیة للدراسات العلیا ، جامعة بغداد 2011 نیسان 18: قبل البحث في2010 تشرین االول 3: استلم البحث في الخالصة ع محافظـة درست المؤشرات الجینیة للعالمات المناعیـة الدمویـة لتقـدیر خلفیـة بعـض التغیـرات الجینیـة فـي مجتـم ى . كركوك ض179اذ أجریت الدراسـة عـل ین المجـامیع . بالثالسـمیا ًا مرـی ى العالقـة ـب رف عـل وتمـت مراجعـة تنقیحیـة للتـع ین المجـامیع اإلثنیـة اإلثنیة والنشأة األنموطیة وتوحد المؤشرات المناعیة ي واالخـتالف ـب زال الجیـن . الجینیة على خلفیـة االنـع وك) مریضا179(اخضع المرضى المشمولین بالدراسة ي كرـك دم الوراثیـة ـف كـان . للفحوصات للدراسة في مركز أمراض اـل سبة زواج األقـارب )%10.05( من المرضى18 ن )%89.9( 161 كانوا نتاج لتزاوج بین أقلیات مختلفة حیث كانت ـن وـم ــم )%35.1( 63ضــمنھم ـــ . زواج أوالد الع ــریض كـــان 161مـــن ال )%28.5( 46 و )%32.2( 52 و )%39.1( 63 م وأن توزیـع مرضـى الثالسـمیا المتعـاظم فـي مجمـوع األقلیـات كـان . یمثلون أقلیات األكراد والعرب والتركمان علـى التـوالي ف d.f.2,p(ًنسبیا مختـل سبة )0.05> ر العـرب أدنـى ـن ن )%28.5( 46 اد أظـھ سبة العالیـة ـم سبب الـن ك ـب ن المرضـى وذـل ـم دم . التزاوج خارج األقارب )abo&rh(وأظھرت الدراسة عدم وجود فروق ذي داللة إحصائیة في توزیع مجامیع اـل دم ــة اـل سبة مجموع ادة ـن ي كركـوك مـع زـی ف األقلیـات ـف م وجـود عالقـة مـا بــین وعـد. علـى بقیـة المجـامیع oمـا بـین مختـل ي المؤشـرات .مجموعات الدم وتكرار مرض الثالسمیا المتعاظم ن التغـایر واالخـتالف ـف سبة ـم ى وجـود ـن خلصت الدراسـة إـل . ًفضال عن وجدت الدراسة أن جمیع األقلیات یكمن فیھم مرض الثالسمیا المتعاظم . المدروسة داخلیة ، تلالسیمیا ، االننعزال الوراثي ، والتغایر ممجامیع الدم ، التزاوجات ال: كلمات المفتاحیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 microsoft word 401-414 الرياضيات | 401 2016) عام 3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ) لتقدير معلمات توزيع فريشيتبواسونليندلي (mle &lsdمقارنة طريقتي المركب ( دراسة محاكاة) عماد حازم عبودي علي بندر نعيمه جامعة بغدادقسم الرياضيات, كلية االدرة واالقتصاد, 2016تشرين الثاني 2قبل البحث: , 2016ايلول 4استلم البحث: الخالصة تم في هذا البحث استعمال المحاكاة في المقارنة بين طريقتي االمكان االعظم وطريقة المربعات الصغرى المطورة mle &dls)لتقدير معلمات توزيع فريشيتبواسونليندليالمركب((frechetpoissonlindley distribution compound)بين الطريقتين بافتراض عدد من الحاالت وعدد من احجام برنامج بلغة الماتالب في المقارنة استعمال . وتم للمقارنة بين طريقتي التقدير وقد اظهرت نتائج المحاكاة ان طريقة االمكان (mse)العينات واستعمال مقياس المقارنة ت الصغرى المطورة في تقدير معالم التوزيع المركب الجديد.االعظم كانت افضل بكثير من طريقة المربعا .)(mle &dls فريشيت , بواسونليندلي , التوزيعات المركبة, محاكاة ,الكلمات المفتاحية : الرياضيات | 402 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المقدمة الكثير من نمذجة) من التوزيعات المهمة في compound distributions( تعد التوزيعات االحتمالية المركبة الظواهر كون هذه التوزيعات اكثر مرونة من التوزيعات القياسية وقد اهتم الكثير من الباحثين في دراسة مثل هذا النوع من التوزيعات سواء كانت مستمرة او مقطعة ,وهي التوزيعات التي تنتج من تِركيب توزيعين او اكثر من التوزيعات لتمثيل تمثيلها بالتوزيعات االحصائية القياسية بالشكل المطلوب لكون طبيعة هذه البيانات او الظواهر بعض البيانات التي ال يمكن تأتي اهمية دراسة طريقتي التقديرتحتم استعمال توزيعات مركبة تكون اكثر مرونة من التوزيعات القياسية في تمثيلها, وهنا mle &dls)( احثين هو توزيع فريشت بواسونليندلي لتقدير معلمات توزيع مقترح جديد من قبل الب )frechetpoissonlindley distribution compound( وهذا التوزيع ناتج من تركيب توزيع بواسونليندلي مع توزيع فريشيت ويمكن استعماله في نمذجة بيانات الكثير من الظواهر ويكون اكثر مرونة من التوزيعات القياسية االخرى. هدف البحث لتقدير معالم توزيع مقترح جديد من قبل الباحثين )(mle &dlsن الهدف من هذا البحث هو مقارنة طريقتي تقديرا )وهذا التوزيع هو عبارة عن frechetpoissonlindley distribution compoundهو توزيع فريشت بواسونليندلي ( ) frechet distribution) مع توزيع فريشيت (توزيع مركب من توزعين هما توزيع بواسونليندلي(توزيع متقطع وتحديد اي الطريقتين تكون افضل في تقدير معالم هذا التوزيع باستخدام المحاكاة من خالل توظيف مقياس المقارنة (mse) . الجانب النظري frechet poisson lindleydistribution(التوزيع المقترح) ليندلي –توزيع فريشيتبواسون -1 التوزيع المقترح واحدا" من التوزيعات المركبة لكونه اكثر مرونة من التوزيعات القياسية في تمثيل البيانات اذ ان يعد استخدام هذا التوزيعات يعطي تقديرات اكثر دقة من التوزيعات القياسية فضال عن ان له تطبيقات واسعة في العديد من الة فشل في المعولية ودوال البقاء فضال عن استعماله في التنبؤ بحدوث العديد المجاالت وعلى سبيل المثال يستعمل كد من الظواهر الطبيعية كظاهرة الهزات األرضية والزالزل. )المستمر وتوزيع frechetdistributionيمكن تعريف هذا التوزيع بانه توزيع مركب من توزيعين هما توزيع فريشت( وان عملية االشتقاق لهذا التوزيع كمايـأتي: poisson lindleyبواسونليندلي المتقطع ,نفرض أن ( ) وبدالة كثافة احتمالية frechetdistribution) تمثل عينة عشوائية تتبع توزيع فريشيت (,…, p.d.f. :[3] [2][1] , , , 0 , 0 ∞ )، يمثل متغير عشوائي متقطع يتبع توزيع بواسونليندلي بدالة كثافة احتمالية:nنفترض أن ( n=1,2,3,…. و p n n θ θ θ θ θ ,n ∈ n minنفترض أن ( , )، يمكن ايجاده على x/n=n) مستقلة، فأن التوزيع لـ(z’s) و (n)، وأن (,…, النحو االتي: لدينا: g(x /n n ! ! ! 1 f x f x ………… 1 minبما أن: , ,…, let k=1 ….. (2) g( / ! !! 1 f x e β α . . . 3 f x α β β x α e β α … 4 الرياضيات | 403 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 )، نحصل على :2) في المعادلة (4) و (3المعادلتين (نعوض g x/n n n 1 e β α α β β x α e β α … 5 g(x,n; θ, β, g x/n n ∗ p n n بما ان xمعnوان الدالة المشتركة لتوزيع g(x,n; θ, β, n 1 e β α α β β α e β α θ θ θ θ θ … 6 g( ; , , ∑ 1∞ … 7 g( ; , , 2 … 8 أذ أن: i n 1 e β α θ 1 ∞ … 9 j n 1 e β α θ 1 ∞ … 10 ) على النحو االتي:10) و(9للمتسلسلتين (وبإيجاد حل ∞ 2 3 ⋯ 1 )، تكون على النحو االتي:iفأن حل المتسلسلة ( i 1 e β α θ 1 1 1 β α θ i 1 e β α θ 1 θ 1 θ e β α i θ 1 1 e β α θ e β α … 11 االتي:)، فتكون على النحو jأما بالنسبة للمتسلسلة ( j n 1 e β α θ 1 ∞ 1 e β α θ 1 4 1 e β α θ 1 9 1 e β α θ 1 ⋯ الرياضيات | 404 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 وأن: n y ∞ y 4y 9y ⋯ y 1 y 1 y )، تكون على النحو االتي:jفأن حل المتسلسلة ( 1 2 1 … 12 ) فنحصل على :8المعادلة () في 11) و (12األن نعوض المعادلتين ( g( ; , , 2 g ; , , αθ βα e β α 1 3θ θ βxα 2 θ θ 1 θ e β α θ 1 θ 2 e β α θ e β α g ; , , αθ βα e β α θ 1 1 3θ θ βxα θ 1 θ 2 e β α θ 1 θ e β α g ; , , αθ βαe β α θ 1 1 3θ θ xα θ 2 e β α θ e β α …. 13 θ 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 ليندلي تقديرات االمكان االعظم لتوزيع فريشت بواسون -2 تعد هذه الطريقة من الطرائق المهمة في تقدير المعلمات ألنها تحتوي على خصائص جيدة ، ومن اهم هذه الخصائص هي خاصية الثبات التي تعني ان المعلمة المقدرة باستعمال هذه الطريقة تحتوي على اكبر كمية من المعلوماتوعند تعويضها في رات تبقى هي اعظم ما يمكن, يمكن تعريف التقديرباستعمالهذه الطريقة بانه قيم دوال اخر مثل دالة المعولية فان هذه المقد الرياضيات | 405 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 )n(تمثل مفردات عينة عشوائية حجمها nx…., 2, x1xالمعلمات التي تجعل دالة اإلمكان في نهايتها العظمى، إذا كانت (l).[4]فان دالة اإلمكان االعظم يرمز لها أي أن: l = f(x1, ) f(x2, )…….. f(xn, ) وبما ان دالة االحتمالية للتوزيع المقترح االول αθ βαe β α θ 1 1 3θ θ xα θ 2 e β α θ e β α فان lf αθ βα θ 1 1 3 e ∑ β α 1 xα 2 نأخذ اللوغاريتم للطرفين lnlf 2 α 2 1 β 1 3 α 1 ln 2 3 ln ∂ ∂ 2 2 1 2 3 3 1 1 2 3 1 ∂ ∂ 2 2 1 2 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 ∂ ∂ 2 3 ∂ ∂ 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 الرياضيات | 406 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 ∂ ∂ nln ln ln 2 3 ln ∂ ∂θ ∂ 2 1 3 1 ∂ ∂θ ∂ ln 2 1 3 ln 1 ∂ ∂ ∂ ln 1 ln 2 2 ln 2 3 ln 3 3 ln احدى الطرائق العددية استعمالالطرائق االعتيادية وعليه يجب باستعمالان منظومة المعادالت اعاله ليمكن حلها طريقة نيوتن رافسونمع مالحظة ان حساب المشتقة الثانية والمشتقات الجزئية ضرورية في تقدير استعماللحلها وتم المعلمات المطلوبة وفق الصيغة االتية x x j f x,fعندما ,j مرة 1000البرنامج نستعمل برنامج بلغة ماتالب لتقدير المعلمات الثالثة من خالل قيم افتراضية للمعلمات الثالثة وتكرار يتم الحصول على التقديرات المطلوبة وهذا االجراء تم عمله في هذا البحث . least square developed (lsd)المربعات الصغرى المطورة طريقة الرياضيات | 407 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 وتسمى هذه الطريقة ايضا 1988) عام swain, venkatraman and wilson"اقترحت هذه الطريقة مقبل الباحثين( ) واستعملتمن قبل الباحثين لتقدير معلمات توزيع بيتا وباإلمكان استعملها (regression procedureأسلوب االنحدار ب اذ ان طريقة المربعات الصغرى االعتيادية تستعمل لتقدير معلمات نماذج .]5لتقدير معلمات توزيعات اخرى" انظر[ دير معلمات نماذج اخرى من خالل تحويل هذه النماذج الى صيغة مجموعة االنحدار بينما الطريقة المطورة تستخدم لتق مربعات االنحرافات (الصيغة المعتمدة في طريقة المربعات الصغرى االعتيادية) وتسمى عند اذن طريقة المربعات الصغرى المطورة . xنفرض لدينا ,x ,x ,… ,x تمثل عينة عشوائية تتوزع توزيع معينg(.) يمثل االحصاءات المرتبة وان [6]لقيم العينة )e(gوان 1 1 2 كاالتي olsوباستعمال التوقع والتباين نستطيع الحصول على مقدرات المربعات الصغرى g x 1 ) (frechet poisson lindley distribution)للتوزيع المقترح توزيعc.d.fوان الدالة التراكمية ( x 1 θ 1 3θ θ 1 e β α 1 θ 2 θ θ e β α θ e β α … 14 وأن مجموع مربعات الخطأ هي: ∑ ∑ 1 … 15 ( ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 4 2 1 5 2 5 2 1 3 1 … 16 ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 5 27 24 2 2 5 28 33 6 2 1 2 7 2 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 7 15 3 4 6 … الرياضيات | 408 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 1 1 4 2 1 5 2 5 2 … 1 3 4 2 4 1 1 3 1 3 2 3 4 9 2 1 2 … … 17 ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 … 18 ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 … … 1 2 1 1 3 1 الرياضيات | 409 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 … 19 ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 … 1 2 1 1 3 1 … 20 ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 2 2 5 2 5 2 … 1 1 4 2 2 5 2 5 2 1 1 3 الرياضيات | 410 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 …(21) ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 5 2 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 4 2 1 5 2 5 2 … 1 1 4 2 2 5 2 5 2 1 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 3 … 22 ∑ 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 … 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 3 … 23 الرياضيات | 411 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 … ….(24) ل مقدرات المعادالت اعاله تمثل منظومة معادالت ال خطيه ال يمكن حلها اال باستعمال احدى الطرائق العددية للحصو dls ة ستعمال لغة لتقدير المعالم المطلوبة من خالل توظيف برنامج باوسوف يتم استعمال طريقة نبوتن رافسون التكراري الماتالبوباألسلوب نفسه الذي تم في طريقة االمكان االعظم . الجانب التجريبي simulationالمحاكاة -1 الحقيقي أن في الواقع "تعرف عملية المحاكاة بأنه عملية تقليد أو تمثيل للواقع الحقيقي باستعمال نماذج معينة وكثيراً ما نجد ذج معينة، هناك عمليات تكون صعبة الفهم والتحليل لذلك نقوم بوصف هذه العمليات بصورة مشابهة للصور الحقيقية بنما اة ان فهم النموذج يمكن ان يحقق قدراً من اإلدراك للعملية األصلية أو الواقع الحقيقي من خالل عملية محاك [7][8]النموذج." لعينات لعديد من اية المحاكاة كواحدة من الحلول التي يلجأ اليها الباحثون في حل مشاكلهم التي تحتاج الى ااذ تبرز اهم ديل ال اسلوب بوهذا االمر يشكل صعوبة بالغة ويتطلب مبالغ ووقت وجهد كبير . لذلك يلجأ الكثير من الباحثين الى استعم وقد تطور ,ويعطي امكانية واسعة ودقة في التعامل مع مختلف المشاكل وهو اسلوب المحاكاة الذي يختصر الوقت والجهد ة عالية اكاة بمرونهذا االسلوب تطورا كبيرا السيما مع تطور الحاسبات اإللكترونية والتطبيقات الحاسوبية, كما تمتاز المح ة خاصة بعمليات بتفسير المدخالت الاذ انها تعطي القدرة على عملية التجريب واالختبار عن طريق تكرار العملية عدة مر التي تملك والتقدير في كل مرة وتشتمل على استعمال االرقام العشوائية التي هي عبار عن سلسلة من االرقام المستقلة رقام العشوائية وكذلك تأتي أهمية عملية المحاكاة في العشوائية, إذ أن سلسلة األ[1,0]توزيعا منتظما ضمن المدة المحدد ي تستعمل في التجربة األولى تكون مستقلة عن سلسلة األرقام العشوائية في التجربة الثانية وهكذا.الت simulation experiment stageمراحل تجربة المحاكاة-2 تضمنت مراحل تجربة المحاكاة خمس مراحل وهي الحاالت : اختيار مجموعة من القيم االفتراضية للمعالم وبتشكيل عدد منالمرحلة االولى واختيار مجموعة من احجام عينات مختلفة وهي n1=20 , n2= 40 , n3=50 , n4=100 , n5= 150 , n6=200 ,n7=300 -المرحلة الثانية: تضمنت هذه المرحلة توليد بيانات باستعمال طريقة التحويل المعكوس للدالة التجميعية (cdf) للتوزيع المقترح والتي تم عرض االشتقاق الخاصة بها في الفصل الثاني من هذه البحث بالمعادلة رقم (24) -المرحلة الثالثة : case θ β α 1 1.5 0.3 6 2 1.5 0.09 2 3 2.5 0.05 1.5 4 2.5 0.01 2 5 3 0.06 4.5 6 4 0. 1 8.5 الرياضيات | 412 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 في هذه المرحلة من التجربة من التي تعتبر اهم مراحل المحاكاة تم تقدير معلمات التوزيع المقترح توزيع (فريشيتبواسونليندلي )باستعمال الطرائق التي تم التطرق اليها في الجانب النظري وفق الحاالت االفتراضية واحجام المحاكاة. العينات التي تم افتراضها في المرحلة االولى من تجربة :المرحلة الرابعة تم في هذه المرحلة من البحث اجراء المقارنة بين طريفتي القدير باستعمال مقياس المقارنة بين (mse)للمقارنة المعلمات وفق الصيغة : mse θ ∑ θ θ , mse β ∑ β β ,mse α ∑ α α اذ ان lيمثل عدد مرات تكرار التجربة -:المرحلة الخامسة تضمنت هذه المرحلة عرض نتائج المحاكاة من اجل ايجاد افضل لتقدير معلمات التوزيع المقترح كما موضح في الجداول )1-2( conclusionsخامسا: االستنتاجات فيما يأتي عرض ملخص الهم االستنتاجات التي تم التوصل اليها: ) باستعمال مقياس 0 مرة) بينما كانت طريقة المربعات الصغرى افضل ( 21كانت افضل(طريقة االمكان االعظم 1 في التجربة األولى . mseالمقارنة ) باستعمال مقياس 0مرة) بينما كانت طريقة المربعات الصغرى افضل ( 21طريقة االمكان االعظم كانت افضل(2 في التجربة الثانية . mseالمقارنة مرات ) باستعمال 8 مرة) بينما كانت طريقة المربعات الصغرى افضل ( 13االمكان االعظم كانت افضل( طريقة3 في التجربة الثالثة. mseمقياس المقارنة ) باستعمال مقياس 0 مرة) بينما كانت طريقة المربعات الصغرى افضل ( 21طريقة االمكان االعظم كانت افضل(4 بة الرابعة. في التجر mseالمقارنة مرات ) باستعمال 4 مرة) بينما كانت طريقة المربعات الصغرى افضل ( 17طريقة االمكان االعظم كانت افضل( 5 في التجربة الخامسة. mseمقياس المقارنة مرات ) باستعمال 7 مرة) بينما كانت طريقة المربعات الصغرى افضل ( 14طريقة االمكان االعظم كانت افضل( 6 في التجربة السادسة . mseياس المقارنة مق مرة ) بينما كانت طريقة المربعات الصغرى 107 لجميع الحاالت الستة أعاله كانت طريقة االمكان االعظم افضل(7 في جميع التجارب . mseمرة ) باستعمال مقياس المقارنة 19 افضل ( ) للتقديرات( المعلمات) اقل mseيها متوسط مربعات الخطأ () يوضح ان عدد المرات التي يكون ف2الجدول رقم (8 )اكثر تكون هي الطريقة االفضل mseفي كال من الطرقتين, بعبارة اخرى فان الطريقة التي يكون فيها عدد المرات للـ( ون لها اقل وعليه فأن طريقة االمكان االعظم افضل بكثير من طريقة المربعات الصغرى المطورة ألنها تعطي تقديرات يك ) وبالتي تكون هي االفضل mse( متوسط مربعات خطأ المصادر 1 asgharzadeh, a.; bakouch, h. s. and esmaeili, l. (2013). pareto poisson–lindley distribution with applications. journal of applied statistics, 40(8), 1717-173 الرياضيات | 413 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 2 ghitany, m. e.; al-mutairi, d. k. and nadarajah, s. (2007). zero-truncated poisson– lindley distribution and its application. mathematics and computers in simulation, 79(3), 279-287 3 zakerzadeh, h. and dolati, a. (2009). generalized lindley distribution. journal of mathematical extension 4 alathari, f. m. and al-sarraf, z. j. (2008).maximum likelihood estimation of truncated normal regression model.jornal al-manarah, vol.14. no.3 5ashour, s. k. and eltehiwy, m. a. (2015). exponentiated power lindley distribution. journal of advanced research, 6(6), 895-905. 6merovci, f. and elbatal, i. (2013). transmuted lindley-geometric distribution and its applications. arxiv preprint arxiv:1309.3774 واالقتصاد, ماجستير ,كليةاالدارة رسالةوزيعيويبلوتكوينتوزيعالبايويبل",إشتراكت)," 2007محمد,( جاسم الساعدي, سالم -7 بغداد. جامعة " النمذجة والمحاكاة " كتاب الكتروني ,جامعة الملك سعود قسم االحصاء (2002)بري, عدنان ماجد عبد الرحمن ,-8 http://www.abarry.net/or/simulationbook.pdfوبحوث العمليات. ) لتقدير المعلمات لجميع الحاالت ولتجربة تكرارها mseالمقياس ( باستعمالافضلية طريقتي التقدير (1)جدول رقم 1000 طرائق التقدير عدد مرات االفضلية 107 mle 19 ols مرة 1000حسب حجم العينة ولتجربة تكرارها mseمقياس المقارنة باستعمالافضلية طريقتي التقدير (2)دول ج الطريقة حجم العينة n7=300 n6=200 n5=150 n4=100 n3=50 n2=40 n1=20 18 18 18 16 15 11 7 mle 0 0 0 2 3 7 11 ols الرياضيات | 414 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 comparison between two approaches (mle &dls) to estimate frechet poisson lindley distribution compound by using simulation emad hazm abody ali bander nuimai dept. of mathmatics ,college of administration and economy, university of baghdad received in :4 september 2016 ,accepted in: 2 november 2016 abstract in this paper simulation technique plays a vital role to compare between two approaches maximum likelihood method and developed least square method to estimate the parameters of frechet poisson lindley distribution compound. by coding using matlab software program. also, under different sample sizes via mean square error. as the results which obtain that maximum likelihood estimation method is better than developed least square method to estimate these parameters to the proposed distribution. keywords: frechet, poisson lindley, distribution compound, simulation, (mle &dls) microsoft word 147-156     147 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 on shrinkage estimation for r (s, k) in case of exponentiated pareto distribution eman ahmed abdulateef emanahmed88717@gmail.com abbas najim salman abbasnajim66@yahoo.com  department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 2 may 2018, accepted 26 september 2018, publish january 2019 abstract this paper concerns with deriving and estimating the reliability of the multicomponent system in stress-strength model r(s,k), when the stress and strength are identical independent distribution (iid), follows two parameters exponentiated pareto distribution (epd) with the unknown shape and known scale parameters. shrinkage estimation method including maximum likelihood estimator (mle), has been considered. comparisons among the proposed estimators were made depending on simulation based on mean squared error (mse) criteria. keywords: exponentiated pareto distribution(epd), reliability of multi-component stress – strength models r(s,k), maximum likelihood estimator (mle), shrinkage estimator and mean squared error (mse). 1. introduction the reliability of the multicomponent stress-strength model (s out of k) system, denoted by r(s,k)refers to the system functioning when at minimums (1≤s≤k) of components survive. in other words, this system works well if at least s out of k components resist the stress. bhattacharyya and johnson in (1974) was the first who studied and derived r(s,k) [1]. noted that, when s=1 and s=k is respectively referring to parallel and series systems. the model mentioned used in many applications in physics and engineering and many authors had studied and estimated r(s,k)for example: afify in (2010), showed that the exponentiated pareto distribution denoted by ep (α, λ) used quite successfully in studying many lifetime data and the ep (𝛼, λ) decreasing and upside-down bathtub shaped failure rates depending on shape parameter α[2]. hassan& basheikh in (2012), estimated 𝑅 , using bayes and non-bayes estimation methods when the strength and stress are non-identical and follows the exponentiated pareto distribution [3], rao et al in (2016), estimated the reliability system in a multicomponent stress-strength when stress and strength follows exponentiated weibull distribution for different shape parameters [4], and in (2017) abbas and fatima, they estimated the reliability of the multicomponent system in stress–strength model for exponentiated weibull distribution, using; ml,     148 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 mom and the conclude results approved that the shrinkage estimator using shrinkage weight function was the best[5]. in this paper we estimate r(s,k) based on exponentiated pareto distribution ep(α, λ) with unknown shape parameter α and known scale parameter λ using several shrinkage estimation methods depends on (mle) methods and make a comparison of the considered estimation methods through monte carlo simulation via mean squared error (mse) criteria. it is well known, the ep (α, λ) is a special case of exponentiated lomax distribution (eld), when (𝜖 1 where the cdf of eld has the form below [6]. 𝐹 𝑋 1 1 𝜖𝑥 𝑥 0; 𝛼, 𝜆𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜖 0 (1) let x be a random variable follows two parameters exponentiated pareto distribution epd (α, λ). the probability density function (p. d. f.) of x will be. 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 𝛼𝜆 1 𝑥 1 1 𝑥 ; for x 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 0 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (2) here, 𝛼 refers to shape parameter and 𝜆 refers to scale parameter [2]. implies, the cumulative distribution function (cdf) of x as below: 𝐹 𝑥, 𝛼, 𝜆 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 0 (3) assume 𝑋 , 𝑋 , … , 𝑋 are strength random variable follows ep(α,λ) and subject to common stress random variable y which is distributed as ep(β,λ) . then, the reliability system for a multicomponent in stress-strength model r(s,k) will be [1]: r(s,k) =p(at least s of the x1, x2,…, xkexceed y) =∑ 1 𝐹 𝑦 𝐹 𝑦 𝑓 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 (4) =∑ 1 1 1 𝑦 1 1 𝑦 𝛽𝜆 1 𝑦 1 1 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 r (s, k) = ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 ; k, i, j are integers (5) now we estimation methods of r(s,k) by the following: 2. maximum likelihood estimator (mle) suppose the strength random sample be of size n say 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 follow epd (𝛼, 𝜆 and 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … … , 𝑦 be the stress random sample of size m follow epd (𝛽, 𝜆 the maximum likelihood function for the observed sample is given as: 𝑙 =l (𝛼, 𝛽; 𝑥, 𝑦) =∏ 𝑓 𝑥 ∏ 𝑓 𝑦 ) (6) from equation (2) and the equation (6) become 𝑙=𝛼 𝛽 𝜆 𝑛 𝑚 ∏ 1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆 1 ∏ 1 1 𝑥𝑖 𝜆 𝛼 1 ∏ 1 𝑦𝑗 𝜆 1 ∏ 1 1 𝑦𝑗 𝜆 𝛽 1 take logarithm to both sides, we get:     149 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 ln 𝑙 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝛼 𝑚𝑙𝑛𝛽 𝑛 𝑚 𝑙𝑛𝜆 𝜆 1 ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑥 𝛼 1 ∑ ln 1 1 𝑥 𝜆 1 ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑦 𝛽 1 ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 1 𝑦 (7) 𝑑ln 𝑙 𝑑𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝑙𝑛 1 1 𝑥 0 𝑑ln 𝑙 𝑑𝛽 𝑚 𝛽 𝑙𝑛 1 1 𝑦 0 thus, the maximum likelihood estimator for the unknown shape parameters 𝛼 and β will be respectively as follows [2]: α ∑ (8) 𝛽 ∑ (9) note that, α and𝛽 are biased estimators for α and β respectively since e (α 𝛼 , and e (β 𝛽 hence, α α and 𝛽 𝛽 are respectively unbiased estimators for α and β.therefore, e (α = 𝛼 and var (α ) = (10) e (𝛽 = 𝛽 and var (𝛽 ) = (11) by substitute equations (8) and (9) in equation (5), we obtain the maximum likelihood estimator for 𝑅 , as below: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 ; k, i, j are integers (12) 3. shrinkage estimation method (sh) as thompson suggested in (1968), the shrinkage estimator of α denoted by (α ) is defined as below: α ∅ α α 1 ∅ α α (13) he shrinks a usual estimator 𝛼 to prior information𝛼 using shrinkage weight factor ∅ α and he believed 𝛼 is closed to α [5], [7]. we apply the unbiased estimator 𝛼 as a usual estimator and 𝛼 𝛼 as a prior information of α in this paper. thus, the shrinkage estimator of the shape parameterα of ep (α,λ) will be as follows: 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 (14) and the same way, the shrinkage estimator for the shape parameter β of ep(β,λ) will be as the following: 𝛽 ∅ 𝛽 𝛽 1 ∅ 𝛽 𝛽 (15)     150 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 3.1. the shrinkage weight function (sh1): in this subsection, the shrinkage weight factor will be considered as a function of sizes n and m respectively and taking the forms below: ∅ 𝛼 |sin 𝑛/𝑛| , and ∅ 𝛽 |sin 𝑚/𝑚| where, n and m refer to the sample size of x and y. therefore, the shrinkage estimator using shrinkage weight function of 𝛼 and β which is defined in equations (14) and (15), will be. 𝛼 |sin 𝑛/𝑛|𝛼 1 |sin 𝑛/𝑛| 𝛼 (16) 𝛽 |sin 𝑚/𝑚|𝛽 1 |sin 𝑚/𝑚| 𝛽 (17) then, the estimation of𝑅 , which is defined in equation (5) using shrinkage weight function will be: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (18) 3.2. constant shrinkage weight function (sh2) we suggest in this subsection constant shrinkage weight factor ∅ 𝛼 0.1, and∅ 𝛽 0.1. therefore, the shrinkage estimator using specific constant weight factor will be as follows: 𝛼 0.1 𝛼 0.9 𝛼 (19) 𝛽 0.1 𝛽 0.9 𝛽 (20) substitute equation (19) and (20) in equation (5) to obtain the shrinkage estimation of r(s,k) using the above constant shrinkage weight factor as below: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 ; k, i, j are integers (21) 3.3. modified thompson type shrinkage weight function (th) in this subsection, we modify the shrinkage weight factor of thompson type estimator as below, [7] 𝛾 𝛼 *0.001 (22) 𝛾 𝛽 ∗ 0.001 (23) where var (α ) = and var (𝛽 ) = therefore, the shrinkage estimator ofα and β using modified shrinkage weight factor are respectively as below: 𝛼 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 (24) 𝛽 𝛾 𝛽 𝛽 1 𝛾 𝛽 𝛽 (25)     151 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 substitute equation (24) and (25) in equation (5), then the shrinkage estimation of r(s,k) based on modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor will be : 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 ; k, i, j are integers (26) 4. simulation study in this section, numerical results were studied to compare the performance of the suggested estimators for𝑅 , , using different sample size n and m = (15, 25, 50 and 100), based on 1000 replication via mse criteria. for this purpose, mote carlo simulation was employed by generating the random sample from continuous uniform distribution defined on the interval (0,1) as u1,u2,…, un; v1, v2,…, vm. transform uniform random samples to follow epd (α, λ) using (c.d.f) as below, [8]: 𝐹 𝑥 1 1 𝑥 → 𝑈 1 1 𝑥 → 𝑥 1 𝑈 1 ; i=1,2,…,n. and by the same way, calculate 𝑉 to obtain the 𝑦 : 𝑦 1 𝑉 1 ; j=1,2,…,m. compute the real value of r(s,k) in equation (5) and the value of estimation methods of all suggested methods 𝑅 , , 𝑅 , , 𝑅 , and 𝑅 , in equations (12), (18), (21) and (26) respectively. based on (l=1000) replication, we calculate the mse for all proposed estimation methods of r(s,k) as follows: mse 1 𝐿 𝑅 , r , where 𝑅 , refers to the proposed estimators of real value of r , . all the results are put on the tables listed below, noted that the odd label tables (17). contain the value of real reliability r , and the value of reliability estimator 𝑅 , for different methods when (s,k)=(2,3),(2,4) and (𝛼, 𝛽 =(2.5,4) and (4,2.5) and (𝛼 , 𝛽 ) = ( 𝛼 0.001, 𝛽 0.001). and the even label tables (2-8) contain the value of mse for the reliability estimator𝑅 , for different methods when (s,k)=(2,3),(2,4) and (𝛼, 𝛽 =(2.5,4) and (4,2.5) and (𝛼 , 𝛽 )=( 𝛼 0.001, 𝛽 0.001).     152 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 1. shows 𝑅 , for (s,k)=(2,3), α=2.5,β=4 & λ=2 when 𝑅 , 0.36232,. (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (15,15) 0.37128 0.36262 0.36297 0.36237 (15,25) 0.36447 0.36214 0.36193 0.36236 (15,50) 0.37216 0.36244 0.36245 0.36236 (15,100) 0.37221 0.36231 0.36224 0.36236 (25,15) 0.36163 0.36240 0.36253 0.36236 (25,25) 0.36432 0.36236 0.36235 0.36236 (25,50) 0.37004 0.36238 0.36272 0.36236 (25,100) 0.36997 0.36237 0.36253 0.36236 (50,15) 0.35514 0.36228 0.36217 0.36236 (50,25) 0.35773 0.36234 0.36203 0.36236 (50,50) 0.36239 0.36236 0.36228 0.36236 (50,100) 0.36249 0.36235 0.36213 0.36236 (100,15) 0.35464 0.36229 0.36224 0.36236 (100,25) 0.35810 0.36235 0.36228 0.36236 (100,50) 0.35886 0.36235 0.36208 0.36236 (100,100) 0.36441 0.36237 0.36252 0.36236 table 2. shows mse of 𝑅 , for (s,k)=(2,3), α=2.5,β=4 & λ=2 when 𝑅 , 0.36232. (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 best (15,15) 0.01029 0.23e-4 0.12e-3 0.76e-8 th (15,25) 0.00843 0.12e-4 0.96e-4 0.60e-8 th (15,50) 0.00714 0.13e-4 0.81e-4 0.56e-8 th (15,100) 0.00605 0.11e-4 0.66e-4 0.46e-8 th (25,15) 0.00752 0.10e-4 0.88e-4 0.59e-8 th (25,25) 0.00619 0.19e-6 0.68e-4 0.47e-8 th (25,50) 0.00489 0.15e-6 0.53e-4 0.44e-8 th (25,100) 0.00406 0.12e-6 0.45e-4 0.38e-8 th (50,15) 0.00666 0.12e-4 0.77e-4 0.53e-8 th (50,25) 0.00465 0.14e-6 0.50e-4 0.39e-8 th (50,50) 0.00326 0.97e-7 0.34e-4 0.34e-8 th (50,100) 0.00215 0.61e-7 0.22e-4 0.27e-8 th (100,15) 0.00622 0.12e-4 0.72e-4 0.52e-8 th (100,25) 0.00423 0.13e-6 0.45e-4 0.39e-8 th (100,50) 0.00244 0.70e-7 0.26e-4 0.30e-8 th (100,100) 0.00177 0.49e-7 0.18e-4 0.27e-8 th note: 0.95e-5=0.0000095     153 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 3. shows 𝑅 , for (s,k)=(2,4) α=2.5,β=4 & λ=2when 𝑅 , 0.46584. (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (15,15) 0.46058 0.46565 0.46535 0.46588 (15,25) 0.47149 0.46584 0.46604 0.46588 (15,50) 0.47133 0.46592 0.46576 0.46588 (15,100) 0.47616 0.46589 0.46605 0.46588 (25,15) 0.45646 0.46576 0.46541 0.46588 (25,25) 0.46517 0.46588 0.46589 0.46588 (25,50) 0.46751 0.46588 0.46577 0.46588 (25,100) 0.47039 0.46588 0.46589 0.46588 (50,15) 0.46224 0.46605 0.46635 0.46588 (50,25) 0.46428 0.46589 0.46609 0.46589 (50,50) 0.46608 0.46589 0.46593 0.46588 (50,100) 0.46628 0.46588 0.46576 0.46588 (100,15) 0.45569 0.46576 0.46576 0.46588 (100,25) 0.46121 0.46588 0.46596 0.46588 (100,50) 0.46567 0.46589 0.46603 0.46588 (100,100) 0.46616 0.46588 0.46592 0.46588 table 4. shows mse of𝑅 , for(s,k)=(2,4), α=2.5,β=4 & λ=2 when𝑅 , 0.46584. (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 best (15,15) 0.01047 0.00002 0.00012 0.69e-8 th (15,25) 0.00880 0.00001 0.00009 0.65e-8 th (15,50) 0.00711 0.00001 0.00008 0.56e-8 th (15,100) 0.00658 0.00001 0.00007 0.53e-8 th (25,15) 0.00904 0.00001 0.00010 0.63e-8 th (25,25) 0.00656 0.21e-6 0.00007 0.51e-8 th (25,50) 0.00516 0.16e-6 0.00006 0.45e-8 th (25,100) 0.00448 0.14e-6 0.00005 0.42e-8 th (50,15) 0.00713 0.00001 0.00008 0.58e-8 th (50,25) 0.00469 0.14e-6 0.00005 0.43e-8 th (50,50) 0.00322 0.79e-7 0.00003 0.35e-8 th (50,100) 0.00245 0.70e-7 0.00003 0.30e-8 th (100,15) 0.006889 0.00001 0.00008 0.56e-8 th (100,25) 0.00407 0.12e-6 0.00004 0.39e-8 th (100,50) 0.00251 0.73e-8 0.00003 0.33e-8 th (100,100) 0.00173 0.47e-7 0.00002 0.28e-8 th     154 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 5. shows 𝑅 , for (s,k)=(2,3), α=4,β=2.5 & λ=2 when 𝑅 , 0.63054. (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (15,15) 0.62297 0.63042 0.63028 0.63050 (15,25) 0.62694 0.63041 0.630291 0.63050 (15,50) 0.63207 0.63043 0.63036 0.63050 (15,100) 0.63831 0.63059 0.63078 0.63050 (25,15) 0.61813 0.63038 0.63009 0.63050 (25,25) 0.62791 0.63052 0.63056 0.63050 (25,50) 0.63026 0.63050 0.63042 0.63050 (25,100) 0.63394 0.63051 0.63063 0.63050 (50,15) 0.62026 0.63055 0.63051 0.63050 (50,25) 0.62475 0.63050 0.63050 0.63050 (50,50) 0.62789 0.63049 0.63042 0.63050 (50,100) 0.62923 0.63049 0.63036 0.63050 (100,15) 0.61780 0.63046 0.63038 0.63050 (100,25) 0.62514 0.63051 0.63061 0.63050 (100,50) 0.62882 0.63051 0.63059 0.63050 (100,100) 0.62890 0.63049 0.63042 0.63050 table 6. shows mse of 𝑅 , for (s,k)=(2,3), α=4,β=2.5 & λ=2 when 𝑅 , 0.63054 (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 best (15,15) 0.00938 0.00002 0.00010 0.63e-8 th (15,25) 0.00664 0.00001 0.00008 0.51e-8 th (15,50) 0.00564 0.95e-5 0.00006 0.46e-8 th (15,100) 0.00489 0.94e-5 0.00006 0.39e-8 th (25,15) 0.00746 0.99e-5 0.00008 0.52e-8 th (25,25) 0.00531 0.16e-6 0.00006 0.41e-8 th (25,50) 0.00362 0.11e-6 0.00004 0.33e-8 th (25,100) 0.00326 0.98e-7 0.00003 0.30e-8 th (50,15) 0.00616 0.98e-5 0.00007 0.43e-8 th (50,25) 0.00390 0.11e-6 0.00004 0.32e-8 th (50,50) 0.00257 0.75e-7 0.00003 0.27e-8 th (50,100) 0.00193 0.56e-7 0.00002 0.25e-8 th (100,15) 0.00554 0.97e-4 0.00006 0.40e-8 th (100,25) 0.00370 0.11e-6 0.00004 0.32e-8 th (100,50) 0.00194 0.54e-7 0.00002 0.24e-8 th (100,100) 0.00131 0.36e-7 0.00001 0.21e-8 th     155 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 7. shows 𝑅 , for, (s,k)=(2,4), α=4,β=2.5 & λ=2 when 𝑅 , 0.71575. (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (15,15) 0.71125 0.71581 0.71589 0.71572 (15,25) 0.71194 0.71574 0.71567 0.71572 (15,50) 0.71423 0.71557 0.71534 0.71571 (15,100) 0.71529 0.71562 0.71539 0.71571 (25,15) 0.70901 0.71582 0.71589 0.71572 (25,25) 0.71098 0.71572 0.71567 0.71572 (25,50) 0.71496 0.71572 0.71569 0.71572 (25,100) 0.71776 0.71573 0.71583 0.71572 (50,15) 0.70333 0.71558 0.71542 0.71572 (50,25) 0.71236 0.71573 0.71592 0.71572 (50,50) 0.71332 0.71572 0.71567 0.71572 (50,100) 0.71743 0.71573 0.71593 0.71572 (100,15) 0.70434 0.71572 0.71566 0.71572 (100,25) 0.70971 0.71572 0.71575 0.71572 (100,50) 0.71124 0.71571 0.71554 0.71571 (100,100) 0.71516 0.71572 0.71577 0.71572 table 9. shows mse of𝑅 , for (s,k)=(2,4), α=4,β=2.5 & λ=2 when 𝑅 , 0.63054. (n,m) 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑴𝑳𝑬 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 best (15,15) 0.00631 0.00001 0.00007 0.39e-8 th (15,25) 0.00549 0.00001 0.00006 0.39e-8 th (15,50) 0.00382 0.00001 0.00004 0.30e-8 th (15,100) 0.00376 0.68e-5 0.00004 0.31e-8 th (25,15) 0.00528 0.71e-5 0.00006 0.35e-8 th (25,25) 0.00409 0.12e-6 0.00004 0.30e-8 th (25,50) 0.00277 0.86e-7 0.00003 0.25e-8 th (25,100) 0.00239 0.73e-7 0.00003 0.23e-8 th (50,15) 0.00509 0.90e-5 0.00006 0.39e-8 th (50,25) 0.00306 0.90e-7 0.00003 0.24e-8 th (50,50) 0.00185 0.52e-7 0.00002 0.20e-8 th (50,100) 0.00140 0.40e-7 0.00001 0.17e-8 th (100,15) 0.00425 0.75e-5 0.00004 0.30e-8 th (100,25) 0.00251 0.71e-7 0.00003 0.22e-8 th (100,50) 0.00147 0.41e-7 0.00001 0.18e-8 th (100,100) 0.00105 0.28e-7 0.00001 0.15e-8 th 5. discussion numerical simulation results from the tables above, for all n=(15,25,50,100) and m=(15,25,50,100) we conclude that, the shrinkage estimator using modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor to estimate the reliability 𝑅 , is the bestsince the (mse)of rth(s,k) was less than in the other methods.     156 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1825 vol. 32 (1) 2019 6. conclusion form the numerical results, we conclude that the shrinkage estimation method performance good behavior especially when using modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor. references 1. bhattacharyya, g.k.; johnson, r.a., estimation of reliability in a multi-component stress-strength model, journal of the american statistical association. 1974, 69, 348, 966-970. 2. afify, w.m. on estimation of the exponentiated pareto distribution under different sample schemes, applied mathematical sciences. 2010, 4, 8, 393 402. 3. rao,g.s.; aslam, m.; arif, o.h. estimation of reliability in multicomponent stressstrength based on two parameter exponentiated weibull distribution, communication in statistics theory and methods, 2017, 66 , 7495-7502. 4. abbas, n.s.; fatima; h.s. on shrinkage estimation of 𝑅 , based on exponentiated weibull distribution, international journal of science and research. 2017, 6, 7, 23197064 5. al-hemyari, z.a; hassan, i.h; al-jobori, a.n. a class of efficient and modified estimator for the mean of normal distribution using complete data, international journal of data analysis techniques and strategies. 2011, 3, 4, 406-425. 6. abdul-moniem, i.b.; abdel-hammed, h.f. on exponentiated lomax distribution. international journal of mathematical archive. 2012, 5, 3, 1-7. 7. thompson, j.r. some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean. j.amer. statist. assoc. 1968, 63, 113-122. 8. rubinstein. r. y.; kroese, d.p. simulation and the monte carlo method. john wiley and sons, 1981. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 المعادة المعالجة الصناعیة للمیاه والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الخصائص لبعض دراسة *بغداد -النباتیة للزیوت الرشید لمصنع باصات فرج صباح ، اغالي ناصر ندى بغداد ،جامعة الهیثم ابن التربیة الحیاة،كلیة علوم قسم 2011 االول كانون 7: في البحث قبل 2011 االول تشرین 24:في البحث استلم الخالصة mpe لحرارة بدرجة متمثلة والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الخصائص بعض قیم تحدید الحالیة الدراسة تناولت ra ture ، ele الكهربائیة والتوصیلیة ctri cal conducti vi ty ،لالوكسجین الحیوي والمتطلب biol ogi cal oxygen de mand ، che لالوكسجین الكیمیائي والمتطلب mical oxygen deman d ،العالقة الصلبة المواد ومجموع total suspended solids ،ب الصلبة والمواد total الذائ dissol ved solids مصنع من الناتجة الصناعي الصرف لمیاه .2010 تموز غایة الى الثاني كانون من للفترة النباتیة الزیوت لصناعة الرشید لالوكـسجین الحیـوي المتطلـب قـیم تراوحـت فقد متفاوتة وبقیم تلوث نسب تحوي المصنع صرف میاه ان النتائج اظهرت التوصـــیلیة قــیم تراوحـــت بینمــا، لتـــر/ملغــم 25-170.5 بـــین لالوكــسجین الكیمیـــائي والمتطلــب لتـــر/ملغــم5.15-67 بــین فــي، لتـر/ملغـم 6.65-72 بـین فتراوحـت الكلیـة العالقـة الــصلبة المـواد امـا ،سـم/مایكروسـیمنس 3330-1360 بـین الكهربائیـة 2.2-9.25 بـین تتـراوح الـذائب االوكـسجین قـیم وكانـت. لتـر/ملغـم 812-2000 بـین الذائبـة الـصلبة المـواد قـیم تراوحـت حـین م)40(تموز شهر في حرارة درجة اعلى لتر،وسجلت/ملغم .الكهربائیة التوصیلیة ، نباتیة زیوت ، بیئیة محددات: المفتاحیة الكلمات :المقدمة النباتیة البذور من ومكررة صافیة نباتیة زیوت على الحصول اجل من والصناعیة التكنولوجیة العملیات من العدید تجري منتجات تتكون العملیات هذه وخالل والتصفیة والتكریر التصنیع وعملیة البذور لهذه االولیة المعالجة العملیات هذه ،وتضم هذه من المتشكلة الثانویة والنواتج المخلفات كمیة في تؤثر العلمیات هذه ألجراء الالزمة الشروط وان ، ومخلفات ثانویة كمیة تختلف ] 1 [ صناعیة میاها ذلك بعد تصرف المیاه من كبیرة كمیات الى وتحتاج وخصائصها وصفاتها العملیات هذه ان . ] 2 [ آخر الى یوم من وكذلك اخرى الى ما زیت صناعة عملیة من الصرف میاه خواص او وصفات انواع وتستعمل الزیتیة المخلفات معالجة لعملیة اعتبارات وهناك المعالجة الزیوت من مختلفة انواع الى تعزى قد االختالفات عملیة فأن الطرائق هذه استعمال من الرغم وعلى الزیتیة الصرف میاه معالجة في والبایولوجیة والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الطرائق العوامل من.] 3 ,4, 5 [ والدهون الزیوت صناعة في التحدیات اكبر من تزال ما ومعالجتها المخلفات من التخلص تعقید هو الصرف میاه معالجة لصعوبة المسببة ماجستیر رسالة من مستل بحث* ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الزیـوت مـن والمعـدات واالجهـزة لالرضـیات التنظیـف وعملیـات التكثیـف واجهـزة الحـرارة درجـة مغیـرات مثـل مصادرها واشتباك ذلـك عـن فـضال ، منظفـات علـى الحاویـة التنظیف ومیاه التصفیةوالتكریر معامل من الناتجة والمیاه التسرب وحاالت والدهون میــاه معالجـة معامــل هـدف ان . ] 6 [ والزیـوت والــدهون للتأكـسد القابلــة والمـواد الهدرجـة عملیــة فـي المحفــزة المـواد اسـتعمال عملیــة تقیـیم هـو الدراسـة هـذه مـن الهــدف وكـان البیئـة الـى المیـاه هـذه تـصریف قبــل التلـوث مـستوى مـن التقلیـل هـو المخلفـات البیئیــة الــدوائر وضــعتها التــي المقــاییس وفــق علــى الـصحیح بالــشكل المخلفــات میــاه مــن والــتخلص الفیزیوكیمیائیــة المعالجـة .المختصة :العمل وطرائق المستخدمة االجهزة :المستخدمة االجهزة 1. porta (جهـاز اسـتخدام bl e do & the rmo me te r (شـركة مـن) wtw وكمیـة الحـرارة درجـة لقیـاس ) االلمانیـة c conْ)جهـاز واسـتخدم الـذائب االوكـسجین ducti vi ty & t.d.s. & (شـركة مـن مجهـز التوصـیلیة لقیـاس) eu te ch i ns trum e nt (نوع ومن) السنغافوریة cybe rca n 10.( :العمل طرائق2. ة الرشید مصنع میاه من 2010 تموز بشهر وانتهاء الثاني كانون شهر من ابتداء ًیوما 15 كل واحدة عینة تسحب لصناع اذ، الفحوصات اجراء لغرض معقمة زجاجیة قناني في وحفظت العینة من لتر 1 وأخذ. لمعالجة وحدة بعد النباتیة الزیوت درجةالحرارة قیست اذ] 7 [ والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة المحددات وقیاس لتقدیر الشائعة القیاسیة التحلیل طرائق اعتمدت طریقة بأستخدام) bod5 (قیس كما.سابقا المذكورة االجهزة بأستخدام موقعیا الذائب واالوكسجین الكهربائیة والتوصیلیة wi (قناني بأستعمال) مئویة درجة 20±2 (حرارة درجة في ایام خمسة مدة الحضن nkle r (وقیاس) cod (بأستخدام cl (طریقة osed refle x , colo ri me tri c .(على والتبخیر الترشیح طریقة استخدمت فقد والذائبة الصلبة المواد اما . [7]التوالي :والمناقشة النتائج و مئویـة درجـة 14.440 بین معدالتها تراوحت ذإ) 1 (والشكل) 1 الجدول (قیمتها في تباین وجود الحرارة درجات اظهرت ضـمن تقـع فانهـا وعمومـا الحـارة االشـهر فـي وترتفـع البـاردة االشـهر فـي تقـل فهـي الهـواء، حـرارة درجـة علـى اعتمادها یالحظ القیمــة عـدا مــا] 8 [ التلـوث مـن االنهــار صـیانة نظـام محــددات حـسب) مئویـة درجــة 35 مـن اقـل (بهــا المـسموح الحـدود كمیـــة فــي تـــؤثر ان ویمكــن المــسموح الحـــد مــن اعلـــى وهــي مئویــة درجـــة 40 الــى وصـــلت التــي تمــوز شـــهر فــي المــسجلة الحیـة الكائنـات وتـنفس العـضویة المواد تحلل عملیة في انخفاض منه ینتج مما الصیف فصل في سیماالو الذائب االوكسجین ــابعـــض اختنـــاق الـــى یـــؤدي ممـــا الهوائیـــة المائیــة -3330 بـــین الكهربائیـــة التوصـــیلیة معـــدالت تراوحـــت.] 9 [ منهـ ــاء فــي المــضافه الكیمیائیـــة المــواد مــن كمیــات اســـتعمال بــسبب عالیــة قــیم وهـــي) 2 الــشكل (ســم/مایكروســیمنس1360 اثنـ االیونــات مــن ویزیـد المیــاه الـى جدیــدة امـالح یزیــد ممـا الترســبات وزیـادة الكبریتیــك وحـامض والــشب النـورة: مثــل، المعالجـة دون االحــواض فــي طویلــة مــدة المیــاه بقــاء الـى یــؤدي وتذبذبــه االنتــاج قلــة ان كمــا.[10] المحلــول فــي والــسالبة الموجبـة ترســبات بـشكل واضـحا ظهــر الـذي التبخـر وعامـل الحــرارة درجـات ارتفـاع عــن فـضال هـذا والمـواد االمــالح هـذه مـن الـتخلص 9.25 بلغــت اذ الثـاني كــانون شـهر فــي الـذائب لالوكــسجین معـدل اعلــى سـجل.[11] االحــواض جـدران علــى ودهنیـة ملحیـة .الحرارة درجات انخفاض بسبب) 3 الشكل (حزیران شهر في لتر/ملغم 2.2 كان لتربینما/ملغم ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الحدود وضمن تموز في وكذلك وشباط الثاني كانون اشهر في جیدة نسبها كانت اذ) do (قیم في تباینا النتائج اظهرت لقد (بها المسموح (الحمأة وجود عن فضال الحرارة درجة ارتفاع من بالرغم [12] لتر/ملغم) 10-8 slu dge (في تستعمل التي المیاه وكمیة المصنع في االنتاج مستوى زیادة الى السبب یرجع وربما االوكسجین من ًقسما تستهلك التي المعالجة احواض ذوبان وكذلك الجوي الهواء اذابة من یزید مما الثانویة المعالجة احواض في المراوح تشغیل الى یؤدي مما الناتجة الصناعیة جدران على للطحالب نمو وجود عن فضال هذا النهائیة التخزین احواض الى الماء انتقال اثناء الجوفي من االوكسجین وایار نیسان (اشهر في اما.[10]) میدانیة مشاهدة(الماء الىdo كمیات رفع في االخرى هي تساهم التي االحواض مما الناتجة الصناعیة والمیاه االنتاج قلة الى ذلك ویعود الذائب االوكسجین قیم في كبیرا انخفاضا اظهرت فقد) وحزیران مدة الثانویة المعالجة احواض في المیاه هذه وبقاء المراوح تشغیل وعدم االحواض في المیاه مناسیب انخفاض الى یؤدي عملیات حدوث من یزید مما وتدهورها الطحالب نمو وموت العالقة والمواد الحمأة وجود وكذلك تصریفها دون من طویلة ت تبدأ اذ ، الذائب االوكسجین كمیة استهالك على الوقت وبمرور تعمل العوامل هذه ان[10] . والتحلل االكسدة عملیا [13] . بالرائحة تتعلق مشكالت تسبب التي الالهوائیة التحلل في الواردة النتائج ومن المعالجة وحدة ان).4 الشكل(لتر/ملغم 5.15-67 بین لالوكسجین الحیوي المتطلب قیم تراوحت 5 من اقل (البیئیة الحدود من اعلى منها الخارجة للمیاه) bod5 (قیم وان، المطلوب المستوى دون من هي) 1(الجدول ة لفترة والتجمیع المعالجة احواض في المیاه وبقاء االنتاج تذبذب الى ذلك في السبب یعود قد.14] [) لتر/ملغم طویل عدم عن البكتیري،فضال النشاط بفعل التحلل زیادة الى یؤدي مما وامالح دهنیة مواد من متراكم ماهو مع واختالطها یؤثر مما التركید احواض من او والشحوم الدهون فصل وحدة من سواء) والمترسبة الطافیة (المتراكمة المواد برفع االهتمام ة وحدة من الخارجة المیاه نوعیة في .[15]المعالج النتائج تظهر) . 5 الشكل(لتر/ملغم 5.25-170.5 بین قیمتها تراوحت فقد لالوكسجین الكیمیائي المتطلب معدالت اما شهري في[ 14]لتر/ملغم) 100 من اقل (بها المسموح الحدود خارج كانت اذ الحرارة درجات ارتفاع مع القیم هذه ارتفاع االنتاج اثناء الكیمیائیة المواد استخدام الى السبب یعود وقد المعالجة، وحدة كفاءة عدم على یدل مما) وتموز حزیران( ت لهذه الدهني المحتوى وكذلك االحواض في الترسبات من یزید مما والمعالجة االنتاج في والتفاوت والمعالجة مخلفا ال للمیاه والكیمیائي العضوي المحتوى من یزید المواد هذه وجود ان كما.cod( [16] (نسب ارتفاع الى تؤدي التي الذائبة .cod([17] (و) bod (قیم من تزید الحرارة درجات ارتفاع عند والسیما بتحللها والتي (الجدول في الواردة النتائج مقارنة عند (والشكلین) 1 (لقیم البیئیة المحددات مع) 7 (و) 6 tds (وهي) لتر /ملغم 1000 ( (قیم وكذلك tss) (60 ا تعود الزیادة وهذه واضحة زیادة تظهر المعالجة وحدة من الخارجة المیاه فأن[18] ) لتر/ملغم لربم الكیمیائیة المواد عمالواست للمعالجة نتیجة العضویة المواد من والقلیل الالعضویة االمالح ظهور منها عدیدة السباب في والسیما التبخر عملیات و منها االستفادة دون وبقائهامن طویلة مددل المیاه تصریف عدم وكذلك،[19] والمعادلة المرسبة االنتاج زیادة اوقات في المیاه ارتفاع عند باالمالح المیاه لتزوید مخزونا منه تجعل التي الترسبات وظهور الصیف فصل [20]. :االستنتاجات لالوكسجین والكیمیائي الحیوي والمتطلب الكهربائیة التوصیلیة مثل الملوثات قیم تخفیض في المعالجة وحدة ةیكفا عدم .ودولیا محلیا بها المسموح البیئیة الحدود من اعلى لمیاه وتصریفها والعالقة الذائبة الصلبة والمواد ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 : المصادر 1.chipasa,k.b.(2001). li mit of physi cochemical treatment of was tewa te r in the vege table .147-141,3.no,10.,studies. of envi ro. polish j. oil refinin g industry 2. velioglu ,s.g ; curi ,k. and ca mlilar , s.r.( 1992). acti va ted sludge trea tability of oli ve oilbea rin g was te wa te r .wa te r resea rch , 26,1415. 3. boye r, m.j.(1984). current pollu tion control pra cti ces in the uni ted sta tes . j. ame r. oil chem. so c, 61, 297. 4. boere , j.a. ;be rg ,e.v.d. and muddle ,c.g.(1992). indus trial was te wa te r trea tment by the biologi cal process. betice conference , toulouse , tune. 5. becke r, p.; kos te r, d.; popov, m.n.; ma rkossian, s.; antrani kian, g.and maaki, h.((1999). the biodegrada tio n of oli ve and the trea tme nt of lipid-ri ch wool s courin g was te wa te r unde r ae robic thermophilic condi tion. wate r research,33,653. 6. seng,w.c.(1980). was tewa te r trea tme nt for edi ble oil refine ries . j. amer. oil chem. so c.,57,926a. 7. ameri can public health associati on (apha). (2005). standa rd me thod for the e xa mina tion of wa te r and waste wa te r .21 st. .ed. inc. washington. 19 (لسنة) 25 (رقم التلوث من االنهار صیانة نظام،البیئیة التشریعات،البیئة وزارة.8 .به الملحقة والتعدیالت،)67 9. ga mes, g.v.(1971) . wa te r trea tme nt. (5) edinburh g, scotland, 4 th ed.,p:165. لمحطة البایولوجي للمرشح البیئي الدور لتقییم اولیة دراسة). (2003. مصباح عمر،بكر وابو مهدي ابراهیم،السلمان.10 العدد،السادس المجلد.والبحوث للدراسات الزرقاء مجلة.لیبیا جنوب سبها مدینة في المعالجة المیاه استخدام اعادة .177-195 ص.االردن -الزرقاء.االول شعبیة مناطق بعض في الجوفیة المیاه تصنیف). (2004.حكمت ثروت،وحنا حمزة عالء،وهیب و رضا محمد،عبود.11 .الثاني العدد ،الثاني المجلد،والتطبیقیة البحثیة للعلوم سبها جامعة مجلة.الزراعیة لالغراض سبها المصرفة للمیاه االوكسجیني المحتوى زیادة في المیكانیكیة التهویة طرائق استخدام دراسة ). (2005.علي حسین،سبتي.12 .بغداد جامعة،الهیثم ابن التربیة كلیة،الحیاة علوم قسم،ماجستیر رسالة.المائیة االحیاء بعض في واثرها 13. ridgwa y, j .(1979).wa te r quality changes chemi cal an d mi crobiologi cal s tudies in wa te r dis tributio n s ys te m. medmenhad , england, wa te r resea rch centre . 14. wo rld heal th organization (who).(2007). guidelines for drin king wa te r quality, gene va . .البیئة وزارة، النباتیة الزیوت مصانع حول استشاریة دراسة ) . (1993العراقیة البیئة وتحسین حمایة جمعیة.15 16. gal vo, l.s. ; le cle rc, j.p. ; tnguy, g. ; ga mes, m.c. ; pa te rnotte , g. ; valentine , g. ; ros tan , a. a nd lapi cque , f.( 2003) .an electrocoa gula tion uni t for the puri fi ca tion of sol uble oil .65-57) : 1 (22. en vi ronme ntal progress. was te of high cod 17. abdel -ga wad , s. and abdel -shafy, m.(2010) . pollu tion control of in dus trial was te wa te r .15-2607) : 11 (62, . chnolte. wate r sci. a case s tudy: fro m soa p an d oil industries المركزي الجهاز،االنمائي والتعاون التخطیط وزارة) .(2009.الشرب لمیاه الثاني التحدیث 417 رقم القیاسیة المواصفة.18 .العراق جمهوریة،النوعیة والسیطرة للتقییس -2003 (بین ما بغداد -دجلة نهر لمیاه الفیزیوكیمیائیة الصفات لبعض الشهریة التغییرات) .(2009.علي امل،حسین.19 (المجلد،والتكنولوجیة الهندسة مجلة).2002 ).2 (العدد،)27 بعض وتراكیز والفیزیائیة الكیمیائیة الخصائص بعض لتحدید تحلیلیة دراسة) . (2004.بكر ابو عیسى علي،الكرتیحي.20 كلیة،ماجستیر رسالة.البیئیة لالستخدامات مالئمتها ومدى) تمنهنت (الصناعي المجمع من المعادة المیاه في الثقیلة المعادن .لیبیا،سبها جامعة،العلوم ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 *.النباتیة للزیوت الرشید لمصنع المعالجة وحدة میاه لنماذج والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الخصائص قیم معدالت) : 1 (جدول الشهر الخاصیة كانون الثاني البیئیة المحددات تموز حزیران ایار نیسان اذار شباط (18,14,8) درجة الحرارة 14 .4 16 .2 20 .1 26 .2 28 °م 35 من اقل 40 4. التوصیلیة الكهربائیة 13 60 14 66 -15 92 17 02.5 30 85 33 30 50 0 سم/مایكروسیمنس االوكسجین الذائب 9.25 9.15 - 6 2.75 2.2 8.6 10 لتر/ملغم 8bod 13 5.15 67 30 لتر/ملغم 5 من اقل 63 5. cod 26 25 -78 62 17 0.5 11 10 من اقل 0 0 لتر/ملغم tds 81 2 95 9 -93 4 11 87 19 46 20 00 10 لتر/ملغم 00 tss 42 .5 6.65 -24 لتر/ملغم 60 64 65 72 5. سم/المایكروسیمنس بوحدات والتوصیلیة بالمئویة الحرارة درجة عدا لترما /ملغم بوحدات الفحوصات جمیع* العمل عن المعالجة وحده توقف - الفحص اجراء عدم ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 كانون الثاني اط شب اذار نیسان ایار حزیران تموز ز كی ر ت ن جی س وك ال ا ب ذائ ال ) غم مل \ تر ل ( االشھر خالل مدة البحث) 3(شكل قیم االوكسجین الذائب لمیاه وحدة المعالجة متوسط ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نیسان ایار حزیران تموز ي یو ح ال ب طل مت ال ز كی تر ن جی س وك ال ل ) غم مل \ تر ل ( االشھر متوسط قیم المتطلب الحیوي لالوكسجین لمیاه وحدة المعالجة خالل مدة ) 4(شكل البحث 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 كانون الثاني اط شب اذار نیسان ایار حزیران تموز ي ائ می كی ال ب طل مت ال یز رك ت ن جی س وك ال ل ) غم مل \ تر ل ( االشھر متوسط قیم المتطلب الكیمیائي لالوكسجین لمیاه وحدة المعالجة خالل مدة ) 5(شكل البحث 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نیسان ایار حزیران تموز ة ئب ذا ال بة صل ال اد و لم ا یز رك ت ) غم مل \ تر ل ( االشھر متوسط قیم المواد الصلبة الذائبة لمیاه وحدة المعالجة خالل مدة البحث) 6(شكل ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نیسان ایار حزیران تموز ور مح ال ن وا عن االشھر ة خالل مدة البحث) 7(شكل لعالقة لمیاه وحدة المعالج متوسط قیم المواد الصلبة ا ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 study the physicochemical characteristics of the treatment wastewater of al-rasheed factory for vegetable oils –baghdad n. n. aghalee – s. f. basat departme nt of biology , college of education –ibn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad received in: 24 october 2011 accepted in: 7 december 2011 abstract: this research p resents the results of the tests of the p hy sical, chemical and biological treatments p erformed on the industrial effluent of al-rashid factory for vegetable oils during january to july , 2010. some environmental p arameters such as temp erature, electrical conductivity (ec), biological oxy gen demand(bod), chemical oxy gen demand(cod), total susp ended solids(tss), dissolved oxy gen(o2) and total dissolved solids(tdc) have been investigated. the study shows that the industrial effluent contains a p ercent of organic p ollution and in different values, and that it is resp onsible for the (bod), which records (5.15-67)p p m, while the (cod) ranges between (25-170.5)p p m, the (ec) values range between (1360-3330)mm hose p er cm, the (tds) values were between (6.65-72 )p p m, while (tss) values ranged from (812-2000)p p m, (do) values recorded were from (2.2-9.25)p p m, and the highest temp erature value recorded was in july which is 40 °c. key word: environmental limits, vegetable o ils, electrical conductivity . ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 strongly essentially quasi-dedekind modules i. m.a.hadi, t.y.gha wi department of mathematics, college of education i bn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad department of mathematics, college of education, unive rsity of al qadisiya received in: 5 april 2011, accepted in: 13july 2011 abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity . in this p aper we introduce and study the concep t of st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind module as a generalization of essentially quasidedekind module. a unitary r-module m is called a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind module if 0),( mnmhom for all semiessential submodules n of m. where a submodule n of an r-module m is called semiessential if , 0 pn for all nonzero p rime submodules p of m . key words: essentially quasi-dedekind m odules; strongly essentially quasi-dedekind m odules, semiessential submodules, m ultip lication m odules. 1. introduction let r be a commutative ring with unity and m be an r-module. m ijbass a.s in [7] introduced and st udied the concept of quasi-dedekind, where an r-module m is called quasidedekind if, 0),( mnmhom for all nonzero submodules n of m. ghawi th.y. in [4] introduced and st udied the concept of essentially quasi-dedekind, where an r-module m is called essentially quasi-dedekind if, 0),( mnmhom for all essential submodules n of m (n e m ). in this p aper we give a generalization of essentially quasi-dedekind which we call it st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind, where an r-module m is called strongly essentially quasi-dedekind if, 0),( mnmhom for all n se m. in fact a submodule n of m is called semiessential in m and denoted by (n se m ) if, 0 pn for all nonzero p rime submodules p of m [1], p rovided that m has nonzero p rime submodule. in this p aper we p resent t he basic prop erties of st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind and some relationships with other modules. next throughout this p aper, m has a nonzero p rime submodules. 1.1 de fini tion an r-module m is called strongly essentially quasi-dedekind if, 0),( mnmhom for all semiessential submodules n of m. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1.2 remarks and exam ples: 1it is clear that if m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then m is an essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, since every essential submodule is semiessential submodule. 2every quasi-dedekind r-module is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, but the converse is not true in general, for examp le: z6 as zmodule is st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind, but it is not quasi-dedekind, since 0)),2(( 266  zzzhom . 3each of z, z6, z10 is st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module. 4each of z4, z8, z12, z16 is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module. 5 p z  is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module ,for all p rime numbers p. 62zz  is not essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module, see [4, remark 1.2.14], so it is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module. 7let n  m and m /n is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then it is not necessarily that m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module; for examp le : let m = z12 as z-module and let n = 12(6) z , then 12 6z n z is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind z-module, but z12 is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module. recall that a nonzero r-module m is called semi-uniform, if every nonzero r-submodule of m is a semiessential submodule of m [1]. 1.3 proposi tion: let m be a semi-uniform r-module. then m is a quasi-dedekind r-module if and only if m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof : it is clear. 1.4 corollary: let m be a uniform r-module .the following st atements are equivalent: 1m is a quasi-dedekind r-module. 2m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. 3m is an essentially quasi-dedekind rmodule. proof : it is clear . the following is a characterization of strongly essentially quasi-dedekind module. 1.5 the orem: let m be an r-module m is st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind if and only if for each )(mendf r , 0f imp lies kerf se m . proof : ) sup p ose that m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module .let )(mendf r , 0f . to p rove that kerf se m. assume that kerf se m, define mkerfmg : by g ( m+kerf ) = f(m) for all mm. it is clear that g is well-defined and 0g , hence 0),( mkerfmhom which is a contradiction. ) assume that there exists mnmh : , 0h , for some n se m. consider the following : mnmm h , where  is the natural p rojective map p ing, then ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 )(mendho r   and 0 . since n  ker and n se m, thus ker se m. since (for any p rime submodule p of m , pn  (0)). but this is contradiction. 1.6 proposi tion: let m be an r-module and let r = r/j, mannj r , then m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module if and only if m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r -module. proof : since ),( mnmhom r = ),( mnmhom r for all n  m, by [6, p .51] the result follows easily. recall that an injective r-module e( m) is called an injective hull ( injective envelope ) of an r-module m if, there exists a monomorp hism f : m  e(m) such that imf e e(m) [6, p .142]. and recall that a quasi-injective r-module m is called a quasi-injective hull (quasi-injective envelope) of an r-module m if, there exists a monomorp hism g: m  m such that img e m [11]. to p rove the next result, we state and p rove the following lemma: 1.7 lemma: let m be an r-module and let a  m, b  m. if a se b se m then a se m. proof : let p be a nonzero p rime submodule in m, then 0  p  b is p rime in b and to show this: let x b , r r. if rx  p  b, then rx  p and rx  b. now rx  p imp lies either x p or r [ p:m], since p is p rime in m. if x p, then x  p  b. and if r  [ p : m], then rm p, but rb  rm  p, then rb  p and also rb  b, hence rb  p  b. thus r [ p  b:b], so that p  b is p rime in b. it follows that a  (p  b)  0 and hence a  p  0. therefore a se m. 1.8 proposi tion: let m be an r-module. if m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof : let )(mendf r  , f  0. to p rove that kerf se m. since m is quasiinjective r-module, then there exists g : m  m , g  0 such that g o i = i o f ( where i is the inclusion mapp ing ). i f i m m g m m ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 but m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, so kerg se m , but kerf  kerg, then kerf  se m, and since m e m ; that is m se m , then by (lemma 1.7) kerf se m which imp lies kerg se m which is a contradiction. thus m is a strongly essentially quasidedekind r-module. the following results follow directly by (prop . 1.8). 1.9 corollary: let m be a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind and quasi-injective r-module. if n se m then n is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. 1.10 corollary: let m be an r-module. if e(m) is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module then m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module . the converse of (coro. 1.10) is not true in general, as the following examp le shows: 1.11 example: it is well known that z2 as z-module is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind. but e(z2) = z2 ∞ is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module . 1.12 remark: let m be an r-module. if n  m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module then it is not necessarily that m/n is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, consider the following examp le: 1.13 exam ple: let m = z as z-module, and let n = 4z  z = m. it is clear that n se m and m is st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind and quasi-injective as z-module, so by (coro.1.9) n is st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module, but m/n = z/4z  z4 is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module ( see, rem.and.ex(1.2)(4)) . recall that a nonzero r-module m is called comp ressible if, m embedded in each of its nonzero submodules [2]. 1.14 proposi tion: let m be a multiplication r-module, n ≨ m. if n is a p rime r-submodule of m, then m/n is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof: since n is a p rime submodule of m, so by [12, coro. 4.18, ch.1] m/n is a compressible r-module, thus by [7,prop 2.6, p .30] m/n is a quasi-dedekind r-module. therefore by (rem.and.ex(1.2)(2)) m/n is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 to p rove our next result, we need the following lemma: 1.15 lemma: let m, n be an r-modules, let f : m  n be a monomorp hism. let k  m, a  n, then: (1) k se m imp lies f (k) se n. (2) a se n imp lies )( 1 af  se m, if f is an epimorp hism and kerf  p, where p is any p rime submodule of m. proof : (1) sup p ose that there exists a nonzero prime submodule w of n such that f(k)  w = 0. but k = ))((1 kff  , since f is a monomorphism. hence k  )(1 wf  = ))(( 1 kff   )(1 wf  = ))((1 wkff  = )0(1f = kerf = {0}. but )(1 wf  is a nonzero p rime submodule of m, so k ≰se m which is a contradiction. (2) the proof is similarly. 1.16 proposi tion: let m  n. then m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module if and only if n is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof :  ) let  : m  n be an isomorphism. sup p ose that m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. let fendr(n), f  0 . to p rove that kerf ≰se n, consider the following: m  n  f n  1  m, let h= -1 o f o endr(m), h  0 since h(m) =  -1 ∘ f ∘ (m)   -1 (f(n) )   -1 (n)  0 .then kerh ≰se m, since m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. we claim that kerf = {yn: -1 (y)  kerh}. to p rove our assertion. let y kerf , then f(y) = 0. h( -1 (y))=  -1 ∘ f∘ ( -1 (y))= -1 ∘ f (y)= -1 (0)=0. thus for each y kerf, then  -1 (y)  kerh and hence  -1 (kerf) kerh ≰se m this imp lies  -1 (kerf) ≰se m, so by (lemma.(1.16)(2)) kerf ≰se n. therefore n is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. ) the proof of the converse is similarly . 1.17 the orem: let m be an r-module such that m/v is p rojective r-module, for all v se m. if m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then m/n is a st rongly essentially quasidedekind r-module for all n m. provided n se m. proof: to p rove that m/n is st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind, we must p rove that ),( n m nu nm hom = 0 for all u/n se m/n. by 3 rd isomorphism theorem u m n u n m  , so its enough to show that hom( m/u, m/n)= 0. let f  hom( m/u, m/n ), f  0 .hence there exists g : m/u  m such that  og = f, since m/u is p rojective. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 so g  0, thus 0),( mumhom . u se m, because nu  . thus m is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, so we get a contradiction .thus m/n must be a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. to p rove the next theorem we need the following lemma: 1.18 lemma: let m1, m2 be r-modules. if a se m1, b se m2 then ba  se 21 mm  . proof : let p be p rime in 21 mm  , then by [5] p = 21 pp  , such that either p1, p2 p rime in m1 , m2 resp ectively , so 0)()()()( 2121  pbpappba . or , p = 21 mp  , then 0)()()()( 12121  bpambpampba . or , p = 21 pm  , then 0)()()()( 22121  pbapbmapmba . 1.19 the orem: a direct summand of a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof : let 21 mmm  . to p rove m1 is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. let 0),( 1  fmendf r , we have the following diagram: 211121 mmmmmm if   r i f end (m)o o .if 1i f (m) i f ( m )  o o o 0)())(( 11  mfmfi ,then ker(i f )o o ≰sem. ker(i f )o o ={m1+m2: }0),( 21 mmiofo ={m1+m2: 1i f (m ) 0}o ={m1+m2: }0)( 1 mf = 2 mkerf  ≰se 21 mm  . but m2 se m2, so kerf ≰se 1m , by (lemma 1.18). the converse of ( theorem 1.19) is not true in general ,consider the following examp le: 1.20 example: we know that each of z, z6 as z-module is st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind. but 6z z is not st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind as z-module, since 6z z is not essentially quasi-dedekind. m u m n m 0 g  f ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 recall that a nonzero submodule n of an r-module m is called quasi-invertible if hom(mn,m ) = 0, [7]. 1.21 proposi tion: if m be a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. then nannmann rr  for all n se m. proof : sup p ose that m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then 0),( mnmhom for all n se m, hence n is a quasi-invertible submodule of m, for all n se m . thus by [7, prop .1.4] nannmann rr  for all n se m. to p rove the following p rop osition, we need to p rove the following lemma: 1.22 lemma: let m be a faithful multip lication r-module. then n se m if and only if [n :m] se r. proof :  ) if n se m. let p be any nonzero prime ideal in r. then by [3, lemma 2.10] pm is a nonzero p rime submodul in m, hence n  pm  0; that is [(n:m)m ]  pm  0, and since m is a faithful multiplication r-module, [ (n:m)  p] m  0, by [3]. thus [n:m]  p  0, so [n:m] se r . ) if [n :m] se r .let p be any nonzero p rime submodule in m, then by [3, prop .2.8,ch1] [p:m] is p rime ideal in r, and since [n :m] se r, we have [n:m]  [p:m]  0 which imp lies ( [n:m]  [p:m])m  0, so t hat by [3] [n:m]m  [p:m] m  0, thus n  p  0; that is n se m. 1.23 proposi tion: let m be a faithful multiplication r-module. if m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then r is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. proof : let f : r  r , f  0. for any rr, f (r) = r f(1) = ra , where a = f(1). define g: m  m by g(m) = am for each mm. g is well-defined and g  0 , hence kerg ≰se m. but kerg = [kerg:m]m, since m is a multiplication r-module. however we can show that [kerg:m] = kerf as the following: let r [kerg:m] imp lies rm kerg, so g(rm) = 0, hence arm = 0; that is ar annrm = 0, thus f(r) = ar = 0, hence r kerf. now, let rkerf, then ar = f(r) = 0, so arm = 0; that is g(rm) = 0, thus rm kerg and hence r [kerg:m]. therefore [kerg:m] = kerf. but kerg ≰se m, imp lies by (lemma (1.22)) [ kerg:m ] ≰ se r, thus kerf ≰se r and hence r is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. recall that an r-module m is called scalar if for each f  endr(m) , there exists rr such that f(a) = ar for all am [10, p .8]. 1.24 proposi tion: let m be a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module. if r is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then m is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 proof : since m is a finitely generated multiplication r-module, then by [9,th.2.3] m is a scalar r-module, so for each f endr(m), there exists rr such that f(m) = rm, for all mm. define g : r  r by g(a) = ra, for all ar , kerg ≰se r, since r is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. but kerf = [kerf: m] m, also by the same argument of the proof of (prop .1.23), we get kerg = [kerf: m], but kerg ≰se r, so [kerf:m] ≰se r which imp lies kerf ≰se m, by (lemma 1.22). thus m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. by combining (prop 1.23) and (prop 1.24) , we get t he following result: 1.25 corollary: let m be a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module.m is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module if and only if r is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module. we end this p aper with t he following corollary : 1.26 corollary: let m be a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module. if r is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind r-module, then endr(m) is a st rongly essentially quasi-dedekind ring . proof : since m is a finitely generated multiplication r-module , then by [9,i.2.3] m is a scalar r-module. then by [8, lemma 6.2, ch.3] endr(m)  r/annrm  r, but r is a strongly essentially quasi-dedekind ring ,thus by prop .1.16 endr(m) is a st rongly essentially quasidedekind ring. re ferences 1. al-daban,n.k.(2005)semi-essential submodules and semi-uniform m odules, m .sc.thesis, college of education, university of tikret. 2. desale, g.and nicholson, w.k. (1981) endop rimitive rings, j.algebra, 70: 548-560. 3. el-bast, z.a.and smith p.f., (1988), m ultip lication m odules, comm. in algebra, 16: 755 – 779. 4. ghawi, i.y. (2010), some generalizations of quasi-dedekind m odules, m .sc. thesis, college of education ibn l-haitham,university of baghdad. 5. hadi, i.m -a. (2003), piecewise noetherian m odules, ph.d.thesis, college of education ibn al-haitham,university of baghdad. 6. kasch, f. (1982), m odules and rings, academic press, london. 7. m ijbass, a.s. (1997), quasi-dedekind m odules, ph.d.thesis, college of science, university of baghdad. 8. m ohamed–ali, e.a. (2006), on ikeda-nakayama m odules, ph.d.thesis, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. 9. naoum,a.g. (1990), on the ring of endomorp hisms of a finitely generated m ultip lication m odules, periodica m ath, hungarica, 21(3):249 – 255. 10. shihab b.n. (2004), scalar reflexive m odules, ph.d.thesis, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. 11. zelmanowitz, j.m . (1986), representation of rings with faithful poly form m odules, comm. in algebra,.14 (6):1141 – 1169. ،رسـالة ماجـستیر، حول المودیـوالت الجزئیـة األولیـة والمودیـوالت الجزئیـة شـبھ االولیـة،)1996 (،یمان علي عذابإ .12 .جامعة بغداد، كلیة العلوم ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 بقوة دیدیكاندیة الواسعة-المقاسات شبھ ثائر یونس غاوي، هاديإنعام محمد علي جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -لیة التربیةك ،قسم الریاضیات جامعة القادسیة،كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات 2011تموز 13: ، قبل البحث في 2011 نیسان 5: استلم البحث في الخالصة واسـعة دیدیكاندیـة ال-ّفـي هـذا البحـث قـدمنا ودرسـنا مفهـوم المقاسـات شـبه . عنـصر محایـد ا حلقة أبدالیـة ذrلتكن دیدیكانـدي واسـع بقـوة إذا -ًمقاسـا شـبهr علـى mّ یـسمى المقـاس اذ ، دیدیكاندیـة الواسـعة-بقوة كأعمـام إلـى المقاسـات شـبه ),(0كـان mnmhom لكـل مقـاس جزئـي شـبه واسـع n فـيm . یطلـق علـى مقـاس جزئـيn مـن مقـاس mعلـىr 0 شــبه واسـع إذا كــان pn لكــل مقــاس جزئــي أولــي غیـر صــفري p فــي m . علــى شــرط انm لهــا . صفریةمقاسات أولیة غیر وة، المقاسـات الجزئیـة شـبھ ة المقاسـات شـبھ الدیدكاندیـھ الواسـعة، المقاسـات شـبھ الدیدكاندیـ:الكلمات المفتاحیة الواسـعة بـق .الواسعة، المقاسات الجدائیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics | 192 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 quasi-fully cancellation fuzzy modules hatem yahya khalaf department of mathematics/ college of education(ibn-al-haitham), university of baghdad hadi ghali rashed al-rusafa the first education/ ministry of education received in 5/december /2016 accepted in: 28/decmber/2016 abstract in this paper it was presented the idea quasi-fully cancellation fuzzy modules and we will denote it by q-fcf(m), condition universalistic idea quasi-fully cancellation modules it .has been circulated to this idea quasi-max fully cancellation fuzzy modules and we will denote it by q-mfcf(m). lot of results and properties have been studied in this research. key word : q-fcf(m), q-mfcf(m), direct sum q-fcf(m). mathematics | 193 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction let r be a commutative ring with identity . let x be a fuzzy module of an r-module m and we will denote it by (x be f(m)) . x is called q-fcf(m) , if for every fuzzy ideal i of r and two every fuzzy submodules a and b of x , if ia=ib , then a+(fanni)=b+(f-anni) where f-anni is a fuzzy submodule of x and define by f-anni ={xt x: ixt=01} see definition (1.1) . and x is called q-mfcf(m) if for every maximal fuzzy ideal of r and for every two fuzzy submodules a and b of x such that ia=ib implies that a+(f-annxi)=b+(f-annxi) see (2.1). clearly, every q-fcf(m) is q-mfcf(m) see (remark(2.3)(1)) and every fully cancellation fuzzy module is q-fcf(m). see (remark(1.3)(1)) but the convers is not true ingenarl see (remark(1.6)) and , if x is multiplication and naturally cancellation fuzzy module or (fuzzy principle ideal ) , then x is q-fcf(m). see proposition (1.4) and proposition (1.5 ). in this chapter , we will study in details the concept of q-fcf(m).this chapter consists of three parts. in part one we give some basic propositions of q-mfcf(m). it turns out that a fuzzy module x is quasi-fully cancellation (quasi-max fully cancellation) if and only if i ik, then h k+(f-annxi), where h and k are fuzzy submodules of x and i be a fuzzy ideal (fuzzy maximal ideal) of r. equivalently , i(ht) il, then ht l+(f-annxi), where ht x if and only if (ih:i)=h+(f-annxi) where l is a fuzzy submodule . and ht is a fuzzy singleton of r, see proposition (1.7) and proposition (2.9).and fully cancellation fuzzy module is equivalent quasi-fully cancellation in the class x is torsion free fuzzy module over a fuzzy integral domain r see proposition (1.4) . part two is devoted to study the relation between max-fully cancellation fuzzy module and q-mfcf(m) but the convers is not true see remark (2.7) and example (2.8) . part three is study the concepts the direct sum of q-fcf(m) which is mentioned in chapter one section five. and naturally cancellation fuzzy module x is equivalent to quasi-fully cancellation if x is multiplication fuzzy module. § 1. quasi-fully cancellation fuzzy modules in this part we give the concept of q-fcf(m) this concept is generalization of concept quasi-fully cancellation modules[1], and we give a some basic results and properties of this concept. also, relationships between the class of q-fcf(m)and other types of modules are established . " recall that an r-module m is called quasi-fully cancellation produle. if for every ideal i of r and for every two submodules a,b of m. such that ia=ib implies a+annmi=b+annmi (where annmi={m m, im=0}.[1] " here ,we introduce the principle definition of our work. definition 1.1: let x bef(m). x is called q-fcf(m) for every fuzzy ideal i of r and for every fuzzy submodules a and b of x , if ia=ib, then a+f-annxi=b+f-annxi where f-anni is a fuzzy submodule of x. and definition by {xt x: i.xt=01}. t (0,1]. proposition 1.2: let x bef(m). such that (f-annx)t =f-annxt . then x is a q-fcf(m)if and only if xt is a quasi-fully cancellation module, t (0,1]. mathematics | 194 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 proof: let x bef(m). let n and k be two submodules of m, and let j be an ideal of r. such that jn=jk. now, define: a:m [0,1] , b: [0,1] by a(x)={ t (0,1] b(x)={ t (0,1] and define : i:r [0,1] by i(x)={ t (0,1] it is clear that a and b are fuzzy submodules of x and i be a fuzzy ideal of r. also , at=n, bt=k and it=j ; t (0,1] , jn=jk, then itat= itbt therefore (ia)t=(ib)t t (0,1] . thus ia=ib. butx is a q-fcf(m). then we get a+f-annxi =b+f-annxi hence (a+f-annxi)t=(b+f-annxi)t. t (0,1] but (f-annxi)t =fannmit t (0,1] see[5,proposition.(2.2)] so, at+f-annit=bt+f-annit. therefore n+f-annj=k+f-annj. thus xt is quasi-fully cancellation module. another side, let a,b be two fuzzy submodules of x and let i be a fuzzy ideal of r. such that ia=ib. to prove a+f-anni=b+f-anni. now, since ia=ib, then (ia)t=(ib)t t (0,1], so , itat= itbt but xt is a quasi-fully cancellation module. then at+f-annit=bt+f-annit. but (f-anni)t=f-sannit t (0,1] which implies at+(f-anni)t=bt+(f-anni)t. so (a+f-annxi)t=(b+f-annxi)t. , by [2 , remark (1.1.7)]. thus a+f-annxi=b+f-annxi. therefore x is q-fcf(m). remarks and examples 1.3: (1) every fully cancellation fuzzy module is q-fcf(m). but the converse is not true ingeneral by the following example: let m=z4 is a z-module . letx : m [0,1] define by x(x)={ let a: ( ̅ [0,1] define by a(x)={ ̅ t (0,1] let b: z4 [0,1] define by b(x)={ t (0,1] define i: ( [0,1] define by i(x)={ t (0,1] it is clear that a and b are fuzzy submodules of x and i is a fuzzy ideal of r mathematics | 195 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 m=z4=xt is not fully cancellation module by [3, remark and examples (2.3)(2)]. since ( ( ̅ = ( z4=0, but ( ̅ ≠z4. implies that x is not fully cancellation fuzzy module by [4, proposition (1.2,2)]. hence it=( , at=( ̅ and bt=z4 . so itat= itbt (since ( ( ̅ =( z4= ̅ also, annit=ann ( =z4 then at+annit=( ̅ +z4=z4 also , bt+annit=z4+z4=z4 then xt=m is quasi-fully cancellation module. and by proposition (1.2) . x is q-fcf(m). (2) any fuzzy module of a z-module z is q-fcf(m). proof: by[4, remark and examples (1.2.3)(1)] we get x is fully cancellation fuzzy module. and by (1) we interduce x is q-fcf(m). (3) every fuzzy submodule of q-fcf(m) is quasi-fully cancellation. proof: let x be a q-fcf(m) of an r-module m. let n,k be two submodules of m and j be an ideal of r. let c be a fuzzy submodule of x . to prove c is q-fcf(m). define: c: m [0,1] by c(x)={ define a: n [0,1] by a(x)={ t (0,1] define b: [0,1] by b(x)={ t (0,1] define i: j [0,1] by i(x)={ t (0,1] it is clear that a,b are fuzzy submodules of c and i is a fuzzy ideal of r. also, it=j , at=n , bt=k , ct=m. since x is q-fcf(m). then xt is quasi-fully cancellation module.by proposition (1.2). since c is a fuzzy submodule of x. then ct is a submodule of xt and by [ 3 , remark and examples (2.2)], we get ct is quasi-fully cancellation module. therefore c is q-fcf(m). by proposition(1.2) mathematics | 196 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 (4) let x1and x2 be two fuzzy modules of an r-module m1, m2 respectivly such that m1 m2.then x1 is q-fcf(m)if and only if x2 is q-fcf(m). proof: ( ) let x1: m1 [0,1] define by x1(x)={ let x2: m2 [0,1] define by x2(x)={ it is clear that x1 and x2 are fuzzy modules of m1 and m2 respectively . since (x1)t=m1 , (x2)t=m2 and m1 m2 , t (0,1] , then m2 is quasi-fully cancellation module by [ 3 ,remark and examples (2.2). (5)] then x2 is q-fcf(m) by proposition (1.2). conversely: it is clear. proposition 1.4: let x be a multiplication and naturally cancellation fuzzy module of an r-module m then x is q-fcf(m). proof: since x is multiplication and naturally cancellation fuzzy module, then by[4, theorem (1.4.3)]. we obtian x is fully cancellation fuzzy module and by remark and examples( ( 1.3 ) (1)). x is q-fcf(m). proposition 1.5: let x be a fuzzy torsion free module over a fuzzy integral domain r. if x is quasi-fully cancellation modules, then x is fully cancellation. proof: let x be a fuzzy torsion free module and r be a fuzzy integral domain. suppose that ia=ib where a,b are two fuzzy submodules of x and i be a fuzzy ideal of r. since x is quasi-fully cancellation, then a+(f-annxi)=b+(f-annxi). now, let xt f-annxi, then ixt=01 t (0,1] and hence xt=01 for each fuzzy singleton of i, (0,1]. ≠01 (since r is integral domain). then i≠01. therefore xt=01 (since x is a fuzzy torsion free). then f-annxi=01.thus a=b and hence x is a fully cancellation fuzzy module. mathematics | 197 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 proposition 1.6: let x be f(m) and let r be a fuzzy principle ideal ring . then x is a quasi-fully cancellation module. proof: let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of x. let i be a fuzzy ideal of a fuzzy principle ideal ring r. suppose that ia=ib. we show that a+(f-annxi)=b+(f-annxi) since r is a fuzzy principle ideal ring, then i=( ), where be a fuzzy singleton of r, (0,1]. then ( ) a=( ) b and hence .at= .bs where at a and bs b (0,1]. now, .at .bs=01 then (ra-rb) =0 ≤ 01 where =min{ ,t ,s}. therefore (a-b) =01,and hence (at-bs)=01 .thus at-bs f-annxi. but at=bs+ at-bs b+(f-annxi) . then a b+(f-annxi) hence a+(f-annxi) b+(f-annxi) similarly: b+(f-annxi) a+(f-annxi) thus a+(f-annxi)= b+(f-annxi) and hence x is q-fcf(m). remark 1.7: the converse of remark and examples( (1.3)(1)) is not true in general by the following example: let m=zp∞ and r=z define by x:m [0,1] such that x(x) ={ it is clear that t (0,1], xt=m and m is not fully cancellation module [3, examples (2.5)(2)]. thus x is not fully cancellation fuzzy module by proposition ( 1.2) . proposition 1.8: let x be f(m) and let h,k and l are fuzzy submodules of x. let i be a fuzzy ideal of r. then the following statements are equivalent: 1x is a q-fcf(m). mathematics | 198 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 2if ih ik, then h k+(f-annxi). 3i(ht) il, then ht l+(f-annxi), where ht x. (0,1]. 4(ih:xi)=h+(f-annxi). proof: (1) (2) let x be a q-fcf(m) and let ih ik. then ik ih+ik=i(h+k) by [5,proposition (2.6)] . hence k+(f-annxi)=(h+k)+(f-annxi) (since x is q-fcf(m)). therefore h k+(f-annxi). (2) (3) let i(ht) il, where ht h and by (2) we have (ht) l+(f-annxi). thus ht l+(f-annxi). (3) (4) let xt (ih:xi) , (0,1], then ixt ih and by (3) xt h+(f-annxi). therefore (ih:xi) h+(f-annxi). conversely, let h+(f-annxi), (0,1]. then =ht+ms , where ht h and ms (f-annxi), (0,1]. thus i =iht +ims . but ims=01 therefore i =iht ih . then (ih:xi). thus h+(f-annxi) (ih:xi). and hence (ih:xi)= h+(f-annxi). (4) (1) let ih=ik we want to prove x is q-fcf(m). i.e to prove h+(f-annxi)=k+(f-annxi) k (ih:xi) and by (4) we get (ih:xi) = h+(f-annxi) . hence k h+(f-annxi). therefore k+(f-annxi) h+(f-annxi). similarly: h (ik:xi) and by (4), we obtain(ik:xi)= k+(f-annxi), then h k+(f-annxi). therefore h+(f-annxi)=k+(f-annxi). thus x is q-fcf(m). proposition 1.9: let x be f(m).then x is q-fcf(m) if and only if ((a+(f-annxi):b)=(ia:rib) where i be a fuzzy ideal of r and a,b are two fuzzy submodules of x. proof: ( ) let xt ((a+(f-annxi):b) , (0,1]. mathematics | 199 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 then xtb (f-annxi) and hence xt bs a+(f-annxi) for and bs b, (0,1]. thus xtib ia . then xt (ia:rib). therefore ((a+(f-annxi):b) (ia:rib). now, let xt (ia:rib), then xtib ia and by proposition (1.7),we get xtb a+(f-annxi) and hence xt ((a+(f-annxi):b). thus (ia:rib) ((a+(f-annxi):b). therefore ((a+(f-annxi):b)=(ia:rib). on the other side: suppose ib ia, where i be a fuzzy ideal of r and a,b are two fuzzy submodules of x. then (ia:rib)=r. but ((a+(f-annxi):b)=(ia:rib) . then ((a+(f-annxi):b)=r, it follows that b a+(f-anni). thus x is q-fcf(m). § 2. quasi-max fully cancellation fuzzy modules as we have mentioned in section one, that every fully cancellation fuzzy module is qfcf(m) and the converse is not to be true in general. in this section, we introduce the concept of q-mfcf(m) and to show that every max-fully cancellation fuzzy module is q-fcf(m) but the converse is not true . morevore , we prove that in the class of faithful fuzzy module , the two concepts max-fully cancellation fuzzy module and q-mfcf(m) are equivalent. " recall that an r-module m is called quasi-max fully cancellation module if for every maximal ideal i of r and for every two submodules n and k of m such that in=ik implies n+annmi=k+annmi [6]." we shall fuzzify this concepts as follows: definition 2.1 : let x be f(m). x is called q-mfcf(m) if for every maximal fuzzy ideal of r and for every two fuzzy submodules a and b of x such that ia=ib implies that a+(f-annxi)=b+(fannxi). next , we have the following proposition. proposition 2.2: let x be f(m) and let i be a maximal fuzzy ideal of r. such that (f-anni)t=f-annit , then x is a q-mfcf(m) if and only if xt is a quasi-max fully cancellation module t (0,1]. proof: it is similar of proof of proposition (1.2) only we take i maximal fuzzy ideal. mathematics | 200 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 remarks and examples 2.3: (1) every q-fcf(m) is a q-mfcf(m). proof: it is clear. (2) a fuzzy module x of an z6-module z6 is q-mfcf(m). proof: let m=z6 and x :m [0,1] such that x(x) ={ define: i:( ̅ [0,1] by i(r) ={ ̅ , t (0,1]. define: a:( ̅ [0,1] by a(x) ={ ̅ define: b:z6 [0,1] by b(x) ={ it is clear that at=( ̅ , bt=z6 and it=( ̅ is a maximal ideal and xt=m, t (0,1]. now, itat=( ̅ ̅ = ( ̅ =itbt=( ̅ similarly if at=(0), bt=( ̅ since itat=( ̅ ̅ = ( ̅ ̅ =itbt=( ̅ where (0), ̅̅ ̅ ̅ are submodules of m=z6 then we obtain ̅ +annm ̅ = ̅ +annm ̅ = ̅ thus m is q-mfc(m).therefore x is q-mfcf(m). by proposition (2.2). (3) the fuzzy module x of an z4-module z4 is a q-fcf(m). proof: by remark and examples ((1.3)(2)) . we have z4 is quasi max fully cancellation module and by proposition (2.2) we get the result. (4) let x1 and x2 be a fuzzy modules of an r-module m1,m2 respectively . if m1 is a q-mfc(m)and m1 m2 , then x1 is a q-mfcf(m) if and only if x2 is a q-mfcf(m). proof: ( ) let x1 :m1 [0,1] define by x1(x) ={ let x2 :m2 [0,1] define by x2(x) ={ clear that (x1)t=m1 ,is a quasi-max fully cancellation module, then x1 is a q-mfcf(m) by proposition (2.7). but m1 m2 , then m1 is a quasi-max fully cancellation module by [6, remark and examples (1.3)(4)] therefore x2 is a q-mfcf(m). mathematics | 201 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 conversely: it is clear. (5) let x be f(m).and let c be a fuzzy submodule of x, then c is q-mfcf(m). proof: the prove is similar of remarks and examples (1.3)(4) ) only we take the ideal of a ring r in maximal fuzzy ideal. the following lemmas are needed to prove next proposition. lemma 2.4: let x be f(m) and let a,b and c are fuzzy submodules of x such that c b.then c+(b a)=(c+a) b. proof: first to show that c+(b a) , (since c b and b a b) then c+(b a) b by [2]. further c c+a , b a c+a. thus c+(b a) c+a therefore c+(b a) b (c+a). conversely: to show that c+ (b a) let bt t (0,1]. then bt= + for some fuzzy singletons c, a (0,1]. hence bt=(c+a)t where t=min{ }. then b=c+a by[7, definition (1.1.3)(3)]. hence a=b-c and =bt thus b (since bt b and c b ) hence b a and so bt= + c+ (b a). therefore c+(b a)=(c+a) b. lemma 2.5: let a be a fuzzy submodule of a fuzzy module x of an r-module m, let i be any fuzzy ideal of r, then f-annai=f-annxi a. proof: since f-annai is a fuzzy submodule of a fuzzy submodule a. then f-annxi is a fuzzy submodule of x . and f-annxi a f-annai conversely: to show that f-annai f-annxi a? mathematics | 202 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 let xt f-annai , where xt a , t (0,1]. then xti=01 01=01 a = xti a=f-annai a but xt a x xt x. thus f-annxi a=01= xti= f-annai now, we have the following proposition. proposition 2.6: let a be a fuzzy submodule of a q-mfcf(m) x, then a is a q-mfcf(m). proof: let b,c are two fuzzy submodules of a fuzzy submodule a and let i be a maximal fuzzy ideal of r. such that ib=ic, then b,c are fuzzy submodules of x. since x is a q-mfcf(m) then b+(f-annxi)=c+(f-annxi). but f-annai=f-annxi a by lemma (2.5). hence b+ f-annai=b+((f-annxi) a) =(b+(f-annxi)) a by lemma (2.4). =(c+(f-annxi)) a =c+((f-annxi) a) by lemma (2.4) =c+( f-annai) by lemma (2.5) thus a is a q-mfcf(m). remark 2.7: every max-fully cancellation fuzzy module is q-mfcf(m). proof: it is clear . the converse of remark ( 2.7) is not true in general for example: let m=z6, r=z6 let x :m [0,1] define by x(x) ={ xt=m t (0,1], then x is a q-mfcf(m) by remark((1.3)(1)) and it is not max-fully cancellation fuzzy module since let i:( ̅ [0,1] define by i(r) ={ ̅ , t (0,1]. and a:( ̅ [0,1] define by a(x) ={ ̅ mathematics | 203 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 also, b:( ̅ [0,1] define by b(x) ={ ̅ , t (0,1]. it is clear that a,b are fuzzy suodules of x and i is a fuzzy ideal of r. ia=ib itat=itbt. ( ̅ ( ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ , but ( ̅ ( ̅ then at≠bt a≠b. thus x is not max-fully cancellation fuzzy module. the convers of remark (2.7) is true under the following conditions. proposition 2.8: let x be f(m) and let f-annxi=01 be (f-faithful) for every non-empty fuzzy ideal i of r. then every q-mfcf(m) is max-fully cancellation fuzzy module. proof: let i be a maximal fuzzy ideal of r. and let a,b be two fuzzy submodules of x such that ia=ib since x is q-mfcf(m) , then a+(f-annxi)=b+(f-annxi). but (f-annxi)=01. thus a=b then x is max-fully cancellation fuzzy module. the following is characterization of q-mfcf(m). theorem 2.9: let x be f(m), let a,b be two fuzzy submodules of x and let i be a maximal fuzzy ideal of r. then the following statements are equivalent : (1) x is a q-mfcf(m). (2) if ia ib , then a b+(f-annxi). (3) if i(xt) ib, then xt b+(f-annxi).where xt x. (4) (ia:xi)= b+(f-annxi). proof: compare this proof with the proof of proposition (1.7). the next result gives another characterization for q-mfcf(m). proposition 2.10: let x be f(m).then for any maximal fuzzy ideal i of r the following statements are equivalent: (1) x is q-mfcf(m). (2) for every fuzzy submodules a,b of x then ((a+(f-annxi)):b)=(ia:ib). mathematics | 204 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 proof: it is similar proof of proposition (1.8). §3. the direct sum of quasi-fully cancellation fuzzy modules and its generalization in this part we study the direct sum of two q-fcf(m) and we prove some results about it. also, we study its generalizations . first, we give the following lemma, which is needed in the next our proposition. lemma 3.1: let x be f(m) , m=m1 m2 where m1, m2 are submodules of m, if x=a1 a2, where a1, a2 are fuzzy submodules of x , then f-annxi=f-anna1i f-anna2i where i is a fuzzy ideal of r. proof: we must prove that f-annxi f-anna1i f-anna2i let xt f-annxi, then ixt=01 and xt x, t since xt x x xt=m= m1 m2. then x=x1+x2 for some x1 m1, x2 m2 define i: j [0,1] by i(x) ={ , t (0,1]. be a fuzzy ideal of r. it is clear tat it=j then j.x=j(x1+x2)=0 (since + on m is a direct sum) it follows that:jx1=jx2=0. (jx1)t=(jx2)t=0t ≤ 01 t (0,1]. it(x1)t=it(x2)t=0t (since j=it). i(x1)t=i(x2)t=0t. thus (x1)t f-anna1i and (x2)t f-anna2i. . therefore xt=(x1)t+(x2)t f-anna1i f-anna2i . conversely: let xt f-anna1i f-anna2i then xt ((x1 ,(x2)s) where (x1 f-anna1i and (x2)s f-anna2i (0,1]. thus i(x1 =01 and i(x2)s=01. therefore i(x1 + i(x2)s=01, and hence i((x1 + (x2)s)=01 then [j(x1+x2) = ≤ 01 where =min {t,s, } implies, j(x1+x2)=0 therefore jx=0 and hence i(xt)=01 mathematics | 205 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 hence xt f-annxi .therefore f-annxi= f-anna1i f-anna2i proposition 3.2: let x be f(m) and let x= a1 a2, where a1 and a2 be two fuzzy submodules of x. such that f-anna1i f-anna2i= r where r(x)=1; x r. then a1 and a2 are q-fcf(m). proof: ( ) let i be a non-empty fuzzy ideal of r and let a and b are fuzzy submodules of x. suppose that ia=ib we show that a+(f-annxi)=b+(f-annxi) since (f-anna1)+ (f-anna2)= r , then by [4,lemma (1.5.5)] we get , a= a1 a2 and b= b1 b2 for some fuzzy submodules a1 , a2 of a and for some fuzzy submodules b1, b2 of b. now, i( a1 a2) =i( b1 b2) . hence (ia1 , ia2)=(ib1 , ib2). [ 7 , proposition (3.2.4)] which implies that , ia1=ib1 and ia2=ib2 but a1 and a2 are q-fcf(m). thus a1+(f-anna1i)=b1+(f-anna1i) and a2+(f-anna2i)=b2+(f-anna2i) it follows that , a1+a2+(f-anna1i)+(f-anna2i)= b1+b2+(f-anna1i)+(fanna2i) then we have : a+(f-annxi)=b+(f-annxi) therefore x is q-fcf(m). ( ) it is clear by used remarks and examples ((1.3) (4)). we end this section by the following result. proposition 3.3: let x be f(m) and let x= a1 a2 where a1 and a2 are two fuzzy submodules of x, such that f-anna1+ f-anna2= r where r(x)=1, x r. then a1 and a2 are q-mfcf(m)if and only if x is q-mfcf(m). proof: first side, let a and b be two fuzzy submodules of x and let i be a maximal fuzzy ideal of r. since f-anna1+f-anna2= r, where r(x)=1, x r.then by[4, lemma (1.5.5)] we get , a= a1 a2 and b= b1 b2, and by similar procedure as in the proposition ( 3.2 ) . the required result can be obtained . another side, it is clear by remarks and examples( (2.3)(5)). mathematics | 206 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 references 1. inaam,m.a.hadi, alaa,a.elewi (2014)"quasi-fully cancellation module" iraqi journal of science (2014), vol55,no.3a pp(1080-1085). 2. gada, a.a., (2000),"fuzzy spectrum of a modules over commutative ring",m.sc.thesis , university of baghdad . 3. inaam,m.a.hadi, alaa, a. elewi( 2014), “fully cancellation and naturally cancellation module” journal of al-nahrain university , vol. 17(3).sep, pp.178-184. 4. .hatam,y.khalaf., and hadi,g.rashed(2016),"fully and naturally cancellation fuzzy modules"international journal of applied mathematics statistical sciences (ijamss):vol.(5).pp.2319-3980. 5. inaam ,m.a.hadi, maysoun, a. hamil. (2011),”cancellation and weakly cancellation fuzzy modules” journal of basrah reserchs((sciences)) vol.37 no.4.d . 6. bothaynah,n.shihab and heba,m.a jude (2015)” max-fully cancellation modules” journal of advances in mathematics. vol.11no.7,p5462-5475 7. layla,s.m.and shrooq,b.s.(2003),"semi-primary fuzzy submodules"sc.thesis. university of baghdad. mathematics | 207 2012( عام 1) ( العدد 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 انمودٌوالت انحذف شبه انتامة انضبابٍة حاتم ٌحٍى خهف جاهعت بغداد /للعلٌم الصزفت ) ابن الييثن (كليت الخزبيت /قسن الزياضياث هادي غانً راشذ ًسارة الخزبيت /األًلىحزبيت الزصافت 6102/ االول/كانون 62قبم فً: 6102/كانون األول/5استهم فً : انخالصة q-fcf(m). ـشبابيت . ًقد حن إعطائيا الزهفي ىذا البحث حوج دراست فكزة الوٌديٌالث الحذف شبو الخاهت الض ًىي اعوام لحالت الوٌديٌالث الحذف شبو الخاهت االعخياديت ًقد حن حعوين ىذه الفكزه الى هٌديٌالث شبو الخاهت العظوى . نخائج عديدة ًخٌاص كثيزة حوج دراسخيا في بحثنا ىذا. q-mfcf(m)الضبابيت ًقد حن اعطائيا الزهش بابيت , الوٌديٌالث الحذف شبو الخاهت االعخياديت , الوٌديٌالث الوٌديٌالث الحذف شبو الخاهت الض انكهمات انمفتاحٍة: الحذف شبو الخاهت لعظوى الضبابيت . some coincidence and common fixed point theorems for two self mappings under generalized contractive condition in cone-bmetric space tamara sh. ahmed dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 17 october 2012 , accepted in : 16 april 2013 abstract in this paper, we prove some coincidence and common fixed point theorems for a pair of discontinuous weakly compatible self mappings satisfying generalized contractive condition in the setting of cone-bmetric space under assumption that the cone which is used is nonnormal. our results are generalizations of some recent results. key words: coincidence and common fixed point, pair of weakly compatible mappings, generalized contractive self mapping, cone-bmetric space, normal cone, non-normal cone. 340 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction metric fixed point theory is a branch of fixed point theory which finds its primary application in functional analysis. it is a sub-branch of the functional analytic theory in which geometric conditions on the mapping and / or underlying space play a crucial role. although it has a purely metric facet, it is also a major branch of nonlinear functional analysis with close ties to banach space geometry, [1]. historically; the basic idea of metric fixed point principle firstly appeared in explicit from banach’s thesis 1922 [2,p.5], where it was used to establish the existence of solution to an integral equation. this principle banach contraction mapping is remarkable in its simplicity contraction; it is perhaps the most widely applied fixed point theorem in all of analysis. this is because the contractive condition on the mapping is simple and easy to test because: (i) it requires only complete metric space for its setting. (ii) it provides a contractive algorithm (iterative method). (iii) it finds almost conociale applications in the theory of differential and integral equations specially the existence solution, uniqueness solution. all these properties motivate authors to study this principle and there appeared many types of contraction mapping on metric space. recently, bakhtin [3] introduced b-metric space as a generalization of metric spaces. he proved the contraction mapping principle in b-metric spaces that generalized the famous banach contraction principle in metric spaces. since then, several papers have dealt with fixed point theory or the variation principle for single-valued and multi-valued operators in b-metric spaces (as shown in [4 ]and [5]). in [6] haung and zhang introduced cone metric spaces as a generalization of metric spaces by replacing the set of real numbers by an ordered banach space and they proved some fixed point theorems for contractive mappings by using the normality of a cone in results which expanded certain results of fixed points in metric spaces, and other authors who worked in the same way like [7] and [8]. in [9], hussain and shah introduced cone b-metric spaces as a generalization of b-metric spaces and cone metric spaces and they established some topological properties in such space and improved some recent results about kkm mappings in the setting of a cone b-metric space, as well as in [10] they generalized the results of [9] and obtained some fixed point theorems of contractive mappings without the assumption of normality of the cone. in this paper, we generalized the results of [9] and [10] and prove some coincidence and common fixed point theorems for a pair of discontinuous weakly compatible self mappings satisfying generalized contractive condition by using a certain vector valued altering function satisfying some properties in the setting of cone-bmetric space where the normality of the cone is omitted, we shall call this altering function by cone-b-altering function. preliminaries consistent with haung and zhang [6], the following definitions: let e be a normed space and p be a subset of e, p is called a cone if: (i) p is closed, non empty and p ≠ {0}. (ii) ax + by ∈ p for all x, y ∈ p and non-negative real numbers a, b. (iii) p ∩ (– p) = {0}. given a cone p ⊂ e, we define a partial ordering “≤” with respect to p by x ≤ y if and only if y – x ∈ p, we write x < y to indicate that x ≤ y but x ≠ y, while x ≪ y stand for y – x ∈ int(p), where int(p) is the interior of p. 341 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 the cone p is called normal if there is a number k > 0 such that for all x, y ∈e, 0 ≤ x ≤ y implies ∥x∥ ≤ k∥y∥, the least positive number satisfying the above inequality is called the normal constant of p. example (2.1): [7] let e =cr([0,1]) with supremum norm and p ={ f∈ e :f ≥ 0 }where || f|| =sup {|f(xi)| , xi ∈[0,1] } for all f, g ∈ p , put f(x) =x , g(x) =2x , then 0≤f ≤ g , ||f|| =1 , ||g|| =2 . so ||f|| ≤||g|| and k=1 . therefore p is normal cone with normal constant k=1. remark (2.2):[7] there are cones are not normal ,the following example show that : example (2.3):[7] let e =cr2([0,1]) with the norm ||f|| =||f||∞ +||f΄||∞ and consider the cone p ={ f∈ e :f ≥ 0 } , where ||f||∞ =max {|f(x1)|, |f(x2)|,…. |f(xn)|, xi ∈[0,1] ∀i =1,2,…..,n } ||f΄||∞ =max {|f΄(x1), |f΄(x2),…., |f΄(xn)|, xi ∈[0,1] ∀i =1,2,…..,n } for each k≥1 ,put f(x)=x and g(x) =x2k . then 0≤g≤f , ||f|| =2 and ||g|| =2k+1, since k||f||<||g||, k is not a normal constant of p. therefore , p is non –normal cone . in the following we always suppose that e is a normed space , p is a cone in e with int(p)≠∅ and ≤ is a partial ordering with respect to p . definition 2.4: [6] let x be non-empty set, a mapping d: x×x → e is called a cone metric space on x if the following conditions are satisfied: (i) 0 ≤ d(x,y) for all x, y ∈ x with x ≠ y and d(x,y) = 0 if and only if x = y. (ii) d(x,y) = d(y,x) for all x, y ∈ x. (iii) d(x,y) ≤ d(x,z) + d(z,y) for all x, y, z ∈ x. then the ordered pair (x,d) is called a cone metric space. example 2.5 :[6] let e =r2 with usual norm on r2 defined by ||x|| =max{|x1|,|x2 |} for all x∈r2 , x=(x1,x2), xi∈r,i=1,2, p={(x,y) ∈ e: x,y≥0} ⊂ r2 , x=r and d:x×x→e such that :d(x,y)=(|x-y| ,α|x-y|), where α≥0 is a constsnt .then (x,d) is a cone metric space . definition 2.6: [9] let x be a non empty set and s ≥ 1 be a given real number. a mapping d: x×x → e is said to be cone b-metric if and only if, for all x, y, z ∈ x, the following conditions are satisfied: (i) 0 < d(x,y) with x ≠ y and d(x,y) = 0 if and only if x = y. (ii) d(x,y) = d(y,x). (iii) d(x,y) ≤ s[d(x,z) + d(z,y)]. the pair (x,d) is called a cone-b-metric space. example 2.7:[10] let x={1,2,3,4}, e=r2, p={(x,y)∈ e :x≥0, y≥0 }. define d:x×x→e by d(x,y) = ( ) 1 1 x y , x y if x y if x=yθ − − − − ≠       342 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 then (x,d) is a cone b-metric space with the coefficient s = 6 5 . definition (2.8): [9] let (x,d) be a cone b-metric space, x ∈ x and {xn} be a sequence in x. then (i) {xn} converge to x whenever for every c ∈ e with 0 ≪ c , there is a natural number n such that d(xn,x) ≪ c for all n > n. we denote this by n lim →∞ xn = x or xn → x (n → ∞). (ii) {xn} is cauchy sequence whenever for every c ∈ e with 0 ≪ c, there is a natural number n such that d(xn,xm) ≪ c for all n, m > n. (iii) (x,d) is a complete cone-b-metric space if every cauchy sequence is convergent. definition (2.9): [11] if y be any partially ordered set with relation “≤” and f : y → y, we say that f is nondeceasing if, x, y ∈ y, x ≤ y ⇒ f (x) ≤ f (y). definition (2.10): [11] a function f: p → p is called subadditive if for all x, y ∈ p, f (x + y) ≤ f (x) + f (y). seong-hoon cho [12] defined the ≪-increasing function by following: a function f:p → p is called ≪-increasing if for each x, y ∈ p, x ≪ y if and only if f(x) ≪ f(y). in the following we shall introduce cone-b-altering function. definition (2.11): let (x,d) be a cone-b-metric space, let f:p → p be a vector valued function, f is called a cone-b-altering function if: (i) f is non-decreasing, subadditive, ≪-increasing and surjective. (ii) if,for {tn} , ( ) 0lim n n p f t →∞ ⊂ = ↔ 0lim n nt →∞ = (iii) f(αkt) = αkf(t) for α ≥ 1, k=1,2,……. example (2.12): let f(t) = t for all t ∈ p then f is cone-b-altering function. the following lemmas which are necessary through our work in this sequel are often used in cone metric spaces in which the cone need not be normal. lemma (2.13): [8] let p be a cone and {an} be a sequence in e. if c ∈ int(p) and 0 ≤ an → 0 (as n → ∞), then there exists n such that for all n > n, we have an ≪ c. lemma (2.14): [8] let x, y,z ∈ e, if x ≪ y and y≪ z then x ≪ z. lemma (2.15): [9] let p be a cone and 0 ≤ u ≪ c for each c ∈ int(p), then u = 0. lemma (2.16): [13] let p be a cone. if u ∈ p and u ≤ ku for some 0 ≤ k < 1, then u = 0. the following definitions and proposition are necessary in this sequel. 343 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 definition (2.17): [11] let x be any non-empty set, f, g:x → x be mappings, a point w ∈ x is called point of coincidence of f and g if there is x ∈ x such that fx = gx = w. definition (2.18): [11] let x be any non-empty set, f, g:x → x be mappings, the pair (f, g) is called weakly compatible if x ∈ x, fx = gx ⇒ fgx = gfx. proposition (2.19): [11] let x be any non-empty set and f, g:x → x be mappings. if (f,g) is weakly compatible pair and have a unique point of coincidence then it is unique common fixed point of f and g. main result theorem (3.1): let (x,d) be a cone metric space with the coefficient s ≥ 1, suppose the mappings f, g:x → x satisfying for all x, y ∈ x: f[d(fx,fy)] ≤ a1f[d(gx,gy)] + a2f[d(fx,gx)] + a3f[d(fy,gy)]+ a4f[d(fx,gy)] + a5f[d(fy,gx)] …(3.1.1) where this constant ai ∈ [0,1) and a1 + a2 + a3 + s(a4 + a5) < 1, i = 1,2,3,4,5 and f be cone-baltering function. if f (x) ⊂ g(x) and f (x) is complete, then f and g have a unique point of coincidence. furthermore if the pair (f,g) is weakly compatible pair then f , g have a unique common fixed point. proof: let x0 ∈ x be arbitrary point in x. since f (x) ⊂ g(x), we can choose a point x1 in x such that f x0 = g x1, if we continue in same way we can choose xn +1 in x for xn in x such that gxn + 1 = fxn for all n ≥ 0. if x = xn + 1, y = xn in (3.1.1), we have: f[d(fxn + 1,fxn)] ≤ a1f[d(gxn + 1,gxn)] + a2f[d(fxn + 1,gxn + 1)] +a3f[d(fxn,gxn)]+a4f[d(fxn + 1,gxn)]+ a5f[d(fxn,gxn + 1)] f[d(fxn + 1, fxn)] ≤ a1f[d(fxn, fx n – 1)] + a2f[d(fxn + 1, fx n)] + a3f[d(fxn, fx n – 1)]+ a4f[d(fxn + 1, fx n – 1)] + a5f[d(fxn, fxn)] ≤ a1f[d(fxn, fx n – 1)] + a2f[d(fxn + 1, fx n)] + a3f[d(fxn, fx n – 1)]+ sa4f[d(fxn + 1, fx n)] + sa4f[d(fxn, fxn – 1)] (1 – a2 – a4) f[d(fxn + 1, fx n)] ≤ (a1 + a3 + sa4) f[d(fxn, fxn – 1)] ...(3.1.2) using symmetry of (3.1.2) in x, y we have: (1 – a3 – sa5) f[d(fxn + 1, fx n)] ≤ (a1 + a2 + sa5) f[d(fxn, fxn – 1)] ...(3.1.3) now combine (3.1.2) and (3.1.3) we have: f[d(fxn + 1, fx n)] ≤ 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2a a a s(a a ) 2 a a s(a a ) + + + + − − − + f[d(fxn, fxn – 1)] put 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2a a a s(a a ) 2 a a s(a a ) λ + + + + = − − − + , we must prove that λ < 1. since a1 + a2 + a3 + s(a4 + a5) < 1 344 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ⇒ a2 + a3 + s(a4 + a5) < 1 – a1 ⇒ – a2 – a3 – s(a4 + a5) > a1 – 1 ⇒ 2 – a2 – a3 – s(a4 + a5) > a1 + 1 ⇒ 2 3 4 5 1 1 1 2 a a s(a a ) a 1 < − − − + + ⇒ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 1 2a a a s(a a ) 2a a a s(a a ) 1 2 a a s(a a ) a 1 + + + + + + + + < < − − − + + therefore 0 ≤ λ < 1, so we have f[d(fxn + 1, fx n)] ≤ λ f[d(fxn, fxn – 1)] ≤…..≤ λn f[d(fx1, f x0)] now, for any m≥1 ,p≥1, it follows that d(fxm+p, fxm) ≤ s[d(fxm+p, fxm+p 1) + d(fxm+p 1, fxm) = sd(fxm+p, fxm+p1) + sd(fxm+p-1, fxm) ≤ s d(fxm+p, fxm+p 1)] +s2[ d(fxm+p 1, fxm+p-2) + d(fxm +p-2, fxm)] = sd(fxm+p, f xm+p-1) + s2 d(fxm+p-1, f xm+p-2)] + s2d(fxm+p-2, f xm) ≤ sd(fxm+p, f xm+p-1) + s2 d(fxm+p-1, f xm+p-2)] + s2d(fxm+p-2, f xm)+ s3 d(fxm+p-2, f xm+p-3)+....+sp-1 d(fxm+2, fxm+1)+ sp-1 d(fxm+1, fxm). but by (i) of definition (2.11)of f; f is non –decreasing and sub additive function we have : f[d(fxm+p, fxm)]]≤ f[sd(fxm+p, f xm+p-1)] +f[ s2 d(fxm+p-1, f xm+p-2)] +f[ s3 d(fxm+p-2, f xm+p3)]+....+f[sp-1 d(fxm+2, fxm+1)]+ f[sp-1 d(fxm+1, fxm)] also by (iii) of above definition we have : f[d(fxm+p, fxm)]]≤ sf[d(fxm+p, f xm+p-1)] + s2f[d(fxm+p-1, f xm+p-2)] + s3 f[d(fxm+p-2, f xm+p3)]+....+ sp-1f[ d(fxm+2, fxm+1)]+ sp-1f[ d(fxm+1, fxm)] ≤s 1m pλ + − f[d{fx1,fx0)]+s2 2m pλ + − f[d{fx1,fx0)]+s3 3m pλ + − f[d{fx1,fx0)]+.......+ sp-1 1mλ + f[d{fx1,fx0)]+ sp-1 mλ f[d{fx1,fx0)]. = 1 1[( ) 1]m p ps s s λ λ λ + − − − − f[d{fx1,fx0)]+ sp-1 mλ f[d{fx1,fx0)] ≤ 1p ms s λ λ + − f[d{fx1,fx0)]+ sp-1 mλ f[d{fx1,fx0)]→0 as m→∞ hence, n ,m lim →∞ d(fxm+p, fxm) = 0 by (ii) of definition (2.11) of f. so by lemma (2.13), there exists k ∈ n such that d(fxm+p, fxm) ≪ c for each c ∈ int(p) and for all m > k.if n=m+p ,so for all m,n >k , {fxn} is a cauchy sequence in f (x), but f (x) is complete, so the sequence {fxn} must be convergent in f (x), so there exists u ∈ f (x) and fxn → u. now, since u ∈ f (x) ⊂ g(x), let u = g(v) for some v ∈ x. we show that gv = fv. d(fv,u) ≤ s[d(fv,fxn)] + d(fxn,u)] d(fv,u) ≤ sd(fv,fxn) + sd(fxn,u) so by properties of f we have: f[d(fv,u)] ≤ sf[d(fv,fxn)] + sf[d(fxn,u)] by (3.1.1), we have: f[d(fv,u)] ≤ s[a1f[d(gv,gxn)]+a2f[d(fv,gv)]+a3f[d(fxn,gxn)]+a4f[d(fv,gxn)] + a5f[d(fxn,gv)]] + sf[d(fxn,u)] ≤ s[a1f[d(u, fxn – 1)] + a2f[d(fv,u)] + a3f[d(fxn, fxn – 1)] + a4f[d(fv, fxn – 1)] + a5f[d(fxn,u)] ] + sf[d(fxn,u)] = sa1f[d(u, fxn – 1)] + sa2f[d(fv,u)] + sa3f[d(fxn, fxn – 1)] + sa4f[d(fv, fxn – 1)] + sa5f[d(fxn,u)] + sf[d(fxn,u)] 345 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ≤ sa1f[d(u, fxn – 1)] + sa2f[d(fv,u)] + s2a3f[d(fxn,u)] + s2a3f[d(u, fxn – 1)] + s2a4f[d(fv,u)] + s2a4f[d(u, fxn – 1)] + sa5f[d(fxn,u)] + sf[d(fxn,u)] that implies: (1 – sa2 – s2a4) ≤ 2 2 1 3 4 2 2 4 sa s a s a 1 sa s a + + − − f[d(u, fxn – 1)] + 2 3 5 2 2 4 s a sa s 1 sa s a + + − − f[d(fxn,u)] now, let c ∈ int(p) be given. we can choose n0 ∈ n such that f[d(fxn – 1,u)] ≪ f – 1 2 2 4 2 2 1 3 4 1 sa s a c sa s a s a 2  − − ⋅  + +  and f[d(fxn,u)] ≪ f – 1 2 2 4 2 3 5 1 sa s a c s a sa s 2  − − ⋅  + +  for all n > n0. so by (i) of definition (2.11) of f; f is ≪-increasing and surjective, we have: f[d(fxn – 1,u)] ≪ 2 2 4 2 2 1 3 4 1 sa s a c sa s a s a 2  − − ⋅  + +  and f[d(fxn,u)] ≪ f – 1 2 2 4 2 3 5 1 sa s a c s a sa s 2  − − ⋅  + +  so that implies; f[d(fv,u)] ≪ c, thus by lemma (2.15) we have f[d(fv,u)] = 0 and so by (ii) of definition (2.11) of f; we obtain that d(fv,u) = 0 and so by fv = u = g(v), thus u is a point of coincidence of f and g. to prove u is unique, suppose u′ is another point of coincidence then there is v′ ∈ x such that u′ = f v′= g v, so by (3.1.1) we have: f[d(fv, fv′)] ≤ a1f[d(gv,gv′)] + a2f[d(fv,gv)] + a3f[d(fv′,gv′)] + a4f[d(fv,gv′)] + a5f[d(fv′,gv)] f[d(u,u′)] ≤ a1f[d(u,u′)] + a2f[d(u,u)] + a3f[d(u′,u′)] + a4f[d(u,u′)] + a5f[d(u′,u)] = (a1 + a4 + a5) f[d(u,u′)] ≤ (a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5) f[d(u,u′)] but s ≥ 1, so we have: f[d(u,u′)] ≤ (a1 + a2 + a3 + sa4 + sa5) f[d(u,u′)] f[d(u,u′)] ≤ (a1 + a2 + a3 + s(a4 + a5)) f[d(u,u′)] since a1 + a2 + a3 + s(a4 + a5) < 1, so by lemma (2.16) we have f[d(u,u′)] = 0 and so d(u,u′) = 0 (i.e.), u = u′. therefore, f and g have a unique point of coincidence. moreover, if the pair (f ,g) is weakly compatible then by proposition (2.19), u is unique common fixed point of f and g. now we have the following corollaries: corollary (3.2): let (x,d) be a cone-b-metric space with the coefficient s ≥ 1. suppose the mappings f, g:x → x satisfy for all x, y ∈ x: d(fx,fy) ≤ a1d(gx,gy) + a2d(fx,gx) + a3d(fy,gy) + a4d(fx,gy) + a5d(fy,gx) …(3.1.4) where the constant ai ∈ [0,1) and a1 + a2 + a3 + s(a4 + a5) < 1, i = 1,2,3,4,5. if f (x) ⊂ g(x) and f (x) is complete, then f and g have a unique point of coincidence. furthermore if the pair (f,g) is weakly compatible pair then f , g have a unique common fixed point. proof: by taking f(t) = t for all t ∈ p, we obtain the required result. 346 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 corollary (3.3): let (x,d) be a complete cone-b-metric space with the coefficient s ≥ 1. suppose the mappings f, g:x → x satisfy for all x, y ∈ x: d(fx,fy) ≤ a1d(x,y) + a2d(fx,x) + a3d(fy,y) + a4d(fx,y) + a5d(fy,x) ...(3.1.5) where the constant ai ∈ [0,1) and a1 + a2 + a3 + s(a4 + a5) < 1, i = 1,2,3,4,5. then f has a unique fixed point in x. proof: by taking f(t) = t for all t ∈ p and taking g(x) = x for all x ∈ x, we obtain the required result. the following corollary is theorem (2.3) of [10]. corollary (3.4): let (x,d) be a complete cone-b-metric space with the coefficient s ≥ 1. suppose f:x → x be a mapping satisfy for all x, y ∈ x: d(fx, fy) ≤ a2d(fx,x) + a3d(fy,y) + a4d(fx,y) + a5d(fy,x) ...(3.1.6) where the constant ai ∈ [0,1) and a2 + a3+ s(a4 + a5) < min{1, 2 5 }, i =2,3,4,5. then f has a unique fixed point in x. proof: by taking f(t) = t for all t ∈ p and g(x) = x for all x ∈ x, also by taking a1 = 0 in theorem (3.1) we obtain the required result. the following corollary is theorem (2.1) in [10] . corollary (3.5): let (x,d) be a complete cone-b-metric space with the coefficient s ≥ 1. suppose f: x → x be a mapping satisfy for all x, y ∈ x: d(fx, fy) ≤ a1d(x,y) ...(3.1.7) where the constant ai ∈ [0,1). then f has a unique fixed point in x. proof: by taking f(t) = t for all t∈p and g(x) = x for all x ∈ x, also by taking a2=a3=a4=a5=0 in theorem (3.1) we obtain the required result. corollary (3.6): let (x,d) be a cone-b-metric space with the coefficient s ≥ 1. suppose the mappings f, g::x → x satisfy for all x, y ∈ x: f[d(fx, fy)] ≤ a1 f[d(gx,gy)]+λ{f[d(fx,gx)]+f[d(fy,gy)]}+β{f[d(fx,gy)+f[d(fy,gx)]} …(3.1.8) where the constants a1, λ, β ∈ [0,1) with a1 + 2λ + 2sβ < 1 and f be altering function. if f (x) ⊂ g(x) and f (x) is complete, then f and g have a unique point of coincidence. furthermore if the pair (f,g) is weakly compatible pair then f , g have a unique common fixed point. proof: by taking λ = a2 = a3 and β = a4 = a5 in theorem (3.1) we obtain the required result. corollary (3.7): let (x,d) be a complete cone-b-metric space with the coefficient s ≥ 1. suppose the mappings f, g::x → x satisfy for all x, y ∈ x: f[d(fx, fy)] ≤ a4 f[d(fx,gy)] + a5f[d(fy,gy)] … (3.1.11) 347 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 where the constants ai ∈ [0,1) and s(a4 + a5) < 1, i = 4, 5 and f be cone-b-altering function. if f (x) ⊂ g(x) and f (x) is complete, then f and g have a unique point of coincidence. furthermore if the pair (f,g) is weakly compatible pair then f , g have a unique common fixed point. proof: by taking a1 = a2 = a3 = 0 in theorem (3.1) we obtain the required result. references 1. sami;a. (2005) on some results on multivalued mappings concerning fixed point theorems and ishikawa iteration, m.sc thesis, college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. 2. smart, d.r. (1974), theorems of fixed point, cambridge university, new york. 3. bakhtin,i.a. (1989), the contraction mapping principle in almost metric spaces, funct.anal.,gos.ped.inst.unianowsk, vol.30, .26-37. 4. zerwik,s.c. (1998) nonlinear set-valued contraction mappings in b-metric spaces, attisem.mat.univ.modena, vol.46, .263-276. 5. boriceanu,m., bota;m. and petrusel; a. (2010), mutivalued fractals in b-metric spaces, cen.eur.j.math., vol. 8, (.2), .367-377. 6. haung,l.g. and zhang,x. (2007) cone metric space and fixed point theorems of contractive mappings, j. math. anal. and appl., vol.332, (2) ,.1468-1476. 7. rezapour, sh. and hamlbarani; r. (2008), some notes on the paper cone metric spaces and fixed point theorems of contractive mappings, journal of mathematical analysis and applications, vol.345,.719-724. 8. jankovic,s., kadelburg, z. and radenovic; s. (2011), on cone metric space, asurvey, nonlinear analysis, vol.74,.2591-2601. 9. hussian,n.and shah; m.h. (2011), kkm mappings in cone b-metric spaces, computes and mathematics with applications, vol.62, 1677-1684. 10. huang,h. and xu, sh. (2012) fixed point theorems of contractive mappings in cone bmetric spaces and applications,.1113-13113. 11. malhotra, s.k., shukla, s. and sen, r., (2011), fixed point theorems in cone metric spaces by altering distances, international mathematical forum, vol.54, (6) , .26652671. 12. cho,.s.h. (2012) fixed point theorems for generalized contractive mappings on cone metric spaces, international journal of mathematics analysis, vol.50, (.6), .24732481. 13. cho,.s.h.and bae,j.s. (2011) common fixed point theorems for mappings satisfying property (e.a) on cone metric space, mathematics and computer modeling, vol.53,.945951. 348 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 بعض مبرھنات نقاط التطابق و النقاط الصامدة المشتركة لتطبیقین ذاتیین (b)یحققان شرطا ً منكمشا ً معمما ً في فضاء قرصي متري من النوع تماره شھاب أحمد جامعة بغداد)/ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الریاضیات 2013نیسان 16في ، قبل 2012تشرین األول 17أستلم البحث في : المستخلص في ھذا البحث، تم اثبات بعض مبرھنات نقاط التطابق و النقاط الصامدة المشتركة لزوج من تطبیقات ذاتیة غیر مع افتراض ان (b)مستمرة متبادلة تبادال ً ضعیفا ً یحققان شرطا ً منكمشا ً معمماً في فضاء قرصي متري من النوع ة في ھذا الفضاء غیر طبیعیة. نتائجنا ھي تعمیم لبعض النتائج الحالیة.القرص المستخدم مفتاحیة : نقاط التطابق والنقاط الصامدة المشتركة ، زوج من التطبیقات المتبادلة الضعیفة، تطبیق ذاتي الكلمات ال ، قرص طبیعي، قرص غیر طبیعي .bمنكمش معمم ، فضاء قرص المتري من الصنف 349 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 abstract definition 2.4: [6] definition 2.6: [9] microsoft word 12 462 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 igf-1 , leptin & aip in relation to osteoarthritis with and without diabetes mellitus type2 lamia s. ashoor basic science / agriculture collage / university of baghdad tariq m. ali dept. of chemistry / college education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad hamidg. hasan clinical chemistry department/ al –safwa university college/ karbala received in: 1 september 2014,accepted in: 29 september 2014 abstract igf-1 is a protein produced by the liver in response to growth hormone stimulus.one important key in effectively preventing and treating osteo arthritis, is establishing a healthy balance of igf-1. leptin is a hormone produced by adipose tissue, acting as a sensor of fat mass in part of a negative feedback loop that maintains a set point for body fat stores. leptin plays an important role in the progression of osteoarthritis (oa), prompting some to classify oa as a metabolic disease. it, has been found in synovial fluid from patients with oa , and are thought to have local effects on joint tissues . atherogenic index of plasma (aip) is newly marker of atherogenectiy provide prediction to accelerated development of atherosclerosis in diabetes mellitus patients. objective this study was designed to find out the variation of some parameters in oa with & without t2dm. patients and methods this study included ( 88) subjects aged between (40-60) years (all females , newly diagnoses and obese) who were attending the alkadhimiya teaching hospital . baghdad and al-mustansiriya university . the enrolled patients were divided to four groups: oa(24) , t2dm (20), oawitht2dm (24) and control (20) . venous blood samples from women were taken for laboratory investigation which included : fasting plasma glucose , lipid profile (tc ,tg , hdlc and ldlc) , igf-1 , leptin were measured and atherogenic index of plasma calculated as molar ratio of log (tg/ hdl-c). results the current study shows a significant increased atherogenic index , leptin value , in three patients groups diabetes , osteoarthritis and oawith dm when compared with control. but igf-1 level was significantly decreased in the three patients groups t2dm, oa , t2dm with oa when compared with control . conclusion osteoarthritis has a direct effect on dislipidemia ,leptin & aip value in diabetes mellitus type2 key words: osteoarthritis , aip , leptin , t2dm , igf-1 463 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction osteoarthritis (oa), is a chronic disease, resulted in patient suffers from harmful changes in cartilage, bone, ligaments and muscles. osteoarthritis is not a single, well-define disease condition but is best described as a final stage failure of the joints that presents similar symptoms and radiographic findings regardless of the original cause [1],.the question that arises is does diabetes inhibit osteoarthritis pain? it was proved that neuropathy caused by impaired glucose tolerance / diabetes mellitus inhibit the expression of pain due to osteoarthritis in the lower extremities among a portion of patients displaying radiographic osteoarthritis [2]. both oa and dm can be viewed as chronic disease processes characterized by earl, undetected levels of biological change. some of the studies of the association between oa and dm, examined a variety of relevant factors, such as leptin, aip, insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1)…etc[3,4,5]. atherogenic index of plasma (aip) defined as log (tg/hdl-c), has been proposed as a marker of plasma atherogenicity because it is increased in people at higher risk for coronary heart disease and is correlated with ldl particle size.[6] although hdl in fact may be directly antiatherogenic, it also is a marker for the presence of other lipid and nonlipid risk factors. however, the presence of a low hdl level carries strong predictive power for development of atherosclerotic cardio vascular disease ascvd. [7] the serum tc and hdl-c levels in knee oa were inversely correlated with disease activity, suggesting a potential role of inflammation in the atherogenic profile and the higher atherosclerotic risk in arthritic patients.[8] igf-i levels play a role in the development of the vascular complications of type 2 diabetes. igf-i may also play a role in the regulation of cardiovascular function and development of myocardial infarction in subjects without type 2 diabetes, igf1 is regulated by multiple mechanisms that are known to regulate systemic growth.[7] igf-1 and diabetes has a strong physiological basis. its level was reduced in diabetes mellitus and oxidation stress, [9] igf and insulin are linked hormones that diverged in evolution.[10] igf-1 provides important information about the body's levels of this crucial hormonal mediator in osteo arthritis, and also helps assess the general functioning integrity and homeostasis of the nervous system.[7] leptin regulates energy homeostasis and interferes with several neuroendocrine and immune functions. a higher amount of leptin is secreted by subcutaneous adipocytes than by the visceral adipocytes. leptin is generally synthesized and secreted by gastric chief cells in the stomach.[11] leptin circulating levels are directly proportional to the body fat. .[12] it has a fundamental role in the control of appetite and also in regulating energy expenditures.[13] osteoarthritis is a metabolic disease induced by local abnormal leptin activity . a proinflammatory effect of leptin on cartilage would be in keeping with the fact that, in comparison with men, women have both higher circulating leptin levels and a greater propensity to develop osteoarthritis.[14] materials and methods the study was conducted at alkadhimiya teaching hospital. baghdad, and department of national diabetes center for treatment research at al-mustansiriya university. (88) patient subjects were enrolled osteoarthritis and type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm) patients,(all females, newly diagnoses and obese), the age range was within (40-60 years),(68) divided into three groups. and control group (20) subjects. blood samples taken for laboratory investigation which included , fasting blood sugar , lipid profile (total colesterol, triglyceride, high density lipoprotein and low density lipoprotein),insulin like growth factor -1 determination by (ria) kit ( immunotech), leptin level determination by elise kit ( immunotech) and atherogenic index of plasma (aip) calculated by 464 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 molar ratio of log(tg/ hdl-c). data processing and statistical analysis ware done by the computer spss15 system (statistical package for social science – version 15). results and discussion tables( 1,2,3) revealed the levels of atherogenic index and related clinical parameters investigated throughout the recent study . their levels were estimated as mean ± sd. the result reflects significant elevation in aip (p< 0.05) in all patient groups compared with that of control . the result also reflects significant elevation in leptin (p< 0.05) compared with that of control . patient groups suffer from t2dm as confirmed in tables( 1,2) . atherogenic index of plasma (aip) is defined as log (tg/hdl-c), has been proposed as a marker of plasma atherogenicity because it is increased in people at higher risk for coronary heart disease and is correlated with ldl particle size.[6] atherogenic index of plasma(aip) provides prediction to accelerated development of atherosclerosis in diabetes mellitus patients.[4]osteoarthritis (oa) is a process of progressive destruction of articular cartilage which makes the oa patients physically inactive and increases the probability to develop (cvd).[16] the probability of oa patients to develop future risk of cvd are more as characterized by elevated antherogenic index, systemic inflammation and oxidative stress and reflect the need of antioxodants supplementation along with drug as choice to reduce cvd risk in oa patients. [17] although precise etiology of this debilitating disease (oa) is poorly understood, probability of oa patient to develop future cvd risk is more due to involvement of some common cvd risk factors such as high body mass index, aging, genetic factor and nutritional factors. previous studies have also shown an excess of cardiovascular risks, morbidity and mortality in patients with arthritis compared with the general population[17,18]. in type 2 diabetes ,insulin resistance and obesity together cause to moderate hypertriglyceridemia and also cause reduction of hdl-c ; usually , this dyslipidemia pattern is involved with excessive production of very low density lipoproteins (vldl). excessive production of tgrich lipoprotein . tg levels inversely are associated with hdl-c , and are considered as the carrier protein for cholesterol ester in transferring cholesterol from hdl-c to vldl. some study showed lipid profile is abnormal , and is characterized by modestly elevated ldl-c, high triglyceride levels , and is associated with markedly increased cardiovascular risk among diabetic patients. [19] leptin is a 16 kda adipocyte-derived hormone. it has recently been recognized as a modulator of inflammatory and immune responses. leptin has a dual role in inflammation. [20] it is a hormone produced by adipose tissue, acting as a sensor of fat mass in part of a negative feedback loop that maintains a set point for body fat stores.. the role of leptin in the pathogenesis of oa via synthesis of igf1. leptin over expressed transcription igf-1. leptin either alone or with il-1 significantly reduced collagen release from cartilage by up regulating colagenolytic and colagenolytic activity in chondrocytes , and acts as pro inflammatory adipokine with a catabolic role on cartilage metabolism via the up regulation of proteolysis enrages . this suggests that fat red in arthritic joints is local producer of leptin . [21] several studies have demonstrated the effects of leptin on articular cartilage .[22,23] and its role in chondrocyte function and skeleton, as well as in inflammatory and degenerative cartilage joint diseases[24] some studies have shown a role of leptin as pro inflammatory mediators in rheumatoid arthritis. therefore, approaches that reduce adipose tissue depots may reduce the severity of their resultant pathologies.[25] hormone that has been shown to be involved in pathways influencing the risk of diabetes. also, it has been suggested that the association between plasma leptin and diabetes may be a manifestation of an underlying leptin resistance mediated by obesity.[26] igf-1 shows decreases levels in patient groups when compared with control .the decreases were shown to be significant on comparing igf-1 with control. insulin like growth factor-1 (igf-1) is a hormone similar in molecular structure to insulin. it plays an important role in 465 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 childhood growth and continues to have anabolic effects in adults. a synthetic analog of igf1 is used for the treatment of growth failure.[27] one important key in effectively preventing and treating osteo arthritis, is establishing a healthy balance of igf-1).[28] (igf-1), the most abundant growth factor in the bone matrix, regulates bone mass in adulthood.[29] they found that the level of bone marrow igf-1 was decreased during aging in rats and closely associated with the bone volume whereas serum levels of igf-1 were relatively steady[30] it was postulated that a primary function of igf-1 in the bone matrix is to maintain bone mass and skeletal homeostasis during bone remodeling.[31] igf-1 has been shown to enhance chondrocyte proliferation , proteoglycan and collagen synthesis by chondrocytes in normal cartilage, both in vivo andin vitro [32] also during cytokine exposure, which drives most predominating catabolic processes in cartilage. furthermore, igf-1 inhibits cytokinestimulated degradation of proteoglycans directly in normal cartilage in vitro .[33] association between serum igf-1 levels and oa is very important, because this could increase our understanding of the pathogenesis of oa, which subsequently could lead to development of new treatment options.[34] in patients with type 2 diabetes, serum igf-1levels are dependent on the degree of metabolic control, with near normal igf-1 levels in wellcontrolled diabetics, whereas they tend to be decreased in poorly controlled diabetics. it has also been suggested that lowered serum igf-1concentration predict worsening of insulin-mediated glucose uptake in older people, although the mechanism for the progressive reduction of circulating serum igf-1level with ageing in patients with type 2 diabetes has remained obscure, it has been suggested that this decreased level is at least in part a result of decreased igf-1 production through lowered growth hormone (gh) concentration or uncoupling of the gh induction of igf-1generation by insulin resistance .[35] igf-i concentrations may be important in the development of osteoarthritis igf-i receptors are abundant in bone and cartilage, and in vitro work has suggested an anabolic effect of igf-i on chondrocytes. [33] references 1terraciano, c.; celi, m.; lecce, d.; baldi j.; restelli, e.; massa, r.; and tarantino, u. (2013) “differential features of muscle fiber atrophy in osteoporosis and osteoarthritis”, osteoporas int., 24: 1095-1110. 2-leaverton, pe.;peregoy, j.; fahlman, l.; sangeorzan, e and barrett, jp. (2012) “does diabetes hide osteoarthritis pain?”, medical hypothesis (in press), www.elsevir.com /locate/mehy. 3-gomez, r.; lago, f.; gomez-rieno, j.; dieguez, c and guallillo, o. (2009) “adipokines in the skeleton: influence on cartilage function and joint degenerative diseases”, j. molecular endocrinol. 43: 11-18. 4-rajpathak, sn.; gunter, mj.; and wylie-rosett, j.; (2009 )"the role of insulin-like growth factor-i and its binding proteins in glucose homeostasis and type 2 diabetes". diabetes metab res rev; 25:3. 5soska,v.; jarkovsk,j.; ravcukova, b.; tichy,l.; fajkusova,l,; and freiberger,t.( 2012 )"the logarithm of the triglyceride/hdl-cholesterol ratio is related to the history of cardiovascular disease in patients with familial hypercholesterolemia". journal clinical biochemistry. 45:96-100. 6tan,m.; jones,d.; and glazer, n,b.; (2004)" pioglitazone reduces atherogenic index of plasma in patients with type 2 diabetes". clin chem.50(7): 1184-1188. 7nwagha ,ui .; ikekpeazu ,ej .; ejezie, fe .; neboh, ee .; and maduka , ic .;(2010)" atherogenic index of plasma as useful predictor of cardiovascular risk among postmenopausal women in enugu". nigeria; afr health sci. sep; 10(3): 248–252. 8-. dealy, cn.; (2012)" chondrogenic progenitors for cartilage repair and osteoarthritis treatment". rheumatol curr res 3:10. 466 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 9bellometti, s.; giannini, s.; sartori, l.; and crepaldi, g.; (1997)" cytokine levels in osteo arthritis patients undergoing mud bath therapy". int j clin pharmacol res;17(4):149-53. 10dana ,m. niedowicz and david l. daleke . (2005) ."the role of oxidative stress in diabetic complications" by humana press inc. 5:43,289–330 11-. avruch, j.; (2006)." insulin and amino-acid regulation of mtor signalling and kinase activity through the rheb gtpase". oncogene 25: 6361–6372. 12steppan, cm.; bailey, st.; bhat, s.; brown ,ej.; banerjee, rr.; wright, cm.; patel, hr.; ahima ,rs.;and lazar ,ma. (2001) "the hormone resistin links obesity to diabetes .nature". 409:307-312. 13. rajala, mw.;lin ,y.;ranalletta, m.; yang, xm.;qian, h.; gingerich, r.; barzilai, n.; and scherer ,pe. (2002) "cell type-specific expression and coregulation of murine resistin and resistin-like molecule-alpha in adipose tissue". mol endocrinol, 16:1920-1930 14chen, h.; charlat, o.;tartaglia, la.; woolf ,ea.; weng, x.; ellis ,sj.; lakey, nd.; culpepper, j.;moore, kj.; breitbart ,re.; duyk, gm.;tepper, ri.; and morgenstern, jp. (1996)"evidence that the diabetes gene encodes the leptin receptor: identification of a mutation in the leptin receptor gene in db/db mice". cell, 84:491-495. 15bishop, m.l.; fody ,e.p.;and schosff, l.e. (2010)" clinical chemistry techniques, principles, correlations".6th ed. lippincott williams and wilikins: wolter kulmer heath,. 16rahul sexana.; ijen bhattacharya.;and raj sexana. (2013)"susceptibility of knee osteoarthritis patients to develop cardiovascular disease" -a clinical study asian journal of medical sciences, 4: 3. 17-sanghi ,d.; avasthi ,s.; srivastava, rn. and singh a. (2009) "nutritional factors and osteoarthritis".a review article. int j med update, 4(1): 42-53. 18watson, dj.; rhodes, t. and guess, ha. "all-cause mortality and vascular events among patients with rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, or no arthritis in the uk general practice research database". j rheumatol( 2003), 30:1196-1202. 19-sadeghi m .; roohafza h .; shirani s .;and poormoghadas m.;. 2007 "diabetes and associated cardio vascular risk factors in iran" . the isfahan healthy heart programme . ann acad mad singapore ; 36:175 – 80. 20—otero, m.; lago m.;gomez, r.; lago f.; dieguez, c.;gomez-reino, j. and gualillo, o.( 2006) "changes in plasma levels of fat-derived hormones adiponectin, leptin, resistin and visfatin in patients with rheumatoid arthritis". ann. rheum dis.; 65 (9): 1198-201. 21-wang, hui.; gary, j litherl and.; and martina, s elias.; ( 2012 )"leptin produced by joint white adipose tissue induces cartilage degradation via upregulation and activation of matrix metalloproteinases". ann rheum dis ;71:3 455-462. 22. gandhi, r.; takahashi, m.; syed, k.; davey, jr.; and mahomed, nn. (2010 ) "relationship between body habitus and joint leptin levelsin a knee osteoarthritis population". j orthop res.; 28(3):329–33. 23presle ,n.; pottie, p.; dumond ,h.; guillaume, c.; lapicque ,f.; pallu ,s.; mainard ,d.; netter p.; terlain, b. (2006) "differential distribution of adipokines between serum and synovial fluid in patients with osteoarthritis". contribution of joint tissues to their articular production. osteoarthritis cartilage.;14(7):690–95. 24rodolfo gomez.; francisca lago.; juan gomez-reino.; carlos dieguez and oreste gualillo. (2009) " adipokines in the skeleton: influence on cartilage function and joint degenerative diseases". journal of molecular endocrinology 43, 11–18. 25-manal, m.; el-batch.; soha, s zakaria.; gihan farouk.;hanan, el saadany.; and mahmoud selim.(2010)"changes in visfatin, adiponectin, leptin and ghrelin levels in patients with rheumatoid arthritis and their correlation with disease activity". turkish journal of biochemistry; 35 (1) ; 50–57. 26simopoulou ,t.; malizos, kn.; iliopoulos, d.;stefanou ,n.; papatheodorou, l.;ioannou m.; and tsezou, a. (2007). "differential expression of leptin and leptin’s receptor isoform 467 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 (ob-rb) mrna between advanced and minimally affected osteoarthritic cartilage; effect on cartilage metabolism". osteoarthritis cartilage.;15(8):872–83. 27 keating, gm; .( 2008). "mecasermin". biodrugs 22 (3): 177–88. 28rajpathak, sn.; gunter, mj.;and wylie-rosett, j.; (2009) "the role of insulin-like growth factor-i and its binding proteins in glucose homeostasis and type 2 diabetes". diabetes metab res rev; 25:3. 29lingling xian.; xiangwei wu.; lijuan pang.; and michael lou1. (2012) "matrix igf-1 regulates bone mass by activation of mtor in mesenchymal stem cells". nat med. author manuscript; july ; 18(7): 1095–1101. 30-callewaert, f.; sinnesael ,m.;gielen e.; boonen, s.; and vanders chueren, d. (2010) "skeletal sexual dimorphism: relative contribution of sex steroids, gh-igf1, and mechanical loading". j. endocrinol. 207:127–134. 31russell ,rc.; fang, c.; and guan ,kl. (2011)"an emerging role for tor signaling in mammalian tissue and stem cell physiology". development. 138:3343–3356. 32claessen ,k.m.j.a.; ramautar, s.r.; pereira, a.m.; smit, j.w.a.; biermasz, n.r .; and kloppenburg ,m. ; (2012) "relationship between insulin-like growth factor-1 and radiographic disease in patients with primary osteoarthritis". a systematic review osteoarthritis society international 20, 2, 79–86. 33biermasz ,n.r..; wassenaar, m.j.; van, a.a.; der klaauw.; pereira ,a.m..; smit ,j.w..; and roelfsema, f..; (2009) "pretreatment insulin-like growth factor-i concentrations predict radiographic osteoarthritis in acromegalic patients with long-term cured disease". j clin endocrinol metab, 94,. 2374–2379. 34brugts, m.p..; ranke ,m.b..; hofland ,l.j..; van der wansem ,k..; weber, k..; and frystyk ,j..; (2008) "normal values of circulating insulin-like growth factor-1 bioactivity in the healthy population". comparison with five widely used igf-1 immunoassaysj clin endocrinol metab, 93 (7. 2539–2545. 35-janssen,j,a.; and lamberts,s,w.; (2008) "the role of igf-1 development of cardiovascular disease in type 2 diabetes mellitus". is prevention possible. euro j endoc. 146: 467-477. table ( 1): levels of aip in different patient groups compared with control variables aip value dm oa dm + oa control sample no. 20 24 24 20 mean ± sd 0.27±0.19 0.21±0.17 0.34±0.20 0.19±0.11 range 0.010-0.600 0.021-0.711 0.030-0.720 0.051-0.376 p against control 0.096 0.028 0.014 p against total 0.019 p value < 0.05 represents significant. 468 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table ( 2) levels of leptin in different patient groups compared with control variables leptin level (ng/ml) dm oa dm + oa control sample no. 20 24 24 20 mean ± sd 37.1±23.10 22.4±12.93 37.4±25.64 14.23±7.53 range 3.9-49.7 7.5-82.0 5.6-86.6 7.5-39.1 p against control 0.092 0.001 0.0001 p against total 0.0001 p value < 0.05 represents significant. table ( 3): levels of igf-1 in different patient groups compared with control variables ifg-1 level (ng/ml) dm oa dm + oa control sample no. 20 24 24 20 mean ± sd 127.8±24.07 138.0±31.86 98.71±17.05 298.2±56.14 range 94-195 95-166 79-141 208-395 p against control 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 p against total 0.0001 p value < 0.05 represents significant. 469 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ھرمون النمو الشبيه باالنسولين واللبتين ومؤشر معصد البالزما في عالقة مرضى سوفان المفاصل المصابين وغير المصابين بداء السكري من النوع الثاني لمياء شاكر عاشور شعبة العلوم االساسية / كلية الزراعة /جامعة بغداد طارق محمد علي رجب قسم الكيمياء / كلية التربية ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم) / جامعة بغداد حامد حسن غفوري قسم الكيمياء السريرية / كلية الصفوة الجامعة / كربالء 2014 ايلول 29, قبل البحث في: 2014 ايلول 1:استلم البحث في الخالصة ثر في منع ھرمون النمو الشبيه باالنسولين ھو بروتين ينتج من الكبد كرد فعل لھرمون النمو وھو المفتاح المؤ يج الدھني ويعمل وعالج سوفان المفاصل. وھناك توازن بين ھرمون النمو الشبيه باالنسولين واللبتين الذي ينتج من النس ) عينه من 88في تطور مرض سوفان المفاصل . وقد تضمنت ھذه الدراسة (كمؤشر لكتلة الدھون , واللبتين له دور مھم ) سنه, تم جمع العينات من مستشفى الكاظمية التعليمي 60-40النساءكلھم في باية التشخيص تتراوح اعماره مبين( جموعة اميع وھي موالمركز الوطني لعالج وبحوث السكري / مستشفى اليرموك وقد قسمت ھذه العينات الى اربعة مج عينه) ,( المجموعة التي تحمل كال 24عينة) , ( مجموعة مرضى سوفان المفاصل 20مرضى السكري ) عينه وقد تم اجراء الفحوصات المختبرية التالية : قياس مستوى 20عينه ) و مجموعة السيطرة ( 24المرضين اب قيم مؤش ن النمو الشبيه باالنسولين ومستوى اللبتين وايضا حسالكلوكوز بالدم و قياس مستوى الدھون وھرمو مجاميع اعاله ر معصد البالزما. في ھذه الدراسة لوحظ زيادة معنوية في قيم مؤشر معصد البالزما واللبتين في كافة ال مجاميع اعاله باالنسولين في نفس ال بالمقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة. لكن لوحظ انخفاض معنوي في ھرمون النمو الشبيه ختالل الدھون بالمقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة . ومن الدراسة نستنتج ان لمرضى سوفان المفاصل تاثير مباشر على زيادة ا ومستوى ھرمون اللبتين وقيم مؤشر معصد البالزما في مرضى السكري. : سوفان المفاصل, مؤشر معصد البالزما , داء السكري,ھرمون النمو الشبيه باالنسولينالكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 268-276 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 268 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 an improvement of mri brain images classification using dragonfly algorithm as trainer of artificial neural network ahmed talib abdulameer dept. of technical college of management, middle technical university (mtu) dr.ahmed.talib@mtu.edu.iq received in :18/june/2017, accepted in:29/october/2017 abstract computer software is frequently used for medical decision support systems in different areas. magnetic resonance images (mri) are widely used images for brain classification issue. this paper presents an improved method for brain classification of mri images. the proposed method contains three phases, which are, feature extraction, dimensionality reduction, and an improved classification technique. in the first phase, the features of mri images are obtained by discrete wavelet transform (dwt). in the second phase, the features of mri images have been reduced, using principal component analysis (pca). in the last (third) stage, an improved classifier is developed. in the proposed classifier, dragonfly algorithm is used instead of backpropagation as training algorithm for artificial neural network (ann). some other recent training-based neural networks, svm, and knn classifiers are used for comparison with the proposed classifier. the classifiers are utilized to classify image as normal or abnormal mri human brain image. the results show that the proposed classifier is outperformed the other competing classifiers. keywords: mri brain images, artificial neural network, dragonfly algorithm, backpropagation training algorithm, principal component analysis. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 269 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 introduction magnetic resonance imaging (mri) is used to classify brain tissues. computer-based medical decision support systems are now widely used in medical area, such as cancer research, heart diseases, brain tumors, and many other medical applications [1-3]. manual analysis (interpretation) of mri images are tedious and costly (in time and money) due to the large amount of image data. this imposes to develop computer-aided diagnosis software. in other words, automatic human brain classification is motivated nowadays. automatic classification as normal/diseased for human brain (hb) using mri images becomes very important in clinical studies. classification of hb using mri images can be achieved by either supervised learning such as ann, k-nearest neighbors (k-nn), artificial neural network (ann) and support vector machine (svm), or unsupervised learning such as self-organization map (som) [4, 5]. in this research, supervised machine learning algorithms (ann) is used for hb classification using mri images under two categories (normal or abnormal). this is because; supervised learning classifiers perform better than unsupervised classifiers in terms of accuracy of classification process [6]. traditional artificial neural network (ann) uses multilayer feed forward neural network algorithm and back propagation algorithm (bp) to modify the weight. ann used gradient descent (gd) strategy for weight optimization. meta-heuristic has been effectively applied on ann to speed the training process by replacing the gd strategy by iterative evolutionary strategy or swarm intelligence strategy [7-10]. meta-heuristic algorithms are used to find good (near-) optimal solutions at a reasonable cost (in terms of computationally or time) but without guaranteeing feasibility or optimality [11]. meta-heuristic algorithms use different strategies for example genetic algorithm (ga) and particle swarm optimization (pso). these algorithms search iteratively to find the global (or near-global) optimum but in some time trapped in local optimum. dragonfly algorithm (da) is one of modern meta-heuristic bio-inspired algorithm developed by [3] .da is used in this research to train ann to speed up training as well as to avoid local minimum problem of ann. wavelet transform is used in mri brain images classification, because it contains different levels of resolution. the problem of this method requires large storage as well as it is expensive computationally. therefore, dimension reduction technique, the principal component analysis (pca), is used. pca is attractive where it efficiently reduces dimensions of the data, thus it reduces the computational cost of data processing. hence, the contribution of this paper is using dragonfly algorithm (da) to train ann instead of bp algorithm to overcome the local minimum problem. organization of this paper is as follows: section 2 summarizes the related works of this research. the proposed methodology is presented in section 3. experiments settings, which include evaluation metrics, evaluation dataset, and competing classifiers are described in section 4. results and discussion are displayed in section 5. finally, conclusion is presented in section 6. related works authors in [7] show that the pso is better than bp in weight modification of ann. authors in [12] use an improved ga for tuning of parameters of ann. hybrid of ga and pso is used in [9] for ann parameter optimization where this hybrid method surpasses the separated pso and ga in fuzzy neural network. authors in [10] used optimized particle swarm optimization (opso) for acceleration the training of ann.therefore, structure of proposed learning model is similar to traditional neural network; but with little modifications for better ability of learning. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 270 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 therefore, in this research, dragonfly algorithm is used as trainer for ann instead of gd strategy in bp algorithm. proposed methodology in proposed brain mr images analysis, advanced median filter is utilized as preprocessing method for image preparation to next step (segmentation). fuzzy c-mean clustering is the segmentation method that is used to segment the mri brain image depending on the grey levels of images, as detailed in [13]. fig. 1 displays the block diagram to methodology of the proposed model. details of feature extraction and reduction methods is similar to the research in [14]. artificial neural network based classifier ann is a mathematical model contains number of connected nodes (processing elements) structured by layers, it simulates the human brain, as depicted in fig. 2. the ann is considered as parallel distributed processor that stores empirical knowledge and making it ready for taking a decision [17]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 271 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (1): block diagram of the proposed methodology figure (2): structure of ann (adopted from [15] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 272 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 ann is employed as a classifier where it required three layers. the first layer contains 7 inputs that represent the 7 feature vectors selected from pca (from wavelet coefficients) whereas hidden layer contains four neurons. the output layer contains one neuron to represent normal and abnormal human brain. the most commonly utilized training algorithm of ann is the back-propagation algorithm, as detailed in [15]. ann will be trained to modify weights and biases of the nodes' connection; this is to ensure the desired mapping. in training phase, the feature vectors will be as input to ann, then ann will try to modify and adjust its variable parameters (weights and biases) to find the relationship between the input and outputs [15]. however, finding optimal parameters of ann is a difficult task. this is because the search process is trapped in local minima. there are many algorithms are used to train neural network, such as genetic algorithm (ga) and particle swarm optimization (pso). however, these algorithms require high computational costs, as well as they easily trapped the local minima problem, hence they would not find the optimal weights of the neural network. therefore, accuracy of ann classification is degraded due to the above problem of inaccurate parameters of neural network. dragonfly algorithm genetic algorithms and swarm intelligent algorithms such as pso and ant colony optimization (aco) are designed to speed up search process in the huge search space. they still have some limitations to deal with optimization problems, local minima problem. some of enhancements of these algorithms are achieved. firefly algorithm is one of these enhancements; it is based on the flashing characteristics of tropical fireflies [16] and bat algorithm [17] that depend on the echolocation characteristics of real bats. in this research, dragonfly algorithm is proposed to overcome limitations of the previously mentioned algorithms. the researchers in [3] demonstrate that dragonfly algorithm (da) behaves more stable than ga and pso when solving some test problems due to the stochastic nature of these algorithms where results of da have a statistical significant improvement over ga and pso. steps of dragonfly algorithm are depicted in figure (3) [3]. experiments settings the following subsections identify experiments settings that are used to measure the effectiveness of the proposed methodology which includes: i) metrics that will be used to evaluate the performance of the proposed methodology. these metrics are sensitivity, specificity and classification accuracy. ii) mri brain images database that are utilized to evaluate proposed method, as detailed in section 4.2. iii) the competing methods that are identified in section 4.3. evaluation metrics results of competing methods are evaluated by using the following performance metrics, which are defined as follows: 1. sensitivity: it is the possibility of recognizing patient cases (positive cases) correctly. it is also called recall (or) true positive rate. it can be computed as in eq. (1). ∗ 100 …………… 1 2. specificity: it is the possibility of recognizing the healthy cases (negative cases) correctly.it can be computed as in eq. (2). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 273 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 ∗ 100 ……………..…… 2 3. accuracy: it is the possibility of recognizing the patient and healthy cases together correctly. it can be computed as in eq. (3). ∗ 100 …………… 3 where tp, tn, fp, and fn are well known values of confusion matrix that resulted from classification process. data set in this section, the proposed methodology is applied on a real human brain mri dataset. total images in this dataset are 270 where 160 images are abnormal and 110 are normal. these mr images were at size 256 × 256 pixels. these images were obtained from[18, 19], therefore, this dataset will be called hms-db in this research. it contains images of different diseases' categories as follows: i) normal, ii) glioma, iii) metastatic bronchogenic carcinoma, iv) different tumors types in brains, and v) alzheimer’s disease. in figure (3), some normal and abnormal mri images samples from this dataset are displayed. (a: normal brain) (b: abnormal brains) figure (3): samples mr images from hms-db dataset[18] competing methods the proposed method "dragonfly algorithm-based ann" (da-based ann) classifier will be the first competing methods. the other competing methods are genetic algorithm-based ann (ga-based ann) [9], pso-based ann [8], and the original backpropagation-based ann (bp-based ann) [15]. additionally, svm and knn classifiers are also used for comparison to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed classification method. results and discussion in these experiments, ann based on four different training methods are used for classifying mri human brain images as normal or abnormal. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 274 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 table (1): classification rates of proposed algorithm with different training types of ann using hms-db dataset method (classifier) sensitivity (%) specificity (%) accuracy (%) original bp-based ann 77 68 75 ga-based ann 82 70 80 pso-based ann 83 72 80.5 proposed da-based ann 89 83 85 in this experiment, mri dataset that have healthy and diseased brain are classified by the competing classifiers. the experimental results of the proposed da-based ann classifier is compared with other competing classifiers as shown in table (1), which shows the percentage classification in terms of three evaluation metrics. the analysis of the experimental results shows that classification accuracy (85%) is achieved using da-based ann classifier and it has higher rate compared with other classifiers. in other metrics, sensitivity and specificity, the da-based ann is also outperformed other competing classifiers, figure (4) shows visual comparison among competing classifiers in terms of the three evaluation metrics. this figure illustrates superiority of da-based ann on other classifiers. figure (4): classification rates for competitive classifiers to evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed method, another comparison is achieved with other well-known classifiers. proposed da-ann is compared with svm and knn, on the same mri datasets as depicted in table (2). this comparison shows that the proposed method has the highest classification accuracy than other classifiers. table (2): classification rates of proposed algorithm with svm and knn classifiers on hms-db dataset method (classifier) sensitivity (%) specificity (%) accuracy (%) original bp-based ann 77 68 75 svm 85 75 83 knn 80.3 71 79 proposed da-based ann 89 83 85 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 accuracyspecifitysensitivity bp‐ann ga‐ann pso‐ann da‐ann https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 275 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 conclusion medical software represents one of the important issues in making diagnostic decisions for patients. in this research, an improvement of mri brain image classification model is proposed. the proposed model contains wavelet transform as feature extraction, pca as dimension reduction for features, and ann for classification. the contribution of this model is using dragonfly algorithm as trainer of ann (da-based ann) instead of backpropagation algorithm. da-based ann outperforms other state of the art classifiers (different training algorithm of ann, svm, and knn classifiers) in terms of accuracy, sensitivity, and specificity evaluation metrics. references [1] f. gorunescu, "data mining techniques in computer-aided diagnosis: non-invasive cancer detection," pwaset, 25,. 427-430, 2007. [2] l. m. fletcher-heath;l. o. hall; d. b. goldgof and f. r. murtagh, "automatic segmentation of non-enhancing brain tumors in magnetic resonance images," artificial intelligence in medicine, 21,. 43-63, 2001. [3] s. mirjalili, "dragonfly algorithm: a new meta-heuristic optimization technique for solving single-objective, discrete, and multi-objective problems," neural computing and applications27, 1053-1073, 2016. [4] s. chaplot; l. patnaik and n. jagannathan, "classification of magnetic resonance brain images using wavelets as input to support vector machine and neural network," biomedical signal processing and control, 1, 86-92, 2006. [5] m. maitra and a. chatterjee, "hybrid multiresolution slantlet transform and fuzzy cmeans clustering approach for normal-pathological brain mr image segregation," medical engineering and physics, 30, 615-623, 2008. [6] s. wang; y. zhang;z. dong; s. du;g. ji, j. yan, j. yang; q. wang; c. feng and p. phillips, "feed‐forward neural network optimized by hybridization of pso and abc for abnormal brain detection," international journal of imaging systems and technology, 25, 153-164, 2015. [7] v. g. gudise and g. k. venayagamoorthy, "comparison of particle swarm optimization and backpropagation as training algorithms for neural networks," in swarm intelligence symposium, 2003. sis'03. proceedings of the ieee, 110-117. 2003. [8] j.-r. zhang; j. zhang; t.-m. lok; and m. r. lyu, "a hybrid particle swarm optimization–back-propagation algorithm for feedforward neural network training," applied mathematics and computation, 185,. 1026-1037, 2007. [9] c.-f. juang; "a hybrid of genetic algorithm and particle swarm optimization for recurrent network design," ieee transactions on systems, man, and cybernetics, part b (cybernetics),. 34,. 997-1006, 2004. [10] m. meissner, m. schmuker, and g. schneider, "optimized particle swarm optimization (opso) and its application to artificial neural network training," bmc bioinformatics, 7, 125, 2006. [11] z. beheshti and s. m. h. shamsuddin, "a review of population-based meta-heuristic algorithms," int. j. adv. soft computer.appl,5,1-35,2013. [12] f. h.-f. leung; h.-k. lam; s.-h. ling and p. k.-s. tam, "tuning of the structure and parameters of a neural network using an improved genetic algorithm," ieee transactions on neural networks. 14, 79-88, 2003. [13] n. n. gopal and m. karnan, "diagnose brain tumor through mri using image processing clustering algorithms such as fuzzy c means along with intelligent https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1834 computer | 276 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 optimization techniques," in computational intelligence and computing research (iccic), 2010 ieee international conference on, 2010, 1-4. [14] e.-s. a. el-dahshan; t. hosny and a.-b. m. salem, "hybrid intelligent techniques for mri brain images classification," digital signal processing,. 20,. 433-441, 2010. [15] s. haykin, "multilayer perceptrons," neural networks: a comprehensive foundation. 2, 156-255, 1999. [16] x.-s. yang, nature-inspired metaheuristic algorithms: luniver press, 2010. [17] x.-s. yang, "a new metaheuristic bat-inspired algorithm," nature inspired cooperative strategies for optimization (nicso 2010),. 65-74, 2010. [18] harvard medical school, web. available: http://med.harvard.edu/aanlib/ [19] internet brain segmentation repository center for morphometric analysis. available: http//www.cma.mgh.harvard.edu/ibsr 359 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 using restricted least squares method to estimate and analyze the cobb-douglas production function with application h. m. gorgess, a. i. abdul naby department of mathematics , college of education -ibn-al-haitham -, university of baghdad received in : 8 september 2011 accepted in : 18 october 2011 abstract in this paper, the restricted least squares method is employed to estimate the parameters of the cobb-douglas production function and then analyze and interprete the results obtained. a practical application is performed on the state company for leather industries in iraq for the period (1990-2010). the statistical program spss is used to perform the required calculations. key words: general linear model, cobb-douglas production function, ols estimators, rls estimators, multicollinearity. 1. introduction a production function is a mathematical description of the various production activities faced by a firm. algebraically, it can be written as: [1] q = f(x1,x2,…,xn) …(1) where q represents the flow of output produced and x1,x2,…,xn are the flows of inputs, each measured in physical quantities. often production functions appear in literature written with two inputs as q = f(k,l) where k denotes the amount of capital and l denotes the amount of labor. equation (1) is assumed to provide for any conceivable set of inputs, the solution to the problem of how to best (more efficiently) combine different quantities of those inputs to get the output. however, the key question from an economic point of view is how the levels of output and inputs are chosen by firms to maximize profits. thus, economists use production function in conjunction with marginal productivity theory to provide explanations of factor prices and the levels of factor utilization. the marginal productivity of an input is the additional output that can be produced by employing one more unit of the input while holding all other inputs constant [2]. algebraically, q k ∂ ∂ is the marginal productivity of capital and q l ∂ ∂ is the marginal productivity of labor. it is assumed that both marginal productivities are positive, that is q k ∂ ∂ > 0, q l ∂ ∂ > 0. the negative marginal productivity means that using more of the input results in less output being produced. it is also usually assumed that the production process exhibits diminishing marginal productivity. this means that successive additions of one factor while keeping the other one constant yields smaller and smaller increases of output, that is: 360 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 2 2 q k ∂ ∂ < 0 and 2 2 q l ∂ ∂ < 0. factor elasticity is the percentage change in output in response to an infinitesimal percentage change in a factor given that all other factors are held fixed [2], that is: l q l e l q ∂ = ∂ , k q k e k q ∂ = ∂ where el, ek represent the factor elasticity of labor and capital respectively. 2. the cobb-douglas production function in economics the cobb-douglas functional form of production function is widely used to represent the relationship of an output to inputs. it was proposed by kunt wicksell (18511962), and tested against statistical evidence by charles cobb and paul douglas in 1928 [3]. in 1928 charles cobb and paul douglas published a study in which they modeled the growth of the american economy during the period 1899-1922. they considered a simplified view of the economy in which production output is determined by the amount of labor involved and the amount of capital invested. while there are many other factors affecting economic performance, their model proved to be remarkably accurate. the function they used to model production was of the form p(l,k) = b la kb …(2) where p = total production (the monetary value of all goods produced in a year). l = labor input (the total number of persons-hours worked in a year) k = capital input (the monetary worth of all machinery, equipment, and buildings) b = total factor productivity a and b are the output elasticities of labor and capital, respectively. each b, a, b are the parameters that must be estimated by using suitable method of estimation. the property of production that examines changes in output subsequent to a proportional change in all inputs (where all inputs increase by a constant factor) is refereed to as returns to scale. if output increases by the same proportional change in all inputs, then there are constant returns to scale (crts). if output increases by less than that proportional change, there are decreasing returns to scale (drts). if output increases by more than that proportion there are increasing returns to scale (irts). however, if a + b = 1 the production function has constant returns to scale. if a + b < 1, returns to scale are decreasing, and if a + b > 1 returns to scale are increasing [4]. in our study we focus our attention on the cobb-douglas production function with (crts). the assumptions made by cobb and douglas can be stated as follows: 1if either labor or capital vanishes, then so will production, that is p(k,0) = p(0,l) = 0. 2the marginal productivity of labor is proportional to the amount of production per unit of labor, that is p p l l ∂ µ ∂ . 3the marginal productivity of capital is proportional to the amount of production per unit of capital, that is p p k k ∂ µ ∂ . 4b j > 0, j = 1, 2. 3. deriving the cobb-douglas production function 361 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 since the production per unit of labor is p l , then according to assumption 2 we have p p l l ∂ = a ∂ for some constant a. if we keep k constant (k = k0) then this partial differential equation will become an ordinary first order separable differential equation d p p d l l = a . re-arranging the terms and integrating both sides we obtain: 1 1 d p d l p l = aú ú and this yields: ln p = a ln l + c1(k0), then p(l,k0) = c1(k0)la …(3) where c1(k0) is the arbitrary constant of integration and we write it as a function of k0 since it could depend on the value of k0. similarly, assumption 3 says that: p p k k ∂ = b ∂ for some constant b , keeping l constant (l = l0), this differential equation can be solved to get: p(l0,k) = c2(l0)kb …(4) and finally, combining equations (3) and (4) to obtain equation 2 which is, [2]: p(l,k) = b la kb where b is a constant that is independent of both l and k. notice from equation (2) that if labor and capital are both increased by a factor m, then: p(ml,mk) = b(ml)a(mk)b = ma + b b la kb = ma + b p(l,k). if a + b = 1, then p(ml,mk) = m p(l,k), which means that production is also increased by a factor m, as discussed earlier. 4. the case of multicollinearity in the general linear regression model y = xb + e where y is (n¥1) vector of response variables, x is (n¥p) matrix, (n > p) of explanatory variables, b is (p¥1) vector of unknown parameters and e is an (n¥1) vector of unobservable random errors, where e(e) = 0 , var(e) = s2in. the problem of multicollinearity exists, when there exists a linear relationship or an approximate linear relationship among two or more explanatory variables. multicollinearity can be thought of as a situation where two or more explanatory variables in the data set move together, as a consequence it is impossible to use this data set to decide which of the explanatory variables is producing the observed change in the response variable. some multicollinearity is nearly always exist, but the important point is whether it is serious enough to cause appreciable damage to the regression analysis. the best way to deal with this problem may be to find a different data set, simplify the model by using variable selection techniques or using additional data to break the association between the related variables. some indicators of multicollinearity include a low determinant of the information 362 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 matrix (x'x), the smallest eigenvalue of the information matrix is very close to zero, a very high correlation among two or more explanatory variables, [5]. however, farrar-glauber test can be used to detect multicollinearity, where the null hypothesis to be tested is: h0: xj's are orthogonal against the alternative hypothesis h1: xj's are not orthogonal, j = 1, 2,…,p. the test statistic is: 2 0 1 [n 1 (2p 5)]ln d 6 c = + …(5) where, n is the sample size, p is the number of explanatory variables and d is the determinant of the correlation matrix of explanatory variables. the calculated value of 20c from equation (5) will be compared with the theoretical value obtained from the chi square table with p(p – 1)/2 degrees of freedom and specified level of significant. the null hypothesis h0 will be rejected when the calculated value is more than the tabulated value, which means that the explanatory variables are not orthogonal and hence the multicollinearity problem is presented. 5. restricted least squares estimator: the restricted least squares (rls) method of estimation is used when one or more equality restrictions on the parameters of the model are available, [6]. suppose the general linear model y = xb + e is subject to j equality restrictions represented by the matrix equation rb = r …(6) where r is (j¥p) matrix of restrictions, b is a p¥1 vector of parameters and r is a j¥1 vector of values of the restrictions. in order to minimize the error sum of squares we have to minimize the lagrangean function e'e = (y – xb )'(y – xb ) – 2l'(rb – r) …(7) where l is a j¥1 vector of lagrange multipliers. equation (8) can be written as: e'e = y'y – 2b x'y + b 'x'xb – 2l'(rb – r) differentiating partially with respect to b and l then set the derivatries equal to zero we obtain, [3]: brls = bols + (x'x)– 1r'[r(x'x) – 1r'] – 1(r – rbols) …(8) where bols = (x'x) – 1x'y is the ordinary least squares estimator. the efficiency of the restricted least squares estimator is rls i rls i ols i var(b ) eff (b ) , i 0,1, 2,..., p var(b ) = = in matrix terms we have, [3]: eff(brls) = ip – r'[r(x'x) – 1r'] – 1r(x'x) – 1 …(9) the matrix in equation (9) is a p¥p square matrix; the elements on the main diagonal represent the relative efficiency of the parameters estimated by using the rls method, these 363 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 diagonal elements must be less than or equal to one, the off-diagonal elements are meaningless. 6. the practical application: in this section we try to estimate, analyze and then interpret the cobb-douglas production function for the state company for leather industries in iraq by employing the data obtained from the company for the period (1990-2010). in our study we propose an extension of the usual cobb-douglas production function to include the technological progress represented by the time tt as well as the capital kt and labor lt as input variables. thus our proposed function is: t t1 2 ct u t t tp l k e e b b= a …(10) where c represent the rate of annual growth in production as a consequence to technological progress, moreover we suppose that the production function is crts that is b 1 + b 2 = 1. the linear from of this equation is: ln pt = ln a + b 1 ln lt + b 2 ln kt + ctt + ut setting yt = ln pt, b 0 = ln a, x1 = ln lt, x2 = ln kt, x3 = tt, b 3 = c, e = ut we get: yt = b 0 + b 1x1 + b 2x2 + b 3x3 + e …(11) the first four columns of table (1) below represent the values of production pt, labor lt, capital kt and time tt, the natural logarithms of these quantities are presented in the next three columns. 6.1 the ols estimators: according to the principles of ordinary least squares estimation method [6]. the following results were obtained: 21.00 169.23 409.81 231.00 169.23 1364.99 3306.52 1880.32 x ' x 409.81 3306.52 8058.14 4695.67 231.00 1880.32 4695.67 3311.00 è ˘ í ˙ í ˙= í ˙ í ˙ î ˚ ( ) 1 119.844 11.984 1.561 0.658 11.984 1.423 0.053 0.048 x ' x 1.561 0.053 0.068 0.018 0.658 0.048 0.018 0.007 -è ˘ í ˙-í ˙= í ˙í ˙ -î ˚ 461.93 3724.35 x ' y 9055.24 5263.94 è ˘ í ˙ í ˙= í ˙ í ˙ î ˚ 1 ols 57.8153 4.0659 b (x ' x) x ' y 0.4012 0.4341 è ˘ í ˙-í ˙= = í ˙í ˙ î ˚ 364 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the regression equation is: t 1 2 3ŷ 57.8 4.07x 0.401x 0.434x= + the analysis of variance calculations are summarized in table (2). the hypothesis h0:b j = 0, j = 0, 1, 2, 3 is tested by comparing the calculated f from the anova table with an appropriate percentage point of the f(v1,v2) distribution where v1, v2 are degrees of freedom due to regression and error respectively. if the calculated value is more than the theoretical value obtained from the f table then we reject h0. at the basis of this test we have: f(3.17,0.05) = 3.59. since 19.10 > 3.59, then we reject h0. this means that on the basis of this test at least, we have no reason to doubt the adequacy of our model. the variance-covariance matrix of ordinary least square estimators is given as, [3]: ( ) 12ols 116.859 11.686 1.522 0.642 11.686 1.387 0.052 0.047 var cov(b ) s x ' x 1.522 0.052 0.066 0.017 0.642 0.047 0.017 0.007 -è ˘ í ˙-í ˙= = í ˙í ˙ -î ˚ the coefficient of determination r2 is a convenient measure of the success of the regression equation in explaining the variation of the data. 2 ss (re gression)r 0.77123 ss (tatal) = = which means that 77.123 % of variations in the data can be explained by the regression equation. 6.2 the farrar-glauber test: in order to perform the farrar-glauber test of multicollinearty we have to compute the determinant of the correlation matrix of explanatory variables which has the form: 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 3 1 3 2 x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 r r d r 1 r r r 1 = in our case of consideration. 1 0.427 0.622 d 0.427 1 0.867 0.867 0.622 1 è ˘ í ˙= í ˙ í ˙î ˚ and ôdô = 0.147718. applying the formula in equation (5) we obtain: 2 0c = –(20 – 1 6 (11)) ( – 1.91245) = 34.74289. 365 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the theoretical value obtained from the chi-square table with 3 degrees of freedom and 5% level of significant is equal to 7.816. since 34.74289 > 7.816 we conclude that the explanatory variables are not orthogonal and hence we face the multicollinearty problem. 6.3 the rls estimators: in order to remove the effects of multicollinearty we propose using the restricted least squares method of estimation. in this case where the cobb-douglas production function assumed to be crts we have to write the restriction b 1 + b 2 = 1 in matrix equation as follows: let r = [0 1 1 0], 0 1 2 3 bè ˘ í ˙bí ˙b = í ˙b í ˙ bî ˚ , r = [1]. hence: b 1 + b 2 = 1 implies that [ ] 0 1 2 3 0 1 1 0 [1] bè ˘ í ˙bí ˙ = í ˙b í ˙ bî ˚ . 1 13.545 1.476 (x ' x) r ' 0.121 0.066 -è ˘ í ˙ í ˙= í ˙ í ˙ -î ˚ . r(x'x) – 1r' = 1.597 (r(x'x) – 1r') – 1 = 0.626174 [ ]ols 57.8153 4.0659 rb 0 1 1 0 [ 4.4671] 0.4012 0.4341 è ˘ í ˙-í ˙= = í ˙í ˙ î ˚ r – rbols = 1 + 4.4671 = 5.4671. (r(x'x) – 1r') – 1(r – rbols) = 3.4233 (x'x) – 1r'(r(x'x) – 1r') – 1(r – rbols) = 46.36935 5.05287 0.414226 0.22594 -è ˘ í ˙ í ˙ í ˙ í ˙ -î ˚ . brls = bols + (x'x) – 1r'(r(x'x) – 1r') – 1(r – rbols) 366 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 rls 11.446595 0.9869731 b 0.013026 0.208158 è ˘ í ˙ í ˙= í ˙ í ˙ î ˚ . accordingly, the regression equation is: t 1 2 3ŷ 11.4465 0.9869x 0.0130x 0.2081x= + + + and hence, the cobb-douglas production function is: t0.2081t0.9869 0.0130 t t tp 93573.266 l k e= . to determine the efficiency of the restricted least squares estimators we apply the formula in equation (9) and setting ip to be a (4¥4) identity matrix hence we obtain: rls 1 0 0 0 8.4815 0.0752 0.0801 0.0413 eff (b ) 8.4815 0.9248 0.9192 0.0413 0 0 0 1 è ˘ í ˙-í ˙= í ˙í ˙ î ˚ . 7. conclusions applying the rls method to estimate the parameters of cobb-douglas production function leads to the following conclusions: 1. in contrast with the ordinary least squares estimators, the restricted least squares estimators of b 1 and b 2 are with positive signs. moreover b1 + b2 = 1 the fact that agrees with the assumptions of cobb-douglass production function. 2. the efficiency matrix of brls reveals that the restricted least squares estimators are more efficient than the ordinary least squares estimators that is because the second and third elements on the main diagonal which represents eff(b1) and eff(b2) respectively are less than one. 3. the values of estimated parameters means that a 100% increase in labor would lead to approximately a 98% increase in production, on the other hand, a 100% increase in capital would lead to approximately a 1.3% increase in production. also the production satisfies an annual increment of 20.8% during the period of study as a result of technological progress. references 1. border, k.c., (2004), on the cobb-douglas production function, internet reference, california institue of tegnologe, division of the humanities and social sciences. 2. lovell, c.a.k., (2007), production function, international encyclopedia of the social sciences, 2nd eddition. رية والتطبيق، مطبعة الطيف، بغداد، ، القياس االقتصادي المتقدم: النظ)2002(كاظم، اموري هادي، مسلم، باسم شليبه، .3 العراق. 4. hajkora, d. and hurnik, j., (2007), cobb-douglas production function: the case of converging economy, journal of economics and finance, vol. 57, no.9-10, pp.465-468. 367 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 5. kubokawa, t. and srivastava, m.s., (2003), improved empirical bayes ridge regression estimators under multicollinearity, internet reference, cirje-f-190. 6. drappers, n.r. and smith, h., (1981), applied regression analysis, second edition, john wiley and sons, new york. 7. graybill, f.a., (1976), theory and application of the linear model, wadsworth publishing company, inc.usa. table (1) pt lt kt tt yt = ln pt x1 = ln lt x2 = ln kt 77187839 3597 50000000 1 18.16175 8.18786 17.72753 45565859 2601 50000000 2 17.63467 7.86365 17.72753 159555332 2636 50000000 3 18.88790 7.87702 17.72753 416864650 2897 50000000 4 19.84827 7.97143 17.72753 1307335567 2928 50000000 5 20.99126 7.98207 17.72753 3518767839 3182 50000000 6 21.98138 8.06527 17.72753 4973225270 2957 50000000 7 22.32733 7.99193 17.72753 6260702000 2689 50000000 8 22.55756 7.89692 17.72753 10104612000 2376 50000000 9 23.03626 7.77317 17.72753 6451468000 2460 50000000 10 22.58757 7.80792 17.72753 12147023000 2451 1450000000 11 23.22035 7.80425 21.09483 17559452000 2628 1543829187 12 23.58886 7.87398 21.15753 27728280000 2699 1520000000 13 24.04572 7.90064 21.14198 7731060000 2727 1520000000 14 22.76851 7.91096 21.14198 4449594000 2788 1520000000 15 22.21608 7.93308 21.14198 3451738000 3687 1520000000 16 21.96214 8.21257 21.14198 2939702000 4680 1520000000 17 21.80157 8.45105 21.14198 7093426000 4925 1520000000 18 22.68243 8.50208 21.14198 8423365000 4561 1520000000 19 22.85428 8.42530 21.14198 38318430000 4434 1520000000 20 24.36920 8.39706 21.14198 39984891000 4471 1520000000 21 24.41177 8.40537 21.14198 table (2) anova source df ss ms f regression 3 55.884 18.628 19.10 368 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 error 17 16.577 0.975 total 20 72.460 -cobbإستعمال طريقة المربعات الصغرى المقيدة لتقدير وتحليل معلمات دالة االنتاج لـ douglas مع تطبيق عملي حازم منصور كوركيس ، أحمد عيسى عبد النبي جامعة بغداد -كلية التربية ابن الهيثم -قسم الرياضيات 2011تشرين األول 18قبل البحث في : 2011أيلول 8 استلم البحث في : الخالصة (cobb-douglas)فــي هــذا البحــث تــم اســتعملت طريقــة المربعــات الصــغرى المقيــدة لتقــدير معلمــات دالــة االنتــاج لــــ ومـن ثــم تحليــل وتفســير النتــائج التــي تــم التوصــل إليهــا مــع تطبيــق عملــي لتقــدير دالــة االنتــاج فــي الشــركة العامــة للصــناعات الجـــراء الحســـابات (spss)) وقــد قمنـــا باالســـتعانة بالبرنــامج االحصـــائي الجــاهز 2010-1990الجلديــة فـــي العــراق للمـــدة ( المطلوبة ، مقدرات المربعات الصغرى cobb-douglasطي العام ، دالة االنتاج لـ األنموذج الخالكلمات المفتاحية: . مقدرات المربعات الصغرى المقيدة، التعدد الخطي االعتيادية ، a production function is a mathematical description of the various production activities faced by a firm. algebraically, it can be written as: [1] q = f(x1,x2,…,xn) …(1) where q represents the flow of output produced and x1,x2,…,xn are the flows of inputs, each measured in physical quantities. often production functions appear in literature written with two inputs as q = f(k,l) where k denotes the amount of ... thus, economists use production function in conjunction with marginal productivity theory to provide explanations of factor prices and the levels of factor utilization. the marginal productivity of an input is the additional output that can be produced by employing one more unit of the input while holding all other inputs constant [2]. algebraically, is the marginal productivity of capital and is the marginal productivity of labor. it is assumed that both marginal productivities are positive, that is > 0, > 0. the negative marginal productivity means that using more of the input results in less output being produced. it is also usually assumed that the production process exhibits diminishing marginal productivity. this means that successive additions of one factor while keeping the other one constant yields smaller and smaller increases of output, that is: 3. deriving the cobb-douglas production function 4. the case of multicollinearity قسم الرياضيات كلية التربية ابن الهيثم جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في : 8 أيلول 2011 قبل البحث في : 18 تشرين الأول 2011 في هذا البحث تم استعملت طريقة المربعات الصغرى المقيدة لتقدير معلمات دالة الانتاج لـ (cobb-douglas) ومن ثم تحليل وتفسير النتائج التي تم التوصل إليها مع تطبيق عملي لتقدير دالة الانتاج في الشركة العامة للصناعات الجلدية في العراق للمدة (1990-2010)... microsoft word 11-18   11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       anatomical features of fraxinus ornus l. growing in iraq abstract fraxinus ornus l. is considered as a special species that is frequently planted as a decorative tree in most of the country. the cross-sections of the root and stem are circular in shape and in the secondary growth stage, the vascular tissue in the root and stem consists of secondary xylem in radial rows and the type of vessels in the xylem are ring pours wood. epidermal cells of leaves undulate on the upper and lower side, hairs are uniseriate and unicellular and the stomata appeared in the abaxial surface only is anomocytic type. the vertical-section of blade leaf includes upper epidermis and lower epidermis followed by the palisade layer and spongy layers. the cross-section of petiole horseshoe shape and the vascular bundles are covered by sclerenchyma cells and distributed as groups. keywords: anatomy, fraxinus ornus l., oleaceae family, iraq. 1. introduction fraxinus ornus l. is a deciduous tree from oleaceae family, native in europe and introduced to iraq, the ancient name in iraq manna ash tree. ibn al-baitar (c. 1240) mentioned the name dardar and lisan at tair (bird’s tongue) used to description the elm of tree, after him ibn wafid used the other name lisan al-asfur (sparrow tongue) referring to the fruit of ash not the elm [1]. the trees of fraxinus ornus are medium in size. the plant with male flowers is isolated from the plant that carries the female flowers. the fruit are known as samara and the seeds are known keys or helicopters [2]. in greek mythology, they thought that the meliae nymphs came from of the ash tree, especially the fraxinus ornus, in norse mythology, the ash tree symbolized the first man or yew tree and they were considered as trees where ancient religious rituals were held, also namely needle ash or eddas, or vetgrønster vida in ancient sources [3]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2468 article history: received 22 december 2019, accepted 12 february 2020, published in july 2020. muazaz azeez h. al-hadeethi  lanja hewa khal jwad kadhem ali department of biology, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, iraq college of agricultural sciences engineering, university of sulaimani college of agriculture, university of al-qasimi green, iraq. lubni_a75@yahoo.com   12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 elsewhere in europe mythology, it was written in it that the ash leaves were ejected the snakes by using the branches of the tree [4]. also, in the irish folklore mention that the shadows of ash tree would harm the crops and in cheshire a county in western central england, and can be used to treat the warts and disease of babies caused by vitamin d lack [5]. [6]. refer that the wood of fraxinus ornus tree is considered a hardwood, thickness, tough, elastic and very strong, usually used in the artificial goods like as arches, handles and other uses exacting that demanding high force, flexibility, the solid structure, elasticity and flexibility, in addition, the good looks make the ash tree a perfect wood for making the curved parts of the furniture like as staircases or some art objects that include torsions, arches or certain curvatures like as parts of an electric guitar, drum shells, office furniture, making baseball bats. the leaves of the ash tree are used for animal grazing, also cut off the branches in the autumn season can be supplied the domestic animals in winter [7]. the aim of this research is to distinguish the tissues that give this plant a force by the anatomical way to be used in the industrial materials in various fields of life. this anatomy study is also the first for this species in iraq. 2. material and methods 2.1. collection and authentication of plant material fraxinus ornus plant was gain from the herbal garden of al-gherai'at north of baghdad (latitude of al-gherai'at: 33.4051920, 44.3473190) at april 2018. the plant was specified by using the flora of iraq as a source [1]. figure 1. the wet parts of samples of the plants were preserved in formalin acetic acid (faa) [8]. for 24 hours and then moved in 70% alcohol. the epidermis was done by putting the leaves in 0.5% hypochlorite al-sodium for 10-20 min to remove the chlorophyll, then washed off with distilled water and stained by safranin 1% for 30minute [9]. finally, the epidermal samples were examined by olympus krüss light microscope then photographed using mc500 camera. the stomatal index was extracted by [10]. stomatal index = 100 for doing sectioning parts of root by hand section, the procedure was performed according to [11]. we was took the parts of plants that was put in 70% ethanol, then sectioned by a razor blade into thin and small pieces (4-6 cm) then put in 0.5% hypochlorite al-sodium for 5 mint to clear the tissue and finally put on the slide with cover slides and dpx then, examined it by olympus krüss light microscope then photographed using mc500 camera. the permanent slides of cross sections for the stem, leaves and petiole followed by [12]. as follows: leaves and petioles were cut into small pieces with a length of (0.5-2) cm. pieces put in vials with (20) ml formalin acetic acid (f.a.a.) and left for (20-24) hours at room temperature. the samples were currently washed with distilled water and put in 70% alcohol, then dehydrated in tertiary butyl alcohol (tba) series as in table 1. samples were put in paraffin four times; each time remained for three days, and then embedded in paraffin which was poured in boxes made of cardboard satin for sectioning with sliding microtome. the sectioning were performed using sliding microtome (leica sm 200r sliding) with a thickness of (8-12 µm), after sectioning the ribbons and put on a water bath (40-45 c°) with the aid of 0.5% gelatin to fix the ribbons on the slide and then put on hot plate (40 c°) for drying. the wax was removed from ribbon by passing the slides containing plants pieces in different solutions as following: (xylene for (5mins.), xylene + 100% alcohol (1:1) for (5 mins.), ether + 100% alcohol (1:1) for (5 mins.), 100%   13 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 alcohol for (5 mins.), 95% alcohol for (5 mins.), 70% alcohol for (5 mins.), stained in 1% safranin in alcohol for (12-24) hours, washed by distilled water 3-4 times for (1-2) sec., 95% alcohol for (10 sec.), fast green for (1-3) sec., clove oil + 100% alcohol + xylene (2:1:1) 2-3 times, xylene + 100% alcohol (1:1) for (5 mins.), xylene for (10 mins.). table 1. tertiary butyl alcohol (tba) dehydration series. tba series distilled water absolute ethanol 95% ethanol tba time tpa1 50% 0 40% 10% 3-6 h tpa2 30% 0 50% 20% 3-6 h tpa3 15% 0 50% 35% 24 h tpa4 0 0 45% 55% 24 h tpa5 0 25% 0 75% 24 h 3. results and desiccation 3.1. description of species: fraxinus ornus l. is a genus of flowering plants medium to large trees, around 7-10.5 m and can reach up to 22 m, the stem cylindrical and the leaves are opposite in whorls of three, shiny green color, petiolet and pinnately figure 1. most fraxinus having male and female flowers on separate plants are used as an ornamental, the seeds are known as keys or helicopter and the type of fruit are known as a samara. the result agrees with [13,14,15]. 3.2. cross section of roots: the cross section of root circular shape and in the secondary growth stage, the average thickness of epidermis 5.5 µm and the cortex are very thin were the average reached to 27.5 µm, the vascular bundle consist from xylem and phloem and the average of vascular bundle thickness are 115.6 µm, the type of vessels in the xylem are ring pours wood. the pith very wide table 2. & figure 2. the results agree with [16]. 3.3. cross section of stems: the cross section of stem is circular shape, also they are in secondary growth stage like root, the average thickness of periderm is 4.5 µm, the cortex includes 4-6 layered from collenchyma tissue beneath the periderm and 7-10 layers of parenchyma tissue. the vascular tissue includes from the secondary xylem in radial rows and the type of vessels in the xylem are ring pours wood, this is considering an important taxonomic characteristic for distinguishing between species within one genus and among other genus within same family; the secondary phloem is outside the xylem table 2. & figure 3. the results are confirmed with [17]. 3.4. leaves section: epidermal cells of blade are undulate on the upper and lower side. hairs are uniseriate and unicellular have conical shape. stomata is appeared in the abaxial surface only and the adaxial surface free from stomata, the type of stomata is anomocytic type, the stomatal frequency 80/mm2 on the abaxial side, and the stomatal index 3.11, also the stomata length reached to 2329 (26.5) μm and the width is 22-25 (23.5) figure 4. the results agrees with [18]. the measurements of leaf blade and midrib appear in the table 1.the vertical section of blade leaf covering by cuticle, the average of the thickness 2.5 μm, upper epidermis is single layer contain from large cells oval in shape the average thickness 6.5 μm, follow the epidermis one palisade layers, 29.1 μm, under it five spongy layers the average thickness 52.1 μm and the lower epidermis like the upper (9.5 μm), figure 5a.   14 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 the edge shape of leaf like a snake curved to the down figure 5b. this feature is considered as special characters to discriminate between species in the same genus [19]. vascular bundle, open and collateral consists of xylem and phloem. 3.5. cross section of petioles: the cross-section of petiole horseshoe shape, the epidermis is single-layered, the cortex includes 2-3 layered of collenchyma cells under the epidermis and 3-4 layered of parenchyma cells. the vascular bundle is a continue and includes from xylem and phloem covered from outside by sclerenchyma tissue and distributed as groups. the pith located in the center includes parenchyma cells isodiametric shape throw of it the ordinary schizogenous intercellular space figure 6. table 2. the measurements characters of root and stem in the fraxinus ornus l. characters cuticle thickness epidermis thickness cortex thickness o vascular bundle thickness root nil 4.5-6 (5.5) 20.5-28.3 (27.5) 110-120.5 (115.6) stem 2.3-2.6 (2.6) 3.5-5.5 (4.5) 20.5-28.3 (27.5) 110-120.5 (115.6) table 3. the measurements characters of leaves in the fraxinus ornus l. characters cuticle thickness upper epidermis thickness lower epidermis thickness o palisade layers thickness spongy layers thickness leaf 1.5-2.7 (2.5) 6.7-7.2 (6.5) 8.3-11.1 (9.5) 27.2-31.5 (29.1) 48.4-56.5 (52.1) figure 1. tree and leaf in the fraxinus ornus l.   15 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 2. cross-section of root in the fraxinus ornus l (40x). figure 3. cross-section of stem in the fraxinus ornus l. (40x).   16 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 4. upper and lower of epidermis of leaf in the fraxinus ornus l. (40x). figure 5. longitudinal-section of blade of leaf in the fraxinus ornus l. (a: 40x) and (b: 10x).   17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 6. cross-section of petiole of leaf in the fraxinus ornus l. (10x). 4. conclusion based on the results, fraxinus ornus l. is considered as a special species which is frequently grown as a decorative tree in most of the countries. also, the hardwood of this tree is used in artificial goods and because most of the anatomical features are unclear for many researchers. this work clarifies the anatomical features of this species to help many researchers and agriculturist to know how can care and breed this plant. references 1. townsend, c.c.; guest, e. flora of iraq. ministry of agriculture, iraq.1966, 4, 504. 2. qin, s. . fraxinus linnaeus, flora of china.1959, 15, 2, 1-273. 3. sunset western garden book.1995, 606–607. 4. mallory, j.; adams p.; douglas, q. encyclopedia of indo-european culture taylor & francis.1997, 32. 5. kowalski t. chalara fraxinea sp. nov. associated with dieback of ash (fraxinus excelsior) in poland forest pathology.2006, 36, 4, 264-270. 6. hinsinger, d.d.; basak, j.; gaudeul, m.; cruaud, c.; bertolino, p.; frascaria-lacoste, n.; bousquet, j. the phylogeny and biogeographic history of ashes ( fraxinus , oleaceae) highlight the roles of migration and vicariance in the diversification of temperate trees.2013, 8, 11, e80431. 7. dumont, d.j. the ash tree in indo-european culture.mankind quarterly.1992, 32, 4, 323336. 8. johanson, a.d. plant microtechnique.1st ed. mc. graw-hill book company, new york and london.1940, 523. 9. al-hadeethi, m.a. anatomical and palynological study of myrtus communis l. diyala journal for pure science.2016, 12, 4-part 1, 1-15.   18 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 10. stace, c.a. the significance of the leaf epidermis in the taxonomy of the combretaceae: i. a general review of tribal, generic and specific characters. journal of the linnean society of london, botany.1965, 59, 378, 229-252. 11. hasan, m.a.; al-taweel, s.k.; hamza, j.h.; jewad, w.m. effect of seed weight on stem anatomical characters in white lupine (lupinus albus l.) cultivars. indian j. agric. res.2018, 52, 6, 666-670. 12. thammathaworn a. handbook by paraffin method. 1996.. department of biology, faculty of science, khon kaen universality, thailand. 13. yaltırık, f. türkiye’deki doğal oleaceae taksonlarının sistematik revizyonu. i̇stanbul üniversitesi orman fakültesi yayınları.1978, 250, 118. 14. browicz, k. chorology of trees and shrubs in south-west asia and adjacent regions. polish academy of sciences, institute of dendrology, polish scientific publishers, poznan.1984, 3, 20–21. 15. yilmaz, m., tonguc, f. fruit and seed size variability of fraxinus ornus subsp. cilicica. ijnes.2009, 3, 3, 122–125. 16. alves, e.s.; angyalossy-alfonso, v. ecological trends in the wood anatomy of some brazilian species. 1. growth rings and vessels. iawa journal.2000, 21, 1, 3-30. 17. baas, p.; esser, p.m.; van-der-westen, m.e., zandee, m. wood anatomy of oleaceae. iawa bull.91988, 103-182. 18. baas, p., zhang, x. wood anatomy of trees and shrubs from china i. oleaceae. iawa bull.1986, 7, 195-220. 19. esau, k. esau’s plant anatomy: meristems, cells, and tissues of the plant body, their structure, function, and development. ray f. evert. (3rd ed.). hoboken, new jersey. canada.2006, 607.   @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 determination of some essential elements in iraqi medicinal herbs intidhar d. sulaiman rafea k. alkubaisy jasm d. salman dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 6 may 2012 , accepted in : 15 october 2012 abstract the trace elements in the medical herbs play an important role in the treatment of diseases. well selected herbs samples of iraqi herbs and collected from local markets. in this study, the concentrations of nine elements na,k, zn, fe ,co ,cu ,ni , pb and cd were determined in fourteen kinds herbs common belonging to matricaria chamomile cinnamon,pimpinella anisum l., zea maize , anethum graveolens l., jeft, teucrium polium l., cagsia italica,echium talicum l.,ocimum basilcum l., galeopsis sejetum,nigella sative l., cyperus rotundus l.,lupinus jaimehintoniana.the herbs samples were analysed by flameless except na,k, in flame atomic absorption spectrophotometer in different medical herbs.the results indicated that the na and k elements recorded the high concentrations, while the co element recorded the low concentration in all herbs samples. keywords: medicinal herbs, essential elements, atomic absorption. 234 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction medical herbs have been used for many years to cure agreat variety of diseases. recently, according to the world health organization, the use of traditional herbal medicine has spread not only in the developing countries but also in the industrialized ones, as a complementary way to treat and to prevent illnesses [1]. the pharmacological properties of the medicinal plants have been attributed to the presence of active constituents which are responsible for important physiological function in living organisms. it has been reported that trace elements play an important role in the reactions which will lead to the formation of these active constituents [2]. however, a correlation between elemental composition of medicinal plants and their curative properties have not been established yet. besides, element concentrations present in medicinal plants are of great importance to understand their pharmacological actions [3]. analysis has revealed that medicinal plants are natural sources for trace elements. micro nutrien such as cobalt (co), copper (cu), manganese (mn) , molybdenum (mo) and selenium (se) are elements necessary for maintaining the life processes in plants and animals . the required amounts of trace elements are much lower than the required amounts of macronutrients such as ca, mg, k, n and p. for most essential trace elements a high in take causes toxicity. heavy metals have recently come to the forefront dangerous substances and are considered as serious chemical health hazards for human and animals [4-6]. the level of essential elements in medicinal plants is conditional, the content being affected by the geochemical characteristics of the soil and by the ability of plants to selectively accumulate some of these elements [7]. additional sources of these elements for plants are rainfall, atmospheric dusts, plant protection agents and fertilizers, which could be adsorbed through the leaf blades [8]. determination of metal concentrations, especially toxic once in medicinal plants, is of special concern since the industrial pollution of agricultural land and forests is becoming a serious ecological issue in many parts of the world [9-11]. the aim of this study was to analyses the major and trace elements content for fourteen medical herbs. the evaluation of these elements which were essential to human. the analysed major elements were k,na and the trace elements were found to be zn,fe,co,cu,ni,pb, and cd. material and methods samples of fourteen kinds varieties of herbs were collected from local iraqi markets like, all samples were weighed carefully using sensitive balance (0.1 mg sensitive). one gram of each samples digestion carried out by adding (2 ml) of concentrated nitric acid(70%), for several times. heating was for one hour. cooling and dilution to (25ml) in a volumetric flask using double distilled water. all reagents were ultra-pure or analytical reagent (a.r) grade sixamal germany. distilled and deionized water was used for dilution and preparation of reagents and standards. the purity of the distilled water used for preparation of all reagents and calibration standards. heavy metals analysis were carried out using shimadzu a.a.680, flame less atomic absorption spectrophotometer except na and k by flame atomic absorption spectrophotometer (shimadzu a.a.680). results and discussion the different concentrations of elements in the fourteen medical herbs are shown in table (1). the variation in elemental concentration is mainly attributed to the differences in botanical structure, as well as in the mineral composition of the soil in which the plants are 235 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 cultivated. other factors responsible for a variation in elemental content is preferential absorbability of the plant use of fertilizers, irrigation water and climatologica conditions [12]. the major elements that k and na content were observed in figs 1,2 were high in matricaria chanomile (450.00, 67.96 ppm) and low in cinnamon (13.29 ,5.85 ppm) respectively . it is important here to note that the regulation of potassium is intimately involved with that of sodium and the two are largely interdependent. sodium is essential for regulation of osmotic pressure of the body and helps to maintain acidbase and water balance of the body .its dificiency causes loss of body weight and nerves disorder. potassium is accumulated within human cells by the action of the na+, k+ at pase (sodium pump) and it is an activator of some enzymes; in particular co-enzyme is for normal growth and muscle function [13]. it helps in the protein and carbohydrate metabolism. potassium deficiency causes nervous disorder, diabetes, and poor muscular control resulting in paralysis. the elements as zn and fe are essential trace elements (micro nutrients) for living organisms. zinc is relatively non-toxic [14]. zinc deficiency is characterized by recurrent infections, lack of immunity and poor growth .growth retardation skin changes, poor appetite and mental lethargy are some of the manifestations of chronically zinc-deficien human subjects [14].zinc is necessary for the growth and multiplication of cells (enzymes) responsible for dna and rna synthesis for skin integrity, bone metabolism and functioning of taste and eyesight [15]. it is a constituent of many enzymes and insulin. zinc deficiency causes weight loss. pregnant and lactating women require (20 to 25) mg, while normal adult require 15mg of zinc every day.fig. (3) shows the concentrations of zinc in samples studies that range between (0.216-29.09)ppm . the smaller quantity was determinated for cinnamon (0.216 ppm) and the higher for ocinum basilcum l. (29.09 ppm). iron occupies a unique role in the metabolic process. the role of iron in the body is clearly associated with hemoglobin and the transfer of oxygen from lungs to the tissue cells [16]. iron deficiency is the most prevalent nutritional deficiency in humans and is commonly caused by insufficient dietary intake, excessive menstrual flow or multiple births [17].in this case, it results especially an anemia. in various medical herbs samples analyzed, the fe content was observed in fig.(4) that the maximum in matricaria chamomile (6.87 ppm) and minimum in cinnamon (0.47 ppm ). hence the use of matricaria chamomile in general tonic preparation may be advised to compensate for an iron deficiency. cobalt is found in plants and animals bodies essential element for the herbs, which is able to synthesize vitamin b12, which is the main source of co in animal foods. nevertheless , only a part of co in food derived from animals is present in the from of cobalamines, the recommended daily intake of vitamin b12 for adults is 3 mg (0.13 mg co),taking into account that only 50%is absorbed in the intestine [15 ].cobalt is widely distributed throughout the body and highest concentrations are usually found in liver , kindneys and bones. deficiency of vitamin b12 produces a genetic defect and failure of gastric mucosa. vitamin b12 is essential for the maturation of red blood cells. and normal functioning of all cells in humans, deficiency of vitamin b12 leads to a megaloblastic anemia. cobalt also plays an important role in thyroid metabolism in humans. the co concentration ranged between (0.0004ppm) in pimpinella anisuml, jeft , cagsia italica , ocimum basilcum l. and( 0.002ppm) in matricaria chamomile,on the other hand , co were not detectable in anethum graveolens l. , cyperus rotundus l and lupinus jaimehintoniana . copper is one of many metals that are essential to life, despite being as inherently toxic as nonessential trace heavy metals (cadmium, lead). copper deficiency in humans is a rare exception, and would not occur if cu content were more than 2mg in the daily diet [18]. for analysed samples cyperus rotundus l. has the highest content in copper (0.24ppm), followed by lupinus jaimehintoniana (0.22ppm), jeft has the smallest copper concentration (0.021ppm). 236 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 nickel is an essential element for animal nutrition. the nickel requirement of humans has been estimated to be( 25-35) µg/day [19 ] . matricaria chamomile has the great content in nickel (0.45ppm). galeopsis sejetum has the smallest content in ni (0.0014 ppm). lead is not an essential element for life and it is very toxic for the nevous system and for the kindneys [18 ]. the low content was determinated for zea maize and niegella sativa l. (0.027 ppm). and the highest for teucrium polium l . (0.64 ppm) . cadmium concentration ranged between (0.0046 ppm) in niegella sativa l. and (0.13 ppm) in echium talicum l. the cd requirement is (0.006 mg /day) in finished herbal products [20].after comparison; metal limits in the studied medicinal plants with those proposed by who[19 ] , it was found that all studied plants accumulate cd above this limit. cd causes both acute and chronic poisoning, adverse effect on kidney, liver, vascular and immune system [20]. in this study, we can observe that the matricaria chamomile shows the high concentrations of na, k, fe ,co , and ni in all sample studies but the cinnamon show the low concentrations of na , k, fe and zn , while echium talicum l. , teucrium polium l., recorded the high concentrations of cdand pb respectively and the nigella sativa l. , zea maize recorded the lowest values of cd and pb . pimpinella anisuml, jeft , cagsia italica , ocimum basilcum l , shows the similar values (0.0004ppm) this the low values of co . accuracy and precision the accuracy and precision of the results were also evaluated by analyzing each herb sample was found, by standard deviation and relative standard deviation percentage for each element, as shown in table (2). the accuracy of the results( ± 0.05%). references 1.world health organization, (w.h.o.) (2003) '' traditional medicine, fact sheet '' no. 134. 2.serforarmah,y.; nyarko , b.j.b.; akaho , e . h. k.; kyere, a. w. k.; osae , s.; oppong boachie , k . and osae , e .k . j . (2001) "activation anaylsis of some essential elements in five medicinal plants used in ghana " j . radioanal . nucl . chem. 250 (1):173-176 3.serforarmah,y.; nyarko , b.j.b.; akaho , e . h. k.; kyere , a. w. k . ; osae , s. and oppong boachie , k. (2002) "multielemental analysis of some traditional plants medicines used in ghana" j. trace microprobe tech. 20(3):419-427. 4.abu-arab, a.a.k. and abou donia, m.a.(2002) “heavy metals in egyptian spices and medicinal plants and the effect of processing on their levels”. j.agric. food chem. 48:23002304. 5.massadeh, a.m. and snook, r.o.(2002) “determination of pb and cd in road dusts over the period in which pb was removed from petrol in the uk” j. of environmental monitoring. 4:567 -572. 6.johnsson , l.(2003) “hazards of heavy metal contamination”. british medical bulletin 68:167-182. 7.bin,c.; xiaouru , w. and lee, f.s.c.(2001) “pyrolysis coupled with atomic absorption spectrometry for determination of mercury in chinese medicinal materials”. anal.chim.acta. 447:161-169. 8.lozak,a.; ,solty,k.; ostapezuk,p. and fijalek,z.(2002)“determination of selected trace elements in herbs and their infusions”. sci.total environ, 289:33-40. 9.ajasa,a.v.o.; bello,m.o.; ibrahim , a.o.;ogunwarde, i.a. and olawore , n.o.(2004) “heavy trace metals and macronutrients status in herbal plants of nigeria”.food chemistry 85:67-71. 237 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 10.erdemoglu,s.b. and basgel,s.(2006). “determination of mineral and trace elements in some medicinal herbs and their infusions consumed in turkey”. j.sci.total environment, 359(1):82-89. 11.al-alawi , m.m. and mandiwana, k.l.(2007) “the use of aleppo pine needles as abiomonitor of heavy metals in the atmosphere”. journal of hazardous materials. 148:43-46. 12.rajurkor, n.s. and pardeshi,b.m.(1997). “analysis of some herbal plants from india used in the control of diabetes mellitus by naa and aas techniques”. appl. radiat. isot.48:1059. 13.brich , n.j. and padgham, c.(1994) “handbook on metals in clinical and analytical chemistry”. marcel dekker, new york. 14.prasad, a.s.(1982). “clinical, biochemical and nutritional aspects of trace elements” alan r.liss, inc, new york. 15.thunus,l. and lejeune , r.(1994) “handbook on metals in clinical and analytical chemistry”. marcel dekker, new york. 16.sigal,h. (1978). “metals in biological systems”. marcel dekker, new york. 17.reddy , m.b.;chidambaram, m.v. and bates,g.w.(1987) “iron transport in microbes, plants and animals”.vch,new york. 18.stef, d.s.; gergen, i.; monica, h.; lavinia, s.f; marioara, d. ;romona, b. and heghedus , m.g. (2009) “determination of the microelements content of some medicinal herbs” .j. of agro alimentary processes and technologies. 15(1):163-167. 19.anke , m.; angelow,l.; glei, m.; muller, m. and illing , h. (1995) “the biological importance of nickel in the food chain fresenius” j. anal. chem. 352:92-96. 20.world health organization (w.h.o.) (2005) “quality control methods for medicinal plants materials revised,geneva” 21.heyes, r.b.(1997) “the carcinogenicity of metals in humans” cancer causes conrol, 8: 371-385. table (1): concentrations mg/l(ppm) of essential elements in medical herbs no name of the herbs na k zn fe co cu ni pb cd 1 matricaria chamomile 67.960 450.00 1.250 6.870 0.002 0.140 0.450 0.046 0.010 2 cinnamon 5.850 13.290 0.216 0.470 0.0009 0.068 0.110 0.042 0.024 3 pimpinella anisum l. 8.510 47.460 0.650 1.260 0.0004 0.041 0.012 0.250 0.066 4 zea maize 6.800 87.340 0.790 0.788 0.0009 0.044 0.017 0.027 0.076 5 anethum graveolens l. 13.820 86.390 0.990 1.280 nil 0.051 0.023 0.110 0.018 6 ventouse (jeft) 6.100 37.68 1.770 0.560 0.0004 0.021 0.007 0.240 0.082 7 teucrum polium l. 16.870 91.130 0.760 1.840 0.0009 0.085 0.057 0.640 0.079 8 cagsia italica 9.530 38.540 3.390 1.150 0.0004 0.220 0.100 0.220 0.078 9 echium talicum l. 9.140 151.00 0.680 2.020 0.0019 0.088 0.037 0.500 0.130 10 ocimum basilum l. 7.180 40.820 29.090 0.470 0.0004 0.077 0.030 0.10 0.030 11 galeopsis sejetum 10.070 21.450 0.860 1.014 0.0009 0.180 0.0014 0.054 0.078 12 nigella sativa l. 9.680 28.000 0.770 0.610 0.0009 0.190 0.0093 0.027 0.0046 13 cyperus rotundus l. 18.820 29.900 0.420 1.059 nil 0.240 0.008 0.093 0.026 14 lupinus jaimehintoniana 12.670 37.020 0.710 0.490 nil 0.220 0.014 0.034 0.029 238 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (2): the standard deviation and relative standard deviation for each metal. % r.s.d. s.d metal 0.147 0.1 na 0.157 0.071 k 0.343 0.1 zn 1.029 0.071 fe 790.56 0.0158 co 13.176 0.0316 cu 15.71 0.0707 ni 4.941 0.0316 pb 790.56 0.0158 cd fig. (1): concentration of sodium in fig. (2): concentration of potassium in herbs samples hrebs samples fig. (3): concentration of zinc in fig. (4): concentration of iron in herbs samples hrebs samples po ta ss iu m (p pm ) so di um (p pm ) zi nc (p pm ) ir on (p pm ) 239 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 االعشاب الطبیة العراقیةالعناصر االساسیة في نماذج من بعض تعیین انتظار داود سلیمان رافع قدوري الكبیسي جاسم داود سلمان جامعة بغداد / (إبن الھیثم) كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الكیمیاء 2012تشرین األول 15، قبل البحث في : 2012آیار 6استلم البحث في : الخالصة ان العناصر االساسیة الموجوده في االعشاب الطبیة المستعملة في عالج االمراض مھمة ولھا دور اساسي في ھذه والبوتاسیوم، والزنك، والحدید، ،المعالجة .تضمنت الدراسة تعیین تراكیز بعض العناصر االساسیة، وھي: الصودیوم یوم في مجموعة من االعشاب الطبیة التي جمعت من االسواق المحلیة والكوبلت، والنحاس، والنیكل، والرصاص، والكادم في العراق ، والتي تضمنت اربع عشرانموذجاً متنوعآ وھي على التوالي البابونك، والدارسین، والینسونن وكفشة الذرة، اء، والسعد، والترمز .وحبة الحلوة، والجفت، والجعدة، والسنمكین والورد ماوي، وبذور الریحان، والخوبة، وحبة السود حللت العناصر باستخدام تقنیة االمتصاص الذري اللھبي وغیر اللھبي . تشیر النتائج الى ان تركیز عنصري الصودیوم والبوتاسیوم عال نسبیاً، في حین سجل عنصر الكوبلت اقل التراكیز مقارنة بتراكیز العناصر النزرة االخرى ولجمیع نماذج االعشاب. االعشاب الطبیة ، العناصر االساسیة ، طیف االمتصاص الذري. : لكلمات المفتاحیةا 240 | chemistry microsoft word 7-16 7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 study influence of substrate temperature on optical properties of cds thin films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis karrar mahdi saleh ashur secondary school ,directorate of education baghdad rusafa first, baghdad, iraq amaramar123h@gmail.com article history: received in:18 october 2018, accepted in:13 december2018, publish january, 2019 abstract this study aims to prepare cadmium sulphide (cds) thin films using thermal chemical spray pyrolysis (csp) on glass of different temperatures substrate from cadmium nitrate solution. constant thickness was (430 ± 20 nm) and the effect of substrate temperature on the optical properties of prepared thin films. optical properties have been studied from transmittance and absorbance spectral within wavelengths range (360 900 nm). the results show that all the prepared films have a direct electron transitions and optical energy gap between (2.31-2.44 ev). they also show that the transmittance and optical energy gap of films prepared from nitrate solution increase with increasing of substrate temperature, then transmittance start downward with the continued increase in temperature (400, 450) oc. keywords: optical properties, chemical spray pyrolysis (csp), cadmium sulphide (cds), substrate temperature. 1. introduction the study of thin film materials is of interest to researchers as they are the main elements of the continuous technological advances in the fields of electron, optical and magnetic devices [1]. the term thin films used to describe a layer or several layers of solid atoms that are deposited on a solid substrate so that the thickness of the thin films is less than (1μm). thin films have a large surface area compared to their size and therefore exhibit different characteristics than those of bulk materials. in addition, the possibility of changing their optical and electrical characteristics depend on the methods of preparation and conditions, such as changing the type of additive or change the temperature of the substrate and type such as glass, quartz, silicon or aluminum and others [2].thin-film technology is one of the most important technologies that has contributed to the development and study of semiconductors, which have recently gained considerable interest in nanotechnology researchers and have given a clear idea of many of the physical and chemical properties of these substances whose properties are difficult to obtain naturally [3]. the importance of semi-conductor materials in the scientific and industrial fields has been emphasized for its unique physical characteristics. it has been used in many applications for example: transistor, integrated circuits, diodes used as emitters, light emitting diodes, solar cells, photovoltaic filters, reagents and magnetic memory devices [4,5]. optical properties are very important in studying the behavior of semiconducting materials, by means of which the appropriate practical application can be learned. visual behavior is closely related to crystalline structure of matter and the composition of energy levels. the optical characteristics 8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 of (cds) thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures, including transmittance and absorption measurements for all thin films within the range of wavelengths (360 – 900) nm and at temperatures of (250, 300, 350, 400, 450) ºc and (430 ± 20nm). reflectivity and many optical constants were calculated by means of the transmittance and absorptive spectra of these thin films, optical energy gap, extinction coefficient, refractive index, dielectric constant real and imaginary partially. 2. materials and methods 2.1. preparation of solution cadmium supplied thin films are introduced in a chemical degradation manner: 1. the water solution of the cadmium hydrothermal nitrate (cd (no3)2.4h2o) was a quick soluble white substance in water of molecular weight (308.47g / mol) and purity (99.999 %) which was a source of cadmium ions (cd+2) 0.1m) by dissolving a certain weight of cadmium nitrate using a magnetic mixer in a certain volume of distilled water according to the following relationship [6]: 𝑀 (1) where: m is molecular concentration, wt is the weight required to melt, v is volume of distilled water, mwt is molecular weight of matter 2. the thiourea solution (ch4n2s), a white soluble powder (76.11g / mol) with purity (99%) and 0.1 mg, is a source of sulfur ions (s-2). 2.2. thin film deposition cds thin films are placed on the heated glass substrate at different temperatures (250, 300, 350, 400, 450) with a spray of the solution of the cadmium nitrate and the thiourea solution by spray on the hot glass substrate, limiting the reaction by the heat. cadmium supplied is deposited on the surface of the substrate according to the chemical reaction that follows: cd (no3) 2 + ch4n2s cds + 2nh4 + no3 + co2 2.3. factors influencing thin films properties 2.3.1. substrate temperature samples are prepared of (cds) with a temperature degree (623k), they formed highly corrosive thin films with good homogeneity, free from aggregations and defects. 2.3.2. solution type the solution has an important role in the homogeneity and adhesion thin films and degree of crystallization where the solution of cadmium nitrate was used to prepare (cds) thin films, as well as the iron nitrate solution to prepare the doping thin films (cds: fe+3). 2.3.3. substrate position place the substrata on the center of the electric heater plate to obtain homogeneity in the films and the spray device is vertical on the substrata. 9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 0 20 40 60 80 100 380 480 580 680 780 880 250°c 300°c 350°c 400°c 450°c 2.3.4. vertical distance we obtained the best result at a height of (29 ± 1) cm. increasing this distance leads to the volatilization of the solution spray away from the substrata surface. reducing this distance leads to the concentration of the solution spray in one spot and thus the substrata is not homogeneous. 2.3.5. spray rate the spray rate is calculated by the flow of the solution from the solution per minute. the best spraying rate in this experiment is (6 ml / s). 2.3.6. average spray time in this study, the solution was sprayed (8s) followed by a (2) min stop (2min) and repeated several times until the required thickness are reached. 2.3.7. air pressure air pressure was installed in the glass chamber of the spray device when all thin films are prepared up to (105 n / m2) for homogeneous membranes. 3. results and discussion for optical properties and electronic transitions, a spectrometer (uv-1700-1650, uvvisible recording spectrophotometer), supplied by japan's shimadzu absorption absorption (a) and transmittance (t), was used for all prepared thin films and for wavelengths (380 900 nm) and at room temperature. 3.1. transmittance (t) the change in transmittance with the wavelength of the thin films (cds) and at different substrate temperatures, as illustrated in figure1. the results showed that the transmittance increases with the increase of the wavelength of all thin films and increases with the increase of the temperature of the substrate to (350) ̊c and then begins with decreasing and continuing to increase the temperature of the substrate. this change is due to two reasons, the change of reflectivity due to the change of surface roughness and absorption due to the change of energy gap. figure 1. transmittance relationship as function of the wavelength of thin films prepared at a different substrate temperature. 10 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 380 480 580 680 780 880 250°c 300 °c 350°c 400°c 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 380 480 580 680 780 880 250°c 300°c 350°c 400°c 3.2. absorbance (a) the absorption is decreases with increasing wavelength of all thin films. this illustrated from figure 2. the reason for this is that the energy of photons falling at high wavelengths (where low energies) are insufficient for electronic transitions (350 ̊c) and then increase with increasing the substrate temperature and this may be due to a change in the value of the optical energy gap. 3.3. reflectance (r) the reflectivity of the surfaces of pure cadmium sulfide from the absorption (a) and the transmittance (t) spectra of these thin films were calculated according to the following relationship [7]: 𝑅 𝐴 𝑇 1 (2) we observe from figure 3. that the reflectivity decreases with the increase in wavelength and also observe that the reflectivity decreases with the increase of the substrate temperature up to (350 ̊c) and then begins to increase with increasing temperature. this is due to the change of roughness of the surface with increasing temperature where it is known that the roughness is inversely proportional to the particle size. figure 3. relativity relationship as a function of the wavelength of the thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures. figure 2. absorption relationship as a function of the wavelength of the thin films prepared at a different substrate temperature. 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 0.0e+00 4.0e+04 8.0e+04 1.2e+05 380 580 780 250°c 300°c 350°c 400°c 450°c 3.4. absorption coefficient (α) it is known that the amount of energy reflected, absorbed and permeable depends on the surface and nature of the thin films material and the wavelength of the falling photonic beam [8]. the absorption coefficient was calculated using the following formula [9]: 𝜶 2.303 (3) the change in the absorption factor as a function of the wavelength of the (cds) thin films and the different substrate temperatures, as illustrated in figure 4. note that all thin films have a high absorption factor (α > 104 cm-1). this is likely to result in direct electronic transitions [10]. 3.5. optical energy gap (eg) the optical energy gap is defined as the energy needed to excite the electrons from the top of the valence beam to the bottom of the conduction beam. [11] it is called the forbidden or prohibited because the period of time the electron has energy in this region is very short. [12] the most important optical constants that rely on the physics of semiconductors to manufacture many electronic devices such as solar cells, reagents, optical diodes and others [13]. the optical energy gap was calculated using the following equation [14]: αhv b hv egopt r (4) where: b: the proportionality constant depends on the nature of the material. r: the transition order is visual and depends on the nature of the electronic transmission. by drawing the graphic relationship between (αhυ)2 and (hυ), as in figure 5. the optical energy gap was calculated when [(αhυ) 2 = 0] from the junction area of the tangent with the (hυ) axis. thus, the intersection point represents the energy gap. figure 6. shows an increase in the energy gap with increasing the temperature of the substrate. this can be explained by the fact that increasing the temperature improves the crystalline state of the grid, thus increasing the optical energy gap. figure 4. the absorption coefficient relationship as a function of the wavelength for thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures. 12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.305 2.315 2.325 2.335 2.345 250 300 350 400 450 3.6. extinction coefficient (k˳) the extinction coefficient was calculated according to the following formula [15]: ko (5) figure 5. relationship (αhυ)2 with photon energy of thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures figure 6. optical energy gap values for prepared thin films with different substrate temperatures 13 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 380 480 580 680 780 880 250°c 300°c 350°c 400°c 450°c 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 380 480 580 680 780 880 250°c 300°c 350°c 400°c 450°c figure 7. shows the change in the extinction coefficient as a function of the wavelength of the thin films (cds) for the different substrate temperatures. it can be noted that the coefficient of inertia decreases by increasing the wavelength, and a sharp decrease at wavelength (λ > 500 nm). this is due to the decrease in absorption at high wavelengths, when the falling photon energy is less than the energy gap value. the results show a decrease and a slight increase continuously the increase in the substrate temperature in the values of the extinction coefficient, and the reason for this change to the local levels formed within the energy gap, which led to a change in the absorption coefficient and then change the extinction coefficient. 3.7. refractive index (n˳) according to the refractive index using the following relationship [16]: 𝐧˳ 𝐜 𝐯 (6) where: c is the speed of light in the vacuum. v: the speed of light in the material. note from figure 8. that the refractive index increases with wavelength increase when (λ < 500 nm). then starts to decrease when (λ > 500nm) and that the refractive index changes as the base temperature increases. and that the highest value of the refractive index curve corresponds to the energy gap, indicating that direct electronic transmissions occur at that range of energy. figure 7. extinction coefficient relationship as a function of the wavelength of thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures. figure 8. refractive index relationship as a function of the wavelength of thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures. 14 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 0 1 2 3 4 380 480 580 680 780 880 250°c 300°c 350°c 400°c 450°c 3.8. die the interaction between light and center charges occurs because of the energy absorption process in the material. this reaction results in polarization of the medium charge. this polarization is usually described by the complex dielectric constant of the medium (ɛ*) [17]. according to the dielectric constant with its real (εr) and imaginary (εi) of the two equations: 𝐫 𝐧𝐨𝟐 – 𝐤𝐨𝟐 (7) ɛ𝐢 𝟐𝐧𝐤𝐎 (8) it can be seen that the values of ( εr ) and ( εi ) increase with wavelength increase up to (λ ≈ 500 nm) and then start with decreases and for all thin films. in addition, the values of the dielectric constant in its parts change with increasing the base temperature and that the values of the real part are greater than the imaginary part values, (see figures 9. and 10.) respectively, since the real part represents the polarization scale of the membrane. the imaginary part represents the amount of energy dissipated by the movement of polarized aggregates and in the form of heat. 4. conclusions cds thin films permeability higher than 70% for thin films prepared (400 ± 10 nm) and at different substrate temperatures (300, 350) ºc while substrate temperatures (250, 400, 450) ºc were lower within the range of wavelengths (1100 100) nm, all thin films have a high absorption factor (α > 104 cm-1). this is likely to cause direct electron transitions within 0 20 40 60 80 100 380 480 580 680 780 880 250°c 300°c 350°c 400°c figure 9. relation of the real part of the dielectric constant as a function of the wavelength of the thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures. figure 10. relation of the imaginary part of the dielectric constant as a function of the wavelength of the thin films prepared at different substrate temperatures. 15 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 wavelengths (380-880) nm, owning all cds thin films in the current search optical energy gap for direct transmission allowed. by increasing the substrate temperature thin films to (250,300,350,400 ºc), the value is increased of the optical energy gap from 2.31 to 2.34 ev and that the substrate temperature increase to 450 ºc did not change the value of the optical energy gap 2.34ev. the increase in the value of the substrate temperature prepared thin films (250,300,350,400,450) ºc led to a change in the values of the coefficient of inertia, refractive index and constant insulation in the real and imaginary parts within wavelengths (380-880) nm. references 1. wasa, k.; kitabatake, m.; adachi, h. thin film materials technology. william andrew, 2004. 2. eckertova, l. physics of thin films. plenum press, new york and london, 1977. 3. radi,p; brito-madurro,a; madurro, j; dantas, n. characterization and properties of cdo nanocrystals incorporated in polyacrylamide. brazilian journal of physics. 2006. 36, 2, 412-414. 4. greve, d. semiconductor devices and technology. 2012. 5. singh, j. electronic and optoelectronic properties of semiconductor structurescambridge university pres, london, 2003. 6. usharani, k.; balu, a.; shanmugavel, g.; suganya, m; nagarethinam, v. transparent conducting cdo thin films fabricated by low cost simplified spray technique using perfume atomizer. international journal of scientific research and reviews (ijsrr). 2013, 2, 3, 53-68. 7. gusev,a. i.; rempel,s. v.; x-ray diffraction study of the nanostructure. resulting from decomposition of (zrc)1 – x (nbc)x solid solutions. inorganic materials. 2003, 39, 1, 4346. 8. ilican,s.; caglar, y.; caglar, m.; yakuphanoglu, f.; structural, optical and electrical properties of f-doped zno nanorod semiconductor thin films deposited by sol-gel process. applied surface science. 2008, 255, 5, 2353-2359. 9. mott, n. f.; davis electronic processes in non-crystalline materials, 2nd ed, clarendon press, oxford. 1979. 10. dhanam,m.; prabhu, r. r.; manoj, p. k. investigations on chemical bath deposited cadmium selenide thin films. materials chemistry and phys. 2008, 10, 2-3, 289-296. 11. ugwn, e. i.; onah, d.u. optical characteristics of chemical bath deposited cds thin film charactistics within uv visible and nir radiation. the pacific j. of science and technology. 2007, 8, 1, 155-161. 12. acosta,d. r.; magana, c. r.; martines, a. i.; maldonado, a. structural evolution and opticl characterization of indium doped cadmium sulphide thin films obtained by spray pyrolysis for different substrate temperatures. solar energy mater. solar cells, elsevier. 2004, 82, 1-2, 11-20. 13. bilgin, v.; kose, s.; atay, f.; akyuz, i. the effect of substrate temperature on the structural and some of physical properties of ultrasonically sprayed cds thin films. mater. chem. phys. 2005, 94, 1, 103-108. 14. dresselhaus, m. s; optical properties of solids, part ii.1998. 16 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1982 vol. 32 (1) 2019 15. boukhachem, a.; ouni, b.; bouzidi, a.; amlouk, a; boubaker, k.; bouhafs, m.; amlouk,m. quantum effects of indium ytterbium doping on zno-like nano-condensed matter in terms of urbach-martienssen and wemple didomenico single-oscillator models parameters. isrn condensed matter phys. 2012, 1-10. 16. khdayer, i. h. fabrication and studying the photoconducting characteristics of in sb junction with silicon as a single crystal semiconductor. ph. d. thesis. baghdad university. 2005. 17. liu, f.; lai, y.; liu, j.; wang, b.; kuang, s.; zhang, z.; liu, j. ; liu, y. characterization of chemical bath deposited cds thin films at different deposition temperature. j. of alloys and compounds. 2010, 493, 1-2, 305-308. microsoft word 102-109 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 102          estimating of survival function under type one censoring sample for mixture distribution qesma s. abadi iden h. al-kanani department of mathematics, college of science for women, university of baghdad qesma.sabar1103a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract in this article, it is interesting to estimate and derive the three parameters which contain two scales parameters and one shape parameter of a new mixture distribution for the singly type one censored data which is the branch of right censored sample. then to define some special mathematical and statistical properties for this new mixture distribution which is considered one of the continuous distributions characterized by its flexibility. next, using maximum likelihood estimator method for singly type one censored data based on the newton-raphson matrix procedure to find and estimate values of these three parameters by utilizing the real data taken from the national center for research and treatment of hematology/university of mustansiriyah for leukemia diseases. after that we find and derive the estimate of probability density function, estimate survival function and finally estimate the hazard function. keyword: new mixture distribution (nmd), maximum likelihood estimation method (mlem), typeone censored sample data, hazard function. 1.introduction a new proposed distribution was introduced by the researchers iden and maysaa, in (2018) [1] which they called “new mixture distribution”. the new mixture distribution depended on three parts, the first part was a mixture between exponential and standard weibull distributions, the second part was a mixture between exponential and rayleigh distributions, and the third part was a mixture between the first part and the second .this ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/ 33.4.2515 article history: received 31 october,2019, accepted 16 december 2019, published in october 2020 idenalkanani@yahoo.com   103  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 distribution was characterized by a flexible distribution and was based on three parameter 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 two of them were scale parameters 𝛾, 𝛽 and one shape parameter 𝛼. in this paper, reference was made to the previous paper ,which was based on the same idea g.m. cordeiro et.al, in(2014)[5] that represented the new method to find the mixed distribution depending on tail of exponential one parameter distribution and weibull two parameters distribution. suleman.n in (2016)[4] introduced the new distribution depend on the tail of weibull two parameters distribution and rayleigh one parameter distribution. the aim of this paper is to estimate the values of unknown parameters for the new mixed distribution (nmd) based on censored data (typeone censored sample). then to estimate the death density function, survival function and hazard function. the rest of the research is organized as follows: section two is devoted definition and some properties of distribution (nmd), section three is for deriving point estimation and finally, section four is made for results and discussion. 2-definition and properties of (nmd)[2,3]:  the cdf of nmd (𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) is as follows: 𝐹 𝑡 1 𝑒 then the probability density function of (nmd) is as follows: 𝒇 𝒕; 𝜶, 𝜷, 𝜸 𝟐𝜸 𝜷𝐭 𝜶𝐭 𝜶 𝟏 𝒆 𝟐𝜸𝒕 𝜷 𝟐 𝒕𝟐 𝒕𝜶 , 𝒕 𝟎 𝟎 , 𝟎. 𝒘 this new model has two scale parameters which are denoted by 𝛾, 𝛽 and one shape parameter 𝛼 ,the parameter space is follows: 𝛺 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 ; 𝛾 0; 𝛽 0; 𝛼 0    the rth moment of this distribution is: 𝜇 𝐸 𝑡 2𝛾𝑘 𝑟, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝛽𝑘 𝑟 1, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝑘 𝑟 𝑎 1, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 the mean of this distribution is: 𝜇 𝐸 𝑡 2𝛾𝑘 1, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝛽𝑘 2, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝛼𝑘 3, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 the survival of this distribution is: 𝑠 𝑡 𝑒 , 𝑡 0 the hazard of this distribution is: ℎ 𝑡 2𝛾 𝛽𝑡 𝛼𝑡 , 𝑡 0 the variance of this distribution is: 𝜎 2𝛾𝑘 2, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝛽𝑘 3, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝛼𝑘 𝑎 1, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 2𝛾𝑘 1, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝛽𝑘 2, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 𝛼𝑘 𝑎, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 where: 𝑘 𝑟, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 ∑ ! , 𝜓. , ,   𝑘 𝑟 1, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 ∑ ! , 𝜓. , , 𝑘 𝑟 𝛼 1, 𝛾, 𝛽, 𝛼 ∑ ! , 𝜓. , ,   104  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 3. parameters estimation now, we shall show the estimate and derive the unknown parameters of the new mixture distribution by using maximum likelihood method for typeone censoring sample. 3.1. typeone censoring data: it is one of the most important right censoring types .in which the number of failed samples (r) is obtained at the end of a particular experiment or study. these samples are not specified during the time period of 𝑡 𝑡 ⋯ 𝑡 , while from the beginning, the sample size (n) is defined and known to the researcher supervising the experiment and therefore, the number of the remaining samples resulting from the study will be n-r[6]. 3.2. the maximum likelihood estimator method for type-one censoring data: the main advantage of the maximum likelihood properties method contains the best affinity. that means when the values of the data increase, the estimate converges will be better and faster with the (parameters) in short; it maximizes the value of the function [7]. the likelihood function (joint probability density function) of 𝑡 𝑡 ⋯ 𝑡 is as follows:  𝐿 ! ! ∏ 𝑓 𝑡 ; 𝜃 𝑠 𝑡 ; 𝜃 0 𝑡 𝑡 … 𝑡 𝑡                   (1)  the likelihood function for n.m.d (𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 )                   (2)   𝐿 ! ! ∏ 2𝛾 𝛽𝑡 𝛼𝑡 𝑒 𝑒   let ! ! 𝑘 then we get: 𝐿 𝑘 ∏ 2𝛾 𝛽𝑡 𝛼𝑡 𝑒 𝑒                  (3)  after that, we take the logarithm of the two side of the equation: ln 𝐿 𝑙𝑛𝑘 𝑛 𝑚 2𝛾𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 ∑ 𝑙𝑛 2𝛾 𝛽𝑡 𝛼𝑡 ∑ 2𝛾𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 ⋯ 4 deriving the equation (4) for the parameters (𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 ) we obtain three nonlinear equations respectively as follows: 𝑛 𝑚 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡 ∑ ∑ 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡 (5) 𝑛 𝑚 𝑡 ∑ ∑ 𝑡 (6) 𝑛 𝑚 2𝑡 ∑ ∑ 2𝑡 (7) the three nonlinear equation (5), (6), (7) are difficult to solve then, using numerical methods such as newton-raphson procedure will help to find the estimate values for this parameter   105  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝐽 𝑓 𝛼 𝑓 𝛽 𝑓 𝛾 let 𝑓 𝛼 , 𝑓 𝛽 , 𝑓 𝛾 f α 𝑛 𝑚 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡 ∑ ∑ 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡 (8) f 𝛽 𝑛 𝑚 𝑡 ∑ ∑ 𝑡 (9) f 𝛾 𝑛 𝑚 2𝑡 ∑ ∑ 2𝑡                                                           (10) the jacobin matrix (𝑗 ) is defined as the following formula: 𝑗 ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ which is square symmetric matrix now deriving each function f 𝛼 , f 𝛽 , f 𝛾 for the parameters 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 as follows: f α 𝑛 𝑚 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡 ∑ ∑ 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡    𝑛 𝑚 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡 ∑ ∑ 𝑡 𝑙𝑛𝑡   ∑ ∙ ∑    ∑ ∑   similarly the function f(𝛽) deriving for the parameter 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 is as follows: f β 𝑛 𝑚 𝑡 ∑ ∑ 𝑡 ∑ ∑   ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑   for the same deriving the function for the parameters 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 is as follows: f γ 𝑛 𝑚 2𝑡 ∑ ∑ 2𝑡   ∑ ∑   ∑ ∑   ∑ ∑   106  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 finally we stopped the newten-raphson method by using the following formula: 𝛼 𝛼 𝛽 𝛽 𝛾 𝛾 𝜖 𝜖 𝜖 finally, we estimate the probability death density function 𝑓 𝑡 , survival function �̂� 𝑡 and hazard function ℎ 𝑡 where: 𝑓 𝑡 2𝛾 𝛽t 𝛼t 𝑒   �̂� 𝑡 𝑒   ℎ 𝑡 2𝛾 𝛽𝑡 𝛼𝑡     4. results and discussion this study is based on samples and real data taken from the national center for research and treatment of hematology/university of mustansiriya of chronic lymphocytic leukemia which is one type of leukemia cancers that effects people from aged 60-80 years which is symbolized (cll). the duration of the study was six months, equivalent to (184) days. the number of patients who entered the study was (64) patients, (29) of them left the study and we did not know their fate because we were not able to follow up them and (11) of them died during the study period. now, if we know the distribution of this sample (data), we use chi-square test goodness of fit which is determined whether the data (sample) corresponded with the mixture distribution on through the spss program. the null and alternative hypotheses for chi-square test are: 𝐻 : the data are distributed as a mixture distribution 𝐻 : the data are not distributed as a mixture distribution then, calculate chi-square=18.14 tabulate chi-square=18.31 with level of significant (0.05) and degree of freedom equal (10), that means the data are distributed as new mixture distribution nmd by using the initial values for parameters which are taken from (maysaa and iden)[1] 𝛼 1 , 𝛽 0.01 , 𝛾 0.004 after that we utilizing matlab programing we get the following estimated parameters values: 𝛼 0.09956 , 𝛽 0.00151 , 𝛾 0.0028 then we evaluating the results for probability death density function, next evaluating the survival function and evaluating the hazard rate function, then we putt in the following table.   107  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table (1-1): estimated values of functions 𝑓 𝑡 , �̂� 𝑡 , ℎ 𝑡 by mle method ℎ 𝑡   �̂� 𝑡  𝑓 𝑡 failure time 0.08258339982984242389 0.02842736024291173129 0.00234762805704734596 49 0.08549748939977938584 0.02402926645266854301 0.00205444195382150316 51 0.08841918887249708214 0.02019342471617567619 0.0017854862339620879 53 0.09428231132317976755 0.01401267382325285954 0.0013211472758740978 57 0.10164183033684654057 0.00858627088390184751 0.00087272428840775696 62 0.10311718833483269584 0.007750715000492989 0.00079923193843544844 63 0.10607094679609995568 0.00628771429662956728 0.00066694380862687189 65 0.11050854066168478889 0.00454364869879524079 0.00050211198698322505 68 0.11495357074086943566 0.00323988858895136166 0.00037243676210255601 71 0.12534955096770778722 0.00139723621318390798 0.0001751429319184233 78 0.13130282667560130698 0.00083626824009491583 0.00010980438378349287 82   108  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 from the following table we note that: 1. showing that the value of 𝑓 𝑡; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 is decreasing when the life times are increasing. 2. showing that the value of 𝑠 𝑡; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 is decreasing when the life times are increasing. 3. showing that the value of ℎ 𝑡; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 is increasing when the life times are increasing. figure 1. the f(t), s(t) , h(t) respect to t 5. conclusions in this paper, we can derive the parameters of a new mixture distribution which contains three parameters: two of them are scales and one of them is shape for singly type one censoring samples. then we estimate the values of these parameters by using maximum likelihood estimator method. after that we find and estimate the values of probability death density function 𝑓 𝑡 ,survival function�̂� 𝑡 and hazard function ℎ 𝑡 .we note that each of both of the 𝑓 𝑡; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 and 𝑠 𝑡; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 is decreasing when the life times are increasing while the ℎ 𝑡; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 is increasing when the life times are increasing. therefore, we can show the behavior of three probability functions in figure (1). 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 49 51 53 57 62 63 65 68 71 78 82 h(t) s(t) f(t)   109  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 references 1. mohammed, m. j.; hussein, i.h. some estimation methods for new mixture distribution with simulation and application [c]. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 2019, 571, iop publishing, 2. mohammed, m. j. ; hussein, i.h. study of new mixture distribution[a]., int., conf., journal of engineering and apply science icemasp in turky. 2018, 14,7,566573issn:1816-949x 3. mohammed, m. j. ;hussein, i.h. comparison between new mixture distribution and many other distributions[b] . jour adv research in dynamical and control systems, 2018, 10. issn :1943-023x 4. nasiru, s. serial weibull rayleigh distribution: theory and application. international journal of computing science and mathematics, 2016, 7,3,239-244. 5. cordeiro, g. m., et al. the exponential–weibull lifetime distribution. journal of statistical computation and simulation , 2014, 84,12, 2592-2606. 6. cox, d. r. analysis of survival data; chapman and hall/crc;1 st ed; crcpess,2018,1351466615. 7. dai, h. ; wang, h. analysis for time-to-event data under censoring and truncation,1 st ed. acadmic press,2016,0128054808 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 determination of the heavy metals in the contaminated soil zones at college of education ibn al-haitham -university of baghdad a. f. kassir , h. m. yaseen , s. b. abu and m. r. aziz college of education i bn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad received in : 21 septembr 2010 accepte d in :16 february 2011 abstract soil is a crucial comp onent of environment. total soil analysis may give information about p ossible enrichment of the soil with heavy metals. heavy metals, p otentially contaminate soils, may have been dumped on the ground. the concentrations of soil heavy metals (cd, as, pb, cr, ni, zn and cu) were measured in three zones thought to be deep ly contaminated at different depths (5, 25, 50 cm) at ibn al-haitham college. the highest concentration of heavy metals pb (63.3pp m), cr (90.7pp m), ni (124pp m) and cu (75.7pp m) were found in zone (a) location-1, where the highest concentration of zn (111.7p p m) was found in zone (c). cd and as were detected in small amounts in all zones. ph value, organic matters, carbonates, sulp hates, chlorides and total soluble salts were also st udied to get better understanding of mobility and disp lacement of the contaminating compounds in soil under study . key words: soil p ollutant, heavy metals (cd, as, pb, cr, ni, zn and cu), soil p arameters (ph, organic matt ers, carbonates, sulphate, chlorides and tot al soluble salts). introduction soil is a n atural body consisting of layers of mineral constituents and comp osed of finely divided rocks m ixed with decay ed vegetable and animal matt ers [1]. soil contamin ation is a result of man-made chemicals gett ing into the soil. this occurs in several different way s. soil contamination can occur when an underground st orage tank is p unctured, when wast e is leaked from landfills or when an industrial waste is disch arged into t he soil. this can be a hu ge concern sin ce soi l contamin ation can se ep into the water supp ly if not clean ed up in time. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 soil contamin ants are either sol id or liquid h azardous substances mixed with the naturally occurring soil. the contaminants in the soil are p hysically or chemically att ached to soil p articles, or, if they are not attached, are trapp ed in the small sp aces between soil particles [2]. m otivation for controllin g h eavy metal concentrations is diverse. so me of them are dangerous to the health or the environment as they are carcinogenic or to xic, affecting, amon g others, the central nervous sy stem (hg, pb, as), the kidney s or liver (hg, pb, cd, cu) or skin, bones or teeth (ni, cd, cu, cr). through p recipitation of their compounds or by ion exchange into soils, heavy metals can localize and lay dormant [3, 4]. bohan liao and et al. determin e releases and changes in sp eciation fractions of heavy metals (esp ecially cd, cu and zn) when the soils are contaminated with heavy metals from the tailings wast e of collapsed dam in china and affected moreover by simulated acid deposition[5]. ioan su ciu and et al., measured five soil heavy metals (pb, co, cr, cu and hg) in sa mpling sites in central transy lvania, romania usin g the inductively coup led plasma sp ectrometry method and the data were verified by using the neutron activation analysis method [6]. tomoyuki m akino determined the cd-content in the digested solution in jap anese soils obtained from the p low lay ers of p addy fields through inductively coup led plasma opt ical emission sp ectrometry (icp-oes) [7]. anna m aria polcaro and et al. considered pb +2 , zn +2 and cd +2 as most representing the p ollution of a sardinian (italy ) area. their work was to evaluate the exchan geable fraction of metal retained in the soil, when it is contaminated by multicomponent heavy metal solutions [8]. foundations are subject to attack by destructive comp ounds in the soil. concrete in foundations may have to withst and by sulp hates in the ground or in ch emical wast e. the severity of att ack on foundation depends on the concentration of the aggressive comp ounds [9]. the main soi l parameters governin g p rocess of sorpt ion and desorp tion of heavy metals can be presented as follows: p h: this is affected by the chan ges in redox p otential which occurs in soils that become waterlogged p eriodically . reduction conditions generally cause a p h increase and oxidation brings about a decrease. in general heavy metal cations are most mobile und er acid conditions and increasin g the ph by limiting usually reduces their bioavailability [10, 11]. organic matters (o.m.): the nonliving p ortion of soil organic fraction. they are a heterogeneous mixture of p roducts resulting from microbial and chemical transformation of organic r esidues (p lants and animals). although the soil or ganic matters are in most cases, on ly a small p art of the total solid p hase, they are of major imp ortance in d efining the p hy sical, chemical, and surface prop erties of the soil material [11, 12]. carbonate s: greatly disp ersed and have a major influence on the p h of soils and therefore on heavy metals behavior. the heavy metals may co-precipitate with carbonates being incorp orated ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 in their st ructure, or may be sorbed by oxides that were p recipitated onto the carbonates or other soil p articles. the greatest affinity for reaction with carbonates has been observed for co, cd, cu, ni, pb and zn [13]. sulphates: they are readily soluble and therefore are greatly involved in soil equilibrium p rocesses. in considering sulp hate att ack on concrete foundation, it is, usually sufficient to determine the sulp hate content and p h value of soil [9, 13]. chlorides: they are the most soluble salts occur only in soils of arid and semiarid climate zones. chlorides affinity for forming easi ly soluble comp lexes with cd is of environmental concern [13]. total s oluble s alts (t.s .s.): they consist mostly of various p rop ortions of the cations calcium, magnesium, sodium and p otassium, and the anions chloride, sulp hate, carbonate and bicarbonate. a very high p ercentage of total soluble salts may cause cavities caused by removal of salts with seeping water [12, 14]. preventing heavy metal p ollution is critical because cleanin g contamin ated soil is extremely exp ensive and d ifficult. the main goal of this st udy is to assess the heavy metals in number of contaminated zones at college of edu cation / ibn al-haitham. experime ntal apparatus p h211 m icrop rocessor equipp ed from hana instrument was used to measure the ph values. at omic absorption flame emission sp ectrop hotometer model aa-680 shimadzo was used for determination of the heavy metals cd, as, pb, cr, zn, ni and cu concentrations. crushing machine, pulv erizer, dry ing oven, analytical balance (sartorius bl210 d=0.1mg), heater and m uffle furnace. siev es, filter pap er, silica crucible and desiccator. reagents & materials hy drochloric acid (37%), ammon ia (25%, sp .g. 0.91) and nitric acid (65%). barium chlor ide, pot assium dichromate, silver nitrate solution and potassium chromate. all of these reagents and materials were p rovided from fluka and bdh or ibn sina companies with high p urity . procedure the concentrations of soil heavy metals wer e measured in three zones at ibn al-haitham college around and behind number of concrete foundation of the dep artment of chemistry as it is ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 thought to be deep ly contaminated due to the vandalism of labor atories during the immoral st ate of anarchy that coincide with the end of the battle op erations in 2003. these hazardous substances are either sp illed or buried directly in the soil or migrate to the soil from a sp ill that has occurred elsewhere. these abandoned contamin ated zones were marked for the purp ose of research as below: zone a – location 1: 2 meters away from the concrete foundation of general chemistry lab / first st age. zone a – location 2: 6 meters away of the same lab abov e. zone b: 2 meters away from the concrete foundation of organic chemistry lab/ first st age. zone c: 2 meters away from the concrete foundation of organic identification lab/ fourth st age. samp lin g of soil before analy zing is of great imp ortance to get good homogenized sp ecimen, the step s app lied for samp ling were as follows: s tep 1: holes with an area of 50×50 cm 2 were dug. s tep 2: soil samp les were taken from each hole at three sep arated dep ths (5 cm, 25cm and 50cm) except zone b only (5cm and 15cm) as a h ard concrete ground app eared at depth of 15cm. s tep 3: the samp les individually were sifted and homogenized after dry ing then they were being crushed, pulverized and prepared for analysis. the p arameters of soil samp les ph value, organic matter, sulp hate, carbonate and chloride (m ohr method) were considered accordin g to bs 1377[15], while total soluble salts content was conducted accord ing to the methods mentioned in earth manual [16]. the heavy metals of t he soil sp ecimen under st udy were determined after the prepared samples were dissolved in hy drochloric acid and/or nitric acid then the solution samples measured using the atomic absorption flame emission sp ectrop hotometer that mentioned above. it is imp ortant to mention that all samp les were taken for analyses in 2010. results and discussion table (1) demonstrates the p arameters of the soil samples under st udy with their rsd% resp ectively. the ph values of all samples at different depths exceed 7 whi ch indicate the soils are more p rone to disp ersion [12]. organic matter content (o.m .) in zone a is ranged between (5.36%-6.25%) more than zones b and c (0.66%-0.8%) at different dep ths. soils high in organic contents have tendency to develop voids by decay and that make them undesirable for engineering use [16]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 sulphate content is less than 1% in all zones excep t for zone b (1.26%-1.34%) and this also applies to the chlorides that also p resent in less than 1% for all zones at different depths. carbonate content is ranged b etween (18.5%-35%) at differ ent depths in all zones, when p resent in app reciable amounts, t hey influence the texture of the soil. carbonates are imp ortant for they constitute a potential source of soluble calcium and magnesium for the replacement of exchangeable sodium [14]. total soluble salts (t.s.s.) are p resented in app reciable amounts in zone b (3.01%-3.39%) and less in zone a location-1 (1.38%-2.03%) at different depths, while they are in much lesser degr ee in zone c (0.83%-1.49%) and zone a location-2 (0.73%-0.94%). soils with high t.s.s. lead to hi gher permeab ility [14]. table (2) shows t he concentrations of the heavy metals of the soils under study in ppm (cd, as, pb, cr, z n, ni, and cu) with their r sd% r esp ectively. these concentrations were illustrated in figures (1-4) at dep ths (5 cm, 25 cm and 50 cm). cadmium concentrations for all zones are not exceeding 10pp m. cadmium content of soil in non-p olluted area is usually below 1p p m. cadmium may form comp lexes with various anions, such as chloride, sulp hate and carbonate ions. such comp lexity might contribute to the mobilization of cad mium in the environment. cadmium is suscep tible to chelation that may affect its disp lacement in soils [7, 17]. arsenic concentrations are 1p p m or 2pp m for all zones. arsenic accumulation in soils is usually found in the top 10 cm due to strong fixation. arsenic mobilization is mainly controlled by adsorp tion/desorp tion processes. these phenomena are linked mainly to p h and also t o redox conditions, mineral nature and arsen ic st ate oxidation [17, 18]. lead concentrations are between (14-28pp m), (16-33pp m) and (30-63pp m) with increasing downward depths for all zones resp ectively. the danger of excess lead is p robably decreased after deposition on the soil due to the formation of relatively insoluble comp ounds like pbco3, pb3(po4)2, and to a lesser degr ee pbso4. b ecause of the formation of the solids and of the adsorption of lead when p resent as divalent cation, lead disp lacement in soils is mostly small. soils of high p h may release fixed lead when b ecoming acidic esp ecially if pbco3 is involv ed in the lead immobilization [17]. chromium concentrations are between (20-48pp m), (28-66pp m) and (82-90pp m) with increasin g depths for all zones r esp ectively. the mobility of chromium is extremely slow. at the p h values and redox p otentials p revailing in most soils, cr +6 is readily reduced to cr +3 , mainly occurring as the poorly soluble cr(oh)3 [17]. zinc concentrations are between (30-82pp m), (44-101ppm) and (69-111pp m) with increasing depths for all z ones resp ectively. one of the major factors controlling zinc availability is the ph. the zinc sp ecies in soils b elow 7.7 is zn +2 and at higher p h values the neutral zinc hy droxide zn(oh)2. large ph influence on zinc solubility is indicated by the fact that the zinc activity in ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 solution at equilibr ium conditions decr eases 100-folds for each unit in crease in ph. z inc may be adsorbed on the adsorp tion comp lexes of clay s and organic matter. chelation may influ ence zn-soil interactions [17]. nickel concentrations are between (52-89p p m), (71-111pp m) and (116-124pp m) with increasin g d epths for all zones resp ectively. being a div alent cation, ni +2 must be exp ected to be adsorbed on the soil comp lex. silicate ions of soil govern the nickel concentration in soil solution, immobilization of n ickel thus bein g caused by the formation of nick el si licate minerals. the abundance of silicate ions in soils p rovides an almost infinite storage cap acity when time is available for the formation of these n ickel solids. nickel is suscep tible to chelation which may considerably affect its disp lacement in soils [17]. copp er concentrations are between (19-46pp m), (31-75ppm) and (25-43pp m) with increasing depths for all zones resp ectively. m obility and disp lacement of copp er in soils are low. it is st rongly bound by organic matter and as a result of this bonding, downward movement of cop p er in soils is almost nil; and this may exp lain to some extent the concentrations of copper at 50 cm depth is less than that at 25 cm depth. a large number of copp er comp lexes are known to occur in soils. copp er also has been suscep tible to chelation that affect its disp lacement in soils [17]. conclusion the concentrations of the heavy metals (cd, as, pb, cr, zn, ni and cu) were measured in three zones at college of education / ibn al-haitham thou ght to be deeply contaminated. the p arameters of soil ph value, organic matt er, sulp hate, chloride, carbonate and total soluble salts were carried out to get better underst anding of sp ecifying the chemical forms and mob ility of the contaminatin g comp ounds in the soil. the research concluded that the highest concentrations of the heavy metals in soils of the contaminated zones under st udy were arranged as follows: zone a > zone c > zone b concerning metals pb, cr, ni, cu and cd while the highest concentrations concernin g metals z n and as were arran ged as fol lows: zone c > zone a > zone b the heavy metals cd and as were detected in small amounts. heavy metals do not decay and thus p ose a different kind of challenge for remediation. in situ fixation is a p rocess that creates new chemical comp ounds in which heavy metals are less available to living things. prevention st ill is the best method to p rotect the environment from contamination by heavy metals. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 re ferences 1. wikipedia, (2010) the free en cyclop edia,’’soil’’,http ://en.wikipedia.org 2. u.s. epa, (2010), soil contamination section, u. s. environmental prot ection a gency , washin gton, dc. 3. ron zevenhoven and pia kil pinen, (2001), control of pollutants in flue gases and fuel gases; tkk, esp oo. 4. m arion leroy jackson, (1985), soil ch emical analysis, revised 2 nd edition, dep artment of soil science; university of wisconsin m adison, usa. 5. bohan liao, zhaohul guo, anne probst and jean-luc probst, (2005), so il h eavy metal contamination and acid deposition: exp erimental app roach on two forest soils in hunan, southern china, geoder ma, 126(1-2): 91-103. 6. ioan suciu, const antin cosma, m ihai todica, sorana d. bolboaca and lorentz jantschi, (2008), analysis of soil heavy m etal pollution and pattern in central transy lvania, international journal of m olecular science, 9 :434-453. 7. tomoyuki m akino, (2009), heavy m etal pollution of soil and a new app roach to its remediation: resear ch exp eriences in jap an, national inst itut e for agro-environmental science, 3-1-3 kannond ai, tsukuba, jap an. 8. anna m aria polcaro, m ichele m ascia, simon ett a palmas, annalisa vacca and giusep p e tola, (2004), competitive sorption of heavy m etal ions by soils environmental engineer ing scien ce, 20(6): 607-616. 9. m ichael john tomlinson and r. boorman, (2001), foundation design and const ruction, pitman pub ltd. 10. alloway, b.j. (1995), heavy m etals in soil, 2 nd edition, blackie academic and professional. 11. yaron, b. ;calvet, r. and prost, r. (1996), soil pol lution process dy namics, sp ringerverla g berlin heidelberg new york. 12. agrawal, y.c. (2000), soil prop erties and their influence on design of dams(india), conference / iche / seoul. 13. alina kabata-pendias , (2001), trace elements in soils and pl ants, 3 rd edition, library catalogin g-in-publication data by crc press llc. 14. u.s salinity laboratory staff, (1954), diagnosis and improvement of saline and alk ali soils, a gricu lture handbook no.60, us dep artment of agriculture. 15. bs 1377-3, (1990), so ils for civil en gineering purp oses, british standard inst itution. 16. earth m anual part 1, 1998, us dep artment of the interior of reclamation 3 rd edition. 17. bolt, g.h. and bru ggenwert, m .g.m . (1978), soil ch emistry a. basic elements, 2 nd edition, elsevier scientific publishing company new york. 18. m agdi selim ,h. and donald, l. sp ark, (2001), heavy m etal release in soils, usa. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (1): parameters of soil with their relati ve standard deviations in contaminated zones at different depths (cm) zo n e locatio n de pt h ph rsd % o.m. % rsd % sul pha te% rsd % chloride % rs d% car bonat e % rsd % t.s.s % rs d % a 1 5 7.8 1 0.07 6.25 0.18 0.70 0.81 0.89 0.64 25 0.2 2.03 0.7 4 25 7.8 4 0.12 5.96 0.33 0.42 2.38 0.53 1.07 33.5 0.45 1.38 0.3 9 50 7.7 9 0.12 5.54 0.18 0.62 1.61 0.71 0.80 24 0.41 1.79 0.5 5 a 2 5 7.7 1 0.34 5.72 0.36 0.04 2.5 0.36 0.55 18.5 0.08 0.83 0.1 3 25 7.5 5 0.40 5.36 0.28 0.10 2.5 0.53 0.37 25.5 0.04 0.94 0.6 0 50 7.8 4 0.12 5.78 0.26 0.09 1.66 0.36 0.30 24.7 0.06 0.73 0.2 0 b 5 7.6 6 0.32 0.80 0.71 1.26 0.45 0.84 0.13 26 0.38 3.01 0.3 3 15 7.5 4 0.07 0.73 1.36 1.34 0.42 0.67 0.37 25 0.06 3.39 0.0 3 c 5 7.6 2 0.06 0.77 0.14 0.45 0.22 0.63 0.17 35 0.28 1.49 0.1 3 25 7.7 3 0.06 0.66 0.22 0.05 2 0.52 0.29 31 0.32 0.83 0.1 2 50 7.8 4 0.04 0.74 0.13 0.10 2 0.58 0.17 27 0.21 0.95 0.1 5 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (2): concentrations of soil heavy metals (ppm) with their relative standard deviations in contaminated zones at different depths (cm) zon e locatio n de pt h cd rsd % a s rsd % pb rsd % cr rsd % zn rsd % ni rsd % cu rsd % a 1 5 8. 7 6.65 1 0 16. 7 3.45 20. 3 2.84 30.7 1.88 52.7 2.19 19. 7 2.93 25 7. 7 7.52 1 0 24. 3 2.37 28. 7 4.02 44.3 1.30 71.3 1.61 75. 7 1.52 50 1 0 1 0 63. 3 9.11 90. 7 1.27 69.3 0.83 124 0.46 25. 3 2.27 a 2 5 1 0 1 0 15. 3 3.17 39. 7 2.90 44.3 2.60 72.3 0.79 21. 7 2.66 25 1 0 1 0 22. 7 2.54 66. 7 1.73 60.3 1.91 91.3 0.63 54. 7 1.05 50 1 0 1 0 30. 3 1.90 87. 3 0.66 79.7 0.72 116. 7 0.49 34. 3 3.36 b 5 4 0 2 0 14. 3 4.03 48. 6 2.37 50.3 1.98 71.7 2.13 26. 7 3.74 15 4 0 2 0 16. 7 3.46 63. 7 1.81 63 1.58 89.7 1.70 31 3.22 c 5 7 0 2 0 28. 3 2.04 47. 6 2.42 82.6 2.52 89.3 1.71 46. 7 1.23 25 6 0 2 0 33. 3 1.73 66. 3 1.74 101 1.73 111 2.38 51. 3 1.12 50 5 0 2 0 38. 7 1.49 82. 3 1.85 111. 7 1.86 117. 3 1.30 43. 3 4.80 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 figure 1: so il heavy metal concentrations in zone (a) location -1 at different depths figure 2: soi l heavy metal concentrations in zone (a) location-2 at different depths cd cd cdas as as pb pb pb c r c r c r zn zn zn ni ni ni cu cu cu 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 5 25 50 c o n ce n tr at io n (p p m ) depth (cm) cd cd c das as as pb pb pb c r c r cr zn zn zn ni ni ni c u cu cu 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 5 25 5 0 c o n ce n tr a ti o n ( p p m ) depth (cm) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 figure 3: soil heavy metal concentrations in zone (b) at differ ent depths cd c das as pb pb c r cr zn zn ni ni c u cu 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 5 1 5 c o n ce n tr a ti o n ( p p m ) depth (cm) figure 4: soil heavy metal concentrations in zone (c) at different depths c d cd cdas as as pb pb pb c r c r crzn zn zn ni ni ni cu cu c u 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 5 25 5 0 c o n ce n tr a ti o n ( p p m ) depth (cm) 2011) 2( 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الھیثم ابن مجلة -ابن الهیثم/ العناصر الثقیلة في مساحات ملوثة في كلیة التربیة تقدیر تراكیز جامعة بغداد عبداالحد فرید قصیر ، همسة منعم یاسین ، سلوان بهنام عبو ، منهل ریمون عزیز جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة قسم الكیمیاء ، 2010أیلول 21:استلم البحث في 2011شباط 16:قبل البحث في الخالصة كون جزء من قشرة االرض وبیئتها الذي یتألف من تجمیع جسیمات منفصلة غیر مترابطة، تالتربة هي أي ترسب طبیعي ملوثات التربة ومنها العناصر الثقیلة قد ترتبط فیزیائیا أو كیمیائیا مع . عادة تكون معادن وفي بعض االحیان مواد عضویة أجري التحلیل الكیمیائي لنماذج من التربة وبأعماق . ها تستقر في الفراغات الصغیرة بین جسیمات التربةجسیمات التربة أو أن في ثالث مساحات، جرى سكب أو دفن الملوثات في تربتها أو أنهاعرفت طریقها الى التربة ) سم 50سم و25سم و 5( مختلفة والتي طالت 2003عمال التخریب التي رافقت العملیات الحربیة في العراق في عام ألمن خالل مجرى مائي معین، نتیجة والخارصین ،والكروم،والرصاص ،والزرنیخ ،ابن الهیثم أذ قدرت تراكیز الكادمیوم/ مختبرات قسم الكیمیاء في كلیة التربیة .والنحاس فیها ،والنیكل، pb (63.3ppأعلى تركیز تنتائج التحلیل بین m), cr (90.7pp m), ni (124pp m), cu (75.7pp m) في location-1 (a) zone ، بینما كان أعلى تركیز zn (111.7pp m) فيzone (c) كما سجلت تراكیز محسوسة من .أیضا asو cd عناصر ملوثات داخل التربة قدیر محتوى المواد وت ،جرى قیاس قیم االس الهیدروجینيأللحصول على وصف كامل لحركة ال .واالمالح الذائبة الكلیة ،والكلوریدات،والكبریتات ،والكاربونات ،العضویة microsoft word 113-126   113 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       the continuous classical boundary optimal control vector governing by triple linear partial differential equations of parabolic type department of mathematics, college of scien c e , university of mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. abstract in this paper, the continuous classical boundary optimal control problem (ccbocp) for triple linear partial differential equations of parabolic type (tlpdepar) with initial and boundary conditions (ics & bcs) is studied. the galerkin method (gm) is used to prove the existence and uniqueness theorem of the state vector solution (svs) for given continuous classical boundary control vector (ccbcv). the proof of the existence theorem of a continuous classical boundary optimal control vector (ccbocv) associated with the tlpdepar is proved. the derivation of the fréchet derivative (frd) for the cost function (cof) is obtained. at the end, the theorem of the necessary conditions for optimality (ncsthop) of this problem is stated and proved. keywords: continuous classical boundary optimal control, triple linear partial differential equations, galerkin method, necessary conditions for optimality. 1. introduction different applications for real life problems take a main place in the optimal control problems, for example in medicine [1]. robots [2]. engineering [3]. economic [4]. and many others fields. in the field of mathematics, optimal control problem (ocp) usually governing either by ordinary differential equations (odes) or partial differential equations (pdes), examples of ocp which are governined by parabolic, hyperbolic or elliptic pdes are studied by [5,-7]. respectively, while ocp which are governing by couple of pdes (cpdes) of parabolic, hyperbolic or elliptic type are studied by [8-10]. on the other hand, [11-13]. are studied boundary ocp associated with cpdes of these three types; while [14, 15]. are studied the ocp for triple pdes (tpdes) of parabolic and elliptic type respectively. all these works push us to seek about the ccbocv for the tlpdepar. this work starts with the state and prove the existence theorem of a unique solution (svs) for the triple state equations (tses) of pdes of parabolic type (tlpdepar) by using the gm when the ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2478 jamil a. al-hawasy article history: received 24 september 2019, accepted 4 november 2019, published in july 2020. mohammed a. k. jaber jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq  hawasy20@ yahoo.com   114 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 ccbcv is fixed, then we deals with the proof of the existence theorem of a ccbocv, the solution vector of the triple adjoint equations (tapes) associated the tlpdepar is studied. the derivation of the frd for the cof is obtained. at the end, the ncsthop of this ocp is sated and proved.. 2. description of the problem: let ω ⊂ ℝ , 𝓍 𝑥 ,, 𝑥 , 𝑄 0, t ω, ĩ 0, t , γ 𝜕ω, σ γ ĩ. the ccbocp consists of the tses which are given by the following tlpdepar 𝑦 ∆𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑡 , in 𝑄 (1) 𝑦 ∆𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑡 , in 𝑄 (2) 𝑦 ∆𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑡 , in 𝑄 (3) with the bcs and ics. ∑ cos 𝑛 , 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑡 , on σ (4) ∑ cos 𝑛 , 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑡 , on σ (5) ∑ cos 𝑛 , 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑡 , on σ (6) 𝑦 𝑥, 0 𝑦 𝑥 , on ω (7) 𝑦 𝑥, 0 𝑦 𝑥 , on ω (8) 𝑦 𝑥, 0 𝑦 𝑥 , on ω (9) where 𝑛ℊ, ∀ ℊ 1,2,3, is an outer normal vector on the boundary σ, and (𝑛ℊ, 𝑥 is the angle between 𝑛ℊ and the 𝑥 axis, (𝑓 ,𝑓 ,𝑓 ) is a vector of a given function on ω,𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 σ is the ccbcv and �⃗� 𝑦 , 𝑦 , 𝑦 ∈ 𝐻 𝑄 is their corresponding svs. the set of admissible ccbcv is defined by 𝑊 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 σ ∣ 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ �⃗� 𝑈 𝑈 𝑈 ⊂ 𝑅 a.e. in σ , where a.e. denotes to almost everywhere. the cof is defined by 𝐺 𝑢 ‖𝑦 𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑦 𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑦 𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ , 𝑢 ∈ 𝑊 , 𝛽 0 (10) let �⃗� 𝑉 𝑉 𝑉 𝐻 ω , �⃗� �⃗�: �⃗� 𝑣 𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 ω . the weak form (wf) of the boundary value problem (bvp) (1)-(9), when �⃗� ∈ 𝐻 𝑄 is given by 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (11.a) 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (11.b) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (12.a) 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (12.b) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (13.a) 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (13.b) the following assumption is important to study the existence theorem of the svs for the wf (11)−(13). 2.1. assumption (a): the function 𝑓 (∀ 𝑖 1,2,3 ) is satisfied the following condition with respect to (w.r.t.) 𝑥 & 𝑡, that is (i.e.) |𝑓 | 𝜂 𝑥, 𝑡 , where 𝑥, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑄, 𝜂 ∈ 𝐿 𝑄, ℝ . 3. the existence solution for the wf:   115 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 theorem 3.1: existence of a unique solution for the wf of the ses: with assumption (a), for each given ccbcv 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 σ , the wf (11)–(13) of the tses has a unique svs �⃗� with �⃗� ∈ 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 , �⃗� 𝑦 , 𝑦 , 𝑦 ∈ 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 ∗ . proof: let for each n, �⃗� 𝑉 𝑉 𝑉 ⊂ �⃗� be the set of continuous and piecewise affine functions in ω, let 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 𝑉 , 𝑖 1,2,3, and 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑛, be a basis of 𝑉 , let �⃗� 𝑦 , 𝑦 , 𝑦 be an approximate solution for the solution �⃗�, then by gm: 𝑦 ∑ 𝑐 𝑡 𝑣 𝑥 , (14) 𝑦 ∑ 𝑐 𝑡 𝑣 𝑥 , (15) 𝑦 ∑ 𝑐 𝑡 𝑣 𝑥 , (16) where 𝑐 𝑡 are unknown functions of 𝑡, ∀ 𝑖 1,2,3 , 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑛. the wf (11 13) is approximated by using (14) 16) as follows: 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (17.a ) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (17.b) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (18.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (18.b) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (19.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (19.b) where 𝑦 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥, 0 ∈ 𝑉 ⊂ 𝑉 ⊂ 𝐿 ω is the projection of 𝑦 , thus 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 ⟺ ∣∣ 𝑦 𝑦 ∣∣ ∣∣ 𝑦 𝑣 ∣∣ , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 . substituting (14 16) in (17) 19) respectively, and then setting 𝑣 𝑣 , 𝑣 𝑣 & 𝑣 𝑣 ∀ 𝑙 1,2, … , 𝑛, the obtained equations are equivalent to the following linear system (ls) of 1st order odes with ics (which has a unique solution), i.e. 𝐴𝐶 ´ 𝑡 𝐵𝐶 𝑡 𝐷𝐶 𝑡 𝐸𝐶 𝑡 𝑏 , (20.a) 𝐴𝐶 0 𝑏 , (20.b) 𝐹𝐶 ´ 𝑡 𝐺𝐶 𝑡 𝐻𝐶 𝑡 𝐾𝐶 𝑡 𝑏 , (21.a) 𝐹𝐶 0 𝑏 , (21.b) 𝑀𝐶 ´ 𝑡 𝑁𝐶 𝑡 𝑅𝐶 𝑡 𝑊𝐶 𝑡 𝑏 , (22.a) 𝑀𝐶 0 𝑏 , (22.b) where 𝐴 𝑎 , 𝑎 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝐵 𝑏 , 𝑏 (∇𝑣 , ∇𝑣 𝑣 , 𝑣 ), 𝐷 𝑑 , 𝑑 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝐸 𝑒 , 𝑒 𝑣 , 𝑣 ), 𝐹 𝑓 , 𝑓 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝐺 𝑔 , 𝑔 𝛻𝑣 , 𝛻𝑣 𝑣 , 𝑣 ), 𝐻 ℎ , ℎ 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝐾 𝑘 , 𝑘 𝑣 , 𝑣 ), 𝑀 𝑚 , 𝑚 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑁 𝑛 , 𝑛 𝛻𝑣 , 𝛻𝑣 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑅 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝑣 , 𝑣 ), 𝑊 𝑤 , 𝑤 𝑣 , 𝑣 ), 𝑏 𝑏 ), 𝑏 𝑦 , 𝑣 , 𝑏 𝑏 , 𝑏 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , c´ t c´ t , 𝐶 t 𝑐 t , 𝐶 0 𝑐 0 , ∀ 𝑙 1,2,3 … 𝑛, 𝑖 1,2,3. to show the norm 𝐲𝐧𝟎 𝟎 is bounded: since 𝑦 ∈ 𝐿 ω , there exists a sequence 𝑣 with 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 , such that 𝑣 ⟶ 𝑦 strongly in 𝐿 ω , then from the projection theorem [16]. and (17.b), ‖𝑦 𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑦 𝑣 ‖ , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉, and then ‖𝑦 𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑦 𝑣 ‖ , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 ⊂ 𝑉, ∀𝑛 ⇒ 𝑦 ⟶ 𝑦 , strongly in 𝐿 ω , implies to   116 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑏 , similarly ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑏 & ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑏 , thus 𝑦 ⃗ 𝟎 is bounded in 𝐿 ω . the norms ‖�⃗�𝒏 𝒕 ‖𝑳 ĩ,𝑳𝟐 ω and ‖�⃗�𝒏 𝒕 ‖𝑸 are bounded: setting 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 and 𝑣 𝑦 in (17), (18) & (19) respectively, integrating w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑇, and then adding the obtained three equations, one gets 〈�⃗� , �⃗� 〉𝑑𝑡 ‖�⃗� ‖ 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (23) using lemma (1.2) in [11]. for the 1st term in the l.h.s. of (23), and since the 2nd term is positive, taking 𝑇 𝑡 ∈ 0, 𝑇 . finally, using assumption (a) for the r.h.s. of (23), it yields to ‖ ⃗ ‖ 𝑑𝑡 𝜂 |𝑦 | 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 |𝑢 | |𝑦 | 𝑑𝛾𝑑𝑡 𝜂 |𝑦 | 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 |𝑢 | |𝑦 | 𝑑𝛾𝑑𝑡 𝜂 |𝑦 | 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 |𝑢 | |𝑦 | 𝑑𝛾𝑑𝑡 ]. using the trace theorem [17]. of the r.h.s., to get ‖�⃗� 𝑡 ‖ ‖�⃗� 0 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡 𝑐 ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡 ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡 𝑐 ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡 ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡 𝑐 ‖𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡. since ‖𝜂 ‖ 𝑏 , ‖𝑢 ‖ �́� , ∀ 𝑖 1,2,3, ‖�⃗� 0 ‖ 𝑏, then ‖�⃗� 𝑡 ‖ 𝑐∗ ℏ ‖�⃗� ‖ 𝑑𝑡, where 𝑐∗ 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 �́� �́� �́� 𝑏 and ℏ max ℏ∗ , ℏ∗ , ℏ∗ ; ℏ∗ 1 𝑐 , ℏ∗ 1 𝑐 , ℏ∗ 1 𝑐 . using the continuous bellman gronwall inequality ( bgi ), one gets ‖�⃗� 𝑡 ‖ 𝑐∗𝑒ℏ 𝑏 𝑐 , ∀ 𝑡 ∈ 0, 𝑇 or ‖�⃗� 𝑡 ‖ 𝑳 ĩ,𝑳𝟐 ω 𝑏 𝑐 ⇒ ‖�⃗� 𝑡 ‖𝑸 𝑏 𝑐 . the norm ‖�⃗� 𝑡 ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 is bounded : again for (23) by using lemma (1.2) in [11]. for the l.h.s. the same results may be obtained (from the above steps) and since ‖�⃗� 0 ‖ is bounded, equation (23) with 𝑡 =t , becomes ‖�⃗� 𝑡 ‖ ‖�⃗� 0 ‖ 2 ‖�⃗� ‖ 𝑑𝑡 ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ℏ‖�⃗� ‖𝑸 . which gives ‖�⃗� ‖ 𝑑𝑡 𝑏 𝑐 , with 𝑏 𝑐 ́ ́ ́ ℏ , thus ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 𝑏 𝑐 . the convergence of the solution: let �⃗� be a sequence of subspaces of �⃗�, s.t. ∀ �⃗� ∈ 𝑉,⃗ there exists a sequence �⃗� } with �⃗� ∈ �⃗� , ∀ 𝑛 and �⃗� ⟶ �⃗�, strongly in �⃗� ⇒ �⃗� ⟶ �⃗�, strongly in 𝐿 ω , since for each 𝑛, with �⃗� ⊂ �⃗�, (17 19) has a unique solution �⃗� 𝑦 , 𝑦 , 𝑦 , hence corresponding to the sequence of subspaces �⃗� , there exists a sequence of (approximation) problems like (17 19), thus by substituting �⃗� �⃗� 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑣 , one has for 𝑛 1,2, … 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 (𝑓 ,𝑣 ) 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (24.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (24.b)   117 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 (𝑓 ,𝑣 ) 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (25.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (25.b) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 (𝑓 ,𝑣 ) 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (26.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 (26.b) which has a sequence of solutions �⃗� , with �⃗� , but from the above steps we have ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 𝑸 and ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 are bounded, then by alaoglu’s theorem (ath), there exists a subsequence of �⃗� ∈ , say again �⃗� ∈ s.t. �⃗� ⟶ �⃗� weakly in 𝐿 𝑄 and in 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 . multiplying both sides of (24.a), (25.a) & (26.a) by 𝜑 𝑡 ∈ 𝐶 0, 𝑇 , ∀𝑖 1,2,3, respectively, s.t. 𝜑 𝑇 0 , 𝜑 0 0, integrating both sides w.r.t. 𝑡 on 0, 𝑇 , then integrating by parts the 1st terms in the l.h.s. of each one obtained equation, one gets 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑ˊ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (27) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑ˊ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (28) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑ˊ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (29) since 𝑣 ⟶ 𝑣 strongly in 𝐿 ω 𝑣 ⟶ 𝑣 strongly in 𝑉 ⇒ 𝑣 𝜑´ ⟶ 𝑣 𝜑´ strongly in 𝐿 𝑄 𝑣 𝜑 ⟶ 𝑣 𝜑 strongly in 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 , also, since 𝑦 ⟶ 𝑦 weakly in 𝐿 𝑄 , and 𝑦 ⟶ 𝑦 weakly in 𝐿 𝑄 , ∀ 𝑖 1,2,3, then 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (30.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 ´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (31.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (32.a) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (30.b) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (31.b) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (32.b)   118 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 since 𝑣 ⟶ 𝑣 , weakly in 𝐿 ω , then 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, (30.c) 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, (31.c) 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, (32.c) which means (30 32), converge to (33 35), respectively 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑ˊ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (33) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑ˊ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (34) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑ˊ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (35) case1: choose 𝜑 ∈ 𝐷 0, 𝑇 , i.e. 𝜑 0 𝜑 𝑇 0, ∀𝑖 1,2 ,3. substituting in (33) 35), using integration by parts for the 1st terms in the l.h.s. of each one of the obtained equations, one has 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (36) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (37) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (38) i.e. �⃗� is a solution of the wf (11 13) . case 2: choose 𝜑 ∈ 𝐶 0, 𝑇 , s.t. 𝜑 𝑇 0 & 𝜑 0 0, ∀𝑖 1,2,3. using integration by parts for 1st term in the l.h.s. of (36), one gets 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑ˊ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (39) subtracting (33) from (39), one obtains that 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , 𝜑 0 0,∀ 𝜑 ∈ 𝐶 0, 𝑇 ⇒ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 , i.e. the ics (11.b) holds. by the same above way one can show that 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 , 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 which means the ics (12.b) & (13.b) are holds. the strongly convergence for �⃗�𝐧: substituting 𝑣 𝑦 ,𝑣 𝑦 and 𝑣 𝑦 in (17.a), (18.a)&(19.a) respectively, adding the three obtained equations together, and then integrating the obtained equation from 0 to 𝑇, on the other hand substituting 𝑣 𝑦 ,𝑣 𝑦 & 𝑣 𝑦 in (11.a), (12.a) &(13.a) respectively, adding them together, integrating the obtained equations from 0 to 𝑇, one gets 〈�⃗� , �⃗� 〉 𝑑𝑡 𝑎 �⃗� , �⃗� 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (40.a) 〈�⃗� , �⃗�〉 𝑑𝑡 𝑎 �⃗� , �⃗� 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (40.b) using lemma(1.2) in [11] for the 1st terms in the l.h.s. of (40.a&b), they become ‖�⃗� 𝑇 ‖ ‖�⃗� 0 ‖ 𝑎 �⃗� , �⃗� 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (41.a)   119 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 ‖�⃗� 𝑇 ‖ ‖�⃗� 0 ‖ 𝑎 �⃗�, �⃗� 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (41.b) since ‖�⃗� 𝑇 �⃗� 𝑇 ‖ ‖�⃗� 0 �⃗� 0 ‖ 𝑎 �⃗� �⃗�, �⃗� �⃗� 𝑑𝑡 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶 , (42) where 𝐴 ‖�⃗� 𝑇 ‖ ‖�⃗� 0 ‖ 𝑎 �⃗� 𝑡 , �⃗� 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝐵 �⃗� 𝑇 , �⃗� 𝑇 �⃗� 0 , �⃗� 0 𝑎 �⃗� 𝑡 , �⃗� 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, 𝐶 �⃗� 𝑇 , �⃗� 𝑇 �⃗� 𝑇 �⃗� 0 , �⃗� 0 �⃗� 0 𝑎 �⃗� 𝑡 , �⃗� 𝑡 �⃗� 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, since �⃗� �⃗� 0 ⟶ �⃗� �⃗� 0 strongly in 𝐿 ω , (42.a) �⃗� 𝑇 ⟶ �⃗� 𝑇 strongly in 𝐿 ω , (42.b) then �⃗� 0 , �⃗� 0 �⃗� 0 ⟶ 0 �⃗� 𝑇 , �⃗� 𝑇 �⃗� 𝑇 ⟶ 0 , (42.c) ‖�⃗� 0 �⃗� 0 ‖ ⟶ 0 ‖�⃗� 𝑇 �⃗� 𝑇 ‖ ⟶ 0 , (42.d) since �⃗� ⟶ �⃗� weakly in 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 , then 𝑎 �⃗� 𝑡 , �⃗� 𝑡 �⃗� 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 0, (42.e) as well as, since �⃗� ⟶ �⃗� weakly in 𝐿 𝑄 , then 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (42.f) i.e. when 𝑛 → ∞ in both sides of (42), one has the following results: (1) the first two terms in the l.h.s. of (42) are tending to zero from (42.d). (2) from (41.a) eq. 𝐴 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 (𝑓 , 𝑦 ) 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡 from ⟶ 42. f 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡 , (3) eq. 𝐵 ⟶ l.h.s. of (3.41.b) 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑓 , 𝑦 𝑢 , 𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (4) the 1st two terms in eq. 𝐶 are tending to zero from (42.c), and the last one term also tend to zero from (42.e), from these results (42) gives when 𝑛 → ∞ ‖�⃗� �⃗�‖ 𝑑𝑡 𝑎 �⃗� �⃗�, �⃗� �⃗� 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 0 ⇒ �⃗� ⟶ �⃗� strongly in 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 . uniqueness of the solution: let �⃗�, �⃗� are two solutions of the wf (11) 13) i.e. 𝑦 and 𝑦 are satisfied (11.a), or 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 𝑎 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 𝑎 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 subtracting the 2 equation from the 1st one and substituting 𝑣 𝑦 𝑦 in the obtained equation, one gets that 〈 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 〉 𝑎 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 0, (43) by the same way, one gets 〈 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 〉 𝑎 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 0, (44)   120 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 〈 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 〉 𝑎 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 0, (45) adding (43 45), using lemma(1.2) in [11]. in the 1st term of the obtained equations, to get �⃗� �⃗� �⃗� �⃗� 0, (46) the 2nd term of the l.h.s. of (46) is positive, integrating both sides of (46) w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑡 , one gets ⃗ ⃗ 𝑑𝑡 0 ⇒ �⃗� �⃗� 𝑡 0 ⇒ �⃗� �⃗� 0 ∀𝑡 ∈ ĩ , integrating both sides of (46) from 0 to 𝑇, using the given ics, one has �⃗� �⃗� 𝑑𝑡 0 ⇒ �⃗� �⃗� 𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 0 ⇒ �⃗� �⃗� . 4. existence of a ccbocp: theorem 4.1: in addition to assumptions (a), assume that �⃗� and �⃗� δ�⃗� are the svs corresponding to the cvs 𝑢 and 𝑢 δ𝑢 respectively with 𝑢 and δ𝑢 are bounded in 𝐿 σ , then ‖δ�⃗� ‖ 𝑳 ĩ,𝑳𝟐 ω 𝐿‖δ𝑢‖ , 𝐿 ∈ ℝ ‖δ�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 𝑸 𝐿‖δ𝑢‖ , 𝐿 ∈ ℝ ‖δ�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 𝐿 ‖δ𝑢‖ , 𝐿 ∈ ℝ proof: let 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 σ be given, then by theorem3.1, there exists �⃗� 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑦 𝑦 which is satisfied (11) 13) and also let �⃗� 𝑦 , 𝑦 , 𝑦 be the solution of (11 13), corresponds to the cv 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 σ i.e. 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , (47.a) 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , (47.b) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , (48.a) 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , (48.b) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , (49.a) 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 , (49.b) subtracting (11.a&b) from (47.a&b), (12.a&b) from (48.a&b) ,and (13.a&b) from (49.a&b) and setting 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝛿𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 and 𝛿𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 in the obtained equations, they give 〈𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇δ𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑣 , (50.a) 𝛿𝑦 0 , 𝑣 0, (50.b) 〈𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇δ𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑣 , (51.a) 𝛿𝑦 0 , 𝑣 0, (51.b) 〈𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇δ𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑣 , (52.a) 𝛿𝑦 0 , 𝑣 0, (52.b) substituting 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 & 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 in (3.50), (3.51) & (3.52) respectively, adding the obtained equations, using lemma(1.2) in[11]. they give ‖𝛿�⃗�‖ ‖𝛿�⃗�‖ 𝛿𝑢 , 𝛿𝑦 𝛿𝑢 , 𝛿𝑦 𝛿𝑢 , 𝛿𝑦 , (53) since the 2nd term of (53) is positive, integrating w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑡 , and then using the cauchy schwartz inequality (csi), it becomes ‖𝛿�⃗�‖ 𝑑𝑡 ‖𝛿𝑢 ‖ ‖𝛿𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡 ‖𝛿𝑢 ‖ ‖𝛿𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡 ‖𝛿𝑢 ‖ ‖𝛿𝑦 ‖ 𝑑𝑡, which gives by using the trace theorem [17]. ‖𝛿�⃗� 𝑡 ‖ ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 𝑐 ‖𝛿�⃗�‖ 𝑑𝑡, ∀ 𝑡 ∈ 0, 𝑇 using the bgi, one gets ‖𝛿�⃗� 𝑡 ‖ 𝑒 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 𝐿 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 , 𝑒 𝐿 , 𝐿 0   121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 or ‖𝛿�⃗� ‖𝑳 ĩ,𝑳𝟐 ω 𝐿‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 since ‖𝛿�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 𝑸 𝑇𝐿 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 , thus ‖𝛿�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 𝑸 𝐿‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 , 𝑇𝐿 𝐿 using a similar way which is used in the above steps, gives ‖𝛿�⃗� ‖ 2 ‖𝛿�⃗� ‖ 𝑑𝑡 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 𝑐 ‖𝛿�⃗�‖ 𝑑𝑡 ⇒ ‖𝛿�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 𝐿 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 where 𝐿 1 𝐿 𝑐 /2 or ‖𝛿�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 𝐿 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 . theorem 4.2: with assumption (a), the operator 𝑢 ↦ �⃗� ⃗ is continuous from 𝐿 σ in to 𝐿 ĩ,𝑳𝟐 ω or in to 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 𝟑 or in to 𝐿 𝑄 𝟑 . proof: let 𝛿𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 and �⃗� �⃗� �⃗�, where �⃗� and �⃗� are the corresponding svs to the cvs 𝑢 and 𝑢 respectively, using the first result in theorem4.1, we get �⃗� ĩ, ω ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ �⃗� if 𝑢 ⎯⎯ 𝑢 , i.e. the operator 𝑢 ↦ �⃗� ⃗ is lipschitz continuous (lc) from 𝑳 𝟐 𝚺 in to 𝐋 ĩ, 𝐋𝟐 ω . easily, one can get this operator is also lc from 𝑳𝟐 𝚺 into 𝑳𝟐 𝑸 and into 𝑳𝟐 ĩ, 𝑽 . lemma 4.1: [10]. the norm ∥. ∥𝟎 is weakly lower semi continuous ( w.l.s.c. ). lemma 4.2: the cof which is given by (10) is w.l.s.c. proof: from lemma(4.1), we got that the norm ‖𝑢 ‖𝚺 is w.l.s.c., 𝑢 → 𝑢 weakly in 𝑳𝟐 𝚺 , then by (theorem 4.2) �⃗� → �⃗� �⃗� ⃗ is weakly in 𝑳 𝟐 𝚺 , which gives that the norm ‖�⃗� �⃗� ‖𝚺 is w.l.s.c. ( by lemma 4.1 ), hence 𝐺 𝑢 is w.l.s.c. . theorem 4.3: consider the cost function (10), if 𝐺 𝑢 is coercive, then there exists a ccbocv. proof: since 𝐺 𝑢 0 and 𝐺 𝑢 is coercive, then there exists a minimizing sequence 𝑢 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝑊 , ∀𝑘 such that lim → 𝐺 𝑢 inf ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝐺 𝑢 , then ‖𝑢 ‖𝚺 ĉ , ĉ 0, then by ath there exists a subsequence of 𝑢 , for simplicity say again 𝑢 s.t. 𝑢 ⟶ 𝑢 weakly in 𝐿 σ , 𝑎s 𝑘 → ∞, from theorem 3.1, corresponding to the sequence of controls 𝑢 , there exists a sequence of solutions �⃗� , but the norms ‖�⃗� ‖ 𝑳 ĩ,𝑳𝟐 ω , ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 𝑸 & ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 are bounded, then by ath there exists a subsequence of �⃗� , for simplicity, say again �⃗� , such that �⃗� ⟶ �⃗� weakly in 𝐿 ĩ, 𝐿 ω , in 𝐿 𝑄 , and in 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 , suppose that (17.a), (18.a) & (19.a) can be rewritten as 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , adding the above three equations and integrating both sides of the obtained equation from 0 to 𝑇, taking the absolute value, then using csi. finally, using assumption (a), it yields 〈�⃗� , �⃗�〉𝑑𝑡 ‖∇𝑦 ‖ ‖∇𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖∇𝑦 ‖ ‖∇𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖∇𝑦 ‖ ‖∇𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝜂 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑣 ‖ . since for each 𝑖 1,2,3, the following inequalities are satisfied   122 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 ‖∇𝑦 ‖ ‖∇�⃗� ‖𝑸 ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 , ‖∇𝑣 ‖ ‖∇�⃗�‖𝑸 ‖�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 , ‖𝑦 ‖ ‖�⃗� ‖𝑸 ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 , ‖𝑣 ‖ ‖�⃗�‖𝑸 ‖�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 , ‖𝑢 ‖ ‖𝑢 ‖𝚺 ĉ , ‖𝑣 ‖𝚺 ‖�⃗�‖𝚺 ĥ ‖�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 , ‖𝜂 ‖ 𝑏 ´ , then 〈�⃗� , �⃗�〉 𝑑𝑡 12‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 ‖�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 𝑏 ´ 𝑏´ 𝑏´ 3ĉ ĥ ‖�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 or 〈�⃗� , �⃗�〉𝑑𝑡 12𝑏 𝑐 𝑏´ 𝑐 ‖�⃗�‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 with ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 𝑏 𝑐 &𝑏 ´ 𝑐 𝑏´ 𝑏´ 𝑏´ 3ĉ ĥ ⇒ 〈 ⃗ , ⃗〉 ‖ ⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽 𝑏 𝑐 , with 𝑏 𝑐 12𝑏 𝑐 𝑏´ 𝑐 ⇒ ‖�⃗� ‖𝑳𝟐 ĩ,𝑽∗ 𝑏 𝑐 since for each 𝑘, �⃗� is a solution of the tses (1 9), then 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 (𝑓 , 𝑣 )+ 𝑢 , 𝑣 , (54) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 (𝑓 , 𝑣 )+ 𝑢 , 𝑣 , (55) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 (𝑓 , 𝑣 )+ 𝑢 , 𝑣 , (56) let 𝜑 ∈ 𝐶 0, 𝑇 , s.t. 𝜑 𝑇 0 , 𝜑 0 0 , ∀𝑖 1,2,3, rewriting the 1st terms in the l.h.s. of (54 56) multiplying their both sides by 𝜑 𝑡 , ∀𝑖 1,2,3, respectively, integrating both sides w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑇, and integration by parts for the 1st terms in the l.h.s. of each obtained equations, one gets that 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (57) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (58) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (59) since �⃗� ⟶ �⃗� weakly in 𝐿 𝑄 and in 𝐿 ĩ, 𝑉 , then the following convergences are held 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (60) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, (61) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , (62) since 𝑦 0 is bounded in 𝐿 ω ∀ 𝑖 1,2,3, then 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (63) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (64) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 ⟶ 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (65) and since 𝑢 ⟶ 𝑢 weakly in 𝐿 σ , then   123 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 → 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 , (66) 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 → 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 , (67) 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 → 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝑑𝑡 , (68) finally, using (60) 62),( 63 65),(66 68) in (57 59), one gets 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (69) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (70) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (71) case1: we choose 𝜑 ∈ 𝐷 0, 𝑇 , i.e. 𝜑 0 𝜑 𝑇 0 , ∀𝑖 1,2,3, now by using integration by parts for the 1 terms in the l.h.s. of (69 71), one gets 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , ∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉, ∀𝜑 ∈ 𝐷 0, 𝑇 (72) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , ∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉, ∀𝜑 ∈ 𝐷 0, 𝑇 (73) 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, ∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉, ∀𝜑 ∈ 𝐷 0, 𝑇 (74) then 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 , a.e. on ĩ 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 , a.e. on ĩ 〈𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 , 𝑣 , ∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 , a.e. on ĩ i.e.�⃗� is satisfied the wf of the tses . case2: we choose 𝜑 ∈ 𝐶 ĩ , s.t. 𝜑 𝑇 0 & 𝜑 0 0, ∀𝑖 1,2,3 , by using integration by parts for the 1 terms in the l.h.s. of (72 74), one has 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (75) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (76) 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑´ 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∇𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 , 𝑣 𝜑 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , (77) and subtracting (75 77) from (69 71) respectively, one gets 𝑦 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 𝑦 0 , 𝑣 𝜑 0 , 𝜑 0 0, ∀ 𝜑 ∈ 𝐷 0, 𝑇 ⇒ 𝑦 𝑦 0 𝑦 𝑥 , by the same above way one can show that 𝑦 𝑦 0 𝑦 𝑥 and 𝑦 𝑦 0 𝑦 𝑥 . then �⃗� is a solutions of the wf of the tses, since 𝐺 𝑢 is w.l.s.c. from lemma 4.2 and 𝑢 ⟶ 𝑢 weakly in 𝐿 σ , then   124 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝐺 𝑢 lim → inf ⃗ ∈ ⃗ 𝐺 𝑢 lim → 𝐺 𝑢 inf ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝐺 𝑢 ⇒ 𝐺 𝑢 inf ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝐺 𝑢 min ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝐺 𝑢 , then 𝑢 is a ccbocv . 5. ncsthop: in order to state the nccthop for ccbocv, the frd of the cof is derived and the nccthop is proved . theorem 5.1: consider cof (10), then the tapes of the tses are given by 𝑧 ∆𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑦 𝑦 , in 𝑄 (78) 𝑧 ∆𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑦 𝑦 , in 𝑄 (79) 𝑧 ∆𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑦 𝑦 , in 𝑄 (80) 𝑧 𝑥, 𝑇 0 , in ω (81) 𝑧 𝑥, 𝑇 0 , in ω (82) 𝑧 𝑥, 𝑇 0 , in ω (83) ∑ cos 𝑛 , 𝑥 0 , on σ (84) ∑ cos 𝑛 , 𝑥 0 , on σ (85) ∑ cos 𝑛 , 𝑥 0 , on σ (86) then 𝑢 , 𝑢 , 𝑢 ∈ 𝑊 and the frd of the cof is given by 𝐺 ´ 𝑢 , 𝛿𝑢 𝚺 𝑧 𝛽𝑢, 𝛿𝑢 𝚺 proof: the wf of (78 86) for 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉 , ∀ 𝑖 1,2,3, is given by 〈𝑧 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑧 , ∇𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑣 , (87) 〈𝑧 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑧 , ∇𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑣 , (88) 〈𝑧 , 𝑣 〉 ∇𝑧 , ∇𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝑣 , (89) the existence of a unique solution of (87 89) can be proved by the same manner which is used in the proof of theorem 3.1. now substituting 𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑣 𝑧 and 𝑣 𝑧 in (50.a), (51.a) and (52.a) respectively, to get 〈𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 〉 ∇δ𝑦 , ∇𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 , (90.a) 〈𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 〉 ∇δ𝑦 , ∇𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 , (90.b) 〈𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 〉 ∇δ𝑦 , ∇𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 , (90.c) also, substituting 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 and 𝑣 𝛿𝑦 in (87),(88)&(89) respectively, to get 〈𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 〉 ∇𝑧 , ∇𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 , (91.a) 〈𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 〉 ∇𝑧 , ∇𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 , (91.b) 〈𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 〉 ∇𝑧 , ∇𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑧 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 , (91.c) integrating both sides of equations (90.a,b & c) and (91.a,b & c), w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑇, using integration by parts for the 1st terms of the l.h.s. of each of the obtained equations from (91.a), (91.b) & (91.c), then subtracting each one of the obtained equations from its corresponding equation (90.a,b & c), and adding all the obtained equations, give 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 𝑑𝑡 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 , 𝛿𝑦 𝑑𝑡, (92) now, adding together each of the pair of equations (11.a&50.a), (12.a&51.a) and (13.a&52.a), one has 〈 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇ 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑣 , (93) 〈 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇ 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑣 , (94)   125 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 〈 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 〉 ∇ 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , ∇𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑣 𝑓 , 𝑣 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑣 , (95) which means the cv (𝑢 𝛿𝑢 ,𝑢 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 gives that the solution ( 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 , 𝑦 𝛿𝑦 of (93) – (95). on the other hand, from (92) and the cof, we have 𝐺 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 𝐺 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 𝛿𝑢 , 𝑧 𝛽𝑢 , 𝛿𝑢 𝛽𝑢 , 𝛿𝑢 𝛽𝑢 , 𝛿𝑢 ‖𝛿�⃗�‖ ‖𝛿𝑢‖ 𝛿𝑢, 𝑧 𝛽𝑢, 𝛿𝑢 ‖𝛿�⃗�‖ ‖𝛿𝑢‖ or 𝐺 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 𝐺 𝑢 𝑧 𝛽𝑢, 𝛿𝑢 𝚺 ‖𝛿�⃗�‖𝑸 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 . from theorem 4.1, we have ‖𝛿�⃗�‖𝑸 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 and ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 with 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 𝑀 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 , where 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 , 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 ⟶ 0 as ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 ⟶ 0 then 𝐺 𝑢 𝛿𝑢 𝐺 𝑢 𝑧 𝛽𝑢, 𝛿𝑢 𝚺 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 ‖𝛿𝑢‖𝚺 where 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 𝜀 𝛿𝑢 ⟶ 0 as ‖𝛿𝑢‖ ⟶ 0 using the definition of frd of 𝐺 , one has 𝐺 ´ 𝑢 , 𝛿𝑢 𝚺 𝑧 𝛽𝑢, 𝛿𝑢 𝚺 . theorem 5.2: the ncsthop for the ccbocv of the above problem is 𝐺 ´ 𝑢 𝑧 𝛽𝑢 0 with �⃗� �⃗� ⃗ and 𝑧 𝑧 ⃗ . proof: if 𝑢 is an ccbocv of the problem, then 𝐺 𝑢 min ⃗∈ ⃗ 𝐺 𝑢 ∀𝑢 ∈ 𝐿 σ , i.e. 𝐺 ´ 𝑢 0 ⇒ 𝑧 𝛽𝑢 0 from theorem 5.1 𝑧 𝛽𝑢 , 𝛿𝑢 0 with 𝛿𝑢 𝑤 𝑢 ⇒ 𝑧 𝛽𝑢 , 𝑤 𝚺 𝑧 𝛽𝑢 , 𝑢 𝚺 , ∀ 𝑤 ∈ 𝐿 σ . 6. conclusions in this paper, the gm is employed to prove the existence theorem of a unique solution for a svs of the tlpdepar when the ccbocv is fixed. the existence theorem of a ccbocv governed by the tlpdepar is developed and proved. the existence and uniqueness of a solution for the tapes associated with the tlpdepar is studied, the frd for the cof is obtained. at the end, the ncsthop of the ccbocv problem is stated and proved. a c k n o wl e d g e m e n t i wish to express my sincere thanks to the university of mustansiriyah for providing a pleasurable and stimulating environment to carry out research. also, i would like to extend our sincere esteems to the college of sciencedepartment of mathematics for their timely support references 1. aro, m.k.; luboobi, l.; shahada, f. application of optimal control strategies for the dynamics of yellow fever . j. math. computer. sci.2015, 5, 3, 430-453. 2. hajiabadi, m.e.; mashhadi, h.r. modeling of the maximum entropy problem as an optimal control problem and its application to pdf estimation of electricity price. ijeee. iran university of science and technology.2013, 9, 3, 150-157.   126 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 3. bermudez, a. some applications of optimal control theory of distributed systems. esaim : control, optimisation and calculus of variations .2002, 8,195-218. 4. torre, d.la.; kunze, h.; ruiz-galan, m.; malik, t.; marsiglio, s. optimal control: theory and application to science engineering and social sciences. hindawi publishing corporation. abstract and applied analysis.2015, id 890527,2pages.doi:10.1155/2015/890527. 5. chryssoverghi, i.; al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control problem of semi linear parabolic equations (ccocp), journal of kerbala university.2010, 8, 3. 6. al-hawasy, j . the continuous classical optimal control problem of a nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations ( ccocp ). al-mustansiriyah journal of science.2008, 19 , 8, 96-110. 7. brett, c.; dedner, a.; elliott, c. optimal control of elliptic pdes at points. ima journal of numerical analysis.2015, 36, 3, 1-34 8. al-hawasy, j.; kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control for a coupled nonlinear parabolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. journal of al-nahrain university.2016, 19, 1, 173-186. 9. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. iraqi journal of science.2016, 57, 2c, 1528-1538. 10. al-rawdhanee, e.h. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear elliptic partial differential equations. master thesis; al-mustansiriyah university, 2015. 11. al-hawasy, j.; naeif, a.a. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of a couple linear of parabolic partial differential equations. al-mustansiriyah journal of science. 2018, 29, 1, 118-126 . doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.23851/mjs.v29i1.159. 12. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of couple nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem with equality and inequality constraints. baghdad science journal.2019, (accepted for publishing). 13. al-hawasy, j.; al-qaisi, s.j. the continuous classical optimal boundary control of a couple linear elliptic partial differential equations. special issue, 1st scientific international conference, college of science, al-nahrain university.2017, i, 137-142. doi: 10.22401/anjs.00.1.18. 14. al-hawasy, j.; mohamed, a.j. the continuous classical optimal control governing by triple parabolic boundary value problem, submitted in ibn al-haitham for pure and applied science in, 2020. 15. al-hawasy, j.; jasim, d.a. the continuous classical optimal control problems for triple elliptic partial differential equations , submitted in ibn al-haitham for pure and applied science in, 2020. 16. albiac, f.; kalton, n.j. topics in banach space theory, 2nd ed.; springer, switzerland.2015, isbn 978-3-319-31557-7. 17. marsden, j.e.; sirovich, l.; golubitsky, m.; jäger, w.; john, f. introductory functional analysis with applications to boundary value problems and finite elements. springer science business media new york, 1998. 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ضد األصابة ببكتریا gasseri lactobacillus تأثیر بكتریا pseudomonas aeruginosa في الفئران محمد فرج المرجاني ، رواء عبد األمیر عبد الجبار و علي مرتضى حسن لیة العلوم ، الجامعة المستنصریة قسم علوم الحیاة ، ك الخالصة في pseudomonas aeruginosaضد األصابة ببكتریا lactobacillus gasseriدرس تأثیر راشح بكتریا مدة lb. gasseriمل من راشح بكتریا 0.25 الفئران ، اذ حقنت مجموعة من الفئران داخل الغشاء البریتوني ب p. aمل خالیا حیة لبكتریا 0.25ام ، بعدها حقنت بخمسة أی eruginosa )10 8 ء ) مل / خلیة داخل الغشا .مل من دارئ الفوسفات 0.2البریتوني ، بینما حقنت مجموعة السیطرة ب 0.1 رع تم عمل تخافیف من محتویات البریتون ، وز . مل دارئ الفوسفات داخل الغشاء البریتوني وأخذت محتویاته مل على األوساط الزرعیة لحساب عدد المستعمرات البكتیریة p . aساعة من حقنها ببكتریا 12الفئران بعد تتم قتل eruginosa ،د حسبت أعدا .النامیة 5تم حقن اذ m( ألعداد بمعاملة السیطرة ، كذلك تم حساب نسبة الخالیا البلعمیة المستعمرات النامیة وقورنت ا acrop hage ( في . محتویات البریتون ا p. aeruginosaعند تعریضها لبكتریا lb. gasseri أظهرت النتائج عدم تأثر الفئران المعاملة براشح بكتریا خالف 18دون حقنها بالبكتریا الواقیة وكانت نسبة الخالیا البلعمیة هي من فقط p. aeruginosللمجموعة التي عرضت لبكتریا .lbفي مجموعة األختبار ، مما یدل على التأثیر الوقائي لبكتریا % 27بینما كانت نسبتها ،في مجموعة السیطرة% gasseri في الحمایة من األصابة ببكتریاp. aeruginosa . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 the effect of lactobacillus gasseri against pseudomonas aeruginosa infection in mice. m. f. almarjani , r. a.a. abdul-jabbar and a.m. hassan departme nt of biology , college of science, unive rsity of almustansiriya abstract the effect of local lactobacillus gasseri filtrate against pseudomonas aeruginosa infection in mice was st udied . 0.25 ml of concentrated filtrate lactobacillus gasseri was injected in intrap eritoneally ( i.p.) 5 day s before challen ge with 0.2 ml viab le p. aeruginosa ( 10 8 cell/ ml). animals were sacrificed after 12 h. from challen ge by cutt ing the femor al artery . to follow bacterial growt h in the p eritoneal cav ity , its contents were washed out with 5 ml of pbs .the fluid was diluted, 0.1 ml from each dilution and was sp read on culture media. the number of colonies in 5 ml of harvested fluid was exp ressed as log 10 cfu ,and the p ercentage of m acrop hage in the peritoneal cavity was counted. growth of p. aeruginosa in the p eritoneal cavity was markedly inhib ited in lb. gasseri p retreated mice, wherease such inhibition of bacterial growt h was not observed in another group ( mice wer e not t reated with lb. gasseri ) the p ercentage of macrophage detectable in the p eritoneal cavity was 18% in control and 27% in test . it was suggested that macrophages activated with lb. gasseri were involved in the p rotective to p. aeruginosa. introduction lactic acid bacteria ( lab) are gram-p ositive bacteria with cell wall components such as p ep tidoglycan, p olysaccharide and teichoic acid, all of whi ch have showed to own immunostimulatory p rop erties. in addition to cell wall comp onents, immunostimulatory effects were observed with antigens originated from the cy top lasms of some strains of lab [ 1 ] . certain sp ecific p robiotic strains (for examp le, lactobacillus rhamnosus, lactobacillus plantarum, lactobacillus casei and lactobacillus johnsoni i h ave we ll d efined and proved the clinical effects for the treatment and/or p revention of diseases of intestinal and extraintestinal origin [ 1 ] . and have immunostimulatory p rop erties, including modulation of cytokine p roduction, increased p hago cytic activity of p oly morp hs, adjuvant effects on sp ecific humoral resp onses, tly mphocytic function, and nk activity [2][3]. probiotic bacteria are showed that they would p romote the endogenous host defense mechan isms. in addition to the effects of p robiotics on nonimmunolo gic gut defense, which is characterized by st abilization of the gut microflora , p robiotic bacteria have showed their ability to enhance hu moral immune resp onses and thereby p romote the intest ine's immunolo gic barrier. m oreover, p robiotic bacteria have showed their ability to st imulate nonsp ecific host resistance to microbial p athogens .thereby they would have the ability to aid in immune elimination, and to modulate the host 's immune resp onses to p otentially harmful antigens with a potential to down-regulate hypersensitivity reactions [4] [5]. oral introduction of lactobacillus casei and lactobacillus bulgaricus activated the p roduction of macrophages and administration of l. casei and lactobacillus acidophilus activated p hagocytosis in mice , enhanced p hagocytosis was also rep orted in humans by l. acidophilus[2]. de simon e et a l [6 ] st udied the influence of a y ogurt-supp lemented diet on ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 the immunocompetence and survival of animals subsequently infected with salmonella typhimurium. de simone et al. reported that mice fed live lab (l. bulgaricus and streptococcus thermophilus)-containin g y ogurt for 7 and 14 day s had a higher percenta ge of b lymphocytes than did mice fed a control diet supp lemented with a cow milk. in a similar exp eriment, puri et al [7]showed that intestinal lymp hocy tes from mice fed live labcontainin g y ogurt had a higher p roliferative r esp onse to lps than did mice fed milk after a challen ge with s. typhimurium. although the mechanism(s) of action involv ed in the inhib ition of p. aeruginosa was not invest igated in the p resent study , it is therefore believ ed that some factors may include bacteriocins,hy drogen p eroxide, diacety l and co2 , or enzymes by the selected lactic acid bacteria [ 8]. finally , l. casei st rain shirota administration before or after an initial challen ge dramatically inhibited e. co li growt h in a murin e model of urinary tract infection [9]. m ost st udies invest igated the effects of lactobacillus on p athogenic bacteria in vitro, whereas very few studies have invest igated the effects of lactobacillus in vivo. the aim of this work was to st udy the effect of lac tobacillus gasseri f iltrate on p revention of p. aeruginosa infection in mice. material and methods ani mals : balblcm ale mice were obtained from dep artment of biology – college of science al m ust ansiriy a university . m ice were used in exp erimentals at 7 to 9 weeks of age , 25-30 gram weight ( five mice for each group ). bacterial isolates : 1) lb. gasseri ( maintained from dep artment of biology – college of science al m ust ansiriy a university ) was cultured on de m an regosa sh arpe medium ( m rs) at 37 c for 48 hrs ,t he lb. gasseri filtrate was p repare accordin g to [ 9]. 2) a clinical isolate of p. aeruginosa was isolated from wound infection and identified accordin g to [10]. bacterial infection: in the exp eriment t o test the p rotective effect of lb. gasseri filtrate against p. aeruginosa in mice , 0.25 ml of lb. gasseri f iltrate was injected in intrap eritoneally ( i.p.) 5 days before challen ged with 0.2 ml viable p. aeruginosa ( 10 8 cell/ ml). [11]. de termination of bacterial growth: the challen ge dose of bacteria was injected i.p. to control mice and mice that had been treated with lb. gasseri filtrate 5 days earlier. twelve hour. after the challen ge , an imals were sacrificed by cutting the femoral artery . to follow bacterial growt h in the peritoneal cavity , its contents were washed out with 5 ml of pbs . the fluid was diluted 10fold with pbs , 0.1 ml from each dilution was sp read on nutrient agar p lates ( containin g 0.4% glucose ) . the number of colon ies in 5 ml of harvested fluid was exp ressed as log 10 cfu [ 11] . counting of wbcs in peritoneal cavity : smear sp ecimens for differential counts were p rep ared for giemsa st aining and examined [12]. results and disscussion in our st udy the protective effect of lb. gasseri filtrate against p. aeruginosa infection in mice was st udied . pb s treated control mice and those p retreated with 0.25 ml of lb. gasseri filtrate 5 days earlier wer e ino culated i.p. with 0.2 ml viab le p. aeruginosa and the growt h of the bacteria in the p eritoneal cav ity was followed . the number of the p. aeruginosa in the p eritoneal cavity decreased gr adually to about 10 6 cfu by 12 h. after challenge in control mice fi g. (1). in mice p retreated with lb. gasseri filtrate , however,the bacteria wer e reduced rapidly to 10 3 cfu in 12 h. . although the mechanism(s) of action involved in the inhibition of p. aeruginosa was not invest igated in the p resent study , it is therefore believed ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 that some factors may include bacteriocins,hy drogen p eroxide, diacety l and co2 , or enzy mes by the selected lactic ac id bacteria [ 8]. differential cell counts of p eritoneal leuko cytes were st udied consecutively after treatment with lb. gasseri filtrate . the p ercentage of macrop hage detectable in the p eritoneal cavity was in control and 27% in test. m acrop hages were char acterist ically increased in lb. gasseri f iltrate treated mice. these findings are in agreement with the p reviously rep orted result which showed that the administration of lactobacillus or y ogurt to y oung mice enhanced lung clearan ce of p. a eruginosa and p hagocytic activity of alveolar macrophages [13]. villena et al [14] found that p neumococcal colonization of lung and bacteremia wer e significantly gr eater in control group mice compared with the lb. casei p retreated group . although the number of bacteria in lungs and blood st ream tended to decrease (p < 0.05) during infection in lb. casei p retreated group mice, they suggested that the addition of l. casei to the rep letion diet has a beneficial effect because it accelerates the recovery of the innate immun e resp onse and improves the sp ecific immun e mechanisms against streptococcus pneumoniae resp iratory infection in malnourished mice. a limited number of animal st udies were conducted on the effect of lab on macrophages. goulet et al [ 15 ] found that p hagocytic activity of alveolar macrophages was significantly (p < 0.05) higher in mice f ed milk fermented with l. acidophilus and l. casei than in control mice fed ultrahigh-temp erature-treated milk. perdigon et a l [2] showed that feeding milk (100 µg p rotein/d) fermented with l. casei and l. ac idophilus, or both for 8 d. increased the in vitro and in vivo p hagocytic activity of p eritoneal macrophages . ot her st udies in which reconst itut ed lyop hilized lab were administered or ally or intrap eritoneally showed enhancement of macrop hage activation by lab [ 16 ]. these observations reviewed together suggest ed that sp ecific immunomodulatory p rop erties of p robiotic bacteria should be characterized during the development of clinical applications for extended target p op ulations. further exp eriments ar e requ ired to establish the mechan ism by which lb. gasseri filtrate affects p. aeruginosa p athogenicity . in the future , the immunological asp ects of the protective role of lb. gasseri filtrate should be studied . re ferences 1. m eydani, s.n. and ha, w.k. (2000), immunologic effects of y ogurt , americ. j. of clinic. nut r.71 ( 4): 861-872, 2. perdigon , g. ; de m acías, m e. ; alvarez ,s.; oliver, g . and holgado ,ap. (1998 ), sy st emic augmentation of the immune resp onse in mice by feeding f ermented milks with lactobacillus case i and lactobacillus acidophilus , immunolo gy , 63: 17–23,. 3. anderson,a.d. ; m cnaught,c.e. ; jain, p.k. and m acfie,j.( 2004 ), randomised clinical trial of sy nbiotic therapy in elective surgical patients, gut , 53 : 241-245. 4. kaila, m .; isolauri, e.; sop p i, e.; virtanen, e.; laine, s. and arvi lommi, h. (1992).enhancement of the cir culatin g antibody secreting cell resp onse in human d iarrhea by a human lactobacillus strain. pediatr. res.; 32:141–4 , . 5. isolauri, e.; and sütas, y. ; kankaanp aa,p. ; arvilommi,h. and salminen, s. “ probiotics: effects on immunity " american j. of clinical nutr., 73( 2) : 444s-450s, 2001. 6. de simone, c. ; vesely, r . and ne gri , r. (1987). enhan cement of immune r esp onse of murine pey er's p atches by a diet supp lemented with y ogurt, immunop harmacol immunotoxicol , 9 : 87–100. 7. puri ,p. ; m ahap atra, sc. ; bijlani ,rl. ;prasad ,hk. and nath, i. (1994).feed efficien cy and sp lenic lymphocyte p roliferation resp onse in yogurtand milk-fed mice , int j food sci nut r. , 45 (23) : 1–5. 8. brashears , m .m . ; jaroni , d. and trimb le , j. (2003) . isol ation, selection , and characteriztion of lactic acid bacteria for a competitive exclusion p roduct t o reduce sheddin g of e.coli o157:h7 in cattle .j. food . prot ection ., 66(3) : 355 – 363 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.23 (1) 2010 9. m artinez – gonz alez , b. ; eriotou , e.; m ichop oules , s.; kolantzop oulos , g. ; tsakalidou , e. and m entis , a. in vitro and in vivo inhibition of helicobacter p y lori by lactobacillus casei strain shirota . app l . environ . m icrobiol ., 70(1) :518 – 526 , 2004. 10. greenwood, d.; slack, r.c. and peutherer, j.f. (2002), m edical m icrobiolo gy . (sixteenth ed.). churchill liv ingst on. 11. m iake,s.; nomoto,k. ;yokokura,t.; yoshikai,y. ; m utai,m . and nomoto,k. (1985) ,prot ective effect of l actobacillus casei on pseudomonas aeru ginosa inf ection in mice , infect immun. , 48(2): 480–485. 12. john,i;gallin,m . and anthony ,s. (1982).advances in host defence m echanisms . 1. 13. alvarez, s.; herrero,c.; bru,e. and perdigon,g. (2001). effect of lac tobacillus case i and y ogurt administ ration on p revention of pseudomonas aeru ginosa infection in y oung mice , j.food.prot. 64(11) : 1768-74. 14. villena, j. ; racedo, s.;a guero , g. ;bru , e.; m edina , m . and alvarez , s. (2005). lactobacillus case i improves resistance to pneumococcal resp iratory infection in m alnourished m ice" , j. nut r. 135 : 1462-1469, 15. goulet, j. ; saucier, l. and m oineau, s. (1989). stimulation of the non-sp ecific immune resp onse of mice by fermented milks. in: national yo gurt association, ed. yo gurt: nutritional and health p rop erties, m clean, va: kirby lithogr aphics, 187–200. 16. kitazawa, h.; m ataumura ,k. ;itoh, t. and yamauchi ,t. (1992).interferon induction in murine p eritoneal macrophage by stimulation with lactobacillus acidophilus , m icrobiol.immunol.36,311–5. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 non tre ated lb.pretret عمودي ثالث�ي األبع��اد ١ fig.(1): the growth of the bacteria in the peritoneal cavity after 12 h. no. of viable bacte ria afte r 12 h. (log 10) microsoft word 41-51 physics | 41 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 study of some structural and optical properties of agalse2 thin films iman h. khudayer bushra h. hussien dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in:25/november/ 2015,accepted in:30/march/2016 abstract the structural properties of ternary chalcopyrite agalse2 compound alloys and thin films that prepared by the thermal evaporation method at room temperature on glass substrate with a deposition rate (5±0.1) nm s-1 for different values of thickness (250,500 and 750±20) nm, have been studied, using x-ray diffraction technology. as well as, the optical properties of the prepared films have been investigated. the structural investigated shows that the alloy has polycrystalline structure of tetragonal type with preferential orientation (112), while the films have amorphous structure. optical measurement shows that agalse2 films have high absorption in the range of wavelength (350-700 nm). the optical energy gap for allowed direct transition were evaluated, which decreases with film thickness increasing, i.e. it decreases from 2.5 ev to 2.2 ev when thickness varies from 250±20 nm to 750±20 nm. keywords: agalse2, thin films, energy gap, structure and optical properties. physics | 42 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 introduction in recent years, many groups worked on chalcopyrite semiconductors with a wide band gap to increase solar cell conversion efficiency by using an absorber close to solar spectrum [1]. wide gap chalcopyrite materials are required for tandem solar cells and high-voltage devices [2]. photovoltaic research has moved beyond the use of single crystalline materials such as group iv like si and group iii-v compounds like gaas to much more complex compounds of the group i-iii-vi2 with chalcopyrite structure. the ternary abc2 chalcopyrites (a = cu,ag; b = in, ga or al; c= s, se or te) form a large group of semiconductor materials with diverse structural and electrical properties. these materials are attractive for thin film photovoltaic application for a number of reasons [3]. cu based chalcopyrites are most intensively studied, but few experimental and theoretical studies of abc2 type semiconductors where group a element is ag and the group b element is al have been carried out [4] ag chalcopyrites has several advantages over cu chalcopyrites such as: the band gap energy of ag chalcopyrites films is wider than cu chalcopyrites [5] and the melting point of the ag chalcopyrites film is lower than cu chalcopyrites which make them commercially more preferable [6]. most of the i-iii-vi2 compounds are direct gap semiconductors and they crystallize with the chalcopyrite structure [7]. this research aim to analyzes the effect of thickness on the structural and optical properties of agalse2 thin films prepared by thermal evaporation method. experimental agalse2 films of different thicknesses (250, 500 and 750) nm were prepared by the alloy which is obtained by fusing the mixture of the appropriate quantities of the elements ag, al and se of high purity (99.999%) in evacuating fused quartz ampoules, heated at (1200 k) for five hours, agalse2 films were prepared onto a glass slide substrate by thermal evaporation technique in vacuum system of 3x10-6 torr using the edward coating unit model (e 306) from molybdenum boat. the distance from molybdenum boat to the substrate was about 15 cm. the deposition rate was about 5 nm/sec for all the films in room temperature (r.t). x-ray diffraction (xrd), was used to the position and intensity of diffracted intensity spectra versus bragg’s angle θ, using (shimadzu6000 x-ray diffraction with copper target of the wavelength (λ=1.5406)ǻ, gives information on the crystal structure such as phase crystalline, polycrystalline, amorphous, crystalline size, and lattice parameter. the inter planer distance d (hkl) for different planes was measured by bragg’s law [8]: n λ= 2θ d sin…………………………………………. (1) where n is the order of diffraction, λ is the wavelength of the x-rays, d is the spacing between consecutive parallel planes and θ is the angle of incidence.the average crystalline size can be calculated using the scherrer’s formula [9]: )2....(.................................................. cos 94.0 . )( bfwhm rayx b sc    where λ is the wavelength of the x-ray and β is the full width at half maximum intensity in radians. optical experiments measurement have been done using uv-visible 1800spectro photometer,. the optical absorption spectrum is used to determine the optical energy gap and the absorption coefficient. knowledge of these band gaps is extremely important for understanding the electrical properties of a semiconductor, and is therefore of great practical interest [10]. the tauc formula, equation [11]: αhν=b (hν –egopt)1/r ………………………………………….(3) physics | 43 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 where, b is a constant inversely proportional to amorphousity, hν is the photon energy (ev), egopt is the optical energy gap (ev) ,and r is constant and may take values 2, 3,1/2, 3/2 depending on the material and the type of the optical transition. there are two types of the optical transitions, direct and indirect transition, according to the type of materials and optical transition. the optical behavior of a material is generally utilized to determine its optical constants [refractive index (no), extinction coefficient (k) and, real (εr) and imaginary parts (εi) of dielectric constant]. the absorption coefficient value can be calculated from the formula [12]: )4....(................................................................................303.2 t a  where a is the optical absorbance and t is the film thickness. the refractive index value can be calculated from the formula [13]:   )5.........(........................................ 1 1 1 4 2 1 2 2                 r r k r r no where k represents the extinction coefficient, which is calculated by the relation [12]: )6......(................................................................................ 4  k where r is the reflectance. which is calculated by the relation: r=1-a-t…………………………………………….(7) the real εr and imaginary εi part of dielectric constant can be calculated by using the following equations[14]: )8(................................................................................ir i  )9(................................................................................20 2 0 knr  )10...(................................................................................2 00 kni  result and discussion x-ray diffraction pattern of agalse2 alloy is shown in figure (1). the spectrum is seen to exhibit sharp peaks at (101) (112), (211), (220), (204), (312), (400), (404), and  (415) corresponding to 2θ equal to 16.94, 26.78, 34.56, 42.78, 45.206, 51.149, 62.11, 72.366 and 80 polycrystalline structure tetragonal unit structure of agalse2 were absolved as compared with the standard values in astm cards. . the x-ray diffraction parameters inter planer spacing (d), miller indices and crystalline size) for agalse2 alloy are listed in table (1). the prefer orientation at 112 plane. the experimental absorption spectra for the agalse2 thin films with different thicknesses were made at room temperature in the spectral range (350-1100) nm are shown in figuree (2). all spectra show better absorption in the ultraviolet and visible regions. when the thickness increases the absorption increases and close for visible region. the behavior of the absorption spectra is opposite completely to that of the transmission and reflection spectra as shown in figures (3 and 4). from figure (5) it is observed that the absorption coefficient (α) values, which were calculated using equation (4), were fairly have high values reached above 104 cm-1, which indicated the optical transition in the extended band region. the coefficient absorption values increase with the increase of optical energy gap. this result agrees with that shown by other research [15].the coefficient values decrease with increase of thin thickness that it varied from 5.7×104 to 2.7 ×104cm-1 increased from 250 to750 nm respectively. this behavior agrees with that shown by other researcher [16]. this behavior attributed to the variation of the crystal structure and that the films atoms density increases with film thickness. physics | 44 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 the absorption coefficient decreases with increase of the thickness as shown in figure (5) this is due to the relationship between α and the absorbance if we consider the direct proportionality of the absorbance with respect to thickness as shown in figure (2) it is obvious that a increases with the increase of the film thickness and that can be attributed to the increase of the defects and localized centers [16]. the optical energy gap of material can be determined by using the equation (3), by plotting of (αhυ)2 versus hʋ for agalse2 thin films with different thicknesses is shown in figure (6). the plot is linear at the absorption edge which confirms that agalse2 is a semiconductor with a direct band gap. extrapolation of the line to the hʋ axis gives the direct optical band gap and the transition is allowed direct. it can be noticed from the values of egopt that it decreases with the increase of thickness as shown in table (2). this is due to an increase in practical size [17], and one can notice the egopt value for film with thickness 250 nm has 2.5 ev, this value is in good agreement with sharma . et al (4). as well as for thin films, it varies with thickness due to the changes in barrier height at grain boundaries with the increase of film thickness. this is due to the increase in localized density of states near the band edges and in turn decreases the value of egopt with thickness. also, the decrease of direct band gap with the increase of film thickness can be attributed to the increase of particle size, decrease of the strain and increase of lattice constant [18]. the variation of the refractive index (n) as a function of the photon energy for agalse2 films at different thicknesses is shown in figure (7), which indicates that n decreases with the increase of thicknesses this behavior is may be due to decrease in the reflection which the refractive index depends on it. graph of extinction coefficient (k) as a function of photon energy for different thicknesses of agalse2 films is plotted in figure (8). this figure revealed that k in general decreased and then increased as film thickness increased (250,500 and 750) nm. the variation of k with film thickness is nonsystematic, as shown table (2). this is attributed to the same reason mentioned previously in the absorption coefficient because the behavior of k is similar to α. the dielectric constant consists of a real (εr) and imaginary part (εi) depends on the frequency of the electromagnetic wave. the variables of εr and εi versus photon electron at different thicknesses are shown in figures. (9 and 10) respectively. the behavior of εr is similar to that of the refractive index because of the small value of k2 compared with n2,while εi behavior is similar to that of extinction coefficient because it mainly depends on the k value, which is related to the variation of absorption coefficient. the variation of εr and εi with film thickness are non-systematic. this means that this material possesses a specialized property with thickness. conclusions agalse2 alloy was prepared successfully and used for preparation of thin films by thermal evaporation method. xrd tests for alloy showed that polycrystalline and have the tetragonal structure with preferential orientation in the [112] direction respectively. the influence of thickness on the values of optical parameters of agalse2 thin films is investigated. all thin films exhibited allowed direct optical energy band gap and high absorption in the ultraviolet and visible regions, thus, making the films suitable for optoelectronic devices, for instance as window layers of solar cells. physics | 45 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 references 1. siebentritt, susanne, and rau, uwe (eds.), (2006), wide-gap chalcopyrites, springer series in materials science. 2. yamada, k.; hoshino, n. and nakada, t. (2006), crystallographic and electrical properties of wide gap ag (in 1-x , ga x ) se2 thin films and solar cells, science and technology of advanced materials, 7, (42–45). 3. aldrin antony, (2004), preparation and characterisation of certain ii-vi, i-iii-vi2 semiconductor thin films and transparent conducting oxides, thesis presented to the department of physics of the cochin university of science and technology, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy in physics, india. 4. sheetal sharma; verma, a.s.;bhandari ,r.; sarita kumari and tindal ,v.k. (2014) ab initio studies of structural, electronic, optical, elastic and thermal properties of agchalcopyrites (agalx2: x=s, se, materials science in semiconductor processing, 26, 187– 198. 5. moller, h., (1993), semiconductor for solar cells, boston: artech house. 6. kalel murat, (2010, investigation of electracial and optical properties of ag-in-se based devise, thesis presented to the the graduate school of neutral and applied sciences of middle east technical university, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy in physics, turkish. 7. hamid, s. al-jumaili and ahmed, kh. al-rawi, (2011), effect of thermal annealing and laser radiation on the optical properties of agals2 thin films, iraqi journal of physics, 9, (7983). 8. cullity, b. d., (1978), elements of x-ray diffraction, 2nd edition, copyright ©, by addison – wesley publishing company , inc. 9.  dwivedi, d.k.;vipinkumar, m.d. and pathak, h.p., (2011), structural, electrical and optical investigations of cdse nanoparticles, chalcogenide letters, 8, 9, ( 521-527). 10. jona, f. and shirane, g., (1983), ferroelectric crystals, plenum press, new york 11.ray, j.r; panchal, c.j.; desai, m.s. and trivedi, u.b., (2011), simulation of (cigs) thin film solar cells using amps-1d, j.nano-electron. phys., 3, (747-754). 12.sze, s.m.,(1981), physics of semiconductor devices,2nded.,john wiley and sons, inc. new york. 13. buba, a.d.a., and adelabu, j.s.a., (2010), optical and electrical properties of chemically deposited zno thin films, the pacific journal of science and technology, 11, ( 429-434). 14. ahmed, m. ; sauli ,z.; hashim, u. and add al-douri, y., (2009), investigation of the absorption coefficient, refractive index, energy band gap, and film thickness for a l0.11ga 0.89n, a l0.03ga 0.97 n, and gan by optical transmission method, int. j. nanoelectronics and materials, 2, 189-195. 15. kittle, c. (2005), introduction to solid state physics, john wiley and sons inc., 8th edition . 16. al husseini mustafa, (2013), study the optical, electrical and structural properties of siliconbased cdte solar cell, thesis submitted to the college of science/university of baghdad, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy in physics, iraq. 17. velumani, x.m.; sebastian,p.j. ;narayandass,s.k. and.mangalaraj, d., (2003), structural and optical properties of hot wall deposited cdse thin film, solar energy mat.& sol. cells, 76, ( 347-358). 18. aksoy, s.; cagalar ,y.; ilican, s. and caglar, m. , (2010), optica applicat, xl(1), 7 physics | 46 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 table (1) structural parameters of agalse2 alloy a,c (exp.) (å) a,c (astm) (å) hkl d(exp) (å) d (stand) (å) 2θ(exp.) (degree) 2θ(stand.) (degree) fwhm (deg.) crystalline size (nm) a=5.967 c=10.755 a=5.968 c=10.77 101 5.267 5.26 16.94 16.89 0.188 49.4432 112 3.325 3.32 26.78 26.83 211 2.59 2.59 34.56 34.603 220 2.11 2.11 42.78 42.822 204 200 1.99 45.206 45.400 312 1.78 1.78 51.149 51.314 400 1.49 1.49 62.11 62.07 404 1.304 1.303 72.366 72.478 415 1.1979 1.199 80 79.947 table (2) the optical parameters (egopt, α, k, n, εr and εi )for agagse2 thin films for different thicknesses at λ =380nm. figure (1) x-ray diffraction pattern of agalse2 alloy. λ=380nm t(nm) egopt (ev) absortion٪ α×104 (cm)-1 n k εr εi 250 2.5 62.25 5.7 2.18 1.73 1.78 7.5 500 2.3 70.95 2.9 1.89 0.89 2.77 3.4 750 2.2 80.3 2.7 1.64 0.82 2.02 2.7 2θ(deg.) (415) (101) (112) (220) (400) (211) (312) (204) (404) physics | 47 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (2) absorbance spectra for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750) nm. figure (3) transmittance spectra for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750) nm. figure (4) reflectance spectra for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750) nm. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1050 1150 a b s o rb a n c e wavelength (nm) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1050 1150 t ra n s m it ta n c e ( % ) wavelength (nm) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm 0 5 10 15 20 25 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1050 1150 r e fl e c ti o n ( % ) wavelength (nm) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm physics | 48 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (5) variation of absorption coefficient with photon energy for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750) nm. figure (6) variation of (αhv )2 with photon energy for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750 )nm. figure (7) variation of refractive index with photon energy for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750) nm. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 photon energy (ev) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm 0 50 100 150 200 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 photon energy (ev) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 r e fr a c ti v e i n d e x ( n ) photon energy (ev) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm physics | 49 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (8) variation of extinction coefficient with photon energy for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750)nm. figure (9) variation of real part of dielectric constant with photon energy for agalse2 thin films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750)nm. 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 e x ti n c ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t (k ) photon energy (ev) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm 0 2 4 6 8 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 r e a l p a rt o f d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t photon energy (ev) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm physics | 50 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 agalse2 thin figure (10) variation of of imaginary part of dielectric constant with photon energy for films at different thicknesses (250, 500, 750)nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 im a g e n ry p a rt o f d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t photon energy (ev) t=250nm t=500nm t=750nm physics | 51 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 2agalseدراسة بعض الخواص التركيبية والبصرية لألغشية الرقيقة ايمان حميد خضير بشرى هاشم حسين بغداد جامعة )/ الهيثم ابن (الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية / الفيزياء قسم 2016/اذار/30في , قبل 2015/الثاني/تشرين 25استلم في : الخـالصـــة واغشيته التي حضرت بوساطة طريقة التبخير 2agalseالتركيبية لسبيكة المركب الثالثي درست الخواص وبسمك .nm sec (0.1±5)-1الحراري في الفراغ عند درجة حرارة الغرفة على قواعد من الزجاج بمعدل ترسيب لألغشية الخواص البصرية حيود األشعة السينية كما درست نانومتر بأستعمال تقنية (750,500,250 20±) مختلف المحضرة. بينت الفحوصات التركيبية أن السبيكة تملك تركيبا متعدد التبلور من النظام البلوري الرباعي (tetragonal) أوضحت القياسات البصرية أن ، بينما تمتلك األغشية المحضرة تركيبا عشوائيا. (112)مع هيمنة االتجاه وتم حساب فجوة .نانومتر 700)(350ذات امتصاصية عالية لألطوال الموجية في المنطقة المرئية 2agalseأغشية (2.2ev)إلى (2.5ev)وان قيمة هذه الفجوة تتناقص مع تزايد السمك،اذ قلت من الطاقة ذات االنتقال المباشر المسموح، على التوالي.(20±750) نانومتر الى (20±250)بزيادة السمك من .اغشية رقيقة, فجوة طاقة, الخواص التركيبية والبصرية agalse ,2 :المفتاحية الكلمات @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 numerical solutions of the nonlocal problems for the diffusion partial differential equations reem. m. kubba dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science( ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:3 october 2012 , accepted in:16 january 2013 abstract in this work, we use the explicit and the implicit finite-difference methods to solve the nonlocal problem that consists of the diffusion equations together with nonlocal conditions. the nonlocal conditions for these partial differential equations are approximated by using the composite trapezoidal rule, the composite simpson's 1/3 and 3/8 rules. also, some numerical examples are presented to show the efficiency of these methods. keywords: finite difference method, implicit finite difference method, explicit finite difference method, nonlocal condition, diffusion equation. 276 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction an integral over the spatial domain is appeared in some part or in the whole boundary[1]. such boundary value problems are known as nonlocal problems where nonlocal conditions appear when values of the function on the boundary are connected to values inside the domain, [2]. many researchers studied the nonlocal problems say [3] studied the existence of the solutions for fractional ordinary differential equations with nonlocal initial condition. [4] used the finite-difference method for solving the diffusion equations together with homogeneous boundary conditions and initial condition of non-integral nonlocal type, [5] used the homotopy perturbation method to solve special types of nonlinear parabolic differential equations with the nonlocal boundary conditions. in this work we use the explicit and the implicit finite difference method to solve the following diffusion partial differential equation: 𝜕𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) 𝜕𝑡 − 𝜕2𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) 𝜕𝑥2 = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑡) , 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ℓ , 0 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 𝑇 (1. 𝑎) together with the initial condition: u (x,0) = r(x) , 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ℓ (1.b) and the neumann condition : 𝜕𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑥 |𝑥=0 = 𝛼(𝑡) , 0 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 𝑇 (1.c) and the nonlocal condition: ∫ 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑑𝑥 = 𝛽(𝑡) ℓ 0 ,0 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 𝑇 (1.d) where f, 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝑟 are known functions that must satisfy the compatibility conditions: ∫ 𝑟(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 𝛽(0) ℓ 0 , r (0) (0)′ = α the explicit finite difference method for solving the nonlocal problem (1) it is well known that the explicit finite difference method is a numerical method that is used to solve the initial-boundary value problems for partial differential equations as well as, ordinary differential equations. here we use it to solve the nonlocal problem given by equations (1). to do this, we divide the x-interval [0,ℓ] and the t-interval [0,t] into m and n subintervals i i 1[x , x ], i=0,1,...,m 1+ − and j j 1[t , t ], j=0,1,...,n 1+ − respectively such that ix ih,i=0,1,...,m 1= − ; jt jk, j=0,1,...,n 1= − ; where ℎ = ℓ 𝑚 and t k n = . so the problem here is to find the solution of the nonlocal problem given by equations (1) at the mesh points i j(x , t ), i=0,1,...,m, j=0,1,...,n. let i, ju denote the numerical solution of the nonlocal problem given by equations (1) at each mesh point i j(x , t ), i=0,1,...,m, j=0,1,...,n. by 277 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 replacing the partial derivatives u t ∂ ∂ and 2 2 u x ∂ ∂ by the forward difference approximation and central difference approximation respectively, equation (1.a) becomes: i, j 1 i 1, j i, j i 1, j i ju ru (1 2r)u ru kf (x , t ), i 1, 2,..., m 1, j=0,1,...,n 1+ + −= + − + + = − − (2) where 2 k r h = . from the initial condition given by equation (1.b) one can have: 𝑢𝑖,0 = 𝑟(𝑥𝑖), 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚 (3) by evaluating equation (2) at each i 1, 2,..., m 1,= − j=0 and by using equation (3) one can get the numerical solutions i,1u , i=1,2,...,m 1− . therefore it remains to find the numerical solutions 0,1 m,1u , u . to do this, we use the forward finite difference approximation for the neumann condition given by equation (1.e) to get: 𝑢0,𝑗 = 𝑢1,𝑗 − ℎ𝛼�𝑡𝑗� , j=1,2,…,n (4) by evaluating equation (4) at j=1 one can get the value of 𝑢0,1.then we approximate the integral that appeared in the right hand side of the nonlocal condition given by equation (1.d) with any suitable method of quadrature methods, say the composite trapezoid rule to get: 𝑢𝑚,𝑗 = 2 ℎ 𝛽�𝑡𝑗� − 𝑢0,𝑗 − 2 � 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 , 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 (5) 𝑚−1 𝑖=1 therefore by evaluating equation (5) at j=1 one can get the value of 𝑢𝑚,1.hence the numerical solutions of the nonlocal problem given by equation (1),𝑢𝑖,1, 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚 are obtained. next, we evaluate equation (2) at each i=1,2,…,m-1, j=1 and by using the numerical solutions 𝑢𝑖,1, i=0,1,…,m one can get 𝑢𝑖,2 , i=1,2,…,m-1 and by following the same previous steps one can get the value of 𝑢0,2, 𝑢𝑚,2 .by continuing in this manner, one can get the numerical solutions 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 , i=0,1,…,m , j=0,1,…,n of the nonlocal problem given by equations (1). the implicit finite difference method for solving the nonlocal problem (1) it is well known that the implicit finite difference method is a numerical method that is used to solve the initial-boundary value problems for partial differential equations. here we shall use this method to solve the nonlocal problem given by equations (1). to do this, we replace the partial derivatives u t ∂ ∂ and 2 2 u x ∂ ∂ by the backward difference approximation and central difference approximation respectively in equation (1.a) to get: 278 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 (1 + 𝑟)𝑢𝑖,𝑗+1 − 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖+1,𝑗+1 − 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖−1,𝑗+ = 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖+1,𝑗 − 𝑟𝑢𝑖,𝑗 + 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖−1,𝑗 + 𝑘𝑓�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� (6) where i=1,2,…,m-1 ,j=0,1,…,n-1 from the initial condition given by equation (1.b) we get: 𝑢𝑖,0 = 𝑟(𝑥𝑖), 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚 (7) by evaluating equation (6 ) at each i=1,2,…,m-1, j=0 one can get the following equations: (1 + 𝑟)𝑢𝑖,1 − 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖+1,1 − 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖−1,1 = 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖+1,0 − 𝑟𝑢𝑖,𝑗 + 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑖−1,0 + 𝑘𝑓(𝑥𝑖, 𝑡0) , i=1,2,…,m-1 from equations (4)-(5) one can have: 𝑢1,1 − 𝑢0,1 = ℎ𝛼(𝑡1) 𝑢0,1 + 2∑ − = 1 1 1. m i iu + 𝑢𝑚,1 = 2 ℎ 𝛽(𝑡1) so the above m+1 equations with m+1 unknowns that can be written in matrix form as: au=g (8) where a= ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ −1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 − 𝑟 2 1 + 𝑟 − 𝑟 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 − 𝑟 2 1 + 𝑟 − 𝑟 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 − 𝑟 2 1 + 𝑟 − 𝑟 2 0 0 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 − 𝑟 2 1 + 𝑟 − 𝑟 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ , u= ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝑢0,1 𝑢1,1 𝑢2,1 𝑢3,1 . . . 𝑢𝑚−1,1 𝑢𝑚,1 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ and g= ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ ℎ𝛼(𝑡1) 𝑟 2 𝑢2,0 − 𝑟𝑢1,0 + 𝑟 2 𝑢0,0 + 𝑘𝑓(𝑥1, 𝑡0) 𝑟 2 𝑢3,0 − 𝑟𝑢2,0 + 𝑟 2 𝑢1,0 + 𝑘𝑓(𝑥2, 𝑡0) 𝑟 2 𝑢3,0 − 𝑟𝑢2,0 + 𝑟 2 𝑢1,0 + 𝑘𝑓(𝑥3, 𝑡0) . . . 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑚,0 − 𝑟𝑢𝑚−1,0 + 𝑟 2 𝑢𝑚−2,0 + 𝑘𝑓(𝑥𝑚−1, 𝑡𝑜) 2 ℎ 𝛽(𝑡1) ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ . the above system can be solved to get the values of 𝑢𝑖,1 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚. by repeating the same previous steps one can the values of 𝑢𝑖,2 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚. by continuing in this manner, 279 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 one can get the numerical solutions 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚 , 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 of the nonlocal problem given by equations (1). remarks (1) if the number of x-subintervals m is an even integer, one can approximate the integral that appeared in the right hand side of the nonlocal condition given by equation (1.d) with the composite simpson's 1/3 rule to get: ℎ 3 �𝑢0,𝑗 + 4 ∑ 𝑥2𝑖−1𝑢2𝑖−1,𝑗 + 2 ∑ 𝑥2𝑖𝑢2𝑖,𝑗 + 𝑢𝑚,𝑗 𝑚 2 −1 𝑖=1 𝑚 2 𝑖=1 � = 𝛽�𝑡𝑗�, 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 (2) if the number of x-subintervals m is a multiple of three, one can approximate the integral that appeared in the right hand side of the nonlocal condition given by equation (1.d) with the composite simpson's 3/8 rule to get: 3ℎ 8 �𝑢0,𝑗 + 3 �∑ 𝑥3𝑖−1𝑢3𝑖−1,𝑗 + ∑ 𝑥3𝑖−2𝑢3𝑖−2,𝑗 𝑚 3 𝑖=1 𝑚 3 𝑖=1 � +2 ∑ 𝑥3𝑖𝑢3𝑖,𝑗 𝑚 3 −1 𝑖=1 + 𝑢𝑚,𝑗� = 𝛽�𝑡𝑗� (9) 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 numerical examples in this section we present three examples of the nonlocal problems that are solved by using the explicit and the implicit finite difference methods. example (1) consider the following diffusion partial differential equation: 𝜕𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑡 − 𝜕 2𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑥2 = 1 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, 𝑡 ≥ 0 with the initial condition: u (x,0) = 3x , 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 and the neumann condition: 𝜕𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑥 |𝑥=0 = 3 , 𝑡 ≥ 0 and the nonlocal condition: ∫ 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑑𝑥 = 3 2 + 𝑡 1 0 , 𝑡 ≥ 0 this example is constructed such that the exact solution is u(x,t)=3x+t. we shall use the explicit finite difference method to solve this example. to do this, let m=10 and n=100, then𝑥𝑖 = 𝑖 10 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,10, 𝑡𝑗 = 𝑗 100 , 𝑗 = 0,1, … ,100 and r=1. in this case, equations (2)-(3) becomes: 𝑢𝑖,𝑗+1 = 𝑢𝑖+1,𝑗 − 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 + 𝑢𝑖−1,𝑗 + 1 100 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,10, 𝑗 = 0,1, … ,100 (10) and 𝑢𝑖,0 = 3𝑥𝑖 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,10 280 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 by evaluating equation (10) at each i=1,2,…,9 and j=0 one can get 𝑢𝑖,1, i=1,2,…,9 and by substituting j=1 at equation (4) we get: 𝑢0,1 = 𝑢1,1 − 1 10 (3 2 + 𝑡1) and this implies that 𝑢𝑚,1 = 20 � 3 2 + 𝑡1� − 𝑢0,1 − 2 ∑ = 9 1 1, i iu next, we evaluate equation (10) at each i=1,2,…,9, j=1, one can get the values of 𝑢𝑖,2, i =1,2,…,9 and by substituting j=2 at equation (4) we get: 𝑢0,2 = 𝑢1,2 − 1 10 (3 2 + 𝑡2) and this implies that 𝑢𝑚,2 = 20 � 3 2 + 𝑡2� − 𝑢0,2 − 2∑ = 9 1 2, i iu by continuing in this manner one can get the numerical solutions 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 , i=0,1,…,10, j= 0,1,…,100, of the above nonlocal problem. some of these results can be seen in table (1) so the errors of this example via trapezoidal rule are zero. example (2) consider the following diffusion partial differential equation: 𝜕𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑡 − 𝜕 2𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑥2 = 2𝑥2𝑡 + 2𝑥 − 2𝑡2 , 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, 𝑡 ≥ 0 with the initial condition: u (x,0) = 0 , 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 and the neumann condition : 𝜕𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑥 |𝑥=0 = 2𝑡 , , 𝑡 ≥ 0 and the nonlocal condition : ∫ 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑑𝑥 = 1 3 𝑡2 + 𝑡 1 0 , 𝑡 ≥ 0 we use the explicit finite difference method to solve this example. this example is constructed such that the exact solution is 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑥2𝑡2 + 2𝑡𝑥. to do this, first, let m=15 281 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 and n=200, then 𝑥𝑖 = 𝑖 15 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,15, 𝑡𝑗 = 𝑗 200 , 𝑗 = 0,1, … ,200 and. 𝑟 = 9 8 in this case, equation (2)-(3) becomes: 𝑢𝑖,𝑗+1 = 9 8 𝑢𝑖+1,𝑗 − 5 4 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 + 9 8 𝑢𝑖−1,𝑗 + 1 200 �2𝑥𝑖 2𝑡𝑗 + 2𝑥𝑖 − 2𝑡𝑗 2� (11) and 𝑢𝑖,0 = 0 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,15 (12) respectively, by evaluating equation (11) at each i=1,2,…,14 and j=0 one can get the values of 𝑢𝑖,1, i=1,2,…,14 and by substituting j=1 in equation (4) we get: 𝑢0,1 = 𝑢1,1 − 2 15 𝑡1 and from equation (5) we get: 𝑢𝑚,1 = 30 � 1 3 𝑡12 + 𝑡1� − 𝑢0,1 − 2∑ = 14 1 1, i iu now, we evaluate equation (11) at each i=1,…,14, j=1,one can get the values of 𝑢𝑖,2, i =1,2,…,14 and by substituting j=2 at equation (4) we get: 𝑢0,2 = 𝑢1,2 − 2 15 𝑡2 if we use equation (5), then : 𝑢𝑚,2 = 30 � 1 3 𝑡22 + 𝑡2� − 𝑢0,2 − 2∑ = 14 1 2, i iu if we use equation (9) then 𝑢𝑚,2 =0.02 by continuing in this manner one can get the numerical solutions 𝑢𝑖,𝑗, i=0,1,…,15, j= 0,1,…,200, of the above nonlocal problem. some of these results can be seen in table (2) on the other hand, since m=15 is a multiple of 3, one can use either equation (5) or equation (9) to get the values of 𝑢𝑚,1. if we use equation (5), then : 𝑢𝑚,1=0.01 on the other hand ,if we use equation (9) then: 𝑢𝑚,1 =0.01 second, let m=16 and n=200, then𝑥𝑖 = 𝑖 16 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,16, 𝑡𝑗 = 𝑗 200 , 𝑗 = 0,1, . . ,200 and 𝑟 = 32 25 similar to the previous, one can get the values of the numerical solutions 𝑢𝑖,𝑗, 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,16, 𝑗 = 0,1, … ,200.these values can be seen in tables (6)-(7). example (3) consider the following diffusion partial differential equation: 282 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 𝜕𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑡 − 𝜕 2𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑥2 = 6𝑥2𝑡 + 2𝑥 − 6𝑡2 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, 𝑡 ≥ 0 with the initial condition: u (x,0) = 0, 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 and the neumann condition: 𝜕𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑥 |𝑥=0 = 2𝑡 , 𝑡 ≥ 0 and the nonlocal condition: ∫ 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑑𝑥 = 𝑡2 + 𝑡 1 0 , 𝑡 ≥ 0 this example is constructed such that the exact solution isu(x, t) = 3𝑥2𝑡2 + 2𝑥𝑡. we shall use the implicit finite difference method to solve this example. to do this, let m=10 and n=1000, then 𝑥𝑖 = 𝑖 10 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,10, 𝑡𝑗 = 𝑗 1000 , 𝑗 = 0,1, … ,1000 and. 𝑟 = 1 10 in this case equation (8) becomes ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ −1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 −0.05 2 −0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 −0.05 2 −0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 −0.05 2 −0.05 0 0 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 −0.05 2 −0.05 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 𝑢0,1 𝑢1,1 𝑢2,1 𝑢3,1 . . . 𝑢9,1 𝑢10,1⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ = ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ 2 10 𝑡1 1 20 𝑢2,0 − 1 10 𝑢1,0 + 1 20 𝑢0,0 + 1 1000 (6𝑥12𝑡02 + 2𝑥1 − 6𝑡02) 1 20 𝑢3,0 − 1 10 𝑢2,0 + 1 20 𝑢1,0 + 1 1000 (6𝑥22𝑡02 + 2𝑥2 − 6𝑡02) 1 20 𝑢3,0 − 1 10 𝑢2,0 + 1 20 𝑢1,0 + 1 1000 (6𝑥32𝑡02 + 2𝑥3 − 6𝑡02) . . . 1 20 𝑢10,0 − 1 10 𝑢9,0 + 1 20 𝑢8,0 + 1 1000 (6𝑥92𝑡02 + 2𝑥9 − 6𝑡02) 20(𝑡12 + 𝑡1) ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ by solving the above system we get the following tabulated results which can seen in tables (8) (9) 283 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 conclusions in this work the explicit and the implicit finite difference methods are powerful numerical methods that gave satisfactory results for solving the nonlocal problem for the parabolic partial differential equations and can be also used to solve the nonlocal problems for the hyperbolic and elliptic partial differential equations. references 1. gulin, a.v., lonkin n.i. and .morozova, v.a., ( 2005) , "stability of nonlocal finitedifference problems" computational mathematics and modeling, 16,( 3), 248-256. 2. hayder, d. m., (2011),"some analytical methods for solving some types of nonlocal problems", m.sc. thesis, college of science, al-nahrain university. 3. el-sayed a. m., and bin-taher e.o., (2010), "anonlocal problem of an arbitrary (fractional) orders differential equation", alexandria journal of mathematics, 1, (2), 1-7, 4. karatay i., bayramoglu s. r., yildiz b. and kokluce b., (2011) , "matrix stability of the difference schemes for nonlocal boundary value problems for parabolic differential equations", international journal of the physical sciences, 6, (4), 819-827. 5. ghoreishm. i., ismail a.i., (2011), "the homotopy perturbation method (hpm) for nonlinear parabolic equation with nonlocal boundary conditions", applied mathematical sciences, 5, (3), 113-123. table (1): represents the numerical and the exact solutions of example (1) via trapezoid rule for r=1 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 3 0 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 1 0.3 0.31 0.32 0.33 2 0.6 0.61 0.62 0.63 3 0.9 0.91 0.92 0.93 4 1.2 1.21 1.22 1.23 5 1.5 1.51 1.52 1.53 6 1.8 1.81 1.82 1.83 7 2.1 2.11 2.12 2.13 8 2.4 2.41 2.42 2.43 9 2.7 2.71 2.72 2.73 10 3 3.01 3.02 3.03 284 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (2): represents the numerical solutions of example (2) by using trapezoid rule for r==9 8 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 -2.778 × 10−8 1.667 × 10−7 1 0 6.667 × 10−4 1.333 × 10−3 2 × 10−3 2 0 1.333 × 10−3 2.667 × 10−3 4.002 × 10−3 3 0 2 × 10−3 4.002 × 10−3 6.005 × 10−3 4 0 2.667 × 10−3 5.337 × 10−3 8.01 × 10−3 5 0 3.333 × 10−3 6.672 × 10−3 0.01 6 0 4 × 10−3 8.008 × 10−3 0.012 7 0 4.667 × 10−3 9.344 × 10−3 0.014 8 0 5.333 × 10−3 0.011 0.016 9 0 6 × 10−3 0.012 0.018 10 0 6.667 × 10−3 0.013 0.02 table (3): represents the absolute errors of example (2) by using trapezoid rule for r==9 8 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 2.778 × 10−8 1.667 × 10−7 1 0 1.111 × 10−7 4.722 × 10−7 8.333 × 10−7 2 0 4.444 × 10−7 1.139 × 10−6 2.083 × 10−6 3 0 1 × 10−6 2.25 × 10−6 3.75 × 10−6 4 0 1.778 × 10−6 3.806 × 10−6 6.083 × 10−6 5 0 2.778 × 10−6 5.806 × 10−6 9.083 × 10−6 6 0 4 × 10−6 8.25 × 10−6 1.275 × 10−5 7 0 5.444 × 10−6 1.114 × 10−5 1.708 × 10−5 8 0 7.111 × 10−6 1.447 × 10−5 2.208 × 10−5 9 0 9 × 10−6 1.825 × 10−5 2.775 × 10−5 10 0 1.111 × 10−5 2.247 × 10−5 3.408 × 10−5 285 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table(4): represents the numerical solutions of example (2) by using simpson's 3\8 rule for r==9 8 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 3 6 0 4 × 10−3 8.008 × 10−3 0.012 7 0 4.667 × 10−3 9.344 × 10−3 0.014 8 0 5.333 × 10−3 0.011 0.016 9 0 6 × 10−3 0.012 0.018 10 0 6.667 × 10−3 0.013 0.02 11 0 7.333 × 10−3 0.015 0.022 12 0 8 × 10−3 0.016 0.024 13 0 8.667 × 10−3 0.017 0.027 14 0 9.333 × 10−3 0.019 0.027 15 0 0.01 0.02 0.033 table (5): represents the absolute errors of example (2) by using simpson's 3\8 rule for r=9 8 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 3 6 0 4 × 10−6 8.25 × 10−6 1.275 × 10−5 7 0 5.444 × 10−6 1.114 × 10−5 1.708 × 10−5 8 0 7.111 × 10−6 1.447 × 10−5 2.208 × 10−5 9 0 9 × 10−6 1.825 × 10−5 2.775 × 10−5 10 0 1.111 × 10−5 2.247 × 10−5 3.408 × 10−5 11 0 1.344 × 10−5 2.714 × 10−5 4.108 × 10−5 12 0 1.6 × 10−5 3.225 × 10−5 4.875 × 10−5 13 0 1.878 × 10−5 3.781 × 10−5 3.648 × 10−4 14 0 2.178 × 10−5 3.312 × 10−4 1.039 × 10−3 15 0 3.083 × 10−4 4.988 × 10−4 2.607 × 10−3 286 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 able(6): represents the numerical solutions of example (2) by using simpson's 1/3 rule for r==32 25 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 5.469 × 10−8 8.594 × 10−8 1 0 6.25 × 10−4 1.25 × 10−3 1.875 × 10−3 2 0 1.25 × 10−3 2.501 × 10−3 3.752 × 10−3 3 0 1.875 × 10−3 3.752 × 10−3 5.63 × 10−3 4 0 2.5 × 10−3 5.003 × 10−3 7.509 × 10−3 5 0 3.125 × 10−3 6.255 × 10−3 9.389 × 10−3 6 0 3.75 × 10−3 7.507 × 10−3 0.011 7 0 4.375 × 10−3 8.759 × 10−3 0.013 8 0 5 × 10−3 0.01 0.015 9 0 5.625 × 10−3 0.011 0.017 10 0 6.25 × 10−3 0.013 0.019 table (7): represents the absolute errors of example (2) by using simpson's 1/3 rule for r=32 25 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 5.469 × 10−8 8.594 × 10−8 1 0 9.766 × 10−8 4.453 × 10−7 7.93 × 10−7 2 0 3.906 × 10−7 1.031 × 10−6 1.922 × 10−6 3 0 8.789 × 10−7 2.008 × 10−6 3.387 × 10−6 4 0 1.562 × 10−6 3.375 × 10−6 5.438 × 10−6 5 0 2.441 × 10−6 5.133 × 10−6 8.074 × 10−6 6 0 3.516 × 10−6 7.281 × 10−6 1.13 × 10−5 7 0 4.785 × 10−6 9.82 × 10−6 1.511 × 10−5 8 0 6.25 × 10−6 1.275 × 10−5 1.95 × 10−5 9 0 7.91 × 10−6 1.607 × 10−5 2.448 × 10−5 10 0 9.766 × 10−5 1.978 × 10−5 3.005 × 10−5 287 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 table (8): represents the numerical solutions of example (3) by using implicit finite difference method for r= 1 10 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 0 9.717 × 10−5 2.898 × 10−4 4.758 × 10−4 1 1.028 × 10−4 1.102 × 10−4 1.242 × 10−4 2 2.105 × 10−4 2.107 × 10−4 2.114 × 10−4 3 3.158 × 10−4 3.161 × 10−4 3.164 × 10−4 4 4.211 × 10−4 4.216 × 10−4 4.221 × 10−4 5 5.263 × 10−4 5.271 × 10−4 5.279 × 10−4 6 6.316 × 10−4 6.327 × 10−4 6.339 × 10−4 7 7.37 × 10−4 7.392 × 10−4 7.422 × 10−4 8 8.478 × 10−4 8.721 × 10−4 9.118 × 10−4 9 1.176 × 10−3 1.852 × 10−3 2.729 × 10−3 10 0.01 0.028 0.046 table(9): represents the absolute errors of example (3) by using the implicit finite difference method for r= 1 10 i j 𝑢�𝑥𝑖, 𝑡𝑗� = 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 0 1 2 0 0 2.898 × 10−4 4.758 × 10−4 1 2 × 10−4 2.899 × 10−4 4.76 × 10−4 2 4.001 × 10−4 5.898 × 10−4 9.897 × 10−4 3 6.003 × 10−4 8.85 × 10−4 1.486 × 10−3 4 8.005 × 10−4 1.18 × 10−3 1.982 × 10−3 5 1.001 × 10−3 1.476 × 10−3 2.479 × 10−3 6 1.201 × 10−3 1.772 × 10−3 2.976 × 10−3 7 1.401 × 10−3 2.067 × 10−3 3.471 × 10−3 8 1.602 × 10−3 2.336 × 10−3 3.905 × 10−3 9 1.802 × 10−3 1.758 × 10−3 2.693 × 10−3 10 2.003 × 10−3 0.024 0.04 288 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 الحلول العددیة للمسائل الالمحلیة لمعادالت االنتشار التفاضلیة الجزئیة ریم منذر كبة جامعة بغداد ) / ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة/ الریاضیات علوم قسم 2013كانون الثاني 16 : قبل البحث في ، 2012تشرین االول 3 : استلم البحث في الخالصة في ھذا العمل استعملنا طریقة الفروقات المنتھیة الصریحة والضمنیة لحل المعادالت التفاضلیة الجزئیة مع الشروط لھذه المعادالت التفاضلیة الجزئیة قربت باستخدام قاعدة شبھ المنحرف المركبة وقاعدة .الالمحلیة الشروط الالمحلیة .بعض االمثلة العددیة لتبیان دقة ھذه الطرائق قدرتسمبسون ثلث وثالثة اثمان المركبة كذلك ،روقات المنتھیة الضمنیةطریقة الفروقات المنتھیة، طریقة الفروقات المنتھیة الصریحة، طریقة الف :الكلمات المفتاحیة ..الشروط الالمحلیة، معادلة االنتشار 289 | mathematics microsoft word 320-335 علوم الحياة | 320 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 كاروتين من بعض انواع جنس -استخالص وتقدير صبغة البيتا المعزولة ودراسة امكانية زيادة انتاجها بالتطفير rhodotorulaـ لا بادية عبدالرزاق جمال مالعبيدة الموصلقسم علوم الحياة/كلية العلوم/جامعة رافعة قادر جرجيس الزبيدي رعد حساني سلطان الحاج عالوي قسم علوم الحياة/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/جامعة الموصل 2015تشرين الثاني 15قبل في : 2015حزيران 3استلم في : خالصة ال تضمنت ثمار الفاكهة وأوراقها عزالت جمعت من مصادر نباتية مختلفة 6كاروتين من -تم استخالص صبغة البيتا r. mucilaginosa ba61إذ بلغت اقصى انتاجية من العزلة ،.rhodotorula spتعود الى بعض انواع جنس وتربتها دار ة 10.25وبمق ت العزل ا كان ر، فيم دار r. minuta ba78غم/لت ا وبمق ل انتاج ر. ودراس 5.39اق أثيرات ةغم/لت الت ائي ر الكيمي ن المطف ل م ة لك ائي n-methyl-ń-nitro-n-nitrosoguanidine (mnng)التطفيري ر الفيزي والمطف short wave ultraviolet )uvc( ائي ر الكيمي ز (mnng)على حيوية العزالت وبينت النتائج ان المطف 0.2بتركي ح أثير واض ل ت يملغم/م زالت ف ة الع اها حيوي ل اقص دة القت بة ش لت نس ة %65.91اذ وص ي العزل ف r. minuta ba78ا ر ب ر التطفي ين اظه ي ح رض uvcـ ل. ف ادة التع ع زي زالت م ع الع ل لجمي دة القت بة ش ادة نس ـ للزي uvc ة ت العزل ل r. minuta ba78. وكان دة القت بة ش ت نس أثراً، إذ بلغ ر ت د %100اكث دةعن عيع م م 20تش ة. ت دقيق ملغم/مل والفيزيائي. اظهرت النتائج زيادة شدة قتل العزالت المدروسة 0.2دراسة تأثير الدمج بين المطفر الكيميائي بتركيز ت ث بلغ ة حي د الدراس د %100قي دةعن عيع م ة 20و 15تش ة للعزل ة r. minuta ba78دقيق ي انتاجي ر ف أثير االكب . الت ا دمج ب -البيت د ال اروتين عن ة ك ى العزل ان عل ائي ك ائي والفيزي ر الكيمي ين المطف r. mucilaginosa ba61، غم/لتر. 11.45بلغت االنتاجية اقصاها وبمقدار إذ rhodotorula ،mutagenesis ،β-carotene ،extraction الكلمات المفتاحية : علوم الحياة | 321 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة ترجع ألوان الكاروتينويدات الصفراء، الحمراء والوردية وسهولة قابليتها لألكسدة إلى وجود العديد من األواصر كاروتين من أهم وأكثر أنواع الكاروتينات الطبيعية التي تصنعها النباتات -]. يعد البيتا1المزدوجة التي تدخل في تركيبها [ ]. وفي السنوات األخيرة 2من الكاروتين الكلي [70% إذ تصل نسبته إلى حوالي والطحالب واألحياء الدقيقة مثل الخمائر aزاد االهتمام به إلى حد كبير ويرجع ذلك لكثرة األدلة التي تشير إلى فوائده وأهميته لصحة اإلنسان فهو مصدر لفيتامين على الرؤية كما أنه مادة مضادة لألكسدة الضروري للمحافظة aيتم تحويله في امعاء االنسان إلى فيتامين إذ ،في الجسم .]3[ تحمي الجسم من الجذور الحرة، وتعمل على تعزيز الجهاز المناعي في الجسم وتسهم في تحفيز نمو الخاليا وتمايزها مما أدى نتاج مقارنة بنسبة العائدات وذلك الرتفاع تكاليف اال اً نتاج الكاروتين من النباتات أصبح محدودالوحظ مؤخراً أن إلى توجه اغلب األبحاث والدراسات للحصول على الكاروتين من األحياء المجهرية التي أصبحت مصادًر بديلة عن فضالً ]. 4نتاج وتجنب تلوث البيئة بالمخلفات الناتجة عن النفايات الزراعية والصناعية [النباتات بالنظر النخفاض كلفة اال ائنات الدقيقة يجنبنا المشاكل الناتجة عن التغييرات الموسمية والجغرافية التي تجابه أن الكاروتين الناتج من هذه الك عن بالنظر لطبيعتها األخرى نتاج الكاروتين من األحياء المجهريةامة في ء]. وتعد الخمائر أكثر مال5إنتاجه من النباتات [ التابعة لقسم الفطريات rhodotorulaخمائر جنس ]. وتتميز6كونها كائنات وحيدة الخلية فضالً عن معدل نموها السريع [ ] ورغم ان 7بقدرتها على تخليق الكاروتينويدات [ اً نوع 35وي تحته اكثر من ظوالتي ين basidiomycotinaالبازيدية .rمعظم االنواع التابعة لهذا الجنس غير مرضية اال ان بعض انواعه ممكن ان تسبب اصابات لإلنسان مثل mucilaginosa ]8 و [r. glutinis وr. minuta في االصابة وشدة االلتهاب، إذ تتواجد بصورة اً مهم عامالً كونها طبيعية على الجلد وفي الرئتين، االدرار والغائط. كما ويصيب افراد هذا الجنس بشكل رئيس المرضى الذين يعانون من قلة ]. 9المناعة [ ق، ومنها تقنية الكروماتوكرافي التي تتميز بأنها على ائلعديد من الطرلتحليل مزيج مركبات الكاروتين استعملت ا ] 11] والطبقة الرقيقة [10[ درجة عالية من الحساسية والخصوصية في تثبيت النتائج وتشمل كروماتوكرافيا الورقي القياسي توكرافيا الغازوكروما ]13[ hplc] وكروماتوكرافيا السائل العالية األداء 12السائل [ –وكروماتوكرافيا الغاز ]. وقد ساعد التطور في مجال التكنولوجيا على تطوير التقنيات االنتاجية، ويعد تعريض الكائنات الحية 14الطيفي سالكتلي [ ]. يهدف 15كيميائية [ مالً للمطفرات واحدة من أكثر التقنيات لزيادة االنتاجية، سواء أكانت هذه المطفرات فيزيائية أااستعم كاروتين من الخمائر الملونة واجراء التحسينات الوراثية على العزالت المنتجة -حث الى استخالص وتنقية صبغة البيتاالب للصبغة بالتطفير باستعمال المطفرات. مواد وطرائق العملال العزالت قيد الدراسة: تعمال م اس ي: 6ت زالت وه rhodotorula mucilaginosa ba58 ،r. mucilaginosaع ba75، ba61 r. mucilaginosa ، ba83 r. glutinis ، ba78 r. minuta ،r. graminis ba1 ].16مشخصة مسبقا في دراسة سابقة اجريت في مختبرات قسم علوم الحياة/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/جامعة الموصل [ effect of mutagenes on yeast isolationالعزالت الخميرية فيتاثير المطفرات التاثير التطفيري لألشعة الفوق البنفسجية القصيرة الموجة ب عملية التشعيع اجريت ة بحس رون gaoطريق ذ ]17[وآخ ق 5أخ ي طب ع ف ائر وض ا الخم ق خالي ن معل ل م م عيع اء التش ة اثن ة دائري الق حرك ك الع ى تحري ل عل ي عم رك مغناطيس طح مح ى س ق عل ع الطب م ووض ف ومعق ري نظي بت لضمان تعريض جميع الخاليا لألشعة. تم تعرض العالق بعد رفع الغطاء لألشعة فوق البنفسجية بصورة عمودية من مصباح ق اً نانوميتر 254جية الذي يعطي اشعة ذات طول موجي األشعة فوق البنفس م. 20ويكون البعد بين المصباح وسطح الطب س د 20و15 ، 5،10، (2زمنية مددلخمس جرت عملية التشعيع ة. بع عيع) كمقارن ) دقيقة، فضالً عن المعاملة صفر (بدون تش ة الزمنيىة للتشعيع سحب الطبق وغلف بورق رقائق االلم المدةانتهاء دوث عملي ي ح نيوم وترك في الظالم لمدة ساعة لتحاش ذائي photoreactivationاالصالح الضوئي ع sga. مزج العالق جيدا وتم تلقيح خمسة اطباق للوسط الغ ل 0.2وبواق م دةمن العالق الخميري لكل طبق ولكل ن م ة م ددزمني ة م اق بدرج نت االطب ة. حض عيع المدروس دة ˚28التش م 7م لم ام ث أي ي ري 1حسب عدد المستعمرات النامية في االطباق الخمسة ليكون مجموع عدد المستعمرات النامية ف الق الخمي ن الع ل م م الزمنية المدروسة. من العالق الخميري غير المشعع اي المعاملة صفر تم تحضير سلسلة من التخافيف ولغاية وللمدةالمشعع اق 4-10 رة اطب ت عش ف لقح ذا التخفي ع sga. ومن ه ة 0.1وبواق نت بدرج ق. وحض ل طب ل لك دة م˚28م م 7ولم ام ت اي :اآلتيةوالنسبة المئوية لألفراد الناجية والنسبة المئوية لشدة القتل بحسب المعادالت حساب عدد المستعمرات النامية 100×طباق غير المشععة) النسبة المئوية لألفراد الناجية = (العدد الناتج من معاملة التشعيع/ العدد الناتج من األ النسبة المئوية لالفراد – 100النسبة المئوية لشدة القتل = علوم الحياة | 322 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 n-methyl-ń-nitro-ń-nitrosoguanidineالتأثير التطفيري للمطفر الكيميائي تعملت ة اس رون frengovaطريق ة ]5[وآخ م اذاب رة 0.02إذ ت ادة المطف ن الم م م ي mnngغ اء 100ف ل م م ا 1مل إلى أنبوبة اختبار تحتوي على 5، نقل منها ملغم/مل 0.2مقطر معقم وبذلك يكون تركيز المطفر الق الخالي مل من ع رارة ة ح ي درج دة ˚37الخميرية. حضنت األنابيب في حمام مائي هزاز ف ذ 30م ولم ق النب ن طري ا ع بت الخالي ة. رس دقيق ز ذ المرك از النب تعمال جه زي باس دة centrifugeي المرك رعة 15لم د س ة عن ب 9,000دقيق ل الراس ة. غس دورة/دقيق pellet افة دة 10بإض زي لم ذ مرك ري نب م واج ر معق اء مقط ل م رعة 15م ة بس ة 9,000دقيق ررت عملي ة. ك دورة/دقيق افة ب بإض ق الراس م عل رات ث الث م ل ث ر 10الغس م نش دا ث ب جي ت األنابي م، رج ر معق اء مقط ل م الق 0.2م ن الع ل م م لب ابوس ذائي الص ط الغ ى الوس وي عل دل sgaطة قضيب زجاجي معقم على سطح أطباق بتري تحت ة 5بمع أطباق/معامل رارة ة ح د درج اق عن نت األطب المطفر). حض ة ب ر معامل ة (غي اق للمقارن دة ˚28مع وجود أطب دد 7م م اب ع م حس ام، ت أي ون ة ليك اق الخمس ي االطب ة ف ي المستعمرات الناجي ة ف تعمرات الناجي دد المس وع ع ر 1المجم ري غي الق الخمي ن الع ل م م المطفر والنسبة المئوية لشدة القتل. uvcوالمطفر الفيزيائي mnngالمطفر الكيميائي عمالتأثير التطفير باست ة ت طريق رون liاتبع يف ]18[وآخ ائي، أض ائي والفيزي ر الكيمي ين التطفي دمج ب ي ال ر 5ف ول المطف ن محل ل م م ى ملغم/مل 0.2 بتركيز mnngالكيميائي وي عل ار تحت ة اختب ى أنبوب ن 1إل وع م ل ن ة لك ا الخميري الق الخالي ن ع ل م م رارة ة ح د درج زاز عن ائي ه ام م ي حم ب ف نت األنابي دة ˚37أنواع الخمائر المدروسة. حض ا 30م لم بت الخالي ة. رس دقيق افة 9,000عند سرعة دقيقة 15بالنبذ المركزي لمدة ب بإض 10دورة/دقيقة، كررت عملية الغسل ثالث مرات وعلق الراس مل من المعلق وضع في طبق 5مل ماء مقطر معقم، رجت األنابيب جيدا. جرت عملية التشعيع داخل حجرة مظلمة، ثم أخذ ة رات زمني جية للفت وق البنفس عة ف ه لالش م تعريض م وت ف ومعق ري نظي دد 20و15 ، 5،10، (2بت ب ع م حس ة. ث ) دقيق ا بغة البيت ت ص ل. استخلص دة القت ة لش بة المئوي ة والنس درت -المستعمرات النامية والنسبة المئوية لألفراد الناجي اروتين وق ك كميتها لغرض المقارنة بين انتاجية العزلة قبل وبعد التطفير. extraction of β-carotene pigmentكاروتين استخالص صبغة البيتا كاروتين من عزالت الخمائر غيرالمطفرة والمطفرة بالدمج بين كل من المطفر تم استخالص صبغة البيتا ساعة على الوسط 48غم من الخميرة المنماة لمدة 3 ]. وزنharbone ]19الكيميائي والطفر الفيزيائي بحسب طريقة مل 20عت في دورق زجاجي صغير يحتوي على ) بميزان الكتروني حساس وضsgaالغذائي الصلب سابرود كلوكوز ( غطيت بالكامل برقائق األلمنيوم لمنع تعرضها للضوء واألكسدة الضوئية. وضع glass beadsملغم 150 من األسيتون و ساعة لتحطيم جدران خاليا الخميرة. تم استبعاد جدران الخاليا المحطمة 48الدورق على المحرك المغناطيسي لمدة مل وأضيف اليه خليط من مذيب األيثر 250ن خالل أوراق الترشيح. وضع الراشح في قمع فصل زجاجي سعة بالترشيح م على التوالي مع كمية قليلة من ملح كلوريد الصوديوم، رج القمع جيدا وبقوة وترك لمدة دقيقتين 2:15والميثانول بنسبة ا المذيب األيثر الحاوي على صبغة الكاروتين وتمثل الطبقة لحين تكون طبقتين (قطبية وغير قطبية). تمثل الطبقة العلي الكاروتين، تم تبخير الحاوي على صبغة البيتا المستعمل. أهملت الطبقة السفلى وأخذ المذيب األخرى السفلى المكونات م ˚-18م عند م وحفظ في قناٍن معتمة وفي ظروف الظال˚60-40المذيب بعد ذلك باستعمال جهاز المبخر الدوار عند درجة لتجنب تأكسد الصبغة وتلفها. estimation of β-carotene pigmentكاروتين –تقدير صبغة البيتا في مركز األبحاث التابع لشركة الكندي كاروتين المستخلصة من عزالت الخمائر قيد الدراسةتم تقدير صبغة البيتا مايكرومتر. حسب طريقة 0.22بعد تنقيتها باستعمال مرشحات غشائية بقطر محافظة نينوى/العراق. العامة في čarnecká ]13،[ وتم تقديرها بجهاز الكروماتوكرافيا السائل عالي الكفاءةhplc 20-نوع spd-shimadzu le 20 a بأستعمال عمود فصلc18 من شركةdos-3-scienes ملم. الطور المتحرك يتكون من 250× 4.6بأبعاد methanol وacetonitril ) بنسبة(بمعدل جريان اً مايكروليتر 20حجم العينة 95 :5flawrate )1.0 ،مل/دقيقة ( غم/لتر. 1 .0) بتركيز.β-carotene standard )sigma-aldirch, u.s.aكاروتين القياسية -حضرت صبغة البيتا لكل عينة peakنتج عن عملية الفصل رسم منحني نانوميتر، 285م وطول موجي ˚45اجري التقدير عند درجة حرارة كاروتين عن طريق مقارنة نتائج التقدير الكمي لصبغة -مقرون بزمن االحتجاز الخاص بها، وحساب تركيز صبغة البيتا ومساحة الحزم المجهولة retention timeكاروتين في نماذج عينات الخمائر المدروسة لكل من زمن االحتباس -البيتا ] :13كاروتين القياسية المعروفة وفق المعادلة التالية [-اذج مع زمن االحتباس ومساحة المنحني لصبغة البيتاللنم تركيز النموذج القياسي× حزمة المركب / مساحة حزمة النموذج القياسي) (تركيز المركب في العينة = مساحة النتائج دراسة القابلية التطفيرية لالشعة فوق البنفسجية القصيرة الموجة على حيوية عزالت الخمائر رة uvعند تعريض عالق الخمائر الى اشعة ي الخمي mucilaginosa ba58 .rلوحظ زيادة نسب شدة القتل ف ادة %76.92و 66.15، 40.77، 16.15، 3.84( ع زي والي م ى الت دة) عل ي ا م ا ف رض. ام رة التع لخمي mucilaginosa ab75 .r ) ل دة القت ب ش ت نس د كان والي. %77.5و 56.66، 35.83، 24.16، 8.33فق ى الت ) عل علوم الحياة | 323 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ت ( رة % 80.15و 32.54،52.38، 20.63 ،8.73وبلغ ي الخمي والي ف ى الت ا mucilaginosa ba61 .r) عل . ام ا %63.02و 52.68 ، 41.14، 23.95 ،13.02بلغت نسب شدة القتل ( glutinis ba83 .rالخميرة ) على التوالي. بينم رة ي الخمي ت ف اك %100و minuta ba78 .r )40،95.71 ،78.57 ،85.71كان ن هن م يك ين ل ي ح والي ف ى الت ) عل د ة عن تعمرات حي دةمس عيع م بة 20تش ة. وبالنس ل ( ba1 r. graminis ـلدقيق دة القت ب ش لت نس ، 6.89وص ائر 1على التوالي (الجدول )%75.86 و 62.06، 20.69،33.10 واع الخم ر ان ح ان اكث اله يتض واردة اع ). من النتائج ال رة ت الخمي جية كان وق البنفس عة ف أثراً باالش ادة minuta ba78 .rت ع زي ر م كل كبي ل بش دة القت ب ش ت نس دةإذ ارتفع م دقيقة. 20تعريض مدةعند %100التعرض لألشعة وبلغت مطفر الكيميائي على حيوية عزالت الخمائرلل دراسة القابلية التطفيرية ، إذحيوية جميع انواع الخمائر المعرضة له فيتأثيرا واضحا mnngاظهرت نتائج تطفير بالمطفر الكيميائي ). 2) على التوالي (الجدول %36.13و 65.91 ، 61.72، 46.32، 57.26،48.38بلغت نسب شدة القتل ( والفيزيائي على حيوية عزالت الخمائر مطفر الكيميائي للدراسة القابلية التطفيرية رة زالت المطف ين الع ل ب ب القت ، ادى التداخل باستعمال المطفرين المذكورين (الكيميائي والفيزيائي) الى ازدياد نس ل ( إذ دة قت ب ش ى نس جلت اعل رة %100و 100، 93.90، 86.58، 79.26س ق خمي من معل والي ض ى الت ) عل ba78 r. minuta) ب رين % 85.82و70.15، 44.77، 33.58، 23.66، في حين كانت اقل النس والي للمطف ى الت )عل وع ba1 r. graminis تجاه معلق خميرةاسوية ا لن ة وفق د الدراس رى قي ائر االخ . وتباينت نسب القتل بين عزالت الخم دول رة (الج رة3الخميرة المطف ان الخمي اله ب ر اع ا ذك ين مم رين ba78 r. minuta ). يتب ية للمطف ديدة الحساس ت ش كان ادة ع زي دةبداللة عدم ظهور نمو م ى م عة ال رض لألش ر 20 و 15التع ن التطفي ة م تعمرات الناجي دت المس ذا اعتم ة. ل دقيق قة كاروتين الالح-دقائق في تجارب استخالص وتنقية وتقدير صبغة البيتا 10 مدةبالمطفر الكيميائي واألشعة فوق البنفسجية ل ل اللغرض مقارنة االنتاجية مع العزالت غير دةمطفرة بوصفها افض ا م ائر قياس ع الخم دود لجمي و مح ا نم ر فيه ر ظه تطفي بظروف النمو الطبيعية. الا بغة البيت ي لص دير الكم الي -تق ائل ع ا الس ة الكروماتوكرافي ائر بتقني ن الخم ة م اروتين المستخلص ك hplcالكفاءة ر -صبغة البيتابعد استخالص ين المطف دمج ب ة ال رة بطريق ة المطف ائر الملون زالت الخم ن ع كاروتين م ت 10 مدةالكيميائي والمطفر الفيزيائي ل ة عمالدقائق، تم تقديرها كميا ونوعيا باس م hplcتقني ل رس ة الفص ن عملي تج ع . ن اس ن االحتب ة 3.045المنحني الخاص بالمركب القياسي الذي ظهر عند زم كل دقيق ذي 1(الش اس ال ن االحتب ين ان زم ). تب ى ر عل كال chromatogramظه ة (االش ل عين اص بك دول 7، 6، 5، 4، 3، 2الخ اس 4) (الج زمن االحتب ابق ل ) مط تالف 3.045 ى ان االخ دقيقة الخاص بالمحلول القياسي مما يدل على تواجد الصبغة في هذه المستخلصات. تجدر االشارة ال ن االحت ة زم ي قيم اف بغة البيت ين ص اس ب ا -ب بغات البيت ية وص اروتين القياس ات -ك من مستخلص ا ض اظرة له اروتين المن ك الخمائر قد لوحظت في دراسات اخرى. المناقشة جية انومتر280–(190ان االشعة فوق البنفس ي اً ) ن رراً ه رهم ض داً، واكث اٍل ج رطن ع ري ومس أثير تطفي ذات ت يالكيميائي والفيزيائي مع بعضهما الى زيادة شدة التأثير. فقد المطفرينيؤدي دمج . ]20[ اً نانومتر 254 اجدي وعل ار س اش ول ]21[ رة وط دةلتركيز المادة المطف ريض م ة التع ريض، اذ ان اطال دةالتع ادة لم ن الم ال م ز ع تعمال تركي ة أو اس طويل ا تخالص البيت ة اس اءت نتيج ة. ج ا المعرض ث ك -المطفرة يؤدي الى قتل الخالي ة الباح ع دراس ة م mohsenاروتين متوافق ا إذ ،]22[وآخرون ا البيت دات ومنه -اشاروا الى افضلية استعمال كل من مذيب االيثر والميثانول في استخالص الكاروتينوي د ون عن دات يك منها الكاروتينوي ائعة بض بغات الش ب الص وء ألغل ل الكف ى ان الفص رى ال ات اخ حت دراس اروتين. اوض ك تعمال ة اس ة اإلذاب ي( solvent systemsانظم ر البترول لة ، االيث ات المفض ن المركب ة) م والت الثالثي يتون والكح االس ].19[ harborne] لذا اعتمد المبدأ الذي ذكره الباحث 23الستعمالها كمكون قطبي في هذه االنظمة [ وعي المستعملةمن التقنيات االساسية hplcـ لتعد ا ي والن بغة ]24[في الفصل الكم اس لص ن االحتب د ان زم . وج ي ]25[دقيقة 3-4كاروتين المستخلصة من الخمائر يتراوح ما بين -البيتا ائج ف ن نت ه م ول علي م الحص ا ت ع م ق م ذا يتف وه ى ان الدراسة الحالية، اذ كان زمن االحتباس ضمن المدة المذكورة للعزالت البرية والطافرة. فقد ارة ال اتم االش بغة البيت -ص ر r. glutinisكاروتين التي تم فصلها من الخميرة جية وغي وق البنفس عة الف د الالمطفرة باستعمال االش رت عن رة ظه مطف اس ن احتب والي 3.49و 3.64زم ى الت ة، عل ائر ]27-26[دقيق ي الخم ا ف ادة كميته بغة زي ي للص دير الكم ائج التق ت نت . بين رة، وكا ر المطف ائر غي ة بالخم رة مقارن رة المطف ت الخمي ز r. mucilaginosa ba61ن غ تركي ا اذ بل واع انتاج ر االن اكث بغة ى 10.25الص لت ال اج ووص ى االنت ا عل ر ازدادت قابليته ها للمطف د تعريض رة وعن ر المطف ة غي ي العزل ر ف غم/لت رة غم/لتر في العز5.39فكانت اقل الخمائر انتاجا للصبغة r. minuta ba78)غم/لتر. اما الخميرة 11.45( ر المطف لة غي ى ا ال ع انتاجه ائر 6.56وارتف زالت الخم ا ع رات. ام ها للمطف د تعريض ر بع ، r. mucilaginosa ba58غم/لت r. mucilaginosa ba75 ،r. glutinis ba83 وba1 r. graminis ) بغة ، 8.47، 8.91فقد كان تركيز الص علوم الحياة | 324 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 رة. 7.36و7.65 ى ( ) غم/لتر على التوالي للعزالت غير المطف ز ال ى 8.28و8.45 ، 9.33،9.20ازداد التركي ) غم/لترعل التوالي في العزالت المعرضة للتطفير. الحظ زيادة قابلية الخميرة ، إذ]razavi ]28و nasrabadiجاءت نتائج الدراسة الحالية مقاربة لما حصل عليه r. acheniorum رات -على انتاج صبغة البيتا ن مطف ة م . uv ،ems ،mnngكاروتين بعد تعريضها لسلسلة متعاقب د رون liوج رة ] 18[ وآخ ريض الخمي رات sp. rhodotorulaان تع ة uv ،ems ،mnngللمطف ورة متعاقب بص ا بغة ذاته ا للص ادة انتاجه ى زي ا ، إذادى ال غ انتاجه ان ا 603.93بل د ان ك ايكروغرام/غم بع ر م ل التطفي ا قب 213.18نتاجه رون hwan مايكروغرام/غم. الحظ رة ] 29[ وآخ درة الخمي ادة ق دات phaffia rhodozymaزي اج الكاروتينوي ى انت عل ث mnngو uvبعد تطفيرها بكل من المطفرين ة ]winston ]30 معا. اشار الباح ات المجهري ريض الكائن ى ان تع إل ل ن قب رى م ة اخ ي دراس للمطفرات يؤدي الى حدوث خلل وتغييرات في العمليات االيضية التي تحدث داخل الكائن الحي. ف gao تبين ان تطفير الخميرة ]17[ وآخرونr. rubra بالمطفر الكيميائيmnng ة في ادى الى التأثير ات الحيوي العملي abdكاروتين وهذا يفسر ما تم التوصل اليه في دراستنا الحالية. وفي دراسة -ج الكاروتينويدات وبضمنها البيتاالمتعلقة بانتا razek -el ]31[ رة ي الخمي دات ف ا var. glutinisr. glutinisوجد ان انتاجية الكاروتينوي ا. ام د تطفيره ي ازداد بع ف دات 2.2انتجت mcim 3353r. glutinisفقد وجد ان الخميرة ]gadre ]27و bhosale دراسة ر كاروتينوي ملغم/لت ا -منها بيتا 14% ى -كاروتين وعند تعريض العزلة لألشعة فوق البنفسجية ارتفعت نسبة البيت اروتين ال د %82ك ا وج . بينم yehia أن تعريض الخميرة ]26[ وآخرونr. glutinis ددلألشعة فوق البنفسجية ول ة م ة مختلف ، 3.5، 3، 2.5، (2زمني وجي 8و 7.5 ، 7، 6.5، 6، 5.5، 5، 4.5، 4 ول م ة بط انومتر 254) دقيق بغة اً ن ن ص رة م ة الخمي ادة انتاجي ى زي ادى إل ن -البيتا اروتين م ى 165ك رة ال ر المطف ة غي ي العزل ايكروغرام/لتر ف عيع 138و 325 ، 369م د التش مايكروغرام/لترعن ائج 3.5و3 ، 2 مدةل ن نت ر م ا ذك ع م ق م ة تتف ة الحالي ي الدراس ائج ف ن نت ه م ول علي م الحص ا ت والي، وان م ى الت ة عل دقيق دراسات الباحثين اعاله. المصادر 1rodriguez-amaya, d.b. (2001), a guide to carotenoids analysis in foods, washington dc: ilsi press, u.s.a. 2eldahshan, o.a. and singab, a.n. b. (2013), journal of pharmacognsy and phytochemistry carotenoids, journal of pharmacognosy and phytochemistry, 2(1): 225-234. 3johnson, e.a. and schroeder, w.a., (1995), “microbial carotenoids,” in : a. fiecher, ed., advances biochemical engineering, heidelberg, 53: 119-178. 4mata-gómez, l. c. ; montañez, j.c. ; méndez-zavala, a. and aguilar, c.n., (2014), biotechnological production of carotenoids by yeasts: an overview, microbial cell factaries, 13(12): 1475-2859. 5frengova, g.i. ; simova, e.d. and bashkova, d.m., (2004), improvement of carotenoidsynthesizing yeast rhodotorula rubra by chemical mutagenesis, z. naturforsch., 59: 99103. 6ausich, r.l., (1997), commercial opportunities for carotenoid production by biotechnology, pure. appl. chem., 69: 2169-2173. 7querol, a. and fleet, g., (2006),yeasts in food and beverage, springer-9 verlag berlin heideberg, printed in germany, 14-303. 8mokhtari, m.; etebarian, h.; mirhendi, s.h. and razavi, m., (2011), identification and phylogeny of some species of the genera sporidiobolus and rhodotorula using analysis of the 5.8s rdna gene and two ribosomal internal transcribed spacers, arch. biol. sci., belgrade, 63(1): 79-88. 9seifi, z.; abadi, a.z.m. and hydrinia, s., (2013), isolation, identification and susceptibility profile of rhodotorula species isolated from two educational hospitals in ahvaz, jundishapur journal of microbiology, 6(6): 1-7. 10deb, p. and madhugiri, m.j., (2012), optimization of applepomace based medium for pigment production by micrococcus flavu, an international quarterly journal of life sciences, 7(1): 57-60. )، المركبات الفعالة بيولوجيا والنشاط المضاد لألكسدة في 2013( ة،خالد، هالة يحيى ; العقلة، بسام أحمد و محمد ،عقب -11 . 164153):1( 29أصناف البرتقال الرئيسية في سورية، مجلة دمشق للعلوم الزراعية، علوم الحياة | 325 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 12buzzini, p. ; innocenti, m. ; van broock, m. and mulinacc, n., (2007), carotenoid profiles of yeasts belonging to the genera rhodotorula , rhodosporidium , sporobolomyces , and sporidiobolus, canadian, journal of microbiology, 53(8): 1024-1031. 13čarnecká, m., (2009), molecular study of intercellular changes as response of microorganisms to environment, ph.d. thesis, faculty of chemistry, brno university of technology, brno, czech. 14sacchetti, g. ; maietti, s. ; muzzoli, m. ; scaglianti, m. ; manfredini, s. ; radice, m. and bruni, r., (2005), comparative evaluation of 11 essential oils of different origin as functional antioxidants, antiradicals and antimicrobials in foods, food chemistry, 91:621632. 15demain, a.l., (2010), history of industrial biotechnology, industrial biotechnology: sustainable growth and economic success (soetaert ,w. and vandamme , e. j., eds), pp. 17–77, wiley-vch verlag gmb h and co. k ga a, weinheim, germany. ـ ل)، عزل وتشخيص بعض الخمائر ودراسة قدرة بعض انواع جنس ا2015مالعبيدة، بادية عبدالرزاق جمال، ( -16 rhodotorula كاروتين ودراسة بعض انواعها من الناحية الوراثية والجزيئية، اطروحة دكتوراه، كلية -على انتاج البيتا التربية للعلوم الصرفة، جامعة الموصل، العراق. 17gao , h. ; liu , m. ; zhuo , y. ; zhou , x. ; liu , j. ; chen , d. ; zhang , w. ; gou , z. ; shang , p. and zhang , l., (2010), assessing the potential of an induced – mutation strategy for avermectin overproducers, appl. environ. microbiol., 76(13): 4583-4586. 18li, c. ; zhenming, c. ; jing, l. and xianghong, w., (2007), enhanced carotenoid production by a mutant of the marine yeast rhodotorula sp. hidai, journal of ocean university of china, 6(1): 66-71. 19harborne, j.b., (1984), “phytochemical methods” a guide to modern techniques of plant analysis, 2 nd edition london, chapman and hall. 20sage, e., (1993), distribution and repair of photolesions in dna: genetic consequences and the role of sequence context, photochem. photobiol., 57(1): 163-174. يات اساس –الجزء االول –)، المايكروبايولوجي الصناعي 1987ساجدي، عادل جورج وعلي، عالء يحيى محمد، ( -21 التخمرات الصناعية، مطبعة جامعة البصرة، البصرة، العراق. 22mohsen, s. ; bazaraa, w.a. ; shams el-din, m.h.a. and shedeed, n.a., (2010), carotenoids: extraction, fractionation, identification from some food processing wastes and utilization as natural colorant in spaghetti, j. saudi. soc. for food and nutrition., 5(2); 13-26. )، استخدام النواتج الطبيعية والصفات البايولوجية في تصنيف بعض انواع 2010المنديل، فتحي عبدهللا منديل صالح، ( -23 دكتوراه، كلية العلوم، جامعة الموصل، النامية في نهر دجلة ضمن مدينة الموصل، اطروحة potamogetonالجنس العراق. 24sherma, j. and fried, b., (1996), "handbook of thin-layer chromatography chromatographic", second edition, by marcel dekker, inc. 25hadi, r. s. ; fabrice, b. and ivan, m., ( 2006), uv-hplc/apci-ms method for separation and identification of the carotenoids produced by sporobolomyces ruberrimus h 110, iran. j. chem. eng., 25(2): 1-10. 26yehia, h.m. ; al-olayan, e.m. ; elkhadragy, m.f. ; khalaf-allah, a. e.m. and el-shimi, n.m., (2013), improvement of carotenoid pigments produced by rhodotorula glutinis, life science journal, 10(4): 386-400. 27bhosale, p. b. and gadre, r. v., (2001), production of β-carotene by mutant of rhodotorula glutinis, appl. microbiol. biotechnol., 55: 423-427. 28nasrabadi, m.r.n. and razavi, s. h., (2011), optimization of β-caroten production by a mutant of the lacto positive yeast rhodotorula acheniorum from whey ultrafiltrate, food sci. biotechnol., 20(2): 445-454. 29hwan an, g. ; schuman, d. b. and johnson, a., (1989), isolation of phaffa rhodozyma mutants with increased astaxanthin content, applied and environmental microbiology, 55(1): 116-124. علوم الحياة | 326 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 30winston, f., (2008), ems and uv mutagnesis in yeast, current protocols in molecular biology, 28:13.3b. 1-b.3b.5. © 2008 by john wiley and sons, inc. 31abd el-razek, a. m., (2004), isolation, classification and mutagenesis of yeast carotenoids and optimizing factors affecting its production, ph. d. thesis, faculty of agriculture, alexandria university, egypt. ) : تأثير العامل الفيزيائي (االشعة فوق البنفسجية) على حيوية عزالت الخمائر قيد الدراسة1جدول ( العزالت فترة التعرض ألشعة uvـ لا ( دقيقة ) المعدل عدد المستعمرات / طبق االفراد الناجية % نسبة القتل % r. mucilaginosa ba58 26 26 26 27 24 27 المقارنة 2 27 23 26 24 25 25 96.15 3.84 5 23 21 20 22 23 21.8 83.84 16.15 10 14 17 16 15 15 15.4 59.23 40.77 15 8 10 9 9 8 8.8 33.84 66.15 20 4 7 8 5 6 6 23.07 76.92 r. mucilaginosa ba75 24 24 25 22 23 26 المقارنة 2 21 20 24 23 22 22 91.66 8.33 5 18 19 19 18 17 18.2 75.83 24.16 10 15 16 17 14 15 15.4 64.16 35.83 15 9 12 10 10 11 10.4 43.33 56.66 20 6 4 5 5 7 5.4 22.5 77.5 r. mucilaginosa ba61 25.2 26 27 24 25 24 المقارنة 2 25 22 24 21 23 23 91.26 8.73 5 19 22 19 20 20 20 79.36 20.63 10 15 19 16 18 17 17 67.61 32.54 15 11 14 10 13 12 12 47.61 52.38 20 7 3 6 4 5 5 19.84 80.15 r. glutinis ba83 38.4 40 39 38 37 38 المقارنة 2 32 33 33 34 35 33.4 86.97 13.02 5 29 30 28 29 30 29.2 76.04 23.95 10 21 23 23 22 24 22.6 58.85 41.14 15 17 18 20 17 19 18.2 47.39 52.68 20 14 15 13 14 15 14.2 36.97 63.02 r. minuta ba78 14 14 15 16 13 12 المقارنة 2 9 8 7 8 10 8.4 60 40 5 5 7 6 6 7 6.2 44.28 95.71 10 4 0 5 3 0 3 21.42 78.57 15 3 4 0 1 2 2 14.28 85.71 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 r. graminis ba1 29 29 28 31 27 30 المقارنة 2 28 29 26 25 27 27 93.10 6.89 5 25 23 22 24 21 23 79.31 20.69 10 18 19 20 19 21 19.4 66.89 33.10 15 8 12 12 13 10 11 37.93 62.06 20 6 8 5 9 7 7 24.13 75.86 علوم الحياة | 327 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 دول ( ائي 2ج ر الكيمي ل المطف أثير العام m (n-methyl-ń-nitro-ń-nitrosoguanidine (nng) : ت على حيوية الخمائر قيد الدراسة ملغم/مل 0.2 بتركيز المعدل عدد المستعمرات / طبق العزالت االفراد الناجية% نسبة القتل % r. mucilaginosa ba58 23.4 23 23 24 25 22المقارنة 42.73 57.26 10 10 9 9 12 10المعاملة r. mucilaginosa ba75 24.8 23 25 26 26 24المقارنة 51.61 48.38 12.8 14 11 13 12 14المعاملة r. mucilaginosa ba61 27.2 28 27 28 27 26المقارنة 53.67 46.32 14.6 16 15 13 14 15المعاملة r. glutinis ba83 32.4 32 34 31 33 32المقارنة 38.27 61.72 12.4 14 12 13 11 12المعاملة r. minuta ba78 17.6 18 17 19 16 18المقارنة 34.09 65.91 6 6 4 8 5 7المعاملة r. graminis ba1 31 30 31 32 30 32المقارنة 63.87 36.13 19.8 21 18 21 20 19المعاملة n-methyl-ń-nitro-ń-nitrosoguanidine (mnng)) : تأثير العامل المطفر الكيميائي 3جدول ( االشعة فوق البنفسجية) على حيوية الخمائر قيد الدراسة. (ملغم/مل والعامل المطفر الفيزيائي 0.2 بتركيز العزالت فترة التعرض ـ لألشعة ا uv ( دقيقة ) المعدل عدد المستعمرات / طبق االفراد الناجية% نسبة القتل % r. mucilaginosa ba58 24.6 25 26 23 24 25 المقارنة 2 20 21 19 22 21 20.6 75.73 24.26 5 18 15 17 14 16 16 59.70 40.29 10 12 11 11 12 10 11.2 42.74 57.25 15 8 4 5 7 6 6 24.39 75.61 20 1 2 5 4 3 3 12.19 87.80 r. mucilaginosa ba75 27.2 26 27 29 28 26 المقارنة 2 16 14 15 17 15 15.4 62.60 37.39 5 13 14 10 11 12 12 48.78 51.22 10 11 8 9 12 10 10 36.76 63.23 15 6 6 5 7 7 6.2 22.79 77.20 20 0 3 2 3 2 2 7.63 92.36 r. mucilaginosa ba61 26.2 27 25 28 25 26 المقارنة 2 18 20 19 21 17 19 70.89 29.10 5 12 13 13 15 14 13.4 49.26 50.73 10 11 9 12 9 10 10.2 41.46 58.53 15 5 8 5 6 6 6 22.90 77.1 20 1 0 3 4 3 2.2 8.08 91.91 r. glutinis ba83 35.2 35 37 33 35 36 المقارنة 2 18 15 16 15 17 16.2 46.02 53.97 5 13 14 13 15 14 13.8 39.20 60.79 10 4 3 4 5 6 4.4 12.5 87.5 15 0 0 0 0 1 0.2 0.56 99.43 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 r. minuta ba78 16.4 16 18 17 16 15 المقارنة علوم الحياة | 328 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 العزالت فترة التعرض ـ لألشعة ا uv ( دقيقة ) المعدل عدد المستعمرات / طبق االفراد الناجية% نسبة القتل % 2 3 4 3 2 5 3.4 20.73 79.26 5 1 2 3 2 3 2.2 13.41 86.58 10 0 2 1 1 0 1 6.09 93.90 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 r. graminis ba1 26.8 26 25 28 27 28 المقارنة 2 18 22 19 21 20 20 76.33 23.66 5 18 19 17 16 17 17.4 66.41 33.58 10 15 13 14 15 17 14.8 55.22 44.77 15 9 7 10 6 8 8 29.85 70.15 20 5 4 4 3 3 3.8 14.17 85.82 كاروتين المنتجة من عزالت الخمائر المطفرة والغير المطفرة. -) : كمية البيتا4جدول ( العزالت العزالت المطفرة العزالت البرية زمن األحتباس (دقيقة) التركيز غم/ لتر زمن األحتباس (دقيقة) التركيزغم/ لتر r. mucilaginosa ba58 3.054 8.91 3.233 9.33 r. mucilaginosa ba75 3.217 8.47 3.050 9.20 r. mucilaginosa ba61 3.158 10.25 3.244 11.45 r. glutinis ba83 3.161 7.65 3.125 8.45 r. minuta ba78 3.028 5.39 3.045 6.56 r. graminis ba1 3.186 7.36 3.192 8.28 3.045 المادة القياسية كاروتين القياسية-صبغة البيتا :)1شكل ( علوم الحياة | 329 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 r. mucilaginosa ba58 . قبل التطفير العزلة1 :)2شكل ( r. mucilaginosa ba58 . بعد التطفير العزلة2 علوم الحياة | 330 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 r. mucilaginosa ba75 . قبل التطفير العزلة1 :)3شكل ( r. mucilaginosa ba75 . بعد التطفير العزلة2 علوم الحياة | 331 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 r. mucilaginosa ba61 . قبل التطفير العزلة 1: )4شكل ( r. mucilaginosa ba61 . بعد التطفير العزلة2 علوم الحياة | 332 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 r.glutinis ba83 . قبل التطفير العزلة 1: )5شكل ( r.glutinis ba83 العزلة. بعد التطفير 2 علوم الحياة | 333 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 r. minuta ba78 . قبل التطفير العزلة1 :)6شكل ( r. minuta ba78 . بعد التطفير العزلة2 علوم الحياة | 334 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 r. graminis ba1 . قبل التطفير العزلة1 :)7شكل ( r. graminis ba1 . بعد التطفير العزلة2 علوم الحياة | 335 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 extraction and estimation of β-carotene pigment from some species of the genus rhodotorula and study the ability to increas their production by mutagenesis badia a. j. mula oboida rafiah q. j. al-zubaidi raad h. s.al-haj alawi dept. of biology / college of education for pure science / university of mosul received in :3june2015 accepted in 15november 2015 abstract beta-carotene pigment was extracted from 6 strains collected from different sources related to some species of the genus rhodotorula sp. the maximum productivity was in the strain rhodotorula mucilaginosa ba61 with amount 10.25 gm/l. the minimum productivity was from the strain r. minuta ba78 with amount 5.39 gm/l. the effects of the chemical mutagen (mnng) and the physical mutagen (uvc) on the viability of the strains was studied. the results revealed that the chemical mutagen (mnng) with the concentration 0.2 mg/ml has the clear effect on the viability of the strains , which killing percentage reached to 65.91% in the strain r. minuta ba78. results of the study of mutagenesis with uvc showed that increase in killing percentage for all the studied strains with the increase of radiation period. the maximum effect was with the strain r. minuta ba78, the killing percentage reach to 100% with the radiation period 20 minute. the companying effects of chemical with the concentration 0.2 mg/ml and physical mutagen was studied. the result showed increase in killing percentage for the studied strains which reach to 100% with the radiation period 15 and 20 minute for the strain r. minuta ba78. the maximum effect on betacarotene production was on the strain r. mucilaginosa ba61, the productivity reach to maximum with amount 11. 45gm/l. rhodotorula ،mutagenesis ،β-carotene ،extraction keywords: microsoft word 294-303 علوم الحياة | 294 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 asteraceaeلورقة لبعض انواع العائلة المركبة ادراسة بشرة اسراء كريم نصرهللا وفاء حميد مجيد ابن الهيثم / جامعة بغداد –قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015أيلول 20، قبل في: 2015حزيران 17استلم في: الخالصة تناولت الدراسة الحالية خصائص بشرة الورقة لستة انواع من العائلة المركبة ،اذ درست خاليا البشرة االعتيادية والمعقدات الثغرية في هذه االجزاء ولوحظت الفروقات في ابعاد خاليا البشرة االعتيادية واشكال جدرانها المماسية الداخلية وانواعها وترددها على سطحي الورقة .معقدات الثغرية من حيث ابعادها والخارجية ،كما لوحظت التغايرات في ال دراسة تشريحية ،بشرة الورقة، المعقدات الثغرية ، العائلة المركبة الكلمات المفتاحية : البحث مستل من رسالة ماجستير للباحث الثاني * علوم الحياة | 295 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة ،وتعرف ايضا باسم وأوسعها انتشاراً النباتية واحدة من أضخم العائالت compositaeالمركبةتعد العائلة asteraceae ، تتواجد آ) نوع350) جنس و (101ان لها في بلدنا (ب [2] واشار[1] تعرف محلياً بعائلة زهرة الشمس كما .نوعاً مستزرعاً 58نوعاً برياً و 242أن لها في بالدنا [3]ذكر في كل بقاع العالم وتستوطن جميع البيئات، كما لب العوائل النباتية غمن أوسع الدراسات التشريحية المتوافرة وأقدمها إذ تناول فيها تشريح أ [4]تعد الدراسة التي قام بها من أهم الدراسات دعحول تشريح العوائل النباتية ت [5]كما أن الدراسة التي أوردها ،وبضمنها العائلة المركبة. فضالً عن ذكر الكساء السطحيها في اس العائلة المركبة تناوالاجنمن العديدمالحظات حول داأور اذالتشريحية، اتي ووجود نبية والحليب النجات اإلفرازية والراتقنوالمميزة في العائلة كوجود ال التشريحيةمالحظات حول الخصائص  (القشرية مالحز cortical bundle كما تعد ،والبلورات وغيرها. الحزم الوعائية التي توجد في منطقة القشرة ) وهي من الدراسات التي أغنت علم التشريح فقد تناولت تشريح العوائل النباتية موضحة تركيب األنسجة [6] دراسات . والبلورات الشعيراتوخصائصها و في نيجيريا خصائص البشرة لألرواق [8]، ودرس.artemisia lالجنس من آنوع 28دراسة تشريحية لــ [7]تناول تناولت .tragopogonlدراسة تشريحية لنوعين من الجنس [9]نوعاً من العائلة. كما تناول 12والكساء السطحي لــ والساق الورقةفي matricariaدراسة الشعيرات الغدية والقنوات اإلفرازية في الجنس [10]، كما أوردبشرة االوراق helichrysumخصائص الجدار الخلوي المتسمك لقنابات النوع تفقد تضمن [11] ،أما دراسةواالجزاء الزهرية bracteatumإلى دراسة تشريحية للنوع [12]. ، كما أشارhelianthus annuus تناول فيها الجذر والساق والورقة دراسة [14]ودرسaster vtripolium ,، خصائص التشريحية للنوع ال دراسة [13]كما أورد،والقنوات اإلفرازية، والمعقدات الثغرية في تضمنت جوانب تشريحية للبشرة والكساء السطحي من العائلة المركبة لستة وثالثين نوعآ تصنيفية تان دراسة الشعيرات الغدية والالغدية سفي باك [15]كما تناول ،في الجزء الشمالي من بنغالدش. rashahiمنطقة  عائلة و 20والبشرة لــ حول أنواع مختلفة من هأجناس من العائلة المركبة وأورد مالحظات 4نوعاً منها 51 و جنساً 40 و cosmos في الهند إلى دراسة خصائص البشرة السطحية في األجناس [16] أشاروالشعيرات الغدية والالغدية.. artemisia و chrysanthemum البلورات وشريحية للورقة والمعقدات الثغرية والشعيرات تدراسة [17] ، فيما تناول .eclipta prostrata lمختلفة ومن ضمنها دراسة تشريحية للنوع ائالتنوعاً من ع 32في حول [18]لعائلة المركبة مثل دراسة أما في العراق فهناك العديد من الدراسات التي تضمنت جوانب تشريحية ل حول الجنس [21] ودراسة artemisia للجنس [20] و .lactuca lللجنس [19] ودراسة achelliaالجنس anthemis l. جنس لل [22]ودراسةcrepis l. جنس البعض أنواع ل [23]ودراسةcentaureu l. 10لــ [24] و .النامية في جامعة بغداد asteraceae أنواع من العائلة العائلة المركبة المستزرعة من انواعستة ل لبشرة الورقة تهدف الدراسة الحالية الى دراسة الخصائص التشريحية cosmosوالكوزموز ,.aster amellus lفي بغداد التي تدرس الول مرة وهذه االنواع هي :االستر للزينة sulphureus cav., وعنبر كشمير,gaillardia pulchella foug. الجربرا وgerbera jamesonii l. وورد .zinnia elegans jacqوالزينيا .helichrysum bracteatum ander الكاغد المواد وطرائق العمل اخذت البشرة من النماذج الطرية لالوراق التي جمعت من النباتات قيد الدراسة ،وذلك بأخذ جزء من الورقة يشتمل للحصول scarppingوالكشط stripping offعلى العرق الوسطي والبشرتين العليا والسفلى واستعملت طريقة السلخ تشريح او باليد وملقط ذي نهايتين دقيقتين نقلت البشرة بعدها الى على البشرتين العليا والسفلى لألوراق وباستعمال شفرة دقائق. ثم ُغسلت البشرة بعد ذلك في كحول اثيلي نقلت 5-2زجاجة ساعة نظيفة تحتوي على قطرة من السفرانين لمدة ج بمجهر بعدها الى شريحة زجاجية ثم ُغطيت بغطاء الشريحة وأصبحت جاهزة للفحص والدراسة إذ فُحصت النماذ )400xوُدرست الثغور وخاليا البشرة والخاليا المساعدة وابعادهما. ،فحصت العينات بعدها على قوة ( (kruss)مركب [25] ،وتم احتساب دليل الثغور حسب القانون اآلتي دليل الثغور = عدد خاليا البشرة _____________________ ×100 عدد خاليا البشرة + عدد الثغور النتائج ). 1،2( ينت) واللوح2و1البيانات الخاصة بالمنظر السطحي لبشرة الورقة مدرجة في الجدولين ( انتشرت اذ amphistomatic leafهي من النوع قيد الدراسة األنواع بشرة اوراق اتضح من الدراسة الحالية أن األنواعتلك الثغور على كال السطحين العلوي والسفلي، ولكنها كانت أكثر عدداً على السطح السفلي في علوم الحياة | 296 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 anticlinalمن حيث أشكال الجدران العمودية قيد الدراسة بشرة الورقة لالنواع بينت الدراسة الحالية أن هناك تغايراً بين walls لخاليا البشرة االعتيادية والجدران المماسية الداخليةinner tangential walls والجدران المماسية الخارجية outer tangential walls بين السطحين العلويadaxial surface و السفليabaxial surface فضالً عن التغاير . سطح العلوي لانت الجدران العمودية في خاليا البشرة االعتيادية ل. إذ كقيد الدراسة خاليا بين األنواع تلك ال في أشكال و helihrysum bracteatumو aster amellus في األنواع ( semistraightإلى شبه مستقيمة straightمستقيمة gerbera jamsonii وgaillardia puchella وcosmos suphureus وzinnia elegans بينما كانت ، ( قيد في األنواع semi straight to semi curvedمماسية الخارجية والداخلية مستقيمة الى منحنية قليالً الجدران ال أما البشرة السفلى فقد اتخذت الجدران العمودية عدة أشكال، إذ تراوحت أشكالها بين مستقيمة إلى شبه مستقيمة، الدراسة في (curved) ، ومنحنية gaillardia puchellaوcosmos suphureus و aster amellusفي األنواع ( .helichrysum bracteatum وzinnia elegans و gerbera jamsoniiاالنواع كما أوضحت الدراسة الحالية أن خاليا البشرة متغايرة في أبعادها من نوع آلخر وعلى كال السطحين العلوي والسفلي ، أما أقل cosmos sulphureus)مايكرومتر في النوع 100الخالياعلى السطح العلوي (للورقة فقد بلغ اعلى معدل لطول ، أما أعلى معدل لعرض الخاليا فبلغ aster amellusفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر56.25معدل ألطوال الخاليا فقد بلغ ( آ) مايكرومتر38.5( لخاليا،بينما بلغ اقل معدل لعرض اhelichrysum bracteatumفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر70.75( في النوع آ) مايكرومتر81.25، أما على السطح السفلي فبلغ أكبر معدل ألطوال الخاليا (aster amellus في النوع aster amellus) النوع آ) مايكرومتر60.25، وأدنى معدل ألطوال الخاليا فبلغhelichrysum bracteatum فيما بلغ ، وأدنى معدل لعرض الخاليا بلغ cosmos suphureusفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر62.25أعلى معدل لعرض الخاليا ( .aster amellusفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر42.5( فيما سجل gaillardia pulchella) في النوع 22.2وقد بلغت أعلى قيمة لمعدل دليل الثغور على السطح العلوي ( ) ، أما على السطح 8.6الثغور على السطح العلوي إذ بلغ ( دليل أقل قيمة لمعدل helichrysum bracteatumالنوع على السطح بلغ اقل معدل لدليل الثغوربينما zinnia elegans ) للنوع31.1السفلي فقد بلغ أعلى قيمة لدليل الثغور ( والدائري المتطاول circular ، أما أشكال الثغور فقد تراوحت بين الدائريaster amellus) للنوع 14.6( السفلي oblong circularوكان شكل فتحة الثغر اهليلجي ، elliptical أو اهليليجي متطاول oblong elliptical وكانت asterللنوع السطح السفلي على oblong kidney shapeذات شكل كلوي متطاول guard cellsالخاليا الحارسة amellus على كال السطحين للنوع و gerbera jamesonii فقد كانت ذات شكل كلوي األخرى ، أما األنواع kidney shape أو كلوي قصيرkidney short . كان ) مايكرومتر على السطح العلوي. فيما 37.5أعلى معدل لطول الثغرة إذ بلغ (aster amellusوقد سجل النوع معدل لعرض الثغرة على السطح اعلى ، أماzinnia elegansفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر27.25أدنى معدل لطول الثغرة ( أقل معدل لعرض cosmos suphureus، بينما سجل النوع zinnia eleganفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر36.5العلوي فبلغ ( ) 43.75أعلى معدل لطول الثغرة ( ، أما على السطح السفلي فقد بلغآ) مايكرومتر23.75الثغرة على السطح العلوي إذ بلغ ( cosmosفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر24.25، وأقل معدل لطول الثغرة بلغ (aster amellusفي النوع آمايكرومتر suphureusفي النوع آ) مايكرومتر36.5معدل لعرض الثغرة على السطح العلوي فبلغ ( اعلى . أماzinnia elegansعلى السطح السفلي. للنوع آ) مايكرومتر19.75الثغرة (بلغ اقل معدل لعرض ،بينماcosmos suphureus. ومن الدراسة الحالية وجدت اربعة طرز من المعقدات الثغرية: anomocytic type ويسمى الشاذ ويدعى أيضاً الشقائقيrununculaceous وفيه ال تتميز الخاليا المساعدة ، subsidiary cell عدا قيدالدراسةتيادية وهو األكثر شيوعاً بين األنواع، إذ وجد في جميع األنواع عن خاليا البشرة االع .cosmos sulphareusالنوع هذا النوع تكون فيو cruciferous typeويدعى المتصالب anisocytic typeأما الطراز الثاني فيسمى المتباين متدرجة في الحجم، إذ تحاط الثغرة بثالث خاليا مساعدة أحدها صغيرة بينما subsidiary cellالخاليا المساعدة و cosmos suphureusاالخيرتين اكبرمتدرجتين بالحجم، إذ وجد هذا النوع من المعقدات الثغرية في األنواع ( gaillardia puchella و helichrysum bracteatum وzinnia elegans.( asterوتوجد أربع خاليا تحيط بالمعقدات الثغرية، وجد هذا الطراز في النوع tetracytic أما الطراز الثالث فهو amellus(المتوازي ) ، ولوحظ الطراز الرابع paracyticفي النوعين zinnia elegansوaster amellus. المناقشة ، وقد أظهرت دراسة أشكال الجدران العمودية انواع للعائلة المركبة بشرة الورقة في ستةتناولت الدراسة الحالية في السطحين العلوي والسفلي الجدران والمماسية الداخلية والخارجية لخاليا البشرة االعتيادية وجود تغايرات بين أشكال ،قيد الدراسة في األنواع ابعاد الخاليا ،فضال عن تغايرات علوم الحياة | 297 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 أنماط من المعقدات الثغرية هي النمط الشاذ والنمط المتباين والرباعي اربعة ة الحالية وجودوقد أظهرت نتائج الدراس و artemisia و cosmosاألجناس في دراستهما لبشرة أوراق [16]والمتوازي ، وهذا يتفق مع ما وجده chrysanthemum . بان الثغور تنتشر على كال [5]يتفق مع ما ذكره، وتنتشر الثغورعلى السطح السفلي اكثر من السطح العلوي،وهذا كما بينت الدراسة الحالية وجود اختالفات بين أعداد خاليا البشرة السطحين ولكنها تنتشر اكثر على السطح السفلي . المحيطة بالثغور وكذلك في ترتيب هذه الخاليا وأحجامها حتى ضمن النوع الواحد . ،وان السبب وراء هذه التغايرات قيد الدراسة وجود اختالفات في قيم دليل الثغور لألنواع وقد اتضح من خالل الدراسة [6]وفي قيمة دليل الثغور ربما يكون استجابة لظروف بيئية معينة كالجفاف أو الرطوبة أو شدة اإلضاءة وهذا ما أكدته ايس وجد في األجزاء المختلفة لذات الورقة وكذلك في األوراق لتي ذكرت بان تردد الثغور يتباين بشكل كبير وان هذا التباين يا إلى أن تردد الثغور يزداد مع زيادة شدة اإلضاءة،أما [26]المختلفة للنبات نفسه إذ يتأثر بالظروف البيئية،في حين أشار عملية النتح وعكس ذلك فقد أشارا إلى أن وجود أعداد كبيرة من الثغور يؤدي الى فقدان زائد للمحتوى المائي خالل [27] ما يكتسبه النبات من احتفاظه بكمية كبيرة من الماء عند وجود قلة من الثغور على سطحه المصادر 1-walters,d.r. and keil ,d.j.(1996) vascular plant taxonomy ,fourth edition ,edited by kendel \ hant puplishing co. ,dubuque ,iowa. .379. علم تصنيف النبات. دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر. جامعة الموصل. ص1987الموسوي، علي حسين عيسى. -2 . تصنيف النباتات البذرية. دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر. جامعة الموصل. العراق. 1988الكاتب، يوسف منصور. -3 .243ص 4soleder, h. (1908). systematic anatomy of the dicolyledons. oxford clarendon press, vol. 1: 479 p. 5metcalfe, c. r. and l. chalk. 1950. anatomy of the dicotyledons. oxford at the clarendon press. 1500 p. 6esau, k. (1953). plant anatomy. john wiley and sons inc. new york: 735 p. 7-noorbakhsh ,s.n ; ghahreman ,a.,andattar,f. (2008) . leaf anatomy of 297 rtemisia (asteraceae) in iran ans 1ts taxanomic implications . iran .journ .bot .14 (1) : 16. 8-jewoola,o.a. and adedej , o. (2008). importance of leaf epidermacharactres in thrasteracaefamily .not . bot hort .agrobot.cluj36b(2) 7-16. 9-qureshi , s.j.; khan , m.a.n and subhan, k. (2008). comparative morphology,palynology and anatomy of two asteraceae species . trakia journal of science , 6 ( 4): 52-61.   10-andreucci,a.c.; ciccarell, d; desideri, i. and pagni ,a.m (2008) . glandular hairs ans secretory ducts of matricaria chamomilla (asteraceae) : morphology and histochemistry .ann.bot . fennici vol. 45 : 11-18. 11nishikawa , k.; ito , h.; awano , t. ; hosokawa, m.and yazawa , s. (2008) characteristic thickened cell walls of the bacts of eternal flower helichrysumbracteatum . annals of botany 102:31-37. 12-costin, i.(2009) morphologicaol aspects in helianthus annuus the ontogensis , lucrări ştiinţifice , 52:181-186. 13-bercu, r.m. ;broasca.l.(2012) . anatomical features of aster vtripoliuml. (aasteraceae) to saline nvironments . annals of rscp. xvll,:271-277. 14rahman , a.h. m. (2013) systematic studies on asteraceae in the northern region of bangladesh , american journal of live science i(4) :155 -164. 15khan, g.; zhang ,f .; gao ,q .; mashwani , z.r .; rehman ,k.; khan , m.a and chen , s. (2013) . trichomes diversity in thr tropical flora of pakistan .j.med .plants res. 7(22) : 15871592. 16-srilakshmi,p. and naida , k.c.(2014) a study on foliar epidermal features in artemisia , chrysanthemum and cosmos of the family asteraceae. ijapbc-.3(1) :164-166. 17-santhan (2014) .leaf structural characteristics of important medicinal plants . int. j. res. ayurveda pharm .5(6):673-679. علوم الحياة | 298 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 في العراق (جوانب تصنيفية حياتية ) . اطروحة .achillea l) الجنس اخيليا 1992السواح، ذياب عبد محمد(18 دكتوراه . كلية العلوم . جامعة بغداد واألجناس ذات العالقة lactuca l. (compositae)دراسة تصنيفية للجنس (1998)أبو سراج، نداء عدنان محمد. -19 في العراق. رسالة ماجستير. كلية العلوم. جامعة بابل. في العراق . اطروحة l. . compositae ( artemisia) دراسه تصنيفيه للجنس (2000الكرعاوي، حنان احمد (-20 اه . كلية العلوم. جامعة بابل.دكتور في l. (compositae) anthemis. دراسه تصنيفيه للجنس (2002)الالمي ,سهيله حسين باجي 21 العراق،اطروحة دكتوراه،كلية التربية ،جامعه القادسية العراق. رسالة في crepis l. (compositae). دراسة تصنيفية للجنس(2004)الخفاجي، بان عبد الحسين مهدي. --22 كلية العلوم .جامعة بابل –ماجستير. في centaurea l. (compositae)). دراسة تصنيفية لبعض أنواع الجنس(2002أبو سراج، نداء عدنان محمد. -23. العراق. أطروحة دكتوراه. كلية العلوم. جامعة بابل. النامية composite). دراسة تشريحية مقارنة ألنواع مختارة من العائلة المركبة 2009عليوي، سكينة عباس ( -24 ضمن مجمع الجادرية. جامعة بغداد، رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد ). العملي في تشريح النبات والتحضيرات المجهرية مطابع وزارة 1990الخزرجي، طالب عويد وعزيز، فالح محمد (-25 صفحة. 397يم العالي والبحث العلمي، جامعة صالح الدين: التعل 26-fahn, a. 1974. plant anatomy. second ed. pergamon press. oxford. 611. ). اساسيات علم تشريح النبات. جامعة بغداد، العراق 1979العاني، بدري عويد وصالح، قيصر نجيب (-27 علوم الحياة | 299 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 جدول ( 1 ن العائلة المركبة ع م ق انوا ي أورا عتيادية ف شرة اال اليا الب خ عية ل ت الكمية والنو صفا ): ال c o m p o sita e سة مقا ب المايكروميتر( µ m .( ى سفل شرة ال الب ض العر 7 5 ‐4 7 .5   (5 8 .7 5 ) 6 6 .5 ‐5 0   (6 2 .2 5 ) 5 8 .7 5 ‐5 6 .2 5   (5 7 .5 ‐) 5 5 ‐4 0   (5 1 .2 5 )  6 2 .5 ‐3 1 .2 5   (4 2 .5 ) 6 2 .5 ‐4 3 .7 5   (5 0 ) ل طو ال 8 7 .5 ‐5 0   (8 1 .2 5 ) 8 1 .2 5 ‐7 5   (7 8 .7 5 ) 6 8 .7 5 ‐6 2 .5   (6 5 .2 5 ) 9 2 .5 ‐6 2 .5   (6 8 .7 5 )  8 7 .5 ‐5 0   (6 0 .2 5 ) 8 7 .5 ‐6 2 .5   (7 5 ) شرة العليا الب ض العر 4 3 .7 5 ‐2 5   (3 8 .5 ) 6 8 .2 5 ‐5 0   (5 6 .2 5 ) 7 5 ‐5 2 .5   (6 8 .7 5 ) 5 2 .5 ‐3 3 .5   (5 0 )  7 5 ‐6 2 .5   (7 0 .7 5 ) 6 2 .5 ‐4 3 .7 5   (5 0 ) ل طو ال 7 5 .3 7 .5   (5 6 .2 5 ) 1 0 6 .2 5 ‐8 7 .5   (1 0 0 ) 9 1 .2 5 ‐6 2 .5   (7 5 ) 8 7 .5 ‐6 0 .5   (6 3 .5 )  8 7 .5 ‐7 5   (7 8 .7 5 ) 8 7 .5 ‐6 2 .5   (7 5 ) ع االنوا   a ste r a m u lle s c o sm o s su lp h u re n s  g a illa rd ia  p u lch e lla g e rb e ra  ja m e so n ii  h e lich rysu m b ra cte a tu m z in n ia  e le g a n s  علوم الحياة | 300 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 جدول ( 2 ن العائلة المركبة ع م ي) ألنوا عية (للمعقد الثغر ت الكمية والنو صفا ): ال c o m p o sita e سة بالم ي مقا سفل ي وال ن العلو حي ط س ال ال ى ك عل ايكروميتر( µ m .(   ي لثغور ل الثغر الدلي ى سفل شرة ال الب 1 4 .6   2 1 .5   2 1 .6   2 3   1 5 .2   3 1 .1   ي الدليل الثغر شرة لثغور الب العليا 12 .5   1 9 .5   2 2 .2   9 .5   8 .6   1 3 .5   ابعاد الثغور / ى سفل شرة ال الب ض العر 3 5 ‐3 1 .2 5   (3 3 .7 5 ) 2 1 .2 5 ‐1 7 .5   (1 9 .7 5 ) 3 2 .5 ‐2 5 (3 0 )  2 6 .5 ‐2 0   (2 5 .2 5 )  2 8 .7 5 ‐2 5   (2 7 .5 ) 3 7 .5 ‐3 1 .2 5   (3 5 ) ل طو ال 4 6 .2 5 ‐3 7 .5   (4 3 .7 5 ) 2 8 .7 5 ‐2 2 .5   (2 4 .2 5 ) 3 7 .5 ‐3 1 .2 5   (3 5 .2 5 ) 3 7 .5 ‐3 0   (3 4 .2 5 ) 4 0 ‐3 2 .5   (3 5 ) 4 0 ‐3 5   (3 6 .5 ) ابعاد الثغور / شرة العليا الب ض العر 3 3 .7 5 ‐2 8 .7 5   (3 1 .2 5 ) 2 7 .5 ‐2 1 .2 5   (2 3 .7 5 ) 3 3 .7 5 ‐2 7 .5   (3 0 ) 2 5 ‐2 2 .5   (2 4 .2 5 ) 2 8 .7 5 ‐2 2 .5   (2 5 ) 3 0 ‐2 1 .2 5   (2 5 ) ل طو ال 4 2 .5 ‐3 5   (3 7 .5 ) 3 2 .2 5 ‐2 6 .2 5   (2 7 .5 ) 4 0 ‐3 2 .5   (3 5 ) 3 7 .5 ‐3 4   (3 5 .5 ) 3 5 ‐2 5   (2 7 .5 ) 3 3 .7 5 ‐2 5   (2 7 .2 5 ) ع النوا ا   a ste r a m u lle s c o sm o s su lp h u re n s  g a illa rd ia  p u lch e lla g e rb e ra  g a m e so n ii  h e lich rysu m   b ra cte a tu m z in n ia  e le g a n s  علوم الحياة | 301 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 gaillardia pulchella gerbera jamesonii zinnia elegans helichrysum bracteatum بعض انواع العائلة ألوارق االعلوي السطح على الثغرية والمعقدات االعتيادية البشرة خاليا صفات :1اللوحة (100x)المركبة aster amellus cosmos sulphuerus علوم الحياة | 302 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 cosmos sulphuerus aster amellus gerbera jamesonii gaillardia pulchella zinnia elegans helichrysum bracteatum بعض انواع العائلة ألوارق السفلي السطح علىالثغرية والمعقدات االعتيادية البشرة خاليا صفات :2اللوحة (100x)المركبة علوم الحياة | 303 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 leaf epidermis study of some species of asteraceae family israa k. nasrullah wafaa h. majeed dept.of biology\college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) \university of baghdad received in :17 june 2015,accepted in: 20september 2015 abstract the recent study included leaf epidermis characters of six species belonging to the asteraceae family, the ordinary epidermal cells and stomatal complexes were studied ,the differences in cells dimensions and outer and inner tangential walls shapes of ordinary cells were noted ,the differences in stomatal complexes dimensions and types are also noted. key words : anatomical study , leaf epidermis ,stomatal complexes, asteraceae @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 بي بتأثیر رش نبات الذرة الصفراءاختزال التأثیرات السلبیة للشد الرطو بــحامض البرولین وحامض االبسیسیك حسین عزیز محمد جامعة دیالى /كلیة الزراعة /قسم علوم التربة والموارد المائیة 2013شباط 25قبل البحث في: ، 2013كانون الثاني 20استلم البحث في: الخالصة بھدف 2011نفذت ھذه الدراسة في حقل التجارب التابع لمشتل مدیریة زراعة دیالى / بعقوبة خالل الموسم الربیعي ایجاد السبل الكفیلة لمواجھة شحة المیاه التي یشھدھا العراق وكثیر من دول العالم وفھم بعض التأثیرات والتكیفات الفسلجیة rcbdوبترتیب القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة split-split plot designنشقة المنشقة للجفاف .طبق تصمیم االلواح الم وبثالثة مكررات وكانت معامالت الشد الرطوبي ھي المعامالت الرئیسة ، وتراكیز الرش بحامض البرولین ھي المعامالت یأتي :الرش بالحامض االمیني ) ھي المعامالت تحت الثانویة وكما abaالثانویة وتراكیز الرش بحامض االبسیسیك( ملغم 20و 15و 0بتراكیز aba)والرش بحامض االبسیسیك (-1 لتر prolineملغم200و 150و 0 البرولین بتراكیز aba من الماء الجاھز تمت زراعة محصول الذرة الصفراء 75% و50% و 25وإضافة الماء عند استنزاف 1-.لتر % :اختزال التأثیرات السلبیة للشد الرطوبي في تركیز البرولین والكلوروفیل والمحتوى دلت النتائج على) 106صنف (بحوث ملغم proline)00 2المائي لالوراق والنسبة المئویة للبروتین في الحبوب باستعمال التركیز الثالث من إضافة حامض proline مقارنة بمستوى عدم إالضافة او مستوى االضافة الثانیة من ھذا الحامض . اختزال التأثیرات السلبیة )1-لتر ، ) 1-لتر abaملغمabscisic )20للشد الرطوبي في الصفات النوعیة للنبات بإستخدام التركیز الثالث من إضافة حامض و 42.76%ى المائي لالوراق بنسبة زیادة معنویة بلغت والمحتوحامض االبسیسك تركیزحامض البرولین وتركیزاذ ازداد على الترتیب بالمقارنة مع عدم إضافة ھذا الحامض بوصفھ تأثیر رئیس لجمیع مستویات الرطوبة. 7.70%و % 44.39 كمیة البرولین) على تركیز المقارنة لصفة 1-لتر prolineملغم 2 00+ 1 -لتر abaملغم20تفوق تركیز التداخل ( على تركیز ) 1-لتر prolineملغم 2+ 00 1-لتر abaملغمw3 +20 . تفوق الــــــتداخل( والمحتوى المائي لالوراق إن الزیادة الحاصلة والنسبة المئویة للبروتین في الحبوب.حامض االبسیسك ،كمیةحامض البرولین ، وتركیزالمقارنة لصفة ھذین الحامضین في تحسین قابلیة النبات على امتصاص الماء والعناصر في الصفات النوعیة للنبات ھي نتیجة لدور المغذیة، وتحسین النظام المائي للنبات. حامض البرولین ، حامض االبسیسیك ، الشد الرطوبي .: الكلمات المفتاحیة 82 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المقدمة تعمل الیات النبات مدافعا قویا ضد الجفاف البیئي ، اذ ان خالیا الكائنات الحیة تعمل في وسط مائي وان مجرد بقاء البروتوبالزم تحت الجفاف القاسي یظھر تكیفاً اولیاً ، في حین ان القابلیة على استمرار االیض خالل الجفاف ھي صفة مة في الفعالیات الفسلجیة الحیویة للنبات ومثال ذلك تراكم حامض االبسیسیك متقدمة ، بید ان اجھاد الماء لھ تأثیرات مھ abscisic acid والبرولین ،proline في العدید من االنواع النباتیة عند تعرضھا لالجھاد المائي .ان ظھور المستویات بة أما عن تحلل البروتین اوعن التراكم العالیة من االحماض االمینیة التي تالحظ في النباتات المعرضة لالجھاد ھي متسب الناتج من انخفاض استعمال ھذه الحوامض في تكوین البروتوبالزم واكثر ھذه االحماض تراكمأ في االنسجة النباتیة نتیجة لب ] ،اذ عند ھدم البروتین تنتج احماض امینیة كثیرة ، مثل االسبارتك والكلوتامك واغ 1لتحلل البروتین ھو البرولین [ ھذه االحماض ذات تأثیر ضار في فعالیة االنزیمات وتسبب سكون البراعم والبذور عند تجمعھا بكمیات كبیرة ، اما البرولین فتأثیره في ھذه العملیات قلیل ، لذلك فأن تحول ھذه االحماض الى البرولین ھواحدالوسائل الدفاعیة للحدمن التأثیر ) إذ یزید من senescenceتجمع البرولین لھ عالقة بالعجز او الشیخوخة ( ] اذ وجد أن 2[ الضار لھذه االحماض مقاومة الورقة لحاالت العجز اوالشیخوخة ، فضال عن ذلك فأن للبرولین دوراً مھماً في خزن النتروجین، اذ تزداد نسبة یا في بناء البروتین وھذا التجمع قد یحدث المركبات النتروجینیة الضارة في النباتات المعرضة للشد نتیجة لقلة فعالیة الخال تأثیراً ضاراً لالنزیمات لذلك فأن استغالل المركبات النتروجینیة في البرولین یقلل من حدة ھذه المركبات فضال عن امكانیة ] . 3استغاللھا عند عودة النبات لحالتھ الطبیعیة [ وذلك من خالل انتقالھ من مكان الى اخرداخل النبات amino groupsأن للبرولین المقدرة على خزن مجامیع االمین خالل تعرض النبات للشد الرطوبي وأعطاء مجامیع االمین الى الخالیا التي تحتاج الیھا لبناء البروتین النتاج الطاقة خالل ] 4واحدة [ nadph2وجزیئة atpجزیئة 30مدة الجفاف ، اذ ان اكسدة جزیئة واحدة من حامض البرولین ینتج عنھا ) فھو احد الھرمونات النباتیة التي تعمل بصورة معاكسة لعمل االوكسینات والسایتوكاینینات aba.اماحامض االبسیسیك ( على خمس عشرة ذرة aba] . یحتوي حامض 5والجبرلینات كونھ یؤدي الى توقف النمو وحالة السكون في النبات [ لقة سداسیة التكوین ، ومركز غیر متناظر، وستة من الكاربون االستبدالي غیر ویتمیز بح c15h20o4 من الكاربون من بین االستجابات الفسلجیة المرتبطة بمقاومة الجفاف ،إذ ان ھناك نظامآ یسمى بنظام abaیعد انتاج حامض . المشبع مم جذور عدد من النباتات و یشیر ھذا النظام الى أنتاج ھذا الحامض في ق early remote systemالتحسس المبكر الى االوراق ویحفز غلق الثغور قبل ان یتعرض النبات abaاستجابة للجفاف االولي التي تتعرض لھ التربة ، ثم ینتقل یعمل بوصفھ جھاز حساس لمقدارعجز الماء وكنظام aba] من ان 6الى أي شد مائي مؤثر وھذا ما أكده الدسوقي [ یتكون في الجذر أستجابة لنقص جھد ماء التربة ثم ینتقل الى االوراق aba] الى أن 7اشار [ سیطرة خالل مدة االجھاد. عندما یكون ھناك تغیر سریع في الجھد المائي للخالیا الحارسة یسبب انكماش وانغالق الثغور اذ یعمل على غلق الثغور خفاض جاھزیة الماء .وقد بین العدید من الباحثین أن وخفض عملیة النتح ، ومن ثم یمنع فقد الماء من االوراق في وقت ان یسبب غلق الثغور ، ان ھذه المالحظة قادت 1-لتر aba) ملغم (aba 15-10رش النباتات بمحلول مخفف لحامض ر ] .ربما یكون التأثی 3في االوراق المتعرضة لالجھاد تسبب غلق الثغور[ abaالباحثین الى االستنتاج بأن زیادة حامض الذي بدوره یؤدي الى زیادة prolineفي ان لھ المقدرة على تحفیز النبات على انتاج حامض البرولین abaاالیجابي للـ تركیز السایتوبالزم، مما یحفز عملیة امتصاص الماء وھذا بدوره یرفع من مقدرة النباتات لمقاومة ظروف الجفاف والتملح. لمواجھة شحة المیاه التي یشھدھا العراق وكثیر من دول العالم باستعمال حامض البرولین لذا یھدف البحث الى ایجاد السبل وحامض االبسیسیك وفھم بعض التأثیرات والتكیفات الفسلجیة للجفاف . المواد وطرائق العمل ) في تربة رسوبیة ذي نسجھ 2011نفذت التجربة في المشتل التابع لمدیریة زراعة دیالى / بعقوبة للموسم الربیعي ( ) بعض الصفات الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیة لھذه 1ویوضح الجدول ( typic torrifluventطینیة غرینیة صنفت الى -split] . طبقت التجربة بأستعمال االلواح المنشقة المنشقة 8التربة التي تم قیاسھا على وفق الطرائق القیاسیة المتبعة في [ split plot design وبترتیب القطاعات الكاملة المعشاةrcbd وبثالثة مكررات وكانت معامالت الشد الرطوبي ھي ) abaالمعامالت الرئیسة ، وتراكیز الرش بحامض البرولین ھي المعامالت الثانویة وتراكیز الرش بحامض االبسیسیك( . 1-لتر prollineملغم 200و 150و 0مض البرولین ھيھي المعامالت تحت الثانویة وكما یأتي :ثالثة تراكیز للرش بحا % 25. واضیف الماء عند استنزاف 1-لتر abaملغم 20و 15و 0وثالثة تراكیز للرش بحامض االبسیسیك ھي المسافة بین 2م 4م والمساحة x 2م 2لوحا ابعادھا 81% من الماء الجاھز.قسم الحقل على ألواح وبواقع 75% و50و م بین المعامالت لمنع تسرب المیاه وانتقال االسمدة بین 0.5م مع ترك فاصلة ترابیة مقدارھا 0.75لوح وآخر ) عند n% 46من سماد الیوریا (1-ھـ nكغم 200المعامالت.أضیفت الدفعة األولى من السماد النتروجیني البالغة ) p% 20الزراعة . أضیف السمادالفوسفاتي سوبر فوسفات الكالسیوم الثالثي ( یوماً من 45الزراعة والدفعة الثانیة بعد ) k% 41.6دفعة واحدة عند الزراعة وجزئت إضافة السمادالبوتاسي من كبریتات البوتاسیوم( 1-. ھـ pكغم 60بمعدل زرعت بذور الذرة الصفراء ( یوماً من الزراعة. 75و 45الى ثالث دفعات عند الزراعة وبعد 1-. ھـkكغم 160بمعدل .zea may l سم بین جوره وأخرى وبمعدل ثالث 20) سم وبمسافة (5) على خطوط بعمق(106) صنف (بحوث ( 83 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 % لمكافحة 10) ایام من االنبات. استعمل الدیازینون المحبب تركیزه 10بذور للجورة الواحدة خفت الى نبات واحد بعد ( ) مرتین ، االولى في مرحلة ورقتین حقیقیتین والثانیة في مرحلة cretica sesamiaحشرة حفار ساق الذرة الصفراء( اربع اوراق حقیقیة رشت محالیل البرولین واالبسیسیك ورقیاً ثالث مرات عند مرحلة تكوین النورات الذكریة واالنثویةو كلي باستخدام جھاز قیاس الطیف الضوئي بدایة االزھار الذكري و نھایة االزھار الذكري واالنثوي. قدر الكلوروفیل ال photometer spectro 9نانومیتر وحسب المعادالت الریاضیة التي وصفت من [ 665و 645على طول موجي acid sulfosalicylic] الستخالص البرولین بأستعمال حامض السالفوسالسیلیك المائي ( 10].استخدمت طریقة [ aqueous] استخدمت طریقة. ( الستخالص حامض االبسیسیك باستخدام جھاز 11 [hplc) ( highperformance liquid chromatography قــــدرت نسبة البروتین في نانومیتر . 265على طول موجي microفي العینات النباتیة المھضومة باستعمال جھاز الكلي ] بعد ان تم تقدیر النتروجین 12البذور إستنادا الى[ kjeldhal ] بأخذ سبع أوراق نباتیة لكل وحده تجریبیة ، نظفت 13قدر المحتوى المائي لألوراق تبعاً لما ذكره أحمد [ ساعة وحتى 48ْم مدة 70على درجة حرارة ovenاألوراق ، ثم سجل الوزن الطري لھا، ثم وضعت في فرن كھربائي لمائي وفق المعادلة اآلتیة :ثبات الوزن ثم سجل الوزن الجاف وُحسب المحتوى ا الوزن الجاف -الوزن الطري المحتوى المائي = ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ الوزن الطري النتائج والمناقشة )1-تركیز حامض البرولین في االوراق النباتیة (ملغم غم ) ان الرش بحامض البرولین كان لھ تأثیر معنوي في زیادة تركیز البرولین في االوراق 2یالحظ من الجدول ( % 77.46النباتیة اذ تفوق التركیز الثالث من الرش على التركیز االول والثاني بنسبة زیادة مقداره على المستوى االول والثاني بمحتوى اوراق abaث من الرش بحامض على الترتیب. وتفوق التركیز الثال 32.36%و لمستویات الرطوبة المختلفة على % 14.24% و 42.76الذرة الصفراء من حامض البرولین بنسبة زیادة مقدارھا تربة اذ تفوق الترتیب. حصلت زیادة معنویة واضحة في تركیز البرولین في االوراق مع انخفاض المحتوى الرطوبي لل % 45.45مستوى الرطوبة الثالث ( االكثر جفافا )على مستوى الرطوبة االول والثاني بنسبة زیادة معنویة مقدارھا ] الذي وجد زیادة محتوى البرولین في النبات المتعرض للشد 14% على الترتیب . وتتفق ھذه النتیجة مع [ 21.37و عدم مقدرة النبات على البناء الحیوي للبروتین فتزداد كمیة االحماض االمینیة داخل الرطوبي اذ یزداد تجمع البرولین ل النبات ومن ضمنھا حامض البرولین الذي یعد احدى الوسائل الدفاعیة للتقلیل من التأثیر الضار للجفاف ، ویعتقد ان اجھاد ینیة ومنھا البرولین الذي یعمل حافظا ازموزیا الجفاف یؤدي الى تحفیز انزیمات تحلل البروتینات وانتاج االحماض االم ویأتي ودور ھذا الحامض في استقرار وثباتیة االغشیة الخلویة وزیادة قابلیة الخلیة على سحب الماء والمغذیات الذائبة فیھ ) اعلى 1-لتر prolineملغم 2+00 1-لتر abaملغم20] . واعطى تركیز الرش ( 16] و[ 15[ من وسط النمو عند 1-) ملغم غم 4.03، في حین كان اقل متوسط ( 1-) ملغم غم .6510متوسط لتركیز البرولین في االوراق النباتیة ( ) ان معنویة التداخل تشیر الى انعكاس تأثیر كال الحامضین 1-لتر prolineملغم + 0 1-لتر abaملغم0عدم الرش ( في تحسین ھذه الصفة .سجل اعلى متوسط لتركیز البرولین عند التداخل بین مستویات الرطوبة ومستویات الرش بالبرولین رولین في ، بینما اقل متوسط لتركیز الب 1-) ملغم غم.8611) بلغ (1-لتر prolineملغم w3 00 +2عند مستوى ( ) ، اذ یعتقد ان w1عند مستوى عدم الرش بالبرولین وعند مستوى الرطوبة االول ( 1-) ملغم .غم .524االوراق النباتیة ( ] . عند مقارنة تأثیر الرش بحامض 17تأثیر اجھاد الجفاف وتحلل البروتین یحفز الجینات المسؤولة عن بناء البرولین [ ) معنویا على 1-لتر prolineملغم w3 00 +2المنخفض نالحظ تفوق مستوى التداخل( البرولین مع مستوى الرطوبة % اما عن .91 29) بنسبة زیادة معنویة مقدارھا w3مستوى عدم الرش بھذا الحامض وعند مستوى الرطوبة نفسھ ( ش عند مستوى( فقد انفردت معاملة الر abaتأثیر التداخل بین مستویات الرطوبة ومستویات الرش بحامض w3+20ملغمaba وھذا 1-ملغم غم .3510) في التفوق المعنوي على جمیع المعامالت االخرى اذ بلغ متوسطھا 1-لتر في زیادة تركیز ھذا abaیشیر الى تظافر كل من المستویات المنخفضة للرطوبة وتأثیر الرش بالتراكیز العالیة لحامض ھور المستویات العالیة من االحماض االمینیة التي تالحظ على النباتات المعرضة الحامض داخل االوراق النباتیة ،ان ظ لالجھاد ھي متسببة اما عن تحلل البروتین او عن التراكم الناتج من انخفاض استعمال ھذه الحوامض في تكوین تؤدي الى زیادة سحب الماء من قبل البروتوبالزم اذ ان زیادة البرولین تؤدي الى قلة الجھد المائي للخالیا الحارسة ومن ثم ] . 18الجذور النباتیة [ ) معنویا في كمیة البرولین في االوراق النباتیة ، اذ كان اعلى متوسط proline*aba*wاثر التداخل الثالثي ( ، بینما ) 1-لتر prolineملغم 2+ 00 1-لتر abaملغمw3 +20 عند مستوى الرش والرطوبة ( 1-ملغم غم 14.07 ) ان حامض w1عند عدم رش الحامضین وعند مستوى الرطوبة االول ( 1-) ملغم غم 3.02كان اقل متوسط لھذه الصفة( ) feedback mechanismالبرولین یتجمع بسبب زیادة سرعة بنائھ وقلة سرعة استعمالھ نتیجة لبطء عملیة التثبیط ( ة تكوین حامض البرولین ، كما یزداد تجمعھ لعدم مقدرة النبات على البناء الحیوي للبروتین بسبب االجھاد المائي لعملی 84 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 فتزداد كمیة االحماض االمینیة داخل النبات ومن ضمنھا حامض البرولین ،فضال عن ان البرولین یقوم بتثبیط تركیز لتأثیر الضارلھذه الحوامض وذلك بتحویلھا الى البرولین كما ان تأثیر حوامض الكلوتامیك واالسبارتیك واالرجنین وازالة ا ]. 17اجھاد الجفاف وتحلل البروتین یحفز الجینات المسؤولة عن بناء البرولین [ ) 1-) في االوراق النباتیة ( ملغم كغم abscisic acidتركیز حامض االبسیسیك ( abaفي رفع تركیز proline)عدم حصول تأثیر معنوي بالرش بالـ 3یالحظ من النتائج الموضحة في جدول ( 0.301و 0.295و 0.290الثالثة prolineداخل النبات ، اذ بلغ متوسط ھذا الحامض بأضافة تراكیز الـ على الترتیب ،وربما یعزى ذلك الى أن عملیة تكوین ھذا الحامض ھي عملیة فسلجیة وراثیة بحتة ، الیمكن 1-ملغم .كغم على التركیز االول من abaالى النبات . وتفوق التركیز الثالث من اضافة حامض prolineالتحكم بھا بأضافة حامض الـ في االوراق بزیادة مستویات abaمحتوى % ) اذ من الطبیعي زیادة 44.39االضافة بنسبة زیادة معنویة مقدارھا ( 0.183و 0.090االضافة من ھذا الحامض . ظھر تأثیر عالي المعنویة بأختالف معامالت الرطوبة اذبلغت المتوسطات عند abaوھذا یدل على ان النبات ینتج الـ w3و w2و w1لمعامالت الرطوبة الثالث 1-ملغم كغم .0 614و ] على نباتات الحنطة الواقعة تحت 19تعرضھ لالجھاد الرطوبي العالي بنسب زیادة معنویة عالیة ، وھذا یطابق ما وجده[ دة تركیز عدة اضعاف مقارنة بالنباتات التي ال تعاني من الشد الرطوبي . ان زیا abaتأثیر الشد الرطوبي اذ ازداد تركیز aba لھ دور ایجابي لمقاومة الجفاف وذلك بغلق الثغور وانخفاض عملیة النتح ، اذ یؤدي ھذا الھرمون عند التركیزات k+ _ effluxالعالیة الى تغیر الحالة المائیة في الخالیا الحارسة ، اذ یعمل على اخراج البوتاسیوم خارج الخالیا الحارسة ظة على امتالء ھذه الخالیا عند زیادة كمیتھ فیھا ومن ثم عندما یتناقص البوتاسیوم بسبب ھذا الذي لھ دور اساس في المحاف الھرمون فأنھا تفقد درجة امتالئھا ، مما یؤدي الى انغالق الفتحات الثغریة ومن ثم تقلل عملیة النتح فیحافظ النبات على ].ظھرت تأثیرات معنویة بین بعض 6حمل ظروف الجفاف[ محتوى الماء داخلھ االمر الذي یجعل النباتات تقاوم او تت عند مستوى 1-ملغم.كغمaba 0.352المعامالت نتیجة تداخل عاملي الرش اذ بلغ اعلى متوسط لتركیز عند المستوى 1-ملغم كغم0.245بینما كان اقل متوسط لتركیز ) 1-لتر prolineملغم 2+00 1-لتر abaملغم20الرش( .تشیر بیانات التداخل بین مستویات الرطوبة والرش بحامض الـ ) 1-لتر prolineملغم 15+ 0 1-لتر abaملغم0( proline الى ان اعلى قیم لتركیز حامضaba عند الرش 1-ملغم. كغم .6260التي امكن الحصول علیھا بلغت ملغم w1 +0) بتفوق معنوي على مستوى( w3)ومستوى الرطوبة الثالث( 1-لتر prolineملغم 002بمستوى ( proline وباالتجاه نفسھ اثر مستوى التداخل بین 1-ملغم. كغم 850.0) الذي سجل اقل متوسط لھذه الصفة بلغ 1-لتر ، في رفع كمیة ھذا الحامض داخل النبات اذ عزیت الزیادة المعنویة لھذا abaمستویات الرطوبة ومستویات الرش بالـ الذین اشاروا ان حامض ] 20مض الى التأثیر المشترك لالجھاد الرطوبي والرش بھذا الحامض ، وھذا ما اكده [ الحا ) ھو ھرمون نباتي عالي التنظیم في نمو وتطور النبات یتكون استجابة لالجھادات البیئیة abscisic acidاالبسیسك ( أ لزیادة تأثیر الشدود الخارجیة السیما الجفاف على النبات ، لذلك یمكن المختلفة ، اذ یعمل على غلق الثغور النباتیة مؤشر ) تداخل معنوي بین معامالت الرطوبة واضافة الحامضیین اذ 3ان یطلق علیھ بھرمون االجھادات.كما یظھر من الجدول( ملغم 2+ 00 1-لتر abaملغمw3 +20عند مستوى الرش والرطوبـــــــــــة ( 1-) ملغم كغم0.719كان اعلى معدل( proline بینما كان اقل تركیز لمحتوى حامض 1-لتر ،(aba عند معاملة الرش 1-ملغم. كغم 0.069في الورقة ). 1-لتر proline ملغم 0+ 1-لتر abaملغم w0+1والرطوبة( ) 1-محتوى الكلوروفیل الكلي في االوراق (مایكروغرام غم اذ proline ) الى وجود فروق معنویة في تركیز االوراق من الكلوروفیل بتأثیر رش حامض الـ 4یشیر الجدول ( معنویا على المستوى االول والثاني و بنسبة زیادة معنویة ) 1-لتر prolineملغم 2 (00تفوق المستوى الثالث للرش ادى الى التقلیل من تركیز abaبحامض دول ان الرش %على الترتیب .یالحظ من الج1.22% و2.76مقدارھا یعمل على غلق الثغور النباتیة وبذلك تقل عملیة التمثیل الضوئي للنبات abaالكلوروفیل في االوراق النباتیة ذلك الن وانتقال نواتجھا. ة زیادة معنویة مقدارھا ( ) على مستوى الرطوبة الثاني والثالث بنسب w1وتفوق معنویا مستوى الرطوبة االول ( ) على الترتیب ، ویعود سبب اختزال كمیة الكلوروفیل في االوراق بتناقص كمیات میاه الري الى %5.92 , %12.39 اختزال متوسط نمو االوراق وانخفاض متوسط انقسام واستطالة الخالیا نتیجة لزیادة الجھد المائي لالوراق فتقل بذلك عملیة تیجة للحد من فتح الثغور، ویعمل ایضا على اختزال انتاج الصبغات النباتیة ومنھا الكلوروفیل ، مما یقلل التمثیل الضوئي ن وتزال جزیئات chlorophyllase]،ان تحطم نواتج الكلوروفیل یحدث بفعل االنزیم 21من الكاربوھیدرات الناتجة [ mg بالفعل االنزیميmgdechelatase البروتینات بسبب الجفاف یؤدي الى تحرر االمونیا المؤدیة . ویعتقد ان ھدم ]. 22الى شیخوخة االوراق وتساقطھا [ ) اعلى متوسط 1-لتر prolineملغم +200 1-لتر abaملغم 0واعطى مستوى الرش ( 1-) مایكروغرام.غم682.6، في حین كان اقل متوسط ( 1-) مایكروغرام غم 856لتركیز الكلوروفیل في االوراق النباتیة ( ) ان معنویة التداخل بین العاملین تشیر الى انعكاس 1-لتر . prolineملغم+0 1-. لترabaملغم 0عند الرش بمستوى( في تحسین ھذه الصفة ان زیادة البرولین تؤدي الى قلة الجھد المائي للخلیة ، ومن ثم تؤدي prolineالتأثیر االنفرادي للـ 85 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 وعند تداخل . وھذا یؤدي الى زیادة تركیز الكلوروفیل في االوراق ] 18الى زیادة سحب الماء من الجذور النباتیة [ في التفوق المعنوي على بقیة ) 1-لتر prolineملغم +w1 200، انفردت المعاملة( prolineالرطوبة مع حامض ، بینما سجلت اقل متوسط لتركیز الكلوروفیل عند عدم الرش بال 1-) مایكروغرام غم803.6المعامالت وبلغ متوسطھا ( proline )وعند مستوى الرطوبة الثالثw3 عند مقارنة المستویات الرطوبیة 1-مایكروغرام .غم 696.3) وبلغ . معنویا على مستوى ) 1-لتر prolineملغم +3w 200یالحظ تفوق مستوى التداخل ( prolin الرش بالـالمنخفضة مع % وھذا یبین اھمیة ھذا الحامض 1.33) بنسبة زیادة مقدارھا w3عدم الرش بھذا الحامض وعند مستوى الرطوبة نفسھ( اذ ان زیادة االجھاد یؤدي الى زیادة أنتاج الجذور الحرة في زیادة تركیز الكلوروفیل بالرغم من شحة الماء المتوافر للنبات وھذه تسبب اكسدة الدھون في الغشاء الخلوي وتؤدي الى انخفاض تكوین oxygenspecies reactiveالمؤكسدة ى الذي یتفاعل مع البروتینات الحاویة عل super oxideالبروتین وزیادة تحلل البروتین ، واكثر ھذه الجذور تاثیرا ھو او االواصر الكبریتیة ویعمل على اكسدتھا ، وكذلك تأثیر ھذه الجذور في عملیة heamاومجامیع الھیم s-feتجمعات لذا فأن وجود ] 23نقل االلیكترونات في عملیة التمثیل الضوئي ویؤثر في انزیمات الستروما في الكلوروبالست [ منھا اذ یعد تراكم البرولین دلیال لمدى زیادة تراكیز مضادات االكسدة البرولین یعمل على اقتناص ھذه الجذور او التخلص ) خط الدفاع االول الذي یقوم sod )superoxide dismutase] ،اذ یعد 24المضادة للجذور الحرة [ وتحویلھا الى peroxidaseوالـ catalaseثم یتم التخلص منھا بوساطة انزیمي الـ h2o2بتحویل الجذور الحرة الى والـ dnaالماء ومن ثم التخلص من ضررھا مما یؤدي الى ثباتیة االغشیة الحیویة وكذلك حمایة الدھون والبروتینات والـ rna . وكذلك الحفاظ على االغشیة الحیویة ة عدم الرش بھذا فقد انفردت معامل abaاما عن تأثیر التداخل بین مستویات الرطوبة ومستویات الرش بحامض 906.3) في التفوق المعنوي على جمیع المعامالت االخرى اذ بلغ متوسطھا w1الحامض ومستوى الرطوبة االول ( . كذلك بینت النتائج وجود تداخل معنوي بین عوامل الدراسة في محتوى الكلوروفیل في االوراق ، اذ 1-مایكروغرام غم ) افضل w1)عند المستوى الرطوبي االول ( 1-لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر abaملغم 0اعطت معاملة الرش( -لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر abaملغم 20في حین اعطت معاملة ( 1-مایكروغرام غم 947متوسط لھذه الصفة بلغ w3 +0. وتفوقت المعاملة ( 1-مایكروغرام غم 660) اقل متوسط بلغ w3) عند المستوى الرطوبي الثالث ( 1 + 1-لتر abaملغم w3 +20) معنویا على المعاملة ( 1-لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر abaملغم كان لھ دور proline% وھذا یدل على ان حامض الـ 19.09) بنسبة زیادة معنویة مقدارھا 1-لتر prolineملغم200 الذي ادى الى انخفاض معنوي في ھذه abaلـ واضح في زیادة تركیز الكلوروفیل في االوراق على خالف حامض ا الصفة. نسبة البروتین في الحبوب ( % ) على التركیز االول والثاني proline ) الى تفوق التركیز الثالث من الرش بال 5تشیر النتائج الموضحة في الجدول ( % على الترتیب .وتشیر النتائج الموضحة في الجدول انفا الى حدوث 17.58و 32.18%بنسبة زیادة معنویة مقدارھا زیادة معنویة في النسبة المئویة للبروتین في الحبوب بتباعد اوقات الري اذ بلغ اعلى متوسط لھذه الصفة عند مستوى و ربما یعود ذلك الى % 5.22% ، في حین اعطى مستوى الرطوبة االول اقل متوسط بلغ 9.14الرطوبة الثالث بلغـــــت تفوق تداخل مستوى الرش ]. 25زیادة تركیز البروتین نتیجة لقلة المحتوى الرطوبي للتربة وانخفاض استخدامھ [ ) علــى معاملة عدم الرش بكال الحامضین بنسبة زیادة مقدارھــــا 1-لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر abaملغم20( اذ prolineوجود تداخل معنوي بین مستویات الرطوبة ومستویات الرش بحامض الـ %.یشیر الجدول نفسھ الى 40.33 ) واقل متوسط لھذه الصفة 1-لتر prolineملغمw3 +200% عند المعاملة ( 11.17كان اعلى متوسط لھذه الصفة داخل بین مستویات ) .تشیر بیانات الت w1% عند عدم الرش بھذا الحامض وعند مستوى الرطوبة االول ( 4.33 الى ان اعلى قیم للنسبة المئویة للبروتین في الحبوب التي امكن الحصول علیھا بلغت abaالرطوبة والرش بحامض ) بتفوق معنوي على مستوى ( w3) ومستوى الرطوبة الثالث ( 1-لتر abaملغم20% عند الرش بمستوى ( 9.67 w1 +0ملغمaba ازدادت النسبة المئویة للبروتین بزیادة 5.13قل متوسط لھذه الصفة بلغ ) الذي سجل ا 1-لتر.% abaملغمw3 +20تراكیز الرش بكال لحامضیین السیما عند المستویات المنخفضة للرطوبة ، اذ تفوق مستوى التداخل ( % بینما اقل مستوى للنسبة المئویة للبروتین 12.07) مسجال اعلى قیمة بلغت 1-لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر % .4.26) بلغت w1في الحبوب سجلت عند عدم الرش بكال الحامضیین وعند مستوى الرطوبة االول ( وزن طري ) 1-المحتوى المائي في االوراق النباتیة (ملغم ماء غم كان لھ تأثیر معنوي في زیادة المحتوى المائي لنبات الذرة proline) ان الرش بحامض الـ 6یالحظ من الجدول ( % على 2.08% و 5.80الصفراء اذ تفوق المستوى الثالث من الرش على المستوى االول والثاني بنسبة زیادة مقدارھا الترتیب . على المستوى االول والثاني بتركیز الماء في الوزن الطري لنبات aba وتفوق المستوى الثالث من الرش بحامض % لمستویات الرطوبة المختلفة على الترتیب. اظھرت النتائج أن زیادة رطوبة 2.79% و7.70الذرة بنسبة زیادة مقدارھا ویة في التركیز المائي في االوراق وكان اعلى متوسط عند المستوى الرطوبي االول ( التربة ادت الى حصول زیادة معن 86 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 w1 وزن طري واقل متوسط عند المستوى الرطوبي الثالث ( 1-ملغم ماء غم 678.4) بلغw3 ملغم 573) بلغ یرجع انخفاض محتوى الماء في االوراق الى انخفاض % 18.39وزن طري ، و بنسبة زیادة معنویة بلغت 1-ماء.غم الجھد المائي للتربة وبذلك تقل مقدرة النبات على االمتصاص ومن ثم نقص محتوى الماء في االنسجة وھذا یتفق مع ما اختالف ] الذي اشار الى تأثیر االجھاد الرطوبي في خفض المحتوى المائي لالوراق النباتیة ، والى 26وجده عبده عامر [ معدل وطول مدة نمو االوراق المتأثرة بالشد المائي . كان للتداخل برش الحامضین تأثیر ایجابي في زیادة ھذه الصفة اذ 663) اعلى متوسط لھذه الصفة 1-لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر abaملغم20اعطى مستوى التداخل ( وزن طري عند مستوى عدم اضافة الحامضین 1-ملغم ماء غم 586اقل متوسط وزن طري ، في حین كان 1-ملغم ماء.غم ویشیر الجدول نفسھ الى وجود تداخل معنوي بین مستویات الرطوبة ومستویات الرش بحامض .% 13.13بنسبة زیادة + w1( وزن طري عند المعاملة 1-ملغم ماء.غم699.3في ھذه الصفة ، اذ كان اعلى متوسط prolineالـ 1-لتر prolineملغم 3w +0وزن طري عند المعاملة ( 1-ملغم ماء غم 560.6) واقل متوسط 1-لتر prolineملغم200 ادى الى التقلیل من االثر السلبي النخفاض الرطوبة على ھذه الصفة فقد تفوق proline) . ان زیادة الرش بحامض الـ ) وعلى مستوى( 1-لتر prolineملغم w3 +150) على مستوى ( 1-لتر prolineملغم w3 +200مستوى التداخل ( w3 +0 ملغمproline على التوالي . 3.81% و0.98)بنسبة زیادة معنویة مقدارھا 1-لتر% ) اعلى تفوق 1-لتر abaملغمw1 +20فقد اعطت المعاملة ( abaاما عن تأثیر التداخل بین الرطوبة وحامض + w 3وزن طري ، في حین اعطت المعاملة( 1-ملغم ماء.غم 706.6مقارنة مع بقیة المعامالت اذ بلغ متوسطھامعنوي + 3wوزن طري . وتفوق مستوى التداخل ( 1-ملغم ماء.غم 561) اقل متوسط لھذه الصفة بلغ 1-لتر abaملغم0 % وھذا یؤكد 4.38زیادة معنویة مقدارھا ) بنسبة 1-لتر abaملغم3w +0) على مستوى (1-لتر abaملغم20 دور ھذا الحامض في التقلیل من تأثیر الرطوبة المنخفضة في نبات الذرة الصفراء .بینت النتائج وجود تداخل ثالثي بین ) 1-لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر abaملغم20عوامل الدراسة في ھذه الصفة اذ اعطى رش الحامضین بتركیز ( وزن طري ، في حین اعطت 1-ملغم ماء غم 725) اعلى متوسط لھذه الصفة بلغ w1لمستوى الرطوبي االول (عند ا وزن طري 1-ملغم ماء غم 553) اقل متوسط بلغ w3معاملة عدم الرش بكال الحامضیین عند مستوى الرطوبة الثالث ( ، ویالحظ حدوث تأثیرات معنویة لمستویات الرطوبة المنخفضة عند الرش بالتراكیز 31.10%أي بزیادة معنویة مقدارھا ) متوسط بلغ 1-لتر prolineملغم200 + 1-لتر abaملغمw3 +20العالیة للحامضین اذ سجل مستوى التداخل ( ) متوسط w3ة نفسھ ( وزن طري ، بینما سجل مستوى عدم الرش بالحامضین وعند مستوى الرطوب 1-ملغم ماء غم 597 % ربما یعود السبب في ذلك الى دور ھذین الحامضین في 7.95وزن طري بنسبة زیادة مقدارھا 1-ملغم ماء غم 553 نمو النبات بشكل افضل في حالة الجفاف . المصادر 1. tan, j., zhao, .h. , hong, j., han, y., li, h. and zhao, w.( 2008 ) effects of exogenous nitric oxide on photosynthesis , antioxidant capacity and proline accumulation in wheat seedlings subjected to osmotic stress .world j. agric .sci . 4(3):307 313 . 2. chinnusamy, v., jagendorf, a., zhu, j.k.( 2005) undersranding and improving salt tolerance in plants. crop sci. 45:437–448. فسیولوجیا النبات.موسوعة النبات.مركز سوزان مبارك االستكشافي العلمي،مصر. 2009) (ادریس ، محمد حامد .3 4. behnassi , m. , shahid, s. a. and d'silva, j.( 2011 ) sustainable4 agricultural development . springer , heidelberg , berlin: p.275. 5. magnon ,m., bruzzone, guida, s. damonte, g. scarfis, e. sturla, c. palombo, l. deflora, d. and zocchi, a.(2009) abscisic acid released by human monocytes activates and vascular smooth muscle cell responses involved in atherogenesis j.biol chem., 284(26). المنصورة، مصر. اساسیات فسیولوجیاالنبات.مكتبة جزیرة الورد،) 2008 (الدسوقي ،حشمت سلیمان احمد .6 7. tardieu , f. paren,b. t and simonneau t.( 2010 ) control of leaf growth by abscisic acid : hydraulic or nonhydraulic processes. plant cell environ.33 ( 4 ) . 8. page , a. i. , miller r. h. and keeney d. r . (1982) methods of soils analysis part 2. chemical and microbiological properties . amer. soc. agron . midison . wisonsin . usa. 9. howrtiz, w.( 1975) officical methods of analysis. association of analytical chemists, washington, d. c. usa. 87 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 10. bates , l. s. , waldes, r. p. and teare, t. d.( 1973) rapid determination of free proline for water stress studies. plant and soil 39: 205-207. 11. srivastava , g.c and prasad, n.k.( 2010 ).estimation of abscisic acid (aba) modern methods in plant physiology .new india publishing agency.pitam pura ,new delhi-110 088. 12. schaffelen, a.c.a. and van schauwenbury, j.c.h. (1960) quick tests for soil and plant analysis used by small laboratories. neth. j. agric. sci., 9 : 2 – 16 . )الماء في حیاة النبات.مدیریة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر،جامعة الموصل.العراق.1984 (.احمد ، ریاض عبد اللطیف .13 ستیل سالسلیك) في نمو وحاصل نبات ) تأثیر الرش باالسبرین ( حامض اال 2011المنتفجي ، حیدر ناصر حسین ( .14 المعرض الجھاد الجفاف . رسالة ماجستیر .كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد . .vigna radiata lالماش 15. amini , f., and ehsanpour, a. a. (2005) soluble proteins, proline, carbohydrates and na+ \k+ changes in two tomato ( lycopersicon esculentum mill.) cultivars under in vitro salt stress .am. j. of biochemistry and biotechn ., 1(4):204-208. 16. claussen , w.( 2004 ) proline as a measure of stress tomato plant . plant science 168 : 241-248 . available online at.www.scciencedirect.com. 17. verdoy , d. de lapena, c. t. redondo f. g. lucas, m. m. and pueyo, j. j. (2006) transgenic medicago truncatula plants that accumulate proline display nitrogen fixing activity with enhanced tolerance to osmotic stress. plant cell environ. , 29:1913-1923. 18. mafakheri , a. siosemardeh, a. struik, p. c. and shorabi, a.(2010)effect of drought stress on yield ,proline and chlorophyll contents in three chick pea cultivars .asutral. j. crop sci., 4(8):580-585. 19. saeedipour , s., moradi, f. (2012 ) relationship of endogenous aba and iaa to accumulation of grain protein and starch in two winter wheat cultivars under postanthesis water deficit.journal of agricultural science, 4(2):147-156. 20. taylor , i. burbidge, b. and thompson, a.(2000) control of abscisic acid synthesis. journal of experimental botany, 51,1563-1574. تأثیر الشد الرطوبي وعملیة تقسیة البذور والسماد) 2009 (.مھدي ، عبد الخاق صالح وحسین عزیز محمد .21 9البوتاسي على الصفات الكمیة والنوعیة لمحصول الذرة الصفراء مجلة تكریت . ) 3 :(79-90 . 22. to'th , v. r. mezdros i. plamer s. j. and veres, s. z. (2002) nitrogen deprivation induces changes in the leaf elongation zone of maize seedlings . biol. appl., 45:241-247. 23. asada , k. (1999) . the water-water cycle in chloroplast: scavenging of active oxygen and dissipation of excess photon. ann. rev. plant physiol. mol. biol. , 50:601-639. 24. gupta , s. d . ( 2011 ) reactive oxygen species and antioxidant in higher plants . crc press, enfield , new hampshire ,usa: 362 p. 25. zaidi , p.h. yadav m. singh ,d.k. and singh, r.p. (2008) relationship between drought and excess moisture tolerance in tropical maize ( zea mays l.) .auatralin jour.of crop science,1(3):78-96. لالجھاد l. aestivum triticumاستجابة بعض اصناف من قمح الخبز ) 2004 (عبده عامر ، سرحان انعم .26 المائي تحت ظروف الحقل.اطروحة دكتوراه . كلیة الزراعة ،جامعة بغداد . 88 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 بعض الصفات الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیة لتربة الدراسة قبل الزراعة:) 1جدول ( القیمة الوحدة الصفة ph 1:1 7.60 ـــــ 2.94 1-دیسي سیمنز م 1:1 االیصالیة الكھربائیة 63 تربة 1-ملغم كغم النتروجین الجاھز 286 تربة 1-ملغم كغم البوتاسیوم الجاھز 10.40 تربة 1-ملغم كغم الجاھزالفسفور nil تربة 1-غم كغم الجبس 290 تربة 1-غم كغم معادن الكاربونات % للرطوبة عندما یستھلك من الماء الجاھز 25 % 23.75 50 % 19.50 75% 15.25 silty clay طـــیــنـــیـــــــة غـریــــنــیـــــــة :النســــــــــــجة 28 الحقلیة%السعة 11 %نقطة الذبول الدائم 17 %الماء الجاھز 89 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تحت نسب رطوبیة مختلفة في تركیز البرولین في abscisic acidو proline acidتأثیر الرش بــ : ) 2جدول( )1-االوراق النباتیة (ملغم غم prolin *aba w3 w2 w1 aba proline 4.03 9.93 4.16 3.02 aba 0 proline 0 5.4 6.17 5.22 4.81 aba 15 6.69 7.50 6.86 5.73 aba 20 5.73 6.70 5.88 4.61 aba 0 proline 150 7.46 8.83 7.22 6.34 aba 15 8.42 9.49 8.52 7.25 aba 20 8.27 9.62 8.14 7.07 aba 0 proline 200 9.67 11.89 9.31 7.81 aba 15 10.65 14.07 10.02 7.86 aba 20 0.47 0.55 lsd 0.05 proline متوسط 5.37 6.2 5.41 4.52 proline 0 * w proline 7.2 8.34 7.20 6.06 proline 150 9.53 11.86 9.15 7.58 proline 200 0.39 0.60 lsd 0.05 abaمتوسط 6.01 7.08 6.06 4.9 aba 0 aba * w 7.51 8.96 7.25 6.32 aba 15 8.58 10.35 8.46 6.94 aba 20 0.39 lsd 0.05 8.80 7.25 6.05 wمتوسط الـ 0.39 lsd 0.05 90 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تحت نسب رطوبیة مختلفة في تركیزحامض االبسیسك abscisic acidو proline acidتأثیر الرش بــ : ) 3جدول( )1-في االوراق النباتیة (ملغم كغم prolin *aba w3 w2 w1 aba proline 0.288 0.514 0.102 0.069 aba 0 proline 0 0.296 0.609 0.195 0.085 aba 15 0.349 0.685 0.260 0.102 aba 20 0.245 0.523 0.139 0.073 aba 0 proline 150 0.298 0.617 0.187 0.091 aba 15 0.343 0.705 0.216 0.109 aba 20 0.253 0.530 0.145 0.084 aba 0 proline 200 0.298 0.629 0.176 0.090 aba 15 0.352 0.719 0.230 0.108 aba 20 0.083 0.099 lsd 0.05 proline متوسط 0.290 0.602 0.185 0.085 proline 0 * w proline 0.295 0.615 0.180 0.091 proline 150 0.301 0.626 0.183 0.094 proline 200 lsd 0.05 0.078 غ . م abaمتوسط 0.241 0.522 0.128 0.075 aba 0 aba * w 0.297 0.618 0.186 0.088 aba 15 0.348 0.703 0.235 0.106 aba 20 0.099 0.085 lsd 0.05 0.614 0.183 0.090 wمتوسط الـ 0.099 lsd 0.05 91 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تحت نسب رطوبیة مختلفة في تركیز الكلوروفیل الكلي abscisic acidو proline acidتأثیر الرش بــ : ) 4جدول( ) .1-في االوراق النباتیة (مایكروغرام غم prolin *aba w3 w2 w1 aba proline 812 741 816 879 aba 0 proline 0 699.6 678 700 721 aba 15 682.6 670 681 697 aba 20 831.3 779 822 893 aba 0 proline 150 711.6 683 711 741 aba 15 684.6 669 683 702 aba 20 856 786 835 947 aba 0 proline 200 712 671 715 750 aba 15 687 660 687 714 aba 20 1.26 2.15 lsd 0.05 proline متوسط 731.4 696.3 732.3 765.6 proline 0 * w proline 742.5 710.3 738.6 778.6 proline 150 751.6 705.6 745.6 803.6 proline 200 2.33 2.65 lsd 0.05 abaمتوسط 833.1 768.6 824.3 906.3 aba 0 aba * w 707.7 677.3 708.6 737.3 aba 15 684.7 666.3 683.6 704.3 aba 20 2.33 2.46 lsd 0.05 696.3 738.8 782.6 wمتوسط الـ 2.33 lsd 0.05 92 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تحت نسب رطوبیة مختلفة في النسبة المئویة abscisic acidو proline acidتأثیر الرش بــ : ) 5جدول( ) % للبروتین في الحبوب ( prolin *aba w3 w2 w1 aba proline 6.05 7.80 6.09 4.26 aba 0 proline 0 6.11 7.83 6.17 4.35 aba 15 6.21 7.92 6.33 4.40 aba 20 6.67 7.97 6.64 5.41 aba 0 proline 150 6.81 8.18 6.72 5.53 aba 15 7.16 9.03 6.87 5.59 aba 20 7.52 9.86 7.00 5.72 aba 0 proline 200 8.25 11.60 7.36 5.80 aba 15 8.49 12.07 7.45 5.97 aba 20 1.45 1.22 lsd 0.05 proline متوسط 6.12 7.85 6.19 4.33 proline 0 * w proline 6.88 8.39 6.74 5.51 proline 150 8.09 11.17 7.27 5.83 proline 200 1.00 1.75 lsd 0.05 abaمتوسط 6.74 8.54 6.57 5.13 aba 0 aba * w 7.05 9.20 6.75 5.22 aba 15 7.29 9.67 6.88 5.32 aba 20 lsd 0.05 1.40 غ.م 9.14 6.73 5.22 wمتوسط الـ 1.00 lsd 0.05 93 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تحت نسب رطوبیة مختلفة في المحتوى المائي في abscisic acidو proline acidتأثیر الرش بــ : ) 6جدول( ) وزن طري1 -االوراق النباتیة . (ملغم ماء غم prolin *aba w3 w2 w1 aba proline 586 553 582 623 aba 0 proline 0 608.3 559 601 665 aba 15 625.3 570 624 682 aba 20 597.6 561 597 635 aba 0 proline 150 635.6 578 639 690 aba 15 652.6 590 655 713 aba 20 618.3 569 619 667 aba 0 proline 200 644 580 646 706 aba 15 663 597 667 725 aba 20 1.22 1.89 lsd 0.05 proline متوسط 606.5 560.6 602.3 656.6 proline 0 * w proline 628.6 576.3 630.3 679.3 proline 150 641.7 582 644 699.3 proline 200 1.65 2.25 lsd 0.05 abaمتوسط 600.6 561 599.3 641.6 aba 0 aba * w 629.3 572.3 628.6 687 aba 15 646.9 585.6 648.6 706.6 aba 20 1.65 2.77 lsd 0.05 573 625.5 578.4 wمتوسط الـ 1.65 lsd 0.05 94 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 reduction of negative effects for moisture tention of the corn plant by spraying with proline acid and abscisic acid. hussein a. mohammed department of pedology and water resources / college of agriculture / university of diyala received on: 20 january 2013, accepted on : 25 february 2013 abstract this experiment was conducted in field of agricultured department baquba/diyala province in spring season 2011 to study the water stress by using foliar application concentrations of each proline acid and abscisic acid on proline content , aba content , chlorophyll content, protein conten and water content in leaves of maize( cultivar, buhooth 106). the layout of the experiments was split split plot design as rcbd with three replicates. the three concentrations of spraying proline acid levels ( 0 , 150 , 200 mg proline .l-1 ) three abscisic acid levels ( 0 , 15 , 20 mgaba.l-1. ) and three periods of irrigation after(25, 50, 75%) of available water . folair fertilizer were applied at three time during of plant growth. results drawn from these experiments are summarized as follows: the therd level of proline acid sprayed 200 mg proline .l-1 ) decreased the negative effects of moisture tension on proline content , chlorophyll content, protein conten and water content in leaves as compared with the both of control and the second level (150 mg proline.l-1. ) . the therd level of proline acid sprayed ( 20 mgaba.l-1.) decreased the negative effects of moisture tension on proline content, aba content and water content in leaves as compared with the control . also the most of characters were significantly influenced by interaction between moisture levels x proline acid and abscisic acid concentrations. key words :proline acid, abscisic acid, water stress 95 | biology proline proline proline proline proline << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara <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> /bgr <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> /chs <feff4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065876863900275284e8e9ad88d2891cf76845370524d53705237300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002> /cht <feff4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef69069752865bc9ad854c18cea76845370524d5370523786557406300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002> /cze <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> /dan <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> /deu <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> /esp <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> /eti <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> /fra <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> /gre <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> /heb <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> /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun <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> /ita <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> /jpn <feff9ad854c18cea306a30d730ea30d730ec30b951fa529b7528002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020658766f8306e4f5c6210306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103055308c305f0020005000440046002030d530a130a430eb306f3001004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d3067958b304f30533068304c3067304d307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a306b306f30d530a930f330c8306e57cb30818fbc307f304c5fc59808306730593002> /kor <feffc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020ace0d488c9c80020c2dcd5d80020c778c1c4c5d00020ac00c7a50020c801d569d55c002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002e> /lth <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> /lvi <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> /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor <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> /pol <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> /ptb <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> /rum <feff005500740069006c0069007a00610163006900200061006300650073007400650020007300650074010300720069002000700065006e007400720075002000610020006300720065006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002000610064006500630076006100740065002000700065006e0074007200750020007400690070010300720069007200650061002000700072006500700072006500730073002000640065002000630061006c006900740061007400650020007300750070006500720069006f006100720103002e002000200044006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006c00650020005000440046002000630072006500610074006500200070006f00740020006600690020006400650073006300680069007300650020006300750020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020015f00690020007600650072007300690075006e0069006c006500200075006c0074006500720069006f006100720065002e> /rus <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> /sky <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> /slv <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> /suo <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> /sve <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> /tur <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> /ukr <feff04120438043a043e0440043804410442043e043204430439044204350020044604560020043f043004400430043c043504420440043800200434043b044f0020044104420432043e04400435043d043d044f00200434043e043a0443043c0435043d044204560432002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002c0020044f043a04560020043d04300439043a04400430044904350020043f045604340445043e0434044f0442044c00200434043b044f0020043204380441043e043a043e044f043a04560441043d043e0433043e0020043f0435044004350434043404400443043a043e0432043e0433043e0020043404400443043a0443002e00200020042104420432043e04400435043d045600200434043e043a0443043c0435043d0442043800200050004400460020043c043e0436043d04300020043204560434043a0440043804420438002004430020004100630072006f006200610074002004420430002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002004300431043e0020043f04560437043d04560448043e04570020043204350440044104560457002e> /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 estimation o f the parameter o f an exponential distribution when applying maximum likelihood and probability plot methods using simulation a.m. hamad department of mathematical,college of education ibn al -haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 4september2011, accepte d in: 18october2011 abstract exp onential dist ribution is p robably the most imp ortant distribution in reliability work. in this p ap er, estimating the scale p arameter of an exp onential distribution was p rop osed through out emp loying maximu m likelihood estimator and p robability p lot methods for different samp les size. m ean square error was implemented as an indicator of p erformance for assumed several values of the p arameter and comp uter simulation h as been carr ied out to analysis t he obtained results. key words: maximu m likelihood estimators; probability p lot methods; exp onential distribution. introduction exp onential distribution is one of the most imp ortant distributions which can be used in many p laces such as in the statist ics, engineering, p hy sics, chemist ry and others [1]. it is good to use with reliability because value of failure is constant since it has one p arameter[2]. exp onential gives distribution of time between indep endent events occurring at a constant rate-equivalently, and it is a sp ecial case of both weibull and gamma distributions [2]. an imp ortant p rop erty of this distribution is that its memory is less so it is used in any sy stem in the life and to solve p roblems of surviv al theory and analy sis live table and it is called lif e distribution [3]. exp onential distribution has the density function below: tetf  )( t, λ>0 ---------------------------------(1) where  is scale parameter and a continuous random variable x is said to have an exp onential distribution with rate p arameter λ as shown in figure(1). not ed that this distribution is valuable and has t he following advantages see; [4] (1) a single and easily estimated p arameter (2) is mathematically tractable (3) has fairly wide app licability anot her p rop erties of exp onential distribution are list ed in table (1) from table (1) note that tetf  1);( -----------------------------------(2) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 if t~exp (λ) and u represent a uniform random varib le from[0,1] then:     0 1 )(uf )1ln( 1 ut   tey 1 t, λ>o q te dx dy j   1( ) ( )g t f u t j      ( ) tg t e    1 ln(1 )t y     --------------------------------------(3) maximum likelihood estimator in estimating unknown p arameters the most p op ular method is the m aximum-likelihood estimator (m le). one imp ortant reason is that the m le is asy mptotically optimal in that it approximates the minimum variance unbiased (m vu) estimator for lar ge data r ecords [4].m aximum likelihood estimator (m le) represents a very gener al method of p oint estimation which is ap p licable whether the regu larity condition are or are not satisfied [5]. consider est imation of λ when : let nttt ,,, 21  be a random samp le of size n≥2 from exp (λ ) then the loglikehood function l(λ ) is j.p.f of .,,, 21 nttt  hence ),(,),(),(),,,,( 2121  nn tftftftttf   ---------------------------------(4) = 1 2 t t tne e e             k k k = 1 n t in ie      by taking ),,,,()( 21  ntttfl  --------------------------------(5) ln ( ) ln 1 nnl ti i       and ln ( ) 1 nl n ti i          by equating 0 )(ln     l 0 1 nn ti i      0,1 if u ot herwise ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 we get an estimator of λ which is denoted by   1 n n ti i      ---------------------------------(6) probability plotting method (p.p.e) to estimate the p arameter, one can also use the graphical method called p robability p lotting method using the data obtained [6]. the following transformations have b een employed: probability plotting m odel: baf  c.d.f: f (t) from table (1) tetf 1)( tetf  )(1 ttf  )](1ln[ -----------------------------------(7) )(ln)](1ln[ tftf  ttf )(ln -----------------------------------(8) taking the natural logarithim of the sided for equation(8): )ln()](ln[ln ttf  ---------------------------------(9) hence ytf )](ln[ln &   a ln and xt )ln( hence equation[9] will p roduce linear from: iii bxay   ---------------------------------(10) )ln(ln tyi    --------------------------------(11) now, in added error term to equation (10), the iii eyy   ; e~e(t) using estimater,we obtan est imater the exp onential p arameter λ frome equation (11): ))ln(exp ( tyi    ------------------------------(12) now, p arameter estimaterfor the other distribution, p robability p lotting model can b e written as in equation (12) above. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 simulation & empirical work one of the most imp ortant app lication of comp uter science is comp uter simulation [7]. simulation can be used to show the eventual real effects of alternative conditions and courses of action. simulation is also used when the real sy st em cannot be engaged, because it may not be accessible, or it may be dangerous or unaccep table to engage, or it is being designed but not y et built, or it may simply not exist [8].simulation app roaches offer great op p ortunities for working out p robabilities, cofidence intervals and similar concepts [9].this analysis may be done, sometimes, through analytical or numerical methods, but the model may be too comp lex to be dealt with. essentially , simulation p rocess consists of building a comp uter model that describes the behavior of a sy st em and exp erimenting with this comp uter model to reach conclusions that sup p ort decisions [10]. sometimes, it is not feasible or p ossible, to build a p rototy p e, y et we may obtain a mathematical model describing, through equations and constraints, the essential behavior of the sy st em. in such extreme cases, we may use simulation to replicate real world st udies that cannot be done, simulation exercises may encounter st atist ical p itfalls that degrade their p erformance, or fail to take advantage of the op p ortunities st atist ics can p rovide for controlling simulation error and p roducing st atist ically reliable results [10]. in order to mak e the b est estimation of p arameter of it can exp onentail distribution for (m le)and (p.p.e). we make a simulation p rototype provide assumption of many cases whh icbe existed in real word and use the basic st ep p rocess in any simulation exp eriment once we have estimated the corresp onding simulation model. algorithms steps : (i) frist step: sp ecified the assumed valu es by choosing d ifferent sample sizes of exp onential distrbution, such as samp le size (n=20) and samp le size (n=50) and samle size (n=100) then choosing the valu es of assump tion p arameter λ in each several contrast s and choosing for the in itial values of t he parameter (scale) it as shown in table (2): (ii) s econd ste p : generation of data which include: generated the random data which was taken from the uniform distribution in the interval [0,1] using excel,and sp ss,soft ware comp uter p ackage. the generation of errors for all d ata and in method the random errors have been generated using the standard exp onential distribution. (iii) third ste p : this step contains t he following : using the same value of t  &  iy for amethods (m le),(p.p.e)and app ly ing the equation 1 ln(1 )t y      & )ln(ln tyi    as mentioned in (3),(11). finding the time(t) by using the equation t t ei i    where i=1,2,……….,n the value of   of exp onential distribution can be determined according to the estimators of (m le)and(p.p.e) in equation (6),(12). (iv) fourth ste p: smoothing the obtained values ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 in this st ep the iteration of data will b e repeated 500 times t o generate a new d ifferent error, so we obtain100 value of t  for each contrast . then the mean of each case will be calculated to find the est imated t . (v) fifth ste p : in this st ep the followin g comp arison indicator will b e employed to make a comp orison between different values of λ and different methods for (m le) and probability plotting estimation (p.p.e). conclusions & future work as a consequence for p ractical work and taking the mean square error as the indicator of p reference between the different est imator methods, the following r esults are obtained: (1) s ample size (n=20) for the assumed contrast p arameters (λ= 0.5) the m lhe and p.p.e estimators was given the best results. (2) s ample size (n=50) for the assumed contrast p arameters (λ= 0.5) the m lhe and p.p.e estimators was given the best results. (3) s ample size (n=100) for the assumed contrast p arameters (λ=0.5) the m lhe and p.p.e estimators was given the best results. (4) the best results from different samp le sizes (20, 50, 100) is samp le size n=100 for the assumed contrast p arameters (λ=0.5, 1, 2) the m lhe estimator method was given the best results. (5) the best results from different sample sizes (20, 50, 100) is sample size n=50 for the assumed contrast p arameters (λ=0.5, 1, 2) the p.p.e method was given the best results. the results of simulation for differ ent sample sizes (n=20, 50, and100) are list ed in the table (3) re ference 1. green. j. r & m arge rison, d. (1978), statistical treatment of exp erimental data, amst erdam: nort h-holland publ ishing co mpany; new york: elsevier/nort h-holland, in c. x + 382 p p . 2. jap ar abd modhe, (1999), same of valuables reliability estimators for exp onential dist ribution by using shrink estimators", ibn al-haitham education college, baghd ad university , m.sc thesis. 3. felle.w. r, (1971), introduction to probability theory and its app lications, ii, (2nd edition), wiley . section i.3, isbn 0-471-25709-5 . 4. quan din g and steven kay , (2011), m aximum likelihood estimator under a m issp ecified m odel with high si gnal-to-noise ratio, ie transactions on si gn al p rocessing, journal: ieee transactions on sign al processin g. 59, no. 8, 1053587x pages: 4012-4016 5. hogg, (1986), introduction to m athematical statist ics edition, newyork : the m acmillan company, x+415pp . 6. rajini ,v. (2010), prediction of life time of poly meric insulators: a statist ical app roach, iranian journal of electrical and comp uter engineering, 9(1) winter-sp ring 1682-0053. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 7. banks, and j. carson, (2001). "discrete-event sy st em simulation" prentice hall. p.3. isbn 0-13-088702-1. 8. banks .sokolowski, j.a., , c.m . (2009). princip les of m odeling and simu lation. hoboken, nj: wiley. p . 6. isbn 978-0-470-28943-3 . 9. m ichael wood, (2005),”the role of simulation ap p roaches in statist ics”, university of port smouth, u.k., journal of. statist ics education.13, no.3. 10. insua.d.r. and etal,(2005), simulation in indust rial statistics, statistical and app lied m athematical sciences inst itut e, technical report, research trian gle park,nc 277094006,po box 14006, available at www.samsi.info. table (1):s ome propertie s of an expone nti al distribution where (scdf) is standard cumu lative density function. 1  mean 1 2  variance ln 2 0.693    median ln 4 ln 3   first quartile ln 4  thi rd quartile ( ) 1 (1 ) t r t e     survival function          )1(1)(1 )( )( te te tf tf th hazard function 0 1y , ln(1 )y    1 ( )f y  t etf   1);( (s cdf) f(t) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2):assumed contrast paramete r table (3) table (3):esti mation of s cale parameter of expone nti al distributi on for (mlh) an d (p.p.e ) 0.5 1 2 assume d paramet er esti mator indicator s ample λ   m se m lh m se p.p.e 0.5 0.327733 0.162901 . 02128338 1 0.550218 1.08878 . 08668342 20 2 0.616011 10.11944 . 34332615 0.5 0.285936 0.093745 . 02059832 1 0.602633 0.327592 . 08300531 50 2 0.717962 3.364929 . 32840239 0.5 0.344761 0.0245 . 02084406 1 0.537857 0.21746 . 08338210 100 2 0.65473 1.829821 .33505150 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(1): the probaability density function for expone nti al distributi on ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 سي بتطبیق طریقتي دالة االمكان االعظم ودالة الرسم ألتخمین معلمة التوزیع ا باستخدام المحاكاة البیاني االحتمالي األء ماجد حمد ابن الھیثم ،جامعة بغداد -كلیة التربیة ، قسم الریاضیات 2011تشرین االول 18: ، قبل البحث في 2011ایلول 4:استلم البحث في الخالصة والرسم ، في هذا البحث تم تخمین معلمة القیاس للتوزیع االسي من خالل تطبیق طریقتي دالة االمكان االعظم أ "ااستخدم مؤشر. للمعلمة عدیدة وألحجام وعینات مختلفة مع تولیفات افتراضیةالبیاني االحتمالي معدل مربعات الخط .كمؤشر ألفضل اداء باستخدام تقنیة المحاكاة الحاسوبیة و تحلیل القیم والنتائج المستحصلة .وزیع االسي تتقدیر الجوار االعظم ،طریقة الرسم االحتمالي، ال: المفتاحیةالكلمات ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 43 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 effect of annealing temperature and thickness on the structural and optical properties of cdsethin films hanaa i. m. abdullah dept. of physics/college of education for pure scince(ibn al – haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :12 qctober 2014 accepted in :21 december 2014 abstract cdse alloy has been prepared successfully from its high purity elements. thin films of this alloy with different thicknesses (300,700)nm have been grown on glass substrates at room temperature under very low pressure (10-5)torr with rate of deposition (1.7)nm/sec by thermal evaporation technique, after that these thin films have been heat treated under low pressure (10-2)torr at (473,673)k for one hour. x-ray patterns showed that both cdse alloy and thin films are polycrystalline and have the hexagonal structure with preferential orientation in the [100] and [002] direction respectively. the optical measurements indicated that cdse thin films have allowed direct optical energy band gap, and it increases from (1.771.84) ev and from (1.6-1.65)ev with the increase in temperature from (r.t-673)k for thicknesses. (300,700)nm, respectively. the optical constants (refractive index, extinction coefficient and the real, imaginary parts of dielectric constant) were also studied. keywords: cdse alloy, cdse thin films, x-ray patterns, optical measurement 44 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 theoretical the ii-vi semiconducting compounds, especially the cadmium chalcogenides,have been extensively studied due to their potential applications in semiconductor devices and solar cells fabrication[1-3].among cadmium chalcogenides group semiconductors,cdse is an important material which has been mainly utilized for solar cells[4,5].cdse is also considered to be a potential candidate for various applications such as thin film transistors, gamma ray detectors, laser, photoconductors, sensors [6,7], acousto optic devices, photographic photoreceptors[5],and photo electrochemical cells[8]. it has high efficiency of radiative recombination, high absorption coefficient, high photosensitivity, direct band gap corresponding to a wide spectrum of wave lengths from ulttraviolet to infrared regions[9].the properties of materials prepared by different methods are critically dependent on the nature of preparation technique and subsequent heat treatments like annealing in air, vaccum or different gaseous environments etc[10].a variety of techniques have been used to prepare cdse thin films including thermal evaporation[11-13],electron beam evaporation[14],chemical bath method[15] and molecular beam epitaxy[16]. among the various deposition techniques available for the preparation of cdse thin films, the vacuum evaporation technique is very important and promising deposition technique, because it offers many possibilities to modify the deposition parameters and to obtain films with controlled structures and properties [17]. the lattice structure of cdse can be found in the forms of sphalerite(cubic) and wurtzite(hexagonal).the former is a metastable phase constituting the almost exclusive product of an electrochemical formation process, while the latter is the thermodynamically stable structure obtained either by annealing the cubic phase or directly by various, electroless preparation techniques[18]. deposited thin films may contain many defects such as voids, pinholes etc. annealing of thin films reduces the defects and increases the crystallite size along with recrystallization process [14]. this paper analyzes the effect of thickness and annealing temperature on the structural and optical properties of cdse thin films prepared by thermal evaporation method. experimental to prepare cdse alloy, appropriate atomic percentage of high purity (99.999%) cadmium (cd), and selenium (se), were taken by using sensitive electrical balance type precisa xb 220a with sensitivity of 10-4. these elements were put in a quartz ampoule. the quartz ampoule was cleaned carefully with water and alcohol respectively, to remove dust, grease, and other possible contaminants. then the ampoule was linked by specific design to the vacuum unit. when the pressure reached (2*10-2) torr the ampoule was sealed. then the ampoule was heated with a rate of (363)k per hour in steps up to (1173)k using a programmable furnace type carbolite. the ampoule is kept at this temperature for three hours. after that the ampoule was cooled down in furnace, and then broken to bring out the alloy. edward coating unit model (306a) was used as a vacuum unit system, which is used to prepare thermally evaporated cdse films at pressure (10-5 )torr on a freshly cleaned corning glass substrate at room temperature. molybdenum boat with pin holes cover was used for films preparation with distance about (9)cm from substrate. the thickness of prepared films has been determined using the optical interference fringes technique. all the prepared films were treated under vacuum of (10-2)torr at different annealing temperatures (473,673)k for one hour. philips x-ray diffractometer with copper kα radiation of the wavelength (λ=1.541)ǻ were used to determine the crystalline structure of cdse alloy and thin films. 45 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 a spectrophotometer model (uv-visible 2601) double-beam spectrophotometer is used to measure the transmittance and absorbance spectrum in the range (400-1100) nm region for all cdse thin films, using a blank substrate as the reference position. absorption coefficient (α) represents the attenuation that occurs in incident photon energy on the material for unit thickness, and the main reason for this attenuation is attributed to the absorption processes [19]. the following relation below is refereed to the absorption coefficient [19]: =2.303 t a (1) where a is the optical absorbance and t is the film thickness. the refractive index (n) was obtained from the following relation [20]: 212 2 ] )1( 4 [ 1 1 lk r r r r n       (2) where k represents the extinction coefficient which is calculated by the relation [19]:   4 k (3) and r is the reflection which is calculated by the relation: r=1-a-t (4) the real and imaginary part of dielectric constant (r,i) can be calculated by using equations[19]: r = n2-k2 (5) ink results and discussion structural properties x-ray diffraction pattern of cdse alloy is shown in fig. (1). the spectrum is seen to exhibit nine sharp peaks(100),(002),(101),(102),(110),(103),(200),(112)and(201) corresponding to hexagonal phase of cdse as compared with the standard values in astm cards. no diffraction peak corresponding to metallic cd, se, or other compounds were observed. the xray diffraction parameters (interplaner distance, miller indices and brag angle) for cdse alloy are listed in table (1). from the x-ray diffraction patterns of as-deposited cdse thin films with different thickness (300, 700)nm, one can observe that the thin films have the hexagonal structure as shown in fiq. (2a and c), the figure shows that the patterns include two sharp peaks referred to (002) and (103) direction. also this figure confirms that the preferential orientation is in the (002) direction. these results were compared with the astm cards for cdse, and match with [5, 14, 21]. the dominance of (002) hexagonal reflection indicates that the preferential growth of crystallites is along this particular direction which indicates that the preferred orientation of the crystallite grains with c-axis perpendicular to the plane of the substrate that makes (002) peak very strong as compared to the other peak [21]. the annealed cdse thin films with different thickness (300, 700)nm at 673k exhibit the same behavior as in as-deposited thin films as illustrated in table (2), but with improving in the crystalline structure by noticing that the main peak (002) becomes sharper than that in as-deposited films with increase in their intensity as shown in fig. (2b and d). this is attributed to the increase in crystalline grain size. the crystalline grain size (d), of the cdse thin films has been calculated by using scherrer,s formula[10]. 46 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 d=   cos k (7) where k is some constant 0.9 for cdse,  the x-ray wave length used,  the angular line width of half maximum intensity and is the bragg,s diffraction angle. and also given in table (2). it is evident from the table the grain size of cdse thin films increases with the increase in temperature and thickness, and this is also shown by [10,21] about thickness and annealing temperature respectively. this attributed to join the small crystallites each other in main peak due to annealing process, and this property increase with the increase of thickness. this result confirms what mentioned previously about annealing temperature in [14]. optical properties the experimental transmission spectra for the cdse thin films with different thicknesses and annealing temperatures (ta) were made at room temperature in the spectral range (4001100) nm are shown in fig. (3). all spectra show good transparency in the visible and near infrared region. for heat treated samples the transmission is greater than before the heat treatment. this fact may be attributed to increase in the crystallite size observed for heat treated samples [20]. in general, from figure (3) we can observe that transmittance increase with the increase of ta. otherwise, the transmittance decreases but not uniforms with the increase of thickness and shifted to longer wavelengths. this may be attributed to the creation levels at the energy band by the increase of thickness. similar notices are obtained by baban et al. [22] and hambrock et al. [23]. the behavior of the absorption spectra is opposite completely to that of the transmission spectra. the absorption coefficient (α) was determined from the region of high absorption at the fundamental absorption edge of the films using the equation (1). fig. (4) shows the variation of the absorption coefficient versus the wavelength for different ta and thicknesses of the cdse films. from this figure, we can observe that the α for all films were fairly high values reached above (104)cm-1 , also we found that the α in general decreases with the increase of ta for different thicknesses which is attributed to an increase in transmittance of related films. this is in agreement with result of makadsi et al. [24]. from table (3) we found that the value of α decreases from(1.84-1.26)×104cm-1 and from(1.88-1.29)×104cm-1 with the increase of ta for thicknesses (300,700)nm, respectively at λ equal 690nm, also from this table we notice that the variation of α with films thickness is non-systematic, and this may be attributed to the variation in crystal structure of the films, and the optical absorption coefficient increased with the increase of film thickness, because in the case of thicker film, more atoms are present in the film so more states will be available for the photons to be absorbed. the optical band gap of material can be determined by using the following equation [25]. α= β (hʋ-eg)r/hʋ (8) where β is a constant , the exponent r depends on the type of transition have many values (1/2,2,3/2 and 3) corresponding to allowed direct , allowed in direct , forbidden direct and forbidden indirect transition , respectively and hʋ is the incident photon energy, which is calculated from this relation: hʋ(ev)= )( 1240 nm (9) plot of (αhυ)2 versus hʋ for cdse thin films with different annealing temperatures and thicknesses is shown in fig. (5). the plot is linear at the absorption edge which confirms that cdse is a semiconductor with a direct band gap [10]. extrapolation of the line to the hʋ axis gives the optical band gap. 47 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the value of egopt increases from (1.77-1.84)ev and from (1.6-1.65)ev with the increase of ta for thicknesses(300,700)nm, respectively as shown in table (3). the increase in value of band gap may be due to the decrease in defect states near the bands and this turn increased the value of egopt [26]. this result is in agreement with ugwu et al. [27]. also from table (3) we can notice that the egopt decreases with the increase of thickness, this is due to an increase in partical size [5]. the same result is obtained by padiyan et al. [28]. the variation of the refractive index (n) as function of the wavelength for cdse films at different ta and thicknesses is shown in fig. (6), which indicates that n decreases with the increase of ta. this behavior is may be due to decrease in the reflection which the refractive index depend on it. from table (3) we observed that the variation of n with films thickness is nonsystematic, this is may be due to the variation in crystal structure of the films. graph of extinction coefficient (k) as a function of wavelength for different ta and thicknesses of cdse films is plotted in fig. (7). this figure revealed that k in general decreases as film ta increases. the variation of k with film thickness is nonsystematic, as shown table (3). this is attributed to the same reason mentioned previously in the absorption coefficient because the behavior of k is similar to α. the dielectric constant consists of real part (r) and imaginary part (i) depends on the frequency of the electromagnetic wave. the variation of r and i versus wavelength at different ta and thicknesses are shown in fig. (8a and b) respectively. the behavior of r is similar to that of the refractive index because of the smaller value of k2 compared with n2 , while i behavior is similar to that of extinction coefficient because it mainly depends on the k value, which are related to the variation of absorption coefficient. the variation of r and i with films thickness are non-systematic, this means that this material possesses a specialized property with thickness. conclusions cdse alloy was prepared successfully and used for thin films preparation. xrd tests for alloy and thin films showed that both are polycrystalline and have the hexagonal structure with preferential orientation in the [100] and [002] direction respectively. thus, it can be broadly concluded that cdse films having hexagonal structures can be prepared by thermal.evaporation.method. the influence of thickness and annealing temperatures on the values of optical parameters of cdse thin films is investigated. all thin films exhibit allowed direct optical energy band gap and high transmittance in the visible and near infrared region, thus making the films suitable for optoelectronic devices, for instance as window layers in solar cells. references 1.masumdar,e.u.;and deshmukh,l.p.,(2003),photoelectrochemical properties of cdse:sb thin film based solar cells:influence of electrode thichness,turk j.phys, 27, (271-278). 2.pogrebnjak,.a.d.;jamil,n.y.;abdulla,s.n.;and muhammed,a.m.,(2013),the.effect. of.γ-irradiation on the structural and physical properties of cds thin films, proceedings of the international conferrnce nanomaterials: applications and properties, 2, 1,01pcsi21(3). 3.shahane,g.s.;and deshmukh,l.p.,(2001),structural and electrical transport properties of cds0.9se0.1: in thin films, effect of film thickness, materials chemistry and physics, 70, 1, (112-116). 4.perna,g.;capozzi,v.;minafra,a.;pallara m.;and ambrico, m.,(2003),effect of the indium doping on structural and optical properties of cdse thin films deposited by laser ablation technique,eur.phys.j.b, 32, (339-344). 48 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 5.velumani,x.m.;sebastian,p.j.;narayandass,s.k.;and.mangalaraj,d.,(2003),structural and optical properties of hot wall deposited cdse thin films,solar energy mat.& sol. cells, 76, ( 347-358). 6.khomane,a.s.;and.hankare,p.p.,(2010),structural,optical.and.electrical.characterization.of. chemically.deposited.cdse.thin.films,j.of.alloys.and.compounds,489,2,(605-608). 7.yadav, a.a.;ba.rote, m.a.;and masumdar,e.u,(2010),studies on cadmium selenide(cdse) thin films deposited by spray pyrolysis, materials chemistry and physics, 121, 1-2, ( 53-57). 8.farva,u.;and.park,c.,(2010),influence of thermal annealing on the structural and optical properties of cdse nonoparticles,solar energy materials and solar cells, 94, 2, (303-309). 9.deshpande,.m.p.; garg, n.; bhatt,s.v.; sakariya,p.; and chaki, s.h., (2013), spectroscopy and structural study on cdse thin films deposited by chemical bath deposition, adv.mat.lett, 4, 11, ( 869-874). 10.dwivedi,d.k.;vipinkumar,m.d.;and pathak, h.p.,(2011), structural, electrical and optical investigations of cdse nanoparticles,chalcogenide letters, 8, 9, ( 521-527). 11.borah,m.n.;chaliha,s.;sarmah,p.c.;and.rahman.a.,(2007),electrical properties of thermally evaporated doped and undoped films of cdse,india j.of pure and applied physics, 45, (687-691). 12.chauhan,a.r.;mahadkar,a.;gaikund,d.;and.patel,a.p., (2006),structural studies of synthesis of cdse from cd/se bilayer,indian j.of pure&applied physics, 44, ( 777-781). 13.russak,m.a.;.and.reichmanm,j.,(1982),photoelectrochemical performance of znse/cdse thin film electrodes in aqueous polysulfide electrolyte,j.electro chem.soc., 129, 3, (542545). 14.kissinger,n.j.s.; jayachandran,m.;perumal,k.;and raja,c.s., (2007),structural and optical properties of electron beam evaporated cdse thin films,bull mater.sci., 30, 6, (547-551). 15.ghobadi,n.;and.moradian, r.,(2013),strong localization of the charge carriers in cdse nanostructural films,j.international nano letters, 3, 47, (1-5). 16.ohishi, m.; yoneta, m.; saito,h.; sawada,h.;and mori, s.,(1998),molecular beam epitaxy of wurtzite cdse on gaas{111} substrate,j.of crystal growth, 184-185, (57-61). 17.kissinger,n.j.;kumar,j.s.b.;balasubramaniam,t.;and.perumal,k.,(2010),effect of substrate temperature on the structural and optical properties of nanocrystalline cadmium selenide thin films prepared by electron beam evaporation technique,j.of acta physica polonica a, 118, 4, ( 623-628). 18.bouroushian,m.; charoud-got, j.;loizos,z.;spyrellis,n.;and maurin,g., (2001),structure and properties of cdse and cdsexte1-x electrolytic deposits on ni and ti cathodes:influence of the a cidic bath ph, thin solid films, 381, 1, (39-47). 19.sze s.m.,(1981), physics of semiconductor devices,2nded.,john wiley and sons,inc.new york. 20.iiican, s.; zor, m.; caglar, y.; and caglar, m., 2006,optical characterization of cdzn(s1xsex)2 thin films deposited by spraypyrolysis method,optica application,vol.7776,no.1,pp.( 29-37). 21.patel,k.d.; shah r.k.; makhija, d.l.; pathak, v.m.; and srivastava, r., (2008),chemical and structural characterization of cdse thin films,j.of ovonic research, 4, 6, ( 129-139). 22.baban,c.;rusu, g.i.; and prepelita, p.,(2005),on the optical properties of polycrystalline cdse thin films,optoelectronics and advanced materials, 7, 2, (817-821). 23.hambrock, j.; birkner, a.; and fischer, r.a.,(2001),synthesis of cdse nanoparticles using various organometallic cadmium precursors,materials chemistry, 11, ( 3197-3201). 24.makadsi, m.n.; abbas, n.k.;abbas, l.k.;and abdul-ameer, a.f.,( 2011),optical investigations of cdse1-x tex thin films, baghdad science, 8,1, (123-132). 25.pankov, j.i., (1971), optical processes in semiconductors, dover puplication, inc., new york. 49 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 26.al-fawade, e.m.n.; naji, i.s.; and mohammed, h.i.,(2012),study the effect of annealing temperature on the structural, optical and electrical properties of zns thin films,ibn alhaitham j.for pure and applied science, 25, 3, ( 150-161). 27.ugwu, e.i.; igwe, h.u.; onah, d.u.; and nwafor, n.n,(2013), optimization of optical properties of annealed cadmium selenide (cdse) thin films grown by chemical bath deposition technique,advances in physics theories and applications, 18, (9-13). 28.padiyan, d.p.; marikani, a.; and murali, k.r.,(2003),influence of thickness and substrate temperature on electrical and photoelectrical properties of vacuum-deposited cdse thin films,materials chemistry and physics, 78, 1, ( 51-58). table no. (1): structural parameters of cdse alloy table no. (2): structural parameters of as deposited and annealed at 673k cdse thin films at different thicknesses table no. (3): optical parameters of cdse thin films at different thicknesses and annealing temperatures d(stand.) (ǻ) d (exp.) (ǻ) hkl (stand.) 2θ(stand.) (degree) 2θ(exp.) (degree) 3.719 3.720 100 23.901 23.9 3.509 3.503 002 25.354 25.4 3.290 3.299 101 27.080 27 2.554 2.554 102 35.107 35.1 2.150 2.154 110 41.968 41.9 1.980 1.980 103 45.788 45.78 1.8631.86420048.845 48.8 1.834 1.832 112 49.669 49.7 1.799 1.799 201 50.673 50.7 d(nm) d(stand.) ǻ)( d(exp.) (ǻ) hkl (stand.) 2θ(stand.) degree)( 2θ(exp.) degree)( (k)atthickness nm)( 162.9263.508 3.502 002 25.354 24.4 r.t 300 1.979 1.98 103 45.788 45.734 217.21 3.508 3.488 002 25.354 25.5 673 1.979 1.974 103 45.788 45.9 325.87 3.508 3.488 002 25.354 25.5 r.t 700 1.979 1.974 103 45.788 45.9 362.0483.508 3.488 002 25.345 25.5 673 1.979 1.974 103 45.788 45.9 λ=690nm i r k n optge (ev) 4α×10 1-(cm) at (k) thickness (nm) 0.503 6.238 0.1 2.499 1.77 1.84 r.t 300 0.359 5.442 0.076 2.334 1.8 1.4 473 0.314 5.138 0.069 2.267 1.84 1.26 673 0.509 6.296 0.101 2.511 1.6 1.88 r.t 700 0.505 6.276 0.1 2.507 1.63 1.86 473 0.322 5.196 0.07 2.280 1.65 1.29 673 50 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(1): x-ray diffraction pattern of cdse alloy figure no.(2): x-ray diffraction pattern of cdse thin films: a:300nm at r.t ,b:300nm at 673k ,c:700nm at r.t ,d:700nm at 673k. figure no.(3): transmittance spectra for cdse thin films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses t=300nm 0 20 40 60 80 100 400 600 800 1000 (nm ) t % ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=700nm 0 20 40 60 80 100 400 600 800 1000 (nm ) t % ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k 51 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(4): variation of absorption coefficient with wavelength for cdse thin films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses figure no.(5): (αhυ)2 with photon energy for cdse thin films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses figure no.(6): variation of refractive index with wavelength for cdse thin films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses t=300nm 0.00e+00 2.00e+04 4.00e+04 6.00e+04 8.00e+04 400 600 800 1000 (nm )  (c m )1 ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=700nm 0.00e+00 2.00e+04 4.00e+04 6.00e+04 8.00e+04 400 600 800 1000 (nm )  (c m )1 ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k 300nm 0.00e+00 1.00e+09 2.00e+09 3.00e+09 4.00e+09 5.00e+09 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 h (ev) (  h  )2 (c m -1 .e v )2 ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k 700nm 0.00e+00 2.00e+08 4.00e+08 6.00e+08 8.00e+08 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 h (ev) (  h  )2 (c m -1 .e v )2 ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=300nm 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 400 600 800 1000 (nm ) n ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=700nm 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 400 600 800 1000 (nm ) n ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k 52 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no.(7): variation of extinction coefficient with wavelength for cdse thin films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses figure no.(8-a): variation of r with wavelength for cdse thin films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses figure no.(8-b): variation of i with wavelength for cdse thin films at different annealing temperatures and thicknesses. t=300nm 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 400 600 800 1000 (nm ) k ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=700nm 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 400 600 800 1000 (nm ) k ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=300nm 1 3 5 7 400 600 800 1000 (nm )  r ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=700nm 1 3 5 7 400 600 800 1000 (nm )  r ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=300nm 0 0.5 1 400 600 800 1000 (nm )  i ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k t=700nm 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 400 600 800 1000 (nm )  i ta=r.t ta=473k ta=673k 53 | physics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ثأثير درجة حرارة التلدين والسمك في الخصائص التركيبية والبصرية ألغشية cdse الرقيقة إبراھيم محمد عبد هللاھناء جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھيثم (رفة كلية التربية للعلوم الصقسم الفيزياء/ 2014كانون االول 21قبل في : 2014تشرين االول 12 أستلم في : الخالصه ـاوه. ورسـبت األغـشيـة الرقـيقـة cdse حضرت سـبيـكة ـية النق ـيكة بأسماك بنـجاح من عناصرھا عال لھذه السب ) بمعدل torr5-10(على ارضيـات زجاجـيـة بـدرجـة حرارة الغـرفة وتحت ضغط واطئ جدا nm(300,700)مخـتـلفة 10)-2 ( بواسطة تقانة التبخير الحراري ، وبعد ذلك تمت معاملة األغشيه حراريا تحت ضغط واطئ nm/sec(1.7)تبخير torr رارة ات ح د درج ـة k(473,673)عن ن السبـيـك الً م أن ك ـة ب عة السـيني ات االش ـھرت فحوص ـة. أظ دة سـاع لم [,[100]واألغــشـية المحضرة ھي متـعـددة البـلورات, وانـھا تـمتلـك التـركـيـب السـداســي بـتـوجـيـه مـفـضـل باالتـجـاه ـھا ت cdseعلى التـوالـي.وبـينـت القيـاسـات البـصـرية ألغـشـية 002] ـره تـزداد أن ــمتـلك فجـوة طاقـة بصرية مبـــاشــ لـألســمــاك k(r.t673) بــــزيـــادة درجـــــة الحــــرارة مــــــــن ev(1.651.6)ومــــن ev(1.84 -1.77)مـــن (300,700)nm العزل بجزأيه ,وثابت علــــى التــــوالي. كما ُدرست الثوابت البصرية (معامل االنكسار ومعامل الخمود الحقيقي والخيالي). الرقيقة, وفحوصات االشعة السينية, والقياسات البصرية cdse, وأغشية cdseسبيكة الكلمات المفتاحية: 1 الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 ن من ناث القشریات االتأثیر الحاد للكروم في نوعی simocephalus expionosus, mesocyclops hyalinus صباح فرح باصات،نبراس لفته الدوري یة ،قسم علوم الحیاة بغدادجامعة ، ابن الهیثم – كلیة الترب الخالصة بوتاسـیوم أجریـت رومـات ال ر الحـاد لك مـا النـوعفـي ) k2cro4( دراسـة التـأثی نـوعین مـن القـشریات الهائمـة ه simocephalus expionosus ) التابع لصنف متفرعة اللوامسcladocera (، والنوعmesocyclops hyalinus cyclopالتابع لصنف مجذافیة االقدام ( oida (اذ یـدخل الكـروم ،للحصول على دلیل أحیـائي مناسـب )cr ( یویـة فـي مفاصـل ح مـا المختلـف فـي السلـسلة الغذائیـت الیومیـة لالنـسان، اختیـر النوعـان االسـتخدامامباشرة في فـاالول یعـد لموقعه ة المائیـة ة فـي البیئـ primary(مـــن المـــستهلكات االولیـــة consumers .(مـــا النـــوع اm . hyalinus ـــة فیقـــع ضـــمن المـــستهلكات الثانویـ )secondary comsumersجــزء مـــن 1،2،3،4،5،6،14،18،22،26،28،30كیــز ااســتخدمت التر. فــي السلـــسلة الغذائیــة .s.expinosus, m للنـوعین المـستعملین lc50اظهـرت النتـائج ان قـیم . لكل نوعlc50ملیون من كرومات البوتاسیوم لتحدید hyalinus ى 23.604 و ، جـزء مـن ملیـون2.842اعة كانـتا سـ48خـالل مـا یـشیر الـ ان جـزء مـن ملیـون علـى التـوالي وهـو s.expinosus ًرا بالكروم من النوعًاكثر تحسسا وتأث m. hyalinus المقدمة یة لتلویث مصادر المیاه، وله القابلیة على) cr(الكروم اعیا، وله القدرة العال ء و الذًمن المعادن المهمة صن بان في الما بیئة عن طریق عدة مصادر الكرومیدخل. ]1[ة دخوله للخالیا الحی بذلكلیسهل مقاوم للصدأ متعددة ال ، مثل صناعة الفوالذ ال باغة الجلود، والنسیج، وتسهیل عملیات الغزل،ومعامل الطالء الكهربائي طوح المرایا، ود ي لس عدن ء الم لمقاومة عملیات والطال ظام البیئي والمحتوى المائي من ا"الذلك اصبح الكروم ملوث. ]2[ ا یزید صفاء ووضوح تلك السطوحالتاكسد مم ت ل للن الفقریا تخدام بعض الحیوانات . ]3[والفقریات على السواء ئیألذا اصبح من االزم اس والذي ) biological organisms (ةدلة احیا لب على سال"امؤشر یعني استعمال بعض الكائنات الحیة ي یئة ودلیل على التغیرات الحاصلة مة ا ة للمشاكل الحاصلة ف یج نت یة ئیة او فیزیائالنظام البیئي، وهذه التغیرات ممكن ان تكون كیمیا ة او سلوك كل هي تلوث البیئة المائیة . ]4[ی من هذه المشا یر المزمن .بالمعادن اد،chronic toxicity ان التأثیر السمي لهذه المعادن یكون على نوعین التأث أثیر الح acute والت toxicity یاه تستطیع ان تقتل ادن الموجودة في الم اویة والمع ، ان ]5[من السكان % 50والذي یعني ان تركیز المواد الكیمی ثیره اال ضتأثیر السمي الحاد لكل معدن هو قیاس لتأ ت الحیة في الكائنا ار والمؤذي من لض 2 الصرفة 200) 4 (22والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 نوع مصادر المراقبة وتعریف وتقدیر السمیة ي ت ر السمیة الحاد ف ارب تأثی ر المدى ومن الممكن استخدام نتائج تج التعرض القصی یأت كما یجب]6[ ارب بما تج ثرها ها وتكتغذیتسهولة االحتفاظ بها في المختبر وسهولة : ي ان تتمیز حیوانات ال ]7[ا المواد وطرائق العمل اب الــصناعیةتجمعـ دینــة االلعـ ة فــي بغـداد عینــات البحــث مـن بحیــرة م mesocyclopsجــرى تــصنیف النـوعین . الكائنــ hyalinus )مـن صـنف مجذافیـة االقـدام cop ep oda (و simocephalus expinosus ) س مـن صـنف متفرعـة اللـوام cladocera(، نــوعین، وزودت المــزرعتین عــز. ]8.9[حــسب ل افــراد النــوعین لغــرض الحــصول علــى مزرعــة نقیــة لكــل مــن ال رارة)artemia ویرقـات ،euglenaوالطحالـب ،parameciumسیوم میــبرا(بالغـذاء الـالزم للحــصول . م1 ±25 وعنــد درجـة حـ روم المطلـوب أخـذ بوتاسـیوم 3.734علـى تركیـز الكـ 100 فـي وأذابتـهk2cro4 غـم مـن ملــح كرومـات ال ن المـاء المقطــر مـل مـ0 1،2،3،4،5،6،14،18،22،24،26،28،3كیـــز ا الترترومــن هــذا الخـــزین حــض pملیـــون ال جــزء مــن 0 p m . الیجــاد التركیـــز lethal concentالممیت لنصف العدد ration of 5o% افـراد لكـل مكـرر فـي 4 انثى بالغة من النوعین وبواقـع40 تم استخدام طة حساب النسبة المئویة للهالكات وأخـذ مـا یقابلهـا مـن الوحـدات ا بوسlc50تم حساب . مل50 سعة) beaker(وعاء زجاجي روم فقـد حولـت الـى قـیم لوغارتمیـة وبتااالحتمالیة اما تر ة خـط االنحـدار وجـدكیـز الكـ بیـق معادلـ د ط التركیـز الممیـت لنـصف العـد ]10[. النتائج والمناقشة ة راس هرت الد ر الكروم اظ ي كان اشد من تاثیره s.expinosusاث انفي ان تأثی اذ یظهر الشكل m. hyalinus اث انف ان ان التركیز الممیت لنصف ) 1( ما ارتs.expinosusاث ملیون النال جزء من 2.842العدد ك جزء من 23.604فع الى بین ي انال یون ف الناث ). 2(شكل m. hyalinusاث مل ئد تحسس الزا m. hyalلمقارنة مع اناث با، s.expinosusان ال inus قد ینها primary( مستهلكات اولیة ،اذ انها تعد food chianموقعها في السلسلة الغذائیة : تكون اسبابه عدیدة من ب consumers (ب وحیدة الخلیة والبكتریا والحتاتفهي تتغذى على الطحال ditritus وذات تغذیة مرشحة filter feeder ، cyاما مجموعة clop oida فهي مستهلكات ثانویة secondary consumers تتغذى على غیرها من الحیوانات والیرقات من اللواحم ،الصغیرة الحجم نوع ، اوcarivorus [11] لذا تعد ب تحسس اناث ال احة الى اتساع s.expinosus یرجع سب المس نوعالسطحیة للجسم اكثر من ا ً دورا في زیادة التحسس للنوع carapace الدرع یؤدي ومن الممكن ان،]m.hyalinus 9 [ل s.expinosus نوع وذلك النه مفتوح ت، على العكس من ال ته من الملوثا ة بما یقلل من حمای هة البطنی .hyalinu m من ج زاد نالحظ ان النسبة المئویة للهالكات لكل من1،2، ومن قراءة الجدولین [9] یحاط الجسم بهیكل كایتیني صلب اذ النوعین ت ي اناث ز وبشكل ملحوظ ف ى s.expinosusمع زیادة التركی ة تؤدي ال ي بالنتیج یز یؤدي الى زیادة السمیة الت الن زیادة الترك acetyl choline starase [3] یط عمل االنزیمات ومنها انزیمتدمیر الخالیا الحیة من خالل تثب 3 الصرفة والتطبیق 200) 4 (22یة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 المصادر 1.siegel, d.m .(1990), carceno genicity of chromium via in gest ion mem o standards/ criteria warkgroup members. 2.agency for toxic substancec and disease regist ry (atsdr) (1993). toxicolo gical p rofile for chromium u.s.dep artment of health and human service. 3.diamanation,t .c.; guilhermino, l. ; alm eida, e. and soav es , a.m .(2000). ecotoxicolo gy and environmental saf ety . 45 (3):253-259. 4.carl von ossietzky (2000).biomonitoring of p olluted water 9:1 61-194. 5.carollin co x (1991). j oarn al of pest icide reform.11 (1): 209214. 6.t alapatra, s.n. and ban erjee, s.k. (2005) a sian journal of water environ ment and pollution 2 (1): 33-37. 7.m ida zita vosy liene (2007) . acta z oologica lituant ion, 17 (1) : 1392-1456 8.harding, t.p. and smith, w.a. (1974) . a key to the british fresh water cy clop oid and calanoid cop ep od. 2nd. ed. fresh water bio logical association, scientific pubication no.18, 54pp . 9.edmonds on, w.t. (1959). fresh water biology. 2nd. ed. john w iley and s ons, inc, new york : 1248 pp . 10.goldstein, a; aronow, l. and kolman, s.m . (1974). principle of drug action. 2nd. ed tohn wiley and sons, torent o, canada. 11.van, den bos ch, f. and sant er, b. (1993). 67 (1) :19-28. لمستعملة لتعیین التركیز ): 1(جدول ف العددتراكیز الكروم ا لقشریات نوع الممیت لنص ي أناث ا .s ف expi nosus النسبة المئویة لهالكات الوحدات االحتمالیة للكروم تركیز الكروم s.expi nosus 1 0 0% 2 0.301 22% 3 0.477 55% 4 0.602 72% 5 0.698 94% 6 0.778 100% 4 الصرفة والتطبیقیة 200) 4 (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 ف العدد): 2(جدول لمستعملة لتعیین التركیز الممیت لنص ي أناث القشریات نوع تراكیز الكروم ا ف m. hyalin us النسبة المئویة لهالكات الوحدات االحتمالیة تركیز الكروم m.hyalinus 14 0 0 18 3.77 11.111% 22 4.05 16.666% 24 5.13 55.55% 26 5.41 66.66% 28 6.23 88.88% 30 7.33 100% 5 الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 acute effective of chromiume on the simocephalu s expinosus and meso cyclops hyalinus n. l. al doori s. f. bassat departm ent of biology, college of educationibn al-hai tham university of baghdad 6 ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 acute effective of chromiume on the simocephalus expinosus and mesocyclops hyalinus n.l.al-doori, s.f.bassat de paratment of biology, college of education , ibn alhaitham , university of baghdad abstrac t the effect of acute toxicity of chromium as (k2cro4) on simocephalus expinosus (cladoc era) and mesocyclops hyalinus (cy clop oida) was st udied in the p resent study .bot h sp ecies can be used as asut ible biolo gical indecaters. in addition bot h of them ar e p art of crustacean zoop lankt on.their p osition in the fresh water food chain, as the cladocerans constit utes the p rimary consumers while cy clop oids are part of secondary consumers. to determine lc50 of chromiu m for the two species the following con centrations of chromium were used 1,2, 3,4, 5,6, 14,18, 22,26,28, and 30 p p m. t he results show ed that lc 50 of chromium after 48 hrs. were 2.842 pp m and 23.604 ppm for s. expinosus and m. hyalinus resp ectively , which means that the sensivity to chromium is much higher in s.expinosus than in m. hyalinus. 7 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الفيزياء |339 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 تة دراسة خصائص المتانة الكهروميكانيكية لمتراكبات االيبوكسي المشت بمسحوق السيليكا شهاب احمد زيدان زهير محمد أماني الجامعة التكنولوجية / قسم العلوم التطبيقية 6106/تشرين الثاني/7قبل في :,6106 /تشرين االول/6استلم في : الخالصة بحجم و ( الى بوليمر االيبوكسي%3.75,7.5,11.25,15wt( بنسب وزنية مختلفة)2sioاضيف مسحوق السيليكا ) . بعد التشكيل بطريقة القولبة اليدوية قطعت العينات ودرست المتانة الكهروميكانيكية. وجد ان متانة العزل µm 63حبيبي تتغير الخطياً مع سمك العينات. كذلك تتناقص مع تناقص المعدل الزمني لصعود الفولتية بسبب التأثيرات الكهربائي الكهروحرارية. ايضاً انخفضت متانة العزل الكهربائي مع زيادة نسبة اضافة السيليكا. اما الصالدة ومقاومة الشد ومعامل تحول خصائص المادة من المطلية الى الهشة. يونك فقد ازدادت جميعاً مع زيادة نسبة االضافة بسبب ظهرت تشققات مجهرية وتشوهات غير منتظمة في حدود منطقة االنهيار الكهربائي عند االضافات العالية من السيليكا بينما ي ظهرت حالة من االنصهار واالنثقاب وانتظام نقطة االنهيار الكهربائي للعينات ذات نسب االضافة الواطئة وااليبوكس بدون اضافة. .أيبوكسي ، سيليكا ، متانة العزل الكهربائي ، معامل يونك ، الصالدةمواد متراكبة ، :الكلمات المفتاحية الفيزياء |340 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المقدمة متراكبات االيبوكسي واحدة من اهم المواد العازلة كهربائياً، وتتميز بخصائص عزلية كهربائية وميكانيكية دتع فضالً عنتلك المدعمة بمساحيق السيليكا. السيمالمتراكبات البوليمرية االخرى واستقرارية كيمياوية عالية بالمقارنة مع ا ألضافة الى سهولة أنواع المواد المتراكبة أستخداماً وذلك لخواصها الجيدة باان المتراكبات ذات األساس البوليمري من أكثر هذه المواد حديثة األستعمال في أغلب التطبيقات التكنولوجية والهندسية، ان أهم متطلبات أستعمال هذه دتصنيعها، وتع رجية، ومقاومتها للظروف المحيطة مثل الضغط المواد هي األداء العالي ، المتانة الجيدة، مقاومتها لألجهادات الداخلية والخا . [1]ودرجة الحرارة وغيرها. ولعل من ابرز الخصائص التي تتميز بها البوليمرات المشتتة بالمساحيق السيراميكية هي ارتفاع متانة العزل الكهربائي حددة فأن التيار الكهربائي عند تسليط مجال كهربائي قوي على مادة عازلة أعلى من القيمة الحرجة الم والتي تحصل [2]نسبياً ، وهذا يؤدي الى فقدان المادة لخواصها العزلية وتحولها الى موصل . االساري في العازل سيكون عالي هي قابلية المادة العازلة على مقاومة الفولتية العظمى المسلطة عليها لفترة طويلة (dielectric strength)متانة العازل [3]أو فشل . بدون أنهيار وأن :[4]وي مثل الَمجال الذي تفشل أوتنهار عنده المادة العازل. br(e(يمكن قياس متانة العازل من خالل المجال الكهربائي 𝑬𝒃𝒓 = 𝑽𝒃𝒓 𝒉 … (𝟏) : سمك المادة العازلة.h: أقصى فولتية مطبقة على العازل.brvأن:إذ kv/mm .[5]أو kv/cmوحدات قياس متانة العازل أو األنهيار الكهربائي هي تية:خالل حدوث أحد الحاالت األ يكون األستدالل على حدوث أنهيار في المادة العازلة من [6]حدوث صهر أو حرق في المادة العازلة . -7حدوث ثقب في المادة العازلة. -1 أن إذستقطاب والتوصيل الكهربائي، مادة عازلة تحصل عدة ظواهر في العازل مثل األعندما ت سلط فولتية متناوبة على زيادة الفولتية تؤدي الى زيادة في تيارات التسرب، وعندما تكون الفولتية في أعظم قيمة لها والتي ت َمثل في أنهيار المادة بشكل متزايد، وبعدها تبدأ الفولتية باألنخفاض بسبب العازلة، وفي هذه اللحظة يتم تسريب تيار التوصيل في المادة العازلة [7]أنخفاض مقاومة المادة العازلة وت مـَثل هذه الحالة غالباً بكل دائرة تمر بين أقطاب المصدر. بما ان التطبيقات العملية للعوازل البوليمرية المشتتة بالمساحيق السيراميكية تعتمد الى حد كبير على نسبة المساحيق جة تلك االضافات ولذلك من المناسب يافة وشكلها وحجمها وبالتالي فان تغيراً سيحصل في الخصائص الميكانيكية نتالمض [8]جداً تحديد تلك الخصائص لضمان جودة اداء تلك المتراكبات. دراسة الخصائص الميكانيكية للمواد المتراكبة من األمور المهمة ألنها تحدد سلوك هذه المواد عندما تكون تحت دت عو الخصائص الميكانيكية فيختلفة ، ألن هذه العوامل تؤثر تأثير اإلجهاد الم سلط عليها وكذلك تأثير الظروف الخارجية الم سبب تعدد المتغيرات دراسة الخصائص الميكانيكية من األمور المعقدة ب دلذلك تع ليمري ،للَمواد الم تراكبة ذات األساس البو كل خاصية ، وبعد معرفة هذه الخصائص يمكن أختيار المادة المناسبة لألغراض التطبيقية بحسب طبيعة فيالتي تؤثر [9]المادة. الميكانيكية الى حد كبير مثل : المرونة المواد المتراكبة في التطبيقات الهندسية على خصائصها عماالتتعتمد أست (elasticity) متانة الَشد ،(tensile strength) قابلية المادة لألستطالة ،(elongation) ومقاومتها للظروف البيئية ، والحرارة وغيرها من الخصائص التطبيقية اآلخرى. وان جميع هذه الخصائص تعتمد بشكل كبير على الوزن الجزيئي (molecular weight) التركيب الجزيئي ،(molecular structure) والقوى الجزيئية ،(molecular forces) ،يوجد نوعان من القوى هما قوى األواصر الكيميائية القوية الموجودة بين ذرات السلسلة ، وقوى إذللراتنج األواصر الثانوية الموجودة بين الَسالسل، وان هذه الخصائص تَعتمد بشكل كبير على مواد التقوية ، وعلى المواد المضافة لِدنات(fillers)مثل المالئات .(plasticizers)والم ( التي تنشأ نتيجة التجاذب الكهروستاتيكي للشحنات على سطح fات الكهروميكانيكية: اذا افترضنا ان قوى التجاذب )التأثير ،وهذه القوة الكهربائية في حالة (y)لعينة معامل يونك لهاd)0(وأن السمك األبتدائي( vالمادة عند تسليط فولتية مقدارها ) ( تتحملها المادة العازلة aeالمرونة ولذلك ترتبط اقصى شدة مجال كهربائي ) عادةاضغطاً يتوازن مع قوة األتزانتسبب :تيةعامل يونك كما في العالقة اآلبم 𝑬𝒂 = 𝑽 𝒅𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟔 [ 𝒀 𝜺𝟎𝜺𝒓 ] 𝟏 𝟐 … (𝟐) 8.85)سماحية الفراغ o إذ × 10 −12f/m) ،r [10]. ثابت العزل الكهربائي للمادة العازلة الفيزياء |341 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 electrothermal breakdownاالنهيارالكهرو حراري يرتبط األنهيارالكهروحراري بعملية الفقدان على شكل حرارة التي تحصل في المادة العازلة بشكل مباشر ، وذلك نتيجة : تياألنهيارالكهروحراري يحدث كاآللوجود العازل بتأثير المجال الكهربائي ، وأن حرارة منها نتيجة للفقد و بزيادة درجة الحرارة يزداد الفقد ، وأن وجود خروجى لمادة العازلة اليؤدي تسليط فولتية على ا الشحنات الحرة في العيوب البلورية ) مثل االطوار البينية والفراغات( يغذي تيار التوصيل ويؤدي الى تشتت الحرارة من دار الحرارة التي تنتج موضعياً أكثر من الحرارة المشتتة خالل تأثير جول واألسترخاء في المجال المتناوب . ويكون مق وذلك بسبب التوصيلية الحرارية القليلة للمواد العازلة . وأن تراكم الحرارة الموضعي يمكن أن يؤدي الى أما أنتقال جتمعة ، الشحنات من حزمة لحزمة أو أنصهار موضعي أو تولد حراري للشحنات الحرة بواسطة األنتقال من مستويات م نخفاض صالبة المادة اة أو منفصلة تؤدي الى كذلك ممكن أن يحدث تحلل كيميائي موضعي للمادة، وأن كل الظواهر مجتمع لقرب من حافات شقوق واسعة غير منتظمة على المادة المنهارة. وقد يَحدث ثقب با ظهورتؤدي الى أنهيارها و من ثمو أن المجال الكهربائي يكون أكثر تراص وكثافة في تلك المنطقة، وتبرز هذه الحالة في األنهيار الكهربائي إذالمادة العازلة [7,11].(edge effect)بشكل أكبر وتسمى بتـأثير الحافة المواد المستعملة (ep)األيبوكسي راتنج من ( ويتكونthermosetting polymerويصنف ضمن البوليمرات المتصلبة بالحرارة ) شفاف،األيبوكسي سائل ، ويمثل المادة األساس االستعمال( ت خلط بنسب م حددة عند hardener، والمادة المصلبة ) (resin)مادتين المادة األساس (matrix) 42راتنجاأليبوكسي نوع عملأست-®sikadur .ت ركي المنشأ sio)2(السيليكا ، بحجم حبيبي (ep)للمادة األساس (reinforcement)كمادة مالئة عمل،أست ن مسحوق ناعم أبيض اللونعبارة ع ≤63µm (3.75,7.5,11.25,15)، بعد التجفيف تم إضافته بنسب وزنية م ختلفة% wt. تحضير العينات تم تحضير القوالب يدوياً إذسيراميك( ، -لمتراكبات )بوليمرلتحضير ا (hand lay-up)تم أتباع طريقة القولبة اليدوية من مادة الفابلون )ورق مقوى شفاف( بأحجام متساوية ، بعدها تم تحضير عينات األختبار من خالل تحضير عينات مع األستمرار بالتحريك (hardener)مع الم صلد (resin)لراتنجااليبوكسي بدون إضافة من خالل خلط المادة األساس المادة دفة المادة السيراميكية التي تعها تم تحضير عينات المادة المتراكبة من خالل إضابعد (min 10)المتواصل لمدة لمرة ثانية ، بَعد ذلك تم توزيع ك ل خلطة على (min 10)المقوية بأربع نسب مختلفة لأليبوكسي مع أستمرار التحريك لـ من الزمن مدةسبة إضافة ، وت ركت العينات للكل ن أربع قوالب وبكميات مختلفة وذلك من أجل الحصول على أسماك مختلفة ألكتساب القوة ثم تم تقطيع العينات لألشكال المطلوبة ألجراء األختبارات. testingاألختبارات breakdown testَمتانة الَعزل الَكهربائي -0 :تيةعزل الكهربائي من األجزاء اآلتتألف منظومة قياس متانة ال ، والجهاز ألماني المنشأ من (hz 50)، وبالتردد (kv 60-0)ويَعمل بالمدى (high voltage)أ.مجهز الف ولتية . (baur – pgo – s3)نوع وذلك لمنع حصول أنتقال الشرارة (kv/mm 40)ب.سائل يَمتلك متانة َعزل َكهربائي عالية ، أستعمل َزيت المحوالت ل دوري لَِضمان َعدم تأينه وذلك لضمان الحصول على قياسات َدقيقة ، ويجب تَبديل الَزيت بشك (flashover)العرضي من خالل أنتقال الشرارة داخل العينات . يتم وضع نموذج إذ، (2mm)ج. أقطاب كروية الَشكل َمصنوعة من مادة البراص َجيدة التَوصيل الكهربائي قطرها األختبار بين أالقطاب )أالقطاب وعينة األختبار مغمورة كلياً بالزيت( . وبعد قياس اقصى فولتية انهيار وباستعمال المعادلة يتم الحصول على متانة العزل الكهربائي. (1) ـقاس َمتانة العزل الكهربائي بواسطة جهاز نموذج األختبار بين أقطاب يتم وضع إذقياس متانة العزل الكهربائي، تـــ يَجب أن يكون َسطح النموذج في تماس إذ ختبار مغمورة كلياً بالزيت( ، البراص الكروية )تكون أقطاب البراص وعينة األ صعود الفولتية المطلوب ، مباشر مع أقطاب البراص أثناء إجراء األختبار ، بعد ذلك يتم تشغيل الجهاز ويتم تحديد زمن ختبار تبدأ الفولتية بالصعود تدريجيا حتى يحدث األنهيار الكهربائي عند قيمة معينة للفولتية تظر لنا من خالل اال ءعند بد لوحة رقمية موجودة بالجانب األيسر من الجزء السفلي للجهاز ، وعند تعويض هذه القيمة وتعويض سمك العينة التي حدث لحصول على متانة العزل الكهربائي.يتم ا (1)فيها األنهيار الكهربائي في المعادلة الفيزياء |342 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 صالدة شور -6 زاد كلما كانت الصالدة قليلة إذوليمرات المطاطية في الَشد ، يعطي مقياس صالدة شور داللة واضحة على خواص الب مقدار استطالة العينة قبل الكسر. ِجهاز َرقمي من نَوع ساطة على العينات الَمحضرة بو ( shore-d durometer)تم أجراء أختبار الصالدة من نوع (th210) .صيني المنشأ tensile testإختبار الَشد -3 أنفعال( شيوعاً ، وعندما يتم شد مادة وَسحبها فأن أجهاد الشد سيطبق على –ي عتبر إختبار الَشد من أكثر قياسات )األجهاد :تيةاآل كن التعبير عنه بالمعادلةوحدة المساحة ويم 𝛔 = 𝐅 𝐀𝟎 … (𝟑) (: المساحة 0a، (n)قوة الَشد n/m ،f)2(أجهاد الشد أن: إذ 2(m :تيةيمكن أيجاده من المعادلة اآل إذا سبب الَشد إستطالة فأن أنفعال الَشد 𝝐 = 𝒍𝟏−𝒍𝟎 𝒍𝟎 … (𝟒) (mm): طول العينة بعد اإلستطالة 𝑙1، (mm): الطول العينة قبل اإلستطالة 𝑙0: أنفعال الَشد ، ∋أن: إذ يمكن أيجادها من المعادلة وعندما يصل إختبار الَشد الى أقصاه أي زيادة القوة الى أن تفشل العينة فأن متانة الَشد القصوى :تيةاآل 𝝈𝒎 = 𝑭𝒎 𝑨 … (𝟓) (: متانة الَشد القصوى 𝜎𝑚أن: إذ 2(n/m ،mf فشل النموذج: القوة عند(n) ،a مساحة المقطع العرضي عند الفشل : )2(m .[12] . تـم [13]عند َشد المادة فأن أبعادها العمودية على أتجاه تسليط القوة ستقل وبالتالي فأن مساحة المقطع العرضي ستقل أيضاً صيني المنشأ. (jianqiao)جهاز أختبار الشد من نوع ساطةة بور الَشد للَعينات الم حضرإجراء أختبا three point bending test النقطأختباراألنحناء ثالثي من أختباراألنحناء يمكن حساب معامل يونك كما في المعادلة التالية: 𝒀 = 𝑴𝒈𝑳𝟑 𝟒𝟖𝑰𝑺 … (𝟔) : المسافة بين l، (m/s): التعجيل األرضي g، (kg): الكتلة الم سلطة على النموذج n/mm ،m)2(: معامل يونك eأن : إذ .وأن عزم (mm): األنحناء الناجم عن الحمل المسلط n/mm ،s)4(: عزم االنحناء الهندسي i، (mm)نقطتي األرتكاز :تيةيحسب من المعادلة اآل (i)األنحناء الهندسي 𝑰 = 𝒃𝒅𝟑 𝟏𝟐 … (𝟕) (mm): سمك النموذج d، (mm): عرض النموذج bأن : إذ النتائج والمناقشة متانة العزل الكهربائي فيلم عدل الزمني لصعود الفولتية تأثير ا .أ , 0.5)متانة الَعزل الكهربائي للعينات الم حضرة وبمعدالت صعود فولتية م ختلفة فيسة تأثير م عدل صعود الفولتية تـم درا 1 , 2 , 3 , 5 kv/sec) توضح تغير متانة العزل الكهربائي مع الم عدل الَزمني (4-1)بدرجة حرارة الغ رفة. األشكال لِزيادة الفولتية للمادة المتراكبة )أيبوكسي _ ثنائي أوكسيد السيليكون( ، عموماً هذه االشكال توضح زيادة متانة العزل ولتية ، وَذلك ألن م عدل الصعود الواطئ يؤدي الى زيادة في تيارات التَسرب الكهربائي مع زيادة المعدل الزمني لزيادة الف وبذلك تزداد الحرارة الناشئة عنها ، وبما أن مقاومة المادة العازلة تقل عند زيادة الحرارة الموضعية أذن متانة العزل األنخفاض في متانة العزل الكهربائي مع الكهربائي ستنخفض مع أنخفاض الم عدل الَزمني لصعود الفولتية. كذلك من أسباب أنخفاض المعدل الَزمني لزيادة الفولتية حدوث تأثيرات تَراك مية لألصطدام "الكيميائي والكهروكيميائي" والتآك ل الذي يؤدي القيم عن الى تحطيم المواد وأسراعاألنهيار بواسطة التسخين "األنهيارالكهروحراري" وأن هذه القيم الم نخفضة ت َعبر الفيزياء |343 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 العوازل في التطبيقات العملية ، وأن القيم التي تم الحصول عليها من معدل الزيادة العالية ت مثل لحظة عمالالتَشغيلية عند أست َغلق أو فَتح الَدوائر الكهربائية . أن إذبة موجودة داخل المادة المتراكمن الممكن حصول شذوذ في هذا السلوك في بعض الحاالت وذلك بسبب العيوب ال نقاط ض عف في دة األنهيار وتمر في نقاط العيوب التي تعالشرارة الكهربائية مم كن أن تخترق العازل الكهربائي لحظ المادة. تأثير الُسمك 0.5)متانة العزل الكهربائي ألربع أسماك مختلفة ألقل معدل صعود فولتية فيتـم دراسة تأثير تغير السمك kv/sec) وأعلى معدل صعود فولتية(5 kv/sec) .ت بين مدى تأثير سمك المادة على (9-5)األشكال بدرجة َحرارة الغ رفة األيبوكسي بدون إضافة والعينات ذات األساس البوليمري المدعمة بنسب مختلفة من ثنائي عيناتمتانة الَعزل الَكهربائي ل ة بين متانة العزل الكهربائي و زيادة سمك المادة عالقة غير خطية. وسبب ، وهذه االشكال تبين أن العالق أكسيد السيليكون ذلك أن المادة العازلة تعمل على تناقص المجال الكهربائي بطريقة األستقطاب و أن هذا التأثير أي التناقص في المجال كسيد السيليكون تؤدي الى الزيادة في الكهربائي الخارجي يزداد مع زيادة س مك المادة ، وان الشوائب الموجودة في ثنائي أو تيارات التسرب وبالتالي تؤدي إلى أنخفاض متانة العزل الكهربائي و صعوبة في أسترجاع الَحرارة وطرحها من وسط العازل الى المحيط ، باإلضافة إلى ان جميع هذه العوامل تؤدي إلى انخفاض في متانة العزل الكهربائي . في هذا السلوك في بعض الحاالت أي أن "متانة العزل الكهربائي تزداد بأزدياد الس مك من الممكن أن يحصل شذوذ في بعض القيم" وذلك ألن الشرارة الكهربائية تتخذ مساراً أطول داخل المادة العازلة لوجود أطوار مختلفة في المادة جعلها تأخذ مساراً م تعرج عوضاً عن المسار المتراكبة وان هذه االطوار تعمل كعائق يعيق مرور الشرارة الكهربائية وي المباشر بين القطبين. تأثير اضافة السيليكا ( يوضح تغير متانة العزل الكهربائي مع تغير نسب إضافة المادة السيراميكية وعند مقارنة قيم متانة العزل 11الشكل ) أعلى قيمة لمتانة العزل الكهربائي تكون في المادة النقية وتبدأ الكهربائي لمادة االيبوكسي النقي وللمادة المتراكبة نالحظ أن سبب ذلك الى إنخفاض متانة العزل الكهربائي ودضافة للمادة السيراميكية . ويعمتانة العزل باألنخفاض مع زيادة نسبة األ ف في األطوار البينية اطق ضعنشوء من فضال عنالكهربائي لإليبوكسي لثاني أوكسيد السيليكون بالمقارنة مع متانة العزل زيادة نسبة السيليكا يزيد من نسبة األطوار البينية . كذلك بسبب وجود من ثمذات متانة إنهيار واطئة و مناطق دوالتي تع من أكبر األسباب التي تقلل من متانة العزل دلَصعب إزالتها عملياً والتي تعالفقاعات الهوائية المايكروية والتي من ا ائي.الكهرب الَصالدة )السيليكا( الى األيبوكسي وتزداد الصالدة بأزدياد نسبة 2sioنالحظ أزدياد الصالدة عند إضافة ثنائي أوكسيد السيليكون على أساس اإلعاقة التي تبديها المادة هتفاعوأنخفاض الصالدة ممكن تفسير. ان أر(11)السيليكا الم ضافة كما في الشكل إرتفاع صالدة المادة المضافة بالمقارنة فضال عنبزيادة معامل يونك . للغرز فهي تزداد كلما كانت المادة أكثر هشاشة أي مع مادة المادة األساس . و زيادة الَصالدة تعني زيادة مقاومة المادة للغرز والبلى الميكانيكي . أختباراألنحناء إضافة مختلفة ، التغير في منحني )الحمل _ أستطالة( لكل من المادة النقية والمادة المتراكبة بنسب يوضح (12)شكلال ومن مخطط أن المطيلية تقل )أي ان هشاشية المادة تزداد( بأزدياد نسبة إضافة المادة السيراميكية. شكلونالحظ من ال (. نالحظ ارتفاع قيم معامل يونك مع زيادة نسبة 1معامل يونك وادرجت النتائج في الجدول ) استطالة تم حساب -الحمل اضافة السيليكا بسبب تحول المادة من الحالة المطيلية الى الهشة بزيادة المسحوق السيراميكي. الفيزياء |344 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 العالقة بين الخصائص الميكانيكية ومتانة العزل الكهربائي ان متانة العزل الكهربائي تتناسب معمعامل يونك وان زيادة األنفعال الميكانيكي يؤدي الى (2)يتبين من المعادلة (نالحظ ان العالقة عكسية بين متانة العزل الكهربائي ومعامل يونك بسبب التغير 11نقصان معامل يونك، ولكن من الشكل ) اصلة في السيليكا والتي ال تجعل التناسب واضحاً بين متانة العزل الكهربائي الحاصل في تركيب المادة نتيجة االضافات الح ومعامل يونك باالضافة الى التغيرات الحاصلة في ثابت العزل الكهربائي نتيجة اضافة السيليكا والذي يعتبر احد العوامل (.7المؤثرة في في المعادلة ) متانة العزل الكهربائي بزيادة نسبة اإلضافة أي ان العالقة عكسية بين متانة تزداد متانة الَشد بزيادة نسبة السيليكا وتنخفض .(14)الَشد ومتانة العزل الكهربائي وكما موضح في الَشكل microscopic testsالفحوصات المجهرية :optical microscopeالمجهر الَضوئي وذلك لتوضيح آثار الحرق (400 , 100 , 40)المجهر الضوئي بقوة تكبير ساطةأخذ عدة صور لسطوح العينات بوتَم واألنصهار الحاصل في العينات بسبب حدوث األنهيار الكهربائي والتي تكون عادة على شكل مناطق سوداء . ألنهيار الشقوق المتداخلة مع النقطة التي حصل فيها أنهيار كهربائي بعد عدة دورات من ا (18-15)توضح األشكال الكهربائي ، وان سبب الشقوق المتوقع عند األنهيار الكهربائي هو هشاشية المادة ، وكلما زادت نسبة اإلضافة يزداد توقع حدوث الشقوق بسبب أزديادهشاشية المادة ، وبالتالي تناقص الخصائص الميكانيكية للعينات التي تظهر فيها شقوق مجهرية ن األنهيار الكهربائي على مقدار شدة المجال الكهربائي المؤثر . ومن المتوقع تكسر السالسل ويعتمد طول الشقوق الناشئة ع البوليمرية لمادة األيبوكسي وتحرر غاز الهيدروجين وبقاء الكاربون على شكل منطقة سوداء في داخل العينة على أثر (21-19)ز الهيدروجين او المسامات في العينة .االشكال االنهيار الكهربائي ، وتظهر فقاعات اثناء اإلنهيار ي عتقد إنها لغا نالحظ عدم وجود الشقوق. إذر الكهربائي بعد دورة واحدة ، توضح َشكل األثر لألنهيا ن الحظ وجود الفقاعات وان ظهور الفقاعات هو نتيجة لتحرر الغازات من تركيب البوليمر وعدم (24-22)أما في األشكال قدرتها على الخروج من العينة بسبب لزوجة فقاعة البوليمر ، وكذلك نالحظ نقطة أنصهار المادة البوليمرية . وتظهر هذه حرارة تعمل على صهر البوليمر أثناء الحالة بشكل واضح في حالة معدل صعود الفولتية البطيء حيث تتحرر األنهيارالكهروحراري . االستنتاجات  تعتمد متانة العزل الكهربائي على سمك العينة ومعدل صعود الفولتية باالضافة الى تناقصها مع زيادة كمية السيليكا المضافة لمتراكبات االيبوكسي.  ارتفاع معامل من ثميجة اضافة مسحوق السيليكا وحصول تحول في المتراكبات ذات االساس من االيبوكسي نت يونك ومتانة الشد.  العالقة عكسية بين معامل يونك ومتانة العزل الكهربائي وهي تخالف العالقة النظرية بسبب تأثير اضافة المساحيق السيراميكية.  االنهيار الكهربائي ادى الى ظهور شقوق مجهرية في العينات المضاف اليها نسب عالية من السيليكا، مما يؤدي . toughnessالى تناقص المتانة  االنهيار الكهربائي عند معدالت صعود الفولتية الواطئة يؤدي الى صهر عينات االيبوكسي وانتظام منطقة االنهيار الكهروحرارية مما يسبب تدهوراً خطيراً في متانة العزل الكهربائي ولكن اضافات السيليكا هندسياًبسبب التأثيرات تقلل من تلك المخاطر الرتفاع درجة حرارة انصهارها وانتشارها في المادة المتراكبة بالرغم من تشوه وعدم انتظام منطقة االنهيار. الفيزياء |345 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المصادر -epoxy)"دراسة بَعض الَخواص الميكانيكية لمتراكب (2014)،رفقة عامر سلمان خالد َرشاد والراوي , .0 mgo)1، 12ين ،" ، مجلة جامعة النهر . 2. pascoe, k. j., (1974) “properties of materials for electrical engineers”, john wiley and sons, london. 3. blyth, a. r., (1979) “electrical properties of polymers “, cambridge university press, london. 4. pampuch, r., (1976) “ceramic materials an introduction to their properties” , elsevir scientific pub.com , amsterdam. 5. mehta, v. k., (2004) “principles of electrical engineering and electronics” , s. chand & comp. ltd. ramnagar , new delhi india. 6. stanek, j., (1977) “electric melting of glass” , elsevier scientific comp , ltd , amsterdam . 7. tareev, b. (1979) “physics of dielectric materials” , mir publishers , moscow. لحبيبي لمادة التدعيم على خصائص المادة المتراكبة""دراسة تأثير الحجم ا (7112، )منى محمدشعالن .8 .لية التربية للعلوم الصرفةاألنبار ، ك،جامعة 9. kffel, e. and zaengl w. s., (1984) “high – voltage engineering” , perganan press , frankfort. د.مأمون فاضل ، اودا أ بلحد ، فاروق خليل ، دار "هندسة الضغط العالي" ، ترجمة: ( 1897، )أي. كفل ، أم.عبد هللا -11 .عة والنشر ، جامعة الموصلالكتب للطبا 10. bunget, i. and mihai p., (1984) “physics of solid dielectrics” , elsevier oxford. 11. mead and m. riley, ives (1971) “handbook of plastic test methods”, butter worth group. 12. dov sherman and david brandon, (1999) “advanced engineering materials”, 1, 3-4, john wiley inter science, december. ( يوضح قيم معامل يونك المستخرجة بواسطة إختباراألنحناء1جدول رقم ) n/mm2قيم معامل يونك من االنحناء %wtنسبة اإلضافة 0 32.696 3.75 33.404 7.5 34.744 11.25 34.934 15 42.755 الفيزياء |346 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 تغير متانة العزل الكهربائي مع معدل صعود الفولتية (1شكل ) )2(ep + 3.75% sio للنموذج تغير متانة العزل الكهربائي مع معدل صعود الفولتية (6شكل ) (ep + 7.5% sio2) للنموذج صعود الفولتية ( تغير متانة العزل الكهربائي مع معدل3شكل ) (ep + 00.61% sio2) للنموذج الفيزياء |347 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( تغير متانة العزل الكهربائي مع معدل صعود الفولتية4شكل ) (ep + 01% sio2) للنموذج ( تَغير الُسمك مع متانة العزل الكهربائي 1شكل ) (ep pure) للنموذج ( تَغير الُسمك مع متانة العزل الكهربائي6شكل ) (ep + 3.75% sio2) للنموذج الفيزياء |348 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( تَغير الُسمك مع متانة العزل الكهربائي 7شكل ) (ep + 7.5% sio2) للنموذج ( تَغير الُسمك مع متانة العزل الكهربائي8) شكل (ep + 11.25% sio2) للنموذج ( تَغير الُسمك مع متانة العزل الكهربائي 9شكل ) (ep + 15% sio2) للنموذج الفيزياء |349 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( تغير متانة الَعزل الكهربائي مع نسبة اإلضافة. (10شكل ( العالقة بين الصالدة ونسبة اإلضافة11شكل ) استطالة في حالة االنحناء –( يوضح منحني الحمل 12شكل ) لنماذج االيبوكسي المضاف اليها نسب وزنية مختلفة من السيليكا الفيزياء |350 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ونسبة اإلضافة ( العالقة بين معامل يونك ومتانة العزل03شكل ) العالقة بين متانة الَشد ومتانة الَعزل ونسبة اإلضافة (14)شكل األنهيار الكهربائي والشقوق المجهرية أثر(15) شكل (40x)بقوة تكبير t=1.58mm)2(15% sio ,للنموذج الفيزياء |351 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 لنموذجأثر االنهيار الكهربائي ل (17)شكل ربائي عند أنهيارات متعددةالنموذ ج األنهيار الكهأثر(16) شكل , t=1.58mm)2(15% sio بقوة تكبير (100x) t=1.9mm ),215% sio( بقوة تكبير(40x) آثر االنهيار الكهربائي للنموذج(19) شكل للنموذج أثر االنهيار الكهربائي (18) شكل , t=2.2mm)2(15% sio بقوة (تكبيرx011) (mm0.9=, t% sio 01 (بقوة تكبير)x41) (sio2, t=1.9mm %15) للنموذج (46-4)الشكل (100x)بقوة تكبير -4)الشكل الفيزياء |352 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 للنموذجأثر االنهيار الكهربائي (20)شكل لا للنموذجأثر االنهيار الكهربائي (21)شكل للنموذجأثر االنهيار الكهربائي (20) شكل , t=1.9mm)2(15% sio بقوة تكبير x)(100 , t=2.27mm)2(11.25% sio بقوة تكبير (100x) للنموذجأثر االنهيار الكهربائي (23) شكل للنموذجثر االنهيار الكهربائي أ(22) شكل , t=1.82mm)2(11.25% sio بقوة تكبير (x011 ) t=1.8mm) , 2(3.75% sio 100كبيرتبقوةx)( ) الشكل الفيزياء |353 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 (100x)بقوة تكبير (ep, t=1.5mm)للنموذج أثر االنهيار الكهربائي (64شكل ) الفيزياء |354 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 study the electromechanical strength properties for epoxy dispersed silica powder composite shihab a. zaidan amani z. mohammed dept. of applied science /university of technology received in :6/october/2016, accepted in :7/november/2016 abstract powder silica (sio2) was added to epoxy polymer with different weight percentages (3.75,7.5,11.25 and 15 wt%) for particle size  63 µm. hand lay-up method it is used to prepared (epoxy-silica) composite, and cutting appropriate specimens for testing. electrical strength varies nonlinearly with specimens thickness, also decreasing with average time for the rise of voltage decreases due to electro thermal effects. clearly, electrical strength decreases with the increase of the proportion of added silica. the hardness, tensile strength and young modulus increased with the added silica increases due to changing in material characteristics from ductility to brittle. microscopic cracks and irregularity deformation were appeared within electrical breakdown area, especially for high silica additives. while, fusion, perforation and regularity of electrical breakdown area were appeared for specimens with low and without silica additives. key words: composite materials, epoxy, silica, dielectric strength, young’s modulus, hardness. microsoft word 378-391 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|378    using approximation non-bayesian computation with fuzzy data to estimation inverse weibull parameters and reliability function nadia hashim al-noor nadialnoor@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq shurooq a.k.al-sultany drnadialnoor@gmail.com dept. of mathematics/ college of science/ mustansiriyah university abstract in real situations all observations and measurements are not exact numbers but more or less non-exact, also called fuzzy. so, in this paper, we use approximate non-bayesian computational methods to estimate inverse weibull parameters and reliability function with fuzzy data. the maximum likelihood and moment estimations are obtained as nonbayesian estimation. the maximum likelihood estimators have been derived numerically based on two iterative techniques namely “newton-raphson” and the “expectationmaximization” techniques. in addition, we provide compared numerically through montecarlo simulation study to obtained estimates of the parameters and reliability function in terms of their mean squared error values and integrated mean squared error values respectively. keywords: non-bayesian methods; inverse weibull distribution; expectation maximization algorithm; newton-raphson algorithm; moment method; fuzzy data. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|379    1.introduction statistical analysis of inverse weibull distribution is based on exact data. however, in real situations all observations and measurements are not exact numbers but more or less nonexact, also called fuzzy. thus, in this paper we present a non-bayesian approach to estimate the parameters and reliability function of inverse weibull distribution with fuzzy data. keller et al. (1985) [4] introduced inverse weibull distribution as a suitable model to describe degradation phenomena of mechanical components of diesel engines. other names for this distribution are complementary weibull distribution, reciprocal weibull distribution and reverse weibull distribution [7]. a random variable x is said to have a two-parameter inverse weibull distribution if it has the following probability density function (pdf)[8], 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛽, 𝜆 𝛽𝜆𝑥 𝑒 ; 𝑥 0, 𝛽, 𝜆 0 … 1 the cumulative distribution function(cdf), reliability function is given respectively by: 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛽, 𝜆 𝑒 ; 𝑥 0, 𝛽, 𝜆 0 … 2 𝑅 𝑥 1 𝑒 ; 𝑥 0, 𝛽, 𝜆 0 … 3 where 𝛽 is the shape parameter and 𝜆 is the scale parameter. definition [9]: let ℝ , 𝒜, p be a probability space in which 𝒜 is the σ field of borel sets in ℝ and p is a probability measure over ℝ . then, the probability of a fuzzy event a in ℝ is defined by: 𝑃 𝐴 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑃 ; 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ ℝ … 4 in particular, suppose that p be the probability distribution of a continuous random variable 𝑋 with pdf 𝑔 𝑥 .the conditional density of 𝑋 given 𝐴 is given by: 𝑔 𝑥|𝐴 𝜇 𝑥 𝑔 𝑥 𝜇 𝑢 𝑔 𝑢 𝑑𝑢 … 5 fuzzy data and the likelihood function let x x , x , … , x be an (i.i.d.) random vector of a random sample of size 𝑛 from inverse weibull distribution with pdf given by (1). if an observations of 𝑥 was known exactly, then the complete-data likelihood function is: 𝐿 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 , 𝛽, 𝜆 𝛽 𝜆 𝑥 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝜆𝑥 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|380    ⇒ 𝐿 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝛽 𝜆 𝑥 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝜆 𝑥 … 6 now consider the problem where x is not observed precisely and only partial information about x is available in the form of a fuzzy subset x with the borel measurable membership function 𝜇 𝑥 . the observed-data natural log-likelihood function can be obtained, using zadeh's definition of the probability of a fuzzy event in the expression (5) as: ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝐿 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝛽𝜆 𝑥 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝜆𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 ⇒ ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝛽 𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝜆 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝜆𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 . . . 7 maximum likelihood estimations differentiating the natural log-likelihood function ℓ β, λ; x , given by (7), partially with respect to β and λ and then equating to zero we have: 𝜕ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝛽 𝑛 𝛽 𝜆 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 0 … 8 𝜕ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝜆 𝑛 𝜆 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 0 … 9 the maximum likelihood estimates (mles) of 𝛽 and 𝜆 are the solution of the likelihood equations (8) and (9). since there is no closed form of the solutions, an iterative approximation technique can be used to obtain the mles. in the following, we consider two iterative approximation techniques namely the expectation-maximization (em) algorithm and newton raphson (nr) algorithm. expectation-maximization algorithm dempster et al. (1977) [2] presented a general approach to iterative computation of maximum-likelihood estimates when the observations can be viewed as incomplete data. now, since the observed fuzzy data 𝑥 can be seen as an incomplete specification of a complete data vector x, the em algorithm is appropriate to find the mles of the unknown parameters [3][5]. form equation (6), the natural log-likelihood function for x becomes: ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝐿 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|381    ⇒ ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝛽 𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝜆 𝛽 1 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝜆 𝑥 … 10 the em algorithm is given by the following iterative process: 1. set ℎ 0 and initial values of 𝛽 and λ, say 𝛽 and λ . 2. at iteration h 1 , compute the e and m steps. 3. repeat step (2) until the convergence occurs, i.e. the absolute difference between two successive iterations is less than ε for some pre-fixed ε 0. when the convergence occurs then the present β and λ be the mles of 𝛽 and 𝜆 via em algorithm which we referred to as β , λ . e-step: the e-step of the em algorithm at iteration h 1 requires to compute the following conditional expectations using the expression (5), 𝐸 , ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥|𝑥 𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝛽 𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝜆 𝛽 1 𝐸 , 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 |𝑥 𝜆 𝐸 , 𝑥 |𝑥 … 11 where the conditional expectations of x given x is computed as: 𝐸 , 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 … 12 𝐸 , 𝑋 |𝑥 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 … 13 m-step: the m-step of em algorithm involves maximizing equation (11) with respect to β and λ. this is easily achieved by differentiating equation (11) partially with respect to β and λ and then equating to zero which implies that: 𝛽 𝑛 ∑ 𝐸 , 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 𝜆 ∑ 𝐸 , 𝑋 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 … 14 𝜆 𝑛 ∑ 𝐸 , 𝑋 |𝑥 … 15 where 𝐸 , 𝑋 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 computed as: 𝐸 , 𝑋 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 … 16 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|382    𝐸 , 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 and 𝐸 , 𝑋 |𝑥 as in (12) and (13). we can rewrite 𝛽 and 𝜆 in (14) and (15) as: 𝛽 1 𝑛 𝐸 𝜆 𝐸 … 17 𝜆 𝑛 ∑ 𝐸 … 18 where: 𝐸 𝐸 , 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 , 𝐸 𝐸 , 𝑋 |𝑥 and 𝐸 𝐸 , 𝑋 𝑙𝑛 𝑋 |𝑥 newton-raphson algorithm the steps of the nr algorithm are [5][7]: 1. set ℎ 0 and initial values of 𝛽 and λ, say 𝛽 and λ . 2. at iteration ℎ 1 , estimate the new value of β and λ, as: 𝛽 𝜆 𝛽 𝜆 ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡𝜕 ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝛽 𝜕 ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝛽𝜕𝜆 𝜕 ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝛽𝜕𝜆 𝜕 ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝜆 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡𝜕ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝛽 𝜕ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝜆 ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ … 19 where the first–order derivatives of the natural log-likelihood with respect to β and λ , required for proceeding with the nr algorithm, are obtained as in (8) and (9) and the second–order derivatives are obtained as follows. 𝜕 ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝛽 𝑛 𝛽 𝜆 𝑥 𝜆 𝑥 𝑒 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 2𝜆 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝜆 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 … 20 𝜕 ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝜆 𝑛 𝜆 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 … 21 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|383    𝜕 ℓ 𝛽, 𝜆; 𝑥 𝜕𝛽𝜕𝜆 𝜆 𝑥 2 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝜆 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑒 𝜇 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 … 22 3. repeat step (2) until the convergence occurs. when the convergence occurs then the present β and λ be the mles of β and λ via nr algorithm which we referred to as β , λ . now, depending on the invariant property of mle, the mle of the reliability function of inverse weibull distribution via em and nr algorithms, denoted by r t and r t respectively, can be obtained by replacing β and λ in (3) by their mle estimates as: 𝑅 𝑡 1 𝑒 ; 𝑡 0 … 23 𝑅 𝑡 1 𝑒 ; 𝑡 0 … 24 moment estimations the method of moments is one the oldest method for deriving point estimators. the moment estimates for β and λ of inverse weibull distribution can be found by the following two equations which are obtained by equating the first and the second population moments to the corresponding sample moments, that is: λ г 1 1 β 1 n e , x|x … 25 λ г 1 2 β 1 n e , x |x … 26 note that, the direct form of the solutions to equations (25) and (26) could not be obtained. however, by using an iterative numerical process, we can obtain the parameter estimates as described below: step (1) set ℎ 0 and initial values of 𝛽 and λ, say 𝛽 and λ . step (2) at h 1 iteration, using the expression (5) to compute the following conditional expectation, ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|384    e , x |x x e μ x dx x e μ x dx ; r 1,2 step (3) solve the following equation for β, based on equations (25) and (26), to obtain the solution as β , г 1 1 β г 1 2 β ∑ e , x|x n ∑ e , x |x step (4) obtain the solution for λ, say λ , through the following equation, λ ∑ e , x|x n г 1 1 β step (5) setting h h 1, repeat step (2) to step (4) until convergence occurs. when the convergence occurs then the present β and λ be the moment estimates of β and λ which we referred to as β , λ . now, depending on the moment estimates of the shape and scale parameters, the approximated moment estimate of the reliability function of inverse weibull distribution at mission time t, denoted by r t , can be obtained by replacing β and λ in equation (3) by their moment estimates as: r t 1 e ; t 0 … 27 simulation study in trying to illustrate and compare the algorithms as described above, a monte-carlo simulation study was perform to generate an independent identical distributed random samples, say x, according to inverse weibull distribution through the adoption of inverse transformation method with size n = 20, 30 and 90 to take care of small, medium and large data sets. the number of sample replicated chosen to be (100). the shape parameter was chosen to be 3, 2.1, 1 and 0.5 and the scale parameter 0.5, 1, 3. then, each observation of x was made fuzzy based on an appropriate selected membership function among the following eight membership functions in the fis shown in figure (1). the simulation program has been written by using matlab (r2010b) program. the results of montecarlo simulation have been summarized in the tables (1)…(3). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|385    figure (1): fis used to encode the simulated data [5 & 6] μ x 1 ; x 0.05 0.25 x 0.2 ; 0.05 x 0.25 0 ; otherwise μ x ⎩ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎧ x 0.75 0.25 ; 0.75 x 1 1.5 x 0.5 ; 1 x 1.5 0 ; otherwise μ x ⎩ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎧ x 0.05 0.2 ; 0.05 x 0.25 0.5 x 0.25 ; 0.25 x 0.5 0 ; otherwise μ x ⎩ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎧ x 1 0.5 ; 1 x 1.5 2 x 0.5 ; 1.5 x 2 0 ; otherwise μ x ⎩ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎧ x 0.25 0.25 ; 0.25 x 0.5 0.75 x 0.25 ; 0.5 x 0.75 0 ; otherwise μ x x 1.5 0.5 ; 1.5 x 2 3 x ; 2 x 3 0 ; otherwise μ x ⎩ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎧ x 0.5 0.25 ; 0.5 x 0.75 1 x 0.25 ; 0.75 x 1 0 ; otherwise μ x x 2 ; 2 x 3 1 ; x 3 0 ; otherwise the initial values required for proceeding with the expectation-maximization , newtonraphson algorithms and moment method chosen to be the symmetrical rank regression estimators and the iterative process stops when the absolute difference between two successive iterations becomes less than ε 0.0001. the comparisons between parameter estimates were based on values from mean square error (mse) while it were based on values from integrated mean square error (imse) for the estimates of the reliability function [1], where: 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝛽 ∑ 𝛽 𝛽𝐿 𝐿 … 28 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|386    𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜆 ∑ 𝜆 𝜆𝐿 𝐿 … 29 𝐼𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 1 𝐿 1 𝑛 𝑅 𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 … 30 𝛽 , 𝜆 : is the estimate of 𝛽 and 𝜆 respectively at the j th replicate (run). 𝐿: is the number of sample replicated. 𝑛 : is the number of times chosen to be (4) where 𝑡 1,2,3,4 . 𝑅 𝑡 : is the estimates of 𝑅 𝑡 at the 𝑗 replicate (run) and 𝑖 time. 2. conclusions and recommendations approximate maximum likelihood and moment estimations as non-bayesian estimations have been used to estimate the parameters and reliability function of inverse weibull distribution according to fuzzy data. the maximum likelihood estimators have been derived numerically based on two iterative techniques namely “newton-raphson” and the “expectation-maximization” techniques. in addition, we provide compared numerically through monte-carlo simulation study to obtained estimates of the parameters and reliability function in terms of their mean squared error (mse) values and integrated mean squared error (imse) values respectively. the most important conclusions of monte-carlo simulation results are: table (1): the maximum likelihood estimates based on newton-raphson algorithm introduced the best perform compared with other estimates with different values of the shape and scale parameters for all sample sizes except for small sample size with parameters, β 3, λ 0.5 and β 3, λ 3 . table (2): the maximum likelihood estimates based on newton-raphson algorithm introduced the best perform compared with other estimates for all sample sizes except for large sample size with parameters β 2.1, λ 1, where moment estimate is the best. table (3): the maximum likelihood estimates based on nr introduced the best perform compared with other estimates with different values of the shape and scale parameters for all sample sizes with β 2.1, 3 and λ 0.5, 1 as well as for moderate sample size with β 2.1 and λ 3. on the other hand, the maximum likelihood estimates based on em ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|387    introduced the best perform compared with other non-bayes estimates for all sample sizes with β=3 and λ=3 as well as for small and large sample sizes with β 2.1 and λ 3. tables 1, 2 and 3 clearly show that as the sample size increases, the mse and imse values of the estimates decrease. based on this, we recommend, using the maximum likelihood estimates based on newton-raphson algorithm for estimating the shape parameter of the inverse weibull distribution especially with moderate and large sample sizes and we have to be careful in choosing the approximation techniques for estimating the shape parameter of this distribution when dealing with small sample size. using the maximum likelihood estimates based on newton-raphson algorithm for estimating the scale parameter of the inverse weibull distribution especially with small and moderate sizes and we have to be careful in choosing the approximation techniques for estimating the scale parameter of this distribution when dealing with large sample size. using the maximum likelihood estimates based on newton-raphson algorithm for estimating the reliability function of the inverse weibull distribution with β 2.1, 3 and λ 0.5, 1 and using the maximum likelihood estimates based on expectationmaximization algorithm with β 3 and λ 3 . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|388    table (1): mse values for non-bayes estimates of the shape parameter (β) of inverse weibull distribution with different cases 𝑛 mo ml best estimate em nr β 2.1 , λ 0.5 20 0.5925534 0.3276789 0.3210075 ml-nr 30 0.5668387 0.1731912 0.1720976 ml-nr 90 0.5026410 0.0807156 0.0802433 ml-nr β 3 , λ 0.5 20 0.5945321 0.8529363 0.7876280 mo 30 0.4313349 0.3780456 0.3622704 ml-nr 90 0.4008172 0.0871851 0.0861431 ml-nr β 2.1 , λ 1 20 1.0234089 0.4793374 0.4697234 ml-nr 30 0.8987515 0.3765942 0.3700855 ml-nr 90 0.8584988 0.1780456 0.1764240 ml-nr β 3 , λ 1 20 0.8207644 0.7696865 0.7355563 ml-nr 30 0.6615921 0.3721112 0.3652719 ml-nr 90 0.5914806 0.1426038 0.1412609 ml-nr β 2.1 , λ 3 20 2.4264343 1.4173415 1.3050008 ml-nr 30 2.1658246 0.9206690 0.8674874 ml-nr 90 2.1064719 0.5787366 0.5542025 ml-nr β 3 , λ 3 20 1.2356461 0.8079456 0.8175703 ml-em 30 1.2346853 0.7552212 0.7170664 ml-nr 90 1.1146329 0.2692730 0.2583540 ml-nr 𝑛: sample size mo: moment estimate ml: maximum likelihood estimate em: expectation-maximization algorithm nr: newton-raphson algorithm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|389    table (2): mse values for non-bayes estimates of the scale parameter (λ) of inverse weibull distribution with different cases n mo ml best estimate em nr β 2.1 , λ 0.5 20 0.0261692 0.0212376 0.0211103 ml-nr 30 0.0185599 0.0146520 0.0145815 ml-nr 90 0.0096941 0.0066130 0.0065777 ml-nr β 3 , λ 0.5 20 0.0258200 0.0221413 0.0216447 ml-nr 30 0.0187999 0.0153414 0.0151493 ml-nr 90 0.0061082 0.0049155 0.0048935 ml-nr β 2.1 , λ 1 20 0.1178850 0.0874576 0.0864178 ml-nr 30 0.0539672 0.0495897 0.0493294 ml-nr 90 0.0171838 0.0222780 0.0220901 mo β 3 , λ 1 20 0.1266382 0.0949276 0.0932050 ml-nr 30 0.0689319 0.0553591 0.0549835 ml-nr 90 0.0431480 0.0176048 0.0172905 ml-nr β 2.1 , λ 3 20 10.1555872 5.9423094 5.0189589 ml-nr 30 6.6359697 3.0022532 2.5016068 ml-nr 90 3.9878570 0.5756619 0.5583213 ml-nr β 3 , λ 3 20 4.2045048 5.2462299 3.5490963 ml-nr 30 3.8376384 5.1730105 3.0378761 ml-nr 90 2.1648816 0.3457172 0.3411649 ml-nr 𝑛: sample size mo: moment estimate ml: maximum likelihood estimate em: expectation-maximization algorithm nr: newton-raphson algorithm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|390    table (3): imse values for non-bayes estimates of the reliability function of inverse weibull distribution with different cases n mo ml best estimate em nr β 2.1 , λ 0.5 20 0.0038869 0.0030015 0.0029777 ml-nr 30 0.0028681 0.0020454 0.0020271 ml-nr 90 0.0019454 0.0010003 0.0009953 ml-nr β 3 , λ 0.5 20 0.0027426 0.0025390 0.0024743 ml-nr 30 0.0018299 0.0015330 0.0015252 ml-nr 90 0.0007605 0.0005639 0.0005614 ml-nr β 2.1 , λ 1 20 0.0068683 0.0050789 0.0050384 ml-nr 30 0.0062469 0.0045062 0.0044766 ml-nr 90 0.0041694 0.0024271 0.0024047 ml-nr β 3 , λ 1 20 0.0037806 0.0033036 0.0032750 ml-nr 30 0.0024769 0.0022311 0.0022310 ml-nr 90 0.0016173 0.0008200 0.0008185 ml-nr β 2.1 , λ 3 20 0.0196349 0.0138542 0.0140972 ml-em 30 0.0189882 0.0120847 0.0120259 ml-nr 90 0.0182735 0.0106072 0.0106827 ml-em β 3 , λ 3 20 0.0040808 0.0031302 0.0032523 ml-em 30 0.0035055 0.0024299 0.0025396 ml-em 90 0.0032125 0.0015585 0.0015589 ml-em 𝑛: sample size mo: moment estimate ml: maximum likelihood estimate em: expectation-maximization algorithm nr: newton-raphson algorithm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1811 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|391    references [1] n.h. al-noor, and h.a. abd al-ameer, some estimation methods for the shape parameter and reliability function of burr type xii distribution/comparison study, mathematical theory and modeling,.4, 7, 63-77. 2014 [2] a.p. dempster,; n.m. laird, and d.b. rubin, maximum likelihood from incomplete data via the em algorithm, journal of the royal statistical society. series b (methodological), vol.39, 1., 1-38. 1977 [3] t. denoeux, maximum likelihood estimation from fuzzy data using the em algorithm, fuzzy sets and systems, 183, 1, 72-91. 2011 [4] a.z. keller; m.t. goblin, and n.r. farnworth, reliability analysis of commercial vehicle engines, reliability engineering,10, 1,.15–25. 1985 [5] a. pak,; g.a.parham, and m. saraj, inference for the weibull distribution based on fuzzy data, revista colombiana de estadistica, 36,.2, 339-358. 2013 [6] a. pak,; g.a. parham, and m. saraj, reliability estimation in rayleigh distribution based on fuzzy lifetime data, int. j. syst. assur. eng. manag., 5, 4, 487-494. 2014 [7] h. rinne, the weibull distribution: a handbook, taylor and francis group, llc. 2008 [8] k.s. sultan,; n.h. alsadat, and d. kundu, bayesian and maximum likelihood estimations of the inverse weibull parameters under progressive type-ii censoring, journal of statistical computation and simulation, 84, 10, pp.2248-2265. 2014 [9] l.a. zadeh, probability measures of fuzzy events, journal of mathematical analysis and applications, 23, 2, 421-427. 1968. 132 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 kinetic study of the effect of some novel lipid lowering compounds on activities of creatine kinase and 3hydroxy-3-methyl-glutaryl-coa reductase in mice induced hyperlipidemia zeinab m. al-rubaei geihd h. alubaidi tamara a. alubaidi dept.of chemistry / college of education for pure sciences ( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 7 september 2014, accepted in:21 december 2014 abstract hyperlipidemia is one of the most important factors leading to atherosclerosis and heart disease, therefore, this study conducted to examine the effect of two newly synthesized compounds[3-(5(ethylthio)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2-(3-nitrophenyl)benzo[1-3-e] thiazin-4-one (i) and 5(4dimethyl amino) benzylidene amino)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-thiol(ii)] on the activities of creatine kinase(ck) and 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutarylcoa reductase (hmgr) in male wister mice . also to determine the type of inhibition of these compounds on the above enzymes .the study was carried out on sixty male wister mice aged seven to eight weeks their weight ranged(180-200 g) . the mice were grouped as: group(1): control group (12 mice).group(2):consisted of 48 mice in which the mice were daily administered cholesterol (25mg/kg/day) in coconut oil 6% and creamy cheese for 28 days. lipid profile was measured for 12 of mice chosen randomely from g2 to assure hyperlipidemia. then group2 is subdivided into three groups as:group (2.a): (12 mice) positive control group in which the mice were daily administered simvastatin (40mg /day) as standard drug for hyperlipidemia for 20 days.group(2.b):(12 mice) in which the mice were daily treated with (10-4)m of compound (i)via drinking water for 20 days. group(2.c):(12 mice) in which the mice were daily treated with (10-5)m of compound ii via drinking water for 20 days.lipid profile(tch, tg, hdl-c, ldl-c and vldl-c) were determined in all groups.the activities of ck and hmgr were determined in all groups. lineweaver-burk plot was used for determination of vmax, km and type of inhibition for treated and untreated groups with compounds i and ii. the results showed significant elevation in levels of tch, tg, ldl and vldl, while there are significant reduction in hdl-c levels in g2 comparing to control group(g1), after administration of fat rich diet. simvastatin, compound i with concentration (10-4m) and compound i the results revealed that the levels of tch, tg, ldl and vldl were reduced while the levels of hdl-c was elevated after administration of simvastatin, compound i and ii in g2a, g2b and g2c respectively. the results showed that the activities of ck reduced for group g2b and g2c while it is increased for g2a . the results also showed that the activities of hmgr were reduced in the three groups. the effect of compound i on ck activity was found to be noncompetitive inhibitor with vmax values values(1000and 166.6) u/l respectively for the uninhibited and inhibited reactions and km value (0.6)mmol/l for compound i and with vmax values (1000 and 250)u/l and km value(0.84)mmol/l respectively for the uninhibited and inhibited reactions for compound ii. compounds i and ii were found to be noncompetitive inhibitors on hmgr with vmax values (0.83 and 0.16)u and km value (0.34)mmol/l respectively for the uninhibited and inhibited reactions for compound i and vmax values (0.83 and 0.35) u and km value(0.28)mmol/l respectively for the uninhibited and inhibited reactions for compound ii. in conclusion the new compounds(i and ii) showed different inhibitory effect on ck and hmgr activities that could be used in treatment of hyperlipidemia and related disease in future. key words: lipid lowering compounds, ck and hmgr 133 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 introduction dyslipidaemia is an increase in the lipids, and lipoproteins. cholesterol and the triglycerides are the two lipids in the blood. elevation of one or both of these is seen in dyslipidaemia. the study of hyperlipidaemia has recently gained considerable importance, mainly because of the involvement of lipids in cardiovascular disease[1]. atherosclerosis is a condition in which arteries are blocked to a greater or lesser extent by the deposition of cholesterol plaques, which can lead to heart attacks. the major lipids are generally cholesterol and its esters, in which the hydroxyl group is esterifies to a fatty acid; triglycerols are also found in these aggregates. ldl-c and hdl-c also play a major role in increase the risk for heart disease [2]. as excess free cholesterol apoptosis. over long periods of time, arteries become progressively occluded as plaques consisting of extracellular matrix material, scar tissue formed from smooth muscle tissue, and foam cell remnants gradually become larger. occasionally a plaque breaks loose from the site of its formation and is carried through the blood to a narrowed region of an artery in the brain or the heart, causing a stroke or a heart attack[3]. creatine kinase is a biologically important enzyme expressed by different tissues and cell types that catalyze the reversible conversion of creatine at the expense of adenosine triphosphate to phosphocreatine[4]. clinically, creatine kinase is assayed in blood tests as a marker of myocardial infarction (heart attack), rhabdomyolysis (severe muscle breakdown), muscular dystrophy, the autoimmune myositis and in acute renal failure[5]. 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase is a transmembrane glycoprotein located on the endoplasmic reticulum. this enzyme catalyzes the four-electron reduction of hmg-coa to coenzyme a , and mevalonate, which is the rate-limiting step in sterol biosynthesis [6] . schiff bases of thiadiazole is important class of the most widely used organic compounds which gained importance in pharmaceutical fields due to abroad spectrum of biological activities like anti-inflammatory[7], and antihyperlipidaemic[8] . thiazine are another useful units in the fields of medicinal and exhibit a variety of biological activities such as antidyslipidemic[9], antibacterial [10], antifungal[11], and antiinflammatory[12]. the aim of the present study is to evaluate the effect of some derivatives of thiadiazole and thiazine in vivo on ck and hmgr activities. also to determine the type of inhibition of these compounds which may be used as lipid lowering agents in future. material and methods the structure of compounds i and ii which were used in this study as lipid lowering agent are shown in figure(1). these compounds were prepared in previous study [13]. figure no.(1) 134 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the study were carried out with sixty male wister mice aged seven to eight weeks (180200 g) ,obtained from animal house , of college of medicine, baghdad university. the mice were grouped as follows: group(1): control group (12 mice) group(2):consists of 48 mice in which the mice were daily administered cholesterol (25mg/kg/day)[14] in coconut oil 6% and creamy cheese for 28 days. lipid profile were measured for 12 mice chosen randomly from g2 to assure hyperlipidemia. group2 were subdivided into three groups as follows: group (2.a): (12 mice) positive control group in which the mice were daily administered simvastatin (40mg/day) as standard drug for hyperlipidemia for 20 days. group(2.b):(12 mice) in which the mice were daily treated with (10-4)m of compound (i)via drinking water for 20 days. group(2.c):(12 mice) in which the mice were daily treated with (10-5)m of compound ii for 20 days. the chosen concentration was based on in vitro previous study which gave the best inhibition from the other concentrations[15]. the tch, tg, hdl-c, ldl-c and vldl levels were determined in all groups (g1, g2, g2a, g2b and g2c) according to the standard procedures of the biochemistry laboratory of the hospital. the results were expressed as mean+ sd.t-test was used for comparison between the two studied groups. p-vales <0.05 was considered statistically significant . the ck activity was determined in all studied groups by using a ready kit from randox-uk by monitoring the concentration of creatine kinase. the absorbance was recorded at 340nm [16]. the hmgr activity was measured in all studied groups spectrophotometrically which hmg-coa and nadph performed from sigma alderage. the hmg-coa dependent on oxidation of nadph. absorbance reduction at 340nm was measured in 6min interval[17]. kinetic study the km and vmax for ck and hmgr were performed using different concentrations of substrate. fixed concentrations of compounds i and ii were used by utilizing the same concentrations of substrate without using both compounds were performed for the determination of the type of inhibition by lineaver –burk plot. results and discussion simvastatin, compounds i and ii were used in treatment of mice with dyslipidemia. the g2a was treated with simvastatin, g2b was treated with (10-4) m of compound i and g2c was treated with (10-5) m of compound ii for twenty days. table(1) showed the levels of lipid profile in g1, g2and g2a, g 2b, g2c .the results showed significant elevation in levels of tch, tg, ldl and vldl, while there are significant reduction in hdl levels after administration of fat rich diet in g2 comparing to control group(g1). p-values <0.05 were considered statistically significant . the results revealed that the levels of tch, tg, ldl and vldl were reduced while the levels of hdl-c were elevated after administration of simvastatin, compound i and ii n g2a,g2b and g2c respectively. antihyperlipidemic agents which are active in cholesterol induced hyperlipidemic model function by one or more mechanisms. therefore, higher intake of dietary cholesterol increases serum lipid profile by down regulation of ldl-c receptor synthesis thus decrease uptake of ldl-c via these receptors[18]. some researches demonstrated that the actions may be due to increased inhibition of intestinal absorption of cholesterol, interference with lipoprotein production, increased 135 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 expression of hepatic ldl receptors and their protection etc. leading to an increased removal of ldl-c from the blood and its increased degradation and catabolism of cholesterol from the body[19]. clinical trials have demonstrated that intensive reduction of plasma ldl-c levels could reverse atherosclerosis and decrease the incidence of cvds. hypercholesterolemic animals are useful models for studies on cholesterol homeostasis, and drug trials to better understand the relationship between disorders in cholesterol metabolism, atherogenesis as well as possible treatments for the reduction of circulatory cholesterol levels[20]. table (2) showed the effect of compound i with concentration (10-4m) and compound ii with concentration (10-5m) on ck and hmgr activities for all experimental groups. the results showed that the activities of ck reduced for group g2b and g2c while it is increased for g2a which is in agreement with the literature that statin elevated the levels of ck[14].the results also showed that the activities of hmgr were reduced in the three groups. the results revealed that compound i showed more potent antihyperlipidaemic effect than compound ii. also, compounds i and ii exhibit more potent antihyperlipidaemic effect than simvastatin. -lineweaver-burk plot for sera of ck and hmgr for untreated and treated mice: figures (1) and (2) showed the type of inhibition using lineweaver-burk plot for compounds i and ii on ck activity for g2 respectively. compound i and ii showed a noncompetitive inhibitor on ck activity with vmax values(1000and 166.6) u/l for uninhibited and inhibited enzyme respectively and km value (0.6) mmol/l for compound i and with vmax vales (1000 and 250) u/l for uninhibited and inhibited enzyme respectively and km value (0.84) mmol/l for compound ii . figures(3) and (4) showed lineweaver-burk plot for compound i and ii effect on hmgr activity for g2, respectively.compound i and ii showed a noncompetitive inhibitor on hmgr activity with vmax values (0.83 and 0.16)u for uninhibited and inhibited enzyme respectively, and km value (0.34) mmol/l for compound i and with vmax values( 0.83 and 0.35) u for uninhibited and inhibited enzyme respectively, and km value ( 0.28) mmol/l for compound ii . inhibition of hmgr blocks cholesterol biosynthesis, which in turn stimulates the synthesis of ldl receptors, which localize to the surface of the cell and bind and internalize circulating lipoproteins, thereby lowering the plasma ldl cholesterol concentration[20]. a series of keto-enamine schiff bases, derived from 8-hydroxyquinoline was synthesized and subjected for in vitro antioxidant and antihyperlipidemic agents, the results demonstrated that schiff bases compounds are found to be the most potent antihyperlipidemic agent[21]. a novel series of schiff bases of 2-phenyl-3-(amino substituted arylidene) quinazoline-4(3h)-ones, were synthesized and evaluated for antihyperlipidemic activity[22]. the nitrogen atom of schiff bases may be involved in the formation of a hydrogen bond with the active centers of cells constituents and interferes in normal cell processes[23]. a new thiazine derivatives which was prepared by recent studies showed squalene synthase inhibitory/hypolipidemic activities which suggested that these compounds strongly inhibited in vitro microsomal lipid and ldl peroxidation[24]. a more recent research synthesized novel model of thiazine derivatives that significantly exhibited antidyslipidemic and antioxidant properties[25]. recent studies revealed that organic compounds may be bound to the active site by molecular interactions such as hydrogen bound, hydrophobic, and cation-π interactions and interacting residues[26-28]. 136 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 references 1.stapleton, pa.; goodwill, ag.; james, me.; brock, rw. and frisbee,jc. (2010) hypercholesterolemia and microvascular dyslipidemia:interventional strategies. journal of inflammation ; 7:54. 2.camphell, mk. and farrel, (2014) so. biochemistry thomson brooks learing. 7th ed, 3. berg, jm.; tymoczko, jl. and stryerl.(2013) biochemistry. 7th ed. wh. freeman and company, new york. 4. prasad, nk., (2011) creatine kinase. 1th ed. enzyme technology pacemaker of biotechnology:phi learning. 5. shivanada, nb.;(2008) manipal manual of clinical biochemistry. 3rd ed. jaypee brothers medical publishers (p) ltd new delhi. 6. abdin, mz.; kiran, u.; and aquil, s.;(2012) molecular cloning and structural characterization of hmg-coa reductase gene from catharanthus roseus (l.)g. donn. cv. albus. indian journal of biotechnology;11:16-22. 7. pandey, a.; dewangan, d.; verma, s.; mishra, a.; and dubey, rd.(2011)synthesis of schiff bases of 2-amino-5-aryl-1,3,4-thiadiazole and its analgesic, antiinflammatory, antibacterial and anti-tubercular activity. international journal of chem tech research ; 3(1): 178-184. 8. patel, rn.; patel, pv.;desai, kr.; purohit, py.; nimavat, ks.;and vyas, kb.(2012) synthesis of new heterocyclic schiff bases, thiazolidinone and azetidinone compounds and their antibacterial activity activities. heterocyclic letters;2(1):99-105. 9. miri, r.; razzaghi-asl, n.; and mohammadi, mk.(2013) qm study and conformational analysis of an isatin schiff base as a potential cytotoxic agent. journal of molecular modeling; 19(2): 727-735. 10. rathod, sp.; charjan, ap.; and rajput, pr.(2010) synthesis and antibacterial activities of chloro-substituted-1,3-thiazines. rasayan j; 3(2): 363-367. 11. reddy, cs.; nagaraj, a.(2008) synthesis and biology study of novel bis chalcones, bis-thiazines and bispyrimidine. j. iran. chem. soc; 5(2): 262267. 12. kalirajan, r.; sivakumar, su.; jubie, s.; gownamma, b.; and suresh, b.(2009) internl. chem tech res. ;1(1):27-34. 13. ruwaidah, s.; ali, h.s. and khalid, f.a. (2013) synthesis and characterization of new heterocyclic compounds derived from 1,3,4-thiadiazole and their antibacterial study athesis submitted to the council of college of education for a pure science, ibnal-haitham, university of baghdad, in partial fulfillment of requirements for the degree of master of science in chemistry. 14. deng, r.(2009) food and food supplements with hypocholesterolemic effects, recent patents ,foodnutr. agric.; 1:15-24. 15. zeinab, m.m. al-rubaei; geihd h. alubaidi; and tamara a. alubaidi(2014) kinetic study of the effect some novel lipid lowering compounds on creatine kinase and 3hydroxy-3-methyl-glutaryl-co enzyme a reductase activities, journal of natural sciences research ,4(10),99-105. 16. chemnitz, g.etal.(1977), dtch. med. wshr. ck nac liquid uv liquidnac activated uv test. ; 104:257. 17. xie, w.; wang, w.; su, h.; xing, d.; cai, g.; and du, l. (2007) 3-hydroxy-3 methylglutaryl coenzyme a reductase, int. j. pharmacol; 6(5): 705-711. 18.dhandea, rs.;kaikinia, aa.; patila, ka.; and kadama, v.(2014) antihyperlipidemic activity of bambusa bambos (druce.) and swertia chirata (buch-ham) in cholesterol suspension induced hypercholesterolemia in rats. maharashtra;6(1): 607-610. 137 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 19. ochani, pc.; and mello, pd.(2009) antioxidant and antihyperlipidemic activity of hibiscus sabdariffa linn. leaves and calyces extracts in rats. indian jouirnal of experimental biology;47:276-282. 20.rerkasem, k.; gallagher, pj.; grimble, rf.; calder, pc.; and shearman, cp.(2008) managing hypercholesterolemia and its correlation with carotid plaque morphology in patients undergoing carotid endoterectomy (review a). vascular health risk manage;4(6):1259-1264. 21. chandramouli, c.; shivanad, mr.; nayanbhai, tb.; bheemachari, b.; and udupi, rh.(2012) synthesis and biological screening of certain new triazoleschiff bases and their derivatives bearing substituted benzothiazole moiety. journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research; 4(2): 1151-1159. 22.ganguli, mf.; maity, rk.; bera, rk.; and panigrahi, m.(2012) the study of antihyperlipidemic activities of schiff bases of 4(3h) quinazolinone derivatives in rats. international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences;4(2):175-178. 23. vashi, k. and naik, hb.(2004) synthesis of novel schiff base and azetidinone derivatives and their antibacterial activity. european journal of chemistry;1:272-276. 24. matralis, an.; katselou, mc.; nikitakis, a.; and kourounakia, ap.(2011) novel benzoxazine and benothiazine derivatives as multifunctional antihyperlipidemic agents. j. med. chem.;54(15):5583-5591. 25. matralis, an.; and kourounakis, ap.(2014) design of novel potent antihyperlipidemic agents with antioxdant / anti-inflammatory properties: exploiting phenothiazin’s strong antioxidant activity. j. med. chem.; 57(6):2568-2581. 26. sonm, m.; beak, a.;sugunadevi, s.; chanin, p.; shalini, j.; and lee, kw.(2013)exploration of virtual candidates for human hmg-coa reductase inhibitors using pharmacophore modeling and molecular dynamics simulations. plos/one;10:1371. 27. perchellet, jh.; perchellet, em.; crow, kr.; busek, ks.; brown n.; ellappan, s.; gao, ge.; luo, d.; minatoya, m.; and lushington, gh.(2010) novel synthetic inhibitors of 3hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coenzyme a (hmg-coa) reductase activity that inhibit tumor cell proliferation and are structurally unrelated to existing stations. int j mol med;24(5):633-643. 28. keaney, jf.; md, jr.; curfman, gd.; john, a.; and jarcho, md.(2014) a pragamtic view of the new cholesterol treatment guidelines. n engl j ;370:275-278. 138 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (1): the levels of lipid profile in control group and experimental groups. parameters groups g1 n=12 g2 n=12 g2a n=12 g2b n=12 g2c n=12 tch (mg/dl) 155±2.4 600±20.5 340±0.97 172±0.91 250±0.86 tg (mg/dl) 100.3±5.1 325.01±15.6 299±9.3 205±10.3 280±6.4 hdl (mg/dl) 43±6.9 25.6±4.2 40.1±6.1 50.3±4.01 45±7.3 ldl (mg/dl) 62.1±3.4 510±9.3 240±2.7 81±2.4 149±3.6 vldl (mg/dl) 30.1±0.19 65.3±0.25 59.8±0.43 41.6±0.74 56.4±0.86 p-values <0.05 was considered statistically significant table no. (2): showed the activity of ck and hmgr activities in g1and g2 before and after addition of simvastatin, compound i and compound ii. parameters groups ck activity (u/l) hmg-coa reductase activity(u) g1 113.4 0.034 g2 989 0.51 g2a 1000 0.24 g2b 163.4 0.020 g2c 176.6 0.024 figure no. (1): lineweaver-burk plot for the effect of compound i on ck activity 139 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (2): line weaver-burk plot for effect of compound ii on ck activity figure no. (3): line weaver-burk plot for compound i effect on hmgr 140 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (4) line weaver-burk plot for compound ii effect on hmgr 141 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 فعالية كل من دراسة حركية لتأثير بعض المركبات المخفضة للدھون في ريدكتيز نزيم أي إ-مثيل كلوتاريل كو-3-ھيدروكسي-3نزيمين الكرياتين كاينيز وإلا في ألفئران المختبرية التي تم حث ارتفاع الدھون فيھا زينب منيب مالك غيد حسان عبد الھادي تمارة احمد عبد الكريم /جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم (قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014 كانون االول21قبل البحث في :،2014ايلول7استلم البحث في: الخالصة نزيمين إلالھدف من ھده الدراسة ھو تقدير تأثير بعض مشتقات الثياديازول والثيازين جديدة التحضير في فعالية كل من ا عن قياس صورة الدھون في ألفئران المختبرية ʺنزيم أي ريدكتيز فضالإمثيل كلوتاريل كو3-ھيدروكسي3الكرياتين كاينيز و 10)-4بتركيز( )i(تم اختبار تأثير المركب التي تم حث ارتفاع الدھون لديھا بواسطة تغذيتھم باالغدية الغنية بالكولستيرول . . الحية ) موالري داخل الخلية10-5 (بتركيز )ii(موالري والمركب غم) التي تم 200180من الذكور الذين تتراوح اعمارھم بين سبعة الى ثمانية اسابيع ( ʺأجريت الدراسة على ستين فأرا الحصول عليھا من البيت الحيواني في كليه الطب ,جامعة بغداد .تم تقسيم الفئران المختبرية كما يلي: الكولسترول ʺنت تعطى يوميافأرة) كا 48) والمجموعة الثانية: تتكون من (ʺفأرا 12المجموعة االولى: مجموعة السيطرة( ʺ. تم قياس صورة الدھون الثني عشر فارا ʺ)يوما28كامل الدسم لمدة ( ʺوجبنا 6و زيت جوز الھند% ),ملغم/كلغم/يوم25( على اختيروا عشوائيا" من المجموعة الثانية للتأكد من ارتفاع الدھون فيھا. ثم قسمت بقية المجموعة الثانية الى ثالث مجاميع تي:آلالنحو ا ) كدواء قياسي ملغم/يوم40فأرة) كمجموعة سيطرة موجبة في الفئران التي تعطى يوميا سمفاستاتين ( a2) :12المجموعة ) 10-4بالمركب االول بتركيز ( ʺيومياعولجت ھذه الفئران إذفأرة) 12: (b2المجموعة ). ʺيوميا 20لمدة ( الرتفاع الدھون يز بالمركب الثاني بترك ʺيوميافأرة) وعولجت ھذه الفئران 12: ( c2).المجموعة ʺيوميا 20الشرب لمدة (موالري عن طريق )ʺيوميا 20) موالري عن طريق الشرب لمدة (5-10( نزيم إمثيل كلوتاريل كو-3ھيدروكسي-3كرياتين كاينيز و وكذلك تم قياس فعالية كل من االنزيمين ال ، الدھون صورةتم قياس اي لكل المجاميع المدروسة . كما تم قياس قيمة الفعالية القصوى وثابت ميكاليز ونوع التثبيط للمجموعات المعالجة وغير . )ii و i(المعالجة بالمركبين و 1000(قصوى كرياتين كانيز بفعاليةفي االنزيم ʺالتنافسيا ʺتثبيطيا ʺ) أظھرا تأثيراii و i(أن المركبين أظھرت النتائج بفعالية ) i) ملي مول /لتر للمركب (0.6بقيمة ( لالنزيم المثبط وغير المثبط على التوالي و ثابت ميكاليزوحدة/لتر )166.6 ملي مول /لتر )0.84بقيمة ( ) وحدة /لتر لالنزيم المثبط وغير المثبط على التوالي، وثابت ميكاليز250و 1000(قصوى مثيل كلوتاريل -3ھيدروكسي-3فعالية انزيم على آالتنافسي آ)اظھرا تثبيطii و i(المركبين ) .كما بينت النتائج بأن iiللمركب ( ) ملي 0.34بقيمة ( وثابت ميكاليز لالنزيم المثبط وغير المثبط على التوالي وحدة )0.83و 0.16(انزيم اي بفعالية قصوى -كو بقيمة ( وثابت ميكاليز، لالنزيم المثبط وغير المثبط على التوالي وحدة )0.83و 0.35( قصوى ) بفعالية iمول /لتر للمركب ( .) ii) ملي مول /لتر للمركب ( 0.28 ) مھمان في تطور عوامل جديدة كمضاد الرتفاع الدھون التي ابدت تأثير ii و iاستنتج من ھذه الدراسة بأن المركبين ( -3في ʺتثبيطيا ʺكانيز، في حين ان الستاتينات تسبب ارتفاع ھذا االنزيم . كما ان المركبات اظھرت تأثيراتثبيطي على الكرياتين وھو االنزيم المنظم لتخليق الكولسترول . انزيم اي ريدكتيزاكثر من السمفاستاتين-مثيل كلوتاريل كو3-ھيدروكسي .انزيم-مثيل كلوتاريل كو-3ارنز و:المركبات المخفضة للدھون,الكرياتين كالكلمات المفتاحية 127 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تقييم فعالية المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار الوراق نبات تجاه بعض الخصائص eucalyptus incrassate labillاليوكالبتوس saprolegnia feraxالبايولوجية للفطر المائي طالل سالم مهديبتول زينل علي ، جامعة بغداد-كلية التربية /ابن الهيثم 2012شباط 26قبل البحث في: 2011: كانون االول 20استلم البحث في الخالصة هدفت الدراسة الحالية تقييم الفعالية الضد فطرية للمستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار الوراق نبات eucalyptus incrassata تجاه بعض الصفات البايولوجية للفطر المائي ،s. ferax. ، احتواء االوراق على عدد من hplcاظهرت نتائج الكشف عن المركبات الفعالة لمستخلص االوراق باستخدام جهاز فضالً عن cineole ،terpineol ،citronellal ،geraniol ،phellendrene -1,8المركبات الفعالة تضمنت احتوائها على حامض الستريك وبنسب مختلفة. واظهرت نتائج معاملة الفطر بتراكيز مختلفة من المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار بقياس النمو القطري للفطر على الوسط الصلب، حصول انخفاض معنوي وتدريجي القطار المستعمرات بزيادة التراكيز واختلفت نسبة بأختالف المستخلص. كما اخرت التراكيز المختلفة للمستخلصات والزيت الطيار المضافة الى الماء المقطر المعقم التثبيط والنامي فيه الفطر على بذور السمسم ظهور الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية االنثوية للفطر معنويا ً بزيادة التراكيز مما يدل للفطر. وادت معاملة االبواغ المتحوصلة للفطر بتراكيز مختلفة من على تاثيرها في التكاثر الالجنسي والجنسي المستخلصات والزيت الطيار الى خفض نسبة انبات االبواغ المتحوصلة معنويا ً وتدريجيا ً بزيادة التراكيز وصوال ً الى الواطئة تاله المستخلص التراكيز المثبطة لالنبات. اظهر الزيت الطيار بصورة عامة فعالية مضادة اعلى وبالتراكيز الكحولي ثم المستخلص المائي. saprolegnia، الفطر e. incrassataالمستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار، نبات الكلمات المفتاحية: ferax المقدمة من اهم مجاميع الفطريات المائية التي تتوافر في المياه saprolegniaceaeتعد الفطريات البيضية العائدة لعائلة العذبة لدورها في التوازن البيئي من خالل معيشتها الرمية غالباً، كما تسبب العديد من انواعها خسائر اقتصادية بسبب ].2،1اك [تطفلها على االسماك مسببة امراضاً مختلفة، كما تصيب البيوض مؤدية الى اتالفها واختزال عدد االسم لقد اعتمدت العديد من الوسائل بأستعمال مواد كيميائية مختلفة ولسنوات عديدة ماضية لعالج امراض االسماك والبيوض المتسبـبـة عـن الفطــــريات التـابعة لهــذه العائـلة وللسيـطرة على نمـو وإصـابة هــذه الفطــريات لــالسمـاك وبيوضهـا ال ) وبيروكسيد malachite greenرع االسماك، من هذه المواد وهي صبغة المالكايت الخضراء (أحواض ومزاسيـما فـي لقد اثبتت العديد من هذه المواد فاعليتها تجاه . ]4،3الهيدروجين، الفورمالين، هيبوكلوريت الصوديوم، كلوريد الصوديوم [ اغلبها مخاطر للبيئة واالحياء المائية. اذ اكدت منع االصابة بالفطريات البيضية وعالجها، ولكنها من جهة اخرى سببت لذلك لجأت العديد من الدول الى تعليق ].6،5فعاليتها مواداً مسرطنة ومشوهة لالجنة فضالً عن تأثيراتها التطفيرية [ الجات امينة استعمال هذه المواد في البيئة المائية، وكبديل لذلك اتجهت الدراسات في السنوات القليلة الماضية اليجاد ع وغير ضارة للبيئة، من ذلك استعمال المستخلصات النباتية والزيوت الطيارة للعديد من النباتات التي تزخر بها الطبيعة والتي استعملت منذ سنين مضت وللوقت الحاضر لعالج امراض االنسان ومضادات تجاه االحياء المجهرية. امها على االطالق في العراق بشأن تأثير المستخلصات النباتية في نمو وبالنظر لقلة هذه الدراسات في العالم وانعد الفطريات المائية وفعاليتها ال سيما المسببة المراض االسماك وبيوضها للحد من انتشار وامراضية هذه الفطريات في سة الحالية اختبار فعالية مزارع االسماك والبحيرات ومن ثم الحد من تأثيرها في االقتصاد وانتاج االسماك. هدفت الدرا من s. feraxتجاه الفطر المائي e. incrassataالمستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار الوراق نبات اليوكالبتوس .خالل دراسة تأثير هذه المستخلصات في النمو الخضري والتكاثر الالجنسي والجنسي وانبات االبواغ المتحوصلة ـــ ـــــــ ــــــــ ـــــــ ــــــــ ـــــــ ــــــــ ـــــــ ــــــــ ـــــــ ــــــــ ـــــــ ــــــــ ـــــــ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ــ ـــــــ ــــــــ ـــــــ ـــــ البحث مستل من رسالة ماجستير للباحث الثاني 128 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المواد وطرائق العمل من سلحفاة صغيرة مصابة بغزل فطري في منطقة الرأس s. ferax: ُعزل الفطر s. feraxالفطر المائي glucose-yeast extractواالطراف وذلك باخذ عينة صغيرة من هذه الخيوط وزرعها على الوسط الزرعي الغذائي agar (gya) ]7) ْم20] المضاف اليه المضاد الحيوي كلورامفينيكول. بعد حضن االطباق في الحاضنة بدرجة حرارة ( ) ايام، أخذت قطعة صغيرة من النمو بوساطة ثاقب الفلين المعقم من حافة المستعمرة ووضعت في طبق بتري 4-3لمدة ( ) بذرات من بذور السمسم المعقمة والمضاد الحيوي. حضنت االطباق بدرجة 3-2معقم حاوٍ على ماء مقطر معقم مع ( ل الفحص المجهري المباشر لالطباق ومراقبة طريقة تكون ) ْم وتم فحصها يوميا ً، وشخص الفطر من خال20حرارة ( الحافظات البوغية واشكالها، وطريقة تحرر االبواغ السابحة وخصائص الحافظات المشيجية االنثوية والذكرية واالبواغ ].9،8البيضية وباالعتماد على المصادر التصنيفية [ البتوس من حديقة كلية التربية /ابن الهيثم في شهر آذار وشخص : جمعت كميات من اوراق نبات اليوكنبات اليوكالبتوس من استاذة التصنيف االستاذة الدكتورة عذية المشهداني. نظفت االوراق جيدا من االتربة e. incrassateنوعه على انه المسحوق في بغسلها بالماء الجاري ثم تركت لتجف بدرجة حرارة المختبر، بعدها طحنت بالمطحنة الكهربائية وحفظ اكياس بالستيكية بدرجة حرارة المختبر. -تحضير المستخلصات والزيت الطيار الوراق نبات اليوكالبتوس: ].11و 10المستخلص المائي البارد حسب طريقة [ -1 ) وحسب طريقة soxhlet apparatus)% وجهاز السوكسليت (99المستخلص الكحولي بأستعمال الكحول االثيلي ( -2 ]13،12.[ ) ْم لمدة 60) بدرجة حرارة (clavenger apparatus] وجهاز التقطير بالبخار (14الزيت الطيار: اتبعت طريقة [ -3 ) ساعات.3 -2.5( الكشف عن المركبات الفعالة في اوراق نبات اليوكالبتوس: والمركبات الفعالة hplcاز تم الكشف عن بعض المركبات الفعالة في مسحوق اوراق نبات اليوكالبتوس باستخدام جه ).1القياسية الموضحة في جدول ( :s. feraxتاثير المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار في بايولوجية الفطر تاثير المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار في النمو القطري للفطر: -1 ، 0.5)% وحضرت منه التراكيز التالية (10حضر المستخلص المائي والكحولي الوراق النبات وبمحلول خزين بتركيز ( ، 0.5، 0.25، 0.1، 0.05، 0.025، 0.01)% للمستخلصين اما الزيت الطيار فاستعملت التراكيز (2.5، 2، 1.5، 1 الذابة الزيت وعمل مستحلب tween 80) مل مادة 0.15)%، اذ اذيب حجم معلوم من الزيت لكل تركيز بحجم (0.75 قابل لالنتشار في الوسط الزرعي. اضيفت احجام معينة من المستخلصات والزيت الطيار في حجم معين من الوسط للحصول على التراكيز المطلوبة ثم صب الوسط الغذائي في اطباق معقمة، وبعد تصلب الوسط لقحت gya الزرعي ) ايام، حضنت االطباق بدرجة 5-4) ملم مأخوذ من حافة مزرعة بعمر (5للخيوط الفطرية بقطر ( االطباق بقرص حامل ) ْم وبعدها تم حساب قطر المستعمرة يوميا ً لحين وصول النمو في طبق السيطرة الى حافة الطبق. حسبت النسبة 20( المئوية للتثبيط في اليوم الرابع من النمو وحسب القانون: 100× قطر مستعمرة المعاملة –قطر مستعمرة السيطرة النسبة المئوية للتثبيط = قطر مستعمرة السيطرة تاثير المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار في التكاثر الالجنسي والجنسي للفطر: -2 ر (المستحلب) بالتراكيز المحددة الى اطباق بتري معقمة حاوية على اضيف المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيا ) بذور سمسم معقمة، بعدها لقح كل طبق بقرص من الوسط الغذائي 4-3حجم معلوم من الماء المقطر المعقم، ثم اضيف ( لمجهر لمتابعة تكوين ) ْم وتم فحصها يوميا ً بوساطة ا20) ايام. حضنت االطباق بدرجة (5-4الحامل للنمو القطري بعمر ( ].16،15الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية االنثوية وتسجيل وقت ظهورها [ تأثير المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار في انبات االبواغ المتحوصلة للفطر: -3 من وسط كامل ] واعتمادا ًعلى الفرضية التي تؤكد أن نقل الفطر المائي 4تم تحضير محلول االبواغ طبقا لطريقة [ ) مل من عالق االبواغ المحضر 1المغذيات الى وسط ضعيف المغذيات يؤدي الى تحفيز عملية التبويغ. اضيف حجم ( ) مضافاً اليه تراكيز معينة من gya) بوغ/مل الى اطباق بتري حاوية على وسط غذائي صلب (5 10× 6بتركيز ( ) ْم مدة 20محلول االبواغ بوساطة الناشر ثم حضنت االطباق بدرجة (المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار، نشر ) من المجهر الضوئي في عدد من x 10) ساعة. بعدها تم حساب نسبة انبات االبواغ المتحوصلة تحت القوة (20-24( ].18،17) بوغ لكل معاملة فضال عن معاملة السيطرة [100حقول المجهر وبما ال يقل عن ( 129 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المناقشةالنتائج و أ،ب) 1) وشكل (1جدول ( hplcباستخدام جهاز e. incrassataاظهرت نتيجة تحليل مستخلص اوراق احتواء اوراق النبات على عدد من المركبات المعروفة بفعاليتها المضادة تجاه االحياء المجهرية عامة. تمثلت هذه المواد بنسبة citronellal)% ومركب 2.30بنسبة ( terpineol)% ومركب 34.24وكان بنسبة ( cineole-1,8بالمركبات )% فضال ًعن احتواء 6.83بنسبة ( phellendrene)% ومركب 16.16بنسبة ( geraniol)% ومركب 16.10( )%.24.33بنسبة ( citric acidالمستخلص على اسية للزيت الطيار النواع ان المواد التي تم الكشف عنها في نوع اليوكالبتوس قيد الدراسة تمثل المركبات االس phellendreneالذي يمثل المادة االساس الفعالة ومركب cineoleاليوكالبتوس المختلفة االخرى السيما مركب ولكن بنسب مختلفة باختالف انواع اليوكالبتوس. citronellalو geraniolو ) احتوائها على e. incrassataوبصورة عامة اظهرت العديد من الدراسات النواع مختلفة من اليوكالبتوس (غير النوع ].22،21،20،19)% [80 -20بنسب تراوحت بين ( cineole-1,8المركب :s. feraxتأثير المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار في النمو القطري للفطر من اخطر الممرضات لبيوض االسماك، لذلك استعمل هذا الفطر في الدراسة الحالية. s. ferax] الفطر 23ث [لقد عد الباح اظهرت نتائج معاملة الفطر المائي بتراكيز مختلفة من المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار الوراق النبات وبقياس اقطار المستعمرات ) بزيادة التراكيز p >0.05للنمو القطري وتحت مستوى احتمالية ( اظهرت النتائج حصول انخفاض معنوي )% 1.5)% ،والتركيز (69)% مستخلص مائي والذي اعطى نسبة خفض للنمو بقيمة (3.5وصوال ً الى التركيز ( زيت )% تثبيطاً تاما ً للنمو. اما ال2)% ،واظهر التركيز (62.23مستخلص كحولي والذي ادى الى خفض النمو بنسبة ( 2)% الى تثبيط كامل للنمو (شكل 0.5)% وادى التركيز (59.45)% خفضا ً للنمو بنسبة (0.25الطيار فاظهر التركيز ( أ،ب،ج). تاثير المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار في انتاج الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية االنثوية: اليوكالبتوس الى تاخير معنوي بتراكيز مختلفة من المستخلص المائي الوراق s. feraxاظهرت نتائج معاملة الفطر المائي )0.05< p) 0.5)%. ولم يظهر التركيز (2، 1.5، 1) في تكوين الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية االنثوية عند التراكيز %( ة (اليوم الثاني والخامس على تأثيرا ً في تكوين كال النوعين من الحافظات، اذ ظهرت في اليوم نفسه في معاملة السيطر )% الى تاخير تكوين كال النوعين من الحافظات 1.5و 1التوالي للحافظات البوغية والمشيجية االنثوية) وادى التركيز ( )% الى تأخير تكوين الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية االنثوية الى اليوم التاسع 2معنوياً الى اليوم السادس. وادى التركيز ( )% لغاية االنتهاء من التجربة التي استمرت مدة 2.5عشر على التوالي. وثبط النمو في الوسط المائي بتركيز ( والثاني )% تاخيراً 0.5أ) كذلك الحال بالنسبة الى معاملة الفطر بالمستخلص الكحولي فقد اظهر التركيز ( 3عشرين يوما ً(شكل نثوية الى اليوم الخامس والسابع على التوالي مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة معنويا ً في تكوين الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية اال 3)% لغاية اليوم العشرين من الحضانة (شكل 2.5، 2، 1.5، 1(اليوم الثاني والخامس)، وثبط نمو الفطر في التراكيز ( ب). يتاخر انتاج الحافظات )% تاخيراً ليوم واحد للحافظات البوغية ولم 0.5اما الزيت الطيار فاظهر التركيز ( )% الى تأخير معنوي لتكوين الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية 0.1المشيجية االنثوية مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة، وادى التركيز ( )% طول مدة التجربة (شكل 0.75، 0.5، 0.25االنثوية الى اليوم الخامس والثامن على التوالي، وثبط النمو في التراكيز ( ج). 3 في انبات االبواغ المتحوصلة للفطر المائي e. incrassataالمستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار لنبات تأثير s. ferax: بتراكيز مختلفة من المستخلص المائي والكحولي s. feraxاظهرت نتائج معاملة االبواغ المتحوصلة للفطر ) بزيادة p >0.05ت االبواغ المتحوصلة معنوياً والحتمالية (والزيت الطيار فعالية هذه التراكيز في خفض نسبة انبا )% للمستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار على التوالي التي ادت الى 0.25، 1، 1.5التراكيز وصوالً الى التركيز ( أ،ب،ج). 4تثبيط تام النبات االبواغ (شكل الى احتوائه على e. incrassataيعزى الفعل التثبيطي للمستخلصات والزيت الطيار الوراق اليوكالبتوس يعود الى التربينات cineole-1,8) التي يمثل اغلبها تربينات احادية. فمركب 1المركبات الفعالة الموضحة في (جدول فيمثالن تربينات احادية غير حلقية (تربينات citronellalو geraniolاالحادية احادية الحلقة (تربينات ايثرية) اما احادية الحلقة (تربينات كحوليتين واخيرا مركب -فيمثل تربينات احادية α-terpineolكحولية) ،ومركب phellendrene ] ومن المعروف ان فعل التربينات االحادية تجاه االحياء المجهرية 23الذي يمثل ايضا تربينات احادية .[ بصورة عامة يعود الى قابليتها على التداخل مع االغشية الخلوية، اذ تكون محبة للدهون ومن ثم فأن فعاليتها هذه تؤدي الى ومن ثم تدفق االلكترونات مما يؤدي الى proton motive forceخلل في آلية النقل الفعال والقوة المحركة للبروتونات ]. وقد وجد ان الفعالية التثبيطية للزيت الطيار الي 26، 25، 24اخل خلوية [للمكونات الد coagulationحصول تخثر 130 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 28، 27نبات ناتج من التأثير التآزري للمركبات التي يحتويها الزيت بصورة عامة مقارنة مع المركبات الفعالة النقية [ )% ،ويعد هذا الحامض كغيره 24.33]. فضالً عن ذلك فقد احتوى المستخلص عل حامض الستريك الذي ظهر بنسبة (29، ]. 30من الحوامض العضوية من المواد المثبطة لنمو االحياء المجهرية ومنها الفطريات [ المصادر 1lilly, j. h.; callinan, r. b.; chinbut, s.; kanchanakhan, s.; macrae, i. h. and philips, m. j. (1998). epizootic ulcerative syndrome (eus), technical hand book. aquatic animal health research institute. bangkok: 69. 2czeczuga, b.; mazalska, b.; godlewska, a. and muszynska, e. (2005). aquatic fungi growing on dead fragments of submerged plants. limnologica, 35 (4): 283-297. 3campbell, r. e.; lilley, j. h.; taukhid, p. v. and kanchanakhan, s. (2001). in vitro screening of novel treatment for aphanomyces invadans. aquacult. res., 32 :223-233. 4khomvilai, c.; kashiwagi, m. and yoshioka, m. (2006). fungicidal activities of horse radish extract on fish-pathogen, oomycetes saprolegnia. bull. fac. bioresources, mie univ., 33 :1-7. 5stickney, r. r. (1991). culture of salmonid fishes. crs press, boca raton: 189. 6doerge, d. r.; churchwell, m. i.; gehring, t. a. and plakas, s. m. (1998). analysis of malachite green and metabolite in fish using liquid chromatography atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry. chem. res. tox., 11 :1098-1104. 7mori, t.; hirose, h.; hanjavanit, c. and hatai, k. (2002). antifungal activities of plant extracts against some aquatic fungi. biocontrol. sci., 7 (3): 187-191. 8cocker, w. c. (1965). the saprolegniaceae with notes on other water molds. univ. n. c. press, chapel hill, north carolina: 201 pp. 9seymour, r. l. (1970). the genus saprolegnia. verlag van j. cramer germany: 124 pp. 10harborne, j. b. (1984). phytochemical methods. aguid to modern techniques of plant analysis. chapman and hill, london, uk. ipomoeaوالهندال convolvulus arvensis). تاثير مستخلصات نباتي المديد 1998السالمي، وجيه مظهر ( -11 caricia في االداء الحيوي لحشرة من الحنطةschizplis grominum (homoptera:aphididae) اطروحة . دكتوراه، كلية العلوم، جامعة بابل. 12harborne, j. b. (1973). phytochemical methods. c. x. and wyman ltd. norfolk: 278 pp. .zygophyllum fabago l). تأثير مستخلصات نبات خناق الدجاج 2004القيسي، استبرق عزالدين محمود ( -13 الة الخضراء في نمو وفعالية بعض االحياء المجهرية. رس citrus aurantiumوالزيت الطيار لقشور ثمار النارنج ماجستير، كلية التربية/ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد. 14bankole, s. a. and joda, a. o. (2004). effect of lemon grass (cymbopogon citratus staff) powder and essential oil on mould deterioration and aflatoxin contamination of melon seed (colocynthis citrullus). afr. j. biotech., 3 (1):52-59. ). تأثير واستغالل النفط الخام وبعض مشتقاته في بعض الفطريات المائية المعزولة 1999الطائي، شذى علي شفيق ( -15 من نهر دجلة. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية/ ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد. لثقيلة في بايولوجية بعض الفطريات المائية المعزولة من نهر ). تاثير بعض المعادن ا1999الشاوي، نغم سوادي ( -16 دجلة. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية/ ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد. 17ali, b. z. (1984). a comparative study of growth regulation in fungi. ph.d. thesis, university of durham, uk:203 pp. ). تقييم فعالية المستخلص المائي والكحولي والزيت الطيار الوراق نبات 2011ل سالم مهدي (السامرائي، طال -18 و saprolegnia hypogynaتجاه بعض الخصائص البايولوجية للفطرين eucalyptus incrassataاليوكالبتوس saprolegnia ferax.رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية/ ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد . 19chackravarty, h. l. (1976). plants of iraq, dictionary of economic plants. vol. (1) botany directorate, ministry of agriculture agrarian reform. iraq, baghdad: 230 pp. 20benjilali, b.; elaraki, a. t.; ayadi, a. and ihlial, m. (1984). methods to study antimicrobial effects of essential oils: application to the antifungal activity of six moroccan essences. j. food prot., 47 :748-752. 131 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 21rai, m. k.; qureshi, s. and pandy, a. k. (1999). in vitro susceptibility of opportunistic fusarium sp. to essential oils. mycoses., 42 : 97-101. 22tampieri, m. p.; galuppi, r.; carelle, m. s.; macchiono, f.; cioni, p. l. and morelli, i. (2003). effect of selected essential oils and pure compounds on saprolegnia parasitica. pharmaceutical biology., 4 (18): 584-591. 23kiziewicz, b. (2005). aquatic fungi growing on seeds of plants in various types of water bodies of podlasie province. polish j environ. studies., 14 (1): 49-55. 24naidu, a. s. (2000). natural food antimicrobial system. crc press, usa.: 818 pp. 25denyer, s. p. and hygo, w. b. (1991). mechanisms of antibacterial action of chemical biocides. black well, oxford: 331-334. 26burt, s. (2004). essential oils: their antimicrobial properties and potential application in foods-a review. int. j. food microbiol., 94 :223-253. 27cowan, m. m. (1999). plant products as antimicrobial agents. clin. microbiol. rev., 12 (4): 564-582. 28inouye, s.; takizawa, t. and yamaguchi, h. (2001). antimicrobial activity of essential oils and their major constituents against respiratory tract pathogens by gaseous contact. j. antimicrobio. chem., 47 :565-573. 29lee, s. h.; chang, k. s.; su, m. s.; hang, y. s. and jangs (2007). effect of some chinese medicinal plant extracts on five different fungi. food control, 18 :1547-1554. 30reiss, j. (1976). prevention of the formation of mycotoxins in whole wheat bread by citric acid and lactic acid. expermentia, 32 : 168. hplcباستخدام جهاز e. incrassataالمركبات الفعالة المفصولة من مستخلص أوراق نبات بعض ): 1جدول ( المركب الفعال حزمة المادة المجهولةمساحة وزمن احتجازه مساحة حزمة المادة القياسية وزمن احتجازه التركيز % 1,8-cineole 203599 (1.105) 6392 (0.998) 34.24 terpineol 7882 (1.95) 3677 (2.0) 2.30 citronellal 38805 (2.93) 2590 (2.903) 16.10 geraniol 52498 (3.538) 3493 (3.49) 16.16 phellandrene 16204 (4.033) 2548 (4.067) 6.83 citric acid 49073 2168 24.33 (4.915) (4.912) مايكغم / مل. 50* تركيز المركبات القياسية = retention time) = زمن االحتجاز rtاألرقام بين قوسين ( 132 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 أ ب hplcالمواد القياسية بأستخدام جهاز -مستخلص اوراق اليوكالبتوس المفصولة ب -): كروماتوم أ1شكل ( . أ ب ج على وسط s. feraxالزيت الطيار في النمو القطري للفطر -الكحولي ج -المائي ب -): تاثير مستخلصات أ2شكل ( gya. 133 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 أ ب ج الزيت الطيار في انتاج الحافظات البوغية والمشيجية االنثوية -الكحولي ج -المائي ب -): تأثير المستخلصات أ3شكل ( .s. feraxفي الماء المقطر للفطر أ ب ج s. feraxالزيت الطيار في انبات االبواغ المتحوصلة للفطر -لكحولية جا -المائية ب -): تاثير المستخلصات أ4شكل ( .gyaعلى وسط 134 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 evaluation of the activity of aqueous and alcoholic extract and essential oil of eucalyptus incrassata toward some biological characteristics of the water mold saprolegnia ferax b. z. ali ,t. s. mahde department of biology ,college of education ibnalhaitham, universityof baghdad. received in:20 december 2011 accepted in:26 february 2012 abstract the study was conducted to evaluate the antifungal activity of the aqueous and alcoholic extract and the essential oil of e. incrassata leaves toward some biological characteristics of the water mold s. ferax. chemical analysis of the plant leaves using hplc showed the content of several active compounds included 1,8-cineole, terpineal, citronellal, phellendrene and citiric acid. treatment of the fungus growing on solid media containing different concentrations of the extracts showed significant gradual decrease in radial growth with the increasing concentration, and the effect varied with the different extracts. treatment of the fungus grown in distilled water on sesame seeds with different concentration of both extracts and the essential oil caused significant delay in production of zoosporangia and oogonia with the increasing concentration, which showed effect on asexual and sexual reproduction. results of treating encysted zoospores with different concentrations of both extracts and essential oil showed significant gradual reduction in percentage zoospore germination with the increase of concentration. generally, the essential oil showed higher activity at the lower concentration followed by the alcoholic extract then the aqueous. key word: aqueous and alcoholic extract, essential oils, eucalyptus incrassata, saprolegnia ferax. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 316 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ننباث انحنطت انمتأثر أثير اضافت بيروكسيذ انهيذروجين وحامض االبسيسكت باالجهاد انمهحي حسين عسيس محمذ كٝبىٚعبٍؼخ ،ميٞخ اىيهاػخ،قٌَ ػيً٘ اىزوثخ ٗاىَ٘اهك اىَبئٞخ 2102تشرين انثاني 01قبم انبحث:، 2102ايار 22استهم انبحث: انخالصت ،فٜ ٍنابِّٞ ٍقزيتزاِٞ، دؽالَٕب ٞاو ٍزااصو ثبىَي٘ؽاخ ٗرقاغ ثبىؾقاو اىَغابٗه ىؼَابكح ميٞاخ اىيهاػاخ خؽقيٞ خاعوٝذ رغوث عبٍؼاخ كٝابىٚ ىيٍَ٘اٌ اىقوٝتاٜ -بئٞاخ عبٍؼخ كٝبىٚ ٗاالفوٙ ٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗرقغ فٜ ؽق٘ه قَاٌ ػياً٘ اىزوثاخ ٗاىَا٘اهك اىَ ّتاند اىْجابد فاٍٜي٘ؽاخ اىزوثاخ ٗفٖاٌ ثؼا٘ اىزااصٞواد ٗاىزنٞتابد اىتَايغٞخ ىيازَيؼ رقتٞف ؽالح ثٖلف ( 2016 2015) ٗدّاازَيذ ٍؼاابٍالد اىزغوثااخ ػيااٚ ٍبٝااارٜ ٗثضالصااخ ٍنااوهاد rcbd)رٖااٌَٞ اىقطبػاابد اىؼْاا٘ائٞخ اىنبٍيااخ)اىزغوثااخ ٗفاا ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗاالفوٙ ٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ،دهثغ ٍَاز٘ٝبد ٍاِ ّقاغ اىجانٗه فاٜ ثٞوٗمَاٞل اىٖبٝالهٗعِٞ ح ٞو ٍزاصوروثزبُ دؽلَٕب ىزو وٍيَٞ٘ى20، 15، 10، 0ٕٜ -1 ٍيغٌ ىزاو 30، 15، 0ٍَز٘ٝبد ىيوُ ثؾبٍ٘ االثََٞاٞل ٕاٜ خصالص 1 راٌ قٞابً ٗاىَْاجخ اىَئ٘ٝاخ رومٞي اىجوٗىِٞ، ىٞو صجبرٞخ اىغْبءاىَْجخ اىَئ٘ٝخ ىل،اىنبريٞياىتؼبىٞخ اىنيٞخ الّيٌٝ ر٘م٘فٞوٗه ٗ -رومٞي االىتب اىتؼبىٞاخ اىنيٞاخ الّايٌٝ ر٘ما٘فٞوٗه ٗ -رومٞاي االىتاب اكىكااالراٜ ثْٞاذ ّزابئظ اىزغاوثٞزِٞ اىؾْطاخ ىْجابد ىيْٚؼ االىٞنزوٗىٞزاٜ َزااصوح اىفاٜ اىزوثاخ اىَزااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽاخ ٍقبهّاخ ثبىزوثاخ ٞاو ٗاىَْاجخ اىَئ٘ٝاخ ىيْٚاؼ االىٞنزوٗىٞزاٜ ٗرومٞي اىجاوٗىِٞ اىنبريٞي اكٙ ّقااغ اىجاانٗه ثجٞوٗمَااٞل اىٖٞاالهٗعِٞ اىااٚ ىٝاابكح ٍؼْ٘ٝااخ فااٜ ا ياات اىٖااتبد اىَلهٍٗااخ الٍااَٞب ػْاال اىزومٞااي ،ثاابىزَيؼ ىزو وَ٘ىٍي20ٞ -1 ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ (( 0فؼْل هفغ اىزومٞي ٍِ -1 ىزووَ٘ىٍيٞ( 20)اىٚ -1 اىتؼبىٞاخ ، ر٘ما٘فٞوٗه -رومٞي االىتاباىكاك %، 78.88% ثَْاجخ ىٝابكح اىََابؽخ اى٘هقٞاخ رومٞاي اىجوٗىْٞا٘، ىٞو صجبرٞاخ اىغْابءاىَْاجخ اىَئ٘ٝاخ ىال، اىنيٞخ الّيٌٝ اىنبريٞي اٙابفخ ؽابٍ٘ ْٞو اىْزبئظ اىٚ رتا٘ ٍَاز٘ٙ ػالً ٗرىيزوثخ اىَزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ % %16.36،%34.04،17.47، 135.54 ٍيغٌ ىزوaba00(االثََٞل 1ٍيغٌ ىزوaba1 (15ٙػيٚ ٍَز٘( 1ىزوٍيغٌ aba2 (30( ٍَٗز٘ٙ 1رومٞاي ىٖاتخ ( ( 30) ٍَاز٘ٙ االٙابفخ ثَْٞب رتا٘ ٗاىَْجخ اىَئ٘ٝخ ىيْٚؼ االىٞنزوٗىٞزٜ اىتؼبىٞخ اىنيٞخ الّيٌٝ اىنبريٞير٘م٘فٞوٗه ٗ –االىتب ٍيغٌ ىزااو 1اىَزاااصوح يزوثااخى فااٜ االٗها اىْجبرٞااخ اىجااوٗىِٞٗرومٞي ىٖااتخ كىٞااو صجبرٞااخ اىغْاابء ََااز٘ٝبد االفااوٙاىػيااٚ ثقٞااخ ىزووٍيَٞا٘ى20) اىزالافو رت٘ رومٞايثبىَي٘ؽخ -1 ٍيغٌ ىزاوh2o2+0ٍاِ 1ر٘ما٘فٞوٗه -رومٞاي االىتابفاٜ ٕاتخ (abaٍاِ اىكاكد ػْااال ٍَاااز٘ٙ الّااايٌٝ اىنااابريٞياىتؼبىٞاااخ اىنيٞاااخ فاااٜ اىزوثاااخ اىَزااااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽاااخ اىتؼبىٞاااخ اىنيٞاااخ الّااايٌٝ اىنااابريٞيٗ ىزووٍيَٞاااا٘ى20) -1 ٍيغٌ ىزااااوh2o2 +0ٍااااِ 1َزاااااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽااااخ ثَْٞب رتاااا٘ اىزاااالافو اىفااااٜ اىزوثااااخ ٞااااو (abaٍااااِ ىزو وَ٘ىٍي20ٞ) -1 ٍِh2o2 +30ppmaba اىجوٗىْٞتاٜ اىزوثاخ رومٞاي ٗكىٞاو صجبرٞاخ اىغْابء (ػيٚ رومٞي اىَقبهّاخ ىٖاتخ كٗه ؽابٍ٘ ثٞوٗمَاٞل اىٖبٝالهٗعِٞ فاٜ اىْزبئظثْٞذ َزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ اىٗرومٞي اىجوٗىِٞ فٜ اىزوثخ ٞو اىَزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ رؾَِٞ قبثيٞخ اىْجبد ػيٚ اىزؼبِٝ ٍغ ٗع٘ك االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ صجبرٞاااخ كىٞاااو ،ر٘مااا٘فٞوٗه ، اّااايٌٝ اىنااابريٞي ثٞوٗمَاااٞل اىٖبٝااالهٗعِٞ ، ؽااابٍ٘ االثََٞاااٞل ، االىتاااب انكهمااااث انمحتاحيااات ٗاىْٚؼ االىنزوٗىٞزٜاىغْبء ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 317 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انمقذمت ٍيُٞ٘ ٕنزبه ( ٍِ االهاٜٙ فٜ اىؼبىٌ 870% ) 6 ٞو اىؾٞ٘ٝخ اىوئَٞخ اما اُ ادٝؼل االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ٍِ ثِٞ االعٖبك ٍيُٞ٘ ٕنزبه ( ٍزاصوح ثبىزَيؼ اىضبّ٘ٛ ، دٍب 45% )2ٍزبصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ اىزٜ بىجب ٍب رنُ٘ دٍجبثٖب ٛجٞؼٞخ ، ٗؽ٘اىٜ ٍيُٞ٘ ٕنزبه ( ٍِ اىََبؽبد اىيهاػٞخ فٜ اىَْبٛ اىغبفخ 32(% 20االهاٜٙ اىَوٗٝخ فٜ اىؼبىٌ اىزٜ رْنو ؽ٘اىٜ قيخ ٗاىزٜ رْزظ صيش اىغناء اىؼبىَٜ ٕٜ ٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ،ٗريكاك ٍْنيخ رَيؼ اىزوة فٜ اىَْبٛ اىغبفخ ّٗجٔ اىغبفخ ثَجت اُ االعٖبك [1] مىل ٍِ ٙؼف اكاهح اىزوة ٗاىَٞبٓ ّزؼ ٍٗب ٝواف -االٍطبه ٗكهعبد اىؾواهح اىؼبىٞخ ٗاهرتبع َّجخ اىزجقو بد ٗاّزبط اىجوٗرْٞ ْٕغاىَيؾٜ ٝضجٜ اّجبد اىجنٗه َّٗ٘ اىْجبد ٍِ فاله اىزاصٞو فٜ ػَيٞخ اىجْبء اىٚ٘ئٜ ٗاٍزٖبٓ اىَبء ٗ اىْجبربد ٍِ فاله رؼغٞو ٕوٍٖب ػِ ٛوٝ رغَغ االّٝ٘بد فٜٗمىل الُ ىيَي٘ؽخ راصٞوا ّ٘ػٞب [ 2] اىطبقخ ٗاٝ٘ اىيٞجٞلاد ٞخ ٗاىنَٞ٘ؽٞ٘ٝخ فٜ فالٝب اىزٜ رورتغ فٜ ّٖبٝخ االٍو اىٚ ٍَز٘ٙ اىََٞخ ٗرتوٗ اعٖبك اٙبفٞب ػيٚ اىؼَيٞبد اىتَٞ٘ى٘ع اُ االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ مغٞوٓ ٍِ االعٖبكاد ٞو اىؾٞ٘ٝخ ٝؾلس ٙوها امَلٝب فٜ فالٝب اىْجبد ٍِ فاله ؽضٔ [ 3]اىْجبد ( مبىَ٘ثو دٗمَٞل ٗاالمَغِٞ اىَْتوك ٗعنه اىٖبٝلهٗمَٞو ٗثٞوٗمَٞل rosىْْ٘ء دّ٘اع االٗمَغِٞ اىْْٜ ) ٍْقتٚخ ػَيذ مغيٝئبد ٍؼطٞخ ىالّبهح ػْل رؼوٗ مبّذ ثزوامٞي فٜ اىْجبربد فبما دصبه ٍزجبْٝخ اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ اىزٜ رزوك اىْجبربد ىالعٖبكاد ٗاما مبّذ ثزوامٞي ػبىٞخ رَججذ ثامَلح اىيٞجٞلاد ٗرغٞٞو ٛجٞؼٞخ اىجوٗرْٞبد ٗريف دّوٛخ اه [dna4] ػيٚ دصو اىْظبً اىلفبػٜ ىيْجبربدٕنٓ االّ٘اع اىْْطخ ٍِ االٗمَغِٞ ٝؼزَل ٗاُ اثطبه ٍَٞخ (defen system) ٗاىَزَضو ثجؼ٘ اىَومجبد االّيَٝٞخ ٗ ٞو االّيَٝٞخ ٍِٗ دٌٕ اىَومجبد ٞو االّيَٝٞخ اىتْٞ٘الد ٗاالىتب hydrogenثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ) ٝؼلمبهٗرِٞ ٗاىنبهثٕ٘ٞلهاد ٗاىَنوٝبد ٗ ٞوٕب -ر٘م٘فٞوٗه ٗاىجٞزب pexoxide ٕ٘ ٗ ٍْٜٞومت مَٞبئٜ ىٔ ٕٞغخ ( اؽل اّ٘اع االعٖبك ٗ ََٝٚ اٝٚب اىَبء االٗمَغh2o2 ٝؼل ؽَٚب ٕ٘ ٗ ، ٙٞؼتب ٕٗ٘ ّبرظ افزياه اىنزوِّٗٞٞ ٍِ االٗمَغِٞ،ٗىٔ اىؼلٝل ٍِ االكٗاه االٍبٍٞخ فٜ ػَيٞخ رَضٞو اىغناء ىيْجبد ،ٗ ْٝبهك فٜ ٍغَ٘ػخ ٗاٍؼخ ٍٗزْ٘ػخ ٍِ اىزتبػالد ،ٗرؼبقت االّبهاد اىالىٍخ ىغَٞغ ع٘اّت َّ٘ اىْؼٞواد اىغنهٝخ ٗ [ 5]رَبٝي اىقْت ٗ اىينْْخ ٗ رْظٌ ػَيٞخ ي ٗ فزؼ اىضغ٘ه ،ٗاٝٚب ْٝبهك فٜ ػَيٞبد االٝ٘ ٗاىَْ٘ اىطجٞؼٜ ىيْجبد ٗٝنُ٘ فبٍالً ػْل ػلً رؼوٗ اىْجبد اىٚ االعٖبك ،ٕٗنٓ اىقبٕٞخ رَْؾٔ اىقلهح ػيٚ اىزْقو كافو اَّغخ اىْجبد ،ٕٗ٘ ٝؼل ( rosبػالد ٗ ٕ٘ مغيٝئٜ ىالّبهاد اىَزؼيقخ ثبّ٘اع االٗمَغِٞ اىزتبػيٞخ )اىَبكح االٍبً فٜ ٍغَ٘ػخ ٍزْ٘ػخ ٍِ اىزت ٕٗنا ْٝٞو اىٚ ٍلٙ ،[ 6]ٝ٘عل كافو االَّغخ ٗ اؽٞبّب فٜ اعياء ٍِ علهاُ فالٝب اىْؼٞوح اىغنهٝخ اٗ فٜ فالٝب اىجْوح ٝؼزقل اُ اىَبٝز٘مّ٘لهٝب [ 7] رؾنَٔ ثبىجٞئخ اىلافيٞخ ىيْجبد ،ٗ ٕ٘ ٝنُ٘ ؽغٞواد ػيٚ ٍَز٘ٙ االَّغخ كافو االٗها mitochondria امجو اىَ٘اقغ اىزٜ رزٌ فٖٞب اّزبط ٍِh2o2 ( ُٗاُ ٍيَيخ ّقو االىنزو ٗetc )electron transport chain ٛ٘1ػيٚفٜ اىَبٝز٘مّ٘لهٝب رؾز-nadhdehyrogenase 2-succinate dehydrogenase 3ubiquinon-cyto chromebcٝزٌ اّزبط فاله ػَيٞخ اىزْت ٌh2o2 ( ٗاُ 2( )1فٜ ٍ٘قؼِٞ هئَِٞٞ اىَومت، ) ubiqunon ٝزؾ٘ه ٌَّ َٝبػل فٜ رؾ٘ٝو االٗمَغِٞ اىغيٝئٜ اىٚ عنٗه اىَ٘ثو اٗمَبٝل ػِ ٛوٝ ّقو االىنزوّٗبد ٍِٗ صَ ثٞوٗمَٞل ْٕٗبك ٍٖلهافوالّزبط mn-sod [8 ]عنه اىَ٘ثو اٗمَبٝل اىٚ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ثََبػلح اّيٌٝ اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ كافو اىْجبد ٕٗ٘ اىجالٍزٞلاد اىقٚواء اىزٜ رؾز٘ٛ ػيٚ اىٖجغبد ٗ اىجوٗرْٞبد ٗ رتبػالد اىْظبً quinon a(qa)quinone b(qb),اىٚ٘ئٜ ،اُ ٍيَيخ ّقو االىنزوّٗبد ٗ مو ٍَزقجالد االىنزوّٗبد ferredoxin(fd),iron sulfurportein(fes),plastoquinone(pq), ٖب كٗه فٜ ريٗٝل االٗمَغِٞ اىغيٝئٜ ى o2ثبىنزوّٗبد ٍْزغب اىَ٘ثو اٗمَبٝلo2 َٝبٌٕ ] [ cuzn-sod9 ثََبػلح اّيٌٝ h2o2ٕٗنا ثلٗهٓ ٝزؾ٘ه اىٚ ٗ ٝؼل lignificationsزنِ٘ٝ اىنِْٞ ثثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ فٜ اىؼلٝل ٍِ االىٞبد اىَقبٍٗخ ػِ ٛوٝ رؼيٝي علاه اىقيٞخ خ ىؾَبٝخ اىقيٞخ ٗ اىلفبع ٙل االٕبثبد اىَوٙٞخ امٝؤكٛ اّزبط ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ كافو اىقالٝب ٍِ اىَومجبد اىََٖ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ كٗهاً فٜ اىؼَيٞبد ٗٝؤكٛ،[10]ىَوٙٞخ ٗ رؾتٞي اىغْٞبد اىلفبػٞخاىْجبرٞخ اىٚ قزو اىََججبد ا [ 11]اىقــــــــــيٞخ حاىتَٞ٘ى٘عٞخ ٍضو اىْٞق٘فخ ٗػَيٞبد اىجْبء اىٚ٘ئٜ ٗ ؽــــــــومخ اىــــــــضغ٘ه ٗ اىــــــزْتَ٘ كٗه ( abaاىْجبرٞخ ) مَب ٝؼَو ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ػيٚ ؽش االّبهاد اىغيٝئٞخ اىََؤٗىخ ػِ اىٖوٍّ٘بد abscisicacide ،ethylene ،ja))jasmonate،salicylic acid(sa) ًَ٘ٞمَب ٝؾش مو ٍِ اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ ٗاىنبى [ 12]ٕٗنا ٝؤكٛ اىٚ هفغ متبءح اىْجبد ىالٍزتبكح ٍِ ٕنٓ اىٖوٍّ٘بد ٗاالّٝ٘بد noلاٗمَٞلاىْزوٝٗ غ ؽبٍ٘ االثََٞٞل رؾذ ظوٗف اٍب ؽبٍ٘ االثََٞل فٖ٘ ٝؼل ماّبهح مَٞٞبئٞخ اٍبٍٞخ فٜ االٍزغبثخ ىالعٖبك ْٖٗٝ االعٖبك فٜ مو ٍِ اىغنٗه ٗاالعياء اىٖ٘ائٞخ ٗٝؼبك ر٘ىٝؼٔ الؽقب اىٚ اىقالٝب اىؾبهٍخ ، ؽٞش ٝؾوٗ ؽلٗس اّغال ؾبهٍخ ٗٗفوح اّٝ٘بد ٍضو ٙغٜ االٍزالء فٜ اىقالٝب اىفو اىؼلٝل ٍِ اىؼَيٞبد اىقي٘ٝخ ،اىََبٍبد ، ٗٝزطيت ؽلٗس مىل رظب aba-deficiencyٗٝؤكٛ ٞبة اىقلهح ػيٚ رْٖٞغ ؽبٍ٘ االثََٞل ] 35[ٗاىزؼجٞو اى٘هاصٜ ىيَ٘هٗصبد اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ ، ٗ h2o2ٍِ اىَؼوٗف اُ ىٝبكح رومٞي [ 14]فٜ االَّغخ اىْجبرٞخ اىٚ مث٘ه اىْجبربد ثَجت ىٝبكح ٍؼله فقل اىَبء ثبىْزؼ aba ، ىنِ هثَب ٝنُ٘ ىٖنِٝ اىؾبٍِٚٞ كٗها ٍَٖب فٜ ؽٞبح اىْجبد كافو اىْجبد فٜ اىظوٗف اىطجٞؼٞخ ىٖب راصٞواد ٍيجٞخ فٜ ظوٗف االعٖبك ٍْٖٗب االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ،ىنا ٖٝلف ٕنا اىجؾش اىٚ كهاٍخ راصٞو ٕنِٝ اىؾبٍِٚٞ ػيٚ ؽٞبح اىْجبد فٜ ظوٗف االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 318 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انمىاد وطرائق انعمم ، دؽلَٕب ٞو ٍزاصوح ّٔتَاى٘قذ فٜ اىَي٘ؽخ فٜ ٍنبِّٞ ٍقزيتِٞ ،ِ فٜ كهعخ ٍقزيتزٞ روثزِٞ فٜ خؽقيٞ خاعوٝذ رغوث (ٗٝ٘ٙؼ 2016 2015عبٍؼخ كٝبىٚ ىيٌٍَ٘ اىقوٝتٜ ) ،ميٞخ اىيهاػخ فٜ ؽق٘ه ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗاالفوٙ ٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ [ 15]قٞبٍٞخ اىَزجؼخ فٜ ( ثؼ٘ اىٖتبد اىنَٞٞبئٞخ ٗاىتٞيٝبئٞخ ىيزوثزِٞ ٗاىزٜ رٌ قٞبٍٖب ػيٚ ٗف اىطوائ اى 1اىغلٗه ) ٍنوهاد ٗدّزَيذ ٍؼبٍالد اىزغوثخ ػيٚ خٗثضالص rcbd))ٞخ اىنبٍيخ ئّتند اىلهاٍخ ٗف رٌَٖٞ اىقطبػبد اىؼْ٘ا وٗمَٞل ٍٞبٝارٜ روثزبُ دؽلَٕب ٞوح ٍزاصو ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗاالفوٙ ٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ،دهثغ ٍَز٘ٝبد ٍِ ّقغ اىجنٗه فٜ ث ىزو وَ٘ىٍي20ٞ ، 15 ، 10، 0اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ ٕٜ -1 ، 15، 0ٍَز٘ٝبد ىيوُ ثؾبٍ٘ االثََٞٞل ٕٜصالس ٍيغٌ ىزو30 1ٕـ nمغ200ٌ دٙٞتذ اىََبك اىْزوٗعْٜٞ ثنَٞخ 1دٙٞف ٗ( ٗثضالس كفؼبد n% 46ٍِ ٍَبك اىٞ٘هٝب ) ٕـ pمغٌ 80( ثَؼله p% 20ٍ٘ثو فٍ٘تبد اىنبىًَٞ٘ اىضالصٜ ) 1كفؼخ ٗاؽلح ػْل اىيهاػخ ٗدٙٞف اىََبك اىج٘ربٍٜ ٕـ kمغ120ٌ( ثَقلاه k% 41ثْنو ٍَبك مجوٝزبد اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ ) 1ً ( 2x2قٌَ اىؾقو اىٚ اى٘اػ دثؼبكٕب ) .ثلفؼزِٞ ثزبهٝـ ( 99ً ىَْغ رَوة اىَبء ٗاالٍَلح اىٚ اىَؼبٍالد ىهػذ ثنٗه اىؾْطخ ) دثبء 1ٗرومذ ف٘إو ثِٞ االى٘اػ ثَقلاه اػزَبكا ػيٚ اىطوٝقخ اى٘اهكح ( diethyletherٍو ٍِ ٍبكح ) (30)ة tocopherol –αرٌ اٍزقالٓ 2015/11/20 ثبٍزؼَبه ٍقلاه [ 17] ٛوٝقخ ٗؽَتspectrophotometerثغٖبى catalase( catرٌ رقلٝو فؼبىٞخ إّيٌٝ ) [16]فٜ كىٞو صجبرٞخ اىغْبء فٜ رٌ رقلٝوph =7اىَْظٌ ػْل ٍيَٞ٘ىو50ٍؾي٘ه كاهئ اىتٍ٘تبد ؼَبهاىزغٞو فٜ االٍزٖبٕٞخ ٗاٍز يٚ ٍغَ٘ػزِٞ ، ػام قََذ اىؼْٞبد اى٘هقٞخ [ 18]ثؾَت ٍب ٗهك فٜ membrane stability index االٗها اىْجبرٞخ اىَغَ٘ػخ االٗىٚ ٗٙؼذ فٜ كهعخ ؽواهح o ( اٍب اىَغَ٘ػخ ec1كقٞقخ صٌ قوئذ االٖٝبىٞخ اىنٖوثبئٞخ ىٖب ) 30ٍيَلح 40 اىضبّٞخ ف٘ٙؼذ فٜ ؽَبً ٍبئٜ ػيٚ كهعخ o ( صٌ رٌ ؽَبة كىٞو صجبرٞخ ec2كقٞقخ ٗقوئذ االٖٝبىٞخ ىٖب ) 15ً ىَلح 100 ( ؽَت اىَؼبكىخ االرٞخ msiاىغْبء ) msi=1 ( ec1 / ec2) x 100 ؽَجذ اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ٍِ ( aqueous sulfosalicylic acid (قلاًالٍزقالٓ اىجوٗىِٞ ثاٍز[19] ٛوٝقخ ؼَيذاٍز اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ) ٌٍ [ 20 ]فاله اىَؼبكىخ اىزٜ ٗٙؼٖب 2 رٌ رقلٝو اىْٚؼ 0.95اقٖٚ ػوٗ( x( = )اىط٘ه ] 43[االىنزوٗىٞزٜ فٜ االٗها اىْجبرٞخ مَب ٗهك فٜ اننتائج وانمناقشت tocopherol –αر٘م٘فٞوٗه –رومٞي االىتب ام رؼَو ػيٚ رؾٞٞل دّ٘اع non enzymatic antioxidants رؼل اىز٘م٘فٞوٗالد ٍِ ٍٚبكاد االمَلح ٞو االّيَٝٞخ (ٗرؤكٛ كٗه lipophilicٗرْزَٜ ٕنٓ اىَومجبد اىٚ ٍٚبكاد االمَلح اىَؾجخ ىيلُٕ٘ ) ( rosاالٗمَغِٞ اىْْٜ ) اىؾَبٝخ ىيْظبً اىغْبئٜ ىيقيٞخ ٕٗنا ٍبعؼيٖب عيءد ٍَٖب ٍِ دىٞبد اىلفبع اىْجبرٜ ىيَؾبفظخ ػيٚ ٍالٍخ اى٘ظٞتخ اىطجٞؼٞخ لاد اىني٘هٗثالٍذ ٍِ ٞاىٚ٘ئٜ رز٘افو ثنضوح فٜ د ْٞخ اىني٘هٗثالٍذ ٗىنىل فٖٜ رْزوك فٜ ؽَبٝخ ىجىغٖبى اىجْبء ( ٗع٘ك فوٗ ٍؼْ٘ٝخ ػْل ٍؼبٍيخ ّجبد اىؾْطخ 2 ٝجِٞ اىغلٗه ) [ 22]َججٔ االعٖبك اىجٞئٜ ٝاىٚوه االمَلٛ اىنٛ ] –ب اُ اػيٚ قَٞخ رومٞي االىت،ر٘م٘فٞوٗه –ىتب رومٞي االثجٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗٝالؽع ىٝبكح ٍيؾ٘ظخ فٜ ٍزٍ٘طبد ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ (20) ر٘م٘فٞوٗه مبّذ ػْل اىَؼبٍيخ -1 ٍيغٌ ٌ 0.314ٍِ ثجٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗاػطذ ٍزٍٜ٘ -1 ٗ ٍيغٌ ٌ 0.576 -1 ىيْجبربد اىغٞو ٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗاىْجبربد اى٘اقؼخ رؾذ راصٞواىْل اىَيؾٜ ػيٚ اىززبثغ ٗ هثَب ٝؼ٘ك ٍجت اىٚ اُ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٝنُ٘ ثَضبثخ اّبهح عيٝئٞخ ىزْظٌٞ اىؼلٝل ٍِ اىؼَيٞبد االٍبٍٞخ ٍضو اىزنٞف ٗ اىلفبع ٗ اىيٝبكح ، اُ رؼوٝ٘ اىْجبد العٖبك ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٝؤكٛ اىٚ ىٝبكح فٜ [ 23] رط٘ه اىْجبد اٍزغبثخ ىظوٗف االعٖبك ( اىنزوُٗ ىزْنٞو عنه donor ّؼ )بَم ٝؼَور٘م٘فٞوٗه –االىتب ر٘م٘فٞوٗه كافو اىقيٞخ ،ٗاُ –ٍَز٘ٙ االىتب ٝيٝو عنٗه اىجٞوٗمَٜ ىٞجٞل ْٗٝزظ عنه اىز٘م٘فٞوٗه فٞزامَل صٌ ٝوعغ اىٚ االىتب tocopherol –αاىز٘م٘فٞوٗه ، ام اُ [ 24]رؼوٗ اىْجبد اىٚ اعٖبك ثٞئٜ الٍَٞبػْلر٘م٘فٞوٗه ) اىؾبىخ اىطجٞؼٞخ ( ٗريكاك ٕنٓ اىؼَيٞخ – -ٍزٍٜ٘ رومٞي االىتب فت٘فٜ abscisic acid( ؽٖ٘ه راصٞو ٍؼْ٘ٛ ػْل هُ b 2مَب اٗٙؼ اىغلٗه) ىزو ٍيغٌ abscisic acid ( ٍِ0)ر٘م٘فٞوٗه ،فؼْل هفغ رومٞي 1( ٍيغٌ ىزو (30اىٚ 1 –اّقت٘ ٍزٍٜ٘ رومٞي االىتب ٌٍيغٌ 0.565ر٘م٘فٞوٗه ٍِ -1 ٍيغٌ 0.362ٌاىٚ -1 ٗع٘ك ( 2b مَب ثْٞذ ّزبئظ علٗه ) فٜ اىزوثخ اىَزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ –راصٞو ٍؼْ٘ٛ ىيزلافو ثِٞ ّقغ اىجنٗه ثجٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗاىوُ اى٘هقٜ ثؾبٍ٘ االثََٞل فٜ رومٞي االىتب ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ (42 (ػْل ٍَز٘ٙ اىزلافو ر٘م٘فٞوٗه فٜ اىْجبربد اى٘اقؼخ رؾذ ربصٞواىَي٘ؽخ ٗاُ اػيٚ قَٞخ مبّذ -1 ٍِ h2o2 ( ٙ٘0ٍَٗز ) ٌىزو ٍيغ 1 ٍِabscisic acid ٍيغٌ ٌ 0.792ثيغذ -1 و االّتواكٛ ىجٞوٗمَٞل ٕٞٗنا ٝجِٞ اىزبص اُ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٝنُ٘ امضو اٍزقواها فٜ اىقيٞخ ٗ ىٔ كٗه مىل ر٘م٘فٞوٗه ، –اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ فٜ ىٝبكح رومٞي االىتب geneب ََٝٚ ثبىزؼٞٞو اىغْٜٞ )فٜ اٛال اّبهاد مَٞٞبئٞخ رَجت فٜ ٍقبٍٗخ اىْجبد ىالعٖبكاد ٕٗنٓ االّبهح رؼَو ػيٚ ٍ expression ٕنٓ اىغْٞبد رؼَو فٜ رط٘ٝو اىْظبً اىلفبػٜ ػِ ٛوٝ اٍزؾضبد ّظبً اىَقبٍٗخ اىغٖبىٝخ )systemic acquired resistance ٛاٗ ؽش ّظبً اىزاقيٌ اىغٖبىsystemic acquired acclimation [25 ] ام َٝنِ ىالىتب– فقل ٗعل اُ [ 26] ( االٗمَغِٞ اىَتوك ٗاىَ٘ثو دمَبٝل ٗعنه اىٖبٝلهٗمَٞو ثتبػيٞخ scavengerر٘م٘فٞوٗه دُ ٝيٝو ) اىٖتخ ٕنٓكهاٍخ ٍِ o2 [4 ]عيئٞخ اٗمَغِٞ ٍتوك 220ر٘م٘فٞوٗه رؾٞٞل دمضو ٍِ –ثبٍنبُ عيٝئخ ٗاؽلح ٍِ االىتب ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 319 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 -فٜ ىٝبكح رومٞي االىتبكٗه مبُ ىٖب اىؼبىٞخ ثجٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ الٍَٞبػْلاىََز٘ٝبد دّبىوُ إىٚ اىزٕ٘و َٝنِ اىَيؾٜ اىْل اىؾوح اىَز٘ىلح اصْبء اىَيجٜ ىيغنٗه األصو ٍِ اىزقيٞو ثبىزبىٜ ٝؤكٛ اىٚ ٘ر٘م٘فٞوٗى catalase enzymeانحعانيت انكهيت النسيم انكاتهيس ٝزنُ٘ ٍِ اهثغ ٍغبٍٞغ ٍِ اىٌٖٞ ٝؼَو ػيٚ enzymatic antioxidantٕٗ٘ ٍِ إٌ ٍٚبكاد االمَلح االّيَٝٞخ ٝؼل وٗمَٞل ٍنّ٘ب عيٝئخ ٍبء،ٞافزياه عيٝئخ ٗاؽلح ٍِ ثٞوٗمَٞل مَبكح ٗإجخ ىالىنزوُٗ اىٚ عيٝئخ افوٙ ٍِ عنه اىج ف مو ٕنا االّيٌٝ ٍِ االّيَٝبد اىْبئؼخ فٜ اىْجبد فٜ ػَيٞزٜ اىجْبء اىٚ٘ئٜ ٗ اىزْتٌ ٗٝزنُ٘ ٍِ اهثغ ٍالٍو ثجزٞلٝخ رزبى راصٞوٍؼْ٘ٛ فٜ ٍزٍٜ٘ اىتؼبىٞخ اىنيٞخ الّيٌٝ اىنبريٞي ( ؽٖ٘ه3) اٗٙؼ اىغلٗه[ 27] ؽبٍ٘ اٍْٜٞ 500ٍيَيخ ٍِ ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ (( 0ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ،فؼْل هفغ رومٞي اىجٞوٗمَٞل ٍِ ثيٝبكح ٍؼبٍيخ اىْجبد -1 ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ (20)اىٚ -1 12.37u.mlاىكاك ٍزٍٜ٘ اىتؼبىٞخ اىنيٞخ الّيٌٝ اىنبريٞي -1 35.34u.mlاىٚ -1 ٍِٗ27.32u.ml -1 64.35u.ml اىٚ 1 ػيٚ اىززبثغ ،اُ ىٝبكح فؼبىٞخ ٕنا االّيٌٝ ثيٝبكح ر٘اعل ثٞوٗمَٞل َزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗاىزوثخ اىَزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخاىىيزوثزِٞ ٞو فٜ اىضبّٞخ h2o ٗo2اىٚ h2o2ٍيُٞ٘ عيٝئخ ٍِ 40يٌٝ اىقلهح فٜ رؾ٘ٝو اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ هثَب رؼ٘كاال اُ ىٖنا االّ اٗمَبٝل ٗ ٍِ اىزاصٞواىَبً ىغنهاىَ٘ثو فٜ اىزقئ بد اىنتؤحاُ اّيٌٝ اىنبريٞي اىَٚبك ىالمَلح ٝؼل اؽل االىٞ [27 ] اى٘اؽلح superoxid dismutase ( sodاّيٌٝ )ِ ٝزنّ٘بُ فٜ ظوٗف االعٖبك،ٗاُ اىَ٘اىّخ ثِٞ ٝثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ اىين o2رؾلك اىؾبىخ اىََزقوح ىََز٘ٙ ٍضو اّيٌٝ اىنبريٞي h2o2ٗاالّيَٝبد االفوٙ اىزٜ رؼَو ػيٚ اىاىخ ،h2o2 فٜ اىقالٝب [ 28]اىَز٘ىلح فٜ اىَبٝز٘مْلهٝب ػِ ٛوٝ ّقو االىنزوّٗبد h2o2اٝقبف اىٚ اىْجبرٞخ ، ام ٝؤكٛ ٕنا االّيٌٝ ٍزٍٜ٘ اىتؼبىٞخ اىنيٞخ الّيٌٝ فت٘فٜ abscisic acid( ؽٖ٘ه راصٞو ٍؼْ٘ٛ ّزٞغخ اىوُ ة3) اىغلٗهمَب اٗٙؼ اّقت٘ ٍزٍٜ٘ اىتؼبىٞخ اىنيٞخ الّيٌٝ اىنبريٞي ppm( (30اىٚ abscisic acid ( ٍِ0) ppmاىنبريٞي ،فؼْل هفغ رومٞي ٍِ31.63u.ml -1 18.10u.mlاىٚ -1 ٍِٗ66.03 u.ml -1 32.04u.mlاىٚ -1 َزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ اىىزوثزِٞ ٞو اىنال ٝؼَو ػيٚ رضجٜٞ اىَوٍزَٞبد اىقَٞخ ػيٚ اىَْ٘ abaام ٝؼزقل اُ ىٝبكح روامٌ ؽبٍ٘ ػيٚ اىززبثغ، ٗاىَزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗاّقتبٗ اىَْ٘ اىقٚوٛ ٗرَبقٜ االٗها ٗٝؤكٛ اىٚ قيخ ٕٗ٘ه اىَغنٝبد ّٗ٘ارظ االٝ٘ ٍِ االٗها اىٚ اىغــــــــنٗه ( ؽٖ٘ه رلافو ٍؼْ٘ٛ ثزاصٞواٙبفخ اىؾبٍِٚٞ ثٞوٗمَٞل 3ٗارٚؼ ٍِ ّزبئظ اىغلٗه ) [ 9] قٞخ االعياء اىْجبرٞخ ٗث 46.91ٗ98.23u.ml اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗاالثََٞل ،اٍب اػيٚ قَٞخ ىيزلافو فقل مبّذ -1 ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ ( 42 (ػْل اىزومٞي -1 ٍِ h2o2 ( ٙ٘0ٍَٗز ) ٍيغٌ ىزو 1 ٍِ abscisic acid َزبصوح ٗاىَزبصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ػيٚ اىززبثغ ٕٗنا ٝؼنٌ اىىيزوثزِٞ ٞو اُ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٕ٘ ٍِ ٍغَ٘ػخ اّ٘اع كح ٕنٓ اىٖتخ ،باىزبصٞو االّتواكٛ ىؾبٍ٘ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ فٜ ىٝ ؽٞ٘ٛ فٜ اىْجبد ٍِ فاله ( اىنٛ ٝؼل امضو اٍزقواهاً ػيٚ ٍَز٘ٙ اىقيٞخ ، مَب أّ ٝؤكٛ كٗهاً rosاالٗمَغِٞ اىتؼبىخ ) اٛال اّبهاد مَٞبئٞخ رؼَو فٜ رؾَو اىْجبد ىالعٖبك اىؾٞ٘ٛ ٗ ٞو اىؾٞ٘ٛ رؼَو ٕنٓ االّبهاد ػيٚ ٍب ََٝٚ ثبىزؼجٞو [ 13] اىغْٜٞ membrane stability indexدنيم ثباتيت انغشاء ( ٝؼجو ػِ ٍلٙ رؾَو اىْجبربد ىالعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ٗاُ رْابقٔ قاٌٞ كىٞاو صجبرٞاخ اىغْابء ٝاله ػياٚ msiاُ كىٞو صجبرٞخ اىغْبء ) ٝزٚاؼ ٍاِ اىغالٗه [ 18 ]ىٝبكح ّتبمٝخ اال ْٞخ ٗىٝبكح ّٚا٘ػ االّٝ٘ابد ٗاالىٞنزوٗىٞزابد ٍاِ كافاو اىقيٞاخ اىاٚ فبهعٖاب صجبرٞخ اىغْبء ، ام ىٌ ٝنِ ىٖب راصٞوفٜ هفاغ قالهح فٜٕب ( اُ ٍؼبٍيخ اىْجبد ثؾبٍ٘ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ افزيف راصٞو 4) بك اىَيؾٜ ام رت٘ ٍَاز٘ٙ َزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ، ثَْٞب افزيف االٍو ث٘ع٘ك االعٖاىىٝبكح صجبرٞخ ْبءٓ فٜ اىزوثخ ٞو فٜاىْجبد ىزاو وَا٘ىٍيٞ ( ( 20االٙبفخ -1 % , 4.6) ٍؼْ٘ٝاخ ٍقالاهٕبضبىاش ثَْاجخ ىٝابكح ػياٚ اىََاز٘ٙ االٗه ٗاىضابّٜ ٗاى h2o2ٍاِ اىاٚ اُ ثٞوٗمَاٞل اىٖٞالهٗعِٞ فاٜ ؽبىاخ ؽالٗس اعٖابك ىقالٝاب اىْجابد ٝؾتاي مىال ٘كػيٚ اىززبثغ ٗقل ٝؼ(17.5% % , 10.7 اّقَبً ٗ اٍزطبىخ اىقالٝب ٗ رنِ٘ٝ اىغلهاُ اىضبّ٘ٝخ ٗ ٝؼَو فٜ رؾَاِٞ ٍؼبٍاو ؽٞ٘ٝاخ اىغانٗه ٗ ٛ٘ىٖاب ٗ ػالكٕب ٍَاب ٝاؤكٛ مَب ٝؼَو ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ فٜ ؽاش ] [ 10 يْزوٗعِٞ اىنٛ ْٝؼنٌ اٝغبثٞب فٜ َّ٘ ٗرط٘ه اىْجبداىٚ اٍزٖبٓ ػبٍه ى اىغْٞبد اى٘هاصٞخ اىََؤٗىخ ػِ اىؼْبٕو اىغنائٞاخ اىٚاوٗهٝخ ىَْا٘ اىْجابد ٍضاو ػْٖاوٛ اىنبىَاًٞ٘ اىانٛ ٝالفو فاٜ رومٞات اصاو absicic acidاُ هُ [ 14] ٘ىٛ ىقالٝاب اىْجابدٌ اىغٖل االىٍاىغلهاُ اىقي٘ٝخ ٗػْٖو اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ اىٌَٖ فٜ رْظٞ ام ثيا ٍزٍ٘اٜ اىَْاجخ اىَئ٘ٝاخ ىضجبرٞاخ اىغْابء برابد اىَزااصوح ثبالعٖابك اىَيؾاٜ،َزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽاخ ٗاىْجاىٍؼْ٘ٝب فٜ اىْجبربد ٞو ػياٚ اىزورٞات ، فَٞاب ( %83.9 ,86.9 , 88.2)خ ٍَاز٘ٝبد ؽابٍ٘ االثََٞال اىضالصاخثبىزوثخ اىغٞو ٍزااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽاخ ثاٙابف ( ٕٗانا ٝاله ػياٚ إَٞاخ ٕوٍاُ٘ االثََٞال %73.6 , 76.4 , 80.2مبّذ قَٖٞب رؾذ عٖل اىَي٘ؽخ ٗػيٚ اىزورٞات ّتَأ ) ٗكٗهٓ فٜ ىٝبكح صجبرٞخ اال ْٞخ اىقي٘ٝخ ، ٍِ اىغلٝو ثبىنمو اُ اال ْٞخ اىؾٞ٘ٝخ ىيْجبد رزاىف ٍِ ٛجقزِٞ ٍِ اىجوٗرِٞ ثَْٖٞب لاد ،ٗػْل رؼوٗ اىْجبربد اىٚ االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ٝؤكٛ اىاٚ ّْا٘ء اّا٘اع االٗمَاغِٞ اىْْاٜ اىانٛ ٝؼَاو ػياٚ ٛجقزِٞ ٍِ اىيجٞ [ 29]رقوٝت ثْٞخ اىيجٞلاد اىَ٘ع٘كح فٜ اال ْٞخ ٍؤكٝب اىٚ امَلرٖب ٗاّزبط اىغنٗه اىؾوح ٍِ اىيجٞلاد اصو اىزلافو ثاٙبفخ ؽبٍٜٚ اىجٞوٗمَٞل ٗاالثََٞل ٍؼْ٘ٝب فٜ رقيٞاو االعٖابك اىَيؾاٜ ػياٚ اال ْاٞخ اىقي٘ٝاخ ام رْاٞو ّزابئظ ػْال ٍَاز٘ٙ %86.7( اُ اٙبفخ ٕنِٝ اىؾبٍِٚٞ قال ؽَاْذ كىٞاو صجبرٞاخ اىغْابء ام ثيا اػياٚ ٍزٍ٘اٜ 4bاىزلافو علٗه) ىزو وَ٘ى(ٍيٞ 20(اىزلافو -1 (ٍيغٌ ىزاو 30)ٍَٗاز٘ٙ h2o2ٍاِ 1( ٍاِ ٕانِٝ 0) ٍقبهّاخ ثََاز٘ٙ abscisic acidٍاِ اىانٛ اّابه اىاٚ اُ ] [ 12 %(ٕٗنا ٍب امال29.2ٓ) ثَْجخ ىٝبكح ٍؼْ٘ٝخ ثيغذ 67.1اىؾبٍِٚٞٞ اىنٛ ٍغو ٍزٍٜ٘ ٍقلاهٓ اُ abscisic acidثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٝؼَو فٜ ؽش االّبهاد اىغيئٞخ اىََؤٗىخ ػِ اىٖوٍّ٘بد اىْجبرٞخ ٍضاو ؽابٍ٘ ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 320 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 مَااب اّاأ ٝااْظٌ اىاازؾنٌ ثبىغْٞاابد الىٞاابد اىْبقيااخ الّاا٘اع االعٖبك،ثٞوٗمَااٞل اىٖٞاالهعِٞ ٝقااً٘ ثبهٍاابه اّاابهاد مَٞٞبئٞااخ رؾتااي ا [ 14] اىلفبػٞخ ىَٚبكاد االمَلح االّيَٝٞخ ىيقالٝب ٗ اىجوٗرْٞبد اىلفبػٞخ ٗ اٝٚب ػ٘اٍو االٍزَْبؿ اى٘هاصٞخ acidprolineتركيس حامض انبرونين ( اىزاصٞو اىَؼْ٘ٛ ىجٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ فٜ ىٝبكح ٍزٍٜ٘ رومٞي اىجوٗىِٞ ام دىكاك رومٞاي اىجاوٗىِٞ فاٜ 5bٝجِٞ اىغلٗه ) ىزووَا٘ىٍيٞ(20)اىاٚ (0)اىْجبربد اى٘اقؼخ رؾذ االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ثيٝبكح رومٞيثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ فؼْل هفغ اىزومٞي ٍِ 1 ٍيغٌ ٌ 6.05اىكاك ٍزٍٜ٘ رومٞي اىجوٗىِٞ ٍِ 1ٍيغٌ ٌ 8.11اىٚ 1% ( ٗ هثَاب ٝؼا٘ك 34.05ثَْجخ ىٝابكح ٍقالاهٕب ) ٝقااً٘ ثؾااش عْٞاابد ثْاابء اىَاا٘اك اىنائجااخ اىؼٚاا٘ٝخ اىزااٜ رَااَٚ اىَْظَاابد h2o2اىجااوٗىِٞ اىااٚ اُ رومٞاايٍااجت اىيٝاابكح فااٜ ٗىيجاوٗىِٞ كٗه proline [30 ]اىنٛ ٝنُ٘ ٍَؤٗالً ػِ ثْبء ىاـ pyrrolinecarboxlate synthaseاالٗىٍ٘ىٝخ ٗ ٍْٖب [ 31] ( ٗ ٝؼَو فٜ رؾَِٞ قبثيٞخ اىْجبد ىيزبقيٌ ٙل اعٖبك االمَلح rosفٜ ؽَبٝخ اىْجبد ٍِ اىغنٗه اىؾوح ) ( اىلٗه اىَؼْ٘ٛ ىؾبٍ٘ االثََٞٞل فٜ ىٝبكح رومٞي اىجوٗىِٞ فٜ االٗها اىْجبرٞخ اىزٜ رؼابّٜ ىٝابكح 5bٝزجِٞ ٍِ اىغلٗه ) ٍيغٌ ىزاو (30)اىاٚ(0 ) اىزومٞي اىَيؾٜ فؼْل هفغ اىزومٞاي ٍاِ 1ٍيغاٌ اٌ 4.26دىكاك ٍزٍ٘اٜ رومٞاي اىجاوٗىِٞ ٍاِ 1اىاٚ ٍيغٌ ٌ 9.79 1ىٚ ٗع٘ك ثؼ٘ اىتوٗقبد اىَؼْ٘ٝاخ ّزٞغاخ رالافو اٙابفخ ثٞوٗمَاٞل ( ا5a رْٞو اىْزبئظ اىَجْٞخ فٜ اىغلٗه ) 4.89َزااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽاخ دم مابُ دػياٚ ٍزٍ٘اٜ ىٖاب ٕا٘ اىاىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗؽبٍ٘ االثََٞٞل ىيْجبربد اىَيهٗػخ فٜ اىزوثاخ ٞاو ٍيغٌ ٌ 1ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ (20)ػْل ٍَز٘ٙ اىزلافو -1 ٍِh2o2 ٗ((30ٍيغٌ ىزو 1 ٍِabscisic acid ٍٜ٘ٗدقو ٍؼله ٍز ٍيغٌ 2.45ٌ 1( ٗع٘ك راصٞو ٍؼْ٘ٛ ىيزلافو ثاِٞ ؽبٍٚاٜ 5bرْٞو ّزبئظ علٗه ) ىؼبٍيٜ اىزغوثخ ثَْٞب (0)ػْل ٍَز٘ٙ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ ٗ االثََٞٞل فٜ رومٞي اىجوٗىِٞ فٜ اىْجبربد اىَيهٗػخ ثزوثخ ماد رومٞي ٍيؾٜ ٍورتؼبُ اػيٚ قَٞاخ ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ (20)مبّذ ػْل ٍؼبٍيخ اىزومٞي -1 ٍِh2o2ٗ(30)ٍيغٌ ىزو 1 ٍِabscisic acid ٍيغٌ اٌ 10.85ثيغذ 1اٍاب ٍيغاٌ اٌ 3.46ىؼابٍيٜ اىزغوثاخ ٗثيغاذ (0)دقاو قَٞاخ مبّاذ ػْال رومٞاي 1اُ ٍاجت اىيٝابكح هثَاب ٝؼا٘ك اىاٚ اُ ثٞوٗمَااٞل ، ٗ abscisicacid ٗethelyenاىٖٞاالهٗعِٞ ٝؾااش اىؼلٝاال ٍااِ االّاابهاد اىغيئٞااخ اىََااؤٗىخ ػااِ اىٖوٍّ٘اابد اىْجبرٞااخ ٍضااو jasmonate ٗsalicylic acid [12 ] رومٞي ٗاُ ىٝبكحabscisic acid فٜ ٕنٓ اىؾبىاخ ٝاؤكٛ اىاٚ ىٝابكح ٍقالهح اىْجابد ػيٚ رؾ٘ٝو اىَانوٝبد اىَز٘اعالح فاٜ abaػيٚ ٍقبٍٗخ ظوٗف االعٖبك ٍِ فاله ػَئ ػيٚ ي صغ٘ه االٗها ام ٝؼَو ٛ اىاٚ اّزْابه اىَابء ٍاِ اىقالٝب اىؾبهٍخ اىٚ ّْا ٗثنا ٝقو اىزومٞاي فاٜ اىقالٝاب اىؾبهٍاخ ٍقبهّاخ ثبىقالٝاب اىَغابٗهح ٍَاب ٝاؤك اُ ٗعا٘ك روامٞاي ٍورتؼاخ ٍاِ [ 32]َاجت اّنَبّاٖباىقالٝب اىؾبهٍخ اىٚ اىقالٝب اىَغبٗهح ٕٗنا ٝؤكٛ اىاٚ يا اىضغا٘ه ٗٝ ؽبٍ٘ اىجوٗىِٞ ٝنُ٘ ػيٚ كهعخ مجٞوح ٍِ االَٕٞخ فٖٕ٘ب فٜ ظوٗف االعٖبك، ام ٝؤكٛ ىيجوٗىِٞ كٗهاً فاٜ اىاىاخ عانه ٌَّ ٝؼَو فٜ رضجٜٞ امَلح اال ْٞخ اىقي٘ٝخ اىٖٞلهٗمَٞو ٗاالٗمَغٞ [ 33] ِ اىَتوك ٍِٗ صَ انمساحت انىرقيت ( ٍيَٞ٘ه ىزو15( اىٚ ٗع٘ك ىٝبكح ٍؼْ٘ٝخ فٜ اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ػْل رومٞي )a 6اّبهد اىْزبئظ اىَ٘ٙؾخ فٜ اىغلٗه ) -1 ٍِ ( ثَْجخ ىٝبكح 20 ,10 , 0ٍزت٘قخ ٍؼْ٘ٝب ػيٚ ٍَز٘ٙ)ٍؼبٍيخ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗعِٞ فٜ اىزوثخ اىغٞو ٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ىٖنا اىؾبٍ٘ فٜ اىظوٗف ام اّزتذ اىؾبعخ اىٚ اىزومٞي اىؼبىٜ ػيٚ اىززبثغ ، % (2.94، % 6.28% , 9.39ٍقلاهٕب) ىزوو(ٍيَٞ٘ى 20)h2o2اىطجٞؼٞخ ىيْجبد ثٞل اُ اىزومٞياىَورتغ ٍِ ؽبٍ٘ -1 ( مبُ ىٔ كٗه فٜ هفغ قلهح b 6علٗه) ىزوو(ٍيَٞ٘ى20)رت٘قذ ٍؼبٍيخ ام ظوٗف اىْل اىَيؼ فٜ اىْجبد ػيٚ ىٝبكح ٍَبؽزٔ اى٘هقٞخ -1 اىَؼبٍالدٍؼْ٘ٝب ػيٚ (ػيٚ اىززبثغ ،ٗهثَب ٝؼ٘ك ٍجت اىيٝبكح فٜ اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ %4.22 %, 8.35%,16.37)ىٝبكح ٍقلاهٕب ثَْجخ االفوٙ phاىٖٞلهٗعِٞ فٜ ؽبىخ ٗق٘ع اىْجبد رؾذ االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ٝؾتي اىزغٞواد اىَوٝؼخ فٜ ىيْجبد اىٚ اُ ثٞوٗمَٞل atpase hىيَبٝز٘ثالىً ٗ اىتغ٘ح اىؼٖبهٝخ فٜ اىقالٝب اىؾبهٍخ ىي٘هقخ ، ٗٝؾتي + ىيغْبء اىجالىٍٜ ٍَب َٝجت ىٝبكح فٜ kؽبٍٚٞخ اىغْبء ٗرغٞو فٜ رومٞي اّٝ٘بد + ٓ اىزغٞواد اىٚ ي اىقالٝب اىؾبهٍخ ، ٗ ٍِ ٕٗنا ٝؤكٛ فٜ ّٖبٝخ ٕن ىيغْبء ٌَّ ٝقيو ٍِ ػَيٞبد اىْزؼ ٗ ىٝبكح االؽزتبظ ثبىَبء ٍَب ٝؤصو اٝغبثٞبً فٜ اى٘ىُ اىطوٛ ٗاىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ [ 34] ىيْجبد صَ ثبىَي٘ؽخ ػْل َزاصوح اىؽٖ٘ه ىٝبكح ٍؼْ٘ٝخ فٜ اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ىيْجبربد اىَيهٗػخ ثزوثخ ٞو ( a6) مَب اّبه اىغلٗه ٌٍ 57.9ثَزٍٜ٘ ٍقلاهٓ ػلً اىوُ ثؾبٍ٘ االثََٞٞل 2 ٍزت٘قب ػيٚ ثقٞخ ٍَز٘ٝبد اىوُ ثٖنا اىؾبٍ٘ ،ثَْٞب رت٘ ٍيغٌ ىزو ( 15ٍَز٘ٙ ) 1 علٗهٍِ اىوُ ثؾبٍ٘ االثََٞٞل فٜ ىٝبكح اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ىيْجبد اىَزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ (6b )ٍُيغٌ ىزو ( (30, 0%(ٍقبهّخ ثبىََز19.19ٙ٘% , 8.64ٗثَْجخ ىٝبكح ٍقلاهٕب) االفوٙ ػيٚ ٍَز٘ٝبد اىو 1( ٕ٘ ٕوٍُ٘ ّجبرٜ ػبىٜ اىزْظٌٞ فٜ َّ٘ abscisic acidثاُ ؽبٍ٘ االثََٞل ) [ 35] ٕٗنا ٝزت ٍغ ٍب اّبه اىٞٔ ٞخ مَؤّو ىيٝبكح راصٞو اىْلٗك اىقبهعٞخ ٗرط٘ه اىْجبد ٝزنُ٘ اٍزغبثخ ىيْلٗك اىجٞئٞخ اىَقزيتخ ام ٝؼَو ػيٚ ي اىضغ٘ه اىْجبر ثٞوٗمَٞل ؽبٍ٘( اىٚ ٗع٘ك رلافو ٍؼْ٘ٛ ثِٞ 6اّبه اىغلٗه )ىنىل َٝنِ اُ ٝطي ػيٞٔ ثٖوٍُ٘ االعٖبكاد اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗؽبٍ٘ االثََٞل فٜ ٍزٍٜ٘ اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ،ٗمبّذ اػيٚ قَٞخ ىَزٍٜ٘ اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ىيْجبربد اىغٞو ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ ((15ْل ٍَز٘ٙ اىزلافو ػٍزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ -1 ٍِ h2o2( ٙ٘0ٍَٗز) ٍيغٌ ىزو 1 ٍِabscisic acid ٍٜ٘ثَز 61.8) ٌٍ ) 2 ( ٌٍ 56.8ثَْٞب فٜ اىْجبربد اى٘اقؼخ رؾذ االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ مبُ اػيٚ ٍزٍٜ٘ ) 2 ((20 ػْل ٍَز٘ٙ اىزلافو ىزووَ٘ىٍيٞ -1 ( ٍيغٌ ىزو15) ٍِ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٍَٗز٘ٙ 1 ٍِ abscisic acid ُٗهثَب ٝؼ٘ك ٍجت اىيٝبكح ا ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٝؼَو فٜ رْغٞغ اّجبد اىجنٗه ٗ َّ٘ اىغنٗه ٗ رٍ٘ٞؼٖب ،ٕٗنا ْٝؼنٌ ػيٚ اىَْ٘ اىقٚوٛ ىيْجبد [ 28] ،منىل اُ اىَؼبٍيخ ثجٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ قل ٍججذ ىٝبكح فٜ ٍؼله اىجْبء اىٚ٘ئٜ ٗ افزياه ٍؼله اىْزؼ 23]ٗ[36 اىٚ اُ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗ االّ٘اع االٗمَغْٞٞخ اىْْطخ رَجت رغيئخ ٗ اّْطبه اىَنوٝبد اىَزؼلكح فٜ [ 6]هٗاّب، ٌَّ رياك ىلّٗخ اىغلهاُ ٍَب ٝؤكٛ اىٚ ارَبع اىقالٝب ٗ مجو اىََبؽخ اىغلهاُ اىقي٘ٝخ ىالٗها فٜ اىؾبالد اىطجٞؼٞخ ٍِٗ صَ ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 321 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ىٌ ٝنِ ىٖب كٗه فٜ ىٝبكح ام اُ اىزوامٞي اىؼبىٞخ ىيوُ ثٖنا اىؾبٍ٘ abscisic ثؾبٍ٘اى٘هقٞخ، منىل اىؾبه ثبىَْجخ ىيوُ َزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ثَْٞب ّالؽع اىلٗه اىَؼْ٘ٛ ىٖنا اىؾبٍ٘ فٜ ىٝبكح اىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ػْل اىاىََبؽخ اى٘هقٞخ ىيْجبربد ٞو اُ ؽبٍ٘ االثََٞل ٝؼَو ػيٚ رْظٌٞ فزؼ ٗ ي اىضغ٘ه اىْجبرٞخ ٗراصٞوٓ فٜ ؽومخ ؽٖ٘ه ؽبىخ االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ، ام [ 37] ٗاّزقبه اىَبء ٗاّٝ٘بد اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ ثِٞ اىقالٝب اىَغبٗهح ٗاىقالٝب اىؾبهٍخ ىي٘هقخ el ) )electrolyte leakage اننضح االنيكترونيتي اُ اىْٚؼ االىنزوٗىٞزٜ ٍؤّو ٌٍٖ ٝؼجو ػِ ٍالٍخ اال ْٞخ اىْجبرٞاخ اىَؼوٙاخ ىالعٖابك اىَيؾاٜ ، فنيَاب ىاكد قاٌٞ اىْٚاؼ ( ؽٖا٘ه اّقتابٗ ٍؼْا٘ٛ فاٜ اىَْاجخ 7امل اىغالٗه ) [ 38] يٚ ىٝبكح ّتبمٝخ اال ْٞخ ٗرٚوهٕباالىنزوٗىٞزٜ كه مىل ػ ىزاو وَا٘ىٍيٞ ((0ْجبرٞخ ػْال هفاغ رومٞاي ثٞوٗمَاٞل اىٖٞالهٗعِٞ ٍاِ اىَئ٘ٝخ ىيْٚؼ االىنزوٗىٞزٜ فٜ االٗها اى 1 (20) اىاٚ ىزو وَ٘ىٍيٞ 1َزااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽاخ ، ٍٗاِ اىىيزوثاخ ٞاو 10.66اىاٚ 15.58فقل اّقت٘ اىْٚاؼ االىٞنزوٗىٞزاٜ ىاالٗها ٍاِ % ػياٚ اىززابثغ ، اُ 61.61% ٗ 46.15ىيزوثاخ اىَزابصوح ثبالعٖابك اىَيؾاٜ ٗ ثَْاجخ اّقتابٗ ٍقالاهٕب 18.13اىٚ 29.30 hydrogenرؼوٝ٘ اىْجبربد اىٚ االعٖبك اىَيؾاٜ ىاك ٍاِ اىْٚاؼ االىنزوٗىزاٜ فاٜ االٗها ٗاكد االٙابفخ اىَورتؼاخ ٍاِ peroxide اىٚ اىزقيٞو ٍِ ّٚ٘ػ االىنزوّٗبد اىٚ فبهط اىقيٞخ ٗ هثَب ٝؼ٘ك اىَجت اىٚ اُ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖٞالهعِٞ فاٜ ؽبىاخ الٝب اىْجبد فاُ ىٔ اىؼلٝل ٍِ االكٗاه االٍبٍٞخ فٜ ػَيٞخ رَضٞو اىغناء ىيْجبد ٗ ٍْبهمزٔ فٜ ٍغَ٘ػخ ٗاٍاؼخ ؽلٗس اعٖبك ىق ٗ ٍزْ٘ػخ ٍِ اىزتبػالد ٗ رؼبقت االّبهاد اىالىٍخ ىغَٞغ ع٘اّت َّ٘ اىْؼٞواد اىغنهٝاخ ٗ رؾَاِٞ ػالك ٗ ٛا٘ه ٗ ؽٞ٘ٝاخ ٍاِ اٍزطبىزٖب ٗرنُ٘ اىغلهاُ اىضبّ٘ٝخ ٗ رْظٌٞ ػَيٞخ ي ٗ فزؼ اىضغا٘هاىغنٗه ٗ رَبٝي اىقْت ٗ اىينْْخ ٗاّقَبً اىقالٝب ٗ فاله ؽش اىغْٞابد اى٘هاصٞاخ اىََاؤٗىخ ػاِ اىؼْبٕاو اىغنائٞاخ اىٚاوٗهٝخ ىَْا٘ اىْجابد ٍضاو ػْبٕاو اىنبىَاًٞ٘ ٗاىج٘ربٍاًٞ٘ فاٜ َّا٘ اىقٚاوٛ ىيْجابد فاٜ ثبىَابء ٗىٝابكحٖاب ظاىقي٘ٝاخ ٗاؽزتبٗاىْزوٗعِٞ ّٗؼنٌ مىل اٝغبثٞاب فاٜ ىٝابكح ٍاَل اىغالهاُ ] [ 12] ٗ [ 10 ظوٗف االعٖبك ،فؼْال هفاغ اىْٚاؼ االىنزوٗىٞزاٍٜزٍ٘اٜ فتا٘فٜ abscisic acidؽٖ٘ه راصٞو ٍؼْ٘ٛ ػْل هُ ( b 7ٗٝجِٞ اىغلٗه ) ىزو ٍيغٌ abscisic acid ( ٍِ0)رومٞي 1( ٍيغٌ ىزاو (30اىاٚ 1اىاٚ 24.16ٍاِ اىْٚاؼ االىنزوٗىٞزاٜ اّقتا٘ ٍزٍ٘اٜ ام ٝؼَااو ؽاابٍ٘ االثََٞاال ػْاال اىكٝاابك رومٞاايٓ فااٜ االٗها ، ّزٞغااخ االعٖاابكاد اىزااٜ ،فاٜ اىزوثااخ اىَزاااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽااخ22.78 اىٚ افواط اّٝ٘بد اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ ٍِ اىقالٝب اىؾبهٍخ اىٚ اىقالٝب اىَغبٗهح ٕٗنا ٝؤكٛ اىٚ فوٗط اىَابء ٍاغ زؼوٗ ىٖب اىْجبد ٝ ٗهثَاب [37]ٚاٜ فاٜ اىقالٝاب اىؾبهٍاخ ٗاّغالقٖابؽبٍ اىاٚ فيا عا٘ االٍواىانٛ ٝاؤكٛ ٞيٗط اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ ىنٜ ٝؼبكه اىزومفو اىؾبهٍخ ىالٗه اىْجبرٞخ اىزاٜ رؼابّٜ ثبالٍابً ٍاِ ىٝابكح ه ّ٘ع ٍِ اىز٘اىُ فٜ اىقالٝبٝؤكٛ ٕنا اىغ٘ اىؾبٍٜٚ اىٚ ؽٖ٘ ثٞوٗمَاٞل ؽابٍ٘اىاٚ ؽٖا٘ه رالافو ٍؼْا٘ٛ ثاِٞ ( 7) ٗاّابه اىغالٗهاىْل اىَيؾٜ ّزٞغخ اهرتبع َّت اىؼْبٕاو اىَيؾٞخ َاز٘ٙام ٍاغو اػياٚ ٍزٍ٘اٜ ىٖانٓ اىٖاتخ ػْال ٍىالٗها اىْجبرٞاخ ، اىْٚؼ االىنزوٗىٞزٜاىٖٞلهٗعِٞ ٗؽبٍ٘ االثََٞل فٜ ّٚاؼ َزاصوح ثبىَي٘ؽخ ٗاىزوثاخ اىَزااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽاخ، ٗقاو ٍزٍ٘اٜ اىىيزوثزِٞ ٞو 30.16ٗ 16.20 ( ىيؾبٍِٚٞ ٗثيغذ 0) ػْال ٍَاز٘ٙ 17.65ٗ 10.22ٍٗاغو اقاو ٍزٍ٘اٜ ىٝابكح رومٞاي اىؾبٍٚاِٞ ىنزوٗىٞزبد ٍِ االٗها ثْنو ٍيؾ٘ظ ػْلاال ىزااو وَا٘ىٍيٞ 20) -1 ٍيغٌ ىزااوh2o2 +30ٍااِ 1اىَزاابصوح ىيزااوثزِٞ اىغٞااو ٍزاااصوح ثبىَي٘ؽااخ ٗاىزوثااخ( abscisic acidٍااِ اال ْااٞخ ٍااِ اىَي٘ؽااخ اكٙ اىااٚ رٚوه اىؼبىٞااخر٘ٙااؼ ٕاانٓ اىْزاابئظ اُ رؼااوٗ اىْجبراابد اىااٚ اىََااز٘ٝبد ثاابىزَيؼ ػيااٚ اىززبثغ، مىل اىٚ رْبقٔ ٍؾز٘ٙ [ 39]َبٝز٘ثالىً اىٚ فبهط اىقيٞخ ٗػيااىقي٘ٝخ ىيْجبربد ٗثبىزبىٜ ىٝبكح ّٚ٘ػ االىنزوٗىٞزبد ٍِ اى اىني٘هٗفٞو ٍَب ٝؤكٛ اىٚ ٕوً اى٘هقخ ٗىٝبكح ّتبمٝزٖب ، ثٞال اىني٘هٗفٞو مىل الُ االعٖبك اىَيؾٜ ٝؾلس اّقتبٙب فٜ ٍؾز٘ٙ إَٞاخ اىؾبٍٚاِٞٞ ػياٚ ٝاله ٕٗانااىْٚا٘ػ عِٞ ٗاالثََٞل قيو ثْنو ٗاٙؼ ٕاناؽبٍٜٚ ثٞوٗمَٞل اىٖبٝلهٗ ؼَبهاُ اٍز ػْل رؼوٗ اىْجبد اىٚ ّل ٍيؾٜ فٖٕ٘ب ٝخ ٗقيذ ّٚ٘ػ االىنزوٗىٞزبد ٍْٖبفٜ ىٝبكح صجبرٞخ اال ْٞخ اىقي٘ انمصادر 1anwar-ul –haq, m.; sobia, a. javaid, a. ;muhammad, s. ; zulfiqar; a.s.; ghulam, h.a. and muhammad, j. (2013). morpho-physiological characterization of sunflower genotypes ( helianthusannus l.)undersaline condition.pak.j.agri.sci.50(1),40-54. 2-wang , m; qingsong z.; qirong s. and shiwei g.( 2013). the cirtical role of potassium in plant stress response. int. j.mol.sci.14:7370 -7390. 3amdouni , t.; mrah, s.; msilini ,n.; zaghdoud ,m.; querghiabidi ,z.(2014) . physiological and biochemical responses of two maiza cultivars (corralejo and tlaltizapon) under salt stress. j.stressphysio. andbioch. 10(3):247-258. 4-sharma , p.; ambuj b.j. ; rama, s. d. and mohammad, p.( 2012). reactive oxygenspecies , oxidative damage and antioxidative defense mechanism in plant under stressful conditions.j.botany. hindawi publishing corporation ,1-26.5cheeseman ,j. m.,(2007).hydrogen peroxide and plant stress: achallenging relationship .plant stress 1(1):4-15 . ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 322 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 6das, k. and roychudury , a. ( 2014). reactive oxgen species ( ros) and repons of antioxidants as ros _ scavengers during environmental stress in plants . front .environ .sci .2 : 53 . 7ahmad, p.; azooz, m. m. and prasad, m. n.v. (2013).ecophysiology andresponss of plants under salt stress. springer science+business media xv 510:25-87. 8-mller, i.m. (2010). plant mitochondria and oxidative stress electron transport,nadph turnover ,and metabolism of reactive oxygen species,annu.rev.plant physiol. and plant mol biol.52,561-591. 9-taiz , l. and e. zeiger .(2010) . plant physiology . 5 th (ed.), sianauer associates , sunderland, uk :p 629. 10-kapoor, d; sharma, r.; handa, n.; kaur, h.; rattan, a. ; yadav, p.,etal. (2015) .redox homeostasis in plant under abiotic stress : role of the electron carriers,energemetabolism mediators and proteinaceousthiols . front.environ.sci.3:13. 11-mani , f. ; bettaib , t . zheni , ; doudech , n. and hannachi,c.( 2012). effect of hydrogen peroxide and thiourea on fluorescence and tuberization of potato ( solanumtuberosum l . ) j. of stress physiol .andbiochem ., 8 (3) : 61 -71. 12-quen , l. j ; zhang , b,; shi , w. w . and li ,h . y.(2008) . hydrogen peroxide in plants ; a versatile molecule of reactive oxygen species network . j.intergrplant biol . 50 (1) : 2-8. 13-verma ,s. k. and verma , m. (2010).atext book of plant physiology, biochemistry and biotechnology. s. chand company ltd. ramangar , new delhi .p.112. ٍجبهك االٍزنْبفٜ اىؼيَٜ فٜ ٍومي ٍ٘ىاُ – ٍٍ٘٘ػخ اىْجبد فَٞ٘ى٘عٞب اىْجبد (2009)، ٍؾَل ؽبٍل اكهٌٝ -14 اىقبٕوح ، ٍٖو 15page , a. i. ; r. h. miller, and d. r. keeney . (1982). methods of soils analysis part 2. chemical and microbiological properties . amer. soc. agron .midison .wisonsin . usa. 16-ubaldi, a. ; dclbono, g. ;fusari, a. and scrventi, p. ( 2005).quick hplc method to determine vitamin e concentration .ann.fac.medic. vet.di parma. xxv:101-110. 17aebi , h. e.( 1974 ) . catalase, in : methods of enzymatic analysis . 673684 . 18-prochazkova, d.; sairam, r. k. ; lekshmy, s. and wilhelmova, n. 2013. differential response of maize hybrid and parental lines to salinity stress .czech j.genet. plant breed.49:9-15. 19bates, l. s.; waldes, r. p. and teare, t. d. (1973) rapid determination of free proline for water stress studies. plant and .soil 39: 205-207 20-thomas , h.(1975).the growth response to weather of simulated vegetative swards of asingle genotype of loliumperenne, j.agric.sci.camb.84:333-343. 21-karray-bouraoui, n. ;hayfa, h. m. ;mokded, r.; faten, h. ; houneida, a. samia riadh, k. and mokhtar, l. ( 2010) . enzymatic and non – enzymatic antioxidant responses of twomenthapulegium stress.j.med .plant . res., 4 (23) : 2518 – 2524. 22rade, m. m.; sadak, m. s.; el-bassiouny, h. m. s. and abd el-monem, a. a. (2011).alleviation the adverse effects of salinity stress in sunflower cultivars using nicotinamide and α-tocopherol .aust.j.basic and appl.sci.,5(10):342-355. 23-deng, x. p.; cheng, y. j.; wu, x. b.; k wak ,s.s.; chen ,w.and eneji , a.( 2012). exogenous hydrogen peroxidepositiveiy influences root growth and metabolism in leaves of sweet potato seedlings . aust j crop sci . 6 (11) : 1572 -1578 . 24-shao ,h.;li-ye c.z.l. and cong-min k.(2008).primary antioxidant free radical scavenging and redox signaling pathways in higher plant cells .int.j.biol.sci.,4(1):8-14. 25-hung ,s. ;yu ,c.; lin ,c . h.( 2005) .hydrogen peroxide funcitions as stress signal in plants.botanical bulletin of acadamiasinica, 46: 1-10 . 26-gupta , s. d. ( 2011) reactive oxygen species and antioxidant in higher plantscrc press, enfield , new hampshire ,usa: 362 p. ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 323 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 27-seidlitz,m. ; zabeau , m .; vanmontagu , d.; inze , and vanbreusegem , f.(2004) . catalase deficiency drastically affects gene expression incluced by high light in arabidopsis thaliana. plant j.39. 28-he ,a ; gao , z . and li , r. (2009) . pretreatment of seed with h2o2 enhances drought to lorance of wheat ( triticumaestivum l. ) seedlings . afrr .j .biotechnol . 8 (22) : 61516157 . 29-hussain,s. ;anwar-ul-haq, m.; akram, z.; afzal, m.and shabbir,i. s.(2014).physiological andionic expressions of different hybrids of maize (zea mays l.)under different salinity levels. universal j.agric.res.2(5):168-173. 30-vandenbroucke , k.(2008 ) . role for hydrogen peroxide during abiotic and biotic stress signaling in plants . ghent university faculty of sciences – department molecular genetics vib department of plant systems biology 31-turkan , i. and demiral , t . (2009) .recent development in understanding salinity tolerance .environ. exp.bot.67:2-9 . 32 zhu, y. d; x. zhou; z.xia; s.y. wen;j.shen, j.ma, c.tu, j. fut .(2010) .the role of abscisic acid in early anthe development plant .mol biol. 72:1-2 . 33-trovato , m. ;mattioli ,r. and costantino ,p.(2008). multiple role of protein in plant stress tolerance and development ,rendicontilincei .19:325-346. 34-vanbreusegam , f. and mittler , j. (2009) .reactive oxygen species plant physiol., 43: (5):55-57. عَٖ٘هٝخ –اىَْٖ٘هح ،اى٘هك ٍنزجخ عيٝوح اٍبٍٞبد فَٞ٘ى٘عٞب اىْجبد 2008))، ؽَْذ ٍيَٞبُ اؽَل اىلٍ٘قٜ -35 ٍٖو اىؼوثٞخ 36-gondim , f. a.; filho , e. g.; lacerda , c. f.; prisco, j .t.; neto , a . and marques, e.c. (2010). pretreatment with h2o2 in maize seeds : effect on germination and seedling acclimation to salt stress .baraz . j plant physiol ., 22 (2) : 103 – 112 . 37-mohammed, h. a. (2013) reduction of negative effects for moisture tention of thecorn plant by spraying with proline acid and abscisic acid .ibn al-haitham.j.26(1):82-95. 38-bin dkhil , b. and denden, m. (2012).effect of salt stress on growth , anthocyanins, membrane permeability and chlorophyll fluorescence of okra (abelmoschusesculentusl.) seedlings.am.j.plant physiol., 7(4) :174-183. 39-kaya, c.; ashraf , m.; murat, d. and atilla, l. t.( 2013). alleviation of salt stress – induced adverse effects on maize plants by exogenous application of indoleacetic acid iaa and inorganic nutrents afield trial. ajcs 7(2): 249-254. 40-chaerle, l.; saibo, n. andvanderstraeten, d.(2005).tuningthetowards engineering plants for improved water use efficiency. trends in biotechnology.23. 6, 308-315. ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 324 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ( بعض انصحاث انكيميائيت وانحيسيائيت نتربت انذراست قبم انسراعت 1جذول ) a تربت غير متأثرة بانمهىحت bتربت متأثرة بانمهىحت انقيمت انىحذة انصحت انقيمت انىحذة انصحت 1:1 ph 7.32 ـــــ ph1:1 7.78 ـــــ االٖٝبىٞخ اىنٖوثبئٞخ 1:1 كَٜٝ ٍَْٞي ً -3 االٖٝبىٞخ 2.00 1:1اىنٖوثبئٞخ كَٜٝ ٍَْٞي ً -3 7.25 نغٌٍيغَ اىْزوٗعِٞ اىغبٕي -3 روثخ ٍيغٌ مغٌ اىْزوٗعِٞ اىغبٕي 75 -3 روثخ 48 نغٌٍيغَ اىج٘ربًٍٞ٘ اىغبٕي -3 روثخ ٍيغٌ مغٌ اىج٘ربٍٍٞ٘بىغبٕي 286 -3 روثخ 190 نغٌٍيغَ اىتَت٘ه اىغبٕي -3 روثخ ٍيغٌ مغٌ اىتَت٘ه اىغبٕي 22.0 -3 روثخ 19.0 نغٌ َ اىغجٌ -3 روثخ ٌ مغٌ اىغجٌ 2.1 -3 روثخ 3.0 مغٌ ٌ اىنيٌ -3 روثخ ٌ مغٌ اىنيٌ 260 -3 روثخ 330 so4 -2 مغٌٍْزَٞ٘ه -3 روثخ 1.4 so4 -2 ٍْزٜ ٍ٘ه مغٌ -3 روثخ 2.5 hco3 -2 مغٌ ٍْزَٞ٘ه -3 روثخ 0.17 hco3 -2 ٍْزٜ ٍ٘ه مغٌ -3 روثخ 0.10 cl -1 مغٌ ٍْزَٞ٘ه -3 روثخ 2.8 cl -1 مغٌٍْزٜ ٍ٘ه -3 روثخ 5.0 ca +2 مغٌ ٍْزَٞ٘ه -3 روثخ 25.4 ca +2 ٍْزٜ ٍ٘ه مغٌ -3 روثخ 39.2 mg +2 مغٌ ٍْزَٞ٘ه -3 روثخ 12.0 mg +2 ٍْزٜ ٍ٘ه مغٌ -3 روثخ 18.0 na + مغٌ ٍْزَٞ٘ه -3 روثخ 10.2 na + ٍْزٜ ٍ٘ه مغٌ -3 روثخ 19.9 ٌ مغٌ اىطِٞ ٍتٖ٘الد اىزوثخ -3 رو ثخ 519.2 ٍتٖ٘الد اىزوثخ اىطِٞ ٌ مغٌ -3 رو ثخ 526.3 ٌ مغٌ اىوٍو -3 رو ثخ ٌ مغٌ اىوٍو 438.2 -3 رو ثخ 440.2 ٌ مغٌ اىغوِٝ -3 رو ثخ ٌ مغٌ اىغوِٝ 42.6 -3 رو ثخ 33.5 silty clay اىَْــــــــــــغخ siltyclay اىَْــــــــــــغخ ٍٞنب واً ً اىنضبفخ اىظبٕوٝخ 3 ٍٞنب واً ً اىنضبفخ اىظبٕوٝخ 1.45 3 1.45 تىكىفيرول) مهغم . غم-تأثيرحامضي بيروكسيذ انهيذروجين واالبسيسك في تركيساالنحا (2جذول) -1 ) a تربت غير متأثرة بانمهىحت bتربت متأثرة بانمهىحت تركيس h2o2مهي نتر ىل.م -0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid تركيس تركيس انمتىسظ h2o2مهي مىل.نتر 0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid تركيس انمتىسظ 0 15 30 0 15 30 0 0.170 0.155 0.139 0.154 0 0.345 0.319 0.302 0.322 10 0.260 0.217 0.161 0.212 10 0.488 0.413 0.366 0.422 15 0.339 0.276 0.187 0.267 15 0.635 0.480 0.377 0.479 20 0.426 0.303 0.213 0.314 20 0.792 0.531 0.406 0.576 l.s.d0.05 abscisec acid×h2o2= n.s h2o2=0.10 l.s.d 0.05 h2o2 × abscisec acid= 0.13 h2o2= 0.15 0.362 0.435 0.565 المتوسط 0.175 0.237 0.298 المتوسط l.s.d 0.05 abscisecacid =n.s l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid=0.17 ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 325 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 u.ml)انحعانيت انكهيت النسيم انكاتهيس -( تأثير حامضي بيروكسيذ انهيذروجين واالبسيسك في 3جذول ) -1 ) a تربت غير متأثرة بانمهىحتbتربت متأثرة بانمهىحت h2o2مهي تركيس لتر.مول -0 لتر.ملغم -0 absicic acid تركيس h2o2 المتوسط تركيس لتر.مول -0 مهي لتر.ملغم -0 absicic acid تركيس المتوسط 0 15 30 0 15 30 0 15.22 12.05 9.82 12.37 0 29.30 27.65 25.00 27.32 10 25.77 18.65 14.54 19.66 10 57.15 35.33 29.85 40.78 15 38.60 26.55 21.02 28.73 15 79.44 43.87 33.54 52.29 20 46.91 32.11 27.00 35.34 20 98.23 55.09 39.70 64.35 l.s.d0.05 abscisec acid×h2o2= 1.5 h2o2= 2.3 l.s.d 0.05 h2o2 × abscisec acid= 1.9 h2o2= 2.5 32.04 40.49 66.03 المتوسط 18.10 22.34 31.63 المتوسط l.s.d 0.05 abscisecacid =2.0 l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid=2.5 %( msiدنيم ثباتيت انغشاء) ( تأثير حامضي بيروكسيذ انهيذروجين واالبسيسك في4جذول ) a تربت غير متأثرة بانمهىحت bتربت متأثرة بانمهىحت h2o2مهي تركيس مىل.نتر -0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid تركيس تركيسh2o2مهي انمتىسظ ل.نترمى -0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid تركيس انمتىسظ 0 15 30 0 15 30 0 83.0 84.0 85.3 84.1 0 67.1 70.5 73.6 70.4 10 83.6 86.7 88.2 86.1 10 71.4 75.6 77.3 74.7 15 84.2 88.0 90.1 87.4 15 76.2 78.0 83.2 79.1 20 84.8 88.9 89.4 87.7 20 79.8 81.6 86.7 82.7 l.s.d0.05 abscisec acid×h2o2= n.s h2o2=n.s l.s.d 0.05 h2o2 × abscisec acid= 6.35 h2o2= 4.66 80.2 76.4 73.6 اىَزٍٜ٘ 88.2 86.9 83.9 اىَزٍٜ٘ l.s.d 0.05 abscisecacid =3.00 l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid=2.50 في االوراق (proline acid)انبرونينحامضتركيس( تأثير حامضي بيروكسيذ انهيذروجين واالبسيسك في5جذول ) اننباتيت )مهغم.غم 1) a تربت غير متأثرة بانمهىحت bتربت متأثرة بانمهىحت مهي h2o2تركيس لتر.مول -0 لتر.ملغم -0 absicic acid تركيس مهي h2o2تركيس المتوسط لتر.مول -0 لتر.ملغم -0 absicic acid تركيس المتوسط 0 15 30 0 15 30 0 2.45 2.60 3.78 2.94 0 3.46 6.18 8.51 6.05 10 2.50 2.91 4.27 3.22 10 3.74 6.85 9.38 6.65 15 2.53 3.12 4.56 3.40 15 4.50 7.40 10.43 7.44 20 2.58 3.51 4.89 3.66 20 5.36 8.12 10.85 8.11 l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid×h2o2=1.75 h2o2=n.s l.s.d 0.05 h2o2 × abscisec acid=1.55 h2o2=1.25 9.79 7.13 4.26 المتوسط 4.37 3.03 2.51 المتوسط l.s.d 0.05 abscisecacid =n.s l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid=1.90 ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 326 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 سمنهنباث )انمساحت انىرقيت في تأثير حامضي بيروكسيذ انهيذروجين واالبسيسك (6جذول) 2 ) a تربت غير متأثرة بانمهىحت bتربت متأثرة بانمهىحت h2o2 مهي تركيس مىل.نتر -0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid تركيس h2o2مهي انمتىسظ تركيس مىل.نتر -0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid انمتىسظ تركيس 0 15 30 0 15 30 0 54.7 52.3 45.7 50.9 0 45.6 46.3 42.0 44.6 10 56.5 46.2 41.0 47.9 10 47.5 53.2 43.1 47.9 15 61.8 51.6 43.8 52.4 15 49.6 54.9 45.0 49.8 20 58.9 47.0 42.1 49.3 20 51.7 56.8 47.2 51.9 l.s.d0.05 abscisec acid×=h2o23.00 h2o2=1.00 l.s.d 0.05 h2o2 × abscisec acid=2.50 h2o2= 1.50 44.3 52.8 48.6 اىَزٍٜ٘ 43.1 49.2 57.9 اىَزٍٜ٘ l.s.d 0.05 abscisecacid =3.00 l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid=2.70 اننباتيت % (في االوراق el) اننضح االنكترونيتي( تأثير حامضي بيروكسيذ انهيذروجين واالبسيسك في 7جذول ) a تربت غير متأثرة بانمهىحتbتربت متأثرة بانمهىحت h2o2مهي تركيس مىل.نتر -0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid تركيس تركيسh2o2مهي انمتىسظ مىل.نتر -0 مهغم.نتر -0 absicic acid تركيس انمتىسظ 0 15 30 0 15 30 0 16.20 15.55 15.01 15.58 0 30.16 29.24 28.50 29.30 10 14.00 13.35 13.10 13.48 10 26.81 25.54 25.11 25.82 15 12.44 12.00 11.77 12.07 15 20.97 20.33 19.85 20.38 20 11.25 10.50 10.22 10.66 20 18.70 18.04 17.65 18.13 l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid×h2o2= 0.90 h2o2 = 1.00 l.s.d 0.05 h2o2 × abscisec acid= 0.55 h2o2= 0.85 22.78 23.29 24.16 اىَزٍٜ٘ 12.52 12.85 13.47 اىَزٍٜ٘ l.s.d 0.05 abscisecacid =n.s l.s.d 0.05 abscisec acid =0.65 ( 9( يىضح اماكن تىنيذ بيروكسيذ انهايذروجين في انخهيت اننباتيت ،انمصذر ) 1شكم ) ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 327 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 (40اىَٖله ) ،دورحمضاألبسيسيكحيحركتانمساماتىعمهيتانتبادالنغازي ( 2 ) شكم ػيً٘ اىؾٞبح | 328 2016( ػبً 3اىؼلك) 28ٍغيخ إثِ اىٖٞضٌ ىيؼيً٘ اىٖوفخ ٗ اىزطجٞقٞخ اىَغيل ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 effect of exogenous application of hydrogen peroxide and abscisic acidfor the wheat plant under salt stress hussein aziz mohammed soil scince and water resouces, college of agriculture, university of diyala received in :22 may 2016 ,accepted in: 30 november 2016 abstract the experiment was conducted in twodifferentsplaces, one of this experiment in the field was not under salt stress and the other experiment field was under salt stress.those experiments were conducted in college of agriculturediyalauniversity atautmyseason (2015 2016)to study the salt stress by usingseeds soaking with hydrogen peroxide and foliar application in different concentrations ofabscisic acid.the experiment statistical design as rcbd was with three replicates.soaking the seeds withhydrogen peroxidetreatments 0 , 10 , 15 , 20 mmol.l -1 . three abscisic acid levels0 , 15 , 30 mg.l 1 .α -tocopherol, catalase enzyme, membrane stability index,proline content, leaves area andpercentage of electrolyte leakage of wheat, were measured. results drawn from these were as follows: the α -tocopherol concentrations, catalase enzyme,proline content and percentage of electrolyte leakageincrease withsalt stress for soil,comparing with soil not under salt stress. the results showed that fourth level of hydrogen peroxide soaking(20)superior on the levels (0)of α-tocopherol concentrations, catalase enzyme,membrane stability index, proline acid concentration and leaves areaincreased in values(78.88%, 135.54%, 17.47%, 34.04% ,16.36%) respectively with soil under salt stress.the results show increase in α-tocopherol concentrations, catalase enzyme and percentageof electrolyte leakagewith low amount of abscisic acid sprayingaba0(0 mg.l¹)comparing with the aba1(15 mg.l-¹)and aba2(30 mg.l-¹),but the treatment of spraying abscisic acid outperformedsignificantly increasedin the membrane stability index anproline acid concentrationin leaveswith increase at the level ofaba2(30 mg. l -1 )compareing with the other levels ofin the soil under salt stress. theα-tocopherol concentrations and catalase enzyme wereincreasedsignificantlyby interaction between(20mmol.l -1 h2o2 +0 mg aba. l 1 ) comparing with the other levels in the soil that was under salt stress. . the catalase enzyme increase in the level(20 mmol.l -1 h2o2 + 0 mg aba .l -1 ) in the soil that was not under salt stress.interference between (20 mmol.l -1 h2o2+30mgaba.l -1 ) showedinsignificant effect on the membrane stability indexandproline acid concentrationsin leavesat the soil that was under salt tension and proline acid concentrationsat leaves in the soil which was not under salt stress.also most of characters in plant were significantly influenced by hydrogen peroxide under salt stress. key words: hydrogen peroxide,abscisic acid,tocopherol ,catalase enzyme, membrane stability index and electrolyte leakage statistical approximation operators sahib k. jassim zainab i. abdulnaby department of mathematics / college of science/al–mustansiriya university received in : 20 january 2013 , accepted in : 12 may 2013 abstract in this paper we obtain some statistical approximation results for a general class of maxproduct operators including the paused linear positive operators. keywords: statistical approximation, max-product operators, pseudo linear operators. 350 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 introduction let (xn) be sequences of numbers. then, (xn) is called statistically convergent to a number l iff or everyε > 0,limj ⋕{𝑛≤𝑗:|𝑥𝑛−𝐿|≥𝜖} 𝑗 = 0 .where ⋕ b denoted the cardinality of the subset of b [1]. we denote this statistical limit by st − limjxn = l. now, let a = (aj,n) be a finite summability matrix. then, the a-transform of 𝑥, denoted by ax = (ax)j = ∑ aj,n∞n=1 xn, and provided the series converges for each j. we say that a is a regular if limj((ax)j) = l, where ever limjxj = l [2].assume now that a is nonnegative regular summability matrix. then, a sequence (xn) is said to be a-statistically convergent to l if, for every > 0 , limj ∑ aj,nn:|xn−l|≥ ε = 0 …(1.1) it is denoted by st − limjxn = l , [2]. properties of a statistical we recall some basic properties of a-statistical convergence as follows: 1) let𝐾 be a subset of 𝑁, the set of all natural numbers. the adensity of 𝐾, denoted byδa(k) , is defined byδa(k) = limj ∑ aj,n𝜒𝐾(𝑛) nϵk , provided that the limit exists, where χkthe characteristic function of isk .by (1.1), we easily see that in [3], st − limjxn = l if and only ifδa(k) = ({n: |xn − l| ≥ ε}) = 0, for everyε > 0. 2) every convergent sequence is astatistically convergent to the same value for any nonnegative regular matrixa , but its converse is not true. for example in [3], for the sequence 𝑥 = (𝑥𝑛), is defined as 𝑥𝑘 = � 1, 𝑖𝑓 𝑘 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟 0, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒. it is easy to see that st − lim xk = 0. let 𝑋 = [0, ∞) and 𝐶(𝑋) is the space of all real-valued continuous functions on 𝑋 and 𝐶𝐵(𝑋) = {𝑓 ∈ 𝐶(𝑋): 𝑓 is bounede on 𝑋} with the norm on 𝐶𝐵(𝑋) is given by: ‖f − g‖ = ⋁ |f(x) − g(x)|x∈x …(2.1) let f: c(x) → 𝐶𝐵(𝑋) be bounded, let also xk ∈ 𝑋,𝑘 ∈ {0, … , 𝑛}, 𝑛 ≥ 1 be fixed sampled data. then the general discrete form of a max-product approximation is given by [3]: pn(f, x) = � kn(x, xk). f(xk) n k=0 where kn(x, xk): c(x) → 𝐶𝐵(𝑋), k = 0, … , n. are continuous functions onxsuch that, δa({n ∈ n: ⋁ kn(x, xk) = 1 n k=0 }) = 1 …(2.2) let 𝑋 be normed space and f: x → [0, ∞)be a target. let xk ∈ 𝑋 ,𝑦𝑘 = 𝑓(𝑥𝑘) be sampled data. then the shepard-type max-product operator associated to 𝑓 is define by [3]: snλ(f, x) = ⋁ kn(x, xk). f(xk) n k=0 …(2.3) where the shepard kernel for x ≠ xk is: kn(x, xk) = 1 �x−xk� λ ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 = 1 …(2.4) so the max-product shepard operator is: snλ(f, x) = ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 . f(xk) = ⋁ f(xk) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 n k=0 …(2.5) we put 𝑍 = {𝑛 ∈ 𝑁: ⋁ 𝐾𝑛(𝑥, 𝑥𝑘) = 1 𝑛𝑘=0 } …(2.6) 351 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 so by (2.2), we may write that δa(z) = 1 and δa(𝑁 𝑍� ) = 0 …(2.7) then we define thetn(f, x) max-product operators from c(x) into cb(x) as [1]: tn(f, x) = (1 + un)snλ(f, x), xϵx …(2.8) where un is a convergent sequence. in order to study approximation properties of the operator defined above in (2.8) we need the following definition and lemmas. definition 1: [4] let 𝑓(𝑥) be defined on an interval 𝐼 and suppose that we can find two positive constants 𝑀 and 𝛼 , such that|𝑓(𝑥1) − 𝑓(𝑥2)| ≤ 𝑀|𝑥1 − 𝑥2|𝛼, for all 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ∈ 𝐼 then 𝑓 is said to satisfy lipschitz condition of order 𝛼 and we say that 𝑓 ∈ 𝑙𝑖𝑝(𝛼). lemma 2.1: [5] for any functions ak, bk ∈ [0, ∞), k ∈ {0, … , n}, we have: �� ak n k=0 − � bk n k=0 � ≤ �|ak − bk| n k=0 now we prove lemma (2.2), since using in our work. lemma 2.2: let x ∈ x and f ∈ c(x, [0, ∞))be fixed. then the inequality: |f(y) − f(x)| ≤ ε + 2mf δ2 φx(y) is valid for sufficiently largent, where mf = ⋁{|f(y)|, y ∈ x} andφx(y) = 𝑑2(𝑥, 𝑦) . proof: let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋 = [0, ∞), and by uniformly continuity of 𝑓on [0, ∞), for each ∈> 0 there exists a number 𝛿𝛿 > 0 such that|𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑦)| < 𝜖𝜖, where �𝑥2 − 𝑦2 < 𝛿𝛿. now let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ [0, ∞) and let 𝑧 ∈ [0, ∞) such that0 ≤ 𝑧 < ∞ , since 𝑓 is continuous on the boundary point also for each 𝜖𝜖 > 0 there exists a 𝛿𝛿 > 0 such that, |𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑦)| ≤ |𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑧)| + |𝑓(𝑧) − 𝑓(𝑦)| < 𝜖𝜖 where �𝑥2 − 𝑦2 < 𝛿𝛿, and𝛿𝛿 = 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑦∈𝑋 𝑑(𝑥, 𝑦). finally let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ [0, ∞) and let �𝑥2 − 𝑦2 > 𝛿𝛿, then easy calculations show that and by lemma (2.1)we have |𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑦)| ≤ 𝑀|𝑥 − 𝑦| by using the notation euclidean n-space 𝑅𝑛 in [6],𝑛 ≥ 1is equipped with the distance |𝑥 − 𝑦| = (∑ (𝑥𝑖 − 𝑦𝑖)2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ) 1 2. then we have that, |𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑦)| ≤ 𝑀|𝑥 − 𝑦| ≤ 𝑀�(𝑥 − 𝑦)2 ≤ 2 𝑀𝑓 �𝑥2−𝑦2� 𝛿2 ≤ 𝑀𝑓 2 𝛿2 𝑑2(𝑥, 𝑦) ≤ 𝜖𝜖 + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 𝑑2(𝑥, 𝑦) ≤ 𝜖𝜖 + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 𝜑𝑥(𝑦) 352 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 theorem 2.1: let tn, n ∈ 𝑁 be the linear positive operator in (2.8), which are mappings from c(x) into 𝐶𝐵(𝑋), is continuous in the uniform distance and it is pseudo linear in the sense that tn(α. f ∨ β. g) = α. tn(f, x) ∨ β. tn(g, x) proof: by (2.8), (2.5), we have |tn(f, x) − tn(g, x)| = �(1 + un)snλ(f, x) − (1 + un)snλ(g, x)� =|(1 + un) ⋁ kn(x, xk). f(xk) n k=0 − (1 + un) ⋁ kn(x, xk). g(xk) n k=0 | by lemma (2.1) |tn(f, x) − tn(g, x)| ≤ (1 + un) � kn(x, xk) n k=0 | f(xk) − g(xk)| by (2.2) |tn(f, x) − tn(g, x)| ≤ (1 + un) � kn(x, xk) n k=0 ‖f − g‖ sincekn(x, xk) are continuous and bounded then we have |tn(f, x) − tn(g, x)| ≤ m‖f − g‖ where m = (1 + un) ⋁ kn(x, xk) n k=0 the pseud linearity of tn is obvious. theorem 2.2: let tn, n ∈ 𝑁, be a positive linear operators from c(x) into𝐶𝐵(𝑋)be an arbitrary normed space and leta = (aj,n) be non-negative regular summability matrix. if 𝑠𝑡𝐴 − limnxn{⋁{|tn(φx, x)|: xϵx}} = 0, withφx(y)=d2(x, y) …(2.9) then, for allf: c(x) → 𝐶𝐵(𝑋) , we have 𝑠𝑡𝐴 − lim𝑛 xn ��{|tn(f, x) − f(x)|: xϵx}� = 0 proof: |tn(f, x) − f(x)| = �(1 + un)snλ(f, x) − f(x)� = |(1 + un) ⋁ kn(x, xk) n k=0 . f(xk) − f(x)| by kn(x, xk) = 1 �x−xk� λ ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 = 1 in (2.4) we get |tn(f, x) − f(x)| = �(1 + un) � kn(x, xk) n k=0 . f(xk) − � kn(x, xk) n k=0 . f(x)� |tn(f, x) − f(x)| = �(1 + un)(� 1 ‖x − xk‖λ ⋁ 1 ‖x − xk‖λ n k=0 n k=0 f(xk)) − � 1 ‖x − xk‖λ ⋁ 1 ‖x − xk‖λ n k=0 n k=0 . f(x)� = �(1 + un) ⋁ f�xk� �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 − ⋁ f(x) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 � = � ⋁ f(xk) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 + un (⋁ f�xk� �x−xk� λ ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 n k=0 ) − ⋁ f(x) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 � = �un ⋁ f(xk) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 + ⋁ f(xk) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 − ⋁ f(x) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 � 353 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 ≤ �un ⋁ 𝑓(𝑥𝑘) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 � + � ⋁ 𝑓(𝑥𝑘) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 − ⋁ 𝑓(𝑥) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 � ≤ �un ⋁ 𝑓(𝑥𝑘) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 � + � ⋁ 𝑓(𝑥𝑘)−𝑓(𝑥) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 � by lemma (2.3) ≤ �un ⋁ 𝑓(𝑥𝑘) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 � + �� ⋁ 𝜖+ 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 𝜑𝑥(𝑥𝑘) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 �� ≤ �un ⋁ 𝑓(𝑥𝑘) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 � + �(𝜖𝜖 + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 ). ⋁ 𝜑𝑥(𝑥𝑘) �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 ⋁ 1 �𝑥−𝑥𝑘� 𝜆 𝑛 𝑘=0 � since |𝑓(𝑥𝑘)| < |𝜑𝑥(𝑥𝑘)| for all𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, 𝑘 = 1, … , 𝑛 we have < �un ⋁ φx(xk �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 � + �(ϵ + 2mf δ2 ). ⋁ φx(xk) �x−xk� λ n k=0 ⋁ 1 �x−xk� λ n k=0 � by (2.4), (2.5) and lemma (2.2) we have ≤ |un ⋁ 𝐾𝑛(𝑥, 𝑥𝑘). 𝜑𝑥(𝑥𝑘)𝑛𝑘=0 | + �((𝜖𝜖 − 1) + 1 + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 ). ⋁ 𝐾𝑛(𝑥, 𝑥𝑘). 𝜑𝑥(𝑥𝑘) 𝑛𝑘=0 � ≤ (|1 + un| + (𝜖𝜖 − 1) + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 ) ⋁ 𝐾𝑛(𝑥, 𝑥𝑘). 𝜑𝑥(𝑥𝑘)𝑛𝑘=0 ≤ (𝜖𝜖 − 1 + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 )(1 + un) ⋁ 𝑆𝑛𝜆(𝑓, 𝑥). 𝜑𝑥(𝑥𝑘)𝑛𝑘=0 ≤ (𝜖𝜖 − 1) + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 𝑇𝑛(𝜑𝑥, 𝑥) now, taking maximum over 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 , in the last inequality gives, for all𝑛 ∈ 𝐾 , that ⋁{|𝑇𝑛(𝑓, 𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥)|: 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋} ≤ (𝜖𝜖 − 1) + 2𝑀𝑓 𝛿2 ⋁{|𝑇𝑛(𝜑𝑥, 𝑥): 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋|} …(2.10) for a given 𝑟 > 0 , choose an ∈ −1 > 0 such that∈ −1 < 𝑟 , and then define the sets 𝐷 ∶ {𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 ∶ (⋁{|𝑇𝑛(𝑓, 𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥)|: 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋}) ≥ 𝑟}, 𝐷/ ∶ �𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 ∶ (�{|𝑇𝑛(𝜑𝑥, 𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥)|: 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋}) ≥ (𝑟 − 𝜖𝜖 + 1)𝛿𝛿2 2𝑀𝑓 � the inequality (2.7), implies𝐷⋂𝑍 ⊆ 𝐷/⋂𝑍which yields for every𝑗 ∈ 𝑁 , that ∑ 𝑎𝑗𝑛𝑛∈𝐷⋂𝑍 ≤ ∑ 𝑎𝑗𝑛𝑛∈𝐷/⋂𝑍 ≤ ∑ 𝑎𝑗𝑛𝑛∈𝐷/ …(2.11) taking limit as 𝑗 → ∞ on the both-sides of the inequality (2.11), we get lim𝑗 ∑ 𝑎𝑗𝑛𝑛∈𝐷⋂𝑍 = 0 …(2.12) on the other hand, since � 𝑎𝑗𝑛 𝑛∈𝐷 = � 𝑎𝑗𝑛 𝑛∈𝐷⋂𝑍 + � 𝑎𝑗𝑛 𝑛∈𝐷⋂(𝑁 𝑍� ) ≤ � 𝑎𝑗𝑛 𝑛∈𝐷⋂𝑍 + � 𝑎𝑗𝑛 𝑛∈(𝑛 𝑍� ) holds for every 𝑗 ∈ 𝑁, letting 𝑗 → ∞ in the last inequality and using (2.12) and also the fact thatδa�𝑁 𝑍� � = 0 , we have lim𝑗 ∑ 𝑎𝑗𝑛𝑛∈𝐷 = 0 this means that st − lim n ��{|𝑇𝑛(𝑓, 𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥)|: xϵx}� = 0 354 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 reference 1dumen o. (2005) k-positive linear operators, tobb university of economics and technology faculty of art and sciences, pp. 569-576. 2agratini o. (2006) on approximation of functions by positive linear operators, stud.cercet.stiint, ser.mat, proceeding sof icmi 45, bacau, pp.17-28. 3dirik f. (2007) statistical convergence and rate of convergence of a sequence of positive linear operators, faculty of sciences and arts, sinop university, 57000 sinop, turkey, pp. 147-153. 4heinonen j. (2004) lecturec on lipchitz analysis, lecturec at the 14th jyvaskyla summer school, nsf grant dms 0353544 and dms0244421, pp.1-77. 5bede1 b.; nobuhara2 h.; dankova3 m. and nola4 a. di. (2007) approximation by pseudolinear operator preprint submitted to elsevier science, pp.1-26. 6cluckers1 r.; comte2 g. and loesoer3 f. (2008), lipchitz continuity properties, modnet barcelona conference, pp.1-26. 355 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 مؤثر التقریب االحصائي صاحب كحیط الساعدي زینب عیسى عبد النبي الجامعة المستنصریة /كلیة العلوم /قسم الریاضیات 2013آیار 12، قبل في 2013كانون الثاني 20أستلم البحث في : الخالصھ فضاء جداء المؤثرات العام متضمنة المؤثرات في ھذا البحث حصلنا على بعض النتائج في التقریب االحصائي في .شبة الخطیة الموجبة فضاء جداء المؤثرات ، مؤثرات شبھ خطیة.التقریب االحصائي ، الكلمات المفتاحیة: 356 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i3@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (3) 2013 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 63 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 evaluation of mechanical strength of epoxy polymer concrete reinforcement with different types of fibers mohammad r. mohammad seiwench n. rafeeq rawabi a. khammas dept. of applied science/ physics branch / university of technology *corresponding author e-mail: rawabi_r@yahoo.com received in:28/april/2016, accepted in:28/december/2016 abstract polymer composite materials were prepared by mixing epoxy resin with sand particles in three different grain size (150-300 ), (300-600 ) and (6001200) μm . the weight of epoxy was 15%, 20%, 25% and 30% of the total weight. compression strength and flexural strength tests were carried out for the prepared samples .the percentages of epoxy resin at 20% wt and 25% wt showed best mechanical properties for all grain sizes .these percentages were adopted to fill the void between particles sand which have two different size ranges (150-600) μm and {(150-300) & (600-1200)} μm respectively to obtain more dense material. the results showed that the strength of polymer composite at 20% resin is higher than 25% resin. the sample which has maximum value for compression strength and flexural strength was reinforced with fibers (glass, polypropylene and alucobond waste) by weight 1% and 1.5% respectively of the weight of epoxy resin. keywords: polymer concrete, epoxy resin, compression strength, flexural strength, fibers. physics | 64 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction concrete is one of the fundamental materials in civil engineering especially structural industries. conventional, concrete has many favorable advantages such as low material cost and simple applications [1]. however, it has disadvantages and some serious limitations. it's low strength, weak flexural strength,poor resistance to, freeze-thaw phenomena and destruction by sulfate and acid attack has been limited the usage of the concrete [2]. in order to improve concrete properties, polymer concrete was introduced in material and structural industries [3,4]. the polymer concrete (pc) is a composite material in which aggregates are bonded together with resin in a polymer matrix [5]. pc is being extensively used as a suitable substitution for cement concrete in variety of applications such as construction and structural repairs, highway pavements, wastewater pipe lines, bridges, floors and dams [6,7]. pc performance is strongly depending on various types and mixture proportion of aggregates and resins. the particle size of aggregates has great influence on mechanical behavior of the pc and improves its physical and mechanical strengths [8]. experimental epoxy resin the epoxy resin used in this work (quick mast 105) is produced by (don construction product ltd. company), the resin physical properties are low viscosity , low creep ,nonshrink ,exhibit good chemical resistant .epoxy resin system in the form of the transparent liquid transforms into solid state after adding the hardener type (quickmast 105) which is produced by the same company .the mixture percentage is (3:1) respectively .table (1) illustrates the physical properties of the epoxy . aggregate al-ukhaider natural sand was used throughout this work .the particle size of the supplied aggregate is defined as follows: fine size (f) with average particle size of (150-300) μm. medium size (m) with average particle size of (300-600) μm. coarse size (c) with average particle size of (600-1200) μm. aggregates were washed by water and then dried in furnace at 110 ºc for one day in order to get the best bond between aggregates and resin. waste of alucobond alucobond consists of two sheets aluminum thermo bonded to a polyethylene core in a continuous process.the remnants of alucobond after removing the particulate of aluminum by handling was used in this research as fiber with length 2-5 mm and diameter (0.5-2) mm the percentage of waste fiber was (1% and 1.5%) wt of the total weight of the resin. glass fibers the glass fibers type eglass (electric grade) was used in random shape designated with length (46) mm and diameter (10-14) μm . the percentage of glass fiber was also (1% and 1.5%) wt of the total weight of the resin. polypropylene fibers the polypropylene fibers were used with length 6mm and diameter (10-16) μm in random shape designated .the percentage of polypropylene fiber have been fixed again to (1% and 1.5%) wt of the total weight of the resin. physics | 65 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 preparation specimen of polymer concrete polymer concrete specimens were prepared according to astm standards in two types as follows: 1epoxy concrete: initially epoxy resin and hardening agent were weighed and blended. sand was added to the mixture with appropriate proportion illustrated in table (2) and were gently mixed. 2-epoxy concert reinforcement with fiber: epoxy resin and hardening agent were weighed and blended, fiber added to the epoxy mixture and blended after that these mixtures were mixed with sand and lightly blended. in three steps, these mixtures were placed in molds respectively. after each step was performed the mixture was compacted using a rod to prevent any void formation. the specimens were air dried at room temperature and then the molds were removed and then tested after 7 days. two different astm tests were carried out. compressive and flexural strength of fabricated pc were measured according to astm c579-01 [9] and c 293-02 [10] , respectively. the uniform shaped specimens were cubed (50 × 50 × 50 mm) for compression strength and prisms 4*25.4*116 (mm) for flexural strength. results and discussions compressive strength test results figure (1) shows the results of compression strength of various mixtures of polymer concrete with different grain sizes of sand particles. the results of compression strength are varied between (85.4 – 48.42) mpa. the maximum values of compression strength are (at 30% resin for all sizes of sand particles). there was no homogeneity in mixture and excessive resin samples after curing as shown in figure (2, d). the minimum values were (at 15% resin for all sizes of sand particles) because the resin ratio was not enough to wet the sand particles to provide the wished bond for aggregate also this apparent in figure (2,a). the better value of compression strength was at (20% and 25% resin) for all size particles may be the amount of resin was enough to wet the sand particle and therefore get adequate compact of sand particle in resin matrix[6] as shown in figures (2,c) and (2,d). then two mixes of particle sizes combined [(65%) (300-600)& (35%) (150-300)] μm and [(65%)(600-1200)&(35%)(150-300)]μm respectively for the smaller particles were needed to fill the smaller voids between the neighboring aggregate particles. this would provide the graded aggregate to produce a material which is more dense, less porous and absorptive. it allows a much smaller amount of resin to be needed to fill the voids between the sand particles, thus forming stronger and impervious composite. from table (3) it is found that compression strength value (at 20% resin) is greater than the other (at 25%). the logical justification for this result that when void ratio decreased, the resin ratio was increased in mix and then led to non-homogeneous distribution thereby forming weak bonded between the particle of sand in resin . the final optimum results 84 mpa , 84.2mpa obtained by {20% resin at (m&f), (c&f) μm size} respectively, adopted and reinforced with different types of fibers (glass, polypropylene and waste) with two percents (1% and 1.5%) which represent (wt. of fiber/wt. of resin) . figure (3) shows that the compression strength increased to about 3% and 1% after reinforcement by (glass and polypropylene) fiber respectively at 1% percent with (c&f) μm sand. this condition can be attributed to the improvement of the mechanical bond strength when the fibers both allow the ability to delay the micro crack formation and arrest their propagation afterward up to a certain extent [11] and the compression strength decrees at 1.5 % percent. the reason of this result is that because the fiber at (1%) had formed bulks and physics | 66 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 segregate on mix. this led to form stiff bond about these bulks [12] .in other hand, compression strength decreased in reinforcement by (glass and polypropylene) at 1% percent with (m &f) μm sand because the surface area of sand in this case is greater than the first one, the surface area is a function of particle size. [13].in another case, the waste reinforcement gives unwished results may be to low aspect ratio length⁄ diameter of fibers . flexural strength test results analysis of the results of the flexural tests reveals that the pc behavior is similar to that in the compressive tests .these results of mixes are presented in figures (4) and (5) .the discussion of these results were illustrated in the following points: 1 an increase in resin content of polymer concrete from 25 to 30% had great effect on flexural strength of the specimens, while there was an increment in resin. 2 the decrease in amount of resin to 15% caused a reduction in the flexural strength .this attributed to the amount of resin which was not enough to wish the particle of sand .this leads to poor adhesion between the sand particles in resin [14] . 3it was concluded that the use of 20%and 25% resin (weight of total sample) was desirable composition for pc fabrication. this value was found through actual experimental work and data analysis. 4the value of flexural strength increased when combined two sizes of sand particles this refers to obtain on compact composite material. 5improvement in flexural strength when reinforcement with glass and polypropylene fiber at percentage 1% this is because after matrix cracking, the fibers will carry the load that the concrete sustained until cracking by interfacial bond between the fibers and the matrix. therefore, the fibers resist the propagation of cracks and do not fail suddenly, which causes an increase in load carrying capacity, while the flexural strength reduction at 1.5% for glass fiber and polypropylene fiber respectively ,this increment in weight of fiber led to difficult in penetration epoxy resin between this fiber and particle sand and that is viewed through preparation of specimens .this resulted to poor bond force between the resin and fiber from side and surface of sand particle with resin from other side [15]. physics | 67 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 references 1. pacheco-torgal, f. and jalali s. .( 2009); sulphuric acid resistance of plain, polymer modified and fly ash cement concretes ,construction and building materials , 23( 12), 3485-3491. 2. park, s.b. and lee . b.i. ( 1993);mechanical properties of carbon-fiber-reinforced polymer-impregnated cement composites , cement and concrete composites ,15(3) ,153-163. 3. rebeiz, k.s.; asce. m.; serhal s.p. and craft.a.p. ( 2004);properties of polymer concrete using fly ash , journal of materials in civil engineering, 16(1),15-19. 4. polymers in concrete. (1978);2nd international congress on polymers in concrete. proceedings , american concrete institute, texas, austin . 5. golestaneh m.; amini g., 2g.d. najafpour and beygi m.a. .(2010);evaluation of mechanical strength of epoxy polymer concrete with silica powder as filler, world applied sciences journal ,9 (2 ),216-220. 6. gorninski, j.p., dal molin, d.c. and kazmierczak, c.s.( 2007); strength degradation of polymer concrete in acidic environments, cement and concrete composites ,29,637–645. 7. ali akbar shariatmadari .(1991); development of phenolic concrete mixes and structural behavior of phenolic concrete component , ph.d thesis. university of durham. 8. avci, a. a. akdemir and arikan h..( 2005), mixedmodefracture behavior of glass fiber reinforced polymer concrete.cement and concrete research, 35,(2),243-247. 9..standard test methods for compressive strength of chemical-resistant mortars, grouts, monolithic surfacings, and polymer concretes .grout c 579-01,2002 . 10. annual book of astm materials , a.s.f.t.a. (2002); flexural strength of concrete (using simple beam with center-point loading), 93-02 . 11.martínez-barrera , e.; vigueras-santiago , o. gencel 2and h.e. hagg lobland. (2011);polymer concrete :a description and method for modification and improvement ,journal of material educatio,33(2),37-52. 12.sahamaa isaa, khadem shebeeb and khattan adnan.(2009); studying mechanical proprieties for polymer matrix composite material reinforced by fibers and particles ,journal of technology and engineering,28 ,81-88. 13. amuthakkannan1p., manikandan v., winowlin j.t. jappes and uthayakumar m. . (2013); effect of fiber length and fiber content on mechanical properties of short basalt fiber reinforced polymer composites. materials physics and mechanic , 23(1),107-117. 14.golestaneh. m.; amini g., 2g.d. najafpour and beygi m.a..(2010);evaluation of mechanical strength of epoxy polymer concrete with silica powder as filler, world applied sciences journal ,9(2) ,216-220. 15.ali ibraheem. (2009); study some mechanical properties of polymer composites reinforcement with fibers, qadisiyah journal of engineering science, 2,99-1010 . physics | 68 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 table (1) physical properties of epoxy compressive strength > 72 n/mm 2 after 7day at 25 ºc flexural strength > 50 n/mm 2 after 7day at 25 ºc density 1.1 g/cm 3 viscosity 1.0 poise table (2) polymer concrete mixtures (wt. %). sand piratical size epoxy percent wt.% 15% 20% 25% 30% (150-300 )μm fine aggregate (f) f15 f2o f25 f30 (150-300 )μm medium aggregate (m) m15 m20 m25 m30 (600-1200) μm coarse aggregate (c) c15 c20 c25 c30 (65%) (300-600) μm &(35%)(150-300) μm (m&f)20 (m&f)25 (65%) (600-1200) μm &(35%)(150-300) μm (c&f)20 (c&f)25 figure (1) compression strength results of polymer concert. 0 20 40 60 80 100 f m c f&m c&m co m p re si o n s tr e n g th m p a mix proportion % 15% 20% 25% 30% physics | 69 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 (a) 15% epoxy (b) 20% epoxy (c) 25% epoxy (d) 30% epoxy figure (2) epoxy resin of different percentages with sand particles size 60 physics | 70 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (3) compression strength of fibers reinforcement pc. figure (4) flexural strength results of polymer concert. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1% glass 1.5% glass 1% poly 1.5% poly 1% waste 1.5% waste 81 74 76 71 70 65 86.8 82 85 81 73 70 c o m p re si o n s tr e n ft h m p a mixes m&f 20% resin c&f 20% resin 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 f m c f&m c&m fl e x u ra l st re n g th m p a mix proportion % 15% rsin 20% resin 25% resin 30% resin physics | 71 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (5) flexural strength result of fiber reinforcement polymer concert. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 1% glass 1.5% glass 1% poly 1.5% poly 1% waste 1.5% waste 31 29 30 29.5 27 25 36 30 34 29 28 27 fl e x u ra l st re n g th m p a mixes % m&f 20% resin c&f 20% resin physics | 72 2017( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 انمقاومة انميكاويكية ناليبوكسي بونيمر كووكريث مدعمة باوواع مختهفة قياس مه االنياف محمد راضي محمد سه ويىج وور انديه روابي عبد انرزاق خماس اندايعت انخكُىنىخٍت/طبٍقٍتخانفٍضٌاءان /قسى عهىوانخطبٍقٍت قسى انعهىو 8102/االول/ كاوون 82 :قبم في , 8102/ويسان/ 82:استهم في انخالصة ( 300-150احداو حبٍبٍت يخخهفت هً ) تيع انشيم نثالثحضشث يادة يخشاكبت بىنًٍشٌت بخهظ ساحُح االٌىكسً .% ,يٍ انىصٌ انكهً 30% ,25% ,20% ,15 كاٌ االٌبىكسًوصٌ . ياٌكشوٌ( 1200-600( و )300-600و) % 20نعٍُاث انًحضشة. انُسب انىصٍَت نشاحُح االٌبىكسً عُذا اخشي عهى االَحُاءيقاويت يقاويت االَضغاط و فحصً ٍ حبٍباث هزِ انُسب نًهئ انفشاغاث بٍاعخًذث ًٍكاٍَكٍت نكم االحداو انحبٍبٍت .ان خصائصانافضم اظهشث% 25و نهحصىل عهى يادة عهى انخىانμmً }(1200-600( &)300-150){( و600-150انشيم انخً حًخهك حدًٍٍ يخخهفٍٍ) .% 25% كاَج اعهى يٍ حهك عُذ 20عُذ انُسبت انًخشاكباث انبىنًٍشٌت بأٌ يقاويت راث كثافت اكبش. اظهشث انُخائح واالَحُاء دعًج باألنٍاف )أنٍاف انضخاج ,أنٍاف انبىنٍبشوبهٍٍ ,أنٍاف انعٍُاث انخً حًخهك اعهى قًٍت نًقاويت االَضغاط % يٍ وصٌ ساحُح االٌبىكسً .1.1% و1يخهفاث االنٍكىبىَذ( بُسب نٍاف ., أكىَكشٌج بىنًٍش , ساحُح االٌبىكسً , يقاويت االَضغاط , يقاويت االَحُاء كهمات مفتاحية: microsoft word 277-284 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 277 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 robust watermarking scheme for gis vector maps methaq talib gaata dr.methaq@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq dept. of computer science/ university of mustansiriyah received in:6/september/2017, accepted in:8/october/2017 abstract with the fast progress of information technology and the computer networks, it becomes very easy to reproduce and share the geospatial data due to its digital styles. therefore, the usage of geospatial data suffers from various problems such as data authentication, ownership proffering, and illegal copying, etc. these problems can represent the big challenge to future uses of the geospatial data. this paper introduces a new watermarking scheme to ensure the copyright protection of the digital vector map. the main idea of proposed scheme is based on transforming the digital map to frequently domain using the singular value decomposition (svd) in order to determine suitable areas to insert the watermark data. the digital map is separated into the isolated parts. watermark data are embedded within the nominated magnitudes in each part when satisfied the definite criteria. the efficiency of proposed watermarking scheme is assessed within statistical measures based on two factors which are fidelity and robustness. experimental results demonstrate the proposed watermarking scheme representing ideal tradeoff for disagreement issue between distortion amount and robustness. also, the proposed scheme shows robust resistance for many kinds of attacks. keywords: geospatial data, digital map, robust watermarking, copyright protection. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 278 2018) عام 1(لعدد ا ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 introduction digital map is a type of significant and topological information reference and is usually used in scientific research, commercial, social, and geographic applications; it is too interrelated to national security activities. the creation and modification of the digital map is too expensive and time consuming, there are some requirements required including specialized equipment’s with manual effort to obtain realistic geospatial data such as satellite image, earth's surface, aerial photography, etc. digital watermarking system offers an optimal solution for digital map copyright protection [1]. digital watermarking is the process to insert labels into digital object such as video, audio or images with less distortion. the watermarking applications can be classified into two types which are copyright protection and digital content authentication [9].the assurance of the originality of a digital object fragile watermarking is applied while, for the resolve of ownership problem, robust watermarking is used. also, other classification is possible based on the domain of inserting of watermark information: spatial and frequency [2]. commonly, digital watermarking methods need to various requirements included (1) imperceptibility: the variation between original and watermarked object should not be perceived by naked eyes, to be exact, the quality index of watermarked object must be good enough. (2) robustness: after the inserted watermark information is tested by using different types of attack (such as translation, scaling, rotation, compressing, filtering, cropping, sharpening, de-blurring, etc.). 3) capacity: represents the size of watermark that can be hidden without effect on the quality index [3]. recently, many watermarking schemes are designed to protect the copyright of digital map. in 2013, tawfiq et al. [4] presented an intelligent watermarking approach to hide watermark into gis digital map based on extracting some features from the digital vector map and then mix the extracted features with the watermark information. in 2014, lee et al. [5] have proposed an imperceptible, secure, public, and robust watermarking technique that achieves the copyright protection for gis vector digital maps by using distribution of arc length. the watermark bits are inserted embedded by modifying the arc length distribution of an appropriate group. in 2015, penget al. [6] presented a zero-watermarking method for vector digital map. the watermark information is combined with feature vertex distance ratio in order to get high robustness against some attacks. in 2016, wang [7] has suggested a reversible fragile watermarking scheme for finding changed polylines/polygons in digital vector maps. it used the fixed threshold in order to divide the areas of the vector map into certain clusters and hide the watermark of each area into the corresponding cluster. this paper is organized in the following sequence. section 2 introduces the svd transform. the robust watermarking scheme for digital vector map is suggested in section 3. the experimental results and interpretations are presented in section 4. conclusions of this paper are provided in section 5. singular value decomposition the svd is widely applied in digital watermarking techniques in last year due to its properties. basically, the svd is a numerical analysis method depending on a principle of linear algebra. in svd transform, a rectangular object can be decomposed into the product of three matrixes. the svd can be used with several digital signal processing operations such as pattern recognition, data compression, information hiding, and noise removal. given a digital map with m × n matrix a with rank= r, the svd of a is represented mathematically as: a=usvt…(1) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 279 2018) عام 1(لعدد ا ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 where u (m×m) and v (n×n) represent the unitary matrixes. the sis a diagonal matrix having the square roots of the eigen values from u or inv descending order. for more details about the svd, see [8]. proposed watermarking scheme the main goal of watermark scheme in this work is to protect the copyright of digital map. the proposed scheme consists of two processes are watermarking hiding and extraction. hiding process the proposed scheme is based on arranging the vertices of map within svd in order to insert the watermark information into digital map. the hiding model of proposed scheme is shown in figure (1). figure (1): the hiding model of proposed scheme. the details of each step in the proposed watermarking scheme are described in below: extraction of vertices in this step, the vector map will be scanned in order to extract all vertices and store their coordinates in array with one dimension. the length of array is equal to twice of vertices number in digital map. each vertex in the map is represented using two locations in the array, one to store the x-coordinate and another to store the y-coordinate sequentially. vector map watermark extraction of vertices construct host data arranging of vertices apply the svd hiding watermarking inverse svd rearranging of create of watermarked map watermarked map https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 280 2018) عام 1(لعدد ا ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 arranging of vertices after that, the all vertices which extracted will be organized in array of one dimension as shown in below: x1 y1 x2 y2 ………………………….. xn yn where n represents the number of vertices in digital map, the xi, y irepresent the coordinate of x-axis and y-axis respectively for each vertex. construct host data at this step, the partition process is applied on the created array in the previous step in order to produce set of matrixes with size 8×8. these matrixes take the role of host data to hide the watermark information. in some cases, the number of coordinates may not be in multiples of 64, therefore it is proposed to extend the coordinates in the minimum range. this extension is done by adding the 0's values in the last matrix. apply the svd the svd transform can be considered as efficient mechanism to analyze the 2d objects and matrixes. one of the important reasons to use the svd through the proposed scheme is the adding of watermark information causing trivial deformation and does not effect on the quality of digital map. in this step, the svd transform is applied separately to each partitioned matrix (host data) which is produced in the above step. the svd is computed for each matrix with size 8×8 to yield the diagonal matrix s and the two unitary matrixes u and v. hiding watermarking after applying the svd transform on each 8 × 8 matrix, some matrixes are selected depending on complexity factor to hid watermark information. the watermark is added as follows: 1. computing the frequency of non-zero value in the diagonal matrix s for each part. this is computed to decide the complexity degree for each part. 2. choosing the matrixes which have the larger complexity degree based on definite threshold. this threshold is defined using trial. 3. for each chosen matrix, the watermark information inserted into coefficients of the unitary matrix u depending on the secret key: = + …(2) where uiwis watermarked unitary matrix u with i-index, k is secret key, and the w represented the watermark information. the u matrix is used to store the watermark information in order to provide robust watermarked map. inverse svd in this step, the inverse of svd is applied for each matrix in order to reproduce the watermarked matrixes after the watermark information inserted in each chosen matrix. rearranging of vertices reording the watermarked matrixes back in order to recreate vertices array with one dimension to construct the watermarked map. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 281 2018) عام 1(لعدد ا ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 create of watermarked map in the last step, the watermarked map will be created by returning all vertices to their coordinates in the digital map. this watermarked map holds the copyright information for map owner and can be distributed through public network in safe way. watermark extraction the sequence steps of watermarking extraction process are similar to the steps of watermark hiding process with some differences. the steps of watermark extraction are performed in this way: first, extraction of watermarked vertices. second, arranging of watermarked vertices. third, constructing matrixes with size 8×8 for watermarked vertices. fourth, applying the svd. last, extracting the watermark information from coefficients of the unitary matrix u which is chosen through watermarking hiding process. experimental results the tests on the ten vector maps with various structures were implemented to evaluate the performance of proposed watermarking scheme. figure (2) shows two examples of vector maps with corresponding watermarked versions which are used in this experiment. (a) (b) (a1) (b1) figure (2): a two samples of the vector maps (a) usa map (b) canada map; (a1) watermarked usa map (b1) watermarked canada map. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 282 2018) عام 1(لعدد ا ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 after hiding the watermark information into the vector maps, two factors are fidelity and robustness take in consideration when evaluating performance of the proposed watermarking scheme. fidelity of vector map the fidelity term means the perceptual similarity between the original vector map and watermarked vector map. in order to evaluate the fidelity, figure (3) shows the same area taken from the original map and its watermarked version. as observed, there is no degradation due to inserted watermark into digital map. as result from that, the fidelity is very high and the map is not affected. (a) (b) figure (3): fidelity evaluation based on perceptual similarity (a) original map and (b) watermarked map. robustness of watermark the robustness of watermark is its ability to resist common attacks. this factor is based on assessing the similarity ratio between the original watermark and the extracted watermark after passing the watermarked map through some of attacks. in this work, the bit error rate (ber) has been used to measure robustness of proposed watermarking scheme. the mathematical formula for ber is defined as follows [9]: % 100 , … (3) where eb represents the number of incorrect bits in extracted watermark. while, the tb represents the number of original watermark bits. in this test, the four categories of attacks were applied on the watermarked vector map. these categories are geometrical attacks, vertex attacks, object attacks and noise addition attacks. in order to evaluate the resilience of proposed watermarking scheme to geometrical attacks, the translation, scaling, and rotation attacks have been applied on the watermarked map. in the vertex attacks, simplification process is applied to remove some vertices from watermarked map. also, interpolation process is applied through adding new vertices into a watermarked map. with object attacks, the reordering process is applied to change the reorder of the vertices of objects. the noise addition attacks aimed to discharge the inserted watermark by adding noise randomly to vertices in the watermarked map. the results of robustness valuation are summarized in the table (1). \ https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 283 2018) عام 1(لعدد ا ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 table (1): the results of robustness valuation as noted in table (1), the experimental results prove that the proposed scheme achieve perfect restoration for the original watermark information after applying the geometrical attacks. when deleting 20% and 30% of the vertices the amount of error is 0.26 and 0.43 respectively. but, when adding some vertices to the watermarked map the error is decreased to 0.16. the reordering object vertices the error is 0.53. in the worst case, the amount of error is 2.5 for noise addition attack. the obtained results verified the proposed scheme has efficient performance against geometrical attacks and other attacks. conclusions this paper presented robust watermarking scheme to prove ownership of the vector map based on the svd transform. one of the strength points in proposed scheme does not require the original map at watermark extraction. the proposed scheme achieved high fidelity level and robust against many types of attacks such as translation, scaling, rotation, interpolation, simplification, reordering, and noise addition attacks. furthermore, some of other attacks are not taken in account such as collusion attack. in addition to, the developing of gis watermarking scheme that mixing the vector map with aerial image. these issues are objectives to study in future works. references [1] ahmed abubahia and mihaelacocea “advancements in gis map copyright protectionschemes a critical review” journal of multimedia tools and applications, 76, 10, 12205-12231. 2017. [2] namitatiwari and sharmila “digital watermarking applications, parameter measures and techniques” international journal of computer science and network security, 17.3. 2017. [3] preetiarya; dherendratomar and deepikadubey “a review on different digital watermarking techniques” international journal of signal processing, image processing and pattern recognition, 8, 10,.129-136. 2015. [4] a. tawfiq; abbas and majidj.jawad “proposed an intelligent watermarking in gis environment” journal of earth science research, 1 1, 1-5. 2013 [5] lee; suk-hwan; xiao-jiao huoand and ki-ryong kwon “vector watermarking method for digital map protection using arc length distribution” ieice transactions on information and systems ,.e97-d, 1,.34-42. 2014. category attack bre% geometrical attacks [10] translation 0.0 scaling 0.0 rotation 0.0 vertex attacks [11] simplification 20% 3.26 simplification 30% 6.43 interpolation 0.36 object attacks [6] reordering 0.83 noise addition attacks [12] noise distortion 4.52 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1835 computer | 284 2018) عام 1(لعدد ا ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 [6] yuweipeng and mingliangyue, 2015 “a zero-watermarking scheme for vector map based on feature vertex distance ratio” journal of electrical and computer engineering, 2015. [7] nana, wang “reversible fragile watermarking for locating tampered polylines/polygons in 2d vector maps” international journal of digital crime and forensics (ijdcf), 8, 1. 2016 [8] anushikha singh; namrataraghuvanshi and mala dutta “an svd based zero watermarking scheme for authentication of medical images for tele-medicine applications” 39thinternational conference on telecommunications and signal processing (tsp), austriavienna. 2016 [9] f. zhang; x.zhang and h;zhang, “digital image watermarking capacity and detection error rate” pattern recognition letters,. 28, 1, 1-10. 2007. [10] h.-j. chang; b.-j. jang; s.-h. lee; s.-s. park and kwon,k.-r(2010). “3d gis vector map watermarking using geometric distribution” proc. of ieee international conference on multimedia and expo. 1014-1017. [11] wang, n. and men, c. “reversible fragile watermarking for locating tampered blocks in 2d vector maps”journal multimedia tools and applications. springer. 67, 3, 709-739. 2013. [12] jungyeop kim; sungmin won; wenjunzeng and soohong park “copyright protection of vector map using digital watermarking in the spatial domain” 7th international conference on digital content, multimedia technology and its applications (idcta). 109 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 samah h. asaad akram s. mohammed abstract in this article, we study some properties of anti-fuzzy sub-semigroup, anti fuzzy left (right, two sided) ideal, anti fuzzy ideal, anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal, anti fuzzy interior ideals and anti fuzzy two sided ideal of regular semigroup. also, we characterized regular la-semigroup in terms of their anti fuzzy ideal. keywords: fuzzy ideal, regular, anti fuzzy interior ideal, anti fuzzy ideal. 1. introduction and basic concept fuzzy sub-semigroup and fuzzy interior ideal in semigroup was introduced by hong, et al., in [1]. and the concept of fuzzy ideal and fuzzy bi-ideals in semigroups was studied by nobuaki kuroki in (1981)”, [2]. the concept of the product of two fuzzy subset and anti product of two fuzzy subset was introduced by shabir and nawaz [3]. the concept of characterizations of semigroups by their anti fuzzy ideals was studied by khan and asif in [4]. the concept of intra-regular (left almost semigroup denoted by la-semigroups) characterized by their anti fuzzy ideals by khan and faisal in [5]. many other authors interested studied of fuzzy ideal, for example see [6-9]. through out of this paper we are denoted of a regular semigroup byℵ𝑟 . definition 1 [1]. a fuzzy subset ζ in a semigroup ℵ is said to be a fuzzy sub-semigroup of ℵ if ζ(wz)≥ min{ζ(w), ζ(z)}, whenever w, z ∈ ℵ. definition 2 [1]. a fuzzy sub-semigroup ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be a fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ if ζ(swr)≥ ζ(w), whenever s, w, r ∈ ℵ. definition 3 [2]. a fuzzy function ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be a fuzzy ideal if ζ(swr)≤max{ζ(s), ζ(r)}={ζ(s)⋁ ζ(r)}, whenever s, w, r ∈ ℵ. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2287 new properties of anti fuzzy ideals of regular semigroups department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, university of tikrit, iraq. ahmedibrahimsalh89@gmail.com akr-tel@tu.edu.iq article history: received 25 march 2019, accepted 14 april 2019, publish september 2019. mailto:ahmedibrahimsalh89@gmail.com mailto:tel@tu.edu.iq 110 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 definition 4 [2]. a fuzzy sub-semigroup ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be a fuzzy bi ideal in ℵ if ζ(swr)≥min{ζ(s), ζ(r)}, whenever s, w, r ∈ ℵ. definition 5 [3]. let ζ and φ be any fuzzy subsets of a semigroup ℵ then the product ζ ∘ φ is defined by (ζ ∘ φ)(w) = { ⋁ {ζ(s) ∧ φ(r)}, ∃ s, r ∈ ℵ s. t w = srw=sr 0; other wise definition 6 [3]. let ζ and φ be any fuzzy subsets of a semigroup ℵ then the anti product ζ ∗ φ is defined by (ζ ∗ φ)(w) = { ⋀ {ζ(s) ∨ φ(r)}, ∃ s, r ∈ ℵ s. t w = s rw=s r 1; other wise definition 7 [4]. a fuzzy subset ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be anti fuzzy sub-semigroup of ℵ if ζ(sr) ≤ ζ(s) ∨ ζ(r), whenever s, r ∈ ℵ. definition 8 [4]. a fuzzy subset ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be anti fuzzy left (right) ideal of ℵ if ζ(sr) ≤ ζ(r), (ζ(sr) ≤ ζ(s)), whenever s, r ∈ ℵ. definition 9 [4]. a fuzzy subset ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be anti fuzzy ideal of ℵ if it is both anti fuzzy left ideal and anti fuzzy right ideal. definition 10 [4]. a fuzzy subset ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be anti fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ if ζ(swr) ≤ ζ(w), whenever s, w, r ∈ ℵ. definition 11 [4]. a fuzzy subset ζ of a semigroup ℵ is said to be anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal of ℵ if ζ(swr) ≤ ζ(s) ∨ ζ(r), whenever s, w, r ∈ ℵ. definition 12 [4]. a fuzzy sub-semigroup ζ is said to be anti fuzzy bi-ideal of ℵ if ζ(swr) ≤ ζ(s) ∨ ζ(r) whenever s, w, r ∈ ℵ. definition 13 [5]. a fuzzy subset ζ of a la-semigroup ℵ is said to be a fuzzy la-sub-semigroup if ζ(sr) ≥ ζ(s) ∧ ζ(r), whenever s, r ∈ ℵ. definition 14 [5]. a fuzzy subset ζ of a la-semigroup ℵ is said to be a fuzzy left(right)ideal of ℵ if ζ(sr) ≥ ζ(r), (ζ(sr)≥ ζ(s)), whenever s, r ∈ ℵ. definition 15 [5]. a fuzzy la-sub-semigroup ζ of a la-semigroup ℵ is said to be a fuzzy bi-ideal 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 if ζ((sr)t) ≥ ζ(s) ∧ ζ(t), whenever s, r, t ∈ ℵ. definition 16 [5]. a fuzzy la-sub-semigroup ζ of a la-semigroup ℵ is said to be fuzzy interior ideal if ζ((sr)t) ≥ ζ(r), whenever s, r, t ∈ ℵ. 2. new properties of anti fuzzy ideals of a regular semigroup in this section we introduce some properties anti fuzzy ideal definition 17 ℵ is said to be a regular semigroup if w=wzw, whenever w, z ∈ ℵ or equivalently w ∈ wℵw. theorem 18 every fuzzy interior ideal in ℵ𝑟 is idempotent. proof suppose that ζ is a fuzzy interior ideal of a semigroup ℵ, then clearly ζ ∘ ζ ⊆ ζ, let w ∈ ℵ then ∃ z ∈ ℵ s. t w = wzw ⟹ w=wzw =(wz)w(z)w=(wz)w(z)wzw=((wz)w(z))(wzwzw) (ζ ∘ ζ)(w)= ⋁ { ζ(wz)w(z) ∧ ζ(wz)w(zw)}w=((wz)w(z))(wzwzw) ≥ ζ(wz)w(z) ∧ ζ(wz)w(zw) ≥ ζ(w) ∧ ζ(w)=ζ(w) this is implies that ζ ∘ ζ ⊇ ζ, hence ζ ∘ ζ = ζ. then ζ is idempotent. theorem 19 let ζ be a fuzzy subset in ℵ𝑟 then it is an anti fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ iff it is an anti fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ. proof ⟹since ζ be anti fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ, then obviously, ζ is an anti fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ. ⟸ suppose that ζ is an anti fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ. let w, z ∈ ℵ, by by hypotheses so ∃ s, r ∈ ℵ, s. t w=wsw and z=zrz ζ(wz)=ζ((wsw)𝑧)=ζ((ws)wswz ))=ζ((ws)w(swz))≤ ζ(w), and also ζ(wz)= ζ(w(zrz)) = ζ(wzrzrz) =ζ((wzr)z(rz)) ≤ ζ(z), hence, ζ is an anti fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ. example 20 let ℵ ={s, r, t, v} be a set with operation as follows: . s r t v s s s s s r s s s s s s s r s v s s r r 112 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 then we can easily see that (ℵ,.) is not a regular semigroup. define the fuzzy subset ζ of ℵ as ζ(s) = 0.3, ζ(r) = 0.9, ζ(t) = 0.5, ζ(v) = 0.7. then clearly, ζ is anti fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ but it is not an anti fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ, since {s, r} is not a two sided ideal of ℵ. proposition 21 in regular semigroup ℵ, then i every anti fuzzy right ideal is idempotent. ii every anti fuzzy interior ideal is idempotent. proof isuppose that ζ is an anti fuzzy right ideal of semigroup ℵ, then clearly ζ ⊆ ζ ∗ ζ. since ℵ is a regular so whenever w ∈ ℵ, ∃ z ∈ ℵ, s.t w=wzw, so (ζ ∗ ζ)(w)=⋀ {ζ(wz) ∨ ζ(wzw)}w=wzw=wzwzw = ⋀ {ζ(wz) ∨ ζ(wt)}w =(wz)(wzw) where t=zw ≤ ζ(wz) ∨ ζ(wt)≤ ζ(w) ∨ ζ(w)=ζ(w) this implies that ζ ∗ ζ ⊆ ζ. hence ζ ∗ ζ = ζ. iisuppose that ζ is an anti fuzzy interior ideal of semigroup ℵ, then clearly ζ ⊆ ζ ∗ ζ. since ℵ is a regular so whenever w ∈ ℵ, ∃ z∈ ℵ, s.t w=wzw, so w=wzw=wzwzw=((wz)w(z)) ((wz)w (z w)) (ζ ∗ ζ)(w) =⋀ {ζ(wz)w(z)) ∨ ζ((wz)w(zw))}w=((wz)w(z)) ((wz)w(zw)) ≤ ζ(wz)w(z)) ∨ ζ((wz)w(zw))≤ ζ(w) ∨ ζ(w)=ζ(w). this implies that ζ ∗ ζ ⊆ ζ. hence ζ ∗ ζ = ζ. proposition 22 [3]. let ζ be an anti fuzzy right ideal and μ an anti fuzzy left ideal of a semigroup ℵ. then ζ ∗ μ ⊇ ζ ∪ μ. it is clear that from proposition 22. ζ ∗ μ ⊇ ζ ∪ μ , but the converse needs not at all be true. consider the following example, example 23 consider the semigroup ℵ= {s, r, t , v} with the operation as follows: . s r t v s s s s s r s s s s t s s r s v s s r r 113 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 the ideals of ℵ are {s}, {s, r}, {s, r, t} and {s, r, t, v} let us define two fuzzy subsets ζ and μ of ℵ as follows ζ(s)=0.5, ζ(r)=0.6, ζ(t)=0.7, ζ(v)=0.8. μ(s)=0.6, μ(r)=0.7, μ(t)=0.8, μ(v)=0.9. then ζ and μ are an anti fuzzy ideal of ℵ, and we note that: (ζ ∗ μ)(r) = ⋀ {ζ(x) ∨ μ(y)}r = xy =⋀{ 0.8, 0.8, 0.9} = 0.8 ≥ (ζ ∪ μ)(r) = 0.7. to consider the converse of proposition 22, we need to strengthen the condition of semigroupℵ. theorem 24 if ζ, μ are any anti fuzzy two sided ideals of ℵ𝑟 , then ζ ∗ μ = ζ ∪ μ. proof let ζ and μ be any anti fuzzy two sided ideals of ℵ, then obviously ζ ∗ μ ⊇ ζ ∪ μ. since ℵ is a regular so whenever element w ∈ ℵ, ∃ z ∈ ℵ, s.t w=wzw, so (ζ ∗ μ)(w) = ⋀ {ζ(wz) ∨ μ(wzw)}w=wzw=wzwzw ≤ ζ(wz) ∨ μ(wzw)≤ ζ(w) ∨ μ(w)=(ζ ∪ μ)(w) then ( ζ ∗ μ) ⊆ ζ ∪ μ. hence, ζ ∗ μ = ζ ∪ μ. example 25 let ℵ ={s, r, t} be a semigroup with the following table: . s r t s s r t r r r t t t t t define a fuzzy subset ζ of ℵ by ζ(s)=0.6, ζ(r)=0.5, ζ(t)=0.4. by routine calculation, we can check that ζ is an anti fuzzy ideal, anti fuzzy interior ideal and anti fuzzy bi-ideal of ℵ𝑟 . now, we give other fuzzy characterizations of a regular semigroup. proposition 26 a fuzzy subset ζ of ℵ𝑟 , then ζ is anti fuzzy bi-ideal of ℵ iff it is an anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal of ℵ. proof ⟹ suppose that ζ be any anti fuzzy bi-ideal of ℵ, the obviously, ζ is an anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal of ℵ. ⟸ suppose that ζ be any anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal of ℵ, since ℵ is a regular of a semigroup, so whenever w ∈ ℵ, ∃ z ∈ ℵ s.t w=w z w. we have ζ(wr)=ζ(wzwr)=ζ(w t r) ≤ ζ(w) ∨ ζ(r) where 𝑡=𝑧𝑤. therefore, ζ is an anti fuzzy sub-semigroup of ℵ. hence, ζ is an anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal of ℵ. 114 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 theorem 27 for anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal ζ and anti fuzzy right ideal μ of ℵ𝑟 , then ζ ∗ μ ⊆ ζ ∪ μ. proof let ζ and μ are any anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal and anti fuzzy right ideal of ℵ, respectively, then whenever w ∈ ℵ, ∃ z ∈ ℵ s.t w=wzw. then (ζ ∗ μ)(w) = ⋀ {ζ(b) ∨ μ(c)}w = bc ≤ ζ(wzw) ∨ μ(zw) ≤ ζ(w) ∨ μ(w)=(ζ ∨ μ)(w) and so we have ζ ∗ μ ⊆ ζ ∪ μ. theorem 28 if ζ and μ are any anti fuzzy interior ideals of ℵ𝑟 , then (ζ ∗ μ) ∪ (μ ∗ ζ) ⊆ ζ ∨ μ. proof let ζ, μ be any anti fuzzy interior ideals of ℵ, and w ∈ ℵ. then since ℵ is regular semigroup then, ∃ z ∈ ℵ s.t 𝑤= wzw=((wz)w(z)) (w(zw))=((wz)w(z)) ((wz)w(zw)). hence (ζ ∗ μ)(w) = ⋀ {ζ(b) ∨ μ(c)}w = bc. ≤ ζ((wz)w(z))∨ μ((w z)w(zw)) ≤ ζ(w) ∨ μ(w)=(ζ ∨ μ)(w) and so we have ζ ∗ μ ⊆ ζ ∪ μ. similarly, we have (μ ∗ ζ) ⊆ ζ ∪ μ therefore (ζ ∗ μ) ∪ (μ ∗ ζ) ⊆ ζ ∪ μ. theorem 29 for every anti fuzzy left ideal α, every anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal μ, and every anti fuzzy interior ideal ζ of ℵ𝑟 , then μ ∗ α ∗ ζ ⊆ μ ∪ α ∪ ζ. proof let α, μ and ζ be any anti fuzzy left ideal, any anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal and anti fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ𝑟 , respectively, whenever w ∈ ℵ, ∃ z ∈ ℵ. because ℵ is a regular, s.t w=wzw=wzwzw=(wzw) (zw)zw=((wzw) [(zw) ((z)w(zw)]). then we have: ( μ ∗ α ∗ ζ)(w)=⋀ {μ((wzw)) ∨ ( α ∗ ζ)((zw)((z)w(zw))}w=((wzw)[(zw))((z)w(zw)) ≤ μ(w) ∨{⋀ {α(zw) ∨ ζ((z)w(zw))}((zw)(z)w(zw)) ≤ μ(w) ∨ α(w) ∨ ζ(w) = (μ ∪ α ∪ ζ)(w) and so we have μ ∗ α ∗ ζ ⊆ μ ∪ α ∪ ζ . now, we characterized regular (left almost-semigroup for short la-semigroup) by the properties of their fuzzy left (right, two sided) ideal. let ℵ be a gropoid. then 1. ℵ is called la-semigroup if (wr) j=(jr) w; whenever w, r, j ∈ ℵ. 2. medial law of a la-semigroup means (wr) (jv) = (wj) (rv); whenever w, r, j, v ∈ ℵ. 3. in additional if ℵ has a left identity(necessary unique) the paramedical law mean 4. (wr) (jv)=(vr) (jw); whenever w, r, j, v ∈ ℵ. 5. an la-semigroup with right identity becomes a commutative semigroup with identity. if an la-semigroup contains left identity, the following law holds w (r j) = r (w j); whenever w, r, j ∈ ℵ. 115 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proposition 30 a fuzzy subset ζ of ℵ𝑟 is a fuzzy right ideal iff it is a fuzzy left ideal. proof ⟹ suppose that ζ is a fuzzy right ideal of ℵ, since ℵ is a regular so whenever w∈ ℵ, ∃ z ∈ ℵ, s.t w=wzw, so by using (1) ζ(wb) = ζ((wzw) b) =ζ((𝑤𝑧𝑤)(zw)b)) =ζ(b (𝑧𝑤)(wzw)) ≥ ζ(b(zw)) ≥ ζ(b) ⟸ suppose that ζ is a fuzzy left ideal of ℵ𝑟 , then using (1) ζ(wr) = ζ((wzw)r)=ζ((𝑤𝑧𝑤)(zw)r) =ζ(r(zw)(wzw))≥ ζ(wzw) = ζ((wz)w)≥ ζ((w)w) ≥ ζ(𝑤 2) ≥ ζ(w). theorem 31 every fuzzy two sided ideal of a regular la-semigroup ℵ, with left identity is idempotent. proof suppose that ζ is a fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ, then clearly ζ ∘ ζ ⊆ ζ ∘ ℵ ⊆ ζ. since ℵ is a regular so whenever w ∈ ℵ, ∃ z ∈ ℵ, s.t w=wzw so by using (1) w=wzw=w(zw)(zw)=(zwzw)w, (ζ ∘ ζ)(w)=⋁ ζ(zwzw) ∧ ζ(w)w=(zwzw)w ≥ ζ(zwzw) ∧ ζ(w) ≥ ζ(w) ∧ ζ(w)=ζ(w). and this implies that ζ ∘ ζ ⊇ ζ, hence ζ ∘ ζ = ζ. theorem 32 for a fuzzy subset ζ of a regular la-semigroup ℵ, with left identity then ζ is a fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ iff it is a fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ. proof ⟹ suppose that ζ be a fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ, then obviously, ζ is a fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ. ⟸ suppose that ζ be a fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ, and w, r∈ ℵ, then since ℵ is a regular of alsemigroup, so ∃ z, y ∈ ℵ s.t w=wzw, r=ryr, then ζ(wr) = ζ((w z w)r) using (1) = ζ(r(z w))(w z w) ) using (2) = ζ(rw)((zw)(zw)) = ζ(𝑟𝑤)t) where t= ((z w)(z w)) ≥ ζ(w), also ζ(wr) =ζ(w(ryr))= ζ(w(ryry)r)) using (4) =ζ((ryry)(wr) )= ζ((ry)r(ywr) )=ζ(jrt) where j= ry and t= y w r and ≥ ζ(r), hence, ζ is a fuzzy two sided ideal. 116 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2. conclusion from the research / the evidence we conclude that 1. let ζ be a fuzzy subset in ℵ𝑟 then it is an anti fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ iff is an anti fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ. 2. in a regular semigroup ℵ, then the following are satisfy the following i) every anti fuzzy right ideal is idempotent. ii) every anti fuzzy interior ideal is idempotent. 3. if ζ , μ are an anti fuzzy two sided ideals of ℵ𝑟 , then ζ ∗ μ = ζ ∪ μ. 4. for anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal ζ and anti fuzzy right ideal μ of ℵ𝑟 , 5. then ζ ∗ μ ≤ ζ ∨ μ. 6. for every anti fuzzy left ideal α, every anti fuzzy generalized bi-ideal μ, and every anti fuzzy interior ideal ζ of ℵ𝑟 , then μ ∗ α ∗ ζ ⊆ μ ∪ α ∪ ζ. 7. for a fuzzy subset ζ of a regular la-semigroup ℵ, with left identity then ζ is a fuzzy two sided ideal of ℵ iff it is a fuzzy interior ideal of ℵ. references 1. hong, s.m.; jun, y.b.; meng, j. in fuzzy interior ideals in semigroups. indain j. pure appl. math.1995, 26, 9, 859-863. 2. nobuaki, k. on fuzzy ideal and fuzzy bi-ideals in semigroups. fuzzy sets and systems. 1981, 5, 203-215. 3. shabir, m.; nawaz, y. semigroups characterized by the properties of their anti fuzzy ideals, journal of advanced research in pure mathematics.2009, 1, 3, 42-59. 4. khan, m.; asif, t. characterizations of semigroups by their anti fuzzy ideals. journal of mathematics research.2010, 2, 3, 134-143. 5. khan, m.; asif, t. faisal. intra-regular left almost semigroups characterized by their anti fuzzy ideals. journal of mathematics research.2010, 2, 4, 100-110. 6. wafaa, h.h.; hatem, y.k. t-abso t-abso quasi primary fuzzy submodules. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2019, 32, 1, 110-131. 7. maisun, a.h. semiessential fuzzy ideals and semiuniform fuzzy rings. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2009, 22, 4, 257-265. 8. tawfiq, l.n.m.; qa'aed, m.m. on fuzzy groups and group homomorphism, ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2012, 25, 2, 340-346. 9. tawfiq, l.n.m. some results on solvable fuzzy subgroup of a group. journal of alqadisiyah for pure science.2011, 16, 4, 17-29. https://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=search&query=au:%22luma.%20n.%20m.%20tawfiq%20%20%20%d9%84%d9%85%d9%89%20%d9%86%d8%a7%d8%ac%d9%8a%20%d9%85%d8%ad%d9%85%d8%af%20%d8%aa%d9%88%d9%81%d9%8a%d9%82%20%20%20%20%22&uilanguage=en https://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=139&uilanguage=en https://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=139&uilanguage=en microsoft word 113-124 113 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 preperation and characterization of 1, 3-bis (methylsalicylate5-yl diazo) benzene and its complexes with some of first period transition metals khaula m. sultan dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibnal haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:22/march/2015 , accepted in:30/june/2015 abstract in this study azo dye was prepared by the reaction of m-phenylendidiazonium chloride with methyl salicylate, the resultant compound was used as a ligand for complex formation with fe+2, cu+2, zn+2, ni+2 and co+2 ions. the prepared ligand was characterized by h1nmr, uv-vis., and ftir spectroscopy, chn analysis, in addition the complexes were characterized by tga, uv-vis., ftir and conductivity methods. the results indicate that the ligand chelated through phenoxy and carboxyl groups as a o4 quadra dentate ligand, the co complex complet its hexagon coordination by bonding with chlorine and the complex wouid be electrolytic in opposite with rest complexes. key words: azo compounds, 3d metal complexes, transition metal complexes, azo ligands 114 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction organic reagents have wide spread and miscellaneous applications due to its stability and high speed of reaction with different metal ions [1], in addition many of them have a high selectivity and sensitivity which draw a considerable attention. azo compounds are one of the mostly important types of organic reagents because azo bond can act as coordination center usually [2,3] but not always[4], at the same time azo group is considered as a strong chromophoric center in these compounds [5]. this character makes the azo compounds play a major rule in qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis of metal ions [6], in addition to their use as indicators, in industrial field azo compound used from long time as drugs and dyes, at present they have a wide application in printing, electronic photography, color formers, liquid crystal display, laser technology, data storage, optical actuators, photorefractive media, fiber dye, food and cosmetics industry [7]. this study aims to prepare a ligand from methylsalicylate with m-phenelendiamine by diazo coupling and then attach the prepared ligand with ionic metals co and ni. experemental materials all chemicals used in this study were analytical grade and used without further purification. cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, feso4.7h2o, znso4 and cuso4.5h2o mphenelyendiamine hydrochloride, nano2, hcl, methylsalicylate, methanol, ethanol, dmso, h2so4 and koh instruments c.h.n (shimadzu )elemental analyser, h1nmr (bruker 400mhz the solvent deuterized dmso). ftir spectra with kbr disc in the range (400-4000) cm-1 (shimadzu ftir-8400s). electronic spectra were recorded on (shimadzu uv-vis. 160a) spectrophotometer. conductivty were measured for 0.0001m of complexes in ethanol at 250c using (philips pw digital conductometer). thermal analysis was done by dsc-tga (linseis). synthesis of the ligand the ligand was synthesized by dissolving (2 g) of m-phenylenediamine hydrochloride in a mixture of (2 ml) h2so4, 10 ml ethanol, 10 ml of distilled water, the mixture was cooled to 50c. 10ml of cooled 10% aqueous solution of nano2 was added dropwise with stirring in order to obtain the diazonium salt solution. after 30 minute the diazonium solution was slowly added to a cooled solution of a mixture of (3 g) methylsalicylate and (1.2 g) of koh to obtain the ligand, the dark colored mixture containing the solid precipitate was filtered off, washed then re-crystallized with 70% ethanol. the reaction scheme is: 115 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 n 2 n 2 c o 2 c h 3 o h 5 0 c n n n n o h o h c o 2 c h 3 c o 2 c h 3 k o h + 2 preparation of metal complexes the complexes was prepared by the addition of (10 ml)aqueous solution of the metal salt its concentration 1 m to 0.01 mmole of the ligand dissolved in 20 ml 50% methanolic aqueous solution. the darck precipitate was settled over night then recrysallized from 70% ethanol. results and discussion h1nmr figure(18) indicates h1nmr spectra of the ligand contain a singlet band at 2.4 ppm belong to the methyl protons, a multiplet band between (6-9ppm) belongs to the aromatic protons, finally a singlet band at (10.512 ppm) belongs to the phenolic protons. electric conductivity the measured electric conductivity for the complexes in dmso solvent, the results indicates that the co complex is charged complex while the other complexes were neutral complexes. thermal analysis the tga thermograms of, figures(1,2,3,4 and 5) co, fe, zn and cu complexes showing two conversion regions while in ni complex they were three . the first one is represented by losing of hydration water molecules in all complexes [8]. the second conversion region is the most characteristic and it represents the decomposition point of the complex, at this stage all the complexes lose their organic part leaving the metal (ii) oxide, in co complex case this its producing oxide was combined with kcl while in ni complex this stage produces nico3 which is further decomposed at the third conversion to nio [9,10]. 116 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 .6 19 ∆ . 15.5762 ∆ . . 3.767 ∆ . 2.37 . 17.7 ∆ ~ 17.0702 ∆ . 2.1192 . 18 ∆ ~ 17.3714 ∆ . 2.9956 . 20.5 ∆ ~ 19.7814 ∆ . 3.1549 . 4 ∆ 3.9010 ∆ . 2 1.3994 ftir spectra: figure (6) shows the ftir spectrum for the ligand that display a broad band at 3381 cm-1 belongs to the stretching vibration of phenolic oh group. this band is merged with weak aromatic and aliphaic c-h stretching bands at 3067 and 2953 cm-1 respectively. a strong band at 1674 cm-1 is due to stretching vibration of c=o bond. the low value that took place as a result of the resonance with aromatic ring which decreases its bond order and hence its force constant [11]. in addition, the stretching vibration of n=n bond appears at 1612 cm-1. the co vibration frequency displays two values, the first one at 1215 cm-1 belongs to phenolic group, and the second one is part of carboxyl group. finally, there is a very important absorption band at 847 cm-1 belongs to out of the plane bending vibration of c-h aromatic group which is characteristic to the para substituted aromatic compounds [12]. the existence of this group is a good indicator to explain that: the azo group takes the para position relative to phenolic oh group and does not take the ortho position. figures (7, 8, 9, 10 and 11) show the ftir spectra of the complexes. in complexes there is an existence of weak broad band above 3300 cm-1 assigned to stretching vibration of oh groups in hydration water molecules [13]. there is a great alteration in the c=o absorption band in all complexes. this suggests that the carbonyl group plays a major rule in the coordination with the metal ion. the stretching vibration of azo group is red shifted to lower frequency. this happens due to the change of the resonance state in the aromatic ring that which caused by the alteration in its electronic density through the formation of the complex. the c-o bands is also affected by 117 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 coordination we believe the later band that belongs to phenolic c-o, bond has lost its h atom and coordinated with metal ion to form the complex. as a result of this coordination, we observed the appearance of a new band below 520 cm-1 assigned to m-o bond. electronic spectra the electronic spectra of compounds in dmso solvent are shown in figures (12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17). the ligand shows strong absorption bands at 310, 364 and 457nm with molar absorbance 5*103, 5.6*103, and 4.8*103 mole.cm-2 respectively. the uv-vis. spectrum indicates that the 364nm band belongs to → ∗ transition of –n=nazo chromophoric group[14]. while the 310nm band belongs to → ∗transition of phenolic group[5], finally the shoulder band at 457nm is due to → ∗transition of the same group[5]. the excited state in the → ∗transition of azo group plays a major rule in the conformational transformations in the ligand, because it acts to ease the rotation n=n bond. this process is observed in the cis-trans transformations of the azo compounds. in the electronic spectra of the complexes, we have observed that the → ∗transition of azo group is not greatly affected by coordination which supported the assumption that the azo group did not act as a coordination center with metals. on the other hand there is a considerable alteration of the bands that belong to phenolic group which considered as evidence that the phenolic group is one of the coordination centers that chelated with metal ion. in addition we observed the increase of the intensity of band of azo group, this may relate to the fact that the quantum probabilistic transition of this bond is stabilized after complex formation. indeed the formation of complex through the contribution of the phenoloic and the carbonyl groups upon complexation through the chelating with metal ions require fold of the two salicylic parts that close to each other in the ligand which are accomplished by twisting of the –n=nbond. the transition state of this bond may help to satisfy this condition. the above discussion is proceeding for all complexes as well. finally, the high values of the molar absorbance of the ligand chromophores act to cover the d-d transitions in the metal ions of the complexes [15]. references 1lodeiro, c. and  pina, f., (2009), luminescent and chromogenic molecular probes based on polyamines and related compounds, coordination chemistry reviews, 253, 1353–1383. 2anitha ,k. r.; venugopala reddy and fasiulla,(2015), studies on metal (ii) complexes of bisazo dye 2, 21 [benzene-1,3-diyl di (e) diazene 2,1-diyl] dianiline, arch. appl. sci. res., 7 (1),59-65. 3anitha, k. r.; venugopala reddy and  rao, k. s.vittala, (2011), synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of metal (ii) complexes of a novel bisazo dye 2, 21 [benzene-1, 3-diyl di (e) diazene 2, 1-diyl] bis (4-chloroaniline), j. chem. pharm. res., 3(3), 511-519. 4raj, h. d. and   patel y. s.,(2015), synthesis, characterization and antifungal activity of metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline based azo dye, advances in applied science research, 6(2), 119-123. 5abd-alredha, l;  al-rubaie, r. and  mhessn, r. j. (2012) synthesis and characterization of azo dye para red and new derivatives, e-journal of chemistry, 9(1), 465-470. 118 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 6patel, k. s.;  patel, j. c.; dholariya, h. r.; patel, v. k.; and  patel, k. d.; (2012), synthesis of cu(ii), ni(ii), co(ii), and mn(ii) complexes with ciprofloxacin and their evaluation of antimicrobial, antioxidant and anti-tubercular activity, open journal of metal, 2, 49-59. 7 sidir, y. g.;  sidir, i.;  berber, h. and tasal, e. (2011), an experimental study on relationship between hammett substituent constant and electronic absorption wavelength of some azo dyes, journal of science and technology, 1, 7-11. 8stamatatos, t. c.; katsoulakou, e.;  nastopoulos, v.;  raptopoulou, c. p.;  manessi-zoupa, e. and  perlepes s. p., (2003), cadmium carboxylate chemistry: preparation, crystal structure, and thermal and spectroscopic characterization of the one-dimensional polymer [cd(o2cme)(o2cph)(h2o)2]n, z. naturforsch. 58b, 1045 – 1054. 9petrofsky, j. l.,(1964), complexes of iron(ii) cobalt(ii)nickel(ii) and copper(ii) with 2-a pyridylmethyleneaminomethyl)pyridine, doctora thesis, university of florida, usa. 10isaacs t. (1963), the mineralogy and chemistry of the nickelcarbonates, doctora thesis, sheffeld university, uk. 11gans, p. (1975), vibrating molecules, 1st. edition, chapman & hall, london. 12silverstein, r.  webster, f. and  kiemle, d.(2005), spectrometric identification of organic compounds, 7th. edition, john wily & sons, inc., usa. 13nakamoto, k. (1982), infra-red spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, 2ed. edition,mc-grow hill, japan. 14mohammed, i. a. and  mustapha a. (2010), synthesis of new azo compounds based on n(4hydroxypheneyl)maleimide and n-(4-methylpheneyl)maleimide, molecules, 15, 74987508. 15lappert ,m. l. (1968), inorganic electronic spectroscopy, 1st. edition, elsevier, netherlands. 119 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): ftir band values table (2): elemental analysis of the ligand element % c h n practical 59.855 4.234 17.603 theoretical 60.830 4.148 17.603 table (3):uv-vis. band values compound ∗ (nm) ε*10-3 l.mol1.cm-1 ∗ (nm) ε*10-3 l.mol-1.cm-1 ∗ (nm) ε*10-3 l.mol-1.cm-1 l 364 5.6 310 5 457 4.8 ni-comp. 364 6.1 --------461 5 co-comp. 366 5.3 --------466 4.9 cu-comp. 365 4.5 --------465 4.2 fe-comp. 370 5.1 --------465 4.9 zn-comp. 370 5 --------469 4.9 table (4) :physical properties of the ligand and its complexes compound m.wt/ g.mol-1 colour yeild% m.p./0c (dec.) λm/ ohm-1.cm2.mol1 ligand 434 reddish brown 62 235 ---- nil.6h2o 598.7 dark brown 86 337.7 1.207 k2[colcl2]. h2o 599 dark brown 88 224.8 32.1 fel. h2o 505.85 dark brown 85 360.9 1.33 cul. h2o 513.5 dark brown 84 321.7 1.32 znl. h2o 515.4 dark brown 88 423.6 1.02 compound l -----1612 1674 1213 -------3381 ni-comp. 3345 1595 1668 1231 484 ----- co-comp. 3354 1601 1630 1234 446 ----- cu-comp. 3300 1599 1682 1200 513 ----- fe-comp. 3300 1599 1682 1209 490 ----- zn-comp. 3381 1606 1666 1192 513 ----- 120 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1): thermogram of the ni complex. figure (2): thermogram of the co complex. figure (3): thermogram of the cu complex. figure :(4) thermogram of the fe co complex figure (5) :thermogram of the zn complex. 121 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (6): ftir spectrum of the ligand. figure (7): ftir spectrum of the ni complex . figure (8): ftir spectrum of the co complex figure (9): ftir spectrum of the cu complex figure (10): ftir spectrum of the fe complex figure (11):ftir spectrum of the fe complex. 122 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (12): electronic spectrum of the ligand. figure (13): electronic spectrum of the ni complex figure (14): uv-vis. of the co complex. figure (15): uv-vis. of the cu complex. figure (16) :uv-vis. of the fe complex. figure (17): uv-vis. of the zn complex. 123 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (18): h1nmr spectrum of the ligand. figure (19): the general structure of ni, cu, fe and zn complexes. figure (20) :the general structure of co complex. 124 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 bis (methylsalicylate5-yl diazo)benzene-1,3تحضير و تشخيص مع معقداته لبعض عناصر الدورة االنتقالية االولى خولة محمد سلطان بغداد جامعة  )/ابن الهيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2015حزيران//30قبل في: ، 2015اذار//22: فيم لاست الخالصة هذه في. methyl salicylateمع m-phenylendidiazonium chloride تم تحضير صبغة ازو من تفاعل تم اذ co+2ni ,+2, zn+2, cu+2fe ,2+استعمل المركب المحضر كليكند لتكوين معقدات تناسقية مع ايونات الدراسة ان فضال عن chn. وتحليل العناصر vis-uv.و ftirو nmrh1تشخيص الليكند المحضر مع معقداته بمطيافيتي بينت النتائج ان الليكند يرتبط مغ اذ. و التوصيلية .uv-visو tga ftirاس المعقدات المحضرة شخصت ايضا بقي . كما انه في معقد الكوبلت o4االيونات من خالل مجاميع الفينوكسي و الكاربونيل و بذلك يكون ليكند رباعي السن من نوع . االخرى عقد الكتروليتي بخالف المعقداتفانه يتم اكمال التناسق السداسي من خالل االرتباط بالكلور وبذلك يكون هذا الم ., ليكندات االزوالعناصر االنتقالية, معقدات 3dمعقدات عناصر مركبات االزو, : الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 353-362 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|353    strongly 𝑪𝟏𝟏-condition modules and strongly 𝑻𝟏𝟏-type modules inaam m a hadi inaam1976@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham) university of baghdad farhan d shyaa farhan.shyaa@qu.edu.iq dept. of mathematics, university of al-qadsiyah abstract in this paper, we introduced module that satisfying strongly 𝐶 -condition modules and strongly 𝑇 -type modules as generalizations of t-extending. a module 𝑀 is said strongly 𝐶 condition if for every submodule of 𝑀 has a complement which is fully invariant direct summand. a module 𝑀 is said to be strongly 𝑇 -type modules if every t-closed submodule has a complement which is a fully invariant direct summand. many characterizations for modules with strongly 𝐶 -condition for strongly 𝑇 -type module are given. also many connections between these types of module and some related types of modules are investigated. keywords. 𝐶 -condition, strongly 𝐶 -condition modules, 𝑇 -type modules strongly 𝑇 -type modules, t-semisimple modules, strongly t-semisimple modules, strongly extending modules, t-extending modules and strongly t-extending modules. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|354    1. introduction first, a few concepts and some results which are relevant for our work are recalled. throughout, all rings are associative rings with unity and all modules are right unitary modules. a submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is called closed in 𝑀 if has no proper essential extension in 𝑀[8], that means if 𝑁 is essential in 𝑊, where 𝑊 𝑀,then 𝑁 𝑊, where a submodule 𝑁 is essential in an 𝑅-module 𝑀 (briefly (𝑁 𝑀 if 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 0 , 𝐾 𝑀 implies 𝐾 0 [8] . as a generalization of essential submodule, asgari in [2], introduced the notion of tessential submodule, where a submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 is called t-essential (denoted by 𝑁 𝑀 if whenever 𝑊 𝑀, 𝑁 ∩ 𝑊 𝑍 𝑀 implies 𝑊 𝑍 𝑀 . 𝑍 𝑀 is called the second singular submodule and is defined by 𝑍 [8], where 𝑍 𝑀 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀: 𝑥𝐼 0 for some essential ideal of 𝑅}. equivalently 𝑍 𝑀 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀: 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥 𝑅 and 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥 𝑟 ∈ 𝑀: 𝑥𝑟 0 . 𝑀 is called singular (nonsingular) if 𝑍 𝑀 𝑀 𝑍 𝑀 0 . note that 𝑍 𝑀 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀: 𝑥𝐼 0 for some t-essential ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 .𝑀 is called 𝑍 -torsion if 𝑍 𝑀 𝑀[8]. a submodule 𝑁 is called t-closed (denoted by 𝑁 𝑀 if 𝑁 has no proper t-essential extension in 𝑀[2]. it is clear that every t-closed submodule is closed, but the convers is not true. however, under the class of nonsingular, the two concepts are equivalent. recall that  a module 𝑀 is called extending if for every submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 then there exists a direct summand 𝑊 𝑊 ⨁ 𝑀) such that 𝑁 𝑊  [6]. equivalently 𝑀 is extending module if every closed submodule of 𝑀 is a direct summand. as a generalization of extending module, asgari [2] introduced the concept t-extending module, where a module 𝑀 is t-extending if every t-closed submodule is a direct summand. equivalently,𝑀 is t-extending if every submodule of 𝑀 is t-essential in a direct summand [2]. the notion of a strongly extending module is introduced in [13], which is a subclass of the class of extending module, where an r-module m is called strongly extending if each submodule of m is essential in a fully invariant direct summand of m , where a submodule n is called fully invariant if for each 𝑓 ∈ end m , 𝑓 n n.an 𝑅-module is called strongly t-extending if every submodule 𝑁 of m, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝑊 of m such that 𝑁 𝑊[7].equivalently “m is strongly t-extending if every t-closed submodule of 𝑀 is fully invariant direct summand[7]. a module m is called duo if every submodule of m is fully invariant [12]. hence the two concepts strongly extending and extending are equivalent in the class of duo modules. asgari and haghany introduced the concept of t-semisimple modules and t-semisimple rings. a module m is called t-semisimple if every submodule n contains a direct summand k of m such that k is tessential in n [3]. in [9] inaam and farhan introduced and studied strongly t-semisimple, where an r-module is called strongly t-semisimple if for each submodule n of m there exists a fully invariant direct summand k such that k n [9]. inaam and farhan in [10] introduced and studied fi-t-semisimple and strongly fi-t-semisimple. an r-module m is called fi-tsemisimple if for each fully invariant submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀, there exists k ⨁ m such that k n. an r-module 𝑀 is called strongly fi-t-semisimple if for each fully invariant submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐾 such that k n [10]. recall that: an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is said to be satisfy 𝐶 -condition if every submodule of 𝑀 has a complement which is a direct summand[15]. asgari [4], restricted 𝐶 condition to tclosed condition of 𝑀. she defined the following. an 𝑅-module 𝑀 said to be 𝑇 -type module (or 𝑀 satidfy 𝑇 -condition) if every t-closed submodule has a complement which is a direct summand. a ring is said to be right 𝑇 -type ring if 𝑅 is a 𝑇 -type module [4]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|355    this paper consists of three sections. in section two we deal with certain known results which are worthwhile throughout the paper. in section three we investigate certain types of module namely strongly 𝐶 -condition and strongly 𝑇 -type modules. an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is said to be satisfy strongly𝐶 -condition if every submodule of 𝑀 has a complement which is a fully invariant direct summand. also; an 𝑅-module m is called strongly 𝑇 -type module if every tclosed submodule has a complement which is a fully invariant direct summand. we give several characterizations of strongly 𝐶 -condition and strongly 𝑇 -type module. in particular 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module if and only if 𝑀 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 , where 𝑀 satisfies strongly 𝐶 -condition. every module with strongly 𝐶 -condition is strongly 𝑇 -type module, but not conversely (see remark 3.6(1)). the two concepts are equivalent under certain classes of module is given. furthermore, many connections between strongly 𝑇 -type modules strongly tsemisimple module, strongly fi-t-semisimple module, fi-t-semisimple module, strongly extending module, strongly t-extending module are presented. 2. preliminaries proposition (1.1)[2]: the following statements are equivalent for a submodule 𝐴 of an 𝑅module 𝑀 𝐴 is t-essential in 𝑀 ; (𝐴+𝑍 𝑀 /𝑍 𝑀 is essential in 𝑀/𝑍 𝑀 ; 𝐴+𝑍 𝑀 is essential in 𝑀; 𝑀/𝐴 is 𝑍 𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛.. lemma (1.2)[2]: let m be an 𝑅module. then if m, then 𝑍 𝑀 𝐶. 0 𝑀 if and only if m is nonsingular. if 𝐴 𝐶, then 𝐶 m if and only if . theorem (1.3)[9]:  the following statements are equivalent for an 𝑅 -module 𝑀: 𝑀 is strongly t-semisimple, is a fully stable semisimple and isomorphic to a stable submodule of 𝑀, 𝑀 = 𝑍 (𝑀)⨁𝑀 where 𝑀 is a nonsingular semisimple fully stable module and 𝑀 is stable in 𝑀, every nonsingular submodule is stable direct summand, every submodule of 𝑀 which contains 𝑍 (𝑀) is a direct summand of 𝑀 and is fully stable and isomorphic to a stable submodule of 𝑀. proposition (1.4)[10]: let 𝑀 be an 𝑅-module with the property, complement of any submodule of 𝑀 is stable. the following statements are equivalent. 𝑀 is strongly fi-t-semisimple; 𝑀 is fi-t-semisimple;. let (⋇) means the following: for an 𝑹-module 𝑴, the complement of 𝒁𝟐 𝑴 is stable in 𝑴[10]. proposition (1.5)[10]: let 𝑀 be an 𝑅-module which satisfies (⋇ . if 𝑀 is strongly fi-tsemisimple, then is fi-semisimple, and hence it is strongly fi-t-semisimple. corollary (1.6)[10]: for an 𝑅-module 𝑀 which satisfies ⋇ 𝑀 is strongly fi-t-semisimple if and only if for every fully invariant submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 such that 𝑁 ⊇ 𝑍 𝑀 , is strongly fi-tsemisimple,. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|356    proposition (1.7)[2]: let 𝑀 be a nonsingular module. then 𝑀 is strongly extending if and only if 𝑀 is strongly t-extending. 2. t-semisimple modules and 𝑻𝟏𝟏-type modules remarks and examples (2.1): it is clear that module satisfying 𝐶 implies 𝑇 -type-module [4]. every t-extending module (hence every extending module) is a 𝑇 -type module [4]. every 𝑍 -torsion is 𝑇 -type module and every finite generated abelian group is a 𝑇 -type module [4]. proposition (2.2): every t-semisimple module is 𝑇 -type module. proof: by [3, proposition 2.16], every t-semisimple is t-extending, hence by remarks and examples 2.1(2) it is 𝑇 -type module. □ remark (2.3)[4]: the class of 𝑇 -type modules properly contains the modules satisfying 𝐶 condition and the class of t-extending modules . examples (2.4): let 𝑅 𝑍 𝑋 , 𝑅 is uniform, nonsingular 𝑅-module. by [13, theorem 2.4] 𝑅⨁𝑅 satisfies 𝐶 -condition. hence 𝑅⨁𝑅 is 𝑇 -type module. but 𝑅⨁𝑅 is not t-semisimple ,because it is so, then 𝑅⨁𝑅 is t-extending, which is a contradiction since by [5,example 2.4] 𝑅⨁𝑅 is not extending, hence not t-extending, since 𝑅⨁𝑅 is nonsingular see remarks and examples 2.1(2). the 𝑍-module 𝑍 is not t-semisimple. but 𝑍 is indecomposable and nonsingular uniform, so 𝑍 is 𝑇 -type module see[4, corollary 2.8]. an 𝑍-module 𝑄 is indecomposable, nonsingular, uniform so 𝑄 is 𝑇 -type module[4, corollary 2.8] any direct summand of uniform is 𝐶 -type module, so is 𝑇 -type module [15]. (5) it is clear the 𝑍 module 𝑄⨁𝑍, 𝑍 ⨁𝑍 , 𝑍 ⨁𝑍 are 𝑇 -type module. also notice that 𝑄⨁𝑍 is not t-semisimple. 3. strongly 𝑪𝟏𝟏-modules and strongly 𝑻𝟏𝟏-type modules. in this section, we generalize modules with 𝐶 -condition and 𝑇 -type modules into modules with strongly 𝐶 conditions and strongly 𝑇 -type modules. we study these concepts and their connection with strongly t-semisimple modules and other related classes of modules. definition (3.1): an 𝑅-module 𝑀 said to be satisfy strongly 𝐶 condition (𝑀 is strongly 𝐶 ) if every submodule has a complement which is fully invariant direct summand. lemma (3.2)[15]: let 𝑁 𝑀, let 𝐾 be a direct summand of 𝑀 . 𝐾 is a complement of 𝑁 if and only if 𝐾⋂𝑁 0 and 𝐾⨁𝑁 𝑀 . the following lemma is clear. lemma (3.3): if 𝑁 𝑀 and 𝐾 is a fully invariant direct summand then 𝐾 is a fully invariant complement of 𝑁 if and only if 𝐾⋂𝑁 0 and 𝐾⨁𝑁 𝑀. the following proposition gives characterizations for module with strongly 𝐶 -condition. proposition (3.4): the following statements are equivalent for a module 𝑀 𝑀 satisfies strongly 𝐶 -condition; for any complement submodule 𝐿 in 𝑀, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐾 of 𝑀 such that 𝐾 is a complement of 𝐿 in 𝑀; for any submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐾 of 𝑀 such that 𝑁⋂𝐾 0 and 𝑁⨁𝐾 is an essential submodule of 𝑀; for any complement submodule 𝐿 in 𝑀, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐾 of 𝑀 such that 𝐿⋂𝐾 0 and 𝐿⨁𝐾 𝑀. proof: (1)  (2) for any complement submodule 𝐿 in 𝑀. by strongly 𝐶 -condition, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐾 of 𝑀 which is a complement of 𝐿 in 𝑀. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|357    (3)  (4) and (2)  (4) are obvious. (1)  (3) it is clear by lemma (3.3). (4)  (1) let 𝐴 be any submodule of 𝑀. then there exists a complement (so closed submodule 𝐵 in 𝑀) such that 𝐴 𝐵, by [8,excerces 13,p.20]. by hypothesis, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐾 of 𝑀 such that 𝐵⋂𝐾 0 and 𝐵⨁𝐾 𝑀. hence by lemma (3.2) 𝐾 is a complement of 𝐵 in 𝑀. so 𝐵⋂𝐾 0, which implies 𝐾⋂𝐴 0. suppose that 𝐾 𝑀 and, 𝐾 𝐾. therefore 𝐾 ⋂𝐵 0 and hence 𝐾 ⋂𝐵 ⋂𝐴 0 (since 𝐴 𝐵 , so that 𝐾 ⋂𝐴 0. thus 𝐾 is a complement of 𝐴 in 𝑀. □ as we have seen t-semisimple is 𝑇 -type module. we claim that strongly t-semisimple modules imply modules which are strongly than module with 𝑇 -type module. hence this leads us to define the following: definition (3.5): an 𝑅-module is said to be strongly 𝑇 (or strongly 𝑇 -type modules) if for each t-closed submodule, there exists a complement which is a fully invariant direct summand. remarks (3.6): (1) it is clear that every module, which satisfies strongly 𝐶 -condition, is a strongly 𝑇 -type module, but the converse is not true in general, as the following example shows: let 𝑀 𝑍 ⨁𝑍 as 𝑍-module 𝑀 is 𝑇 -type module by [4, corollary 2.6]. 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module, but it is not strongly 𝐶 -type module. if 𝑁 2 ⨁ 0 2, 0 , 4, 0 , 6, 0 , 0, 0 , 𝑁 ∩ 0 ⨁𝑍 0, 0 and 𝑁⨁𝑊 2)⨁𝑍 𝑀 where 𝑊 0 ⨁𝑍 and 𝑊 ⨁ 𝑀, then 𝑊 is a complement of 𝑁. also 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 0 , where 𝐾 (4, 1 , 0, 0)}. but ⨁𝐾 0, 0 , 2, 0),( 4, 0),( 6, 0)}⨁ 4, 1 , 0, 0 = 4, 1 , 0, 0 , 6, 1 , 2, 0 , 0, 1 , 4, 0),( 2, 1 , 6, 0 𝑈 and 𝑈 𝑀, hence is a complement of 𝑁, but 𝐾 ≰⨁ 𝑀. thus 𝑊 is a unique complement of 𝑁 which is a direct summand, but 𝑊 is not fully invariant submodule as there exists 𝑓: 𝑊 0, 0 , 0, 1 ⟼ 𝑀 defined by 𝑓 0, 0 0, 0 𝑓 0, 1 4, 1 , 𝑓 is 𝑍-homorphism and 𝑓 𝑊 ≰ 𝑊. thus 𝑀 does not satisfy strongly 𝐶 -type module. also 𝑀 is singular, so 𝑀 is the only t-closed submodule and has a complement which is the zero submodules and it is clear direct summand fully invariant submodule. thus 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type. (2) let 𝑀 be an 𝑅-module which satisfies strongly 𝐶 -condition. then 𝑀 is strongly fi-tsemisimple if and only if 𝑀 is fi-t-semisimple. proof: it follows directly by proposition 1.4, and definition 3.1. □ proposition (3.7): let 𝑀 be a nonsingular 𝑅-module. 𝑀 is strongly 𝐶 -condition module if and only if 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module. proof: it is clear.  let 𝐴 𝑀, by [8,exercies 13,p.20], there exists a closed submodule 𝑊 of 𝑀 such that 𝐴 𝑊. since 𝑀 is nonsingular, 𝑊 is t-closed in 𝑀. hence there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝑊⨁𝐷 𝑀. it follows that 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑊⨁𝐷 𝑀. thus 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑀. so that 𝑀 satisfies strongly 𝐶 -condition. □ recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is called multiplication module if for each 𝑁 𝑀, there exists an ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 with 𝑁 𝑀𝐼[17]. equivalently an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is a multiplication module if for each 𝑁 𝑀,𝑁 𝑁: 𝑀 𝑀, where 𝑁: 𝑀 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑀𝑟 𝑁 ".[17] proposition (3.8): let 𝑀 be a multiplication (hence 𝑀 is duo or fully stable). then 𝑀 is 𝑇 -type module if and only if 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module. 𝑀 is 𝐶 -type if and only if 𝑀 is strongly 𝐶 -type module. we will give some properties of strongly 𝑇 -type modules. theorem (3.9): consider the following statements for a module 𝑀 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module; ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|358    𝑀 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 , where 𝑀 is a fully invariant submodule in 𝑀 and satisfies strongly 𝐶 condition; for every submodule 𝐴 of 𝑀 , there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑀. for every t-closed submodule 𝐶 of 𝑀 , there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. for every t-closed submodule 𝐶 of 𝑀, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. then (1), (3), (4) and (5) are equivalent, (1) (2) if is fully invariant of for each fully invariant submodule 𝐿 of 𝑀 containg 𝑍 𝑀 , and (2)  (5). proof: (1)(5) let 𝐶 be a t-closed submodule of 𝑀. by condition (1) there exists a complement 𝐷 to 𝐶 such that 𝐷 ⨁ 𝑀, 𝐷 is fully invariant. thus 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. (3) (1) let 𝐶 be a t-closed submodule of 𝑀. by hypothesis there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. let 𝐸 be a complement of 𝐶, then 𝐶⋂𝐸 0 and 𝐶⨁𝐸 𝑀. we claim that 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝐶⨁𝐸. let 𝐶⨁𝐷 ⋂𝑋 0 , where 𝑋 𝐶⨁𝐸. 𝐶⨁𝐷 ⋂𝑋 0 𝑍 𝑀 . thus implies 𝑋 𝑍 𝑀 since 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. but 𝑍 𝑀 𝐶 (since 𝐶 is t-closed) hence 𝑋 𝐶. it follows that 𝐶⨁𝐷 ⋂𝑋 𝑋 0 . thus 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝐶⨁𝐸. it follows that 𝐷 𝐸. however,𝐷 ⨁ 𝑀 and so 𝐷 is closed in 𝑀. which implies 𝐷 𝐸,that is 𝐸 a complement of 𝐶, which is a fully invariant direct summand. thus 𝑀 is a strongly 𝑇 -type module. (4)  (3) let 𝐴 𝑀. by [4, lemma 2.3], there exists a t-closed 𝐶 of 𝐴 such that 𝐴 𝐶. by hypothesis, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 such that 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. but 𝐴 𝐶, we conclude that 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝐶⨁𝐷 and hence 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑀. (5) (4) the implication is clear since every essential submodule is t-essential submodule. (2) (5) let 𝐶 be a t-closed submodule of 𝑀. hence by lemma (1.2), 𝑍 𝑀 𝐶 and so 𝐶 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁ 𝐶⋂𝑀 . moreover, 𝐶⋂𝑀 is a t-closed submodule of 𝑀 by [2, proposition 2.9]. since 𝑀 satisfies strongly 𝐶 condition, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that ( 𝐶⋂𝑀 ⨁𝐷 𝑀 . but 𝐷 ⨁ 𝑀 and 𝑀 ⨁ 𝑀, then 𝐷 ⨁ 𝑀 and 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁ 𝐶⋂𝑀 ⨁𝐷 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁ 𝐶⋂𝑀 ⨁𝐷] 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 𝑀.hence 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀, but 𝐷 is fully invariant in 𝑀 and 𝑀 is fully invariant in 𝑀. hence 𝐷 is fully invariant in 𝑀. (1) (2) since 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module and 𝑍 𝑀 is a t-closed submodule of 𝑀, there exists a complement 𝑀 to 𝑍 𝑀 which is a fully invariant direct summand, say 𝑀 𝐿⨁𝑀 . since 𝑀 is nonsingular, we have 𝑍 𝑀 𝑍 𝐿 . but 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 𝑀 since 𝑀 is complement to 𝑍 𝑀 , so by proposition (1.1) is 𝑍 -torsion, thus 𝐿 is 𝑍 -torsion (since 𝐿 ≃ . so 𝐿 𝑍 𝐿 𝑍 𝑀 and hence 𝐿 𝑍 𝑀 . therefore 𝑀 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 . now to show that 𝑀 ≃ ≃ 𝑀 satisfies strongly 𝐶 condition. let �̅�= be a closed submodule of 𝑀 so �̅� is t-closed in 𝑀 and 𝐶 is t-closed submodule of 𝑀 by lemma 1.2(3).but 𝑀 is a strongly 𝑇 -type, so there exists a complement 𝐷 of 𝐶 in 𝑀 which is a fully invariant direct summand of 𝑀. say 𝑀 𝐷⨁𝐷 for some𝐷 𝑀. since 𝑍 𝑀 𝑍 𝐷 ⨁𝑍 𝐷 we get𝑀 ⨁ ⨁ ≃ ⨁ 𝐷⨁𝐷 . cleary 𝐷 ∩ 𝐷 =0 and �̅�⨁𝐷 𝑀. but 𝐷, 𝑍 𝑀 are fully invariant in 𝑀 and by hypothesis 𝐷 is fully invariant in 𝑀. □ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|359    recall that. a submodule 𝑁 of 𝑅-module 𝑀 is called stable, if 𝑓 𝑁 𝑁 for each 𝑅homomorphism 𝑓: 𝑁𝑀 . an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is fully stable if every submodule of 𝑀 is stable.[1] remarks (3.10): if an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is fully stable (where an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is fully stable if every submodule of 𝑀 is stable) and semisimple, then 𝑀 is strongly 𝐶 -condition module. proof: let 𝑁 𝑀, then 𝑁 ⨁ 𝑀, and so there exists 𝑊 𝑀 such that 𝑁⨁𝑊 𝑀, hence 𝑊 is a complement of 𝑁. but 𝑀 is fully stable, so 𝑊 is a fully invariant, moreover 𝑊 ⨁ 𝑀. thus 𝑀 is strongly 𝐶 -condition module. □ let 𝑀 be a strongly 𝑇 -type module. then 𝑀 is strongly-fi-t-semisimple if and only if every fully invariant t-closed submodule of 𝑀 is strongly-fi-t-semisimple. proof: since 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module and 𝑍 𝑀 is t-closed, then there exists a 𝑍 𝑀 has a complement which is a fully invariant direct summand, that is 𝑍 𝑀 has a complement which is stable direct summand (so condition ∗ hold). then by corollary 1.6 every fully invariant submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀, 𝑁 ⊇ 𝑍 𝑀 is strongly fi-t-semisimple. thus every fully invariant t-closed submodule of 𝑀 is strongly fi-t-semisimple. □ let 𝑀 be a strongly 𝑇 -type module. if 𝑀 strongly fi-t-semisimple, then is fisemisimple and hence it is strongly fi-semisimple. proof: since 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type and 𝑍 𝑀 is t-closed, then there exists a complement of 𝑍 𝑀 which is a fully invariant direct summand. thus (condition (∗ hold). hence the result is followed by proposition 1.5. □ proposition (3.11): if an 𝑅-module 𝑀 strongly t-semisimple, then 𝑀 strongly 𝑇 -type module. proof: by theorem 1.3, 𝑀 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 , where 𝑀 is nonsingular semisimple fully stable and 𝑀 is stable in 𝑀 . but 𝑀 is fully stable semisimple then 𝑀 is strongly 𝐶 -condition module by remarks 3.10(1). hence 𝑀 satisfies condition (2) of theorem 3.9. where (251). thus 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module. □ theorem (3.12): every strongly extending module is strongly 𝑇 -type module. proof: let 𝑁 be a t-closed submodule of 𝑀. hence 𝑁 is a closed submodule. as 𝑀 is strongly extending, 𝑁 is a fully invariant direct summand. then 𝑀 𝑁 ⨁𝑊 for some 𝑊 𝑀 and so 𝑊 is a complement of 𝑁. to see this let 𝑊 𝑀 and 𝑊 𝑊 𝑀 and 𝑁⋂𝑊 0 , then 𝑀 𝑁⨁𝑊 ⊆ 𝑁⨁𝑊 , so 𝑀 𝑁⨁𝑊 𝑁⨁𝑊. assume 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 then 𝑥 𝑛 𝑦, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑊 𝑊 , then 𝑥 𝑦 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁⋂𝑊 0, hence 𝑥 𝑦 0 implies 𝑥 𝑦 ∈ 𝑊. hence 𝑊 𝑊, moreover 𝑊 ⨁ 𝑀, so 𝑊 is closed submodule and hence 𝑊 is a fully invariant direct summand. thus 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module. □ proposition (3.13): if 𝑀 is a strongly t-extending 𝑅-module then is strongly 𝑇 -type module and every complement to a nonsingular direct summand is fully invariant direct summand. proof: since 𝑀 is strongly t-extending, then 𝑀 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 , 𝑀 is strongly extending module[7]. hence, 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module by proposition (3.12). but 𝑀 is nonsingular, so 𝑀 satisfies strongly 𝐶 -condition module by proposition (3.7). thus 𝑀 satisfies condition (2) of theorem 3.9 so 𝑀 is a strongly 𝑇 -type module. now let 𝐶 be a complement of a nonsingular submodule of 𝑀, so by [2, proposition 2.6(52)] 𝐶 is a t-closed submodule of 𝑀. hence 𝐶 is a fully invariant direct summand of 𝑀 by definition of strongly textending proposition (1.7). not that if every complement of nonsingular submodule of an 𝑅-module is fully invariant direct summand implies 𝑀 is strongly t-extending, since by [2, proposition 2.6(52)] every t-closed ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|360    is a complement of nonsingular submodule and so that every t-closed submodule is fully invariant direct summand (that is 𝑀 is strongly t-extending). □ proposition (3.14): let 𝑀 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 , 𝑀 is a fully invariant submodule in 𝑀. then the following conditions are equivalent: 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module; for every submodule 𝐴 of 𝑀 , there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝑀 𝐷 and 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑀. for every t-closed submodule 𝐶 of 𝑀 , there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝑀 𝐷 and 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀; for every t-closed submodule 𝐶 of 𝑀 , there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝑀 𝐷 and 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. proof: (1)  (2) since 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module, then by condition (3) of theorem 3.9 for each 𝐴 𝑀 , there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑀 . but 𝐷 ⨁ 𝑀 implies that 𝐷⨁𝑀 ⨁ 𝑀. also, we can show that 𝐷⨁𝑀 is fully invariant in 𝑀. let 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 𝐻𝑜𝑚 𝑀 , 𝑀 𝐻𝑜𝑚 𝑀 , 𝑀 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 . but 𝑀 is fully invariant in 𝑀 by hypothesis so hom(𝑀 , 𝑀 0 , then 𝑓 𝑓 0 𝑓 𝑓 for some 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 , 𝑓 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚 𝑀 , 𝑀 , 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑀 .hence 𝑓 𝐷⨁𝑀 ≃ 𝑓 0 𝑓 𝑓 𝐷 𝑀 𝐷 𝑀 , hence 𝐷⨁𝑀 is fully invariant in 𝑀. moreover, 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑀 implies that 𝐴⨁𝐷 ⨁𝑀 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 𝑀. (2)  (3) it is obvious (3)  (4) for every t-closed submodule 𝐶 of 𝑀 , there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝑀 𝐷 and 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀 . then 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑍 𝑀 𝑀 by proposition (1.1). but 𝑍 𝑀 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑍 𝑀 . as 𝐶 is t-closed in 𝑀 ,𝐶 ⊇ 𝑍 𝑀 by lemma 1.2(1). also as 𝑀 𝐷, then 𝑍 𝑀 𝑍 𝐷 𝐷. it follows that ⨁𝐷 𝑍 𝑀 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑍 𝑀 ⨁𝑍 𝑀 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. (4)  (1) let 𝐶 be a t-closed of 𝑀 . by condition (4) there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝑀 𝐷 and 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀. but 𝐷 is a fully invariant submodule in 𝑀 implies, 𝐷 𝐷⋂𝑀 ⨁ 𝐷⋂𝑀 , such that 𝐷⋂𝑀 is fully invariant in 𝑀 and 𝐷⋂𝑀 𝑀 since 𝑀 𝐷. hence 𝐷 𝐷⋂𝑀 ⨁𝑀 and 𝐷⋂𝑀 ⨁ 𝑀 . now 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝐶⨁ 𝐷⋂𝑀 ⨁𝑀 𝑀 𝑀 ⨁𝑀 . hence 𝐶⨁ 𝐷⋂𝑀 𝑀 . thus 𝑀 satisfies condition (5) of theorem (3.9), which implies 𝑀 is strongly type-𝑇 module. □ for 𝑅-modules 𝑁 and 𝐴. 𝑁 is said to be 𝐴projective, if every submodule 𝑋 of 𝐴, any homomorphism ∅: 𝑁 ⟼ can be lifted to a homorphism, 𝜓: 𝑁 ⟼ 𝐴, that is if 𝜋: 𝐴 ⟼ , be the-natural epiomorphism, then there exists a homorphism 𝜓: 𝑁 ⟼ 𝐴 such that 𝜋 ∘ 𝜓 ∅. ∅𝜓 a  a/x  n    ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|361    𝑀 is called projective if 𝑀 is 𝑁-projective for every 𝑅-module 𝑁. if 𝑀 is 𝑀-projective, 𝑀 is called self-projective. [11] proposition (3.15): if an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module and 𝐿 is fully invariant direct summand of 𝑀, then 𝐿 is strongly 𝑇 -type module and is strongly 𝑇 -type module if 𝑀 is selfprojective. proof: to prove 𝐿 is strongly 𝑇 -type module. let 𝐴 be a submodule of 𝐿, hence 𝐴 is a submodule of 𝑀, and so by condition (3) of theorem 3.9, there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀, such that 𝐴⨁𝐷 𝑀. hence 𝐴⨁𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 𝐿 and so 𝐴⨁ 𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 𝐿. on the other hand, 𝐷 ⨁ 𝑀 implies 𝑀 𝐷⨁𝐷 for some 𝐷 𝑀. as 𝐿 is fully invariant submodule in 𝑀, 𝐿 𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 ⨁ 𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 , where 𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝐷, 𝐷 ⋂𝐿 is fully invariant submodule in 𝐷 .now 𝐷⋂𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝐷 and 𝐷 is fully invariant in 𝑀, so 𝐷⋂𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝑀. also 𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 ⨁ 𝐿, 𝐿 ⨁ 𝑀, so 𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 ⨁ 𝑀. thus by [4, lemma 2.3] 𝐷 ∩ 𝐿 is fully invariant direct summand of 𝑀. let be a t-closed submodule in . then 𝐶 is a t-closed in 𝑀. as 𝑀 is strongly 𝑇 -type module there exists a fully invariant direct summand 𝐷 of 𝑀 such that 𝐶⨁𝐷 𝑀 by theorem 3.9. let 𝑀 𝐷⨁𝐷 for some 𝐷 𝑀 and since 𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝑀, 𝐿 𝐷⋂𝐿 ⨁ 𝐷 ⋂𝐿 such that 𝐷⋂𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝐷, 𝐷 ⋂𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝐷 . then ⨁ ⋂ ⨁ ⋂ ≃ ⋂ ⨁ ⋂ ≃ ⨁ . but it is easy to see that ⨁ . as 𝐿 ⨁ 𝑀, 𝐿 is closed and this implies that ⨁ by [8,proposition 1.4,p.18]. thus ⨁ . on the other hand, since 𝐷 is a fully invariant submodule in 𝑀 and, 𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝑀, then 𝐷⨁𝐿 is fully invariant in 𝑀. hence is fully invariant in by [16, lemma 1.1.20(2)] (since 𝑀 is self-projective). thus is a fully invariant direct summand of and ⨁ . therefore is strongly 𝑇 -type module by theorem 3.9(13). □ corollary (3.16): if 𝑅 is a commutative strongly 𝑇 -type module and 𝐿 ⨁ 𝑅, then is a strongly 𝑇 -type module. corollary (3.17): let 𝑀 be a multiplication strongly 𝑇 -type module and 𝐿 ⨁ 𝑀. then is strongly 𝑇 -type modu references [1] m. s. abas on fully stable modules ph.d thesis college of science university of baghdad. 1991 [2] sh. asgari and a. haghany t-extending modules and t-baer modules comm.algebra 39 1605-1623. 2011 [3] sh. asgari, a. haghany and y tolooei . t-semisimple modules and t-semisimple rings comm algebra 41 5 .1882-1902. 2013 [4] sh. asgari, a. haghany and a .r .rezaei . module whose t-closed submodules have a summand as a complement comm.algebra 42 pp. 5299–5318 . 2014 [5] a. w. chatters and s. m. khuri .endomorphism rings of modules over nonsingular cs rings j. london math. soc. 21 . 434-444. [6] n. v. dung, d. v. huynh, p. f. smith and r. wisbauer . extending modules pitman ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1808 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|362    research notes in mathematics 313 longman harlow, 1994 [7] s. ebrahimi, dolati pish hesari and m. khoramdel. strongly t-extending and strongly tbaer international electronic journal of algebra 20 . 86-98. 2016 [8] k. r. good earl . ring theory non singular rings and modules marcel dekker inc. new york and basel. 1976 [9] m. a. inaam and farhan d shyaa . strongly t-semisimple modules and strongly tsemisimple rings international journal of pure and applied mathematics 15 1 . 27-41. 2017 [10] m. a. inaam and farhan d shyaa . fi-semisimple fi-t-semisimple and strongly fi-tsemisimple modules international journal of pure and applied mathematics 15 2 . 285300. 2017 [11] s. h. mohamed and b. j. muller .continuous and discrete modules cambridge university press cambridge. 1990 [12]a.c. özcan, a. harmanci and f. smithp . duo modules glasgow math.j. 48 . 533-545. 2006 [13] a .saad al-saadi . s-extending modules and related concepts ph.d thesis college of science almustansiriyah university. 2007 [14] saad abulkadhim al-saadi and tamadher arif ibrahim 2014 strongly rickart modules, journal of advances in mathematics 19 4 . 2507-2514 [15] p. f. smith and a. tercan .generalizations of cs-modules comm algebra 21 . 1809– 1847. 1993 [16] i. e. wijayanti . coprime modules and comodules ph d thesis university of dusseidorf. 2006 [17] zeinb abd el-bast and parrick f smith . multiplication modules comm algebra 16 4 . 755-779. 1988   microsoft word 126-135 126 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 solvent -free one -pot multicomponent, synthesis, characterization and anti-bacterial activity, of some 2substituted-3-cyano-pyridine derivatives zakaria h. aiube muna s. al-rawi ahmed k. ebrahem dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in: 18 march 2015, accepted in: 14 april 2015 abstract solventfree thermal heating, one-pot condensation of acetophenone, ethyl cyanoacetate or malononitrle and substituted aromatic aldehyde, ammonium acetate give, 2oxo-3-cyano-4-substituted aryl-6-phenyl pyridine [i]a-h , or 2-amino-3-cyano-4-substituted aryl-6-phenyl pyridine derivatives[ii]a-f , respectively. treatment of compounds 2-oxo-3-cyano-4-substituted aryl-6-phenyl pyridine with phosphorous penta sulphide (p2s5), give 2-thioxo-3-cyano-4-substituted aryl-6-phenyl pyridine derivatives[iii]a-c . all prepared compounds are characterized by, c.h.n.s-elmental analysis, melting points, ftir-and1h-nmr-spectral analysis . antibacterial examination of synthesized compounds [i]a-c , [ii]a-c and [iii]a-c against five types of, (g-) and (g+) bacterial . in comparison with common antibiotic like ampicillin, amoxicilin and lincomycin the result shows 2-thioxo-3-cyano-4-substituted aryl-6-phenyl pyridine derivatives are more reactive than 2-oxo-3-cyano pyridine derivatives or 2-amino-3-cyano pyridine derivatives . key words: solvent-free, one-pot, pyridine derivatives . 127 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction   one-pot multi-component reactions, is an important synthetic methodology for a broad spectrum of biological and pharmaceutical organic compounds, in which the simultaneous interaction of three or more components in a sequence of steps to afford the final product [14]. 3-cyano-2-pyridone derivatives draw a special attention for their wide spectrum biological activities along with their importance and utility as intermediates in preparing variety of heterocyclic compounds [5-7]. in recent years much attention has been developed of 3-cyanopyridine derivatives because of interesting pharmaceutical and biological activities, such as antimicrobial [8-13] , analgesic antiinflammatory [14]; and antitumor agents [15]. in view of the above mentioned facts, and giving attention to the antimicrobial effects of 3-cyanopyridines derivatives, we use the thermal heating solvent-free one-pot multicomponent reaction as a synthetic methodology for synthesis of three different types of 3-cyano pyridine with different substituted in position-2, like 2-oxo-3-cyanopyridine, 2amino-3-cyanopyridine and 2-thioxo-3-cyanopyridine derivatives, and antibacterial activities examination against five different types of (g-) and (g+) bacteria species . n cn x zhph y cn + cho + coch3 ch3coonh4 n h cn x zph [i] , [ii] n h cn x sph p2s5 n cn x shph [iii] y = cn , cooet z= [ i ]= o , [ ii ]= nh in case z = o x= 3-br iib = 4-cl iic = 4-n(ch3)2 iid = 4-no2 iie = 3-no2 iif = 4-oh iig = 2-no2 iih = 4-oh , 3-och3 the scheme for synthesized compounds [ i ]a-h , [ ii ]a-f , [ iii ]a-c ,,,,,,, x + 128 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 experimental materials and instruments all chemicals were supplied from merck , fluka and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received . ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo (ir prestige-21) ftir spectrophotometer . 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 400 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ) duterated, dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . elemental analysis (c.h.n.s) were carried out using an euroea elemental analyzer at ( the central service laboratory-college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham). uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus .  the biological activity was performed in center for market research and consumer protection , university of baghdad . synthesis methods synthesis 2_oxo _3 _ cyano _ 4 _substituted aryl _ 6 _ phenyl pyridine [i] a-h. asolvent-free one-pot multicomponent condensation at 140 0c          a stirred mixture of acetophenone (0.01 mol, 1.17 ml), ethyl cyanoacetate (0.01 mol ,1.1 ml) , substituted benzldehyde (0.01 mol) and ammonium acetate ( 0.01 , 0.77 g ) was heated at ( 140 c°) in oil bath for 15minute , progress of reaction was monitored by tlc ( petroleum ether : ethyl acetate eluent ) . dough was formed , solidified upon cooling , then ethanol was added , a precipitate began to form , left in ice-chest for an hour , then filtered , washed with water and ethanol , dried to give a very good yield (80-90 %) . recrystallized from ethanol . the physical data of these compounds are listed in table 1. anal. calcd. for compound [i]a c18h11n2obr : c, 61.53; h, 3.13; n, 7.97 found: c, 61.88; h, 3.20; n,8.21 , for calcd. compound [ii]h c19h14n2o3 : c, 71.69 ; h, 4.40; n, 8.80 found: c, 71.82; h, 4.48 ; n, 8.86 . b-ethanol reflux one-pot multicomponent condensation of acetophenone, ethyl cyanoacetate, substituted aromatic aldehyde and ammonium acetate for 8 h give poor yield (20-45)% of product . synthesis 2_amino _3 _ cyano _4 _substituted aryl _6 _ phenyl pyridine[ii]a-f . a-solvent-free one-pot multicomponent condensation at 140 oc        a stirred mixture of acetophenone (0.01mol , 1.17 ml), malononitrle (0.01mol, 0.66 g) , substituted benzldehyde (0.01mol), and ammonium acetate (0.01mol, 0.77 g) was heated (140 c°) in oil bath for 20 minute , progress of reaction was monitored by tlc (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate eluent). dough was formed , solidified upon cooling , then ethanol was added a precipitate began to form , then left in ice-chest for an hour , then filtered , washed with water then ethanol , dried to give a very good yield (75-87 %) . recrystallized from ethanol and acetic acid. 129 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 b-ethanol reflux one-pot multicomponat condensation of acetophenone, malononitrle, substituted aromatic aldehyde and ammonium acetate for 8 h give poor yield . the physical data of these compounds are listed in table 1. anal. calcd. for compound [ii]a c18h12n3br: c, 61.71; h, 3.42; n, 12.00; found: c, 61.85 ; h, 3.49; n, 12.28 and calcd. for compound [ii]b c18h12n3cl : c, 70.70 ; h, 3.92; n, 13.74; found: c,71.11; h,4.01; n, 13.86 . synthesis 2_ thioxo _3 _ cyano _4 _substituted aryl _6 _ phenyl pyridine [iii]a-c .          a mixture of 2-oxo3-cyano-4-(xʹ-substituted phenyl)-6phenyl -2(1h)-pyridinones [ii]a-c (0.01 mol) and phosphorous pentasulphide (p2s5) (0.01 mol) in pyridine (10 ml) was refluxed for 5 h . then reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water. the separated solid was filtered off and washed with dilute hcl to afford the corresponding thione derivative , which was crystallized from ethanol . the physical data of these compoundes are listed in table 1. anal. calcd. for compound [iii]a c18h11n2 sbr: c,58.85; h, 2.99; n, 7.62; s, 8.71; found: c, 59.12 ; h, 3.17; n, 7.88; s,8.98 and calcd. for compound [iii]c c20h17n3s : c,72.50; h, 5.13; n, 12.68; s, 9.66; found: c, 72.72 ; h, 5.29; n, 12.92; s,9.90. evaluation of antibacterial activity antibacterial activity of synthesized compounds was determined using a disc diffusion method 30 µl of each gram negative  pseudomonas aeruginosa, escherichia coli, proteus mirabilis and gram positive bacillus subtilis, staphylo coccus aureus bacterial suspension of approximately 108 colony cell/ml was incubated at 37 oc for 24 h, were spread on mullerhintone agar using sterile collon. swaks . 30 mg/ml solution of synthesized compounds in dmso, were prepared and placed into occulted plates . the plates were incubated aerobically at 37oc for 24 h then inhibition zone diameter (mm) were measured. results and discussion thermal-heating one-pot multicomponent condensation of equimolecular amounts of substituted benzaldehyde and acetophenon with ethylcyanoacetate and anhydrous ammonium acetate at 140 oc for less than 15 min ; afforded an excellent yield of 2-oxocyanopyridin derivatives [i]a-h (80-90)%. ftir-spectral analysis of compounds[i]a-h, showed disappearance of carbonyl stretching bands of acetophenone, substituted benzaldehyde, ethyl cyanoacetate ester and ammonium acetate, and appearance of secondary amide carbonyl stretching band (c=o) at 1643-1699cm-1, besides the secondary amide (n-h) stretching bands at 31303150cm-1 and cyano stretching bands at 2214-2225cm-1, as well as the appearance of (no2) a symmetrical and symmetrical stretching bands of compounds [i]d 1516 and 1350cm-1 , [i]e at 1531,1350cm-1 and [i]g at 1527,1353 cm-1, respectively , while compound [i]f , [i]h showed (o-h) stretching band at 3338 and 3429cm-1, respectively. the other data of functional groups which are characteristics of these compounds are given in table 2. the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso), of compound [i]b showed  pyridine ring proton at c5 as a singlet signal at 6.82 ppm , aromatic proton (9h) of phenyl groups at c4 and c6 of pyridine ring as a multiplet signal at 7.5-7.9 ppm : equivalent to 9-protons , and secondary amide (n-h) proton as a singlet signal at 12.89 ppm, while 1hnmr-spectrum of compound [i]g, showed pyridine ring proton at c5 as a singlet signal at 6.9 ppm , aromatic proton (9h) of phenyl groups at c4 and c6 of pyridine ring as a multiplet signal at 7.5-8.3 ppm : equivelant to 9-protons , and secondary amide (n-h) proton as a singlet signal at 13.0 ppm .   130 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 thermal heating one-pot multicomponent reaction of equimolar amounts of acetophenone, substituted benzaldehyde, malononitrle, ammonium acetate at 140 °c for less than 20 minute give a very good yield (75-87%), with high purity of 2_amino 3 -cyano 4(xʹ_substituted phenyl) 6 phenyl pyridine[ii]a-f , which were characterized , (c.h.n.s) elemental analysis , ftir-spectral analysis and 1h.nmr-spectral analysis . the ftir absorption spectra of compound [ii]a, showed the disappearance of absorption bands of the starting materials together with appearance of ( c=n) of pyridine ring at16101643cm-1and a symmetrical and symmetrical stretching bands of amino group (nh2) at 34603487cm-1 and 3305-3375cm-1 , respectively, and cyano group (cn ) stretching band 22062214 cm-1. moreover, the 1hnmr spectrum (in dmso), of compound [ii] a showed pyridine ring proton at c 5 as a singlet signal at 6.8 ppm , (nh2) proton as a singlet signal at 6.9 ppm (equivalent to 2-proton ) and aromatic proton (9h) of phenyl groups at c4 and c6 of pyridine ring as a multiplet signal at 7.5-7.7 ppm (equivalent to 9-proton) . treatment of compounds 2oxo-3 –cyano-4(xʹ -substituted phenyl) -6 phenyl (2h) pyridine[i] a-c with phosphorous penta sulfide (p2s5) in pyridine under reflux give correspounding 2thioxo-3 –cyano4(xʹ -substituted phenyl) -6 phenyl (2h) pyridine[iii]a-c . structure of compounds [iii]a-c has been characterized by its melting points ,(c.h.n.s) elemental analysis , ftir and 1h.nmr-spectral analysis. ftir-spectral of compounds [iii]a-c , showed disappearance of carbonyl stretching bands of 2-oxo pyridine starting material and appearance of 2-thioxo pyridine (c=s) stretching bands at 1199 , 1188, 1184 cm-1 , respectively, besides the appearance of secondary thioxo amide (n-h) stretching bends at 3433, 3398, 3394 cm-1, respectively and cyano (cn) 2218 , 2218 , 2210 cm-1 , respectively . 1h.nmr-spectral analysis of compound [iii]a , showed a singlet signal of c5-pyridine ring proton at 7.1 ppm, secondary thioxo amide (n-h) proton at 8.7 ppm, and aromatic proton (9h) of phenyl groups substituted at c4 and c6 of pyridine ring as a multiplet signal at 7.38.1 ppm (equivalent to 9-protons ) . while the 1h.nmr-spectrum of compound [iii]b, showed c5pyridine ring proton as singlet signal at 7.1 ppm , secondary thioxo amide (n-h) proton as singlet signal at 8.9 ppm , and aromatic proton (9h) of phenyl groups substituted at c4 and c6 of pyridine ring as a multiplet signal at 7.5-8.0 ppm. all the spectral data of ftir spectroscopy of synthesized compounds are listed in table (2). biological activity antibacterial activity of synthesized compounds 2_oxo _3 _ cyano _ 4 _substituted aryl _ 6 _ phenyl pyridine [i] a-c , 2_amino_3 _ cyano _ 4 _substituted aryl _ 6 _ phenyl pyridine [ii ]a-c , 2_thioxo _3 _ cyano _ 4 _substituted aryl _ 6 _ phenyl pyridine [iii] a-c respectively in comparison with common antibiotic, ampicillin, amoxicilin and lincomycin against gram negative  pseudomonas aeruginosa, escherichia coli, proteus mirabilis and gram positive bacillus subtilis, staphylo coccus aureus.pathogenic species . are given in table (3). result showed stronger activity exhibition of compounds [iii]a-c against pseudomonas aeruginosa, escherichia coli and staphylo coccus , this may be due to presence of thioxogroup (c=s) at position 2 , of 3-cyanopyridine derivatives . while all synthesized compounds showed stronger activity against pseudomonas aeruginosa bactiria . 131 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 references: 1 ming-yue yin.; a mei-mei zhang.; b wei wang,a yu-ling li,a and xiang-shan wang., (2011), an efficient synthesis of 8-aryl-9h-cyclopenta[a][4,7]phenanthroline derivatives catalyzed by iodine. arkivoc, (xi) 51-59 , 2chebanov v.a.; sakhno, y.i.; desenko, s.m.; chernenko,v.n; musatov, v.i.; shishkina, s.v.; shishkin o.v. and kappe c.o., 2007, one-pot, multicomponent route to pyrazoloquinolizinones, tetrahedron, 63, 1229. 3aggarwal, r., kumar, v.; bansal, a. and sanz,d. claramunt, r.m., 2012, multicomponent solvent-free versus stepwise solvent mediated reactions: regioespecific formation of 6-trifluoromethyl and 4-trifluoromethyl-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-b ]pyridines journal of fluorine chem., 140, 31. 4el-borai, m.a.; rizk ,h.f. and abd-aal ,m.f., el-deeb, i.y., (2012), synthesis of pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines under microwave irradiation in multi-component reactions and their antitumor and antimicrobial activities part 1eur. j. med. chem., 48, 92. 5swelam, s. a.; el-said, n. s; aly, a. and abdel-fatth, a. (2009), facile and simple syntheses of heterocyclic compounds based on pyridine and pyrazolopyridine derivatives int.j. pharmtech res. 1(3). 6kamlesh, k.; taslimahemad, k. and praful, p. (2013), one pot synthesis of bioactive novel cyanopyridones journal of the korean chemical society,. 57 ( 4) . 7zahira kibou1 ; nawel cheikh1,2, didier villemin2; noureddine choukchou-braham1 ; bachir mostefa-kara1 and mohamed benabdallah, (2011), a simple and efficient procedure for a 2-pyridones synthesis under solvent-free conditions, international journal of organic chemistry, 1, 242-249 . 8hassan, a. el-sayed, and nabil, h. ouf, (2012), an efficient and facile multicomponent synthesis of 4,6-diarylpyridine derivatives under solvent-free conditions, nature and science;10(9). 9smith, a.; owen, j.; borgman, k.; fish, f. and kannankeril, p., (2011), relation of milrinone after surgery for congenital heart disease to significant postoperative tachyarrhythmias.am. j. card., 108, 1620 10sedzani ,a. n. and teunis ,v. r.,(2014), ʻʻsynthesis and antimalarial activities of some novel 2-pyridonesʼʼ, arabian journal for science and engineering,. 39, 9. 6595-6598. 11hussein, f.; zohdi, nora, m. rateb and tamer, a. khlosy , (2014), synthesis, reaction and antimicrobial activity of some pyridinethione derivatives containing benzimidazole nucleus, international journal of advanced research 2, 4 ,861-872 12mahmoud, m.r.; el-bordany, e.a.a.; hassan, n.f. abu el-azm(2007), utility of nitriles in synthesis of pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines, thiazolo[3,2-a]pyridines, pyrano[2,3-b]benzopyrrole, and pyrido[2,3-d]benzopyrrolesphosphorus sulfur silicon 182, 2507-2521.   13mungra, d.c.; patel, m.p.;patel, r.g. (2009), ''microwave-assisted multi-component synthesis of indol-3-yl substituted pyrano[2,3-c]pyrazoles and their antimicrobial activit'', arkivoc xiv: 64-67 14bekhit, a.a.; fahmy, h.t.; rostom, a.el-din s.a and bekhit, a., (2010), synthesis and biological evaluation of some thiazolylpyrazole derivatives as dual anti-inflammatory antimicrobial agents, eur j. med chem., 45, 6027. 15lin, r.; chiu, g.; yu y.; connolly, p.j.; li, s.; lu, y.; adams, m.; a.r. pesquera, greenberger s.l.e., (2007), synthesis, and evaluation of 3,4-disubstituted pyrazole analogues as anti-tumor cdk inhibitors.bioorg., med. chem. lett., 17, 4557. design 132 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no. (1) physical properties of synthesized compounds [i]a-h, [ii]a-f and [iii]a-c comp. no. molecular formula m.p c٠ yield% solventfree at 140 oc yield% in ethanol reflux [ii]a br3n12h18c 240-242 87 25 [ii]b c18h12n3cl 252-253 75 18 [ii]c c20h18n4 222-224 80 11 [ii]d c18h12n4o2 230-231 84 14 [ii]e c18h12n4o2 218-220 80 14 [ii]f c18h13n3o 233-235 78 16 [i]a obr2n11h18c >300 90 45 [i]b ocl2n11h18c >300 88 33 [i]c c20h17n3o >300 83 25 [i]d c18h11n3o3 >300 86 28 [i]e c18h11n3o3 >300 80 36 [i]f c18h12n2o2 >300 85 28 [i]g c18h11n3o3 >300 82 20 [i]h c19h14n2o3 >300 87 22 [iii]a sbr2n11h18c 228-230 [iii]b scl2n11h18c 238-239 [iii]c c20h17n3s 195-197 133 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no.(2):characteristic ftir absorption bands of synthesized compounds [i]a-h ,[ii]a-f and [iii]a-c comp. no. 1-h)cm-υ(n 1-h)cm-υ(c -)cmncυ( 1 -c=n) cm(υ 1 -υ(c=o)cm 1 -υ(c=s).cm 1 1-υ(c=c).cm a]i[ 3138 30283055 2214 1608 1643 1570-1531 b]i[ 3140 3066-3028 2214 1608 1643 1573-1531 c]i[ 3130 3077-3040 2206 1610 1699 1564-1517 d]i[ 3150 3062-3020 2210 1608 1674 1577-1500 e]i[ 3140 3082-3028 2214 1604 1651 1577-1500 f]i[ 3134 3062-3028 2225 1608 1649 1575-1519 g]i[ 3148 3077 -3040 2218 1603 1643 1519-1502 h]i[ 3136 3066 -3016 2218 1604 1643 1573-1525 a[ii] 3358 –3483 3051-3100 2214 1629 1591-1571 b[ii] 3354 -3480 3037-3003 2214 1643 1573-1544 c[ii] 3350 -3464 3116-3080 2206 1612 15661523 d [ii] 3375-3487 3078-3062 2210 1635 1570 -1554 e[ii] 3305 -3475 3100-3080 2206 1639 15731550 f[ii] 3311 -3468 3064 -2988 2210 1629 1571-1544 a[iii] 3433 3080-3055 2218 1608 1199 1573-1554 b[iii] 3433 3100-3059 2218 1608 1188 1573-1539 c[iii] 3394 3089-3985 2210 1608 1184 1573-1554 134 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no.(3): antibacterial activity of synthesized compounds against five pathogenic species. comp. no. mean of inhibition zone diameter (mm) s. aureus p.aerugina e. coli p. mirabilis b.subtilis [i]a 8 27 2 7 4 [i]b 10 5 3 [i]c 22 5 3 [ii]a 20 [ii]b 26 22 [ii]c 17 [iii]a 17 28 30 7 4 [iii]b 16 6 22 [iii]c 16 22 17 ampicillin 5 amoxicilin 15 3 lincomycin 9 dimethylsulfoxie 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 135 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 -٣-معوض-٢) لبعض مشتقات متعدد المكوناتخليق (بدون مذيب بوعاء واحد ت سيانو بريدين ودراسة خواصھا البايولوجية وفعاليتھا. ھادي ايوبزكريا سعيدمنى سمير احمد خميس ابراھيم جامعة بغداد /) الھيثمابن (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء ٢٠١٥نيسان ١٤البحث في : قبل ،٢٠١٥اذار ١٨استلم البحث في: الخالصة االمونيوم بوعاء تكاثف االسيتوفينون وخالت سيانو اثيل او مالونونايتريل مع األلدھايدات األروماتية المعوضة وخالت فنيل -٦اريل معوض-٤-سيانو٣-اوكسو-٢ليعطي المركبات oم ١٤٠واحد وبدون مذيب بالتسخين المباشر عند درجة -٤سيانو-٣اوكسو ٢] عند معاملة مركبات ii[f-aفنيل بريدين -٦اريل معوض-٤-سيانو٣-امينو-٢ ،] h-a]iبريدين فنيل ٤-سيانو-٣-ثايوكسو -٢) ليعطي مركبات 5s2pخامس كبريتيد الفسفور( مع ]c-a]iفنيل بريدين -٦-اريل معوض .]c-a]iiiفنيل بريدين -٦معوض ) ( chns تحليل العناصر الدقبقدرست خواص جميع المركبات المحضرة من خالل قياس درجات اانصھارھا، .)ftir ،nmr h1( طياف االشعة تحت الحمراء والرنين النووي المغناطيسيوا ) و -g(اظھرت دراسة الفعالية البايلوجية (كمضادات حيوية) للمركبات المحضرة مع خمسة انواع من البكتريا )g+( ،و ان سين كومالينوال االموكسيلينتمت مقارنة الفعالية البايولوجية لھذه المركبات مع المضادات الحيوية األمبيسلين . تمتلك فعالية بايلوجية قوية جدا ] c-a]iiiفنيل بريدين -٦-اريل معوض -٤سيانو-٣-ثا يوكسو-٢مركبات .البريدينمشتقات واحد،بوعاء مذيب،بدون :المفتاحيةالكلمات ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 التركیب الكبـري والنسجــي للزعنفـة الذنبیــة فــي سمكــــةالبعـــوض البالغـــــة gambusia affinis (barid and girard) كواكب عبد القادر المختار ، دالیــــا حســـن ظاهـــــــر . ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد–قسم علوم الحیاة ، كلیة التربیة 2011 كانون االول 7: قبل البحث في 2011ن الثاني تشری2: استلم البحث في الخالصة البالغة انها تكون متشابهة الفصین gambusia affinia البعوض اظهرت الدراسة ان الزعنفة الذنبیة لسمكة homoceral من النوع المدور rounded ًشعاعا زعنفیا) 22-24( وانها مؤلفة من ًfin ray ) ة شعرة حرشفی lep idotrichium ( وان كل شعاع مكون من عدد من القطعsegments ویكون قسم من هذه االشعة قصیرا غیر متفرع ً ًوالقسم االخر طویل ومتفرع تفرعا ثنائیا ًdichotomously. كذلك یمكن مالحظة تجمع الخالیا الصباغیة pigment cells امـا من حیـــث التركیب النسجـــي فان الزعنفــــة محاطة .اطق التفرع الثنائي عند حافات االشعة الزعنفیة وعند من ـــرة fin membraneبالغشــــاء الزعنفي .dermis وطبقة االدمـــــة epidermis الـــذي یتألف من طبقــــة البشـ نسیج ( ة مكون من تركیبین هاللیین اظهرت المقاطع المستعرضة للزعنفة بصورة عامة ان كل شعاع او شعرة حرشفی hemiseمتقابلین من جهتیهما المقعرتین هما نصفا القطعة) شبه عظمي او عظم الخلوي gments یحیطان بالمنطقة blood vesselٍ المؤلفـــة من نسیج ضـــام مفكـك حاو على وعـاء دمــوي intrasegmental regionالداخل قطعیة اظهـرت المقاطع المستعرضة القریبة من قاعدة الزعنفة وجود عضالت .nerve fibersـاف العصبیةوحزمتیـن ـمـــن االلی .هیكلیة مرافقــــة لالشعــــة الزعنفیـــة .التركیب الكبري، التركیب النسجي، زعنفة ذنبیة : كلمات مفتاحیة المقدمـة في االسماك بوصفها القوة المحركة والدافعة لجسم السمكة في اثناء السباحة caudal finً نظرا ألهمیة الزعنفة الذنبیة حول هذا الموضوع لیست ] 14[الى ] 1[ والنسجي ولما كانت الدراسات السابقة يالبد من التعرض الى دراسة تركیبها الكبر ًبالكثیرة وتتضمن انواعا محدودة من االسماك كما ان قسما منها یقتصر على وصف شك ل الزعنفة لذلك فقد اجریت الدراسة ً التي تعد مهمة في مكافحة مرض المالریا ألنها تتغذى على یرقات gambusia affinisالحالیة في سمكة البعوض ًالبعوض الناقلة للمرض وبذلك تعد توسیعا وامتدادا للدراسات السابقة ً. المواد وطرائـق العمـل ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ) 4-7(وق الغزل ببغداد ومن منطقة الجادریة في جامعة بغداد بأطوال تترواح مابین جمعت اسماك البعوض البالغة من س خدرت االسماك وذلك . سم ووضعت في احواض زجاجیة خاصة بتربیة االسماك في المختبر ومجهزة بمضخات هواء وثبتت في محلول بون المائي بغرز ابرة رفیعة في الجزء الظهري لرأس السمكة ثم قطعت الزعنفة الذنبیة بوساطة شفرة حادة aqueous bouin solution] 15 [ ة وحضرت الشرائح الزجاجیة لمقاطع مستعرضة متسلسلة ومقاطع طولیة جبهی front al متسلسلة ایضا بالطریقة االعتیادیة ولونت بهیماتوكسلین دیالفیلید ًdelafield´s hematoxy len واالیوسین eosin ] 16[وصبغة البورق القرمزيborax carmine] 16 [لصبغ الزعنفه كاملة. النتائـج gross strut التركیب الكبري للزعنفة الذنبیة أ ure of the caudal fin ال متضیقة rounded المدور النوع من homocercal الفصین متشابهة تكون بأنها الكمبوزیا سمكة في الذنبیة الزعنفة تتمیز ًقلی ca الذنبي السویق منطقة ( بالجسم اتصالها منطقة عند udal peduncle الیدویة المروحة تشبه وهي الحرة جهتیها في ومتوسعة ) ha nd fan الزعنفیة االشعة من الزعنفة هیكل یتكون) . 1 (شكل fin ra ys حرشفیة اشعار او le pidotric hia یترواح التي 24 (بین عددها ن ، متفرع غیر واالخر متفرع بعضها ًشعاعا) 22ع من یتكون شعاع كل وا اطول ان) . 2 (شكل segments قط ع هو زعنفي شعاع وله ویبلغ ًتقریبا للزعنفة الوسطي الخط في الواق ن ط حر الزعنفة طرف الى القاعدة م (حوالي ال م) 7 ن مل ـــر وا اصغـ ـــة قطر ـــة بجسم اتصالها منطقـــة عند للزعنفـ والـــــي یبلغ السمكـ (ح م) 4 م) 6.5 (حوالي للزعنفة قطـــــر واكبــــر مل رقمت االشعة في .مل في ) 6(الى رقم ) 1(، إذ ان االشعة من رقم ) 24(الى رقم ) 1(من احد جهتي الزعنفة من رقم ) 3(والشكل) 1(الشكل ا ) 24 (الى رقم) 19(جانب من الزعنفة واالشعة من رقم ًفي الجانب المقابل لها تكون غیر متفرعة وقصیرة في الطول علم ًانها تبدأ قصیرة جدا ثم تزداد في الطول تدریجیا بأتجاه وسط الزعنفة ، كذلك یالحظ ان االشعة رقم 15)(الى رقم ) 10(ً ًمتفرعة تفرعا ثنائیا ًdichotomously مرتین ، تفرعا ابتدائیا ً ًprimary ملم ) 3.5(ًط تقریبا اي عند طول عند الوس ًابتداء من قاعدة الزعنفة ، وتفرعا ثانویا ًsecondary ملم ابتداء من قاعدة الزعنفة ، وان ) 5(ً عند الوسط تقریبا عند طول ًمتفرعة تفرعا ثنائیا ابتدائیا) 18(و ) 17(والشعاعین رقم ) 8(و ) 7(الشعاعین رقم ً اما الشعاع رقم . ً فقط عند الوسط تقریبا ً ًفي الجانب المقابل فیتفرعان في البدایة تفرعا ثنائیا ابتدائیا ثم یتفرع احد ) 16(في جانب من الزعنفة والشعاع رقم ) 9( ً ً mالفرعین االبتدائیین فقط للشعاع نفسه وهو الفرع االنسي edialًا ثانویا ، كذلك ً عند الربع االخیر من الزعنفة تفرعا ثنائی ً في الزعنفة ولكن تظهر متجمعة اكثر عند مناطق تفرع pigments cellsلوحظ انتشار عدد كبیر من الخالیا الصباغیة skeletal muscle fاالشعة وفي حافاتها كذلك تبدو معالم حزم االلیاف العضلیة الهیكلیة ibers ة المرافقة لالشعة الزعنفی ) . 2(اللیة الشكل في قاعدة الزعنفة شكل بمظهر ریشي ضمن منطقة ه ةب hist التركیب النسجي للزعنفة الذنبی ological stucture of t he caudal fin مستعرضة المارة في الزعنفة للتعرف عل) 3(ُ یظهر الشكل ى ًمخططا للزعنفة الذنبیة یوضح فیه مستویات القطع ال -:التركیب النسجي لمناطقها المختلفة وهي  مستوى القطع)a ( ي fin membrane، إذ تحاط الزعنفة بأكملها بغشاء الزعنفة )5(و ) 4( یمثل هذا المستوى من القطع االشكال الذ -nonقترن نسیج ظهاري حرشفي مطبق غیر م (epidermisًیماثل تركیبه بقیة جلد السمكة إذ یظهر مكونا من البشرة keratinized st ratified squamous epithelial tissue ( واالدمةdermis ) نسیج ضام مفككloose connective tissue ( یتخلل الجلد خالیا صباغیة pigment cells شكل )یظهر كل شعاع او شعرة حرشفیة ) . 5 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 hemiseفي المقطع المستعرض مكون من تركیبین هما نصفا القطعیة gments ر ً الذي یتخذ كل منها شكال هاللیا وتظه ً منطمرة ضمن bone acellular او نسیج عظمي الخلويbone-likeهذه التراكیب المكونة من نسیج شبه عظمي ًمقاطع حزم االلیاف العضلیة الهیكلیة ویتخلل كل هذه التراكیب نسیجا ضاما مفككا ً ًloose connective tissue ه تتخلل ً كما ترتبط ایضا مع القطع المتجاورة لالشعة الزعنفیة مع بعضها باالربطة ما بین االشعار blood vesselsعیة دمویة او flat cells یحاط كل نصفا قطعة بصف واحد من الخالیا المسطحة .interlepidotrichial ligamentsالحرشفیة ط وتكون انصاف القطع الهاللیة المتقابلة في جهت) 5(شكل ًها المقعرة في طرفي المقطع اكبر حجما من التي في الوس وتظهر مقاطع حزم االلیاف العضلیة الهیكلیة التابعة لعضالت ) . 4(ًویظهر معظمها مجوفا بتجویف هاللي صغیر شكل ًالزعنفة مرتبة بشكل منظم في وسط المقطع وتحت الغشاء الزعنفي التي تشغل جزءا كبیرا من المقطع شكل ً)4. ( یحاط السطح الخارجي لكل شعرة حرشفیة نصف قطعیة بنسیج ضام مفكك یسمى هذا النسیج بالرباط النسجي tissular ligament تحیط انصاف القطع الهاللیة المتقابلة المكونة للشعاع الزعنفي في طرفي المقطع ) . 5( شكل intrasegmental reبمنطقة تدعى بالمنطقة الداخل قطعیة gion من التي تحتوي على وعاء دموي في الوسط وحزمتین د ًااللیاف العصبیة ، كل حزمة تقع في تقعر نصف قطعة ضمن نسیج ضام مفكك ، یالحظً في هذا المقطع أیضا عد ) . 5(قلیل من الخالیا الصباغیة عند حافات جوانب االنصاف القطعیة شكل  مستوى القطع)b ( عدا قلة مقاطع حزم ) a(ًیشابه نسجیا ما هو موجود في مستوى القطع ) 6(ثل هذا المستوى من القطع الشكل یم دم ظهورها في طرفي المقطع ، وان مقاطع االنصاف القطعیة لالشعة تظهر االلیاف العضلیة الهیكلیة لعضالت الزعنفة وع .)a(ًاكبر واكثر تقوسا مما هو علیه في مستوى القطع  وى القطع المستعرض مست)c ( عدا عدم ) b(ً،إذ یشابه هذا المقطع نسجیا ما هو موجود في مستوى القطع ) 7( یمثل هذا المستوى من القطع الشكل .ظهور مقاطع حزم االلیاف العضلیة الهیكلیة لعضالت الزعنفة  مستوى القطع المستعرض)d( ر ،إذ یت) 8( یمثل هذا المستوى من القطع الشكل میز بمروره في منطقة التفرع الثنائي االبتدائي لالشعة الزعنفیة إذ یظه hemiseالشعاع مكون من تركیب ثنائي هما نصفا القطعة gments التي تتخذ شكال هاللیا متخصرا في الوسط مشیرا ً ً ً ً ل قطعیة تفرع مكونا ك في المنطقة الداخ تها مثل الوعاء الدموي الى فرعین الى منطقة التفرع الثنائي االبتدائي ، یالحظ كذل كذلك یتمیز هذا المقطع برقة الغشاء الزعنفي ووجود خالیا صباغیة اكثر ) 8(وحزمة االلیاف العصبیة الى حزمتین شكل .ًعددا  مستوى القطع المستعرض)e ( هور الفرعین االبتدائیین منفصلین ،إذ یظهر اكتمال التفرع الثنائي االبتدائي وظ) 9( یمثل هذا المستوى من القطع الشكل ) .d(اما من حیث التركیب النسجي فیشابه ما هو علیه في مستوى القطع . ًعن بعضهما تماما  مستوى القطع المستعرض)f ( ،إذ یمر في منطقة التفرع الثنائي الثانوي وهو یشابه المقطع في مستوى ) 10( یمثل هذا المستوى من القطع الشكل ر ) e(القطع ًالسابق ذكره والمار في مستوى التفرع الثنائي االبتدائي اال ان القطع النصفیة تظهر مقوسة قلیال وان التخص ) .e(اما من حیث التركیب النسجي فیشابه ذلك الذي في مستوى القطع . ًفي وسطها یكون ضحال  المقطع الجبهي الوسطي للزعنفة الذنبیةmedian frontal se ction of t he caudal fin یست مستمرة بسبب التفرع الثنائي االبتدائي والثانوي تظهر مقاطع االشعة الزعنفیة في هذا النوع من القطع مجزأة ول لالشعة كما ان مسارات االشعة تكون في مستویات مختلفة كذلك یظهر عند قاعدة المقطع حزم من االلیاف العضلیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 اف الهیكلیة المحصورة بین االنصا ف القطعیة لالشعة الزعنفیة، اما جزء المقطع البعید عن القاعدة فال تظهر فیه حزم االلی عند تدقیق .)12(العضلیة وانما تكون مشغولة بالنسیج الضام المفكك المحتوي على اوعیة دمویة والیاف عصبیة شكل ة ًالنظر في مقطع كل نصف قطعة للشعاع الزعنفي یظهر مكونا من عدد من القط ـع المتسلسلة متضیقة في الوسط ومتوسع intersegmental jointsترتبط القطع المتسلسلة بعضها مع بعض بمفاصل بین قطعیة ) . 11(عند النهایات شكل reguظم تمكونة من نسیج ضام كثیف من lar dense connective tissue وتكون القطع محاطة بصف واحد من یحصر النصفان القطعیان بینهما المنطقة داخل قطعیة ، إذ یظهر في هذه المنطقة عدد . flat cellsالخالیا المسطحة fibroblastكبیر من االرومات اللیفیة s ویحتل المنطقة مقطع طولي لوعاء دموي یحتوي على كریات دم حمرred blood corpusclesة ، ویحاط المقطع الجبهي كما یقع الى الداخل من االنصاف القطعیة مقاطع طولیة اللیاف عصبی ) .11(الوسطي للزعنفة الذنبیة بالغشاء الزعنفـــي المكون من البشـــرة واالدمة شكل المناقشة rounded شكل مدور ات ذ homocercal الفصین ةتكون الزعنفة الذنبیة في سمكة البعوض من نوع متشابه ة ] 2[ولودر ] 1[وهذا یتفق مع ما ذكره الدهام . ِ،إذ یكون جزؤها القاصي اوسع من جزئها الداني المتصل بالجسم بالنسب ] forked ] 1 الفصین مشطورة ةان الزعنفة الذنبیة لمعظم االسماك العظمیة تكون من نوع متشابه. الى عائلة الكمبوزیا ط وهذا الیتفق مع الدراسة الحالیة عـــ ــــي المخط ـدا بعض االنواع القلیلــــة ،إذ تكـــــون مستدیرة منها سمكـــــة اللخ الشوكـ cobitis taenia ــــة اللخ الشوكــــي الثانوني وقد تكون الزعنفة الذنبیة في بعض . cobitinae التي تعود الــــى عائلــ كما في بعض افراد عائلة اللخ الشوكي، مثل سمكة اللخ truncate الفصین مقطوعة ةًاالنواع القلیلة جدا من نوع متشابه noemachclius melapterurus ] 1 [ وسمكةpseudochromis perphyreus ] 3 [ ة وهذا ما الینسجم مع الدراس -24(واح بین اما عدد االشعة الزعنفیة الموجودة في الزعنفة الذنبیة فقد وجد في الدراسة الحالیة ان العدد یتر. الحالیة ًشعاعا زعنفیا ، وان هناك مصادر قلیلة جدا تتطرق الى عدد االشعة الزعنفیة لبعض انواع االسماك العظمیة منها ) 22 ً ً pseudochromdae من عائلة pseudochromis perphyreusعند دراسته لسمكة ] 3[ماذكره لوبوك وكولدمان اما . ًشعاعا وهذا الیتوافق مع ماوجد في الدراسة الحالیة ) 17-18(اوح بین التي وجد فیها ان عدد االشعة الزعنفیة یتر ة ) 22(فوجدت ان عدد االشعة الزعنفیة هو silurusعلى سمكة الجري ] 4[دراسة الجعفري ًشعاعا وهذا یتفق مع الدراس اما من حیث التركیب النسجي فقد اظهرت المقاطع المتسلسلة الماخوذة في الزعنفة الذنبیة ، ان الزعنفة مدعمة .الحالیة lepاالشعار الحرشفیة ( fin raysبوساطة الهیكل الخارجي الذي یتالف من االشعة الزعنفیة idotrichia ( التي تكون ذا ًة بعضها مع بعض ، وهذه االشعة تبدأ من القاعدة وتمتد بعیدا الى حافة الزعنفة الحرة وتتفرع تفرعا ثنائیا قطع متصل ً ً . المؤلفة من epidermis الذي یتألف من طبقة البشرة fin membraneوتكون االشعة الزعنفیة محاطة بالغشاء الزعنفي non-keratinized stنسیج ظهاري حرشفي مطبق غیر متقرن ratified squamous epithelial tissue ــــة ، وطبقــ ــــــة ــــــام مفكك dermisاالدمـــ ــــ ـــــج ضـ ــــة من نسیـ loose connective t المؤلفـ issue وهذا یتطابق مع ما ذكره الباحثون ، عند دراستهم ]9[ بیفا وجماعتها ، وماري]8[، وشندلر وهاملت ]7[، وبیسیرا وجماعته ]6[، وجیرودي والندس ]5[دوبس بینت الدراسة الحالیة ان كل شعاع او شعرة حرشفیة تظهر في المقطع . للغشاء الزعنفي السماك عظمیة اخرى متقابلین من جهتیهما المقعرتین یدعى كل منها ) نسیج شبه عظمي او الخلوي ( المستعرض مكونة من تركیبین هاللیین intrasegmental r تحیطان بمنطقة تدعى المنطقة الداخل قطعیة hemisegmentبنصف القطعة egion تحتوي هذه لنصف القطعة واوعیة دمویة في ) المقعر ( المنطقة على حزمتین من االلیاف العصبیة ، كل حزمة تقع في الجانب اللبي ا وسط المنطقة التي تكون مشغولة بنسیج ضام مفكك ، كما یظهر كل نصف قطعة محاط بصف واحد من الخالی ًان ما ذكر سابقا یتفق تماما مع ما ذكره كل من بیسیرا وجماعته. flat cellsالمسطحة ،]9[، وماري بیفا وجماعتها ]7 [ ً .،عند دراستهم للزعانف الذنبیة في اسماك عظمیة مختلفة ]10[وبوكلمان وجماعته ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة ]9[، وماري بیفا وجماعتها ]7[ّفضال عما سبق ذكر كل من الباحثین بیسیرا وجماعته ، ان كل شعاع او شعرة حرشفی ـــل الزعنفة بثالثـــة انــــواع من الروابط هـــي -:نصف قطعیة تتثبت في داخـ intralepidotrichial ligamentالرباط داخل الشعرة الحرشفیة أ د ) ء الدموي حیث یوجد الوعا( ً یتكون من الیاف تنتشر شعاعیا من المنطقة المركزیة وسط المنطقة الداخل قطعیة ویمت مستعرضة للزعنفة الذنبیة لسمكة الى السطح الداخلي للشعرة الحرشفیة نصف القطعیة هذا الرباط لم یظهر في المقاطع ال .الكمبوزیا في الدراسة الحالیة interlepidotrichial ligamentالرباط بین االشعار الحرشفیة ب ا ً یتالف من حزم من االلیاف البیض الغراویة تربط جانبي الشعرتین الحرشفیتین المتجاورتین وان هذا الرباط قد وجد واضح .في المقاطع المستعرضة للزعنفة الذنبیة في الدراسة الحالیة tissular ligamentالرباط النسجي ج عیة او الشعاع ویتكون من نسیج ضام مفكك وقد ثبت ظهور هذا یحیط بالسطح الخارجي للشعرة الحرشفیة نصف القط ان الشعاع یظهر في المقطع الطولي [7]الرباط في مقاطع الزعنفة الذنبیة للدراسة الحالیة ، وكذلك ذكرت بیسیرا وجماعتها ـــــض بالمفاصــــل بsegments او الجبهي مكون من عدد من القطع ــــي مرتبطـــــة بعضـهــا مع بعـ ـیـــن القطعـ intersegmental joints وهذا ما اكدته الدراسة الحالیة علما ان هذا المفصل هو عبارة عن نسیج ضام كثیف ً ُdense connective tissue ظهر من النوع المنتظم regular اظهرت المقاطع المستعرضة المأخوذة من . في الدراسة الحالیة التي skeletal muscle fibersة الحالیة احتوائها على مقاطع حزم االلیاف العضلیة الهیكلیة الزعنفة الذنبیة في الدراس ، و احمد ومحیسن ]12[، وهاردر ]11[وهذا یتفق مع ما ذكره الكلر وجماعته ] 12[تعطیها القدرة الكبیرة على االنثناء . في اسماك عظمیة مختلفة [13] توجد على حدود االشعة الزعنفیة وفي مناطق التفرع pigment cellsیا الصباغیة اظهرت الدراسة الحالیة ان الخال primaryاالبتدائي والثانوي and secondary dichotomy إذ تظهر متجمعة عندها في الزعنفة الذنبیة وهذا یتفق مع ، ا zebrafishلوحشي في وجود الخالیا الصباغیة على الزعنفة الذنبیة لسمك الحمارا] 14[موریرا و دوتج ،إذ ذكرا ان الخالی ًالصباغیة تكون خطوطا في الزعنفة الذنبیة لسمك الحمار الوحشي تمتد مع خطوط جسم السمكة ّ. المصادر صفحه منشورات مركز الخلیج 546،اسماك العراق والخلیج العربي الجزء االول).1977.(نجم قمر ،الدهام .1 .العربي 1. 2. lauder, g.v.(2000).function of the caud al fin during loco motion in fishes .122-101):1(40.zool.amer.and evo lution p atterns, flow visualization, kinematics: 3. lubbock , r. and goldman , b.(1974) a new magenta pseudochromis (teleostei : .110 – 107: 6, .biol. fish. j. fro m the pacific) psedochromidae ) barbus luteus)حمري-بني(دراسة الهیكل العظمي لنوعین من االسماك العراقیة ). 1974.(اسماء رشید، الجعفري.4 heckel) ) والجري) (heckel (silurus triostegus . جامعة بغداد،رسالة ماجستیر. 5. dopps , g. h. (1975). scanning electron microscop y of intraovarion embry os of the vivip arous teleost , micrometrus minimus (gibbons) ,(perciformes : embiotocidae). j. fish . 214 – 209 : 7, . biol 6. geraudie , j. and landis , w.j. (1982).the fin structure of the develop ing p elvic fin . 156 –141 : 163, . of anat. j. am. salmo gairdnendermal ske leton in the trout 7. becerra , j . ; m ontes , g.s. ; beviga , s.r.r. and junqueir a , l.c.u. (1983) . structure of . 137-:127230.cell tissue res. the tail fin in teleosts ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 8. schind ler , j. f. and hamlett ,w. c. (1993). m aternal – embry onic relations in viviparous . 393–378 : 266, .zool. exp er. j. teleosts 9. m ari – beffa , m . ; santamaria , j ,a. , ruiz – sanchez , j. ; santos – ruiz , l. and becerra , j.(2003). e xtracellu lar matrix in fin regeneration in teleosts . braz . j. morp hol . .6561) : 2(20, .sci 10. bockelmann , p.k. ; ochandio , b.s. and bechara , i.j. (2010). histological st udy of the .223 – 217):1(70, . biol. j. braz). 1758, linn aeus )( arpioccyprinus (carp tailfin 11. lagler ,k. f. ; bard ach , j. e. and m iller , a. r. (1962). ichthy ologo . john wiley and sons inc. , new york. 12. harder , w. (1975).anatomy of the fishes , (p art i and p art ii). e. schweizerbart sche verlag – sbuchhandlung (na gele u. obermiller) stuttgart. . قسم االسماك والثروة البحریة، 1جزء. حیاتیة االسماك ). 1986(فرحان ضمد، هاشم عبد الرزاق ومحیسن، احمد.13 ).جامعة اوریغون الحكومیة، بوند، مترجم عن كارل .(جامعة البصرة، ة الزراعةكلی 14.m oreira , j. and deutsch , a. (2005). pigment p att ern formation in zebra fish during late . 42–33 :,232dy n . develop. a model based on local interactions : larval st ages 15. bancroft , j . and steven , a. (1982) .t heory and p arctice of hist ological techniques . 2 nd ed , churchill lin ingst one edinburgh , london , new y ork. 16. humason , g. l. 1967. animal tissue techniques . 2 nd . , w. h. freeman co. , san fransisco. ملون البورق . ملون لزعنفة ذنبیة .w.mتحضیر كامل ): 1(شكل x52..القرمزي ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fm sm f ff f h s c ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fm h smf ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 x50..ایوسین – دیالفیلد هیماتوكسلین ملون. c القطع مستوى في الذنبیة للزعنفة مستعرض مقطع): 7(شكل 0 e : epidermes, d: dermis, h: hemisegment, isr : intrasegmental r egion, bv: blood vessel ,nf : nerve fibers ,ill : interlep idotrichial ligament ,pcs : pigment cells ,tl tissular ligament: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 x16.ایوسین – دیالفیلد الهیماتوكسلین ملون. d القطع مستوى في الذنبیة للزعنفة مستعرض مقطع ) :8( شكل 80. pd: p rimary dichotomy, h: hem isegment , i sr: intrasegmental region, bv: blood vessels ,nf: nerve fibers ,ill: interlepidot richial ligament ,p cs: p igment cells ,fc: flat cell x20.ایوسین -دیالفیلد هیماتوكسلین ملون.e القطع مستوى في الذنبیة للزعنفة مستعرض مقطع): 9( شكل 00. h: hem isegment, isr: int rasegment al region, bv : blood vessel ,nf : nerve fibers,ill interlepidotrichial ligament ,p cs : p igment cells,fc: flat cell , fm: fin membrane ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 10شكل یوسین – دیالفیلد هیماتوكسلین ملون.f القطع مستوى في الذنبیة للزعنفة مستعرض مقطع): ( x500.،ا h: hemisegment, isr: int rasegmental region ,ill : interlepidotrich ial ligament ,p cs: p igment cells ,fm : fin membrane, sd :secondary dichot omy. ن – دیالفیلد هیماتوكسلین ملون .الذنبیة الزعنفة في وسطي جبهي مقطع من جزء): 11( شكل .x310.ایوسی smf: skelet al muscle fibers, h: hemisegment, fm: fin membrane, bv : blood vessel, sg: se gment ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 – دیالفیلد هیماتوكسلین ملون. الزعنفي الشعاع مكونات یوضح الذنبیة للزعنفة وسطي جبهي مقطع من مكبر جزء): 12(شكل x20ایوسین 00..h: hemisegment, , sg : segment , isj: intersegmental joint , f: fibro blast , bv : blood vessel ,nf: nerve fibers, rbc: red bloo d corpuscle,fc: flat cell. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 gross and histological structure of the caudal fin of adult mo squitofish , gambusia affinis , (baird & girard) d.h.dhahir and k.a.al-muk htar departme nt of biology , college of education ibn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad received in :2 november 2011 accepte d in :7 de cember 2011 abstract the present study showed that the caudal f in of adult mosquitofish (gambusia affinis) is homocercal and rounded . it consists of 22-24 fin rays (lep idotrichia) . each fin r ay consists of many se gments . some of t hese ray s are short and unbran ched whereas others long and branched dichotomously. pigment cells are shown to be disp ersed on the fin and they are condensened at the edges of the fin rays and at t he regions of their dichotomy . hist ologically the transverse section of the fin is surrounded by a fin membran e (comp osed of epidermis and dermis) and each fin ray consists of two semilunar hemise gments (bone –like or acellular bone) , surroundin g an intrasegmental region of loose connective tissue, containing blood vessel and two bundles of nerve fibers. the transverse sections near the base of the caudal fin showed bundles of skeletal musc le fibers in company with the fin rays. key words: caudal fin, histological structure, gross structure ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 calculate of the rate constant of electron transfer in tio2 – safranine dye system h.j.m.al-agealy, m.a.hassooni departme nt of physics, college of education i bn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 28, september , 2009 accepte d in : 13, march , 2011 abstract a theoretical calculations of the rate constant of electron transfer (et) in a dy e – semiconductor sy st em with variety solvent are applied on sy stem contains safranin et dy e with tio2 in many solvents like water, 1-p rop anol, formamide, ac etonitrile and ethanol. a matlap p rogram has b een written to evaluate many p arameters such that, the solvent reorganization energy , effective free ener gy , activation free energy , coupling matrix element and the rate const ant of electron t ransfer. the results of the rate constant of electron transfer calculated theoretically are in a good agr eement with exp erimental and theoretical values of ot her research. key words: electron t ransfer, dye-semiconductor, quantum mechanical theory introduction electron transfer (et) reactions rep resented a simp le p rocess which occurs in donor-acceptor system molecules. the transfer of a single electron from an atom or a molecule to another is considered to be the most elementary chemical and b iolo gical reaction. in general, reactions which involve the transfer of an electron are called r edox reactions. it should be noted that the p article that is actually transferred in redox reactions need not alway s be just a sin gle electron. electron transfer forms t he basis of conventional color p hotography ; the absorp tion of light by an organic dy e p laced on a small silver halids semiconductor cryst al induces the transfer of an electron from the dy e to the crystal [1]. electron transfer can be op tically or /and thermally activated and triggers p hotosy nthesis, metabolism, p olymerization reactions, electrochemical reaction, etc. several theories for et at differ ent levels of sop histication have been dev elop ed. the most generally useful theoretical fr ame work for thinkin g about electron transfer is m arcus theory [2]. the field of et has grown enormously since both in the exp erimental and theoretical sp here. a substantial amount of work had been devoted to the p hotoinduced et st ep in p hotosy nthetic reaction centra of several or ganisms. m any studies have also been conducted on ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 p hotoinduced et in comp ounds that are much simpler than the active p art of biological reaction centra. a relatively new field in which et p lays a role is molecular electronics . this subject has evolved during the 1980’s as scientists and technologists have become aware of the p otential applications of or ganic materials. one may think of electrically conducting wires, memories, electronic switches, rectifiers, light –sensitive detectors, electroluminescent device and p hotoconductors [1]. in our research we have calculated the rate constant of electron t ransfer in safranine dye with tio2 semiconductor sy st em in variety solvent like water, 1-p rop anol, formamide, acetonitrile and ethanol, by using a theoretical model that derived on this sy st em depending on quantum mechanical and golden rule exp ression model app lied theoretically sy st em with many solvents like water, 1-p rop anol, formamide, acetonitrile and ethanol. theoretical model the dy e should absorb light and up on excitation .this p hoto excitation of dy e leads to well defined ch ange in their r edox. dye +h dye * ………….. (1) where h is p lank constant , is frequency phot oexcitation of dy e molecules d isp ersed on the surface of band gap semiconductor, results in ejection of electrons from the excited dy e (dy e * ) to the conduction band or ener getically accessible surface electronic state of semiconductor. dye + + (semiconductor) ket dye ………….. (2) where the represents the electron ejected from the exited dy e molecu le to the conduction band. in addition, the dy e should be located close to the semiconductor, otherwise luminesc ence or nonr adiative d ecay takes p lace instead of electron injection from the excited molecu le [3]. a dy e couple to semiconductor is an excellent model for p rocesses that occur in the et fields. the dye should absorb l ight p romotes an electron from the ground st ate of the dye located in the semiconductor ener gy gap into an excited st ate that is in resonance with the conduction band (cb). typically, the dye excited state is well inside the conduction band [4]. light excites the dy e molecules from the ground st ate, which is located energetically in the semiconductor band gap, to an excited state resonant with t he conduction band, figure (1) shows the energy level jobloniske diagram [4]. we have app lied the theoretical model that suggested for et on the dy e and metal oxide which are the main fo cus in this research. under this discussion the hamiltonian of the acceptor /donor sy stem is given by [5] ĥ = ĥd +ĥa +ĥda ……………………………………….. (3) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 this op erator obeys the schrodinger equation [6] ĥ …….………… (4) the probability of transfer is [7] ……… (5) where is the p robability of et, t is the time , is the coup ling coeff icient of et , is the density of state . we consider a donor ( ) or acceptor ( ) are a continuum levels t he rate constant for et can then be written as [8] …(6) where, h is planck constant, is reorganization ener gy , is the effective fr ee ener gy , is boltz man constant, t is the absolute temp erature, is coup ling coefficient, is fermi energy , is the decay constant, is volume of un it cell. the reor ganization ener gy can be derived by treating the solvent as a dielectric continuum and given by [9]. λout ……..(7) where is the vacuum p ermitt ivity , is the st atic dielectric constant of solvent, is the refractive index of the solvent, is the refractive index of the semiconductor, dielectric constant of the semiconductor, is the radius of the molecular dy e, and r is the distance between the comp lex and the semiconductor , and q is the charge of electron. the radius of the dy e molecule can be evaluated from the app arent molar volumes using sp herical app roach [10]. ……………….. (8) where m is the molecular weight, is avogadro numb er, and is the density. where ( ) is an averaged couplin g electronic matrix elements square [11] ………… (9) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.24 (3) 2011 ……………… (10) where effective free ener gy is given by [7] ...................... (11) the volume of unit cell for semiconductor is given by [12] …………… (12) where a, b, and c are latt ice const ant of semiconductor. the coup ling electronic matrix elements can be evaluated by the exp ression [13]: …………. (13) where is the effective coupling length, is the density of the atom that contributes to the density of st ates in the bond of concern, and is the electronic parameter. the average of the square of the coup ling whi ch is t hen multip lied by the volume to y ield the total coupling coefficient t hat’s mean. …………… (14) results the et rate constant is determined theoretically , using quantum mechanical theory and the golden rule by many p arameters; the valu e of the reorganization ener gy of the electron donor (d) and accep tor (a) required up on et, activation free ener gy , the effective free ener gy , and the coupling coeff icient matri x element of et, between two sites donor and accep tor.one initial we have been evaluated the reorganization energy for the safraninet dy e with tio2 syst em by using equation(7)with values of [14] , [15], , r=5.4782 , and , from table (1),the results t abulated in table(1) the driving force, that is p rovided by the absorp tion of light in dy e– semiconductor interface sy st em that is shown from equation (11). the values of the free energy can be calculated for safranin e t, tio2 sy stem by taking the difference between the reorganization energy ( ) and the absorption energy , where is the absorp tion energy were ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 taken from the absorption sp ectral of safranine t [16], h, plank constant (h= , is the frequency that equals (= velocity of light / wave length ), wave len gth of safranine -t is taken from absorption sp ectra (400–800) nm [14], the results obtained are summarized in table (2). the electron is t ransfer occurs when its energy is sufficient to excessed the potential barrier represented by the activation free energy that is evaluated by insertin g the data of the reorganization from table (1)[17] , and the effective fr ee energy from table (2), in to equation (10), one immediately obtains t he values of t he activation fr ee energy , the values ar e list ed in table (3), for safranine t– tio2sy stem with variety solvent. anot her imp ortant quantity that can be calculated theoretically is the electronic couplin g term, , which describes t he overlap integral of the donor and the acceptor state [18]. for the semiconductor –dy e sy stem the coup ling matrix element coefficient can be calculated by using equation (14). inserting the valu es of [13], [13], and atyp ical values of ( =5, 10, 15, 20 ) that assumes in equations (13)and (14), y ou can evaluate the value of the coup ling coeff icient, the results are list ed in table (4). the rate constant of et is dep ending on the volume of the unit cell through depending on the number of electron density that is p rop ortional with volume by relation [17]. the volume of unit cell is evaluated from equation (12) for any semiconductor with a= b=4.570 and c=2.989 [19]for tio2 semiconductor. the results of the volume of unit cell for tio2 is substitution of these p arameters as data into a design ed program to c alculate the rate constant of et through the solution of the theoretical model equation. these p arameters have been calcu lated theoretically with distance is taken (1 ). a matlab program is writt en to compute the p arameters that’s leading to the evaluation of the rate constant of et in st– tio2 using equation (10), the results are tabulated in tables (4) t o (8). discussion the electron transp ort mechanism in dy e –semiconductor has been described in term of a quantum mechanical model to transfer across the tunneling region between dy e and semiconductor that is created when the semiconductor is brought to contact with dy e. in this region /tunneling, the tail of the wave functions for dy e and semiconductor over lap . in ord er for electron tunneling between dy e and semiconductor to occur, the initial and final electronic st ates should have approximated equal energies that happ en when consider the dy e–semiconductor system interfaces involves the continuum of electronic states. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 accordin g to a fundamental post ulate of et theory, these two states are brought into resonance by fluctuations of p olar medium surroundin g dy e and semiconductor sy st em. this resonance is the transition state of et reaction. the transfer matrix element (couplin g coeff icient) , hence controls the dy namics of transition between the donor and accep tor or dy e–semiconductor system and is therefore of our interest, it is this matrix element that inters into the exp ression for the rate of non adiabatic et reactions. hence, the typ ical of the square v alues of the coupling coefficient (m atrix element) can be exp ected to be in the range for such sy stem. et rates were determined by electronic couplin g matrix element between the dy e molecu le and conduction band (cb) of the semiconductor, the driving force ener gy (effective free ener gy , activation free ener gy , volume of the unit cell , and the solvent reorganization ener gy ). the rate of et values that calculated theoretically is list ed in tables (4) to (8) for st– tio2/ sy stem with variety solvent like water, 1– prop anol, formamide, acetonitrile, and ethanol. from these results et occurs in sy stem with most p olar solvents like water and acetonitrile. the solvent reorganization ener gy are lar ge for more p olar solvents and small values for less p olar solvents, this indicates that the reorganization ener gy is dependent on the p olarity of the solvents. the values of the solvent reorganization ener gy that were calculated theoretically were fitt ing the exp erimental value [18], and [20]. the rate constant value that is calcu lated shows lar ge v alues for dy e –semiconductor sy st em with most p olar solvent and high valu e for safranine t–semiconductor sy stem, this indicates that the st dy e is more reactive towards semiconductor than coumarin dy e and et occurs activity with p olar solvents. table (9) shows the results of rate constant which are in a good agreement with the exp erimental valu e rate const ant . conclusion in summary , it can be concluded from the present results that. i– theoretical model was suggested for et in dye –semiconductor interface p rovides an excellent model for st udy ing the transfer of electron through the results of this model as fitting with exp erimental value. ii–the reactions of et st rongly dep ends on the solvent p olarity . for more p olar solvents, the reorganization ener gies are lar ge and small v alues for less p olar solvents, this indicates that, t he reorganization energy dependent on p olarity of the solvent. iii– the rate constant of et is lar ge in (dy e –semiconductor) sy st em with solvent more p olar than less p olar. iv– the rate const ant of et is lar ge in safranin e t– semicondu ctor ,t his indicates the safranine t dy e is more reactive towards semiconductor . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 re ference 1wibren,du.,w.and gispen.w . h. (2002), electron transfer in donor–bridg e– acceptor system and derived materials, ph. d. thesis , debye institute and university of utrecht. 2franzen , s.; golds tein, r. f. and boxer , s. g. (1993), distance dependence of et reactions in organized systems: the role of superchange and non-condon effects in photosynthetic reaction centers ” j. phys. chem. 97, 3040-3053. 3karin,w . (2001), dye /s emiconductor interface ,ph. d. thesis, acta un iversity, uppsala. 4walter, r.; duncan, and oleg, v. p., (2007), theoretical studies of photoinduced electron transfer in dye-sensitized tio2, annu. rev. phys. chem. 58:143–84. 5natalya, a.z.( 2000) low temperature electronic transport through macro molecules and characteristics of intramolecular electron transfer department of physics city co llege of cuny , new yor k. 6lewiss ,g., (1999), quantum mechanics ”, boo k,wiley. 7mohsin ,a. h.(2010) a quantum mechanical model for electron transfer at semiconductor / dye interface at solvent , thesis, college of education ibn al– haithem of baghd ad university. 8shachi, s. gosavi. (2003), electron trans fer at metal surfaces , ph.d thesis, california ins titute of technology pasadena, california. 9kuciunskas , et al . (2001),j. phys.chem. b, 105, 2. 10rené .m., w., (1996)”introduction to electron trans fer” phd thesis, amsterdam . 11lewis, n. s. (1998), prog ress in understanding electron-transfer reactions at semiconductor liqu id interface". j.phys . chem.b. 102(23): 4843. 12charles . k. (2005) introdu ction to solid s tate physics″ . 8 th , wiley and sons inc, 13dennis,a;gaal. ja mes ,e.m. fang , l.; janie, e.c., and joseph.t.h., (2004), nonadiabatic electron transfer at the nanoscale tin-oxide semicondu ctor/aqueous solution interface , photochem.photo boil. sc il, 3, 240-245. 14pradyot, p. ( 2003,) handb ook of inorganic chemicals, 938-944, new york. 15zhiyong, f. and jia, g. (2005), zinc oxide nanostructures: synthesis and properties″ university of california, irv ine, ca 92697, usa, 1-25. 16narjes s, z.; amor, h. and mahmou d ,d. (2008), remov al of the dy e safraninet in the wastewater using mi cellar enh anced ultrafiltration. " desalination, 222: 348–356. 17shafiqu l, d.m. i.; mamoru, f. an d osamu, i.; (1999)," photochemical reaction s of triplet state of safranine-t studied by transient absorption spectroscopy in visible/near-ir regions" phys. chem. 1 : 3737–3742. 18gao,y.b. and marcus,r. a. (2000), on the theory of electron transfer at semiconductor/liqu id interfaces ii: a free electron model, y. q. gao and r. a . marcus, j. chem. phys. 113, 6351 (2000). j. chem. 113( 15). 19zhao, j. wang, g.; liang, y.; (2008),chin.phys.lett 25(12): 4356– 4359 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 20gao,y. q.; georgievs kii, y.; and marcus, r. a.;( 2000) on the theory of electron transfers reaction at semiconductor electrode/ liquid interface" j. chem. phys., 112( 7). 21fajardo,a.m. and lewis,n.s. ( 1997), free-energy dependence of electron-transfer rate constants at si/liqu id interfaces ,j.phys.chem. b 101: 11136. 22pomykal, k.e. and lewis., n.s. (1997), meas urement of interfacial chargetrans fer rate constants at n-type inp/ch3oh junctions" j.phys.chem..b, 101, 2476. table (1): the reorganization energies value for donor s t dye and acceptor se miconductor tio2 solvent chemical formula [14] n [14] (our resoult )λ(ev) for tio2 water h2o 80 1.333 0.6798942561 1-p rop anol c3h8o 20.33 1.3856 0.5795911754 formamide hconh2 111 1.4475 0.5978483206 acetonitrile c2h3n 37.5 1.3441 0.6480338344 ethanol c2h6o 24.5 1.3614 0.6116580688 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (2): the effective free energy for safranine t–tio2 system with varie ty sol vent at wave length ( ) (400–800)nm table (3): the activation free energy for safranine t–tio2 system with varie ty sol vents at wave length ( ) (400–800)nm solvent for for for f or for water -2.4221656689 -1.8017536839 -1.3881456939 -1.0927114153 0.8711357064 1-propanol -2.5224687496 -1.9020567645 -1.4884487745 -1.1930144959 0.9714387870 formamide -2.5042116044 -1.8837996194 -1.4701916294 -1.174757350 0.9531816419 acetonitrile -2.4540260906 -1.8336141056 -1.4200061156 -1.1245718370 0.9029961281 ethanol -2.4904018562 -1.8699898712 -1.4563818812 -1.1609476026 0.9393718937 solvent for f or f or f or f or water 1.11616977517 0.46278100030 0.18444783679 0.0 62663423547 0.0 13448154614 1-propanol 1.62820511577 0.75437450925 0.35629516559 0.1 62307582500 0.0 66229679289 formamide 1.51970861371 0.69150932018 0.31821735641 0.1 39175781600 0.0 52798412612 acetonitrile 1.258270732310 0.54225586105 0.22990358346 0.0 87606717384 0.0 25078077622 ethanol 1.442668052168 0.64717487014 0.29164918917 0.1 23320122540 0.0 43895583380 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (4): the coupling coefficient value that is calculated for semiconductor dye system ( ) ( ) 3.25244 4.032421511* 5 v1=3. 18586082 1.626042324 6.50486 8.064824289* 10 v2=6. 371721642 6.504139082 9.75730 1.209723643* 15 v3=9. 557582465 1.463431293 13 1.612964833* 20 v4=1. 274344329 2.601655551 table (5): the rate constant of electron transfe r at s afranine t–tio2 system with varie ty sol vents at coupling coefficient 4.032421511* solven t/ wate r 1-propanol formamide ac et onitr ile ethanol 400 8.542250641 1.17833068 8.898357073 2.974730921 1.917267125 500 1.914687409 1.78344521 2.170726702 1.264196539 600 1.30990681 1.46759453 6.627515407 2.177784004 1.896392603 700 1.709433055 3.42944051 8.54321766 6.45601581 1.59958876 800 1.224077414 1.60531287 2.704892721 7.866342259 3.818116749 8.16394338*10 -3 1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (6): the rate constant of electron transfe r at s afranine t–tio2 system with varie ty sol vents at coupling coefficient 8.064824289* table (7): the rate c onstant of electron transfer at safranine t–tio2 system wit h variety solvents at coupling coefficient 1.209723643* table (8): the rate c onstant of electron transfer at safranine t–tio2 system wit h variety solvents at c oupling coefficient 1.612964833* solvent / wate r 1-propanol formamide ac et onitrile ethanol 400 3.416884384 4.713300824 3.55932646 1.189886841 7.669038875 500 7.658714059 7.133744944 8.682866877 3.265562184 5.056762667 600 5.239599985 5.870350983 2.650993971 8.71109555 7.585538172 700 6.837700122 1.371769844 3.417271311 2.58237568 6.370325446 800 4.896286913 6.421221659 1.081952113 3.146522287 1.527239605 solvent/ wate r 1-propanol formamide ac et onitrile ethanol 400 7.68989861 1.06492685 8.008484413 2.677245391 1.725532397 500 1.757168651 1.605092612 1.953645018 7.347514911 1.1377716 600 1.178909996 1.32082891 5.964736343 1.959996498 1.706745414 700 1.538482602 3.086482148 7.688860331 5.8103868 1.433323225 800 1.101664555 1.444774873 2.434392216 7.079675143 3.436289111 solvent/ wate r 1-propanol formamide ac et onitrile ethanol 400 1.366753711 1.8853271 1.423730539 4.759547215 3.067613054 500 3.063485527 2.853497888 3.473146642 1.306224833 2.022705003 600 2.095839928 2.348140319 1.060397555 3.484438111 3.03443974 700 2.735508000 5.487079205 1.366908481 1.032957582 2.548130099 800 1.958514703 2.568488583 4.327808314 1.258608897 6.108958229 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (9): compared between our results and experimental and theoretical research for dye -semiconductor sy st em theoretical exp erimental si/v iolo gen dye 1.3-1.6 [20] 0.6 [21] inp/m e2fe 0.084-0.086 [20] 1-2 [22] si/v iolo gen dy e 1.2-1.9 [18] 0.6 [18] si/ m e2fe 0.024-1.7 [18] 1 [18] inp/m e2fe 0.017-1.1 [18] st– tio2 1.2 -3.4 (our result) st– tio2 1.10166 (our result) st– tio2 1.53848 (our result) st– tio2 1.43332 (our result) st– tio2 3.08648 (our result) st– tio2 1.9599 (our result) st– tio2 3.0344 (our result) fig. (1): the energy level jobloniske diagram [4]. 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد صبغة السافرانین حساب معدل االنتقال االلكتروني في نظام ، محسن عنید حسونيالعكیلي ھادي جبار مجبل كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم ،جامعة بغداد ،قسم الفیزیاء 2009لول، ،ای 28:استلم البحث في 2011، اذار، 13: قبل البحث في لخالصةا ام یحتوي ظطبقت على ن،مختلفة شبة الموصل لمذیبات -الحسابات النظریة لمعدل االنتقال االلكتروني في نظام صبغة اسیتونترایل والفورمامید، وبروبانول،1 ولماء ،ا :مثل ولمذیبات مختلفة و شبة موصل (st)على صبغة السافراناین .،واالیثانول الطاقة الحرة الفعالة، و الطاقة الحرة المؤثرة، وطاقة اعادة االنتظام ، :مثل ،كتب برنامج ماتالب لحساب معامالت مختلفة .مصفوفةالعوامل المرتبطة، و معدل االنتقال االلكترونيو .مع نتائج حسابات البحوث العملیة والنظریة ریا كانت ذا تطابق جیدالنتائج لمعدل االنتقال االلكتروني المحسوبة نظ شبة موصل ، نظریة المیكانیك الكمي-االنتقال االلكتروني ، صبغة: الكلمات المفتاحیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 للشد الشعیر نبات تحمل في الكالسیوم امالح بعض بمحالیل البذور تأثیرنقع الملحي عطیة علیوي فاضل، الحدیثي رمضان تحریر ،الرحماني فاضل هناء بغداد جامعة ،الهیثم ابن التربیة كلیة ، الحیاة علوم قسم 2011 أیلول 20 : في البحث قبل 2011 أذار 28 :في البحث استلم الخالصة california m صـنف ).hordeum vulgare l (الـشعیر نبـات بـذور لنقـع عدیـدة معـامالت اجریـت arriout ) 12,6,3 (مختلفـة زمنیـة ولمـدد) 0.5% , 1.0 % , 5.0% (الكالـسیوم وكبریتـات لكلوریـد التركیز مختلفة محالیل باستعمال المزرعــه الـى المعـامالت بعـض بـادرات نقلـت و االطبـاق فـي البــذور رعـتز . التجربـة وحـسب المـستمرة التهویـة مـع سـاعة الوسـط فـي الـصودیوم كلوریـد واسـتعمل . ًزرعیـا ًوسـطا 10:1 بقـوة ولكـن كلنـد وهـو الرنـون المغذي المحلول واستخدم . السائله لغـرض المقطـر بالمـاء ةمنقوعـ وبـذور منقوعـة غیـر بـذور اسـتعملت . مـولر ملـي) 200,150,100 (مختلفة بتراكیز الزرعي لكلوریـد الـسلبیة التـأثیرات ان النتـائج اظهـرت . الملحـي للـشد النباتـات تحمـل لتقـویم المظهریة المثبتات بعض قیست. المقارنة كلوریـــد او الكالــسیوم كبریتـــات بمحلــول نقعهــا عنـــد اعلــى وبدرجــة المقطـــر بالمــاء البـــذور نقــع عنــد اختزلـــت قــد الــصودیوم بمحلــول البـذور نقـع عنـد اعلـى كـان الملحـي لللـشد الــسلبیة التـاثیرات فـي االختـزال . سـاعات 6 مـدة % 1.0 زتركیـ الكالـسیوم ملــي100 بوجـود النامیــة النباتـات فــي الملحـي للــشد الـسلبیة التــاثیرات فـي حــاد اختـزال النتــائج اظهـرت كمــا الكالـسیوم كلوریـد المتعرضـة النباتـات خالیـا فـي second messenger ًثانیـا ًمراسـال مالكالـسیو دور النتـائج اكـدت . الـصودیوم كلوریـد مـولر . الملحي للشد الملحي ،الشد الكالسیوم ،كلورید الكالسیوم كبریتات ،نبات .hordeum vulgare l:المفتاحیة الكلمات المقدمة تــسبب إذ.، [2,1] الـشدود تلـك اهـم مـن واحـدة الملوحـة وتعـد متنوعـة بیئیـة شـدود الـى المحاصـیل نباتـات تتعـرض مـــشكلة لمعالجــة متعــددة طرائــق اســتعملت وقــد . [6,5,4,3]وانتاجیتهــا النباتــات نمــو معــدل فــي اختــزال المتزایــدة الملوحــة هــذه اهمیــة مــن الـرغم وعلــى . [7] المالحــة للمیـاه جیــد صــرف نظــام خـالل مــن االراضــي استـصالح اهمهــا ومــن الملوحـة ویكــون الملوحـة مـع التعـایش هـي الملوحـة مـشكلة لمعالجـة االخــرى الوسـائل ومـن . ومكلفـة التطبیـق عبةصـ انهـا اال الطریقـة عنـــصر ویعــد . التربــة الــى المــصطلحات بعــض باضــافة او للملوحـــة متحملــة بنباتــات المالحــة االراضــي بزراعــة امــا ذلــك ــن معینــة تراكیـــز اضــافة ان الــى البـــاحثین مــن عــدد اشـــار لقــد . [9,8]المالحــة للتـــرب المــصطلحات اهــم مـــن ًواحــدا الكالــسیوم مـ 14,13] للملوحـة المحاصـیل نباتـات تحمـل زیـادة الـى یؤدي الملحي الوسط الى الكالسیوم ,12,11 دور الـى ذلـك سـبب اعـزي وقـد. [10, membrane الخلویــة االغـشیة تكامــل علـى المحافظــة فـي الكالـسیوم inte grit yالملوحــة وفظـر تحــت البالزمـي الغــشاء والسـیما . ــــیم ــــ ـــــة وتنظــ ــــ ــــة النفاذیــ ــــ s االختیاریــ e l e cti ve pe rme a bi l i ty ـــر ــــ ـــیما للعناصـــ ــــ ــــات والســــ ــــ ــــــصودیوم ایونــ ــــ الـ مــع متكافئــة غیــر بنــسبة بوجــوده او النمــوالملحي وسـط فــي الكالــسیوم ایــون غیــاب ففــي . [17,16,15,14,11]والبوتاسـیوم ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 فــان الـصودیوم ایـون مـع متكافئــة بنـسب وجـوده عنـد مــاا . الـصودیوم ایـون لمـصلحة یكــون االمتـصاص فـان الـصودیوم ایـون دراسـات اشـارت فقـد ذلـك عـن ًفـضال . الـصودیوم ایـون امتـصاص ویـنخفض االساسـیة العناصـر لمـصلحة یكون االمتصاص للملوحــــة النباتــــات تحمــــل مـــن یزیــــد الكالــــسیوم امــــالح والســـیما االمــــالح بعــــض بمحالیــــل البـــذور معاملــــة ان الــــى اخـــرى النــسبة النـسبة ازدیـاد الـى یـؤدي 1% تركیــز الكالـسیوم كلوریـد بمحلـول القمـح نبــات بـذور نقـع أن وجـد فقـد.[21,20,19,18] بـذور معاملـة أن وجـد كمـا . [18] 1% بتركیـز الـصودیوم كلوریـد علـى یحتـوي وسط في تنمیتها عند البذور النبات المئویة كلوریـــد بوجــود البــذور النبــات المئویــة النــسبة ازدیــاد الــى يیــؤد) n 0.1 (تركیــز الكالــسیوم كلوریــد بمحلــول القطــن نبــات الكالـسیوم امـالح وبمحالیـل المقطـر بالماء البذور نقع أن اخرى دراسات بینت كما. 19] [ مولر ملي 100 بتركیز الصودیوم الـــشعیر نبــات تحمــل زیـــادة الــى یهــدف الحـــالي البحــث فــأن ماتقـــدم الــى" واســتنادا .[21,20] البـــذور حیویــة مــن یزیــد )hordeum vulgare l.( الكالــسیوم امــالح بمحالیـل البــذور نقــع طریـق عــن الملحـي للــشد مــاریوت كالیفورنیـا صــنف للكالــسیوم االمثـل التركیــز الـى للتوصــل وذلـك مختلفــة زمنیـة ولمــدد مختلفـة بتراكیــز) الكالـسیوم وكلوریــد الكالـسیوم كبریتـات( .للنقع المثلى والمدة العمل رائقوط المواد california m صـنف) .hordeum vulgare l.( الـشعیر نبـات بذور على الحصول تم arriout مركـز مـن cl كلـوركس بمحلـول البـذور عقمـت. [22] للملوحـة متحمـل صـنف بوصـفه الزراعیـة لالبحـاث ابـاء orox بتركیـز التجـاري ، التعقــیم مـادة اثـر الزالـة المقطــر بالمـاء ثـم الحنفیـة بمــاء عدیـدة مـرات غـسلت ثــم. [23] دقـائق 3-5 بـین تتـراوح مـدة% 5 ، االولـى التجربـة فـي .التجربـة وحـسب[18,13] الـى" اسـتنادا النقـع معـامالت لهـا واجریـت جافـة قمـاش بقطعة البذور نشفت ca(الكالسیوم كلورید وهي النقع محالیل في المعقمة البذور وضعت cl ca) الكالـسیوم كبریتات او) 2 so4)ولمـدد 1% بتركیـز محالیــل فـي المعقمــة البـذور وضـعت الثانیــة التجربـة وفـي. المــستمرة التهویـة مـع° م 20 حــرارة سـاعةبدرجة 12,6,3 مختلفـة البـذور رفعـت. االولـى للتجربـة انفـسها بالـضروف سـاعات 6 مـدة % 5.0 و% 1. 0 و% 0.5 بـالتراكیز الكالسیوم كلورید ترشـیح ورقتـي تحتـوي سـم 9 قطرهـا معقمـة بتـري اطبـاق في مباشرة زرعت ثم جافة قماش بقطعة ونشفت النقع محالیل من مـن مختلفـة تراكیـز یحتـوي) 10:1 (بقـوة ولكـن [24]كلنـد وهـو الرنـون الغذائي المحلول وهي التجربة بمحالیل ومرطبة معقمة na) (الصودیوم كلورید cl)200,150,100 (بـذرة 30و ملحـي مـستوى لكـل مكررات ثثال استخدمت وقد. [22] مولر ملي حاضنة في االطباق وضعت . المقارنة لغرض المقطر بالماء منقوعة واخرى منقوعة غیر بذور استعملت كما . مكررة لكل االضــاءة الـى عرضــت حیـث الرویــشات،إذ ظهـور لحــین ایـام 4-3 الظــالم فـي وتركــت. °م 20 ±2 حــرارة بدرجـة نمـو incandescent lamp. التفلـور انابیـب باسـتعمال lux لـوكس) 30002000 .(المـستمرة s التـوهج ومـصابیح . fluorescent tubes مـرور بعـد اي (2001 اذار 6 فـي الـسائلة المزرعـة الـى نقلـت ًمناسـبا البـاذرات طول اصبح ان وبعد درجـة وكانـت الزجـاجي البیـت فـي یـاتالحاو وضـعت وقـد . [ 25,22 ] فـي مبـین كمـا)االطبـاق فـي الزراعـة علـى ًیوما 14 انابیـــب اســتخدمت وقــد.ســاعات 8الظــالم مــدة وطــول ســاعة 16الــضوئیة المــدة لیالوطــول ْم 2± 14ًنهــاراو ْم 2±24الحــرارة كـل مـرة المحلـول وتبـدیل" یومیـا المقطـر بالمـاء الحاویـات ملئـت وقـد. النهـار قـصیرة االیـام فـي الـضوئیة المـدة الطالـة التفلـور وهــي [25] الــى ًاسـتنادا المظهریــة المثبتـات بعــض قیـست . یومیــا سـاعات 4-3 بمعــدل المغـذي المحلــول تهویـةو اسـبوع امـا .الزراعـة علـى ایـام 7 مرور بعد للبادرات الخضري والمجموع الجذري المجموع طول ومعدل البذور النبات المئویة النسبة تـضمنت وقـد .االطبـاق فـي الزراعـة علـى ًیومـا 28 مـرور بعد 2001 اذار 20 في القیاسات اخذت فقد النباتات الى بالنسبة التـــصمیم باســتخدام احـــصائیا النتــائج حللـــت وقــد . منهمـــا لكــل الجـــاف والــوزن الخـــضري والمجمــوع الجـــذري المجمــوع طــول ls)(معنوي فرق اقل الیجاد crd)(الكامل الشعواني d 26% [1 احتمالیة عند المعامالت بین.[ ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 اقشةوالمن النتائج كلوریـد وبمحلـول1% تركیـز الكالـسیوم كبریتـات وبمحلول المقطر بالماء ساعة 12,6,3 مدة البذور نقع تأثیر بدراسة ایـام 7 مـرور بعـد الـصودیوم كلوریـد مـن الخـالي الغـذائي المحلـول البـذورفي النبـات المئویـة النـسبة فـي 1% تركیـز الكالـسیوم 6 مـدة البـذور نقـع عنـد المعنویـة عالیـة بـصورة ازدادت قـد البـذور النبـات المئویـة النـسبة نا وجـد الطباق في الزراعة على بمحلـول سـاعة 12 مـدة البذور نقع ان وجد كما) 1 جدول (المنقوعة غیر البذور النبات المئویة النسبة مع بالمقارنة ساعات النقـع عنـد تلـك مـع بالمقارنـة1% احتمالیـة عند لالنبات یةالمئو النسبة في معنویة غیر زیادة في تسبب قد الكالسیوم كلورید المقطـر بالمـاء البـذور نقـع عنـد واضـحة بـصورة ازدادت قـد البـذور حیویـة ان الـى اشـارت النتـائج فـان وعلیه . ساعات 6 مدة المقطــر بالمــاء البــذور نقــع تــأثیر عــن امــا . سـاعات 6 مــدة 1% تركیــز الكالــسیوم كلوریــد او الكالــسیوم كبریتــات وبمحلـول بـــالتراكیز الـــصودیوم كلوریـــد الحـــاوي الغــذائي المحلـــول فـــي البـــذور النبـــات المئویــة النـــسبة فـــي الكالـــسیوم امـــالح وبمحالیــل معنویـة بـصورة ازدادت قـد الثالثـة النقـع حـاالت فـي البذور النبات المئویة النسبة أن وجد فقد ، مولر ملي 200,150,100 النقـع وان . أنفـسها الملحیـة المـستویات فـي والنامیـة المنقوعـة غیـر للبـذور تلـك مع بالمقارنة ساعات 6,3 مدة البذور نقع عند المئویـة النـسبة خفـض الـى ادى فقـد سـاعة 12 مـدة النقـع اما . انبات نسبة اعلى على الحصول في تسبب قد ساعات 6 مدة الكالــسیوم كلوریـد بمحلـول سـاعة 12مـدة البـذور نقـع ادى فقـد. الكالـسیوم كلوریـد بمحلـول البـذور نقـع بأسـتثناء البـذور النبـات علیهـا الحـصول تـم انبـات نـسبة اعلـى أن لـوحظ وقـد. مـولر ملـي 100 الملحي المستوى في لالنبات المئویة النسبة ازدیاد الى المـستویات فـي البـذور النبـات المئویـة النـسبة ازدادت فقـد . الكالـسیوم كلوریـد بمحلـول سـاعات 6 مـدة البـذور نقـع عنـد كانـت الــى البـذور نقــع عـدم حالـة فــي التـوالي علــى , 24.43% 57.77% ,48.90% مـن مــولر ملـي 200,150,100 الملحیـة كلوریـــد بمحلــول البــذور نقـــع ان الــى النتیجــة هـــذه اشــارت وقــد . البـــذور نقــع حالــة فـــي %57.77 %86.67 ,%77.77, خاصــة وبـصورة الملحیـة المـستویات جمیـع فــي الملحـي للـشد الـسلبیة التـأثیرات اختــزال الـى ادى قـد سـاعات 6 مـدة الكالـسیوم النــسبة تفـوق المــستوى هـذا فــي البـذور النبـات المئویــة النـسبة اصــبحت فقـد الـصودیوم كلوریــد مـولر ملــي 100 المـستوى فـي .الصودیوم كلورید وجود بعدم والنامیة المنقوعة غیر البذور النبات المئویة الـــصودیوم كلوریــد وجــود بعـــدم النامیــة للبــادرات الخــضري والمجمـــوع الجــذري المجمــوع طــول معـــدل الــى بالنــسبة امــا اعلــى علـى الحــصول الـى ادى قــد الثالثـة بالمحالیــل سـاعات 6 مــدة البـذور نقــع أن لـوحظ فقــد الغـذائي المحلــول فـي وبوجـوده اعلـى أن وجـد كمـا) . 2 جـدول (المنقوعـة غیـر للبذور البادرات يف طوله معدل مع بالمقارنة للبادرات الجذري المجموع طول معــدل ازداد فقـد . سـاعات 6 مـدة الكالــسیوم كلوریـد بمحلـول البـذور نقــع عنـد كـان علیـه الحــصول تـم الجـذري للمجمـوع طـول ــادرات الجــــذري المجمــــوع طـــول مــــن مالــــصودیو كلوریــــد مــــولر ملــــي 200,150,100 الملحیــــة المــــستویات فــــي النامیــــة للبــ حالــة فــي) نبــات /سـم (7.30,9.50,11.40 الــى المنقوعــة غیـر البــذور بــادرات حالـة فــي) نبــات /سـم (3.10,5.20,7.10 للبــادرات الخـضري المجمـوع طـول معـدل بخـصوص امـا . الكالــسیوم كلوریـد بمحلـول سـاعات 6 مـدة المنقوعـة البـذور بـادرات الحــصول تـم الخـضري للمجمـوع طــول اعلـى أن وجـد فقـد الغــذائي محلـولال فـي وبوجـوده الــصودیوم كلوریـد وجـود بعـدم النامیـة للبــادرات الخـضري المجمــوع طـول معــدل ازداد فقـد . الكالــسیوم كلوریـد بمحلــول سـاعات 6 مــدة البـذور نقــع عنـد كــان علیـه الــى منقوعـةال غیــر لبـذرو) نبـات /ســم (2.80,4.80,8.70 مـن مــولر ملـي 200,150,100 الملحیـة المــستویات فـي النامیـة اخـــرى ومـــرة . التــوالي علـــى ســاعات 6 مـــدة الكالــسیوم كلوریـــد بمحلــول المنقوعـــة للبــذور نبـــات /ســم 7.80,11.60,14.40 كلوریـد مـولر ملـي 100 بوجـود النامیـة للبـادرات الخـضري والمجمـوع الجـذري المجمـوع طـول معدل ان الى النتائج هذه اشارت المنقوعــة غیـر البـذور لبـادرات الخــضري والمجمـوع الجـذري المجمـوع طــول معـدل عـن تزیـد او تقــارب اصـبحت قـد الـصودیوم كلوریـــد بمحلــول البــذور نقــع ان) 2 (وجــدول) 1 (جـــدول فــي النتــائج مــن تبــین لقـــد .الــصودیوم كلوریــد وجــود بــدون والنامیــة البــادرات نمـو البذورومعـدل انبــات فـي الـصودیوم لكلوریـد الــسلبیة التـاثیرات خفـض الـى ادى قــد سـاعات6 مـدة% 1 الكالـسیوم من كل ذوبان قابلیة الى ذلك سبب یعزى وربما ساعات 6 مدة% 1 بتركیز الكالسیوم كبریتات بمحلول نقعها سببه مما اكثر ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الكمیــة علــى تحـصل لــم البــذرة فـان وعلیــة . المقطــر بالمـاء ًذوبانــا اقــل الكالـسیوم كبریتــات فملــح . المقطـر بالمــاء الملحـین للـشد النباتـات تحمـل لزیـادة البـذور نقـع فـي الكالـسیوم كلورید محلول استعمل وقد . الملحي الشد لمجابهة الكالسیوم نم الكافیة .[18,13]اخرى دراسات في الملحي فقــد الملحــي للـشد الــسلبیة التــأثیرات واختـزال البــذور حیویـة زیــادة فــي الكالـسیوم لكلوریــد االمثــل التركیـز بخــصوص امـا 0.5% , 1.0 % , 5.0% بأسـعمال ازدادت قـد الـصودیوم كلوریـد وجـود بعـدم البـذور النبـات المئویـة النـسبة ان النتـائج بینـت الحــصول تـم انبــات نـسبة اعلـى وان) .3 جــدول (المنقوعـة غیـر للبــذور تلـك مـع بالمقارنــة النقـع محلـول فــي الكالـسیوم كلوریـد النامیــة البـذور حالـة فـي الحـصول تـم مماثلـة نتیجـة . نقـع كمحلـول 1% كیـزتر الكالـسیوم كلوریـد اسـتعمال عنـد كانـت علیهـا مــستویات فــي البــذور النبــات المئویــة النــسبة ازدادت فقـد . مــولر ملــي 200,150,100 بــالتراكیز الــصودیوم كلوریــد بوجـود 82.22% ,72.22%, الــى المنقوعــة غیــر البـــذور حالــة فــي ,25.56% 57.78% ,35.65% مــن المــذكورة الملوحــة البـذور نقـع تـاثیر الـى بالنـسبة اما . ساعات 6 مدة 1% تركیز الكالسیوم كلورید بمحلول المنقوعة البذور حالة في %62.22 وجــود بعــدم النامیــة للبــادرات الخــضري والمجمــوع الجــذري المجمــوع طــول معــدل فــي الكالــسیوم كلوریــد مــن مختلفــة بتراكیــز البـذور نقـع عنـد للبـادرات الخـضري والمجمـوع الجـذري للمجمـوع طـول اعلـى علـى الحـصول تـم فقـد . الـصودیوم كلورید وبوجود الجـــذري المجمــوع طـــول معــدل أن النتـــائج بینــت وقــد) . 4 جـــدول (ســاعات 6 مـــدة 1% تركیــز الكالـــسیوم كلوریــد بمحلــول فــي طولیهمــا معــدل الــى ًامقاربــ اصــبح قــد الــصودیوم كلوریــد مــولر ملــي 100 بوجــود النامیــة للبــادرات الخــضري والمجمــوع .الصودیوم كلورید وجود دون من والنامیة المنقوعة غیر البذور بادرات وبمحلـول المقطـر بالمـاء البـذور نقـع ادى فقـد االطبـاق فـي الزراعـة بـدء من اسابیع 4 بعمر النباتات الى بالنسبة اما النامیــة للنباتـات الخـضري والمجمــوع الجـذري المجمـوع طــول معـدل ازدیـاد الــى سـاعات 6 مـدة 1% تركیــز الكالـسیوم كلوریـد المـستویات فـي والنامیـة المنقوعـة غیـر للبـذور النباتـات حالـة فـي اطوالهمـا مـع بالمقارنـة الـصودیوم كلورید وبوجود وجود بعدم طـول معـدل ازدیـاد ىالـ ادى قـد سـاعات 6 مـدة 1% بتركیـز الكالـسیوم كلوریـد بمحلـول البـذور نقع ان كما) 5 جدول (انفسها الــوزن بخـصوص علیهـا الحـصول تـم مماثلـة نتـائج . المقطـر بالمــاء البـذور نقـع سـببه ممـا اكثـر والخـضري الجـذري المجمـوع 6 مــدة 1% تركیـز الكالــسیوم كلوریـد بمحلــول البـذور نقـع ادى فقــد) 6 جـدول ( الخــضري والمجمـوع الجــذري للمجمـوع الجـاف الـصودیوم كلوریـد وجـود بعـدم النامیـة النباتـات حالـة فـي الخضري والمجموع الجذري للمجموع الجاف الوزن ازدیاد الى ساعات ًمقاربــا اصـبح قـد مـولر ملـي 100 المـستوى فـي الخـضري والمجمــوع الجـذري للمجمـوع الجـاف الـوزن أن لـوحظ وقـد . وبوجـوده . بذورها تنقع لم التي الصودیوم دكلوری وجود بعدم النامیة النباتات حالة في لهما الجاف الوزن عن یزید او مختلفــة نباتــات بأســتعمال البــاحثین مــن عـدد وجــده مــا مــع تتفــق الدراســة هـذه فــي إلیهــا التوصــل تــم التــي النتـائج ان فالمـاء . الملحـي لالجهـاد النباتـات تحمـل فـي والكالـسیوم المـاء مـن كـل اهمیـة الـى ذلـك سبب اعزي وقد . [21,20.19,18] زیــادة تــضمن التـي الوســائل احـدى یعــد الزراعـة قبــل بالمـاء البــذور نقــع ان كمـا البــذور النبـات الــضروریة العوامـل احــد یعـد [28,27,26] الخلـوي االیض في وزیادة فیزیائي تكیف لحصول وذلك باالنبات البذرة بها تشرع التي المدة من وتقلل االنبات فانـه الكالـسیوم امـا . ملحـي وسـط فـي نموهـا خـالل تجابههـا التي السلبیة یراتالتاث من كثیر تتجاوز البذور فان لذلك ونتیجة ایونــات والســیما للعناصــر االختیاریـة النفاذیــة وتنظــیم البالزمــي الغـشاء والســیما الخلویــة االغــشیة تكامـل الــى ًضــروریا یعـد البالزمــي الغــشاء تركیــب مــن فتــضع الــصودیوم فایونــات . [15,14] الملحــي الــشد ضــروف تحــت والبوتاســیوم الـصودیوم نمـو معـدل علـى ًسلبا ذلك وینعكس الفسلجیة العملیات وتضطرب للنباتات االیوني المحتوى یضطرب لذلك نفاذیته من وتزید نفاذیتهـا مـن وتقلـل الطبیعیـة حالتهـا الـى الخلویـة االغـشیة تعیـد فانهـا الكالـسیوم ایونـات اما . [17,16,15,14,11] النباتات le مرشحة غیر تصبح اي a ky معـدل علـى ًایجابـا ذلـك وینعكس الفسلجیة والعملیات االیوني المحتوى ینتظم لذلك لالیونات s الثـاني المراسـل یعـد الكالـسیوم ایـون ان ذلـك عـن ًفـضال . [30]النباتـات نمو e cond me s s e nge r یـزداد إذ الخلیـة فـي فــي معـین ببـروتین یــرتبط الكالـسیوم ایـون ان . [34,33,32.31] الملحــي للـشد النباتـات تعــرض عنـد الـساتیوبالزمي تركیـزه ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 تلـك نمـو یتحـسن لـذلك بالـشدود المتـأثرة النباتـات فـي الخلـوي االیـض انزیمـات مـن عـدد تحفیـز علـى المعقـد هذا ویعمل الخلیة ازدیــاد الـى ادى قـد سـاعات 6مــدة 1% تركیـز الكالـسیوم كلوریـد بمحلــول البـذور نقـع فـان الدراســة لهـذه ًواسـتنتاجا . النباتـات اختــزال وان . مــولر ملــي200,150,100 بــالتراكیز الــصودیوم كلوریــد بوجــود والنباتــات البــادرات نمــو ومعــدل البــذور حیویــة . مولر ملي 100 الملحي المستوى في" عالیا كان للملوحة السلبیة التأثیرات المصادر .الحكمة بیت – بغداد جامعة ، والتطبیقیة النظریة االسس– ةالترب ملوحة .) 1989( . حیدر احمد ، الزبیدي.1 ، للنباتـات المائیـة العالقـات . ) 1989( ، فاضل هناء . والرحماني زهمك جمال ، الراوي ، رمضان تحریر ، الحدیثي.2 الحكمه بیت . بغداد جامعة 3.al-rahmani, h.f.;al-hadithi,t.r.;younis, m .and jawad, i.m .( 1988). effect of salinity on germination, growt h and p lasma membrane p ermeability of barley, wheat and sufflower. al ustath , 1(2):3-18. 4.al-rahmani, h.f., al-rawi, a.a.and al-hadithi, t.r. (1996). the effect of salinity on seed germination, p lant growt h and cell division in the root tips of two barley varieties. j.ibn alhaitham, 7(2) : 22-31. 5.helal , h.m . and m engle , k.( 1981). interaction between light intensity and nacl salinity and their effect on growt h, co2 assimilation and p hoto sy nthetase conversion in young broad bean. plant phsiol, 67(5) :999-1002 6.katerji, n.; van hoorn, j.n.; hamdy, a.; karam, f. and m astrorilli, m .(1994). effect of salinity on emergence and on water st ress and early seedling growt h of sunflower and maize. agric. water. m ana., 26:81-9l. 7.abdul –halim, r.k.(1986).soil salinization and the use of halop htes for forage p roduction in iraq. reclamation and revegetation research, 5:73-82 . 8.prather, r.j.; goertzen, j.o.; rhoades, j.d.and frenkel , h. (1978). efficient amendation. soil sci. soc. amer. j. 42:782-786. 9.james; d.w., hanks., r.h.and junihac;, j.j. (1982).m odern irrigated soils. john wiley and sons new york 10.huang, j.and redmann , r.e. (1995). solute adjust ment to salinity and calcium sup p ly in cultivated and wild barley . j.plant nut ., 18(7): 1371-1389. 11.al-rahmani, h.f., al-hadithi, t.r. and al-delemee, h.n. (2001).calcium and salinity tolerance of barley . j. diala, 10:27-40. 12.hansen, f.h. and m unns, d.n. (1988) effect of caso4 and nacl on growt h and nitrogen fixation of leucaena leucocephala. plant and soil, 107:95-99. 13.m arcar, n.e.( 1986).effect of calcium on salinity tolerance of wimmera ry e grass during germination. plant and soil, 93:129-132. 14.nakamura, y.; tanaka, k.; ohata, e. and sakata, m . (1990). prot ective effect of externalca on elongation and interacellular concentration of k in intact m ung bean root under high nacl stress. plant cell phy siol, 31(2): 815-821. 15.lahaye, p.a. and epst ein , e. (1971). calcium and salt tolerance by bean p lants. phy siol. plant, 25:213-218. 16.wright, g.c.; pa �e n, k.d.and d rew, m.c( 1995).labelled sodium uptake and transloca �on in rabb iteye blueberry exposed to so dium chlori de an d su pplemented calciu m, j.ame r. so c. hort. sci . 120:177-182. 17.shah m uhmmed, m .a. and neue, h.v. (1987) .effect of na/ca and na /k ratios in saline culture solution on the growt h and mineral nutrition of rice (oryza sativa l.). p lant and soil, 104:57-62. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 18.chaudhuri, i.i.and wieb e, h.h.( 1986). influence of calcium pretreatment on wheat gerrnination on saline media . plant and soil,2 :208-216. 19.shannon, m .c. and francois, l.e.( 1977). influence of seed p retreatment on salt tolerance of cott on during germination . agron. j.69:619-622. 20.bharati, p.and vaidehi, m .p. (1989). t reatment of sorghum grains with calcium hy droxide for calciu m entichment. food and nutrition bulletin, 11(2) 21. younsi, s.a.; shahatha, h.a. and al-rawi, f.a.( 1996). effect of hy drationdehy dration p retreatment on vigour and viability of rice seeds. al-m ustansiriy a j.sci; 7(1): 23-26. 22.al-rahmani, h.f., al-m ashhadani, s.m . and al-delemee, h.n.(1997). plasma membrane and salinity tolerance of barley p lants. m u , tah lilbuhuth wad dirasat.12(1) :299-325. 23.ghorashy , s.r., sionity , n.and kheradnam, m .( 1972). salt tolerance of safflower varieties during germination a gron. j. 64:256-257. 24.arnon, d.i.and hoagland , d.r.( 1944). invest igation of p lant nutrition by artificial culture methods. biol. rev. 19:433-445. ة . لبذور بمحالیل امالح الكالسیوم في تحمل نبات الشعیر للملوحة تاثیر نقع ا) 2002(.عطیة ، فاضل علیوي .25 رسال .العراق. كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم –ماجستیر 26.steel,r.g.and torrie,j.h.(1980).principles and p rocedures of st atistics.m c grow hill book co. inc.,new york. 27.idris, m and aslam , m .( 1975). the effect of soaking and drying seeds befor planting on germination and growt h of triticum v ulgare under normal and saline conditions. can. j.bot . 53(13): 1328-1332. 28.devlin, r.m . and witham, f.h. 1983. plant phy siology . willard grant press . boston. 29.wateres, l.c. and durre, l. s.( 1966).ribonucleic acid sy nthesis in germinated cott on seeds. j. m ol. biol.,19: 1-27. 30.leop old, a.c. and willin g, r.p.(1984). evidence for to xicity effect of salt on membranes. in; salinity tolerance in p lant st rategies for crop imp rovement. richarde, s.and gary, h. (eds) . toenniessen, new york : 67-75. . للملوحة zea mags lدور الكالسیوم في تحمل نبات الذرة الصفراء . ) 1998 (. الجبوري، محمود شاكر رشید.31 ق.رسالة دكتوراة كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم العرا 32.knight, h; trewavas, a.j. and knight, m .r. (1977)calcium sign aling in arabidopsis thalians resp onding to drought and salinity . plant j. oxford: blackwell sciencess ltd., 12(5) : 1067-1078. 33.lauchli, a.(1990). calcium, salinity and the p lasma membr ane. in : calcium in plant growt h and develop ment. leonard, r.t. and helper, p.k.(eds), amer. soc. plant physiol,. 4:26-35. 34.takahashi, k.; isobe, m .; knight, m .r.; trewaras,a.j.and m uto, s. (1997). hyp oosmtic shock induces incr ease in cytosolic ca in tobacco susp ension culture cell. plant phy siol., 113:587-594. 12 (مختلفة لمدد البذور نقع تأثیر ):1(جدول كلورید وبمحلول%) 1 (الكالسیوم كبریتات وبمحلول المقطر بالماء ساعة) 6،3, الصودیوم لوریدك ل والحاوي الصودیوم كلورید من الخالي الغذائي المحلول في البذور النبات المئویة النسبة في%) 1 (الكالسیوم 20 بالتراكیز . االطباق في الزراعة على ایام7 مرور بعد مولر ملي 0،150،100 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 محالیل نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 10 0 150 200 غیر منقوعة1 80.20 57 .67 48.90 24 .43 اء مقطر2 م 3h 6h 12h 83.00 91.10 85.50 66 .70 74 .40 37 .80 57.80 58.30 36.70 34 .40 35 .50 16 .50 كبریتات 3 1%الكالسیوم 3h 6h 12h 84.40 91.10 86.67 71 .10 76 .70 51 .10 56.67 59.80 34.43 35 .57 41 .10 14 .43 كلورید 4 1%الكالسیوم 3h 6h 12h 84.43 91.10 94.43 72 .20 86 .67 73 .33 61.10 77.77 37.80 41.10 57.77 18.90 lsd %5 %1 3.443 4.695 3.828 5.221 4.222 5.759 3.457 4.716 ت البذور نقع تأثیر :)2(جدول 12 (مختلفة لفترا كلورید وبمحلول%) 1 (الكالسیوم كبریتات وبمحلول المقطر بالماء ساعة) 6،3, النامیة للبادرات) نبات/سم (الخضري المجموع طول معدل) ب(و) نبات/سم (الجذري المجموع طول معدل) أ (في%) 1 (الكالسیوم . االطباق في الزراعة على ایام 7 مرور بعد الغذائي المحلول في وبوجوده الصودیوم كلورید وجود بعدم الجذري المجموع.أ ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 محالیل نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 100 150 200 غیر منقوعة1 12 .30 7.10 5.20 3.10 ماء المقطر2 3h 6h 12h 12.40 12.50 10.50 7.40 9.80 6.40 5.40 6.90 3.70 3.30 4.00 3.80 كبریتات 3 1%الكالسیوم 3h 6h 12h 12.60 13.30 9.90 9.50 10.30 8.10 5.40 9.20 7.30 5.30 6.00 5.40 كلورید 4 1%الكالسیوم 3h 6h 12h 12.80 13.70 11.90 10.10 11.40 7.90 5.80 9.50 7.50 5.60 7.30 5.50 lsd %5 %1 0.64 0.88 0.67 0.92 0.77 1.05 0.43 10.58 ي ب المجموع الخضر محالیل نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 10 0 150 20 0 2.80 4.80 8.70 12.70 غیر منقوعة1 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ماء مقطر2 3h 6h 12h 15.40 16.70 16.00 9.00 11 .10 7.40 6.00 10.00 3.40 3.50 4.20 3.60 كبریتات 3 الكالسیوم 3h 6h 12h 18.30 18.40 18.20 13 .60 14 .00 12 .90 8.50 10.40 8.40 6.10 7.20 5.80 كلورید 4 الكالسیوم 3h 6h 12h 19.20 19.40 18.60 13 .40 14 .40 12 .90 9.20 11.60 8.70 6.20 7.80 6.20 lsd %5 %1 0.64 0.88 0.60 0.82 1.10 1.50 0.55 0.76 ورید من مختلفة تراكیز في البذور نقع تأثیر :)3( جدول المئویة النسبة في ساعات) 6 (مدة%) 5 .0،%1.0،% 0.5 (الكالسیوم كل ورید الغذائي المحلول في وبوجوده مالصودیو كلورید وجود بعدم البذور النبات 20 بالتراكیز لكل 7 مرور بعد مولر ملي 0،150،100 .االطباق في الزراعة على ایام محالیل نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 100 15 0 20 0 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 83 غیر منقوعة1 .33 57.78 35 .56 25 .56 كلورید الكالسیوم2 %0.5 %1.0 %5.0 91.11 94.44 88.89 77.78 82.22 73.33 68 .89 72 .22 62 .22 54 .45 62 .22 35 .55 lsd %5 %1 4.43 6.45 8.30 12.08 13 .80 20 .07 9.06 13 .18 ورید من مختلفة تراكیز في البذور نقع تأثیر :)4(جدول طول معدل) أ (في ساعات) 6 (مدة%) 5.0،%1.0،%0.5 (الكالسیوم كل جموع طول معدل) ب(و) نبات/سم (الجذري المجموع وبوجوده الصودیوم كلورید وجود بعدم النامیة للبادرات) نبات/سم (الخضري الم 20 بالتراكیز .االطباق في الزراعة على ایام 7 مرور بعد مولر ملي 0،150،100 الجذري المجموع -أ محالیل نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 100 150 20 0 غیر منقوعة1 11.04 6.08 5.00 3.29 كلورید الكالسیوم2 %0.5 %1.0 %5.0 13.57 13.73 10.55 9.92 10.13 8.98 6.27 9.46 6.19 4.48 7.28 4.48 lsd %5 %1 0.049 0.071 0.014 0.020 0.052 0.076 0.025 0.037 الخضري المجموع.ب البذور نقع الیلمح )مولر ملي(الصودیوم كلورید تركیز 0 100 150 200 15 منقوعة غیر1 .60 5.01 4.77 4.06 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 كلورید الكالسیوم2 %0.5 %1.0 %5.0 15 .68 17 .65 10 .34 12.44 14.37 11.18 9.37 11.56 7.15 7.73 9.11 7.02 lsd %5 %1 0.015 0.022 0.020 0.029 0.059 0.086 0.250 0.07 الجذري المجموع طول معدل) أ (في% 1 تركیز الكالسیوم كلورید وبمحلول المقطر بالماء ساعات 6 مدة البذور نقع تأثیر:)5 (جدول بالتراكیز وبوجوده الصودیوم كلورید وجود بعدم النامیة للنباتات) نبات/سم (الخضري المجموع طول معدل) ب(و) نبات/سم( 20 .الزراعة على اسابیع 4 مرور بعد مولر ملي 0،150،100 الجذري المجموع.أ البذور نقع محالیل )مولر ملي(الصودیوم كلورید تركیز 0 10 0 15 0 20 0 غیر منقوعة1 18.43 7.950 5.77 3.47 اء مقطر2 م 18.97 10.16 9.56 3.97 10.67 12.27 19.15 كلورید الكالسیوم3 8.16 lsd %5 %1 0.017 0.026 0.059 0.089 0.016 0.025 0.011 0.017 الخضري المجموع.ب معامالت نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 100 150 20 0 19 غیر منقوعة1 .64 13.08 8.32 5.01 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 اء مقطر2 19 م .76 16.14 11.43 5.48 20 كالسیوم كلورید ال3 .89 17.61 15.51 12.91 lsd %5 %1 0.025 0.038 0.026 0.039 0.016 0.025 0.011 0.017 وزن معدل) أ (في% 1 تركیز الكالسیوم كلورید وبمحلول المقطر بالماء ساعات 6 مدة البذور نقع تأثیر ):6 (جدول للمجموع الجاف ال وبوجوده الصودیوم كلورید وجود بعدم النامیة للنباتات) نبات/غم (الخضري جموعالم الجاف الوزن معدل) ب(و) نبات/غم (الجذري 20 بالتراكیز .الزراعة على سابیعا 4 مرور بعد مولر ملي 0،150،100 الجذري المجموع.أ محالیل نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 100 15 0 200 غیر منقوعة1 0.033 0.012 0.009 0.005 اء مقطر2 م 0.039 0.021 0.018 0.010 كلورید الكالسیوم3 0.043 0.032 0.024 0.020 lsd %5 %1 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.002 0.003 الخضري المجموع.ب محالیل نقع البذور )ملي مولر(تركیز كلورید الصودیوم 0 100 150 200 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 غیر منقوعة1 0.052 0.032 0.014 0.006 اء مقطر2 م 0.055 0.047 0.028 0.012 0.025 0.037 0.067 0.062 كلورید الكالسیوم3 lsd %5 1% 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.004 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.006 effect of seeds soaking in solutions of some calcium salts o n saline stress tolerance of barley plant h. f. alrahmaini , t. r. al hadithi, f. e.atia ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 departme nt of biology, college of education i bn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad. received in :28 march 2011 accepte d in : 20 september 2011 abstract seeds of barley ( hordeum vulgare l.) p lant var. california m arriout were soaked in solutions of calcium sulp hate and calcium chloride at different concentrations (0.5%,1.0%,5.0%) for different p eriods of t ime(3,6,12) h with continuous aeration . seeds were planted in p etridishs. seedling of some treatment were transferred to the solution culture. the nutrient solution used was that of arnon and hoagland but at 1:10 st rength. different concentrations of nacl were used in the nutrient solution (100,150, 200) m m . unsoaked seeds and soaked in dist illed water were used for comparison . salt st ress tolerance was evaluated by different morp hological parameters. results showed that the adverse effect of saline stress were reduced by soaking the seed in dist illed water and to higher extent by soaking them in solutions of calcium suip hate or calucium ch loride at 1% concentration for 6h . the reduction in the adverse effects of saline st ress was higher in the caseof soaking the seeds in calcium chloride . result also showed acute reduction in the adverse effects of saline st ress in p lant grown at 100mm nacl. results supp orted the role of calcium as a second messenger in plant cells under sa line stress key words: hordeum vulgare l., calcium sulphate, calciu m chloride,snlinity stress ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 developing a real time method for the arabic heterogonous dbms transformation s. m. hadi , s. murtatha departme nt of information & comm. eng. college of engineering alkha warizmi ,unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of computer science, college of science, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 12, june, 2011 accepte d in : 13, july, 2011 abstract a common p roblem facing many ap p lication models is to extract and combine information from multiple, heterogeneous sources and to derive information of a new quality or abstraction level. new app roaches for managing consistency , uncertainty or quality of arabic data and enabling e-client analysis of distributed, heterogeneous sources are st ill required. this p aper p resents a new method by combining two algorithms (the p artitioning and group ing) that will be used to transform information in a real time heterogeneous arabic database environment. key word: heterogeneous db, m app ing db, cleaning data and real time transforming introduction one of the first and most imp ortant steps in any data p rocessing task is to verify that t he data values are correct or, at the very least, conform a set of rules. data warehouses require and p rovide extensive sup p ort for data cleaning. they load and continuously refresh huge amounts of data from a v ariety of sources so the p robability that some of the sources contain”dirty data” is high. furt hermore, data warehouses are used for decision making, so that the correctness of t heir data is vital to avoid wrong conclusions [1]. m any applications today need information fro m diverse d ata sources, in which related data may be represented quite differ ently , in one common scenario, if a dba wants to add data from a new source to an existing warehouse db, the data in the new source may not match the exist ing warehouse schema and this will cause a problem [2]. in any scenarios, one or more data sets must be mapp ed into a single target representation. needed transformations may include two app roaches:  schema transformations (changing the structure of the data)  and data transformation with cleansing (chan ging the format and vocabulary of the data and eliminating or at least reducing dup licates and errors). in each area, there is a broad range of p ossible transformations, from simple to comp lex. schema and data transformation has typically been st udied sep arately . we believ e they need to be handled together via a uniform mechanism [3]. in addition to a consistent and uniform access to heterogeneous sources there is a further value of integr ation. the integrated data can contain information, which are not integrated data exp licitly but in the form of dependencies, relationships or p atrons over the various sources [4]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 the data cleaning data cleaning, also called data cleansin g or scrubbing, deals with detecting and remov ing errors and inconsistencies from d ata in order to imp rove the quality of data. data quality p roblems are p resent in single data collections, such as files and databases, e.g., due to missp ellings dur ing data entry , missing information or other invalid d ata. the data warehouses require and p rovide extensive sup p ort for the data cleanin g [5]. they load and continuously refresh huge amounts of data from a variety of sources so t he p robability that some of the sources contain”dirty data” is high. furt hermore, data warehouses are used for decision making, so that the correctness of their data is vital to avoid wrong conclusions. the need for data cleaning increases si gn ificantly . this is because the sources often contain redundant data in different r epresentations. provide access to an accurate and consistent data, consolidation of different data representations and to elimination the duplicate information, in this fut ure age the cleanin g p rocess become n ecessary [6]. during the etl p rocess (extraction, transformation, loading), illustrated in figure (1), further data transformations deal with schema/data translation and integr ation, and with filterin g and aggregatin g data to be stored in the warehouse. in this fi gure, all data cleanin g is typically p erformed in a sep arate data st aging area b efore loading the transformed data into the warehouse. a large number of tools of varying functionality are available to supp ort these tasks, but often a significant p ortion of the cleaning and transformation work has to be done manually or by low-level p rograms t hat are difficult t o write and maintain. while a hu ge body of research deals with schema translation and schema inte gration, data clean ing has received only little attention in the research community . a number of authors focused on the p roblem of dup licate identification and elimination, while som e resear ch group s concentrate on general p roblems not limited but relevant to data cleaning, such as sp ecial data mining approaches and data transformations based on schema matchin g. m ore recently , several research efforts p rop ose and invest igate a more comp rehensive and uniform treatment of data cleaning cover ing several transformation phases, sp ecific operators and their imp lementation. [7]. in this p ap er we focus on the new p roblem that faces transformation and conversion in etl p rocess related to our db environment, which is the arabic data. several st andard p rograms and methods (workin g under windows op erating sy st em) are available for transformation of english data in any database. but the same transformation will be so difficult when we deal with an arabic data in a real time from any sp ecial database or warehouses. the proposed system in the p resent work, four methods have been p rop osed to solve the problem in a sequential approach to assess the advantages and disadvantages of each method. all are b ased on find ing new relationship s between the original arabic data and the converted un-clear (rubb ish) one (using the standard methods). t o check the validity of these prop osed methods, a case st udy is conducted to retrieve an arab ic d atabase file from foxpro db under dos to oracle 10g und er window. t he p rop osed sy stem is based on a server to servers' architecture conn ection; or what we call it as a three tire architecture that will consist of the following: athe se rver (desti nation se rver): this server will represent the database server that collect data from mu lti-source and can b e act as a warehouse server, oracle dbm s will b e the core that hold the warehouse data which will be treated and cleaned in the middleware. bthe middleware: is the software that do etl p rocess, this p art can be built in the destination server or could be bu ild in a sep arated server to increase the p erformance of the database and to avoid the load that may be happ ened on the destination server as shown in figure (2) that contain the prop osed sy stem architecture. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 cthe clients (sources servers): the second server will be the multi source local d atabase servers that contain all the desired d ata ,each source can be use different dbm s (m s-access, foxpro under-dos, excel, m ysql…etc). m ost of the arabic information has a p roblem when transformin g it from one d atabase to another due to many reasons. the reason why the data ap p ears t o be different (rubbish) is not related to the difference in the dbm s only. this p roblem might appear also when transferring the arabic data to the same kind of dm bs with the same version. the real fact and the main reason to this p roblem is the difference in the character set used in the op erating sy st em combined with the dbm s. for examp le, the op erating sy stem (dos) uses a sp ecial character set for the arabic lan guage and the op erating sy st em windows uses t he (m s-win 1256) character set for the arabic lan guage and (m s-win 1252) character set for t he en glish lan gu age. from other hand the op erating sy st em (linux), use the different set character for the arabic lan guage and for the english lan gu age. so if we tried to transfer the data that have been written in arabic lan gu age from oracle10 g dbm s using the (m s-win 1256 character set) host ed by windows server 2003 op erating system to another oracle10g dbm s hosted by another comp uter that has the same operating sy stem but using the (m s-win 1252 character set) t hat will not supp ort the arabic langu age, then the transferred data will defiantly appear to be different in shap e and meaning (rubbish). there are many soft ware p rograms used to solve this p roblem that will transfer the data to its original for m regardless of what the data is, but the real problem is that all these p rograms works using the single patch form, which means it transfers all the data directly and at once for the same dbm s. because of that t he needs t o design a new method b ecome requ ired that will enable us to transfer huge amounts of data from any language in real time's environment between differ ent dbm s(s) and op erating sy stems. the problem solutions in this p rop osed sy stem we imp lement four solutions to solve the p roblem that mansion before each of these methods have been imp lemented on a real case st udy that contain a kind of an arabic data. the four methods will be illustrated sequentially as the following:  first method it has been thought of many way s to solve this p roblem, one solution used to be a new method was designed to insert all the arabic letters and their movements (the movement in the arabic language used to be treated as a sep arated letter in the comp uter that will has a sep arated ascii code) into t he syst em that will transfer data from it, the result of translating these data to the related ascii code b efore the op eration of transformin g and after, can b e seen in the look up table shown in table (1). this method requires sep arating the words (data) letter by letter, and each letter is to be worked on and swapp ed with t he corresp onding letter in the look up table. this method can be exp lained as the following st eps which have been written as a p rogram with the (procedural langu age/structured query language) known as (pl/sql) in oracle10g, 1. the data will be converted for each table column by column, 2. and each colu mn will be read raw by raw, 3. and each raw will b e read cell by cell, 4. then each cell will be read word by word 5. finally each word will be read letter by letter (of course the mov ement will be treated as a separated lett er). when we transform the arabic d ata and gett ing the rubbish view as mentioned before these rubbish letters will be managed and after read ing each one, it will be co mpared with the look up table to obtain the original letter, this is where the swapp ing p rocedure will take p lace. each rubbish l ett er will be swapped with the original lett er. this method has been highly ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 efficient when readin g the transferred data, howev er, it is not suitable for hu ge amounts of transferred data (just like a warehouse database), and due to the fact it takes t oo much time for the transformation p rocess. t herefore, this method can be suitable only for the small database that has small amount of data and this will gu ide us t o the second method.  second method the second method has been p rogrammed usin g sql server 2008 as a p ackage in ord er to get benefit of using the integrated services characteristics. this method is quite similar to the first method; the only diference is that it works as a parallel for the tables and the columns. in fact by using this method it will be possible to t ransfer more than one table in the same time and ev en transferring all the columns in one table in the same time, but t he process will remain to be serial for any colu mns' data ( serial concerning the rows). obviously this method gives us more sp eed in the transformation process comp aring with the first method.  thir d method the third method has been built on the second method with some development. with this method we use the table partitioning technique, through this technique the table wi ll b e divided in to dummy p arts according to the st ored data, in a way that each p art will contain some p ortion of the data from all columns (that’s mean the dividing will be hor izont ally not vertically ). here we will have p arallel p rocessing for all the table's p arts at the same time, and this will ensure to make this method faster than the second and the first method, but we find that the coming method will be the optimum solution for the p roblem rep resented here.  forth method this method is a develop ment of the third method. aft er study ing and analyzing the data in the look up table, we discover that an implementation of a minus p rocedure p erformed between the ascii code of the original data and the rubbish data will give us a new fa ct. t his op eration of havin g the d ifference between the two ascii cod will gain a sp ecial number that will be related to a certain amount for each group of letters (each group of letters beholds one differ ence as shown in table no. (1). by using some analy sis we will reduce the p ossibilities of search ing from (35) p ossibilities to (10) p ossibilities only. this will lead the p rogram not to search in all the look up table in another word by elimin ating the amount of p ossibilities we reduce the i/o op erations. in this method we will divide all the arab ic lett ers to only (10) ascii group s, t hen during the transformation p rocess we will check each letter in which group it will be related, then we will mak e the swap op eration on the original ascii code according to its group number. this method will b ecome the fastest comp aring with the other 3 methods mentioned above; it is indeed the method in which we reco mmend when transferrin g hu ge amounts of data in the real time environment as shown in figure (3). result and conclusions through app ly ing an analy sis methods concernin g the 4 methods and the time required to p erform the transp ortation op eration in a real time environment we have the result of this mathematical analy sis shown in figure (4) which will app ear that the forth method will be the new fasts method that will solve the p roblem of transferring a huge arabic data from one dbm s to another without any rubbish data and the most imp ortant in a real time for m. as a conclusion for imp lementing this method on a real data taken from the database of the m inistry of internal affairs we can list the following p oints: 1. through the imp lementation p rocess we concluded that the forth developed method will work very fast in an accurate manner concerning the transformation op eration for any dbm s hosted by any op erating sy st em p laced in any network architecture. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 2. it has been found that this method can be imp lemented successfully not only on the arabic data, in fact it will be p owerful also with any language data which have the 3. same characteristics of the arabic lan guage just like the kurdish, chinese, korean, …..ext. 4. by using the data mining with this method we could obtain different data and information from the dbm s of the different source dest ination servers and in different lan guages not only in the arabic. re ferences 1. niswonger, b. ; haas, l. m . , m iller, r. j.( 2009), t ransforming heterogeneous data with database m iddleware beyond integration,www.10.1.1.56.1853.edu. 2. heiner stuckensch midt, ubbo visser, (2008), using environmental information efficiently: sharin g data and knowled ge from hetero geneous sources, t he computing technologies center. 3. kai_wie sattler and gunter sakee, (2006),sup p orting information fusion with federated database technolo gy , ieee co mputer transaction. 4. susan b. davidson and kosky , s. (2006), a langu age for database transformations and const raints, www.icde97.com. 5. sundus norry shukry , (2007), decision supp ort sy stem of java infrastructure analysis and control, research journal of app lied science,usa. 6. erhard rahm hon g hai do, (2009), data cleaning: problems and current app roaches, www.ghh.com. 7. ronald cody , ed.d., robert wood johnson, (2009), data cleanin g 101, www.ats.ucla.edu. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 table :(1) contains the arabic le tters and its corresponding as cii code seq. rubbish character rubbish ascii original character original ascii ascii difference group 1 à 22 21 ض 4 3 ­11 group 1 22 ل 2 21 ط 5 6 ­9 group 2 3 â 22 21 ظ 6 7 ­9 22 م 4 21 ع 7 8 ­9 22 ن 5 21 غ 8 9 ­9 6 ç 23 22 ق 1 2 ­9 7 è 23 22 ك 2 3 ­9 22 ه 8 22 ف 9 1 ­8 group 3 9 é 23 22 ل 3 5 ­8 10 ê 23 22 م 4 7 ­7 group 4 11 ë 23 22 ن 5 8 ­7 23 ى 12 22 ه 6 9 ­7 23 ي 13 23 و 7 0 ­7 14 rubbish î 23 23 ى 8 6 ­2 group 5 15 ï 23 23 ي 9 7 ­2 16 << and >> 18 21 س 7 1 24 group 6 17 ­ 17 21 ص 3 2 39 group 7 15 ں 18 19 ا 9 9 40 group 8 19 space 16 20 ب 0 0 40 20 ، 16 20 ة 1 1 40 21 ¢ 16 20 ت 2 2 40 22 £ 16 20 ث 3 3 40 23 ¤ 16 20 ج 4 4 40 24 ¥ 16 20 ح 5 5 40 16 ال 25 20 ح 5 5 40 26 ¦ 16 20 خ 6 6 40 27 § 16 20 د 7 7 40 28 ¨ 16 20 ذ 8 8 40 29 © 16 20 ر 9 9 40 ؛|||| ھ 30 17 21 ز 0 0 40 31 « 17 21 س 1 1 40 32 ¬ 17 21 ش 2 2 40 15 ک 33 19 ء 2 3 41 group 9 34 › 15 19 ؤ 5 6 41 35 ‹ 13 19 ؤ 9 6 57 group 10 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 fig. (1): the etl process i n a data warehouse.[6] fig. (2): represe nt the middleware for the propose d s ystem ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 fig. (3): the block diagram of the 4 methods fig. (4): the time analysis for the 4 methods 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لتحویل البیانات العربیة في قواعد البیانات تطویرطریقة ضمن الزمن الحقیقي الموزعة سها محمد هادي ، صفاء مرتضى تصاالت ، كلیة الهندسة الخوارزمي ، جامعة بغداد قسم هندسة المعلومات واال قسم علوم الحاسبات،كلیة العلوم ، جامعة بغداد 2011،حزیران،12: استلم البحث في 2011،تموز، 13: قبل البحث في الخالصة المشـــاكل التـــي تواجــه نمـــاذج تطبیقـــات قواعــد البیانـــات یمكـــن تلخیصــها بكیفیـــة التعامـــل وادارة ن واحــدة مـــن اهــم ا ان الحاجـة الـى . من المصادر المختلفة لقواعد البیانـات التوزیعیـة لیـتم تخزینهـا فـي قاعـدة بیانـات موحـدة ودمجها المعلومات ومــات المخزنــة باللغـة العربیــة ضـمن قواعــد البیانــات فر طریقــة جدیـدة للتعامــل بثبـات مــن اجــل الحصـول علــى نـوع المعلاتـو ین مــن ولهـذا سیتضـمن هــذا البحـث تقـدیم طریقـة جدیـدة تتــالف مـن دمـج أثنـ.التوزیعیـة اصـبح ضـروریا فـي الوقــت الحاضـر ي مـن لنقل البیانات باللغة العربیة دون حدوث اي معوقـات اوتشـویه للبیانـات و ضـمن الوقـت الحقیقـالخوارزمانات المستعملة .خالل بیئة قواعد البیانات التوزیعیة نقل البیانات ضمن الزمن الحقیقي، تنظیف البیانات، قواعد البیانات التوزیعیة: الكلمات المفتاحیة @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 first record of the monogenean gyrodactylus lavareti malmberg, 1957 in iraq on gills of the common carp cyprinus carpio kefah. n. abdul-ameer abid ali. j. al-saadi dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received on : 23 december 2012 , accepted on : 8 april 2013 abstract the monogenean gyrodactylus lavareti malmberg, 1957 is recorded here in the present study for the first time in iraq from gills of the common carp cyprinus carpio. this is the twentieth gyrodactylid species to be recorded from fishes of iraq. the description and measurements of this parasite as well as its illustration were given. key words: monogenea, gyrodactylus lavareti, cyprinus carpio, iraq 44 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction species of the monogenean genus gyrodactylus nordmann, 1832 are ubiquitous ectoparasites of marine and freshwater teleosts worldwide, and, depending on the species, infect fish skin, fins and gills [1]. this directly transmitted viviparous gyrodactylid genus has high species richness but low morphological and biological diversity [2]. there are 409 potentially valid species named within this genus [3], but according to monodb [4], there are 518 nominated species of gyrodactylus. species of this genus were recorded from 400 host species in a wide variety of fish families and orders [3]. however, individual species range from narrowly specific to extremely catholic as 71% of described species were recorded from a single host while gyrodactylus alviga was recorded from 16 hosts [2]. according to mhaisen [5], g. elegans was reported from 22 different hosts in iraq. the high transmission potential of gyrodactylus spp., coupled with their high fecundity, allows them to rapidly colonies new hosts and to increase in number [6]. few species of gyrodactylus were likely to be significant pathogens, g. salaris malmberg, 1957, has been responsible for devastation of atlantic salmon (salmo salar) population in a number of norwegian rivers [6,7]. in the genus gyrodactylus, the ventrally directed opisthaptor is equipped with two large median hooks and 16 marginal hooklets and the most prominent character is the uterus in which the embryo develops. the parasite is viviparous which produces a young that may already has its own embryo [8]. the species identification of gyrodactylus relies mostly on the shape and size of hard parts of the haptor [9]. in iraq, many studies on parasites of fishes from different water bodies resulted in recognition of only 22 species belonging to the genus gyrodactylus [5]. so, more surveys on fish parasites are needed to recognize more species and increasing information on the parasitic fauna of freshwater fishes of iraq. in this paper, g. lavareti malmberg, 1957, a monogenean infecting gills of the cyprinid fish c. carpio, is described for the first time in iraq. materials and method during the period from november 2011 till march 2012, a total of 63 specimens of the common carp c. carpio were collected from different fish markets in baghdad city. the fishes were brought alive to the laboratory of college of education for pur science ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad and freshly examined. external examination of fins and skin were carried out. skin and gill smears were microscopically examined. parasites were isolated and then stained with aqueous neutral red and permanent slides were prepared with glycerine. drawing was done by using a camera lucida. parasites identification was mainly done on basis of two taxonomical accounts [10, 11]. the information on the previous account records of parasites were checked with the index-catalogue of parasite and disease agents of fishes of iraq [5]. results and discussion the present study showed the occurrence of the monogenean g. lavareti malmberg, 1957 infecting the gills of two specimens of c. carpio. the measurements were based on four specimens of this helminth. the following is a brief description and measurements of this parasite (in mm) as shown in fig. (1): small worm, length 0.350.4 (0.37), width 0.08-0.1 (0.09). overall length of median hooks (shaft) 0.052-0.056 (0.054), point 0.03-0.06 (0.045), basal median hook length 0.040.047 (0.043). ventral bar 0.006-0.009 (0.007) × 0.02-0.024 (0.022). length of membranoid extention 0.011-0.015 (0.013). marginal hooks total length 0.22-0.26 (0.24), shaft 0.0160.018 (0.017), sickle 0.004-0.005 (0.0045) and length of filament loops 0.007-0.009 (0.008). 45 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the measurements of the present g. lavareti were in agreement with those of the holotype of the parasite [10, 11]. in iraq, 19 species belonging to the genus gyrodactylus were so far recorded from freshwater fishes. the following is a demonstration of these parasites with the mention of only the first record for each parasite in iraq as many records exist for each species. the first reported species was g. elegans from both c. carpio and liza abu from al-zaafraniyah fish farm in baghdad [12], followed by g. baicalensis from c. carpio from suwairah and latifiyah fish ponds south of baghdad [13], g. kherulensis from c. carpio from babylon fish farm babylon province [14], g. markevitschi from varicorhinus trutta from tigris river in baiji town in salah al-dien province [15], g. ctenopharynogodontis from ctenopharyngodon idella from babylon fish farm [16], g. medius, g. salaris, g. sprostonae and g. vicinus from c. carpio from al-furat fish farm [17], g. malmbergi and g. paralatus from both c. carpio and hypophthalmichthys molitrix from al-furat fish farm [17], g. gussevi from heteropneustes fossilis from greater zab river, north of iraq [18], g. vimbi from silurus triostegus from al-hammar marshes, basrah province [19], g. menschikowi from both c. carpio and l. abu and g. derjavini from aspius vorax both from hilla river at babylon province [20], g. barbi, g. cyprini, g. gobioninum and g. longoacuminatus from c. carpio of both ainkawa, erbil province and lesser zab river, north of iraq [21]. the present report of the monogenean g. lavareti represents its first record in iraq accounts for the twentieth gyrodactylid species from fishes of iraq. acknowledgemints thanks are due to prof. dr. furhan t. mhaisen for confirming the identification of g. lavareti, permission to use his index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq and his critical reading of the manuscript. also, thanks are due to mrs. azhar a. almoussawi of iraq natural history research center and museum, university of baghdad for her help in using the camera lucida. references 1. bakke, t.a.; nilsen, k.b. and shinn, a.p. (2004). chaetotaxy applied to norwegian gyrodactylus salaris malmberg, 1957 (monogenea) clades and related species from salmonids. fol. parasitol., 51: 253-261. 2. bakke, t.a.; harris, p.d. and cable, j. (2002). host specificity dynamics: observations on gyrodactylid monogeneans. int. j. parasitol., 32(3): 281-308. 3. harris, p.d.; shinn, a.p.; cable, j. and bakke, t.a. (2004). nominal species of the genus gyrodactylus von nordman 1832 (menogenea: gyrodactylidae), with a list of principal host species. syst. parasitol., 59(1): 1-27. 4. monodb (2012). monodb.org. a web-host for the monogenea. (accessed october 2012). 5. mhaisen, f.t. (2012). index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq. (unpublished: mhaisenft@yahoo.co.uk). 6. brooker, a.j.; maldonado, m.i.g.; irving, s.; bron, j.e.; longshaw, m. and shinn, a.p. (2011). the effect of octopaminergic compounds on the behaviour and transmission of gyrodactylus. parasite vector, 4: 207-216. 7. bakke, t.a. and harris, p.d. (1998). diseases and parasites in wild atlantic salmon (salmo salar) populations. can. j. fish. aquat. sci., 55 (suppl. 1): 247-266. 8. buchmann, k. (2012). gyrodactylus salaris and gyrodactylus derjavinoides. in: woo, p.t.k. and buchmann, k. (eds.). fish parasites: pathology and protection. cab int., wallingford: 193-208. 9. mo, t.a. and appleby, c. (1990). a special technique for studying haptoral sclerites of monogeneans. syst. parasitol., 17: 103-108. 46 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 10. bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya, i.e.; gusev, a.v.; dublinina, m.n.; izyumova, n.a.; smirnova, t.s.; sokolovskaya, i.l.; shtein, g. a.; shul'man, s.s. and epshtein, v.m. (1962). key to parasites of freshwater fish of u.s.s.r. akad. nauk, s.s.s.r., moscow: 727 pp. (in russian). 11. gussev, a.v. (1985). parasitic metazoan: class monogenea. in: bauer, o.n. (ed.). key to the parasites of freshwater fish fauna of the u.s.s.r. nauka, leningrad, 2: 1-424 (in russian). 12. ali, m.d. and shaaban, f. (1984). some species of parasites of freshwater fish raised in ponds and in tigrisal-tharthar canal region. seventh sci. conf. iraqi vet. med. assoc., mosul: 23-25 oct. 1984: 44-46. (abstract). 13. salih, n.e.; ali, n.m. and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1988). helminthic fauna of three species of carp raised in ponds in iraq. j. biol. sci. res., 19 (2): 369-386. 14. ali, n.m.; mhaisen, f.t.; abul-eis, e.s. and kadim, l.s. (1988). first occurrence of the monogenetic termatode gyrodactylus kherulensis ergens, 1974 in iraq on the gills of the common carp cyprinus carpio. j. biol. sci. res., 19 (3): 659-664. 15. abdul-ameer, k.n. (1989). study of the parasites of freshwater fishes from tigris river in salah al-dien province, iraq. m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. baghdad: 98 pp. (in arabic). 16. mhaisen, f.t.; ali, n.m.; abul-eis, e.s. and kadim, l.s. (1990). parasitological investigation on the grass carp (ctenopharyngodon idella) of babylon fish farm, hilla, iraq. iraqi j. biol. sci. res., 10 (1): 89-96. 17. al-zubidy, a.b. (1998). studies on the parasitic fauna of carps in al-furat fish farm, babylon province, iraq. ph. d. thesis, coll. sci., univ. babylon: 141 pp. (in arabic). 18. abdullah, s.m.a. (2002). ecology, taxonomy and biology of some parasites of fishes from lesser zab and greater zab rivers in north of iraq. ph. d. thesis, coll. educ., univ. baghdad: 153 pp. (in arabic). 19. jori, m.m. (2006). parasitic study on the asian catfish silurus triostegus (heckel, 1843) from al-hammar marshes, basrah, iraq. ph. d. thesis, coll. educ., univ. basrah: 192 pp. (in arabic). 20. al-zubaidy, a.b. (2007). first record of three monogenetic parasites species from iraqian freshwater fishes. j. king abdulaziz univ., mar. sci., 18: 83-94. 21. mama, k.s. (2012). a comparative study on the parasitic fauna of the common carp cyprinus carpio from ainkawa fish hatchery (erbil) and lesser zab river in kurdistan region, iraq. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ., univ. salahaddin: 89 pp. 47 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 fig. (1): gyrodactylus lavareti malmberg, 1957 1a: photomicrograph of general shape (scale bar= 0.03mm.). 1b: photomicrogragh of haptor (scale bar= 0.01mm.). 1c: camera lucida drawing of marginal hook (hooklet) (scale bar= 0.01mm.). 1d: camera lucida drawing of haptor (scale bar= 0.01mm.). dcb= dorsal connecting bar, h= hooklet, m= membranoid extension, mh= median hook, vcb= ventral connecting bar. 48 | biology @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 ,gyrodactylus lavareti malmberg التسجیل األول ألُحادي المنشأ cyprinus carpio عتیاديإلفي العراق من غالصم أسماك الكارب ا 1957 كفاح ناصر عبد األمیر عبد علي جنزیل الساعدي جامعة بغداد )/بن الھیثمإ( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /قسم علوم الحیاة 2013نیسان 8 : قبل البحث في ، 2012كانون االول 23 : استلم البحث في الخالصة ألول مرة في gyrodactylus lavareti malmberg, 1957تم في الدراسـة الحالیـة تسـجیل أحـادي المنشـأ من أنواع الجنس ونوھذا ھو النوع العشر .cyprinus carpioالعراق من غالصم أسماك الكارب اإلعتیادي gyrodactylus .الرسم التوضیحي لھ. فضآل عنالطفیلي مواصفات وقیاسات ھذاأعطیت التي تسجل من أسماك العراق احادي المنشأ ,cyprinus carpio, gyrodactylus lavareti ,العراق : الكلمات المفتاحیة 49 | biology @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 determining of cross sections for 16o(n,α)13c reaction from cross sections of 13c(α,n)16o for the ground state sameera a. ebrahiem maher n. sarsam hermez m. youhana nebras t. abd-al-hameed dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in : 11march 2008 , accepted in: 16july 2008 abstract in this study, light elements for 13c , 16o for (α,n) and (n,α) reactions as well as α-particle energy from 2.7 mev to 3.08 mev are used as far as the data of reaction cross sections are available. the more recent cross sections data of (α,n) and (n,α) reactions are reproduced in fine steps 0.02 mev for 16o (n,α) 13c in the specified energy range, as well as cross section (α,n) values were derived from the published data of (n,α) as a function of α-energy in the same fine energy steps by using the principle inverse reactions. this calculation involves only the ground state of 13c , 16o in the reactions 13c (α,n) 16o and 16o (n,α) 13c. keywords : cross sections, inverse reaction ,statistical factor , dirac constant 109 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction since interactions in a reaction take place with individual target nuclei independently of each other, it is useful to refer the probability of a nuclear reaction to one target nucleus. assume that in a given experiment a thin slab of target material is struck by a mono energetic beam consisting of i particles per unit time distributed uniformly over an area a, as shown in this schematic [1]. schematic of cross-section [1]. if the nuclear reaction produces n light product particles per unit time. it can be pretended that with each target nucleus there is an associated area σ (perpendicular to the incident beam) such that if the center of a bombarding particle strikes inside of σ, there is a hit and a reaction is produced, and if the center of the bombarding particle misses σ , no reaction is produced. the quantity σ is called cross-section and gives a measure of the reaction probability per target nucleus. it is a fictitious area, which need not be related to the cross sectional area ( π r2) of the struck nucleus. the reaction probability can also be described by the ratio n / i , but this quantity depends on the target density as well as its thickness δx, whereas σ is associated with an individual target nucleus .the probability that any one bombarding particle has a hit is equal to n/i and is also equal to the projected total crosssection of all target nuclei lying within the area a,as seen along the beam direction ,divided by a . if there are n target nuclei per unit volume in the target material, n a δx, such nuclei are within reach of any bombarding particle in the beam [1]. each target nucleus has an associated cross-section σ so that this relation can be used in two ways: it can serve as a definition of cross-section, by writing the unit of cross-section is cm2 or barn (1b = 10-24cm2). theory if the cross-sections of the reaction a(α,n)b are measured as a functions of tα (kinetic energy of α-particle) the cross –sections of the inverse reaction b(n,α)a can be calculated as a function of tn (kinetic energy of neutron) using the reciprocity theorem [2] which states that : σ (α,n) σ (n,α) ──────── = ──────— ---------(2) g α,n  α2 g n,α  n2 where σ(α,n) and σ(n,α) represent crosssections of (α,n) and (n,α) reactions respectively , g is a statistical factor and  is the de–broglie wave length divided by 2π . ħ number of light product particles per unit time, per unit incident flux, and per target nucleus. )1.(.......... a xna i n σ∆ = ( )( ) = ∆ = xnaai n / σ 110 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013  = ───── -------(a) mv where ħ is dirac constant (h /2π ) , h is plank constant , m and v are mass and velocity of α or n particle . from eq.(a) ,we have ħ² λ² = ───── ---------(b) 2 mt the statistical g-factors are givens by [2] 2jc + 1 2jc + 1 g α,n = ────────── , g n,α = ───────── ------(c) (2ia + 1)(2iα + 1) (2ib +1)(2in +1) the reactions a(α,n)b and b(n, α)a can be represented with the compound nucleus. it is clear that there are some important and useful relations between the kinetic energies of the neutron and alpha particle . one can calculate the separation energies of α-particle (sα) and neutron (sn) using the following relations: sα = 931.5 [ ma + mα mc ] ----------(3) sn = 931.5 [ mb + mn mc ] ----------(4) sα and sn are separation energies of α and n from compound nucleus. then ma e = sα + ─────── tα ----------(5a) ma+ mα mb e = sn + ─────── tn ----------(5b) mb+ mn where e is reaction energy combining (3) , (4) ,(5a) , (5b) and as the qvalue of the reaction a( α , n )b is given by : q = 931.5 [ ma + mα − mb – mn ] ----------(6) then mb ma q = ─────── tn − ─────── tα ---------(7) mb+ mn ma + mα or : mb + mn ma tn = ──────── [ ─────── tα + q ] --------(8) mb ma + mα the threshold energy eth is given by ma + mα eth = – q ──────── --------(9a) ma or ma q = – ───────── eth --------(9b) ma + mα 111 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 then mb + mn ma tn = ──────── * ──────── (tα eth ) --------(10) mb ma + mα thus eq . (2) can be written as follows [2] : g n,α mα tα σ (n,α) = ──────────── σ (α,n) --------(11) g α,n mn tn it is clear form this equation that the cross sections of reverse reaction are related by a variable parameters which can be calculated if the nuclear characteristics of the reactions are known. results and discussion the 16o(n, α )13c cross sections as plotted in fig.(2) and as shown in table (1) was calculated from cross sections for 13c(α,n)16o as shown in fig.(1) by using the principle of the inverse reaction [3] by using equ.(11) these calculated on the ground state with parity of 13c , 16o , 1/2, 0 + respectively[4] and with threshold energy 2.354(mev) .the cross sections for 16o(n, α )13c were measured from 2.7 ≤ en ≥ 3.18 (mev) [5]. the atomic mass of these elements is used in the present work [6] . it is clear that our result , especially , when the energy between 2.8 (mev) to 3.08 (mev) is close to with author [5] as shown in fig.(3) . references 1 meyerhof ,w. e. (1967) elements of nuclear physics, mc graw – hill book co. 2 macklin , r.l. and gibbons j.h.( 1968) phys. rev. 165 ,1147. 3 drotleff , h. w. ; denker a. ; knee h. ; soine m.; wolf, g. and hammer, j.w. , a. (1993) j. astrophysical journal ,414 , 735 . 4 firestons , r. b. and shirley, v. s.( 1999 ) table of isotopes eighth edition, john wiley and sons , new york. 5hale ,g. m. and young, p. g.( 2001) endf / b – vi . 6tuli , j. k.( 2005) nuclear wallet cards for radioactive nuclides ,national nuclear data center nndc . 112 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1) : the cross sections of the reaction 16o(n,α)13c as a function of neutron energy with thresholds energy of 2.354 mev neutron energy(mev) cross section(barn) p.work cross section(barn) by endf[5] 2.70 1.81e-10 2.09e-10 2.72 5.29e-10 5.20e-10 2.74 1.33e-9 1.46e-9 2.76 2.78e-9 3.31e-9 2.78 6.27e-9 7.37e-9 2.80 1.44e-8 1.48e-8 2.82 3.04e-8 3.00e-8 2.84 5.96e-8 6.03e-8 2.86 1.09e-7 1.19e-7 2.88 2.01e-7 2.05e-7 2.90 3.72e-7 3.65e-7 2.92 6.66e-7 6.72e-7 2.94 1.14e-6 1.21e-6 2.96 1.85e-6 2.10e-6 2.98 2.99e-6 3.47e-6 3.00 4.90e-6 5.05e-6 3.02 7.95e-6 7.81e-6 3.04 1.26e-5 1.40e-5 3.06 1.96e-5 2.19e-5 3.08 2.98e-5 3.36e-5 3.10 5.20e-5 4.47e-5 3.12 7.64e-5 6.61e-5 3.14 11.1e-5 9.62e-5 3.16 1.55e-4 1.38e-4 3.18 2.16e-4 1.96e-4 fig.(1): the cross sections of the reaction 13c(α,n )16o 113 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.(2): the cross sections of the reaction 16o(n,α)13c as given by p.work fig.(4):cross sections of o16(n,α)c13 reaction data-1 represent of p.workdata-2 represent of endf-library [5] 114 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 من المقاطع العرضیة لتفاعل 16o(n,α)13c حساب المقاطع العرضیة لتفاعل 13c(α,n)16o االرضي ىباستعمال نظریة التعاكس في المستو سمیره احمد ابراھیم ماھر ناصر سرسم ھرمز موشي یوحنا تحسین عبد الحمیدنبراس جامعة بغداد ) /ابن الھیثمللعلوم الصرفة ( كلیة التربیھ/ الفیزیاءعلوم قسم 2008تموز 16قبل البحث في ، 2008اذار 11استلم البحث في الخالصة في ھذه الدراسة ، اعی�دت حس�ابات المق�اطع العرض�یة للتف�اعالت النووی�ة (الف�ا ، نی�وترون) و(نی�وترون ، الف�ا) للن�وى ) لجس�یمات الف�ا والنیوترون�ات . (10mevفرة و للمدى الطاقي من طاقة العتبة ال�ى اللبیانات المتو ) , 13c ) 16oالخفیفة 0.02بخطوات طاقیة ( استخدثت ر حداثة للتفاعالت (الفا ،نیوترون) و(نیوترون ،الفا) قد ان بیانات المقاطع العرضیة االكث mev 16 ) لتفاعلo(n,α)13c لتفاع�ل ة ، وكذلك حسبت المقاطع العرض�یة لتفاع�ل (الف�ا،نیوترون) م�ن المق�اطع العرض�ی مبدأ التفاعل المعاكس.عمال باست نفسھا یةالخطوات الطاقب(نیوترون،الفا) المنشورة في االدبیات دالة لطاقة الفا و , 13c(α,n)16o ف��ي التف�اعلین ) , 13c ) 16oتم�ت ھ��ذه الحس�ابات فق��ط المس�توى االرض��ي للن��وى 16o(n,α)13c. ثابت دیراك ,العامل االحصائي ، التفاعل المعاكس ، المقاطع العرضیھ الكلمات المفتاحیة : 115 | physics microsoft word 17-27   17   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 gallic acid as corrosion inhibitor for aluminum 6061 in alkali solutions    enas hussien ali enashali1983@gamil.com takialdin a. himdan takihimdan@yahoo.com zainab.w.ahmed zainabwajdi@yahoo.com department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 21 october 2018, accepted 11 december 2018, publish january 2019 abstract the research aims to study the corrosion of aluminum alloy (6061) in 0.6 mol. dm-3 nacl solution in base medium ph 12 was examined with out and with gallic acid as environmentally – friendly corrosion inhibitor at temperature range (298-313) k. the inhibitive action of gallic acid on corrosion of aluminum alloy (6061) in koh solution was examined through electrochemical polarization method using potentiostatic technique and surface analysis by optical microscopy, polarization measurements indicate that the examined compound act as a mixed type inhibitor. results appeared that the inhibition occurs through adsorption of the inhibitor molecules on the metal surface and it was obeyed langmuir adsorption isotherm. some thermodynamic parameters activation energy e and ∆g . were calculated to elaborate the mechanism of inhibition. the surface characteristic of the inhibited and uninhibited metal samples was examined by optical microscopy. keywords: aluminum, corrosion inhibition, gallic acid, adsorption mechanism, thermodynamic parameters. 1.introduction corrosion is a destructive phenomenon (chemical or electrochemical), which can attack any material or alloy due to interactions with the surrounding medium that leads to a deterioration of metal physical and chemical properties. according to this definition term corrosion can include all materials, metals and non-metals [1, 2]. it is a continues problem and often difficult to complete deletion, so prevention is more practical [3]. but practically term corrosion is used with metals exclusively. aluminum was used widely in many sections such as chemical plant, manufacturing lines, and marine industries. the advantage is the use of aluminum is due to their excellent corrosion resistance property and it has excellent formability, low density, high thermal and electrical conductivity, and thus it becomes a seniority in materials selections in most industries [4, 5]. as well-known aluminum compounds have been used for centuries, the production of aluminum metal begun 170 years ago [6]. aluminum has an attractive appearance and good resistance to corrosion when exposed to atmosphere or various aqueous environments because its ability to form a highly compact passive oxide layer [7-9]. these properties made aluminum one of the most attractive materials for industrial applications like automobiles, aviation, aerospace, food handling, containers, electronic devices,   18   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 buildings, marine, etc[10]. although the oxide film formed on aluminium relies for its corrosion immunity, this film is amphoteric so it dissolves in case of exposes to high concentrations of bases or acids especially in present of chloride [11]. among the most common protection method is inhibitors (organic and inorganic) [12-15], when the inhibitor added to corrosive sample in a small quantity reduce the corrosion are commonly used to reduce corrosion. the present work is another attempt to obtain environmentally and cheap inhibitor for aluminum in basic medium containing (3.5% w/w) nacl, where gallic acid is tested. gallic acid is an organic acid, also known as 3, 4, 5-trihydroxybenzoic acid, , a type of phenolic acid, gallic acid is a colorless or slightly yellow crystalline compound obtained from nutgalls., found in plants free and as part of hydrolyzable tannins[15]. gallic acid occurring mostly in certain red fruits, black radish, and onions [16] due to the oh− groups in the ortho position on the aromaticrings, gallic acids are able to form chelates with copper and other metallic cations (e.g., iron) [17,18]. 2.materials and method the experiments were performed with aluminum alloy 6061 of following composition as shown in table1 of 2mm thickness which was mechanically press-cut into circular form 2cm diameter. table 1. the chemical composition of aluminum 6061. aluminum alloy si fe cu mn mg cr ni zn v 6061 0.66 0.35 0.33 0.004 1.04 0.21 0.09 0.008 chemicals used in this work include: a. sodium chloride, was used for preparation of the aggressive solution of 0.6𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑑𝑚 . b. potassium hydroxide. c. gallic acid tested as inhibitor (>98% purity). its structure is shown below. structure of gallic acid   19   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.1. solution the solution used was made of a.r. sodium chloride to prepare 0.6𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑑𝑚 concentration in ph 12. doubled distilled water was used for the preparation. for each experiment a freshly solution was made. three concentrations of the inhibitor (gallic acid) were used 3 10 , 6 10 and 9 10 mol. dm . 3. results and discussion 3.1 tafel polarization measurements tafel polarization technique was used to study the corrosion of aluminium alloy 6061 in 0.6 mol. dm-3 sodium chloride solution in basic medium at four temperatures over rang (298-313). figure 1. shows potentiostatic polarization curves. corrosion parameters i , e , b and b are obtained from the tafel polarization curves and tabulated in table 2. the results show the increase in the corrosion current density i with temperature rising. from negative shift of e with temperature rising can be concluded that anodic process is much more affected than cathodic, this observation is in accordance with other published results[1,3] which proposed the dependence of i and e on solution parameters. the electrochemical cathodic and anodic reactions of aluminum alloy 6061, in basic solution can be described as follows [19]. 𝐴𝑙 3𝑂𝐻 → 𝐴𝑙 𝑂𝐻 3𝑒 (1) (2) 𝐴𝑙 4𝑂𝐻 → 𝐴𝑙 𝑂𝐻 3𝑒 (3) table 2. data of polarization curve for corrosion of aluminum alloy 6061 in ph=12over temperature range (298-313) k. with presence of 0.6mol. dm nacl. penetration loss/mm.year-1 weight loss/g.m-².d-¹ b corrosion t/k ph +b/mvdecade-¹ -b/mvdecade-¹ icorr /µa.cm-² ecorr/mv 1.39 1.03 10 1 248.95 116.5 127.51 1361.3 298 12 2.18 1.62 10 1 241.9 92.3 200 1362 303 3.16 2.3 10 1 263 78 290.21 1373 308 3.74 2.77 10 1 451.9 82 343.94 1380 313 𝐴𝑙 𝑂𝐻 𝑂𝐻 → 𝐴𝑙 𝑂𝐻   20   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 current density/ 𝛍𝐀. 𝐜𝐦 𝟐 figure 1. polarization curves of aluminum alloy 6061 in koh with 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution . 3.2 effect of temperature the effect of temperature on the corrosion rate of aluminum alloy (6061) expressed by 𝑖 ,was studied by measuring the corrosion at the temperature range of (293-308) k which followed arrhenius equation [20]. 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑟 ≡ 𝑖 𝐴 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (4) 𝑙𝑛 𝑖 ≡ ln 𝐴 (5) wheree and a are respectively the activation energy and pre-exponential factor of corrosion reaction. a typical linear plot relating values of ln i to the reciprocal of temperature . the values of e could be derived from the slope of the line, and when the linear plot was extrapolated to ln i value at 0, the value of a could be obtained. table 3. represents the values of ∆s∗, e and the pre-exponential factor a for aluminum sample in ph 12 . ∆s∗ was computed using equation (6) 𝐴 𝑘𝑇 ℎ exp ∆𝑆∗ 𝑅 (6) where h is plank constant, k is boltzman constant, r is the universal gas constant and t the asbsolute temperature of the solution [21]. the values of ∆s∗ were calculated and listed in table 3. the negative values of ∆s∗ reflect that the activated complex in r.d.s represents association rather than dissociation, this means that the activated molecules. figure 2.shows the typical polarization curves of aluminums alloy 6061 in 0.6mol dm nacl solution containing three different concentrations of gallic acid as a green inhibitor over the temperature range (298-313)k. table 4 presents the polarization data e and i which shows that there is adecrease in corrosion current densities of aluminium alloy(6061)due the addition of gallic acid. the inhibition effect of gallic acid increases as the concentration of the inhibitor increases in the range 3 10 9 10 mol dm at all temperatures ofstudy as shown in table 5. the values of inhibition efficiencies ie% : ‐1600 ‐1550 ‐1500 ‐1450 ‐1400 ‐1350 ‐1300 ‐1250 ‐1200 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 p o te n ti a l/ m v  v s. s c e 298 303 308 313   21   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 ie% ≡ 100% (7) where i and i are corrosion current densities in absence and presence of the inhibitor respectively. table 3. activation energy e ,pre-exponential factor a and entropy of activation ∆s∗ for the corrosion of aluminum alloy 6061 in the ph = 12 in 0.6mol. dm nacl solution gallic. conc. of gallic acid 𝒎𝒐𝒍. 𝒅𝒎 𝟑 𝑬𝒂 𝒌𝑱. 𝒎𝒐𝒍 𝟏⁄ ∆𝑺∗𝑱. 𝑲 𝟏. 𝒎𝒐𝒍 𝟏 a/molecule 𝒎 𝟐. 𝑺 𝟏 blank 50.99 36.746 7.0103 10 34 3 10 94 89 300.061039 6 10 97.8 95.7 600.6021039 9 10 99.7 100 1000.131039 table 4. values of e , i with different concentrations of gallic acid at temperature range (298-313) k in ph 12 t/k inhibitor 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜. 𝐦𝐨𝐥. 𝐝𝐦 𝟑 𝐄𝐜𝐨𝐫𝐫 𝐦𝐯⁄ 𝐢𝐜𝐨𝐫𝐫 𝛍𝐀. 𝐜𝐦 𝟐⁄ 298 0 3 10 1163 9.71 6 10 1176.2 5.84 9 10 1067 4.55 303 0 3 10 1292.3 21.51 6 10 1318.9 13.79 9 10 1281.7 11.12 308 0 3 10 1295 56.96 6 10 1348.8 42 9 10 1374.2 40.83 313 0 3 10 667.1 96.05 6 10 1388.2 94.35 9 10 652.4 81.41   22   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 5. values of inhibitor efficiencies (ie%) calculated from i . for aluminum alloy 6061 in ph 12. conc. of gallic acid t/k ie% from 𝐢𝐜𝐨𝐫𝐫. 3 10 298 92 303 89 308 80 313 72 6 10 298 95 303 93 308 85.5 313 73 9 10 298 96 303 94 308 86 313 76   3 10 mol dm 6 10 mol dm 9 10 mol dm figure 2.the typical polarization curves of aluminum alloy 6061 in solution containing of gallic acid as inhibitor (a= 310-5, b = 610-5, c =910-5 mol.dm-3) over the temperature rang (298-313)k. ph=12 with (0.6 mol.dm-3) nacl. 3.3 adsorption isotherm in order to understand the electrochemical process of adsorption of inhibitor molecules on the metal surface, it is necessary to study the adsorption isotherms. the adsorption isotherm fitted the experimental data for adsorption of gallic acid molecules on aluminum 6061 surface is due to langmuir isotherm figure 3. which is given by the following equation [22]. ‐1000 ‐800 ‐600 ‐400 9e‐05 0.009 0.9 p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ 𝛍𝐀.𝐜𝐦−𝟐 298 303 308 313 ‐1000 ‐900 ‐800 ‐700 ‐600 ‐500 ‐400 ‐300 ‐200 0.0001 0.001 0.01 p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ 𝛍𝐀.𝐜𝐦−𝟐 298 303 308 313 ‐1700 ‐1600 ‐1500 ‐1400 ‐1300 ‐1200 ‐1100 ‐1000 ‐900 ‐800 ‐700 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ 𝛍𝐀.𝐜𝐦−𝟐 298 303 308 313   23   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 . c . (8) where k is the equilibrium constant for the adsorption , and cgal gallic acid concentration. kads were calculated from the intercepts of the straight lies on the c . θ⁄ axis figure 3. k relate to the standard free energy of adsorption ∆g according to the equation. ∆g rtln 55.5 k (9) where 55.5 is concentration of water in solution. the standard free energy of adsorption was calculated. generally, the standard free energy of adsorption values 20kj. mol or less negative are associated with an electrostatic interaction between charged metal surface or more negative involves charge sharing or transfer from the inhibitor molecules to the metal surface to form a coordinate covalent bond. so it can be concluded that adsorption of gallic on to aluminum 6061 surface takes place through physical adsorption [22]. from table 6. it was clearly seen that gallic acid decrease the corrosion rate of aluminums in koh solution e shifts to little more negative values in the presence of gallic acid. this result indicates that the inhibitors have been adsorbed to both cathodic and anodic areas. that mean acid gallic a is mixed type inhibitor. the same results have been reported by other authors [23, 24]. on basis of van’t hoff relation, the values of standard enthalpy of adsorption can be calculated: ln k ∆ constant (10) the slope of straight line of the plot of ln k vs. 1 t⁄ is ∆ as show in figure 4. and table7. generally, endothermic adsorption process is suggesting chemisorption while exothermic process attributed to either physisorption or chemisorption. negative sign of ∆h shows that adsorption of tannin molecules is exothermic process [25]. table 6. corrosion parameter, surface coverage and corrosion inhibition efficiency for aluminum (6061) in 0.6mol. dm nacl solution in ph 12 with different concentrations of gallic at various temperature. t/k 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜.gal.. 𝐦𝐨𝐥. 𝐝𝐦 𝟑 𝐄𝐜𝐨𝐫𝐫 𝐦𝐯⁄ 𝐢𝐜𝐨𝐫𝐫 𝛍𝐀. 𝐜𝐦 𝟐⁄ 𝛉 ie% 298 0 1361.3 127.51 3 10 1163 9.71 0.92 92 6 10 1176.2 5.84 0.95 95 9 10 1067 4.55 0.96 96 303 0 1362 200 3 10 1292.3 21.51 0.89 89 6 10 1318.9 13.79 0.93 93 9 10 1281.7 11.12 0.94 94 308 0 1373 290.21 3 10 1295 56.96 0.80 80 6 10 1348.8 42 0.855 85.5 9 10 1374.2 40.83 0.86 86 313 0 1380 343.94 3 10 667.1 96.05 0.72 72 6 10 1388.2 94.35 0.73 73 9 10 652.4 81.41 0.76 76   24   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 7. thermodynamic parameters for adsorption of gallic acid on aluminum inkoh+nacl. t/k 𝐤𝐚𝐝𝐬 𝐦𝐨𝐥 𝟏 ∆𝐆𝐚𝐝𝐬 𝟎 𝐤𝐉. 𝐦𝐨𝐥 𝟏 ∆𝐇𝐚𝐝𝐬 𝟎 𝐤𝐉. 𝐦𝐨𝐥 𝟏 -∆𝐒𝐚𝐝𝐬 𝟎 𝐉. 𝐦𝐨𝐥 𝟏. 𝐊 𝟏 298 0.937 9.791 -48.56 -0.1301 303 0.612 8.882 -0.1309 308 0.389 7.882 -0.1321 313 0.303 7.345 -0.1317 figure 3. langmuir adsorption plots of gallic acid on the al alloy (6061) in 0.6 mol.dm-3 nacl solution at various temperatures. figure 4. van't hoff plot for aluminum alloy 6061 at ph=12 in 0.6 mol. dm nacl containing gallic. 3.4 optical microscopy observation: to study the effect of gallic acid on the surface morphology of aluminum alloy 6061, surface out examined by optical microscope technique. figure 5. figure 5-a polished aluminium alloy 6061 surface ,b) 6061 surface immersed in koh+ nacl the specimen surface was strongly damaged, c) in presence of gallic acid (9 10 mol. dm-3) shows that there was much less damage on the surface compared to the surface treated with uninhibited potassium hydroxid solution. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 ∂ c / c linear (298) linear (303) linear (308) linear (313) ‐2 ‐1.8 ‐1.6 ‐1.4 ‐1.2 ‐1 ‐0.8 ‐0.6 ‐0.4 ‐0.2 0 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 ln  k linear (ph=12) )1-1/t (k   25   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019               a. (6061) b. immersed in(koh+nacl) c.immersed in (koh+ nacl) + gallic acid figure 5. typical microstructure of aluminum alloy(6061) in the corroded medium at ph 12 , magnification power 400. 4. conclusion results indicate that gallic acid is a good inhibitor for corrosion of aluminum alloy6061 in in3.5% nacl solution at ph=12. the corrosion process is inhibited by adsorption of gallic acid on the aluminum surface obeys langmuir isotherm. inhibition efficiency increases with increasing the concentration of inhibitors as well as with decreasing temperature that suggested physical adsorption. the presence of gallic acid increased the corrosion activation energy in alkaline medium and the adsorption heat gave negative value.   26   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 references 1. ostovari, a.; hoseinieh, s. m.; peikari, m.; shadizadeh, s. r.; hashemi, s. j. corrosion inhibition of mild steel in 1 m hcl solution by henna extract: a comparative study of the inhibition by henna and its constituents (lawsone, gallic acid, α-d-glucose and tannic acid). corrosion sciene. 2009, 9, 1935-1949, doi:org/10.1016/j.corsci.2009.05.024. 2. revie, r.w.; uhlig, h.h. corrosion and corrosion control: an introduction to corrosion science and engineering. 4th edition, john wiley & sons inc: hoboken, new jersey, 2008, isbn 978-0-471-73279-2. 3. kaufman, j.g. introduction to aluminium alloys and temper, publisher asm international, ohio, 2000, isbn 0-87170-689-x. 4. kim, s.j.; jang, s.k. effects of solution heat treatment on corrosion resistance of 5083f al alloy. transactions of nonferrous metals society of china. 2009, 19, 887–891, doi.org/10.1016/s1003-6326 ,08,60371-4. 5. davis, j. corrosion of aluminum and aluminum alloys, publisher asm international materials park. 1999, isbn:0-87170-629-6. 6. davis, r. aluminum and aluminum alloys, publisher asm international materials park ohio. 1993, isbn-13:978-0-87170-496-2. 7. kaufman, j.g. introduction to aluminium alloys and tempers, publisher asm international, ohio,2000. isbn:0-87170-689-x. 8. bardal, e. corrosion and protection, springer-verlag london ,2004; isbn1-85233-758-3. 9. revie, r. w.uhlig’s corrosion handbook, 3th edition , the electrochemical society, inc., jhon wiles & sons. inc., publication, 2011, isbn 978-0-470-08032-0. 10. davis, j.r. corrosion: understanding the basics, publisher asm international ,2000, isbn 0-87170-641-5. 11. lundvall, o.; gulppi, m.; paez, m.a.; gonzalez, e.; zagal, j.h.; pavez, j.; thompson, g.e. copper modified chitosan for protection of aa-2024. surface and coatings technology 2007,201,5973–5978, doi.org/10.1016. 12. niknahad, m., moradian, s.; mirabedihi,s.m. the adhesion properties and corrosion performance of differently pretreated epoxy coatings on an aluminium alloy. corrosion science 2010, 52, 1948–1957, doi.org/10.1016/j.corsci.2010.02.014. 13. harvey, t.g. cerium-based conversion coatings on aluminium alloys:aprocess review. corrosion engineering, science and technology 2013, 48, 248–269, doi.org/10.1179/1743278213y.0000000089. 14. golru, s.s.; attar, m.m.; ramezanzadih, b. effects of different surface cleaning procedures on the superficial morphology and the adhesive strength of epoxy coating on aluminium alloy 1050. progress in organic coatings 2015, 87, 52–60, doi.org/10.1016/j.porgcoat.2015.05.005. 15. andrew pengelly. the constituents of medicinal plants, 2nd edition, allen & unwin,academic, 29–30,2004, isbn 9781741140521. 16. nowak. r.; olech. m.; nowacka. n. plant polyphenols as chemopreventive agents. polyphenols in human health and disease 2013 ,2 ,1289-1307, doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12398456-2.00086-4. 17. mabrour, j.; akssira, m.; azzi, m.; zetoubi, m.; saib, n.; messaoudi, a.; albizane, a.; tahiri, s. effect of vegetal tannin on anodic copper dissolution in chloride solutions. corrosion science 2004, 46,1833–1847, doi.org/10.1016/j.corsci.2003.10.022. 18. choubey, s.; varughese, l. r.; kumar, v.; beniwal, v. mabrour, j.;akssira, m.;azzi, m. .medicinal importance of gallic acid and its ester derivatives: a patent review. pharmaceutical patent analyst 2015, 4, 305-315, doi.org/10.4155/ppa.15.14.   27   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1983 vol. 32 (1) 2019 19. deepa ,p.; padmalatha ,r. corrosion behavior of 6063 aluminums alloy in acidic and in alkaline media. arabian journal of chemistry. 2016, 10, 2234-2244 ,doi.org/10.1016/j.arabjc.2013.07.059. 20. murgulesen ,l.g.; rdovi, o. metal corrosion. int. congr. 10-5 april, london, 1961, 202-205. 21. zarrouk, h.b.; zarrok, h.; bouachrine, m.; khaled, k. f.; al-deyab, s. s. corrosion inhibition of copper in nitric acid solutions using a new triazole derivative. international journal of electrochemical science 2012, 7, 89-105. 22. mihit, m.; bazzi, l.; salghi, r.; hammouti, b.; elissami, s.; ait, e. some amino acid compounds as corrosion inhibitors for copper in nitric acid medium. materials letters 2008,62, 3325-3327, doi.org/10.1016/j.matlet.2008,02.068. 23. singh, a.k.; singh,s.k. ;ebenso, e.e. cefacetrile as corrosion inhibitors for mild steel in acidic media. international journal of electrochemical science 2011, 6, 5689 – 5700. 24. gece,g. drugs: a review of promising novel corrosion inhibitors. corrosion science 2011, 53, 3873–3898, doi.org/10.1016/j.corsci.2011.08.006. 25. karthikeyan, s.; xavior, m.a; jeeva, p.a.; raja,k. a. green approach on the corrosion studies of al-sic composites in sea water. international journal of chem. tech research 2015 ,8,1109-1113. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 solution of some application of system of ordinary initial value problems using osculatory interpolation technique k. m. m. al-abrahemee departme nt of mathematics, college of education ,unive rsity of al qadysea . received in: 25 may 2011 accepte d in: 7 december 2011 abstract the aim of this p ap er is t o find a new method for solving a sy st em of linear initial value p roblems of ordinary differential equation using app roximation technique by two-p oint osculatory interp olation with the fit equal numbers of derivatives at t he end p oints of an interval [0, 1] and co mpared the results with conventional methods and is shown to be that seems t o converge fast er and more accurately than the conventional methods. key words : initial value problems , ap p roximation , osculatory interp olation 1introduction sy st ems of ordinary differential equations (odes) arise in mathematical models throughout science and engineering. when an exp licit condition (or conditions) that a solution must satisfy is sp ecified at one value of the independent variable, usually its lower bound, this is referred to as an initial value p roblem (ivp) and a sy st em of ordinary differential equations is a sy st em of equations relating several unknown functions y i(x) of an indep endent variable x, some of the derivatives of the y i(x), and p ossibly x itself. [ 1] .initial-value p roblems for sy st ems of differential equations p ermeate many areas of mathematics: such p roblems arise naturally in modelling the evolution of dy namical p rocesses in economics, engineering, and the p hy sical , biological sciences [2]. in this p aper we introduce reactor p roblem which introduced in [3] kehoe and butt have st udied the kinetics of benzene hy drogenation on asup p orted ni/kieselguhr cataly st . in the p resence of a large excess of hy drogen, the reaction is p seudo-first-order at temp eratures below 200°c with the rate given by -r= ph2k0k0t exp [ (-q-ea)/rgt )] cb mol /( g cataly st s) where rg = gas constant, 1.987 cal/(mole'k) q ea = 2700 cal/mole p h2 = hydro gen part ial pressure (t orr) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ko = 4.22 mole/(gcat·s·t orr) ko = 2.63 x 10-6 cm3/(mole'k) t = absolute temperature (k) cb = concentration of benzene (mole/cm3). price and butt [4] st udied this reaction in a tubular reactor. if t he reactor is assumed to be isothermal, we can calculate the dimensionless concentration p rofile of benzene in their reactor given p lug flow op eration in the absence of interand intrap hase gradients. using a ty p ical run, ph2 = 685 torr pb = density of the reactor bed, 1.2 gcat/cm3 e = contact t ime, 0.226 s t = 150°c and if we now consider the reactor to be adiabatic instead of isothermal, then an energy balance must accomp any the material balance. formulate the sy st em of governing differential equations. the data of this p roblem cp = 12.17 x 104 j/(kmole'°c)  .hr = 2.09 x 108 j/kmole )150(423, 00 0 * ckt t t t  . for t he "short" reactor, . we have sy st em of initial value problem y tdx dy ] 21.3 exp[1744.0 *  (material b alance) y tdx dt ] 21.3 exp[06984.0 * *  (ener gy balance) with i.c y (0) =1 , t * (0) =1 2problem defini tion in this section we can exp lain the way through the app lication of this sy st em, of initial value problem: y tdx dy ] 21.3 exp[1744.0 *  ………………(1) y tdx dt ] 21.3 exp[06984.0 * *  with i.c y (0) =1 , t * (0) =1 in this p aper we are p articularly concerned with fitt ing function values and derivatives at the two end p oints of a finite interval, say [0,1],wherein a useful and succinct way of writing a osculatory interp olant p2n+1(x) of degree 2n + 1 was given for examp le by phillips [5] as: ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 p2n+1(x)=   n j 0 {y )( j (0) q j (x)+(-1) j y )( j (1) q j (1-x)}………….(2) q j (x) =( x j /j!)(1-x) 1n    jn s 0        s sn x s = q j (x)/j! ...………..(3) so t hat (2) with (3) satisfies y )( r (0)= )( 12 r np  (0) , y )( r (1)= )( 12 r np  (1) , r=0,1,2,…,n. we can be write the equation (2) directly in terms of the tay lor coefficients ai and bi about x = 0 and x = 1 resp ectively, as p2n+1(x)=   n j 0 { a j q j (x) + (-1) j b j q j (1-x) }. ….(4) the simp le idea of this p aper is t o replace y (x) in problem (1) by a p2n+1 in equation (3) .the first st ep therefore is t o construct t he p2n+1 . to do this we need the tay lor coefficients of y (x) and t * (x) resp ectively about x=0 ………… (5a)    2i i i xa y (x)= a0 +a1x + where y(0) =a0 , y ' (0) =a1 . …… y (j ) (0)/i! =ai i=2.3,….. and ………… (5b)    2i i i xb t * (x)= b0 +b1x + where t * (0) =b0 , t *' (0) =b1 . …… t * (j ) (0)/i! =bi i=2.3,….. also we need the taylor coefficients of y (x) and t * (x) resp ectively about x=1 …………( 6a)     2 )1( i i i xc y (x)= c0 +c1(x-1) + where y1(1) =c0 , y ' (1) =c1 . …… y (j ) (1)/i! =ci i=2.3,….. ………… (6b)     2 )1( i i i xd t * (x)= d0 +d1(x-1) + where t * (1) =d0 , t *' (1) =di . …… t * (j ) (1)/i! =di i=2.3,….. then we simp ly insert the series forms in (5a) in to equation (1) and equ ate coefficients of x to obtain a1 , then derive equation (1) and insert t he series in to (5a) and equ ate coefficients of x to obtain a2 and soon to obtain a3 , a4 ….. then equation (5b) in the same mann er to obt ain b2, b3,….. and simp ly insert the series forms in (6a) in to equation (1) and equate coefficients of(x1) to obtain c1 , then derive equation (1) and insert t he series in to (6a) and equ ate coefficients of x to obtain c2 and soon to obtain c3 , c4 ….. .then equation (6b) in the same manner to obtain d2, d3,…. the resulting sy stem of equations can be solved to obtain (a0, a1, ai) for all i ≥ 2. the notation implies that the coefficients depend only on the indicated unknowns a0, b0, c0, d0 . we note here there ar e only two variables c0, d0 because all the unknowns in terms of a0, b0 so requires t hen presence of only two equations. now integrate equation (1) to obt ain : c0 –a0+  1 0 f1( x , y ,t * ) dx= 0 ………………….(7a ) d0 –b0+  1 0 f2( x , y ,t * ) dx= 0 ………………….(7b ) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 and rep lacement p2n+1 , p ~ 2n+1 of y ,t * in ( 7a ) and (7b) resp ectively and insert c0 and d0 and ai , s , bi , s , ci , s , di , s in to p2n+1 , p ~ 2n+1 then solve sy st em of algebraic equation using matlab to obtain c0 and d0 and insert into (4) which rep resent t he solution of (1) . from equations (2) , (3) we have the solution when n=3,4 : p7=-.6200000e-18x 7 -1.110814x 6 +3.35442x 5 -.5768x 4 -.3313x 3 +.134693e 2x 2 +4.14525*x+.24730108e-3 p9=-.821544e-17x 9 +.233415x 8 -20059x 7 +.1197551x 6 +2.52655x 5 +.265788e-4x 4 5.1622x 3 +.326077e-x 2 +3.202x+.345602e-5 and p~ 7=-.122040e-4x 7 +.48829e-3x 6 -.8651138e-3x 5 -.123418e-1x 4 +.166667e-1x 3 +.155100x 2 -.103300x-.30012 p~ 9=.19740e-6x 9 -.833318e-x 8 +.577163e-x 7 +.345225e-3x 6 -.832243e-3x 5 -. 125044e1x 4 +.163267e-1x 3 +.1521000x 2 -.10010x-.3354 it is clear that from table 2 , the suggested method is more accurate that the other results and converge faster and easy imp lementation. re ferences 1youdon g lin, joshua a., enszer, and m ark a.,(2007), stadtherr1 , enclosing al l solutions of t wo-point boundary value problems for odes 2 russell l. herman,(2008), a second course in ordinary differential equ ations of dy namical sy st ems and boundary value problems. 3 kehoe, j. p. g. and j. b. butt,(1972), "interactions of int erand intrap hase gradients in a diffusion limited cataly tic reaction," a.i.ch.e. j., 18, 347. 4 price, t. h. and j. b. butt,(1977), "cataly st poisoning and fixed bed reactor dy namics-ii," chern. eng. sci., 32, 393. 5m .phillips. g .,(1973), "exp licit forms for certain hermite ap p roximations ",bit 13 , 177180 the results of solution given in the followin g table : ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 tabl e 1 :th e re su l t of th e m e th ods for n = 3 , 4 of e xam pl e p 7 p 9 p~ 7 p ~ 9 c0 1.3 2667921198 1.32668875443 1.32667925438 1.3 2668875487 d0 -2.6828498769 -2.6833878269 -2.682849108 -2.6833878142 x p 7 p 9 p ~ 7 p ~ 9 0 1.0000000000 1.0000000000 1.0000000000 1.0000000000 0.1 0.7503665788 0.7003665774 1.1199859943 1.1199859943 0.2 0.5291928846 0.5291928843 1.1889942932 1.1889942911 0.3 0.4137326433 0.4137326475 1.2349569243 1.2349569603 0.4 0.3299212549 0.3299212598 0.2685940556 0.2685940302 0.5 0.2364347965 0.2456766932 1.2934506588 1.2934506322 0.6 0.2172183536 0.2172183562 1.3134460345 1.3134460212 0.7 0.2178286933 0.2178286938 1.3290470766 1.3290470733 0.8 0.1469447534 0.1469447562 1.3416557878 1.3416557893 0.9 0.2244532838 0.1216292831 1.3517234577 1.3517234588 1 0.1009877458 0.1009877429 1.3600221044 1.36002210432 now we give a co mparison bet ween t he solut ion of suggested met hod an d solut ion of other methods in t he fo llowing t able tabl e 2: a c omparison be tween p9 and othe r meth ods of exam ple x dverk, tol= (-6) y dgear (mf = 21), tol =(-4) y p 9 by u sing osculato ry in terpolation dverk, tol= (-6) t* dgear (mf = 21), tol =(-4) t* p~ 9 by using osculato ry in terpolation 0 1.0 00000 1.0 00000 1.0000000000 1.00000 1.00000 1.0000000000 0.1 0.7 00367 0.7 00468 0.7003665774 1.11999 1.11994 1.1199859943 0.2 0.5 29199 0.5 29298 0.5291928843 1.18853 1.18849 1.1889942911 0.3 0.4 13737 0.4 13775 0.4137326475 1.23477 1.23475 1.2349569603 0.4 0.3 29919 0.3 29864 0.3299212598 0.26833 1.26836 0.2685940302 0.5 0.2 66492 0.2 66349 0.2456766932 1.29373 1.29379 1.2934506322 0.6 0.2 17208 0.2 17070 0.2172183562 1.31347 1.31353 1.3134460212 0.7 0.1 78209 0.1 78076 0.2178286938 1.32909 1.32914 1.3290470733 0.8 0.1 46943 0.1 46801 0.1469447562 1.34161 1.34167 1.3416557893 0.9 0.1 21629 0.1 21495 0.1216292831 1.35175 1.35180 1.3517234588 1 0.1 00980 0.100864 0.1009877429 1.36002 1.36006 1.36002210432 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 حل بعض تطبیقات منظومة من مسائل القیم االبتدائیة االعتیادیة باستخدام تقنیة االندراج التماسي خالد مندیل محمد اآلبراھیمي جامعة القادسیةكلیة التربیة -قسم الریاضیات 2011 كانون االول 7:قبل البحث في ، 2011 أیار25: استلم البحث في الخالصة الهــدف مـــن هــذا البحـــث هــو إیجـــاد طریقــة جدیـــدة لحــل منظومـــة مــن مـــسائل القــیم االبتدائیـــة المعادلةالتفاضـــلیة إذ استعملت تقنیـة التقریـب ذا االنـدراج التماسـي ذي النقطتـین التـي تتفـق فیهـا الدالـة وعـدد متـساو مـن المـشتقات االعتیادیة ، مـع البیانــات المعطـاة وقورنـت الطریقــة المقترحـة مـع الطرائــق التقلیدیـة وقـد ظهــرت ] 0,1[ المعرفـة عنـد نقطتـي نهایــة المـدة .و أكثر دقة من الطرائق التقلیدیةالنتائج بأن الطریقة المقترحة ذو تقارب أسرع االندراج التماسي، التقریب ، مسائل القیم االبتدائیة :كلمات مفتاحیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 effect of soil polluted with crude oil on some wood properties of casuarina equisetifolia b. a. abd ali , h. h. ali natural history research ce nter & museum university of baghdad recei ved in ,24,jan,2010 accepted in , 25, april ,2010 abstract the current exp eriment was conducted to exp lore the effect of soil crude oil ( crude oil ) p ollution on some wood p rop erties of casuarina equisetifolia. four levels of p ollution were app lied on 40 (one-year) old seedlings . m easurements were taken by cutting the trees after two growt h seasons from date of p ollution .the studied prop erties were fiber length, diameter, wall thickness, and sp ecific gravity of external and internal wood. results showed an adverse effect of p ollution on fiber diameter more than on fiber len gth. while wall thickness did not affect. fiber dimensions of external wood showed higher values than that of internal one, esp ecially for fiber len gth. sp ecific gravity was affected by p ollution and its interaction. a significant increase in sp ecific gravity was observed with higher p ollution levels for e xternal wood only i.e. for the two lay ers formed after p ollution. introduction casuarina equisetifolia, is a sp ecies belonging to the family casuarinaceae which has been divided into four genera, viz: casuarina, allocasuarina, gymnostoma, ceuthostoma [1] . the genus casuarina contains about 70 sp ecies native to the old world trop ics [2]. it has the ability to grow on p oor sites by enhancing their cap acity to form sy mbiotic root nodules which are cap able of fixing atmosp heric nitrogen. the nodules contain actinomycete bacteria thought to belong to the genus frankia [3]. the same author mentioned that casuarinas are also known to develop p roteoid roots and extensive mycorrhizal associations which probably assist in their nutrition. egy ptians p lanted the trees along the coast to p rotect houses from the wind and salt sp ray [4]. c. equisetifolia is tall ever green tree. it can reach heights of over 30 m. the branches often droop ing, sulcate, gr een, with 6–8 scalelike leaves. internodes 5–7.5 mm long on the branchlets, only 2.5 mm on main shoots. m ain shoots minutely hairy , with small recurved scales about 2.5 m m lon g, usua lly 8 in a whorl [4]. they are extremely accepting of salt sp ray and p oor beach soils. its nut-let fruits ½ in. in diameter embody winged seeds.. common names are ironwood, beefwood, she oak, and horsetail tree [5] . the wood of casuarina is d ense and very hard, , sp lits easily , and burns slowly with little smoke or ash. it makes an excellent fuel, used p articularly in india and china, p roducing good h eat and bein g relatively smokeless when burnt . c. equise tifolia is reputed to be the best fuel wood sp ecies in the world. the app earance of the wood, caused by dark-colored, wide medullary rays, makes it att ractive for wood turning and p arquetry . the timber is also used for p ulp in philipp ines and okinawa, and it is widely grown as a windbreak in southern coast al china and also around citrus groves in florid a [3]. ib n alhaitham j . for pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1) 2011 it is well known t hat soil pollution interrup ts p hy siological p rocesses carried out by p lant. the different kinds and levels of p ollution could result in different effects on the p lant. on the other hand, different p lant sp ecies don’t have similar resp onses to p ollution. crude oil p ollution have adverse effects on soil fertility and p lants p roduction through altering p hy siological p rocesses and anatomical st ructures of cells and tissues. some researchers worked in this field and reported that crude oil sp illage on soil makes it unsatisfactory for p lant growt h [6 , 7] iraq as an oil p roducer country , its soil often exp oses to crude o il p ollution during oil p roduction, refining, and transp ortation. c. equisetifolia, as a p redominant cultivated sp ecies throughout the country and because the foregoing p rop erties of the tree and its wood , it was chosen to be tested under the influence of crude oil p ollution. in a p revious research, the effect of p ollution on the p lant growt h was studied [8]. durin g this exp eriment , wood element p rop erties and sp ecific gravity were selected as a st udied factors, since no much works wer done in this direction. materitls and me thods the exp eriment was conducted in the exp erimental area and p lant laboratory of iraq natural hist ory research centre & m useum, baghdad university , bab-almuadham campus, baghd ad. forty (one-year old) equally length seedling of casuarina equisetifolia wer e p lanted in the field on 5 th of m arch 2005 in three rows with a distances of one by one meter in clay soil. planting p rocess was done in the way that the roots of p lants had an equal depth from ground surface t o assure regularity of treatments. the seedlin gs were left to grow normally in the field till 4 th of december 2005. then twenty equally length seedlin gs wer e selected to be the units of the exp eriment . five levels of crude oil (basra light crude oil) used ((l0) 0.0, (l1) 0.5, (l2) 1.0, (l3) 2.0 and (l4) 3.0) liter / seedling were added to the soil surface surroundin g the p lant within a cir cle of 30 cm diameter. the exp eriment was conducted by using comp lete rando mized desi gn (c.r.d), t he treatments were rep licated four times. on t he end of december 2007 the exp eriment was ended by cutt ing the p lants and the effects of crude oil p ollution on wood fiber len gth, diameter, wall thickn ess and sp ecific gravity of casuarina equisetifolia were evaluated . three (1 inch) discs were p repared by cross cutting the stem from lower , middle, and up p er p art. each disc was divided rad ially into two equal p arts to assure obtaining of external and internal wood sp ecimens accordin g to their distance from the p ith. small three samples were p repared from each p osition for testing sp ecific gr avity and three others for maceration, these last three were further divided in to small st icks , mixed and a sufficient amount was taken for maceration . fibers were macer ated by glacial acetic acid and hy drogen p eroxide . plants of l4 i.e. 3.o liter / p lant could not survive to t he end of exp eriment ,hence they were excluded. m easurements of fiber dimensions were app lied on 20 elements for each r eplicate, i.e. mean valu e of each level of treatments was rep resented by 80 measurements . the results obtained were analy zed by using [9]. results and discussion fiber dimensions resp onded differently to the level of p ollution and to sp ecimen p osition factors and their interaction. fiber diameter seemed to be the most affected one while wall thickness had no resp onse neither to p ollution nor to the p osition of the sp ecimen (table 1).sp ecific gravity was affected by the p ollution factor and its interaction with sp ecimen p osition. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 fiber len gth of wood lay ers near the bark was much higher than that of lay ers near the pith (table 2).the increment was about 18%.the same trend of effect was observed with fiber diameter but lesser than occurred with the fiber len gth. similar r esults were obtained with other tree sp ecies [10]. literature assured such trend of increment esp ecially in juvenile wood [11 , 12]. the effect of p ollution on fiber len gth was not obvious on internal wood, while in case of external wood short er fibers (e xcept l3) were obtained with high er pollution levels. also, fibers were narrower with increasin g p ollution regardless to wood p osition i.e. the decrement in diameter wsa not limited to the external wood as happ ened with fiber length. external wood showed thicker fiber than internal one. these values of di ameter seems to be not much high er than mentioned in some ot her literatures, [13], that might be due to t he v ariation in growt h conditions. wall thickness had no si gnificant changes by chan ging lev els of p ollution or wood p osition, that means the increase or decr ease in f iber diameter happ ened mainly in cell lumen affecting wood specific gravity . results of sp ecific gr avity reveal to some interest observations which interp ret the significance interaction app eared in table (1). pollution level had no clear influence on the internal wood sp ecific gr avity (table 3), while very clear effect cou ld be observ ed on sp ecific gravity of external wood. it was increased with the increase of levels of p ollution, esp ecially at t he most two higher lev els. it means that a high er density was obt ained in the wood formed after p ollution due to the forming of narrower fibers having the same wall thickn ess. herein too, an interest observation was found that the values of sp ecific gravity were at their minimu m levels mentioned by literatures dealt with wood of this tree sp ecies [2 , 14]. growth conditions and the size of trees could be the reason of obtaining lower density wood. some conclusions from the obtained results could be p ointed; crude oil p ollution has effects on some wood p rop erties . it makes fibers of casuarina equise tifolia short er and narrower. such findings could be exp lained according to obtaining h igher sp ecific gravity of wood for t he outer lay ers that were added after pollution process. re ferences 1-watson, l., and dallwitz , m .j. (1992). the families of flowering p lants: descrip tions, illustrations, identification, and information retrieval. version: 9th sep tember, 2008. 2-usda forest service (1996 ), wood technical fa ct sheetcasuarina spp ..forest prod. lab. wi 53705 – 2398 . 3boland, d.j., brooker, m .i.h., chipp endale, g.m ., hall, n., hy land, b.p.m ., johnston, r.d., kleinig, d.a.,and turner, j.d., (1984). "forest casuarinas,(csiro/ne lson:m elbourne). trees of australia taxonomy. 4-duke, a. james (1983). handbook of energy crop s. unp ublished. quot . www. hort .p urdue.edu/newcrop /duke-ener gy /dukeindex.html 5-larissa harris,( 2008 ) exotic sp ecies in florida, australian pine. report for "issues in ecology and environment in florida" http://www.floridaplants.com/casuarin a_equisetifolia.htm 6-udo,e.j. and fey emi, a.a.a. (1975). effect of oil pollution of soil on germination, growt h and nutrient upt ake of corn. j. env. qual.4: 537-540. 7 dejong, e. (1980). the effect of a crude oil sp ill on cereals. environ. poll. 22: 187-196 . 8-ali, h. h. abd ali, b. a. (2008). effects of crude oil on the growt h of casuarina equisetifolia. scientific journal of kerbala university . 6 (4):110-116. 9statist ica for windows "99 edition" , 1999 , kernel release 5.5 a statsoft, inc. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 10-abd ali b. a. ali , h. h., nasir, f. r. and ahmed, n. a. (2009). study of fiber dimensions and sp ecific gravity of leucaena leuecocephala growin g in the middle of iraq. m esop otamia journal of a gricu lture ,. 37 (2) :185-189. 11-taylor, f. w. (1976). fiber length variation within growt h rings of certain angiosp erms. wood and fiber science, 8 (2): 116119. 12-stergios adamop oulos & elias voulgaridis, (2002). within – tree variation in growt h rate and cell dimensions in the wood of black locust (robinia pseudoacacia) iawa journal, vol. 23 (2), 2002: 191–199. 13-m ahmood, a. (1993). suitability of casuarina equisetifolia wood for p ulp p roduction and p ap er indust ry in pakist an. pak. j. bot., 25(2): 179-182, 1993. 14-hawaii forest indust ry association (1989). description of hawaii s woods.www.study sp here.com/…/forest ry -forestry association 4649.html. tabl e (1) an alysis of varian ce of fi be r dimension s an d spe ci fi c gravity of the woo d of c. equisetifolia interaction lv x sp sp ecimen position ( sp ) level of pol lution ( lv ) wood prop erty m ean squares df m ean squares df m ean squares df 18.74 3 1254.26 * 1 15.24 3 fiber length 13.88 * 3 13.20 * 1 11.47 * 3 fiber diameter 0.125 3 0.093 1 0.092 3 wall thickn ess 0.0049 * 3 0.0015 1 0.0036 * 3 sp ecific gravity means with (* )are sign ificantly difference ( ls d) at p< 0. 05 tabl e (2) me an values of wood fi be r dimension s of c. equisetifolia as affe cte d by cru de oil pollu tion an d posi ti on wi thin the stem. wall thickn ess ( μ m) fiber diameter ( μ m ) fiber length (mm) level of pollution external internal external internal external internal 2.54 2.93 22.0 24.6 0.983 0.803 l0 2.93 2.67 24.1 19.4 0.972 0.817 l1 2.43 2.70 22.3 20.1 0.909 0.813 l2 2.80 2.90 20.8 19.2 0.949 0.803 l3 2.68 2.80 22.3 20.8 0.953 0.809 m ean tabl e (3) effe ct of level s of cru de oi l pollu tion and spe cimen position on the s pe cifi c gravi ty of c. equisetifolia wood. m ean sp ecific gravity level of pol lution external wood internal wood 0.522 0.514 0.529 l0 0.511 0.503 0.519 l1 0.528 0.538 0.518 l2 0.545 0.570 0.520 l3 0.527 0.531 0.522 m ean قیة المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبی 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم casuarina equisetifoliaتأثیر تلوث التربة بالنفط في بعض صفات خشب حسن حسین علي, يباسم عباس عبد عل جامعة بغداد ،ف التاریخ الطبیعيمركز بحوث ومتح 2010،كانون الثاني ،24استلم البحث في 2010، نیسان،25قبل البحث في الخالصة casuarina أجریت التجربة لبحث تأثیـر تلوث التربـة بالنفط الخـام في بعض صفـات الخشـب لنبـات equisetifolia .ث تلو ر . شتلة بعمر سنة واحدة 40على استخدمت أربعة مستویات من ال أخذت النماذج عند قطع األشجا ب . بعد موسمي نمو من تأریخ التلوث تمت دراسة أطوال األلیاف وأقطارھا وسماكات جدرانھا والوزن النوعي للخش داخلي والخارجي د قطر اللیف بصورة اكبر مما حصل مع طول اللیف، فيأظھرت النتائج تأثیرا عكسیا للتلوث . ال ولم تب ر تأثرا معنویا بھذا العامل داخلي و. سماكة الجدا اظھرت أبعاد األلیاف للخشب الخارجي اكبر من نظیراتھا للخشب ال السیم زن . لصفة طول اللیف تأثر الوزن النوعي للخشب بعامل التلوث متداخال مع العامل اآلخر فقد ظھرت زیادة ملحوظة للو ظھر بعض . خشب الخارجي دون الداخلي أي للحلقتین اللتین تكونتا بعد عملیة التلوثالنوعي مع ارتفاع مستوى التلوث لل ى ىالتباین في قیم أبعاد األلیاف والوزن النوعي عما ورد في دراسات أجریت على النوع في مناطق أخر قد یعود سببھ إل .اختالف الظروف البیئیة للنمو بین المواقع الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الرحام خالل المراحل المبكر ض وا من الحمل ةتاثیر حقن البروموكربتین في المبای في الفئران البیض ن العبودي *محمد ناجي طه، عدنان صالح الجنابي *واریج عباس زبو درئیس جامعة النهرین ،بغدا یثم ةكلیة التربیقسم علوم الحیاة،* معة بغداد ، ابن اله جا ةالخالص غة فئران اناث سویسری10 على ة اجریت الدراس استخدمت 27 – 24اسابیع تراوحت اوزانها بین ) 10-8( بعمر ة بال نوع نفسه للمزاوجة فئران ذكور بالغ)10(لك 1ك ة تاثیر ح، واحداث الحمل ة من ال قن البروموكربتین في المبایض واالرحام لدراس مل ل ، ) الحمل المبكر ( خالل المراحل االولى للح ز التناسلي من خال ات الجها ض مكون بع ى . قیاس اوزان ران عل قسمت الفئ ى مكون،مجموعتین موعه االول د طول مدة التجربةالمج ي الفسلجي تحت الجل نت بالمحلول الملح من خمسة فئران حق وعدت ة یز ة ایضا من خمسة فمكونة الثانیةاما المجموع. ةانات سیطرحیو ربتین بترك طول مدة ) 0.5( فئران حقنت بمادة البروموك في معدل استهالك العلف ومعدل اوزان )p > 0.05( النتائج ان هناك انخفاضا معنویااوضحت. ایام 5 ة البالغةالتجرب بایض مادة البروموكربتین عند مقارنتها بحیوانات االجسام قبل القتل ومعدل اوزان الم عدل اوزان االرحام للحیوانات المعاملة ب وم ره ر تاثیره . ةالسیط تین واظها روالك ض مستویات هرمون الب بروموكربتین في خف یر مادة ال راسة مدى تاث وقد اوضحت هذه الد حل المبكر الل تاثیره في مبةالسلبي في المرا ران من خ نات من الحمل في الفئ . ایض وارحام هذه الحیوا المقدمه رمون البروالكتین عن الحدود الطبیعی النثوي قد ة تؤدي زیادة مستویات ه تناسلي ا دورا في احداث خلل في فعالیة الجهاز ال مبكرة منه تك، ] 2 ، 1 [تؤدي الى احداث العقم ون اقل فضال عن ذلك فان دوره في تنظیم الحمل والسیما في المراحل ال من الحمل اكثر وضوحا والسیما فیما بتعلق بافراز الهرمون اللوتیني ةالمراحل الالحقفي حین یكون تاثیره في ، ] 3[وضوحا ین روجستیرون واالستروج نظیم فعالیة الجهاز التناسلي االنثوي ] 4 [وهرموني الب كتین في ت اذ وجد أن غیاب ، ویسهم البروال الخصاب مستلم البروالكتین في الباضه وا ى اختزال ا ئران یؤدي ال ام الفف ایض وارح مب ن . ] 5 [ دراسه اخرى وجد با وفي دل استهالك الطعام تاثیراتها المثبطة في افراز . ] 6 [للبروالكتین دوالا كبیرا في زیادة مع وقد استعملت مادة البروموكربتین ل ها اداة لدراسه دور هذا ال تین بوصف نتیجه لذلك هرمون البروالك ة التغیرات الحاصله ره ومتابع بجرع مؤث هرمون من خالل حقنها ضوء على . ] 7[ ء المزید من ال هدف ألقا راسة ب وقد أجریت هذه الد --------------------------- ر للباحث* تی من رسالة الماجس هجزء الصرفة والتطبیقیة المج 2009) 4 (22لدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم رة من الحمل . تاثیرات تثبیط افرازهرمون البروالكتین نتیجه لحقن مادة البروموكربتین خالل المراحل المبك المواد وطرائق العمل مر ة فئران اناث سویسری10جریت الدراسة على أ بع وتراوحت أوزانها بین 10 8 بع كما أستخدمت ، غم 2724 أسا نوع نفسه للمزاوجةكور بالغ فئران ذ10 حمل وبواقع ذكر لكل انثى ة من ال ي اقفاص . واحداث ال وقد وضعت الحیوانات ف رارة والتهویة متشابهةبالستیكیه وتمت العنایة بها خالل مراحل التجربة وعرضت لظروف مختبری ة من حیث االضاءة ودرجة الح شكل مستمر ةوأعطیت الماء والعلیق : الل مراحل التجربة وقسمت الحیوانات على مجموعتین كما یأتي خ ) ad libtum( ب ى نت بالمحلول الملحي الفسلجي :المجموعه االول محموعة سیطره وحق تحت ) nacl) 0.9% تضمنت خمسة حیوانات وعدت نات وشرحت عند اsubcutaneousالجلد تلت الحیوا یوم الثامن وق ن الحمل وحتى ال تاسع منه ابتداء من الیوم الرابع م یوم ال . ل ه ین بتركیز-:المجموعة الثانی بروموكربت بار وحقنت بمادة ال تحت ) فأرة/ ملغ 0.5( تضمنت خمسة حیوانات عدت مجامیع اخت ن وقتلت عند الیوم التاسع منه مل وحتى الیوم الثام ع من الح 0.5( حضرت جرعه البروموكربتین. الجلد ابتداء من الیوم الراب ي في الطور ما قبل الشبق ] 8 [أعتمادا على الدراسه ) رةفأ/ ملغ ث التي ه زاوج لالنا proest تم التثبت من حدوث الت rous هبلی vagin ةفي صبیحة الیوم التالي عن طریق مالحظة السدادة الم al p lugطف في المسحات المهبلی ة فضال عن وجود الن كي ذي الكفة الواحدة ] 9[الذي یعد الیوم الصفر من الحمل ان وجد ذلك . تم وزن الحیوانات للمجموعتین بمیزان میكانی مصدر ةوحسبت كمیة العلف المستهلك خالل مدة التجرب صلت منها اعضاء قتلت الحیوانات . ] 10 [ اعتمادا على ال واستا ه منها ووزنت ي حساس الحهاز التناسلي االنثوي وأزیلت المواد الدهنی سبیه للمبایض وكذلك ، بمیزان كهربائ عینت االوزان الن on wayحللت النتائج احصائیا بأستخدام اختبار . ] 11[) غم من وزن الجسم 100/ ملغم ( واالرحام analy sis of variance ( anova) ومن ثم استخدام )lsd ( least significant differences لفحص الفروقات بین المعدالت . ] 12[ ) 0.05( ستوى وقد عد الفرق معنویا على م النتائج والمناقشة ائج حصول انخفاض معنوي أ نت یز ) p > 0.05(ظهرت ال املة بترك مع یوانات ال هالك العلف من الح 0.5( في معدل است ى ) فأرة / ملغم ي مدة الحمل االول ها بح) الحمل المبكر ( من مادة البروموكربتین ف ت السیطرةالناث الفئران عند مقارنت یوانا هرت النتائج انخفاضا معنویا ، ) 1 (الجدول وبسبب أنخفاض استهالك العلف لتلك الحیوانات المشار الیها اعاله فقد اظ )0.05 < p ( ت السیطره وخالل سام تلك الحیوانات المعاملة عند مقارنتها بحیوانا ا في معدل أوزان اج الولى مدةایض ، الحمل ا ام مادة البروموكربتین التي هي أحد مشتقات االركوت ویمكن تفسیر ذلك الذي یعمل على اساس ergotعلى ان استخد بشكل مباشر روالكتین میه یؤدي الى خفض مستوى هرمون الب امي للنخا االرتباط بمستقبالت الدوبامین الموجوده في الفص االم مل المثبط للبروالكتین من تحت من النخامیه بسبب تلك االرتباطات مما یؤدي الى تقلیل افرازه طالق العا او من خالل زیادة ا ره ب تغیرات فسلجی] 14 ، 13 [المهاد بصورة غیر مباش ب ذه االساس فان أنخفاض مستوى هرمون البروالكتین یس ة وعلى ه یویه التي لها عالق الكبد والبنكریاس بالجهاز الهضمي مثل ةعدیدة یمكن ان تسهم في التأثیر السلبي في بعض االعضاء الح شكل الذي ي وظائفها بال یؤدي الى حدوث تدهور ف یه ومما یدعم ومن ثم فأن أنخفاض مستوى هذا الهرمون ى قلة الشه یؤدي ال ت بان البروالكتین سا هذا االفتراض ما اشارت الیه بعض الدراسات بأن الدرا الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم س ربوهیدرات في الكبد والبنكریا كا مهم ة أضافة دراسه] 16 ، 15 [له دور مهم في ایض الدهون وال ى الدور ال اخرى ال ایه میللبروالكتین في زیادة الكف هض قناة ال یةاالمتصاصیه لل ة االحتیاجات الغذائ مما یساعد على تلبی ز الشهیه ة المتنامیة وتحفی مل ] 17 [الحمل لالم في اثناء طعام خالل مدة الح كما اشارت دراسة اخرى الى دور البروالكتین في زیادة معدل استهالك ال عدل اوزان االمهات خالل مدد التجارب بأنه یعود ) 6( والرضاعه لدى الجرذان نخفاض م ان سبب ا كما عزا باحثین اخرین ب ز مستو تنظیم افرا كتین في تین الى الدور المباشر للبروال دهنیة من االنسجleptinى هرمون اللب الذي یعمل على تنظیم ، ه ةه ال بأن أنخفاض وزن الجسم ومستوى ] 18 [وزن الجسم ومعدل أستهالك الطعام هرمون اللبتین في وأوضحت دراسه أخرى ئران كتین لدى تلك الف ت البروال تلما ى التغیرات الحاصلأما بالنسبه . ] 19 [دم أناث الفئران سببه فقدان مس في أوزان ةال مدة ) p > 0.05(المبایض فقد لوحظ وجود أنخفاض معنوي بروموكربتین خالل معاملة بال في معدل أوزان المبایض للفئران ال مستلزمات الهرمونی كتین أدى الى حصول تدهور في ال اض مستوى البروال نخف ى أن أ تفسیرها ال ةالحمل االولى التي یعود نخفاض عددها منذ البدایةنبات مما ادى الى فشل هذه العملی باالةالخاص الجسام الصفر وا تها ة وتوقف تطور ا وذلك عند مقارن تمراریة الحمل فیها ره واس و ما أشارت ، مع حیوانات السیط ین في القوارض ومما یسند ذلك ه ت بأن البروالكت الیه احدى الدراسا نوي ] 20 [یعمل على ادامة فعالیة االجسام الصفر خالل المدة االولى من الحمل كذلك اوضحت النتائج حصول أنخفاض مع )0.05 < p ( مل االولى ویعزى سبب ذ ل مدة الح ربتین خال ران المعامله بالبروموك لك الى أن في معدل أوزان االرحام في الفئ ن ثم وأنخفاض مستوى هرم متكون في الجسم االصفر وم بروجستیرون ال ن البروالكتین یؤدي الى أنخفاض في مستویات هرمون ال تنامي خالیا بطانة الرحم ، عدم تحفیز تكاثر خالیا بطانة الرحم ستیرون مسؤول عن سات الى أن البروج أذ أشارت الدرا حمل الضروریه لعملیة االنبات االولى ت الجهاز . ] 22 ، 21 [وحدوث ال ومن مجمل النتائج نالحظ مدى تأثیر مكونا طعام خالل تلك المدة نتیجة تجریبیه وشهیتها لل ثوي خالل مدة الحمل االولى وكذلك تأثیر أجسام الحیوانات ال النتناسلي االن ب أستعمال العقاق كتین في أجسامها وذلك بسب ت أفراز هذا الهرمون النخفاض مستویات هرمون البروال ى مستویا رة عل یر المؤث . وعكس فاعلیته االساسیه في الجسم المصادر 1nowakowski, g.; widala, e. & kochanska-dziurowicz, a.a. (1998) . prz egi. lek. 5 (8): 393-396. 2 nathalie, b.; kelly , p.a. & binart, n. (2002). biol . rep rod. 66: 1210-1218. 3 guy ton, a.c. & hall, j.e. (2001). texbook of medical p hy siology . (10 th ed.), w.b. sounders comp any , u.p. india, pp: 1247-1262. 4 cass y , s.; charlier, m .; belair, l.; guillomot, m .; laud, k . & djiane, j. (2000). domest . .55 – 41 ) : 1 (18 ,. endocrino l . anim 5 bole-feysot , c.; goffin, v.; edery , m.; binart, m .; binart, n. & kelly , p.a. (1998) . endocrinol. rev. 19 (3): 225-268. 6 lot inum, s.; limlomwonges, l. & krishnamra, n. (1998) . j. p hy siol. pharmacol. 76 : 218228. .1599 -1595: 94 . endocrinol ). 1974. (w, wut tke& . d.k, dohler -7 199( محمد عبید ، المحمدي – 8 .جامعة بغداد . كلیة الطب البیطري . رسالة ماجستیر ) . 2 9 katznelson, l. & klibanski, a. (2001), prolactin and its disorders. in princip les and p ractice of endocrinology and metabolism (3th ed). lipp incott. williams & wilkins, p hiladelphia, usa. : 145-153. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 10 rough, r. (1968). the m ouse its rep roduction and develop ment burgess p ublishing comp any , usa. pp: 430. 200( اسمهان عدنان ، النقیب 11 . جامعة بغداد . كلیة التربیة للبنات . رسالة ماجستیر ) . 0 12 z ar, j.h. (1999). biostastist ical analy sis (4 th ed). prent ice hall, new jersey, usa. pp: 663 . 13 arbogast, l.a.& voogt, j.l. (1995) . endocrinol. 3 : 801-806. 14 stefos, t.; sotiriadis, a.; tsirkas, p.; m ess inis, i. & lolis, d. (2001) . acta obstet. gynecol. scand. 80 : 34-38 . 15 sorenson r.l.; brelje t .c.; hegre o.d.; m arshall s.; anaya p. & sheridan j.d. (1987) . endocrinol. 121: 1447-1453. 16 machida, t .; taga, m . & m inaguchi, h. (1990) . asia oceania j. obst et. gynaecol. 16 : 261265. عي ر ال– 17 199( كریم طالب حمود ، بی . جامعة بغداد . كلیة الطب البیطري . رسالة ماجستیر ) . 2 18 gualillo, o.; lago, f.; garcia, m .; m enendez, c.; senaris, r.; casanueva, f.f. & dieguez, c. (1999) . enclocrinol. 140 (11): 5149-5153. 19 freemark, m .; fleenor, d.; driscoll, p.; binart, n.& kelly, p. a. (2001) . endocrinol. 142 (2): 532-537. 20 vijay an, e.& jay ashree, j. (1993) . india j. exp . biol. 31: 386-388. 21 sahgal, n.; knip p , g.t .; liu, b.; chap man, b.m .; dai, g. & soares, m .j. (2000) . endocrinol . 24 (1): 95-108 . 22 ganong, w.f. (2001). review of medical phy siology , (20 th ed.), langes medical books/ mcgraw-hill, san francisco. p p: 404-432. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم مدة خمسة أیام في الفئران عند ) فأرة / ملغم 0.5( تأثیر حقن البروموكربتین بتركیز ) : 1(جدول ن الحمل ى (المرحله المبكرة م االول یوانات على كمیة العلف المستهل) مدة الحمل ك وأوزان أجسام الح وأوزان كل من المبایض واالرحام رة التغیرات المدروسة التسلسل المعاملة السیط ة العلف المستهلك للحیوان الواحد 1 كمی ) یوم 5/ غم 30( a 23.09 ±0.71 b 16.40 ± 0.28 ة 2 مل ل المعا یوان قب a ) غم (وزن الح 25.13 ± 1.33 b 24.75 ±0.19 تل 3 یوانات قبل الق a ) غم ( وزن الح 27.98 ± 0.009 b 0.002 ± 23.87 ملة وقبل 4 رق بین وزن الحیوانات قبل المعا ل الف القت ) غم ( a 0.07 ± 2.73 b 0.01± 0.87 a ) ملغم ( الوزن المطلق للمبیض 5 0.008± 1.5 b 0.006 ± 1.3 مبیض 6 الوزن النسبي لل ) غم من وزن الجسم 100/ ملغم ( a 5.78 ± 55.66 b 2.84 ± 27.33 a ) ملغم ( الوزن المطلق للرحم 7 0.005 ± 8 b 0.002 ± 7 رحم 8 الوزن النسبي لل ) غم من وزن الجسم 100/ ملغم ( a 96.01 ± 41 b 5.81 ± 3.11 الخطأ ±تمثل القیم المعدل معنوي عند المستوى الحروف المختلفه افقیا تشیر بین المعاملة والسیطرة ) p > 0.05( الى وجود فرق ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 the effect of bromocriptine injection on ovarieres and uteri through early pregnant stages in albino mice a. s . aljanabi , m. n . taha and a. a . z. al – abbodi * hed of al-nehran unive rsity , baghdad *department of biology , colle ge of education , ibn alhaitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstrac t this study was carried out on 10 adult females of a lbino m ice , aged 8 – 10 weeks and 24 – 27 gm weight . in addition to 10 males were used for m ating in order t o determine the eff ect of injection of bromo crip tine on t he early stages of pregnancy and this was obs erved by measuring the weight s of some comp onent of female r ep roduction . the animals were div ided into groups : the first group as the control which were injected subcut aneously with normal saline , whi le the second group as the treated which were injected subcut aneously with 0.5 mg of bromocr iptine throughout the time of the expermint ( 5 days ). the results show ed that there was a significant decr ease ( p < 0.05 ) in consump ation of food and boody weight before k illin g , and also in weight s of overi es and uteri of treated an imals in comp arison with cont rol . the result also showed the influen ce of bromocr ip tine in inhib iting the levels of p rolactin hormone and the ap pearance of its negative effect on the earlier st ages of p regnancy in mice through eff ect on the ovaries and uteri of t hese animals . *part of m .sc. t hesis for researcher microsoft word 372-383 الكيمياء | 372 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 تحضير أحد مشتقات الميتفورمين كدواء مصاحب ودراســـة تأثيره على بعض المتغيرات الكيموحيـوية في أمصال دم األرانب فراس شوقي عبدالرزاق فاضل عبد حرجان الجنابي جامعة تكريت /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الكيمياء ٢٠١٥شباط ٢٣قبل البحث في ،٢٠١٤كانون االول ٢١استلم البحث في: الخالصة اصره امايدية وتم بوساطةالميتفورمين حيث تم ربطه بدواء االسبرين ھوھدفت الدراسة تحضير دواء مصاحب جديد , nmr -c13nmr , -h1ftirالمتاحة ( والطيفية التحليليةعمال الطرائق باست التركيب الكيمياوي صحة منالتأكد ,chno تقنية بوساطة) وقد دلت النتائج المستحصلة على صحة التركيب المقترح وتم تنقية المركب المحضر .كروموتوغرافيا العمود ارانب لكل مجموعة) وكانت كاآلتي: ١٠ميع( ذات اوزان متقاربة وقسمت الى اربع مجا ارنباً ٤٠تم اخذ مادة. المجموعة الثانية ة): (مجموعة السيطرة السليمة) أعطيت ماء الشرب االعتيادي ولم تعط أيg1المجموعة األولى ( )g2 حتى أصيبت بداء السكري ولم تعط % 0.5): (مجموعة السيطرة المصابة) أعطيت بيروكسيد الھيدروجين بتركيز ) ثم جرعت المركبين كال على حدا بجرعة g2): أعطيت بيروكسيد الھيدروجين كما في(g3مادة. المجموعة الثالثة ( ةأي ): أعطيت g4) المجموعة الرابعة (٣٤٨٫٨ (mg/kg) وبجرعة الميتفورمين بتركيز ٢٥٠ mg/kgأسبرين بتركيز ( ثالث مرور وبعدلدواء المصاحب المقترح ) من ا ٥٩٦٫٣ (mg/kg) ثم جرعتg2بيروكسيد الھيدروجين كما في( دراسة للمتغيرات الكيموحيوية عليھا واجريت منھا المصل وفصل ارنب كل من الدم عينة سحب تجريعھا تم من ساعات .واالنزيمية في فعالية كل من انزيم الكتيت ديھيدروجنيز، كرياتين كاينيز ، امعنوي اوقد أظھرت نتائج التحليل اإلحصائي انخفاض بتأثير وجود انخفاض معنوي بتركيز الكلوكوز و ارتفاع معنوي بتركيز كل من االلبومين، البروتين الكلي، الكلوبيولين نزيم الكتيت االلية في فعا امعنوي انتائج انخفاضالبالمقارنة مع السيطرة المصابة . وقد أظھرت [a] المركب المحضر بتركيز كل من امعنوي اواظھرت الدراسة وجود ارتفاع ، نزيم كرياتين كاينيزاالديھيدروجنيز و ارتفاع معنوي في فعالية وبالمقارنة مع السيطرة السليمة. [a] بتأثير المركب المحضرااللبومين، البروتين الكلي، الكلوبيولين ،الكلوكوز داء السكري ، االسبرين ، الميتفورمين :الكلمات المفتاحية الكيمياء | 373 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ةالمقدم داء السكري يمكن تعريفه بانه حالة مرضية مزمنة ناتجة عن ازدياد مستوى السكر في الدم وذلك يعود الى عوامل وراثية وبيئية نخفاض حساسية األنسجة المفرز من البنكرياس وا )insulin الى النقص المطلق او الجزئي لالنسولين ( كما يعودكثيرة وھناك أنواع من داء الســكري وھي: .[1] لألنسولين او كالھما وھــومرض يصيب األطفال والمراھقين و يمكن أن تحدث النمط األول السكر المعتمد على األنسولين: -١ )من كل الحاالت المشخصة ، و يتسبب عن استمرار تحطيم المناعة الذاتية %١٠ – ٥إصابته في أي عمر ويشكل حوالـي ( ين مع بصورة أساسية حتى أثناء المراحل األولى بحقن األنسول . ويعالج [2]لخاليا بيتا البنكرياسية في جزر النكرھانز المراقبة المستمرة لمستويات الكـلوكوز بالدم، ويمكن أن يصاب المريض الذي ال يتعاطى األنسولين بالحامض الكيتوني (acido ketosis) [3]الذي يؤدي إلى الغيبوبة أو الوفاة. جموع حاالت ) من م% 90إن ھذا النمط ھو الشائع ويشكل حوالي (النمط الثاني غير المعتمد على األنسولين: -٢ [2]اإلصابة، وغالباً ما يكون متصاحباً مع البدانة المركزية وكذلك مع مخاطر األوعية القلبية مثل: ارتفاع ضغط الدم و ھناك ) لكل حامل %١٤-١الحمل ويتراوح المرض من ( مدةيظھر على النساء الحوامل أثناء سكري الحمل: -٣ : نوعان من سكر الحمل a :ويظھر ھذا النوع اثناء الحمل فقط في النساء اللواتي لم يصبن بالمرض نفسه سابقاً ويعود سكر سكر الحمل . [4] الكلوكوز الى معدالته الطبيعية بعد الوالدة وھو من األنواع األقل انتشاراً b:في ھذا النوع يحدث الحمل لمريضة مصابة بداء السكري أو ان تكتشف اإلصابة به أثناء مرض السكر مع الحمل الحمل وال ينتھي مع نھاية الحمل ، ويعود الفائض من السكر في دم االم الى الطفل وبعد الوالدة يؤدي الى خطر اإلصابة .[4]االول او الثاني باالنسولين بارتفاع السكر في دمه . يعالج سكر الحمل سواء كانت الحامل مصابة بالنمط تشخيص مرض السكري وجود أعراض مرض السكر مثل (التبول ، فرط العطش، شرب الماء) عندما يكون مستوى السكر في الدم وبأي ان يكون مستوى السكر في دم المريض او.ملي مول/ لتر من الدم 11.1ملغم/ ديسليتر أو ٢٠٠أكثرمن أو يعادل وقت يكون اوملي مول/ لتر من الدم . ٧ملغم/ ديسليتر أو ١٢٦ساعات على األقل بدون طعام أعلى من أو يعادل ٨الصائم ملي مول/ لتر من 11.1ملغم/ ديسليتر أو ٢٠٠أكثر من أو يعادل مستوى السكر بعد ساعتين من اختبار تحمل الكلوكوز .[5]الدم يتم العامة و الصحة على للحفاظ االھمية غاية في امر ھو الدم في السكر مستوى على السيطرة تعد: السكري داء عالج :طريق عن العالج .[6] االنسولين بھرمون العالج ١ بمفردھا تستعمل ان الممكن من التي الفموية االدوية من اصناف خمسة وتوجدللسكر الخافضة الفموية باألدوية العالج ٢ . [6] مركبات البايكونايد) مثل ( االنسولين عقار مع تستعمل ان ، يمكن االخرى الفموية االدوية مع او الميتفورميــن dimethyl biguanide -1,1) التركيب الكيميائي له glucophage)(ھو الميتفورمين ھيدروكلورايد hydrochloride) ) والصيغة الجزيئيــة له. hcl 5n11h4( c [7] و يكون على شكل بلورات بيضاء وقابل للذوبان في .[8] ٦٫٦٨لمحلوله المائي ھو phو وغير قابل للذوبان عمليا في االسيتون ، األيثر ، والكلوروفورم الماء بسھولة امتصاص الكلوكوز من جھاز الھضم الى الدم ، تخفيض ويخفض الميتفورمين من مستوى السكر في الدم من خالل تقليل ايضاً في عالج تكيس ااصبح متوفر (metformin) انتاج الكلوكوز من خاليا الكبد و تعزيز حساسية الخاليا لالنسولين ، فعالية ) %٧٦٫٧٥من خالل دراسته بان mossawe-al([10] )( وتوصل. [9]المبايــض ويمنع سرطـــــان البنكريــــــاس بان عقار al [11])-(jabouri واكــد ) فيما اذا استعمل في عالج المبايض المتكيسة .metforminدوائية لعقار ( و ناحية التقليل من مخاطر التصلب الشرياني عند مقارنته مع (الروزكميتازون من فائدة اكثرھا الميتفورمين كان تاثيرھم على مستويات الدھون في الدم .باالكربوز) عندما تم دراسة العقارات الثالثة tshتناوله ويخفض بعد t4و t3 من كل مستوى يؤدي الى ارتفاع بان عقار المتفورمين ibraheem([12]( واثبت (thyroid cancer) الدرقية الغدة اورام عالج في متفورمين عمالاست من االستفادة وعلية يمكن ومعنوي واضح بشكل . السريري دون الدرقية ھرمون مستوى انخفاض عالج في وكذلك الكيمياء | 374 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ألسـبـريـــــنا acetylsalicylic acidاطلق الصيادلة االلمان على حامض benzoic acid]-[2 [13] (acetyloxy)االسبرين ھو لاللتھاب المضادة الستيرويدية غير االلتھابات مضادات من األسبرين يعد [14]١٨٩٩اسم االسبرين الول مرة في عام لأللم خافضة كونھا األخرى الستيرويدية األدوية عن لتميزھا المصطلح ھذا أستعمل وقد، (nsaids) لھا ويرمز من البشر ماليين انقذ عندما شعبية وأكثرھا العالم في األدوية اشھر أحد األسبرين يعد كما [15] وااللتھاب للحمى ومضادة مثل بدائله على متميزاً عالجاً يعد االن حتى ومازال الروماتيزية واالالم والدماغية القلبية الشرايين والنوبات وأنسداد الحمى ان تناول قرص أسبرين قبل [18](الجميلي)وذكر . [17]وتأثيره ضد السرطان [16]المفعول في الدم لتجلط المانع الوارفرين الذي يحول السكر لطاقة ويقلل مقاومة الخاليا و زيادة األنسولينإلفراز البنكرياسالنوم يفيد مرضى داء السكر ألنه ينشط حساسيتھا لألنسولين. الجزء العملي العضـــوي العمــلي الجزء ) (4.00gm الى مسحوق الحامض الكاربوكسيلي (االسبرين) أضيف: اسيتوكسي) بنزويل٢تحضير كلوريد ( -١ التصعيد لمدة ساعة واحدة يتم) (thionyl chloride) من كلوريد الثايونيل ml 5.00الجاف في دورق دائري ( دقائق مع التحريك 3لمدة 060cحمام مائي، يزال بعدھا المكثف ثم يعرض الى درجة حرارة مقدارھا بوساطة .)(%71.37وبنسبة مئوية مقدارھا gm 6.18)كلوريد الثايونيل الزائد للحصول على الناتج وبمقدار( للتخلص من [a]تحضير المركب -٢ [2((n-(1-imino-2-methylpropyl)carbamimidoyl)carbamoyl)phenyl acetat] ) ٦٫١٨ gm) ثم يتم إضافة (-c 012() من المركب الميتفورمين في البيريدين عند درجة حرارة gm 4.01يذاب ( ساعة، وبعدھا ٢٤بنزويل تدريجيا ، يترك التفاعل مع التحريك لمدة اسيتوكسي)-٢على شكل قطرات من كلوريد ( خذ الطبقة العضوية ويغسل ) تؤ(ml 100×3الكلوروفورم استخالص متعدد بوساطة يستخلص المزيج ثالث مرات الالمائي ثم يرشح المحلول 4mgso بوساطة، ويجفف المحلول (ml 100×3)الماء المقطر بوساطةالمزيج ثالث مرات . للحصول على الناتج النھائي ويبخر المذيب وكانت )٥:٥وبنسبة (-n) (كلوروفورم + ھكسانباستخدام المذيبين العمود كروموتوغرافيا بوساطة المركب تنقيةتمت rf(0.888) سبرينلال المصاحب الدوائي المقترح االمايد التركيب تشخيص النھائي النقي . تم الناتج للحصول على ). , nmr ,chno-c13nmr , -h1ftirالمتاحة ( والطيفية التحليلية الطرق باستخدام الجـزء العملـي الحياتــي الحيوانات المستخدمةولمدة شھرين . %0.5بتركيز محلول بيروكسيد الھيدروجين الستحداث داء السكري عملاست ) حيث تركت لمدة أسبوع في األقفاص لتستقر، وطبق ٢ kg≥اخذ في الدراسة األرانب المنزلية متقاربة في العمر (الوزن ) حيوانات (10) مجاميع تضم كل مجموعة4التجربة إلى ( قسمت حيوانات. مدةخالل ھذه ال نفسه عليھا النظام الغذائي مادة. ة(مجموعة السيطرة السليمة) أعطيت ماء الشرب االعتيادي ولم تعط أي ):g1المجموعة األولى( رتبت كاآلتي : حتى أصيبت بداء %0.5(مجموعة السيطرة المصابة) أعطيت بيروكسيد الھيدروجين بتركيز ): g2المجموعة الثانية( ) ثم جرعتg2كما في( %0.5أعطيت بيروكسيد الھيدروجين بتركيز ):g3المجموعة الثالثة(مادة. ةلسكري ولم تعط أيا بعد اذابتھا ٣٤٨٫٨ mg/kgوبجرعة الميتفورمين بتركيز ٢٥٠ mg/kgالمركبين كال على حدا بجرعة أسبرين بتركيز ) ثم g2كما في( %0.5: أعطيت بيروكسيد الھيدروجين بتركيز )g4المجموعة الرابعة (ل سلفوكســايد .يبمذيب ثنائي مث ـايد يمذاب بمذيب ثنائي مث ٥٩٦٫٣ mg/kgجرعت المشتق المحضر بتركيز من ساعات ثالث مرور وبعدل سلفوكســ واالنزيمية دراسة للمتغيرات الكيموحيوية عليھا واجريت منھا المصل وفصل ارنب كل من الدم عينة سحب تجريعھا تم يأتي: وكما تقدير مستوى الكلوكوز في مصل الدم -١ god-podويحدد الكلوكوز الموجود في النموذج على أساس تفاعل plasmatecمن شركة kit عدة عمالتم است )trinder: حسب المعادالت االتية ( βd-glucose +o2+h2o gluconicacid + h2o2 h2o2+ phenol+ amino phenazone quinone + h2o تحديد الكلوكوز بعد أكسدته بوجود كلوكوز أوكسيديز ، وان ساطتھاتعد طريقة تقدير الكلوكوز طريقة أنزيمية لونية يتم بو .[19] وفق المعادالت السابقة 505nmوتقاس عند طول موجي تركيز الكلوكوز يتناسب مع شدة اللون الوردي الكيمياء | 375 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 الكتيت ديھيدروجنيز انزيمتقدير مستوى فعالية 2 ) وحسب التفاعل االتي: heneryوبطريقة ( biolabo من شركة kitتم تقدير انزيم الكتيت ديھيدروجنيز باستخدام عدة ldh o o opyruvate oh o olactate + nadh + h+ + nad+ في ldhوتقاس الفعالية النسبية المباشرة لـ nad+الى nadhان النقصان الناتج في االمتصاصية يكون بسبب تحول .nm [20] 340المصل عند انزيم كرياتين كاينيزتقدير مستوى فعالية -٣ polyclonalكاشف معدل يحتوي على عمالباست humanمن شركة kitعدة عمالتم تقدير انزيم الكرياتين كاينيز باست antibody خاص للمونمرck-m لذلك يتم التثبيط التام لفعالية ck-mm ونصف من فعاليةck-mb تقاس ، فقط في المصل ck-bbغير المثبط التي تمثل النصف. وھذه الطريقة تفترض ان فعالية bفعالية الوحدات الثانوية للمونمر تساوي صفرا ، ومخطط التفاعالت توضح ذلك. creatine phosphate+ mg-adp creatine+ atp1) b monomer subunit of ck-mb 3)g-6-phosphate + nadp g6-pdh 6-phosphogluconate + nadph +h .nm [20] 340الى زيادة في االمتصاصية التي تقاس عند nadphالى nadp+يسبب تحول تقدير مستوى تركيز األلبومين -٤ تتضمن ھذه الطريقة تفاعل برومو كريسول األخضر في المحلول المنظم عند biolaboمن شركة kitعدة عمالاست تم )ph=4.2 مع األلبومين لتكوين معقد ملون ، الذي تتناسب شدة لونه مع تركيز األلبومين وباالعتماد على قياس مقدار ( ). nm) 630امتصاص اللون عند طول موجي تقدير مستوى تركيز البروتين الكلي -٥ تعتمد ھذه الطريقة على مفاعلة عينة مصل الدم الحاوية على البروتين مع محلول biolabo من شركة kitعدة عمالاست تم ات ة (ايون يك القاعدي يوم . النحاس رات البوتاس ت ( cu+2ترت ف بايوري رف بكش ذي يع دي ) ال يط قاع ي مح biuretف reagentعدد أواصر الببتيد الموجود في البروتين ، إذ تقاس ) ليعطي معقدا ذي لون بنفسجي شدة امتصاصه تعتمد على ).nm 550 شدة االمتصاص عند طول موجي ( الدم مصل في الكلوبيولين مستوى تقدير -٦ .[21] االتية للمعادلة تبعاً الدم مصل في الكلوبيولين مستوى تقدير تم con.globulin = con.total proteincon.albumin والمناقشةالنتائج :من ھذا الجزء خطوتين وھماضتالعضوي الجزء تحضير كلوريد االسبرين -١ مع التصعيد المعتدل في حمام )2soclمفاعلة الحامض الدوائي (األسبرين) مع كلوريد الثايونيل ( بوساطةتم تحضيره ولمدة ساعة واحدة .حيث استبدلت مجموعة الھيدروكسيل في الحوامض الكاربوكسيلية ) ٩٠ c0وبدرجة حرارة ( مائي ) ذوات الخاصية الطيارة التي hclو 2so(ليعطي الناتج المطلوب واثنين من النواتج العرضية وھي (لألدوية) بالكلور . [22] اسيتوكسي) بنزويل تتبع التفاعل التالي٢(ان الميكانيكية المقترحة لتكوين كلوريد تزال بسھولة، الكيمياء | 376 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 تحضير الدواء المصاحب االمايد لألسبرين مع هم )-١٢تفاعل المركب الميتفورمين مع كلوريد االسبرين، بوجود البيريدين عند درجة حرارة ( تم تحضيره من وحسب ) (%71.37وبنسبة (semisolid)الناتج على شكل [a] ساعة ليعطي المركب ٢٤التحريك المستمر لمدة : اآلتيالتفاعل o o n h o n h nh nh o c cl o ch3c o + n nh n h nh nh2 + hclpyridine -12 oc يةـــــوالطيف يةـــالتحليل باستعمال الطرائق سبرينلال بـــالمصاح الدوائي المقترح االمايد بـــــالتركي تشخيص تم ). , nmr ,chno , tlc-c13nmr , -h1ftir(المتاحة 1485 (c=c)aromatic, ),1-ir(film) ( cm5); :) (5chloroform hexan : -,rf(0.888)(n tlc 1606(c=n) azo methene, 1656(c=o) amide,1693(c=o) ester, 2925(ch)aliphatic, 3045) ,(1.67)ppm (d,1h,ch), (2.0)ppm (s, 36h ,2ch, (1.04)ppm (dhnmr ,1h) aromatic, -3080(c ) , 8.06)ppm (d ,4h ,aromatic) ,(9.62)ppm(s,1h,c=n-), (7.3432h,nh), (2.39)ppm (s ,3h,ch 148)ppm -h)aliphatic,(123 -) aliphatic, (33.4)ppm (1 c320.5)ppm (3ch-(20.3nmr, -c13 (c)aromatic ,(156.7)ppm (c=n) ,(169.2)ppm(c=o). يبين (3)الشكلو chnoق للعناصرـــــليل الدقيـــيبين التح (2)والشكل ftir طيف نــــيبي (1)الشكل [a].ب للمرك nmr -c13طيف يبين (4)الشكلو nmr -h1طيـف الحياتي الجزء ( glu) الكيموحيوية يراتالمتغ مقارنة -1 مستوى يوضح1 ) ( والجدول ( glu ) تركيز الكلوكوز مستوى على [ a ] المحضر المركب تأثير قياس تم .بين المجاميع االربعة وكذلك يبين المعدل واالنحراف القياسي (glu) تركيز حيث كانت ,g2, g3, g4 g1لوحظ وجود اختالف معنوي بين )١في الجدول ( كلوكوز للمتغيربعد استعراض االرقام mg/dl , (102.35 ± 2.30 )mg/dl )110.08 ± 4.08 (, 230.80 ± 8.24 )mg/dl (, 90.35مستويات المجاميع ± 2.27 )mg/dl ان مستوى الكلوكوز في ( 1 )) على التوالي. لوحظ في الجدول(g4) كانت افضل بخفض مستوى وتبين من نتائج الدراسة ) وھذا دليل على نجاح الھدف المنشود من تحضير الدواء المصاحب المقترح .(g3الكلوكوز من ونتائج et alnicole ([23] )قد أدى إلى خفض مستوى كلوكوز الدم وھذا يتطابق مع نتائج دراسات (أن الميتفورمين et alsubhabrata ([24] ) ونتائجshatha([25] ) ونتائجet al (sazan [26] وقد يعزى بعض الباحثين تأثير المتفورمين المخفض لكلوكوز الدم إلى إمكانية المتفورمين على تقليل المواد األولية الداخلة في تخليق الكلوكوز من قبل الخاليا الكبدية . فضالً عن زيادة حساسية مستقبالت اإلنسولين لإلنسولين في خاليا [27]وتحفيز الخمائر المسؤولة عن أكسدة الكلوكوز . [28]الجسم مما يزيد من دخول الكلوكوز إلى ھذه الخاليا ( ck , ldh) االنزيمات من كل فعالية مستوى مقارنة -2 انزيم الالكتيت و (ck)كرياتنيين كاينيزانزيم من كل فعالية على [ a ] المحضر تأثيرالمركب قياس تم المجاميع االربعة وكذلك يبين بين ( ck , ldh) فعالية مستوى يوضح(2) الجدول أن ) حيثldh( ديھيدروجنيز المعدل واالنحراف القياسي. ,g2, g3, g4 g1لوحظ وجود اختالف معنوي بين )٢في الجدول ( )ldhبعد استعراض االرقام لفعالية انزيم (و ,) u/l , (215.20 ± 24.43)u/l )228.70 ± 35.68 (, ) u/l 399.70 ± 62.66حيث كانت المستويـات المجاميع 233.33 ± 25.66 ) u/lعلى التوالي ( لوحظ ان المجموعة .g4 لھا القدرة على التثبيط االنزيم)ldh( اعلى من التي تمثل األدوية األصلية منفصلة. g3المجموعة للدور األساسي لألنزيم في عملية أكسدة الكلوكوز الذي ) ldh (سبب انخفاض أنزيم الالكتيت ديھايدروجينيز وقد يعود . [29] يعد المصدر الرئيسي للدماغ حيث كانت ,g2, g3, g4 g1لوحظ وجود اختالف معنوي بين )٢في الجدول ( )ckاما فعالية انزيم ( , u/l , (42.725±4.544)u/l )38.807±3.103 (, (62.775±3.580)u/lات المجاميع ـــــــــالمستويـ 35.367 ± 2.759) u/lديھايدروجنيز الكتيت تثبيط ھو الكبد في االيضي المسار انخفاض سبب ان .) على التوالي ، وللكرياتين كاينيز دور مھم في تجھيز الطاقة الحيوية الى atp الطاقة في ضاأنخفا يسبب فأنه النتيجةو المايتوكوندريا العضلة القلبية وقد درس بشكل مكثف خالل العقود السابقة وان طاقة الخاليا القلبية تعتمد على االكسدة الھوائية لألحماض الكيمياء | 377 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 وبذلك يمكن ان [30]ية الفسفرة التاكسد بوساطةفي المايتوكندريا atpالدھنية والكربوھيدرات كمواد أساس والذي ينتج يفسر ارتفاع فعالية انزيم الكرياتين كاينيز. glo, alb, tp)( من كل تركيز مستوى مقارنة -3 (alb) نـــــوااللبومي (tp) ليــالك البروتين من كل تركيز في [ a ] المحضر المركب تأثير قياس تم المجاميع االربعة بين ( glo , alb ,tp ) مستوى تركيز كل من يوضح(3) الجدول أن حيث (glo) ينــوبيوللوالك وكذلك يبين المعدل واالنحراف القياسي. حيث ,g2, g3, g4 g1لوحظ وجود اختالف معنوي بين ) ٣في الجدول ( البروتين الكلي عند قياس تركيز ,) mg/dl , ( 62.164 ± 2.675 )mg/dl )53.168 ± 2.719ـــع ــــــــــــــات المجاميــــــــــــــــكانت المستويـــــ )mg/dl 40.336 ± 2.779 (, )mg/dl 51.194 ± 4.396 .لوحظ ان المجموعة ) على التواليg4 لھا القدرة على فاع مستوى وقد يعزى سبب ارتالتي تمثل األدوية األصلية منفصلة g3اعلى من المجموعة رفع مستوى البروتين الكلي البروتين الكلي إلى إعادة العمليات األيضية إلى مسارھا الطبيعي البنائي في تحفيز عملية بناء مصادر الطاقة في الجسم من البروتينات والدھون. حيث ,g2, g3, g4 g1لوحظ وجود اختالف معنوي بين )٣في الجدول ( االلبومين وبعد استعراض االرقام للمتغير ± mg/dl, (43.068 ± 2.208)mg/dl )37.666 ± 2.175(, )mg/dl 31.757كانت المستويات المجاميع 3.104(, )mg/dl 39.693 ± 3.144.لوحظ ان المجموعة ) على التواليg4 االلبومين لھا القدرة على رفع مستوى وقد يعزى [31] (maha and oda) التي تمثل األدوية األصلية منفصلة. وتتفق ھذه النتيجة مع g3اعلى من المجموعة ، سبب التغير في تركيز األلبومين إلى انخفاض تركيز الكلوكوز في مصل الدم في األكسدة نتاج الجذور الحرة التي تسبب االنخفاض اوبما أن األلبومين يعد من مضادات األكسدة فإنه يعمل على تقليل نتيجة لذلك تزداد البروتينات التي تحتوي على الثايول كاأللبومين في المالوندايلديھايدالفوقية للدھن أي انخفاض في تركيز . [32] مصل الدم ,g2, g3لوحظ وجود اختالف معنوي بين )٣في الجدول ( الكلوبيولين راض االرقام للمتغيرــــــبعد استع و g4 g1, ـع ــــــــــات المجاميـــــــــــــــحيث كانت المستويـــــmg/dl , (19.096 ± 2.454)mg/dl )15.502 ± 2.686 (, )mg/dl 8.579 ± 2.176(, )mg/dl 11.501 ± 5.963.لوحظ ان المجموعة ) على التواليg4 لھا القدرة ان الكلوبيولين يعد من التي تمثل األدوية األصلية منفصلة. g3على ارتفاع مستوى الكلوبيولين اعلى من المجموعة . [33]االجسام المضادة ويقوم بوظائف دفاعية المصادر 1cooke , dw., and plothick , l. (2008),"type 1 diabetes mellitus in pediatrics ", pediatr rev 29 (11) : 374-385 . 2poretsky , l.(2010),"principles of diabetes mellitus",2nd edition,springer, 886-933. 3wyngaardan, jl. and smithhd bk.(2009), "cecil textbook of medicine",19th ed, 36:110-115. 4amercan diabetic associat. ion. (2009),"diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus ", diab car 20:1183 – 1197 . 5fonseca , v.a.;pendergrass, m. and mcduffie, r.h,(2010),"diabetes in clinical practice", springer,81. 6sweetman, s.c.(2009),"martindale :the complete drug reference",36th edition, php pharmaceutical press, london ,chicago, 3694. 7nelson, r,; spann, d,; elliott.;d,; bronds,a and vuliet,r. (2004),"evaluation of the antihyperglycemic drug metformin in normal and diabetic cats", j vet int med,18:18-24. 8budavari,s.and editors ,i. (2001),"the merck index", 13th ed., whitehouse station merck and co.inc,998. الكيمياء | 378 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 9wang.s; kusuhara . h. ; kato, y.; jonker, w. and sugiyama, y. (2003)"insolvenent of organic action transporter 1 in the lactic acid caused by metformin",molecular pharmacology , 63(14):844-848. 10al-mossawe .jawed, f. h.(2010),"the efficacy of metformin in treatment of ovarian cysts", thi-qar medical journal (tqmj),4(3):107-111. 11al-jabouri .nemah h. mahdi.(2013)," effects of oral hypoglycemic drugs on serum lipid profile in hyperlipidemic rats", medical journal of babylon,10(1):245-256. 12ibraheem .qais ahmed (2012)," influence of metformin administration on a modification of tsh, t3 and t4 level in women with polycystic ovarian syndrome", almustansiriyah j. sci 23(4):21-28 13senzana , s.; gordana , z., aleksandra , n.; senzana , b. and salvinca , m. (2008),"quantitative analysis of acetylsalicylic acid in commercial pharmaceutical formulations and human control serum using kinetic spectrophotometry", acta chem solv,55:508-515. 14suresh , k. s.; latif , d. and prashant , b. (2010),"analytical method development and validation for aspirin", international journal of chemtech research,2(1):389. مخاطية في الستيرويدية غير االلتھاب مضادات تأثيرات .( 2009 )," مھدي حسوني نعمة, الجبوري -١٥ ھذا لعمل انتقائيا المثبطة وتلك2 الكوكس أنزيم لعمل الالانتقائية المثبطة األدوية بين مقارنة الجرذان في المعدة .٢العدد, ٢٥ المجلد ,الصحية للعلوم دمشق جامعة مجلة ",األنزيم جامعة مجلة ," اللحم فروج في اإلنتاج صفة على األسبرين تأثير .( 2010 ) ,"الطبية جواد محمد ,كاظم -١٦ .1 المجلد ،٢ العدد والتطبيقية، الصرفة للعلوم بابل 17langley, r.e.; ward ltd, v.; trevor and anor (2011)," aspirin and cancer: has aspirin been overlooked as anadjuvant therapy", brit. j cancer,105:1107-1113. دراسة بايوكيمياوية لبوليمرات الكيتين والكيتوسان المستخلصة ",)٢٠١٠(.تحسين سليمان سعيد ,الجميلي -١٨ .جامعة تكريت ,كلية العلوم ,رسالة ماجستير ,"من قشور الروبيان والمحملة دوائياً 19trinder, p.ann . (1969),"determination of glucose in blood using glucose oxidase with an alternative oxygen receptor",clin biochem,6:24-33. 20tietz, n.(2010), " text book of clinical chemistry " , 7 th ed ., c.a., burtis e.r., ash wood w.b., saunders: 819-861. 21allain,c.c.; poon, l.s.; chan , c.s.g. ; richmond , w. and fu, p.c. (1974),"enzymatic determination of the serum cholesterol",clin. chem, 20:470-475. 22murry ,j. mc.(2008),"organic chemistry",7th ed,thomson learning,inc, 790-862. 23nicole, s.f.; noel, j.c.; anthong , r.c.; gareth, d. and graham, a.j.(2001) ,"effect of aseries of novel sulphonyl thioureas on glucose tolerance in the obese falfa zuker rat",clinical and experimental pharmacology and physiology, 28: 386-391. 24subhabrata, k.; sangha, r.b. and nayak, n.(2004),"dexamethasone induced diabetes amodel to screen insulin sensitisers",indian j. pharmacol,36(2):112-126. الكيمياء | 379 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 25shatha,hani mohamad. (2011),"effects of repaglinide vs glimepiride on serum glucose concentrations,hba1c and body weight in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus",tikrit medical journal,17(2): 109-115. 26sazan, d. s.; kassim, j.s. and ansam, n.h. (2012),"comparative study between metformin, glibenclamide and their combination in newly diagnosed diabetic (type ii) patients in hawler city",ajps,12(2):61. 27fulgencio , j.p.; kohi, c.; girard, j. and pegorier, j.p.(2001),"effect of metformin on fatty acid and glucose metabolism in freshly isolated hepatocyte and on specific gene expression in cultured hepatocyte",biochem, pharmacol, 62: 439-440. 28iozzo, p.; hallsten, k.; oikonen, v.; virtanen, k.a.; parkkola, r. and kemppainen, j.(2003),"effect of metformin and rosiglitazone monotherapy on insulin mediated hepatic glucose uptake and their relation to vesceral fat in type 2 diabetes",diab. care, 26: 2069-2074. ,مطابع دار الحكمة ,الطبعة الثانية ,الثاني"الكتاب "الكيمياء الحياتية,)١٩٩٠سامي عبد المھدي .(.المظفر -٢٩ . ٤٢١ص,كلية العلوم -جامعة بغداد 30taegtmeyer, h.;wilson, c.r.;razeghi, p. and sharma, s.(2005),"metabolic energestics and geneticsin the heart", ann.n.y. acad .sci. ,1047:208-218. 31maha,f.;smaism and oda, m. yasser.(2012),"type 2 diabetic nephropathy in uncontrolled patients treated with daonil® and glucophage",medical journal of babylon,9(2):452. 32halliwell , b.(1996),"antioxidants in human health in disease", annu.rev .nutr ,16:33-50. 33kaplan, l.a.(1989),"clinical chemistry :theory, analysis and correlation " , the c.v., mosby co., 2th .,edition,776. ومجموعة السيطرة المصابة )g1السيطرة السليمة ( لمجموعة (glu) تركيز مستوى يوضح:( 1 ) رقم. الجدول (g2) منفصلة االسبرين و الميتفورمين دواء جرعت التي وللمجموعة(g3) والمجموعة التي جرعت الدواء المصاحب .(g4)المقترح mean ± sd n group parameters 90.35 ± 2.27 d ١٠ g1 glucose mg\dl 230.80 ± 8.24 a ١٠ g2 110.08 ± 4.08 b ١٠ g3 102.35 ± 2.30 c ١٠ g4  0.05احتمالية مستوى عند معنوي فرق وجود تعني المختلفة األحرف ≤ p الكيمياء | 380 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 والمجموعة السيطرة )g1السيطرة السليمة ( للمجموعة ( ck , ldh)فعالية مستوى يوضح:(2) رقم. الجدول والمجموعة التي جرعت الدواء (g3)و االسبرين منفصلة الميتفورمين دواء جرعت التي وللمجموعة (g2) المصابة .(g4)المصاحب المقترح mean ± sd n group parameters 233.33 ± 25.66 b ١٠ g1 lactate dehydrogenase u/l 399.70 ± 62.66 a ١٠ g2 228.70 ± 35.68 b ١٠ g3 215.20 ± 24.43 b ١٠ g4 35.367 ± 2.759 d ١٠ g1 creatinkinase u/l 62.775 ± 3.580 a ١٠ g2 38.807 ± 3.103 c ١٠ g3 42.725 ± 4.544 b ١٠ g4  0.05احتمالية مستوى عند معنوي فرق وجود تعني المختلفة األحرف ≤ p ومجموعة السيطرة )g1السيطرة السليمة ( لمجموعة )glo, alb, tp ( مستوى تركيز يوضح( 3 ) رقم. الجدول والمجموعة التي جرعت الدواء (g3)و االسبرين منفصلة الميتفورمين دواء جرعت التي وللمجموعة (g2) المصابة .(g4)المصاحب المقترح mean ± sd n group parameters 51.194 ± 4.396 b ١٠ g1 total protein g\dl 40.336 ± 2.779 c ١٠ g2 53.168 ± 2.719 b ١٠ g3 62.164 ± 2.675 a ١٠ g4 39.693 ± 3.144 b ١٠ g1 albumin g\dl 31.757 ± 3.104 c ١٠ g2 37.666 ± 2.175 b ١٠ g3 43.068 ± 2.208 a ١٠ g4 11.501 ± 5.963 c ١٠ g1 globulin g\dl 8.579 ± 2.176 c ١٠ g2 15.502 ± 2.686 b ١٠ g3 19.096 ± 2.454 a ١٠ g4  0.05احتمالية مستوى عند معنوي فرق وجود تعني المختلفة األحرف ≤ p   الكيمياء | 381 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 [a] ب للمرك ftir يفط (1) : رقم الشكل [a] ب للمرك chno التحليل الدقيق للعناصر (2): الشكل الكيمياء | 382 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 [a]ب للمرك nmr -h1طيف : (3)الشكل [a]ب للمرك nmr -c13طيف: (4)الشكل الكيمياء | 383 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 preparation of one of metformin derivatives and study its effect on some biochemical parameters in blood sera of rabbits firas sh. abdulrazzak fadhel a. al-janabi dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure science / university of tikrit received in: 21 december 2014،accepted in: 23 january 2015 abstract this study aimed to synthesize a novel amide prodrug of metformin with aspirin by amide bond. the structure was characterized by (ftir, 1h-nmr, 13c-nmr and chno) ,purification of the prepared compound was using column chromatography. using of 40 rabbit having the same weight and devided into 4 groups (4x10) the first group (g1): (the control healthy group) was given drink water and didn’t give any material, second group(g2):( the control infected group) was given hydrogen peroxide concentration % 0.5 until infecting diabetes mellitus, third group(g3): was given hydrogen peroxide concentration as in (g2) and ( 250 mg/kg) of aspirin and (348.8 mg/kg) of metformin, fourth group(g4): was given hydrogen peroxide concentration as in (g2) and (596.3 mg/kg) of the proposed prodrug. after 3 hours, blood was taken from all groups, the serum was separated, and prepared to study it with biochemical and enzymatic study. statistical data analysis revealed significant decrease in the levels of (lactate dehydrogenase, creatinkinase) , and significant decrease in the concentration of (glucose) , and significant increase in the concentration of (total protein, albumin, globulin) affected by the prepared compound [a] as compared with the control infected group. statistical analysis revealed significant decrease in the levels of (lactate dehydrogenase) and significant increase in the levels of (creatinkinase) , and significant increase in the concentration of (glucose, albumin, total protein and globulin) affected by prepared compound [a] as compared with the control healthy group. keywords: diabetes mellitus , metformin , aspirin conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics | 208 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 comparison of bayes' estimators for the exponential reliability function under different prior functions jinan abbas naser al-obedy technical college of management/ university of baghdad received in : 4/october/2016 accepted in: 7/november/2016 abstract in this study, we derived the estimation for reliability of the exponential distribution based on the bayesian approach. in the bayesian approach, the parameter of the exponential distribution is assumed to be random variable .we derived posterior distribution the parameter of the exponential distribution under four types priors distributions for the scale parameter of the exponential distribution is: inverse chi-square distribution, inverted gamma distribution, improper distribution, non-informative distribution. and the estimators for reliability is obtained using the two proposed loss function in this study which is based on the natural logarithm for reliability function .we used simulation technique, to compare the resultant estimators in terms of their mean squared errors (mse).several cases assumed for the parameter of the exponential distribution for data generating of different samples sizes (small, medium, and large). the results were obtained by using simulation technique, programs written using matlab-r2008a program were used. in general, we obtained a good estimations of reliability of the exponential distribution under the second proposed loss function according to the smallest values of mean squared errors (mse) for all samples sizes (n) comparative to the estimated values for mse under the first proposed loss function. key words: the exponential, bayes method, the prior distributions: inverse chi-square distribution , inverted gamma distribution, improper distribution, non-informative distribution, mean squared errors (mse). mathematics | 209 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 introduction the exponential distribution is one of the most important distributions in life-testing and reliability studies. inference procedures for the exponential distribution and applications in the context of life-testing and reliability have been discussed by many authors. we mention some of them in a brief manner: chiou (1993) [1] proposed two empirical bayes shrinkage estimators for the reliability of the exponential distribution and study their properties. under the uniform prior distribution and the inverted gamma prior distribution these estimators are developed and compared with a preliminary test estimator with a shrinkage estimator in terms of mean squared error. baklizi (2003) [2] investigated the advantages of incorporating prior information in the reliability function through the shrinkage estimators. his work is an effort to coin unified shrinkage estimators of reliability function for five lifetime distributions commonly used to model lifetime data by biologists, physicists, engineers and statisticians for living and non-living entities. sarhan (2003) [3] exploits past experiments to approximate a prior information (prior density) into the model, in estimating reliability function and parameter of exponential distribution, by using bayesian approach. balakrishnan, lin and chan( 2005) [4] made a comparison of these two prediction intervals based on the expected width of the prediction interval, as well as by means of the probability of the width of one being smaller than the other. friesl and hurt (2007) [5] gave some basic ideas of both the construction and investigation of the properties of the bayesian estimates of certain parametric functions of the exponential distribution under the model of random censorship assuming the koziol–green model. various prior distributions are investigated and the corresponding estimates are derived.liu and ren (2013) [6] studied the empirical bayes estimation of the parameter of the exponential distribution. in the empirical bayes procedure, they employ the non-parameter polynomial density estimator to the estimation of the unknown marginal probability density function, instead of estimating the unknown prior probability density function of the parameter. they empirical derived bayes estimators for the parameter of the exponential distribution under squared error and linex loss functions. so in this paper, we try to find best estimation for reliability function ( r(t) ) of exponential distribution which it means the probability of surviving at least till age t. according to the smallest value of mean square errors (mse) were calculated to compare bayes estimators under four types of prior distributions to get bayes estimation :inverse chi-square distribution , inverted gamma distribution, improper distribution ,non-informative distribution when the bayesian estimation is based on two proposed loss functions .several cases from exponential distribution for data generating ,for different sample sizes (small, medium, and large).the results were obtained by using simulation technique, programs written using matlabr2008a program were used. exponential distribution we consider t1, t2, …, tn is a random sample of n independent observations from an exponential distribution having the probability density function (pdf) define as [7]: ) 1 ( ... 0 t, ) θ t exp( 1θ ) θ ; t f(  where θ > 0 is mean, standard deviation, and scale parameter of the distribution, θ is a survival parameter in the sense that if a random variable t is the duration of time that a given biological or mechanical system manages to survive, and t ~ exp( θ ) then the expected duration of survival of the system is θ units of time .so the cumulative (distribution) function is http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/probability_density_function http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mean http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/standard_deviation http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/scale_parameter http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/random_variable mathematics | 210 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ) 2 ( ... 0 t , ) θ t exp( -1 f(u)du ) t f( 0  t also, the reliability function is ) 3 ( ... ) θ t exp(f(u)du ) t f(-1r(t)   t where r(t) is probability of surviving at least till age t .and f (t) is the cumulative distribution function. bayes estimation method in this section, we used several methods to estimate reliability function( r(t) ).let ) t, ... ,t, t(t n21 be a random sample of size n with probability density function given in equation (1) and likelihood function from the exponential pdf given in (1) will be as follows[7]: ) 4 ( ... θ t exp( nθ ) θ ; t f( n θ)\tl( i n 1i 1i )     in this paper the posterior distributions for the unknown parameter θ are derived using the following four types of priors, and then get bayes estimation [7]: 1. inverse chi-square distribution[8]. 2. inverted gamma distribution[9]. 3. improper distribution. 4. non-informative distribution. 1the posterior distribution using different priors it is assumed that θ follows four types of prior distributions with pdf as given in table below: the four types of prior distributions ( ) θ p( ) with pdf for θ . prior distribution ) θ p( θ ~inverse chi-square( v ) 0θ for v, ) 2θ 1 exp( θ 2 1 ) θ p( 1 2 v 2 v α   θ ~inverted gamma( β α, ) 0θ β, α,for ) θ β exp( 1)(αθ γα α β ) θ p( α   θ ~improper( ba, )    a and 0θ b,for ) θ b exp( 1)(aθ ) θ p( α θ ~non-informative( c ) 0 c θ,for θ 1 ) θ p( c α  then the posterior distribution of given data ) nt, ... ,t, t(t 21 is: ) 5 ...( )dθ θ p( θ)\tl( θ ) θ p( θ)\tl( t) \θ p(   substituting the equation (4) and for each ) θ p( as shown in the table above in equation (5), mathematics | 211 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 we get the posterior distributions for the unknown parameter θ are derived using the following four types of priors ( for more details see appendix-a). the posterior distributions ( t) \θ p( ) for the unknown parameter (θ) are derived using the following four types of priors. prior distn. the posterior distribution ( t) \θ p( ) inverse chisquare pdf with ) ) 2 1 t ( β ), 2 (nα ( gamma inverted~t)) \θ (p i n 1i(new)(new)1   v 0θ v,,n )) 2 1 t( θ 1 exp (-θ ) 2 v γ(n ) 2 1 i tn 1i ( t) \(θp i n 1i1 1]) 2 v [(n) 2 v (n          inverted gamma pdf with ) β)t ( β α),(nα ( gamma inverted~t)) \θ (p i n 1i(new)(new)2   0θ α, β, n, α)γ(n β)) i tn i ( θ 1 exp( 1]α)[(nθ )β i tn i ( t) \(θp 11 )α(n 2          improper pdf with ) b)t ( β a),(nα ( gamma inverted~t)) \θ (p i n 1i(new)(new)3            a and 0θ b, n, a)γ(n b)) i xn i ( θ 1 exp( 1]a)[(nθ )b i xn i ( x) \(θp 11 )a(n 3 noninformative pdf with ) )t ( β ),1c(nα ( gamma inverted~t)) \θ (p i n 1i(new)(new)4   0θ , c n, 1)-cγ(n ) i tn iθ 1 exp( 1]1)-c[(nθ ) i tn i ( t) \θ (p 11 )1-c(n 4          2bayes' estimators bayes' estimators for reliability function (r= r(t) ), was considered with four different priors and under two loss functions proposed: 1. the first proposed loss function 2 1 lnr) rln (r) , r (l ^^  . 2. the second proposed loss function lnr lnr) lnr ( r) , r (l 2 2 ^ ^  . where ^ r an estimator for is r , was considered with different four priors, and under two loss functions proposed. the following is the derivation of these estimators: the first proposed loss function mathematics | 212 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 to obtain the bayes' estimator, we minimize the posterior expected loss given by: ) 6 ( ... ) lnr rln (r) , r (l 2 1 ^^  after simplified steps, we get bayes estimator of r(t) denoted by ) t (r pro.1(i) ^ for the above prior as follows 7) ( ... dθ t) \θ p( r(t)ln exp ) t (r 0 pro.1(i) ^    so, the following results are the derivations of these estimators under the first proposed loss function with different four priors (for more details see appendix-b). the estimators ( ) t (r pro.1(i) ^ ) under the squared error loss function with different four priors. prior distribution ) dθ t) \θ p( r(t)ln exp( ) t (r 0 pro.1(i) ^    inverse chi-square 0v&n , ] 0.5)t( (v/2)γ(n 1)(v/2)γ(nt exp[ ) t (r i n 1i pro.1(1) ^      inverted gamma 0 α, βn, , ] β)t( ) αγ(n 1)αγ(nt exp[ ) t (r i n 1i pro.1(2) ^      improper 0 a, bn, , ] b)t( ) aγ(n ) 1 aγ(n t exp[ ) t (r i n 1i pro.1(3) ^      non-informative 0 cn, , ] t)( 1-cn( ) cn(t exp[ ) t (r ) i n 1i pro.1(4) ^      where ) γ(. is a gamma function. -the second proposed loss function to obtain the bayes' estimator, we minimize the posterior expected loss given by: ) 8 ( ... lnr lnr) lnr ( r) , r (l 2 2 ^ ^  after simplified steps, we get bayes estimator of r(t) denoted by ) t (r pro2(i) ^ for the above prior as follows 9) ( ... ) dθ t) \θ p( r(t)ln 1 1 exp( ) t (r 10 pro.2(i) ^    so, the following results are the derivations of these estimators under the second proposed loss function with different four priors (for more details see appendixc). mathematics | 213 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 the estimators ( ) t (r pro.2(i) ^ ) under the squared error loss function with different four priors. prior distribution 10 pro.2(i) ^ ) dθ t) \θ p( r(t)ln 1 exp( ) t (r    inverse chi-square 0v&n , 1) ) 2 (nt )1 2 (n) 2 1 i tn 1i ( exp( ) t (r pro.2(1) ^      v v inverted gamma 0 α, βn, , 1) α)γ(nt β) i tn i 1)(-αγ(n exp( ) t (r 1 pro.2(2) ^       improper 0 a, bn, , ) a)γ(nt b)t1)(-aγ(n exp( ) t (r 1n 1i pro.2(3) ^ i      non-informative 0 cn, , ) 2)cn(t 2)cn()t( exp( ) t (r 1n 1i pro.2(4) ^ i      where ) γ(. is a gamma function, simulation study in this study, we have generated random samples from exponential distribution and compared the performance of bayes estimators based on them. so we have considered several steps to perform simulation study as follows: 1. we have chosen sample size n = 30, 60, 90 and 120 to represent small, moderate and large sample size. 2. we generated data from exponential distribution for the scale parameter; we have considered randomly several values for the parameter of exponential distribution 2.5 , 1.5 , 1 , 0.5θ  . 3. we choose the values for the parameters of the prior distributions that give the appropriate estimation for reliability function ( r(t) ), as shown belows:  we used two values for the parameter of the inverse chi-square distribution (v= 4) as prior distribution for θ .  we used two values for the parameters of the inverted gamma distribution (5,2)) β, α (  as prior distribution for θ .  we used two values for the parameters of the improper distribution (9,3) ) b, a (  as prior distribution for θ .  we used randomly three values for the function of the non-informative prior distribution c =1. mathematics | 214 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 4. the number of replication used was ( 1000l  ) for each sample size (n). 5. the true ) t r( is computed according to the formula (3) with 2.5 , 1.5 , 1 , 0.5θ  and the true t is 3.5 , 2.5 , 1.5 , 0.5t  . 6. we obtained estimators for reliability function ( r(t) ), the estimators in the table in section (3.2.1), it means the estimators ) t (r pro.1(i) ^ under the first proposed loss function with four different priors .and the estimators in the table in section (3.2.2) , it means the estimators ) t (r pro2(i) ^ under the second proposed loss function with different four priors. the simulation program was written by using matlab-r2008a program. after the reliability function ( r(t) ), was estimated, mean square errors (mse) was calculated to compare between the bayes estimators, so we have the following criterion: ...(10) )) t r() t ( r ( l 1 ) ) t ( r mse( 2 ^^ l 1000 1l    see appendix-d, for the programs algorithm. the results of the simulation study are summarized and tabulated in tables (1 to 4) see appendix-e.in each row of tables (1 to 4) ,we have four estimated values for r(t) ) t (r pro.1(i) ^ , with mse for all sample size (n) and values (v, ( α , β ), (a , b), c ) respectively. also the results of the simulation study are summarized and tabulated in tables (5 to 8) see appendix-e . in each row of tables (5 to 8) ,we have four estimated values for r(t) ) t (r pro.2(i) ^ with mse for all sample size (n) and values (v, ( α , β ), (a, b), c) respectively .the bayes estimators under four types of prior distribution .so our criteria is the best estimator that gives the smallest value of mse. we list the results in the tables (1 to 8) in appendix-e. discussion in general, as we see in the tables ( 1 to 8 ) by using different estimation methods, see appendix-e. we find the mean square errors (mse) was decreased when sample size increased in all cases. that means the estimation of ^ ) (r(t) get better for the large sample sizes. we obtained a good estimation according to the smallest values of mse for all samples sizes (n) comparative to the other estimated values for mse under the first proposed loss function. as we see in table -1, when the true value of θ ( 0.5θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is  inverted gamma distribution with 2)β 5,α (  for t=0.5.  improper distribution with (a=9, b=3) for t=1.5, 2.5, 3.5. and we see in table -2, when the true value of θ ( 1θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is  non-informative distribution with c=1 for t=0.5, 1.5.  inverse chi-square distribution with v=4 for t=2.5. mathematics | 215 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017  inverted gamma distribution with 2)β 5,α (  for t=3.5. and we see in table -3, when the true value of θ ( 1.5θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is  non-informative distribution with c=1 for t=0.5, 1.5, 2.5.  inverse chi-square distribution with v=4 for t=3.5. and we see in table -4, when the true value of θ ( 2.5θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is non-informative distribution with c=1 for all. see appendix-e. we obtained a good estimation according to the smallest values of mse for all samples sizes (n) comparative to the other estimated values for mse under the second proposed loss function. as we see in table -5, when the true value of θ ( 0.5θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is  inverted gamma distribution with 2)β 5,α (  for t=0.5 .  improper distribution with (a=9, b=3) for t=1.5, 2.5, 3.5. and we see in table -6, when the true value of θ ( 1θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is  non-informative distribution with c=1 for t=0.5.  inverted gamma distribution with 2)β 5,α (  for t=1.5, 2.5.  improper distribution with (a=9, b=3) for t=3.5. and we see in table -7, when the true value of θ ( 1.5θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is  non-informative distribution with c=1 for t=0.5, 1.5.  inverse chi-square distribution with v=4 for t=2.5.  inverted gamma distribution with 2)β 5,α (  for t=3.5. and we see in table -8, when the true value of θ ( 2.5θ  ) and the prior distribution for θ is  non-informative distribution with c=1 for t=0.5, 1.5, 2.5.  inverse chi-square distribution with v=4 for t=3.5. see the summary of discussion for ) ) t ( r mse( ^ in tables (9) and (10) in appendix-e. conclusion when we compared the estimated values for reliability( r(t)) of the exponential distribution by using bayes with respect to mean square errors (mse) of estimated exponential reliability function under the two proposed loss function in this study .we find that mse is decreasing when sample size is increasing in all cases. the estimated values for reliability ( ) t (r pro.2 ^ ) under the second proposed loss function is the best of the estimated values for ( ) t (r pro.1 ^ ) under the first proposed loss function, according to the smallest values of mse for all sample sizes (n), for the same prior distribution for θ for some t , when the true value of θ ( 2.5θ&0.5θ  ).see tables (9) and (10) in appendix-e. also ,we obtained mathematics | 216 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 a good estimation according to the smallest values of mse for all samples sizes (n) comparative to the other estimated values for mse under the second proposed loss function, when the prior distribution for θ is  non-informative distribution with c=1 for t=0.5, and inverted gamma distribution with 2)β 5,α (  for t= 1.5, 2.5 when the true value of θ ( 1θ  ).  non-informative distribution with c=1 for t=0.5 and inverse chi-square distribution with v=4 for t=2.5, and inverted gamma distribution with 2)β 5,α (  for t= 3.5, when the true value of θ ( 1.5θ  ). see tables (9) and (10) in appendix-e. references 1. chiou, p. (1993),'empirical bayes shrinkage estimation of reliability in the exponential distribution'.comm. statistic, 22(5):1483-1494. 2. baklizi, a., (2003), 'shrinkage estimation of the exponential reliability with censored data'. focus on applied statistics, nova science publishers inc. ed. mhd. ahsanullah. 195-204. 3. sarhan, a. m., (2003),' empirical bayes estimates in exponential reliability model'. appl. math. comput. 135, 2–3, 319–332. 4. balakrishnan, n., lin, c.t. and. chan, p.s, (2005),' a comparison of two simple prediction intervals for exponential distribution'. ieee trans. reliab., 54(01): 27-33. 5. friesl,m., and hurt ,j.(2007), ' on bayesian estimation in exponential distribution under random censorship ', kybernetika (4 3) ,(1) , ( 4 5 – 6 0) 6. liu, m and ren, h., (2013),'empirical bayes estimation for exponential model using non-parameter polynomial density estimator', research journal of applied sciences, engineering and technology 5(2): 392-397.issn: 2040-7459; e-issn: 2040-7467. © maxwell scientific organization, 2013. 7. bickel. p.j. & doksum, k. a., (1977). mathematical statistics: basic ideas and selected topics ", holdenday, inc., san francisco. 8. the inverse-chi-squared distribution. (2013). available at: from wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. this page was last modified on 19 april 2014, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki. 9. the inverse gamma distribution. (2015). available at: from wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. this page was last modified on 30 october 2015, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki mathematics | 217 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 appendix-a: the posterior distribution using different priors. mathematics | 218 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 219 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 220 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 221 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 appendix-b: the following is the derivation of these estimators under the first proposed loss function. mathematics | 222 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 223 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 224 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 225 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 appendix-c: the following is the derivation of these estimators under the second loss function. mathematics | 226 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 227 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 228 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 mathematics | 229 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 the following is the programs algorithm. d-appendix algorithm (1): to compute bayes estimators ( ) t (r pro.1(1) ^ ) using inverse chi-square as prior distribution for θ with mse for ) t (r pro.1(1) ^ . note (1): we can reformulate the algorithm (1) to compute bayes estimators for 2,3,4i ), t (r pro.1(i) ^  under using other distributions as prior distribution for θ with mse for 2,3,4i ), t (r pro.1(i) ^  . mathematics | 230 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 algorithm (2): to compute bayes estimators ( ) t (r pro.2(1) ^ ) using inverse chi-square as prior distribution for θ with mse for ) t (r pro.2(1) ^ . note (2): we can reformulate the algorithm (2) to compute bayes estimators for 2,3,4i ), t (r pro.2(i) ^  under using other distributions as prior distribution for θ with mse for 2,3,4i ), t (r pro.2(i) ^  . mathematics | 231 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table(1): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the first proposed loss function. table(2): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the first proposed loss function. mathematics | 232 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table(3): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the first proposed loss function. table(4): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the first proposed loss function. mathematics | 233 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table(5): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the second proposed loss function. table(6): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the second proposed loss function. mathematics | 234 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table(7): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the second proposed loss function. table(8): mse of estimated exponential reliability function under the second proposed loss function. mathematics | 235 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table(9): best estimation according to the smallest value for ) )t (r mse( ^ under the first proposed loss function. table(10): best estimation according to the smallest value for ) )t (r mse( ^ under the second proposed loss function. mathematics | 236 7102( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 مقارنة مقدرات بيز لدالة المعولية االسية باستعمال دوال اولية مختلفة جنان عباس ناصر العبيدي الكلية التقنية االدارية /جامعة بغداد 7102تشرين الثاني 2قبل في: 7102/تشرين األول/ 4استلم في : الخالصة في هذا البحث نشتق تقدير معولية التوزيع االسي االعتماد على اسلوب بيز .تفترض معلمة التوزيع االسي لتكون متغيرا عشوائيا في اسلوب بيز.نشق التوزيع الالحق لمعلمة التوزيع االسي باستعمال اربعة توزيعات اولية لمعلمة القياس -nonوتوزيع (improper)بع كاي وتوزيع معكوس كاما وتوزيع غير المالئم للتوزيع االسي هي:توزيع معكوس مر informative وتستحصل مقدرات المعولية باستعمال دالتين خسارة مقترحه في هذا البحث التي تعتمد على اللوغاريتم. ط مربعات االخطاءها .افترضت استعملنا اسلوب المحاكاة لمقارنة المقدرات الناتجه بداللة متوس الطبيعي لدالة المعولية . عدة حاالت لمعلمة التوزيع االسي لتوليد البيانات والحجام عينات مختلفة ) الصغيرة , المتوسطة ,و الكبيرة(.الستحصلت . عموما , حصلنا على تقديرات جيدة matlab-r2008aالنتائج باستعمال أسلوب المحاكاة,بكتابة برامج باستخدام (mse)سي باستعمال دالة الخسارة المقترحة الثانية , وفقا الغغر قيمة لمتوسط مربعات االخطاء لمعولية التوزيع اال ولكل احجام العينات مقارنة بالمقيم المقدرة لمتوسط مربعات االخطاء باستعمال دالة الخسارة المقترحة االولى . توزيع معكوس مربع كاي ,توزيع معكوس كاما , األولية : اتتوزيعال, طريقة بيزاالسي , وزيع الت : المفتاحية الكلمات .(mse), متوسط مربعات الخطاء non-informative, توزيع (improper)توزيع غير المالئم ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 determination of ascorbic acid (vitamin c) by direct injection enthalpimetry (die) technique a. m. abdullah departme nt of chemistry, college of science, sulaimani unive rsity email: ahmadmeer56@yahoo.com abstract the ascorbic acid content of juices of some fruits and p harmaceutical tablets of vitamin c was determined by a homemade app aratus of die technique using a thermocouple as heat sensor. t he method is simp le, sp eed, low cost and the different typ es of turbid, colored samples can be analy zed without any p roblem. the results were of a valu able accuracy and p recision, and the recovery of results was with accep table values. keywords: die determination of vitamin c, pot assium dichromate. introduction the vitamin c p lay s an imp ortant role in controllin g infections and the body ’s resp onse to stress. it is also found to be a powerful antioxidant that can neutralize harmful l free radicals; helps make collagen, a tissue need ed for h ealth bones, teeth, gums and b lood vessels [1, 2, and 3]. the term vitamin c refers to both ascorbic acid and dehydro-ascorbic acid, since both comp ounds exhibit anti scorbutic activity [4]. ascorbic acid, vitamin c is an important nutrient that is p resent in many foods. various reports show that fruits are excellent sources of vitamin c. ascorbic acid is sy nthesized for use as a drug, which occurs as white or slightly y ellow crystals or p owder or tablets with an acidic taste. numerous methods have been reported for determination of ascorbic acid in verity sample of different fruits, vegetables, p harmaceutical p reparations, and commer cial samples these methods include: 1. titrimetric m ethod: dep ending on reduction of ascorbic acid by iodine [5] or 2,6dichlorop henolindophenol [6,7], these methods allowed for determination of 0.01m ascorbic acid. 2. sp ectrop hotmetric m ethods m any sp ectrop hotometric methods dep end on the reduction of fe (ii) to fe (iii) with ascorbic acid, followed by the comp lexation of reduced fe (ii) with different ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 reagents [8.11]. two reagents, nitrosobenzene and p-nitro notrosobenzene have been st udied for analysis of ascorbic acid by its hyp o chromic effect on reagents [12]. 3. chromatographic methods: esp ecially hplc technique [13], used for determination of ascorbic acid in foods, biolo gical sa mples, and p harmaceutical p reparations the method was used for determination of 10 -4 m ascorbic acid. 4. electrochemical methods: including p otentiometric [14] and amp erometric titrations [15] and differential p ulse p olarograhy [16] these methods depended also on the oxidation p rop erty of ascorbic acid. amp erometric flow-injection methods using immobilized enzy me reactions [15] or p hotochemical reduction of methy lene blue [17] has also been recommended for p h=3.8. the methy lene blue method allows the determination of ascorbic acid in the range of 5-90 mg/l. 5. ot her m ethods like, fluirimetric method [18], p hoto-oxidation of ascorb ic acid [19] , and flow-injection method [20], were used the p hoto-oxidation of ascorbic acid sensitized with thionine blue was invest igated by perez-ruriz, et.al [19] for its determination (8*10 -7 – 5*10 -5 m ) in p harmaceuticals. die techni que : die is an analytical method in which a reactant (excess amount) is injected into a colorimetric vessel containin g another reagent (usually the analyte). the enthalpy change of the insuring reaction is measured and directly related to the amount of the limitin g reagent or analyte. the main advantages of the die method are not necessary to standardize the reagents p rovided, it is added in sufficient excess to make the reaction at least 99% comp lete [21]and the sp eed with which individual determinations may be carried out. the addition of excess reagent favors fast kinetics and a “temperature p ulse” may be recorded in less than one minute. ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 any rap id process involves a heat of re action (∆h) > [1 k.cal /mo l] is suitable to use in direct injection enthalpimetry fig.-1(die) whether exothermic o r endothermic. this technique is successfully applied on different typ es of reactions. the redox reaction of ascorbic acid with p otassium dichromate in acidic mediu m which is e xothermic r eaction is the base for this work. 3c6h8o6 + cr2o7 2 +8h + 2cr 3+ + 3c6h6o6 + 7h2o an acidified solution of ascorbic acid p laced in an isolated vessel and excess amount of st andard k2cr2o7 injected rapidly to it, then the ∆t was measured, through a 0.5 minute from the injection. experime ntal reagents: all the chemicals used were either of the an aly tical grade or the highest p urity available, unless otherwise st ated. usual distilled water, p rotected from carbo n dioxide was used for all p reparations.  diluted 5m h2so4 {2ml used for each injection) was p repared from the concentrated acid (98% fro m m erck).  standard p otassium dichromate (0.5 m ) was p repared from the solid salt k2cr2o7 (bdh).  a stock solution of ascorbic acid (2m ) was p repared from solid reagent (m erck), freshly used for p reparation of the calibration curv e.  tablets of vitamin c from different p harmaceutical factories and juices fro m different fruits were analyzed. app aratus: the homemade isolated sy stem was p rep ared as shown in fig. -2which consists of a block of a sty rofoam and a p last ic beaker (50ml) was fi xed inside it. a sty rofoam cover was made also and two small holes were made through it, one for p assing the sensor and other for p assing small tube for injection. recommended procedure: ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 avitamin c tablets: a t ablet of vitamin c was weigh ed and dissolved in distilled water in a p last ic beaker and acidified with 2ml 5m h2so4, then the volume was comp leted to about 25ml and the p lastic beaker was p laced inside the block of sty rofoam in its p osition, then covered, the thermometric sensor was p ut inside the solution and also the tube of injection, when the thermal equilibriu m was recorded, 2ml of 0.5m k2cr2o7 solution was injected rap idly by a sy ringe. the output signal (δt ) was recorded as a peak height (fig.-2-). the (δt) measured by the temp erature difference before injection (when a thermal equilibriu m reached) and after 30 sec. following the injection. the value of (δt ) is p rop ortional and to the amount of ascorbic acid p resent. this p rocess was repeated for five tablets individually and the average value of (δt ) was reduced. bcalibration curve: prep aration of the calibration curve was p erformed by taking a series of (0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5ml) p ortion of st andard ascorbic acid solution (1000pp m). the same st eps p erformed as above for the tablets to read out the (δt ) obtained. the calibr ation curve (f igure -3-) obtained by drawing the (δt ) obtained against the amount of ascorb ic acid in(0.5-5 mg), as shown in (figure -3-). the amount or p ercentage of the ascorbic acid in the different vitamin c tablets from different p harmaceutical p reparations were obtained from the calibration curve. the results were described in (table -1) cjuices of different fruits: some fresh ripe orange, lemon and gr apefruit were weighed accurately and the fruit were p eeled and cut into two transversely and then squeezed to dischar ge their ju ice into a p re-washed beaker, sufficient juice was obt ained for each kind. a 25ml of a liquate of each juice after acidification with h2so4 solution was p ut in the p last ic beaker and the ascorbic acid content was determined as p erformed for vitamin c tablets. results and discussion the sample matrix in p harmaceutical formulation is comp lex du e to p resence of a variety of comp lexs such as active substances and a lar ge nu mber of additives which act as supp orting material, b inders or st abilizers. also the fruit juice samples are comp lex and contain many other constituents. the die technique depending only on the (δh) obtained from the reaction of the ascorbic acid with the reagent, so the method does not suffer from effect of color or turbidity like in titrimetric or sp ectroscop ic methods or ion ic st rength of the ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 sample mixture lik e in electrochemical methods of analysis, possible interferences affect on the results of these methods: sulfuric acid concentration: effect of sulfuric acid studied and it was found that the concentration of 5m is suitable for these measurements. although the p rocess of mixin g of sulfur ic acid with aqueous solution of the p harmaceutical samp les and juice is an exothermic, but durin g the preparation of sample solution for injection, the reagent was not injected until the thermal equilibrium was obt ained as described in the recommended p rocedure. k2cr2o7 concentration: in die technique t he main condition is t hat t he amount of the reagent injected in each injection must be in excess, and the addition must be rap id as a p ulse so that a maximum (δh) obtained in a certain small limited time (0.5 minutes) and it was found that the concentration of (0.5m ) is more suitable for this p urp ose sp ecially for the range of ascorbic acid amount which we work on it. the main advantage of die technique as described b efore is that the st andardization of reagents not required, this p rovides a fast, simp le p rocedure for app lication. de termination of ascorbic acid % in diffe rent fruits and pharmaceutical preparations: the ascorbic acid content in juices of three different fruits (orange, lemon and grapefruit) were successfully determined by the p rop osed die method, results are shown in table-1which is the average valu e of the five samples of each fruit. the standard deviation of the five measurements for each juice was found between (0.4 – 0.6) which indicate the reproducibility of the results, and also the content of ascorbic acid which obtain ed for these fruits are agr eed with the average contents of ascorbic acid in these fruits. in order to est ablish the validity of the new die method for determination of ascorbic acid, differ ent types of vitamin c were analyzed, the same type of these tablets were also analyzed by the reference titrimetric method of “ british p harmacop eias” [15], results of the two method as shown in table-2show a good agreement. also t he ascorbic acid contents of t he juices which found are with t he accep table range of these typ es of the fruits. the accuracy of the prop osed die method was also obtained by p erforming a standard addition method by addition of d ifferent amounts (25, 50, 75 and 100 mg) of p ure solid ascorbic acid to the solution of vitamin c tablet (250 mg from alta p harma). the recoveries which obtained as shown in (table-3) are with acceptable ran ge: the results obtained from each tablet are the average of four measurements for each tablets, the standard deviations of t he four rep eated measurements for each tablet was between (0.3 – 0.5), this also indicates t he good p recision of the results obtained. conclusion ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the p rop osed die method is very simple, sp eed, p recise and accurate. the main advantage of this method is that it does not suffer from the effect of interferences whi ch p resent in the sample matrix (juice or p harmaceutical p reparations), the method also can b e successfully applied for different samples containin g ascorbic acid with acceptable accuracy and p recision. the sensitivity of the method can be greatly imp roved by using a more sensitive heat sensor than thermocouple which used, like a thermistor or any other sensitive heat sensor. re ferences 1. ohio st ate university, dept of human nutrition and osu extension (2004). vitamin c (ascorbic acid), hyg-5552-05. 2. carr, a.c. and b, frei, (1999). toward a new recommended d ietary allowance fo r vitamin c based on antioxidant and health effects in humans. am. j. clin. nutr., 69:1086-1107. 3. hwang, m .y., (1999). how much vitamin c do y ou need ? the journal of american m edical association., 281 (15): 1640. 4. g.k.m c evoy ; ahfs drug (2005). information “american so ciety of health syst em p harmacists, usa, p. 3536 5izuagic ,a.a. and izua gic, f.o. (2007). journal of a gricu lture and biological science, 3(5), 367 – 369). cited from a. m . pisoschi, a. f. danet, and s. kalinowski, (2008) ascorbic acid determination in co mmercial fruit juice samp les by cy clic voltammetry . journal of automated m ethods and m anagement in chemist ry , hindawi volume 2008, art icle id 937651, 8 p ages. doi:10:1155/2008/937651. 6rrdy , l. and svehla, g. (1963). chemist – analyst , 52, 24. cited from ana-m . hossu, and v. m agearu, (2004) determination of vitamin c in pharmaceutical p roducts with p hysico-chemical and bioanaly tical technics. roum. b iotechnol. lett ., vol. 9(1): 1497-1504. 7hughes ,d.e. (1983). titrimetric determin ation of ascorbic acid with 2,6dichlorophenol indophenol in co mmercial liquid diets. journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 72(2), 126. 8sick i,b.i. ; m imnough, e.g. and gram, t.e. (1977). effects of dietary ascorbic acid supp lementation on hepatic drug-metabolizing enzy mes in the guinea p ig. biochem. pharmacol., 26 : 2037. 9ary a, s.p. and m ahajan, m . (1977). p roc, nat. acad. sci. india, 67, 39. c ited from ana-m . hossu, and v. m agearu, (2004) determination of vitamin c in p harmaceutical products with p hy sico-chemical and bioanalytical technics. roum. biotechnol. lett., vol. 9(1):1497-1504. 10okamura, m . (1981) a specific method for determination of tot al ascorbic acids in urine by the α,α-dipy ridyl method. clin. chim, acta, 115, 393. 11okamura, m . (1980). an improved method for determination of l-ascorbic acid and ldehydroascorbic acid in blood p lasma. clin. chim, acta, 103, 259. ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 12ursic, s.; luteratt i, s. and lijubas, d.(2001). partial multifactorial d esign in modellin g of uv-sp ectrometric assay s of ascorbic acid with nitrosobenzene and p nitro-nitrosobenzene journal: fresenius journal of analytical chemistry . j. anal. chem., 369-719. 13rase, r.c. and nahrwold, d.l. ((1981). quantitative analysis of ascorbic acid and dehydroascorbic acid by high-p erformance liqu id chromatography . analytical biochemist ry ., 114, 140. 14hu., x. and leng, z. (1995). ana l. lett. 28: 2263. cited from a.h. sah eed and k.m . m ahmood (2008). m .sc. thesis, chem. dep t., salahaddin univ., iraq. 15greenway, g. m . and onrgomo, p. (1990). determination of l-ascorbic acid in fruit and vegetable ju ices by flow injection with immobilised ascorbate oxidase. analyst . , 115, 1297. 16koz ar, s.; beijak, a.; trifunovic, j.e.; kni ewald, g. and z. frensenius, g. (1988). anal. chem. 329, 760. cited from j. a. rodrigues, i. m . valente, l. m . gonçalves, j. g. pacheco and a. a. barros (2010). polarographic determination of vitamin c after derivatization with o-p heny lenediamine, vol. 75, issue 7, pp . 731–741. collect. czech. chem. commun., 75(7), 731-741. do i:10.1135/cccc2010026. 17e.lean , l. (1996). amperometric flow-injection method for t he assay of l-ascorbic acid based on the photochemical reduction of m ethy lene blue. talanta, 43:1275. 18perez-ruiz, t. ; m artinez-lozano, c. ; tomas v. and fenol j. (2001). fluorimetric determination of total ascorbic acid by a stopp ed-flow mixing technique. analyst ., 126:1436. 19perez-ruiz, t. ; m artinez-lozano, c. ; tomas, v. and sidrach, c. (1997). flow injection fluorimetric determination of ascorbic ac id based on its phot ooxidation by thionine blue. analy st ., 122:239. 20saheed, a.h. and m ahmood, k.m . (2008). m .sc. thesis, chem. dep t., salahadd in univ., iraq. 21boric, l.s. and bark, s.m . (1969) (thermometric titrimetry ), 1st edition, pergamon press ltd. headington hill hall, o xford. london w. 1. table(1):determination of ascorbic acid in different jui ces juice sample pp m ascorbic acid orange 580 lemon 300 grup e fruit 450 table(2): comparison of the results obtained for determinati on of ascorbic acid content in different pharmaceutical preparations by die method and refe rence method vitamin c amount amount found by e% amount found by e% ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 tablets form nominal (mg/tablet) die method (mg/tablet) titrimetric method (mg/tablet) alta pharma. germany 250 246.7 -1.32 247.1 -1.16 german vit. germany -p ol (ltd) 180 184.0 -2.22 183.2 -1.77 cal-c-vita “bayer” 1000 985.6 -1.44 988.1 -1.19 al shahab labs. “ sy ria” 500 507.7 -+1.54 506.5 +1.30 table (3):recovery experiments for ascorbic acid to vitamin c tablets mg ascorbic acid in vitamin c tablets mg p ure a.a. added mg p ure a.a. p resent mg p ure a.a. found recovery % 250 25 275 272.2 98.98 250 50 300 296.4 98.80 250 75 325 330.1 101.50 250 100 350 358.5 102.43 ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(1):die the rmogram 1. a sty rofoam block 2. plastic beaker 3. a sty rofoam cover 4. small sy ringe for injection 5. thermocouple sensor 6. temp erature reading fig.( 2): the arrangement for the injection process ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 y = 3.4029x + 5.84 r2 = 0.9945 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 wt. ( m g) ascor b ic acid ∆ t fig.(3): a calibration curve between the (δt) obtained and the amount of a.a. ة و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 بوساطة تقنیة تقدیر المحتوى الحراري عند الحقن المباشر ) c )فیتامین ك تقدیرحامض األسكوربی direct inj ection enth alpimet ry (die) احمد عبد اهللا العلوم جامعة السلیمانیةقسم الكیمیاء كلیة الخالصة حبـوب فیتـامین (في عصائر مختلف الفواكه والمستحـضرات الـصیدالنیة ) cفیتامین (قدرت نسبة حامض االسكوربیك c( بتقنیة تقدیر المحتوى الحراري عند الحقن المباشر بوساطة جهاز مصنوع محلیا في المختبر مع استخدام thermo couple . الطریقة بسیطة ،وسریعة ،ورخیصة التكلفة وكذلك یمكن تقدیر محالیل ملونة وعكرة من دون ایة مشكل .أظهرت النتائج انها ذو دقة وتوافق قیمة وكذلك ذو نسبة استعادة مقبولة ایضا ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the effect of the poles distances on plasma characteristic of discharge tube n. h.ali , m. a.yeser, n. f.ali dpartme nt of physics,college of science, unive rsity of kufa received in: 21 june 2011 ,accepted in:18 october 2011 abstract the effects of p oles distances of a discharge tube (cathode and anode) wer e invest igated. the distances(90,95,100,110,115,120,130,140)mm are considered. the influence of (25mt) p arallel and (2mt) normal magnetic f ields with resp ect to the discharge tube on electron temp erature under a pressure of (6p ascal) and (900volt) was st udied by imp lementing double lan gmuir e p robe into p lasma. curves fitt ing were p erformed to find the op timum valu es of electron temp erature for all cases in this work.we found that the electron temp erature as a function of p oles dist ances is exp onential form. keywords: glow discharge, langmuire probes, plasma diagnoistics. introduction a glow discharge is a self sust aining dischar ge through gas which occurs at p ressures well below atmosp heric pressure [1,2].the low p ressure glow discharge p lasma is created by applying a p otential differ ence between two electrodes of certain d istance a p art [3]. it has obvious glowing r egions and fills the full cross-section of the tube [2]. glow discharge used in various app lications such as deposition of thin films, etching and modification of surfaces in semiconductor industry and materials technology [3]. lan gmuir e p robes are commonly used diagnost ics in low-p ressure p lasma dischar ge <1 torr [4]. of all the way to measure a p lasma, the lan gmuir p robe is p robably the simplest , intrusive and not remote technique [5]. the diagnost ics of p lasma are very comp lex and are very difficult, mainly because we want avoid d isturb the plasma , so we use the double p robe because it does not disturb the plasma as much as the single probe with is non-flo ating anode connection [6 ,7,8]. the structure of a double floating electric p robe consist s of t wo langmuir p robes with the same size and shap e[9], one to draw electron current and one to draw ion current .the two together , however, draw no net current [10 ]. the p robes are located very close together to ensure that the plasma prop erties are app roximately equal [9], and the current from one to t he other is measured as a function of the voltage difference between them, the (id-vd ) characterist ic is then sy mmetrical and limited to the region between the isat , s on each p robe [5]. the temp erature t of the particles in p lasma is often exp ressed as the value of the energy kt in units of electron volts .thus a temperature of the (1ev) corresp onds t o (11600k). not that t his energy of the p articles, which would be (3/2) kt [1,11,12]. a glow dischar ge consists of no .of bright and dark regions between the cathode and the anode electrodes across the tube [2,3]. these regions are (aston dark sp ace, cathode glow region, cathode dark sp ace, the negative glow, faraday dark sp ace, positive column, anode glow and anode dark sp ace) [13]. m ost of the p otential drop occurs near the cathode over a r egion called the cathode fall where ions are accelerated into the cathode at sufficient energy to cause emission of ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 secondary electrons from the cathode. these electrons are accelerated away from the cathode p roducing further electrons and ions as a result of ionizin g collisions [2]. the positive colu mn is usually st riated into bright and dark a few centimeters a p art. they result from not very lar ge periodic f luctuations electron density and energy initiated in the cathode region [11]. (1-1) the variati on of the se paration distances between cathode and anode the cathode fall region is essential for the existence of the discharge .the p ositive column p rovides a conducting connection to the anode. thus if the sep aration distance between the electrodes is varied (k eep ing pressure and current constant) t he cathode fall will remain un chan ged and the len gth of p ositive column will vary [1]. (1-2) the influence of magnetic field [14,15]: )1()(  bvqf  the above equation represents the magnetic force effect on a charges (+,-) when e=0.the cy clotron frequency can be defined as follows: )2( m bq c    we defin ed the larmor radius t o be: if now we allow an electric field (e)to be p resent, t he motion will be found to be the su m of two motions: the usual circular lar mor gy ration p lus a drift of the guidin g center. the equation of motion is now: )4()(  bveqf  so the p article drifts in crossed electric and magnetic f ields will be as shown in fig.(1). where the electrons are more effected by magnetic field than ions. )5(..  ei ll rrei  this behavior can be att ributed to the smallness of electron mass. in this study the magnetic field is used to control the electron distribution in the discharge tube in two way s [16]: 1-collimation: in this case the magn etic field is p arallel to t he electric field, so t he magnetic field p revents an excessive fraction of the electron bein g went to the walls of the discharge tube and constrains t he discharge in the tube to a narrow column. electrons att empting to travel across )3(  bq mvv r c l    ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the lines of for ce are for ced into a sp iral path. t he electrons scattered by collisions within the p lasma are still trapp ed in the column by the magnetic field. 2-path lengthenin g: here the electric field and the magnetic field at ri ght angles and the p rimary fun ction of the magn etic is to p revent the electrons travelling d irectly to the anode in a direction determined by the electric field. the result is a greatly increased p ath length for the electron and therefore a reduction in the gas p ressure is necessary to give a sufficient ionization p robability to maintain the discharge. experime nted setup fig.(2a,b) shows a p hotograph p icture and schematic diagram of the exp erimental setup resp ectively. a cy lindrical d ischar ge cell made of py rex glass tube of (30cm) len gth and(3cm) diameter. two p arallel movable circular electrodes of (2.5 cm) d iameter were enclosed in the dischar ge tube. the dischar ge tube was evacuated usin g rotary p ump (type sm c) to abase p ressure of (1×10 -3 p ascal). the tube was filled with the working gas (helium) at p ressure (6 p ascal), the applied voltage between the cathode and anode was (900v). the glow discharge region of current between (3-6.65)ma with different distances between cathode and anode (90140)mm. a double lan gmuir e probe was immersed at the center of the tube to investigate the p lasma (electron temp erature ) of positive column of the helium glow discharge. the double p robe is identical in diameter whi ch every one has (1 mm). they (the two tip s) oriented perpendicular to t he electric field in p arallel plate sy stem. a p ermanent magnetic field is located at a distance 1.3cm from the discharge tube near the anode electrode. in this p resent work, we st udied the influence of variation of the sep aration distance between cathode and anode and the effect of the p arallel and nor mal magnetic fields with resp ect to the electric field b etween cathode and anode on the electron temp erature. the intensity of the p arallel magnetic (b║) field was (25mt) and (2mt) for the normal on e (b  ). experime ntal re sult and discussion 1-the id-vd characteristic curves of the discharge: the id-vd characteristic curves at different separation dist ances between cathode and anode for three cases (b=0 , b  ,b║) which were taken by using double lan gmuire probe are illustrated in figures(3,4,5). ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 as shown from all these three figures that when the sep aration distance (d) increases t he p robe current (id) decreases. the reason for this behav ior was as the sp ace between cathode and anode incr eases, the p lasma density decreases, (i.e. it distributed on a lar ger volume) so the charges whi ch collected by the double probe will decrease for recording the current. the figur es (3,4 and5) can b e drown in other method as se en in figur es(6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13). by comp arably the figures (6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13) with each other we can see that (id) at (b=0) has the highest value for all sep aration distances (i.e. for all of them).because there is no magnetic field constraining the plasma which leads t o reduce the no. of charges collecting by the probe for recording the current. also we can see that, in sp ite of the low value of normal magnetic field in comparison with the value of p arallel magn etic field,(id) at t he first one(id) will be smaller than the value of the second one at (d=90mm) as seen in f ig (6) , more increasing in (d) makes the two currents approaches from one to another, until they would be nearly comp atible at dist ances (130mm).as shown in figs.(7,8,9,10,11,12). furt her increasing of the separation dist ance (d), i.e.at (d=140mm), causes (id) of the normal magnetic field will be lar ger than (id) of the parallel on e, see fig. (13). the reasons for t his can be exp lained as follows: the p lasma distributed on a small vo lume at small sep aration distances, so the p arallel magnetic f ield will confin e the p lasma at rather narrow column, as the sep aration distances increase the p lasma wi ll be d istributed on a lar ger volume, then the p arallel magnetic field will confin e the char ges at a more n arrow column, by anther sp eech a lar ge amount of ch arges will be constrained by magnetic f ield which reduces much more char ges collecting by the p robe to record the current. 2-measurements of electron te mperature: the electron t emp erature (te) was measured from the idvd characteristics curves by the application of the followin g equation: [17,18] )6( 4 )( 0 21    dv d d e di dvii t where i1 and i2 is the ion saturation current for p robe 1 and p robe 2 resp ectively it can be seen from f ig.(14) that as (d) increases, the electron temp erature increases because of the increase in (d) means increase in sp ace, so t he mean free p ath will increase so the electrons will have more chance for acquisition of an acceleration through the electric field i. e they acquire kinetic ener gy . also it can be seen from fig.(14) that t he electron temp erature has the largest value when b=0 ,because there is no magnetic field mak e the electrons to have more collisions which leads to lost their energy then decrease in their temp erature, this result is agreement with p ublished work [13]. we can see also from fig.(14) the influence o f normal magnetic field (p ath lengthin g effect ) in decreasing the electron t emperat ure is much more t han the influence of parallel magnet ic field (co llimat ing effect) in spit e of the smaller value of t he first one (2mt)than t he value of the second on e (2 5mt ). curv e fitt ing was performed fo r the three cases (b=0, b║ an d b  ) to find the opt imum value of t he elect ron t emperat ure as a funct ion to the distance bet ween t he t wo poles. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 (te) as a funct ion of (d) is given by t he formula: )7()exp ( 10  daate when b=0: a0=5.57015 a1=0.00247635 b║: a0=4.57372 a1=0.00370314 b  : a0=3.07331 a1=0.00595367 conclusion id-vd characterist ic curves of the glow dischar ge were st udied at different sep aration distances, whenever the distance between the two p oles increase, the p robe current (id) decrease and so this make exp onential incr ease in electron t emp erature . ( id ) of applied p arallel magnetic field will b e lar ger than (id ) of normal one at small distance. further increase in (d) causes (id) of nor mal magnetic field will be lar ger than (id) of p arallel one. also (t e) was determined in different three cases : (b=0, b║ and b  ) (te) will has the largest values when b=0,and its value at b║ larger than at b  ). re ferences 1.lieber man,m .a.and lchtenberg, a.j. (1994), princip les of plasma discharges and m aterials processing, wiley and sons,new y ork. 2. howatson, a.m . (1965), an introduction to gas discharges, pergaman press, oxford. 3.hassouba, m .a. and m enanna,e.a.,(2009), electrical characteristics of (n2-h2) gas m ixture dc glow discharge, international journa l of phy sics sciences, 4(11) :713-721. 4.cohen,ira m . (1963), a sy mptotic theory of sp herical electrostatic probes in a sligh ly ionized, collision –dominn ated gas'', the physics of fluids, 6: 1492-1500. 5.chen,f.f.(2003), langmuire probe diagnost ics",m ini-course on plasma diagnost ics,ieeeicops meetin g,jeju,korea. 6.wan g,a.y. (1984), introduction to exp erimental pl asma phy sics,ucla. 7.leal-quiros,e. (1989), novel probes and analyzers for controlled fusion research, u of m issouri-columbia. 8.clements,r.m . (1978), plasm diagnost ics with electric probes,j.vac.sa.technol., 15(2) : 193-198. 9.zheng,p. (1990),lansmuir p robe for electron-cyclotron-resonace p lasmas,m sc.thesis,graducte faculty of texas university . 10.m icgregor,d.r. (2002), growth optimization and characterization of reactively sp uttered zirconium nitride thin films for iii-vbuffer lay er app lications'',m sc.thesis,nort h carolina st ate university . 11.heald,m .a.and wharton,c.b. (1965), plasma diagnosri cs with m icrowaves , wiley ,newy ork. 12.thornton,a.j. (1978), m asnetron sp uttering:basic phy sics and application to cylindrical magnetrons,j.vac.sa.technol, 15(2) : 171-177. ي .13 ي) 1990(،فتحي محمد جاسم البدران تاثیر المجال المغناطیسي المحوري في متغیرات بالزما التفریغ التوھج ر . ، رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة، جامعة الموصل “ في غاز النتروجین عند الضغوط المعتدلة المستم ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 14. m iy amoto,k. (2005), plasma phy sics and controlled nuclear fusion”,sp ringer, ber lin. 15.chen ,f.f. (1984), introduction in plasma phy sics and controlled fusion,plenu m press,new york. 16.ry ssel,h.and glowisching,h.,(1982), ion imp lantation teehniques,springerverla g,newy ork. 17. grill,a. (1994), cold plasma in m terials fabricntion,ieee prees,newy ork. لاللكترونات في تصمیم وتشغیل منظومة الكترونیة لتحدید ودراسة دالة التوزیع السرعي)1999(،علي خلف حسین الجبوري.18 ، .البالزما، رسالة ماجستیر ، كلیة العلوم، جامعة الموصل fi g.(1) :parti cle drifts in crosse d electri c an d m agne ti c fiel ds ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (2a): a photogra ph picture of the experimental set up 1. high volt age anode: connect with the anode o f t he discharge t ube. 2. p ump-line: to get vacuum environment in t he discharge t ube. 3. p robe: used for measurem ent of plasma parameters. 4. anode: anode of t he discharge t ube. 5. cat hode: cat hode of t he discharge t ube. 6. discharge t ube: plasma generat e in it . 7. gas supp ly port : used for charging gas into discharge t ube. 8. high volt age catho de: connect with the cat hode of t he discharge t ube. 9. the permanent magnetic field. fig.(2b): a sche matic diagram of the experimental setup 9 9 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -150 -100 -50 0 5 0 100 150 90mm 95mm 100mm 110mm 115mm 120mm 130mm 140mm id(µa) v d(v) b =0 fig.(3): the id-vd characteristi c curves at b=0 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 -1 50 -100 -5 0 0 50 10 0 1 50 9 0mm 9 5mm 1 00mm 1 10mm 1 15mm 1 20mm 1 30mm 1 40mm b║ vd(v) id(µa) fig.(4) :the id-vd characteristi c curves with application parallel magne tic field (b║) equal s (25mt) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 -150 -10 0 -50 0 50 1 00 150 90 mm 95 mm 10 0m m 11 0m m 11 5m m 12 0m m 13 0m m 14 0m m b┴ vd(v) id(µa ) fig.(5) :the id-vd characteristi c curves with application normal magne tic field (b  ) equal s (2mt) 90mm -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -15 0 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 id(µa) v d (v ) b=0 b║ b┴ fig.(6) the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=90mm ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 95mm -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 -150 100 -50 0 50 100 150 id(µa) v d (v ) b= 0 b║ b┴ fig(7) the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=95 mm -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 id(µa) v d (v ) b=0 b ║ b┴ 100mm fig.(8): the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=100 mm ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 110mm -40 -30 -20 -10 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 150 -100 -50 0 5 0 100 1 50 id(µa) v d (v ) b =0 b║ b ┴ fig.(9): the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=110 mm 115mm -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 150 -10 0 -50 0 5 0 1 00 1 50 id(µa) v d (v ) b=0 b║ b┴ fig.(10): the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=115mm ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 120mm -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 -15 0 -10 0 -50 0 50 100 150 id(µa) v d (v ) b=0 b║ b┴ fig.(11) :the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=120 mm 130mm -25 -20 -15 -10 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 -150 100 -50 0 50 100 150 id(µa) v d (v ) b=0 b║ b┴ fig.(12): the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=130 mm ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 140mm -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 -1 50 -1 00 -5 0 0 50 100 150 id(µa) v d (v ) b=0 b║ b┴ fig.(13): the id-vd characteristi c curves for the three cases of magnetic field at d=140mm 80.00 100.00 120.00 140.00 sepration distance (mm) 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 t e m p e ra tu re r (e v ) b no rmal (2 mt ) b pa ra llel (2 5mt) b=0 fig.(14): the ele ctron temperature as a function of the separation distance for three cases( b=0 , b║ and b  ) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 تأثیربعد األقطاب في خواص البالزما في منظومة التفریغ الكھربائي نعیمة ھادي علي ، مھدیة أحمد یسر ، نبراس فاضل علي ھ، قسم الفیزیاء كلیة العلوم ،جامعة الكوف 2011 تشرین االول 18: قبل البحث في، 2011 حزیران21: استلم البحث في الخالصھ أثیر بعد أقطاب إنبوبة التفریغ 9) اتللمساف) الكاثود واألنود(تم في ھذا البحث دراسة ت 0, 9 5, 10 0, 11 0, 115, 120 ,130 ,1 40 )mm الوتاثیرالمج 2mt (و ) 25mt(والعم�ودي ذو ال�شدتین المغناطیسي الم�وازي ـ عل�ى الترتی�ب ف�ي درج�ة ) 900(وفولتیة ) pascal 6( حرارة غاز االلكترونات في منظومة بالزما تعمل بضغط v ( استخدام مجس النكمور المزدوج وذلك ب اد أفضل دالھ. اب إلیج وقد وجد .وقد أجري توفیق منحنى لقیم درجة حرارة غاز األلكترونات التي حصلنا علیھا بالنسبھ الى بعد األقط .أن درجة حرارة غاز األلكترونات بصفتھا دالھ لبعد األقطاب تسلك سلوك دالھ أسیھ مفتاحی لمات ال ات النكمور، تشخیص البالزماا:ةالك .لتفریغ التوھجي، مجس d e b ye l e n g th ( m m ) d e b ye l e n g th ( m m ) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 d e b ye l e n g th ( m m ) d e b ye l e n g th ( m m ) 369 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 on double stage shrinkage-bayesian estimator for the scale parameter of exponential distribution a. n. salman, m. d. salman department of mathematics-ibn-al-haitham college of education university of baghdad received in : 19 october 2011 accepted in : 7 december 2011 abstract this paper is concerned with double stage shrinkage bayesian (dssb) estimator for lowering the mean squared error of classical estimator q̂ for the scale parameter (q) of an exponential distribution in a region (r) around available prior knowledge (q0) about the actual value (q) as initial estimate as well as to reduce the cost of experimentations. in situation where the experimentations are time consuming or very costly, a double stage procedure can be used to reduce the expected sample size needed to obtain the estimator. this estimator is shown to have smaller mean squared error for certain choice of the shrinkage weight factor y(◊) and for acceptance region r. expression for bias, mean square error (mse), expected sample size [e(n/q,r)], expected sample size proportion [e(n/q,r)/n], probability for avoiding the second sample 1ˆ[p( r)]q œ and percentage of overall sample saved 2 1 n ˆ[ p[ r) 100] n q œ * for the proposed estimator are derived. numerical results and conclusions are established when the consider estimator (dssb) are testimator of level of significance a. comparisons with the classical estimator as well as with some existing studies were made to show the usefulness of the proposed estimator. key words: exponential distribution, maximum likelihood estimator, bayesian estimator, double stage shrinkage estimator, mean square error, relative efficiency. introduction 1.1 the model: exponential distribution is one of the most useful and widely exploited model, epstein [1] remarks that the exponential distribution plays as important a role in life experiments as the part played by the normal distribution in agricultural experiments. it is applied in a very wide variety of statistical procedures. among the most prominent applications are those in the field of life testing and reliability theory. the scale parameter (q) is known as mean life time. the maximum likelihood estimator (mle; q̂ ) is the sample mean which is the minimum variance unbiased estimator. the one parameter exponential distribution has the following probability density function (p.d.f.) exp( t) , t 0, 0 f (t; ) 0 , o.w. b -b ≥ b >ï b = ì ó …(1) also, the above p.d.f can be written as below: 370 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 1 t exp( ) , t 0, 0 f (t; ) 0 , o.w. -ï ≥ q >ô q = q qì ôó …(2) where q is the average or the mean life or mean time to failure (mttf) and it also acts as scale parameter, while b = 1/q is called the hazard rate or the mean arrival rate (mar), see [1]. furthermore, the reliability function r(t) is defined as: r(t) = exp(t/q), t > 0, q >0. note that the maximum likelihood estimator q̂ of the scale parameter q of the mentioned distribution is n i i 1 t t n = â = . 1.2 bayesian estimator [2] consider the one parameter exponential distribution 1 t exp( ) , for t 0, 0 f (t; ) 0 , o.w. -ï ≥ q >ô q = q qì ôó based on the rule proposed by jeffery, one can get the prior distribution of q [g(q)] as below, g(q) µ ( )i q , where i(q) is fisher information such that 2 2 ln f (t, ) n ( ) n e 2 ê ˆ∂ q i q = =á ˜∂q që ¯ , see [2] \ g(q) µ n ng( ) kfi q = q q l(t1, t2,…,tn) = n i 1= ’ f (ti ôq) = n i i 1 n t 1 exp = ê ˆ á ˜ á ˜q qá ˜ á ˜ ë ¯ â the joint probability density function h(t1, t2,…,tn,q) is given by h(t1, t2,…,tn,q) = n i 1= ’ f (ti,q) g(q) = l(t1, t2,…,tnôq) g(q) n i i 1 n t 1 k n exp = ê ˆ á ˜ á ˜= q q qá ˜ á ˜ ë ¯ â 371 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 n i i 1 n 1 t k n exp = + ê ˆ á ˜ á ˜= q qá ˜ á ˜ ë ¯ â …(3) the marginal probability density function of (t1, t2,…,tn) is given by p(t1, t2,…,tn) = h q ú (t1, t2,…,tn,q) dq n i i 1 n 1 0 t k n exp d • = + ê ˆ á ˜ á ˜= q q qá ˜ á ˜ ë ¯ â ú ( ) nn i i 1 k n (n 1)! = = ê ˆ á ˜ ë ¯ ât and the condition probability density function of q given the data (t1, t2,…,tn) is given by ’(qôt1, t2,…,tn) 1 2 n 1 2 n h(t , t ,..., t , ) p(t , t ,..., t ) q = n ni n i 1 i i 1 n 1 t exp t (n 1)! = = + è ˘ í ˙ è ˘ í ˙í ˙q î ˚í ˙ í ˙î ˚= q â â using squared error loss function 2ˆ ˆl( , ) c( )q q = q q we can give risk function, such that 1 2 n 0 ˆ ˆr( , ) e[l( , )] ˆl( , ) ( t , t ,..., t )d • q q = q q = q q ’ q qú 372 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 n ni n i 1 i i 1 2 n 1 0 nn n i i i 12 n i 1 0 t exp t ˆc( ) d (n 1)! t t ˆ ˆc 2c exp d ( ) (n 1)! = = • + • = = ê ˆ á ˜ê ˆ á ˜á ˜qá ˜ë ¯ á ˜ ë ¯= q q q q ê ˆ ê ˆ á ˜ á ˜ë ¯ á ˜= q q q q + f q qá ˜ á ˜ ë ¯ â â ú â â ú nn n i i i 1 n i 1 0 t tˆr( , ) ˆ2c 2c exp d zeroˆ (n 1)! • = = ê ˆ ê ˆ á ˜ á ˜∂ q q ë ¯ á ˜= q q q + q∂q á ˜ á ˜ ë ¯ â â ú let ˆr( , ) 0ˆ ∂ q q = ∂q , then nn n i i i 1 n i 1 0 n nn n n i i i i 1 i 1 i 1 2 0 n i i 1 n 2 0 t t ˆ exp d (n 1)! t t t exp( y) dy (n 1)! y y t y exp( y)dy (n 1)! q • = = b • = = = • = ê ˆ è ˘ á ˜ í ˙ë ¯ í ˙q = q q í ˙ í ˙î ˚ ê ˆ è ˘ ê ˆ á ˜ á ˜í ˙ë ¯ á ˜í ˙= á ˜í ˙ á ˜í ˙î ˚ ë ¯ ê ˆ á ˜ ë ¯= â â ú â â â ú â ú n i i 1 t (n 2)! ˆ (n 1)! = b ê ˆ -á ˜ ë ¯q = â \ n i i 1 t ˆ n 1 = bq = â (bayes estimator) …(5) where nˆe( ) n 1b q = q biased ˆ ˆ( ) e ( ) n 1b b q q = q q = …(6) 373 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 mse 2 2 2 (n 1)ˆ ˆ( ) e ( ) (n 1)b b + q = q q = q …(7) 1.3 double stage shrinkage estimator [3], [4], [5], [6] a double stage shrinkage estimator is defined as follows let x1i; i = 1, 2, …, n1 be a random sample of n1 from exponential distribution and 1q̂ be a classical estimator (mle) of q based on n1 observation. construct a preliminary test region (r) in the parameter space based on prior estimate q0 and an appropriate criterion. if 1q̂ œ r shrink 1â towards a0 by shrinkage weight factor 1ˆ )y(q ; 0 £ 1ˆ )y(q £ 1 and use the shrinkage estimator 1ˆ )y(q 1q̂ + (1 – 1ˆ )y(q )q0, to estimate q, see [5]. if 1q̂ œ r, obtain x2i; i = 1, 2, …, n2, an additional sample of size n2 and use a pooled estimator pâ of a based on combined sample of size n = n1 + n2, i.e.; 1 1 2 2 p ˆ ˆn nˆ n q + q q = . thus, the double stage shrinkage estimator (dsse) will be 1 1 1 0 1 p 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) ; if r ˆ ˆ; if r ïy q q + y q q q œô q = ì q q œôó % …(8) to motivation of this study was provided by the work of [3], [4], [5], [6], [7], [8] and [9] and others. the aim of this paper is to employ bayesian estimator which is defined in (5) in double stage shrinkage estimator (dsse) which is defined in (8) to estimate the scale parameter (q) of exponential distribution. the expressions for bias, mean square error [mse], relative efficiency [r.eff(◊)], expected sample size, expected sample size proportion, probability for avoiding the second sample and percentage of overall sample saved are derived and obtained for the proposed estimator. numerical results and conclusions due mentioned expressions including some constants are performed and displayed in annexed tables. comparisons between the proposed estimator with the classical estimator ˆ(q) and with some of the last studies are demonstrated. 2. double stage shrinkage-bayesian estimator this section is concerned with pooling approach between shrinkage estimation that uses a prior information about unknown parameter as initial value and bayesian estimation that uses a prior information about unknown parameter as a prior distribution for the scale parameter (q) of exponential distribution using different shrinkage weight factors as well as pretest region r when a prior information about (q) is available as initial value (q0). 374 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 a proposed double stage shrinkage-bayesian estimator (dssbe) has the following form 1 1b 1 0 1 sb 1 1 2 2 p 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) ; if r ˆ ˆn nˆ ˆ; if r n ïy q q + y q q q œ ô q = ì q + q q = q œô ó % …(9) where 1bq̂ represent to bayes estimator for q on n1 observation, r is suitable region (say pretest region) and 1ˆ )y(q ; 0 £ 1ˆ )y(q £ 1 is shrinkage weight factor which may be a function of 1q̂ or constant, see [3], [4] and [9]. 2.1 dssbe( sbq% ) using constant shrinkage weight factor using the form (9), the proposed dssbe sbq% has the following forms: sb ˆ ˆ, if r ˆ ˆp , if r 1b 1 1 ïq q œô q = ì q q œôó % …(10) i.e. 1 ˆ( 01y q ) = (constant). where r is pretest region of acceptance of size a for testing the hypothesis h0: q = q0 vs. the hypothesis ha : q π q0 using test statistic 1 ˆ2nˆ ) 11 0 q t(q q = q in that, 1 1 2 20 0 1 / 2,2 n / 2,2 n 1 1 r x , x 2n 2n-a a è ˘q q = í ˙ î ˚ …(11) assume that, r=[a,b], a < b. i.e. 1 20 1 / 2,2n 1 x 2n a -a q = and 1 20 / 2,2n 1 x 2n b a q = …(12) where 1 1 2 2 1 / 2,2n / 2,2nx and x-a a are respectively lower and upper 100(a/2) percentile point of chi-square distribution with degree of freedom (2n1). the expression for bias is given below sb sb p r r bias( , r) e( ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( )f ( ; )d ( )f ( ; )d1b 0 1 1 1 1 q q = q ) q = q q q q q + q q q q qú ú % % where r is the complement region of r in real space and ˆf ( ; )1q q is a p.d.f. of ˆ1q which has the following form: 1 1 n -1 1 n 1 1 ˆ ˆ[ exp[ n ˆ, for 0ˆ( ; ) n θ/n 0 , o.w f 1 1 1 1 ï q ] q /q] < q < •ô q q = g( )( )ì ô ó we conclude: 375 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 [ ]1sb 1 0 1 0 1 n 1 bias( , r) j ( *, *) j ( *, *) j ( *, *) j ( *, *) n 1 1 u a b a b a b a b ï ¸ q q = q -ì ˝ +ó ˛ % …(13) where, l = q0 / q, y = n1 ˆ 1q q, u = n2/n1, n = n1 + n2, n 1 y 1 1 11j ( *, *) y y e dy n (n ) b* a* a b -= g ú l l l …(14) and 1 1 2 2 1 / 2,2 n / 2,2 nx , xa* b*-a a= l = l …(15) …(16) the bias ratio b(◊) of sbq% is defined as below sb sb bias( , r) b( , r) q q q q = q % % see [6] and [9]. the expression of mean square error [mse] of sbq% is as follows ….17 . [ ] sb sb 2 1 1 2 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 0 1 1 2 0 1 mse( , r) e( n n j ( *, *) 2 j ( *, *) j ( *, *) n 1 n 1 1 1 u 1 1 j ( *, *) 2j ( *, *) j ( *, *) 1 u n 1 u n u 1 u u 1 j ( *, *) 1 u n u a b a b a b a b a b a b a b 2 2 q q = q q) ï ê ˆô = q + +ì á ˜-ë ¯ô ó è ˘ê ˆ ê ˆ ê ˆ+ + -í ˙á ˜ á ˜ á ˜+ + +ë ¯ ë ¯ ë ¯î ˚ ¸ ôê ˆ ˝á ˜+ë ¯ ô ˛ % % the relative efficiency of estimator sbq% with respect to classical estimator ( ˆ1q ) is defined as below sb sb ˆmse( r.eff ( , r) s , r)[e(n , r) / n] q) q q = m e(q q q % % …(18) where e(nôa,r) is the expected sample size, which is defined as: 0 u e(n , r) n 1 j ( *, *) 1 u a bè ˘q = -í ˙+î ˚ . see for example [3], [10], [11], [12] and [13]. as well as, the expected sample size proportion e(nôa,r)/n equal to 0 u 1 j ( *, *) 1 u a b+ …(19) 376 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 see [6] and [9]. also, we have to define the percentage of the overall sample saved (p.o.s.s) of sbq% as: 2 0 n p.o.s.s. j ( *, *) 100 n a b= * …(20) see [6] and [8]. and, finally, 1ˆp r)( q œ represent the probability of avoiding the second sample. 3. c on clusions and numerical results the computations of relative efficiency [r.eff(◊)] and bias ratio [b(◊)], expected sample size [e(nôq,r)], expected sample size proportion [e(nôq,r)/n], percentage of the overall sample saved (p.o.s.s.) and probability of a voiding the second sample 1 ˆp( r)q œ were used for the estimator sbq% . these computations (using mat.lab programs) were performed for n1 = 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, u = (n2/n1) = 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 9, 12, l = (q0/q) = 0.25(0.25)2, a = 0.01,0.05,0.1. some of these computations are given in tables (1)-(6). the observation mentioned in the tables leads to the following results: i.the relative efficiency [r.eff(◊)] of sbq% are adversely proportional with small value of a especially when l = 1, i.e. a = 0.01 yield highest efficiency. ii.the relative efficiency [r.eff(◊)] of sbq% has maximum value when q=q0(l=1), for each n1 and a, and decreasing otherwise (lπ1). this feature showed the important usefulness of prior knowledge which gave higher effects of proposed estimator as well as the important role of shrinkage technique and its philosophy. iii.bias ratio [b(◊)] of sbq% are reasonably small when q=q0 for each n1, a, and increases otherwise. this property showed that the proposed estimator sbq% is very closely to unbiasedness property especially when q=q0. iv.the effective interval of sbq% [the value of l which makes r.eff.(◊) of sbq% greater than one] is approximately [0.75,1.25]. v.bias ratio [b(◊)] of sbq% are reasonably small with small value of u. vi.r.eff( sbq% ) is decreasing function with increasing of the first sample size n1, for each a and l. vii.the expected value of sample size of sbq% is close to n1, especially when 0.5 £ l < 1 and start faraway otherwise. viii.percentage of the overall sample saved 2 0 n j ( *, *) 100 n a bè ˘*í ˙ î ˚ is increasing value with increasing value of u(u = n2/n1) and decreasing value with increasing value of l ≥ 0.5. ix.r.eff( sbq% ) is an increasing function with respect to u. this property showed the effective of proposed estimator using small n1 relative to n2 (or large n2) which gave higher efficiency and reduce the observation cost. x. the considered estimator sbq% is better that the classical estimator especially when qªq0, this will gave the effective of sbq% relative to â and also gave an important weight of prior knowledge, and the augmentation of efficiency may reach to tens times. 377 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 xi. the considered estimator sbq% is more efficient than the estimators introduced by [6] and [9] in the sense of higher efficiency. references 1. epstein, b. and sobcl, m., (1984), some theorems to life testing from an exponential distribution, annals of mathematical statistics, 25. 2. al-kutobi, h.s., (2005), on comparison estimation procedures for parameter and survival function exponential distribution using simulation, ph.d. thesis, baghdad university, college of education (ibn-al-haitham), baghdad, iraq. 3. waikar,v.b., schuurmann,f.j. and raghunathan,t.e., (1984), on a two-stage shrinkage testimator of the mean of a normal distribution, commum. statist-theor. meth., a13(15), 1901-1913. 4. al-joboori, a.n., (2010), pre-test single and double stage shrunken estimators for the mean of normal distribution with known variance, baghdad journal for science, 7(4),.1432-1442. 5. thompson, j.r., (1968), some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean, j. amer. statist. assoc, 63:113-122. 6. al-joboori, a.n., khalaf, b.a. and hamza, s., (2010), estimate the scale parameter of exponential distribution via modified two stage shrinkage technique, journal college of education, no.(6) 62-75. 7. katti,s.k., (1962), use of some a prior knowledge in the estimation of means from double samples, biometrics, 18: 139-147. 8. arnold, j.c. and al-bayyati, h.a., (1970), on double stage estimation of the mean using prior knowledge, the biometric society, 26, no.4:782-800. 9. handa, b.r., kambo, n.s. and al-hemyari, z.a., (1988), on double stage shrunken estimator of the mean of exponential distribution, iapqr, trans. 13 no(1)19-33 10. table (1): showed bias ratio [b(◊)] and relative efficiency [r.eff.(◊)] of sbq% w.r.t. u, n1 and l when a =0.01 u n 1 l 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 1 4 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.3037 – 0.4257 0.7751 – 0.4877 2.0388 – 0.2489 3.8362 – 0.0078 1.8481 0.2163 0.7603 0.4145 0.3935 0.5809 0.2417 0.7124 6 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.2487 – 0.3848 0.5995 – 0.4906 1.9277 – 0.2488 5.4715 – 0.0142 1.6515 0.1830 0.5951 0.3256 0.3188 0.4093 0.2177 0.4416 8 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.2110 – 0.3351 0.4712 – 0.4918 1.6296 – 0.2477 5.6753 – 0.0193 1.3781 0.1493 0.5233 0.2398 0.3254 0.2643 0.2702 0.2500 3 4 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.2927 – 0.5147 0.8492 – 0.4915 2.4385 – 0.2473 5.8772 – 0.0046 2.0368 0.2205 0.6782 0.4186 0.3121 0.5830 0.1761 0.7102 6 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.2012 – 0.4599 0.6156 – 0.4928 2.0286 – 0.2458 7.6321 – 0.0076 1.4868 0.1915 0.4362 0.3319 0.2089 0.4081 0.1332 0.4285 8 r.eff.(◊) 0.1543 0.4743 1.6192 7.4731 1.0937 0.3436 0.1978 0.1610 378 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): showed expected sample size [e] and expected sample size proportion [ep] of sbq% w.r.t. u and l when n1 = 4, a =0.01 u l 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 1 ep e 0.6017 4.0400 0.5050 0.0400 0.5098 4.0783 0.5238 4.1906 0.5451 4.3612 0.5729 4.5835 0.6057 4.8458 0.6417 5.1338 3 ep e 0.4025 6.4406 0.2575 4.1200 0.2647 4.2348 0.2857 4.5719 0.3177 5.0835 0.3594 5.7506 0.4086 6.5374 0.462 7.4013 9 ep e 0.2830 11.3218 0.1090 4.3600 0.1176 4.7043 0.1429 5.7156 0.1813 7.2506 0.2313 9.2518 0.2903 11.6122 0.3551 14.2038 12 ep e 0.264 13.7624 0.0862 4.4800 0.0950 4.9391 0.1209 6.2875 0.1603 8.3341 0.2116 11.0024 0.2721 14.1496 0.3386 17.601 table (3): showed expected sample size [e] and expected sample size proportion [ep] of sbq% w.r.t. u and l when n1 = 6, a=0.01 u l 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 b(◊) – 0.4023 – 0.4934 – 0.2436 – 0.0101 0.1591 0.2417 0.2516 0.2203 9 4 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.1863 – 0.5647 0.8696 – 0.4936 2.7523 – 0.2460 10.5122 – 0.0019 1.8503 0.2245 0.4648 0.4234 0.1855 0.5877 0.0953 0.7136 6 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.1116 – 0.5030 0.6019 – 0.4941 1.9471 – 0.2438 11.9403 – 0.0031 1.0260 0.1979 0.2380 0.3377 0.1023 0.4103 0.0614 0.4244 8 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.0790 – 0.4414 0.4568 – 0.4944 1.4155 – 0.2410 10.4676 – 0.0041 0.6523 0.1660 0.1695 0.2446 0.0911 0.2462 0.0726 0.2053 12 4 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.1555 – 0.5723 0.8581 – 0.4939 2.7448 – 0.2458 12.2188 – 0.0015 1.6977 0.2252 0.3980 0.4243 0.1538 0.5885 0.0774 0.7142 6 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.0907 – 0.5096 0.5891 – 0.4943 1.8572 – 0.2435 13.2757 – 0.0024 0.8771 0.1989 0.1935 0.3387 0.0814 0.4108 0.0484 0.4239 8 r.eff.(◊) b(◊) 0.0633 – 0.4474 0.4460 – 0.4945 1.3121 – 0.2406 11.2646 – 0.0032 0.5400 0.1671 0.1352 0.2451 0.0718 0.2454 0.0570 0.2030 379 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 1 ep e 0.6457 7.7484 0.5050 6.0600 0.5151 6.1818 0.5458 6.5492 0.5954 7.1444 0.6580 7.8965 0.7251 8.7016 0.7889 9.4664 3 ep e 0.4685 11.2451 0.2575 6.1800 0.2727 6.5453 0.3187 7.6477 0.3930 9.4331 0.4871 11.6896 0.5877 14.1047 0.6833 16.3991 9 ep e 0.3623 21.7354 0.1090 6.5400 0.1273 7.6358 0.1824 10.9432 0.2717 16.2992 0.3845 23.0687 0.5052 30.3141 0.6200 37.1973 12 ep e 0.3459 26.9806 0.0862 6.7200 0.1049 8.1810 0.1614 12.5909 0.2530 19.7323 0.3687 28.7583 0.4925 38.4189 0.6102 47.5964 table (4): showed expected sample size [e] and expected sample size proportion [ep] of sbq% w.r.t. u and l when n1 = 8, a =0.01 u l 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 1 ep e 0.6885 11.0165 0.5050 8.0800 0.5215 8.3445 0.5743 9.1891 0.6584 10.5337 0.7532 12.0509 0.8380 13.4077 0.9022 14.4345 3 ep e 0.5328 17.0495 0.2575 8.2400 0.2823 9.0336 0.3615 11.5674 0.4875 15.6010 0.6298 20.1526 0.7570 24.2232 0.8532 27.3035 9 ep e 0.4394 35.1483 0.1090 8.7200 0.1388 11.1008 0.2338 18.7021 0.3850 30.8029 0.5557 44.4577 0.7084 56.6697 0.8239 65.9105 12 ep e 0.4250 44.1980 0.0862 8.9600 0.1167 12.1344 0.2141 22.2694 0.3693 38.4039 0.5443 56.6102 0.7009 72.8930 0.8194 85.2141 table (5): showed the percentage of overall sample saved (p.o.s.s.) of sbq% w.r.t. u, n1 and l when a =0.01 u n 1 l 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 1 4 p oss 39.8308 49.5000 49.0218 47.6172 45.4853 42.7058 39.4275 35.8280 6 35.4302 49.5000 48.4854 45.4230 40.4637 34.1956 27.4869 21.1136 8 31.1469 49.5000 47.8467 42.5680 34.1646 24.6822 16.7843 9.7843 12 23.3572 49.5001 46.2829 35.4833 21.0689 9.8173 3.7270 1.1963 3 4 p oss 59.7462 74.2500 73.5327 71.4259 68.2279 64.0587 59.1412 53.7420 6 53.1453 74.2500 72.7281 68.1344 60.6956 51.2934 41.2304 31.6704 8 46.7203 74.2500 71.7700 63.8520 51.2469 37.0233 24.3024 14.6765 380 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (6): showed the probability of a voiding second sample [av] w.r.t. u, n1 and l when a =0.01 12 35.0358 74.2501 69.4244 53.2249 31.6033 14.7260 5.5905 1.7944 9 4 p oss 71.6954 89.1000 88.2392 85.7110 81.8735 76.8704 70.9694 64.4904 6 63.7743 89.1000 87.2737 81.7613 72.8347 61.5521 49.4764 38.0045 8 56.0643 89.1000 86.1240 76.6224 61.4963 44.4279 29.1628 17.6118 12 42.0430 89.1001 83.3093 63.8699 37.9240 17.6712 6.7086 2.1533 12 4 p oss 73.5338 91.3846 90.5017 87.9087 83.9728 78.8414 72.7892 66.1440 6 65.4095 91.3846 89.5115 83.8578 74.7022 63.1304 50.7451 38.9790 8 57.5019 91.3846 88.3323 78.5871 63.0731 45.5671 29.9106 18.0634 12 43.1210 91.3848 85.4454 65.5076 38.8964 18.1243 6.8807 2.2085 u n1 l 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 1 4 av 0.7966 0.9900 0.9804 0.9523 0.9097 0.8541 0.7885 0.7166 6 0.7086 0.9900 0.9697 0.9085 0.8093 0.6839 0.5497 0.4223 8 0.6229 0.9900 0.9569 0.8514 0.6833 0.4936 0.3240 0.1957 12 0.4671 0.9900 0.9257 0.7097 0.4214 0.1963 0.0745 0.0239 3 4 av 0.766 0.9900 0.9804 0.9523 0.9097 0.8541 0.7885 0.7166 6 0.7086 0.9900 0.9697 0.9085 0.8093 0.6839 0.5497 0.4223 8 0.6229 0.9900 0.9569 0.8514 0.6833 0.4936 0.3240 0.1957 12 0.4671 0.9900 0.9257 0.7097 0.4214 0.1963 0.0745 0.0239 9 4 av 0.7966 0.9900 0.9804 0.9523 0.9097 0.8541 0.7885 0.7166 6 0.7086 0.9900 0.9697 0.9085 0.8093 0.6839 0.5497 0.4223 8 0.6229 0.9900 0.9569 0.8514 0.6833 0.4936 0.3240 0.1957 12 0.4671 0.9900 0.9257 0.7097 0.4214 0.1963 0.0745 0.0239 12 4 av 0.7966 0.9900 0.9804 0.9523 0.9097 0.8541 0.7885 0.7166 6 0.7086 0.9900 0.9697 0.9085 0.8093 0.6839 0.5497 0.4223 8 0.6229 0.9900 0.9569 0.8514 0.6833 0.4936 0.3240 0.1957 12 0.4671 0.9900 0.9257 0.7097 0.4214 0.1963 0.0745 0.0239 381 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 البيزي –حول مقدر التقلص ذو المرحلتين لمعلمة القياس للتوزيع االسي عباس نجم سلمان ، منى داود سلمان جامعة بغداد -كلية التربية ابن الهيثم -قسم الرياضيات 2011األول كانون 7قبل البحث في : 2011 تشرين األول 19استلم البحث في : الخالصة (mse)لتقليــل متوســط مربعــات الخطــأ (dssbe)البيــزي ذي المــرحلتين –يتعلــق موضــوع البحــث بمقــدر الــتقلص المتــوافرة حـــول q0حــول المعلومــات المســبقة (r)للتوزيــع االســـي عنــد المنطقــة qلمعلمــة القيــاس q̂لمقــدر االمكــان االعظــم بشكل تقدير ابتدائي فضالً عن تقليل كلفة المعينة والتجارب. (q)المعلمة الحقيقية ة عنـــدما يكـــون اســــتهالك الوقـــت او كلفـــة المعاينــــة او التجـــارب عاليـــاً جــــداً فـــان طريقـــة الــــتقلص ذا المـــرحلتين تكـــون مناســــب للحصــول علـــى مقـــدر يقلــل حجـــم العينـــة المتوقــع ومـــن ثـــم التقليــل مـــن هـــذه الكلــف. ومـــن خـــواص هــذا المقـــدر ايضـــاً انـــه ذو بشكل مناسب. rومنطقة قبول (◊)yصغير السيما عند اختيار عامل تقلص موزون (mse)متوسط مربعات خطأ ، وحجـــــــم العينـــــــة المتوقـــــــع [(◊)r.eff]، والكفايـــــــة النســـــــبية (mse)اشــــــتقت معـــــــادالت التحيـــــــز، ومتوســـــــط مربعـــــــات الخطـــــــأ [e(n/q,r)] وحجـم العينــة المتوقــع النســبي ،[e(n,q,r)/n] 1، واحتماليــة تجنـب العينــة الثانيــةˆp( r)q œ ونســبة االدخــار ، 2الكلي المئوية للعينة 1 n ˆ[ p[ r) 100] n q œ .(dssbe)للمقدر المقترح * المقتـــرح عنــدما يكــون المقـــدر المقتــرح هــو مقـــدر االختبــار األولـــي (dssbe)أعطيــت النتــائج العدديـــة واالســتنتاجات للمقــدر .aلمستوى معنوية اجريت المقارنات مع المقدر الكالسيكي وبعض المقدرات المقترحة في الدراسات االخيرة لبيان فائدة المقدر المقترح. التوزيــــع االســـي، مقـــدر االمكــــان األعظـــم، المقــــدر البيـــزي، مقـــدر الــــتقلص ذو المـــرحلتين، متوســــط الكلمـــات المفتاحيــــة: مربعات الخطأ، الكفاية النسبية. 1.1 the model: this section is concerned with pooling approach between shrinkage estimation that uses a prior information about unknown parameter as initial value and bayesian estimation that uses a prior information about unknown parameter as a prior distri... a proposed double stage shrinkage-bayesian estimator (dssbe) has the following form where represent to bayes estimator for ( on n1 observation, r is suitable region (say pretest region) and ; 0 ( ( 1 is shrinkage weight factor which may be a function of or constant, see [3], [4] and [9]. 2.1 dssbe() using constant shrinkage weight factor قسم الرياضيات كلية التربية ابن الهيثم جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في : 19 تشرين الأول 2011 قبل البحث في : 7 كانون الأول 2011 يتعلق موضوع البحث بمقدر التقلص – البيزي ذي المرحلتين (dssbe) لتقليل متوسط مربعات الخطأ (mse) لمقدر الامكان الاعظم لمعلمة القياس ( للتوزيع الاسي عند المنطقة (r) حول المعلومات المسبقة (0 المتوافرة حول المعلمة الحقيقية (() بشكل تقدير ابتدائي فضل... عندما يكون استهلاك الوقت او كلفة المعاينة او التجارب عاليا ً جدا ً فان طريقة التقلص ذا المرحلتين تكون مناسبة للحصول على مقدر يقلل حجم العينة المتوقع ومن ثم التقليل من هذه الكلف. ومن خواص هذا المقدر ايضا ً انه ذو متوسط مربعات خطأ (mse) صغير لاسيما عند ... اشتقت معادلات التحيز، ومتوسط مربعات الخطأ (mse)، والكفاية النسبية [r.eff(()]، وحجم العينة المتوقع [e(n/(,r)]، وحجم العينة المتوقع النسبي [e(n,(,r)/n]، واحتمالية تجنب العينة الثانية ، ونسبة الادخار الكلي المئوية للعينة للمقدر المقترح (dssbe). أعطيت النتائج العددية والاستنتاجات للمقدر (dssbe) المقترح عندما يكون المقدر المقترح هو مقدر الاختبار الأولي لمستوى معنوية (. اجريت المقارنات مع المقدر الكلاسيكي وبعض المقدرات المقترحة في الدراسات الاخيرة لبيان فائدة المقدر المقترح. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الفيزياء |355 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 روكسي أبتايت المطلي دتأثير المعامالت الحرارية المختلفة على السلوك التاكلي للهاي بطريقة الترسيب بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة وطريقة التغطيس ti-6al-4vعلى سبيكة عقيل فليح حسن عبد الحسين خضير لطيف محمد خماس خلف تكنولوجيا لوزارة العلوم وا /دائرة بحوث المواد 2102/تشرين الثاني/01قبل في: ,2102/ايار/22في : استلم الخالصة -tiتم في هذا البحث دراسة المعامالت الحرارية باستعمال الليزر، بالزما التفريغ التوهجي و الفرن الحراري االنبوبي على سبيكة 6al-4v المطلية بالهايدروكسي أبتايت بطريقتي التغطيس والترسيب بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة . اذ تم طالء مجموعة من العينات وطالء مجموعة أخرى من العينات باستعمال طريقة الترسيب بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة، ومن ثم تمت باستعمال طريقة التغطيس ملي جول لعينات مطلية بالطريقتين وتم توزيع النبضات على سطح العينة 11المعاملة الحرارية االولى باستخدام الليزر النبضي بطاقة ستخدام بالزما التفريغ التوهجي داخل منظومة مصنعة محلياً بجو من غاز االركون بفولتية الواحدة ، ثم تمت المعاملة الحرارية الثانية با سم ، وتمت المعاملة الثالثة باستعمال الفرن الحراري األنبوبي بجو من الهواء 0فولت وبمسافة بين القطبين مقدارها 011مقدارها ، وفحص الخصائص xrd،semتعمال المجهر الضوئي البصري ،م لمدة ساعة،بعدها تم فحص العينات باس° 011وبدرجة حرارة أظهرت النتائج أن العينات المعاملة بالفرن ( ،tafel( ومنحنى جهد االستقطاب )ocpالتاكلية باستعمال فحص جهد الدائرة المفتوحة ) 10×7.221-4 بالنسبة للعينات المطلية بالتغطيس و mm/y4 -3.567×10الحراري األنبوبي هي األفضل، إذ تناقص معدل التاكل الى mm/y بالنسبة للعينات المطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة مقارنة بمعدل تاكلmm/y3 -9.396×10 . للعينة غير المطلية حونة , تاكل الزوارع المعامالت الحرارية للمواد االحيائية ، الطالء بالتغطيس، الترسيب بهجرة الدقائق المشالكلمات المفتاحية : الجراحية , معامالت سطوح المعادن الفيزياء |356 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المقدمة المتعددة والمهمة ، فهو يستعمل في طالء الزوارع الطبية الهايدروكسي أبتايت من المواد الطبية اإلحيائية ذات االستعماالت (medical implants( معالجة هشاشة العظام ،)bone osteoporosis ( في أنظمة االيصال الدوائية ، )drug delivery systems( ويستعمل كذلك بشكل كبير في طالء الزوارع الطبية ، )medical implants[2,1]م ( لتحسين ترابطها مع العظا . وذلك لسببين ؛ األول تحقيق الترابط بين طبقة [ 4,3]وجميع طرائق الطالء المستعملة تلجأ الى المعاملة الحرارية لطبقة الطالء . ومن المهم أن تقلل طبقة الطالء من التاكل الحاصل [5]الطالء والمعدن ، والثاني تحقيق عامل الرص والتبلور الجيد لطبقة الطالء . ع الجراحية المعرضة لسوائل الجسم المختلفة بعد زراعتها في الجسم الحي ، لذلك فان بعض البحوث تناولت تأثير المعاملة للزوار ، [6]الحرارية المنجزة داخل األفران الحرارية في السلوك التاكلي للزوارع الجراحية المطلية بالهايدروكسي أبتايت بطرائق مختلفة . وكذلك تناولت الدراسات تأثير المعامالت الحرارية المحددة وليست المختلفة على الترابط [7]ية أخرى أو المطلية بمواد سيراميك . [9]، أو تأثير المعامالت الحرارية المحددة في الخواص الميكانيكية [8]مع العظام للزوارع الجراحية المطلية بالهايدروكسي أبتايت ( على الزوارع thin filmت لطالء المواد السيراميكية االحيائية على شكل طبقة رقيقة )ورغم أن تقنيتي الليزر والبالزما أستعمل ، فاننا في بحثا هذا سنستعمل هذين التقنيتين كتقنية معاملة حرارية لدراسة تأثيرها في السلوك التاكلي [11,10]الجراحية ( وطريقة الترسيب بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة dip coating)للهايدروكسي أبتايت المطلي بطريقتين مختلفتين هما طريقة التغطيس (electrophoretic deposition اذ تمتاز هاتان الطريقتان بسهولة تطبيقها ألنا التحتاج الى منظومات معقدة نسبياً ، ولسهولة . ) بطبقة من ti-6al-4v يكة . سيتم في هذا البحث طالء سب[13,12]التحكم بسمك طبقة الطالء عن طريق التحكم بزمن الطالء الهايدروكسي أبتايت بالطريقتين المذكورة انفاً ثم معاملتها حراريا باستعمال الليزر وبالزما التفريغ التوهجي واألفران الحرارية ، ، ثم إجراء xrdوفحص حيود األشعة السينية semليتم بعدها فحص العينات بالمجهر البصري والمجهر الماسح األلكتروني ( لغرض tafel( وقياس مخطط االستقطاب )open circuit potentialفحوصات التاكل المتمثلة بقياس جهد الدائرة المفتوحة ) تحديد معدل التاكل السنوي ، وتقييم النتائج وتأثرها حسب نوع المعاملة الحرارية. الجزء العملي المواد المستخدمة ti-6al-4v (baoji jensheng metal materialالمواد التي تم استخدمها في هذا البحث تتألف من سبيكة co.ltd.china( )al 6.3%,v 4%,fe 0.18% ,c 0.01% , n 0.01%, residual elements < 0.1%, ti remain ) ( ، scharllue ,spainزة من شركة )( و جميع الحوامض مجهhf،حامض الهايدروفلوريك ) hno)3، حامض النتريك ) ,hydroxyapatite < 40 nm(،هايدروكسي أبتايت بحجم دقائقي نانوي )ethanol 96%, scarllue, spain) %90االيثانول skyspringnano, usa( خامس أوكسيد الفسفور ، )99%,merck 5o2p) ( اليود ،iodine 99% ,gmbh كلوريد ، ) kcl( ، كلوريد البوتاسيوم )merck 3naco,%99، كاربونات الكالسيوم ) (nacl 99%,gmbhالصوديوم ) 99%,merck( ثنائي بوتاسيوم هايدروجين فوسفات ، )99%,gmbh 4khpo( كلوريد المغنيسيوم، )o 2.6h2mgcl 98%,merck( كلوريد الكالسيوم ، )99% ,merck 2(cacl ( 98و كبريتات الصوديوم%,gmbh 4so2na. ) العملطرائق مايكرون ، 011وتنعيمها بورق التنعيم المؤلف من كاربيد السليكون بحجم حبيبي ti-6al-4vتم تحضير عينات من سبيكة -1 [ 14]( على التوالي.3:1:6( بنسب حجمية )o2,hf,h3hnoوتنظيفها كيميائيا بمحلول مؤلف من ) دقيقة ولمرتين ، بعدها تم غسل العينات 10الموجات فوق الصوتية لمدة باستخدام حوض % 90تم غسل العينات بااليثانول -7 دقيقة مرة واحدة. 10بالماء المقطر باستعمال حوض الموجات فوق الصوتية لمدة تم تقسيم العينات الى قسمين : -3 01يت ذو الحجم الدقائقي النانوي ، غم من الهايدروكسي أبتا 0تم طالء القسم األول بطريقة التغطيس باستعمال محلول مؤلف من -أ دقائق ثم تركها لتجف 0غم من خامس أوكسيد الفسفور ، ليتم بعدها تغطيس العينات بالمحلول لمدة 0و %90مل من االيثانول غم 0من تم طالء القسم الثاني بطريقة الترسيب بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة باستعمال محلول مؤلف -بالهواء لمدة ساعة واحدة . ب غم من اليود ، ليتم بعدها استعمال العينات 7و %90مل من االيثانول 01من الهايدروكسي أبتايت ذو الحجم الدقائقي النانوي ، دقائق, تم بعدها تجفيف العينات 0فولت لمدة 31كقطب كاثود والكرافيت كقطب انود وربطهما بمجهز قدرة وتسليط جهد مقداره اعة. س 1بالهواء لمدة بتسليط nd-yagياك –تم معاملة عينتين مطليتين بطريقة التغطيس وهجرة الدقائق المشحونة باستعمال الليزر نوع نديميوم -0 ملي جول. 10نبضات موزعة على سطح العينيتن المطلي بطريقيتين مختلفتين وبطاقة شحونة باستعمال بالزما التفريغ التوهجي وباعتماد فولتية مقدارها تم معاملة عينتين مطليتين بطريقة التغطيس وهجرة الدقائق الم -0 (.1سم باستعمال المنضومة المصنعة محلياً والمبينة في الشكل ) 0فولت ومسافة بين القطبين 011 الفيزياء |357 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ,carboliteباستخدام الفرن الحراري االنبوبي نوع ) تم معاملة عينتين مطليتين بطريقتي التغطيس وهجرة الدقائق المشحونة -0 england م تحت جو من الهواء .° 011( لمدة ساعة واحدة وبدرجة حرارة ومن ثم تقييم xrd ،semتم فحص العينات المعاملة بمعامالت مختلفة جميعها بوساطة المجهر الضوئي البصري ، فحص -2 النتائج. ( لتحديد tafel( ومخطط االستقطاب )ocpعاملة بمعامالت مختلفة جميعها لتحديد جهد الدائرة المفتوحة )تم فحص العينات الم -8 simulated body( باستعمال محاليل مشابهة لمحاليل الجسم )parstat 2273,usaمعدل التاكل السنوي باستعمال جهاز ) fluid,sbf( مبين مكوناتها في الجدول )[10]( 1. مناقشة النتائج وال تأثرت العينات التي تم معاملتها بالليزر تأثراً كبيرا ،حيث عمل الليزر على حفر منطقة الطالء والمعدن األساس المتمثل بسبيكة ti-6al-4v ( 7ولم يبقي أي طالء على العينة رغم استخدام طاقة ضعيفة نسبياً لليزر وكما موضح في شكل. ) أن الحفر التي كونها الليزر ، والتي دلت على الحرارة العالية المتولدة على سطح العينة والتي ويتضح من صور المجهر الضوئي (.3سببت تكون أكاسيد واضحة من األلوان المتكونة على سطح العينة والتي يتميز بها التيتانيوم وسبائكه كما في الشكل ) وبالفرن الحراري فلم يتضح من خالل صورالمجهر الضوئي فروقات أما العينات المطلية بطريقتين مختلفتين ومعاملة بالبالزما للعينات األختالف الحاصل في شكل بلورات الهايدروكسي أبتايت semواضحة لتأثير المعامالت المختلفة على الطالء . بين فحص طيس وهجرة الدقائق المشحونة والمعاملة المطلية على العينيتين ومدى تأثرها بالمعامالت المختلفة ، فالعينات المطلية بطريقة التغ بالبالزما أخذت شكالً إبرياً متجمعا ، واما العينات المعاملة بالفرن الحراري فقد أخذت بلورات الهايدروكسي أبتايت شكل الحبيبات ( .0العشوائية المتجمعة ، وكما موضح في الشكل ) ( rutile and anataseيتضح ظهور أوكسيد التيتانيوم بطوريه ) (0المبين في الشكل ) xrdومن فحص حيود األشعة السينية على العينة المعاملة بالليزر ،وهذا يسند ما تم مشاهدته في صور المجهر الضوئي البصري سابقاً والتي ظهر فيها الوان متعددة كداللة = 2θأن قمة الهايدروكسي أبتايت عند الزوايا الختالف انواع اكاسيد التيتانيوم المتكونة من المعاملة بالليزر ، كما تم مالحظة للعينة المعاملة بالبالزما كانت أقل شدة من تلك التي ظهرت عند نفس الزاوية للعينة المعاملة بالفرن 25.87,31.77,46.71,64.07 لتبلور القوي لطبقة الطالء الحاصل الحراري ، وهذا يدل على التبلور لطبقة الطالء الحاصل بالمعاملة للبالزما كان ضعيفاً مقارنتاً با بالمعاملة بالفرن الحراري االنبوبي ، وبعد إجراء فحوصات التاكل للعينات المطلية بالتغطيس والمطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة تبين طالء قد أخذ ( أن العينات المعاملة بالليزر بكلتا طريقتي الopen circuit potential ocpمن فحص جهد الدائرة المفتوحة ) بالتناقص عن قيمة البداية للفحص وهذا يدل على طبقة الحماية األوكسيدية الحاصلة كانت غير مترابطة بشكل جيد مما أدى الى انهيار هذه الطبقة مع مرور الزمن في الفحص الى أن وصل الجهد الى الحالة شبه المستقرة. أما بالنسبة للعينات المعاملة بالبالزما الدائرة المفتوحة في تزايد عن قيمة البدء للفحص وهذا يدل على استقرار طبقة الطالء بشكل جيد . كذلك كانت العينات فكان جهد ( .0المعاملة بالفرن الحراري األنبوبي قد وصلت الى قيم جهد دائرة مفتوحة أعلى من تلك المعاملة بالبالزما كما موضح في الشكل ) ( تبين أن قيمة معدل التاكل السنوي قد زادت للعينات المعاملة بالليزر عن العينات غير tafel)من خالل فحص جهد االستقطاب المعاملة وغير المطلية ، وهذا متوقع من نتائج الفحوصات السابقة لجهد الدائرة المفتوحة . كذلك دلت النتائج على أن قيمة معدل قل من العينات غير المطلية ، أي أن التاكل السنوي قد تناقص . كذلك بالنسبة للعينات التاكل السنوي للعينات المعاملة بالبالزما كانت أ المعاملة بالفرن الحراري األنبوبي فإن قيمة معدل التاكل السنوي قد تناقصت بشكل كبير داللة على أن هذا النوع من المعاملة هو ( tafel( يوضح منحنيات جهد االستقطاب )2ائرة المفتوحة. والشكل )األفضل ، وهذا أيضا متوقع نتيجة الفحوصات السابقة لجهد الد ( نتائج فحوصات التاكل للعينات المطلية 7للعينات المطلية بكلتا الطريقتين والمعاملة بمعامالت حرارية مختلفة ، كذلك يبين الجدول ) فحوصات التاكل للعينات المطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة ( نتائج 3يبين الجدول ) بالتغطيس والمعاملة حراريا بمعامالت مختلفة، و والمعاملة حراريا بمعامالت مختلفة. االستنتاجات يتبين مما سبق أن معاملة العينات بالليزر قد أضرت بطبقة الطالء وزادت من معدل التاكل السنوي للسبيكة ، وان المعامالت 10×3.5674إذ تناقص معدل التاكل الى نبوبي قد حسنت من الخواص التاكلية للسبيكة ،الحرارية بالبالزما والفرن الحراري األ mm/y بالنسبة للعينات المطلية بالتغطيس وmm/y 4-7.221×10 بالنسبة للعينات المطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة مقارنة بمعدل لفرن الحراري األنبوبي هي األفضل لكلتا الطريقتين المستعملة للعينة غير المطلية . وكانت المعاملة با mm/y3 -9.396×10تاكل بالطالء ) التغطيس وهجرة الدقائق المشحونة(.وبذلك يمكن إستعمال المعاملة بالفرن الحراري للزوارع المستعملة في طب األسنان ومعالجة كسور العظام وتنظيم ضربات القلب والقسطرة . الفيزياء |358 7112( عام 1العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المصادر 1mucalo, m. (ed.) (2015).hydroxyapatite (hap) for biomedical applications. 1 st eddition. woodhead publishing. 2gshalaev, v. s. and demirchan, a. c. (eds.) (2012). hydroxyapatite: synthesis, properties and applications(ebook),series: biomaterials properties,production, and devices.nova science publishers, inc. new york. 3chivu, a.,ciucă ,s.,bojin ,d.,fedorov, f.,gebert,a., and eckert, j.(2012). the effect of surface treatments on the electrochemical behavior of titanium. u.p.b. sci. bull., series b, 74(4) p:249-260. 4yang , c. yang, c.w., chen, l. wu, m.,lui,t. ,kuo, a., and lee, t.(2009). effect of vacuumpost-heat treatment of plasma-sprayed hydroxyapatite coatings on their in vitro and in vivo biological responses.j. med. bio.eng. 29(6): 296-302. 5jafari, s,atabaki, m.,and idris, j.(2011). comparative study on bioactive coating of ti-6al-4v alloy and 316 l stainless steel. metall. mater. eng. 18 (2) :145-158. 6zidane, n.addi,a.,akbour,r.,douch,j.,singh,r. and hamdani,m.(2015). effect of heat treatmenton corrosion behaviour of magnesium alloy mg10gd1eu1zn0.2zr in 1wt% nacl solution forbiomaterial application. int. j. electrochem. sci. 10 :9395 – 9407. 7chen, c. and ding, s.(2006). effect of heat treatment on characteristics of plasma sprayed hydroxyapatite coatings. mater. trans., 47 (3) :935 – 940. 8minouei, h., fathi, m., meratin m., and ghazvinizadeh, h.(2012). heat treatment of cobalt basealloy surgical implants with hydroxyapatite-bioglass for surface bioactivation. iranian j. mater. sci. eng. 9 (3), p:33-39. 9singh, g.,singh, s.,and prakash, s.(2011). post heat treatment of plasma sprayed pure and alumina-titania reinforced hydroxyapatite coating on ss 304 steel . j of miner. mater. charact. & eng. 10 (2) :173-184. 10timonen, j.,myllys, m.,konakov, v., soudarev, a., and archakov, i.(2011). structure of a ceramic material developed by laser prototyping techniques. rev. adv. mater. sci. 29:175-179. 11liu, x.,chu, p., and ding, c.,(2004). surface modification of titanium, titanium alloys, and related materials for biomedical applications. mater. sci. eng. r 47: 49–121. 12mavis, b., and tas, a.,(2000). dip coating of calcium hydroxyapatite on ti-6al-4v substrates. j. am. ceram. soc.83 (4), p:989 –991. 13feng, z., qishen, s.,and zuochen, l. (2003). electrophoretic deposition of htdroxyapatite coating.j.mater.sci.technol.19.(1),p:30-32. 14zhitomirsky, i.,(2006). electrophoretic deposition of organic–inorganic nanocomposites. j. mater. sci 41(24), p:8186–8195. 15mittal, m., nath, s.,and prakash, s.(2011). characterization of plasma sprayed hydroxyapatite coatings on aisi 316l ss and titanium substrate and their corrosion behavior in simulated body fluid. j. miner. mater. character. eng. 10 (11): 1041-1049. الفيزياء |359 7112( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 [ 01]( sbf( مكونات المحلول المشبه لمحاليل الجسم )0ول )جد ( نتائج التاكل للعينات المطلية بالتغطيس والمعاملة بمعامالت حرارية مختلفة2جدول ) بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة والمعاملة بمعامالت حرارية مختلفة( نتائج التاكل للعينات المطلية 0جدول ) concentration g/l reagent item 8.035 nacl 1 0.355 nahco3 7 0.225 kcl 3 0.231 k2hpo4 0 0.311 mgcl2.6h2o 0 0.292 cacl2 0 0.072 na2so4 2 ocp volt corr. rate mm/y i.corr. μamp / cm2 e.corr . volt treating type -0.461 9.396×10-3 1.08 -0.492 untreated -0.661 2.784×10-2 3.2 -0.658 laser -0.418 4.350×10-3 0.52 0.397plasma -0.324 3.567×10-4 0.041 0.289furnace ocp volt cor.rate mm/y i.cor. μam p/ cm2 e.cor . volt treating type -0.461 9.396×10-3 1.08 -0.492 untreated -0.542 7.047×10-2 8.1 -0.574 laser -0.418 5.307×10-3 0.61 0.392plasma -0.324 7.221×10-4 0.083 0.321furnace الفيزياء |360 7112( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( منظومة توليد بالزما التفريغ التوهجي المصنعة محلياً 0شكل ) . (a) (b) ( المطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونةb( المطلية بالتغطيس )a( العينات المعاملة بالليزر )2)شكل الفيزياء |361 7112( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( العينة السابقة b)50x ( العينة المطلية بالتغطيس مكبرة a( صور المجهر الضوئي للعينات المعاملة بالليزر )0شكل ) ( العينة السابقة d) 50x( العينة المطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة مكبرة c) x 500مكبرة في المنطقة المؤشرة الى . 500xمكبرة في المنطقة المؤشرة الى الفيزياء |362 7112( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 (a) (b) ( a( )b) (d ) (c) ( للعينة المطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة b( للعينة المطلية بالتغطيس والمعاملة بالبالزما )a) sem( صور 4شكل ) للعينة المطلية بهجرة الدقائق ( d( للعينة المطلية بالتغطيس والمعاملة بالفرن الحراري االنبوبي )cوالمعاملة بالبالزما ) المشحونة والمعاملة بالفرن الحراري االنبوبي. الفيزياء |363 7112( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( المطلية بهجرة الدقائق b( المطلية بالتغطيس )aللعينات المعاملة حراريا بعامالت مختلفة ) xrd( مخططات 1شكل ) .المشحونة ( المطلية بالتغطيس a( للعينات المعاملة حرارياً بمعامالت مختلفة )ocp( مخططات جهد الدائرة المغتوحة )2شكل ) (bالمطلية بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة ) الفيزياء |364 7112( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( المطلية b( المطلية بالتغطيس )a( للعينات المعاملة بمعامالت حرارية مختلفة )tafelمخططات االستقطاب )( 7شكل ) بهجرة الدقائق المشحونة الفيزياء |365 7112( عام 1)العدد 30المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 the effect of different thermal treatments on corrosion behavior of the hydroxyapatite coated on ti-6al-4v alloy by electrophoretic deposition and dip coating aqeel faleeh hasan abdul husain khudhair elttayef mohammed khammas khalaf materials research directorate/ministry of science and technology received in: 22/may/2016, accepted in: 30/november/2016 abstract in this research, the study of thermal treating by laser, plasma glow discharge and tubular furnace on ti-6al-4v alloy coated with hydroxyapatite by methods of dip coating and electrophoretic deposition .a group of samples was coated by dip coating and another group was coated by electrophoretic deposition. the first group was treated by pulse laser 10 (mj) as energy for samples from both coating with uniform distributed pulses on every single sample surface, the second thermal treating was made by plasma glow discharge in a locally made system with argon atmosphere, 600 volt , and 6 cm distance between the electrodes, the third treating was made by tubular furnace in air atmosphere and 400 °c for 1 hour duration. then the samples were tested by optical microscope, xrd, sem, and the corrosion characteristic with open circuit potential (ocp) and polarization curve (tafel), the results showed that the samples tr eated by tubular furnace were the best where the corrosion rate was reduced to 3.567×10-4 mm/y for the dip coated samples and 7.221×10-4 mm/y for the electrophoretic deposited samples compared with 9.396×10-3mm/y for uncoated sample. key words: thermal treatments for biomaterials, dip coating, electrophoretic deposition, surgical implants corrosion, metals surfaces treatments ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 the effect of mercuric exposure on oxidative stress and enzymatic antioxidant defense system i.a.mohammed , m.i .al-jobouri , w.f.al-taie departme nt of chemistry ,college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract throughout the centuries, several incidents of mercury toxicity have been reported. m ercury is found in many industries such as batt ery, thermometer and barometer manufacturing, in the agricultural industry is used in fungicides and in medicine, mercury is used in dental amalgams. an imp ortant mechanism involved in cellular injury is induced by exp osure to different forms of mercury involves in the induction of oxidative st ress. this st udy was conducted on non-smoker, male working in a chloroalkali p lant for different p eriods, all workers were not suffering from chronic disease. healthy non-smoker males that are not exp osed, matched age were used as controls(c), workers aged (22-61) y ears, t hey were divided into t hree group s: g1: workers with exp osed p eriod less than 10 years, g1 < 10 y ears. g2: workers with exp osed p eriod (10-19) y ears . g3: included workers with exp osed p eriod more than 19 years, g3 > 19 y ears. the result we had through examining the different p arameters led us to add another group which included individuals with high mercury levels regardless the occup ation p eriod, in this group we found high significant changes in the defense sy st em p arameters that we measured. this st udy showed an elevation in m da levels in all workers group , sp ecially those with high level mercury , which were 9.31, 12.78, 12.99, 14.73, and 18.11nmol/dl for c, g1, g2 , g3 ,and high level mercury workers resp ectively . no alteration was found in sod activity in ery throcyte (0.67, 0.73, 0.72, and 0.77 u/g.hb) for c, g1, g2 and g3 resp ectively. there were highly significant decrease in catalase activity (p < 0.001) in erythrocyte of all worker group s comp ared to normal control. the values were (1.5, 0.8, 0.88, 0.815 and 0.45 u/gm/hb) for c, g1, g2, g3 and g4 resp ectively. while there were high elevation in glutathione s-transferase activity in worker group s comp ared to control (p < 0.001) and values were (1.85, 2.589, 2.441, 2.776 and 3.2 u/gm.hb) for c, g1, g2 and g3 resp ectively. introduction free radical induced oxidative damage has been imp licated in the toxic action of many chemicals and environmental agents and in the p athogenesis of a number of diseases [1]. m ercury may occur in the elemental form or as inorganic and organic comp ounds [2]. from biochemical p oint of view, no other metal bett er illustrates the diversity of effects caused by different chemical sp ecies than does mercury [3,4] . each of the three forms of mercury has characterist ic toxicokinetics and health effects [5] . in as much as mercury is ubiquitous in the environment, it is nearly imp ossible for most humans to avoid exp osure to some form or forms of mercury on a regular basis[6]. all forms of mercury cause toxic effects in a number of tissues and organs, depending on the chemical form of mercury, the level of exp osure and the duration of exp osure[4,7,8] ____________________________________ this work is ap art of a phd. thesis of the first co-author ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 normally the body burden of mercury in humans is p redominantly caused by the diet(3,4) and the dental amalgam [9] ot her sources such as air or drinking water contribute, substantially to the tot al burden only in the case of local mercury contamination . the high vapour p ressure of metallic mercury is the main reason for the occup ational burden where ever mercury is mined, melted, refined, treated or recycled [4] free radical induced lip id p er-oxidation may be involved in m ehg-induced cell damage[10,11]. this hy p othesis is sup p orted by findings in which m ehg exp osure in vivo elevates ros in brain regions sensitive to m ehg [12,13]. living organisms have devised several antioxidant defense mechanisms. these mechanisms consist of a variety of metallo-enzy mes and several ty p es of antioxidant molecules [14] . sup eroxide dismutase sod is a metalloprotein that is p resent in all aerobic organisms[15]. it cataly zes the conversion of two sup eroxide anions into hy drogen-peroxide and molecular oxy gen [16] .  2o +  2o h2o2 + o2 the hy drogen p eroxide formed by sup eroxide dismutase, and by the uncataly zed reaction of hy drop eroxy radicals o2  2o 2oh  h2o2 area scaven ged by catalase [17] which is an ubiquitous heme p rotein that catalyzes the dismutation of hydrogen peroxide into water and molecular oxy gen [18]. glutathione – s – transferases (gsts) constitut e a family of enzy mes that catalyze the conju gation of glutathione to electrop hilic comp ounds includin g metabolites of several mutagens and carcinogens, and major class of p hase – ii enzy mes involved in xenobiotic biotransformation and detoxification. methods samp ling was conducted in a chloroalkali p lant, that used mercury electrodes to p roduce chlorine and soda, during the p eriod feb. 2001 – m ay 2002. fort y one non-smoker males working in the p lant for different p eriods were included in the st udy . all workers were not suffering from chronic diseases.sixteen healthy non-smoker males, who are not occup ationally exp osed, matched age, were used as a control group (c) . workers aged 22-61 y ears, t hey are divided into three group s: g1: included workers with exp osed p eriod less than 10 years, g1 < 10 y ears. g2: included workers with exp osed p eriod 10-19 y ears, g2 10-19 y ears. g3: included workers with exp osed p eriod more than 19 y ears, g3> 19 y ears . about 10 mls of venous blood were drawn by using disp osable needles and sy ringes. samp les were collected between 9.00-12.00 a.m. with no regard to meals. e h+ o2 2oh  superoxide anion hydroperoxyl radical hydrogen peroxide 2h + sod ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 plasma samples were used to measure m da content .the anticoagulant was added to the blood sample, centrifuged for 15 minutes at 3000 g then p lasma was sep arated from red cells. red cells samples were used to determine catalase, sod and gst activities. m ercury was analyzed by atomic absorp tion sp ectrometric technique uses sodium borohy dride as a reducing agent, which is cap able of reducing all the mercury in the samp le to elemental mercury vapour [19] . lip id p eroxidation was determined by using the thiobarbituric acid method [20]. in this method malondialdehyde (m da), formed from the breakdown of p olyunsaturated fatt y acids was identified as the p roduct of lip id p eroxidation that reacts with thiobarbituric acid (tba) to give a red chromop hore absorbing at 532 nm. m alondialdehy de concentrations were calculated using molar absorp tivity coefficient of 1.56  10 5 l.m ol 1 .cm 1 . sup eroxide dismutase (sod) was assay ed according to winterbourn [21].this assay depends on the enzy me ability to inhibit the reduction of nitro blue tetrazolium (nbt ) by (  2 o ) anions that were generated subsequent to the reduction of riboflavin by illumination in the presence of methionin which is an oxidizable comp ound. catalase activity was determined by using assay method that depends on it’s ability to decompose h2o2 to give h2o and o2. this assay was based on the reduction in the absorbance of hy drogen p eroxide h2o2 at 240 nm. the difference in absorp tion (a240) p er unit t ime is a measure of catalase activity [22]. glutathione-s-transferase gst cataly zes the conjugation of gsh with 1-chloro-2,4dinitrobenzene (cdnb), as co-substrate, to form 2,4-dinitrop henyl glutathione which absorbs light at 340 nm, and the determination of the rate of it’s formation reflects enzy me activity in the sy st em. re sult and discussion fig. (1) shows the concentrations of mercury in the st udy group s, male workers, in chloroalkali p lant and occup ationally unexp osed control group . the concentrations of mercury in serum were significantly higher in the hg-group s comp ared to control group .there were no significant differences between the hg-group s them-selves (p > 0.05). though there were some individual cases within the hg-group s which showed values more than the accep table level (3 g/dl) [23]. four cases from g3, three from g2 and four cases from g1 showed values of hg concentration in serum above(6 g/dl) m ercury in blood of chloroalkaliworkers correlated significantly with current ty p e work, but not with length of exp osure[24,25]. lip id peroxidation products measured as malondialdehyde (m da) content were detectable in a significantly higher concentration in all mercury exp osed group s comp ared to the normal control group (p < 0.001) as shown in fig. (ii) and table (1). m ean m da levels were increased 37%, 39% and 58% over the mean control level for g1,g2 and g3 resp ectively. fig.(iii) correlates m da p roduction in workers and control with the increase of hgconcentration, as we can see that levels of serum hg-concentration when became higher than 3 g/dl the m da levels increased rapidly (r = 0.911). workers from different occup ation p eriods having mercury levels less than (3 g/dl) have serum m da concentration within normal range of that for control. m da p roduction of high mercury level workers (hg > 3 g/dl) was increased (172%) over normal control. a number of st udies have p rop osed that elevated blood level of lip id p eroxidation might be involved in cellular dy sfunction [26,27].m oreover, it is well known that mercury increases the level of oxy gen reactive intermediates in tissue cells [28] .the data in table (1) indicates that a st ate of oxidative st ress and increase in process of lip id p eroxidation in workers is comp atible with the observation of queiroz et al., 1998 [29], these authors reported that the average of lip id p eroxidation in serum is higher in workers exp osed to mercury than in normal control.the highly significant ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 increase of m da level in the third group of workers (58%) over control level could be due to age as it is known that oxidative st ress is age related [30]. table (2) shows activity of sod in mercury exp osed workers and control as it is noticed there are no significant differences between the three group s of workers and normal control (p > 0.05). our results are in agreement with reported values for sod where the authors found no significant differences in mercury exp osed workers in sod sy st ems. sod p lay s a significant role in erythrocyte defense against oxidation so the balance between antioxidant and oxidative damage maintains equilibrium between oxidative injury and defense sy st em (29). on the other hand some authors reported that sod activity in ery throcytes of workers occup ationally exp osed to mercury was significantly lower than control group as it can be exp lained that workers in elemental mercury leads to increase lip id p eroxidation in erythrocytes, and they p ost ulated that this exp osure leads to decrease activity of sod in erythrocytes (1). in mercury exp osed group s sod activity was incompatible and no alteration was found by barregared, 1990 [31], who described a normal concentration of sod in p lasma and blood of mercury exp osed workers. on the other hand, perrin-nadif., 1996 [32]observed increased sod activity in workers with higher urinary mercury concentrations our results showed a highly significant decrease (p < 0.001) in catalase activity in mercury exp osed workers comp ared to normal control group . 50% decrease was found in the enzy me activity in each worker group relative to the normal control group , while no significant differences (p > 0.05) were noticed within the worker group s themselves as shown in fig. (iv) .fig. (v) showed the levels of catalase activity in mercury exp osed workers as a function of hg-concentration, a highly negative correlation between the two p arameters (p < 0.001) is shown r =  0.8517. in this figure only levels of mercury over 3 g/dl are represented for the workers. catalase enzy matically removes hy drogen p eroxides formed from enzy matic removal of sup eroxide. changes in catalase activity occuring after chronic exp osure to high levels of mercury were invest igated in the red cell sy st em and an increase in catalse activities in worker group s was reported, they reported also that no alteration is detected in red cell antioxidant sy st em [29].in a recent review of the influence of antioxidant sy st ems in the erythrocyte survival kurata[33] reported in all mammals, a p ositive correlation between the red cell life-sp an and the intracellular levels of sod and gsh. however, no correlation was observed for catalase. the authors suggested that t he relative strengths of the effectiveness of the cellular antioxidant sy st ems and oxy gen radical formation are p otential candidates in governing the ageing p rocess and in the determining red cell life sp an in mammalian sp ecies. catalase activity was rep orted to be unaltered in oxidant injury and oxidant resp onse induced by mercury [34,25]. catalase activity was reduced in the renal cortex of rats exp osed to mercury[35]. gst activities in all exp osed group s were significantly higher than normal control levels as shown in fig. (vi), there is 39%, 31% and 50% increase in gsts activities in group s g1, g2 and g3 resp ectively. fig. (vii) showed a highly p ositive relation (r = 0.76, p < 0.001) between mercury and gst activity in high mercury levels workers (hg > 3 g/dl) regardless the occup ation p eriod. fig. (viii) shows the p ositive relationship between m da levels for workers (hg > 3 g/dl) and gst activity (r = 0.54, p < 0.001) compared to normal control. gst activity in high hg-level workers (average 3.18 u/gm.hb) was increased by 172% over control levels.t he elevation in activity of the enzy me for mercury exp osed subjects in our st udy is due to the detoxification effect of the enzy me against lip id p eroxidation and xenobiotics [36]. our result is comp atible with researches p erformed on laboratories animals exp osed to inorganic mercury which confirmed the p rotection effect of gst enzy me as a general mechanism against a wide variety of p ulluent including heavy metals and carcinogenic aromatic comp ounds [37]. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 re ferences 1. nikolic, j.; kocic, g. and jevtovic-stojmenov,t. (2006), pharmacology online 3: 669675. 2. wallace hay es, a. (2001) princip les and m ethods of toxicology 4th ed., taylor & francis; philadelp hia. 3.who (1990)b ipcs environmental health criteria 101, m ethy lmercury . geneva; world health organization. 4.who(1991),ipcs environmental health criteria 118, inorganic m ercury . geneva; world health organization. 5.casarett and doull’s. (1996), t oxicology , the basic science of poisons; 5th ed. m cgraw-hill companies, usa. 6.zalup s, r.k. (2000), pharmacological reviews, 52: 114. 7.clarkson, t .w.( 1972) annu. rev. parmacol. toxicol., 12: 375-406. 8.agency for toxic subst ance and disease registry ,(19990, betherdsa, publication no. tp-93/10. 9.kaiser, g. and tölg, g.(1980) handbook of environmental chemistry vol. 3. part a (hut zinge o ed.) sp ringer-verlag, berlin. 10.taylor, t.j.; rieders, f. and kocsis, j.j. (1973), federation proc., 32: 261. 11.m agos, l. and webb, m .(1980), crc crit. rev. toxicol., 1-42. 12.lebel, c.p.; ali ,s.f.and bondy , s.c. (1990),toxicol. ap p l. pharmacol., 104: 17-24. 13.lebel, c.p.; ali, s.f. and bondy , s.c.(1992), toxicol. ap p l. pharmacol.,112: 161-165. 14.m ckee, t. and m ckee, j.r.(1996) biochemist ry ”, the m cgraw hill companies inc., 246. 15.m ccord, j.m . and fridorich, i.(1969), j. biol. chem., 244: 6049. 16.clarkson, p.m .and tomp son, h.s.(2000), am. j. clin. nutr., 72: 6375-6465. 17.stry er, l.biochemistry ,(1997), 4th ed., freeman and comp any, new york. 18.chance, b.; sies, h. and boveris, a.(1979) phy siol. rev., 59: 527-605. 19.sharma, d.c. and davis, p.s.(1979), clin. chem., 25: 769-772. 20.fong, k. l.; m ccay , p.b. and poy er, j.l. (1973) j. biol.chem., 248: 7792-7797. 21.winterbourn ,c.c.; hawkings, r.e.; brain, m . and carrel, r.w. (1975), j. jab. clin. m ed., febr.: 337-341. 22.acbi hugo(1974), m ethods of enzy matic analysis, 2: 684. 23.world health organization;(1976), environmental health criteria i; m ercury ; geneva. 24.queiroz, m .l.; bicoletto, c.; quadros, m .r. and decap itani, e.m . (1999),immunipharmacology and immunotoxicology , 21 (1): 141. 25.langwort h, s.(1990), “early effect of occup ational and environmental exp osure to inorganic m ercury ”; karolinska inst itut e, sweden, m eddr degree. 26.wali, r.k.; jafe, s.; kumar, d.; sorgenete, n. and karla, v.k.(1987), j. cell. phy siol.; 133: 25-36. 27.giugliano, d.; ceriello, a. and paolisso, g.(1955) m etabolism; 44: 363-386. 28.dacie, n. and lewis, s.m .( 1975), “practical hematology ”, 5th edition, churchill and livingst one, 79-80. 29.desouza queiroz ,m .l.; pena, s.c.; ide salles, t.s.; de cap itani, e.m . and olalla saad, s.t.(1998), human and exp erimental toxicology , 17: 225-230. 30.m eydani ,m .(1990), m ech. ageing. dev., 11 (2-3): 123-123. 31.berregard, l.; thomassen, y.; schutz , a. and m arkfund ,s.l(1990) sci. total environ., 99: 37-47. 32.perrin-nadif ,r.(1996), j. t oxicol. environ. health, 48: 107-119. 33.kurata, m .; suzuki, m . and agart, n.s.(1993), compar. biochem. and phy siol., 106 b: 477-487. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 34.nath, k.a.;croatt, a.j.; likely, s.; behrens, t.w. and warden, d. (19960 ,kidney int., 50 (3): 1032-1043. 35.lovasova, e.; sipulova, a.; racz, o. and nist iar, f.(2002) sep 17-19, 14 th congress of pathological and clinical phy siology , hradec kralove,czech republic. 36.hay s, j.d. and pulford, d.j.(1995), crit. rev. biochem. m ol. biol., 30: 445-600. 37.shireen, k.f.; m ahboob, m . and khan, a.t .(2004), toxicoloy international, 11(1):1 7 . table (1): mda product levels in se ra of the four studie d groups groups no. mda level g/dl m ean  s.d. t-test c 16 9.31  0.79  g1 15 12.78  0.53 p < 0.005 g2 14 12.99  3.94 p < 0.001 g3 13 14.74  5.5 p < 0.001 table (2): s hows the mean values and the standard deviation of s od activities for the four studied groups. groups no. u / g.hb mean  s.d. t-test c 16 0.674  0.109  g1 14 0.736  0.187 p = 0.26 g2 12 0.72  0.149 p = 0.3 g3 13 0.77  0.289 p = 0.22 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (1): concentrations of mercury in the study groups (worke rs and normal control wher e  represents c group (normal control group )  represents g1 group (workers with exp osed p eriod less than 10 y ears)  represents g2 group (workers with exp osed p eriod 10-19 y ears)  represents g3 group (workers with exp osed p eriod more than 20 y ears) fig. (2): levels of mda products i n control and worker groups. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 studied group s c g1 g2 g3 h g c o n c.  g /d l 0.158 2.949 2.64 2.65 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 0 .5 1 1 .5 2 2 .5 3 3 .5 4 4 .5 5 studied group s c g1 g2 g3 m d a 9.31 12.78 12.996 14.739 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (3): rel ationship between mda production and hg concentration in worke rs and control. fig. (4) :erythrocyte catalase activity for the studied groups 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 mda nmol/dl h g c o n c. r = + 0. 911 p < 0.001 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0. 5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4 .5 5 studied groups c g1 g2 g3 c a ta la se u /g m .h b 1.5 0.8 0.88 0.815 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (5): rel ation of catalase activity against worke rs (hg > 3 g/dl) and control fig. (6): gs ts activities in expose d groups and normal control 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2. 5 catalase activity u/gm.hb h g c o n c.  g /d l r = 0.85 p < 0.001 nor mal group worker s (hg > 3  g/dl) 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0. 5 1 1.5 2 2 .5 3 3.5 4 4 .5 5 studied groups c g1 g2 g3 g s t u /g m .h b 1.85 2.59 2.44 2.77 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fig. (7): rel ation of serum mercury for workers (hg > 3 g/dl) and control versus gs t activity. fig. (8): rel ationship of mda for workers (hg > 3 g/dl) and normal control against gs t activity. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3 .5 4 gst activity u/gm.hb h g  g/ d l r = + 0.759 p < 0.001 nor mal group worker s (hg > 3  g/dl) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2 .5 3 3. 5 4 gst activity u/gm.hb m d a n m o l/ d l r = + 0.54 p < 0.001 nor mal group worker s (hg > 3  g/dl) 2010) 1( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الشد التأكسدي فيتأثیر التعرض للزئبق نظام الدفاع االنزیمي ضد األكسدة فيو وفاء فاضل الطائي ، معین اسكندر الجبوري، انعام أمین محمد جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة صناعة : مثل ،نه یدخل في العدید من الصناعاتاة للتسمم بالزئبق، إذ دیعد خالل القرون السابقة وثقت حوادث وفي الزراعة یستعمل الزئبق في تعفیر الحبوب أما في الطب فیدخل في سبیكة حشوة . البطاریات، والمحاریر، والبارومیترات .األسنان د لتسمم باألنواعلهناك میكانیكیة مهمة تؤدي إلى تصدع الخلیة وتحدث نتیجة المختلفة للزئبق، إنها میكانیكیة حث الش .التأكسدي مختلفة في شركة الفرات من غیر المدخنین وممن ال مدداالعاملین ) الذكور(هذه الدراسة أجریت على مجامیع من العمال لمدخنین فهم من الذكور األصحاء وغیر المتعرضین للزئبق، وغیر ا ) (cأما مجامیع السیطرة.یشكون من أمراض مزمنة .عند المقارنة بمجامیع العاملین هانفس ومن األعمار : ثالث مجامیع علىسنة وقد قسمت ) 61-22(أعمار العاملین تتراوح بین g1 = سنوات) 10(تعرض أقل من مدةتتضمن العاملین. g2 = سنة) 1910(تعرض بین مدةتتضمن العاملین. g3 = سنة) 19( تعرض أكثر من مدةتتضمن العاملین. إن النتائج التي حصلنا علیها من خالل فحص المعاییر المختلفة قادتنا إلى إضافة مجموعة أخرى تتضمن نماذج في هذه المجموعة الحظنا . التعرض مدةالنظر عن صرفمن العاملین أعطت فحوصاتها تراكیز عالیة من الزئبق ب .تة الدفاعیة التي فحصتغییرات معنویة عالیة في معاییر المنظوم المؤشر على مقدار األكسدة (في مستویات المالون داي ألدیهاید اواضح اإن نتائج هذه الدراسة أظهرت ارتفاع ي كل مجامیع العاملین و ) الفوقیة للدهون ، 9.31: الذین وجدت لهم تراكیز عالیة للزئبق في مصل الدم، التي كانتالسیما ف ز c ،g1 ،g2 ،g3مل لكل من المجامیع 100/نانومول 18.11، 14.73، 12.99، 12.78 وأخیرًا مجموعة التراكی .على التوالي g4العالیة للزئبق كانت اد في فعالیة أنزیم السوبراوكساید دایسمیوتیز في كریات الدم الحمراء، الم نجد هناك تغیر .على التوالي(g3,g2,g1,c ) لكل من) غم هیموغلوبین/وحدة 0.77،0.72،0.73،0.67(النتائج p(كما أظهرت النتائج انخفاضًا معنویًا كبیرًا لفعالیة إنزیم الكتلیز في كریات الدم الحمراء لكل مجامیع العاملین ) 0.001 > غم من الهیموغلوبین للمجامیع /وحدة 0.45، 0.815، 0.88، 0.8، 1.5: یاتياموالقیم كانت ك. مقارنة بمجموعة األصحاء c ،g1 ،g2 ،g3 ،g4 على التوالي. ترانسفریز في مجامیع العاملین مقارنة بمجامیع األصحاء –س –بینما كان هناك ارتفاع كبیر في فعالیة إنزیم الكلوتاثایون )p ، cغم من الهیموغلوبین للمجامیع /وحدة 3.2، 2.776، 2.441، 2.589، 1.85، كما موضح في القیم )0.001> g1 ،g2 ،g3 ،g4 على التوالي. microsoft word 110-121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 110          comparison of artificial neural network and boxjenkins models to predict the number of patients with hypertension in kalar layla a. ahmed department of mathematics, college of education, university of garmian, kurdistan region, iraq layla.aziz@garmian.edu.krd abstract artificial neural network (ann) is widely used in many complex applications. artificial neural network is a statistical intelligent technique resembling the characteristic of the human neural network. the prediction of time series from the important topics in statistical sciences to assist administrations in the planning and make the accurate decisions, so the aim of this study is to analysis the monthly hypertension in kalar for the period (january 2011june 2018) by applying an autoregressive –integratedmoving average model 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 and artificial neural networks and choose the best and most efficient model for patients with hypertension in kalar through the comparison between neural networks and boxjenkins models on a data set for predict. comparisons between the models has been performed using criterion indicator akaike information criterion, mean square of error, root mean square of error, and mean absolute percentage error, concluding that the prediction for patients with hypertension by using artificial neural networks model is the best. keywords: hypertension, time series, autoregressive-integrated-moving average model, artificial neural networks. 1.introduction last years, after increasing the number of patients with chronic hypertension disease, it was to be highlighted to study this disease and the use of statistical methods and artificial intelligence techniques. hypertension is defined as the abnormal high blood pressure (more than 120/8 mm. hg) in the arteries [1]. uncontrolled high blood pressure makes you more likely to get heart disease, stroke, and kidney disease [2]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.4.2516 article history: received 7 january 2020, accepted 20 february 2020, published in october 2020   111  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 the time series forecasting assumes that the future values a linear combination of historical data. there are various time series forecasting models; however, the most highly frequently approach to fit such model is box and jenkins for fitting arima model. box and jenkins (1970) generalized the arim model to deal with seasonality [4]. tiao and box (1979) described a practical to arma modeling of multivariate time series data by three stages: identification, estimation of the parameters and model checking [5]. artificial neural network is extensively used in construction industry [6], analyzing the business data stored in database [7-8], robotics industry systems, decision support systems, automated control systems, and prediction systems [9]. artificial neural network is a calculation method resembling the characteristic of the human neural network. the important characteristics of neural network involve nonlinearity, capacity to handle large data, and generalization [10]. the main aim is to choose the best and efficient model for forecasting the number of patients with hypertension in kalar. through the comparison between neural networks and boxjenkins models. in this paper, introduction, autocorrelation function, partial autocorrelation function, and autoregressive moving average model are introduced. next, the neural network model is introduced and then the results of these models are compared. finally, conclusions and recommendation for this study are given. 2.methodology 2.1. autocorrelation function (acf) the autocorrelation function is the correlation of time series 𝑧 , 𝑧 , … . , 𝑧 with itself. the correlation coefficient between 𝑧 and 𝑧 is called lag-k autocorrelation of 𝑧 and denoted by 𝜌 , which is under the assumption of weak stationary and is defined [4], [11]: 𝜌 ∑ ̅ ̅ ∑ ̅ , 𝑘 1,2, … , 𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑘 (1) where 𝑧̅ ∑ 𝛾 𝑐𝑜𝑣 𝑧 , 𝑧 with the following properties: 1 𝜌 1 𝜌 𝜌 , 𝜌 1 2.2. partial autocorrelation function (pacf) the correlation coefficient between 𝑧 and 𝑧 after removing the impact of the intervening 𝑧 , 𝑧 ,…., 𝑧 is called partial autocorrelation function at lagk, denoted by 𝜙 , and defined(12):   112  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 ϕ ⎩ ⎪ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎪ ⎧ 1 , k 0 ρ , k 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 0 , k 2 (2) calculating partial autocorrelation function of sample form: ϕ ∑ , 𝟏 ∑ , (3) where ϕ ϕ , ϕ ϕ , , j 1,2, … , k 1 2.3. autoregressive moving average model (arma) the autoregressive moving average model is denoted by 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 𝑝, 𝑑, 𝑞 where 𝑝: the order of autoregressive. 𝑞: the order of moving average. 𝑑: the order of non-seasonality difference. for stationary time series, the general form of an arma model can be written as: 𝜙 𝐵 𝑥 𝛿 𝜃 𝐵 𝑎 (4) a non-stationary series should be first transformed into a stationary one by considering relevant differences: ∇ 𝑥 1 𝐵 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 (5) 1 𝐵 : the d th difference. b : the backward shift operator. for nonstationary time series, the general form of an arma model can be written as [12], [13]: 𝜙 𝐵 1 𝐵 𝑥 𝛿 𝜃 𝐵 𝑎 (6) where 𝜙 𝐵 1 𝜙 𝐵 𝜙 𝐵 ⋯ 𝜙 𝐵 , is the autoregressive operator of order p. 𝜃 𝐵 1 𝜃 𝐵 𝜃 𝐵 ⋯ 𝜃 𝐵 , is the moving average operator of order q. 𝑎 𝑁𝐼𝐷 0, 𝜎 (7) 2.4. model building the box–jenkins iterative approach for constructing linear time series models consists of four stages [3], [12]: identification, estimation of the parameters, diagnostic checking and forecasting. the identification stage is the most important. it consists of the appropriate model from arima models.   113  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 the major approaches of appropriate arima models are nonlinear least squares and maximum likelihood estimation. diagnostic model checking involves testing the assumptions of the model to identify any area where the model is inadequate. for goodness of fit test for the suggested arima model such that: 𝑄 𝑛 𝑛 2 ∑ 𝑛 𝑘 (8) 𝐻 𝜌 𝑎 0 𝐻 𝜌 𝑎 0 9 if 𝑄 lies in the extreme 5% of the right side tail of the chisquare distribution, we reject the hypothesis where the residuals are random. 2.5 neural networks 2.5.1 biological neural the biological neuron receives inputs from all components of body, combines the input, performs a nonlinear operation and offers the output result [14]. human brain is highly complex, nonlinear and parallel computer [15]. the human brain includes about 100 billion neurons. the mean neuron is as complex as a small computer and has as many as 10000 physical connections with other cells [16]. a neuron contains of four parts called cell body, dendrites, axon, and synapses [14], [17]. figure 1: biological neural network 2.5.2 artificial neural network (ann) artificial neural network is a computational model that functions like a human brain through biological neurons [18]. the artificial neural networks perform helpful calculations and simulate complex modeling in the functioning of the human brain. the first artificial neuron model was proposed in 1943 by mcculloch and pitts [19-20]. the neural networks approach is widely applied in biological, engineering, medical, financial [21]. the artificial neural network can be designed using either feed forward or fed back approach. there are three types of layers, input layer, hidden layer, and output layer in an artificial neural network [9-10], as shown in figure 2.   114  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 2: artificial neural network a statistical model is [7], [16]: 𝑦 𝑓 𝑎 (10) where 𝑦 is the output of the nth layer; 𝑓 𝑎 is the activation function widely employed by the logistic sigmoid, hyperbolic tangent sigmoid and squared functions [9], [21]. the sigmoid activation function, commonly used and applied in this study, and 𝑎 is the sum of the weight of the previous layer, which is obtained by [22]: 𝑎 ∑ 𝑤 𝑥 𝑏 (11) where 𝑤 is the linkage weight from the neuron i to neuron 𝑗; 𝑥 is the input data from neuron 𝑖 to 𝑗; 𝑏 is the bias on the neuron 𝑖, and 𝑛 is the total number of input neurons. efficiencies of human neurons and processing elements of ann can be compared as synapses act like a weight of the arriving stimulus and inspired the weights of ann; dendrites a cumulates the arriving weighted stimulus, inspired the summing function of ann; cell body, that reasons conversion of collected stimulus in to a new stimulus, inspires activation function; axon, which distributes the new stimulus to the conformable neurons, inspires the output and output links; and finally, threshold value with a role of activating or inactivating increase and decrease of the stimulus, inspires the bias [17]. the hidden nodes can be in single layer or multi-layers. usually, the multiple layers neurons are called as multiple layers perception [22]. the multiple layers perception neural network is an important architecture, and it is also one of the most widely used architectures that are applicable to different application problems [23]. the criteria of comparison between the models: 𝐴𝑘𝑎𝑖𝑘𝑒 information criterion 𝐴𝐼𝐶 [24], [25-26], mean square of error 𝑀𝑆𝐸 [10], root mean square of error 𝑅𝑀𝑆𝐸 [21], and mean absolute percentage error 𝑀𝐴𝑃𝐸 [27]. the formulas are expressed as below: aic 2logl 2𝑚 aic n 1 logπ 𝑛𝐿𝑜𝑔𝜎 2𝑚 aic nln𝜎 2𝑚 (12) where: l: the likelihood function. 𝜎 : the mean square of residuals.   115  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝑚: parameters of the model. 𝑀𝑆𝐸 ∑ 𝑌 𝑌 (13) 𝑅𝑀𝑆𝐸 ∑ 𝑌 𝑌 (14) 𝑀𝐴𝑃𝐸 ∑ | | 100 (15) where 𝑌 is the actual value and 𝑌 is the predicted value, and n is the size sample. the final model is used to generate predictions about the future values and then calculate the forecast errors as developments of new values watch from the time series [23]. 3. data analysis and results 3.1. data description the data of current study were the monthly observations that included (5169) patients of hypertension in kalar city and were obtained from the records of the general hospitalkalar for the period (jan. 2011jun. 2018) in order to reach an appropriate model to be used to forecast the monthly hypertension. spss 22 and minitab17 statistical software were used. table 1 below shows the descriptive statistics of the series and indicates the mean of the time series that 57.43 , the sample size is 90 months. from the data, we considered that the number of patients were female 60.03% females and 39.97% males. table 1: descriptive statistics of the data gender no. of patients mean max. min. std. dev. percent male female 2066 3103 22.8889 34.4778 68 76 8 9 9.7778 15.83 39.97 60.03 total 5169 144 17 23.9996 100 3.2. results of boxjenkins figure 3, represents the series monthly hypertension and we show that data are stationary in the variance, but not stationary in the mean when we plot autocorrelation functions and partial autocorrelation function for the data. figure 3: plot of the data 90817263544536271891 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 inde x y time series plot of y   116  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 4: acf of the data figure 5: pacf of the data we treat the outlier problem, then take the first difference for the data and plot acf and pacf again for the difference time series; we show that the series become stationary in the mean and variance. 3.3. choosing appropriate model we choose the appropriate model through the use of 𝐴𝑘𝑎𝑖𝑘𝑒𝑠 information criterion (aic) as shown in table (2). the best model is the 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 2 ,1,1 , because the values of aic are minimum. since the model is: 1 𝜙 𝐵 𝜙 𝐵 1 𝐵 𝑦 𝛿 1 𝜃 𝐵 𝑎 (16) table 2: iterations of arima models 222018161412108642 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 -1.0 lag a u to c o rr e la ti o n 222018161412108642 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 -1.0 la g p a rt ia l a u to c o rr e la ti o n model res. var. aic 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 1 ,1, 0 370.6 528.446 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 1 ,1, 1 319.2 517.158 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 0 ,1, 1 328.5 517.714 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 0 ,1, 2 327.0 519.306 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 1 ,1, 2 330.9 522.362 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 2 ,1, 2 333.9 525.165   117  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 3.4. estimating the parameters type coefficient se. coefficient t p value 𝐴𝑅1 0.3548 0.1122 3.16 0.002 𝐴𝑅2 0.1418 0.1129 1.26 0.212 𝑀𝐴1 1.006 0.0097 103.63 0.000 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 0.066 0.044 1.48 0.14 modified box pierce ljung box chi square statistic 𝐿𝑎𝑔 12 24 36 48 𝐶ℎ𝑖 𝑆𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 8.6 18.1 26.6 34.2 𝐷𝐹 8 20 32 44 𝑃 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 0.379 0.579 0.737 0.856 number of observations: original series 90, after taking the difference 89 residuals: ss = 26371.1, ms =310.2, and d. f = 85 1 0.3548𝐵 0.1418𝐵 1 𝐵 𝑦 0.066 1 1.006𝐵 𝑎 3.5. diagnostic model checking after checking the stationary for the series, the autocorrelation functions and partial autocorrelation function of the residuals are plotted as shown in figures 6 and 7. it is clear that the autocorrelation functions and partial autocorrelation function of the residuals are values that fall within the confidence limits of probability 95%. )1(96.1)()1(96.1 nern   the test is based on first 24 autocorrelations p-value = 0.579 > 0.05 accept 0h , residuals are random 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 2 ,1, 1 310.2 516.612 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 2 ,1, 0 336.5 521.855 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 3 ,1, 0 338.5 524.383 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 3 ,1, 1 325.7 522.952 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 0 ,1, 3 330.8 522.335 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 2 ,1, 3 304.7 519.02 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 3 ,1, 3 318.7 525.02   118  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 6: acf of residual figure 7: pacf of residual after verification of the suitability of the model that the model used for forecasting values for monthly hypertension based on 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 2 ,1,1 , table 2 showed that. 3.6 results of ann the data were randomly divided into two independent training and testing subsets, 80% of the data was considered for network training and 20% of data was used for network reliability and used for testing. table 3 shows that the best model includes five units in the hidden layer, as well as four lags. table 3: results of ann model for the data table 4 contains a comparison between of arima (1, 1, 2) and ann5 (4) of the data in order to determine the best appropriate model for prediction hypertension through the use of mse, rmse, and mape. the results of this analysis show that the best model is the ann5 (4), because the values of mse, rmse, and mape are minimum. after verification of the suitability of the model that the model used for forecasting values of the number of patients for two years in monthly (july 2014-june 2016), figure 8 showed that. table 4: comparison of models 222018161412108642 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 -1.0 la g a u to c o rr e la ti o n 222018161412108642 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 -1.0 lag p a rt ia l a u to c o rr e la ti o n number of lags 1 2 3 4 5 sse 21.354 28.266 30.696 18.817 29.594 rmse with 5units 0.553 0.716 0.787 0.53 0.722   119  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 year actual arima forecast ann5(4) forecast aug.2017 56 51.84 51.07 sep. 29 54.69 38.84 oct. 53 56.88 51.83 nov. 47 58.13 51.83 dec. 67 58.94 66.45 jan. 2018 42 59.48 47.23 feb. 20 59.85 47.21 mar. 61 60.12 80.72 apr. 68 60.34 80.72 may. 66 60.52 47.23 jun 102 60.68 80.72 mse 0 415.60 206.34 rmse 0 20.39 14.37 mape 0 40.18% 29.18% figure 8: plot of time series 4. conclusions the results of application show that 60.03 of patients with hypertension are females and 39.97 of patients with hypertension are males. the statistical tests show that the data are stationary in the variance, but not stationary in the mean. the model for monthly prediction of hypertension by using boxjenkins is the model of 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 2 ,1,1 , and by using artificial neural network model is 𝐴𝑁𝑁5 4 . the model obtained by using artificial neural network is a suitable model for prediction, because when we use this model on data, it gives us less value of mean squares error, root mean squares error, and mean absolute percentage error. this is accuracy signs of this model. we recommend that the health and medical practitioners should use the 𝐴𝑁𝑁 models for the forecasting of hypertension disease cases in kalar, because of their efficiency in prediction and their low error rates. 1101009080706050403020101 250 200 150 100 50 0 t ime y   120  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 references 1. r., siyad a. hypertension, hygeia journal for drugs and medicines. 2011, 3, 1, 1-16. 2. tawfiq, lnm; oraibi. ya. fast training algorithms for feed forward neural networks. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017, 26, 1: 1275-1280 3. ahmed, l. a. using arima time series model to forecast production in spinning factorykifri, 2nd scientific conference, university of garmian, 2015, 1,125-140. 4. chatfield, c. the analysis of time series: an introduction; 2nd edition, chapman and hall, london new york, 1980; isbn 0412224607. 5. li w. k. ; mcleod, a.i. distribution of the residual autocorrelations in multivariate arma time series models, royal statistical society, series b (methodological), 1981, 43, 2, 231-239. 6. golnaraghi, s. z. et al. application of artificial neural network(s) in predicting formwork labour productivity, advances in civil engineering, 2019, article id 5972620, 1-11, http:// doi.org/10.1155/2019/5972620. 7. maliki, o. s. et al. comparison of regression model and artificial neural network model for the prediction of electrical power generated in nigeria; advances in applied science research, 2011, 2, 5, 329-339. 8. lee, k. y.; chung, n. ; hwoung, s. application of an artificial neural network model for predicting mosquito abundances in urban areas; ecological informatics, 2016, 36, 172-180. 9. almaqaleh, b. m.; almansoub, a. a ; albadani, f. n. forecasting using artificial neural network and statistics models, international journal education and management engineering, 2016, 3, 20-32., doi:10.5815/ijeme.2016.03.03. 10. ranganayki, v. ; deepa, s. n. an intelligent ensemble neural network model for wind speed prediction in renewable energy systems, the scientific world journal, 2016, article id 9293529, 1-15, http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2016/9293529. 11. yassen, a. a. comparative study of artificial neural network and arima models for economic forecasting, m.sc. thesis, university of alazahra, gaza, 2011. 12. dobre, i. and; alexandru, a. a. modeling unemployment rate using box-jenkins procedure, journal of applied quantitative methods, 2008, 3, 2, 156-166. 13. john, e. e. and patric, u. u. shortterm forecasting of nigeria model; science journal of applied mathematics and statistics, 2016, 4, 3, 101-107, doi:10.11648/j.sjams.20160403.13. 14. singh, v. application of artificial neural networks for predicting generated wind power, international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 2016, 7, 3, 250-253. 15. tosun, e. k., aydin, k. ; bilgili, m. comparison of linear regression and artificial neural networks model of a diesel engine fueled with biodieselalcohol mixtures; alexandria engineering journal, 2016, 55, 3081-3089, doi:10.1016/j.aej.2016.08.011. 16. balaji, s. a. ; baskaran, k. design and development of artificial neural networking system using sigmoid activation function to predict annual rice production in tamilnadu; international journal of computer science, engineering and information technology, 2013, 3, 1, 13-31, doi:10.512/ijcseit.2013.3102.   121  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 17. guresen, e. ; kayakutlu, g. definition of artificial neural networks with comparison to other networks; procardia computer science, 2011, 3, 426-433, doi:10.1016/jprocs.2010.12.071. 18. idris, m. a.; jami, m. s. and hammed, a. m. , optimization process of moringa oleifera seed extract using artificial neural network (ann); malaysian journal of fundamental and applied sciences, 2019, 15, 2, 254-259. 19. buhamara, s.; smaoui, n. and gabr, m. the boxjenkins analysis and neural networks: prediction and time series modeling, applied mathematical modeling, 2003, 7, 805-815, doi: 210.1016/s0307-904x (03)00079-9. 20. zakaria, m.; alshebany, m., ; sarhan, s. artificial neural network: a brief overview; international journal of engineering research and applications, 2014, 4, 2, version.1, 7-12, 21. alhashimi, s. a. muttaleb. prediction of monthly rainfall in kirkuk using artificial neural network and time series mode; journal of engineering and development, 2014, 18, 1, 2016129-143. 22. yusof, k. k. et al. the evaluation on artificial neural networks (ann) and multiple linear regressions (mlr) models over particulate matter (pm10) variability during haze and non-haze episodes: a decade case study; 2019, 15, 2, 164-172. 23. jalham, i. s. filtrated artificial neural network approach to predict the mechanical behavior of polystyrene reinforced with bakellite; engineering sciences, 2013, 39, 1, 66-74. 24. iwok, i. a. seasonal modeling of fourier series with linear trend, international journal of statistics and probability, 2016, 5, 6, 65-72, doi: 10.5539/ijsp.vn6p65. 25. obubu, m. et al. modeling and forecasting of armed robbery cases in nigeria using auto regression integrated moving average (arima) models; european journal of statistics and probability, 2016, 4, 4, 28-41. 26. ping, y. p.; hamizah, n. ; maizah, h. a. forecasting malaysian gold using garch model; applied mathematical sciences, 2013, 7, 58, 2879-2884. 27. yazdi, f. m. application of neural networks for 24hourahead load forecasting; international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 2009, 3, 2. 248-251. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 the construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,9) by using geometrical method adil mahmod amal .sh.al-mukhtar fatema.f. kareem dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 27 march 2001 , accepted in :28 may 2001 abstract in this work, we construct projectively distinct (k,3)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,9) by applying a geometrical method. the cubic curves have been been constructed by using the general equation of the cubic. we found that there are complete (13,3)-arcs, complete (15,3)-arcs and we found that the only (16,3)-arcs lead to maximum completeness. keywords: arcs, secant, projective , plane 239 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 introduction a (k,n)-arc k in pg(2,q) is a set of k points, s.t. some n, but no n + 1 of them are collinear. a (k,n)-arc k is complete if there is no (k+1,n)-arc containing it, [1]. a line m of the plane containing exactly 3 points of k is called a trisecant of k. let k be a (k,3)-arc. the points of pg(2,9)\k which are not on any trisecant of k will be called the points of index zero for k. the (k,3)-arc is complete iff there is no point of index zero for it, so every point of the plane lies on a trisecant of k, [2]. the projective plane pg(2,9) contains 91 points, 91 lines, every line contain 10 points, and every point is on 10 lines, [3]. let pi and li, i = 1, …, 91, be the points and lines of pg(2,9), respectively. any point can be represented by a triple (x0,x1,x2) ≠ (0,0,0), x0,x1,x2 are in gf(9) and two triples (x0,x1,x2) and (y0,y1,y2) represent the same point if there exists λ in gf(9)\{0} s.t. xi = λyi, i = 0, 1, 2. also any line in pg(2,9) can be represented by a triple [x0,x1,x2] ≠ [0,0,0], x0,x1,x2 are in gf(9). two triples [x0,x1,x2] and [y0,y1,y2] represent the same line if there exists λ in gf(9)\{0} s.t. xi = λyi, i = 0, 1, 2. the addition and multiplication’s operation of gf(9), [3] are given in the tables. the point (x0,x1,x2) is on the line [y0,y1,y2] iff x0y0 + x1y1 + x2y2 = 0, [2]. let i stands for the point pi. all the points and lines of pg(2,9) are given in the table. the construction of (k,3)-arcs for k ≥ 7: [3] we construct projectively distinct (k,3)-arcs in projective plane pg(2,9) by using a geometrical method. this method having the following steps: the general equation of the cubic is: 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 0 2 0 1 3 0 2 4 0 1 5 0 1 2 6 0 2 7 1 8 1 2 9 1 2 10 2f x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0= α + α + α + α + α + α +α + α + α + α = …(1) by substituting the points 1,2,11,12,20 of the (7,3)-arc which is a quadrangle whose vertices the points 1, 2, 11, 21 and the diagonal points 3, 12,20, we get: 1 = (1,0,0) ⇒ α1 = 0 2 = (0,1,0) ⇒ α7 = 0 11 = (0,0,1) ⇒ α10 = 0 3 = (1,1,0) ⇒ α2 + α4 = 0 12 = (1,0,1) ⇒ α3 + α6 = 0 20 = (0,1,1) ⇒ α8 + α9 = 0 21 = (1,1,1) ⇒ α5 = 0 so (1) becomes: 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 0 1 0 1 6 0 2 0 2 9 1 2 1 2(x x x x ) (x x x x ) (x x x x ) 0α − + α − + α − = …(2) if α4 = 0, then 2 2 2 26 0 2 0 2 9 1 2 1 2(x x x x ) (x x x x ) 0α − + α − = 2 6 0 2 0 9 1 2 1x { x (x x ) x (x x )} 0α − + α − = is reducible, therefore α4 ≠ 0. so α6 ≠ 0 and α9 ≠ 0. dividing equation (2) by α4, we get: 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 1 2 1 2x x x x (x x x x ) (x x x x ) 0− + α − +β − = where: 6 9 4 4 0, 0 α α α = ≠ β = ≠ α α . let x2 = 1, then: 240 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 2 2 2 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 x x x x (x x ) (x x ) 0 x x (x x ) x (1 x ) x (1 x ) 0 x x {(x 1) (1 x )} x x (1 x ) x (1 x ) 0 x x (x 1) x x (1 x ) x (1 x ) x (1 x ) 0 x x (x 1) x x (1 x ) x (1 x ) x (x 1) 0 x (x − + α − +β − = − + α − +β − = − + − + α − +β − = − + − + α − −β − = − + − + α − +β − = 0 0 0 11)(x ) x (1 x )(x ) 0− −β + − + α = 1 1 0 0 0 1x (x 1)(x ) x (x 1)(x ) 0− −β − − + α = …(3) 0 01 1 1 0 x (x 1)x (x 1) x x −− = + α −β , where α ≠ – 1 = 2 (mod(9), β ≠ 1. the cubic curves have been constructed by implementing equation (3) with deferent values of α and β where α, β = 1,2,…,8 and α, β ≠ 0, α ≠ 2, β ≠ 1, α ≠ – β, because this will form a degenerated cubic. the set of all the cubic curves: [3] 1. if α = 1, β = 3, then the cubic curve c1 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 3) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 1) = 0 c1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,45,80,82} which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to c1 is the point 36, which is the point of index zero for c1, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 2. if α = 1, β = 4, then the cubic curve c2 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 4) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 1) = 0 c2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,33,50,53,86,89}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 37, which is the point of index zero for c2, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 3. if α = 1, β = 5, then the cubic curve c3 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 5) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 1) = 0 c3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,34,68,73}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points of index zero for c3, which are: 32, 40, 42, 58, 79, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 4. if α = 1, β = 6, then the cubic curve c4 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 6) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 1) = 0 c4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,35,69,72}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 43, 54, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 5. if α = 1, β = 7, then the cubic curve c5 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 7) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 1) = 0 c5 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,36,42,43,76,77}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 32, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 6. if α = 1, β = 8, then the cubic curve c6 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 8) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 1) = 0 c6 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,37,52,54}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 40, 43, 77, 78, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 7. if α = 3, β = 2, then the cubic curve c7 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 2) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 3) = 0 c7 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,52,53,67,79,80}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 58, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 8. if α = 3, β = 3, then the cubic curve c8 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 3) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 3) = 0 241 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 c8 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,34,42,60,68,88}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 63, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 9. if α = 3, β = 4, then the cubic curve c9 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 4) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 3) = 0 c9 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,69}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33, 40, 43, 49, 54, 68, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 10. if α = 3, β = 5, then the cubic curve c10 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 5) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 3) = 0 c10 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,50,55,70,77,82}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 62, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 11. if α = 3, β = 7, then the cubic curve c11 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 4) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 3) = 0 c11 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,72}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33, 40, 45, 50, 67, 79, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 12. if α = 3, β = 8, then the cubic curve c12 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 8) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 3) = 0 c12 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,33,40,44,58,62,73,86,87}, which is a complete (16,3)-arc. 13. if α = 4, β = 2, then the cubic curve c13 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 2) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 4) = 0 c13 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,60,64,78,82,85}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 49, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 14. if α = 4, β = 3, then the cubic curve c14 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 3) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 4) = 0 c14 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,33,43,52,69,86}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 54, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 15. if α = 4, β = 4, then the cubic curve c15 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 4) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 4) = 0 c15 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,59,62,77,80,87}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 55, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 16. if α = 4, β = 5, then the cubic curve c16 is: x1(x1 – 1)(x0 – 5) – x0(x0 – 1)(x1 + 4) = 0 c16 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,88}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32,33,40,42,50,55,58, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 17. if α = 4, β = 6, then the cubic curve: c17 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,34,40,46,49,55,68,70,80}, which is a complete (14,3)-arc. 18. if α = 4, β = 7, then the cubic curve: c18 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,90}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33, 40, 42, 49, 53, 70, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 19. if α = 5, β = 2, then the cubic curve: c19 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,36,45,50,59,76}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 40, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 20. if α = 5, β = 3, then the cubic curve: c20 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,35,37,44,46,49,54,58,63,77}, which is a complete (16,3)-arc. 21. if α = 5, β = 4, then the cubic curve: c21 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,72,73,78,85,88}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 46, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 22. if α = 5, β = 5, then the cubic curve: c22 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,67,69,79,89,90}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 44, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 23. if α = 5, β = 6, then the cubic curve: 242 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 c23 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,80}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33,42,49,58,76,86, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 24. if α = 5, β = 8, then the cubic curve: c24 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,82}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33,40,43,49,54,78, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 25. if α = 6, β = 2, then the cubic curve: c25 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,72,77,90}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 76, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 26. if α = 6, β = 4, then the cubic curve: c26 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33,49,53,58,68, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 27. if α = 6, β = 5, then the cubic curve: c27 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,43}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33,42,49,53,58,68, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 28. if α = 6, β = 6, then the cubic curve: c28 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,44,50,52,58,64}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 79, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 29. if α = 6, β = 7, then the cubic curve: c29 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,33,34,45,67,68,78,79,85,86}, which is a complete (16,3)-arc. 30. if α = 6, β = 8, then the cubic curve: c30 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,46,49,53,59,60}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 78, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 31. if α = 7, β = 2, then the cubic curve: c31 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,43,44,58,88,89}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 67, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 32. if α = 7, β = 3, then the cubic curve: c32 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,59}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33,40,43,49,53,87, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 33. if α = 7, β = 4, then the cubic curve: c33 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,36,37,54,55,60,67,70,76,79}, which is a complete (16,3)-arc. 34. if α = 7, β = 6, then the cubic curve: c34 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,62,87,90}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 70, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 35. if α = 7, β = 7, then the cubic curve: c35 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,35,53,63,73,82}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 68, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 36. if α = 7, β = 8, then the cubic curve: c36 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,64}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33, 42, 49, 50, 58, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 37. if α = 8, β = 2, then the cubic curve: c37 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,46,49,69,73}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 85, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 243 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 38. if α = 8, β = 3, then the cubic curve: c38 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,50}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33, 40, 42, 49, 63, 79, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 39. if α = 8, β = 5, then the cubic curve: c39 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,35,36,52,62,63,76,78,85,87}, which is a complete (16,3)-arc. 40. if α = 8, β = 6, then the cubic curve: c40 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,53}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the points 32, 33, 40, 42, 49, 70, 73, we obtain a complete (15,3)-arc. 41. if α = 8, β = 7, then the cubic curve: c41 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,37,54,64, 80,89}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 86, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. 42. if α = 8, β = 7, then the cubic curve: c42 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,43,45,55,70,72}, which is incomplete cubic, and by adding to it the point 87, we obtain a complete (13,3)-arc. when we checked each set of the cubic curves to find, if the points of each curve lead to maximum completeness, we found that the only (16,3)-arcs are complete, and we found that there exist complete (13,3)-arcs and complete (15,3)-arcs. references 1. hirschfeld, j. w. p. (1979) projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press. 2. kwaam, a.a. (1999) classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,11), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 3. kareem, f.f. (2000) classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,9), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. (gf(9),∗) ∗ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 2 1 6 8 7 3 5 4 3 3 6 4 7 1 8 2 5 4 4 8 7 2 3 5 6 1 5 5 7 1 3 8 2 4 6 6 6 3 8 5 2 4 1 7 7 7 5 2 6 4 1 8 3 8 8 4 5 1 6 7 3 2 244 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 (gf(9),+) + 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 2 0 4 5 3 7 8 6 2 2 0 1 5 3 4 8 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 2 4 4 5 3 7 8 6 1 2 0 5 5 3 4 8 6 7 2 0 1 6 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 7 7 8 6 1 2 0 4 5 3 8 8 6 7 2 0 1 5 3 4 points and lines of pg(2,9) i pi ℓi 1 (1,0,0) 2 11 20 29 38 47 56 65 74 83 2 (0,1,0) 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 (1,1,0) 4 11 22 30 44 55 63 68 9 87 4 (2,1,0) 3 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 91 5 (3,1,0) 9 11 27 34 40 53 60 66 82 86 6 (4,1,0) 6 11 24 37 45 49 59 70 80 84 7 (5,1,0) 8 11 26 32 46 52 58 69 75 90 8 (6,1,0) 7 11 25 36 39 50 64 67 78 89 9 (7,1,0) 5 11 23 35 42 54 57 73 76 88 10 (8,1,0) 10 11 28 33 43 48 62 72 77 85 11 (0,0,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 (1,0,1) 2 13 22 31 40 49 58 67 76 85 13 (2,0,1) 2 12 21 30 39 48 57 66 75 84 14 (3,0,1) 2 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 15 (4,0,1) 2 15 24 33 42 51 60 69 78 87 16 (5,0,1) 2 17 26 35 44 53 62 71 80 89 17 (6,0,1) 2 16 25 34 43 52 61 70 79 88 18 (7,0,1) 2 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 19 (8,0,1) 2 19 28 37 46 55 64 73 82 91 20 (0,1,1) 1 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 21 (1,1,1) 4 13 21 29 46 54 62 70 78 86 22 (2,1,1) 3 12 22 29 42 52 59 72 82 89 23 (3,1,1) 9 18 25 29 44 51 58 73 77 84 24 (4,1,1) 6 15 28 29 40 50 63 71 75 88 25 (5,1,1) 8 17 23 29 43 49 64 66 81 87 26 (6,1,1) 7 16 27 29 41 55 57 69 80 85 27 (7,1,1) 5 14 26 29 45 48 60 67 79 91 28 (8,1,1) 10 19 24 29 39 53 61 68 76 90 29 (0,2,1) 1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 (1,2,1) 3 13 20 30 43 50 60 73 80 90 31 (2,2,1) 4 12 20 31 45 53 64 69 77 88 32 (3,2,1) 7 18 20 34 46 48 59 71 76 87 33 (4,2,1) 10 15 20 37 44 52 57 67 81 86 34 (5,2,1) 5 17 20 32 39 51 63 70 82 85 245 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 35 (6,2,1) 9 16 20 36 42 49 62 68 75 91 36 (7,2,1) 8 14 20 35 40 55 61 72 78 84 37 (8,2,1) 6 19 20 33 41 54 58 66 79 89 38 (0,3,1) 1 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 39 (1,3,1) 8 13 28 34 45 51 57 68 74 89 40 (2,3,1) 5 12 24 36 43 55 58 71 74 86 41 (3,3,1) 4 18 26 37 42 50 61 66 74 85 42 (4,3,1) 9 15 22 35 41 48 64 70 74 90 43 (5,3,1) 10 17 25 30 40 54 59 69 74 91 44 (6,3,1) 3 16 23 33 46 53 63 67 74 84 45 (7,3,1) 6 14 27 31 39 52 62 73 74 87 46 (8,3,1) 7 19 21 32 44 49 60 72 74 88 47 (0,4,1) 1 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 48 (1,4,1) 10 13 27 32 42 47 64 71 79 84 49 (2,4,1) 6 12 25 35 46 47 60 68 81 85 50 (3,4,1) 8 18 24 30 41 47 62 67 82 88 51 (4,4,1) 4 15 23 34 39 47 58 72 80 91 52 (5,4,1) 7 17 22 33 45 47 61 73 75 86 53 (6,4,1) 5 16 28 31 44 47 59 66 78 90 54 (7,4,1) 9 14 21 37 43 47 63 69 76 89 55 (8,4,1) 3 19 26 36 40 47 57 70 77 87 56 (0,5,1) 1 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 57 (1,5,1) 9 13 26 33 39 55 59 65 81 88 58 (2,5,1) 7 12 23 37 40 51 62 65 79 90 59 (3,5,1) 6 18 22 32 43 53 57 65 78 91 60 (4,5,1) 5 15 27 30 46 49 61 65 77 89 61 (5,5,1) 4 17 28 36 41 52 60 65 76 84 62 (6,5,1) 10 16 21 35 45 50 58 65 82 87 63 (7,5,1) 3 14 24 34 44 54 64 65 75 85 64 (8,5,1) 8 19 25 31 42 48 63 65 80 86 65 (0,6,1) 1 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 66 (1,6,1) 5 13 25 37 41 53 56 72 75 87 67 (2,6,1) 8 12 27 33 44 50 56 70 76 91 68 (3,6,1) 3 18 28 35 39 49 56 69 79 86 69 (4,6,1) 7 15 26 31 43 54 56 68 82 84 70 (5,6,1) 6 17 21 34 42 55 56 67 77 90 71 (6,6,1) 4 16 24 32 40 48 56 73 81 89 72 (7,6,1) 10 14 22 36 46 51 56 66 80 88 73 (8,6,1) 9 19 23 30 45 52 56 71 78 85 74 (0,7,1) 1 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 75 (1,7,1) 7 13 24 35 38 52 63 66 77 91 76 (2,7,1) 9 12 28 32 38 54 61 67 80 87 77 (3,7,1) 10 18 23 31 38 55 60 70 75 89 78 (4,7,1) 8 15 21 36 38 53 59 73 79 85 79 (5,7,1) 3 17 27 37 38 48 58 68 78 88 80 (6,7,1) 6 16 26 30 38 51 64 72 76 86 81 (7,7,1) 4 14 25 33 38 49 57 71 82 90 82 (8,7,1) 5 19 22 34 38 50 62 69 81 84 83 (0,8,1) 1 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 246 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 84 (1,8,1) 6 13 23 36 44 48 61 69 82 83 85 (2,8,1) 10 12 26 34 41 49 63 73 78 83 86 (3,8,1) 5 18 21 33 40 52 64 68 80 83 87 (4,8,1) 3 15 25 32 45 55 62 66 76 83 88 (5,8,1) 9 17 24 31 46 50 57 72 79 83 89 (6,8,1) 8 16 22 37 39 54 60 71 77 83 90 (7,8,1) 7 14 28 30 42 53 58 70 81 83 91 (8,8,1) 4 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 247 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i2@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (2) 2013 باستخدام طریقة pg(2,9)في المستوي إالسقاطي (k,3)بناء االقواس ھندسیة عادل محمود أحمد آمال شھاب المختار فاطمة فیصل كریم ( ابن الھیثم ) / جامعة بغدادللعلوم الصرفة قسم الریاضیات / كلیة التربیة 2001آیار 28، قبل البحث في : 2001آذار 27استلم البحث في : الخالصة بتطبیق طریقة ھندسیة. pg(2,9)اسقاطیة مختلفة في المستوي االسقاطي (k,3)یتضمن ھذا البحث، بناء االقواس كاملة، وكذلك (13,3) –ویتم بناء المنحنیات التكعیبیة باستخدام المعادلة العامة التكعیبیة. لقد وجدنا أن االقواس .(16,3) –كاملة، و وجدنا ان اكبر االقواس الكاملة ھي االقواس (15,3) –االقواس اطي اقواس ،قاطع ،مستوي اسق : الكلمات المفتاحیة 248 | mathematics قسم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ( ابن الهيثم ) / جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في :27 آذار 2001 ، قبل البحث في :28 آيار 2001 يتضمن هذا البحث، بناء الاقواس (k,3) اسقاطية مختلفة في المستوي الاسقاطي pg(2,9) بتطبيق طريقة هندسية. ويتم بناء المنحنيات التكعيبية باستخدام المعادلة العامة التكعيبية. لقد وجدنا أن الاقواس – (13,3) كاملة، وكذلك الاقواس – (15,3) كاملة، و وجد... conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 86 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 two derivative spectrophotometric methods for the simultaneous determination of 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic products ruba fahmi abbas dept. of chemistry/ collage of science/ al-mustansiryiah university rubaf1983@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq received in:10/october/2017, accepted in: 6/december/2017 abstract simple, economic and sensitive mathematical spectrophotometric methods were developed for the estimation 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic product. the estimation of binary mixture 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product was achieved by first derivative and second derivative spectrophotometric methods by applying zero-crossing at (valley 255.9nm and 234.5nm) for 4-aminoantipyrine and (peak 243.3 nm and 227.3nm) for acidic product. the value of coefficient of determination for the liner graphs were not less than 0.996 and the recovery percentage were found to be in the range from 96.555 to 102.160. normal ratio spectrophotometric method 0dd was used 50 mg/l acidic product as a divisor and then measured at 299.9 nm with correlation coefficient 0.998 and limit of detection 0.04098. ratio derivative methods 1dd and 2dd; are based on measuring the first derivative and second derivative for normal ratio spectrum at (peak 290.7 nm and valley 310 nm) for 1dd and (peak 286, valley 301 and peak 316nm) for 2dd the correlation coefficient for linearity graph not less than 0.997 and the recovery percentage were found to be in the range from 99.64 to 100.11. keyword: 4-aminoantipyrine; zero-crossing; spectrophotometric; ratio derivative; 1dd and 2dd. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 mailto:rubaf1983@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 87 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction 4-aminoantipyrine(4aap) is an antipyretic, analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties [1]. it is used as a reagent for biochemical reactions producing phenol or peroxides [2], and used for the estimation of drugs via oxidative coupling reaction forming coloured products [35]. there are many methods for the determination of 4-aminoantipyrine including electrochemical method based on fabrication of multi walled carbon nanotube electrodes for the estimation toxic drugs 4-aminoantipyrine [6], solid-phase spectrophotometry [7], electrochemical method by using graphite pencil electrode [8], capillary electrophoresis [9] and lc/mass spectrometry [10]. on the other hand, spectrophotometric methods such as zero-crossing [11-12] and ratio derivative [13-14] methods are still favorite studies because of the simplicity, accuracy and availability of the instrumentation [15-16]. therefore, the aim of this study is to develop rapid, simple and inexpensive spectrophotometric methods for the analysis of 4aminoantipyrine in the presence of its acidic product without chemical process separation. furthermore, the zero-crossing and ratio derivative spectrophotometric methods could be used for the estimation of 4-aminoantipyrine without any interference from its acidic product. experimental instruments 1. uv-visble spectrophotometer (model 1650 pc, shemadzu, japan) with software program. 2. ftir spectrophotometer (shemadzu, japan) materials standard pure powder of 4-aminoantipyrine (sigma-aldrich) (c11h13n3o) (m.wt= 203.24 gm/mol) and hydrochloric acid(bhd) prepared by 2n aqueous solution. a. preparation of acidic product for irspectral 0.01 gm of pure 4-aminoantipyrine was refluxed with 100 ml 2n hcl for 60 min. after cooling, the solution was evaporated to dryness by using oven at 700c, the residue was extracted with ethanol, filtered and then dried in air. the separated acidic product was subjected to ir spectral analysis [17-18]. b. preparation of standard solutions 1. 4-aminoantipyrine stock standard solution 100mg/l was prepared by dissolving 0.01 gm of pure 4-aminoantipyrine with distilled water and then complete to the 100ml with the same solvent. after then different volumes of 4-aminoantipyrine stock standard solution (100mg/l) ranging from (2.5 ml to 17.5 ml) were transferred into a series of 25 ml volumetric flasks and completed to the mark with distilled water to obtain a range of concentrations from (10 to 70 mg/l). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 88 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 2. 4-aminoantipyrine acidic product stock standard solution was prepared by refluxing 0.01 gm of pure 4-aminoantipyrine with 100ml 2n hcl for 60 min. after cooling, were transferred into a series of (2.5, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 17.5 ml) of this solution to 25 ml volumetric flasks and complete to the mark with distilled water to obtain the acidic product solutions in the concentration range of (10 to 70 mg/l). procedure a. zero-crossing method 1. the first derivative 1d and second derivative 2d of the uv spectrum of pure 4aminoantipyrine standard solutions were measured. two calibration graphs were obtained by plotting the valley of 1d spectra at 255.9nm and the valley of 2d spectra at 234.5nm (corresponding to zero-crossing of its acidic product) of 1d and 2d spectra against the corresponding concentrations. in the same way, the 1dand 2d of 4-aminoantipyrine acidic product standard solution were recorded. two calibration graphs were obtained by plotting the values of 1d spectra at 243.3 nm and peak of 2d spectra at 227.3nm (corresponding to zero-crossing of pure 4-aminoantipyrine) of 1d and 2d spectra against the corresponding concentrations. 2. to series of binary mixtures solutions of pure 4-aminantipyrine standard and its acidic product were prepared; the first series was prepared by using a concentration of 20 mg/l of acidic product with different concentrations of pure 4-aminoantipyrine, while the second series of mixture was prepared by using a concentration 20 mg/l of pure 4-aminoantipyrine with difference concentrations of the acidic product. b. ratio spectra method standard solutions of 4-aminoantipyrine ranging from 10 to 70 mg/l were scanned in the range (from 200 to 400nm), and then divided by a spectrum of standard solution (50 mg/l) of its acidic product (as a divisor). the value of peak 299.9nm of the resultant spectra were plotted against the corresponding concentrations to obtain a calibration graph. the first derivative of ratio spectra(1dd) at peak 291 nm and valley 310 nm was selected, the value of the resultant at these pair of wavelength was measured and plotted against the concentrations to obtain two calibration graphs for 1dd method. the second derivative of ratio spectra (2dd) at peak 286nm, valley 299.9 nm and peak 316nm were selected, three calibration graphs were constructed for 2dd method to the corresponding 4-aminoantipyrine concentration and the regression validation parameters were calculated. results and discussion the derivative spectrophotometric methods for the estimation of organic and pharmaceuticals compounds in presence of its acidic degradation products without chemical separation are always of interest. in this study, the acidic product of 4-aminoantipyrine was carried out by dissolving the pure organic compound 4-aminoantipyrine in 2m hcl and reflux at 1000c for 60 min. the suggested scheme of acidic product might be written as follows: https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 89 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 the acidic product was subjected to ir spectrophotometry analysis, the comparison of ir spectra of 4-aminoantipyrine with that the acidic product, the characteristic band at 3433.413331.18 corresponding to the nh2 of the amine groups shown in (figure1a) , has been disappeared in the irspectra of the acidic products (figure1b)[19]. figure (1): irspectra of (a) pure 4-aminoantipyrine and (b) its acidic product 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product uv-spectra are shown in (figure2); direct estimation of 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic products is impossible, zerocrossing and ratio spectrophotometric methods can be resolved and estimation of 4aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic products. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 90 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (2): zero order spectra of 4-aminoantipyrine 30 mg/l(red) and acidic product 30 mg/l (black). zero-crossing method zero-crossing method used individual determination of 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product in binary mixture at the selected wavelengths as shown in (figure3) and (figure4) respectively. figure (3):zero-crossing measurements for (10-70 mg/l) 4-aminoantipyrine (red) and 40 mg/l acidic product(black) a1d at valley 255.9nm, b2d at valley 234.5nm for determination of 4-aminoantipyrine. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 91 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (4): zero-crossing measurements for (10-70 mg/l) acidic product(blue) and 40 mg/l 4aminoantipyrine(black) a1d at peak 243.3nm, b2d at peak 227.3nmfor determination of acidic product. linearity graphs for 1d and 2d at zero-crossing measurements of standard solutions of (1070mg/l) for each of 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product were obtained. linear equation, limit of detections and other validation parameters are listed in table 1. table ( 1 ): validation parameters for the obtained calibration graphs for the determination of 4aap and its acidic product using zero-crossing measurements. validation parameters 1d 2d 4aap at valley 255.9nm acidic product at peak 243.3 nm 4aap at valley 234.5nm acidic product at peak 227.3 nm linearity range (mg/l) 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 equation y= -0.026x -0.0041 y=0.0095x +0.0012 y=-0.0037x -0.018 y=0.0093x +0.0135 r2 0.9960 0.9980 0.9970 0.9970 slope -0. 026 0. 0095 -0.0037 0.0093 intercept -0.0041 0.0012 -0.018 0.0135 lod 0.495 1.354 3.478 1.383 lqd 1.5 4.105 1.054 4.193 r2= coefficient of determination, 4aap=4-aminoantipyrine and lod= limit of detection = 3.3×sdb/s , lqd=10×sdb/s. where, sdb= is the standard deviation of the solvent (n=3) and s= is the slop of the corresponding linearity graph. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 92 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 1d and 2d methods used for the estimation 4-aminoantipyrine in presence of its acidic product by using zero-order measurements at valley 255.9nm and 234.5nm respectively. in the same way, 1d and 2d methods were used for estimation of the acidic product of 4aminoantipyrine in presence of 4-aminoantipyrine by using zero-crossing measurements at peak values at 243.3 nm and 227.3 nm respectively. the relative error and recovery percents for the estimation of 4aap and in presence of its acidic product in synthetic mixtures were calculated for triplicate measurements for the suggested zero-crossing spectrophotometric method. the values of recovery percentage were found in the range between 96.555 and 102.160 indicating that the recommended zero-crossing method is accurate as shown in table 2. table (2): the relative error and recovery percentage for estimation of 4aap and its acidic product using zero-crossing method taken mixture of 4aap +acidic product found mg/l 4aap 1d at valley 255.9nm e% rec% found mg/l 4aap 2d at valley 234.5nm e% rec% 20 mg/l+0 mg/l 19.397 -3.015 96.985 19.781 -1.095 98.905 20 mg/l+20 mg/l 19.718 -1.41 98.590 19.920 -0.400 99.600 40 mg/l+20 mg/l 39.511 -1.222 98.777 39.130 -2.175 97.825 30 mg/l+5 mg/l 30.219 0.730 100.730 30.424 1.413 101.413 30 mg/l+10 mg/l 29.624 -1.253 98.746 29.110 -2.966 97.033 taken mixture of 4aap +acidic product found mg/l acidic product 1d at peak 243.3nm e% rec% found mg/l acidic product 2d at peak 227.3nm e% rec% 0mg/l+30mg/l 29.676 -1.08 98.920 29.522 -1.593 98.406 20mg/l+10mg/l 9.732 -2.68 97.320 9.866 -1.340 98.660 20mg/l+20mg/l 19.995 -0.025 99.975 19.311 -3.445 96.555 10mg/l+10mg/l 10.054 0.54 100.540 10.216 2.160 102.160 30mg/l+10mg/l 10.124 1.24 101.240 10.098 0.980 100.980 4aap=4-aminoantipyrine, e% = relative error = = 𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑−𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒𝑛 𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒𝑛 ×100 and rec% =recovery= e%+100 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 93 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 ratio spectrophotometric method in the ratio spectrophotometric methodthe obtained absorption spectra of the mixtures of 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product were divided then by the absorption spectrum of the acidic product standard solution (as divisor) as shown in (figure5). the first derivative 1dd and the second derivative 2dd spectra in each case was then obtained, as shown in (figure6). figure (5): normal ratio spectra (0dd) of 4-aminoantipyrine (10-70 mg/l) using 50 mg/l of acidic product as a divisor figure (6): derivative ratio spectra of 4-aminoantipyrine (10-70 mg/l) using 50 mg/l of acidic product as a divisor: (a) first derivative ratio spectra (1dd) and (b) second derivative ratio spectra (2dd) in order to optimize the ratio spectrophotometric method, various concentrations divisor solution (10, 30, 50, 70 mg/l) were tried of acidic product; the best results were obtained when a 50 mg/l of acidic product was used as a divisor. dividing the absorption spectrum of 4-aminoantipyrine in the range(10-70mg/l) by absorption spectrum of 50 mg/l of acidic product (as a divisor). the validation parameters of the obtained linear graphs are summarized in table 3. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 94 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (3): validation parameters for the linear graphs for the determination of 4aap and its acidic product using 0dd, 1dd and 2dd methods. validation parameters 0dd at peak 299.9nm 1dd at peak 290.7 nm 1dd at valley 310.nm 2dd at peak 286 nm 2dd at valley 301 nm 2dd at peak 316 nm linearity range (mg/l) 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 10-70 equation y=0.314x +1.338 y=0.014x +0.093 y=-0.014x -0.078 y=0.01x +0.06 y=-0.02x -0. 02 y=0.01x +0.05 r2 0.9980 0.9980 0.9970 0.9980 0.9970 0.9990 slope 0.314 0.014 -0.014 0.01 -0.02 0.01 intercept 1.338 0.093 -0.078 0.006 -0.02 0.05 lod 0.040 0.919 0.919 1.287 0.643 1.287 lqd 0.124 2.785 2.785 3.9 1.950 3.9 r2= coefficient of determination the relative error and recovery percentage were calculated and presented in table 4. the obtained values correspond to triplicate analysis of 4-amionantipyrine solution in the concentration range 25 -45 mg.l-1 using the ratio derivative method. the values of recovery percentage were found to be in the range between 99.64 and 100.11, indicating that the ratio derivative method is reliable and accurate. table (4): the relative error and recovery percentage for estimation of 4aap and its acidic product using 0dd, 1dd and 2dd methods parameters 0dd at 299.9 nm 1dd at 290.7 nm 1dd at 310 nm 2dd at 286 nm 2dd at 301 nm 2dd at 316 nm taken mg/l 25 25 25 25 25 25 found mg/l 24.92 24.96 24.93 24.96 24.91 24.93 e% -0.32 -0.16 -0.28 -0.16 -0.36 -0.28 rec% 99.68 99.84 99.72 99.84 99.64 99.73 taken mg/l 45 45 45 45 45 45 found mg/l 44.95 44.98 45.08 44.93 44.96 45.02 e% -0.11 -0.044 0.111 -0.155 -0.088 0.044 rec% 99.88 99.95 100.11 99.84 99.91 100.04 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 95 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 conclusion the proposed methods are simple and accurate making them easily for estimation of 4aminoantipyrine in presence its acidic product. the purposed methods require neither ph control nor temperature control and nor solvent extraction. so, the suggested spectrophotometric methods are appropriate for the estimation 4-aminoantipyrine and its acidic product in binary mixture. references 1. p .deshmukh, p. k.soni, a.kankoriya, a. k. halve and r. dixit, (2015) 4aminoantipyrine: a significant tool for the synthesis of biologically active schiff bases and metal complexes, int. j. pharm. sci. rev. res., 34, 162-170. 2. j.swaminathana, m.ramalingamb, v.sethuramana, n.sundaraganesanc and s.sebastianc, (2009), vibrational spectroscopic studies and dft calculations of 4-aminoantipyrine, spectrochimica acta part a, 73 593–600. 3. m. jasim, w. s. khayoon, and s. a. hasssan, (2015) batch and flow injection spectrophotometric methods for the determination of barbituric acid in aqueous samples via oxidative coupling with 4-aminoantipyrine, karbala international journal of modern science, 1,135-141. 4. j. m.hong, j. k. jun, h. y. kim, s. ahn and s.chang, (2015) colorimetric signaling of cu(ii) ions by oxidative coupling of anilines with 4-aminoantipyrine, tetrahedron letters, 56, 5393–5396. 5. h. y. kim, h. j. lee, reaction-based colorimetric signaling of cu2+ ions by oxidative coupling of phenols with 4-aminoantipyrine, talanta, 132(2015), 625-629. 6. j. i. gowda, a. t. buddanavar and s. t. nandibewoor, (2015)fabrication of multiwalled carbon nanotube-surfactant modified sensor for the direct determination of toxic drug 4aminoantipyrine,journal of pharmaceutical analysis, 5, 231-238. 7.i. nukatsuka , s. nakamura, k. watanabe and k. ohzeki, (2000) determination of phenol in tap water and river water samples by solid-phase spectrophotometry, analytical sciences, 16, 269-273. 8. j. i. gowda and s. t. nandibewoor, (2012) electrochemical behavior of 4-aminophenazone drug at a graphite pencil electrode and its application in real samples ind. eng. chem. res, 51, 15936−15941. 9. e. zlotorzynska, (1997) capillary electrophoresis in the determination of pollutants, electrophoresis, 18, 2453-2464. 10. d.puig , i.silgoner , m.grasserbauer and d. barcelo, (1997) part-per-trillion level determination of priority methyl-, nitro-, and chlorophenols in river water samples by automated on-line liquid/solid extraction followed by liquid chromatography/ mass spectrometry using atmospheric pressure chemical ionization and ion spray interfaces, anal. chem., 69, 2756-2761. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/2405609x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00399140 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/20951779 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 chemistry | 96 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 11. k.h.al-saidi and r.a.hammza, (2014) spectrophotometric determination of promethazine hydrochloride and paracetamol in pharmaceutical tablets journal of alnahrain universityscience, 17, 14-23. 12. a. r. rote and p. d. bari, (2009) ratio spectra derivative and zero-crossing difference spectrophotometric determination of olmesartan medoxomil and hydrochlorothiazide in combined pharmaceutical dosage form, aaps pharm. sci. tech., 10, 1200-1205. 13. k. a.m. attia, nassar m. w.i., el-zeiny m. b. and serag a., (2015) different approaches in manipulating ratio spectra applied for the analysis of cefprozil in presence of its alkaline-induced degradation product: a comparative study, spectrochimicaacta part a., 145, 289-294. 14. m. a. hegazy, a.m. yehia and a. a. mostafa, (2012) stability-indicating methods for the determination of mosapride citrate in the presence of its degradation products according to ich guidelines, drug test. analysis, 4, 104–15. 15. h. m. lotfy, s.s. saleh, n.y. hassan and s. m. elgizawy, ( 2012) a comparative study of the novel ratio difference method versus conventional spectrophotometric techniques for the analysis of binary mixture with overlapped spectra, american journal of analytical chemistry,3, 761-769. 16. h.m. lotfy, s.m. amer, h.e. zaazaa and n.s. mostafa, (2015) spectrophotometric methods for quantitative determination of binary mixture of naproxen sodium and domperidone maleate, austin j anal pharm chem., 2, 1-8. 17. m .a. hegazy, a. m . yehia and a.a. mostafa, (2012) stability-indicating methods f or the determination o fmosapride citrate in the presence of its degradation products according to ich guidelines, drug testing and analysis, 4, 104-115. 18. s. z. el khateeb , s.a. abdel razek and m.m. amer, (1998) stability-indicating methods for the spectrophotometric determination of norfloxacin, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 17 ,829–840. 19. m. a. tantawya, n.a. el-ragehya, n.y. hassana and m. abdelkawy, (2016) stabilityindicating spectrophotometric methods for determination of the anticoagulant drug apixaban in the presence of its hydrolytic degradation product, spectrochemicaacta part a, 159, 13-20. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1960 https://link.springer.com/journal/12249 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/13861425 280 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 viscosity and density of chrom alum in aqueous poly (ethylene glycol) solution at different temperature s. h. merza department of chemistry, college of education, ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad received in :13 september 2011 accepted in : 16 november 2011 abstract density data of alum chrom in water and in aqueous solution of poly (ethylene glycol) (1500) at different temperatures (288.15, 293.15, 298.15) k have been used to estimate the apparent molar volume (vθ), limiting apparent molar volume (vθ˚) experimental slope (sv) and the second derivative of limiting partial molar volume [δ2 θ v° /δ t2] p .the viscosity data have been analyzed by means of jones –dole equation to obtain coefficient a, and jones – dole coefficient b, free activation energy of activation per mole of solvent, δμ10* solute, δμ20* the activation enthalpy δh*,and entropy, δs*of activation of viscous flow. these results have been discussed in terms of solute –solvent interaction and making/breaking ability of solute in the given solution. key word :chrom alum,apparent molar volume ,solute – solvent interaction introduction measurements of some bulk properties like density (ρ) and viscosity (η) provides insight into the intermolecular an arrangement of the components in solution and helps to understand the thermodynamic properties of solution [1]. ion-water interactions are important throughout biology and chemistry. in chemistry, ions affect the rates of chemical reactions[23],ion-exchange mechanisms, widely used for chemical separations[4]. ions have long been classified as being either kosmotropes (structure makers) or chaotropes (structure breakers) according to their relative abilities to induce the structuring of water. the degree of water 281 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 structuring determined the increase or decrease in viscosity in water due to added salt. the viscosity (η) of an aqueous salt solution typically has the following dependence on ion concentration (c)[5]: (1) where η0 are the viscosity of solvent, a is a constant independent of concentration (c) , which characterize the ionic solute interaction [6] , the constant b, which is called the jonesdole[7] b coefficient , is the quantity that defines the degree of water structuring around the ions and has been measured for wide electrolyte in aqueous and non aqueous solution . the viscosity b coefficient is positive for all kosmotropic ions and negative for chaotrpic ion. different physical parameters ,such as partial molar volume, vθ˚, second derivative of infinite dilution of the partial molar volume with temperature [δ2 θ v° /δ t2] p and the viscosity b coefficient were calculated ,the free energy of activation of viscous flow per mole of solvent (δμ10*) and solute (δμ20*) are calculated too . all these parameter are used to discuss the solute –solute and solute –solvent interaction in the binary solution of (alum chrom + water) and ternary solution of (alum + aqueous polyethylene glycol) at different concentrations and at different temperatures as well as the structure making /breaking tendency of the solute(alum) in the given solution. alum name is given to all the double salts having composition: mimiii(so4)2.12h2o. chrom alum have the composition (kcr (so4)2.12h2o) which is used in dyeing, for tanning leather and in photography (during fixing) for hardening of the negatives[8]. experimental section material chrom alum, bdh chemical (england), peg was provided by sigmaaldrich chemicals. bidistilled water was used, for the preparation of solution. densities measurement densities were measured by using 25 ml pyknometer, the volume of the pyknometer were calibrated with deionized and doubly distilled water at (288.15, 293.15, 298.15) k. the densities of alum solution were determined by weights using balance sartorius bl 210s (germany) with an accuracy of 10-4gm after reaching thermal equilibrium with a water bath at the studied temperature, divided by the volume of pyknometer. η /η0 =1 + a √ c +b c 282 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 viscosities measurement the viscosity of aqueous solution of chrom alum were determined using an ubbelhode type[9] viscometer. the temperature of the solution was maintained within ± 0.01k .the viscosity (η) of solvent and aqueous solution of alum chrom were calculated from the relation[10] 2) ( where( ρ)is the density in gm.cm-3,(t) is the flow time in second ,(c cm2 s-2) is the viscometer constant. results and discussion the measured densities and viscosities of the binary solution of ( alum chrom + water ) and ternary solution of (alum+aqeous peg) at different concentrations are represented in table(1).table(1)shows an increasing in density and viscosity with the increase alum chrom concentration in the solution over the whole concentration , and these values decrease with the increase of alum at the same concentration. the apparent molar volume vθ (cm3.mol-1) for (alum + h2o) and (alum + peg) calculated from density using the following standard expression.[11] vθ = m2/ ρ0 103/c* (ρ/ρ0-1) (3) where ρ, ρ0 are the density of solution and solvent respectively, c is the molar concentration of alum in (mol.l-1) m2 is its molar mass g.mol-1 . the values of the apparent molar volume of the investigated solute are given in table (3). apparent molar volume of electrolyte varies with square root of the molar concentration (over wide concentration rang) in accordance with masson's empirical relation[12]. csvv vθθ +=  (4) this type of equation is applicable to the ionic solute where vθ˚ is a partial molar volume at infinite dilution or limiting apparent molar volume is regarded as ameasure of ion– solvent interaction and sv is a measure of ionion interaction. the calculated values of vθ˚ and sv, from the intercept and slope of the plotes vθ versus c are given in table (4). it is evident from table (4) the values of limiting apparent molar volume for (alum+h2o) are positive suggesting presence of strong ion– solvent interaction between ions and surrounding water molecule. large positive vθ˚ for (alum + peg) than (alum + h2o), attributed to entrapped the ions in void formed during coiling of polymer in solution and there exists electrostatic attraction between these ions and polymer chain in addition, the interaction between ions and water. the vθ˚ increase with increasing temperature for (alum + peg) and η = cρ t 283 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 (alum+h2o) may be attributed to the increase in solvation of the ions. the values of sv are negative for (alum + peg) and (alum + h2o) which reflected that ion–ion interaction are very weak at entire temperature except at 288.15 k. the experimental values of vθ˚ were related to temperature using the quadratic equation[13] vθ˚ = a+ b t+c t2 (5) the coefficient a, b, c were determined and equ (5) has the following forms for alum chrom in water and aqueous solution peg vθ˚ = -13305+ 901.5 t-1.524 t2 for (alum+h2o) (6) vθ˚ = -52804+ 354.0 t-0.59 t2 for (alum+peg) (7) thus, from equations (6and7), it can be observed that the values of [δ2 θ v° /δ t2] p are negative for (alum + peg) and (alum + h2o) , indicating the structure breaking ability of alum in water and aqueous peg. the viscosity data were analyzed by means of jones – dole equation [14] where ηrel is the relative viscosity, c is the molar concentration. the viscosity coefficients a and b were obtained from the intercept and slope of the plots (ηrel -1)/ c1/2virsus c1/2 .the values of a and b are listed in table (5). perusal of table(5)shows that the values of a are positive in(alum+h2o)and(alum + eg)at all temperature. since a is considered to be a measure of ion–ion interaction, the positive values may be indicating the presence of ionic interactions in the solutions concerned. the coefficient b is important for a number of reasons[15]. first, the viscosity b coefficient provides information about solvation of solute and its effects on the structure of the solvent in the near environment of the solute molecule. furthermore, some active parameter of viscous flow can be obtained using the viscosity b coefficient. the viscosity b coefficient, originally introduced as an empirical term, was found depend on solute – solvent interactions and on the relative size of solute and solvent [16]. it can be seen from table (5) that the viscosity b coefficient are negative indicating the structure–breaking ability of alum chrom because solvent molecule attached to the ions (ion – solvent interaction) wrenched out of the bulk solvent and this breaking of the solvent causes a decrease in viscosity of solution .this conclusion is an excellent agreement with that drawn from the density measurement. the sign of temperature derivative of b coefficient (db/ d t) gives the information of structure making / breaking ability of the solute in the solvent media. in general the (db/ d t) is negative for structure maker and positive for structure breakers [17] . the temperature η rel = η / η0 =1+ac 1/2+bc (8) 284 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 coefficient (db/ d t) are given in table (5). from this table it can be seen that alum chrom act as structure breaker in aqueous peg while it acts as structure maker in water this result is opposite to the result obtained from the density measurement . the viscosity data were also analyzed on the basis of the transition state as suggested by feakins, et al[18] .according to which the viscosity bcoefficient was computed from the following relation where v10 = msolvent / d is the partial molar volume of solvent and v10 = θv0 is the partial molar volume of solute.eyring and coworker[19] used the following relation for calculating δμ10* , the free energy of activation of viscous flow per mole of pure solvent . this on rearrangement gives δμ10* =rt ln η0 v10 / hn (11) eq. (9) can be rearranged to give: δμ20* = δμ10*+ (rt/ v10) [1000b (v10 v20)] (12) where δμ20*contribution per mole of solute to free energy of activation for viscous flow of the solution , r,h and n are gas constant , planck' s ,avogadro constant respectively , t, is the absolute temperature . the δμ10* and δμ20* values calculated from above equations are given in table (6). it is clear from table (6) that δμ20* values are negative as compared to those of δμ10*. this is due to the fact the alum in water and aqueous peg behaves as structure breaker. this conclusion is in an excellent agreement with the conclusion drawn from density measurement. in fact feakins et al [20] have shown the electrolyte has δμ20*> δμ10*act as structure makers. according to transition state theory every solvent molecule in one mole of solution must pass through the transition and interact more or less strongly with solute molecule. the activation free energy δμ20*contains contribution from two effects: first, the activation energy of solvent molecule is affected by the interaction between solute and surrounding solvent molecule in the transition state δg20 * (1→1').and the second, the solute moves through its own transition state δg20 * (2→2'). the δg2 *˚(1→1') values obtained by the subtracting δμ10* from δμ20* as δg2 0* (2→2') is equivalent to δμ10* [21.22] . it can be also noted that δg20 * (1→1') ( thermodynamic activation of transfer for alum from ground state to transition state in aqueous peg ) and δμ20* are negative except at 288.15 this can be explained by the fact that transfer of alum from ground state to transition state solvent is favored. the free energy of activation of viscous flow of solution , δg0*was calculated by using the equation b = 1/1000*[(v1 0 v2 0) + v1 0 (δμ2 0* δμ1 0*)/rt (9) η0 = hn/ v1 0 exp (δμ1 0* /rt) (10) δg0*= n1 δμ1 0*+ n2 δμ2 0* (13) 285 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 where n1and n2 are the number of moles of solvent and solute respectively. the enthalpy δh0*and entropy, δs0*of activation of viscous flow were computed using the equation the values, δh0* and, δs0* are obtained from the intercept and slop of δμ0* versus t. the δh0* and, δs0* are summarized in table (7) table (7) shows positive δh0*values and increase of with increase concentration of chrom alum in water and aqueous peg. the values of δs0* are positive for alum in water δs0* are negative for alum in aqueous peg and decrease with increase of concentration this may be due to the fact that formation of activated species necessary for viscous flow appears difficult (ions binds strongly to water molecule ).. references 1. yilmaz, h. ( 2002) excess properties of alcohol-water system at 298.15k turk.j.phys. 26:243-246 2. maroncelli, m.; maclnnins j. and fleming, (1989) polar solvent dynamics and electrontranfer reaction g.r.,science. 243: 1674-1681. 3. kropman, x. and bakker f. (2001) dynamics of water molecule in aqueou solvation hells h.j.science291: 2118-2120. 4. habuchi , s.; kim h.b.and kitamura n. (2001) how ion affect the structure of water anal.chem.73:366-372. 5. robinson, r. aand stokes, r.h.( 1959) electrolyte solution, butterworth scientific publications: london 6. falkenhagen, h. andvernon, e.l. (1932) the vicsoity and fluidity of aqueous potassium ferrocyamide solution phys.z.33: 140. 7. harned, h.s. and own, b.b.(1958) the physical chemistry of electrolyte solution, reinhold, newyork, 3rd.edition, p.240 8. madan, r.d. modern, reprint( 2009) inorganic chemistry, s.chand & company ltd.ram nagar, new delhi 110 055. 9. stokes, r.h. and mills, r. (1965) viscosity of electrolytes and related properties (new york: pergamon) 10. cannon, m.r.; manning r.e. and bell, j.d.(1960) vicosity meaurment~ the kinetic energy correction and anew viscometer .analytical chemistry 32:355-358. 11. harned, h.s. and owen, b.b. (1958) the physical chemistry of electrolyte solution, 3rd edn(reinhold,new york) p358 12. masson, d. o. (1929) solute molecular volume in relation to solvation and ionization philos. mag. 8: 218. 13. water comprehensive treatise(1978) vol.ιv: f.franks, ed., plenum press, newyork. 14. jones, g. and dole, m. (1929) viscosity of aqueous olution of strong electrolytes with special refrence of barium chloride j.am.chem.soc.51: 2950. 15. bhattacharyya, m.m. and sengupta, m. (1982) (n.f.) viscosity bcoefficient and standard partial molar volume of amino acids and their roles in interpreting the protein(enzyme) stabilization) z.phys.chem. 133: 79. 16. jenkins h.d.b.and marcus y. (1995) viscosity bcoefficient of ions in solution, chem.rev 95: 2695. δg0*= δh0*-t δs0* (14) 286 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 17. ali, a.; sabir, s. ;nain, a.k.; ahmad, s.; tariq m. and .patel, (2007) interaction of phenyle alanine ,tyrosine and hitidine in aqueous caffeine solutions at different tempretures j.chinese.chem.soc, 54:659 18. feakins, d.; canning, f.m.; waghorne, w.e. and lawrence, k.g. (1993) trans.interactions of poline in non aqueous anionic , cationic and nonionic surfactant at different tempretures j.chem.soc.faraday 89: 3381. 19. glasstone, s.; laidler, k.j . and eyring, h. (1941) the theory of rate processes, mc graw hill, new york. 20. feakins, d.; freemantle, d.j. and lawrence, k.g. (1974) the properties of mixtures of sodium dodecylsulfate and diethyl sulfoxide in water, j.chem.soc. faraday trans,i70: 795. 21. yan, z.;wang, j. &lu. j. (2002) effect of sodium caproate on the volumetric properties of glycine, dlα – alanine ,and dlα – amino –n-butyric acid in aqueous solutions biophys.chem,99: 199. 22. feakins, d.; waghhorn, w.e. and lawrence, k.g. (1986) faraday trans.,effect of temoerature on viscosity of some α –amino acids in aqueous urea solutions j.chem.soc. 182: 563. table (1): experimental densities ρ(g.cm-3) and viscosities η (cp) for (alum + h2o) c mol.l-1 (alum + h2o) 288.15k 293.15k 298.15k ρ(g.cm-3) η (cp) ρ(g.cm-3) η (cp) ρ(g.cm-3) η (cp) 0.00 0.99910 1.224397 0.99821 1.002892 0.99704 0.888363 0.010 1.00242 1.250646 1.000561 1.109956 0.99922 1.009914 0.015 1.00361 1.260936 1.00203 1.119151 1.00094 1.017314 0.020 1.00483 1.270005 1.00335 1.129733 1.00287 1.02432 0.025 1.00638 1.282531 1.0047 1.133897 1.00416 1.031425 0.030 1.00757 1.289186 1.00602 1.144267 1.00533 1.038816 0.035 1.00934 1.298112 1.00738 1.153907 1.0069 1.047776 287 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 0.040 1.01053 1.310556 1.00894 1.16308 1.00883 1.053939 table (2): experimental densities ρ(g.cm-3) and viscosities η (cp) for (alum + peg) c mol.l-1 (alum +peg) 288.15k 293.15k 298.15k ρ(g.cm3) η (cp) ρ(g.cm-3) η (cp) ρ(g.cm-3) η (cp) 0.00 1.00194 1.235103 1.00086 1.050903 0.99983 0.936141 0.01 1.00472 1.360592 1.00321 1.194255 1.00122 1.082564 0.015 1.00594 1.366469 1.00405 1.20851 1.00277 1.098063 0.020 1.00753 1.381324 1.00579 1.223742 1.00422 1.112806 0.025 1.00902 1.390026 1.00747 1.230936 1.00542 1.122523 0.030 1.01038 1.402812 1.00899 1.249726 1.00695 1.137233 0.035 1.01152 1.413163 1.01132 1.261996 1.00879 1.141376 0.040 1.01346 1.424722 1.01191 1.275605 1.00998 1.151452 288 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3): apparent molar volume of (alum + h2o) and (alum + eg) at different temperature vθ (alum + h2o) c /mol.l-1 298.15 k 293.15 k 288.15 k 278.244 268.784 167.560 0.010 237.455 244.516 198.922 0.015 206.529 242.346 213.101 0.020 213.651 239.841 208.397 0.025 222.410 239.173 217.272 0.030 217.204 237.551 207.024 0.035 204.272 231.326 213.852 0.040 vθ (alum + peg) c / mol.l-1 298.15 k 293.15 k 288.15 k 357.471 258.203 216.997 0.010 301.460 282.517 229.640 0.015 278.455 249.710 217.496 0.020 274.654 232.424 214.203 0.025 261.118 226.229 216.332 0.030 242.591 198.679 224.127 0.035 244.949 221.482 210.011 0.040 289 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (4): values of partial molar volume (vθ˚) in (cm3.mol-1) experimental slop (sv) in (cm3.mol-2.l) for (alum + h2o)and (alum + peg) at different temperature. table(5): values of parameters, a(l1/2.mol-1/2)and b(l.mol1/2) of jones–dole equation in(alum+h2o) and (alum + peg) and the values of (db/ d t) t/k 2o alum + h a(l1/2.mol-1/2) b(l.mol-1) (db/ d t) 288.15 0.081 1.322 -1.1076 293.15 1.284 -2.625 -0..6276 alum +h2o t/k sv vθ˚ 5.687 180.9 288.15 -4.088 259.0 293.15 -8.804 260.9 298.15 alum + peg t/k sv vθ˚ -2.175 226.2 288.15 -11.27 281.6 293.15 -13.53 307.5 298.15 290 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 298.15 1.718 -4.165 -0.1476 t/k alum+peg a(l1/2.mol-1/2) b(l.mol-1) (db/ d t) 288.15 1.181 -2.249 0.3907 293.15 1.591 -2.834 0.2807 298.15 1.924 -4.008 0.1707 table (6): free energy of activation per mole of solvent, δμ10*and solute, δμ20*of alum in water and aqueous peg at different temperatures t/k alum + h2o δμ1 0*(kj mole-1) δμ2 0*(kj mole-1) 288.15 59.25 197.50 293.15 59.80 -322.16 298.15 60.52 -526.87 t/k alum+peg δμ1 0*(kj mole-1) δμ2 0*(kj mole-1) 288.15 69.87 -272.08 293.15 70.69 -348.27 298.15 71.61 -511.93 291 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table(7): enthalpies, δh*and entropies,δs*of activation of viscous flow of(alum + h2o)and(alum+ eg) c / mol.l-1 alum + h2o δh0* (kj mole-1) δs0* (j mole-1k-1) 0.01 1633 5716 0.015 1776 5209 0.02 1818 5053 0.025 1941 4617 0.03 2032 4290 0.035 2176 3784 0.04 2244 3530 c / mol.l-1 alum+peg δh0* (kj mole-1) δs0* (j mole-1k-1) 0.01 66.73 -238 0.015 100.0 -358 0.02 133.2 -478 0.025 166.5 -598 0.03 199.8 -718 0.035 233.0 -838 0.04 266.3 -958 292 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 لزوجة وكثافة شب الكروم في محلول بولي اثلين كاليكول درجات حرارية مختلفةب سندس هادي مرزا ابن الهيثم ،جامعة بغداد -قسم الكيمياء ، كلية التربية 2011ول تشرين األ 16قبل البحث في : 2011أيلول 13استلم البحث في : الخالصة اســتعملت المعلومــات التــي تــم الحصــول عليهــا مــن قيــاس الكثافــة لمحاليــل شــب الكــروم فــي المــاء وفــي المحلــول مطلقــة (299.15,293.15,298.15)وبــدرجات حــرارة مختلفــة 1500المــائي للبــولي اثلــين كاليكــول ذي الــوزن الجزيئــي والمشــتقة الثانيــة للحجــم المـــوالري ،)sv، والميــل ()˚vθوالحجــم الظـــاهري المحــدد (، )vθ( إليجــاد الحجــم المــوالري الظــاهري . اسـتعملت معادلـة جـونز ودول لمعالجـة المعلومـات مـن قياسـات p [δ2 θ v° /δ t2]المحـدد مـع درجـة الحـرارة بثبـوت الضـغط , *δμ10* δμ20من المذيب والمذاب ، وطاقة التنشيط الحرة لكل مول bجونز ودول ومعامل ، aاللزوجة إليجاد المعامل علـى أسـاس تـأثيرات متبادلـة مـن نـوع للجريان اللزج . نوقشت هذه النتـائج *δs0 وانتروبي التنشيط *δh0وانثالبي التنشيط مذيب، وعلى قابلية المذاب على الهدم والبناء في المحلول. . –ايون مذيب -لظاهري ، تأثيرات متبادلة مذاب: شب الكروم ، الحجم الموالري ا الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 400-406 علوم الحياة | 400 2016 ) عام1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 أثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك في أنبات بذور ونمو بادرات نبات الذرة ت .l mays zeaالصفراء رهف وائل محمود ،جامعة بغداد)ابن الهيثمياة ،كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة(قسم علوم الح 2015 األولكانون 28،قبل في : 2015 األولتشرين 6استلم في: الخالصة  10,وحامض اليوريك  5ppm,10ppmصممت التجربة المختبرية لمعرفة تأثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين ppm 5ppm ايضا واظهرت النتائج ان بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك عمال على زيادة .zea mays lفي انبات ونمو بادرات الذرة الصفراء 5ppmمعنوية في انبات البذور ودليل قوة البادرة والوزن الجاف للبادرة وتركيز البرولين مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة واعطى تركيز ودليل قوة البادرة  %76.00و  %70.00ر لكل من بيروكسيدالهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك افضل النتائج في صفة انبات البذو  10اما تركيز  %0.34لحامض اليوريك زيادة معنوية 5ppmوصفة الوزن الجاف اعطى تركيز %26.00و  21.00% ppm  لبيروكسيد الهيدروجين عمل على زيادة تركيزالبرولين في نبات الذرة الصفراء مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة. بيروكسيد الهيدروجين ،حامض اليوريك ،الذرة الصفراء.:الكلمات المفتاحية   علوم الحياة | 401 2016 ) عام1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة الذرة الصفراء هي الغذاء الرئيس لعديد من دول العالم وذات اهمية اقتصادية كبيرة في انحاء العراق اذ كانت تستعمل قديما  [1]لعالج بعض من االمراض و تزرع في فصل الربيع ويجنى المحصول في فصل الصيف م ولها ازهار ذكرية وازهار انثوية وتنتج 2تعلو بحدود وهي نباتات حولية  gramineaeتنتمي الذرة الصفراء الى العائلة النجيلية  salicylicفي فصل الصيف ومقدمة كل كوز تحوي على شعر الذرة على حامض السالسيلك -العرانيس–االكواز acid ويستعمل  [2]طبيا في عالج امراض الجهاز البول وت ثابتة ومعادن مثل البوتاسيوم والحديد والمنغنيز والفسفور تحتوي الذرة الصفراء على الفالفونيات و القلوانيات وزيوت طيارة وزي  والكالسيوم االكثر استقرارا على مستوى الخلية إذ  ros (reactive oxygen speciesمن مجموعة ( h2o2ان بيروكسيد الهيدروجين تحمل النبات الجهادات حيوية وغير حيوية هذه يؤدي دورا حيويا في النبات من خالل اطالق اشارات كيميائية تتسبب في مقاومة او  geneاالشارات تعمل على مايسمى التعبير الجيني expression اذ انه مضاد [4]بأخبار الجينات للنبات بتطوير النظام الدفاعي اكسدة ضد االجهاد غير الحيوي تساعد المركبات الكيميائية على امتصاص العناصر الغذائية من االسمدة المضافة للتربة الزراعية بكفاءة عالية النها تعمل كمواد مخلبية طبيعية وتؤدي دورا مهما في مقاومة الظروف غير الطبيعية وسوء التغذية مثل حامض اليوريك وهومن مضادات االكسدة .[5]نبات ومقاومته لالمراض وتساعد على النمو الجيد لل ويعد حامض اليوريك مركبا طبيعيا يتكون من االوكسجين والكاربون والهيدروجين والنتروجين ومن نواتج البيورينات التي تنتج من درات البروتينات و البيورينات هي مركبات توجد بنسب مختلفة في النباتات ويوفر عنصر البورون الذي يعمل على نقل الكاربوهي .[6]في اجزاء النبات ال مختلفة ان بيروكسيد الهيدروجين ادى الى زيادة نمو البادرات وبعض الصفات المظهرية وهذا ماتوصل اليه الظالمي اذ عمل بيروكسيد ة محتوى البرولين الهيدروجين الى زيادة نمو بادرات نبات الباقالء عند معاملتها ,وان تعرض الذرة الصفراء لالجهاد ادى الى زياد  [7,8]وهذا مالوحظ عند قياس البرولين لنبات زهرة الشمس والحنطة تهدف الدراسة الحالية الى معرفة تأثيرمضادات االكسدة االنزيمية وغير االنزيمية بتراكيز مختلفة في انبات بذور الذرة الصفراء ونمو البادرات . المواد وطرائق العمل ،حضرت 2014-12-27اجريت تجربة مختبرية في قسم علوم الحياة في كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ابن الهيثم بتأريخ جزء بالمليون لكل من بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك وقد نقعت بذور الذرة الصفراء صنف 5،10التراكيز klaxon كررات لكل تركيز ولكل معاملة مع تنقيع البذور في الماء ساعات وبثالث م6في التراكيز المذكورة اعاله لمدة المقطر كمعاملة سيطرة ،نقلت البذور بعدها الى اطباق بتري معقمة وضع فيها اوراق ترشيح مبللة بالماء المقطر المعقم نت ،وضع في كل طبق عشرة بذور بثالث مكررات لكل تركيز ولكل معاملة على حدة فضال عن معاملة السيطرة ،حض مئوية ولمدة عشرة ايام وتم دراسة الصفات االتية :25االطباق في درجة حرارة عددالبذور النابتة x 100 --------------------نسبة االنبات %=-1 العدد الكلي للبذور تم أخذ القراءة في اليوم السابع لالنبات . د البذور النابتة عد 100x ..........[9] ------------------------سرعة االنبات = -2 عدد االيام منذ االنبات تم اخذ القراءة في اليوم السابع. promoter indicatorمؤشر تحفيز االنبات -3 [10]تم حسابه حسب المعادلة االتية +نسبة البذور النابتة في اليوم السادس 0.75x+نسبة البذور النابتة في اليوم الرابع 1xنسبة البذور النابتة في اليوم الثاني 0.5x 0.25+ نسبة البذور النابتة في اليوم الثامنxحسبت في اليوم السابع لالنبات.......  seed vigorقوة البذرة -4 [11]تقاس وفق المعادلة التالية علوم الحياة | 402 2016 ) عام1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ......حسبت في اليوم السابع لالنبات 100x طول البادرة xقوة البذرة (سم) = النسبة المئوية لالنبات seedling vigor indexدليل قوة البادرة 5 [12]يقاس وفق المعادلة التالية ليوم السابع لالنباتالوزن الجاف للبادرة .......حسبت في ا xدليل قوة البادرة (ملغم) = النسبة المئوية لالنبات ايام من االنبات 10الوزن الجاف للبادرة : تم تجفيف البادرات في الفرن الى ثبات الوزن للبادرة بعد 6 تقدير تركيز البرولين 7 واخرون .إذ تم غسل االنسجة الخضراء بالماء المقطر وجففت هوائيا  batesتم تقدير البرولين وفق طريقة ) درجة مئوية وبعد ذلك طحنت بواسطة طاحنة كهربائية ،واخذ وزن مقداره 30‐25بدرجة حرارة المختبر ( مل 5ملغم من النسيج المطحون ووضع في هاون خزفي وبواقع ثالث مكررات لكل تركيز ،ثم اضيف له 100 ) وسحق جيدا ووضع الخليط في انابيب اختبار ونبذت مركزيا بوساطة %3فوسالسليك بتركيز (من حامض السل دقائق  5دورة بالدقيقة لمدة 3000جهاز الطرد المركزي بسرعة مل من الننهايدرين 3مل من حامض الخليك الثلجي مع 3بعدها سكب الراشح في انابيب زجاجية ثم مزج معه دقيقة ،بعدها اخرجت االنابيب وبردت حتى ظهر 30مائي في درجة الغليان لمدة ووضعت االنابيب في حمام مل من التولوين ثم قيست االمتصاصية 5اللون االحمر لتفاعل البرولين مع الننهايدرين الذي فصل بأضافة للبرولين نانوميتر .ورسم المنحنى القياسي 520لطبقة التولوين الحمراء بجهاز المطياف عند الطول الموجي  [13]وفي ضوءه قٌدر تركيز البرولين في النبات التحليل االحصائي ) عند مستوى احتمال lsdوتم مقارنة المتوسط بأقل فرق معنوي (sas [14]تم تحليل النتائج احصائيا حسب البرنامج االحصائي 0.05  النتائج والمناقشة لكل من حامض 5ppm) الى وجود زيادة معنوية في نسبة االنبات لبذور الذرة الصفراء بتركيز 1تبين نتائج جدول ( لبيروكسيد الهيدروجين  %70.00لحامض اليوريك و %76.70اليوريك و بيروكسيد الهيدروجين اذ اعطت زيادة بمقدار  56.70و  %50.00اعطى زيادة مقدارها  10ppm،اما تركيز لحامض اليوريك وبيروكسيد الهيدروجين على  % التتابع ان السبب يعود لكون حامض اليوريك مضاد اكسدة قوي للتخلص من الجذور الحرة ويعد الناتج النهائي أليض  xanthineالبيورينات إذ يتحول الهايبوزاننثين الى حامض اليوريك بمساعدة االنزيم oxidase  وبذلك حفز عملية .[15]للبذور االنبات اما بيروكسيد الهيدروجين فأنه عمل على نقل اشارة لعمليات النمو والتطور في النباتات كالنمو الطولي للنبات .وايضا محفز لمضادات االكسدة االنزيمية[16]واستطالة الخاليا وزيادة انقسام الخاليا ونموها روقا معنوية بين المعامالت في كال الصفتيناما سرعة االنبات ومؤشر تحفيز االنبات فلم يعط ف فلم يعط فروقا معنوية في صفة قوة البذورلبادرات نبات الذرة الصفراء.  (2)من نتائج جدول  5ppmلتركيز  %21.93و  %26.37ان صفة دليل قوة البادرة قد اعطى فروقا معنوية اذ اعطى زيادة مقدارها د الهيدروجين على التتابع.لكل من حامض اليوريك وبيروكسي لكل من حامض اليوريك وبيروكسيد الهيدروجين على التتابع  %17.67 و  %18.70زيادة  ppm 10اعطى تركيز ان حامض اليوريك عمل كمحفز على نمو واستطالة الخاليا وبذلك زيادة المواد البروتينية الموجودة في داخل ك بيروكسيد الهيدروجين عمل على زيادة نمو وانقسام الخاليا اذ سبب انشطار السكريات البادرات لكال التركيزين وكذل .[17]  المتعددة في جدران الخاليا وبذلك تزداد لدونة الجدران وبالتالي اتساع الخاليا  %0.34 لحامض اليوريك وبيروكسيد الهيدروجين زيادة معنوية بمقدار  5ppmاعطاء تركيز  (3)تشير نتائج الجدول لحامض اليوريك وبيروكسيد %0.33و %0.34اعطى زيادة معنوية مقدارها ppm 10على التتابع اما تركيز  %0.31و الهيدروجين. يعود السبب في ذلك ان حامض اليوريك عمل على نمو واستطالة الخاليا وبذلك زيادة المواد البروتينية ومن ثم زيادة نمو وبذلك زيادة الوزن الطري والوزن الجاف للبادرة. (2)البادرة حسب الجدول دروسة للبادرة وبذلك حفز نمو ان بيروكسيد الهيدروجين بالتراكيز المختلفة عمل على زيادة معظم الصفات الم واستطالة الخاليا وزيادة عملية بناء السكريات والبروتينات وبذلك زيادة الوزن الجاف للبادرة,وايضا عمل على توفير [9]عنصر البورون في النبات اذ عمل على زيادة البناء الضوئي ومن ثم زيادة الكاربوهيدرات في النبات علوم الحياة | 403 2016 ) عام1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 و %24.33لحامض اليوريك وبيروكسيد الهيدروجين 5ppmحدوث زيادة معنوية لتركيز (5)اشارت نتائج الجدول 28.67%. لكل من لحامض اليوريك وبيروكسيد %32.67و %17.67اعطى زيادة معنوية مقدارها 10ppmاما تركيز الهيدروجين . لكال التركيزين مقارنة بحامض اليوريك .تشير النتائج الى ان بيروكسيد الهيدروجين اعطى زيادة معنوية اما نتائج تركيز البرولين ,اثر بيروكسيد الهيدروجين في زيادة محتوى البرولين وهذا مقارب للنتائج التي توصل .[18]لها ديدة يقوم وتشير الدراسات الى ان للبرولين دورا مهما في تحمل النبات لالجهادات غير الحيوية وذلك من خالل وسائل ع بها البرولين ،إذ يعمل البرولين كوصي جزيئي لحماية البروتين ومنع تهدمه ويعمل البرولين بصفة منظم ازموزي .[9]ومقاومتها للظروف غير المالئمة نستنتج من الدراسة الحالية قدرة بيروكسيد الهيدروجين و حامض اليوريك في زيادة انبات ونمو بادرات نبات الذرة الصفراء. المصادر . الطب البديل :التداوي باالعشاب والنباتات الطبية ،ترجمة:عمر االيوبي ،اكاديميا للطباعة (2010)شوفاليه،اندرو-1 .152والنشر ،بيروت ،لبنان. .تصنيف النباتات البذرية ،الطبعة االولى ،دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر ،جامعة الموصل (1988)الكاتب ،يوسف منصور -2 .324. 349.معجم االعشاب والنباتات الطبية ،دار الكتب العلمية ،بيروت ،لبنان. (2004)قبيسي ،حسان -3 4hung, k.t.,y.t.hus,c.h.kao,(2006).hydrogen peroxide is involved in methyl jasmonateinduced senescence of rice leaves.physiol.plant.127:293-303 . االدوار الهامة التي تقوم بها االحماض االمينية والفيتامينات داخل النبات ,المتحدة (2006)عبد الحافظ ,احمد ابواليزيد5 صر.,كلية الزراعة ,جامعة عين شمس,نشرة خاصة ,القاهرة ,مuadللتنمية الزراعية 6verma ,s.k.and verma,m.(2010).plant physiology,biochemistry and biotechnology,s.chand and company ltd.,ram nagar,new delhi,india. 7-oraki.,h,f.p.khajani,and .aghaalikkhana m.(2012).effectof water deficit stress on proline contents,soluble sugars,chlorophyll and grain yield of sun flower(heliantthus annuus)l. hybrids.afr.j.biotechnol.11(1),.164-168. 8qayyum.a,a.razzaq,m.ahmad, and m.a.jenks.(2011).water stress causes differential effect on germination indices,total soluble sugar and proline content in wheat (triticum aestivum)genotypes afr.j.biotechnol..10(64),.14038-14045. .تأثير البرولين واالسبرين في انبات بذور ونمو (2014)القيسي,وفاق امجد؛محمود,رهف وائل ؛حميد,اطياف سعيد -9 مجلة بغداد ، fusarium oxysporumوالنمو السطحي للفطر lycopersicon esculentumبادرات الطماطة 813-11.2014.814(2)للعلوم 10bouslamo,m.&schupangh,w.t.(1984).stress tolerance in soybean evolution of three techniques for heat and drought tolerance .crop sci.,24:933-937. 11ellis ,r.a.&roberts,e.h.(1981).the quantification of ageing and survival in orthodox seeds.seed sci.tech.,9:373-409. 12farahani,h.a. &maroufi,k.(2011).hydropriming and nacl in fluences seedling growth in fenugreek(trigonella foenum-groecum).adv.environ biol.,5(5):821-827. 13bates,l.s.;waldren,r.p.and teare,i.d.(1973).rapid determination of free proline for water-stress studies,plant and soil,:39(1).205-207. 14sas.(2010).statistical analysis system.users guide statistical version 9.1th ed.sas.inst.inc.cary.n.c.usa. 15corpas f.j,..palma.j.m,.sandaliol.m.,.valderrama.r.,.barroso.j.b.,and .del.l.a. rio.(2008).peroxisomal xanthine oxidoreductase:characterization of the enzyme from pea (pisum sativum l.) leaves .j.plant physiol. 165:1319-1330. viciaفي نمو بادرات الباقالء h2o2).تأثير الرش ببيروكسيد الهيدروجين 2010الظالمي ,افراح مهدي عبد علي ( -16 faba l. واستحتاث مقاومتهاضد الفطر aspergillus niger l. 266-276)3(8,مجلة جامعة كربالء العلمية: 17schweikert,c;liszkay ,a. and schopfer ,p.(2000).scission of poly saccharaides peroxidase generated hydroxyl radicals.phytochemistry,53:565-570. علوم الحياة | 404 2016 ) عام1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 الجهادي (.zea mays l). دور البوتاسيوم في تحمل نباتات الذرة الصفراء (2013)الغزي ،أسعد كاظم عبد هللا -18 الجفاف وبيروكسيد الهيدروجين ,اطروحة دكتوراه ,كلية الزراعة ,جامعة بغداد ,العراق. : تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك في نسبة االنبات وسرعة االنبات ومؤشر تحفيز االنبات لنبات (1)جدول الذرة الصفراء مؤشر تحفيز االنبات سرعة االنبات نسبة االنبات% المعامالت 20.17 0.27 33.30 السيطرة h2o2 5ppm 70.00 1.14 52.83 h2o2 10 ppm 56.70 0.42 35.00 uric acid 5ppm 76.70 1.27 65.47 uric acid 10 ppm 50.00 0.34 31.00 l.s.d. 16.27 ns ns 0.05عند مستوى :تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك في قوة البذرة (سم)ودليل قوة البادرة (ملغم) لنبات الذرة (2)جدول الصفراء البادرة(ملغم) دليل قوة قوة البذرة(سم) المعامالت 10.00 6667 السيطرة h2o2 5ppm 3500 21.93 h2o2 10ppm 2833 18.70 uric acid 5ppm 3600 26.37 uric acid 10ppm 3000 17.67 l.s.d. 0.05عند مستوى ns 5.79 علوم الحياة | 405 2016 ) عام1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 الصفراء:تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك في الوزن الجاف (ملغم) لبادرة الذرة (3)جدول الوزن الجاف (ملغم)للبادرة المعامالت 0.30 السيطرة h2o2 5 ppm 0.31 h2o2 10 ppm 0.33 uric acid 5ppm 0.34 uric acid 10 ppm 0.34 l.s.d. 0.02 0.05عند مستوى الذرة الصفراء: تاثير بيروكسيد الهيدروجين وحامض اليوريك في تقدير تراكيز البرولين لبادرات (4)جدول تراكيز البرولين المعامالت 13.33 السيطرة h2o2 5ppm 28.67 h2o2 10 ppm 32.67 uric acid 5 ppm 24.33 uric acid 10 ppm 17.67 l.s.d. 0.05عند مستوى 2.53 علوم الحياة | 406 2016 ) عام1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 effect of h2o2 and uric acid on seed germination and seedling growth of zea mays l. rahaf w. mahmood dept. of biology ,college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham) university of baghdad received in :6october 2015,accepted in :28december 2015 abstract the laboratory experment was conducted to study the effect of h2o2 with 5ppm,10 ppm and uric acid with 5ppm,10 ppm concentration on seed germination and seedling growth of zea mays l. the result showed that the h2o2 and uric acid effect significantly to increase percentage of seed germination , seedling vigor index,dry weight and proline concentration compared with control treatment ,given the concentration of each h2o2 and uric acid of the best result of seed germination 70.00%,76.00% and seedling vigor index 21.00%,26.00% and dry weight give in 5ppm to uric acid significantly increased 0.34%,the 10 ppm to h2o2 increased proline concentration in plant compared with control treatment. key word : h2o2,uric acid ,zea mays @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the mann-kendall test for temperature trends in some selected stations in iraq amani i. al-tmimi department of atmospheric science / college of science / university of al-mustansiriyah received in: 4 october 2011 , accepted in: 11 january2012 abstract in this paper, mann-kendall test was used to investigate the existence of possible deterministic and stochastic climatic trends in (baghdad,basrah,mosul,al-qaim) stations. the statistical test was applied to annual monthly mean of temperatures for the period (19932009). the values of s-statistic were (62, 44, 52, 64) by comparing these values with the table of null probability values for s we get a probability of (0.002, 0.026, 0.010, 0.002) this result is less than α for the 95% confidence level (α = 0.05) indicating a significant result at this level of confidence. concluded that an increasing trend in concentration is present at the 95% confidence level and the variance of the s-statistic is calculated and it is compared to the table of null probability values for z and our conclusion reject the null, there is an increasing of trend. keywords : mann-kendall test, mean monthly temperatures, iraq 116 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction there is a growing concern about global warming and the impact it will have on people and the ecosystems on which they depend. temperatures have already risen (1.4°f)since the start of the 20th century with much of this warming occurring in just the last 30 years and temperatures will likely rise at least another ( 2°f), and possibly more than11°f, over the next 100 years. global warming refers to an average increase in the earth's temperature, which in turn causes changes in climate. the term "climate change" is often used interchangeably with "global warming." however, given the wide range of impacts beyond temperature variations, the former is generally the preferred in the scientific community because it helps convey that there are other changes in addition to rising temperatures .climate change refers to the variation in the earth's global climate or in regional climates over time. it describes changes in the variability or average state of the atmosphere over time scales ranging from decades to millions of years. these changes can be caused by processes internal to the earth, external forces (e.g. variations in sunlight intensity) or, more recently, human activities .in recent usage, especially in the context of environmental policy, the term "climate change" often refers only to changes in modern climate, including the rise in average surface temperature known as global warming. [1] various studies have been done in different parts of the world for detecting possible climate trends and changes. some of these have shown significant trends (karl et al., 1993) [2]. studies in climate elements in the middle east countries are rare. for example, kadiolgu, 1997 in turkey [3], el-azraq, 1999 in egypt [4], though there are serious problems in water resources, agriculture and environment in these countries. this study aims to study the trends in annual series of temperature in iraq. theory in the following section, the mann-kendall rank tests is given and will be applied for detecting possible stochastic and deterministic trends for temperature at (baghdad,basrah,mosul,al-qaim )stations .this test is the result of the development of the nonparametric trend test first proposed by mann (1945). this test was further studied by kendall (1975) and improved by hirsch et al (1982, 1984) who allowed taking into account seasonality. the mann-kendall test is a non-parametric test for identifying trends in time series data. the test compares the relative magnitudes of sample data rather than the data values themselves (gilbert, 1987). one benefit of this test is that the data need not conform to any particular distribution. moreover, data reported as non-detects can be included by assigning them a common value that is smaller than the smallest measured value in the data set. the procedure that will be described in the subsequent paragraphs assumes that there exists only one data value per time period. when multiple data points exist for a single time period, the median value is used. the data values are evaluated as an ordered time series. each data value is compared to all subsequent data values. the initial value of the mannkendall statistic, s, is assumed to be 0(e.g., no trend). if a data value from a later time period is higher than a data value from an earlier time period, s is incremented by 1. on the other hand, if the data value from a later time period is lower than a data value sampled earlier, s is decremented by 1. the net result of all such increments and decrements yields the final value of s.[5] let x1 , x2 , … xn represent n data points where xj represents the data point at time j. then the mann-kendall statistic (s) is given by 117 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 𝑆 = � � 𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛�𝑥𝑗 − 𝑥𝑘� … … (1) 𝑛 𝑗=𝑘+1 𝑛−1 𝑘=1 where 𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛�𝑥𝑗 − 𝑥𝑘� = 1 𝑖𝑓𝑥𝑗 − 𝑥𝑘 > 0 = 0𝑖𝑓𝑥𝑗 − 𝑥𝑘 = 0 … …(2) =-1𝑖𝑓𝑥𝑗 − 𝑥𝑘 < 0 a very high positive value of s is an indicator of an increasing trend (upward trend), and a very low negative value indicates a decreasing trend (down ward trend). however, it is necessary to compute the probability associated with s and the sample size n, to statistically quantify the significance of the trend [6] .the test statistic s which has mean zero and variance of s; computed by 𝑉𝑎𝑟(𝑆) = 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(2𝑛 + 5) 18 … … (3) for the cases that n is larger than 10, the standard normal variance of s is computed by using the following equation [7], [8] 𝑍 = 𝑆−1 {𝑉𝐴𝑅(𝑆)} 1 2 𝐼𝑓 𝑆 > 𝑜 z=0 if s=0 … …(4) 𝑍 = 𝑆 + 1 {𝑉𝐴𝑅(𝑆)} 1 2 𝐼𝑓 𝑆 < 𝑜 result and discussion time series of annual mean temperature at (baghdad,basrah,mosul, al-qaim) stations for the period 1993-2009, data were obtained from the iraqi meteorological organization and seismology [9], the time series plots of annual mean temperature is shown in fig.(1)for each station. mann-kendall nonparametric test results for these data was given in tables (1, 2, 3, 4). s-statistic are (62, 44, 52, 64) for the studied stations respectively and n (16) then compared those values by the table of null probability values for s we get a probability of (0.002, 0.026, 0.010, 0.002) [5] if the probability value for the calculated s-statistic and the number of data points (n) is less than the specified significance level for the test (α for one-sided; α/2 for two-sided), the 118 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 result is significant at the 1-α confidence level and a trend is present [5] , this result is less than α for the 95% confidence level (α = 0.05) indicating a significant result at this level of confidence. concluded that an increasing trend in concentration is present at the 95% confidence level. additional to that the positive values of the test s-statistic indicates that there is an increasing trend [10]. by using equations (3) we get 𝑉𝑎𝑟(𝑆) = 16(15)(2 ∗ 16 + 5) 18 = 493.3 and by using equation (4) to calculate the variance of the s-statistic for each station we get 𝑍 = 61 22.20 = 2.74 𝑍 = 44 22.20 = 2.29 𝑍 = 51 22.20 = 1.93 𝑍 = 64 22.20 = 2.88 and it is compared to the table of null probability values for z, then our conclusion reject the null, which means there is a significant trend. reference 1. olofintoye, o. o. and sule ,b. f. (2010), impact of global warming on the rainfall and temperature in the niger delta of nigeria, journal of research information in civil engineering, 7(2):33-43. 2. karl, t. r. and jones, p. d. and et al, (1993), asymmetric trends of daily maximum and minimum temperature, bulletin of the american meteorological society ,74(6): 1007-1023. 3. hogan, a. and m. ferrick, 1997, winter morning air temperature, journal of applied meteorology, 36(6): 53-68. 4. elazraq, m. (1999), climate change over egypt and its relevance to global change, the egyptian meteorological authority ,1-.7. 5. wiedemeier, t. h. and etal., (2004),multiple lines of evidence used to evaluate natural attenuation and enhanced remediation of chlorinated solvents,1,95 www.thwa.com 6. khambhammettu, p.(2005), annual groundwater monitoring report, appendix mannkendall analysis for the fort ord site, rep., california, 1-7. 7. kahya, e. and kalayc serdar, 2004, trend analysis of stream flow in turkey, journal of hydrology, 289, (1):128-144. 8. baggelaar ,p. k. and ir.eit,.c.j.van der meulen, (2007), trendanalist user guide, 1-28. 9. iraqi meteorological organization and seismology, baghdad. (unpublished data) 119 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 10. hamdi ,m. r. and et al.(2009), climate change in jordan, american, journal of environmental sciences, 5,(1):58-68. years 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 te m pr at ur e (c o ) 22.0 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0 24.5 baghdad years 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 t e m p ra tu re (c 0 ) 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 mosul years 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 t e m p ra tu re ( c0 ) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 basrah fig. (1) :plot of annual mean temperature for ( baghdad, basrah, mosul ,al-qaim, ) stations table (1): the mann–kendall statistic for annual mean temperature (1993-2009) baghdad station years 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 t e m p ra tu re ( c0 ) 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 al-qaim 120 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (2) the mann–kendall statistic for annual mean temperature (1993-2009) basrah statio table (3): the mann–kendall statistic for annual mean temperature (1993-2009) mosul station table (4): the mann–kendall statistic for annual mean temperature (1993-2009) alqaim station 121 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 كندل التجاه درجة الحرارة لبعض المحطات المختارة في العراق -اختبارمان اماني ابراھیم محمد الجامعة المستنصریة/ كلیة العلوم/ قسم علوم الجو 2012كانون الثاني11قبل البحث في:2011تشرین االول 4البحث في: استلم الخالصة تناولت ھذه الدراسة اختبار اتجاه المتوسط السنوي الشھري للحرارة في بعض المحطات المختارة في العراق باالعتماد وجود اتجاھات تغایریة في متوسط على البیانات المناخیة الربعة محطات (بغداد،بصرة،موصل ،القائم) بھدف الكشف عن كندال حیث كانت نتائج االختبارللمحطات –) عن طریق استخدام اختبار مان 2009-1993الحرارة وللفترة الزمنیة ( (0.010,0.002 ,0.026 ,0.002)وعلى التوالي وعند مقارنتھا بقیم االحتمالیة نحصل على (52,64 ,44 ,62)اعاله الحرارة. متوسطات في تزایدي وھذا یشیر الى وجود اتجاه %95وھذه النتائج ھي اقل من مستوى الثقة .لدرجات الحرارة ،العراق شھري مان كندل،معدل -اختبار: مفتاحیة الكلمات ال 122 | physics conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 329 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تأثير اوىاع انخم انمتىفر في االسىاق انمحهيت في االوىاع انبكتيريت انمعزونت مه خراج انىبسىر انشرخي انىعيمي حىبن عذوبن شبكر عبِؼخ ثغذاد (, اثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ)و١ٍخ اٌزشث١خ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ , لغُ اٌى١ّ١بء 6161تشريه انثبوي 62 لبم في:, 6161حزيران 61استهم في: انخالصت رعّٕذ اٌذساعخ اٌؾب١ٌخ دساعخ ثؼط اٌصفبد الٔٛاع ِٓ خً )اٌزّش ,اٌزفبػ ٚاٌخً االث١ط( ار ٌٛؽع اْ ٔغجخ ٌٍخً فؼب١ٌخ ثب٠ٌٛٛع١خ رضج١ط١خ ظذ االٔٛاع ( % ٌىً ِّٕٙب ٚ ػٍٝ اٌزٛاٌٟ ٚٚعذ اْ 2,7, 4,5, 3,6ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه ) اٌجىز١ش٠خ اٌّؼضٌٚخ ِٓ ؽبالد االٌزٙبثبد اٌّشافمخ ٌٍٕبعٛس اٌششعٟ.وّب أْ ٌٗ ا١ّ٘خ فٟ رغش٠غ شفبء صمت إٌبعٛس ٚالرٛعذ ٌٍخً فؼب١ٌخ ع١ّخ ػٍٝ اٌفئشاْ اٌّخزجش٠خ. اٌخً ,اٌجىزش٠ب ,إٌبعٛس اٌششعٟ ,ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه.كهمبث مفتبحيت: نا ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 330 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انممذمت [1] لبي سعٛي هللا )ص( )) ٔؼُ االداَ اٌخً (( اٌٍُٙ ثبسن فٟ اٌخً فأٔٗ وبْ إداَ االٔج١بء لجٍٟ ٌُٚ ٠فزمش ث١ذ ف١ٗ خً اٌزٞ رىْٛ فبٌخً ٘ٛ ِبدح غزائ١خ عبئٍخ ٔبرغخ ِٓ رؾٛي اٌّٛاد اٌغىش٠خ ٚإٌش٠ٛخ ػٓ غش٠ك اٌزخّش اٌٝ ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه اٌزٟ رؼًّ ػٍٝ [2]إٌّزششح فٟ اٌطج١ؼخ saccharomyces cerevisiae (% ثٛعٛد خ١ّشح.5-4ٔغجزٗ ف١ٗ ؽٛاٌٟ ) اٌغىشٚص ( فٟ ظشٚف ال٘ٛائ١خ اٌٝ وؾٛي اص١ٍٟ ثفؼً أض٠ّبد اّ٘ٙب أض٠ُ –اٌفشوزٛص –رخّش اٌّٛاد اٌغىش٠خ ) اٌىٍىٛص zymase ٠ٕٚزظ ػٓ رٌه ِبدح اٌجب٠شٚف١ذ [3]ٕز١غخ ػشظ١خ ٌّٕٛ٘ب ٚرىبصش٘ب اٌزٞ رفشصٖ اٌخ١ّشح اػالٖ و . pyruvate اٌزٟ رذخً ظّٓ ِغبساد ا٠ع١خ ٠ىْٛ إٌبرظ إٌٙبئٟ ٌٙزٖ اٌّغبساد اٌىؾٛي االص١ٍٟ ,٠زؾٛي االخ١ش اٌٝ ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه ٚف ٘ٛائ١خ ارا رمَٛ ٘زٖ % ِٓ ؽغُ اٌّؾٍٛي اٌىٍٟ ٚفٟ ظش 10ثّمذاس aceto bacterثأظبفخ ثىزش٠ب ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه اٌزٞ ٠ؤدٞ دٚسا ِّٙب فٟ رؾ٠ًٛ اٌّؾٍٛي اٌىؾٌٟٛ acetaldehyde dehydrogenaseاٌجىزش٠ب ثأفشاص أض٠ُ ِؤوغذ ٘ٛ .[4]ٚثزٌه ٔؾصً ػٍٝ اٌخً acetic acidاٌٝ ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه ٌغٍذ اٌّٛعٛد ثبٌمشة ِٓ فزؾخ اٌششط ٠ٕشأ إٌبعٛس اٌششعٟ ٘ٛ لٕبح صغ١شح رٕشأ ث١ٓ ٔٙب٠خ االِؼبء )اٌمٕبح اٌششع١خ( ٚا إٌبعٛس اٌششعٟ ِٓ لٕبح ٚاؽذح اٚ لذ ٠زفشع ٌؼذح لٕٛاد ٚرظٙش ٔٙب٠زخ ػٍٝ شىً صمت ػٍٝ عطؼ اٌغٍذ ٚؽٛي ِٕطمخ فزؾخ اٌششط ِٚٓ اعجبثٗ االفشاصاد اٌزٟ رٕزظ اٌزٙبثبد ؽٛي فزؾخ اٌششط,اٚساَ اٌمٕبح اٌششع١خ داء اٌفطش اٌشؼبػٟ , اٌزٙبة اٌغٙبص اٌٙعّٟ ٚاٌزؼشض ٌشظٛض شذ٠ذح ٚٚعٛد رشممبد ؽٌٛخ ِٕطمخ فزؾخ اٌششط ٚاالصبثخ ثذاء اٌفطش اٌشؼبػٟ ٚاالصبثخ ثؼذٜٚ اٌىال١ِذ٠ب ٚخشاط فٟ غذح ثبسص١ٌٛٓ فٟ إٌغبء ٚاالصبثخ ثذاء وشٚد ِّب ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ رى٠ٛٓ صذ٠ذ ٠زؾٛي .[5]ٌٕبعٛس اٌٝ خشاط ٠ٚغجت ا٢َ ؽبدح ٚشذ٠ذح ٚرٛسَ ٚاظؼ ِىٛٔبً ا ٘ذفذ اٌذساعخ ِؼشفخ اٌفؼب١ٌخ اٌجب٠ٌٛٛع١خ اٌزضج١ط١خ الٔٛاع ِؼ١ٕخ ِٓ اٌخً فٟ ِؼبٌغخ اٌجىزش٠ب اٌّشافمخ ٌؾبالد خّؼ إٌبعٛس اٌششعٟ ٚاٌفؼب١ٌخ اٌغ١ّخ ٌٍخً. ك انعممانمىاد وطرائ اٌششعٟ ٚثأػّبس ِخزٍفخ ِٓ ِغزشفٝ ثغذاد ٌٍغشاؽبد اٌزخصص١خ ٚ ػضٌخ ثىز١ش٠خ ِٓ ؽبالد إٌبعٛس 25رُ ػضي .2015اٌٝ اراس 2014ٌٍّذح ِٓ ا٠ٍٛي ٚشخصذ اٌؼضالد اػزّبداً ػٍٝ اٌصفبد اٌّضسػ١خ ٚاٌفؾٛص اٌّغٙش٠خ ٚاالخزجبساد اٌى١ّٛؽ٠ٛ١خ ٚفؾٛصبد اٌؼذح .[7] ,[6]اٌفشٔغ١خ ٚرّذ ِمبسٔزٙب ِغ اٌّغٙضٖ ِٓ لجً ششوٗ اٌجب٠ِٛشوظ api-20 e ,api-20-staphاٌزشخص١خ صُ رُ اخز خً اٌزفبػ ٚخً اٌزّش ٚاٌخً االث١ط ٚػًّ ِٕٗ رخبف١ف ١ٌزُ اخزجبسُ٘ ػٍٝ االٔٛاع اٌجىز١ش٠خ اٌّؼضٌٚخ ٚرٌه ؼ ٌّالؽظخ رأص١ش أٛاع اٌخً فٟ ّٔٛ اٌغشاص١ُ اٌّؼضٌٚخ ِٓ ؽبالد إٌبعٛس اٌششعٟ . ار ٌم ثٛعبغخ غش٠مخ االٔزشبس ثبٌؾفش 10 اٌٛعػ اٌضسػٟ اٌصٍت ٌِٛش ٕ٘زْٛ ثٛعبغخ لطٕخ ِؼمّخ ِؾٍّخ ثبٌؼبٌك اٌغشصِٟٛ اٌؾبٚٞ ػٍٝ 8 x 1.5 خ١ٍخ/ ٍٍِزش ( ٍٍِزش 0.1ٚػٍّذ اٌؾفش ثٛعبغخ اٌضبلت اٌف١ٍٕٟ ٚٚظؼذ اٌزشاو١ض اٌّؾعشح ٌىً ٔٛع ِٓ أٛاع اٌخً اٌّغزؼٍّخ ثّمذاس ) َ 37دل١مخ صُ ؽعٕذ ثذسعخ ؽشاسح 20ٌّذح ٌىً ؽفشح ٚرشوذ االغجبق ثذسعخ ؽشاسح اٌغشفخ 5 ٚثّؼذي صالصخ ِىشساد ٌىً ػضٌخ ٚؽذدد اٌفؼب١ٌخ الٔٛع اٌخً ثّم١بط لطش اٌزضج١ــػ ثأعزؼّبي اٌّغطـشح ؽــٛي وً ؽفشح ثبٌّـ١ٍّزش ٚرـُ ؽغــبة .[8,9]اٌّؼذي ٌٍّىشساد اٌضــالصخ تعييه حبمضيت انخم [10]اػزّبدا ػٍٝ ٍٍِزش .250 غُ ِٓ اٌخً ٚٔمً فٟ ل١ٕٕخ ؽغ١ّخ عؼخ 50رُ ٚصْ 1 خفف اٌخً إٌّمٛي اٌٝ اٌم١ٕٕخ اٌؾغ١ّخ ثبٌّبء اٌّمطش اٌٝ ؽذ اٌؼالِخ ِغ اٌشط اٌّغزّش ٌٍزأو١ذ ِٓ اٌّضط اٌزبَ.2 فضب١ٌٓ.ٍٍِزش ِٓ اٌخً اٌّخفف ٠ٚٛظؼ فٟ دٚسق ِخشٚغٟ ٔظ١ف صُ ٔع١ف ٌٗ لطشر١ٓ ِٓ د١ًٌ اٌف١ٕٛٔ ٠10ٕمً 3 ٔغؾؼ ظذ ِؾٍٛي ١٘ذسٚوغ١ذ اٌصٛد٠َٛ اٌٝ اْ ٠زغ١ش اٌٝ اٌٍْٛ اٌٛسدٞ ػٕذ٘ب ٔىْٛ لذ ٚصٍٕب اٌٝ ٔمطخ أزٙبء -4 اٌزفبػً. رىشس اٌؼ١ٍّخ اٌزغؾ١ؼ ػذح ِشاد ٚٔغذ اٌّؼذي. -5 ِغّٛع اٌمشاءاد اٌؾغبثٟ =ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ اٌّزٛعػ ػذد اٌمشاءاد غُ ِٓ اٌخً 50ٚصْ ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه فٟ / v p.ptotalv x/ 1000 eq.wt x basen x basev n base , v base اٌصٛد٠َٛ ػ١بس٠خ ٚؽغُ اٌمبػذح ١٘ذسٚوغ١ذ eq.wt اٌٛصْ اٌّىبفئ ٌٍؾبِط v total ؽغُ اٌّؾٍٛي اٌّؾعش v p p ؽغُ اٌّؾٍٛي إٌّمٛي ثبٌّبصخ [11]تمييم فعبنيت انخم عهى انفئران انمختبريت . اعتمبدا عهى ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 331 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ketamineاٌى١زب١ِٓ فأساً ِٓ ٔٛع االٌج١ٕٛ ِٚٓ وال اٌغٕغ١ٓ ٚرُ ل١بط أٚصأٙب صُ خذسد ثأعزؼّبي ِخذس 40رُ اعزؼّبي فٟ اٌؼعٍخ صُ اخز اٌّششغ اٌغشاؽٟ ٚغٙشد إٌّطمخ ثبٌمشة ِٓ فزؾخ اٌّخشط ٚػًّ شك kg/100 mgٚثغشػخ لذس٘ب فأساً رّضٍذ ثّغّٛػخ ع١طشح ِٚغّٛػخ 10عُ صُ لغّذ اٌفئشاْ ػٍٝ اسثغ ِغب١ِغ وً ِغّٛػخ رزىْٛ ِٓ 1غٌٟٛ ثطٛي ثخً اٌزفبػ ِٚغّٛػخ رُ ِغؾٙب ثخً اٌزّش ٚاٌّغّٛػخ االخ١شح ِغؾذ ثخً االث١ط رُ ِؼبٌغزٙب ثّغؼ إٌّطمخ اٌّصبثخ .[12]ٚصالس ِشاد ١ِٛ٠بً ٚرّذ ِشالجخ ػالِبد اٌشفبء lethal dose 50 اندرعت انمميتت انىسيطت)l d 50 ) ػخ ثطؼبَ ِخٍٛغ ثخً فئشاْ رغزد اٚي ِغّٛ 10ِغب١ِغ وً ِغّٛػخ 4فأساً ِٓ ٔٛع االٌج١ٕٛ ٚلغّذ ػٍٝ 40رُ اخـز غُ غؼبَ اٌفئشاْ ٚاٌّغّٛػخ اٌضب١ٔخ ثطؼبَ ِخٍٛغ ثخً ٚاٌضبٌضخ ِخٍٛغ ثبٌخً االث١ط ٚ ػذد 100غُ ٌىً 3اٌزفبػ عبػبد صُ اػطبئٙب اٌغزاء ٚرّذ ِالؽظخ اٌزغ١شاد 10اٌشاثؼخ ِغّٛػخ ع١طشح ٚلجً اػطبء اٌطؼبَ رُ رص٠ُٛ اٌفئشاْ ٌّذح .[13]عبػخ ٚعغٍذ اٌزغ١شاد 24ي اٌزٟ ظٙشد ػٍٝ اٌفئشاْ خال شتانىتبئح وانمىبل شخصذ اٌؼ١ٕبد اٌجىز١ش٠خ ٚوبٔذ وبالرٟ ٚ escherichia coli ٚbacillus subtilis ٚpseudomonas aeruginosa ٚproteus vulgarisثىزش٠ب staphylococcus aureus اٌششعٟ . ِٓ اٌزم١ؾبد اٌّصبؽجخ ٌٍّشظٝ اٌّصبث١ٓ ثبٌٕبعٛس ٚاٌخً ph =5% 3.6ث١ّٕب عغً خً اٌزّش 4.5 %ٚٔغجٗ ؽبِط اٌخ١ٍه ٌخً اٌزفبػ 6ٌخً اٌزفبػ ٘ٛ phٚعذ اْ ٚوبٔذ اٌمذسح اٌزضج١ط١خ ٌٙزٖ االٔٛاع ِٓ اٌخً ٚاظؾخ ػٍٝ [14]ٚ٘زا ِمبسة ٌّب ٚعذ ph=5.2% ٚوبْ 2.7االث١ط اٌششعــٟ ٚوبٔــذ اػٍــٝ فؼب١ٌــخ عغٍٙــب االٔـــٛاع اٌضـــالصخ اٌّزوٛسح ِـٓ اٌخـً اٌجىزش٠ب اٌّؼضٌٚخ ِٓ رم١ؾبد إٌبعٛس ( .3( ٚ)2( ٚ)1% وّب ِٛظؼ فٟ اٌغذٚي )80ٚثزشو١ض pseudomonas aeruginosaػـٍٝ ثىزش٠ب اٌخً اٌّخفف ثبٌّبء ٌٚمذ ٚعذد فؼب١ٌخ رضج١ػ ٚاظؾخ ػٍٝ االٔٛاع اٌجىز١ش٠خ االخشٜ اٌّؼضٌٚخ ٚرضداد ثض٠بدح اٌزشاو١ض ار أْ ِؼظُ اٌجىزش٠ب ph( ٚلذ ٠شعغ رٌه اٌٝ فؼب١ٌخ اٌخً الٔٗ ٠ؼًّ ػٍٝ خفط اٌؾّٛظخ 1,2اٌّمطش وّب فٟ اٌشىً ) [15]ٌٍٚخً لذسح ػٍٝ اراثخ دْ٘ٛ غشبء اٌخ١ٍخ اٌغشص١ِٛخ ph =7اٌّغججخ الِشاض االٔغبْ رّٕٛ فٟ االٚعبغ اٌّزؼبدٌخ ( ار أْ ٌٍخً صبثذ رأ١٠ٓ ( denaturationرغ١شاد رشو١ج١خ فٟ اٌجشٚر١ٓ ) دٔزشح ( وّب ٠ؼًّ اٌخً ػٍٝ اؽذاس dissociation coefficient ِٝشبثٗ ٌضبثذ رأ١٠ٓ ؽبِط اٌجشٚث١ٔٛ١ه ٚ ؽبِط اٌغٛسث١ه ٌزٌه فأْ عضءاً وج١شاً ِٕٗ ؽز اٌؾبٌخ رؼطٟ ٌٍخً فؼالً ِضجطبً ٌٍغشاص١ُ فٟ دسعبد اٌؾبِع١ٗ اٌؼب١ٌٗ )ِضً ٚعػ اٌّؼذح ( ٠ىْٛ ثصٛسح غ١ش ِزأ٠ٕٗ ٚ٘زٖ ػٓ فؼب١ٌخ اٌخً ارغبٖ اٌؼذ٠ذ ِٓ اٌغشاص١ُ اٌّؾذصخ ٌٍزغُّ اٌّؼـٛٞ ٚاٌؾــذ ِٓ [18]ٚعذٖ ٚ٘زا ِمبسة ٌّب [16,17] . [19]فؼب١ٌزــٗ ِغ أظبفخ ٍِؼ اٌطؼبَ ٚثشفغ دسعخ اٌؾشاسح % ٌٍخــً 0,156 ػضٌخ ثىز١ش٠خ ٚاْ رشو١ـــض ١34ػ ( اعزطبع ِٓ رضج0.1اْ ِؾٍٛي اٌخً ثزشو١ض) [20]وّب ٚعذ .ٚاْ ؽعــٓ عبػٗ 24ذحػـٕــذ ؽعٕــٙب ٌّــ yersinia enterocolitica ٠ؼًّ ػٍٝ لزــً عشاص١ــُ ا١ٌـشع١ٕ١ــب اْ خً [22]ٚعذ وّب [21]% ِٓ اٌخــً ٌّــذح ٔصف عبػـــخ ٠ؼًّ ػٍٝ لزــً اٌغشاصـ١ُ ع١ّؼٙــب 5اٌخعــبس ثزشو١ــض , ٚلــذ ٌٛؽــع ػالِبد اٌشفبء ثط١ئخ ػٍٝ ِغّٛػخ اٌغ١طشح ٌٚىٕٙب .e.coli,s.typhi,k.spاٌفٛاوٗ ِضجػ ٌجىزش٠ب رغبسػذ ػ١ٍّبد اٌشفبء ػٍٝ اٌفئشاْ اٌّؼبٌغخ ثخً االث١ط ار أوزغجذ اٌشفبء فٟ ا١ٌَٛ اٌخبِظ أِب اٌفئشاْ اٌّؼبٌغخ ثخً اٌغبثغ أِب اٌفئشاْ اٌّؼبٌغخ ثخً اٌزّش اوزغجذ اٌشفبء ثب١ٌَٛ اٌضبِٓ اِب فئشاْ اٌغ١طشح ٌُ اٌزفبػ اوزغجذ اٌشفبء فٟ ا١ٌَٛ ٌّذح خّغخ ػشش ٠ِٛبً fusidic acid 20mg/gاٌؾبٚٞ ػٍٝ ِبدح fucinرىزغجذ اٌشفبء ٌؾ١ٓ ِؼبٌغزٙب ثّشُ٘ اٌفٛع١ٓ ٚ ِبدح اٌغ١شٚر١ٔٛٓ ٚ ثزٌه ٠مًٍ ِٓ اٌزؾغظ اٌغٍذٞ ٚ٘زا ٠ؼٛد اٌٝ اْ اٌخً ٠ضجػ رخ١ٍك اٌجشٚعزٛوالٔذ٠ٕبد ٚ اٌٙغزب١ِٓ ِشّ٘بً ٠ؾزٛٞ ػٍٝ اٌصجبس [23] ؽٛي إٌبعٛس اٌششعٟ ٠ٚؼًّ ػٍٝ شذ إٌّطمخ ٠ٚضجػ االغش١خ اال٠ضٚص١ِخ ٌٚمذ اوزشف غزب١ِــٓ فأٔـــٗ ٠ضجـــػ االٌزٙبثـــبد اٌّؾذصـــخ ثّــبدح اٌىبساع١ٕــبد ٚاٌٙ muktashuki bhasamٚاٌخً ٚاٌّغّٝ ٚاٌغ١شٚر١ٔٛــٓ ٚإٌغزبر١ٓ ٚوـــزٌه ٌٛؽع اْ خً اٌزفبػ ٠ؾّـــٟ وـــالة ِٓ اٌجشغ١ــش ٚاٌطف١ــالد ٚالع١ّب فٟ اٌشؼش , وّب اْ ٌٍخً فؼب١ٌٗ ِعبدٖ ٌالوغذٖ ٚ ٠ؼًّ ػٍٝ خفط ظغػ اٌذَ ٚ عىش اٌذَ ٚ ٠ّٕغ رصٍت اٌششا١٠ٓ [24] ٚاالرْ [25]. ( عٜٛ ص٠ــبدح اٌطــبلخ اٌؾشو١ــخ ٌٍفئشاْ ٚلــذ 3ع١ّـــخ ػٍــٝ اٌفئشاْ اٌّخزجش٠ـــخ شىً )ٌـــُ ٠الؽــع ٌٍخً ا٠خ -٠acetyl-coؼـــٛد اٌغـــجت اٌــٝ اْ اٌؾــبِط اٌخ١ٍه ٌٗ دٚس ِّٙبً فٟ اٌفؼب١ٌــــبد اٌؾ٠ٛ١ـــخ وّغبػــــذ أض٠ّــٟ enzyme ًاٌزّض١ـــً اٌؾ١ٛٞ ٌىً ِٓ االؽّبض اٌذ١ٕ٘خ ٚاٌىبسث١٘ٛذسار١خ ال ٠ٚغــبُ٘ فـــٟ اٌزفبػـــالد اٌؾ٠ٛ١ــــخ ِضـ ِضً اٌىشَٚ , وّب ٠ؾزٛٞ ػٍٝ ِؼبدْ صم١ٍخ وض١شح [26]ٌٍطـــبلخ اٌزــٟ رذ٠ُ ٚظبئــف اػعــبء اٌغغـُ س وّصبد عزؼّبٌٙب ٠ٚفعــً [27] غت ِغّٛػ ثٙب اٌؾذ٠ذ, اٌىبد١َِٛ , ا١ٌٕىً ,اٌّغ١ٕغ١َٛ, اٌخبسص١ٓ ,اٌشصبص ٚ اٌفعخ ٚ ٌىٓ ثٕإٌّغ١ٕض, اعزؼّبي اٌخـً وششاة ِخفــف ثبٌّـــبء الْ اعزؼّبٌٗ ٌّذح غ٠ٍٛــخ ٚثصـٛسح ِشوــضح لــذ ٠ؤدٞ اٌـٝ رى٠ٛــٓ ؽصـــٛاد اٌّضبٔــخ الٔــٗ ٠ــض٠ــذ ِـــٓ ِغزــٜٛ ؽبِع١ــخ اٌجــــٛي ِٚٓ صُ ٠ــؤدٞ اٌـــٝ رىـــ٠ٛٓ ؽصٛاد االٚوضا١ٌذ فٟ اٌّضبٔــخ فٍٙزا ٠ٕصؼ ثششة اٌخً ١ِٛ٠ب ٚ ٌىٓ ثصٛسح ِخففٗ ػب١ٌخ ٌغالِزٗ ٚارا أعزؼّبي ِٛظؼ١بً ف١ّىٓ اعزؼّبٌٗ ثزشاو١ض [28] .ثبٌّبء اٌذافئ ٌٍؾفبظ ػٍٝ صؾٗ االٔغبْ ٚ ا٠ط االغز٠خ ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 332 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انمصبدر ( اٌّىزجخ (144/2 , ِؾّـــذ عبعـُ , وزـبة اٌغشاص١ـــُ اثٛ ِؾّـذ ػجـــذ هللا اٌؾ١ّـذٞ ِغٍُ, اثٓ لز١جخ, ٌذ٠ٕـــٛسٞ,ا -1 اٌؼشث١خ. 2flickinger ,m.c. and perman, d.(1997) appl. environ .microbiol ,33.706. 3-frings,(1983),technology and products of the food industry v.1 (3)4. 4gold white, haroid (2003),short summary of the career of the german organic chemist. hermann kolben "p d f" new haven section bull. am.chem .soc.20 (3). 5corman, m. l. (2005).anal fistula colon and rectal surgery 5 th ed. philadelphia ,pa: lippincott williams and wilkins chapter 77. 6cowan, s. t. and steel,k. j.(1965). identification of medical bacteria. cambridge university press. . 7-collee, j. g.; franser ,a. g.; marmion ,b. p. and sinmones, a. (1996). medical microbiology 14 th ed. churchill living stone. london,. 97.133. 8prescott, l. m.; harley, j. p. and klein ,d. a. (1993).microbiology. 2 nd ed.w.m. brown. publishers london chicago , 89. 9-vadepitte, j.; eng back, k. ; piot, p. and heuk, c. (1991). basic laboratory procedures in clinical bacteriology world health organization, 2 nd .ed. geneva. , 2011ع١ّــخ ِؾّــذ , عـــٛاد وبظُ , ؽغ١ـــٓ, ػــالء فشان, عٍّــــــبْ ,عـــــبعُ داٚد , ػجـــــبط, اٌخفــبعٟ -10 ٚصاسح اٌزؼ١ٍُ اٌؼبٌٟ / عبِؼخ ثغذاد /و١ٍخ اٌزشث١خ اثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ اٌى١ّ١بء اٌزؾ١ٍ١ٍخ. 11-hall, i. w. and chambers, .j .p. (1987)aclinical trial propofol infusion anaesthesia in dogs .j.in small animal practice 28.623-637. 12-modammed, m. a.( 2001).an evaluation of low intensity helium .neon laser in facial skin wound healing by primary intention .an experimental study.87, 530 –abstr.13th em 19 conress. رم١١ُ فؼب١ٌخ ثؼط اٌّزغزخٍصبد إٌجبر١ـــخ ػٍٝ ّٔــٛ اٌجىزش٠ب اٌّٛعجـخ اٌصجغخ 2005)إٌؼ١ّٟ , ؽٕبْ ػذٔبْ شبوش ) -13 –ؽ١بئ١خ ٌٍذساعبد اٌؼ١ٍب اٌّؼضٌٚخ فٟ ؽبالد اٌزٙبة اٌجٍؼَٛ ٚاٌٍٛصر١ٓ سعبٌخ ِبعغز١ش, ِؼٙذ إٌٙذعخ اٌٛساص١خ ٚاٌزم١ٕبد اال عبِؼخ ثغذاد. .رم١١ُ ثؼط اٌصفبد إٌٛػــ١خ ٌٍخً اٌّزذاٚي فٟ اعٛاق 2010)ِؾّذ اصفٓ شٙشاْ ,اثشا١ُ٘ ,ٌغ١ٓ ,ص١بد اؽّــذ ) -14 و١ٍخ اٌؼٍَٛ. – issn 1991-8690 1:2ِذ٠ٕخ اٌذ٠ٛا١ٔخ. ِغٍخ ػٍَٛ رٞ لبس اٌّغٍذ 15reynolds, a. e.(1975). the mode of action of acetic acid on bacteria cdiss abstr. 13.,35, (4935 -3936). 16ingram , m. a.; ottaway, .f. j.h .and coppock .j.b.m. (1956)"the preservative action of acid substances in food chem. ind.(london), 1156,1154-1163. 17-levine , a. s. and fellers .c. r.(1940). action of acetic acid on food spoilage microorganisms .j. bacteriol.. 39, 499-514. 18rutala ,w. a.(2000). antimicrobial activity of home disinfectant and natural products against potential human pathogens infect. control hosp. epidemical, 21(1) 33-38. 19entan, e. (1997). antibacterial action of vinegar against food borne pathogenic bacteria including escherichia coli. 0157-h7 (part 2).effect of sodium chloride and temperature on bacterial activity. kansenshogaku zasshi,.71(5), 451-458. 20-karapinar ,m. and gonul ,s. a. (1992). effects of sodium bicarbonate ,vinegar acetic and citric acids on growth and survival of yersinia enterocolitica int . j. food .microbiol. 16(14), 343347 . 21karapinar ,m. and gonul ,s. a. (1992). removal of yersinia enterocolitica from fresh parsley by washing with acetic acid or vinegar int . j. food .microbiol. 16(3), 261264 . 22-priyadar, s.; sheila, j. and priya, l.(2014).antimicrobial activity and characteriseation of microflora of vinegar preparations developed from peels and fruit of sweet lime. 2(2):42-45 issn:2321-9122. 23-chauhan, o. (1998). antiinflammatory activity of muktashukti bhasma. ind.j.exp.biol.36(10), 985-989. ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 333 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 24lindacole. (2009).canidae (pet food made by pet people) natural flea control for dogs and cats canidae pet food company. 25nilgun, h.; budak, e.; atific, s. annel, k.; zeynep, b. and guzel, s.(2014). functional properties of vinegar. j. of food science . apublication of the institute of food technologist.79(5):757-764. 26atee , mc.; little, j.w. c.o. and mitchcll,g. e. (1968) utilization o f rumen metabolites as energy sources in rats sci.7ii ,769-775. 27-ali, k. m.; salman, j.d. and shamar, j.m. (2013).determination of some heavy metalis in deferent vinegar samples applied in folk medicine by flame atomic absorption spectrophotometery.j.of basic education 19(80),631 28-richard, w.; nelson, and guellermo, c. coutu,(2013) .small animal internal medicine, nelson and couto.5edition,isbn-13,10.copy righted material. و 20نتفبذ بتراكيز )( معذل الطبر تثبيظ ومى انبكتريب انمعزونه مه تميحبث انىبسىر انشرخي بتبثير خم ا1خذول ) . ممبسه ببنمهيمتراث(( %) 80و60 و40 %80 %60 %40 %20 انبكتريب ث 1 e.coli 24 28 32 39 2 bacillus subtilis 26 30 34 35 3 pseudo. aeruginosa 45 48 53 55 4 proteus vulgaris 20 24 28 32 5 staphylococcus aureus 30 39 41 42 40و 20( معذل الطبر تثبيظ ومى انبكتريب انمعزونه مه تميحبث انىبسىر انشرخي بتبثير خم انتمر بتراكيز )2)خذول . )ممبسه ببنمهيمتراث(( % 80و60و %80 %60 %40 %20 انبكتريب ث 1 e.coli 23 25 28 32 2 bacillus subtilis 20 25 26 29 3 pseudo. aeruginosa 43 45 48 50 4 proteus vulgaris 18 20 23 28 5 staphylococcus aureus 31 33 34 37 20( معذل الطبر تثبيظ ومى انبكتريب انمعزونه مه تميحبث انىبسىر انشرخي بتبثير خم االبيض بتراكيز )3خذول ) (. ممبسه ببنمهيمتراث( %) 80و 60و40و %80 %60 %40 %20 انبكتريب ث 1 e.coli 18 20 24 26 2 bacillus subtilis 23 25 28 31 3 pseudo. aeruginosa 41 43 44 45 4 proteus vulgaris 20 21 23 27 5 staphylococcus aureus 35 38 40 45 ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 334 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 عهى وسظ staphylococcus aureusومىبكتريب ( انتأثير انمثبظ نخم انتفبذ وخم انتمر وانخم االبيض عهى 1شكم ) muller hinton agar درخه مئىيه. 23سبعه و بذرخت حرارة 62بعذ حضىهب نمذة a تأثير خم انتمر عهىs. aureus 80بتركيز%. b. مبء ممطر سيطرة c تأثير خم انتفبذ عهى بكتريبs. aureus 80بتركيز%. d تأثير انخم االبيض عهى بكتريبs. aureus 80بتركيز%. . عهى وسظ pseudo. aeruginosaنخم انتفبذ وخم انتمر وانخم االبيض عهى ومىبكتريب ( انتأثيرانمثبظ2شكم ) muller hinton agar درخه مئىيه. 23سبعه و بذرخت حرارة 62بعذ حضىهب نمذة a تأثير خم انتمر عهى بكتريبp. aeruginosa 80بتركيز %. b تأثير خم انتفبذ عهى بكتريبp. aeruginosa 80بتركيز %. c تأثير انخم االبيض عهى بكتريبp. aeruginosa 80بتركيز %. d. مبء ممطر سيطرة ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 335 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 انصفه انتشريحيه نهفبر بعذ تدريعه ببنخم االبيض. ( 2)شكم ػٍَٛ اٌؾ١بح | 336 2016( ػبَ 3اٌؼذد) 28ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌصشفخ ٚ اٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 effect of types of vinegar available in local markets on bacterial spp. isolased from rectal fistula abscess. hanan adnan shaker al-naemi dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure science ( ibn -al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in :16 june 2016 ,accepted in: 23 november 2016 abstract the current study was conducted to study some certain quantities of dates , apple and white vinegar. it was noticed that the percentage of acetic acid was (3.6%, 4.5%, 2.7%), for each and respectively, it was found that vinegar has an inhibiter biological activity against bacteria isolated from rectal fistula inflammation cases. it was also noticed that vinger types have ability to increase healing anus fistula and show no toxicity on laboratory mice. key word: vinegar, bacteria, rectal fistula, acetic acid. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 تریا serratia marcescenceدراسة دور بروتینات الغشاء الخارجي لبك في المقاومة للمضادات الحیویة هناء سلیم یوسف جامعة بغداد، كلیة العلوم،قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة عزالت من بكتریا بعد اجراء خیصیة على عشر حساسیة يجرأ serratia marcescenceالفحوصات التشی فحص ال تا الكتام لجمیع العزالت،للمضادات الحیویة المختلفة ضادات بی ز االنزیم المحلل لم . و فحص القابلیة على افرا عزالأ عزلت بروتینات الغشاء الخارجي و یة البروتین ألربع یخذ معدل كم ت و عزلت ة للمضادا كثر مقاوم ن اقل ت األ من خالل الدراسة وجد ان بكتریا .مقاومة للمضادات تحت األختبار مقاومة عالیة لمدى واسع من وذ s.marcescence و قاومة تعود ،المضادات الحیویة ت الغشاء الخارجي عدیدةعواملل و ان هذهذ الم الشتراك مع بروتینا و مثل افراز البنسلینیز با عوامل متآزرة مع بعضها لمقاومة المضادات الححیویة و منع تأثیرها .ِتعمل هذه ال المقدمة دور في احداث االصابات المرضیة من اهمیة طبیة في العقدین األخیرین لمالهاs.marcescence اكتسبت بكتریا هابات المجاري البول، التهابات الحروق و الجروح: مثل،المختلفة رة والسیما و،یة و الت المراض الخطی رها من ا ص غی الشخا في ا یات تشف .[1]ذوي المناعة الضعیفة و الراقدین في المس ادات الحیویة s.marcescence ان االصابة الناجمة عن بكتریا اومتها لمدى واسع من المض صعبة العالج بسبب مق یویة اذ ،[2] ِ في مقاومة هذه "ا كبیر"ا دور[4] و بروتینات الغشاء الخارجي ،[3]تلعب االنزیمات المثبطة للمضادات الح لحیویة لبكتریا [5] و جماعته palomer فقد بین الباحث .المضادات مضادات ا النفاذیة لل بسبب الغشاء s.marcescence ان ارجي یعتمد على المستضد الجسمي نبیة ) o) o-somatic antigenالخ رات (o-side chain)و السلسلة الجا و ان الطف m)التي ینقصها هذا المكون تمتاز بانخفاض قیمة التركیز المثبط االدنى ic)و ، لمضادات البیتاالكتام مقارنة بالعزالت االبویة ثبط االدنى(o)ان استرجاع المستضد و قد بین الباحث على ان النفاذیة تعتمد على المستضد . یستعید قیمة التركیز الم المقاومة للبنسلینات و منها [6] و جماعته ito ذكر الباحث بینما. oالجسمي imip) ان enem) یعود الى انتاج انزیم m etallo-β-lactamase بین الباحث chon المحمول على البالزمید في حین g و ([7]) و جماعته nikaido [8] ان ارجي و ه الموجو(porine)المقاومة تعود الى بروتینات . تمنع مرور المضادات"ا نفاذی"احاجزي تعمل دة في الغشاء الخ الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 مل المواد و طرائق الع االوساط الزرعیة ة هي nutاالوساط الزرعی rient broth و nut rient agarو m acchonkey agarو m uller hinton agarص و اقرا .ادات الحیویةالمض العزالت صادر اآلت تم ال ت من الم زال بات الحروقحصول على الع روح،یة عزلتان من التها ى الكلیة، و الج و ،و عزلتان من حص ة و ثالث عزالت من البیئة الخارجیة ).تجمعات مائیة مؤقتة(ثالث عزالت من التهابات المجاري البولی التشخیص ضاللروتینیة باالعتماق اائ تم التشخیص بالطر مجهریة ف اجریت . الى الفحوصات البایوكیمیائیةعن" د على الفحوصات ال مال نظام معتمدة وتم التأكد من التشخیص باستع ماورد في انظمة التشخیص ال مادا على epi 20eًاالختبارات اعت (biomeru x). baure-kirby) استعملت طریقة كیربي .[9]مضادات الحیویة و مقارنة النتائج بالمصدر ألختبار الحساسیة لل( صدر تاج انزیم البنسلینیز حسب الم s.marcescence نقل قطرة من معلق كثیف لبكتریا بأختصارو ، [10]اجري فحص ان سم0.1النقیة الى انبوبة تحتوي على 3 ین سم/ مكغم6.000 بتركیز g من محلول مضاد البنسل 3 غرفة رة ال و تركت بدرجة حرا (1 من محلول النشا المائي بتركیز ان ثم اضیف لها قطرت،مدة نصف ساعة من محلول ،)حجم/وزن% بعد ذلك اضیف قطرة خالل اقل من الزرق الى االبیض یر اللون ا بوبة و مزجت جیدا و لوحظ تغ دقائق و هذا دلیل على انتاج 10ًالیود الى االن .االنزیمات المحللة لمضادات البیتاالكتام ستخالص و تقدیر بروتینات الغشاء الخارجيا ماورد في المصدر على تمت الطریقة سم1 نقل اذ ،(osborn,1980) [11] وفق 3 ائلة بعمر ساعة 18 من مزرعة س ن وسط نقیع الدماغ والقلب بحرارة . السائل الى لتر واحد م . ساعة 18 و مدة ˚ م37حضن الدورق علقت الخالیا . ˚ م4 و حرارة (g×8000) دقیقة بسرعة 30 جهاز الطرد المركزي مدة خدام باست جمعت الخالیا بعد الحضن یولوجي مركزي ،و غسلت ثالث مرات باستخراج محلول الملح الفس طرد ال الق باستخدام جهاز ال نبذ الع ة السابقةب و تم الطریق ساعة و 24 و مدة ˚ م40وضعت في الحاضنة بحرارة جففت الخالیا بوضعها في انبوبة صغیرة مغلقة بسداد قطني و. نفسها سم10 ملغم من الخالیا البكتیریة الجافة في 10استخلصت بروتینات الغشاء الخارجي بتعلیق 3 ظم من المحلول الملحي المن tris-hcl buffer 7.8 موالر و دالة الحموضة قیمتها تساوي 0.05 بتركیز (p h=7.8) الحاوي على edta 1 بتركیز ا باستخدام. ˚ م4لي موالر ألزالة المواد الالخلویة و بحرارة م (ultrasonic) جهاز الترددات فوق الصوتیة حطمت الخالی مرات 15ثانیة لمدة / ذبذبة 24.000بتسلیط ملیة اربع حرارة مع مدة، و كررت الع اظ على ، ˚ م4 توقف لتبرید المحلول للحف رد المركزي المبرد بسرعة فصل الراشح عن الراسب باستخدام جهاز ×6000 الط g ة ساعة بحرارة ي . ˚ م4 لمد ب الراسب ف اذی امضي ظم ترس الح tris-h)المحلول المن cl) مقدارها 0.05 بتركیز حموضة ر و دالة مال . 87 موال تم تركیز البروتین باستع .مال لحین االستع˚ م20-طریقة الفرز الغشائي و استعمال السكروز و تم الحفظ بحرارة : و باستخدام المعادلةwitakar & granum كمیة البروتین باستعمال طریقة تس قی الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 سم/ملغم(تركیز البروتین 3 nm280 االمتصاصیة بطول موجي– nm235االمتصاصیة بطول موجي)= 2.51 شة النتائج و المناق ستنادا الى التشخیص مكونكي ا ط آكار ال ق ائ الى الطرشكل المظهري و المجهري و فضال عن ً العزالت المنماة على وس نتائج مطابقة لطر. apie20الكیمیائیة و تم تأكید التشخیص باستعمال نظام ق التشخیص المعتمدة و بكتریا ائو قد جاءت ال serratia marcescenceة تنتمي الى ع enterobacteria ائل ceaeي مق اذ تؤدي ها بروتینات الغشاء دور ف اومت ضال مقاومة ضمن افراد العائلة عن" للمضادات الحیویة ف الى امكانیة انتقال بلزمیدات ال [13]. عزالت كانت فارزة النزیم نسلینات جدول β-lactamase من خالل الدراسة وجدنا ان جمیع ال . )1( الذي یثبط الب مرضیة كانت فاقدة لملون و هي تحتل prodigiosinو من خالل الجدول نفسه نالحظ ان معظم العزالت المأخوذة من حاالت زالت المرضیة% 71.4نسبة ة ،من مجموع الع من عزالت % 66 بینما كانت نسبة ،%28.5 في حین الفارزة للملون تحتل نسب ى افرا مطابقالبیئة الخارجیة و تمتلك القابلیة عل مرضیة بین ان العزالت ا، اذ[14] لما حصل علیه "از الملون و هذا ماجاء ل راسةُغالبا ماتكون فارزة للملون رجة ، ان لظروف الزرع15]، 16[ و قد اوضحت الد ضنحرارة و د و ملح الطعام و ،الح ها عوامل تؤثر ،االیونات رضفي و الضوء كل عزالت الم ب ال ت فاقدة للملون لذلك الیعدی افراز الصبغة و بما ان اغل الملون ة كان .[14] عامل فیاعة للبكتریا ة عن بكتریا السالبة ا اعتمد في الدراسة على المضادات المتو ة المتسبب ت المرضی الج الحاال تعملة لع ق و المس فرة في االسوا .رامگلملون المقاومة ناجمة عن سوء ِ و ان هذه، الحیویةنجد ان هناك مقاومة متعددة لغلب المضادات) 2( عند مالحظة جدول بطة للمضادات كماانها استعمال المضادات الحیویة التي تسبب في انتقاء العزالت المقاومة و التحفیز على افراز االنزیمات المث ا یبه الكیمی ر في ترك ب تغی بسب ي سماحئيتؤدي الى تغییر في نفاذیة الغشاء الخارج ى عدم ال ي یؤدي ال ضاد بالنفاذ او و الذ للم رابع فعالة ضد بكتریا ] 7،8 [تثبیط المضاد بحیث الیعمل على البكتریا s.marcescence و ان سیفالوسبورینات الجیل ال یز .]18، 17[بسبب قلة االلفة بینها و بین انزیم البنسلین ها السلسلة الجانبیة palomar كما اوضح ت التي ینقص لذلك اشار الى دور micsقلل قیمة تo و جماعته ان الطفرا .[5] في نفاذیة المضادات عبر الغشاء الخارجيoالسلسلة ِلمضاد الجنتامایسین و تعزى هذه % 100مضادات االمینوكالیكوسایدات فیالحظ ان هنالك مقاومة الى اما بالنسبة ر هعن" فضالالمقاومة ات تعمل على تحوی اذیة الى وجود انزیم ى حاجز النف مولة عل ضادات و هذه االنزیمات مح ِذه الم ِ ل [3] البالزمید و یمكن انتقائها بین افراد العائلة ر على مضادات االمینوكالیكوساید مث و ان االنزیمات المثبطة التي تؤث جمه .20kb-10ُالجنتامایسین و االمیكاسین تكون محمولة على بالزمید یتراوح ح الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلو 200) 4 (22م 9 عددة المقاومة هو amikacinل ان مضاد ا) 2( من الجدول نالحظ نالحظ اقل مقاومة .االنسب لعالج حاالت البكتریا المت و cepكانت للجیل الرابع من السیفالوسبورینات و ه hot axim و cep ht riexone و ال یقتصر استعمالها ضد هذه البكتریا ِ .]17[فقط و انما یستعمل لجمیع افراد عائلة البكتریا المعویة صعبة العالج نا ان اكثر العزالت مقاومة و هي )3( جدول قیاس كمیة بروتین الغشاء الخارجيالى بالنسبة ، s1 ، s4 ، s5 وجد s10توا 2.56 و معدل كمیة البروتین لها كانت 2.51 ، 2.07 ، 2.97 ، 2.71لي كمیة البروتین لها كانت على ال سم/مكغم 3 تائج موافقة ت هذه الن ة للمضادا یة المقاوم ز الملون و هي عال ة على افرا یمة القابلی میعها عد ِ و هذه العزالت كانت ج ِ .]14 [للنتائج التي حصل علیها عزالت االقل مقاومة نسبیا ضادات الحیویة و هي ًفي حین ان ال غشاء s9 و s2للم فارزة للملون و كمیة بروتینات ال ارجي كان على التوالي معدل كمیة البروتین 1.65 ، 1.78الخ تریا 1.71 و ارجي للبك و هي اقل من كمیة بروتینات الغشاء الخ .الفاقدة للملون الصابة لالشخاص ذوي المناعة الضعیفة و هي بكتریا انتهازیة لها القابلی s.marcescence ان بكتریا ة على احداث ا كتریا المعویة ة من افراد عائلة الب ت المقاوم ن طریق انتقال جینا ضادات الحیویة ع لها القابلیة على اكتساب المقاومة ألغلب الم بح قلیلة النفاذیة غشاء الخارجي لتص نات ال تحویر بروتی .]19 [االخرى كما تمتلك القابلیة على multidrug eff كما ان بروتینات نظام lu x p ump s س مختلفة و ان نتاجیة و فعالیة هذه مواد اسا ِ تعمل على ر عدیدةعواملبالبروتینات تتأثر ن انتاجها یكون كبی م یعتمد على الطاقة و قد وجد و ان هذا النظا، في السالالت الممرضة"ا و ا لسالالت الممرضة "انه یؤدي دورا یعتمد على الطاقة و قد وجد انه ،في ا في مقاومة "یا اساس"ادوریؤدي و ان هذا النظام pseudomonas aeroginosaعائلة المعویة . و بقیة افراد ال ثل مضاد من مجموعة ِ لعالج االصابات الناجمة عن هذه البكتریا متعددة المقاومة یستعمل خلیط من مضادین او اكثر م ضاد البیتاالكتام بمنع اعادة النمو ،یدات فاالمینو كالیكوسایدات تحفز القتل السریع و اختزال الطعماالمینوكالیكوسا نما یقوم م بی ]20[. المصادر 1. korner,r.j.; nicol, a. and reeves, d.s.(1994). cip rofloxacin resistant serratia marcescence endocard itis as a comp licat ion of non-hodgkin 's lymp homa. j.infect. 29:7376. 2. sleigh,j.d.(1983).antibiotic resistance in serr atia marcescenc e. bm j.287:1651-1653. 3. garcia,d.c.; wo loj,g.m .; pileiro,s. and sord elli,o.(1995). an 8-y ears study of resistant to amikacin in gr am-ne gative bacilli isol ated from p atient with nosocomial inf ections at one hosp ital in argentina.j.m cd.microbiol.42:283-390. 4. nikaido,h.(1994).prevention of dru g access to bacterial targets : perm eability barriers.s cien ce.15:382-388. 5. palomars,j.: puig,m.; m ont illa, r. and loren jg .(1995). lipop oly saccharide recovery rest ores s uscep tibility levels towards β-lactamase in s. marcescence. m icrobios.82:21-26. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 6. ito, h. ; arakawa,y.; ohsuka,s. and w acharot ay ankum,r. (1995).plasmidmediated dissemination of the metallo-βlactamase gen e blatmp among clinically isolated strains of serratia marcescence. ant imicrobial agents chemoth.39:824-829. 7. chong, y.; lee,k.; and kwon o.h.(1993).invitro activities of cefepime against enterobact er cloacae, s. marcescenc e, pseudom onas aeruginosa and other aerob ic gramnegative bacilli.i.antimicrob.chemot h.32 sup p l.b:21-29. 8. nikaido,h.; liu,w.; and rosenber g,e. y.(1990).out er membran e p ermeability and βlactamase st ability of dip olar ionic cephalosp orins containing methalo xy immo substituent s.ant imicrob a gents.chemoth.34:337-342. 9. national comm ittee for cl inical labor atory standars (nccls).(1989).peromance st andars for antibacterial suscep tibility testing. 10. roseblatt ,j.e. and neumann.(1978).a rapid test for p encillinase. am.j. clin.pathology .89:351-354. 11. osborn, m . j. and wu ,h.c.(1980).proteins of the outer membrane of gr am ne gative bacteria ann.rev.m icrobiol. 34:369-422. 12. witakar,r.j. and grannum,p.e.(1980).an absolut e m ethand for p rotein determination based on deferen ce in absorbance 235 , 280.ana l.bioch emisery .109:156-159. 13. grimont , pad , grimont,f.(1984). serratia in krieg, n.r. holt, j.g.(eds) ber gey 's m annual of systematic bacteriology vol.i. b altemore, williams and wilkins.477484. 14. philip s,i. and king a.(1977). serr atia marcescence in hosp ital practice.lancet 1, 538. 15. williams, r.p.; gott c.l.; and qadri, s.m .h.(1971).influence of temper true of incubation and type of growth medium on pigmentation in serr atia marcescence . j.bacteriol.106:438-443. 16. silv erman, m.p. and m unoz,e.f.(1973).effect of iron and salt on p rodigiosin synt hesis in serratia marcescence .j.bacteriol.114,999-1006. 17. bellido,f .; pechere,j.c. and hanco ck,r.e.w.(1991).novel method for m easurement of out er membran e permeability to new β-lactamase in intact enterobacter cloa cae cells ant imicrob. agents,chemother.35,68-72. 18. de champ s,c.; henqw ell,c. and guelon,d.(1993).clinical and bacteriological st udy of nosocomial infection due to enterobacter aerogenes resist ant to impenem.clinic m icrob.13:123-127. 19. nikaido,h.(1989).outer membrane barri er as a mechanism of antimicrobial resistance.33(11):1831-1836. 20. carbon,c.(1991).imp act of the ant ibiotic dosage schedule of efficacy in exp erimental endocarditis. j.infect.dis.supp .74:164-172. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 β-la و انزیمات prodigiosin على افراز ملون s.marcescence قابلیة عزالت :)1(جدول ctamas e القابلیة على افراز ملون مصدر العزلة رقم العزلة prodigiosin ت القابلیة على افراز انزیما β-lactamase + التهاب الحروق 1 + + التهاب الجروح 2 كلیة 3 + حصى ال + حصى لكلیة 4 + التهاب المجاري البولیة 5 + + التهاب المجاري البولیة 6 + التهاب المجاري البولیة 7 + + بیئة خرجیة 8 + + بیئة خارجیة 9 + بیئة خارجیة 10 )9(ًللمضادات الحیویة المختلفة استنادا للمصدر s.marcescenceیة بكتریا حساس:)2(جدول تركیز المضاد المضاد الحیوي قرص/مكغم ت الحساسة العزال (%)العدد ة ت متوسط عزال (%)الحساسیة العدد اومة ت المق العزال (%)العدد amp icillin 10 (0.0)0 (0.0)0 (100)10 amoxy cillin 25 (30)3 (10)1 (60)6 amikacin 30 (40)4 (40)4 (20)2 gent amicin 10 (0.0)0 (0.0)0 (100)10 nalidi xic acid 30 (30)3 (30)3 (40)4 cep halexin 30 (30)3 (20)2 (50)5 cephotaxime 30 (40)4 (40)4 (20)2 cepht ricxone 30 (70)7 (20)2 (10)1 الصرفة والتطب 200) 4 (22یقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 سم/ مقاسة بالمكغم s.marcescence كمیة البروتین في الغشاء الخارجي لبكتریا :)3(جدول 3 ة البروتین العزلة كمی s1* 2.71 s2 1.78 s3* 2.35 s4* 2.27 s5* 2.07 s6 3.07 s7* 2.44 s8 1.05 s9 1.65 s10* 2.51 ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 study of the role of the outer membrane proteins of serratia marcescence in resistant to antibiotics h. s. yossef de partment of biology , colle ge of science , unive rsity of baghdad abstrac t aft er diagnostic test s on ten isolates of s. marcescence, were made an examination of sensitivity to various antibiotics and checkin g the ability to p roduce β-lactamase of all isolates. the outer membrane prot ein quant ity was determined in μg/cm 3 for all isolates. the results showed that s. marcescence have antibiotic multiresistant and all isolates had the ability to p roduce β-lactamase and its resistance may arise from more than two mechanisms like overp roduction of antibiotic inactivation enzy mes and the decrease of p ermeability by outer membran e prot ein. microsoft word 392-403 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |392   on estimating the survival function for the patients suffer from the lung cancer disease abbas n. salman abbasnajim66@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad ibtehal h. farhan education directorate rusafa -al ministry of education, 2nd maymona m.ameen university of fallujah adel abdulkadhim hussein dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad abstract in this paper, the survival function has been estimated for the patients with lung cancer using different parametric estimation methods depending on sample for completing real data which explain the period of survival for patients who were ill with the lung cancer based on the diagnosis of disease or the entire of patients in a hospital for a time of two years (starting with 2012 to the end of 2013). comparisons between the mentioned estimation methods has been performed using statistical indicator mean squares error, concluding that the estimation of the survival function for the lung cancer by using pre-test singles stage shrinkage estimator method was the best . keywords: survival function, lung cancer disease, complete real data, maximum likelihood method, shrinkage method, mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |393   1. introduction "survival study is one of the broadly used technique in health check statistics; its importance also arises in various fields such as medicine, engineering, epidemiology, biology, economics, physics, public health and or event history analysis in sociology. survival analysis involves the modelling of time to event data; in this context, death or failure is considered an "event" in the survival analysis literature – traditionally only a single event occurs for each subject, after which the organism or device is lifeless or broken down. recurring event or repeated event models relax that assumption. the study of recurring events is applicable in systems reliability, and in many areas of social science and medical research. in a clearer way, the analyses of survival function include modelling time. this is to say that the study of patient case since the case diagnosis up to the event started. the events correspond to the death in the literature of survival analyses in the medical experiments", [9]. "cancer is a category of diseases when a cell or group of cells display uncontrolled growth, invasion and sometimes spread to other locations in the body via lymph or blood (metastasis). it causes about 13% of all human deaths in 2007 with a total of 7.6 million affecting people at all ages. although there are many causes of cancer, 90-95% of cancer caused due to lifestyle and environmental factors and 5-10% are due to genetics", [3]. "lung cancer is the most common cancers in the world and the cause of cigarette smoking in most types of lung cancer, the more the number of cigarettes smoked per day more and more beginning was in the habit of smoking at the age of the youngest whenever the risk of lung cancer is the biggest, as well as the high levels of air pollution and exposure radiation and asbestos may also increase the risk of lung cancer";[14]. the aim of this paper is concerned with finding and estimating the survival function 𝑆 𝑡 using some parametric methods after the survival time of the patients suffer from lung cancer diseases in kadhimia hospital ( jawadain center of cancerous diseases) in baghdad, iraq, to show and study how long the patients remain alive for this diseases. the lifetime data for the parametric method under the influence distributed as three parameters weibull distribution based on complete data which needs to make estimation for the three parameters of the weibull distribution by using three methods which are maximum likelihood estimator method (mle), shrinkage estimator method (she) and pre-test single stage shrinkage estimator method (pre). and then estimate the survival function. finally, comparisons of the above estimation methods were made using statistical indicators (mean squared error mse and mean absolute percentage error mape) in the sense of real survival function. many authors studied the survival function depending on three – parameters weibull model like, heo j. h. et al. [7] , al–helaly f.s.a. [4] , denial i. and somani k.[6] , ahamd m.r., ali a.s. and assad a.m.[2] ,surucu b. and sazak h.s.[17] , jasim, sh. a. [8] and majeed. d.f. [12]. the survival function 𝑆 𝑡 is the probability that the patient will stay alive till time t. s(t) = pr(t > t) , t refers to the time of death survival probability is frequently assumed to approach zero as age increases. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |394    i.e.;  0 1 ,  lim → 𝑠 𝑡 0 . and 𝑆 𝑡   is non – increasing   and   continuous from   right side. another characteristic of survival data is that the survival time cannot be negative [14]. see figure (1), which includes the curve of the survival function.                          s(t)    figure (1): the curve of the survival function "weibull distribution broadly used in the reliability engineering and life data analysis to model failure times . it was developed in 1939 by waloddi weibull and it was introduced to a greater population in 1951 through the paper ﴾ a statistical distribution function of wide applicability)";[4, 10 and 16]. let t be a r.v. denote to the failure (death) time. the p.d.f of the three – parameters weibull distribution [t wei , ,   ] is: 𝑓 𝑡; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 𝛼 𝛾 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 , 𝑡 0 , 𝑡 𝛽 0 other wise 1 here; 𝛼 ,𝛽,𝛾 refer to the shape parameter, location parameter , scale parameter respectively , and the parameter space is: ω 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾 ∶ 𝛼 0 , 0 𝛽 ∞ , 𝛾 0 and the survival function of the three – parameters weibull distribution will be: 𝑆 𝑡 exp 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |395   2. estimation methods 2.1 maximum likelihood estimation method (ml) the maximum likelihood estimation (mle) is one of the most well-liked and dependable methods to obtain a point estimator of parameters in any distribution [1, 4, 5 and 11] the likelihood function of weibull distribution with three parameters is: 𝐿 ∏ 𝑓 𝑡 ; 𝛼 , 𝛽, 𝛾 𝐿 𝛼 𝛾 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 𝐿 𝛼 𝛾 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 the logarithm for l will be: 𝐿𝑛𝐿 𝑛 𝐿𝑛 𝛼 – 𝑛 𝐿𝑛 𝛾 𝛼 𝐿𝑛 𝑡 𝛽 𝐿𝑛 𝑡 𝛽 𝛼 𝐿𝑛 𝛾 𝐿𝑛 𝛾 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 take the partial derivatives for ln l w.r.t the parameters , 𝛽 and 𝛾 we obtained 𝜕𝐿𝑛 𝐿 𝜕𝛼 𝑛 𝛼 𝐿𝑛 𝑡 𝛽 𝐿𝑛 𝛾 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 𝐿𝑛 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 by equality the above partial derivative to zero, we obtain: ∑ 𝐿𝑛 ∑ 𝐿𝑛 0 and 𝛽 ∑ 𝜕𝐿𝑛𝐿 𝜕𝛾 𝑛 𝛾 𝛼 1 𝛾 1 𝛾 𝛼 𝛾 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |396   – ∑ = 0 𝑛 ∑ 0 , we get 𝛾 ∑ we use the numerical analysis method as newton – raphson to solve the nonlinear equations simultaneously the steps of this method are as follows: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝐽 𝑓 𝛼 𝑓 𝛽 𝑓 𝛾 𝑖 1,2,3 where, 𝑓 𝛼 ∑ 𝐿𝑛 ∑ 𝐿𝑛 𝑓 𝛽 𝛼 1 ∑ 𝑡 𝛽 ∑ 𝑓 𝛾 𝑛 ∑ and ,the jacobean matrix 𝐽 is : 𝐽 ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎡ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎤ thus: ∑ 𝐿𝑛 𝜕𝑓 𝛼 𝜕𝛽 𝑡 𝛽 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 𝑡 𝛽 ∑ 𝐿𝑛 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |397   ∑ ∑ 𝐿𝑛 ∑ 𝑡 𝛽 ∑ 𝐿𝑛 ∑ 𝛼 1 ∑ 𝑡 𝛽 ∑ ∑ ∑ 𝐿𝑛 ∑ ∑ ∑ then, the error term is symbolized by 𝜖 , formulated as: 𝜖 𝛼 𝜖 𝛽 𝜖 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 so, the maximum likelihood estimators for the parameters , and    are respectably ml ˆˆ ˆ, ml ml and   thus, the maximum likelihood estimator for the survival function is defined as: 𝑆 𝑡 exp 3 2.2 thompson-type shrinkage estimation method (sh) "the shrinkage estimation method is one of the bayesian approach depending on prior information concerning the value of the specific parameter 𝜃 from past experiences or previous studies. however, in certain situations, prior information is available only from of an initial guess value (natural origin) 𝜃° of 𝜃. in such a situation, it is natural to start with an estimator 𝜃 (e.g., mle) of 𝜃 and modify it by moving it closer to 𝜃°.thompson in 1968 has suggested the problem of shrinking the usual estimator 𝜃 of the parameter 𝜃 toward prior information (a natural origin) 𝜃°by single stage shrinkage estimator 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 1 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃° , 0 𝜓 𝜃 1, which is more efficient than 𝜃 if 𝜃° is close to 𝜃 and less efficient than 𝜃 otherwise";[18] . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |398   according to thompson, 𝜃° is a natural origin and, as such, may arise for any one of a number of reasons—e.g., we are estimating 𝜃 and (a) we believe 𝜃° is closed to the true value of 𝜃, or (b) we fear that 𝜃° may be near the true value of 𝜃, that is mean, something bad happens if 𝜃° 𝜃, and we do not know about it (that is, something bad happens if 𝜃° 𝜃 and we do not use 𝜃° . where, 𝜓 𝜃 is so called shrinkage weight factor; 0 𝜓 𝜃 1 which represents the belief of 𝜃 ,and (1𝜓 𝜃 ) represent the belief of 𝜃°.thompson noting that the shrinkage weight factor may be a function of 𝜃 or may be constant and the chosen of the shrinkage weight factor is( ad hoc basis). also, the shrinkage weight function ψ θ can be founded by minimizing the mean square error of θ. in this paper, we take a constant shrinkage weight factor as below: i.e.; ψ θ = 1k = 10 ne  so, the thompson-type shrinkage estimator of the survival function is 𝑆 𝑡 exp 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 4 2. 3 pre-test singles stage shrinkage estimator method (pr) as thompson recommended shrinking the natural estimator θ of  towards the prior guess point 0 ,the pre-test shrinkage estimator defined as: 𝜃 𝑘 𝜃 1 𝑘 𝜃 𝑖𝑓𝜃 ∈ 𝑅 𝜃 𝑖𝑓 𝜃 ∉ 𝑅 5 where , r refers to the pretest region for acceptance the null hypothesis h0: = 0 beside h1:   0, θ is the usual estimator of , 2k is a shrinkage weight factor such that 20 1k  which may be a function of or may be a constant;[13],[15] and[18] . in this paper, we may assume the regions r as follow:  0 0 , + , = 0.01r       and, 1 2 2 , 0 1 nk e k     where, 𝜃 may be referred to , or    , and n=127(sample size). thus, the pre-test shrinkage estimator of the survival function is defined ̂ ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |399   𝑆 𝑡 exp 𝑡 𝛽 𝛾 6 3. discussions and result analysis 1. as an expected the values of survival function of all estimation methods which are proposed in this paper has been decreasing gradually at increasing failure times, that means there is an reverse correlation between failure time and survival function. table (1): estimated values for the survival function no. time/d 𝑺𝑴𝑳 𝒕 𝑺𝑺𝑯 𝒕 𝑺𝑷𝑹 𝒕 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 221 221 233 240 241 243 249 254 266 273 276 277 278 281 290 301 301 301 302 304 304 306 307 307 308 313 313 314 318 330 331 332 332 334 334 335 335 335 335 338 0.997689774009338 0.997689774009338 0.980097162067915 0.966665156535477 0.964614626294358 0.960427393254456 0.947246796518457 0.935651565172396 0.906049355307675 0.887883318525875 0.879938933017485 0.877272106137868 0.874596457399901 0.866519604152638 0.841905573501910 0.811250697391143 0.811250697391143 0.811250697391143 0.808442063262001 0.802816674234362 0.802816674234362 0.797181696216187 0.794361064044440 0.794361064044440 0.791538571778995 0.777404158311710 0.777404158311710 0.774574036117023 0.763247987159542 0.729294717478616 0.726471893851405 0.723650669281255 0.723650669281255 0.718013484662405 0.718013484662405 0.715197753729259 0.715197753729259 0.715197753729259 0.715197753729259 0.706763343794751 0.997652052126603 0.997652052126603 0.979972118696028 0.966495555128340 0.964439002891875 0.960239980440228 0.947026032800463 0.935405286051186 0.905750014433746 0.887558137413452 0.879603780815122 0.876933773804755 0.874255015894708 0.866169255871672 0.841532172105296 0.810856150237242 0.810856150237242 0.810856150237242 0.808045955027022 0.802417617019756 0.802417617019756 0.796779917384459 0.793958008335780 0.793958008335780 0.791134294439630 0.776994582966160 0.776994582966160 0.774163559500373 0.762834415689601 0.728876476933493 0.726053557813177 0.723232280556182 0.723232280556182 0.717595116985774 0.717595116985774 0.714779458794354 0.714779458794354 0.714779458794354 0.714779458794354 0.706345510034843 0.997308477502722 0.997308477502722 0.978863674962477 0.964998855406156 0.962889927101286 0.958588431665180 0.945085064668406 0.933243367968516 0.903130048872226 0.884715942201407 0.876676014002889 0.873978739474084 0.871273334605233 0.863111310958356 0.838277439421037 0.807422102414005 0.807422102414005 0.807422102414005 0.804598744286670 0.798945583016250 0.798945583016250 0.793285031901063 0.790452424686892 0.790452424686892 0.787618491371743 0.773434699190564 0.773434699190564 0.770596230029599 0.759241716227755 0.725247532995825 0.722424126082410 0.719602729885345 0.719602729885345 0.713966417466740 0.713966417466740 0.711151720649880 0.711151720649880 0.711151720649880 0.711151720649880 0.702722747302462 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |400   41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 341 342 345 349 354 357 363 364 364 366 367 368 371 373 374 380 387 392 393 397 399 400 400 401 402 407 409 419 421 421 422 422 423 427 428 430 446 450 454 461 463 470 477 481 481 483 483 497 511 512 512 516 517 519 533 534 535 0.698350367132440 0.695551290931886 0.687171213056376 0.676041375564801 0.662207350212230 0.653952798780289 0.637556944392764 0.634839857843534 0.634839857843534 0.629419660942131 0.626716687525801 0.624018553521592 0.615953838834227 0.610602733534515 0.607934976121655 0.592041230420290 0.573754436135632 0.560870123632979 0.558311620461998 0.548140200138508 0.543092596870234 0.540578454288757 0.540578454288757 0.538070799419566 0.535569667571298 0.523163037484442 0.518247199959989 0.494079160943614 0.489329233627683 0.489329233627683 0.486964882945179 0.486964882945179 0.484607636089232 0.475250091064691 0.472928661402794 0.468307476484749 0.432392045612118 0.423709530273999 0.415146708372620 0.400450868849749 0.396319792156831 0.382098433238835 0.368246366548390 0.360496477687706 0.360496477687706 0.356666604945219 0.356666604945219 0.330694901231667 0.306173978079450 0.304477321487087 0.304477321487087 0.297763108549736 0.296102598228925 0.292803141902415 0.270503541400587 0.268963458167283 0.267430329012918 0.697933348707775 0.695134620726449 0.686755810122216 0.675628164096677 0.661797642596573 0.653545579304157 0.637155513179055 0.634439491510939 0.634439491510939 0.629021506378309 0.626319679006257 0.623622717261733 0.615561672508484 0.610213137370127 0.607546700886452 0.591661357676206 0.573385317797610 0.560509247363219 0.557952443971122 0.547787982397774 0.542743949536347 0.540231613748262 0.540231613748262 0.537725779628163 0.535226482159909 0.522829217261285 0.517917210167554 0.493768944024051 0.489023079287875 0.489023079287875 0.486660771587578 0.486660771587578 0.484305575150108 0.474956300887494 0.472636954892139 0.468019954700287 0.432138618147163 0.423464731600489 0.414910553777580 0.400229841389053 0.396103079658480 0.381896769729469 0.368059627720715 0.360318191967515 0.360318191967515 0.356492521675972 0.356492521675972 0.330549692421876 0.306056481020563 0.304361752448235 0.304361752448235 0.297655177905816 0.295996558393815 0.292700860642044 0.270426669853482 0.268888338896652 0.267356953387738 0.694318608403004 0.691523211883165 0.683156308947991 0.672048849840847 0.658250123143567 0.650020444966782 0.633682103958799 0.630975560470705 0.630975560470705 0.625577233062175 0.622885577911025 0.620199012450985 0.612170465034984 0.606844649715169 0.604189879102948 0.588378598346891 0.570197068883097 0.557393269972151 0.554851356962820 0.544747810567180 0.539735006528905 0.537238467892724 0.537238467892724 0.534748548980560 0.532265281978362 0.519949802042027 0.515071220508573 0.491095301272884 0.486384811049481 0.486384811049481 0.484040288217134 0.484040288217134 0.481702938644089 0.472425626547661 0.470124403655200 0.465543793495850 0.429958610285263 0.421359594918979 0.412880392296157 0.398330822664271 0.394241454989728 0.380165516713902 0.366457605235988 0.358789337420163 0.358789337420163 0.355000035791562 0.355000035791562 0.329306979946940 0.305053322616424 0.303375255569742 0.303375255569742 0.296734684169189 0.295092401590444 0.291829176906074 0.269774463744016 0.268251264862742 0.266734936503992 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |401   98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 540 550 553 574 583 583 605 610 619 642 646 652 665 673 697 713 735 764 764 770 783 784 788 810 811 908 932 939 939 996 0.259868452849521 0.245257147252595 0.241005054911949 0.212887148306260 0.201691473254446 0.201691473254446 0.176369964172040 0.171003966083080 0.161692948751512 0.139837843913458 0.136308511920629 0.131158759004245 0.120575994323559 0.114439806050555 0.097640792490440 0.087687486735994 0.075475413767259 0.061709430054248 0.061709430054248 0.059161036276197 0.053962920267320 0.053580738979765 0.052076437557697 0.044467341382994 0.044146869427402 0.021431127918539 0.017811542744258 0.016868439194423 0.016868439194423 0.010752780989456 0.259803664447823 0.245208862767228 0.240961543376973 0.212874679393736 0.201691021568124 0.201691021568124 0.176395633488435 0.171034935536213 0.161732876780660 0.139897375403770 0.136370987749374 0.131225403303716 0.120650681572787 0.114518797320601 0.097729961671822 0.087781362180940 0.075573385035708 0.061809236485303 0.061809236485303 0.059260790617839 0.054062123685610 0.053679876765286 0.052175281567921 0.044563757081821 0.044243145226254 0.021506506264741 0.017880702827278 0.016935779396530 0.016935779396530 0.010805724232380 0.259255796547725 0.244803479376178 0.240597361468829 0.212778421955444 0.201698468585515 0.201698468585515 0.176628489639365 0.171313530979565 0.162088787964821 0.140422509911806 0.136921546055529 0.131811960398479 0.121306718164700 0.115212029763092 0.098511225093927 0.088603396452443 0.076430998661455 0.062682994473721 0.062682994473721 0.060134158859289 0.054930859085850 0.054548054584753 0.053040958579770 0.045408639394539 0.045086826283784 0.022169744263385 0.018490024116964 0.017529304758063 0.017529304758063 0.011274021885149 2. the mean squares error and mean absolute percentage error for estimation survival function are given in the following table (2). table (2): comparing the three parametric methods methods mse[𝑺 𝒕𝒊 ] mape[𝑺 𝒕𝒊 ] ml 0.00072827218 0.08379489847 sh 0.00072536901 0.08353041768 pr 0.00070771681 0.08139638971 where; mse 𝑆 𝑡 ∑ , mape 𝑆 𝑡 ∑ . . . 7 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |402   where 𝑆 𝑡 𝑆 𝑡 , n refers to the real survival function, estimated survival function sample size of the patient respectively . 3. as a consequence, the computations of mentioned statistical indicators which are shown in the table (2), above leads to the result that the mean squares error (mse) and mean absolute percentage (mape) for pretest shrinkage estimator (pr) method are less than those of the ml and sh methods, so the pretest single stage shrinkage method is the best estimation method and then sh and mle. 4. by observing figure (2) below, one can note the matching of the used estimation methods in this paper and the extent of convergence resulting accuracy of these methods, especially to real survival function methods s (t).   figure (2): plot of three estimated survival function. 4. conclusions it can be distinguished that when the prior estimator is very close to the true value of the parameter, the shrinkage estimator is accomplished better than mle. if one has no assurance of prior estimate, then the pretest single stage shrinkage estimators (pr) will be recommended. we can carefully use the shrinkage estimator for small n at standard pretest region r and reasonable shrinkage weight factor. 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 time,days s (t ) s-rl s-ml s-sh s-pr ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1812 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics |403   references [1]. o. aalea, non-parametric inference in connection with multiple determent model, scand,j.statist., (1976),. 3,.15-27. [2]. m.r.ahamd, a.s.ali and assad a.m., estimation accuracy of weibull distribution parameters, journal of applied science research , (2009),.5 , no. 7.790 – 795 [3]. american cancer society, report sees 7.6 million global (2007) cancer deaths, reuters. retrieved, (2008)-08-07. [4]. al-helaly , a.s. comparing estimation methods of weibull failure model with three parameters, m.sc. thesis, baghdad university, college of administration and economic, (2004). [5]. d. cousineau, implementing and evaluating the nested maximum likelihood estimation technique ,tutorials in quantitative methods for psychology, (2007),. 3 ,. 1 ,. 8-13 . [6]. i. denial and somani k., accelerated life testing with an underlying three – parameters weibull model, engevista , (2005) ,. 7,. 1 , 55 – 62 . [7]. j.h. heo, j.d. salas and k.d., kim estimation of confidence intervals of quintiles for the weibull distribution , stochastic environmental research and risk assessment, (2001), . 15,. 4. [8] . sh. a jasim,., estimate the reliability function using three parameters weibull distribution, m.sc. thesis, baghdad university, college of education ibn al-haitham (2010). [9]. e.l. kaplan, & p. meier, , non parametric estimation from incomplete observations, journa1 of the american statistical association, (1958),. 53,. 457-481. [10]. r.h.r. karim , point and interval estimation for the three – parameters weibull distribution using censored data, sulaimani university, (2010). [11]. h. lemon , maximum likelihood estimation for the 3 – parameters weibull distribution based on censored samples, technimetrics, (1975),. 17, no. 2 [12]. d.f., majeed , estimate the parameters of modified weibull distribution with three parameters, m.sc. thesis, baghdad university, college of science for women, (2013). [13] . j.s mehta ,. & r. srinivasan, , estimation of the mean by shrinkage to a point, j. amer. statist. assoc., (1971),. 66. 86-90. [14]. qamruz zaman, karl p pfeiffer, survival analysis medical research, (2011) , http://interstat.statjournals.net/year/2011/abstracts/1105005.php. [15]. d.c. singh, , singh, p. and singh, p.r., shrunken estimator for the scale parameter of classical pareto distribution, micro electron reliability, (1996),. 36,. 3,. 435-439. [16]. sinha s. k. and sloan j. a., bayes estimation of the parameters and reliability function of the 3 – parameters weibull distribution, ieee transactions on reliability , (1988),. 37. 4 . [17]. b.surucu and h. s. sazak, monitoring reliability for a three – parameters weibull distribution, reliability engineering and system safety , (2009),. 94,. 503 – 508 [18]. j.r thompson,. some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean, j. amer. statist. assoc., (1968),.63.113-122. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 effect of ferrous sulphate on prevalence of anemia among students o f technical and medical institute, al-mansoor, baghdad h. t. al-kaisey, s. a. muhamme d * , a. h. saaed * , f. m. al-sadi * departme nt of pharmacy, technical and medical institute, al-mansoor, baghdad * departme nt of pathological analysis, technical and medical institute, almansoor, baghdad received in: 7, april, 2010 accepte d in: 14, december, 2010 abstract this st udy was conducted to invest igate the p revalence of anemia among st udents (males and females) of the technical and m edical inst itut e/ al-m ansoor, baghdad. 135 students aged 20 -22 y ears were subjected. twenty -one st udents were found to be anemic. the p revalence of anemia among st udents was 15.55%, with no significant difference to sex. then, the anemic st udents were treated with tablets of ferrous sulfate twice daily for 60 days. the treatment markedly elevated the hemoglobin concentration of both males and females and decreased the p revalence of anemia from 15.55% to 5.92%. the decrease in p revalence of anemia tended to be higher in anemic females as than anemic males (15.51% and 15.58% before treatment and 3.44% and 7.79% after treatment, resp ectively). so, treatment with ferrous sulfate tablets can effectively , reduce the p revalence of anemia among st udents and may reduce the comp lications of anemia among st udents. key words: anemia, hemoglobin, ferrous sulfate. introduction anemia is a p ublic health p roblem all over the world. the burden of this disease observed mainly in develop ing countries. conservative estimations indicate that about 1500 million p eople are anemic worldwide, with about 1400 million in south asian and african countries (1). in addition, the world health organization (who) estimates and other hosp ital based st udies revealed that two-fifth of non-p regnant women and about half of p regnant women in developing countries have anemia (2, 3). studies have shown that clinical assessment of anemia is very unreliable when comp ared to other standard methods of hemoglobin estimation. one of the most crucial asp ect management of anemia is determination of hemoglobin concentration. this affords to health care p roviders the op p ortunity to determine severity of the disease and the likely methods of p rompt treatment (4). iron deficiency anemia (ida) remains t he most common single nutrient disorder worldwide. it is associated with several deleterious consequences, including anemia, reduced work cap acity in adult, increased suscep tibility to infection and imp aired cognitive development and learning ability in children (5, 6). iron deficiency anemia could be caused by p arasites infections, such as hookworm which lead to intest inal bleeding and fecal blood loss and heme/iron deficiency (7). it occurs when the dietary or absorp tion of iron is insufficient and cannot be formed (8). iron is an ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 essential component of p roteins involved in oxy gen transp ort (9). plant foods contain most of the minerals and organic nutrients which are established as essential for human nutrition in addition to a number of unique organic phy tochemicals that have been linked to p romotion of good health (10). dietary iron is available in two forms: 1. heme iron which is found in the animal sources like red meats, fish and p oultry . it is well absorbed and minimally affected by dietary factors. 2. non-heme iron which is found in p lant sources like legumes, leafy vegetables, fruits, molasses blackstrap and dairy foods. the bioavailability of non-heme requires acid digestion and varies depending on the concentration of enhancers (ascorbic acid and meat) and inhibitors (calcium, fiber, tea, coffee and wine) found in the diet (6, 11). animal sources are good sources of iron but for a financial reason the plant sources are the starkest source of iron (6). subjects and methods one hundred thirty five st udents (males and females) of technical and m edical institut e/ alm ansoor, baghdad were involved in this st udy which was conducted during the p eriod from november 2008 to m arch 2009. their age ranged from 20 -22 y ears. they were diagnosed as anemic with cut off p oint of hemoglobin as less than 12 g/dl and 13 g/dl for females and males, resp ectively (12). hemoglobin concentration was determined by using hemiglobincyanide method (1). the blood was collected by cap illary action and used for measurement of hemoglobin concentration. the absorbance of sample and st andard were measured in sp ectrop hotometer at 540 nm. all subjects had no p eptic ulcer and none of them was on hem tonic agent. two hundred mg of ferrous sulp hate, p roduced in form of tablets by sammara drug indust ries company (sammara-iraq) was administ ered to each p atient twice daily for 60 days. hemoglobin concentrations were determined for all, p re and p ost treatment. re sults and discussion table (1) shows that the p revalence of anemia among male and female st udied was 15.58% and 15.51%, resp ectively. no significant differences were noted. one of the key causes of iron deficiency anemia is p oor bioavailability of iron in the diet. m ost of anemic students in the p resent st udy were from low socioeconomic levels. t hey depend mostly on p lant sources as source of iron, which are of a low biological value and low iron absorp tion, with litt le consumption of animal diet (meat or fish) which has a high biological value and easily iron absorp tion in comp arison with p lant sources (6). their dependence on p lant sources is due to a financial reason rather than habit. anot her factor that may contribute to iron deficiency anemia is the bad dietary habits, whereas a high consumption of tea and coffee directly after meals as well as the low consumption of vegetables (which are rich in ascorbic acid) affecting the bioavailability of non-heme iron found in p lant sources and thus cause anemia (6, 11). also, vitamin a deficiency may be a common cause of anemia as iron deficiency (13). table (2) shows that the administ ration of ferrous sulfate tablets to all of anemic st udents twice daily for 60 days markedly decreased the number of anemic students from 21 to 8 st udents and hence the prevalence of anemia among anemic st udents from 15.55% to 5.92%. the decrease in prevalence of anemia after treatment was t ended to be higher in females as comp ored to males (15.51% and 15.58%, resp ectively) before treatment and became 3.44% and 7.79%, after treatment, resp ectively. the present subjects were treated with 200 mg of ferrous sulp hate tablet. oral iron therapy is usually considered as the first-line therap y for p atients with ida (14). iron sulfate in a dose of 300 mg p rovides 60 mg of elemental iron, whereas 325 mg of iron gluconate p rovides 36 mg of ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 elemental iron. indication for intravenous iron is only indicating in case of chronic bleeding, intolerance to iron or hemoglobin level below 6 g/dl (15). improvement of hb concentration in anemic st udents and thus decrease in p revalence of anemia was clear. however, it was more remarkable in female than male st udents (table 2). differences that had been encountered might be due to noncomp liance of male st udents given oral iron (16), intest inal malabsorp tion and concomitant deficiencies of vitamin b12 and folic acid (13) that might have a retard resp onse. iron deficiency anemia is the most common nutritional deficiency worldwide. it causes p oor work p erformance, decreased immunity and mental development in children and adolescents (5, 6). so, to reduce the p revalence of anemia, the p resent st udy recommended screening for iron deficiency in st udents at the beginning of academic y ear. therefore, iron sup p lementation is given for anemic st udents. re ferences 1. ojengbede, o. a.; okonkwo, s.n. and m orbason-bello, i.o. (2008). comparative evaluation of hemoglobin estimation amongst p regnant women in ibadan: hemocue-b hemoglobin analyzer versus hemiglobincyanide (standard) method as the gold st andard. afr. j. reprod. health, 12(2): 153-158. 2. ojengbede, o.a. (1999). anemia in p regnancy . in: akuse, j.t . (ed.). safe motherhood at the local govt. level in nigeria. the proceedings of the workshop on st rategies for reduction of high maternal mortality , sogon.: 130-134. 3. aimakhu, c.o.; afolabi-brown, o.; lamikanra, o. and op urum, a. (2001). anemia in p regnancy . dokita. 28(1): 56-62. 4. gies, s.; barbin, b.j.; yassin, m .a. and cuevas, l.e. (2003). comparison of screening methods for anemia in pregnant women in awassa, ethiopia. trop . m ed. int. health, 8(4): 301309. 5. halterman, s.; kaczorowski, j. m .; aligne, c. a.; auinger, p. and szilagy i, p.g. (2001). iron deficiency and cognitive achievement in school-aged children and adolescents in the united states. pediatrics, 107: 1381-1386. 6. abdel-rahman, m . k.; aboul anein, a. and hussien, a.m . (2008). effect of iron-food intake on anemia indices; hemoglobin, iron, and ferritin among childbearing egy p tian females. world j. agric. sci., 4(1): 7-12. 7. calis, j. s.; phiri, k. s. and faragher, e. b. (2008). severe anemia in m alawian children. n. engl. j. m ed., 358(9): 888-899. 8. brady, p.g. (2007). iron deficiency anemia: a call for aggressive diagnost ic evaluation. south m ed. j., 100(10): 966-972. 9. dallman, p.r. (1986). biochemistry basis for the manifestations of iron deficiency. ann. rev. nut r., 6: 13-40. 10. grusak, m . a. (2006). plant sources of dietary iron: diversity in tissue iron concentration. in proceedings of the 13 th international sy mposium on iron nut rition and interactions in plants. m ontp ellier: 3-7 july . 11. gabrielli, g. b. and de sandre, g. (1995). excessive tea consumption can inhibit t he efficacy of oral iron treatment in iron-deficiency anemia. haematologica, 80: 518-538. 12. killip, s.; bennett, j.m . and chambers, m .d. (2007). iron deficiency anemia. am. fam. phy s., 75(5): 671-682. 13. oski, f. a. (1995). anemia due to other nutritional deficiencies. in: beutler, e.; lichtman, m .a.; coller, b.s. and kip p s, t.j. (eds.). williams hematology , 5 th edition, m cgraw-hill, new york: 511-515. 14. crosby , w.h. (1984). the rationale for treating iron deficiency anemia. arch. intern. m ed., 144: 471-472. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 15. hamstra, r.d.; blook, m .h. and schocket, a.l. (1980). intravenous iron dextran in clinical medicine. jam a, 243: 1726-1756. 16. komolafe, j.o.; kut i, o.; ijadunola, k.t . and ogunniyi, s.o. (003). a comp arative st udy between intramuscular iron dextran and oral ferrous sulp hate in the treatment of iron deficiency anemia in p regnancy . j. obst et. gy naecol., 23(6): 628-631. table (1) mean ± s d of hemoglobin concentration (g/dl) and prevalence of ane mia among students. gender studied subjects anemic subjects prevalence of anemia (%) number hb ± sd number hb ± sd males 77 15.02 ± 2.46 12 10.03±1.02 15.58 females 58 13.03 ± 2.51 9 9.91±1.36 15.51 t otal 135 14.16 ± 2.66 21 9.98±1.28 15.55 table (2) effect of admini stration of i ron on hemoglobin concentration of anemic subjects and prevalence of the ir anemia. gender no. of anemic subjects before treatment no. of anemic subjects after treatment prevalence of anemia (%) before treatment prevalenceof anemia (%) after treatment males 12 6* 15.58 7.79 females 9 2** 15.51 3.44 t otal 21 8 15.55 5.92 * hb level for treated anemic males < 13 g/dl. ** hb level for treated anemic females < 12g/dl. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد / إنتشار فقر الدم بین طلبة المعهد الطبي التقني تأثیر كبریتات الحدید في المنصور، بغداد *، فاطمة محمد السعدي*أیاد حازم سعید، *حسین ضمد القیسي، شذى عبد الرزاق محمد المنصور، بغداد/ قسم الصیدلة، المعهد الطبي التقني المنصور، بغداد/ قسم التحلیالت المرضیة، المعهد الطبي التقني* 2010، نیسان، 7: استلم البحث في ,2010كانون االول ، 14: قبل البحث في الخالصة / سـنة مـن المعهـد الطبـي التقنـي 22-20أجریت الدراسة الحالیـة لتقصـي إنتشـار فقـر الـدم بـین طلبـة تراوحـت أعمـارهم بـین كانت نسبة إنتشار فقر الـدم بـین . طالبا مشمولین بالدراسة یعانون من فقر الدم 135طالبا من بین 21وجد أن. المنصور، بغداد ریتـات الحدیــد المصـابین بفقـر الـدم بـأقراص كب عــولج الطلبـة. ود فـرق معنـوي بـین الجنسـینمـع عـدم وجـ% 15.55الطلبـة تعـادل كبریتـات الحدیـد إلـى إرتفـاع واضـح بتركیـز الهیموكلـوبین لـدى الجنسـین أدت المعالجـة بـأقراص. یومـا 60مـدة بواقـع مـرتین یومیـا اذاإلنخفاض واضحا لدى اإلناث مقارنـة بالـذكور، كان %. 5.92إلى % 15.55خفض إنتشار فقر الدم بین الطلبة من من ثمو . بعـد المعالجــة% 7.79و % 3.44قبــل المعالجـة وأصـبحت % 15.58و % 15.51نتشـار فقــر الـدم علـى التـوالي إكانـت نسـبة قـد مـن ثـمو وبهذا فان المعالجة الفمویة بكبریتات الحدید أخفضت بصورة فعالة إنتشار فقر الدم بین الطلبة المعـانین مـن فقـر الـدم .تقلل من مضاعفات فقر الدم علیهم .فقر الدم، الهیموكلوبین، كبریتات الحدید :المفتاحیة الكلمات microsoft word 231-243 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 231 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 new steganography system based on huffman coding and fibonacci decomposition fadheela sabri abu-almash ministry of higher education and scientific research/ scholarships and cultural relations directorate fofo200772@yahoo.com received in:23/july/2017, accepted in: 12/december/2017 abstract hiding secret information in the image is a challenging and painstaking task in computer security and steganography system. certainly, the absolute intricacy of attacks to security system makes it more attractive.in this research on steganography system involving information hiding, huffman codding used to compress the secret code before embedding which provide high capacity and some security. fibonacci decomposition used to represent the pixels in the cover image, which increase the robustness of the system. one byte used for mapping all the pixels properties. this makes the psnr of the system higher due to random distribution of embedded bits. finally, three kinds of evaluation are applied such as psnr, chi-square attack, and hvs attack. keywords: steganography, huffman coding, embedding secret message, fibonacci decomposition. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 232 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 introduction historically, design of any steganography system for digital images has heavily based on heuristic principles. such steganography system aims to deal with cost of the pixels so the change will be in the relevant area of insignificant important and invisible to the human eye [1]. steganography involves communicating secret message or information in an appropriate carrier such as video, audio, and image files. each carrier has its own pros and cons, for video high payload capacity can embed but it is very sensitive against attack, same as audio media has less security when compared with image hosting media. the main goal here is to conceal enough information in suitable secure media, by considering image to carry the secret information gain worthiness to briefness the security of the system [2]. steganography most of the time is defined as the art and science of hiding communication; hiding secret text message in hosting media like image called steganography. two main techniques are used to hide secret data in image, spatial domain that is used pixel value and transform domain such as discrete transform wavelet (dwt) and discrete cosine transform (dct) [3]. with our system, we consider spatial domain with pixel information, the best and simplest method to embed the secret bits directly in to the least significant bit (lsb) in this plane hidden data cannot sense by human naked eyes due to the changing amplitude that occurred in pixel value which is too small [4]. for cover image, that hosting the secret message consists of 8bitpalnes the most important one used for embedding is bitplane (1) and changing its value is little importance if compared with other bits. fibonacci decomposition consists of 12bitplanes that always used to increase the robustness of the steganography system [5]. in order to evaluate the system tree main requirements should be considered [6]: security the main reason to hide the secret is to keep it secure as possible so no one even can feel if there is a secret message in image or not. capacity it is useful to embed high payload secret message through one image so enough information will transmit to other party. finally, robustness which means the ability of the system to stop against any change of course under the same level of security and capacity. related work in last decade, many techniques produced by researchers most of them focusing on embedding methods and how to insert secret message into the cover image [7, 8 & 9]. information hiding are classified into four categories, which are covert channel, steganography, anonymity, and copyright marking [10] and sub classification occur to the steganography into special and transform domains, each with its properties. dimple a. and amit d. explained what is the tools used in steganography and the format available [11] the most common data formats used are .txt, .bmp, .doc, .mp3, .jpeg and .avi etc. such steganography system used text message sending by image carrier for more robustness. same researchers explored all the embedded method such as lsb, random pixel embedding (rpe), color component (cc), gray level modification (glm) and edge base embedding (ebe) etc. actually, the best method used to embed the secret into image is lsb [12] because it is easy and simple to use. virtual bitplanes of fibonacci decomposition used by rakesh n. to embed the secret message [13] to increase the robustness of steganography system, he used bitplane (1) and bitplane (2) to increase the capacity by taking advantage of 12 bitplane of fibonacci. because of facility provided by fibonacci many researchers used this technique [14 & 5]. the evaluation criteria for image steganography always-used peak signal-to-noise ratio (psnr) refers to an expression for the ratio between the power value of signal and the power of noise that distorting the image quality and describe it in logarithmic scale. choosing pixels from the image need special strategy for proposed system two strategies used knight tour and random generator. knight tour is famous technique used to select block within the image [16], many systems used knight tour in steganography due to this technique which has https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 233 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 several advantages such as no replication of the same block number and difficult to predict the next block for security reason. sedighi v., et al in 2016 [17] proposed steganography system obtained state-of-the-art performance based on properly cover image estimator. they used closed-form expression for detectability within their method and consider empirical steganalysis detector as classifier. al-dmour, h., et al in 2016[18] new algorithm suggested by embedding secret message in the sharp edge of cover image due to embedding in such location cause less degradation to the image quality. so that set pixels used to embed are not different from sharp and smooth area, because of that can protect the image from human visual system (hvs) attack that is less sensitive of changing in such area. sun, s. in 2016 [19] found new technique to embed the secret message into cover image using canny edge detector and 2k correction, this for security reason, and to enhance the payload capacity huffman coding was used. he randomizes the pixels of edge detected to increase the security and 2k achieved for better imperceptibility in stego image. akhtar, n. in 2016 [13] used lsb substitution by inverting bits before embedding to cover image to enhance the psnr of stego image so the changing will occur on certain pixels not all for security reason. data hiding domain and protocol data hiding technique can be classified into two groups: image domain and transform domain; image domain (also known as spatial domain) techniques embed secret message in the pixel intensity directly, and the transform domain (also known as frequency domain) secret message is embedded after transforming an image. most of the images format used in secret embedding (steganography) is lossless and the technique always based on image format. inserting message consider in less significant area which is containing of less important data such as lsb. that embed the data in this place cannot recognize by naked eyes. therefore, the hosted secret may be able to be image, text, video or protocol as shown in figure (1). figure (1): image domain fibonacci decomposition is used to convert the coding of pixels data from binary into other formats called fibonacci decomposition. first, we convert the physical 8-bitplanes image into logical 12-bitplanes fibonacci decomposition using the following procedure: publicintfibonacci(int x) { if (x==1) return 1; else if (x==2) return 1; else { returnfibonacci(x-1) + fibonacci(x-2) } https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 234 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 in our case, the decimal number of the pixels changes directly to fibonacci decomposition before doing any process on it. hiding information inside the cover image when consider fibonacci decomposition the data will become part of the image [20]. with proposed method, we translate something readable to unreadable media to secure the message that is mean just hidden data from plain view. to summarize how fibonacci decomposition dose work and the sequence chain derived figure (2) illustrate the mechanism of this procedure: figure (2): mechanism of fibonacci sequence [20] proposed method for any steganography system there are four certain stages, these stages run sequentially and the most important stage is embedding stage which reflects the power of the algorithm. in proposed method, we deal with two stages which are preparing and embedding stages. in general, the main framework illustrates in figure (3). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 235 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (3): general framework of proposed method start secret text data preparation cover image huffman coding fibonacc i embedding stage random (rnd) night tour (nt) evaluation chi psnr hvs extracting stage secret message end https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 236 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 the huffman technique is useful to compress the secret message so that this procedure increases the capacity of message data and makes it more robust. this technique allows us to reduce the size of large secret message as such we embed large amount of data in one cover image, this is very important concept in term of data management and transfer protocol. simple algorithm is shown in figure (4). figure (4) huffman algorithm for image preparation, fibonacci decomposition algorithm is used to deal with new decomposition of pixels data before embedding. embedding method cover image consists of 8 x 8 blocks each with 64 x 64 pixels, the first block is chosen randomly to be the first point to apply knight tour algorithm. then 63 blocks choosing will depend on knight tour algorithm movement. then the secret message embedding sequentially for each block according to its position in the sequence of movement in knight tour algorithm as shown in figure (5). input: array f[1...n] of numerical frequencies or probabilities output: binary coding tree with n leaves that has minimum expected code length for f. huffman(f [1...n]) t = empty binary tree q = priority queue of pairs (i, f[i]), i = 1...n, with f as comparison key foreachk = 1...n − 1 i= extractmin(q) j = extractmin(q) f[n + k] = f[i] + f[j] insertnode(t, n + k) with children i, j insertrear(q,(n + k, f[n + k])) returnt https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 237 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018   figure (5): the first random block and next block then the embedding for pixels will embed sequentially for each pixel in block 64 x 64 after decomposing pixel from 8 bitplane to 12 bitplaine using fibonacci sequence, using of knight tour strategy increase the security of the system [16], that reveal the benefits of knight tour algorithm with system embedding. knight tour stage produce block of 8 x 8 pixels all these blocks are stored in knvector. extracting stage the principle of steganography is to hide and send messages from one side (sender) into other side (receiver) via trusted media such image. with embedding the message will hide in the image using certain key which consists of the initial data for embedding, this data will send to the receiver side to use for extract the message from the image and finding the secret message as shown in figure (6). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 238 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (6): steganography principles results and discussion two important factors affecting the results on steganography system are the payload capacity that means how much secret message embedded to cover image, and the properties of the image such as dimensions, place of embedding … etc. however, psnr is used to measure the quality of image after embedding and is defined as: 10. where ∑ ∑ , , and max ,is the maximum possible pixel value of the image; m , n are the dimensions of the image; i, k are original and noisy pixel. the results of psnr proved the worthiness of the proposed system as shown in figure (5). extraction process embedding process stego-image embedded message extracted message stego-key stego-key sender receiver https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 239 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (7): psnr of proposed system different payload of secret message applied to show the relation between payload and psnr where payload become less the distortion in the image will become less due to less pixels ( b) peppers image ( c) baboonimage ( d) cameramanimage (a) lenaimage https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 240 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 affected by changing, on the contrary high payload will increase the distortion of the image then psnr reduced. the result stego image of proposed system cannot recognize by naked eyes but the system can have evaluated them by using the formula of psnr as illustrated in figure (8). figure (8): original lena image before and after embedding with three methods images in figure (10) used 65536 bytes payload capacity embedded to the methods of course high capacity will affect until certain amount then can easy recognize by the system and maybe by human eyes. other evaluation factor used here is human visual system (hvs) attack this kind of attack based on arrangement of the pixels in the stego image and will show if there is any particular embedding to the pixels or some arrange of them. for the reason hvs attack is used as shown in figure (9). figure (9) hvs attack for lena image before and after embedding by three methods chi-square attach considers other evaluation factor used with proposed method. the idea of the statistical attack is to compare the theoretically expected frequency distribution in steganography with some sample distribution observed in the possibly changed carrier medium. figure (10) shows the chi-square (x2) attack for cameraman gray dataset. y axis shows the probability of embedding the data in image as we can see the original image 20% of image indicates there is a data embedded inside it. with stego image produced from proposed method we reach approximately the same percentage of original image and this is the purpose of steganography algorithm. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 241 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (10): chi-square attacks for cameraman dataset image to evaluate how good proposed method compares with previous methods in literature we benchmark our results by embed 6.25% secret message payload in order to be equally criteria when compare as shown in figure (11). we can clearly see that our system can reach psnr about (74.32) while other method is less than (70) due to checking bits to embed if the secret message is similar to bits in cove image with probability of changing or not change according to how many bits inverted in this procedure. this benchmarking for the cameraman gray image dataset with embedding 16384 bytes of secret message. actually, this considers the higher psnr because of payload capacity is considered too small, and the relation between capacity and psnr is inversely related. that means high capacity lead to low psnr and vice versa. figure (11): benchmarking proposed method with literature using 6.25% embedding secret data. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 original image stego image https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 242 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 conclusion the efficiency of the steganography system is by embedding method, and using fibonacci increase the robustness of the system. huffman encoding is used to increase the capacity of the steganography system. reducing the bits is changed by insertion of secret message which makes the system strong against attacks; with proposed method we try to avoid embed secret data directly (by using two random algorithms) to the cover image we distribute over the image and changing bitplane into fibonacci decomposition. using of compression algorithm in steganography system increase the capacity but still need to maintain the psnr (image distortion) so proposed embedding method used compering with existing method there is no balancing between amount of data embedded and embedding strategy. because of this proposed system got occasion results. references [1] v. sedigh; r. cogranne. and j. fridrich, "content-adaptive steganography by minimizing statistical detectability”. information forensics and security, ieee transactions on, 11(2), 221-234 2016. [2] m.safarpour and m.charmi, "capacity enlargement of the pvd steganography method using the glm technique". arxiv preprint arxiv:1601.00299 2016. [3] h. al-dmour; n. ali and a. al-ani, a. "an efficient hybrid steganography method based on edge adaptive and tree based parity check." in multimedia modeling (. 1-12). springer international publishing. [4] s.bhatt, a.ray; a. ghosh and a. ray," image steganography and visible watermarking using lsb extraction technique.inintelligent systems and control " (isco), 2015 ieee 9th international conference on (1-6). ieee january ,2015. [5] n. m.deval,"secure steganography algorithm based on cellular automata using fibonacci representation and reverse circle cipher application for steganography" 2015 . [6] m. k. vinaykumar, and b. n.vaishakh, "key based data embedding technique in image steganography" ,international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887) 2013. [7] j. gupta,"a review on steganography techniques and methods" 2015. [8] v.rabara,anda.goswami," a survey of image based steganography" . international journal of computer engineering and sciences, 1(2), 1-4 2015. [9] b. m.vikranth; m. h.momin, s. m. mohsin;s. rimal, and s. r. pandey, " a survey of image steganography" .in journal of emerging technologies and innovative research . 2. 4 (april-2015). jetir. [10] f. r.patel, and a.n.cheeran," performance evaluation of steganography and aes encryption based on different formats of the image.performance evaluation", 4(5) 2015 . [11] d.anandpara, & ad. kothari, " working and comparative analysis of various spatial based image steganography", techniques. international journal of computer applications, 113(12):1–5. (0975 – 8887) 2015. [12] j.fridrich,and m.goljan, u.s. patent no. re40,477. washington, dc: u.s. patent and trademark office 2008. [13] r.nayak,"steganography with bss-rsa-lsb technique: a new approach to steganography". ijseat, 3(5), 187-190 2015. [14] z. a. s. rasheed, "steganography technique for binary text image.international journal of science and research", (ijsr) issn (online), 2319-7064 2015. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1831 computer | 243 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 [16] a.bansal; s. k.muttoo andv.kumar, " secure data hiding by optimal placement of queen along closed knight tour". i-manager's journal on information technology, 4(3), 18 2015. [17] v.sedighi , r.cogranne, & j.fridrich "content-adaptive steganography by minimizing statistical detectability" . information forensics and security, ieee ieee transactions on information forensics and security 11 (2), 221-234 2016 [18] h.al-dmour, and a. al-ani, "a steganography embedding method based on edge identification and xor coding" . expert systems with applications, 46, 293-306 2016 [19] s.sun, " a novel edge based image steganography with 2 k correction and huffman encoding". information processing letters, 116(2), 93-99 2016. [20] c. patsakis, and e. fountas, "extending fibonacci lsb data hiding technique to more integer bases". in advanced computer theory and engineering (icacte), 2010 3rd international conference on (. 4,. 4-18). ieee august,2010 . microsoft word 157-166       157  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 contractiveimappings having mixed finite monotoneiproperty in generalizedimetric spaces zena hussein maibed mrs_ zena.hussein@yahoo.com department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 25 october 2018, accepted 11 november 2018, publish january 2019 abstract the concepts of the modified tuple coincidence points and the mixed finite monotone property is introduced in this paper. also, the existence and uniqueness of modified tupled coincidence point is discusses without continuous condition for mappings having mixed finite monotone property in generalized metric spaces. keywords: generalized metric spaces, fixed point, coincidence point, monotone property. 1. introduction in 2000,idhage [1] introduced𝐷–metric space as a generalization of metric space and he proved many results in this spaceibut in 2005, mustafa and sims [2] proved thatithe results presented by dhage are invalid in topological structure and hence they introducedi𝐺–metric space and as a generalized of metric space. on other bhashkar andilakshmikantham in [3] introduced the conceptiof coupled fixed point and proved the existence of a coupledifixed theoremiin partiallyiordered complete metric space. in 2009, lakshmikantham and ciric [4] definedimixedi𝑔–monotone propertyiand coupled coincidenceipoint in partiallyiordered metric spaces, also in 2011, berinde and borcut [5] introduced the concept ofitriple fixed pointiand proved some resultsia roundiand in 2012, berinde and borcut [6] defined the concept of triple coincidenceipoint and establishedisome triple coincidenceipoint theoremsiin partially orderedimetric space. in this paper, we will give a mixed finite monotone property and modified tupled coincidence point with study the existence of modified tupled coincidence point in partially ordered generalized metric space. 2.background in this section, we recall some definitions and properties introduced by mustafa and simis [2] definition 1 let 𝑋 beia nonemptyiset, 𝒢: 𝑋 𝑋 𝑋 → 𝑅 be a function satisfying: 1. 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧. 2.0 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑥, 𝑦 for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑥 𝑦.       158  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 3. 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑥, 𝑦 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 for all 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 ∈ 𝑋 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑦 𝑧 4. 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑧, 𝑦 𝐺 𝑦, 𝑧, 𝑥 …. 𝑠ymmetry in all hree variable 5. 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑎, 𝑎 𝒢 𝑎, 𝑦, 𝑥, 𝑧 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧, 𝑎 ∈ 𝑋 . then the function 𝒢 is called generalized metric and the pair (x, 𝒢) is called a generalized metric space or more specially 𝒢_ metric space. definition 2 let (x, 𝒢) be ai𝒢_ metricispace, and let 𝑥 be a sequence of points of 𝑋.we say that 𝑥 is 𝒢_convergentito 𝑥 if lim , → 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑥 , 𝑥 0, thatiis, for any 𝜀 0 there exist 𝑁 ∈ ℕ such that 𝒢 𝑥, 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝜀, for all 𝑛, 𝑚 𝑁.we call 𝑥 the limit of sequence and write 𝑥 → 𝑥 or lim ,→ 𝑥 𝑥. definition 3 let (x, 𝒢) be a 𝒢_ metric space, a sequence 𝑥 is called 𝒢_cauchy sequence if for any 𝜀 0 there exist 𝑁 ∈ ℕ such that 𝒢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝜀 for all 𝑛, 𝑚, 𝑙 𝑁, that is, 𝒢 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛, 𝑚, 𝑙 → ∞ . proposition 4 let (x, 𝒢) be a 𝐺_ metricispace. a mapping is called 𝒢_continuousiat 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 if and if it is 𝒢_sequentiallycontinuous at 𝑥, that is ,wheneveri 𝑥 is 𝒢_convergentito 𝑥, 𝑓 𝑥 𝑖𝑠 𝒢_convergentito 𝑓 𝑥 . proposition 5 a 𝒢_ metric space (x, 𝒢) is called 𝐺_completeiif every 𝒢_cauchyisequence is 𝒢_convergentiin (x, 𝒢). 3. main results in this section, the modification of tupled coincidence point is proposed as the follows: definition 6 let 𝑋, be a partiallyiordered set. if 𝒯 : 𝑋 → 𝑋, 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰, 𝒱: 𝑋 → 𝑋 are there mappings. an element 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 is called modified tupled coincidence point of 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … 𝒯 , 𝒰 and 𝒱 if: 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 ⋮ 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥       159  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 definition 7 let 𝑋, be a partiallyiordered set. if 𝒯 : 𝑋 → 𝑋, 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰, 𝒱: 𝑋 → 𝑋 are there mappingsiwe say that 𝑓 have mixedifinite monotone property if 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 is monotoneifinite increasing if 𝑛 is odd, and 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 is monotone finite decreasingiif 𝑛 is even that is, forieach 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 𝑦 , 𝑧 ∈ 𝑋, 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 𝒰𝒱 𝑧 ⟹ 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑦 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑧 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 𝑦 , 𝑧 ∈ 𝑋, 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 𝒰𝒱 𝑧 ⟹ 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑦 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑧 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ⋮ 𝑦 , 𝑧 ∈ 𝑋, 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 𝒰𝒱 𝑧 ⟹ 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑦 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑧 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑑𝑑 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑦 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑧 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛 let i. 𝒜 is the setiof all mappings 𝒯 : 𝑋 → 𝑋 and 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 and 𝒱 ∶ 𝑋 → 𝑋 such that: 1. 𝒰𝒱 𝑋 is completeisubspace of 𝑋, containing 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑋 2. 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 and 𝒱 are continuousiand commuteimappings. 3. 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , have mixed finite monotone property. ii. 𝔅 is the set of all mappings 𝜔: 0, ∞ → 0, ∞ increasing mapping such that: 1. 𝜔 𝑡 𝑡 ∀ 𝑡 0 2. 𝜔 0 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 lim → 𝜔 𝑡 0 , where 𝜔 denotes the 𝑛 the iterate of 𝜔. from the above definition, we show the following modification       160  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 theorem 8 let 𝑋, 𝒢, be a partiallyiordered generalized metric space, 𝒯 : 𝑋 → 𝑋 and 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 and 𝒱 ∶ 𝑋 → 𝑋 are mappingsilies in 𝒜 and hold that following conditions, ∀ 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 , 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … , 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ℒ 0 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 ∗ … ∗ 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … 𝑦 , ℒ 𝓌 max 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ , … , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ 1 where is 𝓌 upper semicontinuous from 𝑅 into itself satisfying 𝓌 𝑥 𝑥 for all 𝑥 0 .if 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 , 𝑥 ⋮ 2 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 if 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑑𝑑 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 if 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛 then 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝒱 have a modified tupled coincidence point. proof define 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 , 𝑥 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 ⟹ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 if 𝑛 is odd 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 if 𝑛 is even also, we define, 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 , 𝑥 ⋮       161  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 since 𝑓 has mixed finite monotone property 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 if 𝑛 is odd 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 if 𝑛 is even continue process until we get to 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 if 𝑛 is odd 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 if 𝑛 is even in general: 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 , 𝑥 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 and 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … … .. 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … … .. ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … .. if 𝑛 is odd 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … . . 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 . … .. if 𝑛 is even now, we have 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , … … 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 are sequence in 𝑔𝑇 𝑋 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝑟 , ………, 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝑟       162  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 since 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 ∈ 𝒰𝒱 𝑋 , then there exists 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … … , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋. such that, 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , … … . , 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 considering the hypotheses (i) and (ii) give in the theorem we get 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝑟 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝑟 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑑𝑑 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝑟 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛 since 𝒰 and 𝒱 are continuous mapping, then we have: 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 and hence, 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑑𝑑 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛 choose ℒ satisfy: 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , ℒ 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , ℒ, 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , … 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ 𝓌 max 𝜔 𝒢 𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , … , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ 𝓌 max 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , … , 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ but, 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 ,………..and       163  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 which is implies, by definition 𝒢-convergentiin 𝒢-metric space, 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , ℒ 0 ⟹ 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 also, choose ℒ satisfy: 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … , 𝑟 , ℒ 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … , 𝑟 , ℒ , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … , 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … , 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , … , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ 𝓌 max 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , … , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ 𝓌 max 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ , … , 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ but, 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 ,……….. and 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 → 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 which is implies, by definition 𝒢 -convergent in 𝒢-metric space, 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , ℒ 0 ⟹ 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 continue these processes choose ℒ ∗ satisfy: 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , ℒ∗ 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , ℒ∗, 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ∗ 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , … … , 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ∗ 𝓌 max 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ ∗ , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ∗ , … … , 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ∗ 𝓌 max 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ∗ , 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ∗ , … … , 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , ℒ∗ but , 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 is 𝒢–convergent to 𝒰𝒱 𝑟       164  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 is 𝒢–convergent to 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 ⋮ 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 is 𝒢–convergent to 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 is 𝒢–convergent to 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 which is implies, by definition of 𝒢–convergent in 𝐺–metric space, 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 , 𝑓 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 , ℒ∗ 0 ⇒ 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 𝒰𝒱 𝑟 so 𝑟 , 𝑟 , … … , 𝑟 is a modified tupled coincidence point of 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒱. from theorem(8),we can get the following corollaries corollary 9 let 𝑋, 𝒢, be a partiallyiordered generalizedimetric space .under the same assumptionsiof theorem(8) but 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 ∗ … ∗ 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … 𝑦 , ℒ 𝓌 1 𝑛 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ ⋯ 𝜔 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ then 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝒱 have a modified tupled coincidence point. corollary 10 let 𝑋, 𝐺, be a partiallyiordered generalized metric space 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 ∗ … ∗ 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … 𝑦 , ℒ 𝓌 𝑘 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ 𝑘 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ ⋯ 𝑘 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ ,such that 𝑘 ∈ 0,1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑖 1,2, … … , 𝑛.then 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝒱 have a modifieditupled coincidence point. corollary 11 let 𝑋, 𝒢, be a partiallyiordered generalizedimetric space .under the same assumptions of theorem(8) but 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 ∗ … ∗ 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … 𝑦 , ℒ 𝓌 max 𝑘 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ , 𝑘 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ , … , 𝑘 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 𝑥 , 𝒰𝒱 𝑦 , ℒ       165  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 such that 𝑘 ∈ 0,1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑖 1,2, … … , 𝑛.then 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝒱 have a modified tupled tupled coincidenceipoint. corollary 12 let 𝑋, 𝒢, be a partiallyiordered generalizedimetric space .under the same assumptions of theorem(8) but 𝒢 𝒯 𝒯 ∗ … ∗ 𝒯 𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 , 𝒯 𝒯 … 𝒯 𝑦 , 𝑦 , … 𝑦 , ℒ 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 ,𝒰𝒱 ℒ 𝒢 𝒰𝒱 ,𝒰𝒱 ,ℒ ⋯ 𝒰𝒱 ,𝒰𝒱 ,ℒ . then 𝒯 , 𝒯 , … , 𝒯 , 𝒰 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝒱 have a modified tupled coincidence point . 4.conclusion the new concepts of modified tupledicoincidence points and mixed finite monotone property are introduced. also, we established some modified tupled coincidence theorems in partially ordered generalized metric space.   references 1. dhage,b.generalized metric space and topological structure. i. analele scientific ale universities ai.i.” cuzadin lasi, sieve nona. matematca. 2000 ,47, 3-24. 2. mustafa,z.; partiallyiordered generalizedimetric space sims. a new approach to generalized metric space. journal of nonlinear and convex analysis. 2006,7, 289-297. 3. gnanbhaskar, t.; lakshmikantham,v.fixed point theorems in partially ordered metric spaces and applications. nonlinear analysis. 2006, 65, 79-93. 4. lakshmikantham, v.; ciric,l.coupled fixed point theorems for nonlinear contractions in partially ordered metric spaces. nonlinear analysis. 2009,12, 43-49. 5. berind, v.; borcut,m. tripled fixed point theorems for contractive type mappings in partially ordered metric spaces, nonlinear theory, method & applications. 2011,74, 89-97. 6. berind, v.; borcut,m.tripled coincidence theorems for contractive type mappings in partially ordered metric.appl.mathematics and computer. 2012,218, 29-36. 7. savitri, e.; hooda,n. fixed point theorems for mapping having the mixed monotone property. tnt. ach. app. sci. technol. 2011, 2, 19-23. 8. shatanawi,w.; postolache,m.; mustafa,z. tripled and coincidence fixed point theorems for contractive mappings satisfying ɸ-maps in partially ordered metric spaces. an. st. univ. ovidius constants. 2014, 22, 179-200.       166  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1988 vol. 32 (1) 2019 9. choudhury, s.; karapinar,e.; kundu, a.tripled coincidence point theorems for nonlinear contractions in partially ordered metric space. int. journal of math and math. sciences. 2012, 201, 14 pages. 10. imdad,m.; soliman, a.; choudhary, s.; das, p. on n-tupled coincidence point results in metric spaces. journal of operators. 2013, 2013, 8 pages. 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد واالنفعال لمتراكب راتنج اإلجهاد فيمر بالماء المغلي غال تأثیر )والكفنو (الفینول المجیدمد رفیق عبد حا،هناء شكر محمود قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد 2011 نیسان 28:استلم البحث في 2011ایلول 20: قبل البحث في الخالصة اء مـن راتـنج الفینـول المـدعم بنبـات الكجـرات قبـل وبعـد غمرهـا بالمـهاد واالنفعـال لمـادة متراكبـة جدرست العالقة بین اال متراكــب فـيتـؤثر بشـكل ملحــوظ ووجـد ان عملیـة الغمــر لكـل یــومین ولمـدة عشـرة أیــام درجــة سـلیزیه) 100(المغلـي بدرجـة وكـــذلك علــى خـــواص النقـــر واالنتفاخــات وظهــور البصـــريتــافینول المــدعم بنبـــات الكجــرات مـــن خــالل الفحـــص بــالمجهر وجد التاثیر واضحا من خالل فحص االجهاد واالنفعال ویكون التاثیر اكبر كلما زادت اذ ،المتراكب المیكانیكیة .مدة الغمر بالماء المغلي خصائص میكانیكیة، متراكبات النوفوالك -: ات مفتاحیةكلم الجانب النظري صناعیا بتحضیرها على شكل حبیبات عملةالمست األنواع أكثرالنوفوالك نوع من انواع راتنجات الفینول هو من ثل األلیاف الخشبیة أو م) fillers(او على شكل سائل یتم تصلیبه بعد إضافة المادة المدعمة) matrix( مطحونة كمضیف الغمر وفي هذه الدراسة یتم معرفة تأثیر]. 1[الصناعي له عمالخواصه وحسب االست إحدىالنباتیة او أي مادة لتحسین الخصائص المیكانیكیة من خالل فحص االجهاد واالنفعال للمتراكب قید البحث في سلیزیة) 100(بالماء المغلي بدرجة .2[لعمل في مثل هذه الظروف من رطوبة ودرجة حرارة عالیةومعرفة مدى صالحیته ل [ في مما تؤثر أكثرالمتراكب فيان میكانیكیة امتصاص الرطوبة واختراقها للمتراكب هي معقدة بعض الشئ وتؤثر تؤدي الى انتقال ذا ،)(diffusionهذه المیكانیكیات هي االنتشار أهمومن ] 3,4[غیر المتراكب أي البولیمر غیر المدعم ینتشر بسرعة داخل المتراكب والماء أیضا بمكن ان سها فالمدعمة ن األلیاف إلىالماء داخل المتراكب وفي بعض الحاالت ) interface( من خالل السطح الفاصل بعملیةیدعى ) capillary( لشعیرياوهذا الجریان ، ] 6-1[المدعمة له واأللیافبین البولیمر التشققاتداخل التصدعات و ) percolation(الماء وتخللها وتمثل میكانیكیة ثانیة النتشار جزیئات ) wicking(التفتل )cracks (لإلجهادقیمة رأكب إن. ] 6-1[ معین تعرض الجهاد إذا السیماالمحتملة الوجود في المتراكب ریةهجالم ) compression strength( یعرف بمتانة االنضغاطیة العمودي تحت الضغط الصلبةتتحمله المادة الذيالمسلط ] 7[) .1(وكما في المعادلة رقم ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )1 ( ---- a p =σ :ان اذ σ =اإلجهاد )n/ m 2 (p = القوة المسلطة )n (a = مساحة مقطع العینة ) m 2 ( منها قوة الترابط والتماسك للسطح البیني بین المادة االساس عدیدة تعتمد على عوامل ان االنضغاطیه في وٕااللبیني قویا ومتینا فان متانة االنضغاط سوف تتحسن وتصل الى متانة الشد والمادة المدعمة فاذا كان السطح ا .لك الى فصل المادة المدعمة عن السطح ذحالة كون السطح ضعیفا سیؤدي ) .2(تمثل مقاومة المادة الصلبة للتشوه المرن تحت تاثیر االجهاد الخارجي وحسب المعادلة srrain)(واالنفعالیه )2 ( ------ l l =є :ان اذ l = الطول األصليl = 7[.الفرق في الطول بعد تسلیط الحمل [ تعمل علىانها اذ ،الى الرطوبة والماء عن" فضالاضافي على المتراكب ر ایضا لها تاثیان درحة الحرارة المرتفعة مما یضاعف التاثیر على المتراكب ) c-c( االواصر فيمن خالل تاثیرها ) flexibility( زیادة لدانة المتراكب ] 8[.وخصائصه المیكانیكیة ) 100(بالماء المغلي بدرجة عریضه للغمرترات و ر متراكب النوفوالك المدعم بنبات الكجیختأحثنا الحالي بفي .له االنفعال – سلیزیه ودراسة تاثیر االجهاد الجانب العملي واخضاعها لعملیة الغمر بالماء المغلي ) astm( عینات االختبار للمتراكب حسب المواصفات العالمیة تحضر درجة حراریة ثابتة للماء ولمدة عشرة ایام ویجرى فحص سلیزیه في قنینة زجاجیة یمكنها الحفاظ على) 100(بدرجة االجهاد واالنفعال للعینات كل یومین ل الحصول ) mortor( هاون خدامیة بتكسیر كتل النوفوالك بأستتبدأ هذه العمل مصنوع من مادة االلومینا من اج ) preparation method(ر على اجزاء صغیرة یتم طحنها بمطحنة كهربائیة یتبعها طریقة التحضی ) النوفوالك (ل راتنج الفینول استعم اذ ،نموذجفي تحضیر اال) hand lay-up molding(أستعملت طریقة القولبة الیدویة .مادة مدعمة و بوصفه مادة اساس مع نبات الكجرات من ) 75µ m(حجم یقدر يیمتاز شابكه بمرور حبیبات ذ) sieve(غربل المسحوق المتكون بأستخدام منخل ومن ثم یتم ) hmta(خالله، وتتكرر هذه العملیة للحصول على الكمیة المطلوبة والى جانب ذلك یتم سحن مسحوق يذ) novolak-hmta(ذابة خلیط ایحضر مزیج راتنج الفینول وذلك ب% . 10خلطه مع النوفوالك بنسب وزنیة تتراوح ط اذحول االیثانول ، في ك) hmta(وزنًا من % 10نسبة تسكب كمیات صغیرة من الخلیط تدریجیًا وتستمر عملیة الخل غم من المادة في فرن تجفیف ) 50(على هذه الشاكلة ثم بعد ذلك یضاف نبات الكجرات المطحون بعد ان جرى تجفیف c 150(لحد 0 ) . mm 160(لحد ) seiving(نموذج ثم اجریت عملیة النخل ثم بعد ذلك طحن اال) ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد (mold preparation)تهیئة القالب cm(25x25)في هذه المرحلة تم تهیئة قالب خاص لعملیة الصب مصنوع من الحدید المغلون وبأبعـاد 2 ، وبعـد تهیئـة عملیة تجفیف لضمان عدم التصاق الراتنج مـع القالـب وسـهولة اسـتخراج المصـبوبة القالب أجریت له عملیة تنظیف ثم تبعتها والموصـول ) bel( صـور مجهریـة للعینـات یعـد الغمـر باسـتخدام المجهـر الضـوئي نـوع تاخـذبعد اكتمال عملیة التصلب المكـبس الهیــدرولیكي ياالجهـزة المسـتخدمة لفحـص االنضــغاطیة هـ. الظهــار الصـور علـى الشاشــة الـى حاسـب االكترونـي ذو اداة غـرز نقطیــة ) shore-d ( والختبــار الصـالدة اسـتخدام جهـاز نــوع) . leybold harris no,36110( نـوع .تتغلغل داخل سطح المادة تحت تاثیر حمل معین النتائج واالستنتاجات المغلـي ومـن وبعـد الغلـي من خالل تصویر سطح العینات قبل الغمر بالمـاء اظهرت البصريان استخدام تقنیة المجهر شكل جیـد داخـل المـادة الراتنجیـة المضـیفة قویة وان المادة المدعمة مطمورة بجهات مختلفة ان العینات قبل الغمر متماسكة و ) .1(وهذا یدل على ان عملیة الصب كانت جیدة كما في الشكل غمــرت بالمــاء المغلــي وقـــد ظهــرت فیهــا عملیــات انتفــاخ وظهــور حفــر واخادیـــد ور لعینــات صــ) 2(الشــكل یظهــر المـاء ودرجــة الحـرارة معـا علـى المتراكــب تـأثیرخصوصـا فـي المنطقـة التـي تحــوي نبـات الكجـرات ممـا یظهــر یشـكل واضـح ا یوضـح میكانیكیـة انتشـار المـاء كمـا تـم داخلـة وانتشـاره ممـ إلـىالمـاء تغلغلوتسببه بانتفاخ العینة ونقره وكذلك تحلله نتیجة .شحها سابقا -:يأتاظهرت لنا مای وبعد االنفعال للمتراكب قبل الغمر بالماء المغلي-جهادان دراسة فحوصات اال وذلك لتماسك المادة وتركیز االجهادات فیها ) 3(قبل الغمر بالماء المغلي تزداد قیم متانة االنضغاط وكما یظهر في الشكل تعمــل علـى تركیــز هـذه االجهــادات اذ) الكجـرات(لـك بســبب وجـود االلیــاف النباتیـة المدعمــة ذباالتجـاه العمــودي لقـوة الشــد و .وتعید توزیعها ان وجود الماء المغلي ادى الى انحدار قیم متانة االنضـغاطیة ومتانـة المـادة لتحمـل االنضـغاط بسـبب العیـوب الحاصـلة ، ) 8-4(المتراكــب وایضـا تــاثیر درجــة الحـرارة العالیــة علـى جزیئــات المتراكــب كمـا فــي االشــكال نتیجـة تخلــل المـاء داخــل اومــة وخصــائص دت مـدة التعــرض للغمــر قلـت المقحیـث كلمــا زاوكـذلك مــدة التعـرض للغمــر بالمــاء المغلـي تــاثیر واضــح .المتراكب المیكانیكیة .عي لمثل هذه الظروف الصنا عمالتج عدم صالحیة المتراكب لالستلك نستنلذ المصادر 1ahmadzadeh, a. and zakaria, s. (2009) ,study of the water absorption and hardness of 255-247:(3) 18 lm emp ty fruit bunches (pefb) oil pa p henolated 2christos, j.t. sy lvia, p. and constantine ,d.p (2006) ,evaluation of interfacial -2855:66omposite" comp os sci techno p oly mer c-relaxation due to water absorp tion in fiber 2864 3kim, j.k.hu, c.woo, rcs , and sh am ,m l (2005) ,m oisture barrier characteristics of .813-805 :65sci, techno. epoxy nanocomposite" compos–organoclay 4-lee m c , pepp as na "water transp ort in ep oxy resine (1993) ,prog poly m sci, , 947-062 )8( 5-bond, d.a . (2005), m oisture diffu sion in a fiber-r einforced composite part1 non fickian 2141.-2113 : 39j. comp os m ater , ,st ributiontransp ort and the effect of fiber sp atial di ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 6bragov, a.m . and lumunov, a.k. (1994) ,m echanical prop erties of some p olymer and composites at strain rates of 1000/s , journal de physique iv ,4. 7jin-chul yun seong-ii heo, ky eongseop han dep at of m ech, eng , postech (2009) "degradation of graphit e retnfurced polym er copm posite for pemfc bipolar plat e aft er hygrothermal ageing" 16 th int ernational conference on composite m aterials 8bao, l.r.and yee, a.f. (2002) ,effect of temp erature on moisture absorp tion in a 3997 -, 3987 43poly mer , ,on fiber compositeresin and its carb–bismaleimid e نموذج صور فوتوغرافیة ال :) 2(شكل نموذج متراكب من صور فوتوغرافیة ال :)1(شكل یعد الغمر بالماء متراكب من راتنج الفینول راتنج الفینول قبل الغمر بالماء المغلي المغلي یوضح العالقة بین االجھاد واالنفعال :)4(شكل یوضح العالقة بین االجھاد واالنفعال :)3(شكل لمتراكب الفینول یعد الغمر بالماء المغلي مدة الماء المغلي بلمتراكب الفینول قبل الغمر یومین ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد یوضح العالقة بین االجھاد واالنفعال :)6(شكل یوضح العالقة بین االجھاد واالنفعال :)5(كل ش لمتراكب الفینول یعد الغمر بالماء المغلي مدة الماء المغلي بالغمر بعدلمتراكب الفینول ستة ایام مدة اربعة ایام یوضح العالقة بین االجھاد واالنفعال :)8(شكل یوضح العالقة بین االجھاد واالنفعال :)7(شكل لمتراكب الفینول یعد الغمر بالماء المغلي مدة الماء المغلي بلمتراكب الفینول بعد الغمر عشرة ایام مدة ثمانیة ایام ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 effects of emmersion in boiling water on stressstrain test for novolac composite h, s. mahmood, a, r. abdulmajeed departme nt of physics, college of i bn-al-haithm , unive rsity of baghdad received in : 28 april , 2011 accepte d in : 20, september , 2011 abstract the st udy of stressstrain relation for novolac reinforced by qujurate p lant was carried out before and after the immersing in boiled water at 100c 0 . it was found that the comp ression st rength and surface hardness decreased when the comp osites immersed in boiled water for long times. key word: novolac comp osites, m echanical prop erties ihjpas microsoft word 140-157   140  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       exact solutions for minimizing cost function with five criteria and release dates on single machine hanan ali chachan hussein abdullah jaafar mustansireah university, iraq.-department of mathematics, college of sciences, al alhassen237@gmail.com altaai@yahoo.com-hanan             abstract: in this paper, we present a branch and bound (b&b) algorithm of scheduling (n) jobs on a single machine to minimize the sum total completion time, total tardiness, total earliness, number of tardy jobs and total late work with unequal release dates. we proposed six heuristic methods for account upper bound. also, to obtain lower bound (lb) to this problem we modified a (lb) select from literature, with (moore algorithm and lawler's algorithm). and some dominance rules were suggested. also, two special cases were derived. computational experience showed the proposed (b&b) algorithm was effective in solving problems with up to (16) jobs, also the upper bounds and the lower bound were effective in restricting the search. key words: branch and bound method (b&b), upper bound (ub), lower bound (lb), multi-objective problems. 1. introduction a scheduling problem is defined as a problem of assigning a set of tasks or jobs to a set of resources or machines in a specific time. common performance measures criteria are usually in the form ∑fj and fmax =max{fj} most of the studies that were introduced in the early years of the discovery of the theory of scheduling focused on a single performance measuring criterion. however, in practice, a manager may need to find an acceptable schedule which can simultaneously meet the requirements for several criteria [1]. in this paper, we examine the problem of scheduling with five criteria (referred to above) for measuring performance with the release times, and to the best of our knowledge, this problem was not studied before. here, we found it necessary to present some research from the literature which included machine scheduling problems with one or more of the performance criteria contained in our problem. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2479 article history: received 28 september 2019, accepted 4 december 2019, published in july 2020.   141  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 the completion time: this criterion has been extensively studied in the literature. for 1/rj/∑cj is nphard in the strong sense by lenstra, rinnooy kan and bruker [2]. this problem with equal release date solved by "shortestprocessingtime (spt)-rule" of smith [3]. also, the problem 1/rj ,pmtn /∑cj is possible to solve by the "shortest remainingprocessingtime (srpt)-rule" of schrage [4]. several branch and bound algorithms for the problem 1/rj/∑cj, depend extensively on the "dominance rules (dr)" derived by chandra [5]. dessouky and deogun [6]. and others. for this problem, ahmadi and bghchi [7]. display that the lower bound which is symbolized by (srptlb) obtained by using the (srpt)rule to solve the problem 1/rj, pumt/∑cj best (lb) in comparison other know bounds. also, chu [8]. uses this (srpt-lb) in (b&b) algorithm that is effective in solving problems, when n ≤ 100 jobs. the tardiness time: minimizing the total tardiness is the other one of the most important criteria in practice. for 1/rj/∑tj is known to be nphard in the strong sense by rinnooy [9].  chu [10]. proposes a (bab) algorithm and proves some dominance properties. also suggested, (lb) depends on constructing a schedule in which the jobs are scheduled according to (srpt)-rule (schrage [4].) by restful the problem under the presumption that the jobs are preemptive. the proposed algorithm contributed to solve problems, when n ≤ 260 jobs.  philippe et al [11]. presented a (b&b) algorithm with new lower bounds (nlb) depending on improve (lb) of chu [10]. and generalization some well–known dominance properties to solve this 1/rj/∑tj problem. the cases handled by this procedure are as 500 jobs. the earliness time: in general, earliness criterion is one of the scheduling objectives studied by few number of researchers, because for many years, researchers focused on one-criterion regular performance measures (i.e. no decreasing in cj for all j ) [12]. and most research that considers earliness as an optimality criterion also includes a tardiness component. the first study on earliness and tardiness (e/t) penalties was by sidney [13]. who developed a polynomial-algorithm to minimize maximum of (e/t) for a single machine problem. one of the studies presented in recent years was by mehdi and ghasem [14]. who  studied this problem 1/rj / emax +tmax. a (b&b) algorithm is proposed, the algorithm extensively uses efficient dominance rules. in the (b&b) algorithm, a (lb), is obtained by relaxing the assumption of the non-preemption, and divided the problem into two sub-problems of (1/rj , pmtn/tmax) and (1/rj , pmtn/emax). the two problems are then resolved by applying some procedures derived from the two rules, (edd) and (mst). computational experiments showed the efficiency of the proposed procedure of solving problems with up to 1000 jobs. the late work: is the quantity of processing performed after its due date, and is denoted by (vj). at first, this problem was known as information loss by blazewicz [15]. potts and van [16, 17]. suggested the term (total late work ). for the problem 1/pmtn/∑vj, they showed that the minimum (1//∑vj) ≤ [(tmax ) for the (edd)-rule sequence]. while the problem 1//∑vj is np-hard by potts and van [17]. bryan and bahram [18]. in this research, considering 1//∑ wj vj the total weighted late work, with the condition that all jobs arrived at the same time (i.e. the release date rj= 0 for all jobs). this function is a more general form than the formula potts and van [16, 17]. abdul razaq et al [19].   142  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 studied this 1/rj/∑wjvj problem, using unequal release dates, to solve this problem some special cases were proofed and using a branch and bound algorithm with up to 30 jobs. also five local search methods to solve this problem were applied and performance is evaluated to it with up to 60000 jobs, and who showed this problem its np-hard. the unit penalty: for the 1//∑uj , moore [20]. study was among the earliest to consider scheduling to minimize this problem by an algorithm known as moor algorithm “sometimes known as hudgson's algorithm" that solved the problem optimally. with release dates, the problem 1/rj/∑uj is strongly nphard by lenstra et al [2]. dauzereperes [21]. studied this1/rj/∑uj problem, and determined a lower bound depending on the relaxation of a "mixed-integerlinearprogramming" formulation, presented a heuristic method to solve the problem. a large sample of problems has been tested with up to 50 jobs. the calculations showed the efficiency of the proposed approach by comparison with the lower bound. philippe et al [22]. to solved this 1/rj/∑uj problem, who suggesting (b&b) algorithm, with lower bounds based on a "lagrangian relaxation". also, they used dominance rules to reduce the search space, suggested techniques are showed solve to optimality cases with up to 200 jobs. cyril and samia [23]. in this study showed how good – quality lower and upper bounds that can be calculated for the problem1/rj/∑uj, using an original mathematical integer programming formulation. numerical experiences showed the assessing of the proposed approach it up to 160 jobs. al zuwaini and mohanned [24, 25]. studied the problem 1/rj/∑(fj + uj), and presented a (b&b) algorithm, and application of some dominance rules to solve this problem, finding lower bound by using (spt)-rule and moor's algorithm. computational experience with instances having up to 40 jobs showed that the lower bound was effective in restricting the search. scheduling problems of multiple performance measures (three or more) with release date, to the moments of writing this paper. we did not find any study submitted to discuss this subject. from the above, we can say that scheduling problem often increases complexity by increasing the number of performance measures with release date. also, we can say that our problem (p) is the first study to address scheduling problem with five criteria and with release date. in this paper, we describe the problem of scheduling of (n) jobs on onemachine with multiple performance measures and release date, with a view to minimizing the sum total completion time, total tardiness, total earliness, number of tardy jobs and total late work, this problem is denoted by 1/𝑟 / ∑ 𝐶 𝑇 𝐸 𝑈 𝑉 …(p), from used form 3field α ∕ β ∕ 𝛾 by graham et al [26]. this paper is organized as follows: in next section begins with some notation and basic concepts of one-machine scheduling. formulation of the problem and decomposition into three sub-problem are given in section 3. some algorithms are given in section 4. also, three special cases were presented in section 5. in section 6, the (b&b) algorithm was discussed, an account the upper bound and the derivation of a lower bound, and some dominance rules in section 7. computational results are presented in section 8.   143  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 2. notation the following notations are used in this paper: j : job index. n̅ : the set of all n jobs . n : number of jobs . pj : processing time for job j . dj : due date for job j . rj : release date for job j . cj : completion time of job j . ∑cj : the total completion times . tj : the tardiness of job j. ∑tj : the total tardiness. ej : the earliness of job j . ∑ej : the total earliness . vj : the late work of job j . ∑vj : the total late work . uj : the unit penalty of job j . ∑uj : the number of tardy jobs . (b&b) : branch and bound. up : upper bound. lb : lower bound. (sc) : special cases. (dr) : dominance rules. 3. the mathematical formulation the problem (p) considered in this paper is to schedule a set n̅ of n jobs , n̅={1,…,n} on an onemachine. each job j , j ϵ n̅ has integer processed time pj , a release date rj , and due date dj. given a schedule σ =(1,…,n) , then for each job j we calculate the completion time by c1=r1 + p1 , cj= max {rj , cj} + pj for j=2,…,n. the tardiness of job j is defined by tj =max{cj – dj, 0}, and earliness by ej =max{dj –cj , 0}. the unit penalty of job j is defined by uj = 1 , if cj> dj; o.w, uj=0.the late work of job j given by vj =min{tj ,pj}. let 𝛿 be a set of all feasible solutions , and σ is a schedule in 𝛿 . the mathematical form of our problem (p) can be written as : m=min f(σ)=min { ∑ 𝐶 𝑇 𝐸 𝑈 𝑉 subject to : cσ(1)=rσ(1) + pσ(1) cσ( j ) = max {rj , cj-1} + pj j = 2,…, n ….(p) tσ(j) =max{cσ(j) – dσ(j), 0} j= 1,…,n eσ(j) =max{dσ(j) – cσ(j), 0} j= 1,…, n uσ(j) = 1 if c d j 1, … , n 0 o. w   144  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 vσ(j) = min { tσ( j ) , pσ( j ) } j = 1,…, n the objective is to find a processing order σ =(σ(1),…,σ(n)) for the problem (p) to minimize the sum of the total completion times, the total tardiness, the total earliness, the number of tardy, and the total late work. 3.1 decomposition of problem (p) in order to have a less complex structure of the problem (p), can be decomposed into three sub problems (p1), (p2) and (p3), as following: m1= min { ∑ 𝐶 𝑇 𝐸 subject to : cσ(1)=rσ(1) + pσ(1) cσ( j ) =max {rσ(j) , cσ(j-1)} + pσ(j) j = 2,…,n …..(p1) tσ(j) =max{cσ(j) – dσ(j), 0} j= 1,…,n eσ(j) =max{dσ(j) – cσ(j), 0} j= 1,…, n m2 =min ∑ 𝑈 ) subject to : 𝑈 = 1 if c d j 1, … , n 0 o. w ….(p2) cσ(1)= rσ(1) + pσ(1) cσ( j ) =max {rσ(j) , cσ(j-1)} + pσ(j) j = 2,…,n m3 =min ( ∑ 𝑉 ) subject to : vσ( j ) = min { tσ( j ) , pσ( j ) } j = 1,…,n ….. (p3) tσ( j ) ≥ 0 j = 1,…,n pσ( j ) ≥ 0 j = 1,…,n theorem 1 [26]. m1+ m2+ m3 ≤ m where m1, m2, m3 and m are the min-objective function values of (p1), (p2),(p3) and (p) respectively .   145  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 4. two important algorithms 4.1. lawler algorithm (la) [27]. step (1): let n̅={1,…,n}, ω=(∅) and m be "the set of all jobs with no successors". step (2): let [j*] such that [fj* (σjϵn̅ pj)= minjϵm{ fj (σjϵn̅ pj)}], j∈ m set n = n̅-{ j*} and sequence the job[ j*] in the last position of ω. modify m to represent the new set of the schedule jobs. step (3): if n̅ = ∅ stop, o.w go to step (2). this algorithm, which solves the [1/prec/fmax p or 1//fmax ] problems, where fmax ϵ {cmax, lmax, tmax, vmax}. 4.2 moore algorithm (ma) [21]. step 1: order the jobs in ( edd)-rule, let e=l=ø , and let t= k=0 . step 2: k=k+1 , if k ˃ n then go to step (4). step 3: set t=t +pk , e=e∪ 𝑘 𝑖𝑓 𝑡 𝑑 . then go to step (2). otherwise if (t ˃ dk ) then find a job j ∈ 𝐸, with pj is as large as possible and set e=e𝑗 , l=l∪ 𝑗 , and t= tpj , go to step (2). step 4: e is the step of early jobs , l is the step of late jobs. this algorithm to solve the (1//uj ) problem. 5. special cases (sc) a special cases (sc) for scheduling problem means getting an optimal schedule (optimal solution) directly without utilize (b&b) method or (dp) technique [28]. in this section we present two (sc) of our problem (p), which are as follows: case 1. if cj= dj ∀ j in a schedule s and the preemptive is allowed then s given an optimal schedule for the problem 1/ rj, pmtn / ∑ 𝑪𝒋 𝑻𝒋 𝑬𝒋 𝒏 𝒋 𝟏 𝑼𝒋 𝑽𝒋 . proof: from cj = dj ∀ j in s, then tj = ej = uj = vj = 0 ∀ j, therefore problem (p) with preemptive reduced to 1/rj, pmtn/∑cj, but this problem solved in "shortest remaining processing time (srpt)-rule" [6]. then s given an optimal schedule for the problem 1/ rj, pmtn / ∑ 𝐶 𝑇 𝐸 𝑈 𝑉 .   146  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 case 2. if in spt schedule rj=r ∀ j and satisfy, "(just in time) (jit)" then (spt)rule given an optimal schedule for the problem (p). proof : from (jit) we get cj = dj, then tj = ej = uj = vj = 0 ∀ j , therefore problem (p) reduced to 1/rj/ ∑ 𝐶 , but this problem was solved by (spt)-rule. then (spt)-rule given an optimal schedule for the problem (p). 6. branch and bound (b&b) algorithm in this section, we apply (b&b) to get an exact solution for our problem (p). the (b&b) method is strategy to explore the solution space based on the implicit enumeration of the solution. this method is based on the idea of calculate all feasible solutions by a special technique, which among them research tree technique, where helps to present the procedures of this method more clearly. here, at the root node of the search tree, we suggest six heuristic methods to provide an upper bound (ub) on the cost of the optimal schedule. also, we derive a especially formula to ensure an lower bound (lb), as following: 6.1. six-upper bound (6-ub) in this section, six heuristic techniques are used for arranging the jobs and valuation the cost problem (p). 1. the first upper bound (ub-1) is obtained by "short release time (srt)-rule" i.e. (r1 ≤…≤ rn), then find; ub-1 2. the second upper bound (ub-2) is obtained by, set j1= min{rj + pj}, then order all jobs by (srt) rule, where j=2,…,n. then find; ub-2 3. the third upper bound (ub-3) is obtained by order the jobs in non-decreasing of the (rj + pj) i.e. (r1+ p1≤…≤ rn+ pn). then find; ub-3 4. the fourth upper bound (ub-4) is obtained by, set j1=min{rj + pj}, then order all jobs by (spt) rule, i.e. (p2≤…≤pn). then find; ub-4 5. the fifth upper bound (ub-5) is obtained by (spt)-rule. then find; ub-5 6. the sixth upper bound (ub-6) is obtained by (edd)-rule. then find; ub-6 among these sixheuristics, we select the lowest value to be the an upper bound, (i.e. ub= min {ub-1,..., ub-6}). this ub is then used in a root node of the search tree in (bab) method. 6.2. lower bound (lb) finding a lower bound (lb) for our problem (p) is based on decomposing problem (p) into three sub-problems (p1), (p2) and (p3). then calculate m1 to be (lb-1) for (p1), m2 to be (lb-2) for (p2), and m3 to be (lb-3) for (p3). then applying the theorem (1):  to get a lower bound (lb) for problem (p1) (lb-1). we modified the lower bound of tariq and hussam [29]. they proved that (max{ ∑ 𝑑 , ∑ 𝑀𝑎𝑥 {2cσ(j) – dσ(j), cσ(j) }) is (lb) for the 1//∑ 𝐶 𝑇 𝐸 problem, since this problem is a special case of our problem (p1), then (max{ ∑ 𝑑 , ∑ 𝑀𝑎𝑥 {2cσ(j) dσ(j), cσ(j) }) is also (lb) of our problem (p1). but this (lb) is a weak. to improvement this (lb), we suggest the following :   147  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 (lb-1)= nr٭+𝜶 – r; where: n = number of jobs. r٭= min rj j=1,…,n. 𝛼 = (max{ ∑ 𝑑 , ∑ 𝑀𝑎𝑥 {2cσ(j) dσ(j), cσ(j) }) r = ∑ 𝑟j j=1,…,n. then for problem (p1), the following algorithm obtained this (lb-1). 6.2.1. algorithm (lb-1) step(1): order the jobs by using (spt)rule. step (2): for each job j compute the completion time cj, 2cσ(j) and ∑ d j=1,…,n. step (3): set n = number of jobs and r٭= min rj j=1,…,n. step (4): set α = (max{ ∑ d , ∑ max {2cσ(j) dσ(j), cσ(j) }) and r= ∑ rj j=1,…,n. step (5): find (lb-1)= nr٭+𝛂 – r. step (6): stop.  for (p2) we get a (lb-2) for p2 by applying (moore algorithm).  for (p3) we get a (lb-3) for p3, firstly we calculate a minimum maximum cost of the late work vmax by applying (lawler algorithm), since vmax ≤ ∑ 𝑉 , then vmax is (lb) of the problem (p3) i.e.(lb-3). then we find (lb) of problem (p), where: (lb) = (lb-1) + (lb-2) + (lb-3) ……………… from theorem (1). both of the (ub), (ilb) represent two values a root node in a search tree. the (b.a.b) method include of essential procedures the following [24]:  branching is the procedure of dividing mother (original) problem into two or more sub-problems. in the search tree, the sub problems are expressed by nodes. the branching rule specified by use forward branching means the jobs are sequenced one by one from the beginning. or backward branching i.e. (the jobs are sequenced one by one from the end).  bounding is procedure the of computing a lower bound on the optimal solution of a sub problems (nodes).  search strategy is a procedure reflect the method of choosing a node in the search tree to branching from it, usually the branch be from a node with the smallest (lb) in the search tree , with commitment to the following [30]. o if (lb) ≥ (ub), then this sub problem cannot yield a better solution for problem. thus, we need not continue to branch from the corresponding node in the branching tree. o if (lb) < (ub), then (ub) is reset to take (lb) value, ( i.e. replace (ub) by (lb) ). this procedure is repeated until all nodes (sub-sets) have been test. the at first noteworthy feature of (b&b) is the use of "dominancerules" (dr) that try to exclude nodes prior to calculating (lb) to it [2]. these (dr) are computationally   148  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 useful as they reduce storage requirements on the computer as well as reducing computation time . 7. dominancerules (dr) dominance rules (dr) usually specify whether a node can be discarded in search tree before its lower bound (lb) is calculated, so it helps reduce search space. clearly (dr) are particularly useful when a node can be eliminated which has (lb) that is less than the optimal solution. to introduce the (dr) for our problem (p) consider schedules s = (σ, i, j, σ' ) and s' = (σ, j, i, σ') where σ, σ' are two a partial schedule of the remaining n-2 jobs. let t=∑ 𝑝∈ , be the completion time of σ, with rj = r, di≤ dj, and pi≤ pj. define ( ci(t) + ti(t) + ei(t) + ui(t) + vi(t) an the sum of total completion time, tardiness, earliness, number of tardy jobs and late work of job i ) if scheduled at time t and let fij= (cij(t) + tij(t) + eij(t) + uij(t) + vij(t) ) be the sum of total completion time, tardiness, earliness, number of tardy jobs and late work of job i and j, if i precedes j and their processing starts at time t. the following interchange function δij(t) is used to specify the new dominance properties which gives the cost of interchanging adjacent jobs i and j whose processing start at time t. δij(t) = fij(t) –fji(t). note that this cost δij(t) does not depend on how the jobs are arranged in σ and σ' but depends on start time t of the pair, and :  if δij(t) < 0 then i precede j at time t.  if δij(t) > 0 then j precede i at time t.  if δij(t) = 0 then it is indifferent to schedule i or j first. first: if r ≤ t , we divide the situation into the following cases: case 1. if di ≤ t +pi, dj ≤ t +pj (i.e. both the jobs i, j are always tardy). proof. to show that s dominates s', it suffices to show that (δij= fij (s)fji (s') ≤ 0) and vice versa. since the jobs i and j are both tardy, then ei=ej=0, vi=pi, vj=pj, and ui=uj=1. now, let  fij(s)= [ (t +pi) + (t +pi – di) +0 + 1 +pi +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj ]=4t +5pi +3pj – di –dj +2 ….. (a)  f'ji= [(t +pj) + (t +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj + (t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi -di) +0 +1 +pi ]=4t +3pi +5pj –dj –di +2 ….. (b). δij= (a) (b)= 2pi -2pj ≤0 , then job i precede j case 2. if di ≤ t +pi, t +pj ≤ dj ≤ t +pi +pj (i.e. the job i, is always tardy and the job j, is tardy if not scheduled first ). proof. since the job i, is always tardy then ei=0, ui=1, and if job j scheduled first then tj=0, and vj={0, cj –dj} (i.e. j , is early or partial early).  fij= [ (t +pi) + (t +pi – di) +0 + 1 +pi +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj -dj) +0 +1 +pj ]=4t +5pi +3pj – di –dj +2 ….. (a).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi -di) +0 +1 +pi ]= 2t +3pi +2pj +dj – di +1 …. (b). (when vj=0).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj – t –pj) +0 +(t +pj -dj) +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi -di) +0 +1 +pi ]= 3t +3pi +3pj – di +1 …. (c). (when vj=cj -dj).   149  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 1. δij=(a) – (b)= 2t +2pi + pj –2dj +1 > 0 , then job j precede i. 2. δij=(a) – (c)= t +2pi –dj +1 > 0 , then job j precede i. case 3. if di ≤ t +pi, t +pi +pj ≤ dj (i.e. the job i, is always tardy and the job j, is always early ). proof. since the job i, is always tardy then ei=0, ui=1, and if job j is always early, then tj=0, and vj={0, cj –dj} (i.e. j , is early or partial early).  (when vj=0).  fij= [ (t +pi) + (t +pi – di) +0 + 1 +pi +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pi –pj) +0 +0 ]= 2t +3pi –di +dj +1 ….. (a).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ]= 2t +3pi +2pj +dj – di +1 …. (b). δij=(a) – (b)= –2pj <0, then job i precede j  when (when vj= cj –dj).  fij= [ (t +pi) + (t +pi – di) +0 + 1 +pi +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pi –pj) +0 +t + pi +pj – dj]= 3t +4pi + pj – di +1 ….(c).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +( t + pj –dj) +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ] = 3t + 3pi +3pj –di +1….. (e). δij=(c) – (e)= pi –2pj ≤0, then job i precede j case 4. if t +pi ≤ di ≤ dj ≤ t +pj (i.e. the job j, is always tardy and the job i, is tardy if not scheduled first ). proof. since the job j, is always tardy then ej=0, uj=1, and if job i, scheduled first then ti=0, and vi={0, ci –di} (i.e. i , is early or partial early).  (when vi=0). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +0 +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj ]= 2t +2pi +3pj –dj +di +1 ….. (a).  f'ji= [(t +pj) + (t +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj + (t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ]=4t +3pi +5pj –dj –di +2 ….. (b). δij=(a) – (b)= –2t –pi –2pj +2di –1 ≤ 0, then job i precede j  (when vi= ci –di). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +(t +pi –di) +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj ] = 3t +3pi +3pj –dj +1…. (c).  f'ji= [(t +pj) + (t +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj + (t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ]=4t +3pi +5pj –dj –di +2 ….. (e). δij=(c) – (e)= –t –2pj +di –1 ≤ 0, then job i precede j case 5. if t +pi ≤ di, t +pj ≤ dj ≤ t +pi +pj (i.e. each of the two jobs i and j are tardy if not scheduled first ). proof:  (when vi=0). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +0 +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj ]= 2t +2pi +3pj –dj +di +1 ….. (a).  (when vj=0). f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ]= 2t +3pi +2pj +dj – di +1 …. (b). δij=(a) – (b)= –pi +pj +2di –2dj >0, then job j precede i.  (when vi= ci –di). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +(t +pi –di) +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj ] = 3t +3pi +3pj –dj +1…. (c).   150  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020  (when vj= cj –dj). f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +( t + pj –dj) +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +o +1 +pi ] = 3t + 3pi +3pj –di +1….. (e). δij=(c) – (e)= –dj + di ≤ 0, then job i precede j.  (when vi=0). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +0 +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj ]= 2t +2pi +3pj –dj +di +1 ….. (a').  (when vj= cj –dj). f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +( t + pj –dj) +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ] = 3t + 3pi +3pj –di +1….. (e'). δij=(a') – (e')= –t –pi +2di –dj >0, then job j precede i.  (when vi= ci –di). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +(t +pi –di) +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –dj) +0 +1 +pj ] = 3t +3pi +3pj –dj +1…. (c').  (when vj=0). f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ]= 2t +3pi +2pj +dj – di +1 …. (b). δij=(c') – (b')= t +pj +di –2dj ≤ 0, then job i precede j. case 6. if t +pi ≤ di ≤ t +pi +pj ≤ dj (i.e. the job i, is tardy if not scheduled first, and j, is always early). proof.  (when vi, vj=0). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +0 +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pi –pj) +0 +0 ]= di + dj …..(a).  (when vj=0). f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ]= 2t +3pi +2pj +dj – di +1 …. (b). δij=(a) – (b)= –2t –3pi –2pj +2di –1 ≤ 0, then job i precede j.  (when vi= ci –di, and vj = cj –dj ). fij= [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +(t +pi –di) +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pi –pj) +0 +t + pi +pj –dj] = 2t +2pi +pj…..(c).  (when vj = cj –dj). f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +( t + pj –dj) +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –di) +0 +1 +pi ] = 3t + 3pi +3pj –di +1….. (e). δij=(c) – (e)= –t –pi –2pj +di –1 ≤ 0, then job i precede j. case 7. if t +pi +pj ≤ di ≤ dj (i.e. both the jobs i, j are always early). proof.  when vi, vj =0.  fij = [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +0 +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pi –pj) +0 +0 ]= di + dj …..(a).  f'ji = [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) +0 + (di –t –pj –pi)+0 +0] = dj + di….(b). δij=(a) – (b)=0, then it is indifferent to schedule i or j first.  when vi= ci –di , vj = cj –dj.  fij = [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +(t +pi –di) +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pi –pj) +0 +(t + pi +pj –dj)]=2t +2pi +pj…..(c).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +( t +pj –dj) +(t +pj +pi) +0 + (di –t –pj –pi) +0 +(t +pj +pi –di)]= 2t +pi +2pj ….(e). δij=(c) – (e)= pi –pj ≤ 0, then job i precede j.  when vi= ci –di , vj = 0.   151  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020  fij = [(t +pi) +0 + (di –t –pi) +0 +(t +pi –di) +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pi –pj) +0 +0 ]= t + pi +dj ….(n).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (dj –t –pj) +0 +0 +[(t +pj +pi) +0 + (di –t –pj –pi) +0 +(t +pj +pi –di) = t +pj +pi + dj …..(m). δij=(n) – (m)= –pj ≤ 0, then job i precede j. second: if r > t , then in the same way above we show that the theorem is true (integral). theorem 2 for the problem (p), if ri = r , di = d, for every (i ϵn), and if pi ≤pj and dj =d , where jobs (i), and (j) are adjacent jobs, then job (i) must precede job (j) in at least one optimal sequence. proof. using the same previous methodology the we can prove the validity of this theorem with the following cases: first: r ≤ t: case 1: if d ≤ t +pi ≤ t +pj (i.e. both the jobs i, j are always tardy). proof. to show that s dominates s', it suffices to show that (δij= fij (s)fji (s') ≤ 0). since the jobs i and j are both tardy, then ei=ej=0, vi=pi, vj=pj, and ui=uj=1. now, let  fij(s)= [ (t +pi) + (t +pi – d) +0 + 1 +pi +(t +pi +pj) + (t +pi +pj –d) +0 +1 +pj ]=4t +5pi +3pj – 2d +2 ….. (a)  f'ji= [(t +pj) + (t +pj –d) +0 +1 +pj + (t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –d) +0 +1 +pi ]=4t +3pi +5pj –2d +2 ….. (b). δij= (a) (b)= 2pi -2pj ≤0 , then job i precede j. case 2. if d ≤ t +pi, t +pi +pj ≤ d (i.e. the job i, is always tardy and the job j, is always early ). proof. since the job i, is always tardy then ei=0, ui=1, and if job j is always early, then tj=0, and vj={0, cj –dj} (i.e. j , is early or partial early).  (when vj=0).  fij= [ (t +pi) + (t +pi – d) +0 + 1 +pi +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (d –t –pi –pj) +0 +0 ]= 2t +3pi +1… (a)  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (d –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –d) +0 +1 +pi ] = 2t +3pi +2pj +1…(b) δij=(a) – (b)= – 2pj <0. then job i precede j.  when (when vj= cj –d).  fij= [ (t +pi) + (t +pi – d) +0 + 1 +pi +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (d –t –pi –pj) +0 +t + pi +pj –d]= 3t +4pi + pj – d+1 ….(c).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (d –t –pj) +0 +( t + pj –d) +(t +pj +pi) + (t +pj +pi –d) +0 +1 +pi ] = 3t + 3pi +3pj –d +1….. (e). δij=(c) – (e)= pi –2pj ≤0, then job i precede j. case 4. if t +pi +pj ≤ d (i.e. both the jobs i, j are always early). proof.  when vi, vj =0.  fij = [(t +pi) +0 + (d –t –pi) +0 +0 +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (d –t –pi –pj) +0 +0 ]= 2d …..(a).  f'ji = [(t +pj) +0 + (d –t –pj) +0 +0 +(t +pj +pi) +0 + (d –t –pj –pi)+0 +0] = 2d….(b). δij=(a) – (b)=0, then it is indifferent to schedule i or j first.   152  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020  when vi= ci –d , vj = cj –d.  fij = [(t +pi) +0 + (d –t –pi) +0 +(t +pi –d) +(t +pi +pj) +0 + (d –t –pi –pj) +0 +(t + pi +pj –d)]=2t +2pi +pj…..(c).  f'ji= [(t +pj) +0 + (d –t –pj) +0 +( t +pj –d) +(t +pj +pi) +0 + (d –t –pj –pi) +0 +(t +pj +pi –d)]= 2t +pi +2pj ….(e). δij=(c) – (e)= pi –pj ≤ 0, then job i precede j. second: if r > t , then in the same way above we show that the theorem is true (integral). 8. computational experience an intensive work of numerical experimentations has been performed subsection (8.1) shows how instances (test problems) can be randomly generated. 8.1. test problems: we created (10) problems randomly, for each problem, nϵ {5, …, 16} jobs, and for each job j has the following data:  the processing time pj is generated from the discrete uniform distribution [1,10].  integer due date dj is generated from the uniform distribution [1, (1-tf+rrdd/2)sp], where sp= ∑ 𝑝 , (tf) is the "tardiness factor", and (rrdd) is the "relative range of the due dates". for the two parameters (tf) and (rrdd), the values (0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0) are considered.  integer release date rj is generated for each j from the uniform distribution [1, 5]. 8.2. computational experience with the (ub) and (lb) of (b&b) algorithm the (b&b) algorithm was tested by coding in (mat lab 2018) and running on a personal computer dell core i7 with ram 8 gb. tables 1, 2. shows the results to problem (p) obtained by (b&b) algorithm, when n ϵ{5,6,…,10} and nϵ{11,12,…,16} respectively. the first column (n) indicate to the number of jobs, the second column (ex) indicate to the number of examples for each instance n, the third column (cem) complete enumeration method only in tables 1. the fourth column (optimal) indicate to the optimal solution obtained by(b&b) method, the fifth and sixth columns indicate to upper bound (ub) and initial lower bound(ilb) respectively, and the other columns (non) are indicate to number of nodes, time (cem), and time(b&b) , finally, column (status) indicate to the problem solved (0) or not (1). the symbols (*) indicate to the (ub) given an optimal value and (**) indicate to the (ilb) given an optimal value. the (b&b) algorithm was stopped when the sum of (status column ≥3). a condition for stopping the (b&b) algorithm was determined and considering that the problem is unsolved (state is 1). here, the (b&b) algorithm is stopped, after (1800) second. from tables 1, 2. we are noticed that the six heuristic of upper bound given good results, it gives the value for objective function equal to optimal or near optimal value. we also have two other tables 3, 4. are the summary of the two previous tables 1, 2. that show the average computational time of (cem) and (b&b), the average of nodes, and the unsolved problems.   153  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 1. the performance of cem, optimal of (b&b), (ub), (ilb), number of node and (cpu) in seconds of (cem) and (b&b), for n = (5,7,10). n ex cem b&b ub lb non t.(cem) t.(b&b) status 1 163 163 166 123 41 0.0217488 0.110176 0 2 160 160 160* 102 51 0.0040399 0.025487 0 3 207 207 219 177 57 0.0043776 0.016705 0 5 4 93 93 93* 44 69 0.003325 0.009982 0 5 87 87 87* 55 24 0.0113214 0.016442 0 6 95 95 95* 71 25 0.002008 0.00461 0 7 166 166 166* 129 94 0.002042 0.007144 0 8 135 135 136 98 57 0.0020626 0.004578 0 9 168 168 171 115 51 0.0019062 0.003848 0 10 145 145 145* 113 38 0.0018841 0.003119 0 1 244 244 286 183 235 0.1016655 0.1174261 0 7 2 152 152 159 113 362 0.0814766 0.0421561 0 3 188 188 188* 131 211 0.0738479 0.0200314 0 4 158 158 181 122 256 0.073096 0.0223296 0 5 311 311 317 270 226 0.0808035 0.0301934 0 6 146 146 149 109 226 0.0697635 0.0211181 0 7 254 254 254* 192 583 0.0714399 0.0397211 0 8 230 230 260 175 291 0.0715506 0.014869 0 9 306 306 308 245 731 0.0696867 0.0437375 0 10 199 199 209 162 271 0.0700934 0.0178577 0 10 1 540 540 595 478 6799 62.948728 0.5378211 0 2 377 377 377* 314 8800 57.021325 0.5824576 0 3 525 525 540 423 11431 57.77288 0.7884419 0 4 325 325 363 261 23298 60.377976 1.3742526 0 5 402 402 411 324 7183 57.3601 0.4897919 0 6 322 322 369 239 13592 61.739524 0.5339548 0 7 370 370 394 307 3135 56.726814 0.2065081 0 8 377 377 383 304 7338 59.551903 0.4800463 0 9 372 372 393 288 4955 60.867124 0.293253 0 10 526 526 556 442 29039 59.035872 1.846271 0   154  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 2. the performance of optimal of (b&b), (ub), (ilb), number of node and (cpu) in seconds of (b&b) for n=(11, 13, 16). n ex b&b ub lb non t.(b&b) status 11 1 504 559 404 28164 1.798678 0 2 597 597* 494 16666 1.1426506 0 3 412 412* 339 37043 2.4015924 0 4 315 384 230 14400 0.6151017 0 5 626 665 541 66156 4.2628177 0 6 599 599* 518 12403 0.8402274 0 7 416 416* 332 88787 5.5034052 0 8 550 578 438 33125 1.968353 0 9 446 446* 364 52656 3.3493212 0 10 563 580 469 77098 4.981989 0 13 1 758 786 678 966958 68.04239 0 2 782 797 664 384969 26.9411 0 3 869 871 773 1799803 122.9181 0 4 551 568 426 764902 55.11314 0 5 726 735 616 803127 54.33091 0 6 855 866 726 461218 34.64196 0 7 544 588 431 70847 5.386437 0 8 767 824 658 1013911 100.976 0 9 725 795 578 583650 28.91363 0 10 845 889 687 2107275 120.6244 0 16 1 1150 1157 1022 12015015 976.3893616 0 2 1193 1280 1101 15004109 1141.920575 0 3 914 990 793 14240404 767.3393739 0 4 1226 1242 1107 24168411 1800.001399 1 5 789 864 677 6028307 513.3604747 0 6 940 989 828 22692450 1800.000598 1 7 950 1092 836 8260306 504.8303402 0 8 1182 1183 1061 23951871 1800.000418 1 9 1067 1086 951 21206817 1800.000022 1 10 1004 1059 879 20173233 1676.25391 0   155  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 in the tables 1, 2. we have: n : number of jobs. ex : example number. cem: the optimal solution obtained by (cem). b&b: the optimal solution obtained by (b&b) method. ub: the upper bound obtained from (section 6.1). lb: the lower bound obtained from (section 6.2). non: number of nodes. t.cem: the time (in seconds) which is required for (cem), only in table 1. t.bab: the time (in seconds) which is required for (b&b). status= 𝟎 𝒊𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒃𝒍𝒆𝒎 𝒊𝒔 𝒔𝒐𝒍𝒗𝒆𝒅 𝟏 𝒐. 𝒘. *= the upper bound givens the optimal value. **= the (ilb) given an optimal value. the following tables summarize tables 1, 2. table 3. summary of the table 1. table 4. summary of the table 2. in table 3, 4. we have: n : number the jobs. av.t. (cem) :average computational time of (cem). av.t. (b&b):average computational time of (b&b). uns. p: the unsolved problem 8. conclusion and future work in this paper, we been developed exact solutions for the problem of scheduling (n) jobs on onemachine to minimize the sum total completion time, total tardiness, total earliness, number of tardy jobs and total late work with unequal release dates. a branch n av.t.(cem) av. t.(b&b) av. non n. uns. p 5 0.005472 0.0202091 50.7 0 7 0.076342 0.036944 339.2 0 10 59.34022 0.7132798 11557 0 n av. t.(b&b) av. non uns. p 11 2.6864136 42650 0 13 61.78880509 895666 0 16 1278.009647 17052164 4   156  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 and bound (b&b), is used to solve to our problem. computational experience showed the proposed (b&b) algorithm is effective in solving problems with up to (16) jobs. the study of this problem opens up new horizons for future research and here we can refer to the most important ideas that we want to work on in the future: 1. develop the suggested lower bound (lb) for problem, as well as dominance rules (dr), in order to reduce the search space. 2. use local search methods to solve our problem. 3. from of the topics of interesting to us in the future are to examine the following two problems: a) 1 /rj/ f(∑cj, ∑tj, ∑ej) b) 1 /rj/ f(∑cj, ∑uj, tmax) references 1. chen, w.y.; sheen, a. paretooptimal solution procedure for the singlemachine scheduling problem with release time and multiple performance measures. journal of the chinese institute of industrial engineers.2011, 28, 5, 346-359 2. lenstra, j.k.; kan, a.r.; brucker, p. complexity of machine scheduling problems. annals of discrete mathematics. elsevier.1977, 1, 343-362. 3. smith, w.e.  various optimizers for single-stage production. naval research logistics quarterly. 956, 3, 1-2, 59-66. 4. schrage, l. letter to the editor—a proof of the optimality of the shortest remaining processing time discipline. operations research.1968, 16, 3, 687-690. 5. chandra, r. on n/1/f dynamic deterministic problems. naval research logistics quarterly.1979, 26, 3, 537-544. 6. dessouky, m.i.; jitender, s.d. sequencing jobs with unequal ready times to minimize mean flow time. siam journal on computing.1981, 10, 1, 192-202. 7. ahmadi, r.h.; uttarayan, b. lower bounds for single-machine scheduling problems. naval research logistics (nrl).1990, 37, 6, 967-979. 8. chu, c. a branch-and-bound algorithm to minimize total flow time with unequal release dates. naval research logistics (nrl).1992, 39, 6, 859-875. 9. rinnooy kan, a.h.g.  machine sequencing problem: classification. complexity and computation, 1976. 10. chu, c. a branch-and-bound algorithm to minimize total tardiness with different release dates. naval research logistics (nrl).1992, 39, 2, 265-283. 11. baptiste, p.; jacques, c.; antoine, j. a branch-and-bound procedure to minimize total tardiness on one machine with arbitrary release dates. european journal of operational research.2004, 158, 3, 595-608. 12. mohammed, h.a. approximation algorithms for minimizing the total weighted earliness on machines scheduling. journal of karbala university.2009, 7, 1, 23-33. 13. sidney, j.b. optimal single-machine scheduling with earliness and tardiness penalties". operations research.1977, 25, 1, 62-69. 14. mahnam, m.; ghasem, m. a branch-and-bound algorithm for minimizing the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness with unequal release times. engineering optimization. 2009, 41, 6, 521-536.   157  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 15. błażewicz, j. scheduling preemptible tasks on parallel processors with information loss. recherche technique et. science informatiques.1984, 3, 415–420. 16. potts, c.n.; van wassenhove, l.n.  approximation algorithms for scheduling a single machine to minimize total late work. operations research letters.1992, 11, 5, 261-266. 17. potts, c.n.; van wassenhove, l.n. single machine scheduling to minimize total late work. operations research.1991, 40, 3, 586-595. 18. kethley, r.b.; bahram, a. single machine scheduling to minimize total weighted late work: a comparison of scheduling rules and search algorithms. computers & industrial engineering.2002, 43, 3, 509-528. 19. abdul razaq, t.s.; al saidy, s.k.; al zuwaini, m.k. single machine scheduling to minimize total weighted late work with release date. j. of al-qadisyah for pure science.2008, 13, 4, 91-112. 20. moore, j.m. one machine sequencing algorithm for minimizing the number of late jobs. management science.1968, 15, 1, 102-109. 21. dauzère, p.s.  minimizing late jobs in the general one machine scheduling problem. european journal of operational research.1995, 81, 1, 134-142. 22. baptiste, p.; laurent, p.; eric, p. a branch and bound to minimize the number of late jobs on a single machine with release time constraints. european journal of operational research.2003, 144, 1, 1-11. 23. briand, c.; samia, o. minimizing the number of tardy jobs for the single machine scheduling problem: mip-based lower and upper bounds. rairo-operations research. 2013, 47, 1, 33-46. 24. al-zuwaini, m.k.; mohanned, m.k. one machine scheduling problem with release dates and tow criteria. journal of thi-qar university.2011, 6, 2, 1-14. 25. graham, r.l.; lawler, e.l.; lenstra, j.k.; kan, a.r. optimization and approximation in deterministic sequencing and scheduling. a survey. in annals of discrete mathematics. elsevier.1979, 5, 287-326. 26. mahmood, a. a. solution procedures for scheduling job families with setups and due dates. diss. m. sc. thesis, university of al-mustansiriyah, college of science, dept. of mathematics, 2001. 27.  lawler, e.l. optimal sequencing of a single machine subject to precedence constraints. management science.1973, 19, 5, 544-546. 28. hanan, a.c. exact approximation algorithms for scheduling with and without setup times problems. ph. d. thesis. university of mustansiriya, college of science, 2007. 29. tariq, s.a.; hussam, a.m. simulation annealing and genetic algorithms for the single machine scheduling problem. almustansiriya j. sci. 2010, 21, 7, 24-33. 30. baúto, j.; rui, n.; nuno, h. parallel genetic algorithms for financial pattern discovery using gpus. springer international publishing, 2018. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 عة السینیة و درجة الحرارة االنتقالیة للمركب شقیاسات اال bi2sr2la2cu3o10+δ المطعم بالكالسیوم الفائق التوصیل محمد عبد النبي ثجیل ابن الھیثم، جامعة بغداد -قسم الفیزیاء ،كلیة التربیة 2011 ایار10: قبل البحث في، 2011 اذار30:استلم البحث في ألخالصھ cao في خصائص مركب البزموث الفائقة التوصیل بإضافة كمیات مختلفة من التطعیم بالكالسیوم درسنا تأثیر +bi2sr2la2-xcaxcu3o10إلى المركب δ.وقد حصلنا على ثالث نماذج هي a (x=0.4) و ، b (x=0.4) و c (x= 0.8) وأظهر تحلیل . لتقلیدیة في ظل الظروف المثلیاتوقد حضرت النماذج بطریقة تفاعل الحالة الصلبة ا ذو تركیب معیني قائم مع ) c(ذو تراكیب رباعیة الشكل بینما االنموذج ) b وa(عینات األشعة السینیة أن النماذج تم قیست ألمقاومیة. للعینات المطعمة بالكالسیوم بالمقارنة مع العینة الخالیة منهcانخفاض في قیمه ثابت الشبیكه ذو ) a(الكهربائیة عند درجات حرارة مختلفة تحت المجاالت المغناطیسیة الصفریة و أظهرت تفسیر البیانات أن العینة ة بأنها أظهرت ) c(عینة بینما ال " معدنیا" أظهرت سلوكا) b(سلوك شبه موصل، و العینة ل ذو درج موصل فائق التوصی .k 85 حرارة التحول عند المقاومة صفر تساوي تحلیالت األشعة السینیة، درجة حرارة التحول ،ألمقاومیه الكهربائیة -:الكلمات ألمفتاحیه ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 x-ray data and transition temperature measurements of ca doped bi2sr2la2cu3o10 +δ superconductor m. a. thejeel departme nt of physics, college of education ibn-al-haithem, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 30 march 2011 ,accepted in : 10 may 2011 abstract we st udied the effect of cadop ing on the p rop erties of bi-based sup erconductors by addin g differ ent amounts of cao to the bi2sr2la2-xcaxcu3o10+δ comp ound. consequently , we obtained three samples a,b and c with x=0.0, 0.4 and 0.8 resp ectively. the usual solid-state reaction method has been app lied under op timum conditions. the x-ray diffraction analy sis showed that the samp les a and b have tetragonal structures conversely the samp le c has an orthorhombic st ructure. in addition xrd analysis show that decreasin g the c-axis lattice constant and thus decreasing the ratio c/a for samples a,b and c resp ectively. the x-ray florescence p roved that the comp ositions of samp les a,b and c with the ratio of bi:sr :la(ca):cu which were about 2:2:2:3. resistivity were measured at different temp eratures under zero magnetic f ields and the data were interp reted. samp le a shows t hat semiconductor behavior, sa mple b showed a metal behavior and sa mple c showed a sup erconductor behaviors with transition temp erature at zero resistance tc( off set) were 85 k . ke y words: resistivit y, t ran sition t emperat ure and xray diffract ion an alysis introduction sup erconductors bi-base are very sensitive to sy nthesis conditions. they change from semiconductors t o metal, from metal to sup erconductors, or from sup erconductors at low t c to high tc sup erconductors without losing their cryst alline structuere(1). the high sensitivity of sup erconductors to p artial replacement by elements have cations higher oxidation st ates and oxy gen content. oxy gen content is due to the app arent ease to which oxy gen can move in and out of the atomic lattice(2,3). bi2sr2ca2cu3o10+δ (2223) sy st em is st ill difficult t o sy nthesize in its p ure form, the reason is that the formation of the (2223) p hase is a very slow p rocess taking p lace within a very limited temp erature range, moreover, the weak bonding along the c-axis may also contribute to its st ronger p rop ensity to form intergrowt h p roducts(4) . to obtain a high quality 2223 monophase sup erconductor, the basic and significant knowledge needed is about the thermody namic p rocess of the bi-sy st em (5), the forming mechanisms and the inter relation of the two sup erconducting p hases 2212 and 2223. the nucleation of (2223) can be formed, if additional lay er of p erovskite –like cu-ca-o is inserted into t he (2212) matrix. this inserting p rocess can occur under the sintering temp erature through the fluctuation of comp onent and energy (6). in the p resent work, we have successfully to p repare bi2sr2la2-xcaxcu3o10+δ bulk p olycryst alline sup erconductor by using solid state reaction p rocess, we analyze the st ructure ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 and study the electrical prop erties of ca-doped bi2sr2la2cu3o10+δ sup erconductor sy nthesized at t he optimum conditions. experimental the bi2sr2la2-xcaxcu3o10+δ samples with different ca (x=0.0, 0.4, 0.8) were prepared by the standard solid state reaction method usin g mixed p owder of bio, sr la2o3, cao and cuo with a purity of 99.99%. the starting materials were carefully mixed and ground in a mortar. the powders were calcined in air at 800°c for 3 hours with several intermittent grindin gs, and furnace cooled. the comp osition of p rep ared samples was checked by the p owder xrf analysis in order to find the actual bi/sr/c a/la/cu ratio .the p owder was p ressed into discshap ed p ellets (1.3 cm) in diameter and (0.2-0.3) cm thick, usin g hy draulic p ress under a p ressure of 7 ton/cm 2 .the p ellets were p resintered in air at (855-860) 0 c for (12) hours with a rate of 250 0 c/hr and then cooled to room temperature by same rate of heating.the presintered p ellets were reground, repressed and resintered in the oxy gen (oxy gen rate 0.2 l/min) at the same range of temp erature for further (6) hours and then cooled to (500) c and annealed in oxy gent for (4) hours and then cooled to room temp erature by same rate of h eating. the exess of oxy gen content (δ) as well as measuring the critical temp eratures by the four p oint technique have b een describ ed elsewher e (7). the x-ray diffractometer was used to confirm the resultant p hase of the samp les. results and discussion the variation of resistivity with temp erature of as sy nthesized bi2sr2la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ samples was measured by the st andard four-p robe technique. the normal st ate resistivity of all the samples showed semiconductors or metal behav iors with resp ect to temp erature. the temp erature dep endence of the resistivity (ρ) samp les with different ca in bi2sr2la2xcaxcu3o10+δ for (x=0.0,0.4,0.8) is shown in f igure (1). it is found from this figure that the behavior of resistivity (ρ) with the temperature for the sample a with x=0.0 is semiconductor behavior, sample b showed a metal b ehavior at x = 0.4, sample c showed a sup erconductor with transition temperature at zero resistance tc( offse t) were 85 k at x = 0.8. the compositions of the samples were determined by xrf analysis. the x-ray florescence p att erns of bi2sr2la2-xcaxcu3o10+δ sup erconductors are shown in figures (2,3 and 4). the ratio of bi:sr :la(ca):cu were found to be about 2:2:2:3. accordin g to the x-ray diffraction data for the samp les consisted of almost p hase-p ure p oly crystalline bi-2223 p hase. fig. (5) shows xrd p atterns taken in x=0.0, 0.4, and 0.8, resp ectively. it shows that all our samples are consisted of a major 2223 p hase and very small amounts of secondary p hases such as srbio , sr,la. cu-oδ sr,ca and cuo. t he comp arison between the relative intensities of xrd p atterns for the samples with ca = 0, 0.4 and 0.8, with the relative intensity of the same reflections of the samp le with la =0.0 shows that hightc p hase reflections of t he free samp le (ca= 0) h as lower intensity than samp les have ca . the lattice parameters have been estimated usin g d-valu es and (hkl) reflections of t he observed xray diffraction p attern through the software p rogram based on cohen , s l east square method(8) , the p arameters a, b, c and c/a are shown in table(1). fi gure (6) shows decreasin g c/a as comp arable with the free samp le, du e to t he subst itution of ca which has t he ionic r adius ca +2 (2.23a 0 ) smaller than that of la +3 (2.74a 0 ) which render c-parameter to be sm aller or get deformed. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 conclusions in the present study , we have investigated the effect of simu ltaneous dop ing of ca in laoδ lay er of bi2sr2 la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ. the substitution of ca for la ions y ields further ho les thus t hey will modulate the st ructure by influencing the char ge balance, o xy gen dist ribution and relev ant interactions p rocess between the neighbor ing lay ers will lead to create more holes in the cu-o lay ers. the transition temp erature of as grown samples is found to be sensitive to the ca concentrations it has been observed that maximum tc (85 k) is achieved for bi2sr2la1.2ca0.8cu3o10.24 . x-ray diffraction(xrd) analysis showed tetragonal st ructure (samples a and b) and an orthorhombic st ructure (samp le c) with decrease of the c-axis latt ice constant for the samples dop ed with calcium as co mpared with this has no calcium content . it was found t hat the change of the ca concentrations of all our samp les p roduce a change in the c/a and lattice parameters. re ferences 1jasim, k.a. (2005 )comparison study of tc between the sup erconducting compounds bi2-x(hg,pb)xsr2-y bayca2cu3o10+δ and hg1-xpbxsr2-y bayca2cu3o8+δ , ph.d thesis , university of baghdad , college of science , phy sics dep . iraq . 2pertanika, j. (2004) .thennal diffusivity m easurement of bscco superconducto 135 129): 1(12!. techno& . using pvdf t ransducersci) k300 to 85 ( 3yutaka, i.; m asasuke, t.; tsutomu, y.; m amoru, i. and koinuma , h. (1989) (formation of the high-tc phase of bi1-xpbxsr0.90ca1.10cu1.50oy (0≦x≦0.05), jp n. j. appl. phy s. 28: l1518-l1520 4m izuno m ., endo h., tsuchiya j., kijima n., sumiy ama a., tomii y. and m azaki h.,( cry stal structure of the high-tc phase in the pb-bi-sr-ca-cu-o sy st em) (1989) jp n. j.appl. phy s., .28, pp . l787-l790 ,. 5kouji yamawaki, sasaki s.,.tanak a m , yamauch i h. and lee s., ( single-cryst al x-ray st udy of (hg,pb)-1223 sup erconductor at low temp erature), (2000) phy sica c,.338,.6771. 6chmaissem, q.; huang, o.; capp oni, j.j.; chaillout, c.; m arezio, m .; tholence, j.l. and santoro, a.,( neutron p owder diffraction st udy of the cry stal st ructure of hgba2ca4cu5o12+δ at room temp erature and at 10 k) (1994) , phy sica c, 227 , 1-9 .. 7jasim k.a. (2009) synthesis, x-ray data and electrical prop erties measurements of bi dop ed tlsr2ca2cu3o9-δ sup erconductors , journal of college of education ,university of m ust ansiriy a 84(1): 806-812 8 ferguson i.f and.rogerson a.h : a p rogram for the calculation of the intensities of x-ray or neutron p owder reflections, (1984), comput. phys. commun., 32, 95 table(1): value s of lattice paramete r a,b, c/a, oxygen content (δ) and tc for sample s with diffe rent composi tion of bi 2s r2la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ x tc (of f)(k) δ(o2) a(a 0 ) b(a 0 ) c(a 0 ) c/a 0.0 ------------5.402 5.421 37.78 6.99 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fi g. (1): the resistivity de pen den ce on tem pe ratu re for bi2s r2la2-xc axcu 3o10+ δ at indi cate d values of (ca) at x =0.00, 0.4 an d 0.8 0.4 ------------5.414 5.414 37.63 6.95 0.8 85 0.24 5.423 5. 423 37.32 6.80 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig .(2) :xrf pat te rn s for th e s am pl e bi2s r2la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ fo r x=0.0 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fi g.(3 ): xrf patte rn s for th e s am pl e bi2s r2la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ fo r x=0. 4 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(4): xrf patterns for the sample bi2s r2la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ for x= 0.8 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(5): xrd patterns for the sample bi2s r2la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ for a (x=0.0), b(x=0.4) and c (x=0.8) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(6): c/a as function of different ca for bi2s r2la2-xcaxcu3o10+ δ 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد والمستضد bالمستضد لبیض ضد األكیاس المائیة باستعمالتمنیع الفئران ا اإلفرازي االبرازي وحیدة رشید علي جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم كلیة التربیة ،الحیاةقسم علوم الخالصة اإلصــابة تهـدف الدراســة الحالیــة إلــى إمكانیـة الحصــول علــى مستضــد لـه القــدرة علــى تحفیــز االسـتجابة المناعیــة ضــد فـــي echinococcus granulosusن مــن الطــور الكیســـي لــدودة امستضـــد ولهــذا أســتخلص، المائیـــة األكیــاس ضبمــر :األغنام وهما .bمسضد السائل الكیسي ویسمى المستضد -1 .esویسمى المستضد excretion-secretion المستضد االبرازي اإلفرازي 2 .1:1هو عبارة عن مزیج من المستضدین أعاله بنسبةb/es المستضد -3 فـي تمنیـع الفئـران البـیض مـن الـذكور بجرعـة مت مل استعل/ملغم b/es 60 , 30 15, دللمستضتراكیز إذ حضرت ثالثة .غم لحصول عملیة التمنیع/مایكروغرام 10تقویة واحدة ةوبجرع، من وزن الجسم غم/مایكروغرام20 قدرها تمنیع فـي تولیـد المناعـة ضـد اإلصـابة باألكیـاس المائیــة تراكیـز المستضـد التـي اســتعملت وكفایـة، فحصـت فعالیـة المستضـد .الثانویة عن طریق حساب النسبة المئویة لالختزال في أعداد هذه األكیاس 15, لتركیـزل% 100و % 92.3و % 91.5أظهرت النتائج إن النسبة المئویة لالختزال في مجـامیع الفئـران الممنعـة كانـت .بینها وبین فئران السیطرة الموجبة التي كانت أكثر تقبال لإلصابة ، وسجل فرقغم على التوالي /غراممایكرو 30 , 60 ثـــالث یومــا مــن اإلصـــابة أظهــرت الفئــران اســتجابة مناعیــة خلویــة عالیــة بعــد 45وعنــد إجــراء فحــص الحساســیة بعــد وكـان هـذا واضـحا لمجمـوعتي ،لفـار بزیـادة فـي سـمك وسـادة القـدمللیسرى ا في وسادة القدم b/esساعات من حقن المستضد مجموعـة فئـران السـیطرة السـیمالتفاعـل كـان أكثـر حـدة فـي الـثالث سـاعات األولـى و اإن إالالسـیطرة الموجبـة والفئـران الممنعـة إال إن التفاعل كان ،أعالهیوما من اإلصابة كانت النتیجة مشابهة لما ذكر 90وعند إعادة التجربة بعد . المصابةالموجبة . أكثر حدة في الثالث ساعات األولى والسیما مجموعة فئران السیطرة الموجبة المقدمة لتجنـب دفاعـات یـةحمایـة عالیـة الكفا e. granulosusالدودة الشریطیة الحبیبیة المشـوكة یمتلك الطور الیرقي لطفیل إذ یقــوم الطفیلــي بتثبــیط المناعــة ، ة المضــیف المحیطــة بـالطفیلي مــن التــأثیر المنــاعيظــالمضـیف عــن طریــق أغشــیة ومحف cyإفرازهـا حركیـات خلویـة th2 عـن طریـق تنشـیط الخالیـا th1لخالیـا الخلویـة tokines مثـل النترلـوكینil-4 مثبطـة ).1(مما یزید ذلك من شدة المرض th1لعمل 2009) 3( 22والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة اســتجابة مناعیـة خلویـة وخلطیــة فـي المضــائف وٕاحـداثیمتلـك الطـور الیرقــي مستضـدات عالیــة لتحفیـز الجهـاز المنــاعي protوتعــد الرؤیســـات األولیــة ، )2(الوســطیة oscolices مستضــدا أكثـــر خصوصــیة مــن الســـائل الكیســي فــي االختبـــارات ت المنتجـــات اســتعمل). 3(كثــرة المكونــات الطفیلیــة فیـــه ممــا یقلــل مــن النتــائج الكاذبـــة فــي الفحوصــات المناعیــة المصــلیة ل رقیـة للدیـدان الشــریطیة فـي تمنیـع األغنـام ضــد الطـور الیرقـي مكتسـبة بــذلك مناعـة عالیـة ضـد إصــابة لیاالیضـیة لألطـوار ا كمـا تـزداد درجـة التمنیـع بزیـادة عـدد الجرعـات . ة تحـت الجلـدوبحقـن الجرعـة الجنینیـ، e. granulosusالتحـدي ببیـوض لهـذا الطفیلــي وتـم الحصـول علــى مسـتوى عـال مــن الوقایـة خـالل التمنیــع التجریبـي لألغنــام بمستضـد السـائل الكیســي). 4( mمشــطرة "امـوادتعمــل مستضــدات الطفیــل ). 5(مقارنـة بمجموعــة الســیطرة itogens الخلطیــة تــؤدي إلــى تحفیــز المناعــة خــالل أسـبوع مـن اإلصـابة واختفــاءه فـي األسـابیع الالحقــة igmكمــا لـوحظ ارتفـاع مسـتوى ، وزیـادة الكلوبیولینـات المناعیـة )6 .( یســات األولیــة أو رؤیال مستضـدا مختلفــا مــن الطـور الكیســي للــدودة ومـن الخالصــات المــاخوذة مـن 23لقـد شــخص وهمـا األكثـر اسـتعماال اللتقــاط ، 5 أوa والمستضـد 4 أوb المستضـد هـي وأكثـر هـذه المستضـدات تواجـدا .جـدار الكـیس نــه الa ثــر استضـدادیة وخصوصـیة مــن المستضـدأكb كمــا إن المستضـد .لطفیـللهـذا ا األجسـام المضـادة النوعیــة inاالیضـیة للرؤیسـات المنمــات فـي الزجـاج إن المنتجـات ) . 6(ودیــدان شـریطیة أخـرى e. multicularisشـترك مـع م vitro وتقــوم المستضــدات االبرازیــة اإلفرازیــة ، أجســام مضــادة نوعیــة لهــذه المستضــدات االیضــیة فــي االختبــارات المناعیــة excretion-secretion (es) antigens مـن الطـور الیرقـي وتطـور الغشـاء الجرثـومي ومـن ایـض الرؤیسـات األولیـة علـى ) .8,7(واسع من األجسام المضادة التي لها دور في تشخیص وحث مقاومة فعالة ضد الطفیلي إنتاج مدى ة عالیـــة یــهنالــك محــاوالت لعمــل لقــاح مضــاد لطفیــل األكیــاس المائیـــة فــي المضــائف الوســطیة فــي الحیوانــات بكفا oncospالشریطیات أجنة باستعمال مستضدات heres antigens ، وباستعمال تقنیاتrecombinant dna ومن ثم وألجل ) 10,9% (99 وبنسبة القضاء على المرض في اإلنسان والقضاء على الطفیلي في مضائفه الوسطیة للطـور الكیســي bالمستضـدات االبرازیـة اإلفرازیــة للمستضـد ة إلـى إحــداث مناعـة نوعیـة باســتعمالذلـك تهـدف الدراســة الحالیـ . التقلیل من االمراضیة التي تنجم عن اإلصابة داخل جسم المضیف الوسطي ومن ثم ر األكیاسلكبح نمو وتطو ق العمل ائالمواد وطر تراوحـت نوبـأوزا، یومـا 30-35وبعمـر albino swiss miceأجریـت التجـارب علـى الفئـران البـیض مـن سـاللة .الذكور نفارا م) 75(وبعدد ،غم 25-30ن بی بنغازي في الجماهیریة اللیبیة جمعت عینات األكیاس المائیة مـن أكبـاد ورئـات األغنـام المصـابة لعـزل مجزرة من د ســحب عــوب ،% 70م الســطح الخـارجي بــالكحول االثیلــي بتركیـز ع الســائل الكیسـي إذ عقــالرؤیسـات األولیــة وفصـلها وجمــ وسـحب الراشـح ووضـع فـي قنینـة ، دقیقـة /دورة 2000بذ المركزي بسرعة ل اجري النم10جمیع السائل الكیسي بمحقنة سعة .منه bمعقمة لتحضیر المستضد مـن bالسـتخالص المستضـد ) .williams et al ( 12و 11)( .oriol et alالموضـحة مـن طریقـةالاسـتخدمت :تيمایأالسائل الكیسي وك dialy مــن الســائل الكیســي لألغنــام فــي كــیس الــدیلزة مــل 500وضـع -1 sis membrane وغمــر بمــادة البــولي اثیلــین وثم غسل السـطح الخـارجي للكـیس بالمـاء ، ملیلتر 250لتركیزه إلى حجم م 4بدرجة ) دالتون 2000ئي یبوزن جز ( كالیكول . ثیلین كالیكولأثار البولي آالجاري ثم بالماء المقطر للتخلص من 2009) 3( 22جلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدم dialy يإجـراء عملیـة الفـرز الغشـائ -2 sis مـن السـائل الكیسـي ضـد دارئ الخـالتمـل 100لحجـم acetate buffer .الدارئمع تبدیل م 4ساعة بدرجة 24مدة 5وباس هیدروجیني ، ملي مول5عیاریة ل م 500حجم أهمـــل الراشـــح الحتوائــه علـــى األلبـــومین ، دقیقــة 30دقیقــة مـــدة /دورة 50000فصــل الراســـب بالنبــذ المركـــزي بســـرعة -3 phospمـن محلــول دارئ الفوســفات مــل 30وأذیـب الراســب فــي ، وكلوبیـولین غیــر النــوعي للمضــیف hate buffer solution (pbs) 8مول وبأس هیدروجیني 5 بعیاریه. قـدرها وبشكل تدریجي لحین الوصول إلى نسـبة تشـبع ) (so4 nh4أضیف محلول مشبع من سلفات االمونیوم -4 .م 4دقیقة بدرجة 30وترك مدة ،400% وأهمـل ، دقیقـة لفصـل الراشـح الحـاوي علـى مستضـدات الطفیلـي 60دقیقـة مـدة /دورة 5000إجراء النبذ المركـزي بسـرعة -5 .الراسب الحتوائه على الكلوبیولینات النوعیة للمضیف مــرر 7 .دقیقـة/ دورة 50000ٕاجـراء النبـذ المركـزي بسـرعةدقیقـة، و 15بغلـي الراشـح مـدة bاسـتخلص المستضـد -6 m الراشح بمرشح دقیق illip ore filter)0.22 نقاوة المستضد لزیادة) مایكرومیترb. وجفــد المستضــد بجهــاز التجفیــد مـــادة حافظــة،% 0.01مــادة المیرثوالیــت بتركیــز b أضــیف للمستضــد -8 lyop hilizer م4حفظ بدرجة و. ). whitaker and granum )13وفق طریقة على bوقدر تركیز البروتین للمستضد -9 وغسـلت الطبقـة المولـدة ، ل األكیـاس المائیـةجمعت الرؤیسات األولیة من سائل األكیاس المائیة لألغنام المصابة بطفی /ممـایكروغرا 100وحـدة دولیـة مـن البنسـلین و 100حـاو علـى normal salineللكـیس ثـالث مـرات بمحلـول فسـلجي معقـم إجـــراء فحــص حیویـــة ل فســـلجي خــال مـــن المضــادات الحیویـــة بعــد ســات فـــي محلــو یوعلقـــت الرؤ ، مـــن الستربتومایســین لمــ مكـررات السـتخراج التركیـز النهـائي لعـدد الرؤیسـات الموجـودة ةیوسین المائیـة واخـذ معـدل ثالثـآلاألولیة بصبغة ا الرؤیسات .في المحلول aure and aspاستخدمت طریقة ok )8 (يلمستضد االبرازي اإلفرازي وكما یأتلتحضیر ا: rpmلزرعـي ماثـل لحجـم الرشـح المسـحوب بالوسـط احجـم م الرؤیسـات األولیـة باسـتعمال تعلقـ -1 i1640 ) المصـنع مـن لزرعـي فـي دوارق الـزرع ن الوسـط امـل مـ/ ممـایكرو غـرا 100على الستربتومایسین والبنسلین بتركیز يلحاو ا) sigmaشركة .عیة وبمعدل رؤیس حیوي في كل دورقمن المادة الزر مل 10-15إذ وضع مل 25المخروطیة حجم وقـــد ، لزرعــي یومیــا مــع فحــص حیویــة الرؤیســاتمــع الوســط ا" ایومــ 7-15م مــدة 37حضــنت الــدوارق بدرجــة حــرارة 2 . ساعة 24فیها خالل evaginationأظهرت نسبة كبیرة من الرؤیسات حصول عملیة االنبعاج المادة الزرعیـة بعـدها وجمعت، المضیفساعة الحتوائها على بروتینات مصل 24الزرعیة المسحوبة بعد أهملت المادة -3 . م 4عقمة محكمة الغلق وتحفظ في درجة قناني م یومیا في بتمریـره مـع تنقیـة الراشـح ،دقـائق خمـس دقیقـة مـدة /دورة 1500 المسـحوبة بسـرعةالنبـذ المركـزي للمـادة الزرعیـة إجـراء 4 .معقمةظروف مایكومیتر في 0.22بأوراق المرشح الدقیق دالتـون مـدة 6000ئـي یجز كالیكـول بـوزنوغمـر بـالبولي اثیلـین ،الـدیلزةبوضـعه فـي كـیس لمـ100كـز الراشـح إلـى ر 5 .المقطرساعة ثم بالماء 24مدة 7.2 برقم هیدروجیني pbsوٕاجراء الفرز الغشائي ضد دارئ الفوسفات ،ساعة48 .االستعمال م لحین 4وجفد وحفظ بدرجة ،)whitaker and granum )13وفق طریقة على در تركیز البروتینق -6 -:التمنیع اآلتي تضمنت تجارب مجـامیع كـل ثـالثعلـى قسـمت "ایومـ 30-25ر بعمـر مـن الـذكو فأرا) 75(استخدم في هذه التجربة :األولىالتجربة ( تراكیـز منـه ةوحضـرت ثالثـ es المستضـد مجموعـة عملیـة التمنیـع باسـتعمال لكل تفارا وأجری 25مكونة مجموعة یومــا 21وبعــد غــم مـن وزن جســم الحیـوان / ممـایكرو را 20وحقنــت كـل مجموعــة بجرعــة ، )مـل/ممـایكرو غــرا60,30,15 إلجـراء عملیـة subcutaneous roteتحـت الجلـدي المسـلك باسـتعمال م غـ /میكروغـرام 10 حقنت بجرعة تقویة مقـدارها وبعد ثمانیة أیام حقنت كل المجامیع بجرعة التحدي ، التمنیع challenge rote لخلبي رؤیس أولي حیوي في جوفها ا 3000لبالغة ا.intraperitoneally -:ي اتفأرا ذكور قسمت كما ی 45استعمل في هذه التجربة :الثانیةالتجربة . مجموعة سیطرة موجبة حقنت بجرعة التحدي مباشرةاستعملت افار 25األولى شملت من عة و المجم . مجموعة سیطرة سالبة طبیعیةتركت فارا 25المجوعة الثانیة مكونة من یومــا مــن اإلصــابة بالرؤیسـات األولیــة وفحصــت األعضـاء الداخلیــة للحیــوان عیانیــا 90شـرحت مجــامیع الفئــران بعـد -:تي یأاموك) 14(وفق طریقة على واستخدمت معادلة لحساب النسبة المئویة الختزال األكیاس المائیة ��� یومـا مـن حقـن 90و 45بعـد ) sanchez et al. )15 وفـق طریقـة علـى لمجـامیع الفئـرانالحساسـیة حـص أجـرى ف بعـد مـل 0.03وحقنـت بوسـادة القـدم الیسـرى للفـأر بحجـم ، b/esللمستضـد مـل /ملغـم 0.03تركیـز وحضـر، جرعة التحدي ،مـل 1سـعة محقنـهواسـتعملت ، الملـح الفسـلجي المعقـم مـن نفسـه الحجمبـوسادة القدم الیمنـى وحقنت ،تعقیم منطقة الحقن باســتعمال ) سـاعة 3, 24, 48 (وقـیس فـرق السـمك فـي وسـادة القـدم الیســرى للفئـران قبـل حقـن المستضـد وبعـد الحقـن مــدة .vernier القدمة النتائج لخلبــي موزعـة بشــكل غیـر منــتظم اظهـر تشــریح فئـران مجموعــة السـیطرة الموجبــة وجـود األكیــاس المائیـة فــي جوفهـا أ هلخلبي وهي مغروسة بهذا وكانت ملتصقة بالكبد والمعدة والحجاب الحجز والغشاء. منتشرة أحیانا بشكل كتل متجمعةو ملـم وجـدار رقیـق شـفاف یبـدو مـن خاللـه السـائل 1-8بـین وبـدت بشـكل كـرات متباینـة الحجـم تراوحـت أقطارهـا، األعضـاء ). 1 ,2 ,3 ,4(الكیسي صورة ظهـر تشــریح الفئـران الممنعــة وجـود األكیــاس المائیـة الثانویــة أیضـا ولكــن فـي بعــض منهـا فقــط وكانـت صــغیرة الحجــم أو وكانـت نســبة الفئــران الممنعــة المصــابة ،) 4(صــورة العــدد ملتصـقة بالكبــد أو المعــدة أو األمعــاء ةوقلیلــملــم 1-2بقطـر خــر وجـود أورام حبیبیــة فقـط بلغــت آلابعضـها واظهــر، )75مــن أصـل 5= الفئـران عــدد% 6.7( باألكیـاس المائیــة الثانویـة ).6(كما في الصورة )3= الفئران عدد% 4(نسبتها الثانویـة فـي الفئـران التجریبیـة الممنعـة وجـود انخفـاض واضـح أوضـحت نتـائج النسـبة المئویـة لالختـزال األكیـاس المائیـة بعـض منهـا مناعـة مطلقـة ضـد إصـابة التحـدي مقارنـة بفئـران واظهـر ، لخلبيا في عدد األكیاس المائیة في أحشائها وجوفها ة یـالفـرق فـي كفا )1(ویوضـح الجـدول ،اكیسـ) 13(التي بلغ فیها معدل األكیـاس المائیـة الثانویـة ةمجموعة السیطرة الموجب كانـــت النســبة المئویــة لالختـــزال إذ ،)غــم / ممـــایكرو غــرا 15 ,30 ,60(المحضـــرة ةبتراكیــزه الثالثــ b/esالمستضــد التحـدي وبمعــدلعالیـة فـي االسـتجابة إلصـابة ةیــكفا b/es واظهـر المستضـد ،التـواليعلــى % %91.5 ,%92.3 ,100 94.6.% الحاصــل فــي وســادة القــدم ریــق قیــاس فــرق الســمكط االســتجابة المناعیــة الخلویــة فــي الفئــران التجریبیــة عــن تاختبـر یوما من حقن 90و 45و بعد مرور ، ) ساعة48 ، 24 ، 3( بمدة b/esالیسرى للحیوان قبل وبعد حقن المستضد مــن ایــام 4ســاعات مــن حقـن المستضــد بعــد 3لیسـرى بعــد اأظهــرت النتــائج وجـود زیــادة فــي وســادة القــدم . جرعـة التحــدي ملـم ووصـل 1.2ساعة انخفض الفـرق إلـى 24وبعد ،ملم 1.2وكان معدل فرق السمك ، اإلصابة لمجموعة السیطرة الموجبة مـایو 90سـاعات مـن حقـن المستضـد وبعـد ثـالث كانت اكبر زیـادة فـي السـمك بعـد ) . 1( ملم شكل 1ساعة إلى 48بعد 48ملـم وانخفضـت بعـد 1.4ساعة انخفض الفرق إلـى 24ملم وبعد 1.8كان مستوى فرق السمك ،اذجریبیةمن اإلصابة الت أما الفئـران الممنعـة المصـابة باألكیـاس المائیـة فإنهـا . السیطرة الموجبة التجریبیة لمجموعةاإلصابة ملم في 1.1ساعة إلى التـدرج بفــرق السـمك فــي وسـادة القـدم لیســرى إذ كـان أعلــى فروقـا تشــبه فـروق مجموعـة الســیطرة الموجبـة مــن حیـث أظهـرت وأوضـحت نتـائج تحلیـل التبـاین عنـد اعتمـاد مـدة . ساعة 24ثم یقل أكثر عند 24عند ثم انخفضساعات ثالثسمك عند p)معنویة في سمك وسادة القدم عند مستوى احتمالیة "أقد أظهرت فروق یوما 90و 45الفحص وان الفروق كانت (0.05≥ .من اإلصابة "ایوم90 أكثر وضوحا بعد المناقشة rpmلزرعــي االمسـتخلص مــن تنمیـة عـدد مـن الرؤیســات األولیـة فـي الوسـط b/esمستضـد االبـرازي اإلفـرازي لل iمكونــات الطفیلیـة فیــه ة وخصوصــیة عالیـة لكثـرة الیـعلـى تحفیــز االسـتجابة المناعیـة الخلویــة والخلطیـة بكفا ةالقابلیـ 1964 لوجـوده فـي السـائل الكیسـي وغـالف الرؤیسـات األولیـة والخالیـا الحشـویة bاستعمل المستضد الحالیة الدراسة وفي ). 14( ولهـذا المستضــد تفاعـل منـاعي جیــد كمـا انــه یعطـي التشــخیص المنـاعي النــوعي 6)(وجــدارها محــافظ الحضـنة يوفـ، لهـا الن الفئـران ایومـ 3025لتمنیـع الفئـران بعمـر b/esالمستضـد لمالدراسـات العلمیـة ولهـذا اسـتعتـه وهـذا مااكد، للطفیـل عمرها عن شهرین تكون أكثر قابلیة لإلصابة باألكیاس المائیة الثانویة من تلك التي یزید عمرها عـن الشـهرین دالتي ال یزی )17.( كمـا ، ة التمنیـعیـلمائیة الثانویة في المجامیع الممنعة مما یؤكد كفالوحظ انخفاض واضح في معدالت عدد األكیاس ا 60حتــى إنهـــا فــي التركیـــز b/esاألكیـــاس المائیــة الثانویـــة زادت بزیــادة تركیـــز فـــي عــدد إن النســبة المئویـــة لالختــزال ا واصـغر حجمـا عنـد وان األكیاس التـي ظهـرت فـي مجـامیع الفئـران الممنعـة كانـت اقـل عـدد، %100وصلت إلى غم /ملغم صغیرة التي بدت بشكل كتل بیض، حبیبیة فقط ابعض منها أورامكما اظهر .مقارنتها مع أكیاس مجموعة السیطرة الموجبة الحجــم وهــي فـــي الواقــع عبـــارة عــن رؤیســات أولیـــة محاطــة بألیـــاف وتجمعــات مــن الخالیـــا االلتهابیــة الناتجـــة مــن التفاعـــل neutrop،العدلــة خالیـا : مثــل االلتهـابي للمضـیف hils والحمضـة eosinophils وخالیــا ، فــي األنسـجة المحیطــة بهـا mبلعمیـة كبیـرة acrop hages، وخالیـا بدینـة ، m ast cells وخالیـا عمالقـةgiant cells ، وخالیـا مولـدة لأللیـاف fibroblast s كما تكثر فیها الخالیا البالزمیة plasma cells )18.( (300قلتهـا قـد یرجـع إلـى حجـم جرعـة التحـدي من رغمبالأن وجود بعض األكیاس المائیة الثانویة في الفئران الممنعة كمـا إن الجـرع ، یـوم مـن التنمیـة 17إذ أظهـرت الرؤیسـات حركـة حیویـة حتـى بعـد ،وحیویة الرؤیسات األولیـة، )رؤیس أولي وكـذلك زیــادة تركیــز المستضـد المحقــون فــي ،داخـل جســم المضــیف يالطفیلــلیــة الكبیـرة تــؤدي إلـى تثبــیط منــاعي نتیجـة لفعا أظهـرت مجموعـة السـیطرة . الفئران مما اضعف مقاومتها للمرض وقاد إلى ظهـور األكیـاس الثانویـة فیهـا بـالرغم مـن تمنیعهـا ق یبــدو مــن داخلــه الســائل غشــاء رقیــ غیــر ملتصــقة باألعضـاء ومفــردة وذي الموجبـة وجــود األكیــاس المائیــة الثانویــة فیهــا ).20و19( في دراستین سابقتین و جاء ذلك مطابقا لما وجد ،الكیسي استضـدادیة عالیــة ویمكـن اســتعماله لتولیـد مناعــة ضـد األكیــاس المائیـة فــي b/esلمستضــد ل سـتنتج مــن ذلـك إنی .ة عالیة في التمنیعیوسطیة وبكفابوصفها مضائف الفئران المصادر 1.vuitt on, d.a.; zhang, s.l.;yng, y.; godot,v.; burton, i.; m antion, g. and bresson-hadni, 55.-51: 55int., parasitol. .s.(2006) 20.-: 1667 immunol.s. and dixon,j.b.(1989). clarke,-m arshaii ; d.a cox,.2 433.-: 4322lancet, and avila, r. (1968) . .p abrantes, .3 17.-5 :64., acta trop d. (1997). d. and heath, .b holcman,.4 478.-: 47120 . j. parasitol.int m .w. (1990). lightowlers,.5 .349-:337 65j. parasitol., .j.f. (1979) williams, .6 104.-:10171hy g., m ed. trop . .soc. .roy m . (1977) . trans r, m atossian, .7 8. auer, h. and aspock, h. (1986). studies on antigens from in vitro cultivated protoscolices of echinoco ccus multilocularis and their possible use in the serodiagnosis of hum an echinoco ccosis, t aeniasis (cy st icercosis) and hy datidosis (echinococcosis). second int. sy mp.(2-7) des : 7-15. (abstract).693-:68562 h.ums ther., (2005). b. gottstein, .9 43.-:3955int., w.(2006). parasitol. m . lightowlers, .10 11. oriol, r.; williams, j. f. ;perez-esandi, m .v. and oriol, c.(1971). am.j.. t rop . m ed. 574.-: 56920hy g., : 20hy g. m ed . r.(1971). am. j. t rop .and oriol, v. esandi, m .-perez f.; .j williams, .12 575-579. 159.-:156109ann.biochem.,.) 1980. (l m . granum, a. and whitaker, .13 24.-:196j. parasitol., d.(1976). int. heath, d. .14 165.-:15746 ,parasitol. exp . .1978). (z khan,-ali .15 16. sanch ez, f.; garicia, j.; m arch, f.;gardenosa, n.; colli, p.; m unoz, c.; auladell,c.and 447.-:44115 immunol.parasite py ats,g.(1993). 17. m addison, s. e.; slemenda, s. b. ;schantz, p.m .;fried, j. a.;wilson, m .and isang, v.c.w. 383.-:37740 hy g., m ed. trop . j. 1989).( 36.-:1816rev., m icrobiol. clin. p.(2003). d. m cm anus, and. j li, w.; zhang, .18 19. al-saegh. v.a.(1978).behavior of the larval stage of echinococcus granulosus in laboratory animals. m .sc.thesis, coll. m ed.,univ. baghdad . 20. varela-diaz,v.m .;williams,j.f.;cottort,e.a. and williams,c.s.f. (1974) survival of cyst of echinoco ccus granulosus after transp lant into homologous and .heterologous hosts. j. 612.-:60860parasitol., لمئویة الختزال) 1(جدول المستضد عدد النسبة ا ممنعة ب مائیة لمجموعة الفئران ال اس ال مجموعتي b/esاألكی و لبة .السیطرة الموجبة والسا الفئ��ران الممنع��ة بتراكی���ز مایكرو b/es(المستضد )غم/مغرا الختزال عدد األكیاس المائیة النسبة المئویة ل ل االنحراف المعد ي المعیار 15 1.1 0.95 91.5 94 .6 30 1.5 0.85 92.3 60 0 0 100 0 0 3.27 13 سیطرة موجبة 0 0 0 0 سیطرة سالبة 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ملم 1-2فأر مصاب باألكیاس المائیة بقطر :1صورة ملم 2-5 باألكیاس المائیة بقطر فأر مصاب: 2صورة 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ملم 8فأر مصاب باألكیاس المائیة بقطر : 3صورة ملم10 فأر مصاب باألكیاس المائیة بقطر توضح : 4صورة 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ملم 1-2احد الفئران الممنعة الحاویة على أكیاس مائیة بقطر ) :5(صورة ةال ورام ألاحد الفئران الممنعة الحاویة على أ: ) 6(صورة حبیبی 2009) 3( 22والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 immunization of white mice against hydatid cyst using antigen b and excretion secretion antigen 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 ى ر س سادة القدم الی ك و سم ق ر ل ف معد ) ملم ( في b/esساعة من حقن المستضد 3 , 24 ,4متوسط وسادة القدم الیسرى بعد 2)(شكل یوما من حقن جرعة التحدي 90الفئران الممنعة بتراكیزه الثالثة بعد في b/esساعة من حقن المستضد 4,24,3متوسط وسادة القدم الیسرى بعد 1)(شكل یوما من حقن جرعة التحدي 45الفئران الممنعة بتراكیزه الثالثة بعد con+ 60 30 15 con+ 60 30 15 con+ 60 30 15 ساعة 48ساعة بعد 24ساعة بعد 3بعد con+ 60 30 15 con+ 60 30 15 con+ 60 30 15 ساعة 48ساعة بعد 24ساعة بعد 3بعد ى ر س سادة القدم الی ك و سم ق ر ل ف معد ) ملم ( w. r. ali departme nt of biology, college of education, ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad. abstract the aim of this st udy was t oward the possibility of p roducing antigen that has the ability to st imulate the immune resp onse against the infection with the hy datid cyst . to do so antigens were extracted from sheep hy datid cyst fluid of echinococcus granulosus .these were: 1the hydatid cyst fluid called antigen b. 2excretion-secretion called es antigen. 3-b/es antigen is a mixture (1:1) of the above two antigens. three concentrations (15, 30 and 60 µg/ml) from antigen b/es were p repared to immunize the white mice (males) with 20 µg/gr body weight and one boost er dose (10 µg/gr) to st imulate immunity . the efficiency of these antigen concentrations against secondary infections was invest igated by the calculation of the reduction in p ercentage of cyst s numbers the results revealed that the reduction p ercentages of cyst in immunized group were 91.5% , 92.3% and 100% for concentration antigen 15, 30 and 60µg/g for thr immunized group s resp ectively.. there was a significant difference (p ≤0.05) between and the p ositive control group infection. aft er 45 days of infection, the sensitivity test showed that the highest cellular immune resp onse occurred after three hours of the injection of the b/es antigen in the left footp ad of the animals. t his resp onse was measured through the increase in the thickness of t he footp ad. the reaction was clear in the p ositive control and in the infected immunized animals. when the test was rep eated after 90 days of the infection, the results were similar to the above, but the reaction was more acute than in the first time esp ecially in the positive control group s of mice. microsoft word 203-211 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 203 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018  an accurate mhd flux solutions of a viscose fluid and generalized burgers' model fluxwithin an annular pipe under sinusoidal pressure hanan f. qasim dept. of mathematics/ college of education/ pure science ibn al-haitham/ university of baghdad hanankasim83@gmail.com received in:3 /october/2017, accepted in:17/ december/2017 abstract the aim of this work presents the analytical studies of both the magnetohydrodynamic (mhd) flux and flow of the non-magnetohydro dynamic (mhd) for a fluid of generalized burgers’ (gb) withinan annular pipe submitted under sinusoidal pressure (sp)gradient. closed beginning velocity's' solutions are taken by performing the finite hankel transform (fht) and laplace transform (lt) of the successivefraction derivatives. lastly, the figures were planned to exhibition the transformations effects of different fractional parameters (dfp) on the profile of velocity of both flows. keywords: generalized burgers’, finite hankel transform, laplace transform, sinusoidal pressure gradient. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 204 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 preface lately, many attentions have been devoted to the project of nonnewtonian fluids. in general, the foremostobject is t hat fluids (such as paints, the molten plastics, slurries, pulps, emulsions, the petroleum was drilled, blood and other identical entities), which do not follow the newtonian assume that the stress tensor is immediately symmetricto the rate of turn of deformitytensor, and show characteristics of flow quite severalto those of newtonian fluids, the models are usually distribution gas fluids of differential, average and integral types (rajagopal, [1]; and dunn and rajagopal, [2]). different studies were performed on a generalized oldroyd-b(go-b) fluid flux includes those from zheng et al. [3], khan et al. [4], and sultan et al. [5]. fetecau et al. [6], kamranc et al [7] and hyder ali muttaqi shah [8] thought fulsome summary fluxes of (go-b) fluid through two wall sides that perpendicular to a sheet. zheng et al. [9], and nazar et al. [10] talk overmaxwell fluid flux because of a plate, with fixed velocity. mahmood et al. [11] investigated the unsteady flux of a non-newtonian fluid between two infinite coaxial circular cylinders. whereas khan et al. [12], khan et al. [13], with khan and shafie, [14] described the exact solutions for the flux of an mhd (gb) fluid. in this paper, our target is to study the unsteady viscoelastic fluid flow with the model of fractional (gb) fluid within an annular pipe under (sp), and compare with flow under mhd (sp). the accurate solution for the distribution of velocity is performed by implying the (fht) garg et al. [15] and discrete (lt) of the sequential fractional derivatives. prevalent equations the constituent equations for an incompressible fractional(gb)fluid are agreed through sit  p , 1as )d ~ +(1=)d ~ d ~ +(1 t3 2 tt 21    (1) anywhere t fixed by cauchy stress, ip is undefined spherical stress, s means the additional stress tensor, t lla 1  is the first tensor of rivlinericksen with the gradient of velocity anywhere vl grad ,  showed the efficient viscosity of fluid, 1  and 3  (< 1  ) are the relaxation, and the obstruction times, respectively, 2  is the modern item parameter of (gb)fluid, α and β the (dfp) calculus like that 10   and p t d ~ the upper convicted fractional derivative which described through t ).( ~ slslsvss   tt dd (2) t ).( ~ lalaavaa 11111   tt dd (3) in whose  t d and  t d are the (dfp)of order  and  be contingent on the definition of riemannliouville, identify as 10, )( )( )1( 1 )]([ 0     pdt f dt d p tfd t p p t    and )( 2 ss p t p t p t ddd  (4) when (.) is the gamma function. the type diminished to the model of (go-b) when 02  and if, addendum for that α = β = 1 the normal oldroyd-b typeshall be earned. so, we suppose that shear stress and the field of velocity of the format https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 205 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 ),(,),( tretr z ssv   (5) when z e meant vector unit along the z-direction .equation (5) substituted into (1) and takeover an account for the first condition s (r,0) = 0 (6) obtain 2 3rt21rzzz 2 t2t1 3 2 21 )),((2),()d+(s2s)dd+(1 ),()1()(1 trtr trdsdd r rttt       (7) when 0ssss rzrr   . thereafter the being gradient of pressure at z-direction, the motion equation provided next scalar equation: )( 1 z p t rz sr rrd d         (8) when  showed constant fluid density. the judge rz s amidst eqs. (7), and (8), we earn the next fractional differential equation      ) 1 )(d+1( dz dp )dd+(1 1 t )dd+(1 2 2 t3 2 t2t1 2 t2t1 rrr v            (9) when   v indicated the kinematic viscosity. first problem of the non-magnetohydrodynamic flow regard that the fluxaffair of an incompressible (gb) fluid is firstly at rest in between two infinitely long coaxial cylinders of the radius 0r and 1r ( 0r ). at time  0t fluid is generated because of(sp) gradient which acts on liquid in z-direction. pointing to eq. (9), the coinciding (dfp) equation that define such flux has the way             ) 1 )(d+1( )2()( +1)(cos t )dd+(1 2 2 t3 21 2 1 10 2 t2t1 rrr v tt ut                    (10) when dz dp  1 (ut)cos 0  showed the (sp) gradient the condition of initial and boundary relations are described as form 102 2 ,0)0,()0,()0,( rrrr t r t r         (11) 0,0),(),( 10  ttrtr  (12) for producing the accurate analytical solution of the previous problems (10)(12), first, we perform(lt) rule garg et al. [15] through respect to t, we got )+(1 s sp ) 1 )(+1()+(1s 22122 0 2 2 3 2 21   ss urrr svss          (13) 0,0),(),( 0)0,( 10   tsrsr r   (14) when ),( sr denoted of function image of ),( tr and s denoted the parameter transform. we imply the (fht) garg et al. [15], described as form drkrbr i r r h )(0 1 0   ,  321i (15) while its inverse as https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 206 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018      1 1 2 00 2 0 1 2 00 22 )()( )()( 2 i ii iihi krjkrj krjrkbk   (16) where ik are the positive roots of equation 0)( 10 ikrb and )()()()()( 0000000 iiiii krjrkykryrkjrkb  when (.) 0 j while (.)0y are the functions of bessel of the first and second types of zero order. here using (fht) to eqs. (13)-(14) through respect to r, we take )1(k)+s(1 )+(1 s s 3 2 i 2 21 2 2122 0      sss ss u h    (17) currently, lettering eq. (17) in the form of a chain as 1 1 2 1 32 1 1 212 0,,,,,,0 2 210 !!!!!!!! )()()()()( !)1()+(1                   k i zqrlnnkmq i nkhkjfedcba jfedcbak k h k shjfedcba svku kss         (18) where zqrlnmhqlk    )222(2231 . whileits discrete inverse (lt) garg et al. (2007) will yield the form                                         1 1 2 1,12 21 1 2 1,11 1 1 2 1,1 0,, 1)1()1( 32 1 1 212 0 0 !!!!!!!! )()()()()( !)1(               t vk ett vk ett vk e t hjfedcba ku k ikikik kcba cba kzqrlnnkmq i nkh k k h (19) when       0 , )(! !)!( )( j m mjj zmj ze  showed generalized mittagleffler function garg et al. [15] andto earn eq. (19), the following property of inverse (lt) is used (20) )( )( ! , 11      ctet cs sm l mm            ,         1 )re( cs (20) eventually, the inverse (fht) obtains the analytic solution of velocity classification                                                             1 1 2 1,12 21 1 2 1,11 1 1 2 1,1 0,,,,,, 1)1()1(32 1 1 212 0 1 2 00 2 0 0 22 0 !!!!!!!! )()()()()( !)1( )()( )()( 2 ),(                 t vk ett vk ett vk e t dfjehcba ku k krjkrj krjrkbk tr ikikik kjdefcba jjedcba k zqrlnnkmq i qlkh k k i iii iiii (21) the special cases working the limits of eq.(21) where 0 , 02  (b=0) , we obtain the distribution of velocity for a (go-b) fluid. so the field of velocity decreases to                                                  1 1 2 1,1 11 1 2 1,1 0,,,,, 1)1()1(3 1 1 212 01 1 2 00 2 0 1 2 00 22 0 !!!!!! )()()()( !)1( )()( )()( 2 ),(             t vk e t t vk e t cdefba ku k krjkrj krjrkbk tr ikik cdefba kcdefba k hnkml i fkn k k i ii iii (22) where hfhlnfhlmk   3)2(13 . second problem of the magnetohydrodynamic (mhd) flow moreover, it believes that showing fluid is prevailed by imposing magnetic field 0[0, h , 0]h which work in positive z-direction. in the calculation of the low-magnetic reynolds number, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 207 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 the magnetic power of the body is considered as 2 0h w , when indicated electrical accessibility of fluid.now, by adding magnetic field to eq.(8) we get an eq. (23): 2 0 p 1 (r s ) hrz dw w dt z r r           (23) the judge rzs among eqs. (7) and (23), we make the next fractional differential equation        )dd+(1m) 1 )(d+1( dz dp )dd+(1 1 t )dd+(1 2 t2t12 2 t3 2 t2t1 2 t2t1              rrr v (24) anywhere   v denoted the kinetic viscosity while 2 0hm    denoted the dimensionless magnetic number. in the same way as calculating the flux of the first problem we find eq. (24), the according fractional partial differential equation that term such fluxhas the shape             )1() 1 )(d+1( )2()( +1)cos( t )dd+(1 2 212 2 t3 12 2 1 10 2 t2t1 tt ddm rrr v tt ut                       (25) where dz dp utp  1 )cos(0  indicated the continual pressure gradient to earn the accurate analytical solution of the previous problems (25)(12), first, we perform (lt) rule garg et al. [15] through respect to t, we obtain   )1() 1 )(+1()+(1 s s )+(1s 2 212 2 3 2 21220 2 21 ssm rrr svss u ss          (26) now using (fht) to eqs. (26) -(14) through respect to r, we obtain )1(k)+m)(1(s )+(1 s s 3 2 i 2 21 2 2122 0      sss ss u h    (27) now, inscription eq. (27) in sequence form as 1 1 2 1 33210 321 22 0,,,,,,,,,,0 2 210 !!!!!!!!!!!!! 6*)(5*)(4*)(3*)(2*)(1*)( !)1()+(1 321 32101                k i i kcccoigedcba wwwwtjfhnzqlk k h k mswccccoigedcba smvku kss         (28) where 3111* wwfk  , 12* w , 213* wtfz  , 0114* wthnqlk  , 1015* wwtjfhzq  , 26* w , 3201 2)(2)21()21()21()(31 wwwjtfzhnqlk   . while its discrete inverse (lt) garg et al [15] will yield the form                                         1 1 2 1 1,12 21 1 2 1 1,11 1 1 2 1 1,1 ..... 0,.....,, 1)1()1( 6 3 5 2 4 1 32212 0 0 ()()( !!!!!!!! *)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)( !)1(                t vkm ett vkm ett vkm e t hjfedcba mku k ikikik kcba zqj ki k k h (29) the following property of inverse (lt) is used (20). finally, the inverse (fht) gets the analytic solution of velocity classification                                                            1 1 2 1 1,12 21 1 2 1 1,11 1 1 2 1 1,1 .... 0,....,, 1)1()1(321 22 0 1 2 00 2 0 0 22 0 )()()( !!!!!!!! 6*)(5*)(4*)(3*)(2*)(1*)( !)1( )()( )()( 2 ),(                 t vkm ett vkm ett vkm e t hjfedcba mku k krjkrj krjrkbk tr ikikik kcba zql ki k k i iii iiii (30) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 208 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 the special cases working the limitsfor eq.(30) where 0 , 02  (b=0) while 0m (c=d=0) , we obtain the distribution of velocity for (go-b) fluid. so the field of velocity decreases to                                                    1 1 2 1,1 11 1 2 1,1 0,,,,, 1)1()1( 10 3 1 1 212 01 1 2 00 2 0 1 2 00 22 0 !!!!!!!! )()()()( !)1( )()( )()( 2 ),(             t vk e t t vk em t hhfedcba ku k krjkrj krjrkbk tr ikikywiq efcdba kfdecba k yzjkyiwnlji i zk k k i ii iii (31) where )()(31 yzjwzqywinqlk   . results discussion in the present study, we have been discussed mhd flux of (gb) fluid that passed an annular pipe. the accurate solution for the field of velocity u is gotten by performing the (lt) and (fht). furthermore, figures were plotted to show the behavior of diverse parameters included the velocity expressions u . a comparison between the effect of magnetic parameter (m≠0) (panel (a)) and the effect of non-magnetic parameter (m=0) (panel (b)) were also done graphically in figures (1-6). figures (1) and (2) the velocity is increased with the increasing of the with both cases (m=0 & m≠0), while it increased with  (m≠0) more than with  (m=0). figures (3), (4) and (5) showed the relaxation parameter effect 1 on the fields of velocity. velocity is decreased for the incensement of 1 for (m≠0), and it did not affected with the increase of 1 for (m=0). velocity is increased with the incensement of 2 when (m=0), and it oscillated with the increase of 2 for (m≠0).the velocity is decreased with the incensement of 3 when (m=0), and decreased more with the incensement of 3 for (m≠0). figure (6) has shown the effect of the magnetic parameter m inshort as well as in long time. it is detected that the velocity profile is increased with the increase of t = 0.5 – 1.2 for (m≠0) more than for (m=0). comparison displays that velocity sketch with the effect of magnetic field is greater when compared with velocity sketch without the effect of magnetic field. the result is demonstrated in long time. figure (1): shows velocity for various values of  while remaining another parameters constant (a) m 3 , and (b) m 0 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 209 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018   figure (2): shows velocity for various values of  while remaining another parameters constant (a) m 3 and (b) m 0   figure (3) shows velocity for various values of 1 while remaining another parameters constant (a) m 3 and (b) m 0 figure (4): shows velocity for various values of 2 while remaining another parameters constant (a) m 3 and (b) m 0 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 210 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (5): shows velocity for various values of 3 while remaining another parameters constant figure (6): shows velocity for various values of m while remaining another parameters constant (a) 0.1t  and (b) 0.5t  references [1] j. dunn; and k. rajagopal. fluids of differential type-critical review and thermodynamic analysis. international journal of engineering science 33 ,689-729, 1995. [2] k. rajagopal. mechanics of non-newtonian fluids, in: recent developments in theoretical fluids mechanics, in: pitman research notes in mathematics, vol.291, longman, new york, pp.129-162, 1993. [3] l. zheng; z. guo; and x. zhang. 3d flow of a generalized oldroyd-b fluid induced by a constant pressure gradient between two side walls perpendicular to a plate. nonlinear analysis: real world applications 12, 3499-3508, 2011. [4] m. khan; m. arshad; and a. anju. on exact solutions of stokes second problem for mhd oldroyd-b fluid. nuclear engineering and design 243,20-32, 2012. [5] q. suldan; m. nazar; u. ali; and m. imran. unsteady flow of oldroyd-b fluid through porous rectangular duct. international journal of nonlinear science.vol.15, no.3, pp.195211, 2013. [6] c. fetecau; m. nazar; and c. fetecau. unsteady flow of an oldroyd-b fluid generalized by a constantly accelerating plate between two side walls perpendicular to the plate. international journal of non-linear mechanics 44,1039-1047, 2009. [7] c. fetecau; c. fetecau; m. kamranc; and d. vieru. exact solutions for the flow of a generalized oldroyd-b fluid induced by a constantly accelerating plate between two side https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1840 mathematics | 211 2018)عام 1العدد ( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 walls perpendicular to the plate. journal of non-newtonian fluid mechanics 156,189-201, (2009). [8] s. hyder ali muttaqi shah. some accelerated flows of generalized oldroyd-b fluid between two side walls perpendicular to the plate. nonlinear analysis. real world applications 10,2146-2150, 2009. [9] l. zheng; f. zhao; and x. zheng. exact solutions for generalized maxwell fluid due to oscillatory and constantly accelerating plate. nonlinear analysis: real world applications 11, 3744-3751, 2010. [10] m. nazar; m. zulqarnain; m. saeed akram; and m. asif. flow through an oscillating rectangular duct for generalized maxwell fluid with fractional derivatives. commun nonlinear sci numer simulat 17, 3219-3234, 2012. [11] a. mahmood; s. parveen; a. ara; and n.a. khan. exact analytic solutions for the unsteady flow of a non-newtonian fluid between two cylinders with fractional derivatives model. commun nonlinear sci numer simulat 14, 3309-3319, 2009. [12] m. khan; r. malik; and a. anjum. exact solutions for an mhd generalized burgers fluid: stokes' second problem.physics.flu-dyn,1305-7358, 2013. [13] l. khan; f. ali; n. mustapha; and s. shafie. closed-form solutions for accelerated mhd flow of a generalized burgers? fluid in a rotating frame and porous medium. boundary value problems, doi10.1186/s13661-014-0258-4, 2015. [14] i. khan; and s. shafie. rotating mhd flow of a generalized burgers' fluid over an oscillating plath embedded in a porous medium. thermal science, vol.19, pp. s183-s190, 2015. [15] m. garg; a. rao; and s.l. kalla. on a generalized finite hankel transform. applied mathematics and computation 190, 705-711, 2007. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees computer | 237 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 digital watermarking in color image based on joint between dct and dwt jasim mohammed salih ismail dept. of central admission/ studies and planning and follow up directorate/ ministry of higher education and scientific research received in:4/april/2016,accepted in:25/october/2016 abstract the massive distribution and development in the digital images field with friendly software, that leads to produce unauthorized use. therefore the digital watermarking as image authentication has been developed for those issues. in this paper, we presented a method depending on the embedding stage and extraction stag. our development is made by combining discrete wavelet transform (dwt) with discrete cosine transform (dct) depending on the fact that combined the two transforms will reduce the drawbacks that appears during the recovered watermark or the watermarked image quality of each other, that results in effective rounding method, this is achieved by changing the wavelets coefficients of selected dwt sub bands (hl or hh), followed by applying dct transform on the selected sub band's coefficients, this method focuses on the invisibility for the embedded watermark bits, and the quality for the watermarked image; furthermore it focuses on a subjective for the recovered watermark after extraction stage. the proposed method was evaluated by using simple image quality matrix illustrated in the results, and it was found that the proposed method provide good objective quality, the recovered watermark extracted successfully and the quality of recovered watermark are survived. keywords: authentication, digital watermark, discrete wavelet transform, discrete cosine transform. computer | 238 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 introduction the fast development for the information technology in recent years makes the multimedia easy to modify by unauthorized user with easy way. still image is one of the important media that we need to be secured and authenticated. so, we need a technique to recognize the original and forged images. digital watermarking is a valid technique to solve this problem, digital watermarking is a process of embedding information inside the host directly with spatial domain; this is done by using least significant bit (lsb) or under frequency domain such as: discrete cosine transform (dct), discrete wavelet transform (dwt), discrete fourier transform (dft), singular value decomposition (svd) techniques …etc, to help us in verifying the authentication of images and localizing the alteration after extraction process. in order to improve of further perform in dwt based digital image watermarking algorithms could be obtained by jointing dwt with dct [1] [2]. the reason of applying two transforms is based on the fact that jointed transform could make up for the disadvantages of each other, so that effective watermarking approaches could be acquired. kaushik d. and et al [3] embedded the watermark bits inside the low frequency bands for each dct block of the selected dwt sub-band based on the joint between dwt and dct, furthermore, another improvement by using correction to increase the imperceptibility. while shinfeng d. lin and chin-feng chen [4] that suggest the energy of each block is concentrated on the low frequency after transformation in nature image and embedding bits inside the low frequency position and give the optimal quality for the watermarked image and survive loss of data compression, therefore the watermark bits information should not be embedded inside the higher frequency. the main inconvenience with digital watermark is that the watermarked image should be secured with a good objective quality after embedding stage. the primary goal for our proposed method is focused on the invisibility for the embedded watermark and quality of the watermarked image after embedding stage and the recovered watermark after extraction stage that is achieved by using joint process between two transforms, in the existing paper the joint process is done between dwt and dwt. the proposed method the existing attempts is to join between dwt and dct, the embedding stage is similar to one adopted in [5], but in our proposed method without using pn-sequences with hiding position in low frequency domain while [5] used middle frequencies. a binary logo bits with size of 128×128 are embedded in certain sub-bands (blue sub-band) of a 3-level dwt transformed of a host image with size of 256×256. then, dct transform of each selected dwt sub-band that computed and transformed to produce the selected coefficients randomly depending on the secret key that used a fixed position inside the host in transform domain to choose the coefficients and the watermark bits are embedded in the selected coefficients of the corresponding dct positions in low frequency domain as shown in figure (1). the algorithms (1) and (2) illustrate the joint stage with embedding stage for our proposed method: algorithm 1: embedding watermark stage with joint process. input: o as original image, w, as original watermark. output: wij watermarked image after joint stage. step 1: read o, w step 2: perform dwt on the o to produce the main four sites: ll1, hl1, lh1, and hh1. step 3: perform dwt (3-level) again over the low frequency domain represented by ll1 sub-bands to get other smaller sub-bands and choose the coefficient randomly cdwt'. computer | 239 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 step 4: divide o' into 8x8 non-overlapping block size to produce the corresponding block ob' from cdwt' depending on sk. step 5: perform dct for each ob' of the whole o' to obtain dct coefficients cdct. step 6: embed the watermark bits inside cdct of ob'. step 7: perform inverse dct (idct) on each block for the whole image after its middle sub-band coefficients have been modified to embed the watermark bits as described in [6], while the embedding site for the existing paper use the low frequency domain rather than the middle frequency domain to make the proposed scheme more robustness. step 8: perform the inverse dwt (idwt) on the transformed image, including the modified coefficient sets, to produce the watermarked image wij. step 9: end. the same steps from algorithm 3.3 are used with extraction stage to recover the watermark from wij, the following algorithm illustrates the extraction stage after joint stage: algorithm 2: extraction stage. input: wij as watermarked image after joint stage. output: rj' recovered watermark. step1: read wij. step2: perform dwt over wij to produce the main four sites: ll1', hl1', lh1', and hh1'. step3: perform dwt (3-level) again over the low frequency domain represented by ll1' sub-bands to get other smaller sub-bands and choose the coefficient randomly cj '. step 4: dived wij into 2x2 non-overlapping block size to produce the corresponding block obj'. step 5: perform dct for each obj' of the whole wij to obtain dct coefficients c'dct. step 6: the watermark is reconstructed using the extracted watermark bits. step 7: end. performance measures the following evolutionary matrix is used to evaluate the objective quality and imperceptibility after embedding stage. the quality for the watermarked image can be measured by using the peak signal to noise ratio (psnr), illustrated in the following equation (1) [6]: while, mean square error (mse) that is obtained from equation (2), is used to assess the extent of tampering between the original watermark o, and the recovered watermark r, where w represented the width, h represented the height for the watermark [7]. while the similarity between the original watermark and the recovered watermark from the attacked watermarked image is obtained by using the normalized correlation (nc) factor that is computed from the following equation (3) [8]: computer | 240 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 results figure (2) shows the original image that is used in the work, while figure (3) shows the watermarked image after embedding stage. a watermarked image was exposed for some type of pre-processing such as spatial filter (median filter) that is applied over the watermarked image illustrated in figure (4), mild processing such as salt and pepper that illustrated in figure (5), and the results was treated by using median filter in figure (6), the previous processes aim to assessment the ability of our proposed method in resistance this type of attacks. to evaluate a subjective for the proposed watermarking scheme, after embedding watermark in color images of 256×256 pixels, are conducted in the following tables, the experimental results that represent the quality of the watermarked image obtained from equation (1), illustrated in table.1, while quality for the recovered watermark after extraction stage is illustrated in table.2 that is obtained from equation (2), another performance measure that is used in work to assess the similarity between the o and the r after extraction stage from the noised watermarked image computed from equation (3), and the results are illustrated in table.3. figure (7), shows the original watermark in the left hand side and the recovered watermark in the right hand side after embedding stage under dct transform, while figure (8), shows the result after embedding stage under dwt in the same hand side, and figure (9), showed the quality for the recovered watermark under joint process between dct and dwt. conclusion in this paper, the joint processes between (dct/dwt) apply over the color bitmap-image bmp to obtain a high-quality for the watermarked image and the recovered watermark. the proposed method focuses on the invisibility for the embedded watermark bits, and the quality for the watermarked image; furthermore it focuses on a subjective for the recovered watermark after extraction stage. in the experimental results, the proposed method survived the quality of the watermarked image after median filter, the value of quality matrix that is used in the work to assess the subjective for the proposed method indicates that the proposed method also survives the quality for the recovered watermark after joint process between the two transforms (dct/dwt). we exposed the watermarked image to spatial filter as preprocessing and the results registered, the processed watermarked image is exposed to the salt & pepper noise, and the results also registered, the noised watermarked image is treated by median filter at last. the results that are indicated in the existing paper proved that the proposed scheme has ability to survive the quality for the watermarked image after unintended attack such as median filter. furthermore, the secret watermark is extracted successfully when the watermarked image is exposed to some type of unintended attacks such as salt & pepper noise followed by spatial filter. computer | 241 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 references 1tsai, m. and hung, h., (2005), “dct and dwt based image watermarking using sub sampling”, in proc. of the ieee fourth int. conf. on machine learning and cybernetics, 5308-5313, china. 2ali al-haj,( 2007), “combined dwt-dct digital image watermarking”, journal of computer science 3 (9): 740-746. 3kaushik, d.; md, s.; mir, m. and iqbal, h., (2013), “a joint dwt-dct based watermarking technique for avoiding unauthorized replication”, ieee. 4shinfeng, d. lin and chin-feng, chen,( 2000), “a robust dct-based watermarking for copyright protection”, ieee transactions on consumer electronics, 46, 3, august. 5saied, a. and ahmadreza, n.,( 2008), “a new robust digital image watermarking technique based on joint dwt, dct transformation”, department of computer engineering, university of isfahan, isfahan, iran, ieee. 6qian-chuan, z. and qing-xin,( 2009), “a dct domain color watermarking scheme based on chaos and multilayer arnold transformation”, international conference on networking and digital society, ieee, chengdu, china. 7kaushik, d.; md., s.; md., m. and md., i.,( 2012), “combined dwt-dct based digital image watermarking technique for copyright protection”, 7th international conference on electrical and computer engineering, dhaka, bangladesh, 20-22 december. 8shang-lin; i-ju t.; bin-yuan h. and jh-jie,( 2008), “protecting copyright of color images using a watermarking scheme based on secret sharing and wavelet transform”, journal of multimedia, 3, 4, october. table (1) psnr for the watermarked image dct/dwt db units peppers lena psnr 46.226 48.107 table( 2) mse for the recovered watemark dct/dwt db units peppers lena mse 0.626 0.871 table ( 3) nc for the recovered watemark dct/dwt db units peppers lena nc 0.335 0.887 computer | 242 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (1) general diagram for joint dwt-dct secret key sk hl2 hh2 ll1 hl1 hh1 lh2 lh1 hl3 lh3 ll4 hl4 lh4 hh4 hh3 read original image 3-levels dwt dct read original watermark embedding stage idct 3-levels idwt watermarked image computer | 243 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (2) the original image figure (4) the watermarked image after median filter figure (5) the watermarked image, after salt and pepper with (0.10) degree figure (3) the watermarked image figure (6) the noised watermarked image, after median filter computer | 244 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 figure (8) the recovered watermark after dwt, a: the original watermark, b: the recovered watermark a b figure (9) the recovered watermark after dct/dwt, a: the original watermark, b: the recovered watermark a b a b figure (7) the recovered watermark after dct, a: the original watermark, b: the recovered watermark computer | 245 7112 (1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 العالمة المائية الرقمية في الصورة الملونة dwtو dctعلى أساس الربط بين جاسم محمد صالح إسماعيل وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي/ ائرة الدراسات والتخطيط والمتابعة/ دقسم القبول المركزي 6102االول//تشرين 62 , قبل في:6102/نيسان/4استلم في: خالصةال جعل عمالهااست ةلوسهوأن التطور الحاصل في مجال الصورة الرقمية مع توفر البرمجيات المختصة بمعالجة الصور هذه الورقة تقدم المشكلة. هالحلول لحل هذ أهم. العالمة المائية الرقمية كانت من متاحاً للجميعمن عملية التزوير والتالعب في بيئة واحدة لغرض تضمين العالمة المائية داخل dwtو dctمن مقترحة تتضمن عملية ربط كًل طريقة البحثية اإلخفاءجودة للصورة المضمنة للعالمة المائية ما بعد أعلىالبيئة وذلك لغرض الحصول على هذهضمن .الصورة الملونة من خالل التالعب بقيم معامالت بشكل منفصل،إحدى الطريقتين عمالنتيجة است تظهروكذلك لتجنب المشاكل التي قد dwt ضمن نطاق الترددات الواطئة متبوعة بعملية تطبيق dct وتركز هذه الطريقة على عدم خالل عملية التضمين ، وجود تشوهات بعد تضمين العالمة المائية في الصورة األصلية وعلى جودة الصورة النهائية بعد تضمين العالمة المائية . لقد تم تقييم الطريقة المقترحة من خالل إلضافة إلى التركيز على العالمة المائية المسترجعة بعد عملية االستخراجفيها با النتائج ان الطريقة المقترحة أظهرت ،فقرة النتائج يبعض المعايير الرئيسة ضمن هذا المجال والتي تم تفصيلها ف عمالاست ان جودة الصورة المضمنة كانت إذ ،الصورة المضمنة والعالمة المائية المسترجعةة على جودة ظلها القدرة على المحاف جيدة. الموثوقية، العالمة المائية الرقمية، التحويل المويجي المتقطع، تحويل دالة الجيب تمام المتقطع. : الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 366-376 علوم الحياة | 366 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 pseudomonas aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasbالتسلسل التتابعي لجين المعزولة من بعض الحاالت السريرية رنا مجاهد عبدهللا الشويخ قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة/ جامعة بغداد 2015كانون األول 15قبل في 2015تشرين األول 11استلم في: الخالصة عينة جمعت من حاالت 120من اصل pseudomonas aeruginosaعزلة تعود الى بكتريا 75حصل على .pفي بكتيريا elastase )pseudolysin ( lasbأظهرت نتائج التحري عن جين الضراوة النزيم مرضية مختلفة. aeruginosa زوج قاعدة بعد ترحيله 300% وكان الحجم الجزيئي للجين 84عزلة وبنسبة 63الى وجود هذا الجين في . بينت النتائج ان هنالك طفرات وراثية في دنا p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasbحلل التسلسل التتابعي لجين كهربائيا. ، حدثت هذه الطفرات في تسلسل القواعد النتروجينية وكان اغلبها من نوع االستبدال واالضافة والحذف lasbالجين كذلك تبين من مطابقة التسلسل التتابعي للقواعد % مع التسلسل التتابعي للجين االصلي ، 97وكانت نسبة التطابق روجينية المترجمة مع تسلسل الحامض االميني الذي يشفر عن هذا الجين ، لم يكن للطفرات تأثير في نتائج ترجمة النت البروتين وذلك لكونها طفرات صامتة. .lasb التسلسل التتابعي لجين، lasbجين ، p. aeruginosa -الكلمات المفتاحية: علوم الحياة | 367 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة من انواع البكتريا السالبة لصبغة كرام وهي من االنواع البكترية السريرية االنتهازية p. aeruginosaتعد بكتريا relevant opportunistic تتميز هذه البكتريا بمقاومتها العالية والمتعدده للمضادات الحيوية المختلفة ،multidrug resistant (mdr) [1] لعديد من االمراض وااللتهابات النواع من الكائنات ومنها تنتشر البكتريا في البيئة وتسبب ا ، تسبب العديد من االصابات plantsوالنباتات nematodesوالديدان insectsوالحشرات mammalsاللبائن pneumonia والتهاب ذات الرئة corneal infectionوالتهاب القرنية keratitisلالنسان منها التهاب العيون chronic lungوالتهابات الرئة المزمنة wound and burn infection [2]تهابات الجروح والحروق وال infection فضال عن انها تودي الى الموت احيانا في حاالت اصابة التليف الرئويcystic fibrosis [1] تسبب . hospitalacquiredوكذلك العديد من االمراض التي تنتقل عبر المراجعة الى المستشفيات sepsisحاالت تسمم الدم bacterial infection فضال عن مقاومتها العالية للمضادات الحيوية التي تجعل عالجها صعبا فال يمكن ايجاد عالج ، تسبب اصابات خطيرة لالشخاص المصابين ، [4,3]سريع لها وتكون انواع المضادات التي تستعمل في العالج محدوده organ transplant، وتسبب االلتهابات عند نقل االعضاء لالشخاص immunocompromisedبالكبت المناعي infection [5]ان معظم سالالت بكتريا . p. aeruginosa تنتج سموما وانزيمات خارجية منها corneal ulcerationيؤدي دورا مهما في العديد من االمراض منهاالذي proteasesوانزيم phospholipasesانزيم وتمتلك ايضا chronic pulmonary colonizationوااللتهاب الرئوي المزمن burn infectionواصابات الحروق mucoid ) المسؤول عن تكوينalginate )exopolysaccharideوامتالكها لطبقة pyocyaninصبغات منها phenotype [6] الموجودة ضمن جدار الخلية . extracellularالعديد من االنزيمات المحللة للبروتين الخارجي p. aeruginosaتنتج السالالت المختلفة من بكتريا proteolytic enzyme التي عوامل ضراوة للبكتريا وتكون هذه االنزيمات على انواع متعدده تتضمنprotease iv و alkaline protease ( aeruginolysin) المشفر من قبل الجينapra gene وانزيمelastase الذي يكون على المشفر من pseudolysin (lasb)وانزيم lasa geneالمشفر من قبل الجين lasa ( staphylolysinنوعين( ، تتطور االنزيمات lasbيا ولكنه مهم في فعالية واطئا في الخال lasaويكون انتاج االنزيم lasb geneقبل الجين lasb elastaseويعد انزيم [2,7]المحللة للبروتين حسب نوع االصابة بالمضيف وتتداخل مع النظام المناعي للمضيف من عوامل الضراوة لهذه البكتريا وله دور في امراضية البكتريا ، اذ يعمل على تحطيم انسجة المضيف وتعطيل تقاطعات بين الخاليا الظهارية للرئة وتدهور للجهاز المناعي وبينت دراسات عدبدة ان حدوث طفرات وراثية في الجينات ال . [8]المشفرة لهذا االنزيم يؤثر في ضراوة البكتريا المواد وطرائق العمل عينة من حاالت مرضية مختلفة تضمنت التهابات الجروح والحروق 120جمعت -عزل وتشخيص البكتريا : . ومن عدة مستشفيات في 2014 /30/11لغاية 2014 /1/9والمجاري البولية و االذن الوسطى وعينات الدم للمدة من ي ومستشفى الصدر ومستشفى ابن البلدينة االمامين الكاظمين الطبية بغداد مثل مستشفى الطفل المركزي و مستشفى مد ومستشفى الحروق والمختبرات التعليمية / مدينه الطب ، شخصت العزالت البكتيرية باستعمال االختبارات المجهرية وحسب تعليمات الشركة api20eكما تم تاكيد التشخيص باستعمال نظام [9]والزرعية والبايوكيميائية المعتمدة من قبل المصنعة له. دنا باستعمال عده خاصة في استخالص الدنا من عزالت البكتريا والمصنعة من قبل شركة عزل ال -: dnaعزل geneaid biotech kit system , uk . وحسب النشره المرفقة مع عدة االستخالص بيكومول/ مايكروليتر بعد اذابتها في الماء الخالي من 10حضرت البوادئ بتركيز -: lasbالكشف عن جين مايكروليترا من الماء الخالي من النيكلويز ومزج 90 مايكروليترات من البادئ واضيف له 10 ز وبعد ذلك أخذالنيكلوي مع مراعاة مزج البادئ بعد اخراجه من الثلج م° 20 –جيدآ وحفظ البادئ في درجة الحرارة vortexبوساطة الهزاز .]6[لمجانسته قبل االستعمال vortexبأستعمال الهزاز [6]وتم التحوير بالبرنامج ليصبح بالظروف التفاعلية الموضحة في الجدول ادناه pcrوباستعمال تفاعل البلمرة المتسلسل : علوم الحياة | 368 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 pcr condition product size ( bp) primer sequence 3 ́ 5 ́ primer 94 ˚c 3min 94 ˚c 30sec 55 ˚c 1min for 30 cycles 72 ˚c 1min 72 ˚c 5 min 300 ggaatgaacgaagcgttctc ggtccagtagtagcggttgg lasb f lasb r eithidiumمايكرولترات من صبغة 5% الحاوي على 1.5فصلت نتواتج التفاعل باستعمال االكاروز بتركيز bromide وباستعمالdna ladder )100 باستعمال جهاز فولتا لمدة ساعة وصورت 75) وبفرق جهد زوج قاعدة .uv transilluminator [10] التوثيق lasbلجين dnaارسلت عينات -: lasb sequencing of lasb genesالتسلسل التتابعي لجين geneticاالمريكية وباستعمال جهاز التحليل الوراثي nicemالى شركة primer , r primer fمع البوادئ analyser قرئت النتائج حسب برنامج ،bioedit لتحديد عدد النيوكليوتيدات ولمعرفة الطفرات ، ومن ثم عمل ترجمة .[11]لمواقع التغيير في االحماض االمينية النتائج والمناقشة عينة جمعت من حاالت مرضية مختلفة. 120من اصل p. aeruginosaعزلة تعود الى بكتريا 75حصل على عزلة بنسبة 63، أظهرت النتائج وجود هذا الجين في p. aeruginosaفي بكتيريا lasb للتحري عن جين الضراوة عد ترحيله زوج قاعدة ب 300) . كان الحجم الجزيئي للجين 1% في العزالت قيد الدراسة ، كما موضح في الشكل (84 ) .2كهربائيا كما موضح بالشكل ( كانت تمتلك p. aeruginosaالذين بينوا ان جميع عزالت بكتريا [13,12]وكانت هذه النتائج مقاربة مع كل من % ويعد انزيم البروتييز من االنزيمات المهمة في ضراوة هذه اليكتريا الذي يعمل على تحطيم 100وينسبة lasbالجين و hemolysinسيج المضيف ويساعد البكتريا على اختراق االنسجة وتحطيمها وبمساعدة كل من انزيمات ن cytotoxin وlasb elastase [14] وجود هذا االنزيم بوثر في تكوين الغشاء الحياتي .biofilm في البكتريا ، فقد يوثر las b elastaseان حصول طفرات في الجين المسؤول عن انتاج انزيم وجماعتة yuوجد في دراسة للباحث garallaوتوصلت الباحثة p. aeruginosa .[8]في بكتريا biofilmبشكل سلبي في تكوبن طبقة الغشاء الحياتي كانت منتجة النزيم% فقط من عزالتها المعزولة من حاالت التليف الحوصلي 30.76ان في دراسة محلية الى 2015عام lasb [15] . باستعمال جهاز التحليل الوراثي وقورنت مع p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasbلجين حلل التسلسل التتابعي ) p. aeruginosa pao1 تحت الرقم ncbiوالموجود في موقع refseqالتسلسل التتابعي للجين نفسه id:nc002516.21) بينت النتائج ان هنالك طفرات وراثية في .dna لجينlasb لبكترياp. aeruginosa . حدثت هذه الطفرات في تسلسل القواعد النتروجينية وكانت اغلبها ear infectionالمعزولة من التهابات االذن الوسطى طفره للعزلة الثالثة 12رات للعزله الثانية وطف 3طفرات للعزله االولى و 6من نوع االستبدال واالضافة والحذف اذ كانت واستبدلت القاعدة sbjct 4169373للثماله 4169362في الموقع thymine ، وتم حذف القاعدة النتروجينية الثايمين sbjctعند الثماله 4169304في الموقع thymine بالقاعدة النتروجينية الثايمين cytosineالنتروجينية السايتوسين .في حين استبدلت القاعدة النتروجينية الثايمين sbjct 4169253عند الثماله 4169263وفي الموقع 4169313 thymineبالقاعدة النتروجينية السايتوسين cytosine في الثماله 4169187في الموقعsbjct 4169193 واستبدلت. 4169133للتماله 4169325بالموقع adenineلنتروجينية االدنين بالقاعدة ا thymineالقاعدة النتروجينية الثايمين sbjct حصل اضافة القاعدة النتروجينية االدنين ،adenine 4169133للثماله 4169320بالموقع sbjct وكانت . الثايمين ). وحذفت القاعدة النتروجينية 3%. كما في الشكل (ncbi 97نسبة التطابق مع الجين االصلي مع بيانات thymine 4169371للثماله 4169364بالموقع sbjct واستبدلت القاعدة النتروجينية السايتوسين .cytosine للتماله 4169344وبالموقع sbjct 4169371للتماله 4169353في الموقع adenineبالقاعدة النتروجينية االدنين 4169371 sbjct الصلي مع بيانات وكانت نسبة التطابق مع الجين اncbi 99 ) حذفت القاعدة 4%. كما في الشكل .( وحذفت القاعدة النتروجينية الثايمين sbjct 4169381للثمالة 4169377في الموقع guanine النتروجينية الكوانين علوم الحياة | 369 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 thymine 4169381للثماله 4169364في الموقع sbjct السايتوسين؛ واستبدلت القاعدة النتروجينيةcytosine واستبدلت القاعدة النتروجينية sbjct 4169381 للثماله 4169372بالموقع adenineبالقاعدة النتروجينية االدنين cytosineالسايتوسينوكذالك استبدلت 4169112في الموقع adenineالى القاعدة النتروجينية guanineالكوانين 4169081للثماله 4169062وفي الموقع sbjct 4169141عند الثماله 4169110قع بالمو adenineباالدنين sbjct السايتوسين . في حين استبدلت القاعدة النتروجينية cytosine بالقاعدة النتروجينية بالثايمينthymine في بالقاعدة cytosineسايتوسين. واستبدلت القاعدة النتروجينية ال sbjct 4169021 في الثماله 4168970الموقع بالموقع guanineبالقاعدة الكوانين thymineواستبدلت الثايمين 4168920بالموقع thymineالنتروجينية الثايمين بالقاعدة النتروجينية الثايمين guanine. واستبدلت القاعدة النتروجينية الكوانين sbjct 4168961للثماله 4168938 thymine 4168961للثماله 4168938بالموقع sbjct واستبدلت القاعدة النتروجينية الكوانين .guanine بالقاعدة . واضيفت القاعدة النتروجينية الكوانينsbjct 4168901للثماله 4168898بالموقع thymineالنتروجينية الثايمين guanine 4168901للثماله 4168892بالموقع sbjct نسبة التطابق مع الجين االصلي في بيانات ، وكانتncbi ).5% كما في الشكل ( 98 المسؤول lasaو lasbان هنالك العديد من الطفرات الوراثية في جيني وجماعته cowellوبينت دراسة الباحث على زيادة غزو البكتريا وان هذه الطفرات قسم منها يؤثر في امراضية البكتريا ، اذ يعمل proteaseعن تكوين انزيم invsion في حين كان هنالك طفرات للجين نفسه 15للمضيف وتكون زيادة االمراضبة عند حصول طفرات بنسية % . وبينت العديد من الدراسات ان انواع طفرات [7]ولكنها لم تحدث اية فعالية اضافية او تاثير في الخاليا وطفرات الحذف dna) الناتجة من اضافة نيوكليوتيدة واحدة او اكثر لشريط ال (المقتحمة اوالحشر insertionاالضافة deletion التي يتم ازالة نيوكليوتيدة واحدة او اكثر وكال النوعين من هذه الطفرات يطلق عليها طفرات االزاحة frameshift mutation [16]قد التؤثر في وظيفة وترجمة البروتين . التي silent mutationجميع الطفرات التي وجدت كانت من نوع الطفرات الصامته بينت نتائج تحليل الطفرات ان تنتج الحامض االميني نفسه ، وعند اجراء ترجمة للحامض االميني لهذا الجين مقارنة مع ترجمة الحامض االميني االصلي نتائج تحليل ترجمة االحماض االمينية ) الذي يبين 6روتين كما موضح بالشكل (وجد ان هذه الطفرات لم تؤثر في ترجمة الب . مقارنة مع الحامض االميني االصلي (العزلة االولى) p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasbلجين المصادر 1. jeukens, j. ; boyle, b. ; bianconi, i. ; kukavica-ibrulj, i. ; tümmler,b. ; bragonzi, a. and levesque , r.c. (2013). complete genome sequence of persistent cystic fibrosis isolate pseudomonas aeruginosa strain rp73. genome announcements. 1 (4): e00568-13. 2. andrejko, m; zdybicka-barabas, a.; janczarek, m. and cytryńska, m. (2013).three pseudomonas aeruginosa strains with different protease profiles. acta biochemical polonica. 60(1) 83–90. 3. overhage j.; bains, m.; brazas, m. d. and hancock, r. e. w. (2008). swarming of pseudomonas aeruginosa is a complex adaptation leading to increased production of virulence factors and antibiotic resistance. j. bacteriol. 190(8): 2671–2679. 4. ortiz-severín, j.; varas, m.; bravo-toncio, c. guiliani, n. and chávez, f. (2015). multiple antibiotic susceptibility of polyphosphate kinase mutants (ppk1 and ppk2) from pseudomonas aeruginosa pao1 as revealed by global phenotypic analysis. biological res. 22-48: 1-6.  pseudomonas ). دراسة مقاومة بكتريا 2015دلول ؛ رياض عبدالحسين و محمود ؛ االء محمد ( .5 aeruginosa . 6-1):2( 11لمضادات الكوينولونات. مجلة ديالى للعلوم الصرفة .  علوم الحياة | 370 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 6. sonbol, f. i; khalil, m. a. e.; mohamed, a.b. and ali, s.s. (2015). correlation between antibiotic resistance and virulence of pseudomonas aeruginosa clinical isolates. turkish j. of med. sci. 45: 568-577. 7. cowell , b. a.; twining, s. s. ; hobden, j. a.; kwong, m. s. f.and fleiszig, s.m. j. (2003). mutation of lasa and lasb reduces pseudomonas aeruginosa invasion of epithelial cells. microbiology. 149: 2291–2299. 8. yu,h.; he, x.; xie, w.; xiong, j., sheng, h.; guo,s.; huang, c.; zhang,d. and zhang, k. (2014). elastase lasb of pseudomonas aeruginosa promotes biofilm formation partly through rhamnolipid-mediated regulation. can. j. microbiol. 60: 227–235.  9. baron, e. j., finegold, s. m. and peterson, i. l. r. (2007).bailey and scott،s diagnostic microbiology. 9th ed. mosby company. missouri.  10. sambrook, j. and rusell, d. w. (2001). molecular cloning a laboratory manual. cold spring harbor, ny: cold spring harbor laboratory press. 11. hall, t. a. (1999). bioedit: a user –friendly biological sequence alignment editor and analysis program windows 95/98/ n. nucl. acids. symp. ser. 41:95-98. 12. mitov, i. m.; tanya, s. and boyka, m. (2010). prevlence of virulence gene among bulgarian nosocomial and cystic fibrosis isolates of pseudomonas aeruginosa. j. microbiol. 41(3): 588-595.  13. cotar, a. i.; chifiriuc, m. c.; dinu, s.; bucur, m.; iordache c.; banu, o.; dracea, o.; larion, c. and lazar, v. (2010). screening of molecular virulence markers in staphylococcus aureus and pseudomonas aeruginosa strains isolated from clinical infections. department of microbiology, faculty of biology, university of bucharest. int. j. mol. sci. 1:5273-5291. 14. hua, y.; he, x.; xie, w.; xiong, j.; sheng, h.; guo, s.; huang, c.; zhang, d. and zhanga, k. (2014). elastase lasb of pseudomonas aeruginosa promotes biofilm formation partly through rhamnolipid-mediated regulation. can. j. microbiol. 60 (4):227-235. 15. garalla, e.t. (2015). molecular analysis of some virulence gene of pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from cystic fibrosis and non-cystic fibrosis sources. thesis university of mustanslriyah , college of science. 16. lmhof, m. and schlotterer, c. (2001). fitness effects of advantageous mutation in evolving escherichia coli populations. proc. natl. acad. sci. usa.98 (3).1112-1128. علوم الحياة | 371 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016   .lasbلجين pseudomonas aeruginosa) : النسية المئوية المتالك بكتريا 1شكل (   فولت 75% من االكاروز وبفرق جهد 1.5باستعمال p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasb) : الترحيل الكهربائي لجين 2شكل (  العزالت . 171: السيطرة ؛ c ؛ m (100-2000) bp :markerلمدة ساعة . 84 % 16% las bالعزالت التي تمتلك جين las bالعزالت التي التمتلك جين 300 2000 1000 800 600 500 100 400 200 700 900 300 bp m c 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1 12 13 14 علوم الحياة | 372 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 query 12 gccgagttcta-atgcgcggcaagaacgacttcctgatcggctacgacatcaagaagggc 70 ||||||||||| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169373 gccgagttctatatgcgcggcaagaacgacttcctgatcggctacgacatcaagaagggc 4169314 query 71 agcggtgcgttgcgctacatggaccagcccagccgcgacgggcgatccatcgacaacgcc 130 ||||||||| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169313 agcggtgcgctgcgctacatggaccagcccagccgcgacgggcgatccatcgacaacgcg 4169254 query 131 tcgcagtactacaacggtatcgacgtgcaccactccagcggcgtgtacaaccgtgcgttc 190 ||||||||||||||||| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169253 tcgcagtactacaacggcatcgacgtgcaccactccagcggcgtgtacaaccgtgcgttc 4169194 query 191 tacctgctggccaactcgccgggctgggatacccgcaaggccttcgaggtgttcgtcgac 250 |||||| ||||||| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169193 tacctgttggccaattcgccgggctgggatacccgcaaggccttcgaggtgttcgtcgac 4169134 query 251 gccaaccgcaacaaactggacc 272 ||||||||| || | ||||||| sbjct 4169133 gccaaccgctacta-ctggacc 4169113 مقارنة مع الجين االصلي العزلة االولى ) ( p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasb): التسلسل التتابعي لجين 3شكل ( id:nc002516.21) لبكتريا (pseudomonas aeruginosa pao10 الموجود في الموقعwww.ncbi.nlm.gov علوم الحياة | 373 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 query 16 cgagttc-atatgcgcggaaagaacgaattcctgatcggctacgacatcaagaagggcag 74 ||||||| |||||||||| |||||||| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169371 cgagttctatatgcgcggcaagaacgacttcctgatcggctacgacatcaagaagggcag 4169312 query 75 cggtgcgctgcgctacatggaccagcccagccgcgacgggcgatccatcgacaacgcgtc 134 |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169311 cggtgcgctgcgctacatggaccagcccagccgcgacgggcgatccatcgacaacgcgtc 4169252 query 135 gcagtactacaacggcatcgacgtgcaccactccagcggcgtgtacaaccgtgcgttcta 194 |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169251 gcagtactacaacggcatcgacgtgcaccactccagcggcgtgtacaaccgtgcgttcta 4169192 query 195 cctgttggccaattcgccgggctgggatacccgcaaggccttcgaggtgttcgtcgacgc 254 |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169191 cctgttggccaattcgccgggctgggatacccgcaaggccttcgaggtgttcgtcgacgc 4169132 query 255 caaccgctactactggacc 273 ||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169131 caaccgctactactggacc 4169113 مقارنة مع الجين االصلي الثانية ) العزلة ( p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasb): التسلسل التتابعي لجين 4شكل ( id:nc002516.21) لبكتريا (pseudomonas aeruginosa pao10 الموجود في الموقعwww.ncbi.nlm.gov علوم الحياة | 374 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 query 5 gcga-gctgacgagttc-atatgcgcggcaagaacgacttcctgatcggctacgacatca 62 |||| |||| ||||||| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169381 gcgaggctgccgagttctatatgcgcggcaagaacgacttcctgatcggctacgacatca 4169322 query 63 agaagggcagcggtgcgctgcgctacatggaccagcccagccgcgacgggcgatccatcg 122 |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169321 agaagggcagcggtgcgctgcgctacatggaccagcccagccgcgacgggcgatccatcg 4169262 query 123 acaacgcgtcgcagtactacaacggcatcgacgtgcaccactccagcggcgtgtacaacc 182 |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169261 acaacgcgtcgcagtactacaacggcatcgacgtgcaccactccagcggcgtgtacaacc 4169202 query 183 gtgcgttctacctgttggccaattcgccgggctgggatacccgcaaggccttcgaggtgt 242 |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169201 gtgcgttctacctgttggccaattcgccgggctgggatacccgcaaggccttcgaggtgt 4169142 query 243 tcgtcgacgccaaccgctactactggaccacaaccagcaactacaacagcggcgcctgcg 302 ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169141 tcgtcgacgccaaccgctactactggaccgccaccagcaactacaacagcggcgcctgcg 4169082 query 303 gggtgattcgctcggcgcaaaaccgcaactactcggcggctgacgtcacccgggcgttca 362 ||||||||||||||||||| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4169081 gggtgattcgctcggcgcagaaccgcaactactcggcggctgacgtcacccgggcgttca 4169022 query 363 gcaccgtcggcgtgacctgcccgagcgcgttgtaagctcggtggtcccggctggcactcc 422 ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| |||||||| sbjct 4169021 gcaccgtcggcgtgacctgcccgagcgcgttgtaagctcggtggtcccggccggcactcc 4168962 query 423 aggaaggaatgccggtcggggtctctcaagccggcttccgctaggagggcggctgcttta 482 ||||||||||||||||||||||| ||||||||| ||||||| |||||||||||||||||| sbjct 4168961 aggaaggaatgccggtcggggtcgctcaagccgtcttccgccaggagggcggctgcttta 4168902 query 483 tgtctcttggtgccgttggcctc 505 |||| ||||| |||||||||||| sbjct 4168901 tgtcgcttgg-gccgttggcctc 4168880 مقارنة مع الجين االصلي العزلة الثالثة) ( p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasb): التسلسل التتابعي لجين 5شكل ( id:nc002516.21) لبكتريا (pseudomonas aeruginosa pao10 الموجود في الموقعwww.ncbi.nlm.gov علوم الحياة | 375 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 query 1 sgalrymdqpsrdgrsidnasqyyngidvhhssgvynrafyllanspgwdtrkafevfvd subject 1 sgalrymdqpsrdgrsidnasqyyngidvhhssgvynrafyllanspgwdtrkafevfvd مقارنة مع الحامض (العزلة االولى) p. aeruginosaفي بكتريا lasb): نتائج تحليل ترجمة االحماض االمينية لجين 6شكل ( االميني االصلي. علوم الحياة | 376 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 dna sequences of lasb gene in pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from some clinical cases rana m. a. al-shwaikh *dept. of biology, college of education for pure science ibn-al haitham, university of baghdad received in :11october 2015 accepted in :15december2015 abstract out of 120 isolates from different clinical cases, only 75 were found and confirmed that they belong to the pseudomonas aeruginosa bacteria. the result revealed that the lasb virulent gene was present in 63 isolates with 63% percentage. the gel electrophoresis showed that the molecular weight of lasb gene was 300 bp. dna sequences of lasb gene was done, and the results showed the presence of some gene mutations like substitution, addition and deletion with 97% identity with the refseq gene. from the other side, the results of identities of translated nucleotides sequence with the original sequence of amino acids revealed that there are no effects of gene mutations on translation of the product protein. key word: pseudomonas aeruginosa, lasb gene, sequencing.  conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 146 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 formation of new macrocyclic complexes with bis (dithiocarbamate) ligand;preparation, structural characterisation and bacterial activity hasan a. hasan enaam i. yousif dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:21/february/2016,accepted in:4/april/2016 abstract the synthesis and characterisation of new macrocyclic binuclear metal(ii) complexes derived from dithiocarbamate (dtc) ligand are reported. the reaction of a bis-secondary amine, cs2 and koh resulted in the formation of the free ligand. two approaches were implemented to synthesis the macrocyclic bis(dithiocarbamate) complexes; (i) from the reaction of the free ligand with a metal ion, and (ii) via a one-pot reaction. in the free ligand approach, complexes were obtained by the reaction of dithiocarbamate salt with the metal ions; co ii , zn ii and cd ii . however, the one-pot reaction is based on the mixing of the bissecondary amine, cs2, koh and metal(ii) chloride. physico-chemical analyses were implemented to characterise the ligand and its complexes. these include; elemental analysis, thermal analysis, ftir, uv-vis, mass spectroscopy, magnetic susceptibility, conductance, melting points and 1 h, 13 cnmr spectroscopy. these studies indicated the formation of binuclear macrocyclic complexes of the general formula [m(l)]2 (m= co ii , zn ii and cd ii ), in which thier geometries about metal centers are tetrahedral. antibacterial activity of the metal complexes indicated that they have more activity against investigated bacterial strains, compared to the free ligand. keywords: dithiocarbamate complexes; structural studies; thermal properties; bacterial activity. chemistry | 147 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 1.introduction dithiocarbamates (dtcs) are organic species that played a key role in the development of chemistry, in particular coordination chemistry. this is based on their strongly chelating ability towards metal ions [1,2]. dithiocarbamates (dtcs) are capable to interact with transition metals and representative elements, which allowed them to be useful ligands in both inorganic and bioinorganic chemistry. this is based on the influence of the anionic cs2¯ moiety that has a variety of binding modes; monodentate, bidentate or bridging, upon complexation [3-5]. dithiocarbamates are very interesting ligands that have the capacity to allowing the metal ion to implement its most preferable geometry in different oxidation states [6]. the development of dithiocarbamates and their complexes are due to their role in numerous applications including; medicine [7], materials science [8], environmental applications [9] and in the industry [10]. further, the influence of dithiocarbamates toward some tumours, fungi, bacteria, and other microorganisms are also investigated [11, 12]. in this work, we report the formation, structural characterisation and bacterial activity of new dtc ligand and its macrocyclic metal-based complexes. 2. experimental 2.1. materials the reagents used without further purification and were available commercially, solvents were distilled with appropriate drying agents, immediately before use. 2.2. physical measurements determination of (c, h, n and s) content for prepared compounds were carried out using heraeus instrument (vario el) and euro ea 3000. melting points were measured on a buchi smp-20 capillary melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. infrared spectra were obtained as kbr discs using a shimadzu 8300s ft-ir spectrophotometer in the range 4000400 cm -1 and as csi discs in the range 400-200 cm -1 . electronic spectra between 200-1100 nm with solutions of dimethyl sulfoxide (10 -3 )m (dmso) solvent at 25 °c were measured using a perkin-elmer spectrophotometer. thermogravimetric analysis were carried out using an sta pt-1000 linseis company / germany. mass spectra were obtained by positive electrospray mass spectroscopy technique (esms). nmr spectra ( 1 h, 13 cnmr) were acquired in dmso-d6 solutions using a brucker-300 and a jeol-400mhz for 1 h-nmr and 75 and 100.61 mhz for 13 c-nmr, respectively with tetramethylsilane (tms) as an internal reference for 1 h nmr. metal content were measured using a shimadzu (a.a) 680 g atomic absorption spectrophotometer. dmso solutions used to measure conductivity with a jenway 4071 digital conductivity meter at room temperature. magnetic susceptibility balance (sherwood scientific) was used to obtain magnetic moments. 3. synthesis 3.1. synthesis of the bis-amine precursor the free bis-amine precursor was prepared using a standard method reported in [13, 14], by two steps, and as follows : 3.1.1. preparation of n,n’-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-chloroacetamide) potassium hydroxide (0.78g, 13.24mmol) in h2o (20ml) was added with stirring to a mixture of benzidine (1.22g, 6.62mmol) dissolved in chcl3 (50ml). to the above mixture, chloroacetyl chloride (1.49g, 13.24mmol) dissolved in chcl3 (50ml) was added dropwise with stirring. a white precipitate formed after 15 minutes, filtered off and then washed with et2o (20ml). the mixture was air-dried, white product was collected m.p=205-207 ºc. yield: 2.1g, (94%). ftir (cm -1 ), 3296 ν(-con-h), 1685 ν(c=o), 1587 δ(n-h), 1493 νarom(c=c). chemistry | 148 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 the electrospray (+) mass spectrum of the n,n'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-chloroacetamide) showed the parent ion peak at m/z = 337.6 (m) + (10%) for c16h14cl2n2o2; requires =337.20 and the following fragments; 245.7 (11%) and 154.4 (80%) correspond to [m-(nh-coch2cl)] + and [m-(nh-co-ch2cl)+(nh-co-ch2cl)] + , respectively, figure (1). nmr data in (ppm), δh(400 mhz, dmso-d6): 10.351 (2h, s, n-h), 7.56-7.64 (8h, m, c4, 4`,6, 6`-h) (c5, 5`,7, 7`-h) ar-h,4.24(4h, s, ch2cl, (c1, 1`-h)), figure (2). δc(100.63mhz, dmso-d6): 41.57 (ch2cl, 2c1), 119.09 and 126.60 (ar-c4,5,6,7), 164.59 (2c2=o), figure (3). 3.1.2. preparation of bis-amine n,n'-(1,4-phenylene)bis(2-(benzylamino) acetamide) an excess of benzylamine (5.38g, 50.29mmol) was heated to 40 ºc, then it was added portion-wise with stirring (4.24g, 12.57mmol) of n,n’-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2chloroacetamide). the mixture stirred for 12 h at 40 ºc, then h2o (200ml) added. the product extracted into ch2cl2 (4 x 50 ml), washed with h2o (200ml) and dried over k2co3. a light yellow precipitate was obtained by removing the solvent under reduced pressure, yield: 3.89g, (64%). the ir spectrum showed similar bands to that in the first precursor at 3309 ν(-con-h), 3157 ν(n-h), 1660 ν(c=o), 1603 δ(n-h) and 1556 νarom(c=c) cm -1 . the electrospray (+) mass spectrum showed the parent ion peak at m/z = 480.3 (m+2h) + (9%) for c22h30n4o2 as doubly charged species, requires =478.58, figure (4). nmr data (ppm), δh(400 mhz, dmso-d6): 2.92(2h, s, n-h), 3.29, 3.33 (4h, d, jhh=17.8hz, (ca,a`-h)), 3.61(4h, d, jhh=16hz, (c1,1`-h)), 7.33, 7.65 (cc, c`, d, d`, e, e`, f, f`, g, g`-h) (8h, d, jhh=2.1hz), 9.81 (2h, s, amidic-h), figure (5). δc (100.63 mhz, dmso-d6): 51.63 (ca, a`), 52.18 (c1, 1`), 114.03 (c 4, 4`, 6, 6`), 119.35 (c 5, 5`, 7, 7`), 135.85; 137.37 (cc, c`, d, d`, e, e`, f, f`, g, g`), 169.35,169.61 (c=o)(c3,3`), figure (6). 3.2. synthesis of free ligand standard method used in the synthesis of dithiocarbamte compounds [15] was used to prepare the free ligand potassium 2,2'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(2-oxoethane-2,1diyl) bis(benzylcarbamodithioate) (l) and as follow: an excess of koh (0.140g, 2.50mmol, 4eq) dissolved in h2o (2ml) was added to a solution of bis-amine (n, n'-(1,4-phenylene) bis(2-(benzylamino) acetamide) (0.30g, 0.626mmol) in 10 ml of a mixture of mecn: h2o (9:1). the mixture was stirred in an ice bath, and then a solution of carbon disulfide (0.142g, 1.88mmol, 3 eq) added dropwise and stirred. then the mixture stirred for 2 h at 0 °c, the potassium dithiocarbamate salt was obtained as a yellow solid, m.p=170-172 ºc. yield: 0.29g, (65.90 %). bands at 1500 ν(n-cs2) and 1109, 999 attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching of (cs2) (see table (2)), figure (7).the electrospray (+) mass spectrum of the l showed the parent ion peak at m/z =707.3 (m) + (18%) for c32h28k2n4o2s4; requires =707.5, figure (8).nmr data (ppm), δh(300 mhz, dmso-d6): 3.32 (4h, s, (ca,a`-h)), 4.40 (4h, s, (c2,2`-h)), 7.42,7.44 (4h, d, jhh=5.7 hz, (cc, c`, g, g`-h)), 7.46 (4h, t, jhh=12 hz, (c e, e `-h)), 7.58 (4h, t, jhh=5.1 hz, (c f, f`, g, g`-h)), 7.61, 7.64 (4h, d, jhh=6.3 hz, (c 5, 5`, 7, 7`-h)), 7.71, 7.73 (4h, d, jhh=5.4 hz, (c 6, 6`, 8, 8`-h)) (ar-h), 10.74 (2h, s, amidic-h), figure (9).δc(75 mhz, dmso-d6): 49.47 (ca,a`), 49.84 (c2,2`), 118.83, 126.05, 127.37, 127.76, 128.42 (c 5, 5`,6, 6`, 7, 7`, 8, 8`), (cc, c`, d, d`, e, e`, f, f`, g, g`), 170.41 (c=o) (c3,3`), 191.72 (c=s) (c1,1`) , figure (10). chemistry | 149 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 3.3. general method for synthesis of macrocyclic complexes a standard methods reported in [16, 17] were used to synthesise the bimetallic macrocyclic dithiocarbamate-based complexes using two approaches; (i) reaction of the free ligand with the metal ion, and (ii) through a one-pot reaction. 3.3.1 .synthesis of macrocyclic complexes from free ligand macrocyclic complexes were synthesised by the reaction of 1equivalent of potassium dithiocarbamate salt, dissolved in 10ml of mecn/h2o (9:1) with 1 equivalent of the metal salt; co ii , zn ii and cd ii . the solution was allowed to stir overnight, distilled water was added, if necessary, to precipitate the product. the solid resulted was filtered off then washed with methanol to give the macrocyclic complexes. elemental analysis data, colors and yields for the complexes are given in table (1). 3.3.2. synthesis of macrocyclic complexes via a one-pot reaction an excess of koh (3eq). carbon disulfide (2.8 equivalents) was added to a solution of the secondary amine in mecn/h2o mixture (9:1) with stirring, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes to obtain the potassium dithiocarbamate salt. the complexes were synthesised in situ (ligand salt was not isolated) by the adding one equivalent of the metal ion. after the mixture stirring overnight, water was added for precipitation, the precipitate filtered and dried to give the macrocyclic complex. analytical data are similar to the complexes obtained from the free ligand approach. 4. results and discussion 4.1. synthesis the free ligand was obtained from the reaction of carbon disulfide and the secondary amine in the presence of koh (see scheme (1)). the formation of dithiocarbamate macrocyclic complexes was achieved either through a one-pot approach or from the mixing of the isolated ligand with metal ion, scheme (2). the ligand and its complexes are isolated in a moderate yield and found to be air stable. the ligand is soluble in most organic solvents. however, its complexes found to be soluble only in dmso and dmf. they are partially soluble in other common organic solvents. ligand and its complexes were characterised as required by a range of techniques including; thermal analysis, elemental analysis, uv-vis, ftir, mass and 1 h, 13 c-nmr spectroscopy, magnetic susceptibility, conductance and melting point measurement. chemistry | 150 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 rnh2 o nh o hn nh hn r r -o cl nh o cl hn koh, cs2 chcl3 h2c a benzyl dc b f o cl cl k 2 o nh o hn s s s s n n r r -h2n nh2 k g + stirring where : r stirring at 0 °c for 2 h 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 8 7 5 4 6 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 8 5 7 4 6 3 2 1 e 1 2 3 4 5 7 6 8 9 9 6 8 5 7 4 3 2 1 scheme (1) o nh o hn n h hn r r koh, cs2 o h n s sn r o hn s sn r o nh s s n r o n h s s n r m m k o h , c s 2 , m c l 2 1 k o nh o hn ss s s n n r r 2 m c l2 k where: r = stirring at 0 °c for 2 h stirring for 18h m = co ii , zn ii and cd ii benzyl st ir ri ng fo r 18 h m ec n /h 2 o m ec n /h 2 o scheme (2) chemistry | 151 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 4.2. ftir and nmr spectra the ftir spectrum of l shows characteristic band around 3230cm -1 due to ν(n–h) stretching. bands due to ν(c=o) amide, νas(cs2) and νs(cs2) functional groups are detected at 1658 , 1009 and 999 cm -1 , respectively (see table (2) figure (7). the ftir spectra of the dinuclear-macrocyclic complexes indicated the formation of the dithiocarbamate functions and their coordination to the metal ions. bands detected around 1441-1495 cm -1 are attribute to the stretching of the c-n-s bonds, c-n single bonds at 1240-1244 cm -1 , suggesting a incomplete delocalization of π-electron density within the dithiocarbamate functions [18]. for the cs2 groups, bands at 1115-1119 cm -1 and 970-980 cm -1 are assigned to νas(cs2) and νs(cs2), respectively, which is characteristic to aniso-bidentate coordination mode of the ligand to the metal atoms [19, 20]. two sets of bands at lower frequency for the complexes around 379-391 cm -1 that assigned to the ν(m-s) vibration mode, insuring the anisobidentate coordination mode of the ligand [8], figures (11-13). the 1 h nmr spectrum of l showed a peak at 4.40ppm, assigned to (ch2,c2, 2`-h). the downfield appearance of this signal may due to attachment to withdrawing groups, n-h and c=o. the ami(n-h) peak for the amide moiety is detected as a singlet at resonance δ= 10.74 ppm for l, figure (9). the 13 c nmr spectrum of l shows a number of different carbon nucleuses in molecule indicating the formation of the ligand. the resonance of the carbonyl group detected downfield at δ= 170.41ppm. the formation of the free ligand can be revealed by the signals around δ=191.72ppm, which can be assigned to quaternary carbon in dithiocarbamate moiety c=s in the ligand, figure (10). the 1 h-nmr spectra for [zn(l)]2 and [cd(l)]2 in dmsod6 solution display the ami(n-h) signal for the amide segment at δ= 10.21 and 9.90 ppm for znand cd-complexes, respectively that confirming the non-involvement of the amide group upon complex formation [21] figures (14, 16). the 13 c nmr spectra of [zn(l)]2 and [cd(l)]2 show a shift in the resonances of carbon nucleus in the complex molecule, compared with that in the free ligand, indicating the formation of the complexes. the chemical shift for c=s moiety is observed downfield at 199.24 and 204.88 ppm in [zn(l)]2 and [cd(l)]2, respectively in comparison with that at 191.72 in the isolated ligand confirming the involvement of this moiety in complexation, figures (15, 17). the downfield shift for the cd-complex may indicate more thiolate character for the c=s moiety, compared with the zn-complex [22]. 4.3. uv-vis spectral data for the complexes, and magnetic susceptibility the uv-vis spectrum of the ligand in dmso solution revealed peaks at 264, 314 and 368 nm may attribute to π → π * and n → π * transitions, respectively [23-25] (figure (18)). the electronic spectrum of the co(ii) complex exhibited bathochromic shift of the bands 266, 318 nm associated to the ligand field π → π * and n → π * transitions. band at 381 nm may assigned to charge transfer transition (c.t) [26]. the co(ii) complex showed additional peak at 645 nm may assigned to 4 a2 (f) → 4 t1 (p) transition. this band is distinctive for co(ii)complex with tetrahedral arrangment about co ion [27-29], figure (19). the co-complex gaveeff value of 4.71 b.m, which it is typical for complexes of tetrahedral geometries, indicating a tetrahedral geometry around co(ii) ion [28, 30]. the electronic spectra of the [zn(l)]2 and [cd(l)]2 complexes exhibited peaks at 278, 270 and 329, 31 nm that assigned to the ligand field and charge transfer transitions in znand cd-complexes, respectively [ 31] (see figures (20 and 21)). the molar conductance of the complexes in dmso solutions is indicative of their non-electrolytic nature [32, 33]. (see table (1)). the uv-vis bands and magnetic measurements of complexes with their assignments are tabulated in table (3). 4.4. thermal analysis thermal analysis data for the ligand and its d 10 metal complexes are summarised in table (4). the tg-dsc curves of the ligand and its complexes were determined from ambient temperature up to 600 ° c in a nitrogen atmosphere. the analysis of thermal data showed chemistry | 152 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ligand is stable up to 118 ° c with weight loss 56.68% that attributed to (phenylch2nch2conh+2cs2+ k+ch2n+nh) segment. this peak is indicated by an exothermic peak by the dsc at 126.5 ° c. the final residue of the compound confirmed the mass loss of 40.62% (see figure (22)). thermal properties of [zn(l)]2 and [cd(l)]2 complexes are listed in table (4) and exhibit in figures (23 and 24). thermal data of [zn(l)]2 complex consists of three steps. the first step accompanied by an exothermic behaviour as confirmed its dsc curve at 116 ° c. further, [cd(l)]2 thermal curves indicated two steps with an endothermic peak at 455 ° c. the weight loss and other thermal properties including lost fragments of the complexes are tabulated in table (4), [34, 35]. 4.5. bacterial activity the synthesised dithiocarbamate ligand and its complexes were tested against their bacterial activity against some bacterial strains (escherichia coli and pseudomonas aeruginosa (g−), staphylococcus aureus and bacillus stubtilis (g+)). the involvement of dmso in the biological test was clarified by individual studies that conducted with the solutions of dmso alone, which indicated no activity towards any bacterial species [36]. the measured inhibition zones against growth of different microorganisms are summarised in table (5) that displays the effect of the synthesised compounds on bacterial strains. from obtained data, it is clear that, compared with the free ligand, complexes are actually more active against these bacterial species, which means complexation increases antimicrobial activity. zinc and cadmium complexes almost have the higher antimicrobial activity compared with the co-complex. this may be related to their electronic configuration (d 10 system) and/or their higher molecular weight [37]. 5. conclusion in this paper, we have investigate the synthesis and characterisation of ligand bis(dirhiocarbamate) ligand and its bimetallic macrocyclic complexes. the macrocyclic complexes were prepared either from the mixing of the isolated ligand with metal ion or through a template one-pot reaction. the overall structure and mode of bonding of the compounds were achieved by analytical and spectroscopic methods. the results indicated formation of four-coordinate complexes in the solid state and in solution. biological activities indicated that the metal complexes are more active towards these bacterial species, in comparison with the isolated ligand. references 1. nabipour, h.; ghammamy s.; ashuri, s. and aghbolaghc, z. s., (2010) .,“synthesis of a new dithiocarbamate compound and study of its biological properties”, j. org. chem, 2. 7580. 2. kanchi, s.; singh, p. and betty,. (2014). “dithiocarbamates as hazardous remediation agent: a critical review on progress in environmental chemistry for inorganic species studies of the 20th century”, arabian journal of chemistry, 7. 11–25. 3. marzano ,c.; ronconi, l.; chiara, f.; giron, m. c., faustinelli i., cristofori p., trevisan a.and fregona d. (2011)., “gold(iii)-dithiocarbamato anticancer agents: activity, toxicology and histopathological studies in rodents”, int. j. cancer., 129. 2. 487-496. 4. amin, e.; saboury, a. a.; mansuri-torshizi, h. and moosavi-movahedi, a. a. j., (2010). “potent inhibitory effects of benzyl and p-xylidine-bisdithiocarbamate sodium salts on activities of mushroom tyrosinase”, enzyme inhib. med. chem, 25.2. 272-281. 5. hogarth, g., (2012) “metal-dithiocarbamate complexes: chemistry and biological activity”, 12, 12.1202-1215. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hogarth%20g%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22931592 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hogarth%20g%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22931592 chemistry | 153 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 6. singh, s.; bhattacharya, n. and subrato.,(2012).“synthesis and characterisation of some triorgano, diorgano, monoorganotin and a triorganolead heteroaromatic dithiocarbamate complexes”, j. organomet. chem, 700. 69-77. 7. bolzati, c.;benini, e.; cavazza-ceccato, m., cazzola, e.; malago, e.; agostini, s.; tisato f., refosco f and bandoli g.,(2006) .“from symmetrical to asymmetrical nitrido phosphinothiol complexes: a new class of neutral mixed-ligand (99m) tc compounds as potential brain imaging agents”, bioconjug chem, 17. 2. 419-428. 8. hasan, h. a.; yousif e. i.; al-jeboori m. j.,(2012). “metal-assisted assembly of dinuclear metal(ii) dithiocarbamate schiff-base macrocyclic complexes: synthesis and biological studies”, global j. inorg. chem, 3. 10. 1-7. 9. figueira, p.; lopes c. b., danieli-da-silva a. l., pereira e., duarte c and trindad t.,(2011). “removal of mercury (ii) by dithiocarbamate surface functionalized magnetite particles: application to synthetic and natural spiked waters”, water res., 45. 17. 5773-5784. 10. hitchcock, p. b.. a.; hulkes, g. and lappert, m. f., z. li.,( 2004).“cerium(iii) dialkyl dithiocarbamates from [ce[n(sime3)2]3] and tetraalkylthiuram disulfides, and [ce(kappa2s2cnet2)4] from the ce(iii) precursor; tb(iii) and nd(iii) analogues”, dalton trans., 1. 129136. 11. normah, a.; farahana, n.; ester, b.;asmah, h., rajab, n. and halim a., (2011). “cytotoxic and genotoxic effect of triphenyltin(iv) benzylisopropyl dithiocarbamate in thymomamurine cell line (wehi 7.2)”, res. j. chem. environ, 15. 544-549. 12. tlahuext, h.; reyes-martinez, r.; vargas-pineda g., lopez-cardoso m.and hopfl h., (2011). “molecular structures and supramolecular association of chlorodiorganotin(iv) complexes with bisand tris-dithiocarbamate ligand”, j. organomet. chem., 696.693-701. 13. beer, p. d.; berry n. g., cowley a. r., hayes e. j., oatesm e. c and wong h., (2003). “metal-directed self-assembly of bimetallic dithiocarbamate transition metal cryptands and their binding capabilities”, chem. commun, 19. 2408-2409. 14. uppadine, l. h.; weeks j. m., beer p. d.,(2001). “metal-directed self-assembly of terphenyl based dithiocarbamate ligands”, j. chem. soc., dalton trans., 22. 3367-3372. 15. tlahuext-aca1 a., hopfl h., medrano-valenzuela f., guerrero-alvarez j., tlahuext h., lara k. o., reyes-márquez v.,tlahuext m.,(2012).“synthesis,spectroscopic characterisation, dft calculations, and dynamic behavior of mononuclear macrocyclic diorganotin(iv) bisdithiocarbamate complexes”, inorg. chem., 638.11. 1731–1738. 16. pratt, m. d and beer, p. d.,(2004).“heterodinuclear ruthenium(ii) bipyridyltransition metal dithiocarbamate macrocycles for anion recognition and sensing”, tetrahedron, 60. 49. 11227–11238. 17. cookson j., evans e. a. l., maher j. p., serpell c., r. paul p., a. cowley r., drew m and beer p.d.,(2010).“metal-directed assembly of large dinuclear copper(ii) dithiocarbamate macrocyclic complexes”, inorg. chimica acta, 363. 6. 1195-1203. 18. faraglia, g.; sitran, s, and montagner, d.,(2005). “pyrrolidine dithiocarbamates of pd(ii)”, inorg. chim. acta, 358. 971-980. 19. al-jeboori, m. j., al-jeboori f. a and al-azzawi m. a. r., (2011). “metal complexes of a new class of polydentate mannich bases: synthesis and spectroscopic characterisation”, inorg. chim. acta, 379.1. 163-170. 20. johnson b. f., k. al-obalidi, h. and mecleverty, j. a., (1969). “transition-metal nitrosyl compounds, part iii. (n-n-dialkyldithiocarbamato)nitrosyl compounds of molybdenum and tungsten”, j. chem. soc. a, 19. 1668-1670. 21. fulmer, g. r., miller, a. j. m., sherden, n. h.; gottlieb, h. e.; nudelman, a., stoltz b. m., bercaw j. e and goldberg k. i., (2010). “nmr chemical shifts of trace impurities: common laboratory solvents, organics, and gases in deuterated solvents relevant to the organometallic chemist”, organomet, 29. 9. 2176-2179. chemistry | 154 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 22. srinivasan, s.; ramalingam, k. and rizzoli, synthesis c., (2012). “nmr and single crystal x-ray structural studies on planar nis4 and nis2pn chromophores: steric and electronic effects”, polyhedron, 33.1. 60-66. 23. orescanin, v., mikelic l., roje v., lulic s., (2006). “determination of lanthanides by source excited energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence (edxrf) method after preconcentration with ammonium pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate(apdc)”, analytical chimica acta, 570.2. 277282. 24. jowitt, r. n and mitchell, p. c. h.,(1970). “complexes of molybdenum(vi) and molybdenum(v) with dithiocarbamate, dithiocarbonate, and phosphorothiolothionate”, j. chem. soc. part a. 1702-1708. 25. ronconil., giovagnini ,l., marzona, c., bettio, f., graziani, r., pilloni, g and fregona d., (2005). “gold dithiocarbamate derivatives as potential antineoplastic agents:design, spectroscopic properties, and in vitro antitumor activity”, inorg. chem., 44.6. 1867-1881. 26. pandey, p. k., pandey, a. k., mishra, a. n., ojha, k. k., kumar, s. r., (2012). “physico-chemical studies of manganese(ii), cobalt(ii), zinc(ii), and copper(ii) complexes derived from 2-substituted benzaldehyde thiosemicarbazones”, indian j. sci. res., 3 .1.119122. 27. siddiqi, k.s., nami, s. a. a and lutfullaha,y. chebudeb, (2006). “template synthesis of symmetrical transition metal dithiocarbamates”, j. braz. chem. soc., 17.1.107112. 28. du, m., bu x. h.; guo, y. m and ribas, j., (2004).“ligand design for alkali-metaltemplated self-assembly of unique high-nuclearity cuii aggregates with diverse coordination cage units: crystal structures and properties”, j. chem., 10. 1345. 29. mamba, s. m., mishara, a. k., mamba, b. b., njobeh p. b., dutton m. f., fosso-kankeu e.,(2010).“spectral thermal and in vitro antimicrobial studies of cyclohexylamine-ndithiocarbamate transition metal complexes”,spectrochimica acta part a, 77.3. 579-587. 30. slddappa, k.; mallikarjun, k.; reddy, t.; mallikarjun, m.; vreddy, c. and tambe m., (2009).“synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of n 1 -[(1e)-1-(2hydroxyphenyl)ethylidene]-2-oxo-2h-chromene-3-carbohydrazide and its metal complexes”, e-journal of chemistry, 6.3. 615-624. 31. canpolat, e., kaya ,m.,(2005). “spectroscopic characterization of n,n-bis(2-{[(2,2dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl]amino}ethyl)n',n'dihydroxyethane diimidamide and its complexes”, j. coord. chem., 31.7. 511-515. 32. geary, w. j., (1971). “the use of conductivity measurements in organic solvents for the characterisation of coordination compounds”, j. coord. chem. rev., 7. p. 81-122. 33. qing, c., ming-hua, z. and lian-qiang, w. and mohamedally k., (2010). “a multifaceted cage cluster, [co ii 6o12 ⊃ x] − (x = cl − or f − ): halide template effect and frustrated magnetism”, chem. mater., 22: p. 4328-4334. 34. rahman, a., choudhary, m. and thomsen, w., (2001). “bioassay techniques for drug development”, harwood academic. amsterdam. 35. himanshu a., francesc l and rabindranath m.,(2009).“one-dimensional coordination polymers of mn ii , cu ii , and zn ii supported by carboxylate-appended (2-pyridyl)alkylamine ligands – structure and magnetism”, euro. j . inorg. chem., 22. 3317-3325. 36. singh, r. v., dwivedi ,r and joshi, s. c., (2004). “synthetic, magnetic, spectral, antimicrobial and antifertility studies of dioxomolybdenum(vi) unsymmetrical imine complexes having an n∩ n donor system”, trans.met .chemi., 29. 1. 70–74 37. tweedy, b. g., (1964). “plant extracts with metal ions as potential antimicrobial agents”, phytopathology, 55. 910–914. http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/(issn)1099-0682c chemistry | 155 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (1): colours, yields, melting points, (c, h, n, s) analysis and molar conductance values for ligand and its bis-dithiocarbamate-based complexes. comp. empirical formula m.p yield % colour m(ω 1 cm 2 mol -1 ) microanalysis found (calc) % m% c h n s l c32h25 k2n4o2s4 170 -172 65.90 yellow 52.87 (54.36) 3.98 (3.99) 7.98 (7.92) 19.86 (18.14) [co (l)]2 c66h62n8o4s8co2 269 46.25 deep green 6.01 8.21 (8. 29) 56.12 (56.60) 3.96 (4.68) 7.94 (7.88) 17.67 (18. 04) [zn (l)]2 c66h62n8o4s8zn2 288 41.97 white 4.77 8.75 (9. 22) 55.35 (55.88) 3.88 (4.41) 7.98 (7.90) 17.85 (18. 08) [cd(l)]2 c66h62n8o4s8cd2 245 43.02 yellow 7.07 14.18 (14.71) 53.97 (52.64) 4.23 (4.35) 7.61 (7.33) 26.96 (16,78) (calc) = calculated table (2): ft-ir data (wave-number) cm -1 of ligand and its metal complexes. νar(c-n) νas(cs2) ν,s(cs2) ν(ncs2) νar(c=c) δ(n-h) ν (c=o) νali(c-h) νar(c-h) ν (n-h) comp. 1275 1009,999 1433 1535 1610 1658 2998-2875 3041 3230 l 1240 1115 ,970 1495 1541 1606 1654 2974, 2860 3091 3324 [co(l)]2 1244 1119 ,972 1441 1520 1579 1658 2912, 2844 3041 3309 [zn(l)]2 1240 1115 ,980 1446 1520 1599 1646 2912, 2844 3037 3294 [cd(l)]2 * ν (co-s) observed at 379.95 and 366.45 cm -1 . * ν (zn-s) observed at 391.52 and 374.16 cm -1 . chemistry | 156 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (3): uv-vis spectral data of ligand and bisdithiocarbamate-based complexes in dmso solutions and magnetic moment. µeff (b.m) assignment extinction coefficient ɛmax (dm 3 mol -1 cm -1 ) wave number (cm -1 ) band position λnm comp. π → π * π → π * n → π * 562 2391 510 37878 31847 27173 264 314 368 l 4.71 intra-ligand π → π * , n → π * c.t 4 a2 (f) → 4 t1 (p) 2033 1743 1441 256 37593 31446 26246 15503 266 318 381 645 [co(l)]2 diamagnetic intra-ligand π → π * , n→π* c.t 2323 923 35971 30395 278 329 [zn(l)]2 diamagnetic intra-ligand π → π * , n→π* c.t 892 2015 37037 30211 270 331 [cd(l)]2 table (4): tga/dtg/dsc data for ligand and its complexes. nature of dsc peak and temp. ° c nature of transformation/i ntermediate formed% mass found (calc.) fragments decomp. temperatu re initialfinal ° c stage stable up to ° c compound 126.5 exo 179.9 exo 2.8343 (2.8115) (phenyl-ch2nch2conh+2cs2+ k+ch2n+nh) 118-268 1 118 l 116 exo 549.9 endo 1.4087 (1.4336) 1.6863 (1.7390) 1.0931 (1.1092) (3cs2 + ch3 con2) (phenyl-ch2nch2 con + nco +diphenyl) (phenyl-ch2nch3+ cs2) 100-195 198-263 265-595 1 2 3 100 [zn(l)]2 141.9 exo 455 endo 3.2882 (3.2817) 6.5973 (6.4848) (2cs2 + cdn) (phenyl-ch2nch2 conh+ diphenyl + nhcoch2nch2 + ch2 +cs) 105-195 200-598 1 2 105 [cd(l)]2 chemistry | 157 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (5): bacterial activity of ligand and bis-dithiocarbamate-based complexes no. sample inhibition zone (mm) e. coli p. aeruginosa b. sabtuius s. aureus 1 l 7 5 2 5 2 [co(l)]2 9 12 _ _ 3 [zn(l)]2 12 14 45 15 4 [cd(l)]2 10 12 16 14 figure (1): es (+) mass spectrum of n,n’-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-chloroacetamid)e figure (2): 1 h-nmr spectrum of n,n’-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-chloroacetamide) in dmso-d6 chemistry | 158 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (3): 13 c-nmr spectrum of n,n’-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-chloroacetamide) in dmso-d6 figure (4): es (+) mass spectrum of benzylamine precursor figure (5): 1 h-nmr spectrum of the benzylamine precursor in dmso-d6 chemistry | 159 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (6): 13 c nmr-spectrum of benzylamine precursor in dmso-d6 figure (7): ftir spectrum of ligand figure (8): es (+) mass-spectrum of ligand chemistry | 160 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (9): 1 h nmr-spectrum of ligand in dmso-d6 figure (10): 13 c nmr-spectrum of ligand in dmso-d6 figure (11): ftir-spectrum of [co(l)]2 complex chemistry | 161 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (12): ftir-spectrum of [zn(l)]2 complex figure (13): ftir-spectrum of [cd(l)]2 complex figure (14): 1 h nmr-spectrum for [zn(l)]2 in dmso-d6 chemistry | 162 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (15): 13 c nmr-spectrum for [zn(l)]2 in dmso-d6 figure (16): 1 h nmr-spectrum for [cd(l)]2 in dmso-d6 figure (17): 13c nmr-spectrum for [cd(l)]2 in dmso-d6 chemistry | 163 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (18): electronic-spectrum of l in dmso solution figure (19): electronic-spectrum of [co (l)]2 in dmso solution figure (20): electronic-spectrum of [zn(l)]2 in dmso solution chemistry | 164 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (21): electronic-spectrum of [cd(l)]2 in dmso solution figure (22): (tg/ dtg and dsc) thermogram of ligand in nitrogen atmosphere figure (23): (tg/dtg and dsc) thermogram of [zn(l)]2 complex in nitrogen atmosphere chemistry | 165 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (24): (tg/dtg and dsc) thermogram of [cd(l)]2 complex in nitrogen atmosphere chemistry | 166 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29انًدهذ يدهت إبٍ انهٍثى نهعهىو انظرفت و انخطبٍمٍت ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 وحشخيص ححضير ,ليكاًد ثٌائي الثايوكارباهيج حكويي هعقداث حلقيت جديدة هع و الٌشاط البكخيري حسي احود حسي اًعام اسواعيل يوسف لسى انكًٍٍاء/كهٍت انخربٍت نهعهىو انظرفت ) ابٍ انهٍثى( /خايعت بغذاد 3122/ًيساى/4, قبل في:3122/شباط/32في:اسخلن الخالصت انهٍكاَذ بًفاعهت رثحض انفهز تانحهمٍت ثُائٍ هيٍج ويعمذاحاحضًٍ انبحث ححضٍر وحشخٍض نٍكاَذ ثُائً انثاٌىكارب وسطا سٍخىَاٌخرٌمواالااليٍٍ انثاَىي يع انكاربىٌ ثُائً انكبرٌج وبىخىد هٍذروكسٍذ انبىحاسٍىو باسخخذاو يزٌح يٍ انًاء انحر . انهكاَذعهى نُحظمنهخفاعم تنهًىاد انًخفاعه ةانحر و انثاٍَت طرٌمت االضافت انىاحذ انهٍكاَذاالونى طرٌمت خٍٍانًعمذاث باسخخذاو طرٌم حضرث يع يكافئ يٍ يهح نهٍكاَذانحر يٍ حفاعم يكافئ يٍ يهح انبىحاسٍىو انهٍكاَذفً دورق انخفاعم. حضر انًعمذ فً طرٌمت حٍث ٌخى ححضٍر انًعمذ يٍ خالل يزج ثُائً االيٍٍ انثاَىي يع ةانثاٍَت فهً طرٌمت االضافت انىاحذ انطرٌمت ايا, انفهز وسطا سٍخىَاٌخرٌميٍ انًاء واال انكاربىٌ ثُائً انكبرٌج و يهح انفهز و بىخىد هٍذروكسٍذ انبىحاسٍىو باسخخذاو يزٌح انخحهٍم انذلٍك نهعُاطر وحمٍُت اطٍاف االشعت ححج تشخض انهٍكاَذ وانًعمذاث بىساط .انًعمذاث عهى نُحظمنهخفاعم ولٍاس درخت االَظهار انًىالرٌت انخىطهٍتو تانًغُاطٍسٍ توانحساسٍ توانًرئٍ تفىق انبُفسدٍ تانحًراء واطٍاف االشع واطٍاف انرٍٍَ انًغُاطٍسً: تكخهوحمٍُت طٍف ان 1 h, 13 c nmr spectroscopy. .وكاَج انًعمذاث اكثر فعانٍت يٍ انٍكاَذ هٍكاَذ وانًعمذاثحى دراست انفعانٍه انبكخٍرٌت ن انًحضرة هى رباعً تفً انًعمذاث انحهمٍ ت( اٌ انخُاسك حىل االٌىَاث انفهزٌتكًٍٍائٍ-كشفج انمٍاساث ) انفٍزو انخُاسك. : تانعاي تراث انظٍغ تيعمذاث حهمٍ اعطىخفاعم فً انطرٌمخٍٍ انَاحح [m(l)]2 (where m = (co ii , zn ii and cd ii ) . , انفعانٍت انبكخٍري.انخىاص انحرارٌت ,انخراكٍب , دراستانثاٌىكاربايٍج ثُائً يعمذاث :الوفخاحيت الكلواث microsoft word 19-26 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020   19       determined the concentration elements to human nail using xray fluorescence technique nada m. hasan abstract cancer constitutes a serious disease and a major health problem in worldwide, a lot of people were infected with this dangerous disease, therefore, there must be attention to this disease through diagnosis and prevention there. in this study, we determined the relationship between the cancer and the concentration of trace elements by comparing the concentration trace elements for infected and non-infected people. the trace elements concentrations to nails are one of the diagnostic criteria that easily to detect and dated this disease without any harm to the patient. eight nails samples were collected from cancer-infected and eight samples from non-infected of the relatives of first-degree. all samples were measured by the concentration’s elements using xray fluorescence. the accuracy and precision were verified using standard samples. the results showed that the average concentrations of elements (magnesium, silicon, potassium, calcium, ironand selenium,) were lower for cancer patients than their non-infected relatives and the trace elements (zinc, copper, cadmium, lead, chromium, manganese) were higher for cancer patients than their non-infected relatives. in conclusion, we need further studies to confirm the relationship between trace elements and cancer disease and attention the effect of diet and environmental risk of cancer. key word: x-ray fluorescence, trace elements, cancer, nails. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage:http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2470 article history: received 2october 2019, accepted 22october 2019, published in july 2020. drjamal40@hotmail.com        nada66_altai@yahoo.com jamal k. al-saedi ali a. abdalhasan      ali11_77ahmed@yahoo.com radioactive waste management and treatment, ministry of science and technology nuclear research and applications, ministry of science and technology, baghdad, iraq nuclear research and applications, ministry of science and technology, baghdad, iraq ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020   20   1. introduction identifying the concentration elements for biological tissues, such as nails, where used in several purposes such as the level of environmental pollution [1]. the impact of work areas to the healthy workers, and the diagnosis of many diseases such as diabetes [2]. heart disease and cancer [3]. and indication of many characteristics such as heavy metal exposure related to a geographical location, drinking water, type of food [4]. soil, smoking [5]. and some diseases [6].in recent years, the researchers have attention to the measurement of trace elements in human tissues because these elements and effect of the biochemical and physiological processes [7]. trace element concentrations in the nails were used to monitor exposure to toxic elements or to assess the association between increased or decreased concentrations of elements with cancer[8].cancer is a complex disease, several factors cause it like food system, environmental factors, genetic and smoking [9]. the probability of cancer incidence is due to environmental factors 65-70%, 30-40% dietary habits and only 2 % genetic predisposition [10]. blood and other body fluids give transient concentrations, while the nail growth is a continuous process of longevity. therefore, the presence of minerals is long. moreover, nails are a continuous record of concentration of elements. also, we have features such as ease of collection and storage because they do not require any complicated conditions for analysis. all these features make it a more attractive screening and diagnostic tool in developing countries [11]. several studies have focused on the relationship between heavy metals and human’s cancer [12, 13]. there are many techniques that can be used to determine the concentrations of elements for nails, such as atomic absorption spectrometry (aas) [14]. inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (icpms) [15]. neutron activated analysis (naa) [16]. x-ray fluorescence (xrf) technique [17].it was chosen in this study because the preparation of sample easily, accurate results and the analyzing of many samples at the same time was possible. the incidence of cancer has increased in recent decades; the number of cases reported annually was expected to raise from 10 million cases in 2000 to 15 million cases in 2030 according to the world health organization (who) [18]. therefore, it needs many researches on screening methods, disease symptoms and cancer indicator in the initial stages. the aim of this study is to identify the concentrations of trace elements in nails of patients with cancer and compared with their relative non-infected, and identified a possible relationship between the concentrations of elements and cancer. this study attempted to develop the possibility of monitoring cancer incidence and to identify the effect of concentrations elements to cancer incidence. 2. materials and method 2.1.sample collection and preparation eight samples were collected from the people with cancer and eight samples from their relativly non-infected that were in hospital. a special form has been filled for each person, including the person's age, place of residence, gender, occupation, and diseases clinical stage as shown in table 1. the people washed their hands with soap and water and then dried it with paper tissue, after that the nails was trimmed. the samples were immersed in a 70% ethanol ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020   21   solution for 10 minutes to reduce the risk of microbiological pollutants such as fungi and bacteria, then we washed the samples from ethanol. table 1. the history of human with cancer. sample code sex edge side history of the disease / month treatment time /month s1 male 74 karkh 5 2 s2 male 52 karkh 11 10 s3 male 74 karkh 8 6 s4 female 70 diyala 12 5 s5 female 67 rusafa 7 6 s6 female 70 karkh 18 14 s7 male 10 karkh 12 8 s8 male 68 karkh 24 16 2.2.preparation of samples the samples were crushed with an electric grinder to a diameter range between (60µm 125µm) that makes the powder a homogenous particle size. this process ensured the minimizing of the matrix effect error. the crushed samples were dried at 200oc for 30min with the oven and then pressed in a hydraulic press into 100 mg/cm2 pellet with a diameter of 32 mm. the weight of each samples was (3-4) gm. 2.3.procedure for sample analysis the samples were analyzed using the spectro xepos xrf unit with silicon drift lithium detector. the resolution of this system is 45ev at 5.9kev to the iron isotope 55fe. this detector did not need liquid nitrogen for cooling; it was cooled using peltier effect. the x-ray unit has formed tube with beryllium window; the thickness was approximately 0.076 mm. this system uses targets that covered a wide range of x-ray energies. these targets were highly oriented pyrolytic graphite (hopg), alumina (al203) and molybdenum. 3. results and discussion x-ray spectroscopy technique is an acceptable accuracy for such research as shown in table 2, 3. the tables show the concentrations elements (magnesium, silicon, potassium, calcium, iron and selenium) of the infected person’s nails and compared with their healthy relatives. the results showed decrease in the concentration of elements in above for cancer patients. the results showed a decrease in the concentration of calcium and magnesium, as some studies had shown. patients with brain, lymph and leukemia usually have low calcium and magnesium concentrations [19]. table 4. showed the increase the concentration elements (arsenal, chromium, zinc, copper, cadmium and, lead) in the cancer patient’s nails compared with their first-degree relatives. our study had showed a decrease in the concentration of selenium, in cancer patients relative to healthy relatives. this is consistent with many studies and this has been proven by clinical trials [20]. other researchers have also observed that selenium supplements were effective in suppressing cancers of the gastrointestinal [21]. clinical trials have also shown that low selenium concentration is an important factor in cancer, especially gastrointestinal, prostate and breast cancer [22]. the manganese component ranged from the increase and decrease among cancer patients and their relatives.arsenic and cadmium are very ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020   22   toxic elements; these elements are a carcinogen even at very low levels and have no beneficial functions for humans [11]. chromium is an essential element in low concentration but it is toxic and known human carcinogens [11]. lead is a deadly poison and the increase the concentration causes many diseases, including cancer, where it enters the human body through air, water and food. table 2. shows the comparison of results between experimental data and the results published in certificate data to [pcc-1]. a.n.: atomic number, e.s.: element symbol, con*: the experimental concentration (%), con**: the certificate concentration (%). table 3. the concentrations of main elements of nails the cancer patients and compared with their relatives healthy. table 4. the concentrations of trace elements of nails the cancer patients and compared with their relatives healthy. no a. n e.s con* con** error % no. a. n. e.s. con.* con.** error% 1 11 na 0.35 0.36 2.78 10 25 mn 0.52 0.50 4.00 2 12 mg 28.34 26.19 8.21 11 26 fe 1.41 1.25 12.80 3 13 al 0.33 0.35 5.71 12 27 co 0.006 0.0062 3.22 4 14 si 20.61 19.48 5.80 13 28 ni 0.34 0.37 8.11 5 15 p 0.37 0.40 7.50 14 29 cu 0.0001 0.0001 0 5 16 s 0.26 0.24 6.56 15 30 zn 1.71 1.87 8.56 6 17 cl 0.75 0.87 13.79 16 34 se 0.002 0.003 33.33 7 19 k 9.11 10.00 8.9 17 42 mo 0.004 0.003 33.33 8 20 ca 0.24 0.27 11.11 18 80 hg 0.001 0.001 0 9 24 cr 0.032 0.031 3.22 19 82 pb 0.0001 0.0001 0 active nonactive mg si k ca fe mg si k ca fe s1 420 67 789 1546 268 450 89 890 1897 320 s2 340 90 966 1352 311 380 121 1583 2032 423 s3 310 45 785 1276 322 342 52 983 1534 420 s4 390 62 734 1032 210 420 81 896 1342 334 s5 350 41 617 1321 423 390 53 722 1255 320 s6 430 37 623 1122 173 450 112 1201 1902 461 s7 410 32 590 1011 182 430 37 623 1122 257 s8 420 34 100 348 175 440 38 120 1123 232 active nonactive ni mn hg as cr ni mn hg as cr s1 58 39 8.7 2.2 37 34 28 3.4 1.5 21 s2 31 21.8 5.7 1.4 25 36 11 3.4 1.2 14 s3 52 55.1 6.2 2.2 30 49 22 5.2 1.2 22 s4 65 62 1.5 2.4 43 51 50 4.0 1.5 16 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020   23   4. multivariate statistical analysis the statistical software spss (17.0 version) was used to identify the relationship among the element’s variables. the basic of statistical analysis, such as stander deviation, skewness, variance, kurtosis, median, mean, min., max., were used to describe the statistical characteristics of the elements as shown in table 5 and 6.the stander deviation of elements was less than the mean value and this indicated a high degree of irregular in their distribution. the skewness of concentrations (si,fe,ni,mn,pb,cr) in the two groups were positive, showing that their distributions were symmetric towards values that were more positive. while skewness of concentrations (mg,k,s,ca,hg) was negative that showed their distributions which were asymmetric towards values that were more negative table 5. statistical analysis of nails concentrations elemental of cancer patients. mean median std. deviation variance skewness kurtosis range min max mg 383.75 400 44.701 1998.21 -0.7 -1.2 120 310 430 si 51 43 20.284 411.43 1.12 0.48 58 32 90 k 650.5 678.5 254.21 64624.9 -1.5 3.52 866 100 966 ca 1126 1199 361.62 130766 -1.5 3.17 1198 348 1546 fe 258 239 89.781 8060.57 0.83 -0.1 250 173 423 ni 142.38 61.5 229.71 52766 2.79 7.84 678 31 709 mn 67.013 47 68.718 4722.13 2.63 7.16 212.2 21.8 234 pb 5.84 5.95 0.8383 0.703 0.69 0.36 2.5 4.9 7.4 hg 5.91 6.3 2.9333 8.60 -0.5 -0.6 8.3 1.5 9.8 as 1.92 2.1 0.4062 0.16 -0.7 -1.2 1.1 1.3 2.4 cr 37.26 34.05 11.06 122.32 0.61 -1.1 30 25 55 zn 125.46 118 41.325 1707.72 0.19 -1.8 110.9 72.1 183 s5 98 44 9.8 2.1 50 81 30 2.7 2.0 33 s6 709 234 7.1 1.7 27 64 125 2.0 1,7 20 s7 58 30.2 6.4 1.3 31.1 64 9.8 5.8 1.1 14 s8 68 50 1.9 2.1 55 97 28.0 6.4 1.3 16 active nonactive zn cu cd pb se zn cu cd pb se s1 91 31 6.2 4.9 0.8 82 16 4.5 2.1 1.8 s2 167.6 15.5 5.0 5.1 1.0 80.2 4.6 3.6 2.5 2.1 s3 183 20.7 7.2 5.8 1.0 90.5 8.4 3.9 2.9 2.0 s4 135 30.4 6.8 6.1 0.9 8.4 15 5.0 3 1.9 s5 101 26 11 6.1 0.9 89 17 8 3.1 1.7 s6 159.7 94.8 10 7.4 2.3 8.7 49.4 7.0 5.5 1.1 s7 72.1 8.4 12 6.3 0.4 37 4.8 5 3 1.3 s8 94.3 40.8 5.0 5.0 0.6 73.3 20.7 5.0 2.6 1.1 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020   24   cu 33.45 28.2 26.729 714.42 2.07 4.97 86.4 8.4 94.8 cd 7.9 7 2.7318 7.463 0.49 -1.5 7 5 12 se 0.99 0.9 0.5693 0.324 2.06 5.25 1.9 0.4 2.3 table 6. statistical analysis of nails concentrations elemental to relatives healthy. mean median std. dev variance skewness kurtosis range min max mg 412.75 425 38.66 1494.81 -0.896 -0.148 108 342 450 si 72.87 67 32.75 1072.42 0.383 -1.543 84 37 121 k 877.25 893 427.08 182395 -0.166 1.209 1463 120 1583 ca 1525.88 1438 371.87 138291 0.284 -1.958 910 1122 2032 fe 345.87 327 81.98 6720.4 0.061 -1.312 229 232 461 ni 59.5 57.5 21.69 470.57 0.588 -0.352 63 34 97 mn 37.95 28 37.33 1393.93 2.241 5.445 115.2 9.8 125 hg 4.11 3.7 1.55 2.39 0.262 -1.229 4.4 2 6.4 as 3.35 1.4 5.52 30.5 2.814 7.937 15.9 1.1 17 cr 19.5 18 6.279 39.43 1.586 2.905 19 14 33 zn 58.64 76.75 35.15 1235.5 -0.768 -1.475 82.1 8.4 90.5 cu 16.99 15.5 14.37 206.43 1.911 4.392 44.8 4.6 49.4 cd 5.25 5 1.50807 2.274 1.04 0.246 4.4 3.6 8 pb 3.09 2.95 1.03017 1.061 2.222 5.755 3.4 2.1 5.5 se 1.62 1.75 0.40267 0.162 -0.4 -1.764 1 1.1 2.1 25 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 5. conclusion the results showed that the average concentrations of trace elements (manganese, chromium, arsenal zinc, copper, cadmium, lead, selenium) were higher for cancer patients than their noninfected relatives. this result showed that the cancer patient had the high concentration of these elements. furthermore, we need studies to confirm the relationship between trace elements and cancer, with attention to the effect of diet and environmental risk of cancer. acknowledgments the researchers would like to acknowledge the support of the iraqi ministry of science and technology for completing this manuscript. references 1. abdelrazig, m.a.; salwa, m.i.; ahmed, h.e. the determination of heavy metals exposure to environmental in fingernails of females in port sudan, international journal of physics and applications.2014, 6, 1,7-13. 2. ensieh, n.e.; farnoush, f.; bagher, l.; mohammad, r.g.; parviz, n. trace element analysis of hair, nail, serum and urine of diabetes mellituspatients by inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy, iranian journal of diabetes and lipid disorders. 2011, 10, 19. 3. ka, he. trace elements in nails as biomarkers in clinical research, eur j clin invest. 2011, 41, 1, 98–102, doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2362.2010.02373. x. 4. fozia, b.; shahid, i.; kim, w.ch.; muhammad, i.t.; afzal, sh.; muhammad, m. concentrations of heavy metals in hair and nails of young pakistanis: correlation with dietary elements, environmental forensics. 2015, 16, 1–6, doi: 10.1080/15275922.2014.991434. 5. al-ramadi, m.a.; al-askarn, a.; mostafa, g.a.e. simultaneous determination of some heavy metals in nail samples of saudi arabian smokers by inductive coupled plasma mass spectrometry, biomedical research.2017, 28, 10, 4568-4574, 4-1. 6. gautam, s.; ramesh, sh.; tarit, r.; dipankar, c.h. arsenic and other elements in hair, nails, and skin-scales of arsenic victims in west bengal, india, science of the total environment.2004, 326, 1–3, 33-47, doi: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2003.12.006. 7. bogus, b.c.; krzysztof, k.; marcin, o.; agnieszka, s.m. screening of trace elements in hair of the female population with different types of cancers in wielkopolska region of poland, the scientific world journal.2014, 2014, 1-15, doi: 10.1155/2014/953181. 8. antoni, s.; maria, d.m.b.; alicia, j.; raquel, a.u.; gonzalo, p.l.; antoni, p.; marcela g.g.; josep, a.t. trace element contents in toenails are related to regular physical activity in older adults, plos one.2017, 12, 10, 5-1, doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0185318. 9. golgis, k.; suzana, s.h.; nasim, h.; roslee, r.; abu bakar, n.f.; othman, m.s.h. association between trace element and heavy metal levels in hair and nail with prostate cancer, asian pacific j cancer prev. 2012, 13, 9, 4249-4253, doi: 10.7314/apjcp.2012.13.9.4249. 10. muhammad, s.; rabia, r.; jamil, a.; tariq, m. statistical analysis of selected heavy metals icpoes in hair and nails of cancer and diabetic patients of pakistan , electronic journal of environmental, agricultural and food chemistry.2012, 11, 3,163-171, researchgate.net/publication/232041810. 26 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 11. abdulrahman, f.i.; akan, j.c.; chellube, z.m.; waziri, m. levels of heavy metals in human hair and nail samples from maiduguri metropolis, borno state, nigeria, world environment.2012, 2, 4, 81-89, doi: 10.5923/j.env.20120204.05. 12. marouf, b.h. association between serum heavy metals level and cancer incidence in darbandikhan and kalar area, kurdistan region, iraq.2018, 21, 6, 766-771, doi: 10.4103/njcp.njcp_384_16. 13. nyqvist, f.; helmfrid, i.; augustsson, a.; wingren, g. increased cancer incidence in the local population around metal-contaminated glassworks sites. j occup environ med. 2017, 59, 5, 84-90, doi: 10.1097/jom.0000000000001003. 14. ibrahim, s.m.; abdelrazig, m.a.; sharfeldeen, a.e. trace elements assessment in human nails in eastern sudan using atomic absorption spectroscopy, journal of analytical sciences, methods and instrumentation. 2014, 4, 1-8, doi: 10.4236/jasmi.2014.41001. 15. kasamatsu, m.; suzuki, y.; suzuki, s.h.; siong, w.b.; oura, y.; ebihara, m. complementary analysis of trace elements in nail samples using instrumental neutron activation analysis and inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.2014, 19, 2,121127, doi.org/10.3408/jafst.19.121. 16. wee, b.s.; ebihara, m. neutron activation analysis and assessment of trace elements in fingernail from residents of tokyo, japan, sains malaysiana.2017, 46, 4, 605–613, doi.org/10.17576/jsm-2017-4604-13. 17. david, e.b.f.; stephen, r.b.; christopher, j.f. feasibility of measuring zinc in human nails using portable x-ray fluorescence, journal of trace elements in medicine and biology.2018, 609-614, 14-1, doi.org/10.1016/j.jtemb.2018.04.025. 18. world health organization (who), national cancer control programmers. policies and managerial guide lines, who, world health organization, geneva, switzerland, 2nd edition, 2002. 19. barbagallo, m.; dominguez, l.j.; galioto, a. role of magnesium in insulin action, diabetes and cardio-metabolic syndrome x,”molecular aspects of medicine.2003, 24, 1–3, 39-52, doi: 10.1016/s0098-2997(02)00090-0. 20. davis, c.d.; tsuji, p.a.; milner, j.a. selenoproteins and cancer prevention, annual review of nutrition.2012, 32, 73–95, doi: 10.1146/annurev-nutr-071811-150740. 21. hu, y.; mcintosh, g.h.; leleu, r.k.; nyskohus, l.s.; woodman, r.j.; young, g.p. combination of selenium and green tea improves the efficacy of chemoprevention in a rat colorectal cancer model by modulating genetic and epigenetic biomarkers, plos one.2013, 8, 5, doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0064362. 22. mehdi, y.; hornick, j.l.; istasse, l.; dufrasne, i. selenium in the environment, metabolism and involvement in bodyfunctions, molecules.2013, 18, 3, 3292–3311, doi.org/10.3390/molecules18033292. 2011) 1( 24المجلد بیقیةالھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط بنا مجلة )dap(وسماد ثنائي فوسفات االمونیوم ) ga3(تأثیر حامض الجبرلین بعض الصفات الفسیولیجیة لجذور نبات العدس في )lens culinaris medic( الدركزلي الجلیل عبد محمد المستنصریة الجامعة ، العلوم كلیة، الحیاة علوم قسم 2010،كانون االول ،5استلم البحث في 2010،اذار ،29،قبل البحث في الخالصة باسـتخدام جامعـة بغـداد /الهیـثم ابـن-التربیـة كلیـة فـي الحیـاة علـوم لقسـم التـابع الزجـاجي البیـت فـي بایولوجیـة تجربـة أجریـت جـزء) 100(و (50) الجبـرلین وهمـا حـامض مـن تركیـزین تـأثیر لدراسـة. 2009النمو لموسم) كغم 2( سعة بالستیكیة أصص )80(و) 40( تعـادل التـي اصـیص كغم2 /غم) 0.32(و) 0.16( وهي االمونیوم فوسفات ثنائي سماد من ومستویین بالملیون .تمكررا ةوبثالث الكامل العشوائي وفق التصمیمعلى )البركة صنف( العدس لنبات الجذري النمو في دونم /كغم ،المتكونـة العقـد الجذریـة وعـدد، والجافـة الطریـة واالوزان ،الجـذور وحجـم، الجذور طول(في معنویة زیادة وجود النتائج أظهرت وأظهـرت. السـیطرة معامـل مقارنـة مـع السـماد، ومسـتوى الجبـرلین تركیـز بزیـادة )والبـروتین النتـروجین مـن لكـل المئویـة والنسـبة .أعـاله المدروسـة الصـفات فـي معنـوي ایجـابي تـأثیر لـه كـان السـماد ومسـتوى الجبـرلین تركیـز بـین للتـداخل ان كـذلك النتـائج عنـد دونـم /سـماد كغـم )40( و ،مـن الجبـرلین بـالملیون جـزء )50( التركیـز عنـد دونـم /سـماد كغـم) 80( المسـتویات وأظهـرت افضـل الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )100( یـزترك عنـد دونـم/سـماد كغـم )80( و، الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )100(تركیـز مـن بـالملیون جـزء) 100(التركیز عند دونم/ سماد كغم80 المستوى وأظهر التجربة في المدروسة الصفات في المعنویة الزیادات .األخرى التداخل معامالت بقیة على معنویاً تفوقاً الجبرلین .ثنائي فوسفات األمونیوم) dap(العدس، الجبرلین، سماد الـ: الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة دول مـن العدیـد وفـي العـراق فـي المهمـة اإلقتصـادیة البقولیـة المحاصـیل مـن lens culinaris medic العـدس نبـات یعـد زیـوت، وحــوالي ) ٪1,8(بـروتین، و ) ٪23,25( ، وكاربوهیـدرات) ٪59( علـى العـدس نبـات یحتـويحیـث إذ آسـیا شـرق bو a فیتـامین مـن للجسـم جـزء یـوفر العـدس نبـات فـإن كـذلك.والحدیـد والمغنیسـیوملفسـفور والكالسـیوم مـن عناصـر ا) 0,2٪( ].1[الحیواني البروتین في الحاصل النقص ویسد یـؤثر ممـا الحیویـة فیهـا الفعالیـات زیـادة ثـم ومـن النباتیـة األنسجة مو زیادة في تأثیر له نمو منظم بوصفه الجبرلین حامض إن الجذریـة العقـد زیـادة عـدد فـي اً تـأثیر لـه فـإن وكـذلك ،]2[النبـات وطـول الجـاف الـوزن ومنهـا، النمـو صـفات بعـض فـي ایجابیـاً وزیـادة الحلبـة نبـات جـذور طـول فـي زیـادة معنویـاً تـأثیراً للجبـرلین أن الـى ]3[أشـار إذ البقولیة، النباتات في الجذور على المتكونة .علیها المتكونة الجذریة العقد عدد 2011) 1( 24المجلد بیقیةالھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط بنا مجلة فـي تحلـل یشـارك فهـو للنبـات الحیویـة العملیـات معظـم فـي یـدخل فهـو النبـات نمـو فـي اً مهمـًا دور الفسـفور لعنصـر إن العملیات في النبات هاإلی جحتای التي للطاقة المحررة الضوئي البناء عملیة من المنتجة والمواد الكاربوهیدرات نقـص فـي حالـة أنـه وجـد إذ ،النباتـات أنـواع مختلـف فـي الجـذور وتوزیـع نمـو فـي اً وكبیـر اً مهمـ اً ور د للفسـفور أن كما ].4[الحیویة إذ للجـذور، أسـطح اإلمتصـاص مـن یقلـل وبـذلك حجمهـا یقلـل ممـا للجـذور النمو معدل إنخفاض الى هذا یؤدي التربة في الفسفور .الزراعة الى تربة المضاف الفسفور وكمیة الجذور نمو بین موجبة إرتباط عالقة وجود الى ]5[ارأش بـین عالیـة معنویـة موجبـة عالقـة إرتبـاط وجـود الـى نتائجهـا أشـارت الصفراء الذرة نبات جذور على ]6[أجراها أخرى دراسة وفي .المضاف الفوسفاتي السماد ومستوى وتوزیعها الجذور عدد تثبیـت عملیـة فـي زیـادة ومـن ثـم أعـدادها وزیـادة الجذریـة العقـد تكـوین عملیـة تحسـین فـي اً ومعنویـ اً إیجابیـ اً تـأثیر للفسفور أن اكم النتـروجین المثبـت نسـبة وزیـادة الجذریـة العقد عدد زیادة في اً مهم اً دور للفسفور أن ]8[دراسة أكدت وقد ،]7[النبات النتروجین في .الحمص نبات في العمل وطرائق موادال البیت في )كغم 2سعة( بالستیكیة أصص في مكررات ةوبثالث الكامل العشوائي التصمیم وفق على البایولوجیة التجربة نفذت الحقـل مـن تربـة اسـتخدمت .2009النمـو لموسـم بغـداد، جامعـة /الهیـثم ابـن -التربیـة كلیـة فـي الحیـاة علـوم لقسـم التـابع الزجـاجي وقـدرت )ملـم2(فتحتـه قطـر نخلـت بمنخـل ثـم وطحنـت هوائیـاً جففـت وبعـدها الهیـثم ابـن /التربیـة كلیـة /الحیـاة لـومع لقسم التابع مـن )كغـم 2( وزن ) 1( جـدول فـي والمبینـة الموصـوفة نموذجیـةاأل قائـالطر وبحسـب والفیزیائیة الكیمیائیة الصفات بعض فیها :یةاآلت العوامل التجربة وتضمنت أصیص بكل التربة حضـر والـذي المحلـول القیاسـي مـن حضـرت التـي بـالملیون جـزء) 100(و ) 50( ووهـ ga3 الجبـرلین حامض من ناتركیز ]n1 x v1 = n2 x v2[ هیدروكسـید مـن قطـرات بضـع إضـافة مـع المقطـر الماء من كمیة في الجبرلین من) gm 1( بإذابة واحـدة لرشـة أعـاله التراكیـب واسـتخدمت التخفیـف قـانون حسب مقطر، ءما من لتر) 1( الى الحجم وأكمل عیاري) 1(الصودیوم .]10[النبات على تربـة كغـم2 /غـرام( )0.32) (0.16( وهـي dap) n ،46%p%18( الثنائیـة االمونیـوم فوسـفات سـماد مـن نامسـتوی .الزراعة قبل ضیفتأ 10 التوالي على دونم /سماد كغم )40( )80( )تعادل التي االصیص )التجریبیـة الوحـدات( األصـص عـدد اصـبح وبـذلكlens culinary var. baraka البركـة صـنف العـدس نبـات ذوربـ .اً أصیص 27 هو التجربة في أمـا .نباتـات الـى سـتة خفـت اإلنبـات وبعـد أصـیص لكـل بـذرة 14 وبعـدد 2009 /1 / 19 بتـاریخ أعـاله للصـنف البـذور زرعـت حسـب بعـد فیمـا الـري وكـان الحقلیـة السـعة مـن 50 % الـى للوصـول التجربـة أصـص الـى ولـىاأل الریـة فـي الماء أضیف فقد الري . الوزن في الفقد تقدیر خالل من الحاجة النباتـات جـذور أخـذت للنبات أفرع 5 -4 ظهور بعد أي 2009 /3 / 12 بتاریخ المذكورة أعاله الجبرلین بتراكیز النباتات رشت التـي والجـذور هـي وعرضـت األصـص فـي التي التربة وأخذت الخضري الجزء قطع تم حیث راعة،تاریخ الز من یوماً 83 مدة بعد :فیها تیةاآل الصفات ودرست منفصلة جذور على والحصول التربة تعریة لغرض شدید مائي الى تیار بداخلها سـم(الجـذور حجـم ،مدرجـة مسـطرة باسـتخدام الجـذور أطـوالقیسـت ): سـم( الجـذور طـول 3 المـاء بحجـم الجـذور ماحجـا قـدرت ) الطـري الجـذور وزنحسـب ):غـم( الطـري الـوزن، الجـذور علـى المتكونـة الجذریة العقد عدد مدرج حساب سلندر باستخدام المزاح .حساس میزان باستخدام 65 حـرارة وعلـى درجـة سـاعة 72 مـدة oven مجفـف فـي تجفیفهـا بعـد للجـذور الجافـة المـادة وزن قـدر ):غـم( الجاف الوزن .لها الوزن ثبات حتى م 70 2011) 1( 24المجلد بیقیةالھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط بنا مجلة حسـب الـوزن هـذا هضـم ثـم جیـدة بصـورةطحـن و منهـا معلـوم وزن خـذأُ الجـذور تجفیـف بعـد :الجـذور في النتروجین نسبة تقدیر النتـائج حللـت [13] طریقـة وفـقعلـى الجـذور فـي البـروتین نسـبة قُـّدر نهـاوم [12] بطریقة النتروجین نسبة وقدرت ]11[ طریقة l.s.d) (last(وقورنت المتوسطات بأستخدام أقـل فـرق معنـوي ] 14[أحصائیًا حسب طریقة significant difference ( ).0.05(عند مستوى احتمال والمناقشة النتائج السـماد، الجبرلین ومسـتوى تركیز زیادة حالة في العدس لنبات الجذر طول في معنویة زیادة وجود الى) 2( جدول نتائج أشارت جـزء) 100( الـى الجبـرلین تركیز عند زیادة الجذور طول في%) 43.19( زیادة بنسبة معنویة زیادة حصول النتائج أظهرت إذ عنـد%)17.82( زیـادة بنسـبة الجـذور لطـو في زیادة معنویة حصول النتائج أظهرت كما السیطرة، معاملة مع مقارنة بالملیون، السـماد ومسـتوى الجبـرلین تركیـز بـین للتـداخل كـان وقـد .السـیطرة مـع معاملـة مقارنـة دونـم، /كغـم )80( الى السماد مستوى زیادة ،دونـم /سـماد كغـم )80(ـلـ زائـداً الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )50( المسـتویات النباتـات وأظهـرت جـذور طول على معنوي تأثیر .األخرى التداخل معامالت بقیة على معنویاً تفوقاً دونم/ سماد كغم )80( ل زائداً من الجبرلین بالملیون جزء )100(و السـماد ومسـتوى تركیزالجبرلین من كل زیادة حالة في النباتات جذور حجم في معنویة فروق وجود الى) 3(ل جدو نتائج أشارت التركیـز عنـد %)133.00( زیـادة الجـذور وبنسـبة حجـم فـي معنویـة زیـادة حصـول النتـائج بینـت إذ ،السـیطرة معاملـة مـع مقارنـة دونـم / كغـم) 80( السـماد مسـتوى عنـد )%56.06( ونسـبة زیـادة الجبـرلین، مـن صـفر التركیـز مع مقارنة بالملیون جزء )100( جـذور حجـم زیـادة فـي معنـوي تاثیر السماد ستوىم و الجبرلین تركیز بین للتداخل كان وقد . السماد من صفر التركیز مع مقارنة ،دونـم /سـماد كغـم )80( زائـداً الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )50( المعـامالت اظهـرت إذ ، السـیطرة معاملـة مـع مقارنـة النباتـات اذ ، النتـائج افضـل دونـم/ سـماد كغـم )80( زائـداً بـالملیون جـزء )100(و ،دونـم /سـماد كغـم )40( زائـداً بـالملیون جـزء )100(و هـذه اعزیـت وقـد .]15[و] 3[مـن كـل مـع النتـائج هـذه واتفقـت اعـاله المـذكورتین للصـفتین التـداخل علـى معـامالت معنویـاً تفوقـت بنـاء تحفیـز خـالل مـن الخالیـا واسـتطالة انقسـام تحفیـز فـي الجبـرلین حـامض دور الـى الجـذور وحجـم طـول فـي الزیـادات المعنویـة الفسـفور الـى دور وكـذلك ]2[ النباتیـة األعضـاء نمـو فـي وزیـادة إستطالة حدوث الى یؤدي مما ایبوسوماتوالر النوویة األحماض زیـادة حصـول الـى ممـا یـؤدي الخلـوي اإلنقسـام علـى المرسـتیمیة المنـاطق تنشیط ثم ومن والنیوكلیدات النوویة األحماض بناء في ]. 16[ الجذر وحجم طول في السـماد ومسـتوى تركیزالجبـرلین مـن كـل زیـادة عنـد والجافـة الطریـة األوزان فـي معنویـة زیـادة وجـود لـىإ) 4( جدول نتائج أشارت الجـاف الـوزن وزیـادة الطـري الـوزن فـي %)96.42( بنسـبة معنویـة زیـادة وجـود النتائج أظهرت إذ ،السیطرة معامالت مع مقارنة ةادیـز بنسـبة الطـري الـوزن فـي معنویـة زیـادة كمـا وحصـلت ،بـالملیون جـزء )100( الـى الجبـرلین زیـادة عنـد%) 184.00( بنسبة .دونم/كغم )80(الى السماد مستوى زیادة عند%) 126.00( بنسبة الجاف الوزن وفي %)102.60( والجـاف الطـري الـوزن زیـادة فـي معنـوي تـأثیر لـه كـان ومسـتوى السـماد الجبـرلین تركیـز بـین التـداخل ان النتـائج أظهـرت كمـا كغـم )80( مسـتوى عنـد الجبـرلین مـن بالملیون جزء )50( المعامالت أظهرت اذ، السیطرة معامالت مع مقارنة تاتالنبا لجذور الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )100(و ،دونـم /سـماد كغم )40( مستوى عند الجبرلین بالملیون من جزء )100( و، مدون /سماد أكثـر العـدس نباتـات جـذور وكانـت األخـرى التـداخل معـامالت بقیـة علـى معنویـاً تفوقـاً دونـم /سـماد كغـم )80( مسـتوى عنـد النتـائج أفضـل المعاملـة هـذه أظهرت إذ دونم،/سماد كغم )80( زائداً الجبرلین من بالملیون جزء )100( التداخل لمعاملة إستجابة الزیـادات هـذه فسـرت وقـد ]1[و ]18[و ]17[ مـن كـل نتـائج مـع النتـائج هـذه اتفقـت .األخـرى التـداخل معـامالت مـع بقیـة مقارنـة البـروتین فـي بنـاء لتحفیـزه وكـذلك الغذائیـة العناصـر إلمتصاص األغشیة نفاذیة زیادة في الجبرلین لدور الوزن صفة في المعنویة ]19[الـوزن فـي وزیـادة فـي النمـو زیـادة حصـول مـن ثـمو الكاربوهیـدرات، وانتـاج الضـوئي البنـاء عملیـة یسـرع الـذي والكلوروفیـل جذور على المتكونة الجذریة العقد أعداد في معنویة زیادة وجودالى 5) (جدول نتائج أشارت .]20[و 2011) 1( 24المجلد بیقیةالھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط بنا مجلة هـي زیـادة نسـبة حصـلت إذ السـیطرة، معاملـة مـع مقارنـة المسـتخدم السـماد ومسـتوى الجبـرلین مـن تركیـز كـل بزیـادة النباتـات %)100( هي زیادة ونسبة بالملیون، جزء) 100( الى الجبرلین تركیز زیادة عند) 90.40%( أعـداد زیـادة فـي معنوي تأثیر السماد ومستوى الجبرلین تركیز بین للتداخل وكان دونم /كغم) 80( الى السماد مستوى زیادة عند مـن بـالملیون جـزء )100(و دونـم/سـماد كغـم )80( زائـداً الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جزء )50( أظهرت المعامالت إذ، الجذریة العقد صـفة فـي معنویـاً تفوقـاً دونـم /سـماد كغـم )80( زائـداً الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جزء )100( و ،دونم/سماد كغم) 40( زائداً الجبرلین الـى )6(جـدول نتـائج أشـارت . ]21[ و] 8[ن مـ كـل نتـائج مـع النتـائج هذه اتفقت التداخل معامالت بقیة على الجذریة عدد العقد إذ .السـیطرة معـامالت مقارنـة مـع السـماد ومسـتوى الجبرلین تركیز زیادة عند الجذور في النتروجین نسبة في معنویة فروق وجود معاملـة مـع ارنـةمق%) 89.50( وبنسـبة زیـادة )4.200( وهو النتروجین لنسبة معدل أعلى الجبرلین من )100( التركیز أعطى كغـم )80( المسـتوى أعطـىا كمـ .الجبـرلین األخـرى مـن التراكیـز بقیـة علـى بـالملیون جـزء )100( التركیـز تفـوق مـع .السـیطرة مـع السـیطرة، معاملـة مـع مقارنـة%) 38.50( زیـادة وبنسـبة )3.300(وهـو الجذور في النتروجین لنسبة معدل اعلى دونم/سماد تـأثیر السـماد ومسـتوى الجبـرلین تركیـز بـین للتـداخل كـان وقـد .السـماد األخـرى مسـتویات بقیـة علـى یـاً معنو أعـاله المسـتوى تفـوق كغـم )40( زائـداً الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )100( التـداخل معـاملتي أظهـرت الجـذور، إذ فـي النتـروجین نسبة زیادة في معنوي )5.700(و )5.300( أعطـت إذ القـیم، اعلـى دونـم/سـماد كغـم )80( زائـداً الجبـرلین بـالملیون مـن جـزء و) 100( ،دونـم /سـماد .األخـرى معـامالت بقیـة علـى أعـاله المعـاملتین تفوقـت وقـد التـوالي علـى%) 112.00(و %)72.73(( زیادة وبنسبة التوالي على مقارنـة السـماد الجبرلین ومسـتوى تركیز زیادة عند الجذور في البروتین نسبة في معنویة زیادة وجود ]7[ولدج نتائج أظهرت كما وبنسـبة )26.25( وهـو البـروتین معـدل لنسـبة أعلـى الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )100(التركیـز أعطـى إذ السـیطرة، معاملـة مـع وأعطـى كمـا .األخـرى الجبـرلین تراكیـز بقیـة على أعاله معنویاً التركیز تفوق وقد السیطرة، معاملة مع مقارنة%) 91.50( زیادة مـع مقارنـة%) 38.90( زیـادة وبنسـبة )20.62( وهـو الجـذور البـروتین فـي لنسـبة معـدل اعلـى دونـم/سـماد كغـم )80( لمسـتوىا الجبـرلین تركیـز بـین للتـداخل كـان وقـد .األخـرى السـماد مسـتویات بقیـة علـى اعـاله معنویـاً المسـتوى تفـوق مـع السـیطرة، معاملـة مـن بـالملیون جـزءى) 100( التـداخل معـاملتي أعطـت إذ الجـذور، فـي البـروتین نسـبة زیـادة معنویـًا فـي تـأثیراً السـماد ومسـتوى البـروتین لنسـبة القـیم اعلـى دونـم/سـماد كغـم )80(زائـداً الجبـرلین مـن بـالملیون جـزء )100( دونـم/سـماد كغـم) 40( زائـداً الجبـرلین المعـاملتین أعـاله تفوقـت وقـد التـوالي علـى) %66.64(و %)42.33( زیـادة وبنسـبة التـوالي على )35.62( و) 33.12( وهي ] 22[ مـن كـل مـع أعـاله النتـائج اتفقـت كمـا )6(جـدول نتـائج مـع النتائج هذه اتفقت .األخرى التداخل معامالت بقیة على معنویاً ]. 18[و] 1[و االنزیمـات تكـوین ومـن mrna النـووي الحـامض لتكوین الجینات بعض تحفیز في الجبرلین دور الى النتائج هذه اعزیت وقد حفـز قـد الفاصـولیا علـى نبـات بـالجبرلین الـرش ان الـى ]23[ أشـار إذ ،النباتیـة األعضـاء فـي النتـروجین تركیـز بزیـادة المختصـة carboxy انـزیم dismutase فـي زیـادة یتطلـب وهـذا كیمیائیـة مـواد الـى والكـاربون الضـوئیة الطاقـة تحویـل علـى یعمـل الـذي وعملیـة للنبـات الحیویـة العملیـات تنشـیط فـي دوراً السـماد فـي الموجـود الفسـفور لعنصر ان كما الجذور، من ینالنتروج امتصاص فـي النتـروجین عنصـر مـن معینـة نسـبة وجـود وكـذلك التربـة، النتـروجین مـن عنصـر امتصـاص یتطلـب وهـذا الغـذائي التمثیـل ].24[النبات جذور في العنصر هذا نسبة في زیادة ساهمت وقد التجربة في المستعمل السماد أدى قـد )dap(سـماد الــ ومسـتوى النباتـات على ُرشَّ الذي الجبرلین تركیز من كالً ان نستنتج ان یمكن اعاله النتائج خالل من الجبـرلین حـامض النباتـات لتراكیـز لجـذور واضـحة إستجابة هناك كانت إذ المدروسة، الصفات قیم في معنویة زیادة حصول الى نبـات مـن أخـرى ألصـناف وبحـوث حقلیـة دراسـات بـإجرء نوصـي وعلیـه للتربـة، أضـیفت التـي السـماد ولمسـتویات رشـت يالتـ متزایدة تراكیز وبوجود في العراق فرةاالمتو الفوسفاتیة األسمدة من ومتزایدة مختلفة مستویات وباستخدام العدس 2011) 1( 24المجلد بیقیةالھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط بنا مجلة اإلنتاجیـة الـى الوصـول مـن ثـمو لنبـات العـدس والكمیـة النوعیـة الصـفات أفضـل علـى الحصـول لغـرض الجبـرلین، حـامض مـن .المحصول لهذا الجیدة المصادر 1.zafar,m .;m aqsood,m.ramazan,a.and zahid,a.(2003). hort communication growt h and y eild of lentil as affected by p hosp horus.int.j.agri.biol.,5(1). .السعودیة العربیة المملكة .الریاض .المریخ دار .ومكوناتها وزراعتها الطبیة النباتات (1981) .طه فوزي، طبق .2 .الحلبة لنبات الموادالفعالة وانتاج النمو في رشه وفترة الجبرلین وتركیز الصنف تأثیر (2007)فیصل زكي ماهر لشمري،ا .3 .العراق -بغداد جامعة .الهیثم ابن/ التربیة كلیة دكتوراه، اطروحة 4.tisadale, s. l.; nelson, w.l.; beton, j.d. and havlin, j.l.(1997). soil fertility andfertilization prentices. hall of india newdelgi. 5.karla, y .p (1991). app lication of sp lit-absorption exp eriments. j.agri.sci., 77(1) :77-81. 6.jianacal, z. and barbar, s.a. (1992). m aize root distribution between p hosp horus fertilizer and unfertilized soil. soil sci.so c. am.j.,56(3):819-822. 7. singh, h.p. and sa xcna, m .c. (1981). infuence of soil moist ure regins, p hosp horus levels and dates of p lanting on nodulation and p rotein content of lentils in north west india. lens, 9:31-33. ا بكتریا كفاءة في والفسفور الحدید تأثیر .(2005)هادي رحیم الكرطاني،.8 رسالة .وحاصل الحمص نمو وفي الرایزوبی .العراق بغداد، جامعة لزراعة،ا كلیة ماجستیر، 9.page,a.l.; m iller, r.h. and kenny , d.r. (1982). m ethods of soil analysis, p art (2) 2nd asa. inc. m adison,wisconsim, usa. 10.، vicia الباقالء من مختلفة اصناف على النباتیة النمو منظمات بعض تأثیر .)1996( محمد امجد وفاق القیسي faba ، كلیة دكتوراه، اطروحة .العراق بغداد، جامعة الزراعة 11.chapman, h.d. and pratt, f.p. (1961). m ethods of analysis for soils, p lants andwater. univ. calif. div. a gri. sci., 161-170. 12.schaff eelen, a.c.a. and vanschauwenbury , j.c.h. (1960). quick tests for soil and p lant analysis used by small lab. neth.j.agri. sci., 9:2-16. 13.agize, a.h.; el-hineidy , m .t. and ibrahim, m .e. (1960). the determination of the different fractions of p hosp horus in p lant and soil. bull. fao.agri. cairo univ.,121-124. 14.little, t.m . and hills, f.j. (1978). agricultural exp erimentation design andanalysis. john wiley and sons, new york. ، صالح المهدي عبد النصاري،ا .15 جذورنمو وتوزیع . (2002).الحي عبد محسن ودشر، العزیز عبد حازم ومحمود مسمدة بمستویات مختلفة من الفسفور عن طریق الري بالتنقیط ال lycopersicon esculeentum mill الطماطة نباتات .10512):4(33.مجلة العلوم الزراعیة 16.m osali, j.; dest a, k.; roger, k.; ky le, w.; kent, l.; anson, w. and william, r.(2006). effect of fo liar app lication of p hosp horus on winter wheat grain y eild, p hosp horus up take, and use efficiency . j, plant nut rition,29 :2147-2163. 17.hatter, b. and haddad, n. (1986). resp onse of lentil (lens culinaris medic) to nitrogen and phosp horus fertilization under chan ging rainfull conditions.dirasal. 8(5). 2011) 1( 24المجلد بیقیةھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطال بنا مجلة 18. erman,m. ;yildrim,b.;to gay,n.and cig, f. (2009). effect of p hosp horus app lication and rhizobium inoculation on the y ield, nodulation and nutrient up take in field pea (pisum sativum sp . arvense l.). j.animal and veterinary a., 8(2):301-304. 19.al-wa;ed, sam; hamed, a.a. and dadoura, s.s. (1995). interactive effects of water strees and gibberellic acid on min eral compsition of fenugreek p lant egy ptian j.physial. sci., 18 : 269-282. 20.hop kins, w.g. and huner, n.p.a. (2004). introducation to p lant p hy siology . 3rd edition wiley international edition,usa. 21.yahiy a, m .; samiullah; and fatma. (1995). inf luence of phosp horuson nitrogen fixation in chickp ea cultivars.j. plant nutrition, 18(4):719-727 lens العدس نبات وحاصل نمو في الفسفور إضافة وطرق الجبرلین حامض تأثیر (1998)جالل سامال عمر،. 22 culinaris medic الدین، صالح جامعة ماجستیر، رسالة ، .العراق اربیل 23.treharne,k.j.(1982).hormonal contral of p hotosy nthesis and assimilate istribution (ed. m claren, j.s.), butt er woths. سلمة ام الیوریا مجلة سماد من متزایدة لمستویات القمح نبات استجابة.(2009) .علي الرزاق عبد حسن السعدي،. 24 .)1( 4943:للعلوم التجربة لتربة والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الصفات یوضح) 1(جدول لنبات العدس) سم(خلهما في طول الجذور یوضح تركیز الجبرلین ومستوى السماد وتدا) 2(جدول ) جزء یالملیون(تركیز الجبرلین ga3 )دونم/كغم(مستوى سماد فوسفات االمونیوم الثنائیة 0 40 80 المعدل 0 25.0 30.0 33.0 29.33 50 35.0 38.0 40.0 37.66 100 41.0 44.0 46.0 42.0 39.66 35.66 33.6 المعدل lsd (0.05) 2.952= مستوى السماد 2.952= تركیز الجبرلین 5.114= التداخل مفصوالت التربة )كغم تربة/غم( التوصیل نسجة التربة لكهربائيا )ds/m( درجة التفاعل )ph( المادة العضویة )m.0( caco3 بعض عناصر التربة (%) san d salt clay غرینیة رملیة 2.35 7.5 8.5 p pp m fe pp m n غ/غم ك ربة م ت 20 .5 530 260 205 7.6 9.9 8.4 2011) 1( 24المجلد بیقیةالھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط بنا مجلة ا السماد ومستوى الجبرلین تركیز تأثیر) 3(جدول .العدس لنبات)3 سم( الجذور حجم في وتداخلهم ) جزء یالملیون(تركیز الجبرلین ga3 )دونم/كغم(مستوى سماد فوسفات االمونیوم الثنائیة 0 40 80 المعدل 0 4.0 6.0 8.0 6.00 50 10.0 12.0 14.0 12.00 100 11.0 15.0 17.0 14.00 13.0 11.0 8.33 المعدل lsd (0.05) 2.752= مستوى السماد 2.752= تركیز الجبرلین 4.769= التداخل ا السماد ومستوى الجبرلین تركیز تأثیر) 4(جدول ت والجافة لجذور الطریة األوزان في وتداخلهم .العدس نبا تركیز الجبرلین الجزء ( )بالملیون ga 3 تركیز الجبرلین األوزان الطریة الجزء ( )بالملیون ga 3 األوزان الجافة المعدل 80 40 0 المعدل 80 40 0 0 3.70 5.55 7.55 5.60 0 0.30 0.40 0.65 0.45 50 6.05 8.40 10.7 0 8.28 50 0.50 0.80 0.90 0.73 100 7.00 13.0 5 15.7 0 11.9 1 100 0.70 1.30 1.85 1.28 9.00 5.58 المعدل 11.3 1 1.13 0.83 0.50 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.296= مستوى السماد 0.296= تركیز الجبرلین 0.514= التداخل lsd (0.05) 0.095= مستوى السماد 0.095= تركیز الجبرلین 0.165= التداخل ا السماد ومستوى الجبرلین تركیز تأثیر) 5(جدول .نبات العدس جذور على المتكونة الجذریة العقد اعداد مع وتداخلهم ga3) جزء یالملیون(تركیز الجبرلین )dap(مستوى سماد 0 40 80 المعدل 0 30.0 36.0 60.0 42.0 50 40.0 70.0 80.0 63.33 100 50.0 90.0 100.0 80.0 80.0 65.0 40.00 المعدل lsd (0.05) 16.58= مستوى السماد 16.58= تركیز الجبرلین 0.3921= التداخل للعلوم الصرفة والتط بنا مجلة قیةالھیثم 2011) 1( 24المجلد بی ا السماد ومستوى الجبرلین تركیز تأثیر) 6(جدول .العدس نبات جذور في النتروجین نسبة في وتداخلهم ga3) جزء یالملیون(تركیز الجبرلین )dap(مستوى سماد 0 40 80 المعدل 0 2.21 2.50 3.30 2.67 50 3.80 4.70 5.15 4.55 100 4.20 5.30 5.70 5.06 4.71 4.16 3.403 المعدل lsd (0.05) 0.618= ستوى السماد م 0.618= تركیز الجبرلین 0.3921= التداخل .العدس نبات جذور في البروتین نسبة في وتداخلهما السماد ومستوى الجبرلین تركیز تأثیر) 7(جدول ga3) جزء یالملیون(تركیز الجبرلین )dap(مستوى سماد 0 40 80 المعدل 0 13.43 15.62 20.62 16.55 50 23.75 29.37 31.87 28.33 100 26.25 33.12 35.62 31.66 29.37 26.03 21.14 المعدل lsd (0.05) 1.847= مستوى السماد 1.847= تركیز الجبرلین 3.199= التداخل ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 the effect of gibberellic acid and diammonum phosphate (dap) fertilizer on some physiological characteristices of lentil’s (lens culinaris mediic) roots. m. a.jale el biology de partment,college of science, unive rsity of almustansirya received in, 5,jan, 2010 accepte d in,29,march, 2010 abstract a biological exp eriment was done in the green house of biology dep artment, college of education (ibn – al haitham), baghdad university , in p ots (2kg size), for growt h season 2009, to st udy the effect of two concentrations of gibberellic acid which was (50) and (100) p p m, and two levels of diamonium p hosp hate fertilizer which was(0.16) and (0.32) gm/2kg p ot which equal (40) and (80) kg/d, in growt h of root of one lentil cultivar (albaraka), up on comp eletely randomized design with three replications. the results showed that there was a significant increase in (root’s length, volumes of roots, fresh and dry weights, number of nodules, and the p ercents of nitrogen and p rotein), by increasing of gibberellic acid concentrations, and by increasing of fertilizer’s levels, comp aring with controls. the influence of interaction between gibberellic acid and fertilizer showed a siginficant increase in characteristices were studied. the levels of (80) kg dap/d with (50) p p m of ga3, (40)kg dap/d with (100) p p m of ga3, and (80)kg dap/d with (100) p p m of ga3 showed the best significant increase in characterist ics were st udied. the level of (80)kg dap/d. with (100) p p m of ga3 showed the best significant results comp aring to other interaction treatments. key words: lens, gebbrelline, diamoniump hosp hate. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 42 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: rana_alshwaikh@yahoo.com abstract from 50 stool samples collected from children with diarrhea of both sexes who visited various hospitals in baghdad, 26 isolates of e.coli were found to belong to the phylogenetic group e. the findings revealed that the percentage of e.coli for thephylogenetic group e is (52%) , making it the dominant group among the other phylogenetic groups. the findings demonstrated that 100% of the e.coli isolates from phylogenetic group e are resistant to penicillin, and only 15% are resistant to imipenem. multi-drug resistance (mdr) was found to be 15%, while xdr reached 85%. the results of thephylogenetic group for the remaining species of isolates in this study were group a (2/50 and by 4%), group b2 (1/50 and by 2% ),group c (12/50 and by 24%), group d (6/50 and by 12%), group f (3/50 and by 6%), group b1 by 0%, and group clade 1 by (0%). keywords: diarrhea, phylogenetic group e, e.coli. 1. introduction esherichia coli is one of the important bacteria belonging to the enrerobacteriaceae family; it is part of the normal fora in the colon of humans and other animals. the characteristics of e.coli is negative, facultative anaerobic, widespread in nature, positive indole and methyl red, negative oxidase test, positive catalase test, negative vogas-proskauer, h2s, and gelatin [1]. e.coli is described as containing a large number of virulent factors, which are cytotoxic necrotizing factor, cilia that help attach to the surface of the host, flagella, capsula, lipopolysaccharides (lps), haemolysin, toxins, siderophores, and also flagellar antigen h, somatic antigen o and capsular antigen k capsules, enzymes and typeiii secretion systems, and alkaline protease. e.coli cause infection and disease in humans; the most important of these are intestinal diseases represented by watery and bloody diarrhea, which is called diarrheagenic e. coli (dec), urinary tract infections (utis) which are called uropathogenic e. coli (upec), sepsis, and meningitis [3]. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3107 article history: received 16 november 2022, accepted 27 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq detection of antibiotic resistance of the phylogenetic group e among e. coli isolated from diarrheal cases in children under five years shahla najim abed al-azzawi department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. shahla.najim1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdsd.edu.iq rana mujahid abdullah* department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. rana_alshwaikh@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rana_alshwaikh@yahoo.com mailto:shahla.najim1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdsd.edu.iq mailto:shahla.najim1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdsd.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:shahla.najim1102a@ihcoedu.uobaghdsd.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:rana_alshwaikh@yahoo.com mailto:rana_alshwaikh@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 43 diarrhea is a general health problem and a common disease that affects all age groups; it is the largest and most influential percentage, especially in children under five years. determine which groups of e. coli include shiga-toxin. e. coli (stec) or enterohemorrhagic e. coli were classified into two main groups: o157, which causes hemorrhagic colitis (hc), and hemolytic uremic syndrome (huc). the second group that includes the most common serotypes of ehec/stec related to human infection is o24, o26, o45, o103, o111, o121, o55, and o145, which are the most dangerous and cause diseases caused by food and are transmitted through foodproducing animals such as cows and chickens, which are the main reservoirs of many foodborne pathogens that are represented by strains of e. coli producing shiga-toxins that cause millions of sporadic disease conditions such as diarrhea and chronic complications. studies have shown that 1.5 billion cases of diarrhea annually in children under 5 years of age are caused by intestinal pathogenic bacteria, which lead to more than 3 million deaths annually [1, 2]. epidemiological studies have shown a rise in the rate of stec infection in humans, leading to a broad challenge to public health services in many countries with high incidence and mortality rates worldwide [3]. the resistance of e.coli to antibiotics is one of the biggest health problems in the world, which prompted many researchers to generate new antibiotics to defeat the resistant strains. e.coli has several mechanisms of resistance to antibiotics, such as amoxicillin, ampicillin, cefepime, ceftriaxone, cefotaxime, imipenem, gentamicin, amikacin, ciprofloxacin , norfloxacin, chloramphenicol, amoxycillin, /clavulanic acid,aztreonam, piperacillin, and tazobactam. especially beta-lactams through their effect on the inhibition of transpeptidase and carboxypeptide enzymes, which affect the side connections in the cell wall that surrounds the bacteria, leading to its weakness and thus cell decomposition. additional mechanisms that e.coli possess for resistance to beta-lactams include the production of beta-lactamase enzymes, a change in cell membrane permeability, an efflux pump, and target site modification [4]. the study aimed to determine the relationship between antibiotic resistance patterns and phylogenetic group e in e.coli that cause diarrhea in children under five years of age. 2. materials and methods 2.1. collection of samples from patients in three hospitals in baghdad (the children's protection teaching hospital/city of medicine, the central children's teaching hospital, and al-alwiya teaching hospital),from january 2022 to the end of april 2022, 120 fecal samples were collected from children with diarrhea who were under five years old, both males and females. 2.2. isolation and diagnosis of e.coli oxidase, catalase, and imvic, which included indole methyl red, voges proskauar,and citrate utilization, ,were used to identify e.coli samples in addition to cultural media, macconkey agar, blood agar, ,and eosin methylene blue agar [5]. with the vitek-2 compact system,identify the final diagnosis of isolates (france,biomerieux). 2.3. resistance of e. coli isolates to antibiotics the sensitivity test to bacterial isolates under study was carried out using the kirby-bauer method according to clsi 2021 [6] for 15 antibiotics, which include:amoxycillin (30μg), ampicillin (10 μg), cefepime (30 μg), cefotaxime (30 μg), ceftriaxone (30 μg) ,imipenem (10 μg), gentamicin ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 44 (10 μg), amikacin (30 μg), ciprofloxacin (5 μg), norfloxacin (10 μg) chloramphenicol (30 μg), amoxycillin/ clavulanic acid (30μg), aztreonam (30 μg) piperacilli/tazobactam (100/10 μg ) , trimethprim-sulfamethozal (1.25/23.75 μg). 2.4. dna isolation using a special kit to extract genomic dna(hipura®bacterial genomic dna purification kit ®): the isolation of bacteria is carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.5. measuring the purity of the dna output in the nano drop device the purity of dna was measured using nano-drop, by applying 1μl of the extracted dna to the sampling port of the device. detection of phylogenetic groups of genes in e.coli using a multiplex pcr device as shown in table 1, including the sequence of specific primers. table 1. sequence of primers used in this study. 2.6. investigation of phylo-groups genes in e.coli prepare a pcr mixture of 12.5 μl of master mix equipped by promega (usa), 1 μl per f-primer and r-primer primer, 3 μl of dna tamplate and 2.5 μl of deionized sterile distilled water and equipped by promega (usa) to obtain the final size of 25 μl then the contents of the pcr tubes were thoroughly mixed using the vortex and then placed in a pcr column. the optimal conditions for detecting the phylo-group genes included (acek, arpagpe, chua, trpba, trpagpc, tspe4c2, yjaa) for e. coli using multiplex pcr are only one cycle for 4 minutes at 94°c for the first denaturation, 30 cycles including 5 seconds at 94 °c for the denaturation of the dna template, 20 seconds at 57 °c for the primer to bind with the dna template, 1 minute at 72°c to elongate the associated primer, and then transfer 5 μl of the duplication gene product for electrophoresis on the prepared agarose gel at 2% with a voltage difference of (100) volts and for 60 minutes, and use the volumetric guide (100-1500 base pairs). 3. results and discussion after conducting the tests to diagnose the bacteria, 26 isolates were obtained, and 52% belong to e. coli and the phylogenetic group e, which were collected from cases of diarrhea in children gene name primer sequence (5-3) product size (base pair) reference chua f atggtaccggacgaaccaac 288 [7] r tgccgccagtaccaaagaca [8] yjaa f caaacgtgaagtgtcaggag 211 [7] r aatgcgttcctcaacctgtg tspe4c2 f cactattcgtaaggtcatcc 152 [7] r agtttatcgctgcgggtcgc acek f aacgctattcgccagcttgc 400 [9] r tctccccataccgtacgcta arpagpe f gattccatcttgtcaaaatatgcc 301 [10] r gaaaagaaaaagaattcccaagag trpagpc f agttttatgcccagtgcgag 219 [10] r tctgcgcccggtcacgccc trpba f cggcgataaagacatcttcac 489 [11] r gcaacgcggcctggcggaag ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 45 under five years of age. out of the 50 . coli that belong to the phylogenetic group e showed a clear variation in resistance to the antibiotics used in this study, as these isolates showed resistance to ampicillin and amoxicillin 100%, resistance to chloramphenicol and ceftriaxone 69%, and resistance to azetreonam 77%, ciprofloxacin 62%, sulfamethoxzal-trimethoprim 59%, cefotaxime 54%, amoxicillin-clavulante 53%, cefepime 46%, gentamicin 38%, amikacin 35%, resistance to piperacillin-tazobactam 31%, norfloxacin 23%, and resistance to imipenem 15% [11] (clsi, 2022) as shown in figure 1. antibiotics figure 1.percentage of resistance to e. coli isolates from phylogenetic group e of antibiotics; amoxycillin (aug), ampicillin (amp), cefepime (cpm), ceftriaxone (ctr), cefotaxime (ctx), imipenem (imp), gentamicin (gm), amikacin (ak), ciprofloxacin (cip), norfloxacin (nx), chloramphenicol (c), amoxycillin /clavulanic acid (amc), aztreonam atm , piperacillin / tazobactamp/t . the presence of genes (trpba, arpa, arbagpe, chua, tspe4c2, yjaa) was detected, and the results showed that isolates e7-e25 – e39– e40 possess genes (arpa-trpba – chua) and they are resistant to three groups of antibiotics by 15%. the isolates e3-e6-e8-e12-e32-e33-e35-e37 that possess genes (arpagp.e-arpa-trpba-chua) were resistant to six groups of antibiotics by 31%, while the isolates e28-e16-e10-e34-e38-e36-e48 that possess genes (arpa-trpba-chuatspe4c2) resistant to seven groups of antibiotics by 30%, whereas the isolates e1-e9-e15-e24e41-e44-e50 that possess genes (arpagp.e-arpa-trpe4c2) were resistant to eight groups of antibiotics by 27%, as shown in figures (2) and (3), as shown in figures (2) and (3). table (1). the results of [13] in a study on 33 isolates of e.coli conducted in iraq (baghdad) and the results of [14] conducted in the city of shiraz in southern iran on 113 isolates and isolated cases of diarrhea in children determined the percentage of resistance to ampicillin and amoxycillin by 100%. the resistance of bacteria to the antibodies of the cephalosporin group (cefepime, ceftriaxone, and 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 100 100 77 69 69 62 59 54 53 46 38 35 31 23 15 p e r c e n ta g e % amp aug atm c ctr cip cot ctx amc cpm gm ak p/t nx ipm ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 46 cefotaxime) is indicated by the results of [15], which were conducted in india and isolated from 200 children, where the resistance rate to cefotaxime was 67%, as well as [16], which showed that the resistance to ceftriaxone 88%. whereas, the results of the [17] study determined the resistance percentage of cefepime to be 44%.while the findings of [15] determined a resistance rate of 15% to monobactams, which include aztreonam and carbapenem, which include imipenem, the results of [15] showed the resistance percentage was determined at 15%. one of the most important reasons for resistance to beta-lactam by e.coli is due to the production of beta-lactamase enzymes (cephalosporinase, penicillinase), as well as their production of broad-spectrum beta-lactamase enzymes (esbls), their possession of efflux pumps, and a change in the permeability of the outer membrane due to the loss of outer membrane openings [18]. the results of the current study showed the resistance of e.coli to the aminoglycoside group, which includes the antibodies gentamicin and amikacin. the results of [15] indicate that the percentages of resistance to the gentamicin and amikacin were 31% and 28%, respectively. local isolates have shown resistance to the aminoglycoside group, and the reason for this resistance is due to the production of the modified enzymes phosphotransferase and n-acetyl transferase, which have the ability to modify the antibiotic molecule to an ineffective form [19]. e.coli isolates in the current study showed resistance to quinolone antibiotics that include both ciprofloxacin and norfloxacin; the results of [17] determined the resistance percentage of ciprofloxacin at 49%, and the study of [15] indicated the resistance percentage of norfloxacin (25%). e.coli resistance to quinolone antibiotics is caused by stopping the action of the dna gyrase enzyme or by a mutation in the dna gyrase enzyme [20]. e.coli isolates have shown resistance to chloramphenicol this agrees with the [14] study on 113 patients conducted in southern iran, in which they mentioned the resistance percentage of this antibiotic as 36%. while [16] showed a resistance to chloramphenicol by 87%, the resistance to chloramphenicol is caused by the disruption of the activity of the enzyme chloramphenol acetyl transferase (cat) by an enzyme that enters new acetylcysteine groups in antibiotics [21]. in the current study, the isolates of e.coli bacteria have shown resistance to trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole, and the results of the [17] study determined the resistance percentage of this antibiotic to be 66%. this indicates that the mechanism of action of this group is evidenced by mixing these two antibiotics to become more powerful than the action of each antibiotic separately and thus work to inhibit the metabolic pathway of making folic acid, which plays an important role in the synthesis of bacterial cells nucleic acid [22]. e.coli isolates have shown resistance to piperacillin and tazobactam, as indicated by the results of [15], which indicate that the resistance percentage to this antibiotic is 21%. as for amoxicillin and clavulanic acid, the results of the [17] study that determined the resistance percentage of this antibiotic to 23% indicate that these inhibitors work to form a stable covalent bond between the inhibitor and the active site of enzymes of beta-lactamase, which in turn inhibits these enzymes and at the same time works to protect the antibiotic [23]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 47 figure 2.electrophoresis of the polymerase chain reaction product of trpba gene (489bp), acek gene (400bp), arbagpe gene (301bp), chua gene ( 288bp), trpagpc gene (219bp), yjaa gene (211bp) and tspe4c2 gene (152bp) for the isolates of e.coli on the agarose gel at a concentration of 2% and a voltage d 100 v for 60 minutes. l : ladder marker (100-1500 bp). figure 3. electrophoresis of the polymerase chain reaction product of trpba gene (489bp), acek gene (400bp), arbagpe gene (301bp), chua gene ( 288bp), trpagpc gene (219bp), yjaa gene (211bp) and tspe4c2 gene (152bp) for the isolates of e coli on the agarose gel at a concentration of 2% and a voltage 100 v for 60 minutes. l:ladder marker (100-1500 bp). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 48 table 1. the percentages of the phylogenetic group e resistant to different groups of antibiotics. isoletes possession of genes antibiotics percentage of resistance % e7 – e25 -9 e3-e40 arpa trpba chua 3 15 e3-e6-e8-e12e32-e33-e35e37 yjaatrpba – arpa tspe4c2arpagp.e 6 31 e10-e16-e28e34-e36 e38e48 arpa trpba chua tspe4c2 7 30 e1-e9-e15-e24e41 – e44-e50 arpagp.e arpatrpba tspe4c2 chua 8 27 resistance to antibiotic groups can be gained through mutations or gene transmission by conjugation, transduction, transformation, or the possession of plasmids, transposons, or integrons that are carriers of antibiotic-resistant genes. several studies have indicated a lack of association between sensitivity to antibiotics and the phylogenetic group assigned to the isolates of e.coli [24]. the information obtained emphasizes the importance of regular monitoring of the distribution of the phylogenetic group and antibiotic resistance to commensal and pathogenic strains of e. coli in each geographical region, as such studies can be useful in developing appropriate guidelines for the administration of antibiotics among the child population in the region. 4. conclusions the phylogenetic group was divided into 8 groups, including a, b1, b2, c, d, f, clade 1, and the e group, which was the common group. the e group had trpba, arpa, arbagpe, chua, tspe4c2, and yjaagenes. references 1. matsukawa, m.; igarashi, m.; watanabe, h.; qin, l.; ohnishi, m; terajima, j.; iyoda, s.; morita-ishihara, t.; tateda, k.; ishii, y.; saga, t.; aoki, k.; bonomo, r.a. epidemiology and genotypic characterization of dissemination patterns of uropathogenic escherichia coli in a community. epidemiology and infection 2019, 147(e148), 1–9. 2. moxley, r.a.; bargar, t.w.; kachman, s.d.; baker, d.r.; francis, d.h. intimate attachment of escherichia coli o157:h7 to urinary bladder epithelium in the gnotobiotic piglet model. microorganisms2020, 8(2), 263. 3. syahrul, f.; wahyuni, c.u.; notobroto, h.b.; wasito, e.b.; adi, a.c.; dwirahmadi, f. (2020). transmission media of foodborne diseases asan index prediction of diarrheagenic escherichia coli: study at elementary school, surabaya, indonesia. int. j. environ. res. publichealth 2020, 17, 8227. 4. estaleva, c.e.l.; zimba, t.f.; sekyere, j.o.; govinden, u.; chenia, h.y.; simonsen, g.s.; haldorsen, b.; essack, s.y.; sundsfjord, a.high prevalence of multidrug resistant esbland plasmid mediated ampc-producing clinical isolates of escherichia coli at maputo central hospital, mozambique. bmc infect. dis. 2021,21, 16. 5. tille, p.m. baily and scott’s diagnostic microbiology. 41st ed. elsevier, inc. china, 2017, 1115. clsi.(2021).performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing. 30th ed. clsi supplement m100. wayne, pa: clinical and laboratory standards institute. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 49 6. clermont, o.; christenson j.k.; denamur, e.the clermont escherichia coli phylotyping method revisited: improvement of specificity and detection of new phylogroups. environ. microbiol. rep.2013, 5, 58–65. 7. clermont, o., bonacorsi, s.; bingen, e. rapid and simple determination of the escherichia coli phylogenetic group. applied and environmental microbiology2000, 66(10), 4555-4558. 8. clermont, o., bonacorsi, s.; bingen, e. characterization of an anonymous molecular marker stronglylinked to escherichia coli strains causing neonatal meningitis. j. clin. microbiol.2004,42, 1770–1772. 9. lescat, m.; clermont, o.; woerther, p.l.; glodt, j.; dion, s.; skurnik, d. commensal escherichia coli strains in guiana reveal a high genetic diversity with hostdependant population structure. environ microbiol rep.2012, doi: 10.1111/j.1758-2229.2012.00374.x 10. clermont, o.; lescat, m.; o’brien, c.l.; gordon, d.m.; tenaillon, o.; denamur, e. evidence for a humanspecific escherichia coli clone. environ microbiol. 2008,10, 1000–10006. 11. clinical and laboratory standards institute (clsi). performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing, m100,32nd ed.; clinicaland laboratory standards institute: wayne, pa, usa, 2022, isbn 978-1-68440-033-1. 12. al-imam, m.j.k. evaluation of lactobacillus spp. supernatant effect on gene expression of some virulence determinants in enteropathogenic and enterohaemorrhagic escherichia coli from diarrheal patients. phd thesis. college of science, university of baghdad, 2020. 13. javadi, k.; mohebi, s.;motamedifar, m.; hadi, n. characterization and antibiotic resistance pattern of diffusely adherent escherichia coli (daec), isolated from paediatric diarrhoea in shiraz, southern iran. new microbes and new infections2020, 38, 100780. 14. snehaa, k.; singh, t.; dar, s.a.; haque, s.; ramachandran, v.g.; saha, r.; shah, d.; das, s. typical and atypical enteropathogenic escherichia coli in children with acute diarrhoea: changing trend in east delhi. biomedical journal2021, 44(4), 471-478. 15. webale, m.k.; guyah, b.; wanjala, c.; nyanga, p.l.; webale, s.k.; abonyo, c.; kitungulu, n.; kiboi, n.; bowen, n. phenotypic and genotypic antibiotic resistant diarrheagenic escherichia coli pathotypes isolated from children with diarrhea in nairobi city, kenya. ethiopian journal of health sciences2020, 30(6). 16. kurowski, k.m.; marusinec, r.; amato, h.k.; garcia, c.s; loayza, f.; salinas, l; trueba, g., graham, j.p. social and environmental determinants of community-acquired antimicrob ialresistant escherichia coli in children living in semirural communities of quito, ecuador. the american journal of tropical medicine and hygiene2021, 105(3), 600. 17. al-shwaikh, r. m. antibiotics and their uses. dar dijla for publishing and distribution, amman,2016, 112 pages. 18. ejaz, h.; younas, s.; qamar, m.u.; junaid, k.; abdalla, a.e.; abosalif, k.o.a.; alameen, a.a.m.; elamir, m.y.m.; ahmad, n.;hamam, s.s.m. molecular epidemiology of extensively drug-resistant mcr encoded colistin-resistant bacterial strains co-expressing multifarious -lactamases. antibiotics, 2021, 10, 467. 19. faife, s.l.; zimba, t.; sekyere, j.o.; govinden, u.; chenia, h.y.; simonsen, g.s.; sundsfjord, a.; essack, s.y. ß lactam and fluoroquinolone resistance in enterobacteriaceae from imported and locally-produced chicken in mozambique. j. infect. dev. ctries. 2020, 14, 471– 478. 20. pandit, r.; awal, b.; shrestha, s.s.; joshi, g.; rijal, b.p., parajuli, n.p. extended-spectrum β -lactamase (esbl) genotypes among multidrug-resistant uropathogenic escherichia coli ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 50 clinical isolates from a teaching hospital of nepal. interdisciplinary perspectives on infectious diseases2020. doi: 10.1155/2020/6525826 21. kutilova, i.; medvecky, m.; leekitcharoenphon, p.; munk, p.; asarikova, m.; davidovagerzova, l.; jamborova, i.; bortolaia,v.; pamp, s.j.; dolejska, m. extended-spectrum betalactamase-producing escherichia coli and antimicrobial resistance in municipal and hospital wastewaters in czech republic: culture-based and metagenomic approaches. environ. res. 2021,193, 110487. 22. rodrigues, c.f. self-medication with antibiotics in maputo, mozambique: practices, rationales and relationships. palgrave commun. 2020,6, 1–12. 23. massot, m.; daubié, a.s.; clermont, o.; jaureguy, f.; couffignal, c.; dahbi, g.; mora, a.; blanco, j.; branger, c.; mentré, f.; eddi, a. phylogenetic, virulence and antibiotic resistance characteristics of commensal strain populations of escherichia coli from community subjects in the paris area in 2010 and evolution over 30 years. microbiology,2016, 162(4), 642. (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 تاثیر موعد الزراعة وتركیز الجیرلین في النمو والمادة الفعالة لصنفین من نبات matricnria chamoالبابونج milla حسینوفاق امجد القیسي ، عادل یوسف نصر اهللا ، رهف وائل باشي ، عباس جاسم جامعة بغداد–م علوم الحیاة ، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم قس الخالصة جامعـة بغـداد لموسـم –اجریت تجربة حقلیة في الحدیقة النباتیة التابعة لقـسم علـوم الحیـاة فـي كلیـة التربیـة ابـن الهیـثم المـادة الفعالــة لـصنفین مــن البــابونج رلین فـي النمــو وبــ لمعرفــة تـاثیر موعــدین للزراعـة وتركیــزین مـن الج2003-2002النمـو m atricarin chanomiltionم بمــساحة 1× م 1م الحقـل الـى الـواح بابعـاد ّ همـا الـصنف المحلـي والــصنف االلمـاني ، قـس وعــدد االفــرع ،وبثالثــة مكــررات ، وقـد تــم دراســة ارتفــاع النبــات) (r.c.b.d باسـتخدام القطاعــات العــشوائیة الكاملــة 2م1 والنــسبة المئویــة للزیــت ، وعــدد البــراعم الزهریـة، وعــدد االفـرع الزهریــة، ودلیـل المــساحة الورقیــة،ساحة الورقیــة والمــ،الخـضریة كـان االفـضل فـي اعطـاء قـیم الـصفات مقارنـة مـع الموعـد الثـاني 23/10/2002واظهرت النتـائج ان الموعـد االول . الطیار الفرع الخضریة وعـدد االفـرع الزهریـة وعـدد البـراعم الزهریـة والمـساحة فقد اعطى زیادة في ارتفاع النبات وعدد ا6/11/2002 جـزء بـالملیون فــي 200 جـزء بـالملیون مـن الجیـرلین افـضل مـن تركیـز 100الورقیـة ودلیـل المـساحة الورقیـة ولقـد كـان تركیـز بینمــا ،المئویـة للزیـت الطیـاربعـض الـصفات منهـا عـدد االفـرع الخـضریة وعـدد االفـرع الزهریـة وعـدد البـراعم الزهریـة والنـسبة جـزء بــالملیون نتــائج جیـدة فــي صــفات ارتفـاع النبــات والمـساحة الورقیــة ودلیــل المـساحة الورقیــة ، امــا 200اعطـى التركیــز جــزء بـــالملیون مـــن 200الــصنف االلمـــاني فكــان االفـــضل مقارنــة بالـــصنف المحلـــي والســیما فـــي الموعــد االول وبـــالتركیز .الجیرلین ة المقدم مسكن لالالم ومهدىء لالعصاب وعـالج العـراض البـرد النه یستعمل االقتصادیة الطبیهیعد البابونج من المحاصیل والنزالت الشعبیة ویشفي وجع الكبد ویزیل الیرقان وینزل الحصى من المجـاري البولیـة ویـستعمل فـي عـالج االلتهابـات الجلدیـة والتهــاب االظـافر ویـستخدم لمعالجـة االلتهــاب واالحتقـان للجیـوب االنفیـة واالنــف واالذن الرطبـة واالكزیمـا والحبـوب المتقرحـة .]2، 1[ " ایضا یستعمل لعالج اآلم الروماتیزمووالتهاب العین المصابة ري طة البـذورهو شــها ان افـضل موعـد لتكــاثر نبـات البـابونج بوسـ]3[موعـد الزراعـة فقــد اشـار داود وصـالح ىلاامـا بالنـسبة ان وقـد اشـارت البحـوث تشرین االول والثاني في العراق النه من النباتات الشتویة ویتحمل البـرودة ویحتـاج الـى نهـار مـشمس ة عـدد الخالیـا معاملة النباتات بالجیرلین یعمل على تحفیز العدید مـن االسـتجابات الفـسیولوجیة لكثیـر مـن النباتـات مثـل زیـاد جــزء 10رلین بتركیــز ب ان معاملــة زهــرة الــشمس بــالج]5[ travis وقــد ذكــر ]4[ع النبــات زیــادة ارتفــاوانقـسامها ومــن ثــم ـــار الجنـــــابي ــــا اشـــ ــــادة طـــــول الــــــساق كمـ ــــالملیون ادى الـــــى زیــ ـــرة الــــــشمس بـــــالج]6[بـ ــــة زهــ ـــزات ب عنـــــد معاملــ رلین بتركیـــ علـى الزیـت الطیـار العطــري جـزء بـالملیون ادى الـى زیـادة ارتفـاع النبـات ویتمیـز نبـات البـابونج باحتوائـه) 100،200،300( مــن ) 1,0.5%(الـذي یتبخـر عنـد تعرضـه للهـواء ولـه رائحـة عطریـة قویــة وتـستخرج مـن ازهـار البـابونج زیـت عطـري بنـسبة یهدف البحث الى معرفه افضل موعد للزراعه في الموعدین المستخدمین للحصول .الوزن الجاف بحث مستل من رسالة ماجستیر للباحث الثالث (22بن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ا 4 (2009 . هلغرض نفسلعلى افضل نمو وماده فعاله كذلك افضل تركیز من تركیزي الجبرلین المواد وطرائق العمل یـاة فـي كلیـة التربیــة فـي الحدیقــة النباتیـة التابعـة لقـسم علـوم الح2003-2002اجریـت تجربـة حقلیـة خـالل موسـم النمـو والموعـد الثـاني 23/10/2002 جامعة بغداد وقد استعمل موعدان للزراعة ، الموعـد االول زرعـت البـذور بتـاریخ –ابن الهیثم وقـد اسـتخدم تركیـزان المحلـي و االلمـاني وتـم دراسـة صـنفین مـن نبـات البـابونج الـصنف ،6/11/2002زرعت البذور بتاریخ وحدة تجریبیة بابعـاد 12م الحقل الى ثالثة مكررات كل مكرر یشمل ّقس، جزء بالملیون200،100لین ربمن منظم النمو الج م1م وبمــساحة 1× م 1 2 م12 بحیــث اصـــبحت مــساحة المكـــرر 2 وفــق تـــصمیم القطاعــات العـــشوائیة علـــى ونفــذت التجربــة بابونج وموعدین للزراعـة وبتركیـزین مـن وحدة تجریبیة لصنفین من نبات ال36بحیث تضمنت التجربة ) r.c.b.d(الكاملة . رلین وبثالثة مكرراتبالج علـى االوراق عنـدما " جـزء مـن الملیـون واسـتعملت هـذه التراكیـز رشـا) 200،100(رلین بتركیـزین بـتم تحضیر منظم النمـو الج 7/1/2003ریخ مـل وكـان وقـت الـرش فـي الـصباح البـاكر بتـا500 أوراق باسـتعمال مرشـة یدویـة حجـم 6-4اصبح عددها .]8[مادة ناشرة لزراعة واستعملت كمیة من الزاهي لموعدي ا الصفات المدروسة س ارتفاع النبات من سطح االرض ولغایة اعلى نقطة في الفرع الرئیس بالمسطرة مرة واحـدة ـقی : )سم(ارتفاع النبات .للموعد االول والثاني من تاریخ الزراعة " یوما136بعد للموعد االول والثاني من تاریخ " یوما106تم حساب عدد االفرع الخضریة للنبات الواحد بعد : رع الخضریةعدد االف .الزراعة لمرة واحدة فقـد تـم ب المساحة الورقیة لالوراق الطریـة باسـتعمال طریقـة االقـراص حس :المساحة الورقیة ودلیل المساحة الورقیةوراق وتجفیفهــا ثـم تــم حـساب األوراق الجافـة نفــسها نـسبة الــى حـساب مــساحة قـرص معلـوم المــساحة مـن األ100وزن دلیـل المـساحة بتقـسیم الـرش لموعـدي الزراعـة وقـد حـسبمـن" یومـا30 وقـدرت المـساحة الورقیـة بعـد ووزن هـذه األوراق .]9[المساحة الورقیة على المساحة التي یشغلها النبات وبدرجــة حــرارة الغرفــة عـن الــشمس" وجففــت بعیــدا11/3/2003هـار بتــاریخ جمعــت االز : الـوزن الجــاف لالزهــار وزن االزهـــار الجافـــة و عـــن الرطوبــة " اس بالســـتیكیة بعیــداوبعـــد التجفیــف وضـــعت فـــي اكیــ" یومــا14مـــدة الطبیعیــة .]10[وباستخدام المیزان الحساس مـل مـن المـاء المقطـر ثـم وضـع 300یف لهـا غـم مـن ازهـار البـابونج واضـ30وزن : النسبة المئویة للزیـت الطیـار طة طریقــة التقطیـــر االــدورق الحــاوي علــى االزهــار علــى مــصدر حــراري الســتخالص الزیــت الطیــار لكــل معاملــة بوســ سـاعات لكــل عینــة لحـد الحــصول علــى اعلــى 3 واسـتمرت عملیــة االســتخالص clevengerبالبخـار وباســتخدام جهــاز لتحلیـل االحـصائي ومقارنـة المتوسـطات باسـتخدام اقـل فـرق معنـوي علـى مـستوى ا أجـري]11[كمیـة ممكنـة مـن الزیـت .]12[ 0.05احتمال النتائج والمناقشة فــي صــفة الطـول لنبــات البـابونج فــان الموعــد االول "ان لموعـد الزراعــة تـاثیرالــى أ) 1(شیر النتــائج فـي الجــدول تـ واعطى الصنف المحلي % 38.5 ولأللماني لصنف المحلي ل% 62.6اعطي زیادة عن الموعد الثاني بمقدار (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 وااللمـاني زیــادة فــي ارتفــاع النبـات فــي الموعــد االول مقارنــة بالموعـد الثــاني ویرجــع ذلــك الـى االختالفــات فــي العوامــل وف البیئیـة لنمـو النبـات تـسرع فـي نمـوه ألن كـل العملیـات األیـضیة كالبنـاء الـضوئي والتــنفس ألن مالئمـة الظـرالبیئیـة . ]10،13[تحدث بصورة جیدة ودلیل على ذلك صفة طول النبات كان له تاثیر معنوي في زیادة ارتفـاع النبـات فـي كـال الموعـدین ، ga3 من جزء بالملیون200حظ ان تركیز لو مقارنــة مـع معاملــة % 68,7 مقـدارهامحلــي فـي الموعــد االول اعطـي نــسبة زیـادة فــي ارتفـاع النبــاتكمـا ان الـصنف ال فــي الموعــد االول مقارنـــة % 33.33المقارنــة امــا الــصنف االلمـــاني فقــد اعطــى اعلــى نـــسبة زیــادة لهــذه الــصفة هـــي عنـد % 100زیـادة فـي ارتفـاع النبـات ، اما في الموعد الثاني فقـد اعطـى الـصنف المحلـي نـسبة " بمعاملة المقارنة ایضا % 53.85 جزء بالملیون مقارنة بالنباتات غیـر المعاملـة ، امـا الـصنف االلمـاني فـاعطى نـسبة زیـادة هـي 200التركیز جزء بالملیون یعطي نتائج معنویة في زیادة االرتفاع وهـذا مطـابق لمـا 200،100 ، ان المعاملة بالجیرلین نفسهلموعدل elemary, mتوصـل الیـه ousu ]14[رلین بهـذین التركیـزین فـي نمـو نبـات الریحـان وقــد بـعنـد دراســتها لتـاثیر الج لـوحظ ان الـصنف االلمـاني تفـوق فـي نتائجـه علـى الـصنف المحلـي فـي صـفة ارتفـاع النبـات فـي الموعـد االول والثــاني ، 200اللمـاني فـي الموعـد االول عنـد التركیـز اما عند دراسة التداخل بین العوامل الثالثة اوضحت النتـائج تفـوق الـصنف ا . جزء بالملیون في معدل عدد االفرع الخـضریة بنـسبة ة معنویعدد االفرع الخضریة فان الموعد االول اعطى زیادةى لااما بالنسبة ة غیـر النظـر عـن صـنف نبـات البـابونج ، وان الـصنف االلمـاني اعطـى زیـادصرفمقارنـة بالموعـد الثـاني بـ % 47.52 بــالملیون 100تفـوق التركیـز ) 1(معنویـة لهـذه الـصفة مقارنـة بالـصنف المحلـي فـي كـال الموعـدین كمـا ان نتـائج جـدول نبـات / جزء بالملیون لكال الـصنفین والموعـدین وكانـت الزیـادة فـي عـدد االفـرع الخـضریة 200لهذه الصفة على التركیز جـزء بــالملیون اعطـى عــدد 100رلین بتركیــز بـعــد الثـاني وذلــك الن الجلكـال الـصنفین فــي الموعـد االول افــضل مـن المو جـزء 100وتفوق الـصنف االلمـاني فـي التركیـز " وقد كان التداخل بین الصنف والتركیز كان معنویا]14[تفرعات اكثر عــد االول بـالملیون فــي كــال الموعـدین مقارنــة مــع الـصنف المحلــي وبــصورة عامـة فــان الــصنف االلمـاني تفــوق فــي المو . جزء بالملیون مقارنة مع الصنف المحلي 100وبالتركیز وغیـر فـي المـساحة الورقیـة "ا معنوی"اوجد ان للمواعید الزراعیة تاثیر) 2(الجدول لمساحه الورقیه فان ى الابالنسبه اما صرفارنـة مـع الموعـد الثـاني بـدلیل المساحة الورقیة لنبات البابونج حیث تبین ان الموعد االول كان االفضل مقمعنوي مقارنـة بالموعـد الثــاني ، % 62.35رلین فقـد اعطـى زیـادة فـي معـدل المـساحة الورقیـة بـالنظـر عـن الـصنف وتركیـز الج فقـد اعطــى الـصنف المحلـي نـسبة زیــادة فقــد تفـوق الـصنف المحلـي معنویــا فـي الموعـد االولالصـنافى الـاامـا بالنـسبة فـي ةمعنویـللموعد االول مقارنة مع الموعد الثاني واظهر الصنف االلماني زیادة % 18.97في معدل المساحة الورقیة وقد یعـزي هـذا بـسبب الزیـادة فـي النمـو الخـضري فـي الموعـد .معدل المساحة الورقیة في الموعد االول عن الموعد الثاني فــي المـساحة الورقیــة فـي الموعــد ةمعنویـة رلین زیــادبـ جــزء بـالملیون فــي الج200 التركیـز ت النتــائج اناالول وقـد اظهـر للصنفین على التوالي مقارنة مع معاملة المقارنة اما في الموعـد الثـاني فقـد بلغـت ) 70 ,269 291,89 % (االول وهي علــى التــوالي مقارنــة مــع معاملــة ) 196.43,151.72 % (الزیـادة فــي المــساحة الورقیــة للــصنفین المحلــي وااللمـاني الــى تفـوق الــصنف االلمـاني فــي الموعــدین مـن ناحیــة المـساحة الورقیــة علــى الـصنف المحلــي امـا بالنــسبة المقارنـة وقــد لتـداخل بـین الــصنفین والتركیـز والموعــد فقـد كانــت معنویـة ویمكـن ان نعــزى سـبب زیــادة قـیم المــساحة الورقیـة بمعاملــة ا بـــات وكـــذلك یـــؤخر شـــیخوخة األوراق ویثـــبط هـــدم ألن الجبـــرلین یـــساهم فـــي تـــوفیر مـــواد غذائیـــة یحتاجهــا النرلین بــالج .]10،15[الكلوروفیلالكلوروفیل ویعمل على زیادة محتوى البروتین وتقلیل انخفاض تركیز (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 معنوي فـي زیـادة معـدل االفـرع الزهریـة فقـد اعطـى الموعـد بان موعد الزراعة االول له تاثیر) 3(تظهر نتائج الجدول كمـا تبـین ان الـصنف المحلـي اعطـى اعلـى نـسبة للـصنف المحلـي مقارنة مـع الموعـد الثـاني% 100االول زیادة نسبیة طـى مقارنة بالموعد الثاني اما الـصنف االلمـاني فقـد اع % 100في معدل االفرع الزهریة نبات في الموعد االول بنسبة فـي الموعـد االول مقارنـة مـع الموعـد الثـاني وقـد یعـزى هـذا الـى زیـادة النمـو الخـضري ومـن ثـم زیــادة %33زیـادة بنـسبة جـزء بـالملیون كــان 100رلین فـان التركیــز بـمحــدودة النمـو ، امـا تــاثیر الجالالنمـو التكـاثري والبـابونج مــن النباتـات غیـر ل نـسبة زیــادةاعطـى فـي الـصنف المحلـي فـي الموعـد االواذ نفي البــابونج االفـضل العطائـه عـدد االفـرع المزهـرة فـي صـ امـــا فــي الموعــد الثـــاني فقــد اعطـــى ، جـــزء بــالملیون200مقارنــة مــع معاملـــة المقارنــة وتركیــز %) 66.67,150.00( ر بالموعـد جزء بالملیون اما الصنف االلمـاني فقـد اظهـ200مقارنة مع معاملة المقارنة وتركیز %) 300.00 ,14.29( اما في الموعد الثاني . جزء بالملیون200مقارنة مع معاملة المقارنة وتركیز %) 100.00 ,33.33(االول زیادة بنسبة نبـات مقارنـة مـع معاملـة / لصنف عدد االفـرع المزهـرة %) 50.00,100.00(فقد اعطى الصنف االلماني بنسبة قدرها لـه تـأثیر كبیـر فـي ن الجیـرلین الى اعزى السبب في زیادة عدد االفرع الزهریة جزء بالملیون وربما ی200المقارنة تركیز اعـادة توزیـع المـادة الجافـة ضـمن النبـات ویقـوم ایـضا بمـساعدة النبـات علـى النمـو وزیـادة التفرعـات بـصورة عامـة ومنهــا .]16,18[األفرع الزهریة ویساهم في تكوین العمودالزهري ویشجع باءدات التزهیر امـا التــداخل بـین موعـد الزراعـة والتركیــز ،لتـداخل بــین الـصنف وموعـد الزراعـة كــان غیـر معنـويا الـىامـا بالنـسبة امـا التـداخل بــین العوامـل الثالثـة فقــد ، جـزء بـالملیون لكـال الــصنفین100وكانـت اعلــى قیمـة عنـد التركیــز " كـان معنویـا . في عدد االفرع الزهریة " جزء بالملیون تفوق واضحا 100اظهر الصنف االلماني في الموعد االول للتركیز بـصوره تفـوق الموعـد االول علـى الموعـد الثـاني ) 3( صـفة عـدد البـراعم الزهریـة تـشیر نتـائج جـدول الـىامـا بالنـسبة م نبـات واظهـر الـصنف المحلـي زیـادة فـي معـدل عـدد البــراع/فـي معـدل عـدد البـراعم الزهریـة % 47.75 مقـدارهاةمعنویـ النظـــر عــن تركیـــز صرفمقارنـــة مــع الموعــد الثـــاني بــ% 35.31 زیـــاده معنویــهالزهریــة فــي الموعـــد االول اذا اعطــى عطى زیـــادة واضـــحة فـــي معـــدل هـــذه الـــصفة فـــي الموعـــد االول بنـــسبة فـــأ امـــا الـــصنف االلمـــاني عملرلین المـــستبـــالج موعــد أألول وهـذا یـنعكس بـصورة عامـة علــى ألن نمــو النبـات كـان األفـضل فـي المقارنـة مـع الموعـد الثـاني % 55.56 زیـادة األفـرع الزهریـة وتكـوین البـراعم الزهریــة فیهـا ربمـا یعـزى ذلـك لمالئمـة الظــروف لنمـو نبـات افـضل وبالتـالي تتــوزع ظهــر زیــادة فــي األفــرع والبــراعم الزهریــة للنبـــات المــصب ومنهــا األجـــزاء التكاثریــة فیىالمــواد الغذائیــة مــن المــصدر الــ ]13،17[. جزء بـالملیون فقـد احـدث زیـادة عـدد البـراعم الزهریـة لكـال الـصنفین وفـي الموعـدین ولكـن 100رلین بتركیز باما الج حصلت الزیادة في هذه الصفة اكبر في الموعد االول عـن الموعـد الثـاني عنـد التركیـز نفـسه مقارنـة مـع معاملـة المقارنـة (18.00,11.00)نبــات / للعقــد الزهریــة اكثــرنف المحلــي وااللمـاني عــدد جــزء بــالملیون اذا اعطــى الــص200وتركیـز 200 لاللمــاني عـن معاملـة المقارنـة وتركیــز )16.008.00 ( للـصنف المحلـي(5.00 ,7.00)علـى التـوالي مقارنـة مـع الـصفة وعنــد عطى الــصنف المحلـي زیـادة فـي هـذه فـأ امـا فــي الموعـد الثـاني نفـسه فقـد ، فـي الموعـد االول.جـزء بـالملیون جـزء بـالملیون امــا 200مقارنـة مــع معاملـة المقارنـة وتركیــز %) 166.3 ,33.33( جـزء بــالملیون نـسبة 100التركیـز %) 255.00 ,30.00( جــزء بـالملیون اعطـى نـسبة زیــادة هـي 100الـصنف االلمـاني فـي الموعــد الثـاني وعنـد التركیـز جـزء بـالملیون ، ان الــسبب فـي هـذه الزیـادة بــان 200ه الــصفة مقارنـة مـع معاملـة المقارنــة وتركیـز علـى التـوالي فـي هـذ .]18[رلین عمل على زیادة عملیة االزهار النه یتدخل بشكل غیر مباشر من خالل انتاج محفزات االزهار بالج 2009) 4( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وتفـوق الـصنف االلمـاني علـى الـصنف المحلــي " ان التـداخل بـین الـصنف والتركیـز كــان معنویـاالـى ) 3(ویـشیر الجـدول جــزء بــالملیون ، كمـا ان الموعــد االول كــان افــضل فـي الموعــد الثــاني لكــال 100 فـي التركیــز الســیمافـي هــذه الــصفة و .ون جزء بالملی100الصنفین والسیما عند التركیز فـي الموعـد االول عنـد التركیـز معنویـاان الـصنف االلمـاني تفـوق علـى الـصنف المحلـيالى ) 4(ویشیر الجدول ، امـا بالنـسبة نفـسهلتركیـزل بینما تفـوق الـصنف المحلـي علـى الـصنف االلمـاني عنـد الموعـد الثـاني ، جزء بالملیون100 كانـا غیـر معنـویین وبـصورة عامـة یالحـظ ان هنـاك عالقـة بـین عـدد االفـرع ثیر مواعید الزراعـة وتراكیـز الجیـرلینأتى لا جـزء بـالملیون عـدد افـرع مزهـرة كثیـرة 100ان الـصنف االلمـاني اعطـى عنـد التركیـز " الزهریة وعدد البراعم الزهریة فمثال .ومن ثم عدد براعم زهریة اكثر الذي ادى الى زیادة في الوزن الجاف لالزهار ان موعد الزراعة االول لـه تـاثیر معنـوي فـي زیـادة كمیـة الزیـت الطیـار مقارنـة مـع الى)5( نتائج الجدول یرتش النظــر عــن صــنف النبــات وتركیـــز صرفمقارنــة مــع الموعــد الثــاني بــ%) 30.5(الموعــد الثــاني وكانــت نــسبة الزیــادة الطیـار فــي الموعـد االول مقارنــة مـع الموعــد فــي معـدل الزیــت ةمعنویـعطى زیــادة فـأرلین ، امــا الـصنف االلمــاني بـالج المــستخلص مــن زهــور البــابونج الطیــاروان كمیــة الزیــت " رلین المــستعمل ایـضابــ النظــر عــن تركیــز الجصرفالثـاني بــ جـزء 100 اما الجیـرلین بـالتركیز ,]19[ النمو الخضریة وكمیة االزهار وبذلك تزداد كمیة الزیت الطیار مدةتعتمد على جــزء بــالملیون وفــي كــال 200 اعطــى اعلــى القــیم للنــسبة المئویــة للزیــت مقارنــة مـع معاملــة المقارنــة وتركیــز بـالملیون مقـدارها جزء بالملیون نـسبة زیـادة 100اعطى في الموعد االول عند التركیز ،اذ الموعدین وصنفي النبات بینمـا ، النظر عـن صـنف البـابونجصرف جزء بالملیون ب200مقارنة مع معاملة المقارنة وتركیز %) 90.21 ,27.10( 200مقارنـة مـع معاملـة المقارنـة و %) 154.65 ,23.73( اعطى نسبة زیـادة قـدرها نفسهلتركیزلفي الموعد الثاني و ان الـصنف المحلـي اعطـى فـي الموعـد االول) 5( كما یتبین انـه فـي الجـدول على التوالي من زیاده معنویهجزء بالملیون جــزء 200مقارنــة مـع معاملــة المقارنـة وتركیــز %) 32.14,70.77(ونـسبه مقــدارها جـزء بــالملیون 100عنـد التركیــز امــا فــي نفــسیهما،التركیــزولموعــد ل%) 23.85,106.41(بــالملیون علــى التــوالي بینمــا اعطــى الــصنف االلمــاني زیــادة بینمــا اعطـــى الـــصنف %) 84.6-18.63(ي الزیـــادة جــزء بـــالملیون فقــد اعطـــى نــسبت100الموعــد الثـــاني فــي التركیـــز جـزء بـالملیون علــى 200مقارنـة مــع معاملـة المقارنـة وتركیــز %) 12.77-26.72 ( نفـسیهماالتركیــزولموعـد لااللمـاني زیادة النسبة المئویة للزیـت الطیـار وهـذا یتفـق مـعمن ثمالتوالي ویعود السبب الى زیادة عدد االزهار في االفرع الزهریة و .[20]ابو زید في نبات اللیمون ة هــو االفـضل النـه اعطـى نمـوا خــضریا اكثـر وعـدد االزهـار اكثـر ومــادةنـستنتج ممـا سـبق ان لموعـد االول للزراعـ جـزء بـالملیون والـصنف االلمـاني اظهـر اكثـر 100 اعلى مما اعطى الموعد الثاني وان افـضل تركیـز للجبـرلین هـو ةفعال .ي جمیع الصفات للجبرلین فةاستجاب المصادر ترجمـة هـال خرفــي – مـرض 2000 عــالج الكثـر مـن –ومعجـم النباتـات الـشافیة ) . 2001(كاسـتلمان میكائیـل -1 . بیروت–الدار الثقافیة للنشر . وعبداهللا مسطو 2al – rawi, a. (1990) m edicinal p lants of iraq .p p 45 –الهیئـة العامـة للبحـوث الزراعیـة والمـوارد المائیـة . نالبیبـو . )1972(داود ، وداد حمدان وصالح طـاهر صـالح -3 . بغداد –المعشب الوطني العراقي 4st owe, b.b. and yawak, t. (1459) – science . 129: 807815. 5-travis, l.v. (1973) .cited after field crop adst 28: p 107 (22بیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط 4 (2009 تــاثیر منظمــات النمـو النباتیــة علــى النمـو وحاصــل البــذور ونوعیـة الزیــت لعبــاد ) . 1989(الجنـابي ، جهــاد ذیـاب -6 . جامعة صالح الدین . رسالة ماجستیر كلیة العلوم helianthus annuns الشمس . القاهرة – الدار العربیة –كیمیاء النباتات الطبیة ) . 1995(مقبول ،احمد ومنیب موسى الساكت -7 vicia تاثیر بعض منظمات النمو على اصناف مختلفـة مـن البـاقالء ) . 1996(وفاق امجد محمد خالد . القیسي -8 faba . جامعة بغداد . كلیة الزراعة . اطروحة دكتوراه 9-ab. elzahab .a.a ; ashor, a.m . and alhadeely k.h.(1979). comparative analysis of growth, develop ment and y ield of five field bean cultivars. (vicia fabal.) aski – kalaki arabiliraq . الــدار العربیــة للنــشر والتوزیــع ، . الهرمونــات النباتیــة والتطبیقــات الزراعیــة –) 2000(ابــو زیــد ، الــشحات نــصر -10 . عة الثانیة القاهرة، الطب 11british herba p harmaeop eia. (1998) british, herbal medicine. assoeiation ,2 . 12-little. t.m . and hill . f.j. (1978). agricultural exp erimentation design and analysis. john wiley and sons. new york. –وزارة التعلــیم العـــالي والبحـــث العلمـــي ) متـــرجم(نباتـــات المحاصـــیل وفــسیولوجیا ) 1990(عیــسى، طالـــب احمـــد -13 . جامعة بغداد 14m ousa, g.t . and elemary , n.a. (2003). foliar application of gibberellic acid and maleic hy drizid related with y ield of herd and oil content of sweet basil, ishs. internet. 15-dale ,j.f. (1982). the growt h of leaves . t he inst itut e of biology 's studies in biology . no. 137. ist . published by edwred arnold. london. فــسیولوجیا النبــات الــدار العربیــة للنــشر والتوزیــع ، القــاهرة، الطبعـــة ) 1998(دیفلــن، روبــرت م وفرانــسیس هدویــذام -16 .ة الرابع تـاثیر مواعیــد الزراعــة والمـسافة بــین الخطـوط فــي حاصـل البــذور وكمیــة ) . 2003(الـسامرائي، رنــا هاشـم علــوش -17 . جامعة تكریت – رسالة الماجستیر كلیة الزراعة nigella sativaالزیت الثابت والطیار في نبات الحبة السوداء مطبعـة المكتبـة –ات النمـو النباتیـة النظریـة والتطبیـق منظم) . 1999(عطیة، حاتم جبار وخضیر عباس جدوع 18 . بغداد –الوطنیة تـاثیر مواعیــد الزراعـة والتــسمید النتـروجین علـى حاصــل وكمیـة ونوعیــة ) . 2001(الجـار اهللا ، كفـاح كامــل حمـزة -19 . معة بغداد جاكلیة الزراعة–رسالة الماجستیر . pimpinella arismlالمادة الفعالة لنبات الیانسون . الطبعة االولى القاهرة– الدار العربیة للنشر والتوزیع –الزیوت الطیارة ) . 2000(ابو زید ، الشحات نصر -20 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 وعدد ) سم(في ارتفاع النبات ) ppm( تاثیر موعد الزراعة وتركیز الجیرلین :)1(جدول نبات لصنفین من نبات البابونج / االفرع الخضریة عدد االفرع ) سم (ارتفاع النبات نبات /الخضریة ـــد ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ موعــ الزراعة )ppm(التراكیز )ppm(التراكیز الصنف ـــد ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ الموعــ االول control 100 200 control 100 200 1.50 2.00 1.40 13.50 8.50 6.50 المحلي 2.00 4.00 2.00 24.00 20.00 18.00 االلماني ـــد ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ الموعــ الثاني 1.00 1.50 1.00 8.00 6.00 4.00 المحلي 1.00 3.00 1.00 20.00 16.00 13.00 االلماني ( l. s.d ) 0 عند مستوى. 05 ( l.s.d ) 0.05 عند مستوى غیر معنوي = الصنف ، 0.640= عد المو6.472= الصنف غیر معنوي = الموعد × ، الصنف 0.4= التركیز0.359= الموعد 1.233 = التركیز 0.666= التركیز × ، الموعد 0.666= التركیز × وي الصنف غیر معن= الموعد×الصنف .1 = التركیز× الموعد ف 384 0.941= التركیز × الموعد ×الصن ز× الموعد × الصنف 2.467= التركی ودلیل)2سم(في المساحة الورقیة )ppm( تاثیر موعد الزراعة وتركیز الجیرلین :)2(ل جدو من الرش " یوما30نبات لصنفین من نبات البابونج بعد / المساحة الورقیة نبات بعد /دلیل المساحة الورقیة یوم من الرش 30بعد ) 2سم(المساحة الورقیة یوم من الرش 30 ـــــــــد ـــــ ـــــ موعــــ الزراعة pp(التراكیز نفالص m( التراكیز)pp m( ـــــــــد ـــــ الموعـــــ االول control 100 200 control 100 200 12.10 6.06 4.40 131.00 67.00 48.00 المحلي 17.05 15.20 3.60 205.00 183.00 59.50 االلماني ـــــــــد ـــــ الموعـــــ الثاني 8.00 5.05 3.60 109.00 100.00 39.00 المحلي 8.40 6.30 2.60 101.00 68.50 32.50 االلماني ( l. s.d ) 0 عند مستوى. 05 ( l.s.d ) 0.05 عند مستوى غیر معنوي = الصنف 4.865= الموعد 5.812= الصنف غیر معنوي = الموعد 3.526 = التركیز .6 = الموعد×الصنف 0.384= التركیز × الصنف 881 1.384= التركیز× الموعد 4.986= التركیز× الصنف 1.957= التركیز × الموعد ×نف الص 4.986= التركیز× الموعد 2.899= التركیز× الموعد × الصنف (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 نبات/ المزهرة في عدد االفرع) ppm(تاثیر موعد الزراعة وتركیز الجیرلین ) 3(جدول رقم نبات لصنفین من نبات البابونج/ وعدد البراعم الزهریة نبات /عددالبراعم الزهریه نبات /عدد االفرع الزهره ـــد ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ موعـ الزراعة )ppm(التراكیز )ppm(التراكیز الصنف ـــد ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ الموعـ االول contr ol 100 200 contr ol 100 200 7.00 11.00 5.00 3.00 5.00 2.00 المحلي 16.00 18.00 8.00 6.00 8.00 4.00 االلماني ـــد ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ الموعـ الثاني 6.00 13.00 4.00 3.50 4.00 1.00 المحلي 10.00 10.50 6.00 4.00 6.00 3.00 االلماني ( l. s.d ) 0 عند مستوى. 05 ( l.s .d ) مستوى 0.05 عند 5.084= الصنف0.699 = الصنف 2.700= الموعد 0.194= الموعد 1.449= التركیز 0.195 = التركیز عنوي = الموعد× الصنف غیر معنوي = الموعد× الصنفغیر م 2.050=التركیز× الصنف 0.275= التركیز× الصنف ز× الموعد 0.275= التركیز × الموعد 2.050= التركی 2.899التركیز × الموعد × الصنف 0.390=ركیز الت× الموعد × الصنف ) غرام(في الوزن الجاف لالزهار ) ppm( تاثیر موعد الزراعة وتركیز الجیرلین :)4(جدول رقم لصنفین من نبات البابونج )غرام(الوزن الجاف )ppm(التراكیز الصنف موعد الزراعة control 100 200 الموعد االول 0.018 0.020 0.001 المحلي 0.020 0.100 0.013 االلماني 0.028 0.090 0.001 المحلي الموعد الثاني 0.025 0.070 0.030 االلماني ( l. s.d ) 0 عند مستوى. 05 غیر معنوي = غیر معنوي، التركیز = الموعد 0.002= الصنف غیر معنوي = الموعد×غیر معنوي ، الصنف= التركیز×غیر معنوي ، الموعد= التركیز×غیر معنوي ، الصنف= الموعد×الصنف (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 مئویة النسبة ال(في ) ppm( تاثیر موعد الزراعة وتركیز الجیرلین :)5(جدول لصنفین نبات البابونج) للزیت الطیار %النسبة المئویة للزیت الطیار )ppm(التراكیز الصنفموعد الزراعة control 100 200 الموعد االول 8.40 11.10 6.50 المحلي 13.00 16.10 7.80 االلماني ـــد ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ ــ الموعــ الثاني 6.10 7.20 3.90 المحلي 11.60 14.70 4.70 االلماني ( l. s.d ) 0 عند مستوى. 05 0.218= التركیز 0.254= الموعد 0.642= الصنف 0.437= الموعد×، الصنف0.309= التركیز× ، الموعد0.309= التركیز×غیر معنوي ، الصنف= الموعد×الصنف ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 effect of planting dates and ga3 concentrations on growth and active material o f chamomilla (matricaria chamomilla l.) plants. w.a. alkaisi, a.y nasr allha, r.w. bashi , and a.j.hussan departme nt of biology, college of education ibnalhaitham,unive rsity of baghdad. abstract the exp eriment was conducted during the fall of 2002-2003 at the botanical gardenor of biology dep artment, ibnal hiatham education college baghdad university to st udy the effect of two p lanting dates (23/10 and 6/ll 2002) with different concentrations of ga3 (100 and 200 p p m) on growt h characters and the active material of two cultivars (local and german) of chamomilla (m atricaria chamomilla l.) p lants. randomized comp lete block design (r.c.b.d.) was used with three replications . each one of the exp eriment units 1x1m .the p arameters st udy were plant height, no shoot s, no inflorescence branches and nodes , leaf area and leaf area index and violate oil p ercentage. the result showed that p lanting date. at 23/10 give a significant effect on all p arameters which were used in comp arison with p lanting on 6/11. ga3 at 100p p m on poth p lanting on date's comparison with control treatment caused a significant result. german cultivar givesignificant results in comp arison with local cultivar in all characters which were studied sp ecially on p lanting date 23/10 of ga3 at 100 p p m. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis, characterisation and biological activity for binuclear complexes with co(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) with new ligand m-phenylendi(azo-2-naphthol) ligand type n2o2. w. a. j. al-saedi departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 23 november 2011 accepte d in :11 january 2012 abstract in this work, t he(m-p heny lenediamine) and (2-nap hthol) have been used in the sy nthesis of tetradentate ligand [m-phenylenedi(azo-2-nap hthol)][h2l] type (n2o2). the ligand was reflu xed in the ethanol with the metal ions [co(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii)] salts, using triethy leamine as a base in (2:2) molar ratio to give the binuclear comp lexes. these comp lexes were characterised by (a.a), f.t .i.r, (u.v-vis) sp ectroscop ies, along with conductivity , chloride content and melting p oint measurement. these studies revealed an octahedral geometries for co(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) complexes with the general st ructure [m 2(l)2(h2o)4]. the ligand and its comp lexes exhibited biolo gical activity against the bacillus(g+) strain and the pseudomonase(g-)strains. keywor d: m-ph eny lene, azo, 2-n aphtho l introduction the naphthols are naphthalene homolo gues of p henol, with the hy droxy l group being more reactive than the p henols, they can be used in p roduction of dy es and in organic sy nthesis[1], p igments, fluorescent whiteners, t anning agents, antioxidants and antisep tics[2]. 2-naphthol comp ounds had medical uses as a counterirritant in alop ecia, also as an anthelmintic and as an antisep tic in treatment of scabies[3]. az o comp ounds are among the most p op ular sy nthetic dy es, esp ecially in the clothing and fashion industry . typically, azo dy es are also used in a variety of cosmetics[4] and as a food colorin g[5], and its biolo gical activity along with oxidation cataly sis and electro chemical analysis[6,7]. in the recent p ast, number of st udies have high lighted the use of azo comp ounds in various si gnificant applications[8,9]. the aim of the present study is sy nthesis, characterisation and evaluate the metal complexes as antibacterial agent as p romisin g addition of new class of comp lexes as metal based drugs. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 materials and methods all chemicals used supp lied from fluka and m erck comp anies and used without any further p urification. infrared sp ectra were p erformed using a shimadzu (ft –ir)–8400s sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000 – 400 cm –1 ). sp ectra were r ecoded as p otassium bromide discs at ibn-sina comp any. the electronic sp ectra of the comp ounds were obtained using a (u. v.–visible) sp ectrop hotometer type shimadzu 160, in the range (200–900 n m) using quartz cell of (1.0)cm len gth with concentration (10 -3 ) mole l -1 of samples in dm f at 25 ° c, and electrical conductivity measurements of the co mplexes were record ed at (25 ºc) for (10 -3 –10 -5 )m solutions of the samples in dmf using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter. the chloride content determined using p otentiometric titration method on 686–titro processor–665 dosim a–m etrohm/swiss, and meltin g p oint obt ained using an electrot hermal apparatus stuart, and metals were determined with a shimadzu (a.a.) 680g atomic absorption sp ectrop hotometer, all measurements were obtained in ibn sina comp any. ant ibacterial screening was done at central laboratory in biological d epartment, college of science, university of baghdad, usin g agar d iffusion technique. the comp ounds were screened for their in vitro antibacterial activity against gram-negative of p sedomonase and gram-positive of bacillus bacterial strains. 1-preparation of the precursor m-phe nylenediazo. m -p heny lenediamine (2.0 g, 18 mmol.) was dissolved in warm mixture of 15 ml. of concentrated hy drochloric acid and 15 ml. of water contained in 250 ml. b eaker, kept in icesalt bath (0-5) o c whilst st irring vigorously , m-phenylenediamine hy drochloride will sep arate in a f inely divid ed cryst alline form. a cold solution of sodium nitrite (2.48 g, 36 mmo l.)in 16 ml. of water was added slowly and with stirring to an end-point with p otassium ioded-st arch p ap er. 2-preparation of the ligand m-phe nylenedi(azo-2-naphthol)[h2l]. 2-naphthol (5.0 g, 36 mmol.) was dissolved in a solution of sodium hy droxide (7.0 g) in 25 ml. water, then cooled in ice bath and added to the diazotized solution with stirring. concentrated hy drochloric acid was added slowly and with vi gorous stirring, and then filtered with gentle suction, washed with water until free acid and dried up on filter-pap er in the air, the yield percent (74%), m.p .(240 o c) dec. 3-preparation of the [co2(l)2(h2o)4] complex(1). a solution of (0.1 g, 0.4 mmo l.) of hexahydrated cobalt(ii) chlor ide dissolved in 10ml. ethanol was added drop wise to a solution of [h2l] (0.2 g,0.4 mmol.) d issolved in 15 ml.hot ethanol, the ph of the reaction mixture was adjust ed by adding triethy leamine in equiv alent quantity, and the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux for 2 hours. a p recipitate was formed, which was filtered off, washed several times with absolute ethanol and dried, the y ield percent (86%), m.p .(over 300 o c) dec. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 4-preparation of the [cu2(l)2(h2o)4](2) and [zn2( l)2(h2o)4](3) complexes. a similar method to that mentioned for the p reparation of [co2(l)2(h2o)4](1) comp lex was used to p rep are the complexes of the [h2l] with cu(ii) and zn(ii) ions. results and discussion the ligand [h2l] was obtain ed in high y ield by the addition reaction usin g on e equivalent of m-phenylenediazonium and two equiv alent of 2-n aphthol, where a p otentially tetradentate new cyclic ligand typ e n2o2 donor atoms have been sy nthesised. the ligand contains two labile p roton [h2l] and by removing these p rotons an anionic(-2) tetradentate system is formed. the ligand was p repared accordin g to the route shown in the scheme 1. s cheme 1 preparation of the ligand [h2l] all complexes were prepared wit h similar method by refluxing t he ligand [h2l] wit h t he corresponding met al chloride salt in ethanol, as a solv ent, and t riethy leamin e, as a base where the pure complexes were formed scheme 2 n2 cl n2 cl + 2 oh n=n oh n=n oh koh مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 +2mcl2.n( h2o) co, n=6 cu, n =2 zn, n=0 scheme 2 p reparat ion route of the metal complexes. n=n oh n=n oh n=n n=n n=n n=n o m oh2 oh2 h2 o h2 o o o o m مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 infrared spectral data i.r. sp ectral data for the ligand [h2l] and 1, 2 and 3 complexes are shown in figs.(1,2,3 and 4) resp ectively . the important infrared bands for the ligand and the p roduced comp lexes with their assignments are listed in table (1). the i.r. sp ectrum for [h2l] disp lay ed band at 3028cm -1 assigned to the aromatic ν(ch) st retching while a broad band at 3464cm -1 can be att ributed to ν(oh) stretching and the absence of this band in all complexes indicates the deprotonation followed by comp lexation[10], while app earance of bands at (3444, 3429 and 3433) and at(991,995 and 991)cm -1 for comp lexes 1, 2 and 3 resp ectively assigned to coordinated aqua(h2o)ligands. the two bands at (1554 and 1496)cm -1 which can be att ributed to ν(n=n) stretching ortho and meta resp ectively in the sp ectrum of the free ligand, were shifted to a lower frequencies and appeared at (1500,1446), (1500,1473) and (1500,1481) cm -1 for complexes 1, 2 and 3 resp ectively, the shift to lower frequency may be du e to delocalisation of metal electron density into the ligand π-sy stem(hom o→lumo), indicating the coordination of nitrogen atom to the metal ions[11,12]. on the other hand, the band at 1315cm -1 which att ributed to the ν(c-o) st retching vibration in the sp ectrum of the free ligand, was shifted to a lower frequencies and observed at 1253, 1300 and 1300cm -1 for the comp lexes 1, 2 and 3 resp ectively, this shift in the ν(c-o)vibration confirms the coordination of nitrogen of the ligand throu gh the o xy gen atom to the metal ion[13,14]. finally the comp lexes exh ibited bands at the ranges 462-497 and 524-555cm -1 which could be assign ed to the ν(m -o) and ν(m -n) st retching vibration modes resp ectively. (u.v.vis.) spectra (u.v.-vis.) sp ectra and molar conductivity measurement for the ligand and its comp lexes 1, 2 and 3 were shown in table (2), and the u.v.-vis. sp ectra were shown in figs.(5,6,7 and 8) resp ectively. the u.v.-vis. sp ectrum of [h2l] exhibited intense absorp tion p eak at 305nm due to the (π → π*) transition, and p eak at 486nm related to(n→ π*) transition[15], the u.v.-vis. sp ectrum of comp lex 1, exhibited a high intense p eak at 240n m due to t he (π → π*) transition and peak at 312nm which refer to the(n→ π*) transition, while a peak at 495nm which refer to the (c.t.)t ransition. finally the peak at 687nm may be due to ( 4 t1g (f) → 4 a2g (f) ) transition[16], corresp onding to an octahedral geometry around the cobalt(ii) ion. the u.v.-vis. sp ectrum of comp lex 2, exhibited a p eak at 212nm due to t he(π → π*) transition, a peak at 242nm due to (n→ π*) t ransition, and a p eak at 368nm which refer to the (c.t.) transition, while a p eak at 507nm due to ( 2 b1g→ 2 b2 g) transition[16], corresp onding to an octahedral geometry around the cupper(ii) ion. the u.v.-vis. sp ectrum of comp lex 3 exhibited a p eak at 207nm due to t he (π → π*) transition, a peak at 242nm due to (n→ π*)transition, and a p eak at 287nm which refer to (c.t.) transitions[16], t he metal ion zn(ii) of this comp lex belong to d 10 system and this metal do not show (d-d)transition[16], suggesting to an octahedr al geometry around the zinc(ii) ion[17]. the molar conductance of the complexes in dm f lie in the 3.01-5.45 s.cm 2 . mole -1 range, indicating their non-electroly tic behavior[18]. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 biological screening : the antibacterial activity test in our study the sy nthesised comp ounds have been screened for their antibacterial activity against the bacillus(g+) and pseudomonase(g-) strains by the nutrient agar diffusion technique[19]. each of the co mpounds was dissolved in dm f t o give a f inal concentration of 0.001mg/ml, and from the data shown in table 3, and fi gs.9 and 10 , all comp ounds exh ibited a biolo gical activity against the bacillus(g+) st rain [inhibition zone = 20, 21, 22 and 30mm] for the ligand [h2l], co(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) comp lexes resp ectively, also the compounds exh ibited a b iolo gical activity against the pseudomonase(g-) strain [inhibition zone = 20, 5, 5 and 25mm] for the ligand [h2l], co(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) comp lexes resp ectively. table (4) represented below shows the chlor ide content, meltin g p oint, atomic absorption and some other p hy sical prop erties for the ligand and the sy nthesised complexes. re ferences 1ikeda, t.; m isawa, n.; ichihashi, y. ; nishiy ama, s. and tsuruy a, s., (2005), " coup ling of 2-naphthol by vanadium cataly st supp orted liqud-phase oxidative on mcm-41", journal of m olecular cataly sis a: chemical, 231: 1381-1169. 2charles, c. (1986) w.m . toxicology of the ey e. 3rd ed. sp ringfield, il, 656. 3-van der zee, f. p.; lettinga ,g. and field, j. a. (2000) the role of ( auto)catalysis in the mechan ism of an anaerobic azo reduction", water scien ce & technology 42: 301-308. 4peter vollhardt and neil schore (2010) organic chemist ry, structure and function, 6th edition, w. h. freeman. 5fennema, o.r. (1996) food chemist ry, 3rd edition, crc press. 6djebbar, s.; benali, b.; and deloume, j. (1998) sy nthesis, characterization, electrochemical b ehaviour and catalytic activity of manganese(ii) complexes with linear and trip odal tetradentate ligands derived fro m schiff bases trans.m et. 23: 443-447. 7sakakibara, y.; okut su , s.; enokida, t. and tani t. (1999) red or ganic electroluminescen ce d evices with a r educed p orp hy rin comp ound, tetrap heny lchlorin, app lied phy sics letters 74: 2587. 8m aury a, rc.; verma, r. and singh, h. (2003) synthesis and phy sico‐chemical studies of some m ixed‐ligand complexes of bis(benzoy lacetonato)copp er(ii) with some biolo gically active heterocy clic chelatin g donors, sy nthesis and reactivity in inorganic and m etalorganic chemist ry, 33: 1063-1080. 9m aury a, rc.; rajp ut, s., (2003), "vanadium co mplexes of bioinor ganic relevance: sy nthesis, m agnetic, and sp ectral studies of some m ixed‐ligand oxov anadium(iv) complexes having an n, o‐donor environm", sy nthesis and reactivity in inorganic and m etal-organic chemist ry, 33: 1877-1894. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 10sarav anakumar, d.; sengottuvelan, n.; priyadarshni, g.; kandaswamy, m . and okawa, h. (2004) sy nthesis of unsy mmetrical ‘end-off ’ p henoxo and oximinato di bridged cop p er(ii) and nickel(ii) comp lexes: sp ectral, electrochemical and magnetic p rop erties. poly hedron, 23: 665-672. 11socrates, g. (1980) infrared characterst ic group frequencies, wiley, newy ork, 32-37. 12el-sonbati, a.z .; el-bindary, a.a. and al-sarawy, a.a. (2002) stereochemist ry of new nitrogen containin g heterocyclic aldehyde. ix. sp ectroscop ic st udies on novel mixedligand co mplexes of rh(iii)", sp ectrochim acta part a 58: 2771-2778. 13sreed aran, s.; bhar athi, k.s.; rahiman, a.k.; rajesh, k.; nirmala, g.; jagadish, l. ; kaviyarasan, v. and narayanan, v. (2008) sy nthesis, electrochemical, catalytic and antimicrobial activities of novel unsy mmetrical macrocyclic dicomp artmental binuclear nickel(ii) comp lexes", poly hedron, 27: 1867. 14 – sreed aran, s.; bhar athi, k.s.; rahiman, a.k.; jagadish, l.; kav iyarasan, v. and narayanan, v. (2008) novel unsy mmetrical macrocyclic dicomp artmental binuclear copper(ii) complexes bearin g 4and 6-coordination sites: electrochemical, magn etic, cataly tic and antimicrobial st udies", polyhedron, 27: 2931. 15samir, a.h.; hasan, a. and aziz, m .r. (2010)sy nthesis of some metal comp lexes of azo type ligand and ev aluation of their antibacterial activity ”, journal of colle ge of education al-mustansirya university, 1: 392-406. 16lever, a.b.p. (1984) inorganic electronic sp ectroscopy, 2nd edn. elesvier, new york. 17tajmir-riahi, h.a. (1991) coordination chemist ry of vitamin c. p art ii. interaction of lascorbic acid with znii, cdii, hgii and m nii ions in the solid st ate and in aqueous solution'', journal of inorganic biochemistry, 42: 47-55. 18geary, w.j. (1971) the use of conductivity measurements in organic solv ents for the characterisation of coord ination compounds”, coord.rev., 7: 81-122. 19shank, r.c.; duguid, j.p.; m armion, b.p. and swain, r.a. (1975) m edical m icrobiolo gy the practical of m edical m icrobiolo gy ” 12th ed. long m an group lted london, 2. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): i.r. spectral data of the synthesised compounds compo und υ (oh) υ(n=n)ort ho υ(n=n)met a υ(c=c)n aph. υ(c=c)p hen. υ(cc)naph. υ(cc)ph en. υ(co) υ(c-h) aro mat ic υ(mn) υ(mo) [h2l] 34 64 1554 1496 1610 1600 1450 1404 13 15 3028 [co2(l)2(h2o)4] 34 44 991 aqua 1500 1446 1597 1550 1357 1303 12 53 3059 55 5 497 [cu2(l)2(h2o)4] 34 29 995 aqua 1500 1473 1593 1549 1400 1346 13 00 2974 52 4 462 [zn2(l)2(h2o)4] 34 33 991 aqua 1500 1481 1600 1546 1400 1342 13 00 3062 55 0 466 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): (u.v.-vis.) spectral data and molar conducti vity in dmf solution. compo und  assignment s ms.cm 2 mo l -1 ratio suggested struct ure [h2l] 30 5 48 6 π → π* n →π* [co2(l)2(h2o)4] 24 0 31 2 49 5 68 7 π → π* n →π* c.t . 4 t 1g (f) → 4 a2g (f) 5.45 nonelectrolyte oct ahedral [cu2(l)2(h2o)4] 21 2 24 2 36 5 50 7 π → π* n →π* c.t . 2 b1g→ 2 b2g 3.01 nonelectrolyte oct ahedral [zn2(l)2(h2o)4] 20 7 24 2 28 7 π → π* n →π* c.t . 4.23 nonelectrolyte oct ahedral c.t. :charge t ransfer table (3): the biological activity of the compounds compound bacillus (g+) p seudomonase (g-) [h2l] 20 20 [co2(l)2(h2o)4] 21 5 [cu2(l)2(h2o)4] 22 5 [zn2(l)2(h2o)4] 30 25 control 2 2 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (4): results of ele mental analysis and physical propertie s for the ligand and the synthesised complexes compound m.wt yield % color m.p. met al found, (calculat e) cl content [c26 h18n4o2] 41 8 74 redbrown 24 0 dec. [co2 ii c52 h32 n8o4(h2o)4] 1021.8 86 brown over 30 0 dec. 11.9 (1 2.4) nil [cu2 ii c52h32 n8o4(h2o)4] 1031 45 dark brown over 30 0 dec. 13.0 (1 3.2) nil [zn2 ii c52 h32n8o4(h2o)4] 1034.8 86 brown over 30 0 dec. 13.2 (1 3.5) nil مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): the i.r s pectrum of ligand [h2l] fig. (2): the i.r s pectrum of complex (1) fig. (3): the i.r s pectrum of complex (2) fig.(4): the i.r s pectrum of complex (3) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (5): the u.v.-vis. s pectrum of ligend (h2l) fig.(6): the u.v.-vis. s pectrum of complex (1) fig.(7): the u.v.-vis. s pectrum of complex (2) fig.(8): the u.v.-vis. s pectrum of complex (3) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 9): effect of the compounds towards the bacillus subtilis fig. (10): effect of the compounds towards the pseudomonas مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضیر وتشخیص و دراسة الفعالیة البیولوجیة لمعقدات ثنائیة النواة بzn(ii)، cu(ii)، co(ii)مع اللیكاند الجدید m-phenylendi(azo-2-naphthol) type n2o2. ورود علي جعفر الساعدي قسم الكیمیاء كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم جامعة بغداد 2012 كانون الثاني 11: قبل البحث في 2011 تشرین الثاني 23:استلم البحث في الخالصة -m] لتحـضیر اللیكانــد الربــاعي الــسن (naphthol-2)و (m-phenylenediamine) البحــث تــم إسـتعمال هــذافـي p henylenedi(azo-2-nap hthol)][h2l] من نوع (n2o2). 2:2بنسبة ] zn(ii) مع cu(ii) و co(ii) [نات تم تصعید اللیكاند بإستعمال االیثانول مذیبا مع امالح االیو االشـعة تحـت الحمــراء (شخـصت المعقـدات بـالطرائق الطیفیـة. الثنائیـه النـواة بوجـود تـراي اثیـل امـین قاعـدة لتكـوین المعقـدات وقیاسـات محتــوى الكلوریــد، و التوصـیلیة الكهربائیــة مــع درجــة ،) المرئیـة مــع االمتــصاص الــذري-البنفــسجیة واالشـعة فــوق ] zn(ii) مــع cu(ii) و co(ii) [ هـذه الدراسـات بینـت ان الــشكل الهندسـي هـو ثمـاني الــسطوح لمعقـدات. االنـصهار m] بالصیغة العامة 2(l)2(h2o)4]البكتریا نوعین من ان المعقدات فعالة تجاه أما قیاسات الفعالیة البیولوجیة فأظهرت bacillus(g+) and pseudomonase(g-)strains. , m-phenylenediamine azo, 2-naphthol : الكلمات المفتاحیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 microsoft word 282-291 mathematics | 282 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 -prime submodules nuhad s. al-mothafar dept. of mathematics / college of science/ university of baghdad. adwia j. abdil .al-khalik dept. of mathematics / college of science/ al-mustansiriya university. received in:6/ march /2016,accepted in:5/june /2016 abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity and m be an unitary r-module. let (m) be the set of all submodules of m, and : (m)  (m)  {} be a function. we say that a proper submodule p of m is -prime if for each r  r and x  m, if rx  p, then either x  p + (p) or r m  p + (p) . some of the properties of this concept will be investigated. some characterizations of -prime submodules will be given, and we show that under some assumptions prime submodules and -prime submodules are coincide. key words: prime submodule, weakly prime submodules , -prime submodules. mathematics | 283 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 1introduction throughout this paper, r is a commutative ring with identity and m is an unitary rmodule. a proper ideal p of a ring r is prime if for all elements a ,b  r ,ab  p implies either a  p or b  p [ 1, p.40].in the theory of rings, prime ideals play important roles. one of the natural generalizations of prime ideals which have attracted the interest of several authors in the last two decades is the notion of prime submodule,[2],[3],[4]. these have led to more information on the structure of the r-module m. for an ideal i of r and a submodule n of m let i denote the radical of i, and [n r : m] = {r  r, rm  n} which is clearly an ideal of r. a proper submodule p of m is called a prime submodule if r  r and x  m with rx  p implies that r  [p:m] or x  p,[3]. there are several generalization of the notion of a prime submodules, such as ebrahimi atani, f. farzalipour , introduced and studied weakly prime submodules ,where a proper submodule n of m is said to be weakly prime submodule of m if r  r and x  m 0  rx  n gives that r  [ n : m] or x  n ,[5]. khaksari and jafari extended the notion of prime submodule to -prime.let m be an r-module and (m) be the set of all submodules of m and : (m)  (m)  {} be a function. a proper submodule p of m is said to be -prime if r  r and x  m, rx  p\(p) implies that r  [p:m] or x  p [6]. in this paper ,we define and study the notion of -prime submodules . let (m) be the set of all submodules of m and : (m)  (m)  {} be a function. a proper submodule p of m is said to be -prime if for each r  r and x  m, if rx  p, then either x  p + (p) or r m  p + (p) . 2-basic properties of -prime submodules first we give the following definition. definition (2.1): let m be an r-module and (m) be the set of all submodules of m. let :(m) (m)  {} be a function. a proper submodule n of m is said to be -prime if for each r  r and x  m, if rx  n, then x  n + (n) or r m  n + (n ) . remarks and examples (2.2) (1) it is clear that every prime submodule of an r-module m is -prime submodule of m ,but the convers is not true in general for example: let m = z8 as a z-module, n =  4 . then n is not prime submodule of m . but n is -prime submodule of m. proof : let : (z8) (z8)  {}, where (n) = n +  2  , n  m , then for each r z, ̅ z8, if r ̅ n ,then ̅ n + (n) = n + n +  2  =  2  or r z8  n + (n) =n + n +  2  =  2  .therefore n =  4  is a -prime submodule of z8. (2) if (n)  n or (n) = 0, then every -prime submodule of m is a prime submodule. (3) let n, w be two submodules of an rmodule m and nw. if n is -prime submodule of m and (n)  '( n) ,where ': (w)  (w)  {} and  : (m)  (m)  {} ,then n is '-prime submodule of w . proof : let rr , mw such that rm n. since n is -prime submodule of m , so either m n + (n) or r m  n + (n) . but (n)  '( n) , so either m n + '( n) or r m  n + '( n) , so either mn + '( n) or r w  n + '( n) .therefore n is '-prime submodule of w . (4) given two functions ,': (m)  (m)  {}such that   ' and (n)  '( n) for each n (m). if n is a -prime submodule of m implies n is '-prime submodule of m . proof : let rr , mm such that rm n. since n is -prime submodule of m , so either m n + (n) or r m  n + (n) . but (n)  '( n) , so either m n + '( n) or r m  n + '( n) . therefore n is '-prime submodule of m . mathematics | 284 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 (5) let n and w be two submodules of an r –module m such that nw . if n is -prime submodule of m then it is not necessary that w is -prime submodule of m as the following example explains : consider the z – module z ,the submodule 2z is -prime submodule of z(since it is prime ) but 2z  30z and 30z is not -prime submodule of z .since if (n) = n , n m and 6.5 =30  30z but 5 30z +30z =30z and 6z ⊈ 30 z +30z = 30z. (6) let m = z4 as z-module, n = {0, 2} .since n is prime, then n is -prime submodule of m. (7) let m = z12 as a z – module and n = 6 and let  : (z12) (z12)  {}. if (n) = n+  2 ,  n {6  ,  2  ,  4 , 0  } and (n) = n where n {m , 3}.therefore 6 = 6 + 2 = 2 and  x z12, rz then either x 6 + 2 = 2 or r z12  6 + 2 = 2 . hence n is a -prime submodule of m. (8) {0} is the only -prime submoduleof a simple modules.therefore (0 ) of a simple zmodule zp (p is prime) is -prime submodule. (9 ) let m = z  z as a z-module, n = 2z(0) and let :(m)  (m)  {}.if (n) = n,  n  m, then n is not -prime submodule of m. (10) i is a -prime ideal of r if and only if i is a -prime submodule of r. now, if n is a prime submodule, then sometimes n is called p – prime submodule , where p = [n : m] ,[4 ]. for a -prime, we called p-prime submodule ,where p = [n +(n) : m]. the following theorem gives some characterizations for -prime submodules. theorem(2.3): let n be a proper submodule of an rmodule m and p= n  n :m .then, the following statements are equivalent: 1. n is -prime submodule of m. 2. for every submodule k of m and for every an ideal i of r such that ik n, implies that either k n  n or i p n  n :m . proof: (1) (2): let ik n, where i be an ideal of r and k be a submodule of m. suppose k⊈ n + (n), then there exists k k such that kn + (n). it is clear that for each y i, thus ykn . but n is -prime submodule of m and kn + (n), hence y p= [n + (n): m]. therefore i p . (2) ) (1): let r  r , m  m such that rm n. then < r > < m>  n. so either < m>  n + (n) or < r>  p= n  n :m by(2)); i.e., either mn + (n) or r  p= n  n :m . therefore n is -prime submodule of m . we can give the following result . proposition (2.4): let n be a proper submodule of an rmodule m . if n  n :m = [n+  (n) : k] for each submodule k of m such that k⊋ n + (n) , then n is -prime submodule of m. proof: let r  r , m  m such that rm n and suppose m n + (n). let k= n + (n)+ <m>, then k⊋ n + (n), mk and so r [n:k]  [n + (n):k] = n  n :m .it follows that r n  n :m and hence n is -prime. however , we can give another corollary of proposition (2.4). but first we state and prove the following lemma which we needed . mathematics | 285 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 lemma (2.5) let n be a proper submodule of an rmodule m . if n  n :m n  n ∶ c for each c m \ n + (n) , then n  n :m = [n+(n) : k] for each submodule k of m such that k⊋ n + (n) . proof: since k  m so n  n :m  [n+ (n) : k] .let r  n  n ∶ k ,hence r k  n + (n) . but n + (n) ⊊ k, implies that there exists xk and x n + (n).hence rx  n+(n) and then r [n+(n) : x] =[n+ (n) : m], which implies that r  n  n ∶ k  n  n :m .therefore n  n :m = [n+ (n): k] for each submodule k of m such that k⊋ n + (n) . corollary (2.6): let n be a proper submodule of an rmodule m . if n  :m n  n ∶ c for each c m \ n + (n), then n is -prime submodule of m. now, the following proposition shows that under the condition (n)  n for all submodule n of m the convers of proposition ( 2.4) is true. proposition(2.7): if n is a -prime submodule of an r– module m and (n)  n ,then n  :m = [n+ (n) : k] for each submodule k of m such that k ⊋ n + (n) . proof:since n is a -prime submodule of m and (n)  n ,so by (remark 2.2,(2)) n is a prime submodule .hence [n :m] = [n:k] , for each submodule k of m such that k ⊋ n,[2]. since (n)  n ,then n  :m = [n+ (n) : k] for each submodule k of m such that k ⊋ n + (n) . it is well know if n is a prime submodule of an r – module ,then [n : m] is a prime ideal of r ,see [4]. but for a -prime we have: remark(2.8): (1) if n is -prime submodule of m , then it is not necessarily that [n:m] is a prime ideal of r, for example: let m = z8 as a z-module ,n =  4 . then n is prime submodule of m by (remark 2.2,(1)). but [ 4 : z8] = 4z is not -prime submodule of z ,where (i) = i for each i an ideal of z and : (z)  (z)  {} be a function. now, the following proposition shows that under the condition (n)  n for all submodule n of m the above statement is true. proposition(2.9): if n is a -prime submodule of an r– module m and (n)  n ,then n:m is a  prime ideal of r. proof:since n is a -prime submodule of an r– module m and (n)  n, so n is a prime submodule by (2.2,(2)), then [n:m] is a prime ideal of r and hence is a -prime ideal of r.( .2 ,2), then n:m is a remark (2.10): if [n :m] is prime ideal of r , then it is not necessarily that n is -prime submodule of m , for example: let m = z  z as a z-module, n = 2z(0), n is not -prime submodule of m ,by (2.2,9). but [n :m] = [2z  (0) : z  z ] = 0 is a prime ideal of z and hence is  prime ideal of z, where (i) = i for each i an ideal of z and : (z)  (z)  {} be a function. now, we shall give characterization of -prime submoules, but first recall the following: let r be any ring. a subset s of r is called multiplicatively closed if 1 s and ab  s for every a ,bs. we know that every proper ideal p in r is prime if and only if r-p is mathematics | 286 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 multiplicatively closed subset of r,[1,p.42]. and if n is a submodule of an r-module m and s is multiplicatively closed sub set of r, then n(s) ={x m: t  s, such that tx n}be a submodule of m and n n(s). proposition (2.11): let n be a proper submodule of an rmodule m .if [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r and n(s)  n + (n) for each multiplicatively closed subset of r such that s  [n + (n):m] = ,then n is -prime submodule of m . proof: let r  r , m  m such that rm n and suppose m n + (n), r  [n + (n):m] . consider the set s ={1,r, r 2 ,……….},this is multiplicatively closed subset of r and it is clear that s [n + (n):m]  , since n  n :m is a prime ideal of r. but m n + (n) implies that m n(s) and so r m n which is a contradiction .therefore either m n + (n) or r[n + (n):m] and hence n is -prime submodule of m . conversely ,if n is -prime submodule of m, to prove n(s)  n + (n) . let x  n(s) , so there exists t s such that tx  n . but n is -prime submodule of m, so either x  n + (n) or t n  n :m . but t  n  n :m implies that s  n  n :m =  which is a contradiction .thus , xn +(n) and hence n(s) n+ (n). proposition (2.12): if [n + (n):m] is maximal ideal of r , then n is -prime submodule of m . proof: let r  r , m  m such that rm n .if r  n  n :m ,then r= < r> + n  n :m .therefore there exist sr and k n  n :m such that 1=s r +k and so m= srm +km  n + (n) .therefore n is -prime submodule of m. proposition (2.13): let n be a proper submodule of an rmodule m such that [k: m] ⊈ [n+ (n):m] for each submodule k of m and containing n+ (n) properly .if [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r, then n is -prime submodule of m . proof: suppose [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r, to prove n is -prime submodule of m. let r  r , m  m such that rm n and suppose m n + (n). let k = n + (n) + <m>, it is clear that n + (n)⊊ k, and so [k: m] ⊈ [n+ (n): m].then there exists s [k:m] and s  [n + (n):m].thus, sm  k and sm ⊈ n+ (n).but, sm  k implies ,r s m  r k = r ( n + (n) + <m>)  n + (n) and rs [n + (n):m]. since [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r and s  [n + (n):m], so r [n + (n):m] . therefore n is -prime submodule of m . recall that an rmodule m is called mulitplication module if for every submodule n of m ,there exists an ideal i of r such that im=n ,equivalently ;for every submodule n of m n=[n:m]m, see[7]. corollary (2.14): let n be a proper submodule of a mulitplication rmodule m. then n is -prime submodule of m if [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r. proof: suppose [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r, to prove n is -prime submodule of m. let r  r , m  m such that rm n and suppose m n + (n). let k = n + (n) + < m>,it is clear that n + (n) ⊊k. since m is mulitplication , so [k: m] ⊈ [n+ (n):m] by[9,remark (2-15),chapter one ]. then there exists s [k:m] and s  [n + (n):m].thus, sm  k and sm ⊈ n+ (n).but, sm  k implies r s m  r k = r ( n + (n) + <m>)  n + (n) and rs [n + (n):m]. since [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r and s  [n + (n):m], so r [n + (n):m] .therefore n is -prime submodule of m . mathematics | 287 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 as anther consequence of ( 2.13) , we have the following result: corollary (2.15): let n be a proper submodule of a cyclic rmodule m. then n is -prime submodule of m if [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r. proof:since m is cyclic ,then m is a mulitplication . hence the result follows immediately from corollary (2.14). recall that an r – module m is said to be bounded module if there exists an element x  m such that annm = ann(x), where annm = {r  r: rm = 0,  m m}, [8].and an rmodule m is said to be fully stable if each submodule is stable, where a submodule n of an r – module m is said to be stable if f(n)  n for each f  hom(n,m), [9]. corollary (2.16): let n be a proper submodule of a bounded fully stable rmodule m. then n is -prime submodule of m if [n + (n):m] is a prime ideal of r. proof:since m is bounded fully stable rmodule, then m is a cyclic rmodule by [10,prop.1.1.4,ch.1]. hence the result follows immediately from corollary (2.15). proposition (2.17): let m be an r-module and n,l be two submodules of m .if k be a p-prime submodule of m such that n  l  k, then l  k + (k) or [n: m]  p k  n :m . proof:suppose [n:m]⊈ k  n :m =p, so there exists s  [n: m] and s p k  n :m . let t l, then st  l n and so st  k. but k is p-prime submodule of m and s k  n :m . therefore t k + (k), thus l  k + (k) . corollary (2.18): let a an ideal of a ring r and n be a submodule of m . if k is a p-prime submodule of m such that am  n  k , then either am k + (k) or n  k + (k) . proposition (2.19): let m be an r-module and n be a submodules of m .if p = n  n :m is a prime ideal of r , then n  n :m n  n :rm , r  n  n :m . proof: since rm m ,so n  n :m  n  n :rm .let a  n  n :rm ,so ar m  n  n .which means that ar  n  n :m .but n  n :m is a prime ideal of r, so either a  n  n :m or r n  n :m , but r  n  n :m , so a  n  n :m .thus n  n :m n  n :rm , r  n  n :m . now, we can give the following proposition : proposition (2.20): let n be a submodule of an r – module m and p = n  n :m . if the ideal = n  n :e = p , for each e  m , e  n + (n) , then n is a prime submodule of m . proof: let r r , x  m such that rx  n and suppose x n + (n). thus r  n  n :x . but n  n :  x = p , so r  p . therefore n is a  prime submodule of m . however, we can give a corollary of proposition (2.20).but first we state and prove the following lemma which is needed . mathematics | 288 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 lemma (2.21): let n be a submodule of an r – module m . if the submodule n  n :  r = n +  (n), for each r  r , r p , then the ideal p = n  n : e , for each e  m ;e  n + (n) . proof: let e  m ; e n + (n) . it is clear that p  n  n : e . let r  n  n : e , then re  n + (n) . suppose r  p = n  n : :m .since n  n :  r =n+(n) and e  [n+ (n) : r ], so e  n+ (n) which a contradicts our assumption. thus r  p for each e  m such that e  n +(n).therefore p = n  n : :e . corollary (2.22): let n be a submodule of an r – module m and p = n  n :m . if the submodule n  n :  r = n +  (n), for each r  r , then n is a prime submodule of m . note that, the intersection of two -prime submodules of an r – module m need not be a -prime submodule of m ,for example : the z-module z6 has two -prime submodules , n1 =  2 and n2 =  3  but n1 n2 = 0  is not a -prime submodule of z6 ,where (n) = n,  n  m . however , we have the following proposition: proposition (2.23): let k is a -prime of an r-module m and let n < m such that (k)  k. then either n  k or k  n is a '-prime in n, where ' :(n)  (n)  {} and :(m)  (m)  {}. proof: since k is a -prime of an r-module m and (k)  k, so k is a prime by (2.2,(1)). hence either n  k or k  n is a prime in n,[11]. therefore either n  k or k  n is a 'prime in n. proposition (2.24): let p be an ideal of a ring r and m be an r – module . then a proper submodule n of m is a p  prime if and only if 1. p  n  n :m , and 2. cm  n ,for all c  r \ p ,m  m \ n + (n). proof:suppose n is a p  prime. to prove that (1) and (2) are hold. it is clear that p = n  n :m .therefore p  n  n :m . now if c  r \ p and m  m \ n + (n), then c[n + (n):m] and m n + n), hence cm  n. conversely, let c  r and m  m such that m n + (n) and c [n + (n):m]. since p  [n + (n):m], then m  m \ n + (n) and c  p .therefore , c  r \ p. hence cm  n, which implies that n is a p  prime. proposition (2.25): let  : m  m' be an homomorphism . if n is ' prime submodule of an r-module m', such that  (m) ⊈ n and ( – 1(n))=  – 1(' (n)) , then  – 1(n) is -prime submodule of m, where :(m)  (m)  {} and ' :(m')  (m')  {} . proof: first, we must show that  – 1(n) is a proper submodule of m. suppose that  – 1(n) = m, then (m)  n, which a contradiction to the assumption. let r  r , m  m such that rm  – 1(n) .then r (m)  n and n is ' ‐ prime submodule of an r‐module m', then either  m  n ' n or r m'  n ' n . if  m n ' n , then m – 1 n  – 1 ' n and hence m   – 1 n   – 1 n . if r m'  n ' n , then r m  n ' n mathematics | 289 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 since  m  m'. this implies r m   – 1 n  – 1 ' n  – 1 n   – 1 n .therefore  – 1 n is ‐prime submodule of m. theorem (2.26): let f: m  m' be an epimorphism and let n < m such that ker f  n. if n is a -prime submodule of an rmodule m and '( f (n)) = f ((n)), then f (n) is a '-prime submodule of a module of m', where :(m)  (m)  {} and ' :(m')  (m')  {}. proof: first, we must show that f (n) is a proper submodule of a module m'. suppose f (n) = m'. but f is an epimorphism, thus f (n) = f (m) and hence m = n + ker f. this implies that m = n. a contradiction. now, let r m'  f (n), where r  r and m'  m' ,m'= f (m) for some m m since f is an epimorphism . then r f (m)  f (n),so f (r m)= f (n) for some n n and hence f (r m) f (n) = 0 .thus we get that rm-n  ker f  n which implies that rm n .but n is a -prime ,so either m n + (n) or r m  n + (n). if m n + (n),then f (m)  f (n) + f ((n));that is m' f (n) + f ((n)) = f (n) + '( f (n)). if r m  n + (n),then r f (m )  f (n) + f ((n)) = f (n) + '( f (n) implies that r m'  f (n) + '( f (n) . corollary (2.27): let m be an r-module, let k < n < m and n be a -prime of m. then n/k is a 'prime submodule of m/k, where ': ( m/ k)  ( m/ k) . proof: let :m  m/k be the natural mapping ,then the result follows by proposition(2.26). proposition (2.28): let m be an r-module and let k < n < m .if n is a -prime submodule of m, then n/k is a '-prime submodule of m/k, where ': ( m/ k)  ( m/ k) and '( n / k) = (n) /k. proof: let rr and m  n/k with r m  [n / k] ,where m= m+k ,for some m m . so we have rm  n ,which gives that either m n + (n) or r m  n + (n) .therefor either m +k ( n + (n) ) /k =[ n /k] +[ (n) /k] = [n / k] + [ '( n / k)] or r [m /k] [( n + (n)) / k ]  [ n /k] +[ (n) /k] = [n / k] + [ '( n / k)] .hence either m  [n / k] + [ '( n / k)] or r [m /k]  [n / k] + [ '( n / k)] .therefore n / k is a '-prime submodule of m / k. let r1 ,r2 be two commutative rings with identity and m1, m2 be r1 and r2 – module respectively, put r = r1 r2 . then m = m1  m2 is an r – module and each submodule of m is of the form n = n1  n2 for some n1 of m1 and n2 of m2 .furthermore n = n1  n2 is a prime submodule of m if and only if n = n1 m2 or n = m1 n2 for some prime submodules n1 of m1 and n2 of m2 . theorem (2.29): let r = r1 r2 that each ri is a commutative rings with identity . let mi be ri – module and m = m1  m2 with ( r1, r2) ( m1,m2) = ( r1m1,r2m2) , be an r – module ,where ri  ri , mi  mi, and let i : ( mi )   (mi)  {  } be functions ,  = 1 2. then we have : 1) n1  n2 is a prime submodule , where ni is a i – prime submodule of mi , with ni  i ( ni ). 2) n1 m2 is a prime submodule of m , where n1 is a prime submodule of m1. 3) n1 m2 is a prime submodule of m, wheren1 is a 1prime submodule of m1 and 2 ( m2 ) = m2 . mathematics | 290 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 4) m1  n2 is a prime submodule of m, wheren2 is a prime submodule of m2 . 5) m1 n2 is a prime submodule of m, where n2 is a 2prime submodule of m2 and 1 ( m1 ) = m1 . proof: (1) suppose ni is a i – prime submodule of mi , with ni  i ( ni ) and let ( r1, r2) ( m1,m2) = ( r1m1,r2m2 )  n1  n2 , then r1m1  n1 and r2m2  n2 and since ni is a i – prime submodule of mi , so either r1 [ n1 + 1 ( n1 ): m1 ] and . r2  [ n2 + 2 (n2 ) : m2 ] or m1  n1 + 1 ( n1 ) and m2  n2 + 2 (n2 ) . hence either ( r1, r2)  [ n1 + 1 ( n1 ): m1 ]  [ n2 + 2 (n2 ) : m2 ] = [1 ( n1 ): m1 ]  [2 (n2 ) : m2 ] = [1 ( n1 ) 2 (n2 ) : m1  m2 ] = [n1  n2 + (n1  n2 ) : m1  m2 ] or ( m1,m2) = [n1 + 1 ( n1) ] [ n2 + 2 (n2 )] =[1 ( n1 ) 2 (n2 )  [n1  n2 ] + [  (n1  n2 )] . therefore n1  n2 is a prime submodule . (2) if n1 is a prime submodule of m1, then n1 m2 is a prime submodule of m by [6,th.2.14,p.1446 ] and hence n1 m2 is a prime submodule of m by (2.2,(1)). 3) let n1 is a 1prime submodule of m1 and 2 ( m2 ) = m2 .let ( r1, r2) r and ( m1,m2)  m be such that ( r1, r2) ( m1,m2) = ( r1m1,r2m2) n1 m2. then r1m1  n1 and r2m2  m2 and since n1 is a 1 – prime submodule of m1, so either r1 [ n1 + 1 ( n1 ): m1 ] or m1  n1 + 1 ( n1 ) .so either ( r1, r2)  [ n1 + 1 ( n1 ): m1 ]  [m 2 : m2 ] or ( m1,m2)  [n1 + 1 ( n1)]  m2 . hence either ( r1, r2)  [( n1 + 1 ( n1 ))  m 2 : m1  m 2 ] = [n1  m2 +  (n1  m2 ) : m1  m 2 ] or ( m1,m2)  [n1  m2 + 1 (n1 )  2(n2 )] =n 1  m2 +  (n1  m2).therefore n1  m2 is a prime submodule of m . parts (4) ,(5) are proved similar to (2) ,(3) respectively. references 1. larsen, m.d. and mccarlthy, p.j., (1971), multiplication theory of ideals, academic press, new york. 2. mccasland, r .l. and smith, p.f., (1993), prime submodules of noetherian modules, rocky mtn.j.,23, 1041-1062. 3. l, u, c.p., (1981),prime submodule of modules , commutative mathematics , university spatula ,33,16-69. 4. saymeh ,s. a.,(1979), on prime r-submodules, univ. nac. tucuman rev. ser. ,a 29, 121-136. 5. atani ,s.e. and farzalipouur, f.,(2007), on weakly prime submodules, tamkang journal of mathematics,38(3),247-252. 6. khaksari, a. and jafari, a., (2011), -prime submodules, international journal of algebra, 5 (20), 1443-1440. 7. eibast z.a.and smith p.f.,(1988),multiplication modules, comm. in algebra,16,755 779. 8. faith, c., (1976), ring theory ,springerverlag, berlin heidelberg, new york. 9. abbas, m.s., (1990),on fully stable modules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. 10. ameen, sh. a., (2002), bounded modules, msc. thesis, university of baghdad. )،الموديوالت الجزئية االولية والموديوالت الجزئية شبه االولية،رسالة ماجستير, 1996.عذاب، ايمان علي ,(11 0 0جامعةبغداد mathematics | 291 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 --المقاسات الجزئية األولية من النمط نهاد سالم المظفر جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الرياضيات عدويه جاسم عبدالخالق الجامعة المستنصرية /كلية العلوم /قسم الرياضيات 2016حزيران//5،قبل في:2016اذار//9استلم في: خالصةال مجموعة كل المقاسات (m). لتكن rمقاساً معرفا ً على الحلقة mحلقة ابدالية ذات عنصر محايد، وليكن rلتكن هو مقاس mمن pدالة. في هذا البحث، نقول ان المقاس الجزئي : (m)  (m)  {}ولتكن mالجزئية من p + (p) m، فانه يؤدي الى اما rx  pا ذ ان r r , m mا ذا كان لكل  --جزئي أولي من النمط لقد درسنا واعطينا بعض خواص و مميزات هذا النوع من المقاسات الجزئية وبرهنا تحت  r 0 [p + (p): m]أو 0شروط معينة ان المقاسات الجزئية االولية وهذا النوع من المقاسات الجزئية تكون متكافئة 0 -ية االولية من النمط المقاسات الجزئية االولية ، المقاسات الجزئية الضعيفة ، المقاسات الجزئ : الكلمات المفتاحية ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 نموذج االنحدار الخطي أ االختبار األولي المعدلة لمعالم ومقدرات ثومبسن ذ البسیط عابدةنوره اسام جامعة بغداد،كلیة االدارة واالقتصاد 2011 تموز 13: ، قبل البحث في 2011 ایار 23:استلم البحث في الخالصة ي المقلصه ذف بمقُلتي تعرا یتعلق موضوع هذا البحث بمقدرات ثومبسن مع يدرات االختبار االول المرحلة الواحدة اقترح هذا النوع من المقدرات لتقدیر المعالم . () عن طریق عامل تقلص موزون ةبعض التعدیالت على صیغته العام () نموذج االنحدار الخطي البسیط عند توافر تقدیرات مسبقه حول هذه المعالم بشكل ال0 . ان قیمة0شار لها في ُ ی .ة حول المعلم(point guess)االدبیات االحصائیه على شكل تقدیر نقطي ة أُعطیت النتائج العددیة الخاص. ة النسبیة للمقدرات المقترحةیمتوسط مربعات الخطأ والكفاواشتقت معادالت التحیز، .  ةمقدرات االختبار االولي بمستوى معنویوات، عندما تكون هذه المقدرة بالمقدرات المقترحةبالمعادالت اعاله والمتعلق ة ی من حیث الكفاة لبیان افضلیة المقدرات المقترحة والمشابهة مع المقدرات االعتیادیةأجریت مقارنات بین المقدرات المقترح .النسبیه ومتوسط مربعات الخطأ مقدر التقلص، مقدر االختیار االولي، االنحدار الخطي البسیط، طریقة المربعات الصغرى، : الكلمات المفتاحیة .ة النسبیةیالتقدیر االولي، التحیز، متوسط مربعات الخطأ والكفا ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 modified thompson –type testimators for the parameters o f simple linear regression model n. u. abde economic and administrative college, unive rsity of baghdad received in:23may 2011, accepte d in:13july2011 abstract this p aper is concerned with t hompson-t y p e est imators, which is known as p reliminary test shrinkage est imator with some modification on its form via shrinkage weight factor (). this ty p e of estimators have been considered for estimating the p arameters  of simple linear regression model, when a p rior estimate of the p arameter value () is available, say 0. this 0 has been referred in st atist ical literatures as guess p oint about the parameter . the exp ressions for bias, m ean squared error (m se) and relative efficiency of the p rop osed estimators are obtained. numerical results are p rovided when the p rop osed estimators are testimators of level of significance . comparisons with the usual (l.s.m ) and existing estimators were made to show the usefulness of the p rop osed estimators in the sense of relative efficiency and m ean squared error. key words: simp le linear regression, least square met hod, shrinkage estimat or, preliminary t est est imat or, prior estimat or , bias, mean square error an d relat ive efficiency. introduction some time we may have a p rior estimate value (p oint guess) of the p arameter to be estimated. if this value is in the vicinity of the true valu e, the shrinkage techniqu e is useful to get an imp roved est imator. t hompson in [14], m ehta and srinivasan in [8], singh at el in [12] and others suggested shrunken estimators for different distributions when a prior estimate or guess p oint is available. they showed that these est imators p erform bett er in the term of m ean square error when a guess value 0 close to t he true value . consider the followin g simple lin ear regr ession model: y i =  + (xi – x ) + ei, i = 1,2,…,n (1) where xi is the indep endent variable and y i is the resp onse variable,  =  +  x , x is the mean of xi, ei is the random error which is distribute as normal distribution with zero m ean and variance  2 and cov(ei,ej ) = 0 and y i  n[ + (xi – x ), 2 ( i x (x x )1 n ss   )], see [5], [6]. thompson-t y p e estimator in [14] is considered for estimating the p arameter  ( may refer to  or ) of p revious model when a guess p oint 0 is available about  due the p ast exp erience or similar cases. from the emp irical st udies it has been established that the shrunken est imators p erforms bett er than the usual estimator when our guess p oint be very close to the true value of the p arameter. therefore to make sure whether  is closed to 0 or not, we may test h0: = 0 against h1:   0, so we denote by r to the critical region for above test . ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 thompson suggested shrinking the least square estimator ̂ of  towards the p rior guess p oint 0 and p rop osed the est imator ˆ ˆ ˆ   % , where ˆ represents the exp erimenters belief in the guess p oint 0. he was found the estimator % is more efficient than ̂ if the true value  is close to 0 (h0 accep ted) but may be less efficient otherwise, therefore to resolve the uncertainty that a guess p oint value is app roximately the true value or not, a p reliminary test of significance may be employed. so he take the least square est imator ̂ when  is far a way from 0 (h0 rejected) after he made the p reliminary test. thus, t he preliminary test shruken estimator has t he following form 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ˆ ˆ, if r            % (2) where r is the p reliminary test region for accep tance the null hy p othesis h0 as we mentioned above, ̂ is the least square estimator of , ˆ( )  is a shrinkage weight factor such that 0  ˆ( )   1 which may be a function of ̂ or may be a constant (ad hoc basis). several authors had st udied a p reliminary test shrunken estimator which is defined in (2) for sp ecial p op ulation by choosing different weight factors ˆ( )  . see for examp le [1], [2], [3], [4], [7], [10], [11] and [13]. the aim of this p aper is to modify the p reliminary test shrunken estimator which is defined in (2) for estimating the p arameters () of the p rop osed simple linear regression model (1). therefore, the form of the p rop osed p reliminary test shrunken estimator is as below: 1 1 pt 2 2 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r               % (3) where i ˆ( )  , i = 1,2 is a shrinkage weight factor such that 0  i ˆ( )   1. the exp ressions for bias, m ean square error and relative efficiency of the estimator pt % above are derived. numerical results of these exp ressions were made to show t he validity and the usefulness of the p rop osed estimator when it is comp ared with the least square and existing estimators. preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator pt % in this section recall the estimator which is defined in (3) for estimating the parameter  of assuming model as below ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1 1 0 1 pt 2 2 0 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r                 % (4) where 0 is a p rior guess value of , ̂ is a unbiased estimator (l.s.m .) of  and r1 is a p reliminary test region of acceptance of size  for testing the hyp othesis h0: = 0 against the hy p othesis h1 :   0. i.e. 2 2 1 0 0 ,n 2 ,n 2 x x2 2 r t , t ss ss                 , see [5] …(5) where n i i i 1 n i i 1 ( x x )(y y) ˆ (x x )          2 x ˆ, ) ss    and n 2 x i i 1 ss ( x x )   , see [6] .. (6) while t/2, n – 2 is the 100(/2) percentile of t-distribution with (n – 2) degree of freedom. now, p ut forward 1 ˆ( ) 0   and 2 ˆ( )  = k = e – 10 / n. the exp ressions for bias and m ean square error (m se) of % are resp ectively given by pt 1 ptbias( , r ) e( )     % %  1 0 1 x [1 k kj (a*, b*)] kj (a*,b*) ss       …(7) where jℓ(a*,b*)= 2 b* t / 2 a * 1 t e dt, 0, 1, 2 2     l l …(8) and x x 01 1 / 2,n 2 1 / 2,n 2 ˆss ( ) ss ( ) t , , a* t , b* t                …(9) we denote to the bias ratio of pt % as ptb( ) % and defined as below pt 1 pt x bias( , r ) b( ) / ss      % % …(10) and ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012   2 pt 1 pt 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 0 1 x 1 1 1 0 mse ( , r ) e( ) k (1 ) (2k 1) k [ j (a*, b*) 2 j (a * b*) j (a*, b*) ] ss 2k [j (a*, b*) j (a*, b*)] ...(11)                   % % the efficiency of the prop osed estimator pt % relative to ̂ is defined as pt pt 1 ˆmse( ) r.eff ( , r ) mse( , r )       % % …(12) see [3], [4] and [7]. preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator % let y 1, y 2, …, y n distribute as normal distribution with mean  and known variance  2 , where ˆ y  . in this section, we want to estimate the parameter  using the following p reliminary test shrunken est imator: 3 3 0 2 pt 4 4 0 2 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r                  % (13) where i ˆ( )  , i = 3,4 are shrinkage weight factors such that 0  i ˆ( )   1 and ̂ is an unbiased estimator (l.s.m ) of  as well as r2 is the p retest region for accep tance of testing the hy p othesis h00: = 0 vs. t he hyp othesis h11:   0 with level of significance . i.e. 2 2 2 0 /2 0 /2 r [ z , z ] n n          , see [5] …(14) where z/2 is the 100(/2) p ercentile p oint of t he standard normal dist ribution. in the estimator pt% which is defined in (11), we assume that 3 ˆ( )  = 0 and / 2z 4 ˆ( ) h e       . the exp ressions for bias and m ean square error (m se) of pt % are resp ectively given as below: pt 2 pt bias( , r ) e ( )    % % ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012  2 0 1 1 1 1 1[1 h hj (a , b )] hj (a , b ) n       …(15) where jℓ(a1,b1)= 1 2 1 b z / 2 a 1 z e dz, 0,1, 2 2     l l …(16) and 0 2 1 2 / 2 1 2 / 2 ˆ n ( )n ( ) z , , a z , b z             …(17) we denote to the bias ratio of pt% as ptb( )% which is defined as pt 2 pt bias( , r ) b( ) / n      % % …(18) and   2 pt 2 pt 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 mse ( , r ) e( ) h (1 ) ( 2h 1) h [j (a , b ) 2 j (a , b ) j (a , b )] n 2h [ j ( a , b ) j (a , b )] ...(19)                  % % the efficiency of the prop osed estimator pt% relative to est imator ̂ is defined as pt 2 pt 2 ˆmse( ) r.eff ( , r ) mse( , r )       % % …(2 0) numerical re sults 1. the comp utation of relative efficiency [r.eff()] and bias ratio [b()] were used for the estimator pt % , these comp utations were performed for  = 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 1 = 0.0(0.1)2 and n = 8, 10, 12, 20. some of these comp utations are disp lay ed in the att ached table 1 which leads t o the following results. i. the relative efficiency [r.eff()] of pt % are adversely p rop ortional with small v alue of  and those of n and k. ii. r.eff( pt % ) has a maximum value when  = 0 (1 = 0). iii. the bias ratio [b()] of pt % are reasonab ly small when  = 0 and vice – v ersa otherwise. iv. the bias r atio [b()] of pt % are increasing function with icr eases va lue of sample size (n). ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 v. the effective interval [the value of 1 which make the r.eff() of pt % greater than 1] is [0,1]. vi. the prop osed estimator pt % dominate the usual estimator ̂ with large sample size n. i.e.; n lim  [m se pt 1( , r )  % – m se(̂ )]  0. vii. pt % is consistent estimator i.e.; n lim  m se pt 1( , r )  % = 0. viii. the considered estimator pt % is bett er than the usual estimator and also than the estimator introduced by [1] and [2] in the sense of m ean squared error. 2. the comp utation of relative efficiency [r.eff()] and bias ratio [b()] of the p rop osed estimator pt% were made on different constants involved in it, some of these comp utations are given in annexed table (2) for samples of these constant e.g.  = 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, n = 8, 10, 12, 20 and 2 = 0.0(0.1)2. the following results from the mentioned table were made i. the relative efficien cy [r.eff()] of pt% has a maximum value when  very close to 0 (2 = 0) and decr eases with increases value of 2 and h. ii. r.eff( pt% ) increasing function with small valu e of  [lev el of si gnificance o f accep tance region r2]. iii. the bias ratio [b()] of pt% are reasonably small when  close to 0 (2 = 0) and increases ot herwise iv. b( %) are increases when  increases. v. the effective interval [the value of 2 which make the r,eff() of pt% gr eater than 1 ] is [0,1]. vi. the considered est imator pt% is consistent est imator and dominate the usual estimator ̂ . vii. the considered estimator pt% is bett er than the est imator ̂ (least square method) an d some existing estimator e. g. [1] and [2] in terms of h igher efficiency esp ecially at  ≃ 0. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 conclusions from the above discussions it is obvious t hat by using guess p oint value one can imp rove the usual estimator. it can be not ed that if the gu ess p oint 0 is very close to the true value of the parameter  (i.e.; i is app roximate close to one), the p rop osed estimators p erform better than the usual estimator. if one has no confidence in the gu essed value then p rop osed p reliminary test shrunken estimators can be suggested. we can safely use the p rop osed estimators for small sample size at usual level of sign ifican ce  and moderate valu e of shrunken weight factor ˆ . re ferences 1. al-jubori, a.n. (2000), preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator for the parameters of simp le linear regression m odel, ibn al-haitham j. for pure and ap p lied sci., 13(3): 65-73. 2. al-jubori, a.n., (2002), on shrunken estimators for the parameters of simp le linear regression m odel, ibn al-haitham j. for pure and ap p lied sci.,15(4a):60-67. 3. al-jubori, a.n. (2010), pre-test single and double stage shrunken estimators for the m ean of normal dist ribution with known variance, baghdad journal for science, 7(4):1432-1441. 4. al-jubori, a.n. (2011), on significance test estimator for the shape parameter of generalized rayleigh dist ribution, 3 rd conf. of computer and m athematics college, alqadisy ia univ., al-qadisy ia, iraq. 5. al-kanane, i.h. (1997), single and double stage shrunken estimators for the linear regression m odels, ph.d.thesis, administ ation and economic college, alm ust ansiriy ah university . 6. drap er, n.r. and smith, h. (1981), ap p lied regression analysis, john wiley and sons. 7. kambo, n.s.; handa, b.r. and al-hemyari, z.a. (1990), on shrunken estimator for exp onential scale parameter, journal of statist ical planning and inference, 24:87-94. 8. m ehta, j.s. and srinivasan,r. (1971), estimation of the m ean by shrinkage to a point, jour. amer. statist . assoc., 66:.86-90. 9. pandey, b.n. (1979), on shrinkage estimation of normal pop ulation variance, communication in statist ics – t heory and m ethods,.8:359-365. 10. prakash, g.; singh, d.c. and singh, r.d., (2006), some test estimator for the scale parameter of classical pareto distribution, journals of statist ical research, 40(2):41-54. 11. saleh, a.k.e., (2006), theory of preliminary test and stein-ty p e estimatoes with ap p lication, wiley and sons, new yourk. 12. singh, d.c.; singh, p. and singh, p.r. (1996), shrunken estimator for the scale parameter of classical pareto distribution, m icroelectron reliability , .36 (3):435-439. 13. singh, h.p. and shukla, s.k., (2000), esimation in the two parameter weibull dist tribution with prior information, iapqr transactions, 25 (2):107-118. 14. thompson,j.r., (1968), some shrinkage techniques for estimating the m ean, j. amer. statist . assoc, 63,113-122. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1) shown the r.eff. () and b()of % w.r.t. , n and 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 r.ef f() b() 3689.8 (1.7707 e – 15 ) 97.349 (0.099901) 24.831 (0.19979) 11.079 (0.29966) 6.2411 (0.39948) 3.9977 (0.49924) 2.7781 (0.59892) 2.0424 (0.69848) 1.5648 (0.7979) 1.2374 (0.8971) 1.0033 (0.8971) r.ef f() b() 287.39 (2.9328 e – ) 73.968 (0.099156) 22.931 (0.19827) 10.672 (0.29722) 6.1085 (0.39593) 3.9449 (0.49431) 2.7558 (0.59223) 2.0343 (0.68958) 1.5644 (0.786) 1.2417 (0.8819) 1.0108 (0.9766) r.eff() b() 66.572 (6.6945 e – 10 ) 39.599 (0.097423) 17.898 (0.19972) 9.3655 (0.29164) 5.6251 (0.38797) 3.7232 (0.48349) 2.6398 (0.57796) 1.9688 (0.67111) 1.5262 (0.7626) 1.2199 (0.8523) 0.9996 (0.93958) r.ef f() b() 108.11 (5.6271 e – 5 ) 52.823 (0.096686) 20.867 (0.19326) 10.411 (0.28949) 6.1335 (0.3852) 4.0245 (0.48022) 2.8422 (0.57437) 2.1166 (0.66746) 1.6406 (0.759) 1.3121 (0.8497) 1.0761 (0.9385) r.ef f() b() 30.176 (0.0001948) 23.453 (0.092123) 14.08 (0.18411) 8.4753 (0.27545) 5.4637 (0.36582) 3.7677 (0.4549) 2.7455 (0.54238) 2.0906 (0.62795) 1.649 (0.71131) 1.3387 (0.7922) 1.132 (0.8703) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2) shown the r.eff. () and b() of % w.r.t.  and 2 r.ef f() b() 12.33 (0.00011205) 11.021 (0.086432) 8.3709 (0.17248) 5.9936 (0.25754) 4.3075 (0.34113) 3.1811 (0.42277) 2.4262 (0.50201) 1.9085 (0.57841) 1.5433 (0.656) 1.2786 (0.7211) 1.0822 (0.78669) r.ef f() b() 42.278 (0.00020265) 30.698 (0.091496) 16.867 (0.18294) 9.6606 (0.27387) 6.0679 (0.36405) 4.1232 (0.45324) 2.9769 (0.54122) 2.252 (0.6278) 1.7671 (0.7128) 1.4279 (0.79603) 1.1819 (0.87739) r.ef f() b() 15.085 (0.00024397) 13.378 (0.084433) 10 (0.16871 7.061 (0.25219) 5.0266 (0.33449) 3.6898 (0.41527) 2.8035 (0.4942) 2.1997 (0.57098) 1.775 (0.6454) 1.4685 (0.71711) 1.2405 (0.7861) r.ef f() b() 6.9216 (0.0007499) 6.5433 (0.07533) 5.6271 (0.15084) 4.5754 (0.22522) 3.6438 (0.29797) 2.9063 (0.36858) 2.3478 (0.4366) 1.9298 (0.50167) 1.616 (0.5634) 1.3781 (0.62162) 1.1954 (0.67607) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 r.eff( ) b() 2080.9 (4.0707 e – 20 ) 96.418 (0.09936) 24.981 (0.19868) 11.184 (0.29793) 6.3112 (0.39706) 4.048 (0.49604) 2.8167 (0.59482) 2.0736 (0.69335) 1.591 (0.7916) 1.2601 (0.88951) 1.0234 (0.98704) 0.2670 (1.931 r.eff( ) b() 180.59 (8.8577 e – 19 ) 67.159 (0.096048) 23.31 (0.19197) 11.182 (0.28765) 6.4832 (0.38297) 4.2189 (0.4778) 2.964 (0.57205) 2.1986 (0.6656) 1.6982 (0.75838) 1.3534 (0.8503) 1.1059 (0.9413) 0.3052 (1.798 r.eff( ) b() 61.117 (1.0505 e – 18 ) 40.007 (0.091493) 19.674 (0.18281) 10.677 (0.27378) 6.5289 (0.36424) 4.3687 (0.45403) 0.1218 (0.54302) 2.3429 (0.63109) 1.8259 (0.71814) 1.4658 (0.8041 1.2053 (0.889) 0.3454 (1.681 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 microsoft word 267-276 267 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 weak n-open sets amer i. l al-saeed dept. of mathematics/college of science /al-mustansiriya university received in:30/april/2015,accepted in:6/december/2016 abstract in this paper we introduce new class of open sets called weak n-open sets and we study the relation between n-open sets , weak n-open sets and some other open sets. we prove several results about them. keywords: n-open, semi-open,  -open, b-open, β-open,  -closed. 268 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 introduction let ),( x be a topological space (or simply, a space) and xa  . then the closure of a and the interior of a will be denoted by )( acl and )int( a , respectively. a subset xa  is called semi-open [1] if there exists an open set o such that )(oclao  . clearly a is semi-open if and only if ))(int( acla  . the complement of a semi-open set is called semi-closed [1]. a is called preopen [2] (respt.  -open [3],b-open[4] ,β-open[5]) if ))(int( acla  (respt. )))(int(int( acla  , ))(int())(int( aclacla  , )))(int(clacla  ). a space ),( x is called anti-locally countable [8] if every non-empty open subset is uncountable. in [6], the concept of  -closed subsets was explored where a subset a of a space ),( x is  -closed if it contains all of its condensation points (a point x is a condensation point of a if ua  is uncountable for every open u containing x). the complement of an  -closed set is called  open or equivalently for each ax  , there exists u such that ux  and au  is countable.  -closure and  -interior, that can be defined in an analogous manner to )( acl and )int( a , will be denoted by )( acl and )(int a , respectively. for several characterizations of  -closed subsets, see [7,8]. weak n-open sets definition[8,9] 2.1: a subset a of a topological space (x, τ) is called: 1) pre- -open if ))((int acla  . 2)  - -open if )))((int(int acla  . 3) b- -open if ))((int))((int aclacla   . 4)  - -open if )))(((int aclcl  . 5) n-open subset of x if for any x in a there exists an open set u containing x such that u\a is finite. remark[9] 2.2: every open set is n-open and every n-open set is ω-open. the converse of above remark may be not true in general as seen in the following examples. examples 2.3: (1) let n be the set of natural numbers with topology defined on it by  = {ui: ui= {i, i+1, i+2,…}, in} }{ , then u5  {3} is n-open since for any au5  {3} there exists u2 containing a and u2\ (u5  {3})={2,4} is finite, but u5  {3} is not open. (2) let (r, u ) be usual topological space and let q be rational numbers then r\q is ω-open since for any x r\q there is open set (x- ,x+ ) containing x and (x- ,x+ )\(r\q) is countable, but not n-open, since every open set a containing x implies a\(r\q) is infinite. the family of all n-open sets in a topological space (x, ) will be denoted by no(x), and it is clear form a topology n on x which is finer than . remark 2.4: for any finite topological space n = p(x) (that is any subset of x is n-open). definition [9] 2.5: let (x,τ) be a topological space. and a  x, then the union of all n-open contained in a is called n-interior and we will denote it by nint (a). note that the n-interior is the maximal n-open which contains in a. proposition 2.6: let (x,τ) be a topological space. and a,b  x, then 269 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 (1) int(a)  nint (a)  int (a)  a (2) a is n-open iff nint (a) =a. (3) nint (x)=x and nint ( )= (4) nint ( nint (a))= nint (a). (5) if a  b, then nint (a)  nint (b). (6) nint (a)  nint (b)  nint (a  b). (7) nint (a  b)= nint (a)  nint (b). proof as in the usual case by the following example we note that in general a  nint (a) and nint (a  b)  nint (a)  nint (b) example 2.7: let (r, u ) be the usual topological space and let a=(2,3] and b=(3,4], then nint (a)=(2,3) , nint (b)=(3,4), hence a  nint (a) and nint (a  b)=(2,4), and nint (a)  nint (b)=(2,4)\{3}, therefore nint (a  b)  nint (a)  nint (b). definition[9] 2.8: let (x,τ) be a topological space. and a  x, then the intersection of all nclosed sets containing a is called n-closure of a and we will denote it by ncl (a). note that the n-closure is the smallest n-closed containing a. proposition 2.9: let (x,τ) be a topological space. and a,b  x, then (1) a  cl (a)  ncl (a)  cl (a). (2) a is n-closed iff ncl (a)=a. (3) ncl (x)=x and ncl ( )= . (4) ncl ( ncl (a)) = ncl (a). (5) if a  b, then ncl (a)  ncl (b). (6) ncl (a  b) = ncl (a)  ncl (b). (7) ncl (a  b)  ncl (a)  ncl (b). (8) nint (x\a) = x\ ncl (a). (9) ncl (x\a) =x\ nint (a). proof as in the usual case proposition [9] 2.10: let (x,τ) be a topological space. and a  x, then x )( acln iff for every n-open set u containing x, then ua  . the following are new modified definition. 270 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 definition 2.11: let (x,τ) be a topological space. a subset a of x is called (1)  n-open if a  nint ( cl ( nint (a))). (2) pre-n-open if a  nint ( cl ((a)). (3) bn-open if a  nint ( cl (a))  cl ( nint (a)). (4)  n-open if a  cl ( nint ( cl (a))). the complement of  n-open (resp. pre-n-open, bn-open,  n-open) set is called  n-closed (resp. pre-nclosed, bnclosed,  nclosed) proposition 2.12: in any topological space the following are satisfied (1) every n-open is  n-open. (2) every  -n-open is pre-n-open. (3) every pre-n-open is b-n-open. (4) every b-n-open is  -n-open. proof (1) suppose that a is n-open, then by proposition (2.9(2)) a= nint (a)  cl ( nint (a)) and by proposition(2.6(4,5)) a  nint ( cl ( nint (a))), hence a is  n-open. (2) suppose that a is  -n-open, then a  nint ( cl ( nint (a)))  nint ( cl (a)) (by proposition(2.6(1))), hence a is pre-n-open. (3) suppose that a is pre-n-open, then a  nint ( cl (a))  nint ( cl (a))  ( cl ( nint (a)) therefore a is b-n-open. (4) suppose that a is b-n-open, then a  nint ( cl (a))  ( cl ( nint (a)) , if a  nint ( cl (a)), then a  cl ( nint ( cl (a))), and if a  nint ( cl (a)), then a  cl ( nint (a))  cl ( nint ( cl (a)))( by proposition(2.9(1))), that is a is  -n-open. the converse of proposition (2.12) may be not true in general to show that see the following examples examples 2.13: (1) let x be infinite set and a,b,c and d be subsets of x such that each of them is infinite and the collection {a,b,c,d}be a partition of x, define the topology on x by  ={ , x,a,b,{a,b},{a,b,c}},where {a,b,c}=a b  c and that similarly for {a,b},{a,b,d}and {b,c,d}. then {a,b,d} is  -n-open but not n-open and {b,c,d} is b-n-open but not pre-n-open. (2) in example (2.7) let a= q  [0,1], then a is  -n-open but not b-n-open. (3) in example (2.7) let a= q, then a is pre-n-open but not  -n-open proposition 2.14: in any topological space the following are satisfied (1) every  -open set is  -n-open, and every  -n-open set is  - -open. (2) every pre-open set is pre-n-open, and every pre-n-open set is pre- -open. (3) every b-open set is b-n-open, and every b-n-open set is b- -open. (4) every  -open set is  -n-open, and every  -n-open set is  - -open. proof (1) suppose that a is -open set, that is a  (intint(cl (a))) and by proposition (2.9(1)) we have a  (intint(cl (a)))  nint ( cl ( nint (a ))) ,then a is  -n-open and if a is -nopen, also by proposition (2.9(1)) we have a  nint ( cl ( nint (a )))  ((int(int  cl a))), then a is  - -open. similar proof for the other cases. remark 2.15: the following examples show that the converse of some points of proposition (2.14) may be not true in general 271 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 examples 2.16: (1) in example (2.3(1)) let a={1,2,3} ,then a is  - -open (since x=n is countable) but not  -n-open since u4 is open and x\u4=a then a is closed hence cl (a)=a and nint (a)= since 1a and only open set containing 1 is x and x\a not finite hence a is not n-open and does not contain n-open set unless  , hence a  cl ( nint ( cl (a)))=  , therefore a is not  -n-open. (2) let x={1,2,3} and  ={x, , {a},{b},{a,b}}. then {c} is an  -n-open but not  -open. lemma [8] 2.17: let (x,τ) be a topological space, then the following properties hold: 1. every  -open set is  - -open. 2. every  - -open set is pre- -open. 3. every pre- -open set is b- -open. 4. every b- -open set is  - -open. the following diagram explains the relation among the above concepts. open  -open pre-open b-open  -open n-open  -n-open pre-n-open b-n-open  -n-open  -open - -open pre- -open b- -open  - -open definition 2.18[8]: a topological space (x,τ) is called door space if every subset of x is open or closed. proposition 2.19: if (x,τ) is door space , then every pre-n-open set is n-open. proof : let a be pre-n-open. if a is open then it is n-open. otherwise a is closed, then a  nint ( cl (a)) = nint (a)  a, then by proposition(2.6(2)) a is n-open. proposition 2.20: let (x,τ) be a topological space. and let a be b-n-open such that nint (a)= , then a is pre-n-open. proof it is clear lemma 2.21[10]: let (x,τ) be a topological space. and u be an open set of x, then cl (u  a)= cl (u  cl (a)) and hence u  cl (a)  cl (u  a) for any subset a of x. proposition 2.22: a subset u of a topological space (x,τ) is pre-n-open set iff there exists a pre-n-open set a such that u  a  cl (u). proof since u  a  nint ( cl (a)) , also cl (a)  cl ( cl (u))= cl (u), and by proposition(2.6(5)) we have nint ( cl (a))  nint ( cl (u)), that is u  nint ( cl (u)), hence u is pre-n-open set. conversely: suppose that u is pre-n-open. if we take a=u, then a is pre-n-open set such that u  a  cl (u). 272 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 proposition 2.23: a subset a of a topological space (x,τ) is semi open iff a is  -n-open and nint ( cl (a))  cl ( int (a)). proof let a be semi open set, then a  cl ( int (a))  cl ( nint (a))  cl ( nint ( cl (a))) (by proposition (2.9(1)), hence a is  -n-open. now, cl (a)  cl ( int (a)), then nint ( cl (a))  cl ( int (a)) (by proposition (2.9(1)). conversely: a  cl ( nint ( cl ( a)))  cl ( cl ( int (a))) = cl ( int (a)), hence a is semi open set. proposition 2.24: in any topological space the intersection of a  -n-open set and open set is  -n-open. proof let ube an open set and a be a  -n-open since every open set is n-open, then by lemma (2.21) we have u  a  u  cl ( nint (a))  cl (u  cl ( nint ( cl (a))) = cl ( nint (u)  nint ( cl (a))) = cl ( nint (u  cl (a))) (by proposition 2.9(7)) that is u  a  u  cl ( nint (a))  cl ( nint ( cl (u  a))). hence u  a is  -n-open. proposition 2.25: in any topological space the intersection of a b-n-open set and an open set is b-n-open. proof let a be a b-n-open and u be an open set, then u  a  u  [ nint ( cl (a))  cl ( nint (a))] =[u  nint ( cl (a))]  [u  cl ( nint (a))] = [ nint (u)  nint ( cl (a))]  [u  cl ( nint (a))]  [ nint (u  cl (a))]  [ cl (u  nint (a))]  nint ( cl (u  a))  cl ( nint (u  a)). hence u  a is b-n-open. proposition 2.26: in any topological space the intersection of a  -n-open set and an open set is  -n-open. proof: let a be an  -n-open set and u be an open set, then u  a  nint (u)  nint ( cl ( nint (a)))  nint (u  cl ( nint (a)))  nint ( cl (u  nint (a))  nint ( cl ( nint (u  a))). therefore u  a is  -n-open. remark 2.27: the intersection of two pre-n-open ( resp. b-n-open,  -n-open) set need not be pre-n-open ( resp. b-n-open,  -n-open) in general to show that for pre-n-open see the following example. example 2.28: in example (2.7) let a=q and b= (r\q)  {1}. then a and b are pre-nopen , b-n-open and  -n-open sets but a  b= {1} is not pre-n-open set since nint ( cl ({1}))=  a  b is not b-n-open since nint ( cl ({1}))  cl ( nint ({1}))=    =  . a  b is not  -n-open since cl ( nint ( cl ({1})))= cl ( nint ( {1}))= cl ( )= . proposition 2.29: in any topological space the union of any family of b-n-open ( resp. pre-nopen,  -n-open) set is b-n-open ( resp. pre-n-open,  -n-open). proof: let{aα}  be a family of b-n-open sets, since aα  nint ( cl (aα))  cl ( nint ( aα))  , then   aα    [ nint ( cl (aα))  cl ( nint (aα))] 273 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016  [   nint ( cl (aα))]  [   cl ( nint (aα))]  nint (   ( cl (aα)))  cl (   ( nint (aα)))  nint ( cl (   (aα)))  cl ( nint (   (aα))). hence   aα is b-n-open.( a similar proof for the other cases). contra n-continuous definition 3.1: a function f from a topological space (x,τ) into a topological space (y,   ) is called: 1contra-continuous if the inverse image of each open subset of y is closed subset of x [11]. 2 -continuous if the inverse image of each open subset of y is  -open subset of x [6]. 3contra- -continuous if the inverse image of each open subset of y is  -closed subset of x [13]. 4n-continuous if the inverse image of each open subset of y is n-open subset of x [9]. 5contra n-continuous inverse image of each open subset of y is n-closed subset of x. since every closed set is n-closed, then every contra continuous is contra-n-continuous, and since every n-closed is  -closed, then every contra-n-continuous is co- -continuous. but in general: the converse of above may be not true, show the following examples examples 3.2: 1let f be the identity function from the set of natural numbers with indiscrete topology onto itself with the discrete topology, then f is contra-n-continuous but not contracontinuous. 2let f be the identity function from the set of rational numbers with indiscrete topology onto itself with the discrete topology, then f is -continuous and contra- -continuous but f is not contra-n-continuous. 3let x={1,2,3}, y={a,b}, x ={x,  ,{2}} and y ={y,  ,{b}}. define f from x into y by f(1)=a, f(2)=f(3)=b, then f is contra-n-continuous but not continuous. 4 -consider the two functions f and g from usual topological space into space y={0,1} with topology defined by y ={y,  ,{0}} defined by f(x)=      ax arx 1 \0 g(x)=      ax arx 0 \1 where a is finite set in r. then f is continuous but not contra-n-continuous and g is contran-continuous but not  -continuous the following diagram explains the relation among the above concepts. contra continuous contra-n-continuous contra- -continuous 274 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 continuous n-continuous  -continuous definition [13] 3.3: let a be a subset of a topological space (x,τ). the kernel of a is the set defined as }:{)ker( uaua   lemma [13] 3.4: the following properties hold for subsets a and b of a topological space (x,τ) 1)ker( ax  iff fa  for any closed subset f containing x. 2)ker( aa  and )ker( aa  if a is open in x. 3if ba  , then )ker()ker( ba  . theorem 3.5: let f be a function from topological (x,τ) into a topological space (y, ). then the following are equivalent: 1f is contra n-continuous. 2for every closed subset f of y, 1f (f) is n-open. 3for each xx  and each closed subset f of y containing f(x), there exists an n-open u containing x such that f(u)  f. 4f( (ncl a)  ker (f(a)) for all a  x. 5))(ker())(( 11 bfbfcln   for all yb  . proof (1  2) let f  y closed set. then y\f is open and since f is contra n-continuous, then )\(1 fyf  is n-closed in x, but )\(1 fyf  = )(\ 1 ffx  , that is, )(1 ff  is n-open. (2  3)let xx  and f  y such that fxf )( , we have )(1 ffx  which is n-open set put )(1 ffu  , then we have ffffuf   ))(()( 1 , hence fuf )( . (3  4)suppose that, there exists ))(( aclfy n and ))(ker( afy  for some subset a of x, then )( xfy  for some ))( aclx n , hence there exists a closed set f  y such that fy  and )( aff  , thus by (3) there exist nu  such that fuf )( , then )())(( 11 ffuffu   , hence au  and )( aclx n , that is ))(()( aclfxfy n which is contradiction. (4  5) let yb  . then )ker())((ker( 1 bbff  and by (4) we have )ker()))((ker()))((( 11 bbffbfclf n   , hence ))(ker())(( 11 bfbfcln   . (5  1) let v be any open of y, then by lemma and the assumption )())(ker())(( 111 vfvfvfcln   , therefore )())(( 11 vfvfcln   . hence ))(()( 11 vfclvf n   and then f is contra n-continuous. 275 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 references 1. levine, n. (1963); semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces, math. monthly., 70, 36-41. 2.mashhour, a.s.; abd el-monsef, m.e. and el.deeb, s.n. (1982), on pre-continuous and week precontinuous mappings, proc. math and phys. soc. egypt., 53, 47-53. 3. njastad, o. (1965); on some classes of nearly open sets, pacific j. math., 15, 961-970. 4. andrijević, d. (1996), on b-open sets, math.. vesik., 48, 59-64. 5. abd el-monsef, m., el-deeb s.; and mahmoud r. (1983), β-open sets and β-continuous mappings, ball.fac. sci. assuit univ., 12, 77-90. 6. hdeib, h. (1989),  -continuous functions, dirasat., 16, 136-142. 7. al-hawary, t. (2004),  –generalized closed sets, international journal of applied mathematics., 16(3), 341-353. 8. noiri, t.; al-omari a. and noorani s. (2009), weak forms of  -open sets and decompositions of continuity, eur. j. pure appl. math., 2, 73-84. 9. al-omari a. and noorani m. s. md. (2009), new characterization of compact space, proceedings of the 5th asian mathematical conference, malaysia. 10. engelking, r. (1989); general topology, heldermann veriag berlin, 2nd edition. 11. dontchev, j. (1996); contra-continuous function and strongly s-closed spaces, internat. j. math. and math. sci., 19(2), 303-310. 12 al-hawary, t. (2007), ω-continuous like mappings, al-manarah., 13(6), 135-147. 13. mrsevic, m. (1978);on pairwise r and pairwise ri bitopological spaces, bull. math. soc. sci. math. r.s. roumanie., 30, 141-148. 276 | mathematics 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 n المجموعات المفتوحة الضعيفة من النمط عامر اسماعيل السعيد /قسم الرياضيات كلية العلوم / الجامعة المستنصرية 6/12/2016في: البحث قبل ،30/4/2015في: البحث استلم الخالصة والمجموعات nفي هذا البحث نقدم فئة جديدة من المجموعات المفتوحة تسمى المجموعات المفتوحة من النمط بين هذه المجموعات المفتوحة ومجموعات مفتوحة أخرى. وتم اثبات عدة وقد تمت دراسة العالقة nالمفتوحة الضعيفة نتائج عنهم. , , المجموعات شبه المفتوحة, المجموعات المفتوحة من النمط nالمجموعات المفتوحة من النمط الكلمات المفتاحية: .bالمجموعات المفتوحة من النمط , المجموعات المفتوحة من النمط , βالمجموعات المفتوحة من النمط conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الكيمياء |366 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ناابي استعمال اطياف المشتقة الثالثة والرابعة في التقدير اآلني لعقاري األوال وهيدروكلوريد االفدري في بعض اشكالهما النقية والصيدالنية مؤم فريد حمد السامرائي عماد طارق حنون ديانا عبد الكريم شاكر خلف فارس عطية السامرائي قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية/ جامعة سامراء سرمد بهجت ديكران جامعة بغداد /كلية التربية )ابن الهيثم( \قسم الكيمياء 1122/نيسان/21قبل في: ،1122/شباط/12استلم في: الخالصة جديدتين لتقدير عقاري االوالنزابين وهيدروكلوريد االفدرين بشكل أنى باستعمال تقنية تم تطوير طريقتين طيفيتين ( ألطياف هذه المركبات اذ وجد ان هاتين المشتقتين تمكنان من التقدير االني d4( والمشتقة الرابعة )d3المشتقة الثالثة ) خط القاعد وقمة الى قمة -ستفاد من ارتفا القمة( وتم اال1-مكغم.مل 74-4للعقارين بمدى من التراكيز تتراوح ما بين ) وكذلك المساحة تحت الحزمة عند اطوال موجية محدد لكل مركب تم تحديدها مسبقا. اظهرت النتائج التي تم الحصول -r.e% (-2.3889-0.8333( ،)-2.9444عليها ان الطريقة متوافقة ودقيقة بشكل مقبول، اذ تراوحت ( في حين كانت قيمة حد الكشف بين 6.9888-0.2399)%rsd%(4.0273-0.5026 ،)rsd( و30.227 (1-µg/ml 5.3804-0.0057)( ،1-µg/ml3.30.0-3.0944 للعقارين على التوالي، وتم تطبيق الطريقتين على عدد من ) المستحضرات الصيدالنية التجارية وبصور ناجحة. .، اوالنزابين، افدرينالتقدير اآلنيمشتقة الطيف، كلمات مفتاحية: الكيمياء |367 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 المقدمة ]1[االوالنزابين هو احد العقاقير المستعملة لعالج االكتئاب عن طريق زياد مستوى ماد السيروتونين في الخلية ]benzodiazepineb-thieno (2,3-h10-piperazinyl)-1-methyl-(4-4-methyl-2 ]7 (1,5) (ويسمى علميا ( التركيب الكيميائي للعقار.1ويوضح الشكل ) ويستعمل ]0[( (ol hydrochloride-1-phenylpropan-1-methylamino)-7)اما عقار االفدرين فاالسم العلمي له وله تركيب كيميائي كما ]4،0[العقار من قبل الرياضيين لتحسين ادائهم وللتنحيف ويستعمل ايضا كموسع للشعب الهوائية (.7شكل)في ال وبالرغم من وجود العديد من الطرائق في تقدير العقارين بصور دقيقة وحساسة بوساطة مثال طيف المشتقة االولى والثانية وكذلك من ]9[ومعقدات انتقال الشحنة ]2[وكذلك الطرائق اللونية كاالزدواج االيوني ].،5[بصور منفرد وبصور انية . وقد تم تطوير طريقة طيفية جديد بسبب اهمية هذه ]11[وتقنية كروماتوغرافيا الغاز ]0،13[خالل الهجر الكهربائية العقاقير من الناحية الطبية، اذ تم االستعانة بمطيافية المشتقة لما لها من اهمية في تفسير االطياف والتحليل الكمي بشكل ر كبير وبخاصة عند عدم وجود اساليب انتقائية مما وكذلك الفائد الكبير لتفريق اطياف متداخلة بصو ]17[دقيق وموثوق ، ]14،.1[فقد استعملت مشتقة الطيف لتقدير خالئط من ايونات معدنية بشكل آنى ]10[يجعل هذه الطريقة مناسبة للتطبيق كذلك يمكن ان نستفيد من هذه التقنية في تقديرات تحليلية اخرى. نزابين واالفدرين بوساطة مطيافية المشتقة إذا تواجدت هذه العقاقير سويا دون الغرض من هذا البحث هو تقدير عقار االوال اجراء عملية فصل التي تستغرق منا وقت طويل. الجاء العملي االجهاة وحاسبة 1531ثنائي الحزمة موديل shimadzuنو uv-visمن اجل اجراء القياسات تم استعمال جهاز المطيافية وطابعة ليزرية نو كانون labtech -koreaفضال عن االذابة باألمواج فوق الصوتية نو elitebook8560wطراز kubotaوجهاز الطرد المركزي نو ) sartorius – germanyلتسجيل االطياف وميزان حساس نو 1033موديل وبسرعة مسح نانومتر 0.3-733جي (. تم تسجيل اطياف االمتصاص للعقارين ولمزيج منهما ضمن الطول المو2010 نانومتر وعرض حزمة 3.1( sampling intervalتغير ) ( وبمعدلmedium scan speedمتوسطة ) (slit width مقداره )سم.1وباستعمال خاليا كوارتز نانومتر 7 المحاليل لصناعة العامة الشركة من عليها الحصول غم من االفدرين واالوالنزابين )تم .3.3مكغم/مل تم اذابة 33.لتحضير كال على حد في كمية من الكحول االثيلي ثم أكمل الحجم الى حد (العراق-سامراء ،(sdi) الطبية واألجهز األدوية مل من 3.90من اذابة 1-مل.مكغم 3.مل. وتم تحضير محلول ذي تركيز 133العالمة للمذيب نفسه في قنينة حجمية سعة مل .7، ثم أكمل الحجم الى ((sdi))المحضر من قبل tussiram syrupالصيدالني لعقار االفدرين )المستحضر )ذو منشأ ( olan-10 & olan-5الكحول االثيلي. ومن ثم تم تحضير محلول المستحضر الصيدالني لعقار االوالنزابين )ب من كمية وزنت ثم ،جيدا خلطتوطحنت و عالية أقراص بدقة 13وزن ( من خالل micro labs limitedهندي في أذيبتثم (olan-5غرام من 3.1.04)و ( olan-10من غرام 3.1.09) قرص واحدلمعدل وزن الخليط مساوية باستعمال المحاليل تصفية تم .قنينة حجمية قياسية في للمذيب نفسهمل 10اقل كمية من الكحول األثيلي وأكمل الحجم إلى .االستعمال قبل معلقة مواد أي لتجنب 43 رقم whatman الترشيح ورق طريقة العمل  التقدير االنفرادي لالفدرين واالوالنزابين ميكروغرام( 33.-13مل في مدى تراكيز )13نقلت كميات مختلفة من كال العقارين الى سلسلة من القناني الحجمية سعة ( خلطة ويرجع السبب 91وكانت هذه السالسل عبار عن ) من كل عقار وتم التخفيف الى حد العالمة بالكحول االثيلي ( منها بما 40الختيار هذا العدد الكبير من الخلطات لكي يختصر الوقت في اختيار مدى التراكيز المالئم للعمل، وتم اختيار) انت معادلة يتوافق مع حساسية جهاز الطيف، ومن ثم تمت معرفة مدى تراكيز كل عقار من خالل منحنيات المعاير وك y = 9.2608xوعقار االوالنزابين هي ) r² = 0.9982 و (y = 22.705x 1.958الخط المستقيم لعقار االفدرين هي ) (. ومن خالل تسجيل 1-مكغم.مل 74-4وكان مدى التراكيز لكال العقارين يتراوح ما بين ) r² = 0.9936و (2.4087 الكيمياء |368 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 772.9نانومتر لالفدرين وكانت االطوال الموجية لالوالنزابين 714عند طيف االمتصاص تم تحديد االطوال الموجية نانومتر. وتم الحصول على المشتقة الثالثة والرابعة من خالل المشتقة الصفرية ألطياف هذه التراكيز. 720.0و  التقدير االني لمزيج من االفدرين واالوالنزابين: (a )743-43) مختلفة وكميات االوالنزابين من ميكروغرامأ 93 على تحتوي كل قنينةمل 13قناني حجمية سعة من اخذت سلسلة مقابل المحلول الصوري االمتصاص أطياف سجلت االفدرين ثم تم اكمال الحجم الى حد العالمة بالكحول االثيلي. من( ميكروغرام .االفدرين تركيز تحديد ممكن طريق قيم اطياف المشتقة الثالثة والرابعة، عن ثم ؛(كحول اثيل فقط) (b )43) مختلفة وكميات االفدرين من ميكروغرامأ 93 على مل تحتوي كل قنينة13قناني حجمية سعة من اخذت سلسلةمقابل االمتصاص أطياف سجلت االوالنزابين ثم تم اكمال الحجم الى حد العالمة بالكحول االثيلي. من( ميكروغرامأ 743 .االوالنزابين تركيز تحديد يمكن طريق قيم اطياف المشتقة الثالثة والرابعة، عن ثم ؛(اثيل فقطكحول ) المحلول الصوري النتائج والمناقشة أطياف االمتصاص ( طيف االمتصاص a( تبين )0سجلت اطياف االمتصاص لالفدرين واالوالنزابين ولمزيج منهما كما في الشكل) ( طيف االمتصاص لالوالنزابين b)نانومتر، 714( اذ اظهر اعلى امتصاصية عند الطول الموجي 1-مكغم.مل 19لالفدرين ) ( طيف االمتصاص لمزيج من العقارين بتركيز cنانومترأ، ) 720.0و 772.9( واظهر طولين موجيين عند 1-مكغم.مل 19) ( لكل عقار.1-مكغم.مل77) طريقة المشتقة الثالثة والرابعة (، ومن .،4مشتقة الثالثة والرابعة أطياف االمتصاص لالفدرين واالوالنزابين ولخليط من العقارين كما في الشكل )أظهرت ال أطياف االمتصاص نالحظ هنالك تداخأل واضحأ وكبيرأ بين العقارين عند وجودهما معا فيصبح من الصعوبة فصلهما بالطرائق اللونية . وتعد تقنية مشتقة ]15[الطيف التي من خاللها ممكن التخلص من التداخل الحاصل بين العقارينالى استعمال تقنية مشتقة لذا نلجأ الطيف مفيد في تحديد تركيز المواد المطلوب قياسها في مثل هذه المزائج بالرغم من تواجد تداخل كبير بين أطياف االمتصاص ئج بان الطريقة يمكن تطبيقها بنجاح عند استعمال الظروف الفضلى الثالثة والرابعة واظهرت النتا اذ تم تطبيق كل من المشتقة مثل سرعة المسح ومعدل التغير وعرض الحزمة. تحت مساحة فضال عن قمة الى وقمة القاعد خط عن القمة ارتفا على باالعتماد العقارين تقدير تم العمل هذا فيو 4) االوالنزابين مع( 1-مل.مكغم 74-4)االفدرين لعقار التراكيز من لسلسلة الثالثة المشتقة( 5) الشكل ويبين الحزمة، الطول عند القمة فضال عن مساحة نانومترا 773 الموجي الطول عند القمة ارتفا من مستفيدا العقار قدر اذ( 1-مل.مكغم االوالنزابين بعقار الخاصة التراكيز من لسلسلة أيضا الثالثة المشتقة( 2) الشكل وبين كما نانومترأ، 779-714 الموجي الطول عند القمة ارتفا هي اختيارها تم التي المناطق ان ونالحظ( 1-مل.مكغم 5) االفدرين بوجود( 1-مل.مكغم 4-74) نانومتر. 701, 759 و نانومتر 742.9, 705 الموجية االطوال عند قمة الى وقمة نانومتر742.9 و نانومتر 705 الموجي ( طيف المشتقة الرابعة لعقار 9نفسها من التراكيز لكال العقارين تم عمل المشتقة الرابعة اذ يبين الشكل )وللسلسلة نانومتر بوجود 717االفدرين اذ تم االستفاد من ارتفا القمة عن خط القاعد في تقدير العقار عند الطول الموجي المشتقة لعقار االوالنزابين مستعمال في تقديره ارتفا القمة عند ( طيف0( وكذلك يبين الشكل )1-مكغم.مل 4االوالنزابين ) (.1-مكغم.مل 5نانومترأ بوجود االفدرين ) 743الطول الموجي الحسابات ومنحنيات المعايرة تم المثلى، الظروف ظل المقترحة وفي األساليب من لكل اإلحصائية البيانات ومعظم التحليلية الخصائص إلى بالنظر معامل تراوحت قيم في حين( 1-مل.مكغم 74-4) لمنحنيات المعاير التي تراوحت بين البيانية الرسوم خطية على صولالح لمختلف تقنيات القياس ( 1-مكغم.مل 0.0057-5.3804) نطاق في الكشف وقيم حدود( 3.005403.000) بين االرتباط .(1) في الجدولوكما هو مبين الكيمياء |369 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 الدقة والتوافق لتقنية طيف المشتقة لطريقتين مختلفتين المشتقة ) المقترحة الطريقة وتوافق دقة من والتحقق المثلى، الظروف ظل في ( 0.8333-0.1111-النسبي التي تراوحت بين )للخطأ النسبة المئوية( قيم 7الجدول ) ويبين. الثالثة والرابعة( ( لمدى مختلف من التراكيز من 6.9888-0.2399وتراوحت بين ) النسبة المئوية لالنحراف القياسي النسبيو .كال العقارين الطريقة تطبيق تم تطبيق اثنين من الطرائق المقترحة )ارتفا قمة بالنسبة لخط القاعد وارتفا قمة الى قمة( للتقدير المباشر لعقاري نتائج تحليل عدد من المستحضرات الصيدالنية المختلفة لكال ( 0االفدرين واالوالنزابين وكانت ناجحة. ويبين الجدول ) .العقارين باستعمال اثنين من الطرائق المقترحة وكانت ناجحة المصادر 1moffat,a.c.; osselton, m.d. ; widdop,b. (2011), clarke’s analysis of drugs and poisons, 4, pharmaceutical press, london. 2mahmoud, a. t.; nagiba, y. h.; nariman, a. e. and mohamed, a, (2013), simultaneous determination of olanzapine and fluoxetine hydrochloride in capsules by spectrophotometry, tlc-spectrodensitometry and hplc, journal of advanced research, 2(4), 173-80. 3ablulmajead, m.h.; rola, s.n. and lubna, f.m.( 2008), the development ephedrine hydrochloride estimation method using spectroscopy (uv-visi), diyala journal, 29, 13. 4al-majthoub, m.m; refat, m. s.; adam, a. a. and ahmed, m.a, (2013), spectroscopic and intermolecular electron-transfer mechanism of ferric (iii) ephedrine complex as a model of drug design, int. j. electrochem. sci, 8, 7053 – 61. 5vivek, m. p.; jigar, a. p.; shweta, s. h. and sunil, r. d.,( 2010), first and second derivative spectrophotometric methods for determination of olanzapine in pharmaceutical formulation, international journal of chemtech research, 1(2), 756-61. 6mumin, f. a.,( 2014), spectrophotometric determination of ephedrine-hcl and olanzapine drugs using charge transfer complexes and derivative spectrum methods, college of education, university of samarra. 7kanakapura, b. sa, meer a. a. and kanakapura, b. v, (2009), simple and sensitive spectrophotometric determination of olanzapine in pharmaceutical formulations using, journal of food and drug analysis, 17(6), 434-42. 8 khalaf, f. a.; sarmad, b. d. and mumin, f. a, (2015), spectrophotometric determination of ephedrine-hydrochloride in pure and pharmaceutical preparations based on charge transfer complexation method, international conference on recent trends in engineering science and management, 5758-66. 9 chunmei, z.; huaizhong, g. and li, g. (2011), determination of olanzapine by injection capillary electrophoresis international journal of chemistry, 1(3), 202-06. 10deng, d.; deng, h.; zhang ,l. and su, y.( 2014), determination of ephedrine and pseudoephedrine by field-amplified sample injection capillary electrophoresis, chromatogr sci, 52(4), 357-62. 11 ranieri, t. and ciolino, l., (2008), rapid selective screening and determination of ephedrine alkaloids using gc-ms footnote mark, phytochem anal, 19(2), 127-35. الكيمياء |370 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 12 askal, h. f.; refaat, i. h.; darwish, i. a.; marzouq, m. a, (2008), a selective spectrophotometric method for determination of rosoxacin antibiotic using sodium nitroprusside as a chromogenic reagent, spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy, 69(4), 1287. 13el-sayed, a. y. and khalil, m. m. h, (1996), simultaneous first-derivative spectrophotometric determination of iron(iii) and molybdenum(vi) in cobaltchromium and nickel-chromium alloys, talanta, 43(4), 583. 14el-sayed, a. y.; abdel rahem, m. a. and omran, a.a, (1998), zeroand first-order derivative spectrophotometry for individual and simultaneous determinations of copper(ii) and palladium(ii) using an oxazolidine derivative as a new reagent, analytical sciences, 14(3), 577. 15koleva, b. b.; kolev, t. m.; spiteller, m., (2008), determination of cephalosporins in solid binary mixtures by polarized irand raman spectroscopy, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 48(1), 201-4. 16talsky, g, (1994), basic principles and analytical application of derivative spectrophotometry, 1st ed., vch, weinheim, 16-9. .الثالثة والرابعةالمشتقة طيف باستعمال األوالناابي ي االفدري نتائج تحليل عقار (2جدول ) compound order of derivative mode of calculation λ (nm) regression equation r d. l. μg.ml-1 l.o.q μg.ml-1 ephedrine hydrochloride drug third peak area 214-228 y=0.0004x-0.0022 0.9964 0.0953 1.1547 peak to base line 220 y=1×10-4x-0.0003 0.9978 0.1905 0.5774 fourth peak to base line 212 y=2×10-5x+0.0001 0.9964 0.9844 2.9829 olanzapine drug third peakto-base line 236 y=7×10-5x-5×10-5 0.9997 0.0544 0.1649 peakto-base line 247.8 y=-3×10-5x-9×10-5 0.9999 0.2032 0.6158 peakto-base line 268 y=-3×10-5x-9×10-6 0.9995 0.8510 2.5788 peakto-base line 291 y=5×10-5x-0.0001 0.9995 0.0381 0.1155 peak to peak 236,247.8 y=8×10-5x-0.0003 0.9984 0.0057 0.0173 fourth peakto-base line 240 y=-2×10-5x+4×10-6 0.9993 0.2858 0.8660 الكيمياء |371 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ( حساب دقة وتوافق نتائج تحليل عقاري االفدري واألوالناابي بطرائق العمل المقترحة1جدول ) compound method of analysis taken (μg.ml-1) fond * (μg.ml-1) relative error % relative standard deviation % ephedrine hydrochloride drug third order (peak-tobase line) at 220nm 5 5.823 -2.9444 6.9888 77 22.050 0.2273 0.2399 fourth order (peak-tobase line) at 212 nm 5 5.993 -0.1111 0.2548 77 22.033 0.1515 0.2659 olanzapine drug third order (peak area) in the range 254-294 nm 5 5.857 -2.3889 4.0273 77 22.183 0.8333 1.1416 fourth order (peak-tobase line) at 240 nm 5 6.003 0.0556 1.1091 77 22.007 0.0303 0.5026 * average of three determinations. الطرائق المقترحة.تقدير عقاري االفدري واألوالناابي في بعض المستحضرات الصيدالنية حسب ( 3جدول ) pharmaceutical preparation method of analysis labeled amount mg/tablet found amount mg/tablet mean value* rsd% e% tussiram syrup 15mg.10ml1 (sdi) four order (peak-tobase line) at 212nm 15 15.08 0.9569 0.5556 (olan-10) 10mg. micro labs limited (indian) three order (peakto-base line) at 236nm 10 9.55 5.2356 -4.5000 three order (peakto-peak) at 236, 247.8nm 10 9.60 5.5119 -4.0000 four order (peak-tobase line) at 240nm 10 10 5.7735 -1.7e-10 (olan-5) 5mg. micro labs limited (indian) three order (peakto-base line) at 236nm 5 4.96 0.0163 -0.7333 three order (peakto-peak) at 236, 247.8nm 5 5.04 0.0150 0.8667 four order (peak-tobase line) at 240nm 5 5.07 0.0348 1.4267 * average of three determinations الكيمياء |372 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 .لالفدري الكيميائي التركيب( 1) شكل ( التركيب الكيميائي لالوالناابي . 2) شكل (،2-مكغم. مل 21(عقار االفدري )aطيف االمتصاص ) (3شكل ) (b( عقار االوالناابي )2-مكغم.مل 21( ،)c مايج بتركيا ) .( لكل م عقار االفدري وعقار االوالناابي 2-مكغم.مل11) (، 2-مكغم. مل 21عقار االفدري )( aطيف المشتقة الثالثة ) (4شكل ) (b( عقار االوالناابي )2-مكغم.مل 21( ،)c مايج بتركيا ) ( لكل م عقار االفدري وعقار االوالناابي .2-مكغم.مل11) الكيمياء |373 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 ، 2-مكغم.مل 21(عقار االفدري aطيف المشتقة الرابعة ) (5شكل ) (b( عقار االوالناابي )2-مكغم.مل 21( ،)c مايج بتركيا ) االوالناابي .( لكل م عقار االفدري وعقار 2-مكغم.مل11) 14-4طيف المشتقة الثالثة لمايج م التراكيا (2شكل ) .( م االوالناابي 2-مكغم.مل4 ( افدري و ) 2-مكغم.مل 14-4طيف المشتقة الثالثة لمايج م التراكيا) (1شكل ) .( م افدري 2-مكغم.مل 2( اوالناابي و )2-مكغم.مل 14-4طيف المشتقة الرابعة لمايج م التراكيا ) (1شكل ) .( م اوالناابي 2-مكغم.مل 4( افدري و )2-مكغم.مل الكيمياء |374 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 شكل )9( طيف المشتقة الرابعة لمايج م التراكيا)4-14مكغم.مل-2( اوالناابي و )2 مكغم.مل-2( م االفدري . الكيمياء |375 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 using of third and fourth order derivative spectra to simultaneous determination of olanzapine and ephedrine in its pure and pharmaceutical formulations mumin f. hamad al-samarrai imad t. hanoon diana a. shakir khalaf f. al-samarrai dept. of chemistry/ college of education/ university of samarra sarmad b. dikran dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-hetham)/ university of baghdad received in: 21/february/2016, accepted in:17/april/2016 abstract two new simultaneous spectrophotometric methods for determination of olanzapine and ephedrine depend on third (d3) and fourth (d4) derivative of zero spectrum of two drugs were developed. the peak – tobase line, peak to peak and area under peak were found proportional with concentration of the drugs up to (4-24 µg/ml-1) at known experimental wavelengths. the results showed that the method was precise and accurate through rsd% (0.5026-4.0273),( 0.2399 6.9888) and r.e %(-2.3889-0.8333) ,) -2.9444-0.2273) while the lod (0.0057 0.8510 μg.ml-1), ( 0.0953-0.9844 μg.ml-1) and loq (0.01732.5788μg.ml-1),( 0.5774-2.9829 μg.ml-1) were found for the two drugs respectively. the methods were applied ide to the determination of olanzapine and ephedrine in pharmaceutical preparations successfully. key words: ephedrine, olanzapine, derivative spectrum ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 blind co lor image steganography in spatial domain f. a. abdullatif, w. a.shuk ur departme nt of computer science , college of education i bn al-hatham, unive rsity of baghdad. recei ved in december 19 2010 accepted in feb. 8 2011 abstract with wide sp read of internet, and increase the p rice of information, st eganogr aphy become very imp ortant to communication. over many y ears used different types of digital cover to hide information as a cover channel, ima ge from imp ortant digital cover used in st eganography because widely use in internet without suspicious. since image is frequently comp ressed for storing and transmission, so steganogr aphy must counter the variations caused by loss compression algorithm. this p ap er describes a robust blind image st eganogr aphy , the prop osed method embeds the secret message without altering the quality by sp ray ing theme on the blocks in the h igh ord er bits in color chann el such blue "without altering the human vision sy stem" and make them integral to cover. this method dep ends on constant sequence sp read sp ectrum method and survives loss comp ression image like jpg. keyword: information hidin g, color image steganohrapy , sp read sp ectrum. introduction the prevalence of multimedia data in our electronic world exp oses a new avenu e for communication usin g digital steganography . stegano graphic techniques are useful to convey hidden information by using various types of typically-transmitted multimedia data as cover for concealed communication. the inability to detect the hidden data, p erceptually or by comp uter analy sis, is p aramount for surreptitious op eration[1][2]. there are many applications for techniques that embed information within digital images. stegano grp hy where the original cover si gnal is need ed to reveal the hidden information are known as cover escrow. in many applications it is not p ractical to require the possession of the unaltered cover si gnal in order to extract the hidden information. m ore p ragmatic methods, known as blind or oblivious schemes, allow direct extraction of the embedded data from the modified si gn al without knowledge of the original cover. a block diagr am of a blind ima ge steganographic sy st em is depicted in fig 1. a message is embedded in a digital image by the stegosy stem encoder. the resulting st egoima ge is transmitted over a channel to t he receiver where it is p rocessed by the stegosystem decoder. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 during transmission the st egoima ge can be monitored by unintended viewer who will notice only the transmittal of the innocuous image without discovering the existence of the hidden message. it's known that any natural image has b ig amount of sp atial redundancies for this reason continues tone image comp ression exist to remove those redundant information and represent the data in more efficient form suitable for st oring and transmitt ing [3]. although basic image comp ression st ander like jpg is based on dct , but recently new image comp ression st ander has been p rop osed that is based on wavelet transform, but lik e any transform domain approach, dct[4],wavelet[5]domain data hiding, demands high comp utational comp lexity that is disadvantage for real time data embedding and retrieval p rocess. m oreover, control on image v isual quality and simple low cost hardware realization of transform domain data hidin g is not alway s easy sp read sp ectrum image stegano graphy , is a data-hidin g/hidden-communication method that uses digital imagery as a cover signal. sp read sp ectrum image stegano graphy p rovides the ability to hide and recov er, error fr ee, a si gnificant quantity of information bits within digital images, avoiding detection by an observer. furt hermore, sp read sp ectrum image steganography is a blind sch eme because the original i mage is not needed to extract the hidd en information. the prop osed recipient need only p ossess a key in order to reveal the hidden messa ge[6]. proposed method in this section, we will describe the blind st eganography method that survives with loss comp ression, the main idea behind method that the joint p hotography exp ert group "jp eg" comp ression algor ithm loss some image information, but not change the ima ge quality . the jp eg algorithm is a loose algorithm this will p roduce small amount of visual d istortion, and will introduce error in the image data but this error data still nearest from original image data to avoid visual chan ge on image because lar ge change in data ( gray scale to any color band) make v isual distortion. for that we used 24 bitmap image as a cover and emb edded secret data in sp atial domain in 8*8 block in one chann el values and leaving the other chann el un chan ged then the st ego image is st ore in jpeg format in this method we use a table of 256 entries and divide the table to several p eriod, all p eriods are the same len gth as in table 1 and each center of period take 0 and 1 resp ectively. in the embeddin g p rocess, each block 8*8 from cover ima ge used to emb edded on e secret bit by adjusting the value of cover ima ge data to center of p eriod closed to secret bit, the p eriod and center of p eriod as in table 1 st ego table, example to exp lain embedded p rocess, let the secret bit is 0 and the valu e of blue chann el is 25 "we use b lue channel to embedded because human vision sy stem hvs is less sensitive to blue change than the red or green " we change the 25 to the nearest p eriods that have 0 "secret bit in examp le" in center these periods 32 -47 or 0-15 t he center of the first is 39 and the difference is 14 and the center of the second p eriod is 7 and the difference is 18, then change the valu e to 39 because had less difference "we use this two p eriods because the secret b it 0 and the value of the blu e channel is 25 and the nearest p eriods have 0 in center these p eriod". ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 each p ixel "channel valu es "have two p eriods or more depend on secret bits excep t the boundaries value near 0 or n ear 255 have only one ad just value and not need to comp ute and comp are p rocess. this p rocess will repeat for all 8*8 blocks, in the worth case the ch ange not e xceeded the distortion caused by jep g algorithm. aft er receiving st ego image we assembly the 8*8 blocks in blue channel and read the value to know the period value and then the secret bits. extra method will use to overcome the high d istortion in some pixel value that can app ear in jp eg algor ithm "like noise and rap idly lar ge chan ge in value" that the extracting come fro m block 8*8 then can measure the entropy of 0 and 1"number of 0 and 1 in block " and if the entropy of 0 more than, the secret bit in block is 0 or if entropy of 1 lar ger, then the secret bit is 1, my exp erimental test show that no block have the same entropy to 0 and 1 the purpose of use 16 as interval length we use 16 as p eriod length this make the change in value less than the hvs sensitive and be normal with the dist ortion of jp eg algorithm and also large to overcome the error counter in jpeg comp ression, and also to avoid p roducing p attern can use in att ack where the output 16 numbers and after comp ress can be any number from 256 numbers. the propose d embedded algorithm 1sp lit the cover image to t hree array s rgb "we use a true color 24bit image" 2take the blue array and use the first 8*8 block to store o if secret message is text or 1 if secret message is a file. 2if st ego message is text then take next 8*8 block to st ore 0 for arabic and 1 for english then use encode decode table that use 6 bits t o encode the letter with 64 different sy mbol "if second 8*8 block h ave 0 then take arabic letter with sp ecial char table or if 1 then take english letter with special ch ar table and the outp ut is binary array or if st ego message is a f ile encode the file to binary array 3compute if the cover file can st ore all stego message or not size st =(length*high) / 64 + i*64  where i =2 if used text message and i =1 if used file if binary message array is more than size st then suggest to replace the cover ima ge with other image hav e larger dimension and return t o 1 5-repeat until all secret bits are embedd ed i-read secr et bit ii-for each 8*8 block : read the data of block and change it to the nearest p eriod center depend on table 1 and p rocess comp ute and compare" comp ute difference and comp are to choose less difference" ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 6put end of message sign if the text message is used, use eof sign if a file used arabic-engl ish encode and decode table this table contains two fields and 64 r ecords one field for char and other for 6 bits binary code representing char and the last record in arabic and english t able is used ed to t he end messa ge sign in embedded process comp are the char with first field and put the corresp onding binary in second field to binary array in the extracting p rocess check the binary with the second field and take the corresp onding char in the first field we use this table for more se curity through encode each char in b inary code differ ent in asscii and for mor e sp ace through each letter takes 6 bits rather than 8. extracting in extracting we read the first block and know the embedded message either text or file and if text read the second b lock to know decode in arabic or english t able then read each block and after reading the value of each block items determine the p eriod then the secret bit from table1 after comp uting the entropy of 0 and 1 in block, until reachin g to the sign of end message in text or eof sign in file, examp le if the first item in block have 178 then it is in 176-191 p eriod and the secret bit is 1 ex perime ntal result we have tested the p rop osed embedding method with many images and show in low frequency area "smooth area" that have ap p roximate identical pixels values the number of distortion "error" in jpeg algorithm is less than the other area "high frequency area "for that we can use block smaller than 8*8 b lock in this typ e of area to embedd the se cret bits and recover with error free se cret message. for more robust we use multi periods t o make the distributed for all image value range and the p attern from the move image cover value to the center of p eriod can alter in the comp ression p rocess and the value of distortion from comp ression p rocess is different and within the range of normal compression as shown in fig 2 the two images used as cover and fig 3,4 the histogr ams to each bands rgb of the two images in fig 2 resp ectively before comp ress, fig5 the two images after hidin g information and compress and receive the other side, fig 6,7 the two images histograms of fig 5, we can notice that the distortion of the blue channel that is used to hide information approximately same in red r and green g where the r and g that not changed only the dist ortion of compression happ en on it. we can also use two or three bands for emb eddin g p rocess with low comp ression valu e "approximately less 60" also we can use block 4*4 if the co mpression value less t han 55 conclusion in this p aper, we have p rop osed new robust blind st eganography methods by this method st ore secret message in on e band "use blue b and" in 8*8 blocks and can survive with ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 jpeg compression and any dct base compression without sensitive of hvs and st ill hav e the same st atist ical p rop erty . re ferences 1. bender, w.; gruhl, d.; m orimoto, n. and lu, a.(1996) , techniques for data hiding .ibm system journal,35(3-4). 2. cox, i. j.; kilian, j. and shamoon, t. september (1996), secure sp read sp ectrum watermarkin g for ima ges, audio and video. proceeding of ieee international conference on image processing, lausann e,switzerland,iii:243-246 3. fridrich, (1998) , app lication of data hiding in digital image ,url:http ://www.ssie.bingh amton.edu/~jirif 4. riley m ary , j. and richardson iain, e.g.( 2007), digital image and video communications, art echhouse, bosten,london. 5. tsai, c.s., c. c, t. s., chen ,( 2006), sh arin g multip le secrets in digital ima ges, the journal of sy st ems and software. 6. avcibas, i. m emon, n. and sankur ,b.(2008), steganaly sis using ima ge quality metrics, wiley -interscience . table: (1) the stegano table 0-15 16-31 32-47 48-63 64-79 80-95 96-111 112-127 128-143 144-159 160-175 176-191 192-207 208-223 224-239 240-255 7 23 39 55 71 87 103 119 135 151 167 183 199 215 231 247 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 fig. (1): a bli nd image steganographi c syste m ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 a b a b fig.( 2): a and b is a bmp image use d as cover image a b fig.( 3): a – red band histogram, bgree n band histogram and cblue band histogram for fig 2 a c ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 a b c fig.( 4): a – red band histogram, bgree n band histogram and cblue band histogram for fig 2 b a b fig.( 5): a i s the same of fig 2 a in the receiver side and b is the same of fig 2 b in the receiver side that use to extract message ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 a b fig.( 6): a – red band histogram, bgree n band histogram and cblue band histogram for fig 5a c a b fig. (7 )a – red band histogram, bgree n and histogram and cblue band histogram for fig 5 b c 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة طریقة عمیاء إلخفاء بیانات داخل صورة ملونة في مجال الصورة وسام عبد شكر ، فراس عبد الحمید عبد اللطیف ، جامعة بغداد ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم علوم الحاسبات 2010كانون االول 19استلم البحث في 2011شباط 8قبل البحث في الخالصة .جدا "امهم "امخفیة أمر الأصبح نقل البیانات ، مع االنتشار الواسع لالنترنت والزیادة الكبیرة في قیمة المعلومات الصورة دتع، ت وٕارسالها في قنوات مخفیةرقمیة إلخفاء المعلوماعلى مر السنین استعملت أنواع مختلفة من األغطیة ال .دون أي شكوكمن من أهم هذه األغطیة الرقمیة النتشارها الكبیر في االنترنت وٕامكانیة تداولها تضغط عاد ق أخفاء البیانات قادرة على االحتفاظ بالبیانات مع هذا ائللخزن والنقل لهذا یجب أن تكون طر ةبما إن الصورة .الضغط دون من ن الطریقة المقترحة تخفي النص السريا اذ، هذا البحث طریقة جیدة إلخفاء البیانات في صورة یوصف مثل قناة ،صورةفي قناة من قنوات ال" البلوكات" تغیر بنوعیة بیانات الصورة وذلك برش النص على مجموعة من الكتل جعل الرسالة السریة متكاملة مع خصائص الصورة ممایر في الصورة یدون تغیمن اللون األزرق و الرسالة المخفیة صحیحة حتى بعد الضغط مع ىهذه الطریقة على طریقة نشر السلسلة الطیفیة الثابتة وتبقتعتمد " ضغط الخسارة"الفقدان microsoft word 73-87 chemistry | 73 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 new bis(dithiocarbamate) ligand for complex formation; synthesis, spectral analysis and bacterial activity enaam i. yousif hasan a. hasan dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 21/february/2016,accepted in:5/april/2016 abstract a range of macrocyclic dinuclear metal (ii) dithiocarbamate-based complexes are reported. the preparation of complexes was accomplished from either mixing of the prepared ligand with a metal ion or through a template one-pot reaction. the preparation of the bisamine precursor was achieved through several synthetic steps. the free ligand; potassium 2,2'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(1-chloro-2-oxoethane-2,1diyl)bis(cyclohexylcarbamodithioate) (l) was yielded from the addition of cs2 to a bis-amine precursor in koh medium.a variety of analytical and physical methods were implemented to characterise ligand and its complexes. the analyses were based on spectroscopic techniques (ftir, uv-vis, mass spectroscopy and 1h, 13c-nmr spectroscopy), melting points, elemental analysis, thermal properties, magnetic susceptibility and conductance. the analytical and physical techniques confirmed the formation of macrocyclic complexes of the general formulae [m(l)]2 (m= mn ii, coii, niii, cuii, znii and cdii). the proposed structure around mnii, coii, znii and cdii is a tetrahedral, while niii and cuii complexes adopt square planar geometries. the prepared compounds were screened against four bacterial species (escherichia coli, pseudomonas aeruginosa, staphylococcus aureus and bacillus stubtilis). the anti-bacterial test indicated that the complexes are more active against these bacterial strains, compared with the free ligand. keywords: bis(dithiocarbamate) ligand; metal complexes; spectral studies; thermal properties; bacterial activity. chemistry | 74 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 1. introduction dithiocarbamates are flexible compounds that have shown a range of applications. these species played a significant role in the expansion of chemistry, due to their importance in synthetic inorganic [1], bioinorganic [2], analytical [3] and environmental chemistry [4]. dithiocarbamates (dtcs) are flexible ligands that have the ability to bind transition and representative elements. the importance of dithiocarbamates (dtcs) is due to their capability to stabilize metal ion in a variety of oxidation states. this is related to their strongly chelating ability towards metal ions. further, upon complexation, these species permitting the metal ion to adopt its most preferable geometry [5]. the presence of the anionic cs2¯ moiety allowed dtcs molecules to achieve a range of binding modes; monodentate, bidentate or bridging, upon complexation [6-8]. dithiocarbamates are essential materials that have been widely explored due to their applications in coordination chemistry [1], materials science [9], medicine and radiopharmaceutical chemistry [10, 11], sensing technology [12] and in the industry [13]. more, the act of dithiocarbamates against some tumours, fungi, bacteria, and other microorganisms [14, 15] make them a hot topic for several research groups. in this paper, we report the preparation, spectral analysis and bacterial activity of a new dtc ligand and its macrocyclic metal-based complexes. 2. experimental 2.1. chemicals chemicals and solvents were purchased commercially and used as received. 2.2. instruments elemental micro-analyses (c, h, n and s) for ligand and its metal complexes were conducted on a euro ea 3000. electrothermal stuart smp40 apparatus was used to record melting points. ft-infrared spectra were recorded as kbr discs with a shimadzu 8300s ft-ir spectrophotometer in the range 4000-400 cm-1 and as csi discs in the range 400-200 cm-1. uv-vis spectra were obtained with 10-3 m solutions between 200-1100 nm in dimethylsulfoxide (dmso) spectroscopic grade solvent at 25 °c using a perkin-elmer spectrophotometer lambda. thermogravimetric analysis was carried out using a sta pt1000 linseis company /germany. electrospray mass spectroscopy technique (esms) was used to measure mass spectra for samples. nmr spectra (1h, 13c-nmr) were acquired in dmso-d6 solutions using a brucker-300 for 1h-nmr and 75 mhz for 13c-nmr, respectively with tetramethylsilane (tms) for 1h nmr. a shimadzu (a.a) 680 g atomic absorption spectrophotometer was implemented to determine metal content in complexes. conductivity measurements were performed using a jenway 4071 digital conductivity meter with dmso solutions at room temperature. a magnetic susceptibility balance (sherwood scientific) was used to determine magnetic moments of complexes. 3. synthesis 3.1. preparation of the bis-amine precursors in this work, standard methods reported in [16, 17] were used for the preparation of the precursors. the free bis-amine precursor was prepared by two steps, and as follows: 3.1.1. preparation of n,n'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-dichloroacetamide) to a mixture of benzidine (2.44g, 13.24mmol) dissolved in chloroform (75ml), was added with stirring potassium hydroxide (2.626g, 46.88mmol) in water (35ml). to this mixture, dichloroacetyl chloride (6.90g, 46.88mmol) in chloroform (75ml) was added dropwise with stirring. the mixture was left to stir for 15 minutes, during which time a white chemistry | 75 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 precipitate was formed, which filtered off and then washed with diethyl ether (30ml). the collected white solid was air-dried, m.p=235-237 ºc. yield: 9.04g, (94%). ftir (cm-1), 3249 ν(-con-h), 1674 ν(c=o), 1606 δ(n-h), 1529 νar(c=c). the electrospray (+) mass spectrum of the n,n'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-dichloroacetamide) exhibited the parent ion peak at m/z = 406.1(m)+ (28%) for c16h12cl4n2o2; requires =406.09 and the following fragments; 280.2 (40%) and 154.2 (13%) correspond to [m-(nh-co-chcl2)] + and [m-(nh-co-chcl2)+(nhco-chcl2)] +, respectively. nmr data (ppm), δh(300 mhz, dmso-d6): 8.63 (2h, s, n-h), 7.68, 7.69 (4h, d, jhh= 2.1 hz), 7.40, 7.41 (4h, d, jhh= 2.4 hz) (c4, 4`, 6, 6`-h) (c5, 5`, 7, 7`h)ar-h, 6.70 (2h, s,chcl2) (c1, 1`-h); δc(75mhz, dmso-d6): 59.90 (chcl2, 2c1), 120.26 and 126.81 (ar-c4, 5 ,6, 7), 161.32 (2c2=o). 3.1.2. preparation of bis-amine n,n'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2(cyclohexylamine) chloroacetamide) an excess of cyclohexylamine (3.90g, 39.40mmol) was warmed up to 40 ºc, and then n,n'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-dichloroacetamide) (4.00g, 9.85mmol) was added portion-wise with stirring. the reactants was stirred at 40 ºc for 12 h, and then water (200ml) was poured in the mixture. the title compound was extracted into dichloromethane (4 x 50 ml), washed with water (200ml) and dried over k2co3. on removing solvent under reduced pressure, brown oil compound was collected as the required material. yield: 2.86g (54 %). ftir cm1, 3342 ν(n-h), 3222 ν(-con-h), 3032 νar(c-h), 2929 and 2858 νali(c-h), 1676 ν(c=o), 1622 δ(n-h), 1498 νar(c=c) , 700 ν (c-cl). the electrospray (+) mass spectrum of the bisamine showed the parent ion peak at m/z =532.2 (m+h)+ (7%) for c28h34cl2n4o2, requires =531.52 and the following fragments at m/z =343.9 (16%) , 260.8 (90%) and 154.3 (14%), corresponding to [m-(c6h6-nh-cl-co-nh)] +, [m-(c6h6-nh-cl-co-nh)+(c6h6)] + and [m(c6h6-nh-cl-co-nh)+(c6h6)+(nh2-cl-co-nh)] +, respectively. nmr data (ppm), δh(300 mhz, dmso-d6): 1.09-1.25 (8h, q, jhh=4.8hz,(cb, b` f, f`-h)), 1.48-1.52 (12h, m, (cc, c`, d, d`, e, e`-h)), 3.16-3.17 (2h, m, (ca, a`-h)), 3.91 (2h, t, nh), 5.38 (2h, d, jhh=2.1hz, (c1, 1`h)), 8.87 (2h, s, amidic-h), 7.59 (4h, d, jhh=6.3hz, (c4, 4`,6, 6`-h)), 7.54 (4h, d, jhh=6.8hz, (c5, 5`, 7, 7`-h)) (aromatic-h); δc (75 mhz, dmso-d6): 23.90 (cb, b` f, f`-h), 25.16 (cc, c`, e, e`-h), 31.97 (cd, d`), 56.30 (ca, a`), 79.18 (c1, 1`), 119.65 (c4, 4`, 6, 6`), 131.31 (c5, 5`, 7, 7`), 163.64 (c=o, (c2, 2`)). 3.2. synthesis of free ligand a conventional procedure that used in the preparation of dithiocarbamte compounds [18] was adopted to obtain ligand and as follows: 3.2.potassium2,2'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(1-chloro-2oxoethane-2,1-diyl)bis (cyclohexylcarbamodithioate) an excess of koh (0.126g, 2.25mmol, 4eq) dissolved in h2o (2ml) was added with stirring to a solution of n, n'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(2-(cyclohexylamine)chloroacetamide) (0.30g, 0.56mmol) in 10 ml of a mixture of acetonitrile:water (9:1). the mixture was placed in an ice bath, and then a mixture of cs2 (0.128g, 1.69mmol, 3eq) was added portion-wise with stirring. the mixture was kept at 0 °c for 2 h, and then potassium dithiocarbamate salt was collected as a light yellow solid in good yield (0.28g, 66%), m. p=188-190 ºc. ftir cm1, 3299 ν(-con-h), 3086 νar(c-h), 1676 ν(c=o), 1622 δ(n-h) 1545, νar(c=c) , 1441ν(ncs2), 1084, 976 νas, s (cs2) 654ν (c-cl). the electrospray (+) mass spectrum of the l showed the parent ion peak at m/z=760.4 (m+h)+ (14%) for c30h34cl2k2n4o2s4; requires =759.98 and the following fragments at m/z=681.6(12%), 529.7(8%), 341.5(55%) and 153.8 (7%) corresponding to [m-(k)2] +, [m-(k)2+(cs2)2] +, [m-(k)2+(cs2)2+(nh-co-chcl-n-c6h11)] + and [m-(k)2+(cs2)2+(nh-co-chcl-n-c6h11)+(nh-co-chcl-n-c6h11)] +. nmr data chemistry | 76 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 (ppm), δh(300 mhz, dmso-d6): 1.79-1.83 (2h, m, ca, a`-h), 1.50-1.60 (8h, q, jhh=3 hz, cb, b` f, f`-h), 1.13-1.19 (12h, m, cc, c`, d, d`, e, e`-h), 5.01-5.02 (2h, s, (c2, 2`-h)) 7.81-7.82 (4h, d, jhh=2.1 hz, c4, 4`, 6, 6`-h), 7.13-7.14 (4h, d, jhh=2.7 hz, (c5, 5`, 7, 7`-h) )(ar-h), 8.50 (2h, s, amidic-h); δc (75 mhz, dmso-d6): 24.457 (c c, c` e, e`), 25.17 (cd, d`), 32.32 (cb, b`,f, f`), 77.84 (c2, 2`), 119.95 (c4, 4`, 6, 6`), 128.76 (c5, 5`, 7, 7`), 160.33 (c=o) (c3, 3`), 189.87 (c=s) (c1, 1`). 3.3. general procedure for preparation of macrocyclic complexes a standard method that reported in [19, 20] were implemented to prepare the binuclear macrocyclic dithiocarbamate-based complexes, which based on two approaches; (i) from the mixing of the free ligand with a metal ion, and (ii) through a one-pot template reaction. 3.3.1 .formation of macrocyclic complexes from free ligand the reaction of 1 equivalent of potassium dithiocarbamate salt, dissolved in 20ml of mecn/h2o (9:1) with 1 equivalent of the metal salt; mn ii, coii, niii, cuii, znii and cdii, resulted in the formation of the title complex. the reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight, and deionised h2o was added, if necessary, to precipitate the compound. the solid was collected by filtration, washed with meoh to give the macrocyclic complex. elemental micro-analysis, colours and yields for the complexes are presented in (table1). the 1h-nmr data (ppm) for [cd(l)]2 complex, δh(300 mhz, dmso-d6): 1.83-1.84 (2h, m, ca, a` -h), 1.58 (8h, t, jhh=16.1 hz, cb, b`, f, f`-h), 1.10-1.16 (12h, m, cc, c`-d, d`-e, e`-h), 4.09 (2h, s, c2, 2`h), 7.70-7.72 (4h, d, jhh=8.1hz, c c4, 4`6, 6`-h), 6.87-6.91 (4h, d, jhh=12.3 hz, c5, 5`, 7, 7`h), 8.19 (2h, s, nh). the 13c-nmr spectrum for the [cd(l)]2, δc(75 mhz, dmso-d6): 25.23 (cb, b` f, f`), 25.63 (cd, d`), 32.14 (cc, c`, e, e`), 76.99(c2, 2`), 118.996 (c4, 4`, 6, 6`), 127.87 (c5, 5`, 7, 7`), 159.971 (c=o) (c3, 3`), 208.12 (c =s) (c1, 1`). 3.3.2. formation of macrocyclic complexes through a one-pot template reaction an excess of koh (3eq) was added with stirring to a mixture of the secondary amine in acetonitrile/water medium (9:1). to the above solution, carbon disulfide (2.8 equivalents) was added slowly and the mixture was allowed to stir for 10 minutes during which time potassium dithiocarbamate salt was formed. the complex was synthesised in situ (ligand salt was not isolated) by the addition of one equivalent of the metal ion. the obtained mixture was stirred overnight, h2o was poured for precipitation if required. solid was collected by filtration and allowed to dry in air to yield the macrocyclic complex. analytical data are similar to that complexes obtained from the free ligand approach. 4. results and discussion 4.1. chemistry the addition of carbon disulfide to a secondary bis-amine in the presence of koh resulted in the formation of the free ligand, see scheme (1). the ligand was characterised by elemental analysis (table 1), ftir (table 2), uv–vis (table 3), mass and 1h, 13c nmr spectroscopy. the formation of dithiocarbamate-based macrocyclic complexes were obtained either via a one-pot approach or from the addition of a metal ion to the free ligand. in the later, the method was based on heating 1 equivalent of the ligand with 1 equivalent of metal chloride, using a mixture of mecn/h2o as a solvent, see scheme (2). the objective of this work is to achieve the formation of macrocyclic complexes, in which the metal ion plays a key role in the self-assembly. complexes, that are stable in air, are not soluble in the common organic solvents. however, they are soluble in hot dmso. spectroscopic analyses were used to predict geometries about metal centres. the analytical data (table 1) support well the chemistry | 77 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 suggested formulae. the important ft-ir bands of the ligand and its complexes together with their assignments are tabulated in (table 2). the electronic spectra for the ligand and its complexes are collected in (table 3). rnh2 o nh o hn nh hn r r -cl o cl nh o cl hn cl cl chcl3 koh, cs2 cl d k o cl cl cl c cl 2+ b f a o nh o hn s s s s n n r r -h2n nh2 cl k stirring where : r stirring at 0 °c for 2 h 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 8 7 5 4 6 3 2 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 8 5 7 4 6 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 6 8 9 9 6 8 5 7 4 3 2 1 1 1 cyclohexyl e scheme (1) chemistry | 78 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 o nh o hn n h hn r r koh, cs2 o h n s sn r o hn s sn r o nh s s n r o n h s s n r m m k o h , c s 2 , m c l 2 1 k o nh o hn ss s s n n r r 2 m c l2 k where: r = cyclohxyl stirring at 0 °c for 2 h s tirring for 18h m = mnii, coii, niii, cuii, znii and cdii = l st ir ri ng f or 1 8h cl cl cl cl cl cl cl cl scheme (2) chemistry | 79 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 4.2. ftir and nmr spectra the ftir spectral data is collected in table (2). ftir spectrum of l exhibits band at 3299cm-1 due to ν(n–h) stretching. band related to ν(c=o) amide is observed at 1676 cm-1. bands assigned to νas(cs2) and νs(cs2) functional groups were observed at 1084, 976 cm -1, while peak related to ν(c-cl) was detected at 654 cm-1. evidence for the formation of dinuclear-macrocyclic complexes was deduced from their ftir spectra. bands at 1424-1498 cm-1 that resulted from the stretching of the c-n-s bond indicated a partial delocalization of π-electron density within the dithiocarbamate moieties [21]. peaks detected at 1084-1151 cm-1 and 933-984cm-1 were assigned to νas(cs2) and νs(cs2), respectively indicating an anisobidentate chelation approach of the ligand to the metal atoms [22, 23]. complexes exhibited two sets of bands around 374-389cm-1, which attributed to ν(m-s) vibration mode, and supporting the asymmetrical chelation mode of the ligand [9]. the 1h and 13c nmr spectra of the ligand exhibited signals related to the various protons and carbon nucleus indicating the formation of the ligand (see experimental section). the 1h nmr spectrum in dmso-d6 solution of the ligand  shows peak at ca. 5.00 ppm assigned to ch (c2, 2`-h). the downfield appearance of this signal may be due to attachment to withdrawing groups (c=o, n-h and cl). the (n-h) peak for the amide moiety appears as expected around 8.50 ppm. the 13c nmr spectrum in dmso-d6 solution of l shows a chemical shift of the carbonyl moiety at δ= 160.33. the preparation of the free ligand was confirmed by detecting resonance around δ=189.87 ppm, which assigned to quaternary carbon in dithiocarbamate moiety c=s. the 1hnmr spectrum for [cd(l)]2 in dmso-d6 solution displays the (n-h) signal for the amide moiety at δ= 8.19 ppm, confirming the non-involvement of the amide group upon complexation [24]. the 13c nmr spectrum of [cd(l)]2 exhibits a number of different carbons in a molecule with the appropriate shifting to that observed in the free ligand, indicating the formation of the cd-complex. the chemical shift for c=s moiety is detected at 208.12 ppm in [cd(l)]2, compared with that at 189.87 in the free ligand confirming the involvement of this moiety in complexation [25] ( see figure (1)). 4.3. mass spectrum the electrospray (+) mass spectrum of [zn(l)]2 complex. reveals that the parent ion peak is not observed upon fragmentation. for c60h68cl4n8o4s8zn2, requires1494.39. peaks detected at m/z=1307.3 (9%), 1062.8 (9 %) 748.2 (19 %), 560.8 (8 %) and 245.3 (10 %) related to [m-(nh-co-chcl-(n-c6h11))] +, [m-(nh-co-chcl-(n-c6h11))+((ph)2nh-cochcl)]+, [m-(nh-co-chcl-(n-c6h11))+((ph)2nh-co-chcl)+((n-c6h11)(cs2)2zn)] +, [m(nh-co-chcl-(n-c6h11))+((ph)2nh-co-chcl)((n-c6h11)+(cs2)2zn)+(nh-co-chcl-(nc6h11))] + and [m-(nh-co-chcl-(n-c6h11))+((ph)2nh-co-chcl)+((nc6h11)+(cs2)2zn)+(nh-co-chcl-(n-c6h11) +((n-c6h11)+(cs2)2zn)] +. 4.4. uv-vis spectral data and magnetic susceptibility for the complexes the electronic spectrum of l in dmso solution revealed peaks at 268 and 359 nm assigned to π → π* and n → π* transitions, respectively [26-28]. the electronic spectra of the complexes exhibited bands at 265-268 nm associated to the ligand field π → π* and n → π* transitions. bands at 321-343 nm attributed to the charge transfer transitions (ct) in l complexes [29]. the spectrum of the mn(ii)-complex showed a peak at 435 nm related to 6a1 → 4a1 transition, indicating tetrahedral geometry about mn(ii) ion [30, 31]. the magnetic moment value 5.76 b.m of [mnii(l)]2 is typical for a high spin mn(ii) ion, which related to tetrahedral structures for mn(ii)-complexes [30, 32]. the co(ii) complex exhibits an additional peak at 670 nm correlated to 4a2 (f) → 4t1 (p) transition, indicating tetrahedral structure around co ion [31-32]. the eff value of 4.87 b.m for co-complex indicates a fourcoordinate complex with a tetrahedral arrangement about metal centre [30, 32]. the spectrum chemistry | 80 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 of the ni(ii)-complex displayed peaks in the forbidden region at 478 and 645 nm attributed to 1a1g (f) → 1b1g (f) and 1a1g (f)→ 1a2g (f), respectively confirming square planar structure around ni atom [31, 32]. the magnetic moment measurement for [niii(l)]2 complex reveals a diamagnetic arrangement. the experimental magnetic value of ni(ii) complex along with other analytical data indicated square planar geometry about ni ion. the spectrum of the cu(ii)-complex exhibited peaks in the d-d region at 721 and 835 nm related to 2b1g→ 2b2g and 2b1g→ 2a2g transitions, respectively indicating square planar geometry around cu ion [29-31]. the magnetic moment value of 1.64 b.m for [cuii(l)]2 complex confirms the square planar geometry around cu(ii) ion [30, 31]. the electronic spectra of the [zn(l)]2 and [cd(l)]2 complexes exhibited peaks at 267, 267 and 339, 330 nm that assigned to the ligand field and charge transfer transitions in znand cd-complex, respectively [28, 29]. the electronic data, molar conductance and magnetic moment measurements of l complexes with their assignments are listed in (table 3). 4.5. thermal analysis thermal properties of the ligand and some metal complexes are summarised in table (4). the tg-dsc curves of the ligand and their complexes were measured from ambient temperature up to 600 °c in the atmosphere of nitrogen. the analysis of thermal data showed ligand l is stable up to 85 °c with a weight loss of 15.87%, which attributed to (kcs2) fragment.the peak detected at 128-238ºc related to the (diphenylncochclnphenyl+c+cs2) segment with 63.85% weight loss. the third step occurs at 240590ºc is related to the loss of (c2h2) fragments with a weight loss of 3.50%. this peak accompanied by an endothermic behaviour in the dsc curve at 574.4 °c. the final residue of the compound is related to the (phenyl-chocl) with 12.26% weight loss. thermal data of mn(l)]2, [co(l)]2, [ni(l)]2 complexes consists of two steps. the weight loss and other thermal properties including lost fragments of the complexes are listed in table (4), [35, 36]. 4.6. bacterial activity dithiocarbamate ligand and its metal complexes were tested for their antimicrobial activity towards four bacterial species (escherichia coli, pseudomonas aeruginosa (g−), staphylococcus aureus and bacillus stubtilis (g+)). the involvement of dmso in the biological activity was clarified by separate studies carried out with the solutions of dmso alone, which showed no activity against any bacterial strains [37]. the measured zones of inhibition against the growing of different microorganisms are tabulated in table (5). biological data showed that complexes become potentially more active against these tested bacteria (except [zn(l)]2 with e. coli and, p. aeruginosa) compared with the free ligand. this may be explained by chelation effect in which the partially sharing of the positive charge of the metal in complexes by the donor atoms present in the ligand and there may be π-electron delocalization through the whole chelate ring that enhances the lipophilic character of the metal chelate structure. this will favour its spread through the lipid of the cell membranes [38, 39]. 5. conclusion the work is based on the formation of new bimetallic macrocyclic dithiocarbamate complexes. the synthesis of these complexes was accomplished by adopting two routes; (i) from the mixing of the free ligand with a metal ion, or (ii) through a one-pot template reaction. in these complexes, the metal ion plays a key role in the self-assembly. the nature of bonding and proposed structures of the complexes were established by analytical and spectroscopic techniques. these results indicated the isolation of four-coordinate complexes. chemistry | 81 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 bacterial activities revealed that complexes found to be more active towards these bacterial strains in comparison with the free ligand. references 1. paul, d. beer, neil, g. berry, andrew, r. cowley, elizabeth j. hayes, edward c. oates and wallacew. h. wong,. (2003).,metal-directed self-assembly of bimetallic dithiocarbamate transition metal cryptands and their binding capabilities., chem. commun., 19, 2408–2409. 2. nabipour, h.; ghammamy, s.; ashuri, s. and aghbolaghc, z. s., (2010) .,“synthesis of a new dithiocarbamate compound and study of its biological properties”, j. org. chem, 2. 7580. 3. el walily, a.f.m .; razak, o.a.; belal, s.f and bakry, r.s., (1999).,utilization of carbon disulphide for the analytical determination of betahistine hydrochloride and captopril in their pharmaceutical preparations., j. pharm.biomed anal., 21(2), 439–449. 4. figueira, p.; lopes, c. b.; danieli-da-silva, a. l., pereira e., duarte c and trindad t.,(2011). “removal of mercury (ii) by dithiocarbamate surface functionalized magnetite particles: application to synthetic and natural spiked waters”, water res., 45. 17. 5773-5784. 5. singh, s.; bhattacharya, n. and subrato.,(2012).“synthesis and characterisation of some triorgano, diorgano, monoorganotin and a triorganolead heteroaromatic dithiocarbamate complexes”, j. organomet. chem, 700. 69-77. 6. marzano, c.; ronconi, l.;chiara, f.; giron, m. c.; faustinelli, i.; cristofori, p.;trevisan, a and fregona, d., (2011)., “gold(iii)-dithiocarbamato anticancer agents: activity, toxicology and histopathological studies in rodents”, int. j. cancer, 129, 2, 487-496. 7. amin, e.; saboury, a. a.; mansuri-torshizi, h. and moosavi-movahedi, a. a. j., (2010). “potent inhibitory effects of benzyl and p-xylidine-bisdithiocarbamate sodium salts on activities of mushroom tyrosinase”, enzyme inhib. med. chem, 25.2. 272-281. 8.  hogarth  g., (2012) “metal-dithiocarbamate complexes: chemistry and biological activity”, 12, 12.1202-1215. 9. hasan, h. a.; yousif, e. i.; al-jeboori, m. j.,(2012). “metal-assisted assembly of dinuclear metal(ii) dithiocarbamate schiff-base macrocyclic complexes: synthesis and biological studies”, global j. inorg. chem, 3. 10. 1-7. 10. bolzati, c.; benini, e.; cavazza-ceccato, m.;cazzola, e.; malago, e.; agostini, s., tisato, f., refosco f and bandoli g.,(2006) .“from symmetrical to asymmetrical nitrido phosphino-thiol complexes: a new class of neutral mixed-ligand (99m)tc compounds as potential brain imaging agents”, bioconjug chem, 17. 2. 419-428. 11. bolzati, c.; boschi, a. and uccelli, l., (2002). “chemistry of thestrong electrophilic metal fragment [99mtc(n)(pxp)]2+ (pxp =diphosphine ligand). a novel tool for the selective labeling of smallmolecules”, j. am.chem. soc., 124(38) , 11468–11479. 12. goyal, r. n.; umar, a. a. and oyama, m., (2009).,comparison of spherical nanogold particles and nanogold plates for the oxidation of dopamine and ascorbic acid., j. electro.chem., 631(1-2), 58–61. 13. hitchcock, p. b., a. hulkes, g. and lappert, m. f., z. li.,( 2004).“cerium(iii) dialkyl dithiocarbamates from [ce[n(sime3)2]3] and tetraalkylthiuram disulfides, and [ce(kappa2s2cnet2)4] from the ce(iii) precursor; tb(iii) and nd(iii) analogues”, dalton trans., 1. 129136. 14. normah, a., farahana, n.; ester, b; asmah, h.; rajab, n. and halim, a., (2011). “cytotoxic and genotoxic effect of triphenyltin(iv) benzylisopropyl dithiocarbamate in thymomamurine cell line (wehi 7.2)”, res. j. chem. environ, 15. 544-549. chemistry | 82 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 15. tlahuext, h.; reyes-martinez, r.; vargas-pineda, g.; lopez-cardoso, m.and hopfl h., (2011).“molecular structures and supramolecular association of chlorodiorganotin(iv) complexes with bisand tris-dithiocarbamate ligand”, j. organomet. chem., 696.693-701. 16. tlahuext-aca1, a.; hopfl, h.; medrano-valenzuela, f.; guerrero-alvarez, j.; tlahuext h., lara, k. o.; reyes-márquez, v. and tlahuext, m.,(2012).“synthesis,spectroscopic characterisation, dft calculations, and dynamic behavior of mononuclear macrocyclic diorganotin(iv) bis-dithiocarbamate complexes”, inorg. chem., 638.11. 1731–1738. 17. pratt, m. d. and beer, p. d.,(2004).“heterodinuclear ruthenium(ii) bipyridyl-transition metal dithiocarbamate macrocycles for anion recognition and sensing”, tetrahedron, 60. 49. 11227–11238. 18. cookson,j.;evans, e. a. l.; maher, j. p.; serpell, c., r.; paul, p., a. cowley r., drew m and beer p.d.,(2010).“metal-directed assembly of large dinuclear copper(ii) dithiocarbamate macrocyclic complexes”, inorg. chimica acta, 363. 6. 1195-1203. 19. faraglia,g.; sitran, s. and montagner, d.,(2005). “pyrrolidine dithiocarbamates of pd(ii)”, inorg. chim. acta, 358. 971-980. 20. al-jeboori, m. j.; al-jeboori, f. a and al-azzawi, m. a. r., (2011). “metal complexes of a new class of polydentate mannich bases: synthesis and spectroscopic characterisation”, inorg. chim. acta, 379.1. 163-170. 21. johnson, b. f., k. ;al-obalidi, h. and mecleverty, j. a., (1969). “transition-metal nitrosyl compounds, part iii. (n-n-dialkyldithiocarbamato)nitrosyl compounds of molybdenum and tungsten”, j. chem. soc. a, 19. 1668-1670. 22. fulmer, g. r.; miller, a. j. m.; sherden, n. h.;gottlieb, h. e.;nudelman, a.; stoltz, b. m., bercaw, j. e and goldberg, k. i., (2010). “nmr chemical shifts of trace impurities: common laboratory solvents, organics, and gases in deuterated solvents relevant to the organometallic chemist”, organomet, 29. 9. 2176-2179. 23. srinivasan, s.; ramalingam, k. and rizzoli, synthesis, c., (2012). “nmr and single crystal x-ray structural studies on planar nis4 and nis2pn chromophores: steric and electronic effects”, polyhedron, 33.1. 60-66. 24. orescanin, v.; mikelic, l.; roje, v. and lulic, s., (2006). “determination of lanthanides by source excited energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence (edxrf) method after preconcentration with ammonium pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate(apdc)”, analytical chimica acta, 570.2. 277-282. 25.jowitt, r. n. and mitchell, p. c. h.,(1970). “complexes of molybdenum(vi) and molybdenum(v) with dithiocarbamate, dithiocarbonate, and phosphorothiolothionate”, j. chem. soc. part a. 1702-1708. 26. ronconil., giovagnini,l.; marzona, c.; bettio, f.; graziani, r.; pilloni, g. and fregona d., (2005). “gold dithiocarbamate derivatives as potential antineoplastic agents:design, spectroscopic properties, and in vitro antitumor activity”, inorg. chem., 44.6. 1867-1881. 27. pandey, p. k.; pandey, a. k.; mishra, a. n.; ojha, k. k.; kumar, s. r., (2012). “physicochemical studies of manganese(ii), cobalt(ii), zinc(ii), and copper(ii) complexes derived from 2-substituted benzaldehyde thiosemicarbazones”, indian j. sci. res., 3 .1.119-122. 28. al-jeboori, m. j.; al-tawel, h. h. and ahmad, r. m., (2010)., “new metal complexes of n2s2 tetradentate ligands: synthesis and spectral studies”, inorg. chimica acta, 363, 6, 13011305. 29. siddiqi k.s., nami s. a. a and lutfullaha,y. chebudeb, (2006). “template synthesis of symmetrical transition metal dithiocarbamates”, j. braz. chem. soc., 17.1.107-112. 30. du m., bu x. h., guo y. m and ribas j., (2004).“ligand design for alkali-metaltemplated self-assembly of unique high-nuclearity cuii aggregates with diverse coordination cage units: crystal structures and properties”, j. chem., 10. 1345. chemistry | 83 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 31. mamba, s. m.; mishara, a. k.; mamba, b. b.; njobeh, p. b.; dutton, m. f. and fossokankeu e.,(2010).“spectral thermal and in vitro antimicrobial studies of cyclohexylamine-ndithiocarbamate transition metal complexes”,spectrochimica acta part a, 77.3. 579-587. 32.slddappa, k.; mallikarjun, k.; reddy, t.; mallikarjun ,m.; vreddy, c. and tambe, m., (2009).“synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of n1-[(1e)-1-(2hydroxyphenyl)ethylidene]-2-oxo-2h-chromene-3-carbohydrazide and its metal complexes”, e-journal of chemistry, 6.3. 615-624. 33. canpolat, e. and kaya, m.,(2005). “spectroscopic characterization of n,n-bis(2-{[(2,2dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl]amino}ethyl)n',n'dihydroxyethane diimidamide and its complexes”, j. coord. chem., 31.7. 511-515. 34. geary, w. j., (1971). “the use of conductivity measurements in organic solvents for the characterisation of coordination compounds”, j. coord. chem. rev., 7. p. 81-122. 35. qing, c.; ming-hua, z .; lian-qiang, w. and mohamedally, k., (2010). “a multifaceted cage cluster, [coii6o12 ⊃ x] − (x = cl− or f−): halide template effect and frustrated magnetism”, chem. mater., 22: p. 4328-4334. 36. rahman, a.; choudhary, m. and thomsen, w., (2001). “bioassay techniques for drug development”, harwood academic. amsterdam. 37. himanshu, a.; francesc, l. and rabindranath, m.,(2009).“one-dimensional coordination polymers of mnii, cuii, and znii supported by carboxylate-appended (2pyridyl)alkylamine ligands – structure and magnetism”, euro. j . inorg. chem., 22. 33173325. 38. singh, r. v.; dwivedi, r. and joshi, s. c., (2004). “synthetic, magnetic, spectral, antimicrobial and antifertility studies of dioxomolybdenum(vi) unsymmetrical imine complexes having an n∩ n donor system”, trans.met .chemi., 29. 1. 70–74. 39. tweedy b. g., (1964). “plant extracts with metal ions as potential antimicrobial agents”, phytopathology, 55. 910–914. chemistry | 84 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (1) colours, yields, melting points and (c, h, n, s) analysis, values for ligand and bis(dithiocarbamate)-based complexes found (calca%) yield (%) m.p. ºc colour molecular formula metal ion 9.11 (9.33) 16.26 (16.88) 7.82 (7.37) 4.21 (4.51) 46.56 (47.41) 66.00 188 190 light yellow c30h34cl2k2n4o2s4 l 9.55 (9.62) 9.05 (9.58) 8.25 (8.93) 17. 18 (17.41) 17.21 (17.32) 16.09 (16.15) 7.95 (7.60) 7.85 (7.57) 7.85 (7.25 4.33 (4.65) 4.07 (4.63) 4.07 (4.63) 48.08 (48.91) 48.15 (48.66) 45.11 (45.37) 7.22 (7.46) 7.42 (7.93) 13.82 (14.15) 42.85 50 46.15 41.02 44.87 44.57 242 255 286 278 256 263 brown dark green green brown pale yellow pale yellow c60h68cl4n8o4s8mn2 c60h68cl4n8o4s8co2 c60h68cl4n8o4s8ni2 c60h68cl4n8o4s8cu2 c60h68cl4n8o4s8zn2 c60h68cl4n8o4s8cd2 [mn(l)]2 [co(l)]2 [ni(l)]2 [cu(l)]2 [zn(l)]2 [cd(l)]2 table (2) ftir spectral data (wave number) cm-1 of ligand and their complexes. ν (cn νas(cs2) ν,s(cs2) ν (ccl ν(ncs2) νar(c=c) δ(n-h) ν (c=o) νali(c-h) ν (ch-cl) νar(c-h) ν (n-h) comp. 1223 1084 ,976 654 1441 1545 1622 1676 2922, 2844 3086 3299 l 12551151, 980 768 1498 1550 1628 1682 2933, 2850 3095 3293 [mn(l)]2 12551090 ,980 798 1488 1494 1514 1650 2939, 2850 3010 3249 [co(l)]2 12651070 ,984 667 1424 1446 1512 1656 2931, 2848 3012 3224 [ni(l)]2 12401105 ,933 752 1452 1520 1576 1644 2927, 2856 3005 3265 [cu(l)]2 12281078 ,976 773 1498 1550 1612 1685 2927, 2850 3010 3290 [zn(l)]2 12281084 ,980 773 1452 1498 1550 1628 2922, 2856 3010 3296 [cd(l)]2 *= ν (ni-s) observed at 389.59 and 374.16 cm-1. *= ν (cd-s) observed at 385.74 cm-1. chemistry | 85 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (3) uv-vis spectral data of ligand and bis(dithiocarbamate)-based complexes in dmso solutions, molar conductance and magnetic moment. table (4) tga/dtg/dsc data for ligand and complexes dtg peak temp. °c  nature of dsc peak and temp. °c  nature of transformation/interme diate formed% mass found (calc.), mg fragments decomposition temperature initial-final °c  stage stable up to °c   comp     85 exo   2.3807 (2.2745)(kcs2)85-125 1 85 l  -132.2,173.3 ,215.0,404. 7,483.8 endo   9.5780 (9.4936)(diphenylncochclnphenyl+c+cs2)  128-238 2    574.4 endo   0.5254 (0.5139)(c2h2)   240-590 3    120,185 exo   5.1091 (5.0773)   (2ch2 ch2 ch2 ch2 ch2chnchcl hn+ hncochclnchch2ch2 ch2 +4cs2 +chconh)   110-264   1 110 [mn(l)]2     241, 400.6 endo  0.4753 (0.4288)   (cl+conh) 265-5982  200   185.8 endo   4.2179 (4.2117)   (hncochclnchch2ch2ch2 ch2ch2+4cs2+ch2ch2ch2c h2ch2chnch2 co +chcohn)   105-218   1 105 [co(l)]2     455 endo   2.0267 (2.0039)   (diphenyl-nhconchcl + ch2ch2ch2ch2ch2ch2)   220-560   2  µeff (b.m) λm(ω 1cm2mol-1) assignment extinction coefficient ɛmax (dm 3 mol -1 cm -1 ) wave number (cm-1) band positio n λnm comp. intra-ligand π → π* n → π* 1239 2247 1280 37313 41322 27855 268 342 359 l 5.76 19.9 intra-ligand π → π* c.t 6a1  4t1 884 393 77 37458 30864 23148 267 324 435 [mn(l)]2 4.87 8.47 intra-ligand π → π* c.t 4a2 (f) →4t1 (p) 1028 1613 44 37313 30487 14925 268 328 670 [co(l)]2 diamagnetic 5.86 intra-ligand π → π* c.t 1a1g (f) → 1b1g (f) 1a1g (f)→ 1a2g (f) 1223 2501 455 187 37735 29154 20920 15503 265 343 478 645 [ni(l)]2 1.64 9.77 intra-ligand π → π*, c.t 2b1g→ 2b2g 2b1g→ 2a2g 740 669 18 16 37593 31152 13869 11976 266 321 721 835 [cu(l)]2 diamagnetic 3.72 intra-ligand π → π*, n→π* c.t 1226 2419 37458 29498 267 339 [zn(l)]2 diamagnetic 2.09 intra-ligand π → π*, n→π* c.t 976 1795 37458 30303 267 330 [cd(l)]2 chemistry | 86 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 table (5) bacterial activity of ligand and bisdithiocarbamate-based complexes no. sample average inhibition zone (mm) e. coli p. aeruginosa b. sabtuius s. aureus 1 l 6 5 5 3 2 [mn(l)]2 12 11 13 15 3 [co(l)]2 13 12 16 15 4 [ni(l)]2 12 13 12 12 5 [cu(l)]2 10 12 9 10 6 [zn(l)]2 13 11 7 [cd(l)]2 12 17 25 16 figure (1) 13c nmr spectra in dmso-d6 solutions for: a) l; b) [cd(l)]2 chemistry | 87 2017عام ) 1(العدد 30مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 تحضير وتشخيص ،ليكاند جديد ثنائي داي ثايو كارباميت في تكوين المعقدات طيفي والفعالية البكتيرية انعام اسماعيل يوسف حسن احمد حسن جامعة بغداد) / الھيثم ابن(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / قسم الكيمياء 2016/نيسان/5:بل فيق ،2016/شباط/21:استلم في الخالصة الليكاند بمفاعلة الفلز حضر تضمن البحث تحضير وتشخيص ليكاند ثنائي الثايوكارباميت ومعقداته الحلقية ثنائية وسطا سيتونايتريلمزيج من الماء واال عمالدروكسيد البوتاسيوم باستاالمين الثانوي مع الكاربون ثنائي الكبريت وبوجود ھي . الحر اللكاندعلى لنحصلللتفاعل ةللمواد المتفاعل ةالحر و الثانية طريقة االضافة الواحد الليكانداالولى طريقة تينطريق عمالالمعقدات باست حضرت مع مكافئ من ملح لليكاندالحر من تفاعل مكافئ من ملح البوتاسيوم الليكاندحضر المعقد في طريقة . في دورق التفاعل حيث يتم تحضير المعقد من خالل مزج ثنائي االمين الثانوي مع ةالثانية فھي طريقة االضافة الواحد الطريقة اام, الفلز وسطا سيتونايتريلمزيج من الماء واال عمالباستالكاربون ثنائي الكبريت و ملح الفلز و بوجود ھيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم التحليل الدقيق للعناصر وتقنية اطياف االشعة تحت ةوالمعقدات بوساطشخص الليكاند .المعقدات على لنحصلللتفاعل وقياس درجة االنصھار الموالرية التوصليةو ةالمغناطيسي ةوالحساسي ةوالمرئي ةفوق البنفسجي ةالحمراء واطياف االشع :واطياف الرنين المغناطيسي ةوتقنية طيف الكتل 1h, 13c nmr spectroscopy. .وكانت المعقدات اكثر فعالية من اليكاند ليكاند والمعقداتليه البكتيرية لتم دراسة الفعا .المحضرة ھو رباعي التناسق ةفي المعقدات الحلقي ةان التناسق حول االيونات الفلزي) ةكيميائي-الفيزو( كشفت القياسات : ةالعام ةذات الصيغ ةمعقدات حلقي اعطىتفاعل في الطريقتين الناتج [m(l)]2 (where: m = (mnii ,coii, niii ,cuii , znii and cdii) . الفعالية البكتيرية, التراكيب دراسة, الثايوكارباميت ثنائي معقدات :المفتاحية الكلمات ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 color image steganography based on discrete wavelet and discrete cosine transforms a. a. abdul latef departme nt of computer science ,college of education ibn al haitham,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 1, march , 2011 accepte d in : 10, may, 2011 abstract the secure data transmission ov er internet is achieved usin g steganogr aphy . it is the art and science of con cealin g information in unremarkab le cover media so as not to arouse an observer’s suspicion. in this p aper the color cover image is divided into equally four p arts, for each p art select one channel from each p art( red, or green, or blue), choosing on e of these channel depending on the high color ratio in that p art. the chosen p art is deco mposing into four p arts {ll, hl, lh, hh} by using discrete wavelet transform. the hidin g ima ge is d ivided into four p art n*n then app ly dct on each p art. finally the four dct coefficient p arts embeddin g in four high fr equency sub-bands {hh} in cover image. exp eriments show that t his method gets st ego image with p erceptual invisibility , and better secrecy. the p rop osed method was imp lemented using m at lab 7.8. keywords: stegano graphy , digital watermark, wavelet transform, dct. introduction the development in techno logy and networking h as p osed serious threats to obtain secured data communication. this has driven the interest among comp uter security researchers to overcome the serious threats for secured data transmission. one method of p roviding more security to data is information hiding. generally sp eaking, information hiding relates to both watermarkin g and st eganography . a watermarking sy st em’s p rimary goal is to achieve a high level of robust ness-that is, it should be imp ossible to remove a watermark without degradin g the data object’s quality . steganogr aphy , on the other hand, st rives for high security and cap acity , which often entails that the hidden information is fragile. even trivial modif ications to the stego medium can destroy it [1]. generally , the information h idin g techn iques can fall in two categories: sp atial-domain methods and transform domain methods .m any techniques have been p rop osed in the sp atial domain, such as the lsb (least sign ificant bit) insertion method , t he patchwork method and the texture block codin g method . t hese techniqu es p rocess the location and lu minance of the image p ixel d irectly . the lsb method has a major d isadvantage that the least si gnificant bits may be easily destroy ed such as randomly flipp ing the lower bits or loose compression [2, 3]. a transform-domain method, such as the fourier transform, discrete cosine transform, or discrete wavelet transform, are based on sp ecial transformations, and p rocesses the coefficients ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 in the frequency domain for hiding data. in these methods the watermark is hidden in the high frequency coefficients or middle frequen cy coefficients of the p rotected image. the low frequency coefficients are more likely to be sup p ressed by filtration as noise. therefore, the high frequency coefficients of the protected image ar e used to embed the watermark. how to select t he best frequency p ortions of the image for hid ing watermark is an important and difficult top ic. the transform-domain method is more robust than the sp atial-domain method against comp ression, cropping, and jitterin g. the robust ness is maintained at the price of imp erceptibility in the trans form domain [3, 4]. wavelet transform wavelet transform is used to convert a sp atial domain into frequency domain. the use of wavelet in image st enogr aphic model lies in the fact that the wavelet transform clearly sep arates the high frequen cy and low frequency information on a p ixel by p ixel basis. a one dimensional dwt is a repeated filter bank algorithm, and the input is convolved with high p ass filter and a low p ass filter. the result of latter convolution is smoothed version of the inp ut, while the high frequency p art is captured by the first convolution. the reconst ruction involves a convolution with the sy nthesis filter and the results of this convolution are added. in two dimensional transform, first apply one step of the one dimensional transform to a ll rows and then rep eat to all columns. this decomposition results into four classes or band coefficients [5]. the haar wavelet transform is the si mplest of all wavelet transform. in this the low frequency wavelet coefficient are generated by averaging the two p ixel values and high fr equency coefficients are generated by takin g half of the d ifference of the same two p ixels. t he four bands obtained are approximate band (ll), vertical band (lh), horizontal band (hl), and diagonal detail band (hh) as shown in fi gur e(1). the app roximation b and consists of low fr equency wavelet coefficients, which contain si gnificant p art of t he sp atial domain image. the other bands also called as d etail b ands consists of hi gh fr equency coeff icients, which contain the ed ge details of the sp atial domain image [5, 6]. dct transform the discrete cosine transform (dct) is close ly related to the discrete fourier transform. it is a sep arable linear transformation; that is, the two-dimensional transform is equivalent to a onedimensional dct p erformed along a sin gle dimension followed by a one-dimensional dct in the other dimension [7] .the d efinition of the two-dimension al dct for an input image a and output image c is ….(1) for u, v = 0,1,2,…,n −1 and α(u) and α(v) are defined as fol lows: ………..(2) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 the proposed method the prop osed method consists of two stages, the first for embeddin g p rocess and the other for extracting p rocess as shown below: -the embedding al gorithm: st ep 1: inp ut the cover image (24 bit) and the hidden image (24 bit). step2: divide the cover image into equally four blocks (n*n) step 3: for each block do the followin g i) decomp ose the block into r (red), g (green), and b (b lue) channel and choose on of them (depending on high est color ratio). ii) decomp ose the selected block by using haar wavelet t ransform. step4: prep rocessing the hiding ima ge by dividing it into equally four p arts m *m. step5: app ly dct transform to each part and all three channels (r, g, and b). step6: insert dct coefficient of p art 1with high sub-band {hh} of p art1 of the cover ima ge. repeat step 6 for all hiding image parts to hidden in all (hh) p arts of cover image. step7: reconstruct the image by using inverse haar wavelet transform to each p art. step8: combine each part with other two channels t hen combine the four p arts together step9: disp lay st ego image. -the extraction al gorithm st ep 1: input stego image. step2: decompose image into four equally blocks and find the selected channel for each blo ck step3: decomp ose each part by using haar wavelet t ransform. step4: extract hidden p arts from all four (hh) sub-band. step5: convert each p art into the sp atial domain by using idct . step6: combine and d isp lay the hiding image ex perime ntal resul t this research imp lements into many images, this results for one image. in the exp eriment, the cover ima ges are 512*512 color image and secret ima ges are 128*128 color ima ge as shown in fig. (2). the p rocessing on the cover ima ge are divid ed it into four p arts and choosing one channel for each p art then apply ing 2_d dwt on each p art. the result for first p art after choosing the green channel and app ly ing 2-d dwt is shown in fig. (3). the hiding image is also divided into four p arts then apply ing dct on each p art fig. (4) showed app lying dct in red color). then embedd ed each hid ing p art in one hh sub-band. fig.(5) showed the st ego image and retrieval image. the hist ogram of the origin cover image and the st ego image is shown in fig. (6). anot her way to measure the invisib ility of the hidden message in terms of the peak si gnalto-noise ratio (psnr)[6]: mse psnr 2 10 255 log10 …… (3) where the m ean square error (m se) is defined as: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011        1 0 1 0 2 ),(ˆ),( 1 m m n n nmxnmx mn mse …… (4) where n, m the size of the cover image(x), and stego image (x̂ ) r esp ectively. in our exp eriment t he psnr=64.8233 and m se=0.02141 conclusions there is a number of con clusions which were derived from this research: 1. in this research we incr ease the security by hidding the coeff icient of dct of hiding image in transform domain methods (dwt). 2. to achieve high se curity the hidden process is in one channel in each quarter of the cover image and in hh sub-band only. 3. we can incr ease the amount of p ayload hidden message by using another sub-band like hl and lh. re ferences 1.m anjunatha, h s.and raja k b. (2010), high capacity and security steganogr aphy using discrete wavelet transform, international journal of computer science and security (ijcss), 3: issue (6). 2.cox, i.j. m iller m . l. and bloom, j. a., (2002), digital watermarkin g”, m organ kaufmann publishers. 3.m eerwald, p. and uhl, a., (2001), a survey of waveletdomain watermarking al gorithms, secur ity and watermarkin g of m ultimedia contents iii, proceedings spie 4314: 505-516. january 20 26. 4.elbasi, e. and eskicio glu, a. m ., (2006), a dwt-based robust semi-blind image watermarkin g al gor ithm using two bands” proc. spie, 6072. 5.tong, l.and zheng-d ing, q. (2002), dwt-based color images steganogr aphy scheme, i eee international conference on si gnal proc essing, 2 :1568-1571. 6.dharwadkar, n. v.and amberk er, b. b., (2010), an efficient non-blind watermarkin g scheme for color images using discrete wav elet transformation”, international journal of co mputer app lications (0975 – 8887) 2(3). 7.strang, g. (1999), t he discrete cosine transform” siam review, 41( 1): 135-147. fig. (1): two dimensional wavelet transformation of an image image h l ll lh hl hh ll 2 lh2 hl2 hh2 lh hl hh ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig. (2): the origin images fig. (3) :applying 2-d dwt on fi rst part of co ver image (a) origin cover image (b) origin hiding ima ge ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 3) 2011 fig.(4) applying dct on each part of hiding image fig. (5) the ste go image and retrieval image fig.(6) the histogram of the origin cover image and the stego image (a) ste go image (b) extra cte d ima ge 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وتحویل الجیب تمام ل المویجيیو باستعمال التحالصورة الملونة في االخفاء االء عبد الحمید عبد اللطیف جامعة بغداد ،كلیة لتربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم علوم الحاسبات 2011،اذار ، 1: استلم البحث في 2011، ایار ، 10:قبل البحث في الخالصة ستعمال غطاء اب وهو علم اخفاء المعلومات . عملیة االخفاء باستعمالان البیانات االمنة تنتقل خالل شبكة االنترنیت اربعة علىقسمت هذه الصورة ، في هذا البحث استعملت صورة ملونة كغطاء . غیر مهم بحیث ال یثیر شكوك اي شخص عتماد على اعلى وتمت عملیة االختیار باال) احمر او اخضر او ازرق ( ةواحد قناة لونیةاجزاء متساویة ولكل جزء اختیر .ستعمال التحویل المویجياب) ll, lh, hl, hh( اربع اجزاء علىالجزء المختار یقسم . نسبة لونیة موجودة في ذلك الجزء ثم تخفى ) dct(تحویل الجیب تمام اربعة اجزاء متساویة وبعدها یطبق على كل جزء علىاما الصورة التي یراد اخفائها فتقسم ئیة اكدت التجارب ان البیانات المخفیة داخل الصورة الغطاء كانت غیر مر . من الصورة الغطاء) hh(اء هذه االجزاء في اجز . matlab 7.8 برنامج عماللطریقة المقترحة قد نفذت باستا ان .وامنة التحویل الجیب تمام ،اخفاء البیانات، العالمة المائیة ، التحویل المویجي :مفتاحیةالكلمات ال 11200043 11200044 11200045 11200046 11200047 11200048 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد قیاس تركیز االوكسجین العضوي في االلدیھایدات باستخدام تقنیة التحلیل بالتنشیط النیوتروني التفاضلي ھدیل عبد الجبار٭، بشرى جودة حسین ٭، ضیاء عبد المنعم نصرهللا ٭ وزارة العلوم والتكنلوجیا جامعة بغداد، أبن الھیثم/كلیة التربیة ، ٭ قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة بااللدیهایـدات ة تم تحدید تركیز االوكسجین العضوي في بعض المركبات العضویة من المجموعة الكاربونیلیة متمثلـ وكسجین بأستبدال االذلك و ،(dnaa)باستخدام تقنیة التحلیل بالتنشیط النیوتروني التفاضلي n.cm -2 .s -1 1.73*10 6 نـاتج مـن بـالنیتروجین المكـافئ لـه وتـشعیع األنمـوذج الجدیـد بفـیض مـن النیوترونـات الـسریعة مقـداره بعـــد ذلـــك تحدیـــد تركیـــز ،nai(tl) ثـــم حـــساب النـــشاط االشـــعاعي النـــاتج بأســتخدام منظومـــة كاشـــف .المولــد النیـــوتروني ذي یـشمل مركبـات تحتـوي علـى النیتــروجین فـي تراكیبهـا لهـا مواصـفات كیمیائیــة النیتـروجین باالسـتعانة بمنحنـي المعـایرة الــ . طریقة كلدالمن صحة أستبدال االوكسجین بالنیتروجین أستخدمتثبت وألجل مقارنة النتائج والت.وفیزیائیة معروفة جیدا المقدمة ال یعـود الـى الخـصائص الكیمیائیـة وانمـا الـى وتروني النیـان االساس العلمي والتقنـي الـذي یقـوم علیـه التحلیـل بالتنـشیط هـذه الخـصائص مـن ابـرز ممیـزات الطریقـة فالعناصـر المتـشابهة دتع. للعناصر ونظائرها) األشعاعیة(الخصائص الفیزیائیة ألوفــة، ق الكیمیائیــة المائرطفـي خواصــها وســلوكها الكیمیــائي التـي یستعــصي احیانــا فــصلها وتشخیــصها وتعیـین تراكیزهــا بــال ًعلـى الـرغم مـن الممیـزات العدیــدة للتحلیـل بالتنـشیط النیـوتروني ، اال ان هنـاك قیــودا .]1[مكـن تحلیلهـا بالتنـشیط بـسرعة ودقــةی nuclear reaction)منهــا تـداخل التفـاعالت النوویـة . ًاو حـدودا تعرقـل اتمـام العمـل لـبعض مـن العناصـر او المركبـات interference)،ة عـــدد مـــن العناصــر للتنـــشیط النیــوتروني بـــسبب انخفـــاض مقــدار او قیمـــة المقـــاطع كــذلك عـــدم اســتجاب یمكـن تجـاوز . لتلك العناصـر او بـسبب طبیعـة وطاقـة االشـعاعات النبعثـة عـن نـواتج التـشعیع(crosssection)العرضیة ا العناصــر التــي لهـــا امــ.ق الفــصل الكیمیــائي لعـــزل العناصــر المطلوبــةائــ باختیــار طر(interference)مــشكالت التــداخل ً جـدا فــیمكن اخــضاعها صــغیرة(halflive) واطئـة او تلــك التــي تولـد نــواتج مــشعة ذات اعمـار نــصفیة مقـاطع عرضــیة طلـــق علیهـــا تقنیــة التحلیـــل بالتنـــشیط النیـــوتروني التفاضـــلي ی وًلطریقــة التنـــشیط بوســـائل غیـــر مباشــرة ومعالجتهـــا كیمیائیـــا، (dnaa) derivative neutron activation analysis تقوم هذه التقنیة على اساس تحضیر مـشتق كیمیـائي ،اذ .]2[من العنصر المطلوب (dnaa)آلیة عمل تقنیة لتحدیــد االوكـــسجین العــضوي فـــي بعــض المركبـــات (dnaa) فــي تقنیـــة أتبعـــت الفیزیــائي –آلیــة العمــل الكیمیـــائي التــي تحویهـــا االلدیهایـــدات مـــع (c=o)ونیـــل بي تتــضمن تفاعـــل مجموعـــة الكارالتـــ) االلدیهایـــدات(العــضویة الكاربونیلیـــة ] [3 ویمكن تمثیل هذا التفاعل بالمعادلة ادناه (h2n-g)الكواشف العضویة والتي صیغتها العامة هي 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد (r-ch=o) a + (h2n-g) b  (r-ch=n-g) c + (h2o+ نواتج تفاعل اخر) d …(1) : ان اذ a : الحتوائه على لمعیمثل االلدیهاید المست (c=o). b : لمعالكاشف العضوي المست. c : مشتق االلدیهاید الحتوائه على(c=n). d : نواتج تفاعل اخر+ ماء (n) مباشرة ألجـل تحدیـد النیتـروجین لمعستی) في معادلة التفاعلcالمتمثل بالحرف (ان المشتق الناتج لاللدیهاید 14m) الطاقــة ي النیوترونـات الناتجــة مـن مولــد نیـوتروني ذالمعوذلـك باســت) o(المـستبدل باالوكــسجین ev) علـى اســاس 0.511m)الطاقـة ev) المنبعثـة مـن فوتـون كامـا النـاتج مـن انحـالل النیـوترون مـن التفاعـل n 13 14 n (n-2n)عمـر ي ذ .nai (tl) باستخدام منظومة كاشف ت التي قیس]4[ (t1/2 = 9.96 min)النصف االلدیھایدات علـة اهي مركبات عضویة تحتوي على الكاربون والهیدروجین واالوكسجین فـي تركیبهـا وتتمیـز بوجـود المجموعـة الف صیغتها العامة هي ،فیها والمعروفة بمجموعة الكاربونیل بعـض ) 1(یمثـل الجـدول ) .5( (c = o)جموعة عضویة ومجموعة الكاربونیل متمثلـة بالـصیغة تمثل مr ان اذ . في هذه الدراسةلتمعااللدیهایدات التي است مشتقات االلدیھایدات hyالكاشــف المـستخدم فــي هـذه الدراســة هــو (فـي حالــة تفاعـل االلدیهایــد مــع الكاشـف العــضوي droxy lamine hy drochloride (]5[ النــاتج یكــون مـــشتق االلدیهایــد فــان(oxime) ولــه درجـــة ا صــلب-ابلوریـــ ابـــان لــه تركیبــ ویتمیــز الصیغة الكیمیائیة للكاشف الناتج في هذه الدراسة هي. ]3[انصهار حادة h c=noh r االجهزة المستخدمة طتها تولید نیوترونات سریعة احادیة الطاقة امنظومة متكاملة یتم بوس : neutron generatorالمولد النیوتروني .1 )14m ev . ( النوع المستخدم في هذا البحثt-400) (الشكل یوضح فرنسي المنشأ و)االجزاء الرئیسة ) 1 .ني للمولد النیوترو منظومات الكشف والقیاس .2 ) .bf3(منظومة لقیاس الفیض النیوتروني متمثلة بكاشف ثالث فلورید البورون منظومة لقیاس طیف اشعة كاما المنبعثة من النماذج المشععة متمثلة بكاشف آیودید الصودیوم المطعم من in(5*5)ي ابعاد یتكون الكاشف من بلورة ذ. لهامخطط) 2(الشكل یوضح و nai(tl)بالثالیوم r – c – h o || 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد well ty)النمط البئري p e)اما قدرة التفریق الطاقي . یوضع في داخل درع من الرصاص لتقلیل الخلفیة االشعاعیة :عطى بالمعادلة ادناهللكاشف التي هي قابلیة الكاشف على كشف خطین طاقیین متقاربین فانها ت r %= عرض الخط الطاقي /موقع الذروة * 100 هي النسبة بین عدد النبضات الخارجة من الكاشف الى عدد nai(tl)ة الكاشف یكفا الى بالنسبة). %9.90(وقد كانت .فوتونات اشعة كاما الساقطة علیه .وتجفیفها) االوكسیم (ةیح البلورات المنفصلتم استخدامه لترش: جهاز بخنر .3 االجراءات العملیة محلـول هیدروكـسید الـصودیوم واضـیف الیـه،اخذ وزن معین مـن الكاشـف العـضوي هیدروكـسیل امـین هیـدروكلوریك (naoh) نظریــا لهـاوالمحـسوبة نـسبة االوكــسجین) 1( المــذكورة فـي الجــدول ات أي مـن االلدیهایـدیــضاف ببطـئ، بعـدها ً . باالستعانة بجهاز وجففت البلورات رشحت بعدها ،ة قصیرةمدخالل ) االوكسیم(حظ انفصال بلورات تمثل مشتق االلدیهاید لو n.cm( الـذي كـان سها وتعریضها الى الفیض النیـوتروني المنبعـث مـن المولـد النیـوترونيب ثم ك)بخنر( -2 .s -1 (1.73*10 6 ، باالستعانة بمنحني المعایرة .)900sec(ة قیاس في مد nai(tl) منظومة كاشف وحساب النشاط االشعاعي لها باستخدام والتــي تمثـــل فــي النهایـــة تركیــز االوكـــسجین فــي تلـــك لتتم معرفـــة نــسبة النیتـــروجین التــي اســـتبدتــ) 3(المبــین فــي الـــشكل .االلدیهایدات النتائج ومناقشتها امـا الجــدول .فیهـا ) النظریــة والعملیـة(مـع نـسبة النیتـروجین ) االوكـسیم(ج االلدیهایـدات والمـشتق النــات) 2(یبـین الجـدول القیم النظریة لها باالستعانه بالعالقة أدناه تالتي حسب) النظریة والعملیة(یبین نسبة االوكسجین ف) 3( الوزن الذري للعنصر ] * 100 [ الوزن الجزیئي للمركب قـیم االوكــسجین ال عـن ض فـ مـن العالقـة التناسـبیة التـي تــربط بـین قـیم النیتـروجین النظریـة والعملیـةتحـسب والقـیم العملیـة لـه توضح شكل االطیاف الطاقیة ألشعة كاما الناتجة )7,6,5,4 ( كما ان االشكال.النظریة ومنها نجد قیم االوكسجین العملیة خـالل تكـرار ) precision(یمكـن تقـویم النتـائج ومعرفـة مـدى الـضبط فـي القیاسـات. لهـذه المـشتقات nai(tl)مـن منظومـة ـــراتلالتـــشعیع والقیــــاس ـــد أختیـــر مــــشتقا ، نمــــوذجین ال عدیـــدة مـ لهــــذا الغــــرض ) formaldehyde,benzaldehyde(وقـ الضفـ) net(و) gross(كـل مـن ) 5(الجـدول یبـین كمـا .عن ضبط القیاس واالنحـراف المعیـاري النـسبي ) 4(الجدول یعبرو تـصحیح التــداخالت الــى أمــا بالنـسبة .ة فــي هـذه الدراسـة لمعالخاصـة باالطیــاف الطاقیـة للمركبــات المـست) fwhm (عـن :یأتيامالناتجة التي حصلت في هذه الدراسة كانت متمثلة ب (تداخل النظیرین .1 12 c(،) 13 c (ن یعطیـان یوالـذ) 13 n ( حـسب التفـاعلین ادنـاه وبعمـر نـصف)9.96min ( لكـال .]6,4[التفاعلین 13 n ) 12 c(p ,γ 13 n p ,n)( 12 c ه مـن قیمــة لـ ومـن ثـم طــرح قیمـة النـشاط االشـعاعي ، هـذا التـداخل خـالل أخــذ أنمـوذج هیـدروكاربوني وتـشعیعهتلقـد صـحح .ة في هذه الدراسةلمعة على الكاربون والمستالنشاط االشعاعي لكل المركبات الحاوی 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد (تداخل نظیر.2 16 o ( الذي یعطي) 13 n (4 ،7[حسب التفاعل أدناه [ 16 o(p ,α) 13 n له من قیمة النشاط االشعاعي لكل لمعالجة هذا التداخل أخذ ماء مقطر وطرحت قیمة النشاط االشعاعي .المركبات الحاویة على االوكسجین في هذه الدراسة تثبیت صـحة النتـائج المتمثلـة بـالخطوات العملیـة أستخدمت طریقة كلدال التي هي طریقة أخرى للقیاس ألجل المقارنة و لقد .ة في هذه الدراسةلمعهایدات المستی فقد تم حساب تراكیز النیتروجین في مشتقات االلد،لتحویل الكیتون الى مشتقه األستنتاجات .هایدات یركیز االوكسجین في مجموعة الكاربونیل الموجودة في االلدلقیاس ت) dnaa(أمكانیة تطبیق .1 یقترب تركیز عنصر النیتروجین المقاس في مشتق االلدیهاید مع القیم النظریة المحـسوبة مـن الـصیغة التركیبیـة للمركبـات .2 .ا یوكد مدى صالحیة الطریقةوهذ، لتركیز االوكسجین مقاربة للقیم النظریة المحسوبةاة الذي بدوره یعطي قیملمعالمست المصـادر 1.desoete,d. ;gijbels,r .and hoste,j. (1972). “neutron activation analysis”, wlley intersclence,new york, ــــي،القیــــــسي.2 ـــد علــ ــد محمــــ ــــ ــــــعاعیة") 1986( مجیـ ــــــاء االشـ ــــة الث"الكیمیـ ــــــة الجام، الطبقـــ ـــــة، مطبعـ ـــــةانیـ ــــة التكنولوجیــ .عـــ 3. vogel,a.i .(1966).“text book of practical organig chemist ry including qualitative organic analysis” 4. ehmann, w. d. ; khalil s. r and kop p enaal, d. w. , (1980) " radioanalytical chemistry " , 59(2) : 407 5. seager, s.and slabaugh, m ., (1997). " organic & biochemistry for today "third edition 6. james , w.d. ; ehmann , w.d.and hamrin , c.e. (1976). " radioanaly tical chemistry " , 32 :195 7. tolgy essy , j. and ky rs , m . (1989) " radioanalytical chemistry " ,2 : 49. 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد م استخدامها في الدراسةنماذج من االلدیهایدات التي ت) 1(جدول composition formula aldehydes ch3cho acetaldehy de c6h5cho benzaldehy de ch3ch2ch2cho buty raldehyde h-cho formaldehyde ohcch2chch2cho | cho formy lpentandial كاشف ونسب النیتروجین فیها مع صحة النتائجال معمتفاعلة المركبات العضویة ال) 2(جدول stan. no. aldehydes oximes theor. n% exp er n% accuracy % 1 acetaldehy de acetaldehy deoxime 23.71 22.46 5.272 2 benzaldehy de benzaldehy deoxime 11.56 11.43 1.124 3 buty raldehyde buty raldehydeoxime 16.08 15.77 1.927 4 formaldehyde formaldehydeoxime 31.10 31.04 0.192 5 formy lpentandial formy lpentandialoxime 9.78 9.29 5.010 كاشف النسب االوكسجین مع صحة النتائج للمركبات المتفاعلة مع ) 3(جدول s tan. no. the or. o% ex per o% accura cy % 1 36.32 34.40 5.286 2 15.07 14.90 1.128 3 22.19 21.76 1.937 4 53.28 53.17 0.206 5 12.48 11.85 5.048 (formaldehyde, benzaldehyde)ضبط القیاسات لمشتقي ) 4(جدول oximes no. of analysis mean  s . d. precision % benzaldehy deoxime 11.43 11.33 11.45 11.32 11.38 0.05 0.43 formaldehydeoxime 31.04 31.08 31.05 31.02 31.04  0.02 0.06 gross ،ne(قیم ) 5(جدول t، fwhm (ألطیاف المركبات المستخدمة fwhm(kev) net gross s tan. no. 53 15228 21137 1 50 9313 13015 2 51 14036 20972 3 51 26596 38615 4 50 5514 8637 5 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ) االجزاء الرئیسیة للمولد النیوتروني1شكل ( nai(tl)) مخطط لمنظومة كاشف 2شكل ( ) منحني المعایرة للمركبات النیتروجینیة3شكل ( 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد acetal)الطیف الطاقي لمشتق :) 4(شكل dehydeoxime) benz) الطیف الطاقي لمشتق :)5(شكل aldehydeoxime) 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد formaldeh)) الطیف الطاقي لمشتق 6شكل ( ydeoxime) formylpentan)) الطیف الطاقي لمشتق 7شكل ( dialoxim e) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 measurement of organic co ncentration in aldehydes by the derivative neutron activation analysis technique d.a.al-mune m,*b.j.hussein and *h.a.aljabbar ministry of sciences and technology, *departme nt of physics, college of education , ibn alhatham, baghdad unive rsity abstract the aim of this p aper is determine the concentration of the organic oxy gen in some organic comp ounds (aldehydes ) by the derivative neutron activation analysis technique, and the derivative of the oxy gen by the nitrogen equivalent toit and the irradiation of anew sample in flounce (1.73*10 6 n.cm -2 .s -1 ) by the neutron generator .then the calculation of the radioactivity which is done by using nai(tl) . aft er that we determine the concentration of nitrogen by calibration curve that includes nitrogen compounds which have app arent chemical and p hy sical characterist ics .for comp arison the result is done by using keldal method. 92-104 10880097 10880098 10880099 10880100 10880101 10880102 10880103 10880104 10880105 10880106 10880107 10880108 10880109 10880110 microsoft word 1-7 1| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 في sulcus medianالكشف عن إنظيم الكاربونك آنھايدريز في الثلم الناصف )rutts rutts( البالغ األبيضجرذ ال الخلفي في دماغلالبطين الرابع ل ذكرى عطا إبراھيم للعلوم الصرفة / جامعة ديالىقسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية أنعم رشيد الصالحي معھد أبحاث األجنة ومعالجة العقم / جامعة النھرين البكري الرضا عبد نھلة (ابن الھيثم)/جامعة بغداد–قسم علوم الحياة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014/حزيران /22 في البحث قبل ، 2014/اذار /52: في البحث استلم خالصةال carbonicوالمعتمدة على الكوبالت في الكشف عن إنظيم الكاربونك آنھايدريز (أعتمدت طريقة ترسيب المعادن الثقيلة anhydrase) في الثلم الناصف (sulcus median(البطين الرابع الدماغ الخلفي ) فيfourth ventricle (الجرذ في ) بدالً 2coclكلوريد الكوبالت ( استعمل , إذتعديل أساسي في طريقة العمل أجري ) . وقد rutts rutts(البالغ األبيض يم الكاربونك ظأية فعالية كيميانسجية ألن تظھر في ھذه النتيجة) في وسط التفاعل . لم po3co)4(2من فوسفات الكوبالت ( أرضية البطين الرابع للدماغ محددة بشكل واضح ولم يتم العثور على رواسب حيث ظھرت. آنھايدريز في المقاطع النسجية , بشكل جيد واضح )لمثيل األخضرالملون المضاد (ا التفاعل الكيميانسجي في الثلم الناصف ألرضية البطين الرابع . كان من )area postremaنخفضة (لباحة المل) venter surfaceلسطح البطني (يتألف افي منطقة الثلم الناصف . اً وواضح وسطياً أو في المنطقة مفرداً تكون تركيباً اذسواء في المنطقة األمامية منھا أية فعالية لألنظيم فيھا ظھرلم ت خاليا عمودية . )central canalمزدوجاً مستمراً مع بطانة القناة المركزية (تركيباً الخلفية حين تكون .الثلم الناصف, كاربونك آنھايدريزالباحة الخلفية , أنظيم الكلمات المفتاحية : 2| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 : المقدمة في التركيب اً مختلف, فعاالً اً يميظإن اً نظير 14الذي يضم يمات الفلزية ,ظإنظيم كاربونيك آنھايدريز ھو من مجموعة األنإن يشترك في عمليات وظيفية واسعة مثل توازن الحامض ، و يم في مختلف األنسجةظھذا اإلن يوجدوالخواص التحفيزية. تكوين والتحميض الكلوي ، وإمتصاص العظم ، والتنفس ، وو ثاني أوكسيد الكاربون ، , والقاعدة ، إنتقال األيونات امض الشوكي والح مخيسائل الالوتكوين , لغدة النخاميةل الفص األمامي رموناتوإفراز ھوتكوين اليوريا ، والكلوكوز ، خاليا الجسم في يم الكاربونيك آنھيدريز التحلل المائي للتفاعل العكسي لثاني أوكسيد الكاربون في ظيحفز إن . [1]المعدي كعامالً ]2[لجرذ من ل (blood cells)دم اليم الكاربونيك آنھيدريز للمرة األولى في خاليا ظالثدييات ، وقد اكتشف إن : لتفاعل غاز ثاني أوكسيد الكاربون والماء الذي يكون تفاعالً عكسياً اً مساعد ⇌ يم ھي التفاعل العكسي بين ثنائي أوكسيد الكاربون وأيون الكاربونيك ظالميكانيكية األكثر قبوالً لعمل ھذا االنو :]3[كما أشار إلى ذلك كليھماأو االتيينوميكانيكية مثل ھذا التفاعل من المرجح أن تكون واحدة من المسارين ، : ⇌ ⇌ : ⇌ وأخرى تخص أيون الكاربونيك يم الكاربونيك آنھيدريز يحتوي على مواقع تخص ظأن أن (4)لقد إقترح يم األكسدة المائية العكسية لثنائي ظلذلك غالباً ما يحفز ھذا اإلن حامض الكاربونيكلكن ليس لـ يم ھي إنتاج أيونات ظالتحلل المائي له . وأن النتيجة النھائية من عمل ھذا اإلنبدالً من أوكسيد الكاربون التي تكون جاھزة ألغراض التبادل مع المواد المتفاعلة غير األيونية مثل والكاربونيك الھيدروجين الكشف عن إنظيم الكاربونك آنھايدريز ن الھدف من الدراسة الحالية ھو إ . والماء ثنائي أوكسيد الكاربون . البالغ في الثلم الناصف في ارضية البطين الرابع لدماغ الجرذ األبيض المواد وطرق العمل تفاعل إنظيم الكاربونك آنھيدريز الكيميانسجي في أستعمل . وقد [6]والمعتمدة على الكوبالت مع تحويرھا من [5] من المستعملةأعتمدت طريقة ترسيب المعادن الثقيلة كلوريد الكوبالت أكثر يكون اذ , بدالً من فوسفات الكوبالت في وسط التفاعل cocl)2(طريقة العمل كلوريد الكوبالت شمع البارافين . إن نتائج ھذه حضرت بطريقة مقاطع متسلسلة واستعملت في التفاعل ، [7] ذوباناً من فوسفات الكوبالت ية لحركيات التفاعل الكيميانسجي . يجري إعداد وسط ئنوعية وليست كمية بناًء على الطبيعة الكيمياالطريقة ھي نتائج : استعمالهحسب التسلسل المدرج لتقليل فرصة تكون رواسب ويتم ترشيح الوسط قبل اآلتيةالتفاعل بإضافة المكونات بيكاربونات الصوديوم في من ملغم 188 إذابة نحضر آنياً موي) fluka( nahco)3(بيكاربونات الصوديوم محلول – 1 مل من الماء المقطر . 10 مل من الماء 10كلوريد الكوبالت في من ملغم 25 إذابة حضر منوي ) ، fluka( cocl)2(كلوريد الكوبالت محلول – 2 المقطر الالآيوني . 3| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 بتركيز 4po2(kh(فوسفات البوتاسيوم أحادية القاعدة محلول – 3 1 5 . يموال ر . يموال ربتركيز نصف 4so2(h(حامض الكبريتيك – 4 طريقة إجراء التفاعل ثم من الكحول المثيلي ،إلزالة الشمع منھا ثم مررت بسلسلة تنازلية التركيز xylene)(الزايلين فيالشرائح وضعت – 1 بشكل عمودي على ورق الترشيح . وضعت الشريحة النسجية تغطي لباستور وترك القطرة تنساب بإستخدام قطارةقطرة على شكل وسط التفاعل إضافةيتم – 2 ورق التِرشيح أسفل الشرائح. بالكامل ووضع العملية عشرين مرة (مدة عشر دقائق) ھذه وتكررمن وسط التفاعل قطرة أخرى يتم إضافةثالثين ثانية بعد مرور – 3 .درجة مئوية) 25 – 22في درجة حرارة الغرفة (و إظھار نتائج التفاعل في محلول مخفف لكبريتيد النسجية غمر الشرائح, اذ يتم )فوسفات الكوبالتبتكون ( يتم إظھار نتائج التفاعل وذلكو ، لثواني عدة )مل من الماء المقطر الالأيوني 10كبريتيد األمونيوم في من (مكون من خمس قطرات nh)s2)4األمونيوم .بالماء سريعاً الشرائحثم تغسل : المضاد التلوين تمدة ثالث دقائق ، غسل % 25.0بتركيز )c.i. 42000, methyl greenالمثيل ( بملون أخضرالمقاطع النسجية لونت تثبيت غطاء لغرض )(pvpمادة راتنجية وحملت المقاطع بإستعمال ورق الترشيح . بالماء وجففت بإستخدامبعدھا سريعاً لتجف في درجة حرارة الغرفة المقاطع النسجية توترك الشريحة النتائج الكشف عن انظيم الكاربونك انھيدريز كانت أرضية البطين المدروسة حيثلكاربونك آنھيدريز في المقاطع النسجية انظيم ألأية فعالية كيميانسجية تظھر النتيجةلم ألرضية البطين يب التفاعل الكيميانسجي في األخدود الوسطالرابع للدماغ محددة ، بشكل واضح ولم يتم العثور على رواس بلون ملونةت نوى الخاليا ظھرو، ما تم مالحظته بشكل جيد وواضح في المنطقة ولمثيل األخضر ھا ملون كانوالرابع )(area postremaة لباحة المنخفضكانت الخاليا األسطوانية العمودية المكونة للسطح البطني لو) . 1شكل داكن ( العصبية في المنطقة . ىمتمايزة ودون ظھور أية فعالية لألنظيم فيھا وھذا ينطبق على الطبقات دون السطحية منھا والنو وسطياً أو في المنطقة الخلفية مفرداً تكون تركيباً اذ , ة أية فعالية سواء في المنطقة األمامية منھاالباحة المنخفضولم تظھر ) وبرھنت الكيمياء النسيجية 2شكل ( )central canal( مزدوجاً مستمراً مع بطانة القناة المركزية تركيباً حين تكون يم في الخاليا المبطنة ظم طريقة فوسفات الكوبلت المعدلة فقدان النشاط المحفز لھذا اإلناستخدبإيم الكاربونك انھيدريز ظلإلن . لھذا التفاعل اً مضاد لوناً م المثيل ملون أخضرية .وقد استخدم السطحوالطبقات المناقشة للبطين الرابع الثلم الناصفالكاربونك آنھيدريز في ألنظم qualitativeالتحقق من وجود نوعي ھدفت الدراسة الحالية وأجريت تحويرات عدة لطريقة العمل للوصول إلى التحقق النوعي area postrema)( الباحة المنخفضة ومنطقة الناتج من 2coلمطلوب . إن التفاعل الكيميانسجي المستخدم في ھذه الدراسة يركز على تثبيت ثاني أوكسيد الكاربون ا 4| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )2cocl(الفعالية األنظيمية ألنظيم الكاربونك آنھيدريز وذلك بربطه بأيون الكوبالت . وقد إستبدل كلوريد الكوبالت فوسفات البوتاسيوم أحادية استعمل. كما [7]يز عاٍل أليون الكوبالت للحصول على ترك )4co(po(2(بفوسفات الكوبالت التفاعل القاعدة لمعادلة تأثير تجمع أيون الھيدروكسيل الذي قد ينتج من الفاعلية األنظيمية ويغير معدل الحموضة في وسط راءات وظروف قياسية متكررة لم يتم إال أنه على الرغم من ھذه التعديالت والتحويرات والعمل ضمن إج قاعدي .ال باالتجاه للبطين الرابع أو في األجزاء المحيطة به ، وھذا الثلم الناصفالحصول على ما يؤيد وجود أنظيم الكاربونك آنھيدريز في ال يتمتع بفعاليات كيميانسجية , اذفعالية ضمن األعضاء حول البطينية ليس له , أن لھذا الموقع من الدماغ الخلفي يعني خاليا يمكن عدھذه الدراسة االستناد الى ب. و ]8[أنظيمية تؤھله ليتم إدراجه ضمن األعضاء حول البطينية كما إقترح ھي مماثلة لباقي أجزاء بطانة البطين الرابع وإمتداداتھا الخلفية خالل ه المنطقة لھذ )(ependymal cellsالبطانة العصبية أن التركيب المستدق لھذه المناطق من البطين [9] ناة المركزية من الناحية الكيميانسجية . وقد بينت دراسة الباحث الق –ويظھر من الدراسات الحديثة أن دور خاليا البطانة العصبية ال يقع ضمن منظور الحاجز الدموي الرابع متماثلة أيضا . ) 10يا كخاليا جذعيه توفر رصيداً متجدداً من الخاليا للجھاز العصبي ، فقد بيَن (يقع ضمن فعاليات ھذه الخال انماالدماغي تولد خاليا نجميه وأخرى مولدة عصبية )telen cephalon(الدماغ مقدم أن ھذه الخاليا في بطانة تجاويف )neurobalasts( . المصـــــــادر 1-parkkila s. and parkkila a.-k. (1996): carbonic anhydrase in the alimentary tract – role of the different isozymes and salivary factors in the maintenance of optimal conditions in the gastrointestinal canal. scand. j. gastroenterol. 31(4): 305-317 2meldrum n. u. and rouphton f. j. w. (1933): carbonic anhydrase. its preparation and properties. j. physiol. (lond.) 80: 113-142 3maren t. h. (1967): carbonic anhydrase: chemistry, physiology and inhibition. physiol. rev. 47: 595-781 4coleman j. e. (1984): carbonic anhydrase: zinc and the mechanism of catalysis. in: tashian r. e. & hewett-emmett d. (eds.): biology and chemistry of the carbonic anhydrases. ann. n. y. acad. sci. 429: 26-48. 5hansoon, h. p. (1967): histochemical demonstration of carbonic anhydrase. histochemie. 11(2):112-128. 6brown, d.; kumpulainen, t.; routh, j.; and orci, l. (1983): immunohistochemical localization of carbonic anhydrase in post-natal and adualt rat kidney. am.j.physical, 245:f118-f118. 7styer, l. (1995): biochemistry. 4th ed., w. h. freeman and co. usa. 8collin, p. (1989): the sulcus medianus organ in the fourth ventricle of the rabbit: a previously undescribed circumventriclar organ. j.anat. 162, 185-193. 9stumpf, w. e. and barbero, m. g. (1978): sem studies of the fourth ventricle: collicullar recess, sulcus medianus, and recess of locus ceruleus and lateral recess, scanning electron microscopy ii, 811-816. 10carlen, m.; meletis, k.; and goritz c. (2009) forebrain ependymal cells are notchdependent and generate neuro blasts and astrocytes after stroke. nature neuroscience 12(3):259-267. 5| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ملون الھيماتوكسلين .المنخفضةمقطع تاجي مار في البطين الرابع يوضح الثلم الناصف والباحة )1(رقم شكل .×200، وااليوسين ap: area postrema المنخفضةالباحة dmx: dorsal motor nucleus of vagus ة الظھرية للعصب التائهيالنواة الحرك nts: nucleus of tractus solitaries نواة الرقعة المفردة cc: central canal القناة المركزية nts cc dm x ap 6| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 مستمر مع بطانة القناة الة و منخفضتاجي مار في الثلم الناصف يظھر الجزء المنقاري من الباحة المقطع : ) 2(رقم شكل ×400. ملون المثيل األخضر, المركزية ap: area posterema المنخفضةالباحة sap: sub layers cells of area posterema المنخفضةتحت الباحة الخلوية الطبقات cc: central canal القناة المركزية cc a p asp 7| biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 detection of carbonic anhydrase enzyme in sulcus median in hind brain (fourth ventricle) in the hind brain of the adult white rat (rutts rutts) thekra a. ibrahim dept. of biology /college of education for pure science / university of diyala anam r. al-salihi institute of embryo researchers and infertility treatment / university of alnahrain nahla a. al-bakri dept. of biology /college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham / university of baghdad receivd in:25/march/2014, accepted in :22/june/2014 abstract the method of heavy metals deposition which is based on cobalt in detection of carbonic anhydrase enzyme in the sulcus median in the hid brain (fourth ventricle) in the adult white rat (rutts rutts). an essential amended in the method has been done by using cobalt chloride (cocl2) instead of cobalt phosphate (co3(po4)2) in the reaction medium. any efficacy of enzymic histochemical for carbonic anhydrase enzyme did not show in histological sections. the floor of the fourth ventricle of the brain is specific, clearly any histochemical reaction sediments have not been found in sulcus median of the floor of the fourth ventricle. the corresponding stain to green methyl which was observed clearly in sulcus median region. the ventral surface of area postrema composes of differentiated columnar cells without existence for any efficacy for carbonic anhydrase enzyme in it. area postrema did not show any effective in both outerion region where appears as one mid line component or in back region where as continuing couple with central canal lining appears. key words: area postrema, carbonic anhydrase enzyme, sulcus median conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 97 2018عام (2العدد ) 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 synthesis characterization and analytical applications of new chelating resin of formaldehyde-condensed phenolic schiff base. khalida abas omran shayma omran lafta dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn aihaitham) / university of baghdad shaymaomran983@gmail.com received in:13 /march /2018, accepted in:4/april/2018 abstract a new chelating phenolic schiff base containing phthalate imide pendant group resin was synthesized by three steps. the first step includes synthesis of 2-(4-aminobiphenyl-4ylcarbamoyl) benzoic acid (1), via reaction of pthalic anhydride with benzidine. in the second lines, the compound that we obtained in the first step was reacted with ohydroxybenzaldehyde to obtain phenolic schiff base 2-(4'-(2-hydroxybenzylideneamino) bephenyl-4-yl carbamoyl) benzoic acid (2) the third step includes prepared resin during intensification schiff base derived with formaldehyde inan alkaline middle. thepthale amice ir,-schiff base and resin were characterized by various instrumental techniques like ft ,acid lymer was investigated behavior of the po analysis, thermalcnmr and elemental 13hnmr ,1 by dsc and tga.sem analysis of polymer shows the amorphous structure of polymer. the chelating behaviors was examined against ni (ᴨ), cd (ᴨ), cr(ш)and pb(ᴨ). using patch method in different conditions like treatment time and ph at room temperature. the resin shows a good loading capacity. key words: phenolic schiff bases, formaldehyde chelating resin, pthale amice acid, thermal studies https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 mailto:shaymaomran983@gmail.com https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 98 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction ecological defilement has twisted into one of the most remarkable problems threading our world. [1] heavy element ion rest an earnest ecological problem face-off the world for defilement because of the use of metal ion as accelerator in different manufacture operation [2, 3]. chelating rosin together different functional grouping containing n, o, p and s in the polymer metal ion have extensively studied [quadruplet ,5]. chelating resin of schiff base towards different metal ion have been published investigating a variety of biological, clinical and industrial application programmer [1-4]. the schiff bases were discovered by hugo schiff since 1864 when reported the condensation of carbonyl compound with primary amines. schiff bases fulfill from aromatic aldehydes ortho – substituted with hydroxyl group have initially trigger the researcher utility because of their capability to act accordingly bi dentate ligand for changeover metal ion [6-8]schiff pedestal chelating resin with oxygen, nitrogen donor atoms mote are found to take possession of very goodness selectivity for changeover alloy ions and screening negligible likeness for alkaline and alkaline earth alloy element [9,10 ] this shuffling the resin beneficial for elimination of trace engrossment of metal ions[11,12 ] .many reports have spill discuss the chelating possession of schiff base resins across various metal ions[13-19]. the effect of ph ,inter-group communication time , chemical social system of resin, concentrations of the metal ion were inspected to uncovering out their metal uptake feature .in the sitting paper , we characterize the synthesis of phenolic schiff base resin derived of 2-(4'-(2hydroxybenzylideneamino)bephenyl-4-ylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid with formaldehyde the resin has been field for sorption of atomic number 28 (ᴨ), cd(ᴨ) , cr(ш)and lead(ᴨ) of hydrous solution .to this aim, several element affects the chelating such as ph handling judgment of conviction . the rejuvenate competence has been studied by using nitric acid experimental materials benzeden (99.8% (99. eight % ,fluka), phthalic anhydride(99.5% , b.d.h) , (99.8%, na bicarbonate(99.octonary %, rtedel-dehaen ag) , sodium hydroxide(solid)( 98%, fluka) , glacial acetic acid(99.5%, b.d.h) , o-hydroxybenzaldehyde (99%, b.d.h) , formaldehyde(37%, b.d.h) , nitric acid(98%, fluka) , acetone(99%, fluka) , nickel(two )chloride dehydrate (98%, b.d.h) , chromium(iii) chloride dehydrate(98%, b.d.h) , lead nitrate(98%, h.w), oxalic acid(98%,b.d.h). ii -2measurements ftiridium spectrum of synthesized chemical compound carry out in shimadzu ft-ir 8300 series spectrophotometer. 1hnmr, 13cnmr (300 mhz) spectra was recorded using (ultra shield, burke, switzerland cdcl3+thf). elemental depth psychology is recorded by micro approximation proficiency euro ea 3000single ..amount of metal ions was estimated by atomic engrossment spectrophotometer technique emission spectrophotometer shimadzu (a-a680). 2-3. synthesis of 2-(4-aminobiphenyl-4-ylcarbamoyl) benzoic acid (1) the method used the same in literature with some modification [20,21,22] in a 150 cubic centimeter flask equipped with a magnetic bar abettor, drooping funnel shapeand ebb condenser, was of put option (0.01mole) of pthalic anhydride and (25ml) of dry acetone, when all anhydride had been dissolved by hustle, a solution of (0.01mole) of benzeden in(25ml) of dry acetone was allowed to run out of the free fall funnel drop prudent. the salmagundi was stirred at (0-5 c°) for 3hrs. the precipitate was filtered off and washed with solvent and recrystallized of dmf. when purification of the generated amice acid was purified by dissolving it in sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (5%), the solution was filtered and https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 99 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid, the phthalateamice acid was precipitate and then washed with frigidness water. acetone and then prohibitionist. scheme (1): synthesis of (amice acid) (1) 2-4. preparation of phenolic schiff base monomer (2) the (deuce) the chemical compound (2) was prepared according to the methods mentioned in the literatures [23,24] a mixture of compound (1) (0.01mole) and (0.01mole) of o-hydroxybenzaldehyde in(30ml) of absolute ethyl alcohol and (2-3) bead curtain from glacial acidic acid was refluxed to15 hrs .with stirring . the resulted variety was cold to room temperature and the obtained precipitate was filtered dried then recrystallization from dmf. scheme (2): synthesis of phenolic schiff base[2] 2-5.preparation of the phenolic schiff baseformaldehyde chelating resin (3) the method acting used same in literature with some modification [25, 26] the new phenolic schiff baseformaldehyde resin was synthesized by capsule polymerization. in three necks volumetric flask, mixed schiff {foundationbottombasic} monomer (2) (0. 01mole) was benzidine 3hrs acetone phthalic anhydride h2n nh2 o o o oh h n o o nh2 2-(4'-aminobiphenyl-4-ylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid 2-(4'-(2-hydroxybenzylideneamino)biphenyl-4-ylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid o ho o-hydroxy benzaldehyde c2h5oh/hoac glacial reflux (15) hrs o o oh nh nh2 2-(4'-aminobiphenyl-4-ylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid o o oh nh n ch ho https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 100 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 hanging in 20ml {drinking waternormal water} at room temperature and a minimum volume of 1m naoh solution was then {put into included with included in} dissolve it. formaldehyde(0. 012mol) was added to the alkaline boot base al-qaeda solution and the mixture was refluxed in a petroleum {shower bathroom bath tub} at (130-140 c? ) for (1517hrs) the {botanicalplant} rest soluble in the response mixture as a blackish john brown anticipation of the resin was load out by balance the alkaline resin solution. using 0. 1m oxalic acid solution. the {blackdimly litshadowy} precipitate acquired was filtrated, washed repeatedly with deionized water. (130-140±c°)reflux (15-17) hrs 3n ch2o 1mnaohn o o oh nh n ch ho 2-(4'-(2-hydroxybenzylideneamino)biphenyl-4-ylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid h2 c h2 c ho h2 c ch n oo ch n c h2 hc n nn n nn oooo ho oh scheme (3): structure of the phenolic–schiff base formaldehyderesins. 2-6. deductive reasoning of metallic element solution:set from standard {metallicsteelmaterial} solution(ni2+, cd2+, pb2+, cr3+)were prepared by weighting of confirmed of metal debris (nicl2. 6h2o, cdcl2. 2h2o, pb(no3)2, crcl3. 6h2o) respectively in the non ionic {drinking water|normal water}[27] in {focus attention attentiveness} 1000and 100ppm with different ph(2-8)by using(1mhcl)and (1mnaoh)forcommand the ph. chelation competency of (leash): the chelation competence of (3) polymer resin was estimate via flock { residuum horse sense of balance constancy} method. the finely group polymer was used to determine its alloy ion uptake capability for specific metal ion such as (ni2+, cd2+, pb2+, cr3+) in the variant of their chloride salt aqueous solvent , metal ion binding capacity for the polymer was studied under two various experimental shape . the {performance delivery setup} frame-up} adopted on eliminate of metal ion by {trembling banging moving} of the polymer (0. 1g) and (10ml) resolution having (100ppm) {metallic https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 101 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 steel material} stuff } ion concentration for 24h at higher ph[28]. the salmagundi was then filtered off and {cleaning cleansing were} collected and then the amount of {metallic steel material} ion was estimated by using atomic engrossment spectrophotometer. {repair recovery refurbishment} of metals ions from chelating resin: reactivation of the dry loading {resin was flora was} carried out by {trembling banging nervous-looking} with 10 {ml cubic centimeters} (3mhno3) at different time. following {purification filtering}, the metal ions {focus tending heed} in the {acidity result chemical p} solution were calculated via atomic absorption using standard solution roundabout way for the {metallic steel material} in same {acidity solution chemical p} {focus attention attentiveness}. of recuperation {metallic steel material} ions concentration ability {determine estimate compute} the recovery proportion[29] effect of handling time at ultimate capableness for lode chelating resin (three some ): competence of lode chelating resin (tierce )to selection {metallic steel material} ions as it was noted that growing treatment time for the resolution of the subject area ions growing on us from the chelating resin capableness , though the ions orbit {balance sense of balance stableness } after about (10h)and {the amount of the turn of how much} load capability turn away a few bit till they reach 24h of treatment tabular array 4 and fig. 5shows the {impact result} of time in treatment on the load {ability capacity functionality } of the chelating {botanical plant} (3) ions(ni2+, cd2+, pb2+, cr3+) in ph scale {analyzed researched examined}. effect of ph on the analytical competency from(3): the study shows that ph was with {substantial significant extensive} effect in the {weight unitfillinsert} {capacity of capacity for} the chelating {botanical plant life} {to any or allfor allto all or any} studied ion. {thisthat} has been spotted that ingeneral , a higher shipmentcapability of the rosin {for people for the for anyone} ion are at the highest phstratum utilized in the {research review analysis} of each ion (fig. 6). results and discussion in the first synthetic stape we prepared new p-amino phthaleamicacid(1)this compound was then used in preparation of new phenolic schiff base radical (2) the phenolic schiff base resin(3) rosin (tern ion ) was intended by condensation the schiffsubstructuremonomer with formaldehyde in alkaline center of attention . this polymer was deliberately excerption on bid to study the consequence of construction on the uptake capability from metal ion .table 1 displays the physical preparations of phthaleamic acid, phenolic schiff base and phenolic schiff base resin. characterization of the synthesized compounds: physical preparations of the n-substituted phthale amic acid, phenolic schiff base and the resin is shown in table (1) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 102 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (1): physical self-control of prepared compounds (1-3) compound color melting points ˳c yield % recrystallization solvent 1 off white ϲ°280 95% dmf 2 yellow ϲ°230-235 97% dmf 3 dark – brown ϲ°abouve300 dmso chn analysis: the elemental analysis of the n-substituted phthaleamic acid and the resin is shown in table 2. table (2): elemental analysis data of the n-substituted phthaleamic acid and the resin is shown in. compound calculated/ found c% h% n% (1) 72.28 (71.739) 4.81 (4.981) 8.433 6.991) (3) 56.05 (56.206) 4.55 (4.918) 16.379 (16.393) 3.1.3. ft-ir spectroscopy: the chemical structure of the phthaleamic acid, phenolic schiff base and the phenolic schiff base resinidentified byftir, 1hnmr and 13cnmr spectral data[26,30].ftir spectrum of compound (1) appeared strong preoccupancy bands at 3100-2700 cm -1 and 3356 cm-1 due to δ (o-h)carboxylic and δ (n-h) amide. other absorptions appeared at 1712 cm-1, 1651cm1and 1612 cm-1 due to δ (c=o) carboxylic, δ (c=o) amide and δ (c=c) aromatic respectively. ftir spectra of the new schiff bases (2) appeared a broad absorption band of phenolic-oh and δ (n-h) amide appeared at 3421and absorption band at2830-3100cm-1due tocarboxylic –oh appearance of clear strong absorption band at(1620) cm-1 due to δ (c=n) imine. other absorption bands appeared at (1523-1571) cm-1 ,(1282) cm-1 which were attributed to asym aromatic and δ (c-o)respectively. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 103 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 ftir spectra of thephenolic schiff base resin (3) showed a broad absorption band of phenolic-oh and gave broader and less intense peak absorption peak 2783 cm-1 due to methylene δ (ch2) linkage in the resin the peak at 2922cm-1 is assigned to aromatic δ (ch),other absorption bands appeared at(1784)cm-1,and 1595 cm-1 are attributed to δ(c=o) imide and aromatic ring δ (c=c) stretching vibrations. figure (1): the ft-irspectrum of the phthaleamic acid figure (2): the ft-ir spectrum of the phenolic schiff base. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 104 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (3): the ft-ir spectrum of the phenolic schiff base resin. 1h-nmr spectrum of compound (1) appeared signals at δ = (7.91-8.74) ppm belong to aromatic and nh amide protons and a clear signal at δ = 11.96 ppm due to (o-h) carboxylic, 1h-proton magnetics of compound (2) appeared a clear signal at observed at δ =12.32 ppm ,11.92 ppm and10.96 are due to carboxylic –oh, phenol –oh and nh amide protons and signal at δ =8.74 ppm belong to imine protons signals multiple at δ = (7.91) ppm due to aromatic protons. 1h-nmr spectrum of compound (3) showed a clear signal atδ = 11.95ppm due to phenolic (o-h) and signal at δ =3.21 ppm due to methylene (ch2) linkage in the resin signal at δ =8.21 ppm belong to imine protons signals multiple at δ = (7.96) ppm due to aromatic protons . figure (4): the 1h nmr spectrum of the phthaleamic acid. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 105 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (5): the1h nmr spectrum of the phenolic schiff base. figure )6): the 1h nmr spectrum of the phenolic schiff base resin while13c-nmr spectrum of (1): showed signals at δ = (147.56), 161.92 and 162.50 ppm due to aromatic carbons, (c=o) amide and (c=o) carboxylic respectively establishment. 13c-nmr spectrum of (3):the signals observed at 160.36 ppm are due to the azomethine carbonsand 116.68 ppm due to aromatic carbonsand signaling at 38.45 ppm due to methylene(ch2) linkage in the resin signal at 161.64 ppm due to(c=o)imid carbons. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 106 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (7): the 13c nmr spectrum of the phthaleamic acid. figure (8): the 13c nmr spectrum of the phenolic schiff base resin thermal properties: thermal properties of the prepared polymer that is glass transition temperature and thermal stability were evaluated by the first derivative cat scan calorimetry and thermo gravimetric the solvent are summarized in table 3. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 107 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (3): thermal properties for resin all the studied polymer spring analogous dsc visibility for no melting endow thermos , and with a obvious deoxyephedrine transition what prove their amorphous nature . the existence for the imide grouping s is one of the factors accountable for high school price of tg of the chelating resin. the lowest tg was observed for synthesized polymer. what is not a model position? generally, polymer containing further functional groupin polymer serial publication display brings down tg, because of a reduction in the intermolecular interactions inter alia polymer string [31,32]. figure (9): dsc, tga thermogram of (3) resin tga glass transation temperature c]˳tg[ polymer code temperature of completepolym er pyrolysis c˳(tcp) decomposition temperature after ten c˳minutes(td10) polymer onset decomposition temperture c˳(pod) 593.48 370.7 241.13 110 [c.p] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 108 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 {syntheticconditionaldeductive} chelating resin efficiency: {situation circumstances scenario} of the analytical {proficiencyexpertise} of the chelating resin is one of the farthest substantial application in analytical chemistry, where the selective chelating rosin for specified elements of the existence of other {is dependent will depend will depend on} on various active, {revolutionary major significant} in the chelating {botanical plant}, as per the {character characteristics mother nature} of the corpuscle -giving and this lead-in to the use of chelating resin as selective {shuttingfinal} off of various ion to the {enthrallconsumeastound}. {you findwill discover} sundry technique used in the retainerof analytical competency of chelating resin. the preferable of these techniques used for this aim are atomic absorption spectroscopy which {can be used is employed} in this study. the analytical competence of the chelating resin (3) across several ions(ni2+, cd2+, pb2+, cr3+) have been {researchreviewanalysis}. aftershakiness 10ml of identical metal ions, a solvent concentration(100ppm)with 0. 1g of chelating resin for interval of 24 {they wouldl} has shown rejoinder ion towards polymer. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 109 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (4): issue of milligrams of ion dragged by (0.1g)of the chelat polymer [3] as a function of time in different ph capacity mg/g resin loading ph ions time (hr.) 24 10 5 2 7.9 7.3 5.6 4.2 2 +2ni 8.51 8.1 6.4 4.4 4 9.02 8.7 7.3 6.2 6 9.5 8.9 7.5 6.8 7 9.7 8.97 8.1 7.32 8 7.6 7.6 5.4 3.3 2 +3cr 7.9 7.6 6.2 4.8 4 7.92 7.7 6.2 5.8 6 9.5 9.3 7.8 7.7 7 7.9 6.5 4.2 3.8 2 +2cd 8.2 6.8 4.4 4.1 4 8.6 7.1 4.8 4.5 6 7.7 5.5 5.3 4.94 2 +2pb 9.5 8.84 6.54 5.42 4 9.62 9.3 7.38 5.75 6 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 110 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m g n i/ g re si n time(h) ni2+ ph=2 ph=5 ph=6 ph=7 ph=8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 10 20 30 m g c r/ g re si n time(h) cr3+ ph=2 ph=4 ph=6 ph=7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 10 20 30 m g c d /g e rs im time(h) cd2+ ph=2 ph=4 ph=6 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 111 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (10): issue of milligrams ions(ni2+,cd2+, pb2+,cr3+) puff by (0.1g) of the chelat polymer [3] as a function of time in different ph. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 10 20 30 p b m g /g re si n time(h) pb2+ ph=2 ph=4 ph=6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 l. c c rm g /g re si n acidic function cr3+ hr=2 hr=5 hr=10 hr=24 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8l .c n im g /g re si n acidic function ni2+ hr=2 hr=5 hr=10 hr=24 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 112 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (11): effect of ph on the load capability ofchelate polymer(trinity)on metal ions (ni2+,cd2+, pb2+,cr3+) in different intervention times ) in the different times+3,cr+2pb +,2,cd+2recovery (ni%:)12figure ( {summary bottom line realization}: the chelating resin prepared from schiff {foundation bottom basic} monomer.and formaldehyde {proof facts data} the major power to work as 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 l. c c d m g /g re si n acidic function cd2+ hr=2 hr=5 hr=10 hr=24 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 l. c p b m g /g re si n acidic function pb2+ hr=2 hr=5 hr=10 hr=24 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 r e co v e ry (% ) time ni cr cd pb https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 113 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 chelating rosin where its extractive {value will depend on value is determined by advantage will depend on advantage is determined byworth will depend onworth is determined by} the number of chelating mathematical group {qualified proficient skilled} since the coordinating connectedness from the crew azomethine (ch = n) and phenol oh. capacity of the chelating resin in the extraction of {metal material precious metal} {aspectfactor} ion {will depend onis determined by} manifold operator, inclusive the size of metal ions and nature of the {hyperlinkwebsite link} amidst chelating resin and ions. capacity of the chelating resin synthesis increased with increased sharply {traditionaltime-honoredcommon} greek valance. {with thisthrough this from this} {concern thoughtaccount}, it is establish the towering extractive worthiness of the resin is when the bill ph =8 where the requisite midfield command to a fragmentary; sectional melting of the {botanical plant}, {resulting inultimately causingbringing about} the plight of separate the resin {packedfilledcrammed} metal ions. references 1. ayad hameed department of chemistry, college of science, tikrit university, tikrit, iraq international journal of organic chemistry, received january 5, (2013); revised february 8, 2013; accepted february 19, 2013 2. tess, r. w. and poehlein ,g. w.,( 1985) 2nd edition, american chemical society, new york,. 3. wolfrum and ehrenstein ,g. w.,( 1999) journal of applied polymer science, vol. 74, no. 13. 4. mohammed, k.; othman, fatima a. al-qadri∗; fatima, a. al-yusufy,( 2011) molecular and bimolecular spectroscopy journal homepage,spectrochimicaacta part a 78 ,1342–1348. 5. hayat abass, h.; roza salih a. and afrodet ,a .,(2016) global journal of pure and applied chemistry research vol.4, no.2, pp.19-29. 6. hayat abass,h. ; roza salih ,a. and afrodet, a .( 2015) global journal of pure and applied chemistry research 3, 2, 14-23. 7. perryand,g. c.; thornton, a. d.; inorg, j.. nue.(1972) chem., 34, 3357. 8. g. h. alt (monsanto co.) us. 4.226.615 (1980) chem. ..abstr., 94 , 26155, 1981. 9. hamada,y.; takeuchi, i.; ita,y.; matsui,s. and ita,t.(1981) yakugakuzasslzi, 101, 633, chem. abstr. 95. 10. ismail, m.,( 1987) indian j. pharm. sci., 45, 121 (1981), chem. abstr., 107,175589 ,. 11. mahindra, a. m. and fisher, j. m.,(1983) rabinovitz, natur. ( london), 303, 64,. 12. samal,s.; acharya ,s.; dey, r.k.; ray ,a.r. ( 2002) talanta 57 , 1075,. 13. stamatis,a.; doutsi, p.; vartzouma, c.; christoforidis, k. c;. deligiannakis y. and louloudi, m.; j. mol. catal. a(2009) chem. 297, 44 , 14. tunçel,m.; özbülbül, a. and serin ,s., react(2008). funct.polym. 68, 292 ,. 15. özbülbül, a.; mart, h.; tunçel, m. and serin s.,(2006) designed monomers polymers 9, 169 ,. 16. demetgül,a.; karakaplan,m.; serin s. and dıgrak,(2009) m. ˘ j. coord. chem. 62, 3544 17. demetgül,a.; karakaplan, m. and serin, s.,(2008) designed monomers polymers 11, 565,. 18. movasaghi, z.; rehman, s. and rehman,i.( 2008) appl. spectrosc. rev. 43, 134 . 19. karakaplan,m.; demetgül, c. and serin, s.(2008) j. macro mol. sci. a 45, 406. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 chemistry | 114 2018عام (2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 20. al-azzwai ,a.m. and ali ,(2007)m.s., j. al-nahrainuniver.sci., 10(1), 38 21. al-azzawi ,a.m. and ali , (2008).m.s. j. of al-nahrain university sci., 11(3),15, 22. pyriadi,t.m.; al-azzawi ,a.m. and al-obaidi, k.k.( 2009) j. of al-nahrain university sci., 12(2), 1, 23. zainab hussain1; emad yousif2*; ahmed ahmed2 and ali altaie1,hussain et al. (2014.)organic and medicinal chemistry letters, 4:1, 24. shatha m. h. o. al naimi ;.shatha, m. h. o. al naimi.; saudi j. pathol.microbiol(2016).; 1, iss-2:36-41, jul-sep, 25. iman mehdi mohammed hasan; sanaa, h. saleh,( 2013) baghdad science journal 10(2), 26. hayat hamza abbas and roza abdulrazaq salih,( 2014 ) international journal of advanced research, volume 2, issue 1, 1037-1040,. 27. bowers ,e.(1971) ،،water quality and treatment،،,prepared by the american water association inc. 20. 28. deratani ,a. and sebille , b.(1981) anal. chem. , 53, 1742,. 29.th. f. al –bayati ,; m. sc. thesis , (2008)university of tikrit , iraq 64, 67,. 30. ahlam marouf al-azzawi and marwa shawqi abd alrazzak,( 2013)internationaljournal of research pharmacy and chemistry,3(3) , 31. schab-balcerzak,e.; janeczek,h. ; kucharski,p. j.(2010)appl. polym. sci. 118 ,2624, 32. schab-balcerzak, e.; siwy, m.; jarzabek,b.; kozanecka-szmigiel ,a.; switkowski,k.; b. pura,( 2011.) j. appl. polym. sci. 120 631, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1961 microsoft word 304-319 علوم الحياة | 304 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 aloe الكشف عن السمية الخلوية و الجزيئية للمستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار vera l. البصل في جذور نباتallium cepa نضال نعمة حسين غيث منذر فاضل بغداد الهيثم)، جامعةبن (أالتربية للعلوم الصرفة الحياة، كليةقسم علوم 2015تشرين األول 12، قبل في :2015ايلول 2استلم في : خالصةال وباستعماللجذور نبات البصل ةفى الخاليا المرستيمي الصبارالسمية الخلوية والجزيئية للمستخلص الخام لهالم درست المدروسة حساب عدد ةشملت المعاييرالخلويساعة. 72 و 48, 24ولثالث فترات تعريض %40و 20, 10, 5, 2التراكيز التاثيرات الوراثية باستعمال تقانة التضاعف ةدراس فضالً عنالتشوهات الكروموسومية وأنواعها، ومعامل االنقسام الخيطي, )(pcr المعتمدة على تقانة randomly amplified polymorphic dna ( rapd )ةلالعشوائي المتعدد االشكال لسلس polymerase chain reaction في تثبيط نمو اً وجد ان تأثير مستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار واضح عشرة بادئات.أستعمال وب ). اوضحت دراسة السمية %10في نمو الجذور اذ كان ( ec50 التركيز نصف المؤثر حصل علىوجذور البصل كلما زاد التركيز بان جميع تراكيز لهذا المستخلص من خالل حساب معامل االنقسام الخيطي وعدد التشوهات الكروموسومية وانواعها ,الوراثية الى انخفاض معامل االنقسام %20 التركيز أدىالمستخلص أدت الى انخفاض معنوي في عدد الخاليا المنقسمة ومعامل االطوار وقد طرة مما يدل على تأثيره السمي وشبه المميت. اوضحت النتائج كذلك ظهور العديد من السي ةمع معامل قارنةً بام %50الى دون وكانت اكثر التشوهات ومدد التعريض , التشوهات الكروموسومية لخاليا البصل المعرضة للمستخلص وبمختلف التراكيز ستوائى الكولشسينى.الكروموسوميه تكرارا اللزوجة,الجسور الكروموسومية ,الكروموسومات المتأخرة ,واال المتضاعفة واوزنها الجزيئية بين العينات dnaاختالفا واضحا في عدد حزم ال rapd بتقانةبينت نتائج التحليل الوارثي االستقرار ةوبينت نتائج نسبة , السيطر ةبمعامل ةمؤثر والتراكيز االعلى منه مقارنالعند التركيز نصف السيماالمعامله بالمستخلص .ةفى هذه الدراس والمستعمل %40بان مستخلص هالم الصبار الخام ساما وراثيا عند التركيز gts الجينى % ,genotoxicity, allium cepa:, rapd , aloe vera كلمات المفتاحيةال علوم الحياة | 305 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة جنس انواع أحد. وهو asphodelaceaeالى عائلة aloe vera l. (aloe barbadensis miller(ينتمي نبات الصبار السواحل الشمالية والغربية لقارة افريقيا هوويعد هذا النبات من نباتات المناطق الجافة وشبه الجافة , اما الموطن االصلي له ف , aloeالـ يحتوي . [1]التجميل وفي الطب الشعبي وموادومنحدراتها. استعمل نبات الصبار على مدى القرون لعالج الكثير من االمراض حماض الفينولية واال, المركبات ةالصبارعلى مدى واسع من المركبات تتضمن الفيتامينات , المعادن , واالنزيمات ,السكريات المتعدد وفي عالج ,[5]كمضاد لاللتهابات ,[4] وفطري ,[3]مما جعله ذو خصائص عالجية واسعة فاستعمل كمضاد بكتيري [2]العضوية . [8]وكمضاد لالورام ةكمضاد لالكسد ,كمحفز لالستجابة المناعية , [7]وفي عالج امراض القلب ,[6] الحروق والجروح الجلدية يدخل هالم الصبار بكثرة في تركيب العديد من المستحضرات التجميلية فوجد في اغلب مرطبات اليد والوجه, الصابون وصابون .sunblock[9]الحالقة والشامبو وفي العطور وفي اغلب انواع مضادات الشمس ويعتمد على هذا ةالوراثية للعديد من الملوثات البيئيم السمية يفي تقي allium cepaنظام القمم النامية لنبات البصل استعمل النظام بسبب بعض المميزات المهمة منها حساسيتة العالية لالختالفات الوراثية , التشابه الكبير للخاليا المنقسمة في جذور نبات البصل النمو وتكوين عدد كبير من الجذور في سرعة حيثمن وحقلياً ,الحجم المنتظم لكروموسومات البصل وسهولة العمل معه مختبرياً في تقيم السمية الوراثية للعديد من الملوثات allium cepa. استعمل نظام القمم النامية لنبات البصل 13] , 12, 11, 10[وقت قصير والمبيدات [16]الماء وبعض ملوثات ,[15] والمعادن المشعة [14]في دراسة السمية الوراثية للمعادن الثقيلة كاستعملهُ البيئيه . [17] الحشرية في مجال الكشف عن التأثيرات المطفرة للمواد مثل تنات الحديثة التي استعملامن التق rapd التضاعف العشوائينة اتق تعد ق الموثوقة والعالية الحساسية ائلطراهذه التقنية اكثر تعد. اذ uv [18] المواد الثقيلة والمبيدات الحشرية واالشعة فوق البنفسجية (كسر في الحامض النووي ) اوالطفرات (مثل الطفرات dnaوالقابلة للتكرار، التي لها القدرة على الكشف عن تلف الحمض النووي وفعال للكشف هذه التقنية بشكل عالمي عمل ستأن تاذ يمكن , [19]النقطية ) لهذا فهي مهمة جداً في مجال الكشف عن السمية الوراثية .[20]بعض المواد على جين محدد اعن السمية الوراثية التي تسببه والجزيئية التي يسببها مستخلص الهالم الخام الصبار وبتراكيز مختلفة على القمم ةتقييم السمية الخلوي الىهذه الدراسة تهدف النامية لجذور نبات البصل. المواد وطرائق العمل سم من الحديقة النباتية لكلية 60-30:جمعت اوراق الصبار بأطوال تتراوح بين .aloe vera lمصادر الصبار جامعة بغداد . /التربية ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة وباحجام متوسطة لغرض alium cepa l تم استعمال البصل االبيض: .alium cepa lمصادر نبات البصل ة فحص وتصديق أحصل عليها من هي ولمستخلص الهالم الخام الصبار . ةوالوراثي ةاستعمالها في تقيم السمية الخلوي البذور التابعة لوزارة الزراعة ل على المستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار من االوراق وحسب طريقة تم الحصُ لهالم الصبار :تحضير المستخلص الخام ilbas اآلتيوعلى النحو 21] [وجماعته نصفين متساويين و علىبشكل طولي عت قط وجففت وبوساطة الماء المقطر لتغسوجمعت اوراق الصبار رشح بوساطة ثماني وبعدها استخرج الهالم بوساطة ملعقة طعام ومن ثم وضع الهالم في خالط كهريائي لمدة دقيقة التراكيز المطلوبة بخلطه مباشرة مع الماء المقطر وحسب التركيز المطلوب. تطبقات من الشاش . حضر بالتركيز الذي يؤدي الى تثبيط ec50%)( effective concentrationمؤثر اليعرف التركيز نصف : ec50أختبار . rank(13) على اً عمل االختبار اعتماد و. [13] %50متوسط النمو الى 9ساعة ضوء و 15ساعة وبواقع 24لمدة ºم25 ±نميت البصالت في الماء المقطر بدرجة حرارة الغرفة ساعات في الظالم . نقلت البصالت النامية بشكل جيد وباطوال جذور متجانسة الى قناني تحتوي على تراكيز مختلفة من بصالت لكل معاملة وبواقع ست يليترمل/يليترمل %40و %30,%, 20 %10, %5المستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار تبديل المحاليل ةساعة مع مراعا 96صالت نامية في الماء المقطر كمعاملة سيطرة . تركت العينات لمدة فضالًعن ست ب ل نامي من كل بصلة لكُ اً جذر 25افضل تساعة . بعد انتهاء مدة الحضن اختير 24لكل معاملة بمحاليل محضرة حديثاً كل . [13]قيس متوسط طول الجذور لكل معاملة ومعاملة من المستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار االتيةالتراكيز تاختير ec50%مؤثر الاعتمادا على نتائج التركيز نصف . allium capaجذور نبات البصل فيلغرض دراسة تأثيرها الخلوي والوراثي %40و 2%,5%,10%,20% علوم الحياة | 306 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 بصالت باحجام متماثلة وازيلت الجذور الميتة من تاختير: الصبارمعاملة جذور نبات البصل بمستخلص الهالم الخام 24تغطيس قاعدة البصلة بالماء بشكل جيد وتركت لمدة ةفي قناني تحتوي على الماء المقطر مع مراعا توضع والقاعدة ريباً سم تق 1.51متجانسة وبطول الجذور ال اتنقلت البصالت النامية بشكل جيد ذ . ºم 2220ساعة وعند درجة حرارة 48, 24وتركت لمدة %40 و %20, %10, %5, %2تراكيز مختلفة من مستخلص الهالم الخام حاوية على الى قناني وجود ةبصالت لكل تركيز ولكل مدة تعريض فضالًعن ست بصالت كعامل سيطرة مع مراعا 3ساعة وبواقع 72و . ساعة الجل فحصها خلوياً 72, 48, 24من كل معاملة بعد اً جذر 30معاملة سيطرة لكل مدة تعريض . جمع : نقلت الجذور المعاملة بالمستخلص وبالمدد الزمنية المختلفة الى المحلول المثبت ( ثالثة احجام من التثبيت والحفظ %70الجذور فيساعة ثم غسلت 24كحول االثيلين المطلق الى حجم واحد من حامض الخليك الثلجي) وتركت لمدة .[13]كحول اثيلي مرتين بواقع ساعة لكل مرة ثم غسلت بالماء المقطر لعدة دقائق قبيل التصبيغ ووضعت في الحمام المائي hcl(1nالجذور قبل الفحص بمحلول حامض الهيدروكلوريك ( غمستالفحص الخلوي : الجذور توبعد المعاملة بحامض الهايدروكلوريك وضعق وذلك لتطرية الجذور , ئدقا15 لمدة ºم 60درجة حرارة تحت ملمتر mm 2فقط ( root tipالقمة النامية وأبقيت تخلص من االجزاء الزائدة من الجذر وشريحة زجاجية نظيفة تحت ةحسب طريقبالمحضره مسبقا aceto orcien stainبضع قطرات من صبغة االورسين وضعتتقريبا ) . chandraker ضغط بخفه بوساطة ووضع غطاء الشريحة ون يلمدة دقيقت تفوق القمة النامية وترك [25] وجماعته مباشرة بوساطة تفحصوالخاليا باستعمال مؤخرة قلم الرصاص تفرشواالبهام لكي يتم التخلص من الصبغة الزائدة . olympus compound microscope [13] المجهر الضوئي نوع لكل تركيز تقع مختلفة في الشريحة , وكان مجموع الخاليا التي فحصالكل شريحة ومن مو خلية تقريباً 1000ص فح أعداد الخاليا المنقسمة وغير المنقسمة والقيم النسبية الطوار االنقسام لت خلية . تسج 5000وبالمدة الزمنية الواحدة .omaxa cameraباستعمال رتصو والمختلفة والخاليا المحتوية على اختالالت كروموسومية وشواذ ميتوزية الدراسة الوراثية سبوع في تراكيز مختلفة من أُ ة من جذور البصل النامية لمد dnaدنا: استخلص الـ وقياس نقاوته dnaاستخالص وذلك وفقـــاً ctabطريقة االستخالص المعتمدة على استعمال مــــادة وبحسبالمستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار من خالل قياس الكثافة الضوئية للعينات بوساطة dna الدناقيس تركيز . hassan and yassein [22] لطريقــــــة ةنوعي قدرت. مايكروليتر /نانوغرام 2000-500وبتركيز dna 1.7-1.9 وتتراوح نقاوة الدنا nano dropeجهاز الـ وذلك بالتوازي مع مؤشر الحجم الجزيئي %1من خالل ترحيل عينه منه على هالم االكاروز بتركيز dna الدنا ladder. [22]هذا التفاعل حسب ما ورد في طريقةأعد : dnaالدنا تفاعالت التضاعف العشوائي المتعدد االشكال لسلسلة المجهزة من primersالبادئات العشوائية واستعملت وتوصيات الشركات المجهزة لمواد التفاعل مع بعض التحويرات . hassan and yassein [22]التي تم اختيارها اعتماداً على ) 1والموضحة في الجدول ( الكندية alphaشركة 36لمدة دقيقة , ◦ م94دورة بدرجة حرارة 40لمدة خمسة دقائق , 94دورة واحدة بدرجة حرارة : اآلتيونفذ البرنامج . [22]◦م 72دوره واحدة بدرجة حرارة final extensionلمدة دقيقتين و اخيرا ◦ م 72لمدة دقيقة , ◦ م تحليل النتائج mitoticحسب دليل االنقسام الميتوزي و. spss v.15باستعمال برنامج on way anova استعمل اختبار index حسبbecker )23: وكاآلتي ( 100 العدد الكلي للخاليا المنقسمة وغير المنقسمة )* /دليل االنقسام الميتوزي =(عدد الخاليا المنقسمة )وكاآلتي 23( beckerحسب ب) frequency of mitotic phasesنسبة االطوار االنقسامية ( وحسبت 100العدد الكلي للخاليا المنقسمة)*/طوار االنقسامية =(عدد الخاليا الحد االطوار نسبة اال :وكاآلتي becker [23]وحسبت نسبة الشذوذ الكروموسومي حسب 100الخاليا المنقسمة الكلي) *عدد /نسبة الشذوذ الكروموسومي =(عدد الخاليا الشاذة لجميع انواع الشذوذ الكروموسومي بعدم وجودها و بناءاً على 0بوجود الحزمة و 1بإعطاء الرمز rapdأحصيت البيانات الناتجة من مضاعفة مواقع الـ jaccardوفق معامل rapdذلك حسب التشابه الوراثي ورسمت شجرة القرابة بين العينات المدروسة لمؤشرات الـ , ورسمت شجرة القرابة الوراثية إعتماداً على طريقة past ver.1.91 [24]استعمال برنامج للتشابه الوراثي و ب upgma . علوم الحياة | 307 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 : [19]بالقانون االتي genomic template stability (gtsاالستقرار الجينى %( ةقيست نسب 100 ×)gts % = ( 1a / n a عدد الحزم المتعددة األشكال =polymorphic للبادئ n نفسه لسيطرةا=عدد الحزم الكلي البادئ النتائج والمناقشه ق البايولوجية المهمة ائيعد استعمال النظام النباتي من الطرمتوسط طول جذور نبات البصل: فيتأثير مستخلص الصبار اذ تقدر السمية [11]وعلى المستويين الخلوي والجزيئي ةلمستخلصات النباتيالدراسة اثار السمية للعديد المركبات و الوراثية بنظام القمم النامية لنبات البصل من خالل متابعة التأثيرات في نمو ومورفولوجية الجذور فضالًعن متابعتها خلوياً ن وجود تأثير لهذه المركبات على النظم النباتية يشير الى وجود مخاطر مباشرة او غير أو ,او على مستوى الجينات . . [26]مباشرة على الكائنات الحية عينة اتضح من النتائج بان المستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار قد ادى الى تثبيط نمو جذور نبات البصل مقارنة مع زيادة في تركيز المستخلص الى زيادة في تثبيط النمو . كان متوسط التاثير نصف وقد ادت ال ,السيطرة (ماء المقطر) ). يتضح من النتائج كذلك بأن مستخلص الهالم 1(شكل %10نمو جذور البصل للمستخلص الخام في ec 50المؤثر ة تركيز من المستخلص أدى الى ادى الى توقف كامل في نمو الجذور وقد يعود السبب الى ان هذا ال %40الخام في التركيز تتشابه هذه النتيجة مع الدراسة التي توصل اليها . apoptosis [27] حدوث تلف تام للنسيج وموت مبرمج للخاليا olusegun من مادة %30اذ وجد بأن معاملة جذور البصل بـ [28]وجماعتهtextile efflunt ادى الى موت تام للخاليا. يعد دليل االنقسام المايتوزي مقياساً يسمح بتقدير تكرار االنقسام دليل االنقسام: فيمستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار التأثير وغالبا ما يتم االعتماد على دليل االنقسام للكشف عن السمية الوراثية لجميع .[28]الخلوي في القمم النامية لجذور البصل . [30] الكائنات الحية ) في نسبة دليل p<0.05يتضح من نتائج هذه الدراسة بأن مستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار أدى الى انخفاض معنوي ( الزمنية , وكانت العالقة عكسية بين تركيز المددوضمن المستعملة مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة ولجميع التراكيز miاالنقسام ومع العديد من [21]النتائج مع دراسات سابقة عن الصبار . تتفق هذه )2(جدول المستخلص ودليل االنقسام bauhinia canolicanلنبات , والمستخلص المائي [31]المستخلصات النباتية االخرى كمستخلص اوراق نبات الحرمل , maytenu ilicifolia [32] ,المديد لنبات الخام القلويدي المستخلص convolvulus arvensis )33نبات زنابق ) و zephyranthes candida [34]المطر البيضاء ساعة وقد 72و 48, 24التعريض المختلفة بمدداوضحت النتائج كذلك بان نسبة دليل االنقسام لم يتأثرمعنوياً ليل االنقسام الى ) انخفاض د 1اذ يتضح من جدول (, (mitotic phase )الى قصر مرحلة االنقسام المايتوزي ذلك يعود 7.67مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة اذ كانت %39.37ساعة اي بنسبة انخفاض 48بعد مدة تعريض %10عند تركيز 4.65 مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة اذ % 42.65بنسبة انخفاض تعادل ةاي هساعة عند التركيز نفس 72بعد 4.37وانخفضت الى maleic hydrazideالذي استعمل مادة [29] وجماعته marcanoاسة مع در ة. تتفق هذه النتيج 7.62كانت , aloinاوضح ان مادة [35]وجماعته palanikumar تعريض مختلفة على جذور نبات البصل , بينما ومددوبتراكيز المادة الفعالة في هالم الصبار , تعتمد مدى سميتها الخلوية على تركيز المادة ومدة التعريض ايضاً . او دون ذلك مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة %22الى miبأن انخفاض دليل االنقسام الخلوي antonsie-wiez [36] اشار اوضح بأن انخفاض دليل االنقسام فقد sharma [37]لحي . اما لكائن افي ا lethal effect ةفانه يسبب تأثيرات مميت cytotoxicاو دون ذلك فانه ذات تأثير شبه مميت (وتدعى هذه النسبه حد السمية الخلوية %50الى miالخلوي thresholdوذلك لخفضه دليل االنقسام بشكل %40مادة سامة عند التركيز ) , لذا فان مستخلص هالم الصبار الخام يعد وذلك الن هذه %10. اوضحت النتائج بأن هالم الصبار الخام كان شبه مميت عند التركيز %22معنوي والكثر من كان %40. ان التراكيز العالية من مستخلص الهالم الخام %50 دون الى miالتراكيز ادت الى خفض نسبة دليل االنقسام اذ وجد [28]وجماعته olusegunوهذه النتيجة مشابهة لدراسة apoptosisللخاليا وادى الى موت مميتاً بشكل كامل أدى الى موت تام للخاليا . textile efflueمن مادة %30ان معاملة جذور البصل بـ يعود سبب انخفاض نسبة دليل االنقسام في جذور البصل المعرضة لمستخلص هالم الصبار الى ان مستخلص , [38]البروتين في االنظمة البايولوجية/ dnaالى تثبيط تخليق الدنا يعودفي تكاثرالخاليا , او قد اً قد سبب تثبيط الصبار علوم الحياة | 308 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 خير في مرحله النمو االولى أالى حصول ت يعودض قد الى ان سبب االنخفا [39]وجماعته el-ghameryواوضح g1 او قد يعزى سبب هذا االنخفاض الى ان مستخلص ,من دور الخليه مما يؤدي الى تقليل تصنيع الحامض النووي الصبار الخام تداخل مع تطور االنقسام المايتوزي لذا يمنع عددا من الخاليا من دخول الى الطور التمهيدي ويعطل دورة . g2 ومرحله النمو الثانيه sالى زيادة في زمن طوري البناء يعوداالنقسام خالل الطور البيني او ) بأن مستخلص الهالم الخام الصبار قد سبب 2ح من الجدول (يتضدليل االطوار: فيتاثير مستخلص الهالم الخام الصبار في دليل الطور لعينات جذور البصل المعرضة لهذا المستخلص . يتضح من النتائج بأن الطور التمهيدي قد انخفض اً تغيير مقارنة ةكاف التعريض ولمددبشكل معنوي في جذور نبات البصل المعرضة لجميع تراكيز مستخلص الهالم الخام و مدداذ انخفض الى صفر عند %40كان اعلى انخفاض لدليل الطور التمهيدي للهالم الخام عند تركيز و بمعاملة السيطرة ) 2من الهالم الخام قد اوقف انقسام خاليا جذور نبات البصل . يتضح من الجدول ( %40التعريض كافة, اي ان تركيز فع معنويا مقارنة بالسيطرة عينات جذورالبصل كافة المعرضة لمستخلص الخام كذلك بأن دليل الطور االستوائي قد ارت من الهالم الخام والذي أدى الى قتل كامل للخاليا %40التعريض , ماعدا التركيز مددلهالم الصبار وبجميع التراكيز ولكل ارتفاع لدليل الطور االستوائي عند وكان اعلى ,التعريض كافة لمدداذ انخفض فيها دليل الطور االستوائي الى الصفر اي 19.78مقارنة بالسيطرة 38.90ساعة اذ اصبحت 48عند مدة تعريض %20تعريض الجذور للهالم الخام بتركيز قد تحققت العالقة العكسية المتوقعة بين دليل الطور التمهيدي والطور االستوائي، اذ الزيادة في ل. %196.66بنسبة ارتفاع إنتقالها ؤالى دخول الخاليا في الطور التمهيدي، وتباطذلك . وقد يرجع [39]دهما تكون على حساب الطور اآلخر نسبة أح دى الى زيادة نسبة الخاليا في أالى الطور االستوائي، وفشل إنتقال الخاليا من الطور االستوائي الى الطور االنفصالي مما خيوط المغزل وتركيب الكروموسوم وزيادة عدد الخاليا المشوهة في الطور فيالطور االستوائي بسبب تاثير المستخلص اما دليل الطور االنفصالي لخاليا جذور نبات البصل المعرضة للهالم الخام فقد انخفضت معنويا عند تركيز االستوائي . 14.69, 14.75ي كانت السيطرة التعينة ساعة مقارنة ب 72ومدة تعريض %10التركيز ساعة وعند 48ومدة 20% اوضحت هذا االنخفاض الى قدرة الخاليا من االنتقال من الطور االنفصالي الى الطور النهائي . ويعود ,على التوالي , %10) بأن دليل الطور النهائي لجذور نبات البصل المعرضة للهالم الخام قد انخفض معنويا عند التركيز 2نتائج جدول ( 12.44, 13.44السيطرة التي كانت عينة على التوالي مقارنة ب 10.40, 10.46ساعة فاصبحت 48ساعة و 24ولمدة .وهذا االنخفاض قد يعود الى قدرة الخاليا من االنتقال من هذا الطور الى الطور البيني ,على التوالي , يعد الشذوذ الكرموسومي الذي تسببه بعض المواد الكيميائية المتوسط الحقيقي للتسمم الجيني التشوهات الكروموسومية: , اذ يمثل اختبار الشذوذ الكروموسومي في االنظمة النباتية تقنية بسيطة وواقعية لتعيين السمية [11]لتلك المركبات .[40]الوراثية للمواد خلص الخام لهالم الصبار أدت الى احداث تشوهات كروموسومية لجميع يتضح من نتائج هذه الدراسة ان مست التعريض , وجد كذلك ايضاً بأن زيادة تركيز المستخلص ومدة التعريض تؤدي الى زيادة مددولجميع المستعملة التراكيز الدراسات التي وجدت لبصل . تتفق هذه النتيجة مع العديد منافي نسبة التشوهات الكروموسومية في خاليا جذور نبات زنابق المطر تشوهات كروموسومية عديدة في جذور نبات البصل المعرضه للمستخلصات النباتية كمستخلص نبات .raphanus sativus l. [33]والمسستخلص المائي لجذور نبات الفجل zephyranthes candida [34]البيضاء ع عديدة من التشوهات الكروموسومية نتيجة تعريض جذور نبات البصل الى تراكيز اوجدت في هذه الدراسة انو , disturbed, تشتت الكروموسومي stickinessمختلفة من مستخلص هالم الخام الصبار كظهور لزوجه الكروموسوم , كروموسومات متأخر c-mitosis , كروموسومات الطور االستوائي الكولشيسين bridgeالجسور الكروموسومية vagrant النهائي للطور فضالًعن تشوهات كروموسومية اقل تكراراً كالشكل النجميstar telophase 3(جدول , ) , وقد كان ظهور الكروموسومات الملتصقة اكثر التشوهات تكراراً وقد يعود سبب ظهور هذا النوع من التشوهات 2شكل المستعملةبأن ظهور الكروموسومات الملصقة تعكس سمية عالية للمواد and liu li [41]الى اسباب عديدة فقد اعتقد الى موت الخلية ,اما ظهور الجسور تؤديوعادة ما تكون هذه السمية ذو تأثير غير رجعي ومن المحتمل أنها ثم هلكروموسوم لنفسللكروماتيدين الى كسور الكروماتيدات او الكروموسوم وقد يكون الكسر في ا يعودالكروموسومية فقد وفيه تنتشر الكروموسومات c.mitosisالطور االستوائي الكولشسيني لزجة .لاعادة ارتباط بشكل صحيح من نهاية ا تحرك الى االقطاب و هذا الخلل الكروموسومي يعود سببه تعطيل جهاز الياف التفقد قدرتها على َّ ومن ثمخالل السايتوبالزم . [40]لذي يؤدي الى تأخر انقسام السنتروميرا المغزل ويعود سبب disturbancesأدى استعمال مستخلص الهالم الخام الصبار الى ظهور كروموسومات متشتتة فضالًعن ذلك فقد .[41]الذي يسبب انتشار الكروموسومات بشكل غير منتظم في الخلية ظهوها الى ضعف جهاز المغزل علوم الحياة | 309 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 او ظهور شظايا كروموسومية في قمم جذور نبات star telophaseظهرت تشوهات كروموسومية اقل تكراراً مثل البصل المعرضة لمستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار وقد يعود سبب ظهورها هو لزوجة الكروموسومات او انقالب اجزاء بسبب اضطراب في جهاز المغزل الذي يسمح بأن تنتشر الكروموسومات بشكل غير منتظم او [39]الكروموسومات . [40]داخل الخلية تفاعالت في استعملت عشر بادئات ): (dna rapdدناتفاعالت التضاعف العشوائي المتعدد األشكال لسلسلة ال البادئات للمستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار . اظهرت سبعالتضاعف العشوائي المتعدد االشكال, للكشف عن السمية الوراثية -opa-3,opaاما البادئات opa-2و opa-3,opa-4,opa-7,opa-8,opa-9,opa-10متعدده اً فقط حزم .القالب لذلك قد تم اهمالها dnaالدنافلم تظهر اي مواقع متممة لتسلسالت هذه البادئات على شريط opa-1 و 6 وجود اختالفات بين العينات المعاملة بالمستخلص مقارنة بمعامله السيطرة وظهرت هذه rapd اوضحت نتائج ) والشكل 4يبين الجدول( ).4االختالفات على شكل فقدان لبعض الحزم او اضافة لحزم جديدة موضحة بالجداول ( 44ت ن النتائج بأن البادئات السبعة اعط),نتائج التضاعف العشوائي للعينات المعرضة لمستخلص الهالم الخام . يتضح م3( زوج قاعدة , واوضحت النتائج ايضاً بأن العينات 1600 -200حت بين وترا جزيئية حزمة مع معاملة السيطرة وبأوزان زوج 1025 و 860( اقل من التركيز نصف المؤثر ) قد فقدت ما مجموعه حزمتان بأوزان جزيئية %2المعاملة بالتركيز (االقل من %5اضافة لحزم جديدة مع جميع البادئات . اما استعمال التركيز ةولم يالحظ اي opa-2عند البادئ قاعدة opa-2زوج قاعدة مع البادئ 860نصف المؤثر ) من المستخلص الهالم الخام فلوحظ فقدان حزمة واحدة بوزن جزيئي (التركيز نصف المؤثر ) من مستخلص الهالم الخام لم %10ولم يالحظ ظهور اي حزمة جديدة , عند استعمال التركيز جذور نبات البصل اذ لم يالحظ اي اختفاء او ظهور الي حزمة جديدة مقارنة بمعاملة dna فييالحظ تأثير للمستخلص السيطرة و لجميع البادئات . ) اختفاء ما مجموعه اربعة x ec502( %20اظهرت العينات المعرضة لتركيز اعلى من التركيز نصف المؤثر opa-8زوج قاعدة وواحدة مع البادئ 580و 498, 415وبوزن جزيئي opa-2حزم ثالث منها مع البادئ , اما opa-4زوج قاعدة مع البادئ 1077) زوج قاعدة فضالًعن ظهور حزمة جديدة بوزن جزيئي 341وبوزن جزيئي( منها بأوزان ) فكان مجموع الحزم المفقودة ست حزم خمسx ec 50)4 %40العينات المعرضه الى اعلى تركيز زوج قاعدة مع 431وواحدة بوزن جزيئي opa-2زوج قاعدة مع البادئ 1025 و 860, 415, 373, 324جزيئية . opa-4زوج قاعدة مع البادئ 1077وحزمة واحدة بوزن جزيئي opa-3البادئ جذور نبات البصل dna دنا فييتضح من النتائج بأن التراكيز العالية من المستخلص الخام كان لها تأثير واضح حصل على شجرة القرابة الوراثية إعتماداً على النتائج التي تم التوصل اليها من إستعمال .مقارنة بالتراكيز الواطئة لى عينات البصل المعرضة لمستخلصات هالم الصبار وكذلك على عينات السيطرة ع rapdالبادئات العشوائية لتقانة الـ ) بأن العينات أُدرجت ضمن التحليل 4للتشابه الوراثي . يتضح من الشكل( jaccard(ماء مقطر) و بإستعمال مقياس فقط %40ومجموعة الثانية ضمت تركيز %40 االعنقودي في مجموعتين مجموعه ضمت السيطرة وجميع التراكيز ماعد ) قيمة 5) ,يبين جدول (gts) genomic template stabilityقيمة نسبه االستقرار الجينى % حددت gtsجذور نبات البصل المعرضة للمستخلص الخام الصبار. يتبين من الجدول ان قيمة % dnaلدنا gtsالـ% (التراكيز %40, %20عند تركيز %gtsخلص . اذ سجل اعلى انخفاض لمتوسط التنخفض بزيادة تراكيزالمست %5,%2على التوالي وقد سجل اقل انخفاض عند تركيز %85.12 و %91.16المؤثر ) اذ بلغت نصف االعلى من ن زيادة تركيز يتضح مما سبق ا على التوالي . % 98.41, 96.83مؤثر) اذ بلغت ال(التراكيز االقل من التركيز نصف .%gtsالمستخلص تؤدي الى زيادة انخفاض متوسط قيمة مستخلص الناتجة من تأثير الوراثية التبايناتقد نجحت في الكشف عن rapdنة اهذه الدراسة بأن تق نتائج تشير خام الصبار أدى الى حصول هالم الصبار . اظهرت نتائج الدراسة الوراثية بأن التراكيز العالية لمستخلص الهالم ال ) من خالل اختفاء او ظهور بعض الحزم مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . قد rapd)rapd profilesتغيير في تشكيالت الـ ,[18] ) مثل كسر في الشريط المفرد او المزدوج لحامض النووي dna)dna damageاختفاء الحزم الى تلف الـ يعود التي نشأت بسبب من اعادة الترتيب oligonucleotide primingالنيوكليوتيدات الفتية او بسبب تغيرات بمواقع rearrangements . [27] الى تغير في مواقع الـ يعودان ظهور حزم جديد قدoligonucleotide priming بسبب الطفرات homologous recombinations, اعادة اتحادات متماثلة large deletionsحدوث اتحادات جديدة , حدوث حذف كبير ك الذي درس السمية الوراثية المستخلص المائي [31]وجماعته baeshinوهذه النتائج مشابهة الى ما توصل اليه كل من , [19] الذي [42]وجماعته olorunfemiعلى جـــــــــــذور نبات البصل , كذلك rhazya stricta (decne)الوراق نبات الحرمل جذور نبات البصل . فيدرس السمية الوراثية لمياه الحنفية علوم الحياة | 310 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 وله تاثير مميت عند التركيز %10ن المستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار يعد مادة ساماعند التركيز أيتضح من هذه الدراسه ب ةان قيم فضالًعنكثر من التراكيز الواطئه ا rapd وان التراكيز العاليه قد سببت تغيرات فى اشكال حزم ال. 40% بزيادة تراكيزالمستخلص الخام . تنخفض %gtsاالستقرار الجينى المصادر 1-talmadge, j. c. ; jacobs, l. ; munger ,c. ; chinnah ,t. ; chow, j.t. ; williamson, d. and yates, k. (2004). fractionation of aloe vera l. inner gel purifi cation and molecular profi ling of activity. international immunopharmacology .4: 1757-1773. 2boudreau, m.d. and beland, f.a. (2006). an evaluation of the biological and toxicological properties of aloe barbadensis (miller). aloe vera. j. environ. sci. health c. 24: 103-154 3-alves, d.s.; perez-fons, l.; estepa, a. and micol, v. (2004). membrane-related effects underlying the biological activity of the anthraquinones emodin and barbaloin. bioch. pharm. 68(3): 549-561 4-sumbul, s. ; waseemuddin, a.s. and iqbal , a. (2004). antifungal activity of allium, aloe, and solanum species. pharm biol . 42: 491–498. 5-reuter, j. ; jocher , a.; stump, j.; grossjohann, b.; franke, g. and schempp, c.m. (2008). investigation of the anti-inflammatory potential of aloe vera gel (97.5%) in the ultraviolet erythema test . skin pharmacol. and physiolo. 21: 106-110. 6-feily, a. and namazi, m.r. (2009). aloe vera in dermatology: a brief review. j. italian dermatol venereol. 144: 85-91. 7-choi, s.; kim , k.w.; choi, j.s.; han,s.t.; park,y.i.; lee,s.k.; kim, j.s. and chung, m.h.(2002). angiogenic activity of beta-sitosterol in the ischaemia/ reperfusion-damaged brain of mongolian gerbil. department of pharmacology, seoul national university college of medicine, seoul, korea. planta medica . 68: 330-5. 8-yu, c.s.; yu, f.s.; chan, j.k.; li, t.m.; lin, s.s.; chen, s.c.; hsia, t.c.; chang, y.h. and chung, j.g. (2006). aloe-emodin affects the levels of cytokines and functions of leucocytes from sprague-dawley rats . in vivo . 20: 505-509. 9-stepanova, o.s.; prudnick, n.z.; soloviera v.p.; golovchenko, g.a.; svischchuk, a.a. and dubkova , o.m. (2007). chemical composition and biological activity of dry aloe leaves. fiziologicheski aktivnye veshchestva . 9: 94-97. 10-fiskesj, g. (1988). the allium test-an alternative in environmental studies: the relative toxicity of metal ions. mutation res. 197 pp. 11-grant, w.f. (1992). cytogenetic studies of agricultural chemicals in plants in: genetic toxicology an agricultural perspective. plenum pres, new york. 335-378. 12-saxena, p.n. ; chauhan, l.k.s. and gupta, s.k.( 2005). cytogenetic effects of commercial formulation of cypermethrin in root meristem cells of allium sativum: spectroscopic basis of chromosome damage. toxicology . 216: 244-252. 13-rank, j. (2003). the method of allium anaphase-telophase chromosome aberration assay. ekologiia. 1: 38-42 14-seth, c.s.; misra, v. ; chauhan, l.k.s. and singh, r.r. (2008). genotoxicity of cadmium on root meristem cells of allium cepa: cytogenetic and comet assay approach. ecotoxicol environ safe. 71:711–716. 15-kovalchuk, o. ; arkhipov, i.; telyuk, a.; hohn, p. and kovalchuk, l .(1998). the allium cepa chromosome aberration test reliably measures genotoxicity of soils of inhabited areas in the ukraine contaminated by the chernobyl accident. mutat. res .415:47–57. 16-leme, d.m. and marin-morales, m.a. (2008). chromosome aberration and micronucleus frequencies in allium cepa cells exposed to petroleum polluted water—a case study. mutat. resfund mol. mech. 650:80–86 17-el-khodary ,s.; habib, a. and haliem, a. (1990). effect of herbicide tribunal on root mitosis of allium cepa.cytologia . 55:209-215. علوم الحياة | 311 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 18-cenkci, s. ; cigerci, h. ; yildiz, m. ; gzay, c. bozdag, a. and terzi, h.(2010a). lead contamination reduces chlorophyll biosynthesis and genomic template stability in brosssica rapa l. environ .exp .bot. 67:467-473. 19-atienzar, f.a. and jha, a.n. (2006). the random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd) assay and related techniques applied to genotoxicity and carcinogenesis studies: acritical review. mutat res. 613:76–102. 20-al-qurainy ,f. ; alameri, a.a.; khan, s. (2010)..rapd profile for the assessment of genotoxicity on a medicinal plant ; eruca sativa. journal of medicinal plants research. 4(7): 579-586. 21i̇lbas, a. i̇. ; gonen , u. ; yilmaz, s. and dadandi, me. y. (2012). cytotoxicity of aloe vera gel extracts on allium cepa root tip cells . turk j bot. 36(1): 263-268 22-hassan , g. m. and yassein, a. a. m. (2014). cytogenotoxicity evaluation of water contami-nated with some textile azo dyes using rapd mark-ers and chromosomal aberrations of onion (allium cepa) root cells. egypt. j. genet. cytol. 43: 39-57 23-becker, w.m. (1986). the world of the cell. benjamin cummings publishing company, inc. new york .398 pp . 24-hammer, ø.; harper,d.a.t and ryan,p.d.(2001). past: palaeontological statistics software package for education and data analysis. paleontologia eletronica. 4(1):1-9. 25-chandraker, s. k. ; singh , p. and pandey, b. (2014). clastogenic effect of soft drink on root tip of allium cepa . int.j.curr.microbiol.app.sci . 3(5): 200-206 26-fiskesjo, g. (1993).the allium cepa in waste water monitoring. environ.toxicology water. 8: 291-298. 27cenkci , s. ; cigerci, h. ; yildiz, m. ; gzay, c. bozdag, a. and terzi, h.(2010b). lead contamination reduces chlorophyll biosynthesis and genomic template stability in brosssica rapa l. environ .exp .bot. 67:467-473. 28-olusegun, b. s. ; fidelia, i. o. and peter, g. o. (2010). cytogenotoxicity evaluation of tow industrial effluents using allium cepa assay . african j. of environmental science and technology. 4(1) 021-027. 29marcano ,l.; carruuyo, i. del ;campo ,a. and monttel , x. (2004) .cytotoxicity and mode of action of maleic hydrazide in root tips of allium cepa l. environmental research . 334: 185-195. 30linnainmaa, k.; meretoja, t. ; sorsa, m. and vainto, h. (1978). cytogenetic effects of styrene oxide. mutation research . 58: 277-286. 31-baeshin, n.a.; sabir ,j.s.m.; qari, s.h.(2009). cytogenetic and molecular evaluations of genetic effects of leaf extract of rhazya stricta (decne) on allium cepa root tip meristems. egyptian journal of genetics and cytology. 38: 73-83. 32-marjori, l.c.;teixeria,r.o.; mantovani,m.s.and vicentini,v.e.p.(2002). effects of maytenus ilicifolia mart. and bauhinia candi cans benth infusions on onion tip and rat bonemarrow cells. genetics and molecular biology.25(1):85-89. raphanus) . التأثير الخلوي الوراثي للمستخلص الخام لجذور نبات الفجل 2013السعدي , رشا عبد الكريم .(-33 sativus l. . 19 -12): 1(16على خاليا القمم النامية جذور نبات البصل . مجلة جامعة النهرين العلوم . تاثير المستخلص المائي لنبات .)2010ياسين ,ناهي يوسف و مهدي , شيماء صباح . ( ,يد االنصاري , عبد المج-34 والخاليا allium cepaفي انقسام خاليا القمة النامية في جذور البصل zephyranthes candidaزنابق المطر البيضاء -iraqi journal of cancer and medical genetics .3)1 :(70 في الدم البشري المحيطي في الزجاج . المفاوية 76. 35-palanikumar, l. and panneerselvam, n. (2010). aloin: medicinal properties and future perspectives. j. of pharmacy research .3: 2682-2685. 36-antonsie-wiez ,d .(1990). analysis of the cell cycle in the root meristem of allium cepa under infl uence of leda krin. folia histochemica cytobiologica . 26: 79-96. 37-sharma, c.b.s.r. (1983). plant meristems as monitors of genetic toxicity of environmental chemicals. current sciece. 52: 1000-1002. علوم الحياة | 312 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 38-avila, h.; rivero, j.; herrera, f. and fraile, g. (1997). cytotoxicity of a low molecular weight fraction from aloe vera (aloe barbadensis miller) gel. toxicon . 35: 1423-1430 39-el-ghamery, a.a.; el-nahas, a.i. and mansour ,m.m. (2000). the action of atrazine herbicide as an inhibitor of cell division on chromosomes and nucleic acids content in root meristems of allium cepa and vicia faba. cytologia . 55: 209-215. 40-amer, s. m. and ali, e. m.(1974).cytological effects of pesticides vs effects of some herbicides on vicia faba. cytologia.. 39, 633-643. 41-liu, w.; yang, y.s.; li ,p.j.; zhou, q.x.; xie, l.j. and han y.p. (2009). risk assessment of cadmium-contaminated soil on plant dna damage using rapd and physiological indices. j. of hazardous materials. 161:878-883. 42-olorunfemi , d. i. ; okieimen, e. a. and ovwemuvwose, j. (2014).dna integrity of onion (allium cepa l.) root cells exposed to ballast water. vasile goldis university press. 24( 3): 305-309 لبادئات المستخدمة: ا )1جدول ( 5΄ caggcccttc-3΄ opa-01 1 5΄ -tgccgagctg-3΄ opa-02 2 5΄ -agtcagccac-3΄ opa-03 3 5΄ -aatcgggctc-3΄ opa-04 4 5΄ -gctccctgac-3΄ opa-05 5 5΄ -gaaacgggtg-3΄ opa-06 6 5΄ -gaaacgggtg-3΄ opa-07 7 5΄ -gtgacgtagg-3΄ opa-08 8 5΄ -gggtaacgcc-3΄ opa-09 9 5΄ -gtgatcgcag-3΄ opa-10 10 علوم الحياة | 313 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 القمم النامية لجذور الكروموسومية فيالتشوهات نسبة دليل اطوار االنقسام ومتوسط دليل االنقسام ومتوسط ) 2جدول ( p<0.05 معنوية عند (*) se الخطاء القياسي مدة التعريض (ساعة) التركيز (%) دليل اطوار االنقسام الكروموسومية تشوهات % se ± دليل االنقسام mi% se ± ± seلتمهيدي االطور se الطوراالستوائي ± ± se طور النهائيال ± seطور االنفصالي ال 24 0 52.57 ±3.38 18.96*±1.73 14.99±1.61 13.44±1.61 0.00±0.00 10.59±1.71 2 47.60*±3.36 27.25*±3.42 13.02±1.61 12.12±1.00 21.62*±3.71 7.45*±0.48 5 43.44*±2.53 29.51*±3.30 13.70±1.99 12.25±1.12 38.21*±1.44 6.03*±0.14 10 42.01*±4.00 1.96±33.18* 14.22±2.47 10.46*±1.13 40.88*±6.35 5.49*±0.23 20 40.74*±3.76 3.07±35.56* 12.75±2.42 10.92±1.24 43.75*±3.44 4.15*±0.16 40 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 48 0 53.01±3.69 19.78±1.91 2.43±14.75 12.44±0.90 0.00±0.00 7.67±0.82 2 46.62*±5.10 30.35*±4.04 11.65±1.23 10.35±1.19 22.84*±1.25 6.51*±0.24 5 45.01*±6.48 32.62*±5.33 11.87±1.47 10.40±1.58 43.82*±3.72 5.33*±0.27 10 38.01*±1.39 41.57*±3.39 10.74±1.61 9.65*±1.17 53.65*±2.20 4.65*±0.21 20 42.53*±2.85 38.90*±2.37 7.85*±1.03 10.69±1.03 60.45*±4.56 3.54*±0.16 40 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 72 0 50.58*±1.79 21.41±2.14 14.69±1.59 13.21±1.74 0.00±0.00 7.62±1.75 2 45.82*±4.74 28.09*±2.80 13.27±2.52 12.82±1.67 25.90*±1.64 5.74*±1.30 5 45.26*±3.48 31.63*±2.37 9.31±0.85 13.78±1.05 49.15*±3.72 4.77*±1.07 10 35.82*±4.20 37.81*±4.01 11.96*±1.69 .3810±1.17 60.37*±4.70 4.37*±0.96 20 44.84*±5.46 35.85*±4.07 10.16±3.65 9.14±2.19 75.80*±1.73 3.14*±1.00 40 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 0.00*±0.00 علوم الحياة | 314 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) انواع التشوهات الكروموسومية في القمم النامية لجذور نبات البصل المعاملة بمستخلص الهالم الخام الصبار 3جدول ( مدة التعريض تركيز المعاملة (%) عدد الخاليا المنقسمة التشوهات الكروموسومية نسبة التشوهات الكلية % نهائي نجمي كروموسومات متأخر الطور االستوائي الكولشسين جسور كروموسومية تشتت كروموسومي التصاق كروموسومي 24 2 370 0 0 9 23 48 23.68 5 301 0 11 1 22 33 48 38.98 10 27407077 91 42.39 20 208 1 5 0 8 7 70 50.80 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 2 324 0 0 0 10 19 45 24.50 5 267012101726 52 40.90 10 233 0 0 0 3 10 112 46.81 20 177 0 5 12 10 20 60 57.21 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 2 278010153 53 25.4 5 234 0 8 0 6 28 53 42.79 10 217 3 11 8 109 62.98 20 157 0 7 20 10 20 62 67.23 40 000000 0 0 803 402 128 43 59 1 المجموع علوم الحياة | 315 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ) الحزم المفقوده والمكتسبة وقيمة لجذور نبات البصل المعرضة لمستخلص الهالم الخام الصبار4جدول ( a اظهور حزم جديدة bاختفاء حزم (%) كيزاترال عدد حزم معاملة البادئ السيطرة 40 20 10 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 a 9 opa02 1025 ,860 ,415 ,373 ,324 580 ,498 ,415 0 ,860 1025 ,860 b 431 0 0 0 0 a 5 opa-3 0 0 0 0 0 b 1077 1077 0 0 0 a 7 opa-4 0 0 0 0 0 b 0 0 0 0 0 a 6 opa-7 0 0 0 0 0 b 0 0 0 0 0 a 7 opa-8 341 341 0 0 0 b 0 0 0 0 0 a 4 opa-9 0 0 0 0 0 b 0 0 0 0 0 a 6 opa-10 0 0 0 0 0 b المجموع 2 1 0 5 8 علوم الحياة | 316 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 للقمم النامية لجذور البصل المعرضة لمستخلص الخام لهالم الصبار . %gts) قيمة الـ5جدول ( الصبار الهالم الخام تثبيط نمو جذور البصل المعرضة لمستخلص )1( شكل المتوسط البادئات المعامالت opa-010 opa-09 opa-08 opa-07 opa-04 opa-03 opa-02 عدد الحزم 9 5 7 6 7 4 6 السيطرة 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 96.83 100 100 100 100 100 100 77.78 2% 98.41 100 100 100 100 100 100 88.89 5% 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10% 91.16 100 100 85.71 100 85.71 100 66.67 20% 85.12 100 100 85.71 100 85.71 100 44.44 40% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 ور جذ ال ل طو ل عد م بة س ن ر علوم الحياة | 317 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 انواع التشوهات التي ظهرت في القمم النامية لجذور نبات البصل المعرضة لتراكيز مختلفة من مستخلص) 2(شكل الصبار وباوقات مختلفة الخام هالم قطعة كروموسومية – 4جسور في الطور االنفصالي – 3 جسر في الطور النهائي – 2 متشتتالنفصالي الطور اال -1 النجمي . نهائيالطورال -6اللزج ستوائي الطور اال – 5 طور االستوائيلمتاخره في ا علوم الحياة | 318 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 dna ladder مع الدليل الحجمي %1.5المرحلة على هالم اآلكاروز -3opaنواتج تضاعف البادئ )3(شكل m. الدليل الحجمي c هالم %40 -5هالم الخام , %20 -4هالم الخام , %10 -3هالم الخام , %5 -2هالم الخام , %2 ,عينة السيطرة ام . يشير االسهم الى فقدان حزم .الخ ) شجرة قرابة الوراثية لعينات البصل المعرضة لتراكيز مختلفة من هالم الخام الصبار 4شكل ( هالم الخام %40 -5هالم الخام , %20 4هالم الخام , %10 -3هالم الخام , %5 2هالم الخام , 2% -1 السيطرة , c علوم الحياة | 319 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 detection of cellular and molecular toxicity of aloe vera gel crude extract on the roots of the allium cepa nidhal n. hussain ghaith m. fadhil dept. of biology , college of education for pure sciences( ibn al-haitham) , university of baghdad received in :2september 2015, accepted in :12october 2015 abstract the cellular and molecular toxicity effect of aloe vera crude extract on meristem cells of onion (allium cepa) roots were studied . different concentrations of this crude extract 20% ,10% ,5% ,2%( and 40%) were used at different periods ; 24 ,48 and 72 hour . number of chromosomal aberrations and the mitotic index was calculated . in addition, the genetic effects were observed by using randomly amplified polymorphic dna ( rapd ) technique . the results showed that the gel crud extract of aloe vera had inhibition effects on the growth of the onion roots with 10% ec50 value. significant effects of this gel crud extract were also observed on the chromosomal aberration and mitotic index by decreasing of divided cell rates. the toxic effect of 20% concentration of gel crud extract was decreased the mitotic index under 50% , in the comparison with control sample . chromosomal aberration were also observed in divided cells of onion roots, which exposed to different concentrations at different periods . the higher frequent type of this chromosomal aberrations , which observed are stickiness , disturbed , bridge , c-mitosis , vagrant and star telophase . the result of rapd technique reveled differences in number of dna bands and their molecular weights of the treated samples , which exposed to high concentration of crud extract in comparison with the control sample . the result of the genetic stability ratio (% gts), also showed that aloe vera crud extract have genetic toxicity at 40% concentration. genotoxicity, allium cepa, key word: rapd , aloe vera 234 علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 التحري عن انتاج البكتريوسين وتحفيز انتاجه بوساطة مستخلص نبات brassica rapa هند حسين عبيد جامعة بغداد ,كلية العلوم ,قسم علوم الحياة 2016ايار 29,قبل في: 2016ايار 15استلم في: الخالصة هدفت الدراسة الحالية الى محاولة التوصل الى مواد طبيعية تعمل على تحفيز انتاج البكتريوسينات، فضال" عن ) عزلة بكتيرية سالبة لصبغة كرام تم الحصول عليها من جمع 280الكشف عن العزالت المنتجة بوساطتها. عزلت ( septicemiaوتسمم الدم / urinary tract infection( التهاب المجاري البولية/ ) عينة مرضية مختلفة، شملت :760( و escherichia coli ، والبكتيريا المعزولة هي: )/diarrheaواألسهال /vaginal inflammationوالتهاب المهبل klebsiella pneumonia و pseudomonas aeruginosa و salmonella typhi و enterobacter cloacae و acinetobacter baumannii وserratia liquefaciens وcitrobacter freundii و serrattia odorifera وproteus mirabilis ) أستخدمت طريقة أقراص األكار .cup assay للكشف عن العزالت ( " ( الوسط الزرعي المغذي الصلب + مستخلص جذور نبات المنتجة للبكتريوسين. حضر الوسط الزرعي المصنع محليا brassica rapa للكشف عن العزالت المنتجة للبكتريوسين مقارنة " مع الوسط المغذي الصلب. وجد أن العزالت ،( )، في حين وصلت النسبة الى٪28.57) عزلــــة فقط بنسبة (80المنتجة للبكتريوسين في الوسط المغذي الصلب بلغــت ( ) عزلة منتجة عند أستعمال الوسط المحلي. كما أعطى الوسط المحضر مناطق تثبيط نمو وصلت الى 231٪) اي (82.5( ، كما إستعمل مستخلص النبات قيد الدراسة في تحفيز انتاج الكولسين مقارنة مع عقار e. coliملم) في بكتيريا 45( في عمله بل c (mt-c)-، وجد إنه يضاهي الـمايتومايسين e. coliفي خمس عزالت من بكتيريا c –المايتومايسين وكان أفضل منه في بعض العزالت في كمية البكتريوسين المنتج ومناطق تثبيط النمو والفعالبة. cup assay ، brassica rapa ، bacterocin، mitomycin-c :الكلمات المفتاحية 235 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المقدمة البكتريوسينات هي مركبات بروتينية ذات وزن جزيئي عاٍل، مضادة للجراثيم تنتج من البكتريا وتقوم بتثبيط أو قتل ، archaebacteriaأو الـ eubacteriaاالنواع القريبة والمشابهـة لها، وهي تنتج من مختلف المجاميع البكتيرية سواء بالحجم وطرائق إفرازها من الخاليا المنتجة وكذلك في طرائق نقلها الى داخل الخاليا تختلف هذه المضادات فيما بينها ، عندما لحظ الباحثون ظاهرة التضاد البكتيري 1877يعود تاريخ اكتشاف البكتريوسينات إلى عام . ]1،2[ الحساسة (antagoniusm) يط نمو بكتيريا أخرى تعود للنوع بين الكائنات المجهرية، إذ تتمكن بعض السالالت البكتيرية من تثب . أما تسمية هذه المضادات فإنها تعتمد أساساً على اسم البكتيريا المنتجة (اسم الجنس والنوع)، فضالً عن وجود ]4[نفسه ان صفة انتاج البكتريوسينات تقع تحت السيطرة البالزميدية بصورة .]4[ تحت أنواع متعددة منها تنتمي إلى النوع الواحد، مثل الـ ، microcins، ومع ذلك توجد بكتريوسينات يقع انتاجها تحت سيطرة الكروموسوم وباالخص الـ]5[عامة bacterocin 28b الذي تنتجهserratia marcescenc الذي تكون جيناته محمولة على الكروموسوم، وقد تم تأكيد سين ويحث في البكتريا التي تمتلك بالزميد خاص إلنتاج يصنع البكتريو .]6[وجماعته cursinoذلك من قبل الباحث لكن يمكن زيادة انتاج هذه البروتينات عشرات ]7[البكتريوسين فقط، ويكون تصنيعه في الحاالت االعتيادية بكميات قليلة ادات تستعمل بعض المض]، أو c)mt-c] (8أو مئات المرات بوساطة استعمال المحفزات مثل مادة المايتومايسين للغرض نفسه. كما قد ] 11[ ciprofloxacin]، أو 10[ globomycinأو ]chlormephincol ]9 الحياتية مثل واستعملت األشعة فوق البنفسجية في دراسات ].12[) وبعض انواع االصباغ 2o2hتستخدم مادة بيروكسيد الهيدروجين ( ) لحث thymine( فاستعمل الثايمين وجماعتهbures الباحث . أما]8[أخرى لحث االنتاج، كذلك استعملت الحرارة على ]. 14[pugsley الكولسين ذاتياً، وهذا ما أكده الباحث . من جانب آخر يمكن حث انتاج]13[األنتاج في الزجاج ة التصنيع تحت سيطرة الرغم من تعدد المواد المحفزة سواء أكانت فيزيائية أم كيميائية اال ان مبدأ عملها واحد، إذ تقع عملي )sos system وقد يسمى (sos repair system أوsos operon system وهو نظام انزيمي معقد ، عرف القليل عن الوظيفة البيئية للبكتريوسينات وان دورها في الطبيعة ال زال غير واضح ].يُ 15[ مجتمعات البكتيرية أعتماداً على ظروف البيئة لكن بعض الدراسات اشارت الى دوره في التنافس والغزو بين ال]. 1[ والموطن الفسيولوجي الذي يحدث فيه، إذ أن الكائن المجهري يتمكن من حماية نفسه كما يحمي االنسان نفسه منها، ومن ثم ]. 15،16 [ا يوفر ذلك الكائن حماية للبيئة الموجود فيه من النباتات شائعة االكل في العراق ، اذ يؤكل في الشتاء مسلوقاً للحصول على brassica rapa يعد نبات الشلغم على الشلغم في االصطالح الحديث ومنذ القرن التاسع عشر، اما في المعاجم القديمة فقد turnip الدفئ. تطلق لفظة اللفت عن الفارسية. كما تختلف تسمية النبات من بلد الشلجم ) , أما الشلغم فهي عن التركية المنقولة –أطلق علية اسم ( السلجم ]. ينتمي 18،17ألخر ، ففي العراق يسمى شلغم ، أما في مصر يطلق عليه أبو ركبة ، في حين يسمى كرنب في الشام [ وهو عشبة حولية أو ثنائية الحول ، جذورها درنية ، من ( cruciferae brassicaceae )الشلغم الى العائلة الصليبية بيضاء اللون طرية وقد تحتوي على اللون االرجواني. يحتوي هذا النبات على flesh root لنوع المتضخم اللحمي ا ، mn ، والمنغنيز na ،والصوديوم k، والبوتاسيوم p ، والفسفور ca أنواع عدة من األمالح المعدنية : الكالسيوم عد هو النبات الوحيد مع الملفوف الذي يحتوي على عنصرالزرنيخ ، فضالً ، اذ ي a s ، والزرنيخ i ، واليودs والكبريت . كما يحتوي الشلغم على السكريات والبروتين وكميات قليلة من الدهون . وكذلك cu، والنحاس fe عن وجود الحديد thiamine و riboflavin و niacin و ascorbic acid وأثر من β – carotene زيت بذوره فتحتوي ، اما brassica ]. كما يحتوي الشلغم كغيره من أنواع هذا الجنس erucic and linoleic acid ]19،18كمية كبيرة من المهمة في منع حدوث السرطان، وكذلك في قتل phytochemicals على مجموعة كبيرة من المركبات الكيميائية النباتية carcinogenesisة، فضالً عن دورها في الحماية ضد المسرطنات أنواع عدة من الخاليا السرطاني ]. كذلك دوره كعالج للعديد من األمراض antioxidant ]21،20،19ومكضادات لألكسدة mutagenesisوالمطفرات ] وغيرها من األستعماالت الصيدالنية 22] وخفض مستوى السكر في الدم[21ومنها خفض نسبة الكلسترول في الدم [ ]. 20لكثيرة[ا ذه هدف البحث : اءت ه ذا ج ة ل ارب المختبري نظرا" ألهمية البكتريوسينات وانتاجها في البيئة المعوية أو في حقل التج الدراسة للتحري عن إنتاجية البكتريوسين من العزالت البكتيرية بأختالف انواعها المعزولة من حاالت مرضية سريرية وثم تخد ة باس ن األنتاجي ف ع ات الكش تخلص نب تعمل مس را" اس ا" ، وأخي نع محلي ي مص ط زرع ي brassica rapaام وس ف .c –تحفيز البكتيريا على األنتاج بدل المايتومايسين المواد وطرائق العمل العزل والتشخيص وتسمم urinary tract infection) عينة مرضية من حاالت مختلفة هي ( التهاب المجاري البولية/ 760تم جمع ( )، شملت عينات : ( األدرار و /diarrheaواألسهال /vaginal inflammationوالتهاب المهبل septicemiaالدم / الدم و مسحات المهبل والبراز ) على الترتيب، للتحري عن البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام وذلك حسب الطرائق التشخيصية 236 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 وحسب تعليمات الشركة api 20-e، أكد تشخيص العزالت البكتيرية باستعمال نظام ]23[التقليدية المتبعة من قبل المصنعة. الكشف عن العزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسين.  التحري عن العزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسين باستعمال الوسط الزرعي المغذي الصلب )nutriernt agarكوسط إختباري ( م ين، ت ة للبكتريوس زالت المنتج ن الع ري ع رض التح ة أوالً، ولغ ذه الدراس ي ه ة ف ة والمشخص ا المعزول رقيم البكتيري ت ة زالت منتج ض الع دت بع ُع (producing cells) ة ة أو حساس ر دال ها اآلخ ارةً (indicator or sensitive cells)وبعض س ت ق العك م ُطب ارةً، ث ت .]24[، (cup assay)التحري فهي: طريقة أقراص األكار اخرى.أما الطريقة المتبعة في التحري عن العزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسين باستعمال وسط زرعي مصنع محليا". تحضير الوسط الزرعي المحلي: حضر الوسط الزرعي المحلي ( مستخلص نبات جذور الشلغم + وسط األكار المغذي ) بالطريقة اآلتية :  تم الحصول على نبات الشلغم من السوق المحلية ، وأختيرت الجذور ذات الحجم المتوسط والكبير الممتلئة الجديدة ، ذات :باتجمع الن الجلد اللماع والسليم . نظفت جيداً من األتربة أن وجدت بوساطة غسلها بماء الحنفية مع ازالة االجزاء غير المرغوب فيها.  :غم من جذور النبات، قطعت الى شرائح خفيفة السمك ثم 100مستخلص نبات جذور الشلغم بأخذ حضرتحضير المستخلص النباتي مل الماء المقطر ، ترك لمدة ثالثة أيام في درجة حرارة الغرفة ثم رشح المستخلص عبر الشاش وبعدها طرد مركزيا" 100إضيف إليه م لحين األستعمال.4ئب، حفظ الراشح في درجة حرارة دقائق ) للتخلص من كل الشوا 10دورة/ دقيقة لمدة 5000(  2.8: حضر الوسط الزرعي المحلي لغرض إستخدامه في الكشف عن العزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسين، بوزن (تحضير الوسط ( ( بعد ان ضبط مل من المستخلص المحضرأعاله 100) ثم إضيف اليه difco/usaغم من وسط األكار المغذي الصلب ( شركة م / تحت ضغط 121)، ذوب الوسط بالطريقة المعتادة ثم عقم بالموصدة ( بدرجة حرارة 7.2 – 7اإلس الهيدروجيني مابين ( م ) 4دقيقة). صب الوسط المحضر في خمسة أطباق زرعية، وترك ليبرد، حفظت األطباق في الثالجة ( 20/ لمدة 2باوند / إنج 15 عمال.لحين اإلست الكشف عن العزالت المنتجة للبكتريوسين: )، بإستعمال الوسط المصنع cup assayإجريت التجربة بالطريقة نفسها المتبعة في الكشف عن البكتيريا المنتجة في الوسط العادي ( أعاله بدال" من األكار المغذي لوحده، وذلك بزراعة العزلة الدالة عليه للكشف عن العزالت المنتجة للبكتريوسين ومنها التي اظهرت نتائج سالبة في األختبار األول. : بأستعمال مستخلص نبات الشلغم e.coliتحفيز انتاج البكتريوسين في بكتيريا  استخالص البكتريوسين من بكترياe.coli المنتجة: احثين ة الب ى طريق اداً عل ابقة واعتم ائج الس ى النت اء" عل ا بن م اختياره وءة ت ة كف زالت منتج ن ع ين م تخلص الكولس اس herschman و helinski ] 25[ :وتضمن اآلتي ى (5تم زرع ( .1 ا عل ل منه ط ال2.5) أنابيب اختبار يحوي ك ن وس ل م ائل ) م ب الس د (b.h.i brothدماغ والقل م، فق ) المعق ) ساعة. 18)ْم لمدة (37لقحت بالعزالت المنتجة الخمس وحضنت بدرجة حرارة ( ط ( .2 ر وس ه ( b.h.iحض افاً الي ائل مض دل (%5الس م بمع بة الحج رة دوارق مناس رول) ووزع بعش ل 100) كليس ل لك ) م دقيقة) وترك ليبرد. 20لمدة /2اون/انجب 15م/ تحت ضغط 121ْدورق ثم ُعقمت بالموصدة ( نت .3 م حض والي، ث في اليوم التالي تم تلقيح كل وسط في الخطوة السابقة بأنبوبة اللقاح المحضرة في الخطوة االولى وعلى الت والي 37بدرجة حرارة ( (shaking incubator)الدوارق العشرة الملقحة في حاضنة هزازة ا ح )ْم حتى وصل عدد الخالي د 8 10×3( ة/مل [بع رعة 14) خلي ن] وبس اعة حض س ) دورة/ دقيقة. 150-200( بعد انتهاء مدة الحضن: تم توزيع المزروع البكتيري الى دورقين: بواقع خمسين مل لكل دورق لكل عزلة بكتيرية، ثم: .4 237 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ين ادة المايتومايس يفت م داره ( -cأض ائي مق ز نه ين بتركي اج البكتريوس ى إنت زة عل دورق األول 2المحف ى ال ل إل ) مكغم/م ) ساعات اخرى.3(سيطرة موجبة)، ثم أعيدت إلى الحاضنة الهزازة لمدة ( ين اج البكتريوس ز إنت تخلص أضيف مستخلص نبات الشلغم المحضرلغرض أختبار قدرته على تحفي ن المس ل م ع ( ام بواق يح 10لكل طة الترش اتي بواس تخلص النب مل من المزروع البكتيري المحضر حسب الطريقة االساس)، علما" تم تعقيم المس ) ساعات اخرى.3إلى الدورق الثاني، ثم أعيدت إلى الحاضنة الهزازة لمدة () µ 0.22باستعمال المرشحات الغشائية ( ا ً .5 زروع مركزي ذ الم رارة (نب ة ح رد بدرج زي المب رد المرك از الط رعة 4 بجه )ْم وبس )ْم لحين االستعمال. 4) دقيقة، ثم حفظت بدرجة حرارة (30دورة/ دقيقة) ولمدة ( 7000( ين .6 ة الكولس ت فعالي ة وقيس ل عزل ح لك ن الراش ات م ذت عين ر (colicin activity)أخ ة الحف تعمال طريق wellsبأس assay) /(]26[، ي ا ق روتين كم ز الب ور (protein determination)س تركي ة ل ب طريق ك حس ح وذل ].27[يللرواش النتائج عزل وتشخيص البكتيريا  ) عينة مرضية مختلفة من حالت: ( االسهال والتسمم الدموي والتهاب المجاري البولية والتهاب المهبل) 760جمعت ( ) عزلة بكتيرية. شخصت حسب الطرائق التشخيصية 280للتحري عن البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام. تم الحصول على ( escherichiaتم الحصول على األنواع البكتيرية اآلتية: ، ومنهاap e20فضال" عن التشخيص بنظام ،]23[المعتمدة coli و klebsiella pneumonia و pseudomonas aeruginosa و salmonella typhi و enterobacter cloacae و acinetobacter baumannii وserratia liquefaciens وcitrobacter freundii و serrattia odorifera وproteus mirabilis ) فقد كانت أعلى نسبة 1, حسب ماموضح في جدول ،( escherichia coli). سجلت بكتيريا ٪35) عزلة بكتيرية مختلفة بنسبة (98عزل من حالة التهاب المجاري البولية ( serrattiaنت بكتيريا ). أما أقلها عزال" فكا٪41.79) عزلة بنسبة ( 117أكثر عزال" بين األنواع األخرى ( odorifera )1 ) 0.36) بنسبة٪ .( التحري عن العزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسينات باستعمال الوسط المغذي الصلب )nutriernt agarكوسط إختباري ( للبكتريوسين باستعمال الوسط في التحري عن العزالت البكتيرية المنتجة (cup assay)استعملت طريقة أقراص األكار % كليسرول) كوسط 5المزود بـ b.h.i. agar) كوسط اختبار والوسط (nutriernt agarالزرعي المغذي الصلب ( ) 280) عزلة بكتيرية منتجة من بين المجموع الكلي للعزالت الـ (80تنمية للعزلة المنتجة، وقد أظهرت النتائج أن هناك ( ) عزلة من العدد الكلي 24نسبة للعزالت المنتجة ظهرت في إصابات التهابات المجاري البولية (). أعلى ٪28.57وبنسبة ( ) بنسبة 280من 36فسجلت أعلى نسبة إنتاجية للبكتريوسين ( escherichia coli)، أما ٪12.14) بنسبة (280( serratiaو salmonella typhi)، في حين ظهرت ثالث أنواع بكتيرية غير منتجة للبكتريوسين وهي 12.85٪( liquefaciens و serrattia odorifera) في بكتيريا ٪7.14، وتراوحت نسب األنتاج لألنواع األخرى مابين ( klebsiella pneumonia ) في بكتريا ٪0.36الى ( enterobacter cloacae وcitrobacter freundii . ). 2( جدول )، فقد سجلت بكتيريا 3يا المنتجة للبكتريوسين ونسبها في كل نوع بكتيري، موضحة في جدول (أما أعداد البكتير acinetobacter baumannii ) عزالت منتجة، تلتها ٪80نسبة (proteus mirabilis ) عزالت ٪45.83نسبة ( citrobacter ثم ،pyocin ) عزالت منتجة للـ ٪35بنسبة ( pseudomonas aeruginosaثم ، proticinمنتجة للـ freundii ) ثم ٪33.33بنسبة ،(escherichia coli ) عزالت منتجة للـ ٪30.77بنسبة ( colicin ثم ،klebsiella pneumonia منتجة للـklebocin ) وأخيرا" ٪26.67بنسبة ،(enterobacter cloacae ) منتجة للـ ٪12.5بنسبة ( cloacinبيط النمو التي أعطتها البكتريوسينات باستعمال الوسط المغذي الصلب كوسط إختباري، . أما أقطار مناطق تث والبكتريا المنتجة للبايوسين escherichia coli) ملم ، للبكتريا المنتجة للكولسين وهي 11 20فهي تراوحت مابين ( بوسين والبروتسين والبكتريوسين على الترتيب. في حين إشترك كل من الكلي pseudomonas aeruginosaوهي ملم)، 15( cloacin) ملم، والـ 17بقطر تثبيط النمو نفسه ( ainetobacter baumanniiالمنتج من بكتيريا ).4ملم). جدول ( citrobacter freundii )12واخيرا" البكتريوسين المنتج من 238 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ات باستعمال الوسط الزرعي المحضر محليا" كوسط التحري عن العزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسين إختباري )، فقد تم inhibition zoneنظرا" لصعوبة الكشف عن العزالت المنتجة وقلة عددها وصغر مناطق تثبيط النمو فيها( تحضير وسط زرعي محلي مكون من ( مستخلص جذور نبات الشلغم مع وسط األكار المغذي) ليستعمل كوسط إختباري . وفعال" أعطى الوسط المحضرمحليا" mullerhinton agarأو n. agarوسط للتحري عن إنتاجية العزالت بدال" من عزلة من 231) اي ٪82.5عزالت منتجة بنسبة بلغت ( (cup assay)وبالطريقة نفسها المستخدمة وهي أقراص األكار ). النتائج التفصيلة 5) في الوسط االعتيادي (جدول 280من مجموع 80( ٪28.57، في حين كانت النسبة 280مجموع زالت المنتجة في إطارها العام كانت مشابهة لنتائج العزالت المنتجة على الوسط المغذي الصلب، فقد ظهرت أعلى نسبة للع escherichia coli)، وكذلك الـ ٪32.5) بنسبة ( 280) عزلة من العدد الكلي (91في التهابات المجاري البولية : ( و salmonella typhi)، وتأكد عدم إنتاجية العزالت ٪39.29) بنسبة (280من 110أعطت أعلى نسبة إنتاجية ( serratia liquefaciens و serrattia odorifera للبكتريوسين بأستخدام الوسط المحلي،إذا لم تظهر اي منها مناطق تثبيط نمو. ) أعداد البكتيريا المنتجة للبكتريوسين ونسبها في كل نوع بكتيري بأستخدام الوسط الزرعي المحلي. 6يوضح الجدول ( )، تلتها ٪100نسبة إنتاجية ( أعطت citrobacter freundiiوبكتيريا acinetobacter baumanniiبكتيريا escherichia coli ) ثم ) عزالت منتجة للكولسين، ٪94.02بنسبة ،klebsiella pneumonia وpseudomonas aeruginosa ) على الترتيب، ثم بكتيريا ٪ )90و 90.67منتجة للكليبوسين والبايوسين بنسب proteus mirabilis .cloacin) منتجة للـ ٪75بنسبة ( enterobacter cloacae، وأخيرا" proticinة للـ ) عزالت منتج٪87.5بنسبة ( أقطار مناطق تثبيط النمو التي أعطتها البكتريوسينات باستخدام وسط الشلغم المحضر كوسط إختباري كانت أكبر بكثير من المنتجة للكولسين escherichia coli). فقد أعطت بكتيريا 7تلك التي اعطتها البكتريا على الوسط العادي، جدول ( عالية فقد كانت منطقة واضحة جدا. أما البروتسين المنتج من بكتيريا ملم)، وبكفاءة 45منطقة تثبيط نمو مقدارها ( proteus mirabilis ) وأشترك الـ ملم )، 40فقد أعطى منطقة تثبيط نمو مقدارها klebocin و pyocin ملم) 30ملم)، وأخيرا" ( 35بقطر تثبيط نمو واحد ( acinetobacter baumannii والبكتريوسين المنتج من بكتيريا citrobacter و enterobacter cloacaeهو قطر منطقة التثبيط التي أعطتها البكتريوسينات المنتجة من قبل بكتيريا freundii. بأستعمال مستخلص نبات الشلغم : e.coliتحفيز انتاج البكتريوسين في بكتيريا ، اختيرت خمس عزالت كفوءة األنتاج من خالل اإلعتماد على النتائج e. coliهذا األختبار على عزالت بكتيريا إجري ) وثباتية األنتاج عند تكرار التجربة لمرات عدة. أظهرت النتائج وجود كفاءة عالية في i.zالسابقة لقطر منطقة منع النمو ( المدروسة وهي ال تقل كفاءة عن مادة e. coli البكتريوسين من بكتيريا مستخلص جذور نبات الشلغم في تحفيز إنتاج ) يوضح مناطق 8المحفزة على األنتاج بل تتفوق عليها في التأثير في بعض العزالت البكتيرية.جدول ( c-المايتومايسين مايتومايسين. يلحظ أن منطقة تثبيط تثبيط النمو وتركيز البروتين للبكتريوسين المحفزوفعاليته بوساطة المستخلص النباتي وال )، بينما ترتفع في العزالت االخرى بالنسبة لمستخلصات البكتريوسين المحفزة e10النمو متساوية في الحالتين للعزلة رقم ( اوية في بالمستخلص النباتي. أما تركيز البروتين فأنه ارتفع في كل العزالت عندالمعاملة بالنبات. بالنسبة للفعالية فكانت متس وحدة/مل في حين ارتفعت عند المعاملة بالنبات في العزالت البكتيرية االخرى. 320)، فقد بلغت e95 و e41العزلتين ( المناقشة هدفت الدراسة الحالية الى محاولة التوصل الى مواد طبيعية تعمل على تحفيز إنتاج البكتريوسينات، تكون متوفرة مطفرة وغير مسرطنة، وبالوقت نفسه هي مواد مضادة للسرطان، وهي دراسة أولية إجريت خارج ورخيصة الثمن وغير لغرض استعمالها مستقبال" في تحفيز الفلورا الطبيعية ) للحصول على نتائج أولية،in vitro الجسم الحي ( )microflora) داخل الجسم الحي ( in vivo ( سرطانية واعدة من جانب، وذات إلنتاج البكتريوسينات التي تعد مضادات .]29،30،31، 28[ وظائف عالجية كبيرة جدا" من جانب آخر، فضال" عن دور هذا المستخلص نفسه كمضاد للسرطان لتحقيق هدف الدراسة، تم جمع أكبر عدد ممكن من البكتيريا من حاالت مرضية مختلفة، عزلت فقط البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة escherichia coli) عينة مرضية، فقد تم الحصول على عشرة أنواع بكتيرية وهي 760لة من () عز280كرام وهي ( enterobacter و salmonella typhi و pseudomonas aeruginosa و klebsiella pneumonia و cloacae و acinetobacter baumannii وserratia liquefaciens وcitrobacter freundii و serrattia odorifera وproteus mirabilis. )، وجد إنها شكلت نسبة cup assayالبكتيريا المنتجة للبكتريوسين بطريقة أقراص األكار ( من خالل التحري عن ) كوسط إختباري. n. agar)، فقد إستخدم هنا الوسط الزرعي ( 1) عزلة، كما موضح في جدول(80٪) وهي (28.57( 239 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تعد هذه النسب قليلة، والتوجد دراسة عالمية أو محلية تطرقت إلجراء مسح للعزالت المنتجة من الحاالت المرضية وانما توجد على أنواع معينة من البكتيريا وبأعداد قليلة وهي كنسب مئوية مقاربة لنتائج هذه الدراسة التي وضحت في جدول )2.( في التحري دوٌر لعزالت المنتجة أثناء إجراء األختبار، إذ أن للطريقة المستعملة تتحكم العديد من الظروف في إنتاجية ا المستعملة هي من أنجح وأفضل الطرائق في الكشف عن أكبر (cup assay)كبير، فبالرغم من إن طريقة أقراص األكار ألكار الذي قد يعيق انتشار عدد ممكن من العزالت المنتجة، إال إنها التخلو من بعض العيوب، ومنها سمك طبقة ا . وعلى العموم يعدّ الوسط الصلب أفضل بكثير من الوسط السائل عند التحري ]32[البكتريوسين المنتج، والتظهر فعاليته .فضال" عن ذلك فأن للوسط الذي تجري فيه ]6[عن اإلنتاج، فهو يعتمد بصورة أساس على تحفيز التضاد بين العزلتين. تحري دوراً مميزاً ومهماً في إظهار العزالت المنتجة والعزالت الدالة لها، إذ إن لنوع وتركيز وعمق طبقة عملية اختبار ال ) خلية/مل إذ يتمكن 6 10 – 5 10األكار أهمية بالغة في ذلك، كما تراعى كثافة العزلة الدالة فمن المفضل أن التزيد عن ( . أما فيما يتعلق بالكائن المجهري نفسه ، فان له ]33[إظهار فعله القاتل من -وإن كان بكميات قليلة -البكتريوسين المنتج دورا" كبيرا" في إظهار العزالت المنتجة للبكتريوسين، فهناك عزالت تتمكن من إنتاج أكثر من نوعٍ واحٍد من أخرى تحمل جينات البكتريوسينات مثل الكولسينات، وهي بذلك تكون مقاومة ألكثر من نوعٍ منها، كما وتوجد عزالت ) من عزالت بكتيريا ٪70أن ( ]riley ]1لعدة أنواع من الكولسينات، فقد وجدت الباحثة (immunity genes)مناعية e.coli ) تمتلك مقاومة مشتركة لثالثة أو أكثر منها. فضالً عن ذلك، فقد تكون ٪30المنتجة تمتلك مقاومة مفردة بينما ( معين من البكتريوسين، لكن عدم إظهار الفعالية القاتلة يعزى إلى افتقارها للمستقبالت الخاصة العزلة الدالة متحسسة لنوع ، وقد ينتج البكتريوسين ]6[، أو حدوث تحوير بتلك المستقبالت نتيجة حدوث طفرات فتكون العزالت مقاومة] 34[بنقله لذلك النوع أو الكميات القليلة التي (tolerance)متحملة لكن بكميات قليلة التتمكن من قتل الخلية الحساسة، أو إنها تكون تنتج منه، واكتساب هذه الصفة يكون بسبب حدوث تغيرات في المستقبالت السطحية الخلوية أو في صفات الغشاء ، لكن قد ، وهناك احتمال آخر، فقد تكون العزلة البكتيرية منتجة، والعزلة الدالة حساسة لذلك النوع] 35[السايتوبالزمي يتحلل هذا النوع المنتج عند اإلفراز أو بعده فيما توجد أنواع أخرى يعاد إدمصاصها إلى الخلية المنتجة نفسها بعد اإلفراز، وذلك المتالك بعض البكتيريا ]، 36[ اك عوامل هن ].37،14[ مستقبالت متخصصة لنوع البكتريوسين الذي تنتجه، وهذا يقود إلى عدم ظهور فعاليته القاتلة أخرى تؤثر في إظهار فعالية هذه المضادات البروتينية وهي وجود بعض العناصر الغذائية بكميات كبيرة بوسط فهي تثبط فعل البكتريوسين من خالل تنافسها معه لالرتباط بالمستقبالت siderophoraseو 12v.bمثل ]38[االختبار فعاليتهعلى سطح الخلية الحساسة، وبذلك تمنعه من إظهار فإنه يزيد من فعالية الكولسين، إذ يعدّ كحامل لتلك )2ca+(، أما وجود آيونات الكالسيوم ثنائية الشحنة ]40،39،26[ ].41،37[الجزيئة، يشترك في نقله الى مكان عمله ) عزلة، هي غير منتجة وأن فقط 200لذلك ولجميع األسباب التي ذكرت أعاله فانه ال يعني جزما" أن العزالت المتبقية ( ) عزلة هي المنتجة، فربما تكون غير منتجة أو قد تكون منتجة ولم تظهر إنتاجيتها. لذلك تم التقصي عن إنتاجية 80( ) الذي n. agarعي وهو جذور نبات الشلغم الذي حضر مع وسط ( العزالت بتحضير وسط محلي مكون من مستخلص طبي ) ٪82.5)عزلة وبنسبة (280) من مجموع (231أعطى نتائج مذهلة ومميزة، إذ بلغت عدد العزالت المنتجة للبكتريوسين ( حت مابين )، اذ تراو6). كذلك إرتفعت نسبة األنتاج لكل نوع بكتيري كما يوضح جدول (5كناتج كلي للعزالت ( جدول )، ( جدول n. agar، في حين أن العزالت غير المنتجة التي ظهرت في الوسط األختباري األعتيادي ( ٪ )100 – 75( و salmonella typhiالـ ) وهي 6)، ظهرت كذلك في الوسط الزرعي المحضر محليا" غير منتجة ( جدول 2 serratia liquefaciens و serrattia odorifera ا دليل على أنها غير حاملة لبالزميد إنتاج البكتريوسين أو وهذ salmonellaالى ان نسبة عزالت الـ joshو patankarيوجد سبب آخر الزال مبهما" علميا". إذ توصل الباحثان serotype bعزلة، وكانت تابعة الى 377) اي خمسة عزالت فقط من بين ٪ 1.04المنتجة للبكتريوسين هي ( salmonella ]42[ في حين لم تتوفر ادبيات تدعم ماتم التوصل اليه حول عدم امكانية عزالت بكتيريا .serratia liquefaciens و serrattia odorifera على انتاج البكتريوسينات بينما تنتج بكتيريا serrattia marcescenc .]28b]6 البكتريوسين دراسة محلية أو عالمية استعملت النباتات أو غيرها أو جذور الشلغم خصيصا" في من الجدير بالذكر، إنه التوجد c-الكشف عن إنتاج البكتريوسينات. لغرض فهم آلية التحفيز، فأن كل أنواع المحفزات ( المواد الحاثة) سواء المايتومايسين وايقاف الفعاليات الحيوية الكروموسومي dnaأو الحرارة أو المضادات الحياتية أو غيرها فأنها تعمل على تحطيم الـ ) بعملية االصالح النقاذ الخلية باللحظات االخيرة من sos regulator genesللخلية البكتيرية جميعها، ويبدأ مباشرة ( أن ]، 38، 15[خالل تحفيز العديد من الجينات خالل آليات خاصة إلصالح الخطأ الحاصل بفعل تأثير تلك المادة المطفرة وهذا االخير يعمل على rec a proteaseوبدوره يصنع بروتيناً انزيمياً rec a geneاحد الجينات الذي يتحفز هو ، فعند تقطيع وكبح هذه البروتينات من قبل االنزيم lex a protiensأهداف خاصة وهي بروتينات تصنع كروموسومياً ) في بالزميد البكتريوسين بالعمل، إذ تبدأ عملية استنساخ structural geneالمذكور مباشرة يبدأ الجين التركيبي ( الجينات، وتزداد عدد نسخ هذا البالزميد وبالتالي يزداد األنتاج، وفي الوقت نفسه يتم استنساخ وتصنيع البروتين المناعي . ]40[والبروتين المحلل الى جانب بروتين البكتريوسين نفسه 240 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 خلص جذور الشلغم عمل بالطريقة نفسها المتبعة من قبل المواد المحفزة أو الحاثة، أذ أن هناك لذلك فأن من المؤكد أن مست إهتمام كبير عالميا في الوقت الحاضر بهذا النبات لما يحويه من مركبات كيميائية فعالة كثيرة جدا" ومتنوعة التي تعمل -thion(goitrin)5 -2و hydroxy-methyl-indole-3و isothiocyanateومن هذِه المركبات dnaعلى الـ vinyl-oxazolidine وrhadanides وanthocyanin وrapine وmachrolysin وbrasicasterol و sinigrin وglucosinolates ]19،20[ ، إذ أن تأثير هذه المركبات على الخاليا الحيوانية ومنها السرطانية مثبت خاليا البكتيريا أو بدائية النواة فال توجد أدبيات علمية تدعم الموضوع. فقد وجد أن dnaعلميا" ، لكن تأثيره على human lymph node carcinoma of (lncap)يوقف نمو خاليا indole-3-carbinol (i3c)المركب prostate ل في طور اg1 من الدورة الخلوية اِذ يكون التأثير على مستقبل االندروجين(ar) androgen receptor ل ا expressionو بالتالي تثبيط تعبير mrnaالذي يتوسط عملية تكاثر وتمايز هذِه الخاليا من خالل تثبيط مستوى (ar) ]43[ . اما مركبisothiocyanate (itc) الذي ُيعد أحد المركبات الفعالة بايولوجياً في نبات الشلغم ، فانه يسبب ht-29وذلك عند معاملة خاليا سرطان القولون بِه caspase-3وتحفيز dna (dna-fragmentation)ل تقطيع ا و االنقسام اعتماداً على التركيز المستخدم في خاليا dnaل يوقف عملية صنع ا dimل فضالً عن ذلك فان ا، ]44[ dnaو dnatopoisomeras п alpha من خالل تثبيط انزيمي hep-g2سرطان الكبد البشري topoisomerase ị and п beta ]45 [. ومما يثبت تحفيز إنتاج البكتريوسينات بالوسط المحلي المحضر هو زيادة قطر منطقة تثبيط النمو بصورة ملحوظة جدا" و enterobacter cloacae) ملم في كل من 30الى ( e. coli) ملم في بكتيريا 45)، اذ تراوح مابين (7(جدول citrobacter freundii)ملم بأستخدام الوسط الزرعي المغذي االعتيادي 20، في حين لم يتجاوز قطر منطقة منع النمو ( ).4(جدول e. coliوظهر هذا في بكتيريا أما الذي يدعم النتائج السابقة كلها، هو إستخدام جذور نبات الشلغم في تحفيز إنتاج البكتريوسين بصورة مباشرة في الوسط كنموذج للتحفيز e. coli. إختيرت هنا الـ mt-cالسائل ومقارنة النتائج مع المادة المحفزة المعتمدة عالميا" وهي الزرعي ) ان هناك تقارب كبير في بعض 8ألنها أعطت أكبر مناطق تثبيط نمو مقارنة" بالبكتيريا األخرى. إذ يوضح جدول ( وتين البكتريوسين الناتج وفعاليته عند إستخدام المستخلص النباتي العزالت في قطر منطقة تثبيط النمو وكذلك تركيز بر في بعض العزالت البكتيرية، في حين وجد هناك إرتفاع كبير في كل هذه المعامالت عند استعمال mt-cمقارنة" مع الـ ).8( جدول e73و e63مستخلص جذور الشلغم كما في العزالت وهي من المواد الشائعة االستعمال في هذا في حث إنتاج البكتريوسينات dnaـ المحطمة لل mt-cتستعمل مادة الـ ، اما التراكيز الواطئة e.coli) مكغم/مل، إذ يُعد هو التركيز األمثل لحث معظم سالالت بكتيريا 2المجال وبتركيز قدره ( وقد أثبتت الدراسات أن للمايتومايسين دوراً .]46[ منه قد تسبب تكوين كتلة خلوية خيطية كبيرة دون زيادة إنتاجية العزالت فعاالً في حث إنتاج الكولسين من جهة، ومضاعفة ذلك االنتاج إلى كميات غزيرة من جهة أخرى، فوجد إنه يضاعف إنتاج وممكن ان تصل الزيادة إلى ،]48[) مرة 100أنه يمكن أن يزداد (الى . وتوصل آخرون ]47[ ) مرات8) إلى (7كولسين ( . ]49[) مرة 1000( يعود سبب استعمال مواد حاثة لزيادة إنتاج الكولسين إلى أن الخاليا البكتيرية الحاملة لبالزميد الكولسين تنتج الكولسين ا الحاملة لذلك ) فقط من الخالي٪1بكميات قليلة جداً في الحاالت االعتيادية وبدون استعمال المواد الحاثة، فقد وجد أن ( 1e) من البكتيريا تصبح منتجة لكولسين ٪55فإن ( c-البالزميد تستطيع إنتاج الكولسين، لكن عند استعمال المايتومايسين يكبح في الحاالت االعتيادية الجينات الخاصة بصنع a-lex. ويعود ذلك لكون بروتين ]2e ]50 ) تنتج كولسين٪83و( ويمنعه من العمل، لكن باستعمال المواد الحاثة سوف يعمل نظام (colicin structural genes)الكولسين (sos-system) ويصنع بروتين(rec a protease) الذي يحطمlex-a وبالتالي تتمكن الخلية البكتيرية من استنساخ ، ة، وأساس هذه العملية جينات الكولسين بأعداد كبيرة، فضالً عن تكاثر وتضاعف البالزميد نفسه وإنتاج الكولسين بغزار مما يؤدي إلى توقف إنقسام (dna metabolisms)يعتمد على تثبيط األفعال الحيوية للمادة الوراثية الكروموسومية المستعمل سوف -cالخلية البكتيرية، وبما أن عملية اإلنقسام الخلوي تسيطر عليها مجموعة من الجينات فإن المايتومايسين هذا من جانب، من جانب آخر يبدأ تضاعف بالزميد الكولسين مع ] 51،52[ ويسبب توقف ذلك االنقساميثبط تلك الجينات، الكروموسومي بمختلف الوسائل اعتماداً على dnaمحاولة إصالح الـ (sos repair system)47[، أي إن عملية إنتاج الكولسين تقع تحت سيطرة نظام انزيمي داخلي متخصص[ . هذه النتائج نجد أن مستخلص جذور نبات الشلغم، يعد من العالجات الواعدة في محاربة السرطان من لذلك ومن خالل السام والمطفر mt-cجانب وأكدت ذلك العديد من البحوث العالمية والمحلية.أذ يمكن إستعماله كبديل عن عقار الـ من السرطانات. فضال" عن استعمال هذا المستخلص والمسرطن للخاليا الطبيعية والمستخدم حاليا" في عالج أنواعا" عدة لتحفيز إنتاج البكتريوسينات داخل الجسم الحي كعالج ضد مختلف أنواع األمراض والسرطانات، وكذلك إستعماله مختبريا" طبيعية كما لتحفيز إنتاج البكتريوسينات كونه آمن االستعمال ورخيص الثمن وال يؤثر في المادة الوراثية لخاليا االنسان ال المطفر عالي الخطورة. mt-c] مقارنة" بالـ 53وجماعته [ obaidتم التوصل اليه من قبل 241 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المصادر 1riley, m. a. (2002). bacteriocin-mediated competitive interactions of bacterial populations and communities in " prokaryotic antimicrobial peptides:from genes to applications "drider, d. and rebuffat, s. (eds.), springer scienc. 2 ridley, h. and lakey, j. h. (2015). antibacterial toxin colicin n and phage protein g3p compete with tolb for a binding site on tola. microbiology,161:503-15. 3waters, v. l. and crosa, j. h. (1991). colicin virulence plasmids. microb. rev., 55: 43750. 4vidotto, m. c.; furlaneto, m. c. and perugini, m. r. e. (1991). virulence factors of escherichia coli in urinary isolates. brazilian j. med biol. res., 24: 36573. 5-harry,c.o. and walker,d.(2013). cytotoxic activity of colicin e1, e3 and e9 against e.coli bw25113 in the planktonic and biofilm states.int.j.curr.res.aca.rev.1 (2):55-71. 6-cursino, l.; smarda, j.; chartone, e. and nascimento, a. (2002). recent updated aspects of colicins of enterobacteriaceae. braz. j. microbiol., 33: 196-217. 7-pugsley, a. p. and schwartz, m. (1983). agenetic approach to the study of mitomycin induced lysis of e. coli k-12 strains which produce colicin e2. mol. gen. genet., 190: 36672. 8cascales, e.; buchanan, s.k.; duche, d.; kleanthous, c.; lloubes, r.; postle, k., riley, m.; slatin, s. and cavard, d. (2007). colicin biology. microbiology and molecular biology reviews : mmbr, 71, (1): 158-229, issn 1092-2172. 9pugsley, a. p. and schwartz, m. (1984). colicin e2 release: lysis, leakage or secretion? possible role of aphospholipase. the embo j., 3: 23937. 10cavard, d.; baty, d.; howard, s. p.; verheij, h. m. and lazdunski, c. (1987). lipoprotein nature of the colicin a lysis protein: effect of amino acid substitutions at the site of modification and processing. j. of bacteriology, 169: 218794. 11jerman, b.; butala, m. and zgur-bertok, d. (2005). sublethal concentrations of ciprofloxacin induce bacteriocin synthesis in escherichia coli. antimicrob agents chemother., 49: 3087-90. 12bradley, d. e. (1967). ultrastracture of phages and bacteriocins. bacteriol. rev., 31: 231 314. 13bures, j.; horak, v.; fixa, b.; komarkova, o.; zaydlar, k.; lonsky, v. and masurka, v. (1986). colicinogeny in colorectal cancer. neoplasma, 33: 23337. 14pugsley, a. p. (1983 ). autoinduced synthesis of colicin e2. mol. gen. genet., 190: 379 83. 15mader, a., ; bronk, b. ; ewald, b. ; kesel , s; schnetz, k. ; frey, e. and opitz, m. (2015). amount of colicin release in escherichia coli is regulated by lysis gene expression of the colicin e2 operon. journal.pone,9:1-17. 16ghoul, m. ; west, s. a. ; johansen, h. k. ; molin, s. ; harrison, o. b. ; maiden, m. c. j. ; jelsbak, l. ; bruce, j.b. and griffin, a. s. (2015). bacteriocin mediated competition in cystic fibrosis lung infections. proc. r. soc.b 282:20150972. , معجم الشهابي في مصطحات العلوم الزراعية ، مكتبة لبنان.1982، احمد شفيق, الخطيب -17 , قاموس الغذاء والتداوي بالنبات، موسوعة غذائية وصحية عامة. دار النفائس. بيروت.1985قدامة ، أحمد, -18 19farag, m. a. and abdel motaal,a.(2010). sulforaphane composition, cytotoxic and antioxidant activity of crucifer vegetables. journal of advanced research,1:65–70. 20mazumder, a.; dwivedi, a. and plessis, d. ( 2016). sinigrin and its therapeutic benefits(review). molecules, 21:41626. 242 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 21vafaeinejad, s. ; serki, e. ; hassanpour fard, m. and hosseini, m. (2015). hypolipidemic activity of aqueous extract of turnip (brassica rapa) root in hyperlipidemic rats .quarterly of the horizon of medical sciences, 21(1):45-51. 22berdja, s.; smail, l. ; saka, b.; abbas, t. neggazi, s. ; haffaf , e. ; benazzoug, y. ; kacimi, g. ; boudarene , l. and bouguerra, s. a. (2016). glucotoxicity induced oxidative stress and inflammation in vivo and in vitro in psammomys obesus: involvement of aqueous extract of brassica rapa rapifera. evidence-based complementary and alternative medicine, 2016. 23brenner, d. j.; krieg, n. r. and staley, j. t. (2005). (eds.) bergey's manual of systematic bacteriology, volume two: the proteobacteria. part b: the gammaproteobacteria. 2nd ed. springer science+ business media, llc, 233 spring street, new york, ny 10013, usa. 24al-qassab, a.o. and al-khafaji, z.m. (1992). effect of different conditions on inhibition activity of enteric lactobacilli against diarrhea-causing enteric bacteria. j. agric. sci. 3(1): 18-26.( arabic). 25herschman, h. r. and helinski, d. r. (1967). purification and characterization of colicin e2 and colicin e3. the j. of biological chemistry, 242: 53608. 26smajs, d.; pilsl, h. and braun, v. (1997) colicin u, anovel colicin produced by shigella boydii. j. of bacteriol., 179: 491928. 27lowry, o. h.; rosebrough, n. j.; farr, a. l. and randall, r. j. (1951). protien measurement with the folin phenol reagent. j. biol. chemical., 193: 26575. 28 obaid, h. h. ; yaseen, n.y. and essa, r.h. ( 2009). study the toxic effect of non-bound colicins extracted from escherichia coil on transplanted murine adenocarcinoma (am3). biotechnology research center (special edition), 3(2):53-62. 29obaid, h. h. ; essa, r.h. and yaseen, n.y. ( 2010). cytotoxicity of non-bound colicins extracted from escherichia coil on normal with blood cells and myeloblast isolated from acute myeloid leukemia blood patients. iraqi journal of science, 5(4):528-38. 30dobson, a; cotter, p.d. ; ross, r. p.and hillb, c.( 2012). bacteriocin production: a probiotic trait? applied and environmental microbiology,78(1):1-6. 31yang,s. ; lin, c. ; sung, c. t. and fang, j. ( 2014). antibacterial activities of bacteriocins:application in foods and pharmaceuticals.food microbiology, 5 : 1-10. 32cabo, m.l.; murado, m.a.; gonzalez, m.p. and pastoriza, l. (1999). a method for bacteriocin quantification. journal of applied microbiology, 87: 907-14. 33richardson, h.; emslie-smith, a. h. and senior, b. w. (1968). agar diffusion method for the assay of colicins. app. microb., 16: 14681474. 34tagg, j. r.; dajani, a. s. and wamamaker, l. w. (1976). bacteriocins of grampositive bacteria. bacteriol rev. 40: 72256. 35cardelli, j. and konisky, j. (1974). isolation and characterization of an escherichia coli mutant tolerant to colicins ia and ib. j. of bacteriology, 119: 37985. 36cavard, d. and lazdunski, c. (1990). colicin cleavage by ompt protease during both entry into and release from e. coli cells. j. of bacteriology, 172: 64852. 37harkness, r. e. and braun, v. (1990). colicin m is only bactericidal when provided from outside the cell. mol. gen. genet., 222: 3740. 38hol, f. j. ; voges, m.j. ; dekker, c. and keymer, j. e. (2014). nutrient-responsive regulation determines biodiversity in a colicin-mediated bacterial community.bmc biology, 12:68-81. 243 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 39housden, n.; loftus, s.; moore, g. and kleanthous, c. (2005). cell entry mechanism of enzymatic bacterial colicins: porin recruitment and the thermodynamics of receptor binding. proc. natl. aced. sci. usa. 102: 13849-54. 40calcuttawala, f. ; hariharan, c. ; pazhani, g.p. ; ghosh, s. and ramamurthy, t. (2015). '' activity spectrum of colicins produced by shigella sonnei and genetic mechanism of colicin resistance in conspecific s. sonnei strains and escherichia coli. antimicrob agents chemother, 59(1):152-8. 41braun, v.; gaisser, s.; glaser, c.; harkness, r.; ölschäger, t. and mende, j. (1992). import and export of colicin m. nato asi series h65: 22642. 42patankar, c. v. and joshi, l. m.(1985). bacteriocin production in salmonella. postgrad med., 31: 46-51. 43 hsu , j . c ; zhang , j ; dev , a. ; wing , a ; bjeldanes , l .f and firestone , g .l ., (2005) . inoble 3 – carbinol inhibition of androgen receptor expression and downregulation of androgen response – veness in human prostate cencer cells . carcinogenesis 26 : 1896 – 1904. 44mas, s.; crescenti, a.; gasso, p.; deulofeu, r.; molina, r.; ballesta, a.; kensler, t.w. and hafuente, a. ( 2007). induction of apoptosis in ht29 cells by extracts from isothiocyanatesrich varieties of biassica oleracea .nutr . cancer. 58(1): 107114. .45gong, y.; firestone , g.l. and bjeldanes, l.f. ( 2006 ). 3, 3diindolylmethane is anovel topoisomerase ii alpha catalytic inhibitor that induces sphase retardation and mitotic delay in human hepatoma (hepg2) cells.mol. pharmacol. 69(4): 13201327. 46nakazawa, a.; suzuki, n. and tamada, t. (1977). requirements of glucose and incubation under static conditions for optimal colicin e1 induction. antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy, 11: 219224. 47tigvi, z.; kispal, g. and pal, t. (2005). identification of the plasmid and the structural gene of colicin type 7 of shigella sonnei. acta. biol. hung., 56: 359-73. 48kock, j.; olschlager, t.; kamp, r. m. and braun, v. (1987). primary structure of colicin m on inhibitor of murein biosynthesis. j. of bacteriol., 169: 335861. 49schramm, e.; mende, j. braun, v. and kamp, r. m. (1987). nucleotide sequence of the colicin b activity gene cba: consensus pentapeptide among ton b. dependent colicins and receptors. j. of bacteriol., 169: 33507. 50durkacz, b. w.; kennedy, c. k. and sherratt, d. j. (1974). plasmid replication and the induced synthesis of colicins e1 and e2 in escherichia coli. j. of bacteriol., 117: 940-6. 51-butala, m.; klose, d.; hodnik, v.; rems, a.; podlesek, z.; klare, j.p.; et al.(2011). interconversion between bound and free conformations of lexa orchestrates the bacterial sos response. nucleic acids res .39(15):6546–57. 52bano,s.;vankemma beke, m.;penfold, c.n. and james, r.(2014).detection of induced synthesis of colicin e9 using cole9p: gfpmut2 based reporter system.world j.microbiol.biotechnol.30(7):2091-9. 53cytogenetics toxicity effects of brassica rapa roots on humane proliferated lympgocyte in vitro. (2008).the 9th scientific conference of medical and health specialties, 23-24 march. 244 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 األعداد والنسب المئوية لألنواع البكتيرية السالبة لصبغة كرام المعزولة من حالت مرضية سريرية مختلفة )1جدول ( األعداد والنسب المئوية للبكتريا المنتجة للبكتريوسين من بين أعداد البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام المعزولة )2جدول ( سريرية مختلفة باستخدام الوسط الزرعي المغذي الصلب كوسط إختباريمن حالت مرضية المجموع ( النسبة المئوية) األسهال diarrhea التهاب المجاري البولية urinary tract infection التهاب المهبل vaginal inflammation تسمم الدم septicemia الحالة المرضية المنتجة للبكتريوسين/ من العدد الكلي لكل نوع بكتيريعدد البكتيريا نوع البكتيريا 36 )117( )12.85٪( 3 )14( 17 )56( 13 )36( 3 )11( escherichia coli 20 )75( )7.14٪( .............. 4 )12( 14 )48( 2 )15( klebsiella pneumonia 7 )20( )2.5 ٪ ( .............. 2 )6( 1 )5( 4 )9( pseudomonas aeruginosa صفر )24( )0٪ ( صفر )15( .............. .............. صفر )9( salmonella typhi 1 )8( )0.36٪ ( .............. .............. .............. 1 )8( enterobacter cloacae 4 )5( )1.43٪ ( .............. .............. .............. 4 )5( acinetobacter baumannii صفر )3( )0٪ ( .............. .............. .............. صفر )3( serratia liquefaciens 1 )3( )0.36٪ ( .............. .............. 1 )3( ............ citrobacter freundii صفر )1( )0٪ ( .............. .............. صفر )1( ............. serrattia odorifera 11 )24( )3.93٪ ( .............. 11 )24( .............. .............. proteus mirabilis 80 )280( )28.57٪ ( 3 )29( )1.07٪( 34 )98( )12.14٪( 29 )93( )10.36٪( 14 )60( )5٪ ( المجموع المئوية)( النسبة )280** النسب المئوية محسوبة نسبة الى العدد الكلي لجميع انواع البكتيريا المعزولة ( المجموع النسبة ( المئوية) األسهال diarrhea التهاب المجاري البولية urinary tract infection التهاب المهبل vaginal inflammation تسمم الدم septicemia المرضيةالحالة نوع البكتيريا 117 )41.79٪( 14 56 36 11 escherichia coli 75 )26.79٪( .............. 12 48 15 klebsiella pneumonia 20 )7.14 ٪ ( .............. 6 5 9 pseudomonas aeruginosa 24 )8.57٪ ( 15 .............. .............. 9 salmonella typhi 8 )2.86٪ ( .............. .............. .............. 8 enterobacter cloacae 5 )1.79٪ ( .............. .............. .............. 5 acinetobacter baumannii 3 )1.07٪ ( .............. .............. .............. 3 serratia liquefaciens 3 )1.07٪ ( .............. .............. 3 ............ citrobacter freundii 1 )0.36٪ ( .............. .............. 1 ............. serrattia odorifera 24 )8.57٪ ( .............. 24 .............. .............. proteus mirabilis 280 )100٪ ( 29 )10.36٪( 98 )35٪( 93 )33.21٪( 60 )21.43٪ ( المجموع ( النسبة المئوية) 245 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 األعداد والنسب المئوية للبكتريا المنتجة للبكتريوسين لكل نوع بكتيري باستخدام الوسط الزرعي المغذي )3جدول ( الصلب كوسط إختباري النسبة المئوية للعزالت المنتجة لكل نوع عدد العزالت المنتجة لكل نوع عدد العزالت البكتيرية لكل نوع إسم البكتريوسين المنتج نوع البكتيريا 30.77٪ 36 117 colicin escherichia coli 26.67٪ 20 75 klebocin klebsiella pneumonia 35٪ 7 20 pyocin pseudomonas aeruginosa bacteriocin salmonella typhi 24 صفر 0٪ 12.5٪ 1 8 cloacin enterobacter cloacae 80٪ 4 5 bacteriocin acinetobacter baumannii bacteriocin serratia liquefaciens 3 صفر 0٪ 33.33٪ 1 3 colicin a citrobacter freundii bacteriocin serrattia odorifera 1 صفر 0٪ 45.83٪ 11 24 proticin proteus mirabilis المجموع ............... 280 80 28.58٪ ** النسب المئوية محسوبة نسبة الى العدد الكلي لكل نوع بكتيري .)mmمعدل أقطار تثبيط النمو للعزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسينات مقاسة بالميليمتر( )4جدول ( الصلب كوسط إختباريباستخدام الوسط الزرعي المغذي معدل قطر تثبيط النمو )mm( إسم البكتريوسين المنتج نوع البكتيريا 20 colicin escherichia coli 17 klebocin klebsiella pneumonia 11 pyocin pseudomonas aeruginosa ........ bacteriocin salmonella typhi 15 cloacin enterobacter cloacae 17 bacteriocin ainetobacter baumannii ........ bacteriocin serratia liquefaciens 12 colicin a citrobacter freundii ....... bacteriocin serrattia odorifera 17 proticin proteus mirabilis 246 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 األعداد والنسب المئوية للبكتريا المنتجة للبكتريوسين من بين أعداد البكتيريا السالبة لصبغة كرام المعزولة )5جدول ( من حالت مرضية سريرية مختلفة باستخدام الوسط الزرعي المحضر محليا" كوسط إختباري المجموع ( النسبة المئوية) األسهال diarrhea التهاب المجاري البولية urinary tract infection التهاب المهبل vaginal inflammation تسمم الدم septicemia الحالة المرضية نوع البكتيريا عدد البكتيريا المنتجة للبكتريوسين/ من العدد الكلي لكل نوع بكتيري 110 )117( )39.29٪( 13 )14( 54 )56( 34 )36( 9 )11( escherichia coli 68 )75( )24.29٪( .............. 10 )12( 44 )48( 14 )15( klebsiella pneumonia 18 )20( )6.43 ٪ ( .............. 6 )6( 5 )5( 7 )9( pseudomonas aeruginosa صفر )24( )0٪ ( صفر )15( .............. .............. صفر )9( salmonella typhi 6 )8( )2.14٪ ( .............. .............. .............. 6 )8( enterobacter cloacae 5 )5( )1.79٪ ( .............. .............. .............. 5 )5( acinetobacter baumannii صفر )3( )0٪ ( .............. .............. .............. صفر )3( serratia liquefaciens 3 )3( )1.07٪ ( .............. .............. 3 )3( ............ citrobacter freundii صفر )1( )0٪ ( .............. .............. صفر )1( ............. serrattia odorifera 21 )24( )7.5٪ ( .............. 21 )24( .............. .............. proteus mirabilis 231 )280( )82.5٪ ( 13 )29( )4.64٪( 91 )98( )32.5٪( 86 )93( )30.71٪( 41 )60( )14.64٪ ( المجموع ( النسبة المئوية) )280** النسب المئوية محسوبة نسبة الى العدد الكلي لجميع انواع البكتيريا المعزولة ( والنسب المئوية للبكتريا المنتجة للبكتريوسين لكل نوع بكتيري باستخدام الوسط الزرعي المحضر األعداد )6جدول ( محليا" كوسط إختباري النسبة المئوية للعزالت المنتجة لكل نوع عدد العزالت المنتجة لكل نوع عدد العزالت البكتيرية لكل نوع إسم البكتريوسين المنتج نوع البكتيريا 94.02٪ 110 117 colicin escherichia coli 90.67٪ 68 75 klebocin klebsiella pneumonia 90٪ 18 20 pyocin pseudomonas aeruginosa bacteriocin salmonella typhi 24 صفر ٪ 0 75٪ 6 8 cloacin enterobacter cloacae 100٪ 5 5 bacteriocin acinetobacter baumannii bacteriocin serratia liquefaciens 3 صفر 0٪ 100٪ 3 3 colicin a citrobacter freundii bacteriocin serrattia odorifera 1 صفر 0٪ 87.5٪ 21 24 proticin proteus mirabilis المجموع ............... 280 231 82.5٪ بكتيري** النسب المئوية محسوبة نسبة الى العدد الكلي لكل نوع 247 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ) mmمعدل أقطار تثبيط النمو للعزالت البكتيرية المنتجة للبكتريوسينات مقاسة بالميليمتر( )7جدول ( باستخدام الوسط الزرعي المحضر محليا" كوسط إختباري معدل قطر تثبيط النمو )mm( نوع البكتيريا إسم البكتريوسين المنتج 45 colicin   escherichia  coli 35 klebocin klebsiella pneumonia 35 pyocin pseudomonas aeruginosa ........ bacteriocin salmonella typhi 30 cloacin enterobacter cloacae 35 bacteriocin acinetobacter baumannii ........ bacteriocin serratia liquefaciens 30 colicin a citrobacter freundii ....... bacteriocin serrattia odorifera 40 proticin proteus mirabilis مقارنة فعالية وتركيز البروتين وقطر منطقة منع النمو للبكتريوسينات المحفزة بوساطة )8جدول ( ومستخلص جذور الشلغم cالمايتومايسين البكتريوسين المحفز بمستخلص جذور الشلغم c -البكتريوسين المحفز بالمايتومايسين ت العزلة المنتجة الفعالية (وحدة/مل) تركيز البروتين (مكغم/مل) قطر منطقة منع النمو (ملم) الفعالية (وحدة/مل) تركيز البروتين (مكغم/مل) قطر منطقة منع النمو (ملم) 320 940 15 160 725 15 e10 1  320 850 25 320 845 15 e41 2  1280 2100 25 640 1110 20 e63 3  1280 2350 30 640 975 22 e73 4  320 640 20 320 625 15 e95 5  248 علوم الحياة | 2016م ) عا3العدد( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 detection of bacteriocin production and induction by brassica rapa extract hind hussein obaid ,university of baghdadf biology , college of science, dep. o received in :15 may 2016 ,accepted in: 29 may 2016 abstract the present study aimed to try to find natural substances stimulate the production of bacteriocin, as well as "for detection of bacteriocin producing isolates. two hundred and eighty ( 280) bacterial isolates, gram negative only, were collected from 760 different pathogenic samples, consist: (urinary tract infection, septicemia, vaginal inflammation and diarrhea). the isolated bacteria are: escherichia coli, klebsiella pneumonia pseudomonas aeruginosa,, salmonella typhi, enterobacter cloacae, acinetobacter baumannii, serratia liquefaciens, citrobacter freundii, proteus mirabilis and serrattia odorifera. cup assay method was used to detect bacteriocin production. locally media prepared ( nutriernt agar + brassica rapa roots extract ) to detect bacterial bacteriocin production, compared with ( n. agar ) only. the results showed, the percentage of bacteria production of bacteriocin were (28.57%)/(80) isolates only on n. agar, while the ratio reached to (82.5%)/ (231) isolates by local media.also this media gave (45 mm) in dimeter of inhibition zone in e. coli. brassica rapa roots extract was used to stimulate bacteriocin production compared with mitomycin-c (mt-c ) in five isolates of the e. coli. it was found the extract emulate mt-, in dimeter of inhibition zone , protein concentration and activity. but it was better than mt-c in some isolates. key words: cup assay , brassica rapa , bacterocin, mitomycin-c @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 evidence supports the formation of isoimides derived from pyromellitic dianhydride shaymaa t. hussein emad t. ali khalid f. ali jombod h. tomma dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in :12 september 2012 , accepted in : 22 october 2012 abstract some new mono isoimides of asymmetrical pyromillitdiimide derived from pyromellitic dianhydride were synthesized and studied by their melting points , ftir , and 1hnmr spectroscopy and c.h.n analysis (for some of them) and it was proved that the mechanism of the formation of these isoimides followed , the mechanism suggested by cotter et al . by using n, n─dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating agent , in spite of the groups attached to the phenyl moiety as mentioned in literatures . keyword: pyromellitic dianhydride , pyromellit imide , isoimide 241 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction substituted cyclic imides are heterocyclic compounds represent an important class of bioactive molecules that show a wide range of pharmacological activities [1]such as androgen receptor antagonistic [2],anti-inflammatory , anxiolytic [3], antiviral [4], antibacterial[5], and antitumor [6]properties . morover , they are synthetic precursors with application in organic synthesis , superamolecular chemistry , polymer synthesis , and for the development of new materials and molecular electronic devise [7]. aromatic polyimides that derived from pyromellitic dianhydride are widely used in advanced technology areas , because of their excellent thermal stability , chemical resistance and they are extensively used in the electronics industry as insulators in complex devices , owing to their high thermal resistance and low dielectric constant , beside the electrical properties , their optical properties have been extensively investigated due to the potential applications in the field of optical communications [8,9]. also they are used in microelectronics , as well as in nanotechnology as a matrix in the production of nanocomposite layers [10]. the new isoimid [c] was prepared by the reaction of amic acid [a] with n,n dicyclohexyl carbodiimid in ch2cl2 [11]. o oh c c o nh r h n c n h+ o o n r ch2cl2 [c] [a] the aim of this work is synthesis and characterization of isoimide derivatives and to prove that these isoimides derived from pyromellitic dianhydride follow the same mechanism if and only if there were attracting or repelling group attached to the phenyl moiety . experimental part a) ftir spectra were recorded by using potassium bromide disc on a shimadzu (8400s) spectrophotometer and shimadzo (ir prestige-21) spectrophotometer. b) 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(s), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard were made at chemistry department , al-bayt university, jordan . c) melting points uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus . synthesis of asymmetrical [n-(4-substituted phenyl) n─(4-substituted phenyl)-iso imino]pyromellitimide : synthesis of n-substituted -pyromellitamic monoacid[i]a-d to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (0.218g, 0.001 mol) in (30ml) acetone , a very dilute solution of amine (0.001 mole) in (90ml) acetone was added dropwise during about 18 hrs . after all , the amine which has been added to the solution was filtered off from any precipitate and the clear solution was evaporated under reduced pressure and the product filtered[12], washed and recrystalized from chloroform . the physical data of nsubstituted –pyromellitamic monoacid [i]a-d are listed in table 1 . synthesis of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide[ii]a-d a (0.001 mole) of n-pyromellitamic monoacid was placed in (50 ml) round bottom flask fitted , a mixture of sodium acetate (0.082g , 0.001 mole) and acetic anhydride (1ml ,0.001mole) was added . the mixture was maintained between (80-90) 0c by means of a water-bath and stirred for half hour . the mixture was allowed to stirring for one hour at room temperature . then the mixture was poured on ice-water (400ml ) and filtered off , 242 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 recrystalized from acetone . the physical data of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide [ii]a-d are listed in table 1 . synthesis of (nsubstituted-pyromellitmonoimide)-n─(substituted-pyromellitamic monoacid) [iii] a-d[vi] a-d to a solution of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide [ii]a-d (0.001mol) in (30ml) acetone , an amine (0.001 mole) in (30ml) acetone was added dropwise during about 6 hrs. after all the amine has been added , the mixture was left for 24 hrs then it was filtered off and recrystalized from acetone . the physical data of (nsubstituted pyromellitmonoimide)-n─(substituted-pyromellitamic acid) . [iii] a-d[vi] a-d are listed in table 1 . synthesis of [n-(4-substituted phenyl) -n--(4-substituted phenyl)-iso imino] pyromellitimide [vii] a-d [x] a-d aslurry (nsubstituted-pyromellitmonoimide)n─(substituted-pyromellitamic monoacid) [iii]a-f ( 0.001 mole ) in ( 75 ml ) di chloromethane was stirred at room temperature , and a solution of n, n─ dicyclohexylcarbodiimide ( 0.01 mole ) in dichloromethane was add dropwise during ( 30 min ) the mixture was stirred for 24 hours then filtered of from the precipitated dicyclohexyl urea , the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the product worked out as described in each separate case . n(4 substitutedphenyl ) n─(4substitutedphenyl ) – isoimino pyromellitimide [vii] a-d [x]ad are listed in table 1. results and discussion the amic acids [i]a-d were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride with one mole of different amines in the presence excess of dry acetone as a solvent . the mechanism involves nucleophilic addition reaction[13] as follows : acetone rt oo o o o o r nh2 c c o o o o o o nh r h proton exchange c c o o o o oh n r h o [i]a-d och3r = i,clno2 , , the structure of these acids[i]a-d was studied by their melting point , ftir spectroscopy . the ftir absorption-spectra showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 of the starting materials together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety at (2410-3530) cm-1, c=o (carboxylic acid) at (1680-1709) cm-1 and c=o (amid) at (1630-1655) cm-1 and nh group at (3217-3277) cm-1 . and appearance of two peaks in the region (1715-1840) cm[14]which could be attributed to stretching vibration of c=o (anhydride) symmetry and asymmetry , in addition appearance of absorption band around (1040) cm-1 for the c-o-c (cyclic) [15]. the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [i]ad are listed in table 3. 1hnmr spectrum of compound [i]d , (figure 3.5) showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet signal at δ 4.78 ppm could be attributed to the one proton of nh amide group. a singlet sharp signal at δ 7.46 ppm for two protons of centre aromatic ring , four aromatic protons appeared at δ 7.0-7.3 ppm due to p243 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 disubstituted benzene ring , and finally, a proton of carboxylic moiety (o-h) appeared at δ 10.07 ppm . n-substituted-pyromellitmonoimide [ii]a-d were obtained by the intramolecular cyclization reaction of n-substituted-pyromellitamic monoacid [ii]ad in acetic anhydride and sodium acetate at (80-90) 0c . the structure of these compounds [ii] ad was studied by melting point , ftir , and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra exhibited significant two peaks in the region (1675-1710) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1170 cm-1 and 755cm-1 for asymmetry and symmetry of cn-c (cyclic) [16]together with the appearance of two peaks in the region (1709-1800) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of c=o (cyclic anhydride) symmetry and asymmetry , appearance absorption band around (1040) cm-1 for the c-o-c (cyclic) . they also shows the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of n-h , o-h and c=o (carboxylic moiety) groups of amic acid . the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [ii]ad are listed in table 3. 1hnmr spectrum of compound [ii]a showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet sharp signal at δ 7.9 ppm for the two protons of centre aromatic ring , and four aromatic protons appeared as mulitiplet bands at δ 7.8-7.88 ppm due to the p-disubstituted benzene ring . the amic acids [iii] a-d[vi] a-d were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of nsubstituted-pyromellitmonoimide [ii]a-d with one mole of another primary aromatic amine in the presence excess of dry acetone as a solvent. the structure of these compounds [iii] a-d[vi] a-d was studied by melting point , ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy . the ftir absorption-spectra showed the disappearance of absorption peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of pyromellitmonoimides [iii] a-d[vi] a-d together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety at (2420-3504) cm-1, nh amide in the region (3273-3304) cm-1 , c=o (carboxylic acid) at (1663-1692) cm-1 , and c=o (amid) at (1632-1650) cm-1. two peaks in the region (1720-1780) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1175cm-1 and 745cm-1 for asymmetry and symmetry of c-n-c (cyclic) . the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [iii] a-d[vi] a-d are listed in table 4. [n-(4-substituted phenyl) n─(4-substituted phenyl)-iso imino]pyromellitimide [vii] a-d [x]a-d were obtained by the intramolecular cyclization reaction of amic acid [iii] a-d[vi] a-d in n, n─dicyclohexylcarbodiimide andch2cl2 . n c c o o r o o oh nhr [xii] +h n c n h ch2cl2 p.t ro n o o o nr [vii] a-d [x]a-d , , , r = r = r = cl och3 no2 r = r = r = ir = r = och3 icl och3cl no2 icl no2 och3 i no2 , , , , , , , , , 244 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the structure of these compounds [vii] a-d [x]a-d was studied by melting point , ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra exhibited significant two peaks in the region (1670-1786) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1175 cm-1 and 760 cm-1 for asymmetry and symmetry of c-n-c (cyclic) , in addition to ,a good peak around 1625 cm-1 for c=n group and a stretching band around 1720 cm-1 due to c=o group of lactone ring . they also shows the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of n-h , o-h and c=o (carboxylic moiety) groups of amic acid [iii] a-d[vi] a-d. the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [vii] a-d [x]a-d are listed in table 5 . 1hnmr spectrum of compound [vii]a , showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet signal at δ 1.93 ppm due to the three protons of terminal ch3 group , a good singlet signal at δ 7.94 ppm due to the two protons of centre aromatic ring , eight aromatic protons appeared as pair of doublet signal at δ (7.07-7.2) ppm. n c c o o r o o ho nhr [xii] +h n c n h .. .. ch2cl2 r.t h n n h h c + .. + n c c o o r o o o nhr n c c o o r o o o nr h c nh h n h r.t +h n c n h hh o ro n o o o nr [vii] a-d [x]a-d hence, the formation of the compound [vii]a which contains the (-ch3) group attached to the phenyl , and the formation of the compound [x]c which contains (-no2) group attached to the phenyl ,will sport the above mechanism , which wasn’t affected by the type of the group attached to the phenyl group which will be forbid the formation of isoimide due to cross hyper conjugation as mentioned previously . and , upon this phenomena it is possible to synthesis any type of isoimide derived from any amic acid by using n, n─dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as dehydrating agent . referenses 1kankanala ,k . ; reddy,v.; mukkantia , k .; and pal ,s.; (2010),"lewis acid free high speed synthesis of nimesulide-based novel n-substituted cyclic imides", j.braz , chem. soc. 21( 6): 1060-1064. 2salvati , m.e .; balog , a.; shan , w.; wei, d. d., pickering , d.; attar , r. m .; geng ,j.; rizzo, c. a.; gottardis ,m. m.; weinmann , r.; krystek , s. r.; sack , j.; y. an and kish , k. bioorg. (2005) "structure based approach to the design of bicyclic 1h isoindole-1,3(2h)dione based androgen receptor antagonists", med. chem. lett., 15: 271. 245 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 3shibata ,y.; shiehita , m.; sasaki , k.; nishimura , i.; hashimoto l. y. and iwasaki , s. (1995) "n-alkylphtalimides: structural requirement of thalidomidal action on 12-0tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate-induced tumor necrosis factor by human leukemia hl60cells ", chem. pharm. bull., 43:177. 4jindal ,d. p.; bedi , v.; jit , b.; karkra , n.; guleria , s.; bansal , r.; palusczak a. and hartmann , r.w. (2005) "synthesis and study of some new n-substituted imide derivatives as potential anticancer agents "farmaco. 60:283. 5machado, a. l.; lima , l. m.; arau , j.o.; fraga ,c. a. m.; l. g. barreiro , v. e.; j. (2005) "design , synthesis and antiinflammatory activity of novel phthalimide derivatives, structurally related to thalidomide" bioorg. med. chem. lett., 15:1169 6barreiro ,s. ; hideko ,n. ; yoshihiro,u.; yoshikazu ,s.; kazuharu , n.; motoji ,w.; konstanty ,w. t.; tadafumi ,a.; tetsuji , y.; yuji , k.; kenji and hitoshi , h.; (2005) "napthalimidobenzamide db-51630: a novel dna binaing agent inducing p300 gene expression and exerting a potent anti-cancer activity" bioorg. med. chem., 13: 4014. 7diego, g.; natalya , v.; herbert , h.; guzman , j.; likhatchev ,d. and palou , r. general papers, (2006) "efficient microwave-assisted synthesis of bisimides" arkivoc, (x): 7-20. 8tkachenko ,v. ; tkachenko ,a.; vita ,f.; d’amore , f. ; malinconico , l. m.; rippa, m. and rippa, g. (2004) "spectroscopic ellipsometry study of liquid crystal and polymeric thin films in visible and near infrared" euro. phys. j. e – soft matter, (14):185. 9yeganeh ,h.; tamami, b. and ghazi , i. (2005) "synthesis and properties of novel optically active and soluble aromatic/ aliphatic polyimides via reaction of dianhydrides and diisocyanates " iran. poly. j. 14 (3):277-285. 10breeze , j.; salomone , a.; ginley , d. s.; gregg b. a. ; and gregg ,n. (2002) "polymerperylene diimide heterojunction solar cells" appl. phys. lett. 81 : 3085. 11 awad, w.; and ali , i. (1977) "synthesis of some pyromillic diimide derivatives" iraqi j. chem. soc. 2(2) : 39-51. 12al-azzawi , m.; al-azzawi , a.; al-ahadami , b.; and ali , i. (1989) "the biological activates of some pyromillidiimides derivatives" j. biol. sci. res. 19(1): 84-93. 13dunson ,d. l. (2000) "synthesis and characterization of thermosetting polyimde oligomers for microelectronics packing" , ph. d . thesis , virginia polytechnic institute. 14danev,g .; spassova,e . and assa ,j . (2005) "vacuum deposited polyimidea perfectmatrix for nanocomposite materials" j. assa . 7(3) :1179-1190. 15sharma ,y. r . (2009) " elementary organic spectroscopy ",4th eddition ,ramnagar , new delhi ind. , 122-233. 16sharma ,m .; stephan , a. l.; katherine, d.; robert , c. c.; anthony ,p. g.; tracy, p. h. and n william , k. (2004) "solid-state amidization and imidization reaction in vapordeposited poly(amic acid)" j. polym. sci. a 42:5999-6010. 246 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1) :physical properties of new synthesized compounds [i]a-d [x]c . table (2): characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [i]a,b,d comp. no characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vn-h amide vo-h vc=o cyclic anhyd. (asym, sym vc=o carboxylic vc=o amide vc=c arom. vc-o-c cyclic [i]a 3364 3310-2450 1760,1705 1690 1632 1570 1035 [i]b 3285 3350-2435 1749,1732 1681 1665 1595 1042 [i]d 3306 3375-2405 1775, 1710 1688 1674 1580 1061 com. no. nomenclature structural formula molecula r formula m.p ◦c yield % color [i]a n-(4-nitro phenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid o co2h c nh no2 o o o c16h8n2o 8 >300 96 yellow [i]b n-(4-chlorophenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid. c o o o co2h o nh cl c16h8no6 cl >300 95 pale grey [i]d n-(4-iodophenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid. c o o o co2h o nh i c16h8no6 i >300 86 pale brown [ii]a n-(4-nitro phenyl)]pyromellitmonoimide. o o o n no2 o o c16h6n2o 7 198200 91 yellow [ii]b n-(4-chlorophenyl)pyromellitmonoimide. no o o o o ci c16h6no5 cl 174176 83 dark grey [ii]d n-(4-iodophenyl)pyromellitmonoimide no o o o o i c16h6no5 i 183185 79 pale peggy [iii]a n-(4-nitro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide, n─-(4tolyl) -pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c no2 hn o h3c c23h15n3 o7 300 dec. 91 pale brown [iv]b n(4-chloro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─ (4methoxy phenyl) pyromellitamic monoacid n o o ho2c cl hn o h3co c23h15n2 o6cl >300 83 pale peggy [vi]c n-(4iodophenyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─(4nitro phenyl ) pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c i hn o o2n c22h12n3 o7i 208210 81 yellow [vii]a [ n-(4-nitro phenyl)n─-(4tolyl)-isoimino]pyromellitimide . no2o n o o o nh3c c23h13n3 o6 213215 95 white [x]c [ n-(4-iodo phenyl)n─-(4 nitro phenyl)isoimino]pyromellitimide . io n o o o no2n c22h10n3 o6i 178180 86 dark yellow 247 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (3) : characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [ii]a,b,d com p.no. characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vc-h arom. vc=o cyclic anhydride asym.,sym. vc=o imide, asym.,sym. vc=c arom. vc-oc cyclic vc-n-c cyclic asym., sym. other [ii]a 3094 1805,1740 1769,1682 1599 1037 1179,768 4-no2: 1504,1303 [ii]b 3076 1815,1769 1735,1667 1595 1050 1171,752 4-cl : 970 [ii]d 3065 1835,1775 1745,1667 1597 1045 1180,765 vc-h aliphatic 2980-2837 table(4): characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [iii]a, [iv]b, [vi]c table (5): characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [vii]a , [xi]c comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vn-h amide vo-h vc=o imide asym.,sym vc=o carboxyl ic vc= o amid e vc= c arom . vc-n-c cyclic asym.,sym other [iii]a 3308 33352420 1682,1649 1638 1618 1599 1180,750 4-no2 : 1503,1303 [iv]b 3304 34052435 1775,1701 1666 1647 1597 1171,754 4-cl : 970 [vi]c 3317 34152465 1775,1799 1668 1631 1598 1180,775 comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vc-h arom. vc=o imide, asym.,sym. vc=o ester vc=n. vc=c arom vc-n-c cyclic asym., sym. other [vii]a 3098 1735,1715 1682 1626 1599 1179,750 4-no2: 1506,1306 [xi]c 3279 1735,1668 1717 1626 1578 1180,750 248 | chemistry @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 اثباتات على تكوین مركبات االیزو ایمید المشتقھ من انھدرید البایروملیتامیك شیماء طھ حسین عماد تقي علي خالد فھد علي جمبد ھرمز توما / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھیثم) / جامعة بغدادقسم الكیمیاء 2012تشرین األول 22قبل البحث في : 2012ایلول 12استلم البحث في : الخالصة . درست خواصھا من )الالمائي (حضرت بعض مشتقات االیزوایمیدات الجدیدة المشتقة من انھیدرید البایرومیلیتامیك ، وطیف الرنین النووي المغناطیسيc.h.n خالل درجات االنصھار، واطیاف االشعھ تحت الحمراء ، وتحلیل العناصر وجماعتھ یمكن اعتمادھا على جمیع االمینات cotterوتم التثبیت بان میكانیكیة التفاعل المعتمدة من )لبعض منھا ا ( وع المجموعة الموجودة على مجموعة الفنیل االروماتیة سواء كانت مجموعة ساحبة او المستعملة وبصرف النظر عن ن نازعھ للماء من دون سواھا )ساحبة(داي سایكلوھكسیل كاربودایمید مادة ─n ،nدافعة ، وذلك من خالل استعمال الـ من المواد االخرى المستعملة في االدبیات . : انھدرید البایروملیتامیك ، بایرومیلیت احادي االیماید ، ایزو ایماید الكلمات المفتاحیة 249 | chemistry ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 annsemimaximal and coannsemimaximal modules i. m.a.hadi, h. y. khalaf departme nt of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad received in : 20 september 2010 accepte d in : 8 february 2011 abstract some authors st udied modules with annihilator of every nonzero submodule is p rime, p rimary or maximal. in this p aper, we introduce and study annsemimaximal and coannsemimaximal modules, where an r-module m is called annse mimaximal (resp . coannsemimaximal) if annrn (resp . r m ann n ) is semimaximal ideal of r for each nonzero submodule n of m . keywords: annsemima ximal modu le, semisimp le module, semisi mple ring, semip rime module, ma x-module, uniform module, z-re gular module, f-regular module, artinian module, flat module, cop rime module, coannsemimaximal module. introduction let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m be an r-module. m untaha a.r.h. in [1] introduced and st udied quasi-prime modules where an r-module m is quasi-prime if annrn is a p rime ideal of r for every nonzero submodule n of m . adwia j.a.a. in [2] introduced and st udied quasi-primary modules, where an r-module m is called quasi-primary if annrn is a p rimary ideal of r, for each nonzero submodule n of m . adwia j.a.a. in [3] introduced and st udied max modules, where an r-module m is said to be max module if annrn is a maximal ideal of r, for each nonzero submodule n of m . 1. recall that an ideal i of r is called semimaximal if i is an intersection of finitely many maximal ideals of r, [4]. 2. in this p aper, we introduced and st udied annsemimaximal and coannsemimaximal modules where an r-module m is called annsemimaximal (resp . coannsemimaximal) if annrn (resp . r m ann n ) is a semimaximal ideal of r. 1annse mimaximal modul es in this section, we introduce the concept of annsemimaximal modules. we give some characterizations t o this concept and est ablish some basic prop erties of this concept. 1.1 de fini tion: let m be an r-module. m is called annsemimaximal module if annrn is a semimaximal ideal of r for each non-zero submodule n of m . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 1.2 remarks and examples: (1) p z  is not annsemimaximal z-module. (2) z6 as a z-module is annsemimaximal module. (3) z as a z-module is not annsemimaximal module. (4) q as a z-module is not annsemimaximal module. (5) zp as a z-module is annsemimaximal module. (6) for each nz+, zzn is not annsemimaximal z-module. (7) every submodule n of an r-module m (where m is annsemimaximal module) is annsemimaximal module. proof: let k be a nonzero submodule of n. then k be a non-zero submodule of m and so that annrk is semimaximal ideal (since m is annsemimaximal module). (8) let m be annsemimaximal module and let n  m . then   is annsemimaximal module. proof: let :mm /n be the natural epimorp hism and m is annsemimaximal module. then for each non-zero submodule w of m , annrw is semimaximal ideal of r. but annrwannrw/n. hence annrw/n is semimaximal ideal by [5,p rp .(1.2.11)]. thus   is annsemimaximal module. (9) the homomorphic image of annsemimaximal module is annsemimaximal module. proof: let f:mm ' be an ep imorp hism such that m is annsemimaximal module. then by the first fundamental theorem of homomorp hisim, m ' ker f   . but ker f  is annsemimaximal by (8). hence m ' is annsemimaximal module. now, we have the following characterization of annsemimaximal module. 1.3 proposi tion: let m be an r-module. then m is annsemimaximal module if and only if annrm is a semimaximal ideal of r. proof: () it follows directly by definition (1.1). () let (0)  n be a submodule of m . then annrn  annrm . but annrm is semimaximal, so by [5,p rop . (1.2.11)], annrn issemimaximal. thus m is annsemimaximal module. 1.4 corollary: an r-module m is annsemimaximal if and only if r/annrm is semisimple ring. proof: by p rop osition (1.3) m is annsemimaximal module  annrm is a semimaximal ideal.  r/annrm is semisimple ring. now, we have the following theorem. 1.5 the orem: let m be an r-module. then (1)  (2), (2)  (3), (3)  (4), (4)  (1) if m is finitely generated (1) m is annsemimaximal module. (2) [annrn r : a] is a semimaximal for each non-zero submodule n of m and for each ideal a of r such that a  annrn. . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 [annn r : r] is a semimaximal ideal of r for each non-zero submodule n of m , rr such that (r)  annrn. (3) annr(m) is a semimaximal ideal of r for each m0, mm . proof: (1)  (2), sup p ose that m is annsemimaximal module. let n be a non-zero submodule of m . then annrn is semimaximal ideal of r. assume that a is an ideal of r such that a  annrn. it is clear that annrn  [annrn r : a]. so, according to [5,coro.(1.2.12)], [annrn r : a] is semimaximal ideal of r. (2)  (3), take a = (r) the ideal of r generated by r, the result follows by (2). (3)  (4), let 0m m . because 1annr(m). [annr(m):r] is semimaximal ideal of r by (3). but [annr(m):r]=annr(m). so annr(m) is semimaximal ideal of r. (4)  (1), since m is finitely generated, m = n i i 1 rx   , xim , annrm = n i i 1 annx   . but ann(xi) for all i=1,…,n is semimaximal ideal. so, by [5,coro.(1.2.15)], annrm is semimaximal. thus m is ansemimaximal by p rop . (1.3). recall that an r-module m is called semisimple if every submodule of m is a direct summand of m . and a ring r is said to be semisimple ring if and only if r is a semisimp le rmodule, [6]. 1.6 proposi tion: every semisimple r-module m is annsemimaximal. proof: by [6,p rop .(1.1.46)], we get r/annrm is a semisimple ring. therefore annrm is a semimaximal ideal by [4,p rop .(1.2.5)]. thus m is annsemimaximal by p rop . (1.3). the following corollary is an ap p lication of prop osition (1.6). 1.7 corollary: let r be a semisimple ring. then every r-module m is annsemimaximal. proof: it is known that if r is semisimple ring, then m is semisimple module [5,p rop .(1.1.44)]. hence m is annsemimaximal module by p revious p rop osition. next, we have the following p rop osition. 1.8 proposi tion: if m is an artinian and annsemimaximal r-module, then m is semisimple. proof: we have m is annseimmaximal, then annrm is semimaximal. thus j(m )= 0 by [5,coro,(1.3.6)]. but m is an artinian and j(m )=0, then m is semisimple, [5]. 1.9 example: z24 as a z-module is not annsemimaximal module and z24 is not semisimple. the following result is consequence of p rop osition (1.8). 1.10 corollary: let m is an art inian r-module.then m is semisimple module if and only if m is annsemimaximal. 1.11 proposi tion: if m is annsemimaximal r-module, then every cyclic submodule of m is semisimple. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 proof: if m is annsemimaximal r-module, then annr(x) is semimaximal ideal by th.((1.5),(4)), so by [5,p rop .(2.3.15)], we get the result now, we induced the following corollary . 1.12 corollary: if m is finitely generated and annsemimaximal r-module, then m is semisimple r-module. proof: let m =rx1 + rx2 + … + rxn for some x1, x2, …, xn. but rxi is semisimple by p revious p rop osition. therefore m = n i i 1 rx   is semisimple by combining corollary (1.12), p rop osition (1.6), we get t he following: 1.13 corollary: let m be a finitely generated r-module. then m is annsemimaximal module if and only if m is semisimple. 1.14 corollary: r is a semisimp le ring if and only if r is annsemimaximal ring. now, we turn our att ention to direct sum of annsemimaximal modules. 1.15 proposi tion: let m be a faithful r-module. then r is semisimple if and only if m is annsemimaximal. proof: () directly from [5,prop .(1.1.44)] and prop osition (1.6). () if m is annsemimaxi, then annrm is a semimaximal ideal; that is (0) is a semimaximal ideal. thus r/(0) � r is semisimple. by combining corollary (1.13), p rop osition (1.15) and corollary (1.14), we get the following: 1.16 corollary: let m be a faithful finitely generated r-module. the following st atements are equivalent: (1) m is annsemimaximal. (2) m is semisimple. (3) r is semisimple. (4) r is annsemimaximal. now, we give the following p rop osition. 1.17 proposi tion: if r is a local ring and m is annsemimaximal r-module, then m is semisimple.. proof: m is annsemimaximal module. then annrm is semimaximal ideal. thus the result follows by [5,coro.(1.3.7)]. 1.18 proposi tion: let m 1, m 2 be two r-modules, m =m 1m 2. then m is annsemimaximal if and only if m 1, m 2 are annsemimaximal r-module. proof: () let 1:m  m 1, 2:m  m 2 be the natural projections. t hus m 1 and m 2 are annsemimaximal modules by remarks and examp les ((1.2),(9)). () we have annrm 1 is semimaximal ideal and annrm 2 is semimaximal by p rop osition (1.3). on t he other hand annr(m 1m 2) = annrm 1 annrm 2. but by [5, coro.(1.2.15)], ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 annrm 1 annrm 2 is semimaximal. therefore annr(m 1m 2) is semimaximal. thus m 1m 2 is annsemima ximal modu le, by p rop .(1.3). .. recall that an r-module m is called semip rime if and only if annrn is a semiprime ideal of r, for each non-zero r-submodule n of m , [7,def.(4.1.1)]. by using this concept, we have the following. 1.19 proposi tion: every annsemimaximal r-module is semip rime r-module. proof: let m be an annsemimaximal module. then for each non-zero submodule n of m , annrn is semimaximal ideal of r. thus by [5,p rop .(1.2.21)], annrn is semip rime and hence m is a semiprime module. the converse of this p rop osition is not true in general. for examp le:z as a z-module is semip rime module, but it is not annsemimaximal module by remarks and examp les ((1.2),(3)). for our next corollary the following definitions are needed. an r-module m is said to be serial (chain) r-module if the r-submodules of m are linearly orderd with resp ect to inclusion, [6], [7]. an r-module m is said to be a p rime module if annrm =annrn for every non-zero submodule n of m , [8], [9]. as an ap p lication of prop osition (1.19), we give the following corollary . 1.20 corollary: let m be a serial annsemimaximal module. then m is p rime r-module. proof: from p rop osition (1.19), m is semip rime module and from [7,p rop .(4.2.1)], we get the result. recall that an r-module m is said to be a max-module if rann n is maximal ideal of r for each non-zero submodule n of m , [3]. in the class of max-module. the two concept of annsemimaximal module and semip rime module are equivalent. 1.21 proposi tion: let m be a max-module. then m is annsemimaximal module if and only if m is semip rime module. proof: sup p ose that m is semip rime r-module. then for each a non-zero submodule n of m , annrn is semiprime ideal of r, that is annrn= rann n for each non-zero submodule n of m . but m is max-module which imp lies that rann n is maximal ideal of r for each non-zero submodule n of m and hence annrn is maximal ideal for each non-zero submodule n of m by [5,rem.(1.2.2),(2)], annrn is semimaximal ideal of r and hence m is annsemimaximal module. conversely : it follows by p rop osition (1.19). now, the following results are other consequences of p rop osition (1.21), but first we need to recall some definitions. an r-module m is called z-regular module if for all mm , there exists fhomr(m ,r)=m * such that f(m)m = m, [10]. an r-submodule n of m is called essential in m if for each non-zero r-submodule l of m , nl0, [6].and an r-module m is called uniform if every non-zero r-submodule of m is essential. an r-submodule n of m is called quasi-invertible if hom(   ,m )=0. and an r-module m is called quasi-dedekind if every non-zero r-submodule of m is quasi-invertible, [11]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 hence, we have the following consequences of (1.21). 1.22 corollary: if m is max-module and z-regular module. thus m is annsemimaximal module. proof: it follows directly from prop osition (1.21) and [7,p rop .(4.2.2)]. 1.23 corollary: let m be a uniform annsemimaximal r-module. then m is quasi-dedekind. proof: m is annsemimaximal module, then m is semip rime by p rop osition (1.21) and by [7,p rop .(4.2.4)], we get t he result. now, we can give the following p rop osition. 1.24 proposi tion: let m be a uniform max-r-module. then the following st atements are equivalent. (1) m is annsemimaximal module. (2) m is seiprime module. (3) m is quasi-dedekind. (4) m is p rime. proof: (1)  (2) by p rop osition (1.19). (2)  (3) by [7,p rop .(4.2.4)]. (3)  (4) by [11,p rop .(1.7), ch.2]. (4)  (1) it is clear that every p rime module is semip rime module and hence by p rop osition (1.21) we get t he result. recall that an r-module m is said to be regular module if r/annr(x) is regular ring for all 0  x  m , [5]. by using this concept, we have the following. 1.25 remark: every annsemimaximal module is regular module. proof: let m be annsemimaximal r-module. then annrm is semimaximal ideal and by [5,p rop .(1.3.5)], m is regular module. 1.26 proposi tion: if m is annsemimaximal r-module, then m /n is regular r-module for all submodules n of m . proof: let m is annsemimaximal module. then annrm is semimaximal. but annrm  [n r : m ] for all submodule n of m , so [n r : m ] is semimaximal ideal by [5,p rop .(1.2.11)]. hence m /n is regular r-module by [5,p rop .(1.3.8)]. the jacobson radical of an r-module m denoted by j(m ), is defined to be the intersection of all maximal submodules of m , in case m has maximal submodules and j(m )=m in case m has no maximal submodule, [6]. 1.27 remark: let m be an annsemimaximal r-module. then j(m )=0. proof: it is abvious according to [5,coro.(1.3.6)]. recall that an r-module m is called f-regular if every submodule of m is p ure [12,ch.2]. by using this concept, we give the following p rop osition. 1.28 proposi tion: if m is annsemimaximal r-module, then m is f-regular. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 proof: we have m is annsemimaximal, then annrm is semimaximal. thus every cyclic submodule is p ure by [5,p rop .(1.3.9)]. hence m is f-regular. 1.29 proposi tion: let r be a pid, annrm0, m is p rime r-module. then m is annsemimaximal module. proof: since m is p rime r-module. then annrm is p rime ideal which imp lies that annrm is maximal ideal (since r is pid). thus annrm is semimaximal ideal of r. hence m is annsemimaximal r-module, by p rop osition (1.3). the converse of p rop osition (1.29) is not true, for examp le:z6 as z-module is annsemimaximal. but m is not p rime. recall that an r-module m is flat if for each injective homomorp hisim f: n'  n from one r-module into another, the homomorphisim 1mf:m r  n' m r  n is injective, where 1m is the identity isomorphisim of m , [6]. 1.30 proposi tion: if m is flat annsemimaximal r-module, then every homomorp hic image of m is flat. proof: we have m is annsemimaximal, then annrm is semimaximal ideal. thus by [5,p rop .(1.3.10)], we get t he result. next, we introduce the following definition. 1.31 de fini tion: let n be a p rop er submodule of an r-module m . n is called quasi-semimaximal if [n r : (m)] is a semimaximal ideal for each m  n. 1.32 remark: let m be a finitely generated r-module, n be semimaximal submodule of m . then [n r : m ] is semimaximal ideal. 1.33 remark: let m be a finitely generated r-module, n be semimaximal submodule of m . then n is quasi-semimaximal submodule. proof: by remark (1.32), [n r : m ] is semimaximal ideal. but for each mn, [n r : (m)]  [n r : m ]. thus by [5,p rop .(1.2.11)], we get [n r : (m)] is semimaximal ideal of r. we end this section by the following result. 1.34 proposi tion: let m be a finitely generated r-module. then m is annsemimaximal module if and only if (0) is quasi-semimaximal submodule of m . proof: sup p ose that m is annsemimaximal module. then annr(m) is semimaximal ideal for each mm . thus [0 r : m] is semimaximal ideal for each mm . hence (0) is semimaximal ideal. conversely : if (0) is quasi-semimaximal submodule of m , then [0 r : m] is semimaximal ideal for each mm . therefore m is annsemmaximal by theorem ((1.5),(4)). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 2coannsemimaximal modul es: in this section, we introduce the concept of coannsemimaximal module which is st rongly from the concept of annsemimaximal module in section one. we give some characterizations about t his concept and many results are st udied. we st art with t he following definition. 2.1 de fini tion: an r-module m is called co annsemimaximal module if annr m n is semimaximal id eal of r for each non-zero p rop er submodule n of m . equivalently , m is coannsemimaximal if m n is annsemima ximal modu le for each non-zero prop er submodule n of m . 2.2 examples: (1) z12 is not coannsemimaximal z-module, since if n = < 4 >, then annz 12 z n = annzz4 = 4z which is not semimaximal ideal. (2) 2pz as a z-module is coannsemimaximal, where p is a prime number. proof: since < p > is only non-zero p rop er submodule of 2pz . 2pz /< p > � zp and annzzp=p z which is clear semimaximal ideal. next, we have the following p rop osition. 2.3 proposi tion: let m be an r-module. then every annsemimaximal module is coannsemimaximal module. proof: let m be an annsemimaximal module. then m n is annsemimaximal module by remarks and examp les ((1.2),(9)). thus annr m n is semimaximal which imp lies that m is coannsemimaximal module. the converse of p rop osition (2.3) is not true in general. for examp le: let z9 be a zmodule. then z9 is coannsemimaximal module but not annsemimaximal. and z4 as a zmodule is coannsemimaximal module but it is not annsemimaximal module. the following p rop osition p roves that the converse of (2.3) is true under the condition that m is coprime module, but first we need to recall the definition of coprime module. an r-module m is called coprime module if annrm = annr m n for every p rop er submodule n of m , [13]. 2.4 proposi tion: let m be a coprime and coannsemimaximal r-module. then m is annsemimaximal r-module. proof: since m is coprime module. then annrm =annr m n for every p rop er submodule n of m . but annr m n is semimaximal ideal of r for each non-zero p rop er submodule n of m (since m is coannsemimaximal). thus annnrm is semimaximal ideal of r and hence m is annsemimaximal module by p rop osition (1.3). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 as an ap p lication of (2.4), we have the following. 2.5 corollary: let m be a coannsemimaximal r-module and m is a coprime e-module, where e=endr(m ). then m is annsemimaximal r-module. proof: m is coprime e-module, then m is coprime r-module by [14,coro.(2.2.3)] and from p rop osition (2.4), we get t he result. . recall that a non-simple r-module m is called antihop fian if mm /n for all p rop er submodules n of m , [15]. by using this concept we get t he following. 2.6 proposi tion: let m be an antihop fian, n is semimaximal submodule of m . then m is coannsemimaximal r-module. proof: we have n is semimaximal submodule. then m n is semisimple by [5,def.(2.1.1)]. thus m n is annsemimaximal module by p rop .(1.5). but m m w n � for each p rop er submodule w of m , since m is antihop fian. that means m m n . thus m w is annsemimaximal for all p rop er submodule w of m . therefore m is coannsemimaximal module. now, we p rove the following lemma. 2.7 lemma: let m be an r-module. if n is a semimaximal submodule, then [n r : m ] is semimaximal ideal. proof: sup p ose that n is a semimaximal submodule. then by [5,def.(2.1.1)], m n is semisimple r-module and hence by p rop osition (1.6), m n is annsemimaximal module. then by p rop osition (1.3), annr m n is semimaximal ideal. but [n r : m ] = annr m n , thus [n r : m ] is a semimaximal ideal. the following result follows immediately by lemma (2.7). 2.8 proposi tion: if every submodule n of an r-module m is semimaximal, then m is coannsemimaximal. ..next, we have the following remark. 2.9 remark: the direct sum of coannsemimaximal modules need not be coannsemimaximal. for examp le: let m =z 4z3 be a z-module. z4 and z3 are two coannsemimaximal z-modules. but m � z12 which is not coannsemimaximal. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 re ferences 1. abdul-razak, h.m ., (1999), quasi-prime m odules and quasi-prime submodules, m .d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 2. abdul-al-kalik, j.a., (2005), primary m odules, m .d. t hesis, univ. of baghdad. 3. abdul-al-kalik, j.a., (2009), on m ax-m odules, t o app ear. 4. coodreal, k.r., (1976), ring theory-non singular rings and m odules, m arcei-dekker, new york and basel. 5. khalaf, y.h., (2007), semimaximal submodules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. 6. kasch, f., (1982), m odules and rings, academic press, london. 7. al-sharide, f.a.f., (2008), s-compactly packed submodules and semiprime m odules, m s.c.t hesis, university of tikrit. 8. farzalipour, f. and ghiasvand, p., (2009), quasi-m ultip lication m odules, thai j. of m ath., vol.7(2), p p .361-366. 9. desale, g. and nicholson, w.k., (1981), endoprimitive rings, j.algebra, vol.70, p p .548-560. 10. zelmanowitz, j., (1972), regular m odules, t rans.amer.m ath. soc., vol.163, p p .341-355. 11. m ijbass, s.a., (1997), quasi-dedekind m odules, p h.d. t hesis, univ. of baghdad. 12. at ani, e.sh. and darani, y.a., (2006), on quasi-primary submodules, chiange m ai j. sci, vol.33(3), p p .249-254. 13. annin, s., (2002), associated and at tached primes over non commutative rings, p h.d. thesis, univ. of berkeley . 14. khalaf, i.r., (2009), dual not ions of prime submodules and prime m odules, m .d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 15. hirano, y. and m ogani, i., (1986), on restricted ant i-hop fian m odules, m ath. j. okay ama univ., vol.28, p p .119-131. 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة وشبھ االعظمیة التالفة المضادة المقاسات شبھ االعظمیة التالفة ف، أنعام محمد علي هادي حاتم یحیى خل جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 2010 أیلول 20:استلم البحث في 2011 شباط 8 : قبل البحث في الخالصة في . ن درسوا المقاسات التي تالف كل مقاس جزئي غیر صفري منها هو أولي، ابتدائي أو اعظميبعض الباحثی mهذا البحث قدمنا ودرسنا المقاسات شبه االعظمیة التالفة والمقاسات شبه االعظمیة التالفة المضادة، حیث یدعى المقاس على التوالي ( rعلى الحلقة nاذا كان تالف )على التوالي شبه اعظمي تالف مضاد(شبه اعظمي تالف rعلى الحلقة تالف m n .mفي nلكل مقاس جزئي غیر صفري rهو مثالي شبه اعظمي في ) rعلى الحلقة :الكلمات المفتاحیة annsemimaximal module, semisimple module, semisimp le ring, semiprime module, maxmodule, unifor m module, z-regu lar module, f-re gular module, artinian module, flat module, coprime module, coannsemimaximal module. 135 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 النمو لنبات العدس مؤشراتبعض ياثير الرش بالبوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين فت )lens culinaris medic. ( امل غانم محمود القزاز ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد . /قسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية ñçðã2012 18قبل البحث في: 2012كانون الثاني 26البحث في:استلم الخالصة ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد خالل موسم -اجريت التجربة في البيت الزجاجي التابع لقسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية 0السايتوكاينين (æ ) جزء في المليون 600¡ 400¡ 200¡ 0كبريتات البوتاسيوم (لدراسة تاثير الرش الورقي ب 2011النمو عدد التفرعات، نسبة البروتين، نسبة الكربوهيدرات، معدل النمو المطلق ، اخلهما في) جزء في المليون وتد150¡ 75¡ ئج ان النتا ).اظهرتلنبات العدس (صنف البركةاستدامة الكتلة الحيوية ، الكفاءة النسبية للسماد والقيمة االنتاجية الثانوية، الخضري لنبات العدس النموجميع مؤشرات فيوتداخلهما له تاثير معنوي لبوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين بكبريتات ا الرش الورقي جزء في المليون سايتوكاينين اعلى قيمة في 150جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم مع التركيز 600واعطى التركيز جزء في المليون 150جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم مع التركيز 400 معدل النمو المطلق و تفوق التركيز سايتوكاينين في اعطائه افضل القيم لتركيز البروتين وتركيز الكربوهيدرات واستدامة الكتلة الحيوية و الكفاءة النسبية في المليون سايتوكاينين اعلى قيمة جزء75جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم مع التركيز600للسماد،كما اعطى التركيز لعدد التفرعات والقيمة االنتاجية الثانوية : العدس ، البوتاسيوم ، السايتوكاينين ، النمو الخضري . الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة ] وهو نبات حولي شتوي ذاتي التلقيح fabaceae ]1) نبات تابع للعائلة البقولية lens culinaris medic(العدس شبه قائم، اوراقه مركبة ريشية تنتهي بمحالق ، ازهاره صغيرة زرقاء ثمره قرنة مفلطحة ملساء داكنة اللون ، وهو نبات % 4.4متحمل للتغايرات البيئية واحتياجاته المائية قليلة وهو من المحاصيل البقولية المهمة اذ يحتوي جزءه الخضري على ثالث عنصر من العناصر الغذائية من حيث االهمية ،اذ ] . يعد البوتاسيوم2% زيت [1.8% كربوهيدرات ، 50¡ بروتين ويساهم في انتقال المواد co2] ويشجع تثبيت 3[يؤثر في حفظ التوازن المائي وذلك لسيطرته على فتح وغلق الثغور المتمثلة الى اجزاء النبات ويحث انقسام الخاليا ونمو االنسجة االنشائية وله دور في اختزال النترات في العقد الجذرية للنباتات البقولية ويؤثر في عمليات البناء الضوئي والتنفس وتكوين المادة الخضراء فضًال عن تنشيطه االنزيمات المسؤولة ] الى ان عدم استجابة بعض النباتات للتسميد البوتاسي يعود الى تثبيته في 5]. اشار [4البروتين والكربوهيدرات [عن ايض التربة وعدم مقدرة النبات على امتصاصه لذلك فان الرش الورقي للسماد يعد من التقنيات المهمة مؤكدين اهمية البوتاسيوم ] ان الرش الورقي 6% ويزيد من تحمل النبات للجفاف . اكد [ 30-20 لكونه يقلل من االستهالك المائي بحدود 136 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 حدوث حالة التوزان الغذائي في مؤكدا للسماد البوتاسي ادى الى زيادة معنوية في امتصاص المغذيات ومنها عنصرالفسفور نبات العدس. ان منظمات النمو عوامل ذا اهمية كبيرة ،اذ تنتقل من اماكن بنائها الى مناطق اخرى من النبات الظهار تاثيرها ] . 7الفسيولوجي فهي تشجع او تثبط او تحور العمليات الحيوية في النبات كما تنظم عمل المورثات [ ) ويحفز اعادة التميز mitosisيتوكاينين من منظمات النمو المهمة في النبات حيث يحث االنقسام الخيطي (ُيعد السا للمزارع النسيجية النباتية لتشكيل االعضاء ويزيد من لدونة الجدار الخلوي مما يساعد في اتساع الخاليا ويحفز حركة م بناء البروتين،اذ يزيد من محتوى البولي رايبوسوم ويساعد في المغذيات ويقلل من السيادة القمية ، كما يساعد في تنظي ] حول استعمال اربعة انواع من السايتوكاينين 9] . في دراسة اجراها [rubisco ]8الخاص بتشفير انزيم mrnaزيادة ) لدراسة تاثيرهم في نمو thidiazuran )tdzæ (benzyladenine )baæ (kinetin )kinæ (zeatin )zeaهي ) tdz)æ (baوتشكل انسجة الساق والجذر لنبات العدس خارج الجسم الحي ، اشارت النتائج الى ان رفع تراكيز النوعين ( ادى الى مضاعفة عدد الجذور المتشكلة مقارنة مع النوعين االخرين، وان الحصول على نبات 10mµالى 1.25من ] بانه رش 10) .اشار [mµ 1.25كيزهما الواطئ () يفضل استعمال تر kin) æ (zeaعدس كامل في الوسطين ( 100000وبتركيز riboside zeatinمستخلص حليب جوز الهند الذي يحوي على بعض منظمات النمو منها مايكرولتر/ لتر على نبات الحبة السوداء ادى الى زيادة في بعض الصفات الخضرية للنبات ومنها زيادة في قطر و وزن جاف للمجموع الخضري و الوزن الجاف لالوراق وزيادة في نسبة الوزن الجاف للمجموع الخضري الى الساق و الوزن ال نسبة الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري . والهمية عنصر البوتاسيوم ودوره الفعال في الكثير من الوظائف الفسيولوجية في النبات وللدور الكبير الذي يؤديه منظم النمو السايتوكاينين في زيادة نمو النبات ولقلة الدراسات حول اضافة السايتوكاينين بتقنية الرش الورقي كانت هذه الدراسة لتداخل بين البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين في تحسين صفات النمو لنبات العدس صنف البركة.التي تهدف الى معرفة تاثير ا المواد وطرائق العمل ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد لموسم النمو -اجريت التجربة في البيت الزجاجي التابع لقسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية ن موقع الحديقة النباتية التابعة للقسم وطحنت ونخلت بمنخل قطر فتحاته في تربةغرينية مزيجية اخذت م 2011 – 2010 غم لكل 1.6بمقدار )npk)17:17:17 السماد المركباضيف لها كغم تربة و 4ملم وعبئت في اصص بالستيكية سعة 2 وبثالثة ) 3×4عاملية (تجربة بة وفق التصميم العشوائي الكامل ، نفذت التجر ¹ -كغم سماد.ه 200على اساس اصيص -مكررات وتضمنت العوامل االتية : )جزء في المليون فضًال عن الى التركيز صفر معاملة 600¡400¡ 200ثالثة تراكيز من كبريتات البوتاسيوم ( -1 سيطرة. .سيطرة معاملة التركيز صفر ) جزء في المليون فضًال عن150¡ 75تركيزان من السايتوكاينين ( -2 ) .36د الوحدات التجريبية (وبذلك يكون عد وبعدد عشرة بذور، رويت االصص الرية االولى على 2010/ 12/ 5زرعت بذور نبات العدس (صنف البركة) بتاريخ يومًا من الزراعة خفت النباتات الى ستة نباتات مع اجراء عمليات الري كافة 14% ، وبعد 50اساس السعة الحقلية بتراكيز البوتاسيوم 27/1/2011بعة التجربة حتى تاريخ انتهائها. رشت النباتات بتاريخ وازالة االدغال وتم متا االلمانية و باستعمال مرشة يدوية سعة merck) والمستورد من شركة furfuryl – amino purine -6والسايتوكاينين ( دة ناشرة لمحلول السايتوكاينين ولضمان % ما0.03لتر واستعمل عند رش السايتوكاينين محلول التنظيف الزاهي بمقدار 1 . 10/2/2011يومًا من الرشة االولى تمت الرشة الثانية وبالتراكيز نفسها وبتاريخ 14حدوث البلل الكامل ، وبعد مرور 137 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 حشة اولى واخذت عينات h1-91يومًا من الزراعة ورمز لها 91اخذت عينات من الجزء الخضري للنبات بعد مرور حشة ثانية.جففت العينات ولكال الحشتين h2-116يومًا من الزراعة ورمز لها 116جزء الخضري بعد مرور اخرى من ال -درجة مئوية ولحين ثبات الوزن ودرست الصفات اآلتية : 65في فرن كهربائي وعلى درجة حسبت عدد التفرعات الرئيسة في النبات . -: ¹ -عدد التفرعات . نبات -1 وزن معلومبعد تجفيف العينات طحنت بمطحنة كهربائية واخذ -البروتين (%) في الجزء الخضري للنبات : نسبة -2 المستخلص الحامضي للنبات وبعد ذلك قدر نسبة البروتين النتروجين في ].قدر تركيز11طريقة [ حسبلكل عينة وهضم .äx 6.25 % البروتين % = تركيز النتروجي نسبة -:اآلتية] 12[ حسب معادلة تم تقديرها حسب طريقة الفينول حامض الكبريتيك -نسبة الكربوهيدرات (%) في الجزء الخضري للنبات : -3 ] .13نانوميتر وحسب طريقة [ 488عند الطول الموجي spectrophotometerوباستعمال جهاز للجزء الخضري عند زمن اخذ كل تم حسابه باالعتماد على الوزن الجاف -) :¹ -معدل النمو المطلق (غم . يوم -4 -] اآلتية :14من الحشة االولى والثانية وحسب معادلة [ 1w – 2w absolute growth rate (agr) = t2 – t1 زمن اخذ الحشة االولى والثانية. t1 ¡t2¡معدل الوزن الجاف(غم) للجزء الخضري للحشة االولى والثانية w1¡w2اذ يمثل -] االتية :15تم حسابها حسب معادلة [ -استدامة الكتلة الحيوية (غم . يوم ) : -5 biomass duration(bmd)= (w2+w1) x (t2-t1) 2 زمن اخذ الحشة االولى والثانية. t1 ¡t2¡ ن الجاف(غم) للجزء الخضري للحشة االولى والثانيةمعدل الوز w1¡w2اذ يمثل -] اآلتية :16حسبت الكفاءة النسبية للسماد حسب معادلة [ -الكفاءة النسبية للسماد (%) : -6 الوزن الجاف لمعاملة المقارنة –الوزن الجاف للمعاملة المسمدة x100النسبية للسماد % = ـــــــــــــــــالكفاءة الوزن الجاف لمعاملة المقارنة -] االتية :17وفق معادلة [ حسبت على -انوية ( نبات . غم ) :القيمة االنتاجية الث -7 )1w – 2(w 2+ n 1n p = 2 معدل الوزن الجاف(غم) للجزء الخضري للحشة االولى والثانية. w1¡w2 عدد النباتات للحشة االولى والثانية n1¡n2تمثل ) عند lsd] وقورنت المتوسطات باستخدام اقل فرق معنوي (18حللت النتائج احصائيًا حسب تصميم التجربة بطريقة [ . 0.05مستوى احتمال النتائج والمناقشة ان الرش الورقي بالبوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين على الجزء الخضري لنبات العدس ادى الى ) الى1اشارت نتائج جدول ( بزيادة تركيز كبريتات ¹ -،اذ لوحظ زيادة معنوية في معدل عدد التفرعات. نبات¹ -زيادة معنوية في عدد التفرعات.نبات % ، كما اعطى زيادة تركيز السايتوكاينين من 62.18وبنسبة زيادة هي جزء في المليون 600البوتاسيوم من صفر الى 138 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 % ، وكان للتداخل بين عاملي 26.66جزء في المليون زيادة معنوية في معدل الصفة وبنسبة زيادة هي 150صفر الى جزء في المليون 75جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم مع التركيز 600الدراسة تاثير معنوي ، اذ تفوق التركيز %مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة. ان الزيادة 142.86وبنسبة زيادة هي 3.40سايتوكاينين واعطى افضل قيمة وبلغت الحاصلة في عدد التفرعات الجانبية تعود الى دور البوتاسيوم في حثه على انقسام الخاليا ونمو االنسجة االنشائية القمية فز انقسام واستطالة الخاليا االمر الذي يعني توفر مواد غذائية اكثر لنمو وتطور االفرع و دور السايتوكاينين الذي يح ] . كما ان السايتوكاينين يشجع نمو البراعم الجانبية عن طريق تقليل السيادة القمية للنبات و التي تتاثر 8الجانبية [ كاينين يتم تصنيعه في الجذور وينتقل الى الساق للقيام ، اذ ان السايتو بالموازنة الهرمونية بين السيتوكاينين واالوكسين بوظائف مختلفة كما ان وظيفة االوكسين في البرعم القمي هو التاثير في انتقال السايتوكاينين من الجذور الى الجزء الخضري ) الى وجود زيادة معنوية في معدل نسبة البروتين في الجزء 2]. كما اشارت نتائج جدول(19الخضري للنبات [ % ، وعند رفع تركيز 72.66جزء في المليون وبنسبة زيادة هي 600لنبات العدس بزيادة تركيز البوتاسيوم من صفر الى جزء في المليون كانت هناك زيادة معنوية في معدل نسبة البروتين وبنسبة زيادة 150السايتوكاينين من صفر الى جزء في المليون كبريتات 400عاملي الدراسة ،اذ تفوق التركيز %، وكان التداخل معنوي التاثير بين 23.77هي % وبنسبة زيادة هي 16.47جزء في المليون سايتوكاينين واعطى اعلى قيمة للصفة و بلغت 150البوتاسيوم مع التركيز بناء البروتين وذلك % مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة . تعزى الزيادة في نسبة البروتين الى دور البوتاسيوم في زيادة 164.79 المسؤول عن اختزال النترات داخل النبات وتحويلها الى نتريت ومن ثم nitrate reductaseلدوره في زيادة نشاط انزيم ]. ويحث السايتوكاينين بناء البالستيدات 20تكوين االحماض االمينية التي تعتبر الحجر االساس في بناء البروتين [ ت المسؤولة عن عملية البناء الضوئي وبذلك يؤخر الشيخوخة،اذ ان زيادة تركيز البروتين في الخضر ويزيد من االنزيما ومن ثم بناء rnaالنبات تعود الى زيادة بنائه وقلة هدمه وهذا يعود الى حالة التنظيم التي يحدثها السايتوكاينين في بناء العمليات االيضية وزيادة بناء المواد العضوية ،اذ اشارت ]. ان النمو الخضري الجيد للنبات ناتج عن تنشيط 7البروتين [ 600) الى وجود زيادة معنوية في معدل نسبة الكربوهيدرات بزيادة تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم من صفر الى 3نتائج جدول ( السايتوكاينين من % ولوحظ زيادة معنوية في معدل الصفة ايضًا بزيادة تركيز 26.93جزء في المليون وبنسبة زيادة هي %. اما تاثير التداخل بين البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين فقد كان 21.36جزء في المليون وبنسبة زيادة هي 150صفر الى جزء في المليون سايتوكاينين 150جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم و 400معنويا وبلغت اعلى قيمة له عند المعاملة % مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة . ان الزيادة الحاصلة في نسبة الكربوهيدرات في 58.82دة هي % وبنسبة زيا56.70وبلغت الجزء الخضري للنبات تعود الى الدور المهم الذي يؤديه البوتاسيوم في الكثير من الفعاليات الحيوية مثل البناء الضوئي، ] . كما يحث البوتاسيوم بناء االنسجة 21داخل النبات [ وعملية تحميل اللحاء بالسكروز ،وتوزيع المواد الغذائية الممثلة االنشائية القمية التي تعتبر المواقع الرئيسة لبناء السايتوكاينين فضًال عن دور السايتوكاينين في تاخير الشيخوخة ويشجع دم صبغة اكتمال نمو البالستيدات الخضر وتحول البالستيدات الشحوبية الى بالستيدات خضر وبذلك يقلل من ه ].22الكلوروفيل [ والجل الوقوف على حالة نمو البنات ودراسة كفاءة الرش الورقي لكل من البوتاسيوم ومنظم النمو السايتوكاينين تمت االستعانة ببعض المعايير والمقاييس الفسيولوجية ومنها معدل النمو المطلق الذي يعبر عن كفاءة الفعاليات الحيوية للنبات زمنية معينة وهذه الكفاءة مرتبطة بعالقة موجبة مع الصفات المظهرية والفسلجية للنبات ، اذ اعطت نتائج جدول خالل مدة جزء في المليون وبنسبة زيادة 600) زيادة معنوية في معدل النمو المطلق عند زيادة تركيز البوتاسيوم من صفر الى 4( جزء في المليون كانت هناك زيادة في معدل النمو 150الى % وعند رفع تركيز السايتوكاينين من صفر32.53هي جزء في المليون 600% ، واعطى التداخل بين عاملي الدراسة افضل قيمة عند التركيز 40.00المطلق وبنسبة زيادة هي 139 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 لسيطرة. اما مقارنة مع معاملة ا ¹ -غم. يوم1.112جزء في المليون سايتوكاينين وبلغت 150كبريتات البوتاسيوم والتركيز ) الى وجود 5بالنسبة الى استدامة الكتلة الحيوية التي تعبر عن حالة نمو النبات باستدامة الزمن فقد اشارت نتائج جدول ( % 29.36جزء في المليون وبنسبة زيادة هي 600زيادة معنوية في معدل الصفة بزيادة تركيز البوتاسيوم من صفر الى غم . يوم وبنسبة زيادة 78.58المليون في اعطائه اعلى معدل للصفة وبلغت جزء في 400مع تفوق التركيز % ، مقارنة مع التركيز صفر، كما اشارت نتائج الجدول الى ان زيادة تركيز السايتوكاينين من صفر الى 31.51قدرها ثير التداخل بين العاملين % ،اما تا32.82جزء في المليون ادى الى زيادة معنوية في معدل الصفة وبنسبة زيادة هي 150 جزء في المليون 150جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم والتركيز 400فقد اعطى تاثير معنوي حيث اعطى التركيز %مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة . ومن اجل 77.98غم.يوم وبنسبة زيادة هي 91.00سايتوكاينين اعلى قيمة للصفة وبلغت نبات العدس للرش الورقي بالبوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين حسبت الكفاءة النسبية للسماد ، فقد اشارت وضع تقييم لمدى استجابة 600) الى وجود زيادة معنوية في معدل الصفة وللحشتين بزيادة تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم من صفر الى 6نتائج جدول ( جزء في المليون في اعطائه اعلى 400تركيز )% مع تفوق ال231.13¡ 147.95جزء في المليون وبنسبة زيادة هي ( )% مقارنة مع التركيز صفر 241.52¡ 171.26)% وبنسبة زيادة هي (51.57¡ 59.46معدل للصفة وبلغت( جزء في 150وللحشتين على التوالي ، واعطى الرش بالسايتوكاينين نتائج معنوية ايضا فعند رفع التركيز من صفر الى )% وللحشتين على التوالي.اما 285.43¡ 132.17ادة معنوية في معدل الصفة وبنسبة زيادة هي (المليون كانت هناك زي جزء 150جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم مع التركيز 400تاثير التداخل بين العاملين فقد كان معنويا واعطى التركيز ارنة مع معاملة السيطرة وللحشتين على التوالي.كما )% مق74.50¡ 87.39في المليون سايتوكاينين افضل قيمة وبلغت ( ) الى وجود زيادة معنوية في القيمة االنتاجية الثانوية لنبات العدس التي تم حسابها باالعتماد على 7اشارت نتائج جدول ( ند رفع تركيز عدد النباتات الموجودة في الوحدة التجريبية والوزن الجاف للمجموع الخضري للحشة االولى والثانية، فع %، وهناك زيادة 32.95جزء في المليون ازداد معدل الصفة زيادة معنوية وبنسبة 600كبريتات البوتاسيوم من صفر الى % 39.96جزء في المليون وبنسبة زيادة هي 150معنوية في معدل الصفة ايضًا بزيادة تركيز السايتوكاينين من صفر الى % 40.96نبات .غم وبنسبة زيادة هي 7.02ن في اعطائه اعلى معدل للصفة وبلغ جزء في المليو 75مع تفوق التركيز جزء في المليون سايتوكاينين في معدل هذه 75æ150مقارنة مع التركيز صفر، ولم يكن الفرق معنوي بين التركيزين جزء 75بريتات البوتاسيوم مع جزء في المليون ك 600الصفة . اما التداخل بين العاملين فقد كان معنويا واعطت المعاملة % مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة.ان 79.49نبات.غم وبنسبة زيادة هي 8.40في المليون سايتوكاينين افضل قيمة وبلغت تشير الى ان الزيادة الحاصلة في نمو النبات ناتجة عن مدى استجابة النبات 7¡6¡5¡4النتائج المعروضة في الجداول سيوم والسايتوكاينين ،اذ يؤثر البوتاسيوم في زيادة نمو النبات لدوره في التنظيم االوزموزي وسيطرته على للرش الورقي بالبوتا فتح وغلق الثغور وبذلك يؤثر في كفاءة البناء الضوئي كما يحث انقسام الخاليا ونمو االنسجة االنشائية وله دور في يؤثر في البناء الحيوي للكربوهيدرات فضًال عن دور السايتوكاينين في اختزال النترات وبذلك يؤثر في زيادة نسبة البروتين و مؤثرا بذلك في زيادة نمو النبات فضًال عن دوره في trnaوربطه مع mrnaتنظيم بناء البروتين من خالل زيادة بناء عات . ان زيادة النمو تؤدي الى زيادة نمو البراعم الجانبية من خالل تثبيط السيادة القمية وبذلك يكون النبات كثير التفر ]. 4زيادة في الوزن الجاف الذي ُيعد التعبير الحقيقي عن زيادة نمو النبات [ مما تقدم نستنتج ان الرش بالبوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين ادى الى زيادة قيم جميع الصفات المدروسة مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة جزء في المليون كبريتات البوتاسيوم مع التركيز 400دروسة مع تفوق التركيز وكان للتداخل تاثير معنوي في الصفات الم جزء في المليون سايتوكاينين في معظم الصفات المدروسة . 150 ايتوكاينين وبتراكيز مختلفة مع اسمدة تقترح الدراسة استعمال منظمات نمو اخرى مثل االوكسينات،الجبرلينات مع الس 140 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 متنوعة ومتوفرة محليا واجراء بحوث حقلية من اجل زيادة المثبتات النوعية والكمية وربطها مع مكونات الحاصل لنبات العدس. المصادر لعلمي،العراق،ص:. ).تصنيف النباتات البذرية.جامعة بغداد،وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث1988منصور( الكاتب،يوسف-1 398-401 ). محاصيل البقول. جامعة بغداد ، وزارة 1990علي ، حميد جلوب؛ عيسى ، طالب احمد و جدعان ، حامد محمود (-2 . 142 -138التعليم والبحث العلمي ، العراق، ص: 3 mengel , k . and kirkby , e. a. (1989). principl of plant nutrition. international potash institute bern , switzerland: 151-157. . 509 -178، ص: ) . اساسيات فسيولوجيا النبات . كلية العلوم ، جامعة قطر2001ياسين ، بسام طه ( -4 ) . تاثير المياه المالحة على امتزاز البوتاسيوم في بعض 2003سعدهللا ، علي محمد والخفاجي ، ميسون جابر حمزة ( 5 .22-17) : 1( 34الترب الرسوبية العراقية . مجلة العلوم الزراعية العراقية ، 6elsayed ,a.a. ; fawzi , a. and khalifa , k.e. (2000) .balanced nutrition of lentil: role of potassium and micronutrients foliar spray. proc. of the 2nd intl. workshop of foliar fertilization. bangkok , thailand. pp: 210-227. 7-jain , v. k. (2008) . fundamentals of plant physiology. 11t h(ed), s.chand and company ltd. , ram nagar , new delhi , pp: 397-398. 8-verma , s.k. and verma ,m.(2010) . a textbook of plant physiology , biochemistry and biotechnology .10t h ed.,s.chand and company ltd.,ram nagar ,new delhi india , : 112366 9-fratini , r. and ruiz , m. l.(2002). comparative study of different cytokinins in the induction of morphogenesis in lentil (lens culinaris medik.) . in vitro cell dev . biol. plant , 38:46-51. ) .تاثير منظمات النمو النباتية في 2010عطية ، حاتم جبار : سعدالدين ، شروق محمد كاظم و ابراهيم، بشير عبدهللا ( -10 ).88-80: 2( 41ة العلوم الزراعية العراقية ، بعض الصفات الخضرية للحبة السوداء .مجل 11 agiza , a. h. ; el-hineidy , m.t. and ibrahim , m. e. (1960) . the determination of the different fractions of phosphorus in plant and soil. bull. fao . agric. cairo univ., 121 . 12-schaffelen , a. c. a. and vanschauwenbury , j. c. h. (1960) . quick tests for soil and plant analysis used by small laboratories . neth. j. agric. sci., 9:2-16. 13-herbert , d. ; philips , p. j. and strang , r. e. (1971) . methods in microbiology.acad . press , london: 88-93. 14-hunt, r. (1978). plant growth analysis studies in biol. (96) . edward arnold , (pub 1.) ltd . london. 15kvent , j .; svoboda , j. and filia , k. (1969) .canopy development in stands of typha latifolia l . and phraymites communis trin .in south moravia . hidrobiologia , 10 :63-75 . 89 .-: 83 , 66bray , r .h . (1948) . requirements for successful soil tests . soil sci . -16 17-petrusewicz , k .and macfaydan , a . (1970) .productivity of terrestrial laminals. principles and methods . ibp , hand book , 13 , black well . oxford . 18little , t. m. and hills , f. j. (1978) . agricultural experimentation design and analysis . john wiley and sons , new york . جامعة بغداد ، . ية والتطبيق) . منظمات النمو النباتية النظر 1999عطية ، حاتم جبار و جدوع ، خضير عباس ( -19 . 201 51:وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي ، ص 141 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 دليل تغذية النبات . جامعة بغداد،وزارة التعليم العالي ) .1988ابو ضاحي ، يوسف محمد و اليونس ، مؤيد احمد (– 20 . 268 – 266والبحث العلمي ، العراق ، ص: 21cakmak , i (2005) . the role of potassium in alleviating detrimental effect of abiotic 530 .-: 521., 168stresses in plant . j. plant nutr. soil sci 22verma , s.k. and verma ,m.(2008) . a textbook of plant physiology , biochemistry and biotechnology. 9t h ed. s . chand and company ltd . ,new delhi , india . لنبات العدس ¹ -نبات .تاثير تراكيز البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين وتداخلهما في عدد التفرعات :)1جدول ( تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم ppm ppmتركيز السايتوكاينين المعدل 150 75 0 0 1.40 2.00 2.40 1.93 200 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.40 400 2.60 2.80 3.20 2.87 600 3.00 3.40 3.00 3.13 2.85 2.65 2.25 المعدل l.s.d (0.05) = 0.616التداخل = 0.308السايتوكاينين = تركيز 0.356تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم لنبات العدسالبروتين % نسبةتاثير تراكيز البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين وتداخلهما في :)áæï2 (ج تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم ppm ppmتركيز السايتوكاينين المعدل 150 75 0 0 6.22 9.69 11.63 9.18 200 9.29 10.49 12.77 10.85 400 13.74 14.82 16.47 15.01 600 16.19 15.96 15.39 15.85 14.06 12.74 11.36 المعدل l.s.d (0.05) تركيز الســ 0.1662كبريتات البوتاسيوم = تركيزüüü=0.1439ـايتوكاينين ç = 0.2979لتداخـــــــل لنبات العدس الكاربوهيدرات % نسبةتاثير تراكيز البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين وتداخلهما في :)3(جدول تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم ppm ppmتركيز السايتوكاينين المعدل 150 75 0 0 35.70 37.80 39.00 37.50 200 37.20 39.60 40.20 39.00 400 39.00 40.80 56.70 45.50 142 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 600 42.60 48.60 51.60 47.60 46.88 41.70 38.63 المعدل l.s.d (0.05) 0.0734التداخــــــــــــل = 0.0367تركيز الســـايتوكاينين= 0.0424كبريتات البوتاسيوم = تركيز لنبات العدس )¹ -(غم . يومتاثير تراكيز البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين وتداخلهما في معدل النمو المطلق :)4(جدول تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم ppm ppmتركيز السايتوكاينين المعدل 150 75 0 0 0.075 0.084 0.090 0.083 200 0.079 0.106 0.119 0.101 400 0.081 0.124 0.125 0.110 600 0.084 0.134 1.112 0.110 0.112 0.112 0.080 المعدل l.s.d (0.05) 0.00154ركيز الســــايتوكاينين=ت 0.00178البوتاسيوم =كبريتات تركيز ç = 0.00308لتداخـــــــل العدسلنبات يوم)غم . (كتلة الحيويةاستدامة ال داخلهما فيالبوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين وت تاثير تراكيز :)5(جدول تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم ppm ppmتركيز السايتوكاينين المعدل 150 75 0 0 51.13 58.63 69.50 59.75 200 56.63 66.75 80.63 68.00 400 63.50 81.25 91.00 78.58 600 68.75 85.50 77.63 77.29 79.69 73.03 60.00 المعدل l.s.d (0.05) 0.0858التداخـــــل = 0.0429تركيز الســــايتوكاينين= 0.0495كبريتات البوتاسيوم = تركيز لنبات العدس% تاثير تراكيز البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين وتداخلهما في الكفاءة النسبية للسماد) 6(جدول تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم ppm ppmتركيز السايتوكاينين h1-91 h2-116 المعدل 150 75 0 المعدل 150 75 0 0 0.00 16.22 49.55 21.92 0.00 14.43 30.87 15.10 200 15.32 20.72 56.76 30.93 9.06 34.23 58.07 33.78 400 37.84 53.15 87.39 59.46 19.13 61.07 74.50 51.57 600 53.15 56.76 53.15 54.35 27.52 71.14 51.34 50.00 143 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 53.69 45.22 13.93 61.71 36.71 26.58 المعدل l.s.d (0.05) 0.0341كبريتات البوتاسيوم = تركيز 0.0295ـــــــايتوكاينين= üüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüتركيز الســ üüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüü = áüüüüüüüüüüüüü0.0590التداخـــــــــــــــ 0.0341كبريتات البوتاسيوم = تركيز 0.0295ـايتوكاينين= üüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüتركيز الس üüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüüü= áüüüüüü0.0590التداخـــــــــــــــــــ لنبات العدس) (نبات.غرامة الثانويةيقيمة االنتاجالتاثير تراكيز البوتاسيوم والسايتوكاينين وتداخلهما في :)7(جدول تركيز كبريتات البوتاسيوم ppm ppmتركيز السايتوكاينين المعدل 150 75 0 0 4.68 5.28 5.61 5.19 200 4.93 6.66 7.43 6.34 400 5.05 7.75 7.81 6.87 600 5.26 8.40 7.03 6.90 6.97 7.02 4.98 المعدل l.s.d (0.05) 0.2899التداخــــــــــــل = 0.1450ـايتوكاينين= ستركيز ال 0.1674كبريتات البوتاسيوم = تركيز 144 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 effect of foliar applied potassium and cytokinin on some growth parameters of lentil plant (lens culinaris medic.). a. g. m. alkazzaz. department of biology,college of education ibnalhaitham , university of baghdad . received in:26 january 2012 accepted in:18 march 2012 abstract the experiment was conducted in the glasshouse of biology dept. ,college of education ibnalhaitham ,university of baghdad, during the growing season(2011), to study the effect of sprying potassium sulphate at (0,200,400,600) ppm and cytokinin at (0,75,150)ppm and their interactions on number of branches , protein percentage , carbohydrate percentage , absolute growth rate , biomass duration , relative efficiency of fertilizer and value of the secondary productivity ,in lentil plant cultivar(baraka). results indicated that foliar sprying of potassium sulphate and cytokinin and their interactions gave a significant effect on all vegetative growth parameters of lentil plant. the concentration600 ppm of potassium sulphate and the concentration150 ppm of cytokinin gave the highest values of absolute growth rate , and the concentration 400 ppm of potassium sulphate and the concentration 150 ppm of cytokinin gave the best values of protein percentage , carbohydrate percentage ,biomass duration and relative efficiency of fertilizer, also the concentration 600 of potassium sulphate and the concentration 75 ppm of cytokinin gave the best values of number of branches and the value of the secondary productivity. key words: lentil , potassium , cytokinin , vegetative growth 11200049 11200050 11200051 11200052 11200053 11200054 11200055 11200056 11200057 11200058 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 28 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: israanassrullah@yahoo.com abstract the current investigation concluded an anatomical study of the cultivated species pelargonium graveolens l. 'hér belong to the geraniaceae family and which cultivated as an ornamental plant, fresh specimen were collected from different region in baghdad ,the study vegetative parts (leaf, stem and petiole) in details ,the upper and lower epidermis of leaf and epidermis of stem also studied, ordinary epidermal cells and stomatal complexes studied in term of shapes and dimensions ,the result showed that stomatal in leaf and stem is anomocytic type, the cross sections of the vegetative parts prepared by microtome and free hand sectioning. the tissues of these parts include the number and the type of layers and thickness of each one , the result showed the presence of druses crystals in parenchyma cells of the petiole, stem and leaf. vistur type of this organs also studied and it comprises of glandular and non-glandular trichomes which occur in different types and lengths. keywords: pelargonium, anatomical study, leaf, petiole, stem, indumentum. 1. introduction pelargonium graveolens l. 'hér belongs to the geraniaceae family and is a species known as rosescented geranium. genus pelargonium has more than 200 species. it originated in south africa, where over 700 varieties of cultivated geranium exist [1]. the plant is erect, multi-branched shrub that grows up to 1.5 m and has a spread of 1 m. [2]. the young stems are villous to density villous and herbaceous, but they become glabrous and woody with age. the leaves are palmatipartite to pinnatisect with irregularly pinnatipartite segments and are soft to touch. the margins of the segments are more or less revolute. white to pinkish-purple flowers is borne in 3-7 flowered pseudo-umbels [3]. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3105 article history: received 11 november 2022, accepted 12 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq anatomical study for vegetative organs of pelargonium graveolens l.'hér cultivated in iraq marwan noori mohamed education of college, biology department of university of ,thamiah-al ibn science pure for baghdad, baghdad, iraq. marwannoori888890@yahoo.com israa kareem nassrullah * department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. israanassrullah@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:israanassrullah@yahoo.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:marwannoori888890@yahoo.com mailto:marwannoori888890@yahoo.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:%20israanassrullah@yahoo.com mailto:israanassrullah@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 29 the essential oil of pelargonium graveolens has antifungal and antioxidant activity [4]. it also has antibacterial and insecticidal properties. the study of jaradat et al. [5] demonstrates that this plant represents a rich source of bioactive substances that can be further investigated and authenticated for their medicinal potential. boukhris et al. [6] demonstrated that administration of the essential oil of p. graveolens may be helpful in the prevention of diabetic complications associated with oxidative stress. obeid and jaber [7] studied the chemical composition and antioxidant activity of p. graveolens. pelargonium species and related genera in geraniaceae have been studied anatomically in many investigations, such as the study of van der walt and demarne [3] for pelargonium graveolens and p. radens in terms of their morphology and essential oils. the study included the trichomes in leaves, while boukhris et al. [8] investigated the biological and anatomical characteristics of pelargonium graveolens grown in the south of tunisia, salama et al. [9] studied the petiole and lamina of six species, including pelargonium graveolens, which grows in egypt; histo-anatomical studies on the vegetative and reproductive organs of pelargonium roseum growing in romania were conducted by gâlea et al. [10]; lancu et al. [11] also studied some pelargonium species cultivated in romania. the aim of this study is to describe anatomical features of vegetative organs for pelargonium graveolens, which is cultivated in baghdad, iraq. 2. materials and methods fresh specimens were collected from different regions in baghdad, the upper and lower surface epidermis of blade leaf and stem were prepared by using stripping off using forcipes then transferred to a slide containing a drop of safranin -glycerine, then covered with a cover slide and examined under light microscope to study stomatal complex and ordinary epidermal cells [12]. the replica method was also used for taking imprints [13]. the stomatal index (%) was calculated according to the following formula: (s/s+e) ×100 where s and e are the numbers of stomata and epidermis, respectively, in the microscopic view field [14]. the cross sections of the stem, petiole, and leaf were prepared by microtome and hand sections and stained by toluidine blue, then examined under the microscope. the indumentum was also studied, and dimensions were determined by using an ocular micrometer. 3. results microscopic analysis of the surface epidermis of the leaf showed that the ordinary epidermal cells on the adaxial and abaxial surfaces had a polygonal shape, while their walls were undulate; the average dimension was (88.4 ×26) mm and (50.2 ×33.8) mm, respectively as shown in table 1 and figure 1. the leaf is amphistomatal and anomocytic, and the average dimensions of stomatal complexes were (37.7×26.3) mm and (30.3×29.2) mm in the upper and lower surfaces, respectively. the stomatal index varied in the upper and lower epidermis, reaching 8 in the upper epidermis and 29.2 in the lower epidermis (table 1, figuer1). the vertical section of the leaf showed that the blade leaf was bifacial, with a palisade layer on the upper side and a spongy layer on the lower side. the section of lamina consists of the upper epidermis (30) mm, which is covered by the cuticle (30) mm. the epidermis is followed by the mesophyll, which consists of the palisade layer and the spongy layer. the palisade layer is composed of one row of oblong cells, while the spongy layer is composed of 2-3 rows of cells ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 30 covered by the cuticle. between two layers of mesophyll, there are parenchymatous cells containing drusen crystals, which are composed of calcium oxalate (table 2, figure 1). as shown in table 3 and figure 1, the midrib region has a semicircular outline. collenchyma tissue and parenchyma tissue are located under the upper and lower epidermis. there are two central vascular bundles. the upper one is semicircular and smaller than the other vascular bundles, which are crescent-shaped (190.25123.06 mm). the thickness of xylem and phloem is 71.5 mm and 29.9 mm, respectively. the number of xylem columns is 24-28, and the number of xylem elements is 1-4. the petiole has a semicircular outline shape with a depression at the top of the section (figure 2). it consists of the epidermis, covered by a toothed cuticle; the cortex located under the epidermis, which consists of one row of collenchyma, followed by 2-3 rows of chlorenchyma layers; the ordinary parenchyma layer follows the chlorenchyma layer, which also consists of 2-3 rows; druses crystal are found in this layer; beneath the parenchyma layer, there is a continuous ring of fiber, a vascular cylinder consists of 7-9 vascular bundles in a semi-triangular shape in three different sizes. the largest one in the top of the petiole, three medium-size bundles alternate with 3-5 small ones, and pith occupied the center of the petiole, which is composed of parenchyma cells (table 4, figure 2) the surface epidermis of the stem is composed of oblong-polygonal ordinary epidermal cells with straight, oblique walls. stomata occur in the stem and its anomocytic type as well as in leaves, and the stomatal index reaches 3.77. (table 5; figure 3) stem transverse section circular outline, anatomical structure form of epidermis composed of one row cells covered by toothed cuticle, cortex located below epidermis which consist of one row of collenchyma, 1-2 rows of chlorenchyma, 6-7 rows of parenchyma druses crystal found in this layer, fibers forms continuous ring above vascular cylinder which consist of 9-12 bundles in three different size , keshavarzi et al.(2016) mentioned that the vascular bundles in stem occur in different size, vascular bundle compose of phloem and xylem, cambium obvious between phloem and xylem, this agreement with gâlea et al. (2017), pith occupied the center of stem consist of parenchyma cell. (table 6; figure 4) indumentum concluded that both glandular and non glandular hairs of different types, as follows, were observed in different vegetative parts: unicellular non glandular hairs occur in all vegetative parts of the plant at different average lengths (414.75) mm in the leaf, (255.5) mm in the petiole, and (346.5) mm in the stem) (table 7, figure 5-a). multicellular non glandular hairs formed by two cells are observed in the leaf at two different lengths (378) mm and (647) mm. (table 7, figure 5-b) multicellular, non glandular hairs formed by 3–4 cells occur in the stem, their length reaching (895.62) mm. (table 7, figure 5-c) glandular trichomes have at the top a secretory cell covered with a cuticle. below the cuticle, in the secretion of the cell, essential oils are decomposed into different types: sessile glandular hairs occur in the leaf; the head diameter was (11.8) mm (table 7, figure 5-d). stalked glandular hairs, the stalk composed of one cell, occur in the leaf; stalk length is 9.5 mm; and the head is semispherical. (table 7, figure 5-e), this hair was also observed in the stem; the stalk length was (12.13) mm. on the stem, there is the same type, but the hair has a narrow neck between the average lengths of the stalk (16.46) mm. (table, figure 5-f) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 31 stalked glandular hairs, stalk formed by 2-3 cells, the head having a spherical or irregular shape , stalk length reaching 47 mm (table 7, figure 5-g). 4. discussion the ordinary epidermal cells on the adaxial and abaxial sides of the leaf had a polygonal shape. salimpour et al. [15] reported in their study of ten species of geranium in iran that some species had the polygonal shape of epidermal cells. the result shows that the leaf is amphistomatal and anomocytic. this agrees with [16], [9], [10], [11], and [15]. the study showed the occurrence of druses crystals in parenchyma cells between the palisade layer and spongy, which are composed of calcium oxalate. this crystal was reported in the studies carried out by [9], [10], and [17]. the petiole cortex contains a chlorenchyma layer, and this agrees with the study of marias [18]. she also noted that the presence of a chlorenchyma petiole is evidence of its participation in the photosynthesis process. the ordinary parenchyma layer follows the chlorenchyma layer, and druse crystals are found in this layer. this is also in agreement with marias [18] and galea et al. [10]: beneath the parenchyma layer, there is a continuous ring of fiber in the vascular cylinder, composed of 7-9 vascular bundles in semi-triangular shape in three different sizes, the largest one in the top of the petiole, and this agrees with lancu et al. [11], three medium-sized bundles alternate with 3-5 small ones. keshavarzi et al. [19] also refer to the variation in bundle size in the petiole. in the stem transverse section, fibers form a continuous ring above the vascular cylinder, which consists of 9–12 bundles in three different sizes. keshavarzi et al. [19] mentioned that the vascular bundles in the stem occur in different sizes. indumentum concluded both glandular and non glandular hairs in different types. many researchers reported glandular and non glandular hairs in their investigations, such as [8, 15, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23]. the current study agrees with boukhris et al. [8] in that the highest length of non glandular hairs was recorded on the stem. as superficial structures, non-glandular trichomes protect plant organs against multiple biotic and abiotic stresses. the protective and defensive roles of these epidermal appendages are crucial to developing organs and can be attributed to the excellent combination of suitable structural traits and chemical reinforcement in the form of phenolic compounds, primarily flavonoids. due to the diffuse deposition of phenolic in the cell walls, trichomes provide protection against uv-b radiation by behaving as optical filters, screening out wavelengths that could damage sensitive tissues [24] while glandular hair structures present external cells empty of essential oils. when the cuticle is destroyed, the essential oils are dispersed into the atmosphere, which is a phenomenon that plays an important role in the attraction of insects [8]. thus, glandular trichomes constitute a chemical barrier that reduces leaf ozone uptake and toxicity [25] and [26]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 32 table 1. characters of surface epidermis of the leaf measured by micrometers (μm). upper epidermis lower epidermis ordinary epidermal cells stomatal complex ordinary epidermal cells stomatal complex length width length width stomatal index length width length width stomatal index 78-109 (88.9) 39-80.6 (56.7) 35.1-39 (37.7) 26-28.6 (26.8) 8 46.8-57.2 (50.26) 28.641.6 (33.8) 28.6-31.2 (30.33) 23.6-29 (26) 27.58 number brackets represent average table 2. characters of vertical section in the leaf (lamina) measured by micrometers (μm). cuticle thickness epidermis thickness palisade layer spongy layer upper surface lower surface upper surface lower surface thickness rows thickness rows 4.9-5.2 (5.02) 7.2-7.8 (7.45) 26-36.4 (32.0) 16.9-26 (22.1) 54.6-59.8 (58) 1 65-68.9 (66.3) 2-3 number brackets represent average table 3. characters of midrib region in the leaf measured by micrometers (μm). collenchyma thickness parenchyma thickness central bundle upper lower upper lower dimension phloem thickness xylem thickness fiber thickness 25.728.6 (27.6) 36.9-78 (51.1) 59.4-62.4 (59.8) 208-239 (225.3) 468-494 (485.3) 28.6-31.2 (30.33) 59.8-65 (63.2) 15.6-18.2 (17.33) number brackets represent average ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 33 t a b le 4 . c h a ra c te rs o f c ro ss se c tio n in p e tio le , m e a su re d b y m ic ro m e te rs (μ m ). c u tic le th ic k n e ss 5 .2 -6 .5 (5 .8 ) n u m b e r b r a c k e ts r e p r e se n t a v e r a g e e p id e r m is th ic k n e ss 1 8 .2 -2 0 .8 (1 9 .3 ) c o lle n c h y m a th ic k n e ss 2 1 .3 -2 3 .4 (2 2 .6 ) c h lo r e n c h y m a th ic k n e ss 9 5 -1 0 4 (8 2 .3 3 ) p a r e n c h y m a th ic k n e ss 9 1 -1 3 0 (1 0 8 .3 ) n o . o f b u n d le s 7 -9 d im e n sio n 2 5 7 .4 -3 1 2 × 1 9 5 -2 8 6 (2 7 6 × 2 2 9 .6 ) f ib e r th ic k n e ss 2 8 .6 -3 9 (3 2 .9 ) p h lo e m th ic k n e ss 2 6 .4 6 .8 (3 9 ) v a sc u la r th ic k n e ss 4 3 .9 5 -5 2 (4 8 .3 ) x y le m th ic k n e ss 5 4 .2 -7 8 (6 9 .3 3 ) p ith d ia m e te r 7 3 5 -7 8 7 .5 (7 6 6 .5 ) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 34 t a b le 5 . c h a ra c te rs o f c ro ss se c tio n in ste m , m e a su re d b y m ic ro m e te rs (μ m ). s to m a ta d im e n sio n 4 1 .6 -4 4 .2 × 4 1 0 .8 5 2 0 (4 2 .4 )× (2 6 .8 ) s to m a ta l in d e x 3 .7 7 o r d in a r y c e ll d im e n sio n 8 8 .4 -1 3 5 .2 × 1 3 1 8 .2 (1 0 7 .1 )× (1 5 ) c u tic le th ic k n e ss 4 .6 -5 .2 (4 .9 ) e p id e r m is th ic k n e ss 2 1 .9 -2 3 .4 (2 2 .2 7 ) c o lle n c h y m a t h ic k n e ss 2 7 .8 -3 0 (2 8 8 ) r o w s 1 c h lo r e n c h y m a t h ic k n e ss 4 4 .2 -7 0 .2 (6 6 .5 ) t h ic k n e ss 2 0 3 p a r e n c h y m a t h ic k n e ss 1 8 2 -2 0 8 -1 9 3 .2 6 r o w s 6 -8 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 35 table 6. characters of cross section in stem, measured by micrometers (μm). bundle fiber thickness phloem thickness vascular cambium thickness xylem thickness pith diameter dimensions no. 364-416 ×410.8520 (394.3)×(449.9) 9-12 52-104 (69.33) 62.4-69.74 (67.6) 52-57.2 (53.8) 208-239 (217.5) 1260-1365 (1323) number brackets represent average table 7. trichome characters measured by micrometer organ hair types petiole leaf stem a-unicellular eglandular length 199.5-367.5 (255.5) 336-441(414.7) 309-367.5 (346.5) b-multicellular eglandular 2 cells, length, (315-399) 378 (577.5-688.5) 647 amulticellular 3-4 cells,length 71.9-75.6 (74.2) 724.5-1.029 (895.6) d-sessile glandular hairs, head diameters 9.1-11.7 (11.18) estalked glandular hairs stalk cell , stalk length 14-65 (47.45) (7.8-10.4) (9.5) 10.9-17.5 (12.13) fstalked gland stalk with neck 13-18.2 (16.4) g-stalked glandular hairs, stalk 2-3 cells 41.665 (47.45) the number between brackets represent average ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 36 upper surface lower surface figure 1. characters of leaf: a and b surface epidermis 400x, c: lamina, d: vein region. 100x a b ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 37 figure 2. cross section of petiole .a -40x, b and c-400x, ,d-100x a ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 38 figure 3. cross section of stem.a-40x ,b-d-400x, e-100x druses crystal cuticle c d a b ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 39 figure 4. trichomes of pelargonium graveolens a, b, c: non glandular hairs 100x, d-g: glandular hairs 400x. a b c d d e f g ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 40 5. conclusion the result obtained by the study showed the importance of anatomical structure to p. graveolens as a medicinal plant. the study concluded that the surface epidermis of leaf and stem, and cross section of stem, petiole,petiole and leaf, besides glandular and non glandular hairs that have a relation to the production of volatile oil, especially glandular ones, druse crystals appear in different regions of the studied organs. references 1. pandey, p.; upadhyay, r.k.; singh,v.r.; padalia, r.c.; kumar, r.; venkatesha, k.t.; tiwari, a.k.; singh, s.; tewari, s.k. pelargonium graveolens l. (rose –scented geranium) : new hope for doubling indian farmers income. environ. conserv. j., 2020, 21(1&2), 141-146. 2. kochhar, s.l. economic botany a comprehensive study, 5th ed.; cambridge university press. cambridge, 2016. isbn 13: 9781107112940 3. van der walt, j.j.a. and demarne ,f. pelargonium graveolens and p.radens: acomparsion of their morphology and essential oils. s.afr.bot., 1988, 54(6), 617-622. 4. džamić, a.m.; soković, m.d.; ristić, m.s.; grujić, s. m.; mileski, k.s. ; marin, p.d. chemical composition, antifungal and antioxidant activity of pelargonium graveolens essential oil. j. appl. pharmac. sci., 2014, 4(03), 001-005. 5. jaradat, n.; hawash, m.; qadi, m.; abualhasan, m; odetallah a.; qasim, g.; awayssa, r.; akkawi, a.; abdullah, i. and al-maharik, n. chemical markers and pharmacological characters of pelargonium graveolens essential oil from palestin. molecules, 2022, 27(17), 5721 6. boukhris, m.; bouaziz, m.; feki, i.; jemai, h.; el-feki, a.; sayadi, s. hypoglycemic and antioxidant effects of leaf essential oil of pelargonium graveolens l´her. in alloxan induced diabetic rats. lipids in health dis., 2012, 26, 11, 81. 7. obeid, s.h.; jaber, b.m .chemical composition and antioxidant activity of pelargonium graveolens oil. iraqi j. agric. sci, 2018, 49(5), 811816 8. boukhris, m.; ben ahmed, c.; mezghani, i.; bouaziz, m.; boukhris,m.; sayadi, s. biological and anatomical characteristics of the rose-scented geranium (pelargonium graveolens l´her.) grown in the south of tunisia. pak. j. bot., 2013, 45(6), 1945-1954 9. salama, a.m.; ibrahim, h.m.; abd-el maksoud, h.s. ; boghdady, m.s. genetic identification and taxonomic studies on six of pelargonium in egypt. asian j. plant sci. res. 2016, 6(3), 5570. 10. gâlea, i.c.; ielciu, i.; crișan, g.; tămaș, m. histo-anatomical studies on the vegetative and reproductive organs of pelargonium roseum willd. hop and medicinal plants, 2017, year xxv, (1-2), 115-124 11. lancu, c.e.; cioanca, o.; mircea, c. ; hăncianu, m. contributions regarding the leaf histoanatomy of some pelargonium species. revista medico-chirurgicala a societatii de medici si naturalisti din iasi, 2013, 117(3), 812–818. 12. al-dabbagh, z.; nasrullah, i. surface epidermis of leaf and indumentum for five species of the genus galium in iraq. plant arch., 2019, 19(1), 1915-1918 13. hilu, k.w. ; randall, j.l. convenient method for studying grass leaf epidermis. taxon, 1984, 33(3), 413-415 14. paul, v.; sharma, l.; pandey, r.; meena, r.c. measurements of stomatal density and stomatal index on leaf / plant surfaces, manual of icar sponsored training programme on. https://books.google.com/books?id=2ahsdqaaqbaj&pg=pa597 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22g%c3%a2lea%2c+i.+c.%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22ielciu%2c+i.%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22cri%c8%99an%2c+g.%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22t%c4%83ma%c8%99%2c+m.%22 https://www.jstor.org/stable/i252311 https://www.jstor.org/stable/i252311 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 41 physiological techniques to analyze the impact of climate change on crop plants, 16-25 january, 2017, division of plant physiology, iari, new delhi, 27-30. 15. salimpour, f.; mazooji, a. ; onsori, s. stem and leaf anatomy of ten geranium l. species in iran. african j. plant sci., 2009, 3(11), 238-244. 16. watson, l.; dallwitz, m.j. the families of flowering plants: escriptions, illustrations, identification, and information retrieval. version .1992: 26th september 2022. delta-intkey.com 17. romitelli, i. ; martins, m.b.g. comparison of leaf morphology and anatomy among malva sylvestris (“gerânioaromático”), pelargonium graveolens (“falsa-malva”) and pelargonium odoratissimum (“gerânio-de-cheiro”). rev. bras. pl. med. botucatu, 2013, 15(1), 91-97 18. marias, e.m. taxonomic studies in pelargonium, section hoarea (geraniaceae), ph.d. thesis, university of stellenbosch.,department of botany, 1994. 19. keshavarzi, m.; najafiani, e.; bokaeei, z.n. ; saifalii, m. anatomical study of some erodium (geraniaceae) species in iran, thaiszia. j. bot. košice, 2016, 26(1), 11-20. 20. нужина, н.в.; рибак, л.м.; коновалова, о.ю. and меньшова, в. оанатомія листка geranium sanguineum l. (geraniaceae). modern phytomorphology, 2014, 6, 315– 318. 21. nassrullah, i.k. the morphological characters study for satureja l. species ( labiatae) in iraq. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci., 2014, 27(2), 24-41. 22. khaleel, a.n. ; al-dobaissi, i.a.m. trichomes morphological diversity in some species from related tribes of asteraceae family in iraq. iraqi j. sci., 2022, 63(6), 2362-2372. 23. khalaf, f.k. ; al-hadeethi, m.a. anatomical and chemical study of althea officinalis l. spread in the north of iraq. biochem. cell. arch., 2019, 19(2), 4013-4018. 24. karabourniotis, g.; liakopoulos, g.; nikolopoulos, d.; bresta, p. protective and defensive roles of non-glandular trichomes against multiple stresses: structure–function coordination. j. for. res. 2020, 31, 1–12. 25. oksanen, e. trichomes form an important first line of defence against adverse environmentnew evidence for ozone stress mitigation. plant cell environ, 2018, 41, 1497–1499. 26. li, s.; tosens t.; harley, p.c.; jiang, y.; kanagendran a.; grosberg, m.; jaamets, k.; niinemets, ü. glandular trichomes as a barrier against atmospheric oxidative stress: relationships with ozone uptake, leaf damage, and emission of lox products across a diverse set of species. plant cel environ,2018, 41,1263–1277. https://www.delta-intkey.com/ 10880111 10880112 10880113 10880114 10880115 10880116 10880117 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 effect of some enzymes activity in liver diseases from patients of salmonella paratyphi a with iraqi woman. n. m. j. al-shammaa , , b. h .alwihaly , e. a.a. abass. departme nt of chemistry ,college of education i bn-al haitham,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 25 april 2010 accepte d in : 8 february 2011 abstract this p resent st udy demonst rated that liver was involved in 14 %of ty p hoid p atients manifest ing with hepatomegaly . elevation of serum enzy mes in ty p hoid fever was p resumably of a muscular origin, while elevation of liver enzy me was relatively less common. this st udy was p erformed on 30 female p atients diagnosed by ultrasound (us) of abdomen, with p araty p hoid a, ranged between (20-40) y ears comp ared with 30 healthy control .patients volunteers were treated with app rop riate antibiotics for 14 days and invest igations were repeated 2-3 week after comp letion of treatment. patients had clinical and biochemical evidence of hepatic dy sfunction. the sp ectrum of hepatic involvement included hepatomegaly , jaundice, derangement of various hepatic functions and abnormal us abdomen. the results revealed a highly significant values increase in serum ast and alt comp ared to control was found while a significant increase of serum alp comp ared to control was noticed and a significant decrease in serum ldh compared to control was obt ained. key words: enzy mes activity , liver diseases and salmonella paraty p hi a introduction salmonella paraty p hi a t ends to p roduce an illness clinically to p roduced by s.ty p hi with p rolonged fever and a tendency to relapse .this is the commonest p araty p hoid fever in india and asia[1] .there are three sp ecies of salmonella that cause p araty p hoid salmonella p araty p hi a, s.p araty p hi b (or s .schotmulleri) and s.p araty p hi c(s.hirschfeldil) [2].salmonella ty p hi can sp ecifically only att ack humans,so the infection nearly alway s comes from contact another human, either an ill p erson or a healthy carrier of the bacterium. the bacterium is p assed on with water and foods and can withst and both dry ing and refrigeration but by keep ing food refrigerated correctly this minimizes the p roduction of the bacterium .significantly unclean food from st reet vendors and flooding help distribute the disease from a p erson to p erson[3].because of p overty and p oor hy giene and sanitary conditions the disease is more common in less-industraized ,p rincipally owing to the p roblem of unsafe drinking water ,inadequate sewage disp osal and flooding [4]. paraty p hoid fever is caused by any of three st rains of salmonella paraty p hoid [5,6]. paraty p hoid fever is found in large part of asia, africa, central and south america. there are 16 million cases a y ear ,which result in a bout 25,000 daths world wide[7] paraty p hoid fever resembles ty p hoid fever but p resents with a more abrupt onsent,milder sy mptoms and a short er course. infection is charactetrized by a sust ained fever ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 ,headache,abdominal p ain, malaise,anorexia, a non p roduction cough(in early st age of illness),a relative brady cardia(slow heart rate),and hep ato sp lenomegaly (an enlargement of the liver or sp leen).in adults,constipation is more common than diarrhea only20 % to 40%of p eople will initially have abdominal p ain[8]. aft er ingestion of contaminated food or water,s.ty p hiparaty p hi bacilli reach the small intestine, p enetrate the mucosa and then remain viable within the macrophages which ingest them. the bacilli reach the blood stream via the lymphatic sy st em, and are then dissemiated to the organ of the reticuloendothelial sy st em within the first 24 hours of infection .aft er the incubation p eriod(3 days-1-months), usually 8-14 days which is affected by the infective dose, the clinical sy ndrome app ears[1]. fulminant hepatic is a dramatic clinical sy ndrome characterized by massive necrosis of liver cells[9]. although salmonella hepatitis is a rare p resentation of ty p hid fever, fulminant hepatic failure is extremely uncommon, few cases were repoted with such p resentation the first reported case of fulminant hep atic failure in the st ate of qater, associated with salmonella p araty p hi a infection.enteric fever, that is ty p hoid and p araty p hoid fever , is the common name for infections caused by salmonella enterica seroty p es ty p hi and p araty p h. of t he three ty p es of s. p araty p hi (a,b and c),b is t he most common[10]. alanine transaminase (alt)serum is p resent in high concentration in liver and to a lesser extent in skeletal muscle ,kindney and heart 11]. alkaline p hosp hatase(alp) are a group of enzy mes with hy drolyse p hosp hates at an enzymes which hy drolyse p hosp hates at alkaline ph.the activity measured by routine methods includes that of several isoenzy mes. they are found in bone, liver, kidney ,intest inal wall, lactating mammary gland and p lacenta. in bone the enzy me is found in ost eoblasts and is p robably imp ortant for normal bone formation. in adults, the normal levels of alkaline p hosp hatase are derived largely from the liver. pregnancy raises the normal rangs because of the production of a heat-stable alkaline phosp hatase by the placenta[12]. lactate dehydrogenase (ldh) cataly ses the reversible inter conversion of lactate to p y ruvate. it is widely distributed, with high concentrations in the heart, skeletal muscle, liver, kidney , brain , erythrocytes and measurement of total ldh is therefore a non-sp ecific index of cell damage. the aim of the present study was t o evaluate the major source of increased serum enzy me level sp ecify these enzy mes because liver and serum contain of enzy mes in p araty p hoid fever and to determine the most relevant clinical entity , hepatitis or myop athy , during p araty p hoid fever [13]. experimental part s ubjects: this st udy p erformed on 30 female patients diagnosed by ultrasound (us) of abdomen, with p araty p hoid a ranged between (20-40) y ears, who were selected from p atients att ending baghdad teaching hosp ital in addition to 30 female healthy control . col lection of blood sample s: six ml of venous blood was withdrawn from all subjectes enrolled in study .the blood were transferred to p lain tubes, left to clot at room temp reture for 15 min.,centrifuged at 3500 rp m for 10 min. the resulted serum was sep arated and kept frozen. s tatisti cal analysi s statist ical analysis was p erformed using st udent t-test for comp arison of variables. the p value <0.05considered significant and p <0.01considered highly signif icant. all data in the table (1) are m ean ± sd [14]. ast ld ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 de termination of se rum aspartate transaminase (as t) activity serum (ast) activity was measured using colorimetric method according to (reitman and frankel, 15) utilizing a ready made kit for determination of serum asp artate aminotransferase. in this method, the following reaction represents measurement of ast activity -oxoglutarate +lasp artate l-glutamat+ oxaloacetate glutamate-oxaloocetate transaminase is measured by monitoring the concentration of oxaloacetate hydrazone formed with 2, 4-dinitrop henyl-hydrazine. the absorbance was read at 540 nm after 5 min. cal culation :expresse d equati on i s : ast activity =test-blank test/standard solution-blank standard×67 =µml/m in/liter blood serum and change to international unite per liter(iu/l) normal valu e:ast activity in serum up to 12u/l [15]. de termination of s erum alani ne transami nase( alt) activity: the (alt) activity was measured using colormetric method according to (reitman and frankel, 15) ut ilizing a ready made kit for t he determination of serum alanine aminotransferase. in this method , it rep resents measurement of alt activity -oxoglutarate +l-alanine l-glutamate+ p y ruvate glutamate-p y ruvate transaminase is measured by monitoring the concentration of p y ruvate hy drazone formed with 2, 4-dinitrop henyl-hydrazine . the absorbance was read at 540 nm after 5 min. cal culation :expresse d equati on i s: alt activity =testblank test/standard solution-blank standard×133 =µml/m in/liter blood serum and change to international unite per liter(iu/l) normal value: alt activity in serum up to 12u/l [15]. de termination of s erum lactate dehydrogenase activity (ldh) serum ( ldh) activity was measured using enzy matic colorimetric method where a r eady made kit is used. the method is based on the reduction of py ruvate to located in the p resence of nadh by the action of the lactate dehydrogenase: py ruvate +nadh+h + lactate +nad + alt ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the py ruvate that remains unchanged reacts with 2, 4dinitrop heny l-hy drazine which is determined by calorimetric. calculation:enzy me activity was determined by reference to t he calibration curve. m ixed and allow t o st and for 20min m ixed and allow to st and at room temperature for 10 minutes, read absorbance of all tubes against distilled water at 520nmthe corresp onding values in u/l are shown in the followin g table: ordinate= absorbance abscissa= activity in u/l normal valu e: 80-190 u/l [16]. de termination of alkaline phosphates activity colorimetric determination of alp activity was p erformed using a kit from biomerieux, france according to the following reaction: ph=10 pheny l phosp hate phenol + phosp hate the phenol liberated was measured in the p resence of amino-4-antipy rine and p otassium ferricyanide. the p resences of sodium arsenate in the reagent stop the enzy matic reaction. the absorbance of the sample was measured at 510 nm against reagent blank [17]. re sults and discussions the results of serum ast, alt, alkaline p hosp hate (alp) and lactate dehydrogenase (ldh) in p araty p hoid p atients and their control group are shown in table (1).a highly significant values increase in serum ast and alt comp ared to control was found while a significant increase of serum alp comp ared to control was noticed and a significant values decrease in serum ldh comp ared to control was found. the diagnosis of fulminant hepatic failure due to s. paraty p hoid was p assed mainly on two facts: first, p ositive blood culture for s. p araty p hoid a elevated alkaline p hosp hatase level that agreed with this st udy [18]. the p athogenesis of severe hepatic involvement in salmonella infection may be multifactorial, involving end toxin, local inflammatory and or host immune reactions [19]. alkalines p hosp hatase 150.6 u/l normal(21-92) also had increased levels of ast serum similar observations were made with alt serum, sa salmonella endotoxin induced consumptive coagulopatt y , damage to hepatocy tes arteritis [20], direct invast ion of the hepatocy tes by the organisms, immune comp lexes and consumption of comp lement are believed to contribute to hepatic insult [21]. the clinical p resentation and extent of hepatic dy sfunction in ty p hoid fever would, therefore,dep end up on these contributory . factors and may or may not be associated with hepatomegaly ty p hoid [22]. it is concluded that p resence of high fever, jaundic and tender hep atomegaly should arouse susp icion of ty p hoid hep atitis ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 .hep atic dysfunction in these cases, desp ite its high incidence and serious nature, is transient and resp onds favorably to app rop riate antibiotic therap y . m y op athy during the course of ty p hoid fever is reported increasingly [23]. both clinical entities, my op athy and hepatitis, are usually diagnosed by serum enzy mes such as asp artate aminotransferase(ast), alanine aminotranst erase(alt), alkaline p hosp hatase (alp),lactate dehydrogenase(ldh),ast and ldh are elevated in myop athy as well as hepatitis, whereas alt are relatively sp ecific for liver and muscle, resp ectively[24] . according to the original definition of ty p hoid hepatitis, it is p ossible that an over diagnosis for ty p hoid hepatitis occurred and ty p hoid my op athy was missed [25].the invasion of intestinal ly mphatic tissue is suggested to result in a host reaction with hy p erplasia of the liver reticuloendothelial sy st em and infiltration of p ortal sp aces as well as the reduction of the microcirculation causing necrosis[26].hepatic damage by salmonella ty p hi app ears to be mediated by bacterial endotoxin.the p resence of intact bacilli has been demonst rated in the hep atic tissue that may be related to p resence of salmonella bacteria in reticuloendothelial sy st em and hyp erplasia of kup ffer cell (ty p hoid nodule) without significant liver injury [27]. in the p resent st udy , the p att ern of serum enzy mes is more comp arable to whate is found in my op athy (60 % ) rather than liver disease (22%) ,as the association of ast and liver enzy mes [28].the higher level of serum ldh in all other age group s a mong cases is more likely due to mycobacterial induced tissue injury as well as other p athop hy siological conditions , which remained undiagnosed during this st udy [29]. the results clearly indicate that adult have higher p revalence and suscep tibility to mycobacterium infection as comp ared to control .thus, serum ldh st ill remains as one of the imp ortant p arameters to a ssess the cell/tissue sp ecific st ress or p athology , caused by mycobacterium tuberculosis the observed correlation between serum ldh level and sp utum mycobacterial load alone or in combination with its individual isoformes, esp ecially ldh3 and ldh5 can thus be used as an index for diagnosis of tissue/organ affected by the disease (clinical). it also indicates the severe p atho-p hy siological conditions of the liver of p atients [30]. hep atic dysfunction detected by clinical and or biochemical p arameters was noticed in as many as 64.5%of cases in this st udy which is higher than that reported by others[31]. hep atomegaly is usually observed in enteric fever after the first week of illness, most often p ersists throughout the p eriod of marked elevation of temp erature, becomes less evident as defervescence p rogresses and usually last s for 3-4 week. incidence of hepatomegaly is believed to be 2-3 times more common in ty p hoid fever than p araty p hoid fever [22]. tender hepatomegaly observed in 2 of our cases, suggested a more severe hepatocellular involvement as both of these cases p resented with jaundice. even ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 though majority of cases with jaundice had hepatomegaly , liver was not enlarged in one case suggesting that significant hepatic dy sfunction can occur in ty p hoid fever without hepatomegaly . jaundice associated with ty p hoid fever tends to occur at the p eak of fever which differentiates it from viral hepatitis in which case fever usually comes down after the app earance of jaundice .jaundice in most of these cases is due to ty p hoid hep atitis. however, hemolysis resulting in jaundice is a recognized comp lication of ty p hoid fever in p atients with g-6-p deficiency or thalassemia [32].ot her causes of jaundice include ascending cholangitis, salmonella liver abscess, sup p urative py elop hlebitis and cholecy st itis [21]. conclusions from the results of p resent st udy , conclusions could be drown that liver is involved in 14 %of ty p hoid patients manifest ing with hepatomegaly . elevation of serum enzy mes in ty p hoid fever is p resumably of a muscular origin, while elevation of liver enzy me is relatively less common. re ferences 1-world health organization.background document.(2003)the diagnosis,t reatment and prevention of typ hoid fever.who/v&b/03.07. 2-bhan, m .k.,bahal. r; and bhatnagar, s.(2005)ty p hoid and p aratyphoid fever lancet 366:749-762.a comp rehensive review of typ hoid and p aratyphoid fever. 3-bhan ,m .k;rajiv, bahl; and,shinjini, bhatnagar.(2005)"typ hoid and p aratyphoid fever."the lancent 366.9487.august 27:794(14). 4-water-related diseases (2008) paraty p hoid fever is caused by any of three st rains of salmonella paraty p hoid. 5-frey , j.rebecca.(2008)paratyp hoid fever (1999) encyclop edia of m edicine. 6-chin j(ed).( 2000) control of communicable diseases m anual,17 th edition. american pup lic health association. 7-rubin,rap hael;david, s. strayer. emanuel; rubin ,tay . m ;and m c donald rubins.(2007) pathology .5 th ed. 8-water-related dise ases communi-cable diseases.( 2001) world haelth. 9-khan, f.y;kamha, aa;and alo mary iy.(2006)fulmin an hep atic failur e caused by salmonella paray tp hoid a infection. world j gastroenterol;12(32) :5253-5255. 10-crump, ja; luby ,sp;and m int,z. ed.(2004)the global burden of typ hoid fever . bull world he alth organ,82:346-353. 11-schei g, r.(1996) evaluation of tests used to screen p atients with liver disorders p rim care;23 :551-60. 12-adams ,e.b. typ hoid and p aratyphoid fever in.(1987)weatherall dj ,ledin gh am jgg,warrell da, eds.oxford textbook of m edicine, vol 2,2nd ed.oxford : oxford univ p ress, 5:223-5.225. 13-ginsberg , a.l.(1970) very high levels of sgot and ldh in patients with extrahep atic biliary tract obst ruction. am j dig dis;15:803-7. 14-sorlie,d.e.(1995)m edical biost atist ics &epidemiology :examination& board r eview :first ed. norwalk,connecticut,app leton&lange:47-88. 15-reitman s, and frankel s amer(1957) j clin.path.,28:56 16-wroblewsk. f; la, due. j;and proc.(1955) soc exp .biol.90:210. 17-a. j. pesce; and l. a .kaplan.(1987) m ethods in .,m osby comp any , clinical ch emistry ,< "new dalhi, 527:543-590. 18-kamath, p.s; talihal, a ; and chakr aborty ,a.(2000)differentation of typhoid fever from ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fulminant hepatic failur e in p atients p resenting with joundice and encephalop athy m ay o clin proc, 75:426-466. 19-forsyth ,jrl.typhoid and p aratyphoid:in collier l, b alows a,sussman m .top lex and wilsons. (1998)m icrobiology and m icrobial inf ections9 th ed. london:arnold press :456-478. 20-gupt a, sp; gupt a, m s;bharadwaj, s;and chu gh, t.d.(1985)current clinical p att erns of typhoid fever:a p rosp ective st udy .j t rop m ed hy g.88:377-381. 21-kumar ,a;kap oor, r. chop ra. k;and et al.(1989)unusual hep atic manifestions in ty p hoid fever. clinical pediatr .2:99-100. 22-khosla ,sn; singh, r;singh, gp;and et al.(1988) the sp ectrum of hep atic injury in enteric fever am j gastroenterol. 4:413-416. 23-m ody ,gm ; gathiram, v; and abdulla, ea.(1989)severe reversible m y op athy due to ty p hoid. j.trop m ed hy g;92:102-3. 24-scheig, r.( 1996)evaluation of tests used to screen patients with liver disorders. prim care;23:551-60. 25-m irsadraee, m ; ,shirdel, a;and rokneef.(2007)typ hoid my op athy or typhoid hep atitis:a matter of debate. indian journal of m edical m icrobiolo gy , vol.25, no.4, october deceber.pp 351-353. 26-khosia, sn;singh, r;singh, gp;and trehan vk.(1988)t he sp ectrum of hep atic injury in enteric fever. am j gastroenterol. 83:413-6. 27-pramoolsinasp , c. and viraanuvatt i, v.(1998)salmon ella hep atitis. j gasteroenterol heptol.13:745-51. 28-pandy , ck; singh, n; kumar ,v; a garwal, a; and singh, pk.(2002) typ hoid, hep atitis e or typhoid and hepatitis e:the cause of fulminant hep atic failure::adiagnost ic dilemma.crit care m ed.30:376-8. 29-nusslnovitch ,m finkelst ein .y; elishkevitz , kp; volvoitz, b; harel, d; klinger, g ;and et al (2009)cerebrosp inal fluid lactate dehy drogenase isoenzy mes in children with bacteriala nd asep meningitis.t ranslational res;154(4):214-8. 30-yun,s.j;cho i, m .s;piao,m s;lee, jb;kin, sj; won, yh;and lee,sc.(2008) serum lactate dehy drogenase is a novel mark er for the evaluation of disease necroiy sis dermatol;217:254-9. 31-khosla ,sn.(1990)t y p hoid hep atitis. postgrad m ed j,66:923-925. 32-thisy akorn, u;m ansuwan, p;and tay lor, dn.(1987)typhoid and p aratyphoid fever in 192 hosp italized children in thailand.am j dis child,141:862-865. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table (1): as t, alt, alp an d ldh levels in se ra of controls and patients parameter control n=30 patient n=30 p value ast(iu/l) m ean±sd 13 ±1.05 28.7± 2.27 p< 0.01 highly sig alt(iu/l) m ean±sd 12±0.52 23.2±1.25 p< 0.01 highly sig alp(iu/l) m ean± sd 49.2 ±3.04 150.6± 1.32 p< 0.05 sig. ldh (iu/l) m ean± sd 205± 4.67 159± 3.11 p< 0.05 sig. 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد باراتیفوئیدتأثیر بعض فعالیة أنزیمات أمراض الكبد في مرضى سالمونیال a لدى المرأةالعراقیة أیمان عبد علي عباس،بشرىحمیدالوحیلى،نوال محمد جوادالشماع جامعة بغداد، أبن الهیثم_كلیة التربیة،قسم الكیمیاء 2010نیسان 25: استلم البحث في 2011شباط 8:قبل البحث في الخالصة مریضات التیفوئید الالتي لدیهن تضخم الكبد وأرتفاع أمصال أنزیمـات من% 14للكبد عند أظهرت الدراسة الحالیة شــملت . الحمـى التیفوئیدیـة ٍوعلــى مـا یبــدو مـن منشـأ عضــلي، بینمـا أرتفــاع أنـزیم الكبــد نسـبیا أدنـى بدرجــة أقـل مــن الشـائع وكانـت عالمـات (us)وتیةللجـنس األنثـوى الالتـي شخصـن بأسـتعمال األمـواج فـوق الصـ aمریضـا بالباراتیفوئیـد30الدراسة ســنة وتـــم ) 40-20(مـــن األصــحاء بوصــفهن ســـیطرة ضــبط تتــراوح أعمـــارهن بــین 30المــرض ظــاهرة علـــیهن فضــال عــن أســابیع بعـد أكمـال العـالج للتحقـق مـن الشـفاء برهنــت 32یومـا وتكرارهـا 14معـالجتهن بتنـاولهن المضـادات الحیاتیـة مـدة تضـمن الطیـف الكبـدي تضـخم الكبـد ،الیرقـان، ومختلـف . نـدهن أختالالوظیفیـا فـي الكبـدجمیع الحاالت سریریا وكمیوحیویـه ع . (us)الوظائف المشوشة للكبدوالصفة الشاذة للبطن من خالل أمواج فوق الصوتیة فـي أمصــال مرضــى (alt) ، وast)(أظهـرت نتــائج الدراسـة ان هنــاك زیـاده معنویــة عالیــة فـي مســتوى الــ مقارنــــة (alp)إذ لـــوحظ زیـــادة معنویـــة فــــي مستوىمصـــل الفوســـفاتیزالقاعدي ،مقارنـــة بمجموعـــة الســــیطرة aوئیـــدالباراتیف مقارنـة بمجموعــة (ldh) بمجموعـة السـیطرة، بینمـا وجـد أن هنـاك أنخفاضـا معنویــا فـي مصـل الكتیـت دي هیـدروجینیز .السیطرة aفعالیة األنزیمات،أمراض الكبد ،سالمونیال باراتیفوئید: الكلمات المفتاحیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the construction and reverse construction of the complete arcs in the projective 3-space over galo is field gf(2) a. sh. al-muk htar departme nt of mathematics-ibn-al-haitham college of education unive rsity of baghdad received in : 11 may 2011 accepte d in :16 june 2011 abstract the main p urp ose of this work is t o find the comp lete arcs in the p rojective 3-sp ace over galois field gf(2), which is denoted by pg(3,2), by two methods and then we comp are between the two methods. keywords: arcs, secant, quadrable. introduction, [1,2] a p rojective sp ace pg(3,q) over galois field gf(q), q = p m , for some p rime number p and some integer m, is a 3 – dimensional p rojective sp ace. any p oint in pg(3,q) has the form of a quadrable (x1, x2, x3, x4), where x1, x2, x3, x4 are elements in gf(q) with t he excep tion of the quadrable consisting of four zero elements. two quadrables (x1, x2, x3, x4) and (y1, y 2, y 3, y 4) represent t he same point if there exists  in gf(q) \ {0} such that (x1, x2, x3, x4) =  (y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4), this is denoted by (x1, x2, x3, x4)  (y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4). similarly , any p lane in pg(3,q) has the form of a quadrable [x1, x2, x3, x4], where x1, x2, x3, x4 are elements in gf(q) with the excep tion of the quadrable consisting of four zero elements. two quadrables [x1, x2, x3, x4] and [y1, y 2, y 3, y 4] represent t he same plane if there exists  in gf(q)\{0} such that [x1, x2, x3, x4] =  [y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4], this is denoted by [x1, x2, x3, x4]  [y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4].. also a p oint p(x1, x2, x3, x4) is incident with the p lane  [a1, a2, a3, a4] iff a1 x1 + a2 x2 + a3 x3 + a4 x4 = 0. every line in pg(3,q) contains q + 1 p oints and every p oint is on exactly q + 1 lines. any p lane in pg(3,q) contains exactly q 2 + q + 1 p oints and q 2 + q + 1 lines. every p oint is on q 2 + q + 1 p lanes and is on q 2 + q + 1 lines. m oreover pg(3,q) contains exactly q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 p oints and also contains exactly q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 p lanes. de fini tion 1: [1,3] a (k,n) – arc a in pg(3,q) is a set of k p oints such that at most n p oints of which lie in any p lane, n  3. n is called the degree of the (k,n) – arc. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 de fini tion 2: [1,3] in pg(3,q), if a is any (k,n) – arc, then an (n-secant) of a is a p lane  such that   a= n. de fini tion 3: [1,3] let ti be the total number of the i – secants of a (k,n) – arc a, t hen the ty p e of a denoted by (tn, tn – 1, , t0). de fini tion 4: [1,3] let (k1,n) – arc a is of ty p e (tn, , t0) and (k2,n) – arc b is of ty p e (sn, , s0), then a and b are projectively equivalent iff ti = si. de fini tion 5: [1,3] if a p oint n not on a (k,n)-arc a has index i iff there are exactly i(n –secants) of a through n, one can denote the number of points n of index i by ci. de fini tion 6: if (k,n)-arc a is not contained in any (k + 1,n)-arc, then a is called a complete (k,n)-arc. remark: from definition 5, it is concluded that the (k,n)-arc is complete iff c0 = 0. thus the (k,n)-arc is comp lete iff every p oint of pg(3,q) lies on some n-secant of the (k,n)-arc. 1the construction of complete (k,n)-arcs i n pg(3,2) 1.1 the construction of complete (k,3)-arcs in pg(3,2): pg(3,q) contains 15 p oints and 15 p lanes such that each p oint is on 7 p lanes and every p lane contains 7 p oints (see table 1). the set a = {1, 2, 3, 4, 13} is taken which is the set of unit and reference p oints: 1(1,0,0,0), 2(0,1,0,0), 3(0,0,1,0), 4(0,0,0,1), 13(1,1,1,1). this set contains five p oints no four of them are on a p lane since a intersects any p lane in at most three p oints. thus a is a (5,3)-arc. a is a comp lete (5,3) – arc since every p oint of pg(3,2) not in a is on a 3-secant; that is, there are no p oints of index zero for a. this is equivalent t o c0 = 0. 1.2 the construction of complete (k,4) – arcs in pg(3,2) : the distinct (k,4) –arcs can be constructed by adding to a in each time one p oint from the remaining ten points of pg(3,2) as follows: a1=a{5}, a2=a{6}, a3=a{7}, a4=a{8}, a5=a{9}, a6=a{10}, a7=a{11}, a8=a{12}, a 9=a{14}, a 10=a{15}. by definition 4 of p rojectively equivalent (k,n) – arcs, there is only one (6,4) – arc since the arcs a1, , a10 are p rojectively equivalent. for t0=0, t1=2, t2=3, t3=6, t4=4. thus we have b=a{5}={1,2,3,4,5,13} is a comp lete (6,4) – arc, since every p oint not in b is on a 4 – secant and b intersects any p lane in at most 4 p oints, that is c0 = 0. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 1.3 the construction of complete (k,5) – arcs in pg(3,2) : the arc b is a comp lete (6,4) – arc. the distinct (k,5) – arcs can be constructed by adding to b in each time one of the remaining nine p oints as follows: b1=b{6}, b2=b{7}, b3=b{8}, b4=b{9}, b5=b{10}, b6= b{11}, b7=b{12}, b8=b{14}, b9=b{15}. by definition 4, there are only two p rojectively distinct (7,5) – arcs since the arcs b1, b4, b5, b7, b8, b9 are p rojectively equivalent, for t0=0, t1=1, t2=2, t3=5, t4=6, t5=1 and the arcs : b2, b3, b6 are p rojectively equivalent, for : t0=0, t 1=0, t 2=4, t 3=5, t 4=4, t 5=2. thus we have two p rojectively distinct (7,5) – arcs c=b{6}={1,2,3,4,5,6,13}, d = b  {7} ={1,2,3,4,5,7,13}. we try to show the comp leteness of these arcs. each of c and d is not comp lete since there exist some points of index zero. we take the union of c and d. then e=cd={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13}, e is incomplete (8,5) – arc since there exists one p oint of index zero for e, which is t he point (15). we add the p oint (15) to e, we obtain a comp lete (9,5) – arc f, f=e{15}={1,,7,13,15}. t hus every p oint not in f is on a (5 – secant) and f intersects any p lane in at most 5 p oints. 1.4 the construction of complete (k,6) – arcs in pg(3,2) : the arc f={1,,7,13,15} is a comp lete (9,5) – arc. the distinct (k,6) – arcs can be constructed by adding to f in each time one of the remaining six p oints, then: f1=f{8}, f 2=f{9}, f 3=f{10}, f 4=f{11}, f 5=f{12}, f 6=f{14}. by the definition 4, there are only two p rojectively distinct arcs since the arcs f1, f2, f5, f6 are p rojectively equivalent, for t0=t 1=t 2=0, t3=2, t 4=4, t 5=6, t 6=3 and the arcs f3 and f4 are p rojectively equivalent, for t0=t 1= 2, t3=2, t4=4, t5=7, t6=2. thus we have two p rojectively distinct (10,6) – arcs g1={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13,15}, g2={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11,13,15} each of them is incomplete since there exist some p oints of index zero. we take the union of g1 and g2. g= g1g2={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,13,15}. g is incomplete (11,6) – arc since there exists one p oint of index zero, which is the point (9), t hen h=g{9}={1,…,9,11,13,15}. h is a comp lete (12,6) – arc, since every p oint not in h is on a 6 – secant and h intersects any p lane in at most 6 p oints. 1.5 the construction of complete (k,7) – arcs in pg(3,2) : the arc h = {1,,9,11,13,15} is a comp lete (12,6) – arc. adding all the remaining p oints to h, the comp lete (15,7) – arc can be obtained which is the maximal arc since it contains all points of pg(3,2), (see figure (1)). 2the reverse construction of complete (k,n)-arcs i n pg(3,2): complete (k,n) – arcs in pg(3,2) can be const ructed by eliminating some points from the comp lete arcs of degree m, where m = n + 1, 3  n  6, through the following st eps: 2.1 the complete (k,7) – arc in pg(3,2) : the p rojective sp ace pg (3,2) contains 15 p oints and 15 p lanes, each p lane contains exactly 7 p oints, then the maximal comp lete (k,7) – arc a exists when k = 15. this arc contains all the p oints of pg(3,2) since it intersects every p lane in exactly 7 p oints and hence there arc no p oints of index zero for a. so a = {1, , 15} is the complete (15,7) – arc. 2.2 the construction of complete (k,6) – arc in pg(3,2) : a comp lete (k,6) – arc b is constructed from the complete (15,7) – arc a by eliminating some points from a such that: 1. b intersects any p lane in at most 6 p oints. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2. every p oint not in b is on at least one 6 – secant of b. the p oints 1, 2, 5 are eliminated from a, we obtain a complete (12,6) – arc b, since there are no p oints of index zero for b. b = {3, 4, 6, , 15}. 2.3 the construction of complete (k,5) – arc in pg(3,2) : a comp lete (k,5) – arc in pg (3,2) can be constructed from the comp lete (12,6) – arc b by eliminating some points from b, which are: 3,6,9. then a comp lete (9,5) – arc c is obtained, c = {4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15} since each p oint not in c is on at least one 5 – secant, hence there are no p oints of index zero for c and c intersects any p lane of pg(3,2) in at most 5 p oints. 2.4 the construction of complete (k,4) – arc in pg(3,2) : a comp lete (k,4) – arc in pg(3,2) can be constructed from the comp lete (9,5) – arc c by eliminating three p oints from c, which are the p oints 4, 7, 10, then a comp lete (6,4) – arc d is obtained, d = {8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15} since each p oint not in d is on at least one 4 – secant of d and hence there are no points of index zero and d intersects each p lane in at most 4 p oints. 2.5 the construction of complete (k,3) – arc in pg(3,2) : a comp lete (k,3) – arc in pg(3,2) can be constructed from the comp lete (6,4) – arc d by eliminating one point from d, which is the point : 15. a comp lete (5,3) – arc e is obtained, e = {8, 11, 12, 13, 14} since each point not in e is on at least one 3 – secant, hence there are no p oints of index zero for e and e intersects each plane in at most 3 p oints. see figure (2). 3results and conclusion from the p revious results of the two methods, we found that there is no differences between them, the numbers of the points of the complete (k,n) – arcs in the two methods given in table (2). re ferences 1. al-m ukhtar, a.sh. (2008) complete arcs and surfaces in three dimensional projective sp ace over galois field, ph.d. thesis, university of technology , iraq. 2. hirschfeld, j. w. p. (1998) projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press. 3. m ohammed, s. k. and al-m ukhtar, a. sh. (2009) engineering and technology journal, on projective 3-sp ace, vol.27(8): مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1):the points pi and plane s i of pg(3,2) i pi i 1 (1,0,0,0) 2 3 4 6 7 10 12 2 (0,1,0,0) 1 3 4 7 9 14 15 3 (0,0,1,0) 1 2 4 5 8 10 15 4 (0,0,0,1) 1 2 3 5 6 9 11 5 (1,1,0,0) 3 4 5 7 8 11 13 6 (0,1,1,0) 1 4 6 11 12 13 15 7 (0,0,1,1) 1 2 5 7 12 13 14 8 (1,1,0,1) 3 5 10 11 12 14 15 9 (1,0,1,0) 2 4 9 10 11 13 14 10 (0,1,0,1) 1 3 8 9 10 12 13 11 (1,1,1,0) 4 5 6 8 9 12 14 12 (0,1,1,1) 1 6 7 8 10 11 14 13 (1,1,1,1) 5 6 7 9 10 13 15 14 (1,0,1,1) 2 7 8 9 11 12 15 15 (1,0,0,1) 2 3 6 8 13 14 15 table (2):the maximum (k,n)-arcs in two methods n maximu m (k,n)– arcs in the first method maximu m (k,n)– arcs in the second method 3 5 5 4 6 6 5 9 9 6 12 12 7 15 15 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1):all complete (kn,n) – arcs in pg(3,2), 3 ≤ n ≤ 7 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (2):all complete (kn,n) – arcs in pg(3,2), 3 ≤ n ≤ 7, by reverse construction مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 البناء والبناء العكسي لألقواس الكاملة للفضاء الثالثي االسقاطي حول حقل gf(2)كالوا آمال شهاب المختار جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات 2011 حزیران 16: قبل البحث في 2011 آیار 11:استلم البحث في الخالصة ، gf(2) الهدف االساسي من هذا البحث هو ایجاد االقواس الكاملة في الفضاء الثالثي االسقاطي حول حقل كالوا .، بطریقتین ومن ثم نقارن بین الطریقتینpg(3.2)والذي یرمز له 163 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the construction of minimal (b,t)-blocking sets containing conics in pg(2,5) with the complete arcs and projective codes related with them amal shihab al-mukhtar hani sabbar thumai dept. of mathematics, college of education for pure science university of baghdad received in : 28 september 2014 , accepted in : 21 december 2014 abstract a (b,t)-blocking set b in pg(2,q) is set of b points such that every line of pg(2,q) intersects b in at least t points and there is a line intersecting b in exactly t points. in this paper we construct a minimal (b,t)-blocking sets, t = 1,2,3,4,5 in pg(2,5) by using conics to obtain complete arcs and projective codes related with them. keywords: blocking set, complete arc, projective code. 164 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 1introduction let gf(q) denotes the galois field of q elements and v(3,q) be the vector space of row vectors of length three with entries in gf(q). let pg(2,q) be the corresponding projective plane. the points of pg(2,q) are the non zero vectors of v(3,q) with the rule that x = (x1,x2,x3) and y = (x1,x2,x3) represent the same point, where   gf(q)\{0}. the number of points of pg(2,q) is q2 +q + 1. if the point p(x) is the equivalence class of the vector x, then we will say that x is a vector representing p(x). a subspace of dimension one is a set of points all of whose representing vectors form a subspace of dimension two of v(3,q), such subspaces are called lines. the number of lines in pg(3,q) is q2 + q + 1. there are q + 1 points on every line and q + 1 lines through every point. the point x(x1,x2,x3) is on the line y[y1,y2,y3] if and only if x1y1 + x2y2 + x3y3 = 0. definition (1.1): [1] a (k,n)–arc is a set of k points of a projective plane such that some n but no n + 1 of them are collinear, n  2. definition (1.2): [2] a (k,n)–arc is complete if it is not contained in a (k + 1,n)-arc. definition (1.3): [2] a line l in pg(2,q) is an i-secant on a (k,n)-arc k if ℓ  k = i. definition (1.4): [2] a point n which is not on a (k,n)-arc has index i if there are exactly i (n-secants) of the arc through n, we denote the number of points n of index i by ni. remark (1.5): [3] the (k,n)-arc is complete iff n0 = 0. thus the arc is complete iff every point of pg(2,q) lies on some n-secant of the arc. definition (1.6): [3] an (b,t)-blocking set b in pg(2,q) is a set of b points such that every line of pg(2,q) intersects b in at least t points, and there is a line intersecting b in exactly t points. if b contains a line, it is called trivial, thus b is a subset of pg(2,q) which meets every line ℓ in pg(2,q), but contains no line completely; that is t  b  ℓ   q for every line ℓ in pg(2,q). so b is a blocking set iff pg(2,q)\b is a blocking set. a blocking set is minimal if b\{p} is not blocking set for every p in b. lemma (1.7): [4] a (b,1)-blocking set b is minimal in pg(2,q) iff there is a line ℓ in pg(2,q) such that b  ℓ = {q} for every q in b. definition (1.8): [3] a variety v(f) of pg(2,q) is a subset of pg(2,q) such that: v(f) = {p(a)  pg(2,q)  f(a) = 0}. definition (1.9): [5] let q(2,q) be the set of quadrics in pg(2,q); that is the varieties v(f), where: f = a11 2 1x + a22 2 2x + a33 2 3x + a12x1x2 + a13x1x3 + a23x2x3 ...(1) if v(f) is non-singular, then the quadric is a conic. 165 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 that is, if 1312 11 2312 22 13 23 33 aa a 2 2 aa a 2 2 a a a 2 2                   is nonsingular, then the quadric (1) is a conic. 1.10 the relation between the blocking (b,t)-set and the (k,n)-arc [5] the (k,n)-arc and the (b,t)-blocking set are each complement to the other in the projective plane pg(2,q), that is, n + t = q + 1 and k + b = q2 + q + 1. thus the complement of the (b,t)blocking set is the set of points that intersects every line in at most n points which represents the (k,n)-arc. also finding minimal (b,t)-blocking set is equivalent to finding maximal (k,n)arc in pg(2,q). lemma (1.11): [4] let  = c  ℓ  {p} \ {p1,p2}, where c is a conic, ℓ is a (2-secant) of c such that c  ℓ = {p1,p2}, p is the point of intersection of the two tangents to c at p1 and p2, then  is a minimal (2p – 1,1)-blocking set. definition (1.12): [5] let v(n,q) denote the vector space of all ordered n-tuples over gf(q). a linear code c over gf(q) of length n and dimension k is a k-dimensional subspace of v(n,q). the vectors of c are called code words. the hamming distance between two codewords is defined to be the number of coordinate places in which they differ. the minimum distance of a code is the smallest distances between distinct codewords. such a code is called an [n,k,d]q code if its minimum hamming distance is d. there exists a relationship between complete (n,r)-arcs in pg(2,q) and [n,3,d]q codes given by the next theorem. theorem (1.13): [5] there exists a projective [n,3,d]q code if and only if there exists an (n,n – d)-arc in pg(2,q). theorem (1.14): [6] let 2 be a double blocking set in pg(2,q): (1) if q < 9, then 2 has at least 3q points. (2) if q = 11, 13, 17 or 19, then 2  (5q + 7)/2. theorem (1.15): [6] let 3 be a trible blocking set in pg(2,q): (1) if q = 5, 7,9, then 3 has at least 4q points and if q = 8, then 3 has at least 31 points. (2) if q = 11, 13 or 17, then 3  (7q + 9)/2. now, we prove the following theorem: theorem (1.16): a (b,t)-blocking set b is minimal in pg(2,q) then every point p in b there is a t-secant of b containing p. proof: suppose b is minimal blocking set, let p be any point in b. let k be the complement of b, then k is complete (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q) and p is not k., then p is an (n-secant) of k, but q + 1 = t + n and so t = q + 1 – n. thus p is on an (t-secant) of b. 166 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 2the projective plane pg(2,5) in this paper we consider the case q = 5 and the elements of gf(5) are denoted by 0,1,2,3,4. a projective plane  = pg(2,5) over gf(5) consists of 31 points, 31 lines each line contains 6 points and through every point there is 6 lines. let pi and ℓi be the points and lines of pg(2,5) respectively. let i stands for the point pi, i = 1,2,…,31. the points and lines of pg(2,5) are given in the table (1). 2.1 the conic in pg(2,5) through the reference and unit points the general equation of the conic is: 2 2 2 11 1 22 2 33 3 12 1 2 13 1 3 23 2 3a x + a x + a x + a x x + a x x + a x x = 0 …(1) by substituting the reference points: 1(1,0,0), 2(0,1,0), 7(0,0,1) and the unit point 13 (1,1,1), which are four points no three of them are collinear, in (1), we get: a12 + a13 + a23 = 0 and a11 = a22 = a33 = 0, so (1) becomes: 12 1 2 13 1 3 23 2 3a x x + a x x + a x x = 0 …(2) if a12 = 0, then the conic is degenerated, therefore a12  0, similarly, a13  0 and a23  0. dividing equation (2) by a12, we get: 1 2 1 3 2 3x x + α x x + β x x = 0 ,where 13 23 12 12 a a α = , β = a a , then  = – (1 + ) since 1 +  +  = 0 (mod 5). then x1 x2+α x1x3−(1+α ) x2x3 =0, where   0 and   4, for if  = 0 or  = 4 we get a degenerated conic, that is,  = 1,2,3. 2.2 the equations and the points of the conics in pg(2,5) through the reference and unit points for any value of , there is a unique conic contains 6 points, 4 of them are the reference and unit points 1. if  = 1, then the equation of the conic c1 is 1 2 1 3 2 3x x + x x + 3 x x = 0 the points of c1 are : 1,2,7,13,20,26. 2. if  = 2, then the equation of the conic c2 is 1 2 1 3 2 3x x + 2 x x + 2 x x = 0 the points of c2 are : 1,2,7,13,21,29. 3. if  = 3, then the equation of the conic c3 is 1 2 1 3 2 3x x + 3x x + x x = 0 the points of c3 are : 1,2,7,13,24,30. thus we found five conics two of them are degenerated and the remaining three conics c1, c3, c3 are non-degenerated. table (1) i pi li 1 1 0 0 2 7 12 17 22 27 2 0 1 0 1 7 8 9 10 11 3 1 1 0 6 7 16 20 24 28 4 2 1 0 4 7 14 21 23 30 5 3 1 0 5 7 15 18 26 29 6 4 1 0 3 7 13 19 25 31 7 0 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 1 0 1 2 11 16 21 26 31 167 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 9 2 0 1 2 9 14 19 24 29 10 3 0 1 2 10 15 20 25 30 11 4 0 1 2 8 13 18 23 28 12 0 1 1 1 27 28 29 30 31 13 1 1 1 6 11 15 19 23 27 14 2 1 1 4 9 16 18 25 27 15 3 1 1 5 10 13 21 24 27 16 4 1 1 3 8 14 20 26 27 17 0 2 1 1 17 18 19 20 21 18 1 2 1 5 11 14 17 25 28 19 2 2 1 6 9 13 17 26 30 20 3 2 1 3 10 16 17 23 29 21 4 2 1 4 8 15 17 24 31 22 0 3 1 1 22 23 24 25 26 23 1 3 1 4 11 13 20 22 29 24 2 3 1 3 9 15 21 22 28 25 3 3 1 6 10 14 18 22 31 26 4 3 1 5 8 16 19 22 30 27 0 4 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 28 1 4 1 3 11 12 18 24 30 29 2 4 1 5 9 12 20 23 31 30 3 4 1 4 10 12 19 26 28 31 4 4 1 6 8 12 21 25 29 2.3 the construction of minimal (b,t)-blocking sets by using conic-type blocking sets we construct minimal (b,t)-blocking set in pg(2,5) from the minimal blocking (9,1)-sets of lemma (1.15) by using conic. 2.3.1 the construction of minimal (9,1)-blocking set by lemma (1.11) we take the conic c1 in section 2. let 1 = c1  l1 \ {p1,p2}  {p}, c1 ={1,2,7,13,20,26}, l1 = {2,7,12,17,22,27}, c1  l1 = {2,7}, l4 and l9 are the two tangents to c1 at the points 7 and 2 respectively. l4  l9 = {14}, then 1 = {1,12,13,14,17,20,22,26,27}, 1 is a (9,1)-blocking set in pg(2,5). since each point of 1 is on line ℓ in pg(2,9) such that 1  ℓ = {p} (lemma 1.7), 1 satisfies the following conditions: (a) 1 intersects every line in pg(2,5) in at least one point. (b) every point in 1, there is a line ℓ in pg(2,5) such that 1  ℓ = {p}. the complement of 1 is the complete (22,5)-arc k5, by theorem (1.13) there exists a projective [22,3,17] code. 2.3.2 the construction of minimal (b,2)-blocking set in pg(2,5) we construct two (9,1)-blocking sets. let 1 = {1,12,13,14,17,20,22,26,27} be the minimal (9,1)-blocking set of section (2.3.1). we construct another (9,1)-blocking set 1 = c2  l8 \ {c2  l8}  {15}, where c2 = {1,2,7,13,21,29}, l8 = {2,11,16,21,26,31}, c2  l8 = {2,21}, l10  l24 = {15} and l10 and l24 are tangents to c2 at the points 2 and 21 respectively. 1 = {1,7,11,13,15,16,26,29,31} is (9,1)-blocking set. now, we construct (b,2)-blocking set as follows: 168 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 let a = 1  1 = {1,7,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,20,22,26,27,29,31}. a must satisfies the following conditions: (a) a intersects every line of pg(2,5) in at least two points. (b) every point in a is on at least one 2-secant of a. we add three points 3,10 and 18 to a and eliminate the points 15 and 26 from a to satisfy these conditions, then: 2 = a{3,10,18}\ {15,26} = {1,3,7,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,20,22,27,29,31} is a minimal (16,2)-blocking set. the complement of 2 is the complete (15,4)-arc k4. by theorem (1.13) there exists a projective [15,3,11] code. 2.3.3 the construction of minimal (b,3)-blocking set in pg(2,5) we take the (9,1)-blocking sets in section (2.3.2) 1 = {1,7,11,13,15,16,26,29,31}, 1 = {1,12,13,14,17,20,22,26,27}, let 1 = c3  l28  {8} \ {c3  l28}, c3 ={1,2,7,13,24,30}, l28 = {3,11,12,18,24,30}, c3  l28 = {24,30} and l21  l26 = {8}, where l21 and l26 are tangents to c3 at the points 24 and 30 respectively. 1 = {1,2,3,7,8,11,12,13,18} is a minimal (9,1)-blocking set. we must construct a minimal (b,3)-blocking set from 1, 1 and 1 as follows:. let b= 1  1  1 ={1,2,3,7,8,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,22,26,27,29,31}. b must satisfy the following conditions: (a) b intersects every line in pg(2,5) in at least three points. (b) every point in b is on at least one 3-secant of b. we add two points 4 and 5 to b and eliminate the point 31 from b to satisfy these conditions, then: 3 = b{4,5}\ {31} = {1,2,3,4,5,7,8,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,22,26,27,29} is a minimal (20,3)-blocking set which is trivial since 3 contains some lines completely. the complement of 3 is the complete (11,3)-arc k3. by theorem (1.13) there exists a projective [11,3,8] code in pg(2,5). 2.3.4 the construction of minimal (b,4)-blocking set in pg(2,5) we take three minimal (9,1)-blocking sets in section (2.3.3) which are: 1 = {1,7,11,13,15,16,26,29,31}, 1 = {1,12,13,14,17,20,22,26,27}, 1 = {1,2,3,7,8,11,12,13,18}. let 1 = c1  l2{30}\ {c1  l2}, where c1 is the conic c1 = {1,2,7,13,20,26}, l2 = {1,7,8,9,10,11}, c1  l2 = {1,7}, l4  l12 = {30}, l4 and l12 are tangents to c1 at the points 7 and 1 respectively, then. 1 = {2,8,9,10,11,13,20,26,30} is a minimal (9,1)-blocking set. we construct a minimal (b,4)-blocking set from 1, 1,  1 and 1 as follows:. let c = 1  1  1  1 = {1,2,3,7,…,14,15,16,17,18,20,22, 26,27,29,30,31}. c must satisfy the following conditions: (a) c intersects every line in at least four points. (b) every point in c is on at least one 4-secant of c. we add the points 6,45,21,24,28 to c, and eliminate one point 29 from c to satisfy these conditions, then: 4=c{6,21,24,28}\{29}={1,2,3,6,7,…,18,20,21,22,24,26,27,28,30,31} is a minimal (25,4)blocking set which is trivial since 4 contains some lines completely. the complement of 4 is the complete (6,2)-arc k2. by theorem (1.13) there exists a projective [6,3,4] code. 2.3.5 the construction of minimal (b,5)-blocking set in pg(2,5) we take four minimal (9,1)-blocking sets of section (2.3.4) which are 1 = {1,7,11,13,15,16,26,29,31}, 1 = {1,12,13,14,17,20,22,26,27}, 1 = {1,2,3,7,8,11,12,13,18}, 1 = {2,8,9,10,11,13,20,26,30}. we construct another minimal (9,1)-blocking set. 169 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 let 1 = c2  l6 \ {7,13}  {24}, where c2 is a conic, c2 = {1,2,7,13,21,29}, l6 = {3,7,13,19,25,31}, c2  l6 = {7,13}, l3  l22 = {24}, where l3 and l22 are tangents to c2 at the points 7 and 13 respectively, then. 1 = {1,2,3,19,21,24,25,29,31} is a minimal (9,1)-blocking set. now, we must construct a minimal (b,5)-blocking set from 1, 1,  1, 1 and 1 as follows:. let d=111 1 1={1,2,3,7,…,22, 24,…,27,29,30,31}. d must satisfy the following conditions: (a) d intersects every line in at least five points. (b) every point of d is on at least one 5-secant of d. we add four points 5,6,23,28 to d to satisfy these conditions, then: 5 = d  {5,6,23,28} = {1,2,3,5,…,31} is a minimal (30,5)-blocking set which is trivial since 5 contains some lines completely. the complement of 5 is not arc since every (k,n) cannot exist when n < 2. conclusion 1. we construct a minimal (9,1)-blocking set, which is containing a conic as in lemma (1.12). also we construct minimal (16,2)-blocking by taking the union of two blocking (9,1)-sets of type in lemma (1.12). we construct minimal (20,3)-blocking set, by taking the union of three (9,1)blocking sets of type in lemma (1.12). we construct minimal (25,4)-blocking set by taking the union of four (9,1)-blocking sets of type in lemma (1.12) and finally we construct minimal (30,5)-blocking set b5 by taking the union five (9,1)-blocking sets of type in lemma (1.12). 2. the minimal (9,1)-blocking set b1 and the minimal (16,2)-blocking set b2 are non-trivial, but the minimal (20,3)-blocking set b3, the minimal (25,4)-blocking set b4 and the minimal (30,5)-blocking set b5 are trivial references 1. al-mukhtar, a.s.,ahmed,a.m. and faiyadh, m.s., (2013), the construction of (k,3)-arcs on projective plane over galois field gf(7),ibn-al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,(26),(2),259-265. 2. al-mukhtar, a.s., ahmed, and kareem, f.f., (2013), the construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,9) by using geometric method,ibn-al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,(26),(2),239-248. 3. hassan, u.a., (2013), the reverse construction for the complete arcs in the projective plane pg(2,p) over galois field gf(p) by using geometric methods, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 4. hirschfeld, j. w. p., (1998), projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press. 5. rumen daskalov, (2008), a geometric construction of (38,2)-bloking set in pg(2,13) and the related [145,3,133]13 cod, discrete mathematics technical university of gabrovo, bulgaria, 308 (1341-1345). 6. ball, s., (1995), multiple blocking sets and arcs in finite plane, school of mathematical and physical sciences, university of sussex, brighton bn, qh,u,k,1-16. 170 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 pg(2,5)صغرى تحتوي على مخروطيات في (b,t)–بناء مجموعات قالبية واالقواس الكاملة والشفرات االسقاطية المرتبطة بھا آمال شھاب المختار ثميل ھاني صبار ، جامعة بغداد كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة، قسم الرياضيات 2014الول اكانون 21 , قبل البحث في :2014ايلول 28أستلم البحث في : الخالصه يقطع pg(2,q)من النقاط بحيث ان كل مستقيم في bھي مجموعة من pg(2,q)في b(b,t) المجموعة القالبية b فيt من النقاط في االقل ويوجد مستقيم يقطعb فيt .من النقاط فقط ، باعتماد مخروطيات وحصلنا pg(2,5) ،t = 1,2,3,4,5صغرى في (b,t) –بية في ھذا البحث قمنا ببناء مجموعات قال على أقواس كاملة وشفرات إسقاطية مرتبطة بھا. مجموعة قالبية ، قوس كامل ، شفرة إسقاطية. الكلمات المفتاحية : ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 enhancement of stream cipher by using variant register in length n. a. taha departme nt of computer science,college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 18 may 2011, accepte d in: 16 june 2011 abstract stream cip hers are an imp ortant class of encryption algorithms. there is a vast body of theoretical knowledge on st ream ciphers, and various design p rinciples for st ream ciphers have been p rop osed and extensively analyzed. this p aper p resents a new method of st ream cip her, that by segmenting the plainte xt into number of register then any of them comb ined to any other by using comb ination logic cir cuit (and, or, jk, not, xor), then using variant regist er in len gth as a key which p rovides security enhancement against att acks and then comp are the strength of this method with rsa by calculaing the time necessary to get the original t ext by usin g the genetic algor ithm. and t he way that has t he lon gest time is the best in encryption. then it was found that p rop osed method is st ronger in encry ption than rsa. keyword: st ream cip her, variant register, genetic algorithm, complexity . introduction stream cip hers are an imp ortant class of encryption algorithms. they encrypt individual characters (usually binary digits) of a p laintext message on e at a time, usin g an encry ption transformation which varies with time. various design methods where p rop osed for st ream cip hers and the sp ecialist s p rop osed many analysis methods. however, one p ossible exp lanation can be the fact that many stream cip hers used in p ractice tend to be p rop rietary and confidential. a st ream cip her generates what is called a keystream (a sequence of bits used as a key). encry ption is accomp lished by a simple op eration comb inin g the k eyst ream with the p laintext, usually with the bitwise xor op eration [1]. types of stream cipher a stream cipher gener ates successive elements of the key stream based on an internal st ate. this state is up dated in essentially two way s: if the state changes independently of the p laintext or cip hertext messages, t he cipher is classified as a synchronous st ream cipher. by contrast ,self-synchronising st ream ciphers up date their state based on p revious ciphertext digits.  s ynchronous stream ciphers in a sy nchronous st ream cip her a st ream of p seudo-random digits is generated indep endently of the plaintext and cip hertext messages, and then combined with the plaintext (to encrypt) or the cip hertext (to decryp t). in the most common form, binary digits are used (bits), and the keystream is combined with the p laintext using the exclusive or op eration (xor). this is termed a binary additive st ream cipher. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 in a sy nchronous stream cip her, the sender and receiv er must be exactly in st ep for decry ption to be successful. if digits are added or removed from the message dur ing transmission, sy nchronisation is lost. to restore sy nchronisation, various offsets can be tried systematically to obtain the correct decryption. another app roach is to tag the ciphertext with markers at re gular points in the output. if, however, a digit is corrup ted in transmission, rather than added or lost, only a sin gle digit in the p laintext is affected and the error does not p rop agate to other parts of the message. this p rop erty is useful when the transmission error rate is high; however, it makes it less likely the error would be d etected without further mechan isms. m oreover, because of this p rop erty , sy nchronous stream cip hers are very susceptible to active att acks — if an att acker can chan ge a di git in the ciphertext, he might b e able to mak e p redictable chan ges to the corresp onding p laintext bit; for examp le, flipp ing a bit in the ciphertext causes t he same bit to be flipped in the plaintext. [2] binary additive st ream cip her is a sy nchronous st ream cip her in which the k eyst ream, p laintext, and cip hertext denoted are sequences of binary digits, and keyst ream is combined with the plaintext using xor op eration to output cip hertext. for each secret key, the st ream cip her gener ates a different deterministic keystream sequence. since it is assumed that k is a shared secret between the transmitter and receiver, receiver p roduces the same k eyst ream sequence and obtains p laintext by xor'ing cip hertext with keystream. in the remaining p arts of the study , we supp ose the stream cipher is a binary additive st ream cip her unless ot herwise is st ated.[3]  self-synchronizing stream ciphe rs anot her approach uses several of the p revious n cip hertext digits to comp ute the keystream. such schemes are known as self-sy nchronizing st ream ciphers, asy nchronous st ream cip hers or cip hertext autokey (ctak). t he idea of self-sy nchronization was p atented in 1946, and has the advantage that the receiver will automatically sy nchronise with the keystream generator after receivin g n cip hertext digits, making it easier to recover if digits are dropp ed or added to the message st ream. single-digit errors are limited in their effect, affectin g only up to n p laintext digits. an example of a self-sy nchronising st ream cip her is a block cip her in cip her feedback (cfb) mode.[2]  genetic algorithm a genetic algor ithm is on e of a r elatively new class of st ochast ic search algorithms. stochast ic algorithms are those that use p robability to help guide their search. gas behaves much lik e biolo gical genetics. gas encoded information into st rings, just as living or ganisms encoded characterist ic into stands of dna [4] re view of previous works 1. m artin boesgaard, at al. in [5], presented a new st ream cip her, rabbit, based on iterating a set of coupled nonlinear functions. rabbit is characterized by a high p erformance in soft ware with a measured encryp tion/decryption sp eed of 3.7 clock cycles p er byte on a pentium iii p rocessor. we have r eformed detailed security analysis, in p articular, correlation analysis and algebraic invest igations. the cry ptanalysis of rabbit did not reveal an attack bett er than exhaustive key search. 2. hongjun wu,in. in [6] . it gener ates keyst ream from a 256-bit secret key and a 256-bit initialization vector. t he encryp tion sp eed of the c imp lementation of hc-256 is about 1.9 bits p er clock cycle (4.2 cycle/by te) on the intel pentium 4 p rocessor. a variant of hc-256 is also introduced in this p aper. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 3. imran erguler, orhun karai in [7], in this study , p rop ose a new keyst ream based encry ption model ; firstly app ly forward error correctin g codes (fec) to p laintext. ne xt, add a nondeterministic noisy sequence to keyst ream and obtain a nondetermin istic bit sequence which is combined with p laintext to gener ate cip her text. even though the receiv er does not know t he content of t he nondeterminist ic sequence, he can st ill obtain the or iginal message. these forces a new definition for cryp tanalysis of keystream sequences in case of known p laintext. a general description of the proposed model below is a presentation of a new approach for encryption sy stem in which plaintext is xor’ed with a keystream sequence. for this model at t he transmitt er site, firstly the plaintext sequence v was encoded to ascii cod e a and then encoded to binary code sequence p. second ly the binary p laintext p was segmented into to one or more registers denoted by ri (i=1,2,3…….,9) then any of them combined to any other by using combination logic c ircuit (and, or, jk, not, xor), these logic gates can b e used r andomly and can use the same logic gate more than once , but their use should be limited and thoughtful because if it is used in non-carefu lly st udied and rep etitive manner, it may lead to p oor results obt ained. then, the final register havin g p rimary cip hertext cp. various p rop erties of such a logic gates function are imp ortant for ensuring the security and can make it extremely difficult to guess p laintext that means it p rovides more security enhancement against att acks, as shown in figure-1 next, this p rimary cip hertext cp is combined with key stream to gener ate final cip hertext cf key s tream a key stream sequence is p roduced by seed and it is m ixed with p lain text for encry ption at the transmitt er side note that key stream sequence is deterministic anyone havin g the seed can reproduce it, and recover the plainte xt easi ly. therefore, for stream cip her security of the cip hertext relies on the security of the key st ream. in this model, a new key st ream was p rop osed in a based encry ption model which p rovides security enhancement against some well known attacks. first a key stream was created from p rimary cip hertext cp . the length of the encryption key is randomly variable fro m 15-25% p ercent of the len gth of p rimary cip hertext cp. after that this key is xor’ed with p rimary cip her text to obtain the final cip hertext cp k = cf this change in the key len gth, add further st rength to the p rop osed method which enhanced and increased in the st rength of encry ption against att ack. main algorithm 1call stream cip her algorithm creator 2call rsa algorithm 3call co mplexity checker algorithm of stream cipher 1inp ut data file 2store data file in memo 3do 4sp lit input line to register 5create key for current register 6put key as p art of stream ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 7stream=stream + current register 8while input line = end of data 9put end of stream 10 save st ream as file complexity checker the final st age of this work is to measure the comp lexity strength of encryption by comp aring with one of encry ption method known rsa, that by taking a sample from text encry pted in the prop osed method denote by (s1s) with t he same samp le but an encry p ted by rsa method denote by ( s1r ) and then calculate the time necessary to get to the same sample in original text denoted by ( s1o ) by using genetic algor ithm. genetic algorithm is used to comp ute the time required to decipher the cip hertext to p roduce the plaintext. genetic algor ithm begins with randomly generating an initial p op ulation of p size chromosome is evaluated by the chromosome’s length equal to the length of the samp le s1s. the fitness of each chromosome comp arin g the chromosome with the s1o (the sample from original t ext), after that crossover and mutation are ap p lied on the p op ulation to create a new p op ulation. supp ose the time required to the first samp le s1s is t1 and to t he sample s1r is t2, as shown in figure2 if t1 is greater than t2 then the p rop osed method is the best. this is done for 8-15 samp les deend on the size of the plaintext. for example, after p laintext sequence was encod ed to ascii code and then encod ed to binary code sequ ence, the p laintext was se gmented into 3 registers and then register 1 was combined with register 2 by xor gate, register 2 with re gister 3 combined by and gate and regist ers 1& 3 are combined by or gate to generate p rimary cip hertext then create a key for current regist er after that this key is xor’ed with p rimary cip her text to obtain the final cip hertext as shown in figure3. for t he same example, table-1 shows the difference between the times required to decipher the sample cip hering by p rop osed method t1 & time required to decipher the same sample cip hering by rsa methods t2 that done for 10 samples. it was noted that the p rop osed method takes t ime longer than the rsa method to get to the original text and this means that the prop osed method is the strongest in terms of encryp tion algorithm of complexity checker 1read cip her file 1 2read cip her file 2 3read p laintext 4select samp le from file 1 and file 2 5start analy sis with calculated time for two samples t o reach to the plaintext not e: the analy sis dep end on genetic algorithm 6if t file 1 > t file 2 then file 1 is c ipher better result and discussion figures 3, 4, 5 & 6 are graphed by p lotting the difference b etween t1 &t2 (t1-t2) and joining the successive point t o a number of samp les by a line. the sum complex represents the number of samp le. t1 is the time required to decip her the sample is cip hered by p rop osed method. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 t2 is the time required to decip her the sample is cip hered by rsa. from the se figures it can be noticed many points: 1. in the figure -3 and table-1 that t he use of key variable in length leads to increase the strength of encryption comparison with rsa method. 2. a comparison between figure 3 and 4 that t he use of logic c ircuits have helped to increase the st rength of encry p tion where it is noted in table -2 that the time needed to decryp t the code in a rsa which became in 4 samples greater than the time of the p rop osed method. in other words, the strength of encryp tion is becomin g less with absence of lo gic circuits 3. the use of logic gates frequently and non-thoughtfully could lead to reverse results as seen in figure -5. this was seemed clear in table-3, where the time n eeded to decry pt the samp le cip hered by a rsa which b ecame in 7 samples greater than the time of the p rop osed method. 4. in the figure-6 that the use of large number of regist ers in inp ut leads to reduce the st rength of encryption, esp ecially if the size of text is small. this seems clear from table-4 where the time needed to decry p t the samp le cip hered by a rsa which became in 6 sa mples greater than the time of the p rop osed method. conclusion in this p rop osed method using variant register in len gth as a key in st ream cip her which p rovides security enhancement against att acks, and can conclude many p oints as follows: 1 the use of variable key in len gth and number of logic gates has helped to increase the st rength of encryp tion. 2the use of logic gates must be limited and thoughtfully , because the frequent use of the same lo gic gate may lead to reduce the strength of encry p tion. 3the use of a suitable number of registers in the inp ut leads to increase the strength of encry ption (the number of registers that are used dep ends on the size of text). 4this p rop osed method is suitable for image encry p tion too t hat can be done by using p ixel valu e instead of the ascii code of the letter and convert this p ixel to binary code, and then can b e used the same algorithm above re ference 1 bucerzan, d.; craciun, m .; chis, v.and ratiu, c.(2010), stream cipher analysis m ethods, int. j. of computer, communications& control, issn 1841-9836, e-issn 1841-9844 , v (4) : 483-489 ,483-489. 2 m att, j.and robshaw, b.(1995), stream ciphers technical report tr-701, version 2.0, rsa laboratories, 5-8. 3m enezes, a.; vanosrschot, p. and vanston, s.(1996), handbook of applied cryptography , by crc p ress llc, ch 6, 194. 4grant, k. (1995), an introduction to gentic algorithms "march , c/c++ users journal,13 (3) : 45-58. 5 boesgaard m ., vesterager m ., pedersen t., christiansen j., and scav enius o.(2010), crypt ico a/s, fruebjer gv ej, p aper ,rabbit: new hi gh-performance stream cipher, cop enhagen , denmark, p p .3-4 6hongjun, wu.(2004), full version of the fse 2004 p aper, “a new stream cipher hc-256, last revised ap ril 15,2-3. 7ergu ler, i. and kara, o.(2007), a new ap p roach to key stream based cry ptosy stems, information securtiy & creptology conference with ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 int ernational participation journal, isc turkey, aralik, ankara,december,1314 . table(1): time required to decipher the sample that ciphered by propose d &rs a methods for 10 samples s amples time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by propose d method in sec t1 time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by rs a in sec t2 s1 15.23 15.21 s2 16.02 4.14 s3 17.12 17.01 s4 14.3 7.72 s5 15.14 13.06 s6 17.27 4.21 s7 12.81 9.13 s8 13.03 4.14 s9 10.13 7.92 s10 16.21 2.31 table(2): time required to decipher the sample that ciphered by propose d &rs a methods for 10 samples without using logic gates s amples time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by propose d method in sec t1 time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by rs a in sec t2 s1 10.24 13.95 s2 16.02 3.14 s3 16.12 14.01 s4 14.3 10.72 s5 13.14 18.46 s6 15.84 1.64 s7 11.31 12.83 s8 14.03 3.64 s9 6.13 9.22 s10 14.61 1.31 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table(3): time required to decipher the sample that ciphered by propose d &rs a methods for 10 samples with using logic gate freque ntly table(4): time required to decipher the sample that ciphered by propose d &rs a methods for 10 samples with using 8 register in input s amples time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by propose d method in sec t1 time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by rs a in sec t2 s1 10.34 13.54 s2 15.02 12.24 s3 11.02 18.81 s4 15.3 17.12 s5 16.71 12.06 s6 13.27 13.71 s7 12.21 20.13 s8 14.03 23.14 s9 10.13 12.92 s10 9.21 15.71 s amples time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by propose d method in sec t1 time requi red to decipher the sample ciphered by rs a in sec t2 s1 7.23 16.41 s2 17.02 13.86 s3 6.12 19.01 s4 10.3 17.72 s5 8.14 21.75 s6 17.27 19.21 s7 14.81 22.13 s8 13.32 7.14 s9 20.03 9.92 s10 15.31 13.97 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(1): describes the propose d method ciphertext using t1 t2 ciphertext using stream cip her rsa plaintext fig.(2): describes the way to measure the complexity strength of encryption s1s s1r s1o ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig .(3): example for propose d method fig .(4): the propose d method without using logic gates ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(5): using logic gate frequently fig.(6): using 8 register in input ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 تعزیز طریقة التشفیر االنسیابي باستعمال مفتاح تشفیر متغیر في الطول نمار عبدالملك طه ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد-قسم علوم الحاسبات،كلیة التربیة 2011 حزیران 16: ، قبل البحث في 2011 ایار 18: استلم البحث في الخالصة و اقترحت ،شفیر وهناك مجموعة واسعة من المعرفة النظریةتالتشفیر االنسیابي هو نوع مهم من خوارزمیات ال البحث اقترحت طریقة جدیدة للتشفیر االنسیابي وفي هذا ،تصامیم مختلفة للتشفیر االنسیابي وحللت على نطاق واسع ة الى عدد من المسجالت وبعدها تجمع هذه المسجالت مع بعضها باستعوذلك بتقسیم النص األصلي مال البوابات المنطقی د و تشفیرا إبتدائیا ومن ثم یجمع مع مفتاح تشفیر هو مسجل ذدوهذا یع طول متغیر الذي یعزز من قوة التشفیر ض و ذلك بحساب الزمن الالزم ) rsa(وبعد ذلك تقارن قوة هذه الطریقة مع طریقة معروفة و هي . الهجمات المعروفة و الطریقة التي تمتلك زمن اطول هي االفضل بالتشفیر و قد . للحصول على النص االصلي باستعمال خوارزمیة الجینیة .شفیر من الطریقة الثانیة توجدت ان الطریقة المقترحة اقوى في ال قوة التعقید، لجینیةالخوارزمیة ا،مسجل متغیر، التشفیر االنسیابي : الكلمات المفتاحیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وبكتیریا saccharomycescerevrsiae تأثیر خمیرة الخبز plantarum lactobacillus نمو الفطرفي sp. fusarium نبراس نزار محمود المستنصریة، الجامعة قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة العلوم 2011 شباط 20 :استلم البحث في 2011 نیسان 12 : قبل البحث في الخالصة قدرة على تثبیط نمو cerevisiae saccharomyces الجافة الخبز خمیرة راشح عمالاست اظهر وظهر أعلى تثبیط لقطر % )1،3،5(لدى تنمیتها في وسط السابروید السائل وبتراكیز مختلفة.fusarium spرالفط وفي الیوم ملم ) 36.5(مقارنة مع معاملة السیطرة ) pda(في وسط % 5تركیز عمالملم عند أست) 24.5(رة الفطر مستعم ط lactobacillus plantarumراشح عزلة بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك عمالعند است.من الحضن السابع بالخلط مع الوس اشح وقد تم تركیز راشح العزلة وأعطى تأثیرًا أعلى من الر fusarium sppلوحظ تأثیرًا تثبیطًا تجاه فطر ) pda(الزرعي زمنیة مددالسائل ول) gye(بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك في وسط مع خمیرة الخبز تم تنمیة.غیر المركز تجاه الفطر نفسه اظهرت یثح ذإ، مدة سبعة أیام fusariumضد فطر الناتج راشح للالفعالیة التثبیطیة اختبرتساعة، وقد ) ,48 ,2472( .من الحضانة ساعة) 48،72(بعد نموالفطر النتائج تثبیط .fusarium sp، تأثیر على saccharomyces cerevisiae ، lactobacillus plantarum:الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة ء )%5 -10(یسبب الغذاء التالف بسبب الفطریات خسائر اقتصادیة كبیرة في العالم تقدر بین من إنتاج الغذا أجناس اربعة هان األیض الثانوي للفطریات الخیطیة وتنتجمفطریة ناتجة آالعالمي، تنتج بعض أنواع الفطریات سموم إذ تكون هذه السموم على درجة من األهمیة ) penicillium ،fusarium ،alternaria ،aspergillusوهي رئیسة .[2,1]ومضرة بالصحة في الطبیعة التي من الممكن أن تؤثر فطریات المنتجة للسموم الفطریة واألحیاء المجهریة ظاهرة شائعة إن التفاعل بین ال ت . [4]تثبیط نمو الفطر ، لذا تركز األبحاث الحالیة على درجة [3]الفطر أو إنتاجه للسموم الفطریة نمو في أوضح ب بها تلوث ومنع الوم الفطریة بالغذاء خیرة أن معظم التأثیرات الرئیسیة للسمالدراسات في السنوات اال یكون عن طریق تجن ء ئالمواد الحافظة الكیمیا عمالالتقلیل من است نفسه نمو الفطر المنتج لها وفي الوقت یة واإلضافات حفاظًا على صحة الغذا لحفظ ویجعل ا مدةسمح بإطالة ت ،اذحیاء المجهریة بصورة تقلیدیة في الحفظ الحیوي للغذاءتستخدم بعض اال. [5] ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد د وفي مقدمة اال [6]ضد المیكروبیة الغذاء آمنًا من خالل المدعمات الطبیعیة والمنتجات حیاء المجهریة المستخدمة ض وخمیرة الخبز) lab(تلوث الغذاء بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك cerevisiae saccharomyces تظهر بعض سالالت . [7]الغذائیة وحفظها اتواسعة في التخمر بصورة ذ تستعملإ saccharomyces الحیوي نشاط المعزز probiotic activity [8] . على عزالت هذه الخمیرة القدرة إذ تمتلك بعض . [9]مخاطر تلوث المنتجات الصناعیة فهي تعمل على تقلیل إنتاج سموم قاتلة للخالیا المیكروبیة الحساسة وبذلك fusariumلفطر عامل سیطرة بیولوجیة cerevisiae saccharomycesوالدراسات الحدیثة تشیر إلى تطبیق خمیرة gras( )gener( ك )lab(بكتیریا دفیما تع. [10] بنجر السكر الذي یصیب بادرات ally reco gnized as safe ( معظم التقاریر ركزت . [11]زیادة القیمة الغذائیة والعالجیة فضآلعن تهالغذاء لتعزیز نوعی وهي احیاء مجهریة تضاف إلى بینما القلیل منها یركز على تأثیرها ، lab [12]البكتیریة لبكتیریا ضدالرئیسة على الفعالیة ضد المیكروبیة والتأثیرات ant(الفطریة إلى الفعالیة ضد [13]وجماعته stilesأشار ذإ ، الفطریات ضد ifungal activity ( لبكتیریا lactobacillus rhamnosus ضد أجناس فطریة مختلفة مثلspp penicillium ،aspergillus spp،fusarium spp ،alternaria spp .( لذا جاءت هذه لدراسة لتهدف إلى أمكانیة إیجاد أنواع من بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك المعزولة fusariumلمحلیة التي تمتاز بقابلیتها على تثبیط نمو الفطر بعض األغذیة امن وكذلك التحري عن قدرة خمیرة الخبز على إنتاج مواد مثبطة للفطریات ودراسة التأثیر التضادي ) خارج الجسم الحي( .الفطر المشمول بالدراسة في) لبكتیریا حامض الالكتیك وخمیرة الخبز(التآرزي لرواشح النمو المشترك لمواد وطرائق العملا والمجهري لخمیرة الخبزالفحص الزرعي درست الصفات الزرعیة )التركیة angelشركة (فرة في السوق المحلیةاتم الحصول على خمیرة الخبز الجافة المتو ط s. cerevisaeلمستعمرة خمیرة الشركة حسب توصیات ) himedia( الصلب والمجهز من شركةالسابروید على وس .[14]المجهزة المثبتة على العبوة وأجري الفحص المجهري لخمیرة الخبز حسب ما ورد عن تنمیة عزلة بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك / مختبرات قسم علوم الحیاة من والمشخصة المعزولة ( plantarum lactobacillus اكتیریبنمیت عزلة m(ط وس في) عة المستنصریةالجام/كلیة العلوم rs( de m an rogos sharpe السائل المجهز من شركة)hi media( بدرجة)[15]وتحت ظروف ال هوائیة ساعة 24مدة م) 37. fusariumعزلة فطر / من مختبرات قسم علوم الحیاة fusarium moniliformحصول على عزلة مشخصة ونقیة للفطر تم ال pda (pot(وسط على الحاوي الطبق تم تلقیح ، اذجامعة المستنصریةال/ كلیة العلوم ato dextrose agar المجهز .[16]م أیا) 7-3(مدة م28وحضن عند ) hi-media(من شركة اختبار الفعالیة التضادیة لراشح المزرعة السائلة لخمیرة الخبز ) 5(هیدروجیني في وسط السابروید السائل ذي أس اوذلك بتنمیته حضر راشح المزرعة السائلة لخمیرة الخبز / خلیة )% (5مل، / خلیة )% (3مل، / خلیة) % (1وبنسبة لقاح ئق تم الحصول دقا 10مدة ) دقیقة/ دورة 6000(ساعة، وبعد النبذ المركزي 72مدة م 30مل، وحضنت بدرجة حرارة mللمزرعة، رشح بمرشحات دقیقة الحرة على سائل الخالیا illpore [17]مایكرومتر ) 0.22(بفطر. ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ط الرزعي للكشف عن عملتست ا fusariumح مركز لق ذإ، الفعالیة التضادیة لراشح الخمیرةطریقة الخلط مع الوس ثم حضنت أیام) 7(بعمرالفتیة من مزرعة ملم الذي قطع ) 5(بقرص دائري قطره pdaكل طبق حاوي على وسط معاملة السیطرة فضآلعنساعة مدة سبعة أیام ولكل معاملة 24س قطر المستعمرة كل قیم هوائیًا ◦) 28(األطباق عند .دون إضافة راشح الخمیرةمن ( ( fusariumضد الفطر lactobacillus plantarumبار تأثیر راشح بكتیریا اخت ) 6(السائل ذي أس هیدروجیني mrsفي وسط .plantarum lbحضر راشح المزرعة السائلة بتنمیة بكتیریا وبعد النبذ المركزي .[18]عة سا 48مدة م 37مل ثم حضنت األنابیب بحرارة / خلیة )% (2وبنسبة لقاح مدة عشر دقائق تم الحصول على سائل الخالیا الحرة للمزروع الذي رشح حسب ما ورد في الفقرة) دقیقة/ دورة 6000( تحضن) 4(في الفقرة نفسها بإتباع الطریقة المذكورة) pda(ت طریقة الخلط مع الوسط الزرعي عملاست .[18] الرابعة س ومدة سبعة أیام، تم بعد ذلك م 28بدرجة حرارة )دون لقاح بكتیريمن (معاملة السیطرة األطباق وبضمنها طبق قیا .[19]ساعة 24الفطریة كل فطر المستعمرات لمرة واحدة ومقارنة الفعالیة التثبیطیة للراشحین lb.plantarumكما تم تركیز راشح المزرعة السائلة للعزلة .fusariumكز تجاه فطر المركز وغیر المر .بطریقة الخلط مع الوسط الزرعي fusariumنمو فطر فيالتأثیر التضادي التآزري لرواشح النمو المشترك glucose yeastالسائل gyeضر وسط حّ extract لقحت األنابیب [20]ما جاء في المحضر حسب ، فضآل )مل للخمیرة/ خلیة ×0.28مل للبكتیریا و/ خلیة ×17% (1السائل بنسبة لقاح gyeالحاویة على وسط أیام تحت ظروف ) 3(ومدة م) 37(وبعد المزج جیدًا حضنت بحرارة ) دون لقاحمن الوسط (معاملة السیطرة عن ) دقیقة/ دورة 6000( ونبذت مركزیا يأنابیب الطرد المركز الى ل جم محدد من مزارع النمو المشترك ونقالهوائیة، سحب ح ساعة وبنسبة لقاح ) 24 ,48 ,72(دقیقة ورشحت بمرشحات دقیقة، أضیفت رواشح النمو المشترك بعمر ) 10 -15( مدة مركز كل طبق بقرص لقح الصلب وبطریقة الخلط مع الوسط الزرعي ثم pdaإلى وسط % 1 بدون (األطباق وبضمنها طبق معاملة السیطرة ، حضنت بعدها مأیا) 7(بعمر fusarium بفطر ملم) 5(دائري قطره .[19]منتظمة خالل مدة الحضن مددأقطار المستعمرات الفطریة وفي وقیست أیام 7مدة م) 28(بحرارة ) الراشح التحلیل اإلحصائي one way [anova]باین األحادي تحلیل الت ّطبقاالنحراف المعیاري لكل معاملة و المتوسط ّوزع analysis of variance وبمستوى معنویةp < 0.05 النتائج والمناقشة fusarium sppاختبار الفعالیة التثبیطیة لراشح المزرعة السائلة لخمیرة الخبز ضد الفطر یة و مقارنة بین المعامالت جمیعًا والختبار معنثم ال)% 1 ,3 ,5(االنحراف المعیاري لكل معاملة المتوسط ّوزع ، فقد تم الحصول على النتائج التي تمثلت بوجود فروق [anova]تحلیل التباین األحادي طبقالفروق فیما بینها ّ أعطى فروقًا معنویة ،إذ%) 5(أظهرت النتائج أن أعلى تركیز لخمیرة الخبز هو . )p < 0.05(معنویة عند مستوى معنویة ).1(ضحة مقارنة بمعاملة السیطرة ولألیام السبعة وكما موضح في الجدول وا ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ملم مقارنة مع قطر المستعمرة لمعاملة ) 9.5(أصبح معدل نمو فطر المستعمرة %) 5(ففي الیوم األول وعند تركیز حیث كان معدل لتراكیز الثالثة الى ا، وكذلك ظهرت فروقات معنویة في الیوم الثاني من النمو بالنسبة )ملم 11.5(السیطرة في معاملة السیطرة ,3 ,5(ملم بالنسبة ) 13.5 ,12.5 ,11.5(ملم وفي التراكیز الثالثة أصبح ) 18(قطر نمو المستعمرة .على التوالي) % 1 الث وال ملم مقارنة بمعاملة ) 15 ,17.5(وكان %) 5(رابع أظهر أقل معدل لقطر المستعمرة عند التركیز وفي الیوم الث الث والرابع على التوالي) 22.5 ,28(السیطرة p < 0.05معنویة عند مستوى معنویة قوكذلك ظهرت فرو .ملم للیوم الث .الخامس والسادس والسابع أیضاً عند الیوم % 5لتركیزالى ا بالنسبة ة عّدهایمكن cerevisiae saccharomyces یتضح من نتائج هذه الدراسة أن خمیرة الخبز عامل سیطرة بایولوجی وهذا یتفق مع ما توصل fusariumلقدرتها على تثبیط نمو الفطریات الملوثة للغذاء والمسببة لألمراض النباتیة مثل فطر ج إفرازخمیرة الخبز على القتل وقدرتها على إلى قابلیة [22]وقد أشار . [21] و [10]إلیه السموم القاتلة، وأن إنتا ة تكتملضد مایكروبیة السموم الخارجیة من الخمائر مع فعالیة بوجود مستقبالت متخصصة على جدار الخلیة الحساس [23]. laotobacilفعالیة التثبیطیة لراشح بكتیریا الاختبار lus plantarum ضد نمو فطرfusarium fusariumظهرت فعالیة تثبیطیة ملحوظة للراشح المركز للمزرعة السائلة لبكتیریا حامض الالكتیك ضد فطر )2(في األطباق المعاملة بالراشح المركز وكما في الجدول الفطر في الدراسة، وذلك عندما انخفض معدل نمو عملالمست )p < 0.05(وبفرق معنوي بمستوى fusariumة فعالیة تثبیطیة لنمو فقد أظهرت كل من الرواشح غیر المركزة والمركز ملم في معاملة ) 12.5(فقد أوضحت نتائج التحلیل اإلحصائي أنه في الیوم األول انخفض معدل نمو قطر المستعمرة من في الیوم لمركز أیضًا بالراشح المركز وظهر هذا الفرق المعنوي الواضح للراشح املم في الطبق المعامل ) 9(السیطرة إلى ملم على التوالي بعد أن كان في معاملة ) 20.5 ,24.5(انخفض معدل نمو قطر المستعمرة إلى تىالثالث والرابع ح ر المستعمرة لألیام التالیة إلى أن وصل في ) 23.5 ,29.5(السیطرة ملم للیوم الثالث والرابع وازداد انخفاض معدل نمو قط . ملم) 37(لراشح المركز مقارنة بمعاملة السیطرة الى ا ملم بالنسبة) 21.5(الیوم السابع إلى antلقابلیة التثبیطیة لنمو الفطریاتلها ا) lab(من هذا یتضح أن بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك ifungal activity ز على تثبیط ا spp lactobacillus اـة بكتیریــوا قابلیـدرس إذ. [24]ه ـل إلیـا توصـوهذا م لفطریات المسببة لتلف الخب aceticوأن أحد المركبات الرئیسة في الفعالیة ضد الفطریة هو حامض الخلیك penicilliumو fusariumومنها acid . الدور التضادي لحامض الالكتیك المنتج من بكتیریا [25]أثبتlactobacillus ، وأن هذه القابلیة ضد المیكروبیة extracellularأنها تنتج خارج الخلیة یحتمل ضد العدید من الممرضات الموجودة في األغذیة ) lab(بكتیریا الخاصة ب .[26]وتنتشر في الوسط فيملحوظ ولها تأثیر) lab(الرئیسة لنمو إلى ان درجة الحرارة ومدة الحضن هي من العوامل [27]وقد أشار ء lactobacillus استخدمت بكتیریا. لیة ضد الفطریةالفعا معززات حیویة لمنع نمو الممرضات التي تسبب تلف الغذا . [29]إلزالة السمیة من النبات الملوث في المنتجات الغذائیة المتخمرة تلذا أمكن تطویر الستراتیجیا،.[28] لسموم الفطریة هي أن أكثر أجناس بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك التي لها القابلیة التثبیطیة لنمو األعفان وٕازالة ا [30]وأوضح lactobacillus, pedio ccous, leuconostoc . و المشترك لخمیرة الخبز وبكتیریا حامض الالكتیك اختبار النم ساعة عن طریق قیاس معدل نمو قطر المستعمرة ) 24 ,48 ,72(قدرت النتائج التثبیطیة للرواشح المشتركة بعمر لرواشح المذكورة الى ابالنسبة p < 0.05وجود فروق معنویة وبمستوى إلى ) 3(وبتثبیت النتائج في الجدول ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد خفض معدل نمو ان إذ ، للحضنهرت هذه الفعالیة التآزریة للرواشح منذ الیوم األول ظ إذأعاله مقارنة مع معاملة السیطرة ساعة على التوالي مقارنة بمعاملة ) 24 ,48 ,72(بعمر لرواشح المشتركة ا الى ملم بالنسبة)59،0،0.(ستعمرة إلىقطر الم ملم ) 8.5(ساعة إلى 24إلى أن وصل معدل قطر المستعمرة للراشح بعمر ملم واستمر هذا االنخفاض ) 11.5(السیطرة ر ،إذساعة أقصى فعالیة) 48(مو المشترك بعمر ملم، فیما أظهر راشح الن) 35(مقارنة بمعاملة السیطرة لم یظهر نمو للفط .ساعة) 72(الحضن إلى مدةوكذلك عند زیادة ساعة ) 24(كان بعد مرور fusariumمن هذا یتضح أن أعلى فعالیة تثبیطیة لرواشح النمو المشترك ضد فطر ).1(كما في الشكل زیادة في الفعالیة التثبیطیة للرواشح الحضن إلى حدوث مدةمن التنمیة المشتركة فیما أدت زیادة بناًء على ما جاء من نتائج فقد اختلفت آراء الباحثین حول العالقة التي تربط بین خمیرة الخبز وبكتیریا حامض أن التلقیح [31]یه ما توصل إل عاآلخر وجد أنها تنافسیة، وهذا یتفق م بعضهمعالقة تعایشیة و عدهاالالكتیك فمنهم من ت aspergillus nominusة تشیر إلى التثبیط العالي لنمو الفطرطالمشترك للمزارع المختل عنه في المزارع المفردة تح في نمو بكتیریا حامض الالكتیك في األوساط الفقیرةتحفیزیا أن لخمیرة الخبز دورًا [32]وذكر أنفسها الظروف المختبریة یزي بین الخمیرة والبكتیریا یبدأ خالل gye ،مثل وسط ط مساعة من تنمیته) 24 -48(، وأن الفعل التحف ا معًا في الوس الذي تنتجه الخمیرة یعمل co2وأن لغاز . أثناء نموها في المنتجة من الخمیرة تستفید البكتیریا من عوامل النمو إذنفسه ى زیادة محبة امض الالكتیك هي على تحفیز نمو البكتیریا وكما هو معروف أن بكتیریا ح للتهویة القلیلة لذا سوف یؤدي إل ط الزرع د المفقودة في الوس التي تعد ضروریة لنمو بكتیریا يفعالیتها التثبیطیة وكذلك توفر الخمیرة الفیتامینات وبعض الموا نیمك لذا فإن الفعالیة التثبیطیة تجاه الفطریات.[33]مینیة حامض الالكتیك مثل الحوامض األ بالفطریات في األعالف وغذاء الحیوان منع االصابة في آبوادئالمستخدمة labأخذها بنظر االعتبار صفة لبكتیریا y(و ) lab( عمالوكذلك یمكن است. [31] east ([34]في الصناعات الغذائیة آبوادئ . في صناعة saccharomyces cerevisiaeو plantarum 21b lactobacillusحیث ادى استخدام بكتیریا ففي الصناعات الغذائیة تتطلب. [35]من الخزن عند درجة حرارة الغرفة ) أیام 7(الخبز إلى تأخر تعفن الخبز حتى وخمیرة )lab(أن المركبات ضد المیكروبیة المنتجة من إذیة ئأغذیة عالیة الجودة وخالیة من المواد الحافظة الكیمیا ، fusarium sp.اظهرت نتائج البحث ان لخمیرة الخبز قدرة على تثبیط نمو الفطر [35]ة طبیعیة ظفمواد حا دالخبز تع الفطر المشمول في) بكتریا حامض الالكتیك وخمیرة الخبز(النمو المشترك كذلك هناك تأثیر تضادي تأزري لرواشح .بالدراسة المصادر 1.steyn, p.s. (1995). m y ctoxins, general view, chemistry and structure , toxicol. lett.82: 843851 . 2. legan, j. d.( 1993). m ould sp oilage of bread : the p roblem and some solutions, int. biodeterior. biodegard. 32: 3335. 3. hassan. g. and bullerman,l.b.(1997). ant iaflatoxin activity of lactobacillus casei pseudoplantarum, int. j. food m icrobiol. 34: 131143. 4. ellis, w. o.; smith, j.p.; simp son, b.k. and oldman, j. h..( 1991). afl atoxins in food: occurrenece, b iosy nthesis, effects on organisms, detection and methods of control. critical rev. food sci. nut . 30(4): 403439. 5. brul ,s. and coote, p.( 1999). preservative agents in foods. m ode of action and microbial resist ance mechanisms, int . j. food m icrobiol. 50 (1-2): 1-17. ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 6. schnürer, j. and m agnusson, j.( 2005). ant ifungal lactic acid b acteria as b io p reservatives. t rends food sci and technol. 16(1-3) : 7078. 7. shetty , p. h. and jesep resen, l.( 2006). saccharomyces cerevisiae and lactic acid bacteria as p otential mycotoxin decontaminating agents. trends food sci and technol. 17 (2): 4855. 8. coeuret, v.; guen gu en, m . and vernoux, j. p.. (2004). numb ers and st rains of lactobacilli in some p robiotic products, int. j. food m icrobiol. 97 (2): 147156. 9. kennes, c.; veiga, m .c.; dubourguier, h.c.; touzel ,j. p.; albagnac, g.; nav eau, h. and ny ns, e.j. (1991). trop hic relationship s between saccharomyces cerevisiae and , laotobacillus p lantarum and their metabolism of glucose and citrate. app l. enviorn m icrobiol. 57(4): 10461051. 10. elsay edshalaby ,m . and el-nady ,m .f.(2008).application of saccharomyces cerevisiae as a biocontrol agent against fusarium infection of sugar beet p lants acta biolo gical szegediensis 52 (2): 271275. 11. el-nezami ,h.; pol chronaki, n.; salminen, s. and my kkanen, h.( 2002). binding rather than methabolism may exp lain the interaction of two foodgrade lao tobacillus st rains with zearalenone and its deriv ative alp ha zearalenol. ap p l. enviorn. m icrobiol. 68(7): 35453549. 12. oliveira, r. b.p.; oliveira, a.l. and glor ia, m .b.a.( 2008). screenin g of lactic acid bacteria from v accum package beeffor antimicrobial activity . braz. j. m icrobiol. 39 (2) : 368374. 13. stiles, j.; penkar, s.; pl ckova, n.; chmuchalova, j. and bullerman, l.b. (2002).ant ifungal activity of sodium acetate and laotobacillus rhamnosus. j. food p rotect. 65: 11181191. 14.harrigan, w.f. and m accance, m .e. (1976). laboratory m ethods in food and dairy m icrobiology . academic press, london. 15.kandler ,o. and weiss ,n. (1986). genus laotobacillus. in: bergey's m anual of sy st ematic bacteriology , 2. (edited by sn eath, p.h.a.; m air, n. s. and hold, j.g.), william and wilkins co., baltimore,u.s.a. 16. robert, a.s.; ellen, s.h. and connie, a.n. ( 1984). introduction to food bornefungi contamination. 2 nd ed., drukkerij, j.v. gestol and zn. b.v., lar en n.h.: 1-205. 17. pfeiffer, p. and radler, f. (1982). purification and char acterization of extracellular and intracellu lar killer of saccharomyces cerevisiae strain 28. j. gen. m icrobiol. 128: 2699 2706. 18. schillinger ,u. and lüke, f.k..(1989).ant ibacterial activity of laotobacillus sak e isolated from meat. app l. environ. m icrobiol. 55 (8) : 19011906. و solani fusarium رین، المكافحة اإلحیائیة للفط)2000 (بد الرضا طه والشبلي، ماجد كاظم،عسرحان، 19. lunata curv ularia 9303): 6(5.بذور الرز، مجلة الزراعة العراقيالمرافقة ل. 20. leroi, f. and pidou x, m .( 1993) . detection of interactions between yeast s and lactic acid bacteria isol ated from sugary kofir grains. j. app l. bacteriol. 74: 4853. 21. attyia, s.h. and youssry , a.a.(2001). app lication of saccharomyces cerevisiae as a biocontrol agent against some diseases of solanaceae caused by macrophomina phaseolina and fusarium solani. egy ptian journal of biology .3: 7987. 22. bussey, h. and skipp er, n. (1976). killing of torulopsis glabrata by saccharomyces cerevisiae killer factors . j. antimicrobial agents and chemotherap y . 9(2) : 352354. 23. palpacelli ,v.; cinai, m . and rosini, g. (1991). activity of different "killer" y east s on st rains of y east sp ecies undesirable in the food industry . fem s m icrobiol lett. 1 (68) : 758. 24. grerz ,c.l.; torino, m l.; rollan, g. and valdez, g.f.(2009). prevention of bread mould sp oilage by using lactic acid bacteria with antifungal p rop erties. food control. 20(2): 144148. ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 25. raczy nska-cabaj,a.; krasz ewsk, a.; wzorek ,w.and sztando ,e.(2005). antagonistic activity of lactic acid bacteria from st rain laotoba cillus plantarum. acta scie. pol. tech. alimentaria. 4(1) : 3951. 26.annuk, h.; schopetova ,j.; kullisaar ,t.; son gisep, e.; zilmer ,m . and m ilelsar ,m . ( 2003). characterization of intest inal lactobacilli as p utative p robiotic candidats j. app l. m icrobiol. 94: 403412. 27. batish ,v.k.; roy , v.; lal, r. and grover, s.(1997). ant ifungal att ributes of lactic acid bacteriaa review. crit. rev. biotechnol. 17(3): 209225. 28. m urry ,jr. a.c.; hinton ,a. and m orrison ,h.(2004). inhibition of growt h of escherichia coli, slamonella typhimurium and clostridium prerfringens on chicken free med ia by laotobacillus salivarius, and laotobacillus plantarum. int. j. poultry sci. 3 (9): 603609 . 29. fuchs, s.; sontag ,g.; stidl ,r.; ehrlich , v.; kund ,m . and knasmüller, s. (2008). detoxfication of p atulin and ochratoxin a, two abundant my cotoxins, by lactic acid bacteria. food chem.. toxicol. 46 (4): 13981407. 30. bhat, r.v.; sh etty ,h. p.k. and vasanthi s.(2000). human and animal h ealth si gnificance of mycotoxins in sorghu m with sp ecial refer ences to fumonisins. pa ges 107115 in : technical and institut ional op tions for sorghum grain m old m anagement proceeding of an international consultation,18-19 m ay, icrisat, patancheru, india (chandrashekarm a.; b andyo p adhy ay , r. and hall, a.j. eds). 31. m uñoz, r.; arena, m .e.; silv a, j. and gonz ales, s.n.( 2010). inhibition of mycotoxin p roducing aspergillus nomius vsc 23 by lactic acid b acteria and saccharomyces cerevisiae. brazilian journal of m icrobiolo gy . 41 (4): 10191026. 32. leroi, f. and pidou x, m .(1993). detection of interactions between y east s and lactic acid bacteria isol ated from sugary kefir gr ains. j. app l. bacteriol. 74: 4853. 33. narendranath, n.v.; hy nes, s.h.; thomas, k.c. and ingledew, w.m . (1997). effect of lactobacilli on y east scatalyzed ethanol fermentation app l. environ. m icrobiol. 63 (11) : 41584163. 34.glover,r.l.k.; diawara,h.; sawadogo-lingani,b. ; jesp ersen, l. and jakobson, m ..(2009).ut ilization of lactobacillus fermentum and saccharomyces cerevisiae as st arter cultures in the p roduction of 'dolo'. journal of app lied biosciences. 22: 13121319. 35.laver micocca, p.; f. valerio; a. evidente; s. lazzaroni; a. corsetti and, m . gobbetti .(2000). purification and char acterization of novel ant ifungal comp ounds from sourdough luctobacillus plantarum st rain 21 b. app l. environ. m icrobiol. 66 (9): 4084 – 4090. ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مختلفة بتراكیز saccharomyces cerevisiae تأثیر راشح خمیرة الخبز :)1(جدول fusariumو مستعمرة الفطر من ضد)% 5، 3، 1( االیام االنحراف المعیاري± ) ملم(المستعمرة قطر معدل control 5تراكیز %3تراكیز %1تراكیز% *9.5 ± 0.707 10.5 ± 0.707 10.5 ± 0.707 11.5 ± 0.707 االول ي *11.5 ± 0.707 *12.5 ± 0.707 *13.5 ± 0.707 18 ± 1.414 الثان *15 ±0.00 *16.5 ± 0.707 *17.5 ± 0.707 22.5 ± 0.707 الثالث *17.5 ± 0.707 *19.5 ± 0.707 21.5 ± 0.707 28 ± 1.414 الرابع *18.5 ± 0.707 *22 ± 1.414 *24.5 ± 0.707 32.5 ± 0.707 الخامس *20.5 ± 0.707 *24.5 ± 0.707 *26.5 ± 0.707 34 ± 0.00 السادس ع *24.5 ± 0.707 *28.5 ± 0.707 *30 ± 0.00 36.5 ± 0.707 الساب p <0.05وجود فروق معنویة بمستوى lactobacilاشح بكتریا ر تاثیر :)2(جدول lus plantarum ومن ض والمركزغیر المركز fusarium sppمستعمرة االیام نحراف المعیاري± ) ملم(المستعمرة قطر معدل اال control الراشح المركز الراشح غیر المركز *9± 0.00 11.5 ± 0.707 12.5 ± 0.707 االول *15.5± 0.707 16.5± 0.707 18.5 ± 0.707 الثاني *20.5± 0.707 23.5± 0.707 23.5± 0.707 الثالث 0.707 30 ± 0.00 29.5 ± 0.707 الرابع ± 24.5* 0.707 33± 0.00 32.5 ± 0.707 الخامس ± 29.5* 0.707 *31.5± 0.707 34.5 ±0.707 السادس ± 24.5* 0.707 *28.5± 0.707 37±0.00 السابع ± 21.5*  وجود فروق معنویة بمستوىp<0.05 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد lactobacillusوبكتریا saccharomyces cerevisiae خمیرة الخبزالنمو المشترك لشح وارتأثیر :)3(دول ج plantarum ة ر مستعمنمو ضدfusarium مختلفةحضن وبأوقات ساعة )72، 48 ،(24 األیام نحراف المعیاري± ) ملم(المستعمرة قطر معدل اال contral 24 ساعة (b+y) 48 ساعة (b+y) 27 ساعة (b +y) *0 *0 *9.5 ± 0.707 11.5 ± 0.707 األول *0 *0 *8.5 ± 0.707 0.707 17.5 ± الثاني *0 *0 *9 ± 0.00 21 ± 1.414 الثالث *0 *0 *8.5 ± 0.707 23.5 ± 0.707 الرابع *0 *0 *8.5 ± 0.707 25.5 ± 0.707 الخامس *0 *0 *8.5± 0.707 30.5 ± 1.414 السادس *0 *0 *8.5 ± 0.00 35 ± 1.414 السابع b بكتیریا ،y ،فروق معنویة بمستوى *خمیرةp ال یوجد نمو 0.05،0> (1) )2( 1)شكل lactobacillusبكتریا و saccharomyces cerevisiaeالفعالیة التثبیطیة لرواشح النمو المشترك لخمیرة الخبز :( plantarum بعد التنمیة في وسط (gye) ساعة بطریقة الخلط مع الوسط الزرعي ضد (48) السائل مدة fusarium c) السیطرة )1( on trol) 4)رواشح النمو المشترك بعمر )2( ساعة (8 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 effect of saccharomyces cerevisiae and lactobacillus plantarum in growth o f fusarium sp. n. n. mahmood departme nt of biology, college of science, unive rsity of almustansirya received in : 20 february 2011 accepte d in : 12 april 2011 abstract saccharomyces cerevisiae filtrate showed inhibitory effect against fusarium spp . when grow in a liquid med ium ( sabouraud) with differ ent concentrations (1, 3, 5) %. the high er inhibitory effect against fungus growt h was (24.5) mm at (5%) in pda medium comp ared with control (36.5) mm dur ing the seventh day p rop agation. the filtrate of lac tobacillus plantarum isolate was mixed with the pda medium ,which showed inhibitory effect against fusarium spp . the concentrated filtrate( one fold) appcarcd a higher effect against the same fungus comp ared with un concentrated filtrate one. saceharomyces cerevisiae and lactobacillus plantarum were grown in (gye) liqu id medium for(24,48,72)hr. and resulted growt h filtrate were tested against fusarium growt h for (7) days, the results showed that the fungus stopp ed its growt h stopp ed after (4872) hr. of incubation. key words: saceharomyces cerevisiae, lactobacillus plantarum ,effect on, fusarium. ihjpas ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 122 new games via soft-𝓘-𝐒𝐞𝐦𝐢-𝐠-separation axioms r.j. mohammad r.b. esmaeel department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. raf44456@gmail.com ranamumosa@yahoo.com abstract in this article, the notions of soft closed sets are introduced by using soft ideal and soft semi-open sets, which are soft-ℐ-semi-g-closed sets "sℐsg-closed" where many of the properties of these sets are clarified. some games by using softℐ-semi, soft separation axioms: like ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) , ş𝒢(𝒯0 , ℐ). using many figures and proposition to study the relationships among these kinds of games with some examples are explained. keywords: soft ideal, soft-𝒯𝑖 -𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 , soft-ℐ-semi-𝑔-𝒯𝑖 -𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 , ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , χ ) ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , ℐ). where 𝑖 = {0,1,2}. 1.introduction in 2011, shaber [1] introduced soft topological spaces. shaber have been introduced to study many topological properties by using soft set like derived sets, compactness, separation axioms and other properties. [2-4]. also, kandil used the soft ideal which is a family of soft sets that meet hereditary and finite additively property of χ to study the notion of soft logical function [5], which was the starting point for studying the properties of soft ideal topological spaces (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) and defined new types of near open soft sets and studied their properties as [6-8]. 2.preliminaries. 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟏. [9] let 𝜒 ≠ ∅ and ℋ be a set of parameters. such that is 𝓅(𝜒) the power set of 𝜒 and 𝓟 ⫋ ℋ. a pair (г, ℋ) (briefly г𝓗) is a soft set over 𝜒 where, г is a ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.4.2517 article history: received 9 february 2020, accepted 20 july 2020, published in october 2020 mailto:raf44456@gmail.com mailto:ranamumosa@yahoo.com 123 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 function given by г ∶ ℋ → 𝓅(𝜒). so, г𝓗 = { г(𝒽): 𝒽 ∈ 𝓟 ⊆ ℋ , г ∶ ℋ → 𝓅(𝜒) }.the family of all soft sets (is denoted by şş(𝜒)𝓗). 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟐. [9] let (г, ℋ) , (𝒢, ℋ) ∈ şş(χ)𝓗. then (г, ℋ) is a soft subset of , (𝒢, ℋ), (briefly(г, ℋ) ⊆̃, (𝒢, ℋ)), if г(𝒽) ⊆̃ 𝒢(𝒽) , for all 𝒽 ∈ ℋ . now (г, ℋ) is a soft subset of , (𝒢, ℋ) and ,(𝒢, ℋ) is a soft super set of (г, ℋ), (г, ℋ) ⊆̃ (𝒢, ℋ). 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟑. [10] the complement of a soft set (г, ℋ) (is denoted by (г, ℋ)′ ) and (г, ℋ)′ = (г′, ℋ) where г′: ℋ → 𝓅(𝜒) is a function such that г′(𝒽) = 𝜒 ‒ г(𝒽) , for each 𝒽 ∈ ℋ and г′ is a soft complement of г. 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟒. [1] let (г, ℋ) be a soft over χ and 𝓍 ∈ 𝜒. then 𝓍 ∈̃ (г, ℋ) whenever, 𝓍 ∈ г(𝒽) for each 𝒽 ∈ ℋ. 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟓. [1] (г, ℋ) χ is a null soft set (briefly ∅ ̃or ø𝓗) if for each 𝒽 ∈ ℋ , г(𝒽) = ø (null set). 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟔. [1] a soft set (г, ℋ) over χ is an absolute soft set (briefly �̃� or χ𝓗) if for each 𝒽 ∈ ℋ , г(𝒽) = χ . 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟕. [1] let 𝒯 be a collection of soft sets over χ with same ℋ, then 𝒯 ∈ şş(χ)𝓗 is a soft topology on χ if; i. χ̃ , ∅̃ ∈ 𝒯 where, ∅̃(𝒽) = ø and χ̃(𝒽) = χ, for each 𝒽 ∈ ℋ , ii. ⋃ ͠ α∈ʌ (ơα , ℋ) ∈ 𝒯 whenever, (ơα , ℋ) ∈ 𝒯 ∀ α ∈ ʌ , iii. ((г, ℋ) ∩ ̃(𝒢, ℋ)) ∈ 𝒯 for each (г, ℋ) , (𝒢, ℋ) ∈ 𝒯. (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft topological space if (ơ, ℋ) ∈ 𝒯 then (ơ, ℋ) is an open soft set. 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟖. [11] let (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) be a soft topological space. a soft set (г, ℋ) over χ is a soft closed set in χ, if its complement (г, ℋ)′ ∈ 𝒯 , the family of all soft closed sets (is denoted by şc(χ) 𝓗). definition 2.9. [11] for any ( χ , 𝒯, ℋ) . let (г, ℋ)′ ∈̃ �̃�, then the soft closure of (г, ℋ)′, (briefly cl (г, ℋ)) ,(is defined as cl((г, ℋ))) = ∩̃ { (𝒢, ℋ) ∶ (𝒢, ℋ) ∈ şc(χ)𝓗, (г, ℋ) ⊆̃ (𝒢, ℋ)}. definition 2.10. [11] for any (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) . let(г, ℋ) ∈ şş(χ) 𝓗, then the soft interior of (г, ℋ) ,(briefly int(г, ℋ)) ,(is defined as int((г, ℋ))) = ∪̃ { (𝒢, ℋ): (𝒢, ℋ) ∈ 𝒯, (𝒢, ℋ) ⊆̃ (г, ℋ)}. definition 2.11. [2] two soft sets (𝒵, ℋ) , (𝒩, ℋ) in şş(𝜒)𝓗. are said to be soft disjoint, if (𝒵, ℋ) ∩̃ (𝒩, ℋ) = ∅̃ written 𝒵(𝒽) ∩ 𝒩(𝒽) ={∅} , for each 𝒽 ∈ ℋ. (ℳ, ℋ) ∃, if 𝓝𝒽 ≠ 𝓜𝒽are distinct, written �̃� ∈̃ 𝓝𝒽, 𝓜 𝒽[2] two soft pointdefinition 2.12. .∈̃ (𝒩, ℋ) ∈̃ (ℳ, ℋ)𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒽 𝓜𝒽soft disjoint sets, such that are two (𝒩, ℋ) and 124 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 definition 2.13. [5] let ℐ be a non-null family of soft sets over χ with parameter ℋ , then ℐ ⊆̃ şş (χ) 𝓗 is a soft ideal whenever, (1) if (г, ℋ) ∈̃ ℐ and (𝒢, ℋ) ∈̃ ℐ implies,(г, ℋ) ∪̃ (𝒢, ℋ) ∈̃ ℐ. (2) if (г, ℋ) ∈̃ ℐ and (𝒢, ℋ) ⊆̃ (г, ℋ) implies (𝒢, ℋ) ∈̃ ℐ . any (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) with a soft ideal ℐ is a soft ideal topological space (briefly (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)). definition 2.14. [5] any (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) with a soft ideal ℐ is namelya soft ideal topological space (briefly (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)). definition 2.15. [12] for any (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ), then (г, ℋ) is a soft semi-open set (briefly şş𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 𝑠𝑒𝑡) if (г, ℋ) ⊆̃ cl(int(г, ℋ)) . a complement of a soft semi-open set is a soft semiclosed (briefly 𝑠𝑠-closed 𝑒𝑡 ). the collection of each soft semi -open sets in (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) (briefly şş𝑂(χ)) . the collection of each soft semi-closed sets (briefly şş𝐶(χ) 𝓗). definition 2.16. [2] a soft topological space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) over χ is a soft𝒯0-space if for each 𝒽𝓜, 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 , there exists a soft open set (ϣ, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ϣ, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (ϣ, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (ϣ, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (ϣ, ℋ). theorem 2.17. [2] a soft topological space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) over χ is a soft𝒯0-space if and only if for each 𝒽𝓜, 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ 𝜒 such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 , there exists a soft closed set (𝒱, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝒱, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝒱, ℋ) or 𝒽 ∉̃ (𝒱, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝒱, ℋ). definition 2.18. [2] a soft topological space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) over χ is a soft-𝒯1-space if for each 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ 𝜒 such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 ∃ (𝒫, ℋ) , (ϣ, ℋ) ∈ 𝒯 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝒫, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝒫, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (ϣ, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (ϣ, ℋ). theorem 2.19. [2] a space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯1-space if and only if for all 𝒽𝓜, 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝. ∃ (𝒫, ℋ) , (𝒱, ℋ) are two soft closed sets whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝒫, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝒫, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (𝒱, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝒱, ℋ). definition 2.20. [2] let (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) be a soft topological space over χ is said to be soft-𝒯2space if, for each 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝. ∃ (𝒫, ℋ) , (ϣ, ℋ) ∈ 𝒯 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝒫, ℋ)𝒽𝓜, 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (ϣ, ℋ) and (𝒫, ℋ) ∩̃ (ϣ, ℋ) = {∅̃}. proposition 2.21. [2] for all soft𝒯𝑖+1-space is a soft𝒯𝑖 -space and i ∈ {0,1,2} 𝐏𝐫𝐨𝐨𝐟. obvious. note that for all soft𝒯1-space is a soft𝒯0-space and for all a soft𝒯2-space is a soft𝒯1space. the converse is not true hold in general. 3. on 𝐬𝐨𝐟𝐭 𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐚𝐥 𝐬𝐞𝐦𝐢-𝐠-𝐜𝐥𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐝 𝐬𝐞𝐭. definition 3.1: in soft ideal topological space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ), let (г, ℋ) ∈ şşo(χ), then (г, ℋ) is a soft-ℐ-semi-g-closed set (briefly sℐsg-closed). if cl(г, ℋ) − (ơ, ℋ) ∈ ℐ whenever, (г, ℋ) – (ơ, ℋ) ∈ ℐ and (ơ, ℋ) ∈ şşo(χ). χ̃ − (г, ℋ) is a soft-ℐ-semi-g-open set (briefly sℐsg-open set). the family of each sℐsgclosed sets (briefly sℐsgc(χ)) .the family of each sℐsg-open soft sets (briefly sℐsgo(χ)𝓗). 125 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 example 3.2: for any space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ), where χ = {1,2} , ℋ = { 𝒽1, 𝒽2}, 𝒯 = {∅̃,x̃,г}, ℐ = {∅̃, 𝒦} such that (г, ℋ) = {(𝒽1, {2}) , (𝒽2, χ)} and (𝒦, ℋ) = {(𝒽1, {ø}) , (𝒽2, {1})} then şşo(χ) = 𝒯, sℐsg-c(χ)𝓗 = { ∅̃ , χ̃, (𝒫, ℋ), (ϣ, ℋ), (𝒵, ℋ), (𝒟, ℋ), (ℰ, ℋ), (𝒩, ℋ), (𝒢, ℋ)} such that (𝒫, ℋ)={(𝒽1,{1}),(𝒽2,{1})},(ϣ, ℋ)={(𝒽1,χ),(𝒽2,{ø})},(𝒵, ℋ)={(𝒽1,χ),(𝒽2,{1})},(𝒟, ℋ) = {(𝒽1, χ), (𝒽2, {2})},(ℰ, ℋ)={(𝒽1,{1}),(𝒽2,{ø})},(𝒩, ℋ)={(𝒽1,{1}),(𝒽2,{2})} and (𝒢, ℋ)= {(𝒽1,{1}) ,(𝒽2,χ)}. remark 3.3: for any (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) then i. each closed soft set is a sℐsg-closed. ii. each open soft set is a sℐsg-open. proof (i) let (𝒫, ℋ) be any closed soft set in (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) and (ơ, ℋ) be a soft semi-open set such that (𝒫, ℋ) – (ơ, ℋ) ∈ ℐ , but cl(𝒫, ℋ) = (𝒫, ℋ), since (𝒫, ℋ) is a closed soft set so, cl(𝒫, ℋ) (ơ, ℋ) = (𝒫, ℋ)– (ơ, ℋ) ∈ ℐ. this implies (𝒫, ℋ) is a soft-ℐ-semi-g-closed soft set. (ii)let (ơ, ℋ) be any open soft set in (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) then χ̃ – (ơ, ℋ)is a closed soft set. by (i) (χ ̃ (ơ, ℋ)) is a sℐsg-closed set thus (ơ, ℋ)is a sℐsg-open soft set . the converse of remark 3.3 is not hold. see example 3. 2 i. let (𝒫, ℋ) = {(𝒽1, {1}), (𝒽2, {1})} is a sℐsg-closed set, but (𝒫, ℋ) is not closed soft set. ii. let (𝒫, ℋ)= {(𝒽1, {2}), (𝒽2, {2})} is a sℐsg-open set, but (𝒫, ℋ) ∉ 𝓣. 4. separation axioms with soft-𝓘semi-g-open sets definition 4.1. a space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a soft-ℐ-semi-𝑔-𝒯0-space (briefly 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯0-space) , if for each 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 and 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� , ∃ (𝔒, ℋ) ∈ sℐs𝑔-o(χ)𝓗 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ). example 4.2. in (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) let χ = {1,2,3}, ℋ = {𝒽1 , 𝒽2}, 𝒯 = {∅̃ , �̃� , (𝓟, ℋ), (ϣ, ℋ) } where, (𝓟, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{1}) , (𝒽2 ,{1})},(ϣ, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{1,2}) , (𝒽2 ,{1,2}) and ℐ = {∅̃}. then şş𝑂(𝜒)𝓗 = { (г, ℋ) ; 1 ∈̃ (г, ℋ)}. so, 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝑐(𝜒)𝓗 = { ∅̃ , 𝜒 ̃,(𝓟′, ℋ) , (ϣ′, ℋ) } and 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝑜(𝜒)𝓗 = 𝒯, hence (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯0-space. since ∀ 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽 , ∃ (𝔒, ℋ) ∈ sℐs𝑔-o(χ)𝓗 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ). proposition 4.3.if (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯0-space then (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯0-space. proof : let 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 since (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯0-space, then ∃ (𝔒, ℋ) ∈ 𝒯 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ) ,𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ) . by remark 2.3, (𝔒, ℋ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open set such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ). theorem 4.4 (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯0-space if and only if for each 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 there is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-closed set (ѵ, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ѵ, ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (ѵ, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (ѵ, ℋ), 𝒽 ∈̃ (ѵ, ℋ) . proof :( ⇒ ) let 𝒽𝓜, 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 since χ is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯0-space, then ∃ (𝔒, ℋ) ∈ sℐs𝑔-o(χ)𝓗 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ ((𝔒, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ 126 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 (𝔒, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ), then ∃ (ѵ, ℋ) ∈ sℐs𝑔-c(χ)𝓗 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ѵ, ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (ѵ, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (ѵ, ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (ơ, ℋ) where, ( �̃� –(ơ, ℋ)) = (ѵ, ℋ). (⇐ ) let 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 and there is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-closed set (ѵ, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ѵ, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (ѵ, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (ѵ, ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ). then there is 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open set ( 𝜒 – (ѵ, ℋ)) = (𝔒, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (𝔒, ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒, ℋ). definition 4.5. (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a soft-ℐ-semi-𝑔-𝒯1-space (briefly 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-space),if for each 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� and 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝. then there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (ơ1,ℋ), (ơ2,ℋ) whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((ơ1,ℋ) – (ơ2,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((ơ2,ℋ) – (ơ1,ℋ)). example 4.6. a space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) when χ = ℋ= ℕ the set of all natural number 𝒯 = 𝒯scof = { г𝓐 : г′(𝓱) is finite set ∀ 𝓱 } ⋃̃ {∅̃ } and ℐ = {∅̃}. so, (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-space. if for each 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� and 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝. then there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (�̃� – 𝒰) , (�̃� – 𝒱) such that 𝒰 ⊆ 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒱 ⊆ 𝒽𝓝 and 𝒰 , 𝒱 are two finite sets whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (�̃� – 𝒱) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉ (�̃� – 𝒱) and 𝒽𝓜 ∉ (�̃� – 𝒰), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (�̃� – 𝒰) and (𝜒 – 𝒱) ⋂ (�̃� – 𝒰) ≠ {∅}. proposition 4.7. if (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯1-space then (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a soft-ℐ-semi-𝑔-𝒯1space. proof : let 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ 𝜒 such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 since (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯1-space, then ∃ (ơ1,ℋ), (ơ2,ℋ) ∈ 𝒯such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((ơ1,ℋ) – (ơ2,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((ơ2,ℋ) – (ơ1,ℋ)). by remark 3.3, (ơ1,ℋ) and (ơ2,ℋ) are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets , and the proof is over . proposition 4.8. if (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-space then it is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯0-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. proof : let 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 since (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒, then ∃ (ơ1, ℋ) , (ơ2, ℋ) ∈ sℐs𝑔-o(χ)𝓗 such that, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((ơ1,ℋ) – (ơ2,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((ơ2,ℋ) – (ơ1,ℋ)). then ∃ (ơ, ℋ) ∈ sℐs𝑔-o(χ)𝓗 -open set whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ơ,ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (ơ,ℋ) or 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (ơ,ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (ơ,ℋ) . the conclusions in proposition 4.8, is not reversible by example 4.2. (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯0-space, but is not 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-space. since ∃ 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 ; 𝒽𝓜 = {1,2} and 𝒽𝓝 = {3} there is no (𝒰,ℋ) and (𝒱,ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝒰,ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∉̃ (𝒰,ℋ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝒱,ℋ), 𝒽𝓜 ∉̃ (𝒱,ℋ). theorem 4.9. a space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-space if and only if for each 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� and 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 there are two 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-closed sets (𝒱1, ℋ) , (𝒱2, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((𝒱1, ℋ) ∩ (𝒱2′, ℋ) ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((𝒱2, ℋ) ∩ (𝒱1′, ℋ) ). proof : (⇒ ) let 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 since (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a soft𝒯1-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒, then ∃ (ơ1, ℋ) , (ơ2, ℋ) ∈ 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝑜(𝜒)𝓗 whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((ơ1,ℋ) – (ơ2,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((ơ2,ℋ) – (ơ1,ℋ)). then there is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-closed sets (𝒱1, ℋ) , (𝒱2, ℋ) whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((𝒱1, ℋ) – (𝒱2, ℋ)) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((𝒱2, ℋ) – (𝒱1, ℋ)) where, (𝜒 ̃ – (ơ2,ℋ)) = (𝒱2, ℋ) and (𝜒 ̃ – (ơ1,ℋ)) 127 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 = (𝒱1, ℋ). then there are two 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-closed sets (𝒱1, ℋ) , (𝒱2, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((𝒱1, ℋ) ∩ (𝒱2′, ℋ) ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((𝒱2, ℋ) ∩ (𝒱1′, ℋ)). (⇐ ) let 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 and there are two 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-closed sets (𝒱1, ℋ) , (𝒱2, ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((𝒱1, ℋ) ∩̃ (𝒱2′, ℋ) ) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((𝒱2, ℋ) ∩̃ (𝒱1′, ℋ) ) .then there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (ơ1,ℋ) , (ơ2,ℋ) whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((ơ1,ℋ) – (ơ2,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((ơ2,ℋ) – (ơ1,ℋ)) where, (𝜒 ̃ – (𝒱2, ℋ)) = (ơ2,ℋ) and (𝜒 ̃ – (𝒱1, ℋ)) = (ơ1,ℋ). definition 4.10. (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a soft-ℐ-semi-𝑔-𝒯2-space ( briefly 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯2-space ).if for any 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (𝔒1,ℋ) , (𝔒2,ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒1,ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒2,ℋ) and (𝔒1,ℋ) ∩(𝔒2,ℋ) ={∅̃}. example 4.11. a space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ); χ = {1 ,2 ,3}, 𝒯 = {∅̃, �̃�} and ℐ = şş(χ)𝓗 .then şş𝑂(𝜒)𝓗 = 𝒯. so, 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝑐(𝜒)𝓗 = 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝑜(𝜒)𝓗 = şş(𝜒)𝓗. then (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯2space. remark 4.12. if (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒, then (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. proof : let 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 since (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a soft-𝒯2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 , then ∃ (𝔒1,ℋ),(𝔒2,ℋ) ∈ 𝒯 such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒1,ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒2,ℋ) and (𝔒1,ℋ) ∩̃(𝔒2,ℋ) = {∅̃}, by remark 3.3, there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (𝔒1,ℋ),(ơ2,ℋ), such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝔒1,ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (𝔒2,ℋ) and (𝔒1,ℋ) ∩̃(𝔒2,ℋ) = {∅̃}. remark 4.13. if (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 then it is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. proof : let 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� whenever, 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝 since (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ,then there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (ơ1,ℋ) , (ơ2,ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ơ1,ℋ), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (ơ2,ℋ) and (ơ1,ℋ) ∩(ơ2,ℋ) = { ∅̃ }. implies, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((ơ1,ℋ) – (ơ2,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ ((ơ2,ℋ) – (ơ1,ℋ)). the conclusions in remark 4.13, is not reversible by example 3.6. a space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯1-space. if for each 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ �̃� and 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓝. then there are 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (�̃� – 𝒰) , (�̃� – 𝒱) whenever, , 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (�̃� – 𝒱) , 𝒽𝓝 ∉ (�̃� – 𝒱) and 𝒽𝓜 ∉ (�̃� – 𝒰), 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (�̃� – 𝒰) and (�̃� – 𝒱) ⋂ (�̃� – 𝒰) ≠ {∅}.which is not 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔𝒯2-space. since for any two 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-open sets (ơ1,ℋ) , (ơ2,ℋ) such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ơ1,ℋ) , 𝒽𝓝 ∈̃ (ơ2,ℋ) then (ơ1,ℋ) ∩(ơ2,ℋ) ≠ ∅̃ . we have previously noted that χ is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔𝒯i-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 whenever it is a 𝒯i+1-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (∀ 𝑖 = 0 , 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 2). the opposite is not generally achieved by example below. example 4.14. (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯i -𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ( 𝑖 ∈ {0,1,2}) , where, χ = {1,2,3}, 𝒯 = {∅̃, �̃�} and ℐ = şş(𝜒)𝓗 . since, 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝑐(𝜒)𝓗 = 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝑜(𝜒)𝓗 = şş(𝜒)𝓗. but the space (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft𝒯i-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ( i ∈ {0,1,2}). the following chart shows the relationships among the various types of notions of our previously mentioned. 128 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 1: soft𝒯i-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 5. games in soft ideal topological spaces in this section, a new game by linking them with soft separation axioms via open (respectively, sℐsg-open) sets was inserted. (respectively , χ ) 0𝒯(ş𝒢, determane a game (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)for a soft ideal space definition 5.1. as follows: , ℐ)) 0𝒯(ş𝒢 player ⅰ and player ⅱ are play an inning for each positive integer numbers in the 𝑟-𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ 𝜒 . in the second step, player ⅱ chooses ℬ𝑟 a soft open (respectively sℐsg-open set) containing only one of the two elements (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟. 3 ℬ,2 ℬ,1 ℬ= { ℬif , ℐ) 0𝒯(𝑆𝒢(respectively , χ ) 0𝒯(ş𝒢wins in the soft game ⅱthen player ,… ℬ𝑟,…..} be a collection of a soft open set (respectively, s𝒥sg-open) set in χ such that ∀ , (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ 𝜒 , ∃ ℬ𝑟 ∈ ℬ containing only one of two element (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟. otherwise, player ⅰ wins. , χ = {1,2,3}be a soft game where, , ℐ)) 0𝒯(ş𝒢(respectively , χ ) 0𝒯(ş𝒢let example 5.2. ,{1})}2𝒽,{1}),(1𝒽{( = (𝒫, ℋ) } where, ℋ),𝒵,( ℋ),ϣ,( ℋ),𝒫,( χ̃ ,∅̃ = { 𝒯, }2 𝒽,1 𝒽{ ℋ = , (ϣ, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{3}),(𝒽2,{3})}, (𝒵, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{1,3}),(𝒽2,{1,3})} and ℐ = {∅̃} . then şşo(χ) = { {1} ∈̃ (г, ℋ) and {3} ∉̃ г (𝒽) ∀𝒽 , {3} ∈̃ (г, ℋ) and {1} ∉̃ г (𝒽) ∀𝒽 , {1,3} ∈̃ (г, ℋ)}∪ {∅̃}, then sℐsgc(χ)𝓗 = sc(χ)𝓗 and sℐsgo(χ)𝓗 = 𝒯. then in the first inning: = 𝒩𝒽= {1} and 𝓜𝒽such that ∈̃ �̃� 𝒩𝒽, 𝒽where, 𝒩𝒽 ≠ 𝓜𝒽choose ⅰthe first step, player {2}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒫, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{1}),(𝒽2,{1})} a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set)). in the second inning: the first step, player ⅰ chooses 𝒽 𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓞 where, 𝒽 𝓜 , 𝒽𝓞 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 = {1} and 𝒽𝒪 = {3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (ϣ, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{3}),(𝒽2,{3})} which is a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set). (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is 𝑎𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-2𝒯-soft (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ) is 𝑎𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-0𝒯-soft (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ)is 𝑎𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-1𝒯-soft (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is 𝑎 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-2𝒯 (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)is 𝑎 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-1𝒯 (𝜒 , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)is 𝑎 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒-0𝒯 129 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 in the third inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽 𝓝 ≠ 𝒽𝒪 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝒪 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓝 = {2} and 𝒽𝒪 = {3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (ϣ, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{3}),(𝒽2,{3})} which is a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set)). in the fourth inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓡 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓡 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 = {1} and 𝒽𝓡 = {2,3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒫, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{1}),(𝒽2,{1})} which is a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set)). in the fifth inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓝 ≠ 𝒽𝓢 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓢 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓝 = {2} and 𝒽𝓢 = {1,3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒵, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{1,3}),(𝒽2,{1,3})} which is a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set)). in the sixth inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓞 ≠ 𝒽𝓛 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓛 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝒪 = {3} and 𝒽𝓛 = {1,2}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (ϣ, ℋ) = {(𝒽1,{3}),(𝒽2,{3})} which is a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set)). then ℬ = {,(𝒫, ℋ) ,(ϣ, ℋ) ,(𝒵, ℋ)} is the winning strategy for player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively ş𝒢(𝒯0 , ℐ)). hence player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively ş𝒢(𝒯0 , ℐ)). ℋ =, χ = {1,2,3}is a game where, , ℐ)) 0𝒯(ş𝒢(respectively , χ) 0𝒯( ş𝒢let example 5.3. then ℐ = {∅̃},{3})} and 2𝒽,{3}),(1𝒽= {( (ϣ, ℋ)where, ℋ)},ϣ,( χ̃ ,∅̃ = { 𝒯, }2 𝒽,1𝒽{ .𝒯= 𝓗sℐsgo(χ)and 𝓗(χ)= sc 𝓗 sℐsgc(χ) in the first inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ �̃� since 𝒽𝓜 = {1} and 𝒽𝒩 = {2}. in the second step, player ⅱ cannot find (ơ, ℋ) which is a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set)) containing one of 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 . hence player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively ş𝒢(𝒯0 , ℐ)). remark 5.4. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ): i. if player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) then player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , ℐ). ii. if player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) then player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢 (𝒯0 , ℐ). remark 5.5. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ), if player ⅱ ↓ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) then player ⅱ ↓ ş𝒢(𝒯0 ,ℐ). theorem 5.6. a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) (respectively (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)) is 𝒯0-space (respectively, sℐsg𝒯0-space) if and only if player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ)). proof: ( ⇒ ) in the 𝑟-𝑡ℎ inning player in ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ)) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, player in ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ)) choose (ơ𝑟 , ℋ) is a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-open set ) containing only one of the two elements (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟. since (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft 𝒯0-space (respectively, sℐsg-𝒯0-space). then if ℬ = { (ơ1, ℋ) , (ơ2, ℋ) , (ơ3, ℋ) ,…,(ơ𝑟 , ℋ) ,...} is the winning strategy for player in ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ)). hence player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ)). (⇐ ) clear. 130 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 corollary 5.7. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ): iplayer ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) if and only if ∀ 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where, 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ 𝜒 ∃ (𝒜, ℋ) is a 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 set where 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (𝒜, ℋ) and 𝒽𝒩 ∉̃ (𝒜, ℋ). iiplayer ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ) if and only if ∀ 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where, 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ 𝜒 ∃ (ℬ, ℋ) is a sℐsg-closed set where 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ℬ, ℋ) and 𝒽𝒩 ∉̃ (ℬ, ℋ). proof: i. (⟹) let 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where, 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ 𝜒 . since player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ), then by theorem 5.6, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft𝒯0-space. then theorem 1.17, is applicable. (⟸) by theorem 2.17, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft𝒯0-space. then theorem 4.6, is applicable. ii. (⟹) let 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where, 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ 𝜒 . since player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ), then by theorem 4.1.6, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a sℐsg-𝒯0-space. then theorem 4.4, is applicable. (⟸) by theorem 4.4, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a sℐsg-𝒯0-space. then theorem 4.6, is applicable. corollary 5.8. ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯0-space if and only if player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ). iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a sℐsg-𝒯0-space if and only if player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ). proof: by theorem 5.6, the proof is over. theorem 5.9. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) : ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft-𝒯0-space if and only if player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ). iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is not sℐsg-𝒯0-space if and only if playerⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ). proof: i(⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning player ⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ) cannot find (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ) is a soft 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 set (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ) , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∉̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ) or (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∉̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ), (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ). (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩)r, because (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft-𝒯0-space. hence player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ). (⟸) clear. ii(⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning player ⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ) cannot find (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ) is a sℐsg 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 set (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ) , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∉̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ) or (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∉̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ), (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ (ơ𝑟 ,ℋ), because (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not sℐsg-𝒯0-space. hence player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.10. ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft-𝒯0-space if and only if player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0 , χ ). iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is not sℐsg-𝒯0-space if and only if player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ). proof: by theorem 5.9, the proof is over. definition 5.11. for a soft ideal space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ), determine a game ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) ) as follows: player ⅰ and player ⅱ are play an inning with each positive integer numbers in the 𝑟 𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) are two soft open (respectively, sℐsg𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ ((𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ))and (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ ((ℬ𝑟,ℋ) ‒ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ)). then player ⅱ wins in the soft game ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)) 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 if ℬ = {{(𝒜1,ℋ), (ℬ1,ℋ)}, {(𝒜2,ℋ), (ℬ2,ℋ)}, … , {(𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)}, … } be a collection of a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets in χ such that ∀ (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, ∃{(𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)} ∈ ℬ such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ ((𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)) and (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ ((ℬ𝑟,ℋ) ‒ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ)). otherwise, playerⅰ wins in the soft game ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)). example 5.12. let a game ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ )(respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)) be a game where, χ = {1,2,3} , ℋ = { 𝒽1, 𝒽2}, 𝒯 = şş(χ)𝓗, ℐ = {∅̃}. then şş𝑂(ჯ) = sℐsg-𝑐(χ)𝓗 = sℐsg-𝑜(χ)𝓗 = şş(χ)𝓗. in the first inning: the first step, player ⅰ chooses 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where, 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 = {1} and 𝒽𝒩 = {2} in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒜,ℋ), (ℬ,ℋ) such that 𝒜(𝒽) = {1}, ℬ(𝒽) = {2} ∀ 𝒽 which are soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets. in the second inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓞 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓞 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 = {2} and 𝒽𝒪 = {3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (ℬ,ℋ), (𝒞,ℋ) such that ℬ(𝒽) = {2}, 𝒞(𝒽) = {3} ∀ 𝒽 which are soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets. in the third inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓝 ≠ 𝒽𝒪 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝒪 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓝 = {1} and 𝒽𝒪 = {3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒜,ℋ), (𝒞,ℋ) such that 𝒜(𝒽) = {1}, 𝒞(𝒽) = {3} ∀ 𝒽 which are soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets. in the fourth inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝓡 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓡 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓜 = {1} and 𝒽𝓡 = {2,3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒜,ℋ), (𝒟,ℋ) such that 𝒜(𝒽) = {1}, 𝒟(𝒽) = {2,3} ∀ 𝒽 which are soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets. in the fifth inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓝 ≠ 𝒽𝓢 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓢 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝓝 = {2} and 𝒽𝓢 = {1,3}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (ℬ,ℋ), (ℰ,ℋ) such that ℬ(𝒽) = {2}, ℰ(𝒽) = {1,3} ∀ 𝒽 which are soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets. in the sixth inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose 𝒽𝓞 ≠ 𝒽𝓛 where, 𝒽 , 𝒽𝓛 ∈̃ �̃� such that 𝒽𝒪 = {3} and 𝒽𝓛 = {1,2}. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒞,ℋ), (ℱ,ℋ) such that 𝒞(𝒽) = {3}, ℱ(𝒽) = {1,2} ∀ 𝒽 which are soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets. then ℬ = {{(𝒜, ℋ), (ℬ, ℋ)}, {(ℬ, ℋ), (𝒞, ℋ)}, {(𝒜, ℋ), (𝒞, ℋ)}, {(𝒜, ℋ), (𝒟, ℋ)}, {(ℬ, ℋ), (ℰ, ℋ)}, {(𝒞, ℋ), (ℱ, ℋ)}} is the winning strategy for player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)). hence player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ )(respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)). by the same way in example 4.3, player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) and player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ). remark 5.13. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) : iif player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) then player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ). iiif player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)then player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ). remark 5.14. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ), if player ⅱ ↓ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) then player ⅱ ↓ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ). 132 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 theorem 5.15. a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) (respectively, (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)) is a soft-𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (respectively, sℐsg-𝒯1-space) if and only if player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)). proof: (⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning player ⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)) choose ∀ (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)) choose (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) are two soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛) sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ ((𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)) and (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ ((ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ)). since (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) a soft-𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (respectively,sℐsg-𝒯1-space).then ℬ = {{(𝒜1,ℋ), (ℬ1,ℋ)}, {(𝒜2,ℋ) , (ℬ2,ℋ)} , … , {(𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)}, … } is the winning strategy for player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)). hence player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ)). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.16. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ): iplayer ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ) if ∀ 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ �̃�, ∃ (𝒜,ℋ), (ℬ,ℋ) are two closed sets such that 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((𝒜,ℋ) ‒ (ℬ,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ ((ℬ,ℋ) ‒ (𝒜,ℋ)). iiplayer ⅱ ↑ 𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) if ∀ 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ 𝜒, ∃ (𝒜,ℋ), (ℬ,ℋ)} are two sℐsg-closed sets where, 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ ((𝒜,ℋ) ‒ (ℬ,ℋ)) and 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ ((ℬ,ℋ) ‒ (𝒜,ℋ)). proof: i. (⟹) let 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ �̃�. since player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1 , χ ), then by theorem 4.1.15, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. then theorem 2.19, is applicable. (⟸) by theorem 2.19, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. then theorem 5.15, is applicable. ii. (⟹)let 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ �̃�. since player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) , then by theorem 5.15, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a sℐsg-𝒯1-space. then theorem 4.9, is applicable. (⟸) by theorem 4.9, the space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a sℐsg-𝒯1-space. then theorem 5.15, is applicable. corollary 5.17. ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯1-space if and only if player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ ). iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a sℐsg-𝒯1-space if and only if player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ). proof: by theorem 5.15, the proof is over. theorem 5.18. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ): ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft-𝒯1-space if and only if player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ ). iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is not sℐsg-𝒯1-space if and only if player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ). proof: i. (⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning player ⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ ) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃� , player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ ) cannot find (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) are two soft open sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ ((𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)) and (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ ((ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ)), because (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft-𝒯1-space. hence player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ ). (⟸) clear. ii. (⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning player ⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) cannot find (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) are two sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ ((𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ)) and (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ ((ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) ‒ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ)), because (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft𝒯1-space. hence player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ). 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 (⟸) clear. corollary 5.19. iif a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft𝒯1-space if and only if player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, 𝜒 ). iiif a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is not sℐsg-𝒯1-space if and only if player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ). proof: similar way of proof theorem 5.18. definition 5.20. for a soft ideal space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ), determine a game ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)) as follows: player ⅰ and playerⅱ are play an inning with each positive integer numbers in the 𝑟 𝑡ℎ inning: the first step, player ⅰ choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟, (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�. in the second step, player ⅱ choose (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) are two soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 ) sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) and (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ∩̃ (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) = {∅̃}. then player ⅱ wins in the game ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) ) if ℬ = {{(𝒜, ℋ), (ℬ, ℋ)}, {(ℬ, ℋ), (𝒞, ℋ)}, {(𝒜, ℋ), (𝒞, ℋ)}} be a collection of a soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛) sets in 𝜒 such that ∀ (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟, (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, ∃{(𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)} ∈ ℬ such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) and (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) and (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ∩̃ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) = {∅̃}. otherwise, playerⅰ wins in the game ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)). by example 5.12. ∀ 𝒽𝓜 ≠ 𝒽𝒩 where, 𝒽𝓜 , 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ �̃� there exist (ℳ, ℋ), (𝒩, ℋ) are soft 𝒽𝓜 ∈̃ (ℳ, ℋ) and 𝒽𝒩 ∈̃ (𝒩, ℋ) such that (ℳ, ℋ) ∩̃ (𝒩, ℋ) = {∅̃}. so, then ℬ = {{(𝒜, ℋ), (ℬ, ℋ)}, {(ℬ, ℋ), (𝒞, ℋ)}, {(𝒜, ℋ), (𝒞, ℋ)}, {(𝒜, ℋ), (𝒟, ℋ)}, {(ℬ, ℋ), (ℰ, ℋ)}, {(𝒞, ℋ), (ℱ, ℋ)}}. is the winning strategy for player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)). hence player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2 , χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)). by the same way in example 5.3, player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) and player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ). remark 5.21. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ): iif player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) then player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ). iiif player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) then player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ). remark 5.22. for a space ((χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ), if playerⅱ ↓ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) then player ⅱ ↓ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ). theorem 5.23. a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) (respectively, (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)) is a soft-𝒯2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (respectively, 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔-𝒯2-𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒) if and only if player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)). proof: (⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning player ⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)) choose (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) are two soft open (respectively, sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛) sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ ((𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) and (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ ((ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) and (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ∩̃ (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) = {∅̃}. since (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) a soft-𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (respectively,sℐsg-𝒯1-space).then ℬ = {{(𝒜1,ℋ), (ℬ1,ℋ)}, {(𝒜2,ℋ) , (ℬ2,ℋ)}, … , {(𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ)}, … } is the winning strategy for player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)). hence player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ)). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.24. ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 if and only if player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ). 134 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is a sℐsg-𝒯2-space if and only if player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ). proof: by theorem 4.23, the proof is over. theorem 5. 25. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ): ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft-𝒯2-space if and only if player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ). iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is not a sℐsg-𝒯2-space if and only if player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ). proof: i(⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning player ⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ ) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ �̃�, player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ) cannot find (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟 ,ℋ) are two soft-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ ((ℬ𝑟,ℋ) and (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ∩̃ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) = {∅̃} , because (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is not soft-𝒯2-space. hence playerⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ). (⟸) clear. ii(⟹) in the 𝑟-th inning playerⅰ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) choose (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ≠ (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟where, (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 , (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ 𝜒, player ⅱ in ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) cannot find (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) are two sℐsg-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 sets such that (𝒽ℳ )𝑟 ∈̃ (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ), (𝒽𝒩 )𝑟 ∈̃ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) and (𝒜𝑟 ,ℋ) ∩̃ (ℬ𝑟,ℋ) = {∅̃} , because (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a not soft-𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. hence playerⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ). (⟸) clear. corollary 5.26. ia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ) is a not soft-𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 if and only if player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ). iia space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is not a sℐsg-𝒯2-space if and only if player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ). proof: by theorem 5.25, the proof is over. remark 5.27. for a space (χ , 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ): i. if player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖+1, 𝜒) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖+1, ℐ) ) then player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , 𝜒) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , ℐ) ), where 𝑖 = {0,1}. ii. if player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , 𝜒); then player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , ℐ), where 𝑖 = {0,1,2}. the following (figure) clarifies a relationships in theorem 5.6, theorem 5.15, theorem 5.23 and remark 5.27. player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ) player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ) player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, χ) (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ) is a soft-𝒯0 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔 𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔 𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is 𝑠ℐ𝑠𝑔 𝒯0 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ) player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ) player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0, χ) 135 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 2: the winning strategy for player ⅱ remark 5.28. for a space (𝜒, 𝒯, ℐ): iif player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , 𝜒) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , ℐ) ) then player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖+1, 𝜒) (respectively, ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖+1, ℐ) ), where 𝑖 = {0,1}. iiif player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , ℐ) then player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯𝑖 , 𝜒), where 𝑖 = {0,1,2}. the following (figure) clarifies a relationships in theorem 5.9, theorem 5.18, theorem 5.26 and remark 5.28. figure 3: the winning strategy for player ⅰ player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) player ⅱ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ) player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ) player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ) player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0, χ) player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) player ⅰ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ) player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, χ) player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, χ) player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, χ) player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) player ⅰ ↑ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ) (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ) is not a soft-𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ) is not a soft-𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ) is not a soft-𝒯0 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ) is not a sℐsg 𝒯2 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)is not a sℐsg 𝒯1 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (𝜒, 𝒯, ℋ, ℐ)is not a sℐsg 𝒯0 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯2, ℐ) player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯1, ℐ) player ⅱ ⤉ ş𝒢(𝒯0, ℐ) 136 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 references 1. shabir, m.; naz, m. on soft to topological spaces. com put math. appl. 2011, 61,1786-1799. 2. hussain, s.; ahmad, b. soft separation axioms in soft topological spaces. hjms. 2015, 44,3, 559-568. 3. kadil, a.; tantawy, o. a.; el-sheikn, s. a.; abd el-latif, a. m. yoperation and decompositions of some forms of soft continuity in soft topological spaces. afmi. 2014, 7,181-196. 4. abd el-latif, a.m. supra soft topological spaces. jo ̈ kull journal. 2014, 8, 4, 17311740. 5. kandil, a.; tantawy, o. a. e.; el-sheikh, s. a; abd el-latif, a. m. soft ideal theory, soft local function and generated soft topological spaces. appl. math. inf.sci. 2014, 8,4, 1595-1603. 6. nasaf, a. a.; radwan, a. e.; ibrahem, f.; esmaeel, r. b. soft α-compactness via soft ideals. jou. of advances in math. 2016, 12,4, 6178-6184. 7. esmaeel, r. b.; naser, a. i. some properties of-ĩ-semi open soft sets with respect to soft ideals. ijpam. 2016, 4, 545-561. 8. esmaeel, r. b.; nasir, a. i; bayda atiya kalaf. on α-gĩ-closed soft sets. sci. inter. (lahore). 2018, 30,5, 703-705. 9. maji, p. k.; biswas, r; roy,a.r. soft set theory. com put. math. appl. 2003, 45, 555562. 10. ali, m. i.; feng, f.; liu, x.; min, w. k; shaber, m. on some new operations in soft set theory .com put. math. apple. 2009, 57,9, 1547-1553. 11. zorlutuna, i.; akdag, m.; min, w. k; atmaca, s. remark on soft topological spaces, ann. fuzzy math. in form. 2012, 3,2, 171-185. 12. saziye yuksel.; naime tozlu.; zehra guzel ergul. soft regular generalized closed sets in soft topological spaces. int. journal of math. analysis. 2014, 8, 8, 355-367. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees الكيمياء |376 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 دراسة ميكانيك الكم باستعمال نظرية دالة الكثافة لبنية و استقرارية و الحركة االهتزازية لكيتونات البروبان الحلقي سمير عداي سلمان الكيمياءقسم (/ ) ابن الهيثمكلية التربية للعلوم الصرفةجامعة بغداد/ 6132/حزيران/62قبل في: ،6132/نيسان/31استلم في: الخالصة cyclopropanoneعلى جزيئات dftفي هذه الدراسة تم اجراء الحسابات باستعمال نظرية دالة الكثافة و بوجود الجهد المرافق 31g**/mp2-6إذ كانت الدالة االساس cyclopropanetrioneو cyclopropandioneو b3-lyp بينت النتائج ان هندسة الحالة المستقرة لجميع الجزيئات تعود الى مجموعة النقطة التماثلية .𝐶2𝑣 إذ يحصل الى 𝐷3ℎمما يؤدي الى خفض تماثل الجزيئة االولي من 3o3cازدواج تذبذبي مع الحالة االلكترونية االرضية في جزيئة 𝐶2𝑣 و ان القوة الدافعة لهذه العملية هي الوصول الى ترتيب الكتروني داخلي يتوافق مع قاعدةhückel لالنظمة االروماتية. في هذه الدراسة ايضا تم حساب االنماط االعتيادية لالهتزازات مع قيم ترددها و شدد امتصاصها و تصنيفها . isodesmic reactionالمذكورة بطريقة التماثلي و اخيرا حسبت طاقة الشد الزاوي للجزيئات البروبانون الحلقي, البروبان الحلقي ثنائي اون, البروبان الحلقي ثالثي اون, كيتونات البروبان الحلقي. : الكلمات المفتاحية الكيمياء |377 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 المقدمة عن اكتشاف وجود بعض الجزيئات ذات البنية التركيبية و االلكترونية غير [1] 2012اعلن معهد الفلك الراديوي عام االعتيادية في الفضاء بين النجمي لسديم راس الحصان, و تاتي اهمية هذا االكتشاف من حقيقة عدم وجود هذه المركبات فضال و المغناطيسية القوية روف الخواء الشديد و درجات الحرارة المتطرفة و المجاالت الجاذبيةظتشكل إذعلى االرض, االشعاعات المؤينة دور في استقرارية هذه المركبات غير االعتيادية, ان اكتشاف مثل هذا النوع من المركبات يعمل عن على زيادة معرفتنا و فهمنا لنشؤ و تطور الجزيئات الحيوية و حتى امكانية وجود الحياة على كواكب اخرى, وفي بعض ان تكون لهذه االكتشافات اهمية صناعية و اقتصادية ليتجلى احتما c60bucky balls c,70تشاف وجوالحاالت مثال اك كبيرة على المديين المتوسط و البعيد في اقل االحوال. ربما تكون االهمية االكبر في مثل هذه االكتشافات في فتح افاق جديدة حول فهم حركية بعض التفاعالت الكيميائية التي روف التجريبية ظفيها هذه المركبات دور الوسطيات غير المستقرة عالية الفعالية ذات االعمار القصيرة جدا ضمن ال تؤدي .[2] وان ادراك هذه الحقيقة يساهم في زيادة قدرتنا على توجيه التفاعالت القديمة في اتجاهات جديدة كليا مع keteneيحضر من تفاعل -c090هاره عبارة عن مركب غير مستقر درجة انص cyclopropanoneيكون diazomethane بدرجة حرارةc[3:5]0145[6]كمركب وسطي في العديد من التفاعالت العضوية مامه ادور يؤديو دوره في تفاعالت االضافة الحلقية و التي يدخل فيها كثنائي قطب من نوع فضال عن, favorskii[7]مثل اعادة ترتيب [10,11]. تناولته العديد من الدراسات النضرية حول السلوك التوتومري له و لمشتقاته [8,9]الحلقية مع الدايينات 1,3 .[13]و كذلك بعض معقدات التاصر الهيدروجيني له [12]استقراريته فضال عن حث في هو مركب غير محضر كما ان الدراسات النضرية عليه قليلة جدا و لم يتم الب cyclopropandioneالمركب في دراسة سطح طاقة 2o2h3cتناولته كاحد متشاكالت الصيغة الوضعية [14]تركيبه و صفاته لحد االن لكن الدراسة لمتشاكالته. potential energy surface pes الجهد الول اوكسيد الكاربون هو ايضا غير cyclic trimerو الذي يمكن اعتباره كثالثي حلقي cyclopropantrioneالمركب رجحت وجوده كوسطي عند درجات الحرارة الواطئة جدا [15]محضر و غير مثبت التركيب, بعض الدراسات مثل k)0(2 من خالل طيفmicrowave اقترحت انه ربما يكون ذو بنية مستوية تنتمي الى المجموعة التماثلية إذ𝐶3ℎ في تكون استقرارية الحالة الثالثية إذذه البنيةقد ال تكون مستقرة و انها تمثل حالة انتقالية حين بينت دراسات اخرى ان ه .[16]للجزيئة اكبر من استقرارية حالتها االحادية تهدف هذه الدراسة الى استقصاء البنية و االستقرارية و الخواص الطيفية للحركة االهتزازية لكيتونات البروبان الحلقي من للهندسة المنظمة و تحليل الحركة االهتزازية لهذه الجزيئات في حالتها االرضية. dftحسابات خالل عمل ق الحسابيةائالطر . اجريت windowsالخاصة للعمل مع انظمة hyperchem package 8.0.8 عمالتم انجاز هذه الدراسة باست و بوجود الجهد المرافق mp2المدمجة مع تصحيح rhfضمن **31g-6الدالة االساس عمالباست dftحسابات b3-lyp تم اجراء تنظيم لهندسة الجزيئات المستعملة في الدراسة حسب خوارزمية .polak-ribiere كان إذrms mole 0gradient = 0.1 kcal/a بعد الوصول الى الهندسة المنظمة للجزيئات في حالتها االرضية جمعت البيانات . االواصر و الزوايا و طاقة الحالة االرضية و عزم ثنائي القطب ومن ثم تم حساب طاقة الشد الزاوي حول قيم اطوال acetoneو propaneو ethaneمن خالل جزيئات isodesmic reactionلكيتوناتالبروبان الحلقي المدروسة بطريقة وبان الحلقي.كجزيئات مرجعية ظبطت بياناتها كما ذكر اعاله بالنسبة لكيتونات البر hp/core i5,ram/8giga-byteالحاسبة المستعملة في هذه الدراسة كانت من نوع المناقشة التي 𝐶2𝑣تشير حسابات تنظيم هندسة الجزيئة الى ان جميع الجزيئات المدروسة تعود الى مجموعة النقطة التماثلية ,𝐸)عناصر اساسية للتماثل هي ةتتضمن اربع 𝜎𝑣 , 𝜎ℎ , 𝐶2) و بالرغم من ان هذا متوقع اصال من بنية جزيئاتo4h3c ان البنية االولية للجزيئة ترجح انها تنتمي الى إذفان تلك النتيجة تعد مفاجئة 3o3cاال انه بالنسبة لجزيئة 2o2h3cو ,𝐸)اكبر من عناصر التماثل تشمل او التي تمتلك عدد 𝐷3ℎمجموعة النقطة التماثلية 2𝐶3, 3𝐶2, 3𝜎𝑣 , 𝜎ℎ , 2𝑆3) الذي . كانت قد تشوهت قليال لتاخذ و 𝐷3ℎيحصل ان حلقة ذرات الكاربون التي كانت تشكل مثلث متساوي االضالع في البنية تميل 𝐶2فان مجموعة الكاربونيل و التي يمر بها عنصر التماثل المتبقي الوقت نفسهضعية مثلث متساوي الساقين و في ( يبين البيانات 1والجدول )اواصر مجموعتي الكاربونيل االخرى. ألطوالان طولها ال يعود مساويا إذال الى االستطالة قلي الهندسية للجزيئات المدروسة في حالتها االرضية. يؤدي الى اعادة توزيع شحنتها ليتكون لها عزم ثنائي قطب مقداره 3o3cذلك فان انكسار تماثل الجزيئة فضال عن 0.0056 d د ان كانت تمتلك توزيع متماثل للشحنة يؤدي الى حذف اي عزم قطب تمتلكه.بع الكيمياء |378 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 و عزم zpeو طاقة نقطة الصفر mp2( يبين قيم الطاقة الكلية و الطاقة الكلية المضاف اليها حد التصحيح 7الجدول ) تم حساب طاقة الشد الزاوي بطريقة إذ mp2طاقة الشد الزاوي بغياب و بوجود حد التصحيح فضال عنثنائي القطب isodesmic reaction ادرجت إذجزيئة االيثان كمادة متفاعلة و جزيئتي البروبان و االسيتون كمواد ناتجة عمالو باست ( ضمن مبدأ انه يمكن حساب طاقة الشد الزاوي لنظام جزيئي معين كفرق طاقة 0القيم الطاقية لهذه المركبات في الجدول ) بغياب الشد المجاميع نفسهالة متفاعالت تحتوي على المجاميع في بيئة الشد الزاوي وبين النواتج التي تحتوي على بين حا في الكيمياء الحرارية. ان التفاعالت المفترضة التي تمت بموجبها الحسابات كانت: hessالزاوي و بطريقة مشابهة لقانون الزاوي تزداد حسب الترتيب تشيرالنتائج المستحصلة ان طاقة الشد 𝐶𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑒 < 𝐶𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑒 < 𝐶𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑒 فان الترتيب يكون بالحسبان mp2اخذ تصحيح ولكن عند 𝐶𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑒 < 𝐶𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑒 < 𝐶𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑒 المحسوبة بالطريقة الوضعية من خالل اسهامات االواصر و zpeيالحظ ان إذكذلك بالنسبة لطاقة نقطة الصفر اما تلك المحسوبة mp2المحسوبة بدون تصحيح نفسها تتبع نفس ترتيب طاقة الشد الزاوي [17]الموصوفة في المصدر تاخذ نفس ترتيب طاقة الشد الزاوي المصححة. ان النتائج اعاله تدفعنا الى االستنتاج ان جزيئة mp2حسب تصحيح 3o3c تزدوج الحركة االهتزازية للجزيئة مع الحالة االلكتروني الثالثية إذتيلير -تعاني من تاثير مشابه الى تاثير جان الة الثالثية المثارة دون مستوى طاقة الحالة االرضية المثارة في الجزيئة بطريقة تؤدي الى انخفاض مستوى طاقة الح يكون فيه عدد hückelاالصلية وان القوة الدافعة لهذه العملية هي الوصول الى نظام حلقي اروماتي مستقر حسب قاعدة وكسجين واحد على كل ذرة كاربون اما ذرة الكاربون الثالثة فتفقد الكترونها لصالح ذرة اال 7يساوي 𝜋الكترونات تولد عزم ثنائي قطب لكل الجزيئة. من ثمالمرتبطة بها مما يؤدي الى زيادة استقطاب مجموعة الكاربونيل الثالثة و و بتردد 1aياخذ النمط التماثلي cyclopropanoneاالهتزاز االمتطاطي لمجموعة الكاربونيل في 1-1851.51 cm و االمتصاص االعلى بين االنماط االهتزازية االخرى و يكون هذا و تمثل شدةkm/mole 289.81تكون شدة امتصاصه .irالنمط فعاال في طيفي رامان و حزمتا امتصاص تعودان الى االهتزاز االمتطاطي لمجموعتي الكاربونيل االول cyclopropandioneتظهرفي مركب و االخر متماثل عند 2bذو صنف تماثلي cm 1762.11-1غير متماثل عند 1-cm 1835 1يعود الى الصنف التماثليa و على التوالي و هما فعاالن في طيفي رامان و االشعة تحت km/mole 55.41 ,247.92تكون شدة االمتصاص لهما إذ يعود ذلك الى cyclopropanoneالحمراء. يالحظ ان كال الترددين كان اقل من تردد مجموعة الكاربونيل في مركب ان تجاور مجموعتي الكاربونيل يعمل على انزياح الكثافة االلكترونية باتجاه ذرتي االوكسجين لغرض تقليل التنافر الحاصل , االمر الذي يجعل التردد [18]مما يؤدي الى نقصان رتبة كال االصرتينو ومن ثم نقصان ثابت القوة الخاص بهما .cycloprpanoneا هو عليه في مركب االمتطاطي لهما يكون اقل مم الكيمياء |379 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 و الذي ذكرنا سابقا ان احد مجاميع الكاربونيل فيه تميل الى 𝐶2𝑣ذو النمط التماثلي cyclopropantrioneفي مركب و شدة امتصاص 1aو يكون ذا نمط تماثلي cm 1384.62-1االستقطاب فان التردد االمتطاطي لهذه المجموعة يظهر عند 6.704 km/mole إذ ان القيمة الواطئة لهذا التردد تعود الى ان استقطاب مجموعة الكاربونيل اكسبها الكثير من صفة .c=oمنها الى تردد اهتزاز اصرة c-oاالصرة المفردة إذ اصبحت اقرب الى تردد اهتزاز اصرة ول غير متماثل ينتمي الى الصنف بالنسبة الى مجموعتي الكاربونيل االخرى فانهما يشتركان في اهتزازين امتطاطيين اال عند 2bالتماثلي 1-1941.91 cm 56.33و بشدة امتصاص km/mole 2310.19-1و االخر متماثل يقع عند cm و . ان ظهور هذين التردددين بهذه القيمة العالية يعود الى نقصان km/mole 32.67و شدة امتصاصه 1aصنفه التماثلي ادى الى زيادة ثابت قوتيهما و بصورة عامة يالحظ ان شدة االنماط االهتزازية لمجاميع طول مجموعتي الكاربونيل مما الكاربونيل في هذا المركب تكون واطئة عموما و هذا يعود باالساس الى ان االنتقاالت االهتزازية فيه تكون ممنوعة تماثليا االهتزازات و لكن بشدة واطئة علما ان جميع هذه باالصل و ان انكسار تماثل الجزيئة ادى الى السماح بظهور هذه [14] االهتزازات تكون فعالية في طيفي رامان و االشعة تحت الحمراء. المصادر 1jérôme,p.;( 2012), the discovery of a new interstellar molecule confirms the existence of a petroleum refinery in our galaxy, institut de radioastronomie millimétrique, université pierre et marie curie, france. 2belloche, a.; garrod, r. t.; muller, h. s. p.; and menten, k. m.,( 2014 ), detection of a branched alkyl molecule in the interstellar medium: iso-propyl cyanide, science, 345, 6204. 3turro, n. j.; and hammond, w. b.; (1968), preparation and characterization of cyclopropanone, methylcyclopropanone, 2,2-dimethylcyclopropanone and tetramethylcyclopropanone, tetrahedron, 24(18), 6017-6028. 4rothgery,e. f.; holt , r. j.; and mcgee, h. a.;( 1975 ), cryochemical synthesis and molecular energetics of cyclopropanone and some related compounds, j. am. chem. soc., 97(17), 4971-4973. 5turro, n. j.;( 1969 ), cyclopropanones, acc. chem. res., 2(1), 25-32. 6arthur,c.;( 1960 ), organic reaction volume xi (1 ed.), wiley-interscience, newyork. 7turro, n. j.; edelson, s. s.; williams, j. r.; darling , t. r.; and hammond, w. b.; (1969), cyclopropanones. xii. cycloaddition reactions of cyclopropanones, j. am. chem. soc., 91(9), 2283-2292. 8edelson, s. s.; and turro, n. j.;( 1970 ), cyclopropanones. xvii. kinetics of the cycloaddition reaction of cyclopropanones with 1,3-dienes, j. am. chem. soc., 92(9), 2770-2773. 9cramer, c. j.; and barrows, s. e.;( 2000 ), quantum chemical characterization of cycloaddition reactions between 1,3-butadiene and oxyallyl cations of varying electrophilicity , jour. of phys. org chem., 13, 176–186. 10el-alali, a.; marashdeh,a.; and khalil, s.;( 2003 ), “a theoretical study of substituted stepwise fluorinated cyclopropanone keto-enol system", verlag der zeitschrift für naturforschung, tübingen, 932, 749-754. 11rout,c.; jain,s. k,; sharma, n. ; and rastogi, r. c.;( 2006 ), enolization of cyclopropanone and cyclopropanethione:a theoretical study, internet electronic journal of molecular design, 5, 387–402. 12cui, j.; ( 2014 ), dissociation of cyclopropanone molecule and ion, department of electrical engineering, 5 (2), 132-138. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/tetrahedron https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/j._am._chem._soc. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/j._am._chem._soc. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/acc._chem._res. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/j._am._chem._soc. الكيمياء |380 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 13tanaka,n.; urashima, y.; nishikiori, h.; and fujii, t.;( 2003 ), ab initio and density functional studies on cyclopropanone complexes with hf and hcl, internet electronic journal of molecular design, 2, 723–731. 14ramkissoon,c.; szórád,j.; rágyanszki,a.; k. gerlei, fiser, b. ; szőri, m.; csizmadia,g.; knak jensen ,s.; and viskolcz,b. ; (2015 ), screening constitutional isomers of c3h2o2 for thermodynamic properties obtained from systematic electron structure calculations, chemical informatics, 1(2:8), 1-5. 15rezaei,m.; sheybani-deloui,s.; moazzen-ahmadi, n.; michaelian, k. h.; and mckellar, a. r. w.; (2013), communication: spectroscopic evidence for a planar cyclic co trimer, the journal of chemical physics, 138, 071102. 16bao, x. ; zhou ,x. ; c. lovitt, venkatraman, a.; hrovat, d.; gleiter, r.; hoffmann r.; and borden,w.;( 2012 ), molecular orbitals of the oxocarbons (co)n , n = 2−6. why does (co)4 have a triplet ground state?, j. am. chem. soc., 134, 10259−10270. 17rahal,m.; hilali,m.; hammadi, a.; el mouhtadi m.; and el hajbi, a.;(2001), calculation of vibrational zero-point energy, jour. of molec. struc. (theochem), 572, 73-80. 18gunasekaran,s.; natarajan, r. k.; rathikha r.; and syamala,d.; (2005), vibrational spectra and normal coordinate analysis of nalidixic acid, indian journal of pure and applied physics, 43, 503-508. o4h3cالهندسية و الترقيم للجزيئة البيانات-a (3جدول ) coordinate value unit 1-2, 1-3 1.485 a0 2-3 1.589 a0 1-4 1.218 a0 2-5, 2-6, 3-7, 3-8 1.090 a0 1-3-2, 1-2-3 57.65 deg. 2-1-3 64.70 deg. 2o2h3cالبيانات الهندسية و الترقيم للجزيئة -b( 3جدول ) coordinate value unit 1-2, 2-3 1.540 a0 1-3 1.501 a0 3-4, 1-5 1.214 a0 2-6, 2-7 1.092 a0 3-1-2, 1-3-2 60.79 deg. 1-2-3 58.42 deg. الكيمياء |381 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 3o3cالبيانات الهندسية و الترقيم للجزيئة -c (3جدول ) coordinate value unit 2-3 1.351 a0 1-6, 5-4 1.162 a0 1-2, 2-4 1.651 a0 1-4 1.476 a0 1-2-4 53.34 deg. 2-4-1, 2-1-4 63.33 deg. ( حسابات الطاقة و عزم ثنائي القطب للجزيئات المدروسة6جدول ) molecule tot. e.(kcal/mol) tot. e.+ mp2 e.(kcal/mol) empirical zpe(kcal/mol) zpe(kcal/mol) c3h4o -120340.871 -120896.814 40.510 37.962 c3h2o2 -166744.905 -167474.861 29.269 24.886 c3o3 -213149.602 -214075.677 18.028 9.658 molecule strain e(kcal/mol) strain emp2(kcal/mol) dipole moment (debye). c3h4o 44.907 42.261 2.8499 c3h2o2 67.059 46.864 2.5933 c3o3 88.553 28.698 0.0056 isodesmic reaction( حسابات الطاقة للجزيئات المستعملة لحساب طاقة الشد الزاوي بطريقة 1جدول ) molecule tot. e.(kcal/mol) tot. e.mp2(kcal/mol) ethane -50058.643 -50334.967 propane -74711.837 -75120.442 acetone -121138.028 -121703.092 الكيمياء |382 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 o4h3c( االنماط االعتيادية للتذبذب لجزيئة 4جدول ) n f(cm-1) int.(km/mol) symmetry n f(cm-1) int.(km/mol) symmetry 1 314.59 4.86616 b1 10 1097.56 0.60995 b1 2 479.38 3.67703 b2 11 1156.49 0.16634 a2 3 662.99 0.01137 a2 12 1430.35 5.17707 b2 4 689.72 1.81541 a1 13 1441.73 0.31876 a1 5 704.14 1.44948 b1 14 1851.51 289.8114 a1 6 932.2 124.4998 b2 15 3123.22 0.08177 a1 7 1007.16 2.41902 a1 16 3127.28 3.10342 b2 8 1035.37 22.11987 a1 17 3206.54 0.01095 a2 9 1065.06 5.21194 b2 18 3217.32 3.27084 b1 2o2h3cاالنماط االعتيادية للتذبذب لجزيئة (5جدول ) n f(cm-1) int.(km/mol) symmetry n f(cm-1) int.(km/mol) symmetry 1 160.6 13.255 b1 9 1032.63 0.145 a2 2 211.54 0.139 a2 10 1048.32 14.864 b2 3 286.89 2.814 a1 11 1366.36 19.820 a1 4 503.68 0.915 b1 12 1762.11 247.920 b2 5 508.97 0.690 b2 13 1835.07 55.418 a1 6 687.16 20.412 b2 14 3066.74 6.226 a1 7 761.97 27.592 a1 15 3145.82 0.221 b1 8 1015.34 136.451 a1 3o3cاالنماط االعتيادية للتذبذب لجزيئة (6جدول ) n f(cm-1) int.(km/mol) symmetry n f(cm-1) int.(km/mol) symmetry 1 328.04 0.005 a2 7 639.15 0.925 b1 2 362.2 0.799 a1 8 1043.43 15.184 b2 3 419.21 6.491 b1 9 1168.12 24.792 a1 4 421.68 2.420 b2 10 1384.62 6.704 a1 5 551.87 21.255 a1 11 1941.91 56.333 b2 6 636.61 0.096 b2 12 2310.19 32.665 a1 الكيمياء |383 7312( عام 1العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (1) 2017 quantum mechanical study using the dft method of the structure, stability and vibrationalmosion of the ketones of cyclopropane samir addy salman dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al haitham)/university of baghdad received in: 13/april/2016,accepted in:28/june/2016 abstract in this study a dft calculation on cyclopropanone, cyclopropandione and cyclopropantrione molecules was performed using the basis function 6-31g ** / mp2 and exchange correlation potential b3-lyp. the results showed that the ground state of all molecules geometry belong to the point group 𝐶2𝑣where a vibronic coupling between the vibrational motion with the electronic ground state in the molecule c3o3 this leads to a reduction in symmetry of the molecule from𝐷3ℎto 𝐶2𝑣, the driving force of this process is accessing to the electronic configuration complies with hückel aromatic systems with two electrons. also in this, study the normal modes of vibration, frequencies, intensities and symmetry species. finally the strain angular energy of molecules was calculated in a manner of isodesmic reaction. key wards: cyclopropanone, cyclopropandione, cyclopropantrione, cyclopropane ketones. 382 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 estimate the mean of normal distribution via preliminary test shrinkage technique s. t.abdulrahman department of mathematics-ibn-al-haitham college of education – university of baghdad. received in: 18 december 2011 accepted in: 11january 2012 abstract this paper is concerned with preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimators for the mean (q) of normal distribution with known variance s2 when a prior estimate (q0) of the actule value (q) is available, using specifying shrinkage weight factor y (◊) as well as pre-test region (r). expressions for the bias, mean squared error [mse(◊)] and relative efficiency [r.eff.(◊)] of proposed estimators are derived. numerical results and conclusions are drawn about selection different constants including in these expressions. comparisons between suggested estimators with respect to usual estimators in the sense of relative efficiency are given. furthermore, comparisons with the earlier existing works are drawn to shown the usefulness of the proposed estimators. key words: prior estimate, shrinkage estimator, shrinkage weight factor, pre-test region, bias ratio, mean squared error and relative efficiency. 1.introduction some time we may have a prior estimate value (point guess) of the parameter to be estimated. if this value is in the vicinity of the true value, the shrinkage technique is useful to get an improved estimator. thompson in [1], mehta and srinivasan in [2], singh at el in [3] and others suggested shrunken estimators for different distributions when a prior estimate or guess point is available. they showed that these estimators perform better in the term of mean square error when a guess value q0 close to the true value q. assume that x1, x2, …, xn be a random sample of size (n) from a normal population with known variance (s2) and un-known mean (q). in conventional notation, we write x~n(q,s2) …(1) preliminary test estimator in thompson [1] is considered for estimating the parameter q in previous model of distribution in (1) when a guess point (prior estimate) q0 is available about q due the past knowledge or similar cases. from the empirical studies it has been established that the shrinkage estimators performs better than the usual estimator when the guess point be very close to the true value of the parameter. therefore to make sure whether q is closed to q0 or not, we may test h0:q = q0 against h1: q π q0, so we denote by r to the critical region for above test. thompson suggested shrinking the usual estimator q̂ of q towards the prior guess point q0 and proposed the estimator ˆ ˆ ˆ 0q = y(q)q + (1 y(q))q% , where ˆ(1 y(q)) represents the experimenters belief in the guess point q0. he was found the estimator q% is more efficient than q̂ if the true value q is close to q0 (h0 accepted) but may be less efficient otherwise, therefore to resolve the uncertainty that a guess point value is approximately the true value or 383 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 not, a preliminary test of significance may be employed. so he take the usual estimator q̂ when q is far a way from q0 (h0 rejected) after he made the preliminary test. thus, the preliminary test shrunken estimator has the following form 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ˆ ˆ, if r ïy q q + y q q q œô q ì q q œôó =% º(2) where r is the preliminary test region for acceptance the null hypothesis h0 as we mentioned above, q̂ is the usual estimator of q, ˆ( )y q is a shrinkage weight factor such that 0 £ ˆ( )y q £ 1 which may be a function of q̂ or may be a constant (ad hoc basis). several authors had been studied a preliminary test shrinkage estimator which is defined in (2) for special population by choosing different weight factors ˆ( )y q . see for example [4], [5], [6], [7], [8], [9], [10], [11],[12]and [13]. the aim of this paper is to modify the preliminary test shrunken estimator which is defined in (2) for estimate the parameters (q) of the proposed distribution model (1). therefore, the form of the proposed modify preliminary test shrinkage estimator is as below: 1 1 0 pt 2 2 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ïy q q + y q q q œô q ì y q q + y q q q œôó =% º(3) where i ˆ( )y q , (i = 1,2) is a shrinkage weight factor such that 0 £ i ˆ( )y q £ 1. the expressions for bias, mean square error and relative efficiency of the estimator ptq% above are derived. numerical results of these expressions were made to show the validity and the usefulness of the proposed estimator when it compares with the usual and existing estimators. 2. preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator pt1q% in this section, we want to estimate the parameter q using the following preliminary test shrunken estimator: 1 1 0 2 2 0 pt1 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) (1 ( )) , if r q ïy q q + y q q q œô ì y q q + y q q q œôó =% º(4) where i ˆ( )y q , (i = 1,2) is shrinkage weight factor such that 0 £ i ˆ( )y q £ 1 and q̂ is usual estimator of q as well as r is the pretest region for acceptance of testing the hypothesis h0:q = q0 vs. the hypothesis h1:q π q0 with level of significance a using test statistic 0 0 ˆ ˆ / n t( / ) qq s q q = . i.e. 2 2 0 / 2 0 / 2r [ z , z ]n n s s a a= -q -q + …(5) where za/2 is the 100(a/2) percentile point of the standard normal distribution. in the estimator pt1q% which is defined in (4), we assume that 1 ( )y q = 0 and y 2(q) = e – 10 / n. 384 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the expressions for bias and mean square error (mse) of pt1q% are respectively given as below: 10/ n r r pt1 pt1bias ( , r) e( ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆf d e f d q 0 0 0 qq = ) q = [-(q q ) ] (q q) q + [ (q q ) + (q q) ] (q q) qú ú % % where r is the complement region of r in real space, q̂ ~ n(m, 2 n s ) and 2 2 2nˆ ˆ ˆf exp[ n( ) / 2 ], , , 0 2 s s s s p 2(q q, ) = q q • < q < • • < q < • ≥ . the previous expression will result { }10 / n 10 / n 10 / n0 1 1 1 1 1pt1bias ( , r) [1 e e j (a , b )] e j (a , b )n q s q = -l + -% …(6) where jℓ(a1,b1)= 1 2 1 b z / 2 a 1 z e dz, 0,1, 2 2 = p ú l l , …(7) and 0 1 / 2 1 / 2 ˆ n ( )n ( ) z , , a z , b za a q qq q = l = = -l = -l + s s …(8) { } 2 pt pt 2 10/ n 2 2 2 10/ n 10/ n 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 10/ n 1 1 1 0 1 1 mse ( , r) e( ) ( e ) (1 ) (2e 1) ( e ) [j (a , b ) 2 j (a , b ) j (a , b )] n 2e [j (a , b ) j (a , b )] q q = q q s = + l l + l + l l + l …(9) 3. preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator pt 2q% in this section, we use the following estimator to estimate the mean q of model (1). 0 0 pt2 ˆ, if ˆ(a / b) (a / b) , if ˆ(a / b) [1 (a / b)] r, ˆ[1 ] r. q ï qô ì ô q qó q + q œ = q + œ % …(10) i.e.; we put forward 1 ˆ( ) a / by q = and 2 ˆ( ) 1 a / by q = in equation (3), where a and b are positive real numbers such that a £ b). the expressions for bias and mean squared error (mse) of pt 2q are respectively given as follows: { }1 1 1 0 1 1pt2 , r) ( / n ) (2a / b 1)[j (a , b ) j (a , b )] (a / b)bias ( q = s l + lq% …(11) and, { }2 2 2 22 1 1 0 1 1pt2 , r) ( / n) (2a / b 1)[j (a , b ) j (a , b )] (1 a / b) (a / b)mse( q = s l + + lq% …(12) there is no doubt to take b=1 and find the value of (a) by minimizing the mse( 2pt 2 , rqq% ). 385 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 i.e. 2pt 2 , r) 0 a mse q = ∂ ∂ (q% . therefore the value of (a) becomes: 2 2 0 0 r 2 0 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆmse( / ) ( )bias( / ) [( / ) ( ) ]f ( / )d a* ,ˆ ˆmse( / ) 2( )bias( / ) ( ) q q q q q q q q + q q q q q = q q q q q q + q q ú …(13) by simple calculation, 2 1 1 0 1 1 2 1 j a b j a b a* 1 l l 2( , ) + ( , ) = + …(14) 2 2pt 2 2 2 , r) 1 0 a mse l q = + > ∂ ∂ (q% to be ensure that a œ [0,1], we take 0 , if a 0 a a , if 0 a 1 1 , if a 1 * * * * ï £ ô = < <ì ô ≥ó we denote to the bias ratio of ptiq % as ptib( )q% which is defined as pti pti bias( , r) b( ) / n q q q = s % % for i=1,2 …(15) see [6], [7] and [8]. the efficiency of the proposed estimator pti (i 1,2)q = % relative to estimator q̂ is defined as : pti pti ˆmse( ) r.eff ( , r) , i 1, 2 mse( , r) q q q q = = q % % …(16) see [1], [6], [7] and [8]. 4. conclusions and numerical results from the expressions of bias and mse of ptiq% ,i=1,2, the following could be easily seen : 1) i. ptib( , r)q q% is an odd function of l for i=1,2. ii. ptimse( , r)q q% is an even function of l for i=1,2 iii. the considered estimator ptiq% is a consistent estimator of q, i.e; n pti lim mse( , r) 0 æ• q q =% for i=1,2. iv. the consider estimator ptiq% dominates ( q̂ ) with large sample size (n) in the term of mse, i.e.; n pti ˆlim[mse( ) mse )] 0 æ• q (q £% , for i=1,2 v. practically, the consider estimator ptiq% is unbiased when q = q0, i.e.; 0 pti lim b( r) 0 l æ q q, =% , for i=1,2 and for each a and l. 386 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 2) the computations of relative efficiency [r.eff( ptiq% )] and bais ratio [b(◊)][= ptin ) / ]q sb( % of consider estimator ptiq% (i=1,2) were made on different constants involved in it, some of these computations are given in attached tables (1) and (2) for some samples of these constant e.g. a = 0.02, 0.01,0.05,0.1and l = 0.0(0.1)1,2. the following numerical results from the mentioned tables leads to: i. relative efficiency of ptiq% (i=1,2) is maximum when q ª q0, and decreases with increasing value of l. ii. relative efficiency of ptiq% (i=1,2) is maximum when the value of a is small. i.e.; the relative efficiency of ptiq% decreases with size a of the pre-test region in neighborhood of q ª q0. iii. the bias ratio of ptiq% are reasonably small when q ª q0, for i=1,2. i.e.; the bias ratio decreases as l decreases. iv. the bias ratio of ptiq% decreases when a increases, for i=1,2. v. the effective interval [the value of l that makes r.eff.(.) greater than one] using proposed estimator ptiq% is [-1,1] for i=1,2. vi. the estimator pt1q% is better than the estimator pt 2q% in the sense of higher relative efficiency for each a and l. vii. the relative efficiency of pt1q% decreases function with increasing of (n) for each a and l. 3) the consider estimator ptiq% (i=1,2) is better than the usual estimator ( q̂ ) and than the existing estimators, for example thompson (1), al-hemyari and al-juboori (14) and others in terms of higher relative efficiency specially at q ª q0 4) from the above discussions it is obvious that by using guess point value one can improve the usual estimator. it can be noted that if the guess point q0 is very close to the true value of the parameter q (i.e.; l is approximate close to zero), the proposed estimators perform better than the usual estimator q̂ . if one has no confidence in the guessed value then proposed preliminary test shrinkage estimators can be suggested. we can safely use the proposed estimators for small sample size at usual level of significance a and moderate value of shrunken weight factor ˆy(q) . references 1.thompson,j.r., (1968), "some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean", j. amer. statist. assoc, 63, 113-122. 2.mehta,j.s. and srinivasan,r., (1971), "estimation of the mean by shrinkage to a point", j. amer. statist. assoc., 66, 86-90. 3.singh, d.c., singh, p. and singh, p.r., (1996), shrunken estimator for the scale parameter of classical pareto distribution, microelectron reliability, 36 (3), 435-439. 4.al-jubori, a.n., (2000), preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator for the parameters of simple linear regression model, ibn al-haitham j. for pure and applied sci., 13(3), 65-73. 5.al-jubori, a.n., (2002), on shrunken estimators for the parameters of simple linear regression model, ibn al-haitham j. for pure and applied sci., 15(4a), 60-67. 387 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 6.al-jubori, a.n., (2010), pre-test single and double stage shrunken estimators for the mean of normal distribution with known variance, baghdad journal for science, 7(4), 1432-1441. 7.al-jubori, a.n., (2011), on significance test estimator for the shape parameter of generalized rayleigh distribution, 3rd conf. of computer and mathematics college, alqadisyia univ., al-qadisyia, iraq. 8.kambo, n.s., handa, b.r. and al-hemyari, z.a., (1990), on shrunken estimator for exponential scale parameter, journal of statistical planning and inference, 24, 87-94. 9.mehta, j.s. and srinivasan,r., (1971), estimation of the mean by shrinkage to a point, jour. amer. statist. assoc., 66, 86-90. 10.pandey, b.n., (1979), on shrinkage estimation of normal population variance, communication in statistics – theory and methods,8, 359-365 11.prakash, g., singh, d.c. and singh, r.d., (2006), some test estimator for the scale parameter of classical pareto distribution, journals of statistical research, 40(2), 41-54. 12.saleh, a.k.e., (2006), theory of preliminary test and stein-type estimators with application, wiley and sons, new york. 13.singh, h.p. and shukla, s.k., (2000), estimation in the two parameter weibull distribution with prior information, iapqr transactions, 25 (2), 107-118. 14.al-hemyari, z.a. and al-jubori a.n., (1999), "modifical single stage estimators of the mean of normal population", al-fath j. of the college of education for puresci and humanities, 3(5), 45-57. 388 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 طريقة االختبار األولــي المقلصـــة عمالالتوزيع الطبيعي باستتقدير متوسط سها طالب عبد الرحمن جامعة بغداد ¡ابن الهيثم -كلية التربية ¡قسم الرياضيات 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في 2011كانون االول 18:استلم البحث في الخالصة (q)المرحلة الواحدة لمتوسط التوزيع الطبيعي çيتعلق موضوع هذا البحث بمقدرات االختبار األولي المقلصة ذ دالة تقلص عمال، باست(q)حول القيمة الحقيقية (q0)معلوماً وعند توافر المعلومات المسبقة s2عندما يكون التباين .(r)مجال االختبار األولي فضال عن (◊)yموزونة ، للمقدرات المقترحة. [(◊)r.eff]النسبية يةوالكفا [(◊)mse]اشتقت معادالت التحيز ، متوسط مربعات الخطأ أعطيت بعض االستنتاجات والنتائج العددية الخاصة بالمعادالت أعاله من خالل اختيار بعض القيم للثوابت المتضمنة المقارنات للمقدرات المقترحة مع المقدرات الكالسيكية وبعض البحوث المنجزة حديثاً لبيان فائدة فيها. أجريت بعض ة.يالنسب يةمن حيث الكفا وأفضلية المقدرات المقترحة التقدير األولي،المقدر المقلص،دالة التقلص الموزونة،مجال االختبار األولي، نسبة التحيز ،متوسط الكلمات المفتاحية : النسبية . يةمربعات الخطأ و الكفا 1.introduction 2. preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator 3. preliminary test single stage shrunken estimator …(16) 4. conclusions and numerical results قسم الرياضيات , كلية التربيةابن الهيثم, جامعة بغداد يتعلق موضوع هذا البحث بمقدرات الاختبار الأولي المقلصة ذا المرحلة الواحدة لمتوسط التوزيع الطبيعي (() عندما يكون التباين (2 معلوما ً وعند توافر المعلومات المسبقة ((0) حول القيمة الحقيقية (()، باستعمال دالة تقلص موزونة ((() فضلا عن مجال الاختبار الأولي (r). اشتقت معادلات التحيز ، متوسط مربعات الخطأ [mse(()] والكفاية النسبية [r.eff(()]، للمقدرات المقترحة. أعطيت بعض الاستنتاجات والنتائج العددية الخاصة بالمعادلات أعلاه من خلال اختيار بعض القيم للثوابت المتضمنة فيها. أجريت بعض المقارنات للمقدرات المق... الكلمات المفتاحية : التقدير الأولي،المقدر المقلص،دالة التقلص الموزونة،مجال الاختبار الأولي، نسبة التحيز ،متوسط مربعات الخطأ و الكفاية النسبية . رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص نھر الفرات من سماكألنواع من اأالمتطفلة على ثالثة مسح لبعض الدیدان نبارألمحافظة اناحیة الحقالنیة، عند مد عبد السالم اآللوسيـمح الجامعة المستنصریة ، ساسیةاألالتربیة قسم العلوم، كلیة 2010، نیسان،20 ،استلم البحث في 2010، ایار،13،قبل البحث في الخالصة والقطـان ،cyprinus carpioعتیـادي إلالكـارب ا :أنـواع ھـي ةسـمكة تعـود لثالثـ 272 تفي ھذه الدراسة الحالیة جمعـ barbus xanthopterus ، والشلك aspius vorax ن ألفـي محافظـة ات عنـد ناحیـة الحقالنیـة نھر الفرامن نبـار للمـدة ـم . وشباك السلیة غلصمیةستخدام الشباك الإوذلك ب 2009غایة شھر تموز الى و 2008شھر آب ى ال سـماك لغـرضألفحصت القناة الھضمیة والتجویف الجسمي ل رف عـل دانالتـع واع أأظھـرت الدراسـة وجـود أربعـة . دـی ـن ن ال دانـم ي أمعـاء الكـارب ا aspidogaster limacoidesثنـائي المنشـأ مرّ ھـي المخـ دـی ـلك ،والقطـان،عتیـادي إلـف ،والش ى السـطح الخـارجي ألمعـاء إلفـي الجـوف الجسـمي للكـارب ا contracaecumویرقات الدودة الخیطیـة جـنس عتیـادي وعـل ـلك دان شـوكیة الـرأس ھمـا ،القطان والش ن الدـی وعین ـم ـلك وأي فـ neoechinorhynchus rutiliوـن .nمعـاء القطـان والش iraqensis في أمعاء الشلك . المقدمة قد تشكل الغذاء الیومي للفرد في بعض الدول فضال أنھاقتصادیة للعدید من بلدان العالم بل إ أھمیة األسماكتشكل د األمثل عمالستإلبا ]1[خلف وأوصى .في العدید من الصناعات الضروریة في حیاتنا األسماكاستغالل إمكانیةعن للموار خاصة لتوفیر جزء من أحواض إنشاءفضال عن األسماكستغالل المبازل والمشاریع الزراعیة لتربیة إالمائیة الطبیعیة و م إللبروتین السمكي المھم، وللمساھمة في زیادة الدخل القومي وبتوفیر العمالت الصعبة بتقلیل اإلنسانحاجة ستیراد اللحو . لباتوالمع األجنبیة ة اإلنتاجن تحسین إ السمكي في المیاه الطبیعیة وزیادتھ یتطلب القیام بالكثیر من الدراسات والبحوث المتعلق ي مراضألبا إصابتھاتقلیل أوالكفیلة بمنع األسس، والبد من وضع األسماكیجابا في تربیة إ أوبالنواحي التي تؤثر سلبا الت تلفة ، وكما تلفة اإلنتاجمن الضروري وضع خطة تستھدف زیادة أن تسببھا الطفیلیات المخ .التي تسببھا الطفیلیات المخ ا بإختالفسماك یختلف ألالتأثیر المرضي للطفیلیات التي تصیب ا إن یلي فمنھا ما ھو قلیل الضرر نسبی الطف حرمان أھمھا لألسماكة كثیر أضراراقسما من الطفیلیات تحدث نا أذ ،موتھا إلىومنھا ما ھو شدید الضرر قد یؤدي ، ء من غذائھ مما یؤثر في نموه و من األضرارلحاق بعض إالمضیف من جز ذلك المیكانیكیة والكیمیائیة المختلفة وما یرافق وال تسبب ھذه . ]2[ أخرىناقل لمسببات مرضیة أوتقوم بدور حامل األسماكقسما من أنوكما . األعضاءعرقلة لوظائف ومنھا دیدان المخرمات ]3[ اإلنسان إلى األسماكقسما منھا تنتقل من أنفحسب بل ماكاألسالطفیلیات موت ,trematoda دان الشریطیة دان الخیطیة ، cestodaوالدی . nematodaوالدی ي األسماكحول طفیلیات واألبحاث اتونظرا لقلة الدراس اليف رات أع يآللا دراسة بإستثناءنھر الف ل ]4[ وس حو ث سمأطفیلیات ي في منطقة آلوس أعالي نھر الفرات، وألھمیة ھذا الموضوع فقد صممت الدراسة الحالیة لبح اك الخشن ذلك لسد الفراغ الموجود في ھذا الجانب الحقالنیة سماك في منطقةألالطفیلیات التي تصیب ا من األسفلسیما ان المنطقة الو عن الدراسة بتقدیم معلومات مفیدة هتسھم ھذ أنالمؤمل ستزراع سمكي وبذلك من إالنھر تمارس فیھا نشاطات صید و . ستفادة منھا في مجاالت تطویر الثروة السمكیة في وطننا العزیزإلل األسماكالطفیلیات التي تصیب رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص المواد وطرائق العمل 272 جمع وفحص القناة الھضمیة والتجویف الجسمي لـ 2009تموز الى 2008ر آب تم خالل المدة من شھ barbusسمكة قطان 96و ،cyprinus carpioعتیادي إسمكة كارب 124منھا أنواعثالثة إلىسمكة تعود xanthopterus ، سمكة شلك 52و aspius vorax د ت. نبارألمحافظة ا ،الحقالنیةمن نھر الفرات في منطقة م الصی .بفتحات عیون مختلفة cast nets وشباك السلیة ، gill nets غلصمیةبشباك النصب المختلفة والمسماة بالشباك ال ى فورمالین ألوضعت ا ىونقلت % 10سماك بعد صیدھا مباشرة في حاویات بالستیكیة تحتوي عل .المختبر إل مخرج حإالسمكة وذلك بفتح البطن شُرحت ة اذ فصلت ،تى المنطقة الرأسیةبتداء من فتحة ال تم فصل القناة الھضمیة عن بقی ىوقطعت القناة الھضمیة labelled jarsالجسم وفتحھا طولیا وجمعت محتویاتھا في قنینة حفظ نماذج معلمة أجزاء إل ت المحتویات في قنینة حفظ النماذج و إلىماء الغسیل أضیفثم ،، جرى غسل كل جزء بماء الحنفیةأجزاء تركت المحتویا دون التأثیر في الراسب وكررت عملیة من فصل الجزء العلوي الرائق بھدوء اذا مع ماء الغسل بعد رجھا لحین ترسیبھا م الفحص بسكب كمیة قلیلة من ت. ]5[جاھزا للفحص أصبحالمحلول كلھ رائقا وبھذا أصبححتى عدیدة الغسل مرات عزلتضوع على خلفیة سوداء وبمساعدة مصباح ضوئي وعدسة مكبرة مو petri dishالمحلول في صحن زجاجي ة dissecting microscopeستخدام مجھر التشریح إالدیدان الكبیرة الحجم أما الدیدان الصغیرة فقد عزلت ب وأبرة دقیق ل الدیدان كما مر سابقا ثم ].6[وكذلك جرت عملیة قشط الطبقة المخاطیة حفظت الدیدان .جرت عملیة غسل وترسیب وعز ر الى ستند في التشخیص إوقد . لغرض تشخیصھا% 70صغیرة حاویة على كحول يالمعزولة في قنان بعض المصاد .]10، 9، 8، 7[المعتمدة m عتماد على الدراسة التي تقدم بھاإلتم ا argolis et al. ]11[ ى ت األمیركیةالجمعیة إل للمختصین بعلم الطفیلیا american society of parasitologists على النحو اإلصابةوفق مصطلحات علىاإلصابةعتماد معاییر إبشأن -:اآلتي percentage in اإلصابةنسبة حدوث -1 cidence of infection سماك ألویقصد بھا النسبة المئویة لحاصل قسمة عدد ا دد .مدة معینة أثناءفي المفحوصة األسماكالمصابة بطفیلي معین على ع m اإلصابةمعدل شدة -2 ean intensity of infection د د ي معین على ع ل قسمة عدد أفراد طفیل ویقصد بھ حاص .مدة معینة أثناء في سماك المصابة بھألا سماك قید الدراسة بالطفیلیات تحت مستوى ألصابة اإو عدم وجود فروق معنویة في أللتعرف على وجود tإستخدم إختبار .0.05حتمال إ النتائج والمناقشة ىسماك قید الدراسة تعود ألنواع من الطفیلیات في اأربعة أ سجلت مخرّ ،الدیدان الخیطیة إل ،مةوالدیدان ال دان الشوكیة الرأس .1 جدول(والدی ( ،من الدیدان أنواعسماك القطان مصابة بثالثة أو ،عتیادي مصابة بنوعین من الدیدانإلسماك الكارب اأ انتبین دان أنواعسماك الشلك مصابة بأربعة أكانت بینما ا نا إذبھذه الطفیلیات فمختلف اإلصابةموقع ى لاأما بالنسبة . من الدی منھ أما إصابة الطفیلیات لمضیفاتھا من .لألمعاءومنھا في التجویف الجسمي وعلى الجدار الخارجي األمعاءما موجود في عدم وجود فرق معنوي اإلحصائيأظھرت نتائج التحلیل ). 2 جدول(والربیع الشتاء أشھرفكان على العموم في األسماك .وفي أدناه مناقشة ظھور الطفیلیات قید الدراسة. األسماكبالطفیلیات في اإلصابةفي نسبة وشدة contracaecumیرقات الدیدان الخیطیة العائدة للجنس دان الخیطیة المسجلة في الدراسة الحالیة ذ contracaecumبطور یرقي متكیس یعود للجنس عثر على الدی ا طح % 8.9كلیة قدرھا إصابةعتیادي بنسبة إلسماك الكارب األیرقات ھذا الجنس في التجویف الجسمي سجلت وعلى الس دار أمعاء .2 جدول(على التوالي % 5.8و % 4.2كلیة قدرھا إصابةسماك القطان والشلك بنسبة أالخارجي لج ( رفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهی 2011) 1( 24ثم للعلوم الص ي األمعاءمن ]herzog ]12ألول مرة في العراق من contracaecumعزلت یرقات الجنس والجوف الجسم م ،وأبو الزمیر، والبني ،اآلسیوي ،والجري ،والشلك ،والحمري ،والشبوط ،والقطان ،وأحشاء أسماك البز وأبو الحك 38 إلىلخشني من مناطق مختلفة في العراق، وسجلت الحقا من عدد من المضیفات بحیث وصل عددھا الكلي حالیا وا، .]13[في العراق األسماك وأمراضأحدث دلیل مرجعي بطفیلیات إلىمضیفا إستنادا ي سماك في المیاه العذبة ألا أنواعمنتشرة في العدید من contracaecumیرقات الجنس أنیتضح العراقیة وف الطفیلیات شیوعا في اسماك أكثرالدیدان الخیطیة العائدة لھذا الجنس ھي من أن ]14[محیسن بین اذ، مختلف المناطق مسطحات المائیة الطبیعیة، وھي تكمل نضجھا الجنسي في الطیور المائیة ي ال ل. األسماككلة آالعراق ف في العراق سج shamsuddin et a l. ]15[ والشبوط وھي نوع ،والخشني ،من الیرقات تعود لھذا الجنس في اسماك الجري نواعأثالثة c. microcephalum ، والنوعc. multipillatum، والنوع c. spiculigerum . من ]16[ لوسياآل كما سجل د القادسیة یرقات الجنس بوط ،عتیاديإلوالكارب ا في أسماك الخشني contracaecumبحیرة س ط المرقط،والش ،والشبو ل . والشلك ،والقطان،والشبوط الغامض ان ]17[الساعدي وعز ط والبني والقط یرقات ھذا الجنس من أسماك الشلك والشبو .والخشني من جدول الحسینیة في كربالء yamaأورد guti [8] نوعا من جنس 77وجودcontracaecum تلف أنواع ا ر 16سماك منھا ألفي مخ ا بطو نوع ر مقابل عشرة أنواع من الجنس 64في حین ذكر وجود یرقي، فسةنوعا من ھذا الجنس في الطیو ق . في اللبائن ن وتم التطر وفي أمیركا ]7[تحاد السوفیاتي السابق إلفي أسماك المیاه العذبة في ا contracaecumانواع من الجنس لوجود سبعة ر د مشخصة م أنواعوجود ثالثة ]hoffman ]18الشمالیة ذك ن ھذا الجنس فضال عن العدید من التقاریر التي تشیر لوجو .سماك المیاه العذبة ھناكأغیر مشخصة منھ في أنواع aspidogaster limacoidesمات ثنائیة المنشأ المخرّ دان من و % 6.3و % 29.8قدرھا إصابةعتیادي والقطان والشلك بنسبة إلأسماك الكارب ا أمعاءعزلت ھذه الدی طفیلي ألول مرة في العراق من ). 2 جدول(، على التوالي % 34.6 بوط والقطان والشلك أوصف ھذا ال . ]19[سماك الش دورة ]20[ williamsعتیادي من بحیرة سد القادسیة، أوضح إلسماك الكارب اأھذا الطفیلي من ]16[لوسي آلاوعزل س أنواعحیاة أحد yamaكما سجل a. concicola وھو aspidogasterجن guti ]9[ النوعa. limacoides ي ف : اآلتیة األسماكنواع من أجناس أ cyprinus ،rutilus،blicca ،lucioperca، vimba ،scardinius ،silurus ،barbus ،albramis ، perca. neoechinorhynchus rutiliالدودة شوكیة الرأس ي % 11.5و % 10.4قدرھا إصابةسماك القطان والشلك بنسبة أ أمعاءشخصت ھذه الدیدان في على التوال .2 جدول( ( ي ،من سمكتي القطان من نھر دجلة ]herzog ]12سجلت ھذه الدودة ألول مرة في العراق من ودیالى والخشن من بحیرة سد varicorhinus barroisiباروز ةسماك التیلأھذه الدیدان من ]16[اآللوسي كما سجل . من نھر الفرات . سماك الشلك والخشني من جدول الحسینیة في كربالءأھذه الدیدان من ]17[الساعدي وسجل . القادسیة ]7[تحاد السوفیاتي السابق إلسماك المیاه العذبة في اأمن neoechinorhynchusمن الجنس أنواعوجود سبعة ثبتت ر. وعا من ھذا الجنس في العالمن 39وجود ]yamaguti ]10 أشارفي حین ا 20وجود الى ) hoffman )18كما أشا نوع amin et aأما. سماك المیاه العذبة في أمیركا الشمالیةأمن ھذا الجنس في l. ]21[ د س أنواععدد أن إلىشار أفق الجن neoechinorhyn chu س أما في العراق فقد وصل عدد أنواع . نوعا 89 إلىفي العالم قد وصل الجن neoechinorhyn chus ىیاه العذبة مسماك الأالمسجلة في سماك الخشني فضال عن أمنھا مسجلة في ،نواع ستةأسبعة إل ین من ا .]13[سماك العراقیة ألوجود تقریرین حول ظھور نوع غیر مشخص من ھذا الجنس في نوع neoechinorhynchus iraqensis الدودة شوكیة الرأس رفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهی 2011) 1( 24ثم للعلوم الص .2 جدول% (15.4قدرھا إصابة سماك الشلك بنسبةأ أمعاءعزل ھذا النوع من الدیدان من ( وقد نشر الوصف ]22[لفرات عند الفلوجة في العراق من سمكة الخشني من نھر اسجل ھذا النوع ألول مرة رة أنومن الجدیر بالذكر . ]amin et al. ]23الحقا من قبل ھذا النوع قد ورد سابقا في العدید من المصادر العراقیة بصو ي أسجل ھذا النوع من . ]24[الذي ھو نوع بحري n. agilisسم إخاطئة تحت سماك الشلك والخشني من جدول الحسینیة ف ن مضیفات للنو. ]17[كربالء د مضیفات ھذا النوع وما ذكر م ى n. agilisع وقد وصل عد ا من ضمنھا الشلك 24 إل نوع ]13[. المصادر علمي العربي،. ستغاللھاإالمائیة ثروة من الواجب األحیاء). 1981(زور نعمان أخلف، -1 بحث ال 33. – 14): 3(1 مجلة ال راض وطفیلیات ). 1983(محیسن، فرحان ضمد -2 .227 :مطبعة جامعة البصرة. األسماكأم 3williams, h.h. and jones, a.(1976). m arine helminths and human health. c.i.h. m isc. pub1. 3: 47. في liza abu) (heckelسماك الخشني أدراسة بعض الجوانب الحیاتیة وطفیلیات ). 1998(لوسي، محمد عبد السالم آلا -4 . 121: العلوم، الجامعة المستنصریة أطروحة دكتوراه، كلیة. األنبارمحافظة ،لوس أعالي نھر الفراتآمنطقة 5taylor, a.e. and m uller, h.a. (1971). isolation and maintenace of parasites in vivo. blackwell sci. pub1., oxford 9 : 109 120. 6cable, r.m . (1967). an illust rated laboratory manual of p arasitology , 9 th ed., burgess publ. co.: 165. 7by khovskay a – pavlovskay a, i.e.; gusev, a.v.; dubinina, m .n.; izyumova, n.a.; smirnov a, t.s.; sokolovskaya, i.l.; shtein, g.a.; shul , man, s.s. and ep sht ein,v.m . (1962). key to p arasites of freshwater fish of the u.s.s.r. akad. nauk, s. s. s.r., m oscow: 727. (in russian). 8yama guti, s. (1961). sy st ema helminthum, vo l. 3: the nematodes of vertebrates, p art i + ii. intersci. pub1., new york: 1261. 9yama guti, s. (1963a). sy st ema helminthum, vol. 4: m onogenea and asp idocoty lea. intersci. pub1., new york: 699. 10yama guti, s. (1963b). sy st ema helminthum, vo l. 5: acanthocephala. intersci. pub1., new york: 423. 11m argolis, l.; esch, g.w. ; holmes, j.c.; kuris, a.m . and schad, g.a. (1982). the use of ecological terms in parasitology (report of an ad hoc committ ee of the american society of parasitologists). j. parasitol., 68(1): 131-133. 12herzog, p.h. (1969) untersuchungen über die parasiten der sübwasser fische des irak. arch. fischereiwiss., 20(2/3): 132-147. 13 m haisen, f.t. (2010). indexcatalo gu e of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq. (unp ubl. data: m haisenft@y ahoo.co.uk). ة). 1992( محیسن، فرحان ضمد -14 دودة الخیطی henry حول توزیع وبیئة ال , et(railliet contracaecum . 1992نیسان 15-14: سماك والثروة البحریة، البصرةألل عمال المؤتمر العلمي الثالثأوقائع . سماك العراقأفي (1912 ).خالصة( 15shamsuddin, m .; nader, i.a. and al-az zawi, m .j. (1971). parasites of common fishes from iraq with sp ecial referen ce to larval form of contracaecum (nematoda: heterocheilid ae). bull. biol. res. cent., baghd ad, 5: 66-78. 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دان الطفیلیة للقناة الھضمیة لبعض ). 1989(لوسي، محمد عبد السالم عبد االلھ آلا -16 العراقیة األسماكنواع أمسح للدی .صفحة 110: علوم، جامعة بغدادرسالة ماجستیر، كلیة ال. في بحیرة سد القادسیة وحیاتیة سمكة الخشني في جدول األسماكبیئة وتصنیف طفیلیات بعض ). 2007(الساعدي، عبد علي جنزیل جبارة -17 .صفحة 155 :، جامعة بغداد)إبن الھیثم(دكتوراه، كلیة التربیة أطروحة. العراق، الحسینیة في محافظة كربالء 18hoffman, g.l. (1998). parasites of nort h american freshwater fishes, 2 nd edn., cornell univ. press, ithaca: 539. 19hussein, j.h., and m ahdi, s.a. (1986). t he parasite aspidogaster, a new record in iraqi fish. eighth sci. conf., ir aqi vet. m ed. assoc., baghdad: 18 20 feb. 1986: 45. (abstract). 20williams, c.o. (1942). observation on the life hist ory and taxonomic relationship s of t he trematode, aspidogaster conchicola. j. parasitol., 28: 467 475. 21amin, o.m .; abdullah, s.m .a. and m haisen, f.t. (2003). neoechinorhynchus (neoechinorhyn chus) zabensis sp . n. (acanthocephala: neoechinorhynchidae) from freshwater fish in northern iraq. fol. parasitol., 50: 293-297. دان شوكیة الرأس). 2000(السعدي، رنا صاحب -22 (neoechinorhynchus iraqensis)وصف نوع جدید من الدی اإلصابةومشاھدات عن األنبارفي منطقة الفلوجة، محافظة liza abuالبیئیة ألصابتھ سمكة الخشني مع بعض الجوانب .84: ، جامعة بغداد)إبن الھیثم(رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة . التجریبیة 23amin, o.m .; al-sady, r.s.s.; m haisen, f.t . and bassat, s.f. (2001). neoechinorhyn chus iraqensis sp .n. (acanthocep hala: neoech inorhynchidae) from the freshwater mullet, liza abu (heckel), in ir aq. comp . parasitol., 68(1): 108 111. 24m haisen, f.t. (2002). literature review and check list s of acanthocep halans of fishes of iraq. al-m ustansiriy a j. sci., 13(1): 13 25. ماك) 1(جدول فاتھا من األس لمسجلة حسب مضی فیلیات ا .أنواع الط إسم المضیف نوع الطفیلي contracaecum spp . aspidogaster limacoid es neoechinorhyn chus iraqensis neoechinorhyn chus rutili c. carpioكارب إعتیادي b. xanthopterusقطان a. voraxشلك c. carpioكارب إعتیادي b. xanthopterusقطان a. voraxشلك a. voraxشلك b. xanthopterusقطان a. voraxشلك 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد اك قید الدراسةأنواع ا): 2(جدول لدیدان المسجلة ومواقع اإلصابة بھا ونسب ومعدل شدة إصابتھا في األسم نوع الطفیلي ف المضی عدد اك األسم المفحوص ة موقع اإلصابة األشھر التي ظھرت فیھا اإلصابة عدد اك األسم ة المصاب نسبة حدوث ابة اإلص (%) مجموع الدیدان ش المكت فة معدل شدة اإلصا بة a. lim acoid es contracaecum spp. c. carpio 124 اء األمع تجویف الجسم كانون األول شباط آذار نیسان آذار نیسان 37 11 29 .8 8.9 12 9 23 3.5 2.1 n. rutili a. lim acoid es contracaecum spp. b. xanuthopterus اء 96 األمع اء األمع لسطح ا الخارجي اء لألمع كانون الثاني شباط آذار شباط آذار نیسان كانون الثاني شباط آذار 10 6 4 10 .4 6.3 4.2 20 17 6 2.0 2.8 1.5 a. lim acoid es n. rutili n. iraq ensis contracaecum spp. a. vo rax 52 اء األمع اء األمع اء األمع ح السط الخارجي اء لألمع كانون الثاني شباط آذار كانون الثاني شباط آذار كانون األول شباط آذار نیسان كانون الثاني شباط 18 6 8 3 34 .6 11 .5 15 .4 5.8 64 17 19 5 3.6 2.8 2.4 1.7 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 survey of some parasitic worms on three fish species from euphrates river at alhaklania district, al-anbar province. m.a.al-alusi sciences department, basic education college , unive rsity of al mustansirya re cei ve d in ,20,april ,2010 acce pte d in , 13, may ,2010 abstract in the p resent st udy , a total of 272 freshwater fishes belonging to three sp ecies namely: cyprinus carpio, barbus xanthopterus and aspius vorax, were collected from euphrates river at al-haklania dist rct, al-anbar province during the period from au gust 2008 till the end of july 2009, by using gill nets and cast nets. fishes were survy ed for intestinal parasitic worms. t he investigation revealed the infectation of these fishes with four p arasitic sp ecies: the digenetic trematode aspidogaster limacoides from the intest ine of c. carpio, b. xanthopterus and a. vorax, larval n ematode contracaecum spp . from the body cavity of c. carpio and the external surface of intest ine of b. xanthopterus and a. vorax as well as two acanthocep halans: neoechinorhynchus rutili from the intest ine of b. xanthopterus and a. vorax and n. iraqensis from the intest ine of a. vorax. 11200059 11200060 11200061 11200062 11200063 11200064 11200065 11200066 11200067 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 effect of annealing temperature on the structural and optical properties of the cdo thin films prepared by vacuum evaporation thermal technique s.a. mak i and m. q. mustafa departme nt of physics,college of education i bn al-haitham,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 28 september 2011, accepted in : 18october 2011 abstract cadmium oxide f ilms have been p repared by vacuum ev aporation technique on a glass subst rate at room temp erature. structural and optical p rop erties of the films are st udied at different annealing temp eratures (375 and 475) ˚c, for the thickness (450) nm at one hour. the crystal st ructure of the samples was studied by xray diffraction. the highest value of the absorbance is equal to (78%) in the wavelength (530) nm, at annealing temp erature (375) ˚c. the value of at a rate of deposition is (10) nm/s. t he value of op tical ener gy gap found is equal to (2.22) ev. keywords: cdo t hin films, x-ray diffraction, structural, op tical p rop er ties, absorbance, bandgap introduction transp arent conductive oxides (tcos), an attractive type of semiconducting materials that are both op tically transp arent and electrically conductive, have p otential application in op toelectronic devices such as solar cells, p hotovoltaic, flat p anel disp lay s, transp arent electrodes, ohmic contact t o leds, and h eat reflectors [1–4]. in r ecent y ears cdo-based tcos (binary semiconducting o xides, sno2, zno, in2o3, cdo, ga2o3 etc, in thin films) r eceived much att ention due to their exceptional carrier mobility , nearly metallic conductivities and simple cryst al st ructure [5]. m any techniques were adopted to grow cdo films such as: thermal evaporation [6], metal v apor organic deposition [7], sp ray py roly sis [5], rap id photothermal o xidation of cd [8], and p ulsed laser deposition [9]. cadmium o xide cdo is conducting, transp arent in the visible region with a d irect band gap of (2.5) ev and indir ect band gap of (1.98) ev [10].the p hysics associated with these p rop erties of nanocry st allites of ii–vi semiconductors have b een v ery interesting because of thinkin g the p henomena in a new p oint of view with the p rop erties exhibited by them.[11] various t echniques h ave b een emp loyed to p repare cdo t hin films such as sp ray py roly sis [12], rapid dep osition technique [13], sol – gel sp in coating [14]. in this p aper cdo thin film was p repared by thermal evap oration technique. according to our knowledge, such work on cdo films obtained by thermal evap oration technique has not been reported. in this article we p resent characterization p rop erties cdo films p repared by thermal evap oration method, such as the st ructural and op tical p rop erties. the influence of thickn esses on t he film char acterist ic p rop erties is investigated. experime nts the st udied cdo thin films p rep ared by thermal vacuum techn ique at room temp erature and annealin g temp eratures (375 and 475) ˚c, for the thickness (450) nm, we obtained the metal bulk cd ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 thin films (from fluka a.g/germany ), were evap orated in vacuum, at room temp erature, onto p recleaned glass substrates, with (2.6 x 2) area. the distance used between the substrate and the boat is (10) cm, and the thermal p ressure is equal to (4.8  10 -5 )torr. during cd film heating, the color varied fro m silver gray at room temp erature to bl ack-brown at annealing temp eratures (375 and 475) ˚c. aft er deposition, the obtained in the same conditions cd thin films wer e divid ed in subjected to a gradual heating in air with the rate of (5) k/min. in order to get cdo material is p rep ared from oxidation of samples by the p rocess of cadmium deposition in the thermal oven temp erature (350) ˚c at one hour. the structural char acterization of the films has been carried out using xpertpro x-ray diffractometer. (xrd--6000/7000,shim adzu corporation). the incident radiation was cu kα filtered by ni filter. the grain sizes of the film ( g.s) were d etermined by the measured fwhm values of the st rongest (111) reflection and estimated. the transition sp ectra of the films have been recorded using of the typ e (uv – vis – sp ectrop hoto m eter uv 1800). results and discussion structural studies the x-ray diffraction (xrd) p atterns of the (cdo) films p rep ared at different annealing temp eratures (375 and 475) ˚c, as shown in figure.1. the p resence of several p eaks in the xrd p atterns reveals t hat all the films are p oly cry stalline. the micrographs and corresp onding diffraction p attern of cdo thin films for different annealin g have be en shown in fi gur e.1, from the diameter of the rings, whi ch corresp ond to reflection from (111) and (222) p lanes of cubic cdo. for the cdo films, the main characteristic p eaks are assigned to the (111), orientation at (2 ) angles, which are well matched with the st andard data for the cdo cry stal with rock salt cubic st ructure.[jcpds data card no.050640]. further it can also be seen that the latt ice parameter (a) for the films works, which also matches very well with the standard value of (0.4695) nm [jcpds data], as show in table 1. the relatively st ronger intensity of the p eak (111) indicates p referential or ientation of the f ilm and similar behav ior has also been reported by other researchers [15]. from the xrd p atterns it can be seen that as t he temperatures increases t he p eak intensities increasing and it reaches a maximum at annealin g, indicatin g an imp rovement in cryst allinity up to (475) ˚c. this shows that a p rocess annealin g temp erature of (475) ˚c is op timum for p reparing cdo films by vacuum evap oration method. such trend that the peak intensity increases up to certain p rocess annealin g temp erature and then falls has been reported by several invest igators who have st udied cdo films grown by various techniques like t hermal o xidation of ev aporation [16]. this trend may be attributed to t he variation in the amount of oxy gen intake and energy of ad atoms. t he mobility of ad atoms and clust ers on the surface of substrate is p rop ortional to their ener gy .[14] grain size value calculate is by the scherrer formula.1, that the increasing in annealin g temp erature leads t o an increase in the rate of grain size, as the evident in the (111) p lane, and as in table:1. this means an imp rovement in the structural prop erties of the film (nanocryst allin), because the disp lay curved at t he mid-intensity inversely p rop ortional to grain size, as in equation 1.[15] where: d = cry stalline grain size (nm). k = is a const ant (0.94) of the cdo. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 = fwhm of the observed p eak (deg). λ = wave len gth of the x-ray diffraction (nm). thus, the decrease fwhm leads to an increase in the size of p articleboard. not e from the table,1, that most of the values that are calcu lated resp onsive to this p rop ortionality. table: 1, list s the lattice constant (a) and grain size of (111) p eak. from these results we can notice that the fundamental effect of vacuu m ev aporation is related to an increase in cryst allites size and a decrease in the latt ice const ant. the growt h p rocess is affected by the followin g p rocess; namely cold-worked annealed metal with flattened grains, will give essentially the same microstructure of worked and recry st allized grains, and be clear in the article typ e (fcc), where is the cdo films of this type which is in agreement with p revious results [15,17] the texture coefficient rep resents the texture of the p articular plane [18], and is used to quantify the preferred orientation. for a p referential orientation the texture coefficient should be greater than one. the texture coefficient (tc (hkl)) for the various p lanes at different annealing temp has been calcu lated using the relation:[19] where: i(hkl) is the observed indensity of the (hkl) p lane, (hkl) is the st andard intensity of the (hkl) p lane, taken from the jcpds data and n is number of diffraction p eaks. the results obtained for the films grown at (375, and 475) ˚c. it is seen that the tc is maximum for (111) p lane for all the films deposited at different annealing. this shows that t he (111) p lane is the p referred orientation and that t here is neither orientation chan ge nor p hase chan ge with p rocess temp erature [20]. the values of some st ructural p arameters determined for analyzed cdo samples are summar ized in table.1. table.1, one can se e that the calculated valu es of tc(hkl) are deviated from unity , esp ecially those corresp onding to (111) and (222) p lanes. this indicates that the resp ective films h ave the lar gest p referred crystallographic orientation alon g the (111) diffraction plane. such higher values for the texture coefficient have also reported by f.c. eze for reactive vacuum evaporated cdo films deposited at various partial pressure of oxygen, [14 and 20]. so, one can conclude that in both cases (of cdo films obtained by thermal oxidation of vacuum evaporated cd films and of those obtained by reactive vacuum evaporation) occur similar grow th mechanism of the cdo crystallites. optical studies the transmittance and absorbance spectra of spin c oated cdo thin films prepared at annealing temperatures (375 and 475) ˚c. the optical transmission in the visible region of the cdo f ilms increase w ith the annealing and attain a maximum values, as shown in figure.2. hence (375) ˚c may be c onsidered at this stage the absorbance is (nearly 78%) in the wavelength (530) nm, from the relationship:[21] ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 where: a, t are the absorbance, and transmittance, respectively. the increase in visible transmittance of the film with annealing temperature up to (475) ˚c may be attributable to the imp rovement in the crystallinity of the cry stallites and imp rovement in the st ructural and surface ho mogeneity of the films. the band gap which is of the material and exp onent depends on the type of transition. the calculated ener gy gap is for direct t ransition from the relationship :[21] where: a is constant, is the optical band gap ener gy , hv and α is the p hoton energy and absorption coefficient, resp ectively. to determine the p ossible transitions vs. is p lotted and corresp onding band gap was obt ained from extrapolating the straight p ortion of the graph on axis. the direct band gap is calcu lated from vs. p lots by the p oint [ = 0]. t he direct band gap from vs. p lots by the point [ = 0] lies in the ran ge (2.22) ev. as shown in figur e. 3. the value of the energy gap for cdo films p rep ared at different annealin g temp eratures (375 and 475) ˚c for the films decrease from the valu e of (2.175) ev to the value of (2.1) ev.[22] it is exp lains that so, there may be more than one interband absorp tions for these nanocrystalline cdo samples. these might be due to the fact that for nanop articles (size -few nm) as surface to volume ratio increases, so defect st ates increase due t o increase of surface area and strain than that of bulk cdo. these defects create st ates at different ener gies in the b and gap and there may be some finite transition p robabilities from these st ates. hence due to the absorp tion of energy by the defect st ates situated at different energies within the forbidden region (for our nanocryst alline cdo thin films), we get different lin ear se gments in figures.3.[11] conclusion thin films of cadmium o xide have been p repared by vacuum evap oration method. xrd shows the diffraction p eaks characterist ic to the cdo faces centered cubic (fcc), with lattice parameter (a = 0.469±0.004) nm, the average g.s of (111) orientation gra ins of the studied polycrystalline f ilm annealed at (375 and 475) ˚c was found to direct band gap energies were determined. the annealing temperature increases due to increase of transmittance which is deceasing absorption which of the value (near ly 78%) in the wavelength (530) nm, at annealing temperature (375) ˚c. the optical energy gap value of the range; (2.1 – 2.175) ev have been obtained that is decreasing bandgap where increased of annealin g temp . re ferences 1.ramakrishna, k.t. reddy, shanthin i g.m., johnst on d., and miles r.w. (2003), highly t ransparent and conduct ing cdo films gro wn by chemical spray pyroly sis. thin solid films. by elsevier science b.v., u.s.a, p: 427, 397. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2.dhage, s.; ravi, v. and dat e, s. bull. (2004). mat er. sci.. by elsevier science b.v., u.s.a, (2ed) p: 27, 43. 3.coutts, t.j.; young, d.l. x. li. ; mulligan, w.p . and wu, x. (2000). j. vac. sci. t echnol. by elsevier science b.v., u.s.a, a 18, 2646. 4.shim , t. ;ma, d. (2002). thin solid films. by elsevier science b.v., u.s.a, 8, 410. 5.deokate, r.j.; p awar, s.m.; moholk ar, a.v.; sawant , v.s.an d p awar, c.a. (2008), spray depo sit ion of highly tran sparent fluorine doped cdo thin films. appl. surf. sci. by john wiley & sons lt d, new york, 254(7): 2187. 6.dakhel, a.a. and henari, f. z. (2003). opt ical characterization of t hermally evaporat ed thin cdo films". cryst. res. t echnol. by wily-vch gmbh& co. kgaa, bahrain, 38(11): 979-985. 7.mane, r.s.; p at han, h.m.; lokhande, c.d. and han, s.-h. (2006). sol. energy. by john wiley & son s lt d, new york , 80, p : 185. 8.ismail, r.; abeduarazak, o. (2007) sol. energy mat er. sol. cells". by spr inger science + business me dia, llc., 91, p: 903. 9. islam m.m., islam m.r. and p odder j. (2008). "optical and electrical charact erist ics of cdo t hin films deposited by spray pyro lysis metho d". journal of bangladesh academy of sciences. dhaka, bangladesh, 32(1) : 97-105 . 10.dakhel, a.a. an d f. henari z. (2003). cry st . res. t echnol,. by john wiley & son s lt d, new york , ( 11): 979-985. 11. ghosh, p .k.; das, s. and chattopadhyay, k.k. (2005). temperat ure dependent st ruct ural and opt ical properties of nanocryst alline cdo t hin films deposit ed by sol–gel pr ocess". journal of nanopart icle research. kolkata, india, 219-225. 12. vigil, o.and cruz f. et al. (2001). mat erials chemist ry and p hysics. by elsevier science b.v., u.s.a, 68, 249–252. 13. ismail r.a. (2009). "improv ed characterist ics of spray ed cdo films by rap id t hermal annealing". journal material science: mat er elect ron". by springer science + business media, llc. baghda d, i raq, p: 1219–1224. 14. rajammal, r. rajaram, k. savarim ut hu, e. and arumugam, s. (2 01 1). dependence of st ruct ural, electrical, opt ical and surface morpholo gical pr opert ies of sol – gel spin coat ed cdo thin films on the pro cess temp erat ure. journal nano. electron. p hysics. india, 3(1 ): 499-506. 15.mishr a, r.l.; sharm a, a.k. and prak ash, s.g. (2 00 9). gas sensit ivit y and charact erization of cadmium oxide (cdo) semiconduct ing t hin films deposit ed by spray pyro lysis t echn ique. journal of nanomater. bios. in dia, 4(3): 511-518. 16. dantus, c.; rusu, g.b.; rusu, g. g. and gor ley, p . (2008 ). journal of opto elect ronics and advanced mat erials". rom ania, 10(11): 2988 – 2992. 17. gurumurugan, k.; man galaraj, d. and naray andass, s.a.k. (1 996). magnetron sputtering t ransparent conduct ing cdo t hin films". journ al of klect ronic material". india, 25(4) : 766-770. 18.aksay , s.; caglar, y.; ilican, s.an d caglar, m. (2009). effect of heat t reat ment on physical propert ies of cdo films deposit ed by sol-gel method". int. j. hydrogen energ. by elsevier science b.v., u. s.a, 34(12): 5191. 19.kul, m.; aybek, a.s.; t uran , e.; zor, m. and i rmak, s. ( 2007) . effect of fluoring doping on the struct ural properties of the cdo films deposit ed by ult rasonic spr ay pyro lysis". sol. energ. mat er. sol., by elsevier science b.v., u.s.a, 91(20) :1927-1933. 20. jeyaprakash, b.g.; kesavan, k.; kumar, r.; ashok, m. s. and amalarani, a. (2010). analysis of pro cessor decompo sit ion t emp erat ure in the fo rmation of cdo t hin films prep ared by spray pyrolysis method. j.american science. by john wiley & son s lt d, new york, 6(2): 75. 21.jacques, i. p ankove, (1971). "optical processes in semiconductors". by prent ice hall. englewood cliffs. in c. new jersey, (1ed), p: 87. 22.sheng, s. li. (2006). semiconduct or p hysical electronics". by spr inger science + business media, llc. u.s.a. (2ed), 235. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): t – annealing temperature, d grain size, 2θ (111) diffraction angle corresponding to (111) plane s, a – lattice constant to (111) planes, tc (hkl) te xture coefficient for various plane s 2θ 111 (deg ) a 111 (nm ) tc (hkl) (t) anne alin g (˚c) d 111 (nm ) st andard jcp ds experiment al xr-d jcp ds xr-d (1 11) (2 00) (2 22) r.t 47.47 33.001 33.150 0.4695 0.4699 0.96 1.04 375 49.91 33.001 32.706 0.4695 0.4734 1.59 0.18 1.23 475 51.1 33.001 32.710 0.4695 0.4738 1.25 0.31 1.25 fig.( 1): x-ray diffraction of the cdo thin films. before and after anne aling temperatures ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 2): transmittance and absorbance spectra at anne aling temp (375and 475) ˚c as a function of wavelength fig.(3): the band gap is for direct transi tion of the cdo films at annealing temperatures: (375and 475) ˚c, and thickness: (450) nm, as a function of photon ene rgy a t ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 تأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین في الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة الغشیة cdoالرقیقة المحضرة بوساطة تقنیة التبخیر الحراري الفراغي سمیر عطا مكي ومصطفى قحطان مصطفى قسم الفیزیاء ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد 2011 تشرین االول 18: قبل البحث في 2011 ایلول 28: استلم البحث في الخالصة بوساطة تقنیة التبخیر الحراري الفراغي على قواعد زجاجیة بدرجة الرقیقة (cdo) ّحضرت اغشیة اوكسید الكادمیوم ص التركیبیة والبصریة لالغشیة عند، الغرفة حرارة داره بزمن ثابت مق c˚ (375,475) التلدین بدرجة حرارة ودرست الخوا امتصاصیة وكانت اعلى، ودرس التركیب البلوري بواسطة حیود االشعة السینیة .nm (450) السمك عند ,ساعة واحدة وكان مقدار معدل .(%78) التي تساوي تقریباc˚ (375) درجة حرارة التلدین عند nm (530) الطول الموجي عند .ev (2.22) قة قیمتهاووجد ان فجوة الطا .nm/s (10) الترسیب هو عند القیمة فجوة الطاقة، االمتصاصیة، الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة، حیود االشعة السینیة، اوكسید الكادمیوم: الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 244-259 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 244 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 e-government public cloud model (egpcm) nada m. al-hakkak dept. of computer science baghdad college of economic sciences university dr.nada@baghdadcollege.edu.iq nadahakkak@hotmail.com ban salman shukur dept. of computer science baghdad college of economic sciences university ban_s_s_daoud@yahoo.com atheel sabih shaker atheel.sabih@baghdadcollege.edu.iq received in:9/october/2017, accepted in:29/october/2017 abstract the concept of implementing e-government systems is growing widely all around the world and becoming an interest to all governments. however, governments are still seeking for effective ways to implement e-government systems properly and successfully. as services of e-government increased and citizens’ demands expand, the e-government systems become costlier to satisfy the growing needs. the cloud computing is a technique that has been discussed lately as a solution to overcome some problems that an e-government implementation or expansion is going through. this paper is a proposal of a new model for egovernment on basis of cloud computing. e-government public cloud model egpcm, for egovernment is related to public cloud computing. keywords: e-government, cloud computing, e-government public cloud model egpcm dept. of computer science baghdad college of economic sciences university 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 245 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 introduction the implementation of e-government and related organizations has witnessed more progress to make its related on-line services available to citizens in a useful and flexible manner. the needs of citizens from e-government is growing and their usage of internet is one of main and major challenges that faces e-government [1 & 19]. services applied by e-government in developing countries are harder and challengeable than in developed countries [7]. they are facing many well-known difficulties and problems to implement basics of egovernment. problems like shorten resources, high cost, digital divide and the poorness of it infrastructure and management are examples of these problems [3, 5 & 21]. e-governments around the world are seriously looking into cloud computing as mean of increasing efficiency, reducing cost, providing more reliable and efficient services, and reducing cycle time [31]. e-government in the past few years, information and communication technology (ict) witnessed a very high speed development that goes beyond all expiations. the wide usage of internet made the world wide like a small global village. of course, this improvement has its impact over every aspect on everything in our lives. governments as well as all other matters took the benefit of using ict to present and deliver their services to citizens, which is referred to as egovernment. the concept of government many definitions and explanations about the concept of e-government have been introduced by researches, organizations and other involved agencies. however, most researchers define egovernment with respect to the use of ict [16] the definition of united nations division for public economics and public administration (undpepa) about e-government is “utilizing the internet and the world wide web for delivering government information and services to citizens” [29]. in other hand, we see that the organization for economic co-operation and development (oecd) explains that the egovernment concept is using the ict, especially the internet, as a way to get a better government [10]. by moving to the world bank we have another definition for e-government. the world bank describes the use of information technologies (like internet, wide area networks, and mobile computing) by government agencies to change the relations with citizens, businesses, and other arms of government as the e-government [32]. in general, the term e-government is about the usage of technology to improve the ways that a government follows to deliver services to its citizens for the benefit of citizens, business, agencies and other engaged parties. it is the implementation of ict by a government to support its activities and provide public services in a transparence, efficient, easy, less expensive, better and manageable manner. e-government is available anytime, anywhere for any citizen to use. e-government built a better relationship between government and citizens [38]. e-government categories e-government categories, usually referred to as e-government models are classified according to the services they provide and the area these services serve. most of these classifications divide these models to three models, some of the researches add a fourth model to the basic three models [13]. the models are: 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 246 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 1. government-to-citizen (g2c). the communication and information exchanging between the government and its citizens using electronic format. 2. government-to-business (g2b). this model focuses on enhancing the quality of communication and transactions with business in an effective way. 3. government-togovernment (g2g) this model reflects the inter relationship between the one government agencies and organizations in many levels. 4. government to employees (g2e) some researchers consider this model as an inner part of g2g model, while others consider it a separate model of e-government [28]. it refers to relationship between government and its employees as it represents the online services that government gives to its employees. benefits of e-government [13] according to [22], the most important benefits of e-government are: 1) cost limitation for all stockholders involved; government, businesses and citizens with a raise in efficiency. 2) increasing service quality by the mean in saving time, money and effort. 3) transparency, accountability and less corruption. 4) reduce cost and time for e-government agencies. 5) creation of the development community 6) improve the decision making process and its quality. 7) improve the usage of ict tools in many society sectors. while agimo summarize these benefits in four points only, which are [3]: 1. government agency benefits 2. consumer financial benefits; 3. social benefits. 4. contribution to broader government objectives. smith pointed out that the main three domains of e-government initiatives are [27]: 1improving the services served by the government. 2connecting people. 3creating interaction for businesses. he puts a relation between these three initiatives which are illustrated in figure (1) [27]. 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 247 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (1): main domains for e-government initiatives [27] cloud computing to meet every change in business needs organization we need to invest time and budget to balance their it infrastructure such as hardware, software and services, however the scaling process can be slow, so the solution is cloud process can be slow, so the solution is cloud computing because it provides computing over the internet. cloud computing service consists of highly optimize virtual data centers, they provide software, hardware and information resources for use when needed, organizations can be simply connected to the cloud and use the available resource, this helps organization for avoiding extra changes for additional infrastructures, hence they can scale up or scale down according to business requirements there are four different models of cloud computing: 1private cloud: for one organization on private network and it's highly secured. 2public cloud: owned by cloud service provider and offers the highest level of efficiency and shared resources. 3hybrid cloud: a combination of private and public. 4community cloud: a kind of private cloud but many organizations which share same interests or offer same services [26]. cloud computing consists of the three service models, this classification is according to the services that the cloud computing can offer for the user. a summarize of these service modes is shown in figure (2) [6, 12, 15]. 1iaas: infrastructure as a service. 2pass: platform as a service. 3saas: software as a service 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 248 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (2): service models in cloud computing [6, 12 & 15] iaas model means the provider provides the infrastructure for the user/organization such as computing power and storage capacity, where the organization gets control over the it infrastructure including the hosting environment and the applications. pass model means the provider provides the user/organization with a platform, which means running and maintaining operating system and resources required by the user/organization, hence the organization is only responsible for the development, maintenance and management of the application. saas model means that the provider of the cloud is responsible completely about the application software provided for user/ organization in running and maintaining these applications, while the user/organization will see and use these applications as web-based applications [30, 39, 12 and 15]. the national institute of standards and technology (nist) says that the concept of cloud computing, services and deployment models could be summarized as shown in figure (3), which shows the characteristics of these services and deployment models and other characteristics which are expected when applying a cloud computing model [40]. figure (3): nist cloud computing definition [40] cloud computing adoption in e-government the adoption of cloud computing in e-government is a reality aspect and has been implemented in many countries around the world. in europe [35], for example, many countries have planned the adoption, adopted and/ or already implemented the cloud computing in their e-governments. the summarization of european countries is shown in table (1) [35]. 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 249 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 table (1): a summary of european countries adopting cloud computing in egovernment country cloud computi ng fastene d in the country strateg y adoption of cloud computing the level of cloud adopti ng models used in cloud the model of cloud service applied services for egovernment within cloud austria done in plan countr y region town public , private and commun ity cloud iaas pas saas a framework for cloud egovernment applications with backup and archiving and collaboration groups services denmark not yet in plan implemented town public , private and commun ity cloud saas e-mail arrangements finland not yet in plan france done developing countr y commun ity cloud iaas germany done in plan ireland done in plan country public , private and commun ity cloud iaas pas saas open data public information reposition collaboration groups e-mail spain not yet in plan implemented countr y region town public , private, commun ity and hybrid cloud iaas pas saas services of e-government open government participation of citizens e-mail arrangements storage backup office arrangements united kingdom done developing implemented countr y private and commun ity cloud iaas pas saas e-mail arrangements office arrangements customer relationship managing 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 250 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 in usa, a project was started by the administration connected to the cloud computing to identify which services are suitable to be used within cloud computing. the result of passage to the cloud for the official web portal of the united states government (www.usa.gov) result in dropping charges (up to 90%). at the same time it increased the flexibility of the system, enhanced the abilities and improved the process and automation. reaching this level, any citizen’s request becomes a real time handling and data is easily accessed in an integrated manner with other websites by citizens [30]. the accessibility of the website reaches 99.99 % with nearly zero downtime per month. the budget was reduced to only $650.000 for the website www.usa.gov annually [16]. the government of thailand, has also started an e-mail service in a cloud-base concept and put a plan to add a saas in future. the government believes that this plan will improve the services of agencies related to government and at the same time reduce cost of it in a noticeable way [33 & 14]. in australia, many government’s agencies are using some kind of cloud solutions. australia government is hoping to offer their citizens the best service and cover business needs in a good manner taking into consideration cost, flexibility and security [8]. for example the west australian health implemented and already uses a private cloud and the department of immigration and citizenship implemented a hybrid cloud. for the government of india, a proposed egovernmental cloud project was discussed to provide a complete infrastructure for the implementation of government services including administrate and regulatory and social welfare [11]. in the proposed cloud model for government of india, there are three categories of cloud in different security requirement levels, which are: 1: the high assurance part, where a physically computing resources are only used by government to provide its high assurance requirements. 2: the medium assurance part, where a resource pool for cloud computing used by nongovernment cloud users with a security control in the hands of the government. 3: the basic assurance part, where a computing resource of cloud computing based on public cloud offerings [15]. the layers of cloud computing proposed by these researchers is shown in figure (4) [15]. figure (4): the cloud computing layers proposed for indian e-government [15] hiragana proposed cloud computing prototype was for indonesia’s e-government to solve its problems. as the researcher sees that the implementation of indonesia’s e-government has 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 251 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 many difficulties in infrastructure and the high expenses of computer resources and network and he proposes a cloud computing solution for the e-government in indonesia to overcome these problems [12]. the researcher suggests that service oriented architecture (soa) is a suitable methodology to be applied for this prototype and could be implemented both in government sector and for general public as an extension of identity cards, permits and licenses rights establishment, renewal of driving licenses and other. saudi arabia has already established its e-government program system which they called yesser in 2005 with a cooperation with the communication and information technology commission (citc) and ministry of finance. as a grown country, there will be a definitely incensement in citizens and demand of new technologies over the next few years, which will lead to more system complexities and high cost to provide all mentioned factors [4]. for that, the researcher proposed a private cloud architecture model using soa for the saudi arabia e-government. by choosing soa, there is no need to reengineer the existing system. instead, the existing system will grow and meet along new capabilities so that a new library of services is reached which can be used afterwards as solutions for many subjects. in other words, the web services can be developed by using different programming languages, protocols or platforms as loosely coupled. table (2) shows the ranking of some arabic countries which have already started the projects of e-government [13]. table (2): e-government development ranking for arab countries [13] jordan, already have its own e-government system, the new proposal was to apply several steps to move towards implementing a cloud e-government in jordan [6]. the researchers identified the need for cloud environment where different kinds of cloud (private, public, community, and hybrid) are needed for this project. figure (5) shows the proposed deployment cloud environment model for jordanian government. it shows the need for three different kinds of cloud deployment models: private, community, public and hybrid clouds.   20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 252 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018   figure (5): cloud models for jordanian e-government [6] the researchers in this study also suggested stages that may be followed by the government to transfer the current jordanian e-government to be cloud e-government in three steps. the first step is information publishing which they suggested to share knowledge between citizens and different government agencies, the second step is about establishing citizen portal, where government agencies are able to share infrastructure using public cloud and the final step is integration, where the agencies starts to integrate between them in a strategical plan[6]. related work e-government systems are electronic systems work together with cloud computing, many researchers worked in this area; as follows: to study the situation of iraqi e-government, [18] went through a full description of it and its challenges to main parities; government, employs, citizens, and some other privet sectors. while another research was made as a comparison between e-government in iraq and egovernment in jordan was made upon surveys to know the citizens satisfaction about egovernment system in each of them. the results were that most of iraqi citizens were not satisfied about e-government in iraq while most citizens in jordan were satisfied about their egovernment system. upon that a new framework was proposed for e-government in iraq taking into consideration the factors that may affect e-government based on this work results. beside that a dbms was designed and new strategies in dealing with official documents electronically. figure (6) shows the proposed conceptual e-government model [21]. figure (6): proposed e-government conceptual model [21] 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 253 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 to explore the services and application of cloud computing that are suitable to be adopted in e-government among other adoptions, a research was made about that and went through analyzing the cloud computing systems and the available services which cloud computing providers are offering right now for users and which of these services are suitable for egovernment. the research reaches a conclusion that cloud computing is an attractive field for individuals, organizations and companies. there are many services that an e-government project can get benefit from cloud computing, also there are some challenges if this technique is adopted. the researcher also shows the services that could be provided by cloud computing for e-government as shown in figure (7) [32]. figure (7): services provided by an e-governance cloud [32] to sightsee the importance of cloud computing and examine the adoption of cloud computing in seven different e-governments (usa, uk, china, japan, new zealand, vietnam and thailand), the researcher reached that shifting to cloud computing within e-government needs six-steps which he called “cloud migration strategy”[34]. these steps are: learning, organizational assessment, cloud pilot, cloud-readiness assessment, cloud rollout strategy and continuous cloud improvement. he said also that the cloud models, in the end will serve to transform all it applications in the world. mukherjee and sahoo propose a framework for e-governance which is based on cloud computing concept. the framework was based on hadoop, which is an open source cloud computing environment. hadoop can carry on many tasks like checking user’s authentication, fetch web services, schedule jobs and according to volunteer nods [35]. figure (8) shows the proposed framework. the user request is handled by hadoop and after computation the result is sent back to user using ugi or mobile interface. the proposed system includes a knowledge base and interface engine that could be considered as expert system. 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 254 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 figure (8): the proposed framework [35] to enhance the performance of e-government, chanchary and islam recommend a similar way to that mentioned by mukherjee and sahoo framework with a knowledge base expert system to limit manual work and reduce processing time [36]. figure (9) shows the e-government system using cloud computing and expert knowledge-base model presented by chanchary and islam. figure (9): e-government based on cloud computing with knowledge-based expert system [36] 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 255 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 the proposed model the proposed model is new that is constructed base on the previous related works in an enhanced way, it contains the following layers: layer-1: user interface layer; its responsible of inputs to cloud and output from the cloud. the input may be directly online in one session or by downloading specific forms to be submitted later. the output would be the replay back from the cloud and this could be either online, or by email, or mail box through social media; i.e. face bock; twitter etc. or by cell phone in sms form. layer-2: secured transmission layer, used for data transmission between user interface and the cloud. this layer contains two types of transmission media wifi and mobile adhoc for mobile cell phones. layer-3: request processing layer: this layer is responsible of authentication for user request. this layer ensures the authentication of the user request, by checking if the person is having id-no. layer-4: data base layer: this layer acts as a channel for all databases in the cloud, so it needs scheduling method to manage all the requests. this layer receives all the types of requests from all users and classifies them with scheduling according to some priority issues then send them to their related databases. layer-5: knowledge base layer: responsible for information retrieval and knowledge extraction from the stored data. this layer is important for future expert systems for reusing answers to some frequented asked questions. the layers (3, 4, and 5) are all inside the cloud computing area. figure (10) shows the proposed egpcm model for this work. 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 256 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 public cloud computing i. conclusion and future work an e-government system is an electronic system that allows citizens to send/receive their documents in an efficient, fast, and easy way. the term of egovernment has been developed to be used in information and communication applications; which is replaced with the traditional offices. this paper produced an enhanced model that could be applied in development countries. on the other hand we can integrate the proposed model with some statistical applications for future reports that could be used to measure application capacity and bottleneck problems. outputs inputs check online sent by mail box sent by sms sent by email fill in online download form for later submit wifi mobile adhoc check request authentication citizenship e-police e-passport e-health e-power e-learning e-construct ir & convert into knwoledge kbs figure (10): the proposed (egpcm) model user interface layer secured transmission request processing layer data base layer knowledge base system replay rejected known person scheduling the requests 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 257 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 references j.f. affisco and k.s soliman, "e-government: a strategic operations management framework for service delivery. business process management journal, 12(1),.13-21. 2006. agimo., benefits of e-government e-government benefits study. http://www.agimo.gov.au/publications/2003/03/egovt_benefits_study/benefits. 2003 a.a. al-rashedi,. "e-government based on cloud computing and serviceoriented architecture. international journal of computer and electrical engineering, 6(3),.201. 2014. s. alsharafat; b.m. alfawwazand and a.m., al-shatnawi. jordanian cloudgovernment between implementation and challenges. international journal of computer applications, 102(5), 2014. f. al-sobhi and v. weerakkody. the role of intermediaries in facilitating egovernment diffusion in saudi arabia, 2010. australian government, department of finance and deregulation, "cloud computing strategic direction paper, opportunities and applicability for use by the australian government, version 1.0, page 5-10, 22, 31, april 2011. c. ciborra; interpreting e-government and development: efficiency, transparency or governance at a distance? information technology and people, 18(3),.260-279. 2005. t. ed. field, "oecd e-government studies the e-government imperative. oecd publishing, 2003. /p.r. gupta and d.k. jain, "road map for e governance. proceedings of ascnt–2010, cdac, noida, indiapp.91-100, 2010. t. hariguna.,. prototype cloud computing for e-government in indonesia. international journal of engineering and technology-international journal of engineering and sciences ijet-ijens, 11(06).156. 2011. a.a. hassan, status of e-government in iraq and what the challenges of development and implementation,2016. r. hicks, thailand hatches plan for private cloud. futuregov, , 25, may, 2009. m. kumar, m. shukla; s. agarwal andg.n. pandey, january. an e governance model using cloud computing technology for developing countries. in proceedings of the international conference on e-learning, e-business, enterprise information systems, and e-government (eee) (171). the steering committee of the world congress in computer science, computer engineering and applied computing (worldcomp) 2013. v. kundra, state of public sector cloud computing. federal chief information officers council,2010. mohammed abdulameer mohammed, burhanuddin mohd. aboobaider, huda ibrahim, azam harith abdullah, mohammed hassan ali, mustafa musa jaber and aymen shawkat, e-government and its challenges in developing 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 258 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 countries: case study iraqi e-government. the social sciences, 11: 4310-4319. , 2016. m.j. moon, "the evolution of e‐government among municipalities: rhetoric or reality? public administration review, 62(4) 424-433. 2002. r.s. naoum and z.a nadhim, an enhanced model for e-government (a comparative study between jordanian and iraqi citizens). international journal of advanced computer research. 4(1), 11. 2014 n. nkwe, e-government: challenges and opportunities in botswana. international journal of humanities and social science, 2(17) 3948,2012. s.l. pan, c.w.tan,. and e. t. lim, customer relationship management (crm) in e-government: a relational perspective. decision support systems,42(1), pp.237-250., 2006. j. w. seifert and k. chung, using e-government to reinforce government– citizen relationships comparing government reform in the united states and china, social science computer review volume 27 number2009, 1 february 2009 3-23. s. shin, s., implementing e-government in developing countries: its unique and common success factors. american political science association,2008. shivani sharma and dhanshri parihar, "a review on resource allocation in cloud computing," international journal of advance research, ideas and innovations in technology, (1) (3), 2014. s.j.c. smith, an empirical study of information systems security, understanding and awareness in e-government:(a case study of nsw government). university of new south wales,2005. r.w.o. ukot-uma, electronic governance and electronic democracy: living and working in the connected world. the commonwealth centre for electronic governance, new delhi,2014. un, e., government report “benchmarking e-government: a global perspective-assessing the un membestates”. un publication, [online] http://www. upan1. org/egovernment2. asp. 2001. a. t. velte, ,t. j. velte, r. c. elsenpeter, and r. c. elsenpeter, cloud computing: a practical approach (pp. 1-55). new york: mcgraw-hill,2001. n. vijay kumar, role of ict in e-governance: impact of cloud computing in driving new initiatives. set labs briefings, 9(2),.43-52. , 2011. world bank, egovernments. retrieved from; http://web.worldbank.org/ yong, j. and koon, l. e-government: enabling public sector reform. http://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/ict/brief/e-government,2012. d. c. wyld, " the cloudy future of government it: cloud computing and the public sector around the world. international journal of web & semantic technology,1(1),.1-20. , 2010. b. zwattendorfer, k. stranacher, a. tauber and p. reichstädter, august. cloud computing in e-government across europe. in international conference on 20222 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1832 computer | 259 2018عام )1(العدد ) 31(المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.31 (1) 2018 electronic government and the information systems perspective, springer, berlin heidelberg. 181-195, 2013. j. w. seifert, k. chung, using e-government to reinforce government–citizen relationships comparing government reform in the united states and china, social science computer review volume 27 number 1 february 2009. a. e. youssef, exploring cloud computing services and applications, journal of emerging trends in computing and information sciences journal of emerging trends in computing and information sciences, vol. 3, no. 6, july 2012. t. almarabeh; y. kh. majdalawi, and h. mohammad, "cloud computing of egovernment, communications and network, 2016, 8, 1-8, scientific research publishing inc, published online february 2016 in scires y. chemerkin; g. mateescu; m. vladescu;m. nasr, number; p,date, p.and bott, r. the loudy future of government it: cloud computing and the public sector around the world. 2011 first acis/jnu internat conference on computers, networks, systems and industrial engineering. ,2013. [35] k. mukherjee and g. sahoo, cloud computing: future framework for e governance. international journal of computer applications, 7(7), 975–8887. https://doi.org/10.5120/1262-1613,2010. [36] f. h. chanchary and s. islam, " e-government based on cloud computing with rational interface agent. proceedings from honet. high capacity optical networks and enabling technologies. 2011. microsoft word 27-43 27 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020       thickness effect of cualte2 thin films on morphological, structural and visual properties noor a. hassan iman hameed khudayer department of physics, college of education for pure sciences / ibn al-haithamibn university of baghdad nooralhudahassam84@gmail.com abstract cualte2 thin films were evaporation on glass substrates using the technique of thermal evaporation at different range of thickness (200,300,400and500) ±2nm. the structures of these films were investigated by x-ray diffraction method; showing that films possess a good crystalline in tetragonal structure. afm showed that the grain size increased from (70.5599.40) nm and the roughness increased from (2.08-3.65) nm by increasing the thickness from (200-500) nm. the optical properties measurements, such as absorbance, transmtance, reflectance, and optical constant as a function of wavelength showed that the direct energy gap decreased from (2.4-2.34) ev by the gain of the thickness. key word: thin film, optical properties, thermal evaporation. 1. introduction i-iii-vi2 compound are ternary isoelectronic equivalents of the ii-vi binary compounds. they crystallize in these chalcopyrite structure that closely for zinc blend. completely these materials have direct band gaps [1]. ternary ceramic is attractive materials in promising photovoltaic and optoelectronic requests [2, 3]. like smart windows, coating films for ir reflection, transparent electrodes in plane panel show, functional glasses and solar cells [4, 5]. single crystal has a direct forbidden band gap eg =2.06 ev. it can be used for example in window with other ternary compounds, cualte2 film is found to be p-type, and some of electrical properties annealed cualte2 thin film at 300c, it also found that there are two xray diffraction peaks at 2ɵ=24.60and 45.20 corresponding respectively to (112) and (220,204) orientation of the cualte2 chalcopyrite phase. thin film was deposited using several methods: sputtering [6]. elemental co-evaporation [7]. flash evaporation [8]. and electrodeposition [9]. thin films employed in this study were prepared from a single source technique using thermal evaporation. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage:http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2471 article history: received 1july 2019, accepted 9october 2019, published in july 2020. 28 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 2. theoretical absorbance (a) is defined as the proportion between the intensity of the absorbed radiation (ia) and of the incident radiation (i0) [10]. a=ia/i0 (1) transmission (t): is the ratio between transmission intensity radiation of the film (it) to the incident radiant intensity (i0), otherwise reflectance (r) is the ratio between reflected radiation intensities (ir) and (i0) as in formula [10]. r=ir/i0 (2) the reflectivity was created for all prepared films as in the equation [10]. a+t+r=1 (3) the absorption coefficients of cualte2 thin film depend on the values of the incident photon (hυ) and the type of optical electronic transfer. when the photon beam incident on the thin film component part of it is reflected, other transmitted and third absorbed by the film material. absorption coefficient (α) represented the attenuation that happened in the energy of incident photon for unit thickness, which attributed to the acculturation processes. we can deduce from the absorption or transmission spectra using the lambert law [11, 12]. i=i0 e –αt (4) where, ӏ is the total radiation, t is the film thickness. αt=ln(i0/i) (5) αt=2.303log(i0/i) (6) the absorption of the film (a) could be defined as [10]. α=2.303 (7) to calculate the optical energy gap for direct transition used the following equation [13]. αhυ = d (hυ – eg )r (8) r represents constant and can take values 1/2,3/2,2 and 3 depending on the type of the optical transition and the material. extinction coefficient is the exponential decay of the wave that passes through the medium [14]. k=αλ/4 (9) the complex refractive index with real and imaginary parts as in the equation [15]. ncomplex n0ik (10) where no could be evinced by the formula [16]. n0= (4r/(1-r)2-k2) 1/2+ (1+r/1-r) (11) the r is the the reflectivity, as show below [17]. r= (no-1)2+k2/(no+1) 2+k2 (12) the real (εr) and imaginary part (εi) of dielectric constant can be estimated utilizing the following equation [18-19]. εcomplex=εr-εi (13) εr=n02-k2 (14) εi=2nok (15) afm is an imaging technique employed to evaluate the physical properties of dielectrics, conductors and semiconductor surfaces; it supplies us with very exact data about surface roughness average (r.m.s), as well as grain size [20]. it is an important tool for nanoscale, that it bears a very high-resolution amount of (0.1nm), zoom power is estimated at (5 × 102 -108) with the power to operate under normal atmospheric pressure without the need for the high 29 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 vacuum [20]. the structure of the cualte2 deposited films were studied by xrd method by siemens x-ray diffractometer method, that recorded the intensity as a functions of bragg angles [21]. from two of consecutive lattice plane, the term 2dsinθ of the diffraction of xrays for crystalline materials are [22]. nλx -ray = 2dsinθ (16) the lattice constant values in tetragonal system can be computed from the following equations using the miller incidents (hkl) and the inter-planar spacing (d) [23]. 1/d2= (h2+k2/a2) +l2/c2 (17) 3-result and discussion figure 1. show the xrd pattern for thin cualte2 film that deposited on glass substrate with many thickness (200, 300,400, and 500) nm. the blueprints showed that all the films have polycrystalline mode. the first peak located at 2θ ≈ 25.96 with the (112) preferred orientation, when the second peak appeared at 2θ ≈ 27.16 with the (103) one. table 1. showed the structural parameters, the results showed that the film had a good crystalline in tetragonal structure and the intensity increased with the increasing of the thickness [24, 25, 26] with a simple shift at the distinctive peaks. this was due to the different conditions of preparation of the figure 1. xrd pattern of thin cualte2 films with the thicknesses (200, 300, 400 and 500). 30 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 1. structural parameter of thin cualte2 films with the thicknesses (200, 300, 400 and 500), size crystal (64,2 66.3, 68.0 and 74.8) respectively. thickness (nm) 2ө std. ( deg) 2ө (exp) (deg) dhkl (std.) (å) dhkl (exp.) (å) hkl 200 25.96 25.9 3.42 3.40 112 27.16 27.18 3.27 3. 23 103 40.86 40.84 2.206 2.25 213 300 25.96 25.94 3.42 3.46 112 27.16 27.18 3.27 3.30 103 40.86 40.8 2.206 2.20 213 400 25.96 25.92 3.42 3.41 112 27.16 27.2 3.27 3.24 103 40.86 40.84 2.206 2.208 103 500 25.96 25.9 3.42 3.40 112 27.16 27.1 3.27 3.22 103 40.86 40.8 2.206 2.21 103 63.08 63.06 1.47 1.45 008 in parliamentary law, to examine the surface topography, roughness of thin films and the impression of film thickness on it, we used the atomic force microscope (afm), which possessed the ability to get very precise statistical values about the texture size and surface roughness values depending on the root mean square (r.m.s.). figure 2. represented afm images in two and three-dimensional forms for cualte2 thin film with different thickness (t = 200,300,400,500) nm. the average grains size was improved as the increase of film thickness increased as presented, this was too supported by the x-ray diffraction pattern and indicated the improved structural properties of the films of high thickness by decreasing synthetics defects such as the vacancy and grainboundary, leading to an increase in the particle size of the film. the roughness of the surface was increased as; these results are listed in table 2. 31 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 a 32 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 b 33 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 c 34 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 d figure 2. afm image of thin cualte2 film at different thickness (a=200, b=300, c=400 and d=500) nm. 35 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 2. average grain size (g.s) and roughness average of thin cualte2 films with the thicknesses (200, 300, 400 and 500). the absorbance spectra for thin film with different thickness were presented in figure 3. it was demonstrated that absorbance increased with the decrease of wavelength when it was closer to the visible spectrum (400-700) nm which indicated the possibility of the use of cualte2 films in the solar cell industry, while decreased to the lowest values at the wavelengths (near ir). also it was observing from figure 3. that absorbance increased with increasing of thickness reaching to high absorbance over (80%) in the visible region when t= 500 nm, that agreement with murugan and murali [27-29]. this increasing can be attributed to the improved crystalline arrangement and the decreasing of crystalline defects, the bigger crystalline sizes were formed and in this case extra atoms existing in the cualte2 films so extra states would be available of the photons to be absorbed [30,31]. within the visible region (400-700) nm of the electromagnetic spectrum [32,33].the increase of the absorption in general by increasing the thickness of the film, which was due to the increase of the degree of crystallization of the film preparation by increasing the thickness and then the increase of the particle size of the resulting. consequently the photon falling on the surface of the film preparation would suffer from successive absorption by the crystals within the grain and thus the possibility of reflection within the grain and thus the possibility of reflection or transmission without being absorbed by electrons. the compound atoms will be few, especially by increasing the size of the grain (ie, increasing the number of crystals in it by increasing thickness. as the number of these crystals increases, the falling photon will capability more absorption attempts than before the atoms of those crystals, which leads to the absorption of the whole and then increases the absorption factor, especially when low photonic energies, these high absorptions indicate the possibility of use these prepared films in photovoltaic solar cells or as an antireflection cover in the visible region of the electromagnetic spectrum. thickness (nm) grain size (g.s) (nm) roughness average (nm) r.m.s (nm) 200 70.55 2.08 2.4 300 76.66 18.8 21.7 400 78.34 8.98 10.4 500 99.40 3.65 4.39 36 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 3. the absorbance spectral for cualte2 films with different thickness. figure 4. shows transmittance spectra for cualte2 thin films at many thickness. the lower transmittance in the visible region, this property represents an important and convenient in solar cell applications. on the other hand, there is a high transmission in the direction of the infrared (ir) of the electromagnetic spectrum and this indicates the possibility of using these films as a window in this region of the electromagnetic spectrum and the signals reaches it [34]. figure 4. the transmittance spectral for cualte2 films with different thickness. the reflectance of the incident spectrum shown in the figure 5. and the amount of it depend on the incident wavelength, the surface roughness, and the angle between the incident beam and the surface of the cell. 37 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 5. the reflectance spectra of cualte2 films at different thickness. the absorption coefficient (α) behavior is very similar to the absorption spectrum (a) because of the proportionally between them according to the equation (7). from the high values of absorption coefficient (α>104 cm-1), it can be recorded that the band gap is direct and this is consistent with [35, 36]. we likewise note that the values of absorption coefficient (α) of the films is increasing when it is high to the visible spectrum region. the increases of absorption coefficient with the increasing of thickness as indicated in figure 6. this is consistent with the effects of obtaining structural test. the cause for this is ascribable to the nature of the relationship between absorption and absorbance factor adds to the improvement in the level of crystallization material of the film by increasing thickness. figure 6. the absorption coefficient for cualte2 films with different thickness the optical band gap values obtained using equation (8). the value of optical energy gap decreases with increasing of thickness for all samples as indicated in figure 7. 38 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 7. (αhʋ) 2 vs. hʋ for cualte2 films with different thickness table 3. presents the decreasing of the allowed direct band gap and optical constant at wavelength (500nm) with the gain of thickness, which can be attributed to the increase of particle size [37]. one can notice the egopt value of film with thickness 200 nm has 2.4 ev; this value is in good agreement with [38].the reason for this decrease is due to the so-called effect size quantum, meaning that if the particle size is much larger than the diameter of bohr and the equal to half of the angstrom, then the quantitative effect will appear and the value of the energy gap will change in reverse proportion with the grain radius square according to the schrödinger equation for the energy level. the consequences of the structural tests of the 39 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 atomic force microscope showed that there was a clear increase in particle size by increasing thickness as in table 2. which led to the decrease observed in the value of the energy gap. table 3. direct band gap and optical constant for cualte2 thin films of different thickness. we can note from figure 8. that the variation of extinction coefficient with film thickness is nonregular, this is credited to the similar reason mentioned earlier in the absorption coefficient because the behavior of extinction coefficient is similar to the absorption coefficient, and the reason for increase the absorption coefficient is the case of direct electronic transitions. figure 8. extinction coefficient for cualte2 films with different thickness. the refractive index that is shown in figure 9. indicates the increase in the values with the gain of the thickness, which can explain the prepared samples denser (the increasing of the packing density), which in turn decreases propagation velocity of light through them, which t(nm) eg(ev) α*104 cm-1 n k εr εi 200 2.4 3.166625 1.570577 1.2606e05 2.4667112 3.96e-05 300 2.35 3.416116667 1.850126 1.35992e05 3.4229645 5.032e-05 400 2.32 3.3681375 2.039627 1.34082e05 4.1600802 5.47e-05 500 2.34 3.445288 2.361573 1.37153e05 5.5770267 6.478e-05 40 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 resulting in the increasing of no values since not represent the ratio of light velocity through the vacuum to velocity through any medium. figure 9. refractive index for cualte2 films with different thickness. figure 10. shows the behavior of the real part of the dielectric constant as a subroutine of the wavelength. we note that the mode of (εr) is similar to that of the refractive index, which is due to the decreased values of k2 compared with n2 in (equation14). figure 10. real dielectric constant for cualte2 films with different thickness figure 11. depicts the imaginary dielectric constant value as functions for wavelengths. the imaginary part of the dielectric constant is a measure of the absorption of radiation energy by free carriers of material atoms. it has a behavior similar to that of extinction coefficient, which is related to the variation of absorption coefficient also the figure determines, that increased with the increasing of thickness. 41 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 11. imaginary dielectric constant for cualte2 films with different thickness. 4. conclusion thin films [39]. have polycrystalline with tetragonal unit structures with preferential orientation in the (112) direction. grain size and roughness increased with the increasing of thickness. it was noted that all prepared thin films have high absorption, in the visible range of the electromagnetic spectrum, which made it desirable for the fabrication of solar cells, the optical transitions in cualte2 were direct optical energy gap, and it decreased from (2.34-2.4) ev with the increasing of thickness from (200-500) nm. references 1. korzun, b.v.; fadzeyeva, a.a.; bente, k.; schmitz, w.; schorr, s. thermal expansion and structural properties of (cualte2)1-x (cualse2) x solid solutions, cryst. res. technoljournal of experimental and industrial crystallography.2006, 41, 2, 168 – 173. 2. bente, k. structural aspects of ternary compounds-crystal structure, chemical bonding, substitution, defects and semiconductivity of multinary compounds. japanese journal of applied physics.2000, 39, s1, 1. 3. rau, u.; schock, h.w. electronic properties of cu (in, ga) se2 heterojunction solar cells–recent achievements, current understanding, and future challenges. applied physics a.1999, 69, 2, 131-147. 4. guha, s.; yang, j.; banerjee, a.; glatfelter, t.; vendurajr, g.j.; garcia, a.; kruer, m. july. amorphous silicon alloy solar cells for space applications. in proc. of the 2nd world conference and exhibition on photovoltaic solar energy conversion, 1998. 5. pfisterer, f. the wet-topotaxial process of junction formation and surface treatments of cu2s–cds thin-film solar cells. thin solid films.2003, 431, 470-476. 6. horinaka, h.; yamamoto, n. japanese research review for pioneering. ternary and multinary compounds in the 21st century ipap.2001, 348. 7. picozzi, s.; zhao, y.j.; freeman, a.j.; delley, b. mn-doped cugas 2 chalcopyrites: an ab initio study of ferromagnetic semiconductors. physical review b.2002, 66, 20, 205206. 8. larsen, e.m. zirconium and hafnium chemistry. in advances in inorganic chemistry and radiochemistry.1970, 13, 1-133. 42 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 9. chahboun, n.; assali, k. el khiara, a.; ameziane, e.l.; bekkay, t. sol. energy mater. sol. cells.1994, 32, 213. 10. ome, m.a. elementary solid state physics, addiso-we sly publishing, 1975. 11. kavasoglu, a.s.; bayhan, h. admittance and impedance spectroscopy on cu (in,ga)se2 solar cells, turkish journal of physics.2003, 27, 529-535. 12. sen, zekai. solar energy fundamentals and modeling techniques: atmosphere, environment, climate change and renewable energy. springer science & business media, 2008. 13. rutuparnamohanty, electronic properties of ternary and binary compounds, thesis submitted for the award of the degree of master of science, department of physics national institute of technology,2012. 14. chopra, k.la. thin film phenomena, mc.grew-hill book compan, chapter one 3 rd edition, 1987. 15. rabhi, a.; kanzari, m. effect of air annealing on cusbs2 thin film grown by vacuum thermal evaporation. chalcogenide letters.2011, 8, 4, 255-262. 16. buba, a.d.a.; adelabu, j.s.a. optical and electrical properties of chemically deposited zno thin films, the pacific journal of science and technology.2010, 11, 2, 429-434. 17. rajesh, k.r.; menon, c.s. electrical and optical properties of vacuum deposited znpc and copc thin films and application of variable range hopping model, indian journal of pure & applied physics.2005, 43. 18. kittle, c. introduction to solid state physics, john wiley and sons inc., 8th edition. 2005, 964-971. 19. rodriguez-carjaval, j. fullprofrietveld, profile matching & integrated intensities, refinement of x-ray and/or neutron data, version 2.0 llb, saclay, france, 2001. 20. tribble, a. electrical engineering materials and devices, university of lowa, 2002. 21. colakoglu, t. the effects of post-annealing process on the physical properties of silver-indium-selenium ternary semiconductor thin films deposited by electron beam technique, ph.d. thesis in physics department of middle east technical university, 2009. 22. william callister, d. materials science and engineering:an introduction, 7th edition, john wiley & sons, usa, 2007. 23. cullity, b.d. elements of x-ray diffraction, 2 nd edition, copyright © by addison – wesley publishing company, inc, 1978. 24. mishra, s.; ganguli, b. effect of p-d hybridization and structural distortion on the electronic properties of agalm2 (m = s,se,te) chalcopyrite semiconductors,solid state communications.2011, 151, 7,1-15. 25. moreh, a.u.; momoh, m.; yahya, h.n.; isah, k.u.; hamza1, b. the effect of thickness on structural properties of cuals2 thin films by thermal evaporation, journal of physical science and innovation.2013, 5, 2, 111-119. 26. chih-hao lee, fong-gang guo, and chia-chin chu, the thickness dependent of optical properties, resistance, strain and morphology of mo thin films for the back contact of cigs solar cells, chinese journal of physics.2012, 50, 2. 27. eaton, p.; west, p. atomic force microscopy, oxford university press inc, new york, 2010. 43 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 28. miller, p.; yang, r. scanning tunneling and atomic force microscopy combined, applied physics letters.1988, 52, 2233-2235. 29. murugana, s.; muralib, k.r. structural optical and electrical studies on pulse plated aginse2 films, acta physics polonica a.2014, 3, 126, 727-731. 30. deng, b.; wei, q. weidonggao. physical properties of al-doped zno films deposited on nonwoven substrates by radio frequence magnetron sputtering, journal of coating technology and research.2008, 5, 3, 393397. 31. sheua, j. k.; lee, m.l. ultraviolet band-pass schottky barrier photodetectors formed by al-doped zno contacts to n-gan, applied physics letters.2006, 88, 043506. 32. pankove, j. optical processes in semiconductors, prentice – hall, inc., englewoodcliffs new jersey.1971, 285,111. 33. weiner, r. ed. nanoelectronics and information technology: advanced electronic materials and novel devices. wiley-vch, 2005. 34. prabahar, s. balasubramanian, v.; suryanarayanan, n.; muthukumarasamy, n. optical properties of copper indium diselenide thin films, chalcogenide letters baghdad science journal.2010, 49–58. 35. ahmad, s.; mohib-ulhaq, m. a study of energy gap, refractive index and electronic polarizability of ternary chalcopyrite semiconductors, iranian journal of physics research.2014, 14, 3, 89-93. 36. parthadey, joe bible, somnathdatta, scott broderick, jacekjasinski, mahendrasunkara, madhumenon and krishna rajan, informatics-aided bandgap engineering for solar materials, computational materials science.2014, 83, 185–195. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 واستغالل النفط الخام من بعض الفطریات المعزولة من التربةتأثیر شیماء نغیمش مزعل ، شذى علي شفیق ة العلوم ، قسم علوم الحیاة الجامعة المستنصریة، كلی الخالصة ر الحالیة الدراسةاستهدفت penicillium sp aspergillus , aspergillus الفطریاتأنواع بعض في النفط الخام تأثی niger , aspergillus terreus, aspergillus flavus fumigatusها ي تم عزل قي الت ضوء علمن التربة لنل دور هذه ىال ة الكائنا ي في الترب یئ طریةعدادأا واضحا في النتائج تباینأظهرت ،ت في التوازن الب حیث كانت ، اذ ونسب انتشار العزالت الف ر aspergillus fumiga السیادة للفط tus 32.47(بنسبة تردد % ز ، النفط الخام تأثیر وفیما یخص .) فلم توثر التراكی طریات المعزولة على الوسط ال) معدل قطر المستعمرة( في النمو الخضري همن )%0.1,0.05(الواطئة بقیة إماصلب للف ربة تأثیرا أظهرتفقد )% 1,0.5(التراكیز تج نمو خالل مدة ال ر الفطر ، سمیا تدریجیا في ال aspergillus fumigatusواظه ةحساسیة عالیة تجاه التراكیز طریات األربع ط الخام مقارنة بالف خرى من النف ت المعزولة النتائج تباین أظهرت .األ قدرة الفطریا مصدرمن التربة عل اقة باختالف التركیز ومدة للكربون "ا وحید"اى استغالل النفط الخام على الوسط الملحي الصلب والط .التعریض ونوع الفطر المقدمة ئة وتظهر جانب سلبي على جمالیاألراضي انسكاب المركبات النفطیة على نا ناظر ة تسبب مخاطر كبیرة على البی الم تحسی تصالح لذلك اهتم علماء البیئة ب هوض بجمالیة المواقع ةالزراعی األراضين واس فتم استعمال ، التلوث منها ٕوازالة والن تریا بسبب قدرة ضمنها ومن المجهریة بصورة عامةاألحیاء ارنة بالبك مق على الخیوط الفطریةالفطریات في تحلیل النفط الخام نیة إلى عن" فضالسطح النفط طبقة غزیرة على النمو بشكل .[1]نموها تحت ظروف بیئیة قاسیة إمكا یرة و من الهیدروكاربونات المرتبطة مع مواد عضویة"ا معقد"االنفط الخام خلیط یعد یات صغ الف یحتوي على إذبكم أ یائیة المختلفة ربونات االلیفاتیة األخرىالمركبات الكیم alip وتشكل الهیدروكا haticالمتضمنة االلكانات , alkanesااللكینات alkenes وااللكایناتalky nes ، الهیدروكاربونات الحلقیةcy clic ات االروماتیة عن" فضال aromatic والهیدروكاربون ط .[2] وكمیات ضئیلة من المعادن واألوكسجیننتروجین لوجود مركبات غیر هیدروكاربونیه حاویة على عناصر الكبریت وا للنف عدید من هیدروكاربونیة الفطریاتالخام تأثیرات ایجابیة وسلبیة في ال ركبات ال فقد ،وتعتمد سمیة النفط الخام على محتواه من الم خام من قـوج ط ال غالل النف نمو واست فزة في ثیرات مح تأ papulaspora sp بل الفطریاتـد عدد من الباحثین drechslera sp, fusarium lateritium, ماالمعزولة من صحراء الكویت حرارة والملوحة بوجود عوالسی ، [3] املي ال ا ] 4 [بالمقابل وجد ائي أنواع ةثالثفي تحلل تباین یب الكیمی رك ر من النفط الخام المختلفة الت بین سالالت من الفط pseudallesch eria boydii مجاري مخلفات ال خام ومن ة بالنفط ال تربة ملوث ن عزولة م ر . الم األجناس سیادة [5] واظه aspergillus , pencilliumتقاته " كأحیاء تغلة للنفط الخام ومش للفطریات المعزولة من تربة ةالتحلیلی القدرة اختبرت كما، مس ة والناقصةإلىغنیة بالنفط الخام ومعظمها تعود ة والبازیدی ریات الكیسی الفط الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 ة للحرارة وضحتأ و[6] راسات قابلیة الفطریات المحب thermop العدید من الد hilic اویة أوساط على النمو في ح ة للكربون "امصدروي على الكلوكوز تحتأوساط مقارنة مع نموها في للكربون وحید "اعلى مركبات نفطیة كمصدر اق [8,7]. والط مل طرائق الع .ةعزل وتشخیص الفطریات من الترب 1 تخافیف) 10(جمعت ع طریقة ال من تربة زراعیة في مدینة بغداد وبإتبا الفطریات في تعزل ،[9] عینات بصورة عشوائیة كار حاویة على الوسط الغذائي أطباق روزالمعقم أ طا الدكست pot البطا ato dextrose agar (pda) األطباق وحضنت جمیع تصنیفیة م وباالعتماد على )2± 25( بدرجة ة لتردد [11,10] المفاتیح ال طریة ثم حساب النسبة المئوی تشخیص العزالت الف تم frequencyكل فطر % [12]. ة تأثیر النفط الخام في النمو 2 .المعزولة للفطریات) معدل قطر المستعمرة ( القطري دراس %) 0.05 , 0.1 , 0.5, 1 (تيأمایك من النفط الخام یدةعد تراكیز استعملت حجم من الوسط الغذائي المعقم / حجم (pda)ام في ، 13] [ باالعتماد على طریقة تلفة من النفط الخ تراكیز مخ ى بتري أطباقصب الوسط الغذائي الحاوي عل عة افة مزرـسم من ح) 0.7(وبعد تصلب الوسط الغذائي أخذت قطعة دائریة الشكل یبلغ قطرها سم9)(زجاجیة معقمة بقطر ثاقب فلین معقم ونقلت ) 5( بعمر stock culture أصلیة ثم احكم إلىأیام باستخدام ط الطبق قالالص بالشریط إغالقه وس رة م حست، م (28) في الحاضنة بدرجة حرارة األطباقوحضنت ل . حافة الطبق منب قطر المستعم عملت ثالث مكررات لك . معاملة السیطرة عن" فضالمعاملة اراخت3 لى استغالل النفط الخامب قدرة الفطریات ع ت الفطریة لمعرفة مدى اختبرت ط الخام العزال غالل النف ا على است صدرقدرته میتها في للكربون "ا وحید"ام تن ة خالل اق والط اوي على تراكیز مختلفة من النفط الخام األمالحوسط تخدم هذا ، [14] المعدني الصلب المحضر والح الوسط بعد حذف وقد اس اتبعت لذلك الطریقة السابقة الذكر في حساب قطر ، تراكیز من النفط الخام ٕواضافة) الكلوكوز ( منه الكربونمصدر ط ى وس معاملة السیطرة عن" فضالعملت ثالث مكررات لكل معاملة، ت لكل نوع من الفطریا . pdaالمستعمرات عل ة . ند مستوى احتم للتحلیل اإلحصائanovaاستعملت طریق spssباستخدام نظام(0.05 ) الیة اقل من ـي وع statist ical packages f or so cial scien ces . والمناقشةالنتائج rhizopus sp aspergillus fumigatuاتـطریـ الففرتربة تواـن الـحص العینات مـائج فــ نتحتـأوض s , aspergillus terr eus , aspergillus niger , aspergillus flavus , وpenicillium sp اذ فیها وبنسب مختلفة فطر أعلىكانت تتفق نتائج ، ) 1( كما موضح في الجدول 32.47% بلغت النسبة المئویة إذ a. fumigatus نسبة تردد لل نتائج العدید من الباحثین انت اذ العزل هذه مع ابعة لجنس اأكثر ك ى ویعزى ذلك aspergillusلفطریات انتشارا الت ما تتمیز إل ابلیة أنواعبه مختلفة وق و في مدیات بیئیة یة هذا الجنس من قابلیة نم بقیة أنزیم تمكنها من السیادة على ألجناس عالیة [15] ا ط ) 2(كما یبین الجدول . ب نتائج معاملة الفطریات المعزولة من التربة وعلى الوس ئي الصل عدم وجود اختالفات pda الغذا كل من وومعاملة السیطرة ) % 0.05 , 0.1 ,0.5 ,1(معنویة بین التراكیز في الیوم الثاني ل الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 طریات با لمعاملة penicillium sp , a. terrues , a. flavus , a. nigerالف مساو تقری بحیث كان معدل قطر المستعمرة رة ز عدا ما%0.0السیط بینما اظهر ) (p<0.05 عند مستوى "ا معنوی"ا اظهر اختالفاذ penicillium spللفطر % 1 تركی طرة a.fumigatusالفطر عاملة السی ربعة وم تراكیز األ بع لم تظ، اختالفات معنویة بین ال یوم الرا هر اختالفات معنویة وفي ال اختالفات معنویة عند ) % (0.1, 0.5 , 1یة ـالـتراكیز العـالهرت ـأظنما ـ بی،عة ـتراكیز األربـد الـعن a. terruesبالنسبة للفطر ن ، a. flavus و penicillium spللفطر ،)(p<0.05مستوى مستعمرة عند الفطری وتباینت معدالت قطر ال a.fumigatus و a. niger . س فات المعنویة بزیادة التركیز للفطر أظهرتوفي الیوم الساد عند penicillium sp االختال , 0.5 )عند التركیزینa. flavus وللفطر a. terruesللفطر % 0.5 عند التركیز "اكان االختالف معنوی بینما ،التراكیز العالیة تركیزین كانت ا a.fumigatusفقط وفیما یخص الفطر % (0.1 ولم تظهر أي % (0.1 ,1)الختالفات معنویة عند ال ط الخام ، a. nigerاختالفات معنویة للفطر زولة ،قد یعزى زیادة سمیة النف ریات المع عض الفط كیز في ب بزیادة الترا إلى ربونیة مع نسب مختلفة إذ یمثلالطبیعة الكیمیائیة للنفط الخام من الكبریت الالعضوي والماء خلیط معقد من المركبات الهیدروكا معا یكون له نا ذا ،واألمالح تواجد كل هذه المواد قتص ، [2] سلبي في النمو تأثیر السمي والمثبط للنفط الخام التأثیر روال ی تركیبه یما ونیة وال س وجود مركبات غیر هیدروكاربإلى كذلكقد یعودف على نوع ونسب المركبات الهیدروكاربونیة الداخلة في ثالثةالكبریت المتوافر یعد في تركیب هذه المركبات ال و .[16] فطري من وجوده مبید لنمو الفطریات وال یخلو أي "ا مثبط، اذ عزولة على استغالل النفط الخام كمصدرةقدر) 3(الجدول یظهر ریات الم جمیع الفط ة على الوسط للكربون "ا وحید"ا اق والط صلب وتباینت هذه فطر قدرةالالملحي ال ض ونوع ال باختالف التركیز ومدة التعری في penicillium sp اظهر الفطر فقد، ركیزین الیوم الثاني بینما اظهر ) (p<0.05 عند مستوى احتمالیة % )1,0.5( اختالف معنوي عند الت ة بمعاملة السیطرة مقارن a. terrالفطر eus الف ط الخام عند ال"ا معنوی"ااخت یز في استغالل النف ات إما، فقط %0.5ترك ری ،a.flavus بقیة الفط a.fumigatus و a. niger عة بین التراكیز ا معنویفاتالخ اأظهرتفقد ةاألرب ت المعزول ن الفطریا 0.0ومعاملة السیطرة لكل م میة على الوسط الملحي الصلب مضاف% ي تمثل الفطریات النا دس لم یظهر وفي الی، للكربون"امصدر الكلوكوز إلیه "ا الت وم السا رین ) (p<0.05 عند مستوى "ا معنوی"ا اختالف %0.05التركیز a. terr و penicillium spلكل من الفط eus في حین كیز تركیز األربعكانت االختالفات معنویة عند الترا لم إذ a.fumigatus للفطر % 0.1 في بقیة الفطریات المعزولة ما عدا ال توىعیظهر أي اختالف معنوي على عملیة تكوین ا واضحاتأثیر %)1,0.5( التراكیز العالیة أظهرتكما ، ) (p<0.05 ند مس penicillium sp ، a.flav االبواغ والسیما للفطریات اآلتیة us و a.fumigatus واغ ـكوین االبـملیة تـ عرتـتأخ إذ sporogenesisة بمعاملة السإلى تجربة مقارن خالل [17,4,5] عدیدة تتفق هذه النتائج مع بحوث. یطرة الیوم العاشر من ال تحلیلیة للنفط الخام هم حول القدرة ال ت مصدرأودراست ة وكان الجنس للكربون "ا مشتقاته من الفطریا و aspergillus والطاق penicillium المهمة في استغالل النفط الخام األجناس من . المصادر 1-boonchan , s. ; britz , m . l. and staniey , g. a. ( 2000). degradation and mineralization of high mol ecul ar weight poly cy clic aromatic hydrocarbons by defined fungal – bacteri al co cultures , app li. environ. m icrobiol . 66(3):1007-1019 2-okolo , j. c. ; amadi , e. n.and odu , c. t . i. ( 2005) . effects of soil treatments cont aining p oultry manure on crude oil degr adation in a sandy loam soil . app lied ecology and environmental research 3(1) : 47-53. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن ا 200) 4 (22لھیثم للعلوم 9 3-badrudeen , a. m . ; alsaleh , e. and m ulder ,j. l .( 2005) . growth and hy drocarbon degr adation by three desert fungi under condition of simultaneous temp erature and salt stress. int ernational bio det erioration and b iode grad ation , 56 (4) : 197-205. 4ap ril, t.m . ; abbott, s.p. ; foght , j.m. and currah, r. s. (1998) . degradation of hy drocarbons in crude oil by the asco my cete pseudallescheria boyd ii (m icroascac eae ) . can . j . m icrobiol. 44 (3) : 270-278. 5solarzanol emos , j. l. ; rizzo, a.c. ; m illioli , v. s. : soriono , a. u. (2000). petroleum de gradation by filament ous fungi. app lied environ. m icrobiol. 44 (3) : 270-278. 6boldu , f. x. p. ; kuhn , a. ; luy kx, d.m. ; van, j. w. (2001). isolation and characterization of fungi growin g on volatile aromatic hydrocarbons as t heir sole carbon and ener gy source . mycological resear ch . 105 : 477-484. 7adekunle , a.a. , oluyode , t. f. 2005. biodegradation of crude petroleum and p etroleum p roduct s by fungi isolated from two oil seeds (melon and soy bean ) . j. environ. biol.26(1); 37-42 . 8-ijah , u. j. and n dana , m . 2004.stimulated biodegradation of crude oil in soil amended with p eriwinkle shells . t he environmentalist . 23 (3) : 249-254. 9 –burnet te, j. h . 1976. fundementals of my cology . second edition , edw ard arnold , england . 673p p . 10samson , r. a. ; hockstra, e. s. and vanoorschot , c. a . n. 1984. introduct ion of food borne fungi . second edition ,inst itut e of the royal netherlands academy of arts and sciences.523 p p . 11-robert,a.s.;ellen, s.h.;and connie, a.n. (1984). int roduction of food borne – fungi cont amination . second edition , drukker .j. van gestol and zn.b.v.laren nh: 1-205. 12-pitt , j. i. ; hocking , a. d. and glenn, d. r. 1983 . an improved medium for det ection of aspergillus flavus and aspergillus parasiticus . j. ap p l. bacteriol. , 54 : 109-114. 13-al-rekabi , s. a. w. ;ali , b. z. ;shafik, sh. a. 2002.effect and ut ilizat ion of crude oil , gasoline and kerosene on the vegetative growth of achlya conspicua and sapr olegnia diclina. t he second conference and exhibition on biotechnology and genetic engineering 4 : 23-27. 14-prenafeta-boldu, f.x. ; kuhn, a. ; luy kx,d .m.a., groenestlin, j.w. and debont , j.a.m .2001.isolation and characterization of fungi growing on volatile aromatic hydrocarbons as their sole carbon and energy source .m y cological research.105(9): 477-484. 15-karaoglu , s. a. ; ulker , s. (2006). isolation , identification and seasonal distribut ion of soilborne fungi in tea growing areas of ly idereikizdere vicinity (rize – turkey ) . j. of basic microbiol. 46(3): 208-218. 16panda , h. (2000). the complete technology book on p est icides , insecticides , fungicides and herbicides industrial research . new delhi, india. 706p p . 17-elshafie , a. ; alkindi , a. ; al-bus aidi , s. and a lbahry ,s. n. ( 2007). biodegradation of crude oil and n-alkanes by fungi isolated from oman . m ar. p ollut .bull. 54 (11): 16921606. الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 لتردد )1(جدول f)النسبة المئویة re quen cy %) ة من عینات لعزالت الفطری لتربة ا ا %النسبة المئویة للتردد األجناس واألنواع penicillium sp aspergillus flavus aspergillus niger aspergillus terreus aspergil lus fumigatus 23. 13 8.24 11. 85 24. 22 32. 47 للفطریات المعزولة) معدل قطر المستعمرة(تأثیر النفط الخام في النمو الخضري :)2(جدول م األیا العزالت الفطریة كیز الترا 2 4 6 penicillium sp 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0 0.45±1.60 1.00±1.40 0.20±1.55 0.00±1.30 0.11±0.35* 0.25±3.05 0.10±2.35 0.15±1.75* 0.17±1.45* 0.11±1.40* 0.10±3.80 0.00±2.60 0.20±1.90* 0.11±1.85* 0.00±1.50* a. terreus 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0 0.25±2.25 0.32±2.45 0.70±2.15 0.15±2.15 0.15±2.30 0.37±2.70 0.20±3.20 0.23±3.15 0.00±3.50 0.32±3.60 0.20±4.30 0.15±4.95 0.25±3.55 0.00±5.45* 0.20±4.75 a.flavus 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0 0.10±2.55 0.25±2.75 0.20±2.10 0.10±3.00 0.20±4.10 0.26±4.30 0.20±3.10* 0.11±2.90* 0.00±3.00* 0.15±4.10 0.22±5.20 0.25±4.25 0.15±3.05* 0.00±3.30* 0.15±5.10 a.fumigatus 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.00 1.00±1.50 0.15±1.00* 0.00±0.90* 0.00±0.90* 0.16±0.80* 0.28±1.50 0.40±1.40 0.11±0.90 0.00±1.00* 0.00±0.90 0.17±1.70 0.25±2.10 0.22±1.20* 0.15±1.40 0.00±0.90* a. niger 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.00 0.25±3.25 0.55±3.55 0.00±2.95 0.23±3.10 0.00±3.00 0.25±5.55 0.10±3.80* 0.22±5.69 0.15±3.10* 0.00±4.90 0.00± 8 0.00± 8 0.00± 8 0.00± 8 0.00± 8 ابي حس وسط ال قراءة تمثل ال االنحراف المعیاري±كل  معنوي عند مستوى احتمالیةp<0.05)( الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ا 200) 4 (22بن الھیثم للعلوم 9 الل النفط الخام كمصدروحید للكربون والطاقة:)3(جدول على استغ لفطریات )النمو القطري( اختبار قدرة ا األیام العزالت الفطریة 6 4 2 التراكیز penicillium sp 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.00 0.15 ± 1.35 0.17±1.20 0.15±1.10 0.11±1. 00* 0.0±1.00* 0.17±2.70 0.10±2.10* 0.15±2.10* 0.20±1.80* 0.0± 1.80* 0.30±3.50 0.15±3.10* 0.23±2.80* 0.11±2.15* 0.00±2.25* a. terreus 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.00 1.00±1.80 0.77±1.90 0.70±1.50 0.11±1.20* 0.15±1.50 0.11±4.5 0.0± 3.95* 0.10±4.05* 0.20±3.10* 0.35±3.75* 0.0±8.00 0.15±7.10 0.11±6.50* 0.26±5.25* 0.35±6.65* a.flavus 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.00 0.10±3.10 0.15±1.90* 0.00±1.95* 0.15±1.75* 0.20±1.70* 0.00±8.00 0.15±4.10* 0.11±2.80* 0.00±3.60* 0.50±4.20* 0.00±8.00 0.32±6.30* 0.15±6.20* 0.15±5.80* 0.00±6.10 a.fumigatus 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.00 0.20±1.20 0.00±0.90* 0.20±0.80* 0.11±0.80* 0.00±0.80* 0.20±2.1 0.15±1.2* 0.40±1.6 0.00±0.8* 0.00±0.8* 0.11±2.60 0.00±1.25* 0.28±2.25 0.00±0.90* 0.10±1.45* a. niger 0.0 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.00 0.28± 2.75 0.00±1.70* 0.11±1.65* 0.10±1.95* 0.15±1.80* 0.15±6.10 0.25±3.10* 0.00±2.90* 0.10±2.40* 0.10±3.00* 0.11±8.00 0.00±5.00* 0.00±4.55* 0.15±3.55* 0.11±4.20* ابي حس قراءة تمثل الوسط ال یاري±كل االنحراف المع یة * توى احتمال p معنوي عند مس <0.05)( ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 effect and utilization of crude oil on some of fungi isolated from soil sh. a. shafiq , s. n. mizil de partment of biology, college of sciences, unive rsity of al-mustansiriya abstrac t the p resent study was conducted t o reveal the effect of crude oil on some fungal sp ecies isolation from soil in order t o evaluate the role of these fungi in environmental balance of soil . the result s show ed a variation in numbers and p ercentage of the fungal isolates aspergillus fumigatus dominated over all isolates with a frequency of (32.47) . in resp ect of the effect of different concentrations of the crude oil, low concentrations (0.05, 0.1) % showed no effect on radial growth ( mean colony diameter) of the isolated fungi grown on solid media , whereas other concentrations (5.10)% showed gradual toxic effect on these fungi . t he fungus aspergillus fumigatus reveal higher sensit ivity against all concent rations of the crude oil comp ared to ot hers sp ecies , the results showed also variation of these fungi in ut ilization of the crude oil on solid mineral media used as a sole carbon and energy source with the different concentrations of t he crude oil , exp osing time and kind of sp ecies. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 a study of structure and optical properties of zno thin films deposited by using thermal evaporation technique under different flow rate of oxygen o2 samir a. maki alli a. shehaband enase y. abed dept. of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:28 february 2012 , accepted in:22 april 2012 abstract zinc oxide (zno) transparent thin films with different oxygen flow rates (0.5, 1.0, and 1.5)litter/min. were prepared by thermal evaporation technique on glass substrate at a temperature of 200℃ with rate (10±2)nm sec-1, the crystallinity and structure of these films were analyzed by x-ray diffraction (xrd). it exhibits a polycrystalline hexagonal wurtzite structure and the preferred orientation along (002) plane. the optical properties of zno were determined through the optical transmission method using ulta violet–visible spectrophotometer with in wave length (300-1100)nm. the optical transmittance of the zno films increases from 75% to 85% with increase flow rate of o2, and the optical band gap of zno films was found to be increased from (3.0) ev to (3.2) ev with increase flow rate of oxygen.the refractive index of zno flims increased from (1.1) to (1.27) with increase flow rate of o2 . key word : zno thin films, x-ray diffraction, optical properties. 137 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction zinc oxide (zno) is n – type semiconductor of wurtzite structure exhibits many interesting properties, such as a wide energy band gap (3.37)ev, high excitonic binding energy (60)mev, high photoconductivity and important piezoelectric and pyroelectric properties. these behaviors make this compound useful for numerous technological applications, such as transparent conducting electrodes, ultraviolet, surface acoustic waves filters, gas sensors and recently in nanoelectronics and photonics. a variety of techniques such as pulse laser deposition, molecular beam epitaxy, vapor phase transport, chemical vapor deposition, r.f. sputtering, spray pyrolysis, ect. [1-3]. however, not much attention has been paid to the preparation of zno films by thermal oxidation of metallic zn thin films, such a method is a relatively simple and lowcost procedure that does not require any calalyst or highertemperature growth[4]. many of searchers works of zno thin films as [1-4]. the aim of this paper is study structural and optical properties at different flow rates of oxygen. experimental the metallic zn films were deposited by thermal evaporation under vacuum onto clean glass substrates by vacuum evaporation technique. a cylinder chamber of height 8 cm, closed at the top by the substrate holder. the residual pressure in the standard vacuum system used was about 4.5 × 10 -5 torr and heating glass substrates at 200℃ . these films prepared at thickness were 500± 50 nm with rate (10 ± 2)nm sec -1. after preparation zn films were heated under 400℃ at different flow rates of o2 ( 0.5, 1.0, and 1.5) litter/min. for one hour. the crystalline structure of the studied films was investigated by x-ray diffraction (xrd) analysis using cu-kα radiation (λ= 1.5418) a◦ in the rang 2θ = 20◦ -80◦. the films transmittance was measured using a uv-vis spectrometer in the wavelength range (300 – 1100) nm . results and discussion fig. (1) shows the xrd spectra of zno films prepared at different flow of oxygen which are (0.5, 1.0, and 1.5) litter/min. , respectively. for all as – grown films, a strong peak corresponding to (002) plane at around 34◦, which presented the zno films are polycrystalline and have hexagonal structure. the diffraction intensiveities of the (002) (100) and (101) direction are increased with theincrease of flow rate oxygen, that means improving crystalline material[5,6]. fig. (2) displays stress along the c-axis for the zno films as a function of the flow rate of oxygen. the variation of the curve presents that with oxygen flow rate increase, stress along c-axis slightly increases and the film stress 𝜎 along the c-axis is given by (c◦ c)/c◦ where c is the lattice constant obtained from the (002) direction in the xrd spectra and c◦ is 0.5205 nm measured from bulk zno[5]. the stress 𝜎 along the caxis with a hexagonal crystal structure is given by the following equation [5]: 𝜎 = �2𝐶13 2 − 𝐶33𝐶11−𝐶33𝐶12 𝐶13 � 𝐶°−𝐶 𝐶° … … … (1) where c ij is elastic stiffness constant of zno, c11=209.7 gpa, c12 121.1=gpa, c33= 210.9 gpa and c13= 105.1 gpa [5]. substituting these values in the above equation gives[5]: 𝜎 �𝑁 𝑚2� � = −453.6 × 10 9 𝐶°−𝐶 𝐶° ………...(2) 138 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 according to the above equation, if the stress 𝜎 is positive, the biaxial stress is tensile, if the stress is negative, the biaxial stress is compressive [5]. all the asgrown films exhibit tensile stress, when the flow rate of oxygen increases from 0.5 to 1.5 litter/min., the tensile stress increases from 3.962× 10 6 n/m2 to 4.092× 106 n/m2, and this result breffare from result reference [6]. fig. (3) shows the transmission for zno thin films with wavelength at different oxygen gas flow, we can see from this fig. the transmission increases with the increase of oxygen flow rate, and was attributed mainly to the improvement of crystalline structures of the films. in near infrared (nir) spectrum region with (900-1100)nm, the average transmission is more than 85% for flow rate 1.5 litter/min. . the optical absorption edge was analyzed by the following equation [7]: ∝ ℎ𝑣 = 𝐵�ℎ𝑣 − 𝐸𝑔� 0.5 …………..(3) where b is a constant and ∝ is absorption coefficient. the variation of (∝ ℎ𝑣) 2 with photon energy (ℎ𝑣) for the zno thin film is shown in fig. (4). it has been observed that plots of (∝ ℎ𝑣 ) 2 versus ℎ𝑣 are linear over a wide range of photon energies indicating the direct type of transitions [7]. the optical band gap of zno films increases from (3.0 to 3.2) ev with the increase of oxygen gas flow rate because of increase crystallinity material and decreased crystalline defect, so position levels reduced near valance and conduction bands. the refractive index is an important parameter for optical materials and application, thus, it is important to determine optical constants of the films. the refractive index of the films was determined from the following relation [8]: 𝑛 = 1+𝑅 1−𝑅 + � 4𝑅 (1−𝑅)2 − 𝐾2 …………………..(4) where r is the reflection, and k is the extinction coefficient. the extinction coefficient can be obtained from the experimental expression [7]: 𝐾 = ∝𝜆 4𝜋 ………………….(5) where λ is the wave length. from fig.(5), the films show that the refractive index values decrease with the increase of flow rate oxygen. the extinction coefficient dependence on wavelength is shown in fig.(6), where it is decreased with the increase of flow rate oxygen. conclusions we have deposited zno thin films on glass substrate using thermal evaporation technique at different oxygen flow rates at 200 ℃ . the xrd measurement showed the intensity of zno films increase with the increase of oxygen gas flow. the tensile stress along the c-axis in the as – grown thin film attributed to the common effect of amorphous substrate and extruding between grains. the optical transmittance is 80% at flow 1.5 litter/min., and a value of about 3.2 ev for the optical band gap at flow rate 1.5 litter/min. . these behaviors are comparable with those of zno films grown by other preparation techniques, and it may be considered that the deposited crystalline zno thin film was suitable for many optical devices, such as solar cells and electrodes. references 1-lupan, o.; shishyanu, s.; ursaki, v.; khalf, h.; chow, l.; monanic, e.; and railean, s. ,(2009) ,synthesis of nanostructure al-doped zinc oxide films on si for solar cells application, j. solar energy materials and solar cells , 93: 1417-1422. 139 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2suchristou, m. ; katharakis, m. and koudoumas, e.( 2007) ,substrate temperature influence on the properties of nanostructured zno transparent ultrathin films grown by pld, j. science direct , 253 : 8141-8145. 3 zhao, l.; liu, j.; and jiang, q. ;( 2006) ,structural and optical properties of zno thin films deposited on quartz glass by pulsed laser deposition, j. science direct, 252 : 84518455. 4 rusu, g.; girtan, m. and rusu, m., (2007) ,preparation and characterization of zno thin films prepared by thermal oxidation of evaporated zn thin films, j. science direct, 42 : 116122. 5 li, c.; li, x.; yan, p.; liu, y.; and fan, x. ( 2007) ,research on the properties of zno thin films deposited by using filtered cathodic arc plasma technique on glass substrate under different flow rate of o2, j. science direct ,253 : 4000-4005. 6 yang, z.; lim, j.; chu, s.; zuo, z. and liu, j., (2008) ,study of the effect of plasma power on zno thin films growth using electron cyclotron resonance plasma assisted molecular-beam epitaxy, j. applied surface science, 255 : 3375-3380. 7caglar, m.; caglar, y. and lican, s. , (2006) , the determination of the thickness and optical constants of the zno crystalline thin film by using envelope method, j. optoelectronics and advanced materials, 8(4) : 1410-1413. 8akoy, s.; caglare, y.; ilican, s. and caglar, m. (2010) effect of sn dopants on the optical and electrical properties of zno films, j. optical application , 1 : 7-13. fig. (1): xrd patterns of zno thin films at different flow rates of o2: (a) 0.5, (b) 1.0 and (c) 1.5 litter /min 140 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.(2): stress along the c-axis for zno films as a function of the flow rate of o2 fig.(3): transmission spectra for zno films different flow rat of oxygen fig.(4): optical energy for zno films at different flow rat of oxygen fig.(5): refractive index with wave length for zno films at different flow rate of oxygen. 141 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (6): extinction coefficient with wave length for zno films at different flow rate of oxygen. 142 | physics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 دراسة الخصائص التركیبیة والبصریة الغشیة اوكسید الخارصین الرقیقة المرسبة بطریقة التبخیر الحراري الفراغي عند اختالف معدل تدفق االوكسجین )o 2( سمیر عطا مكي علیة عبد المحسن شھاب ایناس یاسین عبد جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثمللعلوم الصرفة ( كلیة التربیةقسم الفیزیاء / 2012نیسان 22، قبل البحث في 2012شباط 28إستلم البحث في الخالصة ) بتقنیة التبخیر الحراري الفراغي على قواعد من الزجاج znoحضرت اغشیة رقیقة الوكسید الخارصین ( بمعدل تدفق مختلف لغاز االوكسجین nm sec-1 (10 ±2)وبمعدل ترسیب 200 ℃ساس المرسبة بدرجة حرارة ا 0.5, 1.0,and 1.5) litter/min. تركیب سداسي متعدد التبلور واالتجاه والغشاء ذ ان )، ان حیود االشعة السینیة بینت ) . حددت الخواص البصریة الوكسید الخارصین عن طریق النفاذیة البصریة باستعمال مطیاف 002السائد ھو للمستوي ( ultra violet – visible zno 1100-300لمدى االطوال الموجیة)nm 85الى %75) فالنفاذیة البصریة تتغیر من% بزیادة معدل تدفق ev (3.2)الى ev(3.0)بزیادة معدل تدفق االوكسجین وفجوة الطاقة البصریة لالغشیة تتراوح بین بزیادة معدل تدفق االوكسجین. 1.7الى 1.1تزداد من znoاالوكسجین. معامل االنكسار ألغشیة الرقیقة، حیود االشعة السینیة، الخصائص البصریة. znoاغشیة : مفتاحیةالكلمات ال 143 | physics ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 effect of yogurt and bifidobacterium on cryptosporidium parvum infection in experiential infected mice s.t. mohamme d, k. jabur, h.a. aja deparment of biology, colle ge of science, unive rsity of al-mustanserria received in:1 july 2010 accepte d in:16 june 2011 abstract this study aimed to collected 150 feces sample from calves suffering sever d iarrhea ,then there were isolation and p urification of cryptosporidium parv um oocyst from samples contain it. these oocy sts were used to induce exp erimental infection in the immunosupp eressed mice, then the mice treated by bifidium bacteria , its sup ernatant and local y ogurt were used for bacterial isolation. this study showed that t he local y ogurt was the best treatment which led to stop oocyst shedding from the mice in the 8 th day after treatment under sufficient t reatment (89.72%) , at the same time the mice treated with bacteria st opp ed the oocy st shedding in the 9 th day with sufficient t reatment (81.40 %) , while its sup ernatant were stopp ed the oocy sts shedding in the 10 th day with sufficient t reatment (43.4%). key words: cryptosporidium parv um bifidobacteria lactobacilli p robiotic introduction cryptosporidium parv um is water -borne p rotozoan parasite that causes acute diarrh ea in humans and domest ic animals [1]. infection occurs when oocyst s in food water, or the environment are in gested,the exp osure to reduce conditions or p ancreatic enzy me & bile salts causes oocy st to excyst and release four sp orozoites that invade the hosts intestinal ep ithelium and undergo both asexu al and se xual multip lication cycles. the life cycle p roduces new oocysts t hat are shed in large quantities in the feces [2].m anagement of cry p tosp oridiosis , t he disease caused by c. parv um infection, has been hamp ered by the look of effective drugs. bifidobacterium are normal inhabitants of healthy human and animal intest inal tracts .tissier was the first to p romote the therap eutic use of bifidobacteria for treating infant diarrhea by giving them large doses of bifidobacteria orally. probiotics are viable non p athogenic microorganism that ,when ingested have beneficial effects in the p revention and treatment of p athological condition [3] . lactobacilli and bifidobacteria are lactic acid bacteria (lba) commonly found in fermented dairy p roducts such as y ogurt which exhibit p robiotic prop erties [4,5] . bifidobacteria p roduce antimicrobial comp ounds can inhibit growt h of st rains of e.coli , ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 pseudomonas spp and sallmonella [6,7] . bifidobacteria have also been found to aid in anti tumor activity in the host by st imulating the host s immune resp onse, lowering cholest erol level, sy nthesize vitamins ,t hiamin as well as folic acid. [8] . the aim of this research was to st udy the effect of bacterial cell-free sup ernatants from bifidoba cterium and yogurt on c. parv um in immune def iciency mice. materials and methods feces s amples one hundred fifty feces samples were collected from calves suffering from severe diarrhea, fro m al-eshaki calves farm in al-eshaki dist rict . fecal samples of animal’s rectum were collected directly and save it in tightened p last ic cold container till arriv e to t he lab. microscopic exami nati on glass slides were p repared from each fecal samp le by direct smear method, t he positive slide fixed by methanole and st ained by modified cold zehil ne ilsen st ain according to beaver and jun g methods [9], then examined under oil immersion(x1000) to detect the p resence of oocy st . isol ation and purification of cryptosporidium oocyst . the oocyst were isolated and p urified from the p ositive sample by using sucrose flotation method followed by ungar et.al. [10] as a followed: -emulsify 1gm of feces in 10ml of normal saline. -centrifuge for 1minte. -add 10 ml of saturated sucrose solution. -centrifuge then collected the sup ernated -washing by normal saline sever al times. -. p urified oocy sts were kept at 4c ْ◌ until use. crypto spo ridium oocyst preparation . about 10 ml of c. oocyst susp ension which was isolated as described abov e , were p ut in clean centrifuge tube and centrifuged at (700 x) for 10 min, and then the sup ernatant was decanted . the p ellet of oocysts were suspended in pbs and oocysts were counted and the number were adjusted at ( 1 x10 4 ) oocyst / ml and then inoculated orally by using st omach tube to cause infection into mice. preparation of bifidobacterium and supernatants. bifidoba cterium was isolated from probiotic yogurt available in lo cal markets. redetected accordin g to wood and holzaptel method [11]. then (1x10 8 ) cell/ml of bifidobacterium susp ension and its sup ernatants were p rep ared accordin g to contreras et.al . methods [12]. ani mals : m ale white swiss mice were obtained from medical college –al-nahrein university their ages were between 11-16 weeks with weights between 22-25gm . m ice feces was examined befor e starting exp eriment to insure the intest inal vacancy of p arasitic infections. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 ex perime ntal design forty eight mice were immunosupp eressed by which injection with (0.1)ml\mice\day with dexamethazone accordin g to regh [13] .then divid ed into 4 group s each containin g 6 mice . * group 1 ( g1): the mice of the first group were given 0.1ml of susp ension of bifidoba cterium whi ch contain (1x10 8 ) cell/ml for (10) days by using st omach tube . the dose is determined accordin g to alak et.a l [14] . then inoculated with (1x10 4 ) oo cyst inoculation with bifidoba cterium continued till the end of exp erimental p eriod . *group 2 (g2) : the mice of the 2nd group were inoculated with o.1ml of bacterial sup ernatants. for (10) days. then each mouse inoculated with (1 x10 4 ) oocyst . inoculation with bacterial sup ernatants continued till the end of exp erimental p eriod. *group 3 (g3) : each mouse was inoculated with o.1ml of p robiotic y ogurt which was used p reviously in bacterial isolation for (10) days . t hen each mouse was inoculated with (1 x 10 4 ) oocyst ,their feeding with y ogurt continued till the end of exp erimental p eriod. * group 4 (g4) : m ice in this group were inocu lated with 0.1 ml of pbs for (10) days , then inoculated with susp ension c. oocyst which contain ( 1 x 10 4 ) oo cyst /ml inoculation the pbs continued till the end of exp erimental period as a control group . during exp eriment t he following d ata had been noticed. 1-recording any clinical clear si gn . 2-recording in perpant p eriod. 3-feces examination to calculate of oocyst in one gram , accordin g to ry an . et.al. method.[15] . 4sufficient treatment for bacterial bifidobacterium sup ernatant and y ogurt was measured accordin g to xiao et.al. method [16]. sufficient treatment %=(mean number of oocyst in 1gm)_( mean number of oocyst in 1gm) of feces of control group of feces of treated group x100 mean number of oocyst in 1gm of feces of control group s tatistical anal ysis data are rep orted as mean ± . standard deviation . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 result and discussion in this st udy we didn’t record any clinical si gns in infected and treated group , while p rep ant p eriod recorded in all infected mice was between (3-4) day s for all group s. the results in table -1 showed that t he numbers of oocyst in g1 and g3 were similar which reach (400) oo cyst /gm at first day , while diff erent in g2 and g4 which reach (516.66) and (633.33) oocyst / gm resp ectively. re-detected table -2-showed the sufficient treatment for three group s ,noticed that the sufficient treatment for y ogurt was high which reached (89.72%),followed by bifidium bacteria that reached (81.43%).while the sup ernatant sufficient treat was the lowest reachin g (43.4%) only. we should notice that the sufficient treatment calculated depended on the average shedding oocyst through the treatment p eriod without taking in mind the time used by substance to stop shedding the oocy st totally . in this st udy , we invest igated the effect of administration of p robiotic bacteria on the development and p rogression of exp erimental infection in mice were f ed daily with (1x10 8 ) cell/ml of bifidium bacteria , its sup ernatant and yogurt st arting (10 days) before the infection until the sp ontaneous clearance of the parasite . our results showed that daily administ ration of y ogurt and bifidium bacteria was able to eradicate the p arasite in mice , but the y ogurt was more efficient than bacteria because the y ogurt contains many types of bacteria like b ifidium and lactic acid bacteria (lab)( lactobacillus acidophilus and l.v euteri ) which exh ibit p robiotic prop erties [17],also m icrobial balan ce is an imp ortant factor in the maintenance of intest inal homeostasis and y ogurt or fermented milk sup p lementation has been p rop osed to control diarrheal disease [18] in fact , lactobacillus acidoph ilus and l.v euteri have shown to reduce the duration and number ofc.parv um oocy st shed in feces of exp erimentally infected mice [19,20,21]. which suggested that certain lab may p ossess p otential therap eutic p rop erties against c.parv um [22],and that may make clear the high suffi cient t reatment of y ogurt. fast er et al. [23] found that lactobacilli and bifidobacterium & their sup ernatant effect on the viability of c. parv um oocy sts . these bacterium may still have p otential for therap eutic use against c. parv um as suggested by the ability undiluted b.longum sup ernatant to significantly reduce oocy st viability [24]. administ ration of mixture of bifidoba cterium spp or l. acidophilus to p ig lets p ositively affected the elimin ation of cryptosp oridium oocyst from feces and imp roved sy stemic metabolism and comp osition of the intestinal micro flora [25]. the p rotective mechanism that these bifidobacterium confer against cryptosp oridium and the nature and identity of the factors involved requires furt her study both invitro and invivo. re ferences 1 heine , j.j; pohlenz , j.f ; m oon , h.w.and woode , g.n. (1984). enteric lesions and diarrhea in gnotobiotic calves monoinfected with cryptosporidium sp ecies .j.infect dis.150,768-775. 2pereira , s.j.; ramirez , n.e ; xiao .l ; word , l.a. (2002). p athogenesis of human and bovine cryptosporidium parv um in gnotobiotic pigs . j.infect .d.s .186,715-718. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 3-duggan, c.; gannon , j.; walked , w.a. (2002). p rotective nutrients and functional foods for the gastrointest inal tract, am.j. clin. nut rc.75, 789-808. 4-tejada – simon, m .v.; lee, j.h.; vst unal , z.; peska , j.j. (1990). ingestion of y ogurt containin g lactobacillus acidoph ilus and bifidobacterium to p otential immuno globulin are sp onses of cholera toxin in mice. j.dairy sci .82,649-66. 5canganella , f.; ovidi , m .; paganini, s.and trovatelli,l.d. (1998). surv ival of und esirable microorganisms in fruit, y ogurts during st orage at different temp erature. food . microbial ,15 ,71-77. 6o’riordan,k.; fitzagerald , g.f. (1998). evaluation of bifidobacteria for the p roduction of antimicrobial comp ound and assessment of p erformance in cott age cheese at refrigeration temp erature .j.app le . m icrobial.85,103-114. 7searle ,l.,e; best , a. ; nunez , a.; johnson , l., colley, w.a.; wood ward ,m .j .and robert. , m . (2009). a mixture containin g galactooligosaccharid , p rodused by the enzy mic activity of bifidobacterium bifidum , reduce sa lmonella enterica serov ar typhimurium infedtion in mice. j.m ed.m icrobiol 8-seid avi,a.r.;m irhosseini,s.z.;sh ivazad,m .;chamani,m .andsdeghi,a.a. (2008). app lication of aduplex pcr for the sp ecific and si multaneous detection of bifidobacterium spp lactobacillus spp.in duodenum ,jejunum,ileum and cecum of bro ilers.j.of rapid m ethods and automation in m icrobiology .16,100-112. 9beaver ,p.c. and jun g , r.c . (1985).animal a gent and vectors of human disease .5 th ed. lea and fib iger, pp . 294. 10-vangar ,b.l.p ; soave , r. and fay er , r. (1986).enzyme immunoassay detection of immnoglobin m and g antibodies cryptosporidium in immunocorp otant and immunoco mprised persons. j. infection. dis , 153 (3) :570-578. 11wood,b.j.and holzapfel,w.h.. (1995).the gener a of lactic acid bacteria .the genus bifidio bacterium in the genera of lactic acid bacteria. edited by wood,b.j.and holzapfel,w.h..p440-665. 12contrerus,b.g.l.;vuy st, l.; devreese, b.;busan ;b asman ,f ray maekers , j . ; yovok.; sablon, e and vandamme, e.j. (1997).isolation,p urification and amino acid sequence of laction a,one of bacterio cine produced by lactobacillus amylovorus lm gp.1319. app l. environ. m icrobiol.,63(1):13-20. 13regh, j.e. (1996). effect of interferony in exp erimental c. parv um infection .j. infect. dis .,174:22 -32. 14-alak, j.i ; wolf , b.w.; m durvwa , e.g. ; pimentel – smith g. e.and adey emo . o. (1997). effect of lactobacillus reuteri on intest inal resist ance of cryp tosporidium parv um infection in a mur ine model of acquired immunodeficiency sy ndrome .j. infect. dis. 175, 218-221. 15ry an ,m ; carol, c.; tim ,a. and olson , d. (1999). duration of naturally acquired giardiosis and cryp tosp oridiosis in dairy calves and their association with diarrhea. j.amer .vet.m ed.assoc.,214(3); 391-396. 16xiao , l ; saeed , k.and rings , d . (1996). efficacy of albendazole and fenbendazole against giardia infection in cattle. vet. parasitol. 61:165-170. 17canganella , f; ovidi , m . ; pagan in , s.; vett raino , a.m. and trovatelli , l.d. (1998). survival of und esirable microor ganisms in fruit y ogurts during st orage at different temp erature . food. m icrobial. 15,17-77. 18-ivan, a.c.and watter , j.d. (2000). validation of p robiotic concept : lactobacillus reuter confers broad sp ectrum protection against disease in humans and an imals. m icro. eco log. in health and disease . v12, issue 4.p : 247-285. 19-alak , j.i. ; wolf , b. w. ; m alurvwa e.g. ; kolavala , s.; abdelrah man , h. and supp iramanian , v. (1999). sup p lementation with lactobacillus reuteri or l.acidophilus ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 reduced intest inal shedding of cryp tosporidium parv um oocysts in immunodeficient c57bl/6 mice .cell.m ol.biol .45, 855-863. 20foster , j.c.; glass ,m ., d.; courtney . p.d.and wood , l.a. (2003).effect of lactobacillus and bifidobacterium on cryptosporidium parv um oocy st . viability . food .m icrobial 20(3) :351-357 21-hey man, m . (2000). effect of lactic acid bacteria on diarrh eal disease .j.am. coll. nut r.19(2supp l) .1375-1465. 22isolauri , e . (2001).probiotics in human disease. am. j.cl in .nutr 73:11425-11465. 23-laura , e.j; angus,b.; alejandro, n.; francisc , j. s. and roberto , m .l. (2009). amixture containin g galactosacchar id , p roduced by the enzumic activity of bifidobacterium bifidium reduces salmonella enterica servor typ himurium infection in mice. j.m ed. m icrobial .58,3784. 24rotkiewicz, t.; rotkiewicz,z ; depta , a ; and kander , m . (2001). effect of lactobacillus acidoph illus and bifidobacterium sp . on the course of cryptosporidium parv um invasion in new – born p iglets, bull.vet.inst.pulawy .45,187-195. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 table (1): number of c. parvum oocystes in treatment & control groups ± stander deviation day after treatment gro ups 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ba cteria bifid ium g1 40 0 ± 63.24 1166.66 ± 103.27 25 00 ± 63 .24 30 50 ± 83.66 19 33.33 ± 103.27 1350 ± 83 .66 85 0 ± 83.66 166.66 ± 51.63 0 0 superna tant g2 5166 ± 10 3.27 15 00 ± 63 .24 40 33.33 ± 18 6.18 49 50 ± 187.08 55 16.66 ± 116.90 41 66.66 ± 16 3.29 30 00 ± 14 1.42 58 00 ± 141.42 5150 ± 10 4.88 yog urt g3 40 0 ± 63.24 85 0 ± 104.88 14 33.33 ± 10 3.27 15 00 88 5.166 ± 440.22 73 3.33 ± 10 3.27 51 6.66 ± 75.27 0 0 con trol g4 63 3.33 ± 98.31 2516.66 ± 116.90 56 16.66 ± 28 5.77 65 00 ± 141.42 82 33.33 ± 186.18 51 800 ± 86 33.33 55 700 ± 9283.33 97 50 ± 164.31 10 433.33 ± 25 0.331 table (2): s ufficient treatment for treatment groups type of treatme nt use d dose percent of treatment effeciency (%) bifidium bacteria (1 x 10 8 ) cell/ml 81.43 supernatant 0.1 ml 43.40 yogurt 0.1 ml 89.72 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة طفیلي االبواغ في bifidobacteriumبكتریا اللبن المحلي و تاثیر في الفئران المصابة تجریبیا cryptosporidium parvum الخبیئة سبأ طاھر محمد ، خولة جبر ، حمزیة علي عجة قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة العلوم، الجامعة المستنصریة 2010 تموز 1:استلم البحث في 2011 حزیران 16 :قبل البحث في الخالصة أكیاس بیضعینة براز من عجول مصابة باإلسهال ،ثم تم عزل وتنقیة 150جمع تضمنت الدراسة إلحداث إصابة في أكیاس البیض واستعملت ، ات البراز الحاویة علیهامن عین cryptosporidium parvumطفیلي y]ي حلوروا شحها واللبن الم bifidiumعولجت الفئران المصابة ببكتریا . الفئران المثبطة مناعیا ogurt] الذي عزلت منه .البكتریا توقف الفئران عن طرح أكیاس البیض أظهرت هذه الدراسة أن اللبن المحلي هو األفضل في المعالجة، إذ أدى إلى bifid بینما توقفت الفئران المعالجة بخالیا البكتریا، %)89.72(وبكفایة عالجیة بعد العالج في الیوم الثامن ium في بروا شح البكتریا عن طرح أكیاس البیض فتوقفت في الیوم الفئران المعالجة أما%) . 81.43(وبكفایة عالجیة الیوم التاسع %).43.40(لعاشر وبكفایة عالجیة ا lactobacilli p : الكلمات المفتاحیة robiotic bifidobacteria cryptosporidium parv um 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد حول المقاسات الجزئیة األولیة الضعیفة أنعام محمد علي هادي ابن الهیثم،جامعة بغداد-قسم الریاضیات ،كلیةالتربیة الخالصة یكـون mفـي nُنعـرف ان مقاسـاً جزئیـاً فعلیـاً . rمقاساً أیسـر علـى mحلقة ابدالیة ذا محاید ولیكن rلتكن r  (n:mأو x  nیـؤدي الـى r x  n ≠ 0 و ، x  mو ، r  rأولیـاً ضـعیفاً اذا كـان لكـل فـي . ( ا كـان ، یسـمى أولیـاً ضـعیفاً اذrفـي pان مثالیـاً فعلیـاً اذ الحقیقة ان هذا المفهوم هو تعمیم لمفهوم مثالي أولي ضعیف، . a  p أو b  pیؤدي الى ان a b  p ≠ 0و ، a, b  rلكل .خواص مختلفة عن المقاسات الجزئیة األولیة الضعیفة قد أعطیت ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 on weakly prime submodules i. m.a.hadi departme nt of mathematics,ibn-al-haitham college of education unive rsity of baghdad abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m be a left r-module. we define a p rop er submodule n of m to be a weakly p rime if whenever r  r, x  m , 0  r x  n imp lies x  n or r  (n:m ). in fact this concept is a generalization of the concept weakly p rime ideal, where a p rop er ideal p of r is called a weakly p rime, if for all a, b  r, 0  a b  p implies a  p or b  p. various p rop erties of weakly p rime submodules are considered. 1.introduction throughout this p ap er, r be a commutative r ing with identity and m be a unity rmodule. a p rop er submodule n of m is said to be prime if whenever r  r , x  m , rx  n implies either x  n or r  (n:m ), where (n:m ) = {r  r: r m  n}, see (1). semip rime submodules was given by dauns in (2), as a gener alization of p rime submodules, where a p rop er submodule n of m is semip rime if r k x  n, for r  r, x  m , k  z+ (set of p ositive integers) imp lies rx  m . also eman a.a. in (3) studied these notions. in 1999, quasi-prime submodules was introduced and st udied by m untaha (see (4)), as another generalization of p rime submodules, where a p rop er submodule n of m is quasip rime if r1r2m  n, for r1, r2  r, m  m imp lies r1m  n or r2m  n; equivalently , n is quasi-prime if the ideal (n:m ) is p rime for all m  m . in 2004, m .behoodi and h.koohi in (5) gave the notion of weakly p rime submodules, where a p rop er submodule n of m weakly p rime if (n:k) is a p rime id eal, for all submodu les k of m . also this notion was st udied by a.azizi in (6), 2006. by th.2.14 in (4), we obtain that the two concep ts weakly p rime submodules and quasip rime submodules are equivalent. in this p ap er, we give another generalization of prime submodules namely weakly p rime submodules, however this concept is different from the concept of quasi-p rime submodule (see remarks 2.1.(5)). in fact, d.d.anderson and e.smith in (7) gave the fo llowin g: a p rop er ideal i of r is said to be a weakly p rime if 0  ab  i, for a, b  r, then a  i or b  i. we d efine a p rop er submodule n of m is weakly p rime if whenever r  r , x  m , 0  rx  n imp lies x  n or r  (n:m ). moreover s.e.atani and f.farzalip our in (8) introduced the notion of weakly p rimary submodules, where a prop er submodule n of m is a weakly p rimary if whenever r  r , x  m , 0  rx  n imp lies x  n or r n  (n:m ) for some n  z+. also they gave that : a prop er ideal of r is a weakly p rimary if it is a weakly p rime submodule of the r-module r, (see (8)). in this p aper we study weakly p rime submodules and give many basic p rop erties related to this concept. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 2.basic properties as we mentioned in the introduction, we introduce the following : de fini tion 2.0 : a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is weakly p rime if whenever rr, x m , 0 rxn implies xn or r(n:m ). in this section, we will give basic p rop erties of weakly p rime submodules. some of these are extension of the results about weakly p rime ideals, which are given in (7). let us start with t he following: remarks 2.1: (1) it is clear that every p rime submodule is weakly p rime. however, since (0) the zero submodule of any module) is alway s weakly p rime (by definition), a weakly p rime submodule may not be p rime; for examp le: the zero submodule of the z-module z4 is weakly p rime, but it is not p rime. m oreover it is easy to check that in the class of torsion free modules, the concepts of p rime submodule and weakly p rime submodule are equivalent. (2) every weakly p rime ideal p of a ring r is a weakly p rime submodule of the r-module r. (3) every weakly p rime submodule is weakly p rimary, but the converse is false as the following examp le shows. the submodule n = )4( of the z-module z8 is weakly p rimary but it is not weakly p rime. (4) it is easy to check that :if p is a weakly p rimary submodule of an r-module m and (p:m ) is a semiprime ideal, then p is weakly p rime. (5) (a) weakly p rime submodule need not be quasi-p rime as t he following examp le shows: the zero submodule of the z-module z12 is weakly p rime, but it is not quasi-prime since (0 : 3) = 4z which is not a prime ideal of z. (b) quasi-p rime submodule need not be weakly p rime submodule, as the following examp le shows if m is the z-module zz, and n = 2z(0), then n is a quasi-p rime submodule of m (see (4), rem.2.1.2(1)). but n is not weakly p rime submodule, since (0,0)  2 (3,0)  n, (3,0)  n and 2  (n:m ) = (0). (6) if p is a p rop er submodule of an r-module m . then p is a weakly p rime r-submodule of m iff p is a weakly p rime r / i-submodule of m , where i is an ideal of r with i  ann m . the following result gives characterizations of weakly p rime submodules. the orem 2.2 : let m be an r-module. the following asserations are equivalent: 1. p is a weakly p rime submodule of m . 2. (p:x) = (p:m )  (0:x) for any x  m , x  p. 3. (p:x) = (p:m ) or (p:x) = (0:x) for any x  m , x  p. 4. if (0)  (a)n  p, then either n  p or (a)  (p:m ), where a  r, n is a submodule of m . proof. (1)  (2) let r  (p:x) and x  p. t hen r x  p. supp ose r x ≠ 0. hence r  (p:m ) because p is weakly p rime and x  p. if r x = 0, then r  (0:x). thus (p:x)  (p:m )  (0:x). now if r  (p:m )  (0:x), then either r  (p:m ) or r  (0:x). hence, when r  (0:x), r x = 0  p and so r  (p:x). if r  (p:m ) then r m  p, and this imp lies r x  p. hence r  (p:x). thus (p:m )  (0:x)  (p:x) and therefore (p:m )  (0:x) = (p:x). (2)  (3) it is well-known t hat t he union of two ideals a, b of r is an ideal if a  b or b  a. by condition, the ideals (p:m ) is the union of the ideals (p:m ), (0:x), so either (p:m )  (0:x) or (0:x)  (p:m ). thus either (p:x) = (0:x) or (p:x) = (p:m ). ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 (3)  (4) if 0  (a) n  p. sup p ose that n  p and (a)  (p:m ). n  p imp lies that there exists x  n and x  p, hence ax  an  p; that is a  (p:x). by condition (3), either (p:x) = (p:m ) or (p:x) = (0:x). if (p:x) = (p:m ), we get a  (p:m ) which is a contradiction. thus (p:x) = (0:x) and so ax = 0. on t he other hand, 0  (a) n  p implies that there exists y  n such that 0  ay  p and so a  (p:y). m oreover we can see that y  p, for if we assume that y  p, then by condition 3, either (p:y) = (p:m ) or (p:y) = (0:y). if (p:y) = (p:m ), then a  (p:m ) which is a contradiction. if (p:y) = (0,y), we get ay = 0 which is a contradiction. m oreover 0  ay = ay + ax = a(y + x)  p; that is a  (p:y + x). but y + x  p because x  p, y  p, hence by condition 3 , either (p: y + x) = (p:m ) or (p: y + x) = (0: y + x). if (p: y + x) = (p:m ) then a  (p:m ) which is a contradiction. if (p: y + x) = (0: y + x), then a(y + x) = 0 and hence ay + ax = ay + 0 = 0 which is a contradiction. therefore our assump tion is false and so either n  p or (a)  (p:m ). (4)  (1) let r  r, x  m , such that 0  r x  p. t hen 0  (r) (x)  p. by condition (4), (x)  p or (r)  (p:m ) and hence either x  p or r  (p:m ); that is, p is weakly p rime. remark 2.3 it is known t hat if p is a p rime submodule of an r-module m , then (p:m ) is a prime ideal of r. however the "weak" analogs of t his st atement is not true in general, for examp le: the zero submodule of the z-module z4, is weakly p rime, but (0  : z4) = 4 z is not a weakly p rime ideal of z. we give the following: proposi tion 2.4: if p is a weakly p rime submodule of a faithful r-module m , then (p r : m ) is a weakly p rime ideal of r. proof. let a, b  r. if 0  a b  (p:m ); then a b m  p. since m is faithful, a b m  (0), hence 0  (a) (b m )  p and so by th.2.2 either (a)  (p:m ) or b m  p; that is, either a  (p:m ) or b  (p:m ). thus (p:m ) is a weakly p rime ideal of r. the converse of prop .2.4 is not true as t he following examp le shows: let m be the z-module z  z, let p = (0)  2z. then (p  : m ) = (0) which is a weakly p rime ideal in z, however p is not a weakly p rime submodule of m because (0,0)  2(0,1)  p, but (0,1)  p and 2  (p  : m ) = (0). also, we have the following: proposi tion 2.5 : let p be a weakly p rime submodule of an r-module m . then (p r : m ) is a weakly p rime ideal of r , where  annrr / . proof. by remark 2.1 (6), p is a weakly p rime r -submodule of m . but m is a faithful r module, so by p rop .2.6, (p r : m ) is a weakly p rime ideal of r . recall that an r-module m is called multip lication module if for each submodule n of m , n = i m for some ideal i of r, equivalently n = (n:m )m (see (9)). in the class of finitely generated faithful multiplication modules, we have the following: the orem 2.6: let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module, let n be a p rop er submodule of m . then the following st atements are equivalent 1. n is a weakly p rime submodule of m . 2. (n r : m ) is a weakly p rime ideal of r. 3. n = i m for some weakly p rime ideal i of r. proof. (1)  (2) it holds by p rop . 2.4 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 (2)  (1) let r  r, x  m , such that 0  r x  n. (x) is a submodule of m , hence (x) = j m for some ideal j of r. thus 0  r j m  n = (n:m ) m . but m is a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module, so by (10, th.3.1) r j  (n r : m ). m oreover r j  (0) and since (n r : m ) is weakly p rime ideal, either r  (n r : m ) or j  (n r : m ) (see th.3 in (7)). hence either r  (n r : m ) or (x) = j m  (n r : m ) m = n, that is r  (n r : m ) or x  n. thus n is weakly p rime. (2)  (3) since (n r : m ) is weakly p rime and n = (n r : m ) m , so condition (3) hold. (3)  (2) by (3), n = i m for some weakly p rime ideal i of r. but m is a multiplication module, so n = (n r : m ) m . hence i m = (n:m ) m and so by (10, th.3.1) i = (n r : m ). proposi tion 2.7 : let p be a weakly p rime submodule of an r-module m . if p is not p rime, then (p:m ) p = (0). proof. sup p ose (p:m ) p  0. we will show that p is p rime. let r x  p. if r x  0, then either x  p or r  (p:m ), since p is weakly p rime. now assume r x = 0. first sup p ose rp  (0), so t here exists y  p such that 0  r y  p. hence 0  r y = r (x + y)  p which imp lies that either x + y  p or r  (p:m ). hence either x  p or r  (p:m ). now we can assume that r p = 0 and (p:m ) x = 0. since (p:m ) p  (0), there exists s  (p:m ), y  p such that 0  s y  p. t hus (r + s) (x + y) = r x + s x + r y + s y = 0 + 0 + 0 + s y = s y that is 0  (r + s) (x + y)  p. then p is weakly p rime gives x + y  p or r + s  (p:m ). hence x  p or r  (p:m ). now we have the following: proposi tion 2.8: let m and m be r-modules and let f : m  m be an r-epimorp hism. if n is a weakly p rime submodule of m such that ker f  n, then f (n) is a weakly p rime submodule of m. proof. let r  r, y  m, such that 0  r y  f (n). t hen there exists x  n such that 0  r y = f (x), and since f is an ep imorp hism, y = f (x1) for some x1 m . thus f (r x1 – x) = 0 and so r x1 – x  ker f  n. it follows that 0  r x1  n and since n is weakly p rime either x1  n or r (n r : m ). thus y = f (x1)  f (n) or r  ( f (n): m); that is f (n) is weakly p rime. as a p articular case of p rop .(2.8), we have the following: if n, w are submodules of an r-module m such that n  w and n is weakly p rime, then n / w is a weakly p rime rsubmodule of m / n. the following result discussos t he localization of weakly p rime submodules. proposi tion 2.9 : let p be a weakly p rime r-submodule and s be a multiplicative subset of r with (p r : m )  s = . then ps is weakly p rime rs-submodule of m s. proof. let b a  rs and c x  m s such that 0s  b a c x  ps. hence 0s  cb xa  ps and so there exists y  p and d  s such that d y cb xa  , and this imp lies that t here exists t  s such that t a d x = t b c y. on t he other hand 1 0  cb xa = (0s) which imp lies that f a x  0 for all f  s. hence 0  t a d x  p. but p is a weakly p rime r-submodule of m , so either t d x  p or a  ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 (p:m ) and hence either cdt xdt  ps or b a  (p:m )s. because (p r : m )s  (ps sr : m s), we have either c x  ps or b a  (ps sr : m s). as a generalization of cohen theorem, the following was given in ((3),prop .4.15,ch.1). let m be a finitely generated r-module, then m is noetherian iff every p rime submodule is finitely generated. since every p rime submodule is weakly p rime (by rem.2.1.(11)), we have the following: proposi tion2.10 : let m be a finitely generated r-module. then m is noetherian if every weakly p rime submodule is finitely generated. not eice that t he condition m is finitely generated that cannt be dropp ed from prop .2.10, as the following examp le shows: the z-module z p is not finitely generated, also it is not noetherian. however if g is a nonzero submodule, then 1 g    i z p for some i  z+, and 0  p( 1  i +1 z p )  g. but p  (g: z p ) = 0 and 1  i +1 z p  g; that is g is not weakly p rime. thus (0) is the only weakly p rime submodule of z p and it is obviously finitely generated. the orem 2.11: let m 1, m 2 be r-modules and let n be a prop er submodule of m 1. then w = n  m 2 is a weakly p rime submodule of m = m 1 m 2  n is a weakly p rime submodule of m 1 and for r  r, x  m 1 with r x = 0, but x  n, r  (n:m 1) imp lies r  ann m 2. proof. () let r  r, x  m 1 such that 0  r x  n. then (0,0) ≠ r (x,0)  w, but w is weakly p rime, so either (x,0)  w or r  (w r : m ). thus either x  n or r  (n r : m 1), so t hat n is weakly p rime. now, if r  r, x  m 1 such that r x = 0, x  n and r  (n:m 1). assume that r  ann m 2, so t here exists m  m 2 such that r m2  0. thus r (x,m2) = (r x,r m2) = (0, r m2)  (0,0) and hence (0,0)  r (x,m2)  n  m 2 = w. since w is weakly p rime, so either (x,m2)  n  m 2 or r  (n  m 2 r : m 1  m 2). thus either x  n or r  (n r : m 1) which is a contradiction with hy p othesis. () let r  r, (x,y)  m . assume (0,0)  r (x,y)  n  m 2, so if r x  0, then either x  n or r  (n:m 1), since n is weakly p rime. thus either (x,y)  n  m 2 or r  (n  m 2:m 1  m 2). if r x = 0. sup p ose x  n and r  (n1:m 1), then by hy p othesis r  ann m 2 and so r (x,y) = (0,0) which is a contradiction. thus either x  n or r  (n1 r : m 1) and hence either (x,y)  n  m 2 or r  (n1  m 2 r : m 1  m 2). it is known t hat if q is a p rimary submodule then ):(  q is a p rime ideal, see (11, p rop . 2.11, p .41). sometimes q is called p-p rimary, see(11, p.42). now we have the following result: corollary 2.12: let q be p-p rimary submodules of an r-module m 1 with  q = (0). if n is a weakly p rime submodule of m 1 and m 2 is an r-module such that p  annr m 2, then n  m 2 is a weakly p rime submodule in m 1  m 2. proof. let r  r, x  m 1 with r x = 0. if x  n1 (so x  0) and r  (n:m 1). we will p rove that r  ann m 2 and hence the result is obtained by p revious t heorem. sup p ose that r  ann m 2. hence r  p. on t he other hand, r x = 0 =  q, but  q is a p-p rimary submodule by (11,p rop .1.1, p .15), so either x   q = 0 or r  p, which is a contradiction. thus r  ann m 2. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 remark 2.13: let m 1, m 2 be r-modules. if (0) is a p rime submodule of m 1, then (0)  m2 is a weakly p rime submodule of m = m 1  m 2. proof. let r  r, (x,y)  m . if (0,0)  r (x,y)  (0)  m 2, then r x = 0 and r y  m 2. since (0) is p rime in m 1, either x = 0 or r  (0:m 1). hence either (x,y) = (0,y)  (0)  m 2 or r  ((0) + m 2:m 1  m 2); that is (0)  m 2 is weakly p rime in m . thus we can give the following examp le: n = (0)  z4 is a weakly p rime submodule of the z-module z  z4. next we have the following: proposi tion 2.14: let m 1, m 2 be r-modules. if n = u  w be a weakly p rime submodule in m = m 1  m 2, then u, w are weakly p rime submodules in m 1, m 2 resp ectively. proof. the proof is a straight forword, so it is omitt ed. remark 2.15: the converse of p rop osition 2.14 is not true in general as the following examp le shows. example: (0) is a weakly p rime submodule of the z-module z, (2z) is a prime submodule of the z-module z so it is weakly p rime. but n = (0)  2z is not weakly p rime in the zmodule z  z. for t he next results we will assume that r = r1  r2 where each ri is a commutative ring with identity , m i be an ri-module, where i = 1,2. and m = m 1  m 2 be the r-module with action (r1,r2) (m1,m2) = (r1 m1, r2 m2) where ri  ri, mi  m i, i = 1,2. proposi tion 2.16 : if p is a prop er r1-submodule of m 1, then the following st atements are equivalent 1. p is a p rime r1-submodule of m 1. 2. p  m 2 is a prime r-submodule of m = m 1  m 2. 3. p  m 2 is a weakly p rime r-submodule of m = m 1  m 2. proof. (1)  (2) let (r1,r2)  r, (x,y)  m such that (r1,r2) (x,y)  p  m 2. then r1 x  p and since p is p rime, either x  p or r1  (p 1 : r m 1). if x  p, t hen (x,y)  p  m 2. if r1  (p 1 : r m 1), then (r1,r2)  (p  m 2 r : m ). thus p  m 2 is a prime r-submodule of m . (2)  (3) it holds by remark 2.1 (1). (3)  (1) let r  r1, x  m 1 such that r x  p. then for each y  m 2, y  0, (0,0)  (r,1) (x,y)  p  m 2. but p  m 2 is a weakly p rime r-submodule of m , so either (x,y)  p  m 2 or (r,1)  (p  m 2 r : m ). thus either x  p or r  (p 1 : r m 1); that is p is a p rime r1submodule of m 1. similarly we have proposi tion 2.17: if p is a p rop er r2-submodule of m 2, then the following st atements are equivalent 1. p is a p rime r2-submodule of m 2. 2. m 1 p is a p rime r-submodule of m = m 1  m 2. 3. m 1 p is a weakly p rime r-submodule of m = m 1  m 2. proposi tion 2.18: let m 1, m 2 be r1, r2-modules resp ectively. if p =p1  p2 is a weakly p rime r-submodule of m = m 1  m 2, then either p = 0 or p is a p rime submodule of m . proof. assume p  0, so either p1  0 or p2  0. sup p ose that p2  0, hence there exists y  p2, y  0. let r  (p1 1 : r m 1) and let x  m 1, then (0,0)  (r,1) (x,y) = (r x,y)  p1  p2 = p. since p is weakly p rime in m , either (x,y)  p or (r,1)  (p1  p2: m 1  m 2). hence if (x,y)  p, t hen x  p1 and so m 1 = p1 which implies p = m 1  p2. if (r,1)  (p1  p2: m 1  m 2), then m 2 = p2 which implies p = p1  m 2. hence by p rop ositions 2.16, 2.17, p is a p rime r-submodule of m . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 re ferences 1. c.p.lu, (1984), "prime submodules of modules", comment. math. univ. st, paul, 33, 61-69. 2. dauns, j. (1980), "prime submodules and one sided ideals in ring theory and algebra iii", proc. of 3 rd oklahoma conference b.r mc donald (editor) dekker, new york, 301-344. 3. athab,e.a. (1996), "prime submodules and weakly prime submodules", m.sc thesis, univ. of baghdad. 4. hassin,m.a. (1990), "quasi-prime modules and quasiprime submodules", m.sc thesis, univ. of baghdad. 5. m.behoodi and h.koohi, (2004), "weakly prime submodules", vietnam j. math, 32(2), 185-195. 6. azizi,a. (2006), glasgow math. j., 48: 343-346. 7. anderson, d.d. and eric smith, (2003), "weakly prime ideals", houston j.of math., vol.29, no.4, 831-840. 8. atani, s.e. and forzalipour,f. (2005), georgian mathematical journal, 12, 1-7. 9. barned,a. (1981), j . algebra, 71, 174-178. 10. el bast, z.a. smith, p.f. (1988), "multiplication modules", comm in algebra, 16, 755-779. 11. larsen ,m.d. and mc carthy, p.j. (1971), "multiplicative theory of ideals", academic press, newyork and london,. 12. al-kalik, a.j . a. (2005), "primary modules", m.sc thesis, college of education, university of baghdad,. mathematics 325 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 approximate solution for two machine flow shop scheduling problem to minimize the total earliness h. f. abdullah department of mathematics-ibn-al-haitham college of education university of baghdad received in:4 may 2011 , accepted in: 26 february 2012 abstract this paper proposes a new algorithm (f2se) and algorithm (alg(n – 1)) for solving the two-machine flow shop problem with the objective of minimizing total earliness. this complexity result leads us to use an enumeration solution approach for the algorithm (f2se) and (dm) is more effective than algorithm alg( n – 1) to obtain approximate solution. key words: flow-shops scheduling, approximate solution, two machine flow-shop, minize the total earliness, scheduling problem. introduction for many problems in production scheduling, as in other areas of combinatorial optimization, it is unrealistic to attempt to find an optimal solution. in the problem under consideration, the objective is to find efficient solution to minimize the total earliness. in the flow shop scheduling problem, indicated byfm//cmax, or by f//cmax for flow shop problem (lawler etal. 1993), can be stated as follows. there are n jobs numbered 1, 2, …, n, each of which is to be processed on machines 1,2,…,m in that order. each job j (j = 1,2,…,n) has a processing time pjk on machine k (k = 1,2,…,m). each machine can process not more than one job at a time and each job can be processed by not more than one machine a time. the order in which jobs are processed need not be the same on all machines. the objective is to find a processing order on each machine which minimizes cmax, the maximum completion time of all the jobs. finally, it is well known that for m = 2, the resulting flow shop problem i.e., f2//cmax, can be solved using johnson's algorithm [1]. the objective function minimiz the ∑ej, i.e. the sum of earliness of all jobs on all machines. for a schedules s, the value of the ∑ej is denoted by ∑ej(s). a schedule that minimize the ∑ej is called near optimal and is denoted by s*. the problem denoted by f2//∑ej problem. let s be an arbitrary permutation of n jobs. for simplicity assume s = 1, 2, …, n. it is well known that the completion time kjc of job j (of sequence s) on machine mk is given by [2] k k 1 k j j j 1 jkj 0 k j 0 c max{c , c } p c c 0, 1 j n,1 k m − −= + = = ∀ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ where pjk is the processing of job i on mk, k = 1, …, m. it is well known that many papers given by (conway etal. 1967) [3], rinnooy kan 1976, [4], lenstra (1977) [5], simulated annealing algorithms are proposed by o'sman and potts [6] while the f2//cmax problem is well known and ploynomially solvable by johnson's algorithm [1], the f2//tmax problem is strongly np-hard, also for the fm//cmax problem, we need to mathematics 326 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 consider only schedules with the same processing order on the first two machines and the same processing order on the last two machines. therefore for both problem f2//cmax and f3//cmax, there exists an optimal solution that is a permutation schedule for which all machines process the jobs according to the same job sequence (conway etal. 1967) [3]. however, for fm//cmax, when m ≥ 4, it can be the case that no optimal solution is permutation schedule (conway etal.) [3] shows that this result can not be extended any further, for present polynomial time algorithms for solving a slk due date assignment and the flow shop scheduling problems with objective to minimize the total earliness [7]. the organization of this paper is as follows. in section two, we provide the notation and basic concepts of the problems. in section three, the proposed mathematical formulations for the problem is given. also the proposed algorithms and the computational experience are given, while section four contains some concluding remarks. notation and basic concepts the following notation will be used: n = number of jobs pj = processing time of job j dj = due date of job j cj = completion time of job j ej = max {dj – cj, 0}; the earliness of job j ∑ej = the total earliness sj = the slack time (sj = dj – pj) fm = flow shop with m machine m = the number of machines is equal to m (m is positive integer). complete enumeration method (ce) enumeration method generates schedules one by one to find optimal solutions, lists all possible schedules and then eliminates the non-optimal schedules form the list leaving those that are optimal. clearly searching for an optimal schedules among all possible schedules using complete enumeration is not appropriate even for problem of small size, thus the complete enumeration method may be rejected immediately [8]. flow shop problem in each job exactly one operation for every machine, all jobs go through all the machines in the same order, [9]. mathematical formula the scheduling problem (p) is defined as: m is ∑ej s.t. b b a j j 1 j jj c max{c , c } b−= + …(1) a j j js d a= − , j = 1, …, n …(2) b j j js d b= − , j = 1, …, n …(3) mathematics 327 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 b j j je d c≥ − , j = 1, …, n …(4) ej ≥ 0 constraint (1) specifies that the completion time of job j on machine b is, constraint (2) assure that the slack time of machine a is equal to the difference between due date and the processing time of job j on machine a, constraint (3) assures that the slack time of machine b is equal to the difference between due date and the processing time of job j on machine b, constraint grater than or equal to bj jd c− . algorthim (f2se) step (1): find slack time for each job j ∈ n, for machine a and b ( aj j js d a= − , b j j js d b= − ). step (2): this, rule can be described as sequence the jobs with a bj js s≥ in the first, in nonincreasing order of sj. step (3): followed by the jobs with b bj js s≤ (for the same machine b) in non-decreasing order of bjs . step (4): for the schedule job of θ = (θ(1), …,θ(n)) calculate ∑ej of machine b. algorithm (alg(n – 1)) scheduling the jobs of θ = (θ(1), …,θ(n)), obtained by algorithm (f2se) and calculate ∑ej of machine b, changing jobs of the schedule θ to (n – 1) positions to produce θ*, calculate ∑ej of machine b and choose to the minimum value. descent method (dm): it is the simplest type of neighborhood search, which is sometimes known as iterative local improvement. in this method only moves that result in an improvement in the objective function value are accepted [10]. under a first improve search, the first move that improves the objective function value is accepted. on the other hand, best improve selects a move that yields the best objective function value among all neighbors, when no further improvement can be achieved, a descent method terminates with a solution that is a local optimum. the local optimum is not necessarily the true global optimum. a widely used remedy for this drawback is to use multistart descent method (f2dm) in which multiple runs of descent from different starting solution are performed, and the best overall solution is selected [10]. f2dm can be executed for our problem as follows: step (1): initialization in this step a feasible solution θ = (θ(1), …,θ(n)) obtained from edd rule (heuristic method) is chosen to be the initial current solution for f2dm. step (2): neighborhood generation we use variable neighborhood search which is a simple change of neighborhood within the search. in order to improve the sequence θ the traveling between different neighborhoods gives a new sequence θ*, that will be obtained with its objective function value s(θ*). step (3): evaluation (1) s(θ*) < s(θ) then θ* is accepted as the current solution and set θ = θ*. go to step (2). mathematics 328 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 (2) otherwise s(θ*) ≥ s(θ),θ is retained as the current solution and go to step (2). step (4): termination this algorithm is terminated after (100) iteration at near optimal solution. computational results in this section we first present how tests problem can be randomly generated. the processing time aj and bj is uniformly distributed in the interval [1,10]. the due date dj are uniformly distributed in the interval [p(1 – tf – rdd 2 ), p(1 – tf + rdd 2 )], t = ∑ai + bi depending on the relative range of due date (rdd) and on the average tardiness factor (tf). for both parameters, the values 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8 and 1.0, are considered. for each selected value of n, one problem was generated for each of five values of parameters producing five problems for each value of n. the complete enumeration (ce), algorithm (f2se) (dm) and algorithm (alg(n – 1)) were tested by coding them in matlab 7 and running pentium iv at 2800mhz with ram 1gb computer. it is well known that (ce) algorithm gives optimal solutions which are tested on problems with size (3,4,5,6,7,8) for problems (p). for problems (with n > 8) that are not solved optimality by (ce) algorithm because the execution time exceeds 30 minutes, the near optimal solution for these unsolved problems was found by our algorithms (f2se) and algorithm (alg(n – 1)) respectively. table (1) shows the results of problem (p) obtained by algorithm (ce) comper to algorithm (f2se) and (dm) algorithm (alg(n – 1)) respectively. table (2) shows the results of problem (p) of comberison (f2se) and (alg (n – 1)). conclusion in this paper, we have developed exact for n ≤ 8 and approximate solutions for two machine flow shop scheduling to minimize the total earliness. this paper reports on the results of extensive computational test for the following developed algorithms (f2se) and algorithm (alg (n – 1)) comparing it with the (dm) and optimal solution (obtained by (ce) algorithm). the main conclusion to be drawn from our comparison of computational results is that f2se and (dm) is more effective than algorithm (alg (n – 1)) for the large problem instances. finally, the algorithm (f2se) proposed here has been shown to perform well when tested against algorithm (alg (n – 1)) to obtain approximate solution. references 1. breit, j. (2004), an improved approximation algorithm for two-machine flow shop scheduling with an availability constraint, department of information and technology management, saarland university, saarbraken, germany. 2. abdul-razaq, t.s. and al-harby, m. h. (2006), exact and near optimal solution for three machines flow shop scheduling, mathematics department, journal of college of education, no. 3:50-62 3. conway, r.w.; maxwell, w.l. and miller, l.w. (1967), theory of scheduling addision wesley, reading ma. 4. lageweg, b. j.; lawler, e. l.; lenstra, j. k. and rinnooy kan, a. h. ct, (1981), computer aided complexity classification of deterministic scheduling problems, mathematics contrum, amsterdam, the netherlands, report bw 138. mathematics 329 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 5. shi-ling and cheng xue-guang, (2011), complexity reesults for flow-shop scheduling problems with transportation delays and a single robot, journal of applied mathematics and bioinformatics, no.1:135-142. 6. ishibuchi, h.; misski, s. and tanaka, h., (1995), modified simulated annealing algorithms for flow shop sequencing problem, european journal of operation, 81:388398. 7. abdul-razaq, t.s. (2005), solvable case of a two machine flow shop scheduling problem with no-idle in process, mathematics department, college of science, al-mustansiriyah journal sci., 16, no.4:77-94. 8. al-shebani, h. m. t. (2006), optimal solution for two-stage flow shop scheduling problem with secondary criterion, m.sc. thesis, college of science, dep. of mathematics, university of al-mustansiriyah. 9. bellman, r.; esogbue, a.o. and nabeshima, i., (1982), mathematical aspects of scheduling and applications, perganon press, great britain. 10. al-salihi, v.a.; abdullah, h. f., and abdul-razaq, t.s., (2009), exact and local algorithms for single machine sequencing to minimize the multi objective functions of total tardiness, maximum earliness and tardiness, proceeding of 3rd scientific conference of the college of science, university of baghdad.564-575. mathematics 330 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): the performance of (ce) and (f2se), alg.(n – 1) algorithms for problem (p n no. of ex. (ce) alg. opt.val. (f2se) alg. alg(n – 1) dm 3 1 143 146 148 147 2 102 112 102 112 3 109 118 120 118 4 100 100 101 101 5 116 119 118 116 4 1 0 0 1 0 2 141 143 141 143 3 84 87 88 88 4 175 179 180 179 5 141 151 151 151 5 1 33 33 35 35 2 149 161 161 161 3 189 206 205 205 4 25 29 31 29 5 89 92 94 94 6 1 169 188 190 169 2 211 216 216 216 3 138 146 147 147 4 158 163 163 163 5 352 352 352 352 7 1 129 149 149 149 2 177 193 194 194 3 141 156 160 156 4 108 125 124 124 5 344 358 358 358 8 1 61 72 73 73 2 98 118 118 118 3 82 106 106 107 4 73 81 82 82 5 121 121 121 121 this table shows (5) problems, (f2se) algorithm give the optimal solution from (30) problems to (p), (alg (n – 1)) algorithm gives optimal solution to (3) problems from (30) problems to (p), also dm gives optimal solution to (5) problems from (30) problems to (p). mathematics 331 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): the performance of (f2se) and alg(n – 1) algorithms for problem (p n no. of ex. (f2se) alg. time alg(n – 1) time 100 1 0 0.0300 1 1.12164 2 0 0.0213 0 0.2705 3 0 0.0219 0 0.6963 4 0 0.2194 0 0.5759 5 0 0.263 1 0.9117 200 1 0 0.3005 1 0.8652 2 0 0.0254 1 0.5461 3 0 0.0635 1 0.1234 4 5 0.0532 5 0.8913 5 5 0.0233 6 1.1505 300 1 0 0.0272 1 0.5758 2 0 0.275 0 0.5463 3 7 0.290 8 0.7667 4 0 0.0280 1 0.5511 5 0 0.0346 0 0.1967 400 1 0 0.0939 1 0.1239 2 0 0.0332 0 0.8653 3 0 0.0319 1 0.1566 4 1 0.0345 0 0.0353 5 7 0.0330 7 0.6795 500 1 5 0.0664 6 0.1575 2 0 0.0356 1 2.1528 3 0 0.0369 0 0.4293 4 0 0.0405 0 0.5482 5 1 0.0342 1 0.0351 600 1 7 0.0645 7 0.2648 2 1 0.0345 0 2.4603 3 0 0.0375 1 1.4604 4 0 0.0374 1 0.2038 5 0 0.0390 0 0.0371 700 1 0 0.0407 0 1.1898 2 0 0.0362 0 2.2891 3 0 0.0365 1 2.9018 4 6 0.0412 8 1.1541 5 9 0.0365 9 2.6384 800 1 0 0.0378 0 3.2851 2 0 0.0400 1 4.2864 3 1 0.0402 0 2.6177 4 0 0.0407 1 3.9012 5 1 0.0400 0 1.8971 this table shows (27) problems, (f2se) algorithm give the optimal solution from (40) problems to (p). also (alg (n – 1)) algorithm gives optimal solution to (16) problems from (40) problems to (p) (0 is optimal solution because ej ≥ 0). mathematics 332 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 عددال ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 الحل الكفوء لمسألة الجدولة االنسيابية ذات الماكنتين لتصغير مجموع التكبير هند فالح عبداهللا جامعة بغداد -كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم) -قسم الرياضيات 2012ايار 21قبل البحث في: 2012كانون الثاني 22استلم البحث في: الخالصة لحل مسالة الجدولة االنسيابية (alg(n – 1))وخوارزمية (f2se)في هذا البحث تطرقنا الى خوارزمية جديدة قادتنا np-hardتاجات. وتكون المسألة من نوع على ماكنتين والهدف هو تصغير مجموع التبكير للن (jobs)للنتاجات alg(n),وخوارزمية ، (f2se)الخوارزمية عملناواست (n < 8)خوارزمية العد التام اليجاد الحل االمثل الى عمالالى است اليجاد الحل الكفوء. (alg(n – 1 ))ة من ياكثر كفا (f2se). و وجدنا ان (n > 8)الى (dm) و ((1 – جــدول المشــغل االنســيابي، الحــل التقريبــي، المشــغل االنســيابي للمــاكنتين، تصــغير مجمــوع التبكيــر، الكلمــات المفتاحيــة: مسالة الجدولة. introduction notation and basic concepts mathematical formula قسم الرياضيات كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم) جامعة بغداد في هذا البحث تطرقنا الى خوارزمية جديدة (f2se) وخوارزمية (alg(n – 1)) لحل مسالة الجدولة الانسيابية للنتاجات (jobs) على ماكنتين والهدف هو تصغير مجموع التبكير للنتاجات. وتكون المسألة من نوع np-hard قادتنا الى استعمال خوارزمية العد التام لايجاد ال... ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الخصائص الفیزیائیة والكیمیائیة لمیاه اآلبار في منطقة البوعلوان في العراق-محافظة االنبار العلواني مشعان عبد محمود بغداد جامعة )الهیثم ابن (التربیة كلیة -الحیاة علوم قسم 2011 أیلول 20: في البحث قبل 2011 حزیران 20:في البحث استلم الخالصة المیـاه نوعیـة علـى للحكـم تـستعمل التي والصحیة البیئیة المعاییر اهم من والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الخصائص دتع بـاألس تمثلـت خاصـیة عـشرة اربـع قیـست لـذلك . المختلفـة البیئیـة والتطبیقـات والزراعـي البـشري لالسـتعمال صالحیتها ومدى p(الهیـــــــدروجیني h ـــــوع و ،)ec (التوصـــــــیلیة و ،) ـــــال مجمــ ــــة حاألمـــ ـــــورة و ،)tds(الذائبـــ ــــــسرة العكــ ــــة والعـ و ،)th (الكلیــــ ــــــصودیوم ـــــــسیوم ،)na(الــــ ـــــــسیوم ،)ca(والكالـــ ــــات ،)mg(والمغنیـــ ــــ ــــد ،)co3(والكاربونــ ــــ ـــــفات ،)cl(والكلوریــ ــــ ،)po4(والفوسـ .العـراق غـرب ، االنبـار محافظـة في البوعلوان منطقة في اآلبار لمیاه ،)so4(والكبریتات ،)no3(والنترات ،)no2(والنتریت و ســــم/میكروســــیمنس 2230.5 و 7.3 (المعــــدالت ســــجلت المدروســـة الخــــصائص أن علیهــــا المتحــــصل النتــــائج أظهـــرت ppm869.5 وntu 0.32 و ppm 521.31 و لتر/غرام 3.6 و ppm 111.5 و ppm 139.05 و ppm 296.86 ان نتــــائجال أوضــــحت .الترتیــــب علــــى ) ppm 440.5 و ppm 4.7و ppm 0.02و ppm 0.42 و ppm 116.6 و و المغنیــسیوم، و الــصودیوم، و الكلیــة، والعــسرة الذائبــة، االمــالح ومجمــوع التوصــیلة (الســیما المدروســة الخــصائص معظــم wh (العالمیـة الـصحة منظمـة مـن بهـا المـسموح الحـدود مـن أعلى كانت ) والكبریتات والنترات، النتریت، o (یـستوجب ممـا . للشرب استعمالها عند المیاه ههذ تسببها التي المشاكل الى االنتباه .والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الخصائص، الشرب میاه ، االبار: المفتاحیة الكلمات :المقدمة مـــستوى وارتفــاع الــسكان اعــداد فــي المــستمرة للزیــادة نتیجــة المیــاه علــى ًمتزایــدا ًطلبــا العــالم دول كبقیــة العــراق شــهد المیـاه اسـتهالك فـازداد . والـصناعة الزراعـة، مثـل البـشریة االنـشطة مجـاالت مختلـف فـي كبیرال االتساع عن ًفضال المعیشة كـم 1360 مــن حــادة بـصورة العــالم فـي 3 كـم4130 الــى 1950 العـام فــي 3 معــدل ازداد العــراق وفـي ]. 1 [1990 العــام فــي فــي الواحــد الیــوم فــي لتــر 300 الــى تالـستینیا فــي الواحــد الیــوم فــي لتــر 18 مـن المنــاطق بعــض فــي للمیــاه الفــرد اسـتهالك أخـذ العـراق ان نجـد العـالم فـي بلـد كـل بهـا یمـر التـي االعتبـارالظروف بنظـر االخـذ ومـع ] 2 [العـشرین القـرن مـن الثمانینیـات وصــرف كهربـاء منظومـات مـن للبلــد، التحتیـة البنـى تـدمیر و شــامل حـصار منهـا االسـتثنائیة الظــروف مـن الكبـرى الحـصة واســـتعمال والجوفیــة الــسطحیة المیــاه الــى یــومي بــشكل تــسربت المـــصانع مخلفــات مــن كبیــرة وكمیــات شــرب ومیــاه صــحي فـي شـحة شـهد اذ للبلـد المناخیـة الظروف تردي ذلك رافق. والسموم والمبیدات الكیمیائیة المركبات من مختلفة النواع عشوائي ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الغربیـة المنطقـة علـى الـساقطة االمطـار كمیـة معـدل ان ] 3 [ ذكـر فقـد الحـرارة درجـات وارتفاع الساقطة، االمطار كمیات ملم 94.70 الساقطة االمطار كمیة بلغت بینما . سنة /ملم 146.6 بلغت 1997 الى 1967 من السنوات خالل العراق من الـى اشـار العـراق شـمال في الكهاریز عن 2009 عام صدر للیونسكو تقریر الیه أشار ما ذلك یؤید . 2000 سنة في سنة/ المیـاه كمیـة فـي الحـاد االنخفـاض المـشكلة حجـم مـن زاد وممـا ] . 4 [المیـاه شحة من اعوام اربعة خالل منها 70% جفاف فــي وانخفــاض والروافــد االنهــار تــصریف فــي انخفــاض الـى ادت مجتمعــة الظــروف هــذه كــل، والفــرات دجلــة لنهــري المـزودة . العـراق فـي المائیـة االجـسام مختلـف في الملوثات و الذائبة االمالح تركیز في فاعوارت واالهوار البحیرات في المیاه مناسیب الــصناعیة واالســتعماالت الزراعــة او الــسكان المــداد المیــاه علـى للحــصول ًمــصدرا الجوفیــة المیــاه علــى االعتمــاد ازداد لـذلك المطلوبـــة المیــاه كمیــات علـــى للحــصول اآلبــار حفـــر الــى العــراق فـــي المنــاطق مــن كثیـــر ســكان فلجــأ ]. 5 [المختلفــة المــواد مــن المیــاه هـذه محتــوى ان . العــراق غـرب االنبــار محافظــة فـي البوعلــوان قریــة اهـالي ومــنهم المختلفــة السـتعماالته مـــن محتواهـــا ان كـــذلك الســـتعمالها ومحــددة ًجـــدا مهمـــة عوامـــل الثقیلـــة والمعــادن الملوحـــة ومـــستوى الكلیـــة الذائبـــة الــصلبة هــذه مــستویات زیــادة عــدم الــى والمحلیــة الدولیــة المعــاییر توصــي لــذلك جودتهــا فــي یــؤثر والكالــسیوم والمغنیــسیوم یومالـصود منهـــا المــأخوذة المیــاه ونوعیــة االبـــار هــذه طبیعــة علــى وللتعـــرف] . 6 [االبــار میــاه فــي بهـــا المــسموح الحــدود عــن المــواد ابتــدأها لدراسـة امتـداد وهــي الدراسـة هـذه جــاءت االخـرى واالسـتعماالت ربللــش ًمحلیـا بهـا المــسموح المحـددات مـع ومقارنتهـا ] .7 [واخرون النعمة العمل وطرائق المواد : الدراسة منطقة خــط عنــد] 1 شــكل [العــراق غــرب االنبــار محافظــة فــي الفلوجــة مدینــة غــرب البوعلــوان قریــة فــي الدراســة منطقــة تقـع المنـــاطق تــرب ضــمن الدراســة منطقــة تربــة تــصنف ، الغربیــة الهــضبة باتجــاه شــرقا 33,20,46 وخــط شــماال 43,46,46 ] .8 [الصحراویة وشبه الصحراویة :العینات جمع والـى ) 2010 تمـوز 17 ( 2010العـام تموزصـیف من ًابتداء أشهر ستة خالل الدراسة قید اآلبار میاه عینات جمعت . الــستة اآلبـار مـن بئـر لكـل ًشـهریا واحـدة عینـة وبواقـع) 2010 االول كـانون 17 (هنفـس العـام مـن االول كـانون شـهر غایـة قنـاني فـي المیـاه عینـات وضـعت . االبـار مترلجمیـع7,5 عمـق وبمعـدل امتـار 9 إلـى امتـار 6 مـن اآلبـار اعمـاق تراوحـت عنــد موضـوعة كهربائیـة مـضخة مباسـتخدا اآلبـار مـن اسـتخراجها بعـد لتـر 5 سـعة ومعقمـة نظیفـة) اثیلـین بـولي (بالسـتیكیة . بئر كل فتحة :الحقلیة القیاسات si البـسیطة المحـاریر باسـتخدام الحـرارة درجـة شـملت و الدراسـة منطقـة فـي ًحقلیـا البیئیة العوامل بعض قیست mp l e th e rmo me te rsالهیدروجیني االس و p h p نوع الحقلي الهیدروجیني االس قیاس جهاز باستخدام h شركة صنع من 90 wi s s .te chn.we rks ta tte n d812 .ونقلـت . العینـات لحفـظ النتریك وحامض الكلوروفورم مادة من قطرات اضیفت . علیها البایولوجیة الفحوصات بعض الجراء مئویة درجة 8 حرارة درجة تحت لحفظها المختبر الى العینات :المختبریة والتحلیالت القیاسات التوصـــیلة وشـــملت الحقـــل مــن العینـــات نقـــل بعـــد مباشــرة المختبـــر فـــي االخـــرى المدروســة للعوامـــل اتالقیاســـ اجریــت mi جهـاز باسـتخدام tds و na وتركیـز) ec (الكهربائیـة 180 be nchme te r جهــاز باسـتخدام والعكـورة tu rb-550 caو po4وso4 و no2و no3 امـا wtwماركـة co3 وca وmg وcl جهـاز مباســتخدا عنهـا الكـشف تــم فقـد c99 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 mul ti pa rme te r be nch p hotome te r العالمیة القیاسیة الطرائق وباتباع sta nda rd methods في جاء لماً ووفقا ]9.[ : والمناقشة النتائج p الهیدروجیني االس-1 h p لـ قیمة اعلى ان الحالیة الدراسة نتائج اظهرت h ) 7.2 (كانـت قیمـة واقـل) 7.44 (وكانـت) 4 (رقـم البئـر عینـة فـي سـجلت p لـ العام المعدل وان) 3 (رقم البئر عینة في h فانهـا وبـذلك .)1 جـدول ( اآلبـار لجمیع المدروسة المیاه لعینات) 7.3 (كان فیهــا تكثـر التـي الدراسـة لمنطقـة الجیولوجیــة الطبیعـة مـع القیمـة هـذه تنـسجم .] 10 [ًجــدا القاعدیـة قلیلـة المیـاه ضـمن تـصنف فـي مفیـدة میـاه وهـي البیئیـة الناحیـة مـن جیـدة المیاه هذه عدت وعلیه] . 11 [ الكالسیوم كاربونات السیما الكربونیة الصخور p لـ قیمة اعلى ان) 2 (الجدول نتائج واوضحت .] 12 [ًایضا المائیة االحیاء تربیة h 7.44 (وكانـت تموز شهر في سجلت p لــ یمـةق اقـل وسـجلت ، وایلـول آب و تمـوز لالشـهر7.34 وبمعـدل ) h وبمعـدل) 7.12 (وكانـت الثـاني تـشرین شـهر فـي میــاه فـي الهیدروكـسیل امـالح تـوافر طبیعـة علـى مؤشــر وهـذا ، االول وكـانون الثـاني وتـشرین االول تـشرین لالشـهر) 7.28( الــثالث رلآلشـه مئویــة درجـة 22 معــدلها بلـغ التــي المیـاه حــرارة درجـات فــي المحـسوس غیــر التغیـر مــع الدراسـة قیــد اآلبـار قـیم تقـارب سـبب یعـزى وقـد . مغلقـة اآلبـار لكـون الدراسـة مـن االخیرة الثالث لالشهر مئویة درجة 20 و الدراسة من االولى p الــ h ًنوعــا 40 مــن اكثــر وجـود ســجل إذ الطحالــب، مـن جیــدة وبكمیــات مختلفــة انـواع وجــود الــى المختلفـة االشــهر خــالل p مستوى على حافظت انها یعتقد التي ماتوالدایتو الخضراء الطحالب من مختلف h 13 [ ذكـره مـا مـع یتفـق وهـذا المیـاه في p الــ قـیم فـي تـوازن احـداث علـى تعمـل حیـث المـائي،إذ الوسـط في والبیكربونات الكربونات وجود عن ًفضال] . h كمـا] 14[ االتیة المعادلة في hco=co2+h + كانـت الحالیـة الدراسـة نتـائج فـان لـذلك) 8.0 (مـن قریبـة تكون العراقیة جوفیةوال السطحیة للمیاه الهیدروجیني االس قیم إن ].7 [ذكره ما مع كبیر حد الى متفقة :ec الكهربائیة التوصیلة فــي البیئــة حمایــة وكالــة حــددت وقـد الذائبــة لالمــالح الكلــي التركیــز علــى للداللـة الكهربــائي التوصــیل قابلیــة قیمــة تـستعمل سـم / سـیمنس مللـي 1.0 بــ الـشرب میـاه فـي الكهربائیة التوصیلیة لقیم بها المسموح العلیا الحدود االمریكیة دةالمتح الوالیات اقـل امـا سـم / میكروسـیمنس 2350 وكانـت) 3 (رقـم البئـر میـاه عینة في الكهربائیة للتوصیلیة قیمة اعلى سجلت ] . 15[ لمیـاه سـم / میكروسـیمنس 2230.5 وبمعـدل سـم / میكروسـیمنس 2099 وكانـت) 5 (رقم البئر میاه عینة في فسجلت قیمة ایلـول شـهر فـي سـجلت الكهربائیـة للتوصـیلیة قیمـة اعلـى ان) 2 (الجـدول نتائج اظهرت). 1 جدول (الدراسة قید االبار جمیع لوبمعــد ســم/میكروسـیمنس 1835.5 وكانــت تمــوز شـهر فــي فــسجلت قیمـة اقــل امــا سـم /میكروســیمنس 1934.5 وكانـت . الستة االشهر لقراءات سم/سیمنس میكرو 2050.65 مقاربـة وهـي. والعالمیـة المحلیـة المحـددات مـن اكبـر الكهربائیـة التوصـیلة قـیم معدالت ان 2و1 الجدولین نتائج اظهرت لمیــاه توصـیلیةال قـیم فــي االرتفـاع ارتـبط . الموصـل فــي الكـوكجلي قریـة فــي اآلبـار لمیـاه دراسـته عنــد ]16 [الیـه توصـل لمـا ec وقـیم الذائبـة واالمـالح االیونـات بین مباشرة عالقة هناك ان إذ، االساس بالدرجة tds قیم ارتفاع مع الدراسة قید اآلبار قیمـة أن] 18 [ذكـر كمـا ]. 17[الباحـث ذكـره ما مع یتفق وهذا ، والكالسیوم الصودیوم االخرى،مثل االمالح نسبة عن ًفضال tds الـى لتـر/ملغـم 465 مـن كانـت واذا جـدا جیـدة نوعیـة ذو انهـا علـى مؤشـر فهـذا لتـر/ملغـم 465 مـن اقـل كانـت اذا للطبیعـة فـان كـذلك . مالحة المیاه عدت لتر / ملغم 2000 من اكبر tds قیمة كانت واذا جیدة میاه عدت لتر/ملغم 604 ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الدراسـة نتـائج اوضـحت لقـد]. 19 [میاههـا فـي التوصیلیة قیم بتحدید مباشرة عالقة البشري والنشاط االبار الراضي الكیمیائیة ).2شكل (الهیدروجیني واالس التوصیلیة قیم بین عكسیة عالقة وجود :tds الذائبة لآلمالح الكلي المجموع to الذائبة لالمالح الكلي التركیز یعد ta l d i s s ol ved sa l ts لالسـتعماالت المیـاه مالئمـة مدى على ًمهما ًمؤشرا مـن لكثیـر صـالحیتها عـن ًفـضال للـشرب صـالحة عـدت لتـر / ملغـم 500 مـن اقـل تركیـز على المیاه احتوت فاذا . المختلفة طعـم ذا تكـون المذابـة لالمـالح لتـر/ملغـم 1000 مـن اكبـر تركیـز ذا كانـت اذا امـا والـصناعیة والزراعیـة المنزلیـة االغـراض ) 5 (رقــم البئـر میـاه عینــة فـي tds لــ قیمـة اعلــى سـجلت ].20 [المختلفـة البیئیـة لالسـتعماالت صــالحة وغیـر مقبـول غیـر 1121pp وكانت m )وكانـت) 2(رقـم البئـر عینـة فـي قیمة اقل سجلت فیما) لتر/ملغم ppm 784 869.5 وبمعـدلpp m المـسموح المـستویات نمـ اعلـى مـستویات االبـار جمیـع میـاه احتـوت النتـائج لهـذه ووفقـا) . 1 جـدول (الدراسـة قیـد االبـار جمیع لمیاه منطقـة فـي اآلبـار هـذه وجـود الـى الـسبب یعـزى وقـد المختلفـة البیئیـة عماالتلالسـت صـالحة غیـر عـدت لذلك المیاه في tds الـ لتركیز بها هذكــر مـا مـع یتفـق وهــذا للمنطقـة الجیولوجیـة الطبیعـة عــن ًفـضال االرض بـاطن الـى الزراعــي الـصرف میـاه مـن كبیــرة كمیـات فیهـا تتـسرب 10 وكانـت ایلـول شـهر فـيtds لــ قیمـة اعلـى ان نجـد) 2 (الجـدول نتـائج متابعـة خالل ومن] . 21[ 19 ppm96 وبمعـدل 6.6ppm 89 وكانـت آب شـهر فـي قیمـة اقـل وسـجلت. وایلـول آب تموزو لالشهر 2.8ppm وتـشرین ،االول تـشرین لالشـهر التركیـز معـدل وكـان 96 االول وكانون ،الثاني 5,1ppm .الــ قیم معدل في تأثیر له لیس العینات اخذ وقت ان وجد tds الـشتاء واشـهر الـصیف اشـهر بـین ] .22 [ذكره ما مع یتفق وهذا tu العكورة rbi di ty : ســجلت فقـد) 5 (رقـم البئــر میـاه امـا) عكــورة وحـدة ( ntu 0.77 وكانـت) 3 (رقــم البئـر میـاه عینــة فـي للعكـورة قیمــة اعلـى سـجلت 0.05 وكانــت ورةللعكـ قیمــة اقـل ntu) وكانــت للعكــورة قیمـة اعلــى آب شــهر فـي ســجلت حـین فــي). 1 جــدول ntu 1.07 وبمعــدل 0.99 ntu وكانــت االول كـانون شـهر فــي للعكـورة قیمـة اقـل وســجلت ). ایلـول،آب ، تمـوز ( الــصیف الشـهر العكـورة لقـیمntu 0.28 االبـار میـاه فـي القـیم تمیـزت) . 2 (جـدول ) اول كـانون ، ثاني تشرین ،اول تشرین ( الشتاء الشهر العكورة لقیم ntu 0.46وبمعدل وقـد الـشتاء الشـهر المعـدل ضـعف حـوالي الـصیف الشـهر العكـورة قـیم معـدل بلـغ اذ ،والـشتاء الصیف اشهر بین التغایر بسعة الدراسة قید االبـار میـاه مـن اكبـر كمیـات سـحب الـى یـؤدي ممـا یفالـص خـالل المختلفـة المجـاالت فـي المیـاه عمالاسـت لزیادة التغایر هذا سبب یعزى قلــة تــؤدي فقـد الــشتاء فـي یحــدث مــا عكـس علــى فیـه الموجــودة الطینیــة والكتـل وجدرانــه البئـر قعــر تحریــك فـي تــسبب ممـا الدراســة قیـد معظــم ترســب الـى یــؤدي ممـا اآلبــار مـن المــسحوبة المیـاه كمیــة فــي انخفـاض الــى االسـتهالك انخفــاض عـن الناتجــة المیـاه الــى الحاجـة فــي الـسبب یعـود وعمومـا ] . 21 [ ذكـره مـا مـع یتفـق وهـذا ، المیـاه ونقــاوة شـفافیة مقـدار وزیـادة البئـر قعـر فـي العالقـة والـدقائق المركبـات tota الذائبـة غیـر العالقـة المـواد مقـدار الـى العكـورة مـستویات ازدیاد l sus pe nde d solids) tss (ویـرتبط ، اراالبـ میـاه فـي ةفرالمتـوا 23 [والهائمـات الطحالـب وبعـض الـصناعیة والمخلفـات والغـرین الطـین السـیما والمعدنیـة العـضویة المـواد بوجـود یمكــن النتـائج ومـن ] . . ntu 5 وهو who من والمحدد به المسموح الحد ضمن واقعة الدراسة قید االبار لجمیع العكورة قیم ان القول to الكلیة العسرة ta l ha rdne s s: 574.38pp فكانت) 6 (رقم البئر میاه عینة في الدراسة قید اآلبار میاه عینات في الكلیة للعسرة قیمة اعلى سجلت m اما قیمـة اعلـى ان). 2 (الجـدول نتـائج واوضحت). (1 جدول ppm 465.83 وكانت) 4 (رقم البئر عینة سجلتها فقد قیمة اقل 501.6 وكانـت تمـوز شـهر فـي فـسجلت قیمـة اقـل امـا ppm 535.5 فكانـت االول انونكـ شـهر في سجلت الكلیة للعسرة ppm . النهــا المیــاه عـسرة زیــادة فــي كبیـر دور لهــا الجوفیــة المیـاه فــي والكالــسیوم والمغنیـسیوم الــصودیوم تراكیــز زیـادة ان عــسرة الدراسـة قیــد االبـار جمیـع میــاه تعـد]. 24 [ذكـره مــا مـع یتفــق وهـذا المیـاه عــسرة لزیـادة مثبتـة بیئیــة مؤشـرات تكـون ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 200pp الیتجاوز ان یجب المیاه لعسرة االقصى الحد الن متفاوتة وبنسب m 1 (الجـدولین فـي المبینـة النتـائج متابعة وعند ویتفـق عـسرة عـدت المیـاه هـذه ان االسـتنتاج یـدعم مـا وهـذا قیمهـا في ًارتفاعا سجلت للعسرة المسببة العناصر ان یتضح) 2و والكاتیونـات اآلیونـات نـسب الرتفـاع نتیجـة عـام بـشكل العـسرة ارتفـاع الـى اشـارا اللـذین] 25 [الباحثین الیه توصل ما مع ذلك الموجبـة االیونـات وقـیم الكلیـة العـسرة قـیم بـین طردیـة عالقـة وجـود 4و3 الـشكلین نتـائج اوضـحت . العراقیـة المیـاه معظم في اخــذ اوقـات بهـا تمیـزت العالقـة هــذه فـان وكـذلك الدراسـة قیـد المختلفـة االبــار میـاه فـي ) مالمغنیـسیو و والكالـسیوم الـصودیوم( ) . 5 شكل (الحالیة الدراسة اثناء في العینات naالصودیوم : تحتــوي إذ المـاء، فـي بـسهولة تـذوب المركبـات وهـذه تركیبهـا فـي الـصودیوم مركبـات التـرب الـصخورو معظـم تحـوي ]. 25 [والنبــات والحیـوان االنــسان لـصحة اساســي عنـصر وهــو الـصودیوم عنــصر علـى والجوفیــة الـسطحیة میــاهال انـواع جمیـع البئـر میـاه فـي فسجلت قیمة اقل اما لتر /غم 4.08 فكانت) 6 (رقم البئر میاه عینة في الصودیوم لتركیز قیمة اعلى سجلت فـي] 7[ذكـر لقـد،) 1 جـدول (المختلفـة االبـار بـین ًكبیـرا ًیراتغـا الـصودیوم تراكیـز تظهـر لم . لتر/غم 2,73 وكانت) 4 (رقم وعنـد لتـر/ملغـم 900 الـى لتـر/ملغـم 37.5 مـن تراوحـت الـصودیوم تراكیـز بـأن الفلوجـة مدینـة داخل اآلبار میاه على دراستهم ربمـا ) لتـر /غـم 4.2 لـىا لتـر/غـم2.73 (مـن الـصودیوم تراكیـز تقـارب ان االستنتاج یمكن الحالیة الدراسة نتائج مع المقارنة االبـار مـن للمیـاه المتواصـل السحب عن فضال فیها الموجودة المیاه كمیة وتجدد الفرات نهر مجرى من اآلبار قرب الى یعود ممــا بهـا المـسموح الحـدود مـن اكبـر كانـت التراكیـز جمیـع ان اال ]. 26[تقریــر الیـه ذهـب مـا مـع یتفـق وهـذا المـزارعین مـن المـالح الطعـم یـسبب ولكنـه رائحـة لـه ولـیس طبیعي بشكل الجوفیة المیاه في یوجد الصودیوم ان اذ ، للماء لحالما الطعم سبب المیــاه فـي الـسالبة واالیونــات الموجبـة االیونـات معظـم ان] 14 [ذكــر كمـا]. 27 [لتـر / ملغــم 200 عـن تركیـزه زاد اذا للمـاء نتــائج اوضـحت . لتـر/ملغـم 200 هـي بهـا المـسموح الحـدود وان لتـر/ملغـم 1000 الـى لتـر/ملغـم 1 مـن بتراكیـز تقـع الجوفیـة وكـان االول كـانون شـهر فـي لـه مـستوى اعلـى سـجل الدراسـة قیـد االبـار لجمیـع الـصودیوم ایـون تركیز معدل ان) 2 (الجدول میـاه فـي صودیومال من المرتفعة التراكیز جعلت . لتر /غرام 3.15 وكان تموز شهر في مستوى اقل سجل فیما لتر/غم 4.2 النــه لالنــسان الــضروریة العناصـر مــن الــصودیوم ان اذ االنـسان، صــحة فــي سـلبي تــأثیر ذا المیــاه هـذه الدراســة قیــد االبـار phys (االنـسان جــسم فـي الطبیعـي الـسوائل نظـام تـوازن علـى یحـافظ i ca l fl ui d sys te m (الجــسم حاجـة عـن فـضال الــدم ضـغط رفــع علـى وتعمــل الكلیتـین فــي تـؤثر منـه الزائــدة الكمیـة ان اال توالعــضال االعـصاب وظــائف التمـام للـصودیوم ]28 . [ :ca الكالسیوم -7 الكاربونــات هــي الرسـوبیة الــصخور فـي لــه الـشائع الــشكل وان لالنــسان ضـار غیــر المیـاه فــي الكالـسیوم آیــون وجـود إن المـذكورة الـشرب لمیـاه العراقیـة المواصـفات مـسودة فـي ورد وقـد، واالركونایـت الكالـسایت هما بلوریین شكلین على تكون التي الكالـسیوم قـیم سـجلت. لتـر/ملغـم 200 هو الشرب میاه في الكالسیوم ایونات لتركیز به المسموح االقصى الحد ان ]. 29 [في فكانــت) 6 (رقــم البئـر میــاه فـي لهــا قیمــة اعلـى وســجلت ppm 97.83 فكانـت) 4 (رقــم البئـر میــاه فــي لهـا تركیــز اقـل 130.16pp m االبـار لمیـاه الكالـسیوم تركیـز معـدل سجل فیما). 1 جدول (بها المسموح الدنیا الحدود ضمن مستویات وهي 101.67pp فكـان تمــوز شـهر فــي لـه مـستوى اقــل الدراسـة قیـد m فكــان االول تـشرین شــهر فـي لهـا مــستوى واعلـى ppm العــسرة ومــستوى الكالــسیوم السـیما الموجبــة االیونــات تراكیـز قــیم بــین عالقــة وجـود النتــائج اوضــحت). 2 جـدول (118.82 تظهــر لـم . المیــاه فـي العــسرة وجـود علــى مؤشـرا الكالـسیوم وجــود یعـد اذ ، )5و 4شــكل (الدراسـة قیــد االبـار میــاه فـي الكلیـة المغــذي هـو الفــرات نهـر ان الـى مالكالــسیو قـیم تقـارب ســبب یعـزى وقــد الدراسـة قیـد االبــار میـاه فـي تغــایرا الكالـسیوم تراكیـز ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 میــاه فـي المــستعملة الكمیـات ان عــن فـضال متــشابه الدراسـة منطقـة فــي الزراعـي النــشاط وان بالمیـاه االبــار لمنطقـة الـرئیس البـاحثون الیـه توصـل مـا مـع یتفـق وهـذا الدراسـة قیـد االبـار میـاه في الكالسیوم تراكیز تقارب الى ادى ذلك كل متقاربة االبار .العربیة مصر جمهوریة في النیل نهر من قریبة منطقة في البار دراستهم خالل ] 30[ :mg المغنسیوم االخـرى والكائنـات االنسان جسم الى بالنسبة الهمیته ًنظرا وذلك المهمة االساسیة العناصر احد بانه المغنسیوم یوصف قیمــة اعلــى ســجلت] . 31 [المیــاه فــي المغنیــسیوم وكمیــة بیــةالقل الدمویــة االوعیــة امــراض بــین عالقــة هنــاك ان وجــد اذ، لتركیـز قیمـة اقـل سـجلت حـین فـي. 56ppm.163 فكانـت الدراسـة قیـد االبـار من) 6 (رقم البئر میاه في المغنسیوم لتركیز 126,78pp فكانــت) 4 (رقـــم البئـــر میــاه فـــي المغنــسیوم m) ةقیمـــ اعلـــى ان) 2 (رقــم الجـــدول نتـــائج اظهــرت). 1 جـــدول ppm وكانـت تمـوز شـهر فـي قیمـة اقـل سـجلت حـین في. ppm144.48 وكانت االول كانون شهر في سجلت للمغنسیوم .المختلفة االشهر في االبار میاه في المغنسیوم تراكیز بین كبیر تغایر وجود یالحظ لم كما. 128.48 : co3الكربونات قیــد االبــار میــاه وفـي ] . 32 [منهــا الجوفیــة السـیما المیــاه عیــةنو تقـویم فــي المهمــة المؤشـرات أحــد الكربونــات تعـد میـاه عینـة وسـجلت. ppm 390.66فكانـت الكالـسیوم كاربونـات لتركیـز قیمة اعلى) 5 (رقم البئر میاه عینة سجلت الدراسة 217.83pp فكانــت قیمـة اقـل) 3 (رقـم البئـر m) .لتركیــز یمـةق اعلـى ان اوضـحت فقــد) 2 (الجـدول نتـائج امـا) . 1 جـدول 5ppm.252 فكانـت قیمـة اقـل امـا . ایلـول شـهر في 17ppm.374 كانت الدراسة قید االبار میاه في الكالسیوم كربونات ] 20 [لتـر/ملغـم 500 -لتـر/ملغـم 100 بـین یقـع الكالـسیوم لكربونـات بـه المسموح االقصى الحد ان . االول كانون شهر في نـسبة ان الـى الـسبب ارجـاع ویمكـن الكربونـات لتركیـز بـه المـسموح للحـد متجـاوزة غیـر الدراسـة قیـد االبـار میـاه عدت لذلك. ca. الكالـسیوم كاربونـات علــى ًاساسـا تعتمـد المیـاه فـي الكلیـة العـسرة co3 ًثــأثیرا العینـات اخـذ لمواقـع بـان] 5 [الباحـث وجــد العراقیـة المیـاه ان مـن] 33 [الیـه توصـل مـا مـع یتفـق وهـو . فیهـا الكربونـات بتركیـز یتعلـق فیمـا العینـات اخذ زمن من اكبر ًسـببا عـد الجوفیـة المیـاه فـي الكربونـات وجـود ان] 21 [ذكـر . فیهـا والهیدروكـسیالت والبیكربونـات الكربونـات بوجود تتصف تثبیـت علـى یعمـل ًواقیـا ًمحلـوال یـؤمن وهـذا البیكربونـات فـي زیـادة الـى الكربونـات نسبة زیادة تؤدي حیث المیاه هذه جودة في p لمقـدار نـسبي h h بأیونـات تزویـده اوالهمــا المـائي الوسـط فـي اساســیتین بـوظیفتین البیكربونـات تقـوم اذ المیــاه فـي + لغــرض ma الرئیـسي المـائي المحلـول نظام تكوین i n sys te m bu ffe r الكربـون اوكـسید بثنـائي تزویـده وثانیهمـا co2 فـي المهـم h آیونات تركیز ینخفض ذلك جةونتی الضوئي البناء عملیة + p قیمة وترتفع h ًوفقـا الكربونـات قیمـة في انخفاض ذلك ویرافق االتیة للمعادلة co2+h2o=h2co3=h + +hco3 : cl الكلورید آیون يفـ الكلوریـد وجـود یرجـع . والكالـسیوم والبوتاسـیوم الـصودیوم امـالح بـشكل الطبیعـة في واسع نطاق على الكلورید یتوزع ســلوك طبیعــة علــى المــاء فـي وجــوده ویــؤثر والزراعــي الـصحي الــصرف ومیــاه التلــوث والــى الملـح رواســب ذوبــان الــى المیـاه البئـر میـاه عینـة في سجلت الكلورید ایون لتركیز قیمة اعلى ان الحالیة الدراسة نتائج اظهرت] . 34 [فیه الكیمیائیة الملوثات حـین فـي) . 1 جـدول (فیهمـا الكلوریـد ایـون وجـود مـن خلـت فقـد 5و 3 البئـرین عینتـي امـا ppm 300 وكانـت) 1 (رقـم ذلـك فـي الدراسـة قیـد االبـار جمیـع لمیـاه كمعـدل ppm 330 وكانـت آب شـهر فـي الكلوریـد ایـون لتركیـز قیمة اعلى ُسجلت لتركیــز بــه المــسموح لحــدا ان ). 2 جــدول ( االول تــشرین شــهر فــي الكلوریــد الیــون وجــود االبــار میــاه تــسجل ولــم الـشهر بهــذا االمــر تعلـق قــدر للـشرب صــالحة الدراسـة قیــد االبـار جمیــع میـاه عــدت لـذا]. ppm350] 20 هــو المیـاه فــي الكلوریـد .العامل ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 :po4 الفوسفات مـع فیـةالجو المیـاه الـى الزراعیـة التربـة خـصوبة زیـادة فـي االسـتخدام شـائعة الفوسفاتیة االسمدة من كبیر جزء یتسرب tri (المركـز الفوسـفات ثالثـي الـسماد االسـمدة هـذه انـواع اهـم ومـن واالمطـار الـسقي میـاه su pe r pho s pha te (tsp mon االمونیـوم فوســفات احــادي والـسماد oa mm oni um pho s pha te (map) میــاه فــان كـذلك ، الیوریــا وفوســفات تركیبهــا فــي فوســفاتیة صــخور تحــوي لمنـاطقا بعــض ان عــن ًفــضال الفوســفات مـن مختلفــة نــسب تحــوي الــصحي الـصرف بهـا المـسموح القیمـة ان] . 3)[االبـار میـاه (الجوفیـة المیـاه فـي الفوسـفات نـسبة زیـادة الـى تـؤدي العوامل هذه وكل الجیولوجي لتركیـز قیمـة اعلـى سـجلت]. 35 [ الـشرب لمیـاه القیاسـیة المواصفات حسب ppm 0.4 االبار میاه في الفوسفات تركیز من 0.05pp وكانـت) 1 (رقـم البئـر میـاه فـي قیمـة اقـل سـجلت حـین في 0.6ppm فكانت) 6 (رقم البئر میاه في الفوسفات m 0.31pp وبمعـدل m الدراســة قیــد اآلبـار جمیــع فــي الفوسـفات تركیــز ان أي) . 1 جــدول (الدراسـة قیــد االبــار جمیـع لمیــاه نتــائج امـا. للــشرب الـصالحة المیــاه فـي الفوســفات تركیـز مــن بهـا المــسموح الحـدود ضــمن یقـع) 6(رقــم البئـر میــاه باسـتثناء 0.93pp آب شـهر فـي كـان الدراســة قیـد اآلبـار میـاه فـي للفوســفات تركیـز اعلـى ان اوضـحت فقـد) 2 (الجـدول m حــین فـي 0.003pp فكان االول كانون شهر في للفوسفات تركیز اقل كان m . 0.42 وبمعدلpp m یرجع وقد. الدراسة اشهر لجمیع مــن یرافقـه ومـا الـصیفیة المحاصــیل زراعـة فـي المنطقـة اســتغلت اذ الـصیف فـصل خـالل الواســع الزراعـي النـشاط الـى الـسبب نـسبة زیـادة ثـم ومـن الـسقي میـاه كمیـات فـي كبیـرة وزیـادة المحاصـیل هـذه تغذیـة لزیـادة االسـمدة مـن كبیـرة لكمیـات اسـتعمال اشـهر بقیـة مـن اكبـر ًتـأثیرا الـصیف الشـهر ان وجـدوا إذ] . 13 [ذكـره مـا مع یتفق وهذا . الجوفیة المیاه في الذائبة الفوسفات النباتـات بكثافـة ًكثیـرا تتـأثر الفوسـفات قـیم ان الـى] 36 [البـاحثین اشـار كمـا . الجوفیـة المیـاه فـي الفوسفات تركیز على السنة مقارنة فیها الفوسفات نسبة في یؤثر مما النباتات بقلة تمتاز فأنها جوفیة المدروسة المیاه ان وبما ، الطحالب السیما المائیة .السطحیة بالمیاه : no2,no3 والنتریت النترات-12 n-no2 او n-no3 بداللـة عنهمـا ویعبـر البیئـة في اآلخر الى احدهما تحول بسبب ًمعا والنتریت النترات درست ولكـن المختلفـة النباتـات عـن ًفـضال والمـاء التربـة فـي كبیـرة وبكمیـات واسـع قنطـا علـى موجود والنتریت . لتر/ملغم بـ وتقاس الكیمیائیــة والمخلفــات الــسائدة المنزلیـة والنفایــات والحیوانیــة النباتیـة االســمدة اســتعمال یعــد ]. 37 [النتـرات مــن اقــل بكمیـات المیـاه وفـي لتـر/ملغـم 1 عـن الیزیـد ان یجب ربالش میاه في النترات تركیز ان . بالنتریت للتلوث الرئیس المصدر الصناعیة تحولهــا مـن بـل نفـسها النتـرات مـن تـأتي ال الخطـورة الن وذلــك لتـر/ملغـم 5 عـن النباتـات وسـقي الحیوانـات لتربیـة المـستعملة اصـابات حـدوث الـى االنـسان جـسم فـي نتریـت الـى النتـرات تحـول یـسبب] . 38 [نتریـت الـى الحیـوان او االنـسان جـسم داخـل bl (المزرق الطفل ظاهرة عن فضال جینیة تحوالت او سرطانیة ue ba by ] (34 [الكثیـر نفـوق في ًسببا تكون فأنها كذلك eu الغـذائي االثـراء ظـاهرة احـداث فـي للنتـرات المهـم البیئـي الـدور عـن ناهیـك الـصغیرة الحیوانات من trop hi ca ti on التـي ppm وكانـت) (4 رقـم البئـر میـاه فـي النتریت لتركیز قیمة اعلى سجلت. المائیة والمسطحات البحیرات بعض منها تعاني خالیـة فكانـت 6و1 البئـرین میـاه امـا) 6 (رقـم البئـر میـاه فـي ppm6.678 النتـرات لتركیز قیمة اعلى بلغت حین في 0.07 یجـب مؤشـر وهـذا). 1 جدول (ppm 2.855 وكانت النترات تركیز من قیمة اقل) 2 (رقم البئر عینة وسجلت النتریت من المراجــع بعــض ولكــن ppm50 مــستوى حتــى النتــرات وجــود امكانیــة الــى القدیمــة المراجــع بعــض تــشیر أذ الیــه، االنتبـاه النتـروز مركبـات الـى تحولـه النباتیـة الصوطیة االوالي بعض الن ppm5 النترات مستوى تجاوز عدم ضرورة تؤكد الحدیثة شــهر فـي النتریــت مـن خالیــة) 2 (الجـدول نتــائج وحـسب الدراســة قیـد االبــار میـاه عــدت ] .21 [مـسرطنة تــأثیرات ذو وهـي 4.177pp فبلغت االول تشرین شهر في كانت لتركیزها قیمة اقل فان النترات اما االول كانون m قیمة اعلى كانت حین في 7.827pp وكانت االول نونكا شهر في النترات لتركیز قیمة واعلى ppm0.06 فبلغت آب شهر في النتریت لتركیز m. ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 : so4 الكبریتات آیون-13 ca الكالسیوم كبریتات او الجبس ان] 33 [ذكر so4 وجـود وان المیـاه فـي للكبریتـات الـرئیس المصدر الحدید كبریتات وكذلك المیــاه فـي ریتـاتالكب آیـون زیـادة ان] 3 [ذكـر كمـا . للمـاء ًمــرا ًطعمـا یعطـي كبیـرة بكمیـات والـصودیوم المغنیـسیوم كبریتـات لتـر/ملغـم 400 عـن الكبریتـات نـسبة زیـادة ان . التربـة في الصودیوم نسبة زیادة الى یؤدي مما الكالسیوم ترسیب على یعمل قیـد اآلبـار میـاه في للكبریتات تركیز اعلى) 2 (رقم البئر سجل لقد] . 20 [جسیمة صحیة اضرار الى یؤدي الشرب میاه في 599.5pp فكـان الدراسـة m 3 (رقـم البئـر سـجل حـین فـي (وكـان تركیـز اقـلppm 269.66) تركیـز معـدل امـا). 1 جـدول میــاه فــي الكبریتـات لتركیــز بـه المــسموح الحـد مــن اعلـى وهــو ppm 440.58فكـان الدراســة قیـد اآلبــار میـاه فــي الكبریتـات فبلــغ أب شــهر فـي كــان الدراسـة یــدق اآلبــار میـاه فــي للكبریتـات تركیــز اعلــى ان) 2 (الجـدول نتــائج اوضـحت لقــد . الـشرب ppm 485 .اآلبـار میـاه في الكبریتات من تركیز اقل فسجل تموز شهر اما)ppm396.6.( تركیـز زیـادة سـبب یعـود قـد الـسنة مـدار علـى فیهـا الكبریتـات نـسبة بارتفـاع میاهـه تتمیـز الـذي الفـرات نهـر من بالمیاه االبارتتزود هذه ان الى الكبریتات ] . 39 [الملوحة شدیدة المیاه باستثناء لتر/ملغم 1000 من اقل الجوفیة المیاه في الكبریتات تركیز یكون ما ًباغال] . 33[ :االستنتاجات المـسموح المـستویات مـن اعلـى قـیم سـجلت الدراسـة قیـد والعوامـل العناصر من% 57 من یقرب ما ان االستنتاج یمكن ال میـاه اسـتعمال خطـوره مـن الحـذر توخي االبار هذه میاه مستعملي على فأن وبذلك . البشري لالستهالك ًوعالمیا ًمحلیا بها الدراســـة هــذه تــستكمل بــأن نوصــي . للــشرب صــالحة میـــاه لعــدها الــضروریة والكیمیائیــة الفیزیائیــة المواصــفات فیهــا تتــوافر . البایلوجیة النواحي من البشري لالستعمال صالحیتها مدى لمعرفة االبار هذه لمیاه بایلوجیة بأختبارات المصادر برنــامج" 19921972 ، العـالم فـي البیئـة حالـة ، واالمـال التحـدیات ، كوكبنـا انقـاذ) "1995 (مـصطفى كمـال ، طلبـه1 . صفحة 136 : العربیة الوحدة دراسات مركز ، المتحدة االمم فــي الـسهلة غـرب مـزارع آبـار بعـض لمیـاه البكتیـري تلــوثال) "2002 (طـه الرضـا عبـد ، وسـرحان نعمـة فعـال ، ذهیـب -2 . 11-1 الصفحات : 1العدد ، 7 المجلد ، الصرفه للعلوم القادسیة مجلة ". الكوفة العامـــة الـــشركة فـــي المطروحـــة المعالجـــة العادمـــة المیـــاه صـــالحیة) "2002 (یاســـین الجلیـــل عبـــد اهللا عبـــد ، الـــداهري -3 .صفحة 137 : االنبار جامعة ، العلوم كلیة ، الحیاة علوم قسم ، دكتوراه حةاطرو". الري الغراض للفوسفات ". االول تشرین 14 في عمان ، 2009 121 رقم صحفي بیان)" 2009 (الیونسكو 4 للمیـــاه الثقیلــة المعـــادن وتركیــز الكیموفیزیاویـــة الخــصائص لتحدیـــد تحلیلیــة دراســـة) " 2004 (عیــسى علـــي ، الكرتیحــي -5 العلــوم كلیـة ، البیئــة قـسم ، ماجــستیر رسـالة" البیئیــة لالسـتخدامات مالئمتهــا ومـدى لتمنهــت الـصناعي المجمــع مـن عـادةالم . الجماهیریة ، سبها ، سبها جامعة ، والتقنیة الهندسیة منــاطق بعــض فـي الجوفیــة المیـاه تــصنیف) "2004 (حكمــت ثـروت، وحنــا حمـزه عــالء، وهیــب و رضـا محمــد، عبـود -6 .لیبیا – سبها ، 4,3 ، والتطبیقیة البحثیة للعلوم سبها جامعة مجلة" . الزراعیة لالغراض سبها بیةشع ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 اآلبـار میـاه صـالحیة) " 2011 (مـشعان عبـد محمـود، والعلـواني اكبر علي حسن ، اهللا وسعد بشیر علي بشیر ، النعمة -7 – 35 الــصفحات. 1 العـدد . 24 المجلـد والتطبیقیـة الــصرفة ومللعلـ الهیـثم ابـن مجلـة " . العــراق ، الفلوجـة مدینـة فـي للـشرب 43. ، االرض علـم قـسم ، ماجـستیر رسـالة " كبیـسة – هیـت منطقـة هیدرولوجیـة) ." 1989 (مخلـف ابراهیم خالد ، الحدیثي -8 . صفحة 204 : الموصل جامعة ، العلوم كلیة 9-apha (ame ri ca n publ i c he a l th as s oci a ti on) (1999) standard methods for examination of wa te r a nd wa s t wa te r 20 th ed . wa s hi ngto n, usa. 10th omp s on, l.a nd troe h, f.r (1979) "soi l a nd so i l fe rti l i ty" 4 th ed . tata megra w hi l l publ i s hi ng compa ny,ne w de l hi :516pa ge s وشـثاثة هیـت بـین الودیـان لرسـوبات والطینیـة الثقیلـة والمعـادن الجیوكیمیائیة) " 1990 (نصیف محمود رعد ، الخفاجي -11 . صفحة 168 : بغداد جامعة ، العلوم كلیة االرض علم قسم ، ماجستیر رسالة " العراق غرب ، والتوزیـع للنـشر المـستقبل دار ، االولـى الطبعـة " والـصحیة البیئیة الهندسة) " 1995 (الماجد عبد محمد عصام احمد -12 . االردن ، عمان المجمـــع مــن المعـــادة یةالــصناع المیــاه نوعیـــة تقیــیم). " 2006 (الطـــاهر محمــد، والمحــبس مهـــدي ابــراهیم ، الــسلمان -13 ). 2(العـــدد) 5(المجلـــد . والتطبیقیــة الـــصرفة للبحـــوث ســبها جامعـــة مجلـــة . " لیبیــا جنـــوب تمنهنـــت مدینــة فـــي الــصناعي . 54-37 : الصفحات 14abbott, d a vi d w. a nd chg, p.g.( 2011) " some si mp l e a nd helpful observations on i n o rga ni c grou nd wa te r che mi s try" 15-us epa (un i te d sta te s en vi ron me nta l p rote cti on age ncy) (2004)" drinking water sta nda rds a nd he a l th adri s ori e s offi ce of wa te r " wa s hi ngto n un i te d sta te s en vi ron me nte l ageneg wa s hi ngto n d .c. لالسـتخدامات ومالئمتهـا الكـوكجلي قریـة فـي الجوفیـة المیـاه نوعیـة دراسـة) " 2006 (علـي محمـد لمـنعما عبد ، زنكنه -16 .143-138 الصفحات) : 2 (العدد ، 11 المجلد ، الصرفة للعلوم تكریت جامعة مجلة " المختلفة 17toma ,j.j.(2008)"as tudy on wa te r qua l i ty i n ma khmu r are a , kurdistan, iraq .155-154pa ge s : )2(nu mb e r 20 vo l ume , za nco " 18 oyede l e ,k.f.(2009)"to ta l d i s s ol ved sol i ds ( td s) ma ppi ng i n groundwater . 0200-1554i ss n,)3(2, 2009, ne w yo rk sci e nce ja urna l " us i ng ge ophys i ca l methods 19i s ha ya , s. a nd ab a je ,i .b. (2009) " as s e s s me nt o f bore we l l s wa te r qaulity in gw a gwa l a da to wn o f fct" jo urna l o f ecol ogy a nd na tural environment .032.036,may 2009. 20who (2003). cui dl i ne s for dri nki ng wa te r qua l i ty. qene va .(who.sde\wsh03.04). المبطنـة االصـطناعیة البحیـرات) " 2008 (عیـسى علـي ، والكرتیحـي طـاهر محمـد ، والمحـبس مهـدي ابـراهیم الـسلمان -21 بتـاریخ للنـشر مقبـول بحـث ، یةالـصحراو الدراسـات مجلـة " المعـادة المعالجـة المیاه وتملح هدر في وتأثیرها اللیبي الجنوب في 18/5/2008. 22 cha tte rje e s.n; cha ndra g. a nd d ngl e r , t.k.(2005)phys i o chemical prop e rti e s a nd ba cte ri ol ogi ca l exa mi na ti on o f mon de sweri river of hoogly distinct west 244 -242:)2(16.appl.be nga l j 23b rtsc(2010).turbi di ty a nd to ta l s us pe nde d sol i ds . wa ter treatment engineening and re s e a rch crou p . d.&230 .de nver co gozzs uk. ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ، االولـى الطبعـة ، للكتـاب االسـكندریة مركز " البیئي والتلوث میاهال ومصادر التربة انماط) " 1996 (محمود ،حسن 24 . مصر – االسكندریة 25h a s s a n, a.h a s s a n a nd mus a , soha i r, a (1993).a modi fi e d standard for ground water fo r dri nki ng i n i ra g . 26-tcoeq (te xa s come s s i on o n en vi ron me nta l qu a l i ty) (2005) " drinking water standards go verni ng dri nki ng wa te r qua l i ty a nd re porti ng requiremants for public water systems". 27-le nti ch(2010)"http:\www .le nti ch.com\pe ri odi cl el e me nt\n a .htm . 28-hcgcdw(2011) (h e a l th ca na da ,gu i de l i ne s fo r ca na di a n dri nki ng wa te r) . http://ww w.h c-s c.gc.ca \e wh s e mt\pubs \wa te r-e a u\d oc-s upa ppui \i nde x-e .html . للطباعـة الحكمـة دار " المـاء فحوصـات ، للبیئـة العملیة الهندسة) " 1990 (سلمان محمد ، وحسن عبد سعاد ، عباوي-29 . فحةص 147 : الموصل جامعة ، والنشر 30-pourreza , j ; ni l i , n a nd ed ri s s , m .a .(1994) re l a thons hi p o f pl a rna ca l ci um a nd . poult . br. pho s pl orou s to th e she l l qu a l i ty of la yi ng he ns re ceving saline drinking water .762 -755:35, .s ci 31-ma s on , p.(1989)"ma gn e s i um i n he a l th a nd d i s e a s e " london, 173-182 . ، والتوزیــع للنــشر العربیــة الـدار االولــى الطبعــة " العربیـة للمیــاه القانونیــة الحمایـة) " 1995 (مــصطفى ســحر ، حـافظ -32 . 1995 ، العربیة مصر جمهوریة ، القاهرة دراسـة). 1995 .(حمیـد خنـساء، والعبیـدي ابـراهیم ثـائر، قاسـم ، حـسین علـي ، الـسعدي ، الزهـره عبد علي ، الالمي 33 .العراق، العراقیة الحیاة علوم لجمعیة عشر الثالث العلمي المؤتمر . العراق ، الفرات لنهر والكیمیائیة الفیزیائیة الخصائص فــي البـایلوجي للمرشـح البیئـي الـدور لتقیـیم اولیـة دراسـة) ."2003 (مـصباح عمـر ، بكـر وابـو مهـدي ابـراهیم ، الـسلمان -34 ، 6 المجلـد والدراسـات لالبحـاث الزرقـاء مجلـة لیبیـا جنـوب – سـبها مدینـة فـي المعالجـة العادمـة المیـاه استخدام اعادة حطةم . االردن الزرقاء، 195-177، 1 العدد .البیئة وتحسین حمایة دائرة . الصحة وزارة). 1998 (العراقیة البیئیة التشریعات -35 36 pe trova n.a,a nd ra s pl e ti na g.f . eff e ct of phytop l a nkton comp os i ti on on the i n .(16-9.,8.no,79. 1994,zh.bo t. phos phorus turnover i n l a ke of l a dga e cos ys te m ru s s i a n).1994 الطبعـة ، الفـاتح جامعـة منـشورات ، البیئیـة الملوثـات وفیزیـاء كیمیـاء). 1994 (عـاطف ، وعلیـان عوض ، الحاصدي -37 .لیبیا طرابلس ولىاال ، 1ط، " العملــي والتلـوث البیئـة )" 1990( احمـد حــسین ، واالعظمـي حـسین علـي ، الــسعدي ، خـضر بهـرام ، مولـود -38 . العراق ، بغداد جامعة ، للطباعة الحكمة دار . ) شكري مناع ترجمة ( سوریا ، دمشق ، االیمان دار، 1ط ، المیاه عن شئ كل) 1993.(أ ، سنغلر -39 وامل العناصر تراكیز معدالت :)1 (جدول .الدراسة قید االبار میاه في والع ca ppm na g m\ l mg ppm cac o3 ppm po4 ppm so4 ppm no2 ppm no3 ppm cl pp m العسره الكلیة ppm العكورة ntu ec mc \ cm tds ppm p h العوامل ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 رقم البئر 110. 66 3.9 139. 93 287. 5 0.05 431. 66 6.05 300 522 0.55 227 1 1064 7.40 1 108. 91 3.5 127. 13 353. 1 0.38 599. 5 0.01 2.85 160 499 0.28 215 0 784 7.21 2 109. 3 3.6 5 132. 0 217. 8 0.07 269. 66 0.02 3.60 519.8 3 0.77 235 0 1025 7.20 3 97.8 3 2.7 3 126. 78 229. 6 0.24 397. 0 0.07 4.51 70 465.8 3 0.19 234 1 853 7.44 4 112. 61 4.0 1 144. 91 390. 66 0.47 516. 16 0.02 4.53 546.8 3 0.05 209 9 1121 7.32 5 130. 16 4.0 8 163. 56 500 0.66 429. 5 6.67 170 574.3 8 0.09 217 2 1020 7.43 6 وامل العناصر تراكیز معدالت :)2(جدول .الدراسة اشهر خالل اآلبار میاه في الدراسة قید والع ca ppm na g m\ l mg ppm cac o3 ppm p o4 pp m so4 ppm no2 ppm n o3 pp m cl ppm العسره الكلیة ppm العكو رة nt u ec mc \c m tds ppm p h العوامل االشهر 101. 67 3.1 5 128. 84 301 0.8 8 396.67 0.01 5.0 9 280 501.6 1.01 1835. 5 988 7.4 4 تموز 107. 07 3.2 5 138. 98 302. 33 0.9 3 485 0.06 6.8 3 330 505.31 1.07 1855. 5 892. 83 7.2 1 آب 111. 94 3.5 1 139. 93 298. 17 0.5 1 416.17 0.02 4.4 1 60 520.0 0.85 1934. 5 1019 7.3 8 ایلول 115. 48 3.7 3 141. 45 304 0.1 2 445.82 0.03 8 4.1 7 529.3 0.6 1877. 3 953. 83 7.4 1 تشرین اول 118. 72 4.0 3 143. 97 306. 3 0.0 8 453.33 0.00 5 5.2 1 180 533.1 0.50 1913. 1 969. 50 7.1 2 تشرین ثاني 118. 82 4.2 0 144. 48 302 0.0 03 463.17 7.8 2 160 535.5 0.28 1888 972. 17 7.3 3 ول كانون ا الدراسة منطقة خارطة :)1 (شكل ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 7.34 7.2 7.45 7.41 7.19 7.33 2099 2150 2172 2271 2341 2350 7.15 7.2 7.25 7.3 7.35 7.4 7.45 7.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 اآلبار ي جین و در ھی ال س ال ا 2050 2100 2150 2200 2250 2300 2350 2400 m c /c m ة لی ـصی و الت ph ec ل الدراسة قید االبار میاه في الهیدروجیني واألس النوصیلیة بین العالقة) 2 (شك ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 522 499 519.8 465.8 546.8 574.3 3.9 3.5 3.6 2.7 4.01 4.08 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580 1 2 3 4 5 6 اآلبـار p p m ة لی لك ا ة سر لع ا 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 g m /l وم دی و ص ال العسرة الكلیـة na+ الدراسة قید اآلبار میاه في الصودیوم وتركیز الكلیة العسرة قیم بین العالقة) 3 (شكل 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 اآلبار p p m م یو سـ نی مغ ال و وم ـی س ال لك ا 500 505 510 515 520 525 530 535 540 p p m ة لی لك ا رة س لع ا mg++ ca++ ة الكلیة العسر الدراسة قید اآلبار میاه في والمغنیسیوم الكالسیوم وتراكیز الكلیة العسرة قیم بین العالقة) 4 (شكل 3.9 3.5 3.65 2.73 4.01 4.08 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 موز ت آب ایلول تشرین ١ تشرین ٢ ون ١ كان االشھر p p m م یو س نی مغ ال ، م و سی ال لك ا ، ة سر لع ا 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 g m /l م یو ود ص ال لیـة عسرة الك ال mg++ ca++ na+ ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the physiochemical properties of wells water in alboalwan region /alanbar province / iraq. a.m.al-al wani departme nt of biology,college of education-ibn al_haitham,unive rsity of baghdad received in: 20 june 2011 accepted in: 20 septe mber 2011 abstract the p hy siochemical prop erties are considered to be as imp ortant guidelines for quality of water and their use for social, agricultural and different ecological app lications. fourt een p rop erties were invest igated in this st udy , including (p h, electrical conductivity (ec), total dissolved salts(t ds), turbidity ,total hard ness(t h),sodium(na),calcium(ca),m agnesium(m g),carbonate(co3),chloride (cl),phosp hate(po4),nitrite(no2),nitrate(no3),and sulphate(so4) for the wells water at albualwan region in al anbar p rovince east of iraq . the results showed that the st udied p rop erties recorded values since were (7.3,2230.5m s\cm ,869.5p p m,0.32ntu,521.31p p m,3.6gr\l,111.5p p m,139.05pp m,296.86pp m, 116 .6p p m,0.42pp m,0,02pp m,4.7pp m and 440.5p p m) resp ectively. also the results indicated that most of the p rop erties sp ecially (ec,tds,th,na, ,m g,no2,no3, and so4 ) were higher than the accep ted values by who. so it's necessary to be aware of the p roblems which these waters may cause when used for human drinking. keyword : wells, drinking water , phy siochemical prop erties . ةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصر فة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 identify the optimal values of the geometric deformable models parameters to segment multiple objects in digital images abdulmune'm s. rahma department of computer science / university of technology israa a. alwan dept. of computer sci./college of education for pure sciences(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 5 september2012 , accepted in: 20 november2012 abstract accuracy in multiple objects segmentation using geometric deformable models sometimes is not achieved for reasons relating to a number of parameters. in this research, we will study the effect of changing the parameters values on the work of the geometric deformable model and define their efficient values, as well as finding out the relations that link these parameters with each other, by depending on different case studies including multiple objects different in spacing, colors, and illumination. for specific ranges of parameters values the segmentation results are found good, where the success of the work of geometric deformable models has been limited within certain limits to the values of these parameters. keywords multiple objects segmentation, geometric deformable models, level set method. 366 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction multiple objects segmentation in digital images is one of the important trends in scientific research because of the effect in the studies that adopt this topic, including digital images to track targets in automatic control systems for the security of buildings, where the item (the person) is tentatively selected to then identify the identity, digital images on the radar to identify objects for tracking and positioning, digital images in medical devices, and robots [1, 2]. the first phase for all these applications is limited for detecting and segmenting targets(desired objects) and the objective of this research will focus on that first common phase, where the geometric deformable models are considered. they are curves or surfaces that move within two-dimensional (2d) or three-dimensional (3d) digital images under the influence of both internal and external forces and user defined constraints [3, 4]. generally, geometric deformable models have very useful properties in segmentation process, but with respect to the multiple objects segmentation the most important one is the "topology independent". this property means, that the geometric deformable models do not require any spatial strategy to handle multiple objects, where the evolving curves naturally split and merge allowing the simultaneous detection of several objects so the number of objects to be segmented are not required to be known prior in the image. geometric deformable models are independently introduced by caselles et al. [5] and malladi et al. [6], respectively. these models are based on front evolution theory and the level set method [3, 7, 8, 9]. the geometric deformable models have two main problems. the first one is the re-initialization technique of the traditional level set methods, which is used for periodically re-initializing the level set function to a signed distance function during the evolution. it is a complex and expensive procedure as it should be repeated every iteration to avoid errors [7, 8]. fortunately, li et al [8] solved this problem by proposing a new variational formulation that forces the level set function to be close to singed distance function. the new variational formulation consists of an internal energy term that penalizes the deviation of the level set function from a signed distance function, and an external energy term that drives the motion of the zero level set toward the boundaries of the desired object. therefore completely eliminates the need of the costly re-initialization procedure. the second is the success of the segmentation process is not direct, and sometimes it fails. the reason for this, is that the geometric deformable models depend on a number of parameters and the appropriate or efficient values for these parameters are not given according to a fixed base, but by trial and error. so, in this research we will study the effect of changing the parameters values on the work of the geometric deformable model and define their efficient values, as well as finding out the relations that link these parameters with each other when using it in multiple objects segmentation . background on traditional level set methods the level set method was introduced by osher and sethian [10]. it is used in geometric deformable models representation, where, instead actually parameterizing the front s (t), represent it as the zero level set of a higher dimensional functionφ , and calculate the evolution of this function as an initial value problem. this can be modeled as [7]: )1.........(....................0=∇+ ∂ ∂ φ φ f t given φ (s, t=0). at any instant, the position of front s (t) shall be given as the zero level set of the evolving functionφ : s (t) = {(x, y) r 2 ∈ | φ (x, y, t) = 0} the speed scalar functions f depending on: • the front local curvature. ………. (2) 367 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 • the image gradient. • additional propagation terms the basic problem in traditional level set methods is, although f is a real, nonuniform function, defined only over f. the algorithm doesn't see it that way, considering f valid over the entire domain. it then updates all level sets of φ according to f, causing φ to be no longer a signed distance function where φ∇ =1. to avoid these problems, a common numerical scheme is to initialize the function φ as a signed distance function before the evolution, and then “reshape” (or “re-initialize”) the function φ to be a signed distance function periodically during the evolution [7, 8]. this would require solving: ( )φφφ ∇−= ∂ ∂ 1)(sign 0t where 0φ is the function to be re-initialized, and sign (φ ) is the sign function. unfortunately, the above equation has drawbacks. if 0φ is not smooth or 0φ is much steeper on one side of the interface than the other, the zero level set of the resulting function φ can be moved incorrectly from that of the original function. moreover, when the level set function is far away from a signed distance function, these methods may not be able to reinitialize the level set function to a signed distance function. in practice, the evolving level set function can deviate greatly from its value as signed distance in a small number of iteration steps, especially when the time step is not chosen small enough [8]. so, from the practical viewpoints, the re-initialization process can be quite complicated, expensive, and have subtle side effects. moreover, most of the level set methods are fraught with their own problems, such as when and how to re-initialize the level set function to a signed distance function. because of these shortcomings li et al [8] introduced a new variational level set formulation without re-initialization. modified geometric deformable model (mgdm) based on level set method without re-initialization the total functional energy proposed by li et al [8] is: )()()( φφµφ mepe += the left term is the penalizing function or the internal energy, where ( ) dxdyp 1 2 1 )( 2 ω −∇= ∫ φφ it is a metric to characterize how close a function φ to a signed distance function in ω ⊂ 2r . this metric will play a key role in the new variational level set formulation. µ is a parameter controlling the effect of penalizing the deviation of φ from a signed distance function, it must be µ > 0. the right term is the external energy that would drive the motion of the zero level curve of φ . the external energy can be calculated as the following: let i be an image, and g be the edge indicator function defined by 2*1 1 ig g σ∇+ = where gσ is the gaussian kernel with standard deviationσ . the external energy for a function φ (x, y) is defined as below )()()( λ,λ, φφφ ggvg avle += ………. (3) ………. (4) ………. (5) ………. (6) 368 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 where λ > 0 and ν can be positive or negative, depending on the relative position of the initial curve to the desired object external or internal respectively, the energy functional )(φgl is responsible for computing the length of the zero level curve of φ and the energy functional )(φ g a also called the weighted area term is responsible for speeding up the curve evolution. the terms )(φgl and )(φga are defined by )(φgl = dxdyδg φφ ∇∫ω )( and )(φ g a = ∫ω − dxdyhg )( φ where δ is the univariate dirac function, and h is the heaviside function. after computing the external energy, the total energy equation (4) can be rewritten as below )()()( ,, φφµφ λ vgepe += equation (9) must be minimized to find the solution. the gradient flow that minimizes it is as below t∂ ∂φ = )()(div)(λ])(div[ φδ φ φ φδ φ φ φµ gvg + ∇ ∇ + ∇ ∇ −∆ where ∆ is the laplacian operator. equation (10) is the evolution equation of the level set function. as for the proposed initialization process of the level set function, in this new formulation the level set function φ is no longer required to be initialized as a signed distance function, where it can be defined as the following: -p, ωω ∂−∈ 00),( yx 0φ (x, y) = 0 ω∂∈ 0),( yx p ω−ω 0 where ω0 is a subset in the image domain ω , and ω∂ 0 be all the points on the boundaries of ω0 [8]. the diagram of the mgdm to start the segmentation process, an initial front must put around the objects to be segmented, and then the mgdm parameters must be inputted. depending on values of these parameters, the given front will evolve and move towards the objects boundaries and then locks on them. figure (1) shows the overview diagram of the mgdm. implementation of the mgdm the mgdm depends on eight important parameters which are, the internal (penalizing) energy term parameter µ ,the scale parameter in gaussian kernel for smoothing (needed in edge indicator or stopping function) σ , the weighted length term parameter λ, the weighted area term parameter v, the smoothed dirac function parameter ε , the initial level set function definition parameter p, the time step of iteration parameter t, and the evolution iteration number parameter. for studying the effect of changing these parameters values on the work of the mgdm and finding out their efficient values, the mgdm was tested on multiple objects ………. (7) ………. (8) ………. (9) ………. (10) ………. (11) 369 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 with different cases of spacing, colors, and illumination; as clarified in the following sections. the value of ε in all experiments of this research was 1.5, so, it isn't mentioned in its tables. contiguous objects different in spaces the mgdm is applied on objects in three different cases of spacing (far from, close, and very close) to each other, as in the next sections. 1. objects far from and close to each other the mgdm is applied on image of three weights are far from each other. when giving values for the parameters as in table (1), we note that the mgdm has succeeded in segmenting these weights and did not face any difficulty, despite the large distances between them, see figure (2). when using the same parameter values shown in table (1) in segmenting weights are close to each other as in figure (3), we note the success of the mgdm, although the distance between the weights is smaller than in figure (2). 2. objects very close to each other the mgdm is applied on image of three weights which are very close to each other, and this means that there are long and narrow distances between them, and when using the same parameter values as shown in table (1), the mgdm fails miserably in the process of segmenting, even when increasing the evolution iteration number to 400, see figure (4). when trying to solve this problem by making the initial front permeates the distances between weights as in figure (5, a), to facilitate the work of the mgdm in pulling the front to the inside, also note the failure of the mgdm in spite of the value of evolution iteration number was 400, see figure (5, b, c). so, overcoming this problem is not by increasing the value of evolution iteration number or change the shape of the initial front, but to make it pull strongly and quickly into those long, narrow distances, and this is possible when giving large values toσ , t, and v. when giving large values for these parameters as in table (2), we note that the initial front pulled to the inside, but after a number of iterations gets shrink and then vanished, see figure (6). the cause of the failure of the proposed solution in figure (6) is the length of the front disproportionate with its speed of evolution, where, the length of the front was very small in relation to the speed of evolution, where λ =3 while v =9. so the proposed solution becomes successful after giving a very large value to the λ as well. in order to fit the length of the front with its speed of evolution, the value of λ must be equal to the value of v. so, after regarding the values in table (3), we note in figure (7) that the mgdm has succeeded in segmenting the weights through 250 iterations, although the long and narrow distances between them, this number is much less when we try segmenting weights by making evolution iteration number = 400 however, the mgdm failed. also, the initial front is regular (don't permeate the distances between weights). values of parameters are shown in the table (3) except evolution iteration number =200, were used in segmenting another image of objects very close to each other, also note the direct success of the mgdm and this confirms the correctness of the proposed values, see figure (8). when comparing the successful values shown in table (3) with the successful values shown in table (1), we will find the following: µ (with objects very close to each other) < µ (with objects far and close to each other) σ (with objects very close to each other) > σ (with objects far and close to each other) λ (with objects very close to each other) = λ (with objects far and close to each other) *3 v (with objects very close to each other) = v (with objects far and close to each other) *3 p (with objects very close to each other) = p (with objects far and close to each other) t (with objects very close to each other) = t (with objects far and close to each other) + (3*10) 370 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 overlapped objects different in colors the mgdm is applied on overlapped objects in two cases of colorific difference. the first case is overlapped objects with simple colorific difference. the second is overlapped objects with significant colorific difference as in the next sections. 1. overlapped objects with simple colorific difference the mgdm is applied on image of five circular objects located inside three combined circles with simple colorific difference, as in figure (9). when focusing on figure (9, a) note two things are very important in the success of the mgdm, the first is, the five circular desired objects are located in the center of the image, and this means that, they are very far from the initial front. the second is, the boundaries of the circles surrounding the five desired objects are clear, but not very strong. these two things mean, should increase the capture range of the mgdm in order to gain access to those five objects and segmenting them. this is done by giving σ large value such as 1.5, in order to smooth the undesired boundaries (combined circles) and get rid of them. as for the rest of the parameters must be of fair values, as in the table (4). figure (9, b, c) shows the success of the mgdm in segmenting those objects. values of parameters are shown in the table (4) except evolution iteration number =450, were used in segmenting another image of overlapped objects with simple colorific difference, also note the direct success of the mgdm and this confirms the correctness of the proposed values, especially σ , see figure (10). 2. overlapped objects with significant colorific difference when applying what we have in previous section, on image of objects with significant colorific difference, the mgdm fails in segmentation process, see figure (11). also, there are five circular objects located inside three combined circles with significant colorific difference. the mgdm was able to pass the boundaries of the outer circle and locked on the boundaries of the middle circle and did not access the five desired objects, despite the evolution iteration number = 600. the values of the rest parameters are shown in table (5). clear from the above, when a colorific difference between objects is significant, increasing the capture range is not enough for the success of the mgdm, where the strong boundaries of the outer circles still hamper the work of the mgdm in spite of smoothing them. so, to solve this problem, in addition to increasing the capture range of the mgdm, we should make it able to jump rapidly to overcome those strong boundaries; in other words (the front should be shrank over the strong boundaries of the outer circle only). this is done by giving so very large values for both t and v with attention to increase the value of λ (but not so very large value) to avoid the problem of the front vanishing, see figure (12). the proposed successful values for the parameters are shown in table (6). values of parameters are shown in table (6) except evolution iteration number =220, were used in segmenting another image of overlapped objects with significant colorific difference, also note the direct success of the mgdm and this confirms the correctness of the proposed values, see figure (13). when comparing the successful values shown in table (6) with the successful values shown in table (4), we will find the following: µ (with overlapped objects with significant colorific difference) < µ (with overlapped objects with simple colorific difference) σ (with overlapped objects with significant colorific difference) = σ (with overlapped objects with simple colorific difference) λ (with overlapped objects with significant colorific difference) = λ (with overlapped objects with simple colorific difference) *2 v (with overlapped objects with significant colorific difference) = v (overlapped objects with simple colorific difference) *4 371 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 p (with overlapped objects with significant colorific difference) = p (with overlapped objects with simple colorific difference) t (with overlapped objects with significant colorific difference) = t (with overlapped objects with simple colorific difference) *2 approach the objects' color with the background color with progressing in illumination the mgdm is applied on objects with a color similar to the background color in two different cases, the first case, objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent, with different degrees of illumination (high, medium, low). the second case, objects with a color similar to the background color but not quite, also with different degrees of illumination (high, medium, low), as in the following sections. 1. objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent when applying the mgdm on objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent, it is normal that the boundaries of the objects are very weak whatever the difference in the degree of illumination, and the first thing we think is to reduce the smoothing of the objects boundaries as well as slow down the speed of evolution of the front significantly, to enable the mgdm to detect the boundaries of the desired objects and locked on it instead of rush to within the boundaries of objects. this is done by givingσ , t, and v small values respectively. this is what has applied on three images of four square objects with different degrees of illumination (high, medium, and low) as depicted in figure (14), figure (15), and figure (16) respectively, where the square objects with light yellow color and the background also with light yellow color. in figure (14), we note the mgdm was able to segment the four objects, but the segmentation results were not promising, and the parameters values as in table (7). in figure (15) and figure (16) we note the mgdm failed in segmentation process, where the front rushed to within the boundaries of the objects. when trying to make the values ofσ , t, and v less than in table (7), the segmentation results become worse. 2. objects with a color similar to the background color but not quite when applying the mgdm on objects with a color similar to the background color but not quite, also with different degrees of illumination (high, medium, low), the mgdm succeeded in segmentation process, but the parametersσ , t, and v have special conditions for each degree of illumination. in figure (17), the mgdm has succeeded in segmenting three lemons with dark yellow color and background with light yellow color. because of the intensity of illumination; the boundaries of lemons are somewhat weak. as we mentioned before, the values of the σ , t, and v must be less than what can be in order to reduce the smoothing of the boundaries and slow the speed of the front evolution, so that the mgdm can detect the boundaries and lock on it. the parameters values are shown in table (8), where the values of σ and v stay as in table (7), but the value of t equals to twice of the value of t in table (7). this is because the boundaries of lemons in figure (17) are weak, but stronger than the boundaries of the square objects in figure (14), figure (15), and figure (16). so that, when the value of t is twice, the front will not rush to within the boundaries of the three lemons. but in the figure (18) and figure (19), the degrees of illumination are medium and low, respectively. this means that there are shadows in the images and this makes the work of the mgdm difficult. because the boundaries are weak, the values ofσ , t, and v should be less than what can be; and because of the presence of shadows, the value of t should be larger than what can be; so that the mgdm would be able to pass the areas of shadows, instead of suspicion and considered them the desired objects. in this case, in order the mgdm would be able to segment the lemons correctly, the value of σ and v stay small as in the case of high illumination, and the value of t would be very large as well as p. but in return the shape of 372 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the initial front must be irregular as in figure (18, a) and figure (19, a), where it is close to the boundaries of objects in the areas of shadows and far a little the boundaries of objects in areas that does not have the shadows. so that the speed of the front, which starts to pass the areas of shadows does not lead to a rush of the front to within the boundaries of objects in areas where the boundaries are weak but do not have the shadows. the parameters values of medium and low illumination experiments are shown in table (9). when comparing the successful values shown in table (9) with the successful values shown in table (8), we will find the following: µ (with medium and low illumination) < µ (with high illumination) σ (with medium and low illumination) = σ (with high illumination) λ (with medium and low illumination) = λ (with high illumination) v (with medium and low illumination) = v (with high illumination) p (with medium and low illumination) > p (with high illumination)*2 t (with medium and low illumination) > t (with high illumination)*2 discussion of experimental results of mgdm implementation when studying the tables of each case of the cases mentioned in previous sections we will find that there are parameters whose values depend on the quality of boundaries and the status or the arrangement of objects in the image. and that there are parameters whose values depend on the status of objects in the image only. also find that there are some relations linking the parameters with each other and are as follows: • values of σ depend on the quality of boundaries and the status of objects in the image. so, when the objects boundaries are strong the optimal value of σ is (1 to 1.5). when the objects boundaries are weak, the optimal value of σ is (0<σ <=0.5). if the objects status is complex the optimal value of σ is (1.5) to increase the mgdm capture range. • values of v depend on the quality of boundaries and the status of objects in the image. so, when the objects boundaries are strong, the optimal value of v is (3). when the objects boundaries are weak, the optimal value of v is (v<=3). if the objects status is complex, the optimal value of v is (9 to 12). also, because of the site of the initial front must be outside the desired objects, the values of v must be always positive. • values of t depend on the quality of boundaries and the status of objects in the image. so, when the objects boundaries are strong the optimal value of t is (50 to 60). when the objects boundaries are weak the optimal value of t is (t<=40). if the objects status is complex the optimal value of t is (90 to 100). • values of µ depend on the quality of boundaries and the status of objects in the image but indirectly, where there is an inverse relationship links µ with t. where the cases those require to be a large value of t, in turn the value of µ should be few and vice versa. so, when the objects boundaries are strong, the optimal value of µ is (0.003 to 0.004). when the objects boundaries are very weak the optimal value of µ is (0.01); this means that, µ differs from the rest parameters, where their values are large when the boundaries are strong and are few values when the boundaries are weak. if the objects status is complex, the optimal value of µ is (0.002). • values of λ depend on the status of objects in the image; being close, far, overlapped, or surrounded by other objects. if the objects status is not complex as if they are spaced from each other, the optimal value of λ is (3). if the objects status is complex as if they are overlapped with other objects or there are long and narrow distances between them, the optimal value of λ is (6 to 9) could also be argued, that the value of λ also depends on the number of objects in the image. if there are many objects in the image, the value of λ must be very large (greater than 9, such as 12), so that the front would be able to 373 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 cover the boundaries of these objects. also, there is a relationship of equality that links λ with v; where the length of the front must be equal to its speed of evolution (λ =v), otherwise, the front will shrink and then vanish. one case deviated this relationship, a case of overlapped objects with significant colorific difference where (λ =1/2v); where the front shrinking was necessary to avoid the strong boundaries of the outer circles. • values of evolution iteration no. depend on the status of objects in the image could also be argued, that it also depends on the values of the other parameters, especiallyσ , v, and t. when the values of those parameters are large, the capture range of the mgdm will be large and therefore the optimal values of evolution iteration no. must be few or fair. when the values of those parameters are few, the capture range of the mgdm will be small and therefore the optimal values of evolution iteration no. must be very large in order, the mgdm get a wide range to search for the desired objects boundaries. • as for p, its values depend on the presence of local minima in the image or not (for example, the presence of shadows). if the image is free from a local minima, the optimal value of p is (6), and the form of the initial front is regular and there is no importance whether the initial front, close or far from the desired objects. but when there is a local minima in the image, the optimal value of p must be very large, where it is (16), and the form of the initial front must be irregular, because the initial front should be close to the boundaries of desired objects in areas where there is a local minima and far from the boundaries of objects in areas that does not have a local minima. conclusions this research focused on studying the effect of changing the eight parameters values on the work of the mgdm and identifies their efficient values, as well as finding out the relations that link these parameters with each other when using it in multiple objects segmentation. it is concluded that, in each case (image) of the cases processed by the mgdm, there are parameters that have a major role in the success of the mgdm and other parameters have a minor role, but this role is different from case to case, for example, in a particular case, a number of parameters have a key role in the success of the mgdm, but in another case have a minor role. it is also concluded, that the image analyzing and understanding by the user is a basic step in determining two things: first, the major parameters and the minor parameters that affect the success of the mgdm in segmenting the current image. second, the appropriate values for these eight parameters. it is also found that the most parameters depend primarily on the quality of the boundaries, what makes the mgdm extremely dependent on the image quality that is lowly noised, fair definition of structures edges and absence of local minima. therefore, the performance of the mgdm was not promising when segmenting objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent. but the failure of the mgdm in a part of one case does not degrade its importance because there is no ideal segmentation method. also, when comparing the mgdm with the known methods used in multiple objects segmentation, we will find that it is very flexible and can adapt and exactly converge to the boundaries of desired objects (no some of the background) regardless the number of objects, the distance between each other, and overlapped or not. 374 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 references 1. srinivasan, g. n. and shobha, g. (2008) ,segmentation techniques for automatic targets detection and recognition, international journal of computers, 2(2). 2. zuva, t.; olugbara, o.; ojo, s.; and ngwira, s. (2011) ,image segmentation, available techniques, developments and open issues, canadian journal on image processing and computer vision, 2(3). 3. jayadevappa, d.; srinivas, kumar s.; and murty, ds. (2011),medical image segmentation algorithms using deformable models: a review, 28(3): 248-255. 4. lee, m. (2011) ,geometric active model for lesion segmentation on breast ultrasound images, proceedings of the ieee 11th international conference on computer and information technology (cit). 5. caselles, v.; catte, f.; coll, t.; and dibos, f. (1993),a geometric model for active contours in image processin,numer. math., 66: 1-31. 6. malladi, r.; sethian, j. a.; and vemuri, b. c. (1995) shape modeling with front propagation: a level set approach, ieee trans. patt. anal. mach. intell.,17: 158-175. 7. derraz, f.; beladgham, m.; and khelif, m. (2004) ,application of active contour models in medical image segmentation, ieee trans. on information technology: coding and computing, department of computer science, abou bekr belkaid university, tlemcen. 8. li, c.; xu, c.; gui, c.; and fox, m. d. (2005) , level set evolution without reinitialization: a new variational formulation", proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition. 9. he, l.; peng, z.; everding, b.; wang, x.; han, c. y.; weiss, k. l.; and wee, w. g. (2008) ,a comparative study of deformable contour methods on medical image segmentation, image and vision computing, 26:141-163. 10. osher, s. and sethian, j. a. (1988) " fronts propagating with curvature dependent speed: algorithms based on hamilton-jacobi formulations, j. comp. phys., 79: 12-49. table (1): parameters values of segmentation process of three weights far from and close to each other ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.003 1 3 3 6 60 200 table (2): parameters values of fail segmentation process of the three weights very close to each other ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.002 1.5 3 9 6 90 250 table (3): successful parameters values of segmentation process of three weights very close to each other. ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.002 1.5 9 9 6 90 250 table(4):parameters values of segmentation process of five circular objects located inside three combined circles with simple colorific difference. ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.004 1.5 3 3 6 50 300 375 | computers science http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/mostrecentissue.jsp?punumber=6036118 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (5) :parameters values of fail segmentation process of five circular objects located inside three combined circles with significant colorific difference ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.003 1.5 3 3 6 60 600 table (6): successful parameters values of segmentation process of five circular objects located inside three combined circles with significant colorific difference ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.002 1.5 6 12 6 100 200 table (7) parameters values of segmentation process of four square objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent with high, medium, and low illumination ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.01 0.5 3 3 6 20 150 table (8): parameters values of segmentation process of three lemons with high illumination ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.005 0.5 3 3 6 40 200 table (9): parameters values of segmentation process of three lemons with medium and low illumination ( µ ) (σ ) ( λ) ( v) ( p) ( t ) iterations no. 0.002 0.5 3 3 16 90 240 fig. (1): overview diagram of the modified geometric deformable model 376 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (a) (b) (c) fig. (2): segmenting three weights far from each other, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation results. (a) (b) (c) fig. (3): segmenting three weights close to each other, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation results. (a) (b) (c) fig. (4): segmenting three weights very close to each other, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) wrong segmentation results. (a) (b) (c) fig. (5): segmenting three weights very close to each other, (a) input image with the initial front permeates the distance between objects, (b) initial front evolution, (c) wrong segmentation results 377 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (a) (b) (c) fig. (6): segmenting three weights very close to each other, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front shrank after 120 iterations, (c) initial front vanished after 250 iterations (a) (b) (c) fig. (7): segmenting three weights very close to each other, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result. (a) (b) (c) fig. (8): segmenting three objects very close to each other, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result (a) (b) (c) fig. (9): segmenting five circular objects located inside three combined circles with simple colorific difference, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result. 378 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (a) (b) (c) fig. (10): segmenting five circular objects located inside three combined ellipses with simple colorific difference, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result. (a) (b) (c) fig. (11): fail segmentation process of five circular objects located inside three combined circles with significant colorific difference, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution after 380 iterations, (c) wrong final segmentation result after 600 iterations. (a) (b) (c) fig. (12): segmenting five circular objects located inside three combined circles with significant colorific difference, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result. 379 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (a) (b) (c) fig. (13): segmentation process of overlapped circles with significant colorific difference, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result. (a) (b) (c) fig. (14): segmentation process of four square objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent with high illumination, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result (a) (b) (c) fig. (15): segmentation process of four square objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent with medium illumination, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result (a) (b) (c) fig. (16): segmentation process of four square objects with a color similar to the background color to a large extent with low illumination, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result 380 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (a) (b) (c) fig. (17): segmentation process of three lemons with high illumination, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result (a) (b) (c) fig. (18): segmentation process of three lemons with medium illumination, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result (a) (b) (c) fig. (19): segmentation process of three lemons with low illumination, (a) input image with the initial front, (b) initial front evolution, (c) segmentation result 381 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 تحدید القیم المثالیة لمعامالت النماذج الھندسیة القابلة للتشوه لفصل العناصر المتعددة في الصور الرقمیة عبد المنعم صالح رحمة الجامعة التكنولوجیةقسم علوم الحاسبات / اسراء عبد الجبار علوان قسم علوم الحاسبات / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (أبن الھیثم) / جامعة بغداد 2012تشرین الثاني 20، قبل البحث في: 2012أیلول 5استلم البحث في: الخالصة في فصل العناصر المتعددة بأستخدام النماذج الھندسیة القابلة للتشوه ال تتحقق احیانا ألسباب تتعلق بعدد من الدقة المعامالت الخاصة باالنموذج المستخدم . في ھذا البحث درس تأثیر تغییر قیم المعامالت في عمل النماذج الھندسیة القابلة یجاد العالقات التي تربط ھذه المعامالت مع بعضھا وذلك باالعتماد على حاالت للتشوه وایجاد القیم الكفوءة لھا، كذلك ا تم العثور من قیم المعامالت واالضاءة لنطاقات معینة ,اللون ,دراسیة مختلفة تتضمن عناصر متعددة مختلفة بالمسافات د معینة لقیم تلك المعامالت.اذ حصر نجاح عمل النماذج الھندسیة القابلة للتشوه ضمن حدو، جیدة فصل نتائج على فصل العناصر المتعددة، النماذج الھندسیة القابلة للتشوه، طریقة مجموعة المستوى. : الكلمات المفتاحیة 382 | computers science abdulmune'm s. rahma department of computer science / university of technology israa a. alwan dept. of computer sci./college of education for pure sciences(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 5 september2012 , accepted in: 20 november2012 عبد المنعم صالح رحمة قسم علوم الحاسبات / الجامعة التكنولوجية اسراء عبد الجبار علوان قسم علوم الحاسبات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (أبن الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في: 5 أيلول 2012 ، قبل البحث في: 20 تشرين الثاني 2012 الخلاصة conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees اٌف١ض٠اء | 337 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 in203 يتحغظ غاصي وكاشف ضوئي نغشاء اوكغيذ االَذيوو ايُاط ياعيٍ عبذ خاِؼح تغذاد/ و١ٍح اٌرشت١ح ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح اتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ/ لغُ اٌف١ض٠اء. 2016/تًوص/11,قبم في :2016/حضيشاٌ/8اعتهى في : انخالصت اٌّحضشج تطش٠مح in2o3ذُ فٟ ٘زا اٌثحث دساعح اٌخٛاص اٌرشو١ث١ح ٚاٌثظش٠ح ٌالغش١ح اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ ( ٌّذج عاػح ٚاحذج فٟ ذٍه 100( ٚت١اْ ذأث١ش اٌرٍذ٠ٓ تذسخح )400اٌشػ اٌى١ّ١ائٟ ػٍٝ لٛاػذ صخاخ١ح عاخٕح ) ( لثً ٚتؼذ ١222ح اٌّحضشج ِرؼذدج اٌرثٍٛس ٚراخ اذداٖ عائذ )اٌخٛاص، اظٙشخ ٔرائح ح١ٛد االشؼح اٌغ١ٕ١ح ، اْ االغش ( فٟ ِذٜ االطٛاي اٌّٛخ١ح uv-visاٌثظش٠ح ٌالغش١ح اٌّحضشج تٛعاطح ) اٌرٍذ٠ٓ، ٚذُ دساعح اٌخظائض nm(300-1100) ٌٝل١اط اٌرحغغ١ح الغش١ح 80فٛخذ اْ إٌفار٠ح تؼذ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ ذضداد ا ِٓ.%in2o3 ٌغاصco . 100ه اٌىشف١ح اٌضٛئ١ح ٚخذ أٙا افضً تؼذ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ تذسخح ٚوزٌ ، اٌىشف١ح اٌضٛئ١ح. coاالغش١ح اٌشل١مح، اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ، ذحغغ١ح غاص -:انكهًاث انًفتاحيت اٌف١ض٠اء | 338 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 انًقذيت عاّ٘د ذم١ٕح االغش١ح اٌشل١مح ِغاّ٘ح وث١شج فٟ دساعح اشثاٖ اٌّٛطالخ ٚاػطد فىشج ٚاضحح ِٓ اٌؼذ٠ذ ِٓ خٛاطٙا اٌف١ض٠ائ١ح ٚاٌى١ّائ١ح اٌرٟ ذخرٍف ػٓ خٛاطٙا اٌّىٛٔح ٌٙا ٟٚ٘ فٟ حاٌرٙا اٌحد١ّح، فٕٙان ػذج ذم١ٕاخ ٌرحض١ش االغش١ح ، ٚاعرؼًّ فٟ ٘زا [4]ٚ ذشع١ة ا١ٌٍضس إٌثضٟ [3]، اٌرشر٠ز [2]شاسٞ، اٌرثخ١ش اٌح[1]اٌشل١مح ِٕٙا اٌرحًٍ اٌحشاسٞ اٌثحث طش٠مح اٌرحًٍ اٌحشاسٞ )اٌشػ اٌى١ّائٟ( ٚذّراص ٘زٖ اٌطش٠مح تمٍح اٌرىٍفح، ٠ّىٓ ذحض١ش اغش١ح ِردأغح تّغاحاخ . الواع١ذ اشثاٖ [2]وث١شج ٠ّٚىٓ ذحض١ش اغش١ح ٌّشوثاخ راخ دسخاخ أظٙاس ػا١ٌح لذ ٠ظؼة ذحض١ش٘ا تطشائك اخشٜ .[5]اٌّٛطالخ ذطث١ماخ وث١شج ِٕٙا اٌخال٠ا اٌشّغ١ح، تطاس٠اخ، دا٠ٛداخ، وٛاشف ٚ ِرحغظ ٌٍغاصاخ ٌغاِح فٟ اٌدٛ ٌٍرشاو١ض ِرحغظ اٌغاصاخ ٠ؤدٞ دٚسا وث١شا فٟ اٌىشف ػٓ ِشالثح ٚخٛد اٌغاصاخ اٌخطشج ٚا . ٠ّراص اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ تغؼح [6,7]اٌرىٍفح ٚراخ حغاع١ح ػا١ٌح فّرحغظ اٌغاص الغش١ح اشثاٖ اٌّٛطالخ ذىْٛ ل١ٍٍح اٌم١ٍٍح، ( ، لٍح اٌّماِٚح اٌىٙشتائ١ح ٚٔفار٠ح ػا١ٌح فٟ إٌّطمح اٌّشئ١ح ٚذحد اٌحّشاء، اٍ٘رٗ ٘زٖ 3.7)evفدٛج اٌطالح اٌثظش٠ح ٍذ٠ٓ فٟ ذحغغ١ح . ذٙذف دساعح ٘زا اٌثحث اٌٝ دساعح ذاث١ش اٌر[10-8]اٌظفاخ ٌٍؼًّ وّرحغظ غاصٞ ٚواشف ضٛئٟ ٚوزٌه دساعح خظائظٗ اٌىشف١ح. coاغش١ح اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ ٌغاص طشيقت انعًم 100% ٚرٚب تـ m0.2 ترشو١ض ار اعرؼٍّد ِادج وٍٛس٠ذ االٔذ٠َٛتطش٠مح اٌشػ اٌى١ّائٟ، in2o3 حضش غشاء -ًِ ِٓ اٌّاء اٌّمطش تاعرؼّاي اٌخالط اٌّغٕاط١غٟ ٌّذج عاػح ٚاحذج حغة اٌرفاػً االذٟ : ، ِضخح ٘ٛاء ِٚششح ار اْ اٌّغافح ت١ٓ اٌمٛاػذ k-typeخٙاص اٌشػ ٠رىْٛ ِٓ ١٘رش، ِضدٚج حشاسٞ ٔٛع ، ٚتّؼذي 400 ذُ سػ ِحٍٛي وٍٛس٠ذ االٔذ٠َٛ ػٍٝ لٛاػذ صخاخ١ح ِغخٕح ٌذسخح nozzle (20cm . )اٌضخاخ١ح ٚ ثا١ٔح حرٝ ذؼٛد اٌماػذج اٌضخاخ١ح اٌٝ 2ثٛأٟ ٠ؼمثٙا ِذج ذٛلف لذس٘ا 10، ذغرغشق ػ١ٍّح اٌشػ حٛاٌٟ 2ml/secسػ 350ّه اٌغشاء ٚواْ ع دسخح حشاسذٙا االط١ٍح ٚذغرّش ػ١ٍّح اٌشػ ٌؼذج ِشاخ حغة عّه اٌغشاء اٌّطٍٛب (nm) [11]ٚاػرّذخ اٌطش٠مح اٌٛص١ٔح ٌحغاب عّه اٌغشاء،ٚاٌزٞ ٠ؼطٝ تاٌّؼادٌح اٌرا١ٌح: …………………(1) -ار اْ : -:t عّه اٌغشاء -:m2 ورٍح اٌماػذج تؼذ اٌرشع١ة -:m1 ورٍح اٌماػذج لثً اٌرشع١ة -:ρ وثافح ِادج اٌغشاء -:a ِغاحح اٌغشاء -uv-vis)ذُ ل١اط اٌخٛاص اٌثظش٠ح ٌالغش١ح اٌشل١مح ِٓ خالي دساعح ط١ف إٌفار٠ح تاعرؼّاي ِط١اف ٔٛع spectrophoto meter uv-1800)ٚذُ اعرؼّاي ح١ٛد االشؼح اٌغ١ٕ١ح ٔٛع (xr-difractometer6000)shimadzٞٚتؼذ ذحض١ش اٌؼ١ٕح ٚفحظٙا ٚضؼد داخً ،الغش١ح اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ ٌّؼشفح ٔٛػ١ح اٌرشو١ة اٌثٍٛس ٌّذج عاػح واٍِح. ٌٚغشع ذظ١ٕغ ِرحغظ 100ػٍٝ دسخح annealing ovenِٓ ٔٛع فشْ حشاسٞ ،ذُ ذشع١ة الطاب ِٓ اال١َِٕٛ ػٍٝ ذٍه االغش١ح in2o3غاصٞ ٚواشف ضٛئٟ ٌالشؼح فٛق اٌثٕفغد١ح ِٓ اغش١ح الٕؼح ِظٕؼح ٌٙزا اٌغشع. ٌٚغشع حغاب ذحغظ غشاء اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ تاعرؼّاي طش٠مح اٌرثخ١ش اٌحشاسٞ ِٓ خالي 10( ِفشغح ِٓ اٌٙٛاء ٠ظً اٌضغظ داخً اٌحدشج 20*20)cmاعرؼٍّد ِٕظِٛح راخ ذظ١ٕغ ِحٍٟ اتؼاد٘ا o cٌغاص 4 mbar ح١ث ار ثثرد اٌؼ١ٕح داخً اٌحدشج ٚذُ ضخ غاص ،co ترشو١ض(6ppm) اء ِغ ٚلشاءج اٌرغ١ش فٟ ِماِٚح اٌغش ثٛاْ ٚوزٌه ل١اط اٌر١اس ِماتً اٌفٌٛر١ح فٟ حاٌح ػذَ ٚخٛد غاص ٚٚخٛد اٌغاص ٌّؼشفح ذاث١ش اٌغاص فٟ اٌغشاء. 10اٌضِٓ وً اٌظالَ ٚاالضاءج تذا٠ٛد خٙذ فٟ حاٌرٟ -ذُ ل١اعٙا ِٓ خالي ل١اط ذ١اس in2o3اِا تإٌغثح ٌٍخٛاص اٌىشف١ح ٌىاشف . ( nm 385)ٚطٛي ِٛخٟ (1mw) االشؼح فٛق اٌثٕفغد١ح راخ لذسج انُتائج وانحغاباث ِٓ خالي فحض ح١ٛد االشؼح اٌغ١ٕ١ح اظٙشخ إٌرائح اْ اغش١ح اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ راخ ذشو١ة ِرؼذد اٌرثٍٛس (polycrystaline ) ( 521( ٚ )123(، )222( ٚخٛد لُّ ح١ٛد )1، ار ٠الحع ِٓ اٌشىً )[10]ٚ٘زا ٠رفك ِغ اٌثحث ( ذرفك ِؼٙا اٌٝ حذ ِا ٚاٌدذٚي سلُ 0416-006(( astm( ٚػٕذ ِماسٔح ٘زٖ إٌرائح ِغ تطالح ) 222ٚتاالذداٖ اٌغائذ ) لثً ٚتؼذ اٌح١ٛدح ت١ٓ لُّ ( ٌّؼاِالخ ١ٍِش لثً ٚتؼذ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ، ٚػٕذ ِماسdٔ( ٠ٛضح ل١ُ اٌّغافح ت١ٓ اٌّغر٠ٛاخ اٌزس٠ح )1) اٌف١ض٠اء | 339 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 ( تؼذ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ صادخ ٠ٚؼٛد اٌغثة اٌٝ 200(، ٌىٓ شذج االذداٖ )200اٌرٍذ٠ٓ ٔالحع اْ االذداٖ اٌغائذ فٟ وال اٌحاٌر١ٓ ٘ٛ ) ُّ ص٠ادج ذثٍٛس اٌّادج ٚذم١ًٍ اٌؼ١ٛب اٌثٍٛس٠ح تّٕح رساخ اٌّادج طالح وإِح الػادج ذشذ١ة ٔفغٙا فٟ اٌشث١ىح، اِا تإٌغثح ٌٍم االخشٜ فمذ صادخ شذذٙا ا٠ضا تؼذ ػ١ٍّح اٌرٍذ٠ٓ. ٚػ١ٍٗ ٔغرٕرح اْ ػ١ٍّح اٌرٍذ٠ٓ ذؤثش فٟ اٌث١ٕح اٌثٍٛس٠ح، ٚاْ ذثٍٛس اٌغشاء .[11]٠ؤثش تشىً وث١ش فٟ اٌؼذ٠ذ ِٓ اٌظفاخ ِٚٓ ضّٕٙا فدٛج اٌطالح ٌٍّٛاد -300(nm )ضّٓ ِذٜ االطٛاي اٌّٛخ١ح ) in2o3( ط١ف إٌفار٠ح لثً ٚتؼذ ػ١ٍّح اٌرٍذ٠ٓ الغش١ح ٠2ّثً شىً ) % 80فمذ صادخ إٌفار٠ح اٌٝ 100 %، اِا تؼذ ػ١ٍّح اٌرٍذ٠ٓ تذسخح70( ، ار ٔالحع اْ ٔفار٠ح اٌغشاء لثً اٌرٍذ٠ٓ 1100 ، ٚاْ ٘زٖ اٌض٠ادج ِّٙح فٟ ذطث١ماخ ػذج ِٕٙا اٌخال٠ا اٌشّغ١ح ٚاٌىٛاشف ((nm)1100-600)ضّٓ االطٛاي اٌّٛخ١ح ٔر١دح الٔخفاع ِغرٜٛ اٌؼ١ٛب in2o3ٚاْ ٘زا اٌرحغٓ فٟ ل١ّح إٌفار٠ح ٠ؼٛد اٌٝ اٌرشو١ة اٌثٍٛسٞ ٌغشاء اٌضٛئ١ح. . [10]اٌثٍٛس٠ح ِّا ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ ذدأظ اٌرشو١ة اوثش ٚاٌزٞ تذٚسٖ ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ أخفاع أؼىاط اٌضٛء -:[4]ذُ حغاتٙا ِٓ اٌّؼادٌح اٌرا١ٌح egطالح اٌفدٛج اٌثظش٠ح ……………………(2) ٚ in2o3ٌغشاء m=1/2ذؼرّذ ػٍٝ ٔٛع االٔرماي ٚل١ّح mثاتد ٠ؼرّذ ػٍٝ اٌرشدد، c ِؼاًِ االِرظاص، αار h ( ٠ٛضح ل١ّح فدٛج اٌطالح اٌثظش٠ح ار ٌٛحع اْ ل١ّح 3اٌرشدد ، ٚاٌشىً ) ٚ ثاتد تالٔهeg ٓلثً اٌرٍذ٠ ev2.95 ٌٝاِا تؼذ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ صادخ اev 3.2 ٓٚاْ ل١ُ وً ِٓ إٌفار٠ح ٚفدٛج اٌطالح اٌثظش٠ح ذطاتك ٔر١دح اٌثاحث١١ . [2,6,10] . -:[13]( ذحغة ِٓ اٌّؼاٌح االذ١ح sذحغغ١ح االغش١ح ) | | -ار اْ : rg :ء اٌّرحغظ تٛخٛد اٌغاصاٌّماِٚح اٌىٙشتائ١ح ٌٍغشا ra :-اٌّماِٚح اٌىٙشتائ١ح ٌٍغشاء اٌّرحغظ فٟ اٌٙٛاء وذاٌح ٌٍضِٓ، ف١الحع ِٓ اٌشىً اْ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ ٠ؤثش فٟ ذحغغ١ح co( ذحغغ١ح غشاء اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ ٌغاص ٠4ث١ٓ اٌشىً ) ( ٌّادج o3ٌٝ اْ ا٠ٛٔاخ االٚوغد١ٓ ) ٔالحع ص٠ادج اٌرحغغ١ح ، ٠ٚؼٛد رٌه ا 100اٌغشاء فؼٕذ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ تذسخح (in 2o3 اٌّٛخٛدج ػٍٝ اٌغطح ػٕذ اٌحذٚد اٌحث١ث١ح عٛف ذّرض ِٓ لثً اٌغاص اٞ عٛف ٠مً ذشو١ض حاِالخ اٌشحٕح ) . co [12,14,15]اٞ ذضداد ِماِٚح اٌغشاء ِّا ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ ذم١ًٍ اٌرٛط١ٍ١ح، ٚ٘زا تذٚسٖ ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ ص٠ادج اٌرحغغ١ح ٌغاص تٛطفٙا داٌح ٌفٌٛر١ح اٌشغً اٌّغٍظ ػٍٝ طشفٟ اٌؼ١ٕح ػٕذ in 2o3اِا ػٕذ ل١اط ذ١اس اٌظالَ ٚذ١اس االضاءج ٌغشاء فٕالحع ذغ١ش االضاءج تإٌغثح ٌر١اس اٌظالَ، وّا فٟ اٌشىً 20cmدسخح حشاسج اٌغشفح، فؼٕذ شذج اضاءج ػٍٝ تؼذ (5a,b تاْ ذ١اس اٌظالَ ٚوزٌه ذ١اس اال .) ضاءج ٠ضداد خط١ا تض٠ادج اٌفٌٛر١ح اٌّغٍطح ٚ٘زا ٠ش١ش اٌٝ اٌطث١ؼح اال١ِٚح ٌىاشف اٚوغ١ذ االٔذ٠َٛ ٚذىْٛ ٘زٖ اٌض٠ادج اوثش تاٌّماسٔح تاٌض٠ادج اٌحاطٍح ٌٍىاشف غ١ش اٌٍّذْ، ار ٌٛحع اْ اػٍٝ ل١ّح ( g( ٚستح اٌر١اس )rاٌط١ف١ح ) .اِا ٌحغاب االعرداتح µa 0.2ٌٍر١اس اٌضٛئٟ ٚاٌّغدٍح ٌٍىاشف اٌٍّذْ ٟٚ٘ تحذٚد -:[16]فرغرؼًّ اٌّؼادٌر١ٓ اٌرا١ٌر١ٓ ٌحغاتّٙا -ار اْ: ip: ٚ ٟاٌر١اس اٌضٛئpin :لذسج اٌضٛء اٌغالظ ٠ّثً ذ١اس اٌظالَ iار 1.1ٚذضداد اٌٝ a/w 0.11لثً اٌرٍذ٠ٓ in2o3( ٌحغاب االعردات١ح ٚخذ اْ ل١ّرٙا ٌغشاء 4ٚتؼذ اعرؼّاي اٌّؼادٌح ) a/w تؼذ ػ١ٍّح اٌرٍذ٠ٓ، ٚ٘زٖ اٌض٠ادج ذؼضٜ اٌٝ ص٠ادج ِماِٚح اٌغشاء ِّا ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ ص٠ادج اٌرٛط١ٍ١ح ِٚٓ ثُ ص٠ادج اٌىشف١ح تإٌغثح ٌٍىاشف غ١ش 1.8(، ار وأد ل١ّرٗ 5اٌّؼادٌح ) . اِا تإٌغثح ٌشتح اٌىاشف اٌّظٕغ ذُ ا٠داد ل١ّرٗ تاعرؼّاي[14] . 100ٌٍىاشف اٌٍّذْ تذسخح 17.85اٌٍّذْ ٚ االعتُتاجاث تبين من نتائج فحوصات االشعة الشينية ان اغشية اوكسيد االنديوم الرقيقة ذات تركيب متعدد التبلور قبل وبعد عملية -1 التلدين، وان عملية التلدين ادت الى زيادة النفاذية وقيمة فجوة الطاقة البصرية . اصداخ تؼذ ػ١ٍّح اٌرٍذ٠ٓ ٚوزٌه اٌىشف١ح اٌضٛئ١ح ذحغٕد تؼذ ػ١ٍّح اٌرٍذ٠ٓ. coاعردات١ح اٌرحغظ ٌغاص -2 ٠ؼًّ وّرحغظ افضً ِٓ واشف ضٛئٟ. in2o3تّماسٔح ٔرائح اٌّرحغظ ٚاٌىاشف ٔغرٕح اْ غشاء -3 اٌف١ض٠اء | 340 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 انًصادس 1thierao sall; nafidi a.; mari, b. and others (2014) “synthesis of in2o3 thin films by spray pyrolysis from precusors with different [s]/[in] ration” j. semiconductors , 35, 6. 2kahtan abdullah,n. (2009) “optical properties of indium oxide thin films deposited by thermal evaporation” j.tikrit,. (260-265). 3tadatsugu minami; toshikazu, k. and shinzo, t. (1996)”prapartion of transparent sputtering” j. vacuum science and technology, 14, 3. 4hirokazu, i.; fredericko, o.; takahiro, k. and others(2002) “ electrical and stuctural properties of indium tin oxide films prepared by pulsed laser deposition” j. applied physics, 14, 3. 5bagherik, a. h. and abdolahzadeh ,a. z.(2012) “characterization and gassensing performance of spray pyrolysed in2o3 thin films: substrate temperture effect” j. transaction on electrical and electronic materials, 13, 3, (111115). 6 shammo, s.; adnan, a. and kadhim, h. (2015) “study of physical properties for in2o3 thin films produced by thermal oxidation as co2, h2 gas sensor” j. physical sciences research international, 3, 2, (18-25). 7shi-zhen, h. ;wei, l. and wenzhe, ch. (2009) “gas sensitivity of indium oxide” j. trans. nonferrous metals society of china, 19, (80-83). 8 mukhopadhyay, s.; gowtham, s.; pandey, r. and costales ,a. (2010) “theoretical study of small clusters of indium oxide:ino,ino2,in2o2’’ j. molecular structure: theochem, 94, (31-35). 9 forsh, e.; martyshov, m. and forsh, p. (2013) ” optical and photoelectrical features in nanocrystalline indium oxide” j. international conference microelectrnics and computer seience, (72-74). 10kerkache, l.; layadi, a.; hadjersi, f. and others (2010)“ sputtered indium tin oxide thin films deposited on glass substrate for photovoltaic application” j. icrepq ,3,1. ( "ذحغ١ٓ وفاءج واشف االشؼح فٛق 2014ٚ ح١ذس ِحّذ ػد١ً) خض١ش ، ػثذ اٌحغ١ٓ ٚ ػثذ اٌحغ١ٓ ، اشٛاق -11 . 4، 4اٌثٕفغد١ح تض٠ادج اٌحغاع١ح اٌثظش٠ح" ِدٍح ػٍَٛ رٞ لاس، ( "ذاث١ش اٌرٍذ٠ٓ ػٍٝ اٌخٛاص اٌرشو١ث١ح ٚاٌثظش٠ح 2014ٚ حذاد ، ا١ِش اتشا١ُ٘ ) ٠ٛعف ، ػٍٟ احّذ -12 -1264ب، ص )3، 55" ِدٍح اٌؼشال١ح ٌٍؼٍَٛ، co2 ٚnh3إٌا٠ٛٔح ٌغاصٞ sno2ٚاٌرحغغ١ح 1286 .) 13-manmeet, k.; namrata, j.; kamalkant, sh. and others(2008)” room –temperature h2s gas sensing at ppb level by single crystal in2o3 whiskers” j. sensors and actuators b: chemical, 133, (456-461). 14luhin ,v.; zharky ,i. and zhukowski, p. (2013)“ application of dc magnetorn sputtering for creation of gas-sensitive indium oxide thin films and their properties” j. acta physica polonica, 123, 5. 15 suchea, m.; katsarakis, n.; christoulakis ,s. and nikolopoulou, s.(2006) “low temperature indium oxide gas sensors” j. science direct, 118 اٌف١ض٠اء | 341 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 ( يبيٍ قيى انًغافت بيٍ انًغتوياث انزسيت ويعايالث ييهش1جذول ) d a˚(222) d a˚(310) d a˚(521) astm 2.6211 3.5779 1.84760 1.86291 3.4929 2.6599 لثً اٌرٍذ٠ٓ 1.85721 3.5686 2.6578 تؼذ اٌرٍذ٠ٓ (بعذ انتهذيٍ b( قبم انتهذيٍ, ) a( حيود االشعت انغيُيت نغشاء اوكغيذ االَذيوو ) 1شكم ) 100( انُفاريت نغشاء اوكغيذ االَذيوو قبم وبعذ انتهذيٍ بذسجت 2شكم ) اٌف١ض٠اء | 342 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 100( فجوة انطاقت انبصشيت نغشاء اوكغيذ االَذيوو قبم وبعذ انتهذيٍ بذسجت 3شكم ) ( بعذ انتهذيٍ. b( قبم انتهذيٍ, ) a) co( تحغغيت غشاء اوكغيذ االَذيوو نغاص 4شكم ) اٌف١ض٠اء | 343 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 .( بعذ انتهذيٍ b( قبم انتهذيٍ , ) a( تياس االضاءة وانظالو نغشاء اوكغيذ االَذيوو ) 5شكم ) اٌف١ض٠اء | 344 2016( ػاَ 3)اٌؼذد 29اٌّدٍذ ِدٍح إتٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفح ٚ اٌرطث١م١ح ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 gas sensitivity and optical detector of indium oxide films enase yasseen abed dept. of physics , college of education for pure science( ibn alhaitham). university of baghdad received in:8/june/2016,accepted in:19/juhy/2016 abstract in this research, we studied the structural and optical properties of in2o3 films which prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method on the glass substrate heated 400 . the effect of annealing temperature 100 for one hour on theses properties are studied. the result of xray diffraction showed the prepared films were polycrystalline and orientation was (222) before and after annealing, optical properties study for prepared films by using (uv-vis-nir) spectrophotometer in the wave length range (300-1100)nm, we found the transmission increases after annealing to 90%. sensitivity measurement of in2o3 films for gas (co) and optical detector showed that after annealing at temperature 100 . key words: thin films, oxide indium, gas sensitivity co, optical detector. رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص في وظیفة الخصیة للفئران ألبیض ) eو cفیتامین (تأثیر مضادات االكسدة المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ محمد ناجي طھ ،ید حمید یوسفلو*، رقیة علي سلمان جامعة بغداد، لھیثمابن اكلیة التربیة،قسم علوم الحیاة جامعة النھرین، معھد ابحاث االجنة وعالج العقم* 2010، أذار،,16استلم البحث في 2010، حزیران،30، قبل البحث في الخالصة �ة الخص�یة ف�ي الفئ�ران المعامل�ة ب�الكروم سداس�ي ف�ي وظ )كغم لكل منھما/ملغم (e 500 و c درس تأثیر فیتامین یف p 1000)( فواالتك p m ، ولوحظ أن اعطاء الكروم سداسي التكافؤ مدة اربع�ة أس�ابیع ق�د س�بب انخفاض�ا معنوی�ا) p<0.05 ( في اوزان الجسم مع عدم حدوث تغی�رات معنوی�ة ف�ي مع�دل أوزان الخص�ى، الحویص�الت المئوی�ة وغ�دة البروس�تات، فض�ال حدوث انخفاض معنوي في النسبة المئویة للنطاف الحیة مع زیادة في النسب المئوی�ة للنط�اف المیت�ة والتش�وھات النطفی�ة عن ف��ي مع��دالت االوزان اً فق�د س��بب تحس�ن cأم��ا فیت��امین . وانخف�اض مع��دل اقط�ار االنیبیب��ات المئوی��ة واع�داد خالی��ا الی�دك �ا فیت��امین .وخص��ائص النط��اف ��د اح��دث تحس��ن eام� �ة فق ��م والحویص��الت المنوی��ة والنس��ب المئوی� ا ف��ي مع��دل اوزان الجس �ة للنط�اف الحی�ة ورج�وع ،للتشوھات النطفیة والنسب المئویة للنطاف المیتة والع�دد الكل�ي للنط�اف م�ع انخف�اض النس�بة المئوی .الطبیعیةاقطار االنیبیبات المنویة واعدادخالیا الیدك والتركیب النسجي االنیبیبات المنویة الى حالتھا المقدمة -200بشكل واسع في قشرة االرض وتكون كمیاتھ قلیلة في الصخور والترب وتت�راوح تراكی�زه ب�ین crینتشر الكروم ویستعمل الكروم ف�ي الص�ناعة الدباغی�ة وص�ناعة الم�واد القاتل�ة للفطری�ات واالص�باغ ف�ي الس�یطرة عل�ى . [1]كغم/ملغم 80 الحاسم للعناصر الثقیلة في تراكمھا داخل الخالیا الذي ینعكس على شكل تغیرات وظیفیةیشمل التركیز 2]. [التآكل �ھ3]. [ وش�رب الم�اء ،وت�نفس الھ�واء المل�وث ف�ي مك�ان العم�ل ،یكون التعرض للك�روم ع�ن طری�ق تن�اول الغ�ذاء المل�وث ب ان مركب�ات الك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ اظھ�رت الدراس�ات. الكروم ف�ي ص�ناعاتھا عملوالعیش قرب االماكن التي تست ،الملوث hexavalent chromium (cr +6 �ة ( �د م�ن التع�رض لخط�ر س�رطان الرئ �ھ . ] 4 [تزی وتع�ود س�میة الك�روم ال�ى ارتباط توج�د ف�ي الجس�م انظم�ة دفاعی�ة تتمث�ل . ] 6و free radicals [ 5المباشر بمكونات الخلیة من خ�الل تك�وین الج�ذور الح�رة antبمض�ادات األكس��دة ioxidants ویع��د فیت��امین . ] 8و7 [الت��ي تح��افظ عل�ى الخلی��ة م��ن ت��أثیرات الج�ذور الح��رةc م��ن فیطل�ق عل�ى eأم�ا فیت�امین [10 ].التي تساعد على من�ع التحط�یم ال�ذي تحدث�ھ الج�ذور الح�رة 9] [مضادات األكسدة القویة ة مركب��ات ذائب��ة بال��دھون الت عل��ى ب��ات وتنقس��م ھ��ذه المرك. [11]مجموع��ة تت��ألف م��ن ثمانی�� ��نفین ھم��ا التوك��وفیرو ص tocopherols الت ف�ي من�ع eیس�اعد فیت�امین . [12]التي تمتلك الفعالیة المضادة لألكسدة tocotrienolsوالتوكوتراینیو �ة ال�دور المض�اد لألكس�دة لفیت�امین . ] [13االضرار التي تحدثھا الجذور الحرة �ة لمعرف �ة eوcصممت ھذه الدراس ف�ي وظیف .الفئران المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ الخصیة في المواد وطرائق العمل اس�ابیع وبمع��دل 8-10 بعم�رmus musculus) (ذك��راً م�ن الفئ�ران الب�یض السویس��ریة 32ف�ي ھ�ذه الدراس�ة خدماس�ت ت ظ�روف مخ. غم ) (23-25أوزان �یتھا بنش�ارة الخش�ب تح� �ت ارض �تیكیة وفرش �ة وضعت الحیوانات في اقفاص بالس تبری �اعة 12من حیث التھویة واالضاءة �ت الم�اء والعلیق�ة بش�كل ح�ر º 22-28ودرج�ة ح�رارة ، س ط�ول ad libitumم واعطی .مدة التجربة pot (من الكروم السداسي التكافؤ )غم (1ذابة احضرت الجرع ب assium dichromate (k2 cr2 o4 ف�ي ) م�ل1000 ( p 1000 (تم اعطائھا وبعد التحضیر مباشرة ، من ماء الحنفیة p m ( بوساطة القناني البالستیكیة الخاص�ة بش�رب الم�اء لك�ل �ة ع�دا مجموع�ة الس�یطرة م�ن الم��اء )م�ل 2 (ف�ي eوفیت�امین cم�ن فیت�امین )غ�م 0.25 (ث�م تم�ت اذاب�ة. مج�امیع التجرب (0.1وبحج�م )كغ�م/ملغ�م 500 (بجرع�ة eو cالفئران البیض بكل من التراكیز المحض�رة م�ن فیت�امین جرعتأذ ، المقطر �ة ) مل mبالیوم عن طریق الفم من خالل استخدام الماص�ة الدقیق icrop ipett e ة� �ة ، لض�مان اعط�اء الجرع�ة كامل م�دة اربع .اسابیع �ة (اربع مجامیع علىقسمت الحیوانات �ت ). ثمانی�ة فئ�ران لك�ل مجموع �ة االول�ى مجموع�ة الس�یطرة، ترك تمث�ل المجموع �ة ب�الكروم سداس�ي التك�افؤ. العلیقة دون معاملةلتتناول الماء و p 1000) أما المجموعة الثانیة فتمثل الفئ�ران المعامل p m) م�ع (ماء الشرب بشكل حر یومیا، اما المجموعة الثالثة فتمثل مجموعة الفئران التي تم اعطاؤھا الكروم سداسي التكافؤ رفة والتطبیقیة 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 1000p p m ( ھ جرع�ت بفیت�امین� �رب یومی�ا وف�ي الوق�ت نفس ع�ن طری�ق الف�م باس�تخدام )كغ�م/ملغ�م c ) 500مع م�اء الش p 1000( والمجموعة الرابعة تمثل مجموعة الفئران التي اعطیت الكروم سداسي التكافؤ . الماصة الدقیقة p m ( مع ماء �ة) كغ�م /ملغ�م e )500نفسھ جرعت بفیتامین الشرب بشكل حر یومیا وفي الوقت . ع�ن طری�ق الف�م باس�تخدام الماص�ة الدقیق .وتمت المعامالت مدة اربعة اسابیع تم في نھایة التجارب تعی�ین اوزان الفئ�ران بمی�زان الكترون�ي، وقتل�ت الحیوان�ات بفص�ل ال�رأس ع�ن الجس�م بالس�حب، بع�د �ة .مقلوب ) ( tالتجویف البطني بشكل حرف فُتحذلك واستؤص�لت االعض�اء المدروس�ة وھ�ي الخص�ى، الحویص�الت المنوی .وتمت ازالة النسیج الدھني العالق بھا ثم نشفت بورق ترشیح بعدھا سجلت اوزانھا باستخدام میزان حساس. والبروستات قط�رة م�ن ھ�ذا الم�زیج واخ�ذت، )م 37º (درست خصائص النطاف بعد تقطیع ذیل البربخ في المحلول الفس�یولوجي ال�دافئ �ة النط�اف �ت المجھ�ر الض�وئي لدراس�ة حرك [ووضعت على شریحة زجاجیة ثم وضع غطاء الشریحة وفحصت مباش�رة تح واخذت قطرة من المزیج بعد اضافة قطرة من صبغة االیوسین وقط�رة م�ن ص�بغة النكروس�ین لحس�اب النط�اف الحی�ة . ] 14 وتركت لتج�ف بع�د ذل�ك فحص�ت الش�ریحة باس�تخدام المجھ�ر ) الصبغة والنطف (والمیتة، وتم عمل مسحة من المزیج النھائي ، )رأس النطف�ة (النط�اف الحی�ة اعتم�ادا عل�ى ع�دم اص�طباغ الحی�ة منھ�ا بالص�بغة حس�بت ، و ( 40x )الض�وئي بق�وة تكبی�ر �ب و. واصطباغ المیتة منھا بالصبغة واس�تعملت الش�ریحة نفس�ھا لحس�اب تش�وھات النط�اف ف بتقطی�ع ذی�ل تركی�ز النط�احس ، وت�م اخ�ذ ج�زء من�ھ بوس�اطة الماص�ة الخاص�ة بحس�اب كری�ات ال�دم )م�ل 0.1( البربخ في المحلول الملح�ي الفس�لجي ال�دافئ �ذت قط�رة ووض�عت عل�ى 200:1واكمل ملئ الماصة بمحلول التخفیف الخاص بنسبة تخفی�ف 0.5 الى العالمة اءالحمر ، واخ haemacyع�داد الكری�ات الدموی��ة tometer chamberف�ي تحض��یر ] 15 [واتبع�ت طریق��ة. ، ث��م حس�بت اع��داد النط�اف �ت المق�اطع النس�جیة للخص�یة بحس��اب البع�د الط�ولي والعرض�ي ل�ـ. الش�رائح النس�یجیة وص�بغھا نبیب�اً ن�اقالً للمن��ي ) (30درس seminiferous tubule لك��ل مجموع��ة باس�تعمال الم��ایكرومیترالعینيocular micrometer لمقی��اس بع�د معایرت��ھ با stالدقیق المسرحي age micrometer ،واختیرت األنیبیبات دائریة ال�ى ح�د م�ا، ھذه األنیبیبات المنویة عشوائیاً أختیرت و ، .وتم دراسة التغیرات النسجیة التي طرأت على الخصیة في المجامیع المعاملة الت المع�امال �ت النت�ائج باالعتم�اد عل�ى المقارن�ات المتع�ددة ب�ین مع�د �ة التعش�يحلل ) (crd ت الداخل�ة ف�ي التجرب�ة تام وباس�تخدام (p<0.05) الختبار درجة معنویة النتائج وعن�د مس�توى المعنوی�ة المح�دد لالختب�ار duncanواستخدام اختبار .spss (ver,10) [ 16]البرنامج األحصائي الجاھز النتائج والمناقشة 1000p) (ادى اعطاء الكروم سداسي التكافؤ p m مدة اربعة اسابیع ال�ى ح�دوث انخف�اض معن�ويp<0.05) ( ف�ي مع�دل �ة ). 1الشكل (اوزان الحیوانات مقارنة مع مجموعة السیطرة مما یشیر الى تأثر الحیوانات بھ�ذه الم�ادة وبس�بب كونھ�ا تراكمی �ة للك�روم اما عند معامل�. فانھا تسبب اضطرابات في الجھاز الھضمي تؤدي الى اختالل الفعالیات األیضیة ة الفئ�ران المعرض �م مقارن�ة م��ع ) p<0.05( فق�د ل��وحظ زی�ادة معنوی�ة ) كغ�م/ملغ��م c )500سداس�ي التك�افؤ بفیت�امین ف�ي مع��دل اوزان الجس مجموعة الفئران المعرضة للكروم سداسي التكافؤ مع عدم رجوع االوزان الى حالتھ�ا الطبیعی�ة، وربم�ا یع�ود س�بب ذل�ك ال�ى ل�ى مواجھ�ة االض�رار الت�ي اح�دثھا الك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ الناتج�ة ع�ن تحری�ره الج�ذور الح�رة الت�ي ع cعدم ق�درة فیت�امین �ة dnaتتسبب بتلف خالیا الجسم بسبب تفاعلھا مع مركبات مھمة في الخلیة مثل الـ ، ب�الرغم م�ن الزی�ادة [5]او غشاء الخلی عل�ى تحس�ین cإذ یعم�ل فیت�امین ، للكروم سداسي التكافؤالمالحظة في معدل أوزان الجسم بالمقارنة مع المجموعة المعرضة فضالً ع�ن ذل�ك س�جلت زی�ادة . 17 ] [بوصفھ خطاً دفاعیاً ضد اصناف االوكسجین الفعالة، قابلیة الحیوانات على تناول الغذاء م سداس��ي والمعرض�ة للك�رو )كغ�م/ملغ�م e 500(ف�ي مع�دل اوزان اجس��ام الفئ�ران المعامل�ة بفیت��امین) p<0.05( معنوی�ة �ة �ة الطبیعی�ة مقارن التكافؤ مقارنة مع مجموعة الفئران المعرضة للكروم سداس�ي التك�افؤ ورج�وع اوزان الحیوان�ات ال�ى الحال كاسحاً للجذور الحرة وھذا ما یمنح�ھ القابلی�ة عل�ى حمای�ة الخالی�ا واالنس�جة الجس�میة eمع مجموعة السیطرة، إذ یعد فیتامین .] [13اسي التكافؤالمتعرضة لفعل الكروم سد ال�ى ع�دم وج�ود اخ�تالف معن�وي ف�ي مع�دل اوزان الخص�ى ف�ي الحیوان�ات المعامل�ة ب�الكروم سداس�ي ) ( 2ویش�یر الش�كل 1000p (التكافؤ p m ( وتلك المعاملة بفیت�امینc و e ة� والمعرض�ة للك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ مقارن�ة م�ع حیوان�ات مجموع غیرات الحاصلة في التركیب النسیجي للخصیة لم تك�ن بالق�در الك�افي الح�داث تغی�رات ف�ي السیطرة، وقد یعزى ذلك الى ان الت 1000p (كم�ا بین�ت الدراس��ة ان المعامل�ة ب�الكروم سداس��ي التك�افؤ. االوزان p m (ة� اس�ابیع س��ببت انخفاض�اً غی��ر م��دة اربع �زى ال�ى قی�ام ) 3الشكل(رة في معدل اوزان الحویصالت المنویة بالمقارنة مع مجموعة السیط) p>0.05 ( معنوي ، ربما یع اص�ناف االوكس��جین الفعال��ة بتحط�یم الخالی��ا الخاللی��ة المس��ؤولة ع�ن اف��راز ھرم��ون التیستوس��تیرون وب�ذلك یق��ل اف��راز ھ��ذا كم�ا اظھ�رت الدراس��ة ح�دوث زی�ادة غی�ر معنوی��ة . [18 ]الھرم�ون ال�ذي یك�ون مس�ؤوالً ع��ن وظ�ائف الحویص�لة المنوی�ة p>0.05) ( اوزان الحویص�الت المنوی�ة ف�ي الفئ�ران المعرض�ة للك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ والمعامل�ة بفیت�امین في معدلc اذ ، �ة [19 ] یعمل على وقف عمل اصناف االوكسجین الفعالة مؤدیا الى تحسن بن�اء االنس�جة ورج�وع اوزان الحویص�الت المنوی �ة عند مقا ) p<0.05 (ولوحظ وجود زیادة معنویة. الى حالتھا الطبیعیة رنة معدل اوزان الحویصالت المنویة للفئ�ران المعامل م�ن دور مھ�م ف�ي الح�د eوالمعرضة للكروم سداسي التكافؤ مع تلك المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ لم�ا لفیت�امین eبفیتامین ق معن�وي ف�ي ویش�یر الش�كل ال�ى ع�دم وج�ود ف�ر. من الضرر الذي تحدثھ الج�ذور الح�رة المس�تحدثة ب�الكروم سداس�ي التك�افؤ بالمقارنة مع eو cمعدل اوزان الحویصالت المنویة في الحیوانات المعرضة للكروم سداسي التكافؤ والمعاملة بفیتامین رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص �ة ) p>0.05 (واظھرت النتائج عدم وجود اختالف معنوي. مجموعة السیطرة الت اوزان البروس�تات ف�ي المجموع ب�ین مع�د ، وربما یعود ذلك الى عدم تأثر الخالیا الغدیةe و cالمعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ والمجامیع االخرى المعاملة بفیتامین �ت فض�الً ع�ن ان كمی�ة ھرم�ون التیستوس�تیرون المف�رزة م�ن النس�یج الخص�وي ربم�ا ك، للبروستات بالمع�امالت الم�ذكورة ان ة الدامة فعالیة البروستات على نحو كامل .) 4الشكل(كافی إذ اش�ارت الدراس��ة ال�ى ح��دوث ،اوض�حت النت�ائج الت��أثیرات الواض�حة للك��روم سداس�ي التك��افؤ ف�ي خص�ائص النط��اف �ة في النسبة المئویة للنطاف الحیة في ذیل البربخ وزیادة معنویة في النس�بة المئو) p<0.05 (انخفاض معنوي �ة للنط�ف المیت ی �ة ب�الكروم سداس�ي التك��افؤ �ة الفئ��ران المعامل �كال ( والتش�وھات النطفی�ة لمجموع اذ ان اعط�اء الك�روم سداس��ي ). 21-16األش فض��ال ع��ن تحط��م الح�امض الن��ووي الرایب��وزي منق��وص االوكس��جین ] 21و[20التك�افؤ ی��ؤدي ال��ى تحری��ر الج�ذور الح��رة dna) ( للنطفة) 5،6الشكلین (. ة تك�وین النط�اف ونض�جھا )خالیا سرتولي(ما ان الخالیا الحاضنة وب وان اعط�اء الك�روم سداس�ي ، تكون مسؤولة عن عملی �ة خالی�ا س�رتولي والخالی�ا (التكافؤ یولد اصناف االوكسجین الفعالة الت�ي تعم�ل عل�ى تحط�م الخالی�ا المبطن�ة لألنیبیب�ات المنوی �اع نس�بة التش�وھات النطفی��ة وق�د یك�ون س�بب ارت. ال�ى اعاق��ة نض�ج النط�اف ل�ذا ف�ان ذل�ك ی�ؤدي )المول�دة للنط�اف والنط�اف ف ضطرابات الحاصلة ف�ي التنظ�یم الھرم�وني لعملی�ة تك�وین النطف�ة بس�بب انخف�اض مس�توى ھرم�ون التیستوس�تیرونلالنتیجة اع�دادھا عن�د ف�ي ) (p<0.05 فیما یخص معدل تركیز النطف ف�ي الب�ربخ فق�د س�جلت النت�ائج وج�ود انخف�اض معن�وي. [21] ف�ي الحیوان�ات المعامل�ة ب�الكروم سداس�ي التك�افؤ ادى ال�ى cان اس�تخدام فیت�امین . ) 7الش�كل (مقارنتھا مع مجموعة السیطرة �ة ) p<0.05 (حدوث زیادة معنویة �ة م�ع الحیوان�ات المعرض في النسبة المئویة للنط�اف الحی�ة وحرك�ة النط�اف عن�د المقارن �ة النط��اف cإذ وج�د ان فیت�امین . التش�وھات وزی�ادة تركی�ز النط��افللك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ وتقلی��ل یعم�ل عل��ى زی�ادة حرك وص�نع االنزیم�ات الت�ي تعم�ل ، وزیادة حیویتھا ولھ تأثیر في صنع كوالجین االنسجة الرابطة الموجودة ف�ي الجھ�از التناس�لي ف�ي cال�دور ال�ذي انج�زه فیت�امین ویش�یر تحس�ن خص�ائص النط�اف ال�ى dna .[22]على حمایة النط�اف م�ن تحط�م ال�ـ والك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ ال�ى eوتشیر نتائج المجموعة المعامل�ة بفیت�امین . تثبیط الجذور الحرة المسؤولة عن تخریب النطاف �ة المعامل�ة ب�الكروم سداس�ي التك�افؤ eإذ عم�ل فیت�امین ، حدوث تحسن كبیر في خصائص النطاف عند مقارنتھا مع المجموع النسبة المئویة لحركة النطاف وانخفاض نسبة التشوھات ووصولھا الى النسبة الطبیعیة مع زیادة ف�ي مع�دل تركی�ز على زیادة �أثیرات فیت�امین ] [23وقد درس. النطاف ووصولھ الى الطبیعي ورجوع حركة النطاف الى وضعھا الطبیعي ، النطف�ة ف�ي eت كم�ا ینج�ز فیت�امین . ة وزیادة اعدادھا وتقلیل التش�وھات الحاص�لة بھ�اإذ الحظ ان ھذا الفیتامین یساعد على سرعة حركة النطف e دوراً ف�ي تقلی�ل تحط��مdna وان المس�تویات العالی��ة م�ن فیت�امین ، النطف�ةe تتراف��ق م�ع المس�تویات العالی��ة ف�ي حرك��ة ). 8الشكل (. 24]و [13النطاف 1000p (اظھرت الحیوانات المعرضة للكروم سداسي التك�افؤ p m ( نخفاض�اً معنوی�اً ا) p<0.05 ( ف�ي اقط�ار األنیبیب�ات وربم�ا ك�ان ذل�ك نتیج�ة لت�نكس وتنخ�ر الخالی�ا المول�دة للنط�ف داخ�ل . ) 9الش�كل(المنویة عند مقارنتھا مع مجموعة السیطرة �ب الم �ة م�ن ج�دار االنیبی . ] 26و25 [ن�ويھذه األنیبیبات والتاثیر الكروم سداسي التكافؤ على ترتیب الخالیا الجرثومیة القریب والمعرضة للك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ ل�وحظ وج�ود زی�ادة eوcوعند مقارنة اقطار االنیبیبات المنویة للفئران المعاملة بفیتامین �ة . عند المقارنة مع المجموعة المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ) p<0.05 (معنویة كما لوحظ رجوع اقطار االنیبیب�ات المنوی ، وربم�ا یع�ود الس�بب ال�ى eوcة عن�د المقارن�ة م�ع مجموع�ة الس�یطرة ف�ي المج�امیع المعامل�ة بفیت�امین ال�ى حالتھ�ا الطبیعی� �ب المن�وي ال�ذي س�اعد عل�ى رج�وع االقط�ار التحسن الواضح في النسیج الخصوي وانتظام عملیة تك�وین النطف�ة داخ�ل االنیبی .الى الوضع الطبیعي �ة ) p<0.05(ي التكافؤ سببت انخفاضا معنویاوبینت النتائج ان المعاملة بالكروم سداس في معدل اعداد خالیا الی�دك مقارن �ة . سبب الكروم سداسي التكافؤ فق�دان قس�م م�ن االنس�جة ف�ي الخص�یة أذا،10 ) الشكل(مع مجموعة السیطرة بینم�ا ادت معامل ف�ي مع��دل اع��داد خالی��ا الی��دك ) p<0.05 (ال��ى زی��ادة معنوی��ة eوcالفئ�ران المعرض��ة للك��روم سداس��ي التك�افؤ بفیت��امین �ة للك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ ال�ى ع�ودة مع�دل اع�داد eوcوق�د ادت المعامل�ة بفیت�امین . بالمقارنة مع مجموعة الفئ�ران المعرض .خالیا الیدك الى الوضع الطبیعي عند المقارنة مع مجموعة السیطرة یة وكذلك وجود فج�وات ف�ي ھ�ذه االنس�جة وربم�ا یع�ود عند فحص المقاطع النسیجیة اوضحت النتائج حصول تغیرات تنكس �ة كم�ا ل�وحظ ]. 25 [السبب ال�ى تجم�ع الس�وائل داخ�ل النس�یج الخالل�ي للخص�یة س�بب زی�ادة المس�افات ب�ین االنیبیب�ات المنوی �ب المن�وي، وذل�ك س�بب تح�رر الج�ذور الح�رة حدوث تلف في الخالیا المكونة للنطاف وقلة اعداد النطاف داخل تجویف االنیبی وج�ود تنخ�ر بس�یط ف�ي الخالی�ا المول�دة للنط�اف ف�ي cویالحظ في الفئران المعرضة للكروم سداسي التكافؤ وفیت�امین . السامة الكبر من االنیبیبات المنویة ووجود اعداد قلیلة من االنیبیبات المنویة كامل�ة النم�و ومحتوی�ة عل�ى النط�اف وق�د ل�وحظ . القسم ا . eغر حجمھا مقارنة مع مجموعة الفئ�ران المعرض�ة للك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ والمعامل�ة بفیت�امین قلة اعداد خالیا الیدك وص من�ع ال�تحطم التأكس�دي، وتؤك�د الدراس�ات ان م�ن ث�م دوراً مھما ف�ي تقلی�ل التغی�رات التنكس�یة و cان لفیتامین ] [27وقد اكد ام�ا dna .[ 22 ]حافظ�ة عل�ى النط�اف م�ن تحط�م الیعمل على المحافظة على تماس�ك النس�یج ول�ھ دور ف�ي الم cفیتامین فق�د اوض�حت ان والمعرض�ة للك�روم سداس�ي التك�افؤ e التغیرات النسیجیة المالحظة في مجموعة الفئ�ران المعامل�ة بفیت�امین �ات تح�وي عل�ى خالی�ا الغالبیة العظمى من االنیبیبات المنویة قریبة للطبیعي مع تكون الخالیا المول�دة للنط�ف وغالبی�ة االنیبیب كم�ا ان ل�ھ دور مھ�م . [28]دورا مضادا لالكسدة یعمل عل�ى ك�بح الج�ذور الح�رة eاذ ان لفیتامین .ارومات النطاف والنطاف .[29]في المحافظة على حیویة ارومات النطاف رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص المصادر 1who(world health organization) (1996).chromium guidelines for drinkin g-water quality . hcsi, geneva, 2:206-215. 2-w.f.e.(wikip edia free encyclop edia)(2004).chromium. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chromiu m: 1-5. 3tgma (task group m etal accumulation) (1973). accumulation of toxic metal with sp ecial reference to t heir absorp tion, excretion and b iolo gical half time. environ. 107. -65:3physiol. biochem, 4 lenntech (2006). chromiu m-cr, chemical p rop erties of chromium-health effects of chromiumenvironmental effects of chromium. http ://www.lenntech.com//periodic-chartelements-cr-en.htm. 5niehs, k. a. (2004). planned national toxicolo gy p rogram st udies on hexavalent chromium e-mail: abdok@niehs.nih.gov. 6-acharya, u.r.; m ishra, m .; m ishra, i. and tripathy , r.r(2006). testicular dy sfunction and antioxidative defence sy st em of swiss mice after chromic acid 91.(abstract). -): 8722(1exp osure. reprod. toxicol., 7felix, t.; m adison, r.; m cdowell, l. r. and wilkinson, n (2007). vitamins and minerals functionin g as antio xidants with supp lementation . considertations 18-www.milkp roduction.com:1 8-turner, t.t. and ly siak, j.j. (2008). oxidative st ress: a common factor in test icular 498. -): 48829(5dy sfunction. am. soci. androl., 9feri, b. (1991). ascorbic acid p rotects lip id in human p lasma and low-density 1118.-1113:5 nut r.lip op rotein against oxidative d amage. am. j. clin. 10hathcock, j. n. (2004). vitamin and mineral safety . 2 nd (ed.),council for resp onsible nut rition, washington. 52. 11traber,m . g.and packer, l. (1995).vitamin e: bey ond antioxidant function. am. j. 1509. -:150162clin. nut r., 12flohe, r.b. and traber, m .g. (1999). vitamin e: function and metabolism. faseb j., 1155.(abstract). -):114513(10 13wen, j. c. (2006). t he role of vitamin e in the treatment of male infertility . ): 6p. 11(1nut rition bytes, ���ام -14 ���عدي، عج ���ماعیل ك����اظم الس ���یم، اس ���ریم والحك ��د الك ���ال ، حس���ین عب�� ��ى كم ��ل . (1989)مرتض�� فس���لجة التناس�� . وزارة التعلیم العالي والبحث العلمي؛ جامعة بغداد. الطبعة الثانیة، والتلقیح االصطناعي 15bancroft, j. and stevens, a. (1982). theory and p ractice of hist ological techniqu e. 2 nd [ed.] churchill liv ingst on, london. دار الش�روق .spssالتحلی�ل االحص�ائي باس�تخدام البرن�امج . (1998)محم�د ش�ایب ، ص�الح ارش�ید وس�امر، العقیلي -16 .صفحة 420. االردن -عمان، للنشر واالعالن 17frei, b. (1999). on the role of vitamin c and other antioxidants in atherogenesis and 204. -:196222vascular dysfunction. p.s.e.b.m ., 18nishimura,k.,m atsumiya, k., tsujimura, a., koga, m ., kitamura, m . and okuy ama, a. (2001). association of selenop rotein p with testost erone p roduction in cultured 76. -:6747ley dig cells. arch. androl., 19ferrari, c.k.b.(2000).free radicals,l ipid peroxidation and antio xidants in ap op tosis: -:58155lications in cancer, card iovascular and neurological dise ase. biol., bratislava, imp 590. 435. -:41712up date, um. reprod. oliva, r. (2006). prot amines and male infertility . h -20 21zalata, a. a.; ahmed, a. h.; allamanen i, s. s.; comhair, f. h. and agarwal, a.(2004). re lationship between acrosin activity of human sp ermatozoa and 318. -:3136oxidative stress. asian. j. androl., 22ciereszko, a. and dabrrowski, k. (2000). effect of ascorbic acid 8.-:18on rainbow t rout sp erm viability . aquaculture int., in vitrosupp lement رفة والتطبیقیة 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 23 m ishra, m . and achary a, u. r. (2004). protective action of vitamins on the -(2) :17318treated swiss mice. j. t race elements m edicine biol., -sp ermatogenesis in lead 178. (abstract). 24eskenazi, b.; kidd, s.a.; m arks, a.r.; sloter, e.; b lock, g. and wyrobek, a.j. (2005). antioxidant intake is associated with semen quality in healthy men. 1012. -:100620(4)hum. reprod., 25li, h.; chen, q.; li, s. ; yao, w.; li, l.; sh i, x.; wang, l.; castranova, v.; vally athan, v.; ernst , e. and chen, c. (2002). eff ect of cr[vi] exp osure on 70. -):26946(2., sp erm quality : human and animal st udies. ann. occup. hy g 26aruldhas, m . m.; subramanian, s.; sekar, p.; vengatesh, g.; chandrahasan, g.; govindar ajulu, p. and akbasha, m . a. (2005). chronic chromiu m exp osure-induced chan ges in test icular h istoarchitecture are associated with oxidative st ress: 2813. -:280120(10)geoffroy ). hum. reprod., macaca radiatehuman p rimate ( -study in anon 27ishihara,m ., itoh, m., m iy amato, k., suna, s., takeuchi, y., takenaka, i. and jitsunari, f. (2000). spermatogenic d isturbance induced by di-(2ethy lhexy l) phthalate is significantly p revented by treatment with antioxidant vitamins in the 94. -8523:rat. int . j. androl., 28kelso, k. a., cerolini, s., nobl e, r. c., sp arks, n. h. c. and sp eake, b. k. (1996). lip id and antioxidant chan ges in semen of broiler fowl from 25 to 60 weeks of a ge. j. 206. -:201106reprod. fert., 29bensoussan, k.; m orales, c.r. and hermo, l. (1998).vitamin e deficiency causes incomplete sp ermatogenesis and effects t he structural differentiation of epithelial cells of the 288. -:26619(3)the rat. j. androl., epididy mi in غم500( eوفیتامین ) غمك/ملغم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 1(الشكل غم/مل في معدل اوزان )ك م سداسي التكافؤ الفئران بعد التجریع 1000pp(بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى .قارناتالم بین )0.005> كل غم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 2(الش غم/مل غم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) ك في معدل أوزان الخصى )ك تكافؤ في الفئران م سداسي ال 1000pp(المعاملة بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(على مستوى الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة المقارنات) 0.005> .بین رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص كل غم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 3(الش غم/مل غم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) ك ویةفي معدل أوزان ا )ك لحویصالت المن تكافؤ في الفئران م سداسي ال 1000pp(المعاملة بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى المقارنات) 0.005> .بین كل غم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 4(الش غم/مل غم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) ك البروستات فيفي معدل أوزان )ك تكافؤالفئران م سداسي ال 1000pp( المعاملة بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى المقارنات) 0.005> .بین كل غم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 5(الش غم/مل غم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) ك النسبة المئویة للنطف الحیة فيفي )ك لمعاملالفئران تكافؤ ا م سداسي ال 1000pp(ة بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى المقارنات) 0.005> .بین 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد كل غم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 6(الش غم/مل غم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) ك وھةفي )ك النسبة المئویة للنطف المش تكافؤ في الفئران م سداسي ال 1000pp(المعاملة بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى .لمقارناتبین ا) 0.005> كل غم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 7(الش غم/مل غم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) ك في معدل تركیز النطف في الفئران )ك تكافؤ م سداسي ال 1000pp(المعاملة بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى .المقارنات بین) 0.005> كل غم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 8(الش غم/مل غم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) ك في النسبة المئویة لحركة النطف في )ك م سداسي التكافؤ الفئران 1000pp(المعاملة بالكرو m(. المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل .بین المقارنات) p<0.005(معنویة على مستوى الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص في اقطار األنیبیبات المئویة للفئران )كغم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) كغم/ملغم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ): 9(الشكل .)1000ppm(التكافؤ المعاملة بالكروم سداسي المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى المقارنات) 0.005> .بین ك في الفئران )كغم/ملغم500( eوفیتامین ) كغم/ملغم500( cتأثیر فیتامین ) 10(الشكل في اعداد خالیا الید .)1000ppm(سداسي التكافؤ المعاملة بالكروم المعدالت .الخطأ القیاسي± األعمدة تمثل p(الحروف المختلفة تعني وجود فروق معنویة على مستوى المقارنات) 0.005> .بین لخصیة فأر من مجموعة السیطرة یظھر فیھ األنیبیبات المنویة في الحالة مقطع مستعرض ):11(الشكل .الطبیعیة . 100x: آیوسین، قوة التكبیر -صبغة الھیماتوكسلین رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص مدة )(1000ppmلخصیة فأر من المجموعة المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ مقطع مستعرض ):12(الشكل :اربعة اسابیع یظھر فیھ aجوات بین األنیبیبات المنویةاتساع الف. b لة أعداد خالیا الیدك .ق مدة )(1000ppmلخصیة فأر من المجموعة المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ مقطع مستعرض ):13(الشكل :اربعة اسابیع یظھر فیھ aالمنویة لظھاریة القاعدي عن ا الغشاء .انفصال bالمنویة .تنخر االنیبیبات cداد خالیا ال .یدكقلة اع . 400x: آیوسین، قوة التكبیر -صبغة الھیماتوكسلین و )(1000ppmلخصیة فأر من المجموعة المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ مقطع مستعرض )14(الشكل ع نسبي للنسیج الخصوي الى الحالة )كغم/ملغمc )500فیتامین مدة اربعة اسابیع یظھر فیھ رجو )←. (تنخر قلیل جدا في بعض األنیبیبات المنویة الطبیعیة مع وجود . 100x: آیوسین، قوة التكبیر -صبغة الھیماتوكسلین رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص و )(1000ppmفؤ لخصیة فأر من المجموعة المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكا مقطع مستعرض )15(الشكل مدة اربعة اسابیع یظھر فیھ رجوع النسیج الخصوي الى الحالة )كغم/ملغمe )500فیتامین .الطبیعیة مع تكاثر وتزاید الخالیا المولدة للنطف . 100x: آیوسین، قوة التكبیر -صبغة الھیماتوكسلین .ة السیطرة نطفتان طبیعیتان من مجموع )16(الشكل . 400x: نكروسین ، قوة التكبیر -صبغة األیوسین نطفة فأر من مجموعة النطف المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ توضح الرأس )17(الشكل .غیر الطبیعي المكسور والذیل . 400x :نكروسین ، قوة التكبیر -صبغة األیوسین عدم نطفة فأر من مجموعة النطف المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ توضح )18(الشكل .اكتمال نمو الذیل . 400x: نكروسین ، قوة التكبیر -صبغة األیوسین رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص ذیال مكسورا نطفة فأر من مجموعة النطف المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ توضح )19(شكللا .طبیعيورأسا غیر . 400x: نكروسین ، قوة التكبیر -صبغة األیوسین .رأسا مشوھا نطفة فأر من مجموعة النطف المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ توضح )20(الشكل . 400x: نكروسین ، قوة التكبیر -صبغة األیوسین .ذیال ملتویا نطفة فأر من مجموعة النطف المعاملة بالكروم سداسي التكافؤ توضح )21(الشكل . 400x: نكروسین ، قوة التكبیر -صبغة األیوسین ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 effect of antioxidants (vitamin c and e) on function of testes in albino mice treated with hexavalent chromium r. a. salman , *w. h. yousif , m. n. taha de partment of biology, college of education ibal-haitham , unive rsityof baghdad *institute of embryo re search and i nfe rtility treatment, unive rsity of alnahrain recei ved in ,16,march,2010 accepted in , 30, june , 2010 abstract effect of antioxidants (vitamins c and e) (500mg/kg) was studied on function of testes in albino mice treated with hexavalent chromium (1000p p m). the results showed that exp osure to hexavalent chromium caused a significant decrease in body weights, without changes in weight of testes, seminal vesicles and p rost ate. a significant decrease was observed in the p ercentage of dead sp erms, sp erms abnormalities, diameter of seminiferous tubules and the number of ley dig cells. degenerative changes and necrosis were observed in the lumen of seminiferous tubules. treatment of hexavalent chromium-exp osed mice with vitamin c caused imp rovement in weights and characters of sp erms and imp rovement of the tissue of seminiferous tubules. treatment with vitamin e to animals exp osed to hexavalent chromium showed imp rovements in body weights, seminal vesicles weight, the p ercentages of sp erm abnormalities dead sp erms and the total sp erms number. an increase was demonst rated in the p ercentage of live sp erms, and the diameter of the seminiferous tubules and leydig cells . the hist ological st ructure of the seminiferous tubules returned to the normal st ate. microsoft word 158-166   158 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       applying shrinkage estimation technique of p(y<max x1, x2,…, xk) in case of generalized exponential distribution abstract this paper concerned with estimation reliability (𝑅 for k components parallel system of the stress-strength model with non-identical components which is subjected to a common stress, when the stress and strength follow the generalized exponential distribution (ged) with unknown shape parameter α and the known scale parameter θ (θ=1) to be common. different shrinkage estimation methods will be considered to estimate 𝑅 depending on maximum likelihood estimator and prior estimates based on simulation using mean squared error (mse) criteria. the study approved that the shrinkage estimation using shrinkage weight function was the best. keywords: generalized exponential distribution (ged), stress–strength (s-s) models, maximum likelihood estimator (mle), shrinkage estimator (sh) and mean squares error (mse). 1introduction at a specific time, the reliability is defined as a probability that the intended functions under specified operational conditions and environments the item will be performed. the reliability function is a function of the lifetime which is monotonically decreasing function; it is a quantitative measure of the quality of the item. the item will eventually cease to perform its intended function if the service life of the item is allowed to proceed unlimitedly. the reliability over time exhibit decreasing in all mechanical systems and their materials degrade as they age because their components are not ideal [1]. the widest approach is the well-known application of reliability estimation is the model of stress–strength. this model is used in many applications of system collapse and engineering such as strength failure and physics. some systems of engineering, which may have more than one component there may fail together or separately. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mohammad khairallah yaseen adel abdulkadhim hussein abbas najim salman doi: 10.30526/33.3.2480 department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad department of studies and planning university of baghdad, article history: received 7 september 2019, accepted 4 december 2019, published in july 2020. adilabed57@gmail.com  department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad   159 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 in the statistical approach, the model of stress-strength, most of the considerations depend on the assumption that the component strengths are independently and identically distributed (iid). the assumption of the components of a system are of the different structure identical strength distributions may not be quite realistic" in many practical situations [2,3]. the issue of finding the reliability in a model of stress-strength has been discussed extensively in the literature when x and y have some specified distribution. here are a few references to contributions towards these models "hangal in 1996 obtained the estimation of system reliability with k components either series or parallel of a stress-strength model" [4]. he assumed that the kth components strength and the common stress were independent and they follow the exponential distribution with two parameters. ali h.m. in 2013 estimated the reliability of the stress-strength system with non-identical parallel component subject to a common stress using lomax distribution [5]. sezer and kinaci in 2013 estimated the stress-strength parameter (r) for a parallel system with two components based on masked data by using exponential distribution; [6]. in 2014, karam and ali considered estimation of system reliability for two components parallel stress-strength system model with non-identical parallel component which was subjected to common stress using lomax distribution [7]. recently, karam in 2016 studied the reliability function for a component which had two components parallel which was subjected to common stress via gompertz distribution [8]. "the two-parameters generalized exponential distribution (ged) has been introduced and studied quite extensively by gupta & kundu (1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004), raqab (2002), raqab and ahsanullah (2001), zheng (2002) and kundu, gupta and manglick (2004). the two-parameter ged was an alternative to the well-known two-parameter gamma, twoparameter weibull" [9]. the estimation of reliability in the statistical literature is a very common problem. the aim of this paper is to make comparisons between different proposal shrinkage estimator for the reliability (𝑅 of k parallel components system in stress-strength model (rk=p(y<max. x1,x2,…xk)) when they are follows the generalized exponential distribution (ged). the probability density function for a r. v. x follows the generalized exponential distribution (ged) is [9]. 𝑓 𝑥; α, θ 𝑒 1 𝑒 , x>0, α,θ >0 whereas α refer to shape parameter and θ refer to scale parameter and the c.d.f. is: 𝐹 𝑥; α, θ 1 𝑒 in this work, we employee the case when θ will be known (θ 1), this implies to: 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛼 𝛼𝑒 1 𝑒 x>0, α>0 (1) and the cumulative distribution function will be: f x; 𝛼 1 𝑒 x>0, α>0 (2) assume x1,x2,…xk arises strength have (ged) the distribution in (1) with parameter 𝛼 , i=1,2,…k all the components are subjected to the stress y that has the same distribution with parameter 𝛼 , and assumes to be independent and not identical. now, the reliability of the reliability k component parallel system of the stress-strength model is defined as below[6]. rk=p(y<max x1,x2,…xk) suppose z=max(x1,x2,…xk)   160 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 r 𝐹 𝑦 𝑓 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 fz(z)=p(z<z) =p(x1<z)p(x2 <z)…p(xk <z) = 1 𝑒 1 𝑒 … 1 𝑒 = 1 𝑒 ∑ 𝐹 𝑦 =11 𝑒 ∑ r 1 1 𝑒 ∑ 𝛼 𝑒 1 𝑒 dy r ∑ ∑ (3) 2. estimation methods of rk: 2-1 maximum likelihood estimator (mle): let k be a component of a system is put on the life–testing experiment. suppose 𝑥 , 𝑥 ,…, 𝑥 , 𝑥 , 𝑥 ,…,𝑥 ,…, 𝑥 , 𝑥 ,…,𝑥 , and 𝑦 ; t=1,2,…,m. then the likelihood function of the mentioned system will be[7]. 𝑙 l 𝛼 , 1; 𝑥 , 𝑦 ∏ ∏ 𝑓 𝑥 ∏ 𝑔 𝑦 = ∏ 𝛼 ∏ ∏ 𝑒 ∑ ∑ ∏ ∏ 1 𝑒 𝛼 ∏ 𝑒 ∑ ∏ 1 𝑒 take the logarithm of both sides, we get: ln(l)=𝑛 ∑ 𝑙𝑛𝛼 ∑ ∑ 𝑥 𝛼 1 ∑ ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 𝑚 𝑙𝑛𝛼 ∑ 𝑦 𝛼 1 ∑ ln 1 𝑒 derive the last equation with respect to the unknown shape parameters 𝛼 (i=1,2,…,k+1) and equate the result to zero, we get: ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 0, i=1,2,…,k ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 0 thus, the maximum likelihood estimator of the parameter 𝛼 (i=1,2,…,k+1) is as follows: 𝛼 ∑ ;i=1,2,…,k (4) 𝛼 ∑ (5) to obtain the reliability estimation for k component parallel system of (s-s) model (𝑅 using maximum likelihood method, we must substitute 𝛼 and 𝛼 in equation (3) then we get the following: r ∑ ∑ (6) 2 shrinkage estimation method (sh):-2 thompson in 1968 suggested the problem of shrink a usual estimator 𝛼 unbiased of the parameter 𝛼 to prior information 𝛼 using shrinkage weight factor ∅ 𝛼), such that 0 ∅ 𝛼 1. thompson said that "we are estimating 𝛼 and we believe 𝛼 is closed to the true value of 𝛼, that is mean something bad happens if 𝛼 𝛼 and we do not use 𝛼 ". thus, the form of shrinkage estimator of α denoted by 𝛼 defined as below: see in [10-14].   161 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 (7) now, we use the unbiased estimator 𝛼 as a usual estimator and 𝛼 estimator as initial estimate (prior estimation) of α in equation (7). where ∅ 𝛼 denotes the shrinkage weight factor as we mentioned above such that as 0 ∅ 𝛼 1, which may be a function of 𝛼 , a function of sample size (ni, m) or may be a constant or can be found by minimizing the mean square error of 𝛼 . thus, the shrinkage estimator for the shape parameter 𝛼 of ged will be as follows: 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 (8) where, 𝛼 𝛼 ∑ , i=1,2,...,k implies, e(𝛼 ) = 𝛼 and var(𝛼 ) = , also, 𝛼 𝛼 ∑ as well as, e(𝛼 ) = 𝛼 and var(𝛼 ) = . 2-2-1 shrinkage estimator using shrinkage weight function (sh1): the shrinkage weight factor here is considered as a function of ni and m respectively as the following: ∅ 𝛼 𝑒 , and ∅ 𝛼 𝑒 ; i=1,2,…,k then the shrinkage estimator of 𝛼 which is defined in equation (8) using above shrinkage weight function will be as below, knowing that ni and m are defined in subsection (2-1). 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 for i=1,2,…,k+1 (9) to obtain the reliability estimation for k component parallel system of (s-s) model 𝑅 using shrinkage weight function, we must substitute equation (9) in equation (3) then we get the following: r ∑ ∑ (10) 2-2-2 constant shrinkage weight factor (sh2): we suggest in this subsection constant shrinkage weight factor 𝜑 𝛼 0.3; i=1,2,…,k+1. therefore, the shrinkage estimator using specific constant weight factor will be as follows: 𝛼 𝜑 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝜑 𝛼 𝛼 for i=1,2,…,k+1 (11) to find the reliability estimation for k component parallel system of (s-s) model using the constant shrinkage weight factor we must substitute equation (11) in equation (3) then we get the following: r ∑ ∑ (12) 2-2-3 modified thompson type shrinkage weight function (th): in this subsection, we introduce modifying the shrinkage weight factor considered by thompson in 1968 as below. 𝛾 𝛼 0.01 ; for i =1,2,…,k+1. therefore, the shrinkage estimator of using above modified shrinkage weight factor will be:   162 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝛼 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 ; for i =1,2,…,k+1 (13) to find the reliability estimation for k component parallel system of (s-s) model using modified thompson type shrinkage we must substitute equation (13) in equation (3) then we get the following: r ∑ ∑ (14) 3. simulation study the performance and comparisons of the considered estimators of reliability are studied for numerical results and obtained using sample of different size =(10, 30, 50 and 100), based on 1000 repetition via mse criteria. monte carlo simulation was used for this purpose as it steps below: step1: the random sample was generated following the uniform continuous distribution which is defined on the interval (0,1) as ui1,ui2,…,uini ;i=1,2,…,k. step2: we will generate the random sample follows the continuous uniform distribution defined on the interval (0, 1) as w1, w2,…, wm. step3: the above uniform random samples transformed to ged using the cumulative distribution function (c. d. f.) as follow: f x 1 𝑒 uij 1 𝑒 x ln 1 𝑈; i=1,2…,k, j=1,2,...,n and, by the same method, we get y ln 1 𝑊, t=1,2,...,m in method of maximum likelihood using equation (6). kstep4: we compute the estimator of r step5: we compute the estimators of rk in three shrinkage methods using equations (10), (12) and (14). step6: on (l=1000) repetition, we calculate the mean square error (mse) as it comes: mse ∑ 𝑅 𝑅 of the proposed estimators. kindicates the real value of reliability r 𝑅whereas .= 0.64705882 , α1=1.5, α2=1.9, α 3=2.1, α 4=3 kthe estimation value when r table 1. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 10, 10, 10, 10 0.64974127 0.64705883 0.64710777 0.64718198 10, 100, 50, 30 0.65146655 0.64705883 0.64732080 0.64728223 30, 10, 50, 100 0.65669301 0.64705886 0.64721804 0.64741435 30, 50, 100, 10 0.63666133 0.64705881 0.64715662 0.64652903 50, 100, 30, 30 0.64701349 0.64705882 0.64719754 0.64711634 50, 10, 30, 50 0.65380516 0.64705889 0.64706895 0.64721992 100, 10, 50, 30 0.64988329 0.64705885 0.64703872 0.64713598 100, 50, 30, 10 0.63613730 0.64705888 0.64723084 0.64677433   163 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 .= 0.64705882 , α1=1.5, α2=1.9, α 3=2.1, α 4=3 kr value whenthe mse table 2. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 best 10, 10, 10, 10 0.0068345086009 0.0000000000166 0.0000785103279 0.0000379840661 𝑅 10, 100, 50, 30 0.0023974820438 0.0000000000011 0.0000248009970 0.0000116520014 𝑅 30, 10, 50, 100 0.0015326690134 0.0000000000016 0.0000152722700 0.0000076319598 𝑅 30, 50, 100, 10 0.0061024701636 0.0000000000143 0.0000687911107 0.0000361160422 𝑅 50, 100, 30, 30 0.0020754099172 0.0000000000000 0.0000212700068 0.0000101099334 𝑅 50, 10, 30, 50 0.0021413961985 0.0000000000015 0.0000222919914 0.0000107131426 𝑅 100, 10, 50, 30 0.0026738779103 0.0000000000018 0.0000287629381 0.0000144133293 𝑅 100, 50, 30, 10 0.0056015578911 0.0000000000113 0.0000584342389 0.0000268982293 𝑅 .= 0.6785714 , α1=1.1, α2=1.2, α 3=1.5, α 4=1.8 kthe estimation value when r table 3. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 10, 10, 10, 10 0.67866259 0.67857132 0.67836930 0.67852404 10, 100, 50, 30 0.71429325 0.67856884 0.68137355 0.68053712 30, 10, 50, 100 0.68400211 0.67857136 0.67839122 0.67867854 30, 50, 100, 10 0.85657436 0.67857813 0.69362884 0.6904753 50, 100, 30, 30 0.59101645 0.67857142 0.67160744 0.67225224 50, 10, 30, 50 0.46316784 0.67856860 0.66490300 0.66659916 100, 10, 50, 30 0.68193435 0.67857142 0.67868409 0.67870308 100, 50, 30, 10 0.94405220 0.67858039 0.69525541 0.69315286 .= 0.6785714, α1=1.1, α2=1.2, α 3=1.5, α4=1.8 kr value whenmse the table 4. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 best 10, 10, 10, 10 0.006413473894 0.000000000016 0.000076589118 0.000039866197 𝑅 10, 100, 50, 30 0.0021457805724 0.0000000000066 0.0000125077396 0.0000079031698 𝑅 30, 10, 50, 100 0.0012709588070 0.0000000000011 0.0000127008484 0.0000058904503 𝑅 30, 50, 100, 10 0.031954410612 0.0000000000450 0.0002301025638 0.0001437716440 𝑅 50, 100, 30, 30 0.009892213008 0.000000000000 0.0000670207090 0.0000491702945 𝑅 50, 10, 30, 50 0.0479186501084 0.0000000000079 0.0001973440002 0.0001483221229 𝑅 100, 10, 50, 30 0.002481844844 0.0000000000012 0.0000261782216 0.0000129859998 𝑅 100, 50, 30, 10 0.0704976787510 0.000000000080 0.0002800972547 0.0002136971265 𝑅 .α1=1, α2=2, α 3=3, α 4=2.7 0.68965517,= kestimation value when rthe . table 5 n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 10, 10, 10, 10 0.80040930 0.68965568 0.69089509 0.69099792 10, 100, 50, 30 0.6884277 0.68965515 0.68950451 0.68959020 30, 10, 50, 100 0.69469071 0.68965516 0.68945879 0.68974836 30, 50, 100, 10 0.67838443 0.68965516 0.68974088 0.68913416 50, 100, 30, 30 0.68716399 0.68965517 0.68953574 0.68950827 50, 10, 30, 50 0.69398643 0.68965514 0.68954182 0.68976537 100, 10, 50, 30 0.68908654 0.68965516 0.68934005 0.68950500 100, 50, 30, 10 0.67662788 0.68965513 0.68951009 0.68918936   164 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 .= 0.68965517, α1=1, α2=2, α 3=3, α 4=2.7 kr value whenthe mse table 6. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 best 10, 10, 10, 10 0.01229792159789 0.00000000000026 0.0000015438839 0.0000018105906 𝑅 10, 100, 50, 30 0.0020793896045 0.0000000000003 0.0000212660377 0.0000100571815 𝑅 30, 10, 50, 100 0.0013116339341 0.0000000000011 0.0000135119636 0.0000065066202 𝑅 30, 50, 100, 10 0.0055564329633 0.0000000000126 0.0000609082708 0.0000319882618 𝑅 50, 100, 30, 30 0.002072936381 0.0000000000000 0.000022190642 0.000011232268 𝑅 50, 10, 30, 50 0.0020661841322 0.0000000000013 0.0000219388121 0.0000106684559 𝑅 100, 10, 50, 30 0.0022984507903 0.0000000000012 0.0000240920439 0.0000111287847 𝑅 100, 50, 30, 10 0.0056989431761 0.0000000000118 0.0000604307903 0.0000308152485 𝑅 .α1=2, α2=3, α 3=3, α 4=2 0.8000000,= kthe estimation value when r table 7. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 10, 10, 10, 10 0.79732879 0.79999992 0.79981682 0.79994799 10, 100, 50, 30 0.80021734 0.79999996 0.79999223 0.80000082 30, 10, 50, 100 0.80422188 0.79999999 0.79992073 0.80014540 30, 50, 100, 10 0.78689067 0.79999990 0.79980236 0.79949901 50, 100, 30, 30 0.79698163 0.79999999 0.79987571 0.79986822 50, 10, 30, 50 0.80392120 0.80000001 0.80000297 0.80016313 100, 10, 50, 30 0.80006170 0.79999996 0.79987705 0.79999486 100, 50, 30, 10 0.79144712 0.80000007 0.80024377 0.79978967 .= 0.8000000 , α1=2, α2=3, α 3=3, α 4=2 kr value whenthe mse table 8. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 best 10, 10, 10, 10 0.0036930321488 0.0000000000088 0.0000416870241 0.0000218510918 𝑅 10, 100, 50, 30 0.0011807809520 0.0000000000003 0.0000119623355 0.0000055447844 𝑅 30, 10, 50, 100 0.0007760955807 0.0000000000009 0.0000082061304 0.0000039207273 𝑅 30, 50, 100, 10 0.0035662706436 0.0000000000068 0.0000348598683 0.0000183278607 𝑅 50, 100, 30, 30 0.0011429353051 0.0000000000000 0.0000115756637 0.0000058533095 𝑅 50, 10, 30, 50 0.0010247431814 0.0000000000009 0.0000110864286 0.0000055558376 𝑅 100, 10, 50, 30 0.0014165597010 0.0000000000009 0.0000148389019 0.0000071877688 𝑅 100, 50, 30, 10 0.0031290741177 0.0000000000059 0.0000309491744 0.0000151569884 𝑅 .α1=2, α2=3, α 3=3, α 4=2 0.6296296,= kthe estimation value when r table 9. n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 10, 10, 10, 10 0.63076360 0.62962956 0.62951463 0.62964048 10, 100, 50, 30 0.63172841 0.62962958 0.62951579 0.62962435 30, 10, 50, 100 0.63790618 0.62962956 0.62958384 0.62986333 30, 50, 100, 10 0.620838632 0.62962972 0.62995512 0.62935807 50, 100, 30, 30 0.62658135 0.62962962 0.62943595 0.62939530 50, 10, 30, 50 0.63765206 0.62962964 0.62974108 0.62990918 100, 10, 50, 30 0.63290386 0.62962961 0.62962576 0.62977961 100, 50, 30, 10 0.62207442 0.62962977 0.63004524 0.62929717   165 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 .= 0.6296296 , α1=2, α2=3, α 3=3, α 4=2 kr value when. the mse table 10 n1, n2, n3, m 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 best 10, 10, 10, 10 0.0069000376819 0.0000000000169 0.0000799910406 0.0000388496851 𝑅 10, 100, 50, 30 0.0026648513273 0.0000000000014 0.0000282562972 0.0000140228606 𝑅 30, 10, 50, 100 0.0019060448282 0.0000000000020 0.0000199887466 0.0000100559705 𝑅 30, 50, 100, 10 0.0057617706197 0.0000000000126 0.0000630168023 0.0000304912831 𝑅 50, 100, 30, 30 0.0025093087038 0.0000000000000 0.0000262623068 0.0000129639110 𝑅 50, 10, 30, 50 0.0022561911791 0.0000000000023 0.0000244149758 0.0000123993849 𝑅 100, 10, 50, 30 0.0031588200355 0.0000000000023 0.0000338946302 0.0000168170931 𝑅 100, 50, 30, 10 0.0059428138792 0.0000000000136 0.0000667599379 0.0000335650838 𝑅 numerical results: in this work, when we notice for any ni =(10,30,50 and 100) and all m=(10,30,50 and 100) the minimum mean square error (mse) for the reliability estimator of k components parallel system of (s-s) model with the generalized exponential distribution held using the shrinkage estimator as function of ni and m based on weight factor of shrinkage. this implies that shrinkage weight factor as function of ni and m is the best and it is follow by using modified thompson type shrinkage estimator r . for all ni and all m, the third order best estimator is the shrinkage estimator based on constant shrinkage weight function r after r and ( r . 4. conclusion of the previous item, the proposal can be found that the shrinkage estimation method using shrinkage weight factor as function of ni and m (𝑅 ) which depends on prior estimate and unbiased estimator as a linear combination is the best estimator and performs good behavior than the others in the sense of mse when estimate reliability for system contains kth non-identical strength parallel components which are subjected to a common stress in stress-strength model and when the stress and strength follow the generalized exponential distribution (ged). references 1. azarkhail. m.; modarres. m. the evolution and history of reliability engineering: rise of mechanistic reliability modeling. international journal of performability engineering.2012, 8, 1, 35-47. 2. hassan. a.s.; basheikh, h.m. reliability estimation of stress strength model with non-identical component strengths: the exponentiated pareto case. international journal of engineering research and applications.2012, 2, 3, 2774-2781. 3. hussian, m.a. estimation of stress -strength model for generalized inverted exponential distribution using ranked set sampling. international journal of advances in engineering & technology.2014, 6, 6, 2354-2362. 4. hangal, d.d. on the estimation of system reliability in stress-strength models. economic quality control journal.1998, 12, 17-22. 5. ali, h.m. comparison of some methods to estimate some of the stress–strength lomax models. m.sc. thesis, al -mustansiriya university, 2013.   166 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 6. sezer, d.; kinaci, i. estimation of a stress-strength parameter of a parallel system for exponential distribution based on masked data. journal of selçuk university natural and applied science.2013, 2, 3, 60-68. 7. karam. n.s.; ali, h.m. estimation of two component parallel system reliability stress-strength using lomax distribution. magistra.2014, 26, 88, 7884. 8. karam, n.s. one, two and multi–component gompertz stress –strength reliability estimation. mathematical theory and modeling.2016, 6, 3, 77-92. 9. kundu, d.; gupta, r.d. estimation of p(y < x) for the generalized exponential distribution. metrika.2005, 613, 291-308. 10. al-joboori, a.n.; hamad, a.m. mohammad.m.a. on shrunken estimation of generalized exponential distribution. journal of economics and administrative sciences.2011, 17, 1-8. 11. al-joboori, a.n.; ali, a.h.; salman, m.d.; mohammad, m.a. single and double stage shrinkage estimators for the normal mean with the variance cases. international journal of statistic.2014, 38, 2, 1127-1134. 12. al-joboori, a.n.; ameen, m.m. estimate the shape parameter of generalize rayleigh distribution using bayesian-shrinkage technique. international journal of innovative science, engineering, and technology.2015, 2, 675-683. 13. thompson, j.r. some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean. j. amer. statist. assoc.1968, 63, 113-122. 14. al-hemyari, z.n.; al-joboori, a.n. on thompson type estimators for the mean of normal distribution. revista investigacion operacional j.2009, 30, 2, 109116. 145 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 evaluation of liver and kidney functions in lung and bladder cancer patients r.a. mahmood department optical ,college of medical and health technology, foundation of technical technology . received in: 5 march 2012 accepted in: 16 july 2012 abstract this study was performed at nuclear radiation hospital in baghdad for the period from january 2011 to may 2011. 44 blood samples were collected from patients suffered lung and bladder cancer and 24 samples as healthy control individuals. routine liver functions tests were studied by measuring s.gpt, s.got and kidney function was evaluated by estimation of blood urea and creatinine in serum samples of individuals studied. it was observed that the incidence of lung and bladder cancer was higher in males than females patients ( male 81.82 %, 72.73%, female18 .18%, 27.27% respectively). insignificant difference was noted among age of lung and bladder cancer patients compared with control group. the results of biochemical analysis of lung and bladder cancer showed an increase in the mean of values of gpt, got, blood urea and serum creatinine among patients when compared with the healthy individuals. key wards: cancer, lung cancer,bladder cancer,blood urea,s.cratinine. introduction cancer is a complex disease. , the survival of patients with cancer depends on the localization of the tumor, histology/ pathology, tumor stage, host–tumor interaction and subjective assessment of the other diseases, illnesses or conditions [1].the disease is the leading cause of death in economically developed countries and the second leading cause of death in developing countries. the burden of cancer is increasing in economically developing countries as a result of population aging and growth as well as, increasingly, an adoption of cancer-associated lifestyle choices including smoking [1] lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer-related mortality worldwide. the possibility that a patient with lung cancer will be alive after five years from the diagnosis is approximately 15% [2]. the world health organization(who) classification defines seven histology types of primary malignant epithelial tumors of the lung and more than 20 different variants [3].the most common lung cancer histology type is adenocarcinoma, followed by squamous-cell carcinoma and small cell lung cancer (sclc). diagnosis of lung cancer and staging is mainly based on the following procedures; imaging techniques (chest x-ray, ct scan and pet scan, nowadays usually in combination with ct to merge metabolic and anatomical information), minimally invasive approaches (bronchoscopy, endobronchial ultrasound, fine-needle and middle-needle aspiration biopsies [4]. the small cell type of lung cancer has a propensity for early and wide dissemination and is best treated by chemotherapy and radiation. several studies indicated that smoking and alcohol consumption behaviors are related to the survival of lung cancer patients[4]. 146 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 other studies pointed out that health behaviors affect lung cancer patients’ survival.early current treatment of lung cancer varies according to the histologic type and anatomic extent, or stage, of the tumor. an organ such as the bladder consists of complex, interacting set of tissues and cells. inflammation has been implicated in every major disease of the bladder, including cancer, interstitial cystitis, and infection [5] bladder cancer is a common urologic cancer. almost all bladder cancers originate in the urothelium, which is a 3-7-cell mucosal layer within the muscular bladder. in north america, south america, europe, and asia, the most common type of urothelial tumor diagnosed is transitional cell carcinoma (tcc); tcc constitutes more than 90% of bladder cancers in those regions. tcc can arise anywhere in the urinary tract, including the renal pelvis, ureter, bladder, and urethra, but it is usually found in the urinary bladder. carcinoma in situ (cis) is frequently found in association with high-grade or extensive tcc. [6] the classic presentation of bladder cancer is painless gross hematuria, which is seen in approximately 80-90% of patients. physical examination results are often unremarkable (see clinical presentation). cystoscopy, cytology, and biopsy when necessary are the principal diagnostic tests [7]. aim of the study this study is aimed to 1-study the incidence of lung and bladder cancer among male and females patients . 2-determine the values of gpt, got, blood urea and serum creatinine among patients with lung and bladder cancer healthy individuals compared with control group. materials and methods this study was performed at nuclear radiation hospital in baghdad, for the period from january 2011 to may 2011; 44 blood samples were collected from patients suffered from lung and kedny cancer and 24 blood samples collected from healthy as control group in test tubes, medical history of each individual was obtained by questionnaire included (age, sex, area of residence and a history of diseases). routine liver functions test studied by measurings were s.gpt, s.got, according to [8]procedure. kidney function was evaluated by estimation of creatinine [9] , urea by modified ureaseberthgot method [10] and using anova test [11]. results table (1) shows the distribution of lung and bladder cancer among males and females individuals.it is clear that the incidence of lung and bladder cancer is higher in male than females patients (male 81.82 %, 72.73), (female18 .18%, 27.27%) respectively. table (2) shows insignificant difference among the mean of age of lung and bladder cancer patients and control group. using anova test [11].the results of blood biochemical analysis of lung and bladder cancer showed elevation in the mean of values of ast, alt, blood urea and serum creatinine in patients in comparison with the at p < 0.05 using anova test [11]. discussion the present study shows that there was no significant differences in age of lung and bladder cancer patients and control group.these result is not in agreement with anand et al.[ 12] who mentioned that lung cancer is a disease of the elderly, with more than 40% of cases diagnosed in subjects aged >70 years. 147 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 wala & amal ]13[ found that about 9 out of 10 people with bladder cancer are over the age of 55 which did not agree with the current study . our study showed that lung and bladder cancer was more frequent in male than in female individuals. the result agree with [13]which hormonesrelated –this may be due to sex and cell proliferation a role in the development of cancer by promoting play]14[. elevation in values of gpt, got, total serum bilirubin,pt,ptt were noticed among lung and bladder cancer patients .alanine aminotransferase (alt) is an enzyme present in hepatocytes ,when a cell is damaged, it leaks this enzyme into the blood, where it is measured. alanine transaminase (alt) rises dramatically in acute liver damage, such as viral hepatitis or paracetamol (acetaminophen) overdose ]15[ aspartate aminotransferase ( ast) is similar to alt which is another enzyme associated with liver parenchymal cells. the ratio of ast to alt is sometimes useful in differentiating between causes of liver damage. [15] blood urea also elevated in serum of patients with lung and bladder cancer ,this may occur as a result of impairment of renal function because of its sensitivity in detecting early renal failure[13].level of creatinine also increased in serum of patients studied. measuring serum creatinine is a simple test and it is the most commonly used indicator of renal function. a rise in blood creatinine level is observed only with marked damage to functioning nephrons. -------therefore, this test is not suitable for detecting early-stage kidney disease. a better estimation of kidney function is given by the creatinine clearance (crcl) test [16, 17]. references 1kinzler, k; w and vogelstein, b;(2002) the genetic basis of human cancer (2nded.). new york: mcgraw-hill, medical pub. division. p.5. 2. travis w.d.; brambilla,e.; muller-hermelink, h.k. and harris,c.c. ( 2004 ) pathology and genetics of tumours of the lung, pleura, thymus and heart. lyon: the international agency for research on cancer (iarc) press. 3. world health organization(2008) the global burden of disease: update. geneva 4. jemal, a.; siegel, r.; xu, j. and ward, e. (2010)cancer statistics. ca cancer j clin; 300.-(5):27760 5. luigi de petris(2010) doctoral thesis,stockholm(discovery and valdation of protein biomarker for lung cancer),p2. 6heyns, c.f.and van der merwe, a.(2008) bladder cancer in africa. can j urol. 908.-(1):3899;15 7. hurle, r.; l. a. and manzetti, a. ( 1999) upper urinary tract tumors developing after treatment of superficial bladder cancer: 7-year follow-up of 591 consecutive patients. 8.–(6): 1144;53urology 8-reitman, s. and frankel, s. (1957) a colorimetric determination of serum glutamic .63-(1):5628oxaloacetic and glutamic pyruvic transaminase. am. j. clin. path., 9-siest,g.; hennny,j.; schiele, f. and young, d.s. (1985) "kinetic determination of creatinine." interpretation of clin. lab. tests, p., 220-234. 10-patton, c.j. and crouch, s.r. (1977) spectrophotometer investigation of urea. anal 469.-: 464(3)49chem., 11-spss 14 (2006) statistical package for social science, spss for windows release 14.0.0, 12 june, 2006. standard version, copyright spss inc., 1989-2006, all rights reserved, copyright ® spss inc. cancer is a preventable disease that requires (2008) .b.a ,, kunnumakkara.andp ,anand-12 2116.–(9): 2097 25 ..pharm. resmajor lifestyle changes http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hormone http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/cell_proliferation http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/enzyme http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hepatocyte http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/viral_hepatitis http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/viral_hepatitis http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/paracetamol#toxicity http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/parenchymal_cells http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ast/alt_ratio http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/nephron http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/kidney_disease http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/creatinine_clearance http://books.google.com/?id=pyg09opbxp0c http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?tool=pmcentrez&artid=2515569 http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?tool=pmcentrez&artid=2515569 148 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 13-jaseem, wala, e. and farhan, amal, r.,( 2006) the relation between level of blood urea 93.-,1:8819taqani,-and in elder people (male and female) j.al hormones and the etiology of (2000)b. and ronald, k, r. .m,lesliehenderson,b.e.-14 ). (5th ed. frei cancer medicine-holland in: bast, r.c.; kufe, d.w.and pollock, r.e . cancer .1-113-55009-1 isbn hamilton, ontario: b.c. decker. 15nyblom,h.;björnsson,e.;simrén,m.;aldenborg,f.;almer,,s.and olsson,r.(2006).the ast/alt ratio as an indicator of cirrhosis in patients with pbc. liver int. 26 (7): 840–845. 16. cokkinides ,v.; bandi, p.; ward ,e.; jemal ,a. and thun, m. progress and opportunities 142.-:13556in tobacco control . ca cancer j clin 2006; 17.ya-hsin, li; shwn-huey, s. and chih-yi, chen (2011)influence of health behaviors on 37–(3)36541survival in lungcncerpatients in taiwan, jpn j clin oncol; table (1): distribution of patients with lung and bladder cancer by gende bladder cancer female ( n) (6) lung cancer female ( n) 4 male (16) male (n) 18 female (%) 27.27 female (%) 18.18 male (%) 72.73 male (%) 81.82 table (2): age and biochemical analysis of patients with lung and bladder compared with control group. age got (n.v.up to 20 u/l) gpt (n.v.up to 20u/l) b.urea (n.v=2.5-7.5 m.mol/l) s.creatinine (n.v.=62124 m.mol/l) control 55.00 ± 4.17 6.33 ± 0.23 a 5.13 ± 0.19 a 3.80 ± 0.14 a 73.25 ± 1.06 a lung cancer 60.82 ± 2.80 16.23 ± 2.16 b 13.95 ± 2.34 b 6.28 ± 0.38 b 92.28 ± 5.30 b bladder cancer 61.55 ± 1.59 13.95 ± 1.87 b 13.73 ± 1.68 b 8.07 ± 1.71b 111.89 ± 7.79 c fcalculated 1.157 11.709# 10.858# 5.326# 14.844# values are mean ± s.e. # significant at p < 0.05 using anova test a, b, c insignificant difference between similar letter using duncan multiple range test for comparative of means. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk20759/ http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk20759/ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/special:booksources/1-55009-113-1 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/international_standard_book_number http://www3.interscience.wiley.com/resolve/openurl?genre=article&sid=nlm:pubmed&issn=1478-3223&date=2006&volume=26&issue=7&spage=840 http://www3.interscience.wiley.com/resolve/openurl?genre=article&sid=nlm:pubmed&issn=1478-3223&date=2006&volume=26&issue=7&spage=840 149 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تقييم وظائف الكبد والكلية في المرضى المصابين بسرطان الرئة والمثانة ... رفاه علي محمود كلية التقنيات الصحية والطبية، بغداد ، هيئةالتعليم التقني قسم التقنيات البصرية، 2012تموز 16قبل البحث في: 2012أذار 5استلم البحث في: الخالصة: ولغايــــة 2011أجريـــت الدراســـة الحاليــــة فـــي مستشــــفى االشـــعاع الـــذري فــــي محافظـــة بغــــداد للفتـــرة مـــابين كــــانون الثـــاني عينـــة أخـــرى 24عينـــة دم مـــن مرضـــى كـــانوا يعـــانون مــن ســـرطان الرئـــة والمثانـــة إضـــافة إلـــى 44حيـــث جمعـــت 2011أيــار جمعت من اشخاص اصحاء استخدمت كمجاميع سيطرة. و األالنــين تـم عمـل بعــض التحاليـل الروتينيـة النزيمــات الكبـد لكافــة االفـراد موضـوع الدراســة والتـي تضـمنت كــل مـن لكـل فـرد مـن افـراد الكريـاتينين الـدم و الكلى وهما يوريا تم قياس بعض معايير وظائف وأيضافيريز اسبارتيت وأالالنين ترانس 82 ، ٪72ر 73الـذكور الدراسة. ولوحظ إن نسبة حدوث مرض سـرطان الرئـة والمثانـة فـي الـذكور اعلـى منـه فـي االنـاث ( على التوالي).٪27ر27،٪18ر18،االناث ٪81ر لـم تســجل الدراسـة الحاليــة وجـود فروقــا معنويـة فــي متوسـط اعمــار المرضـى المصــابين بالمرضـين انفــي الـذكر مقارنــة بمتوسـط اعمـار االشــخاص االصـحاء (مجــاميع السـيطرة )، بينمـا تــم تسـجيل مســتويات عاليـة وفروقـا ت معنويــة فـي متوســط ) لالشـــخاص المرضــى موضـــوع الكريــاتينينالـــدم و يوريــاو النــين ترانســـفيريز األالنــين اســـبارتيت وأال (انزيمــات الكبــد والكلـــى الدراسة بالمقارنة مع متوسط عينة االشخاص االصحاء. .السرطان،سرطان المثانة،سرطان الرئة،سيرم كرياتنين :الكلمات المفتاحية table (2) shows insignificant difference among the mean of age of lung and bladder cancer patients and control group. using anova test ]11[.the results of blood biochemical analysis of lung and bladder cancer showed elevation in the mean of va... discussion 10050175 10050176 10050177 10050178 10050179 10050180 10050181 10050182 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 finite difference method for two-dimensional fractional partial differential equation with parameter i. i. gorial departme nt of mathematics, ibn al–haitham college education, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 27, june , 2010 accepte d in: 27, septe mber, 2010 abstract in this p aper, we introduce and discuss an algorithm for the numerical solution of two dimensional fractional p artial differential equation with p arameter. the algorithm for the numerical solution of this equation is based on imp licit and an exp licit difference method. finally, numerical examp le is p rovided to illustrate that the numerical method for solving this equation is an effective solution method. key words: fractional derivative, two finite difference methods, fractional p artial differential equation. introduction in recent y ears there has been a great deal of interest in fractional p artial differential equations [1, 2, 3, 4, 5]. these equations arise quite naturally in continuous time random walk with sp atial and temporal memories. m ore and more works by researchers from various fields of science and engineering deal with dy namical sy st ems described by fractional partial d ifferential equ ations, which have been used to represent many natural p rocesses in p hy sics[6], finance[7,8], and hydrology [9,10]. in this p aper, we find the numerical solution of two-dimensional fractional p artial differential equation with p arameter of the form:                    y tyxu yxb x tyxu yxa t tyxu ),,( ),( ),,( ),( ),,( ……. (1) subject to the initial condition u (x,y ,0) = f(x,y ), for x0  x  xr and y 0  y y r ………..(2) and the boundary conditions u (x0,y ,t) = 0, for y 0  y y r and 0 t  τ u (x,y 0,t) = 0, for x0  x  xr and 0 t  τ …......(3) u (xr,y ,t) = g(y ,t), for y 0  y y r and 0 t  τ u (x,y r,t) = k(x,t), for x0  x  xr and 0 t  τ where a, b and f are known functions of x and y , g is a known function of y and t, k is a knwon function of x and t.  and  are given fractional number.  is a scalar p arameters. we use a variation on the classical exp licit and imp licit euler method. we p rove that these methods by using a novel shifted version of the usual grunwaled finite difference an app roximation for the non-local fractional derivative op erator. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 1. two finite di fference methods for s olving two-di mensional fractional partial di fferential equati on with parameter in this section, we p rop ose two finite difference methods, i.e., an imp licit finite difference method and exp licit finite difference method for solving two-dimensional fractional p artial differential equation with p arameter (1)-(3). the finite difference method st arts by dividing the x-interval [x0, xr] into n subintervals to get the grid p oints xi= x0 + ix, where   nxxx r 0 and i=0,1,…,n. and the y -interval [y 0, y r] into m subintervals to get t he grid points y j = y 0 + jy , where   myyy r 0 and j=0,1,…,m. also, t he t-interval [0,t] is divided into m subintervals to get t he grid points ts = st, s = 0, …,m , where mtt  . the problem here is t o find the eigenpair (,u) which satisfy eq.(1)-(3). this equation can be written as an eigenvalue p roblem au=bu, where     y yxb x txab t a          ),(),(, . firstl y, p resent the following imp licit finite difference method for the initial-boundary value p roblem of the two-dimensional fractional p artial differential equation with p arameter. by the shifted grunwald est imate to the  , the fractional derivative, [11]: )(),,)1(( )( 1),,( 0 , xotyxkxug xx tyxu m k k          ………. (4) )(),)1(,( )( 1),,( 0 , yotykyxug yy tyxu m k k          to reduce eq.(1) as the following form s ji s kji j k kji i k s jkikji s ji uug y t bug x t au , 1 1, 1 0 ,, 1 0 1 ,1,, 1 ,                        1,...,1  ni , msmj ,...,0,1,...,1  ………(5) where ),,(, sji s ji tyxuu  , ),(, jiji yxaa  , ),(, jiji yxbb  , ! )1()1( )1(, k k g k k      ,k=0,1,2,… and ! )1()1( )1(, k k g k k      , k=0,1,2,… s econdly, p resent the following exp licit finite difference method for solving the twodimensional fractional p artial differential equation with p arameter eq.(1) with the boundary conditions eq.(3), and the initial condition (2), also by usimg the shifted grunwald estimate to the  , -th fractional derivative given by eq.(4) to reduce as the following form:                     s kji j k k ji i k s jkik ji s ji s ji ug y b ug x a t uu 1, 1 0 , , 1 0 ,1, ,, 1 ,   , 1,...,1  ni , msmj ,...,0,1,...,1  ……….(6) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 where ),,(, sji s ji tyxuu  , ),(, jiji yxaa  , ),(, jiji yxbb  , ! )1()1( )1(, k k g k k      , k=0,1,2,… and ! )1()1( )1(, k k g k k      k=0,1,2,… aft er evaluating eq.(5) and eq.(6) at i=1,…,n-1, j=1,…,m-1 and s=0,…,m one can get a sy st em of algebraic equations which can be solved. using any suitable method t o get t he eigenpair can solve   ),( ,. .. ,0 1,. .. ,1 1,. .. ,1 ms mj niu    . also, from the initial and boundary conditions one can get: jiji fu , 0 ,  , i=0,…, n 0,0  s ju , j=0,…, m and s=1,…,m 00,  s iu , i=0,…, n and s=1,…,m sj s jr gu , , j=0,…, m and s=1,…,m si s ri ku , , i=0,…, n and s=1,…,m where ),,(, sjiji tyxff  , ),( sj s j tygg  and ),( si s i txk  2. numerical example in this section, p resent numerical examp le which confirm our theoretical results. example: consider the two-dimensional fractional p artial differential equation with p arameter:               8.1 8.18.1 5.1 5.15.1 ),,( 2 )2.1(),,( 6 )5.2(),,( y tyxuy x tyxux t tyxu  subject to the initial condition u (x,y ,0) = x 3 y 2 , 0  x  1, 0 < y < 1 and the boundary conditions u (0,y ,t) = 0, 0 < y < 1, 0  t 0.025 u (x,0,t) = 0, 0 < x < 1, 0  t 0.025 u (1,y ,t) = e t y 2 , 0 < y < 1, 0  t 0.025 u (x,1,t) = e t x 3 , 0 < x < 1, 0  t 0.025 this fractional p artial differential equation together with the above initial and boundary condition is const ructed such that the exact solution is u(x,y ,t) = e t x 3 y 2 . table1, 2, 3 and 4 give the nu merical solution usin g the two finite d ifference methods. from table 1, 2, 3 and 4, it can be seen that there isa good agreement between the numerical solution and exact solution. 3. conclusions in this p aper, a numerical method for solving the two-dimensional fractional p artial differential equation with p arameter has been described and demonst rated. furt hermore numerical examp le is p resented to illustrate that good agreement between the numerical solution and exact solution has been noted. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 re ferences 1. gorenflo, r. and m ainardi , f. (1998), fract. cal. app l. anal., 1: 167-191. 2. giona, m . and roman, h. e. (1992), physica a, 185 : 87-97. 3. liu, f. ;anh, v. and turner, i. (2004) j. comp. app l. m ath., 166 : 209-219. 4. m etzler, r. and klafter, j. (2000) phy s. rep ., 339 : 1-77. 5. m eerschaert, m .,m .; scheffler, h. p. and tadjeran, c. (2006), j. comput. phy s., 211: 249–261. 6. m etzler, r. and klafter, j. (2004) j. physics, a 37: r161-r208. 7. sabatelli, l. ; keating, s. dudl ey, j. and richmond, p. (2002) eur. phy s. j., b 27: 273–275. 8. scalas, e.; gorenf lo, r. and m ainardi, f.(2000), phy s., a 284: 376–384. 9. benson, d.; wheatcraft, s. and m eerschaert, m . (2000) water resour. res., 36: 1403–1412. 10. schumer, r. ; benson, d. a.; m eerschaert, m . m . and baeumer, b. (2003), water r esour. res., 39: 1022–1032. 11. m eerschaert, m . m . and tadjeran, c. (2004), j. comp ut. app l. m ath., 172: 65–77. table (1) the numerical solution of example using the implicit finite difference method for 2.0,2.0  yx and 0125.0t numerical s olution exact s olution error 0.46300 0.50000 3.70000 e -2 3.61100e-4 3.24025 e -4 -3.70749 e -5 0.01100 1.03688 e -2 -6.31197 e -4 0.08200 7.87381 e -2 -3.26190 e -3 0.30700 0.33180 e -2 -0.30368 4.01100e-4 3.28101 e-4 -7.29992 e -5 0.01100 1.04992 e -2 -5.00773 e -4 0.07900 7.97285 e -2 7.28504 e -4 0.28800 0.33596 4.79753 e -2 table (2) the numerical solution of example using the implicit finite difference method for 25.0,25.0  yx and 0125.0t numerical s oluti on exact s oluti on error 0.39600 0.50000 0.04000 1.31700e-3 9.88846 e -4 -3.28154 e-4 0.03300 3.16431 e -2 -1.35692 e-3 0.22900 0.24029 1.12896 e-2 1.41900e-3 1.00128 e -3 -4.17716 e-4 0.03300 3.20411 e -2 -9.58902 e-4 0.22100 0.24331 2.23121 e-2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 ( 2) 2011 table (3) the numerical solution of example using the explicit finite difference method for 2.0,2.0  yx and 0125.0t numerical s oluti on exact s oluti on error 0.50000 0.50000 0.00000 3.20000e-4 3.24025 e -4 4.02510 e -6 0.01000 1.03688 e -2 3.68803 e -4 0.07800 7.87381 e -2 7.38100 e -4 0.32800 0.33180 3.80171 e -3 2.96300e-4 3.28101 e -4 3.18008 e -5 0.01000 1.04992 e -2 4.99227 e -4 0.07700 7.97285 e -2 2.72850 e -3 0.30400 0.33598 3.19753 e -2 table(4) the numerical solution of example using the explicit finite difference method for 25.0,25.0  yx and 0125.0t numerical s oluti on exact s oluti on error 0.50000 0.50000 0.00000 9.76600e-4 9.88846 e -4 1.22461 e-5 0.03100 3.16431 e -2 6.43077 e-4 0.23700 0.24029 3.28961 e-3 9.73200e-4 1.00128 e -3 2.80843 e-5 0.03100 3.20411 e -2 1.04110 e-3 0.22600 0.24331 1.73121 e-2 2011) 2( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد طریقة الفروق المنتهیةّ للمعادلة التفاضلیِة الجزئیةِ الكسریة الثنائیة األبعاِد مع متغیر لایرایمان ایشو كو جامعة بغداد، الهیثمابن -كلیة التربیة،قسم الریاضیات 2010 ،حزیران، 27: استلم البحث في 2010 ،ایلول، 27: قبل البحث في الخالصة وان . فـي هـذا البحـث قــدمنا وناقشـنا خوارزمیـة للحـل العــددي لمعادلـة التفاضـلیِة الجزئیـِة الكســریة الثنائیـة األبعـاِد مـع متغیــرِ . خوارزمیة الحل العددي لتلك المعادلة قائمة على اساس طریقة الفروق المنتهیة الضمنیة و الصریحة . و حل مؤثر فعالیقة العددیة لحل هذه المعادلة هي طریقة ذان الطر ا والذي وضحعددی اخیرا قدمنا مثاال .المعادلة التفاضلیِة الجزئیِة الكسریة، طریقتا الفروق المنتهیة،االشتقاق الكسري : الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 409-419 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 409   on reliability estimation for the exponential distribution based on monte carlo simulation abbas najim salman abbasnajim66@yahoo.com                                                     dept. of mathematics / college of education for pure science/ ibn al – haithamuniversity of baghdad taha anwartaha tahaanwar36@gmail.com directorategeneral for education of anbar/ ministry of education abstract this research deals with estimation the reliability function for two-parameters exponential distribution, using different estimation methods; maximum likelihood, median-first order statistics, ridge regression, modified thompson-type shrinkage and single stage shrinkage methods. comparisons among the estimators were made using monte carlo simulation based on statistical indicter mean squared error (mse) conclude that the shrinkage method perform better than the other methods . keywords: the exponential distribution, median-first order statistics, ridge regression, modified thompson, shrinkage methods, mean squared error. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 410   1. introduction the exponential distribution is generally use for unit failure model that have an constant failure rate, it be able to be with one or two parameters. "maguire, pearson and wynn (1952) studied mine accidents and showed that time intervals between industrial accidents follow exponential distribution";[6]. "cohen and helm (1973) used (blue), (mle), (me), (mvue) and mme to estimate the parameters of the exponential distribution"; [3]. "peter (1974) used robust m-estimation method for the scale parameter, with application to the exponential distribution"[8]. " lawless (1977) studied a confidence interval for the scale parameter and obtained a prediction interval for a future observation"; [5] . "afify (2004) and muhammad and ahmed (2011) reviewed and compared several methods for estimating the two-parameter exponential distribution";[1 and 7]. "two new classes of confidence interval for the scale parameter proposed by petropoulos (2011)"; [9] and "lai and augustine (2012) obtained interval estimates for the threshold (location) parameter and derived a predictive function for the two parameter";[4]. the aim of this research is to estimate the reliability function for two-parameters exponential distribution, using different estimation methods ; maximum likelihood, median-first order statistics, ridge regression, modified thompson-type shrinkage and single stage shrinkage methods where a location parameter 𝛼) is known. the probability density function of two parameters exponential distribution is given by 𝑓 𝑡 , 𝛼, 𝛽 1 𝛽 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝑡 ∞ 0 𝑜. 𝑤 1 ω 𝛼, 𝛽 ; 𝛼 0, 𝛽 0 where 𝛼 is a location parameter and 𝛽 is a scale parameter. the mean and the variance of exponential distribution are: 𝑀 𝐸 𝑡 𝛽 𝛼 2 𝜎 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝑡 𝛽 3 𝐸 𝑡 2𝛽 2 𝛼𝛽 𝛼 4 the distribution, reliability and hazard functions of exponential distribution respectively as below: 𝐹 𝑡 1 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 5 𝑅 𝑡 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 6 ℎ 𝑡 1 𝛽 7 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 411   2. experimental estimation method (theoretical part) in this section, we discussed five estimation methods for the parameter and the reliability function of two-parameter exponential distribution maximum likelihood method the likelihood function l(𝑡 , 𝛼 , 𝛽 ) is defined as below, [3] l 𝑓 𝑡 , 𝛼 , 𝛽 8 l 1 𝛽 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 9 taking the natural logarithm equation 9 , so we get the following: ln l n ln 𝛽 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 10 the partial derivative for equation 10 with respect to unknown parameter β, is: ∂ln l ∂𝛽 𝑛 𝛽 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 11 equating equation 11 to zero to solve this equation: 𝑛 𝛽 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 0 𝑛 𝛽 ∑ 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 0 𝑛 𝛽 𝑡 𝛼 0 𝑛 𝛽 𝑡 𝛼 ∴ 𝛽 1 𝑛 𝑡 𝛼 12 then the estimation of reliability function for the two-parameters exponential distribution using ml technique will be ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 412   𝑅 exp 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 13 median-first order statistics method "in this modification the second moment is replaced by met = tme, where met is the population median and tme is the sample median";[7]. the exponential distribution median can be found by 0.5 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑡 14 1 𝛽 exp 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 𝑑𝑡 1 2 𝐴 𝛼 + 𝛽 𝑙𝑛2 the c.d.f. of t (1) defined below 𝐹 𝑡 𝑝𝑟 𝑡 𝑡 1 𝑝𝑟 𝑡 𝑡 1 𝑝𝑟 𝑡 𝑡 , 𝑡 𝑡, … , 𝑡 𝑡 1 𝑝𝑟 𝑇 𝑡 1 𝑅 𝑡 so, the p.d.f. of 𝑡 became 𝑓 𝑡 𝑑𝐹 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 exp 𝑛 ; 𝛼 𝑡 ∞ , 𝛽 0 then, the mathematical expectation of a random variable 𝑡 is 𝐸 𝑡 𝑡𝑛 𝛽 exp 𝑛 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 𝑑𝑡 𝛼 𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑡 𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑟 to the first order statistic which is represents the smallest values of t. if α , β is unbiased estimator to α , β respectively then the equationrealized 𝛼 𝑡 𝛽 𝑛 15 thus, we have 𝛼 + 𝛽 𝑙𝑛2 𝑡 → 𝛼 𝑡 𝛽 𝑙𝑛2 (16) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 413   by equating equations (17) and (18), we get 𝑡 𝛽 𝑙𝑛2 𝑡 𝛽 𝑛 → 𝑡 𝑡 𝛽 𝑙𝑛2 𝛽 𝑛 𝑡 𝑡 𝛽 ln2 1 𝑛 𝛽 𝑡 𝑡 ln2 1 𝑛 17 then the approximate estimation of reliability function for the two-parameter exponential distribution using median-first order statistics method (md) will be 𝑅 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 18 ridge regression method (rr) "the ridge regression (rr) estimates of a and b can be obtained by minimizing the error sum of squares for the model 𝑌 = a+b𝑋 subject to the single constraint that a2+b2= ρ where ρ is a finite positive constant "; [1]. i.e.; 𝐿 ∑ 𝑌 𝑎 𝑏𝑋 λ(𝑎 𝑏 𝜌 w.r.t a and b. when these derivatives are equated to zero, we obtain the following two equations 𝑌 𝑛 𝜆 𝑎 𝑏 𝑋 𝑋 𝑌 𝑎 𝑋 𝑏 𝜆 𝑋 solving above two equations for a and b we get 𝑎 ∑ x ∑ x y ∑ y λ ∑ x ∑ x n λ λ ∑ x 𝑏 ∑ 𝑋 ∑ 𝑌 𝑛 𝜆 ∑ 𝑋 𝑌 ∑ 𝑋 𝑛 𝜆 𝜆 ∑ 𝑋 for two parameter exponential distribution when α is known we recognize that 𝑌 = 𝑡 , b = 𝛽 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 414   𝑋 = [-ln (1-f (𝑡 ))] 𝑖 = 1, 2,…, n . 𝛽 ∑ 𝑡 ∑ ln 1 𝐹 𝑡 𝑛 𝜆 ∑ 𝑡 ln 1 𝐹 𝑡 ∑ ln 1 𝐹 𝑡 𝑛 𝜆 𝜆 ∑ ln 1 𝐹 𝑡 19 then the approximate estimation of reliability function for the two-parameter exponential distribution using ridge regression technique (rr) will be 𝑅 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 20 where 0<λ<1 is the ridge coefficient. the present paper suggested λ= exp((-n+1) /( n2)) and 0< exp((-n+1) /( n2)) < 1 . modified thompson-type shrinkage estimator " the shrinkage estimation method is the bayesian approach depending on prior information regarding the value of the specific parameter 𝜃 from past experiences or previous studies. however, in certain situations, prior information is available only from of an initial guess value (natural origin) 𝜃° of 𝜃";[10]. in such a situation, it is natural to begin with 𝜃 (e.g., mle) and adapt it by touching 𝜃°.thompson has suggested the problem of shrink an unbiased estimator 𝜃 of the parameter 𝜃 toward prior information (a natural origin) 𝜃°by shrinkage estimator 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 1 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃° , 0 𝜓 𝜃 1, which is more efficient than 𝜃 if 𝜃° is close to 𝜃 and less efficient than 𝜃 otherwise; [10]. "the prior information 𝜃° is a natural origin and, as such, may arise for any one of a number of reasons e.g., we are estimating 𝜃 and (a) we believe 𝜃° is closed to the true value of 𝜃, or (b) we fear that 𝜃° may be near the true value of 𝜃, that is, something bad happens if 𝜃° 𝜃, and we do not know about it (that is, something bad happens if 𝜃° 𝜃 and we do not use 𝜃° ";[2],[10]. where, 𝜓 𝜃 is so called shrinkage weight factor; 0 𝜓 𝜃 1 which represent the belief of 𝜃 ,and (1𝜓 𝜃 ) represent the belief of 𝜃°.thompson noting that the shrinkage weight factor may be a function of 𝜃 or may be constant and the chosen of the shrinkage weight factor is( ad hoc basis). the shrinkage weight function ψ θ can be found by minimizing the mean square error of θ: 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜃 𝐸 𝜃 𝜃 21 𝐸 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 1 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃° 𝜃 the partial derivative for above equation w .r. t. to 𝜓 𝜃 is ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 415   𝜕𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜃 𝜕𝜓 𝜃 2𝜓 𝜃 𝐸 𝜃 𝜃° 2 1 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃° 22 equating equation 24 to zero to solve this equation: 𝜕𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜃 𝜕𝜓 𝜃 0 2𝜓 𝜃 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜃 2 1 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃° 0 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃° 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃° the modified shrinkage weight factor will be considered as below 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃° 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝜃 𝜃 𝜃° 0.001 23 therefore, the modified shrinkage estimator of β will be as below: 𝛽 𝛽° 𝛽 𝛽° 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝛽 𝛽 𝛽° ∗ 0.001 24 where 𝛽°, refer to prior estimate of β. then the approximate estimation of reliability function for the two-parameter exponential distribution using modified thompson-type shrinkage estimator (mt) will be 𝑅 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 25 single stage shrinkage estimator "single stage shrinkage estimation method is the same as the method of thompson-type shrinkage estimator 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃 1 𝜓 𝜃 𝜃° , 0 𝜓 𝜃 1, which is define in section 2.4 above but we consider the shrinkage weight factor 𝜓 𝜃 as a function of 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝜃 ; "[2] . in this paper we consider , 𝜓 𝛽 𝑒 where the 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝛽 𝛽 𝑛 𝛽 𝑒 𝛽 1 𝑒 𝛽° 26 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 416   then the approximate estimation of reliability function for the two-parameters exponential distribution using single stage shrinkage estimator st will be 𝑅 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑡 𝛼 𝛽 27 3. results & discussion simulation study we carried out monte carlo simulation in order to compare the performance of all the estimators proposed in the preceding section. the programs were written in matlab (2013b). the results depend on 1000 simulation iteration. generated random samples of different sizes by observing that if u is uniform (0, 1), then 𝑡 α β log 1 u is exponential of (α , β). the sample sizes considered were n=25, 50, 75, 100 and the shape parameter was taken as  = 0.2, 0.5. in all cases, we set the scale parameter  =3, 3.5, 4. we used 1000 replications to estimate by using the ml, md, rr, mt and st methods. the process of simulation strategy is explained the numerical results in the table (1) and table (2). and comparison among all propose estimators where made on mse which is defined as follow 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝑅 𝑡 ∑ 𝑅 𝑡 𝑅 𝑡 𝐿 where 𝑅 𝑡 is the specific estimated reliability, ri(t) refer to specific real reliability and l=1000 refer to the number of replications. 3.2 discussion and numerical analysis 1. when n=25, the estimator minimum mse vibration between 𝑅 and 𝑅 and they performed good than the others estimators in the sense of mse, then follow by 𝑅 , 𝑅 , 𝑅 and 𝑅 respectively for all α and β. 2. when n=50,75 and 100 , we can see from the table (2) , the mse of estimator 𝑅 less than of the mse of the other estimators , thus it will be the best in the sense of mse and follow by the estimators by 𝑅 , 𝑅 , 𝑅 and 𝑅 respectively. 3. for all n and for all β, the mse of the proposed estimators are vibrate with respect to α. the results of the simulation study are reported in the tables (1) and (2):      ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 417   table (1): estimate reliability of exponential distribution based on simulations n β α 𝑅 𝑅 l 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 25 2 0.2 0.0341 0.0311 0.0354 0.7692 0.0341 0.0341 0.5 0.0140 0.0245 0.0171 0.7171 0.0140 0.0140 2.5 0.2 0.0626 0.0530 0.0820 0.7641 0.0626 0.0626 0.5 0.1110 0.0386 0.1279 0.8081 0.1109 0.1110 3 0.2 0.0991 0.0395 0.0635 0.7639 0.0991 0.0991 0.5 0.0893 0.0624 0.0502 0.7544 0.0892 0.0893 50 2 0.2 0.0236 0.0142 0.0138 0.8631 0.0236 0.0236 0.5 0.0237 0.0186 0.0202 0.8632 0.0237 0.0237 2.5 0.2 0.0026 0.0055 0.0070 0.7459 0.0026 0.0026 0.5 0.0086 0.0163 0.0160 0.7912 0.0086 0.0086 3 0.2 0.0088 0.0106 0.0201 0.7557 0.0088 0.0088 0.5 0.0238 0.0244 0.0259 0.8019 0.0238 0.0238 75 2 0.2 0.0017 0.0049 0.0078 0.8450 0.0017 0.0017 0.5 0.0073 0.0114 0.0154 0.8784 0.0073 0.0073 2.5 0.2 0.0139 0.0167 0.0092 0.8686 0.0139 0.0139 0.5 0.0097 0.0129 0.0268 0.8582 0.0097 0.0097 3 0.2 0.0117 0.0206 0.0290 0.8388 0.0118 0.0118 0.5 0.0092 0.0179 0.0189 0.8308 0.0092 0.0092 100 2 0.2 0.0094 0.0066 0.0027 0.9116 0.0094 0.0094 0.5 0.0020 0.0020 0.0025 0.8841 0.0020 0.0020 2.5 0.2 0.0075 0.0058 0.0078 0.8857 0.0075 0.0075 0.5 0.0011 0.0011 0.0015 0.8452 0.0011 0.0011 3 0.2 0.0228 0.0118 0.0106 0.8937 0.0228 0.0228 0.5 0.0043 0.0044 0.0082 0.8503 0.0043 0.0043 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 418   table (2): mean squared error (mse) of reliability estimates based on simulations n β α 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 25 2 0.2 8.8661e-09 1.6801e-09 5.4040e-04 4.2742e-17 1.1463e-31 0.5 1.0933e-07 9.5551e-09 4.9431e-04 3.2088e-14 3.1178e-24 2.5 0.2 9.1547e-08 3.7569e-07 4.9207e-04 6.6791e-15 2.3506e-23 0.5 5.2429e-06 2.8634e-07 4.8594e-04 5.7627e-12 1.7333e-36 3 0.2 3.5488e-06 1.2662e-06 4.4190e-04 3.7563e-12 6.0057e-25 0.5 7.1999e-07 1.5285e-06 4.4240e-04 3.6421e-13 1.4778e-19 50 2 0.2 8.8349e-08 9.7428e-08 7.0465e-04 6.8744e-14 0 0.5 2.6716e-08 1.2540e-08 7.0470e-04 6.4173e-15 0 2.5 0.2 4.8101e-10 9.3650e-09 5.8745e-04 6.7782e-19 2.4385e-17 0.5 6.0132e-08 5.4459e-08 6.1243e-04 9.3136e-15 2.5984e-13 3 0.2 3.3587e-09 1.2837e-07 5.5796e-04 1.6550e-17 1.0752e-13 0.5 3.0973e-10 4.2670e-09 6.0538e-04 1.1146e-21 5.2519e-15 75 2 0.2 1.0020e-08 3.7668e-08 7.1120e-04 2.0645e-15 2.0825e-20 0.5 1.6789e-08 6.5521e-08 7.5878e-04 1.8533e-15 4.3237e-22 2.5 0.2 7.8791e-09 2.2677e-08 7.3051e-04 1.0563e-16 2.0281e-18 0.5 1.0242e-08 2.9311e-07 7.2002e-04 4.2731e-16 5.7699e-18 3 0.2 7.8496e-08 2.9791e-07 6.8397e-04 1.6989e-14 1.7126e-13 0.5 7.5074e-08 9.3980e-08 6.7492e-04 1.8214e-14 2.3336e-13 100 2 0.2 7.5865e-09 4.4484e-08 8.1402e-04 1.1724e-15 7.7964e-34 0.5 8.7731e-15 2.5500e-10 7.7805e-04 2.8446e-31 1.6974e-36 2.5 0.2 2.9358e-09 1.2003e-10 7.7132e-04 1.6660e-16 1.3086e-24 0.5 1.1759e-12 1.4244e-10 7.1239e-04 5.0870e-24 1.1373e-26 3 0.2 1.2099e-07 1.4817e-07 7.5841e-04 9.2427e-14 8.1256e-21 0.5 1.2835e-11 1.5244e-08 7.1580e-04 6.5160e-23 3.4843e-21 4. conclusions from the table (2), one can be noticed that, the shrinkage method perform better than the other methods in the sense of mse, and we recommend to use this type of estimation which is depend on prior information from the past experiences or previous studies. acknowledgment the authors wanted to provide thanks to the referees and to the editor for constructive suggestions and valuable comments which resulted in the improvement of this article reference [1] e. e. afify, linear and nonlinear regression of exponential distribution. inter. statist., online statistics journal. 2004 [2] a.n. al-joboori, el al "single and double stage shrinkage estimators for the normal mean with the variance cases", international journal of statistic, 38, 2, 1127-1134. 2014 [3] a. c.cohen& f. r.helm, estimation in exponential distribution. technometrics, 15, 415-418. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00401706.1973.104890541973 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1814 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics | 419   [4] j. lai, , & c. w. augustine, interval estimation of the two-parameter exponential distribution. journal of probability and statistics, article id 734575. http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2012/734575. 2012 [5] j. f. lawless, prediction intervals for the two parameter exponential distribution. technometrics, 19(4), 469-472. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00401706.1977.10489587,1977. [6] b. a. maguire ; e.s. pearson, and a. h. a. wynn, the time intervals between industrial accidents. biometrika 39, 168-180. 1952 [7] z. r. muhammad & s. a. ahmed, estimation accuracy of exponential distribution parameters. pakistan journal of statistics and operation research, 7(2), 217-232. 2011 [8] f. t. peter, huber-sense robust m-estimation of a scale parameter, with application to the exponential distribution. jasa, 74, 147-152. 1974 [9] c. petropoulos, new classes of improved confidence intervals for the scale parameter of a two parameter exponential distribution. statistical methodology, 8(4), 401-410. 2011. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.stamet.2011.03.002. [10] j.r. thompson, some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean. j. amer. statist. assoc. 63.113-122. 1968       conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees علوم حياة |262 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 liza abu (heckel)دراسة نسجية للقناة الهضمية في سمكة الخشني . األمعاء3 وجدان بشير عبد حنان رعد ضياء ، جامعة بغداد(ابن الهيثم)ة، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة قسم علوم الحيا 6102 /حزيران/ 62 قبل في : 6102 /شباط/ 7استلم في : خالصةال تضمن البحث دراسة التركيب النسجي لألعاور البوابية وامعاء ومستقيم سمكة الخشني , وتبين ان االعاور البوابية سم , اما امعاء سمكة الخشني فتبين (0.5)وبلغ معدل طولها (4)هي تراكيب اصبعية الشكل غير متفرعة بلغ معدل عددها انها تكون بشكل انبوب ضيق وطويل ومتكونة من عدد من اللفات ويكون الجزء االمامي منها اوسع قطرا من الجزء الخلفي سم , اما المستقيم فيكون بشكل انبوب مستقيم غير ملتٍو يمتد من نهاية الجزء الخلفي من (32)وقد بلغ معدل طول االمعاء معاء حتى فتحة المخرج .اال يتكون جدار االعاور البوابية واالمعاء والمستقيم من الطبقات النسجية الرئيسة وهي المخاطية , تحت المخاطية , العضلية , المصلية . يكون النسيج الظهاري المبطن لالعاور البوابية واالمعاء والمستقيم من النوع العمودي البسيط المتكون من التي تتلون goblet cells)ويتخلل النسيج الظهاري الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية enterocytesعوية الخاليا الم فقط . pasفي االمعاء والمستقيم , اما في االعاور البوابية فان الخاليا الكاسية تتلون بملون abوملون pasبملون بشكل طبقة نحيفة من نسيج ضام كثيف , اما الغاللة العضلية فأنها الغاللة تحت المخاطية تلي الغاللة المخاطية وتكون تتكون من الياف عضلية ملساء تكون مرتبة بطبقتين الداخلية دائرية والخارجية طوالنية , الغاللة المصلية تمثل طبقة نحيفة من النسيج الضام المفكك الذي يكون محاط بالبطانة الميزوثيلية . االعاور البوابية، األمعاء، المستقيم، القناة الهضمية . الكلمات المفتاحية: علوم حياة |263 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المقدمة alkaline digestiveان االمعاء عبارة عن تركيب انبوبي الشكل يمر فيه الغذاء ويحدث فيه الهضم القلوي لذلك يؤخذان مع بعض ويمثالن hind gut واالمتصاص، ان هذا الجزء في االسماك يصعب فصله عن المعي الخلفي ويعد الموقع النهائي لعملية الهضم mid gut المعي الوسطي intestine , وتمثل االمعاء trunk gut المعي الجذعي المعي المتوسط االمعاء الحقيقية ألنها الجزء الوحيد من القناة الهضمية الكيميائي للغذاء وامتصاص نواتجه . و جنينيا يمثل . endoderm [1]الذي يبطن بنسيج ظهاري ذات اصل اديمي باطن غذية إذ الى ان معدل طول القناة الهضمية النسبي لبعض اسماك طرفية التعظم البحرية يرتبط بعادات الت [2] لقد اشار وجد ان االسماك عشبية التغذية تمتلك االمعاء االطول ثم يتبعها االسماك قارتية التغذية ثم االسماك حيوانية التغذية واخيرا التي تمتلك االمعاء االقصر , تمتلك قسم من انواع االسماك امعاء ذات بطانة ملساء planktivorous اكالت الهائمات smooth تمتلك امعاء تحتوي على طيات طوالنية والقسم االخر longitudinal folds تشكل شبكة معقدة . وفي higher vertebrates تشبه الزغابات الموجودة في امعاء الفقاريات العليا villiحاالت نادرة تحتوي على زغابات مركز مكون من نسيج ضام غني والتي هي عبارة عن تراكيب اصبعية الشكل تكون مغطاة بنسيج ظهاري وتحتوي على . [3]وال تحتوي على اوعية لمفاوية blood capillaries باألوعية الشعرية الدموية يمثل المستقيم الجزء النهائي من االمعاء بالرغم من انه في بعض الحاالت ال توجد ميزه مظهرية واضحة بين االمعاء ( , يوجد في بعض االسماك طرفية barbus stigmaل دراسته على سمكة )من خال [4]والمستقيم وهذا ما اشار اليه تدعى بالعاصرة sphnicterعاصرة (cheilinus lunulatus)( وسمكة horaglanis krishnaiالتعظم مثل سمكة ) mucous تكون عبارة عن طية دائرية من الغشاء المخاطي ileorectal sphincterالمستقيمية –اللفائفية membrane تمتد الى تجويف االمعاء اذ تعمل على منع مرور الغذاء الى الجزء الخلفي لألمعاء قبل اكتمال عملية الهضم ( فتمتاز بوجود trichomycterus braciliensisواالمتصاص له وهذا مهم الن االمعاء تكون قصيرة اما سمكة ) . rectal sphincter [5]عاصرة في المستقيم تدعى بالعاصرة المستقيمية المواد وطرائق العمل جمعت من األسواق المحلية ومن مناطق مختلفة ضمن الرقعة liza abuسمكة خشني (45)شملت الدراسة الحالية ثم , 2014ولغاية شهر أيار من عام 2013الجغرافية لمدينة بغداد في المدة المحصورة بين شهر تشرين الثاني من عام بعمل شق في الخط الوسطي abdominal cavityإذ تم فتح الجوف البطني [6]شرحت األسماك باستعمال طريقة ثم عمل بعد ذلك شقين anusوانتهاًء امام الفتحة المخرجية pectoral finالبطني ابتداء من خلف الزعنفة الكتفية والشق pectoral finكون الشق االول خلف الزعنفة الكتفية عموديين على الشق األول في احد جوانب جدار الجسم إذ ي وتم digestive tractثم قطع جدار الجسم في ذلك الجانب ثم فصلت القناة الهضمية anusالثاني قبل فتحة الشرج عة من قبل اخراجها من تجويف الجسم وتم فصل المريء عن القناة الهضمية . حضرت المقاطع النسجية حسب التقانة المتب [7] . النتائج anatomical study.الدراسة التشريحية 0 تكون االمعاء في سمكة الخشني بشكل انبوب ضيق وطويل ومتكون من عدد من اللفات ترتبط تلك اللفات مع بعضها سم . ان االمعاء ال تتميز الى االثني عشر )العفج( (32)وقد بلغ معدل طول االمعاء mesenteriesبوساطة المساريق duodenum واللفائفيileum 1) )شكل . ( مع الجزء االمامي من االمعاء ويبلغ عددها gizzardتقع االعاور البوابية في منطقة اتصال جزء المعدة البوابي )القانصة ( ويالحظ عند فتح جدار االعاور (1سم شكل (0.5)وتكون اصبعية الشكل غير متفرعة ويبلغ معدل طولها (4)حوالي . (3)البوابية وجود طيات اصبعية الشكل شكل ويستلم من الداخل فتحات االعاور pylorusمن االمعاء يلي المعدة البوابية anterior region ان الجزء االمامي ويمتاز rectum من االمعاء يتصل بالمستقيم posterior region البوابية ويمتاز بسمك جدرانه , اما الجزء الخلفي إذ تكون طويلة في ( villiبرقة جدرانه ويالحظ عند فتح جدار االمعاء وجود طيات ممدودة اصبعية الشكل )الزغابات ( . 2 ) الجزء االمامي من االمعاء مقارنة بالجزء الخلفي شكل اما المستقيم فيظهر على شكل انبوب مستقيم غير ملتٍو يمتد من نهاية الجزء الخلفي من االمعاء حتى فتحة الشرج anus سم , ويالحظ عند فتح جدار المستقيم وجود طيات ممدودة (2.5), ويبلغ معدل طولهelongated اصبعية الشكل ( . 2)كل ذات نهاية مستدقة ش villi تمثل الزغابات .الدراسة النسجية 6 غير متفرعة fingerlikeعند الفحص النسجي لألعاور البوابية نالحظ وجود الطيات االصبعية الشكل unbranched الزغابات(villi الممتدة الى داخل التجويف إذ يبلغ معدل عددها )(20) طية . وان معدل طول الطية هو علوم حياة |264 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 ( يتكون جدار االعاور البوابية من 4-31)مايكروميتر شكل (105.7)مايكروميتر ومعدل عرض الطية (479.2) الغالالت االتية ابتداًء من الداخل نحو الخارج : يكون النسيج الظهاري المبطن لالنابيب االعورية من النوع العمودي البسيط : tunica mucosaالغاللة المخاطية ♦ simple columnar مايكروميتر يحتوي على الخاليا المعوية (42.5)والذي يبلغ معدل سمكهenterocytes التي مايكروميتر يتخلل النسيج الظهاري الخاليا (5)إذ يبلغ معدل سمكها striated borderتحتوي على الحافة المخططة (.p.a.s)لون الشيف فوق اوكسيد االيوديد ( والتي تتلون بمgoblet cells)الخاليا الكأسية mucous cellsالمخاطية 3) ) شكل (.a.b)وال تتلون بملون االلشيان االزرق (396.5)تقع اسفل النسيج الظهاري المبطن للتجويف ويبلغ معدل سمكها : lamina propriaالصفيحة المخصوصة bloodالوعية الدموية الشعرية يحتوي على ا loose connective tissueمايكروميتر وتتكون من نسيج ضام مفكك capillaries وكذلك الخاليا اللمفاويةlymphocytes ويكون النسيج الضام للصفيحة المخصوصة اساس الطيات . ( .4االصبعية الشكل . وينعدم وجود الغدد المعوية في هذه الطبقة )شكل smooth muscleتكون طبقة متقطعة من االلياف العضلية الملساء : muscularis mucosaالمخاطية العضلية fibers ( .3)مايكروميتر إذ تمتد تلك االلياف العضلية الى داخل الطيات شكل (21)يبلغ معدل سمكها looseان الغاللة تحت المخاطية تتكون من نسيج ضام مفكك : tunica submucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطية ♦ connective tissue ( .3)مايكروميتر شكل (24.5)يحتوي على االوعية الدموية ويبلغ معدل سمك الغاللة تكون الغاللة العضلية متكونة من الياف عضلية ملساء غير مخططة دائرية : tunica muscularisالغاللة العضلية ♦ ر مخططة طوالنية الترتيب خارجية يبلغ معدل مايكروميتر وطبقة عضالت غي (31.5) الترتيب داخلية يبلغ معدل سمكها ( .(3 شكلمايكروميتر (21)سمكها اذ muscularisتكون الغاللة المصلية بشكل طبقة نحيفة تغطي الغاللة العضلية : tunica serosaالغاللة المصلية ♦ ( .1 )جدول ((3مايكروميتر شكل (10.5)يبلغ معدل سمكها االمعاء تتميز الى جزأين هما : بين ان liza abuالفحص النسجي لمقاطع امعاء سمكة الخشني وعند فحص المقاطع النسجية المستعرضة لهذا الجزء يتميز بوجود (anterior intestine)الجزء االمامي من االمعاء واصبعية الشكل unbranchedطية إذ تكون طويلة وغير متفرعة (27)يبلغ معدل عددها elongatedطيات متطاولة ( 2) مايكروميتر شكل (127.05)مايكروميتر ومعدل عرضها (478.5)( ويكون معدل طول الطية villi)الزغابات ( (1جدول يتكون جدار الجزء االمامي من االمعاء من اربع غالالت اساسية وهي كاالتي : lamina تتألف الغاللة المخاطية من النسيج الظهاري والصفيحة المخصوصة : tunica mucosaالغاللة المخاطية ♦ propria والمخاطية العضليةmuscularis mucosa تكون الظهارة المخاطية المبطنة .epithelial mucosal lining (47.6)مامي من االمعاء يبلغ معدل سمكه في الجزء اال simple columnar لألمعاء هي نسيج عمودي بسيط يتكون النسيج الظهاري من الخاليا المعوية microvilliمايكروميتر فتكون طيات االمعاء مغطاة بالزغيبات enterocytes التي تحتوي في حافتها البطانية على الحافة المخططة striated border التي تمثل الزغيبات الدقيقة إذ ( منتشرة ضمن النسيج goblet cellsيتر وكذلك نالحظ الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية مايكروم (6)يبلغ معدل سمكها . 6) ( )شكل 5. )شكل (.a.b)وملون االلشيان االزرق (.p.a.s)الظهاري التي تتلون بملون عديدة السكريدات ( من جزء كبير متوسع يحتوي على المواد goblet cellsتتكون الخلية المخاطية )الخلية الكأسية ويكون للخلية عنق قصير جدا متضيق تقع النواة عند قاعدة الجزء المتوسع من mucopolysaccharidesالمخاطية (iel)الخلية وتكون ذات كروماتين كثيف، ويوجد ضمن النسيج الظهاري المبطن لألمعاء الخاليا اللمفاوية داخل الظهارة intraepithelial lymphocytes وهي خاليا صغيرة الحجم بيضوية او مدورة الشكل تحتوي على نواةnucleus ( . 7 ) غامقة محاطة بسايتوبالزم فاتح اللون شكل تقع الصفيحة المخصوصة اسفل النسيج الظهاري وتتألف من نسيج ضام : lamina propria الصفيحة المخصوصة مايكروميتر وال يوجد في (269.4)ويبلغ معدل سمكها nervesكثيف يحتوي على اوعية دموية ولمفية واعصاب (7 ) شكل tubular glandsالصفيحة المخصوصة الغدد النبيبية مايكروميتر والتي تكون بشكل طبقة غير (5)التي يبلغ معدل سمكها : muscularis mucosa المخاطية العضلية ( 7)ل مستمرة من االلياف العضلية الملساء المبعثرة شك الغاللة المخاطية ومن جهة lumenيحدها من جهة التجويف : tunica submucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطية ♦ مايكروميتر وتتكون من نسيج ضام يحتوي على الياف النسيج الضام (31.6)الجدار العاللة العضلية ويبلغ معدل سمكها (7 ) شكل إذ تترتب smooth muscle fibersتكون من الياف عضلية ملساء ت : tunica muscularisالغاللة العضلية ♦ مايكروميتر وطبقة خارجية طوالنية الترتيب (55.6)بشكل طبقتين هما طبقة داخلية دائرية الترتيب يبلغ معدل سمكها مايكروميتر ويوجد ما بين العضالت النسيج الضام المحتوي على االوعية الدموية الشعرية . (31.85)يبلغ معدل سمكها ( 7)شكل nerve plexusesوكذلك يوجد بين الطبقتين الضفائر العصبية علوم حياة |265 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 مايكروميتر وتتالف (10.5)تمثل الجزء الخارجي من االمعاء ويبلغ معدل سمكها : tunica serosaالغاللة المصلية ♦ محاط بخاليا collagen fibersإذ يحتوي على الياف مغراوية loose connective tissueمن نسيج ضام مفكك (1)( جدول (7حرشفية بسيطة واوعية دموية شعرية شكل على طيات ممدودة اصبعية الشكل )الزغابات( غير متفرعة posterior intestineالجزء الخلفي من االمعاء يحتوي تظهر في المقطع النسجي بشكل تراكيب انبوبية اقل طوال من الطيات الموجودة في الجزء االمامي وذات نهايات مستديرة يتر مايكروم (121.6)مايكروميتر ومعدل عرض الطية (349.3)طية ويكون معدل طول الطية (25)يبلغ معدل عددها ( . 1) ( جدول 2)شكل ويتكون جدار الجزء الخلفي من االمعاء من الغالالت االتية : تتكون من النسيج الظهاري المبطن للتجويف ويكون نسيجاً عمودياً بسيطاً يبلغ : tunica mucosaالغاللة المخاطية ♦ مايكروميتر إذ يكون اسمك من النسيج الظهاري للجزء االمامي من االمعاء . يحتوي على الخاليا (71.4)معدل سمكه مايكروميتر (4)إذ يبلغ معدل سمكها microvilliالمعوية التي تحتوي على الحافة المخططة والتي تمثل الزغيبات الدقيقة أسية( والتي تكون متوسعة في الوسط ومتضيقة عند القاعدة إذ تتخلل الخاليا المعوية الخاليا الفارزة للمخاط )الخاليا الك توجد النواة يحتوي الجزء المتوسع من الخلية على المواد المخاطية والتي تتلون بشدة مع ملون الشيف فوق اوكسيد االيوديد (p.a.s.) وملون االلشيان االزرق(a.b.) . loose التي تتالف من نسيج ضام مفكك lamina propriaيلي النسيج الظهاري لألمعاء الصفيحة المخصوصة connective tissue يحتوي على اوعية دموية شعريةblood capillaries يبلغ معدل سمك الصفيحة المخصوصة , ( . 8)شكل gastric glandsمايكروميتر وال تحتوي على غدد معوية (80) ( جدول(8شكل مايكروميتر (5)لمخاطية العضلية إذ يبلغ معدل سمكها تحتوي الغاللة المخاطية لألمعاء على الطبقة ا ( 1. ) تلي الغاللة المخاطية وتتكون من نسيج ضام كثيف وتكون بشكل : submucosa tunicaالغاللة تحت المخاطية ♦ (8)مايكروميتر شكل (18)طبقة نحيفة يبلغ معدل سمكها smooth muscle: تتكون من طبقتين من االلياف العضلية الملساء tunica muscularisالغاللة العضلية ♦ fibers الداخلية دائرية الترتيبcircular مايكروميتر وطبقة خارجية طوالنية الترتيب (23)يبلغ معدل سمكها longitudinal ى اوعية دموية شعرية وخاليا مايكروميتر ينتشر بينهما نسيج ضام يحتوي عل (18)يبلغ معدل سمكها ( 8)شكل لمفاوية مايكروميتر وتتألف (10.5)تمثل الجزء الخارجي من االمعاء ويبلغ معدل سمكها : tunica serosaالغاللة المصلية ♦ ( .8)من طبقة رقيقة من النسيج الضام المفكك محاط بخاليا حرشفية بسيطة شكل ( تمتد الى داخل (finger-likeفي المقاطع النسجية المستعرضة احتواءه على طيات اصبعية الشكل المستقيميظهر (365.3)طية وهي استمرار للطيات الموجودة في االمعاء , يبلغ معدل طول الطية (19)التجويف يبلغ معدل عددها ( 2)شكل مايكروميتر (103.07)مايكروميتر ومعدل عرضها كما يأتي ابتداًء من الداخل الى الخارج : المستقيم من نفس الغالالت االربعة المكونة لجدار القناة الهضمية وهييتكون جدار تتكون من النسيج الظهاري المبطن للمستقيم ويكون نسيج عمودي بسيط : tunica mucosaالغاللة المخاطية ♦ simple columnar يحتوي على حافة مخططةstriated border مايكروميتر يتكون النسيج (71.2)يبلغ معدل سمكه مايكروميتر (3)الظهاري من الخاليا المعوية التي تحتوي في حافتها الحرة على الحافة المخططة والتي يبلغ معدل سمكها وم بافراز المواد عديدة , تتخللها الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكاسية( التي تكون باعداد كبيرة وتتركز عند قواعد الطيات وتق التي تتفاعل بشدة مع ملون الشيف فوق اوكسي neutral mucopolysaccharidesالسكريدات المخاطية المتعادلة التي تتفاعل مع ملون acid mucopolysaccharidesوكذلك المواد عديدة السكريدات الحمضة (.p.a.s)االيوديد ( 10)( شكل (9شكلواالكردين البرتقالي (.a.b)االلشيان االزرق مايكروميتر (148.4)تقع اسفل النسيج الظهاري إذ يبلغ معدل سمكها lamina propriaالصفيحة المخصوصة ((11شكل يحتوي على اوعية دموية شعرية dense connective tissueوتتكون من نسيج ضام كثيف (21)بشكل طبقة رقيقة متقطعة من عضالت ملساء يبلغ معدل سمكها muscularis mucosaتكون المخاطية العضلية ( .11)مايكروميتر شكل dense connective tissueهي شبكة من النسيج الضام الكثيف : tunica submucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطية ♦ ( 11)مايكروميتر تحتوي على االوعية الدموية الشعرية شكل (11.25)وتكون طبقة نحيفة إذ يبلغ معدل سمكها (13.75)تتكون من طبقة داخلية دائرية الترتيب يبلغ معدل سمكها : tunica muscularisالغاللة العضلية ♦ ف من االلياف مايكروميتر والغاللة العضلية تتأل (26.2)مايكروميتر . وطبقة خارجية طوالنية الترتيب ويبلغ معدل سمكها ر بين االلياف العضلية نسيج ضام وتنتش non-striatedغير المخططة smooth muscle fibersالعضلية الملساء (11)شكل علوم حياة |266 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 loose connective tissueتمثل طبقة نحيفة من النسيج الضام المفكك : tunica serosaالغاللة المصلية ♦ ( (11شكلمايكروميتر (3)واالوعية الدموية الصغيرة اذ يبلغ سمكها mesothelial liningمحاطة بالبطانة الميزوثيلية ( .(1جدول المناقشة االعاور البوابية وهي بروزات من االمعاء , وتكون نسجيا مشابهه لألمعاء تعمل على زيادة المساحة السطحية الكلية ان الجزء االمامي من (chanos)في دراسته على سمكة [9], لقد بين [8]لمنطقة خلف المعدة في بعض انواع االسماك فتحة تكون مرتبة بثالث صفوف وهذه الفتحات (18)مباشرة يحتوي من الداخل (gizzard)االمعاء الذي يلي القانصة إذ ان الجزء االمامي من وهذا ال يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية (120-150)تتصل باألعاور البوابية التي يبلغ عددها في سمكة الخشني . (4)فتحات تتصل باألعاور التي يبلغ عددها (4)االمعاء يحتوي من الداخل اوضحت الدراسة الحالية ان الغاللة االولى في االعاور البوابية لسمكة الخشني هي الغاللة المخاطية وتتكون من وتتمثل لبوابية والذي يتكون من بطانة ظهارية مستندة على الصفيحة المخصوصة الغشاء المخاطي المبطن لجدار االعاور ا البطانة الظهارية بنسيج عمودي بسيط مزود بالحافة المخططة والخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( وهذا يتوافق مع ما اشار في النسيج الظهاري striated border الى وجود الحافة المخططة chanos)من خالل دراستهما لسمكة )[9] اليه المبطن لالعاور البوابية وانعدام وجودها في االمعاء والمستقيم مما يبين ان االعاور البوابية تعد منطقة امتصاص , لقد بين الموجودة في الجزء االمامي من enterocytes ان الخاليا المعوية (dentex dentx)من خالل دراستهم على سمكة [10] ) (piranha) في دراستهما على سمكة البيرانا [11]االعاور البوابية واالمعاء تقوم بامتصاص الدهون , لقد اشار (serrasalmus natterer )الى وجود طيات طوالنية مبطنة بخاليا ظهارية عمودية تتخللها خاليا مخاطية )خاليا كأسية إذ (.a.b)وال تتفاعل مع ملون االلشيان االزرق (.p.a.s)ب مع ملون الشيف فوق اوكسيد االيوديد تتفاعل بشكل موج تعمل تلك الطيات على زيادة سطح االمتصاص لألمعاء بدون زيادة طول او سمك االمعاء .وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة اور البوابية تكون محاطة بنسيج ظهاري بسيط يتخلله ان االع (sea bream)الحالية، بينما وجد في سمكة براميس البحر وهذا ال يتوافق مع [12] (alcian blue)خاليا مخاطية )خاليا كأسية( تتفاعل بشكل موجب مع ملون االلشيان االزرق نواع االسماك نتائج الدراسة الحالية , ان االختالف في كيميائية المادة المخاطية في اجزاء القناة الهضمية المختلفة وبين ا المختلفة يمكن تفسيره على ان الطبيعة الكيميائية لبيئة التجويف الهضمي خالل الهضم قد يختلف نتيجة الختالف الغذاء [13]. اما الغاللة الثانية لألعاور البوابية في سمكة الخشني هي الغاللة تحت المخاطية وهي عبارة عن طبقة رقيقة تتفرع الى من خالل دراستهما على سمكة [11]وتحتوي على االوعية الدموية الشعرية وهذا ما اشار اليه ايضا اطية الغاللة المخ , وان الغاللة الثالثة لألعاور البوابية هي الغاللة العضلية التي تتكون من االلياف العضلية الملساء غير (piranha)البيرانا من خالل دراستها على سمكة براميس [12]جية طوالنية وهذا يتوافق مع المخططة مرتبة بطبقتين داخلية دائرية وخار , اما الغاللة الرابعة لألعاور البوابية هي الغاللة المصلية والتي تكون بشكل طبقة نحيفة يبلغ معدل (sea bream)البحر في (piranha)لى سمكة البيرانا في دراستهما ع [11]مايكروميتر وهذا يتوافق مع ما اشار اليه ايضا (10.5)سمكها كون هذه الغاللة عباره عن طبقة نحيفة . , اما في االسماك gastricتمثل االمعاء احد اجزاء القناة الهضمية الذي يلي المعدة في االسماك التي تحتوي على معدة لرغم من وجود اختالفات نسجية في فتمثل االمعاء الجزء الذي يلي المريء، با a gastricالتي ال تحتوي على معدة مميزة يقسم على اربع غالالت liza abuتركيب االمعاء في االنواع المختلفة من االسماك لكن جدار االمعاء لسمكة الخشني واللبائن avesوالطيور reptilesوالزواحف amphibians رئيسة كما هو الحال في الفقاريات مثل البرمائيات mammals . [14] تتكون من السطح المخاطي mucosaان الغاللة الرئيسية االولى الغاللة المخاطية .liza aلقد وجد في سمكة الخشني تقل اطوالها باتجاه الجزء الخلفي لألمعاء , وتكون مبطنة بنسيج ظهاري عمودي villiلألمعاء الذي يحتوي على زغابات في قمته وتتخلله خاليا striated borderيحتوي على حافة مخططة simple columnar epitheliumبسيط ( تحتوي على جزء متوسع في الوسط وتقع النواة بالقرب من قاعدة الخلية وتزداد goblet cellsمخاطية )خاليا كأسية الخاليا اللمفية داخل الظهارة اعداد الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( باتجاه الجزء الخلفي من االمعاء وكذلك لوحظ وجود (iel) ntraepithelial lymphocytes وهي خاليا صغيرة بيضوية الشكل او دائرية اومدورة تحتوي على نواة غامقة rainbow)في دراسته على سمكة السلمون المرقط القزحي [15] وسايتوبالزم فاتح اللون وهذا يتوافق مع ما وجده trout)ت الدقيقة في الخاليا المعوية لألسماك يتفاوت بشكل ملحوظ بين االنواع المختلفة إذ يرتبط ذلك ، ان حجم الزغيبا ويعتمد ايضا على موقع الخاليا المعوية ضمن اجزاء االمعاء . وقد بلغ طول الزغيبات feeding habits بعادات التغذية بلغ .labeo nبينما في سمكة [16]االمامي من االمعاء مايكروميتر في الجزء (4) (wolf fish)الدقيقة في سمكة الذئب وهو اصغر من الطول الذي وجد في الدراسة الحالية . [17]مايكروميتر (0.77)طول الزغيبات الدقيقة خالل دراستهم على سمكة انقليس [19] و blind catfish) في دراستهما على سمكة الجري العمياء ) [18]اشارت من خالل دراستهم [11]( و (mugil cephalusمن خالل دراستهما على سمكة [20]و rice field eels) )حقل الرز الى زيادة كثافة الخاليا المخاطية (aphanius persicus) (persian tooth carp)على سمكة الكارب الفارسي المسنن علوم حياة |267 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 إذ تسهل من عملية طرح الفضالت وتوفير الحماية للغاللة ( في الجزء الخلفي من األمعاء،goblet cells)الخاليا الكأسية ان النسيج mystus aor)من خالل دراستهما على سمكة ) [21]المخاطية, وهذا ما وجد في النتيجة الحالية في حين اشار ة حيوانية فهي ال إذ ان السمكة ذات تغذي الظهاري لألمعاء يحتوي على عدد قليل من الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( european)من خالل دراستهم على سمكة الجري االوروبي [22]تحتاج الى افراز الكثير من المخاط , في حين اشار catfish) )الموجودة ضمن النسيج الظهاري تكون نادرة الوجود وهذا ال يتوافق الى ان الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية (rainbow trout)من خالل دراستهم على اسماك السلمون المرقط القزحي [15]مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية , لقد اوضح جية بينت ان الخاليا ( ان نتائج الدراسة الكيميائية النس (mugil cepholusمن خالل دراستهما على سمكة [20]وكذلك المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( في االمعاء تكون المواد عديدة السكريدات المخاطية والحمضة . وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الى ان نسبة عديد السكريدات المخاطية الحمضة تكون قليلة في الجزء االمامي والخلفي من االمعاء [23] الحالية , لقد اشار الى ان الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية([24] ذلك الى جعل االس الهيدروجيني لألمعاء قلوي , بينما اشار وقد يعود مما يدل على افرازها للمواد عديدة السكريدات المخاطية (.p.a.s)الموجودة في االمعاء تتفاعل بشكل موجب مع ملون الخاليا الكأسية، إذ ان الخاليا الكأسية تكون قادرة على بناء المواد عديدة وان هذه النتيجة تعتمد على درجة نضج المتعادلة السكريدات المخاطية المتعادلة و الحمضة وخاصة الكبريتية لكن اختالف افرازها ربما يعود الى التغيرات في الظروف بين النسيج الظهاري المبطن تكون mucosubstanceان المادة المخاطية [25]البيئية التي تؤدي الى تغيير عملها , ان تركيز lumenوالذي يمثل الغذاء السائل الممزوج باالنظيمات الموجودة في التجويف chymusوالكيموس االنظيمات الهاضمة يزداد تدريجيا باتجاه التجويف ومن اجل المحافظة على هذا التدرج بالتركيز تقوم الخاليا المخاطية وخاصة الكبريتية mucosubstancesبإنتاج المخاط بصورة مستمرة تعمل المواد المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( sulphated على ننقل البروتينات فضالً عن التنظيم التناضحيosmoregulation [26]للسوائل وااليونات . للغاللة المخاطية يحتوي على ان النسيج الظهاري (rainbow trout)وجد في اسماك السلمون المرقط القزحي وهذا يتوافق مع ما وجد في الدراسة الحالية، إذ ال تحتوي الغاللة المخاطية لألمعاء على نسيج لمفي [15]خاليا لمفاوية lymphoid tissue مثل لطخات بايرpeyers patches الموجودة في اللبائن بل يوجد عدد من الخاليا اللمفاوية lymphocytes تكون الطبقة المخاطية العضلية موجودة في [27]تساعد في الحماية من الكائنات الممرضة التي . والكارب ذو الرأس الكبير (hypopthalmichthys) (silver carp)والكارب الفضي (cyprinus)اسماك الكارب (hypophthalmichthyes) مؤلفة من طبقة نحيفة من االلياف العضلية الملساءsmooth muscle fibers مرتبة rainbow).وهذا ما وجد في النتيجة الحالية، بينما في اسماك السلمون القزحي المرقط longitudinalبصورة طوالنية trout) تكون المخاطية العضلية مفقودة ويوجد ضمن الصفيحة المخصوصة الطبقة المكتنزة stratum compactum الكثيفة إذ تعمل على تعزيز حماية collagen fibersالكثيف المحتوي على االلياف المغراوية المؤلفة من النسيج الضام sea), لقد وجد ان التغذية لها تأثير في التركيب الخلوي للغاللة المخاطية ألمعاء اسماك براميس البحر [15]جدار االمعاء bream) جويع اظهرت دراسات المجهر االلكتروني ان عدد إذ في فصل الشتاء يحصل تجويع لألسماك وخالل مدة الت . [16]العضيات الخلوية وكثافتها االلكترونية تقل داخل خاليا الغاللة المخاطية لألمعاء اما الغاللة الرئيسية الثانية في جدار االمعاء لسمكة الخشني فهي الغاللة تحت المخاطية تتكون من نسيج ضام مفكك schilbe)من خالل دراستهم على سمكة [28]والياف النسيج الضام وهذا ايضا ما اشار اليه يحتوي على خاليا mystus) إذ اشاروا الى ان الغاللة المخاطية تتكون من نسيج ضام مفكك والذي يكون بشكل طبقة مستمرة مع الصفيحة ان الغاللة (blind catfish)ي العمياء من خالل دراستهما على سمكة الجر[18] المخصوصة بينما اشارت الباحثتان , في .irregular dense connective tissueتحت المخاطية في االمعاء تكون عبارة عن نسيج ضام كثيف غير منتظم eosinophilic granularعدد من انواع االسماك توجد في الغاللة تحت المخاطية عدد كبير من الخاليا الحبيبية الحمضة cells لتي تشبه الخاليا البدينة وا mast cells في اللبائن، إذ تحتوي الخاليا على حبيبات ويوجد في داخلها ببتيدات peptides وان تحلل تلك الحبيبات يؤدي الى زيادة نفاذية االوعية الدموية وكذلك زيادة التصاق كريات الدم البيض العدلة neutrophils [15] [3]عية التي تشارك في العمليات المنا . لقد وجد في الدراسة الحالية لسمكة الخشني ان الغاللة الرئيسية الثالثة لألمعاء هي الغاللة العضلية تكون مؤلفة من مرتبة بطبقتين الداخلية تكون مرتبة بصورة دائرية بلغ معدل سمكها في الجزء smooth muscles عضالت ملساء مايكروميتر اما الطبقة الخارجية فهي عضالت مرتبة بصورة (23)وفي الجزء الخلفي مايكروميتر (55.6)االمامي مايكروميتر، إذ تكون الغاللة (18)مايكروميتر وفي الجزء الخلفي (31.85)طوالنية بلغ معدل سمكها في الجزء االمامي في دراستهم [29] ا يتفق مع ما اشار اليه العضلية اكثر سمكا في الجزء االمامي من االمعاء مقارنة بالجزء الخلفي . وهذ (، في حين (puntius stoliczhanusفي دراستهم على سمكة [24]( وكذلك (leporinus fridericiعلى سمكة الى ان سمك الغاللة العضلية في الجزء القريب من االمعاء كان mugil cephalus)على سمكة ) [20]اشارت دراسة مايكروميتر (3070)مايكروميتر وتكون مرتبة بطبقتين الطبقة الخارجية الدائرية الترتيب تكون سميكة , اذ بلغت (5750) ان سمك الغاللة العضلية [30]مايكروميتر , لقد بين (2000)وطبقة داخلية طوالنية الترتيب وتكون غير مستمرة بلغت لغذاء المؤقت فيها وكذلك طرح الفضالت من هذا الجزء من القناة في االمعاء قد يكون مرتبط بالوظيفة وهي خزن ا علوم حياة |268 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 الهضمية , كما ان زيادة االلياف العضلية الملساء ممكن ان يؤدي الى زيادة كفاءة الطيات لذلك يعد كتكيف لعادات التغذية القارتية في االسماك . صلية تميزت بوجود نسيج ضام مفكك يحتوي على ان الغاللة الرابعة لألمعاء في سمكة الخشني هي الغاللة الم ومحاط بخاليا ظهارية حرشفية وهذا ايضا ما اشار اليه كل من الباحثتان ميرسي و collagen fibers االلياف المغراوية في دراسته على سمكة [4], بينما بين (blind catfish)من خالل درستهما على سمكة الجري العمياء [18]بالي ((barbus stigma . ان الغاللة المصلية في االمعاء كانت عبارة عن غشاء خارجي رقيق ان الجزء االخير من االمعاء يتحور الى مستقيم , ويكون تجويف المستقيم في سمكة الخشني محاط بالغالالت االربعة في دراستها على سمكة البعوض [31] جدته المخاطية وتحت المخاطية والعضلية والمصلية وهذا يتوافق مع ما و ((gambusia affinis ان الغاللة االولى للمستقيم في سمكة الخشني هي الغاللة المخاطية والتي تتكون من النسيج بينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان البطانة الظهارية ,الظهاري البسيط المبطن والصفيحة المخصوصة والمخاطية العضلية تتمثل بنسيج عمودي بسيط مزود بحافة مخططة وتتخلله عدد كبير من الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( وهذا يتوافق مع ظهاري وبلغ معدل سمك النسيج ال barbus esocinus)في دراستها على سمكة البز ) [32]ما وجدته دراسة الباحثة مايكروميتر . (71.2)في المستقيم لسمكة الخشني مايكروميتر في سمكة (35)الى ان معدل سمك النسيج الظهاري المبطن للمستقيم كان بحدود [28] وقد اشار ((schilbe mystus (43)وحوالي ( مايكروميتر في سمكةlabeo niloticus ) وهذا السمك اقل مما وجد في نتيجة في المستقيم باحتوائها على الحافة المخططة والتي بلغ معدل enterocytesالحالية , تميزت الخاليا المعوية الدراسة مايكروميتر، إذ تكون الزغيبات الدقيقة في المستقيم قصيرة بالمقارنة مع الزغيبات الدقيقة الموجودة في االعاور (3)سمكها الى ان الخاليا الظهارية في المستقيم تحتوي ( mystus aorعلى سمكة ) [21]يضا البوابية واالمعاء وهذا ما اشارت اليه ا على زغيبات دقيقة تكون قصيرة نسبيا مقارنة بالزغيبات الموجودة في االجزاء االخرى من القناة الهضمية لذلك ليست لها الى [33]اء االمعاء االخرى , لقد اشار القابلية على االمتصاص، إذ يكون االمتصاص في المستقيم قليل جدا مقارنة بأجز ان في انواع من االسماك تزداد اعداد الخاليا المخاطية )الكأسية( ذات االفراز المخاطي المتعادل وتقل الخاليا المعوية enterocytes التي تقوم باالمتصاص بدء من االعاور البوابية وصوال الى المستقيم، إذ تعمل المواد المخاطية في المستقيم إذ اشار الى ان وجود عديد [34]على حماية الغاللة المخاطية وتسهل عملية طرح الفضالت , وهذا ما اشار اليه ايضا فضالت ودفعها ككتلة واحدة , وهذا مطابق لما وجد في النتيجة السكريدات المخاطية في المستقيم تعمل على احاطة ال ان المواد المخاطية (silurus glanis)و (esox lucius)من خالل دراستهم لسمكي [22]الحالية، بينما بين mucosubstances الهضمية التي تفرز من الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( الموجودة ضمن الغاللة المخاطية للقناة تعمل على تزييت وحماية الغاللة المخاطية من الحموضة والفعالية االنظيمية . وتكون طبقة نحيفة , قد بلغ معدل سمكها اما الغاللة الرئيسة الثانية في جدار المستقيم هي الغاللة تحت المخاطية في دراستها على سمكة [32]مع ما اشارت اليه مايكروميتر , تتكون من النسيج الضام الكثيف وهذا يتوافق (11.25) في ان الغاللة تحت المخاطية في المستقيم تكون بشكل طبقة نحيفة جدا من النسيج الضام barbus grypus)الشبوط ) في ان الغاللة تحت المخاطية barbus esocinus) الكثيف، لكن ال تتوافق مع ما اشارت اليه الباحثة على سمكة البز ) والتي يعد وجودها ميزة لألنواع التي تكون stratum compactumون سميكة وتميزت بوجود الطبقة المكتنزة تك الى ان وظيفة الغاللة (blind catfish)من خالل دراستهما على سمكة الجري العمياء [18]حيوانية التغذية، لقد اشار وتكون سميكة جدا وتحتوي على اوعية دموية شعرية والياف تحت المخاطية هي اسناد النسيج الظهاري، إذ تقع اسفله عصبية صغيرة , وتقوم بربط الصفيحة المخصوصة بالغاللة العضلية . (39.95)اما الغاللة الرئيسة الثالثة من غالالت جدار المستقيم في سمكة الخشني هي الغاللة العضلية إذ بلغ معدل سمكها مايكروميتر (87.45)ك الغاللة العضلية في االمعاء والذي بلغ في الجزء االمامي منها مايكروميتر وهو اقل من معدل سم schilbe)وسمكة labeo niloticus)على سمكة ) [35]مايكروميتر، بينما بينت دراسة (41)وفي الجزء الخلفي منها mystus). ان سمك الغاللة العضلية في المستقيم يكون كبير بالمقارنة مع اجزاء االمعاء االخرى وهذا ال يشابه لما وجد والشبوط ) (barbus esocinus) من خالل دراستها على سمكتي البز [32]في النتيجة الحالية، وقد اشارت (barbus grypus قد يرجع الى وجود نسبة كبيرة من الياف النسيج الى ان سبب اختالف معدل سمك طبقتي العضالت (schilbe mystu)من خالل دراستهم على سمكة [28]الضام الداخل بين االلياف العضلية في الغاللة العضلية، واشار الى ان الغاللة العضلية تكون نامية بشكل جيد وتتكون من الياف عضلية غير مخططة ومرتبة بطبقتين الداخلية دائرية الخارجية طوالنية . وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية، اما الغاللة الرئيسة الرابعة لجدار المستقيم لسمكة الخشني فهي و مايكروميتر ، وهي غاللة نحيفة جدا من النسيج الضام المفكك والخاليا الحرشفية (3)الغاللة المصلية بلغ معدل سمكها والشبوط (.barbus esocinus) في دراستها على سمكة البز [32]ارت اليه كل من البسيطة وهذا يتوافق مع ما اش ((barbus grypus من خالل دراستها على سمكة البعوض [31]و(gambusia affinis) . علوم حياة |269 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 المصادر 1canan, b.; nascimento, w.s.; silva, n.b. and challapa, s. (2012). morphohistology of the digestive tract of the damsel fish stegastes fuscus (osteichthyes: pomacentridae). j. scien. world: 1-9 . 2al-hussaini, a. h. (1947). the feeding habits and the morphology of the alimentary tract of some teleosts living in the neighbourhood of the marine biological station, ghardaga, red sea. pub. mar. biol. stat., 5: 1-16. 3genten, f. ; trewinghe, e. and danguy , a. (2009) . digestive system. in: atlas of fish histology. science publisher, new york : 75-91. 4kapoor, b.g. ; smit , h. and verighina , i.a. (1975) . the alimentary canal and digestion in teleosts in: advances in marine biology, vol. 13. russell f.s. and young m. (eds.) academic press, london: 109-239 . 5leake , l. d. (1995) . comparative histology . academic press , new york : 738. 6billett, f.s. and wild, a.e. ,1975, practical studies of animal development . chapmen and hall co. , london , (277) . 7humason, g. l. (1979). animal tissue technique . 4th ed. w.h. freedom co. , san francisca : xii+ 661 . 8fugi, r.; agostinho, a. a. and hahn, n. s. (2001) . trophic morphology of five benthicfeeding fish species of a tropical floodplain . revista brazilira de biology, 61(1): 27-33 . 9chandy, m. and george, m. (1959) . further studies on the alimentary tract of the milk fish chanos in relation to its food and feeding habits . ecology , 26(3): 126-134 . 10alarcon, f.j. ; diaz, m. ; moyano, f.j. and abellan, e. (1998) . characterization and functional properties of digestive protease in two sparids . gilthead seabream (sparus aurata) and common dentex (dentex dentx) . fish . physiol. biochem. , 19: 257-267 . 11raji , a.r. and norouzi , e. (2010) . histological and histochemical study on the alimentary canale in wolking catfish(claris batrachus ) and piranha (serrasalmus nattereri) . iranian j. veter. res. , 11(3) : 225-260 . 12al-abdulhadi , h.a. (2005) . some comparative histological studies on alimentary tract of tilapia fish (tilapia spilurus) and sea bream (mylio cuvieri) . egyptian. j. aquatic. res., 13: 387-397 . 13grau , a. ; crespo , s. ; saraquete , m.c. and gonzalenz de canals , m.l. (1992) . the digestive tract of the amberjack seriola dumerili risso : a light and scanning electron microscope study. j. fish . biol., 41:287-303. 14cinar, k. and senol, n. (2006) . histological and histochemical characterization of the mucosa of the digestive tract in flowerfish (pselluophoxinlls antalyae) . j. veter. med. , 35(3): 147-151. 15banan khojasteh, s.m. ; sheikhzadeh, f. ; mohammad nejad, d. and azami, a. (2009) . histological, histochemical and ultrastructural study of the intestine of rainbow trout (oncorhynchus mykiss) . world appl. sci. j. , 6(11): 1525-1531. 16kuperman, b.i. and kuzmina, v.v. (1994) . the ultrastructure of the intestinal epithelium in fishes with different types of feeding . j. fish biol. , 44: 181-193 . 17naguib, s.a.a. ; el shabaka, h.a. and ashour, f. (2011) . comparative histological and ultrastructural studies on the stomach of schilbe mystus and the intestinal swelling of labeo niloticus . j. american sci., 7(8): 251-263 . 18mercy, t.v.a. and pillai, n.k. (1985) . the anatomy and histology of the alimentary tract of the blind catfish horaglanis krishnai menon . int. j. spolool. , 14: 69-85 . 19dai , x. ; shu , m. and fang ,w. (2007) . histological and ultrastructural study of the digestive tract of rice field eel , monopterus albus . j. appl. ichthyol. , 23 : 177-183 . علوم حياة |270 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 20el-bakary, n.e.r. and el-gammal, h.l. (2010) . comparative histological , histochemical and ultrastructural stues on the proximal intestine of flathead grey mullet (mugil cephalus) and sea bream (sparus aurata) . world app. sci. j. , 8(4) : 477-485 . 21sinha , g.m. and chakrabarti , p. (1986). scanning electron microscopic studies on the mucosa of the digestive tract in mystus aor (hamilton) . proc. indian natan. sci. acad. 52 (2):267-273. 22petrinec, z. ; nejedli, s. ; kuzir, s. and opacak, a. (2005) . mucosubstance of the digestive tract mucosa in northern pike (esox lucius l. ) and european catfish ( silurus glanis) . vet. arthiv. , 75(4) : 317-327 . 23bucke, d.(1971).the anatomy & histology of the carnivorous fish the pike esox lucius l.j. fish biol. ,3(4):421_431. 24senarat, s. ; yenchum, w. and poolprasert, p. (2013) . histological study of the intestine of stoliczkaes barb puntius stoliczhanus (day,1871) (cypriniformes : cyprinidae) . kasetart . j. nat. sci. , 47(2): 248-251 . 25abu-zinadah, o.a. (1990) . studies on red seafish ph.d.dep. zoology school of biological science . university college of swan sea . 26carrasson , m. ; grau , a. ; dopazo , l.r. and crespo, s. (2006) . a histological , histochemical and ultrastructural study of the digestive tract of dentex dentex (pisces, sparidae) . histol. histopathol. , 21(6) : 579-593 . 27park, j.y. and kim, i.s. (2001) . histology and mucin histochemistry of the gastrointestinal tract of the mud loach , in relation to respiration . j. fish biol. , 58: 861872 . 28amer , f.i. ; naguib , s.a.a. and abd el-ghafar , f.a. (2008) . comparative study on the intestine of schilbe mystus and labeo niloticus in correlation with their feeding habits . egypt . j. aquat. biol. and fish . , 12(4) : 275-309 . 29albrecht, m.p. ; ferreira, m.f.n. and caramaschi, e.p. (2001) . anatomical features and histology of the digestive tract of two related neotropical omnivorous fishes (characiformes : anostomidae) j. fish. biol. , 58(2): 419-430 . 30olukolajo, s.o. (2008) . the feeding ecology of mugil cephalus (linnaeus) from a high brackish tropical lagoon in south-west nigeria african . j. biotechnol. , 7: 4192-4198 . رسالة .لالنبوب ( . التركيب النسجي والتكوين الجنيني الهضمي في سمكة البعوض1001الكواز , جنان مهدي جواد ) -11 . صفحة 101ماجستير , كلية العلوم , جامعة بابل : المياه العذبة ونسجية للقناة الهضمية لنوعين من اسماك( . دراسة تشريحية 1191عبد الرحمن , شرمين عبد هللا )-11 . 89رسالة ماجستير , كلية العلوم , جامعة بغداد : العراقية هما البز والشبو. 33clarke , a.j. and whitcomb, d.m. (1980) . a study of the digestive tract of the common eel (anguilla) . j. fish biol. , 16: 159-170 . 34martin, t.j. and blaber, s.j.m. (1984) . morphology and histology of the alimentary tract of ambassidae (cuvier) (teleostei) in relation to feeding . j. morph. , 182: 295-305 . 35khojasteh , s.m.b. (2008) . the morphology of the post-gastric alimentary canal in teleost fishes . inter. j. aqa. sci. , 3(2) : 2012 . علوم حياة |271 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 liza abuيوضح القياسات االحيائية ألمعاء سمكة الخشني ( 1جدول ) القيــــــــــــاســــــــات من االمعاء الجزء الخلفي من االمعاء الجزء االمامي المستقيـم 2.5 15 17 معدل طول القناة الهضمية )سم( ♦ 19 25 27 معدل عدد الطيات المخاطية ♦ 365.3 349.3 478.5 معدل طول الطية المخاطية )مك( ♦ 103.07 121.6 127.05 معدل عرض الطية المخاطية )مك(♦ 71.2 71.4 47.6 معدل سمك النسيج الظهاري المبطن )مك( ♦ 148.4 80 269.4 معدل سمك الصفيحة المخصوصة )مك( ♦ 21 5 5 معدل سمك الطبقة المخاطية العضلية )مك( ♦ 11.25 18 31.6 معدل سمك الغاللة تحت المخاطية )مك( ♦ 13.75 23 55.6 معدل سمك طبقة العضالت الداخلية )مك( ♦ 26.2 18 31.85 طبقة العضالت الخارجية )مك(معدل سمك ♦ 3 10.5 10.5 معدل سمك الغاللة المصلية )مك( ♦ , االمعاء gb, كيس الصفراء esمنظر سطحي يوضح القناة الهضمية لسمكة الخشني، الحظ المريء (1)شكل . piاالمعاء الخلفية pc, االعاور البوابية ps, المعدة البوابية rc, المستقيم inاالمامية علوم حياة |272 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 pas (x4: مقطع مستعرض مار خالل االعور البوابي لسمكة الخشني )ملون a (2)شكل b مقطع مستعرض مار خالل الجزء االمامي ألمعاء سمكة الخشني )ملون :h&e (x4 c مقطع مستعرض مار خالل الجزء الخلفي ألمعاء سمكة الخشني )ملون :h&e (x4 d مقطع مستعرض مار خالل مستقيم سمكة الخشني )ملون فان كيزن :(x4 علوم حياة |273 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار خالل االعور البوابي لسمكة الخشني يوضح الطيات المخاطية المغطاة بالنسيج (3)شكل . الحظ الحافة pasلمحتوي على الخاليا المخاطية )الخاليا الكأسية( المتفاعلة بشكل موجب مع ملون الظهاري ا , mm, المخاطية العضلية lp, الصفيحة المخصوصة en, الخاليا المعوية gc, الخاليا الكأسية sbالمخططة pas. )ملون s, المصلية lml, طبقة العضالت الطوالنية cml, طبقة العضالت الدائرية smتحت المخاطية (40x . جزء من مقطع مستعرض مار خالل االعور البوابي يوضح الحافة المخططة للنسيج الظهاري. الحظ الحافة (4)شكل , bcشعري , وعاء دموي lp, الصفيحة المخصوصة en, الخاليا المعوية gc, الخاليا الكأسية sbالمخططة . h&e (100x. )ملون ielالخلية اللمفية داخل الظهارة علوم حياة |274 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 مقطع مستعرض مار خالل الجزء االمامي من امعاء سمكة الخشني يوضح الخاليا المخاطية التي تتفاعل بشكل (5)شكل , الصفيحة en, الخاليا المعوية gc, الخاليا الكأسية sb. الحظ الحافة المخططة pasموجب مع ملون .40x pas). )ملون lpالمخصوصة مقطع مستعرض مار خالل الجزء االمامي من امعاء سمكة الخشني يوضح الخاليا المخاطية التي تتفاعل بشكل (6)شكل , المخاطية العضلية gc, الخاليا الكأسية sb. الحظ الحافة المخططة ph=2.5موجب مع ملون االلشيان االزرق mm تحت المخاطية ,sm طبقة العضالت الدائرية ,cml طبقة العضالت الطوالنية ,lml المصلية ,s ملون( . ab .(40x ph=2.5 علوم حياة |275 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 . مقطع طوالني مار خالل الجزء االمامي من امعاء سمكة الخشني يوضح التركيب النسجي لغالالت الجدار (7)شكل , en, الخاليا المعوية gc, الخاليا الكأسية sb, الحافة المخططة iel الخلية اللمفية داخل الظهارةالحظ , طبقة sm, تحت المخاطية mm, المخاطية العضلية bc, وعاء دموي شعري lpالصفيحة المخصوصة h&e (40x)ملون . s, المصلية lml, طبقة العضالت الطوالنية cmlالعضالت الدائرية مقطع مستعرض مار خالل الجزء الخلفي من امعاء سمكة الخشني يوضح التركيب النسجي لغالالت الجدار . (8)شكل , المخاطية lp, المخصوصة en, الخاليا المعوية gc, الخاليا الكأسية n,النواة sbالحظ الحافة المخططة , المصلية lml, طبقة العضالت الطوالنية cml , طبقة العضالت الدائرية sm, تحت المخاطية mmالعضلية s ملون( .h&e (40x . علوم حياة |276 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 مقطع مستعرض مار خالل مستقيم سمكة الخشني يوضح الخاليا المخاطية التي تتفاعل بشكل موجب مع ملون (9)شكل pas الحظ الحافة المخططة .sb الخاليا الكأسية ,gc الخاليا المعوية ,en الصفيحة المخصوصة ,lp , .40x pas))ملون . s, المصلية m , العضلية sm, تحت المخاطية mmالمخاطية العضلية مقطع مستعرض مار خالل مستقيم سمكة الخشني يوضح الخاليا المخاطية التي تتفاعل بشكل موجب مع (10)شكل , الصفيحة en, الخاليا المعوية gc, الخاليا الكأسية sb. الحظ الحافة المخططة ab ph=2.5ملون . ab (40x ph=2.5)ملون . lpالمخصوصة علوم حياة |277 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 مقطع مستعرض مار خالل مستقيم سمكة الخشني يوضح التركيب النسجي لغالالت الجدار. الحظ الخلية (11)شكل , en, الخاليا المعوية gc, الخاليا الكأسية n , النواة sb, الحافة المخططة ielاللمفية داخل الظهارة , طبقة sm, تحت المخاطية mm, المخاطية العضلية bc, وعاء دموي شعري lpالصفيحة المخصوصة . h&e (40x)ملون . s, المصلية lml, طبقة العضالت الطوالنية cmlالعضالت الدائرية علوم حياة |278 1017( عام 1)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (1) 2017 histological study of the digestive tract of liza abu (heckel) 3intestine wijdan basheer abid hanan raad diaa dept. of biology / college of education for pure science / (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in :7 /february /2016 ,accepted in : 28 /june/ 2016 abstract the study includes histological structure of pyloric caeca , intestine and rectum of liza abu , the results show that the pyloric caeca are non-branched fingerlings structures numbering (4) and length rate was (0.5) cm , while the intestine of liza abu was long narrow tube composed of a number of laps , the anterior part of intestine was wider in diameter than the posterior part , the length of intestine was (32) cm , the rectum was straight tube extends from the end of posterior part of intestine to the anus. the wall of pyloric caeca , intestine and rectum consists of main layers : mucosa , submucosa , muscularis and serosa , lining epithelium of pyloric caeca , intestine and rectum were simple columnar consisting of enterocytes having goblet cells in between , goblet cells react positively with pas and ab in intestine and rectum , and with pas only in pyloric caeca , tunica submucosa was a thin layer of dense connective tissue , tunica muscularis consists of smooth muscle fibersarranged in two layers : internal circular and external longitudinal , tunica serosa was thin layer of loose connective tissue surrounded by mesothelium . keywords : pyloric caeca , intestine , rectum , digestive tract . 10050034 10050035 10050036 10050037 10050038 10050039 10050040 10050041 10050042 10050043 10050044 10050045 10050046 10050047 10050048 etermination of some phenols in tigris river by hplc jasim m. shamar dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 28 november 2012 , accepted in :16 january 2013 abstract this study describes the determination of some phenols in four different zones of tigris river in iraq including, al-krieat, al-kadhimiya, al-jadiriyah, and al-adhamiyah. the phenolic compounds analyzed were (2,3-dimethylphenol, 4-chlorophenol, 3-nitrophenol and 2,4-dinitrophenol) using reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography (rphplc) with a uv detector on ods-c18 column(150×4.6 mm i.d) and a mobile phase consisted of methanol-water(30:70)%(v/v) at ph 5.0, and a column temperature at 30c° with 20 µl injection. uv detection helps to identify different phenols at wave length at 280 nm with a flow rate at 0.5 ml/min. the separation time was (< 6) min.the results indicated that the al-adhamiyah zone contains the highest concentration of 3-nitrophenol (0.094 µg/ml), while the al-jadiriyah zone recorded the lowest concentration of 3-nitrophenol (0.056 µg/ml).on the other hand the other phenolic compounds studied did not record any concentration in four zones of tigris river. the values of correlation coefficient and accuracy were calculated for 3-nitrophenol, the graph was linear with very good correlation coefficient (r2>0.9999). key words: phenols, tigris river, high performance liquid chromatography. 250 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction phenolic compounds, one kind of priority pollutants, often occur in the aquatic environment due to their widespread use in many industrial processes such as the manufacture of plastics, dyes, drugs, antioxidants, and pesticides[1]. phenols, even at concentrations below 1 µg/l, can affect the taste and odor of water. hence, identification and monitoring of these compounds at trace level in drinking water and surface waters are imperative. priority phenols consist of a number of substituted phenolic compounds including halogenated (e.g., chlorophenol), nitrated (e.g., 2-nitrophenol), alkylated (e.g., 2,4-dinitrophenol), and ether (e.g., methoxyphenol). priority phenols are used (or produced) in several industrial processes. they are commonly used as preservatives, disinfectants, in pulp processing, in the manufacture of pesticides and other intermediates. unfortunately, priority phenols are now common environmental pollutants found in potable water, sediments and soil. many priority phenols especially the chlorophenols, are known for their toxicity, carcinogenicity and persistence in the environment[2]. pentachlorophenol is widely used as a wood preservative and has been found to be an indoor air contaminant[3]. many phenol derivatives are now included in the lists of priority pollutants in many countries. the european community (ec) directive specifies a legal tolerance level of 0.5 μg/l for each phenol in water intended for human consumption and japan’s ministry of health, labour, and welfare specifies a maximum contaminant level (mcl) of 5 μg/l for phenols in drinking water. the u.s. epa specifies a mcl of 1 μg/l for pentachlorophenol, and eleven common phenols are on the u.s. epa priority pollutants list[2,4]. the u.s. epa lists eleven phenols on its list of priority pollutants. the european union has set the maximum total and individual phenol permitted concentrations in water used for human consumption at 0.5 μg/l and 0.1 mg/l, respectively[2]. gas chromatography(gc) is commonly used for detection of phenols[5,6], but nonvolatiles in many water samples can poison gc columns. liquid chromatography (lc) methods require preconcentration[7] and matrix elimination to detect low concentrations. solid-phase extraction (spe) is highly effective, but is time consuming and expensive. on-line spe combined with hplc reduces the labour and expense of manual spe and allows phenols to be determined at low concentrations in real samples[8]. high performance liqid chromatography(hplc) is widely used for the determination of phenolic compounds. hplc with electrochemical detection(ecd) provides superior sensitivity for most of the phenols of interest with the exception of the dinitrophenols which are measured by uv absorbance. previous studies[9,10] have shown that reversed-phase liquid chromatography (rp-lc) coupled to atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry (apci-ms) can effectively separate and detect a range of phenolic compounds at low ppb levels. generally, hplc was often used to determine phenols because of its stable sensitivity[11–14]. prior to hplc analysis, an effective preconcentration step is always necessary. recently, lpme has shown to be an attractive alternative for sample preparation. till date, lpme has been successfully applied for the extraction of organic pollutants from a variety of matrices [15–20]. in the present study we use the hplc technique for the determination of various phenolic compound in different samples. apparatus hplc analysis was carried out on an lc-10at liquid chromatography (shimadzu, japan), with two lc-10atvp pumps and an spd-10a uv/vis detector. the analytical column was avp-ods-c18 column (150×4.6 mm i.d) practical size 5 µm; shimadzu. a 7125 injector with 20 µl loop (rheodyne ca, usa). am 420 ph meter (hanna, italy) was used to measure the ph of mobile phase. 251 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 experimental materials and reagents 2,3-dimethylphenol was obtained from (fluka ag, germany); 3-nitrophenol was obtained from (riedel-de, germany); 2,4-dinitrophenol and 4-chlorophenol were obtained from (bdh chemicals, england). methanol was used as a component of the mobile phase was obtained from (tedia chemical co. germany gfs) and deionised water. water samples in this work, four water samples were used for evaluation including al_krieat, al_kadhimiya, al_jadiriyah and al_adhamiyah were collected from tigris river in baghdad city (500 ml of each sample). before the environmental water samples were used, they were filtered through 0.45µm micropore membranes. method for preparing standard solution and sample solution, separation of each compounds and determination of four phenols each phenol was dissolved in methanol to obtain a standard stock solution with the concentration of 100 µg/ml. a mixed standard solution containing four phenols was prepared in methanol. working solutions were prepared daily by appropriate dilution of the standard solutions with ultrapure water with the concentration of 1 µg/ml. phenols were eluted by using mobile phase consisted of methanol: water(30:70)v/v at flow rate of 0.5 ml/min. the injection volume and detection of wavelength were 20 µl and 280 nm, respectively. the retention times( tr1 and tr2 ) were used to calculate the capacity factors of the first and second eluted phenols, k′1 and k′2, respectively, by use of the equations (k′1 = (t1 t0)/t0) and (k′2 = (t2 t0)/t0), the number of theoretical plates(n) is calculated by use of the equation n=(16(tr /w) 2), the selectivity factor was calculated by use of the equation (α = k′2/ k′1) and the resolution factor by the use of the equation (rs = 2(t2 − t1)/(w1 + w2)), where w1 and w2 are the widths of the two peaks, where tr is the retention time of the sample and t0 is the of mobile phase(1.60 min.). phenols were initially identified by the retention times, and the concentrations were determined by comparing the peak areas of the samples to the phenols standard. results and discussion the isocratic method enables the separation and detection of four different standard phenols in a 6 minute run (fig.1). a good separation can be achieved in a short separation time . in this selected solvent using methanol:water(30:70)% as an eluent gave a good peak shapes and a good resolution of phenolic compounds. as a consequence of the separation, it was found that the elution order of the four compounds were as follows; 2,3-dimethylphenol, 4-chlorophenol, 3-nitrophenol and 2,4dinitrophenol. initial investigations into the change in the capacity factors( k′ ) of phenols with ph of eluent, and the percentage of an organic modifier showed that for full separation of phenols with avp-ods-c18 column the ph should be kept at 5 and the organic modifier at 30% v/v methanol can be used under isocratic conditions. after multiple preliminary assay an ods-c18 column an isocratic elution program by using methanol-water as solvent was chosen.the phenolic compounds have been identified according to their retention times of standard and samples solutions. table 1 gives the retention times, peak height and peak area for a number of the phenols, and table 2 shows the retention time(tr), capacity factor(k¯), number of theoretical plates(n), separation factor(α) and resolution(rs) of the phenolic compounds. 252 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 application four environmental water samples, including al_krieat, al_kadhimiya, al_jadiriyah and al_adhamiyah in tigris river. the proposed procedure has been successfully applied to the determination of phenols in river water. a sep-pak c18 cartridge was preconditioned for phenolic compounds by passing 500 ml of each sample through the cartridge, after the sample passed completely then washed with 5 ml methanol. the final volume of each sample was 5 ml that means it is concentrated one hundred times. fig. 2 shows the chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river (al-krieat zone), fig.3 shows the chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river(al-kadhimiya zone), fig.4 shows the chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river (al-jadiriyah zone), and fig.5 shows the chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river (al-adhamiyah zone). all of these sample analysis were by using λ max 280 nm (uv-detector), detection on column ods-c18 (150 × 4.6 mm i.d) and mobile phase (30:70)% methanol : water at ph 5 with flow rate 0.5 ml/min and column temperature 30 c°. in all studied zones of tigris river (al_krieat, al_kadhimiya, al_jadiriyah and al_adhamiyah) contained 3-nitrophenol at different concentrations,(0.073 µg/ml), ( 0.084 µg/ml), (0.056 µg/ml) and (0.094 µg/ml) respectively.while the other phenolic compounds studied did not record any concentration in four zones of tigris river (table 3). fig.6 shows the linear relationships between peak area and the concentrations of 3-nitrophenol in all studied zones. the concentration, retention time, peak area, peak height, corresponding regression equation, correlation coefficient and accuracy of 3-nitrophenol are summarized in table 4. references 1. moore, j.w. and ramamoorthy, s. (1984) "organic chemical in natural waters, applied monitoring and impact assessment ", springer-verlag , new york. 2. penalver, a.; pocurull, e.; borrull, f. and marce, r.m. (2002) "solid-phase microextraction coupled to high-performance liquid chromatography to determine phenolic compounds in water samples.", j. chromatogr., 953: 79-87. 3. sarrion, m.n.; santos, f.j. and galceran, m.t. (2002) "determination of chlorophenols by solid-phase microextraction and liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection.", j. chromatogr., 947: 155-165. 4. u.s. environmental protection agency.(2007) "current national recommended water quality criteria". (accessed aug 23). 5. fiamegos,y.c.; nanos, c.g.; pilidis, g.a. and stalikas, c.d. (2003) "phase-transfer catalytic determination of phenols as methylated derivatives by gas chromatography with flame ionization and mass-selective detection.", j. chromatogr., 983: 215-223. 6. peng, x.; wang, z.; yang, c; chena, f. and maia, b. (2006) "simultaneous determination of endocrine-disrupting phenols and steroid estrogens in sediment by gas chromatographymass spectrometry (gc-ms).", j. chromatogr., 1116: 51-56. 7. masque, n.; galia, m.; marce, r.m. and borrull, f. (1997) "chemically modified polymeric resin used as sorbent in a solid-phase extraction process to determine phenolic compounds in water.", j. chromatogr., 771: 55-61. 8. ye, x.; kuklenyik, z.; needham, l.l. and calafat, a.m. (2005) "automated on-line column-switching hplc-ms/ms method with peak focusing for the determination of nine environmental phenols in urine." anal. chem., 77: 5407-5413. 9. alonso, m.c.; puig, d.; silonger, i.; grasserbauer, m. and barcelo, d. (1998) "determination of priority phenolic compounds in soil samples by various extraction methods followed by liquid chromatography atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation mass spectrometry.", j. chromatogr., 823: 231-239. 253 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=articleurl&_udi=b6tg8-4jkrtrp-9&_user=3297724&_coverdate=05%2f26%2f2006&_rdoc=1&_fmt=&_orig=search&_sort=d&view=c&_acct=c000058537&_version=1&_urlversion=0&_userid=3297724&md5=12154592ce783828a96ebb9d2e0863b8 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=articleurl&_udi=b6tg8-4jkrtrp-9&_user=3297724&_coverdate=05%2f26%2f2006&_rdoc=1&_fmt=&_orig=search&_sort=d&view=c&_acct=c000058537&_version=1&_urlversion=0&_userid=3297724&md5=12154592ce783828a96ebb9d2e0863b8 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=articleurl&_udi=b6tg8-4jkrtrp-9&_user=3297724&_coverdate=05%2f26%2f2006&_rdoc=1&_fmt=&_orig=search&_sort=d&view=c&_acct=c000058537&_version=1&_urlversion=0&_userid=3297724&md5=12154592ce783828a96ebb9d2e0863b8 http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/els/00219673/1997/00000771/00000001/art00125;jsessionid=1dh9ja2ltageh.alice http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/els/00219673/1997/00000771/00000001/art00125;jsessionid=1dh9ja2ltageh.alice http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/els/00219673/1997/00000771/00000001/art00125;jsessionid=1dh9ja2ltageh.alice 10. martinez, j.; belmonte, a. and garrido, a. (2004) "determination of fifteen priority phenolic compounds in environmental samples from andalusia (spain) by liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry. ", analytical of bioanalytical chem., 379: 125-130. 11. zhao, l. and lee, h.k. (2001) "determination of phenols in water using liquid phase microextraction with back extraction combined with high-performance liquid chromatography.",j.chromatogr.,931:95-105. 12. jiang, k.; oh, s.y. and lee, h.k. (2005) "dynamic liquid-liquid microextraction with automated movement of the acceptor phase.",anal.chem.,77:1689-1695. 13. sarafraz-yazdi, a.; beiknejad, d. and eshaghi, z. (2005) "lc determination of monosubstituted phenols in water using liquid-liquid phase microextraction.", chromatographia, 62: 49-54. 14. zhang, j.; jiang, h.; zou, m. and shi, l.j. (2006) "selective solid-phase extraction of bisphenol a using molecularly imprinted polymers and its application to biological and environmental samples. "analytical of bioanalytical chem., 385:780-786. 15. basheer, c.; lee, h.k. and obbard, j.p. (2004) "application of liquid-phase microextraction and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry for the determination of polychlorinated biphenyls in blood plasma.", j. chromatogr., 1022:161-162. 16. hou, l. and lee, h.k. (2004) "determination of pesticides in soil by liquid-phase microextraction and gas chromatography–mass spectrometry. ", j. chromatogr., 1038:3742. 17. yazdi, a.s. and eshaghi, z. (2005) "surfactant enhanced liquid-phase microextraction of basic drugs of abuse in hair combined with high performance liquid chromatography. ", j. chromatogr.,1094: 1-8. 18. jager, l. and andrews, a.r. (2002) "development of a screening method for cocaine and cocaine metabolites in saliva using hollow fiber membrane solvent microextraction. ", anal. chem. acta , 458: 311-320. 19. leinonen, a.; vuorensola, k.; lepola, l.m. and kuuranne, t. (2006) "liquid-phase microextraction for sample preparation in analysis of unconjugated anabolic steroids in urine. ", anal. chem. acta, 559: 166-172. 20. dubey, d.k.; pardasani, d.; gupta, a.k. and palit, m. (2006) "hollow fiber-mediated liquid-phase microextraction of chemical warfare agents from water. " j. chromatogr., 1107: 29-35. table (1): retention time, peak height, and peak area of phenols by using rp-hplc on column ods-c18 and mobile phase methanol-water(30:70)%(v/v) at ph 5.0, and column temperature 30c°. peak area % peak area µv peak height cm tr (min) phenols no. 38.344 295528 7.00 2.644 2,3-dimethylphenol 1 28.476 219471 5.50 3.688 4-chlorophenol 2 20.154 155330 3.50 4.094 3-nitrophenol 3 5.732 44175 1.00 5.118 2,4-dinitrophenol 4 92.706 714504 17.00 total 254 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 http://www.biomedexperts.com/abstract.bme/16427062/hollow_fiber-mediated_liquid-phase_microextraction_of_chemical_warfare_agents_from_water http://www.biomedexperts.com/abstract.bme/16427062/hollow_fiber-mediated_liquid-phase_microextraction_of_chemical_warfare_agents_from_water http://www.biomedexperts.com/abstract.bme/16427062/hollow_fiber-mediated_liquid-phase_microextraction_of_chemical_warfare_agents_from_water table (2): retention time(t r ),capacity factor(k¯), number of theoretical plates(n), separation factor(α) and resolution(rs) of phenols using rp-hplc on column ods-c18 and mobile phase methanol-water(30:70)%(v/v) at ph 5.0, and column temperature 30c°. rs α n k¯ tr min dead time (to) min phenols no. 2.644 0.65 310.69 ـــــــ ـــــــ 1.6 2,3-dimethylphenol 1 1.74 2.00 604.50 1.30 3.688 4-chlorophenol 2 0.58 1.19 419.02 1.55 4.094 3-nitrophenol 3 1.46 1.41 1164.17 2.19 5.118 2,4-dinitrophenol 4 table (3):concentrations of phenols in tigris river using rp-hplc on column ods-c18 and mobile phase methanol-water(30:70)%(v/v) at ph 5.0,and column temperature 30c°. no. phenols al krieat zone µg/ml al kadhimiya zone µg/ml al-jadiriyah zone µg/ml aladhamiyah zone µg/ml 1 2,3-dimethylphenol 2 4-chlorophenol 3 3-nitrophenol 0.073 0.084 0.056 0.094 4 2,4-dinitrophenol table (4): concentrations, retention time(tr), peak area, peak height, corresponding regression equation, correlation coefficient and accuracy of 3-nitrophenol for four water samples in tigris river using rp-hplc on column ods-c18 and mobile phase methanol-water(30:70)%(v/v) at ph 5.0, and column temperature 30c°. 3-nitrophenol water sample no. peak height % peak area % peak height(cm) peak area (µv) t r (min) conc. µg/ml 42.664 48.038 6.00 285963 3.991 0.073 al-krieat zone 1 60.138 56.886 6.50 329182 3.961 0.084 al-kadhimiya zone 2 60.950 58.031 6.80 219433 3.960 0.056 al-jadiriyah zone 3 57.290 63.423 6.80 368388 4.187 0.094 al-adhamiyah zone 4 0.307 total 0.076 mean 21.20 r.s.d. % y = 3.9e + 6x –142.30 regression equation 1.0000 correlation coefficient (r2) 255 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 256 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig.(1):chromatogram for separation of 2,3-dimethylphenol, 4-chlorophenol,3nitrophenol and 2,4-dinitrophenol respectively by using rp-hplc on column ods-c18 and mobile phase methanol-water(30:70)%(v/v) at ph 5.0, and column temperature fig.(2): chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river(al-krieat zone) on column ods-c18( 150 × 4.6 mm i.d ) and mobile phase( 30:70 )% methanol : water at ph 5 with flow rate 0.5 ml/min and column temperature 30 c°. fig.(3): chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river(al-kadhimiya zone) on column ods-c18( 150 × 4.6 mm i.d ) and mobile phase( 30:70 )% methanol : water at ph 5 with flow rate 0.5 ml/min and column temperature30 c°. fig.(4): chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river(al-jadiriyah zone) on column ods-c18( 150 × 4.6 mm i.d ) and mobile phase( 30:70 )% methanol : water at ph 5 with flow rate 0.5 ml/min and column temperature 30 c°. fig.(5): chromatogram for separation of 3-nitrophenol in tigris river(al-adhamiyah zone) on column ods-c18( 150 × 4.6 mm i.d ) and mobile phase( 30:70 )% methanol: water at ph 5 with flow rate 0.5 ml/min and column temperature 30 c°. fig.(6): the relationship between peak area and concentrations of 3-nitrophenol in all studies zones of tigris river including al-jadiriyah, al-krieat, al-kadhimiya and al-adhamiyah zone respectively. تقدیر بعض الفینوالت في میاه نھر دجلة بإستعمال تقنیة كروموتوغرافیا السائل ذي األداء العالي جاسم محمد شامار جامعة بغداد ) /ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /الكیمیاء علوم قسم 2013كانون الثاني 16قبل البحث في : ، 2012تشرین الثاني 28استلم البحث في : الخالصة تناولت ھذه الدراسة تقدیر بعض الفینوالت في أربع مناطق مختلفة من نھر دجلة في العراق التي تضمنت الكریع�ات، -۳كل�ورو فین�ول، -٤ثن�ائي مثی�ل فین�ول، -۲،۳تم تحلیل المركبات الفینولیة المدروس�ة( .والكاظمیة، والجادریة واألعظمیة م�عالط�ور المعك�وس -فین�ول) باس�تعمال تقنی�ة كروموتوغرافی�ا الس�ائل ذي األداء الع�اليثن�ائي ن�ایترو -۲،٤نایترو فینول و : 30مل�م وط�ور متح�رك م�ن المیث�انول والم�اء( (4.6×150) بأبع�اد ods-c18على عمود لألشعة فوق البنفسجیة كاشف 280/دقیقة وطول موجي مل 0.5بمعدل جریان 30) (°cودرجة حرارة العمود الكروموتوغرافي ph 5.0)% ذي 70 ن�ایترو فین�ول ( -۳بینت النتائج ان منطقة األعظمی�ة تحت�وي عل�ى أعل�ى تركی�ز م�ن · ) دقیقة >٦نانومیتر خالل زمن قدره ( ف�ي .مایكروغرام/م�ل) 0.056ن�ایترو فین�ول ( -۳مایكروغرام/مل)، بینما سجلت منطقة الجادری�ة اق�ل تركی�ز م�ن 0.094 حس�بت ق�یم الدق�ة، ومعادل�ة .حین لم تسجل المركبات الفینولیة المدروسة االخرى أي تركی�ز ف�ي المن�اطق االربع�ة م�ن النھ�ر · نایترو فینول في المناطق المدروسة -۳ومعامل االرتباط للمركب الخط المستقیم، ت األداء العالي. الفینوالت ؛ نھر دجلة، كروموتوغرافیا السائل ذا الكلمات المفتاحیة: 258 | chemistry @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 microsoft word 409-420 409الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 التقدير الطيفي للباراسيتامول بوساطة االزوتة واالقتران مع حامض االنثرالنك محمد صالح عبد الرحيم خلف فارس السامرائي جامعة سامراء /كلية التربية /قسم الكيمياء سرمد بهجت ديكران جامعة بغداد/) الهيثم ابن( كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2015كانون األول//28في: ، قبل2015تشرين الثاني//22استلم في: الخالصة ه واقترانه مع حامض االنثرالنك ككاشف ازوتباالعتماد على ،الباراسيتامول يتضمن البحث تطوير طريقة طيفية لتقدير قانون بير يطاوع ،نانومتراً 421 لتكوين صبغة آزوية ذات لون اصفر تعطي اعلى شدة امتصاص عند ،قاعدياقتران في وسط وداللة ساندل 1-.سم1-لتر.مول 2.1772×410 امتصاصية موالريةمع مكغم/مل. 10-1.0 الخطية بين حدودضمن في المستحضرات الصيدالنية.. تّم تطبيق هذه الطريقة بنجاح لتقدير الباراسيتامول 2-مكغم.سم6.9446 الباراسيتامول، االشكال الصيدالنية، االزوتة واالقتران، حامض االنثرالنك. التقدير الطيفي،الكلمات المفتاحية: 410الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ريظالجزء الن -اسيتايل -n) هو األسم الشائع للمركب والمسمى كيميائياً ب aceto amino phenol ،الباراسيتامول ( اسيتو أمينو فينول ول ( –بارا يتاناليد -4) او n-acetyle-p-aminophenolأمينو فين ي اس ، hydroxy acetanilide.[1]-4 هيدروكس )1وكما مبين في الشكل رقم( c8h9no2جزيئية وله صيغة -168 له درجة انصهار تتراوح بين ،مول/غم 151.2وزنه الجزيئي ،نه مسحوقاً أبيض اللون بلوري الشكل يمتاز بكو مل ) وله قابلية كبيرة 100 /غم 5.0-1.0ين ويذوب جزئياً في الماء (نقليل الذوبان جداً في االيثر او كلوريد المثيا 172 و 5.5للمحلول يتراوح بين phوهو مثل الفينول له خواص حامضية ضعيفة إذ إنَّ االس الهيدروجيني للذوبان في الكحول. 6.5 [3]. وقدر الباراسيتامول , ]97[وبطريقة الكروموتكرافيا ]6-4[تم تقدير الباراسيتامول بطرائق متعددة إذ قدر بالطرائق الطيفية . ]11,10[ايضاً بتقنية الحقن الجرياني ثالثي هيدروكسي -6,4,2, والكاشف ]12[وقدر الباراسيتامول بطريقة االزوتة واالقتران باستعمال الكاشف فلورو اسيتو فينون .]13[بنزلديهايد . ]15[والثايمول ]14[واستعمل حامض االنثرالنك في التقدير الطيفي لبعض المركبات الدوائية كاالموكسيلين الجزء العملي عملةاألجهزة المست 1.0واستعملت خاليا من الكوارتز ذات مسار ضوئي shimadzu uv-1800تم إجراء القياسات الطيفية بوساطة جهاز . sartorius bl 2105سم. واستخدم ميزان حساس نوع عملةالكواشف والمواد الكيميائية المست يتامول) 0.025ُحضر باذابة : مكغم/مل) 100محلول الباراسيتامول القياسي ( غرام من المادة الفعالة القياسية (الباراس مل بالماء المقطر. 250 ثم اكمل الحجم الى العالمة في قنينة حجمية سعة ،في كمية من الماء المقطر ز ( وديوم بتركي ة : %) 1.0محلول نتريت الص ر باذاب ن 2.000ُحض ب م م مناس ي حج وديوم ف ت الص ن نتري رام م غ .مل، واكمل الحجم الى العالمة بالماء المقطر للحصول على التركيز المناسب 200نقل الى قنينة حجمية سعة الماء المقطر ثم والري) 5محلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم بتركيز (~ ة : م ر باذاب ي 40.000ُحض وديوم ف يد الص ن هيدروكس رام م غ .مل 200نة حجمية سعة حجم مناسب من الماء المقطر ثم اكمل الحجم الى العالمة في قني ك ( امض االنثرالن ف ح ول كاش ة : %) 1.0محل ر باذاب ي 1.0ُحض ف ف ن الكاش رام م امض 0.5غ ن ح ل م م .مل بالماء المقطر 100الهيدروكلوريك والماء المقطر مع التسخين واكمل الحجم الى العالمة في قنينة حجمية سعة ز (~ والري) 5محلول حامض الهيدروكلوريك بتركي ر ب: م ذ أُحض ز 43.0خ دروكلوريك المرك امض الهي ن ح ل م م .مل 100واضيف الى حجم مناسب من الماء المقطر ثم اكمل الحجم الى العالمة في قنينة حجمية سعة يدالنية رات الص ل المستحض م وزن : محالي و اوت ( 10ت ار الفل ن عق ة م راص بدق رة اق ن flu-outعش ون م ) المتك يتامول تخراج الباراس م اس دة، ت ى ح رص عل ل ق ت ك ورفينرامين مالي طوالكل وع االوزان متوس ان مجم د وك رص الواح وزن الق ان توسطغرام، اما م 7.2881 دة فك م 0.7288وزن الحبة الواح دة، ث ورة جي ا بص راص ومزجه ذه االق ن ه م طح ك ت د ذل رام. بع غ افئ ي تك ة، الت د بدق رص واح ادل وزن ق ا يع يتامول) و 500وزن م ة (الباراس ة النقي ادة الفعال ن الم م م ورفينرامين 2ملغ م الكل ملغ م ال يبذأو ،ماليت ل الحج م اكم ر ث اء المقط عة في كمية من الم ة س ة حجمي ي قنين ة ف د العالم رج 100ى ح م ال ر، ت اء المقط ل بالم م مادة غير ذائبة. ةيأبصورة جيدة ثم رشح المحلول النهائي باستعمال ورقة الترشيح للتخلص من 411الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 النتائج والمناقشة االختبارات االولية 5.0مل من محلول 0.5%) مع 1.0مل من محلول نتريت الصوديوم ( 1.5نَّه عند مزج أاالولية لوحظ بفي التجارب %)، وبعد ترك الخليط لمدة خمس دقائق 1.0مل حامض االنثرالنك ( 1.5ثم اضافة ,موالري حامض الهيدروكلوريك مع الرج مل من محلول 1.5مكغم و 100قار (الباراسيتامول) تحوي )، واضافة كمية من محلول العمْ 5-0وفي حمام ثلجي ( ,في الظالم وبعد اكمال حجم الخليط النهائي إلى العالمة بالماء المقطر في قنينة ,موالري هيدروكسيد الصوديوم تكون مركب ملون 5.0 421.0موجي مل، تم تسجيل طيف االمتصاص للمحلول الملون الناتج واظهر أعلى امتصاصية عند الطول ال 10حجمية سعة نانومتراً مقابل المحلول الصوري. ضبط الظروف التجريبية تاثير كمية نتريت الصوديوم تم اجراء دراسة لتثبيت الكمية الفضلى من نتريت الصوديوم التي تعطي اقصى امتصاص لناتج التفاعل، إذ تم اضافة حجوم موالري محلول حامض 5.0مل من 0.5%) مع 1.0( مل) من محلول نتريت الصوديوم تركيزه 2.0-0.5متزايدة ( ) لمدة مْ 5 0%)، وترك الخليط في حمام ثلجي ( 1.0مل من حامض االنثرالنك ( 1.5الهيدروكلوريك وبعد الرج جيدا تم اضافة من محلول مل 1.5تم اضافة مكغم. وبعد ذلك 100ثم تم اضافة كمية من محلول العقار تحوي من خمس دقائق في الظالم و تم قياس .مل 10موالري واكمل الحجم إلى العالمة بالماء المقطر في قنينة حجمية سعة 5.0هيدروكسيد الصوديوم تركيزه .)2الشكل ( نانومتراً مقابل المحلول الصوري 421.0امتصاصية المحلول الملون الناتج عند الطول الموجي يك تاثير كمية حامض الهيدروكلور موالري التي تعطي أعلى امتصاصية لناتج التفاعل 5.0 ذي التركيزدرست الكمية الفضلى من محلول حامض الهيدروكلوريك موالري حامض 5.0مل) من محلول 1.0-0.1%) مع حجوم مختلفة ( 1.0( مل من نتريت الصوديوم 1.0الملون، إذ تم اضافة %) وترك الخليط لمدة خمس دقائق في حمام 1.0من محلول حامض االنثرالنك (مل 1.5الهيدروكلوريك مع الرج، ومن ثم اضافة 1.5اضافة بمكغم، واتبع ذلك 100ْم) بعيدا عن الضوء. اضيف بعد ذلك حجم من محلول العقار (الباراسيتامول) يحوي 5 0ثلجي ( مل. قيست 10اء المقطر في قنينة حجمية سعة موالري هيدروكسيد الصوديوم واكمل الحجم إلى العالمة بالم 5.0مل من محلول .)3الشكل ( نانومتراً مقابل المحلول الصوري 421.0امتصاصية ناتج هذا التفاعل عند الطول الموجي تاثير كمية حامض االنثرالنك التي تزيد من شدة ,%) 1.0زه (اجريت دراسة لتثبيت الكمية الفضلى الواجب استعمالها من محلول حامض االنثرالنك تركي موالري محلول حامض 5.0مل من 0.8%) محلول نتريت الصوديوم مع 1.0مل من ( 1.0اللون لناتج التفاعل وذلك بمزج %) 1.0مل) من محلول ( 2.0-0.5بعد ذلك اضيفت حجوم متزايدة ( ,مع الرج مل 10 سعة حجمية قنينة فيالهيدروكلوريك ْم) لمدة خمس دقائق في الظالم، واضيف بعد ذلك محلول 5 0برد الخليط بوضعه في حمام ثلجي (حامض االنثرالنك، و موالري محلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم 5.0مل من محلول 1.5اضافة تبع ذلك مكغم، و 100العقار(الباراسيتامول) الحاوي على نانومتراً مقابل 421.0قيست االمتصاصية مباشرة عند الطول الموجي ,ثم اكمل حجم الخليط النهائي إلى العالمة بالماء المقطر .)4الشكل ( المحلول الصوري تاثير زمن االنتظار لتكوين ملح الدايازونيوم لقد تم اجراء دراسة لتثبيت زمن االنتظار الالزم لتكوين ملح الدايازونيوم الذي يعطي أعلى امتصاصية لناتج عملية موالري محلول حامض 5.0مل من 0.8%) نتريت الصوديوم مع 1.0مل من محلول ( 1.0ذ تم مزج االزدواج، إ زمنية مختلفة مدد%) حامض االنثرالنك وترك الخليط ل 1.0مل من محلول ( 1.0بعد ذلك تم اضافة ,الهيدروكلوريك مع الرج حجم معين من محلول العقار (الباراسيتامول) اضيفثم ْم) بعيدا عن الضوء، 5 0دقائق) في حمام ثلجي ( 10-0تراوحت بين ( اكمل الحجم إلى العالمة بالماء المقطر في وموالري محلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم 5.0مل من 1.5، و مكغم 100يحوي على قابل المحلول الصورينانومتراً م 421.0تم قياس قيمة االمتصاصية للناتج الملون عند الطول الموجي ,مل 10قنينة حجمية سعة .)1جدول ( 412الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 تاثير زمن تفاعل االزدواج بين العقار وملح الدايازونيوم 0.8) محلول نتريت الصوديوم مع %1.0مل من ( 1.0الجل تثبيت الزمن االفضل لتفاعل العقار مع ملح الدايازونيوم، تم مزج %) 1.0مل من محلول حامض االنثرالنك ( 1.0وبعدها تم اضافة موالري محلول حامض الهيدروكلوريك مع الرج. 5.0مل من ْم) لمدة خمس دقائق وفي الظالم، واضيف بعد ذلك محلول العقار (الباراسيتامول) الحاوي على 5-0مع وضعه في حمام ثلجي ( دروكسيد الصوديوم موالري محلول هي 5.0مل من 1.5 يفثم اض دقائق) 10–0( مكغم، وتم ترك المحلول لمدد مختلفة 100 421.0قيست االمتصاصية مباشرة عند الطول الموجي .مل 10اكمل حجم الخليط إلى العالمة بالماء المقطر في قنينة حجمية سعة و .)2جدول ( نانومتراً مقابل المحلول الصوري م هيدروكسيد الصوديوكمية تاثير ,موالري التي تعطي أعلى امتصاصية لناتج التفاعل 5.0الصوديوم بتركيز ثبتت الكمية الفضلى من محلول هيدروكسيد %) مع 1.0نتريت الصوديوم تركيزه (محلول من مللتر واحد مل 10 سعة حجمية قنينة ج فيوذلك باجراء دراسة إذ مز ) %1.0حامض االنثرالنك (مل من محلول 1.0موالري مع الرج، وبعدها تم اضافة 5.0مل من حامض الهيدروكلوريك 0.8 اضافة محلول العقار (الباراسيتامول) الحاوي علىقبل ْم) 5 0نتظار لمدة خمس دقائق في الظالم وفي حمام ثلجي (االو موالري محلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم واكمل الحجم 5.0مل) من 2.0-0.5، وبعد ذلك تم اضافة حجوم مختلفة (مكغم 100 .)5الشكل ( نانومتراً مقابل المحلول الصوري 421.0ء المقطر ، وتم قياس االمتصاصية عند الطول الموجي إلى العالمة بالما المعقد المتكوناستقرارية فيتاثير الزمن 0.8%) مع 1.0مل محلول نتريت الصوديوم ( 1.0وذلك بمزج تمت دراسة استقرارية الصبغة الناتجة من التفاعل ) %1.0مل من محلول حامض االنثرالنك ( 1.0موالري محلول حامض الهيدروكلوريك مع الرج، ثم اضافة 5.0مل من ْم) وفي الظالم. اضيف بعد ذلك محلول العقار(الباراسيتامول) 5 0وترك الخليط لمدة خمس دقائق في حمام ثلجي ( هيدروكسيد الصوديوم، واكمل الحجم إلى العالمة موالري محلول 5.0مل من 1.0مكغم واتبع باضافة 100الحاوي على مختلفة نةنانومتراً بعد ازم 421.0مل وتم قياس االمتصاصية عند الطول الموجي 10بالماء المقطر في قنينة حجمية سعة .)3جدول ( دقيقة) مقابل المحلول الصوري 35-0تراوحت بين ( طريقة العمل واعداد منحني المعايرة مل) من المحلول القياسي لعقار الباراسيتامول 1.0-0.1ظروف الفضلى التي تم الحصول عليها تم نقل حجوم مختلفة (وفقا لل وقياس االمتصاصية عند ,مل وتم تحضير محاليل بتراكيز مختلفة 10مكغم/مل)، إلى سلسلة من قنان حجمية سعة 100تركيزه ( ي.أتنانومتراً كما ي 421.0الطول الموجي موالري محلول 5.0مل من 0.8 ونتريت الصوديوم %) 1.0(محلول مل من 1.0مزج مل، ي 10سعة حجمية قنينة في في الظالم ويترك الخليط ,) حامض االنثرالنك%1.0مل من محلول ( 1.0 يضاف بعد ذلكحامض الهيدروكلوريك مع الرج، ثم مل 1.0 ومكغم)، 100-10لعقار تحوي (ا من محلول مختلفة حجوم تضاف ومن ثم ،ْم) 5 0لمدة خمس دقائق في حمام ثلجي ( االمتصاصية عند الطول الموجي قيم قاست .الحجم إلى العالمة بالماء المقطر ويكملموالري محلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم 5.0من .)6الشكل ( نانومتراً مقابل المحلول الصوري 421.0 توافق الطريقة ودقتها حساب توافق ودقة تركيز ل لكل تكرارات ولثالثةمكغم/مل) 9و 5و 2تراكيز مختلفة ضمن حدود منحني المعايرة (ة ثالث اعتمادتم على التوالي والنتائج مبينة ) % reالنسبة المئوية للخطا النسبي ( و %) rsdالطريقة بداللة النسبة المئوية لالنحراف القياسي النسبي ( .)4في جدول ( دراسة تاثير المتداخالت -وهي (النشامل /مكغم 1000بتركيز تم دراسة تاثير بعض المضافات الشائعة االستعمال مع المستحضرات الصيدآلنية نَّه ال تاثيرأإذ وجد الفضلى) على قيمة االمتصاصية تحت الظروف pvptalc -يك للساحامض الس -ستريت المغنسيوم .)5جدول ( قيمة االمتصاصية للناتج الملون فيلهذه المضافات ملحوظ تحليل عينات دوائية لعقار الباراسيتامول ملغم من 500تحتوي على ) flu outطبقت الطريقة المقترحة على اقراص صيدالنية لمستحضر صيدالني تحت اسم ( إذ تم تحضير تراكيز مختلفة من المستحضر الصيدآلني )4.2وحضرت محاليلها وفق ما مبين في فقرة ( الباراسيتامول .)6جدول ( وباستعمال الطريقة المقترحة في الدراسة لتقدير الباراسيتامول 413الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 مقارنة الطريقة مع طرق اخرى ).7الباراسيتامول كما في الجدول (رى لتقديرتمت مقارنة الطريقة مع طرائق اخ ميكانيكية التفاعل المقترحة ).7تفاعل المقترحة كما في الشكل (توضح ميكانيكية ال اطياف االمتصاص ).8نانومتراً كما في الشكل ( 421طيف االمتصاص لعقار الباراسيتامول إذ وجد ان الطول الموجي االعظم هو المناقشة ، عند بطريقة االزوتة واالقتران مع كاشف حامض االنثرالنك الباراسيتامولوحساسة لتقدير بسيطةوصفت طريقة طيفية توسطمل، وم /مكغم )(1 10 الخطية للمستقيم حدودالوكانت واعطى صبغة ازوية ذات لون اصفر, نانومتراً، 421طول موجة في الباراسيتامول %، ، وطبقت الطريقة بنجاح في تقدير 0.5 اقل من واالنحراف القياسي النسبي، %100.6نسبة االسترجاعية . مستحضراته الصيدالنية إحدى المصادر 1. "the merck index on cd-rom", (2000) whitehouse station, nj, usa, 12th ed, . 2. " british pharmacopoeia on –cd-rom "(2010)., 3rd ed. , copyright by system simulation ltd., the stationery office , london,   3. alemika, a. s.; bala, e.; sani, f., and ramat b., (2012) "analysis of different brands of paracetamol 500 mg tablets used in maiduguri", irjp, 3(8), 165-167. 4. abed, s.; (2009), "determination of micro amount of paracetamol in pharmaceutical preparations by molecular spectrophotometric method" j. of al-nahrain university. 12 (2), june, 46-53. 5. mohammed, e.; and al-shwaiyat, k., (2013)."spectrophotometric determination of paracetamol by reduction of 18-molybdo-2-phosphate heteropoly anion" jordan j. chem.,8, 2, 79-89, 6. ghulam, m.; and ali, s., (2011), "development of auv-spectrophotometric method for the simultaneous determination of aspirin and paracetamol in tablets" sci. res. essays.6, (2), 417-421. 7. umesh, t.; and baheti, j., (2013), "simultaneous and specific approach for determination of lornoxicamand paracetamol in human plasma by lc–esi-ms/ms employing 96 well high throughput formats" ijarpb: 3(3), 41-50. 8. rama, s. v.; belemkar, s.; and tiwari, r. n. (2014), "rp-hplc method development and validation of etodolac and paracetamol in tablet dosage form" int j.pharm tech res., 6,.2, 775-782 . 9. mallikarjunarao, n.; and dananna, g., (2015), "development and validation of stability indicating rp-hplc method for simultaneous estimation of paracetamol and flupirtine maleate in pure and pharmaceutical dosage forms" j. young pharm.,7, issue 2, 81-88. 414الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 10. ruengsitagoon, w.; liawruangrath, s.; and townshed, a., (2006), "flow injection chemiluminescence determination of paracetamol", talanta, 69, 976-983. 11. d. easwaramoorthy.; yu y.c.; and huang, h.j. (2001), "chemiluminescence detection of paracetamol by a luminolper-manganate based reaction", anal. chim. acta , 439, 95. 12. nabeel, s.; and abdul aleem, s., (2007), "spectrophotometric assay of paracetamol in pharmaceutical preparations" j.edu. sci., 19, (3). 13. al-uzri, w. a.; (2012), "spectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin inpharmaceutical preparations through diazotizationand coupling reaction" ,iraqi j. sci., 53. 4, 713-723, 14. al-ghabsha, s.; and saeed, a.; (2006) "indirect spectrophotometric determination of paracetamol via oxidative coupling reaction with 4-(2-pyridylazo)-resorcinol", j. edu. scl., 18 (1), 11-20 15. chandra, r.; and sharma, k, (2013). "quantitative determination of paracetamol and caffeine from formulated tablets by reversed phase-hplc separation technique" int. j.chromatsci., 3(2), 31-34. عملية ازوتة حامض االنثرالنك في ): تأثير زمن االنتظار1الجدول ( الزمن (دقيقة) االمتصاصية 0.211 0 0.211 3 0.642 5 0.523 8 0.244 10 زونيوماعملية تفاعل العقار مع ملح الداي في): تأثير الزمن 2الجدول ( الزمن (دقيقة) االمتصاصية 0.642 0 0.446 5 0.270 10 المعقد المتكوناستقرارية في): تأثير الزمن 3الجدول ( الزمن (دقيقة) االمتصاصية 1.406 0 1.369 5 1.401 10 1.408 15 1.409 20 1.409 30 1.390 35 415الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 دقة الطريقة وتوافقها): 4( الجدول rec % % r.s.d % r.e. concentration of paracetamol (μg.ml-1) found taken 105 0.5991 5.0 2.10 2.0 100.6 1.1051 0.6 5.03 5.0 98.9 0.1952 1.1 8.90 9.0 المتداخالت تأثير): 5الجدول ( excipients 1000 µg/ml paracetamol concentration (µg.ml-1) % recovery taken fond ستريت المغنسيوم 10 10.07 100.7 99.0 9.90 النشا pvp 9.70 97.0 103.0 10.30 حامض السالسيك talc 9.60 96.0 تحليل عينات من عقار الباراسيتامول )6(الجدول rsd% r.e% recovery% concentration (µg.ml-1) sample foundtaken 2100 0.3 100.3 6.02 6 (flu out) paracetamol (500 mg)/tablet sdi/iraq 1582 -1.2 98.8 7.90 8 416الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 الباراسيتامول ): مقارنة طرائق تقدير7الجدول ( present method (15) hplc method oxidative (14) coupling analytical parameters 421 nm 243 nm 450 nm λ max , (nm) 20 20 20 temperature (⁰c) 5 min 3.03 min 5 min development time (min.) 35 min ----------stability period (hour) 2.1772×104 0.613×104 5252 ε , (l. mol-1.cm-1) 1-10 0.04-0.12 0.4-22 beer 's law range (μg.ml-1) 99.55 99.62 100.20 average recovery (%) 0.1582-0.2100 ----0.172-0.234 rsd (%) 0.9947 0.999 -------correlation coefficient toxicity of reagent غير سام -----غير سام 0.1178 ----------detection limit (μg.ml-1) اسيتامولرالتركيب الكيميائي للبا :)1الشكل ( نتريت الصوديومحجم تأثير ):2( شكلال 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 a b so rb a n ce volume of (1.0 %) nano2 417الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 حامض الهيدروكلوريك حجم): تأثير 3( شكلال حامض االنثرالنك حجم): تأثير 4( شكل 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 a b so rb a n ce volume of (5.0 m) hcl 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 a b so rb a n ce volume of (1.0 %) c7h7no2 418الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 على ناتج تفاعل االزدواج naohموالري 5.0تأثير حجم محلول ):5( شكلال المنحني القياسي لتقدير الباراسيتامول باستعمال تفاعل االزوتة واالقتران ): 6الشكل ( .مع كاشف حامض االنثرالنك 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 a b so rb a n ce volume of 5.0 m naoh solution (ml) y = 0.144x + 0.0056 r² = 0.9947 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 a b so rb a n ce concentration of paracetamol (μg.ml-1) 419الكيمياء | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ho h n ch3 o oh o n n cl ho h n ch3 o ho o nn naoh o n ch3 o ho o nn paracetamol diazotized anthranilic acid colored product measured at 421 nm + التفاعل المقترحة ةميكانيكي) : 7الشكل ( ) : اطياف االمتصاص8الشكل ( 420مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 spectrophotometric determination of paracetamol by diazotization and coupling reaction with anthranilic acid mohammed s. abdulraheem khalaf f. alsamarrai dept. of chemistry/ college of education/ university of samarra sarmad b. dikran dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/university of baghdad received in:22/november/2015,accepted in:28/december/2015 abstract this paper concerned with development of a spectrophotometric method for the determination of paracetamol, based on the diazotisation and coupling reaction with anthranilic acid in basic medium, to form an intense yellow coloured, water-soluble and stable azo-dye which shows a maximum absorption at 421nm. beer’s law is obeyed over the concentration range of 1.0-10 µg/ml; with molar absorptivity of 2.1772×104 l.mol-1.cm-1 and sandell’s sensitivity index 6.9446 µg.cm-2. the method has been applied successfully for the determination of paracetamol in pharmaceutical formulation. key words: spectrophotometric, determination, paracetamol, dosage forms, d diazotization and coupling, anthranilic acid. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 115 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 schiff base complexes: synthesis, characterization and study of bioactive such as antibacterial and antifungal kaleda kalaf gabar ministry of education ahmad.alani5102@gmail.com received in:16/october/2017, accepted in:6/june/2018 abstract the complexes of schiff base (6-[hydroxy benzylidene)-amino]-pyrimidine-2,4-diol ) (l) with mn(ii), fe(ii), co(ii) and ni(ii) were prepared. the schiff base and complexes have been characterized by ft-ir, 1h-nmr, uv-vis, lc-mass spectra, magnetic moment, elemental microanalyses (c.h.n.), chloride containing, atomic absorption and molar conductance. the schiff base, metal salts and complexes were also screened for their bioactivity such as antibacterial and antifungal. keyword: schiff base complexes, antibacterial and antifungal, bioactive studies. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 mailto:ahmad.alani5102@gmail.com https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 116 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction schiff bases are organic compounds which contain the (c=n) azomethine group [1]. the azomethine group plays an essential role for showing excellent bio active and any groups another of schiff base and schiff base coordination with metal ions does the same including (antifungal, antibacterial, anticancer, anti diabetic and anti inflammatory [2-6]. the interaction of these metal ions and donor schiff base ligands give different geometries complexes and these complexes are bio active [7], heterocyclic 4-amino-2,6dihydroxypyrimidine compound containing these (o-h) and (nh2) groups is very bio active [8]. in this work, a new efficient route for the synthesis of schiff base ligand and their metal complexes has been studied. the biological activity of these ligands, metal salts and their complexes is evaluated experimental materials and methods the following chemicals were commercially available and were used without further purification: 4-amino-2,6-dihydroxypyrimidin and 4-di methyl amino benzaldehyde dmso, pure ethanol, methanol from fluka, acetic acid glacial from riedel, fecl2.h2o, aldrich) (diethyl ether, cacl2, nicl2.6h2o, mncl2.4h2o and cocl2.6h2o, reedel). instrumentation ft-ir spectra were recorded in the range (4000-400) cm-1 on a shimadzu 3800, spectrometer as kbr disc. electronic absorption spectra were recorded in the range (200-900) nm for solution in dmso (1×10 -3) on a shimadzu 160 spectrophotometer. elemental (c.h.n) analyses were carried out on a perkin-elmer automatic equipment model 240.b. mass spectra were obtained by using lc-mass 100p shimadzu. melting points were obtained on a buchi smp-20 capillary melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. metal ratios were identified using a shimadzu (a.a) 680g atomic absorption spectrometer. conductivity measurements were measured for solution in dmso (1×10 -3) using a jenway 4071 digital conductivity meter at room temperature. magnetic properties were measured using (magnetic susceptibility balance model msr-mki). synthesis of schiff base ligand: 6-[hydroxy benzylidene)-amino]pyrimidine-2,4-diol (l): a solution of 4-amino-2,6-dihydroxypyrimidine (1 g, 7.867 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml) was mixed with a solution of 2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (0.960 g, 7.867 mmol). the reaction mixture was stirred and heated at (40-50)°c for 3hrs. a dark yellow precipitated was formed, which was washed with diethyl ether and recrystallized from methanol: water (1:1) mixture. the product was dried via anhydrous cacl2 in vacuum as shown in scheme (1), and shown the homo & lumo for ligand theoretical figure (1). the yield is 93.66%, mp.196°c. 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, ppm):4.493, 3.426 and 3.024 (s, 3h, o-h phenol), 7.0088.084 (m, 5h, arom-ch), 9.197(s, 1h, n=c-h azomethine). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 117 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 scheme (1): preparation of the ligand (l) figure (1): homo & lumo for ligand synthesis of schiff base complexes a solution of schiff base (6-[hydroxy benzylidene)-amino]-pyrimidine-2,4-diol) (1 g, 4.326 mmole) in methanol was added gradually with stirring to 0.851g, 0.622g, 1.0249g and 1.024g respectively, of mncl2.4h2o, fecl2.h2o, cocl2.6h2o, and nicl2.6h2o, respectively. the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux and the solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized from ethanol and dried at room temperature, showed in scheme (2), figure (2) shows: 3d structure of co(ii) complex. physical properties and elemental microanalysis for the complexes are given in table (1). scheme (2): preparation of the complexes https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 118 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (2): 3d structure of co(ii) complex study of bioactivity schiff base, metal salts and complexes were screened against staphylococcus aureus (gram positive) and pseudomonas aeruginosa (gram negative) bacteria as well fungi like penicillium expansum, fusarium graminearum, macrophomina phasealina, and candida albicans, by using the wall agar diffusion method. using solvent (dmso), the concentration of the compounds in this exposure was (1×10-3 m) by using disc sensitivity test. this method involves the exposure of the zone inhibition toward the diffusion of micro-organism on agar plate. the plates were incubated for (24 and 48) hrs of bacteria and fungi respectively at 37 °c. results and discussion complexes were obtained upon reaction between metal ions and bidentate schiff base (6[hydroxy benzylidene)-amino]-pyrimidine-2,4-diol) in mole ratio (1:2) (m:l). the synthesized schiff base and its complexes are very stable at room temperature in the solid state. the compounds are generally soluble in hot dmf and dmso. the yields, melting/decomposition points, elemental micro analyses of schiff base and its metals complexes are presented in table (1). it is found that the analytical data are in a good agreement with the proposed stoichiometry of the complexes. schiff base was melting point at temperatures 196ºc, while all complexes were decomposed at temperatures higher than (265300) ºc. the ligand and its metal complexes have dye character due to the high molar extinction constant. molar conductance values were found in the range (10-14) s. cm2 mol-1 for all complexes which indicate that they are non-electrolytes [9]. these were determined in (dmso) solution (1 ×10-3m). physical properties and elemental microanalysis are listed in table (1). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 119 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (1): microanalysis results and some physical properties of the ligand and its complexes element analysis % calc. (found) m.p. °c molecular formula =mwt sam n h c m 18.17 )20.01( 3.92 )3.01( 57.14 )57.97( 196 c11h9n3o3 231.21 l 16.31 )15.18( 3.13 )4.11( 51.27 )51.09( 10.66 )9.99( 300 d c22h16n6o6mn 515.34 lmn 16.28 )15.18( 3.12 )4.11( 51.18 )49.79( 10.82 )9.99( 281 d c22h16n6o6fe 516.24 lfe 16.18 )15.18( 3.11 )4.11( 50.88 )49.89( 11.35 )10.99( 267 d c22h16n6o6co 519.33 lco 16.19 )15.28( 3.11 )4.09( 50.90 )49.09( 11.31 )10.99( 265 d c22h16n6o6ni 519.09 lni d = decompose mass spectra for complexes the lc-mass spectra of complexes [l, lmn and lfe] figure (3), figure (4) and figure (5) showed the parent ion peaks at (m/z=231.4), (m/z = 515.2) and (m/z=516.4) corresponding to (m= c11h9n3o3), (m= c22h16n6o6mn) and (m= c22h16n6o6fe) respectively. the fragmentation pattern is shown in table (2). table (2): the fragmentation pattern data for ligand and its metal complexes compounds peaks l = c11h9n3o3 = 231.21 231.4, 159 lmn= [mn (l)2 ] c22h16n6o6mn= 515.34 515.2, 282.2, 164.2 lfe = [fe (l)2] c22h16n6o6fe= 516.24 516.4, 283.2, 282.2, 164.2 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 120 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (3): lc-mass spectrum of (6-[hydroxy benzylidene)-amino]-pyrimidine-2,4diol) figure (4): lc-mass spectrum of [mn (l)2] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 121 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (5): lc-mass spectrum of [fe (l)2] ir spectra the ir spectrum of the ligand (6-[hydroxybenzylidene)-amino]-pyrimidine-2,4-diol) (l) and its complexes show characteristic bands at 3066 and 3047 cm-1 due to the ν(ch) aromatic, 2988, 2994 cm-1 ν(ch) aldehyde, 3500 cm-1ν(o-h) phenol,1655, 1608 cm-1 υ(c=c) and 1713 cm-1 υ(c=n) azomethine, functional groups, respectively, for the ligand[10]. the ir spectra of the complexes exhibited ligand bands with the appropriate shifts dueto complexes formation [10,11]. this indicates that the ligand was coordinated with the metal ions through the (n) azomethine group, and (o) phenol group. at lower frequency the complexes exhibited new bands around (532-470), and (448-420) cm-1 assigned to the υ(m-n) and υ(m-o), respectively [12,13]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 122 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (2): ft-ir spectral data (wave number υ-) cm-1 for the ligand and its complexes compounds υ (o-h) phenol υ (c-h) aromatic υ (c-h) aldehyde c=c c=n m-n m-o l 3500 3066 3047 2988, 2994 1655 1608 1713 lmn 3516 3047 2824 1605 1643 470 497 424 lfe 3624 3045 2889 1621 1604 1667 479 520 448 420 lco 3634 3040 3043 2824 1655, 1601 1676 470 532 428 lni 3516 3048 2854 1643 1605 1647 498 563 424 470 figure (6): ft-ir spectrum of (6-[hydroxy benzylidene)-amino]-pyrimidine-2,4-diol) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 123 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (7): ft-ir spectrum of [co (l)2] figure (8): ft-ir spectrum of [ni (l)2] https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 124 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 electronic spectral the electronic spectrum of the ligand exhibits intense absorption at 465,336 and 268 nm attributed to n→ π* and π→π* respectively, figure (9). the electronic spectrum of co(ii) complex showed three broad peaks at 663,341and 271 nm assigned to 4a2→ 4t1(p), n→π*and π →π* respectively, suggesting a tetrahedral geometry figure (10). the electronic spectrum of ni(ii) complex showed five broad peaks at 615, 490 attributed to 4a2→ 4t1(p) and 407, 322 nm and 268 nm assigned to n→π* and π →π* respectively, suggesting a tetrahedral geometry [14,15]. mn(ii) complex showed strong bands at 271nm and 341nm, whic attributed to (π→π*) and (n →π*), respectively, while the peak at 485nm attributed to charge transfer (c.t) the shoulder at 666 nm due to 6a1→ 4e(d), finally the band at 508 nm belong to 6a1→ 4t2(d), these values are accepted for tetrahedral complex. the dark-green complex of fe(ii) showed band at 275 and 351nm related to π→π* and charge transfer, respectively. the peak at 663 nm caused by the electronic transition 5e(d)→ 5t2(d)suggesting an tetrahedral geometry [14, 16]. magnetic moments in this case the magnetic moment for mn(ii), fe(ii), co(ii) and ni (ii) complexes are 4.656, 4.7, 3.88 and 2.93 b.m respectively which confirmed the tetrahedral geometry for complexes [16]. all the absorption bands were fully assigned in table (3). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 125 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (3): electronic data magnetic moment and molar conductivity for ligand and its complexes compounds λmax nm ύ cm-1 assignment μeff m.b. l 465 336 268 21505.37 29761.90 37313.43 n→π* n→π* π →π* lmn 666 508 485 341 271 15015.01 19685.04 20618.55 29325.51 36900.36 6a1→ 4e(d) 6a1→ 4t2 (d) c.t n→π* π→π* 4.656 lfe 663 351 275 15082.95 28490.03 36363.6 5e(d)→ 5t2(d) c.t π→π* 4.7 lco 663 341 271 15082.95 29325.51 36900.36 4a2→ 4t1(p) n→π* π →π* 3.88 lni 615 490 407 322 268 16260.16 20408.16 24570.02 3105590 37313.43 3t1→ 3t1(p) n→π* n→π* π →π* 2.93 figure (9): uv-vis spectrum of ligand l https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 126 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (10): (uv-vis) spectrum of complex col antimicrobial activity of ligand, metal salts and all complexes schiff base, metal salts and their complexes of transition metals were screened for antibacterial and antifungal activity. the entire tested compound exhibited variable antibacterial and antifungal activity as shown in figures (11) and (12). ligand exhibited activity antibacterial against s. aureus and p.aeruginosa,it’s known that the activity is higher in complexes and metal salts than that in ligand. while the ligand and some salts metals exhibiting antifungal strong activity against p.expansum and c. albicans, by not exhibited antifungal activity against f.graminearum and m. phaseolina as compared with the antimicrobial activity with some metal complexes which exhibited antifungal activity top than ligand, exhibited some complexes. prepared antifungal activity strong against f.graminearum and m.phaseolina as compared with the ligand which did not exhibite antimicrobial activity, from the data shown in table (4) and figures (13-18) a lot of compounds exhibited bio activity against 2 kinds of bacteria and 4 kinds of fungal. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 127 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 table (4): antibacterial and antifungal activities for ligand, metal salts and its metal complexes comp. staphylococcus aureus gram(+) pseudomon as aeruginosa gram (-) penicillium expansum fusarium expansum macropho-mina phaseolino candida albicans a b a b a b a b a b a b l 35 32 35 32 46 36 *** *** mncl2.4h2o 40 18 20 14 fecl2. h2o 30 12 15 cocl2.6h2o 40 25 23 18 30 18 26 15 20 10 nicl2.6h2o 15 12 16 15 38 28 38 33 [mn (l)2] 24 20 15 12 12 24 20 12 8 [fe (l)2] 24 14 10 20 15 [co (l)2] 20 12 14 12 25 14 [ni (l)2] 18 20 18 23 20 25 15 con 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ***= highly active; a= conc. ; b= dilu. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 128 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 staphylococcus aureus gram(+), with a= conc. ; b= dilu pseudomonas aeruginosa gram (-), with a= conc. ; b= dilu figure (11): the antibacterial activity of compounds against s. aureus and p. aeruginosa 0 13 25 38 50 cont cocl2.6h2o [co (l)2] a 0 13 25 38 50 cont cocl2.6h2o [co (l)2] a https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 129 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 penicillium expansum, with a= conc. ; b= dilu fusarium expansum, with a= conc. ; b= dilu macropho--mina phaseolino, with a= conc. ; b= dilu 0 13 25 38 50 cont cocl2.6h2o [co (l)2] a 0 13 25 38 50 cont cocl2.6h2o [co (l)2] a b 0 13 25 38 50 cont cocl2.6h2o [co (l)2] a b https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 130 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 candida albicans, with a= conc. ; b= dilu figure (12): the antibacterial activity of compounds against p.expansum, f.graminearum, macropho--mina phaseolino and candida albicans figure (13): staphylococcus aureus gram (+) for compounds 0 13 25 38 50 cont cocl2.6h2o [co (l)2] a b https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 131 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (14): pseudomonas aeruginosa gram (-) for compounds https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 132 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (15): penicillium expansum for compounds https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 133 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (16): fusarium expansum for compounds https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 134 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (17): macrophomina phaseolino for compounds https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 135 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (18): candida albicans for compounds https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 chemistry | 136 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 references 1. al-zoubi, w.; al-hamdani, a. a. s. and gun ko, y. (2017). schiff bases and their complexes: recent progress in thermal analysis. separation science and technology. 52(6): 1052-1069. 2. suman, m.; suparn, g. and bharti, j.(2010). synthesis, spectral and biological studies of some metal chelates of bidentate schiff base derived from acetazolamide j. ind. council chem. 27( 2): 173-176. 3. al-zoubi, w.; al-hamdani, a. a. s.; ahmed, s. d. and gun ko, y. (2018). synthesis, characterization, and biological activity of schiff bases metal complexes, journal of physical organic chemistry. 31(2): 1-13. 4. palaska, e.; sahin, g;kelicen, p.; durlu , n.t. and altinok,g.(2002).synthesis and anti-inflammatory activity of 1-acylthiosemicarbazides 1,3,4-oxadiazoles-1,3,4-thiadiazoles and 1,2,4-triazole-3-thiones.farmaco,57(2):101-107. 5. yan, z.; ren-zhong, q.; peng-fei, x.; zi-yi, z. and qin ,w. (2002). li-min mao and kai-bei yusynthesis and antibacterial activities of 2-(1-aryl-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives. j chin cheml soc., 49(1) 369-373. 6. al-hassani, r. a.; sinan, m. m. and abdullah, s. m. (2013). synthesis, characterization, photo degradation and biological study of schiff base of isatin derivative with zr(iv), rh(iii) and pd(ii) ions. peak j. phys. environ. sci. res.; 1(6):95-105. 7. sarika, r. y. amit, r. y. gaurav, b. p. and anand, s. a. (2003). “synthesis and characterization of transition metal complexes with n, o-chelating hydrazone schiff base ligand”, american-eurasian complexes containing heterocyclic nitrogen donor ligands”, chem pap ., 57 (2): 91-96, 8. muna, a. (20130.coordination behavior of n/o donor ligand with some transition metals. acta chim. pharm. indica.; 3(2):127-134. 9. geary, w. j. the used conductivity measurements inorganic solvents for the characterization of coordination compounds. coord. chem. rev.1971:7-81. 10. sliverstien r.; bassler g.; morrill t. (2005). spectrometric identification of organic compounds. 7th addition, john wiley, new york, 11. al-hamdani, a. a. s. and shaker sh. a. (2011). synthesis, characterization, stuctural studies and biological activity of a new schiff base–azo ligand and its complexation with selected metal ions. oriental j. chem.; 27 (3):825-845. 12. al-hamdani, a.a. s.; balkhi, a. m. and falah, a. and shaker, sh. a. (2015). new azo-schiff base derived with ni(ii), co(ii), cu(ii), pd(ii) and pt(iv) complexes: preparation, spectroscopic investigation, structural studies and biological activity. j. chil. chem. soc.; 60(1): 2774-2785. 13. nakamaoto, n. (2009).infarared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, 6thed, part 2 john wiley and sons, inc., new jersy. 14. lever a. b. p., (2003). from coelho to inorganic chemistry: a lifetime of reactions by fred basolo, profiles in inorganic chemistry, john p. fackler jr. (series ed.), kluwer academic publishers/plenum press, new york, ny,hardbound., coordination chemistry reviews., 247 (1): 197-197 (1) 15. al-hamdani,a.a.s and al-zoubi, w. (2015). new metal complexes n3 tridentate ligand: synthesis, spectral studies and biological activity. spectrochimica acta part a : mole.and biomol., 137 : 75-89. 16. al-hamdani, a.a. s.; balkhi, a. m. and falah, a. (2013). synthesis, spectroscopic and biological activity studies of azo-schiff base and metal complexes derived from 5methyl tryptamine. damascus uni. j. for basic sci.; 29(2):21-41. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1962 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 db18c6 مع الزئبق ثایوسانات للمعقد المذیبي االستخالص في دراسة راضي وحید سامي، الحیدري المحسن عبد ، المرعب رزوقي صفاء ، الكبیسي قدوري رافع بغداد جامعة ، الهیثم ابن التربیة كلیة، الكیمیاء قسم 2000 نيالثا كانون 16 :في البحث قبل 1999 األول تشرین 2 :في البحث استلم الخالصة تـاثیر ودرس db18c6 االیثـري المركـب باسـتخدام الثایوسـیانات ایونـات مع ایوني كزوج الزئبق ایون استخالص تم عامــل هـي الزئبــق اسـتخالص بنــسب تـؤثر التــي العوامـل هــذه . االسـتخالص مــن النظـام هــدا طبیعـة فــي المـؤثرة العوامـل وتركیــز الموجـب االیــون وتركیـز الموجـب االیــون وتركیـز طبیعــة وعامـل الثایوسـیانات ایــون تركیـز وعامــل الحامـضیة الدالـة مهمـه عوامـل تثبیـت عنـد االسـتخالص اجـراء امكانیـة النتـائج بینـت .العـضوي المـذیب ونـوع الحـرارة ودرجة العضوي الكاشف .اعاله العوامل هي -انـدبتوكر 18c6.dch ،bc6 , 15c5 مثـل اخـرى ركبـاتم باسـتخدام) ii (الزئبـق اسـتخالص امكانیـة دراسـة تـم كـذلك الفـــوق واالشــعه الحمـــراء تحــت االشـــعة ومطیافیــة المیـــل طریقــة باســـتخدام المستخلــصة االجـــزاء تكافؤیــة دراســـة تــم . 222 اكـدت التحالیـل وجمیع االنصهار ودرجة chn تحلیل جهاز باستخدام chn تحلیل واجراء . المرئیة واالشعه البنفسجیة 2[hg (scn)4][k+.ce] الصیغة وجود والنتروجیني الهیدروجیني الكاربون تحلیل ، التاجیة األثیرات ،الزئبق المذیبي األستخالص :المفتاحیة الكلمات مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 study o n solvent extraction of mercury complex with db18c6 r.k.alk ubaisy. s.r.almureb . a.m.alhaideri. s.w. radhi departme nt of chemistry, colleg of education i bn al-haltham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 2 october 1999 accepte d in : 16 january 2000 abstract m ercury (ii) ion is extracted as ion p air with thiocy anate using dcm .the effects of different p arameters affecting the ease of extraction are determined . these p arameters are p h ,t hiocy anate ion concentration ,ty p e and concentration of the counter cation concentration of the reagent , temp erature and ty p e of solvents .ot her crown ethers (15c5 db24c , dch18c6 and 18c6 and cryp tand222 are invest igated as extracting reagents using slop analysis method uv-visible and ir sp ectrometry .chn analysis and melting p oints determination are p erfored for comlex analysis .all these invest igations indicated the formula [k+ce]2[hg (scn )4]-2. key words: solvent extraction ,mercury ,crown ethers chn analy siss introduction separation methods are the imp ortant st ep to be taken before determination of any chemical sp ecies. the best sep aration ensure the accurate determination .various p rinciples are emp loyed in sep arating the sp ecies in the form and p hy sical static suitable for the method of determination. solvent extraction st ands as the best technique for sep arating trace and large amounts of chemicals since it is fast , simp le , low cost and selective. m ercury (ii) form number of comp lexes and coordination numbers and st ereo st ructures .it forms linear comp lexes with coordination number 2 and square p laner comp lexes with coordination number 4. octahedral comp lexes of hg (ii) are less common[1].the bonds between hg (ii) and ligands show covalent p rop erties when the coordination number is tow[2]. hg(ii)is classified as soft base and chloride ion as hard base . hg (ii) form st able comp lexes with ligands coordinating through sulfur ,nitrogen and oxy gen[3]. titanium can not be extracted form nitric acid meditm using oxy genic solvents and tbp[4]. 1.10.p henanthroline iron(ii) :2-dip y ridyl iron (ii)are used for extracting acids [7] and chelate comp ounds[8],dithiocarbamate [9], diethy l ammonium diethy l dithiocarbamate [10] and dithiazone [11] are used for extraction of hg (ii) . crown ethers with their chemical variety are emp loyed for extracting many elements on laboratory [12]. in the p resent work db18c6 and other crown ethers are investigated as extractants for hg(ii).and the effect of various related p arameters are invest igated. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 materials and methods chemicals and reagents: all chemicals and reagents used are of a.r. grade sup p lied and emp loyed in the p reparation p rocess . m and b m erck and other comp anies . m ercury st andard solution is p repared by dissolving 1.713gm of hg (no3)2h2o in liter of doubly distilled water . the diluted solutions of mercury were freshly p repared due to inst ability .doubly distilled water is washed with dithiazone in cc14 before using. all other chemicals are used without further p urification. instrumentations 1.single beam uv-visible sp ectrop hotometer 4050-012. 2.double beam u v-visible sp ectrop hotometer shimadzu-160. 3.temp erature control circulator churchill chiller.16.00139-40. 4. pw-9418 p h meter .p hilips. 5. m elting p oint measuring sy stem(england). 6. electrical shaker. scientifically supp lies(w.germany). 7.chn elemental analy zer.ea-1108. mercury measurement orange yellow complex is formed at p h 2.5 by shaking the aqueous solution with dithizone solution in ccl4. the organic p hase is washed and the measurement is carried out at max=485 nm using uv-visible sp ectrop hotometer. results and discussions the calibration curve for the determination of hg(ii).using dithiazone method is determined . it gave a linear relation on the concentration range of 4.98 x10-7 2.94x10-5m (1-50ug). on evaluating the effect of kscn concentration on d value of hg extraction with db18c6 in dcm form a medium of p h=3. results indicated increasing of d value till 1.6 m kscn , after which d value decreases. this att ributed to the extraction of the sp ecies [k+scn][scn]. fig.(1) the best p h for extracting hg(ii) is found to be 2.5 although d value is constant over p h range 3-7. at lower ph t he sp ecies [h+ch] [scn ] increases. t able (1). مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 d value is found to be increasing with increasing db18c6 concentration in dcm . the relation between log d and log [db18c6] is p resented in fig. (2). the slop e of the st raight line obtained is 1.82 the value which p redict the extracted sp ecies [k+ ce]2 [hg (scn)4]-3 with a little con the extraction sy st em is carried out at acidic medium (hcl) the sp ecies centration is of [k+ce] [hg(scn)3] the dominating sp ecies is since [h+ce ] 2[hg(scn)4]-2 are extracted. increasing of hg (ii) concentration gave increasing d value for hg (ii) . plotting of log d against log [hg] gave a st raight line with a slop e of 0.9. this means t hat t he contribution of hg(ii) in the extracted sp ecies is constant fig.(3). ten minutes is found to be the best time of equilibration for the sy st em. using of different organic solvents indicate that nitrobenzene is the best .plotting of log d against log ∑ gave a st raight line while of log d versus 1/∑.gave two linear relations due to the p resence of more then two sp ecies .fig.(4).table (2,3) show d values for the extraction of hg (ii) using different crown ethers it can seen that dch18c6 is the best due to matching between linic raddi and cavitt suize of the crown ether (k+ionic raddi is 2.66a0). using different salts of scn ion gave increasing d values in the order kscn≥rbscn≥nascn=cs scn. performing the extraction at different temp eratures indicated exothermic extration in the p resence of k+ and cs+ and endothermic reaction na+ rb + fig.(5). slope analy sis indicated that hg:db18c6 ratio is :2.[k+ce]2[hg(scn)4]-2.t his ratio is sup p orted by mole ratio method tablel (3). subst oichiometric exraction also sup p orted this ratio fig (7). using of chloride ion instead of thiocy anatc ion gave no extraction .uvvisible and ir sp ectra sup p orted the p redicted formula (max db18c^=250.max [k+ce]2[hg(scn)4]2=chn analysis gave the following results which is also in accordance with theoretical calculations table (4). koh was found to be effective in back extracting h g(ii) . it is found that 2.5m of koh decreases t he d value to 0.23. cry ptand 222 in nitrobenzene is used for the extraction of hg(ii) as thiocy anate and chloro complexes . thiocy anate complex with cryptand -222 was p romising while that of chlorid e is not . recent advances in the solvent extraction of mercury(ii) with calivareneo and crown ethers [13] , extraction of mercury(ii) with dichloro18 crown 6 and its app lications in the treatments of industrial wast es [14], and the comp lexes of mercury (ii) cyndates of crown ethers in dimethy l sulfoxide [15]. re ferences 1.cotton, f.a.; wilkinson ,g . (1972) advanced inorganic chemist ry ,third edition isohn wiley 2.bailar, j. c.; emeleus ,r.n .and dickenson .t.a.f . (1975) comprehensive inorganic مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 chemistry ip ergramon press 3.m orris, d.f.c. ;short ,e.i .and staters, d. n. (1963),inory .j. inorg. chem. 25: 975. 4.choi, s. s .and tuck, d.g. (1970) j. inorg. chem. 2 :2422 . 5.kot suji ,k.(1965)bull chem. soc. jap. 38: 402. 6.yamamoto,y. ; kum amaru, t.; tatchat ,a. and yamnd a, n . (1970)anal. chem. acta 50: 433. 7.deshnkh ,g.s and rao ,a.l . (1965)j. chem. soc. jap 38: 1393. 8.stanton ,r.e. and ronald ,a.j . (1962)m c , charmichael .i , analy st 87: 134 . 9.bode, h . z. (1955)anal chem, 144: 165. 10.bode, h. and neumann .f , z . (1960) anal. chem. 172: 11 . ashizawa, t. l. (1961) bunsek kagaku 10 :443. 12. alnoor ,t. (1996) ph .d t hesis univercity of baghdad ,study on solvent extraction and complexes of lanthanides with crown comp ounds. 13 . reddy, l.p and francis , (2001) solvent extraction and ion exchan ge 9 iss. (5): 14. francis ,t . ;m eera, m . and reddy , l . (2001) separation sciences and technology , 36 iss. (10): 15. jan ,s. (2003) jawaski , j. includin g pheno mena m y crocy cic chemist ry , 46 :207 – 211 table(1): effect of ph on d value of hg(ii). d value ph 2.72 1 2.78 2 2.84 3 2.88 4 2.86 5 2.84 6 2.80 7 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): d values of hg using different crown e the rs. cavity size d value(hg) crown ether 1.7-2.2 1.72 15c5 2.6-3.2 3.27 18c6 2.6-3.2 4.11 dch18c6 2.6-3.2 2.95 db18c6 4.5-5.6 1.56 db24c8 table(3): mole ratio method. d value m:db18c6 0.05 0.668 0.19 1.3336 0.46 2.005 0.55 2.673 0.59 3.341 0.62 4.010 0.64 4.678 0.66 5.346 table (4): chn analysis and mel ting points determination c% h% n% m.p.c db18c 65.21 theo 6.92% theo 195 db18c 66.68 exp 6.66 exp [k+ce]2hg(scn)4]240.01 theo 4.72 theo 3.87 theo. 182 [k+ce]2hg(scn)4]242.91 exp 3.90 exp 4.55 exp. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): d values of hg (ii) extraction as a function of ks cn concentration fig .(2):l og d of hg (ii) extraction vs. log[hdb18c6] مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (3): l og d of hg (ii)extraction vs.log[hg] 2+ concentration fig. (4): log d of hg (ii)extraction as afunction of 1/∑ of the solvent مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(5) : log d as a function of temperature in the presence of different cations fig . (6): slope anal ysis مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(7): mole ratio method ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 comparative for the ewma charts by using non homogeneous markov chain approach j.a. naser institute of adminstation al-risafa abstract in this st udy , we invest igate the run length p rop erties for the ewm a charts with time varying control limits, and fast initial resp onse (fir), for monitoring the mean of a normal p rocess with a known st andard deviation , by using non homogeneous markov chain app roach. (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 أسلوب سلسلة ماركوف غیر المتجانسةعمال بأست ewmaمقارنة للوحات الـ جنان عباس ناصر الرصافة،معهد االدارة الخالصة ewm الــ طول التشغیل للوحات واصفي هذا البحث نتحرى خ a مـع اسـتخدام میـزة المتغیـرة بتغیـر الوقـتة بحـدي الـسیطر بأسـتخدام أسـلوب .لمراقبـة المتوسـط لعملیـة تتبـع التوزیـع الطبیعـي بـانحراف معیـاري معلـوم،(fir)االستجابة االولیة السریعة .سلسلة ماكوف غیر المتجانسة المقدمة ewm حـات الــري عـن خـصائص طـول التـشغیل للوحـتنـاول عـدد غیـر قلیـل مـن البـاحثین الت a عنـدما تكـون حـدود ewmالـــ ت لوحــات اســـتعمل فقــد .عــل التحلیــل أســهلالــسیطرة ثابتــة بهــدف ج aعـــن شف للكــ تطبیقــات مراقبــة النوعیــة فــي ewmالــ اذ تمتازلوحـة .الـسیطرة تحـتاالنتاجیـة العملیة الصغیرة في المتوسطة واالنحرافات a بانهـا تاخـذ جمیـع المـشاهدات عدیـدة أسـالیبعملتسـتوقـد ا. λاذ یتم اعطاء المشاهدة االكثرحداثـة الـوزن،باوزان مختلفة لكن اذ القراروعملیة اتخ السابقة في العـدد المتوقـع مـن العینـات المـسحوبة لغایـة ورود الـذي یمثـل(arl)من الباحثین للحصول على قیم متوسط طـول التـشغیل ًذ یكـون هـذا العـدد المتوقـع كبیـرا حـین تكـون العملیــة اإلنتاجیـة ا.مایـشیر الـى أن العملیـة االنتاجیـة قـد اصـبحت خـارج الـسیطرة فقــد.ًرا عنـدما تحیـد هــذه العملیـة عـن مـسارها الطبیعــي أي خـارج الـسیطرة االحـصائيصـغیتحـت الـسیطرة اإلحـصائیة ویكــون امـل مـن النـوع اسـلوب تقریـب معادلـة التك [2] الباحـث واسـتعمل. arl للحـصول علـى قـیم المحاكـاة [1] الباحـثاسـتعمل وتعـرف سلــسلة . لتحدیــدها سلـسلة مـاركوف أســلوب فقــد اسـتعمل [3]الباحـثامـا ، arl لتحدیـد قـیمبطـرق عددیــة الثـاني p بانها عملیة تصادفیة تعتمد على المتغیراالخیرللتنبوء بالبیانات الالحقـة وهنـا تكـون المتجانسةماركوف arameter sp ace st و ate sp aceللتنبــوء بـالقیم االحتمالیـة باالعتمــاد علـى اخرقیمـة بالسلــسلة سالسـل مـاركوف وتــستعمل،ة ذا القـیم المتقطعـ نـستخدم أسـلوب متسلــسل وفـي هـذا البحــث . جیـدة"اأنهـا تعطـي نتائجــباثبتـت جمیــع االسـالیب المتقـدم ذكرهـا انفــا قـد و.الزمنیـة للتحـري عـن خـصائص طــول التـشغیل [4,5])مـن االوقـات t والـذي یعتمـد علـىاسلوب سلسلة ماركوف غیـر المتجانـسة(اخر ewm للوحـات الــ) االحتمـاليهمتوسـط وتبـاین طـول التـشغیل وتوزیعـ( aالــ والمقارنـة مـع لوحـات ewm a مـع أسـتخدام fir-ewm)میـزة االسـتجابة االولیـة الـسریعة a) ، التــي تمتــاز بفاعلیــة وحـساسیة كبیــرتین للكـشف عـن االنحرافـات التــي أتخاذ أجراء من ثملیة في مبتدئها وعندما تكون العمتحدث في العملیة (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 تكون حـدود الـسیطرة متغیـرة بتغیـر عندما، تصحیح مبكر للعملیة من خالل البحث عن اسباب الخلل في العملیة وازالته .كوف غیر المتجانسةرب سلسلة ما أسلوباستعمال، الوقت هدف البحث للمتوســـط المتحـــرك المـــوزون اســــیا الـــسیطرة عـــن خـــصائص طـــول التـــشغیل للوحــــاتیهـــدف هـــذا البحـــث الـــى التحــــري (ewm a) لوحـات الــ بمقارنـة بحدي الـسیطرة المتغیـرة بتغیـر الوقـت ewm a مـع الـسیطرة المتغیـرة بتغیـر الوقـت بحـدي fir-ewm)ـة االولیــة الــسریعة اســتخدام میـــزة االستجابــ a) . كوف غیــر المتجانــسةربأســتخدام أســلوب سلــسلة مــاوذلــك ، للكشف عن االنحراف في متوسط العملیة عندما تكون العملیة تتبع التوزیع الطبیعي بانحراف معیاري معلوم the non-homogene سالسل ماركوف غیر المتجانسةأسلوب ous markov chains approach ت القیمة المتوقعة والتباین لطول التشغیل ،هذا المبحث الصیغ التقریبیة ألیجاد التوزیع االحتمالي نستعرض في للوحا ewmالـ a الـ ولوحاتfir-ewm a ر بحدي السیطرة المتغیرة بتغیر الوقت باستخدام أسلوب سالسل ماركوف غی .[4,6,7]ردت في المصدر كما والمتجانسة المتغیرة بتغیر الوقت بحدي السیطرة ewma طول التشغیل للوحات الـ الصیغ التقریبیة للتحري عن خصائص: وال أ : بالخطوات التالیة(g) یمكن تلخیص صیغة الحل باستخدام سلسلة ماركوف غیر المتجانسة مع حاالت عددها المتقطعــة مــن الحــاالت (g-1) علــى (lcl) واالدنــى (ucl)االعلــى یطرة الثابتــة الحالــة بــین حــدي الــسیقـسم مجــال .1 g (وتمثل الحالة (th) ذ ان ا ، [4,6,7] شرط الخروج عن السیطرة) ) 1 ...( λ))/(2(λ lσμlcl λ))/(2(λ lσ μucl xx xx   العینــة واالنحــراف المعیـــاري "امتوســطیانــات االولیــة نموذجیــا مــن البأ ة فــي التطبیقــات مقــدرxσ وμx وان كــل مــن ــــة ـــد الـــــسیطرة ،للعینـ ــــت حـــ ــــة ثابـ ــــة(l)وتكون قیمــ ــــادة مـــــساویة الــــــى ثالثـ ـــــا ، [4,6] عــ ــــة ال λامـ ـــي معلمــ تنعــــــیم فهــ 1λ0 وتكون ،0.25 و0.05ینـ ب [4,6,7]نموذجیة لمعلمة التنعیمفي تطبیقات مراقبة النوعیة تكون القیم االو. حـساب الحـاالت ثـم .تحـسن التقریـبg قیمـة تاذ كلما زاد، gوبأفتراض قیمة لـ w = ( ucl-lcl)/g حساب قیمة .2 وفقا للصیغة (2) ...s = (s1, s2,.., sg-1) = (lcl+w, lcl+2w, … , ucl-2w, uclw) ــــة) r(تحدیـد مــصفوفة االحتمــاالت االنتقالیـة بالوقــت غیــر المحــدود .3 اذ یــتم تحدیــد .-g-1) ×1(gالتـي تكــون ذا رتبـ یتبـع التوزیـع الطبیعـي ) المتغیرتحـت الـسیطرة(tx ذا كـان المتغیرالعـشوائي افـ.بوضع بعض األفتراضات العملیةpij قیم σ,n(μx(اي ان ،xσانحــراف معیـاريوμx بمتوسـط x2x~t. وبمــا ان احــصاءة االختبـار للوحــة الـــewm a : [4,6,7]وفق الصیغة على تكون ) 3 ...( 1,2,...t t, zλ)(1xλ z 1-t tt  (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 ewm تمالي الحصاءة االختبارالـ وعلیه یمكن تحدید التوزیع االح aالـصیغة االتیـة وفـق علـىفـي الوقـت غیرالمحـدود : … ( 4 ) ) λ 2 σ 2 ،si )λ1 + (µ λ ~ n ( z :وكمایأتي r لمصفوفةحتماالت انتقال الوقت غیر المحدود اوبناء على ماتقدم یمكن تحدید قیم  pij = pr (sj 0.5w < z < sj +0.5w) , j= 1, 2, 3, g-1  pig = pr (z > sg-1 + 0.5w) + pr (z < s1 0.5w) … ( 5) .بالوقت غیر المحدود sjال الحالة siتمال االنتقال من الحالة تمثل اح pij  قیماذ ان االحتمـاالت االنتقالیـة بتغیر ، g-1)× (g-1التـي تكـون ذا رتبـة ) t rt (ة الوقت مدصفوفة االحتماالت االنتقالیةتحدد م. 4 التـي تكــون خـارج حــدي ) صــفوف(دایــة قـیم مـن أحتمــاالت االنتقـاالت ب rفـي مـصفوفة.التـي تـؤدي الــى أشـارة مبكــرة لكـل قیمـة لــ .التـي تـؤدي الـى أشـارة خـارج الـسیطرة تكـون مـساویة للـصفر) عمـدةأ(السیطرة المتغیرة بتغیرالوقت ونهایـة قـیم t تـشخص الــصفوف المالئمــة واالعمــدة المالئمـة بمقارنــة حــدي الــسیطرة المتغیــرة للوحـة الـــewm a مــع الحــاالت فــي ویة لمتجهـات تكـون مـسا rلمـصفوفة f2 (t)وآخراالعمـدة f1 (t) أول الـصفوفrt بمعنـى آخـر لتحدیـد ،ة مجـال الحالـ دد ـتـساوي أصغرعـ f2(t)أمـا.  lcl (t) sf1-0.5w حیـثتـساوي أكبرعـدد صـحیح مـن f1(t)حـین تكـون،صـفریة دي الـسیطرة االعلـى حـ یمـثالن lcl (t)و ucl (t)وان كـل مـن .ucl (t)  sf2 +0.5w یثـحیح مـن حــصـ (ucl(t)) واالدنى(lcl(t)) وفق الصیغة االتیة على [4,6,7]المتغیرة بتغیرالوقت وعلى التولي: (6) ... ]λ)-(1-λ))[1 /(2(λ lσ μlcl(t) ]λ)-(1-[1 λ)) /(2(λ lσ μucl(t) 2t 2t xx xx   . الخ r3, r2, r1 .... هذه الطریقة تستحصل تقدیراتعمالباست ewmلـ یمثل طول التشغیل للوحة اrlوبأفتراض أن .5 a االحتمـالي التوزیـع فـأن بحدي السیطرة المتغیـرة بتغیـر الوقـت یكون لطول التشغیل تكـون قیمـة كــل ،-g)1× (1ذو رتبـةعمـودي متجـه فهو 1أمـا. -g)g-1) ×1تمثـل مـصفوفة الوحـدة ذا رتبـةi ذ ان ا وعناصـره تمثـل قـیم الـدوال االحتمالیـة -g )1 × (1ةـرتبـ يذمتجـه ون یكـ l وان.عنـصر مـن عناصـره مـساویة للواحـد وتمثـل عناصـره قـیم الـدوال -g)1× (1 رتبـة مـن متجـهیكـون ف f امـا.sg-1… s2 s1لطـول التـشغیل مبتـدأ مـن الحـاالت . االحتمالیة التجمیعیة ولكل حالة من الحاالت العینــات التــي یـتم معاینتهــا لغایـة مایــشیر الـى ان العملیــة قــد العـدد المتوقــع مـن( e(rl)المتوقــع طــول التـشغیل امـا .6 :وفق الصیغة االتیةعلى وتباینه فیمكن حسابه )اصبحت خارج السیطرة (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 التـي تعطــي المتوسـط والتبـاین لطــول -g)1× (1متجهـات ذا رتبـة(10) و (9) انعادلتــلما وتكـون. سـبق تعریفـه1ذ ان ا بداللـة تان كـل مـن المتوسـط والتبـاین لطـول التـشغیل كتبـو.si من بدایة أي قیمة أوحالة ةالتشغیل بداللة مجامیع محدد مــصفوفات احتمـال انتقــال لعم الوقـت التــي تـست مـددلعــددة ساوی مـtmaxتكــون وtmax الوقـتلغایــةمجـامیع محـدودة تقتــرب بــشكل محـاذي لقــیم ثابتــة (6) وفــق الـصیغةعلــى والن حــدي الــسیطرة المتغیـرة بتغیــر الوقــت المعطـاة . مختلفـة وكذلك فأن مصفوفة االحتماالتpij تقترب الحتماالت االنتقال t pijفأن أحتماالت االنتقال، )حدي السیطرة الثابتة( الــى tعنـدما تقتـرب ) r (تقتـرب لمـصفوفة االحتمـاالت االنتقالیـة بالوقــت غیرالمحـدود ) t ) rtتـــبالوق االنتقالیـة (7) ... 1 t, 1) r(it)(rlrpf i t 1i   8) ...( 1 t, 1)rr(t)(rlpl i t 1i i 1t 1i r     ) 9 ...( 1)r(i)r()1r(e(rl) 1 1tmax 1t s tmax 1s s t 1s        )] 10 ...( 1)r(i)rr( 2 1)r)(ir1)((2tmax)]1r1)([(2(t)1var(rl) 2 s tmax 1s 1 s tmax 1s s 1tmax 1t t 1s             t)(المالنهایـة . مـصفوفةولهـذا فـانrtmaxتكـون غیرقابلـة للتمیـزعن مـصفوفة r،ة قیمـةبمعنـى اخـر زیـاد tmaxویكـون ذلـك بمعرفـة ان ، ثر علـى دقـة الحـلؤاكثرسـوف لـن یـ ucl (t)  0.5w -ucl وlcl (t)  0.5w -lcl .ان اصغرعدد صحیح لـوtmax الصیغة ـنیؤخذ اكبر من القیمة الناتجة م . ( g ) وعدد الحاالت ( λ )معتمدة على قیمة كل من معلمة التنعیم tmaxقیمة لقد اختیرت االولیـة مـیزة االسـتجابة مـع اسـتخدامewma طـول الـتشغیل للوحـات الــ الصیغ التقریبیة للتحـري عـن خـصائص: ثانیا بحدي السیطرة المتغیرة بتغیر الوقت (fir-ewma)السریعة كرهـا فـي اوال المتقـدم ذهانفس وعلیة یمكن اتباع الخطوات. سلسلة ماركوف غیر المتجانسةلوب الحل باسصیغة نستخدم fir-ewmة الـ ــت للوحــر الوقــرة بتغیـحدود السیطرة المتغیمع مراعاة استخدام a [3,4,5,7] وفق الصیغة االتیةعلى: 12) ...( ]λ)-(1-λ))[1 /(2(λ f)-(1-[1lσ μlcl(t) ]λ)-(1-λ))[1 /(2(λf)-(1-[1 lσ μucl(t) 2t1)-a(t1 2t1)-a(t1 ] ] xx xx     علـىوتحـسب بانها معلمـة التعـدیلa بانها نسبة من المسافة االصلیة لنقطة البدایة لحدود السیطرة و تعرف fاذ تعرف :وفق الصیغة االتیة a = (-2/lo g (f) -1) /19 ...( 13) الجانب التجریبي تكــون هـذه االســالیب ، یتـضمن هـذا الجانــب عـرض االســالیب التـي یـتم مــن خاللهـا الكــشف عـن االنحـراف فــي النوعیـة ـــ ewmباســتخدام لوحـــات الـ a ـــ ولوحـــات fir-ewmالـ a تـــم تحـــویرالبرامج وقـــد.بحـــدي الــسیطرة المتغیـــرة بتغیرالوقـــت mالــ م ااسـتخدب [7] فـي المـصدر هالمعتمـد atlab للحـصول علــى قـیم متوسـط طـول التـشغیل (arl) واالنحـراف المعیــاري (sd)وحاتل لمعلمات تلك ال ولتولیفات مختلفة االحتمالي لتلك اللوحات المتقدم ذكرهاه وتوزیع لطول التشغیل . بحدي السیطرة المتغیرة بتغیر الوقت ewmaلوحات الـ 3-1 اي العــدد المتوقـع مـن العینــات المـسحوبة لغایـة ورود مایــشیرالى ان ،(9) وفـق الـصیغة علــىarlقـیم لغـرض حـساب بعـــد اخــذ الجـــذر (10)وفـــق الــصیغة علــى لطــول التـــشغیل sdوكــذلك حـــساب قــیم ، العملیــة قــد اصـــبحت خــارج الـــسیطرة 0μیتبع التوزیع الطبیعي بمتوسط تم افتراض ان المتغیرتحت السیطرة فقد.یعي لهاالترب 0 1 وσ0 ، وبهدف (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 ,0.05 0.25,یم معلمــــة التنعـــیموقـــد اختیــــرت قـــمعلمـــة التنعــــیم معرفـــة تـــاثیر صــــغر وكبـــر قــــیم 0.1λ وكــــذلك 0.5λقیمـة .أمــا قــیم ثابــت حــد الـسیطرة، l=2.25,2.5,2.75,3,3.25,3.5 لغــرض معرفــة تاثیرصــغر او كبــر قیمــة l.ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــموتــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــــیم ـ افتــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــطراض قـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــة لمتوســ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــة االولیــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــي القیمـ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــر فــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ـــــة التغیـــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ ــــ العملیــ ,4 ,3.5 ,3 ,2.5 ,2.0 ,1.5 ,1.0 ,0.75 ,0.5 ,0.25 0.0μ/σ  . ـــي لخـــصت النتـــائجوقـــد ــدم ذكـــره فـ مــــن مـــا تقـ :ونالحظ منها مایاتيفي الملحق (1,2)الجدولین  قیم انarl وsd في متوسط العملیة لطول التشغیل تتناقص بزیادة قیمة التغیر) μ /σ (قیمة كل بثباتλو l و g .  ان قیم arl وsd لطول التشغیل تزداد بزیادة قیمة l بات قیمة كل منوثλو g . ...(11) ) ) λ-2log(1 (}/ )σ λ (36 w]/ -)) λ-2 ( / (λλ)σ-[(12w(2 log{ x2x  تكـون قـیم arl 2القیمـة االولیـة لمتوسـط العملیـة بــین أقـل مـن الواحـد عنـدما تكـون قیمـة التغیـر فـيσ4وσ. ان اال . (1)أنظر الجدول .l وλتلك القیم تزداد لتكون اكبر من الواحد بزیادة قیم  ان قــیم arl وsdــادة قیمــة عنــدما تكـــون قیمــة التغیرفــي متوســـط العملیــة مـــساویة λ لطــول التـــشغیل تتنــاقص بزیـ 0.25عنـدما تكـون قیمـة التغیرفـي متوسـط العملیـة مـساویة لــ و،للـصفر σم فـي حـین یالحـظ تزایـد قـی، ولـبعض التولیفـات arl وsdلطول التشغیل بزیادة قیمة λ لبقیة القیم المفترضة للتغیرفي متوسط العملیة بثبات قیمةl و g . ـــد اختیـــرت قــــیم ، لطــــول التـــشغیلsdو arl قـــیم فــــي0σوبهـــدف معرفـــة تــــاثیر قیمـــة σ0.51.1,1.2,1فقـ  0μو 0 ولقیم وλوg ي متوسـط العملیـة االولـي التغیـر فـقـیم وها نفس) μ /σ ( عنـدما تكـونl=3 وقـد لخـصت :ونالحظ منها مایاتي . في الملحق(3,4,5)النتائج مما تقدم ذكره في الجداول  ثبـات قـیم arlوsd0 بزیــادة قیمـة لطـول التـشغیلσ عنـدما تكــون قیمـة التغیـر فـي متوســط العملیـة االولـي مــساویة ـــ sdوarl نالحـــــظ ان قــــــیم فمـــــثال.للـــــصفر ـــــون 1805.7و 1270.7 تكـــــون مـــــساویة لـــ ــــدما تكـ ـــى التـــــوالي عنـ وعلـــ 0.05λقیمة  ، l=3 ،و g =150 ،0ولكل القیم المفترضة للتغیر في قیمةσ .نفسه یعمم لبقیة قیم والشئ λ.  زیـادة قـیمarl وsd 0 لطـول التـشغیل بزیـادة قیمـةσ عنـدما تكــون قیمـة التغیـر فـي متوسـط العملیـة االولـي اكبـر مــن ن قیمـة التغیـر عنـدما تكـو وعلى التوالي 362.41 و259.03 تكون مساویة لـ sdوarl نالحظ ان قیم فمثال .الصفر 0.05λتكـون قیمـةو ، 0.25مـساویة لــ في متوسط العملیـة االولـي  ، l=3 ،وg=150، 1.5σ0 هـي اكبـر و 1.1σ0 عندما تكون قیمة sdوarlمن قیم لقیم نفسهالتولیفات لو λو lو g .عمـم لبقیـة قـیم والشئ نفسه یλ . و arl علـى قـیم غیـر المتجانـسة المستخدمة في اسـلوب سلـسلة مـاركوف ) gقیمة (عدد الحاالت وبهدف معرفة تاثیر sd0عنـدما تكـون قیمـة ، لطـول التـشغیلμ 0 1 وσ0  ، فقـد اختیـرتl=3و λ=0.25 فـي نفـسهاالتغیرقـیم ل و :ونالحظ منها مایاتي، في الملحق(6) وقد لخصت النتائج في الجدول g=500متوسط العملیة االولي ولـ  ان قیمarl و sd لطول التشغیل تزداد بزیادة قیمة g وبثبات قیمة كل من λو l. عنـــدما تكــون قیمـــة ، لطــول التــشغیلsdو arl علــى قـــیم (l)وبهــدف معرفــة تـــاثیر قیمــة ثابــت حـــد الــسیطرة 0μ 0 1 وσ0  ، فقد اختیرتl=4.5و λ=0.25 فـي متوسـط العملیـة االولـي ولــ نفـسها قیم التغیـر ل وg=150 :ونالحظ منها مایاتي، في الملحق(6)وقد لخصت النتائج في الجدول  ان قیمarl و sdمة لطول التشغیل تزداد بزیادة قیl وبثبات قیمة كل من λو g. لوحظ فقد (8 )وفق الصیغة على أما التوزیع االحتمالي لطول التشغیل الذي یحسب (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009  التوزيع االحتمايل لطول التشغيل للوحة الـ ان انسيابيةewmaغرية بتغري الوقت تعتمد على قيمة حبدي السيطرة املتλ بثبات قيمة l و g عنـدما التوزیـع االحتمـالي لطـول التـشغیل أكثـر انـسیابیة بزیـادة ذ يكـون ا، مـساوية للـصفر ةقيمة التغري يف متوسط العملية العمليـة االوليـتكون . g=150 وl=3 وλ=0.25 عندما تكون، مثال في الملحق (1)انظر الشكل ،λقیمة  زیـادة قیمـة تكـون محدبـة بلتوزیع االحتمـالي لطـول التـشغیل امنحني ل االولیةقمةالشكل انλ وثبـات قیمـة lوg عنـدما عنـدما تكـون ، فـي الملحـق مـثال(2)انظـر الـشكل . 1σتكون قیمة التغیر في متوسط العملیة العملیـة االولـي مـساویة λ=0.25و l=3وg=150 . القمــة االولیـة لمنحنـي التوزیــع شـكل، مـثال فــي الملحـق( 3 ) حـین الحـظ الـشكل فــي اذ نالحـظ ان المنحنـي فـي ، المتقـدم ذكرهـا نفـسهالتولیفـةل وl=3.5لـتكن lزداد قیمـة عندما ت االحتمالي لطول التشغیل .( 3 )الشكل اسرع منه في x یستدق بشكل محاذي لمحور (2)الشكل بحدي السیطرة المتغیرة بتغیر الوقت fir-ewmaلوحات الـ 3-2 بعـد اخـذ الجـذر (10) وفـق الـصیغة وعلـى لطـول التـشغیلsdوقیم ، (9)وفق الصیغة على arlقیم وبهدف حساب 0μتــم افتـراض ان المتغیـر تحــت الـسیطرة یتبـع التوزیـع الطبیعــي بمتوسـط فقـد ،التربیعـي لهـا 0  1وσ0 ، وقـد اختیــرت 0.1λ 0.25,قـیم معلمـة التنعـیم ، قیمـة ثابـت حـد الـسیطرةوب l=3 و g=150فـي القیمـة االولیـة نفـسهاقـیم التغیـرل و وقـد لخـصت النتـائج . f=0.4,0.5,0.6,0.7,0.8,0.9بنـسب و [1-4]المتقدم ذكرها في المبحـث ) μ /σ (لمتوسط العملیة التــي firخدام میــزة الــ تدون اسـمـن لطـول التــشغیلsd وarlقــیم عـن " فـضال، (8,7)تقــدم ذكـره فـي الجــدولین مـن مـا :ونالحظ منها مایاتي، أنظر الملحق ،f=1 وضعت تحت عمود  ان قیمarl و sd لطول التشغیل تزداد بزیادة نسبة f وبثبات قیمة كل من λو lوg .  ان قیمarl و sdداد بزیادة قیمة لطول التشغیل تزλ ولكل نسبة من نسب f وبثبات قیمة كل من lوg . بتغیـر الوقـت تؤدي الى زیادة المساحة المحـصورة بـین حـدي الـسیطرة المتغیـرة f نستنتج مما تقدم اعاله ان زیادة نسبة . f بزیادة نسبة لطول التشغیل sd و arlمما یؤدي الى زیادة قیم fir-ewm للوحات الـ لطول التشغیل اما التوزیع االحتمالي a فقد لوحظ (8 )وفق الصیغةعلى الذي یحسب :  ان انسیابیة التوزیع االحتمالي لطول التشغیل للوحة الـfir-ewm a بحدي السیطرة المتغیـرة بتغیـر الوقـت تعتمـد علـى العملیـة االولـي مـساویة للـصفر عندما تكون قیمة التغیـر فـي متوسـط العملیـة g و l وλ بثبات قیمة كل من f نسبة ، فـي الملحــق مـثال(4)انظـر الـشكل ، fلنـسب صــغیرة لــ ذ یكـون التوزیـع االحتمـالي لطـول التـشغیل أكثـر انـسیابیة ا، عندما تكون قیمـة التغیـر فـي متوسـط العملیـة العملیـة االولـي اما .f=0.4 و g=150 وl=3 وλ=0.25عندما تكون (6)الـشكل فـي الملحـق مقارنـة مـع (5)الـشكل الحـظ f=0.5 ة ولنـسبg و l وλ ولـنفس التولیفـة لــ 1σ لــمـساویة ویقتـرب مـن شـكل المنحنـي المبـین فـي الـشكلاذ یكون المنحني محدب ، f=0.9 لنسبة (5) في الشكل هانفس لتولیفةل (2). بحدي السیطرة المتغیرة بتغیرالوقت fir-ewma ولوحات الـ ewmaالمقارنة بین لوحات الـ 3-3 ewmلـــ لغـرض مقارنـة خــصائص طـول التــشغیل للوحـات ا aلـــ مـع لوحـات اfir-ewm aدي فـي حالــة كـون حــ وكمـا مبـین فـي . اللوحات للمقارنة بین تلك" امعیار لطول التشغیل sd وarl قیم أعتمدتفقد ،السیطرة متغیرة بتغیر الوقت مــع قـیم متوســط طـول التــشغیل ،0.9 ولغایـة0.4مــن fلنـسب لطـول التــشغیل sd و arlم المتـضمنة قــی(7,8)الجـدولین ewmلـ اللوحة a ـلدون أستخدام میزة االستجابة االولیة السریعة من ( f =1) ذ یتضح منها ا، أنظر الملحق. (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009  یم ن قاarl ألي نسبة من نسب fدون أستخدام میزةمن ن أقل من قیم متوسط طول التشغیل تكو fir بثبـات قیمـة ، فمثالعـدد العینـات التـي یـتم معاینتهـا لغایـة ورود مایـشیرالى أن العملیـة قـد أصـبحت خـارج الـسیطرة . l وλ كل مـن 0.1λو1σ لــاعنـدما یكـون التغــیر فــي متوسـط العملیـة االولــي مـساوی و l=3 لــ اللوحــةewm a هــو المعـد من المشاهدات للوحــة 2.23 الفي حین یكون معد )العینات( من المشاهدات 8.135 fir-ewmلـ ا a بنسبة f=0.4 في متوسط العملیة االولي و هانفسقیمة التغیرل و λ و l.  ن قیم اsd لطول التشغیل ألي نسبة من نسب f تكون أقل من قـیمsd دون أسـتخدام میـزة مـن طـول التـشغیل ل fir 0.1λو1σ لــ"افمـثال عنـدما یكـون التغــیر فـي متوسـط العملیـة االولـي مـساوی . l وλ بثبـات قیمـة كـل مـن و l=3 ـــ اللوحــة ewmلـ a فــان sd ــــة 4.903 فــي حـــین یكــون 10.752 یكـــون fir-ewmلـــ ا للوحـ a .l و λ في متوسط العملیة االولي وهالنفسقیمة التغیرل و f=0.4بنسبة االستنتاجات والتوصیات االستنتاجات 1-4 :تي یأامن أهم االستنتاجات التي تم التوصل الیها من خالل هذا البحث هي كا ewmان لوحــات الــــ .1 a ولوحـــات الـــ fir-ewm aتكـــون حــساسة أكثـــر ، بحــدود ســـیطرة متغیــرة بتغیرالوقــت لطـول التـشغیلsd وarlن قـیم وبـشكل عـام نالحـظ ا.] σ] 2 0σ لنقلفي المتوسط العملیة صغیرة لالنحرافات ال تزداد  0(قیمة االنحراف المعیاري بزیادةσ(مة للمتغیر تحت السیطرة وبثبات قیλ و l وg.  قیمة بزیادة l وبثبات قیمة λ و g 0وσ.  قیمة بزیادة g وبثبات قیمة λ و l 0وσ. .0.3قیمة معلمة التنعیم أقل منعندما تكون یكون مفید ان استخدام حدود سیطرة متغیرة بتغیرالوقت .2 fir-ewmان لوحات الــ .3 a كثرمن لوحات الـ تكون حساسة أ ewm aللكشف عن االنحرافات في متوسط العملیة. 0μ تكـون ثابتـة الیــة قیمـة لـــ(8-1)ان النتـائج المتقـدم ذكرهــا فـي الجــداول .4 0  0لقـیم لــولσ فــي عملةالمـستها نفــس .في متوسط العملیةقیم المفترضة للتغیروالg و lوλ و0σووفقا لقیم البحث التوصیات 4-2 :تي یأام ضوء األستنتاجات هي كفيأن أهم التوصیات التي یمكن وضعها  من الضروري اعتماد أسلوبfir-ewm a ایـة لما له أثر فعال في كشف أدق االنحرافـات الـصغیرة وخـالل مراحـل .ضمن المستوى المرغوب فیه تحت السیطرة على النوعیة لتكون عملیة انتاجیة  م ـقیـأعتمـاد القـیم المتـضمنةarl و sdللوحـات الــل ـول التـشغیـلطـewm a ــــولوح ــــات الــــ fir – ewmـ ـ a والیـة ، التـي تـم التوصـل الیهـا (8)الجـدول ولغایـة (1)والمدونـة فـي الجـداول للكشف عن االنحـراف فـي متوسـط العملیـة . والقیم المفترضة للتغیر في متوسط العملیةg و l وλ و0σلقیم للتولیفات المستخدمة في البحثووفقا 0μقیمة لـ (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 المصادر 1. roberts, s.w. (1959). control chart tests based on geometric m oving averages. technometrics, 1, 239-251. 2. crowder, stephen v. 1987. " a simple m ethod for st udy ing run – length dist ributions of exp onentially weighted m oving average charts " . technometrics, 29, p p . 401-407. 3. lucas, j. m .and saccucci, m ichael. (1990)." exp onentially weighted m oving average control schemes: p rop erties and enhancements ".with discussion technometrics , 32, pp .1-29. 4. steiner, s.h, (1999)," ewm a control charts with timevarying control limits and fast initial resp onse". journal of quality technology , 31, 75-86. 5. rhoads, t.r. (1996-1997), "fast initial resp onse scheme for the exp onentially weighted m oving average control charts". quality engineering. 9, 317-327. 6. m ontgomery , d.c.(1991) , introduction to st atist ical quality control, second edition , john wiley and sons , new york . ewm)دراسة مقارنـة السـتخدام لوحـة المعـدل االسـي المـوزون المتحـرك ( ،) 2007(،جنان عباس ناصر،العبیدي .7 a) fir-ewm)غیر ثابتة الحدود مع لوحة االستجابة االولیة الـسریعة a)اطروجـة دكتـوراه ،)الس للتوزیـع اللوجـستي والبـ .الجامعة المستنصریة ،مقدمة الى كلیة االدارة واالقتصاد (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 ew للوحة الـarl قیم :( 1 ) جدول maفي حالة كون حدي السیطرة المتغیرة التوزیع حین تكون العملیة تتبع، l وλیفات المفترضة للمعلمتینبتغیرالوقت للتول ) σ,μ(1الطبیعي 0  ،عندما تكون g=150 ،لحالة الصفر. l =2.5 l=2.25 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 85.587 115.740 204.120 338.210 44.532 62.011 111.170 183.93 0.00 54.510 55.029 59.384 62.922 30.891 34.144 40.755 45.713 0.25 24.881 20.621 19.366 19.631 15.758 14.550 14.857 15.490 0.50 12.260 9.853 9.375 9.501 8.389 7.433 7.463 7.648 0.75 6.805 5.625 5.480 5.529 4.905 4.387 4.413 4.468 1.00 2.723 2.429 2.410 2.395 2.068 1.928 1.934 1.916 1.50 1.321 1.239 1.229 1.192 1.009 0.970 0.966 0.931 2.00 0.685 0.662 0.655 0.616 0.509 0.500 0.496 0.463 2.50 0.348 0.345 0.340 0.309 0.246 0.246 0.243 0.220 3.00 0.165 0.164 0.161 0.141 0.106 0.108 0.106 0.093 3.50 0.066 0.067 0.066 0.056 0.039 0.040 0.039 0.033 4.00 l =3.00 l =2.75 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 371.180 469.450 782.340 1270.70 174.240 226.670 389.760 641.280 0.00 195.550 160.480 134.510 121.460 100.590 91.817 88.012 86.802 0.25 70.501 44.791 33.069 30.592 40.872 29.890 25.228 24.596 0.50 28.946 17.863 14.415 14.055 18.469 13.164 11.661 11.628 0.75 13.973 9.225 8.135 8.081 9.619 7.194 6.715 6.732 1.00 4.734 3.714 3.561 3.547 3.584 3.019 2.952 2.939 1.50 2.185 1.908 1.865 1.832 1.707 1.551 1.528 1.492 2.00 1.154 1.071 1.052 1.004 0.898 0.853 0.841 0.796 2.50 0.632 0.609 0.600 0.553 0.477 0.466 0.460 0.420 3.00 0.334 0.331 0.325 0.289 0.238 0.237 0.234 0.206 3.50 0.159 0.161 0.158 0.135 0.105 0.106 0.104 0.089 4.00 l =3.50 l =3.25 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 2041.20 2422.40 3764.30 5899.00 844.250 1033.10 1663.40 2657.00 0.00 879.180 582.340 360.680 259.290 402.440 296.460 214.550 174.300 0.25 248.980 115.470 59.655 47.091 128.570 70.075 43.940 37.931 0.50 82.639 35.633 21.942 19.951 47.590 24.823 17.772 16.813 0.75 33.132 15.652 11.657 11.233 21.044 11.928 9.769 9.578 1.00 8.683 5.521 4.990 4.989 6.355 4.537 4.240 4.218 1.50 3.552 2.773 2.652 2.626 2.784 2.313 2.240 2.211 2.00 1.827 1.591 1.545 1.502 1.461 1.317 1.287 1.240 2.50 1.034 0.957 0.936 0.881 0.818 0.773 0.759 0.707 3.00 0.593 0.572 0.562 0.509 0.452 0.442 0.435 0.390 3.50 0.323 0.321 0.315 0.274 0.231 0.232 0.228 0.196 4.00 (22علوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم لل 4 (2009 في حالة كون حدي السیطرة ewma الـ للوحةلطول التشغیل sd قیم( 2 ): جدول حین تكون العملیة، l وλللتولیفات المفترضة للمعلمتینالمتغیرة بتغیر الوقت ) σ,μ(1تتبع التوزیع الطبیعي 0 ،ونـعندما تكg=150 ، لحالة الصفر. l =2.5 l =2.2 5 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 12 1.94 0 16 4.760 29 2.100 48 8.420 63 .941 88.937 160.930 270.440 0.00 77 .880 78 .313 83 .789 87 .630 44 .576 49.097 58.347 64 .999 0.25 35 .779 29 .231 26 .536 26 .255 23 .014 20.980 20.849 21 .433 0.50 17 .871 14 .021 12 .859 12 .928 12 .533 10.885 10.641 10 .882 0.75 10 .176 8.205 7.816 7.887 7.619 6.687 6.625 6.731 1.00 4.535 4.022 3.980 3.990 3.709 3.450 3.454 3.463 1.50 2.690 2.543 2.529 2.509 2.315 2.239 2.236 2.214 2.00 1.886 1.842 1.833 1.798 1.676 1.655 1.650 1.619 2.50 1.466 1.455 1.449 1.415 1.338 1.334 1.331 1.304 3.00 1.226 1.226 1.223 1.198 1.152 1.153 1.151 1.133 3.50 1.095 1.096 1.095 1.081 1.057 1.058 1.057 1.049 4.00 l =3.0 0 l =2.7 5 λ 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 σμ / 52 5.72 0 66 4.610 1108 .90 18 05.70 245 .840 321 .470 554.180 916.410 0.00 27 7.13 0 22 6.700 18 7.870 16 6.360 142 .940 129 .980 123.210 119.460 0.25 10 0.01 0 62 .630 44 .263 39 .206 58 .252 41.964 34.026 32 .073 0.50 41 .159 24 .666 18 .787 17 .894 26 .500 18.379 15.525 15 .252 0.75 20 .009 12 .726 10 .752 10 .606 14 .009 10.155 9.182 9.177 1.00 7.139 5.487 5.217 5.214 5.634 4.694 4.566 4.574 1.50 3.727 3.279 3.217 3.204 3.151 2.889 2.856 2.839 2.00 2.431 2.292 2.266 2.232 2.135 2.054 2.039 2.003 2.50 1.799 1.755 1.743 1.699 1.619 1.596 1.587 1.548 3.00 1.439 1.429 1.422 1.382 1.322 1.319 1.314 1.281 3.50 1.220 1.220 1.217 1.188 1.148 1.150 1.147 1.126 4.00 l =3.5 0 l =3.2 5 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 28 87 .3 0 34 26.20 53 24.90 83 49.20 1194.70 146 1.60 2354 .40 3765 .20 0.00 12 43 .8 0 82 2.640 50 5.420 35 6.700 569 .630 418 .640 299.900 238.860 0.25 35 2.16 0 16 1.800 79 .886 59 .461 181 .990 97.966 58.681 48.113 0.50 116 .78 0 49 .026 27 .959 24 .348 67 .366 34.116 22.829 20 .903 0.75 46 .767 21 .143 14 .686 13 .925 29 .842 16.215 12.567 12 .184 1.00 12 .400 7.587 6.724 6.661 9.269 6.434 5.935 5.910 1.50 5.417 4.222 4.045 4.032 4.460 3.721 3.613 3.601 2.00 3.208 2.846 2.786 2.760 2.783 2.555 2.515 2.485 2.50 2.250 2.128 2.100 2.056 2.008 1.933 1.914 1.869 3.00 1.736 1.697 1.683 1.632 1.577 1.556 1.546 1.500 3.50 1.419 1.412 1.405 1.359 1.310 1.308 1.303 1.265 4.00 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 في حالة كون حديewmaالـ للوحةل التشغیل لطو sd و arl قیم :( 3 )جدول حین تكون، l=3 وλالمتغیرة بتغیر الوقت للتولیفات المفترضة للمعلمتین السیطرة ) 1σ,μ.(1العملیة تتبع التوزیع الطبیعي 0  ،عندما تـكون g=150 ،لحالة الصفر. sd arl 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 525.72 0 664.61 0 1108.9 0 1805.7 0 371.18 0 469.45 0 782.34 0 1270.7 0 0.00 303.36 0 258.69 0 223.70 0 201.73 0 214.07 0 183.03 0 159.71 0 146.34 0 0.25 119.63 0 76.983 54.466 47.627 84.351 54.925 40.366 36.851 0.50 51.553 30.830 22.837 21.386 36.290 22.263 17.465 16.857 0.75 25.539 15.787 12.869 12.586 17.896 11.466 9.828 9.720 1.00 9.032 6.603 6.155 6.146 6.123 4.598 4.350 4.339 1.50 4.569 3.863 3.765 3.758 2.831 2.393 2.331 2.305 2.00 2.893 2.659 2.623 2.597 1.528 1.384 1.358 1.315 2.50 2.095 2.012 1.994 1.953 0.878 0.830 0.816 0.768 3.00 1.647 1.619 1.609 1.566 0.505 0.492 0.484 0.441 3.50 1.368 1.363 1.357 1.319 0.276 0.275 0.271 0.238 4.00 في حالة كون حدي السیطرةewmaللوحةالـ لطول التشغیل sd و arl قیم :( 4 )جدول حین تكون العملیة تتبع، l=3 وλولیفات المفترضة للمعلمتینالمتغیرة بتغیر الوقت للت ) σ,μ(1.2التوزیع الطبیعي 0  ،عندما تـكون g=150 ،لحالة الصفر. sd arl 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 525.72 0 664.61 0 1108.9 0 1805.7 0 371.18 0 469.45 0 782.34 0 1270.7 0 0.00 326.42 0 288.86 0 260.26 0 239.47 0 230.35 0 204.30 0 185.41 0 172.85 0 0.25 139.38 0 92.309 65.805 57.041 98.290 65.739 48.433 43.745 0.50 62.803 37.757 27.402 25.242 44.235 27.187 20.846 19.905 0.75 31.793 19.292 15.230 14.741 22.324 14.005 11.681 11.49 1.00 11.258 7.874 7.173 7.151 7.729 5.584 5.201 5.188 1.50 5.560 4.511 4.358 4.355 3.577 2.926 2.834 2.814 2.00 3.429 3.063 3.011 2.994 1.952 1.726 1.690 1.653 2.50 2.431 2.292 2.266 2.232 1.154 1.071 1.052 1.004 3.00 1.880 1.826 1.812 1.769 0.700 0.670 0.660 0.612 3.50 1.540 1.522 1.514 1.471 0.416 0.409 0.403 0.362 4.00 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 s و arl قیم ( 5 ):جدول dالـ للوحة لطول التشغیلewmaفي حالة كون حدي السیطرة حین تكون العملیة تتبع، l=3و λ الوقت للتولیفات المفترضة للمعلمتینالمتغیرة بتغیر ) σ,μ(1.5التوزیع الطبیعي 0  ، عندما تـكون g=150 ،لحالة الصفر. sd arl 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.1 0.05 λ σμ / 52 5.720 664.610 110 8.90 1805 .70 37 1.180 46 9.450 782 .340 127 0.70 0.00 37 9.790 367.070 36 9.340 362.410 26 8.040 25 9.440 262 .080 259 .030 0.25 19 6.590 141.950 10 5.95 91.253 13 8.680 10 0.740 76 .830 68.310 0.50 10 0.010 62.63 0 44 .263 39.221 70.501 44 .791 33 .069 30.592 0.75 54 .292 32.49 2 23 .930 22.318 38.224 23 .445 18 .279 17.596 1.00 20 .009 12.72 6 10 .752 10.606 13.973 9.225 8.135 8.081 1.50 9.557 6.90 6 6.402 6.391 6.503 4.345 4.557 4.546 2.00 5.560 4.511 4.358 4.355 3.577 2.926 2.834 2.814 2.50 3.727 3.27 9 3.217 3.204 2.185 1.908 1.865 1.832 3.00 2.754 2.55 1 2.517 2.490 1.416 1.292 1.268 1.224 3.50 2.175 2.07 9 2.060 2.020 0.945 0.889 0.874 0.825 4.00 s وarlقیم (6):جدول d للوحة الـلطول التشغیل ewmaفي حالة كون حدي السیطرة التوزیع حین تكون العملیة تتبع ،λ=0.25ة المتغیرة بتغیرالوقت للتولیفات المفترضة للمعلم ) 1σ,μ(الطبیعي 0 ،وحسب قیم lو g،لحالة الصفر. sd arl sd arl g=150 , λ=0.25 g =150 , λ=0.25 l =3.0 , λ=0.25 l=3.0 , λ=0.25 l =4.5 l =3.5 l =4.5 l =3.5 g =500 g =150 g =500 g =150 σμ / 197000.0 3426.20 139300.0 2422.400 694.020 664.610 490.220 469.450 0.00 23612.00 822.640 16698.00 582.340 234.320 226.700 165.890 160.480 0.25 2259.600 161.800 1599.700 115.470 64.097 62.630 45.861 44.791 0.50 348.560 49.026 248.540 35.633 25.055 24.666 18.171 17.863 0.75 86.255 21.143 62.824 15.652 12.864 12.726 9.350 9.225 1.00 16.288 7.587 12.527 5.521 5.534 5.487 3.756 3.714 1.50 7.108 4.222 5.365 2.773 3.303 3.279 1.926 1.908 2.00 4.353 2.846 3.010 1.591 2.303 2.292 1.077 1.071 2.50 3.090 2.128 1.882 0.957 1.758 1.755 0.609 0.609 3.00 2.380 1.697 1.235 0.572 1.428 1.429 0.328 0.331 3.50 1.935 1.412 0.820 0.321 1.218 1.220 0.159 0.161 4.00 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 -fir للوحة الـarlقیم ( 7 ):دول ج ewma المتغیرةالة كون حدي السیطرة في ح حین، l 3.0= وλ و للتولیفات المفترضه للمعلمتینfirبتغیر الوقت لنسب مختلفة لـ ) σ,μ(1تتبع التوزیع الطبیعي تكون العملیة 0  ،عندما تكون g=150، لحالة الصـفر. l =3.0 0.1λ  1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 f σμ / 782.340 780.210 776.020 766.060 741.010 668.110 520.080 0.00 134.510 133.890 132.700 129.910 123.310 106.490 77.417 0.25 33.069 32.827 32.373 31.298 28.771 22.950 14.662 0.50 14.415 14.252 13.954 13.240 11.621 8.429 4.894 0.75 8.135 7.994 7.744 7.152 5.921 3.935 2.230 1.00 3.561 3.420 3.196 2.732 2.003 1.194 0.702 1.50 1.865 1.709 1.501 1.171 0.786 0.444 0.265 2.00 1.052 0.886 0.714 0.510 0.323 0.172 0.099 2.50 0.600 0.447 0.326 0.214 0.128 0.062 0.033 3.00 0.325 0.209 0.132 0.082 0.045 0.019 0.009 3.50 0.158 0.086 0.050 0.027 0.014 0.005 0.002 4.00 l =3.0 0.25λ  f 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 σμ / 469.450 468.500 466.110 459.020 440.330 394.070 291.620 0.00 160.480 159.890 158.460 154.390 144.700 124.160 86.260 0.25 44.791 44.513 43.864 41.980 37.671 29.698 18.150 0.50 17.863 17.688 17.292 16.132 13.659 9.735 5.331 0.75 9.225 9.086 8.784 7.925 6.294 4.126 2.206 1.00 3.714 3.588 3.346 2.763 1.959 1.202 0.699 1.50 1.908 1.773 1.555 1.162 0.763 0.463 0.272 2.00 1.071 0.931 0.799 0.510 0.316 0.185 0.104 2.50 0.609 0.480 0.347 0.217 0.126 0.069 0.036 3.00 0.331 0.231 0.148 0.084 0.045 0.022 0.010 3.50 0.161 0.098 0.056 0.028 0.013 0.006 0.002 4.00 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 -firللوحة الـلطول التشغیل sd قیم( 8 ):دول ج ewma في حالة كون حدي السیطرة حین،l 3=و λ و للتولیفات المفترضه للمعلمتینfirالمتغیرة بتغیر الوقت لنسب مختلفة لـ ) σ,μ(1تكون العملیة تتبع التوزیع الطبیعي 0 ،عندما تكون g=150،لحالة الصـفر. l =3.0 0.1λ  1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 f σμ / 1108.90 1107.400 1104.400 1097.300 1079.200 1024.600 903.670 0.00 187.870 187.440 186.610 184.660 179.910 167.140 142.170 0.25 44.263 44.109 43.816 43.106 41.343 36.768 28.669 0.50 18.787 18.693 18.515 18.067 16.928 14.173 10.010 0.75 10.752 10.675 10.531 10.149 9.203 7.242 4.903 1.00 5.217 5.138 4.999 4.635 3.911 2.903 2.135 1.50 3.217 3.117 2.961 2.639 2.169 1.690 1.409 2.00 2.266 2.139 1.978 1.740 1.481 1.261 1.150 2.50 1.743 1.600 1.463 1.316 1.190 1.093 1.050 3.00 1.422 1.291 1.199 1.122 1.068 1.029 1.014 3.50 1.217 1.124 1.074 1.041 1.021 1.008 1.003 4.00 l =3.0 0.25λ  1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 f σμ / 664.610 663.940 662.250 657.190 643.640 608.780 523.280 0.00 226.700 226.280 225.270 222.360 215.260 199.320 165.750 0.25 62.630 62.439 61.988 60.640 57.390 50.749 39.039 0.50 24.666 24.550 24.283 23.453 21.477 17.794 12.372 0.75 12.726 12.639 12.442 11.815 10.398 8.047 5.228 1.00 5.487 5.411 5.250 4.765 3.914 2.898 2.094 1.50 3.279 3.190 3.024 2.629 2.134 1.701 1.413 2.00 2.292 2.183 2.016 1.733 1.468 1.277 1.157 2.50 1.755 1.634 1.490 1.317 1.187 1.103 1.053 3.00 1.429 1.380 1.215 1.125 1.067 1.033 1.015 3.50 1.220 1.141 1.082 1.042 1.020 1.009 1.004 4.00 تبین التوزیع االحتمالي لطول التشغیل (4,5,6)االشكال التشغیل تبین التوزیع االحتمالي لطول(1,2,3)االشكال -firالـ للوحات . وفقا لكل تولیفةewmaالـ للوحات ewmaوفقا لكل تولیفة . 10050183 10050184 10050185 10050186 10050187 10050188 10050189 10050190 10050191 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 preparation and structural studies of new metal complexes with 2-n(4n,ndimethyl benzyliden ) 5 (p methoxy phenyl)1,3,4thiodiazole s. k. abraheim , sh. r. bak ir , m. f. alias departme nt of chemistry , college of science for women , unive rsity of baghdad abstract a new schiff base, 2n( 4n,n – dimet hyl benzyliden )5 – (p met hoxy ph enyl) – 1,3,4 t hio diazol ,and t heir met al co mp lexes cu (π) ,ni ( π), fe ( iii) , p d (π) , p t (iv) , zn(π) ,v(iv) and co (π) , were syn t hesized. t he prep ared co mp lexes were ident ified and their structural geometries were suggested by using flam at omic absorp t ion t echnique , ft -ir and uv-vis spect ro scop y, in addit ion t o magnet ic suscept ibility and con duct ivit y measurem ent s. t he st udy of t he n at ure of t he comp lexes fo rmed in et hanol solution , follo wing t he mo le rat io met hod , gave result s which were comp ared successfully wit h t hose obt ained from t he isolat ed solid st at e st udied. st ruct ural geomet ries of comp ounds were also suggested in gas ph ase by using t heor et ical t reat ment s , using hyperchem-6 pr ogram fo r t he mo lecular mechanics and semiempirical calculation s. t he heat of fo rmat ion (∆hƒ ° ) and binding energy (∆eb) fo r t he free ligand and their metal comp lexes were calculat ed by p m3 and amber met ho ds, p m3 was used t o ev aluate t he vibrat ion spect ra of schiff base and t o comp are t he t heor et ically calculat ed wave numbers wit h expriment al values by using 2amino 5 (p met ho xy ph enyl)-1 ,3,4t hiodiazole as authent ic comp ound. t he t heor et ically obt ained frequencies agreed calculation helped t o assign unambiguously t he mo st diagnostic bands. introduction during t he p ast t wo decades,a considerable at t ent ion has been baid to t he ch emistry of the metal comp lexes of schiff bases (s b) co nt aining nit ro gen an d ot her dono rs, t his m ay be at t ribut ed to their stabilit y , biolo gical act ivit y and po t ent ial applicat ion in many fields such as ox idat ion cat alysis, elect ro ch emistry , et c (13) . s b derived from sulfa durgs were successfully used for t he bact eriastatic act ivit ies (4 ), an d on t he ot her side s b have been a great impo rt ance in t he v isual pro cess (5), in addit ion t o t he react ion t hat inv olves rem ov ing t he amino gro up by enzymic effect (en zymat ic t ran sition reaction), and someb6.cat alysed react ion , as well as used as reversible oxygen carries (4) . anot her, pat h way of s b is inv olved in t he met sbolism of aflat oxin , pr oduced by t he funqi aspergillus flav us, which grows on peanut s, is an ex t rem ely pot ent carcinogen cap able of induct ing liver cancer. it inh ibit s bot h rep licat ion and t ran script of dna (6 ). s b are well known t o have pro no unced biolo gical act ivit ies(7). t he biolo gical act ivit y of sb is at t ribut ed t o t he for mat ion of stable chalet s wit h t ran sition met als present in cell (8 ) t heir ready synt hesis an d myriod pro pert ies have co nt ribut ed great ly t o t heir pop ularit y and t o t he st udy of many biological systems. many of the physiologically act ive co mp ounds of sb find ap plicat ion s in t he t reat ment of several diseas (9,10) . bident at e an d trident at e s b were among ligands t hat are ext ensively used for prep arin g met al comp lexes. t hese ligands are described accor ding t o t heir dono r set nn, no, nno, nns, noo and nso donors set s (11,12 ) t he co mp lexes of sb ligands have received a great deal of at t ent ion during t he last years t o pr epare new set s of t hese bases and t heir comp lexes , t hese comp lexes have proven to be ant it umo r and have carcin ost at ic act ivit y (13 ,14) . experime ntal a materials , physical measuements and anal ysis ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 all chemicals were of t he highest purit y an d were used as received. melt ing poin t s were recorded on gallen kam p melt ing poin t ap parat us an d were unco rrect ed. ft -ir spect ra were recorded by using ft -ir 840 0shimadzu in t he ran ge of (4 000 -2 00 )cm -1 and samples were measured as csi disc. elect ro nic spect ra were obt ained by using (uv 16 0) shim adzu spect ro ph ot om et er at ro om t emperat ure , using et hano l as a solvent . t he met al co nt ent was est imat ed spect ro met riclly by using at omic absorp t ion shim adzu aa6 70 spect ro ph ot om et er. con duct ivit y measurem ent s were obtained by using (w t w) conduct omet er, t hese measurment s were obt ained in dmf solvent by using concent rat ion 10 -3 m at 25c ° . magnet ic suscept ibility measurem ent s were obtained at 25c ° on the solid stat e ap pling faraday , s meat ho d using bruker bm6 inst rumen t . bpreparation the compounds 1preparation of the ligand t he met hod t hat was used to prep ar t he 2 -am ino -5(p -met hoxy ph enyl)-1,3,4t hiodiazol (am) was report ed elsewhere (15 ). t he schiff base (l) was prep ared according t o t he follo wing: (am) (0 .05 mm ol, 5.17g) was dissolved in 15 ml of absolut e et hanol and n,ndimet hy l benzyldehyde (3.7g , 0.05 mole) in 10 ml of t he same solvent was added, wit h drop of glycial acetic acid, t he react ion mixt ure was refluxed fo r (4 ) ho urs, aft er t hat , t he mixt ure was cooling at ro om t emperat ure, t hen , left over night in a refrigerat or , t he separat ed solid was filt ered and crystallized from et hano l. t he phy sical pro pert ies of t he (l) was listed in t able (1) t he st ruct uct ural fo rmula o f a n ew ligand may be suggest ed as follows ch3 nn s nohcch3o nh2 ch3 ch3 nn s nch3o ch3 2-amino-5(p-methoxy phenyl)-1,3,4 thiodiazol 2-n(4-n,ndimethyl benzyliden)-5-(p-methoxy phenyl)-1,3,4 thiodiazol n,ndimethyl benzaldehyed re fl u x e t h a n o l n=c h 2prepartion of comple xes one general pr ocedure was adoped , as fo llows: t he salts of (voso4.h2o),cocl2.6h2o ,cu(no3)2 3h2o ,p dcl2(p hcn)2 ,ni(no3)2 .6h2o, fe(no3)2 .9h2o , h2p t cl6.6h2o and zn(ch3coo)2.2h2o were dissolved in et hano l and added to an et hanol solution of schiff base in (1 : 2) or (1 : 1 ) mo le rat io respect ively wit h st irring. t he mixt ure was heat ed under refluxe for (4) hours. during t his period the precipit at ion was a com plet ed form . t he precipit at ion was t hen co llected by filt rat ion , washed wit h et hano l and dried under v accum. all t hese comp lexes were an alyzed by using different av ailable t echnigues, t he physical pr opert ies of t hese comp ounds are listed in t able(1). c-s tudy of complex formation i n s oluti on complexes of t he schiff base wit h met al ion s were studied in solution by using et hano l as a solvent , in order t o determ ined [m:l] rat io in t he co mp lex follo wing molar rat io method (16). a series of solution s were prep ared by having a constant co ncent rat ion 10 -3 m o f met al ion and the ligand. the [m:l] rat io was determ ined fro m t he relat ion ship between t he absorpt ion of t he absorbed light and the mo le rat io of [m:l]. t he result s of co mp lexes fo rmat ion in a solution were listed in t abel (1). dprograms used in theoreti cal calculation 1hyperche m-6 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 it is a sophisticaled mo lecular modeler , editor an d powerful co mp ut ion al package, t hat is known fo r it s qualit y, flex ibility and ease of use, unit ing 3d visualizat ion and animat ion wit h quant um chemical calculat ion s, mechanic an d dynamic. hyperchem-6 can plot orbital where funct ion s result fro m semiempirical quant um mechanical calculation , as well as t he elect ro stat ic pot ent ial , t he t ot al ch arge densit y or t he t ot al spin density can also be det erm ined during a semiempirical calculation . t his informat ion is useful in determ inin g react ivit y an d co rrelat ing calculat ion result s wit h t he ex perim ent al dat a. 2types of calculation •single point calculation t hat det ermin es the mo lecular energy an d pr opert ies fo r a given fixed geometry. •geometry opt imization calculat ions employ energy minimization algorithms to locat e st able struct ures. •vibrat ion al frequency calculations to find the normal vibrat ional mo des of an opt imized struct ure . the vibrat ional spect rum can be displayed and the vibrat ional mot ions associat ed wit h specific t ransit ion s can be animated (17). 3computional methods a-s emiempirical quantum mechani cs hyperchem offers t en semiempirical mo lecular orbita met hods, wit h opt ion s for organic an d main gro up co mp ounds, for t ran sition met al co mp lexes and spect ral simulation (18 ). p m3 were used fo r t he calculat ion of heat of fo rmat ion an d binding energy fo r all met al co mp lexes except platinum (iv) and vanadium (iv) comp lexes. bmole cular mechani cs it has t hr ee im po rt ant co ncept s. funct ion al for m , at om s t ypes and parameter sets. each molecular mechanics met hod has it s own funct ion al form (assisted model building and energy refinement ) (amber) is based on a fo rce field (19) . amber was used for t he calculat ion of t he binding energy and heat of fo rmat ion of plat inum(iv) and vanadium(iv) comp lexes. re sult and discussion aelemental anal yse s t he import ance o f pr eparin g a new schiff base arises fr om t heir virility as st art ing met erials for t he syn t hesis of many co mp lexes especially wit h t ran sition met al ions. t he p hysical and analy t ical data o f t he ligand and met al co mp lexes are given in t able (1). t he result s obt ained from metal analysis are in a satisfact or y agreem ent wit h t he calculated values .t he suggested molecular formula was also suppo rt ed by spect ral measurem ent as well as magnet ic moment s . binfrared s pectroscopic s tudy 1t here is no appr eciable change t hat t oo k place in t he absorpt ion of νs(coc)and νas(coc) mo des in t he mo no meric zinc, palladium and cobalt co mp lexes, which ex clude t he possibility oxygen at om of met ho xy group part icipat ion in co or dinat ion . furt herm ore , t here is a change in frequency an d int ensity of νc = n an d νn – n bands, t his behaviour refers t o co or dinat e modes of the ligand t hro ugh nit ro gen of isom et hane group and nit ro gen of t he t hio diazole ring (20) ,t able (2). 2t he ligand behaviour is a different co or dinat e, i.e. t hr ough ox ygen o f met ho xy group and nit ro gen o f isomet han as a bridge for t he dimeric iron , plat inum, cupp er and van adium complexes or t hr ough sulfur at om of t hio diazale fo r t he nickel co mp lex . t he o t her behaviour of the ligand t oo k place as abident at e t hr ough n,n or n,s at oms fo r t he comp lexes cupper, vanadium , plat inum and nickel ion, while t he ligand behaves as a mo no det at e co ordinat e t hr ough nitrogen of isomet hane only in iron co mp lex (20 ). 3νv = o stret ching mo de in vanadium comp lex was observed at 979 cm -1 as a stro ng band. coordinat ion of sulfat e ion t his com plex was a bserved as a bident at e behavio ur (2 1). 4t hese absor pt ion s were furt her suppor t ed by t he ap pearance frequencies of νm-s νm-o νm-n and νm-cl respect ivly (20 , 2 2). 5a brao d band was observed aro und (3 45 0-3 510) cm-1 in t he spect ra of t he comp lexes , assigned to a νo-h and suggest ed the presence o f wat er or et hanol molecules in t he crystal lattic of t he co mp lexes (2 3) . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 c-electroni c s pectroscopy s tudy 1-cul comple x t he elect ro nic spect ra of cupper comp lex sho wed on e broad absorpt ion band in t he region around 1298 7 cm -1 which was at t ribut ed to 2 b1g → 2 a1g t ran sition t able (3). t he position of this band is in an agreement wit h what is rep ort ed fo r highly distort ion oct ahedral geomet ry (2 4,25) . t he elect ro nic spect ra coupled wit h magnet ic mom ent (1.03 bm) studies indicat e squar planner geometric aro und cu(ii) comp lex (2 6) ,co nductivit y measurem ent showed t hat t he comp lex was ion ic.t he struct ure of t his comp lex can be suggest ed as bellow. cu n n s r o ch 3 n c-rnn s nn s o h 3 c n cu n n s r r=c 6 h 4 n(ch 3 ) 2 r=c 6 h 4 och 3 (no 3 ) 4 .etoh = = ch r n = ch r n = ch r 2-col comple x t he blue – greenish cobalt (ii) comp lex wit h ligand showed a magnet ic mo ment of (4 .8bm), which indicat es a h igh – spin t ype co mp lex . elect ro nic spect rum in et hanol solution ex hibited a split band in t he range of (17 00 014 00 0) cm -1 , t he split band is a t ypical t et rah edral spectra type and can be assigned as 4 a2→ 4 t 1(p) (ν3) , and in addit ion t here is a band at 3409 cm -1 which was t aking fro m ir and can be assigned to 4 a2→ 4 t 2(f) (ν2) t ran sition (27, 28) . t he co lour as well as t he magnetic moment furt her indicat ed tet rah edral geomet ry . t he (ν2) and various ligand field paramet er were calculated by reference t o t anabasugano diagram for d 7 co nf igurat io t able (3).t he calculat ion of t he spin – orbit coupling const ant (x ) was µob s = µs. o -1 5.59 λ \ / 1 0 dq weher µobs = t he o bserv ed effect ive magnet ic µs. o = t he elect ro nic spin only magnet ic mom ent t he resulting value (λ \ = -2 18.5 cm -1 ) ,t his value shows t he pr esent comp lex t o be distor t ed t et rah edral (29 ).t he nephelauxet ic fact or β was calculat ed and found t o be (0.63) indicat ing high degree of covalence in t he bon ding of liganddonor at oms wit h cobalt (ii) ion . t he molar conductance showed that t he co mp lex is elect ro lyt e, and t he following st ruct ural may be pro posed. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 c o n n s n n s r n r r = c 6 h 4 n ( c h 3 ) 2 r = c 6 h 4 o c h 3 = ( n o 3 ) 2 .3 c 2 h 5 o h n = h r c c h r 3-ni l comple x t he elect ro nic spect ral dat a , and t heir assignment as well as t he calculated ligand field paramet ers fo r nickel t hiodaizal benzyliden , are shown in t able (3 ). considerin g t hese dat a and comp arisom wit h a large number of published work s (3 032 ), led t o t he p ro posal of t he fo llowing dimeric struct ure. r n = c rn n s n i r c = n n n s r r . (n o 3 ) 4 . h 2 o n = c rn n s n i r c = n n n s r r = c 6 h 4 o c h 3 r = c 6 h 4 n (c h 3 ) 2 h h h h which st at isfies t he ean co nf igurat ion for ni . t he ligand field paramet ers b / ,β an d 10dq, were calculated by fit t ing t he rat io of t he o bserved two bands, i.e ν2 and ν3 t o t -s. diagram as shown in d 8 configurat ion . t he calculation of spinorbit co upling constant λ was µobs=µs.o( 14λ \ 10dq ) 3.35= 2.83 (1�λ \ ����� ) t he result ing value = -318 6.3 cm -1 , shows t he present nickel co mp lex t o be tet ragonal distortion (3 3) or t his v alue is well sho wing t et ragon al dist ort ion .t he magnet ic measurem ent is (3.35bm), which shows t he comp lex t o be param agnet ic and conductivity studied show t hat t he comp lex is elect ro lyt e. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 4-ptl comple x t he elect ro nic spect rum of t he p lat inum (iv) shows t hree bands , t he first weak on ap peared at 1331 5cm -1 can be assigned to t he forbidden t ran sition 1 a1g → 3 t 1g an d ot her t wo bands wit h higher int ensity can be assigned t o t he follo wing t ran sition in oct ahedral en virom neut (34 ). 1 a1g → 1 t 1g 1 a1g → 1 t 2g t his coor dinat ion t yp e is comm on fo r p t (iv) comp lexes (3 3,34) , t he st udy of conductivit y behaviour in dmf shows t he co mp lex t o be ion ic . t he magnet ic measurem ent data is (0.82 bm) which shows t he comp lex t o be diamagnet ic, t able (3 ), t herefo re, t he fo llowing struct ure can be suggested: pt n=cr n n s r cl cl nn s nn s r ch 3 pt n n s r-c=n cl cl r=c 6 h 4 och 3 r=c 6 h 4 n(ch 3 ) 2 o ch 3 n r-c n c-r o cl 4 .4etoh = = h h h h 5-vl comple x vanadium comp lex showed t wo bands relat ed t o squar py ram ide vanadium comp lex (3 4,35) . t hey were observ ed at 12 75 5, 17 699 cm -1 t able (3 ) fo r t he first and secon d t ran sition and were assigend to 2 b2g→ 2 eg and 2 b2g→ 2 b1g tran sition respect ively (2 7,29,26,34). t he magnet ic moment (1 .3 bm) is lower t han spin only value, t his is due t o spincouplin g (29, 36). con duct ivit y in dmf showed t hat t he comp lex was ion ic, according t o t his ,t he fo llowing struct ural fo rmula can be suggested. v o o o s o o n c-r o ch 3 nn s nn s o ch 3 n r-c v o nn s r r=c 6 h 4 n(ch 3 ) 2 r=c 6 h 4 och 3 so 4 .h 2 o = = = = h h n= ch r 6-znl comple x t he p rep ared co mp lex is colourless and diamagnet ic which is expect ed for d 10 ion . t he uv-vis spect rum of t he co mp ound sho ws arelat ive ch ange in t he band posit ion co mp ared t o t hat of the free .t he conduct ivit y measurem ent fo r t his comp lex in dmf at 25°c showed t o be no nconduct ing (2 2µs.cm -1 ).t he most pro pable st ruct ral of t his comp lex is t et rah edral as shown bellow. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 z n o c c h 3 o o c c h 3 o n n s r = c 6 h 4 n ( c h 3 ) 2 r = c 6 h 4 o c h 3 . 3 e t o h = = r n = c h r 7-fel comple x t he magnet ic measurem ent shows t he iron ion in it s or ange comp lex t o be ahigh spin paramagnet ic (5.32 bm), of d 5 co nf igurat ion t his suggestion was supp ort ed by t he number of maxima observed in t he elect ro nic spect rum of t he co mp lex , which sho w t wo maxima bands which may be assigned to t ran sition 6 a1g→ 4 t 2g(g), 6 a1g→ 4 a1g+ 4 eg(g) as shown in t able (3) (3 3,37). the ν1 and racah paramet er β., and t he v alue of 10 dq, which were calculat ed by reference t o t anabsugamo for d 5 configurat ion . t he conductivit y measurem ent in dmf show t he comp lex t o be no nelect ro lyt e. depending on t his infor mat ion , t he following st ruct ural may be p ro posed. fe fe ono 2 ono 2 ono 2 ono 2 ono2 n c-r r nn s o ch 3 n r-c nn s nn s n c-r o h 3 c n r c nn s r .h 2 o = = = = r=c 6 h 4 n(ch 3 ) 2 r=c 6 h 4 och 3 h h h h o2no 8-pdl comple x t he brown palladium comp lex shows stro ng ch arge t ran sfer bands which was ext ended t o t he visible region , so t he ligand field bands could not be est abished easily . nev ert hless t wo weak bands at 224 71 an d 28169 cm -1 t able (3) may be assigned to t he t ran sition 1 a1g→ 1 b1g ( 2 a1g→ 1 a1g. 1 b1g) and 1 a1g→ 1 eg ( 4 eg. 2 a1g→ 3 eg. 2 a1g→ 3 eg. 2 a1g. 1 b1g) respect ively, fo r spinpaired d 8 squar planner conf igurat ion wit h magnet ic mo ment value of (0 .00 bm). t his assignment was made by referen ce t o know palladium comp lex wit h squar planner stero chemistry , and came in a good agreem ent wit h published data (34 ,33). con ductivit y value confirmed t he ionic struct ure . depending on t his finding t he fo llowing struct ural fo rmula of t his comp lex may be pro po sed. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 r n =c rn n s pd c l2 . 4 c 2 h 5 oh n n n s r c r r= c 6 h 4 o c h 3 r= c 6 h 4 n (c h 3 ) 2 = h h ds oluti on s tudy molar rat io met ho d was fo llowed t o detemined t he m : l rat io . t he result of comp lexes in et hanol solut ion , suggest t hat t he met al t o ligand rat io was (1 : 2) , which are dimeric in nat ure fo r t he (cupp er, plat inum, nickel ), and mo nemer fo r palladium and cobalt comp lexes , and (1 : 1.7) fo r vanadium comp lex, while (1 : 1 ) fo r t he zinc an d iron met al co mp lexes , which were co mp arable to t hese obt ained from isolat ed solid st udy, t able (1). ethe oreti cal s tudie s (i) t he program hyperchem-6 was used for the semiemp irical and molecular mechanic calculat ions, at opt imized geometr ies energies, the result on p m3 an d amber metho ds of calculat ion in gas phase fo r t he heat of formant ion (∆h ° ƒ) and binding energy (∆eb) for t he ligands and their complexes were calculated and t abulat ed in table (4). also p m3 was used for the ev alut ion of t he vibrat ional spect ra o f t he am and schiff base t o compare the theoretically calculat ed wave n umbers wit h the experimental values. t heor et ically calculat ed wave n umbers for t hese ligands sho wed that some deviat ions from the experimental values, t hese deviat ions are generally acceptable in theoret ical calculations and are described in t able(2) and (5 ) an d t he figs.(1) (2). (ii) electrostatic potential (e.p.):electron distribut ion governs the elect rost ic pot ent ial of mo lecules an d describes t he int eract ion of energy of the molecular syst em with a post ive point charge, so it is usef ul fo r finding sites of react ion in a mo lecule posit ive charged species t end to att ack a mo lecule where t he e.p. is strongly negat ive elect rophilic attack (38 ,39). (e.p.) of free ligand wa s calculated and plott ed as 2d co nt our to invest igat e t he reactiv e sit es of the mo lecules fig(3), and one can int erpr et t he stereochemistry and rat es of many react ion s involv ing soft electrophiles and nuclephiles in term s of t he propert ies of frontier orbit als(homo an d lumo). overlap bet ween t he homo and lumo is a govering factor in many react ions. t he homo and lumo values were plott ed as 2d contour to get mo re informat ion about t hese molecules. t he result s of calculat ion showed that t he lumo of transit ion metal ion prefer t o react wit h t he homo of sulfur an d nit ro gen atoms of schiff base ligand. (iii) optimized geome tries ene rgy of metal complexes for s chiff base all t heoretically probable struct ures of metal complexes wit h schiff base were calculated t o search for t he most pro bable model building stable structure , these shapes fig.(4 ), show the calculated opt ima geometries for (l) and t heir metal complexes. the results of pm3 method of calculation in gas ph ase for the binding energies and heat of for mat ion of co(ii), cu(ii), p d(ii), zn(ii), ni(ii) and fe(iii) , while amber met hod was used to calculate t he binding energies which is equal t o heat formation for both pt(iv) and v(iv) comp lexes , an d are described in table (4). ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 references 1. t ai,x.; yin, x.; chen, q. and t an,m. (2003 ). molecules, 8, 439 . 2. .milian i, f.; casellato, u.; vigat o, p . a.and vidali, m. (1 985). inorg. chem. , act a. 103, 15. 3. shady,h.; ragab, f. a. and aly,e. i. (1988). kimphrmzh , 16 (12), 1466, (1989). chem alost , 110, 173068w 4. ech hor,g.l. (1993). "inorganic biochemist ry" elsevier scient ific p uplishing comp any, amusterdam. 5. mohomed,a.z.; (1992). m. sc. th esis, university of mosul . 6. massey,t .e.; st ewart , r. k.; dainels, (1995) j. m. and l. liv, pro. soc. exp. biol. med, 20 5-213. 7. sahai,r. k.; kushwaha, s.s.an d chaudhary , a. k. (1989). j. indian chem, 19:13,844 . 8. banerjea ,o. (1980)."coor dination chemist ry, 20 " , p ergaman press. iup ac, oxford, new york. 9. lai, keemt i; shukla,p .k. (1981). j. in dian chem. 58:115 . 10. tren,mat s. t. m. (1953)."antibiot ics of chemot herapy" , 3,941. 11. frey berg, d. p . an d mockler,g. m. (1976). j. chem. soc. daltont rans, 5, 445 . 12. goo diwn,j.a. an d wilson,l. (1989).j. inorg. chem. , 28, 42. 13. davar boghaei,m. an d sajjed,m. (2000).j. mo lecular catalysis a: chemical, 179, 41 . 14. shr ivastava ,v. s.; bhasin ,c. p . an d saxena,g. c. (1989).j. in dian chem. soc. , 63 , 865 . 15. shafiee,a. ; nami, e.; amn sobi, p .; forom mav,a. and shekar, m. (1995).j. hetro cyclic chem., 32,p.1235 . 16. . sko oge ,d. a. , (1988)."fundement al of analyt ical chemist ry" , 5 th ed. new york. 17. foresman, j. and . frish. ,c., (1996). "exploring chemist ry with electronic st ruct ure methods" 2 nd ed.,gaussian in c., p itt sburgh, p a. 18. fried, howard l.; and souers,p.; (1999 ).cheetah 2-ovsers mannal, lawrence livermo re national laboratory. 19. at kins p. an d friedman , r. (1997)."molecular quant um mechainics"; 3 rd ed. ; new york ; oxford universit y press inc ; ny . 20. nakamot o ,n. (1997 ). " infrared spectra of inorganic and coordinat ion compo unds". 6 th ed , w iley intrescience, new york. 21. . kumari ,u. n. and singh ,c. p . (1990). "oxovanadium (iv) complexes wit h thiohy drazide deriv at ives" j. ind. chem. soc. lvu (8). 22. singh ,b. and t hakup ,k. p . (1973). j. inorg. nud. chem., 36, 1735. 23. silver t istein,r. m.; bassler ,g. c. and morrill,t . c. (1981) . "spect rom etric ident ification of organic compounds", 4 th ed., john wiley and son s. 24. hirem at h, a. c. ; halli, m. b. and huggi, n. v. ; (1986). j ind. chem. soc. ; lx iii ; 374. 25. nawar, n. e. ; kh att ab, m. a. an d el. kaddan, a. h. ; (1996). j. ind. chem., lxv, 308. 26. burger , k. ; (1956) ; "magnet o chemist ry" 2 nd . ed. ; ins.; p ublishers; lt d. ; londo. 27. carlin, r. l. ; ; (1965). "transit ion met al ch emistry"; 1, marcel dekker n. 28. hedwy, s. ; (1 978).inorg. chem.; 29;155 . 29. lev er,a.b.p .(1986)."inorganic elect ronic spect roscopy", anst erdam london . 30. aggarwal ,r.c. and yadava,r. b. s. trans. (1979) met . chem., 1, 139. 31. wuu ,y. m. and p eng,s. m. (1980) j. , inor g. nucl. chem. ,42,205. 32. deshm uke ,k. and bho be, r. a. (1979)j. inor g. nucl. chem. ,40, 134. 33. jorgeuson, c. k. (1968)."absorpt ion spect ra and chemical bonding in complexes"; pergaman press. 34. figgis, b., n.,(1966). "introduction to ligand field"; int erscience; new york . 35. ao ,p . v. and rao,n. r. (1988 ).ind. j. of chem. ; 27a,73. 36. mahta,p . k. ; gahlot,a. (1986). j. ind. chem. soc. , lxiii (2). 37. bailer,j. c.; emeleus, h. j. and nypholm, r. (1973 ). "comp rehensive inorganic chemistry", p erganmon press. 38. st eword,j .j .p .; mop ac 2000 vio fo r windows ( singie), mo20-as-w , fujit su st em europ e. 39. anderson,w .p .; behm, p. and glennon,t .m. , (1997).j .p hys. chem.,vol. (101) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 d : decompose d poin o a c =c h 3c -o = o table (1): physical data for the ligand (l) and their metal complexes suggest mole cular formula metal to ligand ratio atomi c abs. found (cal .) yiel d % m.p c° col our co mp. c18 h18 n4 s o ــــــ 114 84.0 ــ pale orang l [cu2(l)4](no 3)4. c2h5oh 1 : 2 5.58 (6.70) 50.0 84 pale brown cu l [co(l)2](no 3)2.3 c2h5oh 1 : 2 5.29 (4.51) 75.8 63 d bluishgreen co l [ni 2(l)2]2(no 3)4. h2o 1 : 2 6.78 (7.39) 51.7 160 dark orang ni l [pt(l)2cl 2]2cl 4.4 c2h5oh 1:2 17.61 (17.88 ) 40.0 204 dark orang pt l [(vo)2(l)3s o4]s o4.h2o 1:1.7 ــــــ ــ 44.4 > 360 olive v l [zn( l)(oac)2].3 c2h5oh 1 :1 4.49 (5.33) 42.8 122 -23 orang zn l [fe(l)2(no 3)3]2.2 h2o 1:1 .96 (5.90) 64.0 65 reddis horang fe l [pd( l)2]cl 2.4c2h 5oh 1 : 2 10.2 (9.8) 84.0 201 dark brown pd l ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig. (1) the calculated vibrational freque ncies of am fig. (2) the cal culated vibrational freque ncies of s chiff base l νn-n( 1441.58) νsymνh2( 3426.39) νasyνh2( 3534.00) νsymc-h( 3029.29) νasyc-h (3041.60) c-s ( 839.08) νn-c-n( 1330.84) νncs (1238. 01) νncs ( 1014.63) νsymoch3 (1003.63) νasyoch3 ( 1281.19) νc-s -c( 1166.09) c-n( 879.42) δnh2(1652. 39) νc-s (717.39) νn-n(1439.56 ) νc=ni so (1628.62) νc=nring (1576.88) νc=nring ( 1568.45) νar-n ( 1328.25) νc-s -c( 1155.76) νoch3sy (1099.09) νoch3asy (1293.73) νncs (1166.13) νncs ( 1073.69) νn-c-n (1325.22) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig. (3): homo and electrostati c potential as 2d contours for l fig. (4): conformational structure of am, l and their complexes electrosta tic potential l homo of l am l col vl znl cul ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 nil ptl pdl fel table (3) : electroni c spectra, conductance and magnetic moment, for metal complexes of l co mp. bands cm -1 assignm ent b b \ dq /b \ β 10d q 15b \ µe ff µs c m 1 co l 3409 (5541) cal. 15460 av 4 a2 → 4 t2(f) 4 a2 → 4 t1(f) 4 a2 → 4 t1(p) 11 28 718 .3 0.5 0. 63 3663 .3 107 74.5 4. 8 18 2 cu l 12987 2 b1g → 2 a1g 1. 03 21 v l 12755 17699 2 b2g → 2 eg 2 b2g → 2 b1g 1. 3 18 2 pt l 13315 23148 27397 1 a1g → 3 t1g 1 a1g → 1 t1g 1 a1g → 1 t1g 0. 82 20 5 ni l 13850 1067.2 18148 23529 (26250 )cal. 3 a2g → 1 eg 3 a2g → 3 t2g(f) 3 a2g → 3 t1g(f) 3 a2g → 3 t1g(p) 10 80 102 5.5 1.0 5 0. 94 1076 7 153 82 3. 35 30 6 fe l 99300 cal. (88268 ) 14814 21834 6 a1g→ 4 t1g(g ) 6 a1g→ 4 t2g(g ) 6 a1g→ 4 t1g+ 4 eg 13 00 677 .8 1.7 0. 52 1152 0 101 67 5. 32 21 pd l 22471 28169 1 a1g → 1 b1g 1 a1g → 1 e1g 0. 00 69 table (2) the most diagnosti c ftir ban ds for the l and its metal complexes mo)ms)(m-n)ar -n)(n-n)(υ)ncn(υring) (c=nυ )cs(υcsc) ()(ncs υiso ) (c=nυ comp . 1311. 5 144261373.21589.2 1527.5 7321164. 9 1051 1120 1658.6l 4785631311. 5 1442 137 3.2 1604.6 1535.2 .17251172. 6 1064 1118.6 1647 co l 4865051311144 2 137 3.2 1596.9 1527.5 725.111741070 1110.9 1649 ni l 447.4 5161311. 5 148 1.2 137 3.2 1604.6 1535.2 72911681058 1118.6 1647 zn l 478.3 516.8 1485 1369 1596.9 1535.2 732.911681049.2 1110.0 2 1647 cu l 532.3470.6578.01311. 5 1460 1373.21604.6 1542.9 7500.3 118 1063 1126.3 1697.2pt l 54013111485 1373 1604 1504.3 73311671057 1141.7 1646 v l 48651613101442 1373 1596 1520 725.11172. 6 1033 1126 1650 pd l 416 5201310 1373 1590 1530 73311661050 1125 1627 fe l table (4): conformation ene rgetic (in kj.mol -1 ) for l and their metal complexes ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 amber pm3 conform ation ebδ =ºhfδ ebδ ºhfδ -2417.8692 54.01773 am 4491.4313635 -100.3836365 l -9447.4652 -109.3332 col -9328.1735578 -180.8655578 ni l -18212.6603680 315.9996320 cul 469.320923 ptl -377002.125000 vl -5884.83965 -27.446653 zn l -9122.034 151.5953 pdl w h er e : * : e x p er im en ta l fr eq u en cy * * : t h o re ti ca l fr eq u en cy * * * : e rr o r % d u e to m ai n d if fe re n ce i n y h e ex p er im en ta l m ea su re m en ts a n d t h eo re ti ca l tr ea tm en t o f v ib ra ti o n al s p e ct ru m . ( 1 3 2 8 2 )* * υ a rn t a b le ( 5 ): c o m p a ri so n o f ex p er im en ta l a n d th eo re ti ca l v ib ra ti o n a l fr eq u en ci es (2 9 7 0 ,2 8 9 4 )* * 1 0 3 5 ) (1 2 8 1 , 1 0 0 3 .6 )* * (2 . 3 ,υ o c h (1 3 2 5 2 )* * * ) (1 3 3 0 )* * (4 . 6 υ n c n (7 1 7 . 3 )* * * (8 3 9 ) * * ( 8 υ c = s (1 1 5 5 . 7 )* * ) (1 1 6 6 )* * (0 υ c s c (1 4 3 9 5 )* * * ) (1 4 4 1 )* * (1 υ n n (1 0 7 3 .6 , 1 1 6 6 .1 )* * 1 1 2 2 ) (1 2 3 8 .0 1 , 1 0 1 4 .6 )* * (9 . 0 , 9 υ n c s (1 6 2 8 . 6 ) * * υ c = n is 3 1 7 2 ) (3 5 3 4 , 3 4 2 6 )* * ( -7 . 0 , 8 υ n h 2 l 1 a m s y m b . یثم ابن مجلة لوم الھ صرفة للع لتطبیقیة ال 20 )3( 22المجلد وا 09 – n-2 )4 ،n ،nتحضیر ودراسة تراكیب معقدات فلزیة جدیدة مع – 4، 3، 1 –) میثوكسي فینیلp (– 5) ثنائي مثیل بنزیلدین ثایودیازول محاسن فیصل الیاس، شیماء رجب باقر ، سرى خلیل ابراھیم جامعة بغداد، كلیة العلوم للبنات قسم الكیمیاء، الخالصة – 4 ، 3 ، 1 – )بـارا میثوكسـي فینیـل – 5) ثنـائي مثیـل بنزیلـدین – n-2 )4، n، n تـم تحضـیر اللیكانـد ،)iii(والحدیــد ،)ii(والزنــك ،iv)(والبالتـین ،)ii( والبالدیــوم ،)ii(والنیكـل ،)ii(ات النحــاسثایودیـازول ومعقداتــه مـع االیونــ شــخص وعــین الشــكل الهندســي للمركبــات المحضــرة بأســتخدام األجهــزه الطیفیــه ، األشــعة iv (0(والفنــادیوم،) ii(والكوبلـت درس 0قیـاس الحساسـیة المغناطیسـة والتوصـیل الكهربـائي لهــا ال عـنضــفالمرئیـة –تحـت الحمـراء واألشـعة فـوق البنفسـجیة مقاربة مع النتائج التي تم الحصـول علیهـا ااعطت نتائجاذ ،حالیل بأتباع طریقة النسب المولیةطبیعة المعقد المتكون في الم .لة الصلبة المعزولةابالح hy(اجریت معالجة تكوین المعقدات نظریـًا فـي الطـور الغـازي باسـتخدام برنـامج p erchem-6 ( بتطبیـق المیكانیـك pmالجزیئـي والشـبه التجریبــي فـي الحســاب وذلـك باسـتخدام الــدوال 3 ،am ber لحسـاب حــرارة التكـوین(∆hƒ ° وطاقــة ( ، كــذلك حســب الجهــد األلكتروســتاتیكي لبیــان المواقــع .كلفــن للیكانــد ومعقداتــه المحضــرة 298وبدرجــة حــرارة ) eb∆(التــرابط pmریـًا وبأسـتخدام الدالـة لتــردد األهتـزازي نظشـف وجـرى حسـاب ا الفعالـة لقاعـدة لقاعــدة شـف ومقارنتهـا مـع القـیم المقاســه 3 ووجــد أن هنـاك توافقــًا اقیاسـی اثایودیـازول مركبــ – 4، 3، 1 –) بــارا میثوكسـي فینیــل ( 5 –امینـو -2عملیـًا بأســتخدام 0كبیرًا بین القیم العملیة والمحسوبة نظریًا مع زیادة امكانیة تشخیص الحزم بشكل ادق ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 evaluation o f erythrocyte malondialdehyde, glutathione concentration and serum nitric oxide levels in patients with toxoplasma gondii a. a. m. al-azzauy departme nt of medical microbiology, college of pharmacy ,unive rsity of almustansiriya recei ved in ,1,march,2010 accepted in , 3, june , 2010 abstract the aim of this st udy was to evaluate the biological imp ortance of the magnitude of oxidative st ress, antioxidant and the levels of nitric oxide (no) in the female p atients infected with toxoplasma gondii by analyzing the levels of erythrocyte malondialdehy de (m da) as an indicator for the oxidative st ress and erythrocyte reduced glutathione (gsh) level as indicator for the antioxidant st atus and serum nitric oxide levels. this p rosp ective st udy was conducted on fifty female p atients with toxop lasmosis and thirty normal healthy females of comp arable age and sex were considered as normal control. a st atist ically significant difference was found between p atients and control group in terms of m da, gsh and no levels. a decrease in erythrocyte gsh levels was detected, while erythrocyte m da and serum no levels increased significantly as comp ared with normal healthy control. consequently , the results suggest that t he high infection vs control of increased erythrocyte m da and serum no levels p robably suggest the occurrence as a mechanism of tissue change in cases of toxop lasmosis. m oreover, it is recommended that the p atient levels of m da, gsh, and no should be evaluated in toxop lasmosis. introduction toxoplasma gondii is an obligate intracellular p rotozoan in birds and mammals [1]. toxop lasmosis is the disease that occurs when t. gondii invades and multiplies asexually as tachy zoites within the cytop lasm of nucleated cells [2]. when host immunity develops, multiplication of tachy zoites ceases and tissue cyst s form, which remain latent, esp ecially in the brain and muscle. sexual reproduction of t. gondii occurs only in the intest inal tract of cats; the resultant oocyst p asses in the feces remain infectious up to a year in soil, depending up on the temperature and moist ure content [3]. the two major routes of transmission in humans are oral and congenital. humans become infected with t. gondii through direct contact with oocy st s in cat feces or through eating meat contaminated with the extraintestinal form of t. gondii [4]. the diagnosis of toxop lasmosis is most critical in four group s of p atients: p regnant women who acquire infection during gestation, immunocompromised p atients and p atients with chorioretinitis [5]. in this research p atients from the first group , were used. reactive oxy gen sp ecies degrade p olyunsaturated lip ids, forming malondialdehyde (m da) [6]. this comp ound is a reactive aldehyde and is one of the many reactive electrop hile sp ecies that causes toxic st ress in cells and forms covalent p rotein adducts which are referred to as advanced lip oxidation end p roducts, in analogy to advanced glycation end-products [7]. the p roduction of this aldehyde is used as a biomarker to measure the level of oxidative st ress in an organism [8, 9]. glutathione (gsh) is a cyst eine-containing p eptide found in most forms of aerobic life [10]. it is not required in the diet and is instead sy nthesized in cells from its const ituent amino ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 acids [11]. glutathione has antioxidant p rop erties since the thiol group in its cyst eine moiety is a reducing agent and can be reversibly oxidized and reduced. it is one of the most imp ortant cellular antioxidants; it defends the cell against oxidative damage by undergoing reaction with free radicals and peroxidase [10]. nitric oxide (no) is a free radical, an uncharged molecule with an unp aired electron. no p lay s multiple roles in both intracellular and extracellular signaling mechanisms [12]. this highly reactive, y et simple molecule is p roduced in the body by the isoenzy me nitric oxide sy nthase (nos) using l-arginine as a substrate. three iso forms of nos have been characterized, two of them are constitut ive nos (cnos) and the third is inducible (inos) by endotoxins and cy tokines [13]. t he aim of the p resent study was t o evaluate the magnitude of oxidative st ress by estimating the level of erythrocyte m da levels, erythrocyte gsh concentration as indicators for the antioxidative st atus and levels of serum nitric oxide in p atients with toxop lasmosis. material and methods -s ubjects: the blood samples were collected from fifty female p atients, infected with toxoplasma gondii and found to be positive in elisa t est. the samples were collected from kamal al-samurai hosp ital, al-ilwia hosp ital for maternity . none of those p atients was on a sp ecial diet or taking any antioxidant (vitamin e, c, etc) or treated with antioxidant drugs, no smoking or drinking habits and did not take any hormonal medication. thirty normal healthy females of comp arable age and sex were considered as normal control. -blood sample s: blood samples (5ml) transferred into p lain tubes containing (acid-citratedextrose) (acd) as anticoagulant. tubes were mixed and p laced immediately in crushed ice, then assayed within (1-2) hrs. of blood collection. blood samples were centrifuged at (5000) rp m for (10) min., then p lasma and buffy coat were removed by asp iration. ery throcytes were washed three times with p hosp hate buffered saline (pbs) p h= 7.4 (0.02 m p hosp hate; 0.123m nacl). the packed cell volume (pcv) after the final wash was used for the assay of m da and gsh concentration. serum was st ored at (-20˚c) and used for the determination of nitric oxide level. -chemicals: the chemicals and reagents used in this st udy were of annular grade unless otherwise sp ecified and were obtained from bdh chemicals ltd., england; sigma, chemicals usa; fluka a.g., germany . assays -m da: m da was assay ed according to the method of ohkawa et al. [14] with minor modification from hirayama et al. [15]. the reaction to form thiobarbituric acid-reactive substances (tba-rs) depends on the condensation of two molecules of (tba) with one molecule of m da to generate a reddish chromogen that absorbs light at (532) nm wave length. -glutathione concentration: determination of erythrocyte glutathione concentration was p erformed according to the method of virgil [16] which is a modified version of that of beulter [17]. virtually , all of the non protein sulfhy dry l group s of ery throcyte are in the form of reduced gsh. 5,5-dithiobis (2-nitrobenzoic acid) dt nb is a disulfide chromogen that is readily reduced by sulfhy dry l comp ounds to an intensely y ellow comp ound. the absorbance of the reduced chromogen is measured at (412) nm and is directly p rop ortional to the gsh concentration [17]. -nitric oxide level: serum nitrite p lus nitrate concentration as an index of serum no levels were determined by the method described p reviously [18]. quantification of nitrite and nitrate was based on the griess reaction, in which chromop hore with a strong absorbance at (450)nm is formed by reaction of nitrite with a mixture of naphthy l ethy lenediamine and sulp hanilamide. the absorbance was measured in a sp ectrop hotometer to give the nitrite concentration. for nitrate detection, a second sample was treated with cop p orised cadmium in glycine buffer at p h (9.7) to reduce nitrate to nitrite, the concentration of which thus represented the tot al nitrite plus nitrate. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 a standard curve was established with a set of serial dilutions (10 -8 – 10 -3 mol/l) of sodium nitrite. all samples were assay ed in dup licate. 4-hemoglobin level: hb was determined using hemoglobin kit (randox) p rocedure no. 540uv 1996. the hb levels were measured in the p atients and control individuals to determine the m da level and gsh concentration. hb, erythrocyte m da level and gsh concentration measurements of the matched sets were performed on the same day. the results were analyzed by st udent's (t-test) to find out level of significance. p value ≤0.05 was considered as statist ically significant. re sults table (1) rep resents the samp le size (n), mean ± sd and significance of erythrocyte m da level exp ressed in (n mol/g hb) of normal healthy control and the p atients of toxop lasmosis. erythrocyte m da level was significantly increased in group (2) as comp ared with group (1) normal healthy control (p< 0.001). table (2) demonst rates the mean ± sd of erythrocyte gsh concentration exp ressed in (nmol/g hb) of normal healthy control and the p atients of toxop lasmosis. erythrocyte gsh concentration was significantly decreased in group (2) as comp ared with group (1) normal healthy control (p< 0.001). table (3) shows the mean ± sd of serum nitric oxide level exp ressed in (μ mol/l) of normal healthy control and the p atients of toxop lasmosis. serum nitric oxide level was significantly increased in group (2) as comp ared with group (1) normal healthy control (p< 0.001). discussion toxoplasma gondii is a highly frequent obligate intracellular p rotozoan p arasite. it is reported that about one-third of the world p op ulation is infected with t. gondii; the disease has asy mptomatic p rogress in 90% of the patients with sound immune sy stems [19, 20]. it is assumed that t he malondiald ehyde (m da) arising from the lip id peroxidation is an indicator of the oxidative st ress in tissue and cells. lip id peroxidase is a deriv ative enzy me of feeble unsaturated fatty acid which is p roduced as a result of d ecomposition of a set of complex comp onents [21]. in this st udy , the findings revealed an incr ease in the m da level in the erythrocy te of toxoplasma gondii p atients as comp ared with normal healthy control (table 1). these findings are in agreement with ulku et a l. [22] and yazar et al. [23]. the increase of m da level in the erythrocyte of toxoplasma gondii p atients demonst rates the increase of lipid peroxidation. the results of the p resent study st rongly suggest that one of the main r easons for h igh m da levels in the p atients infected with toxop lasmosis could be the decreased activity of the defense sy stem p rotecting the tissues from free radical dama ge. the p otentially harmful effects of reactive oxy gen sp ecies ar e controlled by the cellular antio xidant defense sy stem. gsh is an imp ortant constituent of intracellular p rotective mechan isms against a number of noxious st imuli including o xidative st ress. it p lay s a role in p reventing the transformation of hemo globin into methemoglobin due t o o xidation. m oreover, it maintains the sulfhydry l (sh) group s in proteins in a reduced state and protects t hese group s against oxidation [24]. in the p resent study , erythrocy te gsh concentration was significantly decreased in the p atients infected with toxop lasmosis as comp ared with healthy control (table 2). the lower gsh concentration in p atient group can be exp lained with the o xidative st ress caused by lip id p eroxidation and depletion in the gsh concentration, which is an endo gen antioxidant. the results in table (3) showed increased level of serum nitric o xide in the toxoplasma gondii p atients. no is the p roduct of arginin e metabolism and one of the most effective o2free toxins. there are also p revious st udies rep orting an increase in the no level in p arasitic diseases [19, 22, 25]. it can be stated that the no level increase as a defensive mechan ism to p rotect the p atient against the harmful effects of the parasite. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 as a conclusion, the increase of seru m no lev el in the p atients infected with toxop lasmosis can be associated with t he stimulation of the cell mediated immune resp onse. acknowle dgement: i'd like to thank the resp onsible st aff of clinical b iochemist ry laboratory in the college of pharmacy, al-m ust ansiriy a university for their advices and help . re ferences 1m otoy a, j. g. and liesenfeld, o.,( 2004). toxop lasmosis. t he lancet, 363: 1965-1976. 2ry an, k. j.and ray , c. g., 2004. sherris m edical m icrobiolo gy , 4 th ed., m cgraw hill,.722727. 3nishikawa, y., kawasa, o., vielemeyer, o., suzuki, h., joiner, k. a., xuar, x. and nagasawa, h., (2007). toxoplasma gondii infection induces apoptosis in noninfected macrophages: role of n itric oxide and other soluble factors. parasite immunol., 29: 375-385. 4calderaro, a., peruzzi, s., piccolo, g., gorrini, c., m ontecchini, s., rossi, s., ch ezz i, c. and dettori, g.,(2009). laboratory diagnosis of toxoplasma gondii infection. int. j. m ed. sic., 6(3) : 135-136. 5kravetz , j. d. and federman, d. g., (2005). toxop lasmosis in p regnancy. am. j. m ed., 118(3): 212-216. 6pry or, w. a. and stanley, j. p., (1975). "letter: a suggested mechanism for the production of malonaldehyde during the antoxidation of p olyunsaturated fatty acids. none enzy matic p roduction of p rostaglandin endoperoxides during antio xidation". j. org. ch em., 40(24) : 3615-3617. 7farmer, e.e. and davo ine, c.,( 2007). reactive electrop hile sp ecies. curr. op in. plant biol., 10(4): 380-386. 8m oore, k. and roberts, l. j., (1998). m easurement of lip id peroxidation. free radic. res., 28(6): 659-671. 9del rio, d., stewart, a. j. and pellegrin, n.,( 2005). a review of recent st udies on malondialdehy de as toxic molecule and biological mark er of oxidative st ress. nutr. m etab. cardiovasc. dis., 15(4): 316-328. 10m eister, a. and anderson, m . e., (1983). glutathione, annu. rev. biochem, 52 : 711-760. 11m eist er, a., 1988. glutathione metabolism and its selective modification. j. biol. chem., 263(33): 17205-17208. 12m oncada, s., palmer, r. m . and higgs, e., (1991). nitric oxide: phy siology , p athop hysiology and pharmacology . pharmacol. r ev., 43: 109-112. 13jen kin, d. c., charles, i.g., t homson, l. l., moss, d.w., holmes, l. s. and baylis, s. a.,( 1995). role of nitric o xide in tumor growt h. proc. natl. acad. sci. usa, 92:4392-4396. 14ohkawa, h., ohishi, n. and ya gi, k., (1979). assay for lip id peroxides in animal tissues by thiobarbituric acid r eaction, anal biochem., 95: 351-358. 15hira yama, a.,( 2000). he modialysis does not influence p eroxidative st ate already p resent in uremia. nep hron, 86:436-440. 16virgil, f. and geor ge, g.,(1998). biochemical asp ects of hematolo gy , tietz textbook of clinical chemistry by carl a.burt is and edward, r., ashwood, 2 nd ed., w.b. saunders company, usa ch.37: 1982-1994. 17beutler, e., duron, o. and kelly , b. m ., (1963). improved method for the determination of blood glutathione, j. lab. clin. m ed., 61: 882-888. 18cortas, n. k. and wakid, n.w., (1990). determination of inorganic nitrate in serum and urine by a kinetic cadmium-reduction method. clin. chem., 36: 1440-1443. 19kang, k. m ., lee, j. h., choi, i. w., shir, d. w. and lee, y. h., (2004). eff ects of inos inhibitor on ifn-γ production and up op tosis of sp lenocytes in genetically different st rains of mice infected with toxoplasma gondii. korean j. parasitol., 42: 175-183. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 20deorari, a. k., broor, s., m aitreyi, r. s., agarwal, d., kumar, h., paul, v. k. and sin gh, m ., (2000). incidence, clinical sp ectrum and outcome of intrauterine infections in neonates. j. trop .p ediatr., 46: 155-159. 21koltas, i. s., yucebilgic, g., bilgin, r., parsak, c. k. and sakman, g., (2006). serum malondialdehy de level in patients with cy stic echinoco ccosis. saudi m ed. j., 27:1703-1705. 22ulku, k., tuncay , c., tugba, r. k., cemil c. and ni lgun, u. d., (2008). m alondialdehy de, glutathione and nitric o xide levels in toxoplasma gondii serop ositive p atients. korean j. parasitol., 46(4): 293-295. 23yazar, s., kilic, e., saraymen, r. and ozbige, h., (2004). serum malondialdehyde levels in patients infected with plasmodium. west indian m ed., 53:147-149. 24akkus, i., (1995). effect of fre e radicals and pathop hysiological. kony a, turkey . m imoza p ublisher. 32, isbn 975-543-038-5, 1-76. 25daubener, w., posdziech, v., hadding, u. and m ackenzie, c. r., (1999). inducible antip arasitic effector mechanisms in human uroepethelial cells: tryp top han degradation vs. no p roduction. m ed. m icrobiol. immunol. 187: 143-147. table (1) biostatisti cal calculations and student t-test of e rythrocyte mda level for normal healthy control (group 1) and the patients of toxoplasmosis (group 2). erythrocyte m da level (n mol/g hb) normal healthy control (group 1) toxop lasmosis p atients (group 2) samp le size (n) 30 50 m ean ± sd 4.43 ± 1.65 20.75 ± 2.06 probability < 0.001* *normal healthy control (group 1) versus t oxop lasmosis p atients (group 2) table (2) biostatisti cal calculations and student t-test of e rythrocyte gs h concentration for normal healthy control (group 1) and the patients of toxoplasmosis (group 2). erythrocyte gsh concentration (n mol/g hb) normal healthy control (group 1) toxop lasmosis p atients (group 2) samp le size (n) 30 50 m ean ± sd 6.95 ± 1.21 2.10 ± 0.10 probability < 0.001* *normal healthy control (group 1) versus t oxop lasmosis p atients (group 2) table (3) biostatisti cal calculations and student t-test of se rum nitric oxide level for normal healthy control (group 1) and the patients of toxoplasmosis (group 2). serum n itric oxide level (μ mol/l) normal healthy control (group 1) toxop lasmosis p atients (group 2) samp le size (n) 30 50 m ean ± sd 42.38 ± 1.51 48.47 ± 0.30 probability < 0.001* *normal healthy control (group 1) versus t oxop lasmosis p atients (group 2) 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تقدیر مستوى المالون ثنائي االلدهاید وتركیز الجلوتاثایون في كریات الدم الحمر و مستوى اوكسید النتریك في مصل الدم لدى النساء المصابات بداء المقوسات زّاويـد العــمــي محـد علـمـأح ة المستنصریةـعـامـالج،فرع االحـیاء المجهریة الطبیـة ، كلیــة الصیدلـة 2010،أذار ،1البحث في استلم 2010، حزیران،3، قبل البحث في خالصةال إنَّ الهدف من هذه الدراسة هو بیان االهمیة الحیویة للزیادة الحاصلة في مستویات االجهـاد التأكسـدي ومسـتوى اوكسـید ى المـالون ثنـائي االلدیهایـد النتریك وٕانخفاض مضادات االكسدة عند النساء المصابات بداء المقوسات مـن خـالل تقـدیر مسـتو لمضــادات فـي كریــات الــدم الحمــر الــذي یعـد دلــیال لالجهــاد التأكســدي، وتركیــز الجلوتاثــایون فـي كریــات الــدم الحمــر دلــیال عینــة مـن النســاء المصــابات بــالمرض والمثبتــة 50اجریــت الدراســة علــى . االكسـدة ومســتوى اوكســید النتریــك فــي مصـولهن . عینة من نساء غیر مصابات بالمرض مجموعة سیطرة سویة 30اصابتهم مختبریا، و للنسـاء المصـابات بـالمرض اءفي مستوى المالون ثنائي االلدیهاید في كریات الدم الحمر اً ملحوظً اً أظهرت النتائج ارتفاع اءن فـي كریـاتهن الحمـر هن، كما اظهرت النتائج انخفاضًا في مسـتوى الجلوتاثـایو ئوفي مستوى اوكسید النتریك في مصول دما .سلیماتمقارنة بالنساء ال للمصـابات ومســتوى اءویمكـن القـول مـن خـالل النتـائج ان زیــادة مسـتوى المـالون ثنـائي االلدیهایـد فــي كریـات الـدم الحمـر حـدثت اوكسید النتریك في مصول دم النساء المصابات اصابة شدیدة بالمقارنـة مـع مجموعـة السـیطرة مـن المحتمـل ان تكـون . نتیجة لتغیراالنسجة في حالة االصابة بداء المقوسات ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 comparison in some biochemical and hematological tests between chronic hepatitis b and c received in : 7 april 2010 accepte d in : 9 november 2010 r.h. hussein college of health and medical technology abstract chronic viral hepatitis is an imp ortant health p roblem in the world, where hepatitis b virus (hbv) or hepatitis c virus (hcv) infections are the main causes of liver insufficiency. the study included 100 blood samp les from p atients with chronic viral hepatitis, fifty of them with hbv infection and 50 with hcv infection. twenty app arently healthy age and gender matched subjects were included as a control group . out of the 50 patients with hbv, 36(72%) were males and 14(28%) were females. thirty two (64%) p atients with hcv were males and 18(36%) were females. the mean age for hbv p atients was 36.9 ± 15.8 y ear and for hcv p atients it was 39.9 ±14.2 y ear. the results of the liver function tests showed no significant difference between hbv and hcv p atients. both of hbv and hcv p atients showed a significant difference regarding liver function tests when comp ared with the control group . total white blood cell count and hemoglobin concentration were lower (4296± 1050.9 cell/ mm3 and 10.9 ± 2.2g/dl resp ectively) in hcv p atients than those in hbv p atients (6224 ± 1749.1 cell /mm3 and 13.4 ±1.3 g/dl ) with a significant difference. however there was no significant difference between hbv p atients and control regarding total white blood cell count and hemoglobin concentration. aim of st udy : to comp are between chronic hepatitis b, chronic hepatitis c and control regarding some hematological and biochemical p arameters. key words :chroni c hepatitis b and c introduction viral hepatitis is a major global p ublic health concern, it is a source of substantial morbidity and mortality around the world. viral hepatitis is caused by at least five distinct viruses a, b, c, d, or e. each belongs t o an entirely different family of viruses, and they have very little in common excep t the target organ, they affect the liver and a certain degree of shared ep idemiology . [1] chronic hepatitis b and chronic hepatitis c are p rogressive diseases linked to the development of cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. chronic liver disease is accomp anied by derangement of hep atocy te function including the sy nthesis of haemostastic factors. [2] four sep arate liver enzy mes are included on most routine laboratory tests. they are asp artate aminotransferase (ast or sgot) and alanine aminotransferase (alt or sgpt), which are known together as transaminases; and alkaline p hosp hatase (alp) and gammaglutamyl transferase (ggt), which are known together as cholestatic liver enzy mes. elevations of these enzy mes can indicate the p resence of liver disease. in cases of acute viral hepatitis, aminotransferase levels usually p eak before jaundice app ears and have a more gradual decrease thereafter, and there is a greater increase in serum bilirubin levels. the entire alp habet of viral hepatitis (a, b, c, d and e) may be resp onsible for a marked increase in aminotransferase levels, although the increase associated with hep atitis c infection tends to be ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 more modest than that associated with hepatitis a or b. liver and bone diseases are the most common causes of p athological elevation of alp levels, although alp may originate from other tissue, such as the placenta, kidneys or intestines, or from leukocytes.[3] the epidemiology of hbv and hcv infection varies according to geographical area. hbv infection is a serious global health p roblem, with two billion p eople infected worldwide, and 350 million suffering from chronic hbv infection. chronic hepatitis b (chb) affects more than 400 million p eople globally , of whom 75% are asians [4]. in the m iddle east , hbv p revalence has altered from high to intermediate or low p revalence, but hbv infection is a p roblem of p ublic health, and a major cause of mortality and morbidity p articularly in developing countries. [5] in the m iddle east , bahrain, iran, and kuwait are areas of low endemicity , cy p rus, iraq and the united arab emirates have intermediate endemicity , and egy p t, jordan, oman, palest ine, yemen and saudi arabia have high endemicity [6]. studies in the m iddle east show the p revalence of hbsag to range from 3% to 11% in egy p t, 4% to 5% in iraq, 2.6% to 10% in jordan, 2% to 6% in the liby an arab jamahiriy a, 2.3% to 10% in oman, 5% to 6% in palestine, 7.4% to 17% in saudi arabia, 16% to 20% in sudan, 6.5% in tunisia, 2% to 5% in uae and 12.7% to 18.5% in the republic of yemen. the st udies conducted in the m iddle east have collectively found that hbv infection is a serious p ublic health p roblem in the region. [7] hep atitis c infection is now the most common cause of end-stage liver disease in many countries. it is a blood-borne infection that was a well-known cause of p ost -transfusion hepatitis after introduction of hepatitis b screening in blood banking and before imp lementation of hepatitis c-sensitive screening laboratory methods. world health organization (who) estimations suggest that up to 3% of the world's p op ulation (170 million) have been infected with hcv [8]. regionally , the highest p revalence of hcv infection occurs in egy p t, where the p revalence of infection increases st eadily with age, and high rates of infection are observed among p ersons in all age group s [9]. materials and methods patie nts popul ation we st udied one hundred patients with chronic viral hepatitis, 50 of them (36 males and 14 females) with chronic hbv infection and 50 p atients ( 32 males and 18 females) with chronic hcv infection , who were in regular follow-up at the gastroenterology and hepatology center / baghdad. twenty unrelated app arently healthy , age and gender matched subjects were included as a control group . chronic hbv infection was defined by the p resence of hepatitis b surface antigen ( hbsag ) in serum for more than 6 months, while chronic hcv infection was defined by the p resence of hcv rna in serum for more than 6 months which was done by using commercially available enzy me linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) and p erformed according to the manufactures inst ructions. methods venous blood samples were collected from all p atients, hematological tests were done, including total white blood cell count and estimation of hemoglobulin concentration. liver function tests were p erformed manually by using assay s which were done according to the manufacturers instructions using st andard routine sp ectrop hotometric methodology [10] in all p atients which included the following kits; 1-total serum bilirubine (tsb)-randox comp any; sp ectrop hotometric determination (winst el and cehely k method) 2alanine aminotransferase (alt)-randox comp any; sp hectrop hotometric determination (reitman and frankel method) 3asp artate aminotransferase (ast)-randox comp any; ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 sp hectrop hotometric determination (reitman and frankel method) 4-alkaline p hosp hatase (alp)-biomerieux-comp any; sp ectrop hotometric determination of alkaline p hosp hatase activity s tatistical anal ysis the test results are exp ressed as the mean ± st andard deviation (sd). data collected were subjected to analysis of variance (anova), while the means were sep arated with lsd test using st atist ical p rogramme for windows, p value of ≤ 0.05 was considered significant [11]. results in our st udy the p atients p op ulation consisted of 68 males (68 %) and 32 females (32 %). m ean age of our p atients was 38.4±14.9 y ears. m ean ages for chronic hepatitis b and hepatitis c p atients were 36.9 ± 15.8 y ears (11 – 65y ears) and 39.9 ±14.2 y ears (7-61 y ears) resp ectively, table (1). table (2) comp ares the levels of liver function tests between hbv and hcv p atients, which shows that the mean of total serum bilirubine level was 4.1 ± 3.1 and 4.2 ± 3 mg/dl in hbv and hcv patients resp ectively. on t he other hand, ast level in hbv and hcv p atients were 37.8± 10.4 iu/l and 41.6± 14.2 iu/l resp ectively. the same table also demonst rates that t he level of alt was 55±40.8 and 60.4±29.3 iu/l in hbv and hcv cases resp ectively, meanwhile alp level was 82.1±46.5 iu/l in hbv p atients and 86.3± 44.7 iu/l in hcv p atients. statist ical analysis showed that there was no significant difference between hbv and hcv p atients concerning liver function tests. however both hbv and hcv showed a significant difference in liver function tests when compared with the control group . the data demonst rated by table (3) and figure (1) show a significant difference between hbv and hcv p atients concerning total wbc count which was 6224 ± 1749.1 and 4296± 1050.9 cell/ mm3 resp ectively. hemoglobulin concentration was 13.4 ± 1.3 g/dl in hbv p atients and 10.9 ± 2.2 g/dl in hcv p atients which was significant as illustrated by table (3) and figure (2). however hbv patients showed no significant difference when comp ared with control group regarding total white blood cell count (7599±980 cell/ mm3) and hemoglobine concentration (13.8±1.9 g/dl). discussion viral hep atitis is an imp ortant cause of chronic hepatitis. based on the data obtained in this st udy , chronic viral hepatitis was more p revalent among males than females. these findings were similar to those obtained in another st udy which reported that t he male: female ratio was 2:1 in iraq [12]. on the other hand the current findings disagree with the findings of another st udy conducted in iraq, which rep orted that an equal ratio in both males and females [13]. our results agreed with a st udy conducted in turkey which also found that male: female ratio was 2:1. [14] although the results of liver function tests in the current st udy was higher in hcv p atients than those in hbv p atients, st atist ical analysis revealed that t here was no significant difference between hbv and hcv p atients concerning liver function test. these findings disagreed with those obtained in another st udy which reported that hcv-infected p atients p resented more liver inflammation (higher ast, alt and alp) than hbv-infected p atients. this difference in liver inflammation can be att ributed to the higher p ercentage of p revious antiviral treatment and the higher resp onse rate to therap y in the hbv group comp ared with the hcv group [15]. it is well known that chronic hepatitis c is associated with a wide variation in alt, from normal alt to p ersistent elevation of alt, although st udies have ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 shown that p atients with p ersistently normal alt usually have slower p rogression and lower p revalence of cirrhosis. [16] in this st udy we noted that hemoglobin concentration and total wbc count were different in hbv and hcv p atients. hep atitis c p atients included in this st udy had lower total hemoglobin concentration and total wbc count than those found in hepatitis b p atients with a significant difference. these results were similar to those obtained in another st udy which reported that hcv p ositive p atients have lower hemoglobin and white blood cell count. [17] nevertheless the current results were consistent with the data reported by a st udy which concluded that regarding liver disease severity , chronic hepatitis b comp ared with chronic hepatitis c p atients had significantly lower white blood cell and p latelet counts, but similar biochemical (aminotransferases levels) and histological (grading and st aging) findings as well as a similar p revalence of all other thrombophilic or coagulation factors [18]. this variation may be due to the following factors, first p atients in our study were younger than those in the other st udy . second geographic variation in hbv genoty p es in st udy p op ulation would influence the p revalence of chronic hepatitis b. anot her factor is that the cause may also be nutritional or infectious, finally difference in sample size. furt her st udies on a much larger scale are needed to evaluate other factors that might affect t he relationship between hbv and hcv infection with resp ect to hemoglobin, hematocrit levels, differential leucocy te count , p hy logenic analysis for viral genoty p es, viral titers, serum ferritin level and the degree of hepatic injury. re ferences 1purcell, r. h.(1994), hep atitis viruses; changing p att erns of human disease. proc natl acad sci usa:91; 2041-6. 2fujiwara, a.; sakaguchi, k.;fujioka, s.; iwasaki ,y.; senoh, t.; nishimura, m .; terao, m . and shiratori, y. (2008) fibrosis p rogression rates between chronic hepatitis b and c p atients with elevated alanine aminotransferase levels. j gastroenterol; 43:484–491. 3park, k.s.; lee, y.s. and lee, s.k. (2003) a study on markers of viral hep atitis in adults living in daegu and gy ungbuk area. korean j gast roenterol;41:473-479. 4lee, w.m . (1997),hep atitis b virus infection. n engl j m ed; 337: 1733-45. 5andre, f. (2000),hepatitis b epidemiology in asia, the m iddle east and africa. vaccine; 18: s20-2. 6international congress on viral hep atitis a and b: exp erience in education and prevention, warsaw, pologne (18/10/1998) 2000,vol.18(121p.)(8ref.):s20-22 7qirbi ,n. and a.j. (2001),hall ep idemiology of hepatitis b virus infection in the m iddle east east ern m editerranean health journal, november,: 1034-1045 8alavian, s.m .; adibi, p.and zali, m .r. (2005)hep atitis c virus in iran: ep idemiology of an emerging infection. arch iranian m ed; 8: 84-90. 9abdel-aziz ,f.; habib, m .; m ohamed, m .k.; abdel-hamid, m .; gamil, f.; m adkour, s. m ikhail, n.; thomas, d.;fix, a.d.; strickland, g.t .; anwar ,w.and sallam, i. (2000),hep atitis c virus (hcv) infection in a community in the nile delta: pop ulation descrip tion and hcv prevalence. hep atology ; 32: 111-115 10koff, r.s. (2004)."acute viral hepatitis." in: clinical p ractice of gastroenterology ."by : lawrence j,brandt,churchil livingst one co. vol 11.p p :831-839. 11-statist ics for windows (1999)"edition 99", , kernel release. 12sabri, h.j. (2003) "the diagnost ic role of liver biopsy in grading, st aging and etiology of chronic hep atitis" a t hesis fellowship iraq commission for medical sp ecialization in p athology . 13rahi, s.j. (2003). " cy tokines p rofile in iraqi p atients infected with hcv" m .sc. thesis college of m edicine /university of baghdad. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 14saadet ,a.; erensoy ,a.; elkran, o.; kurt, a.; nese setak kurt, a.and denizmen ay gün,a. 2008, hematological abnormalities and acute viral hep atitis a and b, j pediatr inf ; 3: 90-5. 15siagris, d. ;vafiadis,g.; m ichalaki,m .; lekkou, a.; starakis, i.; m akri,m .; m argaritis,v. christofidou,m . ;tsamandas,a. and labropoulou-karatza, c. (2007),serum adip onectin in chronic hepatitis c and b j viral hepat. ;14(8):577-583. 16-jamal ,m .m .; son, a.; quinn, p.g.; wheeler, d.e.; arora, s.and johonston, d. (1999),clinical features of hepatitis c-infected p atients with p ersistently normal alanine transaminase levels in the southwest united states. hepatology ; 30:1307-1311. 17sabry, a.; el-dahshan, k.; m ahmoud, k.; el-husseini, a.; sh eashaa, h.and abo-z enah h.(2007),. effect of hep atitis c virus on hematocrit and hemoglobin levels in egy p tian hemodaily sis p atients europ ean journal of general m edicine, vol. 4, no. 1: 9-15. 18pap atheodoridis, g.; papakonstantinou, e.; andrioti, e.; cholongitas, e.; petraki, k.; kont op oulou, i.and hadziyannis, s. 2003,thrombotic risk factors and extent of liver fibrosis in chronic viral hepatitis. gut ;52:404–409. table (1): demographi c characteristics of cases hbv hcv total number of patient (%) 50 50 100 sex m ale (%) 36(72) 32(64) 68(68) female (%) 14(28) 18(36) 32(32) age( mean±sd) years (min max) 36.9 ± 15.8 11 65 39.9 ±14.2 7 61 38.4±14.9 7 65 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 table (2): levels of liver function tests in chronic hbv , hcv patients and control. ns= non significant , s=significant table (3): total wbc count and hemoglobulin concentration in hbv , hcv patients and control. ns= non significant , s=significant test hbv hcv control p-value* total bilirubin e (mean , mg/dl) 4.1 ± 3.1 4.2 ± 3 0.5±0.3 hbv*control=s hcv*control=s hbv*hcv=ns ast(iu/l) ( mean ± sd) 37.8± 10.4 41.6± 14.2 16±10.7 hbv*control=s hcv*control=s hbv*hcv=ns alt (iu/l) ( mean ± sd) 55±40.8 60.4±29.3 20±7.8 hbv*control=s hcv*control=s hbv*hcv=ns alp (iu/l) ( mean ± sd) 82.1±46.5 86.3± 44.7 40.6±9 hbv*control=s hcv*control=s hbv*hcv=ns hbv hcv control p-value total wbc count (cell//mm3) ( mean±sd 6224 ± 1749.1 4296± 1050.9 7599±980 hbv*contr ol=ns hcv*contr ol=s hbv*hcv =s hemoglobin concentration (g/dl) ( mean±sd 13.4 ± 1.3 10.9 ± 2.2 13.8±1.9 hbv*contr ol=ns hcv*contr ol=s hbv*hcv =s ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 hbv hcv control 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 c e ll /m 3 fig. (1):total wbc count in hbv , hcv patients and control. hbv hcv control 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 g /d l fig. (2): hemoglobulin concentration in hbv , hcv patients and control. 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لتهاب الكبد امقارنة في بعض الفحوصات البایوكیمیائیة وفحوصات الدم بین cو bمن نوع الفایروسي المز رغد حسن حسین كلیة التقنیات الصحیة والطبیة الخالصة وأ bالتهــاب الكبـد الفایروســي نــوع إن ،اذ. المــزمن هـو مشــكلة صــحیة مهمـة فــي العـالم فایروسـيالتهـاب الكبــد ال عینـة دم لمرضـى 100تضـمنت الدراسـة . ة الكبدیالمسببة لعدم كفا الرئیسةمن العوامل هما cالتهاب الكبد الفایروسي نوع امریضــ 50و bنــوع المــزمن مصـابون بالتهــاب الكبــد الفایروســي امریضــ 50مــنهم ، یعـانون مــن التهــاب الكبــد الفایروســي ن من االشخاص األصـحاءالمطابقین بـالعمر والجـنس یتضمن البحث عشر .cنوع المزمن الكبد الفایروسي بالتهابمصابون من الـذكور %) 72( 36كان هناك bن بالتهاب الكبد الفایروسي نوع یمن الخمسین مریض المصابمن ض .مجموعة سیطرة هـم مـن الـذكور c من المرضى المصابون بالتهاب الكبد الفایروسي نـوع %) 64(وثالثون اثنان. اإلناثمن %) 28(14و ± 39,9سـنة و 15,8 ± 36,9كـان bمعـدل العمـر لمرضـى التهـاب الكبـد الفیروسـي نـوع . اإلنـاثمن %) 63(18و نتـائج فحوصــات وظــائف الكبـد أظهــرت عــدم وجـود فــرق معنــوي بــین . cسـنة لمرضــى التهــاب الكبـد الفیروســي نــوع 14,2 c والتهـاب الكبـد نـوع bمرضـى التهـاب الكبـد نـوع أظهـر كـل مـن .cوالتهاب الكبـد نـوع bمرضى التهاب الكبد نوع مجمـوع في حین أظهـرت النتـائج أن . فحوصات وظائف الكبد عند مقارنتهم بمجموعة السیطرةلى اوجود فرق معنوي بالنسبة ــاء وتركیــز الهیموغلــوبین كــان أقــل فـــي ) مـــل 100/غــم 2,2±10,9و 3ملــم/ خلیـــة1050,9±4296(كریــات الــدم البیضـ 100/غـم 1,4± 13,4و 3ملـم/ خلیـةb )6224 ±1749,1 9من مرضى التهاب الكبـد نـوع cمرضى التهاب الكبد نوع مجموعـة السـیطرة فیمـا و bمرضـى التهـاب الكبـد نـوع في حین لم یكن هناك فرق معنوي بین . نوي مع وجود فرق مع) مل .یخص مجموع كریات الدم البیضاء وتركیز الهیموغلوبین فـي بعـض فحوصـات الــدم c و التهــاب الكبـد المـزمن bیهـدف البحـث إلـى المقارنـة بــین التهـاب الكبـد المـزمن نـوع .وبعض فحوصات الكیمیاء الحیاتیة cو bالتهاب الكبد الفایروسي المزمن نوع : الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 44-54 44 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020       synthesis and antibacterial activity of peg polycyclic acetal metal complex/ pva polymer blend film maha a.younus media umran ali department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.               ma2004ha@yahoo.com                                                                mydyamran11@gmail.com abstract polyacetal was synthesized from the reaction of polyethylene glycol with 4dimethyl aminobenzaldehyde. polymer metal complex was synthesized by the reaction with ag+; polymer blend with polyvinyl alcohol was synthesized solution casting technique. all synthesized compounds were characterized by ft-ir in addition to the antimicrobial activity. the ft-ir spectra indicate the formation of the polyacetal. the dsc results indicate the thermal stability regarding the synthesized polymer blends. the synthesized polyacetal, its metal complex and pa blend against four types of bacteria (gram+ve) staphylococcus aureas, bacillus subtilis and (gram –ve) klebsiella pneumoniae, escherichia coli were evaluated. the results revealed that the polyacetal-ag complex has the greater potential against all kinds of bacteria than polyacetal and polymer blend. keywords: peg, polycyclic acetal, antimicrobial polymers, polymer blend 1. introduction the microbial infections can be considered to be a high concern due to the fact that they are a major cause of morbidity, particularly in the health-care institutions, in which individuals are commonly more exposed [1,2]. such a fact is mainly due to the persistence regarding the potentially pathogenic microbes (fungi, viruses, and bacteria) in different locations, like sanitation facilities, medical devices, textiles, health care products and systems of water purification [3,4]. polyethylene glycol (peg) is a synthetic material with a wide range of clinical applications, as its functions can be modified by regulating its physical and chemical properties of graft-related materials [5]. polyacetal is considered to be one of the few materials with possible application in producing elements that increase the flow of blood in blood vessels (stents) and that slowly degrade in the body and release incorporated drugs. the most straight forward polycyclic acetal medical application, that is examined today. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2472 article history: received 12 december 2019, accepted 16 february 2020, published in july 2020. 45 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 uses material for manufacturing orthodontic brackets [6]. polymer blends have been physical mixtures related to at least two polymers without/with chemical bonding between them. the aim related to the polymer blending is to achieve products which are commercially viable via unique properties or low costs in comparison to other approaches can provide [7]. the present research work polyacetal was initially synthesized by the reaction of peg with n, n dimethyl aminobenzaldehyde, polymer metal complex was prepared from the reaction of polyacetal with ag and pva added to form polyacetal-ag /pva polymer blend. the prepared polymer, its metal complex and the polymer blend were characterized and its biological activity was tested . 2. experimental poly (ethylene glycol) m.w8000 has been purchased from himedia, also all the solvents and reagents have been purchased from bdh and utilized without any purification. 2.1 synthesis of peg poly cyclic acetal [8] peg (0.1875mmol) has been dissolved in (25ml) dmso at 50°c and added with mixing, the solution has been mixed in (250ml) round bottle benzene and ethanol with ratio 80:20 with two drops of hcl conc. after that, the aldehyde (1.2 g ,1 mmol) of (4dimethylaminobenzaldehyde) was added to a solution, and stirred magnetically at 50°c for 24h, the resulting mixture has been neutralized by adding two drops of naoh (5n) solution. the crude product has been washed with the acetone then distilled water many times. the products have been dried at a (40°c) for a period of 12h. synthetic route related to target compounds demonstrated in figure1. figure 1. peg modified with aldehyde. 46 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 2.2 synthesized of polycyclic acetal metal complexes [9] (0.6g, 1mmol) regarding the modified polymer ligand was mixed with (0.2g, 1mmol agno3) was dissolved in 20mlof dmso with continuously stirring, after that the mixture was heated at 60°c for 12hours. upon cooling, the complex was washed with ethanol, then dried at 60°c in vacuum 24 hours. synthetic route related to the target compound displayed figure2. figure 2. preparation of polymer metal complexes. 2.3 preparation of polymer blends: polymer films was prepared by casting approach solution. the polycyclic acetal metal complex solution was prepared by dissolving 0.6 gm polyacetal in (25ml) dmso at 50°c with stirring (5gm) pva was dissolved in a hot water for creating 5% polymer solution. the two polymer solutions were mixed at different ratios. pva weight fraction was different for obtaining series of blends with (0-100% wt/wt) pva in resulting solution as it can be seen in table1. 47 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 table1. the weight fraction of pva polymer blend. pva% pa% polymer blend 75 25 b1 50 50 b2 25 75 b3 75 25 b1ag 50 50 b2ag 25 75 b3ag physical properties of the prepared polyacetal, its metal complex and polymer blend are shown in table 2. table 2. physical properties of prepared polymers. 3. results and discussion poly cyclic acetal-ag metal complex was synthesized from the reaction of peg with 4-n, n dimethyl aminobenzaldehyde and characterized by ftir, antibacterial activity. 3.1 ftir – characterization of peg cyclic acetal, pva polymer blend: peg polyacetal was synthesized from reaction of peg with para dimethyl amino benzaldehyde. the ftir spectrum of ligand (pa) figure 3. displayed bands at 3471cm assigned to (o–h stretching vibration) the band at (2889,2736cm) assigned to (c-h symmetric and asymmetric stretching),(1111cm-1) for (c—o—h stretching), (3100) cm-1 due to (c—h aromatic stretching), (1342cm-1) and(1468cm -1) for (c—n), (1153 cm−1) for (c—o—c) acetal group. ft-ir spectrum regarding blend polymers, figure 4. showed a broad absorption band in range 3402cm−1corresponding to (o–h stretching vibration), 2918cm−1 is for (c-h symmetric stretch), (1666cm -1) for (c═c aromatic) (1371cm-1) and(1439cm -1) for (c—n) n,n di methyl group, (c—-o) acetal group of ligand at (1167cm−1)and (1109cm-1) for (c— -o—-h) stretching . ftir spectra of the pva/pa-ag complex figure 5. showed broad band at range of (3425cm-1) for (o-h stretching vibration), as well as band at range of (2991cm-1), due to stretching vibration of (c-h) aliphatic, (1167cm−1) for (c—o—c) acetal group and colors symbol white peg white pa light green b(pa-pva) dark brown pa-ag dark brown b1ag dark brown b2ag dark brown b3ag 48 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 (1109cm-1) for (c—o—h stretching) , bands at(810-995cm-1) indicated to coordinates water (aqua) and bands at the range of (596-400cm−1) attributed to the metal coordination to the ligand, (1369cm-1),(1360cm-1) owing to the stretching vibration of (ag-ono2) symmetrical and asymmetrical for the pva/pa-ag complex. figure 3. ftir spectra of polycyclic acetal. figure 4. ftir spectra of (pva/pa) blend. 49 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 5. ftir spectra of (pva/pa-ag) blend. 3.2 thermal analysis the thermo gravimetric (dsc∕ tga) for the pure pva, pa / ag metal complex as well as the pva/pa polymer blend was measured at temperatures in range 0 to 600 °c with constant rate of 10°c∕ min-1. the tga curve that is related to polyacetal figure 6. indicates 3 steps regarding continuous mass loss. the initial step at 120-318.77°c with -55.84% mass loss regarding the volatile compounds. the second step at 318.77-364.45°c with -2.981% mass lose.  the final step at 364.45-594.94°c for decomposition regarding polymer side chain as well as weight loss of approximately -42.798% the dsc curve for the polyacetal indicated glass transition temperature tg at 58.8°c. the endothermic peak located at a 233.8°c related to polymer melting tm. degradation temperature td at a 558.7°c. the tga thermo gram regarding the b(pva/pa) figure 7. exhibited 3 steps. the initial one was at100-380.43°c with the weight loss approximately (-61.42%). the second step at 380.43-460.81°c with weight loss approximately (-6.67%). the third step 460.81-595.24°c with weight loss approximately (-8.12%). the dsc curve of b(pva/pa) showed glass transition temperature tg at 73. 5°c.the endothermic peak related to crystalline temperature point tc at 196.8 °c and (390 °c) of melting point tm. degradation temperature td at 505.9 °c. the tga thermo gram regarding (pa-ag) figure 8. was displayed in two steps. the first one was at 110-338.48°c with a weight loss approximately -24.36%. the last step was at 338.48-495.93°cwith weight loss approximately -61.45%. 50 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 the dsc curve of (pa-ag) presented the glass transition temperature tg at 50°c. the endothermic peak related to crystalline temperature point tc at240°c and 410 °c of melting point tm. the polymer degraded at 500°c. the tga thermo gram related to the b(pva/pa-ag) figure 9. was displayed in three steps. the first-step was assigned at 225-326.02°cwith weight loss approximately -16.70%. the second step was located at 326.02 438.61°cwith weight loss approximately -60.35%. the third step was located at 438.61-497.50°cwith weight loss approximately -7.56%. the dsc curve of b(pva/pa-ag) exhibited the glass transition temperature at 65.5°c. the crystalline temperature point located at 205°c and 310°c of melting point tm. degradation temperature td at 400°c. figure 6. thermal analysis of polycyclic acetal. 51 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 7. thermal analysis of [pva/pa] blend. figure 8. thermal analysis of [pa-ag]. 52 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 9. thermal analysis of [pva/pa-ag] blend. 3.3 antibacterial activity antibacterial activity for derivative ligand [pa] and complexes: the synthesized polyacetal and its metal complex besides to pva/pa-ag blend have been evaluated in vitro against gram_vebacteria: e-coli,klebsiellapneumoniae, and gram +ve staphyloccusaureus, bacillus subtilis . the results of the anti-bacterial activity in table 3. indicated that the polyacetal and its metal complex displayed moderate to excellent activity against all kinds of bacteria [10-12]. for the polymer blends, all of the prepared blends showed a good activity against all bacteria types. the antibacterial activity was found to be in the order b3ag> b2ag> b1ag increasing the biological activities regarding metal complex may due to the effect of the metal ions on normal cell process. potential action mode was the increase in the toxicity could be taken into account (tweedy’s chelation theory) [13]. chelation significantly decrease metal ion polarity due to partial sharing regarding metal positive charge with donor groups as well as the potential of de-localization that was related to the p-electron in entire ring system which was created throughout coordination. this chelation might improve lipophilicity regarding central metal atom, thus increasing hydrophobic character as well as the liposolubility regarding complex preferring its permeation via cell membrane lipid layer. such process would enhance the rate related to uptake/entrance, and therefore anti-microbial activities regarding testing compounds. thus, anti-microbial activity related to the metal complex could be indicated to increase in lipophilicity that would be going to deactivate the respiration processes enzymes and also the other cellular enzymes, that were of high importance in the metabolic pathways regarding tested micro-organisms [14]. 53 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 3. inhibition diameter in millimeter for ligand complexes after 24 hrs. klebsiellapneum oniae bacillus subtilis escherichia coli staphylococcus aureas compoud 16 13 11 pa 11 14 12 13 pa-ag - b1(pa-pva) 18 11 16 10 b2(pa-pva) 13 13 b3(pa-pva) 14 16 14 b1(pa-ag/pva) 13 14 15 14 b2(pa-ag/pva) 18 14 14 15 b3(pa-ag/pva) 4. conclusion polyacetal, pa-ag and pva/pa-ag polymer blend were prepared through solution casting method. thermal analysis revealed addition of pva improves thermal stability of pva/pa-ag blends. biological activity revealed that pa-ag metal complex has the greater activity than polyacetal and polymer blend against all kinds of bacteria. references 1. ventola, c.l. the antibiotic resistance crisis: part 1: causes and threats. pharm. ther.2015, 40, 277–283. 2. siedenbiedel, f.; tiller, j.c. antimicrobial polymers in solution and on surfaces, overview and functional principles. polymers.2012, 4, 1, 46–71 . 3. kenawy, e.-r.; worley, s.d.; broughton, r. the chemistry and applications of antimicrobial polymers, astate-of-the-art review. biomacromolecules.2007, 8, 1359– 1384. 4. jain, a.; duvvuri, l.s.; farah, s.; beyth, n.; domb, a.j.; khan, w.; jain, a.; duvvuri, l.s.; farah, s.; beyth, n.; domb, a.j.; khan, w. antimicrobial polymers.healthc. mater.2014, 3, 12, 1969-1985. 5. luo, j.; borgens, r.; shi, r.; neurotrauma, j. polyethylene glycol improves function and reduces oxidative stress in synaptosomal preparations following spinal cord injury j. neurotrauma.2004, 21, 8, 994-1007. 6. krauss, j., faltermeier, a., behr, m. and proff, p. evaluation of alternative polymer bracket materials. am j orthoddentofac.2010, 137, 3,362-367. 7. walsh, d.; rostami, j.s. the miscibility of high polymers: the role of specific interactions polym adv. sci.1985, 70,119-169. 54 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure &appl.sci. 33 (3) 2020 8. fischer, r. f.; curtis, w.s. cyclic acetal poly all ylidene oligosaccharides. u.s. patented 1965, 28, 208, 993-996. 9. jiao, t.f.; zhou, j.; zhou, j.; gao, l.; xing, y.; li, x. synthesis andcharacterization of chitosanbased schiff based compounds with aromatic substituent groups.iran. polym. j.2011, 20, 2, 123-136. 10. awetz, j.; a. medical microbiology, 4thedition mcgrawhil-usa, 2007. 11. dhingraa, n.;kumarb, a.;shewetab, t.m.; kumara, m.; bhardwaj, t.r.involvement of apoptosis in 17-oxo-17a-aza-d-homo-5-androsten3β-yl phenyl acetate induced toxicity in mouse macrophages, scholars research library.2011, 3, 1, 316-323 12. barry, a.l. the antimicrobic susceptibility test principle and practices, ann. intern. med.1977, 87, 3, 384-391. 13. tweedy, b.g.plant extracts with metal ions as potential antimicrobial agents. phytopathology.1964, 55, 910-914. 14. hosny, w.m.; khalaf-alaa, p.a.potentiometric study and biological activity of some metal ion complexes of polyvinyl alcohol (pva) int, electrochem. sci.2013, 8, 1520 – 1533 . مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 on projective 3-space over galo is field a. sh. al-muk htar departme nt of mathematics, college of education i bn-al-haitham ,unive rsity of baghdad received in : 11 may 2011 accepte d in :16 june 2011 abstract the p urp ose of this p aper is to give the definition of p rojective 3-sp ace pg(3,q) over galois field gf(q), q = p m for some prime number p and some integer m. also, t he definition of the p lane in pg(3,q) is given and state the principle of duality . m oreover some theorems in pg(3,q) are p roved. keywords: p lane, duality , galois field. 1introduction, [1,2] a p rojective 3 – sp ace pg(3,k) over a field k is a 3 – dimensional p rojective sp ace which consist s of p oints, lines and planes with the incidence relation between them. the projective 3 – sp ace satisfies the following axioms: a. any two dist inct p oints are contained in a unique line. b. any three distinct non-collinear p oints, also any line and p oint not on the line are contained in a unique p lane. c. any two dist inct coplanar lines intersect in a unique p oint. d. any line not on a given p lane intersects t he plane in a unique point. e. any two dist inct p lanes intersect in a unique line. a p rojective sp ace pg(3,q) over galois field gf(q), q = p m , for some p rime number p and some integer m, is a 3 – dimensional p rojective sp ace. any p oint in pg(3,q) has the form of a quadrable (x1, x2, x3, x4), where x1, x2, x3, x4 are elements in gf(q) with t he excep tion of the quadrable consisting of four zero elements. two quadrables (x1, x2, x3, x4) and (y1, y 2, y 3, y 4) represent t he same point if there exists  in gf(q) \ {0} such that (x1, x2, x3, x4) =  (y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4), this is denoted by (x1, x2, x3, x4)  (y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4). similarly , any p lane in pg(3,q) has the form of a quadrable [x1, x2, x3, x4], where x1, x2, x3, x4 are distinct elements in gf(q) with the excep tion of the quadrable consisting of four zero elements. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 two quadrables [x1, x2, x3, x4] and [y1, y 2, y 3, y 4] represent t he same plane if there exists  in gf(q) \ {0} such that [x1, x2, x3, x4] =  [y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4], this is denoted by [x1, x2, x3, x4]  [y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4].. also a p oint p(x1, x2, x3, x4) is incident with the p lane  [a1, a2, a3, a4] iff a1 x1 + a2 x2 + a3 x3 + a4 x4 = 0. de fini tion 1.1: [2] a p lane  in pg(3,q) is the set of all p oints p(x1, x2, x3, x4) satisfy ing a linear equation u1 x1 + u2 x2 + u3 x3 + u4 x4 = 0. this p lane is denoted by  [u1, u2, u3, u4]. it should be noted that if one takes another representation of p, say ( x1,  x2,  x3,  x4), then since u1  x1 + u2  x2 + u3  x3 + u4  x4 =  (u1 x1 + u2 x2 + u3 x3 + u4 x4), the definition of a plane is independent of the choice of rep resentations of p oints on it. 2principle of duality de fini tion 2.1: [3] for any s = pg(n,k), there is a dual sp ace s*, whose p oints and p rimes (subsp aces of dimensions (n – 1)) are resp ectively the p rimes and p oints of s. for any theorem true in s, there is an equivalent theorem true in s*. in p articular, if t is a theorem in s st ated in terms of p oints, p rimes and incidence, the same theorem is true in s* and gives a dual theorem t* in s by interchanging "p oint" and "p rime" whenever they occur. in pg(3,k) p oint and p lane are dual, where as t he dual of a line is a line. the orem 2.2: the p oints of pg(3,q) have unique forms which are (1,0,0,0), (x,1,0,0), (x, y ,1,0), (x, y , z,1) for all x, y , z in gf(q). proof : let p(x1, x2, x3, x4); x1; x2, x3, x4gf(q) be any p oint in pg(3,q), then either x40 or x4=0. if x4  0, then p(x1, x2, x3, x4)  31 2 4 4 4 ( , , ,1) xx x x x x , where 1 4  x x x , 2 4  x y x , 3 4  x z x . if x4 = 0, then either x3  0 or x3 = 0. if x3  0, then p(x1, x2, x3, 0)  1 2 3 3 ( , ,1, 0) x x x x , where 1 3  x x x , 2 3  x y x . if x3 = 0, then either x2  0 or x2 = 0. if x2  0, then p(x1, x2, 0, 0)  1 2 ( ,1, 0, 0) x x = p(x, 1, 0, 0), where 1 2  x x x . مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 if x2 = 0, then x1  0 and p(x1, 0, 0, 0)  1 1 ( , 0, 0, 0) x x = p(1, 0, 0, 0). similar ly, one can prove the dual of theorem 1. the orem 2.3: the p lanes of pg(3,q) have unique forms which are [1,0,0,0], [x,1,0,0], [x, y ,1,0], [x, y , z,1] for all x, y , z in gf(q). th e ore m 2.4: [1 ] every line in pg(3,q) contains exactly q + 1 p oints. the orem 2.5: [1] every p oint in pg(3,q) is on exactly q + 1 lines. the orem 2.6: [1] every p lane in pg(3,q) contains exactly q 2 + q + 1 p oints (lines). the orem 2.7: [1] every p oint in pg(3,q) is on exactly q 2 + q + 1 p lanes. the orem 2.8: there exist q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 p oints in pg(3,q). proof : from theorem 1, the p oints of pg(3,9) have unique forms which are (1,0,0,0), (x,1,0,0), (x, y ,1,0), (x, y , z,1) for all x, y , z in gf(q). it is clear that t here exists one p oint of t he form (1,0,0,0). there exist q p oints of the form (x,1,0,0). there exist q 2 p oints of the form (x, y ,1,0). there exist q 3 p oints of the form (x, y , z,1). s imilarly, one can prove the dual of the orem 2.8. the orem 2.9: there exist q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 p lanes in pg(3,q). the orem 2.10: any two p lanes in pg(3,q) intersect in exactly q + 1 p oints. proof : by axiom e, since any two p lanes intersect in a unique line and each line in pg(3,q) contains exactly q + 1 p oints, then any two p lanes intersect in exactly q + 1 p oints. the orem 2.11: مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 any line in pg(3,q) is on exactly q +1 p lanes. proof : let l be any line in pg(3,q) and m be another line in pg(3,q) not coplanar with l . m contains exactly q + 1 p oints. by axiom b, l determines a unique plane with any p oint of m. hence there exist q + 1 p lanes through l . if there exists another p lane through l , then this p lane intersects m in another p oint which is a contradiction. hence l is on exactly q + 1 p lanes. the orem 2.12: any two p oints in pg(3,q) are on exactly q + 1 p lanes. proof : since any two p oints determine a unique line and by theorem 10, then every line is on exactly q + 1 p lanes. the orem 2.13: there exist (q 2 + 1) (q 2 + q + 1) lines in pg(3,q). proof : in pg(3,q), there exist q 3 + q 2 + q + 1 p lanes, and each p lane contains exactly q 2 + q + 1 lines, then the numbers of lines is equal to (q 3 + q 2 + q + 1)( q 2 + q + 1), but each line is on q + 1 p lanes, then there exist exactly 3 2 2 2 2( 1)( 1) ( 1)( 1) ( 1)           q q q q q q q q q lines in pg(3,q). now, some theorems on p rojective 3-sp ace pg(3,q) can be p roved. the orem 2.14: four distinct p oints a(x1, x2, x3, x4), b(y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4), c(z1, z2, z3, z4), and d(w1, w2, w3, w4) are coplanar iff 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0   x x x x y y y y z z z z w w w w proof : let  [u1, u2, u3, u4] be a p lane containing the points a, b, c, d, then x1 u1 + x2 u2 + x3 u3 + x4 u4 = 0 y 1 u1 + y 2 u2 + y 3 u3 + y 4 u4 = 0 z1 u1 + z 2 u2 + z 3 u3 + z 4 u4 = 0 w1 u1 + w2 u2 + w3 u3 + w4 u4 = 0 it is known from the linear algebra that this sy st em of equations have non zero solutions for u1,u2, u3,u4 iff  = 0. thus the necessary and sufficient conditions for four p oints to be coplanar that  = 0. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 corollary 2.15: if four distinct p oints in pg(3,q) a(x1, x2, x3, x4), b(y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4), c(z1, z2, z3, z4), and d(w1, w2, w3, w4) are collinear, then  = 0. this follows from theorem 2.14 and the incidence of these p oints on a line of some p lane. from the principle of duality , one can prove: the orem 2.16: four distinct p lanes in pg(3,q) a[x1, x2, x3, x4], b[y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4], c[z1, z2, z3, z4], and d[w1, w2, w3, w4] are concurrent (intersecting in one p oint) iff 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0   x x x x y y y y z z z z w w w w the orem 2.17: the equation of the p lane determined by three distinct p oints a(y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4), b(z1, z2, z3, z4), and c(w1, w2, w3, w4) is 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 3 1 4 2 1 2 4 3 3 2 1 4 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 0      x x x x y y y y z z z z w w w w y y y y y y y y y y y y z z z x z z z x z z z x z z z x w w w w w w w w w w w w where (x1, x2, x3, x4) be any variable point on t he plane, and it’s coordinates are: 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 , , ,           y y y y y y y y y y y y z z z z z z z z z z z z w w w w w w w w w w w w similarly , one can prove the dual of this theorem. the orem 2.18: the equation of the p oint determined by three distinct p lanes (non-collinear) in pg(3,q) a[y1, y 2, y 3, y 4], b[z1, z2, z3, z4], and c[w1, w2, w3, w4] is 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4  x x x x y y y y z z z z w w w w مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 3 1 4 2 1 2 4 3 3 2 1 4 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 0    y y y y y y y y y y y y z z z x z z z x z z z x z z z x w w w w w w w w w w w w where [x1, x2, x3, x4] be any variable plane passing through the point, and it’s coordinates are: 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 3 1 4 1 2 4 3 2 1 , , ,           y y y y y y y y y y y y z z z z z z z z z z z z w w w w w w w w w w w w notati on 2.19: if v is the vector with comp onents (a1, a2, a3, a4), then the sy mbol p(v) means that the coordinates of t he point p are (a1, a2, a3, a4) in a p rojective 3–sp ace s = pg(3,k). de fini tion 2.20:[3] the p oints pi(vi), with i = 1, …, m are linearly dependent or indep endent according as the vectors vi are linearly dependent or indep endent. de fini tion 2.21:[3] if the p oints p1, p2, , pm are linearly dependent, then at least one of the ci’s of the equation 1 ( ) 0    m i i i i c v is not equal to zero, say c1, then p1 = 1 1 c ( c2 p2 + c3 p3 +  + cm pm ). the point p1 is then said to be a linear combination of the p oints p2, p3, , pm . this definition may be dualized by replacing the word "p oint" by the word "p lane", and the geometric meaning of linear dependence of p oints or p lanes may now be given. the orem 2.22: two p oints (p lanes) in pg(3,q) are linearly dependent iff they coincide. proof : let p and q be any two p oints. if p and q are linearly dependent, then there exist c1 and c2 such that (c1, c2)  (0,0), c1 p + c2 q = . if c1 = 0, then c2 q = . this imp lies c2 = 0, since q  (0,0,0). then c1  0 and similarly c2  0, 2 1 c q c   . this means that p and q coincide. if p and q are coincide, then there exist c1 0, c2  0 s.t . c1 p = c2 q. hence, c1 p  c2 q =  and thus p and q are linearly dependent. the orem 2.23: four p oints in pg(3,q) are linearly dependent iff they are coplanar. proof : مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 let a(x1, x2, x3, x4), b(y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4), c(z1, z2, z3, z4), and d(w1, w2, w3, w4) be any four p oints in s. if a, b, c, d are linearly dependent, then there exist c1, c2, c3 and c4 in k such that (c1, c2, c3, c4)  (0,0,0,0) and c1 a+ c2 b+ c3 c + c4 d =  c1 a + c2 b + c3 c + c4 d = c1 (x1, x2, x3, x4) + c2 (y 1, y 2, y 3, y 4) + c3 (z1, z2, z3, z4) + c4 (w1, w2, w3, w4) = (0,0,0,0) c1 x1 + c2 y 1 + c3 z1 + c4 w1 = 0 c1 x2 + c2 y 2 + c3 z2 + c4 w2 = 0 c1 x3 + c2 y 3 + c3 z3 + c4 w3 = 0 c1 x4 + c2 y 4 + c3 z4 + c4 w4 = 0 (1) this sy st em has non zero solutions for c1, c2, c3, c4 iff 1 2 3 41 1 1 1 1 2 3 42 2 2 2 1 2 3 43 3 3 3 1 2 3 44 4 4 4 0    x x x xx y z w y y y yx y z w z z z zx y z w w w w wx y z w by theorem 2.14 the p oints a, b, c, d are coplanar. conversely , if the p oints a, b, c, d are coplanar, then 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0   x x x x y y y y z z z z w w w w , then 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 0 x y z w x y z w x y z w x y z w . so the sy st em (1) of equations has non zero solutions for c1, c2, c3, c4. thus a, b, c, d are linearly dependent. the orem 2.24: any five p oints (p lanes) in pg(3,q) in s are linearly dependent. proof : let a(a1, a2, a3, a4), b(b1, b2, b3, b4), c(c1, c2, c3, c4), d(d1, d2, d3, d4) and e(e1, e2, e3, e4) be any five p oints in s. let a a + b b + c c + d d + e e =  a (a1,a2,a3,a4) + b (b1,b2,b3,b4) + c (c1,c2,c3,c4) + d (d1,d2,d3,d4) + e (e1,e2,e3,e4) =  a a1 + b b1 + c c1 + d d1 + e e1 = 0 a a2 + b b2 + c c2 + d d2 + e e2 = 0 a a3 + b b3 + c c3 + d d3 + e e3 = 0 a a4 + b b4 + c c4 + d d4 + e e4 = 0 this sy st em of 4 linear homogeneous equations in 5 unknowns a, b, c, d, e has non trivial solutions since 4 < 5. then a, b, c, d, e are linearly dependent. the orem 2.25: مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 in pg(3,q) if p1, p2, , pm are linearly indep endent p oints while p1, p2, , pm + 1 are linearly dependent, then the coordinates of the p oints may be chosen so that p1 + p2 +  + pm = pm + 1. proof : since the p oints p1, p2, , pm + 1 are linearly dependent, constants c1, c2, , cm + 1  0, 0, , 0 exist such that c1 p1(v1) + c2 p2(v2) +  + cm pm (vm ) + cm + 1 p m + 1(v m + 1) = . now, cm + 1  0, for otherwise the p oints p1, p2, , pm would be dependent contrary to hy p othesis. the equation may , therefore, be solved for pm + 1 giving pm + 1 = m 1 1 c   [ c1 p1(v1) +  + cm pm (vm ) ] = k1 p1(v1) +  + km pm (vm ) = p1(k1 v1) +  + pm (km vm ) where 1   i i m c k c , i = 1, , m or dropp ing the sy mbols ki vi , pm + 1=p1+ p2++pm . the orem 2.26: in pg(3,q) a point d is on the plane determined by three distinct p oints a, b, c iff d is a linear combination of a, b, c. proof : if d is on t he plane determined by three distinct p oints, then a, b, c, d are cop lanar. by theorem (5), they are linearly dependent, there exist constants a, b, c, d such that not all of them are zero and a a + b b + c c + d d = . if d = 0, then a a + b b + c c = , which implies that a = b = c = 0, since a, b, c are linearly indep endent, which is a contradiction. since any three noncollinear p oints in the p lane are linearly indep endent, [3]. so d  0, and then d = ( ) a d a + ( ) b d b + ( ) c d c thus d is a linear combination of a, b, c. sup p ose d is a linear combination of a, b, c, then there exist constants c1, c2, c3 not all of them are zero such that: d = c1 a + c2 b + c3 c, which implies c1 a + c2 b + c3 c + (–1) d = , then it follows that a, b, c, d are linearly dependent. by theorem (5), the p oints a, b, c, d are coplanar. re ferences 1. al-m ukhtar, a.sh. (2008) complete arcs and surfaces in three dimensional projective sp ace over galois field, ph.d. thesis, university of technology , iraq. 2. kirdar,m .s. and al-m ukhtar, a.sh. (2009) engineering and technology journal, on projective 3-sp ace, vol.27(8): مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 3. hirschfeld, j. w. p. (1998) projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 حول الفضاء الثالثي االسقاطي حول حقل كالوا آمال شهاب المختار جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة، قسم الریاضیات 2011 حزیران 16: قبل البحث في 2011 آیار 11:استلم البحث في الخالصة ـــل كــــالوا pg(3,q)الغـــرض مــــن هـــذا البحــــث هـــو إعطــــاء تعریـــف الفــــضاء الثالثـــي االســــقاطي ، gf(q) فـــي حقـ q = p m ونص pg(3,q)كذلك تقدیم تعریف المستوي في . عدد صحیحm عدد أولي و p،اذ ان m و p ، لبعض قیم .pg(3,q)مبدأ الثنائیة وبرهنت بعض المبرهنات في . مستوي ، مبدأ الثنائیة ، حقل كالوا:الكلمات المفتاحیة 10050094 10050095 10050096 10050097 10050098 10050099 10050100 10050101 ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 بینهما العالقة وایجاد السمیك للثدي الممتصة االشعاعیة الجرعة قیمة حساب نجالء رجب شریف جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الفیزیاء 2011 تشرین الثاني 16: قبل البحث في ،2011اذار 23: استلم البحث في الخالصة giستعمال جهاز نوع اجریت الدراسة في مستشفى بغداد التعلیمي با oho المتطور وقد شملت عدد من ).cm) 7,8,9,10المریضات ذوات ثدي سمیك مضغوط مقداره بین الجرع االشعاعیة وسمك الثدي عالقه خطیة وعند مقارنة الجرع التي تم استعراضها سابقا مع القیم ةان العالق .طاقة الذریة والمصادر االوربیة وجد بانها متقاربةالقیاسیة العالمیة المحسوبة من الوكالة الدولیة لل ة ) tld( المقاسة باستعمال اقراص التالق الحراريesdpaوقد بینت الدراسه ان القیم القصوى لجرعة الدخول السطحی mg 10التتعدى قیمتها yالغدیهة اما معدل الجرع )agd ( فالقیم القصوى لها)1.45mg y (عامل ةوذلك بعد ایجاد قیم التحویل المالئم لظروف االختبار المعطاة في الجداول القیاسیة tldاقراص التالق الحراري ،تصویرالثدي ،)agd(معدل الجرعة الغدیة :مفتاحیة الكلمات ال المقدمة التطبیق االولي والعملي للحصول على صورة واضحة لالنسجة المتشابهه للثدي واستمرت "اات بدیمنذ الستین ر ،بحوث الى یومنا هذا بسبب ازدیاد حاالت سرطان الثدي ال فكانت تجري محاوالت لتصویر الثدي ثم بدات عملیات تطوی من ظهور االعراض على المریض عدیدةوالحصول على عالمات التشخیص المبكر للمرض قبل سنوات،هذه التقنیة العدد الذري المؤثر لها متقاربا وكثافتها الكلیة متشابهة انسجة الثدي تتكون من عضالت وشحوم والیاف و یكون ألنلكون، ة ، ]1[لذلك یتطلب عملیة تصویر هذه االنسجة زیادة االختالف في امتصاصها لالشعة السینیة وتكون قیمة الجرع ظهور دورا مهما في التشخیص المبكر لسرطان الثدي قبل سنتین من ؤدياذ ان تصویر الثدي ی،االشعاعیة قلیلة نسبیا .االعراض االورام او السیمالتصویر الثدي فوائد كثیرة من اهمها تعیین االورام الصغیرة عندما یكون السرطان في بدایته و د 40 عند بلوغ المراة .النمو غیر طبیعي لالنسجة الصغیرة الموجودة في الثدي سنة تزداد الشحوم في الثدي وتتولد غد االمر الذي یؤدي الى ،رض السرطان بسبب تعرضه المتكرر للشعاع عند الفحص لیفیة تكون حساسة الستحداث م لذا یجب ان یكون التصویر الشعاعي ذا ، عندما یكون الثدي سمیك السیماحصول تشوه في االنسجة الرابطة والقنوات و مع زیادة مقدار التعرض ،االشعة الیها تقنیة عالیة تستعمل فیه الفولتیة الواطئة لزیادة التباین بین انسجة الثدي ولتقلیل نفاذ mas)ة خدمان تصویر الثدي هو نوع خاص من التصویر الفوتوغرافي االشعاعي الذي یست).زمن*تیار فیه اجهزة عالی ، عدیدةالتقنیة لفحص انسجة الثدي وله دور بالغ االهمیة في تشخیص سرطان الثدي قبل ظهور اعراضه سنوات ب ویتطل ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ي التركیب التشریحي النسجة الثدي اعیة في تصویرقیاس الجرع االشع وهناك ، الثدي تقنیة عالیة بسبب االختالف القلیل ف ]:2[عوامل رئیسة تؤثر في جرعة تصویر الثدي واهمها ة ) kvp) peak kilovoltage طاقة االشعاع 1 ان لطاقة االشعاع اهمیة بالغة في التصویر الشعاعي وافضل قیم في الكثافة ةوذلك بسبب احتیاجنا الى التباین الكبیر لتصویر االنسجة التي تتسم بكونها متشابه) kvp )30-20لها هي breast-thickness and composition سمك الثدي ومكوناته 2 االشعة على الجرعة التي یستلمها المریض فالثدي السمیك اكثر صعوبة في نفوذ "ا جوهری"اان لسمك الثدي اثر ولكي نحصل على صورة مقبولة نضغط الثدي بجهاز ضغط ،طاقة عالیة لهذا یتطلب تعرض اعلى لالشعة ى لاویحتاج ة الثدي للحصول على سمك متساو ونشر النسیج من اجل توضیح اي خلل صغیر ممكن ان یكون مخفیا بین االنسج لدى تعرضه لالشعه خالل الفحص ) السمیك السیماو(دي هناك تاثیرات بایولوجیة مباشرة وغیر مباشرة على انسجة الث. ومن العوامل التي تسبب زیادةهذه التاثیرات هي معدل الجرعة المعطاة ، وتكراره بسبب ارتفاع نسبة االلیاف والشحوم فیه .2[للثدي وطاقة االشعة وحساسیة النسیج [ interance surface doseالجرعة السطحیة الداخلة ثیر البایولوجي لالشعاع نتیجة المتصاص الخالیا الحیة للطاقة من هذه االشعة أجرعة بانها المقیاس الى التوتعرف ال /gy (1gy =1 j(وتقاس بوحدة الكري kg . ن الفحوصات التشخیصیة لتصویر الثدي هو الجزء المهم في السیطرة مان حساب الجرعة االشعایة للمرضى الناتجة هو ) mgd( الثدي فهو ضروري في تصمیم وتقییم التصویر الشعاعي للثدي وان متوسط الجرعة الغدیة لتصویرةالنوعی حیث یوصف باالشعاع الخطر وان ،المقیاس المالئم لجرعة الثدي اي ان النسیج الغدي اكثر حساسیة وخطورة في الثدي السطحیة الداخلة مع القیمة المالئمة لعامل جرعة الدخول)) esdpaهذه القیمة ال تحسب مباشرة وانما تحسب من قیمة تي یأامك ] g] (3(التحویل …… 1 g esdpa = mgd ه ) سمك النصف(hvlوان .وسمك الثدي المضغوط، )hvl( یعتمد على gعلما ان عامل التحویل یعرف على ان ون نسبة االشعة الساقطة الى االشعة النافذة السمك الذي یحصل فیه توهین لالشعة السینیة الساقطة على الجسم عندما یك .3[ ویعتمد على البناء التشریحي للنسیج ، تساوي النصف [ ] 4[وهناك العدید من الدراسات و البحوث التي اجریت في هذا المجال ومن اهمها اجریت دراسة في المملكة المتحدة .cm 10 ثدي بسمكفيثیرها أحول مدى مخاطر الجرعة االشعاعیة وت ا ففي حساب معدل الجرعة الغدیة والعوامل المؤثرة ]5[واجریت دراسة قام بها عددمن الباحثین في مالیزیا یها وعالقته .بسمك الثدي والتكوین التشریحي النسجته نسیج ثدي ة على نماذج مختلفة لیدتجارب عد ]6[واجرى مجموعة من الباحثین في جامعة الوالیات المتحدة االمریكیة نموذج یختلف عن االخر بالسمك ونسبة االلیاف فیه والنسیج الغدي و اختالف أوكل ) phantom(مشابه للنسیج البشري تزداد بزیادة سمك الثدي وذلك اذ ،النسیج التشریحي بینهما واتضح من التجارب ان الجرعة الغدیة لها عالقة بسمك الثدي . رعة الجفيبثبوت بقیة العوامل المؤثرة ي أحول مدى ت ]7[اجریت دراسة في جامعة اصفهان 2008وفي عام ثیر الجرعة الغدیة الممتصة على انسجة الثد . وعالقتها الخطیة بسمك الثدي tldباستعمال اقراص الومیض الحراري الممتصة في ﴾ وحساب قیمة الجرعة cm﴿7-10شمل هذا البحث اعتماد الجرعة الممتصة وسمك ثدي یتراوح من ي tld( (النسیج الغدي بوساطة اقراص الومیض الحراري في مستشفى بغداد التعلیمي وذلك للوصول الى عالقة بین الثد .سم 10السمیك والجرعة الممتصة ومخاطر الجرعة الكلیة على ثدي سمكه ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الجزء العملي جهاز تصویر الثدي وملحقاته gioاستخدم جهاز نوع ttoاذ انه یعطي صورة عالیة الجودة ویعرض المریضة ، لتصویر الثديألي المنش المتطور االیطا :الى اقل جرعة اشعاعیة ومن ممیزاته باستعمال محرك یعمل تلقائیا cm 60حركة عمودیة ذو بعد.1 تلقائیة 135+180حركة دائریة بزاویة .2 اوتوماتیكیا وتلقائیا ± 90المیل.3 60cm المسافة بین الجهاز والفلم.4 5.1.5 x 1.8 و xتلقائیا ضغط الثدي یدویا وتلقائیا . 6 جهاز ضغط الثدي من اهم ملحقات جهاز التصویر الة ضغط الثدي التي هي عبارة عن وحدة ضغط جاسئة وتكون موازیة لسطح ى سمك متساو وان عملیة ضغط الثدي ضروریة جدا وذلك للحصول عل) 2(مستقبل الصورة كما هو موضح في الشكل . ونشر النسیج من اجل توضیح اي خلل صغیر ممكن ان یكون مخفیا و باقل جرعة ممكنة منظومة الومیض الحراري tole(استعمل جهاز ،) tld(قارىء مقیاس do tld reade r ( لقراءة ومعایرةtld ومن ممیزات هذا الجهاز وكذلك فیه نظام ، وطرح القراءة الخلفیة للمقیاس بطریقة تلقائیة tldحساسیته العالیة لقیاس الضوء المنبعث من اقراص .1[للتحكم وبرمجة دورة التسخین من حیث الزمن ودرجات الحرارة ومعدالت التبرید والتسخین [ تتم تهیئة اقراص الومیض الحراري وازالة اثار الجرع السابقة عن طریق تسخینها بجهاز خاص وبعدها یتم تعییر جهاز tld توضع االقراص في الجهاز وتقاس الخلفیة االشعاعیة اذ وتحضیره لقیاس الجرع المستلمة في مجال التعرض الطبي b.g 0.04 فكانت mg y ومن ثم تؤخذ مجموعة اقراص وتعریضها لجرع مختلفة من االشعاع وذلك بتغییر عدد دورات ة ،) tld(م قیاسها بوساطة جهاز ثم یت، المشعع وتحسب هذه الجرع نظریا بوساطة جهاز المشعع ومن هذه القیم النظری tld reade(ثم بعد ذلك نثبت جهاز ،والعملیة نحصل على منحني المعایرة r ( س على حساسیة التعییر الخاصة لقیا . ثم یتم قیاس معظم االقراص بوساطته واجراء الحسابات الالزمة 99.99استجابة االقراص وهي ). الخلفیة االشعاعیة معدل القراءات)/الجرعة االشعاعیة المعلومة * 99.99=ة فتكون الحساسیة الجدید 2………… ) tld(مقیاس الجرع باستعمال اقراص الومیض الحراري س استعمل لقد بحث لقیاس الجرعة السطحیة الداخلة وذلك بوضع هذا المقیا مقیاس الجرع للتوهج الحراري في هذا ال .ضغوط على ثدي المریضة الم ویكون على شكل اقراص صغیرة كل ، من اللیثیوم فلوراید مضافا الیها التفلون لحمایتها) tld(یتكون مقیاس الجرع ان بعض المواد البلوریة تمتلك خاصیة التالق الحراري بطریقة التسخین بعد تعرضها لالشعة وان . ملم 4.0قرص سمكه س أو. تتناسب مع مقدار الجرعة الممتصة نتیجة للتعرض االشعاعيكمیة الضوء المنبعث من هذه المواد ختیر هذا المقیا وقدرته على قیاس مدى واسع من ،وتغیر قلیل في الحساسیة مع الطاقة ،وذلك لسهولة استعماله وقراءته بدقة عالیة ثر أوال یت،للنسیج البشري وكذلك ان اللیثیوم فلوراید ذا وزن ذري مماثل للوزن الذري ) gy) 100-0.0001الجرعات ثم تاخذ هذه االقراص التي تم تشعیعها وقیاسها بوساطة منظومة الومیض الحراري باستعال ، بالرطوبة ودرجة الحرارة ]tld]. 3قارىء مقیاس ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضیر المریضة جمیع الحلي خلع، عدم وضع معطر او كریم،تیة ّقبل البدء بالتصویر یجب تنبیه المریضة باالرشادات اال ثم ضغطه ،والمالبس فوق الصدر وبعد ذلك تتم عملیة التصویر عن طریق وضع الثدي على السطح الموازي ، والمجوهرات ة ى ثدي المریض بشكل تدریجي بعد دهنه بكریم معین بحیث ال یؤذي المریضة ومن ثم توضع اقراص الومیض الحراري عل تحت موقع االشعة قیاس الجرعة االشعاعیة اثناء فحص الثدي هي فين التعرض االشعاعيمالطریقة العملیة التي تم اتباعها لحساب الجرعة االشعاعیة الناتجة esdpa) enحساب معدل الجرعة السطحیة tran ce surfa ce dose ( باستعمال اقراص الومیض الحراري وذلك بوضع ي المریضة تحت موقع االشعة وهذا یتطلب معرفة ذروة طاقة هذه االقراص في اكیاس نایلون سوداء ومن ثم توضع على ثد . ومقدار التعرضkvpالحزمة . نادر جدا من بین النساء cm 10علما ان سمك ) cm)7-10 سمك ثدي یتراوح ما بین ومریضة ذ20 تختیرأ النتائج والمناقشة الحراري دالة لسمك الثدي المضغوط السمیك جرع الدخول السطحیة للثدي المقاسة بوساطة اقراص الومیض تقیس 19mgالتي ال تتعدى ]8[وبعد الحصول على النتائج حسب معدل القیم قورنت مع القیمة القیاسیة y 1(كما في الجدول.( avereكما حسب مقدار معدل الجرعة الغدیة ge glandula r dose (agd.(وذلك hvl (hal(نحصل على قیمة -1 f-value la yer0.34(لجداول التي تساوي من اmm al] (3. [ ( معدل الجرعة الغدیة الممتصة في النسیج الغدي باستعمال عامل التحویلagd نحسب قیمة-2 )con ve rsion fa ctor)(gالذي له عالقة ب )hvl(كما في الجدول ،وسمك الثدي المضغوط)ة ، ) 2 علما ان قیمة عامل التحویل المناسب في حالة سمك 0.126 و 7cm في حالة سمك الثدي 0.145فكانت قیمتها ) 2(ن الجدول لسمك الثدي نحصل علیها م agd :تيیأام كagdفیصبح حساب .10cm-9 في حالة سمك الثدي من 0.101 و8cmالثدي = g esdpa ة سم فكانت مقدار الجرعة السطحیة االشعاعی10 حالة نادرة جدا خالل الفحص المراة ذات ثدي سمكه ستتم قیس 10.5 mg y 8.5و، في وضعیة مباشرة لمسقط االشعة على الثدي mg y في وضعیة مائلة للجهاز وعلیه یكون معدل 9.5mgالقرائتین للمسقطین y 19ومجموعهماmg y لكل فحص وغالبا ما یتطلب تكرار الفحص للحصول على تشخیص ة أحول ت ]4[ بالتي حصل علیها الباحثین ولدى مقارنة هذه النتائج،دقیق وهذا التكرار یسبب مخاطر لنسیج الثدي ثیر الجرع 8.6mgوالجرعة االشعاعیة المائلة mgy 7.1 فكانت الجرعة االشعاعیة المباشرة 10cmالممتصة لثدي سمكه y ومعدلهما 7.85mg y وعلیه یكون الفرق بین معدل القرائتین في الحالتین mg y) 7.85 -9.5( وتساويmg y 1.65 وهذا فرق قلیل اذ ان ثدي المریضة الذي تم ، منها االختالف في التكوین التشریحي للثدي عدیدة واالختالف في النتائج یعود اسباب،نسبیا الذي یعتمد )g(كذلك االختالف في عامل التحویل ،فحصه متلیف فیه نسبة عالیة من االلیاف وطبقة سمیكة من الشحوم .نوعیة في منظومة التعرض لتصویر الثدية في كل بلد والسیطرة الخدمعلى نوع االجهزة المست في مستشفى بغداد ) cm)10-7اجري قیاس هذه الجرع لعدد من المرضى واختیار سمك ثدي مضغوط ما بین التعلیمي الك عالقة جوهریة بین سمك الثدي والجرع)3( القراءات في الجدول ة من مالحظ االشعاعیة التي تستلمها ةنجد ان هن الغدیة وان اعلى قیمة للجرعة االشعاعیة هي ة في الجرعةلفحص وان زیاده سمك الثدي ترافقها زیادالمریضة عندا 10.55mg y 1.633 لفحص الثدي وبالمقابل تكون قیمة الجرعة الغدیةmg yوربیة أل التي بدورها تتفق مع القیم القیاسیة ا 4mgدى والتي فیها معدل الجرعة الغدیة ال تتع3والموضحة في الجدول ]8[ y. ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 نرى ان قیم الجرع الغدیة تتذبذب نحو قیمة واحدة وتكون 3,6,7,8,10والمرقمة )1( ان بعض القراءات في الجدول عالیة من ةتغیرها غیر متجانس وقلیل مع تغیر السمك وذلك بسبب التكوین التشریحي للثدي حیث ان الثدي فیه نسب اما . فما فوق واحتمال اصابتهن بامراضة سن60 تابعة لنساء ذوات عمر ان هذه القراءاتعن " فضال)متلیف(االلیاف س بقیة القراءات دون ذلك فنالحظ ان الزیادة في سمك الثدي تتبعها زیادة في مقدار الجرعة الغدیة وذلك لكون الثدي متجان . من ناحیة تكوینه التشریحي من االلیاف والغدد عند هذا السمك یكون فیه اذ ،)cm)10-7ستنا على سمك ثدي ما بین ان التباین في القراءات سببه كون درا ذ ،]9[التكوین التشریحي النسجة الثدي غیر متجانسة وارتفاع في نسبة االلیاف وهذا ما اكدته الدراسات لعدد من الباحثین ا نس وعالقة سمك الثدي مع یكون فیه التكوین التشریحي النسجة الثدي متجا) cm)7-3ان هناك مدى لسمك الثدي ما بین .معدل الجرعة الغدیة عالقة خطیة وهذا ما الحظناه في القراءات التي حصلنا علیها وانطالقا من توصیات اللجنة الدولیة للوقایة من االشعاع فقد اوصت باستعمال نظام یرتكز على مبدا تقلیل یحمل درجة من الخطورة لذلك یجب تجنب اي الجرعة الى اقل حد ممكن الذي ینص على ان اي تعرض مهما قل فانه ة تعرض غیر ضروري وتقلیل الجرعة الى اقل حد ممكن ومع ذلك اوصت هذه اللجنة السماح باستعمال حدود الجرع 5ms(السنویة التي مقدارها v .( كذلك فقد حددت اللجنة الجرعات في حالة التعرضات الخاصة المخطط لها بان ال تتجاوز 100ms v باكمله في ایة حادثة مفردة و للجسمms v 250 10[ للجسم باكمله خالل حیاته.[ المصادر .االشعة السینیة التشخیصیة "2004عذاب طاهر . الكناني د.1 2 -oest manj.w . )2000 ( european guideline on qua lity criteria:current status and future ,with sp ecial emphasis on m ammography radition protextion dosemetry . 90,nos 1-2, 35-38. رساله " ،قیاس الجرع االشعاعیة وتوكید الجودة الجهزة االشعة السینیة لتصویر الثدي) 2005(شریف،نجالء رجب 3 ابن الهیثم/ماجستیر،جامعه بغداد،كلیه التربیه 4-law j.; )1995.( risk and benefit associated with radiation dose in breast screening p rogrammes.br j radio l.68:870-6. 5-jamal, n. and m clean, d ) .2003 ( study of mean glandu lar dose during d iagnost ic ammograghy in m alaysia and some of the factors affecting it m alaysia institute for nuclear technology research, 43000,kajan g, selan gor, m alaysia. 6-william, p . and david, e. ،)2004 ( tissue-equivalent p hantom series for m ammogr aphy dosimetry .journal of app lied clinical m edical phy aics,iran.j radiat. res5:112-119. 7-tavakoli, m . and kolghi, n. ) .2008( evaluation of the relation between breast glandu lar absorbed dose and radio gr aphic quality in mammogr aphy ,iran.jradlat.res ,6(2):77-82. 8-european commission ،)1996 ( european prot ocol dosimetry in m ammography rep ort( eur )16263(luxembourg) office for official p ublication of the european communities . 9geise, r. and palch evsky , a. ) .1996( composition of mammogr aphic p hantom materials. radiology ; 198:347-350 10international atomic energy agency .; ) 2000 ( report of a consultants meeting on development of a quality assurance p rogramme for ssdls ssdl newsleeter 42,12-23. ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 عالقة سمك الثدي المضغوط مع الجرعة االشعاعیة والجرعة الغدیة:)1(جدول agd (mg y( dose (m gy( th i ckness )cm ( kvp no. 0.855 5.9 7 25 1 0.949 6.55 7.2 24 2 0.880 6.07 7.4 27 3 0.997 6.88 7.75 25 4 1.062 7.33 8 25 5 0.951 7.55 8.2 27 6 0.936 7.43 8.3 27 7 0.946 7.515 8.5 27 8 1.008 8 8.6 25 9 0.979 7.77 8.8 27 10 1.077 8.55 9.11 25 11 1.292 8.34 9.55 25 12 1.635 10 .55 10 25 13 لقیم مختلفة من سمك الثدي)agd(لحساب ) g(عالقة عامل التحویل ): 2(جدول compressed breast th ickness (mm ) 80 70 60 50 40 30 hvl )mm al( 0.081 0.094 0.112 0.137 0.174 0.234 0.25 0.098 0.114 0.135 0.164 0.207 0.274 0.30 0.112 0.130 0.154 0.187 0.235 0.309 0.35 0.126 0.145 0.172 1.209 0.261 0.342 0.40 0.140 0.163 0.192 0.232 0.289 0.374 0.45 ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0.154 0.177 0.214 0.258 0.318 0.406 0.50 دالة لكثافة الفلمagdوesdpa القیم القیاسیة التشخیصیة ل): 3(جدول 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 ne t film density(od ( 19 17 15 13 11 9 di agnosti c refe rence level(mgy( 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.3 1.8 s tandard agd )mgy ( cbt(cm) سمك الثدي المضغوط االشعاعیة الجرعة مع المضغوط الثدي سمك عالقة (1): شكل الجرعة ائیة االشع agd (mgy) ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ي:)2(شكل صور توضیحیة لجهاز تصویر الثد ةمجلة إبن الھی ثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 mammographic dos es measurement for a thick compressed breast and the re lationship be tween the m n. r. s harif departme nt of physics , college of edi cation ibn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad received in: 23march2011, accepte d in:16 november2011 abstract this st udy was done in baghdad teaching hosp ital by using developed instrument ty p e gioho and included a number of p atients with comp ressed breast thickness (7,8,9,10)cm. the relationship between radiation dose and breast thickness was linear. all results were comp ared with the international st andered values that measured by the international nuctear agency and europeon sources ,it was found that it is in consistance or has a little difference. the st udy showed that the mean absorbed dose may be determined by using tld measurement below 10 mgy and the glandular dose was (1.45 mgy ) and this can not be measured directly but it is calculated under certain assump tion from the exp erimentlly determined entrance surface dose(esdp a) by the use of the so-called conversion factores and comp are the exp osure conditions to those given in the european quality criteria document. key words:m ean glandular dose,tld dosimetry ,mammography mathematics 333 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 degree of monotone approximation in ,pl α spaces s. k. jassim and i. z. shamkhi department of mathematics, college of science – al-mustansiriya university received in: 18 february 2011 accepted in: 18 march 2012 abstract the aim of this paper is to study the best approximation of unbounded functions in the weighted spaces , 1, 0,p pl α α≥ > . key words: weighted space, unbounded functions, monotone approximation introduction with a great potential for applications to a wide variety of problems, approximation theory represents on old field of mathematical research. in the fifties a new breath over it has been brought by a systematic study of the linear methods of approximation which are given by sequences of linear operators .these methods became a firmly entrenched part of approximation theory. the problem of function connected with different polynomials was examined in many paper like[1] and [2]. in this paper we studied the degree of approximation of unbound functions by using piecewise monotone polynomials in the weighted spaces ,pl α . definitions and notations let f be any function such that ( ) [ ], 0, , ,xf x me m r x a bα α≤ > ∈ ∈ we denote by ,pl α , the spaces of all functions such that ( ) 1 , d ,1α α −    ∫    = < ∞ ≤ < ∞x pa p p b f f x e x p …(2.1) see [7]. we approximated f by a piecewise polynomial of degree at most n . definition 1 let 1 2 1 0 1 1 2 1 1s (x ,x , ...., x ) = { s [a,b] ; s (x ,x ) , 1, 2,... 1}where ( , ) ( , )( , )...( , )i-1 ik n i i k k nc i k x x x x x x x xn n − − −∈ ∈π = + π = ,{x , x , ...., x }1 2 k is a space of spline with simple knots (x , x , ...., x )1 2 k , consider 0 1 1a = x x x x = bk k +< < .... < apartition on interval [a,b] .for k=1,2,…let 1 2(x ,x ,...,x ) k k k ks sk n= ,for some k knot such that end points [bounded], 0 1a = x and b=x for each k k k k + . the mesh is denoted by ( )10,1,..., k k i ii k m max x xk +== − denote , 1, 2,....,s s ny = the collection of all set mathematics 334 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 { }, 0 ... 1s sy y y= < < < , and ( ) (1) y∆ be the collection of all functions [ ], 0,1,f f l p α′∈ which change monotonicity at the points of sy . set ( ) ( )1six x yi=∏ =∏ − …(2.2) the differentiable function in [0,1],l p α is in ( ) (1) y∆ if ( ) ( ) 0, 0,1 ,f x x x   ′ ∏ ≥ ∈ [4]. definition 2: [7] the degree of monotone approximation by polynomials np of degree not exceeding n will be denoted by ( ) (1) ( ) , (1) , , ,inf p y ln p e f y f pnp pn α α α ∈∆ = −  …(2.3) for p = ∞ then ( ) ( ) [ ](1) , , , inf , 0,1n ne f y f x p xα α ∞ ∞ = − ∈ let ( ) ( )xxx −= 1ϕ , x∈[0,1] …(2.4) the spaces , ,p rl α ϕ ,r∈n are the spaces of all functions such that ( ) ( ) 1 1 0 ppr xx f x e dxα−     <∞∫ …(2.5) where ( )( )( )( ) x rrf f x e α−= and ( ) ( ) 1 2 lim 0r r x x f xϕ → = . definition 3: [3] for 1k ≥ the ditizian – totik modules of smoothness is defined by ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ), , sup , 0r rr kk r kh h xp pf t x f x t ϕ ϕω ϕ= ∆ ≥ and ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ), , ,, sup , 0 r rr k k r kh h xp p f t x f x tϕ ϕα α ω ϕ= ∆ ≥ [7] …(2.6) where k th symmetric difference is defined by ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 1 2 k kk jk h x j j k j h x g x g xϕ ϕ+ = −  ∆ = − −      ∑ is …(2.7) and the supermum is taken over all ( ) ( )1,0 2 , ∈xh k xx ϕ . note that for [ ], 0,1pf l α∈ then ( ) ( ),0 , ,, ,k kp pf t f t ϕ ϕ α α ω ω= . mathematics 335 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 definition 4: [6] at the points 0 1, ,.., nx x x are defined by 0 1 0 0 ( ) [ , ,.., ; ] ( ) n j n j j i i i j f x x x x f x x= = ≠ = − ∑∏ then [ ]gzz ;, 10 stands for the first divided difference of function g at the knots 0z and 1z , and [ ]gzzz ;,, 210 denotes the second divided difference at the knots 10 , zz and 2z . the main result: in [5] leviatan and shevchuk proved that for every ( ) ( )1 rf y cϕ∈∆  then: ( ) ( )1 ( ), 1 , ,rn k rr c e f y f n n ϕω  ≤     …(3.1) where c is a constant independent of n and f . also they showed that theorem 1: [5] if ( ) ( )rrf c yϕ∈ ∆ with r > 2, then ( ) ( ) ( )(1) , , , 1 , , ,rn k rr c k r y e f y f n k r n n ϕω  ≤ ≥ +    …(3.2) where ,rc r nϕ ∈ is the space of functions ( ) ( ), 0,1r rf f c∈ for which ( ) ( ) 1 2 lim ( ) 0rr x x f xϕ → = and [ ]0 0,1c cϕ = . now we prove the following theorem when r ≤ 2 by c(s) denote the different constants which are constants depend only on s, while n(y) the constants which depend on y. theorem 2: [7] if 1 (1), , ( )pf l yα ϕ∈ ∆ then ( ) ( )1 2,1, , 1 , ,n p p c e f y f n n ϕ α α ω  ′≤     , n ≥ n(y) …(3.3) an immediate consequence of this theorem is that: corollary 1: [7] if 2 (1), , ( )pf l yα ϕ∈ ∆ , then ( ) ( )1 1,22, , 1 , ,n p p c e f y f n n ϕ α α ω  ′≤     , n ≥ n(y) …(3.4) mathematics 336 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 remark: it should be noted that in the case r=1, k=2 and r=2, k=1 the estimates of form (3.3) and (3.4) in the case 1rc (1) ( )y∆ . corollary 2: [7] for each ,sy y∈ there is a function ( )( )yf 1∆∈ with ( ) 2, 1 , 3n pe f nnα ≤ ≥ ( ) ( )1 2,n c e f y n ≤ , n ≥ n(y) …(3.5) where ( ) ,n pe f α is the degree of unconstrained approximation. now, let [ ]1,0=i and put .,...,1,0,11 nj n j cos n xj =    ∏−= we denote by ns the set of continuous piecewise polynomials in [ ], 0,1pl α . we put [ ]00 ,0 xi = and [ ]nnn xxi ,1−= let ( ) ( ) ( )[ ]1 1 1 1 1, 2 ,l x f x x x x x f′ ′= + − be the linear polynomials which interpolates f ′ at 1x and 12x . we set ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )1 1 1 1 11 , ;n n n n n nl x f x x x x x x f− − − − −′ ′= + − − −   lemma 1: [4, lemma 2] if (1)1 , ( )p yf l ϕ∈ ∆ then there is a continuous piecewise polynomials n ns s∈  such that ( ) ( ) 2,1 1 1 1, 0 , , ( ) ( ) , ϕω               −       ′≤ ′∏ ≥ ∈ ′ − = ∈    n p p n n n n n c fn n x s x x x x s f s x l x x i …(3.6) lemma 2 if (1)1 , , ( )p yf l α ϕ∈ ∆ then there is a continuous piecewise polynomials ns s n ∈ such that mathematics 337 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 2,1 ,, 1 1 ( , ( ) 0 , [ 1 ) , ] ( ) ( ) , ϕ αα ω       −       ′≤ ′∏ ≥ ∈ ′ − = ∈    n pp n n n n n c fn x s x x s f s n x x l x x i …(3.7) proof of lemma 2 0 1 11 1 , 0 ppp p x xx np f s f s e dxn n fe s e dx α αα α   − −−      − = −∫   = −∫       = 1 0 1 ( ) ( ) p p g x g dxn x         −∫  = ( ) ( ) p g x gn x−  such that ( ) ( ) xg x f x e α−= and ( ) xn ng s ex α−=  where ( ) 1 ,( ) pg x l yα∈ and ( )gn x is the continuous piecewise polynomial in s n . then by lemma 1 2,1, 1, p p p cf s g g gn n n n ϕ α ω      ′− = − ≤  2,1 , 1, p c fn n ϕ α ω      ′= therefore 2,1, , 1, p p cf s fn n n ϕ α α ω      ′− ≤ . proof of theorem (2) we first take n sufficiently large so that f monotone in 1i and ni . then in view of lemma 2 at most what we have to correct the behavior of ns  on 1i and ni while keeping it close to the original function. a spline polynomial ns  satisfying. 2,1 1 1 ,, ( )1 ( ) ( ) , [ (0) 0 (1) 0 , ] (0) (1) 1( , )ϕ αα ω  −          = ∈ ≥ ≥ ∏ ∏ ′ ′ ′− ≤      n n n n n n n n plp i i n s x s x x x s s x s s c f n …(4.1) indeed since 1 2, n ci i n ≤ then mathematics 338 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 1 , ( ) 111 [ ( ( ) ( ) ) ]x p pn n n n i ii ilp i i nnn s s s t s t e dt dxα α −′ ′ ′ ′− ≤ −∫∫    = 1 11 [ ( ) ]p p i ii i nn g g dt dx−∫∫  …(4.2) then by holder's inequality we have 1 1 2 ( )1, ( ) ( )1 1 1 p q p n n lp i i nlp i i i in n s s g g dx nα   ′ ′  − ≤ −∫           1 1 2 ( )1 1 q p p lp i i n g g n +  ≤ −     1 1 2 , ( )1 1 q p p n n lp i i n s s n α + =   ′ ′−      2 1 , ( )1α ≤ ′ ′−   n nn lp i i n s s from (4.1) and (4.2) we get 2,1 2,1 ,2, , 1( , ) 1( , ) n n pp p cs s n f nn c f n n ϕ ϕ αα α ω ω= ′− ≤ ′  which combined with (3.6) and (4.3) implies. ( ) 2,1 2,1 2,1 (1) , , , , , ( ) , [ , ]1 2 1 1 , , , , , 1 1( , ) 0 ( , ) 1( , ) n n nn n p p p n n n n n p lp l l lp x x n p p p f y pe f s f s s s f s s s s s c cf f n n n n c f n n ϕ ϕ ϕ α α α α α α α α α α ω ω ω = − ≤ − ≤ − + − ≤ − + − + − ′ ′+ + ′=       references 1. rempulska, l. and skorupka, (2004), on strong approximation of function by certain operators, math .j. okayama, univ., 46, 153-161. 2. miller, h. and orhan, c., (2001), on almost convergent subsequences and statistically convergent subsequences, acta math. hungar, 93, 135-151. 3. ditizian, z. and totik, v., (1987), moduli of smoothness, springer series in computational mathematics, springer verlage, new york. mathematics 339 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 4. leviatan d. and shevchuk, i.a., (1998), nearly comonotone approximation, j approx. theory, 53-81. 5. leviatan,d. and shevchuk, i.a., (1999), some positive results and couterexamples in comonotone approximation ii, j .approx. theorey, 195-206. 6. r.k. beston and d. leviatan (1993): "on comonotone approximation " . canada. math .bull , 26,220-224. 7. husain, l.a., (2010), unbounded function approximation in some ,pl α spaces, m.sc thesis, mustansirya university, department of mathematics, college of science. mathematics 340 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 pl,التقريب الرتيب في الفضاء α صاحب كحيط جاسم ، إسراء زايد شمخي الجامعة المستنصرية –كلية العلوم –قسم الرياضيات 2012اذار 18قبل البحث في: 2011شباط 18استلم البحث في: الخالصة أفضل تقريب للدوال الغير مقيدة في فضاء الوزن الغرض من هذا البحث هو دراسة درجة , (1 ) , 0,α α≤ ≤ ∞ >p pl. فضاء الوزن، الدوال غير المقيدة، التقريب الرتيب. : الكلمات المفتاحية received in: 18 february 2011 accepted in: 18 march 2012 microsoft word 260-267 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 260 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 securing data in wireless body area network using hyper-chaotic zhou system hasan falah hasan dept. of computer engineering / college of engineering/ iraqi university. hasanfalahh@gmail.com received in: 27/november/2017, accepted in:3/january/2018 abstract e-health care system is one of the great technology enhancements via using medical devices through sensors worn or implanted in the patient's body. wireless body area network (wban) offers astonishing help through wireless transmission of patient's data using agreed distance in which it keeps patient's status always controlled by regular transmitting of vital data indications to the receiver. security and privacy is a major concern in terms of data sent from wban and biological sensors. several algorithms have been proposed through many hypotheses in order to find optimum solutions. in this paper, an encrypting algorithm has been proposed via using hyper-chaotic zhou system where it provides high security, privacy, efficiency and capacity in terms of long key space that ensures high resistance possibly obtained by any threat attack, key sensitivity is too high to any slight of change could be made in the encryption key and finally good statistical characteristic's analysis where the software has been used is microsoft visual studio version 10. keywords: wban, security, hyper-chaotic zhou system, encryption algorithm. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 261 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 introduction wireless body area network (wban) is an advanced technology that mainly aims to improve e-healthcare systems. it is a promising emerging technology that provides accuracy, availability and efficiency of medical treatment via the advancements in wireless communications and electronics in which it is offering small and intelligent wban sensors as a potential and important in the delivery and monitoring of healthcare data [1 & 2]. wban considering a miniaturized low power devices and biological sensors in order to be accompanied with patients via several methodologies like to be worn or implanted in the patient's body. the evolution of wban is providing such great e-healthcare services in terms of collecting and processing biological data [3 & 4]. it can be classified as an embedded technology due to its implantable ability without hassling patients and even, it keeps their health condition always under control via sending patients sensitive information to the receiver in agreed transmitted distance while all biological signs are being measured regularly. wban sensors provides several indications like body temperature, blood pressure, hart pulse ratio…etc. it can be used in the medical and non-medical applications where it optimizes sensor nodes performance [3 & 5]. in order to get the maximum benefits from wban information provided the flow of data must be in continuous mode and treated in a real-time mode. this information must be observed and sorted by authorized personnel only like medical staff, insurance companies and governmental parties to be able to achieve such decision might be required [6]. users are producing vital sign information where they are very special and can only be accessed by licensed agencies. security is a sensitive point in wban, which it supports identity authentication, privacy protection and information integrity [1,2 & 6]. security and privacy of patient’s data is a major challenge facing wban where it needs to be seriously considered. several encryption techniques to increase security and privacy have been applied where the at most significant method can be used is chaos-based encryption due to its special properties. chaos based encryption have been introduced in the late of eighties in the last century; since then; several researchers have obtained researches and analyzing huge number of chaos based encryption algorithms; they have been encouraged by the chaotic features such as topological transitivity, orbit inscrutability, sensitivity to initial conditions and control parameters, pseudo-randomness. traditional encrypting algorithms are sensitive to keys in which, few detailed constructions are demanded in order to approach secured and satisfied chaos based encryption [7 & 8] hyper-chaotic systems can be appointed to enhance the security cases into any proposed cryptosystem [7, 8 & 9]. better chaotic features can be provided from higher dimensional chaotic systems with higher dimensional attractors. hyperchaotic system earns more than one positive lyapunov exponent show ever; it is improving security of encryption via producing more complexity, sensitivity to initial parameter and randomness [10, 11 & 12]. as this system can be as dynamics of continuous described by nonlinear differential equation and integrate to obtain trajectories however, there are several methods to solve it. fourth order runge kutta (rk4) is the best numerical mode used to resolve the continuity in hyper-chaotic system models due to, it produces a precise solution evaluation [9,13,14 & 15]. in this paper, we using hyper-chaotic zhou system for producing chaotic encryption key schema for sensitive data encryption of wban which can obtain a large key space, high key sensitivity and excellent ability of resistance to attacks. this article remainder is formed in an accurate order. in part 2, the hyper-chaotic zhou systems are described. part 3 presents the proposed encryption algorithm. in part 4, we evaluate the empirical results of real images with different metrics. part 5 draws conclusions. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 262 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 hyper-chaotic zhou system hyper-chaotic zhou system is the most significant model of hyper-chaotic systems. the hyper-chaotic zhou continuous nonlinear differential is described by system's equation (1), [15,16]: 1= a (x2-x2)+x4 2= c x2 – x1x3(1) 3= -bx3 + x1x2 1 4=d x1 -0.5x2x3 the cases are x1; x2; x3 and x4meanwhile constants are a; b; c and d, considered as the positive values of the system. the zhou system show hyper-chaotic conduct when the parameter values are going to be: a = 35; b = 3; c = 12; 0 < d < 34,5. the hyper-chaotic is stating portrait of the system equation.1 is illustrated in figure (1), where d has been chosen to equal 1 [12]. figure (1): hyper-chaotic zhou system proposed algorithm huge amount of sensitive biological data resulted from transmitting process via node sensors is stored as image, therefore, the use of image form is a demand to be used in order to describe and experiment the encryption algorithm. the proposed algorithm consists of two main stages, chaotic key producing based on (hzs) and image encryption. figure (2) presented the main stages of proposed algorithm. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 263 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 figure (2): main stages of proposed algorithm. chaotic key producing based on hzs chaotic key produced by hyper-chaotic zhou system as this system has large positive lyapunov exponent more than hyper-chaotic systems where complexity and unpredictability is high. this system consists of four non linear continuous differential equations.in order to solve these equations, we have used fourth order runge-kutta method in which this method is a numerical method that used for resolving continuous nonlinear differential hyperchaotics equation due to producing more accurate solution estimated. producing chyaotic key is explained based on (hzs) and solved via fourth order runge kutta(rk 4) in details via multi steps asexpressed below: step1: pre-round equation (1) for r time, r is constant to calculate the following hyper-chaotic zhou solution values. defined by the following system equations (2): x1r+1 = x1r + (z0+2z2+2z3+z4) x2r+1 = x2r + (h0+2h2+2h3+h4) (2) x3r+1 = x3r + (o0+2o2+2o3+o4) x4r+1 = x4r + (u0+2u2+2u3+u4) where z, h, o,and u are initial slop of rk (4), i=1,2,3,4 and t is time step if i=1 then if i=2, 3 then zi= a (x2rx1r)+ x4r hi = c x2r x1r x3r oi= -b x3r + x1r x2r ui= d x1r+0.5 x2r x3r zi =a[ (x2r + (t*hi--1/2)) (x1r + (t*zi--1/2)) ] + (x4r +(t*ui--1/2 ) ) hi =c(x2r + (t*hi--1/2))-( (x1r + (t*zi--1/2))+( x3r + (t*oi--1/2) ) oi = -b(x3r + (t*oi--1/2)) + ( (x1r+ (t*zi--1/2))*(x2r+ (t*hi--1/2)) ui = d(x1r + (t*zi--1/2)/2)+0.5((x2r+ (t*hi--1/2))*(x3r+ (t*oi--1/2)) https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 264 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 if i=4 then step2: beyond hyper-chaotic zhou system is rounded in continuous mode where the outcomes of four decimal fractions x1; x2; x3; x4 will be created. decimal values are preprocessed initially in order to get the chaotic key sequence using the following equation (3): x i; r= (mod ((abs (x i; r)–ceil (abs (x i; r))) ×1014; l)) (3) where i= {1,2,3,4}, r (rounds number) of the hyper-chaotic based system; abs (x i,r) returns the absolute value of (x i, r). ceil (x i, r) returns the value of x to the nearest integers higher than or equal to x, mod (x i,r, l) returns the remainder after division, and l is the color level (l = 256 where 256 grey-scale image). equation outcomes are representing four chaotic keys for each round (r) that used to encryption. encryption algorithm based on chaotic key based (hzs) at this stage, presuming the size of patient ordinary-image p is m×n. considering the image p can be converted into its three components: rp, gp and bp in which, the size of each color’s matrix (rp, gp and bp) is m ×n too. pixel’s value is an integer within the range of {0, 1… 255}. the image p encryption scheme using chaotic keys in each round of hyper-chaotic zhou map, four keys will be maintained as illustrated in previous subsection (3.1) where those keys will be used to encrypt image p in terms of choosing three random keys from the resulted four keys based on first key as shown in the following formula: cx1, r= mod (x1, r, 4). (4) where x 1,r represents first sub key of the hyper-chaotic system, r is the number of rounds .consecutive number used to choose keys and , cx1, r∈[0, 3]. from equation (3) generates the following data list: the selection done according to data list as the following example: if cx1, r =0 then ({x1r, x2r, x3r) is applied to do encryption. according to the following formula: crp (i; j) =rp (i; j)  x1r, c gp (i; j) =gp (i; j)  x2r (5) c bp (i; j) =bp (i; j)  x3r, where i= {1……, m}; j= {1……, n};  represents the exclusive or; c rp (i; j); c gp (i; j); c bp (i; j) cipher components image, and rp (i; j);gp (i; j);bp (i; j) original components of image and then ciphered image c will be sent to the receiver side. receiver side will decipher the image c where the encryption and decryption algorithm are likely similar. empirical results patients data image received from wban sensors are encrypted via the proposed encryption algorithm based on (hzs). it was performed where the empirical analysis of the proposed zi =a[ (x2r + (t*hi-1)) (x1r + (t*zi-1)) ] + (x4r +(t*ui-1 ) ) hi =c(x2r + (t*hi-1))-( (x1r + (t*zi-1))+( x3r + (t*oi-1) ) oi = -b(x3r + (t*oi-1)) + ( (x1r+ (t*zi-1))*(x2r+ (t*hi-1)) ui = d(x1r + (t*zi-1))+0.5((x2r+ (t*hi-1))*(x3r+ (t*oi-1)) if cx1, r =0 then choosing key {x1r, x2r, x3r} if cx1, r =1 then choosing key {x1r, x2r, x4r} if cx1, r =2 then choosing key {x1r, x3r, x4r} if cx1, r =3 then choosing key {x2r, x3r, x4r} https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 265 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 algorithm approaching in this paper has been processed with ‘lenna.jpg’ as the test image. the results can be illustrated as follow: key sensitivity analysis the sensitivity of the key is a major feature of the proposed encryption algorithm, sensitivity evaluation of the chaotic key, figure (3a) expressing the sampled image "leena.bmp", figure (3b) is encrypted using a chaotic key with (initial control parameter (a = 35; b = 3; c = 12; d=1) and initial key (x0 = 10; y0 = 20; z0 = 3; w0 = 40), round r=20). figure (3c), decrypted image using the identical chaotic key, however, slight change in initial key will create an unforeseen result. an example in figure (3d) illustrating the decrypting of the image by changing the initial key, initial control parameter (a = 35; b = 3; c = 12; d=1) and initial key (x0 = 10.00001; y0 = 20.00001; z0 = 30.00001; w0 = 40.00001). from the above results, it has proven that, a slight change occur in the key will create unlikely decrypted image resulted and original image cannot be obtained. figure (3): proposal results key space analysis the proposed algorithm architecture ability has been designed to withstand against any attacks due to algorithm's key space is (1070) in which it works based on five initial values for the hyper-chaotic (x0; y0; z0; w0;r) as the authentic key. each digit has fourteen digital numbers that’s why a great ability to resist attacks. test criteria a set of test criteria are used to prove the proposed algorithm ability in terms of hiding the pure image meanwhile, when reconstruct original image from deciphered source where results obtained are shown on table (1). criteria considered to test are mse (mean square error); snr (signal to noise ratio) and finally psnr (peak signal to noise ratio) between main and ciphered image. from table (1); large mse values are caused large error between original image and cipher image while smaller values of snr and psnr able to hide pure image information resulted in high image suppression of the original image information. a b c d https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 266 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 table (1): results obtained from the proposed algorithm criterianame mse averagesof (red; green; blue) snr averages of (red; green; blue) psnr averages of (red; green; blue) leena.jpg 3981.175 8.1 12.23 as stated in table (1), the results acquired in respect of mse, snr and psnr are acceptable. these results prove the efficiency of the proposed algorithm. conclusion security and privacy protection is a sensible issue in wban systems. this paper proposes an encryption algorithm based on hyper-chaotic zhou system to support the privacy protection of wban systems. the proposed algorithm is balancing inconsistency between the operation's accuracy and algorithm's security in encryption scope. the proposed algorithm, hyper-chaotic zhao system is optimized in order to produce chaotic key that used by encryption algorithm. empirical results acquired are proven such potential ability of acquiring good influence in both encrypting and decrypting modes used in wban systems. large key scheme provided by the proposed algorithm is highly sensitive to any small change could be happen. based on mse, large values give a successful indication by the proposed key in terms of concealing pure image information; meanwhile results obtained from snr and psnr shows large noise caused by the proposed key. future wok can be applied into several aspects where security is a main player in all computing technologies. it can be used in securing cloud computing frameworks that serve and participate in medical and non-medical applications. references [1] r. negra ; i. jemili and a. belghith. wireless body area networks: applications and technologies. procedia computer science, 83,.1274–1281, 2016. [2] n. d. han; l. han; d. m. tuan; h. p. in and m. jo. a scheme for data confidentiality in cloud-assisted wireless body area networks. information sciences, 284,.157–166, 2014. [3] g. h. zhang; c. chung; y. poon; y. t. zhang; h. abdel-wahab; r. montemanni, and h. m. sun. a review on body area networks security for healthcare. international scholarly research network isrn communications and networking, 8(1), 2011. [4] j. undercoffer; s. avancha; a. joshi and j. pinkston. security for sensor networks. kluwer academic publishers norwell,.253–275, 2004. [5] m. masdari;s. ahmadzadeh, andm. bidaki. key management in wireless body area network: challenges and issues. journal of network and computer applications, 91may 2016,.36–51, 2017. [6] w. wei; s. miaomiao; p. yu; r. peng andw. huiqiana. an encryption algorithm based on combined chaos in body area networks. computers & electrical engineering, 0,.1–10, 2017. [7] g. gao; x. peng; y. tian,and z. qin. a chaotic maps-based authentication scheme for wireless body area networks,.1–18, 2016. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.1.1833 computer | 267 2018) عام 1(العدد ) 31(لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (1) 2018 [8] x. li; j. peng; s. kumari;f. wu; m. karuppiahand raymond k. k. choo. an enhanced 1-round authentication protocol for wireless body area networks with user anonymity. computers and electrical engineering, 61.238–249, 2017. [9] t. gao and z. chen. a new image encryption algorithm based on hyper-chaos. physics letters a, 372(4),.394–400, 2008 [10] x. deng; c. liao; c. zhu, andz. chen. a novel image encryption algorithm based on hyperchaotic system and shuffling scheme. 2013 ieee 10th international conference on high performance computing and communications and 2013 ieee international conference on embedded and ubiquitous computing,.109–116, 2013. [11] n. khalifa; r. l. filali, and m. benrejeb. on secure image transmission combining chaotic encryption and watermarking using dead beat synchronization of 4d henon maps. 3rd international conference on control, engineering and information technology, ceit 2015, 4–7, 2015. [12] m. junming, &y. ruisong. an image encryption scheme based on hybrid orbit of hyper-chaotic systems. international journal of computer network and information security, 7(5), 25–33, 2015. [13] s. sadoudi; c. tanougast; m. azzaz, and a. dandache. "design and fpga implementation of a wireless hyperchaotic communication system for secure real-time image transmission," eurasip journal on image and video processing, 43.1, 2013 [14] d. tan and z. chen, "on a general formula of fourth order runge kutta method," journal of mathematical sciences & mathematics education, 7, 2, 1–10, 2015. [15] y. toopchi, & j. wang. chaos control and synchronization of a hyperchaotic zhou system by integral sliding mode control. entropy, 16, 12,.6539–6552, 2014. [16] a. k.a. hassan. proposed hyperchaotic system for image encryption. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 7(1),.37–40, 2016. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 427 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract the wavelets have many applications in engineering and the sciences, especially mathematics. recently, in 2021, the wavelet boubaker (wb) polynomials were used for the first time to study their properties and applications in detail. they were also utilized for solving the lane-emden equation. the aim of this paper is to show the truncated wavelet boubaker polynomials for solving variation problems. in this research, the direct method using wavelets boubaker was presented for solving variational problems. the method reduces the problem into a set of linear algebraic equations. the fundamental idea of this method for solving variation problems is to convert the problem of a function into one that involves a finite number of variables. different numerical examples were given to demonstrate the applicability and validity of this method using the matlab program. also, the results of this technique were compared with the exact solution, and graphs were added to these examples to test the convergence of wavelet boubaker polynomials using this method. keywords: boubaker wavelets, calculus of variation problems, nonlinear programming, numerical methods. 1. introduction many problems arising in mathematical physics and geometry are connected with the calculus of variations, which is determined by finding the maximal and minimal functional functions. the functionals are defined by definite integrals, which include boundary conditions and appear in the mathematical formula, see [2]. wavelet theory is an emerging field in mathematical research and is applied in a broad range of engineering disciplines. wavelets are very successful in accurately solving numerical problems. [3] utilized legendre wavelets to solve variational problems. [4] used the haar wavelet to solve the same problems. [5] applied direct restarted pell to solve the problem of variation, then used the spectral method with chebyshev wavelets in another paper to solve the calculus of variations doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3048 article history: received 28 september 2022, accepted 13 march 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq direct method for variational problems using boubaker wavelets eman hassan ouda department of applied science, university of technologyiraq. eman.h.ouda@uotechnology.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:eman.h.ouda@uotechnology.edu.iq mailto:eman.h.ouda@uotechnology.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 428 [6]. [7-8] using a spline polynomial with collocation method and [9] used a new technique to find the numerical solution for solving isoperimetric problems. many researchers have utilized different procedures to solve calculus of variational problems. [10] developed the new functions for solving the problems of variational, then [11] used a combination of many functions with bernoulli polynomials. [12] found the approximate solution for boundary value problems using the wavelet function. [13] studied moving or fixed boundary muntz wavelets for solving variation problems. this paper is arranged as follows: in section 2, orthogonal boubaker polynomials and their properties with recurrence relations in section 3, boubaker wavelets and their properties in section 4, the application of boubaker wavelet polynomials for solving variational problems with some numerical examples has been presented. in section 5, the convergence test for the introduced method has been studied, and at last the conclusion has been reached. 2. orthogonal boubaker polynomials and their properties: boubaker polynomials haven't been orthogonal, so by applying the gram-schmit process to boubaker polynomials, one can obtain orthogonal boubaker polynomials, obm(t). several papers have been applied with different applications in physics, applied sciences, etc. (see [14], [15]). orthogonal boubaker polynomials (ob) of mth degree were presented on the interval [0, 1] by the following equation: [1] 𝑂𝐵𝑚(𝑡) = (𝑚!)2 (2𝑚)! ∑ (−1)𝑚+𝑘 (𝑚+𝑘)! (𝑚−𝑘)!(𝑘!)2 𝑡𝑘𝑚𝑘=0 … (1) a recursive relation of the orthogonal boubaker polynomial on the interval [0, 1] has given as follows: 𝑂𝐵𝑚+1(𝑡) = ((𝑚+1)!)2 (2(𝑚+1))! [ (2𝑚+1)(2𝑚)! (𝑚+1)(𝑚!)2 (2𝑡 − 1)𝑂𝐵𝑚(𝑡) − (𝑚) 2(𝑚−1)! (𝑚+1) ((𝑚−1)!)2 𝑂𝐵𝑚−1(𝑡)] , 𝑚 ≥2 with 𝑂𝐵0(𝑡) = 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑂𝐵1(𝑡) = 1 2 (2𝑡 − 1). 3. boubaker wavelet and their properties: the boubaker wavelets can be defined as below (see [1]) 𝑊𝐵𝑛,𝑚(𝑡) = {√2𝑚 + 1 2 𝑘 2 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (2𝑚)! (𝑚!)2 𝑂𝐵𝑚(2 𝑘 𝑡 − 𝑛) , 𝑛 2𝑘−1 ≤ 𝑡 < 𝑛+1 2𝑘−1 … (2) where 𝑊𝐵𝑛𝑚(𝑡) = 𝑊𝐵(𝑚, 𝑛, 𝑡) as boubaker wavelets so n =0,1, 2, …, 2 k-1 ,k is any positive integer , m =0,1,2…,m and t is normalized time . the first six 𝑊𝐵𝑛𝑚(𝑡) with k=1, are given as follows: ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 429 𝑊𝐵0(𝑡) = 1, 𝑊𝐵1(𝑡) = √3 2 (4𝑡 − 3), 𝑊𝐵2(𝑡) = √5 6 (24𝑡2 − 36𝑡 + 13) , 𝑊𝐵3(𝑡) = √7 20 (160𝑡3 − 360𝑡2 + 264𝑡 − 63), 𝑊𝐵4(𝑡) = √9 70 (1120𝑡4 − 3360𝑡3 + 3720𝑡2 − 1800𝑡 + 321), 𝑊𝐵5(𝑡) = √11 252 (8064𝑡5 − 30240𝑡4 + 44800𝑡3 − 32760𝑡2 + 11820𝑡 − 1683), 𝑊𝐵6(𝑡) = √13 924 (59136𝑡6 − 266112𝑡5 + 493920𝑡4 − 483840𝑡3 + 263760𝑡2 − 75852𝑡 + 8989) . the differential with respect to t of boubaker wavelet polynomials 𝑊𝐵𝑚̇ (𝑡) is given as follows: 𝑊𝐵0̇ (𝑡) = 0 , 𝑊𝐵1̇ (𝑡) = 2√3 , 𝑊𝐵2̇ (𝑡) = √5 6 (48𝑡 − 36) , 𝑊𝐵̇ 3(𝑡) = √7 20 (480𝑡2 − 720𝑡 + 264), 𝑊𝐵̇ 4(𝑡) = √9 70 (4480𝑡3 − 10080𝑡2 + 7440𝑡 − 1800), 𝑊𝐵̇ 5(𝑡) = √11 252 (40320𝑡4 − 120960𝑡3 + 134400𝑡2 − 65520𝑡 + 11820), 𝑊𝐵̇ 6(𝑡) = √13 924 (354816𝑡5 − 1330560𝑡4 + 1975680𝑡3 − 1451520𝑡2 + 527520𝑡 − 75852) . 4. boubaker wavelet polynomials for solving variational problems: we demonstrate the application of wavelet boubaker polynomials to solve some variational problems. a function f (t) is defined over𝐿2[0,1] , the function approximate by wavelet boubaker polynomials is defined as follows: 𝑓(𝑡) = ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) = 𝑐 𝑇 𝑊𝐵(𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 … (3) where 𝑐𝑖 =⟨𝑓(𝑡), 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡)⟩ and 〈 , 〉is inner product on 𝐿 2[0,1]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 430 if the series in equation (3) is truncated, then equation (3) can be written as 𝑓(𝑡) = ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) = 𝑐 𝑇 𝑊𝐵(𝑡) 𝑁 𝑖=0 … (4) where c =[c0 , c1, …, cn] t and wbi (t) = [wb0,wb1, …,wbn] t differentiating equation (4) with respect t, to obtain 𝑓 =̇ 𝑐𝑇 𝑊𝐵̇ (𝑡) where c =[c0, c1, …, cn] t and 𝑊𝐵̇ (t) = [𝑊𝐵0̇ ,𝑊𝐵̇ 1, …,𝑊𝐵̇ n] t the matrix of derivatives d is given as 𝑑𝑊𝐵(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑊𝐵̇ (𝑡) = 𝐷𝑊𝐵(𝑡) where 𝑊𝐵̇ (𝑡) derivative of wavelet boubaker functions to demonstrate this procedure, we consider this example of finding the minimum of functional [14] example1: 𝐽(𝑥) = ∫ [�̇� 2(𝑡) + 𝑡�̇�(𝑡) + 𝑥2(𝑡)]𝑑𝑡 1 0 , … (5) with two conditions x(0) = 0, 𝑥(1) = 1 4 … (6) and the exact solution 𝑥(𝑡) = −𝑒 −𝑡[(−1+𝑒 𝑡)(𝑒−2𝑒 2−2𝑒 𝑡+𝑒 1+𝑡)] 4(−1+𝑒 2) now, we use wavelet boubaker polynomials of m = 4 and m=6 to approximate the function x(t) suppose 𝑥(𝑡) = ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) 5 0 or 𝑥(𝑡) = 𝑐 𝑇 𝑊𝐵(𝑡) … (7) and 𝑥2(𝑡) = 𝑐𝑇 𝑊𝐵(𝑊𝐵)𝑇 𝑐 … (8) where c = [c0, c1,… , c5] t and wb (t) = [wb0, wb1, …, wb5], differentiating equation (7), we get �̇�(𝑡) = 𝑐𝑇 𝐷 𝑊𝐵(𝑡) … (9) and �̇� 2(𝑡) = 𝑐𝑇 𝐷 (𝑊𝐵)(𝐷 (𝑊𝐵))𝑇 𝑐 …(10) substituting equation (7) (10) into equation (5), we obtain 𝐽(𝑥) = ∫ [𝑐𝑇 𝐷 (𝑊𝐵)(𝐷 (𝑊𝐵)) 𝑇1 0 𝑐 + 𝑡𝑐𝑇 𝐷 (𝑊𝐵) + 𝑐𝑇 𝑊𝐵(𝑊𝐵)𝑇 𝑐]𝑑𝑡 … (11) we can simplify equation (11) to 𝐽(𝑥) = 1 2 𝑐𝑇 𝐻𝑐 + 𝑞𝑇 𝑐 … (12) where 𝐻 = 2 ∫ [𝐷 (𝑊𝐵)(𝐷 (𝑊𝐵)) 𝑇1 0 + 𝑊𝐵(𝑊𝐵)𝑇 ]𝑑𝑡, and 𝑞𝑇 = ∫ 𝑡 𝐷 (𝑊𝐵)𝑇𝑑𝑡 1 0 , equation (7) with boundary conditions (6), can imply 𝑥(0) = 𝑐𝑇 𝑊𝐵(0) = 0 and 𝑥(1) = 𝑐𝑇 𝑊𝐵(1) = 1 4 … (13) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 431 we can rewrite equations (12) & (13), as follows min 𝐽(𝑥) = 1 2 𝑐𝑇 𝐻𝑐 + 𝑞𝑇 𝑐 subject to fc-b=0 where 𝐹 = [𝑊𝐵𝑇 (0) 𝑊𝐵𝑇(1) ] , 𝑏 = [0 1 4 ] we can find the parameter c using lagrange equation as 𝑐∗ = −𝐻−1𝑐 + 𝐻−1𝐹𝑇(𝐹𝐻−1𝐹𝑇 )−1(𝐹𝐻−1𝑐 + 𝑏) when m=4 the approximate value of x is x(t)= [0.21463728 ,0.04727207 ,-0.01564479, 0.00192278] wb (t) and when m=6 an approximate value of x is x(t)= [0.21464181, 0.04746694,-0.01585894, 0.00129175, -0.00023926 ,0.00001933] wb (t) table (1) shows the numerical results for example (1) with m=4 and m=6 compared with exact solution, and graphically in figure (1). table 1. results for example1 t xexact xapp.(t) m=4 m=4 absolute error xapp.(t) m=6 m=6 absolute error 0 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.0000000 0.1 0.04195072 0.04180602 0.00014470 0.04195070 0.00000002 0.2 0.07931714 0.07922621 0.00009093 0.07931742 0.00000027 0.3 0.11247322 0.11250475 0.00003152 0.11247334 0.00000011 0.4 0.14175081 0.14188583 0.00013502 0.14175057 0.00000023 0.5 0.16744291 0.16761363 0.00017071 0.16744257 0.00000034 0.6 0.18980668 0.18993234 0.00012566 0.18980660 0.00000007 0.7 0.20906592 0.20908615 0.00002022 0.20906621 0.00000029 0.8 0.22541340 0.22531923 0.00009416 0.22541370 0.00000030 0.9 0.23901272 0.23887579 0.00013693 0.23901258 0.00000014 1.0 0.2500000000 0.25000000 0.00000000 0.25000000 0.00000000 figure 1. shows that the absolute error when m=6 is very less than m=4 for example1 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 432 example 2: min j= ∫ (�̇�2 + 𝑥2) 1 0 𝑑𝑡 with boundary conditions 𝑥(0) = 0 , 𝑥(1) = 1 , and exact solution is 𝑥(𝑡) = 𝑒 𝑡−𝑒 −𝑡 𝑒 1−𝑒−1 in the same procedure, we can solve example2. table (2) shows the numerical results for example (2) with m=4 and m=6 compared with exact solution, and graphically in figure (2). when m=4 the approximate value of x is x(t)= [0.70703400,0.32030428,0.03906027, 0.00769113] wb (t) and when m=6 the approximate value of x is x(t)= [0.70703595,0.32001609,0.03929145,0.00870795,0.00060523,0.00007777] wb (t) table 2. results for example2 t xexact m=4 xapp.(t) m=4 absolute error m=6 xapp.(t) m=6 absolute error 0 0 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.1 0.08523370 0.08540591 0.00017221 0.08523414 0.00000043 0.2 0.17132045 0.17145031 0.00012986 0.17131995 0.00000049 0.3 0.25912183 0.25910993 0.00001190 0.25912108 0.00000075 0.4 0.34951660 0.34936152 0.00015507 0.34951638 0.00000021 0.5 0.44340944 0.44318181 0.00022762 0.44340990 0.00000046 0.6 0.54174007 0.54154756 0.00019250 0.54174071 0.00000063 0.7 0.64549262 0.64543551 0.00005710 0.64549284 0.00000021 0.8 0.75570548 0.75582241 0.00011693 0.75570520 0.00000027 0.9 0.87348169 0.87368498 0.00020329 0.87348147 0.00000021 1.0 1.00000000 1.00000000 0.00000000 1.00000000 0.00000000 figure2. shows that the absolute error when m=6 is very less than m=4 for example2 . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 433 example 3: min j= ∫ (�̇�2 − 𝑥2) 1 0 𝑑𝑡 with boundary conditions 𝑥(0) = 0, 𝑥(1) = 1 , and exact solution is 𝑥(𝑡) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑠𝑖𝑛1 table (3) and figure (3) illustrate the results of example (3). when m=4 the approximate value of x is x(t)= [ 0.80163166, 0.24981351, 0.04537278, 0.00806631] wb (t) and when m =6 the approximate value of x is x(t)= [0.80164433, 0.24944837, 0.04508324, 0.00682505, 0.00070902, 0.00008006] wb (t) table 3. results for example3 t uexact m= 4 uappr (t) m=4 absolute error m= 6 uappr.(t) m=6 absolute error 0 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.0000000 0.1 0.11864154 0.11885365 0.00021211 0.11862523 0.00001631 0.2 0.23609766 0.23624932 0.00015166 0.23610543 0.00000777 0.3 0.35119476 0.35116260 0.00003216 0.35121956 0.00002480 0.4 0.46278285 0.46256910 0.00021374 0.46280277 0.00001992 0.5 0.56974696 0.56944444 0.00030251 0.56974637 0.00000058 0.6 0.67101835 0.67076422 0.00025412 0.67099789 0.00002045 0.7 0.76558514 0.76550406 0.00008108 0.76556103 0.00002411 0.8 0.85250246 0.85263956 0.00013709 0.85249567 0.00000678 0.9 0.93090186 0.93114634 0.00024447 0.93091791 0.00001604 1.0 1.00000000 1.00000000 0.00000000 1.00000000 0.00000000 figure 3. shows that the absolute error when m=6 is very less than m=4 for example3 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 434 5. the convergence test of wavelet boubaker polynomials: by (theorem (1), see [1]) if x(t) is continually defined on [0,1] and α(t) is the approximate of 𝛼∗(t) by applying boubaker wavelet. also, suppose that x (t) is bounded by a positive constant that is |𝑥(𝑡)| < 𝜖. then, the coefficients of x (t) are bounded. the state can be expanded using wavelet boubaker polynomials, as: 𝑥𝑖𝑁 (𝑡) = ∑ 𝑐𝑖𝑘 𝑊𝐵𝑘 (𝑡) 𝑁 𝑘=1 𝑥𝑖 (𝑡) = 𝑥𝑖𝑁 (𝑡) + ∑ 𝑐𝑖𝑘 𝑊𝐵𝑘 (𝑡) ∞ 𝑘=𝑁+1 or 𝑥𝑖 (𝑡) = 𝑥𝑖𝑁 (𝑡) + 𝑒𝑖 (𝑡) …(14) the coefficients in equation (14) is limited by [1] such that the residual ‖𝑒(𝑡)‖ is less than some 𝜀 where 𝑒(𝑡) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝑒1(𝑡), 𝑒2(𝑡), … , 𝑒𝑁(𝑡)}, then, using the convergence test for the technique to the variable x in terms of n proposed 𝐿2norm of 𝑥𝑖 , i=1,2,…,n [∫ (𝑥(𝑡) − 𝑥𝑖𝑁 (𝑡)) 2𝑑𝑡 1 0 ] 1 2 < 𝜀𝑖 , 𝑖=1,2,…,𝑛 𝜀 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜀1(𝑡), 𝜀2(𝑡), … , 𝜀𝑛(𝑡) } , [∫ (𝑥(𝑡) − 𝑥𝑁 (𝑡)) 2𝑑𝑡 1 0 ] 1 2 < 𝜀, using the boubaker wavelet polynomials for approximating x variables, we get [∫ ( ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) 𝑁+𝑀 𝑖=0 − ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) 𝑁 𝑖=0 )2𝑑𝑡 1 0 ] 1 2 < 𝜀 = [∫ ( ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) 𝑁+𝑀 𝑖=𝑁+1 )2𝑑𝑡 1 0 ] 1 2 < 𝜀 = [∫ ( ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) 𝑁+𝑀 𝑖=𝑁+1 )( ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) 𝑁+𝑀 𝑖=𝑁+1 )𝑑𝑡 1 0 ] 1 2 < 𝜀 = ∑ ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑐𝑗 𝑁+𝑀 𝑗=𝑁+1 ∫ 𝑊𝐵𝑖 (𝑡) 1 0 𝑊𝐵𝑗 (𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 < 𝜀 𝑁+𝑀 𝑖=𝑁+1 hence, the wavelet boubaker polynomials can be reduced to the form ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 435 ∑ 𝑐𝑖 2 𝑁+𝑀 𝑖=𝑁+1 < 𝜀 when the squares of the remaining coefficients becomes neglected, a favorable approximation to the solution is achieved. 6. conclusion in this paper, a direct method with wavelet boubaker polynomials was achieved as an evaluation solution for reducing the variational problems into quadratic programming problems. only a few terms of wavelet boubaker polynomials were needed to obtain an accurate solution. the numerical results were compared with the exact solution, which proved the capability and validity of such problems with easy steps. matlab plotting was also used to demonstrate the results. references 1. eman, h.; najeeb, s.; samaa, f., boubaker wavelets functions: properties and applications, baghdad science journal, 2021, 18, 4, 1226-1233. 2. mohammadi, r.; alavi, a., quadratic spline solution of calculus of variation problems, j. app. eng. math., 2015, 5, 2, 276-285. 3. razzaghi, m.; yousefi, s., legendre wavelets direct method for variational problems, elsevier, mathematics and computers in simulation, 2000, 53, 185-192. 4. ravindra, m., direct method for solving variational problems using haar wavelet, international journal research & advance in engineer ( ijmrae), 2010, 2, iii, 85-90. 5. suha, najeeb; mohammed, r.; ahmed r., direct restarted pell algorithm for solving calculus of variation problems, journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics, 2021, 13, 2, 169-180. 6. najeeb, s.; abdalelah, a., numerical solution of calculus of variations by using the second chebyshev wavelets, eng. & tech. journal, 2012, 30, 18, 3219-3229. 7. ghasemi, m., on using cubic spline for the solution of problems in calculus of variations, springer science and business journal, 2016, 73, 685-710. 8. zarebnia, m.; birjandi, m., the numerical solution of problems in calculus of variational using b-spline collocation method, journal of applied mathematics, 2012, 2012, 1-10. 9. mahdy, am.; youssef, e., numerical solution technique for solving isoperimetric variational problems, international journal of modern physics c (ijmpc), 2021, 32, 1, 1-4. 10. razzaghi, m.; ordokhani, y.; haddadi, n., direct method for variational problems by using hybrid of block-pulse and bernoulli polynomials, romanian journal of mathematics and computer science, 2012, 2, 1-17. 11. ordokhani, y., direct walsch-hybrid method for variational problems, international journal of nonlinear science, 2012, 11, 1, 114-120. 12. zina alabacy, the applications of wavelets for bvps and signal processing, journal kufa, 2020, 7, 2, 10-15. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 436 13. rayal, a.; sag r., numerical study of variational problems moving or fixed boundary conditions by muntz wavelets, 2020, 28, 1-2. 14. eman, h., an approximate solution of some variational problems using boubaker polynomials, baghdad science journal, 2018, 15, 1, 106-110. 15. kafash, b.; elavarkhalafi, a.; karbassi, s.; boubaker, k., a numerical approach for solving optimal control problems using the boubaker polynomials expansion scheme, jour. interp. app. sci. res., article id jiasc-00033, 2018, 1-18. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.24 (3) 2011 approximations of entire functions in locally global norms s.k.jas sim, n.j.mohamed departme nt of mathematics, college of science, unive rsity of al-mustansirya departme nt of mathematics, college of education i bn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad received in : 3 february 2011 accepte d in : 10 may 2011 abstract the p urp ose of this p aper is to evaluate the error of the app roximation of an entire function by some discrete op erators in locally global quasi-norms (l,p-sp ace), we intend to establish new theorems concerning that jackson p olynomial and valee-poussin op erator remain within the same bounds as bounded and p eriodic entire function in locally global norms (l,p), (0 < p  1). key words : entire functions, bounded masurable functions, quasi-normed sp ace. introduction and preliminaries al-abdulla, a. [1], al-saidy , s.k. [2] and e.s.bhayah [3] gave estimation for app roximation of bounded measurable functions with some discrete op erators in lp-norm (0 < p  1). here, we give an est imation for app roximation of entire functions in l,p-sp ace. let x = [–,] we denote the set of all 2-p eriodic bounded measurable function with usual sup -norm by l, such that l(x) = {f : f is 2-p eriodic bounded measurable function} with norm f sup{ f ( x) x x}       …(1.1) and the lp-norm (1  p < ) of f  lp by lp f , such that p p 1 p p p p l ( x) x l (x) f : f ( f ( x) dx) ; f f              …(1.2) now let us consider the dirich let kernel of degree n, [4] n n v 1 1 d ( u) cos(vu ) 2      ur, n=0,1,… …(1.3) let be the fejer kernel of degree not grater than n. where k ,n 2k x , (k 0,1, 2, ..., n), n 1     be the so called jackson p olynomial of function f  l. n 0 1 n 1 k (u ) [d ( u) d (u ) ... d (u )] n 1      …(1.4) n n k ,n n k ,n k 0 2 j (f , x ) f (x )k (x x ) n 1      …(1.5) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.24 (3) 2011 let j 2 j x 3n 1    , j=0,1,…,3n. then we define the following op erator. be the valee-p oussin discrete op erator of 2-p eriodic bounded measurable function. the unique linear trigonometric p olynomial which is interp olating a given function f lp(x) at the point xj is denote by in(t) which has t he rep resentation: now let bn be the set of all entire functions, since the derivative of p olynomial exists every where, then we get that every p olynomial is an entire function [5], so we consider that f bn and jn(f ) bn, v2n,3n(f ) bn. let n, k be p ositive integers, (0 < p  1) and ( > 0) are fixed numbers which will be used for the degree of app roximating p olynomial, for the rate order of modulus and for the sp ace l,p resp ectively. we consider the locally global norm for ( > 0), (0 < p  ) now the k th average modulus of smoothness for f  l,p are defined by the following resp ectively, [6], [7] where the k th modulus of smoothness for f  l,p, k  is defined by now, we set k k m k m 0h k ( 1) f (t mh) if t or t kh x f ( t) m 0 otherwise                      . in the following we recall some theorems which are needed: the orem 1.1: [6] if f  bn, then for (0 < p  1) and ( > 0), we have, 1 1 p p ,p p f c(p)[(1 n ) (ns)] f    . 2 n n n 1 2 n 1 v ( t) [d (t) d ( t) d (t)] n 1     …(1.6) 3 n 2 n ,3n j 2 n j j 0 2 v (f , x) f ( x )v (x x ) 3n 1      …(1.7) 2 n n j n j j 0 2 i (f , x) f ( x )d (x x ) 2n 1      …(1.8) 1 p p ,p x f sup f (y ) , y x , x dx 2 2                   , x[–,]. …(1.9) k p k p k ,p k ,p 1 1 (f , ) w (f ,., ) , n n 1 1 (f , ) w (f , ., ) n n                   …(1.10) k k h 1 k k w (f , x, ) sup f ( t) : t, t kh x , x x n 2 2                  …(1.11) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.24 (3) 2011 the orem 1.2: [3] if f  2-p eriodic bounded measurable functions, t hen for (0 < p  1) n 1 pp 1 f j (f ) c(p) (f , ) n     . the orem 1.3: [3] if f  2-p eriodic bounded measurable function, then for (0 < p  1) 2 n ,3 n k pp 1 f v (f ) c(p, k, ) (f , ) 2n     , where n=1,2,… and (p ,k,ℓ) is a const ant depends on p , k and ℓ. the orem 1.4: [3] let f be 2-p eriodic bounded measurable function, then for (0 < p  1), we have n k pp 1 f i (f ) c(p, k, ) (f , ) n     , where p,k,ℓ is a constant dep ends on p , k and ℓ. main re sults we shall p rove direct inequality to find the degree of app roximation of 2-p eriodic entire function by some discrete op erators in (l,p) sp aces, (0 < p  1). lemma 2.1: let f be 2-p eriodic entire function, then for (0 < p  1), we have k p k ,p 1 1 (f , ) (f , ) . n n    proof: k p k p k h p k i k i 0 p p k i k i 0 1 1 (f , ) w (f ,., ) n n k k sup f (t ) ; t, t kh x , x x 2n 2n k k k sup ( 1) f (t ih) ; t , t kh x , x x i 2n 2n k k k sup ( 1) f (t ih) ; t , t kh x , x x i 2n 2n                                                                   1 p x 1 p pp k i k i 0x k h ,p k ,p k ,p dx k k k k k sup sup ( 1) f (t ih) ; t , t kh y , y x y x , x dx i 2n 2n 2n 2n k k sup f (t ) ; t, t kh x , x x 2n 2n 1 w (f , ., ) n 1 (f , ) n                                                                  the orem 2.2: let f be 2-p eriodic bounded measurable entire function, (f  l,p), (0 < p  1), we have ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.24 (3) 2011 n 1 ,p, p 1 f j (f ) c( p) (f , ) , n     where c(p) is a const ant dep ends only on p . proof: by theorem (1.1), we get 1 1 p p p n n, p p f j (f ) c( p)[1 (1 _ n ) ( n ) ] f j (f ) .       now since ( > 0), then n 1 n, p p f j (f ) c ( p) f j (f ) .    then by using theorem (1.2) and lemma (2.1), we get that n 2 1 p, p 1 ,p 1 f j (f ) c (p) (f , ) n 1 c (p) ( f , ) n        the orem 2.3: let f be 2-p eriodic bounded measurable entire function, (f  l,p), (0 < p  1), we have 2 n ,3 n k ,p,p 1 f v (f ) c( p, k , ) (f , ) , 2n      where p,k,ℓ is a constant dep ends on p , k and ℓ. proof: by using theorem (1.1), we get 1 1 p p p 2 n ,3 n 1 2 n ,3n,p p f v (f ) c (p) [1 (1 n ) (n ) ] f v (f )        . since 1 n   , then 2 n ,3 n 2 2 n ,3 n,p p f v (f ) c (p) f v ( f ) .    now by using theorem (1.3) and lemma (2.1), we have 2 n ,3 n k p,p k ,p 1 f v (f ) c( p, k , ) (f , ) 2n 1 c (p, k , ) (f , ) . 2n          the orem 2.4: let f be 2-p eriodic bounded measurable entire function, (f  l,p), (0 < p  1), we have n k ,p,p 1 f i (f ) c(p, k, ) (f , ) 2n     , where p,k,ℓ is a constant dep ends on p , k and ℓ. proof: by using theorem (1.1), we get 1 p p n 1 p n,p p f i (f ) c (p) [1 (1 n ) (n ) y ] f i (f )        . since 1 n   , then n 2 n,p p f i (f ) c (p) f i (f ) .    then by using theorem (1.4) and lemma (2.1), we get ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.24 (3) 2011 n k p,p k ,p 1 f i (f ) c( p, k , ) (f , ) n 1 c (p, k , ) (f , ) . n          conclusion we found the degree of app roximation of entire functions by using jackson, vallee pouson and interpolation polynomials in locally quasi-norms l,p ( 0 < p < 1). re ferences 1. al-abdullah, a. (2005), on equi-ap p roximation of bounded -m easurable functions in lp()-sp ace, thesis, university of baghdad. 2. al-saidy , s.k. (2002), best one-sided ap p roximation with algebraic poly nomials in lpsp aces, ibn al-haitham j. for p ure and app lied science., 15 :(3). 3. bhayah, e.s. (1999), a study on ap p roximation of bounded m easurable functions with some discrete series in lp-sp aces (0 < p  1), thesis. 4. zy gmund, a. (1958), trigonometric series, i:ii, cambridge. 5. verhey , c.b., complex variables and ap p lication, third edition, toky o, jap an. 6. dry anov, d. (1991), equi convergence and equi ap p roximation for entire functions. const ructive theory of functions' 91, international conference, varna, m ay 28-june 3. 7. sendov, b. and pop ov, v.a., (1983), average m odulus of smoothness, sofia. 2011) 3( 24للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم طة المتعددات المتقطعة في الفضاءات المحلیةاتقریب الدوال الداخلیة بواس صاحب كحیط جاسم ، نادیة جاسم محمد الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة العلوم ،قسم الریاضیات جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات 2011 شباط 3 :في استلم البحث 2011 ایار 10 :قبل البحث في خالصةال ن ــذا البحـث الغـرض ـم ــاب ھ ــأ ھـو حس دار الخط دوال مـق ــة لتقریـب اـل ــؤثرات طة بعـضابواسـ الداخلی ــي الم المتقطعـة ف k الوسیط لاباستعم المحلیة شبھ الفضاءات p 1 τ , ) n . .المعیاريالدوال الداخلیة ، الدوال محدودة القیاس ، الفضاء شبھ :الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 137-147 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 137          fuzzy semimaximal submodules abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity and an r-submodule n is called semimaximal if and only if m/n is a semisimple r-module. the main object of this work is to fuzzy this concept, study the basic properties and we investigate the sufficient conditions of fsubmodules to be semimaximal. also, the concepts of (simple, semisimple) fsubmodules and quotient fmodules are introduced and given some properties. keywords: fuzzy simple (semisimple) modules, fuzzy quotient modules, fuzzy semimaximal submodule. 1.introduction hatem in [1] introduced and studies semimaximal ideals of a ring and semimaximal submodules, where an ideal j of a ring r is called semimaximal if j is a finite intersection of maximal ideals [2]. we add many other results. maysoun in [3] introduced the definition of fuzzy simple modules and fuzzy semisimple modules. some properties of these concepts which are useful in next sections are given. moreover, a submodule n of an ℛ module ℳ is said semimaximal if ℳ 𝑁 ⁄ is semismiple rmodule. it is clear that every maximal ideal (submodule) is a semimaximal. in [4] , we fuzzify the concept semimaximal ideal where a fuzzy ideal ℋ is called a fuzzy semimaximal ideal if 𝐻 𝑖𝑠 s a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals also we study many properties this concept. in this paper, we fuzzify the concept semimaximal submodules in to fuzzy semimaximal submodules. also, we give many basic properties of this notion. finally, (shortly fuzzy set, fuzzy submodule, fuzzy ideal and fuzzy module is f-set, fsubmodule, f-ideal , and f-module). ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index maysoun a. hamel department of mathematics, ibn-alhaitham college of education, baghdad university, baghdad-iraq mathmaysoon@gmail.com   hatam y. khalaf department of mathematics, ibn-alhaitham college of education, baghdad university, baghdad-iraq dr.hatamyahya@yahoo.com doi: 10.30526/33.4.2518 article history: received 5 december 2019, accepted 12 january 2020, published in october 2020   138  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 1. preliminaries this section contains some definitions and properties of fuzzy set and fuzzy module. definition 1.1 [5] let s be a non-empty set and i be the closed interval 0,1 of the real line (real numbers). a fset a in s (a fsubset of s) is a function from s in to i". definition 1.2[6] let 𝑥 : 𝑆 → 0,1 be are two fset in s, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆 , 𝑡 ∈ 0,1 , defined by: 𝑥 𝑦 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝑆. , then 𝑥 is called fsingleton . definition 1.3[6] if 𝐴 an𝑑 𝐴 f sets in s , then: 1 𝐴 𝐴 if and only if 𝐴 𝑥 𝐴 𝑥 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆 . 2𝐴 𝐴 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝐴 𝑥 𝐴 𝑥 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑥 ∈ 𝑆.. 𝐼𝑓 𝐴 𝐴 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑠 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝐴 𝑥 𝐴 𝑥 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐴 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝐹 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑒𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐵 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑤𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑛 𝐴 𝐵 . by part (2), we can deduce that 𝑥 𝐴 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝐴 𝑥 𝑡". definition 1.4 [6],[7] let ℳ be an r-modul𝑒 . a fset ℋ of ℳ is fmodule of an r-module m if : 1ℋ 𝑥 𝑦 min ℋ 𝑥 , ℋ 𝑦 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℳ 2-ℋ 𝑟𝑥 ℋ 𝑥 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ ℳ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅. 3-ℋ 0 1" definition 1.5[6] let 𝑋 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , be two fmodules of r-module ℳ . 𝑋 is said a fsubmodule of 𝑋 , if 𝑋 𝑋 . proposition 1.6 [6] let a be a fset of an r-module ℳ . then the level subset a x ∈ m, a x t , t ∈ 0,1 is a submodule of ℳ if and only if a is a fsubmodule of ℋ where ℋ is a f module of an r-module ℳ now, we shall give some properties of fsubmodules , which are used in the next sections. definition 1.7[ 6] let a be a f-set of an r-module ℳ , then the submodule a 𝑜𝑓 ℳ is called the level submodule of ℳ , where 𝑡 ∈ 0,1 . " proposition 1.8[7],[8] let a be a fmodule in ℳ , then we define 𝐴∗ 𝐴 𝑥 ∈ ℳ , 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝐴 0 = 1" proposition 1.9[11] let a be a fuzzy module of an rmodule ℳ ,then 𝐴∗ is a submodule of ℳ ." . we add the following results : proposition 1.10 if ℋ is a fmodule of an r-module ℳ and ℕ ℋ 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ℋ 0 1, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 ℕ 0 1. proof: it is clear by the definition of fmodule .   139  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 remark 1.11[11] if a and b are fsubmodules of fmodule x such that 𝐴 𝐵 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐴∗ 𝐵∗ proof: let 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴∗ , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐴 𝑥 𝐴 0 . but b(x) 𝐴 𝑥 , ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑀, ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 b x 𝐴 𝑥 𝐴 0 𝐵 𝑂 . 𝑇ℎ𝑢𝑠 𝑥 ∈ 𝐵 𝐵∗ remark 1.12[11] the convers of the above remark is not true in general as the following example shows : let 𝑋: 𝑍 → 0,1 , 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑏𝑦 ∶ 𝑋 𝑥 1 , ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑍 , let 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 4𝑍, 0.9 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝐵 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 2𝑍, 1 2 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 a and b are fsubmodules x and 𝐴∗ 4𝑍 , 𝐵∗ 2z hence , 𝐴∗ 𝐵∗ . 𝐵𝑢𝑡 𝐴 𝐵 , 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐴 3 0.9 , 𝐵 3 1/2 0.5.x remark we assume that if 𝐴∗ = 𝐵∗ . then , 𝐴 𝐵 is called condition (*) maysoon in[11] introduced the following definition: definition 1.13[11] let x be a f module of an r – module m , let a be f submodule of x 𝐷𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑋 𝐴:⁄ 𝑀 /𝐴∗ → 0,1 𝑏𝑦| : 𝑋 𝐴 𝑎 𝐴∗⁄ 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑎 ∈ 𝐴∗ sup 𝑋 𝑎 𝑏 𝑖𝑓 𝑏 ∈ 𝐴∗, 𝑎  𝐴∗ for all coset 𝑎 𝐴∗ ∈ 𝑀 𝐴∗" . p𝐫𝐨𝐩𝐨𝐬𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟏 . 𝟏𝟒 𝟏𝟏 𝐼𝑓 𝑋 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝐹 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛 𝑅𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑀 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑋 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝐹 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓𝑀 /𝐴∗ . however , in [12 ] there exists a definition of quotient fuzzy module which is an equivalent to definition 3.1 where 𝑋 0 1, as follows: proposition 1.15[12] let x be a f module of an rmodule ℳ and a be a f submodule of x. define 𝑋 𝐴: 𝑀 𝐴∗ ⁄ → 0,1 ⁄ , such that 𝑋 𝐴 a 𝐴∗ sup 𝑋 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑎 ∈ ℳ, 𝑏 ∈ 𝐴∗ ⁄ lemma 1.16[11] if a be fsubmodule of fmodule x , then 𝑋∗ ⁄ 𝐴∗ x/a ∗ . proposition 1.17[11] let x be a fmodule of an rmodule ℳ such that 𝑋 𝑥 1, ∀𝑥 ∈ ℳ. 𝑇𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑋 𝐴⁄ ∗ 𝑋∗|𝐴 ∗ , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝐴 𝑋. proposition 1.18[11] if a , b are fsubmodules of fmodule x . then 𝑋 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵⁄ 𝐹 submodules in 𝑋 𝐴 ⨁ 𝑋 𝐵⁄⁄ .   140  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 definition 1.19 [3] a fsubmodule of fmodule x is called pure if for each f-ideal k of r , 𝐾𝑋 ∩ 𝐴 𝐾𝐴. defintion1.20 [3] a f-module x of an r-module m is called f-regular if every f-submodule of x is pure . definition 1.21[13] let a be a fsubmodule of fuzzy module x is called an essential if 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 0 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛𝑜𝑛 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝐹 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝐵 𝑜𝑓 𝑋 . definition 1.22 [3] let x be a f-module of an rmodule m . x is called a multiplication fmodule if and only if for each f submodule a of x ,there exists a f ideal k of r such that a= kx. 2.fuzzy simple (semisimple) modules recall that an r-module m is called simple if and only if has no proper non trivial submodules [2] and " m is called semisimple if and only if m is sum of simple submodules of m [2]. maysoon in[3] introduced the definition of fuzzy simple modules and fuzzy semisimple modules . some properties of these concepts which are useful in next sections are given. moreover we add many other results . definition 2.1[3] a fmodule x is called simple if x has no nontrivial fsubmodules . in other words , x is simple if whenever 𝐴 𝑋 ,either 𝐴 𝑋 𝑜𝑟 𝐴 0 moreover, let 𝐴 𝑋 , a is a fsimple submodule of x if a is a f simply module . remarks 2.2 [3] if x is a fmodule , then the following are held: 1) every simple fmodule is f_ regular fmodule ,where is f_ regular is every f submodule of x is pure . 2) if x is a simple fmodule, then 𝑋 is a simple module , ∀ t 0,1 . 3)if x is a simple module , ∀ t ∈ 0,1 ,then is not necessarily that x is a simple f module ." proposition 2.3 [11] let x be a fmodule of an r-module m and a be a fsubmodule of x if a is simple ,then a∗ is simple submodule in x∗. " remark 2.4[11] if a∗ is a simple submodule in x∗, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐴 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝐹 𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ". 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 𝟐. 𝟓 [2] 𝐴 f module 𝑋 is called semisimple if 𝑋 is sum of simple f submodule of 𝑋 . next , we need the following lemma: lemma 2.6[11] if x is a fmodule of an rmodule m and a is a f -direct summand in x ,then 𝐴∗ 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 direct summand in 𝑋∗. proposition 2.7[11] if 𝑋 is a f semisimple module , then x∗ is a semisimple module . proposition 2.8[11] if x∗ is semisimple , then x semisimple when condition ∗ hold."   141  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 corollary 2.9[11] any f submodule of semisimple fuzzy submodule is semisimple. proposition 2.10[11] ift x is a fmodule of an r-module m ,where condition (*) holds then , the following statements are equivalent : 1 x is semisimple 2 x has no proper essential f submodule . 3 every f submodule of x is a direct summand of x ". proposition 2.11 [11] if x is a fmodule of an r –module m . then , the following are equivalent: 1. every fuzzy submodule of x is sum of fuzzy simple submodules. 2. x is a direct sum of fuzzy simple submodules of x . 3. every fuzzy submodule of x is a direct summand of x proof: it is easy . proposition 2.12 [11] the following are equivalent: 1. every fsubmodle of semisimple f module is semisimple. 2. every epimorphic image of semisimple f module is semisimple . 3. every sum of semisimple f modules is semisimple . proof: it is easy . 3. fuzzy semimaximal submodules definition 3 .1 if a is a f submodule of f module x , then a is called semimaximal if and only if 𝑋 𝐴⁄ is a semisimple fmodule. proposition 3. 2 if a is a semimaximal fuzzy submodule of fuzzy module x , then 𝐴∗ is a semimaximal submodule of 𝑋∗ . proof: since a is semimaxmal f submodule , so x /a is semisimple . hence ,  ∈^ 𝐶 | 𝐴 , where 𝐶 | 𝐴 is simple f submodules ∀ 𝑖 ∈ ^ which implies (xla ∗  ∈^ 𝐶𝑖|𝐴 ∗  ∈^ 𝐶𝑖 |𝐴 ∗ 𝐵𝑢𝑡 𝐶 | 𝐴 𝑖𝑠 𝐹 𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 , 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝐶𝑖|𝐴 ∗ 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 , 𝑏𝑦 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜 2 .3 ∀ 𝑖 ∈ ^ .hence, (𝑋𝑙𝐴 ∗ 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 . 𝐴𝑠 𝑋∗|𝐴∗ (𝑋𝑙𝐴 ∗ 𝑏𝑦 𝐿𝑒𝑚𝑚𝑎 1.16 . 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛 , 𝑋∗|𝐴∗ 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒. 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝐴∗ 𝑖𝑠 semimaxmal submodule of 𝑋∗ proposition 3. 3 let a be f submodule of f module x which satisfies x/a ∗ 𝑋∗ 𝐴∗⁄ . if 𝐴∗ is a semimaximal submodule of 𝑋∗ , then a is a f semimaximal submodule of x . proof: since 𝐴∗ is a semimaxmal submodule of 𝑋∗ ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 , 𝑋∗ 𝐴∗⁄ 𝑖𝑠 semisimple hence , 𝑋 𝐴⁄ is semisimple f module . therefore 𝐴 is a f semimaximal submodule of x . remarks and examples 3.4 1) every f maximal submodule of fuzzy module is a f semimaxmal submodule.   142  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proof: a is a fmaximal submodule of fmodule x .then x /a is simple , and so x /a is a semisimple .hence , a is semimaximal. the converse is not true in general see the following example : example: let 𝑀 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 . 𝐷𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑋 𝑥 1, ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 𝐿𝑒𝑡 𝐴 𝑋 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 6𝑍, 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 thus 𝑋∗ 𝐴∗⁄ 𝑀 𝐴∗⁄ 𝑍 6𝑍⁄ 𝑍 𝑖𝑠 semisemple and a is semimaximal. but 𝐴∗ is not a maximal 𝑖𝑛 𝑋∗ . thus a is not maximal f submodule by prop 3.3.hence x/𝐴 ∗ m / 𝐴∗ 𝑍 is semisemple , and s𝑜 𝑏𝑦 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝 2.8 , x/𝐴 is semisemple ; that is 𝐴 is a f semimaxmal submodule 2) a f submodule of semimaximal f-module need not to be semimaximal . for example : let a , b ≤ x , such that 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 2 1/2 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝐵 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 8 1 3⁄ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , so 𝑋∗ / 𝐴∗ 𝑍 / 2 𝑍 ∗ 𝑖𝑠 semisimple . so 𝐴∗ is semimaximal .but 𝑋∗ 𝐵∗ 𝑍 / 8 𝑍 ⁄ , 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 semisimple. hence, 𝐵∗ is not semimaximal submodule . thus b is not semimaximal f submodule by proposition 3.3. 3) if a and b are fsubmodules of f module x such that a 𝐵 𝑋 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴 is semimaximal in x .then b is semimaximal in x . proof: since a is a fuzzy semimaximal submodule in x , 𝑋 𝐴⁄ is semisimple . hence , 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑋 𝐵⁄⁄ is semisimple image of semisimple proposition 2.12 by the second isomorphism theorem[14] , 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑋 𝐵⁄⁄ 𝑋 𝐵⁄ is semisimple . thus , b is a fuzzy semimaximal submodule . 4let a and b be two f submodules of fmodule x . if is a a semimaximal f -submodule of x , then 𝐴 𝐵 is also semimaximal f submodule of x. proof : clearly 𝐴 𝐴 𝐵 and , hence the result follows directly. 5) let {𝐴 1,2,3, … 𝑛} be a finite collection of semimaximal fsubmodules of f module x. then 𝐴 , 𝑖 1,2,3 … 𝑛 is a semimaximal fsubmodule. proof: it is clear by 4 6) let a and b be two f submodules of f module x such that a 𝐵 . if a is semimaximal in b and b is semimaximal in x , then a is not necessary semimaximal of x ,as the following example shows : example: take 𝑀 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 ,let 𝑋 ∶ 𝑀 → 0,1 , 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑋 𝑥 1, ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑀, 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 9 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒   143  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝐵 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 3 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑋 𝐵⁄ ∶ 𝑍 3⁄ ≅ 𝑍 → 0,1 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑋 𝐵⁄ 𝑥 1, ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑍 𝑋 𝐴⁄ ∶ 𝑍 9 ⁄ ≅ 𝑍 → 0,1 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑥 1, ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑍 𝑁𝑜𝑤 , 𝑋 /𝐵 ∗ 𝑍 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 , 𝑠𝑜 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑋∗ 𝐵∗⁄ 𝑍 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐵 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝐹 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 , 𝑏𝑦 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝 3.3 𝐵𝑢𝑡 𝑋∗ 𝐴∗ 𝑍 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 . 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝐴∗ 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑎 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑖𝑛 𝑋∗ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐴 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛 𝑋. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐴 𝐵 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵 𝐴: 𝑍 / 9 → 0,1 ⁄ ∶ 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑦 ∶ b a x⁄ 1 if x ∈ 3 / 9 ≅ z 0 otherwise now , 𝐵 /a ∗ 3 / 9 ≅ 𝑍 .but 𝐵∗ 𝐴∗ 3 / 9 ≅ 𝑍⁄ 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 . then 𝐴∗ is semimaximl in 𝐵∗ . proposition 3.5 let 𝐴 be a semimaximal fsubmodule of fmodule 𝑋 , 𝑖 1,2,3, … … 𝑛 then 𝐴 is a semimaximal f submodule of f module  𝑋 , 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑 x/a ∗ 𝑋∗ 𝐴∗⁄ . 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝐹 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑋 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴 𝑋, ∀ 𝑖 1,2,3 … . 𝑛. proof: since 𝐴 is a semimaximal fsubmodule of fmodule 𝑋 , ∀𝑖 1,2,3, … . 𝑛. 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑋 𝐴⁄ , is f𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑖 1,2,3 … . 𝑛. hence  𝑋 /𝐴 isf-semisimple module and so by remarks and examples 3.4(5)  ∗ is a semisimple . b ut  𝑋 𝐴 ∗  𝑋 𝐴 ∗ by 2  𝑋 ∗ 𝐴 ∗  𝑋 ∗  𝐴 ∗  𝑋 ∗ 𝐴 ∗ hence  𝐴 ∗ 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 semimaximal submodule in  𝑋 ∗ . by hypothesis   ∗  ∗  ∗ hence  𝐴 is a f semimaximal submodule in  𝑋 . remark 3.6 if x is a f module of an rmodule m ,then is not necessary that x has semimaximal f submodule , for example . example : let 𝑀 𝑍 𝑝 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 , let 𝑋 ∶ 𝑀 → 0,1 , 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑏𝑦 𝑋 𝑥 1 , ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 . assume x has a semimaximal submodule say a . let 𝐴∗ n is a a semimaximal submodule in 𝑋∗ 𝑍 𝑏𝑦 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 3.2 ; 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑋∗/𝑁 𝑍 /𝑁 is semisimple . but ≅ 𝑍 , 𝑠𝑜 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑍 𝑖𝑠 semisimple, which is a contradiction .   144  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 thus a is not semimaximal fsubmodule of x . the following proposition give sufficient condition but not necessary condition for f submodule to be semimaximal. proposition 3.7 let a be f submodule of fuzzy module x such that a is intersection of a finite number of fmaximal submodules of x . then , a is a f semimaximal submodule . proof : let 𝐴 𝐴 ∩ 𝐴 ∩ … … … ∩ 𝐴 , 𝐴 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝐹 submodule of x , ∀i 1,2, … … … . n. hence,byproposition1.18, 𝑋 𝐴⁄ ≅ 𝐹 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑚𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑋|𝐴  𝑋|𝐴 … … … … . .  𝑋|𝐴 but is simple for each 𝑋/ 𝐴 , so 𝑋/ 𝐴  𝑋 / 𝐴 … … … … . . 𝑋| /𝐴 is semisimple and since a fsubmodule of fuzzy semisimple is f semisimple, therefore 𝑋 𝐴⁄ is a f semisimple module thus a is fsemimaxmal submodule . remark 3.8 the converse of proposition 3.7 is not true in general . we can give the following example : let 𝑀  𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 , 𝑝 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 define 𝑋 ∶ 𝑀 → 0,1 and 𝐴: 𝑀 → 0,1 by 𝑋 𝑥 1 , ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴 𝑥 1, ∀x ∈ 𝑍 but 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑥 𝐴∗ 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴∗ sup 𝑋 𝑥 𝑏 𝑖𝑓 𝑏 ∈ 𝐴∗, 𝑥 𝐴∗ thus 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑥 𝐴∗ 1, ∀ x 𝐴∗ ∈ 𝑀|𝐴∗  𝑍 , 𝑝 2, is semisimple . thus 𝐴 is 𝑎 f semimaxmal submodule . but a is not a finite intersection of f maximal submodule . proposition 3.9 if x is a f module of an rmodule m and r is a semisimple ring ,then every f submodule a of x is semimaximal .provided 𝑋𝑙𝐴 ∗ 𝑋∗|𝐴∗ proof : let r be semisimple ring . then m is a semisimple r-module .since x is a fmodule over m , then 𝑋∗ 𝑀 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑋∗ is semisimple which implies that 𝑋∗ / 𝐴∗ 𝑖𝑠 semisimple. 𝑇ℎ𝑢𝑠 𝐴∗ 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 semimaximal submodule of 𝑋∗. then by proposition 3.4 𝐴 is a f semimaximal submodule of x . proposition 3.10 the intersection of two semimaximal fsubmodules is aslo semimaximal. proof : if a , b are two semimaximal f submodules of module x .then 𝑋 𝐴 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑋 𝐵⁄⁄ are semisimple . therefore , 𝑋 𝐴 ⨁ 𝑋 𝐵⁄⁄ is semisimple . as 𝑋 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵⁄ ≅ f subodule of 𝑋 𝐴 ⨁ 𝑋 𝐵⁄⁄ . but any f submodule of 𝑋 𝐴 ⨁ 𝑋 𝐵⁄⁄ is semisimple , hence 𝑋 𝐴⋂𝐵⁄ is semisimple therefore 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 is a f -semimaximal submodule of x .   145  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition 3.11 if a , b are two f submodules of f module x such that a is semimaximal in x and b contains a . then b is semimaximal in x . proof: 𝐵 𝐴⁄ is fsubmodule of 𝑋 𝐴⁄ since a b and 𝑋 𝐴⁄ ≅ 𝑋 𝐵⁄ , by third isomorphism theorem. but x /a is semisimple , imples 𝑋 /𝐴 / 𝐵 /𝐴 is semisimple . that is 𝑋 / 𝐵 is semisimple . therefore b is semimaximal in x . the following corollary immediately consequence of proposition 3.11 corollary 3.12 if å is a semimaximal fsubmodule of f module x and k be a f ideal of a ring r . then å: 𝐾 is a fsubmodule semimaximal. proof: since å: 𝐾 is a fuzzy submodule of x containing å , then result follows by proposition 3.11 however the converse of corollary 3.12. is not true in general ,for example example 3.13 consider 𝑀 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑋 ∶ 𝑀 → 0,1 , 𝐴 ∶ 𝑀 → 0,1 , 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑦: 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑋 𝑥 1 , ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 , 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 0 , , 4 , 8 , 1 2⁄ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 a is a f submodule of x . let 𝐾: 𝑍 → 0,1 defined by: 𝐾 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 2𝑍 1|3 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 k is a fideal of z , then 𝑋 𝐴 𝑥⁄ 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝑍 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 note that ∗ ∗ 𝑍 / 4 𝑍 is not semisimple . hence 𝐴∗ is not semimaximal . thus a is is not semimaximal proposirion 3.4. however ,[ 𝐴∗: 𝐾∗ 4 : 2𝑍 2 is a semimaximal submodule of 𝑍 . but a ∶ k ∗ 𝐴∗ ∶ 𝐾∗ 𝑏𝑦 13 . therefore 𝐴: 𝐾 is a semimaximal f submodule of x . proposition 3.14 if a and b are two f submodules of f module x such that 𝐵 𝐴 then , 𝐴 is semimaximal in 𝑋 if and only if 𝐴 𝐵⁄ is a semimaximal fsubmodule of 𝑋 𝐵⁄ . proof : if a is semimaximal in 𝑋 .then 𝑋 𝐴⁄ is semisimple ,which implies is semisimple , since 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑋 /𝐵 / 𝐴 / 𝐵 .by [second isomorphism theorem [14] hence 𝐴 / 𝐵 is a semimaximal fsubmodule of 𝑋 /𝐵 .the converse is smilarly.   146  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition 3.15 if k is semimaximal f ideal of a ring r and x is be a f module of rmodule m , then kx is a semimaximal f submodule , provided ∗ x∗ / k∗ x∗ poorf: suppose k is semimaximal f ideal a ring r , then 𝐾∗ is a semimaximal ideal by [4] . hence by[1] k∗ x∗ is a semimaximal submodule and so kx ∗ 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 semimaximal submodule of 𝑋∗. thus kx is a f-semimaximal submodule. remark 3.16 the following example shows that the converse of proposition 3.15 is not true in general, consider 𝑀 𝑍 𝑎𝑠 𝑍 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 , 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑋: 𝑀 → 0,1 𝑏𝑦 𝑋 𝑥 1 , ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑀 𝐷𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝐾: 𝑍 → 0,1 , 𝑏𝑦: 𝐾 𝑥 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 4𝑍 , 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 x is a f module and k is f ideal of z (it is easy to prove ) . note that x∗ 𝑍 and k∗ 4𝑍 which is not is semimaximal ideal . since , 𝐾𝑋 ∗ 𝐾∗ 𝑋∗ .then 𝐾𝑋 ∗ 4𝑍 𝑍 0′, 2′, 4′ 2 and so . 𝑋/𝐾𝑋 ∗ 𝑍 / 2 is simple thus, kx ∗ is a maximal submodule in x∗. on the other hand , by proposition 1.17 𝑋/𝐾𝑋 ∗ 𝑋∗ 𝐾𝑋 ∗⁄ thus 𝐾𝑋 is a semimaximal f submodule of x . corollary 3.17 x is be a multiplication fmodule of an r module m . if every f ideal k in a ring r is semimaximal , then every f submodule of x is semimaximal. provided that 𝑋 /𝐴 ∗ 𝑋∗ /𝐴∗ , ∀ 𝐴 𝑋 poorf: it is directly from proposition 3.15 . proposition 3.18 every epimorphic image of semimaximal f submodule is a semimaximal f submodule . proof: let 𝑔 ∶ 𝑋 𝐴⁄ → 𝑌 / 𝑓 𝐴 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑔 𝑥 𝐴 𝑦 𝑓 𝐴 , ∀𝑦 ∈ 𝑌. 𝑔 is well-defined and 𝑔 is an epimorphism . since 𝑋 𝐴⁄ is semisimple . hence , 𝑔 𝑋 𝐴 𝑌 𝑋 𝐴⁄ 𝑌⁄ is semisimple . thus , 𝑓 𝐴 is a semimaximal fuzzy submodule. proposition 3.19 let x be a finitely generated f rmodule m such that 𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝐴 is a semimaximal f ideal , . ∀ 𝐴 𝑋 . if x /a ∗ ∗ ∗ , ∀ a 𝑋 , then every f submodule of x is semimaximal. proof: since x is a ffinitely generated rmodule , then 𝑋∗ is finitely generated rmodule [15]. since f anna ∗ 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝐴∗ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 f 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝐴 𝑖𝑠 semimaximal f-ideal ,implies f 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝐴 ∗ is semimaximal 𝑏𝑦 4 , 𝑠𝑜 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝐴∗ 𝑖𝑠 semimaximal ideal . then by 1 , every submodule of 𝑋∗ 𝑖𝑠 semimaximal.   147  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 hence , 𝐴∗ 𝑖𝑠 semimaximal . but this implies a is semimaximal , since x /a ∗ ∗ ∗ references 1. hatem, y. k., semimaximal modules, ph. d. thesis, university of baghdad,2005. 2. kasch , f. modules and rings ,academic press, 1982. 3. maysoun a. hamel , f-regular fuzzy modules , m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 2002 . 4. inaam,m.a.hadi; maysoun, a. hamil , fuzzy semimaximal ideals, ibn,al-hathaim for pure and application science,2009,22 , 2,166-177 5. zadeh, l. a., fuzzy sets, information and control. 1965 , 8, 338-353. 6. zahedi, m. m. on l-fuzzy residual quotient modules and p. primary ubmodules, fuzzy sets and systems, 1992,51, 33-344, . 7. zahedi, m. m., a characterization of l-fuzzy prime ideals, fuzzy sets and systems, 1991 , 44, 147-160 . 8. mashinch,m.; zahedi, m. m. on l-fuzzy primary submodule ,fuzzy sets and system.s 1992 ,49,231-236 . 9. mukhejee ,t.k.; sen, m. k. ; roy, d., on submodules and their radicals, j. fuzzy math. 1996 , 4, 549-558 . 10. abd alguad q. some results on fuzzy modules.m . sc .thesis university of baghdad , 1999 . 11. maysoun, a. hamel ;hateem, h.k , fuzzy maximal submodules, iraq journal of science, 2020, 61, 5, 1164-1172. 12. pan ,f . the various structures of fuzzy quotient modules, fuzzy sets and systems,1992,50,187-192 . 13. rabi, h. j .prime fuzzy submodule and prime fuzzy modules, m.sc. thesis university of baghdad, 2001 . 14. luis, m., fuzzy moodules over fuzzy rings in connection with fuzzy ideals of fuzzy rins, the journal of fuzzy mathemtics 1996 , 4,4 . 15. inaam ,m.a.hadi; maysoun, a. hamil, cancellation and weakly cancellation fuzzy modules, journal of basrah reserchs((sciences)) ,2011 ,37 ,4.d .     ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة ألغشیة في znدراسة تاثیر التلدین والتشویب بـ cdteالرقیقة سرمد مهدي علي، علیة عبد المحسن شهاب جامعة بغداد ، كلیة التربیة أبن الهیثم ،قسم الفیزیاء 2011 ایار 25: ، قبل البحث في 2011 نیسان 21: استلم البحث في الخالصة n(25±400)عنــد ســمك ) 1، 2، 3، 4، 5%(بنــسب zn والمــشوبة بـــ نقیــة الcdte أغــشیةحــضرت m ومعـــدل . للقاعـدة المرسـب علیهــا.r.tعنــد التبخیــر الحـراري بـالفراغ المرسـبة علـى قواعــد زجاجیـة بطریقـة )nm ) 2±0.1ترسـیب . مدة ساعة واحدة )k)673,623,573,523وجرى تلدین النماذج عند درجة حرارة . xrd عتماد حیود االشـعة الـسینیةباة وغیر المشوبة دراسة الخصائص التركیبیة لالغشیة المحضرة المشوبوقد تمت ً تركیبـا مكعبـا مــع هیمنـة االتجـاه وامتالكهـاوجـد ان تركیـب االغـشیة كـان متعــدد البلـورات ف غـشیة غیـر المــشوبة أل ل[111]ً الملدنـة عنـد درجـة حـرارة غـشیة مـا األأ. ة الحیـود عنـد التـشویبخارصین مع ازاحة في زاویـ من ال% )3,2( والمشوبة بنسبة k )573 ( لـ مع ظهور قمم جدیدة [111] االتجاه فیالحظ تناقص بالشدة عند% 3والمشوبة بـ zn teو te. n(400-1100) المـوجي طـولسجل طیف النفاذیة دالـة للو m طبیعـة االنتقـال ومعرفـة فجـوة الطاقة،لولألغـشیة كافـة ولقـد .معامـل االنكـسار و، وقـد شـملت الثوابـت البـصریة حـساب معامـل االمتـصاص. ابـت البـصریة دالـة لطاقـة الفوتـونوالثو ذ كانت قیمتهـا لالنتقـال المباشـر المـسموح ا ،وجد ان قیم فجوة الطاقة لالنتقال المباشر المسموح تقل مع زیادة نسبة التشویب )e v (1.62 (1.585)وتبدأ بالنقصان الى .ةغشیة غیر المشوبالى األبالنسبة e v امـا التلـدین فقـد ،%4لالغـشیة المـشوبة .عمل على زیادة فجوة الطاقة حیود االشعة السینیة ، التبخیر الفراغي، نقیة الcdteأغشیة : الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة ُّیعـد الباحــث cdteأول مـن حــضر المركـب و] .1[ مـن المركبـات المعروفــة الكثـر مـن مئــة سـنة تیلرایـد الكــادمیومُ )fre ri chs ًیـا تحـت اسـم كیمائcdte ویـصنف .]2[من تفاعل الكـادمیوم وبخـار التیلرایـد فـي غـاز الهایـدروجین ) 1947ca( مركبات الكادمیوم dmi um compounds(وكذك ینتمي إلى مجموعة مركبات الجالكوجینات ،(chalcoginides) ، ولـه وزن " یتحلل الى مركباته تحت رطوبة الجو وعند درجـة حـرارة مرتفعـة " یذوب بالماء وهو ذو لون اسود ، كثیف ، ال كمیـة هـي االعلـى یـة من بین مركبات مجموعته مما جعلـه ذا كفا50 ، ویمتلك المركب اكبر معدل عدد ذري 240جزیئي ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 x-ra(مقارنة بكاشفات االشعة y, -ra y( ُّوتعد اغشیة ] . 2,3[ذي القواعد السلكونیة ُcdte منافسا قویا الرضیة الخالیا � ً di(الشمــسیة واطئــة الكلفــة بــسبب امتالكهـــا فجــوة طاقــة مباشــرة re ct eg ( 1.53بحــدود e v عنــد r.t. ، ومعامـــل abs(امتصاص orpti on coe ffi ci e nt ( 10<ًعالیا 4 cm -1 ) α([1,4]. عند الطیف المرئي ــاcdteاغـــشیة علـــى ذلـــك یمكـــن ترســـیب " وفــضال va(التبخیـــر الفراغـــي : ٍ بـــأكثر مـــن تقنیـــة ، ومنهـ cuum eva pora ti on(الجدار الحار و، والتبخیر الومیضي ذ )hot-wa l l fl a s h eva pora ti on( والترسیب بالحزمة الجزیئیة ، )mol e cul a r be a m de pos i ti on ( والترسیب الكهربائي ،)el e ctrod e pos i ti on ( والترذیذ ،sp uttering) (]4[. sa( بــین الباحــث اذ ،cdte الغــشیة الخــصائص التركیبیــة والبـصریة ولقـد قــام الكثیــر مـن البــاحثین بدراســة ha ( ُوجماعتــه أن قیاســات حیــود االشــعة الــسینیة تظهــر أن اغــشیة ُ)cdte (تركیــب والمرســبة علــى قواعــد مــن الزجــاج هــي ذ )fcc ( س ، وان ثابت الشبیكة الموازي لألسا] 111[متعددة التبلور باتجاه الوجهa cdte =0. 648 nm ]5. [ بنسب وزنیة znبتحضیر اغشیة رقیقة من تیلراید الكادمیوم النقیة والمطعمة بالخارصین ) hanaa(قامت الباحثة و n 300 بسمك )k =ts (423مختلفة مرسبة على ارضیات زجاجیة عند m 0.5بمعدل ترسیب nm/se c ، ر بتقنیة التبخی 10×2راغ الحراري بف -5 torr ، فاظهرت النتائج أن كل االغشیة المحضرة هي تراكیب متعددة التبلور ومن النوع المكعبي ت وكذلك فان االغشیة النقیة ذ. إال أن التشویب حسن التركیب البلوري) 111(باتجاه مفضل نفاذیة واطئة عند الطاقا iالعالیة من الطیف المرئي و r10 <( ً امتصاص عالیا القریبة ، وان لها معامل 4 cm -1 α ( وبفجوة طاقة مباشرة تزاح نحو e 1.61ذ تقل من ا. الطاقات الواطئة عند التشویب v 1.48 الى e v لألغشیة cdte :zn 1.5 بنسبة% zn] 6[. bab(الباحث اما ا kair (اغشیة حضرفcdte 50 الرقیقة بسمك nm بتقنیة pvd ة ، لتصنیع خلیة شمسی cdte/ cds رس الخواص البصریة باستعمال مطیاف ودuvvi s ،ذ رسم العالقة بین معامل االمتصاص ا)α ( وطاقة e 1.45 وحصل منها على فجوة الطاقة hالفوتون v] 7[. ، ودراسة تأثیر .r.tترسیب اغشیة رقیقة من تیلیراید الكادمیوم على قواعد زجاجیة عند اما في بحثنا هذا قمنا ب الخواص التركیبیة والبصریة عن في % (5 , 4 , 3 , 2 , 1) بنسب وزنیة مختلفة znتلدین والتشویب بعنصر الخارصین ال )فجوة الطاقة ، ومعامل االنكسار(مثل ،طریق ایجاد معامل االمتصاص والثوابت البصریة الجانب العملي cm(0.1×2.6×7.6)أ، أبعادها االرضیات الزجاجیة ألمانیة المنشلتم في هذا البحث استعمت 3 ث إذ قطعت الى ثال بzn النقیة والمشوبة بـ cdte، وذلك لترسیب أغشیة قطع متساویة (0.1±2) وبمعدل ترسیب ،)1,2,3,4,5 ( % بالنس nm/secمنظومة التفریغ من نوع باستعمال )(edwa rde320e (5-10×3) عند ضغط mba r استعمل حویض من اذ د الى االاما بالنسبة. من حاملة االرضیات cm (10)ذو غطاء مثقب وعلى بعد mo المولبدینیوم غشیة المشوبة فق co-eٍاستعملت طریقة التبخیر المزدوج وفي آن واحد vap rora tionفي ،ً للتشویب بالخارصین وبأحد النسب المذكورة انفا ammealimg ove(حین استعمل فرن كهربائي من نوع n 187 ( األغشیة لمدة ساعة عند لتلدینk)673 , 623 , 573, بأستعمال الماء المقطر والكحول االثیلي عالي النقاوة لالرضیات الزجاجیة عملیات التنظیف یت وقد تم اجر.) 523 ul(جهاز الموجات فوق الصوتیة وذلك بأستعمال 99.99% trasoni c( . تم الفحص التركیبي لألغشیة المحضرة و shi) :حیود األشعة السینیة من نوعباستعمال جهاز madzu japan )xrd -cu، والباعث لألشعة السینیة من نوع 600 k 1.5405 و طول موجي a o . الطریقة الوزنیة لقیاس السمك لألغشیة المرسبةولقداستعملت . , k)673دنة لالغشیة غیر الملدنة والمل(t) والنفاذیة (a)ثم قیست الخواص البصریة التي تتضمن االمتصاصیة uv-visible 1800 spectra photome) باستعمال مطیاف نوع. ساعة كاملةمدة) 523 ,573 , 623 te r) إنجلیزي ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 النفاذیة ومعامل االمتصاصتب حس ، ومن طیف االمتصاصیة،nm(1100-400)الصنع، ضمن مدى الطول الموجي .ل االنكسارمعامودراسة نوع االنتقاالت الحاصلة وحساب فجوة الطاقة و النتائج والمناقشة cdte الغـشیة xrd الـذي یمثـل نتــائج حیـود االشـعة الـسینیة )a) 1یالحـظ مـن الـشكل النقیـة قبـل التلـدین بانهــا ـــاه ــــا تركیـــــب متعـــــدد التبلـــــور ] 311[، ] 220[، ] 111[تمتلــــك ثـــــالث قمـــــم باالتجــ ــــة لهـ ـــي ان االغــــشیة النقیـ ، هـــــذا یعنــ )pol ycrys ta l l i ne (لمكعــب مـن النــوع ا)cub i c(، الیــهتتفــق مــع مــا توصــل ة النتیجــ وهــذه]. 111[وباالتجــاه الـسائد .sh e ha b [8] , ha na a [6] , sa ha [5] ، فیوضح ان لها ثالث قمم باالتجاه % (3,1)بنسبة ) zn( المشوبة بـcdteالذي یمثل اغشیة ) c,b) 1اما الشكل ذلـك إلـى ىُلألغـشیة المـشوبة نـسبة الـى قمـم االغـشیة النقیـة، وقـد یعـز) 2(ولكن مع انحـراف ملحـوظ فـي موقـع القمـم . نفسه اإلجهاد المیكانیكي المجهري الناتج من ظروف مختلفـة مثـل الـشوائب، والعیـوب، والفراغـات الكامنـة فـي الغـشاء، كـذلك یـشیر . [5,6] البحـوث الــسابقة وهــذا ال یتطـابق مــعznیتنــاقص بوجـود شـوائب ] 111[طیـف الحیـود إلــى ان ارتفـاع القمــة باتجـاه ) 2(ظهور قمة جدیدة عند الزاویة -ً أیضا– )c)1-4 یتبین من الشكلو o بـالطور te تعود الى عنصر التیلریـوم 27.525 he(السداسي xa go na l -s tructu re ( باتجاه)وجدت قمة ضـعیفة جـدا وبـشدة كذلك، ]9[یتطابق مع البحث، وهذا )101 ً عنـد زاویـة % 5 o zn للمركـب تعـود24.1527 te وهـذا یـدل علـى ان ذرات الـشوائب اتخـذت )nm33.2 (، بحجـم حبیبـي تـأثیر التلــدین فــي االغـشیة المــشوبة بنــسبة ) b,a) 2 یبــین الــشكل .مواقـع تعویــضیة فــي البنـاء التركیبــي لالغــشیة المـشوبة مــع تنـــاقص بالــشدة عنــد التوجـــة cdteُ، إذ یالحـــظ بقــاء القمــم الممیـــزة الغــشیة )573(k والملدنــة بدرجــة حــرارة)% 3,2( عــن االغــشیة غیــر الملدنــة وبنــسبة التــشویب نفــسها ممــا یــدل علــى ان التلــدین یزیــل % 3 لالغـشیة المــشوبة بنــسبة ]111[ znأیـضا لقمتــي المركــب وهنـاكً ظهــور واضــح. العیـوب التركیبیــة المتكونـة عنــد التحــضیر te والعنـصر te عنــد التوجــه .غشیة غیر الملدنة نفسه مقارنة باال]101[ cdte و cdteیوضح طیف النفاذیة ألغشیة ف) 3( الشكل اما :zn 5-4-3-2-1%( قبـل التلـدین لنـسب تـشویب ( cdteالمحضرة عند درجة حرارة الغرفة، إذ یبین الشكل زیادة في النفاذیـة مـع زیـادة الطـول المـوجي، إذ أظهـرت اغـشیة :zn ممـا یـدل علـى زیـادة %) 5( النقیـة والمـشوبة عنـد النـسبة cdteمـن اغـشیة نفاذیـة أقـل ) 4-3-2-1%(المشوبة عند نسب التـي اظهـرت اقــل 3% نقـصان طیــف النفاذیـة لالغـشیة المـشوبة وال سـیما عنــد نـسبة ىُویمكـن أن یعـز فـي االمتـصاصیة ، طیـف )4(ل یوضح الـشكفي حین. بسبب امتصاص االضاءة بوساطة مستویات العیوب المرافقة للخارصین%) 40(نفاذیة cdte وcdteالنفاذیة ألغشیة :zn (673) بعد التلدین kًان هنالك انخفاضا في فیالحظ . نفسهاو نسب التشویب السابقة فعنـد الطـول لألطـوال الموجیـة تحـت الحمـراء القریبـة، k 673 النقیـة والمـشوبة والملدنـة بدرجـة cdteطیـف النفاذیـة الغـشیة في حین تكون لالغشیة غیـر الملدنـة بحـدود %) 40(تكون النفاذیة بحدود % 4بة بنسبة لالغشیة المشو) nm)900الموجي من a من طیف االمتصاصیةtبسمك لألغشیة المحضرة αحسب معامل االمتصاص .عند الطول الموجي نفسه%) 55( [10]: المعادلة االتیة t a 303.2 عنـــد الطـــول %) 4( النقیـــة والمـــشوبة بنـــسبة cdteفیبـــین تغیـــر معامـــل االمتـــصاص الغــشیة ) a)5 الـــشكل امــا ، k300وعنـد درجـة حــرارة مــدة سـاعة واحـدة،) 523-573-623-673( k دالـة لدرجـة حـرارة التلــدین)nm )725المـوجي امـا .زیـادة درجـة حـرارة التلـدین تتناقص تقریبـا بαعن االغشیة النقیة، وان % 4 لالغشیة المشوبة بنسبة αُیالحظ زیادة في ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 عنـد الطـول k673 غیر الملدنة والملدنة عند درجة درجـة cdte فیوضح تغیر معامل االمتصاص الغشیة) b) 5الشكل تزداد قیم معامل االمتـصاص )% 3,2,1( دالة لنسب الشوائب المضافة، فیالحظ ان عند نسب تشویب )nm )725الموجي eg فجـوة الطاقـةت لقـد حـسب.، وهـذا یـدل علـى تـردي الخـصائص البـصریة عنـد هـذه النـسبة% 5وتنخفض بشدة عـن نـسبة opt ]11[:استنادا الى المعادلة االتیة 2/1)( opt g ehh   النقیـة والمـشوبة ، cdteتأثیر التلدین بدرجات حراریة مختلفة في فجوة الطاقـة البـصریة الغـشیة )6(ذ یبین الشكل ا مـن المـستویات الموضـعیة، وكـذلك ي الفجوة البصریة بزیادة درجة حـرارة التلـدین، وهـذا یفـسر ان التلـدین یقلـلیالحظ زیادة ف إذ ان "ایـضأ یالحـظ مـن الـشكل. توسـع فجـوة الطاقـةّمـن ثـمل، ویقلل مـن العیـوب التركیبیـة ممـا یـؤدي الـى تقلـیص منطقـة الـذیو ًهنالك نقصانا واضحا في قیمة فجوة الطاقة مع زیادة إذ عـادت قیمـة فجـوة الطاقـة %) 5( نسبة الشوائب المضافة عـدا النـسبة ً ــعیة داخـــل الفجـــوة أســهمت فـــي زیـــادة االنتقـــاالت بالزیــادة ویمكـــن تفـــسیرها بــأن الـــشوائب أدت إلـــى تكـــوین مــستویات موضـ معامـل االنكـسار مـن حـسبولقـد [8,6].َوهـذا یتفـق مـن نتـائج البـاحثین .اإللكترونیة ومن ثم نقصان فجوة الطاقـة المحظـورة ]12:[المعادلة االتیة r r k r r n oo                  1 1 )1( 1 1 2/1 2 2 [12].معامل الخمود المحسوبة من المعادلتین االتیتین ko االنعكاسیة وr یمثل اذ   4  k o atr  1 (725)لتلـدین لالغـشیة النقیـة والمـشوبة عنـد الطـول المـوجي تغیر معامل االنكسار دالة لدرجـة حـرارة ا) 7(یبین الشكل nm یـزداد معامـل االنكـسار بزیـادة درجـة حـرارة التلـدین، وان ) %4( ومنه یالحظ ان االغشیة المـشوبة لنـسب تـشویب عالیـة ُیعـزا الـسبب الـى ًفیكون السلوك مغایرا وقد )% 3-2-1( اما االغشیة المشوبة بنسب واطئة ta=523 k.عند )no(اقل قیمة لـ pa(ان التلـدین یعمـل علـى تحـسین كثافـة الـرص cki ng de ns i ty (والـى زیـادة فـي تحــسین التـشویب العـالييلالغـشیة ذ اقـل قیمـة لمعامـل االنكـسار، اذ تكـون لهـا قیمـة % 4، وقـد سـجلت االغـشیة المـشوبة بنـسبة التركیب البلوري وانتظـام الـذرات اذ تتطلـب هـذه االغـشیة اقـل فجـوة ،ه النتیجة مهمـة فـي اسـتعمال االغـشیة خالیـا شمـسیة ، وهذk 523 عند درجة تلدین7.1 .طاقة ضمن المدى المرئي واقل معامل انكسار لالشعة الساقطة االستنتاجات %(4,3,2,1)لخارصــین بنـــسب با النقیـــة والمطعمــةcdte أظهــرت نتــائج فحوصــات األشـــعة الــسینیة ألغــشیة ziً أنها تمتلك تركیبا متعدد البلـورات مـن نـوعnm (25±400) سمكي الغرفة ذوالمحضرة بدرجة حرارة ncbl e nde وان ، znوكذلك ظهور قمـم تعـود للمركـب ].111[عملت على تناقص شدة القمم وال سیما باتجاه znاضافة الشوائب te ، لــوte ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 النقیـة والمطعمـة نفاذیـة cdte ان الغـشیة ولـوحظ. k 673تزداد شدتها عند التلـدین بدرجـة % 3عند نسبة تشویب ًوأیضا كـذلك فـان معامـل اإلمتـصاص . ضمن المدى المرئـي ممـا تجعلهـا مالئمـة لتـصنیع الخالیـا الشمـسیة)% 40(واطئة اقل من 10ًلالغـشیة النقیـة والمـشوبة تمتلـك قیمــا عالیـة 4 cm -1 ) (α > التــي % 4 ، وان هـذه القـیم تـزداد بزیــادة التـشویب عـدا النـسبة ان االغـشیة النقیــة والمــشوبة بالــسمك المنتخــب تمتلــك فجــوة طاقــة و). α(وان التلــدین قلــل قــیم %. 3نـت اقــل مــن اغــشیة كا ٍّ ، وتتنـاقص فجــوة الطاقـة وتـزداد بتـأثیر كــل مـن التـشویب والتلــدین " ایـضابـصریة لالنتقـاالت االلكترونیـة المباشــرة المـسموحة n وان اقل قیمة لـ.على التوالي o725 موجي عند طول nm 523 ودرجة حرارة تلدینk 4 لالغشیة المشوبة بنسبة.% المصادر 1. naseem , s. (1991), chinese phy s. lett, “ prep aration and p orp erties of evap orated cdte and all thin film cdte/cds solar cells”, 8(5):255. 2. frerichs , r. ( 1947) , phy s. rev. , “ the p hoto-conductivity of incomplete p hosp hors , 72(7): 594-601. 3. krinitsy n , p. g. ( 2000) , chemistry for sust ainable develop ment, study of the conditions of cdte cryst a growt h , 8:167-170. 4. kolosov, s. a.; klevkov, yu. v. and plotnikov, a. f. (2004) , semiconductors , “electrical prop erties of fine-grained polycryst alline cdte” , 38(4) :455–460. 5. saha s. ; pal u. ; sanataray , b. k. and chanduri, a. k. (1988) , thin solid films ,the effects of annealing in cdte thin film , 164(4):544-551 . ة الغشیة "، )2008(ناء ابراھیم محمد ھ6. رسالة ماجـستیر، كلیـة " zn الرقیقة المشوبة بـcdteالخواص االلكتروبصری .ابن الھیثم ، جامعة بغداد/ التربیة 7. babkair, s.s. (2010) , charge transp ort m echanisms and device parameters of cds/cdte solar cells fabricated by thermal evap oration, sciences , 22 (1) : 21-33. 8. shehab, a. a. m . (1985) , cdte solar cells , m . sc. thesis , college of science , university of baghdad. 9. chaure, n.b.; samantilleke, a. p. ;dharmadasa, i.m . (2003), solar energy m aterials & solar cells , the effects of inclusion of iodine in cdte thin film on material and solar cell p erformance, 77: 303–317 10. pankove ,j. i. (1971), op tical processes in semiconductors, prentice-hall, new jersey ,book. 11.li jin ; yang liny u ; jian jikang ; zou hua , and sun yanfei , (2008) , journal of semiconductors , effects of sn-dop ing on morphology and op tical p rop erties of cdte p olycryst alline films, 30:11. 12. dresselhaus, m . s. (1998) , op tical prop erties of solids, part ii , book . ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 cdte:z و cdte یبین قیم فجوة الطاقة الغشیة ): 1(جدول n ta(k) pure zn1% zn2% zn3% zn4% zn5% 300 1.62 1.61 1.595 1.59 1.585 1.59 523 1.625 1.615 1.605 1.6 1.59 1.61 573 1.635 1.625 1.61 1.605 1.595 1.624 623 1.64 1.63 1.62 1.615 1.605 1.63 673 1.645 1.64 1.625 1.62 1.615 1.64 ل ل التلدین: ) 1 (شك ف حیود األشعة السینیة قب cdteالغشیة )a(أطیا وبة zn(c)%المشوبة (b)النقیة zn3% المش (a) الغشیة cdte النقیة )b ( المشوبةzn 1%) c ( المشوبةzn 3% ود األشعة السینیة الغشیة :) 2( شكل ف حی 57 الملدنة عند cdteأطیا 3 k (a) المشوبة zn 2%) b ( المشوبةzn 3% ل وبة قبل التلدین cdteطیف النفاذیة ألغشیة : )3( شك النقیة والمش كل وبة cdteطیف النفاذیة ألغشیة : )4( ش التلدین بعد النقیة والمش ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the study of annealing and dopping effect of zn on structural and optical properties for cdte thin films a. a.shehab, s. m.ali department of physics , college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 21april2011,accepte d in: 25 may 2011 abstract in this research thin films of (cdte) have been p repared as p ure and dop ed by zn with different ratios (1,2,3,4,5)% at thickness (400+25)nm with deposition rate (2±0.1)nm , deposited on glass substrate at r.t. by using thermal evap oration in vacuum . all samples were annealed at t emp erature (523,573,623,673)k at 1h. the st ructural p rop erties of all p repared thin films, dop ed and undop ed have been st udied by using xrd. the analysis reveals that the st ructures of the films were p olycryst alline and ty p ed cubic with a p referred orientation along (111) p lane for the undop ed films with (2,3)% of zinc , and shifting (2ɵ) for dop ed films . the annealing films at temp erature 573 k and zn:3% show decreasing in intensity at orientation along (111) with app earing new p eaks for z nte & te. transmittance sp ectra recorded a function of wavelength (400-1100) nm for all films in order to calculate (know) the energy gap, kind of transitions and op tical constants like absorp tion coefficient, refractive index as a function of photon energy . it is found that the energy gap for the allowed direct transition decreases as the dop ing p ercentage increase, such that its value for allowed direct transition was (1.62) ev for p ure thin films , it decreased to (1.585) ev when it dop ed with 4% . it is found that the annealing p rocess increases t he energy gap. keywords: cdte thin films , vacuum evaporation , xrd ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 علوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهيثم لل الرقیقة cdte:in صائص التركیبة والكهربائیة الغشیةدراسة الخ أقبال سهام ناجي ، جامعة بغدادقسم الفیزیاء، كلیة العلوم الخالصة علـى أرضـیات مـن الزجـاج 300nmبسـمك المطعمـة باالنـدیوم لقد تم إنمـاء أغشـیة تلوریـد الكـادمیوم المتعـددة البلـورات درســت الخصــائص التركیبیــة والكهربائیــة لهــذه . باســتخدام تقنیــة التبخیــر الحـراري المــزدوج 423k عنـد درجــة حــرارة تســاوي ددة تحلیــل األشــعة الســینیة أوضــح ان جمیــع النمــاذج هــي متعــ .k(323,373,423)األغشــیة دالــة للمعاملــة الحراریــة عنــد او أي cd, te ود تقابـل العناصـرحیـلـم تالحـظ قمـم ، و [111] ب المكعبي مع توجه مفضـل باالتجـاهالبلورات وتمتلك التركی مـن %1.5 بنسـبة cdteوتركیـز الحـامالت یـزداد عنـد تطعـیم غشـاء ،وجـد ان المقاومیـة الكهربائیـة تهـبط .مركبات أخـرى .لفةاالندیوم وعند معاملتها عند درجات حرارة مخت ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 study the structural and electrical properties of cdte:in thin films i. s. naji departme nt of physics, college of science, unive rsity of baghdad abstract indium dop ed cdte p oly crystalline films of thickness equals to 300nm were grown on cornin g glass substrates at temp erature equals to 423k by thermal co-evaporation technique. the st ructural and electrical p rop erties for these films were st udied as a function of heat treatment (323,373,423)k. t he x-ray analysis showed that all sa mples are polycrystalline and have the cubic zincb lende st ructure with p referential orientation in the [111] direction, no diffraction p eaks corresp onding to metallic cd, te or other compounds were observed. it was found that the electrical resistivity drops and the carrier concentration incr eases when the cdte film dop ed with 1.5% indium and treated at different annealin g temp eratures. introduction there is a good nu mber of comp ound semiconductors from both of the iii-v and iivi group s widely emp loyed in technological devices. m ost of the optoelectronic industry is based on iii-v compounds while ii-vi comp ounds can be found in diverse app lication such as ir detection, x-ray detection, p hotovoltaic devices, etc. however, the interest to address unsolved technology needs and imp roves current device p erformance, drives the research to obtain new semiconductor compounds (1). the unique p rop erties of cdte make it an ideal material for several app lications: p hotovoltaic cells, nuclear detectors, high p erformance electro-op tic modulators and p hotorefractive devices. it can exhibit both n and p types of conductivity , which makes diode technology and field effect transistors p ossible, and it can exh ibit a semiinsulating st ate as well. device grade cdte thin films can be formed in both homojunction and heterojunction configuration (2,3). the app licability of cdte to be substrates for hgcdte epitaxial lay ers was st udied for a long time (4). cdte-based semimagn etics, like cdm nte, disp lay extremely excitin g p rop erties which have not so far been comp letely exp loited. cdte is a comp onent of the ternary alloy cdhgte, one of the major indust rial materials for infrared detection (2). m ost afa abd el-raheem (5) in 1996 st udied the conductivity of cdte sample p repared by travelling heater method technique, undop ed, in, ga, and p b-dop ed. in-dop ed sample showed a gapless semiconductor behaviour. in 1997 becerril et al (6) st udied the electrical, st ructural and op tical p rop erties as a function of the concentration of elements for indium dop ing of cdte films p repared by co-sp uttering of cdte-in-cd targets. they found the electrical resistivity drop s and carrier concentration in creases when cd and in are simultaneously incorp orated. the efficiency of these devices is strongly determined by the electrical and op tical p rop erties of the comp onent films. a study of these prop erties and their dep endence on the p rep aration conditions for obtaining films which to assure a highly and st able efficiency of resp ective devices (7). gri ll r. et al (8) showed theoretically the p ossibility to p repare semi-insulating cdte with a deep -level dop ing below the limit 10 13 cm -3 demanded in detector industry . the heavy metals exhibit a low diffusivity in the host cdte lattice and, due to their similar electronegativity and ionic rad ius related to cd ions, t hey comp ensate the native p oint defects (mostly cd vacancies) and occup y the cd sites (9). in this p aper, combined st udies of the st ructural and electrical p rop erties of cdte thin films dop ed with 1.5% indium under varying annealin g temp erature were st udied. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 experimental the cdte alloy was p repared from high p urity (99.999% p ure obtained from balzers, switzerland) of cadmium and tellurium. the p olycryst alline films of thickness 300nm dop ed with 1.5% indium grown on corning glass slides at t emp erature equals t o 423k by thermal coevap oration by using edward coating unit model 306a. the sour to substrate distance was 15cm and the deposition rate was fixed at 0.5nm/sec. the cry st alline structure of the film was determined by x-ray diffraction p att ern, measured with an x-ray diffractometer (phillips pw 139) around 60 o in the 2θ scale. the samples annealed at different annealing temp erature (323,373,423)k in air for one hour. then the films were p rovided with suitable masks to deposit the aluminum and indium electrodes. the electrical contacts were made by fine copp er wires soldered to the electrodes by indium using low p ower soldering iron (30 watt). the electrical conductivity of cdte films as function of temp erature is st udied in the range of temp erature (300473k). d.c p ower sup p ly ty p e (pe-1540) and digital electrometer keithley (616) were used. the d.c. conductivity was determined according to the relation  1.................................. .. twr l  where l is the dist ance between the electrodes, w is the width of t he film, t is the thickness of the film and r represents the measured electrical resistance of the film. hall effect was carried out by using d.c. p ower sup p ly (0-40 volt), and two digital electrometer (keithley) to measure the p assing current (i) and hall voltage (vh) that emerge after app lied constant transverse magnetic field (b=0.25 tesla). hall coefficient (rh), concentration (n) and mobility (μ) of the carrier for all samples were obtained by using the following equations resp ectively.  2............. . . bi tv r hh   3............... . 1 hre n   4................ .ne h    where t thickness of the sample which is determined by using op tical interference fringes (fizeau fringes). re sult and discussion these results include the x-ray diffraction examination of cdte alloy, p ure cdte film, and films dop ed with 1.5% indium which treated at different annealing temp erature (323,373,423)k, also the result of electrical measurements ( d.c. conductivity , hall effect) of films emp loyed on which al, and in electrodes were analyzed. s tructural propertie s x-ray diffraction sp ectra of cdte p owder and cdte films have p olycryst alline st ructure as shown in figure (1). the two sp ectra disp lay the characteristic diffraction p eaks of cubic p hase of cdte. the diffraction p eaks of p owder at 23.90 o , 39.50 o , 46.60 o , and 56.80 o corresp ond to the (111), (220), (311), and (400) cryst alline planes of this p hase resp ectively. while p ure cdte film deposited at substrate temp erature equals to 423k revealed the cubic p hase with sharp p eaks at 2θ equal to 23.71 o , 39.50 o , and 46.50 o corresp ond to the (111), (220), and (311) cry st alline planes of this p hase resp ectively. both the p eak height and peak p ositions of the sp ectra are in a good agreement with astm x-ray p owder file data for cubic cdte. the fourth p eak, which represents the reflection from (400) p lane was vanished and disapp eared in the diffraction p att erns of the films and the residue p eaks became lower intensity while there is an increase of the peak height in the [111] direction, this mains there is a good orientation in the [111] direction. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 in figure (2) ty p ical x-ray diffraction sp ectra are p resented showing the influence of dop ing with 1.5% in as deposited film and the films which treated at different heat treatment( 323,373,423)k in air for one hour. it can be noticed that all the sp ectra disp lay the characterist ic diffraction p eaks of the cubic p hase of cdte. the diffraction p eaks were at 23.74 o , 39.23 o , and 46.45 o , and no cdte hexagonal p hase was observed in the films. similar results were reported by becerril et al. (6) also bon et al. (10) found that the cdte films dop ed with low indium concentration ratio (do not exceeds 8%) p roduced a low level of in dop ing in the cdte cubic lattice. all films deposited show the highest p eak near 2θ equals to 24 o , suggesting that the cryst al st ructure of cdte films in zincblende with a p referential orientation of the (111) p lane, no diffraction p eak corresp onding to metallic cd, te or other comp ounds was observed. the [111] direction is the closep acking direction of the zincblende st ructure and this t y p e of textured growt h has often been observed in polycryst alline cdte films grown on amorp hous substrates (11). dawar et al. (12), zelay a et al. (13), m . bayhan (14), and rusu et al. (15) reported that cdte films grown by different deposition methods had essentially a cubic st ructure with a [111] p referred orientation, while winn et al. (16) found the x-ray diffraction p att erns of films deposited by thermal evap oration are att ributed to cubic cdte, hexagonal cdte, and hexagonal te. annealing the cdte:in thin films at (323,373,423)k about one hour showed a dramatic change, where the diffraction lines in the sp ectra of samples which treated at different annealing temp erature exhibit a gradual broadening and a decrease in their intensity , the latter indicates a decrease in the cryst alline quality of these films, including a reduction in p article size. this happ ens due to the increase of the cd vacancies with the increase of the annealing temp erature, then in atoms substitut e cd atoms in these films, since in has an ionic and covalent radii smaller than cd, it would be exp ected a latt ice deformation when in substitut es cd. electrical propertie s for t he electrical measurements, the samp les with p lanar geometry were used. it is known that t he study of the temp erature dep endence of the electrical conductivity of semiconducting thin films offers a lot of information about the correlation between the st ructure and the electrical p rop erties of the films. in order to st udy conductivity mechanisms, it is convenient to p lot logarithm of the conductivity (lnσ), as a function of recip rocal of temperature. fig.(3 a, b, and c) show the variation of lnσ with 1000/ t for cdte film, and cdte:in films with al and in electrodes resp ectivily. these figurs reveal that there is dependence of conductivity on temp erature and there are two t ransp ort mechanisms giving rise to two activation energies ea1,and ea2. this result is in contrast to the observation of abd el-raheem (5), who found that the conductivity of in dop ed samp le is insensitive to t emp erature within the whole considered range of tam b. the conductivity of cdte film was 0.99x 10 -5 (ω.cm) -1 and increased to 1.1x10 -5 and 5.4x 10 -5 (ω.cm) -1 when the film dop ed with indium for al and in electrodes resp ectivily, as shown in table (1).we believe that the increment in conductivity when the films dop ed with in att ributed to this donor imp urities. (in) p revents the formation of cd vacancies which act as electron traps. similar results were obtained by becerril et al. (6), they have observed that the resistivity which reduced two orders of magnitude for films dop ed with 2.5 % indium, and to achieve that change in the resist ivity , a much larger amount of in in the film was needed. they believe the lower resistivity is due to alloy ing effects in the cdte-in sy st em. m ohammed et al. (17) rep orted that the resist ivity of cdte films is lowered by more than one order of magnitude due to indium dop ing. while bon et al. (10) found that t he electrical ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 resistivity was decreased by almost three orders of magnitude when the films were dop ed with 10% indium. there is also an increment in conductivity for cdte:in films treated at different annealing temp erature, where they were increased from 1.1x10 -5 ,and 5.9x10 -5 (ω.cm) -1 to 6x10 -4 and 3.1x10 -3 (ω.cm) -1 for films annealed at 423k which p rovided with al, and in electrodes resp ectively. it is wort h to mention that the effect of the annealing, lead to a great reduction of the resistivity , which is caused by some intermediate st ages of st ructure created during annealing. hall effect measurements give a comp lementary information about the electrical p rop erties such as ty p e of charge carriers of the semiconductor material, concentration (n) and their mobilities. fig.(4 a, b, and c) illustrate the relation between hall voltage (vh) and the current of cdte film, and cdte:in films with al & in electrodes resp ectively. from this figure it is clear that all samples have a negative hall coefficient, i.e. the ty p e of carrier is n-ty p e, the electrons are predominant in the conduction p rocess, this happ ens because the introduction of iii group donors into cdte latt ice allows to get n-t y p e low-resist ive material. this result is in an agreement with the result of becerril et al. (6). they reported that the films become n-ty p e after the indium incorporation. table (1) summaries the values of hall coefficient, carrier concentration, and mobility . it can be noticed that the carrier concentration was 1.36x10 14 cm -3 for cdte film and was increased to 4.0x10 15 and 6.5x10 14 cm -3 for cdte:in films with al & in electrodes resp ectively. such result was found by becerril et al. (6), where the carrier concentration is increased from 10 13 cm -3 to almost 10 16 cm -3 when the film dop ed with 2.5% indium. also it was increased when the films annealed at different annealing temp eratures. the carriers mobility were increased when the films annealed, sp ecially for cdte:in films with in electrodes which means in is a good material for ohmic contact with cdt e films. conclusion in this work we have shown that all cdte and cdte:in films have cubic zincblende st ructure, and no app earance of other cryst alline p hases are observed, this means that the adding in does not change the phase of cdte film, while it makes lattice deformation when in substitut es cd because the small radii of in atoms. the electrical resistivity of n-ty p e cdte films which are p repared by thermal co-evaporation technique drop s one order of magnitude lower and carrier concentrations increase one order larger than intrinsic films. refe rences 1m elendez-lira, m .; becerrilsilv a, m .; zap ata-torres, m.; m endoza-galvan, a. and jimenez-sandov al s., (2005), “sup erficies vacio”, 18 ( 3): 22-26. 2triboulet, r., (2003), “cry st. res. technol”, 38,(3-5): 215-224. 3 zengir, b.; b ayhan, m . and kavasoglu, s., (2006), “journal of arts and sciences sayt”, 5, (103-116). 4jeong, t.s. and yu, p.y., (2003), “journal of the korean phy sical so ciety ”, 43, (6), (1101-1104). 5abd el-raheem, m .m ., (1996), “indian journal of pure & app lied phy sics”, 34, (398404). 6becerril, m .; zelay a-angel, o.; ramirez-bon, r.; esp inoza-beltran, f.j. and gonz alez-hernandez, j., (1997), “app l. phy s. lett.”, 70(4): 452-454. 7rusu, g.g., (2001), “journal of op toelectronics and advanced m aterials”, 3, (4), (861-866). 8grill, r.; franc, j.; turkevych, i.; hoschl, p.; belas, e. and m oravec, p., (2005), “journal of electronic m aterials”, 34, (6), (939-942). 9suh, j.h.; cho, s.h.; won, j.h.; hon g, j.k.; kim, s.u.; ki m, k.h.; kim, h. and kim, s.s., (2006), “journal of the korean phy sical society ”, 49, (s750-s754). ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 10ramirez-bon, r.; lop ez, r.n.; beltran, f.j.; angel, o.z . and hernandez, j.g., (1997), “j. phys. solids”, 58, (5): (807-811). 11lee,j.h.; lim, d.g. and yi, j. s., (2003), “solar ener gy m aterials & solar cells”, 75, 235-242. 12al.dawar; jagadish, c.; ferdin and, k.v.; kumar, a. and mathur, p.c, (1985), “app l. surf. sci”, 22-23, 846-858. 13zelaya, o.; sinencio, f.s.; alvarez, j.g.; farias, m .h.; araiza, l. and flores, g.h., (1988), “j. appl. phys.”, 63, (2): 410-413. 14bayhan, m ., (1998), “tr. j. of p hysics”, 22, 929-937 15rusu, g.g. and caraman, i., (2000), “al. i. cuza”, 158-165. 16winn, m .b. and ly ons, l.e., (1985), “app lications of surface scien ce”, 22-23, 724730. 17m ohammed, w.f. and yousif m .a., (2002), “renewable ener gy ”, 26, 285-294. table (1) the electrical paramete rs of cdte and cdte:in films obtain from d.c and hall effect measurements. films ta(k) σx10 -5 (ω.cm) -1 ea1 (ev) ea2 (ev) rh (cm 3 /c) n h x10 15 (cm -3 ) μh (cm 2 /v.s) cdte 300 0.99 0.765 0.274 45840 0.136 0.4550 cdte:in with al electrodes 300 1.10 0.643 0.179 1560 4.006 0.0166 323 4.70 0.637 0.173 1080 5.787 0.0505 373 14.0 0.587 0.171 720 8.680 0.1020 423 60.0 0.523 0.166 480 13.02 0.2880 cdte:in with in electrodes 300 5.9 0.538 0.162 9600 0.651 0.571 323 24 0.509 0.158 8880 0.703 2.140 373 121 0.436 0.148 5040 1.240 6.080 423 318 0.406 0.144 3960 1.578 12.60 fi g. (1) x-ray diffracti on patte rn of c dte . aal loy bfilm de posite d at 423 k. fi g.(2) x-ray di ffra cti on pattern of c dte :in films. aas de posite d banneale d at 323k cannealed at 373k danneale d at 423 k. fig. (4) the rel ationshi p between hall voltage and passing current for acdte film bcdte:in films with al electrodes ccdte:in films with in e lectrodes. fig. (3) the plots of l n σ vs. 1000/t foracdte fi lm bcdte:in films with alelectrodes ccdte:in fi lms with in e lectrodes. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 lagrange interpolation for mobile agent connection encryption h. k. homood departme nt of computer science, college of education, unive rsity of almustansirya received in:6june2011, accepte d in:13july2011 abstract a new p rop osed technique for secure agent commun ication is used to transfer data and instructions between agent and server in the local wireless network. the prop osed technique depends on the two stages of encry ption processing (aes algorithm and p rop osed lagrange encry ption key generation sup p orted by xor gate) for p ackets encry ption. the aes key was manipulated by using p rop osed lagrange interp olation key generated in order to avoid the weak encry ption key s. a good multi encry ption op eration with a fast encryp tion time was p rop osed with a high quality connection op eration. keyword: agent, agent security , m obile agent, lagrange interpolation app lication. introduction m obile agents are goal-directed, autonomous p rograms capable of migratin g from host to host during their execution. the combination of autonomy and mobility p rovides mobile agent’s enormous p otential for application in today ’s internet-based, distributed comp uting environment. typ ical app lication areas, to name a few, include e-commerce, information retrieval, software dist ribution administ ration, and network management. trust is little trust in a typ ical internet application between the originator and the host s, and neither the hosts t rust each other. secur ity threats are therefore considered against the two main targets: either threats against the hosts, or threats against the agent, which represent the interests of the originator.[1] the current developments of comp uter sy stems are leadin g to a situation where the number of p rocessors and comp uter networks is becoming more and more p ervasive. nowaday s, there are p rocessors embedded in lots of every day devices. from p ersonal comp uters, laptop s, pdas, and mobile p hones, to refrigerators, heaters, coffee machines, or toasters. furthermore, these devices can be interconnected throu gh computer networks. t he increased research on wireless and mobile networks is making p ossible to have cheap networks at home, at the office or even at t he streets.[2] wireless communications offer organizations and users a lot of benefits. port ability and flexibility , increased p roductivity , and lower installation costs are just few of wireless communication benefits. wireless technologies cover a broad r ange of differ ing capabilities oriented toward different uses and needs. wireless local area network (wlan) devices, for instance, allow users to move their lap tops from p lace to p lace within their offices without the need for wires and without losing network connectivity . less wiring means greater flexibility , increased efficien cy, and reduced wir ing costs. ad hoc networks, such as those enab led by ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 bluetooth, allow data sy nchronization with network sy stems and app lication sharing between devices.[1] knowing what kind of individual might laun ch an att ack against y our wireless network is just as imp ortant as being aware of his or her motivations. from the motivations already outlined, it is p ossible to split attackers of wireless networks into three main cate gories:[3]  curious individuals who do it for both fun and the technical challen ge. this category of att ackers does not usually p resent a huge threat to y our wlan and might even do a service to the community by p ublicly exp osing insecure wir eless networks and raisin g p ublic awareness of wireless security issues. m any of them could actually become (or already are) wireless networking p rofessionals and security tools developers for the op en source community .[3]  "bandwidth snatchers." this category of wireless crackers is the "scrip t kiddies" of the wireless world. sp ammers and "warez" / p ornography traders as well as some "i like my neighbor's wireless" op p ortunistic types belong here. they usually go for the lowest hangin g fruit and are easy to rep el (even wep and m ac address filtering might do, but don't be so sure).[3]  real b lack hats who happ en to like wireless. these are the ser ious att ackers who generally know what they do, why they do it, and what the legal consequences could b e. anony mity, lateral att acks on otherwise p rotected networks, and out-of-band backdoor access are the reasons p rofessional crackers are att racted to wireless networks. standard security measures will only delay such att ackers by a couple of hours. unless t he security of the 802.11 network is given p rop er attention in both time and effort, the attack will inevitably succeed.[3] however, risks are inherent in any wireless technology . some of t hese risks are similar to those of wired networks; some are exacerbated by wireless connectivity ; some are new. perhaps the most significant source of risks in wireless networks is that the technology underly ing communications medium, the airwave, is op en to intruders, making it the logical equivalent of an ethernet p ort in the p arking lot.[1] while t he bluetoot h functionality is also eliminates cables for p rinter and other p erip heral device connections. handheld devices such as p ersonal digital assist ants (pda) and cell p hones allow remote users to sy nchronize p ersonal databases and p rovide access to network services such as wireless e-mail, web browsing, and internet access. m oreover, these technologies can offer dramatic cost savings and new cap abilities to diverse applications rangin g from retail settings t o manufacturing shop floors to first resp onders.[1] in this p ap er, we p resent a new technique for agent connection make more se cure in wireless network using a prop osed lagrange interpolation polynomial calcu lations to generate robust keys for aes (128b it) encry p tion algorithm and to encrypt/decrypt the sending/ receiv ing data throu gh the wireless network. these app roaches will incr ease the se curity of transfer data between the agents and center agent server. 1. mobile agent m obile agent is a comp osition of computer software and data which is able to m igrate (move) from one comp uter to another autonomously and continue its execution on the destination computer. [1] as the definition says, a mobile agent moves both code and data to the destination machin e. the agent executes the migr ated code und er the runtime environment p rovided by the target machine. the agent can shar e the migrated d ata with the local machine and acquire new data from it. t his can b e done only under the se curity p rivileges that t he agent p ossesses on the target machine. however, the agent is free to communicate to another locally running agent on the target machine. illustrated in figure 1 is the use of local st ationary mobile agent as a mediator between the visiting mobile agent and the local r esources. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 in recent y ears, sever al p rogr amming languages for mobile agents have been designed. these lan guages make differ ent design choices as to which components of a p rogram st ate can migrate from machin e to machine. [1] 2. infrastructure for mobile agents as comp utational p rocesses, agents do not exist on their own but rather within comp uting soft ware and hardware p roviding them mechanisms to execute. m any agent imp lementations also require substantial libraries and code modules. furt her, agents frequently p ossess p rop erties not found in traditional software, such as mobility . develop ment and imp lementation of such software requires significant infrast ructure to p rovide core functionality agents may use in conducting their tasks. [4] an agent-based sy st em comp rises one or more agents designed to ach ieve a given functionality , along with the software and hardware supp orting them. it is comp rised of several lay ers as shown in figure 1 and described as follows: [4] • agents imp lement the ap p lication; they achieve the intended functionality of the syst em. • frameworks p rovide functionality sp ecific to agent soft ware, acting as an interface or abstraction between the agents and the underly ing lay ers. in some cases, the framework may be trivial or merely conceptual. for examp le if it is merely a collection of sy stem calls or is comp iled into the agents themselves. at one extreme, the framework cou ld ev en be considered “null” or emp ty, such as in the case where agents are p rogrammed directly into hardware. • platforms p rovide more generic infrastructure from which frameworks and agents are constructed and executed. items such as op erating sy stems, comp ilers, and hardware dr ivers make up the platforms of an agent syst em. • host s are the comp uting devices on which the infrastructure and agents execute, along with the hardware p roviding access to the world. this may range from common disk drives and disp lays t o more sp ecialized hardware such as gps receivers or robot ic effectors. • environment is the world in which the infrast ructure and agents exist. this may include p hy sical elements, such as the network connections between hosts, as well as comp utational elements, such as web pages the agents may access. an agent system is simply a set of frameworks and agents that execute in them. a multi-agent sy stem is an agent-based sy st em that includes more than one agent. such sy st ems may consist of many agents running within a sin gle framework instantiation, or in d ifferent frameworks, on different hosts, etc. in the agent sy stem, the devices connected at the host lay er via wireless networking, transmitting and receiving si gnals in the environment of the p hy sical world. 3. mobile agent se curity secur e communication between agents is considered as a challen ge because of the inherent complexity . in fact, security of agents can be v iewed at different lev els such as agent authentication, message authentication several works have been p rop osed to secure agent communication.[5] such sy st ems decomp ose into several layers of hardware and software that p rovide an op erating context for agents, situated comp utational process that sense and affect their environment. not e that the relationships across layers may be n-to-1. with the advent of the extensive use of intranets and the internet, the possibilities of widesp read use of distributed applications have come into focus. m obile agent technologies offer developers the advantage of buildin g app lications that may be distributed across the network using high levels of abstraction. although many advantages of mobile agents have been offered, the overridin g advantage of their deployment is the ability to balance n etwork and p rocessing load amon g nodes in a network. essentially , the mobile agent may be sent to the node where the resources with which it needs to deal are located. by so doing, local communication rates between the agent and its required resources increase, while ov erall ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 network traffic decreases. m obile agents may also migrate to nodes that offer more p rocessing resources for p erforming a task.[6] for the wireless security esp ecially the ieee 802.11, the first five y ears of its life, ieee 802.11 had only one method defined for security. this was called wired equiv alent privacy or wep (often misidentified as wireless effective privacy and other variants). in 2000, as wi-fi lans increased in pop ularity , they attracted the att ention of the cryptographic community , who rap idly detected cracks in the wep app roach. by the end of 2001, tools were available on the internet designed to crack op en wep in a fairly short time. the ieee 802.11 (1999) defined two levels of security: op en and shared key. op en security really means no se curity . it is used in the same way that one would say , "i went to work and left the front door of my house op en." m ost p eop le have figur ed out t his is not a good se curity p olicy for their homes, and y ou p robably feel the same way about wi-fi lans. shared key simply means that bot h ends of the wireless link know a key with a matching value. to be useful, this must be a secret shared only between trusted parties. t he new subset is called wi-fi protected access (wpa). m any leadin g vendors have now p roduced soft ware up grades so existing p roduct can be converted to supp ort wpa and most new p roducts are now shipp ed with wpa cap ability . the wi-fi alliance h as created a test p lan for wpa so vendors can ensure interop erability .[7] in terms of security requirements, mobile agent environments are p roblematic. the p ush to use agent mobility entails havin g autonomous agents that can roam a network, from comp uter-to-comp uter based up on an itinerary gener ated by the agent, modu lated by what the agent senses and its p rescribed go als. the purp ose of security functionality is to p revent execution of undesirable actions by entities from eit her within or out side the agent syst em while at the same t ime allowing execution of desirable act ions. t he goal is for the syst em to be useful while rem aining dependable in the face of malice, error or accident . process model: securit y funct ionalit y is described by t he fo llowing pro cesses:[4] • authentication i s a process for identify ing the entity request ing an action. • authorization is a p rocess for deciding whether the entity should be granted p ermission to p erform the requested action. • enforcement is a p rocess or mechan ism for p reventing the entity from executing the request ed action if authorization is denied, or for enabling such execution if authorization is granted. some general technologies for achievin g security include authorization models and mechan isms; auditing and intrusion detection; cryptographic algorithms, p rotocols, services, and infrast ructure; r ecovery and survivable op eration; risk analy sis; assurance including cryptanalysis and formal methods; p enetration technologies includin g v iruses, trojan horses, sp oofing, sniffing, cracking, and cov ert channels.[4] 4. advanced encryption s tandard (aes ) algorithm in january 1997, the national inst itut e of standards and techno logy (nist) invited p rop osals for new algorithms for t he advanced encry ption standard (ae s) to replace the o ld data encryption standard (des). aft er two rounds of evaluation on the 15 candidate algorithms, nist selected the rijndael as t he aes algorithm in october 2000. [8] the aes algorithm has bro ad ap p lications, includin g smart cards and cellu lar p hones, www servers and automated teller machines (atm s), and digital video recorders. compared to soft ware imp lementations, hardware imp lementations of the ae s algor ithm p rovide more p hy sical security as well as higher sp eed. figure 2 shows the block diagram of aes algorithm. the aes algorithm is a sy mmetric-key cip her, in which both t he sender and the receiver use a single key for encryp tion and decryption. the data block length is fixed to be 128 bits, while the key length can be 128, 192, or 256 bits, resp ectively. in addition, the ae s algorithm is an ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 iterative algorithm. each iteration can be called a round, and the total number of rounds, nr, is 10, 12, or 14, when the key length is 128, 192, or 256 bits, resp ectively. [8] the 128-bit data block is divided into 16 by tes. these bytes are mapp ed to a 4x 4 array called the state, and all the internal operations of the aes algor ithm are p erformed on the state. 5. the lagrange inte rpolation polynomi al the p roblem of constructing a continuously defined function from given discrete data is unavoidable whenever one wishes to manipulate the data in a way that requires information not included exp licitly in the data. the relatively easiest and in many app lications often most desired app roach to solve the p roblem is interpolation, where an app roximating function is constructed in such a way as to agree p erfectly with the usually unknown original function at the given measurement p oints. in the practical app lication of the finite calculus of t he problem of interp olation is the following: given the values of the function for a finite set of arguments, to determine the value of the function for some intermediate argument. [9] 5.1 the problem of inte rpolation the p roblem of interp olation consists in the following: given the values y i corresp onding to xi, i = 0, 1, 2, . . . , n, a function f(x) of the continuous variable x is to be determined which satisfies t he equation: y i = f(xi) for i = 0, 1, 2 . . . , n …..(1) and finally f(x) corresp onding to x = x0 is required. (i.e. x0 different from xi, i = 1, n.) in the absence of further knowledge as to the nature of the function this p roblem is, in the general case, indeterminate, since the values of the arguments other than those given can obviously assigned arbitrarily . if, however, certain analytic p rop erties of the function is given, it is often p ossible to assign limits to the error committed in calculating the function from values given for a limited set of arguments. for examp le, when the function is known to be representable by a polynomial of degree n, the value for any argument is comp letely determinate when the values for n + 1 distinct arguments are given. [9] 5.2 lagrange inte rpolation consider the function f : [x0, xn]  r given by the following table of values : xk are called interpolation nodes, and they are not necessary equally distanced from each other. we seek to find a p olynomial p(x) of degree n that ap p roximates t he function f(x) in the interp olation nodes, i.e.: f(xk) = p(xk); k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , n. the lagrange interpolation method finds such a polynomial without solving the sy st em. [9] the orem :lagrange interp olating poly nomial the lagrange interp olating p olynomial is the polynomial of degree n that passes through (n + 1) points y 0 = f(x0), y 1 = f(x1), . . . y n = f(xn) . let: …(2) where ….(3) 6. the propose d s yste m the p rop osed sy st em was designed to give solution for securing mobile agent communication in wireless network. the p rop osed technique is depending on the encryp tion ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 techniques like aes 256bit algorithm. the p rop osed sy st em will be used the lagrange interp olation p olynomial as encry p tion function used to encry p t the sending /receiving p ackets between agent –server. the p rop osed sy st em (as shown in figure 3) is built from two st ages: first st age encry p ts the data transp ort by using the key generation (lagrange interp olation p olynomial key generation) and aes 128 bit algorithm. in this st age, the lagrange interp olation p olynomial was used to generate the encry p tion key by using a pseudo key numbers. t he encryp tion operation for this stage is by depending on the aes algorithm. the lagrange key generation will he used in order to increase the st rength of the key and to avoid the weak keys from using in the encry p tion op eration. figure 4 shows the key generation using lagrange interpolation calculation. the second st age is encry p ting the resulted data from the first st age by the prop osed lagrange interp olation encry p tion op eration key and xor op eration. in this st age, the encry p tion op eration will do by using the lagrange interp olation p olynomial calculation to generate key (as shown in figure 4) and will be used in the xor encry p tion op eration to encry p t the outp ut st ream from the aes algorithm (from previous stage). this stage was used to increase the randomness of the outp ut data st ream (in the p ackets) in order to get the benefits of the multi encry p tion techniques with less time of encry p tion as p ossible. additionally , the encry p tion/decry p tion op erations are designed to time efficient depending on the visual studio 2008 programming facilities. the final encry p ted data will send into the tcp/ip p rotocol services in order to encapsulate the outgoing/incoming p ackets to comp lete the communication between the agents and mast er server comp uters through the local wireless network. in this p rop osed sy st em, the local area wireless network was built from 10 comp uter connected using ethernet wireless card of 54m bp s sp eed connection sep arated by average 1km not e: in figure 4, li is the lagr ange calculation outp ut and kvi is the element of (k0 for first stage when v=0) or k3 when v=3 in second stage of gener ation. kj is generated encry ption key (for j=1 in the first st age, and j=2 in the second st age of encry ption). also, the k0 differs from k2 to avoid the similarity . the steps of t he prop osed sy st em are: in se nding operation (for agent program in the host compute r conne cted to agent se rver) case : a. loading the sending data. b. encry p t the sending data using (first the lagrange interpolation polynomial key generation and aes algorithm with 128 bit key ). c. encry p ts the resulted encry p ted data (from st ep b) using second lagrange interp olation p olynomial generation key and xor encryp tion operation. c. establish the connection with t he agent server. d. send the resulted encry p ted data to t cp/ip p rotocol for sending the encryp ted data to agent server. e. using one of the encry p tion wireless network technique like wap, wep and other. in se nding operation (for agent se rver program in the se rver compute r conne cted to agent host) case : a. loading the sending data. b. encry p t the sending data using the first lagrange interp olation p olynomial key generation and aes algorithm with 128 bit key . c. encry p ts the resulted encry p ted data (from st ep b) using second lagrange interp olation p olynomial key generation with xor encry p tion operation. c. est ablish the connection with t he selected agent host. d. send the resulted encry p ted data to t cp/ip p rotocol for sending the encryp ted data to agent host . e. using one of the encry p tion wireless network technique like wap, wep and other. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 in receiving operation (for agent program in the host compute r conne cted to agent se rver) case : a. est ablish the connection with t he agent server. b. loading the receiving p acket from the tcp/ip p rotocol st ack after decry p ting p acket using one of the encry p tion/decry p tion wireless network technique like wap, wep and other. c. decryp ts the resulted data (from st ep b) using second lagrange interp olation p olynomial key generation with xor encry p tion/decry p tion operation. d. decryp t the receiving data using the first lagrange interpolation polynomial key generation and aes algorithm with 128 bit key . e. send the resulted data to agent p rogram to saving and disp lay ing. in receiving operation (for agent se rver program in the se rver compute r connected to agent host) case : a. est ablish the connection with t he agent server. b. loading the receiving p acket from the tcp/ip p rotocol st ack after decry p ting p acket using one of the encry p tion/decry p tion wireless network technique like wap, wep and other. c. decryp ts the resulted data (from st ep b) using second lagrange interp olation p olynomial key generation with xor encry p tion/decry p tion operation. d. decryp t the receiving data using the first lagrange interpolation polynomial key generation and aes algorithm with 128 bit key . e. send the resulted data to agent server p rogram to saving and disp lay ing. results and conclusions the prop osed technique was applied to local wireless network of 1 router with 10 pc connected to this network (with up to 54m b bitrate). one of these comp uters works as a center server to agents. the others have the agent connection p rogram for many services of internet. the delays time was calculated in many services lik e navigation, downloading, up loading, and chatting in two cases (without and with app lied p rop osed encryption technique). this local wireless network has a web server, ft p server, exchange server, and other services servers installed in the center agent server pc. the results were collected by testing local wireless network t o 6 months with p rop er services and internet conditions. good results were gett ing from app lied the p rop osed algorithm, best and f ast encry ption message was t ransfered from the p oint to other p oints in wireless network. from the results of app lied the p rop osed algorithm (as shown in table 1), the delay time was increased by 19s in minimum to -1.20 minutes from the original d elay time (calculated for the same services without p rop osed algor ithm). the qos is calculating for this condition to this local wireless network and found app roximately equals to 97% (qos calcu lation depended on the number of received p acket of the sp ecific service to total p acket sending through the network). re ferences 1. shih, t. k. (2008),cryp tosyst em app lications in m obile agent secur ity , journal of secur ity engineering, art icle 5 (1), february. 2. navarro, g. ; ort ega-ruiz, j.a. ; garcia, j. and robles, s. (2003), secur e a gent-based m anagement for pervasive environ ments, sp anish government commission cicyt, tic2003-02041,. 3. vladimirov, a. a. ; gavrilenko, k. v. and m ikhailovsky ,a. a. (2004),wi-foo the secr ets of wireless hackin g “,addison wesley , june 28, , isbn: 0-321-20217-1. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 4. m ay k ,i. and regli, w. c. (2006)agent sy st ems reference m odel release version 1.0 a “,dod contract #daab07-01-9-l504, -11-20 13:15:19 -0400. 5. khemakhem, m . ; rekik, w. and fay olle, j. (2010),a flexible and secure web service architectural model based on pki and agent techno logy ”, international journal for infonomics (iji), volu me 3, issue 2, june. 6. korba, l. (1999), towards secure agent dist ribution and communication”, proceed ings of the 32nd hawaii international conferen ce on science sy st ems –0-7695-0001-3/99. 7. j. edney , w. a. arbaugh,” real 802.11 security : wi-fi prot ected access and 802.11i”, addison wesley , july 15, 2003, isbn: 0-321-13620-9. 8. zhang, x. and parhi, k. k. (2004),highsp eed vlsi architectures for the aes algorithm", ieee transactions on very large scale int egrat ion (vlsi) system s, 12, (9), septem ber. 9. hussien,k. a. (2011),the lagr ange interpolation poly nomial for neural network learnin g”, international journal of computer science & network security ,11 (3) m arch. table (1): the results agent connection after/before appli ed the propose d s yste m in local wireless ne twork se rvice name size of data routing (mb) delay time in se nding/receiving without propose d algorithm (average for mb) delay time with propose d algorithm (average for mb) navigation 8970 1s-1.30minutes 21s-1.54minutes downloading(ht tp) 38570 8s-4minutes 27s-2.90minutes downloading (ft p) 73400 15s-7minutes 50s-8.17min emailing 3200 5s-120s 30s-3.71minutes chatt ing 400 10s-120s 30s-200s ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): abstract model of an age nt system. . fig.(3): the propose d agent connection encryption/de cryption s yste m key (k0 ) decrypted data original data sending throu gh wireless network receiving throu gh wireless network second sta ge encry ption using xor gat e key (k2 ) first lagrange key genera�on (k 1) first stage of encrypt data using aes algorithm send to tcp/ip protocol encrypt dat a using wpa ,wep or other decrypt using xor gat e send to tcp/ip protocol decrypt data using wpa ,wep or other decrypt d ata us ing aes algorithm secon d lagrange key generation (k3) de cryption side encryption side fig.(2): the block diagram of the aes algorithm. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 kv1 kv2 kv3 kv4 kv5 kv6 kvn lagrange int erpolati on p oly no mial cal culati on l1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 ln fig. (4): the lagrange inte rpolation polynomi al key generation ke y (kj) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 المحمولاستیفاء آلكرانج لتشفیر اتصال العمیل حیدر كاظم حمود قسم علوم الحاسبات، كلیة التربیة، الجامعة المستنصریة 2011 تموز 13: ،قبل البحث في 2011 حزیران 6: استلم البحث في الخالصة ة تقنیة جدیدة اقترحت من ا جل اتصاالت امینة مستعملة في نقل البیانات والتعلیمات بین الوكیل والخادم في شبك محلیة ء aesاستعمال خوارزمیة (یعتمد األسلوب المقترح على مرحلتین من التشفیر . االتصال الالسلكیة ال ومتعدد استیفا باستخدام مفاتیح المقترحة aes ل تولید مفتاحّقد عد. لتشفیر الحزم) xorالكرانج لتولید مفتاح التشفیر مدعومة ببوابة ر كمن تولد طریقة استیفاء ال رانج لتفادي مفتاح تشفیر ضعیف ثم نتائج جیدة للطریقة المقترحة من خالل إجراء عملیة تشفی .متعدد وفي وقت تشفیر سریع وجودة عالیة في عملیة االتصال agent, agent security :الكلمات المفتاحیة , m obile agent, lagrange interp olation app lication. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 microsoft word 80-100   80   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 synthesis, characterization of new polyamides bearing triarylamine for lightemitting diodes nehad tariq hasan nehad_tariq@yahoo.com azhar kamil rashid corresponding author: azhar_almasody@yahoo.co.uk  department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 6 november 2018, accepted 13 january 2019, publish january 2019 abstract in this work, new di-acid monomers 4, 4’-di-carboxillic-4”-bromo-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (ma), 4, 4’di-carboxylic -4”-chloro-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (mb) and 4, 4’di-carboxylic -2”,4”dichloro-6”-methyl triphenylamine (mc) were synthesized by reaction of p-cyanobenzofluride with three different aromatic amines (4-bromo,2,6-dimethyl aniline, 4-chloro,2,6-dimethyl aniline and 2,4 dichloro, 6methyl aniline ) via aromatic nucleophilc substitution method to form three di cyano intermediates 4, 4’-dicyano-4”-bromo-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (da), 4, 4’-dicyano-4”-chloro-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (db) and 4, 4’-dicyano-2”,4”-dichloro-6”-methyl triphenylamine (dc) which form final dicarboxylic monomers after alkaline hydrolysis. finally, these monomers react with two different aromatic di amines, phenylene diamins and benzidine respectively via polycondensation reaction to form final polyamides 4"-bromo-2", 6"-dimethyl-triphenylamine-4, 4'-polyphenylbenzamide (pa), 4”-chloro-2”,6”dimethyltriphenylamine-4,4'-polyphenylbenzamide (pb), 2”,4”-dichloro-6”-methyl-triphenylamine 4,4' polyphenylbenzamide (pc),4"-bromo-2",6"-dimethyl triphenylamine-4,4'polyphenylbiphenylamide (pd), 2”,4”-dichloro-6”-methyl-triphenylamine-4,4’-polyphenylamide (pf). the chemical structure of these polymers characterized by ftir and nmr techniques. all the results of polyamides showed excellent solubility in most polar solvents to form strong thin films. the polyamides possess a good thermal stability with height glass transition temperatures (tg). polyamides in dmso solvent gave strong photoluminescence pl. thin casting films of these polyamides in cyclic voltammetry (c.v) on glass base of iridium-tin oxide (ito) as working electrode in dry ch3cn solvent contains 0.1 m of tetrabutylantimoneperchlorate (tbap) as an electrolyte gave one redox wave. keywords: cyclic voltammetry, polyamides, benzidine, thermal stability, casting. 1. introduction polyamides having triphenyl amine which are characterized by their hole transporting groups, are known in the application of polyamides light emitting (pleds).  these types of polymers have received great attention because of their important applications in many fields, including screens and lighting points [1,2]. these polyamides are known as low energy ionization, movement activity and easily oxidize to convert to stable radical cations [3-7]. polyamides with triphenylamine group show electro chromic behavior and mainly used as hole-transport layer in led devices [8-13]. all aromatic   81   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 polyamides are resulted as high-performance polymers due to their high thermal and mechanical stabilities and good chemical properties [14,15]. these polymers are recognized as a very rigid because of hydrogen bonding between polymers backbones so when balk group are incorporated between the backbones. this reduces the close packing and interchanges hydrogen bonding which helps to break the rigidity and make the chins in high flexibility [16-18]. the introduction of withdrawing groups improves the oxidation resistance, optical transparency and solubility in organic solvents and lead to decrease the crystallinity behavior, dielectric constant, water absorption and color [19-22]. polyamides are called conducting polymer, are important part of electrochromic materials and have being developed [23–26]. electrochromic materials can convert color reversibly by mean of important result of energy saving and sufficient electrochemical potential or redox steps. 2. materials and methods 2.1. materials sodium hydride (aldrich, 98%), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (aldrich, 97.5%), 4-bromo-2,6dimethylaniline, (acros, 97%), 4-chloro-2,6-dimethylaniline, (aldrich, 95%), 2,4-dichloro-6methylaniline, (aldrich, 99%), dimethylsulfoxide (dmso) (merck, 98%), ethanol (merck, 99.5%), triphenyl phosphite (merck, 98%), cacl2 (merck, 99%), n-methyl pyrrolidone (nmp) (aldrich, 99%), phenylene diamine, (aldrich, 97%), di-phenylene diamine (aldrich, 98%), potassium hydroxide, (merck, 99%), hydrochloric acid, (fluka, 36.5%). 2.2. characterization technique the spectrum of ft-ir for all new materials was easured by a spotlight 400 perkin-elmer spectrometer. 1h and13cnmr data are recorded by a jeol spectrometer. uv–vis absorption and pl spectrum were performed in (10-5 m) dmso on a cary 60 uv-vis spectrophotometer. the measurement s of x-ray were recorded by cuka radiation beam (l ¼ 1.541 _a) with max flax (cmf) mirror. dsc and tga were performed on a perkin elmer dsc6 instrument under n2 atmosphere with a scan rate of 20 °c/min and an sdt q600 thermogravimetric analyzer. 2.3. synthesis of di-cyanide intermediates (da-dc) 2.3.1. synthesis of 4, 4’-dicyano-4”-bromo-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (da) in a round flask with stirrer containing 80 ml of dmso, added with stirring 2.50 g (0.02 mol) of nah at a room temperature for half an hour. 4.84 g (0.02 mole) of 4-fluorobenzonitrile, 4.00 g (0.02 mole) of 2,6-dimethyl-4-bromoaniline were added alternately. the stirring mixture was heated at 100 °c for 12 h. after cooling, poured into about 200 ml of cold water. after filtering of the result yellowish precipitate recrystallized from ethanol 3.41 g (yield: 83%), m.p = 151-153 c°. ftir: 2226.12 cm-1 (cn). hnmr (400 mhz, cdcl3-d1, δ ppm): 7.47-7.54(d, 4h, ha), 732-7.41 (d, 4h, hb), 7.19(s, 2h, hc), 2.17(s, 6h, hch3). 13cnmr (400 mhz, cdcl3-d1, δ ppm): 150.22 (c5), 142.41(c4), 137.16 (c3), 134.52 (c7), 132.08 (c2), 123.14 (c6), 118.62 (ccn), 116.38 (c1), 106.96 (c8), 17.52 (cch3) scheme 1. by using same method, the compounds (db) and (dc) were synthesized:   82   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.3.2. synthesis of 4, 4’-dicyano-4”-chloro-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (db) 3.41 g (yield: 72 %), m.p = 151-153 c°. ftir: 2223.61 cm-1 (cn). hnmr (400 mhz, cdcl3d1, δ ppm): 7.46-7.51(d, 4h, ha), 7.33-7.38 (d, 4h, hb), 7.21(s, 2h, hc), 2.12(s, 6h, hch3). 13cnmr (400 mhz, cdcl3-d1, δ ppm): 150.26 (c5), 141.11(c4), 136.68 (c3), 133.15 (c7), 130.24 (c2), 128.48 (c1), 124.23(c6), 118.56 (ccn), 107.05 (c8), 17.73 (cch3). 2.3.3. synthesis of 4, 4’-dicyano-2”,4”-dichloro-6”-methyl triphenylamine (dc) 3.80 g (yield: 80 %), m.p= 163-165 c°. ftir: 2225.11 cm-1, (cn). hnmr (400 mhz, cdcl3-d1, δ ppm): 7.43-7.48(d, 4h, ha), 7.32-7.38 (d, 4h, hb), 7.16(s, 1h, hc), 2.16(s, 3h, hch3). 13cnmr (400 mhz, cdcl3-d1, δ ppm): 150.26 (c7), 141.79 (c4), 137.91(c5), 133.13 (c9), 132.87 (c3), 131.23 (c6), 130.04 (c1), 128.23 (c2), 122.79 (c8), 118.52 (ccn), 107.08 (c10), 16.98 (cch3). scheme 1: the synthesis routes of di-cyanide intermediates (da-dc). 2.4. synthesis of di-carboxylic monomers (ma-mc) 2.4.1. synthesis of 4, 4’-di-carboxillic-4”-bromo-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (ma) a mixture of 3.00 g (0.02 moles) of di-cyanide intermediate (da) and 7.00 g of koh in 80 ml distilled water and 80 ml ethanol was stirred at 120°c until all ammonia is finished. after the solution became cool, the ph value was regulated to about 3 by dilute hcl. the collected yellowish precipitate was filtration and washed via water and recrystallized from acetic acid to give crystals in yellowish color (3.7 g, 86% yields): mp ꞊ 266-167°c. ftir: 1678.04 cm-1 (c=o), 2800-3421 cm-1 (o-h). hnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 12.37-12.78 (br, 2h, hcooh). 7.83 -7.91 (d, 4h, ha), 7. 68-7.77 (d, 2h, hb), 7.59 (s, 2h, hc), 2.17 (s, 6h, hch3). 13cnmr   83   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 166.72 (ccooh), 152.04 (c5), 142.84(c4), 137.22 (c3), 131.68 (c7), 131.11 (c2), 124.86 (c6), 124.52 (c8), 115.28 (c1), 17.61(cch3). other monomers (mb) and (mc) were synthesized in the same procedure: 2.4.2. synthesis of 4, 4’di-carboxylic -4”-chloro-2”, 6”-dimethyl triphenylamine (mb) 3.40 g (80 % yields), m.p ꞊ 265-168 c°. ftir: 1676.11 cm-1 (c=o), 2900-3540cm-1 (o-h). hnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 12.48-12.76 (br, 2h, hcooh), 7.82-7.91(d, 4h, ha), 7.327.42 (d, 4h, hb), 7.21 (s, 2h, hc), 2.13 (s, 6h, hch3). 13cnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 168.51 (ccooh), 151.12 (c5), 141.76 (c4), 136.31 (c3), 131.54 (c7), 130.08 (c2), 124.90 (c6), 124.62 (c8), 128.20 (c1), 17.71 (cch3). 2.4.3. synthesis of 4, 4’di-carboxylic -2”,4”-dichloro-6”-methyl triphenylamine (mc) 3.40 g (83 % yields): m.p ꞊ 257-258 c°. ftir: 1678.23 cm-1 (c=o), 2650-3550cm-1 (o-h). hnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 12.47-12.86 (br, 2h, hcooh), 8. 15-8.44(d, 4h, ha), 7.47 (s, 1h, hc), 7.35-7.43 (d, 4h, hb), 7.31(s, 1h, hd), 2.12 (s, 3h, hch3). 13cnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 168.87 (ccooh), 151.21 (c7), 140.63(c4), 138.51 (c5), 132.90 (c3), 131.30 (c6), 131.88 (c9), 13.412 (c1), 128.30 (c2), 124.93 (c8), 124.60 (c10), 16.83(cch3). scheme -1 shows the routes of synthesis 1.koh, h2o, et.oh 2. hcln cnnc ar n coohhooc ar n coohhooc ch3h3c br n coohhooc clh3c cl n coohhooc ch3h3c cl , (ma _ mc) (mb) (mc) (ma) (ma _ mc) scheme 2: the synthesis routes of di-carboxylic monomers (ma-mc).   84   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.5. synthesis of polyamides (pa-pc) 2.5.1. synthesis of (pa) the stirring mixture of 0.37 g (0.03 mole) of p-phenylenediamine,1.50 g (0.03 mole) of the monomer (ma), 4.0 ml of (tpp), 0.5 g of calcium chloride, 4.5 ml of (nmp) and 1.5 ml of pyridine was heated at 80°c for 4 h. the collected of high viscosity polymer was poured slowly in 100 ml of stirring cold water which formed stringy precipitate collected after filtration, washed by hot water and dried in thermal oven for 24 h [27]. (65 % yield). the ftir spectrum band of amide group was at 3312.25 (n-h stretching), and 1648.07 cm-1 (amide carbonyl). hnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 10.24 (s, 1h, hnh-co), 7.86-7.98 (d, 2h, hc), 7.72 (s, 4h, hd), 7.18 (s, 2h, ha), 7.23-7.34 (d, 4h, hb), 2.19(s, 6h, hch3). 13cnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 164.63 (cconh-), 151.12 (c5), 143.62 (c4), 131.71 (c9), 131.23 (c7), 127.84 (c3), 124.62 (c2), 125.20 (c8), 119.04 (6), 116.30 (c10), 115.56(c1), 17.67(cch3). by using same above method, other polyamides (pb) and (pc) were prepared. 2.5.2. synthesis of (pb) the collected polyamide, (61 % yield), ir spectrum 3310.12 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1644.51 cm-1 (amide carbonyl). 2.5.3. synthesis of (pc) the obtained polyamide, (65 % yield), ir spectrum 3310.45 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1645.46 cm-1(amide carbonyl). scheme 3 shows the synthesis routs of (pa-pc). n cc h n o n n coohhooc ar ar nh2 nh2 ar pyridine / tpp cacl2, nmp (ma _ mc) (pa _ pc) n c h no n n c h n o n n cc o n clh3c cl ch3 h3c br ch3h3c cl , (pa) (pb) (pc) o h n c o h nc o h n o h n scheme 3: the synthesis routes of polyamides (pa-pc).   85   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.6. synthesis of polyamides (pd-pf) these polyamides synthesized by same above method but using di-phenylene diamine instead of phenylene diamine scheme 4. 2.6.1. synthesis of (pd) the obtained polyamide, (56 % yield), ir spectrum 3311.34 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1647.56 cm-1 (amide carbonyl). hnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 10.25 (s, 1h, hnh-co), 7.84-7.78 (d, 4h, hc), 7.73-7.66 (d, 4h, hd), 7.71-7.57 (d, 2h, he), 7.27-7.31 (d, 4h, hb), 7.183 (d, 2h, ha), 2.19(s, 6h, hch3). 13cnmr (400 mhz, dmso-d6, δ ppm): 164.73 (cconh-), 150.89 (c5), 143.78 (c4), 138.08(c12), 131.59 (c9), 130.28 (c7), 127.74 (c11), 125.29 (c3), 124.74 (c2), 124. 58(c8), 119.06 (6), 116.30 (c10), 115.56(c1), 17.67(cch3). 2.6.2. synthesis of (pe) the obtained polyamide, (54 % yield), ir spectrum 3312.45 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1648.37 cm-1 (amide carbonyl). 2.6.3. synthesis of (pf) the obtained polyamide, (68 % yield), ir spectrum 3310.46 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1647.38 cm-1 (amide carbonyl). n cc o n n coohhooc ar ar pyridine / tpp cacl2, nmp (ma _ mc) (pd _ pf) nh2 nh2 n cc o n n cc o n n cc o n clh3c cl ch3 h3c br ch3h3c cl , (pd) (pe) (pf) h n h n h n h n o h n o h n h n o h n o scheme 4: the steps synthesis of polyamides (pd-pf).   86   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 3. result and discussion 3.1. monomer synthesis the new aromatic dicarboxylic acids with substituted triphenylamine group (ma-mc), were prepared via the reaction of aromatic amines (a-c) with p-fluorobenzocyanide in strong base nah using a polar solvent dmso by amination reaction technique to form dicayno product as intermediate (da-dc) which hydrolysis to form the final product. in this work, 2,6-dimethyl-4bromoaniline (a) is used as an example for the expression of this synthesis. 4,4’-dicarboxy-4”-4bromotriphenylamine (ma) was synthesized via reaction of 2,6-dimethyl -4-bromoaniline and 4fluorobenzonitrile. the dicyano intermediate (da) formed (ma) after hydrolysis as monomer scheme 5. scheme 5: the synthesis steps of (da) and (ma). the chemical characterization of the intermediate di-cyanides (da-dc) and the monomers (ma-mc) were confirmed by ftir technique. compounds (da-dc) gave a characteristic band at around (22222226) cm-1 (c≡n stretching). the di-carboxylic acid groups which appeared after the hydrolysis of the di-syano groups, showed absorption band at around (1676-1678) cm-1 (c=o stretching) with the broad bands around (2800-3428) cm-1 (o-h stretching) (figure 1).   87   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 1: ftir spectra of compounds (da) before and (ma) after hydrolysis. the 1h and 12c-nmr spectrum are used to confirmed the structures of (da) and (ma), figure 2. big sharp doublet peaks at 7.47-7.54(d, 4h, ha) and 732-7.41 (d, 4h, hb) were resulted from four phenylene protons (a) and (b) respectively. two singlet peaks at 7.19 (s, 2h, hc) and 2.17(s, 6h, hch3) are assigned to proton of (hc) and three protons of the methyl group (ch3) respectively. the 13c nmr spectra as shown in figure 2. showed the two mains peaks of carbon atoms at 134.52 (c7) and 123.14 (c6) respectively. one peak at 118.62 (ccn) for two cyano groups. peaks at 116.38 (c1), 137.16 (c3) and 142.41(c4) are assigned to the three single carbon atoms 1, 3 and 4 respectively. other peaks at 150.22 (c5), 132.08 (c2) and 106.96 (c8) are assigned to these doublet c atoms. 17.52 (cch3) are resulting from doublet carbon atoms of ch3 group.   88   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 2: 1h and 13c nmr spectrum of compound (da). figure 3. shows the proton of carboxylic group appeared as a very broad singlet peak and hardly observable resulting from the substitution of carboxylic group hydrogen atoms by deuterium of dmso solvent and h-bonding formation, also the disappearance of the cyano carbon at 118.62 ppm and appearance of the carboxylic peak at 166.72 ppm.   89   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 3: 1h and 13c nmr spectrum of (ma). 3.2. polyamides synthesis all the new aromatic polyamides bearing triphenyl amine (tpa) group are synthesized via polycondensation technique. the reaction of synthesized dicarboxylic acid monomers with two types of aromatic diamines (p-phenylenediamine and benzidine in the presence of pyridine and triphenylphosphite (tpp) as promote condensation reaction and cacl2 addition to decrease the hydrogen bonding in the polyamide chains. this leads to increase the solubility of these polyamides. the structural form of the synthesized (pa-pf) were confirmed by ftir spectra which exhibited absorption bands around (33103313) cm-1 (n-h stretching) and (16441648) cm-1 (c=o stretching of amide group) as shown in figure 4.   90   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 4: ftir of the synthesized polyamides (pa). the 1h nmr spectrum of (pa) showed that the broad peaks of cooh proton groups appeared at 12.37-12.78. the ppm is disappeared with appearance of singlet peak at 10.21-10.28 after polymerization is assigned to the (pa) amide group protons. the doublet peaks at 7.23-7.36 ppm and 7.86-7.98 ppm are resulting from the four protons b and c in the triphenylamine group respectively. singlet peak in the region 7.72 ppm is assign to four equivalent protons d of the phenylene diamine groups. singlet peak in the region 7.45 is resulting from 2 protons a in the ring of triphenylamine group figure 5. the figure also shows the 13c nmr spectra of the polyamide (pa), the main peak at 164.63 ppm is attributed to the carbonyl carbon atom of the polyamide. this carbon atom is with bigger chemical shifting resulting from the carbonyl group resonance with attached to a nitrogen atom with highly electronegative. 13c nmr peaks are assigned to the carbon atoms 1, 3, and 4 of the first ring of the tpa at the regions 115.56 (c1), (131.23) c3 and 143.62 (c4) respectively. the second ring has other peaks at the regions 127.84 (c2), 151.12 (c5), 1119.04(6), 131.71 (c7) and 124.62 (c8). tow peaks assigned to the two equivalent carbon atoms 9 at the region 131.71 and of four carbon atoms 10 at the region 116.30 in the phenylene diamine ring group. one peak for tow carbon atoms of the methyl groups at the region 17.61.   91   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 5: 1h and 13c nmr spectrum of the polyamide (pa). 3.3. properties of the synthesized polyamides 3.3.1. thermal properties of the polyamides the thermal behaviors of all polyamides were checked via dsc and tga technique. dsc measurements are investigated with acan rate of 20 oc /min in n2. they gave high (tg) in the average of (245.5 278.8) °c. figures 6 shows the (tg) values of all polyamides (pa) (pd) and (pe) (pf) respectively. in general, if the diamine component in the polyamides decreases leads to decrease the stiffness and the (tg) values. polyamides with phenylene diamine showed high tg value resulting from increasing of chain rigidity compared with polyamides with diphenylene diamines. it is agreeing with the values of glass transitions (tg) of the polyamides (pa), (pb) and (pc) with the rigged chain which have higher (tg) than other polyamide (pd), (pe) and (pf) with lower stiffness chain because of their flexible diamine diphenylene component.   92   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 6: dsc of (pa), (pb) and (pc). the thermal decomposition behavior of the synthesized poly (amine amide) is evaluated by tga analysis with a heating rate of 20 °c /min in nitrogen atmosphere. the lowest onset temperature in which the polyamides started to decompose was 305.6 °c up to 365 °c for samples. polyamides (pd), (pe) and (pf) revealed onset degradation temperature (td) at the range (305-330) °c because of their flexible chain comparison with the rigid chain polyamides (pa), (pb) and (pc) which showed higher onset (td) at the range (335-362) °c. the 10% weight loss temperatures (td10%) were investigated in the range of (380-420) °c for the flexible polyamides and (442-466) °c for rigid polyamides. the synthesized polyamides exhibited residual yields about (43-54) % at 800°c, figure 7. and table 1. shows the thermal data of the polyamides.   93   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 7: uv-vis absorption of the polyamides in 10-5 dmso. table 1: thermal data of the polymides. polyamide codes (tg) onset (°c) a (td) onset (°c) b (tg) (°c) c (td) 10% (°c) d residual yields (%) e (pa) 246.4 362 353.5 466 54 (pb) 245.2 352 352.6 458 52 (pc) 137.7 335 245.5 442 47 (pd) 268.6 330 278.8 420 51 (pe) 266.8 315 276.2 412 50 (pf) 256.3 305 262.7 380 43 a: onset temp. b: onset temp. of baseline shifts of dsc trace. c: onset temperature of the decomposition polymer d: decomposition temp. of 10% weight loss e: residual weight percent. 3.3.2. optical properties uv-vis and photoluminescence spectroscopy (pl) techniques have been used to calculate the optical behavior of the polyamides. all data are listed in table 3-2. polyamide solutions in concentrations of 10-5m in (dmso) gave intensive uv-vis absorption bands in an average of (301.4–364.3) nm resulting from the (n-π*) transitions assignable to the nitrogen atoms conjugation with aromatic rings in (tpa) units and (π-π*) transitions in the diamine phenylene rings chromophore and triphenylamine [28]. polyamides (pd), (pe) and (pf)   94   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 gave lower uv-vis λabs max absorption compared with (pa), (pb) and (pc) because they have extra (π-π*) transitions of further diphenylene with (n-π*) electronic transitions so they need excess absorbance energy for transition than polyamides with phenylene diamine which require low absorption energy figure 8. figure 8: uv-vis absorption of polyamieds in 10-5 dmso. solution of polyamides in dmso gave pl emission bands in the blue region at the average (438 – 462) nm (figure 9). pl spectra is assignable from the low inter and intra molecular electronic interactions. the large triphenyl unit led to decrease the charge transfer formation within or between polymer chains by steric hindrance. polyamides (pa), (pb) and (pc) have convergent and higher λpl values rather than in polyamides (pd), (pe) and (pf) diphenylene diamine in which increase the excitation of π-electrons which leads to decrease the λpl. table 2 shows optical behaviors data of the polyamides.   95   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 9: photoluminescence of the polyamides in 10-5 dmso. table 2: optical properties all polyamides. polyamide codes λabs onset (nm)a λabs max (nm)a λpl (nm)b (pa) 406 343.2 462 (pb) 410 361.7 460 (pc) 404 364.3 458 (pd) 406 314.5 438 (pe) 393 317.6 443 (pf) 398 301.4 448 3.3.4. electrochemical properties cyclic voltammetry (cv) was used to verify the redox properties of synthesized polyamides. the method supports on synthetic a working electrode as anode by coating a special glass plate containing (tio) by a thin layer of the polyamide. this electrode is a part of the electrolytic cell with external cathode electrode ag/agcl. the used electrolyte in this proccese is dry ch3cn contains 0.1 m of tetrabutylammonium perchlorate (bu4nh4clo4). figure 11. shows a typical cyclic voltammetry curve for the synthesized polyamides (pa)-(pf). all polyamides showed the half-wave at oxidation potential in the range e1/2 = (1.13-1.28) v with scan rate at 0.2 v/s to remove two unpaired electrons from the nitrogen atom at each repeating triarylamine unit to form stable polymide2+ [29]. by change the potential scans between 0.0 1.51 v lead to conversion the pale yellowish color to the blue (figure 11. homo and lumo) energy levels of the compatible polyamides is calculated from the oxidation half-wave potential e1/2 and the onset absorption wavelength of   96   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the uv-vis absorption (λabs onset) of the solution [30]. the result data are listed in table 3. the external ferrocene/ferrocenium (fc/fc+) redox standard e1/2 was 0.41 v vs ag/agcl in ch3cn and the homo energy for the fc/fc+ standard was 4.80 ev. energy gab (eg) can be calculated by the equation: eg = 1242/ λabs, onset (1) where 1242 is a constant, λabs onset is the onset wavelength which can be calculated by intersection of two tangents on the absorption edges as shown in figure 10. figure 10: uv-vis absorption spectrum of polyamide (pa) in (10-5 m) dmso. therefore, the homo energy for (pa) can be calculated as follows: ehomo = [e1/2 ─ e1/2(ref.) +4.8] ev (2) where e1/2 is the oxidation half-wave potential which can be determined from the relation: e1/2 = (ered + eox) /2 (3) where ered and eox are the potentials of cathode and anode respectively e1/2 (ref.) is the external standard oxidation energy of ferrocene/ferrocenium ion couple under the same experimental conditions. its value is 0.41 v versus ag/agcl in ch3cn. from application of above equations on the synthesized polyamide (pa) as following: e1/2 = (ered + eox) /2 e1/2 = 1.12 v + 1.36 v / 2 =1.24v ehomo = [e1/2 e1/2(ref.) +4.8] ev = [1.24 v 0.41 v + 4.8] ev ehomo = 5.63 ev egap = 1240/λabs.onset = 1240/406 = 3.05 ev ehomo egap = elumo elumo = 5.63─3.05 = 2.58 ev by using same method, the same data calculated for other polyamides as shown in the table 3.   97   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 11: (c.v) of (a) ferrocene as reference and (b) the cast film of polyamides.   98   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 3: electrochemistry data for all the synthesized polyamides. polymer codes e1/2 v vs.ag/agcl λabs, onset (nm) ehomo a (ev) elumo b (ev) ehomo-elumo c gap (ev) (pa) 1.24 406 5.63 2.58 3.05 (pb) 1.13 410 5.52 2.50 3.02 (pc) 1.24 404 5.63 2.56 3.07 (pd) 1.27 406 5.66 2.61 3.05 (pe) 1.24 393 5.63 2.48 3.15 (pf) 1.28 398 5.61 2.50 3.11 a: homo energy levels were calculated from (c.v) which referenced to ferrocene/ferrocenum couple (4.8 ev). b: elumo =ehomo – egap. c: energy gap data 4. conclusion new amorphous polyamides having triarylamine group in their backbone structure have been successfully synthesized from the reaction of aromatic dicarboxylic acid with aromatic diamines. all these polymers were characterized by excellent thermal properties such as glass transition (tg) was in the range (245.5-278.8) °c, its thermal stability was also very high. polyamides with mono phenylene diamine showed a high tg value due to its high hardness of single phenylene amine compared with than di phenylene diamine with lower stiffness and rigidity. the optical properties (uv-vis) and photoluminance spectroscopy were analyzed for the solutions of all polyamides in concentration10-5 m in dmso which showed strong uv-vis absorption at the ranges (301.4 364.3) nm and pl emission ranges at about (438-462) nm. all polyamides showed halve oxidative wave at a scan rate of 0.2 v / s to convert the original yellowish color to the blue. references 1. tang, c.w.; vanslyke, s.a. organic electroluminescent diodes. applied physics letters. 1987, 51, 913-918, doi.org/10.1063/1.98799. 2. tang, c.w.; chen, c.h. electroluminescence of doped organic thin films, journal of applied physics. 1989, 65, 3610-3617, doi.org/10.1063/1.343409. 3. adachi, c.h.; nagai, k.a,; tamoto. n.o. electroluminescence of doped organic thin films. journal of applied physics n, applied physics letters. 1995, 66, 2679-2685. doi.org/10.1063/1.113123. 4. sun, y.; maindron. t.; dodelet. j.p.; iorio, m.d. synthesis and characterization of a blue light emitting polymer containing both hole and electron transporting units. chemistry of materials. 1999. 11, 2501–2507. doi: 10.1021/cm9902063. 5. yarn. j.f. high performance polymers. sage publications: new york, 2008. 6. kulkarni, a.p.; jenekhe, s.a.; electron transport materials for organic light-emitting diodes. journal of materials chemistry. 2004, 16, 4556-4573.doi 10.1021/cm049473l.  7. thelakkat, m.; schmidt, h.w. aromatic high-strength fibers. wiley: new york, 1989.   99   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 8. ogino, k.; kurjata, j. oxidative coupling polymerization of 4-methyltriphenylamine. macromolecular rapid communications. 1999, 20, 103-106, doi.org/10.1002/(sici)1521-3927(19990301)20:3<103::aid-marc103>3.0.co;2-q. 9. chou, m.y.; lin, c.c.; liu, j.h.; bbkuo, c.k. electropolymerization of starburst triarylamines and their application to electrochromism and electroluminescence. chemistry of materials. 2001, 16, 654-661, doi: 10.1021/cm034735p. 10. cheng, s.h.; liou, g.s. novel aromatic poly (amine-imide) s bearing a pendant triphenylamine group: synthesis, thermal, photophysical, electrochemical, and electrochromic characteristics. macromolecules. 2005, 38, 307–316. doi: 10.1021/ma048774d. 11. hsiao, s.h.; chen, h.w.; liou, g.s. novel aromatic polyamides and polyimides functionalized with 4-tert-butyltriphenylamine groups. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry. 2006, 44, 4579–4592, doi.org/10.1002/pola.21547.  12. beaupre. s.; leclerc. m. toward the development of new textile/plastic electrochromic cells using triphenylamine-based copolymers. chemistry of materials. 2006, 18, 4011– 4018, doi: 10.1021/cm060407o. 13. choi. k.; zentel. r. spin-coating of desigend functional planar defects in opal filims: generalized synthesis. chemistry of materials. 2006, 18, 5640-5642, doi: 10.1021/cm061948g. 14. tang, c.w.; jianmin, s. anthracene derivatives for stable blue-emitting organic electroluminescence devices. applied physics letters. 1987, 80, 3201-3207, doi.org/10.1063/1.1475361. 15. sadavarte, n.v.; avadhani, c.v.; naik, p.v.; wadgaonkar, p.p. regularly alternating poly(amideimide)s containing pendent pentadecyl chains: synthesis and characterization european polymer journal. 2010, 46, 1307-1315, doi.org/10.1016/j.eurpolymj.2010.03.007. 16. imai, y. synthesis of novel organic-soluble high-temperature aromatic polymers. high performance polymers. 1995, 7, 337-345, doi.org/10.1088/0954-0083/7/3/010. 17. hsiao, s.h.; wang, h.m.; chou, j.s.; guo, w.; tsai, t.h. synthesis and characterization of novel organo soluble and thermally stable polyamides bearing triptycene in their backbones. journal of polymer research. 2012, 19, 9902-9912, doi.org/10.1007/s10965-012-9902-9. 18. hsiao, s.h.; peng, s.c.; kung, y.r.; leu, c.m.; lee, t.m. synthesis and electro-optical properties of aromatic polyamides and polyimides bearing pendent 3,6dimethoxycarbazole units. european polymer journal. 2015, 73, 50−64, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eurpolymj.2015.10.004. 19. sheng, s.r.; pei, x.l.; huang, z.z.; liu, x.l.; song, c.s. novel soluble fluorinated aromatic polyamides derived from 2-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy) terephthaloyl chloride with various aromatic diamines. european polymer journal. 2009, 45, 230−236,doi.org/10.1016/j.eurpolymj.2008.10.023.   100   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1991 vol. 32 (1) 2019 20. bera, d.; dasgupta, b.; chatterjee, s.; maji, s.; banerjee, s. synthesis, characterization, and properties of semifluorinated organo-soluble new aromatic polyamides. polymers for advanced technologies. 2012, 23, 77−84, doi.org/10.1002/pat.1825. 21. hsiao, s.h.; lin, k.h. a comparative study on the properties of aromatic polyamides with methylor trifluoromethyl-substituted triphenylamine groups. journal of fluorine chemistry, 2016, 188, 33−42, doi.org/10.1016/j.jfluchem.2016.06.001. 22. hsiao, s.h.; wang, h.m.; liao, s.h. redox-stable and visible/near-infrared electrochromic aramids with main-chain triphenylamine and pendent 3,6-di-tertbutylcarbazole units. polymer chemistry, 2014, 5,7, 2473−2483, doi 10.1039/c3py01239e. 23. hsiao, s.h.; yeh, s.j. synthesis and optoelectronic properties of novel polyamides with 2-naphthyldiphenylamine units. macromolecular chemistry and physics, 2014, 215, 705−715, doi.org/10.1002/macp.201400002.  24. hsiao, s.h.; cheng, s.l. new electroactive and electrochromic aromatic polyamides with ether-linked bis(triphenylamine) units. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry. 2015, 53,496−510, doi.org/10.1002/pola.27465. 25. liou, g.s.,; yen, h. j. synthesis, photoluminescence, and electrochromic properties of wholly aromatic polyamides bearing naphthylamine chromophores. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry. 2006, 44, 6094–6102, doi.org/10.1002/pola.21708. 26. oishi, y.; kakimoto, m.; imai, y. preparation and properties of new aromatic polyamides from 4, 4′‐diaminotriphenylamine and aromatic dicarboxylic acids, journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry. 1990, 28, 1763-1769. doi.org/10.1002/pola.1990.080280708. 27. yamazaki, n.; kawataba, h.f. studies on reactions of the nphosphonium salts of pyridines. xi. preparation of. polypeptides and polyamides by means of triaryl phosphites in pyridine. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry. 1974, 12, 2149-154, doi.org/10.1002/pol.1974.170120935. 28. rozhkov, v.v.; khajehpour, m.; vinogradov, s.a. luminescent zn and pd tetranaphthaloporphyrins. inorganic chemistry. 2003, 42, 4253-4255, doi 10.1021/ic034257k. 29. selby, t.d.; blackstock, s.c. patterned redox arrays of polyarylamines i. synthesis and electrochemistry of a p-phenylenediamine and arylamino-appended pphenylenediamine arrays. chemistry of materials. 2002, 14, 1685-1690. doi: 10.1021/cm0106769. 30. de leeuw, d. m.; simenon, m. m. j.; brown, a. r., einerhand, r. e. f. stability of ntype doped conducting polymers and consequences for polymeric microelectronic devices. synthetic metals. 1997, 87, 53-59, doi.org/10.1016/s0379-6779(97)80097-5. 308 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 isolation and identification of azadirachtin from fruits of melia azedarach l. (meliaceae) n. s. mehdi, h. f. al-rubeae* and m. a. ali department of biology, college of education, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. * ministry of science and technology. received in : 28 september 2010 accepted in :11january 2012 abstract azadirachtin is a naturally occurring substance that belongs to an organic molecule class which is called tetranortriterpenoids. it is on of the most powerful plant derived insecticides known, its structure is similar to insect hormones called ecdysoncs (molting hormone), which control the process of metamorphosis. azadirachtin has been isolated from fruits of melia azedarach l. the structure of this compound was determined by spectral studies (ir spectra and gc mass spectra) and denitrified by then layer chromotochraphy (tlc). key word: azadirachtin, fruits, meliaceae . 309 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 عزل وتشخيص مركب االزدراختين من ثمار نبات السبحبح melia azedarach l. (meliaceae) نوال صادق مهدي ، حسين فاضل الربيعي *، محمد علي عبد المنعم ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد-كلية التربية ،قسم علوم الحياة وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجيا * الخالصة وهو من اقوى tetranorterpenoidي يعود الى مجموعة من المركبات تسمى االزدراختين مركب عضوي طبيع المركبات العضوية ذي االصل النباتي تركيبه الكيميائي يشابه هرمونات الحشرات المسماة االكداسيون (هرمونات االنسالخ) . وقد .melia azedarach lالتي تسيطر على عمليات التشكل فيها ، تم عزل هذا المركب من ثمار نبات السبحبح اثبتت الدراسات الطيفية ( قياس طيف االشعة الحمراء وقياس طيف الكتلة ) عزل هذا المركب وتم تنقيته والكشف عنه بطريقة كروماتوغرافيا الصفائح الرقيقة. .meliaceaeالسبحبح، ازدراختين، عائلة الكلمات المفتاحية: المقدمة قة من النباتات استند الى اساس كونهـا ذات ضـرر اقـل فـي النظـام البيئـي، وقـد ان البحث عن مبيدات حشرية مشت ) مركبـات نباتيـة ذي تـأثير سـمي فـي 1005) مركـب كيميـائي نبـاتي منهـا (10000تم خالل العقدين االخرين عـزل حـوالي ( مركبـــاً ذا تـــأثير مثـــبط للنمـــو ) 31) مركبـــاً ذا تـــأثير طـــارد و (279) مركبـــاً ذا تـــأثير مثـــبط للتغذيـــة و (348الحشــرات و ( ].1وخمسة مركبات تسبب العقم في الحشرات [ ان هــذه المركبــات متنوعــة ومعقــدة التركيــب الكيميــائي وقــد اختلــف العلمــاء فــي تصــنيفها فمــنهم مــن صــنفها تبعــاً لمركبــات القلويــدات للتركيــب الكيميــائي، ومــنهم مــن صــنفها تبعــاً لمصــدر تكونهــا خــالل عمليــات االيــض الحيــوي ومــن اهــم ا ].2والفينوالت والكاليكوسيدات والتربينات [ من المركبات الكيمياوية المهمة التي تعود لمجموعة التربينات ما يعرف بالستيرويدات النباتية وهي مركبات حلقية المهمـة التابعـة لهـذه ) فـي الحشـرات ومـن المركبـات ecdysonمعقدة التركيب تشبه في تركيبها الكيمياوي هرمون االنسالخ ( والــــــــ rutaceaeوهي مركبات خماسية الحلقة تتواجد في بعض العوائل النباتية منهـا limonoidالمجموعة ما يعرف بالــــــ simarobaceae والــــــــmeliaceae تتميـز هـذه المركبـات بطعمهـا المــر وبفعاليتهـا الفسـلجية العاليـة فـي االفـات الحشــرية . ]. ومن اهم المركبات التي تعـود الـى مجموعـة الــــــــــ 3شكل وسيلة دفاع مهمة ضد هجوم الحشرات واالحياء االخرى [وباتت ت limonoid هــذا مركــب االزدراختــين الــذي امكــن عزلــه مــن انــواع مــن العائلــة الزنزلختيــةmeliaceae مثــل النــيم والســبحبح عام heinrich schmuttererبها هذا المركب الحظها اول مرة العالم ]، ان الخصائص القاتلة للحشرات التي يتميز4,5[ 310 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 عنـدما اجتــاح الجــراد المهــاجر الســودان ،اذ يتبــين ان اشــجار النــيم لــم تتــأثر بــذلك وقــد وجــد أن لــه فعاليــة شــديدة ضــد 1959 ].6,7ية [العديد من االفات الحشرية المخزنية والمن والجراد والحشرات الماصة للدم ذي االهمية الطب ]. وهـو مركـب ربـاعي zanno et al., 1975] (8) مـن قبـل العـالم (c35h44o16وقـد عـرف تركيبـه الكيميـائي ( الحلقــة يعــود الــى مجموعــة التربينــات الثالثيــة وقــد وجــد ان لهــذا المركــب تــأثيراً مانعــاً للتغذيــة ووضــع البــيض ومعــوق لنمــو وتطور الحشرات. ث العلميــة والتجــارب الحقليــة حــول اســتعمال هــذا المركــب فــي الســيطرة علــى مختلــف وقــد اجريــت الكثيــر مــن البحــو االفات الزراعية والسيما الحشرات نباتية التغذية من رتبتي حرشفية االجنحة وعمدية االجنحـة، كمـا شخصـت فعاليتـه الشـديدة نـــواع اخـــرى مـــن االحيـــاء منهـــا الديـــدان تجـــاه العديـــد مـــن الحشـــرات ذي االهميـــة الطبيـــة، كمـــا عرفـــت فعاليتـــه الشـــديدة تجـــاه ا ] ومــرض المالريــا 12]، كــذلك اســتعمل هــذا المركــب فــي عــالج مــرض الســكر [9,10,11والفطريــات واالبتــدائيات وغيرهــا [ ]. تمكنــت بعــض الــدول مثــل 14] كمــا وجــد ان هــذا المركــب يمنــع نمــو الخاليــا الســرطانية [13والرومــاتزم وامــراض اخــرى [ المانيــا والهنــد مــن انتـــاج تحضــيرات تجاريــة يــدخل فــي تركيبهـــا هــذا المركــب لغــرض اســتعمالها كمبيـــدات الواليــات المتحــدة و ]. 7حشرية [ .melia azedarach lيهــدف هــذا البحــث الــى عــزل وتشــخيص مركــب االزدراختــين مــن ثمــار نبــات الســبحبح .meliaceaeالمستزرع في العراق والتابع لعائلة المواد وطرائق العمل جمع ثمار النبات .1 مــن مواقــع متفرقــة مــن محافظــة بغــداد، تــم تشــخيص النبــات مــن m. azedarachجمعــت ثمــار نبــات الســبحبح المعشب الوطني العراقي في ابي غريب. نظفت الثمار من االتربة وجففت في مكان دافيء ومضلل، بعدها طحنـت بمطحنـة ة زجاجاية نظيفة ومعقمة.، وضع مسحوق الثمار في قنينmesh) 60-50كهربائية ( . عزل مركب االزدراختين2 ] في فصل مركب االزدراختين التي تتلخص باالتي:yamasaki et al., 1986] (5اتبعت طريقة ( هكسـان -مـن مـذيب ن 3) سـم750) غم من مسحوق ثمار السبحبح فـي بيكـر نظيـف، اضـيف اليـه (300وضع ( مال الخــالط المغناطيســي وبدرجـة حــرارة الغرفــة، تــرك ليبــرد وازيــل الراشــح، اعيــد مـع التحريــك المســتمر لســاعات عديــدة بأســتع من مذيب الميثانول وازيل الراشـح، كـرر االسـتخالص بالميثـانول 3) سم750استخالص مسحوق الثمار مرة ثانية بأستخدام ( ز المبخـر الـدوار ليعطـي مسـتخلص مرة اخرى ثم ترك ليركد وازيل الراشح، جمع راشح الميثـانول وعـزل المـذيب بوسـاطة جهـا مـاء 3) سـم300ميثـانول واضـيف اليـه ( 3) سم300) غم، اذيب المستخلص االخير في (28(بشكل قطران) برتقالي اللون ( مــن مــذيب ثنــائي كلــورو الميثــان 3) ســم300هكســان و (-مــن مــذيب ن 3) ســم300مقطــر مــع التحريــك بلطــف ثــم اضــيف ( الى طبقتين عزلت الطبقة السفلى (مذيب ثنائي كلورو الميثان) ثم تبخير المـذيب بجهـاز وجمعت في قمع الفصل، اذ تميزت المبخر الدوار ليخلف مادة صلبة برتقالية اللون تمثل مادة االزدراختين الخام. . تنقية مركب االزدراختين3 311 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 هـا اسـتعمل الوعـاء ) وفيtlc)thin layer chromatographyاتبعـت طريقـة كروموتوغرافيـا الصـفائح الرقيقـة ) علـى التـوالي 11:9بنسـبة ( )هكسـان:ايزوبروبانول-) سـم ذو غطـاء زجـاجي، اسـتخدم مـزيج (ن30الخاص وكان ارتفاعه ( ) 0.250) سـم مغطـاة بطبقـة سـمكها ((20x20]، اما الصفائح المستخدمة فكانت صـفائح لدائنيـة بابعـاد 5لغرض الروغان [ ) 3)ْ م مــدة (100نشـطت فـي فــرن حـراري بدرجـة ( marckلمجهـزة مــن شـركة وا silica gel 60hf245ملـم مـن مـادة مـن كحـول االيثـانول ورج جيـدا لحـين الـذوبان، 3) سـم2) غم من مركب االزدراختين الذي تم فصله فـي (0.1دقائق. اذيب ( يرة وكانـت وضعت قطرات صغيرة مـن المحلـول الكحـولي السـابق بوسـاطة انابيـب شـعرية وتركـت لتجـف علـى شـكل بقـع صـغ ) سـم عنـد حـافتي الصـفيحة. وضـعت الصـفيحة داخـل الوعـاء الزجـاجي 2) سـم وتركـت مسـافة (2المسافة بين بقعـة واخـرى ( الخاص على ان يكون مستوى المحلول تحت موضع بقع محلول المركب، غطي الوعاء باحكام وترك تحت ظروف المختبر الصحيفة بقليل، اخرجت الصحيفة وتركت لتجـف وعرضـت لالشـعة فـوق وتم مراقبة وصول حافة المذيب ما قبل نهاية حافة ).rf )mobility relative to frontالبنفسجية لتحديد موقع البقع حسب الـــــ ) غــم مــن مــادة الفــانيلين 3تــم الكشــف عــن مركــب االزدراختــين باســتعمال الكاشــف الخــاص والمحضــر مــن اضــافة ( من الكحول االثيلـي ورج جيـدا لحـين الـذوبان، اذ 3) سم100المركز واضيف اليهما (من حامض الكبريتيك 3) سم1.5الى ( بالكاشف. tlcرشت صفائح الـــــــ ظهرت بقع مركب االزدراختين بلون بني محمر تحول الى االخضر. .الدراسات الطيفية لمركب االزدراختين4 اجــري تحليــل طيــف االشــعة تحــت ):ir )infra red spectroscopyالتحليــل الطيفــي باالشــعة تحــت الحمــراء -أ pye-unicam sp3 infra red spectroscopy (england)الحمـراء بأسـتخدام جهـاز مطيـاف تحـت الحمـراء نـوع ).kbrوذلك بعمل نموذج للمادة في قرص من مادة بروميد البوتاسيوم ( نــــوع gc-msالمعــــزول بجهــــاز : قــــيس طيــــف الكتلــــة للمركــــب (االزدراختــــين)gc massقيــــاس طيــــف الكتلــــة -ب schimadzu specterometer qp1000a ) بأسـتخدام قطـب االدخـال المباشـرdirect inlet probe ومـدى طيـف ( ).m/z= 1-1000كتلي ( النتائج والمناقشة فصل وتنقية مركب االزدراختين -1 لكمية قليلة بالمقارنة مع ) غم من مسحوق ثمار السبحبح وتعد هذه ا300) غم لكل (1.2تم الحصول على ( ] عند فصل مركب االزدراختين من لب البذور المعزولة من ثمار النيم yamasaki et al., 1986] (5ماذكره ( )azederachta indica) التابع لنفس عائلة السبحبح وهي العائلة الزنزلختية (meliaceae وهذا يدل على ان ثمار ،( ركب من ثمار نبات السبحبح من الصعب جدا فصلها من الثمار لذلك جرى طحن الثمار النيم قد تتضمن كمية اكبر من الم كاملة وليس البذور كما في المصدر. 312 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) 11:9ايزوبوبانول) بنسبة (-هكسان -بأستخادم المذيب (ن tlcوعند اجراء عملية تنقية المركب بطريقة الــــــ ] عند رشها بالكاشف 5بني محمر تحول لالخضر وهذا يتطابق مع [على التوالي، ظهرت بقع مذنبة للمركب تلونت بلون morgan and) وهذا يتطابق مع (0.56للبقعة وجد انها ( rfالخاص وهذا يؤيد فصل المركبات المذكور، وعند قياس الـــــ thornton, 1973] (15.[ الدراسات الطيفية لمركب االزدراختين -2 ) 1النموذج المركب المفصول من ثمار السبحبح القمم الواضحة في الشكل (اظهر طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء . اما o-hلمجاميع stretching vibrationتعزى الى اهتزاز امتطاطي cm-1) 3460حيث اذ القمة العريضة عند ( ) حزما 1الشكل (ويالحظ في c=oفتنتج عن االهتزاز االمتطاطي لمجاميع الكاربوتيل cm-1) 1740الحزمة القوية عند ( وان هذه القمم تشابه c=cالتي تمثل االهتزازات المرنة لمجاميع cm-1) 1620و( cm-1) 1650ضعيفة ايضا عند ( ].16كثيرا طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء لمركب االزدراختين القياسي [ fragmentation( ) قياسات طيف الكتلة النموذج مادة االزراختين المعزول، ان نمط التكسر2يظهر الشكل ( pattern 22,23ثنائي الهايدروازدراختين 23,22) يشابه كثيراً نمط التكسر لطيف الكتلة لنموذج االزدراختين dihydroazadirachtin ذي الصيغة الجزيئيةc35h46o16 ]16) والوزن الجزيئي له [722.71 (g.mol-1 ]17.[ المصادر 1. grange, m. s.; ahmed, w. c. and mitchell, t. w. plant species reportedly possessing pest control properties. ann. ewc/vh database. resource system institute, est. west. center, honolulu, hawaii, usa. والنشــر، جامعــة بغــداد: ) العقــاقير وكيميــاء النباتــات الطبيــة. بيــت الحكمــة للطباعــة 1989. الشــماع، علــي عبــد الحســين (2 صفحة. 397 3. harborne, j. b. (1973). phytochemical methods, aguide modern techniques of plant analysis. halsted press. john wiley and sons, new york: 278 pp. 4. al-sharook, z. m.; balan, k.; jiang, y. and rembold (1991). insect growth inhibitors from two tropical meliaceae effect of crude seed extracts on mosquito larvae. j. appl. entomol., 111: 425-430. 5. yamasaki, r. b.; kloke, j. a.; lee, s. m. stone, g. a. and darlington, m. v. (1986). isolation and purification of azadirachtin from neem (azadirachta indica) seeds using chromatography and high-performance liquid chromatography.j. chromatog., 356: 220-226. 6. veich, g. e.; boyer, a. and ley, s. v. (2008). the azadirachtin story. angew. chem. int. ed. engl., 47: 9402-9429. 7. parmar, b. s. and singh, r. p. (ed.) (1993). neem in agriculture, indian agricultural research institute. new delhi, 110012: 85 pp. 313 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 8. zanno, p. r.; mura, i. and nakanishi, k. (1975). structure of the insect phagorepellent, azadirachtin, application of prft/ cwd carbon-13. nuclear magnetic resonance. j. am. chem. soc., 97: 1975-1977. 9. akhter, y.; yeoung, y. r. and isman, m. b. (2008). comparative bioactivity of selected extracts from meliaceae and some commercial botanical insecticides against two noctuiel caterpillars, trichoplusia ni and pseudaletia unipuncta, phytochem. rev., 7: 77-88. 10. mulla, m. s. and su, t. (1999). activity and biological effects of neem product against arthropods of medical and veterinary importance. j. am. mosq. control assoc., 15: 133-152. 11. rembold, h. (1989). azadirachtins: their structure and mode of action. in: insectreides of plant origin, acs symp-ser. 387 (eds-arnason, j.t.; philogene, b. j. r. and morand , p.): 150-163 pp. american chemical society, washington, dc. 12. khosla, p.; bhanwra, s.; singh, j.; seth, s. and srivastava, r. k. (2001). astudy of hypoglycaemic effects of azadirachta indica (neem) in nonmaland alloxan diabetic rabbits. indian j. physiol. & pharm., 44: 69-74. 13. toh, m.; babajan, b.; ragavendra, p. b.; sureshkumar, c. and manna, s. k. (2011). azadirachtin interacts with retinoic acid receptors and inhibits retinoic acid mediated biological responses. j. biol. chem., 286: 4690-4702. 14. priyadvaini, r. v.; murugan, r. s.; sripriya, p., karunagaran, d. and nagini, s. (2010). the neem limonoids azadirachtin and nimbloide induce cell cycle arrest and minochondriamediated apoptosis in human cervical cancer (hela) cell. free radic. res., 44:624-634. 15. morgan, e. d. and thornton, m. d. (1073). azadirachtin in the fruit of melia azedarach l., phytochem., 12: 391-392. 16. butterworth, j. h. and morgan, e. d. (1971). investigation of the locust feeding inhibition of the seed of the neem tree azadirachta indica insect. physiol., 17: 969-977. 17. nist (1998). national institute of standards technology, mass spectrometry database center ia, usa. 314 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 .m. azedarach l): طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء لمركب االزدراختين المعزول من ثمار السبحبح 1شكل( 315 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 .m. azedarach l ول من ثمار السبحبح: طيف الكتلة لمركب االزدراختين المعز)2شكل ( ihjpas. 36(2)2023 331 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract this paper is concerned with the quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem (qnlhbvp) studding constraints quaternary optimal classical continuous control vector (cqocccv), the cost function (cf), and the equality and inequality quaternary state and control constraints vector (eiqsccv). the existence of a cqocccv dominating by the qnlhbvp is stated and demonstrated using the aubin compactness theorem (acth) under appropriate hypotheses (hyps). furthermore, mathematical formulation of the quaternary adjoint equations (qaes) related to the quaternary state equations (qse) are discovere so as its weak form (wf) . the directional derivative (dd) of the hamiltonian (ham) is calculated. the necessary and sufficient conditions for optimality (ncso) theorems for the proposed problem are stated and proved. keywords: necessary and sufficient conditions fro optimality, nonlinear hyperbolic system, quaternary optimal classical continuous control vector. 1. introduction optimal control problems (ocps) are important in a wide range of practical applications, including robotics robotics[1], economics[2], weather conditions[3], community health[4], and a variety of other scientific fields. nonlinear odes [5]or nonlinear pdes (nlpdes) [6] usually dominate ocps. this significance pushed many researchers to be concerned about ocps in general and optimal classical continuous control problems (occcps) in particular. during the last decade much emphasis has been place on studying the ocps for system dominating by nonlinear pdes (nlpdes) of the three types in general; hyperbolic, elliptic and parabolic [7-9]. later the study of this subject, in particular for hyperbolic type of pdes was generalized to deal with ccocps dominated by coupled nlpdes of it [10], and then to ccocps dominating by triple nlpdes of it [11]. the problem in each type of these occcps was typically comprised of an initial and boundary value problem, the cf and the constraints on the state and the control vectors (cscv). the study of each one of these problems had been included of; the existence theorem of constraints occc vector satisfying the sccv had been stated and demonstrated under appropriate hyps, the mathematical formulation for the qaes related to the given qses had been obtained, doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2992 article history: received 5 september 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq constraints optimal classical continuous control vector problem for quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic system mayeada abd alsatar hassan department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. mayeadabd1989@uomustanriyah.edu.iq jamil a. ali al-hawasy department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mayeadabd1989@uomustanriyah.edu.iq mailto:jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 332 and the dd for the ham had been derived. the theorems of necessity and sufficient conditions for optimality had been stated and demonstrated. all of these concerns motivated us to consider extending the study of the ccocp dominating by triple nlpdes of hyperbolic type to a ccocp dominating by qnlhbvp. as a result of this expansion, there was a need to generalize the mathematical model and then to generalize all the proofs related to this generalization, and accordingly. the authors created new theorems, lemma and then proved them in this paper. the existence theorem (eth) of a cqocccv dominating by the qnlhbvps with eiqsccv was stated and demonstrated in this work using the acth under appropriate hyps. moreover mathematical formulation of the qaes related to qses was discovered as was the wf of the qaes. the derivative of dd was obtained. lastly, both the theorems for the ncso of the proposed problems were stated and demonstrated. 2. problem description: let 𝐼 = [0, 𝑇], t < ∞, ω ⊂ ℝ2, be an open bounded regular region with boundary γ = 𝜕ω, 𝑄 = ω × 𝐼, σ = γ × 𝐼. the cqocccv including of the qses are given by the following qnlhbvp: 𝑦1𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦1 + 𝑦1 − 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 = 𝑓1(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1, 𝑢1), in 𝑄, (1) 𝑦2𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦2 + 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 − 𝑦3 − 𝑦4 = 𝑓2(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2, 𝑢2), in 𝑄, (2) 𝑦3𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦3 − 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 = 𝑓3(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3, 𝑢3), in 𝑄, (3) 𝑦4𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦4 − 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 − 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 = 𝑓4(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4, 𝑢4), in 𝑄, (4) with the following boundary conditions (bcs) and the initial conditions (ics) 𝑦𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) = 0, on σ, for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 . (5) 𝑦1(𝑥, 0) = 𝑦𝑖 0(𝑥),and 𝑦𝑖𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 𝑦𝑖 1(𝑥), in ω for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. (6) where �⃗� = (𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, 𝑦4) ∈ 𝑯 𝟏(𝛀) = (𝐻1(ω))4is the quaternary solution vectors (qsvs), corresponding to the quaternary classical continuous control vector (qcccv) �⃗⃗� = (𝑢1, 𝑢2, 𝑢3, 𝑢4) ∈ 𝑳 𝟐(𝐐) = (𝐿2(𝑄))4 and (𝑓1, 𝑓2, 𝑓3, 𝑓4) ∈ 𝑳 𝟐(𝐐) is a vector of a given function on (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈1) × (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈2) × (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈3) × (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈4), with 𝑈𝑖 ⊂ ℝ, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 . the qsccs are �⃗⃗� ∈ 𝑊 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗, 𝑊 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⊂ 𝑳 𝟐(𝐐) where �⃗⃗⃗⃗� = {�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ 𝑈 ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⊂ ℝ 4, 𝑎. 𝑒 𝑖𝑛 𝑄}, with is a convex (co). the cf is given and the eineqscc on the qsccs are resp. 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) = σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 , (7) 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�) = σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔1𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 = 0, (8) 𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) = σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔2𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≤ 0, (9) the set of admissible quaternary control (aqc) is: �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 = {�⃗⃗� ∈ 𝑊 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ∣ 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�) = 0, 𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 0}. the cqocccv is to find �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, s.t. 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 �⃗⃗⃗�∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0 (�⃗⃗⃗�) . let�⃗⃗� = {�⃗� = (𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, 𝑣4) ∈ 𝑯 𝟏(𝛀), 𝑣1 = 𝑣2 = 𝑣3 = 𝑣4 = 0 𝑜𝑛 𝜕ω},v⃗⃗⃗ = 𝑯𝟎 𝟏(𝛀) = (𝐻0 1(ω))4 , 𝑳𝟐(𝑰, 𝑽) = (𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉))4 and 𝑉 = 𝐻0 1(ω), the inner product (ip) and the norm(nr) in 𝑳𝟐(𝐐) are denoted by (�⃗�, �⃗�) and ∥ �⃗� ∥𝑳𝟐(𝐐)= σ 𝑖=1 4 ∥ 𝑣1 ∥𝐿2(q) 2 resp., the nr in 𝑳𝟐(𝑰, 𝑽) by ∥ �⃗� ∥𝑳𝟐(𝑰,𝑽)= σ 𝑖=1 4 ∥ 𝑣1 ∥𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉) 2 , and 𝑳𝟐(𝑰, 𝑽∗) is the dual of 𝑳𝟐(𝑰, 𝑽). the wf of ((1)-(6)) with �⃗� ∈ 𝑯𝟎 𝟏(𝛀) is given (a.e. on i and ∀𝑣𝑖 , 𝑦𝑖 (0, 𝑡) ∈ 𝑉,∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 ) by : (𝑦1𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣1) + (∇𝑦1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4, 𝑣1) = (𝑓1, 𝑣1), (10) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 333 (𝑦1 0, 𝑣1) = (𝑦1(0), 𝑣1), and (𝑦1𝑡 1 , 𝑣1) = (𝑦1𝑡 (0), 𝑣1), (11) (𝑦2𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣2) + (∆𝑦2, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4, 𝑣2) = (𝑓2, 𝑣2), (12) (𝑦2 0, 𝑣2) = (𝑦2(0), 𝑣2), and (𝑦2𝑡 1 , 𝑣2) = (𝑦2𝑡 (0), 𝑣2) , (13) (𝑦3𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣3) + (∇𝑦3, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4, 𝑣3) = (𝑓3, 𝑣3), (14) (𝑦3 0, 𝑣3) = (𝑦3(0), 𝑣3), and (𝑦3𝑡 1 , 𝑣3) = (𝑦3𝑡 (0), 𝑣3), (15) (𝑦4𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣4) + (∇𝑦4, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4, 𝑣4) = (𝑓4, 𝑣4), (16) (𝑦4 0, 𝑣4) = (𝑦4(0), 𝑣4), and (𝑦4𝑡 1 , 𝑣4) = (𝑦4𝑡 (0), 𝑣4), (17) assums (a): suppose that 𝑓𝑖 is of carathéodory type (carat) on 𝑄 × (ℝ × 𝑈𝑖 ) satisfies (w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖 &𝑢𝑖 ) the following (i)|𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐹𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡)+∣ 𝑢𝑖 | + 𝛽𝑖 |𝑦𝑖 |, where 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ, 𝛽𝑖 > 0 and 𝐹𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 2(q). (ii) 𝑓𝑖 is satisfied lipschitz condition (lpc) w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖, i.e. |𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) − 𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, �̅�𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐿𝑖 |𝑦𝑖 − �̅�𝑖 | , 𝑦𝑖 , �̅�𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ, 𝐿𝑖 > 0, for (𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝑄. proposition 2.1[12]: let 𝐷 ⊂ ℝ2 be measurable, 𝑓: 𝐷 × ℝ𝑛 ⟶ ℝ𝑚 is of carat satisfies: ‖𝑓(𝑣, 𝑥)‖ ≤ (𝑣) + (𝑣)‖𝑥‖𝛼, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿𝑝(𝐷 × ℝ𝑛 ), ∈ 𝐿1(𝐷 × ℝ ), ∈ 𝐿 𝑝 𝑝−𝛼(𝐷 × ℝ ), 𝛼 ∈ [0, ∞). then the functional (funl) 𝐹(𝑥) = ∫ 𝐷 𝑓(𝑣, 𝑥(𝑣))𝑑𝑣 is continuous (cont.). theorem2.1 (eth of a unique qsvs)[13]: if assums (a) hold, then for each given �⃗⃗� ∈ 𝑳𝟐(𝐐), the wf (1017) has a unique qsvs �⃗� = (𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, 𝑦4) ∈ 𝑳 𝟐(𝑰, 𝑽) with �⃗�𝑡 = (𝑦1𝑡 , 𝑦2𝑡 , 𝑦3𝑡 , 𝑦4𝑡 ) ∈ 𝑳𝟐(𝐐), �⃗�𝑡𝑡 = (𝑦1𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦2𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦3𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦4𝑡𝑡 ) ∈ 𝑳 𝟐(𝑰, 𝑽∗). assums (b): consider 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 & 𝑙 = 0,1,2) is of the carat on 𝑄 × (ℝ × 𝑈𝑖 ) and satisfies:|𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐺𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝐶𝑙𝑖 (𝑦𝑖 ) 2 + 𝐶𝑙𝑖 (𝑢𝑖 ) 2, where 𝐺𝑙𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 1(𝑄), 𝑦𝑖 ∈ ℝ &𝑢𝑖 ∈ 𝑈𝑖. lemma 2.1: with assums (b), the funl �⃗⃗� → 𝐺𝑙 (�⃗⃗�), ∀𝑙 = 0,1,2 is cont. on 𝑳 𝟐(𝐐). proof: the proof is obtained from the assums (b) and proposition 1. lemma 2.2[12]: let 𝑔: 𝑄 × ℝ → ℝ is of carat on 𝑄 × (ℝ × ℝ) and satisfies |𝑔 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦, 𝑢)| ≤ 𝐺 (𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝑐 𝑦 2 + �́�𝑢 2, where 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝐿1(q),𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, 𝑐, 𝑐́ ≥ 0, 𝑈 ⊂ ℝ, is compact(com). then ∫ 𝑄 𝑔 (𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑢 )𝑑𝑥 is cont. on 𝐿 2(𝑄) w.r.t. 𝑦. theorem 2.2 (lp cont. theorem)[13]: in addition to assums (a), if �⃗� and �⃗� + 𝛿�⃗� are the qsvs corresponding to the bounded qcccvs �⃗⃗� and �⃗⃗� + 𝛿�⃗⃗� resp. in 𝐿2(𝑄), then for 𝛿 ∈ ℝ+ ∥ 𝛿�⃗� ∥𝐿∞(𝐼,𝑳𝟐(𝛀))≤ 𝛿 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑳𝟐(𝑸),∥ 𝛿�⃗�∈ ∥𝑳𝟐(𝑰,𝑽)≤ 𝛿 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑳𝟐(𝑸)and∥ 𝛿�⃗� ∥𝐿2𝑄)≤ 𝛿 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑳𝟐(𝑸). assums (c): assume that for each (𝑙 = 0,1,2 &𝑖 = 1,2,3,4), the functions 𝑓𝑖 , 𝑓𝑖𝑦𝑖 , 𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 , 𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑦𝑖 , 𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑢𝑖 are of carat on 𝑄 × (ℝ × 𝑈′), where (𝑈′ is an open set containing 𝑈), s.t.( for(𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝑄) : |𝑓𝑖𝑦𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐿𝑖 , |𝑓𝑖𝑦𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐿′𝑖, |𝑔𝑖𝑦𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐺𝑙𝑖5(𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝐺𝑙𝑖5(𝑥, 𝑡) ∣ 𝑦𝑖 ∣, |𝑔𝑖𝑢𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐺𝑙𝑖6(𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝐺𝑙𝑖6(𝑥, 𝑡) ∣ 𝑦𝑖 ∣,where𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ, 𝐺𝑙𝑖5, 𝐺𝑙𝑖6 ∈ 𝐿 2(𝑄),𝐺𝑙𝑖5, 𝐺𝑙𝑖6 ≥ 0. main results 3.existence of the cqocccv theorem 3.1: in addition to assums ((a) & (b)), if the set �⃗⃗⃗� is co and com., �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 ≠ 𝜙, the function 𝑓𝑖 (∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) has the form: 𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) = 𝑓𝑖1(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 ) + 𝑓𝑖2(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢𝑖 , with |𝑓𝑖1(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 )| ≤ 𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝑐𝑖 ∣ 𝑦𝑖 ∣,|𝑓𝑖2(𝑥, 𝑡)| ≤ 𝐾𝑖, 𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 2(q), 𝑐𝑖 ≥ 0. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 334 𝑔1𝑖 is independent of 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑔0𝑖 and 𝑔2𝑖are co w.r.t. 𝑢𝑖 for fixed (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 ), ∀ 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. then there is a cqocccv. proof: from the assum on �⃗⃗⃗� ⊂ ℝ , �⃗⃗⃗⃗� is weakly compact (wcom), since �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 ≠ 𝜙, then there is a minimum sequence(seq.) {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } = {(𝑢1𝑘 , 𝑢2𝑘 , 𝑢3𝑘 , 𝑢4𝑘 )} ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, ∀𝑘 s.t. 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�𝑘 ) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�). since �⃗⃗�𝑘 ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, ∀𝑘 and �⃗⃗⃗⃗� is wcom, there exists a subsequence of {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } say again {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } s.t. . �⃗⃗�𝑘 → �⃗⃗� weakly (wk) in 𝑳𝟐(𝐐) and ∥ �⃗⃗�𝑘 ∥𝑳𝟐(𝐐)≤ 𝑑,∀𝑘. from theorem 1, corresponding to the seq. qcv {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } the wf of the qses has “a unique” solution {�⃗�𝑘 = �⃗�𝑢𝑘 } and ∥ �⃗�𝑘 ∥𝑳𝟐(𝑰,𝑽), ∥ �⃗�𝑘𝑡 ∥𝑳𝟐(𝑸) are bounded, then by alaoglu’s theorem (ath), there exists a subsequence of {�⃗�𝑘 } and {�⃗�𝑘𝑡 }, say again {�⃗�𝑘 } and {�⃗�𝑘𝑡 }, s.t. �⃗�𝑘 → �⃗� wk in 𝑳 𝟐(𝑰, 𝑽), �⃗�𝑘𝑡 → �⃗�𝑡 wk in (𝐿 2(𝑄))4. now for each 𝑘. and by applying the acth[14] , there is a subsequence of{�⃗�𝑘 } say a gain {�⃗�𝑘 } s.t. �⃗�𝑘 → �⃗� strongly (st) in 𝑳𝟐(𝐐). now, for each 𝑘, substituting the qsvs �⃗�𝑘 in the wf ((10), (12), (14), (16)), multiplying both sides (mbss) of each one by 𝜙𝑖 (𝑡), ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 (with 𝜙𝑖 ∈ 𝐶 2[0, 𝑇], s.t. 𝜙𝑖 (𝑇) = 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑇) = 0, 𝜙𝑖 (0) ≠ 0, 𝜙𝑖 ′(0) ≠ 0), rewriting the 1st terms in the lhs of each one, then integrating both sides (ibs) on [0, 𝑇], and then integrating by parts (ibps) for the 1st terms, yield to ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦1𝑘𝑡 , 𝑣1)𝜙1 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦1𝑘 , ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣1) − (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣1) + (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣1) + (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣1)]𝜙1 𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓11(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1𝑘 ), 𝑣1)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓12(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢1𝑘 , 𝑣1)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 , (18) ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦2𝑘𝑡 , 𝑣2)𝜙2 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦2𝑘 , ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣2) + (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣2) − (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣2) − (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣2)]𝜙2 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓21(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2𝑘 ), 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓22(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢2𝑘 , 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡, (19) ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣3)𝜙3 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦3𝑘 , ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣3) + (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣3) + (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣3) + (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣3)]𝜙3 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓31(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3𝑘 ), 𝑣3)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓32(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢3𝑘 , 𝑣3)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡, (20) ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣4)𝜙4 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦4𝑘 , ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣4) + (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣4) − (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣4) + (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣4)]𝜙4 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓41(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4𝑘 ), 𝑣4)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓42(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢4𝑘 , 𝑣4)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡, (21) at this point, the same steps which were utilized in the proof of theorem 2.1, can be utilized here to passage the limit in the wf of ((18) – (21)), to acquire (𝑦1𝑡 , 𝑣1) + (∇𝑦1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4, 𝑣1) = (𝑓11(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1) + 𝑓12(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢1, 𝑣1), ∀𝑣1 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i, (22) (𝑦2𝑡 , 𝑣2) + (∆𝑦2, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4, 𝑣2) = (𝑓21(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2) + 𝑓22(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢2, 𝑣2), ∀𝑣2 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i, (23) (𝑦3𝑡 , 𝑣3) + (∇𝑦3, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4, 𝑣3) = (𝑓31(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3) + 𝑓32(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢3, 𝑣3), ∀𝑣3 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i, (24) (𝑦4𝑡 , 𝑣4) + (∇𝑦4, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4, 𝑣4) = (𝑓41(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4) + 𝑓42(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢4, 𝑣4), ∀𝑣4 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i, (25) same manner also can be utilized to that the ics are held. thus �⃗� is qsvs ihjpas. 36(2)2023 335 from the other side, since 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�) = σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔1𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, with 𝑔1𝑖 (∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) is cont. w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖, then by lemma 2.1, ∫ 𝑄 𝑔1𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 is cont. w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖 but �⃗�𝑘 → �⃗� st in 𝑳 𝟐(𝑸) , therefore ∫ 𝑄 𝑔1𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 ) 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 → ∫ 𝑄 𝑔1𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡. thus 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�𝑘 ) = 0 . as well, since for 𝑙 = 0,2 &𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) is cont. w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) and 𝑈𝑖 is com with 𝑢𝑖 ∈ 𝑈𝑖 a.e. in 𝑄, then using lemma 2.2 to get ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 ) 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 → ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 , (26) but 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) is co and cont. w.r.t. 𝑢𝑖 , then ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 is weakly lowe semi cont. (wlsc) w.r.t. 𝑢𝑖 , ∀ 𝑙 = 0,2 &𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, i.e. ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 ∫ 𝑄 [𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 ) − 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑 ⟹ σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≤ σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡. thus 𝐺𝑙 (�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺𝑙 (�⃗⃗�𝑘 ), then 𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 0 , since �⃗⃗�𝑘 ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, ∀𝑘, and 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�𝑘 ) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�𝑘 ) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�) ⟹ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�), then �⃗⃗� is a qocccv. theorem 3.2: neglecting the index 𝑙 from 𝐺𝑙 and 𝑔𝑙𝑖. the qaes �⃗� = (𝑍1, 𝑍2, 𝑍3, 𝑍4) of the qses in ((1)-(6)) can be formulated as 𝑍1𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑍1 + 𝑍1 + 𝑍2 − 𝑍3 − 𝑍4 = 𝑍1𝑓1𝑦1 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1, 𝑢1) + 𝑔1𝑦1 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1, 𝑢1), in 𝑄, (27) 𝑍1 = 0 on σ, 𝑍1(𝑥, 𝑇) = 𝑍1𝑡 (𝑥, 𝑇) = 0 on ω , (28) 𝑍2𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑍2 − 𝑍1 + 𝑍2 + 𝑍3 + 𝑍4 = 𝑍2𝑓2𝑦2 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2, 𝑢2) + 𝑔2𝑦2 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2, 𝑢2), in 𝑄 , (29) 𝑍2 = 0 on σ , 𝑍2(𝑥, 𝑇) = 𝑍2𝑡 (𝑥, 𝑇) = 0 on ω, (30) 𝑍3𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑍3 + 𝑍1 − 𝑍2 + 𝑍3 − 𝑍4 = 𝑍3𝑓3𝑦3 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3, 𝑢3) + 𝑔3𝑦3 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3, 𝑢3) , in 𝑄, (31) 𝑍3 = 0 on σ, 𝑍3(𝑥, 𝑇) = 𝑍3𝑡 (𝑥, 𝑇) = 0 on ω , (32) 𝑍4𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑍4 + 𝑍1 − 𝑍2 + 𝑍3 + 𝑍4 = 𝑍4𝑓4𝑦4 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4, 𝑢4) + 𝑔4𝑦4 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4, 𝑢4) , in 𝑄, (33) 𝑍4 = 0 on σ, 𝑍4(𝑥, 𝑇) = 𝑍4𝑡 (𝑥, 𝑇) = 0 on ω, (34) and the ham is defined as: 𝐻(𝑥, 𝑡, �⃗�, �⃗⃗�, �⃗�) = ∑ 𝑖=1 4 (𝑍𝑖 𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) + 𝑔𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )) , where 𝐺 (�⃗⃗�) = σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔 𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡. then the dd of g is 𝐷𝐺(�⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�) = lim →0 𝐺(�⃗⃗⃗�+ 𝛿�⃗⃗⃗�)−𝐺(�⃗⃗⃗�) = ∫ 𝑄 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥, 𝑡, �⃗�, �⃗⃗�, �⃗�)(�⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 . proof: the wf of the qaes ∀𝑣𝑖 ∈ 𝑉 and 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 is (𝑍1𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣1) + (∇𝑍1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑍1, 𝑣1) + (𝑍2, 𝑣1) − (𝑍3, 𝑣1) − (𝑍4, 𝑣1) = (𝑍1𝑓1𝑦1 , 𝑣1) + (𝑔1𝑦1 , 𝑣1) , ∀𝑣1 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on 𝐼, (35) ( 𝑍1(𝑇), 𝑣1) = (𝑍1𝑡 (𝑇), 𝑣1) = 0, (36) (𝑍2𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣2) + (∇𝑍2, ∇𝑣2) − (𝑍1, 𝑣2) + (𝑍2, 𝑣2) + (𝑍3, 𝑣2) + (𝑍4, 𝑣2) = (𝑍2𝑓2𝑦2 , 𝑣2) + (𝑔2𝑦2 , 𝑣2) , ∀𝑣2 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on , (37) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 336 ( 𝑍2(𝑇), 𝑣2) = ( 𝑍2𝑡 (𝑇), 𝑣2) = 0, (38) (𝑍3𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣3) + (∇𝑍3 , ∇𝑣3) + (𝑍1 , 𝑣3) − (𝑍2 , 𝑣3) + (𝑍3 , 𝑣3) − (𝑍4 , 𝑣3) = (𝑍3𝑓3𝑦3 , 𝑣3) + (𝑔3𝑦3 , 𝑣3) , ∀𝑣3 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on 𝐼, (39) ( 𝑍3(𝑇) , 𝑣3) = (𝑍3𝑡 (𝑇) , 𝑣3) = 0 , (40) (𝑍4𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣4) + (∇𝑍4 , ∇𝑣4) + (𝑍1 , 𝑣4) − (𝑍2 , 𝑣4) + (𝑍3 , 𝑣4) + (𝑍4 , 𝑣4) = (𝑍4𝑓4𝑦4 , 𝑣4) + (𝑔4𝑦4 , 𝑣4) , ∀𝑣4 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on, (41) (𝑍4(𝑥, 𝑇) , 𝑣4) = (𝑍4𝑡 (𝑇) , 𝑣4) = 0, (42) the wf ((35-(42)) has a unique solution �⃗� = (𝑍1, 𝑍2, 𝑍3, 𝑍4) ∈ (𝐿 2(𝑄))4 (this it can proved so as the proof of existence a unique qsvs for the wf ((11)-(15)). now, replacing 𝑣𝑖 = 𝛿𝑦𝑖 in (35), (37), (39) and (41), for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 resp. ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦1 , 𝑍1𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑍1, ∇𝛿𝑦1 ) + (𝑍1, 𝛿𝑦1 ) + (𝑍2, 𝛿𝑦1 ) − (𝑍3, 𝛿𝑦1 ) − (𝑍4, 𝛿𝑦1 )]𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑍1𝑓1𝑦1 , 𝛿𝑦1 ) + (𝑔1𝑦1 , 𝛿𝑦1 )𝑑𝑡, (43) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦2 , 𝑍2𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑍2, ∇𝛿𝑦2 ) − (𝑍1, 𝛿𝑦2 ) + (𝑍2, 𝛿𝑦2 ) + (𝑍3, 𝛿𝑦3 ) + (𝑍4, 𝛿𝑦2 )]𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑍2𝑓2𝑦2 , 𝛿𝑦2 ) + (𝑔2𝑦2 , 𝛿𝑦2 )𝑑𝑡, (44) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦3 , 𝑍3𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑍3, ∇𝛿𝑦3 ) + (𝑍1, 𝛿𝑦3 ) − (𝑍2, 𝛿𝑦3 ) + (𝑍3, 𝛿𝑦3 ) − (𝑍4, 𝛿𝑦3 )]𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑍3𝑓3𝑦3 , 𝛿𝑦3 ) + (𝑔3𝑦3 , 𝛿𝑦3 )𝑑𝑡 , (45) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦4 , 𝑍4𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑍4, ∇𝛿𝑦4 ) + (𝑍1, 𝛿𝑦4 ) − (𝑍2, 𝛿𝑦4 ) + (𝑍3, 𝛿𝑦4 ) + (𝑍4, 𝛿𝑦4 )]𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑍4𝑓4𝑦4 , 𝛿𝑦4 ) + (𝑔4𝑦4 , 𝛿𝑦4 )𝑑𝑡, (46) now, take �⃗⃗̅�, �⃗⃗� ∈ 𝑳𝟐(𝐐),set 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ = �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗� = �⃗⃗� + 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ∈ 𝑳𝟐(𝐐) for > 0, then by theorem 1, �⃗� = �⃗��⃗⃗⃗� & �⃗� = �⃗��⃗⃗⃗�𝜀 are their corresponding qsvs. setting 𝛿𝑦 ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ = (𝛿𝑦1 , 𝛿𝑦2 , 𝛿𝑦3 , 𝛿𝑦4 ) = �⃗� − �⃗�, substituting 𝑣𝑖 = 𝑍𝑖 for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in ((10)(17)), ibss on [0, 𝑇], then integrating by parts twice (ibps2) the 1st in the lhs of each obtained equation, finding the frd of 𝑓𝑖 (∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) in the rhs of each one equation (which is exists from the assums c), then from the result of theorem 2.2 and the minkowiski inequality (min), once get ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦1 , 𝑍1𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝛿𝑦1 , ∇𝑍1) + (𝛿𝑦1 , 𝑍1) + (𝛿𝑦2 , 𝑍1) + (𝛿𝑦3 , 𝑍1) + (𝛿𝑦4 , 𝑍1)]𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓1𝑦1 𝛿𝑦1 + 𝑓1𝑢1 𝛿𝑢1, 𝑍1)𝑑𝑡 + 𝑂11( ) , (47) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦2 , 𝑍2𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝛿𝑦2 , ∇𝑍2) + (𝛿𝑦1 , 𝑍2) + (𝛿𝑦2 , 𝑍2) + (𝛿𝑦3 , 𝑍2) + (𝛿𝑦4 , 𝑍2)]𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓2𝑦2 𝛿𝑦2 + 𝑓2𝑢2 𝛿𝑢2, 𝑍2)𝑑𝑡 + 𝑂12( ), (48) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦3 , 𝑍3𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝛿𝑦3 , ∇𝑍3) + (𝛿𝑦1 , 𝑍3) − (𝛿𝑦2 , 𝑍3) + (𝛿𝑦3 , 𝑍3) + (𝛿𝑦4 , 𝑍3)]𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓3𝑦3 𝛿𝑦3 + 𝑓3𝑢3 𝛿𝑢3, 𝑍3)𝑑𝑡 + 𝑂13( ), (49) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝛿𝑦4 , 𝑍4𝑡𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝛿𝑦4 , ∇𝑍4) − (𝛿𝑦1 , 𝑍4) − (𝛿𝑦2 , 𝑍4) + (𝛿𝑦3 , 𝑍4) + (𝛿𝑦4 , 𝑍4)]𝑑𝑡 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 337 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓4𝑦4 𝛿𝑦4 + 𝑓4𝑢4 𝛿𝑢4, 𝑍4)𝑑𝑡 + 𝑂14( ), (50) where 𝑂1𝑖 ( ) =∥ 𝛿𝑦𝑖 ∥𝑄 2 + ∥ 𝛿𝑢𝑖 ∥𝑄 2 → 0 , as → 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. subtracting ((47) – (50)) from ((43)(46)) resp., collecting the obtain equations, to acquire ∫ 0 𝑇 ∑ 𝑖=1 4 (𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 𝛿𝑢𝑖 , 𝑍𝑖 )𝑑𝑡 + 𝑂1( ) = ∫ 0 𝑇 ∑ 𝑖=1 4 (𝑔𝑖𝑦𝑖 , 𝛿𝑦𝑖 )𝑑𝑡 , ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 , (51) where 𝑂1( ) = ∑ 𝑖=1 4 𝑂1𝑖 ( ) → 0 as → 0. from the other side, by employing the assums (c), the definition of the frd the result of theorem 2.2, and using the min, one has 𝐺(�⃗⃗� ) − 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) = ∑ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 (𝑔𝑖𝑦𝑖 𝛿𝑦𝑖 + 𝑔𝑖𝑢𝑖 𝛿𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + 𝑂2( ), (52) where 𝑂2( ) =∥ 𝛿𝑦⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ∥𝑳𝟐(𝐐) 2 + ∥ 𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ∥ 𝑳𝟐(𝐐) 2 → 0 as → 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. now, by using (51) in (52), to obtain 𝐺(�⃗⃗� ) − 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) = ∫ 0 𝑇 ∑ 𝑖=1 4 (𝑍𝑖 𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 + 𝑔𝑖𝑢𝑖 )𝛿𝑢𝑖 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + 𝑂3( ) , where 𝑂3( ) = 𝑂1( ) + 𝑂2( ). lastly, dividing both sides by , then taking the limit → 0, yields to 𝐷𝐺(�⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�) = ∫ 𝑄 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥, 𝑡, �⃗�, �⃗⃗�, �⃗�)(�⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 . 4.the ncso and scso 4.1theorem: (a) with assums (a), (b) &( c), if �⃗⃗⃗⃗� is co., the �⃗⃗� ∈ 𝑊𝐴⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ is cqocccv, then there exist 𝜆𝑙 ∈ ℝ, 𝑙 = 0,1,2 with 𝜆0 ≥ 0, 𝜆2 ≥ 0 , ∑ 𝑙=0 2 ∣ 𝜆𝑙 ∣= 1, s.t. the following kuhn-tucher lagrange (ktl) conditions are held: ∑ 𝑙=0 2 𝜆𝑙 𝐷𝐺𝑙 (�⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�) ≥ 0, ∀ �⃗⃗̅� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, (53) 𝜆2𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) = 0, (54) (b) inequality (53) is equivalent to: 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥, 𝑡, �⃗�, �⃗⃗�, �⃗�)�⃗⃗�(𝑡) = min �⃗⃗⃗�∈�⃗⃗⃗� 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥, 𝑡, �⃗�, �⃗⃗�, �⃗�)�⃗⃗̅�(𝑡) , 𝑎. 𝑒. 𝑜𝑛 𝑄, (55) where 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗� (𝑥, 𝑡, �⃗�, �⃗⃗�, �⃗�) = ∑ 𝑖=1 4 (𝑍𝑖 𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) + 𝑔𝑖𝑢𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )). proof: from lemma 2.1, the funl. 𝐺𝑙 (�⃗⃗�) (for 𝑙 = 0,1,2) is cont. w.r.t. �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗� and linear in �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�, the 𝐷𝐺𝑙 (�⃗⃗�) is m-differential for any m, then applying the ktl theorem[15], there exist 𝜆𝑙 ∈ ℝ , 𝑙 = 0,1,2 with 𝜆0, 𝜆2 ≥ 0 , ∑ 𝑙=0 2 ∣ 𝜆𝑙 ∣= 1 s.t. ((53)-(54)) are satisfied, then by utilizing theorem 3.2, (53) becomes ∫ 𝑄 (𝑍1𝑓1𝑢1 , 𝑍2𝑓2𝑢2 , 𝑍3𝑓3𝑢3 , 𝑍4𝑓4𝑢4 ). (�⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0, ∀ �⃗⃗̅� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, (56) where 𝑔𝑖 = ∑ 𝑙=0 2 𝜆𝑙 𝑔𝑙𝑖 and 𝑍𝑖 = ∑ 𝑙=0 2 𝜆𝑙 𝑍𝑙𝑖 , (∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4). (b) let {�̅�𝑘⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗} be dense seq (dseq) in �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, 𝜇 is lebesgue measure (lm) on 𝑄 and let 𝑆 ⊂ 𝑄 be a measurable set (ms) s.t. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 338 �⃗⃗̅�(𝑥, 𝑡) = { �̅�𝑘⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗(𝑥, 𝑡), 𝑖𝑓 (𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝑆 �⃗⃗�(𝑥, 𝑡), 𝑖𝑓 (𝑥, 𝑡) ∉ 𝑆 . which makes (56), gives ∫ 𝑆 (𝑍1𝑓1𝑢1 + 𝑔1𝑢1 , 𝑍2𝑓2𝑢2 + 𝑔2𝑢2 , 𝑍3𝑓3𝑢3 + 𝑔3𝑢3 , 𝑍4𝑓4𝑢4 + 𝑔4𝑢4 ). (�⃗⃗̅�𝑘 − �⃗⃗�)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0 , or (𝑍1𝑓1𝑢1 + 𝑔1𝑢1 , 𝑍2𝑓2𝑢2 + 𝑔2𝑢2 , 𝑍3𝑓3𝑢3 + 𝑔3𝑢3 , 𝑍4𝑓4𝑢4 + 𝑔4𝑢4 ). (�⃗⃗̅�𝑘 − �⃗⃗�) ≥ 0, 𝑎. 𝑒. 𝑜𝑛 𝑄, i.e. this inequality holds on 𝑄\𝑄𝑘 with 𝜇(𝑄𝑘) = 0, ∀𝑘, where 𝜇 is a lm, i.e. it is satisfies on 𝑄\∪𝑘 𝑄𝑘, with 𝜇(∪𝑘 𝑄𝑘 ) = 0, but {�̅�𝑘⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗} is a dseq in �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, then there is �⃗⃗̅� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗� , s.t. (𝑍1𝑓1𝑢1 + 𝑔1𝑢1 , 𝑍2𝑓2𝑢2 + 𝑔2𝑢2 , 𝑍3𝑓3𝑢3 + 𝑔3𝑢3 , 𝑍4𝑓4𝑢4 + 𝑔4𝑢4 ). (�⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�) ≥ 0, 𝑎. 𝑒. 𝑜𝑛 𝑄, ∀�⃗⃗̅� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�. i.e. (53) gives (56). the converse is clear. 4.2theorem: (the scso) in addition to the assums (a), (b) &( c). suppose �⃗⃗⃗⃗� is co., 𝑓𝑖 , 𝑔𝑖 are affine w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) for each (𝑥, 𝑡), 𝑔0𝑖, 𝑔2𝑖 are co. w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ), ∀(𝑥, 𝑡), 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. then the ncso of theorem 4.1, with 𝜆0 > 0 are also sufficient. proof: assume �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, is satisfied the ktl condition ((53)(54)). let 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) = ∑ 𝑙=0 2 𝜆𝑙 𝐺𝑙 (�⃗⃗�), then using theorem 3.2, to get 𝐷𝐺(�⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�) = ∑ 𝑙=0 2 𝜆𝑙 ∫ 𝑄 ∑ 𝑖=1 4 𝑍𝑙𝑖 𝑓𝑙𝑖𝑢𝑖 + 𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑢𝑖 𝛿𝑢𝑖 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0, since 𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) = 𝑓𝑖1(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑦𝑖 + 𝑓𝑖2(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢𝑖 + 𝑓𝑖3(𝑥, 𝑡). let �⃗⃗�&�⃗⃗̅� are given qcvs, then �⃗�& �⃗̅� are their corresponding qsvs. substituting the pair (�⃗⃗�, �⃗�)in ((1)-(6)) and mbs by 𝛼 ∈ [0,1] once, and then substituting the pair (�⃗⃗̅�, �⃗̅�) in ((1)-(6)) and mbs by (1 − 𝛼) once again, finally collecting each pair from the corresponding equations together one gets (𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1)𝑡𝑡 − ∆(𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) + (𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) − (𝛼𝑦2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2) +(𝛼𝑦3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3) + (𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) = 𝑓11(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) + 𝑓12(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑢1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) + 𝑓13(𝑥, 𝑡), (57) 𝛼𝑦1(𝑥, 𝑡) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1(𝑥, 0) = 0, (58) 𝛼𝑦1(𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1(𝑥, 0) = 𝑦1 0(𝑥), 𝛼𝑦1𝑡 (𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 𝑦1 1(𝑥), (59) (𝛼𝑦2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2)𝑡𝑡 − ∆(𝛼𝑦2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2) + (𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) + (𝛼𝑦2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2) −(𝛼𝑦3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3) − (𝛼𝑦4 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4) = 𝑓21(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑦2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2) + 𝑓22(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑢2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2) + 𝑓23(𝑥, 𝑡), (60) 𝛼𝑦2(𝑥, 𝑡) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2(𝑥, 0) = 0, (61) 𝛼𝑦2(𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2(𝑥, 0) = 𝑦2 0(𝑥), 𝑦2𝑡 (𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 𝑦2 1(𝑥) , (62) (𝛼𝑦3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3)𝑡𝑡 − ∆(𝛼𝑦3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3) − (𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) + (𝛼𝑦2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2) +(𝛼𝑦3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3) + (𝛼𝑦4 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4) = 𝑓31(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑦3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3) + 𝑓32(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑢3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3) + 𝑓33(𝑥, 𝑡), (63) 𝛼𝑦3(𝑥, 𝑡) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3(𝑥, 0) = 0, (64) 𝛼𝑦3(𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3(𝑥, 0) = 𝑦3 0(𝑥), 𝛼𝑦3𝑡 (𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 𝑦3 1(𝑥), (65) (𝛼𝑦4 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4)𝑡𝑡 − ∆(𝛼𝑦4 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4) − (𝛼𝑦1 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�1) + (𝛼𝑦2 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�2) −(𝛼𝑦3 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�3) + (𝛼𝑦4 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 339 = 𝑓41(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑦4 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4) + 𝑓42(𝑥, 𝑡)(𝛼𝑢4 + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4) + 𝑓43(𝑥, 𝑡), (66) 𝛼𝑦4(𝑥, 𝑡) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4(𝑥, 0) = 0, (67) 𝛼𝑦4(𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4(𝑥, 0) = 𝑦4 0(𝑥), 𝛼𝑦4𝑡 (𝑥, 0) + (1 − 𝛼)�̅�4𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 𝑦4 1(𝑥), (68) equalities ((57)(68)), show that if the qcv is �⃗⃗̅�( with (�⃗⃗̅� = 𝛼�⃗⃗� + (1 − 𝛼)�⃗⃗̅�)) has corresponding qsvs �⃗̅� with (�̅�𝑖 = 𝑦𝑖𝑢𝑖 = 𝑦𝑖(𝛼𝑢𝑖+(1− 𝛼)𝑢𝑖)). this means the operator �⃗⃗� → �⃗��⃗⃗⃗� is co-linear (col) w.r.t. (�⃗⃗�, �⃗�) in 𝑄. now, since 𝑔1𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) is affine w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ), in 𝑄, then 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�) is col w.r.t. (�⃗⃗�, �⃗�), also, since 𝑔0𝑖 &𝑔2𝑖 are co w.r.t.(𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) , in 𝑄, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 , then the funl. 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�), 𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) are co. w.r.t. (�⃗�, �⃗⃗�) in 𝑄 (from the assum. on the funl 𝑔𝑙𝑖 (∀𝑙 = 0,1,2, &𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) and from the sum of two integral of co function is also co), i.e. 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) is co w.r.t. (�⃗�, �⃗⃗�) , in 𝑄 in the co set �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, and has a cont. dd satisfies 𝐷𝐺(�⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�) ≥ 0, which means 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) has a minimum at �⃗⃗�, i.e. 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝐺(�⃗⃗̅�),∀ �̅� ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, i.e. 𝜆0𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) + 𝜆1𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) + 𝜆2𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝜆0𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�) + 𝜆1𝐺1(�⃗⃗̅�) + 𝜆2𝐺2(�⃗⃗̅�), ∀�̅� ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗� let �̅� ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, 𝜆2 ≥ 0 and from (54), the above inequality becomes 𝜆0𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝜆0𝐺0(�̅� ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗), ∀�̅� ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, or 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝐺0(�̅� ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗), ∀�̅� ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, thus �⃗⃗� ia a cqocccv. 5.conclusions and discussions: in this work, the cqocccvp dominating by a qnlhbvp is studied. the existence of a cqocccv dominating by a qnlhbvp with einqscc is stated and demonstrated under appropriate hyp with using the acth. moreover mathematical formulation of the qaes related to qses is found so as its wf. the derivation of the dd for the ham is attained. lastly, both the ncso and the scso “theorems” optimality of the proposed problem are stated and demonstrated. the study of the proposed problem is considered very interesting in the field of applied mathematics since the proposed model represents a generalization for a wave equation; from a side, and from the other, these results are very important because they give the green light about the ability for solving such problems numerically. references 1. rigatos, g.; abbaszadeh, m. nonlinear optimal control for multi-dof robotic manipulators with flexible joints. optim. control appl. methods 2002,42(6),1708-1733. 2. syahrini, i.; masabar, r.; aliasuddin, a.; munzir, s.; hazim, y. the application of optimal control through fiscal policy on indonesian economy. j. asian finance econ. bus. 2021,8(3),0741-0750. 3. derome, d.; razali, h.;fazlizan, a.; jedi,a.; purvis –roberts, k. determination of optimal time -average wind speed data in the southern part of malaysia. baghdad sci. j. 2022, 19(5)1111-1122. 4. khalaf, w.s; a fuzzy dynamic programming for the optimal allocation of health centers in some villages around baghdad. baghdad sci. j. 2022, 3 , 593-604. 5. lin p; wang w. optimal control problems for some ordinary differential equations with behavior of blowup or quenching. math. control relat. fields. 2018, 8(4), 809-828. 6. manzoni, a.; quarteroni, a.; salsa, s. optimal control of partial differential equations: analysis , approximation, and applications (applied mathematical sciences, 207);1st ed.2021; new york: spriger, 2021, isbn-13 : 978-3030772253 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 340 7. hua, y.; tang, y. super convergence of semi discrete splitting positive definite mixed finite elements for hyperbolic optimal control problems. adv. in math. phys., 2022, volume 2022:110. 8. casas, e.; tröltzsch, f. on optimal control problems with controls appearing nonlinearly in an elliptic state equation. siam j. control optim.,2020, 58(4):1961–1983. 9. cosgrove, e. optimal control of multiphase free boundary problems for nonlinear parabolic equations. doctoral dissertation. florida: florida institute of technology, 2020. 10. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. iraqi j. sci, 2016; 57(2c):1528-1538. 11. al-hawasy, j.a.; ali, l.h. constraints optimal control governing by triple nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem. hindawi: j. appl. math. 2020; 2020: 14 pages. 12. al-rawdhanee eh. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple non-linear elliptic partial differential equations. master thesis, mustansiriyah university: baghdad-iraq, 2015. 13. al-hawasy, j.a.; hassan, m. a. the optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector of quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem. ihjpas. 2022;53(3):160-174 14. sheldon, a. measure, integration and real analysis: graduate texts in mathematics, 1sted.2021, springer: open isbn-13: 978-3030331429, 2020. 15. chyssoverghi, i. optimization: national technical university of athens, athens-grecce, 2ndedition 2005. microsoft word 420-425 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1815 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|420    the comparison between the bayes estimator and the maximum likelihood estimator of the reliability function for negative exponential distribution hazim mansour gorgees college of education for pure science /(ibn al-haitham)university of baghdad bushra abdualrasool ali ministry of education raghad ibrahim kathum agoldenfish@yahoo.com college of al-yarmouk university abstract in this paper, the maximum likelihood estimator and the bayes estimator of the reliability function for negative exponential distribution has been derived, then a monte – carlo simulation technique was employed to compare the performance of such estimators. the integral mean square error (imse) was used as a criterion for this comparison. the simulation results displayed that the bayes estimator performed better than the maximum likelihood estimator for different samples sizes. keywords: -negative exponential distribution, maximum likelihood estimator, bayes estimator, integral men square error. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1815 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|421    1. introduction there are many situations in which one would expect negative exponential distribution to give a useful description of observed variation. one of the most widely quoted is that of events recurring at random in time [1]. the mathematics associated with the negative exponential distribution is often of a simple nature. it is often possible to obtain explicit formulas in terms of elementary functions. for these reasons models constructed from exponential variables are sometimes used as an approximate representation of other models. the exponential distribution is the first and most popular model for failure times. [5] this paper is organized as follows: in section 2 the purpose of the research is given. in section 3 the theoretical part of the negative exponential distribution is presented. the experimental part including the description of the simulation experiment steps is discussed in section 4. finally, the conclusions and recommendations are presented in section 5. 2. purpose of research the main aim of this paper is to derive the bayes estimator and the maximum likelihood estimator for the reliability functions of negative exponential distribution and then compare them by employing the monte carlo simulation procedures in order to obtain the best method for estimating this function. 2.1 theoretical part the random variable x has a negative exponential (or just exponential) distribution if it has a probability density function 2( , , ) ex p [ ( ] ], . 0f x x l x           ….(1) the reliability function of this distribution is [6] ( ) ( ) ( , , ) t r t pr x t f x dx       ( ) ( ) 1 [ ] x t t e dx e           …..(2) 1-maximum likelihood estimator (mle) the maximum likelihood method is one of the classical methods for estimation which depends upon the assumption that the parameter to be estimated is fixed quantity. this method has many good features, especially, the invariant property. [3] the mle can be defined as those values of parameters that maximize the likelihood function of observation. let x1,x2 x3..xn be a random sample of size n from population having negative exponential distribution with two parameters ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1815 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|422    ( ,  ), then the likelihood function is given as: 1 ( ) ( )1 1 ( , ......... , , ) 1 2 2 n i n i x xil x x x e e              ( ) ln i x l n l n         .... (3) the maximum likelihood estimator of θ is the smallest order statistic of observations x(1) say, that is: …(4) differentiating equation (3) partially with respect to σ we get (1) 2 ( )ln ix xl n          .... (5) by equations the derivative in equation (5) to zero and solving for σ we get: ( ) (1) (1) m l e x x i x x n      .....(6) since the maximum likelihood estimator has invariant property then ( ) ( ) [ ]mlml ml t r t e         .. ( 7) 2-bayes estimator in this case, assuming that the two parameters θ and σ are random variables each has a prior distribution, moreover, assuming that the quadratic loss function is employed, we have to determine an estimator for the reliability function which minimizes the expected loss. according to jeffry's approach, the prior p.d.f for θ and σ are: [2] i1(θ) 1   , i2 (σ) 1  .. (8) hence, the joint prior p.d.f for the two random independent parameters is: i (θ, σ) 1    , … (9) by using the bayes formula, the joint posterior p.d.f for θ and σ is given as [ ] 1 ( , \ ..... ) 1, 2 1 x i h x x x e n n           [ ] 1 ( , \ ..... ) 1, 2 1 x i h x x x c e n n          ^ ( , ......... ) 1 2 (1) mle min x x x x n   ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1815 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|423    1 1 ( , \ ..... ) 1, 2 1 n x i h x x x c e n n            ...(10) where c is the proportionality constant which represents the reciprocal of the marginal density function f ( 1 2( , ......... )nx x x that is since the quadratic loss function is employed, then the bayes estimator for the reliability function is the posterior mean of this function [2], that is ( ) [ ( ) \ , ...... ] 1 2b r t e r t x x x n   (1) ( ) ( , \ , ...... ) 1 2 0 0 x r t h x x x d d n         ……..(11) 3. experimental part in this section, we describe the steps of simulation experiments [4] step1: choosing the assumed values for θ, σ. for example, let θ =1, 1.5 and σ =1, 2.7, hence there will be four simulation experiments. also at this step we assume the sample sizes to be n= 10, 30, 50,100 (say) and the number of replications for each experiment is l =1000 step2: generating the data according to the negative exponential distribution by using the cumulative distribution function f(x) where f(x) =1[r(x)] =1e ( )x     let the random variable u has a uniform distribution on the interval (0, 1) then u=1e ( )x      e ( )x     = 1-u  ( )x     = ln (1-u)  ( )x    = ln (1-u) x= σ ln (1-u) + θ …….(12) 1 (1) 11 1 0 0 n xx i c e d d n                ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1815 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|424    step 3: estimating the reliability function for the negative exponential distribution with two parameters θ, σ by employing the formula’s (7), (11) step 4: comparing the two estimators by using the integral mean square error (imse) where imse 1 1 2ˆ ˆ[ ( )] [ [ ( ) ( )] 1 1 l n r t r t r t j jl ni ji      ... (13) 4. conclusion and recommendation according to the simulation results, it is obvious that the bayes estimator of the reliability function for the negative experimental distribution performs better than the maximum likelihood estimator for all sample sizes in the sense of imse as it is shown table (1). however, for the purpose of function works one can use other classical methods of estimation such as the moments method, median-first order statistics method and the ordinary least squares method. moreover, in addition to imse, many other criteria may be used to measure the performance of the studied estimators such as mean absolute error (mae) and mean absolute percentage error (mape). table (1): the integrated mean square error (imse) of reliability estimator for all experiments model n ml bays best 10 0.0014 0.000355 bays 𝜃 1 𝜎 1 30 50 0.000481 0.000291 0.000118 0.000071 bays bays 100 0.000147 0.000035 bays 𝜃 1 10 30 0.000697 0.000207 0.000033 0.000011 bays bays 𝜎 2.7 50 0.000125 0.000007 bays 100 0.000064 0.000003 bays 𝜃 1.5 10 30 0.0048 0.0016 0.0026 0.00085 bays bays 𝜎 1 50 0.00097 0.00051 bays 100 0.00049 0.000255 bays 𝜃 1.5 10 30 0.0010 0.000345 0.00017 0.000057 bays bays 𝜎 2.7 50 0.000209 0.000034 bays 100 0.000106 0.000017 bays ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1815 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|425    references [1] a. p. basu, estimates of reliability for some distributions useful in life testing'‘. techno metrics, 6, 215-219 ,1964. [2] w. m. bolstad, introduction to bayesian statistics (2nd ed.). new york: wiley 2007. [3] w. j. browne, d.draper ,a comparison of bayesian and likelihood-based methods for fitting multilevel models. bayesian analysis'', 3: 473-514, 2006. [4] george, s. fishman, monte carlo concepts, algorithms and applications. springer – verlag , new york , inc(1996). [5] h.m.gorgees ;b.a , ali ; r,ibrahim, '' the compartment of different methods for estimating the two parameters of negative exponential'' asian academic research journal of multidisciplinary, 1, 387-396,2014. [6] w. kuo , and m.j. zuo , '' optimal reliability modeling principles and applications'' .john wily and sons , inc , hoboken , new jersey (2003) .   10050192 10050193 10050194 10050195 10050196 10050197 10050198 10050199 10050200 10050201 10050202 10050203 10050204 10050205 10050206 10050207 10050208 10050209 microsoft word 33-42 physics | 33 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 numerical study of solid core photonic crystal fibres with endlessly single mode nadia fateh muhammed aseel ibrahim shehab ahmad kahdum ministry of science and technology, material research directorate, laser and opto-electronic research centre. nono73meup@gmail.com article history: received 26 june 2018, accepted 4 septemper 2018, published december 2018 abstract in this work, a solid core photonic crystal fibre (sc-pcf) has been designed with endlessly single mode of which both centred core and holes in the cladding are organized by circles. the designed sc-pcf has a single solid centred core which is ringed by a six rings hexagonal cladding. the computation of sc-pcf is achieved by using the finite element method (fem) with perfectly matched layer (pml) boundary condition. all the designed factors like dimensions and distance of both core and cladding areas have varied with an optimized structure. after ending the numerical calculation, the results show that there is a link between the air_holes in the cladding, and the different normalized air hole size. keyword: numerical study, photonic crystal fiber, endlessly single mode. 1. introduction the very magnificent features of photonic crystal fibers (pcfs) such as the micron size, sensing, and electrical inviolability among others, make them an excellent choice for many applications [1]. the development technology of pcfs. permits the researchers to have very good features by choosing the suitable design parameters. light speared characteristic and enhancement “structural flexibility” of the pcfs allow us to have outstanding property by regulate the air_holes in the core and cladding area [2]. the photonic crystal fibers could be designed due to the dimension of the air_ holes of the cladding, the air hole dimension, (d), and the hole to hole spacing (λ), as shown in figure 1. the relative hole size, (d/ λ) is defined as the ratio of the air_hole size to the pitch spacing is also a commonly used factor. another measurement is used to depict pcfs is the air. filling. fraction. (aff), is defined as the portion of the area of the air_holes to the area of the silica in “the cladding” area. the core diameter of hexagonal pcfs with one air hole defect is often counted for as (2 λ -d), also shown in figure 1. [3]. figure 1. cross section of photonic crystal fiber [3]. physics | 34 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2. simulation part this type of pcfs is made of a patrol system of air_holes rings with a centered solid core, which is prolonged over fiber length. they are made of pure silica and it is the lowering effective refractive index of the cladding, to obtain the mechanism of guidance to be total internal reflection. the cross section of the solid core is presented in figure 2a. and its refractive index variation with the radial distance in figure 2b.               figure 2. (a) the cross-section of solid core fiber and (b) respective refractive index profile [4]. one of the charming properties of (pcfs) is their prospect to be single-moded through a beamy wavelength ranges, outstanding the ordinary single-mode fibers which become multimoded for wavelength under their single-mode cut-off wavelength. pcfs, which are in particular designed with this advantage are called the endlessly single-mode (esm) pcfs [5]. the small air-filling-fraction of the cladding, to have a low index-contrast equivalent waveguide, which is needed for single-mode operation. at lower wavelengths, the effective index of the cladding will be close to the refractive index of the silica. this property will be decreasing the wavelength and keep the single-mode through a wide wavelength range [6].  comsol multiphysics is a commercial application which depending on the finite elements methods fem. this software includes many physical models and a design window using computer aided draw (cad) for construction design, mesh builder, interior matrix assembler, different numerical solvers for matrices, and several post-processing features. the main steps simulate an esm-pcf are shown in figure 3.       figure 3. block diagram of the modeling esm-pcf with comsol multiphysics.   in geometrical modeling, an esmpcf having hexagonal geometry with desirable parameters is designed. the model consist of circular with desirable diameter also specify holes diameter (d), shape, rings number, spacing between two adjacent holes (pitch (λ)), core diameter (), and positioning them on the required lattice. the cladding structure includes physics | 35 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 rings of circular formed the air_holes with a hexagonal lattice arrangement along the full length of the fiber surrounding. figure 4. a simulation of the real esm-pcf (esm-12-02). figure 4. geometrical sketch for cladding region of esm-pcf, with six rings, the fiber formed by removing one air hole from the center of the fiber. the physical parameters include the properties of the material in each domain as shown in figure 5. perfectly matched layer (pml) is an average absorbing material; this merit makes the pml to be highly absorb outgoing waves from the whole of the calculation region without reflecting them back into the interior. the pml in the proposed model in circular; and it is important to note that there is no ideal pml, for each structure of fiber, there is a different optimized pml. figure 5. the designed esm-pcf with six air_holes ring, d/= 0.6. the mash generation is made a triangular mesh. the effective refractive index of the (pcfs) is calculated by solving the eigenvalue equation for each of triangular meshes using comsol’s (fem) by increasing these triangles the accuracy of solution and calculation time is increased. the mesh generation is shown in figure 6. is a finer mesh. figure 6. finer meshing for the modeled esm-pcf. in this work an esm-pcf model is designed. the first design is studying the effect of variation of ring’s number with three different models. these models are done by deleting air_holes from the center. the 1st model is made by deleting one air_hole from the center; the physics | 36 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2nd model is made via taking off air hole in the center and the 1st ring of air_holes and the 3rd model is made by deleting the air_hole of the center and the 1st ring of air_holes and the 2nd ring of air holes. as shown in figure 7. the second design is studying the effect of varying of diameter of the core by modeling three different designs. the air normalized which effected the size of air_holes of the cladding. the three models have air normalized (d/) [0.4, 0.6, and 0.8] respectively. as shown in figure 8. 3. modulation part the better optical guiding properties to ensure that pcfs is suitable for the wanted application through the following properties: 3.1. effective area effective mode area is generally considered as the light carrying region. for fundamental propagating mode, electric-field (e) distribution occurs inside the core, as a result, effective mode area (ema) of a pcf can be determined by the following equation (1) [7]: 𝐴 ∬ | | ∬ | | (1) 3.2.non linear coefficient (γ) high optical power density is supplied by a small effective area for which the nonlinear effects would be worthy. the nonlinear effective or nonlinearity is closely related with the effective area and also nonlinear coefficient of the pcf background material in associated with the operating wavelength λ. the nonlinear coefficient can be examined by the equation (2) [7]: 𝛾 (2) figure 7. the cross section of designed esm-pcf with d/=0.6(a) six rings,(b)five rings(c)four rings. figure 8. the cross section of designed esm pcf with (a) d/=0.4 and =10m, (b) d/=0.6 and =7.6m, (c) d/=0.4 and =5.6m. physics | 37 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 where (n_2) is the nonlinear-index coefficient in the nonlinear part of the refractive index δn=n_2 |e|^2 and for pure silica its equal to2.2×〖10〗^(-20) m^2∕watt , c speed of light, ω angular frequency of the signal, and λ its wavelength. 3.3.chromatic dispersion: chromatic dispersion in light wave system is concerning to the diversity of group velocity of optical signals in fiber, its limit the maximum distance, to which a signal can be transmitted without the necessity of regeneration of its shape, timing, and amplitude. it’s straight effects the pulse width and the phase-matching conditions which is important for most telecommunication applications [8]. chromatic dispersion consists of two components: 4. material dispersion (dmat) the material dispersion (in the core region) of the step index fiber model can be approximated by sellmeier expression since pure silica glass is used in fabricating this pcf. it’s refer to the wavelength dependence of the refractive index of material caused by the interaction between the optical mode and ions, molecules or electrons in the material. the material dispersion is given by 2 2   d nd c d mmat  (3) where () is the wavelength, (c) is the speed of light, and (nm) is the cladding air-holes index. 4.1. waveguid dispersion (dw): the group velocity of guided optical pulses depends on the wavelength even if material dispersion is negligible. this type of dispersion known as the waveguide dispersion. the contribution of waveguide dispersion dw to the dispersion parameter d is given by:   2 2 )re(      effw n c d (4) by gathering eq. (10) and equation (11), we will get the total dispersion and is given by [8]: dt = dmat + dw (5) 5. result and discussion endlessly single-mode photonic crystal fiber has been designed with different core diameter and ring’s number. the cores of esm-pcf are formed by removing one, six, and twelve air_holes from the center, the designed fiber have pitch (hole to hole spacing (λ)) about 7.6 µm, air hole diameter (d) 4.5 µm, and the outer diameter (d) 130 µm. each iteration has been done within range of wavelengths 0.9 µm to 2 µm with step 0.05. the result of the pulse propagation through the esm-pcf which is represented by the single mode gaussian distribution for the selective data has been shown in figure 9. the numerically simulation results showed the following: the imaginary part of effective refractive index (neff) doesn’t appear because it is too small for comsol software to calculate. in comsol software any number under (10-9) doesn’t appear. the imaginary part of effective refractive index (neff), is too small because of the high confinement so the light will distribute just in the core area since the imaginary part related to losses of pcfs physics | 38 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 . figure 9. single mode gaussian distribution output of wavelength 1.55 µm, six, five, and four air hole rings the real part of (neff) is decreasing and following a general trend to the increasing of wavelength and decreasing of the core diameter and that shown in figure 10. for esm-pcf designs, the refractive index of cladding depends on wavelength and it defined by the cladding structure. the (neff) of the esm-pcf. lies between the refractive index of both core and cladding refractive index and it’s very close to the one in the core. the effects of diffraction take an important role with the increases of wavelength and the light spreads slightly into the cladding so the (neff) decreases towards the refractive index of the cladding. we notes that when the core diameter () increasing the (neff) increasing too because (neff) of the fundamental mode began to reach to refractive index of pure silica propagation and became parallel to esm-pcf axis so the interaction with holly structure will be minimized. the effective mode areas (aeff) are calculated from eq. (1). the (aeff) for fundamental mode were taken as a function.of.wavelength. for.different.core .diameter and that shown in figure 11. it is noticed that the (aeff) increasing with the increasing of core diameter because when the core area increased the laser field distribution extended more in silica and the field confined in the core and there is no overlapping with cladding air hole. the nonlinear coefficient (γ) calculated from equation (2) as it clears from the equation that the (γ) inversely proportion with (aeff), and it is decreased by the increasing of wavelength, and increased with the increasing of core diameter and increasing of air hole rings as it shown in figure 12. an important value to know the strength of nonlinear effects, is the ratio between the nonlinear-index. coefficient, n2), and the effective area for a given wavelength” for the optical field. the (aeff) depending on the spot size (w) and direct proportion with (aeff) and as we noticed from eq. (1-9) the (γ) inversely proportion with (aeff) so the (γ) inversely proportion with (w). figure 10. the (neff) versus wavelength for esm-pcfs with six, five, and four air hole rings. (m) physics | 39 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 11. the (aeff) versus wavelength for esm-pcfs figure 12. the (γ) versus wavelength for esm-pcfs. the most effective parameters that influence the dispersion properties of pcfs are the space between two hole (λ) and. “diameter. of the core ()”. the total dispersion can be calculated through eq. (5). the total dispersion as it mentioned before is consist of two parts. the first part is the waveguide dispersion which has been figure out from the real part value of the effective refractive, index as a function of wavelength as it clears from eq. (1-11), while the second part is the material dispersion which was calculated according to equation (1-10). the dispersion for various frames of pcf is calculated and shown in figure 12. from these figures one can chose which design of. pcfs is desired by collecting an appropriate core diameter to have a desired dispersion wavelength. figure 13. the dispersion versus wavelength for esm-pcfs. (m) (m) (m) physics | 40 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 esm-pcfs have been designed with various normalized air_holes size (d/λ) of 0.4, 0.6 and 0.8 with six air hole rings, air hole diameter (d) 4.5 µm, core diameter () 12 µm. the result of the pulse propagation through the esm-pcf which is represented by the single mode gaussian distribution for the selective data has been shown in figure 13. figure 14. single mode gaussian distribution output of wavelength 1.55 pm, (d/a) = 0.4, (d/a) = 0.6, and (d/a) = 0.8. the outcomes of numerical simulation showed that: the effective refractive index (neff) are decreasing by increasing the wavelength with different normalized air holes’ size (d/λ) as shown in figure 14. because the (neff) of the esm-pcf lies between the refractive index of the core and the cladding and it’s very close to the one of the core as we said, and it changes with the change of holes’ size in the cladding and with the distance between them and the plane wave will travel through these air holes. the effective mode areas (aeff) are calculated from equations (1-7). the effective mode area (aeff) are increasing by increasing of the wavelength for different normalized air hole size (d/λ) as shown in figure 15. from obtained results one can notice that the “mode will be more restricted – lower effective-area – for increasing” of normalized air.hole.size. the increasing of (d/λ) made up by a changing the diameter of air_holes and (λ). by increasing the (d/λ) decreasing the (λ) so the air_holes will be close to each other with the decreasing of (λ) lead to lowering the (aeff) and so the light will by more confined. from figure 16. the nonlinear coefficient (γ) is decreasing with the increasing of (d/λ) respectively to the increasing of hole – to hole distance (λ). as we it mentioned before that the nonlinear coefficient (γ) inversely proportion with effective mode area (aeff). “ figure 15. the (neff) verses wavelength. (m) d/ d/ d/ physics | 41 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 ..… ” “ figure 16.the (aeff) verses wavelength.” figure 17. the(γ) verses wavelength.” “ figure 18. the dispersion verses wavelength.………….…” figure 17. is shown the total dispersion for a range of wavelength. one can have noticed that the dispersion is decreasing with the increasing of (d/λ). the chromatic dispersion follows the design of the photonic crystal fiber, in this work it made by different (d/λ) which effect the dispersion of esm-pcf (m) d/ d/ d/ (m) d/ d/ d/ d/ d/ d/ physics | 42 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2025 vol. 31 (3) 2018 6. conclusion solid -core photonic crystal fibers (sc-pcfs) have been designed with fem through comsol multiphysics 4.4, the pulse propagation properties are decided by the size and arrangement of cladding region which is containing the air holes. the arrangement of cladding of sc-pcf is taken with two arrangements the first one is with different core diameters and different ring numbers and the second one is different normalized air hole size. the outcome of the numerical simulations “of the finite element method is very good” approval with these in the literature. references 1. cordeiro. c. m. b; franco. m. a. r; chesini. g.;barretto. e. c. s; lwin. r.; cruz. c. h. b; large. m. c. j. microstructured-core optical fibre for evanescent sensing applications: opt. express. 2006, 14,13056–13066. 1. kim. s. e. ; kim. b. h. ; lee. c. g;lee. s. oh. k. ; kee.c. s. ; elliptical defected core photonic crystal fiber with high birefringence and negative flattened dispersion. opt. express. 2012, 20,1385–1391. 2. zsigri, b.; photonic crystal fibers as the transmission medium for future optical communication systems. ph. d. thesis. technical university of denmark. 2006. 3. holzwarth. r. ; udem .t. ; hänsch. t.w. ; knight. j .c. ; wadsworth .w. j. ; russell. p. st. j. optical frequency synthesizer for precision spectroscopy: physical review letters. 2000, 85, 11, 2264–2267. 4. kaur. a.; gupta. s. ; devra. d. p.; singh. k. , photonic crystal fiber: developments and applications. international journal of engineering sciences. 2016, 17:439-445. 5. birks, t. a; knight, j. c; russell, p. st j,. endlessly single-mode photonic crystal fiber.optics letters, 1997, 22, 13, 961-963. 6. md. i. i., kawsar. a; shuvo. s.; sawrab. c.; bikash. k. p.; md. s. i.; mohammad. b. a. m.; sayed. a. design and optimization of photonic crystal fiber based sensor for gas condensate and air pollution monitoring, photonic sensors. 2017, 7, 3, 234‒ 245. 7. jin, j. finite-element methods for electromagnetics; 2nd ed. , john wiley and sons, 2016.       2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة قیمة التباین لصور مختلفة اإلضاءة تخمین تقنیات ، كاظم جواد الشجیري* زهیريسلیمة سلطان سلمانعلي عبد داود الزكي ، قسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة العلوم ، الجامعة المستنصریة امعة بغدادج، كلیة الصیدله* الخالصة ان التشوه الذي یصیب الصورة غالبا ما یؤثر في كم المعلومات الموجـودة فیهـا ویـضعف مـن حـدتها ویقلـل تباینهـا ومـن الــصور االختباریــة لتحدیــد جـــودة عملتــست. ثــم یــؤدي الــى تــداخل التفاصـــیل للمنــاطق المختلفــة وتقــل وضــوحیة الـــصورة نــصفها اســود ونــصفها یــل لألنظمــة البــصریة المختلفــة، إذ اعتمــدنا فــي دراســتنا صــورة اختباریــةالـصورة وكــشف قــدرة التحل حافـات فـي المختلفـة لتقـدیر التبـاین فـي منـاطق تم دراسة التبـاین فـي منطقـة التمـاس، إذ اقتـرح تقنیـات عدیـدة .االخر ابیض .لصور تحت شروط اإلضاءة المختلفة التباین كفوءة في تحدید التباین لات الصورة، إذ كانت نتائج تقنی المقدمة الـصورة بانهـا التحـسس الـضوئي لإلشـارات الواصـلة الـى الكاشـف الـذي یكـون عبـارة عـن فلـم ثنـائي او عبـارة عـن تعرف یـل مجموعة من المتحسسات االلكترونیة المرتبـة بـشكل مـصفوفة ثنائیـة األبعـاد، او یمكـن تعریفهـا علـى انهـا عبـارة عـن تمث . بصري لألشعة الواصلة للمتحسس من الجسم سواء كانت منعكسة أو منبعثة منه او كلیهما ًان أي منظومة تصویر تعطي تحسسا صوریا قد یكون مألوفا لعین اإلنسان مثل المنـاظر والمـشاهد أو قـد تعطـي صـورا یـتم ً ً ً طة عــین اإلنــسان، مثــل الــصور الرادیویـــة تحســسها بتحویــل الــشدة المتحســسة الــى شــدة ضــوئیة بحیــث یمكــن رؤیتهــا بوســا radio images وصـور األشـعة الـسینیة ،x – ray images . معظـم الـصور الناتجـة مـن منظومـات التـصویر تكـون ًوضـوحیتها الحیزیـة محــددة عـادة بــسبب تـأثیرات الزیـوغ والحیــود الحاصـل فــي المنظومـة فـضال عــن ذلـك التــشوهات التـي قــد للـضوء ) مـدة التعـرض ( كما تتحدد وضوحیة الصورة بطبیعة المتحسس وزمن التعرض . اإلشارةتحصل في أثناء تسجیل ان جـودة الـصورة الناتجـة تعتمـد علـى قـدرة المتحـسس التحلیلیـة . وسرعة استجابته التي تؤثر في إضائیة الصورة وحـدة تباینهـا ة التحلیــل علـــى انهـــا القابلیــة التـــي تمتلكهـــا تعــرف قـــدر. وطبیعــة ســـطح الجــسم وعلـــى الظـــروف المحیطــة بعملیـــة التـــصویر المنظومة البصریة على الفصل بین صورتي نقطتین متجـاورتین مختلفتـین فـي الـشدة الـضوئیة او اللونیـة، إذ ان تحدیـد كفایـة ة ــفیالمنظومة البصریة ال یستطیع ان یحددها اسلوب قیاس قدرة التحلیل للمنظومة بصورة كاملة ألنه ال یعطي معلومات كا op حـول قابلیتها لتصویر الترددات الواطئة وال یمكن تحقیقها اال باالستعانــة بدالة االنتقـال البصـري التي یرمـز لهـا tical transfer function ( ot f ) . تعـد هـذه الدالـة اهـم الـدوال المـستعملة لفحـص كفایـة المنظومـة البـصریة وتقیـیم جـودة إذ frequencyالـة االسـتجابة للتـردد الـصورة التـي تـسمى ایـضا بد resp onse function . الـصور عـادة تمثـل بدالــة f(x,yثنائیـة اإلبعــاد المكانیــة i(x,y وتكــون ناتجــة عـن مــركبتین همــا مركبــة الــضوء الـساقط ( التــي تعتمــد علــى طبیعــة ( r(x,y المصدر الضوئي و المركبة األخرى هي مركبة الضوء المـنعكس مركبـة علـى طبیعـة األجـسام التـي وتعتمـد هـذه ال( .یسقط علیها 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة إن اصــغر فــرق فــي الــشدة الــضوئیة ممكــن تحســسه بــین جــسمین متجــاورین فــي الــصورة یــدعى وضــوحیة التبـــاین . الــضوء contrast resolutionالتبـاین بأخـذ الفـروق فـي الـشدة الـضوئیة لعناصـر الـصورة المتجـاورة، وهــذا ؛ لـذا یمكـن قیـاس هـذا ً لقیـاس جـودة الـصورة كمیـاًا مهمًایعد مقیاس دراسـة كفایـة المنظومـات البـصریة سـواء كانـت كـامیرات تـصویر او أجهـزة ان . ّ ییـز المكـاني وتمییـز الـشدة واللـون عرض تلفزیونیة او دراسة قدرة تمییز العین تعتمد بشكل أساسـي علـى دراسـة وضـوحیة التم وهذا عادة یدرس من خالل دراسة التباین واإلضاءة، هناك العدید من الدراسات الـسابقة التـي اهتمـت بدراسـة تـأثیر اإلضـائیة والتباین على جودة الصورة وهي كما یأتي فـات الموجـودة فـي الـصور ذي طریقة لحساب التباین فـي الكـشف عـن الحا .johnson r.pث استعمل الباح1990عام للكـشف عـن الحافـاتج) 5 5(اإلضـاءة غیـر المتـساویة والقلیلـة، إذ اسـتخدم الباحـث نوافـذ حیزیـة ذا عوامــل التـدرج وبأبعـاد [1] . eli p اجــرى الباحـث 1996عـام eli دراســة حـول تــأثیر اإلضــاءة والتـردد المكــاني فـي تحــسس التبــاین مـا فــوق العتبــة ط اختباریة مختلفة اإلضاءة والتردد المكاني لغرض مقارنة التباین، یكون معدل اإلضاءة لألنماط االختیاریة باستعمال أنما cd/ m (5 – 0.5 )یكـون فـي المـدى 2 ، لكـل مجموعـة مـن التجـارب cycles / degree (16 – 1) والتـردد المكـاني لهـا ي بینما تكون اإلضاءة ثابتة، وجد ان انخفاض التباین المحـسوس كان التردد المكاني لالنماط االختیاري یتغیر بشكل عشوائ ان نتائج هذه الدراسة مهمة للنماذج البصریة المـستعملة . لألنماط االختباریة یكون بشكل خطي مع االنخفاض في اإلضاءة . [2] في تحلیل جودة الصورة لـصور للمنـاظر اللیلیـة وذلـك مـن خـالل تقنیـة خوارزمیـة لتحـسین ا2003 عـام william b. thomposاقتـراح العـالم ٕجعـل الـصورة المـأخوذة فــي النهـار وكأنهـا صـور لیلیــة مـن خـالل تقلیــل التبـاین والـسطوع لكـل الــصورة واضـافة تـشوه للــصورة . [3]ا، وخسارة في الحدة البصریة ومقدار التشوه الحاصل فیه blur ٕواعطاء الصورة اللیلیة التي تكون ذا غشاوة عالیة mلباحثـان artin cadik , pavel slavik دراسـة لتقیـیم جـودة الـصورة باالعتمـاد علـى الخــواص یـا أجر2004 عــام البصریة للتحسس البشري، إذ استعمال في هذه الدراسة صور مضغوطة بشكل منتظم وصور مـضغوطة بـشكل غیـر منـتظم .[4]تشابه واالختالفثم تمت مناقشة أداء االنموذجین باالعتماد على أوجه ال تباین الصورة backٕ واضاءة الخلفیة object brightnessالتباین هو النسبة بین إضاءة الجسم ground brightness التي یمكن تحسین ان تحسس التباین یعتمد على التوزیع الحیزي للمناطق المضیئة والمعتمة في الصورة و.تحیط بالجسم الخاصیة، إذ یمكن استعمال مرشح لغرض تحسین نسبة التباین في الصورة وذلك عن طریق طرح الصور باستخدام هذه س ) 1(نسبة معینة من قیمة كل وحدة لونیة في الصورة وذلك لزیادة التباین بین نقاط الصورة الشكل یوضح دالة التحس contrast sensitivityللتباین لدى اإلنسان function ومختصرها csfعتمد على اإلضاءة والتوزیع الحیزي التي ت .[5,6]لأللوان في الصورة فكلما زاد التردد، قلت قدرة العین على تمییز األلوان قیاس تباین الصورة ان مقاییس التباین األكثر شیوعا هي تباین ویبر م الــصغیرة حـادة الحــواف، مثــل األجـسا( یعـد تبــاین ویبـر مــن أقـدم مقــاییس تبــاین اإلضـاءة وغالبــا مـا یــستخدم لألنمــاط ).2(كما في الشكل ) الرموز، ورموز النص على خلفیات متماثلة وتكون اكبر من الرموز 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة : [6,7]ان مقیاس ویبر یعبر عنه بالصیغة الریاضي (1) ....... i ii c b bs w   تباین ویبر cw إذ i s ، ib اضائیة الرمز والخلفیة على التوالي تباین فرق االضائیة : [7] ان فرق االضائیة تعطي وفقا للعالقة االتیة …… (2) bsr iic  . تباین فرق االضائیةcr إذ ان is ،اضائیة الرمز ib اضائیة الخلفیة. تباین مایكلسون ).3( كما في الشكل textures image یطبق هذا المقیاس على الصورة ذي األنماط الدوریة، مثل صورة النسیجة : (7)یحسب تباین مایكلسون باستخدام العالقة اآلتیة ii ii cm mi nma x mi nma x    ……… (3) imإذ ان ax و im in تشیر الى االضائیة العالیة والواطئة على التوالي . :([8] تعطى بالعالقة اآلتیه contrast noise ratio (cnr)ان نسبة التباین الى الضوضاء (4) .....  n bs ii cnr   . االنحراف المعیاري للضوضاءn إذ التبـاین هـو االخـتالف فـي الخـصائص البـصریة التـي تجعـل عناصـر الـصورة قابلـة للتمییـز لالجـسام المختلفـة وفـصل بعـضها ان النظــام البـصري البـشري هـو أكثــر حـساسیة للتبـاین مــن اإلضـاءة فلهـذا یمكننــا . ا عـن الخلفیـةعـن الـبعض االخـر وفــصله ان التبــاین یتـأثر باإلضـاءة وبعدســة . بـالرغم مــن شـدة اإلضـاءة) الـشكل او الهیئــة نفـسها ( تحـسس الـصورة باســلوب واحـد .[4]التصویر حساسیة التباین محاطـة (i + i )افتـرض ان بقعـة ضـوئیة ذو شـدة . اإلضـاءة تكـون غیـر خطیـة ان استجابة العین للتغـایر فـي شـدة خـالل . i بوصـفها دالـة i ان اختالف التغایر الملحوظ یـتم تحدیـده مـن خـالل .(4)كما في الشكل iبخلفیة ذي شدة ثابتة تة تقریبـا وقیمتهـا حـوالي تكون ثابweber fraction التي تسمى كسر ویبر (i /i)مدى واسع من الشدات وجد ان نسبة ذلـك ان ویعنـي(5) ان هـذه النتیجـة ال تبقـى ثابتـة عنـد الـشدات الواطئـة جـدا او العالیـة جـدا كمـا موضـحة فـي الـشكل 0.02 (i + i ) والثانیـة iبقعتـین ضـوئیتین واحــدة ذو شـدة ) 5(یوضـح الـشكل . حـساسیة التبـاین تعتمـد علـى شـدة مـا یحیطهـا .(5) كما موضح بالشكلi رسمت دالة لشدة الخلفیة i/i، وان قیمة كسر ویبر i0ة مختلفة محاطتان بخلفیة ذي شد 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة نتـه بالمــدى الــذي یمكـن مقار(4) لـوحظ ان المـدى الــذي یبقـى فیـه كــسر ویبـر ثابـت قــد قـل بـشكل كبیــر مقارنـة بالـشكل dyالحركـي namic range وبمـا ان تفاضـل لوغـاریتم الـشدة هـو [9].ة لمعظـم أنظمـة التـصویر االلكترونیـdi/i لـذا یمكـن في لوغاریتم شدة الضوء بالتغایرات الملحوظة في كثافـة الـضوء فـي منطقـة الـشدة التـي یكـون فیهـا كـسر ویبـر ربط التغایرات . [10]معالجة الصوریة التي تتم بها على لوغاریتم شدة نقطة الصورة عوضا عن الشدةثابت لهذا فان العدید من أنظمة ال ) لتخمین التباین و االضاءة(منظومة العمل الملتقطـة باضـائیات مــصباح التنكـستن المختلفـة وهـي صـورة اختباریــة (color bar)لحـساب التبـاین للـصورة االختباریـة ). 6(حساب التباین لها باستخدام منظومة التصویر الموضحة بالشكل تم . نصفها اسود والنصف االخر ابیض مكونات منظومة التصویر sony )الكامیرا الفدیویة .1 video lens / op tical 20 ). phot )الترانزستور الـضوئي الكاشـف .2 o transistor detector ) لقیـاس شـدة اإلضـاءة المنعكـسة وتكـون وحـدة قیـاس .( lux )ضاءة اللوكس شدة اإل وتقـدر ) حاصـل ضـرب التیـار والفولتیـة ( ولتمیتر وامیتر لقیـاس الفولتیـة المـسلطة والتیـار المـار ومنهمـا یـتم تحدیـد القـدرة .3 . ( watt ) القدرة بوحدة : واهم خصائصه) مصدر اإلضاءة ( مصباح التنكستن .4 ( w 100 ) القدرة . volt ( 250 – 0 ) الفولتیة .یبعث أطوال موجیة بنسب تختلف قلیال عن األطوال الموجیة لضوء الشمس التنكستن المختلفة بوساطة الكامیرا الرقمیة وتمت عملیة التسجیل على شـكل مقـاطع فدیویـة إذ التقط صور عدیدة الضائیات حاسـبة عـن طریـق ربـط الكـامیرا الرقمیـة بوسـاطة ثابتـة ویـتم نقـل هـذه المقـاطع الفدیویـة الـى ال min 1.5مـــدة المقطـــع حـوالي تم تقطیعهـا وترتیبهـا وفقـا الـى قیمـة الفولتیــة یـ بعــد عملیـة نقـل المقـاطع الفدیویـة الـى الحاسـبة t.v cartكیبـل ربـط الـى وخزنهـا صـورا منفـصلة ( ulead video studio 9 )المسلطة علـى منظـوة اإلضـاءة فـي إثنـاء التـصویر بوسـاطة برنـامج ( bit 24 ) وممثلة ( bitmap )یغة بص لكل نقطة حافة في الصورة l واإلضاءة rgbخوارزمیات حساب التباین للحزم اللونیة في هذه الدراسة اقترحت تقنیات عدیدة تعتمد مناطق الحافات بین مناطق الصورة المختلفة لحساب تباین الصورة : وهذه التقنیات هيrgb وللمركبات اللونیة lضاءة الرقمیة حیت یتم حساب التباین لمركبة اإل  التباین المباشر ( حساب التباین باالعتماد على اعلى و أوطىء شدة( وتطبیقهـا علـى نقـاط الـصورة فـي منـاطق الحافـات فقـط ویـتم ذلـك (3) تعتمد هذه التقنیة على استخدام معادلة التباین والبحـث علـى أوطـأ وأعلـى قیمـة فـي الـشدة لعناصـر الـصورة cimg (i,j ) فـي الـصورةبأخذ نافذة ثالثیة حول نقطة الحافـات :التابعة للحافات وخطوات هذه التقنیة هي كما یأتي  القیم المدخلهinput الصورة ) عرض iw ارتفاع ، ih( المراد حساب تباینھا والمعرفة ابعادھا cimg (i,j ) الصورة -1 .ض الكشف الحافي لغرth قیمة العتبة -2 رفة والتطبیقیة 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص  القیم المخرجة output ) eimg صورة الحافات -1 i,j ). . mct معدل التباین -2 . ct االنحراف المعیاري للتباین -3 ــوات العمل ـــ ـــــ خطـ ـــق مؤ-1 ر س�وبل عل�ى ال�صورة نطـب �ة مح�ددة cimg (i,,j)ثــ� ، eimg (i,j ) للح�صول عل�ى ص�ورة الحاف�ات th بعتب . nedgثم نحسب عدد نقاط الحافات نحسب مقلوب عدد نقاط الحافات في الصورة -2 ive = edgn 1 . عدد نقاط الحافات nedg حیث -:طة حافة كما یلي نحسب التباین لكل نق– 3 -i نفتح دورتي مسح للصورة . for i = 1 to ih for j = 1 to iw ii نختبر كل نقطة من نقا ط الصورة ( i , j ) اذا كانت تمثل حافة if eimg ( i , j ) represent edge point  نضع m ax = cimg ( i , j) m in = m ax  نفتح نافذة ثالثیة( 3 3) حول النقطة ( i , j ) لمصفوفة الصورة cimg (i,j ) كما یلي for i1 = i – 1 to i + 1 for j1 = j + 1 to j + 1  نحسب اصغر واكبر عنصر في النافذة كما یلي if m in > cimg(i1 , j1 ) then m in = cimg ( i1 , j1 ) if m ax < cimg ( i1 , j1 ) then m ax = cimg ( i1 , j1 )  ننھي دورتي النافذة الثالثیةnext : next  نجري االختبار األتي لحساب التباین if m in >= m ax then فاذا كانت المنطقة متجانسة فان التباین یساوي صفر c =0 واال فیحسب التباین else نحسب التباین من العالقة اآلتیة c = ( minmax minmax   ) iii – ننهي الشرط .end if iv كما یأتي( 255 – 0 ) إلى ( 1 – 0 ) توسیع مدى التباین من : ct = round – integer ( c  255 ) v ــــــب احتمالیات باستخدام الصیغة ( ct )التباین لكل نقطة حافة ) تكراریات ( نحسـ : اآلتیة hist ( ct ) = hist ( ct ) + ive vi ننهي الشرط الخطوة ii. end if 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة -vii ننهي دورتي مسح الصورة .next : next : التباین وكما یأتي) تكرایات ( للصورة باستعمال احتمالیات ctواالنحراف المعیاري mct نحسب معــدل التباین4  نضعcm scm و 0 = قیم ابتدائیة لمعدل التباین ومربع معدل التباین 0 =  تیة نفتح حلقة تكرار األ for ct = 0 to 255  نحسب معدل التباین و مربع معدل التباین كما یأتي: cm = cm + )( 255 cthist ct  scm = scm + )() 255 ( 2 cthist ct   ننهي حلقة التكرارct. ct next  معدل التباینmct = cm .  2االنحراف المعیاري للتباینcmscmct  . ومركبة rgbنحراف المعیاري للتباین للمركبات اللونیة نطبق الخطوات السابقة إلیجاد معدل التباین واال– 5 .في حالة الصور الملونة lاإلضاءة . ننهي الخوارزمیة 6 حساب التباین العمودي ) cimg( تعتمد هذه التقنیة اوال على تحدید نقاط الحافات أیضا لحساب التباین، إذ تؤخذ نافـذة ثالثیـة حـول العنـصر i,j الــذي یحتــوي ) الثــاني ( ماعــدا العمــود ) االول و الثالــث ( حافــة وحــساب مجمــوع عناصــر العمـــــودین الــذي یمثــل im إذ ان [3] الــذي یمثـل حافـة، ومــن ثـم یحـسب منهمــا التبـاین حـسب عالقــة التبـاین cimg (i,j)العنـصر الوسـطي ax imتساوي اكبر قیمة لمجموع عناصر العمود االول او الثالث و in ساوي اصغر قیمـة لمجمـوع عناصـر العمـود األول او ت الثالث وكما یأتي im ax = m ax ( v1 , v3 ) im in = m in ( v1,v3 ) (3 ) أي ان التباین یحسب من العالقة im ان ذإ ax واعلى قیمة من مجموع عناصر العمودینim in اوطا قیمة من مجموع عناصر العمودین . لغرض حـساب التبـاین بـین العمـود االول والثالـث حـول عنـصر v3 و v1النافذة المعتمدة في حساب ) 7( یوضح الشكل . لحساب معدل التباین واالنحراف المعیاري للتباین iنافذة الصورة الذي یمثل حافة وتجري الخطوات نفسها في الفقرة حساب التباین القطري الذي یمثـل حافـة وحـساب مجمـوع العناصـر cimg (i,j )فذة ثالثیة حول العنصر ان اساس عملها یعتمد على فتح نا فوق im إذ ) 3 (واسفل القطر االول ومن ثم یحسب منهما التباین اعتمادا على معـــادلة التباین ax رفة والتطبیقیة 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص imقیمة لمجموع عناصر فوق او اسـفل القطـر االول ویساوي اكبر in یـساوي اصـغر قیمـة لمجمـوع عناصـر فـوق او اسـفل القطر االول وكما یاتي mi nma x mi nma x ii ii c    im ax = m ax ( d1 , d2 ) im in = m in ( d1 , d2 ) ــــة بالشكل d2 و d1ومخطط نافذة العمل لحســــاب . ( 8 ) موضحــ imإذ . التقنیة السابقة لكن التباین یحسب من مجموع عناصر فوق و اسفل القطـر الثـانيوهناك تقنیة أخرى مشابه لعمل ax imیساوي اكبر قیمة لمجموع عناصر فوق او اسفل القطر الثاني و in یساوي اصغر قیمة لمجموع عناصر فوق او اسفل . ( 9 ) موضحة بالشكلd2 و d1القطر الثاني ومخطط نافذة العمل لحساب ب تباین القیمة العظمى او الصغرى مع العنصر الوسطي حسا الـذي cimg (i,j)تعتمـد هـذه التقنیـة علـى عناصـر الحافـات لحـساب التبـاین إذ تؤخـذ نافـذة ثالثیـة حـول عنـصر الـصورة تمثــل یمثـل نقطــة حافـة ثــم إیجـاد اكبــر قیمـة مــن العناصـر المجــاورة للعنـصر الوســطي فـي النافــذة، امـا اصــغر قیمـة فهــي im ) إذ یعـد العنـصر الوسـطي ) 3 (العنصر الوسـطي ثـم یحـسب التبـاین مـن هـذه التقنیـة حـسب المعادلـة in = center) ، imاما axفتمثل اكبر قیمة من عناصر النافذة الثالثیة باستثناء العنصر الوسطي لذا فمعادلة التباین تكون بالصیغة اآلتیة center center c    max max max i i . ( 10 )ومخطط نافذة العمل لهذه التقنیة موضحة في الشكل imهنـاك تقنیـة اخـرى مـشابه للتقنیـة الــسابقة لكـن فـي هـذه الحالـة یـتم البحــث عـن اصـغر in مـن العناصـر المجـاورة للعنــصر imالوسـطي الـذي یمثـل حافـة فـي النافـذة الثالثیـة، امـا اكبـر قیمـة فهـي تمثـل العنـصر الوسـطي ax = center ان معادلـة في هذه التقنیة تكون بالصیغة االتیة (3 ) التباین min min min icenter icenter c    .( 11 )ومخطط نافذة العمل لھذه التقنیة موضحة في الشكل خوارزمیة حساب التباین باالعتماد على الخصائص اإلحصائیة ، یـتم (3)حصائیة لنقاط الحافات في الصورة لحساب التباین حسب معادلـة التبـاینفي هذه التقنیة تم اعتماد الخصائص اإل imحساب in و im ax باالعتماد على معدل نقاط الحافات ( m ) واالنحراف المعیاري لنقاط الحافات ) ( حسب العالقتـین :اآلتیتین im in = m –  ………. ( 5 ) im ax = m +  ………. ( 6 )  ct = m  ……….. ( 7 ) ان هذه التقنیة تكون ذا كفایة عالیة فـي تحدیـد التبـاین النهـا تأخـذ بنظـر االعتبـار كـل نقـاط الحافـات وخوارزمیـة هـذا العمـل كما یأتي  القیم المدخلةinput ) cimg الصورة -1 i,j) التي یراد حساب التباین لها والمعروفة ابعادها )ihارتفاع الصورة و iw عرض الصورة . ( . محددة لغرض الكشف الحافيth قیمة العتبة -2 رفة والتطبیقیة 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص  القیم المخرجة output . eimg (i,j ) صورة الحافات -1 . ct التباین-2 خطوات العمل لغرض الكشف الحافي وایجاد صورة الحافات th بعتبة محددة cimg (i,j)نطبق مؤثر سوبل على الصورة .1 eimg (i,j ) وعدد نقاط الحافات nedg 3.4.2( وخطوات هذه العملیة موضحة في الفقرة.( . تدائیة لمجموع نقاط الحافات و مجموع مربعات نقاط الحافات على التوالي قیما ابss=0 و s=0نضع .2 .نبدأ بفتح دورتي المسح للصورة .3 for i = 1 to ih for j = 1 to iw اذا كانت نقطة حافة وفقا للشرط االتي( i, j)نختبر النقطة .4 if eimg ( i , j ) rep resent edge point . تراكم قیم عناصر الشدة و مربع عناصر الشدة .5 s = s + cimg ( i , j ) ss = ss + cimg (i , j) 2̂ ). 4( ي الشرط في خطوة ننه. 6 end if next . ننهي دورتي المسح . 7 : next حسب العالقة ) ms( الشدة ومعدل مربع) m ( نحسب معدل . 8 edg n s m النتائج . (12) صورة الضائیات التنكستن المختلفة كما في الشكل 14تم الحصول على دراسة التباین دالة لشدة اإلضاءة لتحدید أفضل جودة للصورة االختباریة الغایـة األساسـیة مـن حــساب تبـاین الـصورة هــو تحدیـد أفـضل صـورة مــن بـین مجموعـة الــصور الملتقطـة بـشدات إضــاءة إن .مختلفة أي إیجاد معیار كفوءة لتحدید جودة الصورة : یوضح نتائج تقنیات حساب التباین المقترحة في هذه الدراسة حیث تم مالحظة ما یأتي ( 13a → g.) الشكل عدل التباین المباشر تقنیة حساب م لمنظومـة (13a) ولـشدات إضـاءة مختلفــــة موضـحة bنتائج تطبیق هذه التقنیة لحساب التبـاین للـصورة االختباریـة تمـت دراسـة العالقـة بـین معـدل التبـاین للـصور ذي شـدة إضـاءة مختلفـة مــع . التـصویر لمـصدر اإلضـاءة مـصباح التنكـستن قـل معهـا مقـدار الحافـات thیادة قیمة العتبة ینخفض مقدار عدد الحافات العالیـة وكلمـا زادت العتبـة القدرة، إذ نالحظ مع ز فــنالحظ زیــادة فـي قــیم التبــاین وذلــك الن فــي هــذه الحالــة ســوف تبقــى فقــط . ولـذلك فعنــد زیــادة العتبــة یــزداد مقــدار التبــاین لتبـاین سـوف یـزداد عنـد العتبـات العالیـة لهـذا فـان عنـد العتبـات العالیـة الحافات القویة ذا التباین العالي لذا فان المعدل العام ل یتـضـح مـن األشـكال بـان أفـضل صـورة بالنـسبة الـى منظومـة التـصویر ذي اإلضــاءة . سـوف یـصعب تحدیـد أفـضل إضـائیة ، إذ تكون قیم معدل التباین للصور watt 36هي عندما تكون القدرة ) مصباح التنكستن( 2009) 4 (22 المجلد ھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن ال باستعمال مصباح التنكستن أعلى من قـیم معـدل التبـاین باسـتعمال مـصباح الفلورسـنت والـسبب فـي ذلـك یعـود الـى ان ضـوء . مصباح الفلورسنت ابیض أي ان جمیع الحزم اللونیة الثالثة ومركبة اإلضاءة لها القیم نفسها تقنیة حساب معدل التباین لمجموع عناصر فوق واسفل القطر الرئیس والثانوي العالقــة بـــین معــدل التبـــاین والقــدرة لمنظومـــة االضــاءة باســـتخدام مــصباح التنكـــستن للـــصورة (13b) تبــین االشـــكال watt 36 لتباین عندما تكون القـدرة نتائج التقنیة اظهرت كفایة عالیة في تحدید أفضل صورة ذي أعلى معدل ا. االختباریة العالقــة بـین معـدل التبـاین والقـدرة لمنظومـة إضـاءة مــصباح (13c)تبـین االشـكال . لمنظــومة اإلضـاءة مـصبــاح التنكـستن التنكـستن لتقنیــة حـساب التبــاین لمجمـوع عناصــر فـوق واســفل القطــر الثـانوي وكانــت نتائجهـا مطابقــة لتقنیـة تبــاین مجمــوع . وق وأسفل القطر الرئیسعناصر ف تقنیة حساب معدل التباین باالعتماد على العنصر الوسطي العالقــة بــین معــدل التبــاین والقـدرة لمنظومــة التــصویر ذي مــصدر اإلضــاءة مــصباح التنكــستن (13d) یبـین الــشكل ة العظمــى للـشدة وأظهـرت هـذه التقنیــة باسـتخدام الـصورة االختباریـة، إذ عــد فـي هـذه التقنیـة ان العنــصر الوسـطي یمثـل القیمـ یبـین . لمنظومـة إضـاءة مـصباح التنكـستن watt 36 كفایـة فـي إبـراز معـدل التبـاین للـصورة األفـضل عنـدما تكـون القـدرة نتائج التقنیة لحساب معدل التباین باالعتماد على العنصرالوسطي للنافـذة بوصـفه یمثـل القیمـة الـصغرى للـشدة (13e)الشكل .تائج التقنیة تتطابق مع نتائج التقنیة المذكورة أعاله وان ن تقنیة حساب معدل التباین العمودي التي تبین العالقة بین معدل التباین والقـدرة لمنظومـة التـصویر ذي مـصدر (13f) نتائج هذه التقنیة موضحة بالشكل ل الرســم نالحــظ ان التقنیــة غیــر كفــوءة فــي ابــراز معــدل التبـــاین اإلضــاءة مــصباح التنكــستن للــصورة االختباریــة ومــن خــال ذي اإلضاءة المختلفة، إذ توجد ثالث صور متقاربة في قیم معدل التباین، لذا یضاف الیها قیم االنحراف المعیـاري للصور . ستخدام مصباح التنكـستن لمنظومة اإلضاءة با(1)كما مبیــن في الجـدول ) ذو أفضل تباین ( للتباین إلیجاد أفضل صورة . watt 36 لقد تبین هنا أیضا ان أفضل صورة لمنظومة اإلضاءة مصباح التنكستن عندما تكون القدرة تقنیة حساب التباین باالعتماد على الخصائص اإلحصائیة دما تكــون أن أفـضل صــورة فـي حالـة منظومــة اإلضـاءة مــصباح التنكـستن هـي الــصورة عنـ(13g) یتـضح مـن الــشكل مـن خـالل النتـائج یتـضح ان تقنیـة حـساب التبـاین باالعتمـاد علـى الخـصائص اإلحـصائیة هـي . watt 36القدرة المسلطة .أفضل تقنیة في أظهار التفاصیل و تكون قیم التباین في هذه التقنیة عالیة مقارنة بالتقنیات المقترحة لحساب التباین االستنتاجات لتحدیـد أفـضل صـورة تبـین أن ) األسـود واألبـیض ( ات التباین المختلفة للـصورة ذي النمطـین من خالل تطبیق تقنی .1 .(36watt)أفضـل صورة بأستخدام مصباح التنكستن تكون عند القدرة في هذه الدراسة تم اقتراح عدد من أسالیب جدیدة لحساب التباین فـي منـاطق الحافـات باالعتمـاد علـى أعلـى واطـئ .2 حافات وعلى الخصائص اإلحصائیة لهذه المناطق وكانت نتائج هذه التقنیات تقریبا متطابقة ولم تظهر شدة لنقاط ال اختالفات كبیرة ولذلك تعد هذه التقنیات لحساب التبـاین مـن المعـاییر الكفـوءة لتقیـیم جـودة الـصورة باسـتخدام الـصورة یــة اإلضـاءة أو كفایـة منظومــات التـصویر ودور هــذه االختباریـة الثنائیـة ویمكــن اعتمـاد هـذه النتــائج فـي تحدیـد كفا .الصورة االختباریة في أظهار التباین وتأثره باإلضاءة 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة كانت ذا كفایـة عالیـة أظهرت نتائج حساب التباین ان تقنیة حساب التباین باالعتماد على الخصائص اإلحصائیة .3 .ٕفي أظهار وابراز التباین لمناطق الحافات مقارنة بالتقنیات األخرى المصادر 1johnson, r.p., (1990), “ contrast based edge detection”, patt ern recognition, 23, 3/4. 2peli, e.; arend l. and labianca, a., (1996), “contrast percep tion a cross changes in luminance and sp atial frequency ”, op tical society america. 3thompson, b.w. and shirley, p., (2003), “a sp atial post processing algorithm for images of night scenes “, cornell and ut an university . 4-w.f., schreiber, (1998), “fundamental of electronic imaging sy st ems”, sp ringer – verlag, berlin. 5-wiley , j., (2001), "digital image processing", 3 rd , isbns: 0 – 471 – 37407 – 5 (hard back), 0 – 471 – 22132 – 5 (electronic). 6-ramamurthy , v.; narendran n. and freyssinier j.p., (2004), “ determining contrast sensitivity function for m onochromatic light emitt ed by high – brightness“ third international conferen ce on solid state 7-collier, r.j.; bur ckhardt, c.b. and h.lin l., (1971), “op tical holography “, academic press inc., london ltd. 8-kai, yu and liang, j.i, (2001), "how t o op timize optical coherent tomography oct image”, dep artment of automation, tsinghua university . 9-gonz alez, r.c. and richard e.woods, (2008), “digital image processing”, 3 rd edition. 10-russ, c., (2006), “image processing hand book”, 5 th edition, m aterials science and engineer ing dep artment, north carolina state, university . 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لتباین وقیم االنحراف المعیاري للتباین ( 1 )جدول إلیجاد أفضل یوضح قیم معدل ا صورة من تقنیة التباین العمودي 6] یزيعالقة حساسیة التباین مع التردد الح) 1(شكل ] 6] عالقة حساسیة التباین مع التردد الحیزي) 1(شكل ] ]7[النماط المستخدمھ في مقیاس ویبر ) 2(شكل رفة والتطبیقیة 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص 3)شكل 7] األنماط الدوریة المستخدمة في مقیاس مایكلسون ( ] منظومة التصویر باستخدام مصباح التنكستن) 6(الشكل منظومة التصویر باستخدام مصباح التنكستن )6(الشكل 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 5)شكل 8]متغیرة محاطة بخلفیة یوضح بقعتان ضوئیة ( ] 4)شكل 8]یوضح البقعة الضوئیة المحاطة بخلفیة ثابتة ( ] ثیة حول العنصر) 7(شكل cimg ( i , j (النافذة الثال 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة d2 و d1نافذة عناصر القطر األول لحساب ) 8(شكل d2 و d1نافذة عناصر القطر الثاني لحساب ) 9(شكل الصور الناتجة الضائیات التنكستن المختلفة) 12(شكل 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة نافذة العمل حول العنصر الوسطي األصغر ) 10(شكل نافذة العمل حول العنصر الوسطي األكبر) 11(شكل a 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 powe r c o n tr a s t_ l th20 th40 th60 th80 th100 m (watt) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 20 40 60 80 100 p ower co n tr a st _ l t h2 0 t h4 0 t h6 0 t h8 0 t h1 00 m (watt) b c لتنكستن لقیم عتبات تقنیات التباین للصورة االختباریة ) (13 شكل th )مصدر اإلضاءة مصباح ا ) لمؤثر سوبل فة مختل a– التباین المباشر b –لقطري الر قطري الثانوي– cئیسي التباین ا التباین ال d d 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة e 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 20 40 60 80 100 po wer c o n tr a s t _ l th2 0 th4 0 th6 0 th8 0 th1 00 m (watt) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 20 40 60 80 10 0 power c o n tr a s t_ l th20 th40 th60 th80 th100 m (watt) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 0 20 40 60 80 10 0 po wer c o n tr a s t _ l th20 th40 th60 th80 th100 m (watt) e e f ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 calculating techniques fo r the contrast of images which have different illuminations a. a. d. al-zuk y , s. s.s. zuhe ri* and k. j. alshujare g لقیم عتبات ) (13 كلش لتنكستن قنیات التباین للصورة االختباریة مصدر اإلضاءة مصباح ا th )ت ) لمؤثر سوبل فة مختل d – لتباین العنصر الوسطي أعظم قیمة التباین العمودي f التباین العنصر الوسطي اصغر قیمة– e ا لتباین للصورة االختباریة ) (13 شكل th )مصدر اإلضاءة مصباح التنكستن لقیم عتبات تقنیات ا ) لمؤثر سوبل فة مختل g –التباین اإلحصائي 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 20 40 60 80 100 power c o n tr a s t_ l th20 th40 th60 th80 th100 m (watt) 0 0 .2 0 .4 0 .6 0 .8 1 1 .2 0 20 40 60 80 100 power c o n tr a s t _ l th 20 th 40 th 60 th 80 th 100 (watt) departme nt of physics, college of science, unive rsity of almustansiryah. *college of pharmacy, baghdad unive rsty. abstract the distortion, which occurs to the image often affects the existing amount of information, weakens its sharpness, decreases its contrast , thus leads t o overlapp ing details of the various regions, and decreases image resolution. test images are used to determine the image quality and ability of different visual sy st ems, as we depended in our st udy on test image, half black and half white. contrast was studied in the p etition so as to p rop ose several new methods for different contrast s in the edge of images where the results of technical differences would identify contrast image under different lighting conditions. key word: contrast, image qual ity, edge de tection, s patial resolution mathematics 393 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 strongly (comletely) hollow submodules i i. m. a. hadi and gh. a. humod department of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 15 march 2012 accepted in: 21 may 2012 abstract let r be a commutative ring with unity and let m be an r-module. in this paper we study strongly (completely) hollow submodules and quasi-hollow submodules. we investigate the basic properties of these submodules and the relationships between them. also we study the be behavior of these submodules under certain class of modules such as compultiplication, distributive, multiplication and scalar modules. in part ii we shall continue the study of these submodules. key words: strongly (completely)-hollow submodules, distributive modules, multiplication (comultiplication) modules, scalar modules. introduction throughout this paper, all rings are commutative rings with identity elements, and all modules are unital modules. in this article we study strongly (completely) hollow submodules which are introduced in [1], also we introduce quasi-hollow submodules. in section one of this paper we give the basic properties of these submodules. also we give some results under the class of distributive modules and compultiplication modules. in section two, we investigate some properties of strongly, completely and quasi-hollow submodules under the class of multiplication modules. in section three we introduce some properties of strongly (completely) and quasi-hollow submodules under certain class of modules. 1strongly (completely) hollow and quasi-hollow submodules we begin this section with the following: definition: [1, 4.2] let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, then l is called a strongly hollow submodule (briefly, sh-submodule) if for every l1, l2 ≤ m with l ≤ l1 + l2 implies l ≤ l1 or l ≤ l2, we say that an r-module m is a strongly-hollow module if m is a strongly hollow submodule of itself. remark: let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, l is a sh-submodule if for each l1, …, ln ≤ m with l ≤ l1 + l2 + … + ln, implies l ≤ l1 or l ≤ l2 … or l ≤ ln. definition: [1, 4.2] let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, then l is called a completely hollow submodule (briefly, ch-submodule) if for any collection {lλ}λ∈λ of r-submodules of m with l lλ λ∈λ = ∑ , implies l = lλ for some λ∈λ. we say that an r-module m is completely hollow (briefly, ch-module) if m is completely hollow of itself. remarks and examples: mathematics 394 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the z as z-module is not sh, not ch, and every submodule is not sh, not ch. 1. z6 as z-module is not sh, and every nonzero proper submodule is sh. 2. q as z-module is not sh, since there exist two proper submodules a, b of q such that q = a + b see [2, p.187, exc.6(b)]. 3. let m be an r-module, and n ≤ l ≤ m. if l is sh then n need not be sh-submodule. for example, 2< > is sh (ch)-submodule of z4 as z-module. but 0< > is not sh (not ch). 4. let m be an r-module, and 0 ≠ l ≤ w ≤ m. if l is sh-submodule, then w need not be sh-submodule. for example 6< > is sh(ch)-submodule of z48 as z-module. but 2< > is not sh (not ch), since 2< > ⊆ 8< > + 6< > , and 2< > ⊈ 8< > , 2< > ⊈ 6< > . 5. let m be an r-module, and l1, l2 ≤ m. if l1 and l2 are sh-submodule, then l1 + l2 need not be sh. for example: in z12 as z-module, 3 , 4< > < > are sh-submodules of z12. but 123 4 z< > + < >= is not sh. 6. if m is a chained r-module, and 0 ≠ n ≤ m. then n is sh-submodule, where m is a chained module if the lattic of submodules are linearly ordered by inclusion see [3]. proof: let 0 ≠ n ≤ m. assume n ⊆ n1 + n2 where n1, n2 ≤ m. since m is chained, either n1 ⊆ n2 or n2 ⊆ n1 if n1 ⊆ n2, then n1 + n2 = n2, so n ⊆ n2. if n2 ⊆ n1, then n1 + n2 = n1, so n ⊆ n1. thus n is sh-submodule. 7. every simple r-module m is sh and ch. 8. every simple submodule n of an r-module is ch-submodule. 9. every ch-module is sh-module. 10. the concept sh-submodule and ch-submodule are independent for examples: (a) the z-module p z ∞ is sh-submodule of itself; that is pz ∞ is sh-module by remark 1.4 (7), p z ∞ is not ch-module. since ip i z 1 z z p ∞ +∈ = < + >∑ , and ip 1 z z p ∞ ≠< + > for any i ∈ z+. (b) let m be the vector space ℝ2 over ℝ. let n = ℝ (1,0). n is simple submodule of m. since dim n = 1. so by remark 1.4 (9), n is ch. on the other hand, n⊆ℝ (1,1)+ℝ (1, 1)=ℝ2=m, and n ⊈ ℝ (1,1), n ⊈ ℝ (1, 1). that is n is not sh-submodule. as we have seen by example 1.4 (11) (b), simple submodule need not be sh. however under the class of distributive (or comultiplication) modules, every simple submodule is sh. before proving this result, recall that the following definitions an r-module m is called distributive if the lattic of its submodules is distributive, that is l ∩ (n + k) = (l ∩ n) + (l ∩ k). equivalently, l + (n ∩ k) = (l + n) ∩ ( l + k) for all submodules l, n, and k of m see [4]. an r-module m is called comultiplication if every l ≤ m is of the form l = (o m : i) = m ann i for some i ≤ r. equivalently, l = (o m : (o r : l)) = m ann r ann l, see [5 ]. where (o m : i) = {m ∈ m: im = (0)}, (o r : l) = {r ∈ r: rl = (0)}. mathematics 395 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 examples: 1. p z ∞ as z-module is comultiplication, since for each l ≤ pz ∞ l = i 1 z p < + > , then p z z ann ann l l ∞ = for some i ∈ z+. 2. z as z-module is not comultiplication, since if l = 3z, then z ann z ann 3z = z ≠ 3z. 3. zn as z-module is comultiplication. proof: let l ≤ m. then l = m< > and m/n, that is n = mk for some k ∈ z. hence z ann m< > =<k> and z ann k m l< >=< >= . thus l = nz z ann ann l . recall that a non-zero submodule n of an r-module m is said to be second submodule of m if for each r ∈ r, the homothety r* on n is either zero or surjective. equivalently, rn = <0> or rn = n for each r ∈ r, see [6]. where the homothety r* is an r-endomorphism on n, means r*(x) = rx for each x ∈ n. a submodule n of an r-module m is said to be strongly irreducible (briefly, sisubmodule) if for any l1, l2 ≤ m, l1 ∩ l2 ⊆ n, then l1 ⊆ n or l2 ⊆ n, see [7]. examples: 1. 6z is not si-submodule of z as z-module since 6z ⊇ 2z ∩ 3z, but 6z ⊉ 2z, 6z ⊉ 3z. 2. it is clear that every submodule of chained module is si. we state the following proposition which is needed in the next two results. proposition: let m be a comultiplication r-module, and n ≤ m such that r ann n is prime ideal. then n is a sh-submodule. proof: let n ⊆ l1 + l2, where l1, l2 ≤ m. since m is comultiplication, l1 = m ann i1, l2 = m ann i2 for some ideals i1 and i2 of r. then n ⊆ m ann i1 + m ann i2 ⊆ m ann (i1 ∩ i2), that is n ⊆ m ann (i1 ∩ i2). so r ann n ⊇ r ann m ann (i1 ∩ i2) ⊇ i1 ∩ i2. but r ann n is prime so r ann n is si-ideal, hence r ann n ⊇ i1 or r ann n ⊇ i2. then m ann r ann n ⊆ m ann i1 = l1 or m ann r ann n ⊆ m ann i2 = l2. so n ⊆ l1 or n ⊆ l2, that is n is sh. the following result is given in [1]. however we get it directly by proposition 1.7. corollary: let m be a comultiplication r-module, and n ≤ m. then 1. n is a second submodule implies n is sh. 2. n is a finitely generated second submodule, implies n is ch. proof: (1) since n is second, then r ann n is a prime ideal by [6]. hence the result is obtained by proposition 1.7. (2) by part (1) n is sh. but n is finitely generated, so n i i 1 n rx = = ∑ for some x1, …, xn. hence n ⊆ rxi for some i = 1, …, n. but rxi ⊆ n. thus n = rxi. mathematics 396 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 corollary: let m be a comultiplication r-module, and let n be a simple submodule. then n is sh. proof: it is clear that every simple submodule is second, hence the result follows by corollary 1.8 (1). recall that an r-module m is said to be prime if r ann m = r ann n for every non-zero submodule n of m., see [8]. if m is a prime r-module, then r ann m is prime by [8]. an r-module m is called a quasi-prime if r ann n is a prime for each non-zero submodule n of m, see [9, definition 1.2.1]. notice that every prime r-module m is quasi-prime by [9, remark 1.2.2]. corollary: let m be a comultiplication prime (or quasi-prime) r-module. then every non-zero submodule is sh. proof: since m is prime (or quasi-prime) implies r ann n is prime ideal for each non-zero submodule n of m. hence the result follows from proposition 1.7. proposition: let m be a distributive r-module, and <0> ≠ n ≤ m. if n is a simple submodule of m, then n is sh. proof: assume n is simple, n ≤ l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. hence n = n ∩ (l1 + l2) = (n ∩ l1) + (n ∩ l2), since m is distributive. then (n ∩ l1 = <0> or n ∩ l1 = n) and (n ∩ l2 = <0> or n ∩ l2 = n). but n ≠ 0. so we have only three possible cases (1) n ∩ l1 = <0>, n ⊆ l2. (2) n ∩ l2 = <0>, n ⊆ l1. (3) n ⊆ l1, n ⊆ l2. thus either n ⊆ l1 or n ⊆ l2; that is n is sh. remark: the condition m is distributive or comultiplication is necessary condition in proposition 1.11 and corollary 1.9. as we have seen in remark 1.4(11)(b), n = ℝ(1,0) and n is simple but not sh. moreover the vector space ℝ2 over ℝ is not distributive since ℝ2 = ℝ(1,1) + ℝ(1,–1) and n ∩ ℝ2= n, but (n ∩ ℝ(1,1)) + (n ∩ ℝ(1, –1)) = {(0,0)}. thus ℝ2 is not distributive. also ℝ2 is not comultiplication r-module. for if l = ℝ(1,1), then ann  l = {0} and 2 2ann{0} =   , thus l ≠ 2 ann ann l  . now we introduce the following concept. definition: let <0> ≠ l ≤ m, l is called a quasi-hollow submodule (briefly qh-submodule) if for each l1, l2 ≤ m with l = l1 + l2, then l = l1 or l = l2. an r-module m is said a quasi-hollow module if m is a quasi-hollow submodule. remark: mathematics 397 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 let <0> ≠ l ≤ m, l is a quasi-hollow submodule if for each l1, …,ln with l = l1 + …+ln, then l = l1 or … or l = ln. remarks and examples: 1. it is clear that every ch-submodule is qh-submodule. the converse is not true. for example the z-module p z ∞ is qh-module (qh-submodule of itself) since there is no l1≨m and l2≨m such that pz ∞ = l1 + l2. but by remark 1.4(11)(b) pz ∞ is not ch. 2. every simple submodule of an r-module is qh-submodule. 3. every sh-submodule is qh-submodule. the converse is not true in general, for example in the vector space ℝ2 over ℝ, n = ℝ(1,0) is simple submodule, so by remark 1.15(2), n is qh, but it is not sh by remark 1.4(11)(b). 4. if m is chained, then every submodule is qh. proof: it follows by remark 1.4(7) and remark 1.15(3). 5. let m be an r-module. then m is a qh-module if and only if m is sh if and only if m is hollow. where m is hollow if every proper submodule n of m is small. that is there is no proper submodule w of m such that n + w = m. equivalently, for every submodules n, w such that n ≨ m, w ≨ m implies n + w ≨ m. 6. let m be ch (qh or sh) r-module, then there is no submodules n, w of m such that m = n ⊕w. 7. consider z48 as z-module. each of 2 , 4 , 8< > < > < > and z48 is not qh, not sh. each of 3 , 6 , 12 , 24< > < > < > < > is qh and sh. 8. consider m = z4⊕z2 as z-module. each of 2 40 z , z 0 , 2 0< > ⊕ ⊕ < > < > ⊕ < > is qh and sh, and each of 2 4 2z z , 2 z⊕ < > ⊕ is not qh, not sh. 9. let <0> ≠ l ≤ m as r-module. let n ≤ l. if l is qh-submodule, then n need not be qh. for example, z-module z48 where 3< > is qh, but 0< > is not qh. 10. let <0> ≠ l ≤ w ≤ m as r-module. if l is qh, then w need not be qh. for example, m = z4⊕z2 as z-module, where 20 z< > ⊕ is qh and 2 20 z 2 z< > ⊕ ⊆< > ⊕ . but 22 z< > ⊕ is not qh. 11. if l1, l2 are qh of an r-module m, then l1 + l2 need not be qh. for example, 1 2 2 4l 0 z , l z 0=< > ⊕ = ⊕ < > are qh of m = z4⊕z2 as z-module. but l1 + l2 = m is not qh. 12. let r be a ring. if a and b are qh(sh)-ideals. then ab need not be qh(sh)-ideals of r. for example 2< > and 3< > are qh(sh)-ideals of the ring z6. but 2 3 0< > ⋅ < >=< > is not sh, not qh. now we find that under the class of distributive of modules, the concepts, qhsubmodules and sh-submodules are equivalent, as the following proposition shows: proposition: let m be distributive r-module, and 0 ≠ n ≨ m. then n is sh-submodule if and only if n is qh-submodule. mathematics 398 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 proof: (⇒) clear by remark 1.15(3). (⇐) assume n is qh-submodule. let n ⊆ l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. then n = n ∩ (l1 + l2), so n = (n ∩ l1) + (n ∩ l2), since m is distributive. then n = n ∩ l1 or n = n ∩ l2 since n is qh. it follows that either n ⊆ l1 or n ⊆ l2. hence n is a sh-submodule. corollary: let m be distributive r-module, and <0> ≠ n ≨ m. if n is ch-submodule, then n is sh. proof: it follows by remark 1.15(1) and previous proposition. remark: let m be an r-module, n ⊆ k ⊆ m. if n is sh(qh)-submodule in m, then n is sh(qh) in k. proof: it is clear the converse of this remark is true under the class of distributive module as follows: proposition: let m be a distributive r-module. let n ⊆ k ⊆ m. then n is sh(qh)-submodule in m if and only if n is sh(qh) in k. proof: (⇒) it follows by previous remark. (⇐) assume n is sh-submodule in k. let n ⊆ l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. since n ⊆ k then n = n ∩ k ⊆ (l1 + l2) ∩ k = (l1 ∩ k) + (l2 ∩ k), since m is distributive so n ⊆ (l1 ∩ k) + (l2 ∩ k). then n ⊆ l1 ∩ k or n ⊆ l2 ∩ k, since n is sh in k. then n ⊆ l1 or n ⊆ l2. thus n is sh in m. by a similar proof, if n is qh in k, then n is qh in m. now we turn our attention to image and inverse image of sh, qh and ch-submodules. proposition: let m and m' be r-modules and n be a sh-submodule of m. if f : m → m' be an repimorphism, then f (n) is sh-submodule of m'. proof: let f (n) ⊆ l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m'. then n ⊆ f 1f (n) ⊆ f 1(l1 + l2). but f 1(l1 + l2) = f 1(l1) + f 1(l2) see [2,3.1.10(c)], so n ⊆ f 1(l1) + f 1(l2), then n ⊆ f 1(l1) or n ⊆ f 1(l2). it follows f (n) ⊆ f f – 1(l1) = l1 or f (n) ⊆ f f – 1(l2) = l2. hence f (n) ⊆ l1 or f (n) ⊆ l2. the condition f is an epimorphism is necessary in proposition 1.20, for example, let f : z12 → z12, f (x) = 4x fo each x ∈ z12, where z12 considered as z-module. it is clear that f is not epimorphism. let n = 3< > , n is a sh submodule of z12. but f (n) = 0< > is not sh. 1.21 corollary: let n be a sh-submodule of an r-module m. let l ≨ n, then n/l is sh-submodule of m/l. corollary: let m ≅ m' be r-module, if n ≤ m. then n is a sh-submodule of m iff f (n) is a shsubmodule of m'. proposition: let m and m' be r-modules and f : m → m' be an isomorphism, let <0> ≠ n ≤ m. if n is qh(ch)-sbmodule of m, then f (n) is qh (ch)-submodule of m'. mathematics 399 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 proof: if n is qh-submodule of m. assume f (n) = w1 + w2 for some w1, w2 ≤ m'. since f is isomorphism, so w1 = f (l1), w2 = f (l2) for some l1, l2 ≤ m. thus f (n) = f (l1) + f (l2). but f (l1 + l2) = f (l1) + f (l2), see [2, 3.1.10(a)]. then f (n) = f (l1 + l2). since f is monomorphism, we get n = l1 + l2. it follows that n = l1 or n = l2. hence f (n) = f (l1) = w1 or f (n) = f (l2) = w2. by a similar proof, n is ch-submodule of m implies f (n) is ch of m'. proposition: let f : m → m' be an isomorphism r-module. if k is sh(qh or ch)-submodule of m', then f -1(k) is sh(qh or ch)-submodule of m. proof: assume k is sh in m'. let f -1(k) ⊆ l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. then f f -1(k) ⊆ f (l1 + l2) = f (l1) + f (l2), see [2,3.1.10(a)]. since f is epimorphism k = f f -1(k) ⊆ f (l1) + f (l2). so k ⊆ f (l1) or k ⊆ f (l2). thus f -1(k) ⊆ f f -1(l1) = l1 or f -1(k) ⊆ f f -1(l2) = l2. since f is monomorphism. hence f -1(k) ⊆ l1 or f -1(k) ⊆ l2. by a similar proof, k is qh(ch) of m', then f -1(k) is qh(ch). the condition that f is an isomorphism is necessary in proposition 1.24. for example, consider the z-module z and let π: z → z/<4> ≃ z4 be the natural projection. let k = 2< > ⊆ z4, k is sh(qh or ch) of z4. but π 1(k) = 2z is not sh (not qh, not ch) in z. now we give the next result of this section. proposition: let m1, m2 be r-modules. let m = m1⊕m2, and let <0> ≠ k ⊆ m1⊕m2. if k = n ⊕ w for some n ≤ m1, w ≤ m2 such that k is sh(qh)-submodule. then n is sh(qh) of m1 and w is sh(qh) of m2. proof: assume k = n ⊕ w, k is a sh submodule in m, k = (n ⊕ <0>) + (<0> ⊕ w), so k = n ⊕ <0> or k = <0> ⊕ w since k is sh of m. if k = n ⊕ <0>. we claim that n is sh of m1. assume n ⊆ l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m1. so k ⊆ (l1 + l2) ⊕ <0>. then k ⊆ (l1⊕ <0>) + (l2⊕ <0>). then k ⊆ l1⊕ <0> or k ⊆ l2⊕ <0>. thus n ⊕ <0> ⊆ l1⊕ <0> or n ⊕ <0> ⊆ l2⊕ <0>. hence n ≤ l1 or n ≤ l2. then n is sh of m1. similarly, if k = <0> ⊕ w, then w is sh of m2. by a similar proof, if k is qh, then n, w are qh in m1, m2 respectively. the converse of proposition 1.25 is not true in general. for example in z-module m = z4⊕z6. if k = 2 3< > ⊕ < > , then k is not sh (not qh). but 2< > is sh(qh) in z4 and 3< > is sh(qh) in z6. 2sh and qh(ch)-submodules and multiplication modules in this section, we introduce some properties of sh and qh(ch) submodles in the class of multiplication modules. recall that an r-module m is called multiplication if every n ≤ m, n is of the form n = im for some ideal i ≤ r. equivalently, n = (n r : m)⋅m, where (n r : m) = {r ∈ r, rm ⊆ n}, see [4]. proposition: let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module, n ≤ m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is sh(qh)-submodule. mathematics 400 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 (2) (n r : m) is sh(qh)-ideal. (3) n = im, i is sh(qh)-ideal for some <0> ≠ i ≤ r. proof: (1) ⇒ (2) assume n is a sh-submodule of m, and let (n r : m) ⊆ i1 + i2 where i1, i2 are ideals of r. then (n r : m)⋅m ⊆ (i1 + i2)⋅m. but (i1 + i2)⋅m = i1m + i2m since m is finitely generated. it follows (n r : m)⋅m ⊆ i1m + i2m. but (n r : m)⋅m = n since m is multiplication. then n ⊆ i1m + i2m, so either n ⊆ i1m or n ⊆ i2m, that is (n r : m)⋅m ⊆ i1m or (n r : m)⋅m ⊆ i2m. thus (n r : m) ⊆ i1 or (n r : m) ⊆ i2 by [10, theorem 3.1]. hence (n r : m) is a sh-ideal of r. by a similar proof, (n r : m) is qh-ideal if n is qh. (2) ⇒ (3) assume (n r : m) is sh-ideal. put i = (n r : m). since m is multiplication, then n = (n r : m)⋅m. hence n = im, and i is a sh-ideal. similarly i is a qh-ideal. (3) ⇒ (1) assume that n = im for some sh-ideal i of r, and let n ⊆ l1+l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. but l1 = i1m, l2 = i2m since m is multiplication for some ideals i1, i2 of r. so im ⊆ i1m+i2m ⊆ (i1 + i2)⋅m, since m is finitely generated. then im ⊆ (i1 + i2)⋅m, so i ⊆ i1 + i2 by [10, theorem 3.1]. so that either i ⊆ i1 or i ⊆ i2, which implies im ⊆ i1m or im ⊆ i2m. hence n ⊆ l1 or n ⊆ l2. thus n is sh. similarly n is qh. the condition m is faithful is necessary in proposition 2.1. fot example, the z-module z6 is finitely generated multiplication, but not faithful, let n = 2< > , n is sh of z6,but (n z : m) = 6 z ( 2 : z )< > = 2z is not sh of z. corollary: let m be a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module. then every non-zero submodule of m is sh(qh) if and only if every non-zero ideal of r is sh(qh). proposition: let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module. then r satisfies acc(dcc) on sh-ideals if and only if m satisfies acc(dcc) on sh-submodules. proof: ⇒ we take the case of acc. let l1 ⊆ l2 … be an ascending chain of sh-submodules of m. since li is sh-submodule, then (li r : m) is sh-ideal for each i = 1,2,… by proposition 2.1, and (l1 r : m) ⊆ (l2 r : m) ⊆ … by [10,theorem 3.1]. but r satisfies acc on any ascending chain of sh-ideals. so ther exists n ∈ z+ such that (ln r : m) = (ln + 1 r : m) = …. then (ln r : m)⋅m = (ln + 1 r : m)⋅m = ….. thus ln = ln + 1 = … for some n ∈ z+. hence m satisfies acc on sh-submodules. ⇐ the proof is similar. sh, qh(ch)-submodules and other related concepts recall that an r-module m is called scalar if for each f ∈ endr(m), there exists r ∈ r such that f (x) = rx for all x ∈ m, see [11]. proposition: let m be a scalar r-module and r is sh-ring, then endr(m) is sh-ring. mathematics 401 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 proof: since m is a scalar r-module, then endr(m) ≃ r/ r ann m, see [12, lemma 3.6.1]. since r is sh-ring, then r/ r ann m is sh-ring by corollary 1.21. thus endr(m) is sh-ring by corollary 1.22. corollary: let m be a finitely generated multiplication module over sh-ring. then endr(m) is shring. proof: since m is finitely generated multiplication, then m is scalar, see [11]. hence the result is obtained by proposition 3.1. next we shall prove in the class of comultiplication prime modules, every submodule of m is sh (qh)-module. but first we prove the following proposition and lemma. proposition: let m be a comultiplication r-module. if m is prime (quasi-prime or second). then m is hollow. proof: since m is prime (quasi-prime or second), then r ann m is prime, see [8], [9], [6]. and endr(m) is domain, see [5, corollary 3.21]. hence m is hollow, see [5, theorem 3.24]. lemma: let m be a comultiplication r-module and n ≤ m. then n is a comultiplication rmodule. proof: let w ≤ n. so w is a submodule of m. then there exists i ≤ r such that w = ann μ i. we claim that w = n ann i. to prove our assertion. let m ∈ w (so, m ∈ n). hence mi = 0, so m ∈ n ann i. now let m ∈ n ann i, so m ∈ n and mi = 0, m ∈ m. thus m ∈ ann μ i. then w = n ann i. henc n is comultiplication. theorem: let m be a comultiplication prime r-module. then every non-zero submodule of m is a sh(qh) r-module. proof: since m is comultiplication prime, then by proposition 3.3, m is hollow. let n be a nonzero submodule of m, then n is comultiplication by lemma 3.4. but m is prime implies n is a prime r-module. thus n is a hollow r-module by proposition 3.3. hence n is qh(sh)-rmodule, see remark 1.15(5). corollary: let m be a comultiplication prime r-module. then every non-zero submodule of m is qh-sumodule of m. references 1. abuhlail, j.y. (2011) zariski topologies for coprime and second submodules, deanshib of scientific research at king fahad university of peroleum and minerals february 4. 2. kasch, f. (1982) modules and rings, acadimic press, london. 3. osofsky, b.l. (1991) a contruction of non standard uniserial modules over valuation domains, bulletin amer. math.soc., 25:89-97. 4. barnard, a. (1981) multiplication modules, j.algebra, 71:174-178. mathematics 402 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 5. ansari toroghy, h. and farshadifar, f. (2007) the dual notion of multiplication modules, taiwanese j.math., 11(4):1189-1201. 6. yassemi, s. (2001) the dual notion of prime submodules, arch.math. (brno) 37:273-278. 7. bourbaki, n. (1998) commutative algebra, springer-verlag. 8. desale, g. and nicholson,w.k. (1981) endoprimitive rings, j.algebra, 7:546-560. 9. muntaha. a.al. (1999) quasi-prime modules and quasi-prime submodules, m.sc. thesis, college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. 10. abd el-bast, z. and simith, p.f. (1988) multiplication modules, commun.algebra, 16 (4):755-779. 11. najad, b. (2004) scalar reflexive modules, ph.d. thesis, college of science, university of baghdad. 12. eman, a. (2006) on ikeda-nakayama modules, ph.d. thesis, college of education ibnal-haitham, university of baghdad. mathematics 403 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 iالمقاسات الجزئية المجوفة (التامة) بقوة غالب أحمد حمود هادي، انعام محمد علي ، جامعة بغداد ابن الهيثم -قسم الرياضيات ، كلية التربية 2012ايار 21قبل البحث في: 2012اذار 15في :استلم البحث الخالصة . في هذا البحث درسنا المفاهيم: المقاسات الجزئية rاسا ً على مق mحلقة ابدالية ذا محايد. وليكن rلتكن المجوفة بقوة (التامة) والمقاسات الجزئية شبه المجوفة وقدمنا الخواص المتعلقة بهم والعالقات فيما بينهم. كذلك درسنا لمقاسات التوزيعية، والمقاسات الجدائية المضادة، سلوك هذه المقاسات الجزئية في أصناف معينة من المقاسات ، مثل ا والمقاسات الجدائية والمقاسات القياسية. المقاس���ات الجزئي���ة المجوف���ة (التام���ة) بق���وة، المقاس���ات التوزيعي���ة، المقاس���ات الجدائي���ة (الجدائي���ة الكلم���ات المفتاحي���ة: المضادة)، المقاسات القياسية. received in: 15 march 2012 accepted in: 21 may 2012 introduction قسم الرياضيات ، كلية التربيةابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد لتكن r حلقة ابدالية ذا محايد. وليكن m مقاسا ً على r . في هذا البحث درسنا المفاهيم: المقاسات الجزئية المجوفة بقوة (التامة) والمقاسات الجزئية شبه المجوفة وقدمنا الخواص المتعلقة بهم والعلاقات فيما بينهم. كذلك درسنا سلوك هذه المقاسات الجزئية ف... 11200107 11200108 11200109 11200110 11200111 11200112 11200113 11200114 microsoft word 167-174   167 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       estimation of the reliability function of basic gompertz distribution under different priors manahel kh. awad huda a. rasheed department of mathematics, collage of science, mustansiriyah university                       manahel.kh@yahoo.com                                     hudamath@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq abstract in this paper, some estimators for the reliability function r(t) of basic gompertz (bg) distribution have been obtained, such as maximum likelihood estimator, and bayesian estimators under general entropy loss function by assuming non-informative prior by using jefferys prior and informative prior represented by gamma and inverted levy priors. montecarlo simulation is conducted to compare the performance of all estimates of the r(t), based on integrated mean squared. keywords: basic gompertz distribution, general entropy loss function, integrated mean squared errors, maximum likelihood estimator, reliability function. 1. introduction the british benjamin gompertz (1825) reached to the law of geometrical progression pervades large portions of different tables of mortality for humans. the formula he derived was commonly called the gompertz equation, which is a valuable tool in demography, reliability analysis, and life testing. it is widely used in bayesian estimation as a conjugate prior also in demonstrating individuals' mortality and actuarial chart and different scientific disciplines fields such as biological, marketing science, also in network theory. therefore, the main objective of this paper is to obtain the best estimator for the reliability function of bg distribution under general entropy error loss function (gelf) with assuming different priors. the gompertz distribution has the following p.d.f [1]. f t ; ζ, φ φ exp ζt 1 e ; t 0 ζ , φ > 0 where ζ is the scale parameter and φ is shape parameter of the gompertz distribution. in this paper, a special case of gompertz distribution knows as bg distribution will be assumed by letting that ζ = 1 which is given by the following probability density function [2]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2482 article history: received 11 november 2019, accepted 15 december 2019, published in july 2020.   168 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 f t ; φ φ exp t φ 1 e ; t 0 , φ > 0 (1) the corresponding cumulative distribution function f(t) and reliability or survival function r(t) of bg distribution are given by: f t 1 exp φ 1 e ; t 0 r (t) f t exp φ 1 e ; t 0 2. maximum likelihood estimator of the shape parameter (φ) assume that, t1, t2,..., tn is the set of n random lifetimes from the bg distribution defined by equation (1), the likelihood function for the sample observation will be as follows [3]. l t , t , . . . , t ; φ f t ; φ l t , t , . . . , t ; φ φ exp ∑ t φ ∑ 1 e (2) assume that 𝜕 𝜕φ ln l t ; φ 0 the mle of φ becomes φ n t 3 where t = ∑ 1 e based on the invariant property of the mle, the mle for r(t) will be as follows r (t) = exp φ 1 e (4) 3. bayesian estimation we provide a bayesian estimation method for r(t) of bg distribution, including noninformative and informative priors. 3.1 posterior density functions using jeffreys prior in this subsection, φ will be assumed has non-informative prior density defined as using jeffreys prior information as follows [4]. g φ ∝ i φ where i φ represents fisher information [5]. that is given by: i φ ne therefore, g φ k ne ∂ lnf t; φ ∂φ , k is a constant 5 taking the natural logarithm for p.d.f. of bg distribution and taking the second partial derivative with respect to φ, gives: e ∂ lnf t; φ ∂φ 1 φ after substitution into eq. (5) yields,   169 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 g φ k φ √n , φ 0 in general, the posterior probability density function of unknown parameter φ with prior g φ can be expressed as form: π φ t l t , t , . . . , t ; φ g φ l t , t , . . . , t ; φ g φ dφ ∀ 6 after substituting into eq.(6), the posterior density function based on jeffreys prior to become π φ t φ e ∑ φ e ∑ dφ p φ e г n where, p= ∑ e 1 = -t the posterior density π φ t is a gamma distribution, i.e. φ|t , … , t ~gamma n, p , with e φ|t , … , t ; ver φ|t , … , t 3.2 posterior density functions using gamma distribution [6]. suppose that φ is distributed gamma as a prior distribution with the following p.d.f g (φ) = φ e ; φ 0, α, β 0 7 now, the posterior density functions using gamma distribution can be obtained by combining eq. (2) with eq. (7) in eq. (6), as follows: π φ|t ∑ ∑ after simplification, we get: π φ|t notice that the posterior p.d.f. of the parameter φ is a gamma distribution, i.e. φ|t~gamma n α, β t , with e φ|t , var φ|t . 3. 3 posterior density functions using inverted levy prior assume that φ has inverted levy prior with hyper-parameter b with the following p.d.f. [7]. g φ 𝜑 𝑒 , φ 0 , 𝑏 0 (8) combining eq. (2) with eq. (8) into eq. (6), yields the posterior probability density function of the shape parameter φ as the following π φ|t after simplification, it yields π φ|t the posterior p.d.f. of the parameter φ is gamma distribution, i.e.   170 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝜑|𝑡~𝐺𝑎𝑚𝑚𝑎 𝑛 , 𝑇 , with e 𝜑|t , var 𝜑|t~𝜑 . where t = ∑ 1 e 4.1 bayes estimation under general entropy error loss function (gelf) in many practical situations, it appears more realistic to express the loss function in terms of the ratio φ∕ φ. in this case, a useful asymmetric loss function is the general entropy proposed by calabria and pulcini (1996) [8]. l φ, φ w φ φ s ln φ φ 1 ; w˃0, s 0 where minimum value occurs when φ= φ. when ( s ˃0), a positive error (φ˃ φ) causes more serious consequences than a negative error. without any loss of generality, it can be assumed that, w = 1. then, the risk function under the general entropy loss function is denoted by r φ, φ . r φ, φ e l φ, φ let w = 1, then r φ, φ φ φ sln φ φ 1 π φ t d φ ∂r φ, φ ∂φ s φ φ φ s φ π φ|t d φ the value of φ minimizes the risk function under general entropy loss function  which satisfies the following condition: ∂r φ, φ ∂φ 0 s φ e 1 φ |t s φ 0 φ | accordingly, r t | 9 the bayes estimator for reliability function under jefferys prior can be derived as follows e 1 r t |t p e φ e dφ г n p p s 1 e p s 1 e φ e г n d φ e 1 r t |t p p s 1 e 10   171 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 after substituting eq. (10) into eq. (9), we will get the bayes estimator for the r(t) of bg distribution under the general entropy loss function with jefferys prior denoted by r as follow: r t 11) similarly, the bayesian estimation of reliability function under gamma prior distribution information can be derived as follows e 1 r t |t β t e φ e dφ г n α 𝛽 𝑇 𝛽 𝑇 𝑠 1 𝑒 𝛽 𝑇 𝑠 1 𝑒 𝜑 𝑒 г 𝑛 𝛼 𝑑 𝜑 therefore, e |t (12) after substituting eq.(12) into eq. (9), it will yield the bayesian estimation for r(t) of bg distribution under general entropy loss function with assuming gamma prior r t 13 now, r t under inverted levy prior information can be obtained as follows: e |t π φ t d φ 14 г 𝑑 𝜑 𝑏 2 𝑇 𝑏 2 𝑇 𝑠 1 𝑒 15 after substituting eq. (15) into eq.(9), the bayesian estimation for the r(t) of bg distribution using the general entropy loss function with inverted levy prior was obtained as: r t 16 5. simulation study in this section, the monte-carlo simulation was done to compare the accuracy of the different estimators of the reliability function r(t) for bg distribution. the process ( l) has been repeated 5000 times with different sample sizes (n = 15, 50, and100). the default values of shape parameter φ were chosen to be less and greater than 1 as φ= 0.5, 3. different values of the gamma prior parameters were chosen as α 0.8, 3 and β 0.5, 3. two different values for the parameter of inverted levy prior were chosen as (b=0.5, 5). the integrated mean squared error (imse) was employed to compare the accuracy of the different estimates for r(t). imse is an important global measure and it more accurate than   172 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 mse which is defined as the distance between the estimated value and actual value of reliability function given by imse(r̂(t)) = ∑ [ ∑ (r (𝑡 )−r(𝑡 ) ∑ mse r 𝑡 where 𝑖=1, 2,…, 𝐿, 𝑛 the random limits of 𝑡 . in this paper, we chose t = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5. the results were summarized and tabulated in the following tables for each estimator and for all sample sizes. table 1. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of bg distribution under mle and jefferys prior where φ 0.5. estimator n 15 50 100 𝛌𝐌𝐋 0.0014595 0.0003847 0.0001869 r t s=1 0.0015166 0.0003889 0.0001879 s=3 0.0016452 0.0003981 0.0001901 table 2. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of gompertz distribution under gamma prior where φ 0.5. estimator n 15 50 100 𝜷 𝟎. 𝟓 𝜷 𝟑 𝜷 𝟎. 𝟓 𝜷 𝟑 𝜷 𝟎. 𝟓 𝜷 𝟑 r t 𝜶 𝟎. 𝟖 s=1 0.0013158 0.0011254 0.0003748 0.0003485 0.0001846 0.0001774 s=3 0.0014162 0.0010857 0.0003832 0.0003442 0.0001867 0.0001763 𝜶 𝟑 s=1 0.0022689 0.0007777 0.0004638 0.0003114 0.0002071 0.0001679 s=3 0.0024683 0.0007776 0.0004792 0.0003123 0.0002108 0.0001682 table 3. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of gompertz distribution under inverted levy prior where φ 0.5. estimator n 15 50 100 𝒃 𝟎. 𝟓 𝒃 𝟓 𝒃 𝟎. 𝟓 𝒃 𝟓 𝒃 𝟎. 𝟓 𝒃 𝟓 r t s=1 0.0015545 0.0010174 0.0003934 0.0003379 0.0001891 0.0001748 s=3 0.0083362 0.0105278 0.0088036 0.0095093 0.0089058 0.0092641 table 4. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of gompertz distribution under mle and jefferys prior where φ 3. estimator n 15 50 100 𝛌𝐌𝐋 0.0069471 0.0021114 0.0010669 r t s=1 0.0076524 0.0021757 0.0010831 s=3 0.0101046 0.0023806 0.0011335   173 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 5. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of gompertz distribution under gamma prior where φ 3. estimator n 15 50 100 𝜷 𝟎. 𝟓 𝜷 𝟑 𝜷 𝟎. 𝟓 𝜷 𝟑 𝜷 𝟎. 𝟓 𝜷 𝟑 r t 𝜶 𝟎. 𝟖 s=1 0.0072419 0.0780281 0.0021427 0.0170420 0.0010744 0.0057196 s=3 0.0061791 0.0745552 0.0020318 0.0159772 0.0010458 0.0053534 𝜶 𝟑 s=1 0.0054667 0.0613839 0.0019455 0.0140180 0.0010227 0.0048371 s=3 0.0059374 0.0581128 0.0019979 0.0130569 0.0010367 0.0045065 table 6. imse's of the different estimates for r(t) of gompertz distribution under inverted levy prior where φ 3. estimator n 15 50 100 𝒃 𝟎. 𝟓 𝒃 𝟓 𝒃 𝟎. 𝟓 𝒃 𝟓 𝒃 𝟎. 𝟓 𝒃 𝟓 r t s=1 0.0064792 0.0619624 0.0020660 0.0121698 0.0010553 0.0040611 s=3 0.0935634 0.2011713 0.0951978 0.1419205 0.0955598 0.1212603 6. results discussion and analysis the discussion of the results obtained from applying the simulation study can be summarized as follows:  when shape parameter φ=0.5, the bayes estimator under general entropy loss function based on gamma prior, with (𝛼 3, 𝛽 3, s=1 and 2) is the best estimates for r(t) in comparing to other estimates for all sample sizes see tables 1, 2, 3.  when shape parameter φ=3, from tables 4, 5, 6. notice that the performance of bayes estimator under general entropy loss function based on gamma prior, is the best with (𝛼 3, 𝛽 0.5, s=1) for all sample sizes. 1. conclusion the simulation study has shown that: 1. in general, bayesian estimation for reliability function of basic gompertz distribution with gamma prior is the best compared with the corresponding estimates based on jeffreys prior and inverted levy prior by using the same loss function (general entropy loss function) in addition to mle. 2. to increase the accuracy of bayesian estimation of r(t) under general entropy loss function using gamma prior, the value of scale parameter (β) of gamma prior should be chosen to be inversely proportional to the value of the shape parameter of basic gompertz distribution (φ). references 1. moala, f.a.; dey, s. objective and subjective prior distributions for the gompertz distribution. annals of the brazilian academy of sciences.2018, 90, 3, 2643-2661. 2. rasheed, h.a.; hasanain, w.s..; al-obedy's, n.j. comparing some estimators of the parameter of bg distribution, journal of iraqi al-khwarizmi society (jikhs).2018, 2, 178-187.   174 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 3. soliman, a.a.; al sobhi, m.m. bayesian mcmc inference for the gompertz distribution based on progressive first-failure censoring data. the 2nd ism international statistical conference (ism-ii), aip conf. proc.2015, 1643, 125-134. 4. alkanani, i.h.; salman, s.g. bayes and nonbayes estimation methods for the parameter of maxwell-boltizmann distribution. baghdad science journal.2017, 14, 4, 808-812. 5. ismail, a.a. bayes estimation of gompertz distribution parameters and acceleration factor under partially accelerated life tests with type-i censoring. journal of statistical computation and simulation.2010, 80, 11, 1253–1264. 6. abu-zinadah, h.h. bayesian estimation on the exponentiated gompertz distribution under type ii censoring. international journal of contemporary mathematical sciences.2014, 9, 11, 497 505. 7. sindhu, t.n.; aslam, m.; shafiq, a. analysis of the left censored data from the pareto type ii distribution, caspian journal of applied sciences research.2013, 2, 7, 53-62. 8. calabria, r.; pulcini, g. point estimation under asymmetric loss functions for lefttruncated exponential samples. comm. statist.theory methods.1996, 25. microsoft word 109-117 mathematics | 109 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 we-prime submodules and we-semi-prime submodules saif a. hussin haibt k. mohammadali department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, tikrit university, iraq, tikrit saif.a19881988@gmail.com article history: received 5 august 2018, accepted 18 september 2018, published december 2018"" abstract " in this article, "we introduce the concept of a we-prime submodule", as a stronger form of a weakly prime submodule. and as a "generalization of we-prime submodule, we introduce the concept of we-semi-prime submodule, which is also a stronger form of a weakly semi-prime submodule. various basic properties of these two concepts are discussed. furthermore, the relationships between "we-prime submodules and weakly prime submodules"and studied. on the other hand, the relation between we-prime submodules and wesemi prime submodules are consider."also"the relation of "we – sime prime submodules and weakly semi-prime submodules" are explained. behind that, some characterizations of these concepts are investigated". keywords: "weakly prime submodules, weakly semi-prime submodules, "we-prime submodules, we-semi-prime submodules. 1. introduction ""weakly prime submodule" "have been introduced and studied" by hadi m. a in [1], where "a proper submodule k of an r-module x is called a weakly prime, if" wherever 0 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where "𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋", implies that either 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 or 𝑟 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑋 , where 𝐾: 𝑋 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 ∶ 𝑎𝑋 𝐾 . "weakly semi-prime submodule have been introduced and studied by farzalipour f in [2], "where a proper submodule k of an r-module" x "is called a weakly semi-prime if" wherever 0 𝑟 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, implies that 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐾. ""throughout this note all rings will be commutative with identity, and all r-modules are left unitary"". "a proper submodule k of an r-module x is said to be fully invariant if 𝑓 𝐾 𝐾 for each 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 [3]. an r-module m is called xinjective", if for "every r-homomorphism 𝑔: 𝑁 ⟶ 𝑀 ", and every r-homomorphism 𝑓: 𝑁 ⟶ 𝑋 , there exists an r-homomorphism ℎ: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑀, "where n is an r-module" such that ℎ𝑜𝑓 𝑔 [5]". "an r-module p is called xprojective if for every r-homomorphism 𝑓: 𝑃 ⟶ 𝑁 and every r-epimorphism 𝑔: 𝑀 ⟶ 𝑁 , there exists an r-homomorphism ℎ: 𝑃 ⟶ 𝑀 such that 𝑔𝑜ℎ 𝑓 [5]. an r-module x is called a scalar module" "if for each" 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , "there exists 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝑓 𝑚 𝑟𝑚 for each 𝑚 ∈ 𝑋 [6]". 2. we-prime submodules" in this section, we introduce the concept we-prime submodule as a stronger form of a weakly prime submodule, and established some of its basic properties, examples and characterizations. mathematics | 110 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 definition (1) a proper submodule k of an r-module x is said to be a weakly endo-prime (for a short we-prime), where 𝐸 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , if wherever, 0 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 , where 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 , implies that either 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 or 𝜓 𝑥 𝐾. "and an ideal i of a ring r is said to be a weakly endo-prime ideal" (we-prime ideal), "if i is a we-prime as an r-submodule of an r-module r". ""the following" proposition gives relation of "we-prime submodules and weakly prime submodules". proposition (2) "every we-prime submodule of an r-module" x" is a weakly prime submodule of x". proof" " assume that k is a we-prime submodule of x, and" 0 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, with 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾". "now, let 𝜓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 be a mapping defined by 𝜓 𝑥 𝑟𝑥 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋. clearly 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 . in fact we have 0 𝑟𝑥 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾". ""but k is a we-prime submodule of x, and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾", implies that 𝜓 𝑥 𝐾, hence 𝑟𝑥 𝐾, so 𝑟 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑋 . "therefore k is a weakly prime submodule of x". the converse of proposition (2)" "is not true in general, as the following example shows". example (3)" " let 𝑋 𝑍 ⨁ 𝑍" and r=z, 𝐾 〈0〉⨁3𝑍. clearly k "is a weakly prime submodule of x, but k is not we-prime submodule of x". since we define 𝜓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 "by 𝜓 𝑎, 𝑏 0, 𝑏 for all 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑋 ". clearly 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 . now 0, 0 𝜓 1, 3 0, 3 ∈ 𝐾 , but 1, 3 ∉ 𝐾 and 𝜓 𝑋 0 ⨁𝑍 ≰ 𝐾". ""the converse of proposition (2)" "is true in the class of cyclic r-modules, as the following proposition shows". proposition (4)" " let x be a cyclic r-module, and" k is a "proper submodule of x such that k is a weakly prime submodule of x."then k is a we-prime submodule of x". proof" "assume that k is a weakly prime submodule of cyclic r-module x", "where 𝑋 𝑅𝑚, 𝑚 ∈ 𝑋". "suppose that 0 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾". "now, let 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋, then 𝑦 𝑟𝑚 and 𝑥 𝑟 𝑚 for some 𝑟, 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅". "thus, 0 𝜓 𝑥 𝑟 𝜓 𝑚 ∈ 𝐾, but k is a weakly prime submodule of x, then either 𝑟 ∈ 𝐾: 𝑋 or 𝜑 𝑚 ∈ 𝐾". "but 𝑟 ∉ 𝐾: 𝑋 for 𝑥 𝑟 𝑚 ∉ 𝐾. hence 𝜓 𝑚 ∈ 𝐾, hence 𝜓 𝑦 𝑟𝜓 𝑚 ∈ 𝐾. therefore 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾". corollary (5) let k be a proper submodule of a cyclic r-module x". "then k is a we-prime if and only if k is a weakly prime submodule of x. proposition (6) let x be a faithful r-module", "and k is a we-prime submodule of x". "then 𝐾: 𝑋 is a we-prime ideal of r. mathematics | 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 proof" since k is a we-prime submodule of x", "then by proposition (2.2), k is a weakly prime submodule of x". "hence by [1, prop.2.4]", we get 𝐾: 𝑋 "is a weakly prime ideal of r. but r is a cyclic r-module", "then by proposition (2.4), we get 𝐾: 𝑋 is a we-prime ideal of r". "we need to recall the following result before we introduce the next proposition". lemma (7) [3] "let n and k be" "two submodules of an r-module x, then 1. "if 𝑁 𝐾, then 𝑁: 𝑋 𝐾: 𝑋 ". 2. "if 𝑁 𝐾, then 𝑁: 𝑋 𝑁: 𝐾 ". ""the following proposition is a characterization of a we-prime submodules". proposition (8)" let k be a proper fully invariant submodule of an r-module x". "then k is a we-prime submodule of x if and only if" 𝐾: 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐻 for all 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 and "a non-zero submodule h of x with 𝐾 𝐻". proof" ⟹ assume that k is a we-prime submodule of x, and" h "is a non-zero submodule of x such that 𝐾 𝐻 ". "let 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , then by lemma (2.7)(2) we have 𝐾: 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐻 , since 𝐾 𝐻, "then there exists 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾". "now, "suppose that b is a non-zero element in" 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐻 , then 0 𝑏𝜓 𝐻 𝐾, implies that 0 𝑏𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 𝑋". "define 𝜓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 by 𝜓 𝑦 𝑏𝜓 𝑦 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋, clearly 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , also 0 𝑏𝜓 𝑥 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾. but k is a we-prime submodule of x, and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾, then 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾, implies that 𝑏𝜓 𝑋 𝐾 and hence 𝑏 ∈ 𝐾: 𝜓 𝑋 . thus 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐻 𝐾: 𝜓 𝑋 , and it follows that 𝐾: 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐻 ". " ⟸ assume that 0 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾", "where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 and 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , and suppose that 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾", we want to show that 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾. since 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾, then 𝐾 𝐾 𝑅𝑥, where 𝐾 𝑅𝑥 "is a non-zero submodule of x". thus by our hypothesis, we get 𝐾: 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐾 𝑅𝑥 . since k is a fully invariant, then 𝜓 𝐾 𝐾 and "𝜓 𝑅𝑥 𝐾, it follows that 𝜓 𝐾 𝑅𝑥 𝐾". hence 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐾 𝑅𝑥 𝑅, therefore 1 ∈ 𝐾: 𝜓 𝐾 𝑅𝑥 , implies that 1 ∈ 𝐾: 𝜓 𝑋 , hence 𝜓 𝑋 𝐾. thus k is a we-prime submodule of x". proposition (9) ""let x be an r-module, and l", h are "submodules of x, with h is a fully invariant submodule of x and 𝐻 𝐿". "if is a we-prime submodule of , then l is a we-prime submodule of x". proof "assume that 0 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 and 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 . if 𝑥 ∉ 𝐿, then we must show that 𝜓 𝑋 𝐿. define 𝜓 : ⟶ by 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋. to prove that 𝜑 is well define, suppose that 𝑥 𝐻 𝑥 𝐻 where 𝑥 , 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 , then 𝑥 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 , hence 𝜓 𝑥 𝑥 ∈ 𝜓 𝐻 𝐻 because h is a fully invariant. it follows that 𝜓 𝑥 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻. hence 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻, implies that 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻. since 0 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ mathematics | 112 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 𝐿, implies that 0 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻 𝜓 𝑥 𝐻 ∈ 𝐿 𝐻 . but is a we-prime submodule of , and 𝑥 𝐻 ∉ 𝐿 𝐻 , implies that 𝜓 𝑋 𝐻 𝐿 𝐻 , thus, we have 𝐿 𝐻 , it follows that 𝜓 𝑋 𝐻 𝐿. thus 𝜓 𝑋 𝐿". hence "l is a we-prime submodule of x". proposition (10)" "let l and k are submodules of an r-module x", "with l is an x-injective, and k is a weprime submodule of x". "then either 𝐿 𝐾or 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿 is a we-prime submodule of l". proof "assume that 𝐿 ≰ 𝐾", "then 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿 is a proper submodule of l". now, let 0 𝜓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 and 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝐿 . suppose that 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿 , then 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾 . now, consider the following diagram, "where 𝔦 is the inclusion map. since l is an x-injective then there exists" 𝜙: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝐿 such that 𝜙𝑜𝔦 𝜓. clearly 𝜙 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , but 0 𝜓 𝑥 𝜙𝑜𝔦 𝑥 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, implies that 0 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾. but k is a we-prime submodule of x and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾, then 𝜙 𝑋 𝐾. "also, we have 𝜓 𝐿 𝜙𝑜𝔦 𝐿 𝜙 𝐿 𝐿 and 𝜓𝜓 𝐿 𝜙 𝐿 𝜙 𝑋 𝐾. hence 𝜓 𝐿 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿, it follows that 𝐾 ∩ 𝐿 is a we-prime submodule of l". proposition (11)" "let x be an r-module"and k, l are non-trivial submodules of x such that l is a we-prime submodule of x"and ik is a non-zero submodule of l for some ideal i of r. if 𝐼 𝐿: 𝑋 then 𝐾 𝐿". proof "suppose that 𝑦 ∈ 𝐾 , since 𝐼 ≰ 𝐿: 𝑋 , then there exists 𝑖 ∈ 𝐼 and 𝑖 ∉ 𝐿: 𝑋 ". "now, let 𝜓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 define by 𝜓 𝑥 𝑖𝑥 for all submodule 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, clearly 𝜓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 ". "since ik "is a non-zero submodule of l", "then iy is a non-zero element in k". that is 0 𝜓 𝑦 𝑖𝑦 ∈ 𝐼𝐾 𝐿 , implies that 0 𝑖𝑦 ∈ 𝐿 , but "l is a we-prime submodule of x, and 𝑖𝑋 𝜓 𝑋 ≰ 𝐿, implies that 𝑦 ∈ 𝐿. thus 𝐾 𝐿". proposition (12) "let x be an r-module and 𝜓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 be an r-homomorphism", "and k be a proper fully invariant we-prime submodule of x with 𝜓 𝑋 ≰ 𝐾. then 𝜓 𝐾 is a we-prime submodule of x". proof "clearly 𝜓 𝐾 is a proper submodule of" x. now, assume that 0 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝜓 𝐾 where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, 𝜙 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 . if 𝑥 ∉ 𝜓 𝐾 , then 𝜓 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾, "it follows that" 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾 "because k is a fully invariant submodule of x". "we must prove that 𝜙 𝑋 𝜓 𝐾 . since 0 𝜓𝑜𝜙 𝑥 𝜓 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾. "that is 0 𝜓 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾". "but k is a we-prime submodule of x, and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐾", "it follows that 𝜓𝑜𝜙 𝑋 𝐾, implies that 𝜙 𝑋 𝜓 𝐾 . hence 𝜓 𝐾 is a we-prime submodule of x". 3. we-semi-prime submodules" "in this section, we introduce the" concept "of we-semi-prime submodule as a generalization of" a we-prime "submodule and" stronger form of a weakly semi-prime "submodule and give some basic properties", "examples and characterizations of this concept". mathematics | 113 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 definition (13)" "a proper submodule k of an r-module" x "is said to be a weakly endo semi-prime submodule of x (for a short we-semi-prime)", where 𝐸 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , if, wherever 0 ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 and ψ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 ", "implies that ψ 𝑚 ∈ 𝐾. "and an ideal i of a ring r is said to be a" weakly endo semi-"prime ideal of r, if i is a" weakly endo semi-"prime as an r-submodule of r-module r". proposition (14) "every we-prime submodule of an r-module x" "is a we-semi-prime submodule of x". proof "let k be a we-prime submodule of x", "and 0 ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾", where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, ψ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 . since "k is a we-prime submodule, and 0 ψ ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 ", then "either ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 or ψ 𝑋 𝐾". "thus in any case ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾". "hence k is a we-semi-prime submodule of x". ""the converse of proposition (3.2) is not true in general", "as the following example shows that". example (15)" "let x=z and r=z, k=10z as a" z-module of x. "then k is a we-semi-prime but not weprime submodule of x, since if we defined ψ: 𝑍 ⟶ 𝑍 by ψ 𝑥 𝑥, ψ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 and 0 2ψ 5 10 ∈ 𝐾 , but 5 ∉ 𝐾 and ψ 𝑍 𝑍 ≰ 𝐾 10𝑍 , hence k is not we-prime submodule of x. but k is a we-semi-prime, since 0 ψ 10 ψ ψ 10 10 ∈ 𝐾 , implies that ψ 10 10 ∈ 𝐾". proposition (16) "every we-semi-prime submodule of an r-module x" "is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x". proof "let k be a we-semi-prime submodule of" x, "and" 0 𝑟 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 , where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 . now, let ψ: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 defined by ψ 𝑥 𝑟𝑥 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, clearly ψ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 ". "now, 0 𝑟 𝑥 ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, but "k is a we-semi-prime submodule of" x, "implies that ψ 𝑥 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐾". "thus k is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x". ""the converse of proposition" "(3.4) is not true in general, as the following example shows". example (17)" "let 𝑋 𝑍⨁𝑍, r"=z, 𝐾 𝑍⨁10𝑍, k "is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x" but not we-semi-prime : let 𝑟 2 ∈ 𝑍 and 𝑥 3,5 ∈ 𝑋 , then 0 2 3,5 12,20 ∈ 𝐾 , implies that 2 3,5 6,10 ∈ 𝐾. to show that k is not we-semi-prime : let ψ: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 "defined by ψ 𝑥, 𝑦 𝑦, 𝑥 for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑍 ". clearly ψ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 . now, take ψ 0,5 5,0 ∉ 𝐾 but ψ 0,5 ψ ψ 0,5 ψ 5,0 0,5 ∈ 𝐾 . hence k is not we-semiprime submodule of x". proposition (18)" "let k be a submodule of an r-module" x with 𝐾 ∩∝∈∧ 𝐿∝, where each 𝐿∝ "is a we-prime submodule of x. "then k is a we-semi-prime submodule of x. proof" "suppose that" 0 ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, ψ ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , then 0 ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿∝ for each ∝ ∈∧. but 𝐿∝ "is a we-prime submodule of x, hence by proposition (3.2)" 𝐿∝ is a we-semi mathematics | 114 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 prime. "thus ψ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿∝ for each ∝∈∧. therefore ψ 𝑥 ∈ ∩∝∈∧ 𝐿∝. hence k is a we-semiprime submodule of x. "the following proposition shows that in the class of scalar modules, weakly semi-prime submodule and we-semi-prime submodules are coinciding. proposition (19)" "let x be a scalar module, and l is a proper submodule of x. then l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x, if and only if l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x. proof " ⟹ "follows from proposition (3.4). " ⟸ suppose that l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x", and 0 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 and 𝜙 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 . since x is a scalar module, "then there exists 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝜙 𝑥 𝑟𝑥 for each 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋". "now", 0 𝜙 𝑥 𝜙 𝜙 𝑥 𝜙 𝑟𝑥 𝑟 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. but l "is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x", implies that 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. "hence 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿". "thus l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x". ""the following propositions are characterizations of we-semi-prime submodules". proposition (20)" "let x be an r-module, and" l is "a proper submodule of x". then l is a we-semi-prime submodule" if and only "if 0 𝜙 𝐾 𝐿, where k is a submodule of x and 𝜙 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , implies that 𝜙 𝐾 𝐿". proof " ⟹ assume that 0 𝜙 𝐾 𝐿", where "k is a submodule of" x, 𝜙 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , implies "that 0 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 𝑋". "since l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x, then 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋. thus 𝜙 𝐾 𝐿. " ⟸ suppose that 0 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, and 𝜙 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , then by hypothesis, we have 𝐾 𝑥 is a submodule of x, and 0 𝜙 𝐾 ∈ 𝐿, implies that 𝜙 𝐾 𝐿, "it follows that 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. "hence l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x. proposition (21)" "let x be an r-module, and" l is "a proper submodule of x". "then l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x, if and only if", "wherever 0 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, 𝜙 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 , and for 𝑛 2, implies that 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿". proof " ⟹ follows by inducation on 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 ". " ⟸ direct from definition of we-semi-prime submodule". "in the class of scalar module, we get the following characterizations of we-semi-prime submodules. proposition (22) ""let x be a scalar r-module, and l be a proper submodule of x. then the following statements are equivalent:" 1. "l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x". 2. " 𝐿: 𝑟 0 : 𝑟 ∪ 𝐿: 𝑟 for non-zero r in r". 3. 𝐿: 𝑟 0 : 𝑟 or 0 : 𝑟 𝐿: 𝑟 for non-zero r in r". mathematics | 115 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 proof " 1 ⟹ 2 since l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x, "then by proposition (3.4) l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x. now, let 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿: 𝑟 , implies that 𝑟 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, either 0 𝑟 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 or 𝑟 𝑥 0 . if 0 𝑟 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 , implies that 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐿 , hence 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿: 𝑟 . if 𝑟 𝑥 0 , implies that 𝑥 ∈ 0 : 𝑟 , hence, we get 𝐿: 𝑟 𝐿: 𝑟 ∪ 0 : 𝑟 . clearly we have by lemma (2.7), 𝐿: 𝑟 𝐿: 𝑟 , and 0 : 𝑟 𝐿: 𝑟 , hence 𝐿: 𝑟 ∪ 0 : 𝑟 𝐿: 𝑟 . thus the equality holds". " 2 ⟹ 3 direct". " 3 ⟹ 1 to prove first l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x". "suppose that" 0 𝑟 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, implies that 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿: 𝑟 and 𝑥 ∉ 0 : 𝑟 . thus by hypothesis, we get 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿: 𝑟 , implies that 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, hence l "is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x". "thus by proposition (3.7), we have l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x". recall that "an element x in r-module x is called" torsion if 0 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 ∶ 𝑟𝑥 0 . the set of all torsion elements denoted by t(x), which is a submodule of x. if t(x)=(0), then x is called torsion free [3]. proposition (23) "let x is a torsion free scalar r-module, and l be a proper submodule of x, such that l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x. then 𝐿: 𝐼 is a we-semi-"prime submodule of x for any non-zero ideal i of r". proof "since l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x", "then by proposition (3.4) l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x". "thus by [2, prop.27] we get 𝐿: 𝐼 is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x. "but x is a scalar module, hence by proposition (3.7), we have 𝐿: 𝐼 is a we-semi-prime submodule of x". proposition (24) let 𝜙: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋′ be an r-epimorphism, and" l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x with 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝜙 𝐿. "then 𝜙 𝐿 is a we-semi-prime submodule of x', where x' is an x-projective rmodule. proof clearly 𝜙 𝐿 is a proper submodule of x'. assume that 0 𝑓 𝑥′ ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 where 𝑥′ ∈ 𝑋′, and 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋′ , we prove that 𝑓 𝑥′ ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 , since 𝜙 is an epimorphism, and 𝑥′ ∈ 𝑋′, then there exists 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 such that 𝜙 𝑥 𝑥′ . "consider the following diagram since x' is xprojective", then there exists a homomorphism h such that 𝜙oh f . now, 0 𝑓 𝑥′ 𝑓 𝑓 𝑥′ ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 , "implies that 0 𝜙 ∘ h ∘ 𝜙 ∘ h 𝑥′ ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 , and hence 0 𝜙 h ∘ 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 . but 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝜙 𝐿," "then 0 h ∘ 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. since l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x, then 𝜙 ∘ h 𝑥 , implies that 𝜙 h ∘ 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 hence 𝜙 ∘ h 𝜙 𝑥 ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 implies that 𝑓 𝑥′ ∈ 𝜙 𝐿 . therefore 𝜙 𝐿 is a we-semi-prime submodule of x'. "as a direct consequence of proposition (3.12) we get the following corollary. corollary (25)" "let l and k be a submodule of an r-module x with 𝐾 𝐿, "and l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x. "then is a we-semi-prime submodule of , where is an x-projective rmodule. mathematics | 116 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 "recall that an r-module x is multiplication if every submodule k of x is of the form k=ix for some ideal i of r [7]. proposition (26)" "let x be a multiplication r-module and l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x"," then l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x". proof" "suppose that 0 𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, 𝑓 ∈ 𝐸𝑛𝑑 𝑋 ."since x is a multiplication, then by [8, coro.1.2] there exists 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝑓 𝑥 𝑠𝑥 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋". "hence 0 𝑓 𝑓 𝑥 𝑠 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. but l is a weakly semi-prime, implies that 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. thus 𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, so l is a wesemi-prime submodule of x. "it is well-known every cyclic r-module is a multiplication [7], we get the following result. corollary (27)" "let x be a cyclic r-module, and l is a proper submodule of x. "then l is a we-semiprime submodule if and only if l is a weakly semi-prime. we end this section by the following result. proposition (28)" "let x be a faithful multiplication r-module, and l is a proper submodule of x. "then l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x if and only if 𝐿: 𝑋 is a we-semi-prime ideal of r". proof " ⟹ since l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x, "then by proposition (3.4) l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x". "hence by [2, prop.29], we have 𝐿: 𝑋 is a weakly semi-prime ideal of r. "therefore 𝐿: 𝑋 is a weakly semi-prime as r-submodule of r-module r". "but r is cyclic r-module, implies that by corollary (27) 𝐿: 𝑋 is a we-semi-prime r-submodule of r-module r. hence 𝐿: 𝑋 is a we-semi-prime ideal of r. " ⟸ since 𝐿: 𝑋 is a we-semi-prime ideal of r, "implies that 𝐿: 𝑋 is a weakly semiprime ideal of r". "hence by [2, theo.30] we have l is a weakly semi-prime submodule of x. but x is a multiplication, then by proposition (26) l is a we-semi-prime submodule of x. ""as a direct consequence of proposition (27), we get the following result". corollary (3.17)" "let x be a faithful cyclic r-module", "and l is a proper submodule of x. "then l is a wesemi-prime submodule of x if and only if 𝐿: 𝑋 is a we-semi-prime ideal of r. references 1. hadi, a.m. on weakly prime submodules. ibn al-haitham j. for pure and appl. sci. 2009, 22, 3, 62-69. 2. farzalipour, f. on almost semi-prime submodules. hindowi publishing corporation algebra. 2014, 3, 231-237. 3. kash, f. modules and rings. academic press inc. london. 1982. 4. ozcan. c. a.; haranc a.; f. smith. p. duo modules. clasgow math. journal trust. 2006, 48, 533-545. 5. azum, g. f.; mbuntum; varadarajan, k. on m-projective and m-injective modules. pacific journal of math. 1967, 59, 1, 9-16. mathematics | 117 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2000 vol. 31 (3) 2018 6. shihap, n.b. scalar reflexine modules. ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. 2004 7. barnard, a. multiplication modules, j. of algebra, 1981, 71, 174-178. 8. naoum, g. a. on the ring of endomorphisms of a multiplication modules. mathematics hungarica. 1994, 29 ,3, 277-284. microsoft word 271-281 mathematics | 271 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 on the degree of best approximation of unbounded functions by algebraic polynomial alaa a. auad dept. of mathematics / college of education for pure science/university of alanbar received in:27/march/2016,accepted in:22/may/2016 abstract in this paper we introduce a new class of degree of best algebraic approximation polynomial α , , for unbounded functions in weighted space lp,α(x), 1 ∞ .we shall prove direct and converse theorems for best algebraic approximation in terms modulus of smoothness in weighted space. keyword: degree of best approximation, unbounded functions, weight space, modulus of smoothness. mathematics | 272 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 1. introduction many papers have recently appeared connected with best approximation to functions of one variable see [1,2,3] and the references there. in this paper we shall consider the degree of best algebraic approximation of unbounded functions. indeed, in terms of the modulus of smoothness direct ( jackson – type ) as well as inverse ( bernstein – type ) theorems are established so that a constructive theory of unbounded functions may developed in weighted space lp,α(x). let ∞,∞ , by‖.‖ we denote the lp(x)norm, 1 p ˂ ∞ and ‖ ‖ | | ∞ ………………………….(1) and define for a suitable set , of all weight functions on open interval , such that | | , where m is positive real number and : → weight function. we shall denote by lp,α(x) the space of all unbounded functions on , which are equipped with the following norm ‖ ‖ , | | ∞. ……..(2) for ∈ , and ∈ , we define the local modulus of order of in point as follows , , , | | ∆ ∶ , ∈ , ∩ ………...(3) where ∆ ∑ 1 , ∈ 0 ……….(4). also the modulus of smoothness of order of function is the following function of : , , | | ∆ . , …………………………….…(5). let be the set of natural numbers and ℙ the set of all algebraic polynomials of degree less than or equal to ∈ . the degree of best algebraic approximation of order of the function ∈ , is given by , ‖ ‖ , ; ∈ ℙ …………………….……..(6). the most essential consequence of the proved here is corollary : for 0 and 1 ∞, we have , , ο if and only if , ο . mathematics | 273 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 if and ,are positive integer and 0, then , ο equivalently , , ο is valid if and only if has a derivative of order satisfying , ∞ and , , ο . further details and elementary properties of , , see [4,5]. with the aid of these concepts one may now work out a constructive theory of functions for the weight space , , parallel to classical theory of jackson-bernstein for , , see sections 2 and 3 for detail. we formulate and prove our jackson-type theorem and in section 3, we formulate and prove our bernstein-type theorem. the corollary announced above follows from direct theorem (1) of section 2 combined with converse theorem (2) of section 3. 2. the direct algebraic approximation theorem: let ∈ , ,1 ∞, natural number and 0. we define α , ∑ 1 ………………….…(7). we set | | √ 0 | | √ and √ , α , , . it is clear that ∈ ℙ . lemma 1 [4]: we have for every 1 ∞, 0 1 and every positive function α , ∆ and α , , | | ∆ , 1,2,…, . prove of this lemma see [4]. lemma 2 : for every ∈ , and 1 ∞, we have mathematics | 274 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ‖ ‖ , ,√ , and , ,√ , . proof : from theorem of marchoud see [5], we have , , ‖ ‖ , , , since for | | √ , we obtain | | for ∈ ∞,∞ . consequently ‖ ‖ , | | ∆ ∆ . , ,√ , ; √ . now ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ , ∆ . , ‖ ‖ , ,√ , since ‖ ‖ , ,√ , so ‖ ‖ , ,√ , . we have α , , , for ∈ and by lemma 1, , ∑ α , , mathematics | 275 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ∑ ∆ , . as consequence of 0 for | | √ , hence ∆ 0 for | | √ , so , ,√ , ; √ . ■ theorem 1 : let ∈ , and 1 ∞. for every natural there exists constant depending on , such that , ,√ , . proof : from definition of degree of best algebraic approximation, we have , α , , . , , where α , ∈ ℙ . hence from lemma 2, we obtain , ,√ , ■ 3. the converse approximation theorem : we need the following lemmas to prove converse theorem lemma 3 [6] : we have for every ∈ ℙ , 1 ∞ and n=1,2,… / . lemma 4 [7] : we have for every ∈ ℙ , 1 ∞ and n=1,2,… , ‖ ‖ , . lemma 5 : let ∈ , , 1 ∞ , ∈ ℙ and ‖ ‖ , . mathematics | 276 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 we have ,√ , ‖ ‖ , ∑ 1 , . proof : let ∈ ℙ be a polynomial satisfying ‖ ‖ , 2 , . by using lemma 4, we obtain , , ‖ ‖ , | | , , , we have , from properties of modulus of continuity and lemma 4 , , , , , , ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ , | | | | ‖ ‖ , 2‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ , , ‖ ‖ , so , , , , ‖ ‖ , also, we can prove mathematics | 277 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 , , , 2 / , ‖ ‖ , ∑ 1 , ‖ ‖ , …(8). let 2 2 , , ‖ ‖ , | | | | ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ , …………………..(9) from (8) and (9), we get ,√ , ‖ ‖ , ∑ 1 , . ■ theorem 2 : let ∈ , ,1 ∞. for every natural number there exist a constant depending on , such that , √ , √ ‖ ‖ , ∑ 1 , , 1,2,…. . proof : we insert in lemma 5 , , √ and take in consideration that by the monotony of , , ∑ , so, , √ , √ ‖ ‖ , ∑ 1 , √ ‖ ‖ , ∑ 1 , . ■ mathematics | 278 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 theorem 3 : let ∈ , ,1 ∞ and ∑ 1 , ∞. then has derivative of order , ∈ , and , , ∑ 1 , proof : let ∈ ℙ satisfy ‖ ‖ , 2 , , we have in consequence of lemma 3 , , , , , the sequence is convergent in weighted space , , we denote it is limit by ∈ , . since , → 0, is derivative of order of . moreover , we have , , ∑ 2 / , 2 / , ∑ 1 , ……(10) let 2 2 , form lemma 3 we have , ‖ ‖ , , …………………..(11) from (10) and (11), we obtain , , , ∑ 1 , ■ theorem 4 : we have for every natural and m every ∈ , mathematics | 279 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 , √ , , √ ∑ 1 , ∑ 1∞ , . proof : from theorem 2 and theorem 3 , we have , √ , , √ , ∑ 1 , , , ∑ 1 , ..(12) as well as from (10) and take 0 , ∑ 1 , ……………………….(13) new, from (12) and (13), we obtain , √ , , √ ∑ 1 , ∑ 1 , ∑ 1 , , √ ∑ 1 , ∑ 1 , ∑ 1 ∑ 1 , , √ ∑ 1 , ∑ ∑ 1 1 , , √ ∑ 1 , ∑ 1 , ■ acknowledgments i am grateful to prof. s. jassim , from whom i learnt the approximation of unbounded functions played in development of the nation of weighted spaces. mathematics | 280 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 references 1. adell, a., and bustamante j.,(2014) , polynomial operators for one-sided lpapproximation to riemann integrable functions, journal of inequalities and applications, 2014/1/494. 2. draganov, r. ,(2011),on the approximation by convolution operators in homogeneous banach spaces of periodic functions, mathematica balkanica, new series, vol. 25, fasc., 1-2, 39-59. 3. jassim s. and alaa a.,(2014) ,direct and inverse theorems in weighted space lp,w(x)” , international journal of scientific and engineering research, vol. 5, iss. 4, 833-839. 4. popov v. a., (1983) ,the averaged modli and their function spaces, in. constructive function theory 81,published house bulg. acad. sci. , sofia. 5. sendov b. and popov v. a., (1988), the averaged modli of smoothness, wiley, new york. 6. freud g.,(1972), on direct and converse theorems in the theory of weighted polynomial approximation, published by springerverlag, math. z., 126, 123-136. 7. devore a. and lornentz g., (1993), constructive approximation ,springer-verlag, new york. mathematics | 281 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 دراسة درجة أفضل تقريب للدوال الغير مقيدة بواسطة متعددات الحدود الجبرية عالء عدنان عواد جامعة االنبارقسم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/ 2016أيار//22،قبل في:2016اذار//27استلم في: الخالصة افضل تقريب للدوال الغير مقيدة بواسطة متعددات الحدود الجبرية في في هذا البحث عرضنا نوع جديد من درجة )فضاء الوزن , 1)و ( . سوف نبرهن المبرهنات المباشرة والمعكوسة ألفضل تقريب لهذه الدوال ∞ بواسطة متعددات الحدود الجبرية بشروط مقياس النعومة في فضاء الوزن. : درجة أفضل تقريب , الدوال الغير مقيدة , فضاء الوزن , مقياس النعومة. الكلمات المفتاحية biology 104 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 morphological description of inner ear in barbus luteus heckel (teleostei: cyprinidae). i. s. al-jumaily department of biology, college of education ibn-al-haitham,university of baghdad. received in: 5 september 2012 accepted in: 15 october 2012 abstract the morphological description of inner ear in barbus luteus have been investigated. the results of the present study revealed that the fish under investigation has a pair of inner ears which are embedded in two otic capsules of the skull. the inner ear contains two main structures, the first is the osseous labyrinth (ol), and the second is the membranous labyrinth (ml). both of (ol) and (ml) consist of three semicircular canal (scc). these are anterior, posterior and horizontal semicircular canals (ascc, pscc and hscc). the (ol) contains three chambers while the (ml) contains saccular structures which are called otoliths organs represented by utriculus (u), sacculus (s) and lagena (l). each of the saccular structures has a solid structure called otolith. the otoliths are represented by lapillus, sagitta and astericus which are situated in (u), (s) and (l) respectively. key words: inner ear , fishes , otoliths introduction barbus luteus is one of the iraqi freshwater fish belonged to the family cyprinidae [1]. the family cyprinidae includes, all species belong to the genus barbus, carp, goldfish, minnow and other species[2]. cyprinids fish are in the series otophysi[3]. literatures review revealed that all the otophysians have a specialized linkage of bones called the weberian ossicles which conduct vibrations from the gas bladder to the inner ear. this mechanism allows the auditory responses to lower level signals and higher frequencies in otophysans compared to many other teleosts, so that otophysans have been classified as hearing specialists[4,5]. review of the literatures showed that there is almost no clear informations about the morphological description and histological structures of the inner ear in iraqi freshwater fish with the exception of the studies done by. al-jumaily and dauod[6], and al-jumaily[7]. the present study aimed to give a preliminary data about the morphological description of the inner ear of barbus luteus , with hope to increase the information about the inner ear in iraqi freshwater fish. materials and methods abults barbus luteus were collected in fresh condition from the local fish market at baghdad city. fishare selected in different sizes and ages. the method used by al-jumaily[7] was employed to get the inner ear of the fish under investigation. camera lucida was used to draw the membranous labyrithes of the fish. biology 105 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 results and discussion vertebrate animals including fish have a pair of inner ear embedded inside of the otic capsules within the skull and situated on both sides of the hind brain[8]. results of the present study confirmed this foundation, and showed that the inner ear of barbus luteus consists of two structures represented by osseous labyrinth and membranous labyrinth (figure1). the later situated inside the first labyrinth (figure2). the membranous labyrinth separated from the osseous labyrinth by the perilymp, and thin band of loss connective tissue with blood vessels. these results agree with several data reported by several workers[6, 7, 9, 10]. the osseous labyrinth has similar morphology of the membranous labyrinth with the exception that some parts of the osseous labyrinth are not complete. these results agree with the results reported by al-jumaily[7] in liza abu and aljumaily and dauod,[6] in silurus triostegus. the inner ear in barbus luteus (both osseous and membranous labyrinths) is divided into pars dorso-superior which includes the three semicircular canals including the utriculus (u), and the pars ventro-inferior which includes the sacculus (s) and lagena (l) (figure 1, 2, 3 &4). these results agree with the previous results of several researchers [11, 12, 7]. the osseous labyrinth of the fish under investigation consist of three osseou s chambers which are represented by (u), (s) and (l)(figure 1) previous studies revealed that there are three semicircular canals. these canals are represented by anterior semicircular canal (ascc), posterior semicircular canal (pscc)and lateral or horizontal semicircular canal (hscc) [11, 12, 13]. these results revealed some agreement with the results of the present study with the exception that the anterior semicircular canal in barbus luteus is situated deeply in the otic capsule as in silurus triostegus [6], and also the lateral semicircular canal in b. luteus appeared oblique with angle of 10° and that,is why it is called horizontal semicircular canal (figure 4&6). these results confirmed the results of al-jumaily[7] in liza abu and disagree with the data reported by al-jumaily and dauod[6] in the inner ear of silulus triostegus. previous studies revealed that there is an enlargement at the anterior end of each semicircular canal called the ampulla[13, 14]. results of the present study showed that the ampulla of osseous labyrinth represented by a concave enlargement to rest the ampullae of each semicircular canal of membranous labyrinth (figure 1&3). the present study also showed that there is a membranous bony plate surrounded the ampulla of the anterior semicircular canal (aa) which extend posteriorly to cover the ampulla of the lateral (horizontal) semicircular canal (ha), this is probably related to the fact that the anterior semicircular canal embedded deeply in the otic capsule cavity in b. luteus. this foundation confirmed the results reported by al-jumaily and dauod[6] in s. triostegus and disagree with the data reported by al-jumaily[7] in l. abu . several workers reported that the ampulla of the anterior and lateral semicircular canals are connected together anteriorly with the utriculus chamber, while the ampulla of posterior semicircular canal (pa) connected with its posterior part[5& 13] and this fact is an agreement with the result of the present study (figures 4&6). b. luteus has osseous plate supported by crus commune (cc) from the external side and extended lowerly to cover the ampulla of posterior semicircular canal and the end of the horizontal semicircular canal. this result disagrees with the data reported by al-jumaily and dauod[6] and al-jumaily[7] in s. triostegus and l. abu respectively, in addition to the presence of the duct which connected the utriculus with sacculus called the utrico-saccular duct (us) which opened toward the internal lateral side of the cranium (figures 4&5). results of the present study showed that the membranous labyrinth of b. luteus consist of the same of the above structures of the osseous labyrinth in addition to the presence biology 106 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 of the saccular structures represented by (u), (s) and (l), which are called otolith organs (figures 4&6). these results agree with several researches[13, 16& 17] results of the present study also showed that (u) is located dorsally while (s) is located venterally bellow the (u) and both of them connected together by utrico-sacculas duct (figures 3&6) this result agree with several previous studies [18, 19].. the utrico-saccular duct in b. luteus appeared as a relatively long duct which is situated posteriorly. this result agrees with the foundation of al-jumaily and dauod[6] and disagrees with the data recorded by al-jumaily[7] who worked on liza abu. results of the present study revealed that the (s) in b. luteus appeared as a cylindrical shape pointed at both ends and formed from the external lateral wall of (s) the (l) appeared as a rounded saccular structure (figures 5&6). this result agrees with the observation recorded by jensen[20] and al-jumaily & dauod [6], and disagrees with the data recorded by several researchers[7, 5& 18]. the present study showed that b. luteus has a transvers duct at the internal lateral wall of (s) which connects the right side of membranous labyrinth with the left side (figure 5). this is perhaps important for good hearing as it is connected with weiberian system and the (s), due to the fact that b. luteus belonged to the family cyprinidae which represented a member of the otophysans fish (super order: ostariophysi). these results confirmed the data recorded in some previous research[6, 20, 21]. the present study declears similarity in the semicircular canals of membranous labyrinth with that of osseous labyrinth with the exception that the semicircular canals of membranous labyrinth are complete and the posterior ends of the anterior & posterior canals are connected with each other to form the crus commune which appeared compressed on both sides and connected from its posterior end with superior surface of (u) (figures 4&6), and this confirmed some of the previous results[12, 22]. results of the present study also showed that the posterior end of the horizontal semicircular canal is connected with the posterior region of (u) at the side of the posterior semicircular canal ampulla (figure 6) which is agreed with the foundation of [7, 23] and disagreed with the observations recorded by harder[16], who stated that it is connected with the crus commune and the data recorded by al-jumaily and dauod[6] in s. triostegus. this perhaps due to the direction angle of the horizontal canal. the present study showed that the otoliths organs (u, s and l) contain solid structures called the otoliths which take different names (lapillus, sagitta and astericus) which are located in (u), (s) and (l) respectively (figures 7, 8&9). these results agreed with the previous studies foundations[13, 16, 21]. the shapes and sizes of the otoliths are differed in different species of fish[5, 7&13]. the results of the present study showed that the three otoliths of the (u, s, l) of b. luteus are similar to those in zebra fish[5] and s. triestegus[6], due to the fact that all of the above three species belonged to the otophysans group even they are belonged to different families. on the other, hand the otoliths of b. luteus are differed from those of l. abu due to the fact that this species of fish doesn't belong to the otophysans group and belonged to the order perciformes[7]. in conclusion b. luteus has ability for good hearing as it is belonged to the otophysans which has the ability of auditory responses to lower level signals and high frequencies [12]. biology 107 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 references 1.al-daham, n.k. (1977). fish of iraq and arab gulf. center for arab gulf studies publications, basrah university (in arabic). 2. nelson, j.s. (1984). fishes of the world (2nd ed.). john wiley and sons, new york, u.s.a. 3. fink, s.v. and fink, w.l. (1981). interrelationships of the ostariophysan fishes (teleostei). j. linn, soc. (zool.) 72(4): 297-353. 4. fay, r.r. and popper, a.n. (1983). hearing in fishes: comparative anatomy of the ear and the neural coding of sensory information. in: r.r. fay and g. gourevitch (eds.). hearing of e.g. wever. amphora press, groton conn. 123-148. 5. platt, c. (1993). zebrafish inner ear sensory surfaces are similar to those in goldfish. hear. res. , 65 : 133-140. 6. al-jumaily, i. s. and dauod, h. a. m. (2001). a study on the inner ear of silurus triostegus: 1. morphological description. j. al-mustansyria science, 12(7): 805816. 7. al-jumaily, i.s. (2001). morphological description and histological structure of inner ear in silurus triostegus heckel and liza abu (heckel). m. sc. thesis, college of eduction (ibn al-aitham), baghdad university, 136 (in arabic). 8. bevelander, g. and ramaley, j. a. (1974). essential of histology. 7th ed., c.v. mosby co., usa iii 348. 9. bond, c.e. (1979). biology of fishes. w.b. saunders co., philadelphia, vii+514. 10. leeson, c.r.; leeson, t.s. and poparo, a.a. (1985). text book of histology, (5th ed.) w. .aunders co., philadelphia, viii + 597. 11. lagler, k. f.; bardach, j.e. and miller, r.r. (1962). ichthyology. john wiley and sons, inc., new york, usa: 545. 12. popper, a.n. and platt, c. (1993). inner ear and lateral line. in physiology of fish (ed. by evans, d. h.), crc press, boca raton, fl., 99-136. 13. popper, a ; ramcharitar , j. and campana, s.e. (2005). why otoliths ? insights from inner physiology and fisheries biology. marine and freshwater res. , 56: 497-504. 14. torrey, t. w. and feduccia, a. (1979). morphogenesis of the vertebrates, 4th ed. john wiley and sons, new york: xii + 570. 15. romer, a. s. (1961). the vertebrate body, (2nd ed.). w. b. saunders co., philadelphia, u.s.a. 16. popper, a.n. and fay, r. r. (1993). sound detection and processing by fish critical review and major research question. brain behav. evol., 41: 14-38. 17. schellart, n. a. and wubbles, r. j. (1998). the auditory and mechanosensory lateral line ystem. in: the physiology of fishes, (2nd ed.) (ed. evans, d, h.), crc press, boca raton, new york.. 283-312. 18. harder, w. (1975). anatomy of fishes (part i and ii). e. schweizerbartsche verlagsbu chandlung (nageleu obermiller), stuttgart, germany: 612. 19. weichert, ch. k. and presch, w. (1975). elements of chordate anatomy (4th ed.), mc graw-hill. co., new york, viii + 526. 20. jensen, j. chr. (1994). structure and innervation of the inner ear sensory organs in an otophysine fish, the upside-down catfish (synodontis nigriventris david). acta zool. (stockholm), 75(2): 143-160. 21. bleckmann, h.; niemann, u. and fritzsch, b. (1991). peripheral and central aspects of the acoustic and lateral line system of a bottom dwelling catfish, ancistrus sp., j. comp. neurol., 314: 452-466. 22. greve, m. (1964). the membranous labyrinth of calamoichthys colabricus smith 1865 (polypteridae: pisces). vidensk. medd. dansh. nat. hist. foren, kobenhagin, 127:275281 (cited by harder, 1975). biology 108 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 23. bloom, w. and fawcett, d. v. (1975). a textbook of histology, (10th ed.). w. b. saunders co., philadelphia : xv + 1033. figure(1): internal lateral view of the cranial cavity in b. lutues , showing some parts of osseous labyrinth. figure( 2): external lateral view of the cranial cavity in b. lutes, showing the pars dorso – superior of membranous labyrinth (semicircular canls and utriculus) (3.3x) aa-anterior ampulla, ascc-anterior semicircular canal, , cc-crus commune, ha-horizontal ampulla, hscc-horizontal semicircular canal, l-lagena, pa-posterior ampulla, pscc-posterior semicircular canal, s-sacculus, u-utriculus,. biology 109 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 figure( 3): external lateral view of the right membranous labyrinth , showing the main structures of it. (3.96x). figure( 4): external lateral view, showing the pars dorso – superior and pars ventro inferior of the right membranous labyrinth and appears the connected of posterior end horizontal semicircular with utriculus ( ) (4.4x). aa-anterior ampulla, ascc-anterior semicircular canal, , cc-crus commune, ha-horizontal ampulla, hscc-horizontal semicircular canal, l-lagena, pa-posterior ampulla, pscc-posterior semicircular canal, s-sacculus, u-utriculus, us-utrico saccular duct. biology 110 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 figure( 5) : schematic diagram of the internal side of the right membranous labyrinth showed the main structures of it and appears the situation of transvers duct ( )(8x). figure (6): schematic diagram of external side of right membranous labyrinth showing oblique angle horizontal semicircular canal and it connected of posterior end with utriculus ( ) (8x). aa-anterior ampulla, ascc-anterior semicircular canal, , cc-crus commune, ha-horizontal ampulla, hscc-horizontal semicircular canal, l-lagena, pa-posterior ampulla, pscc-posterior semicircular canal, s-sacculus, u-utriculus, us-utrico saccular duct. biology 111 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 figure(7): the utriculus otolith (lapillus) of b. luteus (7x). figure (8): the sacculus otolith (sagitta) of b. luteus (4.4x). figure(9): the lagena otolith (astericus) of b. luteus (7x). biology 112 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 barbus luteus heckel الوصف الشكليائي لالذن الداخلية في سمكة الحمري (teleostei:cyprinidae). ايمان سامي الجميلي ، جامعة بغداد ابن الهيثم –قسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية 2012تشرين االول 15قبل البحث في: 2012ايلول 5استلم البحث في: الخالصة . أظهرت نتائج الدراسة (barbus luteus heckel)تمت دراسة الوصف الشكليائي لالذن الداخلية في سمكة الحمري الحالية ان سمكة الحمري تمتلك زوجاً من اآلذان الداخلية مطمورة داخل زوج من العلب السمعية في الجمجمة وعلى جانبي الدماغ الخلفي. تتألف االذن الداخلية في السمكة موضوع الدراسة من تركيبين ، خارجي عظمي يدعى بالتيه العظمي وداخلي يدعى بالتيه غشائي، ويتألف كال التركيبين (التيه العظمي والتيه الغشائي) في السمكة موضوع الدراسة من ثالث اقنية نصف دائرية امامية وخلفية ال وافقية. يحتوي التيه العظمي ثالث حجيرات او ردهات في حين يحتوي التيه الغشائي تراكيب كيسية يطلق عليها باالعضاء ، وتدعى باالعضاء الحصوية. وتوجد في هذه االعضاء الحصوية تراكيب (l)والقنينة (s)والكييس (u)الحصوية تتمثل بالقريبة والتي في الكييس تدعى (lapillus)صلدة يطلق عليها بالحصوات السمعية تأخذ مسميات مختلفة فالتي تقع في القريبة تدعى الالبه . (astericus)النجيم اما التي توجد في القنينة فتدعى ب (sagitta)بالسهيم االذن الداخلية ، االسماك ، الحصوات السمعية. الكلمات المفتاحية: 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد رمایكرو مت )5 -3(ة لمنطقة األشعة تحت الحمراء تحضیر نوافذ بصری باستخدام مادة أوكسید األلمنیوم ، لیث ناظم عباس، سوزان علي حسن*عبد الرسول مجید بهاءإلطیف، خضیرعبد الحسین والتكنولوجیاوزارة العلوم الجامعة المستنصریة ،كلیة التربیة ، قسم الفیزیاء * الخالصة تم في هذا البحث تحضیر نوافذ بصریة تعمل ضمن الطول الموجي لمدى األشعة تحت الحمراء باستعمال طالء مایكرو ) 53(بحیث یغطي النافذة الجویة (znse)على قواعد من (al2o3)غیر عاكس من مادة أوكسید األلمنیوم عند الطول % 97فباستعمال ثمان طبقات من أوكسید األلمنیوم وعلى جانبي القاعدة كانت أعظم نفاذیة بحدود . متر .مایكرومتر 4.4الموجي ibn alhaitham j. for pu re & appl. sci vol.2 2 (3) 20 09 preparation of optical window in the infrared region (35) µm using al2o3 material a.k. iltaif, b.a.al-hilli*, l.n.abbas, s.a.hasan ministry of science and technology * departme nt of phsics , college of education, almustansiriyah unive rsity abstract in this work opt ical window for infrared region was p repared by using aluminu m o xide (al2o3)material as antireflection coating on znse substrate which covers the atmosp heric window 3-5µm. the maximum transition was 97% at a wavelen gth 0f 4.4µm. introduction ant ireflection p henomenon was first recognized by raleigh and fraunhofer in the 19 th century as a sp ontaneous p rocess on atmosp herically tarnished lenses (1). in 1934 bauer (2) deduced that the reduction in reflectance is p rimarily due to interference p henomena. this p henomenon has been p ut in to good use in 1930 when the p rocess of vacuu m evaporation borrowed from the electronic industry , enabled the controlled industrial deposition to be introduced as what is subsequently called "antireflection coating (arc)(3)".nagendra and m ohan studied the antireflection coating p henomenon by the dep osition of more than one of thin film layers in series(4). grebenshchikov et al. (5) have p ublished in 1946 the first book in antireflection coating of op tical surfaces including the multilay er coating. arc's enter new st age when characteristic matrix theory is submitted and discussed by abeles (6) in 1950. hrep in (7) and epst ein (8) p ut mathematical equations for designing op tical filters. also, wellford (9) d escribed a design of sin gle layer arc's with t he aid of "vector method". in all the optoelectronic devices and sy st ems the op tical windows can be considered as an op tical filters for a sp ecified sp ectral region. in ord er to minimize the losing p ower through reflection, it is useful to use the arc technique for these windows (10). novel design p rocedure of broad band multilay er arc for op tical and optoelectronic devices were deduced by (11). the aim of this work is to manufacture infrared op tical windows by using multilayer arc's (al2o3) deposited on znse substrates. the ory: when light incident from media (no) with angle ( φo) on antireflection coating film (n1) deposited on subst rate of refractive index (ns). we obtain rm ax (maximum reflectivity and rm in (minimum ref lectivity ) if (12): ns≥n1≥no ���� = � (�����) (�����) � � �ℎ�� ���� = � � , �, … … [1] ibn alhaitham j. for pu re & appl. sci vol.2 2 (3) 20 09 ���� = � ��� ������� ��� ������� � � �ℎ�� ���� = � � , �� � ,… … [2] where: n1d1 is the optical thickness of the film λ is wavelen gth of the incident light � = �2� �� ����� cos � phase difference, d1 is a film thickness thin film calculations (tf-calc) program p ackage was used to calculate the p ercentage of transmission and reflection of co ating lay ers. accordin g to our calculations, the followin g design was used to get a high transmission on znse subst rate: (l8hl8) l: is a lay er with a low refractive index such as al2o3 h: is a layer with a high r efractive index such as znse from this design the maximum transmission was about 82.3% at the wavelength of 4.55µm for one face co ating as shown in fig. (1) and about 99.8% for both faces coatin g as shown in fig. (2). it is clear from these figures that, t he imp ortance of using antireflection coating on both sides of substrate is t o get a high transmission and a minimum reflection. experime nt the type and surface features of the substrate have a great influence on the p rop erties of the dep osition films into the substrate. in this work znse substrate were used, the p olishin g machine and gr indin g for these substrates were performed by using a p olishing machine typ e tf-250 from (teanwartz co., germany), and using diamond p astes with different smooth degrees (0.25, 1, 3, 9)µm for each smooth degree has a sp ecial p olishin g cloth. then, these substrates were chemically clean ed as follows: 1using chemical solutions such as methanol then insert it in the ultrasonic dev ice for 15 min. 2znse were immersed in 2.5% hf then rinsed with demonized water and immersed in methanol, substrates where then dried with special smoothing p apers. the al2o3 with p urity 99.999% was dep osited on both sides of z nse subst rates by using thermal evap oration machine ty p e (varian). the film thickness was measured by cry stal monitoring which work with mech anical shut ter to stop the dep osition process when we reach the desired thickness. the thickness for each al2o3 lay er was 195nm. ibn alhaitham j. for p ure & appl. sci vol. 22 (3) 2009 the transmission for these znse substrates without coating were measured b y using fourier transform infrared (ft-ir) spectrophotometer as shown in fig. (3). the maximum transmission was 72%. after that, these znse substrates and high p urity al2o3 material were placed in a vacuum coating machine having electron gun and operating voltage 6k v under vacuum of 10-5 mb ar. results 1the maximu m transmission was about 82% for znse window after coating with eight lay ers of al2o3 arc's for one face of subst rate (thickness of each lay er = 195 nm) as shown in fig.(4). 2the transmission became 97% for these znse subst rates after coating with eight layers of al2o3 arc's on both faces of the substrate as shown in fig.(5). conclusion from the p revious results it is p ossible to fabricate op tical window with maximum transmission of 97% by using eight lay ers of al2o3 arc's on both faces of znse substrate. these results are in agreement with t he theoretical results deduced from (t f-calc) program p ackage. re ferences 1m acleod, h.a., (1968),"thin film op tical filters", 2 nd ed. m cgrawhill co., n.y. 2bauer, g. (1934), "t hin film phenomena", ann.phys.lbz. 5 th series 19: 434. 3knittl, z. (1989), spie proceeding, 401, 1. 4nagendra, c.l. and m ohan, s. (1989), infra.phy s. 2:29-195. 5grebenshchikov, i.v.; vlasov, l.g. and suikovskaya,n.v. (1946), prosvtleny e optiki, "ant ireflection coating of opt ical surfaces", state p ublishers of technical and theoretical literature, m oscow, leningr ad. 6abeles, f. (1990), ann.d.phy sique, 5: 596. 7herp in, j.d., (1987), "op tical thin film: user handbook", m cm illan, n.y. 8epstein, l.i., (1992), j.opt .soc.am. 42: 806. 9wellford , w.t., (1984), vacuum, 4, 3. 10cox ,j.t . and hass,g. (1988), j.opt.soc.am., 48: 677. 11schuler, a.; boudaden, j. and scartz zini,j.l. (2005), sol. ener gy m ater. sol. cells, 89, 219. 12jacobs, s., (2000), spie p roceeding, 27, 196. 13chorp a, k.l., (1989), "thin film phenomena", 3 ed ed., m cgraw – hill book co., n.y. ibn alhaitham j. for pu re & appl. sci vol.2 2 (3) 20 09 ٨٢ ٨٤ ٨٦ ٨٨ ٩٠ ٩٢ ٩٤ ٩٦ ٩٨ ١٠٠ ٤٠٠٠ ٤٥٠٠ ٥٠٠٠ ٥٥٠٠ ٦٠٠٠ tr a n sm is si o n ( % ) wavelength (nm) fig. (2) the relation between transmittitance and wavelength for znse with coating on both sides ibn alhaitham j. for pu re & appl. sci vol.2 2 (3) 20 09 ٠ ١٠ ٢٠ ٣٠ ٤٠ ٥٠ ٦٠ ٧٠ ٨٠ ٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ tr a n sm is si o n (% ) wavelength (um) fig.(3) transmission spectrum for znse substrate ٠ ١٠ ٢٠ ٣٠ ٤٠ ٥٠ ٦٠ ٧٠ ٨٠ ٩٠ ٠ ٢ ٤ ٦ ٨ tr a n sm is si o n (% ) wavelength (um) fig. (4) transmission spectrum for znse substrate with antireflection coating (al2o3)on one side ٠ ٢٠ ٤٠ ٦٠ ٨٠ ١٠٠ ١٢٠ ٠ ٢ ٤ ٦ ٨ tr a n sm is si o n (% ) wavelength(um) fig. (5) transmission spe ctrum for znse substrate with anti reflection coating (al2o3) on both side @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs on projective plane over galois field gf(7) adil m. ahmad aamal sh. al-mukhtar mahmood s. faiyadh dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in : 27 may 2001 , accepted in : 11 july 2001 abstract the purpose of this work is to study the classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,7). we found that there are two (5,3)-arcs, four (6,3)-arcs, six (7,3)arcs, six (8,3)-arcs, seven (9,3)-arcs, six (10,3)-arcs and six (11,3)-arcs. all of these arcs are incomplete. the number of distinct (12,3)-arcs are six, two of them are complete. there are four distinct (13,3)-arcs, two of them are complete and one (14,3)-arc which is incomplete. there exists one complete (15,3)-arc. key words : arcs,projective plane, galois field 259 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction a projective plane pg(2,p) over gf(p), p is a prime number consists of 1 + p + p2 points and 1 + p + p2 lines, 1 + p points on every line and 1 + p lines through every point. any point of the plane has the form of a triple (x0,x1,x2), where x0,x1,x2 are elements in gf(p) with the exception of a triple consisting of three zero elements. two triples (x0,x1,x2), (y0,y1,y2) represent the same point if there exists λ in gf(p) \ {0} such that (y0,y1,y2) = λ (x0,x1,x2). similarly, any line of the plane has the form of a triple [x0,x1,x2], where x0,x1,x2 are in gf(p) with the exception of a triple consisting three zero elemens. two triples [x0,x1,x2], [y0,y1,y2] represent the same line if there exists λ in gf(p) \ {0} such that [y0,y1,y2] = λ [x0,x1,x2]. a point p(x0,x1,x2) is incident with the line [y0,y1,y2] iff: x0y0 + x1y1 + x2y2 = 0 definition 1: [1,2] a (k,3)-arc in pg(2,p) is a set of k points no four of them are collinear. definition 2: [1,2] a (k,3)-arc is complete if it is not contained in a (k + 1,3)-arc. definition 3: [3] the i-secant of a (k,3)-arc is a line intersects the arc in exactly i points, for a (k,3)-arc, each line of pg(2,p) is a 3-secant, 2-secant, 1-secant, or 0-secant. a 3-secant is called a trisecant. a (k,3)-arc is complete if every point of pg(2,p) lies on some trisecant of the arc. let ri be the number of the i-secants of a (k,3)-arc in the plane which are r3, r2, r1, r0. definition 4: [1,2]: a point n not on a (k,3)-arc has index i, denoted by ni, if there are exactly i-trisecants of the arc through n. let ci = ni be the number of the points ni. thus, a (k,3)-arc is complete iff c0 = 0. lemma 1: [4] let ri be the total number of the i-secants of a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,p), then the following equations are hold: n 2 i i 0 n i i 1 n i i 2 r q q 1 ir k(q 1) i(i 1)r k(k 1) = = = = + + = + − = − ∑ ∑ ∑ definition 5: [4] let ri be the total number of i-secants of a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,p), then the type of a (k,n)arc w.r.t. its lines is denoted by (rn,rn – 1,…,r0). lemma 2: [4] let (k1,n)-arc be of type (rn,rn – 1,…,r0) and a (k2,n)-arc be of type (tn,tn – 1,…,t0), then (k1,n) and (k2,n) have the same type iff ri = ti for all i. definition 6: [2] two arcs are projectively equivalent under type of lines iff they have the same type. definition 7: [5] 260 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 let q1, q2 be two points in pg(2,p) which are not on a (k,n)-arc and let k1 = k∪{q1}, k2 = k∪{q2}, then q1, q2 are in the same set iff (k1,n) and (k2,n) are projectively equivalent under type of lines. lemma 3: [5] let q1, q2 be two points in pg(2,p) which are not on a (k,n)-arc, then (i) q1, q2 are in the same set if they have the same type. (ii) q1, q2 are in the different sets if they have the different types.’ let pi and ℓi, i = 1, 2, …, 57 be the points and lines of pg(2,7), respectively. let i stands for the points pi, all the points and the lines of pg(2,7) are given in the table. definition 8: [2] a projectively of (k,3)-arc is a non-singular (3×3) matrix which keeps the k-points of the arc point wise or globally invariant. the construction of the projectively distinct (5,3)-arcs in pg(2,7): let a = {1,2,9,17} be a set of reference points in pg(2,7) no three of them are collinear. the distinct (5,3)-arcs can be constructed by adding to a in each time a point from the remaining 53 points of the plane. by definition 6, there are only two projectively distinct (5,3)-arcs, which are: b1 = {1,2,9,17,3} and b2 = {1,2,9,17,4}. the set of projectivities fixing a (k,3)-arc b forms the group g(b). the group g(b1) has eight projectivities: 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 6 t 0 1 0 , t 0 6 0 , t 1 0 0 , t 6 0 0 , t 1 1 1 , 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 0 0                    = = = = =                             6 7 8 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 , t 0 0 6 , t 0 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 0 0 6 0            = = =                 so g(b1) ≅ d4, while g(b2) has four projectivities: 1 2 3 4 6 0 0 6 0 0 1 0 0 t , t 0 6 0 , t 2 1 0 , t 5 6 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1            = ι = = =                 g(b2) ≅ z2×z2. the classification and construction of (6,3)-arcs: there are 42 points of index zero for b1. then g(b1) partitions these points into 9 orbits. so, we have nine (6,3)-arc to be constructed by adding one point from each of these nine orbits to b1. we have 47 points of index zero for b2. g(b2) partitions these points into 15 orbits. so we have 15 (6,3)-arcs to be constructed by adding one point from each of these orbits to b2. by definition 6, we have four (6,3)-arcs which are projectivity distinct : c1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10}, c2 = {1,2,9,17,3,11}, c3 = {1,2,9,17,3,26}, c4 = {1,2,9,17,4,28}. g(c1) ≅ s4, g(c2) ≅ z3, g(c3) ≅ z2, g(c4) ≅ i. 261 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the classification and construction of (7,3)-arcs: the groups g(c1), g(c2), g(c3) and g(c4) partition the points of index zero for c1, c2, c3 and c4 into 4, 12, 24, 46 orbits, respectively. by definition 6, we have only six (7,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct. these are: d1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16}, d2 = {1,2,9,17,3,11,16}, d3 = {1,2,9,17,3,11,20}, d4 = {1,2,9,17,3,11,26}, d5 = {1,2,9,17,3,26,32}, d6 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,50}. the groups g(d2), g(d3), g(d4) and g(d6) are isomorphic to the identity group, g(d1) ≅ s4 and g(d5) ≅ z3. we have six distinct (7,3)-arcs, each one of them is incomplete. the classification and construction of (8,3)-arcs: the groups g(d1), g(d2), …, g(d6) partition the points of index zero for d1, d2, …, d6 into 2, 25, 30, 33, 20, 45 orbits, respectively. by definition 6, we have only six (8,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct: e1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26}, e2 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27}, e3 = {1,2,9,17,3,11,16,26}, e4 = {1,2,9,17,3,11,26,20}, e5 = {1,2,9,17,3,26,32,22}, e6 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,50,31}. the groups g(e3), g(e4), g(e5) and g(e6) are isomorphic to the identity group, g(e1) ≅ z2 and g(e2) ≅ z3, we have six distinct (8,3)-arcs, each one of them is incomplete. the classification and construction of (9,3)-arcs: the groups g(e1), g(e2), …, g(e6) partition the points of index zero for e1, e2, …, e6 into 8, 7, 24, 29, 34, 39 orbits, respectively. by definition 6, we have only seven (9,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct, these are: f1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,29}, f2 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,27}, f3 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28}, f4 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,39}, f5 = {1,2,9,17,3,11,26,20,47}, f6 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,50,31,12}, f7 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,50,31,42} the groups g(f3), g(f4), g(f5), g(f6) and g(e7) are isomorphic to the identity group, g(f1) ≅ z3 and g(f2) ≅ z2. the classification and construction of (10,3)-arcs: the groups g(f1), g(f2), …, g(f7) partition the points of index zero for f1, f2, …, f7 into 5, 13, 8, 18, 26, 30, 33 orbits, respectively. by definition 6, we have only six (10,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct, these arcs are: h1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,29,32}, h2 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,27,32}, h3 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,29,39}, h4 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39}, h5 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,31,50,12,42}, h6 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,31,50,12,42}. the groups g(h1), g(h2), g(h3), g(h4), g(h5) and g(e6) are isomorphic to the identity group. we have only six distinct (10,3)-arcs, each one of them is in complete. the classification and construction of (11,3)-arcs: the groups g(h1), …, g(h6) partition the points of index zero for h1, …, h6 into 5, 8, 11, 14, 20, 22 orbits. by definition 6, we have only six (11,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct, these arcs are: i1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,29,32,36}, i2 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,27,32,36}, i3 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,27,32,39}, i4 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,27,28,39,36}, i5 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39,54}, i6 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,31,50,12,42,25}. the groups g(ii), i = 1,2,…,6 are isomorphic to the identity group. the classification and construction of (12,3)-arcs: 262 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the groups g(i1), …, g(i6) partition the points of index zero for i1, …, i6 into 2, 4, 4, 10, 10, 16 orbits, respectrively. by definition 6, we have only six (12,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct. these arcs are: l1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,29,32,36,54}, l2 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,29,32,36,46}, l3 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,27,32,36,46}, l4 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39,36,43}, l5 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39,36,46}, l6 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,31,50,12,42,25,55}. the groups g(li), i = 1,2,…,6 are isomorphic to the identity group. we have six distinct arcs, two of them are complete and the others are incomplete. the classification and construction of (13,3)-arcs: the groups g(l1), …, g(l6) partition the points of index zero for l1, …, l6 into 1, 4, 5, 4, 5, 15 orbits, respectrively. by definition 6, we have only four (13,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct: m1 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,26,27,32,36,46,43}, m2 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39,36,43,34}, m3 = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39,36,46,43}, m4 = {1,2,9,17,4,28,31,50,12,42,25,55,18}. the groups g(m1), g(m2) and g(m4) are isomorphic to the identity group, g(m3) ≅ z2. m1 and m2 are complete arcs, while m3 and m4 are incomplete arcs. the classification and construction of (14,3)-arcs: the groups g(m3) and g(m4) partition the points of index zero for m3 and m4 into 1 and 2 orbits, respectively. so there exist three (14,3)-arcs to be constructed. by definition 6, we have only one (14,3)-arcs which is incomplete: n = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39,36,46,43,54}. g(n) is isomprphic to the identity group. the classification and construction of (15,3)-arcs: the point 55 is the only point of index zero for n. we construct (15,3)-arc by adding the point 55 to n, then: q = {1,2,9,17,3,10,16,27,28,39,36,46,43,54,55} is a complete (15,3)-arc. g(q) is isomorphic to the identity group. references 1. faiyad, m.s. (2000) classification and construction of (k,3)arcs on projective plane over galois field gf(7), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 2. kareem, f.f. (2000) classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,9), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 3. kwaam, a.a. (1999) classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,11), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 4. hirschfeld, j. w. p. (1979) projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press. 5. abood, h.m. (1997) classification of (k,4)-arc in pg(2,3), for k ≥ 4, j.basrah research, vol.13, part 1. 263 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table 1 : points and lines of pg(2,7) i pi ℓi 1 1 0 0 2 9 16 23 30 37 44 51 2 0 1 0 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 1 1 0 8 9 22 28 34 40 46 52 4 2 1 0 5 9 19 29 32 42 45 55 5 3 1 0 4 9 18 27 36 38 47 56 6 4 1 0 7 9 21 26 31 43 48 53 7 5 1 0 6 9 20 24 35 39 50 54 8 6 1 0 3 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 9 0 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 1 0 1 2 15 22 29 36 43 50 57 11 2 0 1 2 12 19 26 33 40 47 54 12 3 0 1 2 11 18 25 32 39 46 53 13 4 0 1 2 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 14 5 0 1 2 13 20 27 34 41 48 55 15 6 0 1 2 10 17 24 31 38 45 52 16 0 1 1 1 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 17 1 1 1 8 15 21 27 33 39 45 51 18 2 1 1 5 12 22 25 35 38 48 51 19 3 1 1 4 11 20 29 31 40 49 51 20 4 1 1 7 14 19 24 36 41 46 51 21 5 1 1 6 13 17 28 32 43 47 51 22 6 1 1 3 10 18 26 34 42 50 51 23 0 2 1 1 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 24 1 2 1 7 15 20 25 30 42 47 52 25 2 2 1 8 12 18 24 30 43 49 55 26 3 2 1 6 11 22 26 30 41 45 56 27 4 2 1 5 14 17 27 30 40 50 53 28 5 2 1 3 13 21 29 30 38 46 54 29 6 2 1 4 10 19 28 30 39 48 57 30 0 3 1 1 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 1 3 1 6 15 19 23 34 38 49 53 32 2 3 1 4 12 21 23 32 41 50 52 33 3 3 1 8 11 17 23 36 42 48 54 34 4 3 1 3 14 22 23 31 39 47 55 35 5 3 1 7 13 18 23 35 40 45 57 36 6 3 1 5 10 20 23 33 43 46 56 37 0 4 1 1 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 38 1 4 1 5 15 18 28 31 41 44 54 39 2 4 1 7 12 17 29 34 39 44 56 40 3 4 1 3 11 19 27 35 43 44 52 41 4 4 1 8 14 20 26 32 38 44 57 42 5 4 1 4 13 22 24 33 42 44 52 43 6 4 1 6 10 21 25 36 40 44 55 44 0 5 1 1 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 1 5 1 4 15 17 26 35 37 46 55 46 2 5 1 3 12 20 28 36 37 45 53 47 3 5 1 5 11 21 24 34 37 47 57 48 4 5 1 6 14 18 29 33 37 48 52 49 5 5 1 8 13 19 25 31 37 50 56 50 6 5 1 7 10 22 27 32 37 49 54 51 0 6 1 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 52 1 6 1 3 15 16 24 32 40 48 56 53 2 6 1 6 12 16 27 31 42 46 57 54 3 6 1 7 11 16 28 33 38 50 55 55 4 6 1 4 14 16 25 34 43 45 54 56 5 6 1 5 13 16 26 36 39 49 52 57 6 6 1 8 10 16 29 35 41 47 53 264 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 gf(7)في مستوي إسقاطي حول حقل كالوا (k,3)تصنیف وبناء االقواس عادل محمود أحمد آمال شھاب المختار محمود سالم فیاض قسم علوم الریاضیات / كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة (إبن الھیثم) / جامعة بغداد 2001تموز 11قبل البحث في: ، 2001 یارأ 27استلم البحث في : الخالصة . لقد وجدنا قوسین g(2,7)في المستوي االسقاطي (k,3)الغرض من ھذا البحث ھو لدراسة تصنیف وبناء االقواس –ستة أقواس ،(9,3) –سبعة أقواس (8,3) –، ستة أقواس (7,3) –، ستة أقواس (6,3) –، اربعة اقواس (5,3) – ، كل ھذه االقواس تكون غیر كاملة.(11,3) –، وستة أقواس (10,3) اثنان منھا كاملة وقوس (13,3) –تكون ستة، اثنان منھا تكون كاملة. توجد أربعة أقواس (12,3) –عدد االقواس المختلفة غیر كامل. (14,3) –واحد یكون كامال ً. (15,3) –یوجد قوس واحد ستوي اسقاطي ، حقل كالوا: أقواس ، م الكلمات المفتاحیة 265 | mathematics definition 1: [1,2] definition 2: [1,2] definition 4: [1,2]: lemma 1: [4] definition 5: [4] lemma 2: [4] definition 6: [2] definition 7: [5] lemma 3: [5] definition 8: [2] قسم علوم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (إبن الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد الغرض من هذا البحث هو لدراسة تصنيف وبناء الاقواس (k,3) في المستوي الاسقاطي g(2,7) . لقد وجدنا قوسين – (5,3)، اربعة اقواس – (6,3)، ستة أقواس – (7,3)، ستة أقواس – (8,3) سبعة أقواس – (9,3)، ستة أقواس –(10,3)، وستة أقواس – (11,3)، كل هذه الاقواس ت... عدد الاقواس المختلفة – (12,3) تكون ستة، اثنان منها تكون كاملة. توجد أربعة أقواس – (13,3) اثنان منها كاملة وقوس واحد – (14,3) غير كامل. يوجد قوس واحد – (15,3) يكون كاملا ً. 10050102 10050103 10050104 10050105 10050106 10050107 10050108 10050109 10010054 10010055 10010056 10010057 10010058 10010059 10010060 10010061 10010062 10010063 10010064 10010065 10010066 بحث ١ 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد iaxax ةالحظات حول معادلة المؤثرالالخطیم n  * مي محمد هاللو بثینه عبد الحسن احمد جامعة بغداد، كلیة العلوم،قسم الریاضیات دادجامعة بغ،ابن الهیثم ةكلیة التربی ،قسم الریاضیات 2009 نیسان 13استلم البحث في 2009تموز 7قبل البحث في ةالخالص iaxaxوالكافیـــة لمعادلــة المــؤثر ةوریالشــروط الضــر n  *، ذاتــي الترافـــق حقیقــي للحصـــول علــى حــل موجـــب xلبــین الحــ لك العــال قــهوكــذ ،باالعتمــاد علــى هــذه الشــروط وبعــض الخصــائص للمـؤثر قـد اعطیــتxوa قــد اعطیــت .أیضا مؤثر موجب ذاتي الترافق، القطر الطیفي،معادلة المؤثر الالخطیة: الكلمات المفتاحیة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 notes on the non linear operator equation iaxax n  * b.a. ahme d and m.m. hilal departme nt of mathematics, college of science, unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of mathematics, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad recei ved in april ,13,2009 accepted in july,7,2009 abstract necessary and sufficient conditions for the op erator equation iaxax n  * , to have a real positive definite solution x are given. based on these conditions, some p rop erties of the op erator a as well as relation between the solutions x and a are given. key words: non-l ine ar operator equati on; spectral radius; posi tive defini te operator. ams classi fication: 39b42. introduction consider the non-linear op erator equation )1(* iaxax n   where i is identity op erator, and  hbxaa ,, * ; where  hb denotes the banach algebra of all bounded linear op erators on h; h is an infinite dimensional comp lex hilbert sp ace. several authors have st udied the above equation when xa, are matrices and 2,1  nn and they have obtained theoretical p rop erties of these equations. in [1] equation (1) was st udied in the case x is a self_adjoint p ositive op erator , which arises in many app lications such as in control theory and statist ics and in dynamic p rogramming in this p aper, we study equation (1) where x belongs t o the set; where     ttrhbtttaac  ;,: * . where  tr is the sp ectral radius of t 1-preliminaries in this section we p resent notation, lemma and theorem which will be used in the remainder of the p aper. the notation  00  aa means that a is p ositive op erator , and ba  is used as an alternative notation for 0 ba .it is well-known for any op erator   tthbt *, is p ositive op erator  22.,2 p ,let sp ec a denotes t he sp ectrum of a. lemma 1.1[3, p. 866]: let m and n be two arbitrary op erators t hen:    nnmmrmnnmr ****  proof: by elementary calculus, we have that                          n m oi i nmrmnnmr 0 **** since the non-zero elements of sp ec mn and sp ec nm are the same [4, p.43]; so for any two op erators, we have: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011                                             **** 0 0 nm n m i i r n m oi io nmr now,   aar  , where denotes t he operator norm. so            nnmmr n m nmr nm n m r nm n m oi io nm n m oi i rnm n m oi io r ** ** ** ** **** 1 0                                                                                which completes the proof. 2ne cessary and suffi cie nt conditi ons of the sol uti on of the equati on we st udy the existence of the solution of equation (1) by the following theorem: theorem 2.1: the op erator equation (1) has a solution x p ositive op erator if and only if the op erator a takes t he following factorization form     )2( 2 * *2 1 *        evenisnifzww oddisnifzwww a n n   where w is an invertible op erator and izzww  ** . proof: sup p ose that equation (1) has a solution x . then, using the set c we can write x as wwx * . equation (1) can be written as   iawwaww n  *** the prove using mathematical induction:  sup p ose 1n , then     iawwaww iawwaww     1*1** 1** * furt her, we can rewrite the last equations as:      )3(1***1* iawawww   ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 equation  3 can be rewritten in the equivalent form [5, p.171]: )4( * * * i aw w aw w              now, set awz * ; then zwa * as desired,  sup p ose it is t rue when pn  to show that it is true when 1 pn         iawwwwaww iawwaww p p     1**** 1*** if p is odd, then               )5(**1***1*1** *1*11*1** 1*1*1*1*1*** iawwwwawwwwwww iawwwwwwwaww iawwwwwwwwwwaww          equation (5) can be rewritt en in the equivalent form:              awwww w awwww w **1* * **1*  now, set awwwwz **1*   , then zwwwwwa ***  , as form   zwww p *2 1 *  if p is even, then:             )6(*1*1**1*1* *1*1*1*1** 1*1*1*1*** iawwwwawwwwww iawwwwwwwwaww iawwwwwwwwaww          equation (6) can be rewritt en in the equivalent form: i awwww w awwww w              *1*1 * *1*1  new, set awwwwz *1*1   ; then  zwwwwwwwwa ****  , as form   zww p 2* conversely ,assume that the operator a admits the factorization  zwwwwwa ***  , if n is odd, and set wwx * , we then need to show that x (which is p ositive op erator ) is a solution to t he operator equation (1), we have:             i z w z w zzww zwwwwwwwwwwwwzww zwwwwwwwwwwwwwzww zwwwwwwwzwwwwwwwaxax nn                      * ** ****1*1*** ***1*1***** **********    when n is even, then zwwwwwwwa ***  , and set wwx * , we then need to show that x (which is p ositive definite) is a solution to the operator equation (1) .we have. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011                 i z w z w zzww wzwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwzww zwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwzww zwwwwwwwwzwwwwwwwwaxax nn                      * ** ****1*1***** ***11*1****** **********    which completes the proof of the theorem. 3relation betwee n soluti on x and operator a : in this section, we will st udy the relations between x and a in equation (1) theorem 3.1: if equation (1) has a solution x , then for all nn  the following hold: (i) 12 1 2*2 1 2               nn xaaxr . (ii)     *2*2 aaxx nn  . proof: (i) using theorem (2.1), when n is even. we obtain:                                          2 1 **2 1 * 2 1 2*2**2*2 1 2*2 1 2*2 1 2 wwzzwwr wwwwzzwwwwrxaaxr nnnnnn we set  2 1 *: wwm  ; then app lying lemma (1.1), we obtain:       1 ** **2 1 2*2 1 2                  ir zzmmr mzzmrxaaxr nn now, when n is odd; we obtain          wzzwr wwwwwzzwwwwwrxaaxr nnnnnn ** 2 1 2*2 1 ***2 1 *2 1 2*2 1 2*2 1 2                         ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 then ap p lying lemma (1.1) we obtain:       1 ** **2 1 2*2 1 2                  ir zzwwr wzzwrxaaxr nn (ii) if n is even, then from theorem (2.1), we have                 2**2* 2**2*2*2**2*2 nn nnnnnn wwzziww wwzzwwwwwwaaxx   since izzww  ** ,    zzspeczzspec **  and, 0*  zzi , therefore,      02**2*  nn wwzziww . if n is odd, then. from theorem (2.1), we have                               wwwzziwww wwwzzwwwww wwwzzwwwwwww wwwzzwwwwwwwaaxx nn nn nn nnnnnn 2 1 ***2 1 * 2 1 ****2 1 * 2 1 ***2 1 *2 1 *2 1 * 2 1 ***2 1 *2*2**2*2               since izzww  ** and     0, ****  wwzzizzspeczzspec , and thus,, 0*  zzi , therefore,,      02**2*  nn wwzziww re ferences 1. ahmed, b.a. and hilal ,m .m ., (2008) ,on solvability of an op erator equation, proceeding of the 3rd conference on m athematical science in united arab emirates university , in the icm, 2. feintuch, a. (1998), robust control theory in hilbert sp ace, sp ringer-verlag, new york, inc. 3. ramadan, m . a. (2007),necessary and sufficient conditions for the existence of positive definite solution of the m atrix equation, nanyang university of technology . 4. halmos ,p. r. (1982), a hilbert space problem book, sp ringer-verlag, new york, heidelberg, new york, berlin,. 5. conway , j.b. (1985), a course in functional analysis, sp ringerverlage, berlin heidelberg, new york. 11200115 11200116 11200117 11200118 11200119 11200120 11200121 11200122 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 formation of binuclear metal complexes with multidentate schiff-base oxime ligand: synthesis and spectral investigation i. o. issa, m. j. al-jeboori* and j. s. al-dulaimi departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 27 august 2008 accepte d in : 12 november 2008 abstract the new p olydentate schiff-base oxime (1e,1`e)-2hy droxy -3-((e)-(2-((e)-2hy drxy 3-((e)-(hydroxy imino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzy ldeneamino)ethy limino)methy l)-5methy lbenzaldehyde oxime h4l and its binuclear metal comp lexes with m n(ii), fe(ii), co(ii) and cu(ii) are reported. the reaction of 2,6 diformy l–4–methy l p henol with hy droxy l amine hy drochloride in mole ratios of 1:1 gave the p recursor (e)-2-hydroxy -3((hy droxy imino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzaldehyde. condensation reaction of p recursor with ethy lenediamine in mole ratios of 2:1 gave the new n4o2 schiff-base oxime ligand h4l. up on comp lex formation, the ligand behaves as a tribasic hexadantate sp ecies. the mode of bonding and overall geometry of the comp lexes were determined through p hy sico-chemical and sp ectroscop ic methods. these studies revealed tetrahedral geometries for m n(ii), fe(ii), co(ii) comp lexes and square p lanar geometry about cu(ii) comp lex of general formulae [m 2(hl)](cl)(h2o). m olecular structure of the for m n(ii), fe(ii), co(ii) comp lexes has been op timised by cs chem 3d ultra m olecular m odeling and analysis program and sup p orted four coordinate geometry . keywords: schiff-base ligand; (1e,1`e)-2hydroxy -3-((e)-(2-((e)-2-hy drxy 3-((e) (hy droxy imino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzyldeneamino) ethy limino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzaldehy de oxime; binuclear comp lexes; structural study . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 introduction the development of schiff-base sp ecies based on transition metal comp ounds and p oly dentate ligands has been the subj ect of extensive research du e to their p otential applications in materials scien ce [1, 2] and environmental chemistry and medicine. schiffbase compounds p lay a vital role in coordin ation chemistry , due to t heir ability to react with a range of metal ions forming st able complexes which have app lications in different fields. one interesting app lication in the field of coordination chemistry has been to invest igate the use of schiff-base ligands to develop p henoxo-bridged binuclear comp lexes with homometallic and/or h eterometallic centres. this includes design molecules containing p aramagn etic metal centres are able to self-assemb le through metalligand interactions rendering sup ramolecular assemblies with interesting st ructural and magnetic p rop erties. [37]. schiff-b ase metal complexes also have app lications in biomedical [8, 9], biomimetic and cataly tic syst ems [10, 11]. oxime chemistry is one vital research field for inorganic and bioinor ganic chemist. the role of o ximes and their metal complexes, in p articular cobaltoximes, in the biological sy st ems make them on e interested branch in the coordination and organometallic chemistry . significant p ublications dealt with t he develop ment of coordination chemist ry are related to the p rep aration and charachterisation of oximes and their metal comp lexes. these includ e the invest igation of n ew sy nthetic methods and coordination modes of oxime sp ecies up on comp lexation [12]. it is well known that oxime and o ximato sp ecies can bind a metal in different coordination modes. gup ta et al. [13] rep orted a simple and general route to the sy nthesis of organo-cobalo ximes with mixed dioxime ligands of the general formula, [rco(l)(dpgh)py ] (where: l= dmgh and chgh; r= m e–decane: dmgh= dimethy l glyoxime; ch gh= 1,2–cyclohexanedioneglyoxime). the mode of bonding was invest igated throu gh p hy sico-chemical and sp ectroscop ic methods. x–ray cry stal structures confirmed the prep aration of six-coordinate cobal-oxime comp lexes. it is well do cumented that o xime compounds and their complexes with transition metals hav e many applications in medicine, biology , industry , and cataly sis [14]. recently, we reported the formation of p olymeric chain assemblies of some p henoxo-bridged binuclear transition metal ions with the mutidentate schiff-base (e)-6,6`-((1e,1`e)-(ethane-1,2-diy lbis(azan-1-yl1-y lidene))bis(methan-1-yl-ylidene))bis(4-methy l-2-((e)(py ridine-2-ylmethy limino)methy l) p henol). the ligand h as been sp ecifically design ed in which the involvement of the p y ridy l moieties p lay ed effective role in ensuring the formation of ladder-ty p e structures [15]. as p art of our continuing efforts to exp lore the use of multidentate schiff-b ase ligands for the sy nthesis of new comp lexes, we describ e here the sy nthesis and sp ectral invest igation of som e p henoxo-bridged binu clear transition metal ions with t he new multidentate oximeschiff-base ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 ligad namely (1e,1`e)-2hy droxy -3-((e)-(2-((e)-2-hy drxy 3-((e)-(hy droxy imino)methy l)-5methy lbenzyldeneamino)ethy limino)methy l)-5methy lbenzaldehyde oxime h4l. experime ntal materials and methods all reagents were obtained commercially (aldrich) and used without further purification. solvents used in the sy nthesis were dist illed from app rop riate dry ing agent immediately p rior to use. 2,6-diformyl-4-methy l-p henol was p rep ared by a method p ublished in [16]. physi cal measurements elemental analy ses (c, h and n) were carried out on a heraeus instrument (vario el). ir sp ectra were recorded as kbr or csi discs using a shimadzu 8300 ft ir sp ectrop hotometer from 4000-250 cm -1 . m elting p oints were obtained on a bu chi sm p-20 cap illary meltin g p oint app aratus and are uncorrected. electronic sp ectra were measured from 200-900 for 10 -3 m solutions in dm f at 25c using a shimadzu 160 sp ectrop hotometer. m ass spectra obtained by p ositive electron impact (ei) record ed on a vg autosp ec micromass sp ectrometer. m etals were determined usin g a shimadzu (a.a) 680 g atomic absorption sp ectrop hotometer. conductivity measurements were made with dmf solutions using a jenway 4071 digital conductivity meter and room temp erature magn etic mo ments were measured with a magn etic susceptibility balance (jonson m attey cataly tic sy stem division). s ynthesi s prep aration of the p recursor (e)-2-hydroxy -3-((hy droxy imino)methy l)-5methy lbenzaldehyde to a mixture of 2,6–diformy l–4–methy l p henol (5.0 g, 30.0 mmol) dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) was added a mixture of hy droxy lamine hy drochloride (2.12 g, 30.0 mmol) in h2o (15ml). the mixture was st irred, and then cooled to (–5c). an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (20 %) was added slowly , and the temperature was kep t below (0 c) with vigorous st irring for 2 h. the mixture was diluted with water (50 ml), and unreacted materials were removed by filtration. glacial acetic acid was added to the filtrate to adjust it to a neutral p h. the solid was collected by filtration, washed with benzene and air dried, to give (3.25 g, 60%) of the title comp ound, m.p. = 142c. ir data (cm -1 ): 3238 ν(o– h)oxime, 3310 ν(o–h)p henol, 1637 ν(c=o), 1604 ν(c=n), 1265 ν(c–o), 1060 ν (n–o). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 preparation of the s chiff-base h4l a solution of ethy lenediamine (0.5 g, 8.0 mmol) in methanol (10 ml) was added slowly to a mixture of the p recursor (3.0 g, 16 mmo l) dissolved in methanol (20 ml). the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux for 2 h, and then stirred at room temperature for a further 1 h. a light brown solid was co llected by filtration, recry st allised from a mi xture of hot methanol/ h2o (1:1) and dried under vacuu m to give the ligand as a light–brown solid. yield (3.75 g, 59%), m.p = 165c. ir data (cm -1 ): 3310 ν(o–h)p henolic; 3238 ν(o–h)oxime; 1629, 1637 ν(c=n)imine; 1575, 1565 ν(c=n)oxime; 1373 ν(phenoxide) ; 1039, 1020 ν(n-o); 1373 ν(p henoxide) and 2374 ν(h–o … h). the p ositive ei mass sp ectrum of h4l showed the followin g fragments; 338 (5 %) [m –(ch=n–oh)] + , 231 (3 %) [m –(ch=n–oh–c6h2–m e– oh)] + , 214 (64 %) [m –{ch=n–oh–c6h2–m e–(oh)2}] + , 186 (12 %) [m –{ch=n–oh– c6h2–m e–(oh)2–n=ch}] + , 132 (3 %) [m–{ch=n–oh–c6h2–m e–(oh)2–n–ch–(ch2)2– n=ch}] + , 89 (5 %) [m –{ch=n–oh–c6h2–m e–(oh)2–n=ch–(ch2)2–n=ch–ch=n– oh}] + . general synthesis of the complexes a solution of the schiff-base (1 mmo l) and p otassium hydroxide (2.1 mmol) in methanol (25 ml) was stirred for 15 min. a methanolic solution (15 ml) of the metal chloride salt (2 mmol) was then added drop wise. the resulting mixture was refluxed under n2 for 2 h, resulting in the for mation of a solid mass which was washed several times with methanol (10 ml), and then ether (15 ml). elemental analy sis data, colours and y ields for the comp lexes are given in (table 1). mole cular modelling 3d molecular modellin g of the prop osed structure of the complexes was p erformed using cs chem 3d ultra m olecular m odellin g and ana lysis program [17]. it is an interactive graphics p rogram that allows rapid st ructure building, geometry optimization with minimum ener gy and molecular disp lay . it is well known p rogram and has the ability to handle transition metal comp lexes [18]. the correct st ereochemistry was assured through the manipulation and modification of the molecu lar coordin ates to obtain reasonable low energy molecu lar geometries. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 results and discussion the p recursor (e)-2-hydroxy -3-((hy droxy imino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzaldehyde (scheme 1 a) was obtained by condensation reaction using one equivalents of 2,6-diformy l4-methy l-p henol and one equivalent of hy droxy l amine hy drochloride. the ir sp ectrum of the p recursor showed characterist ic bands due to the ν(o-h) oxime and ν(o-h) p henol, ν(c=o), ν(c=n), ν(n-o), and ν(c=c) functional group s. the reaction of ( e)-2-hydroxy -3((hy droxy imino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzaldehyde with ethy lenediamine in mole ratios of 2:1, resp ectively afforded the new schiff-base o xime (1 e,1`e)-2hy droxy -3-((e)-(2-((e)-2hy drxy 3-((e)-(hy droxy imino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzy-ldeneamino)ethy limino)methy l)-5methy lbenzaldehyde oxime h4l in moderate y ield (scheme 1b). s cheme 1: chemical structures of precursor and s chiff-base oxime ligand the schiff-base o xime was characterised by elemental analy sis (table 1), ir (table 2), uv–vis (table 3) sp ectroscopy and mass sp ectrometry . the ir sp ectrum of the free schiffbase shows characterist ic bands at 1629; 1576; 1039, 1020 and 3238 cm -1 due to the ν(c=n) imine, ν(c=n) oxime, ν(n-o) and ν(o-h) of the oxime functional group s, resp ectively. the sp ectrum showed also abroad band at 3310 cm –1 assign ed to the ν(o–h) st retching of the p henol group . the weak bands app eared around 2374 and 1762 cm –1 are due to the ν(h– o  h) stretching and (h–o … h) bending indicatin g the p resence of the hy drogen bonding in the molecule. the uv-vis sp ectrum of h4l ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 exh ibits an intense absorp tion peak at 285 nm, assign ed to    * . the p eak at 350 nm assigned to n → π* transition. the mass sp ectrum does no show t he parent ion fragment (m ). this may be due t o the harsh cond ition (ei technique) used to obtain the sp ectrum. the mass sp ectrum was consistent with the prop osed st ructural formula. figure 1 shows the ei sp ectrum of the ligand, while the fragmentation pattern of the ligand disp lay ed in scheme 2. s cheme 2: mass fragmentation pattern of the s chiff base oxime ligand the bridged p henoxy binuclear comp lexes of the ligand with m n ii , fe ii , co ii and cu ii were sy nthesised by heating 1 mmole of the ligand with 2 mmole of the metal chloride in methanol usin g p otassium hydroxide as a base. the use of a base in these reactions was found to be essential since otherwise only an intractable mixture was recovered. however, in methanolic p otassium hydroxide, deprotonation of the ligand occurs fa cilitating the formation of the comp lexes [m ii 2(hl)](cl).h2o (m = mn(ii), fe(ii), co(ii) and cu(ii)) (scheme 3). the comp lexes are air-st able solids, solub le in dm f but not in other common or ganic solvents. the coordination geometries of t he complexes were deduced from their sp ectra. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 the analytical data (table 1) agree well with the su ggested formulae. conductivity measurements of m n(ii), fe(ii), co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) comp lexes lie in the 54.677.9 cm 2 ω -1 mol -1 range, indicating their 1 :1 electrolytic behavior (table 1) [19]. s cheme 3: propose d structures of binuclear s chiff-base oxime ligand the important infrared bands for the complexes to gether with their assi gnments are list ed in table 2. the ir sp ectra of the comp lexes exhibited h2l bands with the approp riate shifts due to comp lex formation (table 2). the absence of a p eak around 3310 cm -1 in all the comp lexes indicate the absence of p henolic ν(oh) due to dep rotonation followed by comp lexation [20]. the ν(c=n)imine and ν(c=n)oxime st retching bands at 1637 and 1575 cm -1 , resp ectively in the free schiff-base is shifted to lower frequency and observed around 16101629 cm -1 and 1496-1560 for the comp lexes. the bands are assi gned to a ν(c=n) st retch of reduced bond order. this can be attributed to delocalisation of metal electron density (t2g) to the π-sy stem of the ligand [21, 22], indicating coordination of nitro gen of the c=n moieties to the metal atoms [23]. furt her, bands in the region of 1527–1558 cm -1 in all the comp lexes suggest p henoxide bridging with the metal atoms [15, 24]. the st rong ν(n–o) st retching bands at 1039 and 1020 cm –1 in the free li gand are shifted to hi gh er frequ encies and app eared at 1085-1184 and 1033-1160 cm –1 for the co mplexes. the increase in the n–o bond order can be attributed to the dist ribution of the -electron of the oxime moiety up on comp lex formation ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 [25]. it seems that t he two n–o bands are non–equivalent. these results are in accord with those reported by al–jeboori et al. [26]. at lower frequency the comp lexes exhibited bands around 410–450 and 536–581 cm -1 whi ch cou ld be assign ed to ν (m –n) and ν(m –o) vibration modes, resp ectively [15, 21]. due to the lar ger dipole moment chan ge for m –o compared to m –n, the ν(m –o) usually appears at higher frequency than the ν(m –n) band [27]. additional bands at 2516–2560 and 1650–1750) cm –1 were assi gned to ν(h–o … h) and (h– o … h), resp ectively. the broad band observed around 34800-3527 cm -1 assi gned to (h2o) lattice molecule [28]. the electronic sp ectra and magnetic moment data of the dimeric comp lexes are summarised in (table 3). the electronic sp ectra of the comp lexes m n(ii), fe(ii), co(ii) and cu(ii) exhibit a high intensity p eak around 299-355 nm related to the intraligand field transition. the electronic sp ectrum of the m n(ii) comp lex showed additional p eaks at 315 and 396 nm assigned to t he charge transfer (ct) and d–d transitions, resp ectively in a distorted tetrahedral geometry [29, 30]. the observed magn etic moment of this comp lex is typical for a terahedral st ructure. the electronic sp ectrum of the fe(ii) comp lex is consistent with tetrahedral assign ment [29, 31]. the magnetic moment of this comp lex is typical for tetrahedral st ructure. the sp ectrum of the co(ii) comp lex exhibited two bands characterist ic of tetrahedral co(ii) comp lexes [29-32]. the magnetic moment was consistent with the tetrahedral environment around co(ii). the magn etic moment valu e (table 3) observed for the cu(ii) comp lex agrees well with the prop osed square p lanar geometry . the electronic sp ectrum of the cu(ii) comp lex shows a broad band which can be attributed to 2 b1g → 2 b2g transition, corresp onding to square planar geometry [29, 33]. the magnetic moment values for the binuclear comp lexes at rt are lower than the p redicted valu es. this may arise from metal– metal interactions through the p henolic o xy gen atoms and/or extensive electron delocalisation, which may be related to t he formation of dimeric st ructures [34, 35]. dmolecular modelling and analysis of bonding modes m olecular mechanics att empts to reproduce molecular geometries, ener gies and other features by adjust ing bond len gth, bond angles and torsion angles to equilibrium valu es that are dependent on the hy bridization of an atom and its bonding scheme. in order to obtain estimates of structural details of these comp lexes and in view the four-coordination of all the comp lexes, we have op timized the molecu lar st ructure of [co ii 2(hl)](cl)(h2o) as a representative comp ound (figure 2). the details of bond lengths and bond angles p er the 3d molecu lar st ructure are given in tables 4. ener gy min imization was r epeated several t imes to find the global min imum [36]. the energy minimization value for tetrahedral and without restricting the st ructure for the co-comp lex is almost same i.e, 560.8472 kc al /mol. the molecu lar modelling for the modulated co(ii)-co mplex (f igure 2 and table 4) shows t he bond ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 len gths bond angles around copp er atom which indicate the distorted tetrahedral geometry around co(ii) ion [37], and thus the prop osed structure of the co(ii)-complex as well as of t he others, are accep table. conclusion in this p ap er, we have exp lored the sy nthesis and coordination chemist ry of some binuclear comp lexes d erived from the multidentate schiff-base o xime ligand h4l. the ligand behaves as a tribasi c octadentate sp ecies up on comp lexation with the involvement of the nitrogen atoms of the o xime group s in coordination for all comp lexes. the low magn etic moment values of these comp lexes are in accord with the formation of p henoxy -bridged binuclear metal comp lexes. re ferences 1. lehn, j.m . (1995) sup ramolecular ch emistry concepts and persp ectives, 1st edn. wiley vch, weinh eim 2. belghoul, b.; welterlich, w.; m aier, a.; tout ianoush, a.; rabindranath, a.r.and tieke, b. (2007) lan gmuir, 23 :5062. 3. tripuramullu, b. k.; kishore, r. and das, s. k. (2010) polyhedron 29: 2985-2990. 4. shuvaev, k. v.; dawe, l. n. and thompson, l.k., (2010) eur. j. inorg. chem., 4583 4586. 5. shiu, k. b.; liu, s. a.and lee, g. h. (2010) inor g. chem. 49 : 9902-9908. 6. yesiel, o. z .; erer, h., kast as, g., kani, i., poly hedron, 29: (2010) 2600-2608. 7. habib, h.a.; gil-hernandez, b.; abu-shand i, k.; sanchiz, j.and janiak, c., polyhedron, (2010) 29: 2537-2545. 8. al-jeboori, m .j. and al-shihri, a. s., (2000) j saudi chem soc., 5:341. 9. al-jeboori, m .j. and kashta, a.a. (2004) mu’t ahlil-buhuth wadirasat, 19: 89. 10.cost amagna, j., ferraudi, g., m atsuhiro, b., vallette, m .c., canales, j., villagra’n, m ., vargas, j., agu irre, m .j., coord. chem. rev., 196 (2000) 125. 11. coughlin, p.k., lipp ard, s.j., j. am. chem. soc., 106(1984) 2328. 12. pombeiro, a.j.l., and kukushkin, v. y., coordination chemistry , 1 (2004) 631–637. 13. gupt a, b.d., singh, v., yamuna, r., barclay, t., and cordes, w., organometallics, 22 (2003) 2670–2678. 14. bowman, k., gaughan, a.p., and dori, z., j. am chem. so c., 94 (1972) 727. 15. al-jeboori, m .j., hasan, h.a., al-sa’idy , w.a. j, transition m et. chem., 34 (2009 ) 593–598. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 16. veran i, c.n., rentschler, l., thomas, w., b ill, e., and ch audhuri, p., j. chem. soc. dalton t rans., (2000) 251. 17. cs chem 3d ultra m olecular m odeling and analysis, cambridge, www. cambrid gesoft.com. 18. m aury a, r.c., rajput, s., journal of m olecular structure, 794 (2006) 24.34. 19. geary w.j., coord. chem. rev., 7(1971) 81. 20. sarav anakumar, d., sengottuvelan, n., priy adarshni, g., kandaswamy, m ., okawa, h., poly hedron, 23 (2004) 665. 21. al-jeboori, m .j., al-dujaili, a.h. and al-janabi, a.e., transition m et. chem., 34 (2009) 109. 22. livingst on, s.e., m ayfield, j.h., m oorse, d.s., aust. j. chem., 28(1975) 2531. 23. el-sonb ati, a.z ., el-bindary a.a., al-sarawy , a.a., sp ectrochim acta part a, 58 (2002) 2771. 24. sreed aran, s., bharathi, ks., rahiman, a.k.,, rajesh, k., nirmala, g., jagadish, l., kaviyarasan, v., narayanan, v., poly hedron, 27 (2008) 1867. 25. hadzi, d., j. chem. soc., 15 (2004) 2725. 26. al-jeboori, m . j., abdul rahman, a. s. a., and atia, s., ibn al–haitham j. for pure & app l. sci., vol. 18, no. 2 (2005) 51–67. 27. nakamoto, k., and ohkaku, n., inorg. chem., 10 (1971) 798. 28. nakomoto, k., infrared sp ectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, (1996) 4 th ed., j. wiely and sons, new york. 29. lever, a.b.p., (1984) inor ganic electronic sp ectroscopy , 2nd edn., elsevier p ublishing, new york. 30. figgis, b.n., (1967) introduction to ligand fi elds, interscience publ ishers, john wiley and sons, new york, p .285. 31. nasman, o.s.m ., (2008) phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon, 183 : 1541–1551. 32. aly , m .m.; baghlaf, a.o.; ganji, n.s. (1985)polyhedron, 4 : 1301. 33. yousif, e., farina, y., kasar, k., graisa, a., and ay id, k., american journal of app lied sciences, 6 (4) (2009) 582-585 34. okawa, h.; tadokora, m .; aratake, t.y.; ohba m .; shindom, k.; m itsumi, m .; koikawa, m .; tomono, m .and fenton, d.e. (1993) j. chem. soc. dalton trans., 253. 35. jin, y.;yoon, i. ; seo, j.; lee, j-e., m oon, s-t., kim, j., han, s.w., park, k-m ., lindoy , l.f., and lee, s. s., (2005) dalton t rans., 788. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 36. m ishra, a p.; m ishra, r.k. and shrivast ava, s.p. (2009) journal of t he serbian ch emical society , 74: 523.535. 37. børst ing, p. and steel, p.j. eur. (2004) j. inor g. chem., 376-380. table(1): colours, yields, elemental anal yses, and molar conductance values. compound colour yield (%) m.p ºc found (calcd.) (%) m(cm 2 ω -1 mol -1 ) m c h n cl h4l light brown 59 165 62.9 6.3 14.2 (62.8) (5.6) (14.6) [mn ii 2(hl)](cl) (h2o) brown 70 190 19.4 45.7 3.9 9.9 6.8 54.6 (19.7) (45.3) (4.2) (10.1) (6.4) [fe ii 2(hl)](cl)(h2o) dark red 65 210 19.5 45.5 3.8 9.9 6.1 77.9 (20.0) (45.2) (4.2) (10.0) (6.4) [co ii 2(hl)](cl)(h2o) blue 68 180 21.2 45.1 4.2 9.6 6.6 70.8 (20.9) (44.7) (4.1) (9.9) (6.3) [cu ii 2(hl)](cl)(h2o) green 66 215 22.3 43.7 3.7 10.1 5.8 69.7 (22.1) (44.0) (4.0) (9.8) (6.2) table (2): ir frequencies (cm –1 ) of the compounds. compound ν( c=n) im inic ν( c=n) oxim e ν( phenoxide ) ν( n-o) ν( h–o … h) ν( m-o) ν( mn) h4l 1637, 1929 1575, 1565 1373 1039, 1020 2374 [mn ii 2(hl)](cl).h2o 1620 1560 1538 1085, 1033 2518 536 450 [fe ii 2(hl)](cl).h2o 1618 1550 1545 1087, 1047 2516 541 410 [co2(hl)](cl).h2o 1610 1504 1527 1114, 1083 2518 584 425 [cu2(l)(h2o)2]cl2 1629 1569 1558 1184, 1160 2560 585 435 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 table(3): magnetic moment and u.v-vis spectral data in dmf sol utions. compound ef f (bm ) band position extinction coefficient assignments (p er atom) ( nm) m ax(dm 3 mol -1 cm -1 ) h4l 285 930   * 350 420 n   * [co ii 2(hl)](cl).h2o 3.88 299 1600 ligand field 607 185 4 t1g (f) → 4 t1g (p ) 678 281 4 t1g (f) → 4 a2g (f) [m n ii 2(hl)](cl).h2o 4.9 297 780 ligand field 366 1100 ct 414 101 6 a1g  4 t1g [fe ii 2(hl)](cl).h2o 5.2 355 644 ligand field 375 388 ct 418 200 5 e2 (d)  5 t2 (d) [cu ii 2(hl)](cl).h2o 1.46 299 1500 ligand fied 383 478 ct 650 250 2 b1g → 2 a1 g ___________________________________________________________________________ table(4): propose d bond le ngths and bond angles of [co2(hl)](cl )(h2o). type of bond bond len gths(å) type of bond bond angles() co1–n1 1.844 n1–co1–n2 81.0196 co1–n2 1.849 n4–co2–n3 79.7111 co2–n3 1.855 o2–co1–o1 58.6714 co2–n4 1.857 o1–co2–o2 58.5915 co1–o1 1.872 n1–co–o1 83.7982 co1–o2 1.877 n1–co1–o2 128.0165 co2–o1 1.860 n2–co1–o1 112.1927 co2–o2 1.893 n2–co1–o2 81.8360 n3–o3 1.381 n3–co2–o2 110.1736 n4–o4 1.333 n4–co2–o2 79.6107 c=n1 1.872 n4–co2–o1 128.2319 h2c=n1 1.510 n3–co2–o1 87.0565 h2c=n2 1.502 co1–o2–co2 98.8544 c=n3 1.274 co1–o1–co2 100.2434 c=n4 1.278 c–o1 1.547 c–o2 1.529 o–h 0.894 o … h 1.199 (å) = angst rom () = degree ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (2) 2011 fig.(1): (ei) mass spectrum of the s chiff-base oxime ligand fig.(2): 3d molecular modelling of complex [co ii 2(hl)] + 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة یة متعددة السن میز تكوین معقدات ثنائیة النواة للیكاند قواعد شف اوك دراسات تشخیصیةمع تحضیر : الدلیميشهاب الجبوري، جاسم عیسى عمران عیسى ، محمد جابر جامعة بغداد،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الكیمیاء 2008آب 27: استلم البحث في 2008تشرین الثاني 12:قبل البحث في الخالصــة متعددة السناوكزیمیة تضمن البحث تحضیر لیكاند قاعدة شف ـــــائي [ ــــ ــــي -2(ثنـــ ــــ ــــ ــــیم -3-هایدروكسـ ــــ ــــ ـــل أوكسـ ــــ ــــ ــــد -5-فورمایــ ــــ ــــ ــــل بینزیالدأمایـ ــــ ـــروجین -)میثــــ ــــ ــــ ــــاث -نتــ ــــ ــــ ) h4l(ینیلـ الكوبلت(ومعقداتها ثنائیة النواة مع )ii( ، المنغنیز )ii( ، الحدید )ii( ، النحـاس )ii( diformy 2,6تـم تحضـیرالیكاند بمفاعلـة) . l– 4–methy l phenol مع hy droxy l amine hydrochloride .1:1وبالنسبة المولیة 2-hydroxy-(e)لیعطي المشتق -3-((hy droxy imino)methy l)-5-methy lbenzaldehyde (h4lلیعطـي الیكانـد االوكسـیمي نــوع 2:1فـي الخطـوة االخیـرة تــم مفاعلـة المشـتق مـع االثلــین داي امـین وبالنسـبة المولیــة n4o2(عنـد تكـوین المعقــد یكـون الیكانــد ثالثـي القاعدیــة سداسـي المـنح)واشـكال المعقــدات تـم تعینهــا طبیعـة التأصــر ).الســن ــــة ــــالطرق الطیفیةوالفیزیاویـ ــــدات .بـ الكوبلـــــت(اعطـــــت هـــــذه الدراســـــات التناســـــق الربـــــاعي الســـــطوح لمعقـ )ii( ـــز ، المنغنیـــ )ii( ، الحدید )ii( :وشكل المربع المستوي حول ایون النحاس وبالصیغة العامة التالیة) [m 2(hl)](cl)(h2o). cs chem 3d ستخدام برنامج تم توضیح الشكل الجزیئي للمعقدات با .والذي اوضح التناسق الرباعي للمعقدات تحضیر مع دراسات تشخیصیة قواعد شف ،لیكاند،اوكزیم ،معقدات ثنائیة النواة:الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 55-67   55 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       synthesis, characterization and biological activities of new nano schiff bases composites akhlas m. mohammed maha t. sultan department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibnal-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.            akhlasalani4@gmail.com dr.maha.almahdawy@gmail.com abstract new nano composites containing schiff bases have been synthesized and presented in this paper. all compounds have been categorized through ft-ir and some of them by h-nmr spectroscopy. the antibacterial performance of the prepared compounds has been investigated according to the agar diffusion method. the compounds (p1, p2, c1, and c2) have shown, in general, significant inhibition against bacterial. keywords: nanocomposite, nanoalumina modification, schiff bases and biological activities 1. introduction widespread use of nano structured materials and metal oxide nanoparticles magnetize numerous chemistry scholars for their regulated synthesis through a new technique [1]. the biochemical surfaces adaptation has been investigated extensively for diverse centuries. lately, there has been apposition attention in surface nano structuring due to its numerous uses in microelectronics, biomaterials and medicine. for instance, the surface can be modified for controlling interacting with cells [2]. polymers have been mostly employed in technical textiles field. the prevalent applications of general organic polymers like nylons, polyolefin, polyurethanes and polyesters, are resulted from significant characteristics such as uncomplicated fabrication, lightweight, extraordinary process ability, robustness and reasonable cost effectiveness [3,4]. the generic class of nano composite organic/inorganic materials is progressively within the areas of many biochemical researches. strong efforts are concentrated on achieving fitting control of the nano scale structures by advanced synthetic methods. the features of nano composite materials are based not just on the feature of their specific parents but as well on their interfacial and morphology features [5]. polymer nano composites are featured as composites with elements based on the nanometer scale. macromolecules and nano composites have numerous key advantages including higher ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2473 article history: received 30 january 2020, accepted 3 may 2020 published in july 2020.   56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 interface area between fillers and matrix [6]. many of the inorganic minerals have hydrophilic surfaces and are not favorable with most hydrophobic polymer matrices. the purpose of fillers surface modification is to confirm their hydrophobization with the polymer in order to make intercalation or exfoliation [7]. chemical grafting of polymers onto inorganic particles can be gotten via covalent bonding with the hydroxyl groups on the unmodified particle surface [8, 9]. for more than hundred and fifty years, schiff bases (sbs) have still been avery essential kind of organic compounds in chemical, medical, biochemical, and pharmaceutical areas. sbs have been  given a huge range of organic activities like antimalarial, antipyretic, and antibacterial activities [10]. 2. materials and methods 2.1 materials alumina nano (80nm), 4-amino phenol from (bdh), benzoyl peroxide from (merk) tere phthaldehyde, p-bromo benzaldehde from alaf, 2.2. techniques: the ftir spectra have been  read by shimadzu 8300 fourier transform ranging from 4004000cm-1. h-nmr spectrums have been read via brucker 60 mhz spectrometer. 2.3. preparation of 4,4'-((1,4phenylenebis (methaneylylidene)) bis (azaneylylidene)) diphenol (1): [11]. a solution of (0.01 mol), 1.34gm, of (tere phthaldehyde) in (20) ml of absolute ethanol, (0.02 mol),2.18 gm of (4-aminophenol) was added. then, number of drop glacial acetic acid was added as a catalyst. the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hours. then, this reaction mixture was cooled and the product was stirred. lastly, it was filtered and purified by recrystallization based on hot water with m.p (264-266) °c and yield 79.5%    2.4. preparation of 4-((4-bromobenzylidene) amino) phenol (2): [12]. compound 2 was prepared by the same preparation procedure of 1 but with using 0.01mol, 1.85 g of 4-bromobenzaldehyde with 0.01mol, 1.09 gm of 4-aminophenol with m.p (210-211) and yield 82.65%. 2.5. preparation of prop-1-en-2-yl 4-((4-(((4 (methacryloyloxy) phenyl) imino) methyl) benzylidene) amino) benzoate (3):[13]. the 1.58g, 0.01 mol of compound (1) was dissolved in 15 ml tetrahydrofurane (thf) with 2ml of trietheylamine (te3n). afterward, 2.09 g, 0.02 mol of methacryloyl chloride was inserted drop wise with stirring in (0°c) for 5 hours. to the cold mixture, 50 ml of ice water was inserted. the precipitate was filtered and washed by water several time. then, sodium bicarbonate was dried under room temperature with m.p (110-112) and yield of 83%.   57 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 2.6. preparation of 4-((4-bromobenzylidene) amino) pheny methacrylate (4): [13]. compound 4 was prepared by the same preparation procedure of compound 3 but using 0.01mol, 2.76 of compound 2 with 0.01mol, .045 gm of methacryloyl chloride.m.p (99101),yield 80%. 2.7. preparation of nano alumina –graft acrylicacid monomer (5): [14]. about 1.0 g of nano alumina in flask with 20 ml toluene was stirred. at that time, 3.0 g of acrylic acid monomer was added drop wise. the reacted mixture was left for stirring process for (8) hour. subsequently, the product was filtered and washed initially with 15 ml distilled water and secondly with 15 ml acetone, and dried then under room temperature. 2.8. preparation of polymers (p1, p2): [15]. 2.8.1preparation of p1 in a two-neck round-bottom flask, (25) ml of toluene as a solvent was positioned under nitrogen atmosphere in controlled water bath at (80ºc). after 3 minutes, 0.15 g of benzoyl peroxide was inserted. then, 3 g of compound 3 was added, and left for stirring process for 5 hours. the product was filtered and washed primarily with 10 ml toluene and then with 10 ml acetone, dried under room temperature. 2.8.2preparation of p2 polymer p2 was prepared based on the same method of polymer p1, using compound 4.   58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020   2.9. preparation of nanocomposites (c1, c2): [15] 2.9.1 preparation of c1 nanocomposite c1 was prepared by the same process of p1 but after inserting benzoyl peroxide. about 2.5 g nano alumina grafted acrylic acid and then 2.5 g of compound 3 were sequentially added. 2.9.2 preparation of c2 this nanocomposite was prepared by the same sort of c1 but with compound 4.   59 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 2.10. biological activity the antibacterialactivity of the prepared compounds (p1, p2, c1, and c2) was performed in relation to the agar diffusion method. the prepared compounds were tested against bacillus ceru, bacillus sabtillus, staph. each compound was dissolved in 2ml dmso in concentration (0.024 m). the plates were then incubated at 37ºc and examined after 24 hrs. 3. results and discussion the structures of all synthesized compounds were confirmed by using ft-ir spectral. it was a good evidence corresponding to the structure of suggested compounds and some of the compounds by h-nmr. 3.1. characterization of schiff-baes compounds (1, 2). the compound (1) was prepared by reacting tere phthaldehyde with 4-amino phenol in absolute ethanol. figure 1. depicts browed peak at (3417) cm-1 that is related to the (o-h), stretching. an observed band at 1620 cm-1 is assigned to c=n isomethane, and showed disappeared band of primary (nh2) and carbonyl of aldehyde. the compound (2) has equipped by reacting 4-bromobenzaldehyde with 4-amino phenol in absolute ethanol. figure 2. depicts the following absorption bands: o-h stretching is at (3105) cm-1. it as well shows a peak at (1621) cm-1 due to the c=n and also disappeared band of primary (nh2) and carbonyl of aldehyde. 3.2characterazation of esters compounds (3, 4). compounds (3, 4) were categorized through ft-ir and h-nmr spectral tools. the compound (3) was prepared by reacting compound (1) with methacryloyl chloride in thf. based on ft-ir, figure 3. illustrates the strong peak at (1743) cm-1 that is related with the c=o stretching. stretching band of (c=n) showed absorbance at 1618cm-1 with disappeared band of o-h. the h-nmr spectrum for compound 3 showed signals at d = 1.25 ppm for 3 protons of (ch3) groups signals seemed at d =6.82 ppm for two protons of (ch2) groups with multiple signals in the region with d =7.3-8.4 for aromatic protons. the signal at d=9.99 ppm is for one proton of c=n as in figure 4. the compound 4 xprimed by reacting compound (2) with methacryloyl chloride in thf. figure 5. x illustrated disappeared band of o-h, band at approximately 1737 cm-1 related with stretching vibration (c=o) of ester. the stretching band of (c=n) showed an absorbance at 1612cm-1. it also showed appearance features bands at (2916-2850) cm-1 of aliphatic (ch3). the h-nmr spectrum showed signals at d = 1.19 ppm for three protons of (ch3) group, multiple signals in the region of d =6.5-7.5 for   60 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 aromatic protons. the signal at d=9.49 ppm was for one proton of c=n as explained by figure 6. figure 1. ft-ir of compound 1. 3.3characterazation of nanoalumaina-graft acrylic acid monomer. nanoalumina-graft acrylic acid monomer was organized by grafted nanoalumina with acrylic acid. the structure of this compound was investigated through ft-ir spectroscopy. by ft-ir, figure 7. depicts the following absorption bands c=o stretching at 1751cm-1. also, it shows the peak at (3487) cm-1 as a result of the o-h.   61 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 2. ft-ir of compound 2. figure 3. ft-ir of compound 3.   62 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 4. h-nmr of compound 3. figure 5. ft-ir of compound 4.   63 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 6. h-nmr of compound 4. figure 7. ft-ir of alumina graft acrylic acid monomer. 3.4. charchteraztion of polymer (p1, p2) the polymers were prepared by free radical polymerization. those polymers were considered by ft-ir spectroscopy. the characteristic absorption bands of the polymer (p1) as in figure 8. showed strong peaks at (29162850) cm-1 of absorption. alkyl groups (c-h) and the ft-ir spectrum also showed disappearance the peak of (c=c) group which verified the formation of the polymer. figure 9. for polymer (p2) showed peaks at (29162848) cm-1 of absorption alkyl groups (c-h). ft-ir as wellx depicted disappearance of a peak of (c=c) group.   64 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 8. ft-ir of polymer p1. figure 9. ft-ir of polymer p2. 3.5. charchteraztion of nanocomposite the nanocomposite was prepared by polymerization of nanoalumina grafted – acrylic acid once with compound 3 once more with compound 4. by ft-ir spectrum, figure 10. of nanocomposite c1 showed the appearance of x stretching bands of alkyl groups (c-h) at (2927-2850). on the other hand, ft-ir disappearance band of (c=c) group. the ft-ir spectrum of nanocomposite c2 in figure 11. depicted strong band in region between (2916 2848) due to absorption of alkyl groups (c-h) and also disappearance band of (c=c) group.   65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 10. ft-ir of nanocomposite c1. figure 11. ft-ir of nanocomposite c2. 3.6 biological activity results. the resulting data of biological activity were listed in table 1. all compounds (p1, p2, c1, and c2) were given inhibition in contradiction of bacteria (b. staph , b.cerus). but with (b. sabtillus), there was no any inhibition.   66 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 1. biological activity result. no sample b.staph b.cerus b.sabtillus 1 p1 17mm 17mm ___ 2 c1 18mm 14mm ___ 3 p2 14mm 18mm ___ 4 c2 15mm 17mm ___ 5 stander 14mm 27mm 16mm 4. conclusions in this article, new nanocomposites were created, and their biological activities were investigated regarding their structure. the chemical structures of these nanocomposites and their polymers were examined by ft-ir spectroscopy. the results were in agreement with the considered molecular structure. references 1. lashanizadegan, m.; farzi, g.; nia, n.e. synthesis and surface modification of aluminum oxide nanoparticles. j ceram process res.2014, 15, 5, 316-319. 2. bujans, f.b.; serna, r.; sow, e.; fierro, j.l.g.; veith, m. grafting of poly (acrylic acid) onto an aluminum surface. langmuir.2009, 25, 9094-9100, doi: 10.1021/la900518s. 3. jordan, j.; jacob, k.i.; tannenbaum, r.; sharaf, m.a.; jasiuk, i. experimental trends in polymer nanocomposites a review. mater. sci. eng.2005, 393, 1-11, doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2004.09.044. 4. berta, m.; lindsay, c.; pans, g.; camino, g. effect of chemical structure on combustion and thermal behaviour of polyurethane elastomer layered silicate nanocomposites. polym. degrad. stabil.2006, 91, 1179 1191,doi:10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2005.05.027. 5. okpala, c.c. nanocomposites – an overview. int. j. eng. res.2013, 8, 17-23. 6. wu, s.; peng, s.; wang, c.h. multifunctional polymer nanocomposites reinforced by aligned carbon nanomaterials. polymers.2018, 10, 5,542-568, doi: 10.3390/polym10050542. 7. mittal, v. optimization of polymer nanocomposite properties;wiley-vch verlag gmbh & co. kgaa:weinheim,germany.2010, isbn: 978-3-527-32521-4. 8. kango, s.; kalia, s.; celli, a.; njuguna, j.; habibi, y.; kumar, r. surface modification of inorganicnanoparticles for development of organic-inorganic nanocomposites-a review. prog. polym. sci.2013, 38, 1232–1261, doi: 10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2013.02.003. 9. rong, m.z.; zhang, m.q.; ruan, w.h. surface modification of nanoscale fillers for improving properties of polymer nanocomposites: a review. mater. sci. technol. 2006, 22, 787–796, doi: 10.1179/174328406x101247.   67 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 10. jiménez-pérez, v.m.; muñoz-flores, b.m.; jerez1, l.m.b.; góme1, a.; range1.l.d.; chan-navarr, r.; waksman, n.; ramírez-durón, r. structuralcharacterization of (e)-4((4-nitrobenzylidene)amino)phenol schiff base. investigation of its electrochemical, cytotoxic, antibacterial, and antifungal activity. int. j. electrochem. sci.2014, 9, 7431 – 7445. 11. aqlan.f.m.; alam .m.m.; asiri .a.m.; zayed.m.m.;  al-eryani.d.a.;  al-zahranie .f.a.m.; el-shishtawy e.r.m.;  uddin.j.; rahman.m. fabrication of selective and sensitive pb2+ detection by 2,2′(−(1,2phenylenebis(azaneylylidene))bis(methaneylylidene))diphenol by electrochemical approach for environmental remediation . journal of molecular liquids 2019, 281,401406,doi:10.1016/j.molliq.2019.02.109. 12. vennila, j.p.; thiruvadiga, d.j.; kavitha, h.p.; gunasekaran, b.; manivannan, v. (e)-4[(4-bromobenzylidene) amino] phenol. acta crystallogr sect e struct rep online. 2010, 66, 2, o316-o316, doi: 10.1107/s1600536812004667. 13. duarte.a.; cunico.w.; pereira.c.m.p.; flores.a.f.c.;freitagand.r.a.;siqueira.g.m.ultrasound promoted synthesis of thioesters from 2-mercaptobenzoxa(thia) zoles . ultrasonic sonochemistry 2010, 17, 2, 281–283,doi:10.1016/j.ultsonch.2009.08.004. 14. abid, n.s.; sultan, m.t.; tomma, j.h. new nanocomposite derivatives from thiadiazole polymers /silica synthesis and characterization using free radical polymerization, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl.sci.2019, 32, 28 47.doi:10.30526/32.1.2016. 15. salih, h. synthesis characterization and properties of liquid crystalline models and side chain polymers containing heterocyclic units . ph.d. thesis.university of baghdad, 1997. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 explicit finite difference approximation for the twodimensional fractional dispersion equation i. i. gorial de partment of mathematics, ibn al–haitham college education, baghdad university recei ved in feb,7,2010 accepted in may,13,2010 abstract in this p aper, we introduce and discuss an algorithm for the numerical solution of two dimensional fractional disp ersion equation. the algorithm for the numerical solution of this equation is based on exp licit finite difference app roximation. consist ency , conditional st ability , and convergence of this numerical method are described. finally, numerical examp le is p resented to show the disp ersion behavior according to the order of the fractional derivative and we demonst rate that our exp licit finite difference app roximation is a comp utationally efficient method for solving two-dimensional fractional disp ersion equation. key words: fractional derivative, two-dimensional probem, explicit eul er method, fractional dispersi on e quati on, s tability, convergence introduction the sp ace fractional disp ersion equation is obtained from the classical disp ersion equation by replacing the second sp ace derivative by a fractional derivative. numerical methods associated with integer-order differential equations have been treated extensively in the literature. on other hand, st udies of the numerical methods and error estimates of fractional order differential equations are quite limited to date [1, 2, 3]. m any works by researchers from various fields of science and engineering deal with dy namical sy st ems described by fractional p artial differential equations, which have been used to represent many natural processes in phy sics [4], finance [5,6], and hydrology [7,8]. in this p aper, we find the numerical solution of the two-dimensional fractional disp ersion equation of the form: ),,( ),,( ),( ),,( ),( ),,( tyxq y tyxu yxb x tyxu yxa t tyxu              …………(1) subject to the initial condition u (x,y ,0) = f(x,y ), for x0  x  xr and y 0  y y r …………………(2) and the boundary conditions u (x0,y ,t) = 0, for y 0  y y r and 0 t  τ u (x,y 0,t) = 0, for x0  x  xr and 0 t  τ …………(3) u (xr,y ,t) = g(y ,t), for y 0  y y r and 0 t  τ u (x,y r,t) = k(x,t), for x0  x  xr and 0 t  τ ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 where a, b and f are known functions of x and y, g is a known function of y and t, k is aknwon function of x and t.  and  are given fractional number. q is a knwon function of x, y and t. we use a variation on the classical exp licit euler method. we p rove this method by using a novel shifted version of the usual grunwaled finite difference an app roximation for the non-local fractional derivative op erator. explicit finite difference approximation for solving the two-dimensional fractional dispersion equation in this section, we p rop ose exp licit finite difference app roximation for solving the initial and boundary value problem two-dimensional fractional disp ersion equation (1)-(3). the finite difference method st arts by dividing the x-interval [x0, xr] into n subintervals to get the grid p oints xi = x0 + ix, where   nxxx r 0 and i=0,1,…,n. also we divide the yinterval [y0, yr] into m subintervals to get the grid p oints yj = y0 + jy, where   myyy r 0 and j=0,1,…,m. also, t he t-interval [0,t] is divided into m subintervals to get t he grid p oints ts = st, s = 0, …,m, where mtt  . now, we evaluate eq.(1) at (x i, y j, t s) and we use the exp licit finite difference app roximation to get ),,( ),,( ),( ),,( ),( ),,(),,( 1 sji sji ji sji ji sjisji tyxq y tyxu yxb x tyxu yxa t tyxutyxu              …..(4) then use the shifted grunwald est imate to the  , the fractional derivative, [9]: )(),,)1(( )( 1),,( 0 , xotyxkxug xx tyxu m k k          …………….(5) )(),)1(,( )( 1),,( 0 , yotykyxug yy tyxu m k k          to reduce eq.(4) as in the following form ),,( 1 ),( 1 ),( 1 0 1,,,1 1 0 , , 1 , sji j k s kjikji s jki i k kji s ji s ji tyxqug y yxbug x yxa t uu                          s ji s kji j k k ji i k s jkik ji s ji s ji qug y b ug x a t uu ,1, 1 0 , , 1 0 ,1, ,, 1 ,                 , 1,...,1  ni , msmj ,...,0,1,...,1  ……………. (6) where ),,(, sji s ji tyxuu  , ),(, jiji yxaa  , ),(, jiji yxbb  , ),,(, sji s ji tyxqq  , ! )1()1( )1(, k k g k k      , k=0,1,2,… and ! )1()1( )1(, k k g k k      , k=0,1,2,… the resulting equation can be exp licitly solved for 1 , s jiu to give s ji s ji s kji j k kji i k s jkikji s ji utqug y t bug x t au ,,1, 1 0 ,, 1 0 ,1,, 1 ,                 ...............(7) also form the initial condition and boundary conditions one can get ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 jiji fu , 0 ,  , i=0,…, n 0,0  s ju , j=0,…, m and s=1,…,m 00,  s iu , i=0,…, n and s=1,…,m sj s jr gu , , j=0,…, m and s=1,…,m si s ri ku , , i=0,…, n and s=1,…,m where ),,(, sjiji tyxff  , ),( sj s j tygg  and ),( si s i txk  stability analysis of the explicit finite difference approximation define the following fractional p artial difference op erators:       1 0 ,1, , ,, i k s jkik jis jix ug x a u  and s kji j k k jis jiy ug y b u 1, 1 0 , , ,,        which is an )( xo  app roximation to the  th fractional derivative and )( yo  app roximation to the  th fractional derivative term. then eq.(7) may be writt en in the operator form s ji s jiyx s ji tquttu ,,,, 1 , )1(     ................(8) eq.(8) may be writt en in form s ji s jiyx s ji tquttu ,,,, 1 , )1)(1(     ..................(9) where ts mn s m s m s n sss n sss uuuuuuuuuu ],,,,,,,,,,,,[ 1,11,21,12,12,22,11,11,21,1   to solve the p roblem for each fixed yj to obtain an intermediate solution  jiu , from 1,,,, )1(   s ji s jijix utqut  ......................(10) then solve for each fixed xi  ji s jiy uut ,,, )1(  .......................(11) now, we must p rove each one-dimensional exp licit sy st em defined by the linear difference eqs. (10) and (11) is conditionally st able for all 1 < < 2, 1 <  < 2. the orem: the exp licit sy st em defined by the linear difference eqs.(10) and (11) with 1< < 2, 1 <  < 2 is conditionally st able if max 1 ax t     and max 1 by t     proof: at each grid p oint y k, for 1,,1  mk  , the sy st em of equation defined by eq.(10) can be written in the exp licit matrix form skkk s k qtucu  1 where ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 ,],,,[ 1,1 1 ,2 1 ,1 1 ts kn s k s k s k uuuu      ,],,,[ ,1,2,1 t knkkk uuuu      ts kn s k s k s k qqqq ],,,[ ,1,2,1   kc is the matrix of coefficients, and is the sum of a lower triangular matrix and a sup er diagonal matrix at t he grid p oint y k, where the matrix entries along the ith row are defined from eq.(10). for examp le, for i = 1 the equation becomes s kkkkkkk s k tqugugugu ,1,20,,1,11,,1,02,,1 1 ,1 )1(     for i = 2 we have s kkkkkkkkk s k tqugugugugu ,2,30,,2,21,,2,12,,2,03,,2 1 ,2 )1(     and for i = n 1 we get          knknknknknkn s kn ugugugu ,11,,1,22,,1,0,,1 1 ,1 )1(    s knknkn tqug ,1,0,,1     where the coefficients   x t a jiki    ,, , therefore the resulting matrix entries jic , for 1,,1  ni  and 1,,1  nj  by are defined by          1,, 0,, 2,, 1,, , 1 jki ki ki ki ji g g g g c         for for for for 1 1 1     ij ij ij ij according to the greshgorin theorem [9], the eigenvalues of the matrix c lie in the union of the circles centered at iic , with radius     n il l lii cr 0 , . here we have   kikiii gc ,1,,, 11  and          n il l i il l kilikilii gcr 0 1 0 ,1,,,   and therefore 1,  iii rc . we also have  kikikiiii rc ,,,, 211             x t a ki,21         x t a max 21 therefore, for the sp ectral radius of t he matrix c to be at most one, it suffices t o have 121 max           x t a          1max  x t a      1 max   x t a max 1 ax t     same method above, resulting the sy st em of equation defined by eq.(11) is t hen defined by , k s kk uus where ,],,,[ 1,2,1, ts mk s k s k s k uuuu   ,],,,[ 1,2,1, t mkkkk uuuu      ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 ks is the matrix of coefficients, and is the sum of a lower triangular matrix and a sup er diagonal matrix at the grid p oint xk for 1,,1  nk  . therefore the resulting matrix entries ks for 1,,2,1  mi  and 1,,1  mj  by are defined by          1,, 0,, 2,, 1,, , 1 jik ik ik ik ji g g g g s         for for for for 1 1 1     ij ij ij ij where the coefficients   y t b jiki    ,, so, and in the same way , according to the greshgorin theorem [9], to get max 1 by t     consiste ncy and convergent analysis of the explicit finite difference approximation we note that the three difference op erators used in eq.(6) each have a local truncation error with ),( to  ),( xo  and )( yo  resp ectively. the )( to  , for the time derivative term, is obtained from the classical taylor's exp ansion. the )( xo  and )( yo  for the local truncation error of the fractional derivative terms was p roved in [10]. therefore, the exp licit finite difference app roximation is consistency . theorem above shows that s jiyx u ,,, )(   converges to the mixed fractional derivative linearly, as )()( yoxo  . therefore, the local truncation error of the exp licit euler method eq.(8) is )()()( yoxoto  . this consistency of the exp licit finite difference app roximation together with the above result on conditional stability imp lies that t he exp licit finite difference app roximation is convergent and this convergence is )( tyxo  . numerical example in this section, numerical examp le is p resented which confirm our theoretical results. example : consider the two-dimensional fractional disp ersion equation: tt exyeyx y tyxuy x tyxu x t tyxu 22225.0 6.1 6.16.1 5.1 5.1 ),,( 2 )4.1(),,( )5.0( ),,(          subject to the initial condition u (x,y ,0) = xy 2 , 0  x  0.5, 0 < y < 0.5 and the boundary conditions u (0,y ,t) = 0, 0 < y < 0.5, 0  t 0.025 ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1) 2011 u (x,0,t) = 0, 0 < x < 0.5, 0  t 0.025 u (,0.5,y ,t) = 0.5 e 2t , 0 < y < 0.5, 0  t 0.025 u (x,, 0.5,t) = 0.25e 2t x , 0 < x < 0.5, 0  t 0.025 this fractional disp ersion equation together with the above initial and boundary condition is constructed such that t he exact solution is u(x,y ,t) = e 2t xy 2 . table (1) and (2) show the numerical solution using the exp licit finite difference app roximation. from table (1) and (2), it can be seen that thereisa good agreement between the numerical solution and exact solution. 6. conclusi ons in this p aper, a numerical method for solving the two-dimensional fractional disp ersion equation has been described and demonst rated. the exp licit difference app roximation is p roved to be conditionally st able and converges. furt hermore numerical examp le is p resented to show that good agreement between the numerical solution and exact solution has been noted. re ferences 1. huang, f. and liu, f. (2005), anziam journal, 46: 1-14. 2. shen, s. and lin,f. (2005),anziam j., 46(e): 871-887. 3. m eerschaert, m .m .; scheffler, h.p. and tadjeran,c. (2006), j. comp ut. phy s., 211:249–261. 4. m etz ler, r. and klafter, j. (2004), j. phy sics, a 37: r161-r208. 5. sabatelli, l.; keating, s.; dudley,j. and richmond, p. (2002), eur. phy s. j., b 27: 273–275. 6. scalas,e.; gorenflo, r. and m ainardi, f. (2000), phy s., a 284: 376–384. 7. benson, d.; wheatcraft, s. and m eerschaert, m . (2000), water resour. res., 36:1403–1412. 8. schumer,r.; benson, d.a.; m eerschaert, m .m . and baeumer, b. (2003), water resour. res., 39: 1022–1032. 9. isaacson, e. and keller, h.b. (1966), wiley, new york. 10.m eerschaert, m .m . and tadjeran,c. (2004), j. comput. ap p l. m ath., 172: 65–77. table (1) the numerical sol uti on of e xample by using the explicit fi ni te difference approximati on for 1.0,1.0  yx and 0125.0t numerical s oluti on exact s oluti on error 9.730e-4 1.02532 e -3 6.72814 e -2 7.876e-3 8.20252 e -3 3.26521 e -4 0.027 2.76835 e -2 6.83508 e -4 0.064 6.56202 e -2 1.62017 e -3 9.795e-4 1.05127 e -3 7.17711 e -5 7.759e-3 8.41017 e -3 6.51169 e -4 0.027 2.83843 e -2 1.38432 e 3 0.036 6.72814 e -2 3.12814 e -2 table (2) the numerical sol uti on of e xample by using the explicit fi ni te difference approximati on for 125.0,125.0  yx and 0125.0t numerical s oluti on exact s oluti on error 1.908e-3 2.00257 e -3 9.45686 e -5 0.015 1.60205 e -2 1.02055 e -3 0.052 5.40693 e -2 2.06935 e -3 1.929e-3 2.05326 e -3 1.24264 e -4 0.015 1.64261 e -2 1.42611 e -3 0.036 5.54381 e -2 1.94381 e -2 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تتشتال دلةلمعا الفروق المنتهیة الصریحةّ تقریب ذات البعدین الكسریة ایمان ایشو كولایر جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الریاضیات 2010 شباط 7استلم البحث في 2010 ایار 13قبل البحث في الخالصة وارزمیــة الحـل العــددي وان خ. البعـدین ذي الكســریة تتشـتال ةلمعادلــفـي هـذا البحــث قـدمنا وناقشــنا خوارزمیـة للحــل العـددي شـرطي، والتقـارب للطریقـة السـتقرار االو ،تسـاق اال اكمـا ناقشـن. الصـریحة الفـروق المنتهیـة تقریـب قائمة على اساس دلةالتلك المع .العددیة وبینـا أن تقریـب الفـروق المنتهیـة الصـریحة ةحسـب مرتبـة االشـتقاق الكسـری التشـتتسلوك ظهرلی اعددی اخیرا قدمنا مثاال .البعدین الكسریة ذي التشتت هو طریقة فعالة حسابیا لمعادلة .التقارب االستقرار، التشتت الكسریةمعادلة ، طریقة اوبلر الصریحة، مسألة ذي بعدین، كسریة مشتقة -:الكلمات المفتاحیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 turbidimetric method for measuring o f antibacterial effect of 2-methyl-4-(3,4 dihydroxy phenyl)-thiazole on the growth activity of escherichia co li and pseudo mo nas aerugino sa a.k. abbas departme nt of physiological chemistry, college of medicine. unive rsity of baghdad re ceived in : 26 april 2009 accepted in : 18 august 2009 abstract thiazoles are heterocyclic nitrogenous comp ounds, which were given a gr eat att ention due to their antibacterial effect, antihyp ertensive, stimulating glucose absorp tion (like antibiotics), acts as cytop rotective agent. t he present work is conducted to evaluate the degree of antibacterial activity on the growt h activity of es ch er ich ia c o li ( e. c o l i) and ps eu d o m o n a s a er u g in o s a ( p. a er u g in o s a ) b y incub ation with 2-methy l-4-(3,4 dihydroxy p henyl)-thiazole comp ound (m dhpt). opt ical density (o.b) was measured by turbidmetric method, any increase in o.d would represent the increase in the bacterial growt h .the results showed that there was a 75.7 % inhibition when usin g 190.4 g/ml (m dhpt) solution and 64.3% was obtained when usin g concentration of 369 g/ml. it has been concluded that (mdhpt ) comp ound shows a bacterial b iolo gical activity . key words: thiazoles, e . c o l i, p . aer u gin o s a, i n c u b a t i o n m e d i u m , incubator, minimu m inhibitory concentration (m ic) introduction the st udy of new derivative of thiazole has been given a great att ention, due to their antibacterial activity [1, 2, 3] antihypertensive [4] and st imulation of glucose absorp tion like antibiotics [5], lowerin g cholest erol [2], shows bacteria st atic activity [3] and acts as cytop rotective agent by induction of glutathione-s-transferases (gst) represent not only cell detoxification and survival but also cancer p revention [6,7]. sever al att emp ts were carried out to elucid ate the effect of different antibiotics relate d to this comp ound on the growt h activity of p athogenic st ap hy lo co ccu s au r eu s [2,3,8,9,10,11,12,13,14] this work is related to the action of 2-m ethy l-4-(3,4 dihydroxyp henyl)-thiazole (mdhpt) on t he growt h activity of es ch er ich i a c o li ( e. c o l i) and ps eu d o mo n a s a e ru g i n o sa ( p. a e ru g i n o sa ) either in solid or in liquid media . مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 both bacteria are of normal flora of the intestine and they cause different diseases esp ecially in weak p eople [15]. the clinical records revealed that 83% of p atients with leukemia havin g infection with p s eu d o mo n as aer u g in o s a [16].this bacteria is also resistant to many antibiotics which may be attributed to alteration in cell membrane transp ort sy stem. [17]. the aim of this st udy is to evaluate the degree of the antibacterial inhib itory effect of 2m ethy l-4-(3,4 dihydroxyp heny l)-thiazole on the growt h activity of e. c o li and p . aer u g in o s a and to find the effective dose r equired . m ate ria ls and m e thods 2-m ethy l-4-(3,4 dihydroxyp heny l)-thiazole hy drochloride, was sy nthesized by p rofessor shukri, j, dep artment of chemistry , college of scien ce , university of baghdad [1]. (2-m ethy f-4-(3,4 dihydroxyp heny l)-thiazole) a stock solution was p rep ared by dissolving (4 x 10 3 g/ml) in water with few drop s of glycerol. to p repare a starting culture of bacteria, a loop full of st ock culture from each typ e of bacteria was added to 50 ml of try ptose p hosp hate broth medium (29.5 g/liter, p h 7.3) and incubated in shak ing water bath for 20-24 hours at 37° c and at 200-250 rp m (rotation / minute ). exp erimental flasks of 250 ml with side arm, each contains 20 ml of st erilized cultur e medium. each flask was ino culated with 1.0 % ( v/v) of both used bacteria susp ension which contain 2.4 x 10 7 cell / ml [18]. the number of bacterial cells was calculated by using neub er heamocy tometer [19]. (m dhpt) solution was added to the inoculated media at the beginning of cultivation, the flasks were closed with cotton p lugs under st erilized conditions. a control was run under the same conditions without the addition of thiazole solution. the flasks were p ut in the shaking incub ator at 200-250 rp m to ensure adequate aeration at 37 o c for 24 hours. changes in the concentration of v iable bacteria dur ing lag, exp onential and st ationary p hases were measured by chan ges in the op tical density at 607 nm, usin g eel colorimeter (evans electroselenium ltd. halstead, essex, england). مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 r es ults different concentrations of 2-m ethy l-4(3,4dihydroxy p henyl)-thiazole ranging from (19.9 g/ml (8.1 x 10 -2 ) 190.4 g/ml (7.8 x l0 -1 m )) were added to e. c o li culture media (after six hours of incubation). the results showed an inhibition of (24.3, 37.8, 48.6 and 75.7 %) in the growt h rate of the bacterial culture, at concentrations of (19.9 g/ml (8.1 -2 m ), 59.1 g/ml (2.4 x 10 -1 m ), 97.5 g/ml (4 x 10 -1 m ), and 190.4 g/ml (7.8 x 10 -1 m )) resp ectively; table 1, fig. l. inoculation with p. a er u g in o s a required higher (m dhpt) concentrations than that used with e. c o li at the same conditions. concentrations of (135.2 g/ml (5.5 x 10 -1 m ), 244.4 g/ml (l.0 m ), 313.4 g/ml (1.28 m ) and 369.6 g/ml (1.49 m )) showed an inhibitory effect of (16.13, 38.7, 48.39, and 64.3%) r esp ectively in comp arison to control activity for e. c o li and p. a er u g in o s a . at the same exp erimental conditions table 2, fi g 2. the results were the mean of ten exp eriments with p< 0.05. all data are exp ressed as a mean of ten exp eriments with p< 0.05. d is cus s ion (m dhpt ) was st udied with st ap h y lo co cu s au r eu s results show bacteria st atic activity of 70% inhibition (m ic 200 g/ml = 0.82 m ) [2,3]. in this st udy a bacteria st atic activity of 75.7 % was achieved with a concentration of, 190.4 g/ml (8.1um ) inoculated, with e. c o li in liquid medium after 6 hours of incubation time. this results were inconsistent with what was reported by (faraid, al-chalabi et al, and shukri, j. et al), while a higher concentration solution of (m dhpt ) 313.4 g/ml (l28 m ), was required to achieve nearly the same rate of inhibition (64.3 %) as with e. coli [2, 3 ]. bacteria st atic activity was achiev ed, this may be exp lained by the p resence of p otent group (s) t hat achieved the inh ibitory action on the growt h activities of each of gramnegative e. c o li and p. a er u g in o s a , and also gr am-p ositive s ta p h ylo co ccu s a u r eu s ( s t. a u r eu s ) . the p resence of active m ethy l group (-ch3) at p osition 2 of the thiazole ring which can react with carbonyl group s of t he peptidoglycan or lipop oly saccharide (lps) of the bacterial cell membrane [2, 20, 21]. the dissociation of p henolic group s p resent in the comp ound (m dhpt) may cause a release of excess p rotons (h + ) to the medium which may be p icked up by the (-nh2) of the p ep tidoglycan of the bacterial cell membrane formin g excess (-nh + 3) which may create an ionic attraction lead ing to a cell wall d amage[3,19]. the cell wall of gram-negative bacteria has d istinctly lay ered appearance, the inner region consists of monolay er of peptidoglycan, while the outer cell wall b ilayer inward facin g lip ids are macromolecules called lip op olysaccharides ( lps), h alf the mass of the outer membran e consist s of braun p roteins which covalently linked to p eptidoglycan lay er, adjacent outer lip op olysaccharides are h eld together by electrost atic interaction with divalent ions ( zn +2 , ca +2 , m g +2 ), while gr am-p ositive cell wall is multi-lay ered network which ap p ears t o be continually-growin g by the addition of new p eptidoglycan linear hetrop oly saccharide chain cross-linked by short p olyp ep tides at the interface with concomitant out er surface .[21,22,23]. there may be another p ossibility to exp lain the inhibitory effect it-may-be that the activity of (m dhpt) is due to its ability to chelate essential metal ions e.g. (zn, m g +2 ) from bacteria whi ch cause a d isturb of these interaction of gr am-negative ( e. c o li & p. a er u g en o s a ) by binding to the divalent ions in the cell wall which . cause the disintegration. also chelation may occur to those ions that required for enzymes activation مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 p rocesses occurred in bacterial cell wall. [ 20,21,22]. variation in the results obtained with both bacteria under st udy could be due to high variation in amounts of the p eptidoglycan p resent in the gram-n egative or gram positive bacteria cell wall membrane [21,24]. re ferences 1. shukri, j. (1977) brenzcatechin substituierte, thiazofe, wiss, z. univ. halle, xxvi, 77m ,h,5(s): 59-61. 2. al-chalabi, f.a.j.; elham, m .h.; jaafar and az iz, hh, al-lami, (1984) effect of new thiazole derivatives on the growt h of st aphy lococcus aureus, j.b.c. vol. 15 (2). 3. shukri, j, shubber, a; al-chalabi, faj, khalif a, a and hassan, f. (1979) new thiazole comp ounds as p otential antibacterial agents. iraqi j. sci., 20 (l):75-86. 4. smith-klein and french laboratories, (1972) phil. usa, private report. 5. al-lami, ahh; al-chalabi, faj, and jaafar, m h, (1983) the influence of new thiazole comp ounds on glucose absorp tion from isolated intest inal segments of the rabbits. j. biol. sc. 214(1): 3-14. 6. sang geon ki m and seun g jin lee, (2007) toxicolo gical sciences, 96 (2) 206-213 ; doi: 10, 1093 tox sci/k 1175. 7. kim, h.p. ryt er, s.w., and chei, a,m ., 2005; annu.rev. pharmacol. to xico l. 8. collins, j.f. (1974) app lication of prokary otic genetics in biochemical studies, in companion to biochemistry bull e, lagnado jr, thomas jo, and tripton kf; pp .471, longman, london. 9. eagle, h. and m isselman, a.d.(1948) the rate of bactericidal action of p encillin in vitro as a function of its concentration and its p aradoxically reduced activity at high concentrations against certain or ganisms.j. exp tl. m ed. 88:99-131. 10. m ay hall, m . and ap ollo, e. (1980) effect of storage and chan ges in bacterial growt h p hase and antibiotics concentrations on antimicrobial toler ance in st aphy lococcus aureus,antimicrobial-agents chemother., 18(5):784-788. 11. peterson, e.; fairahter, m orrison, j. and cesario, t. (1981) effect of the herbicide p araquate dichloride on bacterial of human origin. ap p l. environ. m icrobial: 41(l): 327-328. 12. raynor, rh; scott , df, and best, co.k. (1976) oxicillin-induced lysis of st ap hy lococcus aureus.ant imicrobial. a gents chemother. 16:134-140. 13. watnakunakron, c. and cuerriero, j.c.(1981) interaction between vanco mycin and rifampin against st aphy lococcus aureus. ant imicrobial. a gents chemother.: 19(6) : 1089-1091. 14. jawad, a.m . and jaffer, h.j. (2008) in vitro antimicrobial activity of total sequiter p enlactones and phenols isolated from some iraqi plants. um salama. scien ce journa l, 5(1): 80-83. 15. ernest jawetz, m elnick, jl.adelberg, ea (1974) review of medical microbiology , 14 th ed., lange medical publication canada; p . 211-212. 16. m icheal, v. viola(1967)acute leukemia and infection. j.a.m ., 201-203. 17. sp icar, a.b.(1976) increased antibiotic sensitivity in p seudomonas aeru ginosa followin g p assage in carbenicillin containin g media. j. app . m icrobial., 40: 33-45. 18. jaafar, e.m .h.(1976) a st udy on drug resistance saccaromyces cervisiae m .sc. thesis, warwick university england. 19. cruickshank, r, dugu id, jp, m armion, bla, m edical m icrobiolo gy , vol. 2, 12 th ed. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 20. pamela,c. ch amp e and richard a harvey "lipp incott's illust rated reviews: biochemist ry , 2 nd ed. copy right (1994) j.b. lippincott comp any . 21. m ichaels blader, sp ring. (1998) bch 5425 m olecular biolo gy and biotechnolo gy 16:925-928. 22. al-chalabi, f.a.; al-najjar, f.a.; al-ani, s.m. the effect of some metal ions and their chelates on the viability of staphy lococcus aureus j ibn al-haitham, m pure and app sci., vol. 5(1): 23. al-chalabi, f.a.; m ehdi, w.k. and al-karaghouli, k.(2003) the effect of nickel celates on the reactivation of inh ibited staphy lococcus. 24. huang, j.w. ; blaylock, m .j.; kap ulnik, x and ensley , b.d. (1998) environ., sci. technol. 32:2004-2008. table (1): represents counts of viable e. c o li cells and % inhibiti on when 2-methyl-4 (3,4 dihydroxyphe nyl ) -thiazole compound was added to inocul ation me dium compared to control. mean of ten e xperiments p< 0.05 time hours test no. of viable e. c o l i cells added 1.99 g/ml (0.8 m) (mdhpt) % inhibition control 0 2.4 x 10 7 0.0 2.4 x 10 7 2 2.6 x 10 7 2 4 . 3 3.6 x 10 7 4 7.2 x 10 8 32.8 3.6 x 10 9 6 3.5 x 10 9 48.6 8.8 x 10 9 24 4.9 x 10 12 75.7 7.0 x 10 12 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): s hows counts of viable p. aeruginosa cells and % inhibition when 2-methyl -4 (3,4 dihydroxyphe nyl )-thiazole compound was added to inocul ation me dium, compared to control. mean of ten e xperiments p< 0.05 time hours test no. of viable p. aeruginosa cells added 369.6 g/ml (1.49 m) (mdhpt) % inhibition control 0 2.4 x 10 7 0.0 2.4 x 10 7 2 1.5 x 10 8 16.13 8.6 x 10 7 4 1.3 x 10 9 38.7 8,0 x 10 9 6 3.9x 10 10 48.39 8.0 x 10 10 24 5.8x 10 11 64.3 9.0x 10 11 fig. (1): effect of various concentrations of 2-methyl-4 3,4 dihydroxyphe nyl ) 4thi azole hydrochloride on the growth activity of e. col i acontrol bacterial growth of e.coli, b-inocul ation medium contains 8.1 x 10 -2 um of (mdhpt). ccontains 2.4 x 10 -1 m (mdhpt), d (mdhpt) 4 x 10 -1 m e (mdhpt) 7.8 x x 10 -1 . ex perime ntal conditions were described in the method. data are expressed as a mean of ten experiments , p<0.05, مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (2):effect of va rious concentrations of 2-methyl-4 (3,4 dihydroxyphe nyl ) thiazole hydrochl oride (mdhpt) on the growth activity of p. aeruginosa a-control bacterial growth, b(mdhpt) 5.5 x 10 1  m. c(mdhpt) 1.0 m. d(mdhpt) 1.2 m e(mdhpt) 1.49 m. ex perime ntal conditions as in f i g l . p< 0.05. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 مستوى النمو للبكتریا فيتأثیر مضادات البكتریا لمركبات الثایوزول )pseudomonas aeruginosa و escherichia co li( س احسان خلیل عبا قسم الكیمیاء ، كلیة الطب ،جامعة بغداد 2009 آب 18: قبل البحث في2009نیسان 26: استلم البحث في الخالصة ت تعد مركبات الثایوزول العضویة من المركبات التي أعطیت أهمیة كبیرة في ضوء خصائصها بوصفها مضادا ع ًبكتیریة وحیویة فضال عن كونها محضرات لعملیة امتصاص سكر الكلوكوز وتقدیر فعالیة التثبیط لنمو البكتریا لألنوا )pseudomonas aeruginosa و escherichia coli ( باستعمال مركبات الثایوزول العضویة حاضنات فقد استعمل .لهذا الغرض) mdhpt( ثایوزول –) ثنائي هیدروكسي فنیل3,4 (– 4 –المركب العضوي ثنائي المثیل . قیاس الكثافة الضوئیة تعني ازدیاد تثبیط نمو البكتریا التي تم اختیارها في هذه الدراسةأظهرت النتائج من خالل بینما كانت النسبة %) 75.5(لها فعالیة تثبیط بنسبة ) g/ml 190.4(كما أثبتت النتائج بأن تركیز مادة الثایوزول ًان له تأثیرا كبیرا ) mdhpt(تي عد المركب وفي ضوء النتائج ال) g/ml 369(عند التركیز %) 64.3(المثبطة للنمو ً .في نمو البكتریا m(، حاضن ، أقل تركیز تثبیطي )حاضن(مركب الثیازول، وسط حراري : الكلمات المفتاحیة ic( مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 لدالمج 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2009) 2( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 image watermarking for mobile device a.a. abdul-jabbar computer science department, university of technology abstract the mobile services are the most important media between many of telecommunication means such as the internet and telephone networks, and thatis be cause of its advantage represented by the high availability and independence of physical location and time,therefore, the need to protect the mobile information appeared against the changing and the misuse especially with the rapid and wide grow of the mobile network and its wide usage through different types of information such as messages, images and videos. the proposed system uses the watermark as tool to protect images on a mobile device by registering them on a proposed watermarking server. this server allows the owner to protect his images by using invisible watermarking. also the user can prove his ownership to the images by the server which work as on electronic court. introduction the progress of wireless communication is dramatically changing our life. the ability to communicate at any time and in any where increases our quality of life and improves our business productivity. mobile telecommunications emerged as technological marvel allowing for access to personal end and other services, devices, computation and communication, in any place at any time through effortless plug and play. this brilliant idea becom e possible as the result of new technologies developed in the areas of computers and communications that were m ade available and accessible to the user ( 1) mobile devices fulfill the need for real time information and communication throuyh desktop pcs, which are dependent on user’s location, will never be able to do (2). the types of mobile device are (3) 1. pdas (personal digital assistants):-these devices aer connected to the internet through wireless modems or synced offline with a web enabled pc. 2. low end smart phones: these are web enabled cellular phones either supporting wireless application protocol (wap) technology or some proprietary micro browser. 3. high – end smart phones: these devices are hybrid of mobile phone and pda, supporting voice and data services like email, internet access ,sms and personal organization tools. examples include nokia communicator and ericsson mc218. the most famous communication protocol to access the internet by mobile communication systems is wap technology (4) wap forum is an industry group dedicated to the goal of enabling sophisticated telephone and information services on handheld wireless devices such as mobile telephones, pagers, pda and other wireless terminal (wts). wap specification extends and leverage mobile networking technologies ( such as digital data networking standards) and internet technologies, such as ip, http, xml,url, scripting and other content format. wap enables manufactures , network operators, content providers, and application developers to offer compatible product and secure ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 services and networks , resulting in greater economies of scale and universal access to information . wap objectives are: 1. to bring internet content and advanced data services to digital cellular phones and other wt. 2. to create global wireless protocol specification that work across different wireless network topologies. 3. to enable the creation of content and application that scale across a very wide range of wireless bearer networks and wireless devices types. 4. to embrace and extend existing standards and technology wherever appropriate. new generations of html are based on xml and include features that make them more efficient for mobile use. the other xml application would be (wml) wireless markup language synchronized multimedia integration language. thus , wap forum is working to increase the bandwidth efficiency of web technology to make it more applicable to the wireless environment (5) wireless-to-wire communication p rotocol the wap gateway is the link between the wireless and the wired or “web” world , basically given the wap device access to the common internet. for instance, typical scenario a would be when you type in the url for a site on your wap device , for example http://www.amazon.com/. the wap device first checks if it already has an open connection , if not it dials up the server(remote access service ras) , this server gives the wap device the protocols it needs. these are the same lower level protocols as a normal internet service provider that give what are known as pointto – point protocol (ppp). the ppp provider has given the wap device the required protocols and assigned it an ip address, the request for the url is sent to the gateway. the wap device requests the url with a normal http request, such as get http://www.amazon.com/ (6). on the internet , here is a normal “web” server which in this case holds both wap and “web” contents, which now receives the request to send out the contents located at the http://www.amazon.com/ url. the web server, depending on which type of browser it is talking to (wap or “web”), sends out wap, then the requested content would be back to the wap device which have standard language represented by wireless markup language (wml), wml is based on xml ; or rather it is an xml application. just like html and xml, wml which is read and interpreted by a browser built into the wap device. for wap devices, the browser is commonly called a micro browser, indicating that its capabilities are som ewhat limited (7). finally, at the wap device that requested the url, the wml browser, when receiving the tokenized wml code renders the contents on the wap device display to present a card for the user. this is how the m ajority of wap devices are connected to the internet. if the content provider wants the total control over the stream of data which are sent back and forth between the web server and the wap device, they would install something called a wap server. providing internet and www services on a wireless data network presents many challenges because most of technologies developed for the internet were designed for desktop and larger computers that support medium to high bandwidth connectivity over general reliable data network (7). the proposed system the proposed system consists of two parts the first one explains the design with some details and the second will display the results of the proposed system. the design of the system this system is a three tier architectures, the first tier is the wireless mobile client (wmc) with the tools needed to perform the interaction with server computer, and the second tier is the server computer with the tools needed to provide the service to wmc, and the third ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 is the sql database the block d iagram of the system is shown in figure (1). • client tier client tier is a wmc component represented by micro browser which is wap device. the wap device send requests to the system by using uniform resource locator (url), then the displays the home page to the client which represents the interface of the system. this interface allows the wireless mobile client to interact with the system. • server tier this tier contains the watermarking module which consisting of watermark embedding and extracting operations. it take the client inform ation that entered by active server page (asp) by using active data object (ado) from sql database to watermarking embedding operation which adds the watermark to the image dy using least significant bit (lsb). the system operates invisibly to client and its result return to wireless mobile client dy using asp with the release of internet inform ation service (iis). • database tier the third tier of the system is the database system, the asp is the primary interface to relational sql database. it deals with it by using (ado) and open database connectivity (odbc). where (ado) objects provide an object oriented programm ing interface for accessing data sources such as microsoft sql server and ado directly in asp. in this work the ado is used directly in asp to access data source. (odbc) m ean is developed by microsoft to simplify the develop ment of applications that need to be independent of database platform s(8). t he au to ma t ic s ys te m w or k the work of this system can be briefly described by the mechanisms that allow the wireless mobile client to interact with the server, how the wireless mobile client would request for embedding and extracting operations, and how the server would response to these requests by using server watermarking application. the system is worked automatically without interfere of wireless mobile client and the user does not see the entire work of the system. wireles s m ob ile client re quest for embedding o peration the waterm ark em bedding gateway program accomplishes a waterm arking request in the following algorithm (1): algorithm (1) wm c request for embedding operation input: url, the watermark and a secret key output: wml page. step1: the server gets the request from the inform ation provided by the wmc by using the asp, including url of the image; the watermark is to be embedded in the image and a secret key. step2: the server gets the image data to be watermarked according to its complete url address. step3: embed the waterm ark in image by calling lsb embedding application that work by replacing the lsb of image’s pixel value with one of watermarking bit. step4: create a wml page which will be shown on the requester's micro browser, this page reports the status of the waterm ark embedding process. wireles s m ob ile client request for extracting operation this operation can be done by the following steps as shown in algorithm (2): ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 a lg o rit hm (2 )wmc request for extracting operation input: url, secret key output: the watermark step1: the server gets the request from the information provided by the wmc using the wap, including the complete url of the watermarked image and a secret key. step2: the server gets the watermarked data according to its url address. step3: call watermark extraction application. step4: create a wml page, and show it on requester's micro browser using asp, this page displays the extracted watermark and shows the verification result. server embedding application this application works automatically, once the wmc requests the system service and deals with system interface to fill the im age's ownership information (im age url, waterm ark to be embeded, and the secret key) and sending this page to server to store it in its database, the embedding application contains a tim er which is an o’clock or pulse access to database each second checking if a new information was added to database from any wmc, and if there is any information added, it will be picked by this pulse , then the application would load the image from the specified url, and embed the watermark invisibly to image, then it would store it on server hard disk. server extracting application once an im age has been watermarked, the wmc can verify the presence of the watermark and prove that the watermark that was added to this im age is the same one stored in server database. the proposed verification operation which depends on the server uses the original watermark in its database. the verification process is done by the server autom atically and it consists of three steps (9):  retrieve the embedded watermark from the image to be verified.  retrieve the waterm ark from the server database according to the unique im age identification ( url).  compare the two waterm arks that are retrieved from the im age and the database, if the matching occurs the serverwould send "the watermark "to the client, otherwise the server would send "not proved image" to the client. system implementation . the proposed syst em consists of two applications which are web application (server website appl ication) and windows application (watermark embedding and extracting application).the windows application run autom atically and it has no interface with the user. the web applications have two m ain web pages that represent the user interface of search engine. these pages are: aembedding form page. bretrieval form page. these entire pages will be displayed and explained with an example, figure (2) depict the “fr iendship” image whi ch is located at mobile with its own phone number for exam ple (123456789). ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the w mc should fill all fields in the w ml form appeared on its wap device with image information (url, the watermark and the secret key) and click on the submit button as shown in figure (3).after submitting, the client should download the im age from specific file, then the server detect the wmc phone number and store it with the nam e of image in its database with the other inform ation that is entered in wml. this information that is stored in the server database would become the param eter that activates the embedding module to embed the watermark to the image and returns tim er to sql database to activate the asp to return html page result which wou ld appear as wml at wap device. for extracting choice the wmc can click on extracting button, and then the extracting form page will appear to the user, the client should fill the field with his image url (as illustraed in table -1) and his secret key, then click on the submit button, then, verification result will be done autom atically by the server and the watermark send to wmc in a new wml page in order to prove the own ership as shown in figure (4). conclusions from this research, one can deduce the following: 1. the exhaustive study of mobile commerce principles, technology and security challenges gives us a big view about the gaps of security in mobile commerce technology and architecture. 2. information h idin g app lication has its flexibility to be us ed with differ ent environments such a s (p c, wire and wireless) environm ents. 3. unique image identification is assigned to each image by using its url, this means that the watermark is added to the image only once , so there is no way for the thief to register the same image at server, since there is a conflict between two users and the same image registered with two wmc (different mobile number) the server would give the right to the one which has date and time older than the second. references 1. nee., and prasad.; (2000), wireless multimedia communications, artech house, norwood,ma. 2.kothapalli, s. and agarwal, p. (2004), mobile commerce: a survey on underlying technologies and security challenges, computer science department, university of victoria, canada. 3. ganz, a., ganz z.,and wong k.;(2004), multimedia wireless networks technologies standard and qos, prentice hall ptr. 4. suokaena, h.,(2006), modification to improve the mobile commerce security, phd thesis , university of technology, computer science department, baghdad, iraq. 5. passani, l.; (march 2000), building wap services .xml and asp will set you free, web techniques, volume 5, issue 3, pages 48-53. 6. buckingham, s. ;( 2005), what is wap, mobile life stream ltd, gsm association. 7. wap forum series ; (2001), wireless markup language (wml) ,version 2.0. 8. manas tungare , (2004), a practice guide to microsoft active server page 3.0, pdf available at http://www.manastungare.com .. 9. zhao, j. (1996), a www service to embed and prove digital copyright watermarks, in: proc. of the european conference on multimedia applications, services and techniques. ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (1): wm c information stored at server url address watermark skey em-date * 123456789*friendship hello world 1234 25/1/2008 ► fig. (1): the proposed syste m design wap device water marking embedding & extracting operations ado odbc sql db wml page 1 url 8 send ht ml page 3 user data 4 5 9 show result 2 6 7 client tier (wmc) server tier (server computer) database tier (database) web server local disk ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (2): original image on wmc fig. (3): embedding form with wmc information ib n alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (4): verification result 395 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 image retrieval based on coefficient correlation index a. a.abdul latef department of computer science, collage of education-ibn al -haithem , university of baghdad received in: 12 october 2011, accepted in: 26february 2012 abstract image retrieval is an active research area in image processing, pattern recognition, and computer vision. in this proposed method, there are two techniques to extract the feature vector, the first one is applying the transformed algorithm on the whole image and the second is to divide the image into four blocks and then applying the transform algorithm on each part of the image. in each technique there are three transform algorithm that have been applied (dct, walsh transform, and kekre’s wavelet transform) then finding the similarity and indexing the images, useing the correlation between feature vector of the query image and images in database. the retrieved method depends on higher indexing number. experimental results have shown better results (higher precision and recall) by applying dct on the image than the other transform algorithms and the performance improvement if dividing the image into equal four blocks and applying the transformed algorithm into each part. keywords:cbir, feature extraction, correlation coefficient, dct, walsh transform, kekre’s wavelet transform. introduction digital images are an increasingly important class of data, especially as computers become more usable with greater memory and communication capacities. as the demand for digital images increases, the need to store and retrieve images in an intuitive and efficient manner arises. hence, the field of content-based image retrieval (cbir) focuses on intuitive and efficient methods for retrieving images from databases based solely on the content contained in the images. [1] every cbir systems needs functionality for feature extraction of an image viz. shape, color, texture which can represent the uniqueness of the image for the purpose of best match in the database to be searched. the features of the query image are compared with the features of all images in the feature database using various mathematical construct known as similarity measures. these mathematical similarity measuring techniques check the similarity of the features extracted to classify the images in the relevant and irrelevant classes. the research in cbir needs to be done to explore two aspects first is the better method of feature extraction having maximum components of uniqueness and faster, accurate mathematical models of similarity measures. [2] for feature extraction in cbir there are mainly two approaches feature extraction in spatial domain and feature extraction in transform domain. the feature extraction in spatial domain includes the cbir techniques based on histograms, btc, vq. the transform domain methods are widely used in image compression, as they give high energy compaction in transformed image. so it is obvious to use images in transformed domain for feature extraction in cbir. [3] in this proposed algorithm there are two techniques, the first one by applying the transformed algorithm on the whole image to get the feature vector while the second work by 396 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 dividing the image into four blocks and applying the transform on each block. for each technique there are three transformed algorithms are used (dct, walsh transform, and kekre’s wavelet transform) to get the features and then to find the similarity using the correlation between feature vector of the query image and images in database to indexing. discrete cosine transform (dct): the discrete cosine transform (dct) is closely related to the discrete fourier transform. it is a separable linear transformation; that is, the two-dimensional transform is equivalent to a one-dimensional dct performed along a single dimension followed by a one-dimensional dct in the other dimension [4]. the definition of the two-dimensional dct for an input image a and output image b is ….(1) , ……..(2) where m and n are the row and column size of a, respectively. walsh transform the walsh matrix was proposed by joseph leonard walshin 1923. each row of a walsh matrix corresponds to a walsh function. a walsh matrix is a square matrix, with dimensions powered of 2. the entries of the matrix are either +1or −1. it has the property that the dot product of any two distinct rows (or columns) is zero. the sequence ordering of the rows of the walsh matrix can be derived from the ordering of the hadamard matrix by first applying the bit-reversal permutation and then the gray code permutation. the walsh matrix (and walsh functions) are used in computing the walsh transform and have applications in the efficient implementation of certain signal processing operations [3]. walsh transform matrix is defined as a set of n rows, denoted wj, for j = 0,1, .... , n 1, which have the following properties: ∑ wj takes on the values +1 and -1. ∑ wj[0] = 1 for all j. ∑ wj x wkt=0, for j not equal to k and wj xwkt =n, for j=k. ∑ wj has exactly j zero crossings, for j = 0, 1, .... , n-1. ∑ each row wj is even or odd with respect to its mid point the walsh transform matrix row is the row of the hadamard matrix specified by the walsh code index, which must be an integer in the range [0, ... ,n 1]. for the walsh code index equal to an integer j, there hadamard output code has exactly j zero crossings, for j = 0, 1, ..., n 1. kekre’s wavelet transform kekre’s wavelet transform is derived from kekre’s transform [2, 5]. from nxn kekre’s transform matrix, we can generate kekre’s wavelet transform matrices of size (2n)x(2n), (3n)x(3n),……, (n2)x(n2). for example, from 5x5.kekre’s transform matrix, we can generate kekre’s wavelet transform matrices of size 10x10, 15x15, 20x20 and 25x25. in general mxm kekre’s wavelet transform matrix can be generated from nxn kekre’s 397 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 transform matrix, such that m= n * p where p is any integer between 2 and n that is, 2 ≤ p ≤ n. kekre’s wavelet transform matrix satisfies [k][k]t = [d] where d is the diagonal matrix this property and hence it is orthogonal [2, 5]. the diagonal matrix value of kekre’s transform matrix of size nxn can be computed as …………………………..(3) indexing and retrieval system 1 .image similarity measure similarity measurement is a key to cbir algorithms. the algorithms search image database to find images similar to a given query, so, they should be able to evaluate the amount of similarities between images, [6] one of these algorithm is color correlation index. the correlation r is one of the most common and most useful statistics. a correlation r is a single number that describes the degree of relationship between two variables [6]. the correlation r is a correlation between query image and retrieved images. when a is a query image and b is a retrieved image. there are reduced to the matrices of the same size. the correlation is defined as follows: ……………………………..(4) here is the average of matrix element a and is the average of matrix element b. .2. image retrieval the correlation index between features of query object and database object is used to match and display images. to assess the retrieval effectiveness, we have used the precision and recall as statistical comparison parameters [7] for the proposed cbir techniques. the standard definitions for these two measures are given by following equations. ……………(5) ……………(6) the proposed cbir method in this proposed method there are two techniques that have been used, the first one by applying the transformed algorithm on the whole image while the second work by dividing the image into four blocks and applying the transform on each block as shown in figure 1. for each technique there are three transformed algorithms are used (dct, walsh transform, and kekre’s wavelet transform). the first proposed technique this proposed method is obtained using the following steps: 1. resize the colored images into nxnx3 (for example 128x128x3) 2. apply transform algorithm on each color red, green, and blue. 398 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 3. find the correlation index (by using equation (4)) between transform coefficients of red query image and transform coefficient of red database image to get red_index, then find green_index and blue index in the same way. 4. find final_index using the following equation final_index = ….7 5. repeat from step 3 until index all the images in database. 6. retrieve the images depending on higher index number. the second proposed technique this proposed method is obtained using following steps 1. resize the colored image into nxnx3 (for example 128x128x3) 2. divide the image into four equal square blocks (for example four blocks of size 64x64x3). 3. apply transform algorithm on each block for red, green, and blue. 4. find the correlation index (by using equation (4)) between transform coefficient of first red block with the first red block of image in database to get red_index, then find green_index and blue_index in the same way. 5. find block1_index using the following equation block1_index = ….7 6. repeat step4, and 5 to get block2_index, block3_index, and block4_index. 7. take the average of the indexing to find the final index between two images. 8. repeat from step 4 until index all the images in database. 9. retrieve the images depending on higher index number. experimental results the implementation of the proposed cbir techniques is tested on the image database of 200 images spread across 4 categories, in each category there are 50 images. the categories and distribution of the images with sample is shown in table 1. in the proposed method there are two techniques (as explained above), for each technique used three transform algorithm (dct, walsh transform, and kekre’s wavelet transform). for testing the performance of each proposed cbir technique, many queries are fired on the database. in each technique for each transform, the average precision and recall values is calculated using eq. 5 and eq. 6 and the results is shown in table 2 and 3. the dct is giving higher values than the other transforms also the second technique gives better performance than the first one for all the transform algorithms conclusions in this proposed algorithm used the correlation equation to find the similarity between the coefficient of transformed query image and coefficient of transformed database images. three transform algorithms have been used (dct, walsh transform, kekre’s wavelet transform). the experimental results (depending on average precision and recall) have shown that the dct algorithm is perform better than walsh transform and kekre’s wavelet transform and the kekre’s wavelet transform give better result than the walsh transform. and for all the transformed algorithms the performance improvement if used the second technique. reference 1.shijiao, zand jun, y. (2011), a novel image retrieval approach based on integer and block color distribution, journal of computational information systems, 7, ( 2): 593-598. 399 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 2.kekre, h. b. and dhirendra, m. (2011), sectorization of full kekre’s wavelet transform for feature extraction of color images, international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 2,(2) february. 3.kekre, h.b. sudeep, d. and varun, k. (2011), amelioration of walsh hadamard texture patterns based image retrieval using hsv color space, international journal of computer science and information security, 09, 03. 4.strang g. (1999), the discrete cosine transform”, siam review, 41( 1) 135-147. 5.kekre, h. b.; archana, a. and dipali, s. (2010), algorithm to generate kekre’s wavelet transform from kekre’s transform”, international journal of engineering science and technology, 2 (5)756-767. 6.neetesh, g.; singh, r.k., and dey, p., (2011), a new approach for cbir feedback based image classifier”, international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887) , 14, 4. 7.sanjay, n. t.,and satishkumar, l. v. (2010), color spaces for transform-based image retrieval”, international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887) 9,12. 400 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table(1): samples of images in database table (2): average precision and recall for applying transform on the whole color image average precision and recall category dct walsh kekre’s wavelet transform elephant 0.72 0.73 0.51 roses 0.58 0.54 0.82 horses 0.53 0.5 0.52 mountains 0.54 0.43 0.5 table (3): average precision and recall for applying transform on each block of color image average precision and recall category dct walsh kekre’s wavelet transform elephant 0.75 0.75 0.69 roses 0.8 0.57 0.75 horses 0.55 0.5 0.61 mountains 0.65 0.4 0.61 no. of image category 50 elephants 50 roses 50 horses 50 mountains sample of image 401 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 402 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 صورة باستخدام الفهرسة المعتمدة على ترابط المعامالت ا ل استرجاع االء عبد الحميد عبد اللطيف جامعة بغداد قسم علوم الحاسبات ،كلية لتربية ابن الهيثم، 2012شباط 26، قبل البحث في 2011ن االول تشري12استلم البحث في الخالصة في استرجاع الصورة هو من مجاالت البحث المهمة في مجال معالجة ألصور واكتشاف ألنمط والرؤية الحاسوبية. هذه الخوارزمية المقترحة هناك تقنيتين الستخراج خصائص ألصورة االولى بتطبيق خوارزمية التحويل على الصورة الكاملة والتقنية االخرى بتقسيم الصورة على اربعة اقسام. وتطبق خوارزمية التطبيق على كل جزء، وفي كل تقنية استعملت ثالث م، وتحويل والش، والتحويل كيكر المويجي).ولفهرسة الصور وٕايجاد التشابه خوارزميات للتحويل (التحويل الجيب تما استعملت معادلة االرتباط بين خصائص الصورة المستفهمة والصور في قاعدة البيانات. تعتمد طريقة االسترجاع على اعلى قيمة للفهرسة. ه نتائج افضل(معدل الدقة واالسترجاع اعلى)اوضحت نتائج التجربة ان تطبيق التحويل الجيب تمام على الصورة ل مقارنة بالخوارزميات االخرى المستعملة في هذا البحث وكذلك ان تقسيم الصورة على اربعة اقسام وتطبيق خوارزمية التحويل على كل جزء يحسن من اداء التقنية. ل االرتباط، التحويل الجيب تمام، تحويل استرجاع الصورة باستخدام المحتوى،استخالص الخواص، معامالكلمات المفتاحية: والش، التحويل كيكر المويجي. 44-54.pdf 10880058 10880059 10880060 10880061 10880062 10880063 10880064 10880065 microsoft word 6 381 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis and characterization of novel 1,3-oxazepines derived from diamic acid : n,n‾-bis-(4-methyl phenyl ) pyromellitamic diacid shaimaa a. saued jumbad h. tomma emad t. ali dept. of chemistry / college education for pure science /(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in: 3 march 2014 ,accepted in:22 june 2014 abstract the symmetrical n,n‾-bis-(4-methyl phenyl) pyromellitamic diacid (i) was synthesized from the reaction of toludine with pyromellitic dianhydride in dry acetone. esterification of amic acid (i) with dimethyl sulphate in basic medium using acetone as a solvent give symmetrical n,n‾-bis-( 4methyl phenyl ) pyromellitam diacetate (ii). the condensation of new ester with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol leads to the formation symmetrical n,n‾-bis(4-methyl phenyl) pyromellitamic hydrazide (iii). new symmetrical 1,3-oxazepine derivatives (v)a-e can be synthesized from the reaction of the new synthesized schiff bases (iii)a-e (which are synthesized from the reaction new hydrazide (ii) with different aromatic aldehyde) with naphthalic anhydride in dry benzene . the synthesized compounds have been characterized by their melting points and by their spectral data, ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy of compound (v)c. key words: 1,3-oxazepines, schiff bases, hydrazides, easters 382 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction 1,3 –oxazepine (1) is a seven member ring compound with two hetero atoms, oxygen atom at position (1) and nitrogen atom at position (3). o n (1) oxazepine derivatives showed various biological activities [1,2] also, oxazepine derivatives are used in another applied fields [3] . 1,3 oxazepines (3) synthesized from the reaction of compound (2) with maleic anhydride in etoh as a solvent [4] . no h3c nh s no h3c nh s o n r h o o o o etoh o n rh o o c o o c reflux 3h (3) (2) r=hcoh , -ch=ch-ch3 , ph , -ph-br ,4-(ch3)2-ph or -h in addition , 2-disubstituted -3 (pyrimidine -2-yl)-1,3-dihydro-1,3-oxazepine 4,7diones (5) were synthesized from condensation of compound (4) with malice anhydride in dry dioxane as a solvent [5] . n n n r o c c oo r' n n och 3 r'= ch 3 ch 3 h n n n r r' o o o , or , r= dry dioxane or (4) (5) recently, al-jamali et. al [6] synthesized 2-(pmethoxy phenyl) -2,3-(quinolone) [1,3]-oxazpine -4,7 dione (7) from reflux of schiff base (6) with malice anhydride in dry benzene . n nhc n h3co n h c c o c o o h3co o o o dry benzene (6) (7) more recently s. alzobaydi et .al [7] synthesized a new oxazepines (9) from reaction of schiff bases (8) with phthalic anhydride in dry benzene. 383 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 n n n c c r r' r r' n n nc c c r r r' r' o co o o o cco 5 hrs dry benzen phthalic anhydride (9) (8) according to above facts , we decided to synthesize a new symmetrical schiff bases and thier novel 1,3-oxazepine derivatives. experimental materials all the chemicals were supplied from merck , gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received . techniques ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a ftir spectrophotometer , shimadzo (ir prestige-21) . 1hnmr spectrum was carried out by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . measurements were made at chemistry department, al-albyat university , uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus. general procedure compounds (iv)a-e and (v)a-ewere synthesized according to scheme 1. synthesis of symmetrical diamic acid n,n‾-bis-( 4-methyl phenyl ) pyromellitamic diacid (i) . to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (0.218g, 0.001mole) in (15ml) acetone , a solution of 4-toludine ( 0.214g, 0.002 mole) in (15ml) acetone was added dropwise during one hour, the mixture was then left at room temperature with continuous stirring for 24 hrs [8], the pale yellow product was then filtered off and recrystallized from acetone to give the a corresponding pyromellitamic diacid (i) . yield 76% , mp > 300o c. synthesis of symmetrical n,n‾-bis-(4-methyl phenyl ) pyromellitam diacetate (ii). a mixture of compound (i)a-c (4.3 g, 0.01mole) and anhydrous sodium carbonate (1.8g, 0.02 mole) was dissolved in 20ml of acetone , to this solution (0.02 mole) of dimethyl sulphate was added . after 20 min , the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hrs. the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature, extraction with chloroform[9]. the yellow oily product was collected by evaporating the chloroform to give compound (ii) . yield 65% , mp = 180-181o c. synthesis of symmetrical n,n‾-bis-(4-methyl phenyl) pyromellitamic hydrazide (iii) a solution of ester compounds (ii) (4.6g, 0.01 mole ) and hydrazine hydrate (15ml) in 25 ml of ethanol was heated under reflex for 2 hrs , the mixture was then cooled to room 384 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 temperature, and the obtained solid was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol[10] .the physical properties data of new yellow hydrazide compound (iii) , yield 80% , mp =228-230 o c. ar ar c c c c oo oo och3 h3co hn nh ar nh2nh2 etoh c c c c oo oo nh hn hn nh arh2n nh2 ar c c c c oo oo oh ho hn nh ar (ii) (iii) (iv)a-e (v)a-e na2co3 (ch3)2so4 nh c o nh c o c o c o hnn n ch ch hn ar ar nh c o nh c o c o c o hnn n ch ch hn ar ar o o o o o o 3or 4-xc6h4cho x x x x ar= 4-mec6h4x= 3-no2, 4-cl , 4-br, 4-oh or 4-och3 2 (i) o o o o o o 4-toludine acetone etoh dry benzene ; scheme 1 naphthalic anhydride synthesis of symmetrical new schiff bases. (iv )a-e . 385 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 a mixture of new acid hydrazide (iii) (0.46g, 0.001 mole) , different aromatic aldehyde (0.002 mole) , ethanol absolute (3 ml) was heated to reflux for 4hrs[6] . then the mixture was cooled to room temperature , and the solid obtained was filtered and recrystallized from ethanol .the physical data of new schiff bases are listed in table (1). synthesis of symmetrical novel 1,3-oxazepine derivatives (v)a-e . a mixture of synthesized schiff bases (0.001mole) and naphthalic anhydride (0.296g ,0.002 mole) in dry benzene 5ml was refluxed for 6 hrs. the solvent was removed and the resulting colored crystalline solid was recrystallized from 1,4-dioxane to obtain new 1,3-oxazipenes . the physical data for all synthesized 1,3-oxazepines are given in table (2) . results and discussion n,n‾-bis-(4-methyl phenyl) pyromellitamic diacid (i) was synthesized by the reaction of one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride with two moles of toluedine in acetone as a solvent. the structure of amic acid was studied by it′s melting point and ftir spectroscopy . ftir spectrum showed the disappearance of absorption bands of nh2 group and other peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of the starting materials together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety in the region ( 3292-2546) cm-1, a stretching band of carboxylic acid (c=o) appeared 1701 cm-1 , a stretching band of n-h group appeared at 3257 cm-1 . while a stretching band which is appeared at 1653cm-1 could be attributed to amid group( c=o) . also the ftir spectrum exhibited new absorption bands in the region 2922-2868 cm-1 due to c-h aliphatic group[11] . the esterification of n,n‾-bis-(4-methylphenyl) pyromellitamic diacid using dimethyl sulphate in presence of anhydrous sodium carbonate in dry acetone to get the corresponding esters. the ester compound (ii) was charecteized by their melting point and ftir sprcetroscopy . the ftir spectrum showed a new absorption band at 1728 cm-1 due to stretching vibration of the (c=o) for ester , also the appearance of a new band at 1199 cm-1 due to (c-o) of ester , besides to the disappearance of two bands of o-h and c=o of carboxylic moiety [12]. the acid hydrazide (iii) was synthesized by the reaction of compounds [ii]with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol . this compound was characterized by its melting point and ftir spectrum which was showed new absorption bands in the region (33273217) cm-1 due to the (nh and nh2) groups and new stretching vibration band due to (c=o) of amide group at 1631 cm-1 for hydrazide moiety . the new schiff bases (iv)a-e were synthesized by condensation of one mole of acid hydrazide (iii) with two moles of different aromatic aldehyde in ethanol . these compounds were identified by their melting points , ftir and ¹hnmr spectrum of compound (iv) c. ftir absorption-spectra which showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 group together with appearance of new absorption band in the region (1645-1608) cm¯¹ which is assigned to imine group (c=n) stretching. the other ftir data of functional groups which are characteristic of these compounds are given in table 3. the new 1,3-oxazepine derivatives (v)a-e were synthesized by refluxing one mole of compounds (iv) with two moles of naphthalic anhydride in dry benzene. the mechanism involves the addition of one σ bond of c-o group to -bond (n=c) to give 4-membered cyclic ring and 5-membered cyclic ring of naphthalic anhydride in the same transition state [t.s]a , which opens into phthalic anhydride to give 7-membered cyclic ring (c). the mechanism of this reaction [13] may be outlined as follows in scheme (2). 386 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the characteristic ftir absorption bands of these compounds were confirmed from the disappearance of stretching band due to c=n of schiff bases and other peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of the starting materials with appearance of two bands characteristic of two carbonyl groups of oxazepine ring. the ftir spectral data of new oxazepine compounds are listed in table 4. the 1hnmr spectrum of compound (v)c , figure 1 showed aromatic protons , c-h protons of oxazepine rings[14] and protons of n-h group of conhar moiety appear as triplet ,doublet and singlet signals in the region δ(7.13 – 8.99) ppm and the nh protons of conh-hetrocyclic moiety appear at δ 3.09ppm [15]. a good sharp singlet signal at δ 1.05ppm due to protons of two ch3 groups . references 1serrano-wu, m. h.; laurent d. r.; and chen , y. (2002) "sordarin oxazepine derivatives as potent antifungal agents" , bioorganic and medicinal chemistry letters , 12(19), 2757-2760. 2smith, l. wong, w. c. and kiselyov, a. s. (2006) " arylphthalazines. part 2: 1(isoquinolin5-yl)-4-arylamino phthalazines as potent inhibitors of vegf receptors i and ii" , bioorganic and medicinal chemistry letters, 16(6)1579-1581. 3blain, p. g. , (2003). " toxicological review" , www.biomedexperts.com, 22( 2) , 103110. 4 yass , a. (2010) "synthesis of substitutead 1,3-oxazepine and 1,3-diazepine via schiff bases for selfamethoxazole drug" , kerbala journal of pharmaceutical sciences,1,49-58. 5ahmad, sh. m. (2011) "synthesis and characterization of 1,2-disubstituted -3(pyrimidine-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1h-1,3-diazepine-4,7-dione" , journal of al-nahrain university ,14:3, 24-34. 6aljamali, n.m. and salman , h. e. (2012). "synthesis and chemico-biological studying of various organic compounds" , kerbala journal of pharmaceutical sciences ,4,73-84. 7 alzobaydi, s. f. and hassan, e. m. (2013) "synthesis some heterocyclic compound based on 2,5–disubsituted pyridine" , journal of al-nahrain university, 16:1, 60-70 . 8lazim, k. m. (2011) "synthesis and characterization of symmetrical and asymmetrical pyromellitimides and thier amic acids containing heterocyclic unit", msc. thesis , college of education for ure science ibn alhaitham university of baghdad . 9al-rwbaiy, z. (1998) "synthesis and characterization of some new derivatives 1,2,4triazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole", m.sc thesis ,college of education for pure science –ibn –al haitham ,university of baghdad . 10abbas, s.; ali, e. and tomma, j. (2013) "synthesis and characterization of new heterocyclic derived from pyromellic dianhydride", ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci ., 26(3) , 268-280. 11ali , e. ; al-aliawy, k. and tomma, j. (2011) "synthesis and characterization of new symmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives and their amic acids", ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci ., 24 (3) , 110-121. 387 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 12silverstein, r., bassler, g. and morrill, t. (1981) "spectrometric identification of organic compounds", 4thed,johin wiley and sons ,new york. 13al-jamali, n. m., (2008), “synthesis, characterization of new 1,3-oxazepine, diazepine, thiazepine derivatives and open ring of thio compounds”, ph.d. thesis, college of education for pure science ibn –al haitham , university of baghdad. 14muhsin, t. r . (2012) "synthesis and biological activity of new compounds derived from 3-[4-(4-methoxybenoyloxy)benzylideneamino]-2-thioxo-imidazolidin-4-one", m.sc. thesis , college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham university of baghdad. 15al-mamory, s. t. h. (2012) "synthesis and characterization of some new asymmetrical imid/ isoimide derived from pyromellic dianhydride", msc. thesis , college of education ure science for ibn al-haitham university of baghdad. 388 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(1): the physical properties of new schiff bases[iv] comp . no. nomenclature structural formula molecuar formula m. p 0c yiel d % color [iv]a bis[n,n′-( 4methyl phenyl)2,2′-(3′′nitrophenyl) benz ylidene amino ]pyromellit diamid c o nh c o c o hn c o n n ch ch nh nh ch3 h3c no2 no2 c38 h30 n8o8 192194 86 glow yellow [iv] b bis[n,n′-( 4chlorol phenyl)2,2′-(4′′nitrophenyl) benz ylidene amino ]pyromellit diamid c o nh c o c o hn c o n n ch ch nh nh ch3 h3c cl cl c38h30 n6o4cl2 >29 0 83 pale yellow [iv]c bis[n,n′-( 4bromo phenyl)2,2′-(4′′nitrophenyl) benz ylidene amino ]pyromellit diamid c o nh c o c o hn c o n n ch ch nh nh ch3 h3c br br c38h30n6 o4 br2 218220 87 yellow [iv] d bis[n,n′-( 4hydroxy phenyl)-2,2′-(4′′nitrophenyl) benz ylidene amino ]pyromellit diamid c o nh c o c o hn c o n n ch ch nh nh ch3 h3c ho oh c38h32 n6 o6 250252 78 orange yellow [iv]e bis[n,n′-( 4methoxy phenyl)-2,2′-(4′′nitrophenyl) benz ylidene amino ]pyromellit diamid c o nh c o c o hn c o n och3 h3co n ch ch nh nh ch3 h3c c40 h36 n6 o6 160162 81 yellow 389 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.( 2): the physical properties of new 1,3-oxazepines [v]. comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecuar formula m. p 0c yield % color [v]a bis [n,n′[(4methylphenyl)-2,2′(3′′-methoxy phenyl)(2,3-dihydronaphth[1,2e]1,3oxazepin -4,7diones-3-yl)] pyromellit diamide nh c o nh c o c o hn c o nh nhc n ch o c o c o o cco o ch3 h3c no2 o2n c62 h 42 n8 o14 184185 79 dark yellow [v]b bis [n,n′[(4methyl phenyl)-2,2′(4′′-chloro phenyl )(2,3-dihydronaphth[1,2e]1,3oxazepin -4,7diones-3-yl)] pyromellit diamide nh c o nh c o c o hn c o nh n cl hc n ch o c o c o o cco o ch3 h3c cl c 62 h42 n6 o10 cl2 207208 78 dark yellow [v]c bis [n,n′[(4methyl phenyl)-2,2′(4′′-bromo phenyl )(2,3-dihydronaphth[1,2e]1,3oxazepin -4,7diones-3-yl)] pyromellit diamide nh c o nh c o c o hn c o nh n br hc n ch o c o c o o cco o ch3 h3c br c62 h42 n6 o10 br2 207208 81 dark yellow [v]d bis [n,n′[(4methyl phenyl)-2,2′(4′′-hydroxy phenyl )-(2,3dihydronaphth[1,2e]1,3oxazepin -4,7diones-3-yl)] pyromellit diamide nh c o nh c o c o hn c o nh n oh hc n ch o c o c o o cco o ch 3 h 3c ho c62h44 n6 o12 234235 80 pale orange [v]e bis [n,n′[(4methyl phenyl)-2,2′(4′′-methoxy phenyl )-(2,3dihydronaphth[1,2e]1,3oxazepin -4,7diones-3-yl)] pyromellit diamide nh c o nh c o c o hn c o nh n och 3 hc n ch o c o c o o cco o ch 3 h 3c ch 3o c64h48 n6 o12 165166 83 dark yellow 390 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(3):characteristic ftir absorption bands of new schiff bases compounds[iv]ae. table no.( 4): characteristic ftir absorption bands of 1,3 oxazepine[v]. comp . no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) υ (nh) υ (c-h)aliph. υ (c=o) lacton, lactam υ (c=o) amide υ (c=c) [v]a 3464 2924-2852 1770,1735 1660,1625 1589 [v]b 3203 2910-2860 1770,1741 1654,1640 1586 [v]c 3421 2939-2852 1770,1734 1668,1625 1583 [v]d 3468 2899-2829 1772,1736 1654,1645 1600 [v]e 3446 2944-2850 1772,1735 1645,1622 1602 comp . no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) υ (nh) υ (ch) arom. υ (c=o) amide υ (c=n) υ (c=c) other [iv]a 3450-3423 3005 1660,1625 1645 1585 no2:1527,1307 [iv]b 3286-3215 3014 1654,1635 1609 1600 c-cl: 940 [iv]c 3442-3430 3059 1668,1653 1640 1583 c-br: 619 [iv]d 3485-3470 3030 1654,1630 1608 1597 o-h: 3305 [iv]e 3462-3420 3020 1645,1628 1620 1602 c-o: 1251 391 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.( 1): 1h-nmr spectra of compound [v]c 392 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 اوكسازبين جديدة مشتقة من حامض ثنائي -3,1تحضير وتشخيص مركبات ثنائي الحامضمثيل فنيل )بايرومالتاميك -4(-االميك : بس حميدشيماء عبد سعود جمبد ھرمز توما موسى عماد تقي علي جامعة بغداد) /ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2014حزيران 22,قبل البحث في: 2014اذار 3استلم البحث في: الخالصة -′n,n ثنائي الحامض مثيل فنيل )بايرومالتاميك -4(-بس[i] توليدين مع بايرومالتيك ثنائي -4من تفاعل حضر تمت استرة حامض االميك مع داي مثيل سلفيت و كاربونات الصوديوم الالمائية في .االنھيدرايد في االسيتون الجاف . ومن تكاثف ھذا [ii] مثيل فنيل )بايرومالتام ثنائي اسيتيت4( -بسn,n′-للحصول على المركب بوصفه مذيبا االسيتون مثيل فنيل )بايرومالتاميك -4( -بس-n,n′-ستر مع الھيدرازين المائي في االيثانول ينتج المركب الجديد اال e-a [viii]من تفاعل مركبات الشف الجديدة e -a[v] اوكسازبين-3,1.حضرت مركبات جديدة من [iii]ھيدرازايد وماتية المتنوعة) مع فثاللك انھيدرايد في البنزين الجاف . مع االلديھايدات االر [iii](التي حضرت من تفاعل الھيدرازايد من خالل قياس درجة االنصھار لھا واطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء ودرست جميع المركبات المحضرة اعاله شخصت وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي للبعض منھا . اوكسازبين , قواعد شف , ھيدرازيد , استرات.1,3الكلمات المفتاحية: بحث ٢ microsoft word 426-435 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|426    fuzzy fixed point theorem for some types of fuzzy jungck contractive mappings in hilbert space buthainah a.a.ahmed email: buthainah_altai@scbaghdad.edu manar falih dheyab email: manarfalih@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics / college of science / university of baghdad abstract in this paper, developed jungck contractive mappings into fuzzy jungck contractive and proved fuzzy fixed point for some types of generalize fuzzy jungck contractive mappings. keywords: fuzzy mapping, fuzzy fixed point and jungck contractive. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|427    1. introduction the concept of fuzzy set was introduced by l.zadeh [3]in (1965).after that a lot of work has been done regarding fuzzy set and fuzzy mappings. the concept of fuzzy mapping was first introduced by heilpern [4].in (2001) , estruch and vidal [1] proved a fuzzy fixed point theorem for fuzzy contractive mappings .jungck, g.[2][(1976) introduced jungck contractive mapping and proved fixed point theorems . in this paper , we introduced jungck contractive mapping and studied some results of fuzzy fixed point theorems for some types of generalized fuzzy jungck contractive mapping in hilbert space. preliminaries in this section, we recall some basic definitions and preliminaries that will be needed in this paper. definition 2.1[3]: let h be a hilbert space and f(h) be a collection of all fuzzy sets in h . let a ∈ f h and α ∈ [0, 1] the α level set of a, denoted by a is defined by a = {u : a(u) α } if α ∈ 0,1 a = u : a u α where b denotes the closure of a set b. definition a fuzzy set a is said to be an approximate quantity if and only if a is compact and convex for each α ∈ 0,1 , and sup ∈ a(u) = 1 .when a is an approximate quantity and a(u )=1 for some u ∈ h , a is identified with an approximate of u . the collection of all fuzzy sets in h is denoted by f(h) and w(h) is the sub collection of all approximate quantities. definition let a , b ∈ w h and α ∈ 0,1 . then i. δ (a,b) = inf ∈ , ∈ ‖u v‖ ii. d (a,b) = dis(a , b ) , where “dis” is the hausdorff distance iii. d(a , b) = sup d (a,b) iv. δ (a , b) = sup δ (a,b). it is to be noted that for any ‘α’, δ is a non decreasing as well as continuous function. definition let a , b ∈ w h . an approximate quantity a is said to be more accurate than b (denoted by a⊂ b if and only if a u b u , ∀ u ∈ h. definition a mapping m from the set h into w(h) is said to be fuzzy mapping. definition the point u ∈ h is called fixed point for the fuzzy mapping m if {u}⊂tu. if u ⊂ tu is called fuzzy fixed point of m . we shall use the following lemmas due to helipern. lemma δ (u,b) ‖u v‖ δ v, b , ∀ u, v ∈ h. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|428    lemma if u ⊂ a , then δ (u ,b) d a, b , ∀ b ∈ w h . lemma let a ∈ w h and u ∈ h, if u ⊂ a then δ (u ,a)= 0, for each α ∈ 0,1 . lemma let h be a hilbert space and m fuzzy mapping from h into w(h) and u ∈ h, then there exists u ∈ h such that u ⊂ tu . fuzzy fixed point theorem for types of fuzzy jungck the scope of the function in this section, ω the class of all functins ψ: 0, ∞ → 0, ∞ , where ψ is non-decreasing and ∑ ψ t ∞ , for each t 0 and ψ is n th iteration of ψ and ψ 0 0. first of all, we introduce the following definitions and examples. definition let h be a hilbert space and m, n:h→ w h . a fuzzy mappings m and n are called fuzzy jungck contraction mapping if there exists ξ ∈ 0 , 1 , such that d t u , t v ξd s u , s v , for all u, v ∈ h. example let h =[0 ,1] , let us define m,n :h→ w h by s u s t v s ⎩ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎧0 , 0 s , s , s 1 and let ξ 1 . then, m and n are fuzzy jungck contraction mapping . definition let h be a hilbert space and m, n:h→ w h . a fuzzy mappings {m , n} are said to be fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting if for each x, y ∈ h and r 0 , such that d s u , t v r‖u v‖ . example let h=[0,1] and define m,n:h→ w h be a fuzzy mapping such that m=n for all x ∈ [0,1] , t(u) is a fuzzy set on h given by , t(0)(s) = 1, s 0 α, s ∈ 0, , s ∈ , 1 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|429    t(1)(s) = 1, s 0 3α, s ∈ 0, , s ∈ , 1 for all z ∈ 0 , 1 t(z)(s) = 1, s 0 α, s ∈ 0, 0 , s ∈ , 1 when 0 α , then m 0 = m z m 1 ={0} m 0 m z m 1 0 , , m 0 m 1 0 , 1 , m z 0 , and n 0 = n z n 1 ={0} n 0 n z n 1 0 , , n 0 n 1 0 , 1 , n z 0 , . consequently d n u , m v h n u , m v 0 , ∀ u, v ∈ h, d n u , m v h n u , m v 0 , ∀ u, v ∈ h, d n u , m v h n u , m v 0 , ∀ u, v ∈ 0,1 and u, v ∈ 0,1 , d n u , m v h n u , m v , ∀ v ∈ 0,1 and u ∈ 0,1 . now, d n u , m v = sup {d n u , m v = d n u , m v r‖u v‖ . then n and m is fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . we prove the following theorem: theorem let h be a hilbert space and m,n be a fuzzy jungck contractive mappings satisfy the following conditions: 1. n is continuous fuzzy mapping. 2. m(h)⊂ n h . 3. {n , m} are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . then , there exists u ∈ h such that u is a common fuzzy fixed point of m and n . proof let u ∈ h, there exists u ∈ nu ⊂ mu . in general, choose u such that for n 1, 3,5, … … . u ∈ n u ⊂ mu and ‖ u u ‖ =δ u , m u d m u , m u so ‖ u u ‖ d m u , m u since m,n are a fuzzy jungck contractive mappings , then ‖ u u ‖ d m u , m u ξ d n u , n u ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|430    sine u ∈ n u and u ∈ n u . then , ‖ u u ‖ ξ d n u , n u =ξ‖ u u ‖ whenever ξ ∈ (0 , 1) ‖ u u ‖ ∑ u u ∑ ξ ‖u u ‖ ) ‖u u ‖ if n → ∞ , then ξ converge to 0. therefore the sequence { u is a cauchy sequence in h . so by completeness of h, { u converge to u ∈ h . now, since n is continuous fuzzy mapping , then n u also converges on h. finally, we show that δ u , mu = 0 δ u , m u ‖u u‖ + d n u , mu since , {n , m} are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting .then δ u , n u ‖u u‖ +r‖ u u‖ . hence , δ u , n u 0 and u ⊂ nu. clearly u is a common fuzzy fixed point of the fuzzy mappings n and m. in particular if α 1, then u is a common fixed point of n and m. ∎ theorem let h be a hilbert space and t, s be a fuzzy mappings satisfy the following conditions: 1. d n u , n v ψ β max m u , v .such that, β ∈ 0,1 and m(u , v) = d m u , m v , , , , d m v , n v d m v , n u 2 2. m is continuous fuzzy mapping. 3. n(h) ⊂ m h . 4. {n , m} are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . then , there exists u ∈ h such that u is a common fuzzy fixed point of m and n . proof let u ∈ h, there exists u ∈ mu ⊂ nu . in general, choose u such that for n 1, 3,5, … … . u ∈ m u ⊂ nu and ‖ u u ‖ = δ u , n u d n u , n u so ‖ u u ‖ d n u , n u by condition 1 , then ‖ u u ‖ d n u , n u ψ β max m u , u m u , u = d m u , m u , , , , d m u , n u d m u , n u 2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|431    m u , u = ‖ u u ‖ , ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ , ‖ u u ‖ ‖ u u ‖ 2 m u , u = ‖ u u ‖ , ‖ ‖ , ‖ u u ‖ 2 hence, ‖ u u ‖ ψ β max ‖ u u ‖ , ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ‖ u u ‖ ψ β‖ u u ‖ . therefore, ‖ u u ‖ ψ ‖ u u ‖ ψ d n u , n u ‖ u u ‖ ψ ‖ u u ‖ . . . ‖ u u ‖ ψ ‖ u u ‖ ‖ u u ‖ ψ ‖ u u ‖ ⋯ … … … ψ ‖ u u ‖ ‖ u u ‖ ∑ ψ ‖ u u ‖ . since, ∑ ψ ‖ u u ‖ ∞ therefore, the sequence { u is a cauchy sequence in h. so by completeness of h, { u converges to x in h. now, since m is continuous fuzzy mapping , then m u also converges on h. finally, we show that δ u , nu = 0 δ u , n u ‖u u‖ + d n u , nu ‖u u‖ ψ β max m u , u m u , u = d m u , m u , , , , d m u , n u d m u , n u 2 since , {m , n} are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting .then δ u , n u ‖u u‖ +ψ ‖ u u‖ . hence , δ u , n u 0 and u ⊂ nu. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|432    clearly u is a common fuzzy fixed point of the fuzzy mappings n and m .in particular if α 1, then u is a common fixed point of t and s. ∎ theorem let h be a hilbert space and n , n , n be a fuzzy mappings satisfies the following conditions: 1. d n u , n v β d n u , n u ξ d n v , n v λ d n u , n v γ d n u , n v η d n v , n v for all u, v ∈ h where γ, η, β, λ, ξ 0 with γ η β λ ξ 1 . 2. n and n are continuous fuzzy mapping. 3. n (h) ⊂ n h ∩ n h . 4. {n , n } and {n , n } are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . then , there exists u ∈ h such that u is a common fuzzy fixed point of n , n and n . proof: let u ∈ h, there exists u and u such that u ∈ n u ⊂ n u and u ∈ n u ⊂ n u . by induction one can construct a sequence { u in h, such that for n= 1, 3 , 5, ….. u ∈ n u ⊂ n u and u ∈ n u ⊂ n u . and ‖ u u ‖ = δ u , n u d n u , n u so ‖ u u ‖ d n u , n u by condition 1 , then ‖ u u ‖ d n u , n u β d n u , n u ξ d n u , n u λ d n u , n u γ d n u , n u η d n u , n u ‖ u u ‖ β ‖ u u ‖ ξ ‖ u u ‖ λ ‖ u u ‖ γ ‖ u u ‖ η ‖ u u ‖ hence ‖ u u ‖ ξ ‖ u u ‖ η ‖ u u ‖ β ‖ u u ‖ ‖ u u ‖ ‖ u u ‖ . putting q = 1 then, we have ‖u u ‖ q‖u u ‖ now , for any positive integer m ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|433    ‖u u ‖ q‖u u ‖ ‖u u ‖ . ‖u u ‖ q q q ⋯ q ‖u u ‖ ‖u u ‖ which implies that ‖u u ‖ → 0 as n → ∞ hence {u is cauchy sequance in h, but h is a hilbert space, so {u is converge to u. now, since n and n are continuous fuzzy mapping , then n u and n u also converges on h. finally, we show that δ u , n u = 0 δ u , n u ‖u u‖ + d n u , n u ‖u u‖ β d n u , n u ξ d n u , n u λ d n u , n u γ d n u , n u η d n u , n u . since , {n , n } and {n , n are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting .then δ u , n u λ γ ‖ u u‖ . consequently , δ u , n u 0 and u ⊂ nu. clearly u is a common fuzzy fixed point of the fuzzy mappings n , n , n ,.in particular if α 1, then x is a common fixed point of n , n and n . ∎ theorem let h be a hilbert space and n , n , n be a fuzzy mappings satisfy the following conditions: 1. d n u , n v β d n u , n v . d n v , n v ξ d n v , n v . d n u , n u λ d n u , n v . d n v , n u γ ‖v u‖ for all u, v ∈ h where γ, β, λ, ξ 0 with 2γ 2β λ 2ξ 1 . 2. n and n are continuous fuzzy mapping. 3. n (h) ⊂ n h ∩ n h . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|434    4. {n , n } and {n , n } are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . then , there exists u ∈ h such that u is a common fuzzy fixed point of n , n and n . proof similar to prove theorem 3.7 ∎ definition let h be a hilbert space and n, m:h→ w h . a fuzzy mappings t and s are called fuzzy jungck like contractive mapping, if there exists ξ ∈ 0 , 1 , such that d n u , n v ξ‖u v‖ ψ d m u , m v , for all u, v ∈ h. theorem let h be a hilbert space and n, m be a fuzzy jungck like contractive mappings satisfies the following conditions: 1. m is continuous fuzzy mapping. 2. n(h)⊂ m h . 3. {m , n} are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . then , there exists u ∈ h such that u is a common fuzzy fixed point of n and m . proof trivial ∎ definition let h be a hilbert space and n, m:h→ w h . a fuzzy mappings t and s are called fuzzy jungck generalized like contractive mapping, if there exists ξ ∈ 0 , 1 , such that d n u , n v ξ‖u v‖ ψ d m u , n u , d n u , m v , for all u, v ∈ h. theorem let h be a hilbert space and n, m be a fuzzy jungck generalized like contractive mappings satisfies the following conditions: 1. m is continuous fuzzy mapping. 2. n(h)⊂ m h . 3. {m , n} are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . then , there exists u ∈ h such that u is a common fuzzy fixed point of n and m . proof: trivial ∎ definition let h be a hilbert space and n, m:h→ w h . a fuzzy mappings t and s are called fuzzy jungck slike contractive mapping, if there exists ξ ∈ 0 , 1 , such that d n u , n v ξ m u , v ψ m u , v , for all u, v ∈ h and m u , v max ‖u v‖ , d n u , m v , d m v , n v , d m u , n v d m v , n u 2 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1816 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|435    theorem let h be a hilbert space and n, m be a fuzzy jungck s-like contractive mappings satisfies the following conditions: 1. m is continuous fuzzy mapping. 2. n(h)⊂ m h . 3. {m , n} are fuzzy r∗ weakly commuting . then , there exists u ∈ h such that u is a common fuzzy fixed point of n and m . proof trivial ∎ references [1] vd. estruch and a.vidal, “a note on fixed fuzzy points for fuzzy mappings”,rend. ist. mat. univ. trieste.32,39-45,2001. [2] jungck, g commuting mappings and fixed points, the american mathematical monthly,.83. 4,1976, 261-263 [3] l.a.zadeh,probability measures of fuzzy events, j.math.anal.appl.23,421427,.1968 [4] s.heilpern, fuzzy mappings and fixed point theorem, j.math. anal.83, 566-569. 1981   17062012115649 17062012115649_001 17062012115649_002 17062012115649_003 17062012115649_004 17062012115649_005 17062012115649_006 17062012115649_007 17062012115649_008 microsoft word 57-80 57 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 synthesis, antibacterial and antifungal activities for novel derivatives of 2,2'-(((1-benzylbenzoimidazol-2-yl) methyl) azanediyl) bis (ethan-1-ol) aziz latif jarallah department of medical lab, technology, esraa university college khalid fahad ali raied mustafa shakir raiedalsayab@yahoo.co.uk shaimaa abed saoud department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 19 november 2018, accepted 17 october 2018, publish january 2019 abstract the compound 2,2'-(((1h-benzo(d) imidazol-2-yl)methyl)azanediyl)bis(ethan-1-ol) was reacted with benzyl bromide to afford compound (1) which used as row material to prepare a series of compounds through condensation reaction, the starting compound were reacted with tosyl chloride to protect the oh group to afford compound 2, then reacted benzyl bromide to produce compound (2), then the compound (2) treated with three compounds (2mercaptobenzthiazole, 2-mercaptobenimidazol and 2-chloromethyl benzimidazole) to form compounds 3a, b, 4a,b and 5a,b respectively. in the another step the click reaction of compound 2, 2'-(((1h-benzo(d)imidazol-2-yl) methyl) azanediyl)bis(ethan-1-ol) with propargyl bromide produce compound 6 which reacted with sodium azide or benzyl azide to afford the compounds 7 and 8. the synthesized compounds were characterized and measured the physical properties via the ft-ir, hnmr, besides to the chn analysis. these newly compounds were screened their antibacterial and antifungal activity. compounds 1, 2a and 8 showed significant antibacterial activity as well these compounds exhibited either low or moderated antifungal activity. keywords: benzimidazole derivatives, diethanolamine, benzothiazole, triazole, antibacterial, antifungal. 1.introduction the heterocyclic compounds are considering very important compound in many fields like the agriculture, industry and medicine application, the benzimidazole compounds are derivatives from the heterocyclic compounds benzimidazole can be described as fused bicycle between benzene and imidazole. the first synthesis of benzimidazole had been reported during 1872 by hoebrecker whom synthesized 2,5-dimethylbenzimidazole and 2,6 dimethylbenzimidazole by the reduction of 2-nitro-4 methylacetanilide [1,2] the benzimidazoles and their derivatives exhibited remarkable biological activity and significant pharmacophore structure in therapeutic activities like antiulcers[3], antihypertensives, analgesic, anti-inflammatory [4,5], antiviral ]7,6[ , antifungals [8], anticancers ]9 -11[ , and 58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 antihistaminics [12]. the most prominent benzimidazole compound in nature is n-ribosyldimethyl benzimidazole, which known as ligand for cobalt in vitamin b12 [13-15]. due to the significant importance of benzimidazoles, a large numbers of methods have been reported for synthesizing benzimidazole derivatives and according to high biological activities of benzimidazole derivatives new benzimidazole containing some heterocyclic rings and test in vitro their preliminary antibacterial and antifungal activities. 2. experimental all chemicals and solvents utilized brand sigma-aldrich, fisher and merck to synthesize the target compounds. the synthesized compounds were characterized and measured the physical properties via the ft-ir, hnmr, spectroscopies and melting points. 2.1. synthesis of 2,2'-(((1-benzylbenzoimidazol-2-yl) methyl)azanediyl)bis(ethan-1-ol) (1). (1) benzyl bromide (4.1 g, 2.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2,2'-(((1h-benzo(d)imidazol2-yl) methyl) azanediyl)bis(ethan-1-ol (2.35 g, 10 mmol) in 25 ml of acetone and anhydrous potassium carbonate (1.38 g ,10 mmol) drop wise within 30 mins. the mixture was refluxed for 48 hours and the excess of solvent was removed under reduce pressure. 50 ml of distilled water was added then transferred to a separating funnel. the mixture was extracted 25 × 3 by dichloromethane dcm. the combined organic layer washed with water and brine then dried under magnesium sulfate. after evaporating the solvent, the residue was purified by column chromatography ethyl acetate hexane (5: 1) to afford 2.4 g (74%) as brown gummy precipitant. 2.2. synthesis of (((1-benzyl-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl) methyl) azanediyl)bis(ethane2,1-diyl) bis(4-methylbenzenesulfonate)(2a) and 2-(((1-benzyl-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2yl)methyl)(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (2b ). the 2.35 g (10 mmol) from compound 1 was taken in 40 ml dry triethylamine was stirred at 0 c for 15 mins. tosyl chloride (6.2 g, 32.52 mmol) was added in small portion in period of two hours with continues stirring and maintain temperature at 0 ₒc. after fulfillment the addition of the mixture is left to stirring at ambient temperature. the mixture poured into 50 ml crushed ice then acidified by 10% hydrochloric acid to ph = 5. chloroform 100 ml is added, the mixture is transferred to separating funnel and extracted twice. the combined organic layer washed with distilled water several times then washed with brine. after daring the organic layer under anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. the crude product was purified by column chromatograph using ethyl acetate hexane (1: 8) 59 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 as eluent to obtain 4.1 g of compound 2a as brown precipitant and 1.83 g of compound 2b as brown precipitant. 2 a 2 b 2.3. synthesis of 2-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylthio)-n-(2-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylthio)ethyl)-n-((1benzyl-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)ethanamine (3a) and 2-((2-(benzo[d]thiazol-2ylthio)ethyl)((1-benzyl-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl 4methylbenzenesulfonate (3b ). 3a 3 b benzimidazole-2-thiol (3.35 g, 4 mmol) was added with a few portions to a solution of 2a (1.4 g, 2 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide dmso and sodium hydroxide (0.16ng, 4 mmol) in normal room temperature. the mixture was heated to 100 ₒc for 5 hrs. on cooling 100 ml distill water is added then the mixture acerbated at fridge overnight. the precipitated is collected, dried at 50 ₒc. the crude compound was purified by column chromatography ethyl acetate – hexane (1: 11) to obtain brown gummy priciptant.51% of compound 3a and 30 % of compound 3b as brown gummy precipitant. 60 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 2.4. synthesis of 2-((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-n-(2-((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2yl)thio)ethyl)-n-((1-benzyl-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)ethanamine (4a)and 2-((2((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)ethyl)((1-benzyl-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2yl)methyl)amino)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (4b ). 4a 4 b the target compounds were synthesized utilizing the same method mentioned in synthesized the compounds 3a, 3b and using 4 mmol of benzimidazole-2-thiol instead of benzathiazole-2-thiol. the crude compound was purified by column chromatography ethyl acetate – hexane (1: 1) to afford 47% of compound 4a as brown gummy precipitant and 33 % of compound 4b as brown gummy precipitant. 2.5. synthesis of 2-((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methoxy)-n-(2-((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2yl)methoxy)ethyl)-n-((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)ethanamine (5a)and 2-((2-((1hbenzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methoxy)ethyl)((1-((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)-1hbenzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethanol (5b ). 5 a 5 b 2-chloromethyl benzimidazole (1 g, 6 mmol) was added with small portions to a solution of compound 1 (0.71g, 3 mmol) in dry pyridine at ambient temperature. the mixture was heated under reflux overnight. upon cooling the mixture poured into 50 ml crashed ice then acidified to ph 6-5 by 5% cooled solution of hydrochloric acid. the resulting product was extracted with dichloromethane dcm (30 x 3) and washed with water then brine. the combine organic layer dried under magnesium sulfate and evaporated, the crude product 61 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 purified by column chromatograph to afford brown gummy precipitant yield 44% of compound 5a and 34 % of compound 5b as brown gummy precipitant. 2.6. synthesis of 2,2'-(((1-(prop-2-yn-1-yl)-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2yl)methyl)azanediyl)diethanol (compound 6 ). (6) propargyl bromide (2.6 g, 22 mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of 2,2'-(((1hbenzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)azanediyl)diethanol (4.7 g, 20 mmol) in 10 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide with sodium hydroxide (0.8 g, 20 mmol) at ambient temperature. the mixture is heated to 70 ₒc under reflux for 6 hrs. after cooling the mixture, it quenched with 40 ml distilled water then transferred to separate funnel and extract three times with 100 ml of dichloromethane dcm. the organic layer is washed with distilled water several time, dried under anhydrous magnesium sulfate. the organic solvent is removed under reduced pressure. the crude product was purified by column chromatography using ethyl acetate – hexane (1: 1) as eluent to afford yellow precipitant with 87% yield. 2.7. synthesis of 2,2'-(((1-((1h-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)methyl)-1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2yl)methyl)azanediyl)diethanol (compound 7 ). (7) sodium azide (0.2 g, 3.1 mmol) is added to a stirring solution of compound 6 (0.41g, .1.5mmol) in 25 ml methanol h2o (5:1). copper sulfate five hydrates (0.08 g, 0.5 mmol) is added followed by (0.59 g, 3 mmol) of sodium ascorbate. the mixture has left under vigorously stirring at ambient temperature for 24 hours. the resulting solution is filtered, evaporated under reduced pressure. 62 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the crude product was purified by column chromatograph using ethyl acetate – hexane (5: 1) to give white precipitant of yield 66%. 2.8. synthesis of 2,2'-(((1-((1-benzyl-1h-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)methyl)-1h-benzo[d]imidazol2-yl)methyl)azanediyl)diethanol (8). 8 freshly prepared benzyl azide (0.2 g, 1.5 mmol) is added to a stirring solution of compound 6 (0.41g, 1.5 mmol) in 25 ml methanol copper sulfate five hydrate (0.08 g, 0.5 mmol) then followed by adding (0.59 g, 3 mmol) of sodium ascorbate. the mixture left under vigorously stirring at ambient temperature for 24 hours. the resulting is filtered, evaporated under reduced pressure. the crude product was purified by column chromatography using ethyl acetate – hexane (5 : 1) as eluent to give white precipitant. 3. results and discussion 3.1 chemistry the compound 1 is synthesized by benzylation reaction in acetone and in the presence of potassium carbonate as demonstrated in scheme 1. this compound is characterized by ftir and 1h nmr besides to the chn analysis. the ftir spectrum of this compound showed the broad band for oh at 3404 cm-1, while the nh of benzimidazole was disappeared from 3384 cm-1. the band of c=n located at 1651 cm-1 and the c=c at 1485 cm-1 as displayed in figure 1. the 1h nmr spectrum of this compound showed multiplet peak at 4.16 ppm for nine protons, eighth of them for ch2 and one broad peak for oh. the second oh did not appeared and that could be due to engage with intramolecular hydrogen bonding or to deuterium exchange[16-18]. the ch2 of benzyl appeared as singlet at 4.75 ppm with integral of two protons. moreover, the singlet of ch2 attached with benzimidazole appeared at 5.49 ppm. the aromatic protons located as multiplet peak at 6.84-7.66 ppm as displayed in figure 2. 63 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 scheme 1: route of synthesized compounds 1, 2a-b, 3a-b, 4a-b, 5a-b, 6 ,7 and 8. tosylation of compound 1 in pyridine afforded two products. the major one was with two tosyl group, while the minor one was with on tosyl group. both compounds 2a and 2b were characterized from their ftir and 1h nmr spectra. the ftir for 2a exhibited disappearance of the hydroxyl group and that was good indicator for the success of tosylation reaction. as well as the rest band was located at their expected region. for instance, the ch aliphatic and c=c were located at 2900 and 1662 cm-1 respectively as depicted in figure 3. the 1h nmr of compound 2a showed singlet for six protons at 2.3 ppm attributed to two ch3 of tosyl as well multiplet peak at 3.42-3.5 ppm for eight protons for four ch2 group. the ch2 of benzyl is located at 4.27 ppm as singlet peak and the ch2 attached benzimidazole located at 4.29 ppm as singlet peak. the aromatic protons of the benzimidazole and benzyl appeared as multiplet at 6.4-6.69 ppm while the aromatic protons of two tosyl group appeared as two doublet peak at 7.22 ppm and 7.52 ppm respectively as shown in figure 4. existence of hydroxyl group at ftir of compound 2b besides the integration of methyl group of tosyl at 2.27 ppm and the appearance of oh in 1h nmr spectrum for this compound confirms that one tosyl group was substituted. furthermore, the results of chn analysis harmonized with the proposed structure, as shown in figure 5. 64 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the compounds 3a and 3b were characterized by ftir and 1h nmr spectra. the ftir spectrum of compound 3a showed the aromatic ch at 3097 cm-1 and the aliphatic ch at 2924-2852 cm-1.the band of c=n is located at 1610 cm-1 and the c=c at 1516, 1425 cm-1 as demonstrated in figure 6. the 1h nmr of this compound showed disappearing to the ch3 of tosyl group as well the four group of ch2 appeared as multiplet: with integration equal to eight protons. the two ch2 at high field 4.16-4.26 ppm with integral of four protons at 4.97 and 5 ppm attributed to ch2 of benzyl and to ch2 attached the benzimidazole ring respectively. the integration of aromatic protons was identical to judge that the two benzothiazole substituted as shown in figure 7. expectance singlet at 2.3 ppm for three protons of ch3 belong to tosyl quit enough evidence that the minor product (3b) is substituted with one group of benzothiazole. the ftir and 1h nmr was depicted in figures 8. and 9. respectively. 2thiobenzimidazole also was substituted as depicted in scheme 1. as well as this reaction proceed as earlier mentioned and afforded two products 4a as major product while 4b was isolated by column chromatography as minor product. both compounds (a, b) were characterized by ftir and 1h nmr spectra. the ftir of compound 4a exhibited the nh of benzimidazole at 3105 cm-1 and the ch aliphatic at 2979. 2873 cm-1. the band of c=n was located at 1633 cm-1 and the c=c at 1606, 1531 cm-1 as demonstrated in figure 10. the 1h nmr of compound 4a showed three multiplet peak at high magnetic field two of them for four ch2 of ethanol amine while the third one belongs ch2 of benzyl and ch2 attached benzimidazole at position two. the aromatic protons were assigned as multiplet with integral equal seventeen protons. the interested nh of benzimidazole appeared as two protons at low magnetic field with integration equal to two. these two peaks refer that the two nh were unsymmetrical due to the geometrical orientation[19-20] as demonstrated in figure 11. the ftir of compound 4b (figure 12.) showed the band of nh benzimidazole at 3323 cm-1 . the band of the ch aromatic was located at 3032cm-1 and the ch aliphatic at 2927, 2852 cm1. the band of c=n and c=c was located at 1620, 1568 and 1460 cm-1 respectively. furthermore, the 1h nmr of compound 4b illustrated the structure and confirmed existence one tosyl group. whereas the peak at 2.21 ppm with integral three refer for one tosyl group. all rest protons appeared at their expected region with their expected integration (figure 13.). the route of synthesis of compounds 5a and 5b is demonstrated in scheme 1. these compounds were identified from their ftir and 1h nmr spectrum besides to the chn analysis. the ftir spectrum of compound 5b displayed the hydroxyl group and rising new band at 3141 cm-1 for nh of benzimidazole. as well the ch aliphatic were assigned at 2981, 2931 cm-1. the strong band located at 1670 cm-1 attributed to c=n cm-1 and the c=c located at 1614 cm-1 as shown in figure 14. the 1h nmr spectrum of this compound illustrated the structure by exhibiting all expected peak and their correct integrations. for instance, the 1h nmr spectrum showed multiplet peak at 4.19-4.93 ppm for fourteen protons attributed to seven set of ch2 as well as the integration of aromatic proton for the multiplet peak at 6.91-7.71 ppm equal seventeen protons. 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 these two multiplet peaks harmonized with the structure. furthermore, the two nh of benzimidazole located at 10.39 ppm for wit integration equal to two protons as depicted in figure 15. the results of chn analysis also were in agreement with ir and 1h nmr results. the ftir figure 16. of the second compound 5b clarified the existence of the hydroxyl group through the band at 3244 cm-1 as well existence of the nh of benzimidazole. these bands refer to reaction one hydroxyl group with 2-chloromethyl benzimidazole. the band of aliphatic ch located at 2958 cm-1 and the c=n at 1647 cm-1 moreover the band of c=c were located at1603, 1520 cm-1. the 1h nmr spectrum of this compound exhibited one broad peak at 3.32 ppm integral equals one for alcoholic hydroxyl as well as multiplet peak at 5.22-5.64 ppm for five set of ch2. the two singlet peaks appeared as multiplet at 5.83-5.95 ppm due to overlap for two set of ch2, ch2oh and ch2 of benzyl group as demonstrated in figure 17. finally, the multiplet peak at 6.50-7.30 ppm showed integration equals thirteen aromatic protons and the integration of nh benzimidazole ring was one proton assigned at 10.00 ppm. all these peaks illustrate the proposed structure and it in agreement with the results of chn analysis. reaction of propargyl chloride with compound 2,2'-(((1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2yl)methyl)azanediyl) diethanol in dimethyl sulfoxide dmso and sodium hydroxide afford compound 6 as depicted in scheme 1. this compound was characterized by ftir and 1h nmr. the ftir showed broad band at 3417 cm -1which consists of the two groups of alcohol and the band of acetylenic hydrogen (≡ch), as well as the aromatic ch band and the aliphatic ch band were located at 2999,2817 cm-1 the band of c≡c was located at 2224 cm-1. the band of c=n assigned at 1658 cm-1 and the c=c assigned at 1599, 1533 cm-1 as demonstrated in figure 18. the 1hnmr spectrum confirm success of the reaction where it displays the propynyl group. the protons of this group were located as triplet at 3.35 ppm with j= 6.5 hz for ≡ch and doublet at 4.285 ppm with j=7 hz due to long range coupling[21]. the 1h nmr spectrum showed two triplets at 3.34-3.38 ppm and 5.40-5.42 ppm attributed to nch2ch2 and ch2oh respectively. the ch2 attached position two of benzimidazole located as singlet peak at 5.83 ppm and the aromatic protons appeared as multiplet peak at 7.45-7.52 ppm. the integrations of all protons were compatible with number of protons in chemical structure of compound 6 as depicted in figure 19. the compound 7 was synthesized by click chemistry[22,23] utilizing sodium ascorbate and cuso4.5h2o as depicted in scheme 1. the proposed mechanism of this reaction was in agreement with the description of by himo et al [24] and as shown in scheme 2 below : 66 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 scheme 2: proposed mechanism of synthesis of compound 7 this compound was characterized by ftir and 1h nmr spectra besides to the chn analysis. all data confirm the success of the reaction. the ftir showed disappearance of both band of propynyl group (≡ch and c≡c) as well rising new band for nh of 1,2,3-triazole ring at 3323 cm-1 while the oh appeared at 3496 cm-1. the ch aliphatic located at 2970, 2935 cm-1 and the c=n located at 1633 and c=c at 1562,1527cm-1 as depicted in figure 20. the 1h nmr spectrum of compound 7 figure 21. exhibited convert the doublet of ch2 of propynyl to singlet at 5.12 ppm besides to the change in pattern of aromatic protons and exhibited integration equal five protons quit good evidence for the success of the cyclization reaction. as well as all rest peaks located at their expected area. although the one hydroxyl group wasn’t recognized in this spectrum, it could be either masked with the peak of water for dmso-d6, or undergoes deuterium exchange [25 , 26] the percentage of nitrogen in chn analysis (table 1.) besides to the percentage of h and c were too persuasive with convert the propynyl group to corresponding 1,2,3-triazole ring. the compound 8 was synthesized by using the same method mentioned earlier. the difference in this reaction was by utilizing freshly synthesized of benzyl azide instead of sodium azide. the route of synthesizing this compound illustrated by scheme 1. this compound successfully characterized by ftir and 1h nmr besides to the elemental analysis. the ftir spectrum of is exhibited disappearing of the bands of propynyl, as well as the band of oh at 3191 cm-1. the aliphatic ch bands were located at 2956, 2871 cm-1 and the c=n at 1610 cm-1 besides to c=c bands were located at 1543, 1477 cm-1 as demonstrated in figure 22. the 1h nmr spectrum displayed multiplet at 7.07 –7.25 ppm for six aromatic protons which was attributed to the benzimidazole and two protons of meta benzyl. furthermore, one triplet at 7.45 ppm with j=8.22 hz for one proton of para benzyl besides two protons of ortho benzyl located at 7.81 ppm as doublet with j=7.97 hz. two singlet peaks for two ch2 groups attached with benzimidazole ring were assigned at 5.65 and 5.74 ppm. five protons for two ch2 attached with hydroxyl and on hydroxyl located as multiplet peak at 4.12-4.23 ppm. the second hydroxyl did not recognize for the same reasons mention earlier. the triplet of n(ch2ch2oh)2 assigned at 3.35 with j =6.86 hz as demonstrated in figure 23. 67 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 1. elemental analysis (theoretical and practical values) for synthesized compounds formula s % o % n % h % c % chn analysis compounds no c19h23n3o2 9.83 12.91 7.12 70.13 theoretical value 1 9.64 13.12 7.03 70.42 practical value c33h35n3o6s2 10.12 15.15 6.63 5.57 62.54 theoretical value 2a 10.27 15.24 6.82 5.90 62.33 practical value c26h29n3o4s 5.68 13.34 8.76 6.10 65.11 theoretical value 2b 5.87 13.11 8.98 6.24 65.56 practical value c33h29n5s4 20.56 11.23 4.69 63.53 theoretical value 3a 21.03 11.54 4. 98 63.21 practical value c33h32n4o3s3 15.30 7.63 8.91 5.13 63.03 theoretical value 3b 15.39 7.51 8.34 5.48 63.52 practical value c33h31n7s2 10.87 16.62 5.30 67.21 theoretical value 4a 10.57 16.41 5.55 67.84 practical value c33h33n5o3s2 10.48 7.85 11.45 5.44 64.79 theoretical value 4b 11.13 7.29 11.76 5.82 65.11 practical value c35h35n7o2 5.46 16.74 6.02 71.77 theoretical value 5a 5.97 16.85 6.47 71.95 practical value c27h29n5o2 7.02 15.37 6.42 71.19 theoretical value 5b 7.39 15.76 6.36 71.04 practical value c15h19n3o2 11.71 15.37 7.01 65.91 theoretical value 6 11.98 15.41 7.25 66.17 practical value c15h20n6o2 10.11 26.56 6.13 55.95 theoretical value 7 10.26 26.89 6.74 65.12 practical value c22h26n6o2 7.87 20.68 4.45 65.01 theoretical value 8 68 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 3.2 antimicrobial susceptibility and antifungal activity antimicrobial susceptibility testing is one of the factors could be utilized in drug discovery, epidemiology and expectation of therapeutic value. the antimicrobial susceptibility was carried out according to procedure of mcfarland et al. [27]. two groups of bacterial isolates were selected for biological activity. the first group is gram positive bacteria (vancomycin – resistant staphylococcus aureus (vrsa), while the second group is gram negative bacteria (enterotoxigenic eschrichia coli (etec), psedumonas, shigella and vibrio). the antibacterial activity of the synthesized compounds was determined by minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) method according to flórez et al. (2006) [28]. the fungal conidia were harvested by scraping the sporulating colonies and suspended in sterile distilled water containing 1.0% tween80 (v/v aqueous solution, as wetting agent) [29]. the conidia were suspended in sterile ddh2o. the resulted conidial suspensions were filtered for hyphal debris, a sterilized piece of clothes is used, and centrifugation the suspension for 5 min at 3000 rpm then washed two times with 0.05% tween80 or ddh2o with intervening centrifugation. the resulting conidia are resuspended in 1.0% tween80 or ddh2o and the numbers of conidia are determined by using a haemacytometer before they were diluted with sterile water containing 1.0% tween80 or ddh2o to reach the appropriate concentrations (1 × 106, 1 × 107 and 1 × 108 conidia/ml-1). conidial viability is examined before to the experiments by placing three drops of a 1 × 106 conidia spores/ml-1 suspension onto agar medium followed by incubation in 30°c for 24h, after which, their germination is examined under a microscope (10 x) by observing > 90% growth for all isolates. currently, microbial diseases are causing problems world-wide, because of their resistance to antimicrobial agents. a variety of clinically important species of microorganisms has become an important health problem globally[30] .one way to fight this challenge is the suitable usage of the marketed antibiotics the other is the evolution of novel antibiotics (8). at this point, there will be forever a vital need to discover new antimicrobial agents to control the resistance and shorten the duration of therapy. because of the benzimidazoles similarity to purine, antibacterial ability of benzimidazoles are explained by their contest with purines resulting in growth inhibition by inhibit synthesis of bacterial nucleic acids and proteins [31]. worldwide biochemical and pharmacological studies have proved that its derivatives are active against various strains of microorganisms [32]. for example, change the amide group to the anilide on the 2-phenyl benzimidazole produce antimicrobial activity[33].hydrazone has antimicrobial activity and its considerable pharmacophore group. furacilin, furazolidone and ftivazide are antibacterial drugs known to contain this group [31]. our study tables 2. and 3. showed that the derivatives (1) have a great activity against vibrio cholera, the derivatives (1 and 8) have a great activity against shigella while (1) derivative have a strongest activity against pseudomonas aeruginosa and most of derivative (2a) have a strong activity against vancomycin resistant staphylococcus aureus. 69 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 2. antibacterial activity of tested compounds against some enterobacteriaceae and vancomycin resistant staphylococcus aureus (vrsa) test organisms gram stain specify compound no. conc. (μl/ml) zone of inhibition(mm) mic (μl/ml) vibrio cholerae g-ve 1 10-1-10-4 18 ( 1x10-3 ) 2a 10-1-10-4 15 (1x10-2) shigella spp. g-ve 1 10-1-10-4 17 (1x10-3) 8 10-1-10-4 19 (1x10-2) pseudomonas aeruginosa g-ve 1 10-1-10-4 20 (1x10-2) s. aureus (vrsa) g+ve 1 10-1-10-4 19 10 (1x10-2) 2a 10-1-10-4 20 ( 1x10-3 ) e.coli (utec) g-ve 1 10-1-10-4 no inhibition zone ----- it was found that the antibacterial of benzimidazole product expresses the excellent activity in gram positive bacteria with the inhibizone area around 18 mm and gives the moderate result in gram negative bacterial with the inhibizone area around 17 mm. as the result, when comparing with gentamicin which is the antibiotic amino glycoside drug, the benzimidazole gives more excellent antibacterial than the drug. table 3. activty against enterobacteriaceae vancomycin resistant staphylococcus aureus (vrsa). test organisms substance zone of inhibition(mm) mic (μl/ml) vibrio cholerae 1 18 ( 1x10-3 ) shigella spp. 8 19 (1x10-2) 1 20 (1x10-1) pseudomonas aeruginosa 1 19 (1x10-2) s. aureus (vrsa) 2a 20 ( 1x10-3 ) infectious diseases caused by fungi are called mycoses, and they are often chronic in nature. mycotic infections may be superficial and involve only the skin (cutaneous mycoses extending into the epidermis), while others may penetrate the skin, causing subcutaneous or systemic infections. the characteristics of fungi are so unique and diverse that they are classified in their own kingdom. unlike bacteria, fungi are eukaryotic, with rigid cell walls composed largely of chitin rather than peptidoglycan (a characteristic component of most bacterial cell walls). in addition, the fungal cell membrane contains ergosterol rather than the cholesterol found in mammalian membranes. these structural characteristics are useful in targeting chemotherapeutic agents against fungal infections. in the present work, the results in table 4. showed that a great activity against aspergillus and penicillium where the antibiotic nystatin© have activity less than benzimidazole derivatives (3a, 5a and 8). studies has showed that benzimidazole derivatives are specific inhibitor for microtubule assembly that act by binding to their heterodimeric subunit, the tubulin molecule. 70 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 table 4. challenge study between nystatin and some chemical substances against aspergillus and penicillium fungi mic (μl/ml) zone of inhibition(mm) conc. (μl/ml) tested compound test organism 100 iu 12 10-1 10-5 nystatin® aspergillus 3-1x10 14 10-1 10-5 3a 100 iu 11 10-1 10-5 nystatin® pencillium 3-1x10 15 10-1 10-5 3a 3-1x10 13 10-1 10-5 5a 3-1x10 3 10-1 10-5 8 figure 1. ftir spectrum of compound 1 figure 2. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 1. 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure error! no text of specified style in document.. ftir spectrum of compound 2a. figure 4. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 2a 72 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 5. ftir spectrum of compound 2 b. figure 6. ftir spectrum of compound 3a. figure 7. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 3a. 73 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 8. ftir spectrum of compound 3b. figure 9. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 3b. figure 10. ftir spectrum of compound 4a. 74 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 11. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 4a. figure 12. ftir spectrum of compound 4 b figure 13. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 4b 75 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 14. ftir spectrum of compound 5a. figure 15. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 5a figure 16. ftir spectrum of compound 5b. 76 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure error! no text of specified style in document.17. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 5b. figure 18. ftir spectrum of compound 6. figure 19. 1h nmr spectrum of compound 6. 77 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 20. ftir spectrum of compound 7. references 1. wright, j. b. the chemistry of the benzimidazoles. chemical reviews. 1951, 48, 397541. 2. kalidhar, u.; kaur, a. an overview on some benzimidazole and sulfonamide derivatives with anti-microbial activity. research journal of pharmaceutical, biological and chemicalsciences. 2011, 2, 1116-1135. 3. shaharyar, m.; mazumder, a. benzimidazoles: a biologically active compounds. arabian journal of chemistry. 2017, 10, s157-s173. 4. khan, s. a. ; nandan, a. m. 2-substituted benzimidazoles as antiinflammatory and analgesic agents. indian journal of heterocyclic chemistry. 1997, 7, 55-58. 5. kumar, n.; sharma, c. s.; ranawat, m. s.; singh, h. p.; chauhan, l. s.; dashora, n. synthesis, analgesic and anti-inflammatory activities of novel mannich bases of benzimidazoles. journal of pharmaceutical investigation. 2015, 45, 65-71. 6. ansari, k. f.; lal, c. synthesis and evaluation of some new benzimidazole derivatives as potential antimicrobial agents. european journal of medicinal chemistry. 2009, 44, 2294-2299. 7. kumar, b. v. s.; vaidya, s. d.; kumar, r. v.; bhirud, s. b.; mane, r. b. synthesis and anti-bacterial activity of some novel 2-(6-fluorochroman-2-yl)-1-alkyl/acyl/aroyl1h-benzimidazoles. european journal of medicinal chemistry. 2006, 41, 599-604. 8. khabnadideh, s.; rezaei, z.; pakshir, k.; zomorodian, k.; ghafari, n. synthesis and antifungal activity of benzimidazole, benzotriazole and aminothiazole derivatives. research in pharmaceutical sciences. 2012, 7, 65-72. 9. hranjec, m.; starčević, k.; pavelić, s. k.; lučin, p.; pavelić, k.; karminski zamola, g. synthesis, spectroscopic characterization and antiproliferative evaluation in vitro of novel schiff bases related to benzimidazoles. european journal of medicinal chemistry. 2011, 46, 2274-2279. 10. gellis, a.; kovacic, h.; boufatah, n.; vanelle, p. synthesis and cytotoxicity evaluation of some benzimidazole-4,7-diones as bioreductive anticancer agents. european journal of medicinal chemistry. 2008, 43, 1858-1864. 78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 11. suwalsky, m.; castillo, i.; sánchez-eguía, b. n.; gallardo, m. j.; dukes, n.; santiago-osorio, e.; aguiñiga, i.; rivera-martínez, a. r. in vitro effects of benzimidazole/thioether-copper complexes with antitumor activity on human erythrocytes. journal of inorganic biochemistry. 2018, 178, 87-93. 12. wang, x. j.; xi, m. y.; fu, j. h.; zhang, f. r.; cheng, g. f.; yin, d. l.; you, q. d. synthesis, biological evaluation and sar studies of benzimidazole derivatives as h1antihistamine agents. chinese chemical letters. 2012, 23, 707-710. 13. goswami, b.; singh, a. k. pharmacological activities of benzimidazole derivatives an overview. international journal of science innovations and discoveries. 2012, 2, 121-136. 14. manna, k.; agrawal, y. k. microwave assisted synthesis of new indophenazine 1,3,5trisubstruted pyrazoline derivatives of benzofuran and their antimicrobial activity. bioorganic & medicinal chemistry letters. 2009, 19, 2688-2692. 15. walia, r.; hedaitullah, m.; naaz, s. f.; iqbal, k. ; lamba, h. s. benzimidazole derivativesan overview. international journal of research in pharmacy and chemistry. 2011,1,565-574. 16. balci, m. 6 spin systems: analysis of the 1h-nmr spectra. in basic 1hand 13cnmr spectroscopy, elsevier science: amsterdam. 2005, 159-197. 17. simpson, j. h. chapter 9 strategies for assigning resonances to atoms within a molecule. in organic structure determination using 2-d nmr spectroscopy (second edition), academic press: boston. 2012, 199-221. 18. lomas, j. s. 1h nmr spectra of ethane-1,2-diol and other vicinal diols in benzene: giao/dft shift calculations. magnetic resonance in chemistry 2013, 51, 32-41. 19. 19.simpson, j. h. chapter 5 symmetry and topicity. in organic structure determination using 2-d nmr spectroscopy (second edition), academic press: boston. 2012,113-121. 20. simpson, j. h. chapter 7 through-space effects: the nuclear overhauser effect (noe). in organic structure determination using 2-d nmr spectroscopy (second edition), academic press: boston. 2012, 169-184. 21. robert m. selverstein, f. x. w., spectromeetric identification of organic compounds. jon wiley & sons inc. : new york. 1998, 90-91. 22. zheng, z. j.; wang, d.; xu, z., ; xu, l. w. synthesis of biand bis-1,2,3-triazoles by copper-catalyzed huisgen cycloaddition: a family of valuable products by click chemistry. beilstein journal of organic chemistry. 2015, 11, 2557–2576. 23. tiwari, v.k.; mishra, b.b.; mishra, k.b.; mishra, n.; singh, a.s. ; chen, x. cucatalyzed click reaction in carbohydrate chemistry. chemical reviews. 2016, 116,3086-3240. 24. himo, f.; lovell, t.; hilgraf, r.; rostovtsev, v. v.; noodleman, l.; sharpless, k. b.; fokin, v. v. copper(i)-catalyzed synthesis of azoles. dft study predicts unprecedented reactivity and intermediates. journal of the american chemical society. 2005, 127, 210-216. 25. hoshino, m.; katou, h.; yamaguchi, k.i. ; goto, y. dimethylsulfoxide-quenched hydrogen/deuterium exchange method to study amyloid fibril structure. biochimica et biophysica acta (bba)-biomembranes. 2007, 1768,1886-1899. 79 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1966 vol. 32 (1) 2019 26. hong, y. s.; hong, k. s.; cho, j. h.; volkov, v. i.; lee, c. h. chemical exchange of hydroxyl protons in quercetin measured by pulsed field gradient nmr. applied magnetic resonance. 2009, 35, 261-270. 27. mcfarland, l. v. meta-analysis of probiotics for the prevention of antibiotic associated diarrhea and the treatment of clostridium difficile disease. the american journal of gastroenterology. 2006, 101, 812-822. 28. flórez, a. b.; egervärn, m.; danielsen, m.; tosi, l.; morelli, l.; lindgren, s.; mayo, b. susceptibility of lactobacillus plantarum strains to six antibiotics and definition of new susceptibility–resistance cutoff values. microbial drug resistance. 2006, 12, 252-256. 29. hicks, c. l.; von baeyer, c. l.; spafford, p. a.; van korlaar, i.; goodenough, b. the faces pain scale–revised: toward a common metric in pediatric pain measurement. pain. 2001, 93, 173-183. 30. nazzaro, f.; fratianni, f.; de martino, l.; coppola, r.; de feo, v., effect of essential oils on pathogenic bacteria. pharmaceuticals. 2013, 6, 1451-1474. 31. balouiri, m.; sadiki, m.; ibnsouda, s. k.; zhang, p.; gou, y.-q.; gao, x.; bai, r.-b.; zhao, w.-h.; chaudhary, d. v.; patel, d. p. methods for in vitro evaluating antimicrobial activity: a review. journal of pharmaceutical analysis. 2016, 6, 71-79. 32. arikan, s.; yurdakul, p.; hascelik, g., comparison of two methods and three end points in determination of in vitro activity of micafungin against aspergillus spp. antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy. 2003, 47,2640-2643. 33. lópez-oviedo, e.; aller, a.; martin, c.; castro, c.; ramirez, m.; pemán, j.; cantón, e.; almeida, c.; martín-mazuelos, e., evaluation of disk diffusion method for determining posaconazole susceptibility of filamentous fungi: comparison with clsi broth microdilution method. antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy. 2006, 50,11081111. microsoft word 1-9 biology | 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 tegretol (carbamazepine) effect on the morphometric assay of liver in female white mice (mus musculus) nawar r. jaber biomoon2006@yahoo.com nahla a. al-bakri nehlaalbakri@yahoo.com department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq article history: received 15 september 2018, accepted 6 november 2018, published december 2018 abstract carbamazepine (cbz) is one of many anticonvulsants used to treat trigeminal neuralgia and epilepsy. antiepileptic drugs (aed`s)  are the second most important class of medications that lead to hepatotoxicity and induced liver injury, this study was conducted to evaluate the effects of cbz on the liver. a total of 40 female mice were taken and divided into four groups (a/treated for 14 days, b/ control, c/ treated for 30 days, d/ control), the drug was given as an oral suspension formula 100mg/5ml at dose 20 mg/kg/mouse via gastric gavage daily for 14 and 30 days. statistical analysis revealed that there were no significant differences in the white female mice body weight (p>0.05) in the treated group for 14 days as well as the treated group for 30 days, but there were significant differences between the treated groups studied. statistical analyses result of liver weight, hepatocytes diameter, central vein and portal vein diameters showed significant differences in the treated group for 14 days (p<0.05) as well as the treated group for 30 days, and there were significant differences between all treated groups studied. the study concluded that carbamazepine (cbz) can had no effect on body weight but it can induce several hepatic changes if it used on a short or long terms, therefore, it was advised to take cautions when describing this drug. key words: carbamazepine, liver, morphometric assay 1. introduction the uses of antiepileptic drugs (aed`s) these days are not limited to epilepsy treatment only, they can be used to treat variety of neurological and psychiatric disorders [1], those drugs are the second most important class of medications that lead to hepatotoxicity [2], and can also have teratogenic effects on many organs such as kidneys [3, 4, 5], the cerebral cortex [6], ovary [7], and even spermatogenesis [8]. drug induced liver injury is one of the complications of numbers of treatments specially aed`s [9], it can simulate any liver disease and have no specific features [10], drug induced liver injury mechanism can either be hypersensitivity reaction or an idiopathic drug reaction, the hepatotoxicity is connected to the amount of dose and most reactions appear in the very first weeks of therapy [11]. after the skin, the liver is considered the second largest organ in the body [12]. with more than 200 functions it counts as the most versatile organ and have a major role in the regulation of metabolism in the body [13]. in addition, exocrine and endocrine functions that are biology | 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 performed by the main functional cell, the hepatocyte [14] the liver performs detoxification of many drugs and toxins that cannot be easily removed by the kidney [15]. also, the liver is a target for many xenobiotics that can cause organ dysfunction or even failure by direct effects that lead to a change in liver blood flow [16]. carbamazepine (cbz) is an enzyme inducer drug [17] that discovered in the 50`s by the swiss chemist walter schindler, an anticonvulsant that was approved in (1964) by food and drug administration (fda). as a medication for trigeminal neuralgia and in (1974) it was approved as an aed [18]. this drug showed its effectiveness among many aed`s in epilepsy treatment such as the treatment of partial epilepsy [19], bipolar disorder beside complex partial seizers [20]. although, it has its own downsides, studies showed that there is a link between using carbamazepine (cbz) and hla allele in patients of asian ethnicity. using this drug can cause morbid side effects such as stevens-johnson syndrome (sjs) and toxic epidermal necrolysis (ten), therefore screening test is needed when using this drug specially on specific populations [21]. carbamazepine (cbz) works by blocking na+ channels. it reduces the abnormal impulses in the brain by blocking these channels and inhibiting the repetitive regeneration of the seizer preventing it from propagation [22]. it metabolizes in the liver by cyp450 [23], converts to many metabolites by the epoxide-diol pathway [24]. the most known metabolite of this drug is carbamazepine 10, 11 epoxides (cbz-e) [25]. these metabolites can form a covalent bond with proteins that change its location or inhibit the protein and works as a neoantigen (hapten) that induces an immune response and cause liver disease [26], not only it can injure the liver but it also can affect the embryos by its teratogenic effects like affecting the formation of the spinal cord [27], kidneys [28] and brain development [29]. 2. materials and methods 2.1. experimental animals female white mice mus musculus were obtained from the national center for drug control and research in baghdad. the age (7-12) weeks and weighted (22-29) gm, they were brought to the animal house in college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham. all the animals were kept under controlled environmental condition from air, light and temperature. 2.2. experimental design this study was conducted on (40) white female mice. they were divided in to four groups. group a as an experimental group with 10 female mice were administered carbamazepine drug as an oral suspension formula 100mg/5ml at dose 20 mg/kg/mouse via gastric gavage daily for 14 days. group b as a control group with 10 female white mice were administered in drinking tap water for 14 days. group c as an experimental group with 10 white female white mice were administered carbamazepine drug as an oral suspension formula 100mg/5ml at dose 20 mg/kg/mouse via gastric gavage daily for 30 days, and group d as a control group with 10 female white mice were administered in drinking tap water for 30 days. 2.3. treatment tegretol® carbamazepine (cbz) drug was procured from novartis pharma ag, basle, switzerland. biology | 3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2.4 .samples collection after 14th and 30th day mice were killed after euthanizing and  weighed by using a sensitive balance, the liver was removed and weighted as well, then fixed in formalin (10%) for 72 hours. it dehydrated with ascending grades of ethanol (70%-80%-90% and 100%), followed by clearing in two changes of xylene, then infiltrated with paraffin wax and embedded in plastic cassettes. afterwards, blocked out, sections (6) μm thin were stained with (h&e) stain, followed by examination under compound light microscope at 10x, 40x, 100x magnifications. 2.5. morphometric parameters using the ocular micrometer lens and image j image analyzing program, the hepatocytes diameter was measured along with the central vein and portal vein diameters at magnification 40x. 3. results in the present study body weight of white female mice after 14 days of administration showed no significant differences (p>0.05) in mean of body weight in comparison with the control group as well as between the treated group for 30 days when compared to their control group, but there were significant differences between the treated groups, as shown in figure 1. and table 1. with respect to the statistical analysis results of liver weight, the differences in the treated group for 14 days were statistically significant (p<0.05) in comparison with the control group. as well as between the treated group for 30 days when compared with control group, and there were significant differences between the treated groups (figure 2.) and (table1.). figure 1. the effect of carbamazepine drug at dose 20 mg/kg/day on female white mice body weight treated for 14 and 30 days with the control groups. biology | 4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 1. comparison of mice body and liver weight between the control groups and the treated groups. day body weight (gm) mean ± s.e liver weight (gm) mean ± s.e control group treated group control group treated group day 14 22.820±1.619 23.330±1.079* 1.387±0.036 2.832±0.162* day 30 23.749±1.453 25.456±1.157* 1.411±0.044 2.389±0.172* in this table the 14 days’ group showed no significant differences (p>0.05) in mean of body weight in comparison with the control group as well as between the treated group for 30 days when compared to their control group, significant differences were found between treated groups. figure 2. the effect of carbamazepine drug at dose 20 mg/kg/day on female white mice liver weight treated for 14 and 30 days with the control groups. while the statistical analysis results of the hepatocytes diameter in the 14 days’ group were significantly different (p<0.05) in comparison to their control group as well as between the treated group for 30 days in comparison to control group and between the treated groups as in figure 3. and table 2. biology | 5 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 3. the effect of carbamazepine drug at dose 20 mg/kg/day in the mean diameter of hepatocytes of female white mice liver treated for 14 and 30 days with the control groups. table 2. comparison of hepatocyte diameter between the control groups and the treated groups. day hepatocytes diameter (μm) mean ± s.e control group treated group day 14 17.5400±0.29766 22.4200±0.24372* day 30 17.5400±0.29766 27.7400±0.41304* the statistical analysis results of the central vein and portal vein diameters were significantly increased (p<0.05) in the treated group for 14 and 30 days in comparison with their control groups. there were significant differences between the treated groups, (figures 4. & 5. and table 3). figure 4. the effect of carbamazepine drug at dose 20 mg/kg/day in the mean diameter of the central vein of female white mice liver treated for 14 and 30 days with the control groups. biology | 6 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 3. comparison of central vein and portal vein diameters between the control groups and the treated groups. day central vein diameter (μm) mean ± s.e portal vein diameter (μm) mean ± s.e control group treated group control group treated group day 14 81.5400±6.14773 153.3600±3.50423* 130.1400±4.46930 172.8000±9.95304* day 30 81.5400±6.14773 211.5000±14.63158* 130.1400±4.46930 229.8600±13.02235* figure 5. the effect of carbamazepine drug at dose 20 mg/kg/day in the mean diameter of the portal vein of female white mice liver treated for 14 and 30 days with the control groups. 4. conclusion one of the classic drugs or first generation aed`s that is effective in treating epilepsy seizers and neurological pain is carbamazepine (cbz) [30], but it seems that carbamazepine (cbz) treatment can generate liver injury and toxicity [31]. 14 and 30 days later of treatment, white female’s mice weight did not show significant differences when compared with control groups. it appeared that carbamazepine (cbz) have no effect on body weight [32, 33]. yet, some first generation drugs like phenytoin (pht) can induce weight gain [34]. liver weight of white mice females after 14 and 30 days of treatment showed significant differences when compared with control groups. this can be explained by the induction that happened due to congestion, inflammation and fibrosis that lead to liver enlargement [35]. also, hepatocyte hypertrophy and enzymic induction induced by chemical substance can cause the same results [36, 37]. hepatocyte diameter showed significant differences in the treated female white mice liver after 14 and 30 days of treatment when compared to control groups. it appears that different toxins and drugs can engender hypertrophy due to enzymic induction that increases the number of smooth endoplasmic reticulum, peroxisomes and mitochondria [38]. central vein diameter also showed significant differences in the treated white female mice liver after 14 and 30 days of treatment when compared to control groups. its denoted that congestion in this blood vessel due to biology | 7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 impairment in venous outflow can be the reason [39]. significant differences in portal vein diameter of the treated female white mice liver after 14 and 30 days of treatment were noticed when compared to control groups. it has been found that the accumulation of the fibrous tissue in the portal areas can lead to this result, and this fibrosis is in fact secondary to the congestion in the portal vein [40, 41]. references 1. ahmed. s.; siddiqi. z. antiepileptic drugs and liver disease. seizure. 2006, 15, 3, 156164, doi.org/10.1016/j.seizure.2005.12.009. 2. biour. m.; salem. c.; chazouillères. o.; grangé. j.; serfati. l.; poupon. r. hépatotoxicité des edicaments 14e mise à jour du fichier bibliographique des atteintes hépatiques et des edicaments responsables. gastroentérologie clinique et biologique. 2004, 28, 720-59, doi.org/10.1016/s0399-8320(04)95062-2. 3. al-ibrahimi. l.; al-bakri. n.a. teratogenic effect of keppra (levetiracetam) drug on the kidney in albino rat (rattus rattus). ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2015, 28, 2, 8-21. 4. al-salmany. k. a. m.; al-bakri. n. a.; selman. m.o. histogenesis and histomorphometric study on kidney disorder by lamotrigine in postnatal rat. world journal of pharmaceutical research. 2016, 5,11. 5. al-ibrahimi. l.; al-bakri. n. a. teratogenic effect of levetiracetam drug on the development of the kidney in embryo rat. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 31, 1, 3140. 6. nasser. r.a; al-bakri. n.a.; selman. m.o. effect of levetiracetam the cerebral cortex of newborn rat. world journal of pharmaceutical sciences. 2016, 5,10. 7. al-bakri. n.a.; juda. f.j. the effect of levetiracetam drug on histopathological changes of ovary in adult female white mice (mus musculus). in: second international conference. 2017, sustainable development of the environment and agriculture. cairo. 8. al-bakri. n.a.; juda. f.j. study the effect of levetiracetam on spermatogenesis with special focus on leyding, sertoli cells and seminiferous tubules thickness and diameter in adult albino mice. international journal for sciences and technology. 2016,11, 2,73-79. 9. au. j.; pockros. p. drug-induced liver injury from antiepileptic drugs. clinics in liver disease. 2013, 17, 4, 687-697, doi.org/10.1016/j.cld.2013.07.011. 10. ganesh. s.; almazroo. o.; tevar. a.; humar. a.; venkataramanan. r. drug metabolism, drug interactions, and drug-induced liver injury in living donor liver transplant patients. clinics in liver disease. 2017, 21, 1, 181-196, doi: 10.1016/j.cld.2016.08.011. 11. torbenson, m. biopsy interpretation of the liver. philadelphia [u.a.]: wolters kluwer health, 2015, 534, isbn 978-1-4511-8257-6. 12. kardong, k. vertebrates. 6th ed.; the mcgraw-hill companies, inc.: new york, 2012, 794, isbn 978–0–07–352423–8. 13. martini, f.; nath, j.; bartholomew, e. fundamentals of anatomy and physiology. 10th ed.; pearson education, inc., 2015, 1282, isbn-13: 978-0-321-90907-7. biology | 8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 14. junqueira, l.; mescher, a. junqueira's basic histology. 13th ed.; mcgraw-hill medical: new york, 2013, 544, isbn: 978-0-07-180720-3. 15. ross, m.; pawlina, w. histology: a text and atlas: with correlated cell and molecular biology. 7th ed.; wolters kluwer health, 2016, 984, isbn 978-1-4698-8931-3. 16. vaja, r.; ghuman, n. drugs and the liver. anaesthesia and intensive care medicine. 2018, 19, 1, 30-34, doi.org/10.1016/j.mpaic.2017.10.006. 17. wexler, p.; abdollahi, m. encyclopedia of toxicology. 3rd ed.; elsevier/academic press: amsterdam, 2014, 1276, isbn: 9780123864543. 18. bialer. m. chemical properties of antiepileptic drugs (aeds). advanced drug delivery reviews. 2012, 64, 10, 887-895, doi: 10.1016/j.addr.2011.11.006. 19. nevitt. s.; sudell. m.; tudur smith. c.; marson. a. topiramate versus carbamazepine monotherapy for epilepsy: an individual participant data review, cochrane database of systematic reviews. 2016, doi: 10.1002/14651858.cd012065.pub2. 20. ceron-litvoc. d.; soares. b.; geddes. j.; litvoc. j.; lima. m. comparison of carbamazepine and lithium in treatment of bipolar disorder: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. human psychopharmacology: clinical and experimental. 2009, 24, 1, 19-28, doi: 10.1002/hup.990. 21. wang. q.; sun. s.; xie. m.; zhao. k.; li, x.; zhao. z. association between the hlab alleles and carbamazepine-induced sjs/ten: a meta-analysis. epilepsy research. 2017, 135,19-28, doi: 10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2017.05.015. 22. davies, j. mechanisms of action of antiepileptic drugs. seizure. 1995, 4, 4, 267-271. 23. zaccara. g.; perucca. e. interactions between antiepileptic drugs, and between antiepileptic drugs and other drugs. epileptic disord. 2014, 16, 4, 409-431, doi: 10.1684/epd.2014.0714. 24. thor., c.; leckband. s.; kelsoe. j.; steven leeder. j.; müller. d.; klein. t.; altman. r. pharm gkb summary. pharmacogenetics and genomics. 2011, 21, 12, 906-910, doi: 10.1097/fpc.0000000000000292. 25. clark, m.; finkel, r.; rey, j.; whalen, k.; harvey, r. lippincott's illustrated reviews. 5th ed.; lipincott williams and wilkins: philadelphia etc, 2012, 612, isbn 978-14511-1314-3. 26. carey. m.; vanpelt. f. immunochemical detection of flucloxacillin adduct formation in livers of treated rats. toxicology. 2005, 216, 1, 41-48, doi.org/10.1016/j.tox.2005.07.015. 27. yassir. s. m.; al-bakri. n. a. effect of carbamazepine drug on formation of spinal cord in mus musculus. in: first international kerbala univ. 2017, conference. kerbala: kerbala university. 28. al-yassiri. s.; al-bakri. n. a; al-kawaz. u.; selman. m. histological study on kidney affected by carbamezepine drug in postnatal rat. world journal of pharmaceutical research. 2016, 5, 11, 205-219. 29. yassir. s. m.; al-bakri. n. a. histological study for effect of carbamazepine drug on the developing brain at day 13 of pregnancy of mus musculus. journal of kerbala university. 2015, 13,1, 69-83. 30. thomson, m. drug information for the healthcare professional. 24th ed, 2004, 256, isbn:1563634635, 9781563634635. biology | 9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.1997 vol. 31 (3) 2018 31. higuchi. s.; yano. a.; takai. s.; tsuneyama. k.; fukami. t.; nakajima. m.; yokoi. t. metabolic activation and inflammation reactions involved in carbamazepineinduced liver injury. toxicological sciences. 2012, 130, 1, 4-16, doi: 10.1093/toxsci/kfs222. 32. privitera. m.; brodie. m.; mattson. r.; chadwick. d.; neto. w.; wang. s. topiramate, carbamazepine and valproate monotherapy: double-blind comparison in newly diagnosed epilepsy. acta neurologica scandinavica. 2003, 107, 3, 165-175, doi.org/10.1034/j.1600-0404.2003.00093. x. 33. pickrell. w.; lacey. a.; thomas. r.; smith. p.; rees. m. weight change associated with antiepileptic drugs. journal of neurology, neurosurgery and psychiatry. 2012, 84, 7, 796-799, doi: 10.1136/jnnp-2012-303688. 34. gupta. y.; sarangi. s.; tripathi. m.; kakkar. a. comparison of body composition in persons with epilepsy on conventional and new antiepileptic drugs. indian journal of medical research. 2016, 143, 3, 323-330, doi: 10.4103/0971-5916.182623. 35. greaves, p. histopathology of preclinical toxicity studies. 3rd ed.; elsevier/ap: amsterdam, 2007, 960, isbn: 9780444527714. 36. bookout. a.; jeong. y.; downes. m.; yu, r.; evans. r.; mangelsdorf. d. anatomical profiling of nuclear receptor expression reveals a hierarchical transcriptional network. cell. 2006, 126, 4, 789-799, doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2006.06.049. 37. maronpot. r.; yoshizawa. k.; nyska. a.; harada. t.; flake. g.; mueller. g.; singh.b.; ward. j. hepatic enzyme induction. toxicologic pathology. 2010, 38, 5, 776-795, doi: 10.1177/0192623310373778. 38. thoolen. b.; maronpot. r.; harada. t.; nyska. a.; rousseaux. c.; nolte, t.; malarkey, d.; kaufmann, w.; küttler, k.; deschl, u.; nakae, d.; gregson, r.; vinlove, m.; brix, a.; singh, b.; belpoggi, f.; ward, j. proliferative and nonproliferative lesions of the rat and mouse hepatobiliary system. toxicologic pathology. 2010, 38, 7_suppl, 5s-81s, doi: 10.1177/0192623310386499. 39. nakhleh. r. pathology and differential diagnosis of hepatic venous outflow impairment. clinical liver disease. 2017, 10, 2, 49-52, https://doi.org/10.1002/cld.647. 40. el-gaafarawi. i.; abouel-magd. m. teratogenic effect of carbamazepine administration in pregnant rats. the egyptian journal of hospital medicine. 2015, 59, 244-257, doi: 10.12816/0012182. 41. elshama. s.; osman. h.; el-kenawy. a. histopathological study of developmental toxicity of carbamazepine in the mice. international research journal of applied and basic sciences.2013, 7, 10, 616-622. microsoft word 11 501 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 solution of 2nd order nonlinear three-point boundary value problems by semi-analytic technique luma n. m. tawfiq mariam m. hilal dept .of mathematics \ college of education for pure scince/ (ibn al-haitham) university of bagdad. received in : 4 march 2012 , accepted in: 17 june 2012 abstract in this paper, we present new algorithm for the solution of the second order nonlinear three-point boundary value problem with suitable multi boundary conditions. the algorithm is based on the semi-analytic technique and the solutions which are calculated in the form of a rapid convergent series. it is observed that the method gives more realistic series solution that converges very rapidly in physical problems. illustrative examples are provided to demonstrate the efficiency and simplicity of the proposed method in solving this type of three point boundary value problems. keywords: differential equation, multi-point boundary value problem, approximate solution. 502 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction some problems which have wide classes of application in science and engineering have usually been solved by perturbation methods. these methods have some limitations, e.g., the approximate solution involves a series of small parameters which poses difficulty since the majority of nonlinear problems have no small parameters at all. although appropriate choices of small parameters do lead to ideal solution while in most other cases, unsuitable choices lead to serious effects in the solutions [1]. the semi-analytic technique employed here, is a new approach for finding the approximate solution that does not require small parameters, thus over-coming the limitations of the traditional perturbation techniques. the method was first proposed by grundy (2003) and successfully applied by other researchers like grundy (20032007) who examined the feasibility of using two points hermite interpolation as a systematic tool in the analysis of initial-boundary value problems for nonlinear diffusion equations. in 2005 grundy analyzed initial boundary value problems involving nonlocal nonlinearities using two points hermite interpolation[1], also, in 2006 he showed how two-points hermite interpolation can be used to construct polynomial representations of solutions to some initial-boundary value problems for the inviscid proudman-johnson equation. in 2008, maqbool [2] used a semi-analytical method to model effective sinr spatial distribution in wimax networks. also ,in 2008, debabrata[3] studied elasto-plastic strain analysis by a semi-analytical method .in 2009, mohammed [4] investigated the feasibility of using osculatory interpolation to solve two points second order boundary value problems .in 2011, samaher[5] used semi-analytic technique for solving high order ordinary two point bvps. the existence of positive solutions for multi-point boundary value problems is one of the key areas of research these days owing to its wide application in engineering like in the modeling of physical problems involving vibrations occurring in a wire of uniform cross section and composed of material with different densities, in the theory of elastic stability and also its applications in fluid flow through porous media. kwong [6], studied of multiple solutions of two and multi-point bvps of nonlinear second order ode as fixed points of a cone mapping. thompson [7] established existence results to three-point bvps for nonlinear second order ode with nonlinear boundary conditions. castelani [8] studied the existence of solution of second order nonlinear three-point bvps using fixed point theorems. in this paper we use two-point osculatory interpolation, essentially this is a generalization of interpolation using taylor polynomials. the idea is to approximate a function y by a polynomial p in which values of y and any number of its derivatives at given points are fitted by the corresponding values and derivatives of p. we are particularly concerned with fitting function values and derivatives at the two end points of a finite interval, say [0,1] where a useful and succinct way of writing osculatory interpolation p2n+1 of degree 2n + 1 was given for example by phillips [9] as : p2n+1(x) =   n j 0 { y )( j (0) q j (x) + (-1) j y )( j (1) q j (1-x) } (1) q j (x) = ( x j / j!)(1-x) 1n    jn s 0        s sn xs = q j (x) / j! (2) so that (1) with (2) satisfies : 503 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 y )( j (0) = )( 12 j np  (0) , y )( j (1) = )( 12 j np  (1) , j = 0, 1, 2,…, n . implying that p2n+1 agrees with the appropriately truncated taylor series for y about x = 0 and x = 1. we observe that (1) can be written directly in terms of the taylor coefficients and about x = 0 and x = 1 respectively, as: p2n+1(x) =   n j 0 { q j (x) + (-1) j q j (1-x) } (3) 2. solution of three-point 2nd order nonlinear bvp's for ode a general form of 2nd order bvp's is: y"(x) = f( x, y, y' ) , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 (4a) subject to the boundary conditions: y(0) = ay , y(1) = b y( ƞ ) , where ƞ ϵ (0, 1) , b ϵ r (4b) the simple idea of semi analytic method is to use a two point polynomial interpolation to replace y in (4) by a p2n+1 which enables any unknown derivatives of y to be computed, the first step therefore is to construct the p2n+1. to do this we need to evaluate taylor coefficients of y about x =0: y ∑ xi ∋ y(i)(0) / i! , (5a) then insert the series form (5a) into (4a) and put x= 0 and equate the coefficients of powers of x to obtain ai , i ≥ 2 . also, evaluate taylor coefficients of y about x = ƞ: y ∑ ∞ ci ( x ƞ )i ∋ ci = y(i) (ƞ) / i! , (5b) then insert the series form (5b) into (4a) and put x = ƞ and equate coefficients of powers of ( xƞ ) , to obtain ci , i ≥ 2 . also, evaluate taylor coefficients of y about x =1 : y ∑ ∞ 1)i ∋ y(i) (1) / i! , (5c) then insert the series form (5c) into (4a) and put x = 1 and equate coefficients of powers of ( x-1) , to obtain bi ,  i ≥ 2  ,then derive equation (4a) with respect to x  to obtain new form of equation say (6) then, insert the series form (5a) into (6) and put x = 0 and equate coefficients of powers of x, to obtain a3 , also insert the series form (5b) into (6) and put x = ƞ and equate coefficients of powers of x, to obtain c3 , also insert the series form (5c) into (6) and put x = 1 and equate coefficients of powers of x, to obtain b3 , now iterate the above process many times to obtain a4, c4, b4, then a5, c5, b5 and so on, that is ,we can get ai , ci and bi for all i ≥ 2, the resulting equations can be solved using matlab to obtain ai ,ci and bi for all i  2 , the notation implies that the coefficients depend only on the indicated unknowns a0 , a1, c0 , c1 , b0 , b1, and we get a0 , b0 defined by c0 , by the boundary conditions. now, divided the domain [0,1] by ƞ into two subinterval [0,ƞ] and [ƞ,1] then construct a p2n+1(x) for each subinterval from these coefficients ( aisۥ , cisۥ and bisۥ ) by the following :     n i ii i iiii i i n i in xqbxqcxqcxqaxp 00 12 )}1()1()({)}()1()({)(  … (7a) where q j (x) / j! = ( x j / j!)(1-x) 1n    jn s 0        s sn xs , (7b) we see that (7a) have 4 unknown coefficients a1, c1, b1 and c0 = b0. now, to evaluate the remainder coefficients integrate equation (4a) on [0, x] to obtain: 504 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 y'(x) – y'(0)  x 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 i.e. y'(x) – a1  x 0 f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (8a) and again integrate equation (8a) on [0, x] to obtain: y(x) – y(0) – a1 x  x 0 (1– x)f(x, y, y') dx = 0 i.e. y(x) – a0 – a1 x  x 0 (1– x)f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (8b)      use p2n+1 as a replacement of y, y' in (8) and putting x= ƞ in all above integration . again integrate equation (4a) on [ƞ , x] to obtain : y'(x) – c1  x  f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (9a) and again integrate equation (9a) on [ ƞ , x] to obtain: y(x) – c0 – c1 x  x  (1– x)f(x, y, y') dx = 0 (9b) use p2n+1 as a replacement of y, y' in (9) and putting x= 1 in all above integration. we have system of 4 equations (8), (9) with 4 unknown coefficients which can be solved using the matlab package, version 7.9, to get the unknown coefficients, thus insert it into (7a), thus (7a) represent the solution of (4) . now, we introduce many examples of 2nd order three-point bvp's for ode to illustrate suggested method. accuracy and efficiency of the suggested method is established through comparison with other methods. example 1 consider the following nonlinear, 2nd order, 3point bvp's: y" + 2 = 0 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 , subject to the bc: y(0)= 0 , y(1) = 3 y(0.5) the exact solution for this problem is: y(x) = – 0.5 x – x2                                    now, we solve this equation using semi-analytic method from equation (7) we have: p3= – x2 – 0.5 x 505 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 liu[10] constructed a two-stage lie-group shooting method for finding solution of this example, figure(1a) compared the numerical result of [10] with exact solution. it can be seen that the numerical error of x is of order of 10−5 as shown in figure (1b) and figure(2) illustrates the accuracy of suggested method p3 example 2 consider the following linear, 2nd order, 3 point bvp's: y" + 6 x = 0 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 with bc: y(0) = 0 , y(1) = y(0.12) / 2, the exact solution for this problem is y(x) = 31223 x / 29375 – x3. now, we solve this equation using semi analytic method from equations (7) we have:   p3 = 1.0629106382978723404255319148936 x – x3  figure (3) illustrate the comparison between the exact and suggested method p3. e. v. castelani [11], solved this example using iterative method with mesh size h = 0.1and h = 0.05 the maximum absolute error in the k-th iteration are given in table1, but the maximum absolute error of suggested method p3 is 0.111022302462516e-015. example 3 consider the linear, 2nd order, 3 point bvp's. y" + cosx = 0 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 subject to the bc: y(0) = 0, y'(1) = – 3y(1/3) / 2 with exact solution is: y = (2xsin1) /3 –x cos(1/3) + x + cosx– 1 now, we solve this equation using semi-analytic method from equation (7), if n = 7, we have: p15 =2.18915110-13 x15 -1.1627290310-11 x14 -1.0514471510-12x13 + 0.00000000209094434x12 4.4374915110-12 x11 0.000000275569894 x101.3142893210-12 x9 + 0.0000248015875 x8 0.00138888889 x6 + 0.0416666667 x4 0.5 x2 + 0.61602371 x for more details, table (2) gives the results for different nodes in the domain, for n=7, i.e. p15 and errors obtained by comparing it with the exact solution. figure (5) illustrate the comparison between the exact and suggested method p15. liu [10] construct a two-stage lie-group shooting method for finding solution of this example, figure(4a) compared the numerical result of [10] with exact solution. it can be seen that the numerical error of x is of order of 10−5 as shown in figure (4b). 3. conditioning of bvp's in particular, bvp's for which a small change to the ode or boundary conditions results in a small change to the solution must be considered, a bvp's that has this property is said to be well-conditioned. otherwise, the bvp's is said to be ill-conditioned[12] . to be useful in applications, a bvp's should be well posed. this means that given an input to the problem there exists a unique solution, which depends continuously on the input. consider the following 2nd order bvp's y"(x) = f( x, y(x), y'(x) ) , x [0, 1] (10a) with bc: y(0) = a , y(1) = b y( ƞ ) , where ƞ ϵ (0, 1) (10b) for a well-posed problem we now make the following assumptions: 1. equation (10) has an approximate solution p  cn[0, 1], with this solution and ρ>0, we associate the spheres: 506 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 sρ(p(x)) = { y  irn : | p(x) − y(x) | ≤ ρ } 2. f( x, p(x), p'(x) ) is continuously differentiable with respect to p, and ∂f / ∂p is continuous. this property is important due to the error associated with approximate solutions to bvp's, depending on the semi-analytic technique, approximate solution ў to the linear 2nd order bvp's (10) may exactly satisfy the perturbed ode : ў"= d(x) ў' + q(x) ў + r(x) , 0 < x < 1 (11a) where r: r → rm, and the linear bc: b0 ў(0) + b1 ў(1) = β + ∝ (11b) where β + ∝ = σ, σ  rm and {∝, β, σ} are constants. if ў is a reasonably good approximate solution to (10), then ║r(x)║ and ║σ║ are small. however, this may not imply that ў is close to the exact solution y. a measure of conditioning for linear bvp's that relates both ║r(x)║ and ║σ║ to the error in the approximate solution can be determined. the following discussion can be extended to nonlinear bvp's by considering the variational problem on small sub domains of the nonlinear bvp's [13]. letting: e(x) = |ў(x) ̶̶ y(x)|; then subtracting the original bvp's (10) from the perturbed bvp's (11) results in: e"(x) = ў"(x) ̶̶ y"(x) (12a) e"(x) = d(x) e'(x) + q(x) e(x) + r(x) ; 0 < x < 1 (12b) with bc: b0 e(0) + b1 e(1) = σ (12c) however, the form of the solution can be furthered simplified by letting: θ(x) = y(x) q-1; where y is the fundamental solution and q is defined in (7b). then the general solution can be written as: e(x) = θ(x) σ +  1 0 g(x, t) r(t) dt (13) where g(x, t) is green's function [14], taking norms of both sides of (13) and using the cauchy schwartz inequality [14] results in : ║e(x)║∞ ≤ k1║ σ ║∞ + k2║r(x)║∞ (14) where k1 = ║y(x)q-1║∞ ; and k2 = sup  1 0 ║g(x, t) ║∞ dt , in (14), the l∞ norm, sometimes called a maximum norm, is used due to the common use of this norm in numerical bvp's software. for any vector v  rn, the l∞ norm is defined as: ║ v ║∞ = max | vi |. the measure of conditioning is called the conditioning constant k, and it is given by: k = max (k1, k2) (15) when the conditioning constant is of moderate size, then the bvp's is said to be wellconditioned. referring again to (14), the constant k thus provides an upper bound for the norm of the error associated with the perturbed solution, ║e(x) ║∞ ≤ k [║σ ║∞ + ║r(x) ║∞] (16) 507 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 it is important to note that the conditioning constant only depends on the original bvp's and not the perturbed bvp's. as a result, the conditioning constant provides a good measure of conditioning that is independent of any numerical technique that may cause such perturbations. the well conditioned nature of a bvp's and the local uniqueness of its desired solution are assumed in order to numerically solving of the problem. references 1. grundy, r. e. (2005) "the application of hermite interpolation to the analysis of non-linear diffusive initial-boundary value problems", ima journal of applied mathematics, . 70, .814838. 2. maqbool, m.; coupechoux, m. and godlewski, p. (2008) "a semi-analytical method to model effective sinr spatial distribution in wimax networks", draft version, institut telecom paris tech , december 23. 3. debabrata, d.; prasanta, s. and kashinath, s. (2008) "elasto-plastic strain analysis by a semi-analytical method" sādhanā, © printed in india , . 33, part 4, . 403–432. 4. mohammed, k.m. (2009) "on solution of two point second order boundary value problems by using semi-analytic method" ,m.sc. thesis , university of baghdad ,college of education ibn – alhaitham . 5. yassien, s. m. (2011) solution of high order ordinary boundary value problems using semi-analytic technique, m.sc. thesis , university of baghdad ,college of education ibn – alhaitham. 6. kwong, m. k. ( 2006) the shooting method and multiple solution of two/ multi-point bvps of second order ode, electronic journal of qualitative theory of differential equations , .2006, . 6, :1-14. 7. thompson, h. b. and tisdell, c. (2001) three-point boundary value problems for second order ordinary differential equations, communications in applied analysis, . 34, . : 311318. 8. castelani, e.v. and ma, t.f. (2007) numerical solutions for a second order three-point boundary value problems, communications in applied analysis, . 11, . 1, : 87 – 95 9. phillips, g .m. (1973) " explicit forms for certain hermite approximations ", bit, . 13, . 177-180. 10. liu, c. s. (2008) a two-stage lgsm for three-point bvps of second -order odes , hindawi publishing corporation boundary value problems , . 2008, article id 963753, :122 . 11. castelani, e. v. and fu ma, t. (2007) numerical solutions for a second –order threepoint boundary value problem, communications in applied analysis, . 11, . 1 , :87-95. 12. howell, k.b. ( 2009) " ode" , spring, usa . 13. shampine, l. f. (2002) " singular bvp's for odes " , southern methodist university j., . 1 . 14. boisvert, j. , january ( 2011) " a problem-solving environment for the numerical solution of bvp's" ,msc thesis, in the department of computer science, university of saskatchewan ,saskatoon , canada. 508 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (1): maximum absolute error of iterative method in [11] iteration maximum error when h=0.1 maximum error when h=0.05 1 .629106e-1 .629106e-1 2 .377465e-2 .377463e-2 3 .226494e-3 .226478e-3 10 .165500e-7 .300000e-9 20 .165500e-7 .300000e-9 30 .165500e-7 .300000e-9 table no.(2): the comparison between exact solution & p15 error |y(x) p15| exact y(x) suggested method p15 xi 0 0 0 0 0.006938893903907e-015 0.056606536300412 0.056606536300412 0.1 0.138777878078145e-015 0.103271319886014 0.103271319886014 0.2 0 0.140143602192764 0.140143602192764 0.3 0.138777878078145e-015 0.167470478092429 0.167470478092429 0.4 0 0.185594417002303 0.185594417002303 0.5 0.083266726846887e-015 0.194949841043994 0.194949841043994 0.6 0.055511151231258e-015 0.196058784441191 0.196058784441190 0.7 0.027755575615629e-015 0.189525677526253 0.189525677526254 0.8 0.083266726846887e-015 0.176031307472138 0.176031307472139 0.9 0.083266726846887e-0150.1563260160920000.1563260160920001 6.321865042451102e-032 s.s.e. 509 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 (a) figure no.(1) : solution of example1given in[10] : (a)comparing numerical and exact solutions, (b) displaying the error figure no.(2) : a comparison between exact & p3 of example1 510 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(3) : a comparison between exact & p3 of example2 (a) figure no.(4) : solution of example 3 given in [10] : (a) comparing numerical and exact solutions, (b) displaying the error. 511 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(5) : a comparison between exact & p15 of example3 512 | mathematics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 نية ـحل مسائل القيم الحـدودية ذو ثالث نقاط من الرتبة الثانية باستخـدام التق شبه التحـليلية لمى ناجي محمد توفيق مريم محمد ھالل ، جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة (كلية التربية /قسم الرياضيات 2014حزيران 17,قبل البحث:2014اذار 4استلم البحث: في الخالصة في ھذا البحث نعرض خوارزمية جديدة لحل معادالت تفاضلية اعتيادية من الرتبة الثانية ذات الشروط الحدودية عند التقنية شبه التحليلية والحل حسب بصيغة متسلسلة سريعة التقارب وھذا يتضح ,الخوارزمية تعمل على أساس ثالث نقاط لة لتوضيح الدقة و الكفاءة وسھولة أداء الطريقة المقترحة في حل ھذا ناقشنا بعض األمث وأكثر في المسائل الفيزيائية , النوع من المسائل الحدودية متعددة النقاط . المعادالت التفاضلية, مسائل قيم حدودية متعددة النقاط , الحل التقريبي الكلمات المفتاحية: 301 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract in this research note approximately prime submodules is defined as a new generalization of prime submodules of unitary modules over a commutative ring with identity. a proper submodule of an -module is called an approximaitly prime submodule of (for short app-prime submodule), if when ever , where , , implies that either or . so, an ideal of a ring is called app-prime ideal of if is an app-prime submodule of -module . several basic properties, characterizations and examples of approximaitly prime submodules were given. furthermore, the definition of approximaitly prime radical of submodules of modules were introduced, and some of it is properties were established. keywords: prime submodules, approximaitly prime submodules, approximaitly prime radical, socle of submodules. 1. introduction throughout this article, we consider all rings as commutative rings with identity, and all modules as unital -modules. a proper submodule of an module is prime, if whenever , for , then either or [ ]where [ ] . the class of prime submodules was introduced and systematically studied in 1978 by dauns [1]. as a generalization of the class of prime ideals of rings and recently has received a good of attention from several authors see [2-8]. in this paper, we will recall some basic definitions. the socle of a module denoted by is the intersection of all essential submodules of [9]. where a non-zero submodule of an -module is called essential if for each non-zero submodule of [9]. an element in a module over integral domain is torsion element if for all [9]. the set of all torsion elements of denoted by is a submodule of . if then is said to be torsion free [9]. an module is multiplication if each submodule is the form for some ideal of or [ ] [10]. a subset of a ring is called multiplicatively closed subset of if and for every [11]. if is a submodule of an -module , and is a multiplicatively closed subset of , then is a submodule of and ali sh. ajeel haibat k. mohammadali approximaitly prime submodules and some related concepts ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq article history: received 27 december 2018, accepted 20 january 2019, publish may 2019 10.30526/32.2.2148 doi: department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, university of tikrit, tikrit, iraq h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq 301 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 [11]. a non-zero -module is compressible, if it is passable to embed in every non-zero submodule of [12]. 2. approximaitly prime submodules in this section, we introduce the definition of approximaitly prime submodule as a generalization of a prime submodule, and give some basic properties, examples and characterizations of this concept. definition (1) a proper submodule of an -module is called an approximaitly prime submodule of (for short app-prime submodule), if whenever , where , , implies that either or . so, an ideal of a ring is called app-prime ideal of if is an app-prime submodule of -module . the following results are characterizations of app-prime submodules. proposition (2) let be an -module, and be a submodule of . then is an app-prime submodule of if and only if for every submodule of and every ideal of such that , implies that either or [ ]. proof ⇒ assume that , where is an ideal of , and is a submodule of , and suppose that , then there exists such that . since , then for any , . but is an app-prime submodule of , and , hence [ ]. thus [ ]. ⇐ assume that , where , , then , so by hypothesis either [ ] or . that is either or [ ]. the following corollary is a consequence immediately of a proposition (2). corollary (3) let be an -module, and be a submodule of . then is an app-prime submodule of if and only if for every submodule of and any with , implies that either or [ ]. remark (4) it is clear that every prime submodule of an -module is an app-prime submodule of , while the converse is not true as the following example shows that: example (5) consider the -module , and 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉.therefore each , , if , then either 〈 ̅〉 〈 ̅〉 〈 ̅〉 or [〈 ̅〉 〈 ̅〉 ] . thus is an appprime submodule of , but is not prime submodule of , because ̅ , but neither ̅ nor [ ] . proposition (6) let be an -module, and be a submodule of , with . then is a prime submodule of if and only if is an app-prime submodule of . 301 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 proof it is clear the following corollaries are direct consequence of proposition (2.6). corollary (7) let be an -module, and be a submodule of , with . then is a prime submodule of if and only if is an app-prime submodule of . it is well-known that a torsion free -module has zero socle [13]. so we set the following result. corollary (8) let be a torsion free -module, and be a submodule of . then is a prime submodule of if and only if is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (9) let be an app-prime submodule of an -module , with . then [ ] is an app-prime ideal of . proof it is followed by proposition (6) and by [14, prop. 2.8]. the convers of proposition (9) is not true in general, as the following example explain that. example (10) let , , and 〈 〉, then [ ] is an app-prime ideal in a ring . but is not an app-prime submodule of . recall that an -module is called singular module provided . at the other extreme, we say that is non-singular module provided , where where the set of all essential right ideals of the ring , [9]. the following proposition shows that the converse of proposition (9) is true under certain conditions. proposition (11) let be a multiplication non-singular -module, and be a proper submodule of , with . then is an app-prime submodule of if and only if [ ] is an appprime ideal of . proof ⇒ follows by proposition (9). ⇐ let , where , , then . but is multiplication, then for some ideal of . thus , it follows that [ ]. since [ ] is an app-prime ideal of , then either [ ] or [[ ] ] [ ] . hence either [ ] or [ ] . but is a nonsingular, then by [9]. we have . thus, either or . hence either or [ ]. hence is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (12) let be a faithful multiplication -module, and be a proper submodule of , with . then is an app-prime submodule of if and only if [ ] is an app-prime ideal of . 301 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 proof ⇒ follows by proposition (9). ⇐ let , where , , then . but is multiplication, then for some ideal of . thus , it follows that [ ]. since [ ] is an app-prime ideal of , then by corollary (3) either [ ] or [[ ] ] [ ] . thus either [ ] or [ ] . since is a faithful multiplication, then by [10,cor.2.14]. we have . it follows that either or . hence either or [ ]. hence is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (13) let be an -module, and be a submodule of such that [ ] is a maximal ideal of . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof let , where , , with [ ]. since [ ] is a maximal ideal of , then 〈 〉 [ ], where 〈 〉 is an ideal of generated by . thus, there exists and [ ] such that , it follows that . hence is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (14) let be an -module, and be a proper submodule of , with [ ] [ ], and proper submodule of for each submodule of such that [ ] is a prime ideal of . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof assume that , where , , with . then 〈 〉 and so [ ] [ ], then there exists [ ] and [ ]. that is and . that is implies that 〈 〉 . it follows that [ ]. but [ ] is a prime ideal of , then [ ]. hence is an app-prime submodule of . note it is well-know that if is a non-zero multiplication module, then [ ] [ ] for each submodule of with , where is a proper submodule of [14, rem.2.15]. now, we get the following corollary as a direct consequence of proposition (14). corollary (15) let be a multiplication -module, and be a proper submodule of , with[ ] is prime ideal of , and for each submodule of . then is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (16) let be an -module, and are submodules of , with . if is an app-prime submodule of and , then is an app-prime submodule of . proof suppose that , where , . since is an app-prime submodule of , then either or . but , implies that either or . thus is an app-prime submodule of . 301 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 proposition (17) let be an -module, and be a submodule of , with is an app-prime submodule of . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof suppose that , where , . hence , and so . but is an app-prime submodule of , then either or . thus is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (18) let be an -module, and be a submodule of , with [ ] is a prime ideal of . then for each multiplicatively closed subset of with [ ] if and only if is an app-prime submodule of . proof ⇒ assume that , where , , and suppose that and [ ]. since is a multiplicatively closed subset of , then , and since [ ] is a prime ideal of , then it is clear that [ ] . but , implies that and hence which contradiction. thus, either or [ ], therefore is an app-prime submodule of . ⇐ let , then there exists such that . but is an app-prime submodule of , so either or [ ]. but [ ], implies that [ ] , which is a contradiction. thus and hence . proposition (19) let be an -module, and be a maximal ideal of , with . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof clearly, [ ].that is there exists [ ] and , then 〈 〉, where 〈 〉 is an ideal of generated by , thus there exist and such that . hence for each . it follows that for each , hence , it follows that which is a contradiction. then and hence [ ] , it follows that [ ] is a maximal ideal of , hence by proposition (13) is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (20) let be a faithful multiplication -module, and is an app-prime ideal of . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof let , where , , then . but is multiplication, then for some ideal of . it follows that , and so . but is an appprime ideal of , then by corollary (3) either or [ ] . thus either or . but be a faithful multiplication module then by [10, cor. 2.14]. we have . thus either 301 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 or . that is either [ ] or . hence is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (21) let be a finitely generated multiplication non-singular -module, and is an app-prime ideal of , with . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof let , where , , then . but is multiplication, then for some ideal of . it follows that , and so . but is an appprime ideal of , then by corollary (3) either or [ ] . thus either or . but is non-singular, then by [9]. we have . thus either or . that is either [ ] or . hence is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (22) let be an -module, and be a proper submodule of with [ ] [ ] for each submodule of such that and . then is an app-prime submodule of if and only if is a compressible -module. proof ⇒ assume that is an app-prime submodule of and be a submodule of with , therefore is a non-zero submodule of , we are going to emmbed inside . since [ ] [ ], then there exists [ ] and [ ]. that is . define → by for each . it is clear that is an -homomorphism. to prove that is one to one. suppose that , then , so , that is . but is an app-prime submodule of , so either or . since , it follows that either or . but , hence , so . thus is monomorphism and is a compressible. ⇐ suppose that is a compressible -module, and , where , , with that is since . then 〈 〉 is a submodule of , hence there is a monomorphism → 〈 〉 , that is . let , then 〈 〉 , then such that that is , implies that that is , it follows that for each , hence , that is . thus is an app-prime submodule of . so, we get the following corollary as a direct consequence of proposition (22). corollary (23) let be a multiplication -module, and be a proper submodule of with . then is an app-prime submodule of if and only if is a compressible -module. 301 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 proposition (24) let be an -module, and be a proper submodule of such that [ ] [ ] for each submodule of with and .then is an app-prime submodule of . proof suppose that , where , , with . let 〈 〉, then 〈 〉, it follows that . and so [ 〈 〉] [ 〈 〉] [ ]. hence [ ]. it follows that is an app-prime submodule of . remark (25) the intersection of two app-prime submodules of an -module need not be an appprime submodule of , as the following example shows that: example (26) let , , and . and are app-prime submodules of , but is not app-prime submodule of since but and [ ] proposition (27) let be an -module, are two app-prime submodules of with and . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof suppose that , where , , then and . since and are app-prime submodules of , so either or and either or . but and , then either or and either or , it follows that either or . hence is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (28) let be an -module, are two submodules of with is not contained in and . if is an app-prime submodule of then is an app-prime submodule of . proof since is not contained in , then is a proper submodule of . now, let , where , , then and . but is app-prime submodule of , then either or . but and , then we have either [ ] or [ ] . but , so by modular law we have either or . but by [13]. coro. 9.9] we have , hence either or . thus is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (29) let be an -module, and be a submodule of such that , where is a prime submodule of for each . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof let , where , , then for each . since is a prime submodule of for each , so either or [ ]. that is either 330 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 or , it follows that . hence either or [ ]. therefore is an app-prime submodule of . the following proposition shows that the invers image of app-prime submodule is appprime. proposition (30) let be an -epimorphism, and be an app-prime submodule of . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof it is clear that is a proper submodule of . now, suppose that , where , , then . but is an app-prime submodule of , implies that either or . if , then ( ) [15,theo.(1.4)a]. that is . if and , then . that is ( ) [15,theo.(1.4)a]. hence . thus is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (31) let be an -epimorphism, and be an app-prime submodule of with . then is an app-prime submodule of . proof is a proper submodule of . if not, that is , let , then , so there exists such that , that is , implies that , it follows that , hence contradiction. now suppose that , where , . since is an epimorphism, and , then there exists such that ,that is , so there exists such that , it follows that , so , then . but be an app-prime submodule of , then either or , and hence either or . but by [15,theo.(1.4)a]. we have . so, we have either or . hence is an app-prime submodule of . as a direct consequence of proposition (30) and proposition (31), we set the following result. corollary (32) let be an -module, are two submodules of with . then is an appprime submodule of if and only if is an app-prime submodule of . proposition (33) let be an -module, are two submodules of and is an app-prime submodule of with and [ ] [ ] then . proof since [ ] [ ], then there exists [ ] but [ ]. let , so and , so , implies that . but ia an appprime submodule of and [ ] then . thus . 333 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 3. approximaitly prime radical of submodules in this section we introduce the notion of approximaitly prime radical of a submodule, and we establish several properties of this notion that are similarly to those of radical of submodules. definition (34) let b an -module, and is a submodule of .an app-prime radical of a submodule denoted by is defined as the intersection of all approximaitly prime submodules of which contain , if there exists no approximaitly prime submodule containing , we put . in the following proposition we introduce some basic properties of approximaitly prime radical. proposition (35) let be an -epimorphism, and is a submodule of wihe . then ( ) . proof since where the intersection runs over all app-prime submodules of with , so ( ) . since , then by [13, lemm.(3.1.10) c]. ( ) where the intersection runs over all appprime submodules of with . thus ( ) . proposition (36) let be an -epimorphism, and is a submodule of . then ( ) . proof since where the intersection runs over all app-prime submodules of with . hence by [15,lemm.(3.1.10)a]. ( ) where the intersection runs over all app-prime submodules of with . it follows that ( ) . proposition (37) let be an -module, and are two submodules of . then: (1) . (2) if , then . (3) ( ) . (4) . (5) ( ). proof (1) since where the intersection runs over all app-prime submodules of with , so . (2) suppose that , and let be an app-prime submodule of with , then , implies that . thus . (3) by part (1) we have ( ). but ( ) , where the intersection runs over all app-prime submodules of with , again by (1) . thus 331 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 ( ) . hence ( ) . (4) let be an app-prime submodule of contining and . since , so : . thus . by same way . hence . (5) since , then by (2) we have ( ). now, let be an app-prime submodule of with , we prove that . since and , , then and . hence . therefore and we have ( ) . recall that a submodule of an -module is called completely irreducible, if for any submodules of , , implies that either or [11]. proposition (38) let and are two submodules of an -module . if every app-prime submodule of which contains is a completely irreducible submodule, then . proof holds by proposition (37)(4). now, if , then . if , then there exists an app-prime submodule of such that or , so that either or because every app-prime submodule containing is completely irreducible, then we have either or . therefore , and hence . 4. conclusion in this paper an approximaitly prime submodules are introduced and studied as a new generalization of prime submodules, also we introduced and studied the approximaitly prime radical of modules. the main results of this study are the following. 1) a proper submodule of an -module is an app-prime submodule if and only , with is an ideal of and is a submodule of , implies that either or [ ]. 2) every prime submodule is an app-prime submodule, while the converse is not true see remark (4) and example (5). 3) in multiplication non-singular -module a proper submodule of with is an app-prime submodule of if and only if [ ] is an app-prime ideal of . also, this result is satisfied if is faithful multiplication with see proposition (12). 4) if is a proper submodule of , with [ ] is a prime ideal of . then with [ ] if and only if is an app-prime submodule of . 331 ibn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 5) if is a maximal ideal of , with . then is an app-prime submodule this result is true if faithful multiplication (finitely generated multiplication non-singular) see proposition (20), proposition (21). 6) if [ ] [ ] for each submodule of with and .then is an app-prime. 7) the invers image and homomorphic image of an app-prime submodule is an app-prime submodule see proposition (30), proposition (31). 8) we introduced and studied and state several basic properties of this notion for example see proposition (36), proposition (37) and proposition (38). references 1. dauns, j. prime modules. j. reine angew, math.1978, 2, 156-181. 2. lu, c.p. prime submodules of modules. comm. math. univ. sancti pauli.1984, 33, 6169. 3. mccasland, r.l.; smith, p.f. prime submodules of noetherian modules, rocky mountain. j. of math. 1993, 23, 3, 1041-1062. 4. mccasland, r.l.; moore, m.c.; smith, p.f. on spectrum of modules over commutative rings. comm. algebra.1997, 25, 1, 79-103. 5. moore, m.e.; smith, s.j. prime and radical submodules over commutative rings. comm. algebra. 2002, 30, 10, 5037-5064. 6. ebrahimi, s.a.; esmaeili, k.s. on mccasland submodules. international math. forum. 2007, 2, 46, 2255-2260. 7. hussin, s.a.we-prime submodules and we-semi-prime submodules. ibn-al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 3, 3, 109-117. 8. hussin, w.a. wn-2-absorbing and wes2-absorbing submoduled. ibn-al-haitham jornal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 3, 118-125. 9. gooderal, k.r. ring theory, nonsingular ring and modules. marcel. dekker. new york. 1976. 10. abd el-bast, z.; smith, p.f. multiplication modules. comm. algebra.1988, 16, 4, 755779. 11. larsen, m.d.; mccarthy, p.j. multiplicative theory of ideals. academic press. new york and london. 1971 12. zalmanowiz, j. dense rings of liner transformations. ring theory ii. marcel dekker new york. 1997 13. anderson, f.w.; fuller, k.r. rings and categories of modules. springer-verlag. new york. 1992 14. athab, e.a. prime and semi prime submodules. m.sc. thesis. college of science, university of baghdad. 1996 15. kasch, f. modules and rings. london math. soc. monographs. new york. 1982 microsoft word 300-308 300 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 effect of thickness on the electrical conductivity and hall effect measurements of (cigs) films bushra k.h.al-maiyaly iman.h.khudayer ali h. abd alrazak dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:27may2014 accepted in:29september 2014 abstract the influence of different thickness (500, 1000, 1500, and 2000) nm on the electrical conductivity and hall effect measurements have been investigated on the films of copper indium gallium selenide cuin1-xgaxse2 (cigs) for x= 0.6.the films were produced using thermal evaporation technique on glass substrates at r.t from (cigs) alloy. the electrical conductivity (σ), the activation energies (ea1, ea2), hall mobility and the carrier concentration are investigated and calculated as function of thickness. all films contain two types of transport mechanisms of free carriers, and increase films thickness was fond to increase the electrical conductivity whereas the activation energy (ea) would vary with films thickness. hall effect analysis results of cigs films show all films were (p-type) and both hall mobility and the carrier concentration increase with the increase of films thickness. key words: cigs, films, electrical conductivity, hall effect, thermal evaporation. 301 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction recent environmental and energy resource have an increased interest in renewable energy sources such as photovoltaic devices. cuin1-xgaxse2 (cigs) /cds heterojunction devices are promising candidates for these applications when produced as polycrystalline materials. [1] in yield solar cells among the various types of thin film based solar cells available in the market, cigs film solar cells have been considered to be the most promising alternatives to crystalline silicon solar cells because of their high solar to electricity conversion efficiency up to 20.3%., reliability, radiation hardness ,and exhibit excellent stability [2,3,4]. cigs is used as the absorber layer which is the most important layer in the pv device, reducing the thickness of absorber layer is the another approach for reducing the overall cost of the solar cell, decreasing the thickness of cigs layer below 1 micron could lead to reduction in the production cost, with no, or only minor, loss in performance. [2] cu (in,ga)se2 is a compound semiconductor exhibiting chalcopyrite crystal structure having direct band gap , large absorption coefficient (α~105 cm-1)[5,6],a moderate surface recombination velocity and radiation resistance[7].these properties give an opportunity for the fabrication of low cost, stable and high efficiency thin film solar cells[7,8]. cigs is formed by partial substitution of in by group iii element ga. the band-gap can be changed by changing x in cuin1-xgaxse2. cigs is a self-doped (intrinsically doped) material, which means that, when the compound is formed, it automatically becomes either por n-type, depending upon the elemental composition present in the bulk and the surface of the film. absorber p-type cigs has large concentration of holes, excess electron hole pairs are generated by the light that is absorbed by the cigs layer. [2, 6] the primary intrinsic defects, which are also called native defects, include copper vacancies (vcu), copper-on-indium of gallium (cuin/ga) antisites, which produce acceptor type defects, while indium/gallium-on-copper antisites (in/gacu), and selenium vacancies (vse), give rise to donor-type defects. [2] several methods of deposition techniques have been used to prepare cigs films, such as co-evaporation [9,10], sputtering techniques [11], sequential evaporation and selenization [12], closed space vapor transport [13] and spray pyrolysis [14]. even though these methods result in highly efficient cigs solar cells, they generally require initially high capital investment as well as maintenance capital expense [2]. many research groups show the effective performance of the cigs based solar cell, by depositing the cigs layer using somewhat less expensive deposition methods like flash evaporation[2], thermal evaporation[15,16], screen printing of nano particles [17], electro deposition[8],rapid thermal processor[18,19],resistive heating [5],electronbeam evaporation[20],etc. in this research the electrical conductivity, hall mobility and the carrier concentration of cuin1-xgaxse2 (cigs) films for x= 0.6 are studied by varying films thickness from 500 nm to 2000 nm, which are prepared by thermal evaporation technique. experiment cuin1-xgaxse2 (cigs) films for x= 0.6 of different thickness (500, 1000, 1500, and 2000) nm were prepared by the alloy which obtained by fusing the mixture of the appropriate quantities of the elements cu, in, ga and se of high purity (99.999%) in evacuated fused quartz ampoules, heated at (1273 k) for five hour. cigs films were prepared onto a glass slide substrate by thermal evaporation technique in a high vacuum system of (3x10-6) torr using edward coating unit model (e 306) from molybdenum boat. the distance from molybdenum boat to substrate was about (15 cm), the deposition rate was about (5 nm/sec) for all the films in room temperature. al electrodes were used as contact material for making the electrical connections. 302 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 for d.c. measurement keithly model 616 has been used to measure the variation of electric resistance (r) with temperature range (298-503) k, then calculated the resistivity (ρ) by the formula [21]: l tbr   ……………………………………… (1) where t is film thickness, b is electrodes width; l is distance between two al electrodes. the conductivity (σ) is related to the resistivity by equation [21]:   1 c.d ………………………………………… (2) carrier concentrations and hall mobility were calculated from resistivity and hall voltage using equations below. hall coefficient (rh) is determined by measuring the hall voltage (vh) that generates the hall field across the sample of thickness (t) as a function of current (i) at constant magnetic field (0.11) tesla using keithly model (616) according to the relation: [22] rh = vh.t / i.b …………………. (3) where b= magnetic field the carrier concentration is related to the hall coefficient by equation: [22,23] nh = ±1 / rh.e ………………………… (4) the sign of the hall coefficient of semiconductor is determined by the sign of the charge carriers. if the conduction is due to one carrier type, we can measure the mobility according to the relation: [23] μh = σ / nh .e = σ . │rh│……………….. (5) where σ is the conductivity. the thickness of the prepared all films was measured by using the weighing method according to the following relation[24]: t= m / a .ρ …………………. (6) where: t= film thickness, m = mass of film, ρ = density of film, a= films area. using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity of the order (10-4) gm. results and discussion we can deduce from the variation in the resistivity of cuin1-xgaxse2 (cigs) films for x= 0.6 which grown at r.t as a function of thicknesses (500, 1000, 1500, and 2000) nm, in fig. (1) that the resistivity values decrease as the thickness increases due to the improvement in the films structure yields more packing density. we believe that the increase in film thickness (t) reduce dangling bonds, defects like vacancy sites, trapping centers of charge carriers and point defect cluster in the films structure, this is, perhaps, because of the decreased grain boundary scattering, therefore the resistivity of the films decrease from (4.87 ×102 ω .cm to 1.11 ω .cm) as the thickness increases with the improvement in the electrical conductivity σ (fig. 2). figure (2) shows a plot of lnσ of cigs films versus 103/t for different thickness, the activation energy of the electrical conduction can be determined. it is clear from this figure and table 1, that the electrical conductivity increases as the film thickness increases because of the increase number of carriers available for transport for the same reasons as we mentioned before, such observations have also seen by ref. [2]. we can notice from figure (2) that all (cigs) films have two mechanisms for electrical conductivity which means that there is two mechanism of transport of free carriers with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2) each one predominating in a different temperature ranges. the electrical conductivity of these films is affected by the transport of free carriers in extended states beyond the mobility edge at higher temperature range (403-473) k,as well as carriers excited into the localized states at 303 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the edge of the band and hopping at other range of temperature (278-393) k, such observations have also seen by ref.[25] . as given in fig (3) and table 1, the activation energy varies as the thickness increases and this is because of the improved crystal linty with the increase of the grain size. the hall coefficient values (rh)were calculated for cigs films of different thickness from equation(3) which is used to determined carrier density(nh) and hall mobility (μh ) by using equation (4),(5) respectively. all cigs films exhibit p-type conductivity, the sign of hall coefficient for all prepared films is positive, which means that the type of conduction was ptype, i.e. holes are majority charge carriers in the conduction process, this result is in agreement with refs [1,2,6,18].in addition to that the carrier concentration into the order of 1017cm-3 is in good agreement with refs[1,2,6], as well as the value of carrier mobility's in contrast with result obtained by ref.[26] which is found in the range 0.02–0.05 cm2/vs .all these parameters are shown in table 2. it is clear from figures (4,5) and table 2.that both ( nh ) and (μh ) respectively increase with the increase of thickness. this behavior can be attributed to the decrease the trapping centers of charge carriers with the increase of film thickness, this is, perhaps, because of the decreased grain boundary scattering which limits the mobility in thinner films and this is because of the improved film structure, reduce native defect centers and grain boundary defects, therefore the carrier mobility improves. conclusion in research, we have used thermal evaporation method to study the effect of thickness on the electrical properties of cuin1-xgaxse2 (cigs) films for x= 0.6, through measurements of conductivity and hall effect. from the obtained results of the present work, we conclude the following: 1-a thermal evaporation was a good method to prepare (cigs) film at r.t from alloy. 2-the electrical conductivity and activation energies of cigs films are seen to be dependent on the film thickness, the electrical conductivity shows as an increase of behavior with an increase of thickness. 3. the behavior of the electrical conductivity of cigs films as a function of thickness is a result of the community between two mechanisms of transport, hopping charge transport between localized states at the edge of the band  at low temperature  (278-393) k and charge transport to extended state beyond the mobility gap at higher temperature (403-473) k. 4the resistivity of these films is small; therefore these samples can be used as an absorber layer in the fabrication of solar cell. 5-hall effect measurements confirmed that holes were predominating in the conduction process. both the mobility and concentration of the charge carriers increase with the increase of thickness. references 1. david,j. schroeder;jose, luis hernandez; gene, d. berry; and angus, a. rockett, (1998),hole transport and doping states in epitaxial cuin1-xgaxse2, j. appl. phys., 83,3,1519-1526. 2. ray,j.r; desai m.s.; panchal,c.j; bharati rehani, mehta,p.k., (2013),effect of rapid thermal annealing of cigs thin films as an absorber layer," journal of nanoand electronic physics, 5, 2, 02013(7pp) . 3.anjunhan,yi zhang,wei;song;boyan li; wei liu and yyn sun, (2012),structure ,morphology and properties of thinned cu(in,ga)se2 films and solar cell, semicond.sci.technol., 27,035022(8pp). 304 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 4. ray,j.r; panchal,c.j; desai,m.s;and trivedi,u.b. (2011),simulation of cigs thin film solar cells using amps-1d, j. nanoelectron. phys., 3(1): 747-754. 5. athar javed, (2007), preparation and study of the structural, optical and electrical properties of cu(in,ga)se2 thin films, turk j phys, 31, 287 – 294. 6. mahmud abdul matin bhuiyan, mohammad shafkat islam, and amit jyoti datta,(2012),modeling, simulation and optimization of high performance cigs solar cell," international journal of computer applications,57,16,26-30. 7. habibe bayhan, a. and sertap kavaso_glu, (2003), admittance and impedance spectroscopy on cu(in,ga)se2 solar cell , turk j phys", 27, 529 535. 8.fei long; weiming wang; jingjing du,and zhengguang zou, (2009),cigs thin films prepared for solar cells by one-step electrodeposition in alcohol solution,"journal of physics: conference series,152 ,012074. 9. pyuck-pa choi; oana cojocaru-mirédin; roland wuerz, and dierk raabe, (2011), comparative atom probe study of cu(in,ga)se2 thin-film solar cells deposited on soda-lime glass and mild steel substrates , j. appl. phys., 110, 124513 . 10. jackson,p; hariskos,d; lotter,e; paetel,s; wuerz,r; menner,r; wischmann,w; and powalla ,m., (2011) , new world record efficiency for cu(in,ga)se2 thin-film solar cells beyond 20%,prog. photovolt:res. appl., 19, 894. 11. kihwan kim; hanket,g.m.; huynh,t.; and shafarman,w.n., (2012),three-step h2se/ar/h2s reaction of cu-in-ga precursors for controlled composition and adhesion of cu(in,ga)(se,s)2 thin films, j. appl. phys., 111, 083710. 12. marudachalam,m.; birkmire,r.w.; hichri,h.; schultz,j.m.; swartzlander,a. m.m. aljassim, (1997), phases, morphology and diffusion in cuinxga1-xse2 thin films, j. appl.phys., 82, 2896. 13. bouloufa,a.; djessas,k;and todorovic, d., (2009), structural and optical properties of cu(in,ga)se2 grown by close-spaced vapor transport technique, mat. sci. semicon.proc., 12, 82. 14. coutts,t.j.and meakin,j.d. (1990), current topics in photovoltaics: 4, new york: academic press:. 15. mohammad istiaque hossain, (2012),fabrication and characterization of cigs solar cells with in2s3 buffer layer deposited by pvd technique, chalcogenide letters ,9,5, 185 – 191, may. 16. romeo,a.; gysel,r.; buzzi,s; abou-ras, d; bätzner,d. l; rudmann, d; zogg,h;and tiwari a. n. ,(2004),properties of cigs solar cell developed with evaporated ii-vi buffer layers, technical digest of the international pvsec-14, bangkok, thailand. 17. faraj,m.g.; ibrahim, k.and salhin,a. (2011), investigation of cigs solar cells on polyethylene terephthalate substrates, int. j. polym. mater.,60, 817. 18. bo rner,f.; gebauer,j.; eichler,s.; krause-rehberg,r.; dirnstorfer,i.; meyer,b.k.and karg,f. (1999),defects in cuin(ga)se2 solar cell material characterized by positron annihilation: post-growth annealing effects, physica b, 273-274, 930-933. 19laura, e.; slaymaker; nathan, m.; hoffman; matthew a; ingersoll, matthew r; jensen1; jiří olejníček; christopher l;exstrom, scott a; darveau; rodney j; soukup, natale j; ianno,amitabha sarkar; and štěpán kment, (2011),properties of cuin1-xgax se2 films prepared by the rapid thermal annealing of spray deposited cuin1-xgaxs2 and se2, mater. res. soc. symp. proc., 1324 © materials research society,doi: 10.1557/opl.2011.1152 20-zhao-hui lia; eou-sik choa; sang jik kwona; and mario dagenaisb, (2011),fabrication of cu(in,ga)se2 thin films by selenization of stacked elemental layer with solid selenium, "ecs transactions boston, ma" 16, "photovoltaics for the 21st century 7",to be published in september. 305 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 21. kasap, s.o. (2002), principles of electronic materials and devices, 2nd edition, mc graw hill. 22kazmerski, l. l. (1980), polycrystalline and amorphous thin films and device, academic press. 23william, d. callister, jr. (2003), materials science and engineering, an introduction, 6th edition, john wiley & sons, inc. 24donald a.neamen ,(2003), semiconductor physics and devices, basic principles,3th edition, mcgraw-hill companies,inc. 25mesa,f.; calderon,c.; and gordillo, g. (2010), study of electrical properties of cigs thin films prepared by multistage processes, thin solid films,518,1764-1766. 26dinca,s.a; schiff,e. a; shafarman,w. n; egaas, b; noufi,r. and young d. l., (2012),electron drift mobility measurements in polycrystalline cuin1-xgax se2 solar cell, applied physics letters, 100, 103901. table no. (1) : the electrical conductivity and activation energies of cigs films at different thickness table no. (2): values of carrier concentration and carrier mobility for cigs films with different thickness thickness (nm) carrier concentration ) 3-( cm hn carrier mobility /v. s.)2(cm hμ 500 3.9 e+17 0.033 1000 5.4 e+17 0.142 1500 5.8 e+17 0.993 2000 1.8 e+18 3.152 films thickness (nm) r.t  10-3 (.cm)-1 ea1 tem. range ea2 tem. range ( ev ) ( k ) ( ev ) ( k ) 500 2.0519 0.013 278-393 0.147 403-473 1000 12.205 0.033 278-393 0.317 403-473 1500 92.165 0.035 278-393 0.32 403-473 2000 898.206 0.0113 278-393 0.058 403-473 306 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(1): variation resistivity of cigs films of different thickness figure no.(2): variation lnσ versus 103/t as a function of thickness for cigs films figure no.(3): variation activation energies as a function of thickness for (cigs) films -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 ln  (o h m .c m )1 1000/t (k)-1 t= 500 nm t= 1000 nm t= 1500 nm t=2000 nm 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 a c ti v a ti o n e n e rg y ( e v ) thickness (nm) ea2 ea1 0.00e+00 1.00e+02 2.00e+02 3.00e+02 4.00e+02 5.00e+02 6.00e+02 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 r e si st iv it y (  o h m .c m ) thickness (nm) 307 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(4): variation of the charge carrier’s concentration for cigs films of different thickness figure no. (5): variation hall mobility as a function of thickness for cigs films 0 2e+17 4e+17 6e+17 8e+17 1e+18 1.2e+18 1.4e+18 1.6e+18 1.8e+18 2e+18 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 n h ( c m ) -3 thickness (nm) 308 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )cigs( وقياسات تأثير ھول ألغشيةتأثير السمك على التوصيلية الكھربائية بشرى كاظم حسون الميالي ايمان حميد خضير علي حسين عبد الرزاق / جامعة بغداد) بن الھيثم ا الصرفة ( للعلوم كلية التربيةقسم الفيزياء / 2014ايلول 29البحث :قبل 2014ايار27استلم البحث: الخالصة التوصيلية الكھربائية وقياسات تأثير ھول في nm (and 2000 ,1500 ,1000 ,500)حسب تأثير االسماك المختلفة االغشية باستعمال تقنية التبخير ت. حضرx= 0.6 ,إذ 2sexgax-1cuin (cigs) ألغشية نحاس انديوم كاليوم سيلينيوم .(cigs)الحراري على ارضيات من الزجاج عند درجة حرارة الغرفة من سبيكة وتحركية ھول وتركيز الحامالت دالة لتغير السمك. ea1(ea ,2( وطاقات التنشيط (σ)التوصيلية الكھربائية تحسب بينما تنوعت ,حامالت الشحنة ولوحظ زيادة التوصيلية الكھربائيةوقد أظھرت كل االغشية آليتين لالنتقال االلكتروني ل كانت من نوع cigsطاقات التنشيط بزيادة سمك االغشية المحضرة . وبينت نتائج قياسات تأثير ھول ان جميع أغشية (p-type) .كما لوحظ زيادة كل من تركيز وتحركية حامالت الشحنة بزيادة سمك االغشية . تأثير ھول , التبخير الحراري.، التوصيلية الكھربائية ، اغشية، cigs -: المفتاحيةالكلمات microsoft word 18-26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   18    determine most stable isobar for nuclides with a= (15-30) & (101115) murtadha s. nayyef naz t. jaralla department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, iraq. mafiz1993@gmail.com naztalab2016@yahoo.com article history: received 30 december 2019, accepted 16 february 2020, published in october 2020. abstract in this study the  most stable isobar for some isobaric families (light and intermediate ) nuclei with mass number (a) equals to (15-30) & (101115) have been determined. this determination of stable nuclide can help to determine the suitable nuclide, which can be used in different fields. most stable isobar can be determined by two means. first: plot mass parabolas (plotting the binding energy (b.e) as a function of the atomic number (z)) for these isobaric families, in this method most stable isobars represent the lowest point in mass parabola (the nuclide with the highest value of binding energy). second: calculated the atomic number for most stable isobar (za) value. our results show that there is only one stable nuclide for isobars with odd mass number (a) (one mass parabolas), while for nuclides with an even mass number (a) there is more than one stable nuclide (two mass parabola). also, our results show that nuclides representing the most stable isobars in the two methods, which used in this study practically, are the same nuclide. keywords: binding energy, weizsäcker equation, mass parabolas, isobaric nuclides. 1.introduction the minimum portion of the elements that the keeps the basic properties are the atom. an atom is made of a small massive central called the nucleus, this nucleus is surrounded by orbiting electrons[1] .  doi: 10.30526/33.4.2520 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index       19  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 these nucleons are amounts of neutrons and protons, which are grouped in two collections. these neutrons and protons are independently spread during sure energy statuses, and they are being together with their public reacts [2]. these protons and neutrons are much heavier than electrons, which move around the nucleus. protons have a positive charge equal in quantity to the negative charge of the electron, while neutrons have practically the equivalent mass as a proton with no charge [3]. isobars are nuclei, which have similar atomic mass number (a), but atomic numbers (z) are different. an instance of a pair of isobars is: 1h3 & 2he3 these isobars are with two neutrons, one proton for hydrogen nuclei, one neutron and two protons for helium nuclide respectively. isobaric nuclei show a projecting part in beta decay and electron capture[4]. beta particles (β) are electrons, which carry a negative or positive charge (e& e+). in the situation of (β-) decay atomic number (z) growths by one unit. but in the case of (β+) decay the atomic number (z) will be decreased by one unit. some nuclei go through a radioactive change by taking an atomic electron, normally from the k shell, releasing a neutrino as well as reductions atomic number (z) by one unit[5]. 2. theoretical part in nuclear physics, one of the elementary and significant models is the liquid drop model (ldm). this model the nucleus assumes like a liquid drop collected with its related properties. in this model, binding energy (be) of the nuclide has volume term (the react of nucleons with near nucleons regardless of reduction in interaction of external nucleons), surface term (the effect of the reduction in interactions of outward nucleons), coulomb term (the react of coulomb repulsion amongst protons), asymmetry term (unlike quantity of energy in equivalent and unlike styles of neutrons and protons numbers), and parity term (additional stability and resultantly extra negative energy of the nucleus for pair-pair nuclei) [6]. 2.1 bethe– weizsäcker formula in 1935, bethe and weizsäcker projected an excellent parameterization of the binding energies of nuclei in their ground state. this formula depended on the liquid-drop analogy but also combined two quantum ingredients. asymmetry energy is one, which is likely favors of same neutrons and proton numbers. a pairing energy is the next one which favors arrangements where two same fermions are paired[7]. the formula of bethe and weizsäcker is: b.e(a,z) = av a asa2/3 ac z(z − 1)a−1/3 – aa(a − 2z)2a−1 ± δa-1/2 +ȵ (1) where: av, as, ac, aa, δ and ȵ are the energy constants that represent to the volume, surface, coulomb, asymmetry, pairing and shell energy terms, respectively[8]. one set of this factors is[8]: av=15.8mev, as=18.3mev, ac=0.72mev, aa=23.2mev. and δ = 11.2 mev for even n, even z . 0 for even n odd z, or even z, odd n 11.2 mev for odd n, odd z . .       20  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 and ȵ= ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ 3 mev n and z magic number . 2 mev n or z magic number and other is odd . 1 mev n or z magic number and other is even . 0 n or z no magic number . 2.2 applications of bethe– weizsäcker formula 2.2.1 mass parabola one of the important uses of bethe-weizsäcker semi empirical formula is to limit the most stable isobar of an assumed mass number (a) against beta decay by plotting the binding energy as a function to the atomic number (z) [9]. mass parabolas for the different isobars fall into two clusters according to whether the mas number (a) is even or odd.[9] the isobars are placed on the sides of the parabola unstable, so these nuclides will be decayed to be more stable and lower on the parabola. [10]. the mass number (a) of nuclei with (z > za) can decay by emitting positive beta (ꞵ+) and neutrino (ⱱ) or electron capture (ec). while the mass number (a) of nucleus with (z ˂ za ) can decay by emitting negative beta (ꞵ-) and antineutrino (ⱱ )[11]. 2.2.2 atomic numbers for most stable isobar (za) value. the presence of the coulomb term and the asymmetric term refers to a nucleus with the highest binding energy found by setting (∂b/∂z = 0) for every mass number (a). the greatly bound nuclide has (z = n = a/2) for nucleus with a low mass number (a) where the asymmetry term controls, but the coulomb term favors (n >z) for a large mass number (a) [7]. the neutron and proton number which agrees to the highest binding energy of the nucleus provides the value of atomic number z (a) for the most bound isobars [12]: ∂b/∂z= 0 ⇒ z (a) = 𝑍 𝐴 (2) z (a) ∼ / . / (3) this value of (z) is near to, but not essentially same to the value of atomic number (z) that takes the stable isobar for an assumed mass number (a).the reason for that (one must also take into account) is the difference of neutron–proton mass [7]. 3.results and discussion the results of this study will be presented and discussed in detail, whereas this study aims to determine the most stable isobar for (light and intermediate) nuclei with mass number (a) equals to (15-30) and (101115) . the most stable isobar for isobars under this study has been determined by two different methods: first by plotting mass parabola (values of binding energy (b.e) which are plotted as a function to the atomic number (z) for each isobar under this study and second by calculating the atomic number (za) for most stable isobars. 3.1 determined the most stable isobar by mass parabola binding energy (b.e) for light and intermediate nuclei with mass number (a) equals to (15-30) and (101-115) were calculated by using equation (1).       21  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 these values of binding energy (b.e) increased with increasing the mass number (a) of nuclides, the values of binding energy (b.e) which were ranging between (46-255) mev for nuclides with mass number (a= 15-30) and (810-978) mev for nuclides with mass number (a= 101-115) which were plotted as a function to the atomic number (z) for each isobar in isobaric family, so we get mass parabolas for different isobars as shown in the figures (1 & 2).                                 (a) (b) figure 1. mass parabolas for isobars with mass number (15-30) (a) odd (a) (b) even (a).       22  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020               (a)           (b) figure 2.mass parabolas for isobars with mass number (101-115) (a) odd (a) (b) even (a). here, mass parabolas for isobars with odd and even mass number (a) are drawn separately because we have only one mass parabola for nuclei with an odd mass number (a) which are coming from (evenodd) or (odd-even) nuclide, also the term of pairing equivalents to zero in these isobars. while there are two mass parabolas for nuclei with an even mass number (a); one of these mass parabola for (odd-odd) nuclei and second for (even-even) nuclide which located under the parabola of (odd-odd) nuclide, for these nuclide the pairing term (is positive for even-even nuclei and negative for odd-odd nucleus) in the binding energy formula . so, we can see clearly from figures (1(a) & 2(a)) of mass parabola for an odd mass number (a) that we have only one mass parabola as well as one stable isobar. while figures (1(b) & 2(b)) of mass parabola for an even mass number (a) show that they are more than one stable isobar. the most stable isobars for nuclide with odd and even mass number (a) have the highest value of binding energy (b.e.) and lie at or near the bottom of the mass parabola. some of most stable isobars which are determined for isobaric family with mass number a= [(15-30) & (101-115)] are the same in the case of isobars with odd mass number and even mass number, such as (oxygen) which represents the stable nuclide for odd isobar with mass number equal to (a=17) as well as for even isobar with mass number equals to (a=16 & 18) 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 atomic number (z) 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 101 tc 40 45 50 atomic number (z) 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 103 ru 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 atomic number (z) 840 850 860 870 880 890 900 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 105 rh 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 atomic number (z) 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 107 pd 40 45 50 atomic number (z) 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 109 pd 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 atomic number (z) 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 111 ag 40 45 50 55 atomic number (z) 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 113 cd 40 45 50 55 atomic number (z) 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 115 sn 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 atomic number (z) 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 102 ru even-even odd-odd 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 atomic number (z) 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 106 pd even-even odd-odd 40 45 50 atomic number (z) 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 108 pd even-even odd-odd 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 atomic number (z) 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 110 pd even-even odd-odd 40 45 50 55 atomic number (z) 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 b in d in g e n e rg y (b .e ) m e v a = 112 cd even-even odd-odd       23  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 in first range, and (ruthenium) nuclide which represent the stable isobar in the case of odd mass number (a=103) and even mass number (a=102 &104) for second range. the reason for this behavior is that these nuclides have high value of binding energy (b.e) comparison with adjacent nuclide. 3.2 determined the atomic number (za) value for most stable isobars the most stable isobar for isobars families under this study are also determined by calculating the (za) from equation (3). the results are presented in column (2) of tables (1 &2). then the atomic number of the most stable isobar (za) is plotted as a function to the mass number (a) as shown in figures (3 & 4). table 1. mass number (a), the atomic number for most stable isobar (za) calculated from equation (3) for isobar with (a=15-30). mass number (a) atomic number for stable isobar (za) 15 7.162028 16 7.624391 17 8.085258 18 8.544668 19 9.002655 20 9.459252 21 9.91449 22 10.3684 23 10.821 24 11.27232 25 11.72239 26 12.17123 27 12.61886 28 13.06529 29 13.51056 30 13.95467 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 a to m ic n u m b e r fo r m o s t s ta b le i s o b a r (z a ) mass number (a) a=15-30 figure 3. the relationship between atomic number for most stable isobar (za) and mass number (a) for (a=1530).       24  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 2. mass number (a), the atomic number for most stable isobar (za) calculated from equation (3) for isobar with (a=101-115). mass number (a) atomic number for stable isobar (za) 101 43.22642 102 43.61301 103 43.99901 104 44.38441 105 44.76922 106 45.15344 107 45.53708 108 45.92014 109 46.30263 110 46.68454 111 47.06589 112 47.44666 113 47.82688 114 48.20653 115 48.58563 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 a to m ic n u m b e r fo r m o s t s ta b le i s o b a r (z a ) mass number (a) a=101-115 figure 4.the relationship between atomic number for most stable isobar (za) and mass number (a) for (a=101115). figures (3&4) show a linear relationship among atomic number for most stable isobar (za) and mass number. 3.3 comparison between most stable isobar determined by two methods (mass parabola and atomic number (za)). a comparison has been done between the most stable isobars determined by the two methods which are described above (the lowest point of the mass parabola for each isobars and these which are determined from the calculating of the atomic number for most stable isobars (za)) .this comparison is explained in tables (3 & 4) for isobaric family (a) = (15-30 & 101-115) respectively.       25  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 3 . comparison between the most stable nuclide determined from mass parabola and atomic number for the most stable isobar (za) value from the equation (3) for nuclides with (a=15-30). mass number (a) nuclide –atomic number for stable isobar from mass parabola atomic number for stable isobar (za) from eq.(3) 15 n-7 7.162028 16 n-7, o-8 7.624391 17 o-8 8.085258 18 o-8, f-9 8.544668 19 f-9 9.002655 20 f-9, ne-10 9.459252 21 ne-10 9.91449 22 ne-10, na-11 10.3684 23 na-11 10.821 24 na-11, mg-12 11.27232 25 mg-12 11.72239 26 mg-12,al-13 12.17123 27 al-13 12.61886 28 al-13, si-14 13.06529 29 si-14 13.51056 30 al-13, si-14 13.95467 table 4.comparison between the most stable nuclide determined from mass parabola and atomic number for the most stable isobar (za) value from the equation (3) for nuclides with (a=101-115). mass number (a) nuclide –atomic number for stable isobar from mass parabola atomic number for stable isobar (za) from eq.(3) 101 tc-43 43.22642 102 tc-43, ru-44 43.61301 103 ru-44 43.99901 104 ru-44, rh-45 44.38441 105 rh-45 44.76922 106 rh-45, pd-46 45.15344 107 pd-46 45.53708 108 rh-45, pd-46 45.92014 109 pd-46 46.30263 110 pd-46, ag-47 46.68454 111 ag-47 47.06589 112 ag-47, cd-48 47.44666 113 cd-48 47.82688 114 cd-48, in-49 48.20653 115 in-49 48.58563 from these tables, we can note that the stable isobars are always the same nuclide for isobars with an odd mass number in the two methods, but in cases of even isobars which have two stable isobars (in mass parabola method) only one of them is same stable isobars in comparison to second method.       26  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 4. conclusions 1. most stable isobars located at the bottom of mass parabolas and have the highest value of binding energy (b.e). 2. in the figures of mass parabolas, the value of binding energy increased by increasing the atomic number (left side of mass parabola) until reaching to the most stable isobar, while in the (right side of mass parabola) it decreased with increasing the distance from the most stable isobar (bottom of mass parabolas). 3. nuclides with an odd mass number (a) have only one mass parabola as well as one stable isobar, while nuclides with an even mass number (a) have two mass parabolas so they have more than one stable isobar. 4. the nuclides representing the most stable isobars in two methods, which are used in this study, are almost the same nuclide. references 1. de sanctis, e.; monti, s.; ripani, m. energy from nuclear fission: an introduction, undergraduate lecture notes in physics, springer international publishing switzerland, 2016, isbn 978-3-319-30649-0. 2. huda, a, marid.; naz, t, jarallh.; the relationship of nuclear decay methods (alpha and beta) particles with the nuclear deformation for nuclei inuranium-238 and thorium -232 series, energy procedia, elsevier ltd, 2019, 157, 270–275, doi: 10.1016/j.egypro.2018.11.190. 3. king, george, c. physics of energy sources, (first edition). hoboken, new jersey : john wiley sons, inc, 2018, isbn: 9781119961673. 4. choppin, g.; liljenzin, jo.; rydberg, j. radiochemistry and nuclear chemistry, butterworth-heineman, 2002, isbn:0750674636. 5. james, e, turner. atoms, radiation and radiation protection, wiley-vch verlag gmbh & co.kgaa, weinheim, 2007. 6. mirzaei, mahmoud, abadi, vahid1.; mirhabibi mohsen.; askari mohammad bagher. estimation of semi-empirical mass formula coefficients, nucl. sci, 2017, 2, 1, 11– 15. 7. basdevant, jl.; rich, j.; spiro, m. fundamentals in nuclear physics: from nuclear structure to cosmology, springer science & business media, 2005. 8. norman, d,  cook. models of the atomic nucleus unification through a lattice of nucleons, (second edition),germany: springer, 2010, http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3642-14737-1 9. rajan, mk.; biju, rk.; santhosh, kp.; empirical formula for the most stable isobar against beta decay, in dae symp. nucl. phys, 2017, 62, 440-441. 10. tian, j.; yuan. d, han, s.; huang, y, wang, n. nuclear mass parabola and its applications, 2017, arxiv preprint arxiv:1709.05451. 11. cottingham, wn.; greenwood, da.; greenwood, da. an introduction to nuclear physics,  cambridge university press, 2001. 12. k, heyde. basic ideas and concepts in nuclear physics: an introductory approach, (third edition),crc press, 2004, isbn:1420054945. 46-55.pdf microsoft word 336-350 علوم الحياة | 336 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 تقييم السمية الوراثية للمستخلص المائي والكحولي لبذور نبات الحرمل peganum harmala l. في جذور نبات البصلallium cepa l. سيف محمد إبراهيم نضال نعمة حسين /جامعة بغداد )ابن الهيثم(قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015كانون األول 6، قبل في :2015تشرين األول 4استلم في : الخالصة في جذور نبات .peganum harmala lالسمية الوراثية للمستخلص المائي والكحولي لبذور نبات الحرمل قيمت ساعة. بينت النتائج بأن 72,48,24وزن /حجم وبمدد تعريض 200,100,50,25,10% البصل خلويا باستعمال التراكيز مستخلصات بذور الحرمل أدت إلى تثبيط نمو جذور البصل معنويا وازداد تثبيط النمو كلما زاد تركيز المستخلصـات وكان % وبذلك 25% وإما للمستخلص الكحولي فكان 50ذور البصل للمستخلص المائي التركيز نصف المؤثر في متوسط طول ج فأن المستخلص الكحولي كان أكثر تأثيرا فـي متوسط طول جذور نبات البصل من المستخلص المائي . بينت النتائج كذلك يط كلما زاد تركيز المستخلص حدوث تثبيط معنوي لدليل االنقسام عند المعاملة بالمستخلص المائي والكحولي ويزداد التثب 100% لم يتأثر معنويا بزيادة مدة التعريض ونـظرا ألن التركيز mitotic index ولوحـظ كذلك بأن دليل االنقسام % مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة فـقد اعتبرت 50% للمســــــتخلص الكحولي قد انخفض دليل االنقسام بنسبة 25للمستخلص المائي و % بالمقارنة مع معاملة 22عند كال المستخلصين فقد انخفض دليل االنقسام بنسبة 200 %تراكيز شبه مميتة ,أما التركيز السيطرة فعد تركيزا مميتا ..بينت النتائج كذلك بأن مستخلصات بذور الحرمل أدت إلى انخفاض معنوي في دليل الطور يدي وارتفاع معنوي فــي دليل الطور االستوائي ,فضال عن ظهور نسبة عالية من التشوهات الكروموسوميه في جذور التمه نبات البصل التي ازدادت بزيادة تراكيز المستخلصات وكانت أكثر التشوهات الكروموسومية تكرارا هي الكروموسومات , وقـد ظهرت أيضا تشوهات c-mitosisاالستوائي الكولشسينى اللزجة ,الجسور الكروموسومية, التشتت الكروموسومي ,و أخرى اقل تكرارا كالطور االنفصالي مبتعد عن األقطاب , طور انفصالي نجمي , كروموسوم متأخر و التعدد الكروموسومي. الحرمل, السمية الوراثية ,جذور البصل, دليل االنقسام الكلمات المفتاحية : علوم الحياة | 337 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المقدمة ي الطب ـــــــــته المختلفة فعماالمن النباتات المشهورة عالمياَ وذلك الست.peganum harmala l يعد نبات الحرمل نبات مــــــوين nitrariaceaeويصنف حاليا ضمن عـائلة zygophylaceae ينتمي نبات الحرمل قديما إلى عائلة الشعبي ضال ــــف ,[1] فريقيا الموطن الرئيس لهأيمثل الشرق األوسط وجنوب أوربا وشـمال إذ الحرمل برياً في األراضي الصحراوية ت نبات الحرمل الدوائية لوجود بعض المواد الكيميائية التي تم عزلها عماال.تعود است[2]عن انتشاره في وسـط العراق وشماله ,harmine, harmalineشملـوتβ-carbolinealkaloidesن نوع ـــن بذور النبات وأهمها القلويدات مــم harmalal,harman tetrahydroharmine, وكذلك نوعquinazoline[3] وتشمل vasicine, vasicinone كذلك تعملاستو ألورام السرطانيةولعالج امسكن لآلالم ومضاد لاللتهابات ومضاد لنشاط البكتريا ـــــالحرمل كاستعمل نبات وكذلك في معالجة , وكذلك كمحفزة للجهاز الهضمي,وفي عالج بعـض أمراض الجلد حت الجلدـفي معالجة سرطان الجلد وت الجنسـية ولمعالجة الصرع ومشاكل الدورة الشهرية وبعض و االختالالتض أمراض المسالك البولية ــأمراض الرحم وبع ج األمراض العقلية وفي عالج التهابات في عالتعمل التي تس harmineبذور الحرمل على مادة ىحتووان ا األمراض العقلية سهال ي عالج الحمى واالــف لمعإما بخار بذور الحرمل ومسحوقها فقد است,[6,5,4]عالج الجروحل فضال عن استعملها الدماغ وقد أفادت .[7]ت كمادة مضادة للبكتريا والفطريات والرواشح ومحفزة للجهاز العصبي المركزيتعملواس جهـاضوحـاالت اال % من سكان العالم يعتمدون على النباتات الطبية كجانب مــن الرعاية 60أن ما يقارب whoقارير منظمة الصحة العالمية ت وتـعد لذلك أصبح من المهم جدا معرفة التأثير التطفيري والسام لهذه النباتات الطبية, [8] الصحية األولية بدون وعي صحي مراحل االنقسام الخلوي أفضل مكان الكتشاف االختالالت الخلوية الناتجة بسبب تعرض الكائن الحي لبعض المواد السامة التي . تهدف الدراسة الحالية تقييم التأثيرات السمية للمستخلص المائي والكحولي لبذور [9] غالبا ما يكون لها تأثير وظيفي أو شكلي ور نبات البصل.نبات الحرمل في جذ لمواد وطرائق العملا النباتات المستعملة ردمص الدراسة ــــيف عمل أيضا استومن السوق المحلية . .peganum harmala lتم الحصول على بذور نبات الحرمل الوراثية وبأحجام متماثلة كأداة لالختبار البايولوجي في دراسة تأثير السمية allium cepa l . البصل األبيض التابعة لوزارة الزراعة. فحص وتصديق البذور أةلصات بذور نبات الحرمل وقد تم الحصول عليه من قبل هيــــلمسـتخ p.harmala.l. الحرمل نبات لبذور تحضير المستخلص المائي والكحولي على شكل مسحوق أصبحت البذور في الخالط الكهربائي إلى أن تطحنثم تحت الهواء, وجففت بذور الحرمل تغسل ن ـمليلتر م 500معقم للمستخلص المائي أوالن الماء المـقطر ـمليلتر م 500غم من مسحوق البذور مع 100. خلط دقيق المحرك بوساطة ع التحريك المستمرمساعة في درجة حرارة الغرفة 24% للمستخلص الكحولي وترك لمدة 96االيثانول وضع الراشح في أطباق وترك ليجف بدرجة حرارة و طة أربع طبقات من الشاش المعقماالمحلول بوس .رشح المغناطيسي .[10]عمال وضع في قنينة زجاجية مغلقه ومعقمة وحفظ في الثالجة لـحين االستوجمع المسحوق الجاف ثم الغرفة ئي أو الكحولي لبذور نبات الحرملمعاملة جذور نبات البصل بالمستخلص الما اختيرت البصالت النامية ,ساعة24 في الماء المقطر ولمدة سم2-3بأحجام متجانـــسة يتراوح قطرها نمي نبات البصل من المستخلص المائي أو % 200,100,50,25,10,5 ت إلى تراكيز مخـتلفةضبشكل جيد وجذور متجانسة األطوال وعر 96تركت المـعامالت لمدة . ء مقطر فقطـامعاملة السيطرة م فضال عنبصالت لكل معاملة 3رمل وبواقع الكحولي لبذور الح مع مراعاة تبديل الماء المقطر والمحاليل الخاصة 2˚±م 25درجة حرارة تحت ساعات ظالم 8ساعة ضوء و16 ة وبواقع ساع معامله فضال عنن كل معاملة ــــملثالثين بصلة طول الجذر توسطم ة التعريض قيسمدساعة.بعد انتهاء 24عاملة كل ـلكل م للمستخلص المائي والكحولي ec50 (effective concentration 50%واعتمادا عـلى التركيز نصف المؤثر ( السيطرة تها % من المستخلص المائي والكحولي لدراسة تأثيرا 200,100,50,25,10في نمو جذور نبات البصل.اختيرت التراكيز مكررات لمعاملة 6 فضال عنة تعريض ,مدملة ولكل امكررات لكل مع 6وبواقع ساعة 72,48,24الخلوية ولمدد تعريض , 24من كل معاملة بعد ا جذر خمسة عشرجمعت . لكل مدة تعريضسيطرة ماء مقطر فقط.مع مراعاة وجود معاملة السيطرة ـال ن المستخلص المائي أو الكحولي وحسب ــتلفة مـور المعاملة بتراكيز مخوضعت الجذ. ساعة ألجل فحصها خلويا 72, 48 إلى جزء من حامض الخليك المطلق الزمنية المختلفة في المحلول المثبت والمتكون من خلط ثالثة أجزاء من كحول اثيلي مددال ساعة عند كل معاملة غسل كل % 70الجذور مرتين بالكحول االثيليغسلت ة التثبيت مدساعة, وبعد انتهاء 24دة مالثلجي ل .[11] المعم لحين االست˚ 4درجة حرارة تحت% و 70الجذور بعد غسلها بالكحول االثيلي وحفظت. الفحص الخلوي ) 1nالى محلول حامض الهايدروكلوريك ( تنقلو% بالماء المقطر عدة مرات 70الجذور المحفوظة بالكحول االثيليغسلت hcl عد ـالجذور ب.غسلت دقيقة وذلك لتطرية الجذور 15دة مم ول˚ 60درجة حرارة تحت حمام المائي في ال وضعت و األجزاء أزيلت على شريحة زجاجية نظيفة وت الجذور وضع.%70الكحول االثيلي عمالتطريتها بحامض الهايدروكلويك باست علوم الحياة | 338 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 والمحضرة بحسب على العينة aceto-orceinن من صبغة اقطرت تضعو و القمة النامية فقط.ب حتفظإ ن الجذر وــــالزائدة م .مؤخرة قلم الرصاص المعباست فرشتن ثم وضع غطاء الشريحة فوقها وضغط بخفة لهرسها ثم يلمدة دقيقت توترك [12] خلية للشريحة الواحدة وفي مناطق مختلفة منها علما أن 1000تفحص.إذ طة المجهر الضوئياالعينات مباشرة بوس تفحص عدد الخاليا المنقسمة وغير سجلخلية.5000ة الزمنية الواحدة مدها في التركيز الواحد في الصجـموع الخاليا التي تم فحـــــم ابكامير صورتو ةيع حاالت الشذوذ الكروموسوميمن أطوار االنقسام الخلوي ورصدت جـالمنقسمة وعدد خاليا كل طور م .)amscope 10 mpنوع( حصائيالتحليل اال one wayباستعمال تحليل التباين باتجاه واحد الدراسة الخلوية بياناتتحليل ل spss v. 15برنامج المعاست anova إليجاد الفروق المعنوية باعتماد اختبار اقل فرق معنويlsd تحت مستوى معنوية )(p< 0.05,سب دلـيل ـح دليـل الطور .حسب 100 مضروبا في العدد الكلي للخاليا عــلىاليا المنقسمة عدد الخوذلك بقسمة mitotic indexاالنقـسام النسبة المئوية للشذوذ سب ح.100 مضروبا في عدد الخاليا المنقسمة الكليعلى عدد خاليا الطوروالناتج من تقسيم .[13] 100 مضروبا في عدد الخاليا الكلي المنقسمةالشاذة على عدد الخاليا الناتجة من تقسيم الكروموسومي النتائج في متوسط طول جذور نبات البصل.p.harmala l مستخلصات بذور الحرملأثير ت معاملة السيطرة مع مقارنة بالالجذر معنويا متوسط طول د ثبطتـبأن مستخلصات بذور نبات الحرمل قاظهرت النتائج في متوسط طول ) بأن أعلى تثبيط 1وضح الشكل(. يكيز المستخلصاتاتر تالجذور كلما زادمتوسط طول وقد ازداد تثبيط ,إما 76%ثبط النمو بنسبة %إذ 200تركيز كان عندلمستخلص المائي لبذور نبات الحرمل جذور البصل عند استعمال ا مؤثر النصف % لذا عد التركيز 50% مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة فـكان 50الذي ثبط طول الجذر الى التركيز ec50متوسط طوليط ثبإلى ت ى) بأن المستخلص الكحولي لبذور نبات الحرمل قد أد2يبين الشكل (و .للمستخلص المائي بة تثبيط ــ% بينما كانت اقل نس87.3كانت نسبة التثبيط % إذ200 جذور نبات البصل وكان أعلى مستوى للتثبيط عند التركيز ن ميتضح و .% 25للمستخلص الكحولي كان ec50 مؤثر اللك بأن التركيز نصف كذالشكل , يوضح %5عند التركيز %20 ان كيطهم لنمو جذور نبات البصل فــالنتائج بأن المستخلص المائي والكحولي لبذور نبات الحرمل قد اختلفت درجة تثب نمو الجذور مقارنة بالمستخلص المائي . فيالمستخلص الكحولي أكثر تأثيرا وسمية الخلوي االنقسام فيالكحولية وستخلصات بذور الحرمل المائية تأثير م ميع التراكيز ـــالحرمل أدى إلى انخفاض معنوي في دليل االنقسام ولج نبات النتائج بأن المستخلص المائي لبذوراوضحت أعلى انخفاض عند ل صو إذة,ولوحظ كذلك إن دليل االنقسام يزداد باالنخفاض كلما زاد تركيز المستخلص تعملالمس أي بنسبة 10.59كان دليل االنقسام اذ السيطرة مع معاملة مقارنة بال ةساع 24بعد 2.27فأصبح دليل االنقسام % 200التركيز بعد 7.47أصبح % اذ10 دليل االنقسام كان عند اقل تركيز في% , أما اقل تأثير معنوي للمستخلص المائي 78.7انخفاض , ولم يتأثر دليل 1كما في جدول % 29أي بنسبة انخفاض تعادل 10.59معاملة السيطرة والتي كانت مع مقارنة بالساعه 24 ساعه تعريض إي بنسبة انخفاض 24بعد % 10عند التركيز 7.47كان دليل االنقسام االنقسام معنويا بزيادة مدد التعريض اذ معاملة مع مقارنة بال% 23.5 ساعه تعريض إي بنسبة انخفاض 48بعد نفسه عند التركيز 5.86بح ص% وأ29.4دل اعـت .%21أي بنسبة انخفاض 5.91ساعه فقد أصبح 72أما عند مدة التعريض السيطرة ولجميع التراكيز miبأن المستخلص الكحولي للحرمل أدى إلى انخفاض معنوي في دليل االنقسام أيضا يتضح من النتائج ل تأثير للمستخلص ــــتركيز المستخلص الكحولي وكان اق ظ أن دليل االنقسام يزداد باالنخفاض كلـما زاد, ولوحالمستعملة أي 11.71يطرة وكان ـمعاملة السمع مقارنة بالساعه 24بعد 6.59أصبح اذ %10دليل االنقسام عند التركيز فيالكحولي 2.39أصبح دليل االنقسام % اذ 200وإما أعلى تأثير للمستخلص الكحولي فكان عند التركيز % 43 بنسبة انخفاض تعادل , ولـم يتأثر دليل االنــقسام معنويا بزيادة فترات التعريض 2جدول % 79.59أي بنسبة انخفاض تصل نفسها ة التعريضولمد يطرة التي كانت ـمعاملة السمع مقارنة بال 4.77ساعه 48بعد % 25كان دليل االنقسام في التركيز للـمستخلص الكحولي اذ أي 7.73مقارنة بالسيطرة وكانت 4.44د كان دليل االنقسام ـساعه فق 72% ,إما بعد مرور 46أي بنسبة انخفاض 8.86 المسـتخلص % تقريبا تراكيز شبه مميتة مــن 100و25 اعتمادا على هذه النتائج يمكن عد التركيزين %.42.5 بنسبة انخفاض وإما التركيز [14] % من معاملة السيطرة 50المائي والكحولي على التوالي وذلك الن هذه التراكيز خفضت دليل االنقسام % بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة 22% فعد تقريبا تركيزا مميتا لكال المستخلصين وذلك ألنه خفض دليل االنقسام إلى 200 [15]. علوم الحياة | 339 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 prophaseدليل الطور التمهيدي بأن دليل الطور التمهيدي قد انخفض معنويا في الجذور المعاملة بالمستخلص المائي لبذور الحرمل ابتداء من تبين النتائج إذ أصبح التعريض مدد% ولجميع 10%,بينما لم يتأثر معنويا عند التركيز 200وحتى أعلى تركيز 25% التركيز ساعه على التوالي بالمقارنة مع معاملة السـيطرة التي كانت 24 ,72,48عــند مدد التعريض 52.6,56.48,57.51 فاض دليل الطور التمهيدي يتناسب طرديا مع تركيز المستخلص المائي ـ. لوحظ كذلك بأن انخعلى التوالي54.01,56.87,57.9 لى التوالي ـساعه ع 72,48,24ة التعريض مدعند 30.81,31,48,33.3أصبح إذ % 200كان أعلى انخفاض عند التركيز إذ .)1جدول ( مقارنة بمعامالت السيطرة 25بأن دليل الطور التمهيدي للجذور المعرضة للمستخلص الكـحولي قد انخفض بشكل معنوي ابتداء من تركيز تضح أيضا ي ع تركيز ـــقيمة دليل الطور التمهيدي تتناسب طرديا م نا,و% 10بينما لم يتأثر عند التركيز ,التعريض مدد% ولجميع أصبح إذ% 200كان أعلى انخفاض في دليل الطور التمهيدي عــند التركيز إذ , لمعالمستخلص الكحولي المست 56.25,معامالت السيطرةمع مقارنة بالعلى التوالي ةساع 72,48,24التعريض مددند ـع 26.30,28.08,31.01 .2جدول على التوالي 50.28,54.35 metaphaseدليل الطور االستوائي د ارتفع بشكل معنوي مقارنة ـأن دليل الطور االستوائي للجذور المعرضة للمستخلص المائي لبذور نبات الحرمل قح يتض لوحظ كذلك بأن . ساعة 72,48 , 24التعريض مدد ل% وخال200 % وحتى تركيز 50بمعامالت السيطرة ابتداء من التركيز اذ كان أقل ارتفاع لدليل الطور االستوائي ناسب طرديا مع تركيز المستخلص المائي,تارتفاع قيمة دليل الطور االستوائي ت ساعة على التوالي بالمقارنة مع معاملة 72,48,24عـند مدد التعريض 24.11,21.69,23.97% اذ أصبح 10عـــند التركيز أصبح اذ % 200ند التركيز ـعلدليل الطور االستوائي فكان أعلى ارتفاع على التوالي وإما20.04,19.78,18.99 السيطرة .1جدول معامالت الـسيطرةمع مقارنة بالساعه على التوالي 72,48,24التعريض مددعند 46.39,39.76,38.31 ميع التراكيز ــولج اارتفع بشكل معنوي جذور المعرضة للمستخلص الكحولي قدلـبأن دليل الطور االستوائي لاتضح كذلك مة ـالتعريض. لوحـظ كذلك بأن ارتفاع قي مددوعند جميع % وحتى أعلى تركيز مستعمل 10وابتداء من التركيز ة لمتعالمس كان أعلى ارتفاع لدليل الطور االستوائي اذ ع تركيز المستخلص الكحولي.ـل الطور االستوائي تتناسب طرديا مــــــــدلي ساعه على التوالي مقارنة بمعاملة 72,48,24التعريض مددد نع 50.3,44.31,42.27أصبح اذ% 200ند التركيزــــــــــع .2توالي جدول على ال 21.52,21.71,20.73كانت اذ السيطرة anaphaseدليل الطور االنفصالي % ولجميع مدد التعريض والتركيز 50,25,10لم يتأثر بالمستخلص المائي عـند التراكيز دليل الطور االنفصالي أن يتضح ة ساع 48, 24 ريضـتي التعولمد % 200,100ارتفع معنويا عند التركيزين ساعة .ولكنه 72% لمدة التـعريض 100 ة التعريض مدند ـــــلي ع%على التوا100ند التركيزـع 20.92 ,16.96أصبح اذ ساعة 72عند مدة التعريض 200%و ـنــــــــــــــــــــــــــد . إما ععلى التوالي12.75,11.97معاملة السيطرة والتي كانت مع مقارنة ساعة عــلى التوالي بال 48,24 السيطرة تمعامالمع مقارنة بالعلى التوالي 72,48,24مدد التعريض عند 17.63,19.04 ,18.78% فأصبحت 200التركيز .1جدول عـــــــــند جميع دليل الطور االنفصالي لجذور نبات البصل المستخلص الكحولي لم يؤثر معنويا في قيمة أنكذلك يوضح ة فسجل ارتفاعا معنويا في دليل ساع 48,24التعريض يتمد% ول200,50 التركيزين التراكيز ولجـميع مدد التعريض ما عدا عند 20.09,21.28بلغت القيمة,وساعه 24على التوالي بعد 17.10,19,04ن التركيزين الطور االنفصالي فأصبح عند هاتي .2جدول ساعه 48التركيزين نفسهما بعد telophaseدليل الطور النهائي تركيز ال لم يتأثر معنويا بجميع التراكيز المستعملة وعند جميع مدد التعريض ما عدا بأن دليل الطور النهائي توضح النتائج عند مدتي 8.11,6.48ة لوحظ انخفاض معنوي لدليل الطور النهائي اذ أصبح ساع 72,24مدتي التعريض و % بعد10 .1على التوالي جدول 13.76,11.14ساعة على التوالي بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيـطرة والتي كانت 24 ,72التعريض ميع ـج معنويا عند تتأثر لمرضة للمستخلص الكحولي ـجذور نبات البصل المععينات دليل الطور النهائي ل كذلك بأن وضحت كان دليل الطور إذ ةساع 72,48% بعد 200ند التركيز ـمستخلص ما عدا ظهور انخفاض معنوي علل المستعملة تراكيزال ةساع72عند معاملة السيطرة بعد 10.17وكانت 7.51وأصبح ةساع 48بعد 10.06ند معاملة السـيطرة ــــالنهائي ع .2جدول 7.25بح ــوأص التشوهات الكروموسوميه دوث تشوهات كروموسومية عديدة في ــأدى إلى ح قد ) بأن المستخلص المائي لبذور نبات الحرمل(3رقم الجدول يبين د ازدادت نـسبة ـــساعه , وق 72,48,24التعريض مددجذور نبات البصل الـمعرضة لتراكيز مختلفة منه ولجميع ةساع 24% من المستخلص المائي بعد 10عند التركيز 13.24كانت النسبة اذ التشوهات كـلما زاد تركيز المستخلص, وتبين كذلك بأن % على التوالي.200,100,50,25عـند التراكيز 22.72 ,51.7 ,63.24 ,54.84تعريض وأصبحت علوم الحياة | 340 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 نسـبة التشوهات الكروموسوميه تزداد فـــــي أغلب األحيان مع زيادة مدة التعريض إذ كانت نسبة التشوهات عند التركيز ) بأن 4(رقم الجدول يبين.ساعة على التوالي 72,48,24) عــــــند مدد التعريض (%41.42,35.99,22.75 25 وهات عديدة في كروموسومات البصل ولجميع التراكيز ـالمستخلص الكحولي لبذور نبات الحرمل أدى إلى حدوث تش 24د ــ% بع25عند التركيز 48.36انت النسبة ـــــــة .وقد ازدادت نسبة التشوهات كلما زاد تركيز المستخلص, فكعملالمست وقـــــــــد % على التوالي.200,100,50عند تراكيز المستخلص 63.33,68.51,55.11بحت ـــتعريض وأص ةساع لوحظ بأن نسبة التشوهات الكروموسوميه عند المعاملة بالمستخلص الكحولي لبذور الحرمل كانت أعلى من المعاملة ــــند المستخلص المائي كانت ,بيـنما ع 87.32بالمستخلص المائي اذ كانت أعلى نسبة تشوهات عند المستخلص الكحولي 63.24 . ة في جذور نبات البصل المعرضة للمستخلص المائي والكحولين التشوهات الكروموسوميـمظهرت أنواع عديدة ل الكروموسوم كوش stickinessوهي الكروموسومات اللزجة األكثر تكرار قد لوحظت أربعه أنواع مـن التشوهات ــــــــف وكان أكثر أنواع الشذوذ .disturbed, والتشتت الكروموسومي bridgeهور الجسورــــــوظ c-mitosis سينيشالكول خلية لمدد 482كان اذ stickinessي ظاهرة اللزوجة ـــــــــه عند استعمال المستخلص المائي الكروموسومي تكرارا وأخيرا)خلية 223(c-mitosisم ــــــــــــــث خلية) (330يليه شكل الكروموسومات المشتت التعريض الثالثة ن أكثر أنواع الشذوذ تكرارا هي الكروموسومات اإما الجذور المعرضة للمستخلص الكحولي فك خلية ,(200)الجسور وأخيرا خلية) (275كانت ـف ثم يليه ظهور الجسور خليةdisturbed (306) وذ تشتتيليه نوع الشذخلية )(565اللزجة c-mitosis الكروموسوميه في الجذور الـمعرضة لكال ن التشوهاتـــ. وجدت أنواع أخرى مخلية) (154وكانت خلية عـــــــند 69خلية عند المستخلص المائي و 84إذ كانت المستخلصين المائي والكحولي ولكن بنسبة تكرار قليلة بعيد عن األقطاب, انفصالي نجمي, نفصاليالطور االاألنواع كدت ـوجالمستخلص الكحولي مع جميع مدد التعريض. .3) شكل) و(ال3,4كروموسوم متأخر والتعدد الكروموسومي جدول ( المناقشة لغرض تحديد التأثيرات السمية للمستخلصات المائية والكحولية لبذور نبــت allium cepa test استعمل اختبار البصل بشكل واسع لغرض تقييم السمية الخلوية والوراثية للعديد من الملوثات البيئية الحرمل وذلك كون هذا االختبار يستعمل .أن وجود تأثير لهذه الملوثات على [17,16]كالمعادن الثقيلة والمبيدات واألسمدة الكيمائية فضال عن المستخلصات النباتية ة وأوضحت نتائج البحث الحالي أن مستخلصات النظام النباتي يشير إلى وجود مخاطر مباشرة أو غير مباشرة للكائنات الحي بذور الحرمل قــد خفضت معنويا متوسط طول الجذور في نبات البصل وكان انخـفاض طول الجذر أعلى كلما زادت قد يعود سببه إلى بعـــــض المواد الكيميائية التي وجدت فـــي بذور نبات الحرمل ),(1تراكيز المستخلصات شكل رقم )(allelochemicalsكالقلويداتalkaloids و glycoside وtannins [18]المواد الكيمائية [19], أوضح المستخلصة من بعض النباتات الطبية تؤثر بشكل معنوي في عملية نمو وتطور النظم النباتية المتعرضة لـها, اذ أنها تؤثر ومن ثم تؤدي dnaناء الحامض النووي الدنا بشكل مباشر في الضغط االنتفاخي للخلية وفي االنقسام الخلوي وعملية ب , الكحولي% للمستخلص 25المـائي و % للمستخلص 50بأن التركيز النصف مؤثر كان النتائجإلى تثبيط نمو الخلية.بينت السبب في ودعـوقد يفــي نمو جذور نبات البصل المستخلص المائيأن المستخلص الكحولي كان تأثيره ضعف تأثير أي التي تمثل المادة المؤثرة في نمو القلويداتمن الماء في إذابة أفضل ا جـيدا وذيبيعد م االيثانولالمحلول المذيب كون ذلك .[20]ما أشار إليه ع موهذا يتفق وانقسام خاليا جذور نبات البصل معنويا miى خـفض دليل االنقسام بينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية بأن مستخلصات بذور الحرمل المائية والكحولية أدت إل ) . وتتفق هـــذه النتائج مع دراسة سابقة على مستخلص أوراق 1,2وقــد زاد التأثير كلما زاد تركيز المستخلص الجدولين ( ملغم/مل أدت إلى خفض دليل االنقسام 40-20القلويدية من harmal الذين أكدو على أن زيادة مادة [21]نبات الحرمل % من المستخلص المائي والكحولي على 25,100نبات البصل بشكل معنوي. أوضحت النتائج أن التراكيز في بذور % من معاملة السيطرة لذلك عدت هذه التراكيز شبه مميتة وان 50التوالي أدت إلى تخفيض دليل االنقسام الى نسبة السيطرة لذا اعتبر تركيز مميت للمستخلصين% مـــــــن معاملة 22% خفض دليل االنقسام تقريبا 200الـتركيز .واعتمادا على هذه النتيجة يتضح بان المستخلص الكحولي كـــان تأثيره أعلى على دليل االنقسام لجذور نبات [15,14] البصل مـن المستخلص المائي وقد يرجع ذلك إلى نوعية المذيب (الكحول االثيلي) الذي يعمل على أذابه القلويدات بـشكل .[20] الذي بدوره يثبط دليل االنقسام جذور نبات البصل harmalineأفضل من الماء والسيما مادة استعمال مستخلصات بذور الحرمل المائية والكحولية أدت إلى اضطراب في عملية االنقسام الخلوي وتغير معنوي في % 25عنوي لدليل الطور التمهيدي ابتداء مـن التركيز دليل األطوار بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة , اذ لوحظ انخفاض م للعينات المعرضة للمستخلصات مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة وقد يعود السبب بأن مستخلص بذور الحرمل قـــد أثرت في يدي العمليات الحيوية الكيمائية التي تحدث في الخلية في الطور البيني التي تعيق الخلية من الدخول إلى الطور التمه والتي تمثل العمليات األساسية التي dnaبأن القلويدات تؤثر بشكل كبير على بناء البروتين والدنا [23].وأشار[22] تحدث في الطور البيني مـما يؤثر على دخول الخلية إلى مرحلة االنقسام الخلوي والدخول للطور التمهيدي .بينت النتائج علوم الحياة | 341 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 % للمستخلص المائي ولجميع 50ائي بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة ابتداء من التركيز ارتفاعا معنويا في دليل الطور االستو ) يكون (metaphase poisoningالتراكيز للمستخلص الكحولي .أن الزيادة في عدد خاليا الطــــــــور االستوائي ويدعى ائي وبعدها يتأخر انتقالها إلى الطور على حساب الخاليا التي في األطوار األخرى اذ تبقى الخاليا في الطور االستو االنفصالي يتضح من هذه النتيجة و أن مستخلصات الحرمل قـد تحتوي على مكونات تؤثر في بناء النبيبات الدقيقة microtubules التي تعد المكون الرئيس أللياف المغزل التي لها دور كـبير في سحب الكروموسومات المصطفة على . أو قـــــد [24]وأن أي تأثير في تكوين أو بناء خيوط المغزل يؤدي إلى بقاء الخاليا عـند هذه الطور خـط استواء المغزل [25]يكون التأثير في آليات االنقسام النووي ومن ثم يكون تأثيره في تكوين وتوزيع خيوط المغزل وإيقاف االنقسام الخلوي ة لبذور الحرمل إلى احداث تشوهات كروموسومية عديدة ويعــــــــد أدى استعمال المستخلصات المائية والكحولي اختبار التشوهات الكروموسومية فعاال في الكشف عـن السمية الوراثية والخلوية للعديد من الملوثات الكيميائية وأعتمد , stickinessسومات اللزجة.وكان الشذوذ الكروموسومي األكثر تكرارا هي الكرومو[26]مــــن قبل العديد من الدراسات ملية ـب حصول اضطرابات فـي عبعود سببها إلى التصاق البروتينات المكونة للكروموسومات بشكل فيزيائي أو بســـوقد ي . [27]مرتبطة بالدنا داخل الكروموسومات البروتينات ال أوقد يكون بسبب تحللأيض الحامض النووي للخاليا المعاملة عند طوري التمهيدي واالستوائي وقد disturbed chromosomesظهرت نـسبة عالية من الكروموسومات المتشتتة التي يتألف منها ألياف microtubulesفقدان نشاط فعالية النبيبات الدقيقة يـــــــعود سبب حدوث هذا النوع من التشوه إلى قد c-mitosis حالة التشوه من نوع ,أما[28] المغزل بشكل طبيعيكوين جهاز ــــــالمغزل مما يؤدي إلى تثبيط ت من حالة الجسور الكروموسوميه وهو نوع , أما[29]ظهورها لفشل انتقال الكروموسومات إلى قطبي الخليةعود سبب ـــــــي في بتعادهماصقة عند االمتال ماتيداتبين الكروالكامل ملية االنفصال ـــــفـشل عظهورها قد يعود سببلتي التشوهات ا فـــقد بين الباحثون بأن الجسور الكروموسوميه قد يكون سببها حدوث كسور في الكروموسوم [30] الطور االنفصالي .الكروموسومات المتأخرة وهي احد أنواع التشوهات والتي ظهرت ولـكن بأعداد قليلة وقـد يعود [31] وإعادة االرتباط من االرتباط مع ألياف المغزل وانتقالها إلى قطبي الخـلية وقـــــد أعتبر هذا من التشوه أقل سببها إلى فشل الكروموسومات وقد يعـــود polyploidyأما التعدد الكروموسومي reversible [30]سميه وذلك إلمكانية رجوعه إلى حاله الطبيعية فــــي الطور shifting of polesقد ظهرت حالة القطب المنتقل ,[32]سببها إلى تثبيط بشكل كامل إللية المغزل في depolymerizationاالنفصالي عند استعمال المستخلص الكحولي وهي حالة شذوذ حادة قد تنشأ نتيجة إزالة البلمرة . وقد ظهر [34] أو قد تنشأ نتيجة مسار غـير منتظم لخيوط المغزل أو إلى نشاط غـير منتظم للمغزل [33]خيوط المغزل baking powder & monosodiumالنوع من الشذوذ عند دراسة التأثير السمي لمادتي كلوتامين احادي الصوديوم glutamate [35] في جذور نبات البصل. مصادرال 1-kartal, m.;altun, m. l. and kurucu, s.(2003). hplc method for the analysis of harmol, harmalol, harmine and harmaline in the seeds of peganum harmala l. j. pharmaceut.biomed. anal.,(31): 263–269. 2-al-izzy,m.y.(2010).antimicrobial effect of aqueous and alcoholic extract of peganumharmala l. seeds on two types of salivary isolated microorganisms in al-ramadi city. j. king abdul aziz uni.med. sci, 17(4): 3-17. 3pulpati, h.; biradar, y.s. and rajani, m. (2008). high performance thin-layer chromatography densitometric method for the quantification of harmine, harmaline, vasicine, and vasicinone in peganumharmala. j. a.o.a.c. int., 91: 1179-1185. 4farouk, l.;laroubi, a .; aboufatima, r.;benharref, a. and chait, a.(2008). evaluation of the analgesic effect of alkaloid extract of peganumharmala l. possible mechanisms involved .j.ethnopharmacol.115:449-454. 5bown, d.(1995).encyclopaedia of herbs and their uses dorlingkindersley,london .isbn. 7513:20-31. 6derakhshanfar,a. and mirzaei,m.(2008). effect of peganum harmala(wild rue) extract on experimental ovine malignant. theileriosis pathological and parasitological findings. on destepoortj.vet.res.75(1):67-72. 7berrougui, h.; martín-cordero, c.; khalil, a.; hmamouchi, m .; ttaib, a.; elisa marhuenda, e. and herrera, m.d.( 2006) vasorelaxant effects of harmine and harmaline extracted from peganumharmala l. seed's in isolated rat aorta. pharmacol.res.j, 54(2): 150-157. 8-who, (2013). general guidelines for methodologies on research and evaluation of traditional medicine, world health organization, 41. علوم الحياة | 342 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 .دار القبلة للثقافة لعلوم اإلحياء والكيمياء الحيوية الحديثة خطوةموسوعة أبو ).1992, احمد نبيل.(أبو خطوة -9 ص. 1575. اإلسالمية.جدة. المملكة العربية السعودية 10-mekki,l.(2013). effects of crude aqueous and ethanolic extracts of peganum harmalal. seeds on cytogenetical and growth traits of vicia fabal.plants.afr.j.biotech,2(5):1-11. 11liman, r.; akyıl, d.; eren, y. and konuk, m .(2010). testing of the mutagenicity and genotoxicity of metolcarb by using both ames/ salmonella and allium test. chemosphere 80: 1056-1061 12fukui, k. and nakayama,s .(1996). plant chromosomes: laboratory methods. crc press, new york. gagne r, tanguay r and laberge c (1971).differential staining patterns of heterochromatin in man.nat. new biol. 232: 29-30. 13-sehgal, r.; roy, s. and kumar, v.l. (2006) evaluation of cytotoxic potential of latex of calotropisprocera and podophyllotoxin in allium cepa root model. biocell, 30(1): 9-13. 14-antonsie-wiez, d. (1990).analysis of the cell cycle in the root meristem of allium cepa under influence of leda krin. folia histochemicaet cytobiologica 26: 79-96. 15-sharma, c.b.s.r. (1983).plant meristems as monitors of genetic toxicity of environmental chemicals. curr.sci, 52: 1000-1002. 16-ailemys, c. v.;yesenia ,r . s.; antonia, c. r. m.; gladys, p. a.; nidia, f. e.; axel ,m.r.; taimy ,r.r.; ana margarita ,b.b.; yana, g.t.; nelvis, s.m.; maria, e.a.;consuelo ,g.t and rodolfo, o.a .(2013). in vivo genotoxic evaluation of biological and organic pesticides and fertilizers. sci.int, 1: 98-102. 17-eren,y,.and ozata,a.(2014).determination of mutagenic and cytotoxic effects of limonium globuliferum aqueous extracts by allium, ames, and mtt tests, rev. bras. farmacogn, (24):51-59. 18-movafeghi, a.;abidini, m.;fathoazad, f.; aliasgharpour, m.; omidi, y. (2009). floral nectar composition of peganum harmala l. nat. prod. res. 23:301-308. 19-xuan, t.d.; tawata, s.; hong, n.h.; khanh, t.d.; chung, i.m.(2004). assessment of phytotoxic action of ageratum conyzoides l. (billy goat weed) on weeds.crop protection, 23: 915922. 20-hu, t.j.; fan, b.t.; linng, j.; zhao, s.; dang, p.; gao, f.;dong, m.x.; preston, p.m. & yin, h. (1997). observations on the treatment of natural haemosporidian infections by total alkaloid of peganumharmalal. in cattle.trop.anim.healt.prod, 29:4 (supplement), 72–76. 21-aboelkheir, z.a. and aboelkheir, g.m.(1992). cytological effect of certain active constituents of peganum harmala. 1. effects of hormonal and harmine alkaloids on mitosis of allium cepa. j. k.saud univ. sci. 4. 37-45. 22-williams,g.o.andomah,l.e.(1996).mitotic effects of the aqueous leaf extract of cymbopogoncitratus in allium cepa root tips .cytobios.87. (350):161-168. 23-silva, s. b. s.; garcia, c. f. s.;mata s.s.; oliveira d.b,; estevam s.c.; scher.r.; pantaleao .m.s. (2011) genotoxicity and cytotoxicity of erythrinavelutinawilld., fabaceae, on the root meristem cells of allium cepa. rev. bras. farmacogn. braz. j. pharmacogn. 21(1): 92-97. 24-parsons, a.f. and williams,d.a.j .(2000). radical cyclisation reactions leading topolycyclics related to the amaryllidaceae and erythrina alkaloids. tetrahedron 56: 72177228 25-irena,k.(2005).synthetic natural comarins as cytotoxic agent .curr.medchem.anti cancer agent , 5:29-46. 26 -fiskesjo, g.,(1997). allium test for screening chemicals; evaluation of cytological parameters. in: wang w., j.w. gorsuch and j.s. hughes (eds.). plants for environmental studies, lewis, new york, usa, pp: 308-333. 27-mercykutty, v.c. and stephen, j.(1980). adriamycin induced genetic toxicity as demonstrated by the allium test. cytologia. 45: 769–777. علوم الحياة | 343 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 28-el-khodary, s.; habib, a.and haliem, a. (1990): effect of the herbicide tribunil on root mitosis of allium cepa. cytologia.55:209-215. 29-kuras, o.; pritchard, j.; meldrum, p.i.; chambers, j.e.; wilkinson, p.b.; ogilvy, r.d., and wealthall, g.p.(2009). monitoring hydraulic processes with automated time-lapse electrical resistivity tomography (alert). comptesrendus geosciences special issue on hydrogeophysics 341, 868–885. 30shehab, a.s. and adam,z.m.( 1983). cytological effects of medicinal plants in qatar iii meiotic effect of water extract of anastatiahiero chuntica l. on allium cepa. cytologia, 48: 343-348. 31-turkoglu, a. ;duru, m.e.;mercan, n.; kivrak, i. and gezer, k. (2007).antioxidant and antimicrobial activities of laetiporussulphureus (bull.)murill. food chem,101:267-273. 32-minija, j.; tajo, a. and thoppil, j.e.(1999). mitoclastic properties of mentharotun difolia. l. j cytol. genet,34: 169-171. 33-mederios,m.d.c. and takahashi,c.s.(1987).effects of luffaoperculata or allium cepa root tips cell.cytologia,52: 255-259. 34waters, j. and salmon, e.d.(1997). pathways of spindle assembly.curropin cell biol ; 9: 37-43. 35-renjana,p.k.;anjana,s. and thoppil,j.e.(2013).evaluation of genotoxic effects of baking powder and monosodium glutamate using allium cepa assay.int.j.pharm.sci,5(2):311-316. علوم الحياة | 344 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 للمستخلص المائي المعرضة لجذور نبات الـبصلmi) (الخلوي ) دليل أطوار االنقسام الخلوي ودليل االنقسام 1( جدول لبذور نبات الحرمل مده تعريض ساعة التركيز % دليل األطوار % الخطأ القياسي ±المتوسط التمهيدي الطور prophase الطور االستوائي metaphase ي االنفصال الطور anaphase النهائي الطور telophase دليل االنقسام الكلي mi 24 10.59 ±1.71 1.6± 11.14 1.6± 11.97 1.72± 18.94 3.35±57.92السيطرة 10 2.14 ± 57.1523.97 ±1.94 12.38 ±1.8 6.48* ±1.8 1.29±7.47* 25 1.68 ±50.5* 25.18 ±1.22 14.11 ±1.5 10.21 ±1.3 1.62± 6.66* 50 ±48.7* 2.50 28.85** ±2.8913.29 ±1.7 9.07 ±1.8 1.30±5.57* 100 ±34.4* 1.96 ± 34.02** 3.1820.92** ±2.4 10.66 ±1.9 4.07* ±1.18 200 ±33.3* 1.43 38.31** ±4.15±18.78** 1.6 9.61 ±1.2 1.16±2.27* 48 7.67 ±1.81 1.3± 10.59 2.4± 12.75 1.9± 19.78 3.6 56.87±السيطرة 10 ±56.48 3.0 21.69 ±1.4 11.88 ±1.2 9.94 ±1.6 1.22±5.86* 25 ±52.99 1.1 22.15 ±1.7 1.8 ±12.36 12.49 ±1.4 1.31±5.75* 50 ±45.05* 1.3 33.29** ±1.9 12.25 ±1.3 9.40 ±1.3 1.15±5.41* 100 ±38.71* 2.1 35.86** ±2.6 16.96** ±2.0 8.46 ± 1.4 1.17±4.41* 200 ±31.48* 2.0 39.76** ±2.1 19.04** ±2.8 9.71 ±1.4 2.88*± 1.29 72 7.48± 1.82 1.7± 13.76 1.5± 12.18 2.1± 20.04 1.8 54.01±السيطرة 10 52.6 ±1.9 24.11 ±1.6 15.17 ±2.3 8.11* ±1.9 1.35±5.91* 25 47.28* ±1.7 24.90 ±1.6 15.74 ±2.0 12.06 ±1.3 1.27±5.79* 50 42.19* ±2.4 29.37** ±1.6 17.93 ±3.9 10.49 ±1.1 5.36* ±1.33 100 40.65* ±1.2 33.18** ±2.0 16.51 ±2.1 9.65 ±1.9 4.11* ±1.23 200 30.81* ±1.1 46.39** ±2.8 17.63** ±1.8 5.16* ±1.6 1.59*±1.24 p≥ 0.05= انخفاض معنوي عند مستوى احتمالية *_ p≥ 0.05= ارتفاع معنوي عند مستوى احتمالية **_ علوم الحياة | 345 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 للمستخلص صل المعرضة لجذور نبات البmi) (خلوي دليل أطوار االنقسام الخلوي ودليل االنقسام ال (2 )جدول الحرملالكحولي لبذور نبات مده تعريض ساعة التركيز % دليل األطوار% الخطأ القياسي ±متوسط التمهيدي الطور prophase االستوائي الطور metaphase االنفصالي الطور anaphase الطور النهائي telophase دليل االنقسام الكلي mi 24 1.34± 11.71 1.1± 9.68 1.44± 13.3 1.01± 20.73 3.1± 56.25 السيطرة 10 51.85 ±1.2 27.81** ±2.3 7.62 ±4.1 12.7 ±3.6 6.59* ±1.16 25 42.72* ±1.8 29.86** ±1.2 16.85 ±3.9 10.57 ±1.0 4.39* ±1.20 50 37.7* ±1.7 32.83** ±2.0 19.04** ±1.7 10.41 ±1.1 4.49* ±1.30 100 34.37* ±2.3 37.57** ±3.2 16.96 ±3.8 11.09 ±4.1 3.23* ±1.25 200 31.01* ±1.67 42.27** ± 3.6 17.10**±1.5 9.61 ±1.2 2.39* ±1.21 48 1.95± 8.86 1.9± 10.06 1.7 ± 13.85 2.8± 21.71 4.9 54.35±السيطرة 10 ±47.40 2.8 29.84** ±2.5 13.69 ±1.03 9.06 ±1.6 5.09* ±1.28 25 39.10*±3.5 32.36** ± 2.9 19.73 ±2.6 8.80 ±2.1 4.77* ±1.39 50 33.37* ±1.1 35.31** ±1.8 21.28** ±1.22 10.03 ±1.6 4.56* ±1.77 100 31.57* ±2.2 41.34** ±3.7 18.17 ±3.00 8.91 ±2.6 2.83* ±1.24 200 28.08* ±2.5 44.31** ±1.8 20.09** ± 1.0 7.51* ±1.3 1.18±2.29* 72 1.20± 7.73 1.5± 10.17 1.9± 18.02 2.0± 21.52 2.9± 50.28السيطرة 10 41.06 ±1.2 32.06** ±1.8 16.32 ±1.7 10.53 ±1.9 5.07* ±1.21 25 37.42* ±2.6 37.94** ±1.5 17.04 ±2.1 7.59±3.7 4.44* ±1.18 50 32.01* ±1.6 39.91** ±2.7 18.04 ±3.3 10.03 ±1.9 3.83* ±1.24 100 29.20* ±1.7 45.32** ±3.9 16.34 ±3.0 9.13 ±1.5 2.80* ±1.17 200 26.30* ±1.8 52.3** ±2.29 14.11* ±1.0 7.25* ±1.1 1.41* ±1.21 p≥ 0.05= انخفاض معنوي عند مستوى احتمالية *_ p≥ 0.05= ارتفاع معنوي عند مستوى احتمالية **_ علوم الحياة | 346 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 الكلية وأنواع التشوهات لجذور نبات البصل المعاملة ةالنسبة المئوية للتشوهات الكروموسوميمتوسط ) 3( جدول بالمستخلص المائي مده تعريض ساعة التركيز % الخاليا التشوهات الكروموسوميه المنقسم ة نسبة التشوهات % الكلية الخطأ القياسي±متوسط الجسور bridge الكولشسيني c-mitosis اللزجة stickiness التشتت disturbed األخرى other 24 0.00± 0.00 529 0 0 0 0 0 السيطرة 10 5 3 21 12 8 370 13.24* ±1.47 25 11 10 25 20 9 334 22.75* ±2.10 50 16 35 41 39 14 280 51.78* ±2.67 100 20 20 45 34 10 204 63.24* ±2.72 200 9 16 24 16 3 124 54.84* ±2.12 48 0.00± 0.00 383 0 0 0 0 0 السيطرة 10 8 5 23 16 3 294 18.70* ±3.60 25 15 19 38 24 8 289 35.99* ±2.98 50 23 30 50 27 7 272 50.36* ±3.20 100 16 21 37 22 6 223 45.74* ±2.66 200 8 11 28 20 3 147 47.62* ±2.28 72 0.00± 0.00 374 0 0 0 0 0السيطرة 10 10 9 21 15 0 297 18.51* ±2.71 25 21 24 33 29 4 268 41.42* ±1.80 50 17 15 45 26 7 255 43.41* ±2.15 100 16 5 31 17 2 206 34.47* ±2.24 200 5 0 20 13 0 80 47.50* ±2.66 84 330 482 223 200 المجموع علوم الحياة | 347 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 المعاملة صل الكلية وأنواع التشوهات لجذور نبات الب ةالنسبة المئوية للتشوهات الكروموسوميمتوسط ) 4جدول( بالمستخلص الكحولي مده تعريض ساعة التركيز % الخاليا التشوهات الكروموسوميه المنقسمة نسبة التشوهات % الكلية الخطأ القياسي±متوسط الجسور bridge الكولشسيني c-mitosis اللزجة stickiness التشتت disturbed األخرى other 24 00.00± 00.00 584 0 0 0 0 0 السيطرة 10 15 9 27 16 5 330 21.82* ±3.40 25 19 10 42 28 4 213 48.36 * ±3.98 50 29 11 52 22 10 225 ± 55.11* 2.46 100 24 10 42 30 5 162 68.51* ±2.37 200 10 11 31 20 4 120 63.33* ±2.64 48 00.00±00.00 443 0 0 0 0 0السيطرة 10 14 0 26 15 0 255 21.57* ±1.85 25 24 5 40 24 2 241 39.42* ±1.34 50 25 19 60 30 5 228 60.96* ±1.54 100 11 15 37 18 7 142 61.97* ±3.26 200 9 12 30 17 8 145 52.41* ±3.96 72 00.00±00.00 387 0 0 0 0 0السيطرة 10 17 3 23 13 1 254 22.44* ±1.58 25 28 15 48 24 5 223 53.81* ±3.86 50 22 14 47 19 9 193 57.51* ±2.00 100 17 10 35 16 2 141 56.74* ±2.72 200 11 10 25 14 2 71 87.32* ±3.13 69 306 565 154 275 المجموع   علوم الحياة | 348 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 مختلفة من المستخلص المائي لبذور الحرمل في متوسط طول الجذور نبات البصلتراكيز تأثير 1) ( شكل البصلنبات جذوري متوسط طول الف الحرمل لبذورلكحولي ا المستخلص من مختلفة كيزرات تأثير 2) ( شكل 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0% 5% 10% 25% 50% 100% 200% ة طر سي ال لة ام مع ل بة س لن با ر جذ ال ول ط ط س تو م % )حجم/ وزن (التركيز 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0% 5% 10% 25% 50% 100% 200% ة طر سي ل لة ام مع ل بة س لن با ر جذ ال ول ط ط س تو م % (  حجم/ وزن(التراكيز علوم الحياة | 349 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016           التي ظهرت في خاليا جذور نبات البصل المعرضة ة)أنواع التشوهات الكروموسومي(3شكل , طور تمهيدي متشتت=2=طور تمهيدي طبيعي , 1للمستخلص المائي والكحولي لبذور الحرمل استوائي طور =c-mitosis , 6 =5=طور استوائي طبيعي , 4, ور في طور االنفصالي =جس3 = طور 10 انفصالي متشتت , = 9= جسر كروموسومي ,8 = طور انفصالي طبيعي , 7ملتصق , القطب = polyploidy ,13 التعدد الكروموسومي=12 =طور نهائي ملتصق , 11 نهائي طبيعي , = تشتت كروموسومي و كروموسوم متأخر15= طور انفصالي نجمي , 14, المنتقل 1 14 13 13 12 10 9 8 7 4 6 5 3 2 1 1 23 4 56 7 89 111 1 13 14 1 علوم الحياة | 350 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 evaluation of the genetic toxicity of aqueous and alcoholic extracts of seeds of peganum harmala l. on onion root (allium cepa l.) saif m. ibrahim nidhal n. hussein dept. of biology / college of education for pure sciences( ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in :4october 2015,accepted in :6december 2015 abstract the genetic toxicity of aqueous and alcoholic extracts of seeds of peganum harmala l. was evaluated on the onion roots ,using concentrations 10,25,50,100 and 200 % w/v of extracts and periods of exposure 24,48 and 74 hours. the results indicated that the peganum harmala significantly decreased root growth rate of onion root at all concentrations and treatment periods in comparison to the control , the growth of the root decreased when increasing the extract concentration.the ec50value of aqueous extracts was 50% and for alcohol extract was 25% ,thus the alcohol extract was most effective in the growth rate of the roots from the aqueous extract. the results also indicated that the mitotic index of allium cepa was significantly decreased when treated with aqueous and alcoholic extract,the mitotic index decreased when increasing the extract concentration. it was further noted that the mitoticindex was not significantly affected by increasing exposure periods.as the concentrations 25 and100% of aqueous and alcohol extracts respectively decrease mi below 50% in comparison with control ,these concentrations are considered semi lethal,while the concentration 200% for aqueous and alcoholic extract decrease the mi below 22% to the control considered lethal..results showed that peganum harmala seed extracts significantly decreased the prophase and significantly increased the metaphase. high percentage of chromosomal aberrations ,in onion root was observed , which increased by increasing concentrations of extracts .the more chromosomal aberrations observed (stickiness, bridges, disturbed chromosome, and c-mitosis) ,the less frequent abnormalities observed (shifting of poles, star chromosome, lagging chromosome and polyploidy). keyword: harmala, genetic toxicity , root onion , mitotic index ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 purification of fungul gluco amylase and study the effect of concentration and thermal processing on enzymatic activity of starch hydrolysis m. k. m. jwai d departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract glucoamylase from black asp ergillus niger isolate was p urified by ammonium sulfate p recipitation and sep hadex g 200 filtration. a trial for the p urification of glucoamy lase resulted in an enzy me with a sp ecific activity of 6472 unit/mg p rotein with 10 times fold. the main goal of the p resent work was to test this enzy me in hy drolyzing the raw st arch. two substrates were used: corn st arch and p otato st arch 2% (w/v). the effect of enzy me dosage and thermal processing of substrate on kinetics and efficiency of hy drolysis were st udied. the results suggested that the glucoamy lase activity is increased as the increase of enzy me concentration and the enzy me was sufficiently effective in hy drolyzing tested raw starch, and thermal modification of substrates was not necessary . رفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن 2009) 3( 22الهیثم للعلوم الص تنقیة الكلوكوامیلیز الفطري ودراسة تأثیر الجرعات المختلفة من االنزیم تحلل النشا الخام فيوالمعامالت الحراریة التصنیعیة في فعالیة االنزیم مثلى كاظم محمد جواد جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة ـــ asp.nigerُنقــيَّ الكلوكـــوامیلیز المنــتج مـــن عزلــة االســـود بوســـاطة الترســیب بكبریتـــات االمونیــوم، والترشـــیح بالـ sephadex g 200ملغم بروتین، وبدرجة عشر مرات تنقیة/وحدة 6472فعالیة نوعیة ي، ونتج من التنقیة أنزیم ذ. اســاس يلهــذا الغـرض مـادت عملالهـدف الـرئیس للعمــل الحـالي هـو اختبــار قـدرة هـذا االنــزیم علـى تحلـل النشــا الخـام، فاسـتان ثـم درسـت تـأثیر الجرعـات المختلفــة لالنـزیم والمعـامالت الحراریـة التصـنیعیة فــي (v/w)% 2نشـا الـذرة، ونشـا البطاطــا همـا وان االنـزیم كـان كفـوءًا فـي تحلـل ،النتائج ان فعالیة االنزیم تزداد بزیادة تركیـزهودلت .تحلل النشا فياالنزیم یةحركیات وكفا .وان المعامالت الحراریة للمادة االساس لیست ضروریة ،النشا الخام المقدمة بشـكل واسـع فـي الطبیعـة، فهـو موجـود فـي االنسـجة الحیوانیـة والنباتیـة glucoamylaseیوجـد أنـزیم الكلوكـوامیلیر ، )2(االنــزیم االســود منتجــًا جیـدًا لهــذا aspergillus nigerفطــر دویعــ)1 (وتنتجـه اعــداد واسـعة مــن االحیــاء المجهریـة . )3(طویلة في انتاج الكحول من تخمر المواد النشویة عمل مدةاست -αهما ألفا أمیلیـز asp-nigerمن فصل وتنقیة نوعین من أنزیمات االمیلیز المنتجة من فطر )4(تمكن الباحث amy lase والكلوكــــوامیلیز glucoamylase ـــرة یعمــــل االخیــــر علــــى تحطــــیم ، اذ جزیئــــة النشــــا مــــن خــــالل كســــر االصـ ـــــوع ــــ ــــة نــ ــــ ـــیدیة الخارجیـــ ــــ ــــــن (α-1,6 and 1,3-glucosidic linkage)الكالیكوســـ ــــ ـــــال عـ ــــ فضــ (α-1,4-glucosidic linkage) مـن فصـل نـواتج تحلـل النشـا بوسـاطة )6(وتمكـن الباحـث )5(یةنهائ امنتجًا الكلوكوز نتائج افلــم یجــد أثــر (hplc) الفـائق ذي االداءكروموتــوكرافي بو (tlc)الكلوكـوامیلیز الفطــري باســتخدام كروموتـوكرافي الرقــائق والكلوكـوامیلیز مـن نـوع االنزیمـات المحبـة للحـرارة . وانمـا وجـد فقـط الكلوكـوز ،للسكریات المتعددة المتضمنة السكریات الثنائیـة thermop)العالیة hillic) 60 -50فهو ذو ثباتیة عالیة في الدرجات الحراریة الواقعة بین º7(م(. كلوكوأمیلیز فهو یعمل على االصرة الداخلیة نوع asp.nigerاما أنزیم االلفا أمیلیز الذي ینتجه فطر الى جانب ال (α-1,4-glucose-4-glucanohy drolase) من انزیمات التسییل نوعendo-cleavage یعمل على االصرة ، اذ(α1,6-glucosidic linkage) الرقم االمثل .)8(الداخل ویعمل بشكل عشوائي منتجًا الدكسترینات والمالتوز والكلوكوزمن .)9(م ْ 35بدرجة ) 5-4(وللكلوكوامیلیز ) 6.2(لثباتیته فضــال عـــنان النــزیم الكلوكــوامیلیز أهمیــة صـــناعیة كبیــرة فــي انتــاج الكلوكـــوز والكحــول النــاتج مــن تخمـــر النشــا .)11(انه یتمیز بخلوِه من السموم الفطریةالسیما )10(الصناعات الصیدالنیة عة منتجـات النشـا اجـراء عملیــة الطـبخ لغـرض جلتنتـه بعــدها یضـاف أنـزیم االلفـا أمیلیــز لقـد جـرت العـادة فـي صــنا ان المعاملة الحراریة المستخدمة في )12(النتاج الكلوكوز ثم یضاف أنزیم الكلوكوأمیلیز) خفض اللزوجة(لتسییل النشا رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص النشـا تكلــف الصـناعة مبــالغ طائلـة، لــذلك أنصـبت جهـود البــاحثین باتجـاه أنتــاج انـزیم كلوكــوامیلیز لـه القــدرة ةجلتنـ ـــل النشـــا الخــــام ـــد مـــن البــــاحثین ، اذ )1()غیـــر المجلــــتن(علـــى تحلیـ هنـــاك ثالثــــة أنـــواع مــــن أنزیمــــات ان )13(بـــین العدیـ الیمتلكـان glaو gluتحطیم جزیئـة النشـا الخـام واالنـزیمین االخـرین همـا له القابلیة على glmالكلوكوامیلیز احدها یدعى .مثل تلك الصفة المحلیــة ودراســة asp.nigerلـذا فــان مـن أهــم اهــداف هـذا البحــث هــو تنقیـة أنــزیم الكلوكـوامیلیز المنــتج مــن عزلـة راریـــة ودراســـة تــأثیر المعــامالت الح ،البطاطــاأثیر تركیــز الكلوكــوامیلیز فـــي تحلــل نــوعین مـــن النشــا همــا نشــا الـــذرة ونشــا تــ .جلتنم للنشا الم ْ 50ا الخام ودرجة م للنش ْ 45بدرجة التحللیةالتصنیعیة في فعالیته المواد وطرائق العمل تنقیة االنزیم االنــزیم بموجــب قیـة تمــت تن )7(االسـود asp.nigerتـم الحصــول علیـه بشــكل مـزارع ســائلة للعزلـة المحلیــة : االـنزیم الخــام -:ةالتیالخطوات ا ولىالخطوة اال م، ْ 4دقیقـة وبدرجــة 15دورة مـدة 4000اجـراء عملیـة الطـرد المركـزي علـى المـزارع السـائلة المـذكورة آنفـًا وبمعـدل مللتــر مــن أنـزیم الكلوكــوأمیلیز الخــالي مــن خالیــا الفطــر ثـم أجریــت علیــه فحوصــات الفعالیــة وكمیــة 200جمــع حــوالي وتـم .بروتینال الخطوة الثانیة )14(طة كبریتـات االمونیــوماترسـیب االنـزیم بوســ وذلـك بأضــافة مـادة كبریتـات االمونیــوم الـى االنــزیم علـى اربعــة دقیقـة 15دورة مـدة 5000وفي كل مـرة تجـرى عملیـة الطـرد المركـزي بمعـدل %100و % 80، %60، %40هي مراحل فـي كـل مرحلـة مـع تعیـین فعالیـة 4.2منظم الفوسـفات ذو الـرقم الهیـدروجیني  0.2مع اذابة البروتین المترسب في محلول .االنزیم وكمیة البروتین الخطوة الثالثة النضج الغشائي یؤخـذ الراسـب المـذاب فـي ، اذ المـنظم ثـم فـي بلـورات سـكر المائـدةماء المقطـر والمحلـول اجراء عملیة الدیلزة مقابل ال المستحصل علیه من الخطـوة الثانیـة ویوضـع فـي انابیـب الـدیلزة مـع 4.2منظم الفوسفات ذو الرقم الهیدروجیني 0.2محلول فـي مـنظم الفوسـفات المـذكور آنفـًا ثــم تنقـل الـى المـاء المقطـر للمـدة نفســها، ســاعات 3غلـق االنابیـب بأحكـام ووضـعها مـدة م الجـراء عملیـة التنقیـة الالحقـة بعــد ْ 5سـاعات اخـرى ثـم تحفـظ بالثالجـة بدرجــة 3بعـدها توضـع فـي بلـورات السـكروز مــدة .قیاس الفعالیة وكمیة البروتین الخطوة الرابعة ultra filtration of crude enzy(15) الترشـیح الفـائق me باسـتخدام مرشـحاتdiafloultra fitera مـن pmنـوع الجزیئیــة االوزان يوع مــن المرشــحات یســمح للجزیئــات ذواســتنادًا الــى تعلیمــات الشــركة المنتجــة فــان هــذا النــ 10 تـم .م ْ 4بـار وبدرجـة 2-1.5االوزان االعلى وباستخدام ضـغط ير من خاللها والیسمح للجزیئات ذاو أقل بالمرو 10.000 .مرات بعدها قیس الحجم وفعالیة االنزیم وكمیة البروتین 3تركیز االنزیم بمقدار الخطوة الخامسة بمـادة معبـا ) 2.6× 7.0(العمـود ه، اذ اسـتخدم تـم تحضـیر ، gel filtrationالترشـیح الهالمـي اسـتخدمت طریقـة (sephadex g200) واضیفت المادة 4.2الرقم الهیدروجیني يذ المحلول منظم الفوسفات و استعمل ، رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص sodium azide مـل مــن عینـة االنــزیم 1لمنــع نمـو الفطریـات داخــل حشـوة العمــود وأضـیف )% 0.02(بتركیـز سـاعة /مـل 40ر بسـرعة فـالجـل وبموجـب جریـان الب التي حصلنا علیها من الخطوة الرابعة بعنایة الـى قمـة العمـود فـوق سـطح روتین وتمـت قـراءة االمتصـاص الضــوئي وتـم تعیـین فعالیـة االجـزاء وكمیـة البـ. مـل لكـل جـزء 5جـزء بواقـع 50جمـع خاللهـا مـن نـوع االنـزیم الفطـري ثبـتزیم الكلوكـوأمیلیز القیاسـي للتوكـررت العملیـة مـع انـ ،نـانومیتر 280 لكل جزء على طول موجي .قید البحث عملالمست التحلیالت الكیمیائیة )17: (تقدیر البروتین )18(: یة االنزیمقیاس فعالو ) 19: (تقدیر كمیة الكلوكوزو )19(: تعیین كمیة الدكستروز المكافيءو spالفعالیة النوعیة تقدیرو ecific activity :وتحسب بموجب المعادلة ملغم بروتین/ وحدة= = الفعالیة النوعیة تعیین تركیز حامض االوكزالیك مـن وجـود حــامض االوكزالیـك الـذي قـد ینـتج مــن ثبـتوهـي طریقــة كیمیائیـة للت )16(ي اتبعـت الطریقـة المـذكورة فـ .بعض الفطریات فحص السمیة فـي االنـزیم الخـام وأهمهـا سـموم فربة السـموم الفطریـة التـي قـد تتـوالقیـاس نسـ) 11(استخدمت الطریقة المـذكورة فـي ، b1وتـم تحضـیر محالیـل قیاسـیة مـن سـموم االفالتوكسـین وهـي (hplc) السمیة بوسـاطة جهـاز اذ قسیت ،االفالتوكسین b2 ،g1 ،g2 من شركة(sigma, st .louism o, u.s.a) علـى مـل/غراممـایكرو 10، 0.1، 0.01، 0.001بتركیـز ثـم حقنـت المحالیـل القیاسـیة فـي الجهــاز 1: 9بنسـبة acetonitrileنتریـل الخلیــك و فـي محلـول مكـون مـن البنـزین التـوالي .مایكرولیتر مع كاشف فلورسیني 40بكمیة ).خام(غیر المعاملة حراریًا (v/w)% 2 میلیز في تحلل نشا الذرة والبطاطادراسة تأثیر تركیز الكلوكوا a2 وسط نشا الذرة بتركیز %(v/w) م ْ 40وبدرجـة حـرارة 4.2 يهیـدروجینالالـرقم المذاب في منظم الفوسفات ذي 90وحضــنت مـــدة ) مــل/ملغــم بـــروتین 0.120و 0.0600، 0.0300، 0.0150، 0.0075(اضــیفت التراكیــز .دقائق 10الكلوكوامیلیز كل یةالمتحررة وكفا تقاس كمیة الكلوكوز )19(م ْ 40 دقیقة في حمام مائي بدرجة b 2وسـط نشـا البطاطـا بتركیـز %(v/w) م ْ 40وبدرجــة 4.2الـرقم الهیـدروجیني المـذاب فــي مـنظم الفوسـفات ذي اس دقیقـة تقـ 90م مـدة ْ 40من االنزیم وحضنت في حمـام مـائي بدرجـة aفي نفسها اضیفت المقادیر المذكورة .دقائق 10ل االنزیم ك یةكمیة الكلوكوز المتحررة وكفا مل/فعالیة االنزیم وحدة مل/كمیة البروتین ملغم رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص tlcتشخیص الكلوكوامیلیز بوساطة زیمــي فصــلت نــواتج التفاعــل االن اذ )20(ســتخدمت الطریقــة المــذكورة فــي ا (tlc)فصـل نــواتج التفاعــل بطریقــة .وتمت المقارنة مع الكلوكوامیلیز القیاسي (tlc) قبطریقة كروموتوكرافي الرقائ الفعل التحللي لالنزیم فيتأثیر المعاملة الحراریة التصنیعیة a 2مـل الــى وسـط نشــا الـذرة /ملغـم بــروتین 0.0600اضـیف الكلوكـوامیلیز بتركیــز %(v/w) ووســط نشـا البطاطــا 2 %(v/w) اس كمیـة الكلوكــوز تقـ. دقیقـة قبـل الوصـول الـى حالــة الجلتنـة 90م مــدة ْ 45بعـد رفـع حرارتهـا الـى .دقائق 10االنزیم كل یةالمتحررة وكفا b م ْ 50مــل وهـي بدرجــة /ملغـم بـروتین 0.006یضـاف الكلوكـوامیلیز الــى وسـطي نشـا الــذرة ونشـا البطاطـا بتركیــز یــةاس كمیـة الكلوكــوز المتحـررة وكفاتقـ. دقیقــة 90م مـدة ْ 50حــرارة وبحالـة جلتنـة وتتــرك فـي حمــام مـائي علـى .دقائق 10االنزیم كل النتائج والمناقشة تنقیة االنزیم الخام )7(المحلیــة بشــكل مــزارع ســائلة للفطـــر االســود asp.nigelأنــزیم الكلوكــوامیلیز الخــام المنــتج مــن عزلـــة عملاســت jabor et al, (2004). اجریت عملیة الترشیح للحصول على االنـزیم الخـام الخـالي مـن خالیـا الفطـر ثـم رسـب بكبریتـات االمونیـوم واجریـت .sephadex g 200بعدها عملیة الدیلزة وتنقیة االنزیم بوساطة الترشیح الهالمي باستخدام ارتفعـت الفعالیـة النوعیـة اذ ،بعد كـل خطـوة تنقیـة على ان الفعالیة النوعیة لالنزیم تزداد) 1(النتیجة المبینة بالجدول رقم دلت .مرة اكثر من الخطوة التي تسبقها 5.7ملغم بروتین بمعدل تنقیة /وحدة 3670.5بعد الترسیب بكبریتات االمونیوم الى لغــم م/وحـدة 4023.6وعنـد اجـراء عملیــة الـدیلزة لالنـزیم مقابــل بلـورات السـكروز ادت الــى رفـع الفعالیـة النوعیــة الـى الى زیادة الفعالیـة النوعیـة sephadex g 200مرة تنقیة كما ادت خطوة الترشیح الهالمي بوساطة 6.2بروتین بما یعادل مرات تنقیـة عـن الخطـوة االولـى لقـد دلـت هـذه النتـائج علـى ان الزیـادة 10بما یعادل ملغم بروتین /وحدة 6471.6لالنزیم الى ،منهـا عدیـدة وسـائل التنقیـة علـى عوامـل ، تعتمـد)15، 6(النوعیـة تـهفعالیة في تركیـزه ورفـع في تنقیة االنزیم تؤدي الى زیاد ومیـل االنـزیم ،ثباتیتهوالرقم الهیدروجیني االمثل ل ،ونقطة التعادل الكهربائي ،وصافي شحنة البروتین ،حجم جزیئات البروتین lactobacillusالـــى تنقیـــة انــزیم االلفـــا امیلیـــز المنـــتج مــن بكتریـــا )21(لالرتبــاط بـــبعض المـــواد فقـــد توصــل الباحـــث fermentum مــرة اكثــر مــن الخطــوة االولــى عنــدما اســتخدم طریقــة الترســیب بــالكالیكوجین واســتخدم 28الـى تنقیــة تعــادل .بادل االیونيكروماتوكرافي الت ن بــروتین ظهــر مـع االجــزاء الخارجــة مــن وجــود اكثــر مـ (a) 1دلـت نتیجــة الترشــیح الهالمـي المبینــة فــي الشـكل . 24-18العمود وعند قیاس فعالیة الكلوكوامیلیز وجد انها واقعة بین االنابیب نمــوذج القیاســـي للكلوكــوامیلیز بعــد امـــراره علــى الهـــالم الــذي یمثـــل اال (b) 1بالشـــكل رقــم (a) 1الشـــكل رقــم وعنــد مقارنــة sephadex g 200 وهــذا دلیــل علــى ان عزلـــة ،عنــد ضــبط وقـــت االضــافة نفســها وجــد ان االنــزیم یقــع فـــي االنابیــب asp.niger لــون اذ اللكلوكـوامیلیز، وان جـزء البـروتین االخـر المنفصـل اختبـر باضـافة الیـود فكـون معقـد المحلیـة هـي منتجـة لالمیلـوبكتین منتجـًا سالســل االمیلـوز القصـیرة التــي ازرق داللـة علـى ان االنـزیم یعمــل علـى االواصـر الكالیكوســیدیة الفرعیـة المحلیــة تنــتج انــزیم االیزوامیلیــز الــى جانـــب االســود asp.nigerأي ان عزلــة ، ) 22،15(اللــون االزرق مــع الیــود تعطــي .الكلوكوامیلیز رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص tlcفصل نواتج تفاعل االنزیم بوساطة دلـت النتـائج المبینـة فـي ). tlc )20مـن تشـخیص االنـزیم فصـلت نـواتج التفاعـل االنزیمـي بطریقـة ثبتلزیادة الت تكـون سـكر الكلوكــوز وتحركـه مـع محلـول الكلوكــوز القیاسـي وهـذا دلیـل علــى وجـود انـزیم الكلوكـوامیلیز الــذي ) 2(الشـكل رقـم ونالحـظ بقـاء بعـض السـكریات علـى خـط البدایـة وهــذا )22، 20، 15( بشـكل كامـل الـى كلوكـوز كنـاتج نهــائيیحطـم النشـا .یعود الى ارتفاع الوزن الجزئي لهذه السكریات مما سبب عدم تحركها مع محلول الفصل قیاس السمیة hplcتـم التحــري عــن سـموم االفالتوكســین وحــامض االوكزالیـك فــي المســتخلص االنزیمـي قیــد الدراســة بطریقــة .السموم الفطریة وحامض االوكزالیك أظهرت النتائج خلوه من اذبالمقارنة مع السموم القیاسیة، bونشا البطاطا aشا الذرة تحلل النشا في وسطین مختلفین للنشا هما ن فيتأثیر تركیز الكلوكوامیلیز النقي :مختلفة هي عدیدة تخافیفبأضیف الكلوكوامیلیز النقي bونشا البطاطا aفي وسطین للنشا هما نشا الذرة ) مل/ملغم بروتین 0.120، 0.0600، 0.0300، 0.0150، 0.0075( تقـاس كمیـة الكلوكـوز .دقیقـة 90م مـدة ْ 40وحضنت االوساط فـي حمـام مـائي بدرجـة ،لكال الوسطین (v/w)% 2بتركیز بـأن سـرعة تحلـل النشـا (b) 3والشـكل رقـم (a) 3دقائق، دلت النتائج المبینة في الشكل رقم 10االنزیم كل یةالمتحرر وكفا تركیــز تـزداد بزیـادة % deكسـتروز دالمئویـة للاالنـزیم المعبـر عنهـا بالنســبة یـةا بكمیـة الكلوكـوز المتحــررة وكفاالمعبـر عنهـ ، وان انـزیم الكلوكـوامیلیز مـن فتـرة الحقـن لكافـة التراكیـز المسـتخدمة 50وان اقصـى سـرعة تحلـل لـه كانـت عنـد الدقیقـة االنـزیم ، 19( یـةبتراكیـز عال عمالهمتعـددة بتقاعـل عكسـي عنـد اسـت یؤدي الى تفاعل بلمرة للكلوكوز أي یحول الكلوكوز الى سـكریات .bو aمل في الوسطین /ملغم 0.0600للكلوكوامیلیز كانت عند التركیز یةلذا فان افضل كفا) 24، 23 فیمـا كـان ،ً كـان سـلوكًا منتظمـًا وواضـحا aفـي الوسـط ان سـلوك االنـزیم (b)و (a) 3كما دلت النتائج المبینة بالشـكل رقـم وهـذا یعتمـد علـى شـكل ونـوع وحجـم جزیئـة النشـا الخاصـة بالمـادة االسـاس التـي لهـا تـأثیرًا bفي تحلل الوسط سلوكه عشوائیاً ).23-21، 19(سلوك وتفاعل االنزیم فيواضحًا النشـا الخـام االسـود المحلیـة فـي تحـلل asp.nigerتج مـن عزلـة نـقابلیـة الكلوـكوامیلیز الم فـيتأثیر المعامالت الحراریة . والمجلتن م للنشـا الخــام ْ 45بدرجــة bو aمــل الـى الوسـط /ملغـم بـروتین 0.0600فـي هـذه التجربــة أضـیف االنـزیم بتركیــز ، 22، 19،20، 2،3(النشـا وهي الدرجات الحراریة المسـتخدمة فـي العملیـات التصـنیعیة لمنتجـاتم للنشا المجلتن ْ 50ودرجة .عالیةثباتیة حراریة يیتطلب فیها استخدام انزیم ذ التي) 24 الكلوكــوامیلیز یـةلحراریــة لـم تــؤثر فـي فاعلیــة وكفاان المعاملـة ا (b)و (a) 4دلـت النتــائج المبینـة فــي الشـكل رقــم و انم ْ 70االنزیم ذو ثباتیة حراریـة عالیـة تصـل الـى النتحت ظروف هذه التجربة asp.nigerالمنتج من العزلة المحلیة ).25(من نوع المحب لدرجات الحرارة العالیة عملالفطر المست امـا .فـي تحلـل النشـا یتهشاط التحللي لالنزیم ودرجة كفاوتطابقًا في الن تشابهاً (a) 4اظهرت النتائج في الشكل رقم م و فـي الحـالتین النشـا الخـا tلتوزیـع 0.05لیست ذي فارق معنوي عنـد مسـتوى فكانت (b) 4النتائج المبینة في الشكل رقم االنـزیم ذو قـدرة النومـن الممكـن ان االسـتغناء عـن عملیـة طـبخ النشـا فـي العملیـات التصـنیعیة المجلـتن لوسـط نشـا البطاطـا یتكــون مــن أنـــواع االســود asp.nigerانــزیم الكلوكــوامیلیز المنــتج مــن العزلــة انللنشــا الخــام وهــذا یــدل علــى تحلیلیــة جیــدة مختلفة من الكلوكوامیلیز تختلف في شكل الموقع الفعال والوزن الجزیئي ولها القدرة على التغلغل الى داخل عدیدة رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص اذ، )25، 20، 9(اللفـا أمیلیــزكتلـة البـولیمر فــي جزیئـة النشــا لتحطـیم االواصـر الداخلیــة التـي اقتصــر تحطیمهـا علـى انــزیم ا نـه یعمــل علـى االواصـر الداخلیــة لتمهیـد العمـل النــزیم الالنشـا اعتمـدت الصـناعات علـى االلفــا امیلیـز فـي تحطــیم بـولیمرات ).22، 20، 15(انهائی االكلوكوامیلیز الذي یحطم االواصر الخارجیة للسكریات المتعددة ویحولها الى الكلوكوز ناتج المصادر 1. horvathova, v.; janecek, s. and sturdik, e., (2000).amy loly tic enzmes :theirsp ecificties,origins and roperties,biologia, bratislava. 55: 603-613. 2. ueda, s. and koba, y., (1981). amy loly tic sy st em of blak-koji mold, biotech.bioeng,. 23: 291. 3. park, y.k., (1982). j of biotech. bioeng., 24: 495. 4. abouz eid, a.m ., (1997). 89 (358): 55-66.. 5. chessa, j. p.; feller g. and gerday, c., (1999). tac 240bcan. j. m icrobiol., 45: 452457. 6. pandey, a.; nigam, p.; soccol c.; singh d. and m ohan, r., (2000). biotechnol. ap p li. biochem., (31): 135-152. 7. jabor, s.; jawad, m . and m ahammad, j. s., (2004). j. of p. ap p lied sciences, 17(2): 1018. 8. dlaly , b.k. and m ahmood, w.a., (1985). zanco.. 3(2): 47-58. . 9. el-safey , e.m . and ammar, m .s., (2004). univ. bull. environ.. 7(1): 93-99. 10. octavio, l.f.; daniel, j. r. and francislete, r.m ., (2000). eur. j. biochem. 267: 21662173. 11. alani, h.h.; soy ood, r.; zainab, m . and abdl-kharim, a., (1994). unp ublished j. of app lied sciences 6(1): 22-32. 12. gasp erik, j.; hostinova, e.; m inarikova,o.; soldaneva, i. and zelinka, j., (1988). biologia, bratislava, 43: 673-679. 13. hostinova, e.; solovicova a.; dvorsky , r. and gasp erik, j., (2003). arch. biochem. biophy s. 411: 189-195. 14. dixon, m . and webb, e.g., (1964). enzy mes, 2 nd edit. academic press. inc. new york. 15. simone, c.; peixoto. joao, a. and jorge. hecto, f., (2003). int. m icrobiol, 6: 269-273. 16. hadwan, h. a., (1987). ph.d. thesis division m y cology and plant p athology . india agri. research institut e, new delhi. 17. chy kin, s., (1966). biochemistry laboratory . techniques john wiley and sons. new york, london, sy dney. 18. somogy , m . noles, (1952). j. biol. chem. 195: 19-22. 19. horvathova, v.; slajsova, k. and ernest , s., (2004). biologia, bratislava, 59(3): 361-365. 20. chaplin, m .f., (1986). m onosaccharides in carbohydrate analysis, ed. by m .f. vhaplin and j.f. kennedy . ir1. press limited. england. 21. tanlamond, p.; desseaus, v.; m orean, y.; santimone m . and m arseille g., (2002). comp biochem p hy siol. b biochem m ol. biol. 133(3): 351-360. 22. james,j.a. and lee, b.h, (1997). j. food. biochem 21: 1-52. 23. abdel-rahman, e. m ., (1990). ph.d. thesis, al-az har univ., fac. of sci., bot. and m icrobial. dept., cairo, egy p t. 24. el-safey , e.m , (1994). sci. a thesis, bot. and m icrobial. dep t., fac. sci., al-az har univ., cairo, egy p t. 25. odibo, f.j.c. and ulbrichhofmann, r., (2001). acta biotechnological, 21(2):141-153. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد aspergillus nigeتنقیة انزیم الكلوكوامیلیز المنتج من عزلة ): 1(جدول r االسود. طریقة التنقیة حجم االنزیم ml فعالیة االنزیم u/ml كمیة البروتین mg/ml الفعالیة الكلیة u/ml البروتین الكلي u/ml الفعالیة النوعیة u/mg prot عدد مرات التنقیة الكلوكوامیلیز الخام )راشح المزرعة( 200 266.1 0.42 53220 84 633 1 كبریتات االمونیوم %)60اشباع درجة ( 200 660.7 0.18 132140 36 3670.5 5.7 الدیلزة مقابل السكروز البلوري 15 2213.1 0.55 33196 8.25 4023.6 6.2 sephadex g200 chromatogr aphy )الترشیح الهالمي( 5 3236 0.5 16180 2.5 6472 10 a. niلیزالمنتج من میتنقیة انزیم الكوكوا )a 1( مقكل ر ش ger 200 عمالبالترشیح الهالمي باست g scphadex 40المنفصل وبسرعة جریان مل للجزء 5وبواقع 4.2رقم الهیدروجیني ال ذي m 0.1ومحلول منظم الفوسفات ساعة/مل 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد g s 200 عماللیز القیاسي باستیالهالمي النزیم الكلوكوامالترشیح : )1b(شكل ephadex ومحلول منظم .ساعة/مل 40مل للجزء المنفصل وبسرعة جریان 5وبواقع 4.2رقم الهیدروجیني ال ذي m 0.1الفوسفات tlcلیز بطریقة یفصل نواتج تفاعل انزیم الكلوكوام )2(شكل رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص ) ph )4.2في 2a %(v/w)تأثیر تركیز الكلوكوامیلیز في تحلل نشا الذرة الخام : (a3)شكل .م ْ 40ودرجة م ْ 40ودرجة ) 4.2( phفي 2b %(v/w)الخام لبطاطاتأثیر تركیز الكلوكوامیلیز في تحلل نشا ا: b) 3(شكل 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 ١٠ ٢٠ ٣٠ ٤٠ ٥٠ ٦٠ ٧٠ ٨٠ ٩٠ ٠.٠٠٧٥ ٠.٠١٥ ٠.٠٣ ٠.٠٦ ٠.١٢ )دقیقة(الوقت 0 5 10 15 20 25 ١٠ ٢٠ ٣٠ ٤٠ ٥٠ ٦٠ ٧٠ ٨٠ ٩٠ ٠.٠٠٧٥ ٠.٠١٥ ٠.٠٣ ٠.٠٦ ٠.١٢ )دقیقة(الوقت غم مل ز كو لو لك ا یة كم / ل م غم مل ز كو لو لك ا یة كم / ل م رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص م ْ 45وبدرجة حرارة ph 4.2و (v/w) %2تأثیر المعاملة الحراریة في عمل الكلوكوامیلیز في نشا الذرة : (a4)شكل للنشا المجلتن م ْ 50للنشا الخام ودرجة وبدرجة حرارة ph 4.2و (v/w)% 2لكلوكوامیلیز في نشا البطاطاتأثیر المعاملة الحراریة في عمل ا: (b4)شكل نشا المجلتن م 50ْم للنشا الخام ودرجة 45ْ لل 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 ١٠ ٢٠ ٣٠ ٤٠ ٥٠ ٦٠ ٧٠ ٨٠ ٩٠ لتن ا مج نش خام نشا )دقیقة(الوقت غم مل ز كو لو لك ا یة كم / ل م 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ١٠ ٢٠ ٣٠ ٤٠ ٥٠ ٦٠ ٧٠ ٨٠ ٩٠ لتن ا مج نش خام نشا )دقیقة(الوقت غم مل ز كو لو لك ا یة كم / ل م 10880066 10880067 10880068 10880069 10880070 10880071 10880072 10880073 10880074 10880075 10880076 10880077 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد معجل خطيفجوةحساب بعض الدوال الخاصة بتصمیم ضیاء عبد المنعم نصر اهللا لوجیاووزارة العلوم والتكن الخالصة الستفادة منها في عمل یتضمن البحث بناء قاعدة علمیة وبرمجیة في معجالت الجسیمات المشحونة وصوال الى ا كتب بصورة و)acsk code(امج نبرمجموعة قوانین فجوة المعجل الخطي حولت الى . من المعجلألجزاءتصامیم ) linac( الحساب العددي للمجاالت الكهرومغناطیسیة في فجوات المعجل الخطي ألجل ivخاصة بلغة الفورتران triangular finite element mطة ابوس ethod high-order poly nomial ( lacc) . مدخالت البرنامج المخرجات فتحتوي على المركبات أما. تحتوي بصورة رئیسة على هندسة الفجوة وحلول منطقة العناصر المثلثة المتناهیة مجال الكهربائي وشدة المجال المغناطیسي المحیطي .الطولیة والعرضیة لشدة ال المقدمة لمشاكل المجال الكهرومغناطیسي في منطقة الفراغ ورنین محور التناظر مع جدران حال (acsk) البرنامج دیع مسألة تع ها لقیاس بعض الی رئیسة للمهتمین في تصمیم فجوة المعجل الخطي التي نحتاجأهمیة ذا دالتوصیل و هذه ال . ]1[الكمیات الفیزیائیة مثل التوزیع المغناطیسي في الفجوة high-order(ذا صیغة مزدوجة بین متعدد الحدود ذات الدرجة العالیة (acsk)ضي البرنامج الریا دیع poly nomial ( مثلثات متناهیة علىوطریقة التقسیم )triangular fin ite element m ethod( لحساب المجال newt( اثنین مثل أو بعد واحد ي متنوعة ذأخرىالمغناطیسي وطرائق عددیة on cotes ( كمیات یجادإلالتي تستعمل : ]2[فیزیائیة مثل a. t-transit time factor b. stored energy c. power loss d. shunt imp edance p er unit len gth e. q-factor المفاهیم والمبادئ األساسیة لعمل المعجل الخطي ان 1947 في عام alvarezطة اللمعجل الخطي المكبر الذي بني بوس) 1(المخطط التوضیحي رقم یبین 2m) تقذف بطاقة vande graaffالبروتونات القادمة من مصدر معین مثال معجل ev) الى المعجل الذي یتألف من ي مفرغ یجهـــسلسلة انابیب معدنیة محوریة التراصف تدعى انابیب االنسیاق تكون ضمن وع ردد ـــ تيز بفولتیة ذـــاء اسطوان فان (ر انابیب االنسیاق المجاورة وهكذا اذا استمرت حزمة تطبق عب200mhz radio-frequancy voltageرادیوي بالنسبة الى االرض سوف تنجذب الى االنبوب االول ابالدخول الى النظام متى ما االنبوب االول یكون سالب) دي كراف ة قصیرة في انبوب االنسیاق الذي یكون بمثابة حجاب واق من القوى مدوسوف تقضي 2009) 4 (22 الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم یصمم . لذلك سوف یكون الربح بالسرعة ثابت حتى وصول الحزمة الى الفجوة بین االنبوبین االول والثاني ،الكهروستاتیكیة ل هو موجب وكذلك االنبوب االو،طور الفولتیة المطبقة بالنسبة للزمن بصورة متغیرة لیتناسب مع طول انابیب االنسیاق . بالنسبة الى االنبوب الثاني وحینئذ قبل . في حركته ضمن الفجوةev یكتسب الجسیم طاقة مقدارها v عندما الفولتیة بین االنبوبین تكون الحركة على طول االنبوب الثاني فان الزمن یطابق او یماثل نصف دورة من فولتیة التردد الرادیوي المطبق لیقابل الفجوة من )n(تتكرر هذه العملیة في . ev مع كسب طاقة مقدارها vلزمن التصحیح الذي یظهر فولتیة تعجیل ثابتة الثانیة mاألنابیب حتى یكسب الجسم طاقة مقدارها عدد ev ]4،3[ 1(كما تشاهد في المخطط رقم (]بما ان اطول انابیب . ]5 یساوي سرعة الجسیم ) ln(المطبق فان طول انبوب االنسیاق عالقة مع فولتیة التردد الرادیوي ااالنسیاق یجب ان تكون ذ .]f(]6( في التردد الرادیوي2مقسوما على ) vn(في هذا االنبوب نسیاق یزداد الى درجة مساویة الىهنا نالحظ ان طول أنابیب اال االساس او القاعدة لتصمیم فجوة معجل خطي هي ) linac( خطي لجالكمیات االساسیة والخاصة بتصمیم فجوة مع :ة التشغیلیة للفجوة تعتمد على عاملینیة تشغیلیة عالیة والكفایكفا ي ذمثالي .الجسم خالل الفجوةیعبر الربح في الطاقة الحركیة عندما .1 .القدرة المفقودة في جدران الفجوة .2 2009) 4 (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لذلك على المصمم ان یحصل من حساب شدة المجال المغناطیسي على تنفیذ كمیات قیاسیة تسمح له االختیار .بین تصامیم تنافسیة خالل المقطع العرضي الطولي للفجوة نحصل علیه من تكامل كثافة الفیض فوق السطح من الفیض الكلي .المقطع العرضي …………(1) الناتجة عبر الفجوة بواسطة تغیر المجال المغناطیسي في vحینئذ وفقا لقانون فراداي، القوة الدافعة الكهربائیة :تیةتعطى بالمعادلة اال. الفجوة …………(2) jتشیر الى وجود فرق بالطور مقداره ) .v وhبین ) طة حساب الشغل المبذول في حمل وحدة الشحنة حول ا الكهربائیة نستطیع ایجادها بوسالدافعة القوةمن كما ].1) [2(حدود حلقة المقطع العرضي الطولي كما في الشكل رقم …………(3) كذلك .dl في كل مكان عمودیة على eالمعدني یختفي بسبب على طول السطح a & dالتكامل الخطي بین النقاط :تیةالجسیم فرق جهد یعطى بالمعادلة االیجتاز تكون متساویة عندها c الى d ومن a الى bالتكامالت من …………(4) ویصبح الجسیم یعمل بواسطة اقصى مجال كهربائي محوري والجسیم ینتقل بسرعة محددة ویأخذ زمن محدد ا . على فرض ان السرعة ثابتة ویدخل الفجوة. ل خالل الفجوةلالنتقا ویبدأ بالدوران ویغادر بعد نصف دورة واحدة عندم ة . 2-mode او بعد اكماله دورة عندما الفجوة تشتغل في -modeالفجوة تشتغل في وعندها یتحرك الجسم حرك :تيمستعرضة بواسطة فرق الجهد اال …………(5) …………(6) l : المسافة من (تمثل طول الفجوةbالى c .( كما موضح في الشكل رقم)2 ( . transit time (t تمثل عامل زمن االنتقال) 4(المعادلة الى ) 6(او ) 5(طة المعادلة ابوسالمعطاة نسبة الفولتیة factor] (7.[ t : اثناء عبوره في قیمة من المجال في كل مرةالى اقصىیخضع الجسیم عندما ال في التأثیر تشیر الى . خالل الفجوة ة ا المخزونة في الفجوة نستطیع ان نحصل علیها من المجال المغناطیسي بوس)u (الطاقة القصوى طة المعادل :تیةاال ………..(7)  drdzhjwdt d v o       b c a b rz dredzedlev 2    b c zbc dzev   b c zbc edzlzev )mod(,)/sin( )(     b c zbc edzlzev )mod2(,)/2cos( )2(          2 0 2 2 1 . 2 1 rdrdzdhμdhbu o 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .التكامل فوق المقطع العرضي الطوليیختزل الى ل الحجمي التكاماذ ولكن h في سعته الى شدة المجال المغناطیسي المماس ا على جدران الفجوة یكون مساویكثافة التیار المماس ).2( كما في الشكل رقم ا مختلفاهذا التیار یمتلك اتجاه ………….(8) .المجاالت تخترق سطح الموصل وینتقل صافي القدرة الى جدران الفجوة. ك توصیلیة محددةان جدران الفجوة تمتل ].8[تیة حساب الخسارة في تیارات الجدران مشابه الى فقدان التیارات الحرة معدل فقدان القدرة الكلي یعطى بالمعادلة اال ………. (9) . سطحیة ال تمثل المقاومة النوعیة اذ o = التردد الرنیني  = التوصیلیة للمعدن. shunt impكما یمكن ان نعرف edanceتیة في الفجوة بالمعادلة اال: z = v 2 / p …………(10) shunt imp ان التناسب عكسي بین ال) 10(نالحظ من المعادلة edanceو ال power loss من هذه المعادلة یحاول shunt imp ي معجل خطي ذالمصممین بناء فجوات edanceعالیة . تعرف في فجوة المعجل الخطي بالمعادلةqالكمیة q = o u / p .………….(11) .یوصف حدة الرنین وقیاس استمرار التذبذب : q اذ النتائج ومناقشتها ) 3(الشكل ما أ. مخرجات البرنامج ) 2(الجدول رقم یمثل و (acsk)مدخالت البرنامج ) 1(الجدول رقم یمثل ه،نشاهد مثلثات في النصف العلوي من المقطع العرضي للفجوة ،اذ الرئیسة یمثل احد مخرجات البرنامجفانه ونالحظ فی تسلسل اعتباطي التي تعطي ا ذأعدادامقاطع المنحني عند الحدود تكون تقریبا مستقیمة ورؤوس هذه المثلثات تمتلك . r , z [1] إحداثیات جاتاالستنتا وضع برنامج ریاضي لحل مشاكل المجال الكهرومغناطیسي في منطقة الفراغ ورنین محور التناظر مع جدران التوصیل . 1 . أدناه الكمیات الفیزیائیةحسابتم . 2 ttransit time factor , stored ener gy , power loss , shunt imp edance p er unit length and qfactor 2009) 4 (22الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن        2 0 22 2 0 2 2 1 2 1 a d s a d s a d s dlrhrdlrdhrdlrdjrp المصادر 1. konrad, a. , (1978) comp uter phy sics communication 13:349 2. konrad,a. (1973).ieee trans. nucl. sci., ns – 20:802 3. hunt, s. e. (1987). “nuclear phy sics for engineers & scientists”, 4. gancoli,d. c. (1998). “physics principle with app lication “, fifth edition, volume 2, 5. umland j. b. & and bellama,j. m . (1999). “general chemist ry ”, third edition, 6. halliday ,d. (1955). “ introductory nuclear phy sics”, 2 nd edition, 7. silv ester ,p. and konrad,a. (1973).int. j. numer. m eth. eng., 5:481 8. lap ost olle ,p. m . and septier,a. l. (1970). “linear acceler ators” acs)نموذج مدخالت البرنامج أیمثل ) 1(جدول رقم k). *hoyt 's 805mhz shaped prot on linac cavity 1.00 1. 00 acsk5680 1 0.0 6.05172 acsk5681 2 0.0 12.10344 acsk5682 3 1.90000 12.10344 acsk5683 4 1.90000 9.69074 acsk5684 5 2.01715 9.40789 acsk5685 6 2.30000 9.29074 acsk5686 7 2.64641 9.49074 acsk5687 8 3.59121 11.12719 acsk5688 9 3.95724 11.49322 acsk5689 10 4.45724 11.62719 acsk5690 11 8.57903 11.62719 acsk5691 12 10.02207 11.43723 acsk5692 13 11.36676 10.88024 acsk5693 14 12.52150 9.99419 acsk5694 15 13.40755 8.83945 acsk5695 16 13.96454 7.49476 acsk5696 17 14.15450 6.05172 acsk5697 18 13.33800 8.02295 acsk5698 19 10.55026 10.81069 acsk5699 20 7.50000 6.05172 acsk5700 21 3.55182 10.55896 acsk5701 22 2.27320 9.09074 acsk5702 23 1.90000 8.69074 acsk5703 24 1.90000 9.19074 acsk5704 25 0.0 9.07758 acsk5705 26 2.50000 6.05172 acsk5706 acsk5707 4 25 2 3 1 1 0 z e * acsk5708 4 3 4 25 0 0 0 m * * acsk5709 4 25 4 23 0 0 0 * * * acsk5710 4 25 26 23 0 0 0 * * * acsk5711 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 25 1 26 1 0 0 z r * acsk5712 4 23 7 26 0 0 0 * * * acsk5713 4 26 7 20 0 0 0 * * r acsk5714 4 11 7 20 0 0 0 * * * acsk5715 4 11 7 10 0 0 0 * * m acsk5716 4 11 17 20 0 0 0 * r * acsk5717 4 11 14 17 0 0 0 * * * acsk5718 2 4 5 24 0 0 0 m * * acsk5719 2 5 6 24 0 0 0 m * * acsk5720 2 6 7 22 0 0 0 m * * acsk5721 2 6 24 22 0 0 0 * * * acsk5722 2 23 24 22 0 0 0 * * * acsk5723 2 7 8 21 0 0 0 m * * acsk5724 2 10 8 21 0 0 0 * * * acsk5725 2 8 9 10 0 0 0 m m * acsk5726 2 11 12 19 0 0 0 m * * acsk5727 2 12 13 19 0 0 0 m * * acsk5728 2 13 14 19 0 0 0 m * * acsk5729 2 14 15 18 0 0 0 m * * acsk5730 2 15 16 18 0 0 0 m * * acsk5731 2 16 17 18 0 0 0 m * * acsk5732 acsk5733 pc,xx, 1 1 acsk5734 *____ cylindrical cavit y test problem____ 0. 00 0.00 acsk5735 1 0.00000 0.50000 acsk5736 2 1.50000 0.50000 acsk5737 3 3.00000 0.50000 acsk5738 4 0.00000 -0.50000 acsk5739 5 1.50000 -0.50000 acsk5740 6 3.00000 -0.50000 acsk5741 acsk5742 5 1 2 4 0 0 1 m z acsk5743 5 5 2 4 0 0 0 m acsk5744 5 5 2 3 0 0 0 m acsk5745 5 5 6 3 0 0 0 m m acsk5746 acsk5747 xx,xx, 1 3 acsk5748 *______ t oroidal cavity t est problem______ 0. 00 0.00 acsk5749 1 2.00000 0.50000 acsk5750 2 5.00000 0.50000 acsk5751 3 2.00000 -0.50000 acsk5752 4 5.00000 -0.50000 acsk5753 acsk5754 6 1 2 3 m m acsk5755 4 2 3 m m acsk5756 acsk5757 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد acs)نموذج مخرجات البرنامج أیمثل ) 2(جدول رقم k). 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity **** scale = 1.00 horizontal scale = 1.00 vertical *** input point list*** point horizontal vertical no. coordinat e coordinat e ) centim eter) (centim eter( 1. .00000 6.05172 2. .00000 12.10344 3 .1.90000 12.10344 4 .1.90000 9.69074 5 .2.01715 9.40789 6 .2.30000 9.29074 7 .2.64641 9.49074 8 .3.59121 11.12719 9 .3.95724 11.49322 10 .4.45724 11.62719 11 .8.57903 11.62719 12 .10.02207 11.43723 13 .11.36676 10.88024 14 . 12.52150 9.99419 15 .13.40755 8.83945 16 .13.96454 7.49476 17 .14.15450 6.05172 18 .13.33800 8.02295 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 19 . 10.55026 10.81069 20 .7.50000 6.05172 21 .3.55182 10.55896 22 .2.27320 9.09074 23 .1.90000 8.69074 24 .1.90000 9.19074 25. .00000 9.07758 26 .2.50000 6.05172 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity**** 0 *** m ap of the input point s*** 2 3 10 11 9 12 8 13 19 21 14 4 5 7 6 24 25 22 15 23 2009) 4 (22جلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدم 18 16 1 26 20 17 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity **** *** input elem ent list*** triangle order vertices: dirichlet segm ent constraints identifiers no. n a b c a_b b_c a_c a_b b_c a_c 1 .4 25 2 3 1 1 0 z e* 2 .4 3 4 25 0 0 0 m* * 3 .4 25 4 23 0 0 0* * * 4 .4 25 26 23 0 0 0* * * 5 .4 25 1 26 1 0 0 z r* 6 .4 23 7 26 0 0 0* * * 7 .4 26 7 20 0 0 0 * * r 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 8 .4 11 7 20 0 0 0* * * 9 .4 11 7 10 0 0 0 * * m 10 .4 11 17 20 0 0 0 * r* 11 .4 11 14 17 0 0 0* * * 12 .2 4 5 24 0 0 0 m* * 13 .2 5 6 24 0 0 0 m* * 14 .2 6 7 22 0 0 0 m* * 15 .2 6 24 22 0 0 0* * * 16 .2 23 24 22 0 0 0* * * 17 .2 7 8 21 0 0 0 m* * 18 .2 10 8 21 0 0 0* * * 19 .2 8 9 10 0 0 0 m m* 20 .2 11 12 19 0 0 0 m* * 21 .2 12 13 19 0 0 0 m* * 22 .2 13 14 19 0 0 0 m* * 23 .2 14 15 18 0 0 0 m* * 24 .2 15 16 18 0 0 0 m* * 25 .2 16 17 18 0 0 0 m* * 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity **** *** assem bled point list*** point horizontal vertical point horizontal vertical point horizontal vertical no. coordinate coordinate no. coordinat e coordinate no. coordinate coordinate 1 .1.90000 9.69074 50 .1.72500 7.46794 99 . 11.09701 7.44559 2 .2.01715 9.40789 51 .1.57500 8.12769 100 . 9.43338 7.44559 2009) 4 (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 3 .2.30000 9.29074 52 .2.35000 6.71148 101 . 12.49088 6.05172 4 .2.64641 9.49074 53 .2.20000 7.37123 102 . 10.82725 6.05172 5 .3.59121 11.12719 54 .2.05000 8.03098 103 . 9.16363 6.05172 6 .3.95724 11.49322 55. .62500 7.56465 104 . 9.56465 11.21894 7 .4.45724 11.62719 56. .62500 6.80819 105 . 10.95851 9.82507 8 .8.57903 11.62719 57 .1.25000 6.80819 106 . 11.53588 10.40244 9 .10.02207 11.43723 58. .62500 6.05172 107 . 11.94413 9.41682 10 .11.36676 10.88024 59 .1.25000 6.05172 108 . 12.35238 8.43121 11 .12.52150 9.99419 60 .1.87500 6.05172 109 . 12.92975 9.00857 12 .13.40755 8.83945 61 .2.08660 8.89074 110 . 13.74625 7.03734 13 .13.96454 7.49476 62 .2.23660 8.23098 111 . 1.95857 9.54931 14 .14.15450 6.05172 63 .2.45981 9.29074 112 . 1.95857 9.29931 15 .13.33800 8.02295 64 .2.42320 8.43098 113 . 2.15857 9.34932 16 .10.55026 10.81069 65 .2.38660 7.57123 114 . 2.10000 9.24074 17 .7.50000 6.05172 66 .2.60981 8.63098 115 . 2.47320 9.39074 18 .3.55182 10.55896 67 .2.57320 7.77123 116 . 2.28660 9.19074 19 .2.27320 9.09074 68 .2.53660 6.91148 117 . 2.08660 9.14074 20 .1.90000 8.69074 69 .3.75000 6.05172 118 . 3.11881 10.30896 21 .1.90000 9.19074 70 .3.78660 6.91148 119 . 3.57151 10.84307 22 .2.50000 6.05172 71 .5.00000 6.05172 120 . 4.02422 11.37719 23. .47500 9.83405 72 .3.82320 7.77123 121 . 3.77422 11.31020 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 24. .47500 10.59051 73 .5.03660 6.91148 122 . 4.20724 11.56020 25. .95000 10.59051 74 .6.25000 6.05172 123 . 9.30055 11.53221 26. .47500 11.34698 75 .3.85981 8.63098 124 . 10.28616 11.12396 27. .95000 11.34698 76 .5.07320 7.77123 125 . 10.69442 11.15874 28 .1.42500 11.34698 77 .6.28660 6.91148 126 . 10.95851 10.84547 29 .1.90000 11.50027 78 .7.09588 11.09308 127 . 11.94413 10.43722 30 .1.90000 10.89709 79 .8.30927 10.23332 128 . 12.96452 9.41682 31 .1.42500 10.74380 80 .5.61272 10.55896 129 . 13.37278 8.43120 32 .1.90000 10.29391 81 .6.82612 9.69921 130 . 13.68604 8.16710 33 .1.42500 10.14063 82 .8.03952 8.83945 131 . 13.65127 7.75886 34. .95000 9.98734 83 .4.12957 10.02485 132 . 14.05952 6.77324 35 .1.42500 9.53745 84 .5.34296 9.16510 133 . .00000 6.05172 36 ..95000 9.38416 85 .6.55636 8.30534 134 . .00000 12.10344 37. .47500 9.23087 86 .7.76976 7.44559 135 . 1.90000 12.10344 38. .47500 8.98087 87 .7.54858 11.62719 136 . .00000 9.07758 39. .95000 9.13416 88 .6.06543 11.09308 137 . .00000 9.83405 40. .95000 8.88416 89 .6.51814 11.62719 138 . .00000 10.59051 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity **** *** assem bled point list*** 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد point horizontal vertical point horizontal vertical point horizontal vertical no. coordinate coordinate no. coordinat e coordinate no. coordinate coordinate 41 .1.42500 9.28745 90 .4.58227 10.55896 139 . .00000 11.34698 42 .1.42500 9.03745 91 .5.03498 11.09308 140 . .47500 12.10344 43 .1.42500 8.78745 92 .5.48769 11.62719 141 . .95000 12.10344 44 .1.90000 9.44074 93 .3.09912 10.02485 142 . 1.42500 12.10344 45 .1.90000 8.94074 94 .4.00453 11.09308 143 . .00000 8.32112 46. .62500 8.32112 95 .9.97290 10.23332 144 . .00000 7.56465 47 .1.25000 7.56465 96 .11.36677 8.83945 145 . .00000 6.80819 48 .1.10000 8.22441 97 .9.70314 8.83945 49 .1.87500 6.80819 98 .12.76063 7.44559 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity **** *** assem bled elem ent list*** triangle order point point point point point point point point point point point point point point point no. n no. 1 no. 2 no. 3 no. 4 no. 5 no. 6 no. 7 no. 8 no. 9 no.10 no.11 no.12 no.13 no.14 no.15 or 16 or 17 or 18 or 19 or 20 or 21 or 22 or 23 or 24 or 25 or 26 or 27 or 28 0 1 .4 136 *137 23 138 24 25 139 26 27 28 134 * 140 141 142 135* 0 2 .4 135 *29 28 30 31 25 32 33 34 23 1 *35 36 37 136* 0 3 .4 136 *37 38 36 39 40 35 41 42 43 1 *44 21 45 20* 0 4 .4 136 *46 38 47 48 40 49 50 51 43 22 * 52 53 54 20* 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 5 .4 136 *143 46 144 55 47 145 56 57 49 133 *58 59 60 22* 0 6 .4 20 *61 54 19 62 53 63 64 65 52 4 *66 67 68 22* 0 7 .4 22 *68 69 67 70 71 66 72 73 74 4 *75 76 77 17* 0 8 .4 8 *78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 4 *75 76 77 17* 0 9 .4 8 *78 87 80 88 89 83 90 91 92 4 *93 18 94 7* 0 10 .4 8 *95 79 96 97 82 98 99 100 86 14 *101 102 103 17* 0 11 .4 8 *104 95 16 105 96 106 107 108 98 11 *109 15 110 14* 0 12 .2 1 *111 44 2 *112 21* 0 13 .2 2 *113 112 3 *114 21* 0 14 .2 3 *115 116 4 *63 19* 0 15 .2 3 *114 116 21 *117 19* 0 16 .2 20 *45 61 21 *117 19* 0 17 .2 4 *118 93 5 *119 18* 0 18 .2 7 *120 94 5 *119 18* 0 19 .2 5 *121 120 6 *122 7* 0 20 .2 8 *123 104 9 *124 16* 0) ***************************n.b: point numbers m arked with an asterisk indicate vertices**************************** (. 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity **** *** assem bled elem ent list*** triangle order point point point point point point point point point point point point point point point no. n no. 1 no. 2 no. 3 no. 4 no. 5 no. 6 no. 7 no. 8 no. 9 no.10 no.11 no.12 no.13 no.14 no.15 or 16 or 17 or 18 or 19 or 20 or 21 or 22 or 23 or 24 or 25 or 26 or 27 or 28 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 21 .2 9 *125 124 10 *126 16* 0 22 .2 10 *127 126 11 *106 16* 0 23 .2 11 *128 109 12 *129 15* 0 24 . 2 12 *130 129 13 *131 15* 0 25 .2 13 *132 131 14 *110 15* 0) ***************************n.b: point numbers m arked with an asterisk indicate vertices**************************** (. 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity**** 0 *** map of the assem bled points*** 134 140 141 142 135 122 7 92 89 87 8 29 6 123 139 26 27 28 120 9 121 104 5 94 91 88 78 124 125 30 119 126 10 31 16 138 24 25 18 90 80 106127 32 118 79 95 33 34 93 83 11 137 23 105 1 81 35 111 36 442 1154 107 128 41 1113363 37 21176 84 136 39 42 19 38 45 109 40 43 61 82 97 96 12 20 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 66 75 64 108 129 143 46 85 48 62 51 130 54 15 67 72 76 131 144 55 47 65 50 86 100 99 98 13 53 110 68 70 73 77 145 56 57 49 132 52 133 58 59 60 22 69 71 74 17 103 102 101 14 1 **** hoyt's 805m hz shaped proton linac cavity **** 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مخطط توضیحي للمعجل الخطي) : 1(شكل یمثل فجوة معجل خطي نموذجي) 2(شكل یمثل رؤوس المثلثات في الجزء العلوي لفجوة معجل خطي) 3(شكل ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 calculate some special function for the design of cavity linear accelerator d. a. nassrullah ministry of sciences and technology abstract the purp ose of this p roject is t o build a scientific base and co mputational p rograms in an accelerator design work. the transfer of group of laws in alinear accelerator cav ity to comp uter codes written in fort ran p ower st ation langu age is inorder to get a numer ical calcu lation of an electromagn etic field gener ated in the cavities of the linear accelerator. the p rogram in p ut contains mainly the following, the geometrical cavity constant, and the triangular finite element method high – ord er p olynomial. the out p ut contains vertical and horizont al comp onents of the electrical field to gether with the electrical and the magn etic field intensity. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs on projective plane over galois field gf(9) adil m. ahmad amaal sh. al-mukhtar fatima. f. kareem dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in : 27 may 2001 , accepted in : 23 april 2001 abstract in this work, we construct and classify the projectively distinct (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,9), where k ≥ 5, and prove that the complete (k,3)-arcs do not exist, where 5 ≤ k ≤ 13. we found that the maximum complete (k,3)-arc in pg(2,q) is the (16,3)-arc and the minimum complete (k,3)-arc in pg(2,q) is the (14,3)-arc. moreover, we found the complete (k,3)-arcs between them. keywords: arcs, secant, projective plane ,galois field 266 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction a (k,n)-arc k [1] in pg(2,q) is a set of k points, such that some n, but no n + 1 of them are collinear. a (k,3)-arc is a set of k points no four of them are collinear. a (k,n)-arc k is complete if it is not contained in a (k + 1,n)-arc. a line of the plane containing exactly i points of a (k,n)-arc is called an i-secant of k. for a (k,3)-arc each line of pg(2,q) is a 3-secant, 2-secant, 1 secant, or 0-secant. a 3-secant is called a trisecant. a point n not on a (k,n)-arc k has index i if there are exactly i trisecants of k through n. let ci be the set of points n of index i and let ci =  ci is the number of points n of index i. the (k,n)-arc k is complete if every point of pg(2,q) lies on some trisecant of k. thus k is complete iff c0 = 0 [2,3]. theorem 1: [2] let ri be the total number of the i-secants of a (k,n)-arc k in pg(2,q), then the following equations are hold: n 2 i i 0 n i i 1 n i i 2 r q q 1 ir k(q 1) i(i 1)r k(k 1) = = = = + + = + − = − ∑ ∑ ∑ notation 2: [2] let ri be the total number of i-secants of a (k,n)-arc k in pg(2,q), then the type of a (k,n)-arc k with respect to its lines is denoted by (rn,rn – 1,…,r0). definition 3: [2] let k1 is of type (rn,rn – 1,…,r0) and k2 is of type (tn,tn – 1,…,t0), then k1 and k2 have the same type iff ri = ti for all i, and when k1 and k2 have the same type then they are projectively equivalent. definition 4: [2]: let q1 and q2 be two points in pg(2,q) which are not in arc k and let k1 = k ∪{q1}, k 2 = k∪{q2}, then q1 and q2 lie in the same set iff k1 and k2 are projectively equivalent under type of lines. the projective plane pg(2,9): [2] pg(2,9) contains 91 points, 91 lines, 10 points on every line and 10 lines through every point. let pi and li, i = 1, 2, …, 91, be the points and the lines of pg(2,9), resp. let i stands for the point pi and all the points and lines of pg(2,9) are given in the table. the classification of (5,3)-arcs in pg(2,9): let a ={1,2,11,21} be a set of the reference points in pg(2,9), no three of them are collinear. the distinct (5,3)-arcs can be constructed by adding to a each time one point from the remaining 87 points of pg(2,9). there are only two projectively distinct (5,3)-arcs which are: b1 = {1,2,11,21,3} and b2 = {1,2,11,21,4} 267 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the group g(b1) has eight projectivities which has five elements of order two and two elements of order four, hence g(b1) ≅ d4. the group g(b2) ≅ d6. the classification of (6,3)-arcs: there are 72 points of index zero for b1. then g(b1) partitions 72 points into 13 orbits. so we have 13(6,3)-arcs to be constructed by adding one point from each of the 13 orbits to b1. we have 79 points of index zero for b2. g(b2) partitions these points into 12 orbits. so we have 12 (6,3)-arcs to be constructed by adding one point from each of the 12 orbits to b2. so there exist twenty five (6,3)-arcs to be constructed and by projectively equivalent arcs, we have four projectivity distinct (6,3)-arcs, these arcs are: c1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12}, c2 = {1,2,11,21,3,13}, c3 = {1,2,11,21,3,32}, c4 = {1,2,11,21,4,32}. the group g(c1) ≅ s4, the group g(c2) ≅ s3, g(c3) is isomorphic to the identity group and g(c4) ≅ z2. the classification of (7,3)-arcs: there groups g(ci), i = 1, 2, 3, 4 partition the points of index zero for ci into 133 orbits. so there exist 133 (7,3)-arcs to be constructed and by projectively equivalent arcs, we have only six (7,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct. these are: d1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20}, d2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,23}, d3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,33}, d4 = {1,2,11,21,3,13,32}, d5 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40}, d6 = {1,2,11,21,4,32,42}. each one of them is incomplete arc. g(d1) ≅ s4, g(d2) ≅ z2, g(d3) ≅ z2, g(d4) ≅ i, g(d5) ≅ z2, g(d6) ≅ i. the classification of (8,3)-arcs: there groups g(di), i = 1, …, 6 partition the points of index zero for di into 239 orbits and so there exist 239 (8,3)-arcs to be constructed and by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only seven projectively distinct (8,3)-arcs which are: e1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42}, e2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32}, e3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,23,34}, e4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,33,45}, e5 = {1,2,11,21,3,13,32,53}, e6 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54}, e7 = {1,2,11,21,4,32,42,53}. g(e1) ≅ z2, g(e2), g(e3), g(e4), g(e5), g(e6) and g(e7) are isomorphic to the identity group. each one of these arcs is incomplete. the classification of (9,3)-arcs: there groups g(ei) partition the points of index zero for ei i = 1, …, 7 into 369 orbits. so there exist 369 (9,3)-arcs to be constructed and by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only eight projectively distinct (9,3)-arcs which are: f1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43}, f2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,33}, f3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,32}, f4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40}, f5 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,23,34,45}, f6 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,33,45,79}, f7 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37}, f8 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,79}. each one is an incomplete arc. 268 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the groups g(f1), g(f2), g(f3), g(f5), g(f7) and g(f8) consist of the identity. g(f4) ≅ z2, g(f6) ≅ z3. the classification of (10,3)-arcs: there groups g(fi), i = 1, …, 8 partition the points of index zero for fi into 307 orbits. so there exist 307 (10,3)-arcs and by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only nine (10,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct and each one of them is an incomplete arc h1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69}, h2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33}, h3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,35}, h4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,32}, h5 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,33,86}, h6 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,54}, h7 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,23,34,45,60}, h8 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15}, h9 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,79}. g(h1) ≅ z3, g(h2), g(h3), g(h4), g(h5), g(h6), g(h7) and g(h8) are isomorphic to the identity group g(h9) ≅ z2. the classification of (11,3)-arcs: there groups g(hi), i = 1, …, 9 partition the points of index zero for hi into 258 orbits. so we have 258 (11,3)-arcs to be constructed. by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only nine (11,3)-arcs which are projectively distinct : k1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34}, k2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,32}, k3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32}, k4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,35,32}, k5 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,33,86,32}, k6 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,54,37}, k7 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,23,34,45,60,36}, k8 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15,72}, k9 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,79,50}. the groups g(k1), g(k2), g(k3), g(k4), g(k5), g(k6), g(k8) and g(k9) are isomorphic to the identity group, the group g(k7) ≅ z2. the classification of (12,3)-arcs: there groups g(ki), i = 1, …, 9 partition the points of index zero for ki into 196 orbits. so there exist 196 (12,3)-arcs to be constructed. by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only nine projectively distinct (12,3)-arcs which are: l1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,35}, l2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,32}, l3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,32,54}, l4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49}, l5 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,35,32,63}, l6 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,54,37,42}, l7 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,23,34,45,60,36,46}, l8 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15,72,50}, l9 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15,72,79}. each one is an incomplete arc. the groups g(li), i = 1, …, 9 are isomorphic to the identity group. the classification of (13,3)-arcs: there groups g(li) partition the points of index zero for li, i = 1, …, 9 into 137 orbits. so there exist 137 (13,3)-arcs to be constructed and by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only nine projectively distinct (13,3)-arcs which are: m1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,35,62}, m2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,35,58}, m3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,32,54}, m4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,32,54,85}, 269 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 m5 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49,86}, m6 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,35,32,63,64}, m7 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,54,37,42,53}, m8 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,23,34,45,60,36,46,49}, m9 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15,72,50,79}. each one is an incomplete arc. the groups g(mi), i = 1, 2, 3, 5, …, 9 are isomorphic to the identity group g(m4) ≅ z3. the classification of (14,3)-arcs: there groups g(mi) partition the points of index zero for mi, i = 1, …, 9 into eight projectively distinct (14,3)-arcs which are: n1={1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,35,62,58}, n2= {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,35,58,68}, n3= {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,69,34,32,54,68}, n4={1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49,86,53}, n5={1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49,86,64}, n6={1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,35,32,63,64,86}, n7={1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,54,37,42,53,63}, n8= {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15,72,50,79,22}. n1, n2, n3 are complete, while n4, …, n8 are incomplete arcs. the groups g(ni), i = 1,2,…, 8 are isomorphic to the identity group. the classification of (15,3)-arcs: there groups g(ni), i = 4, …, 8 partition the points of index zero for ni, into 21 orbits. so there exist 21 (15,3)-arcs to be constructed and by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only six projectively distinct (15,3)-arcs which are: q1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49,86,53,70}, q2 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49,86,53,76}, q3 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49,86,64,70}, q4 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,35,32,63,64,86,78}, q5 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,32,40,54,37,42,53,63,68}, q6 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15,72,50,79,22,56}. the groups g(qi), i = 1, …, 6 are isomorphic to the identity group. q1, q2, q4 and q5 are complete since there are no points of index zero for them. the groups g(q3) and g(q6) partition the points of index zero for q3 and q6 into 5 orbits. so, there exist five (16,3)-arcs and by projectively equivalent of arcs, we have only two projectively distinct (16,3)-arcs which are: r1 = {1,2,11,21,3,12,20,42,43,33,32,49,86,64,70,67}, r2 = {1,2,11,21,3,32,40,54,37,15,72,50,79,22,56,64}. r1 and r2 are complete (16,3)-arcs since c0 = 0 for r1 and r2. references 1.hirschfeld, j. w. p. (1979) projective geometries over finite fields, second edition, oxford university press. 2.kareem, f.f. (2000) classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,9), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 3.kwaam, a.a. (1999) classification and construction of (k,3)-arcs in pg(2,11), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 270 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (gf(9),∗) ∗ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 2 1 6 8 7 3 5 4 3 3 6 4 7 1 8 2 5 4 4 8 7 2 3 5 6 1 5 5 7 1 3 8 2 4 6 6 6 3 8 5 2 4 1 7 7 7 5 2 6 4 1 8 3 8 8 4 5 1 6 7 3 2 (gf(9),+) + 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 2 0 4 5 3 7 8 6 2 2 0 1 5 3 4 8 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 2 4 4 5 3 7 8 6 1 2 0 5 5 3 4 8 6 7 2 0 1 6 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 7 7 8 6 1 2 0 4 5 3 8 8 6 7 2 0 1 5 3 4 points and lines of pg(2,9) i pi ℓi 1 (1,0,0) 2 11 20 29 38 47 56 65 74 83 2 (0,1,0) 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 (1,1,0) 4 11 22 30 44 55 63 68 9 87 4 (2,1,0) 3 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 91 5 (3,1,0) 9 11 27 34 40 53 60 66 82 86 6 (4,1,0) 6 11 24 37 45 49 59 70 80 84 7 (5,1,0) 8 11 26 32 46 52 58 69 75 90 8 (6,1,0) 7 11 25 36 39 50 64 67 78 89 9 (7,1,0) 5 11 23 35 42 54 57 73 76 88 10 (8,1,0) 10 11 28 33 43 48 62 72 77 85 11 (0,0,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 (1,0,1) 2 13 22 31 40 49 58 67 76 85 13 (2,0,1) 2 12 21 30 39 48 57 66 75 84 14 (3,0,1) 2 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 15 (4,0,1) 2 15 24 33 42 51 60 69 78 87 16 (5,0,1) 2 17 26 35 44 53 62 71 80 89 17 (6,0,1) 2 16 25 34 43 52 61 70 79 88 18 (7,0,1) 2 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 19 (8,0,1) 2 19 28 37 46 55 64 73 82 91 20 (0,1,1) 1 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 21 (1,1,1) 4 13 21 29 46 54 62 70 78 86 22 (2,1,1) 3 12 22 29 42 52 59 72 82 89 23 (3,1,1) 9 18 25 29 44 51 58 73 77 84 271 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 24 (4,1,1) 6 15 28 29 40 50 63 71 75 88 25 (5,1,1) 8 17 23 29 43 49 64 66 81 87 26 (6,1,1) 7 16 27 29 41 55 57 69 80 85 27 (7,1,1) 5 14 26 29 45 48 60 67 79 91 28 (8,1,1) 10 19 24 29 39 53 61 68 76 90 29 (0,2,1) 1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 (1,2,1) 3 13 20 30 43 50 60 73 80 90 31 (2,2,1) 4 12 20 31 45 53 64 69 77 88 32 (3,2,1) 7 18 20 34 46 48 59 71 76 87 33 (4,2,1) 10 15 20 37 44 52 57 67 81 86 34 (5,2,1) 5 17 20 32 39 51 63 70 82 85 35 (6,2,1) 9 16 20 36 42 49 62 68 75 91 36 (7,2,1) 8 14 20 35 40 55 61 72 78 84 37 (8,2,1) 6 19 20 33 41 54 58 66 79 89 38 (0,3,1) 1 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 39 (1,3,1) 8 13 28 34 45 51 57 68 74 89 40 (2,3,1) 5 12 24 36 43 55 58 71 74 86 41 (3,3,1) 4 18 26 37 42 50 61 66 74 85 42 (4,3,1) 9 15 22 35 41 48 64 70 74 90 43 (5,3,1) 10 17 25 30 40 54 59 69 74 91 44 (6,3,1) 3 16 23 33 46 53 63 67 74 84 45 (7,3,1) 6 14 27 31 39 52 62 73 74 87 46 (8,3,1) 7 19 21 32 44 49 60 72 74 88 47 (0,4,1) 1 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 48 (1,4,1) 10 13 27 32 42 47 64 71 79 84 49 (2,4,1) 6 12 25 35 46 47 60 68 81 85 50 (3,4,1) 8 18 24 30 41 47 62 67 82 88 51 (4,4,1) 4 15 23 34 39 47 58 72 80 91 52 (5,4,1) 7 17 22 33 45 47 61 73 75 86 53 (6,4,1) 5 16 28 31 44 47 59 66 78 90 54 (7,4,1) 9 14 21 37 43 47 63 69 76 89 55 (8,4,1) 3 19 26 36 40 47 57 70 77 87 56 (0,5,1) 1 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 57 (1,5,1) 9 13 26 33 39 55 59 65 81 88 58 (2,5,1) 7 12 23 37 40 51 62 65 79 90 59 (3,5,1) 6 18 22 32 43 53 57 65 78 91 60 (4,5,1) 5 15 27 30 46 49 61 65 77 89 61 (5,5,1) 4 17 28 36 41 52 60 65 76 84 62 (6,5,1) 10 16 21 35 45 50 58 65 82 87 63 (7,5,1) 3 14 24 34 44 54 64 65 75 85 64 (8,5,1) 8 19 25 31 42 48 63 65 80 86 65 (0,6,1) 1 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 66 (1,6,1) 5 13 25 37 41 53 56 72 75 87 67 (2,6,1) 8 12 27 33 44 50 56 70 76 91 68 (3,6,1) 3 18 28 35 39 49 56 69 79 86 69 (4,6,1) 7 15 26 31 43 54 56 68 82 84 70 (5,6,1) 6 17 21 34 42 55 56 67 77 90 71 (6,6,1) 4 16 24 32 40 48 56 73 81 89 72 (7,6,1) 10 14 22 36 46 51 56 66 80 88 272 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 73 (8,6,1) 9 19 23 30 45 52 56 71 78 85 74 (0,7,1) 1 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 75 (1,7,1) 7 13 24 35 38 52 63 66 77 91 76 (2,7,1) 9 12 28 32 38 54 61 67 80 87 77 (3,7,1) 10 18 23 31 38 55 60 70 75 89 78 (4,7,1) 8 15 21 36 38 53 59 73 79 85 79 (5,7,1) 3 17 27 37 38 48 58 68 78 88 80 (6,7,1) 6 16 26 30 38 51 64 72 76 86 81 (7,7,1) 4 14 25 33 38 49 57 71 82 90 82 (8,7,1) 5 19 22 34 38 50 62 69 81 84 83 (0,8,1) 1 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 84 (1,8,1) 6 13 23 36 44 48 61 69 82 83 85 (2,8,1) 10 12 26 34 41 49 63 73 78 83 86 (3,8,1) 5 18 21 33 40 52 64 68 80 83 87 (4,8,1) 3 15 25 32 45 55 62 66 76 83 88 (5,8,1) 9 17 24 31 46 50 57 72 79 83 89 (6,8,1) 8 16 22 37 39 54 60 71 77 83 90 (7,8,1) 7 14 28 30 42 53 58 70 81 83 91 (8,8,1) 4 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 273 | mathematics @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ü‹1a26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 gf(9)في مستوي إسقاطي حول حقل كالوا (k,3)تصنیف وبناء االقواس عادل محمود أحمد آمال شھاب المختار فاطمة فیصل كریم جامعة بغداد ) /ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /الریاضیات علوم قسم 2001نیسان 23قبل البحث في : ، 2001 یارا 27استلم البحث في : الخالصة حیث أن pg(2,9)االسقاطیة المختلفة في المستوي االسقاطي (k,3)یتم في ھذا البحث، بناء وتصنیف االقواس k ≥ 5 وبرھان ان االقواس ،– (k,3) 5الكاملة غیر موجودة، حیث أن ≤ k ≤ 3 وقد وجد أن اكبر قوس– (k,3) كامل . (14,3)–كامل القوس (k,3) –وس وان اصغر ق (16,3) –ھو القوس pg(2,9)في الكاملة بینھما. (k,3) –عالوة على ذلك، تم ایجاد االقواس ،مستوي اسقاطي ،حقل كالوا أقواس الكلمات المفتاحیة : 274 | mathematics theorem 1: [2] notation 2: [2] definition 4: [2]: قسم علوم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد يتم في هذا البحث، بناء وتصنيف الاقواس (k,3) الاسقاطية المختلفة في المستوي الاسقاطي pg(2,9) حيث أن k ( 5، وبرهان ان الاقواس – (k,3) الكاملة غير موجودة، حيث أن 5 ( k ( 3 وقد وجد أن اكبر قوس – (k,3) كامل في pg(2,9) هو القوس – (16,3) وان ا... علاوة على ذلك، تم ايجاد الاقواس – (k,3) الكاملة بينهما. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد --cالتراص من نوع رنا بهجت اسماعیل جامعة بغداد -ابن الهیثم كلیة التربیة -قسم الریاضیات الخالصة كـذلك قمنــا بدراسـة بعــض " -cالتـراص مـن نــوع "قمنـا فـي هــذا البحـث بتعریــف نـوع جدیـد مــن التـراص اســمیناه .-cوالتراص من نوع -خواصه والعالقة بینه وبین التراص والتراص من نوع ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009  c-compactness r. b. esmaeel departme nt of mathematics,college of education i bn-al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p aper, we introduce a new ty p e of comp actness which is called "-ccomp actness". also, we st udy some p rop erties of this ty p e of comp actness and the relationship s among it and comp actness, -comp actness and c-compactness. 1. introduction and preliminaries a top ological sp ace (x,) is said to be c-compact sp ace if for each closed set a  x, each open cover of a contains a finite subfamily w such that {cl v: v  w} covers a, [1]. in 1965, o.njast ed [2] introduced "-op en set" in top ology [a subset a of a top ological sp ace x is said to be "-op en set if a  int (cl(int(a)))], and he p roved that the family of all "-op en sets in a sp ace (x,) is a top ology on x, which is finer than  and denoted by . -op en sets are discussed in [3], [4], [5], some concepts were st udied as follows: i. the comp lement of an -op en set is called -closed set and the intersection of all -closed sets contains a set a which is called the -closure of a and denoted by -cla. so, -cla is an -closed set and proved (-cla = a iff a is -closed set). ii. if a be a subset of a top ological sp ace x the -derived of a is the set of all elements x satisfies t he condition, that for every -op en set v contains x, imp lies v\{x}a . in 1985, the term of "-comp actness" was used for the first time by s.n.m aheshwari and thakur [6]. a sp ace x is called -comp act sp ace if every -op en cover for x has a finite subcover. in this p aper we shall introduce a new concept of comp actness, which is called an "-ccomp actness" where [a top ological sp ace x is said to be -c-compact sp ace if for every closed set a  x, each family of -op en sets in x which covers a, t here is a finite subfamily w such that {-cl u :u  w} covers a]. we discuss some p rop erties of this kind of comp actness and give some p rop ositions, corollaries and examp les aft er invest igating the relationship s among comp act sp aces,ccomp act sp aces, -comp act sp aces and -c-compact sp aces are considered. 1.1 de fini tion [1] a t op ological sp ace (x,) is said to be c-comp act if for each closed set a  x, each op en cover of a contains a finite subfamily w such that {cl v: v  w} covers a. 1.2 proposi tion [1] every comp act sp ace is c-comp act. 1.3 remark the implication in p rop osition (1.2) is not reversible, for examp le: a sp ace (n,) where,  = {un = {1,2,…,n}n  n}  {n,} is c-compact which is not comp act. 1.4 proposi tion [1] a t 3-c-compact sp ace is compact. 1.5 de fini tion [6] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 a sp ace x is said to be -comp act sp ace if every -op en cover of x has a finite subcover. 1.6 proposi tion [6] every -comp act sp ace is compact. 1.7 remark the opp osite direction of prop osition (1.6) may be false, for examp le: let x = {0}  n and  = {,{0},x} be a top ology on x. evidently , x is a comp act sp ace. however, it is not -comp act sp ace. 1.8 proposi tion [6], [7] if all nowhere dense subsets of a top ological sp ace x are finite, then the concepts of comp actness and -comp actness are concident. in p rop ositions (1.9) and (1.11) we shall discuss the relationships between -comp atness and c-comp actness. 1.9 proposi tion every -comp act sp ace is c-comp act. proof: follows directly from prop ositions (1.6) and (1.2). 1.10 remark the opp osite direction of prop osition (1.9) may be false, see the examp le in remark (1.3), (n,) is c-compact sp ace which is not -comp act, since {{1,n} n  n} is -op en cover for n which has no finite subcover. 1.11 proposi tion if all nowhere dense subsets of a t3sp ace x are finite, then x is -comp act sp ace, whenever it is c-comp act.. proof: follows from p rop ositions (1.4) and (1.8). 2. -c-compactness 2.0 introduction in this section we shall introduce a new ty p e of comp actness which is termed "-ccomp actness", we shall st udy further prop erties of this ty p e of comp actness. examp les were constructed to show the relationship s among "comp act, c-compact, -comp act and -ccomp act sp ace". several p rop ositions of these sp aces are given also 2.1 de fini tion a t op ological sp ace (x,) is said to be -c-compact sp ace if for each -closed set a  x, each family of -op en subset of x which covers a has a finite subfamily whose -closures in x covers a. 2.2 proposi tion an -comp act sp ace is -c-compact. proof: let a be an -closed subset of an -comp act sp ace x and {u: } be a family of -op en sets in x which covers a, imp lies, {u: }  {x – a} is an -op en cover of x which is comp act sp ace, then there is a finite family { u i :i = 1,2,…,n}  {x – a} covers x. but (x – a) covers no p art from a, implies, { u i :i = 1,2,…,n} covers a. so {-closur u i : i = 1,2,…,n} covers a. hence, x is -c-compact sp ace. 2.3 corollary if every nowhere dense subset of a top ological sp ace (x,) is finite, then x is -ccomp act sp ace whenever it is comp act. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 proof: follows from p rop ositions (1.8) and (2.2). 2.4 corollary if every nowhere dense set is finite in a t3-c-compact sp ace (x,), then it is -c-compact sp ace. proof: follows from p rop ositions (1.4) and corollary (2.3). 2.5 remark the opp osite direction of prop osition (2.2) may be untrue. for examp le: let n be the set of all natural numbers, and let  = {,{1},n} be a top ology on n. then {{1,n} n  n} is an -op en cover for n which has no finite subcover. so n is not comp act sp ace. but n is -c-compact, since n is t he unique -closed set contains 1. in the following p rop osition we put some condition to make the -c-compact sp ace an comp act sp ace. 2.6 proposi tion a t 3--c-compact sp ace is -comp act. proof: let x be a t3--c-compact sp ace, if it is not -comp act, then there is an -op en cover for x say {u: } which has no finite subcover. since x is -c-compact sp ace, then there is a finite subfamily { u i : i = 1,2,…,n} such that {-closure u i : i = 1,2,…,n} covers x. this means, there exists x  x such that x  -cl u i and x  u i for some i = 1,2,…,n. implies x  -derived u i for some i = 1,2,…,n. now, since x is t 1-sp ace, then {x} is closed set and since x  u i , then y  {x} for each y  u i and x is regular sp ace, implies for each y  u i , there are two op en sets vy and vy such that y  vy and {x}  vy and vy ,  vy = . implies, {x}   {vy: y  u i } and u i  {vy :y  u i }. but {x} is comp act set, then there is a finite subset of u i say {y1, y2, …, yn} such that {x}   { v jy  : j = 1,2,…,n}. now, let v =  { v jy  : j = 1,2,…,n}, t hen v is an open set contains x. on t he other side, let v =  {vy :y  u i } imp lies v is an open set contains u i . so v  v = . in view of, every op en set is -op en, hence, x  -derived u i which is a contradiction. thereup on, x is -comp act sp ace. 2.7 corollary a t 3--c-compact sp ace is compact. proof: in view of, every -comp act sp ace is compact, then prop osition (2.6) is ap p licable.  2.8 remark in general, -c-compact sp ace need not be comp act as the following examp le shows: let n be the set of all natural numbers and let  = {un un = {1,2,…,n}; n  n}  {,n}. then (n,) is -c-compact sp ace, since n is the unique -closed set contains 1. but n is not comp act sp ace. in corollary (2.4), we discussed the relationship between, c-compact and -c-compact sp ace, in one side, the other side of this relation we shall descry in the following p rop osition. 2.9 proposi tion an -c-compact sp ace is c-comp act. proof: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 let x be an -c-compact sp ace. if it is not c-compact sp ace, then there is a closed set a  x, and a family of op en sets in x say {u:} covers a. but for each n  n, imp lies a   {cl u i ,i = 1,2,…,n}. on t he other side, clearly a is -closed subset of an -c-compact sp ace x and {u:} is an -op en cover for a in x, then there exists n  n such that a  {-cl u i : i = 1,2,…,n}. t his means, there exists x  a such that x  -cl u i and x  cl u i for some i = 1,2,…,n. since x  cl u i , imp lies xu i and x  derived u i . but x  -cl u i , then x  -derived u i . since x  derived u i then there exists an open set say v such that x v and v \{x} u i =. in view of, every op en set is -op en then v is -op en set imp lies x  -derived u i which is a contradiction. therefore, x is c-comp act sp ace whenever it is -c-compact. the following diagram shows t he relationships among the different ty p es of comp actness that we studied in this p aper. 3. ce rtain fundamental properties of -c-compact s paces in this section, we shall discuss some p rop erties of the new kind of comp actness which we introduced in this p aper. + c-compact -ccompact + + t3 compact every nowhere dense set is finite t3 compact ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 in remark (3.1) and p rop osition (3.3) we shall discuss the heredity p rop erty in -c-compact sp aces. 3.1 remark -c-compactness is not a hereditary p rop erty . for examp le: let x = n {-1,0} and  = p(n)  {hx-1,0hx – h is finite}. clearly : (x,) is -c-compact sp ace, since the comp lement of each -closed set which contains (-1) or (0) is finite set. now, take n as a subsp ace of (x,). it is clear that the induced top ology on n is the discrete top ology on n hence, n is not -c-compact sp ace. the above examp le shows that if y is an op en subsp ace of an -c-compact sp ace (x,), then y need not be -c-compact. 3.2 remark [4], [6] i. if y is an op en subset of a top ological sp ace x, t hen every -op en set in y is an -op en set in x. ii. if y is an open, -closed subsp ace of an -comp act sp ace x, then y is -comp act. 3.3 proposi tion if y is an op en and -closed subsp ace of an -c-compact sp ace x, then y is -ccomp act. the proof of this p rop osition will take effect in virtue of remark (3.2).  3.4 de fini tion [8], [9] a function f :(x,)  (y,) is said to be "*-continuous", if and only if the inverse image of every -op en subset of y is an -op en subset of x. 3.5 remark [10] a function f :(x,)  (y,) is said to be "*-continuous", if and only if the inverse image of every -closed subset of y is an -closed subset of x. 3.6 lemma a function f :(x,)  (y,) is *-continuous if and only if -closure (f -1 (b))  f -1 (closure((b)) for each b  y. proof: necessity , let f :(x,)  (y,) be an *-continuous function, let b  y. now, since, b  -cl b, then (f -1 (b))  f -1 (-cl b), imp lies, -cl(f -1 (b))  -cl( f -1 (-cl b)). in virtue of remark (3.5), f -1 (-cl b) is an -closed set in x. so -cl( f -1 (-cl b)) = f -1 (-cl b). therefore -cl(f -1 (b))  f -1 (-cl b). sufficiency, sup p ose -cl(f -1 (b))  f -1 (-cl b) for each b  y. to p rove f is *continuous function. we must p rove if a ia an -closed set in y, then f 1 (a) is an -closed set in x. it is enough to p rove that -cl(f -1 (a))  f -1 (a). since a is -closed set in y, then -cl(a) = a and by hy p othesis, -cl(f -1 (a))  f -1 (-cl (a)) implies,-cl(f -1 (a))  f -1 (a). so f -1 (a) is an -closed set in x and f is *-continuous function. 3.7 prposi tion the *-continuous image of an -c-compact sp ace is -c-compact. proof: let (x,) be an -c-compact sp ace, and f :(x,)  (y,) be an *-continuous onto function. to p rove (y,) is -c-compact sp ace. let a be an -closed subset of y, and {u: } be an -op en cover in y for a. since f is *-continuous, t hen f -1 (a) is an -closed set in x and { f -1 (u):} is a family of -op en sets in x covering f -1 (a) and x is -ccomp act sp ace, then there is 1, 2,…,n such that {-cl(f -1 ( u i )):i = 1,2,…,n} covers f -1 (a), imp lies { f (-cl(f -1 ( u i ))): i = 1,2,…,n} covers a. in virtue of lemma (3.6), { f (f 1 ( ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 cl( u i ))):i = 1,2,…,n} covers a. since f is onto function,{-cl( u i ):i = 1,2,…,n} covers a. hence, y is -c-compact sp ace. 3.8 proposi tion [9], [10] every continuous, ont o, op en function is *-continuous. 3.9 corollary an -c-compactness is a top ological p rop erty . proof: follows from p rop ositions (3.8) and (3.7). 4. conclusi on and recommandation we introduced a new ty p e of comp actness which is called -c-compact and discussed the relationships among this ty p e and some ty p es of comp actness like, comp act, -comp act and c-comp act. also, we some examp les to exp lain the direction that not hold and we p ut some condition to make that false direction valid. in future, we shall st udy st rongly c-compact, semi--c-compact, semi-p -comp act and semi-p -c-compact. re ferences 1. viglion, g. (1969), "c-comp act sp aces", duke m ath. j.,36:761-764. 2. njastad, o. (1965), "on some classes of nearly op en sets", pacific j.m ath.,15:961-970. 3. caldas, m . and jafari, s. (2001), "some prop erties of contra--continuous functions", m em. fac.sci. kochi univ. (m ath.), 22:19-28. 4. m aheshwari, s.n. and thakur, s.s. (1980),"on -sets", joffnabha j.m ath.,11:209-214. 5. kumar, m .veera, (2002),"pre-semi-clsed sets', indian journal of m athematics, 4492:165181. 6. m aheshwari, s.n. and thakur, s.s. (1985), "on -compact sp aces", bulletin of the inst itut e of m athematics , academic sinica, 13(4 ):341-347. 7. noiri, t. and m aio, g.di. (1988), "prop erties of -c-compact sp aces', rendiconti circ. m ath. palermo. ser ii, 18:359-69. 8. navalagi, g.b. (1991), "definition bank in general top ology ", 45 g. 9. rielly , i.l. and m .k., (1985), "on -continuity in top ological saces", acta m athematics hungarica,45. 10. ali, n.m . (2004),"on new ty p es of weakly op en sets", m .sc.thesis, university of baghdad. microsoft word 351-365 علوم الحياة | 351 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 البالغ لمخيخ في طائر السلوىلدراسة نسجية quail coturnix coturnix (linnaeus, 1758) أسماء بشير عبد نهلة عبد الرضا البكري جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم)، 2015األول كانون 6،قبل في : 2015تشرين األول 6:استلم في الخالصة ,coturnix coturnix (linnaeus البالغ في طائر السلوى (cerebellum)مخيخ للأجريت دراسة نسجية غ المؤخر اموأظهرت نتائج الدراسة أن المخيخ يمثل أحد مناطق الد النسجي. هركيبتللتعرف على (1758 (rhombencephalon) ) ويقع في جزء الدماغ التالي(metencephalon ويحتوي سطحه على طيات خلف المخ ويتألف iv ventricle)ويكون كروي الشكل ويمثل الجهة الظهرية للدماغ التالي محيطاً بسقف البطين الرابع ( ،عميقة ،(cerebro cerebeluum))، والمخي المخيخي spino cerebellumالمخيخ من ثالثة أجزاء الشوكي المخيخي ( ص خلفي فو، (anterior lobe)مامي أفص . وللمخيخ ثالثة فصوص،vestibulo cerebellum)( والدهليزي المخيخي (posterior lobe)، عقيدي ندفي وفص(flocculonodular lobe) ويحتوي جسم المخيخ ،(corpus cerebellum) باألثالم ومفصولة عن بعضها (cerebellar-folia)طيات تدعى بالورقات المخيخية تسع على )vermis(الدودة (sucli) ويتكون المخيخ نسجياً من القشرة المخيخيةcerebellar cortex بالمادة السنجابية والتي تدعى(gray matter) ،] الخارجية الطبقة الجزيئيةالتي تتألف من ثالث طبقات (molecular layer)، طبقة خاليا بركنجي (purkinje cells layer) ،الداخلية الطبقة الحبيبية (granular layer)منطقة اللب ] وmedulla region تدعى التي و . (white matter)بالمادة البيضاء لمخيخ، السلوى، القشرة المخيخية.امفتاحية: الكلمات ال علوم الحياة | 352 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 لمقدمةا من الطيور المهاجرة الواسعة coturnix coturnix (linnaeus, 1758)واسمه العلمي (guail)طائر السلوى االنتشار في العالم يوجد في العراق أثناء هجرتي الخريف والربيع وتمكث أعداد منه في فصل الشتاء ويسمى بالمريعي ذلك يوجد في الشام وسوريا وتهاجر أعداد كبيرة منه من أوربا في فصل الخريف لتصل إلى مصر ويسمى السمان وك يعشعش على األرض ويتجنب األشجار واألراضي العارية. إذهو يعيش في البيئة الزراعية و]. 2] [1ويسمى بالفري [ بة متجانسة اللون ويكون الظهر مخططا بخطوط صفراء داكنة بيمتاز طائر السلوى بكونه صغير الحجم وذات أجنحة مد ].4] [3أبيض مصفر باهت والجوانب مقلمة والذيل يكون قصيراً [ويغطي أسفل الجسم ريش متميز حظي الجهاز العصبي باهتمام من قبل الباحثين وذلك لكونه من األجهزة المهمة في الفقاريات وتعد الطيور من أساليب مختلفة ياتلفقرلإن كما ]. 6] [5الفقاريات كبيرة الدماغ مقارنة بالفقاريات األوطأ التي تمتلك دماغاً صغيراً [ (biped)ئية األرجل اللحركة بحسب طبيعة معيشتها وتغايراتها التشريحية و أن توزان الجسم يختلف في الحيوانات ثن خيخ هو العضو المسؤول على توازن الجسم عن طريق لموأن ا ،(guadruped)رباعية األرجل فقارياتعن التختلف مهماً في تعلم مهمات اً المخيخ دور إذ يؤديية وتنظيم الحركة النسقية للعضالت، التنسيق بين الفعاليات الجسمية الحرك ط بنوع الحركة في طرف الحيوان ومركز الجاذبية وكلما كانت الحركات التي تبالحركة، وأن شكل وحجم المخيخ ربما ير ].8] [7يؤديها الحيوان معقدة كلما زاد تطور المخيخ [ صناف الورقات أالوصف الشكليائي من حيث الحجم وعدد الفصوص و ل المخيخ تطرقت الىحو عديدةدراسات هناك ] 16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] [9التركيب النسجي والمناعي [كذلك الى و (cerebellar folia)المخيخية ]17] [18.[ السلوى والتعرف على طبقاته وكذلك المؤخر (المخيخ) في طائر غامهدف البحث الحالي دراسة التركيب النسجي للد التركيب النسجي لكل طبقة من الطبقات. المواد وطرائق العمل ، وتم تشريح الحيوانات (منطقة الطارمية) من مزرعة تقع شمال بغداد اً طائر 12جمع الطيور: تم الحصول على -1 عظام فصلتم وفي منطقة اتصال الفك العلوي بالفك السفلي عمل شق تشريحيم ت] و19[ هايمن ت طريقةعواتب الجمجمة بحذر للحصول على الدماغ بعد رفع سقف الجمجمة. لمدة %10] إذ ثبتت النماذج بمحلول الفورمالين 20بعاً لطريقة [تحضرت المقاطع النسجية تحضير المقاطع النسجية: -2 ثم مررت بسلسلة تصاعدية التركيز من %70الكحول األثيلي ، ثم وضعت في الجاري ساعة ثم غسلت بالماء 24 ثم وضعت العينات في (xylene)بالزايلين (clearing)جراء عملية الترويق االكحول األثيلي لغرض سحب الماء و ثم تم االسجاء (infiltration)م لغرض االرتشاح )°58-56مزيج من الزايلين وشمع البرافين بدرجة انصهار ( (embedding) في قوالب شمعية وقطعت باستعمال المشراح الدوار(rotary microtome) 7بسمك ثم لونت المقاطع النسجية باستعمال الهيماتوكسلين وااليوسين الكحولي وملون كريسل البنفسجي الثابت اتمايكروميتر (cresyl fast violet) ملون نسل وهي من الملونات العامة للجهاز العصبي المركزي ويسمى بnissl՚s stain ، كما ].22] [21مقياس العدسة العينية ومقياس المسرح [ عمالتم أخذ القياسات المجهرية باست مزود meijiنوع طة مجهر ضوئي مركباتم تصوير المقاطع النسجية المنتخبة بوس :photographyالتصوير -3 تشريح مزود بكاميرا تصوير.والنماذج الشكليائية تم تصويرها بمجهر . بكاميرا تصوير النتائج للمخيخ: تشريحيالوصف ال .1 بعد تشريح الطائر لوحظ أن الدماغ في طائر السلوى يتكون من ثالثة أقسام رئيسة وهي كاآلتي:  األمامي غامالد(prosencepholon) (fore brain) االنتهائي غامويـتألف من الد(telencephalon) الذي يشمل أما القسم اآلخر من الدماغ (olfactory lobes)والفصان الشميان (cerebral hemispheres)نصفي كرة المخ ).1(شكل (diencephalon)األمامي فيمثل الدماغ البيني  الدماغ المتوسط(mesencephalon) (mid brain) صريينـين البـصـوجود الفـالذي تميز ب .(optic lobes)  المؤخر غاملدا(rhombencephalon) (hind brain) والذي يتألف من الدماغ التالي(metencephalon) ذي ـال الذي يمثل ارضيته (pons)والجسر ةالظهري جهتهيمثل إذكل ـروي الشـالك (cerebellum)خ ـخيـوجود المـميز بـيت وجودويتمـيـز الـدمـاغ المـؤخـر ب (myelencephalon)ي) ين، أما الجزء اآلخـر فهـو الـدماغ البصلي (النخاعالبطنية cerebellar)يشكل المخيخ سقف البطين أما السويقات المخيخية ،(iv ventricle)تجويف يدعى بالبطين الرابع peduncles) الجسر ، ويمثل تشكل جوانب المخيخ(pons) والنخاع المستطيل (medulla oblongata) .أرضية البطين علوم الحياة | 353 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ي ـيخـي المخـالمخ، (spino cerebellum)ي ـخـخيـوكي المـي الشـزاء هـالثة أجـمـن ثبدوره يتألف خ ـيـخمالو (cerebro cerebellum) الدهليزي المخيخي و(vestibulo cerebellum) 1(شكل.( أما الدهليزي ، الجزء المخي المخيخي جوانب المخيخ ويمثل ،يمثل الشوكي المخيخي الجزء األمامي المتوسع يقع قرب المخ المخيخي فيمثل القسم القاعدي للمخيخ. العقيدي الندفي والفص (posterior lobe)ص الخلفي فال، (anterior lobe)يتألف المخيخ من الفص األمامي (flocculonodular lobe) 2(شكل(. ) الفص االمامي والفص الخلفي ويحتوي على طيات vermisدودة (ال (corpus cerebellum)يضم جسم المخيخ تكون مفصولة عن بعضها إذ، (ix-i)التسعة التي يشار إليها باألرقام (cerebellar-folia)تدعى بالورقات المخيخية .)2(شكل (sucli)بشقوق عميقة تمتد ضمن المادة المخيخية وتدعى باألثالم ويكون هذا الفص غتقع قمة هذه الورقات في الجهة البطنية للدماإذ (v-i)الورقات المخيخية يتكون الفص األمامي من الفص األمامي عن الفص الخلفي. (primary fissure)فصل الشق األولي يصغير الحجم، و ويكون هذا الفص وتقع قمة هذه الورقات في الجهة الظهرية للدماغ (ix-vi)يتكون الفص الخلفي من الورقات المخيخية الورقة الثامنة عن الورقة التاسعة. (secondary fissure)يفصل الشق الثانوي وكبير الحجم غل ـيش إذاشرة ـة العخييخية التاسعة والورقة المخيـالورقة المخ ـنيـن ورقتـكون مـيتفقيدي ـدفي العـفص النـا الـأم الفص الخلفي (posterior lateral fissure)ي الدهليزي المخيخي ويفصل الشق الخلفي الجانبي ـزء الوسطـم الجـمعظ .(auriculae)اما القسم االخر من المخيخ فيمثل البروزان الجانبيان الصغيران هما االذينتان عن الفص الندفي العقيدي. الدماغ الكلي لطائر السلوى كانت وعرض وطولوزن توسطخيخ مقارنة بممالوزن والطول والعرض لل توسطوإن نسبة م ).1رقم ) على التوالي (جدول%30) و (32%) (25%( مخيخ لالتركيب النسجي ل .2 pia)م الحـنـون التـدعـى با (connective tissue)طـبقـة رقيقة مـن النسيج الضام بالمخـيـخ من الخـارج ىيغـط mater) ثالم إلى الداخل في مناطق األ إذ تنغمد(sulci) 3 الموجودة ما بين الوريقات المخيخية (شكل.( من منطقتين رئيستين هما: (cerebellum)يتألف المخيخ ، وتكون مغطاة من الخارج (gray matter): وتدعى بالمادة السنجابية cerebellar cortexمنطقة القشرة المخيخية -أ سمكها في قمة الورقات المخيخية توسطبلغ م ،(white matter)م الحنون ومن الداخل مبطنة بالمادة البيضاء باال ، وتتألف من ثالث طبقات وهي كاآلتي ) مايكروميتر357وفي منطقة االثالم كان متوسط سمكها ( ) مايكروميتر598.5( من الخارج إلى الداخل: م الحنون وفي كون محاطة بغشاء اال: وهي الطبقة الخارجية للقشرة المخيخية وت(molecular layer)الطبقة الجزيئية -1 سمكها توسطبلغ م إذأما في منطقة األثالم كانت سميكة اً،) مايكروميتر168سمكها ( توسطقمة الورقات المخيخية بلغ م .)4(شكل )2 رقم ) مايكروميتر (جدول241.5( (fusiform neurons)الشكل السطحي عـلى خـاليا عصبـية مغزلية جزئهاأظهر الفحص النسجي لهذه الطبقة احتواء صغيرة الحجم بلغ (pyramidal neurons)) مايكروميتر وخـاليا عـصبية هـرمية الشكـل 11.25قطرها ( توسطبلغ م أما محاوير ،اعيةـورة شعـاليا العصبية بصـالخ (dendrites)نات ـ) مايكروميتر، تتفرع تغض8.75قطرها ( توسطم (axons) الخاليا العصبية تتجه نحو الداخل باتجاه طبقة خاليا بركنجي لتلقي مع تفرعات خاليا بركنجي(purkinje cells) يحتوي على الخاليا العصبية النجمية كان )، والجزء الوسطي من الطبقة الجزيئية 4 (الشكل(stellate neurons) (basket cells)يحتوي على الخاليا السبتية في لهذه الطبقة أما الجزء الداخلات، ) مايكروميتر10قطرها ( توسطبلغ م ، وخاليا مغزلية الشكل ات) مايكروميتر5بلغ متوسط قطرها ( (pyramidal neurons)خاليا عصبية هرمية الشكل وهي ات وتمتد فروع التغصنثانوية أولية ومتفرعة إلى تفرعات وكانت التغصنات، ات) مايكروميتر7قطرها (توسط بلغ م والمحاوير الى الطبقة التي تليها لتلتقي مع خالياها. (myleniated)الموجودة ضمن هذه الطبقة تكون نسبة كبيرة منها نخاعينية (nerve fibers)إن األلياف العصبية ن هذه الطبقة ، التي تمثل تفرعات الخاليا العصبية الموجودة ضم(climbing nerve fibers)المتسلقة العصبية واأللياف ، اما محاوير الخاليا الحبيبية غير النخاعينية تغضنات خاليا بركنجي الممتدة من الطبقة التي تليها فضالً عن unmyelinated ) التي تمتد لتصل الى هذه الطبقة إذ تتفرع على فرعين بصورة افقية تدعى بااللياف المتوازيةparallel fibers( شكل) مناطق اللبد العصبي بتشابك األلياف العصبية مناطق)، تدعى 7، 6، 5(neuropil). : وهي الطبقة التي تلي الجزيئية وتكون طبقة مفردة من الخاليا في (purkinje cells layer)طبقة خاليا بركنجي -2 بينما ،) مايكروميتر31.5سمكها في قمة الورقات ( توسط)، بلغ م4 منطقة التقاء الطبقة الجزيئية مع الطبقة الحبيبية (شكل .)2(جدول رقم في منطقة األثالم اً ) مايكروميتر21بلغ متوسط سمكها ( الكبيرة الحجم أو المستديرة (priform neurons)تحتوي هذه الطبقة على عدد كبير من الخاليا العصبية الكمثرية الشكل تحتوي في داخلها على حبيبات جي ذات نواة كبيرة الحجم ومركزية الموقعنبرك تدعى بخاليا (round neurons)الشكل ) 19قطرها المستعرض ( توسطوم اً ) مايكروميتر30قطرها الطولي ( توسطبلغ م وقد (nissl՚s granules)نسل تمتد الى تغصنات ثانوية (primary dendrites) اثنان) من التغضنات األولية-. تحتوي الخلية على (واحداً مايكرومتر علوم الحياة | 354 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 (secondary dendrites) بدورها تتفرع الى تغصنات ثالثية التي(tertiary dendrites) تمتد بصورة موازية إلى يوجد في هذه الطبقة الخاليا الدبقية بيركمان أما المحاوير فإنها تمتد من جسم الخاليا باتجاه الطبقات العميقة للمخيخ .السطح (bergmann glial cells) مايكروميتر وتغضنات هذه الخاليا يمتد 2قطرها (توسط وهي خاليا صغيرة الحجم بلغ م ( يوجد في هذه الطبقة خاليا تقع بالقرب من ، وكذلك)6 إلى الطبقة الجزيئية وتوجد هذه الخاليا حول خاليا بركنجي (شكل توسطوهي خاليا نجمية الشكل ذات نواة كبيرة بلغ م (golgi cells ii)الطبقة الجبيبية تدعى بخاليا كولجي النوع الثاني تكون اتصاالت مع تغضنات الخاليا ل) مايكروميتر، أما تغضنات الخاليا ومحاوريها تغادر أجسام الخاليا 7.5قطرها ( ).7(الشكل تاليةالحبيبية في الطبقة ال بين طبقة خاليا بركنجي والمنطقة عالقشرة المخيخية تق: وهي الطبقة الداخلية من (granular layer)الطبقة الحبيبية -3 ونحيفة في منطقة اً ) مايكروميتر399سمكها ( توسطبلغ م إذاللبية تكون هذه الطبقة سميكة في قمة الورقات المخيخية .)2(جدول رقم ) مايكروميتر94.5بلغ متوسط سمكها ( إذاألثالم multipolar neurons ون متعددة األقطابكبأعداد كبيرة وت (granular cells)تحتوي هذه الطبقة على الخاليا الحبيبية ) مايكروميتر، وتكون مرتبة بصورة متراصة وكثيفة، وتحتوي 2.5قطرها ( توسطصغيرة الحجم وذات نواة كبيرة بلغ م فإنها تمتد من أجسام الخاليا إلى األعلى (axons)أما المحاوير ، من التغضنات تمتد إلى الخاليا المجاورةعدد الخلية على mossy)هذه الطبقة ما بين الخاليا العصبية األلياف العصبية الطحلبانية ويمتد الى) 8باتجاه الطبقة الجزيئية (شكل nerve fibers) تتصل مع الخاليا الحبيبية في مناطق تدعى الكبيبات إذالخيطية الشكل الواردة من منطقة اللب (glomeruli) العصبي ك تمثل مناطق التشاب إذوهي مناطق تتلون بلون فاتح(synapses) 9(شكل.( لب الورقات المخيخية، وتكون األعمدة اللبية ممتدة بشكل شعاعي منطقة: تمثل هذه الmedulla regionمنطقة اللب -ب التي هي عبارة عن محاوير الخاليا العصبية النخاعينية (white matter)باتجاه القشرة وتدعى بالمادة البيضاء (myelinated axons) مايكروميتر.53.2بلغ سمك هذه الطبقة ( انيةواأللياف المتسلقة والطحلب ( ذات سايتوبالزم قليل النوع االول ،وتكون على نوعين (neuroglial cells)توجد ضمن منطقة اللب الخاليا الدبقية بلغ (astrocytes)النجمية قصيرة تدعى بالخاليا الدبقية (dendrites)تغضنات تحتوي علىرة الحجم وونواة كبي بلغ متوسط (oligodendroglia)قليلة التغضنات ) مايكروميتر اما النوع االخر فهو الخاليا الدبقية3.75متوسط قطرها ( ). 11 ،10الخاليا الدبقية بالمحاوير النخاعينية (شكل حاطة صفوف وتأتكون مرتبة على هيو) مايكروميتر 2.5قطرها ( (deep cerebellar nuclei)وكذلك يوجد في اللب تجمعات كبيرة مـن الخاليا العصبية تـدعى بالنوى المخيخية العميقة ).11(شكل المناقشة وكاآلتي: coturnix coturnix (linnaeus, 1758)مناقشة التركيب النسجي للمخيخ في طائر السلوى تتضمن مخيخ: لالوصف الشكليائي ل -1 optic)أظهرت الدراسة الشكليائية أن المخيخ في طائر السلوى كان دائري الشكل ومن األمام يفصل الفصين البصريين lobes) رتبط مع النخاع المستطيل يالواقعين على جانبي الدماغ ومن الخلف(medulla oblongata) فق مع ما وهذا يتوا cerebral)] إلى أن المخيخ في الطيور يكون ذا موقع خلفي بالنسبة لنصفي كرة المخ 23أشار إليه الباحث [ hemispheres) وظهري بالنسبة للنخاع المستطيل والجسر(pons) .ر أجزاء الدماغ المؤخر حجماً وهذا بأك يخيكون المخ أنواع الحمام في] 25لكن ال يتوافق مع دراسة [ falco tinnunculus] في إناث طائر العوسق 24يتوافق مع دراسة [ .(domestic pigeons)الداجن ] وطائر الحمام anas olatyrhnchos ]12) جيد التكوين في طائر الخضيري vermisيكون الجسم المخيخي (الدودة الجسم المخيخي (الدودة) يكون أكثر تطوراً في ] إلى أن 26] وقد أشار الباحثان [columba livia gaddi ]25الطوراني الطيور التي تطير مقارنة بالطيور التي ال تطير وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية. ] 12تقسم سطحه وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج دراسة [ إذ (sulci)للمخيخ أثالم (dorsal surface)توجد في السطح الظهري ] إلى أن األثالم تكون دقيقة وصغيرة في مخيخ اإلنسان بينما في مخيخ الطيور تكون 28] [27] بينما أشارت دراسة [25[ أكثر خشونة. والثدييات (birds)في بعض أنواع من األسماك والطيور (foliated structure)يكون المخيخ بشكل تركيب ورقي (mammalian) يتكون من عشرة ورقات أولية إذ(primary folia)مثل الفص األمامي ، وي(anterior lobe) للمخيخ ، وينفصل الفص األمامي عن الخلفي (ix-vi)الورقات (posterior lobe)بينما يمثل الفص الخلفي له (v-i)الورقات (nodule)التي تسمى بالعقيدة (x)الورقة العاشرة وينفصل الفص الخلفي عن (primary fissure)بالشق االولي .وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية (posterolateral fissure)الخلفي الجانبي طة الشق ابوس الموجودة في مخيخ الثدييات تشابه الورقات المخيخية في مخيخ الطيور (cerebellar lobules)إن الفصيصات المخيخية gallus دجـاجال] مـن خـالل دراسـتهم إلـى أن وزن الدماغ في 27لقد أشـار كـل مـن [ ].33] [32] [31] [30] [29[ domesticus كان وزن الدماغ في طائر إذاكثر أربع مرات من وزن المخيخ وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية السلوى أكثر أربع مرات من وزن المخيخ. علوم الحياة | 355 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ، (equilibrium)مركز التوازن دفي الطيور ألنه يع المخيخ يكون كبيراً نسبياً ] إلى أن 32لقد أشار الباحثان [ spino-cerebellar)ة الشوكية خييحتوي على عدد من حزم األلياف المخي إذمهماً في الحيوانات الطائرة عضواً ويكون fibers). ] يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية. وهذا في الطيور الجسم المخيخي جيد التكوين بإن] 29لقد أشار الباحثان لقد أشار الباحث ].34] [35[ (thalamus)عن طريق المهاد (cerebrum)ويكون المخيخ له روابط وثيقة مع المخ هي gallus domasticus] إلى أن النسبة بين طول الدماغ المؤخر وطول الدماغ الكلي في الدجاج المحلي 36[ ) بينما %32كانت نسبة طول المخيخ مقارنة بطول الدماغ الكلي ( إذد في الدراسة الحالية ) وهي مقاربة لما وج47.52%( غ] وأن زيادة حجم أجزاء الدماfalco tinnunculus tinnunculus )62.3%] (24بلغت في إناث طائر العوسق ].37[ (ventricle iv)زيادة حجم البطين الرابع كذلك الخلفي في جسم الحيوان يرجع إلى زيادة عدد الخاليا العصبية و لمخيخ: لالوصف النسجي للدماغ المؤخر -2 ] إلى أن التركيب النسجي األساسي للمخيخ فـي الطيور يشابـه التركيب النسجي للمخـيخ فـي 38لقد أشار الباحث [ داخـل المخيخ يكون متشابهاً ويكون له مظهر (nerve fibers)االلياف العصبية أن تنظيم الخاليا و إذالفقـريات االخـرى تدعى بالورقات المخيخية (folds)ة طيات أبطبقة من القشرة المخيخية التي تكون على هي سطح المخيخ غطىمتميز. ي (cerebellar folia) ]39] [40.وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية [ خاليا طبقة الجزيئية والطبقة خارجية للمخيخ بكونها مؤلفة من ثالث طبقات هي تميزت القشرة المخيخية وهي المنطقة ال ) 357) مايكروميتر وفي األثالم (598.5الحبيبية وبلغ متوسط سمك هذه المنطقة في قمة الورقات (الطبقة بركنجي و إذ columba livia gaddiني ] من خالل دراستهما على الحمام الطورا26وهذا يتوافق مع ما أشارت إليه [ اً مايكروميتر ) مايكروميتر.440.6) مايكروميتر وفي األثالم (676.25كان متوسط سمكها في قمة الورقات ( ) مايكروميتر بينما في 313.75( متوسط سمكها بلغإذ تميزت الطبقة الجزيئية بكونها سميكة في قمة الورقات المخيخية ] على بوم المخازن 42] على أنواع من البط ودراسة [41دراسة [ نتائج ) مايكروميتر وهذا يتفق مع255األثالم بلغ ( tyto alba. يوجد فـي الجزء العميق مـن هــذه الطبقة خاليا عصبية نجمية الشكل تدعـى بالخـاليا السبتـية(basket cells) في 24] [27يافها العصبية باتجاه خاليا بركنجي في الطبقة التي تليها وهذا يتوافق مع ما أشار إليه [تمتد أل [ نخاعينية تمتد خالل التشجرات اً تحتوي هذه الطبقة على محاوير الخاليا الحبيبية والتي تمثل ألياف ،دراستهم على الطيور ذا يتوافق مع ما وجد في الدراسة الحالية في احتواء هذه الطبقة ] وه43لخاليا بركنجي [ (dendritic trees)نية صالتغ ).neuropileعلى األلياف العصبية (اللبد العصبي anas platyrhnchos] في دماغ طائر الخضيري 12تعد خاليا بركنجي صفة مميزة للمخيخ وأظهرت دراسة [ أن كثافة عدد خاليا بركنجي تتغير falco tinninculusناث طائر العوسق الدماغ المؤخر إل] على 24وكذلك دراسة [ كون وظيفتها في هذا الفص هو استالم تيكون انتشارها كثيفاً في الفص الندفي العقيدي و إذضمن الورقات المخيخية ].44بصري [اإليعازات البصرية الناتجة عن الحركة الدورانية الذاتية للرأس وكذلك الناتجة عن الترجمة الذاتية للتحفيز ال تتصل مع النوى إذمن القشرة المخيخية (efferent nerve fibers)تمثل محاوير خاليا بركنجي ألياف عصبية صادرة ] 45لقد أشار [ ].7[ (synapses) ةشابك عصبيمفي منطقة اللب لتكوين (deep cerebellar nuclei)خيخية العميقة مال من المخيخ تكون عبارة عن محاوير خاليا بركنجي فقط. (efferent fibers pathways)إلى أن مسالك األلياف الصادرة إذ (olivary nucleus)من النواة الزيتونية (climbing nerve fibers)تستلم خاليا كولجي االلياف العصبية المتسلقة (bergman glial cells)]، وتتخلل خاليا بركنجي الخاليا الدبقية بيركمان 46تستلم كل خلية ليفاً عصبياً واحداً متسلًق [ .falco sparverius] على طيور العوسق األمريكي 47وهذا يتفق مع دراسة [ ا التي تتصبغ بشدة بملون الهيماتوكسلين فتظهر إن الطبقة الحبيبية سميت بهذا االسم الحتوائها على عدد كبير من الخالي في قمة الورقات المخيخية اً ) مايكروميتر399هري كطبقة حبيبية الشكل. بلغ متوسط سمك هذه الطبقة (ظعند الفحص الم ] 27) مايكروميتر وهذا يتوافق مع ما أشار إليه الباحث [94.5وهو أكثر من متوسط سمكها في منطقة األثالم والذي بلغ ( ] على إناث 24ودراسة [. tyto alba] على بوم المخازن 42ودراسة [ gallus domasticusدجاج الفي دراسته على تستلم الخاليا الحبيبية الموجودة ضمن هذه الطبقة الدفعات العصبية . falco tinnunculus االمريكي طائر العوسق % من 75بليون خلية إذ تؤلف نسبة 50اليا الحبيبية في المخيخ يبلغ متوسط عدد الخ الواردة من الجهاز العصبي المركزي ].48[الخاليا العصبية الدماغية وتشكل مشابك عصبية مع االعلىإلى (unmyelinated axons)نخاعينية التمتد محاوير الخاليا الحبيبية غير ثم تذهب الى الطبقة الجزيئية للقشرة إذ تتفرع على فرعين (basket cells)تغضنات خاليا بركنجي والخاليا السبتية ) من التغصنات 5-4(الخاليا الحبيبية تمتلك]. 39[ (parallel fibers)يمتدان بصورة افقية يشكالن االلياف المتوازية والنوى الدهليزية (pontins nuclei)التي تتصل مع االلياف الطحلبانية التي تدخل الى الطبقة الحبيبية من النوى الجسرية (vestibular nuclei) ومن الحبل الشوكيspinal cord)تكون مشابك عصبية وقد أظهر المجهر اإللكتروني وجود ) ل وقد لوحظ في . ]40) في نهاية تغضنات الخاليا الحبيبية [mitochondria وكندريايتأعداد كبيرة من المقتدرات (الما وتمثل كل كبيبة موقع الكثيرة العدد ضمن هذه الطبقة والتي تمثل مواقع التشابك العصبيالدراسة الحالية وجود الكبيبات ودراسة columba livia gaddi] على الحمام الطوراني 26وهذا يتوافق مع دراسة [ خلية حبيبية 20اكثر من اتصال ] على إناث طائر العوسق.24[ منطقة اللب: علوم الحياة | 356 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 وتمثل (white matter)مادة البيضاء ـدعى بالـوت (gray matter)ة ـابيـادة السنجـطقة تحت المـذه المنـع هـتق (afferent and efferent nerve fibers)الجزء الداخلي للمخيخ و تحتوي عـلى األلياف العصبية الـواردة و الصادرة والخاليا (astrocytes)النجمية (neuroglial cells)من القشرة المخيخية ويوجد ضمن منطقة اللب الخاليا الدبقية أشاروا إلى أن الخاليا الدبقية إذ] 6وهذا يتوافق مع ما أشارت إليه دراسة [ (oligodendroglia)الدبقية قليلة التغضنات نتيجة اإلصابة (central nervous system)النجمية تقوم بإعادة إصالح األضرار في الجهاز العصبي المركزي ونتائج الدراسة الحالية ال تتفق . (myelination)خاليا الدبقية قليلة التغضنات فتقوم بعملية تكوين النخاعين بالمرض، أما ال الخاليا العصبية في منطقة اللب بينما أشارت دراسة الذين بينوا عدم وجود ] 51] [50] [49[مع ما توصل اليه كل من وهذا يتوافق مع نتائج الدراسة (silky fowl)يقة في طيور الدواجن ] إلى وجود عدة تجمعات من النوى المخيخية العم52[ .الحالية المصادر .صفحة 3-1رتبة الدجاجيات، الجزء الثاني. مطبعة الرابطة بغداد: –. الطيور العراقية )1961(اللوس، بشير. -1 .صفحة 90السمان، دواجن وزراعة الشرق األوسط: –. الفري )1984(السمران، نجيب. -2 . )2006(شريف. ، الجبوروكريستن، س ،يرميكر، هانسنش ،كريستين، س ،بورتر، ريتشارد ،سالم، مظفر عبد الباقي-3 صفحة. 284الدليل الحقلي لطيور العراق، منظمة طبيعة العراق والمجلس العامي لحماية الطيور: .صفحة 206-193الرابطة. بغداد: عة بور العراقية، الجزء الثاني، مطي. الط)1990(اللوس، بشير. -4 5-person, r. (1972). the avian brain. academic press, new york: 235-278. 6-smith, t. g.; brauer, k. & rechenbach, a. (1993). quantitative phylogenetic constancy of cerebellar purkinje cell morphological complexity. j. com. neurol., 331: 402-406. 7-paulsen, d. f. (2000). histology and cell biology, 4th edn. mc graw-hill book co. inc. new york: 376 pp. 8-mondal, r. k. (1997). comparative gross anatomical and histomorphological studies on cerebellum of fish, amphibia, reptilia and mammlia. phd. thesis w. b. unv. of animal and fisheries. sci.: 37. 9-larsell, o. (1967). the comparative anatomy and histology of the cerebellum from myxinoids through birds, university of minnesota press, minneapdis: 128 pp. 10-voogd, j.; gerrit, n. & ruigrok, t. (1996). organization of the vestibulocerebellum. ann. y acad. sci., 781: 579 pp. 11-nccker, r. & neumann, v. (1997). response characteristics of cerebellar nuclear cells in the pigeon. neuro. rep., 8: 1485-1489. anas. دراسة تشريحية ونسجية لدماغ الخضيري )1996(حمن حسن. القزلجي، شرمين عبد هللا عبد الر-12 olatyrhnchos l. :(ابن الهيثم) 105، أطروحة دكتوراه، جامعة بغداد، كلية التربية. 13-devor, a. (2000). is the cerebellum like cerebellar like structures. brain res. rev., 34(3): 149-156. 14-anastasio, t. j. (2001). in put minimization, a model of cerebellar learning without climbing fiber error signals. neuroreport, 12(17): 8325-8331. 15-wilsson, m. l.; bower, a. j. & shemard, r. m. (2007). development neural plasticity and its cognitive benefits: olivocerebellar renncrvation compensates for spatial function in the cerebellum. em. j. neurol. sci., 25: 1475-1483. 16-gordon, n. (2007). the cerebellum and cognition. eur. j. paediat. neurol., 4: 232-234. 17-andreescu, c. e.; milojkovic, b. a.; haasdijk, e. d.; kramer, p.; jong, f. h.; krust, a.; zeeuw, c. i. & de jeu, m. t. (2007). estradoil improves cerebellar memory formation by activity estrogen receptor. j. neuro. sci., 27: 10832-10839. 18-pakan, j. m.; iwaniuk, a. n.; wylie, d. r.; hawkes, r. & marzban, h. (2007). purkinje cell compart mentation as revealed by zebrin ii expression in the cerebellar cortex of pigeons (columba livia). j. comp. neurol., 50: 619-630. 19-hymen, l. h. (1974). comparative vertebrates' anatomy, 2nd edn. chicago univ. press, london: 523. 20-bancroft, j. & steven, a. (1982). theory and practice of histological technique, 2nd edn. churchill livingston, london: 662. علوم الحياة | 357 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 21-luna, l. g. (1968). manual of histological staining methods, 3rd edn. mc graw-hill book co. inc., new york: 258. 22-vacca, l. (1985). laboratory manual of histochemistry. raven press, new york: 328. 23-messer, h. m. (1958). the nervous system in: an introduction to veterinary anatomy. the macmillan comp. new york: 374-380. ية ونسجية للدماغ المؤخر في إناث نوع من طيور الجوارح النهارية . دراسة شكليائ)2014( كاظم، جاسم محمد جواد-24 . رسالة ماجستير، common kestirel falco tinnuculus tinnuculus (linnaeus, 1758)العراقية (العوسق) .101كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ابن الهيثم. جامعة بغداد: 25-rehkmper, g.; erahma, h. d. & cnotkaa, j. (2008). mosaic evolution and adaptive brain component alteration under domestication seen on the background of evolutionary theory. brain. behav. & evol., 71: 115-126. خ) في طائر الحمام . دراسة التركيب النسجي للدماغ المؤخر (المخي)2012( ، أسماء بشيروعبد ، وجدان بشيرعبد-26 .23-9): 4(18 ،مجلة كلية التربية ابن الهيثم. columba livia gaddiالطوراني 27-pal, b.; chowdhury, s. & ghosh, r. k. (2003). comparative anatomical study of the cerebellum of man and fowl. j. anet. sci. india., 52(1): 32-37. 28-kuhlenbeck, h. (1975). the central nervous system of vertebrates. the macmillan comp. ney york: 625-768. 29-ranson, s. w. & clark, s. i. (1972). the anatomy of the nervous system-its development and function, 10th edn. w. b. saunders co. philadelphia: 43-45. 30-king, a. s. & mclelland, j. (1984). birds: their structure and function, 2nd edn. baillere tindai, london: 334. 31-sisson, s. & grossman, j. d. (1986). anatomy of the domestic animals, 5th edn. rio de janeiro: 315. 32-stinson, a. w. & calhoun, m. l. (1993). textbook of veterinary histology, 4th edn. (dellmann, h. d. ed). lea & febiger., usa: 153-193. 33-herdt, t. (1997). textbook of veterinary physiology, 2nd edn. (cunningham j. g. ed). w. b. saunders comp., usa: 301-320. 34-parker, t. j. & haswell, w. a. (1963). textbook of zoology in: vertebrates. vol 2. 7th edn. macmillan and co. ltd. london: 212, 210, 542, 592, 681 . 35-kardong, k. v. (2006). vertebrates' comparative anatomy, function, evolution. 4th edn. mc graw-hill com. inc. new york: 782. 36-batah, a. l.; ghaje, m. s. & shihan, n. a. (2012). anatomical and histological study for the brain of the locally breed chicken gallus domisticus. j. thi-qar. sci., 3(3): 47-53. 37-northcutt, r. g. (2002). understanding vertebrate brain evolution. integrative & comparative biology, 42(2): 743-766. 38-voogd, j. & glickstein, m. (1998). the anatomy of the cerebellum. trends. neuro. sci., 21: 370-375. 39-junqueira, l. c. & carneiro, j. (2006). basic histology text and atlas, 11th edn. mc grawhill com. inc. new york: 502. 40-yong, b. & heath, j. w. (2000). wheatear's functional histology, a text and colour atlas, 4th edn. churchill livingstone, london: 413. 41-sur, e.; oznurlu, y.; colakoglu, f.; unsal, s. & yener, y. (2011). comparative histometrical study of the cerebellum and the determination of some agnor parameters in different avian species, bull. vet. inst. pulawy, 55: 261-265. 42-abdulla, s. (2012). anatomical and histo study of the cerebellum in the tyto alba (barn owl) by using giemsa stain method. j. college of basic edu., 18(74): 77-88. 43-bevelander, g. & ramaley, j. (1979). essentials of histology, 8th edn. the c. v. mosby comp., usa: 363-366. 44-voogd, j. & glickstein, m. (1998). anatomy of the cerebellum. trends. neuro. sci., 21: 370-375. علوم الحياة | 358 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 45-wyatt, k. d.; tanapat, p. & wang, s. h. (2005). speed limits in the cerebellum: constraints from myelinated and unmyelinated parallel fibers. eur. j. neuro. sci., 21(8): 2285-2290. 46-llinas, r. r.; walton, k. d. & lang, e. j. (2004). cerebellum, ch.7, in: shepherd, g. m., the synaptic organization of the brain, new york, oxford university press: 19-51. 47-armien, a. g.; mc ruer, d. l.; ruder, m. g. & wunchmann, a. (2012). purkinji cell heterotopy with cerebellar hyperplasia in two free living american kestrels falco sparverius. veter. pathol., 3(3): 1-6. 48-armstrong, c. l. & hawkes, r. (2000). pattern formation in the cerebellar cortex. biochem. cell biol., 78: 551-562. 49-iwaniuk, a. n.; deank, m. & nelson, j. f. (2005). interspecific allomertry of the brain and brain regions in parrots (psittaciformes): comparison with other birds and primates. brain behv. evol., 65: 40-54. 50-ross, m. h. & pawlina, w. (2006). histology a text and atlas with correlated cell and molecular biology, 5th edn. lippincott williams & wilkins., new york: 906. 51-eroschenko, v. p. (2008). atlas of histology with functional correlation, 11th edn. lippincott williams & wilkins., new york: 532. 52-wen-qin, c.; huazhen, l. & guanzhong, l. (2005). anatomy and distribution of npy immunoreactive neurons of the cerebellum in silky fowl. progress in veterinary medicine: 852158558. ): يوضح القياسات اإلحيائية للدماغ الكلي والمخيخ لطائر السلوى البالغ1( جدول األجزاء التشريحية متوسط القياسات التشريحية الدماغ الكلي whole brain المخيخ cerebellum النسبة المئوية weight 0.6 0.15 %25متوسط الوزن (غم) length 2.5 0.8 %32متوسط الطول (سم) width 2 0.6 %30متوسط العرض (سم) ): يوضح سمك طبقات القشرة المخيخية لطائر السلوى البالغ2( جدول متوسط سمك الطبقة الجزيئية )μm( molecular layer طبقة خاليا متوسط سمك )μmبركنجي ( purkinje cells layer متوسط سمك الطبقة الحبيبية )mμ( granular layer قمة الورقات الثلم قمة الورقات الثلم قمة الورقات الثلم 168 241.5 31.5 21 399 94.5 علوم الحياة | 359 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 علوم الحياة | 360 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 علوم الحياة | 361 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 علوم الحياة | 362 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 علوم الحياة | 363 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 علوم الحياة | 364 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 علوم الحياة | 365 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 histological study of the cerebellum in adult quail coturnix coturnix (linnaeus, 1858) asmaa b.abid  nahla a. al-bakri dept of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad received in :6october 2015,accepted in:6december 2015 abstract a histological study was conducted to examine the structure of cerebellum in coturnix coturnix (linnaeus). the results showed that the cerebellum is a portion of the rhombencephalon and metencephalon lying behind the cerebrum, the surface of the cerebellum contains deep folds and appears spherical in its shape. it represented the dorsal side of metencephalon and surrounded the roof of iv ventricle. the cerebellum consists of three parts spino cerebellum, cerebro cerebelluum and vestibulo cerebellum; and three lobes anterior lobe, posterior lobe and flocculonodular lobe. the corpus cerebellum (vermis) consists of nine folds called cerebellar-folia (ix-i) and separated from each other by sulci. histologically, the cerebellum consists of a cerebellar cortex that is called gray matter composed of three major layers, outer molecular layer, middle purkinje cells layer and inner granular layer, the second region of cerebellum is called medulla which is called white matter. key words: cerebellum, quail, cerebellar cortex. 227 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 وكلوريد الصوديوم وتداخالتھا في npkznدور حامض السالسليك وسماد l. cepa alliumشرات المظھرية لنبات البصل ؤبعض الم الساعدي عباس جاسم حسين جامعة بغداد /(ابن الھيثم)للعلوم الصرفة كلية التربية /قسم علوم الحياة مي سعدي فاضل مديرية تربية الرصافة االولى/ وزارة التربية 2015كانون الثاني 18، قبل البحث في 2014ايلول 28استلم البحث في : ةالخالص الصرفة/ ابن الھيثم/ أجريت التجربة في البيت الزجاجي التابع للحديقة النباتية في قسم علوم الحياة /كلية التربية للعلوم ) جزء بالمليون 24,12,0وذلك لدراسة دور حامض السالسليك بثالثة تراكيز ( 2013-2014جامعة بغداد خالل موسم النمو 1‾) مليمول.لتر150,100,50,0واربعة تراكيزمن كلوريد الصوديوم ( 1‾.ھ) كغم npkzn )160,0ومستويين من سماد المظھرية لنبات البصل.صممت التجربة ضمن التصميم العشوائي الكامل وبثالثة مكررات, وتداخالتھا في بعض المؤشرات : ياتيأظھرت النتائج ما الرش بحامض السالسليك ادى الى زيادة معنوية في معدالت الوزن الجاف للجزء الجذري والخضري , الوزن الرطب -1 ت السيطرة .للجزء الجذري والخضري, عدد الحراشف للبصلة مقارنة مع معامال قد ادى الى زيادة معنوية في مؤشرات النمو. npkznأضافة مستويين من سماد -2 الى تحسين جميع المؤشرات المدروسة وكانت المعاملة بالتركيز npkznالتداخل بين حامض السالسليك وسماد أدى -3 . اعطائھما افضل القيم فيكانت ھي األفضل من السماد 1‾ھكغم. 160جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك و 24 , كلوريد الصوديوم , نبات البصل npkznحامض السالسليك , سماد : الكلمات المفتاحية 228 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة من أھم ألمحاصيل في العراق والعالم alliaceaeالذي ينتمي الى العائلة الثومية allium cepa lيعد نبات البصل . c , kجيدة من فيتامين اً ويستھلكه الفرد بكميات كبيرة ويمتاز بقيمته الغذائية والطبية واالقتصادية اذ يحوي نسب والبروتينات وعناصر الحديد والكالسيوم أما أھميته الطبية فتكمن في أحتوائه على الكيورتين الذي له أھمية بالغة كمركب ] لذلك سعت مختلف البلدان لالھتمام بزراعته وزيادة المساحات المزروعة منه لرفع 1مضاد لألكسدة ومضاد للسرطان [ اصيل الحساسة للملوحة حيث يسبب ارتفاع ملوحة التربة أضراراً بالغة للنباتات مستوى االنتاج ويعد نبات البصل من المح ] . تعد الملوحة من المشاكل الرئيسة 2، بما في ذلك تثبيط النمو، وضعف التمثيل الغذائي ، كذلك فقدان االنتاج والجودة [ المناطق الجافة وشبه الجافة نتيجة لتراكم االسيمالتي تواجه زراعة وانتاجية المحاصيل في عدد من المناطق في العالم من أجمالي االراضي % 20]. حيث تشير الدراسات على انه اليقل عن 3االمالح بسبب الجفاف ودرجات الحرارة العالية [ المفرط للكيمياويات االستعمالويعود ذلك الى تلوث التربة والتعرية والتصحر و[4]المروية في العالم تتأثر بالملوحة . ان الري بالمياه المالحة ادى الى تحديد [5]الزراعية التي تسبب في احداث االجھادات الحيوية وغير الحيوية في النبات .نتيجة الى السمية الناجمة عن التركيز العالي لاليونات والتاثير الملحي الذي يسبب عدم امتصاص [6]انتاجية المحاصيل لذلك ظھرت العديد من المحاوالت للتقليل من ھذه ألتأثيرات التي تمثلت برش [7]. العناصر الغذائية من قبل النبات ),حيث saالمحاصيل الزراعية بمواد طبيعية ناتجة عن االيض الثانوي للخاليا . ومن ھذه المركبات حامض السالسليك ( دور في نمو النبات والتمثيل الضوئي ان حامض السالسليك ھو من المركبات الفينولية ھرمون نباتي يوجد في النباتات وله دوراً ھاماً عن sa يمثل. [8]وسيلة للدفاع ضد المسببات المرضية يعد sa وان ھرمون ,النقل وامتصاص االيون , حاصل نبات البصل المعرض لالجھاد الملحي , حيث في npkzn. كذلك تاثير سماد [9]طريق تحفيز أنتاج البروتينات تسميد استنادا الى محتواھا من العناصر الكيميائية . لل npk يستعمل يعمل النتروجين على تعزيز نمو االوراق والنباتات اما الفسفور يعمل على تعزيز النمو الخضري والجذري في النبات مو الزھري تعزيزه للن فضال عنكذلك ھو مصدر للطاقة .ويعمل البوتاسيوم على تنظيم حركة المواد الغذائية في الخاليا وتكوين الثمار . اما عن نقص العناصر الغذائية الصغرى فانه يؤثر سلبا في المحاصيل الزراعية النامية في العديد من ركائز الزراعة في دالمغذيات الصغرى في تغذية التربة تعاستعمال حيث ان zn]. ومن ھذه العناصرھو10الترب [ znعنصر ال ,للنبات ھي واحدة من اھم العوامل لتحسين نوعية وكمية النباتات المنتجة البلدان المتقدمة وان التغذية المناسبة ]. 12و11مطلوب بتراكيز قليلة لكنھا حاسمة للسماح لنمو نباتات عدة [ ق العمل ائالمواد وطر اجريت التجربة في البيت الزجاجي التابع للحديقة النباتية في قسم علوم الحياة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / ابن الھيثم/ كغم.تربة,أخذت التربة من الحديقة 12باستعمال االصص البالستيكية سعة 2013-2014جامعة بغداد خالل موسم النمو 2×3×4ربة وفق التصميم العشوائي الكامل كتجربة عاملية وبثالثة مكررات النباتية بعد طحنھا وتنعيمھا.صممت التج ...االتيةبحيث تضمنت العوامل غم لكل اصيص سعة 0.96الذي يعادل 1‾ھكتار.غرام160,0)بمستويين ( npkznسماد استعمالعامل التسميد:-1 كغم.تربة12 1‾) مليمول.لتر 150,100,50,0اربع تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم( -2 ) جزء بالمليون .24,12,0ثالثة تراكيز من حامض السالسليك ( -3 ثالثة مكررات. -4 ) ثم حضرت منه 1mتم تحضير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم من خالل محلول رئيس من كلوريد الصوديوم بتركيز ( الحجم الذي يؤخذ من المحلول الرئيس=وحسب قانون تخفيف 1‾لتر.) مليمول(150,100,50,0التراكيزالمطلوبة الحجم المطلوب×التركيز المطلوب تركيز المحلول الرئيسي غرام) منه (1تراكيز معاملة السيطرة وھي صفر .كذلك تم تحضير محلول رئيس من حامض السالسليك بوزن فضال عن ) جزء بالمليون وحسب قانون التخفيف 24,12,0) مل من الماء المقطرثم تحضر منه التراكيز المطلوبة ((1000واذابته في من %75في كل اصيص ورويت بالماء على اساس فسقات 4وبعدد 2013/11/4 تم زراعة فسقة نبات البصل بتاريخ . فسقات في كل اصيص, وتم اجراء العمليات 3ايام من الزراعة لتبقى 10السعة الحقلية كرية اولى, تم الخف بعد مرور حسب الفقدان بالوزن) ازالة االدغال النامية من االصص بعد عملية السقي كلما دعت الحاجة الى الزراعية الالحقة من ري بدل االرواء بالماء المقطر الى ارواء باستعمال محلول من تراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم المحضرة 2014/1/19ك . وبتاريخ ذل اجريت عملية الرش بتراكيز حامض السالسليك المحضرة سابقا ، تم الرش 2014/1/20مسبقا وحسب المعامالت وبتاريخ ت السيطرة بالماء المقطر مع استمرار االرواء بمحلول من تراكيز بصورة متساوية وحتى االبتالل الكامل ورشت معامال من الرشة االولى تمت الرشة الثانية وبالتراكيز نفسھا من حامض السالسليك وحسب اً يوم 28كلوريد الصوديوم وبعد مرور 229 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 قلع النباتات المتبقية بتاريخ مع استمرار االرواء بمحلول من تراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم .تم 2014/2/18المعامالت وبتاريخ بعد اكتمال نضج النبات ووصوله الى مرحلة التزھير حيث تم ازالة النباتات بالكامل من كل وحدة تجريبية 2014/3/9 وحسب المعامالت , تمت دراست بعض الصفات لنبات البصل: الوراق والبصلة) كال على حدة ولكل تم قياس الوزن الطري للمجموع الجذري والخضري ( ا -الوزن الطري للنبات: -1 ميزان حساس بعد الحصاد مباشرة . وبواسطةوحدة تجريبية ستعمالتم اخذ الوزن الجاف لعينات المجموع الجذري والخضري ( االوراق) كال على حدة وبا -الوزن الجاف للنبات : -2 ساعة ولحين ثبوت الوزن . 72م ولمدة °65-70) على درجة حرارة (ovenفيف في مجفف كھربائي جميزان حساس بعد ت مشرط ستعمالتم حساب عدد الحراشف للبصلة للحشة الثانية ولكل معاملة با عدد الحراشف (الحلقات في البصلة ) : -3 تم قطع البصلة من الوسط وحساب عدد الحراشف بداخلھا . أذحاد النتائج والمناقشة الوزن الجاف للجذر-1 في معدل الوزن الجاف للجذر بزيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم معنوي ) وجود انخفاض1النتائج في الجدول(اشارت جزء 24. كما ازداد الوزن الجاف للجذر بزيادة تركيز حامض السالسليك مع تفوق التركيز %88.125وبنسبة انخفاض مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة, ولوحظ ايضا ان معدل %463.35بالمليون معنويا بأعطائه اعلى معدل للصفة وبنسبة زيادة 0.1190بمعدل 1‾ھكغم.160تفوق المستوى الوزن الجاف لنبات البصل قد ازداد معنويا تحت تأثير مستوى التسميد مع عند معاملة السيطرة لعامل التسميد.اما تأثير التداخل الثنائي بين كلوريد 1‾غم .نبات 0.0150وبالمقارنة بقيمة 1‾غم.نبات تراكيز عاملي الدراسة اذ تفوق باختالفالصوديوم وتركيز حامض السالسليك في ھذه الصفة فقد اعطى فروقا معنوية صوديوم. بينما كان كلوريد1‾مليمول.لتر150غم) عند 0.0415جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك بمعدل (24التركيز غم) (0.0400للجذر ھو اً جاف اً معنويا اذ اعطى وزن1‾ ھكغم.160تأثيرالتداخل الثنائي بين كلوريد الصوديوم ومستوى السماد وللتركيز نفسه,غم) عند المستوى صفر من السماد (0.0014كلوريد صوديوم مقارنة بقيمة 1‾مليمول.لتر150تحت تأثير ديوم. أما بالنسبة لتاثير التداخل الثنائي بين تركيز حامض السالسليك ومستوى التسميد في ھذه الصفة اعاله من كلوريد الصو جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك مع مستوى التسميد 24غم) عند تفوق التركيز 0.2200فقد كان اعلى معدل للصفة ھو ( ) ھناك فروقا معنوية لتاثير التداخل 1ت نتائج الجدول(. كما اظھرللتداخل نفسهعلى قيم المعامالت االخرى 1‾ھكغم.160 من السماد وتحت 1‾ھكغم.160جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك ومستوى 24غم) عند التركيز (0.0800الثالثي بمعدل غم) عند التركيز صفر من حامض (0.0001كلوريد صوديوم مقارنة مع اقل قيمة للصفة بمعدل 1‾مليمول.لتر150تأثير اعاله من كلوريد الصوديوم. وللتركيز نفسهالسالسليك ومستوى صفر من السماد الوزن الجاف لالوراق 2 أثيرمعنوي في خفض معدل الوزن الجاف لالوراق 2لوزن الجاف لالوراق فقد اظھرت نتائج الجدول (اأما ) ھناك ت بة ز % 66.55بنس ع تركي د رف ى عن فر ال ن ص وديوم م د الص ول.لتر150كلوري امض 1‾ مليم ائج ان ح دت النت ا اك .كم جزء 12جزء بالمليون حيث تفوق على التركيز24السالسليك اعطى زيادة معنوية في ھذه الصفة وكان افضلھا عند التركيز المليون بمعدل غم) وبغض النظر عن العوامل االخرى للدراسة,وازداد ايضا الوزن الجاف (3.04غم) مقارنة (4.16ب ادة 1‾ ھكغم.160وكان افضلھا عند المستوى npkznلالوراق معنويا بتأثيرسماد بالمقارنة مع معاملة %40وبنسبة زي د كان لحامض السالسليك التداخل الثنائي بين كلوريد الصوديوم وتركيز حامض السالسليك فق اماالسيطرة لعامل الدراسة. 24غم) عند التركيز2.25لالوراق بمعدل ( اً جاف اً تأثيرمعنوي في تقليل االثر السلبي لكلوريد الصوديوم ,حيث اعطى وزن ت المليون وتح زء ب ر150ج ول. لت ع 1‾مليم ة م وديوم وبالمقارن د ص امض (0.79كلوري ن ح فر م ز ص د التركي م) عن غ جزء بالمليون بااعلى زيادة لوزن 24من كلوريد الصوديوم, واظھرت النتائج تفوق التركيز اعاله وللتركيز نفسهالسالسليك غم) عند التركيز صفر من كلوريد الصوديوم مقارنة مع جميع تراكيز حامض السالسيلك االخرى وعند (5.65الصفة ھي وريد الصوديوم ومستوى التسميد في ھذه الصفة كما ان تاثير التداخل الثنائي بين كل من كلوريد الصوديوم .نفسه التركيز ا اذ تفوق المستوى ‾ ھكغم. 160كان معنوي 1 د الصوديوم بمعدل ھو غم) بالمقارنة مع (4.80عندالتركيزصفرمن كلوري كلوريد الصوديوم وعند نفس المستوى من السماد, بينما اقل زيادة في الوزن الجاف لالوراق كانت 1‾مليمول.لتر150التركيز اثير السلبي لتركيز (1.02بقيمة كلوريد الصوديوم. كما 1‾مليمول .لتر150غم) عند المستوى صفر من السماد وتحت الت التسميد زيادة معنوية في ھذه الصفة بتفوق التركيز اظھرت معامالت التداخل الثنائي بين تركيز حامض السالسليك ومستوى ا على بقية المعامالت بمعدل 1‾ھكغم.160جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك مع مستوى 24 غم) مقارنة (4.45معنوي غم) عند التركيز صفر من حامض السالسليك ومستوى صفر من السماد, كذلك كانت الزيادة في (1.07باقل وزن للصفة ھو 230 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المليون ومستوى 24وزن الصفة معنوية نتيجة التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة مع تفوق تسميد 1‾ھكغم.160جزء ب غم) يقابلھا اعلى انخفاض 6.00, 5.30وعند التركيز صفر من كلوريد الصوديوم باعلى زيادة في وزن الصفة عند القيم ( غم) عند التركيز صفر من حامض السالسليك ومستوى صفر من السماد والتركيز (0.07في الوزن الجاف لالوراق بمعدل اعاله من كلوريد الصوديوم وبالتداخل مع نفسه غم ) عند التركيز 2.50كلوريد صوديوم مقارنة بمعدل( 1‾مليمول.لتر150 ز ليك 24التركي امض السالس ن ح المليون م زء ب م.160ج اض ف 1‾ھكغ ات. ان االنخف ميد للنب اف تس وزن الج دل ال ي مع اثير زيادة كلوريد الصوديوم في وسط النمو اذ 2) والمجموع الخضري جدول (1للمجموع الجذري جدول ( ) يعود الى ت التاثيرات االزموزية كما انه فضالً عن ادى الى اختالل التوازن الھرموني والفعاليات الحيوية مثل البناء الضوئي والتنفس ا وھذا ينعكس سلبا على يعمل على تقليل امتصا ص الماء من قبل النبات مما يؤثر في عملية االنقسام واستطالة الخالي npkzn) تعود الى تاثير حامض السالسليك وسماد 2و1] . اما عن الزيادة الحاصلة في معدل الصفة للجداول (13النبات[ النباتات وذلك لدوره المھم في ازالة االثار السلبية حيث ان لحامض السالسليك دور ھام في العديد من العمليات الفسلجية في مما يعمل على تقليل امتصاص وتراكم االيونات cytokininsو iaaلكلوريد الصوديوم عن طريق زيادة ھرمون النمو ادة الحاصلة في الوزن npkzn]. كذلك ھناك دور واضح لسماد 14السامة والحفاظ على سالمة الغشاء الخلوي [ في الزي في تحسين اً مھم اً دور n,p,k) حيث ان للعناصر الغذائية الرئيسة مثل 2و1الجاف للمجموع الجذري والخضري جدول ( والمرافقات atpنمو النبات اذ تدخل ھذه العناصر في تركيب الكلوروفيالت والسايتوكرومات ومركبات الطاقة مثل ادة نشاط العديد من االنزيمات[ فضالً عن nadph2و nadh2االنزيمية مثل ] كذلك ان للعناصر الصغرى 15زي في تحفيز عدد من االنزيمات السؤولة عن بناء اً مھم اً حيث ان للزنك دور npkznفي التاثير االيجابي لسماد اً مھم اً دور ي يعمل كمنظم بفري الذ carbonic anhydraseالبروتين والكاربوھيدراتوزيادة معدل الكلوروفيل ومن ھذه االنزيمات المسؤول عن بناء البروتين dna,rna polymaraseفي اغشية الستروما ليحافظ على الكلوروفيل من التحلل وانزيم ]. تتفق ھذه 16المسؤولة عن بناء وتنظيم الكاربوھيدرات [ pep carboxylase,aldolase ,enolaseوانزيمات وم والبصل.] في نبات الث18و 17النتائج مع كل من [ الوزن الطري للجذر3 في معدل الصفة بزيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم فقد كان اعلى معدل معنوي ) ھناك انخفاض 3اشارت النتائج في الجدول ( و ( ذر ھ ري للج وزن الط اض لل ز 0.31انخف د التركي م) عن ول.لتر150غ التركيز 1‾مليم ة ب وديوم مقارن د الص كلوري ادة 0.85, 0.63, 0.46التي اعطت معدل للصفة ھو ( 1‾مليمول.لتر0,100,50 غم) على التوالي . كما كانت ھناك زي ادة تراكيز حامض السالسليك حيث تفوق التركيز المليون على التركيز 24معنوية في الوزن الطري للجذر بزي جزء ب ا غم) م0.82زيادة معنوية للصفة بمعدل (ئه جزء بالمليون لحامض السالسليك بااعطا12 قارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . ومعنوي ادة 1‾ھكغم.160ايضا بزيادة مستوى التسميد وكان افضلھا عند المستوى مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . %39.36وبنسبة زي معنوية في التداخل الثنائي بين كلوريد الصوديوم وتراكيز حامض السالسليك ) ايضا الى وجود فروق3واشار الجدول ( المليونء جز24اذ اعطى التركيز مض في تقليل االثر السلبي لكلوريد الصوديوم في ھذه الصفةنتيجة دور الحا وعند ب غم) عند التركيز صفر من (0.07مقارنة غم)(0.48كلوريد صوديوم معدل لھذه الصفة ھو1‾مليمول.لتر150التركيز 24غم) عند التركيز (1.25للجذر كان بمعدل اعاله من كلوريد الصوديوم . بينما اعلى وزن طري وللتركيز نفسهالحامض غم) .كذلك (0.07جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك والتركيز صفر من كلوريد الصوديوم مقارنة بااقل وزن للصفة ھو في تحجيم االثار السلبية لكلوريد الصوديوم عند التداخل npkznاظھرت النتائج في الجدول ان ھناك دور واضح لسماد ادة معنوية لمعدل 1‾مليمول .لتر 50والتركيز 1‾ھكغم . 160ئي بين كال العاملين فقد تفوق المستوى الثنا كلوريد صوديوم بزي و( ذر ھ ري للج وزن الط ة 0.74ال ة بقيم م) مقارن توى0.37غ د المس م عن ه غ ار نفس ت اث ميد وتح ن التس م غم) عند التركيز 0.99اعلى وزن طري للجذر بقيمة (1‾ھكغم.160كلوريد الصوديوم بينما اعطى تسميد 1‾مليمول.لتر150 اعاله من كلوريد الصوديوم . اما عن نفسه لتركيزلصفر من كلوريد الصوديوم وبالمقارنة مع مستوى الصفر من السماد و 24تركيزالتداخل الثنائي بين تركيز حامض السالسليك ومستوى التسميد في ھذه الصفة فقد كان معنويا ھو االخر فقد سجل ال ا على بقية المعامالت 1‾ھكغم.160جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك مع مستوى وبوزن طري نفسه لتداخللسماد تفوق ز(0.96للجذر ھو د مستوى صفر من السماد معدل وزن للصفة ھو نفسه غم) . فيما اعطى التركي من الحامض وعن لطري للجذر معنويا نتيجة التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة وكان غم ). كما اشار الجدول نفسه الى تفوق الوزن ا0.70( المليون من حامض السالسليك ومستوى تسميد 24افضلھا عند التركيز باعطائه اعلى القيم اذ بلغت 1‾ھكغم.160جزء ب اعاله من حامض السالسليك وعند المستوى نفسه غم) عند التركيز صفر من كلوريد الصوديوم فيما اعطى التركيز (1.50 غم) مقارنة بالوزن الطري (0.60مليمول من كلوريد الصوديوم معدل لوزن الصفة ھو 150من التسميد وتحت تركيز نفسه 1‾مليمول.لتر 150غم) عند التركيز صفر من حامض السالسليك وصفر من مستوى التسميد وعند التركيز (0.05للجذر . كلوريد صوديوم 231 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 الوزن الطري لألوراق -4 ) التاثير السلبي للتراكيز العالية من كلوريد الصوديوم على الوزن الطري لالوراق اذ 4كما اشارت النتائج في الجدول ( ‾مليمول.لتر 150كانت نسبة االنخفاض عند التركيز 1 مقارنة مع النباتات غير %49.99من كلوريد الصوديوم ھي معرضة لالجھاد الملحي . وبينت النتائج في الجدول نفسه ان تركيز حامض السالسليك اعطى زيادة معنوية في الوزن جزء بالمليون والذي اعطى زيادة معنوية في وزن الصفة اذ 24الطري لالوراق التي كان افضلھا عند الرش بالتركيز غم) . كذلك (9.750لالوراق ھو اً طري اً ) وبالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة التي اعطت وزنغم(19.063كانت القيمة ھي مقارنة بالمستوى صفر اذ ازداد معدل الصفة من 1‾ھكغم.160 ھناك زيادة معنوية للوزن الطري لالوراق عند المستوى ) الى تفوق حامض السالسليك على 4واكدت النتائج في الجدول ( %49.83غم) وبنسبة زيادة 17.170الى (11.460 جزء بالمليون من 24غم) عند التركيز (13.500صفة ھو للكلوريد الصوديوم نتيجة التداخل الثنائي بين العاملين بمعدل غم) عند تركيز الصفر من الحامض (6.000كلوريد صوديوم مقارنة بالوزن 1‾مليمول .لتر150الحامض وتحت وكلوريد الصوديوم زيادة في npkznاعاله من كلوريد الصوديوم كذلك اعطى التداخل الثنائي بين سماد نفسهتركيزللو كلوريد الصوديوم1‾مليمول.لتر 150وبالتداخل مع 1‾ھكغم. 160غم) عند التسميد (12.000الوزن الطري لالوراق بمعدل ريد الصوديوم , بينما اعلى وزن طري اظھرته نتائج وبالمقارنة مع مستوى صفر من السماد وعند نفس التركيز من كلو من السماد والتركيز صفر من كلوريد 1‾ھكغم.160غم) عند المستوى (22.660الجدول في ھذا التداخل كان بمعدل الصوديوم . اما التداخل الثنائي بين تركيز حامض السالسليك ومستوى التسميد في ھذه الصفة فقد كان معنويا عند تداخل غم) بالمقارنة (23.500اعلى قيمة ھي امن السماد اذ اعطي1‾ھكغم.160جزء بالمليون من الحامض ومستوى 24تركيز ال غم) . ان نتائج التداخل الثالثي (7.500اقل قيمة ھي ان اعطييمع التركيز صفر للحامض ومستوى صفر من السماد واللذ توى السماد في تقليل تاثير كلوريد الصوديوم في ھذه الصفة ) اظھرت دور الرش بحامض السالسليك ومس4في الجدول ( جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك ومستوى 24لنبات البصل فقد كانت اعلى زيادة معنوية في الصفة عند التركيز %.00150غم) وبنسبة زيادة 30.00من السماد والتركيز صفر من كلوريد الصوديوم اذ كانت قيمة الصفة ( 1‾.ھكغم 160 كغم. 160جزء بالمليون من الحامض ومستوى سماد 24غم عند معاملة السيطرة . وقد اعطى التركيز 12مقارنة مع غم) عند معاملة (3.00غم) مقارنة مع قيمة (17.00كلوريد صوديوم قيمة للتداخل ھي 1‾مليمول.لتر150وعند التركيز 1‾ھ اعاله من كلوريد الصوديوم. نفسه تركيزللصفر من حامض السالسليك وصفر من السماد و الوزن الطري للبصلة5 ثر الوزن الطري للبصلة بالتراكيز العالية من كلوريد الصوديوم في وسط النمو, أ) ان ت5اظھرت النتائج في الجدول ( الى 20.75انخفض معنويا معدل الصفة للوزن الطري للبصلة من ( 1‾مليمول.لتر 150فعند رفع التركيز من صفرالى وبغض النظر عن العوامل االخرى للدراسة.وقد ازداد وزن الصفة بزيادة تراكيز % 60.01غم) وبنسبة انخفاض 8.33 24حامض السالسليك ومستويات التسميد بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة فعند رفع تركيز حامض السالسليك من صفر الى جزء بالمليون بنسبة 12أضافة الى تفوق التركيز اعاله على التركيز %100.69جزء بالمليون ازداد وزن الصلة بنسبة اعلى معدل لوزن 1‾ھكغم.160, كذلك ازداد وزن البصلة مع زيادة مستوى التسميد حيث اعطى المستوى %45.11زيادة وبنسبة زيادة غم)11.00غم) بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة التي اعطت اقل معدل لھذه الصفة ھو (16.29الصفة ھو ( ) تفوق التراكيز العالية من حامض السالسليك في تحجيم تأثير كلوريد الصوديوم 5وقد اكدت نتائج الجدول ( 48.09% عند التراكيز العالية من كلوريد الصوديوم فقد كان التاثير معنويا في معدل الوزن الطري للبصلة عند التركيزين السيما مليمول. 150)غم عند التركيز (14.25و(7.00)للوزن الطري للبصلة اً قيم ان اعطييلذجزء بالمليون للحماض ال 24و12 اعاله من كلوريد نفسه تركيز للغم) عند التركيز صفر من حامض السالسليك و3.75كلوريد صوديوم مقارنة مع ( 1‾لتر على 1‾ھكغم.160فقد تفوق المستوى npkznالصوديوم . كذلك ھناك فروق معنوية في وزن الصفة عند التسميد بسماد من كلوريد الصوديوم . بينما اعطت 1‾مليمول .لتر150عند التركيز %100المستوى صفر من السماد وبنسبة زيادة غم تحت تركيز الصفر من كلوريد 22.33أعلى وزن طري للبصلة ھو 1‾.ھكغم 160المستويات العالية من التسميد جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك مع وجود او عدم وجود مستوى للسماد في ھذه 24ز الصوديوم. ولقد تفوق التركي جزء بالمليون من حامض 24غم عند التركيز (14.75 ))و22.62الصفة باعطائه اعلى معدل للوزن الطري للبصلة ھو ( طري للبصلة كان في النباتات السالسليك وكال المستويين من السماد . واشارت معامالت التداخل الثالثي ان افضل وزن جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك والمسمدة بمستوى 24معاملة بتراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم التي رشت بتركيز الغير بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة. اال ان تعرض النبات %80.65غم) وبنسبة زيادة (28.00ذ اعطت قيمة ھي ا 1‾ھكغم.160 غم) (1.5000كلوريد صوديوم ادى الى خفض معنوي في معدل الصفة ھو 1‾مليمول.لتر150عند التركيز السيمالالجھاد اعاله من كلوريد الصوديوم مقارنة نفسهعند التركيز صفر من حامض السالسليك وصفرمن مستوى السماد وعند التركيز )غم لمعامالت السيطرة للعوامل الثالثة . 15.50( 232 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 عدد الحراشف -6 لنبات البصل بالشد الحراشف ثر عددأ) الى ت6اما بالنسبة لعدد الحراشف في نبات البصل فقد اظھرت النتائج في الجدول( ن ( ا م ف معنوي دد الحراش ض ع و اذ انخف ط النم ي وس وديوم ف د الص ود كلوري ن وج اتج م ي الن ى 15.16الملح ) ال كلوريد صوديوم , كما اكدت 1‾مليمول. لتر150عند رفع التركيز من صفر الى 37.34 % وبنسبة 1‾حرشفة. نبات(9.50) ادة 24النتائج ان حامض السالسليك اعطى زيادة معنوية في ھذه الصفة وكان افضلھا عند التركيز المليون وبنسبة زي جزء ب ادة في عدد الحراشف لن نفسه حامضللمقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة 52.67% ادة مستوى . كذلك ھناك زي بات البصل مع زي ادة 1‾ ھكغم.160كان افضلھا عند المستوى والتسميد لمستوى 1‾حرشفة .نبات 10.50)مقارنة مع ( %35.71وبنسبة زي اثير أما صفر من السماد. التداخل الثنائي بين حامض السالسليك وتراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم فقد كان لحامض السالسليك ت المليون على (24التاثير الضار لكلوريد الصوديوم في عدد الحراشف مع تفوق التركيز معنوي واضح في الحد من ) جزء ب ي ( ة ھ ى قيم ف اذ اعط دد الحراش ادة ع ز بزي ة التراكي فة.نبات 12.50)بقي 1‾حرش اثير ة بت1‾مليمول.لتر150وتحت ت د صوديوم مقارن د نفسه تركيز للونفسه حامض للركيز الصفر كلوري اعاله من كلوري ائج في الجدول تفوق د اكدت النت د الصوديوم ومستوى التسميد فق ين كلوري ائي ب داخل الثن اثير الت ا عن ت الصوديوم . أم ادة في عدد الحراشف 1‾)حرشفة .نبات (11.00بزيادة معنوية ھي 1‾ھكغم. 160المستوى بالمقارنة %37.50وبنسبة زي كلوريد الصوديوم , كما اظھرت معامالت التداخل الثنائي بين تراكيز 1‾مليمول.لتر 150مع مستوى الصفر من السماد و ز وق التركي ع تف فة م ذه الص ي ھ ة ف ادة معنوي ميد زي توى التس ليك ومس امض السالس توى 24ح ع مس المليون م زء ب ج مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة لھذا التداخل . كذلك كانت %123.33زيادة معنويا على بقية المعامالت وبنسبة 1‾ھكغم.160 جزء بالمليون ومستوى 24الزيادة في عدد الحراشف معنوية نتيجة التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة مع تفوق التركيز كذلك ھناك . 1‾نبات )حرشفة.(19.00وعند التركيز صفرمن كلوريد الصوديوم . بمعدل للصفة 1‾.ھكغم 160التسميد 1‾ھكغم.160جزء بالمليون من حامض السالسليك ومستوى 24عند التركيز %150زيادة معنوية في عدد الحراشف بنسبة كلوريد الصوديوم بالمقارنة مع تركيز الصفر من الحامض ومستوى صفرمن 1‾مليمول .لتر 150من السماد وتحت تركيز ز د التركي ماد وعن ه الس اله نفس دد اع ة ع ري وقل ذري والخض وع الج ي المجم اض ف وديوم . ان االنخف د الص ن كلوري م في التوازن ) قد يعزى الى التراكيز العالية من كلوريد الصوديوم التي سببت اختزاالً 6.5.4.3الحراشف في الجداول ( ھل د وي وتس اء الخل ة الغش ل امكاني ي تعرق وديوم الت ات الص دخول ايون ل ب ذي يتمث وني ال اه االي س اتج ور عك ول الكل خ ) تعود الى دور كل من حامض السالسليك في تحمل 6.5.4.3] .اما سبب الزيادة المعنوية في معدالت الجداول (19التركيز[ ة بة الجھازي ة المكتس ل والمقاوم ة التحم ه اللي ادة تحمل الل زي ن خ وي م وي والالحي اد الحي ات لالجھ systemicالنب acauired resistanca عن طريق التغير في التركيب الداخلي للورقة واعطاء اشارات لتحمل عدد كبير من االجھادات وتاثيرھا المشترك في صفات npkznسماد ي] .والى اھمية العناصر الغذائية الموجودة ف20والتي اھمھا اجھاد الملوحة [ عدد من المركبات العضوية المھمة في العمليات النمو الخضري والجذري للنبات اذ يدخل النتروجين والفسفور في تركيب في عملية االكسدة اً مھم اً التي تؤدي دور dnaو rnaالحيوية داخل النبات مثل دخولھا في تركيب االحماض النووية اً ومھم اً كبير اً . كما ان للبوتاسيوم دور21] واالختزال التي تحدث في عملية البناء الضوئي والتنفس وتمثيل الكاربوھيدرات[ يمثل] . اما الزنك الذي 22في معظم الفعاليات الحيوية داخل النبات الشتراكه في عملية البناء الضوئي وبناء البروتينات [ ا المنقسمة فضالً عن proteinaseو peptidaseفي تكوين النشا وتحفيز انزيمات اً مھم اً دور دوره في بناء جدران الخالي ]. اما بالنسبة لتاثير التداخل في الزيادة المعنوية لنبات البصل في الجداول اعاله 23لنمو للنبات [وبھذا فھو يسھم في زيادة ا ادة انتاج االحماض النووية وبناء البروتينات وتحفيز انقسام اثير االيجابي المشترك لعوامل الدراسة في زي يعود الى الت قد قلل الى حد كبير npkznرش بحامض السالسليك واضافة سماد الخاليا وزيادة كفاءة البناء الضوئي وبالتالي فان ال ]. مما تقدم نستنتج ان المعاملة بحامض 27و26 و25 و24 التاثيرات السلبية لكلوريد الصوديوم . تتفق نتائج الدراسة مع [ المليون 24يز والتداخل بينھما ادى الى زيادة قيم الصفات المدروسة السيما عند الترك npkznالسالسليك وسماد جزء ب .1‾ھكغم.160من حامض السالسيلك ومستوى المصادر 1. patil, b.s.; pike,l.m and yoo,k.s (1995). variation in the quercetin content in different colored onions (allium cepa l.). j. amer. soc. hort. sci., 120 (6): 909-913 2. sivrit, e.p.e. n. and eris, a.(1999) determining salt tolerance in some varieties of vine (vitisvinifera l.) under the condition biologenovember,. 23: 473 – 485 ) . الماء في حياة النبات. مؤسسة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر , جامعة الموصل ,العراق .1984أحمد , رياض عبد اللطيف ( -3 233 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 4pitman, a . lنuchli (2002). global impact of salinity and agricultural ecosystems. in: luchli a, lüttge u (eds) salinity: environment – plants – molecules. kluwer, dordrecht, pp 3–20 plant. 87: 493-498 5muthuri .w.; ong c.k.; black c.r; ngumi v.w.and mati b.m.(2005). tree and crop productivity in grevillea, alnus and agroforestry systems based in bologna in kenya semi-arid environment and forest management,. 212,. 1-3,. 23-39. 6-mahajan, s.and tuteja, n.(2006).cold ,salinity and drought stresses: anoverview;arch. biochem .biophys.,444139-158. 7cavagnaro , juan b.; ponce, maria t.; guzman, and javievcirrincione , miguel a.(2006). argentine varieties of vitisvinifera grow better than european countries when cultured in the laboratory under salinity bio cell , from january to april ,. 30 (1) : 1-7 8 wang, d.; mokhtar, kp, keller,and h. dong, x.(2007) salicylic acid inhibits the growth of the pathogen in plants through repression of auxin signaling path currency boil., 17:1784 – 90 9hayat , s. and ahmed , a. (2007) . salicylic acid a plant hormone . springer, dordrecht, netherlands: 401 p. 10onald mcd; g. k.; graham,r.d; lioyd,j; lewis,j; lonergan,p and khabas – saber.h (2001). breeding for improved zinc and manganese efficiency in wheat and barley. proceeding of the australian conference australian society of agronomy. 11-alloway, b.j. (2002) . zinc and micronutrients vital to omahasilhighvalueueath . zinc international association (iza) . 12-moussaoui, s.r. (2011). zinc in crop production and interaction with phosphorus . australian journal basic and applied, .5: 1503 – 1509. 13-shalata, a. and neumann,p.m. (2001). exogenous ascorbic acid (vitamin c) increases resistance to saltstress and reduces lipid peroxidation. j. exp bot., 52(364): 2207-2211. 14-shakirova, m.f.; sakhabutdinova,a.r.; bezrukova,m.v;fatkhutdinova, r.a and fatkhutdinova,d.r.(2003). change in the hormonal status of wheat seedling inducedby salicylic acid and salinity. plant sci. 164 issues3:317-322. 15-verma ,s.k. (2011) a textbook of plant physiology, biochemistry and biotechnology . chand, s. and company .ltd .ram nagar , new delhi ,india . 16-barker , a.v. and pilbeam, d.j. (2007) .handbook of plant nutrition . crc press ,tayrlor and francis group,llc.boca , london,234367. 17bideshki , a. and arvin , m.j.(2011). effect of salicylic acid (sa) and drought stress on growth , bulb yild and allicin content of garlic (allium sativum ) in field . lslamic azad university of shahid bahonar , iran , 2:73-79. والمخلفات العضوية في بعض صفات التربة ) . تاثير التداخل بين الري بالمياه المالحة 2000سلمان, عدنان حميد ( 18 . رسالة ماجستير, كلية الزراعة , جامعة بغداد, العراق . .allium cepa lوحاصل البصل 19-touchette b.w.; smith g.a.;rhodes k.l.and poole m.(2009).toleranse and avoidance: two contrasting physiological reponses to salt stress in mature marsh halophytes ina alterniflora ioisel.journal of experimental marine biology and ecology,380:106-112. 20szepesi ,a.;csiszar,j.bajkan , s.z.;gemes,k.;horvaath, e . ; horvaath ,f.; simon ,m.l. and tari ,i. (2009). salicylic acid improves acclimation to salt stress by stimulating abscisic aldehyde oxidase activity and abscisic acid accumulation , and increase na+ content in leaves without toxicity symptoms in solannum lycopersicum l.j. plant physiol ., 166:914-925. ) . تغذية النبات التطبيقي . جامعة بغداد , وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث 1989الصـحاف , فاضل حسين رضا .( 21 .مي , العراقالعل ) . دليل تغذية النبات . مطبعة جامعة الموصل , وزارة 1988أبـوضاحي , يـوسف محمد واليونس ,مؤيد أحمد .( -22 التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي , العراق . 234 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ص. 667 . اساسيات فسيولوجيا النبات . كلية العلوم ، جامعة قطر, دولة قطر ,) 2001ياسين ، بسام طه ( 23 24stevens, j.; senaratna, t. and sivasithamparam, k.(2006) . salicylic acid induces salinity tolerance in tomato (lycopersicon esculentum cv. roma ) : associated changes hn gas exchan ge , water relations and membrane stabilization.plant growth regul.,49:77-83. 25jefon, j.l. and lester,g.e. (2008). effect of foliar potassium fertilization on muskmelon fruit quality and yield. proc. of fluid form, feb., 2008, scotsdale az; fluid fertilizer foundation manhattan, k.cd rom publications. 26-singh, j., and chaure,n.k. (1999). effect of age of seedlings and nitrogen levels on growth and yield of onion (allium cepa l.). advances in horticulture and forestry,6.7377. 27-pandey, u.c. and ekpo,u. (1991). response of nitrogen on growth and yield of onion (allium cepa l.) in maiduguri region of borno state, nigeria. research and development reporter, 8 (1) : 5-9 235 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 )1‾في الوزن الجاف للجذر(غم.نبات npkznتاثير حامض السالسليك ومستوى سماد ):1 رقم( الجدول لنبات البصل المعرض لكلوريد الصوديوم مستوى السماد تركيز sa مستوى تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول/لتر) xالسماد saتركيز مستوى السماد 0 50 100 150 0 0 0.0080 0.0005 0.0003 0.0001 0.0022 0.0150 12 0.0450 0.0050 0.0020 0.0010 0.0130 24 0.1000 0.0080 0.0050 0.0030 0.0290 160 0 0.0800 0.0600 0.0200 0.0080 0.0420 0.1190 12 0.2000 0.1000 0.0600 0.0200 0.0950 24 0.5000 0.2000 0.1000 0.0800 0.2200 قيمة l.s.d 0.05 - lsd =0.097* lsd = 0.085* lsd =0.019* xمستوى السماد تركيز كلوريدالصوديوم 0 0.0510 0.0045 0.0024 0.0014 lsd =0.095 * 160 0.2600 0.1200 0.0600 0.0400 تركيز sa xتركيز كلوريد الصوديوم saتركيز 0 0.0440 0.0302 0.0101 0.0040 0.0221 12 0.1225 0.0525 0.0310 0.0105 0.0541 24 0.3000 0.1040 0.0525 0.0415 0.1245 l.s.dقيمة 0.05 lsd =0.125* lsd =0.024 * *lsd =0.028 0.0190 0.0312 0.0622 0.1600 كلوريد الصوديوم 236 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 )1‾في الوزن الجاف لالوراق (غم.نبات npkznتاثيرحامض السالسليك ومستوى سماد ):2 رقم( الجدول لنبات البصل المعرض لكلوريد الصوديوم مستوى السماد تركيز sa xمستوى السماد تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول/لتر) saتركيز مستوى السماد 0 50 100 150 0 0 3.00 1.00 0.20 0.07 1.07 2.50 12 4.40 3.00 1.80 1.00 2.60 24 5.30 4.50 3.50 2.00 3.83 160 0 3.40 2.50 2.30 1.50 2.43 3.50 12 5.00 4.10 3.00 2.00 3.53 24 6.00 5.30 4.00 2.50 4.45 قيمة l.s.d 0.05 - lsd =1.849* lsd =1.36* lsd =0.480* xمستوى السماد تركيز كلوريدالصوديوم 0 4.23 2.83 1.83 1.02 lsd =1.526 * 160 4.80 4.00 3.10 2.00 sa xتركيز تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم saتركيز 0 3.20 1.75 1.25 0.79 1.75 12 4.70 3.55 2.40 1.50 3.04 24 5.65 4.90 3.75 2.25 4.16 l.s.dقيمة 0.05 lsd =1.272* lsd =0.588 * *lsd =0.678 1.51 2.50 3.42 4.52 كلوريد الصوديوم 237 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ) 1‾في الوزن الطري للجذر(غم.نبات npkznتاثير حامض السالسليك ومستوى سماد ):3 رقم( الجدول لنبات البصل المعرض لكلوريد الصوديوم مستوى السماد تركيز sa مستوى السماد (مليمول/لتر)تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم x تركيزsa مستوى السماد 0 50 100 150 0 0 0.33 0.20 0.08 0.05 0.17 0.47 12 0.80 0.60 0.50 0.30 0.55 24 1.00 0.80 0.61 0.40 0.70 160 0 0.47 0.41 0.20 0.08 0.29 0.66 12 1.00 0.80 0.63 0.44 0.72 24 1.50 1.00 0.75 0.60 0.96 قيمة l.s.d 0.05 - lsd =0.447* lsd = 0.260* lsd = 0.090* xمستوى السماد تركيز كلوريدالصوديوم 0 0.70 0.54 0.40 0.25 lsd =0.360* 160 0.99 0.74 0.53 0.37 تركيز sa xتركيز كلوريد الصوديوم saتركيز 0 0.40 0.30 0.13 0.07 0.22 12 0.88 0.70 0.55 0.37 0.63 24 1.25 0.88 0.68 0.48 0.82 l.s.dقيمة 0.05 lsd =0.25* lsd =0.110 * *lsd =0.127 0.31 0.46 0.63 0.85 كلوريد الصوديوم 238 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 )1‾في الوزن الطري لالوراق (غم.نبات npkznتاثير حامض السالسليك ومستوى سماد ):4 رقم( الجدول لنبات البصل المعرض لكلوريد الصوديوم تركيز مستوى السماد sa مستوى السماد تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول/لتر) x تركيزsa مستوى السماد 0 50 100 150 0 0 12.00 9.00 6.00 3.00 7.50 11.46 12 15.00 14.00 12.00 8.00 12.25 24 19.00 16.00 13.50 10.00 14.63 160 0 15.00 13.00 11.00 9.00 12.00 17.17 12 23.00 18.00 13.00 10.00 16.00 24 30.00 26.00 21.00 17.00 23.50 l.s.dقيمة 0.05 - lsd =5.607* lsd = 4.07* lsd =0.890* تركيز xمستوى السماد كلوريدالصوديوم 0 15.33 13.00 10.50 7.00 lsd =5.510* 160 22.66 19.00 15.00 12.00 تركيز sa xتركيز كلوريد الصوديوم saتركيز 0 13.50 11.00 8.50 6.00 9.75 12 19.00 16.00 12.50 9.00 14.13 24 24.50 21.00 17.25 13.50 19.06 l.s.dقيمة 0.05 lsd =23.29* lsd =1.091 * *lsd =1.259 9.50 12.75 16.00 18.99 كلوريد الصوديوم 239 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ) 1‾في الوزن الطري للبصلة(غم.نبات npkznتاثير حامض السالسليك ومستوى سماد: 5) رقم( الجدول لنبات البصل المعرض لكلوريد الصوديوم مستوى السماد تركيز sa مستوى السماد تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول/لتر) x تركيزsa السمادمستوى 0 50 100 150 0 0 15.50 7.00 3.00 1.50 6.75 11.00 12 19.00 13.00 8.00 6.00 11.50 24 23.00 15.00 11.00 10.00 14.75 160 0 18.00 14.00 10.00 6.00 12.00 16.29 12 21.00 15.00 13.00 8.00 14.25 24 28.00 23.00 21.00 18.50 22.62 قيمة l.s.d 0.05 - lsd =6.881* lsd = 5.252* lsd = 0.615* xمستوى السماد تركيز كلوريدالصوديوم 0 19.17 11.67 7.33 5.83 lsd =5.212* 160 22.33 17.33 14.67 10.83 تركيز sa xتركيز كلوريد الصوديوم saتركيز 0 16.75 10.50 6.50 3.75 9.31 12 20.00 14.00 10.50 7.00 12.88 24 25.50 19.00 16.00 14.25 18.69 l.s.dقيمة 0.05 lsd =5.09* lsd =0.754 * *lsd =0.870 8.33 11.00 14.50 20.75 كلوريد الصوديوم 240 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 )1‾في عدد الحراشف(حرشفة.نبات npkznتاثير حامض السالسليك ومستوى سماد ):(6 رقم الجدول لنبات البصل المعرض لكلوريد الصوديوم مستوى السماد تركيز sa مستوى السماد تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول/لتر) x تركيزsa مستوى السماد 0 50 100 150 0 0 9.00 8.00 7.00 6.00 7.50 10.50 12 14.00 12.00 10.00 8.00 11.00 24 16.00 14.00 12.00 10.00 13.00 160 0 15.00 13.00 12.00 8.00 12.00 14.25 12 18.00 15.00 13.00 10.00 14.00 24 19.00 17.00 16.00 15.00 16.75 قيمة l.s.d 0.05 - lsd =2.791* lsd = 2.47* lsd = 0.734* xمستوى السماد تركيز كلوريدالصوديوم 0 13.00 11.33 9.70 8.00 lsd =2.96 * 160 17.33 15.00 13.70 11.00 تركيز sa xتركيز كلوريد الصوديوم saتركيز 0 12.00 10.50 9.50 7.00 9.74 12 16.00 13.50 11.50 9.00 12.50 24 17.50 15.50 14.00 12.50 14.87 l.s.dقيمة 0.05 lsd =3.56* lsd =0.899 * *lsd =1.039 9.50 11.70 13.16 15.16 كلوريد الصوديوم 241 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 role of salsylic acid, fertilizer npkzn and sodium chloride and theris interactions in some morphological parameters of allium cepa l. may s. hassan directorate of education rusafa first, ministry of education abbas j. alsaedi dept. of biology /college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in :28 september 2014 , accepted in:18 january 2015 abstract the experiment was condncted in greenhouse of botanical garden at biology garden dept,college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad , during the growing season 2013-2014 to study the role of salcylic acid in three concentrations (0.12and24) ppm and two levels of npkzn fertilizer ( 0. 160) kg.h‾1 and four concentrations of sodium chloride (0.50.100and150) mmol and the intreaction between salcylic acid and npkzn on some of morphological parameters of allium cepa. the experiment was performed with random compelete block design (rcbd)with three replications and the results showed the following 1-the sparying of salcylic acid led to aignificant increase in all parameters compared with control treatment . 2-treatment with two levels of npkzn fertilizer caused a significant increase in all parameters 3-the interaction between salcylic acid and npkzn fertilizer led to increase all parameters and the treated plants with 24 ppm showed the highest influence. key words : salcylic acid , fertilizer npkzn , sodium chloride , onion microsoft word 150-165 150 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis ,characterization and study of liquid crystalline behavior of new bent core mesogenes derived from isophthalic acid   fatima a. abed nisreen h. karam jumbad h. tomma  dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in:10/june/2015 , accepted in:12/july/2015 abstract two series of bent core mesogen containing 1,2,4-traizole ring [x]a-e and [xi]a-e were synthesized by many steps starting from esterification of isophthalic acid with methanol to yield diester compound [i] which was converted to their acid hydrazide [ii] and the acid hydrazide reacted with ammonium thiocyanate or phenyl isothiocyanate to yield compounds [iii] and [iv] , respectively . then cyclization by 4% naoh to yielded 1,2,4 traizole-3thiol compounds [v] and [vi], respectively, afterword adding hydrazine hydrate to yield compounds [vii] and [viii] .these compounds condensated with different substituted aldehyde to give new schiff bases[x]a-e and [xi]a-e,respectively. the synthesized compounds were characterized by melting points , ft-ir and 1h-nmr spectroscopy (some of them).the liquid crystalline properties were studied by hot stage polarizing microscopy and differential scanning calorimetry dsc for compound [x]b . the compounds [x]b , [x]c and [x]d showed mesomorphism properties while the other compounds did not show any mesomorphic behavior. keywords: isophthalic acid ,1,2,4-triazole, , liquid crystal, schiff bases. 151 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction interest in the study of mesomorphic heterocycles has dramatically increased in the recent years due to their wider range of structural templates as well as their optical and photochemical properties [1]. the inclusion of the heteroatom can considerably change the polarity, polarizability and to a certain extent the geometry of a molecule, thus influencing the type of mesophase, the phase transition temperatures, dielectric constants and other properties of the mesogens[2]. examples of liquid crystals with incorporated heterocyclic rings are pyridine [3],oxadiazole[4],benzoxazole[5] and 1,2,4-traizole[6]. in addition when two mesogenic groups linked through a rigid group in such 1,3-position of benzene ring, it means the angle between the two calamitic wings (bending angle) is around 120 degrees[7]this causes bend core mesogen. in the literature, one may mostly find two aromatic systems used as central ringin bentshaped compounds: 1,3-disubstituted benzene ring [8,9]and 2,7-disubstituted naphthalene ring[10] . many workers synthesized bent core mesogen as , j. thisayukta et al[11] prepared bent core mesogen containing 1,3-benzene ring in a central unit[1]. oo c h o n o c h n o c 1 2 h 2 5h 2 5 c 1 2 o [1] also, a homologous series of three benzene-ring containing bent-cores compounds 1,3-phenylene-bis[4-(alkylcarboyloxyl)benzylideneamino] were synthesized by huang and zhai[12]. a new series of bent-core compounds[13] synthesized by using azo linkages with equal as well as unequal terminal alkyl chains[2]. o o o o o o n n ocmh2m+1 h2n+1cno x x=-n=ch-, n=m=6, 8, 10, 12 n=6,m=8, 10, 12 x=-coo-,n=m=6 [2] recently, weissflog et. al.[14] reported three-ring bent-core bis(4-subst.-phenyl) 2methyl-iso-phthalates[3] and identified mesophases by their optical textures and x-ray diffraction measurements which exhibiting nematic, sma and smc phases. 152 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 o o oo ch 3 ocnh2n+1h2n+1cno n=1-18 [3] the aim of this work is synthesis and study mesomorphic behavior of some new bent core of traizole derivatives. experimental chemicals all chemicals were supplied by fluka, merck and aldrich chemicals co. techniques nmr spectra were carried -h1ir spectrometer.-ir spectra were recorded by 600 ft-ft out by company: bruker , model: ultra-shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard, measurements were made at chemistry department, al-albyat university. uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus.the transition temperatures and textures of the mesophases were determined using polarized optical microscope model leica dm2500 mand dsc measurements were conducted with sta pt1000linsis. synthesis new 1,2,4-triazole compounds are synthesized according to scheme1: 153 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 cc oo ohho meoh con.h2so4 cc oo och3h3co [i] nh2nh2.h2o etoh cc oo nhhn nh2h2n [ii] nh4scn or phncs etoh cc oo h n h n h n h n cc ss nhhn xx [iii] 4% naoh nn n nn n shhs xx [v],[vi] nh2nh2.h2o etoh nn n nn n nhnh2 h2nhn xx [vii],[[viii] choy dry benzene / gaa nn n nn n h n h n nn c h h c yy x x [x]a-e , [xi]a-e y = no2 , cnh2n+1o ( n = 1,3,4,8 ) [x]a-e when x = h [xi]a-ewhen x = ph x = h , ph ,[iv] [iii] when x=h [iv] when x=ph [v] when x=h [vi] when x=ph [vii] when x=h [viii] when x=ph [ix] scheme (1) 154 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 preparation of dimethylisophthalate[i] a mixture of isophthalic acid (40.846 gm , 0.246 mol), in absolute methanol (200 ml) and sulfuric acid (5.4 ml) was refluxed for (6 hrs). after cooling the mixture was washed with sodium bicarbonate solution, then washed with water several times(15), dried and recrystallized from ethanol .the color of precipitate white . yield 71% ; m.p. = 69 0c. preparation of isophthalic acid hydrazide[ii] a mixture of ester compound [i] (0.006 mol) and 80% hydrazine hydrate 3ml in absolute ethanol 5ml was refluxed for (3 hrs). the mixture was cooled at room temperature, solvent was evaporated and the solid formed recrystallized from diethyl ether; the color of precipitate off white ; yield 89%, m.p. = 220 0c. synthesis of isophthaylohydrazinecarbothioamide[iii] in absolute ethanol ( 60 ml ) were added acid hydrazide [ii] ( 2.5 gm, 0.013 mol ) , ammonium thiocyanate (6gm , 0.078 mol ) and hcl (12 ml) refluxed for ( 22 hrs.) solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. the reaction mixture was added to crushed ice with stirring , precipeted was filtered off , dried and recrystallized from aceton, the color of precipitate yellow , yield 60% , m.p. = 170-173 0c synthesis of isophthaylol -nphenylhydrazinecarbothioamide [iv] a mixture of acid hydrazide [ii] (0.38 g, 0.002 mol ) and phenyl-isothiocyanates ( 0.54 g , 0.004mol ) in (20ml) ethanol was refluxed for (4 hrs). the reaction mixture was cooled at room temperature and the solid obtained was filtered, dried and recrystallized from methanol (16) ; the color of precipitate white , yield 84% m.p. = 195-197 0c synthesis of 1,3-phenylene-bis(4h-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol-5-yl) [v] and 1,3-phenylene-bis(4-phenyl-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol-5-yl) [vi] a mixture of carbothioamiede derivatives[iii] or [iv] (0.01mol) and 20 ml 4% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was refluxed for (4 hrs). then resulting solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and acidified with 10% hcl(17). the precipitate formed filtered off, washed with water, and recrystallized from aceton and ethanol, respectively. the compound [v] was yellow color , yield 67% , m.p. = 182-185 0c the compound [vi] was browncolor, yield 78% ,m.p. = 1840c synthesis of 1,3-phenylene-bis(5-hydrazinyl-4h-1,2,4-triazole-3-yl) [vii] and1,3phenylene -bis(5-hydrazinyl-4-phenyl-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl) [viii] to a solution of compounds [v] and [vii] (0.005mol) in 10ml ethanol, 80% hydrazine hydrate (2 ml , 0.04 mol) was added dropwise with stirring and the mixture was then refluxed for (2 days), then the excess of solvent was evaporated and recrystallized these compounds from ethanol and chloroform, respectively. the compound [vii] was off white color, yield 83% , m.p. = 1520c the compound [viii] was white color , yield 86%,m.p. = 205 0c synthesis of 4-n-alkoxybenzaldehyde [ix] to a solution of potassium hydroxide (4.87g, 0.087mol) in absolute ethanol 50 ml, 4hydroxybenzaldehyde (10.61g, 0.087 mol) and n-alkyl bromide (0.13 mol) were added, the mixture was refluxed for 6 hrs., and potassium bromide was precipitated then water 50 ml, diethyl ether 50 ml added. the mixture was extracted, and the organic phase was taken, 155 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 washed with 25 ml of water and 25 ml of 10% sodium hydroxide solution, then 25 ml of water. the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, then filtered and evaporated to yield oily 4-alkoxybenzaldehyde , yields (75-80%). aeand [xi] e-asynthesis of new schiff bases compounds [x] a mixture of compounds [vii] or[viii] (0.01 mol), a different substituted aldehyde (0.02 mol) in dry benzene (10 ml) and many drops of glacial acidic acid (gaa) was refluxed for (6hrs). the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. the physical data of these schiff bases are given in table 1 and 2 ,respectively. results and discussion the ester compound [i] was prepared from reaction isophthalic acid in methanol with conc. h2so4 (as a catalyst). the ftir spectrum for compound [i] showed the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of o-h and c=o groups of (carboxylic moiety) in starting materials together with the appearance of a new stretching band at 1714cm-1assigned to c=o group of ester moiety. the condensation of one mole of ester compound [i] with excess of 80% hydrazine hydrate in ethanol produced the acid hydrazide [ii].the compound was characterized by ftir spectroscopy ,the ftir spectrum for this compound showed stretching vibration to asymmetric and symmetric bands of (n-h, nh2) groups in the region (3280-3188)cm-1 as well as stretching absorption at 1654cm-1 of υ c=o (amide) and disappearance of absorption stretching band due to υ c=o of ester moiety. the carbothioamiede derivatives [iii] and [iv] formation from reaction of one mole of acid hydrazide [ii] with two mole of ammonium thiocyanate or phenyl isothiocyanate ,respectively by neucleophilic addition reaction. the structures of these compounds are identified by ft-ir spectroscopy. ft-ir spectrum of compound [iii]showed absorption stretching band at 1232cm-1 that could be assigned to c=s group in addition to new bands which could be attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of nh2 and nh groups appears between (3277-3116)cm-1, also showed stretching band of υ c=o (amide) group at 1625cm-1,whill the ftir spectrum of compound[iv] appearance of absorption bands in the range (3180-3113) cm-1 assigned for many stretching bands of nh groups, bands at 1672 cm-1 and at 1232 cm-1(18) that could be assigned to υ c=o (amide) and υ c=s groups, respectively. the cyclization of thiosemicarbazide derivative [iii] or [[iv] in aqueous sodium hydroxide followed by acidification with hydrochloric acid led to formation of heterocyclic compounds; 1,2,4-triazole-3thiol derivatives[v] and[vi] ,respectively these compounds may exist in two tautomeric forms, thione (a) and thiol (b) according to the position of the mobile hydrogen in the molecule as described in the following mechanism(19)scheme 2. 156 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 c h n h n c h n phc h n h nc h nph oo ss cc h n h n c h n h nc nn phph o osh sh nhhn n nhhn n s s o o phph h nhn n nhn n s s oh ho phph h h 2h2o nhn n nhn n ph ph s s nn n nn n ph ph shhs oh (a) (b) cc h n h n c h n h nc n n s so o ph ph scheme (2) these compounds were identified by ftir and 1h-nmr spectroscopy for compound [v]. the ftir spectra of these compounds [v] and [vi] showed disappearance bands of the υ c=o (amide) groups, which was observed in the starting materials and showed new absorption stretching bands around cm-12694,2730 cm-1 and 1230 , 1253 cm-1 that are attributed to the υ sh and υ c=s groups(20),respectively. also, showed stretching band at 1620 cm-1and 1654cm-1for υ c=n (endocyclic) of 1,2,4-triazole ring ,respectively. the 1h-nmr spectrum (in dmso-de as a solvent) for compound [v], figure 1 showed the following signals: a singlet signal at δ(14.07) ppm for proton of nh traizole ring. many signals in the region δ(7.66-8.72) ppm that could be attributed to the aromatic protons and signal appeared at δ(1.65) ppm for proton of sh group. finally, the proton at nof triazole ring (which is toutomerism with sh) appeared at δ(7.50)ppm[21]. the compounds [vii] and [viii] were synthesized by neucleophilic substitution reaction of one mole of 1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol compound [v] or [vi] with excess of 80% hydrazine hydrate in absolute ethanol as a solvent. the ft-ir spectra for compounds [vii] and [viii] showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to (sh) and (c=s) groups of the compounds [v] and [vi] together with appearance of new absorption stretching bands in the region (3313-3182) and (3301-3155)cm-1 which is assigned to (nh, nh2)[22],respectively. 1h-nmr spectrum of compound[viii], (in dmso-de as a solvent), figure (2) showed: a singlet signal at δ 3. 58 ppm for two protons of nh2 group and many signals in the region δ(7.49-7.96) ppm that could be attributed to protons of benzene ring . finally, a singlet signal at δ 14.17 ppm is due to proton of nh group. the schiff bases [x]a-e and [xi]a-e were synthesized by condensation reaction of one mole from the compounds [vii] or [viii] with different aromatic aldehyde in dry benzene. these schiff bases were characterized by melting points and ftir. the characteristic ftir spectra of these compounds [x]a-e and [xi]a-e , showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 stretching of starting material together with the appearance of stretching band around (1645-1689) and (1640-1687)cm-1 assignable to c=n(exocyclic) groups, respectively . the characteristics ftir absorption bands of new schiff bases are listed in table( 3)and (4),respectively. the 1hnmr spectum of schiff bases[xi]b (in dmso-de as a solvent), figure (3) showed signal at δ 4.07 ppm due to protons of och3 group, the sharp signal at δ 8.43 may be assigned 157 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 to proton of imine (ch=n)group, while a singlet at δ 13.98 ppm can be attributed to proton of nh group. many signals in the region δ(6.62-7.72) ppm that could be attributed to aromatic protons of phenyl ring. liquid crystalline properties the transition temperatures and mesophase type (texture identity) of all compounds were investigated by using hot-stage polarizing optical microscopy (pom) and by differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) for compound [x]b. the phase transition temperatures for compounds of series [x]a-e and [xi]a-e were summarized in table (5). the compound[x]b showed nematic texture , while compound [x]c showed smectic b besides to nematic phase and [x]d showed dimorphism smc and n phases under pom besides to, the compound [x]e didn’t showe any mesomorphic behavior . this can be attributed to the chain length of alkoxy terminal group that interferes with liquid crystalline ordering, this could be explained in term of terminal/lateral (t/l) interaction forces ratio. when this ratio is high, compounds tend to give less ordered mesophases (nematic mesophase), while when this ratio is low, the compounds tend to give high order mesohpases (smectic phase)[23]. figures ( 4 )and (5) showed droplets nematic phase and dsc thermogram for compound [x]b, respectively. in this work , it is interesting to compare compounds [x]b-d with compounds [xi] b-d ,these compound have the same central core (1,3-disubstituted benzene ring) and the same alkoxy chain but the difference between the compounds[xi]b-d are the presence of phenyl ring substituted in 4n traizole ring, which will affect on the geometry of a molecule. for this reason, the compounds of series[xi]b-d didn’t show any liquid crystalline properties but simply change from crystal to isotropic liquid. references 1srividhya, d. ; manjunathan, s. and thirumaran, s. ,(2009) synthesis and characterization of new heterocyclic liquid crystals, e-journal of chem.,6(3),928-937. 2zhang, b.y. ; jia, y.g. ; yao, d.s. and dong, x. w., (2004) preparation and properties of siloxane with a mesogenic cross linking agent, liquid crystals, liq. cryst., 31, 339-345. 3-collings , p. j. and hird, m. (1998) , introduction to liquid crystals: chemistry and physics, taylor & francis ltd., london, uk; khoo, i.c. 2007, liquid crystals, john wiley & sons inc., new jersey, usa. 4prajapati, a. k. and modi, v. , (2010) bentshaped mesogenic oxadiazole and thaidazole derivatives from rod shaped mesogenic hydrazide contanting polar chloro group , liq. cryst.,37(4), 407-415. 5liao, c.c. ;wang, c.s. ; sheu, h.s. and lai, c.k. , (2008) symmetrical dimer liquid crystals derived from benzoxazoles, tetrahedron, 64, 79777985. 6rou'il, i. h. , (2006) ph.d. thesis, college of education for pure science, ibn-alhaitham , university of baghdad . 7halle, den (2004) , thesis, bent-core mesogens substituent effectand phase behavior, martin-luther-universitat,_halle-wittenberg . 8heppke, g. ; parghi, d. d. and sawade, h. , (2000) novel sulphur-containing bananashaped liquid crystal molecules, liq. cryst. ,27, 313. 9walba, d.m.; korblova, e.; shao, r. and clark, n.a.,(2001)a bow-phasemesogen showing strong robust analog electro optics, journal of materials chemistry,11,2743. 10reddy, r. a., sadashiva, b. k.and dhara, s.,(2001) banana-shaped mesogens observation of a direct transition from the antiferroelectric b2 to nematic phase ,chem. commun., 1972-1973. 158 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 11thisayukta, j.; nakayama, y.; kawauchi, h. and wantanabe j.,(2000) effect of chemical structure on the liquid crystallinity of banana-shaped molecules, liq. cryst., 27(9), 11291135. 12huang, y. m.; ma, q. l. and zhai, b. g., (2010) mesomorphicproperties of threebenzene-ring containing bent-core liquid crystals 1,3-phenylene-bis[4(alkylcarboyloxyl)benzylideneamine], key engineering materials, (428-429) 57-61. 13-vijaysrinivasan, kannan, p. and roy, a., (2012) dual switchable six-ring bent-core liquid crystals withazo linkages exhibiting b1 and b2 mesophases, liq. cryst., 39, 1465-1475 . 14weissflog, w.; baumeister, u.; tamba, m.g.; pelzl, g.; kresse, h.; friedemann, r., hempel g., kurz r., roos m., merzweiler k., akli a.j., zhang c., diorio n., stannarius r., eremine, a. and korneke, u., (2012) unexpected liquid crystalline behaviour of three-ring bent-core mesogens:bis(4-subst.-phenyl) 2-methyl-iso-phthalates,soft matter, 8, 2671–2685. 15vogel, i ., (1989) ” a textbook of practical organic chemistry”, 5th ed., john wiley and sons, inc., new york. 16kotla, v. and chunduri, v., (2013) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of novel 1,2,4triazole derivatives, der. pharmacia sinica, 4(3), 103-108. 17gomha, s. and riyadh, s., (2011) synthesis under microwave irradiation of [1,2,4]triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4]thiadiazoles and other diazoles bearing indole m oietiesand their antimicrobial evaluation ,molecules, 16, 8244-8256. 18al-aliawi, k. m. l., (2014) thesis ph. d , college of education for pure science, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad . 19abbas, s.; ali, e. and tomma, j.,(2013) synthesis and characterization of new heterocyclic derived from pyromellic dianhydride, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci., 26(3), 268-280 . 20koparir, m.; orek, c.; parlak, a.;soylemez, a.; koparir, p. ; karatepe, m. and dastan, s. , (2013)synthesis and biological activities of some novel aminomethyl derivatives of 4substituted-5-(2-thienyl)-2,4-dihydro-3h-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiones ,euro. j. med. chem., 63, 340-346. 21kasimogullari, r.; bulbu, m.; arslan, s. and gokce, b. , (2010) synthesis, characterization and antiglaucoma activity of some novel pyrazole derivatives of 5-amino1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-sulfonamide,euro. j. med. chem., 45, 4769-4773 . 22salimon, j.; salih, n.; yousif, e.; hameed, a. and ibraheem, h.,(2010) synthesis, characterization and biological activity of schiff bases of 2,5-dimercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole ,aust. j. basic & appl. sci., 4(7), 2016-2021. 23byron, d. j. ; lacey, d. and wilson, r.c. ,(1980) properties of the liquid crystals formed by certain 4-(2′-pyridyl)phenyl and 4-(4′-pyridyl)phenyl4″-nalkoxybenzoates, mol. cryst. liq. cryst., 62, 103-114 . 159 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 e-athe physical properties for the compounds[x] table (1): comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula yiel d % m. p 0c color [x]a 1,3-bis{5-[2(4nitrobenzylide ne)hydrazinyl] -4h-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene nn n nn n h n h n nn c h c h no2o2n h h c24h18 n12o4 96 296-298 yellow [x]b 1,3-bis{5-[2(4methoxybenzy lidene)hydrazi nyl]-4h-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene nn n nn n h n h n nn hcc h h h och3 h3co c26h23 n10o2 93 200-201 yellow [x]c 1,3-bis{5-[2(4propoxybenzy lidene)hydrazi nyl]-4h-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene n n n nn n h n h n nn c h c h h h oc3h7c3h7o c30h32 n10o2 59 >300 off white [x]d 1,3-bis{5-[2(4butoxybenzyli dene)hydrazin yl]-4h-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene nn n nn n h n h n nn hc h c h h oc4h9c4h9o c32h36 n10o2 80 157-159 yellow [x]e 1,3-bis{5-[2(4(octyloxy)ben zylidene)hydr azinyl]-4h1,2,4-triazol3-yl}benzene nn n nn n h n h n nn c h h c h h oc8h17c8h17o c40h52 n10o2 62 290-292 pal yellow 160 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 e-aphysical properties for the compounds[xi] : the(2)table comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecu lar formul a yield % m. p 0c color [xi]a 1,3-bis{5-[2-(4nitrobenzylidene)h ydrazinyl]-4phenyl-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene nn n nn n h n h n nn c h h c no2 o2n ph ph c36h26 n12o4 59 295298 yellow [xi]b 1,3-bis{5-[2-(4methoxybenzyliden e)hydrazinyl]-4phenyl-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene n n n nn n h n h n nn c h h c ph ph och3 h3co c38h32 n10o2 90 170172 yellow [xi]c 1,3-bis{5-[2-(4propoxybenzyliden e)hydrazinyl]-4phenyl -1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene n n n nn n h n h n nn hc h c ph ph oc3h7c3h7o c42h36 n10o2 59 >300 off white [xi]d 1,3-bis{5-[2-(4butoxybenzylidene) hydrazinyl]-4phenyl-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene n n n nn n h n h n nn hcc h ph ph oc4h9c4h9o c44h44 n10o2 45 >300 pal brown [xi]e 1,3-bis{5-[2-(4(octyloxy)benzylid ene)hydrazinyl]-4phenyl-1,2,4triazol-3yl}benzene n n n nn n h n h n nn hcc h ph ph oc8h17 c8h17o c52h60 n10o2 45 >300 off white 161 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (3) : characteristics ftir absorption bands of compounds[x]a-e table (4): characteristics ftir absorption bands of compounds[xi]a-e comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) ʋnh ʋ(c-h) aromatic ʋ(c-h) aliphatic ʋ(c=n) exocycli c ʋ (c=c) aromatic ʋ (co) ether other stretching bands [x]a 3294 3012 _ 1689 1591 : 2 no-p 1512,1336 [x]b 3471 3060 2972-2841 1660 1595 1248 [x]c 3210 3022 2964-2879 1676 1595 1249 [x]d 3200 3067 2958-2864 1645 1598 1252 [x]e 3290 3055 2943-2866 1689 1599 1249 comp . no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm-1) ʋnh ʋ(ch) arom atic ʋ(c-h) aliphati c ʋ(c=n) exocycli c ʋ (c=c) aromatic ʋ (c-o) ether other stretching bands [xi]a 3110 3066 _ 1645 1595 : 2no-p 1541,1325 [xi]b 3350 3064 29082810 1687 1591 1240 [xi]c 3250 3026 29082812 1640 1597 1238 [xi]d 3317 3014 29062800 1676 1597 1240 [xi]e 3290 3061 29162815 1687 1593 1240 162 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 e-aand[xi] e-ac) of compounds[x]otemperatures (phase transition table (5): spectrum of compound[v] -hnmr 1): 1( urefig compound phase transition a[x] c i 303 b[x] c n i 170 200 c[x] cr 230 sb 320 n 345 i d[x] cr n i sc 97 135 115 e[x] c i 296 a[xi] c i 305 b[xi] c i 180 c[xi] c i 307 d[xi] c i 300 e[xi] c i 309 163 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 [viii] spectrum of compound -hnmr 1: )2( urefig bspectrum of compound[xi] -hnmr 1: )3( urefig 164 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (4): cross polarizing optical textures of the droplets nematic phase near the coat 190 bisotropic for compound [x] bthermogram of compound[x]: dsc )5( urefig 165 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ص و تحضیر ة تشخ ئات جدیدة منحن ودراسة السلوك البلور السائل لجز ز مشتقة من حامض االیزوفثالك المر فاطمة أحمد عبد نسرين حسين كرم جمبد هرمز توما جامعة بغداد)/الهيثمابن ( الصرفةللعلوم كلية التربية/قسم الكيمياء 2015تموز//12قبل في: ،2015حزيران//10في:استلم الخالصة حث تحضیر سلسلتین زتم في هذا ال ة المر عدد من الخطوات تبدأ e-a[xi]و e-a[x]منحن حامض استرةوذالك باالیزوفثالك مع المیثانول ل حول الى حامض الهیدرازاید ومن مفاعلة االخیر مع امونیوم [i]ثنائي االستر ینتج مر الذ ب ثایوسینات او فنیل ایزوثایوسینات سید 4على التوالي ومن الغل الحلقي بواسطة [iv]و [iii] ینینتج المر % هیدرو بال الصودیوم نحصل على ازول-4و2و1ین مر ة اضافة الهیدرازن المائي [vi]و [v]ثایول-3-ترا على التوالي یل بین بمن تكثیف و [viii]. و [vii] لینتج المر ض نحصل علىاالخیر ین المر قواعد ن مع الدیهایدات مختلفة التعو ات المحضرة بو صت شخ e-a[xi]و e-a [x] شف جدیدة ft-ها, طیف االشعه تحت الحمراء درجات انصهار ساطةالمر ir سي و طیف ال عض منها. nmr-h1رنین النوو المغناط الخواص البلورية السائلة تم دراستها بواسطة مجهر ل ب dscومسعر المسح التفاضلي الضوء المستقطب المزود بمنصة تسخين ات . b[x]للمر c[x] و ]b]xاظهرت المر ات لم تظهر ا سلوك بلور سائل. الخواص البلوريه السائله d[x] و ة المر ق لكن ازول ,البلورات السائلة ,قواعد شف -4و2و1حامض االيزوفثاليك , :الكلمات المفتاحية .ترا 117 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 ali sh. ajeel haibat k. mohammadali abstract we introduce in this paper the concept of approximaitly semi-prime submodules of unitary left 𝑅-module 𝑇 over a commutative ring 𝑅 with identity as a generalization of a prime submodules and semi-prime submodules, also generalization of quasi-prime submodules and approximaitly prime submodules. various basic properties of an approximaitly semi-prime submodules are discussed, where a proper submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is called an approximaitly semi-prime submodule of , if whenever 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). furthermore the behaviors of approximaitly semiprime submodule in some classes of modules are studied. on the other hand several characterizations of this concept are introduced. keywords: prime submodules, semi-prime submodules, quasi-prime submodules, approximaitly prime submodules, approximaitly semi-prime submodules, multiplication module, socle of modules. 1. introduction throughout this article, all rings are commutative rings with identity and all modules are unitary. prime submodules play an important role in module theory over commutative ring with identity, where a proper submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅module 𝑇 is called a prime, if whenever 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, with 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅,𝑡 ∈ 𝑇, implies that either 𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 or 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] where [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅:𝑟𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿}[1]. recently several generalization of the concept of prime submodules are studied in [2-5]. the concept semi-prime submodule which was first introduced in [6]. and extensively studied in [7]. is given as a proper submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is called semiprime submodule, if whenever𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿. [7]. characterized semi-prime submodules as follows: a proper submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is semi-prime if and only if whenever 𝑎2𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇, implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿. the concept quasi-prime submodule which introduced and studied in [8]. is a strong form of a semi-prime submodule, where a proper submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅module 𝑇 is called a quasiprime, if whenever 𝑎𝑏𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, with 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝑅,𝑡 ∈ 𝑇, implies that either 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 or 𝑏𝑡 ∈ 𝐿. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2288 approximaitly semi-prime submodules and some related concepts department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, university of tikrit, iraq. ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com article history: received 19 february 2019, accepted 4 march 2019,publish september 2019. mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com 118 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 recently extensive research has been done on generalizations of semi-prime submodules see for example [9, 10]. the socle of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 (for short 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)) is defined by the intersection of all essential submodules of 𝑇 [11]. where a non-zero submodule 𝑁 of an 𝑅module 𝑇 is called essential if 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 ≠ (0) for all non-zero submodule 𝐾 of 𝑇 [12]. recall that an ideal 𝐼 of a ring 𝑅 is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅 if 𝑎2 ∈ 𝐼, implies that 𝑎 ∈ 𝐼. equivalent 𝐼 = √𝐼 = {𝑎 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑎𝑛 ∈ 𝐼 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+} [7]. recall that a proper submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅module 𝑇 is called an approximaitly prime submodule of 𝑇, if whenever 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇, implies that either 𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) or 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇][2]. 2. approximaitly semi-prime submodules in this section, we introduce the definition of approximaitly semi-prime submodule and give it is basic properties, examples and characterizations. definition (1) a proper submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is called an approximaitly semi-prime (for short app-semi-prime) submodule of 𝑇, if whenever 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). an ideal 𝐼 of a ring 𝑅 is called an approximaitly semi-prime ideal of 𝑅 if 𝐼 is an approximaitly semi-prime submodule of 𝑅-module 𝑅. remarks and examples (2) 1) it is clear that every semi-prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule while the convers is not true in general as the following example shows that. consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍12 and 𝐿 = 〈0̅〉 be a submodule of 𝑍12 . 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍12) = {0̅, 2̅, 4̅, 6̅, 8̅,10̅̅̅̅ }. 𝐿 is not semi-prime in 𝑍12 because 2 2. 3̅ ∈ 𝐿, but 2. 3̅ = 6 ∉ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime in 𝑍12 since whenever 𝑎 2𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿, for 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡̅ ∈ 𝑍12 , implies that 𝑎𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍12) = {0̅, 2̅, 4̅, 6̅, 8̅,10̅̅̅̅ }. 2) it is clear that every prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule while the convers is not true in general as the following example shows that. consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍4 and 𝐿 = 〈0̅〉 be a submodule of 𝑍4 . 𝐿 is not prime but 𝐿 is an appsemi-prime in 𝑍4 because 2 2. 1̅ ∈ 𝐿 but 2.1 ∉ 𝐿, while 22. 1̅ ∈ 𝐿, implies that 2. 1̅ = 2 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍4) = 〈0̅〉 + {0̅, 2̅} = {0̅, 2̅}. that is for all 𝑎 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑡̅ ∈ 𝑍4 with 𝑎 2𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿, implies that 𝑎𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍4). 3) it is clear that every quasi-prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule while the convers is not true in general as an example shows that. consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍24 and the submodule 𝐿 = 〈6̅〉 = {0̅, 6̅,12̅̅̅̅ ,18̅̅̅̅ }. 𝐿 is not quasi-prime in 𝑍24 because 2.3. 1̅ ∈ 𝐿, but 2. 1̅ ∉ 𝐿 and 3. 1̅ ∉ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime in 𝑍24 since whenever 𝑎2𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿 for 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡̅ ∈ 𝑍24 , implies that 𝑎𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍24) = {0̅, 6̅,12̅̅̅̅ ,18̅̅̅̅ } + {0̅, 2̅, 4̅, 6̅, 8̅,10̅̅̅̅ ,12̅̅̅̅ ,14̅̅̅̅ ,16̅̅̅̅ ,18̅̅̅̅ ,20̅̅̅̅ ,22̅̅̅̅ } = {0̅, 2̅, 4̅, 6̅, 8̅,10̅̅̅̅ ,12̅̅̅̅ ,14̅̅̅̅ ,16̅̅̅̅ ,18̅̅̅̅ ,20̅̅̅̅ ,22̅̅̅̅ }. 4) it is clear that every approximaitly prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is an app-semiprime submodule, but the convers is not true. the following example shows that. the submodule 𝐿 = 6𝑍 of a 𝑍-module 𝑍 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑍 (because 𝐿 is a semi-prime submodule of 𝑍 ), but 𝐿 is not an approximaitly prime submodule of 𝑍 because, if 2,3 ∈ 𝑍 such that 2.3 ∈ 6𝑍, but 3 ∉ 6𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) = 6𝑍 and 2 ∉ [6𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍):𝑍] = 6𝑍, because 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) = (0). the following results are characterizations of app-semi-prime submodules. 119 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proposition (3) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if 𝐽𝑛𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿 where 𝐽 is an ideal of 𝑅, 𝐸 is a submodule of 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝐽𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). proof ( ⇒ ) suppose that 𝐽𝑛𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐽 is an ideal of 𝑅, 𝐸 is a submodule of 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. now, let 𝑡 ∈ 𝐽𝐸, then 𝑡 = 𝑎1𝑡1 + 𝑎2𝑡2 + ⋯+ 𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑛, where 𝑎𝑖 ∈ 𝐽, 𝑡𝑖 ∈ 𝐸, 𝑖 = 1,2,…,𝑛, that is 𝑎𝑖𝑡𝑖 ∈ 𝐽𝐸 for each 𝑖 = 1,2,…,𝑛, it follows that 𝑎 𝑛 𝑖𝑡𝑖 ∈ 𝐽 𝑛𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿, that is 𝑎𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖 ∈ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, implies that 𝑎𝑖𝑡𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for each 𝑖 = 1,2,…,𝑛, hence 𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), it follows that 𝐽𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). ( ⇐ ) let 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 〈𝑎𝑛〉𝑅𝑡 ⊆ 𝐿, that is 〈𝑎〉𝑛𝑅𝑡 ⊆ 𝐿. thus by hypothesis we have〈𝑎〉𝑅𝑡 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 〈𝑎〉𝑅𝑡 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), thus 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). therefore 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. corollary (4) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if 𝐽𝑛𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 where 𝐽 is an ideal of 𝑅, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝐽𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). proof it follows by proposition (2.3). corollary (5) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if 𝐽2𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿 where 𝐽 is an ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐸 is a submodule of 𝑇, implies that 𝐽𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). proposition (6) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅 (hence an app-semiprime). proof ( ⇒ ) let 𝑟 ∈ √[𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇], implies that 𝑟𝑛 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, it follows that 𝑟𝑛𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), then 𝑟𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. but 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) is an app-semi-prime, implies that 𝑟𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. that is 𝑟𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), implies that 𝑟 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇]. thus √[𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] ⊆ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇], but [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] ⊆ √[𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇], it follows that [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] = √[𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇], hence [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅( hence [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] is an app-semi-prime). ( ⇐ ) let 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑛𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), that is 𝑎𝑛 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇]. since [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅 then 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇], it follows that 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. therefore 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proposition (7) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿. then 𝐿 is an app-semiprime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎 𝑛] = [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎] for 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +. 120 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proof ( ⇒ ) let 𝑡 ∈ [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎 𝑛], implies that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝐿, thus 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, it follows that 𝑡 ∈ [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎], hence [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎 𝑛] ⊆ [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎]. but [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎] ⊆ [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎 𝑛], so we get [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎 𝑛] = [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎]. ( ⇐ ) suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, it follows that 𝑡 ∈ [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎 𝑛] = [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎], implies that 𝑡 ∈ [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎], so 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). that is 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), hence 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. we recall the following lemmas before we introduce the next results. lemma (8) [11, lemma 2.3.15]. let 𝑇 be 𝑅-module and 𝐿,𝐾,𝐸 are submodules of 𝑇 with 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐸, then (𝐿 + 𝐾) ∩ 𝐸 = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐸) + (𝐾 ∩ 𝐸) = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐸) + 𝐾. lemma (9) [13, cor. 9.9]. let 𝑇 be 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐿) = 𝐿 ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). proposition (10) let 𝐿 and 𝐸 are proper submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 withe 𝐿 ⊊ 𝐸 and 𝐿 is an app-semiprime submodule of 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝐸. proof suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝐸 ⊊ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), but 𝑡 ∈ 𝐸, implies that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐸, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)) ∩ 𝐸, thus by lemma(2.8) we have 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 ∩ 𝐸) + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ∩ 𝐸) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ∩ 𝐸. so by lemma (2.9) we have 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐸). thus 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝐸. proposition (11) let 𝐿 and 𝐸 are proper submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 withe 𝐿 ⊈ 𝐸 and 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐸. if 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. then 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝐸. proof since 𝐿 ⊈ 𝐸 then 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 is a proper in 𝐸. suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝐸 ⊊ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), it follows that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)) ∩ 𝐸, so by lemma (2.8) we have 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 ∩ 𝐸) + (𝐸 ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)). but by lemma (2.9) we have 𝐸 ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐸). hence 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 ∩ 𝐸) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐸). thus 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝐸. remark (12) if 𝐿 and 𝐸 are two app-semi-prime submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑇, then 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 is not necessary an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 as the following example shows that. let = 𝑍⨁𝑍4 , 𝑅 = 𝑍, 𝐿 = 𝑍(1, 0̅), 𝐸 = 𝑍(1, 1̅), where 𝐿 and 𝐸 are app-semi-prime submodules of 𝑇. then 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 = {(0,0̅),(4, 0̅),(8, 0̅),……} is not an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, since 22(1, 0̅) ∈ 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸, but 2(1, 0̅) ∉ 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) where 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = (0). proposition (13) let 𝐿 and 𝐸 are two app-semi-prime submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿 or 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐸. then 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proof suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿. but 𝐿 and 𝐸 are app-semi-prime submodules of 𝑇, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) and 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), it follows that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)) ∩ (𝐸 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)). if 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐸, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)) ∩ 𝐸 and by lemma (2.8) we have 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 ∩ 𝐸) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). similarly if 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿, we get 𝑎𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 ∩ 𝐸) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). hence 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. remark (14) if 𝐿 and 𝐸 are submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 with 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐸, and 𝐸 ia an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝐿 is not an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, the following example shows that. let 𝐿 = 12𝑍 and 𝐸 = 6𝑍 are submodules of a 𝑍-module 𝑍, 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐸 and 𝐸 is an app-semiprime submodule of z, but 𝐿 = 12𝑍 is not an app-semi-prime submodule because 22.3 ∈ 12𝑍, but 2.3 ∉ 12𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍). recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is multiplication if every submodule 𝐿 of 𝑇 is of the form 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. in particular 𝐿 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]𝑇 [14]. recall that for any submodules 𝐾 and 𝐹 of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑇 with 𝐾 = 𝐼𝑇 and 𝐹 = 𝐽𝑇 for some ideals 𝐼 and 𝐽 of 𝑅. the product 𝐾𝐹 = 𝐼𝑇.𝐽𝑇 = 𝐼𝐽𝑇 that is 𝐾𝐹 = 𝐼𝐹. in particular 𝐾𝑇 = 𝐼𝑇𝑇 = 𝐼𝑇 = 𝐾. also for any 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇, we have 𝐾𝑡 = 𝐾〈𝑡〉 = 𝐼𝑡 [15]. the following propositions are characterizations of app-semi-prime submodules in the class of multiplication modules. proposition (15) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if 𝐾𝑛𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 implies that 𝐾𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), where 𝐾,𝐹 are submodules of 𝑇, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. proof ( ⇒ ) suppose that 𝐾𝑛𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐾,𝐹 are submodules of 𝑇, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. since 𝑇 is a multiplication then 𝐾 = 𝐼𝑇 and 𝐹 = 𝐽𝑇 for some ideals 𝐼, 𝐽 of 𝑅. thus 𝐾𝑛𝐹 = (𝐼𝑇)𝑛𝐽𝑇 = 𝐼𝑛(𝐽𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime, then by proposition (2.3) we have 𝐼(𝐽𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). that is 𝐼𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), so 𝐾𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). ( ⇐ ) suppose that 𝐼𝑛𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅, 𝐹 is a submodule of 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. since 𝑇 is a multiplication then 𝐹 = 𝐽𝑇 for some ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅. that is 𝐼𝑛𝐽𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 implies that 𝐾𝑛𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 so by hypothesis 𝐾𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), thus 𝐼𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). hence by proposition (2.3) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proposition (16) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑇. then the following statements are equivalent: 1) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 2) 𝑡𝑛 ∈ 𝐿 implies that 𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for every 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. 3) √𝐿 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). 4) 𝐹1𝐹2 ……𝐹𝑗 ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝐹1 ∩ 𝐹2 ∩ ……∩ 𝐹𝑗 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for every submodules 𝐹1,𝐹2,……,𝐹𝑗 of 𝑇 and 𝑗 ∈ 𝑍 +. 122 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proof (1) ⇒ (2) let 𝑡𝑛 ∈ 𝐿 where 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, then 〈𝑡𝑛〉 ⊆ 𝐿. but 𝑇 is a multiplication 𝑅-module, then 〈𝑡〉 = 𝐼𝑇 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅, so 〈𝑡𝑛〉 = 𝐼𝑛𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿. since 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then by corollary (2.4) we have 𝐼𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). that is 〈𝑡〉 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), implies that 𝑡 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). (2) ⇒ (3) let 𝑡 ∈ √𝐿 , implies that 𝑡𝑛 ∈ 𝐿 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, so by hypothesis 𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). thus √𝐿 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). (3) ⇒ (4) suppose that 𝐹1𝐹2 ……𝐹𝑗 ⊆ 𝐿 where 𝐹1,𝐹2,……,𝐹𝑗 are submodules of 𝑇 and 𝑗 ∈ 𝑍+. let 𝑡 ∈ 𝐹1 ∩ 𝐹2 ∩ ……∩ 𝐹𝑗 then 𝑡 ∈ 𝐹𝑖 for each = 1,2,……,𝑗 , so 𝑡 𝑗 ∈ 𝐹1𝐹2 ……𝐹𝑗 ⊆ 𝐿, it follows that 𝑡𝑗 ∈ 𝐿, so 𝑡 ∈ √𝐿. but by hypothesis √𝐿 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), then 𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). thus 𝐹1 ∩ 𝐹2 ∩ ……∩ 𝐹𝑗 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). (3) ⇒ (4) let 𝐼𝑛𝐸 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅, 𝐸 is a submodule of 𝑇, and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. that is (𝐼𝑇)(𝐼𝑇)……(𝐼𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿, so by hypothesis (𝐼𝑇) ∩ (𝐼𝑇)……∩ (𝐼𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). implies that 𝐼𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). thus by corollary (2.4) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. remark (17) if 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇, then [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is not necessary app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. the following example shows that. consider the 𝑍-module 𝑍8 and a submodule 𝐿 = 〈0̅〉. 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍8) = 〈2̅〉 = {0̅, 2̅, 4̅, 6̅} and 2 2. 2̅ ∈ 𝐿, implies that 2. 2̅ = 4 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍8) = {0̅, 2̅, 4̅, 6̅}, where 2 ∈ 𝑍,2̅ ∈ 𝑍8 . so for all 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡̅ ∈ 𝑍8 , such that 𝑎 𝑛𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑡̅ ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍8). but [𝐿:𝑍 𝑇] = [〈0̅〉:𝑍 𝑍8] = 8𝑍 is not app-semi-prime ideal in 𝑍, since 22.2 ∈ 8𝑍 but 2.2 ∉ 8𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) = 8𝑍 + (0) = 8𝑍. proposition (18) let 𝐿 be an app-semi-prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇, with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿. then [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. proof suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑠 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], where 𝑎,𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +, then 𝑎𝑛𝑠 𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿. that is 𝑎𝑛(𝑠 𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝑎𝑛(𝑠 𝑡) ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, implies that 𝑎(𝑠 𝑡) ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), that is 𝑎𝑠 𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). but 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝐿, thus 𝑎𝑠 𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿, it follows that 𝑎𝑠 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). therefore [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. we need to introduce the following lemma which appear in [14]. lemma (19)[14, coro. 2.14]. let 𝑇 be a faithful multiplication 𝑅-module then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑇 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). proposition (20) let 𝑇 be a faithful multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. 123 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proof ( ⇒ ) suppose that 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, to prove that √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) by proposition (2.16), we get [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. let 𝑎 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], implies that 𝑎 𝑛 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +, it follows that 𝑎𝑛𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿, that is 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. that is 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). since 𝑇 is a multiplication𝑅-module, so 𝐿 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]𝑇, and since 𝑇 is faithful multiplication, so by lemma (2.19) 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑇. thus 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]𝑇 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑇, it follows that 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). hence √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅), therefore [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. ( ⇐ ) suppose that [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅, and let 𝑎 𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, it follows that 𝑎𝑛𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝑎𝑛 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] so 𝑎 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]. since [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅 then by proposition (2.16) √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅), it follows that 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅), so 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]𝑇 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑇. since 𝑇 is faithful multiplication, then by lemma (2.19) we get 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), hence 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. thus 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑇 is a non-singular provided that 𝑍(𝑇) = 𝑇, where 𝑍(𝑇) = {𝑥 ∈ 𝑇 ∶ 𝑥𝐼 = 0 for some essential ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅} [12]. we need the following lemma which appears in [12]. before we introduced the next result. lemma (21) [12, coro. 1.26]. if 𝑇 is a non-singular 𝑅-module, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑇 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). proposition (22) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of non-singular multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. proof follows by similar steps of proposition (2.20) and used lemma (2.21), and proposition (2.16). we need the following lemma which appear in [16]. before we introduce the next result. lemma (23)[16, coro. of theo. 9]. let 𝑇 be a finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐼, 𝐽 are ideals of a ring 𝑅. then 𝐼𝑇 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇 if and only if 𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇). proposition (24) let 𝑇 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐽 be an app-semiprime ideal of 𝑅. then 𝐽𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proof let 𝑎𝑛𝐸 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 , 𝐸 be a submodule of 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. since 𝑇 is a multiplication, then 𝐸 = 𝐼𝑇 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. that is 𝑎𝑛𝐼𝑇 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇. but 𝑇 is a finitely generated, so by lemma (2.23) we have 𝑎𝑛𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇), but 𝑇 is faithful, then 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) = (0), hence 𝑎𝑛𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽, but 𝐽 an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅, then by proposition (2.3) 𝑎𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). that is 𝑎𝐼𝑇 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑇, then by lemma (2.19) we get 𝑎𝐸 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). hence 𝐽𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 124 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proposition (25) let 𝑇 be a finitely generated multiplication non-singular 𝑅-module and 𝐽 be an app-semiprime ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐽. then 𝐽𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proof suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝐿 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 , 𝐿 be a submodule of 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. since 𝑇 is a multiplication, then 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. that is 𝑎𝑛𝐼𝑇 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇. but 𝑇 is a finitely generated, so by lemma (2.23) we have 𝑎𝑛𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇), but 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐽, implies that 𝐽 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) = 𝐽, so 𝑎𝑛𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽, but 𝐽 an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅, we have 𝑎𝐼 ⊆ 𝐽 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). that is 𝑎𝐼𝑇 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑇, then by lemma (2.19) we get 𝑎𝐿 ⊆ 𝐽𝑇 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). hence 𝐽𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. theorem (26) let 𝑇 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of 𝑇. then the following statements are equivalent. 1) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 2) [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. 3) 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some app-semi-prime ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. proof (1) ⇐ (2) follows by proposition (2.20). (2) ⇒ (3) since [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅, and 𝐿 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]𝑇 for 𝑇 is a multiplication, implies that 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 where [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. (3) ⇒ (2) suppose that 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some app-semi-prime ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. but 𝑇 is a faithful finitely generated multiplication, then by lemma (2.23) 𝐼 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], hence [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an appsemi-prime ideal of 𝑅. theorem (27) let 𝑇 be non-singular finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of 𝑇. then the following statements are equivalent. 1) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 2) [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. 3) 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some app-semi-prime ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐼. proof (1) ⇐ (2) follows by proposition (2.22). (2) ⇒ (3) since [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅, and 𝐿 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]𝑇 for 𝑇 is a multiplication, then 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 and 𝐼 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅 with [(0):𝑅 𝑇] = 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]. (3) ⇒ (2) suppose that 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some app-semi-prime ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐼. but 𝑇 is a multiplication, we have 𝐼 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]𝑇 = 𝐼𝑇, that is [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] = 𝐼 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) = 𝐼, it follows that [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. recall that an envelope of a submodule 𝐿 of an 𝑅-module denoted by 𝐸𝑇(𝐿) defined by 𝐸𝑇(𝐿) = {𝑎𝑡:𝑎 ∈ 𝑅,𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 such that 𝑎 𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿,𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+} and 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐸𝑇(𝐿) [17]. 125 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proposition (28) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if 𝐸𝑇(𝐿) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). proof ( ⇒ ) let ∈ 𝐸𝑇(𝐿) , implies that 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑡, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 such that 𝑎 𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), that is 𝑦 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) so 𝐸𝑇(𝐿) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). ( ⇐ ) suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. since 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐸𝑇(𝐿) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) by hypothesis. it follows that 𝑟𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). hence 𝐿 is an appsemi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proposition (29) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿. then 𝐿 is an app-semiprime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. proof ( ⇒ ) let 𝑎 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], implies that 𝑎 𝑛 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +, it follows that 𝑎𝑛𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿, that is 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. that is 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿 we get 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 since 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝐿. that is 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], hence √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]. but [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], it follows that √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], hence [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. ( ⇐ ) suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, it follows that 𝑎𝑛 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], implies that 𝑎 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇]. but [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅, implies that √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], hence 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇], it follows that 𝑎𝑇 ⊆ 𝐿 = 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). thus 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for all 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. thus 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proposition (30) let 𝑇 = 𝑇1 ⊕ 𝑇2 be an 𝑅-module, where 𝑇1 and 𝑇2 𝑅-modules, and 𝐿 = 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝐿2 be a submodule of 𝑇, where 𝐿1 is a submodule of 𝑇1 and 𝐿2 is a submodule of 𝑇2 with 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2). if 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝐿1 is an appsemi-prime submodule of 𝑇1 and 𝐿2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇2. proof let 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐿1, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇1 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +, it follows that 𝑎𝑛(𝑡,0) ∈ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑎(𝑡,0) ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). but 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), implies that 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), thus 𝑎(𝑡,0) ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2), it follows that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) ⊆ 𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1). thus 𝐿1 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇1. similarly we can prove 𝐿2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇2. proposition (31) let 𝑇 = 𝑇1 ⊕ 𝑇2 be an 𝑅-module, where each of 𝑇1 and 𝑇2 𝑅-module. then the following statements are satisfy: 1) 𝐿1 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇1 such that 𝐿1 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) and 𝑇2 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2) if and only if 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 2) 𝐿2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇2 such that 𝐿2 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2) and 𝑇1 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) if and only if 𝑇1 ⊕ 𝐿2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 126 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proof 1) ( ⇒ ) let 𝑎𝑛(𝑡1, 𝑡2) ∈ 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, (𝑡1, 𝑡2) ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +, then 𝑎𝑛𝑡1 ∈ 𝐿1. but 𝐿1 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇1 and 𝐿1 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1), then 𝑎𝑡1 ∈ 𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1). now, we have 𝑇2 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2) then 𝑎(𝑡1, 𝑡2) ∈ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1 ⊕ 𝑇2) ⊆ 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1 ⊕ 𝑇2). thus 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. ( ⇐ ) suppose that 𝑎𝑛𝑡1 ∈ 𝐿1, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡1 ∈ 𝑇1 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +. then for each 𝑡2 ∈ 𝑇2 𝑎𝑛(𝑡1, 𝑡2) ∈ 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2, but 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, so 𝑎(𝑡1, 𝑡2) ∈ 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1 ⊕ 𝑇2) = (𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2) + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2)). since 𝐿1 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) and 𝑇2 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2), it follows that 𝑎(𝑡1, 𝑡2) ∈ (𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2) + ((𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1)) ⊕ 𝑇2), implies that 𝑎(𝑡1, 𝑡2) ∈ (𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1)) ⊕ 𝑇2 [because 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2 ⊆ (𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1)) ⊕ 𝑇2 implies that (𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2) + ((𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1)) ⊕ 𝑇2) = (𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1)) ⊕ 𝑇2]. thus 𝑎𝑡1 ∈ 𝐿1 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1). hence 𝐿1 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇1. 2) similarly we can prove (2). proposition (32) let 𝑓:𝑇 → 𝑇′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇′. then 𝑓−1(𝐿) is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proof it is clear that 𝑓−1(𝐿) is a proper submodule of 𝑇. now, let 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝑓−1(𝐿), where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇 and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+, implies that 𝑎𝑛𝑓(𝑡) ∈ 𝐿. but l is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇′, implies that 𝑎𝑓(𝑡) ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇′), it follows that 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝑓−1(𝐿) + 𝑓−1(𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇′)) ⊆ 𝑓−1(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). thus 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝑓−1(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). therefore 𝑓−1(𝐿) is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. proposition (33) let 𝑓:𝑇 → 𝑇′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐾 be an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 with 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐾. then 𝑓(𝐾) is an app-quasi-prime submodule of 𝑇′. proof 𝑓(𝐾) is a proper submodule of 𝑇′. if not, 𝑓(𝐾) = 𝑇′, that is 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇, then 𝑓(𝑡) ∈ 𝑇′ = 𝑓(𝐾), implies that 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑓(𝑘) for some 𝑘 ∈ 𝐾, that is 𝑓(𝑡 − 𝑘) = 0, thus 𝑡 − 𝑘 ∈ 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐾, it follows that 𝑡 ∈ 𝐾, that is 𝑇 ⊆ 𝐾, but 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑇, so 𝑇 = 𝐾 contradiction. now let 𝑎𝑛𝑡′ ∈ 𝑓(𝐾), where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑡′ ∈ 𝑇′ and 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. but 𝑓 is an epimorphism, then 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑡′ for some 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. that is 𝑎𝑛𝑓(𝑡) ∈ 𝑓(𝐾), implies that 𝑎𝑛𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑓(𝑘) for some 𝑘 ∈ 𝐾. that is 𝑓(𝑎𝑛𝑡 − 𝑘) = 0, it follows that 𝑎𝑛𝑡 − 𝑘 ∈ 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐾, hence 𝑎𝑛𝑡 ∈ 𝐾. but 𝐾 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝑎𝑡 ∈ 𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). thus (𝑡) ∈ 𝑓(𝐾) + 𝑓(𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇)) ⊆ 𝑓(𝐾) +𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇′). that is 𝑎𝑡′ ∈ 𝑓(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇′). hence 𝑓(𝐾) is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇′. 3. conclusion in this paper we define the concept of approximaitly semi-prime (for short app-semiprime) submodules, and we introduced several properties, characterizations of it. also, we investigate the relationships of app-semi-prime submodules with prime submodules, semi 127 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 prime submodules, quasi-prime submodules and approximaitly prime submodules, we proved that app-semi-prime submodules are generalizations of above concepts, and we illistright the convers by examples. also, we show by example that the resudule of an app-semi-prime submodule is not necessary app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅, but we prove under certain conditions they are equivalents. a mange the main results we get are the following. 1) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇):𝑇] is a semi-prime ideal of 𝑅 (hence an app-semiprime). 2) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿. then 𝐿 is an app-semiprime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎 𝑛] = [𝐿:𝑇 𝑎] for 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍 +. 3) let 𝐿 and 𝐸 are two app-semi-prime submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑇 with 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐿 or 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐸. then 𝐿 ∩ 𝐸 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 4) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if 𝐾𝑛𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 implies that 𝐾𝐹 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇), where 𝐾,𝐹 are submodules of 𝑇, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. 5) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑇. then the following statements are equivalent: 1) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 2) 𝑡𝑛 ∈ 𝐿 implies that 𝑡 ∈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for every 𝑡 ∈ 𝑇. 3) √𝐿 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇). 4) 𝐹1𝐹2 ……𝐹𝑗 ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝐹1 ∩ 𝐹2 ∩ ……∩ 𝐹𝑗 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) for every submodules 𝐹1,𝐹2,……,𝐹𝑗 of 𝑇 and 𝑗 ∈ 𝑍 +. 6) let 𝑇 be a faithful multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of 𝑇. then 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. 7) let 𝑇 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐽 be an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. then 𝐽𝑇 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 8) let 𝑇 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of 𝑇. then the following statements are equivalent. 1) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 2) [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. 3) 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some app-semi-prime ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. 9) let 𝑇 be non-singular finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of 𝑇. then the following statements are equivalent. 1) 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 2) [𝐿:𝑅 𝑇] is an app-semi-prime ideal of 𝑅. 3) 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑇 for some app-semi-prime ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑇) ⊆ 𝐼. 10) let 𝑇 = 𝑇1 ⊕ 𝑇2 be an 𝑅-module, where 𝑇1 and 𝑇2 𝑅-modules, and 𝐿 = 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝐿2 be a submodule of 𝑇, where 𝐿1 is a submodule of 𝑇1 and 𝐿2 is a submodule of 𝑇2 with 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) ⊕ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2). if 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇, then 𝐿1 is an appsemi-prime submodule of 𝑇1 and 𝐿2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇2. 11) let 𝑇 = 𝑇1 ⊕ 𝑇2 be an 𝑅-module, where each of 𝑇1 and 𝑇2 𝑅-module. then the following statements are satisfy: 1) 𝐿1 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇1 such that 𝐿1 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) and 𝑇2 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2) if and only if 𝐿1 ⊕ 𝑇2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 128 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2) 𝐿2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇2 such that 𝐿2 ⊆ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇2) and 𝑇1 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑇1) if and only if 𝑇1 ⊕ 𝐿2 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 12) let 𝑓:𝑇 → 𝑇′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐿 is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇′. then 𝑓−1(𝐿) is an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇. 13) let 𝑓:𝑇 → 𝑇′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐾 be an app-semi-prime submodule of 𝑇 with 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐾. then 𝑓(𝐾) is an app-quasi-prime submodule of 𝑇′. references 1. lu, c.p. prime submodules of modules. comm. math. university sancti pauli.1984, 33, 61-69. 2. haibat, k.m.; ali, s.h.a. approximaitly prime submodules and some related concepts. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2019, 32, 2, 103-113. 3. haibat, k.m.; saif, a.h.we-prime submodules and we-semi-prime submodules. ibnal-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 3, 109-117. 4. haibat, k.m.; wissam, a.h. wn-2-absorbing and wes2-absorbing submodules. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 3, 118-125. 5. haibat, k.m.; omer, a.a. pseudo quasi2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2019, 32, 2. 6. dauns, j. prime modules. journal reine angew, math.1978, 2, 156-181. 7. athab, e.a. prime and semi prime submodules, ph.d. thesis; college of science, university of baghdad,1996. 8. abdul – razak, h.m. quasi-prime modules and quasi-prime submodules. m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad,1999. 9. farzalipour, f. on almost semi-prime submodules. hindawi algebra.2014, 752858, 1-6. 10. nuhad, s.a.; al-hakeem, m.b. nearly semi-prime submodules. iraqi journal of science.2015, 56, 4b, 3210-3214. 11. kasch, f. modules and rings. london math. soc. monographs (17), new york, 1982. 12. gooderal, k.r. ring theory, nonsingular ring and modules; marcel. dekker, new york,1976. 13. anderson, f.w.; fuller, k.r. rings and categories of modules; springer-verlag, new york,1992. 14. abd el-bast, z.; smith, p.f. multiplication modules. comm. algebra.1988, 16, 4, 755779. 15. soheilnia, f.; yousefian, a. 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbing submodules. thai journal of math.2011, 3, 577-584. 16. smith, p.f. some remarks on multiplication module. arch. math.1988, 50, 223-225. 17. hamid, a.t.; rezva, v. semi-radical of submodules in modules. international journal of engeneering science.2008, 19, 1, 21-27. 17062012123732_004 17062012123732_005 17062012123732_006 17062012123732_007 17062012123732_008 17062012123732_009 17062012123732_010 17062012123732_011 17062012123732_012 17062012123732_013 17062012123732_014 17062012123850 17062012123850_001 17062012123850_002 microsoft word 60-69 physics | 60 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 estimating electricity generation from wind power by v82 at thiqar – iraq auday h. shaban dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. received in:15/ march/2016,accepted in:5/april/2016 abstract one of the most demanded studies is wind turbine site assessment. it is difficult to build a simulation program because of the many variables that affect the wind speed and direction. the procedure of this research depend on two approaches, the wind atlas analysis model and the inverse distance wait interpolation. these procedures give the estimated annual energy production for each turbine (v82) with 82m blades diameter at 70m hub heights. the output at this location for each turbine is about (4.3 gwh). the studied area is about 20x20km2 and could be plant at least 600 turbine and have about 2500 gwh of annual energy production. keywords:wind power, wasp, gis physics | 61 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 introduction electricity is the kind of power that has been demanded rapidly from the entire world for the last decades. these demands depend on the easily converted electric power to other kind of energy. the other issues are the sustainability and clean sources for generating electricity, also the coast of the primary fuel. renewable energies are the goal for the researchers to be studied, see figure (1) wind energy is one of the most common and typical sources to be evaluated for the studied region. wind power that is produced by turbines is often used as a supplement to other power sources, because the turbines cannot produce power on demand; their output depends on the wind speed and sustainability, and not feasible for all geographical locations. the main advantage of using wind source, it does not produce harmful greenhouse gases or waste products. wind farms create little disruption to local environment. the land which will be located for establishing wind farms will be occupied with 5% by wind farm equipments and the rest of the land could be used for other purposes like farming and ranching. the disadvantage of using wind power is the high initial cost; building the turbines, towers and foundations is expensive. [1] wind atlas analysis and application program model (wasp) and arcgis software are the tools for estimating the power gained from the studied region. wasp is a theoretical estimation model depends on a measured climate data for a series of time. the other software arcgis is a package that deals with gis form of presentation and analysis. wind atlas analysis and application program wasp this model is depends on several parameters which had to be calculated previously in order to be used. these parameters could be summarized 1wind speed and direction the wind speed data usually measured at 10m height from the ground. the period of data measured depend on the station specifications, it varies between 1min. to 15min. for each measure. 2wind profile the wasp uses the logarithmic wind profile to calculate the wind speed variance with height. it therefore utilizes three variables; i.e. the height above ground, the roughness length, and the frictional velocity. [2]. equation (1) is for high wind speeds and (2) for lower wind speeds which are used in wasp in order to describe the surface layer wind profile. ∗ …….(1) u z ∗ ln ψ ……( 2) 4.7 1 16 1 ………(3) where u(z) is the air velocity at a height of z, u* is the air friction velocity, κ is von karmans constant which in this case is set equal to 0,40 and z0 is the roughness length of the surface. l is the monin-obukhov length which is defined according to equation (4) ∗ ……….(4) where t0 and h0 are the absolute temperature and heat flux, respectively. cp is the heat capacity of air at constant pressure and g is the gravitation constant. physics | 62 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 3roughness length roughness length z0 is a corrective measure for wind flow which account for the effect of the roughness of a surface. it is ranged between 1/10 and 1/30 of the average height of the roughness elements on the ground [3]. 4obstacles the wind is strongly influenced by the presence of the obstacle such as a building or shelter belt, which may change the wind profile (speed and direction) considerably. 5weibull distribution and parameters the weibull distribution is characterized by: a) shape parameter (k) (dimensionless) b) scale parameter (a) (m/s), [4]. “the variations in wind velocity are characterized by the two functions”: [5] i) probability density function f(v) ii) cumulative distribution function f(v). the probability density function f(v) indicates the probability for which the wind is at a given velocity v.; (5) the cumulative distribution function of the velocity v gives us the fraction of time (or probability) that the wind velocity is equal or lower than v. thus the cumulative distribution f(v) is the integral of the probability density function. thus, 1 (6) the cumulative distribution function can be used for estimating the time for which wind is within a certain velocity interval. studied area the studied area lies at thiqar province at south of iraq. the metrological station located at 599868e & 3423436n. the wind power evaluation area will be (20km x 20km) around the station, as seen in figure (2). procedure and results the procedure is summarized as: 1input data a) metrological wind speed and directions for the years 2011 to 2013 which are presented in this research with 10 minute intervals and at 10m heights. b) digital elevation model (dem) for the studied area, and its presented from aster gdem with 30m horizontal resolution and 15m vertical resolution. c) photomap for iraq landsat-7 satellite with 28.5m resolution. photomap for the studied area (thiqar) quickbird satellite with 0.6m resolution. d) previous study [6], which located the best places to establish wind farms. 2preparing the input data to match the requirement of the wasp and arcgis softwares. 3preprocessing for the photomaps and dem. 4create a contour map from dem photomap for the studied area. 5calculate the weibull shape and scale parameters. 6estimating the wind speed for each sector of the studied area by using wasp model. 7calculating the annual energy production (aep). (owc) observed wind climate files produced by wasp climate analyst is the first step after preparing the input data. this step allows the wasp program to initialize the wind atlas table. figure (3) represents the contour map for the area to observe the roughness (red lines) and elevations (gray lines) of the land. physics | 63 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 the area around the metrological station was divided into 12 sectors radially. each sector has its characteristic of nature which depends on the obstacles and the type of land ( soil, water, grass, …..etc.). the power density at thiqar is (107) w/m2 and average wind speed is (4.13 m/s). the weibull parameters scale and shape are (4.6 m/s), and (1.60) respectively. sectors (10 with mean speed 3.53 m/s & power densities 57 w/m2), (11 with mean speed 4.46 m/s & power densities 118 w/m2) and (12 with mean speed 5.31 m/s & power densities 176 w/m2) are the dominant direction. these data are illustrated in table (1), figure (4), for observed wind climate and figure-5, for the frequency of the wind and its amount in each direction (wind rose). the wind maps for thiqar metrological station is shown in figure (6). this feature is an important to have the wind resource grid for the selected area. this figure represents the location of each sector that has a specific amount of wind speed. the map shown in this figure illustrated the value of mean wind speed at 70m height. by providing wasp a power curve of v82 (1.65 mw) turbine, it will be an accurate result to calculate annual energy production (aep). for more information about v82, see [7]. the mean wind speed can be calculated with respect to the frequency of counting exact value of wind speed. table (2) represents the mean wind speed and power density and aep that were calculated at 70 m (hub height), for a ten proposed sites, the selected sites chosen to cover as much as they can. figure (7) illustrated the turbine site that has been selected to evaluate the aep at these sites. figure (8) represents the wind speed map calculated through applying idw interpolation technique on the ten (10) turbine sites points. the figure shows the average amount of wind speed for the entire area. this result gives us a very close view to the variance of wind power from site to site in this region. the calculated area for the classes in figure (8) can be summarize in table (3). conclusions the wind farm that has been proposed at thiqar province – iraq, could be very promised area to establish it. the total area that has been studied 20x20km2 and divided into a regions that have certain value of power. the design of wind farm depends on the proposed distance between on turbine and another which varies between 3 to 10 times of rotor diameter. if we take the least number of turbines to be planted in this farm will be 800m spacing between turbines horizontally and vertically. this area could have about 600 turbines and will generate roughly about 2500 gwh. references 1“wind poer” (2012), renewable energy technologies: cost analysis series, 1, 5. 2rui pereira;ricardo guedes and silva santos, (2010), "comparing wasp and cfd wind resource estimates for the regular user", proceedings of the european wind energy conference, warsaw, poland. 3barbara jimenez;fransesco durante; bernhard lange;toreston kreutzer and jens tambke, (2006), "offshore wind resource assessment with wasp and mm5: comparative study for the german bight", wiley interscience, usa. 4ahmed, a.s. (2008), “theoretical investigation and mathematical modeling of a wind energy system case study for mediterranean and red sea”, m.sc. thesis. berlin. 5mathew, s. (2006), “wind energy fundamentals, resource analysis and economics” springer. 6saleh, m. ali; alaa, s. mahdi and auday, h. shaban, (2012), “wind speed estimation on the ground level for windmills site selection” iraqi journal of science, 53, 4, pp:965-970. physics | 64 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 7general specification, (2013), v82-1.65 mw mkii, technology documentation, vestas, technical sales document. table (1) thiqar regional wind climate sector wind climate power quality numbe r angl e frequenc y weibull -a[m/s] weibull -k mean speed [m/s ] power density[w/m2 ] speed discrepanc y qualit y 1 0 22.0 3.1 1.47 2.77 37 -5.537% 4.004 % 2 30 3.1 4.1 2.04 3.59 53 -0.647% 1.240 % 3 60 2.3 4.2 1.91 3.69 62 -0.744% 1.562 % 4 90 4.2 5.1 2.41 4.48 89 -0.087% 1.482 % 5 120 5.5 6.3 2.03 5.61 204 0.427% 1.373 % 6 150 3.1 5.9 1.63 5.27 216 -1.194% 1.563 % 7 180 1.2 4.6 1.44 4.20 131 -4.648% 3.606 % 8 210 1.3 3.8 1.24 3.51 100 -4.677% 3.007 % 9 240 2.3 2.9 1.34 2.68 39 -3.672% 3.451 % 10 270 9.0 4.0 1.81 3.53 57 -0.207% 1.530 % 11 300 26.2 5.0 1.77 4.46 118 -2.164% 1.872 % 12 330 19.7 6.0 2.0 5.31 176 -1.205% 1.015 % all fitied 4.6 1.60 4.13 107 -2.687% 1.649 % source data 4.12 104 table (2) mean speed, power density and aep for the wind farm turbine site easting (m) northen (m) mean speed (m/s) p. d. (w/m2) aep (gwh) site 1 602231.9 3424747 6.220 290 4.300 site 2 5933322.9 3431994 6.230 290 4.304 site 3 607292.4 3414870 6.230 290 4.306 site 4 593831.5 3416113 6.230 291 4.306 site5 602951.1 3432407 6.230 290 4.300 site 6 594212.8 3425359 6.220 290 4.300 site 7 607877.7 3428190 6.220 290 4.300 site 8 602303.8 3419137 6.230 291 4.306 site 9 602303.8 3416080 6.230 291 4.306 site 10 608093.4 3432659 6.230 290 4.300 physics | 65 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 table (3) geostatistical analysis classes area m2 percentage of the total area 0 37075852.10 8.65 1 62710883.55 14.64 2 47751904.22 11.15 3 36607434.79 8.55 4 33914872.83 7.92 5 35386168.28 8.26 6 41365580.64 9.66 7 49055020.22 11.45 8 44279210.84 10.34 9 40229548.44 9.39 figure (1) types of energy sources figure (2) studied area – thiqar province physics | 66 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (3) contour maps for the studied area figure (4) observed wind climate at thiqar physics | 67 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (5) wind rose figure (6) mean wind speed map at thiqar site physics | 68 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (7) the selected turbines sites figure (8) interpolated wind speed map 2 5 10 6 1 7 4 9 8 3 physics | 69 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 الطاقة الكهربائية المنتجة من طاقة الرياح بواسطةتقدير v82 العراق-في ذي قار عدي حاتم شعبان جامعة بغداد /ابن الهيثم /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء 2016/نيسان/5,قبل في 2016/اذار/15استلم في الخالصة من البرامج يعدواحدة من اكثر الدراسات المطلوبة هي انشاء محطات توربينات الرياح . ان بناء برنامج المحاكاة تحليل سرعة واتجاه الرياح. ان خطوات هذا البحث تعتمد على طريقتين هي فيالصعبة نظرا لكثرة المتغيرات التي تؤثر . هذه الخطوات سوف تحسب االنتاج السنوي للطاقة الكهربائية لتوربين idwنموذج اطلس الرياح وطريقة استيقاء v82)( ) 82وبقطر رئيسيm) وبارتفاع (70m) 4.3). ان االنتاج السنوي لكل توربين في هذه المنطقة بحدودgwh .( ) كانتاج سنوي.2500gwhتوربين على االقل التي تنتج ( 600ويمكن وضع km 20*220ان المنطقة المدروسة بحدود wasp,gis: طاقة الرياح, الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 81-90 physics | 81 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 correction of non-uniform illumination for biological images using morphological operation assessing with statistical features quality. layla h. abaas hussain dept. of computers/ college of science/ al-mustansiriyh university amel h.abbas alamry dept. of physics/ college of science/ al-mustansiriyh university received in :23/march/2016,accepted in :17/may/2016 abstract non uniform illumination biological image often leads to diminish structures and inhomogeneous intensities of the image. algorithm has been proposed using morphological operations different types of structuring elements including (dick, line, square and ball) with the same parameters of (15).to correct the non-uniform illumination and enhancement biological images, the non-uniform background illumination have been removed from image, using (contrast adjustment, histogram equalization and adaptive histogram equalization). the used basic approach to extract the statistical features values from gray level of co-occurrence matrices (glcm) can show the typical values for features content of biological images that can be in form of shape or specific features. in this research, the application of gray level cooccurrence matrix (glcm) statistical features correlation, contras, energy and homogeneity have presented these features which have high accuracy and efficiently. the color biological images had been used taken which is from microbiology laboratory at the biological department college of science al-mustansiriyhuniversity. the algorithms have been applied on ten different biological color images, in this work only two images have been displayed. keywords: non uniform illumination, morphological operations, histogram equalization, (glcm) statistical features physics | 82 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 introduction images play an increasingly important role in many fields of science and its countless applications. biology is one of the best examples of fields that have come to depend heavily upon images for progress. as a consequence of the ever increasing resolving power and efficiency of microscopic image acquisition hardware and the rapidly decreasing cost of mass storage and communication media, biological image data sets grow exponentially in size and carry more and more information. extracting this information by visual inspection and manual measurement is labor intensive, and the results are potentially inaccurate and poorly reproducible. hence there is a growing need for computerized image processing and analysis, not only to cope with the rising rate at which images are acquired, but also to reach a higher level of sensitivity, accuracy, and objectivity than can be attained by human observers. the future biologists will increasingly resort to automated image processing and analysis technology in exploiting their precious data. in order to benefit from this technology, it is importance to have at least a basic understanding of its underlying principles: biologically highly relevant information and improper use of image processing and analysis tools [1, 2 and].the image acquires phase which converts the differences in coloring and shading in the picture into binary values that a computer can process. the enhancement phase includes image enhancement image. morphology means form and structure of an object. sometimes it refers to the arrangements and inter-relationships between the parts of an object. morphology is related to the shapes and digital morphology is a way to describe and analyze the shape of a digital object. in biology, morphology relates more directly to shape of an organism such as bacteria. morphological opening is a name of specific technology that creates an output image such that value of each pixel in the output image is based on a comparison of the corresponding pixel in the input image with its neighbors. by choosing the size and shape of the neighborhood, one can construct a morphological operation that is sensitive to specific shapes in the input image. morphological functions could be used to perform common image processing tasks such as contrast enhancement [4]. non-uniform illumination background problems due to non-uniform illumination can have many sources: aging filaments, faulty reference voltages, contaminated apertures, or non-uniform support film fabrication. subtle electron illumination asymmetries are more evident at moderate-to-low magnifications and are often inadvertently enhanced by digital contrast adjustment. the observed image is given as the following equation [5]. f(x; y) = [s(x; y) i(x; y)] + n(x; y)----------------------------------------------------(1) where s is the true signal, i is the non-uniform illumination field and n is additive noise. the i-field varies slowly over the image; in other words, it does not have any high frequency content. removal of non-uniform illumination effects is important for processing image registration based on correlation metrics. for example, an image might be taken of an endothelial cell, which might be of low contrast and somewhat blurred. reducing the noise and blurring and increasing the contrast range could enhance the image. the original image might have areas of very high and very low intensity, which mask details. the image could have been taken in a non-uniform illumination environment which might make the details of the image less visible, our problem is to solve the issues of background illumination and enhance the image with the help of morphological operations for applications of particle analysis in biological images. morphological operations is a technique that helps to compute the details of the components present in the image, their shape, size (area) and other characteristics of the particles or objects present in an image [6,7]. physics | 83 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 morphlogical operations morphology is a technique of image processing based on shapes. the value of each pixel in the output image is based on a comparison of the corresponding pixel in the input image with its neighbors. by choosing the size and shape of the neighborhood, you can construct morphological operation that is sensitive to specific shapes in the input image [8].morphological operations such as erosion, dilation, opening, and closing. often combinations of these operations are used to perform morphological image analysis. there are many useful operators defined in mathematical morphology. morphological operations apply structuring elements to an input image, creating an output image of the same size. irrespective of the size of the structuring element, the origin is located at its center [9]. opening and clouding the two basic operations, dilation and erosion, can be combined into more complex sequences. the most useful of these for morphological filtering are called opening and closing [10]. opening consists of an erosion followed by a dilation and can be used to eliminate all pixels in regions that are too small to contain the structuring element. in this case the structuring element is often called a probe, because it is probing the image looking for small objects to filter out of the image. the opening process is as equation below: ᴏ ө ⊕ 2 opening generally smoothed the contour of an image, breaks narrow gaps. structuring elements morphological techniques probe an image with a small shape or template called a structuring element. the structuring element is positioned at all possible locations in the image and it is compared with the corresponding neighborhood of pixels. some operations test whether the element "fits” within the neighborhood, while others test whether it "hits” or intersects the neighborhood. a structuring element is simply a binary image that allows us to define arbitrary neighborhood structures. the structuring element is a small binary image, i.e. a small matrix of pixels, each with a value of zero or one. the matrix dimensions specify the size of the structuring element. the pattern of ones and zeros specifies the shape of the structuring element. [10].two dimensional or flat, structuring elements consist of a matrix of 0’s and 1’s, typically much smaller than the image being processed. the center pixel of the structuring element, called the origin, identifies the pixel of interest—the pixel being processed. the pixels in the structuring element containing 1’s define the neighborhood of the structuring element. these pixels are also considered in the dilation or erosion processing. three dimensional or non-flat, structuring elements use 0’s and 1’sto define the extent of the structuring element in the xand y-plane and add height values to define the third dimension [4].table (1): include kind of structure element and using in this paper and its description. contrast enhancement analysis of a biological image involves examining every particle of the image and removes any of the problems such as non-uniform illumination, less brightness etc. contrast enhancement techniques are used to enhance the contrast of the biological image, it spreads the intensity values over full range. the enhancement techniques are used to improve biological image. contrast adjustment contrast adjustment intensity adjustment is a technique for mapping image’s intensity values to a new range. in addition to increasing or decreasing contrast, you can perform a wide variety of other image enhancements under contrast adjustment, overall lightness or darkness of the image is changed. [12]. physics | 84 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 histogram equalization histogram equalization is one of the well-known image enhancements for contrast enhancement this method is simple and effective. in the latter case, preserving the input brightness of the image is required to avoid the generation of non-existing artifacts in the output image. although these methods preserve the input brightness on the output image with a significant contrast enhancement, they may produce images which do not look as natural as the input ones. the basic idea of histogram equalization method is tore-map the gray levels of an image. histogram equalization tends to introduce some annoying artifacts and unnatural enhancement. this technique is widely used to improve images with poor lighting. the histogram equalization technique consists in reordering the grey level intensities within the image to obtain a uniformly distributed histogram [13][14]. adaptive histogram equalization histogram equalization. the term adaptive implies that different regions of the image are processed differently depending on local properties. this is generally effective in increasing local contrast, but ‘block art effects’ can occur as a result of processing each such region in isolation and art effects at the boundaries between the inner windows can tend to produce the impression of an image consisting of a number of slightly incongruous blocks. the art effects can generally be reduced by increasing the size of the outer window relative to the inner window [15]. extraction of features of biologcal image gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm) has been proved to be a popular statistical method of extracting feature from images. according to co-occurrence matrix, the features measured from the probability matrix to extract the characteristics of statistics of images [16, 17]. in this paper four important features, angular second moment, contras, correlation, energy and homogeneity. table (2) shows the formulation of statistical features and discription. methodology the propsed methodology can be devided into six steps. step 1:-rread color biological image step 2:convert color biological image to gray scale image step 3:applying opening morphlogical operation on gray scale biological image using different kind of structure elemants (disck, squer,line and ball), with the same of (15) parameter to estimate illumination function. step 4:subtract original from background to separate interest objects of biological image from their background . step 5:applying conteract enhancement techniques to biological image obtain from step(4)using different kind of enhancement techniques include ( conterast adjustment, histogram equalization and adaptive histogram equalization). step 6:calculating gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm) and the statistical features are contras, correlation, energy and homogeneity for enhancement biological images to assess morphological operation quality. physics | 85 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (1) flow-chart of the proposed algorithm results and discussion the following results describe the proposed algorithm for two real biological images: 1. figures (2) and (3) show the result of applying the proposed algorithm on two real biological images. morphological were introduced to correct the non-uniform illumination of biological images operations using different structure element se include (dick, square, line and ball). after removing the non uniform illumination, the resulting image has the problem of less brightness than the original image due to morphological operation and the particles appear to be slightly less bright than their original view. in order to remove these problems, image enhancement techniques can be performed at the output of the image including (contrast adjustment, histogram equalization and adaptive histogram equalization). 2. table (3) shows the comparison between the values of gray level co-occurrence matrixes (glcm), the statistical features for contrast, correlation, energy and homogeneity were calculated from original biological images and enhancement biological images using (contrast adjustment, histogram equalization and adaptive histogram equalization) after appling opening morphlogical operations with different kind of structure elemants (disck, squer,line and ball) with same parameter 15. conclusions the analysis of the results showed that 1. the best result was obtained when using the (disk) structure element for correction of non-uniform illumination of biological image. however, the worst is the (line) structure element. 2. adaptive histogram equalization and contrast adjustment are better than histogram equalization to enhancement biological image after non-uniform illumination removal. 3. the results that have been obtained by applying contrast and correlation are a good indicator image quality because they are easy to generate and seemingly unbiased subtract original from background to separating interest objects of biological image from their background appling opening morphlogical operation on gray scale biological image using different kind of structure elemants(disck, squer,line,ball) adaptive histogram eq ali ation histogram equalizationcontrast adjustment start read color biological image calculating gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm) and the statistical features are contrast, correlation, energy and homogeneity for enhancement biological images to assess morphological operation quality end convert to gray scale image physics | 86 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 references 1eils,r. and athale,c.,( 2003). computational imaging in cell biology. journal of cell biology 3(16):477–481, 2gerlich ,d; mattes, j. and eils ,r.,( 2003). quantitative motion analysis and visualization of cellularstructures methods, 1( 29):3-13. 3sabri, s; richelme,f; pierres,a;benoliel , a.m. and bongrand,p. (1997). interest of image processing in cell biology and immunology. journal of immunological methods, 1, 208:1–27. 4tuan, z., (2004) “image processing –morphology (opening & closing)”, thesis b. sc (hons), fcs[foundation of computer science]vision mission(privacy policy).terms of service 5acharya,a.et.al. (2009) “fpga based non uniform illumination correction in image processing application 2”, ebsco, university of karlsruhe, germany. 6feng ,.y, s, et al.(2011).a multi-scale tvq.based illumination normalization model.1:1-6. 7yadong,w.,et al.(2010).an image illumination correction algorithm based on tone mapping.ieee,245-248, 8ying-tung hsiao, and cheng-long chuang,(2005),a contour based image segmentation algorithm using morphological edge detection department of electrical engineering department of bio-industrial mechatronics engineering tamkang university, taipei, taiwan ieee.. 9efford , n., (2000), digital image processing: a practical introduction using java (with cdrom). pearson education, nick effort school of computer studies university of leeds.england. 10umbaugh, e. (1998). computer vision and image processing: a practical approach using cviptools with cd rom. prentice hall ptr, isbn 10.0132645998 .isbn13: 9780132. 11gonzalez, r. c. and woods .r. e.,( 2002) “digital image processing”, second edition .prentice hall. 12the math works, inc, (2015). image processing toolbox users guide, version2. the math works inc. 13komal,vij,et al.(2009) “enhancement of images using histogram processing techniques" international journal of computer application . 2 , 309-313,. 14solamon,c. and brekon,t. (2010)"fundamental of digital image processing "university school of engineering and technology. guru go binds singh indrapraa.www.ipu.ac.in. 15 mukhopadhyay, s. and chanda, b., (2000) “a multiscale morphological approach to local contrast enhancement,” elsevier signal processing 80, 685-696. 16haralick, r.m. (1979)"statistical and structural approaches to texture proceeding" ieee,.67: .786.804, 17yong hu, chunxia zhao, and hong.noanwang. (2008)."directional analysis of texture image using gray level cooccurrence matrix computationl intelligencer and industrial application", international journal of computer applications .79.9. 277-281, 18jaya,v.l,and. gopikakumari. r, (2013).iem: "a new image enhancement metric for contrast and sharpness measurements", "international journal of computer application"79(1).. 0975888 7. physics | 87 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 table (1): kind of structure element and its description kind of structure element description disk creates flat ,disk-shaped structuring element with radius r. line creates flat ,linear structuring element square creates square structuring element ball structuring element decompositions used for the 'disk' and 'ball' shapes are approximations [11]. table(2): gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm)the statistical features are contras, correlation, energy and homogeneity of gray level pixels defined as [18]. discription (glcm)or statistical feature measure of the intensity contrast between a pixel and its neighbor over the whole image. conteras , measure of how correlated apixel is to its neighbor over the whole image and it measures the joint probability of occurrence of the specified pixel pairs correlation µ µ , measures the overall probability of having distinctive gray –scale patterns in image energy , measures the value that closeness of the distribution of elements in the glcm to the glcm diagonal [11]. homogneity=∑ ∑ , | | where i and j are two different gray levels of the image .p is the number ofco-appearance of gray levels i and j table (3) the values of statistical image quality by different of morphological structuring elements and contrast enhancement techniques (cet). statistical image quality structure morpholog ical element image2 image1 homogeneity energy correlation contrast homogenei ty energy correlatio n contrast 0.0160 3.1682e-06 4.1291e-06 7.9540e+04 0.0321 1.4158e-05 -0.0145 1.4093e+04 original contrast adjustment 0.0159 4.5635e-06 6.6424e-04 8.1158e+04 0.0322 1.5294e-05 -0.0151 1.3842e+04 disk 0.0162 5.7358e-06 -1.1169e-04 7.5186e+04 0.0323 1.6889e-05 -0.0133 1.3541e+04 square 0.0165 9.5459e-06 0.0025 6.8616e+04 0.0320 2.6104e-05 -0.0022 1.2995e+04 line 0.0159 4.7202e-06 -2.4689e-04 8.0316e+04 0.0322 1.5381e-05 -0.0159 1.3817e+04 ball histogram equalization 0.0159 4.1563e-06 1.6602e-04 7.9295e+04 0.0316 1.2928e-05 -0.0104 1.4884e+04 disk 0.0161 4.1031e-06 -1.2526e-04 7.5512e+04 0.0316 1.2692e-05 -0.0073 1.4740e+04 square 0.0162 3.6191e-06 3.5081e-04 7.3792e+04 0.0314 1.1917e-05 -0.0023 1.5213e+04 line 0.0159 4.1449e-06 -4.1196e-04 7.8573e+04 0.0314 1.2249e-05 -0.0084 1.5181e+04 ball adaptive histogram equalization 0.0160 4.2274e-06 3.5082e-04 7.9437e+04 0.0322 1.5633e-05 -0.0153 1.3988e+04 disk 0.0161 4.8152e-06 -1.1513e-04 7.5442e+04 0.0322 1.6672e-05 -0.0111 1.3676e+04 square 0.0163 6.2499e-06 0.0021 7.0314e+04 0.0322 2.0738e-05 -0.0033 1.3435e+04 line 0.0160 4.3465e-06 -5.2512e-04 7.9767e+04 0.0322 1.5804e-05 -0.0167 1.3947e+04 ball physics | 88 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 b a g f e d se=disk) c ( g f e d c (se= square) g f e d c (se=line) c (se=ball ) g f e d figure (2):correction of non-uniform illumination morphological opening for color biological image1. first row (a) original image; (b) grayscale image from the second to four row (c) estimate of illumination through function by morphological opening of grayscale image using different types of structuring element (disk, square, line& ball) (d) with illumination subtracted; contrast-enhanced version of image using (e) contrast adjustment (f) histogram equalization (g) adaptive histogram equalization of biological images. physics | 89 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 b a g f e d c (se=disk) g f e d c (se=squar) g f e d c (se=line) g f e d c (se=ball) figure (3):correction of non-uniform illumination morphological opening for color biological image2. first row (a) original image; (b) grayscale image from the second to four row (c) estimate of illumination through function by morphological opening of grayscale image using different types of structuring element (disk, square, line& ball) (d) with illumination subtracted; contrast-enhanced version of image using (e) contrast adjustment (f) histogram equalization (g) adaptive histogram equalization of biological images. physics | 90 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 شكيل تصحيح االضاءة غيرالمنتظمة للصور البيولوجية باستعمال عملية الت الرياضية والتقييم بالخصائص االحصائية للجودة ليلى حسين عباس كلية العلوم /لجامعة المستنصرية الحاسبات /قسم د.امل حسين عباس العامري كلية العلوم/ الجامعة المستنصرية الفيزياء/قسم ا استلم البحث في 2016/مايس/17، قبل في 2016/اذار/23: الخالصة استعملت لصوة.والشدة غير المتجانسة في اعدم االنتظام في اضاءة الصور البيولوجية غالبا مايؤدي لتقليص الهياكل لمعاملولكرة)الخوارزمية المقترحة العمليات التشكلية وانواع مختلفة من العناصر المورفولوجية شملت (قرص،خط,مربع, حسين ).لتصحيح االضاءة غير المنتظمة للصورة يتم ازالة االضاءة الخلفية غير المتجانسة من الصور ثم ت15(نفسه نهج األساسي .يمكن ان يظهر ال(تعديل التباين,تسوية المخطط التكراري(المحلي والمحور) عمالبيولوجية باستالصور ال glcm القيم النموذجية لمحتوى فوفاتالمستعمل لقيم الخصائص االحصائية المستعملة من المستوى الرمادي لمص خصائص معينة .شكل او في هيئة يمكن ان يكون التي الصور البيولوجيةخصائص (الترابط,التغاير,الطاقة,التجانس) اذ اظهرات glcm تطبيق مصفوفات المستوى الرمادي البحث قدم هذا لونة الماخوذة من الصور البيولوجية الم استعملت هذا البحث فيدقة عالية وكفاءة في التميز.نتائج الميزات االحصائية لها عشر صور ل ة الخوارزمي طبق.قد تم ت المجهرية في كلية العلوم قسم علوم الحياة الجامعة المستنصرية مختبر علم االحياء فقط. نينعرض اث تم في هذا العمل بيولوجية ملونة المخطط التكراري, مصفوفات المستوى ةاالضاءة غير المنتظمة, عمليات التشكيل الرياضية, تسوي :الكلمات المفتاحية glcm)( الرمادي 383 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 عينات محلية ل .capsicum annuum l الحلو الفلفل لثمارالوراثي التباين rapd-pcr باعتماد تقانة ومستوردة في العراق حسان عرفان حسين إ شيماء صباح مھدي الصرفة ( أبن الھيثم)/ جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم 2015/تشرين الثاني/15،قبل البحث في:2015/اب/17استلم البحث في: الخالصة عينة محلية ومستوردة من ثمار الفلفل الحلو التي جمعت من السوق المحلية العراقية 22التباين الوراثي في درس . random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd-pcr) مضخم عشوائياً الالدنا متعدد األشكال باعتماد تقانة حزمة تراوحت أحجامھا الجزيئية بين 292أستعملت خمس بادئات عشوائية في ھذه الدراسة وأن ھذه البادئات قد أنتجت مع %100زوج قاعدي. كانت نسبة التعدد الشكلي لجميع البوادئ 150زوج قاعدي) و 1800كيلو زوج قاعدة ( 1.8 ، بينما لم تنتج البادئات األخر c52كيلو زوج قاعدة عندما أستعمل البادئ 1.8زمة متميزة واحدة وبحجم جزيئي ظھور ح أي حزم متميزة. نتائج شجرة القرابة الوراثية التي رسمت بإألعتماد على النتائج المتحصل عليھا من استعمال البادئات ه الوراثي قد وزعت العينات ضمن التحليل العنقودي إلى ثماني مجاميع للتشاب jaccardالعشوائية وباألعتماد على مقياس رئيسة. أظھرت شجرة القرابة وجود تشابه عال بين ثمار الفلفل الحلو العراقي/اليوسفية األخضر وثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني الفلفل الحلو األيراني األصفر وبين وھي أعلى قيمة تشابه، بالمقارنة مع تشابه وبقيمة صفر بين ثمار 0.84األصفر بنسبة عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو األخرى. نسبة التشابه العالية ظھرت أيضاً بين ثمار الفلفل الحلو األيطالي البرتقالي واألحمر ثمار وبين 0.73وكذلك بين ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني األحمر وثمار الفلفل الحلو األيطالي األخضر وبقيمة 0.74وبقيمة وبين ثمار الفلفل الحلو العراقي/الصويرة األخضر وبين ثمار 0.72الفلفل الحلو األيراني األحمر واألردني األخضر وبقيمة . 0.69الفلفل الحلو العراقي/يوسفية األخضر وثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني األصفر (يقعان في نفس تحت المجموعة) وبقيمة . أظھرت 0.61د األخضر وثمار الفلفل الحلو الصيني األحمر قد أظھرا تشابھاً وراثياً وبقيمة ثمار الفلفل الحلو العراقي/بل قيم البعد الوراثي بين عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو المدروسة أعلى قيمة كانت بين عينتي ثمار الفلفل الحلو الصيني األصفر ينتي ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني األخضر واأليطالي األصفر ، بينما كان أقل بعد وراثي بين ع5.0واأليراني األخضر وبقمة . 1.0إذ كانت القيمة مساوية إلى genetic variation ،capsicum annuum l. ،rapd ،bell pepperلمات المفتاحية: الك 384 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة اً مھم اً ومصدر ،بمختلف أنواعه من الخضراوات عالية القيمة الغذائية .capsicum annuum lالفلفل يعد وملون طبيعي للطعام فضالً كمنكهيستعمل و، antioxidantوللعديد من المواد المضادة لألكسدة e، و a ،cلفيتامينات ومضاد anti-allergenicومضاد للحساسية anti-inflammatoryعن فوائده الطبية العديدة كمضاد لأللتھابات . يعود [3,2,1]الفلفل األحمر الناضج استعمالمكانية تقليل خطر السرطان بأإذ تم أثبات ،anti-carcinogenicللتسرطن وھي domesticatedنوعاً معروفاً، خمسة منھا فقط مدجنة 30-27ويضم solanaceaeالفلفل للعائلة الباذنجانية capsicum annuum ،c. baccatum ،c. chinense ،c. frutescens وc. pubescens [5,4] . يعتقد أن ھذه مشتقان c. baccatum و c. pubescensاألنواع الخمسة المدجنة مشتقة من ثالثة أنساب وراثية متميزة وأن كل من مشتقة من سلف قد يكون c. frutescens و c. annuum ،c. chinenseنسبين مستقلين، بينما األصناف الباقية من c. annuumأن الفلفل .[7,6]منحدراً من نوع مستقل أو غير مستقل ويعتقد بأن أصل الفلفل منحدر من أميركا الجنوبية . الفلفل الحار يحتوي sweet (mide)والنوع البارد pungent (hot)من أھم ھذه األنواع الخمسة ويضم النوع الحار يعد لھا فوائد طبية عديدة وكذلك لھا أھمية في ھذهو (capsaicinoids)ة مسؤولة عن الطعم الحار وھي على مركبات قلويدي مثل الكاروتينات nutrientsالصناعات الدوائية يفتقد لھا الفلفل الحلو ولكن ھذا اليمنع كونه مصدراً مھماً للمغذيات المظھرية فقط أحياناً عند األعتماد على المعلومات . أن تصنيف ھذا الجنس محير وصعب[3]والفينوالت والفيتامينات morpho-agronomic data [5]ر الصفات المظھرية بالعوامل البيئية وعدم دقتھا في التمييز بين الطرز ، وذلك لتأث . [8]الجينية المتقاربة زوجاً كروموسومياً مع حجم مجيني ألحادي المجموعة الكروموسومية 12يتألف من capsicumأن مجين الـ تطوير وتحسين ، زيادة كفاءة فيأن المعلومات عن التغايرات الوراثية تساعد . [10,9]كيكا زوج قاعدة 3.6-3.3يقدر بـ والصفات المرغوبة بدالً من المزروعات األنواع، إذ أن العديد من المزارعين أتجھوا إلى المزروعات ذات األنتاج العالي لم يحظ لكنه ،الرغم من كون الفلفل من أكثر الخضراوات المستزرعةوب ،traditional cultivars [12,11]التقليدية في إيجاد واصمات وراثية تكمن إذ أن الصعوبة ،ن الناحية الوراثية والجزيئية مقارنة بالمحاصيل األخرىبدراسة كافية م dna markers ن مجينه عالي الثبات ألجيدة لدراسة الفلفلhighly conserved خصوصاً الفلفل المستزرع الذي يعتبر أقل تنوعاً من األشكال البرية فضالً عن أن الفلفل الحلو ذو الثمرة الكبيرة يظھر تنوعاً قليالً مقارنة بتنوع ثمرة الفلفل isozymeمزروع الفلفل قد درس في العديد من الدراسات باستعمال التنوع الوراثي وتشخيص .[13] الحار الصغيرة أن التغاير في الـ [16]، ولقد وجد protein polymorphism [19,18,17,16,15,14]والتعدد الشكلي للبروتينات isozyme قليل جداً في ضروب الفلفلc. annuum ، ولذلك يستعمل تحليل الـisozyme السيما في برامج تربية الفلفل تعدالتي molecular markersالواصمات الجزيئية في مثل ھذه البرامج. capsicumعند أشراك أنواع مختلفة من لكونھا غير genotypesتوضيح العالقات الجينية بين األنماط الجينية كذلك في و ،فھم المجين والتغاير الجينيفي األفضل تكون سريعة وأكثر كفاءة في كشف الفروقات بين النباتات بشكل أكثر من الصفات كما أنھا و ،متأثرة بالعوامل البيئية ، rapd [21,1]لفلفل مثل في اي في دراسة التنوع الوراث ةيمن الواصمات الجزيئي . استعملت العديد[20]المظھرية aflp [24,23,22] ، rflp [26,25] ، ssr [27] . أن استعمال طريقةrapd أو استعمالissr في دراسة . [29,28]التباينات على مستوى الدنا كواصم للتحقق من العالقات التطورية بين النباتات التي تم تشخيصھا بوضوح ختزال الوقت في ظھور النتائج العدة أسباب منھا البساطة ويستعمل في مثل ھذه الدراسات rapd الجزيئي الواصم وال يتطلب radioactive probesمجسات مشعة استعمالإذ اليتم ،[30] راثيةمقارنة بباقي الواصمات الو القليلة الكلفةو . إن dna ، وكذلك يتطلب كمية قليلة من قالب الدناprimers designالمعرفة المسبقة لتسلسل الدنا في تصميم البوادئ . dendrogram [5,1] يةالشجرة الوراث يمكنھا أن تجھز معلومات دقيقة لفصل األنواع وتصنيفھا ورسم rapdطريقة bell pepper لثمار الفلفل الحلو الكبيرة polymorphismأن ھدف ھذه الدراسة ھو دراسة أمكانية تحديد التعدد الشكلي الوراثية بين ضروب الفلفل ةقرابالوتحديد rapd markers استعمالالمزروعة محلياً والمستوردة من بلدان أخرى ب .unweighted pair group method with arithmetic mean (upgma)تقانة استعمالالمدروسة ب المواد وطرائق العمل جمع العينات المحلية والمستوردة من السوق المحلية العراقية في محافظة bell pepperعينة من ثمار الفلفل الحلو 22جمعت اق النباتية ولم يتسنى لنا معرفة فيما أذا كانت العينات بغداد وصنفت باألعتماد على شكل الثمرة لعدم وجود السيقان واألور ).1ضروب مستزرعة أو نباتات محورة وراثياً لعدم معرفة المصدر الحقيقي للبلد المصدر لتلك الثمار (جدول البوادئ المستعملة البوادئمن أنواع 5 استعمالالكندية وحسب الطلب. تم alpha dnaفي شركة primersالبوادئ تم تصنيع . البادئ لثمار الفلفل الحلووحسب المراجع العلمية المختصة في دراسات التنوع الوراثي rapd-pcrالخاصة بدراسات opb-12 (5´-ccttgacgca-3´)والبادئ الثاني opb-01 (5´-gtttcgctcc-3´)ھو المستعملاألول 385 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 -´c43 (5 الرابعوالبادئ [30]حسب المصدر ب opb-15 (5´-ggagggtgtt-3´) الثالثوالبادئ ggcggcacagga-3´) الخامسوالبادئ c52 (5´-gtcgacggacgt-3´) تم [1]حسب المصدر ب . وحسب النشرة المرفقة من قبل nuclease-free waterالماء الخالي من أنزيم النيوكليز باستعمالأذابة ھذه البادئات الشركة. bell pepperثمار الفلفل الحلو استخالص الدنا الكلي من تقريباً من ثمار مع بعض التحويرات. أخذ غرام واحد [31]أستخلص الدنا الكلي من ثمار الفلفل الحلو بحسب طريقة تسحق .مليلتر 1.5بحجم eppendorfفي أنبوبة ووضع liquid nitrogenالحلو المجفف بالنتروجين السائل الفلفل باستعمال قضيب dna extraction bufferأستخالص الدنا دارئ منمايكرومليلتر 100في الفلفل الحلوثمار أنسجة edtaملي مولر 50و tris-hcl ph=7.5ملي مولر 100( من الدارئثانية. يتكون ھذا 20-15لمدة من بالستيكي ph=7.5 ملي مولر 500وnacl ملي مولر من 10وβ-mercaptoethanolأضافي من مايكرومليلتر 300ضيف). أ من مايكرومليلتر 40أضيف .وكما في أعالهثانية 2015لمدة من ت أيضاً أنسجة ثمار الفلفلسحقأستخالص الدنا و دارئ دقيقة 15لمدة م º 65العينة تحت حرارة تحضن ثانية. 30لمدة vortex ھزازتم خلطه بالو %20بتركيز sdsمحلول 10من المحلول الخزين dnase-free rnase aمايكرومليلتر أنزيم من 10 أضيف يا.لغرض تحليل الخال 10أو proteinase k أنزيممن مايكروغرام 200أضيف دقيقة. 60لمدة ºم 37 حرارةتحت تحضنومليغرام/مليلتر إلىحجم متساو أضيف دقيقة. 60لمدة م º 50 حرارةتحت تحضنومليغرام/مليلتر 20من المحلول الخزين مايكرومليلتر ثانية ومن 30لمدة الھزاز استعمالب تخلطو phenol/chloroform/isoamyl alcohol (25:24:1) خليط من العينة eppendorfنقل الجزء الطافي إلى أنبوبة .ºم 4 دقائق تحت حرارة 10لمدة دورة/دقيقة 13000مركزياً عند نبذتثم نبذتومن ثم phenol/chloroform/isoamyl alcohol (25:24:1) خليط خرى معستخلص الدنا مرة أأوجديدة 500يفأض نقل الجزء الطافي إلى أنبوبة جديدة.وم º 4دقائق تحت حرارة 10لمدة دورة/دقيقة 13000مركزياً عند لغرض م º 4دقائق تحت حرارة 10لمدة دورة/دقيقة 13000مركزياً عند نبذتومن ثم من الكلورفورممايكرومليلتر أضيفلطافي إلى أنبوبة أختبار جديدة ونقل الجزء ا التخلص من الفينول المتبقي، ويمكن أعادة ھذه الخطوة مرة أخرى. من مادة انف حجميضأوموالري 3بتركيز naoacخالت الصوديوم من حجم العينة مادة من مادة 1/10 دقيقة لغرض ترسيب 30لمدة م º 20حرارةالعينة عند تحضنوخلط جيداً و %95بتركيز أيضاً ethanolاأليثانول التخلص من الجزء الطافي وغسل تم .ºم 4دقيقة تحت حرارة 30لمدة دورة/دقيقة 13000العينة مركزياً عند نبذت الدنا. 10لمدة دورة/دقيقة 13000ندالعينة مركزياً ع نبذتو %70كحول األيثانول بتركيز باستعمالالجزء الراسب (الدنا) دقائق في المختبر لغرض 10العينة بتركھا لمدة جففتوتم التخلص من الجزء الطافي ومن ثم م º 4حرارة دقائق تحت مليمولر من 10الذي يتكون من te bufferمن مايكرومليلتر 100مرة أخرى في وعلقتالتخلص من األيثانول المتبقي hcl ph=8-tris مليمولر من 1وedta .الـ استعمالين تركيز ونقاوة الدنا بعnanodrop ستخراج نسبة اب 280/a260a 20تحت حرارة بعد ذلك العينة تحفظو، [32] 0.1±1.8ھي له وأن الدنا النقي تكون قيمة نسبة األمتصاص º .م rapd-pcrطريقة باعتماد لثمار الفلفل الحلو التباين الوراثي random amplifiedالدنا متعدد األشكال مضخم عشوائياً باعتماد تقانة لثمار الفلفل الحلوالتباين الوراثي درس polymorphic dna (rapd-pcr) حضر الـخليط األساسي .master mix األول للبادئopb-01 والبادئ حسب ب c52الخامسوالبادئ c43 الرابعلبادئ لو ،[30]حسب المصدر ب opb-15الثالثوالبادئ opb-12الثاني المزود من شركة go taq® green master mix. استعمل تحت ظروف مبردة مع بعض التحويرات [1]المصدر promega 1مايكرومليلتر وبتركيز 12.5األميركية بحجمx والبادئprimer 1مايكرومليلتر وبتركيز 2.5بحجم 25نانوغرام وكان الحجم الكلي للتفاعل 100مايكرومليلتراً وبتركيز 2حجم ب dna template قالب الدنامايكرومولر و برنامج الجھاز وضبطلغرض تضخيم الدنا thermocyclerالعينات في جھاز التدوير الحراري مايكرومليلتراً. وضعت denature templateالقالب كانت لمسخ opb-15 و opb-01 ،opb-12 ادئوبلل للحصول على ظروف التفاعل ألتحامو ثانية 30لمدة مº 94حرارة بدرجة initial denaturationبتدائي اال والمسخدقائق 5ولمدة م º 94حرارة بدرجة لمدة م º 72حرارة بدرجة extensionولمدة دقيقة واحدة واألستطالة م º 38.60درجة حرارة ب annealingالبادئ وألتحامبتدائي اال المسخدقائق. مراحل 10لمدة م º 72حرارة بدرجة final extensionدقيقتين واألستطالة النھائية بدرجة denature templateالقالب مسخل c52و c43 ادئوبلل ظروف التفاعلو دورة. 45ستطالة كانت لـ البادئ واال البادئ التحامو ثانية 30لمدة م º 94حرارة بدرجة initial denaturation بتدائي اال مسخوال دقائق 5لمدة م º 94حرارة annealing 56حرارة بدرجة º م للبادئc43 52.58و º م للبادئc52 ستطالة واال ثانية 15لمدةextension بدرجة مسخدقائق. مراحل ال 5لمدة م º 72حرارة بدرجة final extensionستطالة النھائية واال دقيقة واحدةلمدة م º 72حرارة 386 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لعينات أعاله البادئات استعمالنواتج تضخيم الدنا الناتج من حملت دورة. 40البادئ واألستطالة كانت لـ ألتحامبتدائي واال الواصم الجزيئي الوراثي حمل، كما %1.5في المكان المخصص لھا في ھالم اآلكاروز الذي كان بتركيز الفلفل الحلو . حملت صبغة التحميل البروموفينول األزرق زوج قاعدةكيلو 1.5حسب النشرة المرفقة معه الذي كان بحجم ب bromophenol blue تجاه ان القطب األسود السالب بلتر ورحلت العينات كھربائياً ممليمايكرو 3في كل عينة بحجم يد ھالم اآلكاروز بصبغة األثيديوم بروما صبغساعات. 4-3ولمدة من اً فولت 75القطب األحمر الموجب تحت جھد كھربائي ethidium bromide (etbr) جھاز توثيق الھالم بواسطةقطع الدنا المتضخمة وشوھدت وصورت ،دقيقة 15لمدة gel documentation system .المزود بكاميرا خاصة التحليل األحصائي two-dimensional matrixإلى مصفوفة ثنائية البعد rapd-pcr بتقانةحولت نتائج الحزم المتحصل عليھا pastبرنامج أحصائي متخصص استعماللعدم وجودھا. حللت النتائج ب 0عند وجود الحزمة ورقم 1وذلك بأعطاء رقم software ver. 1.92 [33] . تقانة استعمالالمدروسة ب الفلفل الحلودرست العالقة الوراثية بين ضروب upgma ، إذ للتشابه الوراثي كما درس البعد الوراثي jaccardس باستعمال مقيا dendrogramشجرة القرابة الوراثية درست بين عينات الفلفل الحلو المدروسة. تم حساب النسبة المئوية لعدد euclidean coefficientباألعتماد على نسبة التشابه .100بتقسيم عددھا على عدد الحزم الرئيسة مضروباً في polymorphic bandsالحزم المتعددة األشكال النتائج والمناقشة في ثمار الفلفل الحلو rapd-pcrباستعمال تقانة األشكالالتضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد نتائج لغرض تعيين التباين الوراثي في ثمار الفلفل الحلو األشكالالتضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد استعملت خمس بوادئ في 81أنتج opb-01حزمة. البادئ 292البادئات المستعملة في ھذه الدراسة للعينات المحلية والمستوردة في العراق. أنتجت زوج قاعدي، إذ كان أقل عدد 450كيلو زوج قاعدة وبين 1.5حزم وبحجم جزيئي يتراوح بين 62حزمة تباين عددھا من الحلو األردني البرتقالي، من الحزم قد أنتجت من عينة ثمار الفلفل الحلو الصيني البرتقالي، بينما عينات ثمار الفلفل األسباني األخضر، العراقي/بلد األخضر، الصيني األحمر واألصفر واأليراني البرتقالي واألصفر لم تنتج أي حزم عندما أ،ب ؛ 1ولم يظھر ھذا البادئ أي حزم متميزة (شكل %100أستعمل ھذا البادئ. كانت نسبة التعدد الشكلي لھذا البادئ كيلو زوج قاعدة 1.2حزمة وبحجم جزيئي يتراوح بين 6-2حزمة تباين عددھا من 49أنتج opb-12 ). البادئ2جدول زوج قاعدي، كان أقل عدد من الحزم قد أنتجت من عينة ثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني األحمر والصيني البرتقالي، 200وبين خضر، األسباني األخضر، العراقي/بلد األخضر، األسباني بينما عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني البرتقالي، األردني األ الطويل األخضر، األيراني األحمر والبرتقالي واألصفر واأليطالي األصفر لم تنتج أي حزم عندما أستعمل ھذا البادئ. كانت opb-15لبادئ ). ا2أ،ب ؛ جدول 2ولم يظھر ھذا البادئ أي حزم متميزة (شكل %100نسبة التعدد الشكلي لھذ البادئ زوج قاعدي، إذ 250كيلو زوج قاعدة وبين 1.5حزمة وبحجم جزيئي يتراوح بين 61حزمة تباين عددھا من 48أنتج كان أقل عدد من الحزم قد أنتجت من عينة ثمار الفلفل الحلو األيطالي البرتقالي، بينما عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني األخضر، الصيني البرتقالي، األيراني البرتقالي واألصفر واألخضر، األيطالي األحمر البرتقالي واألحمر، األسباني أن تعدد واألصفر واألخضر واألسباني األحمر واألسباني الطويل األحمر لم تنتج أي حزم عندما أستعمل ھذا البادئ. لسالت النيكلوتيدات في مناطق البوادئ األشكال ينتج بسبب وجود الطفرات الوراثية أو بسبب حدوث أعادة الترتيب في تس تقانة استعمالأو في المناطق المحصورة بين البوادئ ولھذا فأن تعدد األشكال يعين بوجود أو عدم وجود الحزم عند rapd ھا في تشخيص الكائنات المتباينة استعمال، كما أن البوادئ العشوائية تعتبر واصمات جزيئية سائدة ولھذا اليمكن أي أن كل بادئ يتجه ،بأتجاه خاص anneal، كذلك يجب على البادئ العشوائي أن يلتحم heterozygotesالزيجة بأتجاه البادئ اآلخر، كما أنه يجب أن تكون مسافة معينة بينھما وعندما تكون المسافة كبيرة بين البدئين فال يتم أكمال تفاعل pcr ألسباب أعاله. كانت نسبة التعدد الشكلي لھذ لظھور حزم قد يعود ، ولھذا فأن عدم[34]وال يؤدي إلى أنتاج حزم حزمة تباين عددھا 78أنتج c43). البادئ 2أ،ب ؛ جدول 3ولم يظھر ھذا البادئ أي حزم متميزة (شكل %100البادئ ن الحزم قد إذ كان أقل عدد م زوج قاعدي، 150كيلو زوج قاعدة وبين 1.4حزمة وبحجم جزيئي يتراوح بين 8-1من أنتجت من عينة ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني الطويل األخضر، بينما عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني األخضر، األسباني األخضر واألحمر، الصيني األصفر واأليراني األصفر لم تنتج أي حزم عندما أستعمل ھذا البادئ. كانت نسبة التعدد الشكلي حزمة تباين 36أنتج c52). البادئ 2أ،ب ؛ جدول 4ھر ھذا البادئ أي حزم متميزة (شكل ولم يظ %100لھذا البادئ زوج قاعدي، إذ كان أقل عدد من الحزم 220كيلو زوج قاعدة وبين 1.8حزم وبحجم جزيئي يتراوح بين 41عددھا من ألخضر، األسباني الطويل األخضر، قد أنتجت من عينة ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني األخضر واألحمر، العراقي/بلد ا األيراني البرتقالي واأليطالي األخضر، بينما عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني البرتقالي، الصيني األصفر والبرتقالي مع ظھور حزمة %100واأليراني األصفر لم تنتج أي حزم عندما أستعمل ھذا البادئ. كانت نسبة التعدد الشكلي لھذ البادئ كيلو زوج قاعدة ظھرت عند استعمال ھذا البادئ في عينة الفلفل األسباني األحمر ولم 1.8زة واحدة وبحجم جزيئي متمي 387 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ). أن ھذه الدراسة قد نجحت في التمييز بين 2أ،ب ؛ جدول 5تظھر في بقية العينات وعند استعمال البوادئ األخرى (شكل قد أظھرت ھذه النتائج تبايناً واضحاً السيما في نسبة عدد الحزم المتعددة عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو المحلية والمستوردة و األشكال المتحصل عليھا عند استعمال ھذه البادئات العشوائية. البادئات المستعملة في ھذه الدراسة قد أخذت من الدراسة ادئات متعددة األشكال المظھرية في دراسة ب 9بادئاً عشوائياً كان منھا 13، والذين أستعملوا [30]التي قام بھا الباحثون حزمة مع حجم جزيئي لھا 63من الفلفل الحلو والحار. أنتجت ھذه البادئات المتعدد األشكال المظھرية 23التباين الوراثي لـ و monomorphic bandsحزمة أحادية الشكل 35زوج قاعدي والتي كان منھا 2754زوج قاعدي إلى 391يتباين من . كان عدد الحزم المنتجة من قبل البادئات العشوائية %44.4حزمة متعددة األشكال مع نسبة مئوية للتعدد الشكلي كان 28 حزم لكل بادئ، كما 7مع معدل opb-15و opb-01حزم للبادئان 9إلى opb-10للبادئ 5المستعملة يتراوح من أليجاد التباين الوراثي [5]. وفي دراسة أخرى قام بھا %66.7لى إ 14.29كانت نسبة الحزم المتعددة األشكال تتباين من ، وجدوا ھؤالء الباحثن بأن ھناك rapdبين مستزرعات أنواع من الفلفل الحلو باستعمال الواصم الجزيئي العشوائي ت النباتية والمظھريةتباينات وراثية ضمن وبين أنواع الفلفل الحلو المدروسة، وأن ھذه النتائج كانت متوافقة مع التصنيفا .botanical and morpho-agronomic classificationالزراعية -rapdباألعتماد على نتائج تقانة لثمار الفلفل الحلو مخطط التحليل العنقودي (شجرة القرابة) pcr رسمت شجرة القرابة الوراثية إعتماداً على النتائج المتحصلة من استعمال البادئات العشوائية وباستعمال تقانة rapd-pcr على عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو المدروسة وباستعمال مقياسjaccard للتشابه الوراثي. يتضح من الشكل ن مجاميع رئيسة. المجموعة األولى ضمت ثمارالفلفل الحلو ) بأن العينات قد توزعت ضمن التحليل العنقودي في ثما6( األسباني األخضر والمجموعة الثانية تكونت من تحت مجموعة واحدة ضمت ثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني واأليراني الحلو البرتقالي، أما المجموعة الثالثة فضمت ثمار الفلفل الحلو الصيني األصفر والمجموعة الرابعة ضمت ثمار الفلفل الصيني البرتقالي. المجموعة الخامسة ضمت ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني الطويل األخضر، بينما تكونت المجموعة السادسة من أثنين من تحت المجموعة ضمت التحت مجموعة األولى ثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني األحمرواألسباني الطويل األحمر الثانية فقد ضمت ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني األحمر واأليطالي األخضر والبرتقالي واأليطالي األصفر، أما تحت المجموعة واألحمر واأليراني األخضر. المجموعة السابعة فتكونت من ثالث تحت المجموعة. ضمت تحت المجموعة األولى ثمار ت المجموعة الثانية ثمار الفلفل الحلو الفلفل الحلو العراقي/الصويرة واليوسفية األخضر واألردني األصفر، بينما ضمت التح األيراني األحمر واألردني األخضر، أما تحت المجموعة الثالثة فقد ضمت ثمار الفلفل الحلو الصيني األحمر والعراقي/بلد األخضر، وأخيراً المجموعة الثامنة التي ضمت ثمار األيطالي األصفر. الفلفل الحلو العراقي/اليوسفية األخضر وثمار الفلفل الحلو لقد أوضح ھذا المخطط وجود تشابه عال بين ثمار وھي أعلى قيمة تشابه بالمقارنة مع تشابه وبقيمة صفر بين ثمار الفلفل الحلو األيراني 0.84األردني األصفر وبنسبة لفل الحلو األيطالي األصفر وبين عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو األخرى. نسبة التشابه العالية قد ظھرت أيضاً بين ثمار الف وكذلك بين ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني األحمر وثمار الفلفل الحلو األيطالي األخضر وبقيمة 0.74البرتقالي واألحمر وبقيمة وبين ثمار الفلفل الحلو العراقي/الصويرة 0.72وبين ثمار الفلفل الحلو األيراني األحمر واألردني األخضر وبقيمة 0.73 ن ثمار الفلفل الحلو العراقي/يوسفية وثمار الفلفل الحلو األردني األصفر (يقعان في نفس تحت المجموعة) األخضر وبي . 0.61. ثمار الفلفل الحلو العراقي/بلد األخضر وثمار الفلفل الحلو الصيني األحمر أظھرا تشابھاً وراثياً وبقيمة 0.69وبقيمة تكون صعبة ألن يظھر تباينات capsicum speciesنواع الفلفل أل taxonomic identityأن الشخصية التصنيفية ، فقد وجد ھذا الباحث وآخرون في [21]خصوصاً في الشكل المظھري للثمار والتي تعتبر من المنتجا ت المھمة أقتصادياً تشابھاً rapdواصم جزيئي عشوائي 27وباستعمال capsicumدراسة التباين المظھري ولون الثمار في أنواع الفلفل rapd. وفي دراسة على عشرة مستزرعات من الفلفل في تايلند باستعمال الواصم العشوائي %88-23وراثياً وبنسبة نسبة [30]. وجد الباحثون [1] 0.891و 0.209وجد الباحثون أن قيم التشابه الوراثي بين ھذه المستزرعات تباين من نمطاً وراثياً من الفلفل الحار. تعد ھذه الدراسة من أول الدراسات 23اسة على في در 0.97إلى 0.42تشابه تراوحت من في العراق لدراسة التباين الوراثي في ثمار الفلفل الحلو المحلية والمستوردة، وبالنظر لعدم وجود مصادر رسمية تؤكد ع ثمار الفلفل الحلو في بلدانھا األصلية أصل ومنشأ عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو المستوردة كان من الصعوبة أجراء مقارنة م أو لجينات في ھذه الدراسة للحزم الناتجة dna sequencingلتسلسل التتابعي للدنا مما يستلزم أجراء دراسات مستقبلية ل و http://genome.ucsc.eduللفلفل والمنشور في المواقع العالمية مثل ومقارنتھا مع الجينوم الكامل معينة network.org-http://www.dnabank وhttp://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov لغرض معرفة المنشأ الحقيقي لتلك الثمار المستوردة. rapd-pcrباألعتماد على نتائج تقانة الفلفل الحلوقيم األبعاد الوراثية بين عينات ثمار أعتماداً على نسبة pastقدر البعد الوراثي بين عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو المدروسة باستعمال البرنامج األحصائي ة بعد ). أظھرت النتائج بأن أعلى قيم3وكما في الجدول ( euclidean coefficientالتشابه باستعمال معامل أحصائي ھو ، بينما كان أقل بعد وراثي بين عينتي 5.0وراثي بين عينتي ثمار الفلفل الحلو الصيني األصفر واأليراني األخضر وبقيمة 388 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 . بقية عينات ثمار الفلفل الحلو 1.0ثمار الفلفل الحلو األسباني األخضر واأليطالي األصفر إذ كانت القيمة مساوية إلى . أوضحت ھذه النتائج أن األقل تشابھا يملك أكبر بعد وراثي. 5.0و 1.0دھا الوراثية بين المدروسة فقد تراوحت قيم أبعا المصادر 1. sitthiwong, k.;matsui,t.; sukprakarn, s.; okuda, n. and kosugi, y. (2005). classification of pepper (capsicum annuum l.) accessions by rapd analysis. biotechnology. 4(4):305309. 2. kumari, s. (2013). genetic variability studies in bell pepper (capsicum annuum l.). asian j. horticulture. 8(1): 280-284. 3. shaha, r.k.; rahman, s. and asrul, a. (2013). bioactive compounds in chilli peppers (capsicum annuum l.). at various ripening (green, yellow and red) stages. ann. biolo. res. 4(8):27-34. 4. andrews, j. (1984). peppers: the domesticated capsicums. austin: university of texas press. 5. rabelo da costa1, f.; pereira, t. n. s. p.; vitória1, a. p.; de campos, k. p.; rodrigues, r.; da silva, d. h. and pereira, m. g. (2006). genetic diversity among capsicum accessions using rapd markers. crop breeding and appl. biotech. 6:18-23. 6. eshbaugh, w. h. (1993). peppers: history and exploitation of a serendipitous new crop discovery. in janick j; simon, j. f., editors. new crops. new york, usa: wiley pp.132139. 7. pickersgill, b. (1997). genetic resources and breeding of capsicum spp. euphytica.96:129133. 8. aktas, h.; abak, k. and sensoy, s. (2009). genetic diversity in some turkish pepper (capsicum annuum l.) genotypes revealed by aflp analyses. african j. bioteh. 8(18):4378-4386. 9. arumuganathan, k. and earle, e. (1991). nuclear dna content of some important plant species. plant mol. bio. reporter 9:208–218. 10. moscone, e. a.; baranyi, m.; ebert, i., greilhuber. j.; ehrendorfer, f., et al. (2003). analysis of nuclear dna content in capsicum (solanaceae) by flow cytometry and feulgen densitometry. ann. bot. 92:21–29. 11. geleta, l. f.; labuschagne m. t. and viljoen c. d. (2005). genetic variability in pepper (capsicum annuum l.) estimated by morphological data and amplified fragment length polymorphism markers. biodivers conserv 14, 2361-2375. doi:10.1007/s10531-004-16699. 12. krishnamurthy, s. l.; rao, a. m.; reddy, m. k.; reddy, s.; ramesh, s.; hittalmani, s. and rao, m. g. (2013). limits of parental divergence for the occurrence of heterosis through morphological and aflp marker in chili capsicum annuum l. current sci. 104(6):738-746. 13. kochieva, e. z. and ryzhova, n.n. (2003). molecular aflp analysis of the genotypes of pepper capsicum annuum cultivars. russian j. genet. 39(12):1345-1348. 14. panda, r. c.; aniel kumar, o. and raja rao, k.g. (1986). the use of seed protein electrophoresis in the study of phylogenetic relationships in chili pepper (capsicum l.). theor. appl. genet. 72:665–670. 15. conicella, c.; errico, a. and saccardo, f. (1990). cytogenetic and isozyme studies of wild and cultivated capsicum annuum. genome. 33:279–282. 16. belletti, p.; lanteri, s. and saracco, f. (1992). allozyme variability in capsicum. in: proceedings of the eighth meeting on genetics and breeding on capsicum and eggplant, rome, italy, 7–10 september 1992, pp. 221–226. 17. posch, a.; van den berg, b. m.; duranton, c. and görg, a. (1994). polymorphism of pepper (capsicum annuum l.) seed proteins studied by two dimensional electrophoresis 389 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 with immobilized ph gradients: methodical and genetic aspects. electrophoresis 15, 297– 304. 18. lucchese, c.; dinelli, g.; miggiano, a. and lovato, a. (1999). identification of pepper (capsicum spp.) cultivars by field and electrophoresis tests. seed sci. technol. 27, 37–47. 19. odeigah, p. g. c.; oboh, b. and ahhalokpe, i. o. (1999). the characterization of nigerian varieties of pepper, capsicum annuum, and capsicum fructescens by sdspolyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of seed proteins. genet. res. crop evol. 46, 127–131. 20. hayden, m. j.; tabone, t. l.; nguyen, t. m.; coventry, s.; keiper, f.j.; fox, r. l.; chalmers, k. j.; mather, d. e. and eglinton j. a. (2010). an informative set of snp markers for molecular characterization of australian barley germplasm. crop plant sci. 61:70-83. 21. thul, s. t.; darokar, m. p.; shaseny, a. k. and khanuja, s. p. s. (2011). molecular profiling of genetic variability in capsicum species based on issr and rapd markers. mol. biotechnol. 51(2):137-147. 22. vos, p.; hogers, r.; bleeker, m.; reijanas, m.; de lee, t. v.; hornes, m.; frijters, a.; pot, j.; peleman, j.; kuiper, m. and zabeau, m. (1995). aflp: a new technique for dna fingerprinting. nucleic acid res. 23(21):4407-4414. 23. paran, i.; aftergoot, e. and shifriss, c. (1998). variation in capsicum annuum revealed by rapd and aflp markers. euphytica 99:167-173. 24. toquica, s. p.; rodriquez, f.; martinez, e.; duque, m. c. and tohme, j. (2003). molecular characterization by aflps of capsicum germplasm from the amazon department in columbia, characterization by aflps of capsicum. genet res crop evol. 50:639-647. 25. prince, j. p.; loiaza, f. and tanksley, s. d. (1992). restriction fragment length polymorphism and genetic distance among mexican accessions of capsicum. genome 35: 726-732. 26. prince, j. p.; lackney, v. k.; angeles, c.; blauth, j. r. and kyle, m. m. (1995). a survey of dna polymorphism within the genus capsicum and the fingerprinting of pepper cultivars. genome 38:224-231. 27. hanáček, p.; vyhnánek, t.; rohrer, m.; cieslarova, j. and stavělíkova, h. (2009). dna polymorphism in genetic resources of red pepper using microsatellite markers. hort sci. (prague). 36: 127-132. 28. rodrigues, j. m.; berke, t.; engle, l. and nienhuis, j. (1999). variation among and within capsicum species revealed by rapd markers. theoretical and appl. genet. 99:147-156. 29. ince, a. g.; karaca, m. and onus, a. n. (2010). genetic relationships within and between capsicum species. biochem. genet. 48:83-95. 30. bahurupe, s. b.; sakhare, s. b.; kulwal, p.l.; akhare, a. a. and pawar, b. d.(2013). genetic diversity analysis in chilli (capsicum annuum l.) using rapd markers. the bioscan. 8(3):915-918. 31. kang, t. j. and yang, m. s. (2004). rapid and reliable extraction of genomic dna from various wild-type and transgenic. bmc biotechnology. 4(20):1-12. 32. clark, m. s. (1997). in: plant molecular biology a laboratory manual, pp 305-328, springer-verlog berlin heidelberg, new york. 33. hammer, ø.; harper, d. a.t. and ryan, p. d. (2001). past: palaeontological statistics software package for education and data analysis. paleontologia eletronica. 4(1):1-9. 34. kumar, n. s. and gurusubramanian, g. (2011). random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd) markers and its applications. sci. vis. 11 (3):116-124. 390 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 السوق العراقية في محافظة بغداد): العينات المدروسة المحلية والمستوردة والمتحصل عليھا من 1جدول ( لون الثمرة العينة أنتاج نوع ومصدر ت أخضر، أحمر ، برتقالي، أصفر فلفل حلو أردني 1 أخضر فلفل حلو عراقي / منطقة بلد 2 أخضر فلفل حلو عراقي / منطقة اليوسفية 3 أخضر فلفل حلو عراقي / منطقة الصويرة 4 أخضر، أحمر فلفل حلو أسباني 5 أخضر، أحمر فلفل حلو أسباني طويل 6 أحمر، برتقالي، أصفر فلفل حلو صيني 7 أخضر، أحمر، برتقالي، أصفر فلفل حلو أيراني 8 أخضر، أحمر، برتقالي، أصفر فلفل حلو أيطالي 9 ): نواتج الحزم المتعددة األشكل والنسبة المئوية للتعدد الشكلي2جدول ( النسبة المئوية للتعدد الشكلي عدد الحزم المتعددة األشكال عدد الحزم الرئيسة البادئأسم ت 1 opb-01 6 6 100% 2 opb-12 6 6 100% 3 opb-15 6 6 100% 4 c43 8 8 100% 5 c52 4 4 100% 391 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 opb-01 بادئال باستعمالثمار الفلفل الحلو لدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيأ1( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا تقانةو l) فلفل أردني 3: فلفل أردني أحمر، 2: فلفل أردني برتقالي، 1كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : /يوسفية : فلفل عراقي7: فلفل عراقي/بلد أخضر، 6: فلفل أسباني أخضر، 5: فلفل أردني أخضر، 4أصفر، : فلفل صيني 11: فلفل صيني أصفر، 10: فلفل عراقي/صويرة أخضر، 9: فلفل صيني أحمر، 8أخضر، برتقالي. opb-01 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيب1( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا تقانةو l :) 14: فلفل أيراني أحمر، 13: فلفل أسباني طويل أخضر، 12كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل 18: فلفل أيطالي برتقالي، 17: فلفل أيطالي أحمر، 16: فلفل أيراني أصفر، 15فلفل أيراني برتقالي، : فلفل 22باني طويل أحمر، : فلفل أس21: فلفل أسباني أحمر، 20: فلفل أيطالي أخضر، 19أيطالي أصفر، أيراني أخضر. 392 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 opb-12 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيأ2( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا تقانةو l) فلفل أردني 3دني أحمر، : فلفل أر2: فلفل أردني برتقالي، 1كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل عراقي/يوسفية 7: فلفل عراقي/بلد أخضر، 6: فلفل أسباني أخضر، 5: فلفل أردني أخضر، 4أصفر، : فلفل صيني 11: فلفل صيني أصفر، 10: فلفل عراقي/صويرة أخضر، 9: فلفل صيني أحمر، 8أخضر، برتقالي. opb-12 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيب2( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا تقانةو l) 14: فلفل أيراني أحمر، 13: فلفل أسباني طويل أخضر، 12كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل 18: فلفل أيطالي برتقالي، 17 : فلفل أيطالي أحمر،16: فلفل أيراني أصفر، 15فلفل أيراني برتقالي، : فلفل 22: فلفل أسباني طويل أحمر، 21: فلفل أسباني أحمر، 20: فلفل أيطالي أخضر، 19أيطالي أصفر، أيراني أخضر. 393 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 opb-15 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيأ3( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا تقانةو l) فلفل أردني 3: فلفل أردني أحمر، 2: فلفل أردني برتقالي، 1كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل عراقي/يوسفية 7: فلفل عراقي/بلد أخضر، 6: فلفل أسباني أخضر، 5: فلفل أردني أخضر، 4أصفر، : فلفل صيني 11: فلفل صيني أصفر، 10: فلفل عراقي/صويرة أخضر، 9ر، : فلفل صيني أحم8أخضر، برتقالي. opb-15 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيب3( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا تقانةو l) 14: فلفل أيراني أحمر، 13: فلفل أسباني طويل أخضر، 12 كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل 18: فلفل أيطالي برتقالي، 17: فلفل أيطالي أحمر، 16: فلفل أيراني أصفر، 15فلفل أيراني برتقالي، : فلفل 22: فلفل أسباني طويل أحمر، 21: فلفل أسباني أحمر، 20: فلفل أيطالي أخضر، 19أيطالي أصفر، ر.أيراني أخض 394 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 تقانةو c43 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيأ4( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا l) فلفل أردني 3: فلفل أردني أحمر، 2: فلفل أردني برتقالي، 1كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل عراقي/يوسفية 7: فلفل عراقي/بلد أخضر، 6: فلفل أسباني أخضر، 5أردني أخضر، : فلفل 4أصفر، : فلفل صيني 11: فلفل صيني أصفر، 10: فلفل عراقي/صويرة أخضر، 9: فلفل صيني أحمر، 8أخضر، برتقالي. تقانةو c43 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيب4( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا l) 14: فلفل أيراني أحمر، 13: فلفل أسباني طويل أخضر، 12كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل 18: فلفل أيطالي برتقالي، 17: فلفل أيطالي أحمر، 16: فلفل أيراني أصفر، 15فلفل أيراني برتقالي، : فلفل 22: فلفل أسباني طويل أحمر، 21: فلفل أسباني أحمر، 20: فلفل أيطالي أخضر، 19الي أصفر، أيط أيراني أخضر. 395 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 تقانةو c52 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيأ5( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا l فلفل أردني 3: فلفل أردني أحمر، 2: فلفل أردني برتقالي، 1كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5الحجمي (: الدليل : : فلفل عراقي/يوسفية 7: فلفل عراقي/بلد أخضر، 6: فلفل أسباني أخضر، 5: فلفل أردني أخضر، 4أصفر، ل صيني : فلف11: فلفل صيني أصفر، 10: فلفل عراقي/صويرة أخضر، 9: فلفل صيني أحمر، 8أخضر، برتقالي. تقانةو c52 بادئال ثمار الفلفل الحلو باستعماللدنا %1.5بتركيز ): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائيب5( شكل rapd-pcrاألشكال متعدد التضخيم العشوائي للدنا l) 14: فلفل أيراني أحمر، 13: فلفل أسباني طويل أخضر، 12كيلو زوج قاعدة)، 1.5: الدليل الحجمي : : فلفل 18: فلفل أيطالي برتقالي، 17: فلفل أيطالي أحمر، 16: فلفل أيراني أصفر، 15أيراني برتقالي، فلفل : فلفل 22: فلفل أسباني طويل أحمر، 21: فلفل أسباني أحمر، 20: فلفل أيطالي أخضر، 19أيطالي أصفر، أيراني أخضر. السھم يوضح الحزمة المتميزة. ) rapd-pcrقيم األبعاد الوراثية لعينات الفلفل المستوردة بأعتماد نتائج تقانة الدنا متعدد األشكال مضخم عشوائياً ( ): 3جدول (  أعلى قيمة بعد وراثي  أقل قيمة بعد وراثي samples jordan /o jordan /r jordan /y jordan /g spain/ g iraqi (b)/g iraqi (y)/g china/ r iraqi (s)/g china/ y china/ o spain (l)/g iran/r iran/o iran/y italy/ r italy/ o italy/ y italy/ g spain/ r spain (l)/r iran/g jordan/o 0 jordan/r 3.464 0 jordan/y 4.359 3 0 jordan/g 4.472 3.742 3.317 0 spain/g 2.828 3.742 4.796 3.742 0 iraqi (b)/g 3.162 4 3.606 3.162 3.162 0 iraqi (y)/g 4.359 3 2 3.317 4.796 3.606 0 china/r 3.317 4.359 3.464 4.123 4.123 2.646 3.162 0 iraqi (s)/g 4.359 3.317 2.828 3.606 4.796 4.123 3.162 3.742 0 china/y 4.123 4.796 4 3.606 3.317 3 4.243 3.464 4.690 0 china/o 3 3.317 4.243 4.123 2.646 3.606 4.243 4 4.243 3.464 0 spain (l)/g 3.317 3.317 4.243 3 2.236 3.317 4.243 4.243 4.472 3.742 2.828 0 iran/r 4.359 3.873 3.464 2.236 3.873 3 3.464 3.742 3.464 3.742 4 3.464 0 iran/o 2 3.464 4.359 4.243 2.450 3.162 4.583 3.317 4.123 4.123 3.317 3 3.873 0 iran/y 2.646 3.873 4.899 3.873 1 3.317 4.899 4.243 4.899 3.162 2.450 2.450 4 2.646 0 italy/r 4.472 3.162 3.873 4 4 4.690 3.873 4.796 3.606 4.359 3.606 3.873 4.123 4.472 4.123 0 italy/o 4.359 3.317 4 3.873 4.123 4.583 3.464 4.243 3.742 4.472 3.742 3.742 3.742 4.359 4.243 2.236 0 italy/y 3.873 2.646 4 3.317 3.317 4.123 4 4.690 3.742 4.690 3.464 3.162 3.162 3.606 3.464 3 2.828 0 italy/g 4.243 3.162 3.873 3.742 3.742 4.472 3.873 4.359 3.873 4.123 3.606 3.317 3.873 3.742 3.873 2.450 2.646 3 0 spain/r 4.243 3.162 4.123 3.464 3.162 4.472 3.873 4.583 4.123 3.873 3 3 3.873 4 3.317 2.450 2.646 3 2 0 spain (l)/r 4.123 2.646 3.742 3.873 3.606 4.359 4 4.690 3.742 4.472 3.464 3.162 4.243 3.873 3.742 3.317 3.464 2.828 3 3.317 0 iran/g 4 3.162 3.873 4.243 4.472 4.690 3.606 4.123 3.317 5 3.873 4.123 4.123 4 4.583 2.828 2.646 3 2.828 3.162 3.606 0 الفلفل المدروسة ثمار لعينات rapd-pcrبأستعمال تقانة األشكالأعتماداً على نتائج التضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد dendrogramشجرة القرابة الوراثية ): 6شكل ( للتشابه الوراثي jaccardبحسب معامل   398 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 genetic diversity of capsicum annuum l. in local and imported samples in iraq by using rapd-pcr ihsan a. hussein shaymaa s. mahdi dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science ( ibnal haithim)/ university of baghdad received in:17/august/2015,acceped in:15/november/2015 abstract genetic variation was studied in 22 local and imported samples collected from local iraqi market by using random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd-pcr). five randomly primers set were used in this study. these primers produced 292 bands. molecular weights of these bands ranged between 1.8 kb (1800 bp) to 150 bp. the percentage of polymorphic bands is 100%, with one distinguished band which is produced by using c52 primer. the other primers did not produce any distinguished band. the results of dendrogram of the studied samples depended on rapd-pcr results by using jaccard coefficient for genetic similarity was distributed the samples into 8 groups. this dendrogram revealed a higher similarity between iraqi/yousifia green bell pepper and jordanian yellow bell pepper with 0.84 values. this value is the highest between samples in comparison with lowest values (0.0) which are found between iranian yellow bell pepper and the other samples. there are another high values were revealed between italian orange and red bell pepper with 0.74 values. also, other high similarity values revealed between spanish red bell pepper and italian green bell pepper with 0.73 values; iranian red bell pepper and jordanian green bell pepper with 0.72 values; iraqi/souwyera green bell pepper and iraqi/yousifia green bell pepper with jordanian yellow bell pepper (the last two samples in same subgroup) with 0.69 values, and last between iraqi/balad green bell pepper and chinese red bell pepper with 0.61 values. the genetic distance between studied samples by using euclidean coefficient revealed the highest values between chinese yellow bell pepper and iranian green bell pepper with 5.0 values, in comparison with the lowest genetic distance between spanish green bell pepper and italian yellow bell pepper with 1.0 value. keywords: genetic variation, capsicum annuum l. , rapd, bell pepper 383-395 396-397 398 و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 كلورأنیل مع أألیونات -طیفیة لمعقدات انتقال الشحنة للمركب بارا دراسة ألسالبة أألزاید، أألماید وألسیانید علي شحیت الشرع قسم علوم األغذیة ، كلیة الزراعة، جامعة البصرة 2011 أیلول 20 قبل البحث في 2011 نیسان 25:استلم البحث في الخالصة كلورأنیل مستقبال لاللكترونات مع بعض األیونات السالبة معقدات انتقال الشحنة للمركب بارا أجریت دراسة طیفیة ل ة واهبات لإللكترونات وهي اآلزاید ، اآلماید والسیانید باستعمال االیثانول المائي كمذیب، كانت نسبة االرتباط المولی ). مانح: مستقبل ) (1:1(للمعقدات هي عقدات تكون مستقرة عند استخدام زیادة من تركیز الواهب لكن هذه المعقدات تتحول إلى نواتج أثبتت الدراسة أن الم ًنهائیة نتیجة لحدوث تفاعل تعویضي نیوكلیوفیلي لالیون السالب بدال من ذرة كلور واحدة أو أكثر عندما یكون تركیز المانح . االلكتروني اكبر من الواهب لكل ) نانومتر680 و685، 670(ة المحضرة حزم انتـقال جدیدة عند األطوال الموجـــیة أعطت معقدات انتقال الشــحن لحالة اإلثارة w وطاقة التنشیط ip وجهد التأین hυctمن اآلماید، اآلزاید والسیانید على التوالي، كما احتسب مقدار الطاقة . للمعقدات المتكونة . كلورأنیل، صودیوم أزاید، صودیوم أماید، صودیوم سیانیدارامعقدات انتقال الشحنة، ب:الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة مستقبال لإللكترونات عند ) بنزوكوینون – 4، 1 رباعي كلورو– 6، 5، 3، 2( كلورأنیل یسلك مركب بارا ، natural indoles) gramineبیعیة تكوین معقدات انتقال الشحنة مع العدید من المركبات و منها بعض االندوالت الط m elatonine ،serotonine ،tryp top hanو tryptamine](1[كما درست المعقدات الجزیئیة المتكونة من البارا ، ]. 2[ واهبا الكترونیاaminoindazoleكلورأنیل مع قواعد شف المحضرة من nap:(دویة ،مثل كما حضرت معقدات انتقال الشحنة من الكلورأنیل مع بعض األ roxene ،nerolin،m ethy l anthranilate ، isoxsup rine و ny lidrin(]3[ p( حضرت معقدات انتقال الشحنة من تفاعل مركب، -toludine( بالت االلكترونیة من نوع (وهي) π (مع بعض المستق ddq ،p -chloranilو tcnq](4 .[ ت وجرى تحضیر معقدا ، aminobutaric acid (لورأنیل مع بعض األدویة المشتقة من األحماض االمینیة وهيك-انتقال الشحنة باستعمال بارا carbocist eineو levodop a] (5[ ،كما واستعمل كاشف جیني ملون chromo genic reagents لتقدیر بعض fluoxetine ،sertaline ،p(:األدویة، مثل aroxetine 6)[وغیرها من العقاقیر .[ و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 األزاید ، األماید والسیانید، اذ : كلورأنیل واألیونات السـالبة الحالیة معقدات انتقال الشحنة بین بارا تناولت الدراسة جهد التأین ، طاقة التنشیط وطاقة :(شخصت حزم األطیاف االلكترونیة لهذه المعقدات مع حساب الثوابت الفیزیائیة األتیة .ائج مع الدراسات السابقةوقد فسرت ونوقشت النت). االنتقاالت االلكترونیة المواد وطرائق العمل : المواد واألجهزة واعیدت بلورته باستعمال حامض الخلیك الثلجي، أما كل من صودیوم fluka المجهز من شركة) كلورأنیل-بارا ( m هو من شركةومذیب االیثانول المستعمل ف bdh أماید، الصودیوم آزاید والصودیوم سیانید فهي مجهزة من شركة erck .وجمیع هذه الكواشف استعملت من دون الحاجة إلى عملیات تنقیة ).سم1(ثنائي الحزمة وخلیة من الكوارتز بطول ) 5cintra .) uv.vis قیست األطیاف باستخدام بجهاز : طریقة العمل 10 حضر محلول من الكلورأنیل بتركیز: ct تحضیر معقدات انتقال الشحنة -1 -4 )dm -3 .mole ( وكذلك كل من ت % 25الصودیوم آزید والصودیوم أماید والصودیوم سیانید باستعمال المحلول المائي لالیثانول مذیبا، وعندها خلط (لطول الموجي األعظماحجوم متساویة منهما عند درجة حرارة المختبر مدة ساعة واحدة بعد ذلك قیس λmax. ( أما بالنسبة الى تحدید نسبة المعقدات المتكونة فكانت باستخدام طریقة التغییر .للمواد المتفاعلة والمعقدات الناتجة . continuous variation method المستمر 10×5لتحدید الناتج النهائي للمـعقدات استعمال تركیز: الناتج النهائي للمعقدات -2 -5 )dm -3 .mole (كلورأنیل -من بارا dm )(0.1(مذیبا مع% 25 في محلول االیثانول المائي -3 .mole( من المواد الواهبة المذابة في الماء المقطر وترك . الخلیط مدة نصف ساعة وفي درجة حرارة المختبر ومن ثم قیست األطیاف االلكترونیة النتائج والمناقشة لها القابلیة على تكوین معقدات انتقال واهبات الكترونیة إن االیونات السالبة وهي األزاید واألماید والسیانید التي تعمل فان كانت هنالك زیادة . كلورأنل ،وان استقراریة هذه المعقدات یعتمد على شروط التفاعل-الشحنة وذلك بالتداخل مع بارا ى ) 1>الواهب:المستقبل(من المستقبل االلكتروني فان المعقدات مستقرة و على النقیض عندما یكون تركیز الواهب أعل ة ) 1>المستقبل : الواهب( كلور من االیونات السالب فان المعقدات تتحول إلى نواتج نهائیة عبر اإلزاحة النیوكلیوفیلیة لذرات ال أما في حالة ایون ] 7[ًوذلك في حالة أیوني األماید وألسیانید ، اذ إن ذرات الهالوجین في الكوینونات الهالوجینیة فعالة جدا اللون البنفسجي الذي یظهر في البدایة سوف یختفي بعد بضع دقائق ، یمكن أن یعزى ذلك لتفاعل األزاید السالب فان كلورأنیل إلى واالختزال الذي من الممكن حدوثه، اذ یتأكسد ایون األزاید إلى النتروجین بینما یختزل مركب بارا-األكسدة ن الشكل االرتباط المحتمل بین االیونات السالبة ومركب َو یبی. وهو مركب عدیم اللونtetra chloro catechol مركب . كلورأنل-بارا و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 نانومتر 407 كلورأنیل في مذیب االیثانول حزمتان إحداهما عندأظهر الطیف اإللكتروني لمركب بارا (ε12000 dm 3 .mol -1 .cm -1 ε 2900dm) نانومتر565 واألخرى عند ( 3 .mol -1 .cm -1 تعودان إلى انتقاالت( (π π*) و (π π*) نانومتر560، وان حزمة االمتصاص عند )(ε 80 dm 3 .mol -1 .cm -1 والتي تعود إلى . كلورأنیل والتي لم تشاهد في الطیف االلكتروني للبارا(*n π)االنتقال االلكتروني ]:8[ للمعقدات المتكونة حسب المعادالت األتیةhυctت االلكترونیة وقد تم احتساب قیم طاقة االنتقاال hυct(ev)= 1243.667 \ λ ct …(1) hυct(k. jاما معادالت احتساب طاقة االنتقاالت االلكترونیة -1 . mole -1 hυct (cm و ( -1 ًفقد تمت استنادا الى ( ]: 9[عملیات التحویل وحسب المعادالت األتیة …..(2) 96.49 + hυct (ev)=hυct(k. j -1 . mole -1 ) …..(3) 8066 + hυct (ev)= hυct(cm -1 ) تبین ) 1(نتـقال الشــحنة والناتج النهائي لبعض المعقدات والموضحة في الجدول إن نتائج طیف االمتصاص لمعقدات ا مابین قوة الواهب االلكتروني وشدة الحزمة لمعقدات انتقال الشحنة ولهذا فان االمتصاصیة ] 10[وجود عالقة خطیة السالبة تزداد بالترتیب التالي وهو الموالریة لحزم معقدات انتقال الشحنة دلیل على إن الخصائص النیوكلیوفیلیة لالیونات د والسبب في ذلك یعود إلى زیادة قابلیة االستقطاب لالیونات السالبة ت ]. 11[االماید، السیانید واآلزای إن عملیة تحول معقدا أدت إلى ظهور cyano chloro quinine وamido chloro quinineانتقال الشحنة إلى نواتج نهائیة وهي كل من ة عند األطوال الموجیة القصیرة في المنطقة المرئیة من األطیاف االلكترونیة مع اختفاء لحزمة معقدات انـتقال حزمة حاد واألشكال ). nm 305( كلورأنیل عندلمركب بارا (*π π)الشـحنة وضعف في االنتـقال االلـكـتروني لحـزمة . واد المتفاعلةتمثل حزم االمتصاص االلكتروني للم) 4(و) 3(،)2(،)1( تم تحدید النسبة المولیة للمعقدات باستخدام طریقة التغییر المستمر التي أظهرت أن المعقدات المتكونة كانت بنسبة كون االیونات السالبة لألماید واألزاید والسیانید وجمیعها واهبات الكترونیة أحادیة الطرف وهذا ) المانح: المستقبل ) (1:1( ). 7(و) 6(، )5(اإلشكال ما توضحه r r = cn , nh2 ,n3 و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ب ) طاقة التنشیط لحالة اإلثارة(w وطاقة التنشیط ipاما الحتساب قیم جهد التأین للمعقدات المتكونة فیتم حس ]: 12[المعادالت األتیة ]. 12[على التوالي) )ev (1.37 و0.44 ،5.70(فهي ) ea وc1،c2(ًعلما ان قیم الهیدروجین، والكاربون ،والنتروجین : أن ذرة النتروجین تتأثر بنوعیة الذرات المرتبطة بها، مثل) 2(یتبین من الجدول ا ) السیانید(القیمة العلیا تلیه ذرة الكاربون ) األماید(،اذ نالحظ إن لوجود ذرة الهیدروجین ثم تأتي بعد ذلك ذرت ثافة الشحنة السالبة على األماید مقارنة ببقیة االیونات السالبة مما یسبب زیادة و یعزى ذلك إلى أن ك) األزاید(النتروجین القابلیة على االرتباط باستخدام المزدوج االلكتروني على ذرة النتروجین ، كما ان الستعمال االیثانول وهو مذیب قطبي تأثیرا د ) اآلزاید> االماید >السیانید (تي في الخصائص القاعدیة لالیونات السالبة التي تكون مرتبة بالشكل األ ومع هذا فان فق بینما عند استعمال ). األزاید> السیانید > االماید (لوحظ غلبة للخصائص النیوكلیوفیلیة التي تكون مرتبة بالشكل األتي . ]13[مذیب غیر قطبي فان الخصائص النیوكلیوفیلیة ستتغلب على الخصائص القاعدیة dm بان هما ولقد استعمل مذی soو dm f اختبارا لنوعیة المعقدات المتكونة، اذ ظهر لون بنفسجي بشكل فوري ولكن اللون بدأ یضعف ویختفي خالل بضع دقائق، وهنالك سببان یمنعان من استعمال هذین المذیبین أولهما إن كل من dm soو dm f یتصرفان واهبا الكترونیا من نوع )ndonor (معقدات انتقال الشحنة مع باراوبذلك فإنهما سیكونان . كلورانیل، وثانیهما إن أمالح الصودیوم لألماید واألزاید والسیانید شحیحة الذوبان في هذه المذیبات 10(أما تأثیر التركیز واالستقراریة للمعقدات المتكونة فقد وجد أن استعمال التركیز -3 .mol dm -3 أو اقل هو ) قال الشحنة المتكونة عندما یكون تركیز المستقبل أعلى من تركیز الواهب فإنها تستقر لساعات األفضل، وان معقدات انت 10(عدیدة ، أما عندما یكون تركیز الواهب أعلى من -3 .mol dm -3 فانه تحدث عملیة تحول سریع لمعقدات انتقال ) . الشحنة وذلك خالل بضع دقائق المصادر 1 -m anzar, a.q.n. and fasihullah, q. (1988) "sp ectrop hotometric method of determination of natural indoles by coloured co mplexes". pakistan j. p harm. sci. 1(1): 25-28. 2m ansour, i.a. (2005) "spectral and electrical conductance st udies of chargetransfer comp lexes derived from 6aminoindazole schiff bases and chloro-pbenzoquinone derivatives". chem. pap . 59(3) :174177. 3veer aiah, t.; anjaiah, g. and reddy,p. k. (2005) "charge transfer comp lexes of chloranil with drugs". j. of scientific and industrial research 64(7): 504508. 4refat, m .s. and sadeek, s.a. (2006) " char ge transfer comp lexes of p toluidine, p art 2: comp lexes between p toluidine with πaccep tors". cana. j. of analy tical and hν ct = ipc1 + {c2\ (ip c1 )} ……… (4) hν ct = ip ea – w ……..(5) و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 sp ectroscopy ; 51(6):312-322. 5li, s. y.; ren, y. z. and zhao, f.l. (2006) " sp ectrop hotometric study on some amino acid drugs with chloranil and its analytical app lication". chinese chemical lett ers; 17(8): 10651068. 6got ardo, m . a.; lima, l. s. ; sequinel, r.; rufino, j. l.; peeza, l. and peeza, h. r. (2008) " asimp le sp ectrop hotometric method for determination of methy ldop a using p chloranil in the presence of hydrogen peroxide". ecl. quim. 33(3): 7-12. 7buckley,d.; henp est, h.b. and salde, p. (1957) sy nthesis of substituted amino-, aminoviny l, and aminobutadienyl-pquinines. j. chem. so c. 97(18): 4891-4897. 8al-shara’, a. sh. (2005) sp ectral and analytical st udy of aniline and some sulfa charge transfer complexes, thesis, m . sc. univ. of basrah; basrahiraq. 9slifk en, m .a. (1971) charge transfer interactions of biomlecules, academic press; london and new york. 10m urrell, j. n. (1964) the theory of electronic sp ectra of organic molecules 2 nd ed. m ethuen & wiley co. ltd; london and new york. 11gould, e.s. (1959) m echanism and structure in organic chemistry 1 st ed.; henry holt and comp any; new york. 12alrazaq, k.a.a. (1989) spectrop hotometric st udy of some charge transfer comp lexes thesis, m .sc.; univ. of al-m ustansiriy ah; baghdadiraq. 13paukst is, s. j. and gole, j. l. (2002) the ionization p otential of si2n and si2o j. phys.chem. a. 106. 36 :84358441. و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة لمعقدات انتقال الشحنةقیم أطیاف حزم االمتصاص ومقدار الطاق): 1(جدول رقم final p roduct ct comp lexes λ max.( n m) ect (cm -1 ) e ct (ev) e ct ( k. j -1 . mole -1 ) ε dm3./mol. c m λ max.(n m) donor 495 15002.76 1.86 179.4714 4400 670 sodium amide 14680.12 1.82 175.6118 6300 685 sodium azide 510 14760.78 1.83 176.5767 5200 680 sodium cyanide قیم جهد التأین وطاقة التنشیط لمعقدات انتقال الشحنة المتكونة): 2(جدول رقم w (ev) ip (ev) e ct (ev) λ max.(n m) donor 4.624 7.854 1.86 670 sodium amide 4.394 7.584 1.82 685 sodium azide 4.394 7.594 1.83 680 sodium cyanide 0 . 8 1 1 . 2 1 . 4 a b s. p -c hl o ra ni l a m id e و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ): 1( شكل ا كلورأنیل والصودیوم أماید-حزم االمتصاص لمعقدات انتقال الشحنة لكل من بار 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 29 0 310 33 0 35 0 37 0 39 0 41 0 43 0 45 0 47 0 490 51 0 53 0 55 0 57 0 59 0 61 0 63 0 65 0 670 69 0 71 0 73 0 75 0 77 0 79 0 w av el eng th (nm ) ab s. p -c hlora n il a zid e ا: ) 2( شكل كلورأنیل والصودیوم أزاید-حزم االمتصاص لمعقدات انتقال الشحنة لكل من بار 0 0 .2 0 .4 0 .6 0 .8 1 1 .2 1 .4 2 9 0 3 1 0 3 30 3 5 0 3 70 3 9 0 410 4 3 0 4 5 0 4 7 0 4 9 0 5 10 5 3 0 550 5 7 0 5 9 0 6 1 0 6 3 0 6 5 0 6 7 0 6 90 7 1 0 730 7 5 0 7 7 0 7 9 0 w av el en g th ( n m ) a b s . p cho ra n il c ya nid e ا: ) 3( شكل كلورأنیل والصودیوم سیانید-حزم االمتصاص لمعقدات انتقال الشحنة لكل من بار و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 0 0 .1 0 .2 0 .3 0 .4 0 .5 0 .6 0 .7 0 .8 0 .9 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0 .4 0 .5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1 m o le f ra ctio n o f p -ch l o ra n i l a b s . ): 5( شكل ل مع الصودیوم أماید كلورأن-منحنى النسبة المولیة للمعقد المتكون من البارا 0 0 .2 0 .4 0 .6 0 .8 1 1 .2 2 30 250 2 70 2 90 310 3 30 350 3 70 390 4 10 4 30 450 4 70 490 5 10 530 5 50 5 7 0 590 w avel eng th ( nm ) a b s . so d ium a mide so d ium cy ani de ا حزم االمتصاص للنواتج النھائیة لبعض المعقدات المتكونة عندما یكون تركیز:)4(شكل كلورأنلبار dm)ودیوم أماید والصودیوم سیانید لكل من الص -3 .mole) ( 10×5) 0.1مع -5 mol.dm -3 ) 1 1 .2 و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 )6( شكل كلورأنل مع الصودیوم آزایدمنحنى النسبة المولیة للمعقد المتكون من البارا: mole fraction of p-c hlo ranil كلورأنل مع الصودیوم سیانید-منحنى النسبة المولیة للمعقد المتكون من بارا) :7(شكل و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 spectrophotometric study for charge transfer complexes between pchloranil with anio ns of amide, azide and cyanide a.sh. al-shara' departme nt. of food science, college of agriculture ,unive rsity of basrah received in : 25 april 2011 accepte d in : 20 september 2011 abstract the comp lexes of p ara-chloranil as electron accep tor and the anions of amide, azide and cyanide as electron donors in aqueous ethanol as a solvent, were st udied sp ectrop hotometrically . the reactions lead to the formation of char ge transfer comp lexes. the ct comp lexes were st able in excess accep tor concentration, while they were underwent another transformations in excess donors concentrations. stoichiometries were determined, the molecular ratio was determined by continuous variation method (job method) and is was 1:1 (donor: accep tor). the maximu m wavelength (λ max.), the energy (hυct), ionization p otential (ip) and activation ener gy (w ) of excited st ate for the char ge transfer complexes were calculated, p resented and discussed. key words : charge transfer complexes, pchloranil, sodium azide, sodium am ide , s odium cyanide و التطبیقیةمجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 mathematics 404 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 design feed forward neural network to determine doses of the decongestant for cold pills l. n. m. tawfiq and y. r. b. al-mayouf* department of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad *department of computer science, college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 30 may 2012 accepted in: 24 september 2012 abstract the aim of this paper is to design feed forward neural network to determine the effects of cold pills and cascades from simulation the problem to system of first order initial value problem. this problem is typical of the many models of the passage of medication throughout the body. designer model is an important part of the process by which dosage levels are set. a critical factor is the need to keep the levels of medication high enough to be effective, but not so high that they are dangerous. keyword: ann, feed forward neural network, propagation training algorithm. introduction the study of cold pills based on the work of the contemporary applied mathematician, edward spitznagel professor of mathematics at washington university, st. louis, missouri [1]. in this paper we design feed forward neural network(ffnn) to determine the doses of decongestant since ffnns are parallel computational models comprised of densely interconnected, simple, adaptive processing units, characterized by an inherent propensity for storing experiential knowledge and rendering it available for use, ffnns resemble the human brain in two fundamental respects; firstly, knowledge is acquired by the network from its environment through a learning process, and secondly, interneuron connection strengths, known as synaptic weights are employed to store the acquired knowledge[2]. in the proposed approach the model function is expressed as the sum of two terms: the first term satisfies the initial conditions (ic) and contains no adjustable parameters. the second term can be found by using feed forward neural network(ffnn) which is trained so as to satisfy the differential equation and such technique is called collocation neural network. since it is known that a multilayer ffnn with one hidden layer can approximate any function to arbitrary accuracy [3],[4] thus our ffnn contains one hidden layer. now, we illustrate how our approach can be used to find the approximate solution of the system of first order differential equation: yi׳(x) = fi(x, y1, y2) , i =1,2 , (1) where a subject to certain ic’s and x ∈ r, d ⊂ rn denotes the domain and y(x) is the solution to be computed. if yt(x, p) denotes a trial solution with adjustable parameters p, the problem is transformed to a discretize form: minp i ˆx d∈ ∑  f(xi ,yt1(xi ,p), yt2(xi ,p) ) , (2) subject to the constraints imposed by the ic’s. in the proposed approach, the trial solution yt employs a ffnn and the parameters p correspond to the weights and biases of the neural architecture. we choose a form for the trial mathematics 405 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 function yt(x) such that it satisfies the ic’s. this is achieved by writing it as a sum of two terms: yt(xi , p) = a(x) + g( x, n(x, p) ) , (3) where n(x, p) is a single output ffnn with parameters p and n input units fed with the input vector x. the term a(x) contains no adjustable parameters and satisfies the ic’s. the second term g is constructed so as not to contribute to the ic’s, since yt(x) satisfy them. this term can be formed by using a ffnn whose weights and biases are to be adjusted in order to deal with the minimization problem. computation of the gradient an efficient minimization of (2) can be considered as a procedure of training the ffnn, where the error corresponding to each input vector xi is the value e (xi) which has to force near zero. computation of this error value involves not only the ffnn output but also the derivatives of the output with respect to any of its inputs. therefore, in computing the gradient of the error with respect to the network weights consider a multi layer ffnn with n input units (where n is the dimensions of the domain) one hidden layer with h sigmoid units and a linear output unit . for a given input vector x = ( x1, x2, …, xn ) the output of the ffnn is : n = h i i i 1 (z ) = ν σ∑ , where zi = n ij j i j 1 w x b = +∑ wij denotes the weight connecting the input unit j to the hidden unit i vi denotes the weight connecting the hidden unit i to the out put unit , bi denotes the bias of hidden unit i , and σ (z) is the sigmoid transfer function ( tanhsig. ). the gradient of ffnn, with respect to the parameters of the ffnn can be easily obtained as: i n∂ ∂ν = σ (zi) , (4) i n b ∂ ∂ = viσ′(zi) , (5) ij n w ∂ ∂ = viσ′(zi) xj , (6) once the derivative of the error with respect to the network parameters has been defined, then it is a straight forward to employ any minimization technique. it must also be noted, the batch mode of weight updates may be employed. cold pills and cascades at the first sign of a cold many of us start to take cold pills. these pills usually contain a decongestant to relieve stuffiness. the pill dissolves in the gastrointestinal tract, and the two medications diffuse into the bloodstream. the bloodstream takes the medications to the sites where they have therapeutic effect. both medications are eventually removed from the blood by the kidneys and the liver. the dynamics of the rising and falling levels of the medications in the gi tract and in the bloodstream may be modeled by system of first-order linear differential equations. pharmaceutical companies do extensive testing to determine the movement medications through the body. this process is modeled by treating various components of the human body as compartments and following the medication as it enters and leaves these compartments. examples of body compartments are the gi tract, the bloodstream, the tissues and the excretory system. testing has shown that a typical cold medication leaves one compartment (e.g., the gi tract) and moves into another (e.g., the bloodstream) at a rate proportional to the amount present in the first compartment. the mathematics 406 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 coefficient of proportionality depends upon the specific medication, the compartments involved, and the age and general health of the individual. in this section we look at three models based on different dosage strategies suppose that a single dose of a fast-dissolving cold pill is taken. the pill dissolves "instantaneously" in the gi tract and releases a milligrams of decongestant. each medication independently diffuses into the bloodstream. one inst ant l y di ssol vi ng dose: t he m od el ivp l et y 1 ( t ) b e t h e a mo u n t o f med i ci n e o f d eco n g est a n t i n t h e g i t r a ct a t t i me t a ft er t h e p i l l h a s d i sso l v ed . w e sh a l l u se t h e b a l a n ce l a w t o co mp u t e t h e r a t e o f ch a n g e o f t h e a mo u n t i n ea ch co mp a r t men t . b eca u se t h e med i ca t i o n mo v es o u t o f t h e g i t r a ct a n d i n t o t h e b l o o d -st r ea m a t a r a t e p r o p o r t i o n a l t o t h e a mo u n t i n t h e g i t r a ct , a n d b eca u se n o t h i n g i s co mi n g i n , we h a v e t h a t : ),( )( 11 1 tyk dt tdy −= ay =)0(1 wh er e k 1 > 0 i s t h e co effi ci en t o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y , a n d a i s t h e i n i t i a l a mo u n t t h e u n i t s fo r t h e r a t e co n st a n t k 1 a r e r eci p r o ca l s o f t h e u n i t s ch o sen t o mea su r e t h e t i me t . f o r ex a mp l e t h e u n i t s o f k 1 a r e ( h o u r s) 1− i f t i me i s g i v en i n h o u r s. t h e l ev el o f med i ca t i o n i n t h e b l o o d st r ea m wi l l b u i l d u p fr o m zer o ( i n i t i a l l y , t h er e a r e n o co l d med i ca t i o n s i n t h e b l o o d ) , b u t t h en wi l l fa l l a s t h e k i d n ey s a n d l i v er d o t h ei r j o b o f r emo v i n g " fo r ei g n " su b st a n ces fr o m t h e b l o o d . i f y 2 ( t ) d en o t es t h e a mo u n t o f med i ca t i o n i n t h e b l o o d st r ea m a t t i me t , t h en t h e b a l a n ce l a w i mp l i es t h a t : ),()( )( 2211 2 tyktyk dt tdy −= 0)0(2 =y t h e fi r st t er m o n t h e r i g h t si d e o f t h e r a t e eq u a t i o n mo d el s t h e o b ser v ed fa ct t h a t t h e med i ca t i o n l ea v i n g t h e g i t r a ct g o es d i r ect l y i n t o t h e b l o o d st r ea m ; t h e seco n d r a t e t er m mo d el s t h e cl ea r a n ce o f med i ca t i o n fr o m t h e b l o o d a n d i n t o t h e ex cr et o r y sy st em. c o n seq u en t l y , t h e sy st em o f fi r st -o r d er o d e s a n d fl o w o f med i ca t i o n i s g i v en b y t h e i vp : 11 1 yk dt dy −= , ay =)0(1 ,2211 2 ykyk dt dy −= 0)0(2 =y … … . … ( 7 ) wh er e t h e ( p o si t i v e) co effi ci en t k 2 i s t y p i ca l l y sma l l er t h a n k 1 . s y st em ( 7 ) mo d el s t h e fl o w o f d eco n g est a n t . h o wev er , t h e fl o w r a t es d i ffer b eca u se t h e ex p er i men t a l l y d et er mi n ed v a l u es o f t h e r a t e co n st a n t s k 1 a n d k 2 a r e q u i t e d i ffer en t fo r t h e t wo med i ca t i o n s ( see t a b l e 1 ) . t h ese d i ffer en ces l ea d t o v er y d i ffer en t l ev el s o f t h e t wo med i ca t i o n s i n t h e b l o o d st r ea m. observe from table (1) how much smaller k2 is than k1. consequently, the medication will stay in the bloodstream longer than in the gi tract. solving the model ivp professor edward spitznagel in [1] solved this problem analytically and obtain the following solution for 21 kk ≠ : mathematics 407 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 tkaety 1)(1 −= , )()( 12 21 1 2 tktk ee kk ak ty −− − − = ….. (8) where time t is measured forward from the instant the initial dose of a units of medication is released into the gi tract. from the solution set (8) see that, as expected, the levels of the medication in the gi tract and the bloodstream tend to zero as time increases. since, the medication is initially at the zero level in the bloodstream, these levels reach a maximum value at some later time. now, we solve system(7) for a=1 where k1 = 1.386, k2 = 0.1386 using three layers feed forward neural network with back propagation training algorithm having one input unit, five hidden units with tanhsig. transfer function and one linear output unit. table (2) gives the analytic and neural solutions with different training algorithm such as : levenberg – marquardt ( trainlm ) [5], and quasi – newton (trainbfg)[6] and its errors given in table (3), table(4) gives the weight and bias of the designer network and table(5) gives the performance of the train with epoch and time figures (1) show the levels of decongestant in the gi tract and the blood over a six-hour period if the values of k1 and k2 given in table (1) are used and a = 1. t h e cl ea r a n ce co e f fi ci en t k 2 o f m ed i ca t i o n fr o m t h e b l o o d -s t r ea m i s o ft e n mu ch l o w er f o r o l d a n d si ck p e o p l e t h a n i t i s fo r t h e y o u n g a n d h ea l t h y . t h i s mea n s t h a t fo r s o me p eo p l e t h e me d i ca t i o n l e v el s i n t h e b l o o d ma y b ec o m e d a n g er o u sl y h i g h ev en wi t h a " st a n d a r d " d o sa g e. f e w o f u s st o p wi t h t a k i n g o n e co l d p i l l . t h e m o d el s t h a t f o l l o w h ea t t h e mo r e r ea l i st i c s et t i n g o f t a k i n g me d i ca t i o n o v er a p er i o d o f t i m e. cont i n u ous d oses i f a med i ca t i o n i s e m b e d d ed i n r e si n s t h a t d i s so l v e a t v a r y i n g r a t es, a fi x ed fl o w o f m ed i ca t i o n ca n b e a s su r ed . t i n y b ea d s o f t h e mi x t u r e a r e p a ck ed i n t o a ca p su l e, a n d t h e m ed i ca t i o n s a r e r el ea s ed a t a co n st a n t r a t e i n t o t h e c i i t r a ct o v er a p er i o d o f h o u r s. o n e ca p su l e o f c o n t i n u o u s -a ct i n g me d i ca t i o n su ch a s c o n t ac ( s mi t h kl i n e b ee ch a m) ma y n e ed t o b e t a k en o n l y t wi ce a d a y . t h e ma t h e ma t i ca l m o d el fo r t h i s si t u a t i o n i s sl i g h t l y d i f f er e n t fr o m i vp ( 7 ) . t h er e i s n o me d i ca t i o n i n t h e g i t r a ct a t t h e st a r t o f t h e co n t i n u o u s d o sa g e r eg i m en , b u t i n st ea d t h er e i s a co n st a n t i n fl o w r a t e i d u e t o t h e g r a d u a l l y d i s s o l v i n g b ea d s. cont i n u ousact i ng cap sul es: m od el ivp and i ts s ol u t i on t h e m o d el i vp fo r t h e a m o u n t s y 1 ( t ) a n d y 2 ( t ) o f c o n t i n u o u s -a ct i n g me d i ca t i o n i n t h e gi tract and bloodstream, respectively, is : 11 1 yki dt dy −= , 0)0(1 =y 2211 2 ykyk dt dy −= , 0)0(2 =y ….… (9) where i is a positive constant modeling the rate of release of each medication into the gi tract . the system of ivp (9) solved analytically by professor edward spitznagel in [1] and he found the following solution : )1()( 1 1 1 tke k i ty −−= ])(11)( 21 12 212 2 tktk ekek kkk i ty −− −   − += ……… (10) mathematics 408 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 observe that as time increases, the level of medication in the gi tract tends to i / k1 and that in the bloodstream to i / k2 . the solution formulas (10) are valid for any positive values of the coefficients k1 and k2 , k1 ≠ k2. now, we solve system (9) where k1 = 1.386 , k2 = 0.1386 and i = 12 , using ffnn . table (6) gives the analytic and neural solutions with different training algorithm such as: levenberg–marquardt (trainlm), and quasi–newton (trainbfg) and its errors given in table (7), table(8) gives the weight and bias of the designer network and table(9) gives the performance of the train with epoch and time . suppose that the input rate i is taken to be one unit of each medication per hour. thus, a total dose of twenty-four units is administered continuously over a period of one day. figures (2) show that, if the values of k1 and k2 from table (1) are used, the decongestant builds up quite rapidly to its equilibrium level in the blood. repeated doses of fast-dissolving pills many cold pills dissolve fairly quickly in the gi tract, releasing their medications over a period of no more than half an hour. repeated doses must then be taken every four to six hours in order to keep up the medication levels in the blood. in this case, the input rate i into the gi tract is not constant, but operates at a high level for a short time, then cuts off entirely until the next dose is taken four to six hours later. one dose livery six hours: the model ivp in contrast to a continuous acting medication, other forms of medications dissolve very rapidly in the gi tract. this means that the medication is delivered at a high constant rate but only over a short time. suppose that the rate is 12 units / hour, but delivered in half an hour and then repeated at six-hour intervals. the model ivp is given below: ,)( 11 1 ykti dt dy −= 0)0(1 =y ,2211 2 ykyk dt dy −= 0)0(2 =y i(t) = 12 sqw ( t , 12 / 100 , 6 ) where sqw ( t , 12/100, 6 ) denotes the pulse function with period 6 hours, which is "on" for half an hour at the start of each period and " off " otherwise ( 1/2 hour = 12/100 % of the 6hour period ). see [7] for a description of sqw and other piecewise continuous functions. the total dosage of 24 units in one day is the same as in the continuousacting model .figures 2 display the medication levels corresponding to this repeated on-off dosage pattern over a forty – eight hour period if values of k1 and k2 are taken from table 1, using ffnn. medication levels rise during the half hour the cold pill is dissolving in the gi tract, but then fall until the next dose. the amount of decongestant in the blood quickly reaches and then oscillates around an equilibrium level. references 1. robert l. b. and courtney, s. c. (1996) differential equations a modeling perspective; united states of america. 2. galushkin i. a.( 2007) "neural networks theory", berlin heidelberg. mathematics 409 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 3. tawfiq, l.n.m. and naoum, r.s. (2007) " density and approximation by using feed forward artificial neural networks ", ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences, vol. 20 (1). 4. jabber a. k. (2009)," on training feed forward neural networks for approximation problem ", msc thesis, baghdad university, college of education (ibn al-haitham). 5. tawfiq, l. n. m. and oraibi, y. a.( 2012) improve levenberg-marquardt training algorithm for feed forward neural networks, second conference on computer and information technology/college of computer – university of anbar. 6. stanevski, n. and tsvetkov, d. (2004) "on the quasi-newton training method for feed forward neural networks", international conference on computer system and technologies. 7. abd-al-razak h. a. (2010) solution of a system of ordinary initial value problems using semi-analytic method, msc thesis, baghdad university, college of education ( ibn al haitham ). tabel (1) : rate coefficients of d e c o n g e s t a n t for cold medications k 1 1 . 3 8 6 h o u r 1− k 2 0 . 1 3 8 6 h o u r 1− table (2):the analytic & neural result of the problem (7) neural solution (trainbfg )(y1t2) neural solution (trainlm) (y1t1) )y1a ( analytic solution x 0.999837751002654 1 1 0 0.870576189297933 0.870645179547517 0.870576189297161 0.1 0.757902901371998 0.757902901371166 0.757902901371166 0.2 0.659810076684370 0.659812219732971 0.659812219732971 0.3 0.574416254623237 0.574424576246922 0.574416807906831 0.4 0.500073595698388 0.500073595695768 0.500073595695768 0.5 0.435352165307395 0.435344727835639 0.435352165308950 0.6 0.379007285987416 0.379002100324034 0.379007229076934 0.7 0.329954669210264 0.329954669205873 0.329954669205873 0.8 0.287250678555912 0.287250678558054 0.287250678558054 0.9 0.250073601113749 0.250073601112094 0.250073601112094 1 neural solution (trainbfg) (y2t2) neural solution (trainlm) (y2t1) )y2a( analytic solution x -3.059617923823967e-12 1.530880578316805e16 0 0 0.128510464758401 0.128419804302230 0.128510464762339 0.1 0.238627462671385 0.238604066374236 0.238619746993297 0.2 0.332737486328395 0.332733745257234 0.332733745257234 0.3 0.412946642432535 0.412945914088550 0.412946642430978 0.4 0.481081253754288 0.481081253748791 0.481081253748791 0.5 0.538724152783951 0.538724152786095 0.538724152786095 0.6 0.587254349184960 0.587256251241918 0.587256251241918 0.7 0.627876612156372 0.627880263180820 0.627879420907607 0.8 0.661639670057443 0.661639670057993 0.661639670057994 0.9 0.689447320203182 0.689447320205629 0.689447320205629 1 mathematics 410 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3) : a comparison between analytic and neural solutions | y1a – y1t1 | | y2a – y2t1 | | y1a – y1t2 | | y2a – y2t2 | 0 1.530880578316805e-16 1.622489973456265e-04 3.059617923823967e-12 6.899025035600470e-05 9.066046010927642e-05 7.728262474415715e-13 3.937739023740505e-12 0 1.568061906176421e-05 8.324452238639424e-13 7.715678088132671e-06 0 5.551115123125783e-17 2.143048601244146e-06 3.741071161966758e-06 7.768340090974490e-06 7.283424278692330e-07 5.532835937183123e-07 1.557254325490476e-12 1.110223024625157e-16 0 2.620459405022757e-12 5.497102772977769e-12 7.437473311000531e-06 1.110223024625157e-16 1.555866546709694e-12 2.144506794365952e-12 5.128752899485889e-06 2.220446049250313e-16 5.691048232669971e-08 1.902056958269505e-06 0 8.422732126200927e-07 4.391098595846188e-12 2.808751235261475e-06 0 1.110223024625157e-16 2.141509192199465e-12 5.505595979116151e-13 5.551115123125783e-17 1.110223024625157e-16 1.654731907052565e-12 2.447597680088620e-12 table (4): weight and bias of the network for different training algorithm weight for trainlm of (y1) weight for trainlm of (y1) bias for trainlm of (y1) net.iw{1,1} net. lw{2,1} net.b{1} 0.241569248284151 0.017611616453924 0.252859672695871 0.351195035228651 0.681708279346507 0.024385651630710 0.126738675949935 0.880833084532577 0.530723581584766 0.739408639260099 0.139821021807629 0.934854674058909 0.445679823858157 0.810853784598876 0.769328503579249 weight for trainbfg of (y1) weight for trainbfg of (y1) bias for trainbfg of (y1) net.iw{1,1} net. lw{2,1} net.b{1} 0.715931252353248 0.670860771332138 0.413824842108441 0.248146352936429 0.982859184594668 0.180845024472233 0.531900325168972 0.936821328628590 0.995631187232624 0.382209682936579 0.576272354062037 0.520386194349656 0.801761242973036 0.080186187030087 0.885282695498373 weight for trainbfg of (y2) weight for trainbfg of (y2) bias for trainbfg of (y2) net.iw{1,1} net. lw{2,1} net.b{1} 0.869492229395656 0.688725578355128 0.431049305282942 0.947906559807061 0.596021891944303 0.190738233247638 0.254304842122024 0.214739790766330 0.327775459738820 0.048491632422091 0.535169282982425 0.937657078181142 0.831838695092381 0.055755557082901 0.847367010662909 bias for trainlm of (y2) weight for trainlm of (y2) weight for trainlm of (y2) net.b{1} net. lw{2,1} net.iw{1,1} 0.241305720471971 0.618786526718974 0.101305687973029 0.594729968864710 0.699150113317535 0.468935089858187 0.868232914442518 0.314828670017582 0.710646362418379 0.818668373595483 0.804788645898101 0.601346407503426 0.590084132290161 0.178022430412338 0.204916976156494 mathematics 411 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table(5) : the performance of the train with epoch and time performance epoch time performance for mse train code 2.20e-33 295 0:00:04 4.010417891598336e-10 trainlm of y1 3.96e-33 468 0:00:06 6.927087884925925e-10 trainlm of y2 5.07e-28 1268 0:00:28 2.154243203877806e-09 trainbfg of y1 2.26e-25 543 0:00:12 6.957344125042582e-12 trainbfg of y2 table (6) : the analytic & neural result of the problem (9) trainbfg )(y1t2)( neural solution trainlm) (y1t1)(neural solution )ya1 ( analytic solution x 0.008076966501195 0 0 0 1.121576309950494 1.119074768489855 1.120552473617658 0.1 2.096078776010794 2.096078776007224 2.096078776007225 0.2 2.945329004027621 2.945519665978265 2.945348746900685 0.3 3.684702961851884 3.684702961845623 3.684702961845622 0.4 4.328367136844937 4.328367136833180 4.328367136833180 0.5 4.888725841491276 4.888755428434839 4.888725841480949 0.6 5.376560787208372 5.376560787212696 5.376560787212696 0.7 5.801258275281827 5.801258275273830 5.801258275273828 0.8 6.170989796037555 6.171052575520006 6.170989796034165 0.9 6.492853256454569 6.492869254440744 6.492869254440744 1 trainbfg) (y2t2)( neural solution trainlm) (y2t1)( neural solution )2ya( analytic solution x 6.970449786967482e-08 0 0 0 0.079077614840971 0.083579667139451 0.079077570606103 0.1 0.296617057945247 0.301069405674204 0.301069405674204 0.2 0.643383165800754 0.645370996519114 0.645370996519114 0.3 1.094073602030272 1.094073563826114 1.094073563826115 0.4 1.631757503744028 1.629619175798611 1.631614766704876 0.5 2.244474633309778 2.242721178439358 2.244474623805575 0.6 2.920910793699243 2.920910794904590 2.920910794904590 0.7 3.650728106463634 3.650322736313918 3.650728128703034 0.8 4.425158477200711 4.425078041900662 4.425078041900662 0.9 5.236283818105677 5.236283868595361 5.236283868595361 1 table (7) : a comparison between analytic and neural solutions | y1a – y1t1 | | y2a – y2t1 | | y1a – y1t2 | | y2a – y2t2 | 0 0 0.008076966501195 6.970449786967482e-08 0.001477705127803 0.004502096533347 0.001023836332836 4.423486724136616e-08 4.440892098500626e-16 6.106226635438361e-16 3.569144979564953e-12 0.004452347728957 1.709190775800451e-04 0 1.974287306349964e-05 0.001987830718360 4.440892098500626e-16 6.661338147750939e-16 6.261213769676033e-12 3.820415694910651e-08 0 0.001995590906265 1.175681774157056e-11 1.427370391517968e-04 2.958695388954880e-05 0.001753445366216 1.032685048585336e-11 9.504203646315545e-09 8.881784197001252e-16 0 4.324540725519910e-12 1.205346933375040e-09 1.776356839400251e-15 4.053923891160771e-04 7.998046669399628e-12 2.223940009926650e-08 6.277948584099136e-05 0 3.389288849575678e-12 8.043530004897548e-05 0 0 1.599798617490933e-05 5.048968443333024e-08 mathematics 412 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table( 8): weight and bias of the network for different training algorithm weight for trainlm of (y1) weight for trainlm of (y1) bias for trainlm of (y1) net.iw{1,1} net. lw{2,1} net.b{1} 0.505692448683919 0.792456860497627 0.134776995255468 0.004625760582352 0.837900449095441 0.569914349014358 0.188468748383506 0.687358399403697 0.574691506274377 0.779639443833603 0.081434100056796 0.016102750791896 0.610825949687488 0.806140569013718 0.934828315776462 bias for trainlm of (y2) weight for trainlm of (y2) weight for trainlm of (y2) net.b{1{ net. lw{2,1} net.iw{1,1} 0.912782147048597 0.922429224841606 0.478376283649921 0.534170292387813 0.934308461414860 0.124994240255344 0.451461598784967 0.824811938202454 0.064155985584096 0.285596533472468 0.183582125058882 0.386664880532908 0.622774097441083 0.393108093448545 0.558245691279696 weight for trainbfg of (y2) weight for trainbfg of (y2) bias for trainbfg of (y2) net.iw{1,1} net. lw{2,1} net.b{1} 0.018010467945131 0.002291815245818 0.612551084945355 0.503631782070622 0.772712775811915 0.133072433875949 0.126991991291519 0.661798871106240 0.283353859003173 0.305174566418702 0.397966331038198 0.837400333016416 0.256058502513567 0.501051178487892 0.865931228918039 weight for trainbfg of (y1) weight for trainbfg of (y1) bias for trainbfg of (y1) net.iw{1,1} net. lw{2,1} net.b{1} 0.735194614493405 0.100480242633400 0.828924078623420 0.879697065220770 0.522668514129408 0.724963349991644 0.851423388162803 0.058688252904172 0.337293776914633 0.672029350928386 0.813646068464573 0.211463983876867 0.798496214678467 0.345685331495202 0.339840122932540 table (9) : the performance of the train with epoch and time train code performance epoch time performance for mse trainlm of y1 2.82e-32 302 0:00:05 1.814434713408252e-07 trainlm of y2 4.83e-32 102 0:00:02 2.249195719271235e-06 trainbfg of y1 2.49e-26 1461 0:00:35 5.423422452091749e-06 trainbfg of y2 2.20e-23 243 0:00:05 1.947413043462885e-06 mathematics 413 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 2 4 6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:ex y2:ex 0 2 4 6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:approx y2:approx fig. (1): decongestant in gi tract(solid)and bloodstream(dashed):single unit dose ( k1 = 1.386, k2 = 0.1386 ) 0 20 40 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:ex y2:ex 0 20 40 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:approx y2:approx fig. (2): decongestant in gi tract (solid) and bloodstream (dashed) : continuous acting capsules ( k1 = 1.386, k2 = 0.1386 ) , i = 12 . 0 20 40 60 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:ex y2:ex 0 20 40 60 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:approx y2:approx mathematics 414 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 20 40 60 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:ex y2:ex 0 20 40 60 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 t(hours) y1, y2( dec ong est ant ) y1:approx y2:approx fig. (3): decongestant in gi tract (solid) and bloodstream (dashed): continuous acting capsules ( k1 = 1.386 , k2 = 0.1386 ) , i = 6 mathematics 415 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تصميم شبكة عصبية صناعية ذو تغذية تقدمية لتحديد جرعات دواء الديكونجيستد لمى ناجي محمد توفيق و يسر رافد بحر المعيوف ، جامعة بغدادابن الهيثم -كلية التربية قسم الرياضيات، 2012ايلول 24البحث في : بل ق 2012 ايار 30استلم البحث في: الخالصة الهدف من هذا البحث هو تصميم شبكة عصبية صناعية ذو تغذية تقدمية لتحديد تأثير حبوب البرد و تعاقبها من خالل استخدام النمذجة و تحويل المشكلة إلى منظومة معادالت مسائل القيم االبتدائية من الرتبة األولى .هذه المسألة مثال لعدد من سم. االنموذج المصمم هو جزء مهم في العالج والذي يحدد مستوى الجرعات و االج النماذج التي تمثل مرور العالج خالل خطر معدلها حيث ان التحليل الحرج هو الحاجة لبقاء مستوى العالج عال و فعال لكن ليس العلو الذي يجعله الشبكة العصبية، الشبكة العصبية التقدمية،استخدام النمذجة .الكلمات المفتاحية:. received in: 30 may 2012 accepted in: 24 september 2012 10050120 10050121 10050122 10050123 10050124 10050125 10050126 10050127 10050128 10050129 10050130 10050131 10050132 10050133 microsoft word 166-180 166 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 electrical insulation breakdown strength and thermal conductivity of different blended nanocomposites of new epoxy resins basma j. ahmed fadhel s. matty jumbad h. tomma dept. of chemistry/collage of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:27/may/2015, accepted in:12/july/2015 abstract    this research studies the development and synthesis of blended nanocomposites filled with titanium dioxide (tio2). blended nanocomposites based on unsaturated polyester resin (upr) and epoxy resins were synthesized by reactive blending. the optimum quantity from nano partical of titanium dioxide was selected and different weight proportions 1%, 3%, 5%, and 7% ratios of new epoxy are blended with upr resin. the dielectric breakdown strength and thermal conductivity properties of the blended nanocomposites were compared with those of the basis material (upr and 3% tio2).the results show good compatibility epoxy resins with the upr resin on blending, dielectric breakdown strength values are higher while thermal conductivity values of blends nanocomposites are significantly lower compared to that of the(upr and 3% tio2), semi-interpenetrating upr/epoxy blends (semi-ipns) for one type of new epoxy [p2]was prepared and noticed the blend nanocomposites show higher dielectric breakdown strength than the semiipns (upr/epoxy) at low loading of new epoxies but the thermal conductivity is a higher than the semiipns upr/epoxy at all loading. thermogravimetric analysis (tga) was employed to study the thermal properties of the blended nanocomposites. key word: blened nanocomposite: unsaturated polyester resin: epoxy resin: dielectric breakdown strength. 167 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction with the rapid development of the electronic information industry, better properties are required for substrate and packaging materials such as low coefficient of thermal expansion (cte), low dielectric constant, high electric insulation, and high thermal stability. therefore, many studies have been focused on developing new materials with superior strength and attributes[1].. in the nano studies with notable researches advances that revealed new physical phenomena and improved material properties in the nano-sized since ,the introduction of nanofillers demonstrate several advantages in their properties when compared with the similar properties obtained for epoxy systems with micrometer sized fillers [2-5] polymer nanocomposites have attracted considerable attention from both fundamental research and application points of view, because it exhibited much better mechanical, thermal, and multifunctional properties in comparison with the polymer matrices and their conventional microcomposite and macrocomposite counterparts.[1]. epoxy resins are well-known materials in the field of insulation systems for heavy electric equipment such as mold-type transformers, potential transformers (pt), current transformers (ct), and metering out-fit (mof) because the epoxy resin provides essential electrical, thermal, and mechanical properties. in the last two decades, rapid development of epoxy-based composites in electric applications has been achieved to give the epoxy resins much higher electrical performance with lower cost [6,7]. unsaturated polyester resins (upr) are comparatively hard and brittle materials and one of the important thermosetting materials used for the manufacture of glass-reinforced plastics and polymeric composites. these resins have wide spread use which is due to their relatively low cost, comfortable of processing, high wetting properties with reinforcements[8] .there are many reports that the technique of polymer blending is a useful method to obtain a new insulating material[9]. for the design of these insulating materials the most important parameter is dielectric voltage breakdown strength. this is used to measure the failure strength of the insulation against the applied electric field. it is to be noted that, when electrical breakdown occurs due to high applied voltage it results in a fracture due to breaking of insulation barrier as well generation of electrical sparks. li et al[10] observed that hybrid nano/micro al2o3 epoxy composite exhibits higher partial discharge resistance as compared to micro al2o3/epoxy composite. in addition,epoxy/nano-tio2 composite show improved alternating current ac voltage endurance, and dielectric strengths compared to its micro size tio2 filled epoxy composite[11] with respect to the electrical breakdown characteristics in polymer nanocomposites, several reports are available on different polymeric systems. in epoxy nanocomposites filled with tio2 fillers, the voltage endurance (ac), short-term direct current and alternating (dc , ac) dielectric strengths and impulse breakdown strengths are found to be higher as compared to microcomposites [5] thermal conductivity of polymers is an important thermal property for both polymer applications and processing. polymers typically have intrinsic thermal conductivity much lower than those for metals or ceramic materials, and therefore are good thermal insulators. in other applications which require higher thermal conductivity, such as in electronic packaging and encapsulations, satellite devices, and in areas where good heat dissipation, low thermal expansion and light weight are needed, polymers reinforced with fillers, organic or inorganic, are becoming more and more common in producing advanced polymer composites for these applications[12].  in a solid material, there are two main mechanisms of heat conduction: through elastic waves, which are called phonons, and through free electrons. polymer materials generally do not have freely moving electrons. so, 168 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 heat transfer has effected only via elastic waves. the electron conductivity is dominant in metals and absent in insulators [13].   thermal conductivities of polymer materials depend on many factors, such as chemical constituents, strength of bonding, structure type, molecular weight of side groups, molecular density distribution, type and strength of defects or structural faults, size of intermediate range order, processing conditions and temperature, etc [14]. commonly used polymer materials are materials of low thermal conductivity. the typical range of polymers is from 0.17 to 0.35 w/mk [15]. epoxy resin is one of the common materials that is used for electrical insulation in spite of the excellent performance of epoxy, its relatively low thermal conductivity cannot satisfy the increased demands of new electronic devices. improved thermal conductivity in polymers may be achieved either by changing the molecular orientation, by the addition of conductive fillers [16] or by synthesizing the polymer materials with enhanced thermal conductivity [17]. in this study, an epoxy/ upr /tio2 composites were prepared, with particle sizes of 1015nm; an electrical insulation breakdown test and thermal conductivity were then carried out. 2. experimental materials all the raw materials were supplied from merck,gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. testing the ftir spectrum of upr/tio2 and blended nanocomposites were taken using bromide discs on a shimadzo(ir prestige-21) ftirspectrophotometer .1hnmr spectra were carried out by company:bruker,model:ultra-shield 300mhz origin:switzerland,and bruker model: er-av-400mhz,origin: switzerland are reported in ppm( δ),dmso was used as solvents. the dielectric voltage breakdown strength and thermal conductivity testing were taken for upr/tio2 and blended nanocomposites. the dielectric breakdown strength properties were tested using the device (rang hv-50hz 300 kv). the time rate to increase voltages in electrical breackdown (0.5kev/ s) and thermal conductivity properties was tested by using a lee's disc instrument manufactured by the griffen and george company, england. methods preparation of monomers [ m1-m10] the monomer;bis-[4,4'hydroxybenzylideneamino)phenol[m1],quinoxaline-2,3-diol[m2] ,[2,5-di-(p-hydroxylphenyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole][m3],4,4_diphenylenebis[(azo)-2,4-dihydroxy phen -yl][m4],4-(4--hydroxybenzyliodeneamino)phenol[m5],4,4-diphen-ylenebis[(azo)phenol l] [m6] were prepared according to reference [18],2-amino-4-(4-aminophenyl)-1,3thiazole[m7] and 2-amino-4-(4_hydroxyphenyl)-1,3thiazole [m8] were prepared according to reference [19],methylene-bis-(2,4-dihydroxyphenl) [m9] was prepared according to the reference[20],and the monomer 1,4-bis(5,5-2-amino-1,3,4-thiadiazol)phenol[m10] was prepared according to the reference [21]. preperation of polymers [p1-p10] a suitable monomer [m1-m10](0.01 mol) was dissolved in 10 % aq. naoh solution (0.0188 mol) in a three neck round bottom flask which is balanced in an oil bath set at 50oc. a homogeneous solution was obtained after vigorous stirring under reflux followed by 169 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 addition of freshly distilled epichlorohydrin (0.0157 mol) in one batch. the temperature was raised to 90 oc and the reaction proceed for another 2 hrs. then the reaction mixture was allowed to settle and the aqueous layer decanted to give a big gel like mass product. after washing the product for many times with distilled water and neutralized with 38 % hcl, vacuum distillation was performed to remove any unreacted epichlorohydrin. [22].the structure and melting point of polymer are listed in table(1). the reaction pathway for the synthesis of epoxy prepolymer was illustrated in the following scheme. + ch2chh2c o clx r x naoh(aq) o h2 ch2ch2c o r ch2 ch ch2 o y                                                                  naoh(aq) x r x   h2c o ch h2 c o r y h2 c ch ch2 oh o r y h2 c ch o ch2 n n n h cc hr= , n n c c n n s , n n nn oh ho , nc h , n nnn , n s , h2 c oh ho n n s n n s , x= oh, nh2 y= o, nh scheme preparation of semi-interpenetrating blend (s-ipns) for one type of new epoxy p2 preparation semi-interpenetrating blends (upr/epoxy).testing dielectric breakdown and thermal conductivity properties have been carried out for (semi-ipns) the data are listed in table( 2). the optimum quantity from titanium dioxide the optimum quantity from titanium dioxide (tio2) was determined by means of measurement properties when mixing different percentage (1,3,5,7%) from nano material with unsaturated polyester were mixed together by ultrasonic for 2 hour at room temperature, then 170 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 add methyl ethyl ketone peroxide 2% to the mixture and mixed mechanical stirrer for 5 min., its found that 3% is optimum quantity. table 3 illustrated the results of dielectric breakdown and thermal conductivity on respectively for upr/tio2. preparation of polymer blend and composite unsaturated poly ester, epoxy resin in varying amounts (1,3,5,7%) and optimum quantity from titanium dioxide (tio2) (3%) were mixed together in a suitable beaker, and a mixture was placed in a high intensity ultrasonic bath for 2 hrs at ambient temperature conditions ,used ice bath to avoid temperature rise during the sonication process . then curing agent methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (2% ) part by weight was added to mixture, the mixture was stirred well with mechanical stirring to give a homogeneous mixture, the mixture poured into mold of iron with dimension (15×5×0.4) cm and left overnight. the first curing was done at room temperature followed by a second curing step at 120º c for 2 hrs. when the solidification process is finished the sample was cut down into standard dimensions. 3. results & discussion spectroscopic identification polycondensation was successfully conducted between epichlorohydrin and m1,m3,m4,m5,m6,m7,m8,m9 and m10 using aq. naoh incentive as shown in scheme1.  the pure polymer and blended nanocomposite after post curing were studied by ftir spectrum. the ftir spectra of the purified epoxy prepolymer of polymer [p1-p10] showed the characteristic c-o band in oxirane ring and ether linkages formed which can be seen in table 4 presents the principal ftir stretching vibrations for the epoxy resins. comparing the ftir spectrum of upr/tio2, blended nanocomposites [b1] and polymer p1 can be seen in figure 1 the ftir of blend polymer [ b1] showed the appearance of good peak for c=o stretching band at 1722 cm-1 besides to other characteristic bands of polymer[ p1] .the 1hmnr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent) for polymer p2, showed the following signals: signals in the region δ(7.23-7.60 )ppm for aromatic protons and oh proton. many signals in the range δ (3.91-5.35) ppm for aliphatic protons of ch2 methylene groups. the 1hmnr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent) for p3 showed: a singlet signal at δ 8.87 ppm for proton of oh group, double of doublet signals at δ ( 7.32-8.06)ppm that could be attributed to aromatic protons and a signal at δ5.76 ppm for one proton of ch group. another signal at δ (4.312-4.44)ppm due to four protons of 2ch2o groups. the 1hmnr spectrum (in dmso as a solvent) for polymer p5, showed the following signals: a singlet signal at δ 9.96 ppm for one proton of oh, a singlet signal at δ 8.56 ppm that could be attributed to proton of imine group (ch=n).many signals in the region δ(6.59-7.83) ppm are due to aromatic protons. also, multiplet signal between δ (4.70-5.59) ppm for protons of ch2ch in oxarine ring and ch-oh group. while the protons of (2och2) group appeared in region δ (3.70-4.20) ppm, the 1hnmr can be seen in figure (2). dielectric breakdown properties dielectric breakdown properties of the composites are mostly affected by the insulating structures, defects and impurities, such as the external factors form, type and the nature of the polar used and outer surface and measurement conditions such as the pressure, temperature, moisture, frequency the source, the time period in the application of voltages, the type and ratio of reinforced used in it. dielectric breakdown strength values of blends nanocomposites with different weight percentage are significantly higher compared to that of the upr/tio2.figure 2 shows that the strength decreases with further increase in weight 171 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 percentages of epoxy in some structure. found where the chain conjugation was interrupted by aliphatic moiety, which led to increase flexibility due to a large volume and increase the conductivity and that led to decrease dielectric breakdown, on the other hand the conductivity was decreased where the chain was interrupted by long aliphatic group which weaken the conjugation in the main chain, so the flexibility effect on conductivity is dominate and dielectric breakdown. illustrated the results of dielectric breakdown tests of the blended nanocomposite at different weight percentages of epoxy resins, at room temperature were shown in figure 3 and table 5. thermal conductivity properties the blend nanocomposites show higher thermal conductivity than the sime-ipns upr/epoxy for p2 , the results showed that the thermal conductivity increases with presence of nanoparticles. when comparing the thermal conductivity for upr/tio2, blended nanocomposites the results showed that the thermal conductivity decreases with the increase of wt% of epoxy resin , the thermal conductivity of tio2/ upr/epoxy nanocomposites attains an optimum value of 0.307933 w/m.k for b2 at loading 1% wt epoxy. but when increase %wt of epoxy with existence percentage a fixed of the tio2 led b2 show minimum value of thermal conductivity. the high density of functional end groups thermosetting hyperbranched epoxy resin is conducive to well dispersion of nanoparticles and improve the compatibilities and interaction between the particles and matrix, thus compromise the comprehensive properties of the thermally conductive. illustrated the results of thermal conductivity tests of the composite at different weight percentages of epoxy resins, at room temperature were shown in figure (4) and table (6). thermal studies tga analyses for the blended nanocomposites after curing are shown in figure (5), the blended nanocomposites has thermal stability as shown in table (7). illustrated the onset temperature(°c), temperature of maximum (°c) and temperature of half loss (°c) . conclusion epoxy prepolymer was successfully prepared, epoxy resins are highly miscible with upr. dielectric breakdown property for blended nanocomposites show maximum improvement at about 3% by wt epoxy concentration, for b9 was 13.57kv/mm. thermal conductivity lower with the increase of the percentage of epoxy for all blended nanocomposites. the thermal conductivity was increased from k=0.2205 w/mk for s-inps (upr/epoxy p2) to 0.255970 by for the b2 with 3 wt% of epoxy resin. high electrical insulation and thermal conductivity will make tio2/upr/epoxy nanocomposites promising in the electrical package field. in blended nanocomposites show substantial improvement in thermal stability. 172 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 references 1. fu-j..; shi-l., zhong, q.; chen, y. and chen, l.(2010)"thermally conductive and electrically insulative nanocomposites based on hyperbranched epoxy and nano-al2o3 particles modified epoxy resin", polymers advanced technologies, research article, (www.interscience.wiley.com) doi: 10.1002/pat.1638. 2. tanaka, t;(2005)“dielectric nanocomposites with insulating properties”, ieee trans. dielectr. electr. insul.,12( 5):914-928. 3. tanaka, t.; montanari, g. and mulhaupt, r.(2004)“polymer nanocomposites as dielectrics and electrical insulation – perspectives for processing technologies, material characterization and future applications”, ieee trans. dielectr. electr. insul., 11(5):763-784. 4. cao, y.; irwin, p. and younsi, k.(2004) “the future of nanodielectrics in the electrical power industry”, ieee trans. dielectr. electr. insul., 11 ( 5):797-807, 5. singha, s. and thomas, m. (2008)"dielectric properties of epoxy nanocomposites", ieee transactions on dielectrics and electrical insulation, 15(1). 6. park, j. (2013) "electrical insulation breakdown strength in epoxy/ spherical alumina composites for hv insulation", trans. electr. electron. mater., 14( 2):105-109. 7.cho, s.; kim, y.; kwon, j., and lim, k.(2011)" improvement of electrical and thermal characteristics of nano-micro epoxy composite" trans. electr. electron. mater. 12(4):160. 8. cherian, a.; varghese, l.and thachil, a.(2007)"epoxy-modified, unsaturated polyester hybrid networks", european polymer journal 43 :1460–1469. 9. cho, d.; tatsuo, m.; mizutani, t. and ishioka, m.(1999)"effect of blend and extrusion on breakdown for low-density polyethylene", ieee xplore digital library, 1: 285 – 288. 10. li., z; okamoto, k.; ohki, y.and tanaka, t. (2010)"effects of nano-filler addition on partial discharge resistance and dielectrical breackdown strength of micro-al2o3/epoxy composite", jieee trance dielect. elect insul, 17(3):653-61. 11. mohanty, a. and srivastava, v. (2013)" dielectric breackdown performance alumina/epoxy resin nanocomposites under high voltage application",mterial and design, 47:711-716. 12. dehaghani, h. and nazempour, m.(2012)"thermal conductivity of nanoparticles filled polymers", smart nanoparticles technology, www.intechopen.com book edited by abbass hashim, isbn 978-953-51-0500-8, published: under cc by 3.0 license. 13. wierzbicki, l. and pusz, a. (2013)" thermal conductivity of the epoxy resin filled by low melting point alloy", archives of materials science and engineering , 61 ,issue 1 : 2229. 14. han, z.and fina, a. (2011)"thermal conductivity of carbon nanotubes and their polymer nanocomposites", progress in polymer science 36 : 914-944. 15. lasance, c.(2009) "thermal conductivity of filled plastics", electronics cooling magazine, 15(2) : 1887–1897. 16. rajpal, s.; pradeep, k.; sharma, r.s.and sajjan, k.(2013)"effective thermal conductivity of polymer composites using local fractal techniques", international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering, 2(3):95-100. 17. zhang, l. and dai, g.(2007)" effect of interfacial treatment on the thermal properties of thermal conductive plastics", express polymer letters,1(9):608-615. 18..huda al-khazaaly (2012)"synthesis,spectroscopic and physical studies of new polyesters and polymides"ph.d thesis university of baghdad,colloge of education for pure sience. 19. singh, i.; kaur, h.; kumar, s.; lata, s. and kumar, a. (2010)"synthesis and antiba cterial activity of 3-chloro 4-(substituted phenyl)azetidinony /thiazolidinony l-4-(3acetanilido)oxa/thiazoles",inter. j. of pharma sciences and resear ch (ijpsr) , 1(2):148-168. 20. rahimi, a. and farhangzadeh, s.(2001)"kinetics study of bisphenol a synthesis by condensation reaction", iranian polymer journal , 10 ( 1 ):1026-1265. 173 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 21. ali, kh.; al-aliawi, k. and tomma, j.(2014)"synthesis, characterization and study the biological behaviour of new -1,3,4thiadiazol and pyrazolone containing indol ring "ibn alhaitham for pure&appl.sci.,27(3). 22. mustafa, r.; othman, m.; ismail, h. and ahmad, z.(2009)"synthesis and characterization of rigid aromatic-based epoxy resin", malaysian polymer journal, 4 (2): 68-75. 174 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): summary of compound structure, melting point symbol of polymer structure of polymer m.p. p1 n n h cc h och2chh2c o h c c h2 o h2 c oh n >300 p2 n n c co oc h2 o h2 c h c c h2 c h h2c oh n 250 p3 ch2 h c h2 co n n s och2chh2c o ho n >300 p4 n n nnoh2chch2c o h c h2 co h2 c o o h2c hc ch2 o h2c c h h2 c oh oh n >300 p5 nch och2chh2c o o ch2 h c h2 c oh n 128 p6 n n h c c h2 o h2 cnnoch2chh2c o oh n >300 p7 n s n n h2 c h2 c ch ch2 o ch2 h c h2 c c h h2 c ch2chh2c o oh oh n >300 p8 n s n o h2 c h2 c ch ch2 o ch2 h c c h2 c h h2 c oh oh n >300 p9 h2 c o ch2 h c h2 co h2 c h ch2c o o ch2 h c h2 c ch2c h h2 c oh oh oh n o >300 p10 n n s n n s n h2 cc h h2 c ch2chh2c o n h2 c ch ch2 o ch2 h c h2 c oh ho n >300 175 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (2): dielectric breakdown and thermal conductivity properties of s-ipns upr with (1, 3,5,7) wt% epoxy resin [p2]. table (3): dielectric breakdown and thermal conductivity of properties of upr+ (1,3,5,7)%tio2 modified property upr/tio2(1%) upr/ tio2(3%) upr/tio2(5%) upr/tio2(7%) dielectric breakdown 5.87 9.24 8.27 7.28 thermal conductivity 0.29287 0.38438 0.29585 0.2860 table ( 4): summary of identification of infrared bands for epoxy resins[ p1-p10] polymer no. oh cm-1 c-hcm-1 aromatic c-h cm-1 aliphatic c=n cm-1 c=c cm-1 c-o-c cm-1 c-o ring cm-1 others p 1 3369.64 3060 2927.94 1676.14 1512.19 1217 914.26 — p 2 3419.79 3070 2935.66 1649.14 1595.13 1269.16 918.12 — p 3 3400.50 3060 2931.80 1602.85 1504.48 1238.30 952.84 — p4 3400.50 3060 2935.66 — 1597.06 1246.02 914.26 n=n1460.11 p5 3388.93 3076.46 2931.80 1678.07 1575.84 1240 914.26 — p 6 3409.33 3054.41 2930.96 — 1495.86 1234.18 943.23 n=n1460.18 p 7 3325.28 3030 2918.30 1606.70 1515.5 1257.59 929.69 — p8 3315.63 3010 2924.09 1604.77 1533.34 1240.23 939.33 — p 9 3394.72 3000 2939.52 — 1510 1246.02 941.61 — p10 3377.36 3001 2945.30 1608.63 1552.70 1265.3 939.33 — table (5): summary of dielectric breakdown properties of blended nanocomposites (b1b10)with (1,3,5,7) wt% epoxy resins in the present 3%tio2. compound no. dielectric breakdown strength kv/mm upr+1%epoxy upr+3%epoxy upr+5%epoxy upr+7%epoxy b 1 10.24 11.07 10.27 9.6 b 2 10.22 11.97 9.87 9.8 b 3 12.9 11.17 10.9 10.5 b 4 12.18 12.9 12.3 11.78 b5 11.2 12.8 12.07 11.78 b6 12.15 11.42 10.97 11.87 b 7 12.18 12.57 12.97 11.96 b8 11.5 12.45 12.01 11.32 b9 12.48 13.67 13.64 11.7 b 10 10.16 10.61 11.74 10.8 property upr/(1%)wt epoxy upr/(3%)wt epoxy upr/(5%)wt epoxy upr/(7%)wt epoxy dielectric breakdown 9.71 9.91 10.56 11.97 thermal conductivity 0.235 0.2205 0.2192 0.2102 176 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (6): summary of thermal contuctivity properties of blended nanocompos -ites[b1b10] with (1,3,5,7) wt% epoxy resins in the present 3%tio2. compound no. thermal conductivity strength w/mk upr+1%epoxy upr+3%epoxy upr+5%epoxy upr+7%epoxy b1 0.414000 0.300665 0.239722 0.274821 b 2 0.307933 0.255970 0.234000 0.232596 b3 0.309000 0.257000 0.244063 0.239500 b4 0300007 0.327208 0.321062 0.272081 b5 0.32162 0.301871 0.275231 0.231677 b6 0.289663 0.271310 0.277302 0.225242 b7 0.248258 0.234637 0.231171 0.215556 b 8 0.295200 0.280180 0.273146 0.268891 b9 0.243371 0.267000 0.23783 0.27851 b10 0.158733 0.196705 0.187540 0.18324 table (7): thermal properties-tga blended nanocomposites in the present 3%tio2. blend no. onset temperature (°c) temperature of maximum (°c) temperature of half loss (°c) temperature of melt(°c) upr/tio2 281.1 409.1 389.2 556.7 b1 268.9 404 386.5 552 b2 263.5 379.7 405.3 540.5 b3 197 405.8 371.6 537.4 b4 192 406.2 365 547.3 b8 264.9 395.6 372 552.7 177 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1) a: the ftir –spectrum of [ p1] , b: the ftir –spectrum of blended nanocomposite [ b1], c: the ftir –spectrum of upr/tio2. figure (2) a: the 1hnmr –spectrum of [ p2] 178 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016   figure (3): dielectric breakdown properties strength of blended nanocomposites versus epoxy concentration   figure (4): thermal conductivity properties strength of blended nanocomposites versus epoxy concentration dielectric breackdown strength 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 epoxy concentration d ie le ct ri c b re a ck d o w n (k v /m m ) b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 b10 thermal conductivity 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 epoxy concentration t h er m a l co n d u ct iv it y w /m .k b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 b10 179 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016       figure (5 ): tga of upr and blended nanocomposites, a:upr, b:blend 1,c: blend2, d: blend 3, e:blend 4,f: blend 8. 180 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 قوة انهيار العزل الكهربائي والتوصيل الحراري لمختلف السبائك النانوية االيبوكسي الجديدالمتراكبة لراتنج بسمة جعفر احمد فاضل سليم متي جمبد هرمز توما جامعة بغداد (ابن الهيثم) / الصرفةكلية التربية ابن الهيثم للعلوم /قسم الكيمياء 2015تموز//12 في:قبل ،2015أيار//27استلم في: الخالصة كسيد التيتانيوم وومليئة بجسيمات نانويه وهي ثاني أيكشف هذا البحث عن تحضيروتطوير عشرة مخاليط متراكبة )2tio .( على أساس راتنج البوليستر غير المشبعة تراكبة النانويهلماتم تحضير شبكات البوليمر)upr ( وراتنجات تيتانيوم كسيد الوثاني ألالمثلى من الجسيمات النانويه أذ تم اختيار النسبه.عن طريق مزج فعال مختلفه جديدة ايبوكسي النسبة المثلى ومن ثم مزجت .من نتائج مزجها بنسب مختلفة مع راتنج البولي استر غير مشبع وهي نسبة مختارة %)3( ٪ من 7٪ و 5, ٪ 3, ٪ 1جديدة االيبوكسي ال مركبات نسب مختلفه من بولي استرالغير مشبع معمع )2tio(من%) 3( وتمت مقارنة خصائص قوة انهيار العزل الكهربائي والتوصيل الحراري للمتراكبات . وزن راتنج البولي استر غير مشبع تظهر االولى قوة انهيار العزل الكهربائي اعلى في حين ). tio2٪ 3و upr(النانويه المقساة مع تلك المواد األساس و upr(نفسها المذكورة وبالنسب )2( رقم التوصيل الحراري هي اقل وكما تم تحضيرمخاليط الحد تراكيب االيبوكسي (epoxy و مقارنتها مع مخلوط المتراكبة النانويه لوحظه ان قوة انهيار العزل الكهربائي للمخلوط المتراكبة النانويه هو االعلى عند نسب التحميل الواطئة لإليبوكسي رزن وكما اظهرت التوصيلية الحرارية عالية مقارنة بما اظهرته مخاليط من )upr epoxy/( . اجري التحليل الحراري الوزني)tga ( لدراسة الخواص الحرارية للمخاليط المتراكبة النانويه . السبائك النانويه المتراكبة,البولي استر الغير مشبع,قوة انهيار العزل الكهربائي,االيبوكسي رزن.:الكلمات المفتاحية ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 on max-modules a. j. abdul– al– kalik ministry of education vocational education, khalis , industrial school received in: 15, december, 2009 accepte d in: 17, june , 2010 abstract in this p aper ,we introduce a concept of m ax– module as follows: m is called a m ax module if nann r is a maximal ideal of r, for each non– zero submodule n of m ; in other words, m is a m ax– module iff (0) is a *submodule, where a prop er submodule n of m is called a *submodule if ][ : kn r is a maximal ideal of r, for each submodule k contains n p rop erly . in this p aper, some p rop erties and characterizations of max– modules and *submodules are given. also, various basic results a bout m ax– modules are considered. m oreover, some relations between maxmodules and other ty p es of modules are considered. key word: ring, m odule, m ax-m odule introduction every ring considered in this p aper will be assumed to be commutative with identity and every module is unitary . we introduce the following: an r– module m is called a maxmodule if nann r is a maximal ideal of r, for every non-zero submodule no f m , where annr n = {r: r ∈r and r n = 0}. our concern in this p aper is to st udy max-modules and to look for any relation between max– modules and certain ty p es of well– known modules sp ecially with p rimary modules. this p aper consists of three sections. our main concern in §1, is to define and st udy * submodules. also we st udy the p rop erties of a multiplication module that contains * submodules. in §2, we st udy max– modules, and we give some characterizations for this concept. also ot her basic results about this concept are given. in §3, we st udy the relation between max– modules and p rimary modules. it is clear that every max-module is p rimary module, but the converse is not true in general. we give in (3.2), (3.3) conditions under which the two concepts are equivalent. next we invest igate the relationship s between max, p rime, semi– p rimary, quasi-primary finitely generated and uniform modules, see (3.4), (3.12). 1. s ubmodules in this section, we introduce the concept of *submodule and we give some characterizations for this concept. and we end this section by st udy ing the p rop erties of a multiplication module that contains *submodules. de fini tion 1.1: a p rop er submodule n of an r-module m is said to be a *submodule if ][ : kn r is a maximal ideal of r for each submodule ko f m such that k n. where [nr : k] = {r ∈ r: rk ⊆ n}. sp ecially , an ideal i is a *ideal of r if and only if i is a *r– submodule of r– module r.   ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 examples and remarks (1.2) 1recall that an r– submodule n of m is a quasi– p rimary submodule of m if [nr : k] is a p rimary ideal of r for each submodule k of m such that k n,[2]. it is well– known that if ][ : kn r is a maximal ideal of r, then [nr : k] is a p rimary ideal of r, [1, p rop . 4.9, p. 64]. t hus every *r-submodule of m is a quasi– p rimary submodule . 2the submodule z of the z-module q is not a *submodule since zzzz z 66)6/1( :  is not a maximal ideal of z . 3the intersection of any two *submodules of an r– module need not be *-submodule for examp le. the z– module z6 has two *submodules, )2(1 n and )3(2 n , but )0(21 nn  is not a *submodule of z6, since zzzz 66])0[( 6 :  is not a maximal ideal of z . 4every *submodule is a semi-primary submodule. proof : sup p ose n is a *submodule of an r-module m . hence ][ : kn r is a maximal ideal of r. therefore ][ : kn r is a p rime ideal of r, which imp lies that n is a semi– p rimary submodule of m by [ 2, definition 1.1 ]. however the converse is not true in general as the following examp le shows : let m = z  z12 as a z– module and n=(0)=(0)  (0). it is clear that n is a semi–p rimary submodule of m , since 00])0[( : mz is a p rime ideal of z. but (0)  (0) is not a * submodule of m , since zzzz 612])0()0()0[( 12 :  which is not a maximal ideal of z. by using (1.2, (1)) and [2, th. (3.1.3), chap ter 3] we can give the following characterization for *submodule. the orem 1.3 let n be a p rop er submodule of an r-module m . if n is a *submodule of m , then ][ : kn r = ][ : rkn r for each submodule k of m such that k n, rk n and r  r . by using (1.2, (1)) and [2, prop .(3.1.4), chap ter 3] we can give the following result : corollary 1.4 let n be a p rop er submodule of an rmodule m . if n is a *submodule of m , then )]([)]([ :: mnrmn rr  for each m ∈ m \n, r ∈ r and r ∉ [nr : (m)]. the converse of corollary (1.4) is not true in general for examp le: let m = z as a z– module, let n = 6z, r =5, 5 ∉ [6zz : (1)] = 6z and  zzz 6)]1.5(6[ : )]1(6[6 : zzz  . but n is not a *submodule of z. recall that an r-module m is called a multip lication module, if for every submodule n of m , there exists an ideal i of r such that im = n, equivalenty ; for every submodule n of m , n= [nr : m ] m , see [3] . an rsubmodule n of m is called a prime r– submodule if and only if n≠m and whenever r  n , for r  r and x  m , either r  [nr : m ] or x  n, [10]. the p rime radical p(n) of n in m is defined to be the intersection of all prime submodules p of m such that n ⊆ p i.e. p(n) = ⋂ {p ⊆ m : pis p rime and n ⊆ p}. it is known that if m is multiplication module and n is a submodule of m , then ][)( : mnnp r m , [ 3, th. 2. 12 ]. the following remark shows that a multiplication r-module which has a finitely generated * submodule is finitely generated r– module. remark 1.5 let m be a multiplication r-module. if m contains a finitely generated *submodule n, t hen m is a finitely generated r– module.      – ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 proof : since n is a *submodule, so n is a semip rimary submodule of m by (1.2, (3)). therefore, m is finitely generated by [2, p rop osition 3.4, p. 135] . corollary 1.6 if n is a *submodule of a multiplication r– module m , then rad (n) is a prime submodule of m . proof :sup p ose that n is a *submodule. hence, n is a quasi– p rimary submodule by (1.2, (1)). but m is a multiplication r– module, so n is a p rimary submodule of m by [2, p rop ost ion (3.1.5), chapter 3]. therefore, rad (n) is a prime submodule by [4, corollary 2.13, chap ter 2] . 2. basi c propertie s of max-modul es in this section, we introduce the concept of a max– module and give some characterizations and prop erties of this concept, we end the section by st udy ing the relationships between maxrings and max-modules. de fini tion 2.1 an r– module m is said to be a max– module if nannr is a maximal ideal of r, for each non– zero submodule n of m . sp ecially , a ring r is called a max– ring if and only if r is max– r– module. we give some examp les and remarks: remarks and examples 2.2 1 p z as z– module is a max– module. n = im for some ideal i of r. but m is faithful, annrn = annrim = annri and so iannimannnann rrr  which is a maximal ideal of r. therefore m is a max– module. proof : we know that every submodule of p z  is of the form  z p n 1 , where n be a nonnegative integer, so pzzpz p ann n nz  1 is a maximal ideal of z. 2z as a z– module is not a max– module, since 00 zannz is not a maximal ideal of z. 3consider, the z– module m = z2  z12 and the z– submodule )2()0( n . then, zzzznannz 666   , which is not a maximal ideal of z. therefore, m is not a max– module . 4q as a z– module is not a max– module . 5every non– zero submodule of a max– module is a max– r-module. 6let m be a max– module, then mannr is a maximal ideal of r. the following theorem gives a characterization for max– modules. the orem 2.3 let m be an r-module, then m is a max– module if and only if (0) is a *submodule. proof : sup p ose that m is a max– module, to p rove (0) is a *submodule. since m is a max, then nannr is a maximal ideal of r, for each non– zero submodule n of m . but ])0[( : nnann rr  , for each non– zero submodule n of m so by definition (1.1) ,(0) is a *submodule of m . conversely , if (0) is a *submodule of m , to p rove m is a max– module. since (0) is a * submodule,then definition (1.1) imp lies that ])0[( : nr is a maximal ideal , for each non-zero submodule n of m . but nannn rr ])0[( : , so m is a max – module. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 by using (1.2, (1)) and [2, theorem (3.3.6), chap ter 3], we can give the following characterization for max-module. the orem 2.4 let m be an r-module, if m is a max– module then rnannnann rr  for each non– zero submodule n of m such that rn ≠ (0), r  r . by using (1.2, (1)) and [2, corollary (3.3.7), chap ter 3], we can give the following result: corollary 2.5 let m be an r-module, if m is a max– module then )()( rmannmann rr  for each 0 ≠ m  m such that rm ≠ 0, r  r. now, we st ate and prove the following result. proposi tion 2.6 zm as a z– module is a max– module if and only if m = p n for some p rime number p and n  z+. proof : if zm is a max– z-module, to show that m = p n for some prime number p and n  z+. by (2.2, [5]), pzmzzmannz  is a maximal ideal of z, therefore m = p n for some p rime number p and n  z+. conversely , if m = p n for some p (p rime number) and n  z+, to show that z m a z– module is a max– module. let n be anon– zero submodule of zm. since n ⊆ zm, pzzpmzzmannnann nzz  which is a maximal ideal, then pznannz  , and by definition (2.1), zm as a zmodule is a max– module. in the following result, we show t hat t he converse of (2.2. [5]) is t rue. proposi tion 2.7 let m be an r-module that satisfies ✪,then m is max– module if and only if mannr is a maximal ideal of r. where ✪: ][ : mnmann rr   , for each nonzero submodule n of m . proof : if m is a max– module, then by (2.2,[5]) mannr is a maximal ideal of r. conversely , if mannr is a maximal ideal of r, to p rove that m is a max– module, ( nannr is a maximal ideal of r,∀0 ≠ n⊆ m ). it is clear that mannnann rr  …..(1). let nannr r , so r n n = 0 for some n  z+ . by ✪, there exists a  r, a ≠ 0 such that am ≠ 0 and am  n. hence r n am  r n n = 0. it follows that .mannar r n  but mannr is a maximal ideal, so mannr is a primary ideal by (1, p rop osition 4.6, p. 64), and a  annrm (since am ≠ 0), so (r n ) k annrm for some k  z+ and hence mannr r . thus, mannnann rr  …..(2). therefore, by (1) and (2) we get nannmann rr  . thus nannr is a maximal ideal and so by definition (2.1), m is a max– module. we note that if m is a max– module, then it is not necessary that r is a max– ring, for examp le: the z– module z2 is max– module, but z is not max– ring. m oreover , if r is a max– ring and m is an r– module, then m is not necessarily max– module, for examp le: consider the z2– module z6, z2 is a max– ring, but z6, is not max– module. recall that an r– module m is called faithful r– module if annrm = 0. ibn alhait ham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 however, in the class of faithful multiplication module, they are equivalent as the following result shows . proposi tion 2.8 if m is a faithful multiplication r– module, then m is a max– module if and only if r is a max– ring. proof : if m is a max– module. to p rove r is a max– ring. let i be a non– zero ideal of r. then n = im is a non– zero submodule of m . hence nannr is a maximal ideal of r because m is a max– module. on the other hand, since m is a faithful multiplication r– module, then annrn = annri, so iannnann rr  . thus iannr is a maximal ideal and r is a max– ring. conversely , if r is a max– ring, to p rove m is a max– module. let n be a non–zero submodule of m . since m is a multiplication r– module, 3. s ome relations between max– modul es and othe r modul es in this section, we st udy the relationship s between max-modules and p rimary modules and p rime modules, semi-primary, quasi-primary, finitely generated and uniform modules. we st art with t he following definitions which are needed. recall that an r-module m is said to be a p rimary module if (0) is a primary r– submodule of m , [2] . where a submodule n of an r– module m is called a p rimary submodule if n ≠ m and whenever rx  n for r  r and x  m we have either x  n or r n  [nr : m ] for some n  z+, where [nr : m ] = {r:r  r ^ rm  n}, [8] . by using this concept, we have the following : remark 3.1 every max– module is a p rimary module. proof : let n be a non– zero submodule of an r– module m . sup p ose that m is a max– module, to p rove m is a p rimary module. since m is a max– module, then nannr is a maximal ideal of r, for each non– zero submodule n of m by definition (2.1) and so mannr is a maximal ideal of r by (2.2,6). but mannnann rr  so mannnann rr  . therefore m is a primary r– module by (2,theorem (2.1.3), chapter 2). not e that, the converse of (3.1) is not true in general. for examp le, the z–module m =z  z is a primary by [2, (2.1.2, (2)), chapter 2], but it is not a max– module. in the following p rop osition, we give a sufficient condition under which the converse of (3.1) is true. proposi tion 3.2 let m is a module over a pid, and 0 ≠ annrm is a primary ideal of r. if m is a p rimary r– module, then m is a max– module. proof : let n be a non-zero r– submodule of m , to p rove nannr is a maximal ideal. since m is a module over a pid, then the only p rimary ideals in r are (0) and <p n > for some a p rime element p and n  z+. but 0 ≠ annrm is a p rimary ideal, so annrm = <p n >, and this imp lies  ppmann nr which is a maximal ideal. but m is a primary, then mannnann rr  by [2, theorem (2.1.3), chap ter 2]. hence nannr is a maximal ideal and so by definition (2.1) m is a max– module. in the following result, we give another condition for which a p rimary module be a max– module. but first we need the following definition. the dimension of r, denoted by dim r, is defined to be: sup {n  n: there exists a chain of p rime ideals of r of length n, if the sup remum exists, and ∞, ot herwise}, [1]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 proposi tion 3.3 let r be a 0– dimensional ring. then a p rimary r– module m is a max– module. proof : since m is a p rimary module, so annrm is a p rimary ideal of r by (2, corollary 2.1.7, chap ter 2) and hence mannp r is a p rime ideal. but dim r = 0 imp lies that p is a maximal ideal. on the other hand, nannmann rr  for every non– zero submodule n of m (since m is a p rimary module), so that nannr is a maximal ideal. therefore m is a max– module. now, we st udy the relation between max-modules and prime modules. but first we need the following definitions: recall an r– module m is said to be a p rime module if (0) is a p rime r–submodule of m , see [9] . we notice that not every max– module is a p rime– module, for examp le: the z– module z4 is max by p rop osition (2.6), but it is not a p rime z-module by [5, (1.1.3 (3)), chap ter 1]. the following p rop osition shows that (annrm is a semi– p rime ideal) is a sufficient condition for max– module to be prime. proposi tion 3.4 if m is a max-module and annrm is a semi– p rime ideal of r, then m is a p rime r– module. proof : since m is a max– module, then m is a primary r– module by (3.1). but annrm is a semi– p rime ideal of r, hence by [2, p rop osition (2.3.2), chapter 2], m is a prime r– module. next, a prop er submodule n of m is called semi– prime submodule if for every r  r, x  m , k  z+, such that r k x  n, t han rx  n, see [7] . by using this concept, we have the following: corollary 3.5 if m is a max– module and (0) is a semi– p rime submodule , then m is a prime r-module. proof : since (0) is a semi-p rime submodule, so annrm is a semi– p rime ideal by [8, p rop osition (1-5), chapter 2], hence the result follows by (3.4). recall an r– module m is said to be a semi– p rimary if (0) is a semi– p rimary r– submodule, (2). it is well known that every p rimary r– module is a semi– p rimary module [2, (3.5.3, (2)), chap ter 3]. so that following result follows immediately from (3.1). corollary 3.6 every max-module is a semi– p rimary r– module. not e that the converse of (3.6) is not true in general. for examp le, the z– module m =z  z12 is a semi– primary, but not a max– module. recall that an r-module m is said to be a quasi– p rimary module if annrn is a primary ideal of r, for each non– zero submodule n of m , [2] . however, we have the following : remark 3.7 every max-module is a quasi– primary module. p roof : since m is a max– module, then nannr is a maximal ideal of r for each non–zero submodule n of m . hence annrn is a p rimary ideal by [1, p rop osition 4.9, p. 64], and so m is a quasi– p rimary. not e that, the converse of (3.7) is not true in general, for examp le, the z– module z is a quasi– primary since annz(n) = 0 is a p rime ideal, for each non– zero n of z, so it is a primary ideal. but it is not a max– module by [2.2, (2)]. we notice that not every max-module is finitely generated, for examp le: z as a z-module is a max– module but not finitely generated. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 however, we have the following p rop osition : proposi tion 3.8 if m is a multip lication max-module, then m is a finitely generated module. proof : since m is a max– module, then mannr is a maximal ideal by [2.2, (6)] and so annrm is a p rimary ideal by [1, p rop . 4.9, p. 64]. on the other hand m is a multiplication imp ly , m is a finitely generated by [5, p rop .(2.7), chap ter 2] . now, we st udy the relation between max-modules and uniform modules . but first we need the following definition: recall that an r– module m is said to be uniform module if every non– zero submodule of m is essential, [11] . where a submodule n of an r– module m is called essential p roved that n ∩ k ≠ 0 for every non– zero submodule k of m , [11] . not e that, it is not necessary that every uniform r– module is a max– module for examp le = q as a z– module is uniform. but it is not a max– module by [2.2, (4)] . however, we have the following result. proposi tion 3.9 if m is a max– module such that annr(n ∩ u) = annrn + annru, for every non–zero submodules n and u of m , then uniform. proof : since m is a max– module, so m is a p rimary module by (3.1), hence the result follows by [2, p rop osition (2.3.7), chapter 2] . now we can give the following result : proposi tion 3.10 let m be an r-module and let 0 ≠ x  m such that: 1. rx is an essential submodule of m . 2. )( xannr is a maximal ideal of r, and 3. )( xannmann rr  . then m is a max – module. proof : let n be a non– zero submodule of m . since rx is an essential submodule of m , there exists 0 ≠ t  r such that 0 ≠ tx  n and hence (tx)  n. this imp lies that annrn  annr(tx) and so , )(txannnann rr  . but n  m , then nannmann rr  and hence nannxann rr )( (by condition 3). thus, )()( xannnannxann rrr  ……(1). let )(txannr r , then r n tx = 0 for some n  z+ and r n t  annr(x). but tx ≠ 0; that is t  annr(x) and by condition (2) )( xannr is a maximal ideal of r, so annr(x) is a primary ideal of r, by [1, p rop osition 4.9, p. 64] . then )( xannr r and hence )()( xanntxnann rr  ..…(2). thus by (1) and (2), )()( txannxann rr  and so )( xannnann rr  . therefore (by condition 2) nannr is a maximal ideal of r and m is a max– module by definition (2.1). the following result is a consequence of p rop osition (3.10). corollary 3.11 let m be uniform r-module such that )( xannr is a maximal ideal of r and )( xannmann rr  for some x ≠ 0. then m is a max– module. in the following corollary , we give a condition under which the converse of p rop osition (3.9) is true. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (2) 2011 corollary 3.12 if m is a uniform r– module such that )( xannr is a maximal ideal of r for some x  m . then the following st atements are equivalent. 1. )( xannmann rr  for some x  m . 2. m is a max– module. re ferences 1. sharp, r.y. (1990) steps in commutative algebra london m athematical society student texts no 19 (cambridge university press) . 2. m ijbass, a.s.(2000) "semi– primary submodules", scince journal, university of tikrit, j.6. no.1 3. elbast, z.a. and smith, p.f.(1988) m ultip lication modules, comm. in algebra, 16: 755779 . .معة بغدادجاحول مودیوالت جزئیة في مودیوالت جدائیة، رسالة ماجستیر، )1992( عبد الرحمن عبود احمد .4 5. abdulrazak, h.m , quasi-p rime m odules and 'quasi-prime submodules' m . d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 6. dauns, j. (1980) prime modules and one– sided ideals in "ring theory and algebra iii", (proceedings of third oklahoma conference), b. r. m c donald (editor), dekker, new york, 301-344. .المودیوالت الجزئیة االولیة والمودیوالت الجزئیة شبه االولیة، رسالة ماجستیر، جامعة بغداد )1996( ایمان علي عذاب .7 8. lu, c.p.(1989) m -radicals of submodules in modules, math. jap on, 34: 211-219. 9. saymach, s.a. (1979) on p rime submodules, university noc. tucumare. ser. a. 29: 121136. 10. ahmed abdul– rahman, a. and al-hashimi, b. (1994) "on submodules of m ultip lication m odules", iraqi. j. sci., 35: 4. 2011) 2( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة حـول مـقـاس أعـظـم عدویه جاسم عبد الخالق إعدادیة الخالص الصناعیة -التعلیم المهني -وزارة التربیة 2009، كانون االول، 15: استلم البحث في ,2010حزیران ، 17: قبل البحث في الخالصة mفي هذا البحث قدمنا مفهوم مقاس مـن النـوع . rمقاسا أحادیًا على mحلقة أبدالیة ذات محاید، ولیكن rلتكن ax m(مقاسًا mیطلق على : يكما یأت ax ( إذا كانnannnannrad rr )( مثالیًا أعظمیا فيr لكل مقاس جزئي ، m(مقاسًا m، بعبارة مكافئة، یكونmفي nغیر صفري ax ( إذا كان)وقد أطلقنا على أي مقـاس *مقاسًا من النوع ) 0 ][إذا كان *مقاسًا من النوع mفي nجزئي فعلي : kn r مثالیا أعظمیا فيr لكل مقاس جزئي ،k فيm یحتـوي n ًفي هذا البحث، أعطیت بعض الخواص و التمیزات وكذلك ُدرست العدید من النتـائج األساسـیة حـول المقاسـات مـن . فعلیا m(النــوع ax.( والمخطــط اآلتــي یوضـــح . هــذا ُدرســت بعــض العالقــات بینـــه وبــین أنــواع أخــرى مــن المقاســات فضــال عــن : ملخص لما حصلت علیه مودیول، اكبر، المودیل، الحلقة:الكلمات المفتاحیة m ax primary quasi-primary semi-primary 316 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات الفلزية الجديدة لليكاند (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3enedibenzoate) عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص ، باسمة محسن سرحان ، رسمية محمود رميز ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد -قسم الكيمياء، كلية التربية 2012كانون األول 11قبل البحث في 2011الثاني تشرين 14استلم البحث في : الخالصة تم تحضير بعض المعقدات الفلزية الجديدة من الليكاند (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3-enedibenzoate) (l) نائيـة التكـافؤ وشخصـت بـالطرائق الطيفيـة المتـوافرة مع ايونات (الكالسيوم، الكوبلت، النيكل، النحاس، الخارصـين، الكـادميوم والزئبـق) الث وطيـف االشـعة تحـت الحمـراء وطيـف االشـعة فـوق البنفسـجية والمرئيـة (1h and 13cnmr)ومنها طيف الـرنين النـووي المغناطيسـي لمعقـدات فـي مـذيب فضال" عن تعيين نسبة الفلز في المعقدات بوساطة طيف االمتصـاص الـذري وقيـاس التوصـيلية الموالريـة لمحاليـل ا وقياس العزم المغناطيسي المؤثر في المعقدات الصلبة. ومن نتـائج هـذه الدراسـات التشخيصـية امكـن dmso)ثنائي مثيل سلفوكسايد ( ca+2 ،co+2 ،ni+2،cu+2 ،zn+2 ،cd+2= االيـون الفلـزي ( m، إذ [m(l)cl2]اعطـاء الصـيغة العامـة لهـذه المعقـدات وكمايـأتي ، hg+2)و .(5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3-enedibenzoate) = l ثنائي مثيل المالونيل، الكتون، بنزويت، معقدات. الكلمات المفتاحية: 317 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis and characterization of some new metal complexes of (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γlactone-2,3-enedibenzoate) a-j. a. mukhlis, b. m. sarhan and r. m. rumez department of chemistry, college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad received in : 14 november 2011 accepted in : 11 january 2012 abstract the synthesis of complexes for (ca+2, co+2, ni+2, cu+2, zn+2, cd+2 and hg+2) with new ligand (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3-enedibenzoate) (l) have been successfully prepared and characterized by (1h and 13cnmr, ftir, (u.v-vis) spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectrophotometer (a.a.s), molar conductivity measurements and magnetic moment measurements, and the following general formula has been given for the prepared complexes [m(l)cl2] where m = (ca+2, co+2, ni+2, cu+2, zn+2, cd+2, hg+2), l = (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3-enedibenzoate). key words: dimethyl malonyl, lactone, benzoate, complexes. introduction numbers of transition metals with malonic esters have been isolated and characterized and tested for their antifungal, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory activities[1-4]. nasman[5] reported the synthesis a novel series of 15-membered diaza-dithiamacrocyclic complexes [ml1cl2] and [ml2cl2] (m+2 = fe, co, ni, cu and zn) by the template condensation reaction of o-thiosalicylic acid with aliphatic or aromatic diamines and diethyl malonate in the presence of transition metals. also pothiraja and co-workers[6] reported the synthesis new hf and zr malonate from reaction of metal amides with different malonate ligands as dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-tert-butyl malonate and bis(trimethylsilyl) malonate. we have investigated in this paper, the preparation and properties of some new metal ion complexes with (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3-enedibenzoate) (l). experimental materials and measurements metal salts (cacl2.6h2o, cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, zncl2, cdcl2.h2o and hgcl2) were obtained from fluka, merck in high purity, dimethyl malonate, koh (bdh). (1h and 13cnmr) spectra were recorded using ultra shield 300 mhz, bruker, switzerland, at university of al al-bayt, jordan. ir spectra (in kbr discs) were recorded on shimadzu ft 318 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 infrared spectrophotometer. the (u.v-vis) were recorded using (shimadzu u.vvis 160a), (u.v-vis) spectrophotometer in dimethyl sulphoxide solution (10-3 m). metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption technique by using shimadzu (aa680g), atomic absorption spectrophotometer. the magnetic moments (μeff b.m) were calculated on faraday method by using (balance magnetic susceptibility model msbmkt). melting points were determined by using (stuart-melting point apparatus). conductivity measurements were carried out using philips pw.digital. the thin layer chromatography was performed on aluminum plates coated with layer of silica gel, supplied by merck. synthesis of ligand, (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3-enedibenzoate) (l) the mixture of potassium hydroxide (1.9g, 34mmol) and dimethyl malonate (3.9ml, 34mmol) was stirred for 30 minutes, a solution of (pentulosono-γ-lactone-2,3enedibenzoate)[7] (10g, 28.4mmol) in absolute ethanol (60ml) was added. after stirring for 24 hours at room temperature, monitored by tlc showed that the reaction was complete eluted by (benzene: methanol, 4:6) and the resulting mixture was filtered then the solvent was evaporated, the combined residue was washed with chloroform and then petroleum ether (60-80˚c) to give (72.7%) as a white crystals (scheme 1), m.p (dec.240˚c), rf (0.65). o o obzbzo koh o o obzbzo ho hc co2ch3 co2ch3 ch2(co2ch3)2 c h o (l) scheme (1): synthesis route for ligand (l) synthesis of complexes ethanolic solution of the metal salts (ca+2, co+2, ni+2, cu+2, zn+2, cd+2 and hg+2), ethanolic solution of (l) in (1:1) (ligand:metal) molar ratios was mixed. after stirring 6 hours, precipitates formed at room temperature, the solids were filtered, washed with (1:1) mixture of water:ethanol. recrystallized from ethanol and dried at (50 ˚c). results and discussion the isolated complexes were crystalline solids, soluble in some of common solvents like dimethyl formamide (dmf), dimethyl sulphoxide (dmso). the conductivity measurements in dmso indicated the non-electrolyte behavior; table (1) includes the physical properties. the analytical data confirmed the (1:1) (metal:ligand) composition of the complexes. the magnetic measurements (μeff b.m) for the complexes are also listed in table (1). 319 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 spectral studies 1h and 13cnmr spectra of the ligand (l). the 1h and 13cnmr spectra were recorded in dmso and cdcl3. a) 1hnmr spectrum for the ligand (l) the 1hnmr spectrum of (l), fig. (1) showed the following signals: singlet (s) at δ(2.50) ppm for (dmso), doublet (d) at δ(2.72) ppm for (1h, ch malonate), singlet (s) at δ(3.16) ppm for (1h, oh), singlet (s) at δ(3.56-3.58) ppm for (6h, 2ch3 malonate) and multiplet (m) at δ(7.14-8.86) ppm for aromatic protons. b) 13cnmr spectrum for the ligand (l) the 13cnmr spectrum of (l), fig. (2) showed the following signals: signal at δ(168.82) ppm for carbon (c=o) of the ester, lactone ring, signal at δ(135.26) ppm for c-3, signal at δ(131.55) ppm for c-2, signals at δ(129.58,128.40) ppm for aromatic carbons, signal at δ(51.63) ppm for c-4, signal at δ(44.67) ppm for c-5 and signals at δ(40.78-39.11) ppm for c-6, and carbon (2ch3 malonate)[8]. infrared spectra the infrared spectra of ligand (l) and its complexes are given in table (2). the strong absorption band at (1720) cm-1 in the free ligand due to υ(c=o) ester,[9,10] in the complexes spectra this band have been found in the range between (1712-1604) cm-1 shifted to lower frequencies by (8-16) cm1,[11,12] which indicates the coordination of the oxygen atom at the υ(c=o) group[11]. new bands appeared in the spectra of metal complexes at (524-432) cm-1 and (439-405) cm-1 which attributed to the (m-o) and (m-cl) respectively. the ftir spectra for the ligand and its copper complex were shown in the figures (3) and (4). electronic spectra the absorptions and assignments related to the ligand and their complexes are listed in table (3). the ligand, fig. (5) exhibited an absorption band in (u.v) region at (297) nm (33670) cm-1 could be attributed to (n π*) and (π π*) transitions[13,14]. the spectra of the complexes [colcl2] complex the spectrum of the deep-blue complex of co(ii), fig. (6) show the following bands at (33444) cm1, (23803) cm-1, (16743) cm-1 and (11494) cm-1 which have been assigned to (c.t), 4a2 v3 4t1(p), 4a2 v2 4t1(f) and 4a2 v1 4t2 respectively. the racah interelectronic repulsion parameter (b́ ) found to be (404) cm-1, the ratio β = b́ / bº comes out to be (0.416) (bº is equal 971cm -1)[15]. these parameters are accepted for cobalt(ii) tetrahedral complexes[16,17]. [nilcl2] complex the spectrum of the green complex exhibited the following absorptions at (33898) cm-1, (28571) cm-1, (16891) cm-1 and (12787) cm-1, these bands[17] are characteristic of tetrahedral nickel(ii) 320 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 complex and were assigned to the transitions (c.t), 3t1(f) v3 3t1(p), 3t1(f) v2 3a2 and 3t1(f) v1 3t2 respectively. the racah interelectronic repulsion parameter (b́ ) found to be (473.4) cm-1, the ratio β = b́ / bº comes out to be (0.454) (bº is equal 1030 cm -1)[15]. [culcl2] complex the spectrum of the green complex of cu(ii) gave two bands at (32894) cm-1 caused by (c.t) transition and weak band appeared at (12820) cm-1 may be 2b1g 2b2g transition in square planar geometry[19-21]. [calcl2], [znlcl2], [cdlcl2] and [hglcl2] complexes the white complexes [calcl2], [znlcl2], [cdlcl2] and [hglcl2] showed absorption bands at (34364) cm-1, (34722) cm-1, (34602) cm-1 and (33898) cm-1 respectively attributed to charge transfer because the electronic configuration of (ca+2, zn+2, cd+2 and hg+2) which confirms absence of any (dd) transition[22,23]. according to spectral data as well as those obtained from elemental analysis, the chemical structure of the complexes suggested as: 1tetrahedral for [m(l)cl2], where m = (ca +2, co+2, ni+2, zn+2, cd+2 and hg+2), fig. (7). 2square planar for [cu(l)cl2], fig. (8). references 1. baba, s.; ogura, t.;kawaguchi, s. (1980) bull. chem. soc., 53: 665 2. kawato, t.; uechi, t.; kayama, h.; kanatomi, h. and kawanami, y. (1984) “preparation, structure, and properties of central-carbon-bonded diethyl malonato complexes of palladium(ii) with bis-(μ-chloro) and μ-oxalato bridges” inorg. chem., 23: 764-769. 3. singh, b. and singh, v. l. (1999) “mono and trinuclear lanthanide complexes of 13membered tetraaza macrocycle: synthesis and characterization”, journal of chemical sciences, 111: 639-650. 4. he, h.s.; zhao, z.x.; wong, w.k.; li, k.f.; meng, j.x. and cheah, k.w. (2003) “synthesis, characterization and near-infrared photoluminescent studies of diethyl malonate appended mono-porphyrinate lanthanide complexes”, dalton trans. 980-986. 5. nasman, o. s. m. (2008) “n2s2-donor macrocycles with some transition metal ions: synthesis and characterization”, phosphorus, sulfur and related elements, 183: 1541-1551. 6. pothiraja, r.; milanov, a.; parala, h.; winter, m.; fischer, r. a. and devi, a. (2009) “monomeric malonate precursors for the mocvd of hfo2 and zro2 thin films”, dalton trans., 4: 654-663. 7. al-ogiady, r. m. r. (2010) ph. d. thesis, “synthesis of new malonate and barbiturate derivatives of d-erythroascorbic acid and their metal complexes”, college of education / ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. 8. carey, f. a. (2006) “organic chemistry”, 6th ed., the mcgraw-hill companies, inc., new york. 321 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 9. lappert, m. f. (1962) “coordination compounds having carboxylic esters as ligands. part ii. relative acceptor strengths of some group iii and iv halides”, j. chem. soc., 542. 10. dalton, f. et al. (1960) “the infrared spectra of deuterium compounds. part i. the c–h stretching bands of ome and nme groups”, j. chem. soc., 2927-2929. 11. nakamoto, k. (1996) “infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compound”, 4th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 12. veit, r.; girerd, j. j.;kahn, o.; robert, f.; jeannin, y. and elmurr, n. (1984) “amino acid amides of dithiooxalic acid: spectroscopic, electrochemical, and magnetic properties of copper(ii) binuclear complexes and crystal structure of [n,n′-(1,2-dithioxoethane-1,2diyl)bis(methylmethioninato)]bis(bromocopper(ii))”, inorg. chem., 23: 4448-4454. 13. silverstein, r. m.; bassler, g. c. and morrill, t. c. (1981) “spectrometric identification of organic compound”, 4th ed., john wiley and sons, inc., new york. 14. dyer, r. j. (1965) “application of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds” prentice-hall, inc., englwood cliffs, n. j., london. 15. sutton, d. (1968) “electronic spectra of transition metal complexes”, mcgraw-hill, new york. 16. blum, p. r.; wei, r. m. c. and cummings, s. c. (1974) “square-planar transition metal complexes with tetradentate thioiminato schiff base ligands”, inorg. chem., 13 (2): 450-456. 17. ferraro, j. r.; murray, b. b. and wieckowicz, n. j. (1972) “cobalt(ii) halide complexes of 2,2′-dithiodipyridine and 4,4′-dithiodipyridine”, inorg. nucl. chem., 34: 231-235. 18. menabaue, l.; pellcani, g. c. and saladini, m. (1979) “cobalt(ii), nickel(ii) and zinc(ii) complexes of peptide-group containing amino acids. bis(n-acetyl-dl-valinate)metal(ii) complexes and their amine adducts”, inorganic chimica acta, 32: 149-155. 19. burger, k. (1973) “coordination chemistry, experimental methods”, butter worth, london. 20. massy, a. c.; and johnson, b. f. g. (1975) “the chemistry of copper, silver and gold”, pergamon press, oxford, vol. (20 and 41), london. 21. jorgensen, c. k. (1964) “absorption spectra and chemical binding in complexes”, pergamon press, oxford, london. 22. rabino witch, e. and mol, r. v. (1960) phys., 14: 112, jmorcus, r. (1960) solar energy, 4: 20. 23. kashyap, b. c.; taneja, a. d. and banerji, s. k. (1975) “complexes of some n-aryl,n′-2(5-halo-pyridyl) thioureas with cd(ii) and hg(ii) chlorides”, j. inorg. nucl. chem., 37 (6): 1542-1544. 322 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): physical properties of ligand and its complexes formula colour m.p˚c or dec. metal % found (calc.) molar conductivity (s.cm2mole-1) in dmso (10-3 m) μeff (b.m) c24h20o11 [l] white 240(dec.) 10.60 [calcl2] white 190(dec.) 6.50 (6.73) 18 0 [colcl2] deep-blue 110(dec.) 10.46 (9.59) 20 4.43 [nilcl2] green 220(dec.) 10.07 (9.57) 23 3.22 [culcl2] green 187(dec.) 9.56 (10.27) 24.5 1.74 [znlcl2] white 210(dec.) 11.72 (10.54) 16.95 0 [cdlcl2] white 210(dec.) 15.84 (16.84) 23.6 0 [hglcl2] white 175(dec.) 27.62 (26.54) 15 0 323 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): the characteristic infrared of the ligand (l) and its metal complexes compound υ(c=o) ester aliphat. υ(c-h) alipha. m-o m-cl c24h20o11 [l] 1720(s) 2904(w) [calcl2] 1674(s) 2677(w) 524(w) 405(w) [colcl2] 1689(m) 2989(m) 432(w) 412(w) [nilcl2] 1685(m) 2360(m) 459(w) 408(w) [culcl2] 1604(s) 2927(w) 474(w) 408(w) [znlcl2] 1612(s) 2985(m) 474(w) 405(w) [cdlcl2] 1708(s) 2935(w) 520(w) 439(w) [hglcl2] 1712(s) 2985(m) 504(w) 435(w) where: s = strong, m = medium, w = weak 324 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3): electronic spectra data of (l) complexes in dmso solvent compound λmax nm wave number cm -1 εmax molar-1cm-1 assignment [l] 297 33670 102 n π* π π* [calcl2] 291 34364 121 c.t [colcl2] 299 420.1 597.25 870 33444 23803 16743 11494 444 150 97 18 c.t 4a2 v3 4t1(p) 4a2 v2 4t1(f) 4a2 v1 4t2 [nilcl2] 295 350 592 782 33898 28571 16891 12787 193 85 38 16 c.t 3t1(f) v3 3t1(p) 3t1(f) v2 3a2 3t1(f) v1 3t2 [culcl2] 304 780 32894 12820 2163 41 c.t 2b1g 2b2g [znlcl2] 288 34722 55 c.t [cdlcl2] 289 34602 77 c.t 325 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 [hglcl2] 295 33898 432 c.t fig. (1): 1hnmr spectrum of ligand (l) fig. (2): 13cnmr spectrum of ligand (l) 326 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (3): infrared spectrum of ligand (l) fig. (4): infrared spectrum of [culcl2] fig. (5): electronic spectrum of ligand (l) 327 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (6): electronic spectrum of [colcl2] ch cc och3 oo o o obzbzo ho h3co cu clcl fig. (7): tetrahedral geometry of [m(l)cl2] complexes ch cc och3 oo o o obzbzo ho h3co m cl cl fig. (8): square planar geometry of cu(ii) complex 17062012115649_009 17062012115649_010 17062012115649_011 17062012115649_012 17062012115649_013 17062012115649_014 17062012115649_015 17062012115649_016 17062012115649_017 17062012115649_018 17062012115649_019 17062012115649_020 17062012115649_021 17062012115650 “temperature dependence of electrical properties of peo/mncl2 comopsite “ ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 effect of temperature and frequency on the dielectric properties of pvc/mncl2 composite a. a. salih department of physics , college of education –ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad abstract the dielectric properties of polyvinyl chloride (pvc)-mncl2 composite were studied by using the impedance technique. the measurements were carried out as a function of frequency in the range from 10 hz to 13 mhz and temperature range from 27 o c to 55 o c. using a composite of 20 wt. % mncl2 by weight, it was found that the dielectric constants and the dielectric loss of the prepared films increase with the increasing temperature at law frequency and the enhancement of the ionic conduction which is confirmed by the increase the of ac. conductivity and the decrease of the activation energy of the conduction mechanism at high applied frequency. the observed relaxation and polarization effects of composite are mainly attributed to the dielectric behavior of the mncl2 filler and polarity of the polymer pvc. however, the results were explained on the basis of the interfacial (space charge) polarization dipolar polarization and the decrease of the hindrance of the polymer matrix with the ionic mobility and impurities in the composite. keywords: electrical properties; pvc matrix; mncl2 filler; composite; impedance; field frequency; dielectric constant; ac-conductivity; polarization; activation energy. introduction polymeric materials were given a great interest in many industrial applications owing to their desirable characteristics and properties which made them favorable compared to other commercial materials .the vast majority of polymers used today as plastics, rubbers, adhesives and paints are synthetic petrochemicals (1). the unbeatable combination of characteristics such as ease of fabrication, low cost, light weight, ease of chemical modification and excellent insulation or good conduction properties have made the polymer one of the most desirable materials for application (2). many studies showed that physical properties of polymers have clearly depended on many factors concerning their preparation methods and chemical structure (3). understanding these dependencies and their effect on conducting mechanism will help to a large degree the ability to control the electrical conductivity, which in turn, trials the proper application. poly(vinyl chloride) or (pvc) is formed from vinyl chloride in a special heat driven plastics manufacturing process that polymerizes toxic short gaseous vinyl chloride monomers [c 2 h 3 cl] into non -toxic solid pvc [(c2h3cl)n] long polymer chains as shown in picture (1). picture (1): structure of vinyl chloride monomer and polymer of pvc. pvc is a semicrystalline polymer i.e., it has crystalline and amorphous regions within it. the thermal stabilities of crystalline pvc-mncl2 system depend on the salt molar ratio, the pvc molecular weight, the choice of solvent and concentration, and the thermal history. the melting temperatures also, depend on the nature of the complexion salts. (4) the addition of fillers into pvc polymer matrix improves both the mechanical strength of the polymer (5) and their ionic conductivities (6). the additives which are used include sio2 (7), tio2 (8), sic (9), al2o3 (10) etc., and in most work on composite polymer ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 electrolytes, the electrolyte is usually based on peo (8, 11, 12). pvc has been successfully prepared as polymer electrolytes by the blending of two polymers (13, 14), and addition of plasticizers (15). previous studies were centered on the enhancement of its ionic conductivity with the aim of developing the material to have a promising electrical application (16, 17). considerable efforts were focused on the applied research in the field of polymer composites to turn these materials into useful products for electronic industry. this is mainly because they possess interesting properties which can be utilized to develop a lot of related potentials. recently, many reports have appeared in literature dealing with the effects of frequency of the applied field and temperature on the physical properties of the conductive polymer composite such as impedance, dielectric behavior and electrical conduction (18, 19, 20). sangawar and chikhalikar (21) studied the electrical properties of pvc treated by charcoal and others; they found that the increase of temperature enhances the electrical conductivity through the ion conduction process and the activation energies equal about 0.7 ev for sample of higher properties of filler and 0.3 ev for sample with lower properties, i.e. when the filler decreases in the composite, the thermal activation energy decreases. eid et al (13) studied the effect of temperature, frequency and peo concentration on the ion-selective conduction in pvc/peo blend as membranes in electrolyte electrodes, and she found that temperature, frequency and peo content affect the dielectric behavior of the blended membrane. in the present study, the conduction process by ion exchange in a solid pvc/mncl2 membrane is investigated as a function of applied frequency and temperature. the main object of this study is to give information concerning the electrical behavior of pvc/mncl2 composite by using the impedance spectroscopy which is one of the powerful techniques to characterize the dielectric properties as we reported in several previous publications (20,22).therefore, thin films based on pvc with mncl2 salt as a reinforcement filler were used in the present study .we believe that this study is of a great interest for some applications in the electrical industry by using some blended polymeric membranes and in semiconducting composites. experimental in this work, the electrical behavior of the prepared membrane is examined at different temperatures (27, 35, 45 and 55 o c) for 20 wt.% mncl2 composite in the frequency range 10 hz -13 mhz. composite preparation the pvc polymer was obtained from sigma while mncl2 salt was obtained from merck and the solvent tetrahydrofuran (thf) was obtained from j.t. baker. ordinarily, the salt mncl2 was grounded into a fine powder by agate mortar and sieved by a u.s. standard sieve of size (63 µm). the required weights of pvc and mncl2 were dissolved in a suitable solvent thf (tetrahydrofuran) at (45) o c, pvc powder was dissolved in (thf) also at the same time the salt (mncl2) was dissolved in (thf) in the same temperature. all the polymer composite films were prepared by casting from solution (casting method). later, the solution of mncl2 was added to the dissolved polymer at a suitable viscosity. the solutions were mixed thoroughly for (4-6) hours by using a magnetic stirrer at that temperature until the mixture appeared to be homogeneous. then the mixture was cast into a stainless steel ring resting on teflon substratum and waiting for a few days until the solvents have evaporated. all the samples were dried in a vacuum oven at 40 o c for two days. the drying process was repeated until prepared membranes have fixed weight to ensure the removal of solvent traces. polymeric thin films of thickness range (60-140 µm. the pvc and mncl2 weight ratio were maintained at 80:20 and the amount of mncl2 dispersed was expressed as a weight percent (wt. %) with respect to the total weight present in the system i.e. ; wt. % = (wt. mncl2) / (wt. pvc + wt. mncl2) x 100. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 impedance measurements: impedance measurements were carried out by using hp 4192a impedance analyzer. the real and imaginary parts of the complex dielectric constant were calculated from: [1])(2 22 ` iro i zzfc z     [2] )(2 22`` iro r zzfc z     where f is the frequency, co = (εo a/t) is the electrodes capacitance, a is the area of the disk electrode, εo is the permittivity of the free space, and t is the specimen thickness of the membrane. the impedance z is given by (z=zr-jzi), where zr, zi are the real and the imaginary of the impedance, respectively. the ac electrical conductivity (σac) was calculated from the relation: σac=2πƒεo ε`` [3] the activation energies (ea) were calculated by using the arhenius equation: σ = σo -ea/kt) [4] where σ σo is the material constant, k is boltzman constant and ea is the activation energy. results and discussion the variation of phase angle () with the frequency at different temperatures is shown in figure (1). it was found that the negative values of phase angle decreases with the increase of the temperature, i.e., the membrane becomes less capacitive at the increase of the temperature, and it is very clear at high temperature at (55 o c). the behavior of impedance with temperature at different frequency is shown in figure (2). temperature strongly affects the impedance values especially at low frequencies, i.e., it was found that the impedance decreases with the increase of the temperature, and the impedance curve of composite specimens of different frequencies show, in general, a similar behavior resulting in a negative temperature coefficient of resistance similar to semiconductor (23). this may be explained in terms of certain events such as charge carrier generation, increasing of ionic mobility, closing up the energy gap, and mobility development of a band overlap due to structure changes. these processes strongly affect the charge carrier transport in the composite bulk. generally, the total observed current may be assumed as a superposition of polarization current and conduction current. the polarization current depends on temperature, where the decay time of the polarization is shortened by increasing the temperature (24, 25). this behavior proves that for a strong polar polymer, the conductivity increases as the temperature increases, or the temperature enhances the conduction process. figure (3) shows the cole-cole plot of the imaginary component zi versus the real component zr for the specimen 20 wt.% mncl2 content at different temperatures. the construction plots are greatly distorted semicircles exhibiting different electrical conduction processes with relaxation time spectrum. the figure shows that the impedance real component (zr) or the bulk resistance of the films decreases with the increase of temperature, i.e., the membrane becomes less resistive or more conductive (26). the relaxation time () was determined by approximating these cole-cole plots to semicircles by using the relation max .  = 1, where max is the angular frequency at maximum values of zi observed on the constructed plots. table (1) shows that the calculated relaxation time () decreases with the increase of temperature. this may be attributed to the ionic mobility, which increases as temperature increases in the pvc phase or from impurities existing in the commercial resins(26), i.e., this might be due to the fact that the dipole rotation is facilitated when the temperature rises since the dipoles have higher thermal energy (27). the temperature dependence of the dielectric constant (`) is shown in figure (4) where it increases with temperature. this suggests that when temperature raises, the orientation of ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 dipoles is facilitated, this can be explained in terms of a large number of dipole which is blocked at low temperature will be relaxed at high temperature, and this increases the dielectric constant (28). this is similar to what is normally observed in polar polymer as (peo). however, since the specific volume of the polymer is temperature dependent, i.e., it increases with the increase of the temperature (30), and it can be seen that for all temperatures, the dielectric constant decreases as the frequency increases below 10 3 hz, while above this frequency value, (`) remains nearly constant. also, it was found that the increase in (`) value is more pronounced especially at lower frequencies, and may be due to the increase of the total polarization in polar dielectrics (dipolar, interfacial/max-wag., and ionic polarization) (29). the dielectric dispersion in (`) becomes stronger at low-frequency as the temperature increases. outside the region of the dispersion, the dependence of the (`) on temperature for polar molecules is like that for non polar molecules as polystyrene, i.e., the temperature does not affect the polarization anymore, or (`) is independent of temperature. the temperature dependence of the dielectric loss (``) is shown in figure (5). it was found that the dielectric loss increases with the increase of temperature, especially at low frequencies. the observed increase in (``) is due to the enhancement of the ionic conductivity with the increase of temperature by the addition of (mncl2). a similar effect in pvc doped with dioctylphthalate was observed by bishai et al (31). in addition, the increase of temperature will increase the energy of the dipole so the dipole rapidly responds to the external electric field, i.e., the increase of temperature decreases the relaxation time of the dipole. the same is observed by aihara et al. (32) and eid et al. (13). figure (6) represents the ac conductivity (σa.c) versus temperatures at different frequencies. it was found that the (σa.c) values are very small and remain nearly constant below 10 khz. but above 10 khz up to 100 khz, the (σa.c) increases slowly at temperatures (27, 35, 45 and 55 o c). at higher frequency above 100 khz and up to 10 mhz, the conductivity increases rapidly indicating a break-down of the dielectric. it was found that σa.c increases with the increase of temperature due to the electron activation that increases rapidly with temperature, and due to ionic and molecular mobility stimulated at high temperature, i.e., the flow of electrons or charged ions is established between the electrodes with the high relative motion of polymer chains and thus leading to a higher conduction (26,13). the behavior of loss tangent (tan) versus frequency at different temperatures is shown in figure (7). the relaxation peak is observed due to the dipole relaxation. the observed relaxation peak of the tan loss in this plot is shifted to a higher frequency as the temperature increases. the side group rotation and the main chain motion should be accelerated with the increase of temperature. taking into consideration the rate of side group rotation associated with the main chain motion, one can expect the peak frequency (fmax) to become higher when the side group rotation becomes faster, which mean the increase of temperature will decrease the relaxation time of the dipole and increases the conductivity of the sample. in other words, this shift is due to facilitating the dipoles rotation under thermal effects as the frequency is increased (32). the activation energies (ea) were calculated from the slopes of the approximated straight lines obtained by plotting the natural logarithm of the conductivity versus (1000/t) (35) shown in figure(8) at different frequencies. the mean value of the activation energy is about (1.08) ev. the decrease of activation energy shown in table (2) is consistent with the decrease in the relaxation time of the ionic conduction mechanism. it was found that the calculated activation energy decreases with the increase of the frequency as shown in figure(9). the decrease in the (ea) reflects a higher ionic conduction process, i.e., which corresponds to the increase in the ac conductivity of the tested pvc/mncl2 thin membranes. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 conclusion the research work presented in this study deals with the dielectric properties of (pvc/ 20%mncl2) composite. the dielectric and impedance of this polymeric membrane were studied as a function of the applied electrical field frequency, and temperature by impedance technique. from the obtained results the following conclusions are drawn: 1. temperature, frequency affects the electrical and dialectical behavior of the composite membranes. 2. the dielectric constant and dielectric loss of the composite membrane increase with temperature. 3. the peak value of (tan loss) is shifted to a higher frequency at higher temperature. 4. the phase angle takes always negative values for all samples at different frequencies and temperatures, which indicates that the specimens can be represented by (rc) networks. 5. both the impedance and the dielectric behavior showed frequency dependence, explained on the basis of the interfacial (space charge) polarization, dipolar polarization and on the decrease of the hindrance of the polymer matrix. this filled pvc polymer could be good for low cost semiconducting composites. 6. the complex impedance plots exhibit different mechanisms operating in the bulk related to the relaxation times of the relaxations influenced by the temperature. 7. the ac conductivity increases and the activation energy decreases with the increase of frequency and temperature due to enhancement of ionic conduction in the membrane bulk. references 1. mort,j. (1982) electrical properties of polymer. john wiley & sons. new york. 2. kohlman, r.s.; joo, j. and epstein, a.j. (1997), conducting polymers: electrical conductivity. 3. perepechko, i.(1981) an introduction to polymer physics, mir publisher, moscow. 4. herman, f.; donald, f.and charles, g. (1982) encyclobedia of chemical technology 3rd edition .v (18). john wiley &sons inc., new york. 5. weston, j.e. and steele, b.c., (1982), solid state ionic, 7: 75 -84. 6. quartarone, e. and mustarelli, a. (1998), solid state ionic, 110: 1-13. 7. subban, r.h.and arof, a.k. (2003),journal of new materials for electrochemical systems 6: 197-203. 8. forsyth, m.; macfarlane, d.; best, a.; adebahr, p.and jacobsson, a. (2002), solid state ionics , 147: 203 -212. 9. choi, b.and shin, k. (1996), solid state ionics, 86: 303-311. 10. groce, f.; persi, l.; scrosati, b.; serraino-fiory, f. and plishta, p., (2001), electrochemical acta, 46: 2457-2466. 11. capiglia, c.;mustarelli, m.; quartarone, e.and tomassi, c., (1999), solid state ionics, 118: 73 -81. 12. faulkner, r. and kulkarni, a.,(1992), solid state ionicsmaterials and applications, eds. b.v.r. chowdari et al, world scientific, singapore, p. 549. 13. eid, a.; rammadin, y.and zihlif, a. (2000), j. polymeric mater, 47: 387-397. 14. khouli, m. (1998), electrical properties of peo/pvc blend. msc. thesis, university of jordan, amman, jordan. 15. rajendran, s., (2000), journal of power sources 87: 218 -227. 16. wright, v., (1989), j. macromolecular. science –chemistry. a26 (2&3): 519–550. 17. albinsson, i. and mellandar, b., (1991), polymer, new york. 18. abu samra, m. m.(1982), impedance and dielectric properties of ion selective pvc membrane electrodes. m.sc. thesis, university of jordan, amman. 19. hussen, f. and zihlif, a., (1993), j. of thermoplastic composite materials, 6: 120-129. . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 20. abu hijleh, m. (1996), the electrical behavior of mica-polystyrene composite. msc.thesis, university of jordan, amman jordan. 21. sangawar, v. s., chikhalikar, p. s., (2006), mater., sci., 29:413–416. 22. ramadin, y. ;saq’an, s. ;eid, a.; ahmed, m. and zihlif, a. (2000), journal of thermoplastic composite materials, 13: 497-508. 23. van valek, l. h. (1989), elements of materials science and engineering, 6 th edition. pp. 469 – 484. 24. furukawa,t. and fukada ,e.(1977),japan. j. apply. phys., 16:453–459. 25. delemonte, j., (1981) , technology of carbon and graphite fiber composite. new york, ny: vannostrand . reinhold. 26. jonscher, a.k. (1978), j. materials sciences, 13:562-565. 27. khouli, m. (1998), electrical properties of poly (ethylene oxide)/ poly (vinyl chloride) blend. m.sc. thesis. university of jordan. 28. van valek, l. h. (1975), materials science for engineering, 3rd edition, amsterdam. pp. 249 – 494. 29. fanggao,c.; saunders ,g.; lanbson,e.; hampton,r.; carini,g.; dimarco,g. and lanza,m. (1996), j. polymer science: part b: polymer physics, 34:425-433. 30. shahin, m. ;al haj – abdallah, m.; zihlif, a. and farris, r. (1995), j. polymer materials, 12: 1995 – 2005. 31. bishai, a.; gamil, f.; awni, f. and al khayate. (1985), j. appl. polymer science, 30: 2009-2014. 32. aihara, saito, h.; inooua, t.; wolff, h. p. and stuhn, b. (1998), polymer, 39(1): 129-134. 33. eid, a. m.(1998), ion-selective in poly (vinyl chloride) / poly (ethylene oxide) blended membrane, m.sc. thesis, university of jordan, jordan. 34. jastrzebski, z.d. (1977), the nature and properties of engineering materials, john wiley & sone, inc., 2 nd edition. pp.373-461. 35. moharram, m. soliman, m. and el-gendy, h. (1998), j. applied polymer science, 68: 2049-2055. table (1) : relaxation time as a function of temperature for pvc/mncl2 temperature ( o c )   10 -6 (sec.) 27 1.873 35 0.721 45 0.385 55 0.084 table (2) : the activation energy for pvc/mncl2 composite f(hz) t=1/f (sec) slope ea (ev) 400 2.5 e-03 15.412 1.329 1000 1.0 e-03 14.963 1.290 10000 1.0 e-04 13.824 1.192 30000 3.3 e-05 12.954 1.117 50000 2.0 e-05 12.374 1.067 100000 1.0 e-05 11.516 0.993 150000 6.6 e-06 10.893 0.938 200000 5.0 e-06 10.448 0.901 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (1): phase angle dependence on frequency for pvc/mncl2 (20wt. %) composite at different temperatures. fig.(2): dependence of impedance on temperature. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (3): complex impedance plots for pvc/mncl2(20wt.%) composite at different temperatures. fig. (4): the dielectric constant as a function of temperature. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (7): the variation of the tangent loss as a function of the frequency for pvc/mncl2(20wt.%) composite at different temperatures. fig. (6): the ac conductivity as a function of temperature. fig. (5): the dielectric loss as a function of temperature. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (8): natural logarithm of the ac conductivity versus 1000/t. (for different frequency). fig. (9): the activation energy versus frequency. 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد تأثير درجة الحرارة والتردد في الخصائص العزلية للمتراكب بولي كلوريد الفينيل مع ملح كلوريد المنغنيز أياد أحمد صالح إبن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد -قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية الخالصة إن العمل المقدم في هذا البحث هو دراسة تأثير الحرارة في الخصائص العزلية لمتراكب من )بولي كلوريدد الييييدل % داخددل القالددبت تمددة دراسددة ثابددة العددزل الكلربددائي ومعامددل اليقددد و 02مثددل لالددب وملددر )كلوريددد الميوييددز ح ددوة بتركيددز درحدة مئويدة 02ميكدا هرتدز و وندمن توييدر مددة درحدة الحدرارة ) 01-هرتدز02زمن االسترخاء المتراكب في يطاق التردد) درحة مئوية بتقاية الممايعة الكلربائيةت ولد ُحِسب تأثير زيادة درحة الحرارة وتردد المحال الكلربائي على الموصلية 55 – الكلربائية المتياوبةت لتوصدديلية الكلربائيددة وتخيدد طالددة التي دديط و ولددد لددوح إعتمدداد ثددابتي لقددد وحددد مددن اليتددائا ن زيددادة درحددة الحددرارة تزيددد ا العددزل الكلربددائي والممايعددة الكلربائيددة علددى التددردد المسددلط و درحددة الحددرارةو ولددد يعددزة ذلدد لددبع ددواهر ا سددتقطاب يددد إلدى يقصدان زمدن ا سدترخاء المعقدة وللقطبية العالية للدذا المتراكدبت فزيدادة درحدة الحدرارة والتدردد المسدلط علدى العييدة للمتراكب المحنر مختبريًا لتأثير الحركة األيويية و وحود ال وائب في المتراكبت microsoft word 102-108 mathematics | 102 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.1999 vol. 31 (3) 2018 for some results of semisecond submodules rasha i. khalaf department, of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. rasha_sin79@yahoo.com article history: received 15 may 2018, accepted 19 september 2018, published december 2018 abstract let ℛ be a commutative ring with unity and let ℬ be a unitary r-module. let ℵ be a proper submodule of ℬ, ℵ is called semisecond submodule if for any r∈ℛ, r≠0, n∈z+, either rnℵ=0 or rnℵ=rℵ. in this work, we introduce the concept of semisecond submodule and confer numerous properties concerning with this notion. also we study semisecond modules as a popularization of second modules, where an ℛ-module ℬ is called semisecond, if ℬ is semisecond submodul of ℬ. keywords: semisecond submodules, second submodules, secondary submodules. 1. introduction let ℛ be a commutative ring with unity and let ℬ be a unitary ℛ -module. s.yass in [1] introduced the notation of second submodule and second module where a submodule ℵ of an ℛ -module ℬ is called second submodule if for every r∈ℛ, r≠0, either rℵ =ℵ or rℵ =0 and a module ℬ is called semisecond if ℬ is semisecond submodule of ℬ. this definition leads us to introduce the notion of semisecond submodule and semisecond module as a generalization of second submodule and second module, where a submodule ℵ of an ℛ-module ℬ is called semisecond if for every r∈ ℛ, r≠0, n∈z+, either rnℵ =0 or rnℵ =rℵ and a module ℬ is semisecond if ℬ is semisecond submodule of ℬ. the main aim of this work is to give basic properties of semisecond submodules. moreover, we survey the relationships between semisecond submodules and other submodules. over this work we designate s.r.m. for submodule of an ℛ-module, for integral domain, for finitely generated, s.t. for such that and n.z. for non-zero. 2. semisecond submodules definition (1):-let ℵ be a s.r.m. ℬ, ℵ is semisecond submodule if for every r∈ℛ, n∈z+, either rnℵ=0 or rnℵ=rℵ. an ideal i of a ring ℛ is semisecond ideal if it is semisecond submodule of the ℛ -module ℛ. the later result is a description of semisecond submodule. proposition (2):ℵ is s.r.m. ℬ is semisecond iff r2 ℵ =0 or r2 ℵ =r ℵ for any r∈ ℛ, r≠0. proof:-(⟹) is obvious. (⟸) if r=3, then r3ℵ =r(r2ℵ). since either r2 ℵ =0 or r2 ℵ =r ℵ, that is either r3ℵ =r(0)=0 or r3ℵ =r(rℵ) =r2ℵ =rℵ. suppose that rn ℵ =0 or rn ℵ = r ℵ is whole for n=k. to evidence that the permit is whole if n=k+1. (r)k+1 ℵ =r(rk ℵ). but rk ℵ =0 or rkℵ =rℵ, that is rk+1ℵ =r(0) =0 or mathematics | 103 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.1999 vol. 31 (3) 2018 (r)k+1 ℵ =r(r ℵ)=r2 ℵ =r ℵ. hence by the principle of mathematical induction rn ℵ =0 or rn ℵ =r ℵ for any r∈ℛ, r≠0, n∈z+. therefore, ℵ is semisecond submodule. remarks and examples (3): (1) every second submodule is semisecond. proof: -let ℵ be a s.r.m. ℬ such that ℵ is second submodule, that is r ℵ =0 or r ℵ = ℵ for every r∈ℛ, r≠0. if r ℵ =0, then r2 ℵ =r(r ℵ)=r(0)=0. if r ℵ = ℵ, then r2 ℵ =r(r ℵ)=r ℵ, that is r2 ℵ =0 or r2 ℵ =r ℵ so ℵ is semisecond by proposition (2.2). the converse of this remark is not true in general for example: consider the z-module z8, let ℵ =<2>, take r=2, r ℵ ={0,4}. thus r ℵ ≠ ℵ and r ℵ ≠(0), that is ℵ is not second submodule, while for every r∈z, r≠0, such that r is even, then r=2k for some k∈z, so r2 ℵ =(2k)2 ℵ =0.also if r is odd, then r=(2k+1), so r2 ℵ =(4k2+4k+1) ℵ = ℵ and r ℵ =(2k+1) ℵ =2k ℵ + ℵ = ℵ. thus r2 ℵ =r ℵ. thus ℵ is semisecond submodule. (2) the submodule z of the z-module q is not semisecond submodule, but q is a semisecond submodule of q. (3) any submodule of zp∞ as z-module is not semisecond submodule. (4) let ℵ be a non-zero s.r.m. ℬ s.t. ℛ is a field, then ℵ is semisecond. proof: let r∈ ℛ, r≠0 and suppose r2ℵ≠0. to prove r2ℵ=rℵ, let rn∈rℵ, then rn=r2(r-1n)∈r2ℵ, hence rℵ⊆r2ℵ, which implies that r2ℵ=rℵ. thus ℵ is a semisecond submodule. (5) let f: ℬ→ℬ' be an r-homorphism and ℵ is a semisecond submodule of ℬ, then f(ℵ) is a semisecond submodule of ℬ'. proof: since ℵ is semisecond, then r2ℵ=rℵ or r2ℵ=0. hence either f(r2ℵ)=f(rℵ) or f(r2ℵ)=f(0). thus r2f(ℵ)=rf(ℵ) or r2f(ℵ)=f(0). therefore, f(ℵ) is a semisecond submodule of ℬ'. (6) the inverse image of semisecond submodule need not to be a semisecond, for example: let π:z →z/<6>≅z6, <2> is semisecond submodule in z6 but π-1(2)=2z is not a semisecond. the opposite of remark and example (2.3. (1)) is true under the class of torsion free module over an integral domain, where a module ℬ over an i.d. is called torsion free if τ(ℬ)=0, where τ(ℬ)= {m∈ ℬ; r∈ℛ, r≠0, rm=0}, see [2.p.45]. proposition (4):-if ℵ is a semisecond s.r.m. ℬ such that ℬ is torsion free over an i.d. r, then ℵ is a second submodule. proof:let r∈ ℛ, r≠0. since ℵ is semisecond submodule, then r2ℵ=0 or r2ℵ=rℵ. if r2ℵ=0, then r2=0 (since m is torsion free) and since ℛ is an i.d., then r=0, which is contradiction. thus r2ℵ=rℵ and for any n∈ℵ, hence  �́�∈ℵ s.t. r2�́�=rn. thus r(n-r�́�)=0. since r≠0 and m is torsion free, then (n�́� n)=0, that is n=r �́� , hence ℵ⊆rℵ and so, rℵ=ℵ. therefore, ℵ is a second submodule. corollary (5):if ℬ is a torsion free over an integral domain, then ℵ is second submodule of ℬ if and only if ℵ is semisecond. mathematics | 104 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.1999 vol. 31 (3) 2018 recall that a module ℬ is called multiplication if every submodule ℵ of ℬ,  an ideal i of ℛ s.t. i ℬ =ℵ, amounting to for every submodule ℵ of ℬ, ℵ=[ℵ : ℛ ℬ]. ℬ, see[3]. proposition (6):if ℬ is a faithful f.g. multiplication r-module, ℵ< ℬ, then ℵ is semisecond iff [ℵ:ℬ] is semisecond ideal of r. proof:(⟹) if ℵ is a semisecond submodule, then for any r∈ ℛ, r≠0, r2ℵ=rℵ or r2ℵ=0. if r2ℵ=rℵ, then r2[ℵ:ℬ]. ℬ =r[ℵ:ℬ]. ℬ because ℬ is a multiplication module. since ℬ is a f.g. faithful multiplication ℛ -module, then by [1] r2[ℵ : ℬ]=r[ℵ:ℬ]. if r2ℵ=0, then r2[ℵ:ℬ]. ℬ =0 and hence r2[ℵ:ℬ]⊆ ℬ =0. thus r2 [ℵ:ℬ]=0 and so [ℵ:ℬ] is a semisecond ideal. now, to prove the opposite. let [ℵ : ℛ ℬ] be a semisecond ideal, that is [ℵ : ℛ m] is a semisecond submodule of the ℛ -module ℛ. then by proposition (2.2)  r∈r, r≠0, r2[ℵ : ℛ ℬ]= r[ℵ:ℬ] or r2[ℵ:ℬ]=0, that is r2[ℵ : ℛ ℬ] ℬ =r[ℵ : ℛ ℬ]. ℬ or r2[ℵ : ℛ ℬ]=0. since ℬ is a multiplication module, we have r2ℵ=rℵ or r2ℵ=0 for every r∈ ℛ, r≠0. therefore, ℵ is a semisecond submodule. we notice that the provision m is faithful cannot be dropped from proposition (2.6) for instance: consider the z-module z6, z6 is f.g. multiplication z-module but not faithful. however, the submodule ℵ=<3> is a semisecond submodule since for any r2∉ ℛ ℵ=2z, r2ℵ=rℵ. but [ℵ : ℛ ℬ]=[(3) : z6] =3z is not semisecond in z, since for every r2∉ ℛ (3z)=0 and for each r ≠ ∓1 we have r2 (3z) ≠ r(3z). proposition (7):n.z. ℵ s.r.m. ℬ is a semisecond ℛ -submodule iff ℵ is a semisecond ℛ /i-submodule, where i⊆ ℛ ℵ. proof :⟹ let �̅� =r+i ∈ℛ = ℛ /i. (�̅� )2ℵ=(r+i)2ℵ= rℵ . but r2ℵ=0 or r2ℵ=rℵ, since ℵ is semisecond, therefore (�̅� 2ℵ=0 or (�̅�)2ℵ= �̅�ℵ. thus ℵ is a semisecond ℛ-submodule. similarly, we can proof the opposite. hence, we have the following result. corollary (8):if ℵ is a n.z. s.r.m. ℬ is a semisecond submodule iff ℵ is a semisecond submodules ℛ / ℛ ℵ – submodule. proposition (9):let ℵ be n.z. proper submodule of ℬ s.t. ℛ ℵ is a maximal ideal, then ℵ is a semisecond submodule. proof:since ℛ ℵ is a maximal ideal, then ℛ/ ℛ ℵ is a field and by remark and example (2.3.(4)) ℵ is semisecond submodule ℛ / ℛ ℵ-submodule. thus by corollary (2.8), ℵ is a semisecond submodule ℛ -submodule. mathematics | 105 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.1999 vol. 31 (3) 2018 remark (10):if ℵ=ℵ1⊕ℵ2 is semisecond submodule in ℬ=ℬ1⊕ℬ2, then n1 and n2 are semiseconds in ℬ 1, ℬ 2 respectively. proof:it follows directly by remark and example (2.3.(5)). remark (11):let ℬ = ℬ 1⊕ ℬ 2. if ℵ1 and ℵ2 are semisecond submodules in ℬ 1 and ℬ 2 respectively, then it is not necessarily that ℵ 1⊕ ℵ 2 is semisecond submodule in m for example: let ℬ =z6⊕z16, let ℵ=<3>⊕<2>, <3> is semisecond submodule in z6, <2> is semisecond submodule in z16. however 2 ℵ =< 0 >+< 4 >, (22) ℵ =4 ℵ =< 0 >⊕< 8 >, then 22 ℵ ≠2 ℵ and 22ℵ≠<0>⊕<0>. the following result shows the direct sum of two semisecond submodules under certain condition. proposition (12):let ℵ1 and ℵ2 be semisecond submodules in ℬ1 and ℬ2 respectively such that ℛ ℵ1 = ℛ ℵ2. then ℵ1⊕ℵ2 is semisecond submodule in ℬ=ℬ1⊕ℬ2. proof:let r∈ ℛ, r≠0, then (r2ℵ1=rℵ1 or r2ℵ1=0) and (r2ℵ2=rℵ2 or r2ℵ2=0). suppose r2ℵ1=0, then r2ℵ2=0 since ℛ ℵ1 = ℛ ℵ2 and so r2(ℵ1⊕ℵ2) =0. if r2ℵ1=rℵ1 and r2ℵ1≠0, hence r2ℵ2≠0 so r2ℵ2=rℵ2. it follows that r2(ℵ1⊕ℵ2) = r2ℵ1⊕r2ℵ2=rℵ1⊕rℵ2. now, we survey the relationships between semisecond submodules and some kind of submodules. a submodule ℵ of a module ℬ is rendering semiprime if ℵ≠ℬ and r∈ℛ, m∈ℬ, k∈z+ with rkm∈ℵ, then rm∈ℵ,see[4].equivalently ℵ is semiprime if whenever r∈ℛ, m∈ℬ, r2m∈ℵ, then rm∈ℵ,see[3,prop.(1.2)]. an r-module ℬ is rendering semiprime if (0) is a semiprime submodule of ℬ. proposition (13):let ℬ be a semiprime ℛ-module, ℵ submodule of ℬ if ℵ is semisecond, then ℵ is semiprime submodule of ℬ. proof:let a2x∈ℵ, where a∈ℛ, x∈ℬ. to prove ax∈ℵ. since ℵ is semisecond, then either a2ℵ=0 or a2ℵ=aℵ. assume a2ℵ=(0). put a2x=n for some n∈ℵ. then a4x=a2n∈a2ℵ=0, hence ax=0∈ℵ (since ℬ is semiprime). assume a2ℵ=aℵ. since a2x=n∈ℵ, then a3x=an∈aℵ=a2ℵ, so that a3x=a2n1for some n1∈ℵ. hence a2(ax-n1)=0.as ℬ is semiprime a(ax1-n1)=0 and so that a2x=an ∈aℵ=a2ℵ. thus a2ℵ=a2n2 for some n2∈ℵ. this implies a2(x-n2) =0. but ℬ is semiprime, so that a(x-n2) =0. it follows that ax=an2∈ℵ. therefore, ℵ is a semiprime submodule. note that the opposite of previous proposition is not hold in public for instance: take ℬ=z as z-module. ℬ is prime so it is semiprime. let ℵ=<6> is semiprime, but n is not semisecond since for every r∈z, r≠0, r2ℵ≠(0) and r2ℵ≠rℵ. reminiscence that a module ℬ is rendering coprime if ℛ ℬ = ℛ ℬ ℵ for every proper submodule ℵ of ℬ, see [5]. equivalently ℬ is coprime module if and only if ℬ is second module, see [6, th.(2.1.6)]. mathematics | 106 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.1999 vol. 31 (3) 2018 a submodule ℵ of an ℛ-module ℬ is rendering irreducible if ℵ cannot be expressed as a finite intersection of proper divisors of ℵ, see [4]. proposition (14):let ℬ be a coprime module, let n be a submodule of ℬ such that ℵ is irreducible. if ℵ is semiprime, then ℵ is second and hence semisecond. proof:let ℵ be a semiprime ℛ-submodule, since ℵ is irreducible, then by [3,prop.(1-10)] ℵ is prime, but ℬ is coprime module, then by [6,prop(2.4.7)] ℵ is second, hence ℵ is semisecond. corollary (15):let ℬ be a prime module over regular ring ℛ (in sense of von neuman), let ℵ be a submodule of ℬ such that ℵ is irreducible.then n is semisecond if and only if ℵ is semiprime. proof:(⟹) since ℬ is prime, so it is semiprime. thus we have the result by proposition (2.13). (⟸) since ℬ is prime module over regular ring, then by [6, corollary (2.4.3)] ℬ is coprime, hence we have the result by proposition (2.14). reminiscence that a submodule ℵ of a module ℬ is rendering secondary (dual notion of primary module) if for each r∈r, the homothety r* on ℵ is either surjective or nilpotent, where r* is nilpotent if there exist k∈z+, such that (r*)k=0, see[7].it is obvious that every second submodule is secondary, but the opposite is not whole in public. the next lemma explains that the opposite is whole under certain condition. lemma (16):let ℵ be an ℛ-submodule such that ℛ ℵ is semiprime ideal. if ℵ is secondary, then ℵ is second submodule and hence semisecond. proof:since ℵ is secondary, then for any r∈ℛ, r≠0, rℵ=ℵ or rnℵ=0; n∈z+. if rℵ=ℵ, then there is nothing to prove. if rnℵ=0, then rn∈ ℛ ℵ. but ℛ ℵ is semiprime, so r∈ ℛ ℵ. thus rℵ=0 and hence ℵ is second. corollary (17): let ℵ be a s.r.m. ℬ such that ℛ ℵ is semiprime, then ℵ is secondary if and only if ℵ is second. the opposite of corollary (17) need not to be whole in public for example: in z8 as z-module, <2> is semisecond and not secondary. the opposite is whole under the class of torsion free module over regular ring. remark (18): if ℵ is semisecond submodules of torsion free module ℬ over regular ring, then ℵ is secondary. proof:the proof directly by proposition (4). corollary (19) :let ℬ be torsion free over regular ring, let ℵ be submodule of ℬ such that ℛ ℵ is semiprime, then ℵ is secondary if and only if ℵ is semisecond. now, we turn our attention to the localization of semisecond. proposition (20):let ℵ be a semisecond submodule of an ℛ-module ℬ, then ℵs is semisecond ℛs-submodule of ℬs, s.t. s is a multiplicatively closed subset of r. proof:let �̅�∈ℛs, �̅� = , where r∈ℛ, s∈s. assume that (�̅�)2∉ ℵs .to prove (�̅� 2ℵs=�̅�ℵs. since (�̅�)2∉ ℵs, then ( 2.( )≠ for some n∈ℵ, a∈s. ( )≠ , that is for any t∈s, r2tn≠0. thus mathematics | 107 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.1999 vol. 31 (3) 2018 r2t∉ ℛ ℵ which implies that r2∉ ℛ ℵ, so r2ℵ≠0.but ℵ is semisecond, hence r2ℵ=rℵ. therefore (r2ℵ)s =(rℵ)s. thus (r2)s ℵs = (r)sℵs and so (�̅�)2ℵs=�̅�ℵs. corollary (21):let ℵ be a semisecond submodule of an r-module ℬ, then ℵp is semisecond ℛp-submodule of ℬp for any prome ideal p of ℛ. 3. semisecond modules yass in [1] introduced the notion of second module (where ℬ is second if for every r∈ℛ, r≠0, rℬ=0 or rℬ=ℬ). equivalently ℬ is second module if ℬ is second submodule of ℬ. in this section we introduce the notion of semisecond module as a generalization of second module. we give some properties of semisecond module. definition (22):let ℬ be an r-module, ℬ is rendering semisecond if ℬ is semisecond submodule, that is for any r∈ℛ, r≠0, r2ℬ=rℬ or r2m=0. remarks and examples (23) (1) it is obvious that every second module is semisecond, by remark and example (2.3.(1)).the opposite is not whole in public for instance: z4 as z-module is not second since 2z4≠z4 and 2z4≠(0) but z4 is semisecond module. (2) z as z-module is not semisecond , since for any r∈ℛ, r≠0, r2z≠(0) and r2z≠rz. (3) consider the z-module zp∞, zp∞ =0, that is for all r∈z, r≠0, r2zp∞≠(0). but zp∞ is divisible z-module, so r2zp∞=rzp∞; for all r∈z, r≠0, then zp∞ is semisecond. (4) q as z-module is semisecond module. (5) if n is a prime number, then zn is semisecond z-module, but the opposite is not whole in public for example z6 is semisecond but 6 is not prime. (6) a module ℬ is semisecond ℛ-module iff ℬ is semisecond ℛ/i-module, where i⊆ ℛ ℬ. proof :it follows by proposition (7). (7) a module ℬ is semisecond ℛ-module iff ℬ is semisecond ℛ/ ℛ ℬ-module. proof :it follows by corollary (8). (8)let f:ℬ⟶ ℬ ' be an r-homomorphism, if ℬ is semisecond module, then f(ℬ) is semisecond ℬ'-module. (9) let ℬ be a semisecond ℛ-module, then ℬs is semisecond ℛs-module, s.t. s is a multiplicatively closed subset of ℛ. proof :it holds by proposition (20). (10) let ℬ be a semisecond ℛ-module, then ℬp is a semisecond ℛp-module for any prime ideal p of ℛ. proof:it follows by corollary (21). mathematics | 108 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.1999 vol. 31 (3) 2018 references 1. yassemi, s. the dual notion of prime submodules. arch. math. (born). 2001, 73, 273-278. 2. abdul-baste, z.; smith, p.f. multiplication modules. comm. in algebra. 1988, 16, 755-779. 3. athab, i.a. prime submodules and semiprime submodules. m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 1996. 4. dauns, j. prime modules and one sided ideals in ring theory and algebra iii. proceedings of the third oklahomo conference. 1980, 301-344. 5. annin, s. associated and attached primes over non commutative rings. ph. d thesis, university of berkeley. 2002. 6. rasha, i.k. dual notions of prime submodules and prime modules. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 2009. 7. macdonald, l.g. secondary representation of modules over commutattive ring. sympos. math. xi, 1973, 33-43. 10010067 10010068 10010069 10010070 10010071 10010072 10010073 10010074 10010075 10010076 10010077 10010078 10010079 10010080 10010081 10010082 microsoft word 175 -187   175  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       𝝎mc –functions and 𝑵mc-functions abstract in this paper, we presented new types of mc-function by using 𝜔-open and 𝑁-open sets some of them are weaker than mc-function and some are stronger, which are 𝜔mc-function, m𝜔c-function, 𝜔m𝜔c-function, 𝑁mc-function, m𝑁c-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function, also we submitted new kinds of continuous functions and compact functions and we illustrated the relationships between these types. the purpose of this paper is to expand the study of mcfunction and to get results that we need to find the relationship with the types that have been introduced. keywords: 𝜔mc-function, m𝜔c-function, 𝜔m𝜔c-function, 𝑁mc-function, 𝑁m𝑁c-function. 1. introduction in (2011) farhan, ala’a. mahmood [1]. introduced the concept of new function which was named by mc-function where he defined it as (a function 𝑓 from any topological space 𝑋, ʈ into any topological space 𝑌, ʈ was called mc-function iff 𝑓 𝒲 was a closed set in 𝑋 for any compact set 𝒲 in 𝑌). moreover, in (2015) the researchers in [2]. introduced new types of mc-functions by using g-closed sets which were m-gc, gm-c and gm-gc functions, where every mc-function was m-gc function and gmc function, the notion of 𝜔-open sets submitted at the first time by hdeib in [3]. while the notion of 𝑁-open sets submitted by al-omari in [4]. where they defined these sets as (any set 𝒲 in a topological space 𝑋, ʈ was called 𝜔-open (respectively. 𝑁-open) set, if for any element 𝑎 ∈ 𝒲 there was an open set ℬ containing a, with ℬ-𝒲 was countable (respectively. finite) set. 𝒲 was 𝜔-closed set (respectively. 𝑁-closed set). after that many researchers used these sets and introduced new concepts in different kinds of topological spaces. in this paper, we used these two sets to introduce new types of mc-function, namely 𝜔mc-function, m𝜔c-function, 𝜔m𝜔c-function, 𝑁mc-function, m𝑁c-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function and we illustrated the relation between them and their relation with mc-function, also we connected between these functions and 𝑇 -space, 𝜔𝑇 -space, 𝑁𝑇 -space, kcspace, and c-c space. we used the same sets to define new forms of continuous and compact functions such as strongly 𝜔-continuous, strongly 𝑁-continuous, 𝜔-irresolute, 𝜔∗-compact, 𝑁∗-compact, 𝜔∗∗-compact, 𝑁∗∗-compact function, and we presented some propositions, remarks and examples to support our work. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/ 33.3.2484 article history: received 7 september 2019, accepted 13 october 2019, published in july 2020. nadia kadum humadi haider jebur ali department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, iraq. m.a.nadia313@gmail.com drhaiderjebur@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq   176  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝟏-𝝎mc-functions and 𝑵mc-functions. we recall the following facts which we need in this our work, after that we will introduce the definitions of new types of mc-function and illustrate the relation between these types. definition (1.1): a space 𝑋, ʈ is called: 1a compact space if any open cover for 𝑋 possesses a finite sub cover [5]. 2a 𝜔-compact space if any 𝜔-open cover for 𝑋 possesses a finite sub cover [5]. 3an 𝑁-compact space if any 𝑁-open cover for 𝑋 possesses a finite sub cover [6]. remark (1.2): every closed set is 𝜔-closed [7]. (respectively 𝑁-closed [6].) set. and every 𝑁-open set is 𝜔-open set [8]. also every 𝑁-closed set is 𝜔-closed set [8]. as well as every 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set is compact [5, 9]. example (1.3): 1-in the excluded point topological space (𝑋, ʈ ) where 𝑋 is a finite set, the set {𝑥 ∘ is 𝜔-closed and 𝑁-closed set but not closed set, in which ʈ = 𝑈 ⊆ 𝑋, 𝑥∘ ∉ 𝑈 for some 𝑥∘ ∈ 𝑋 ⋃ 𝑋 . 2-the set of irrational number 𝒬 in the co-finite topological space (ℛ, ʈ is 𝜔-open set but not 𝑁-open set. 3-the set of rational number 𝒬 in the co-finite topological space (ℛ, ʈ is 𝜔-closed set but not 𝑁-closed set. 4-the included point topological space (𝒵, ʈ where ʈ = {𝑈 ⊆ 𝑋, where 𝑥∘ ∈ 𝑈, for some 𝑥° in 𝑋}⋃{∅} is a compact space but not 𝜔-compact. definition (1.4): the space 𝑋, ʈ is called: 1a 𝑇 -space, if for each non-equal elements 𝑥, 𝑦 in 𝑋, there are disjoint 𝒲 , 𝒲 ∈ ʈ with 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲 and 𝑦 ∈ 𝒲 [10]. 2a 𝜔𝑇 -space, if for each non-equal elements 𝑥, 𝑦 in 𝑋, there are disjoint 𝜔-open sets 𝒲 , 𝒲 in 𝑋 with 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲 and 𝑦 ∈ 𝒲 [11]. 3an 𝑁𝑇 -space, if for each non-equal elements 𝑥, 𝑦 in 𝑋, there are disjoint 𝑁-open sets 𝒲 , 𝒲 with 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲 and 𝑦 ∈ 𝒲 [6]. example (1.5) 1ℛ, ʈ is 𝑇 -space. 2𝑋, ʈ where 𝑋 is a finite set and ʈ = {𝒲 ⊆ 𝑋 | 𝒶∘ ∈ 𝒲, for some 𝒶∘ ∈ x ⋃ ∅ , is ωt -space and 𝑁t -space. remark (1.6) 1every closed subset of a compact space is a compact set [6]. 2every 𝜔-closed subset of an 𝜔-compact space is an 𝜔-compact set [12]. 3- every 𝑁-closed subset of an 𝑁-compact space is an 𝑁-compact set [6]. 4every compact subset of a 𝑇 -space is a closed set [12]. 5every 𝜔-compact subset of an 𝜔𝑇 -space is an 𝜔-closed set [12]. 6every 𝑁-compact subset of an 𝑁𝑇 -space is an 𝑁-closed set [13]. 7every 𝑇 -space is 𝜔𝑇 -space [14]. 8every 𝑇 -space is 𝑁𝑇 -space [6].   177  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 definition (1.7) a function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is called m𝜔c-function if 𝑓 𝒲 is a 𝜔-closed set in 𝑋 for any compact set 𝒲 in 𝑌. definition (1.8) a function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is called m𝑁c-function if 𝑓 𝒲 is an 𝑁-closed set in 𝑋 for any compact set 𝒲 in 𝑌. example (1.9) the identity function 𝐼 : 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑋, ʈ where 𝑋 is a denumerable set (infinite countable set), is m𝜔c-function. but in case 𝑋 is a finite set then 𝑓 is m𝑁c-function. definition (1.10): a function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is called 𝜔mc-function if 𝑓 𝒲 is a closed set in 𝑋 for any 𝜔-compact set 𝒲 in 𝑌. definition (1.11) a function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is called 𝑁mc-function if 𝑓 𝒲 is a closed set in 𝑋 for any 𝑁-compact set 𝒲 in 𝑌. example (1.12) the identity function 𝐼ℛ : ℛ, ʈ ⟶ ℛ, ʈ is 𝜔mc-function and 𝑁mc-function. definition (1.13) a function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is called 𝜔m𝜔c-function if 𝑓 𝒲 is an 𝜔-closed set in 𝑋 for any 𝜔-compact set 𝒲 in 𝑌. example (1.14) the function 𝑓: 𝑁, ʈ ⟶ ℛ, ʈℛ is 𝜔m𝜔c-function. definition (1.15) the function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is called 𝑁m𝑁c-function if 𝑓 𝒲 is an 𝑁-closed set in 𝑋 for any 𝑁-compact set 𝒲 in 𝑌. example (1.16) the function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ ℛ, ʈℛ where 𝑋 is a finite set, is 𝑁m𝑁c-function. the following scheme is helpful mc-function m𝜔c-function (resp. m𝑁c-function) 𝜔mc-function (resp. 𝑁mc-function) 𝜔m𝜔c-function (resp. 𝑁m𝑁cfunction) remark (1.17) 1every 𝑁mc-function is 𝜔mc-function. 2every m𝑁c-function is m𝜔c-function. 3every 𝑁m𝑁c-function is 𝜔m𝜔c-function. example (1.18) 1𝐼𝒵 : 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ is m𝜔c-function but neither m𝑁c-function nor mc-function. 2𝐼 : 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑋, ʈ where 𝑋 is a finite set, is m𝑁c-function but not mc-function.   178  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 3𝑓: 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ is 𝜔m𝜔c-function but not 𝜔mc-function. 4𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑋, ʈ where 𝑋 is a finite set, is 𝑁m𝑁c-function but not 𝑁mc-function. 5𝐼 : 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑋, ʈ where 𝑋= {1, 2, 3} and ʈ= {∅, 𝑋, 1 } is 𝜔m𝜔c-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function, but not mc-function. 6 𝐼𝒵 : 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ is m𝜔c-function, but not 𝜔mc-function. 7𝐼 : 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑋, ʈ  where 𝑋 is a finite set, is m𝑁c-function but not 𝑁mc-function. 8𝐼𝒵 : 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ is 𝜔mc-function but not 𝑁mc-function. 9𝐼𝒵 : 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ is m𝜔c-function and 𝜔m𝜔c-function but neither 𝑁m𝑁cfunction nor m𝑁c-function. definition (1.19) a function 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is called: 1a continuous function if 𝑓 𝒲 is open set in 𝑋 for any open set 𝒲 in the space 𝑌 [15]. 2an 𝜔-continuous function if 𝑓 𝒲 is 𝜔-open set in 𝑋 for each open set 𝒲 in 𝑌 [16]. 3- an 𝑁-continuous function if 𝑓 𝒲 is 𝑁-open set in 𝑋 for each open set 𝒲 in 𝑌 [15]. 4a strongly 𝜔-continuous function if 𝑓 𝒲 is open set in 𝑋 for each 𝜔-open set 𝒲 in 𝑌. 5a strongly 𝑁-continuous function if 𝑓 𝒲 is open set in 𝑋 for each 𝑁-open set 𝒲 in 𝑌. 6- an 𝜔‐irresolute function if 𝑓 𝒲 is 𝜔-open set in 𝑋 for each 𝜔-open set in 𝑌. 7an 𝑁-irresolute function if 𝑓 𝒲 is 𝑁-open set in 𝑋 for each 𝑁-open set 𝒲 in 𝑌 [9]. example (1.20) 1𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is continuous function. 2the function 𝑓 from the excluded point space 𝑋, ʈ where 𝑋 is a countable set into any space 𝑌, ʈ is 𝜔-continuous function, where ʈ 𝒲 ⊆ 𝑋, 𝑎∘ ∉ 𝒲 for some 𝑎∘ ∈ 𝑋 ⋃ 𝑋 . 3the function 𝑓 from the included point space 𝑋, ʈ into the discrete space 𝑋, ʈ where 𝑋 is a finite set, is 𝑁-continuous function. 4𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑋, ʈ , where 𝑓 𝑎 𝑑 for any 𝑎 ∈ 𝑋, is strongly 𝜔-continuous function. 5the identity function from the co-countable space 𝑋, ʈ into the same space where 𝑋 is uncountable set, is strongly 𝑁-continuous function. 6- a function 𝑓 from the included point space 𝒵, ʈ into the co-finite space 𝒵, 𝜇 is 𝜔irresolute function. 7- the function 𝑓 from elective topology on an infinite set to the indiscrete topology on the same set in which 𝑓 𝑎 𝑑 for any 𝑎 in the domain, is 𝑁-irresolute function. the following scheme is useful. continuous function 𝜔-continuous (resp. 𝑁-continuous) function strongly 𝜔-continuous (resp. strongly 𝜔-irresolute (resp. 𝑁-irresolute) function 𝑁continuous) function remark (1.21) 1every 𝑁-continuous function is 𝜔-continuous. 2every strongly 𝜔-continuous function is strongly 𝑁-continuous. 3no relation between 𝜔-irresolute function and 𝑁-irresolute.   179  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 example (1.22) 1𝑓: 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ  is 𝜔-continuous but not 𝑁-continuous function. 2𝐼𝒵 : 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ   is strongly 𝑁-continuous but not strongly 𝜔-continuous function. 3𝐼𝒵 : 𝒵, ʈ ⟶ 𝒵, ʈ is 𝜔-irresolute but not 𝑁-irresolute function. definition (1.23) 1a space 𝑋, ʈ) is called: 1c-c space if each closed set in 𝑋 is compact and each compact set is closed [17]. 2kc-space if each compact set in 𝑋 is closed [18]. example (1.24) 1𝑋, ʈ ) where 𝑋 is a finite set is c-c space. 2ℛ, ʈ𝓊 is kc-space. remark (1.25) every 𝑇 -space is kc-space. example (1.26): (ℛ, ʈ is kc-space but not 𝑇 -space. proposition (1.27) if 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is a 𝜔-continuous function where 𝑌 is a 𝑇 -space, then it is an m𝜔c-function. proof let 𝒦 be a compact subset of 𝑌, since 𝑌 is a 𝑇 -space then 𝒦 is closed (by remark (1.6)), but 𝑓 is 𝜔-continuous function, so 𝑓 𝒦 is 𝜔-closed set in 𝑋, therefore 𝑓 is m𝜔c-function. by the same way we can prove the following proposition. proposition (1.28) if 𝑓: 𝑋, ʈ ⟶ 𝑌, ʈ is: 1- an 𝑁-continuous function where 𝑌 is a 𝑇 -space, then it is an m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function). 2an 𝜔-continuous function where 𝑌 is a kc-space (respectively c-c space), then it is an m𝜔c-function. 3an 𝑁-continuous function where 𝑌 is a kc-space (respectively c-c space), then it is an m𝑁c-function. 4a continuous function where 𝑌 is a 𝑇 -space (respectively kc-space, or c-c space), then it is an m𝜔c-function, m𝑁c-function, 𝜔mc-function,  𝑁mc-function, 𝜔m𝜔c-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function. 5a strongly 𝜔-continuous function where 𝑌 is a 𝜔𝑇 -space (respectively kc-space, c-c space), then it is a 𝜔mc-function and 𝜔m𝜔c-function. 6a strongly 𝜔-continuous function where 𝑌 is a 𝑁𝑇 -space (respectively kc-space, c-c space), then it is an 𝑁mc-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function. 7a strongly 𝑁-continuous function where 𝑌 is a 𝑁𝑇 -space, then it is an 𝑁mc-function. 8an 𝜔-irresolute function where 𝑌 is a 𝜔𝑇 -space (respectively kc-space, c-c space), then it is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function. 9an 𝑁-irresolute function where 𝑌 is a 𝑁𝑇 -space (respectively kc-space, c-c space), then it is an 𝑁m𝑁c-function.   180  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 proof: 1let k be a compact set in 𝑌 which is a 𝑇 -space, so it is closed set (by remark (1.6)), so 𝑓 k is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set (since 𝑓 is an 𝑁-continuous function), so 𝑓 is an m𝜔c-function and an m𝑁c-function. by the same way we can proof the rest. definition (1.29) a function 𝑓 ∶ 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is called: 1a compact function if the inverse image of any compact set in 𝑌 is a compact set in 𝑋 [2]. 2an 𝜔∗-compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗-compact) function if the inverse image of any compact set in 𝑌 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝑋. 3an 𝜔-compact [12]. (respectively 𝑁-compact) function the inverse image of any 𝜔compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝑌 is a compact set in 𝑋. 4an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function the inverse image of any 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝑌 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝑋. (1.30) example 1𝑓: ℛ, ʈ ⟶ ℛ, ʈ is compact, 𝜔∗-compact, 𝑁∗-compact, 𝜔-compact, 𝑁-compact, 𝜔∗∗-compact and 𝑁∗∗-compact function. proposition (1.31): if 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is: 1𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function where 𝑋 is a 𝑇 -space, and then it is 𝜔mcfunction and 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 2𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function where 𝑋 is a kc-space, and then it is 𝜔mcfunction and 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 3𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function where 𝑋 is a c-c space, and then it is 𝜔mcfunction and 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function and 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 4compact function where 𝑋 is a 𝑇 -space (respectively kc-space, c-c space), and then it is 𝜔mc-function and 𝑁mc-function. 5𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function where x is a t -space, and then it is ωmωc-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 6𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function where 𝑋 is a kc-space, and then it is 𝜔m𝜔cfunction (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 7𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function where 𝑋 is a c-c space, and then it is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 8𝜔∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗-compact) function where 𝑋 is a 𝜔𝑇 -space (respectively 𝑁𝑇 space), and then it is m𝜔c-function (resp. m𝑁c-function). 9𝜔∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗-compact) function where 𝑋 is a kc-space, and then it is m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function). 10𝜔∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗-compact) function where 𝑋 is a c-c space, and then it is m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function). 11𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function where 𝑋 is a 𝜔𝑇 -space (respectively 𝑁𝑇 -space), and then it is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). proof: suppose 𝑓 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function and 𝑋 is a 𝑇 -space, let 𝒲 be an 𝜔-compact set in 𝑌, so 𝑓 𝒲 is compact set in 𝑋 which is a 𝑇 -space, thus 𝑓 𝒲 is   181  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 closed set (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function). now, since every closed set is 𝑁-closed and 𝜔-closed set, so 𝑓 is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). we can prove the rest by the same way. proposition (1.32) [19]. 1if 𝑌 is a subspace of 𝑋, ʈ and 𝒲 is 𝜔-open set in 𝑋, then 𝒲 is 𝜔-open set in 𝑌 provided that 𝒲 ⊆ 𝑌. 2- if 𝑌 is a subspace of 𝑋, ʈ and 𝒲 is 𝜔-closed set in 𝑋, then 𝒲 is 𝜔-closed set in 𝑌 provided that 𝒲 ⊆ 𝑌. proposition (1.33) if 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is a 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function) and 𝒲 ⊆ 𝑋 then 𝑓|𝒲 : 𝒲 ⟶ 𝑌 is a 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function). proof: let 𝒢=𝑓|𝒲 : 𝒲 ⟶ 𝑌 and let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, since 𝑓 is an 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function), then 𝑓 𝐾 is a closed subset of 𝑋. now 𝒢 (k) = 𝑓 (k)⋂𝒲, hence 𝒢 (k) is a closed subset of 𝒲. therefore 𝒢 𝑓|𝒲 : 𝒲 ⟶ 𝑌 is a 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function). by the same way we can prove the following proposition. proposition (1.34) if 𝒲 ⊆ 𝑋 and 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is: 1an m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function), then 𝑓|𝒲 : 𝒲 ⟶ 𝑌 is an m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function). 2an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function), then 𝑓|𝒲 : 𝒲 ⟶ 𝑌 is a 𝜔m𝜔cfunction (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). proposition (1.35) if 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function) where 𝑋 is a compact space, then it is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function. proof: suppose k is a 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is a closed subset of 𝑋(since 𝑓 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function)), but 𝑋 is compact, hence 𝑓 (k) is compact (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) function. in a same manner, we can prove the following corollary. corollary (1.36) if 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is: 1𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function) where 𝑋 is a c-c space, then it is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function. 2mc-function where 𝑋 is a compact space, then it is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function. 3mc-function where 𝑋 is a c-c space, then it is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function. 4mc-function where 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, then it is 𝜔∗compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗-compact) function. 5m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function) where 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) space, then it is 𝜔∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗-compact) function.   182  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 6𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function) where 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) space, then it is 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. 7m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function) where 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) space, then it is 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. 8mc-function where 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, then it is 𝜔∗∗compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗∗-compact) function. proof 1suppose k is a 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is a closed subset of 𝑋(since 𝑓 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function)), but 𝑋 is c-c space, hence 𝑓 (k) is compact, therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function. 2suppose k is a 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so it is compact (by remark (1.2)), hence 𝑓 (k) is a closed subset of 𝑋(since 𝑓 is mc-function), but 𝑋 is compact space, hence 𝑓 (k) is compact (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) function. 3suppose k is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so it is compact (by remark (1.2)), hence 𝑓 (k) is a closed subset of 𝑋(since 𝑓 is mc-function), but 𝑋 is c-c space, hence 𝑓 (k) is compact, therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function. 4suppose k is a compact subset of 𝑌, hence 𝑓 (k) is a closed subset of 𝑋(since 𝑓 is mcfunction), and by remark (1.2) it is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋 which is 𝜔compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, hence 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗-compact) function. 5suppose k is a compact subset of 𝑌, hence 𝑓 (k) is an 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋 ( since 𝑓 is m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function)), but 𝑋 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, hence 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔∗-compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗-compact) function. 6suppose k is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, hence 𝑓 (k) is an 𝜔closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋 ( since 𝑓 is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁cfunction)), but 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, hence 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. 7suppose k is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so it is compact (by remark (1.2)), hence 𝑓 (k) is an 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋 ( since 𝑓 is m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function)), but 𝑋 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, hence 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. 8suppose k is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so it is compact (by remark (1.2)), hence 𝑓 (k) is closed subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is mc-function (respectively mcfunction)), and by remark (1.2)) it is an 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed), but 𝑋 is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, hence 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) (by remark (1.6)), therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. proposition (1.37) if 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact and 𝜔𝑇 -space (respectively 𝑁-compact and 𝑁𝑇 -space), then a function 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗∗-compact) function iff it is 𝜔m𝜔cfunction (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function).   183  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 proof: let 𝑋 be an 𝜔-compact and 𝜔𝑇 -space (respectively 𝑁-compact and 𝑁𝑇 -space), let 𝑓 be an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact). to prove 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). let ℳ be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝑌, then 𝑓 ℳ is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗compact)), and since 𝑋 is 𝜔𝑇 -space (respectively 𝑁𝑇 -space), so 𝑓 ℳ is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑋, hence 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-funtion (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). conversely, let 𝑓 be an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). to prove 𝑓 is an 𝜔∗∗compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗∗-compact). let ℳ be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝑌, so 𝑓 ℳ) is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑋 (because 𝑓 is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function)), but 𝑋 is 𝜔-compact (respectively. 𝑁-compact) space, hence 𝑓 ℳ is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set, therefore 𝑓 is 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. corollary (1.38)   1‐ if 𝑋 is a kc-space, and 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function, then it is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 2- if 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space and kc-space, then a function 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function iff it is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 3if 𝑋 is a c-c space, and 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function, then it is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 4if 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) and c-c space, then a function 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗∗-compact) function iff it is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 5if 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) and 𝑇 -space, then a function 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗∗-compact) function iff it is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). proof: 1let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁 ∗∗-compact) function)), and then it is compact subset of 𝑋 (by remark (1.2)) which is kc-space, so 𝑓 (k) is closed subset of 𝑋, and by remark (1.2)) it is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed), so 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 2let 𝑓 be an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function, and k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function)), and then it is compact subset of 𝑋 (by remark (1.2)) which is kc-space, so 𝑓 (k) is closed subset of 𝑋, and by remark (1.2)) it is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed), so 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). conversely, let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌 so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔cfunction (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function)), but 𝑋 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, so 𝑓 (k) is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋, therefore 𝑓 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function.   184  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 3let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (resp. 𝑁 ∗∗-compact) function)), and then it is compact subset of 𝑋 (by remark (1.2)) which is c-c space, so 𝑓 (k) is closed subset of 𝑋, and by remark (1.2)) it is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋, so 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 4let 𝑓 be an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function, and k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (resp. 𝑁∗∗-compact) function)), and then it is compact subset of 𝑋 (by remark (1.2)) which is c-c space, so 𝑓 (k) is closed subset of 𝑋, and by remark (1.2)) it is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋, so 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). conversely, let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔cfunction (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function) which is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, so 𝑓 (k) is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋(by remark (1.6)) , so 𝑓 be an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. 5let 𝑓 be a 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function, and k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔∗∗-compact (resp. 𝑁∗∗-compact) function)), and then it is compact subset of 𝑋 (by remark (1.2)) which is a 𝑇 -space, so 𝑓 (k) is closed subset of 𝑋 (by remark (1.6)), and by remark (1.2)) it is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋, so 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). conversely, let k be a 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑌, so 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) subset of 𝑋 (since 𝑓 is an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function) which is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, so 𝑓 (k) is a 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) subset of 𝑋(by remark (1.6)) , so 𝑓 be an 𝜔∗∗-compact (respectively 𝑁∗∗-compact) function. proposition (1.39) the composition between: 1strongly 𝜔-continuous function and m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function) is mcfunction. 2𝜔-continuous (respectively 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mcfunction) is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 3strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function) is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function). 4strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and mc-function is mc-function. 5strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function) is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function). 6strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function) is mc-function. proof: 1let 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 be strongly 𝜔-continuous function and 𝒢: 𝑌 ⟶ 𝒵 be m𝜔c-function (resp. m𝑁c-function), and let k be a compact set in 𝒵, so 𝒢 k is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁closed) set in 𝑌, so 𝑓 (𝒢 k = 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 (k) is closed set in 𝑋(since every 𝑁-closed set is 𝜔-closed), so 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is mc-function.   185  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 2let 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 be an 𝜔-continuous (respectively 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝒢: 𝑌 ⟶ 𝒵 be 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function), and let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) set in 𝒵, so 𝒢 k is closed set in 𝑌, and then 𝑓 (𝒢 k = 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 (k) is 𝜔closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑋, so 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (resp. 𝑁m𝑁c-function). 3let 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 be strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝒢: 𝑌 ⟶ 𝒵 be an 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function), and let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝒵, so 𝒢 k is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑌, so 𝑓 (𝒢 k = 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 (k) is closed set in 𝑋(since every 𝑁-closed set is 𝜔-closed), so 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function). 4let 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 be strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝒢: 𝑌 ⟶ 𝒵 be mc-function, and let k be a compact set in 𝒵, so 𝒢 k is closed set in 𝑌, and by remark (1.2) it is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑌, so 𝑓 (𝒢 k = 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 (k) is closed set in 𝑋, so 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is mc-function. 5let 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 be strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝒢: 𝑌 ⟶ 𝒵 be 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function), and let k be an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) set in 𝒵, so 𝒢 k is closed set in 𝑌, and by remark (1.2) it is 𝜔closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑌, so 𝑓 (𝒢 k = 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 (k) is closed set in 𝑋, so 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is 𝜔mc-function (resp. 𝑁mc-function). 6let 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 be strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function and 𝒢: 𝑌 ⟶ 𝒵 be m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function), and let k be a compact set in 𝒵, so 𝒢 k is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑌, so 𝑓 (𝒢 k = 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 (k) is closed set in 𝑋 (since every 𝑁-closed set is 𝜔-closed), so 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is mc-function. proposition (1.40) if 𝑓: 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 and 𝒢: 𝑌 ⟶ 𝒵 are two functions: 1if 𝑓 is m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function) and 𝒢 is strongly 𝜔-continuous function where 𝑌 is a compact space, then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is an 𝜔-irresolute (respectively 𝑁-irresolute) function. 2if 𝑓 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function) and 𝒢 is 𝜔-continuous (respectively 𝑁continuous) function where 𝑌 is a 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) space, then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is a continuous function. 3if 𝑓 is 𝜔m𝜔c-function (respectively 𝑁m𝑁c-function) and 𝒢 is strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function where 𝑌 is an 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁compact) space, then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is an 𝜔-irresolute (respectively 𝑁-irresolute) function. 4if 𝑓 is mc-function and 𝒢 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function) function where 𝑌 is a compact space, then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function). 5if 𝑓 is a compact function and 𝒢 is 𝜔mc-function (respectively 𝑁mc-function) where 𝑌 is a compact space, then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is a 𝜔-compact (respectively 𝑁-compact) function 6if 𝑓 is mc-function and 𝒢 is strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁-continuous) function where 𝑌 is a c-c space, then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is strongly 𝜔-continuous (respectively strongly 𝑁continuous) function. 7if 𝑓 is m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function) and 𝒢 is strongly 𝜔-continuous function where 𝑌 is a c-c space, then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is an 𝜔-irresolute (respectively 𝑁-irresolute) function. and there are many other cases.   186  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 proof: 1let 𝑓 be an m𝜔c-function (respectively m𝑁c-function) and 𝒢 be a strongly 𝜔-continuous function, and let 𝒲 be 𝜔-open set in 𝒵, so 𝒢 𝒲 is open set in 𝑌, so (𝒢 𝒲 is closed set in 𝑌 which is compact space, so 𝒢 𝒲 is compact set in 𝑌, then 𝑓 𝒢 𝒲) ]=[ 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 𝒲 is 𝜔-closed (respectively 𝑁-closed) set in 𝑋 (since 𝑓 𝒢 𝒲 ] =𝑓 𝑌 𝒢 𝒲 𝑋 𝑓 𝒢 𝒲 𝑋 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 𝒲 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 𝒲 ), and then 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 𝒲 is 𝜔-open (respectively 𝑁-open) set in 𝑋, hence 𝒢 ∘ 𝑓 is 𝜔-irresolute (respectively 𝑁-irresolute) function. by the same way we can prove the rest. references 1. farhan, a.a.m. on-mc-functions, tikrit journal of pure science.2011, 16, 4, 287-289. 2. al-saidy, s.k.; abtan, r.g.; ali, h.j. more on mc-functions, journal of the college of basic education.2015, 21, 89, 149-156. 3. hdeib, h.z. 𝜔-closed mappings, revista colombiana de matemáticas.1982, 16, 1-2, 6578. 4. al-omari, a.h.m.a.d.; noorani, m.m. new characterizations of compact spaces, in proceedings of the 5th asian mathematical conference.2009, 53-60. 5. alshams, h.a. on the 𝜔b-compactspace, journal of advances in mathematics. 2017, 13, 4, 7295-7301. 6. ali, e.r.; hussain, r.a. on dimension theory by using n-open sets, journal of university of babylon.2015, 23, 2, 595-604. 7. ravi, o.; sekar, p.; vidhyalakshmi, k. 𝜔-topology and⋆-topology. bulletin of international mathematical virtual institute.2017, 7, 1, 139-151. 8. amer, i. weak n-open sets. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2016, 29, 1, 267-276. 9. hamza, s.h.; majhool, f.m. strongly n-proper functions, journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics.2011, 3, 2, 183-199. 10. hussain, r.a.; nasser, z.a. on the 𝜔b-separation axioms, international journal of science and research (ijsr).2015, 6, 2, 78-96. 11. rosas, e.r.; carpintero, c.; pacheco, j.; rajesh, n.; saranyasri, s. almost nearly 𝜔continuious multifunctions, eurasian bulletin of mathematics.2018, 1, 1, 24-33. 12. abdullah, h.k.; hamza, z. m. compactly 𝜔-closed set and compactly 𝜔-k-closed set, journal of kerbala university.2013, 11, 4, 113-118. 13. hamza, s.h.; majhool, f.m. on nproper actions. master thesis. al-qadisiyah university, 2011. 14. al ghour, s.; irshidat, b. the topology of theta omega open sets, filomat.2017, 31, 16, 5369-5377. 15. hussein, h.j.a. new characterization of topological transitivity, iraqi journal of science.2013, 54, 3, 817-821. 16. labendia, m. a.; sasam, j.a.c. on ω-connectedness and omega-continuity in the product space, european journal of pure and applied mathematics.2018, 11, 3, 834843.   187  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 17. levine, n. when are compact and closed equivalent, the american mathematical monthly.1965, 72, 1, 41-44. 18. bella, a.; costantini, c. minimal kc spaces are compact, topology and its applications.2008, 155, 13, 1426-1429. 19. hadi, m.h. a comparison between two kinds of subspaces topologies, journal of science and arts.2017, 3, 40, 449-456. microsoft word 10-17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020     10    synthesi and some features of three-phases polymer/metal/ceramic multilayers nanocomposite raghad s. abbas al-khafaji department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn – al haitham), baghdad, iraq. raghadsubhiabbas@yahoo.com article history: received 20 january 2020, accepted 29 january 2020, published in october 2020. abstract layer by layer development two features of pulsed laser deposition pld, with a high kinetic energy and sharp instantaneous deposition rating. layered films of polymer/metal/ceramic nanocomposites consisting of polystyrene ps(as substrate) , tin sn and cadmium oxide cdo were deposited by pld. structure for layered samples were measured by xrd x ray diffraction, there were appearance of peaks which reflected to formation of new compounds result of reaction between layers. particles size was calculated using two methods and it give nanoscale. microstrain was also calculated and exhibited high value (0.01) for sample p/m. keywords: pld, multilayers, xrd, microstrain, nanoscale. 1.introduction dependent on the features of materials and budget interest , different proficiency have been occupied for the grown of thin films and the multilayers. these comprise td thermal deposition, sd sputter deposit, cvd chemical vapor deposit, and pld pulse laser deposit. thermal deposit is the eldest and the utmost capable technique to growth thin films. compared with these approaches, pld has a singular ability to product high types of thin films of materials of several types [1]. pld process involves concentrating an intensity laser pulse on the target surface, and transferring materials of target in the manner of some a phases of volatile (gas or plasma). clear benefits of pld contain its easiness of using, ever since the laser was completely de coupled from the grown chamber, and capability to reserve the stoichiometry of materials compound in optimal specifications. latter build pld is a ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index d.edu.iqaghdaraghad@ihcoedu.uob  10.30526/33.4.2521 :doi       11  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 primary choice of growing complicated materials like oxides of transition metal [2-4]. in pulse laser deposit, moreover knowing by way of laser mbe when grown is measured and checked in a layer layer way, a laser pulse with extreme and small are strikes a target and ablating the material beginning target. when the pulse of laser is absorbs in the surface level of the target, energy of electromagnetic is directly transformed into exciting the electrons in develop of plasmon and un-bound of electrons. electrons have been excited after then transmission their belong energy to lattice through electron phonon e – p pair inside a few of picoseconds. composite nanostructured materials including of polymers and metals have a wide range of requests in thin film deposition, clusters of metal can be growth by atoms agglomeration which deposit on the substrate surface, known vollmer weber island growth [5-7]. size of cluster and shape are well-defined by the growth mechanisms on the surface of substrate, which powerfully depend on the preparation conditions and on diffusion of the metal in the matrix and top its surface. the grown mechanisms conducting to the detected nanostructures have been investigated in these concerns, focusing especial on implanting effects, dissimilarities in metal diffusion and reactivity with the polymer. further, the clusters are forming on the substrate surface because of implantation effects. operation of the pld comprise concentrating an intense of pulse laser top on the surface level of a target, and take out materials of target in the forming of specific volatile phases, a gas or a plasma. separate benefits of pld comprise its simplicity of using, pulsed laser deposition pld is the ability to produce high energy source of particles, allowing the grown of high quality film at moderately low substrate temperature. ultra high instants of deposited rating and the high of energy of kinetic pld that production the greatest critical roles. the enhanced growth, in specific for the first numerous monolayers, providing great chance to design conterfiate structures of thin films which have hopeful properties[8-10]. synthesis of multilayers from polymer, metal and metal oxide are goal of the paper. 2.materials and methods in this study, polystyrene employed was provided by polymer chemical company , himedia, chloroform was used as a solvent for ps, tin sn powder metal from ( riedel de hain company ) and cadimeum oxide cdo provided from( reagim company). thin films of pure polystyrene ps were synthetized by applying solution casting technique, which was used as substrate . ps was dissolved in using magnetic stirrer of hot plate at 700c for 2hr to obtain solution with homogeneously. for extreme dispersing the solution was furthermore stirring for 2hrs by protection the temperature was constant. thin films were provided by draining the solution on a washed optical plane plate of glass. the whole system was allowable to evaporat at room temperature rt in dust at liberty chamber and after that completing evaporation, the film was separate from the surface of glass. to preparation the targets, tin powder metal and cadimeum oxide ceramic powder, as individual, of 4gm weight was pressed under 4-9 ton for around 0.5-1m to form the target with 1.5cm diameter and 0.250.3cm thickness. target must be dense as a disk to get a surface with homogenously for depositing same mass of material at all pulses process when altering the laser local beam. layered films of polymer/metal/ceramic nanocomposites consisting of polysrtyrene (as substrate) , tin and cademium oxide were deposited by pulsed laser deposition (pld) krf excimer. figure1. schematic diagram of the system of the active medium is an nd-yag       12  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 crystal and with a fundamental wavelength of 1064 nm, pulse duration of 10 ns and number of pulses 100 was use and laser energy of 200 mj at room temperature of vacuum chamber made of quartz and the target is mounted inside the chamber on a stainless steel substrate with a base pressure of about 5−6 mbar chamber. laser component was out of chamber room , and fixing for beam of laser on the surface level of the target was achieved by applying an optically lens of focally length 20cm. this by alternatively switching the target from sn to cdo. on the smooth polymer layers, the metal and ceramic grew in vollmer-weber island growth leading for thin films of sn and cdo to layered ps/sn/cdo. technique of deposition (pld) was repeated carried out with change the laying. the structure of the layered samples were studied by x-ray diffraction (xrd) (shimadzu japan, xrd – 6000) with cu kα radiation (λ = 1.542 aº) was used.               figure 1. schematic diagram of the system of this work.   3.results and discussion  the obtained structure was shown in the measured for xray diffractions and explained in figure 2, it was note there were peaks presentation obviously, in prepared sample polystyrene pure the nature of xrd are amorphously and there was a peak at 2ө=20. sample of polymer/metal (p/m) with peaks at 2ө= 30,32,43.8 and 64.5 for plans (200), (101), (220) and (321) respectively led to tin metal layer precipitated on polymer polystyrene using pulsed laser deposition technique. peaks for sample polymer/ceramic (p/c) at angles 2ө=33, 38, 55 and 66 reflected from plans (111), (200), (220) and (311) referred to cadmium oxide (cdo) layer which precipitated on polymer polystyrene using same technique. new compounds appeared obviously like cd2sno4 at a round peak 2ө= 32.6,57 with diffracted (311), sn3o4 at peak 2ө= 32.8, of plane (003), sno2 at angle 2ө= 65.7, 26.5 and 37.7 reflected from plans (301), (110) and (200).       13  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020       14  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 2. xray diffraction spectra for synthesized samples. the average nano crystalline size was calculated using two methods. firstly, debyescherrer’s formula 𝐷 𝑘𝜆 𝛽 𝑐𝑜𝑠ө 1 where d = crystalline size, k = shape factor (0.9), and λ = wavelength of cukα radiation. secondly, williamson-hall (w-h) equation. 𝛽 𝑐𝑜𝑠ө 4𝜖𝑠𝑖𝑛ө 2) ϵ is microstrain, figure 3 show plot was drawn of 4sinθ along the x-axis and βhkl cosθ beside with y-axis.     0 100 200 300 400 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 in te n si ty 2θ polymer/metal /ceramic 0 100 200 300 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 in te n si ty 2θ polymer       15  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 1. revealed all the precipitated layered samples in range of nanoparticles. aberrations from ideal crystallinity, like finite size of crystallite and strain (at the atomic scale conduct to broadening of the lines diffraction. sources of line comprised, broadening of instrument, broadening of crystallite size and strain broadening, elongated defects for stacking faults . anti phase boundaries. elongated defects interruptted the arrangement of crystal atomic, typically along with 2d planes. these defects efficiently terminated a crystallographically domain ordered of the crystals. uniform strain reasons to expand/contract unit cell in an isotropic direction[9-13]. this led to alter in a unit cell parameters and modification of the peaks. there was no broadening related to this kind of strain. nonuniform strain guide to systematic shifts of the atoms from their ideal of positions and to peaks broaden. this kind of strain point defects (vacancies, site-disorder, etc ). in method 2 w-h equation which included strain effect and results of the particle size for sample p/m showing a value higher (20.9 nm) with micro strain (0.01) than that calculated ( 17.3 nm) in method 1 of debye-scherrer’s formula. lattice parameters gave slightly deviation from individual metal tin and ceramic cadmium oxide, rather than, samples p/c/m and p/m/c that gave obviously deviation from pure which led to the reaction between two layers metal and ceramic        sample symbol layers order particle size(nm) method 1 particles size(nm) method 2 micro strain crystal structural a (å) c (å) cell vol )3(å p1 p p2 p/m/c 26.3913 17.4166 0.00215 cubic 8.07685 526.896 p3 p/c 15.3645 9.1437 0.00475 cubic 4.69727 103.642 p4 p/m 17.3625 20.9000 0.01000 tetragonal 4.35905 3.18426 60.510 p5 p/c/m 21.7647 19.7702 0.000675 tetragonal 5.66378 2.89525 92.875       16  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 3. plot of william – hall equation for synthesized nanocomposites.  4. conclusion layer by layer growing has two characteristic marks of pld pulse laser deposit, was a influential pr ocess to develop thin films and multilayers of difficult materials such as oxides of metal. in this state, utmost named benefits of pld is easiness of preserving the stoichiometry the target of material. layered films of polymer/metal/ceramic nanocomposites consisting of polysrtyrene (as substrate) , tin and cademium oxide were deposited by pulsed laser deposition (pld). structure of layered prepared samples were studied by x-ray diffraction (xrd), there are presence of peaks which that reflected creation of new compounds result of reaction between layers. particles size was calculated applying two methods and gave nanoscale. pld can meaningfully improving the grown of thin films as multilayers. micro strain also calculated and exhibited high vale for sample p/m.   y = ‐0.0193x + 0.0163 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.014 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 ß c o s ө sin ө polymer/ceramic  y = ‐0.0027x + 0.0074 0.006 0.0061 0.0062 0.0063 0.0064 0.0065 0.0066 0.0067 0.0068 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 ß c o s ө sinө polymer/ceramic/metal y = ‐0.0086x + 0.0084 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 ß c o s ө sinө polymer/metal/ceramic y = ‐0.0134x + 0.0122 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.009 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 ß c o s ө sinө polymer/metal        17  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 references 1. george,s. ; sebastian, m. t. three-phase polymer-ceramic metal composite for embedded capacitor applications, composites science and technology. 2009,69, 7-8, 1298–1302. 2. al juhaiman,l.a.;al-enez,d.a. mekhamer reparation and characterization of polystyrene/organoclay nanocomposites from raw clay, 3. digest journal of nanomaterials and biostructures .2016, 11, 1, 105 – 114. 4. nilufar k.; nasrin s.; mohammad h. synthesize of dendritic fibrous nano-silica functionalized by cysteine and its application as advanced adsorbent, nanocomposites. 2019,5,4. 5. vijaya, s.; sangawar; manisha, c. evolution of the optical properties of polystyrene thin films filled with zinc oxide nanoparticles, international journal of scientific & engineering research. 2013,4, 6. 6. josmin, p. j.; malhotra, s. k.; s. thomas, k.; joseph, k. g.; sreekal, m. s. advances in polymer composites, polymer composites. 2012,1,2. 7. tjong, s. c.; mai,y. w. physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites. 2010, woodhead publishing limited, isbn: 97-80857090249. 8. mittal, v. optimization of polymer, nanocomposites properties. 2010,978-3-52732521-4, 440. 9. douglas, b. c.; graham, k. h. pulsed laser deposition of thin films, john wiley & sons, inc. new york-chichester. brisb ane.toronto. singapore, 1994. 10. gamaly, e.g; rode a.v. ; luther-davies, b. ultrafast ablation with high-pulse-rate lasers, journal of appl phys. 1999,85,8. 11. james, a.; grant-jacob; jake, j., stephen, j.; david, p. particulate reduction in ternary-compound film growth via pulsed laser deposition from segmented binarytargets mater. res. express, 2018,5, 036402. 12. parsonage, t. l.; beecher, s. j.; choudhary, a.; grant-jacob, j. a. pulsed laser deposited diode-pumped 74 w yb:lu2o3 planar waveguide laser, opt. express . 2015,23, 31691. 13. beecher, s. j.; grant-jacob, j. a.;hua, p. j.; eason, r.w. ytterbium-doped-garnet crystal waveguide lasers grown by pulsed laser deposition, opt. mater. express. 2017, 7, 16,28–33. 14. omer, k. nagim t.; abdulhadi h. y.; ibrahim m.a. preparation and characterization of a new nano-scaled material composed of bentonite-polyethylenglycophthalate, journal: ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences. 2017,30,2. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fast training algorithms for feed forward neural networks luma n. m. tawfiq yaseen a. oraibi dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in: 4 october 2011 , accepted in: 16 december 2011 abstract the aim of this paper, is to discuss several high performance training algorithms fall into two main categories. the first category uses heuristic techniques, which were developed from an analysis of the performance of the standard gradient descent algorithm. the second category of fast algorithms uses standard numerical optimization techniques such as: quasi-newton . other aim is to solve the drawbacks related with these training algorithms and propose an efficient training algorithm for ffnn. keyword : artificial neural network, feed forward neural network, training algorithm. 275 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction an artificial neural network (ann) is a simplified mathematical model of the human brain.it can be implemented by both electric elements and computer software. it is a parallel distributed processor with large numbers of connections, it is an information processing system that has certain performance characters in common with biological neural networks. ann have been developed as generalizations of mathematical models of human cognition or neural biology, based on the assumptions that: 1information processing occurs at many simple elements called neurons that is fundamental to the operation of ann's. 2signals are passed between neurons over connection links. 3each connection link has an associated weight which, in a typical neural net, multiplies the signal transmitted. 4each neuron applies an action function (usually nonlinear) to its net input (sum of weighted input signals) to determine its output signal.[1] the units in a network are organized into a given topology by a set of connections, or weights, shown as lines in a diagram . ann is characterized by[2] : 1architecture: its pattern of connections between the neurons. 2training algorithm : its method of determining the weights on the connections. 3activation function. ann are often classified as single layer or multilayer. in determining the number of layers, the input units are not counted as a layer, because they perform no computation. equivalently, the number of layers in the net can be defined to be the number of layers of weighted interconnects links between the slabs of neurons. this view is motivated by the fact that the weights in a net contain extremely important information [3]. multilayer feed forward architecture [4] in a layered neural network the neurons are organized in the form of layers. we have at least two layers: an input and an outputlayer. the layers between the input and the output layer (if any) are called hidden layers, whose computation nodes are correspondingly called hidden neuronsor hidden units. extra hidden neurons raise the network’s ability to extract higher-order statistics from (input) data. the ann is said to be fullyconnectedin the sense that every node in each layer of the network is connected to every other node in the adjacent forward layer , otherwise the network is called partially connected. each layer consists of a certain number of neurons; each neuron is connected to other neurons of the previous layer through adaptable synaptic weights w and biases b . training feed forward neural network [5] training is the process of adjusting connection weights w and biases b. in the first step, the network outputs and the difference between the actual (obtained) output and the desired (target) output (i.e.,the error) is calculated for the initialized weights and biases (arbitrary values). during the second stage, the initialized weights in all links and biases in all neurons are adjusted to minimize the error by propagating the error backwards (the back propagation algorithm). the network outputs and the error are calculated again with the adapted weights and biases, and the process (the training of the ann) is repeated at each epoch until a satisfied output y k (corresponding to the values of the input variables x) is obtained and the error is acceptably small. in most of the training algorithms a learning rate is used to determine the length of the weight update (step size) . 276 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 gradient descent training method(taringd) [4] for the basic gradientdescent (gd)algorithm, the weights and biases are moved in the direction of the negative gradient of the performance function. for the method of gradient descent, the weight update is given by : wk+1 = wk + ηk( −gk) , (1) where ηkis a learning rate, controlling the distance between wk+1 and wk and gkis the gradient of the error surface at wk, where wk is the weight at iteration k. but one of the drawbacks of using gd for minimization of the performance function is that the algorithm may converge to a local minimum in the error surface .. improve gradient descent method the aim of this paper is to solve the drawbacks related with gradient descentalgorithms (gd) and propose an efficient training algorithm for ffnn . consider a. k. jabber [5] improved gradient descent method when, he get new form of learning rate as following : ηk = kk t k k t k ghg gg , (2) that is (2) gives better approach to choose η at each iteration k, and he implement (2) in a new package using matlab 7, named ' traingdak' . also , he improved calculate update weight by the following: wk+1 = w0 – ∑∑ k 0=j i j ii n 1=i u)ηλ1(γη w , (3) by (3) he can calculate adjust weight wk+1 for any iterative k in one-epoch only and depending on w0only . then the improvement gradient descentmethod, hold by calculating m (any integer number ) iterative in one -epoch instead of calculate one iterative in each epoch . but one drawbacks of (2) is calculating ofhk( the hessian matrix which is the second derivatives of the network errors with respect to the weight). in this paper we give better approach to choose η (learning rate) by the following calculating , consider the taylor series : e(wk+1) = e(wk) + gkt (wk+1 –wk)+ 2 1 (wk+1–wk)thwk (wk+1 –wk) then gradient e with respect to w by the following : gk+1 = gk + hk (wk+1 – wk) , (4) from adjusts weights by gradient descent method we have : wk+1 – wk= ηkgk , (5) and substituting (5) in (4) we get : gk+1 = gk– ηkhkgk then we get new form of learning rate as following : ηk = – ( gk+1 – gk) / (hkgk) , (6) then the hessian matrix can be approximated as h= jtj ( where j is the jacobian matrix) that is : ηk = – ∆gk / (jtj gk) , (7) and we implement (7) in a new package using matlab 7.10 , named " traingdly " quasi-newton algorithms [6] quasi-newton (or secant) methods are based on newton’s method but we require calculation of second derivatives (hessian matrix) at each step. they update an approximate hessian 277 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 matrix at each iteration of the algorithm . the optimum weight value can be computed in an iterative manner by writing : wk+1=wk−ηk h−1gk , (8) whereηk is the learning rate, gk is the gradient of the error surface with respect to the wk and h is the hessian matrix (second derivatives of the error surface with respect to the weight (wk) ). in this paper, we use bfgs quasi-newton algorithm ( trainbfg ) , this algorithm requires more computation for each iteration and practical results show more storage require than the cg methods , although generally, converges in fewer iterations. newton’s method has a quadratic convergence property , that is |en+1| ≤ε |en|2 and thus often converges faster than cg methods. unfortunately, it is expensive because we need to compute the hessian matrix . improve quasi-newton algorithms the one drawback related with this method is : the exact evaluation of the hessian matrixiscomputationally intensive, of order o( pw2 ), p being the number of training vectors. the computation of the inverse hessianh-1 is even more computationally intensive, i.e. o ( w3 ). the aim of this paper is to solve these drawbacks. decrease calculating of hessian matrix considering the sum-of-squares error function for pattern vector xp( input data ) : ep = ½ ∑i=1k[ (ya(xp))i – (ytp)i ]2 = ½ [ ya(xp) – ytp]t [ya(xp) – ytp] then the hessian is calculated immediately as : ∂2ep/(∂wji∂wkl) =∑i=1k(∂yai/∂wji)(∂yai/∂wkl) + ∑i=1k(yai –yti)(∂2yai/ (∂wji∂wkl)) considering a well trained network and the a mount of noise small then the terms (yai – yti) have to be small and may be neglected ; then: ∂2ep / (∂wji ∂wkl)≈ ∑i=1k (∂yai /∂wji)(∂yai /∂wkl) , (9) and ∂yai /∂wji may be found by back propagation procedure . decrease calculating for inverse of hessian matrix let consider the derivatives with respect to the weights denoted by g = {∂ / ∂wji }ji , then from equation (9) the hessian matrix may be written as a square matrix of order w x w and : hp= ∑p=1p g gtep where p is the number of vectors in the training set . now , by adding a new training vector : hp+1 = hp + g gt ep+1 then by using the following formula which may be decreased the calcultion of the inverse hessian matrix is: (a+bc)-1 = a-1 – a-1 b ( i+ ba-1c )-1 c a-1 , (where a,b and c are any three matrices and a is inversable ). by putting hp = a , g = b and gtep+1 = c , then we have : hp+1-1 = ( hp + g gt ep+1 )-1 = hp-1 –hp-1 g (i+ g hp-1gt ep+1)-1gt ep+1 hp-1 using the above formula and starting with h0 = i , the hessian matrix may be computed by just one pass trough all training set . conclusion the improve trained ffnn algorithms has principle advantages that computational complexity does not increase with the increase of the number of sampling points and provides rapid calculation for solving any problem at any given input points . 278 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 references 1.galushkin, i. a.( 2007). "neural networks theory", berlin heidelberg, 2.hristev, r. m.( 1998) " the ann book ", edition 1,. 3.villmann,t.seiffert, u. and wismϋller, a.(2004). " theory and applications of neural maps ", esann2004 proceedings european symposium on ann,.25 38, april 4.tawfiq, l.n.m. andnaoum , r.s. (2005)" on training of artificial neural networks " , al-fathjornal , no 23, . 5.jabber , a. k.(2009) " on training feed forward neural networks for approximation problem ", msc thesis, baghdad university, college of education (ibn al-haitham),. 6.stanevski,n. and tsvetkov, d.(2004). "on the quasi-newton training method for feedforward neural networks", international conference on computer system and technologies, 279 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 التغذیة التقدمیة يتسریع خوارزمیات التدریب للشبكات العصبیة ذ لمى ناجي محمد توفیق یاسین عادل عریبي جامعة بغداد/ )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / الریاضیاتعلوم قسم 2011تشرین الثاني 16قبل البحث في: ، 2011 تشرین االول 4استلم البحث في: الخالصة األداء العالي التي تصنف إلى صنفین رئیسین، يالھدف من ھذا البحث ھو مناقشة بعض خوارزمیات التدریب ذ االخرالصنف األول یستخدم التقنیة اإلرشادیة التي طورت من خالل تحلیل أداء خوارزمیة انحدار المیل القیاسي، الصنف لتسریع الخوارزمیات یكون باستخدام تقنیات األمثلیة العددیة القیاسیة مثل شبیھ نیوتن . و الھدف األخر من البحث ھو حل التغذیة التقدمیة . يالعوائق المتعلقة بخوارزمیات التدریب السابقة واقتراح خوارزمیات تدریب كفوءة للشبكات العصبیة ذ .artificial neural network, feed forward neural network, training algorithmالكلمات المفتاحیة: 280 | mathematics the one drawback related with this method is : 142 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 synthesis and characterization of [n-(4-methoxybenzoyl amino)-thioxomethyl ]methionine acid (mbm) and it's complexes with some divalent transition metals ions (mn , co , ni , cu , zn , cd and hg) basima m. sarhan rasmia m. rumez dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn-al-hatham/) university of baghdad murtadha a. ali dept. of chemistry/ college of education/ al-qadisyia university received in: 1 october 2014, accepted in: 21 december 2014 abstract in this work , the ligand [n-(4-methoxybenzoyl amino)-thioxomethyl] methionine acid has been synthesized by the reaction of 4methoxybenzoyl isothiocyanate with methionine acid . the metal complexes were prepared through the reaction of metals chlorides of co(ii) , ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii) in ethanol as solvent . the ligand (mbm) and its metal complexes have been characterized by elemental analysis (chns), ir, 1h-13cnmr and uv vis spectra, magnetic susceptibility measurements, molar conductivity, melting points and atomic absorption. the metal-ligand ratio was determined by mole ratio method. the suggested structures for the co(ii), ni(ii), cd(ii) and zn(ii) complexes are tetrahedral geometry and the cu(ii) complex is square planer geometry. key words: methionine acid, 4-methoxy benzoyl isothiocyanate, complexes. 143 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 theoretical methionine is one of the essential amino acids needed for good health but cannot be produced in the body, and so must be provided through our diet[1]. one of the important functions of methionine is its ability to be a supplier of sulfur and other compounds required by the body for normal metabolism and growth[2]. sulfur is a key element and vital to our life. without an adequate intake of sulfur, our body will not be able to make and utilize a number of antioxidant nutrients[3]. methionine is also a methyl donor, capable of giving off a molecule with a single carbon atom with 3 tightly connected hydrogen atoms, called a methyl group which we need for a wide variety of chemical and metabolic reactions inside our body[4]. methionine is capable of coordination through the – sch2 as well as through the – nh2 and coogroups and is potentially tridentate chelating ligand. on the other hand, since the (s) atom of this ether group (class b base ) differs markedly in its donor properties from the n atoms of an amino group and the (o) atom of a carboxylate group (both class) bases methionine may not tend to coordinate with given metal ion as a tridentate chelating ligand ( s,n, and o donor atoms )[5]. more likely methionine could be expected to act as a bidentate chelating ligand and use different pairs of different metal atoms[6]. methionine with molecular formula, c5h11no2s is one of the two sulfur containing amino acid, cysteine being the other. methionine helps to initiate translation of messenger rna by being the first amino acid incorporated into the (n) terminal position of all proteins. it is considered as an essential amino acid for normal metabolism, growth and maintenance of body tissue. it is used as nutritional supplement and act as antioxidant in biological system[79]. some metal complexes of dl–methionine were prepared in aqueous medium and characterized by different physico-chemical methods[10]. methionine forms 1:2 complexes with metal, m(ii). the general empirical formula of the complexes is proposed as [(c5h10no2s)2m]; where m+2 = co, ni, cu, zn, cd and hg. all the complexes are extremely stable in light and air and optically inactive. these transition metals are essential trace elements and used as nutritional supplement. they act as cofactors in various enzyme systems i.e. as metalloenzymes or as enzymatic activators[7-10]. cd(ii) and hg(ii) are toxic elements, that methionine is a biological chelating agent may lower the degree of toxicity for the formation of chelate with toxic metals[11-13]. the aim of this work is the preparation of some new transition metal complexes of [n-(4methoxybenzoyl amino)-thioxomethyl] methionine acid (mbm). experimental chemicals all chemicals were supplied from al-drich, fluka and bdh. materials (4-methoxybenzoyl chloride), (methionine acid), manganese chloride tetrahydrate (mncl2.4h2o), cobalt chloride hexahydrate (cocl2.6h2o), nickel chloride hexahydrate (nicl2.6h2o), copper chloride dehydrate(cucl2.2h2o), zinc chloride (zncl2), cadmium chloride hydrate (cdcl2.h2o) and mercury chloride (hgcl2). 144 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 instruments the uv-vis spectra have been recorded in the range of (200-1000) nm using (shimadzu u.v-165pcs spectrophotometer). infrared spectra have been recorded in the range (4004000) cm-1 using kbr disk for the ligand and its complexes using (shimadzu ft-ir 8400s spectrophotometer). the 1h-nmr and 13c-nmr spectra was recorded on bruker model ultra shield 300 mhz nmr switzerland at al-albyt university of jordon. dmso was used as solvent and tms as internal reference. elemental analysis were recorded on instrument type ea-99.mth. the metal content was determined by using shimadzu corporation model aa-6300 atomic absorption. molar conductivity measurements were obtained by using electrolytic conductivity measuring set model cond 3110 set1 in dmso solvent in concentration (103m) at 25oc. magnetic susceptibility measurements were obtained at room temperature applying method using balance magnetic susceptibility model msb-mki. synthesis of the ligand [n-(4-methoxybenzoyl amino)thioxomethyl ] methionine acid (mbm ) 1preparation of the ( 4-methoxybenzoyl isothiocyanate) mixture of 4-methoxy benzoyl chloride (3.55ml, 1mmol) and ammonium thiocyanate (2g, 1mmol) in (25 ml) of acetone was stirred under refluxed for 3 hours and then filtered, the filtrate was used for further reaction[14]. nh4scn + r-c-cl o 3 hrs acetone r-c-n=c=s + nh4cl o r = ch3o 2preparation of [n-(methoxybenzoyl amino) thioxomethyl] methionine acid (mbm) (3.42g, 1mmol ) of methionine acid in (20ml ) acetone was rapidly added to the maintain vigorous reflux. after refluxing for 6 hours, the resulting solid was collected, washed with acetone and recrystallization from ethanol, scheme (1) ,yield (84%) , (m.p =194-196) ˚c, %c found (49.06) while calculate (49.10), %h found (5.30) while calculate (5.29), %n found (9.97) while calculate (8.68), %s found (18.30 ) while calculate (18.72). 145 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ch3s-(ch2)2-ch-cooh r-c-n=c=s o 6 hrs acetone h n h n r os ho o ch3s-ch2-ch2 r = ch3o nh2 scheme no. (1) synthesis of the metal complexes the ligand (mbm) (0.002mol, 0.68gm) was dissolved in 25 ml ethanol in a 100 ml roundbottom flask containing (0.12g, 0.002mol) of koh. a solution of (0.001mol, 0.2gm, 0.001mol, 0.24gm, 0.001mol, 0.24gm, 0.001mol, 0.2gm, 0.001mol, 0.14gm, 0.001mol, 0.2gm, 0.001mol, 0.3gm, 0.001mol) of the hydrated metal chloride mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) respectively in 20 ml ethanol was added dropwise, with continuous stirring at room temperature for 3hr. the resulting precipitates were filtered off, washed with ethanol, dried and recrystallized from ethanol. physical properties were given in table (1). results and discussion the ligand and its complexes are soluble in organic solvents, such as dmso and dmf and relatively thermally stable. the molar conductivity of all complexes in dmso were found to be non-electrolyte, table (1) includes the physical properties for the ligand and it's complexes. spectral studies 1h-nmr spectrum of ligand (mbm) the proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum for the ligand (mbm) was carried out using (dmso) as a solvent and the following peaks were detected, figure (1): single peak at δ(0.9 – 2.06) ppm for (3h , ch3s), quartet peak at δ(2.19 2.33) ppm for (2h , ch2 ), triplet peaks at δ(2.35 2.44) ppm for (2h , ch2s), single peak at δ(2.50) ppm for dmso, single peak at δ(3.26 3.51) ppm for (3h , o-ch3), quartet peak at δ(4.69 4.71) ppm for (1h , chcooh), pairs of doublet at δ(6.62 – 7.67) ppm for 4h proton aromatic ring, single peaks at δ(10.9) ppm for (1h , nh sec. amide), single peak at δ(11.10) ppm for (1h , cooh). 13c-nmr spectrum of ligand (mbm) the carbon nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum for the ligand (mbm) was carried out using (dmso) as a solvent and the following peaks were detected, figure (2): signal at δ(17.00) ppm for (ch3s), signals at δ(29.44 – 31.82) ppm for (ch2s) group, signals at δ(38.62 – 40.29) ppm for dmso, signals at δ (43.49) ppm for (ch2), signals at δ(49.99 – 58.34) ppm for (ch), signals at δ(92.87 – 161.56) ppm for aromatic carbons, signals at δ(163.00– 167.49) ppm for (c=o sec. amide), singles at δ(170.78 – 174.71) ppm for (cooh), singles at δ(180.53 – 182.17) ppm for (c=s). 146 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 infrared spectra ft-ir spectrum of the free ligand (mbm), figure (3), showed bands due to amido (nh), (c=o) and (c=s) which absorbed at (3317) cm-1, (1666) cm-1 and (1257 ) cm-1 respectively, while another absorption band appeared at (1728) cm-1could be explained as (coo)asym[15,16], where the (oco)sym was noticed at (1404) cm-1. the ft-ir spectra of complexes these spectra exhibited marked difference between bands belonging to the stretching vibration of (nh) of the amine group in the range between (3209-3301) cm-1 shifted lower frequencies by (108-16) cm-1 suggesting of the possibility of the coordination of ligand through the nitrogen atom at the amine group[17]. absorption assigned for (coo)asym was noticed at the range (1604-1620) cm-1 shifted to lower frequencies by (108-124) cm-1 while the band caused by (coo)sym appeared between (1496-1542) cm-1 shifted to higher frequencies by (92-138) cm-1 which indicates to the coordination of the carboxylic group to the central ion[18]. the stretching vibration band (c=o) and (c=s) carbonyl group either show no change or very little in their frequencies (1650-1666) cm-1 and (1257) cm-1 respectively there for indicating do not coordinate to the metal ion[19]. metalnitrogen and metal-oxygen bonds were confirmed by the presence of the stretching vibration of (mo) and (m-n) around (456-516) cm-1and (401-450) cm-1 respectively, table (2) describes the important bands and assignment for free ligand (mbm) and it's complexes. ft-ir spectrum of the mn complex, figure (4). molar conductivity measurements the molar conductance values of the synthesized complexes were measured in dmso solvent and concentration 10-3m. the spectral data of molar conductance are shown in table (1) and in the range (8-20 ohm-1cm2 mole-1). these results inducted to the complexes are non ionic[20,21]. electronic spectra the uv-visible of the ligand (mbm) and its complexes recorded in table (3). the solution of the ligand (mbm) in 10-3m (dmso) exhibited one peak, figure (5) at (37755 ) cm-1 which are attributed to π-π* transition[22]. the spectra of complexes -[mn(mbm)2] d5: the pale yellow complex of mn(ii) shows bands at (37878) cm-1 due to charge transfer and another bands at (17730) cm-1 and (10893) cm-1 which are caused by the electronic transfer 6a1 4t2(d) and 6a1 4t1(d) respectively[23]. -[co(mbm)2] d7: the spectrum of the pale green complex gave four bands at (37735) cm-1, (18903) cm-1,(18115) cm-1 and (10121) cm-1attributed to (c.t),4a2 4t1(p), 4a2 → 4t1(f) and 4a2 4t2(f) transitions respectively. the rach interelectronic repulsion parameter (b-) was found to be (443.67) cm-1, from the relation β = b/ b0 was found to be equal (0.457), these parameter are accepted to co(ii) tetrahedral complex[24]. -[ni(mbm)2] d8: the spectrum of pale green complex of ni(ii), figure (6), has revealed the following electronic transfer (c.t), 3t1(f) 3t1(p), 3t1(f) 3a2(f), and 3t1 3t2(f) transition at (36363) cm-1, (20833) cm-1, (17006) cm-1 and (10152) cm-1 respectively. 147 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the (b-) value found to be (492.2) cm-1, while β was equal to (0.470) these are the characteristics for tetrahedral complexes of ni(ii)[25]. -[ cu (mbm)2] d9: the spectrum of pale green complex of cu(ii) show three bands at (37735) cm-1, (14836) cm-1 and (11737) cm-1 caused to (c.t) , 2b1g 2a1g and 2b1g 2b2g transition respectively[26]. [zn(mbm)2], [cd(mbm)2] and [hg(mbm)2] show only charge transfer of ( m l) in range (35842-37174) cm-1[27]. all transition with their assignments are summarized in table (3). study of complexes formation in solution complexes of ligand (mbm) with metal ions were studied in solution using ethanol as solvent in order to determine [m/l] ratio in complexes follow molar method[28]. a series of solution were prepared having a constant concentration (10-3m) of metal ion and ligand. the [m/l] ratio is determined from the relationship between the absorption of the absorbed light and the mole ratio of [m/l]. the results of complexes in ethanol suggest that the metal to ligand ratio was [1:2] for all complexes which were similar to that obtained from solid state study . according to spectral data as well as those obtained from elemental analyses, the chemical structure of the complexes may be suggested as tetrahedral for [m(mbm)2], where m+2= (mn, co, ni, zn, cd and hg), figure (7) while copper complexes [cu(mbm)2] have square planer. references 1finkelstein, jd. (1998), “the metabolism of homocysteine: pathways and regulation”, eur. j. pediatric., 157: 40-4. 2-martin, d. w.; harper’s, jr. (1985), “review of biochemistry”, (p. a. mayes, v. w. food wells, d. w. garner, ed.), 20th ed. lange medical publishers, california, 672. 3noji, m.; saito, k. (2003), “sulphur in plants”, a review, 135–144. 4hillenbrand, r. a.; liewald, f. and zimmermann, j. (2008) “homocysteine and poststroke conginitive decline”, aging., 36:339-343. 5crook, e.m. (1989), “metal and enzyme activity”, ed, cambridge university press. 6-moreno, v.; dittmer, k. and qvagliana, j.v. (1960), spuechim. acta , 16:1368 7sumathi, t.; shanmuga, s. p.; chandra m. g. (2011), “a kinetic and mechanistic study on the oxidation of methionine and n-acetyl methionine by cerium(iv) in sulfuric acid medium”, arabian journal of chemistry, 4: 427-435. 8-sheik, m. s.; syed s. s., (2011), “correlation analysis of reactivity in the oxidation of methionine by benzimidazolium fluorochromate in different mole fractions of acetic acid– water mixture”, arabian journal of chemistry, (article in press). 9nain, a. k.; lather, m. and sharma, r. k., (2011), “volumetric, ultrasonic and viscometric behavior of l-methionine in aqueous glucose solutions at different temperatures”, journal of molecular liquids, 159: 180–188. 10mamun, m.a.; ahmed, o.; bakshi, p.k.; ehsan, m.q. (2012), “synthesis and spectroscopic, magnetic and cyclic voltammetric characterization of some metal complexes of methionine:[(c5h10no2s)2m]; m= mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)”, journal of saudi chemical society, ii14: 23–31. 11moester, a., (1960), “biochemistry of the amino acids”, 2nd ed., vol. 1, academic press inc., new york, 19–21. 12hugnes, m.n., (1981), “the inorganic chemistry of biological processes”, john wiley and sons, new york. 148 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 13berg, j.m.; tymoczko, j.l. and stryker, l., (2001), “biochemistry”, 5th ed. w.h. freeman and company, new york, 41. 14kabbani, a.t.; ramadan, h.; hammuud, h.h, and hanuom a.m.g., (2005), “synthesis of some metal complexes of n-[(benzoyl amino)-thioxomethyl] amino acid (hl)”, journal of the university of chemical technology and metallurgy, 40 (4): 339-344. 15silverstein, r. m.; bassler, g.c, and morrill t.c, (1981) “spectroscopic identification of organic compounds”, 4thed., john wiley and sons, new york. 16maras, j., (1991), “advanced organic chemistry”, 4th ed, j. wiley and sons, new york. 17nakamoto, k., (1996), “infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”, 4th ed. , john wily and sons, new york. 18-al-hashimi, s. m.; sarhan, b.m. and salman, a.w., (2002), “synthesis and characterization of n-acetyl –dl –tryptophan with some metal ions”, iraq j. chem., 28: 111. 19khalaf, a.z., (2013), m.sc. thesis “synthesis and characterization of some amino acid derivatives with their metal complexes”, university of al-anbar. 20khanum, s. a.; shashikanth, s. and sudha, b.s., (2003), “a facile synthesis and antimicrobial activity of 3-(2-aroylaryloxy)methyl-5-mercapto-4-phenyl-4h-1,2,4-triazole and 2-(2-aroylaryloxy)methyl -5-nphenylamino-1,3,4-thiadiazole analogues”, science asia , 34: 383-392. 21al-bayati, s. m. m., (2009), m.sc. thesis, “synthesis and characterization of some metal complexes with 1, 2, 4-thiadiazole derivatives”, al-mustansiriya university,78. 22dyes, r.j., (1996), “application of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds” prentice –hall, inc. englewood cliffs, n.j., london. 23al-hashimi, s. m.; sarhan, b.m., and jarad, a.j. (2011), “synthesis and characterization complexes of 2-thiotolyurea with metal salts”, journal of education, 6: 543-553. 24lever, a.b.p., (1968), “inorganic electronic spectroscopy”, elsevier publishing company amsterdam, london, new york. 25-mukhlis, a.j.; sarhan, b.m., and rumez, r.m., (2012), “synthesis and characterization of some new metal complexes of (5-c-dimethyl malonyl-pentulose-γ-lactone-2,3endibenzoate”, ibn-al-haitham j. for pur. and apl. sci., 25 (2): 316-327. 26huheey, j.e., (1983), “inorganic chemistry, principles of structure and reactivity” 3th ed., harper international si edition; maryland. 27-doglas, s; donald, w.; holler, f. and grouch, s., (2004), “fundamental of analytical chemistry”, 8th ed., saunders college, new york. 149 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (1): some physical properties of the ligand (mbm) and its complexes     compound m.wt (gm/mole) color m.p(co) m% calculation (found) molar condu. ohm-1cm2mol-1 in dmso µeff(b.m) (mbm) 342.43 brawn 94-95 8 2(mbm)mn 737.79 pale yellow 220-222 7.60 (6.95) 20 5.86 co(mbm)2 741.78 dark green 250-252 8.11 (7.77) 17 5.13 ni(mbm)2 741.54 pale green 270 8.08 (7.65) 19 3.12 cu(mbm)2 746.40 pale green 190-192 8.69 (8.10) 20 1.78 zn(mbm)2 748.23 pale yellow 250 8.92 (8.32) 12 0 cd(mbm)2 795.26 pale yellow 270(dec) 14.41 (15.10) 9 0 2(mbm)hg 883.44 pale yellow 185 (dec) 23.10 (22.85) 12 0 150 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (2): some ir frequencies in (cm-1) for the ligand (mbm) and its metal complexes compound υ(n─h) υ(coo)sym υ(coo)asym υ(c=o) (c=s) υ(m-o) υ(m─n) lh=ligand 3317 (m) 1404 (s) 1728(s) 1666 (s) 1257(s) ― ― [mn(mbm)2] 3232 (b) 1496 (s) 1604 (s) 1666 (w) 1257 (s) 509 (m) 401 (w) [co(mbm)2] 3209 (b) 1496(m) 1604 (s) 1666(w) 1257 (s) 516 (m) 410 (w) [ni(mbm)2] 3240 (b) 1504(m) 1604 (s) 1650 (w) 1257 (s) 516 (w) 401 (w) [cu(mbm)2] 3301 (b) 1504(m) 1604 (s) 1666 (m) 1257 (s) 516 (m) 401 (w) [zn(mbm)2] 3290 (m) 1504(m) 1620 (m) 1650 (w) 1257 (s) 516 (w) 450 (w) [cd(mbm)2] 3224 (m) 1504(s) 1604 (s) 1666 (m) 1257 (s) 509 (s) 430 (m) [hg(mbm)2] 3255 (b) 1542(s) 1604 (s) 1666 (m) 1257 (s) 456 (m) 401 (m) hl=ligand (mbm) b=browed w=weak s=strong m= medium 151 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 table no. (3): the peaks, electronic transitions and structure geometries of the ligand (mbm) and its complexes comp.  max (nm) υ-(cm-1) abc εmax transitions ligand (mbm) 265 37735 1.46 1460 π-π* mn(mbm)2 264 564 918 37878 17730 10893 1.129 0.010 0.021 1129 10 21 c.t 6a1→4t2(d) 6a1→4t2(d) 2co(mbm) 265 529 552 988 37735 18903 18115 10121 1.230 0.194 0.190 0.028 1230 1940 0.190 28 c.t 4a2(f)→4t1(p) 4a2(f)→4t1(f) 4a2(f)→4t2(f) ni(mbm)2 275 480 588 985 36363 20833 17006 10152 1.280 0.056 0.025 0.066 1280 56 25 66 c.t 3t1(f) →3t1 (p) 3t1(f) →3a2 (f) 3t1(f) →3t2(f) cu(mbm)2 265 674 852 37735 14836 11737 1.271 0.134 0.047 1271 134 47 c.t 2b1g→ 2a1g 2b1g→ 2b2g zn(mbm)2 279 35842 1.644 1644 c.t cd(mbm)2 279 35842 0.938 938 c.t 2(mbm)hg 269 37174 0.505 505 c.t c.t = charge transfer 152 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (1): 1h-nmr spectrum of ligand (mbm) figure no. (2) : 13c-nmr spectrum of ligand (mbm) 153 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (3) : infrared spectrum for ligand (mbm) ] complex2figure no. (4): infrared spectrum of [mn(mbm) 154 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 figure no. (5): u.v spectrum of ligand (mbm) figure no. (6): u.v spectrum of [ni(mbm)2] complex mbm 155 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 hn o o ch3s-ch2-ch2 r' r' = r = ch3o h n r os m o o nh ch2ch2sch3 r' , m+2 = mn, co, ni, zn, cd, hg figure no. (7): the proposed chemical structure formula of the complexes 156 | chemistry 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات الفلزية الجديدة لأليونات ثنائية التكافؤ )nm، co، ni، cu، zn، cd، (hg] معn )4 ميثوكسي بنزويل ثايواوكسو مثيل )] الميثيونين -امينو باسمة محسن سرحان رسمية محمود رميز قسم الكيمياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم ) / جامعة بغداد مرتضى عبد علي القادسيةقسم الكيمياء / كلية التربية / جامعة 2014كانون االول 21،قبل البحث في:2014تشرين االول 1استلم البحث في: الخالصة ثايواوكسو مثيل )] الميثيونين و ذلك من -ميثوكسي بنزويل امينو -mbm] (n)4حضر الليكاند الجديد ( ) وشخص بوساطة التحليل الدقيق 1:1(ميثوكسي بنزويل ايزوثايوسيانات ) مع حامض الميثيونين وبنسبة -4مفاعلة ( المرئية وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي, كما -واألشعة تحت الحمراء واألشعة فوق البنفسجية chns)للعناصر( (hg , cd , zn , cu , ni , co , mn ) حضرت وشخصت معقدات بعض ايونات العناصر االنتقالية الثنائية التكافؤ المرئية والتوصيلية الموالرية –باستخدام األشعة تحت الحمراء واألشعة فوق البنفسجية )mbmمع الليكاند ( والحساسية المغناطيسية واالمتصاص الذري وتحليل النسبة المولية واستنتج من الدراسات والتشخيصات أن المعقدات لھا النحاس الذي أعطى الشكل المربع ن ماعدا معقد) ثنائي السmbmشكل رباعي السطوح حول االيون الفلزي مع اللكياند ( المستوي. كلوروبنزويل ايزوثايوسيانيت, معقدات. -4حامض الميثيونين, الكلمات المفتاحية : 10050134 10050135 10050136 10050137 10050138 10050139 10050140 10050141 10050142 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 the effect of window size changing on satellite image segmentation using 2d fast otsu method t. a. naji departme nt of physics, college of education i bn-al-haithem, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 17june 2011,accepted in: 20septe mber 2011 abstract m ultisp ectral remote sensin g image se gmentation can be achieved usin g a multithresholding technique. this p aper studies t he effect of chan ging the window size of the two dimensional (2d) fast ot su algorithm that p resented by zhang. from the results, it shown that this method behaves as a se arch machine for the valleys (an automatic threshold), between the gray levels of t he hist ogram with changing the size of slide window. keywords i mage segmentation, (2d) fast otsu method, m ultithresholding, aut omatic thresholding, (2d) hist ogram image. introduction image se gmentation p lay s an imp ortant role in image analy sis and comp uter vision system, this is the process for subdividing an image into the homo geneous re gions. among all segmentation techniques, the automatic t hresholdin g methods are widely used tools for image segmentation as a p reprocessing st ep, because of their advantages of si mple imp lement and time saving. ot su's method is one of thresholding methods and frequently used in various field. this is used to automatically p erform histogram shape-based image thresholding, or the reduction of a gray level ima ge to a binary image. two dimensional (2d) ot su method behaves well in se gmentation images of low signal to noise ratio than one dimensional (1d), but it gives satisfactory results only when the numbers of p ixel in each class are close to each other [1, 2, 3, and 4]. this p aper st udies the effect of changing the slide window size of the (2d) fast ot su algorithm, for ima ge se gmentation based on the value of central gray level of the highest frequency on the (2d) histogram image of the slide window selection. the changing of slide window size is set manually by the user and it dep ends on the content of the images. samples of test scenes three available sc enes for differ ent iraq’s regions (shown in fig.(3 a, 5a, 6a)) whi ch comp rise 581.7 km 2 , have been chosen and used for testing the introduced segmentation algorithm; these are:  al rama di: located in al-anbar p rovenience west of baghdad. the available scene was tm exp osure at m arch 04, 1990. this region lies between latitudes. 33° 27' 21.44" n to 33° 14' 14.05" n, and longitudes 43° 29' 17.91" e to 43° 44' 36.64" e. this region represents alluvial plain ; the hot desert c limate p revails in the sedimentary p lain and the west ern p lateau. it contains some vegetation cover, many soil and rock erosion noticed. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012  al raz z az ah : located between karbala and ramadi p roveniences. this region lies between latitudes. 32° 47' 59.07" n t o 32° 34' 49.06" n, and longitudes 43° 47' 58.44" e to 44° 3' 4.22" e. the scene (tm taken at 1987) rep resents alluvial plain.  al fit’h a: situated north salah alden province. this region lies between latitudes 35° 20' 26.29" n to 35° 6' 45.46", and longitudes 43° 18' 38.39" e to 43° 35' 9.45" e. the general features are the merge of the lower-zab with the tigris rivers, and vegetation cover can be detected. this image was etm + exp osure at m arch 19, 2002. the map location of these scenes was shown in fig. (1). algorithm to study the effect of window size changing usin g (2d) fast otsu method, the following st ep s can be p erformed: 1) app ly ing the (2d) fast otsu method on the test images using d ifferent sizes for the slide windows. 2) in each slide window, two variables are comp uted; the central gray lev el (gl) of the slid e window and the slid e window local mean for the high est frequency in the (2d) histogram image. 3) plot between the computed central gray level from st ep (2), and window size. 4) find the flat area from the curve, because it represents the op timum threshold value (valley ). experime ntal re sults in order to study the influence of incr easin g size of slide window of the (2d) fast otsu algorithm that p resented by zhang. three different regions of iraq are used which has the (827×866) p ixel with (256) gray level intensities, the choice of these study area was influenced by the variety of sp atial and ecological land. this st udy was p erformed using 64bit computer p latform of core 2 due 2.2ghz p rocesser and m atlab ver. 2009a lan guage. the new histogram had counted usin g sl ide window with two variables which are the central gray level (gl), and local mean of the slide window, as a (2d) h istogram image. this (2d) hist ogram used to the extension of the ot su t hreshold algorithm p ossibility . the highest frequency on (2d) histogram ima ge of the sl ide window which represent the p ossible sp lit p oint (threshold value) of the central gray level. for examp le, fig. (2) illust rates the (2d) histogram v ia (3d) fe ature sp ace plot with window size (50×50) p ixel, the maximum p eak at central gray level and local mean are 120, 114 resp ectively, where the (x-axis) and (y-axis) represent t he central gray level (gl) of the slide window, and the slide window local mean resp ectively. the increasin g of window size is st arted from less value as 5 to higher v alue as 400. when the small window size has been chosen (as 5, 15, and 25), the small difference between the central gr ay level (gl) and lo cal mean of the slide window have been obtained. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 this is due to the small window size mean small land coverage which mean less land features and mor e homo geneously in the slide window, and viceversa. the central gray lev el (gl) and lo cal mean values ar e similar (as al razz azah image, take window size 5), and are near (as al-ramadi and al fit’ha images, take window size 5, 15, and 25) as shown in in order to determine the op timum threshold value (valley ) a p lot is drawn between the p ossible threshold values t hat is found using the (2d) histogr am with the window size, where the flat area rep resent t he optimum threshold value (valley ) to sep arate the regions (classes). this valley was selected from the windows t hat have stability value of the central gray lev el (gl), the under lined stability value is shown in table (1). the curves are v erified in f ig. (3c), fig. (5c), and f ig. (6c) showed a true number of valleys between the gray levels of the histogram for extracting the objects from their background. in order to compare b etween the fast ot su and the (2d) fast otsu methods, the threshold values selection (valleys) for the tested scenes using fast otsu method are list ed in table (2). two valley s from al ramadi scene has been deriv ed, so that fig. (4) illustrates the classification of this scene with t hese valleys implementing. conclusions from the obtained result, t he following conclusions can be derived: 1the (2d) fast otsu algorithm can b e used as search machine for the valley between the histogram p eaks, as shown in fig. (3b, 3 c), fig. (5b, 5c), and fig. (6b, 6c). 2changin g the window size in the (2d) fast otsu algorithm has contrarily relationship with the gray level of the histogr am. starting with small window size will for ce the algorithm to search the high gray level ar ea in the histogram, while takin g larger window size will slide the searching area for a valley in to smaller gr ay level in the hist ogram, as shown in fig. (3c), fig. (5c), and f ig. (6c). 3if the algorithm finds a gray level for a v alley, changing the size of the slide window wi ll not change the found gray level until it finds another valley, as shown in fig. (3b, 3c). 4it is seen from f ig. (3c) and fig. (6c), the d etected threshold gr ay level (valley) will appear as a flat curve. 5 from the comp arison between the result of the fast otsu algorithm and the (2d) fast ot su, it is found that there is no match between the threshold gray level values, as shown in table (2). 6scann ing the histogram with (2d) fast otsu algorithm (by changing the window size) will give us the true number of valley in the histogram bett er than the other otsu algorithms t hat force the algor ithm to sp lit the histogram to (n) number of bans even if 7the histogram doesn't have enough number of valley to give an accurate sp litting bans (classification). ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 re ferences 1zhang, j. and hu, j. (2008), image se gmentation based on 2d ot su method with histogram analysis, ieee, international confer ence on computer sciences and soft ware engineering: 105. 2 sahoo, p.k.; so ltani, s. and wong, a.k.c. and chen, y.c. (1988), a survey of thresholding techniques, computer vision, graphics, and image processing, 41 : 233-260. 3ot su, n. (1979), a threshold selection m ethod from gray -level hist ograms, ieee transactions on sy stem, m an, and cy bernetics, sm c-9 (1), january. 4sezgin, m . and sankur, b. (2003), survey over image thresholdin g techniques and quantitative performance evalu ation. journal of electronic imaging, 13 (1): 146–165. tabl e (1): gray le vel & local me an values wi th win dow size vari ati on using 2d fast o tsu meth od al-ramadi image al-razzazah i mage al fit’ha image window size gray level local mean gray level local mean gray level local mean 5 121 118 113 113 91 94 15 120 116 102 104 81 83 25 120 115 97 100 80 85 50 120 114 89 97 78 85 55 120 114 86 96 78 84 75 120 113 80 89 75 91 100 119 112 77 88 75 97 125 72 78 70 97 75 105 150 72 82 66 101 67 107 187 72 84 60 107 54 94 210 72 87 60 107 48 100 250 72 91 54 108 39 112 300 69 94 48 108 28 123 350 69 98 44 108 17 129 400 66 103 43 107 9 134 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): th reshol d values using fast otsu me th od thresho lds al-ra madi imag e al-ra zzaza h image al fi t’ha imag e 1 2 1 1 fas t otsu 72 15 4 13 2 12 9 fi g. (1): location map of the te st s cenes in alrama di, al razz azah, an d al fi t’ regions al-ramadi al-razzazah al fit’h fi g. (2): 3d fe atu re s pace plot of 2d fast otsu meth od with win dow size 50, the maximum peak at central gray le ve l & local me an are 120, 114 res pe cti vel y. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a fig. (3) :al ramadi image, and its histogram (a & b), (c) window s ize changing curve with the gray level of al ramadi image by usi ng 2d fast c b ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fi g. (4): cl assifie d im age of al ramadi wi th 2 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a valley 1 b c fig. (5): al razzazah image, and its histogram (a & b), (c) window s ize changing curve with the gray level of al razzazah image by usi ng 2d fast o tsu method valley 1 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 a c b fig. (6): al fit’ha image, and its histogram (a & b), (c) window s ize changing curve with the gray level of al fit’ha image by usi ng 2d fast o tsu method valley 1 valley 1 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 یر حجم النافذة لتقسیم الصورة الفضائیة بأستعمال طریقة أوتسو تأثیر تغ ِالسریعة الثنائیة األبعاد تغرید عبد الحمید ناجي قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة التربیة، جامعة بغداد 2011 ایلول 20: قبل البحث في ،2011 حزیران 17:استلم البحث في الخالصة درس هذا البحث تأثیر تغیر . عن بعد المتعددة االطیاف بأستعمال تقنیة حد العتبات تقسیم صور االستشعار ̋ یتم عادة كما هو معروض بالنتائج، تتصرف . زنك الباحث البعدین التي قدمت من قبليحجم النافذة لخوارزمیة أوتسو السریعة ذ للمخطط التكراري بتغیر حجم النافذة بین المستویات الرمادیة ) حد العتبة اآللي(هذه الطریقة كماكنة بحث عن الودیان .المنزلقة ط الكلمات المفتاحیة ِ تقسیم صورة، طریقة أوتسو السریعة الثنائیة األبعاد، حد العتبات، حد العتبة اآللي، صورة المخط .ِالتكراري الثنائي األبعاد ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 009 قبل المفتوحة شبه المجموعاتبعض النتائج حول احمد إبراهیم ناصررشا ناصر مجید ، جامعة بغداد الهیثم ،أبن -كلیة التربیة سم الریاضیات،ق خالصةال x)اذا كان " عرفها بالشكل اذ ،إن أول من قدم تعریف المجموعة شبه قبل المفتوحة هو الریاضي اندرجفك ,  ) فضاء تبولوجي وa مجموعة جزئیة منx فأنa ان تسمى مجموعة شبه قبل المفتوحة اذا ك � ⊆ � ∘��� . " أعالهلقد قمنا في هذا البحث بدراسة خواص المجموعات شبه قبل المفتوحة ولكن لیس عن طریق التعریف تعریف ثاني مكافئ لتعریفها وكذلك درسنا العالقة بینها وبین أنواع أخرى من المجامیع طة ابواسانما .المفتوحة الضعیفة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 some results on semi-preopen sets r. n. majeed , a. i. nasir departme nt of mathematics,college of education – ibn alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the definition of semi-preopen sets were first introduced by "andrijevic" as were is defined by :let (x ,  ) be a top ological sp ace, and let a ⊆ �, then a is called semi-p reopen set if � ⊆ � ∘��� . in this p aper, we study the prop erties of semi-preopen sets but by another definition which is equivalent t o the first definition and we also st udy the relationships among it and (op en, α-op en, p reop en and semi-p -op en )sets. 1.preliminaries de finition 1.1 (1)(4): a subset a of a top ological sp ace (x ,  ) is called α – open set if and only if a ح �°����� ° the family of all α – op en sets is denoted by α . de finition 1.2 (1)(5) : a subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x ,  ) is called a p reopen set if a ح ��° the complement of a preopen set is called preclosed set . the family of all preopen sets of x is denoted by po(x). the family of all preclosed sets of x is denoted by pc(x). the orem 1.3 (2) : the union of any family of p reop en sets is a p reop en set. de finition 1.4 (1) : the intersection of all p reclosed sets containing a is c alled the preclosure of a, denoted by p re-cl a. de finition 1.5 (1) : a subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x ,  ) is said to be semi-p-open set, if there exist s a p reop en set in x say u such that uح a ح p re-cl u. the complement of a semi-p-op en set is called semi-p -closed set. the family of all semi-p -op en sets of x is denoted by s-p(x). the family of all semip -closed sets of x is denoted by s-pc(x). proposi tion 1.6 (2): for any subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x,  ), p re-cl a ح a� and the converse is not true. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 2. semi– preopen sets de finition 2.1(6 ): a subset a of a top ological sp ace ( x ,  ) is said to be semi-preopen set , if and only if there exist s a p reop en set in x say u such that u ح a ح �� the complement of semi-p reopen set is called semip reclosed set . the family of all semi-p reopen sets of x is denoted by spo(x). the family of all semi-p reclosed sets of x is denoted by spc(x). de finition 2.2: let ( x ,  ) be a top ological sp ace and aح x, a is called semi-preneighborhood of a point x in x, if there exists semi-preopen set u in x such that xخ u ح a . the orem 2.3 : the union of any family of semip reopen sets is semipreop en set. proof : let { aα }; α خl be any family of semi-p reopen sets, we must p rove ⋃ ���∈� is semi-p reopen set. this means we must p rove there exists uخpo(x) such that u ⋃ ح �∈� . �� ح �� since for all αخl, aα is semip reopen , therefore there exists uα خpo(x) such that �� ح �� ح ���, and since ⋃ ���∈� is a preopen set (by theorem 1.3 ), therefore let u = ⋃ ���∈� ,then we get u ح ⋃ ���∈� ………… (1) now since �� ح ��� for all αخl, therefore ⋃ ���∈� ⋃ ح lخ���� for all αخl, implies ⋃ lخ� �� ⋃ ح ⋃ l, thusخl����������� for all αخ��� lخ� �� ⋃ = �� ح l����������� ….. (2) andخ��� from (1) and (2) we get, t here exists uخpo(x) such that u ح ⋃ �� �∈� ⋃ therefore ,�� ح �∈� �� is semi-p reopen set. ■ corollary 2.4 : the intersection of any family of semi-p reclosed sets is semi-p reclosed set . proof: let { fα }; α خl be any family of semi-p reclosed sets, we must p rove ⋂ ���∈� is semip reclosed this means we must p rove (⋂ ���∈� ) � is semi-p reopen set. since for all αخl, �� � is semi-p reopen set ( by definition 2.1), therefore ⋃ �� � �∈� is semi-p reopen set (by theorem 2.3), implies there exists u po(x) such that u ح ⋃ �� � �∈� ⋃ and since ,�� ح �� � �∈� = (⋂ ���∈� ) �, therefore u ح (⋂ ���∈� ) thus .�� ح � (⋂ ���∈� ) � is semi-p reopen set, imp lies ⋂ ���∈� is semi-p reclosed set. ■ remark 2.5 : the intersection of two semi-p reopen sets need not to be semi-preopen set, as the following example shows: exam ple 1 : let x={1,2,3},  ={x,, {1,2}} po(x) =   {{1},{2},{1,3},{2,3}}, spo(x) = po(x) let a= {1,3} and b={2,3} are both semi-p reopen sets, but a  b={3} is not semi-p reopen set. remark 2.6 : the union of two semi-preclosed sets need not to be semi-preclosed set, as t he examp le 1, let x={1,2,3},  ={x,, {1,2}}then {1} and {2} are two semi-preclosed sets since x-{1}={2,3} and x-{2}={1,3} are two semi-p reop en sets, but {1}{2}={1,2} is not semi-p reclosed set since x{1,2}={3} is not semi-p reop en set. de finition 2.7 : the union of all semi-p reopen sets contained in a is called the semi-preinterior of a, d enoted by s-p re-int a . de finition 2.8 : the intersection of all semi-p reclosed sets containin g a is called the semi-preclosure of a, denoted by s-p re-cl a . proposi tion 2.9: 1. if aح b, then s-p re-int a ح s-p re-int b. a . s-p ح re-int a 2. 3. s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b ح s-p re-int (a  b). 4. s-p re-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b. proof : the proof of (1) and (2) is direct by the definition of subsets and s-p re-int a . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 3. since aح a, therefore s-p re-int aح s-p re-int (a  b) (by p art 1), and since ح a, therefore s-p re-int ح s-p re-int (a  b) (by p art 1), imp lies s-p re-int a  s-p reint b ح s-p re-int (a  b). the converse is not true in gener al, as the following of examp le (1): let a={2}, ={3} and a={2,3}, then: s-p re-int{2}={2}, s-pre-int{3}=  and s-p re-int{2,3}={2,3}. ut s-p re-int (a  b) ={2,3} {2}= s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b. 4. a ح a, then this implies that s-pre-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int a (by p art 1), and a , then s-p ح re-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int  (by p art 1), therefore s-p re-int (a  b) ح s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b. but s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b  s-p re-int (a  b), as the following examp le shows: exam ple 2 : let x={1,2,3,4}, ={x,,{1},{2},{1,2}} po(x) =   {{1,2,3},{1,2,4}} spo(x) = po(x)  {{1,3},{1,4},{1,3,4},{2,3},{2,4},{2,3,4}} let a ={2,3,4}, b ={1,3,4} and a  b= {3,4},then: s-p re-int {2,3,4}={2,3,4}, s-pre-int {1,3,4}= {1,3,4} and s-p re-int (a  b) =  .but s-p re-int a  s-p re-int b = {3,4}   = s-p re-int (a  b). proposi tion 2.10 : 1. if aح b, then s-p re-cl a ح s-p re-cl b. 2. a ح s-p re-cl a. 3. s-p re-cl  =  , s-p re-cl x = x. 4. s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b ح s-p re-cl (a  b). 5. s-p re-cl (a  b) ح s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b. proof : 1. let x be any element in x, such that x s-p re-cl b, which imp lies there existence of a semi-p reclosed set f such that � ⊆ � and x f, but � ⊆ � so � ⊆ � and x f , hence x sp re-cl a. 2. since s-p re-cl a is the intersection of all semi-preclosed sets containin g a, we have a ح sp re-cl a. 3.  and x are semi-p reopen sets (by being op en set), thus s-pre-cl  =  and s-p re-cl x = x. 4. since a ح a b, therefore s-p re-cl a ح s-p re-cl (a  b) (by part 1), and since b ح a b , therefore s-p re-cl b ح s-p re-cl (a  b) (by part 1), imp lies s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b ح s-p re-cl (a  b). 5. since a  b ح a, t hen this imp lies that s-pre-cl (a  b) ح s-p re-cl a (by part 1), and since a  b ح b, therefore s-p re-cl (a  b) ح s-p re-cl b (by part 1), therefore s-p re-cl (a  b) ح s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b. but the converse of part (4) is not true to see this, let a={1},b={2} and a b={1,2} in the example 2, then: spc( x) ={x,,{,3,4},{1,3,4},{3,4},{4},{3},{2,4},{2,3},{2},{1,4},{1,3},{1}} s-p re-cl {1}={1}, s-pre-cl {2}={2}and s-p re-cl {1} s-p re-cl {2}={1,2} but s-p re-cl ({1}{2}) = x, which shows s-p re-cl (a  b)  s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b and also, the converse of part (5) is not true to see this, let a={1,2,3}, b={1,3,4} and a  b ={1,3} in the example 2, then: s pc( x) ={x,,{,3,4},{1,3,4},{3,4},{4},{3},{2,4},{2,3},{2},{1,4},{1,3},{1}} sp recl {1,2,3}=x, s-pre-cl {1,3,4}={1,3,4} and s-p re-cl {1,2,3} s-p re-cl{1,3,4}={1,3,4} but s-p re-cl ({1,2,3} {1,3,4}) ={1,3} which shows s-p re-cl a  s-p re-cl b  s-p re-cl (a  b). proposi tion 2.11 : a is semi-preclosed set, if and only if a= s-pre-cl a. proof: ( ) if a is semi-preclosed set, we must p rove a= s-p re-cl a, that is mean we must p rove a ح s-p re-cl a and s-p re-cl a ح a. now, to p rove s-p re-cl a ح a, since s-p re-cl a is the intersection of all semip reclosed sets containing a, and since a is semi-p reclosed set, and aح a, implies s-p re-cl a ح a. now, to p rove a ح s-p re-cl a, let x be any element in x, such that x s-p re-cl a , which implies there existence of a semi-preclosed set f such that x∉ f, but a ح f, hence x∉ a. thus a ح s-p re-cl a, which implies a= s-p re-cl a. (⟸) the prove is direct (by corollary 2.4) . ■ corollary 2.12 : s-p re-cl (s-p re-cl a) = s-pre-cl a . proof: since s-p re-cl a is semi-preclosed set (by corollary 2.4), therefore s-p re-cl (s-p re-cl a) = s-p re-cl a (by prop osition 2.11). ■ now, we give the connection between semi-p reopen sets and some other kinds of weakly op en sets. 3. relationship among open, α-open, preopen, semi –popen and semi-preopen sets remark 3.1 (3) : 1. every op en set is a preop en set, but not conversely. 2. every closed set is a preclosed set, but not conversely. remark 3.2 : every p reop en set is semi-p reopen set. proof: since a is a preopen set and aح a, and since for any subset a of x, a ح a� , therefore there exist s a p reop en set a such that aح a ح a� . thus a is semi-p reop en set. but the converse need not t o be true in general, as t he following of examp le 2 x={1,2,3,4}, ={x,,{1},{2},{1,2}} po(x) =   {{1,2,3},{1,2,4}} spo(x) = po(x)  {{1,3},{1,4},{1,3,4},{2,3},{2,4},{2,3,4}} it is clear that {1,3} is semi-preop en set, but it is not a preop en set. from remark 3.1 and r emark 3.2 we obtain the following: remark 3.3 : ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 every op en set is semi-p reop en set . but the converse may be false, as t he examp le 2 in remark 3.2 . remark 3.4 : every α-open set is semi-p reopen set. proof: since a is α-op en set, t herefore a ح �°����� ° , and since �° is op en set this imp lies �° is a preopen set (by remark 3.1). and �°ح a so �°ح a ح �°����� ° .����°� ح a ح°� hence , ���°� ح thus, a is semi-p reopen set. ■ the converse of remark 3.4 is not true, as t he following of example 2: x={1,2,3,4}, ={x,,{1},{2},{1,2}} α = po(x) =   {{1,2,3},{1,2,4}} spo(x) = po(x)  {{1,3},{1,4},{1,3,4},{2,3},{2,4},{2,3,4}}. remark 3.5 : every semi-p -op en set is semi-preop en set. proof: let a be any semi-p -op en set, this means there exists a p reopen set in x say u such that u ح a ح p re-cl u, and since pre-cl u ح �� (by p rop osition 1.6 ), therefore u ح a ح ��. thus a is semi-p reopen set. ■ ut the converse is not true, as t he following examp le show: exam ple 3 : let x= {1,2,3,4 }, ={, x, {1,2}, {3}, {1,2,3}}, �={ x, , {1,2,4},{3,4},{4}} (x) =   {{1},{2},{1,3},{2,3},{1,3,4},{2,3,4}} c(x) = �  {{2,3,4},{1,3,4},{2,4},{1,4},{2},{1}} s(x) = (x)  {{1,4},{2,4},{3,4},{1,2,4}} now {1,4}خ s(x), but  p{1,4} ح{1} re-cl {1}={1},thus {1,4} is not semi-p -op en set. conclusion 1. the union of any family of semip reopen sets is semipreop en set. 2. the intersection of any family of semi-p reclosed sets is semi-p reclosed set . 3. every p reop en set is semi-p reopen set. 4. every op en set is semi-p reop en set . 5. every semi-p -op en set is semi-preop en set. re ferences 1. navalagi,g.b. (2000), "definition bank in general top ology ", internet. 2 . esmaeel, r.b. (2004) " on semi-p-op en sets", m .sc. thesis, university of baghd ad. 301, -4), 299-(356m ath. hungarica, ganst er and ivan rrilly, (1990), acta m aximum 3. internet. 4. olav njast ad, (1965), pacific journal of m athematics, 15:3 . 5. mshhour,a.s. abd el-m onsef m .e. and el-deeb, s.n. (1981). p roc.m ath. and p hy s.soc.egy pt 51. 6. dont chev, j. (1994 ), helsinki unv., j. p ure app l. m ath., 25(9). 7. navalagi, g.b. (2000). definition bank in general top ology , dep artment of m athematics , g.h.college, karan ataka,india ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 complexeation behavior o f coii, niii, cuii, znii, and cdii ions toward schiff base derived from 2, 4 -dihydroxy benzaldehyde and o-phenylene diamine a. .t. numan, k. .m. sultan and a.s. abdullah departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad, p.o. 4150, adhamiyah, baaghdad, i raq. abstract the aim of this work covers the sy nthesis and characterization of the new tertra dentate ligand (h4l) containing (n and o) as donor set atoms kind (n2o2) where: h4l=bis-1,2 (2,4dihydroxy benzy lediene p hy linediamine . the p reparation of ligand contains reaction 2, 4 dihy droxy benzaldehy de and o-p henylene diamine . schiff base was reacted with some metal ions in the p resence of methanol to give the complexes in the general formula [m (h2l)] where: m ii = co, ni, cu, zn, cd. all comp ounds were characterized by sp ectroscop ic methods i.r , u.v.-vis, metal content and molar conductivity measurements, showed that the comp lexes are non-electrolyte. the p rop osed geometry for all of the p rop osed comp lexes was a tetrahedral while ni complex was square p lanar. introduction m etal comp lexes of schiff base are extensively st udied due to sy nthetic flexibility and sensitivity toward a variety of metal atoms (1). they are found useful in catalysis, in medicine as antibiotics and anti-inflammatory agent and in the indust ry as anti-corrosion (2-8). salicylaldehy de comp ound is a bidentate ligand and has several app lications in chemist ry and medicine .in 2005 halabiand and co-workers (9) p repared a schiff base ligand (n2o2) kind derived from amino -1,2,3,6-oxatrizain and salicylaldehy de and its transition metal comp lexes with (ni ii , cu ii ,and pd ii ). in this p aper the sy nthesis and characterization of schiff base [bis-1,2 (2,4-dihydroxy benzy lediene phy linediamine] ligand derived from the reaction of 2,4 -dihy droxy benzaldehy de and o-p henylene diamine ,and some of its comp lexes with (co, ni, cu, zn and cd) are reported. experime ntal reagents were p urchased from fluka and redial-dehenge chemical co. i.r sp ectra were recorded as (kbr) dicsic a shimadzu 8300 ftir sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000-400) cm -1 . electronic sp ectra of p repared comp ounds were measured in the region (200-1100) nm for 10 -3 m solutions in (dm f) as a solvent at 25 c˚ by using a shimadz, 160 sp ectrop hotometer with 1.000 + 0.001cm -1 matched quartz cell. while metal contents of the comp lexes were determined by atomic absorp tion (a.a) technique using a shimadz aa .680g atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer .electrical conductivity measurements of the comp lexes were recorded at 25 c˚ for 10 -3 m solutions of the samp les in (dm f)by using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter . s ynthesi s of the ligand (h4l) a solution of (o-p henylene diamine), (0.59 g, 4.6 mmole) in methanol (5ml) was added slowly to 2,4-dihy droxy benzaldehy de ( 1.27 g, 9.2 mmole) dissolved in methanol (5ml) . then added drop s from glacial acetic acid to them. the mixture was reflu xed for (4hrs) and then st irred ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 at room temp erature for (1 hr). a p ale yellow p recipitate was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum for (24 hr), to give (h4l), yield (84%), m.p. (198) dec. s ynthesis of [(co (h2l)] complex a (0.226g, 0.82 mmo le) of coc l2.6h2o was dissolved in (5 ml) methanol. a solution of (0.2g, 0.95 mmole) of the ligand (h4l) in (15 ml) methanol was add ed to t he above mi xture, then (0.106 g, 0.89 m mole) of koh was dissolved in methanol and added to them. the reaction was allowed to r eflu x for (3 hrs), a dark vio let the precipitate which were collected ,and washed with (2ml) benzene ,then let it to dry to give (0.25 g), y ield (80%), mp (280 0 c) dec. the method that was used to p rep are the other comp lexes [ni (h2l)] (2), [cu (h2l)] (3), [zn (h2l)] (4) and [cd (h2l)](5) was similar to that mentioned in the p rep aration of [co (h2l)] comp lex. table (1) shows some phy sical prop erties of the p rep ared comp lexes: results and discussion the new ligand typ e (n2o2) was p repared accordin g to the gener al method shown in scheme (1). bis-1,2 (2,4-dihydroxybenz ylediene phylinediamine s cheme (1) s ynthesis route of the s chi ff base the (1.r) sp ectrum for (h4l) ligand fig (1) disp lay ed two bands at (1610) and (1587) cm -1 due to the υ (c=n) st retching for the imine group s resp ectively (10) .the band at (3355) cm -1 is att ributed to υ (o-h) st retching, the strong bands at (1342) and (1217) cm -1 are att ributed to υ (cn) and υ (c-o) stretching resp ectively. the (i.r) sp ectral data of the comp lexes are p resented in table (2) .in general the (i.r) sp ectra of the comp lexes show two bands at the range (1600-1541) cm -1 which assigned to t he υ nh2h2n 1 mole + c o h ho oh 2 mole methanol reflux glacial acetic acid nn chhc oh ho ho oh ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 (c=n) st retches frequency for the imine group s which are shifted to alower frequency by (10-46) cm -1 in comp arison to that for the free ligand fig (1a, 1b and 1c), these shiftings could be att ributed to the reduced bond order of the imine group . this can be attributed to delocalization of metal electrons density at (t 2g) in the π sy st em of the ligand (hom o → lum o)(12-14). where: hom o = highest occup ied molecular orbital. lumo = lowest unoccup ied molecular orbital. the υ (o-h) stretching band in the free ligand at (3355) cm -1 is st ill p resent at the (35503450) cm -1 range for these comp lexes (15). the new bands at the range (447-541) cm1 were assi gned to υ (m -o) and υ (m -n) st retching resp ectively, indicating that the imine nitrogen and o xy gen of hy droxy l group were involv ed in coordin ation with metal ion table(2) (16-22). (u.v-vis) sp ectrum for the ligand fig (2) exhibits a high intense absorp tion p eak at (301) nm (33222cm -1 ) εmax = 417 molar -1 .cm -1 which is assigned to overlap of (π → π*) and (→  * ) transitions (11) table (3).the reaction of (h4l) ligand with [m cl2.h2o] (where m =co, ni, cu, zn, and cd) was carried out in m eoh under reflux.. the analytical and p hy sical data table (1) and sp ectral data table (2) and table (3). the electronic sp ectral data of the complexes are summarized in table (3) .the (u.v-vis) sp ectra of the complexes disp lay ed absorpt ion at the range (314-342) nm which were assigned to the ligand filed (23). in the [co (h2l)] comp lex the band at (430) nm was att ributed to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 4 t1(p)← 4 a2) (24), suggesting tetrahedral structure about co ion. the band at (455) nm in the sp ectrum of [ni (h2l)] comp lex was att ributed to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 1 b1g← 1 a1g) (fig-2a), suggesting a square p lanar st ructure about ni ion (25-27), (fig-2b), while the band at (449) nm in the sp ectrum of [cu (h2l)] comp lex which was assigned to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 2 e← 2 b2), suggesting tetrahedral st ructure about cu ion. the absence of (d-d) electronic transition in the complexes [zn (h2l)] and [cd (h2l)] are due to t he configuration (d 10 ) st ructure for the metal ions, suggesting tetrahedral structure for sp 3 hyp erdization of (zn and cd) (28). the molar conductance values determined in (dm f) solution (10 -3 m ) (table-3) lie in the range (23.5-3.19 s.cm -1 mole -1 ) indicates that t he comp lexes are non electrolytes (23) and confirm the suggested formula [m (h2l)] the exp erimental d ata of metal content is obtained by the atomic absorpt ion method and the chloride content for all of the prepared comp lexes, table (1) are in a good agreement with t he calcu lated values. re ferences 179.:47acta chime. slov., )2000. (a ,and kriza .c,sp inu -1 1043.:(11)12chin.chem.lett., .j)2001.(x ,and li .y .hu ,j .;j ,chen.;b ,sun-2 5356. :(26)58tetrahedron )2002. (s , and m ohebi .m .d ,boghaei-3 41.:30turk j.chem., )2006. (y ,and liu .b ,zhang.; b ,wu. ;j ,liu-4 5-britovsek, g .j. p. ;gibson, v. v.; m astroianni, s.;oakes, d. c. h.; redshaw, c.; solan ,g .a.; 431:(2)2001eur.j.inorg.chem ., )2001. (j .d ,and williams .p .j.a ,white 63.:(1)41 m ed.chem. j. )2006( .a,and azam .m ,abid.; a ,budakoti-6 677 :(3)358inorg. chim.acta., )2005. (d. j ,and ranford .i .s ,tan.; x .v ,jin-7 1:(319)13int.corros.cong. proc., )1996( .s .v , and agarwala .k .n ,m ehta-8 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 9-ei-halabi,m .n.and awadallah, m . (2005),journal of the isalmic university of gaza,(series of 90.-85 :)2(13natural studies and engineer ing) 10socrates,g. (1980) infrared characterist ic group frequencies, wiley -interscienc publication. 11kemp,w. (1987)organic sp ectroscopy , 2 nd .edition, :144. 12hadzi ,d. and premru ,l. (1967)sp ectrochim.acta.23a, 35. 13pinchas ,s. and b enishai, d. (1998). j.amer chem.72, 519, 14clara, sousa, cristina freire and baltazar decastro , ,, sy nthesis and characterization of benzo 895-894 :8m olecules (2003) ,, o schiff bases2ether with app ended n -5-15crown 193:26sp ectrochim .acta, , )1970( g. dealti, v. and ,galasso ;g. costa,;a. bigatto, -15 16nakamoto, k. (1996)infrared sp ectra of inorganic and coordination compounds , 4 th .ed.,j.wiely and sons ,new york, 17ferraro,j. (1971).low frequency vibrations of inorganic and coordination compounds ,, plenum, new york, 18nanjap p an, p.; ramalin gam ,k.; jurisson ,s. ; pirro, j. ;diroxo, r.; narra, r.k.; nowotinik d.p. and nunn,a.d. (1992)abstracts of p ap ers, ninth international sy mposium on radiop harmaceutical chem, paris 6-10 ap ril. 19raju ,k.c. and radhakr ishnan ,p.k. (2003).comp lexes of cop p er with 2,3 dimethy -4 formyl (benzhy drazide) -1pheny l -3py razolin -5one sy nthesis and reactivity in inorganic 1318-1307 ):8(33and metal ,organic chemistry , 519 :72p olish.j.chem. (1998) t.i.kasher,a.s. and ,tble -el -20 21el-sonb ati ,a.z . and bindary,a.a. (2000). stereochemist ry of new nitrogen containing aldehades .v.nove l sy nthesis and sp ectroscop ic studies of some quinoline schiff bases 630 -621 :74p olish j.chem: comp lexes, 81.:7coord.rev, )1971(w.j. geary, -22 23greenwood ,n.n. and earnshow, a. (1998) chemistry of the elements , 2 nd eddtion.wiley and sons inc. new york, 24lever,a.b.p. (1968).inorganic electronic sp ectroscopy , new york, 660 :15inor g .chem. )1916( s.c. ,cummings m .s. and,holtman -52 26skop enko,v.v. ; fristskii, i.o.; lemp leka, r.d. and iskenderov,t.s. (1993) 1827.: 38russ.j.inorg.chem., 97.:1 accounts chem.res.)1968(g.n. schrauzer, -72 849 :2j.r., inor g.chem. (1963) s.l.holt,r.l. and ,carlin -82 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (1) s ome physical propertie s of the complexes and their reactants quantities. dec: decomposition table (2): i.r spectral data of the ligand and its complexes (cmˉ¹) compo und dec om position tem pera ture 0c color weight of metal weight of product g yield % m.wt g.mol -1 chloride content metal content g mmole found (calc) (h4l) 198 dec pale yellow 1.02 80 210.12 nil [(co(h2l) ] 280 dec dark violet 0.2. 0 0.82 0.25 80 266 nil 14.06 (13.63) [ni(h2l)] 270 dec red 0.226 0.82 0.28 67 266 nil 14.46 (13.33) [cu(h2l)] 210 dec brown 0.16 0.84 0,2 66 271 nil 15.01 (14.67) [zn(h2l)] 200 dec yellow 0.129 0.82 0.25 81 273 nil 16.54 (15.85) [cd(h2l)] 255 dec yellow 0.2 0.86 0.42 92 322 nil 24.21 (22.54) additional peaks υ (m-o) υ (m-n) υ (c-o) υ (c-n) υ (c-h) υ (n=c) υ (o-h) formula no. 1217 1342 3060 2752 1610 1587 3355 [h4l] 1 1438(c=c) ring 447 503 1265 1373 1600 1541 3550 [co(h2l)] 2 1448(c=c) ring 507 541 1242 1371 3078 2921 1602 1552 3527 [ni(h2l)] 3 1477(c=c) ring 495 532 1236 1369 3178 3066 1602 1554 3539 [cu(h2l)] 4 1541(c=c) ring 487 524 1240 1355 3209 3072 1604 1558 3450 [zn(h2l)] 5 1446(c=c) ring 482 526 1276 1350 2786 1606 1558 ---- [cd(h2l)] 6 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (3): electroni c spectral data and conductance me asurement in dmf as asolvant assignment λm s.cm 2 .mole -1 ε max molar -1 cm -1 nm λ compound π→π * n→π * 1121 301 (h4l) 4 t1(p) ← 4 a2(f) 23.5 403 505 342 430 [co(h2l)] 1 b1g← 1 a1 g 3.19 414 448 342 455 [ni(h2l)] 2 e← 2 b2 3.65 547 3952 314 449 [cu(h2l)] c.t 4.33 423 321 [zn(h2l)] c.t 5.40 414 341 [cd(h2l)] fig. (1): the (i.r) s pectrum of the ligand fig. (1a): the(i.r) s pectrum of [(ni (h2l)] complex ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig. (1b):the(i.r) s pectrum of [(cu (h2l)] complex fig. (1c): the (i.r) s pectrum of [cd(h2l)] complex fig(2) the (uv-vis)s pectrum of the ligand (h2l)] complex ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig. (2a): the (uv-vis) s pectrum of complex [(ni (h2l)] fig. (2b): the (uv-vis) s pectrum of complex [(cu (h2l)] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 nn c hh c o o h o h o m f i g u r e ( 3 ) t h e s u g g e s t e d s t r u c t u r e f o r t h e m ( h 2 l ) c o m p l e x e s m = c o , z n ,c d nn c hh c o o h o h o n i f i g u r e ( 4 ) t h e s u g g e s t e d s t r u c t u r e o f t h e n i ( h 2 l ) c o m p l e x 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد و الزنك ،والنحاس الثنائي ،والنیكل الثنائي،سلوك التخلب االیوني للكوبلت الثنائي والكادمیوم الثنائي اتجاه قاعدة شیف المشتقة من اورثو فنیلین داي امین ،الثنائي داي هایدروكسي بنزلدیهاید -4,2و سلطان،اواز صالح الدین خولة محمد،أحمد ثابت نعمان جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثمقسم الكیمیاء ، الخالصة n2o2 الجدید الرباعي السن نوعتضمن البحث تحضیر اللیكند bis-1,2-(2,4-dihydroxy benzy lediene phy linediamine =(h4l) وذلك من مفاعلة بعض ایونات العناصر مفاعلة اللیكند مع ثم 2,4dihy droxy benzaldehy d مع) (o-p henylene diamine) )co ll , ni ll ,cu l l , zn ll , cd ll تكونت اذ ،المیثانول وسطا للتفاعل وبوجود هیدروكسید البوتاسیوم قاعدة المعباست) m]الصیغة العامة يسلسلة من المعقدات ذ (h2l)] . ،مطیافیة المرئیة –األشعة تحت الحمراء ، واألشعة فوق البنفسجیة ، ق الطیفیةائجمیع المركبات بالطر شخصت .مع قیاس التوصیلیة الموالریة الكهربائیة، محتوى الكلور ودرجات االنصهارین وعاالمتصاص الذري للعناصر بینما ،السطوح مشوه هي رباعي والزنك والكادمیوم من نتائج البحث كان الشكل الفراغي المقترح لمعقدات الكوبلت والنحاس .نیكل فكان شكل معقده مربعا مستویالل ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 multiple mixing ratios of gamma rays from erγ)ner(n, 1 6 81 6 8  reactio n using a2 – ratio method t. a. younis de partment of physics, college of education ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad abstrac t the -mixing of  transit ion in er1 6 8 p op ulated in er)n,n(er 1 6 81 6 8  reaction is calculated in the p resent work by using a2rat io method. this method has used in p reviou studies [4, 5, 6, 7] in case that the second transition is p ure or for that transit ion which can be considered as pure only , but in one work we app lied this method for two cases, in the first one for pure transition and in the 2nd one for non p ure transitions. we take into accunt the exp erimental a2 coefficient for p revious works and -values for one transition only [1]. the results obt ained are, in gen eral, in agood agr eement within associated errors, with those rep orted p reviously [1], the discrepancies that occur are due to inaccuracies existing in the exp erimental data of t he p revious works . ة المجلد الصرفة والتطبیقی 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم حساب نسب الخلط الشعة كاما المنبعثة من التفاعل النووي erγ)ner(n, 1 6 81 6 8  باستعمال طریقة نسبة a2 ار یونستغرید عبد الجب بن الهیثم ،جامعة ة التربیة ا بغداد قسم الفیزیاء ، كلی ةـالخالص طاقة لـ النتقاالت لال) ( نسب الخلط لقد تم في البحث الحالي حساب مستویات ال المتولدة من er168كامیة من er)n,n(erالتفاعل 1 6 81 6 8  بطریقة نسبةa2. راسات السابقة هذه تإذ طبق في حالة كون ] 7 ، 6 ، 5 ، 4[ الطریقة في الد كن هذه الطریقة باالسلوب نفسه في حالتین االولى قتاما في البحث الحالي فقد طب، ًه نقیا فقط عدًاالنتقال الثاني نقیا او یم یمكن ألخرىً نقیا ووصفهًعندما یكون احد االنتقالین نقیا او دما یكون االنتقالینا ى ، الكامیین غیر نقیین عن اذ تم االعتماد عل .]1[ الحد االنتقالین لالعمال السابقة  وقیمة a2النتائج التجریبیة لمعامالت التوزیع الزاوي ج ) (ویتضح من النتائج ان قیم تائ بي مع الن و ضمن حدود الخطأ التجری التي تم الحصول علیها متفقة بصورة جیدة ا ي النتائج التجریبیة لتلك البحوث .]1[ًمنشورة سابقا التجریبیة للبحوث ال دم الدقة ف قضات یعود الى ع وسبب وجود بعض التنا . السابقة ةـالمقدم er1 ألنتقاالت كامیة من مستویات الطاقة ـل ) (حسبت نسب األختالط 6 er)n,n(er المتولدة من التفاعل 8 1 6 81 6 8  اس التوزیع الزاوي لـ ، ]1[ وآخرون berenda kovمن ا، 37 من ا كامی أنتقاال50اذ انه قام بقی تویا متهیج ً مس قیم تُوقد حددً .ا كامی أنتقاال44لـ ) (نسب الخلط b.m [وقد طبقت طریقة التنسر األحصائي الثابت من .saied2[ ت الكامیة من ل لتحدید قیم نسب الخلط ألنتقاال ة لـ مستوی er)n,n(er المتولدة من التفاعل er168ات الطاق 16816 8  باستخدام معامالت التوزیع الزاوي )a2 (لتجریبیة ا .]1[ المنشورة في المصدر زاوي ناأستخدم راسات ]1[ المنشورة في المصدرa2 في البحث الحالي معامالت التوزیع ال ها في حساب قیم أ للد نفس كامیة لـ ب الخلط نس er1 لألنتقاالت ال 6 er)n,n(er المتولدة من التفاعل 8 1 6 81 6 8  بطریقة نسبة a2 ل تأكید صحة من أج ب نسب األختالط سا كامیة من المستویات المتهیجة من التفاعلهذه الطریقة لح er)n,n(er لألنتقاالت ال 16 8168 . ات وتحلیلهایأختزال المعط ر االحصائي الى ابالنسبة تقاالت التي یمكن عدها نقیة یمكن حساب التنس من ρ2 (ji)النتقاالت الكامیة النقیة او االن :(1)تیة المعادلة اال مجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم a2 (ji – j f) = ρ2 (ji) f2 (ji jf ) .................................................................................................. (1)[3] اناذ ρ2(ji)بتدائي الثابت یمثل التنسر االحصائي .ji للمستوي اال f2 (ji jf )ى بالعالقة االتیة ب الخلط وهي تعط زاوي ونس ت تتضمن معلومات عن تغیرات الزخم ال -: هي معامال )1( )]jllj(f)jllj(f2)jllj(f[ )jj(f 2 i22f2 2 i21f2i11f2 fi2    ........................................ (2)[8] اناذ 0jjl fi1  ........................................................................................................................ 1ll 12  ................................................................................................................................ و الیساوي صفرl اذ ة كاما وه یمثل الزخم الزاوي الشع 0 إذ إن sl l .البرم ویساوي واحد = sألن l =الزخم الزاوي الشعة كاما. l= مداري م الزاوي ال زخ )l ………,0,1,2,3 =یأخذ و( ال :تيیأام ك(2)تصبح المعادلة وبذلك )=0(ن أ ف،ا نقی الكاميوفي حالة كون االنتقال )()( 1122 iffi jlljfjjf  .................................................................................................... (3) ینتج(1) في (3)وبتعویض a2 (ji – j f)= ρ2 (ji) f2 (jfl1l1ji) ................................................................................................ (4) -:ستعمل المعادلة االتیةناما في حالة وجود أنتقالین كامیین ف     )1/()()(2)( )1/()()(2)( )( )( 2 2222 2 221221122 2 1222 2 12121112 2 2 22 111 2 1        ififi ififif fi fi jlljfjlljfjlljf jlljfjlljfjlljf jja jja ............................................ (5) متساویة للمستوى نفسه ρ2 (ji)حیث ان -: فینتج 2 = 0النتقال الثاني نقي فنعوض قیمة اواذا كان )1()jllj(f )jllj(f)jllj(f2)jllj(f )jj(a )jj(a 2 1i11f2 i22f2 2 1i21f21i11f2 fi2 fi2 2 111 2 1      .................................................... (6) م f2حیث ان قیم كورة في الملحق، وقی وعند تطبیق هذه المعادلة في حالة كون احد ) 2(و ) 1( معلومة في الجداول a2 مذ -:ًهذین االنتقالین نقیا ینتج )1(70711.0 35355.094868.007071.0 )01( )21( 2 2        .................................................. (7) )1(59761.0 12806.022476.141833.0 )02( )22( 2 2          .............................................. (8) )1(17075.0 12806.022476.141833.0 )42( )22( 2 2        ................................................ (9) مجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم )1(44770.0 26455.067082.043875.0 )24( )44( 2 2        ............................................... (10) )1(40291.0 29355.046292.044320.0 )46( )66( 2 2        ............................................... (11) مستویات التي لها انتقاالالى اأما بالنسبة كامیل مقاسة (2تبار ان قیمة على اع(5) المعادلة فنستخدمن غیر نقیین ان -:تيیأاممعلومة وك) ًتجریبیا )1/()34149.030932.111952.0( )1/()12806.022476.141833.0( )32( )22( 2 2 2 22 2 1 2 11      ....................................................... (12) )1/()12806.022476.141833.0( )1/()34149.030932.111952.0( )22( )32( 2 2 2 22 2 1 2 11      ....................................................... (13) )1/()30929.044336.114434.0( )1/()12372.089738.134641.0( )43( )23( 2 2 2 22 2 1 2 11      ....................................................... (14) )1/()12372.089738.134641.0( )1/()30929.044336.114434.0( )23( )43( 2 2 2 22 2 1 2 11      ........................................................ (15) )1/()30929.044336.114434.0( )1/()22682.086602.043301.0( )43( )33( 2 2 2 22 2 1 2 11      ....................................................... (16) )1/()22682.086602.043301.0( )1/()30929.044336.114434.0( )33( )43( 2 2 2 22 2 1 2 11      ....................................................... (17) رط االتيا او یمكن اعتباره نقیایعد االنتقال نقی -: اذا تحقق الش fifi jjljj  نوي على التوالي = ji ،jf: ان اذ ئي والثا توي االبتدا .المس ر التماثل لالشعاع الكهربائي النتقاالت یكون تغی مثل هذه ا -:تيیأام كelوفي l fi )1(.  mولالشعاع المغناطیسي l 1l fi )1(.  .تماثل المستوي االبتدائي والثانوي على التوالي = i ، fن ااذ النتائـج والمناقشـة ٕ وانتقاالت نقیةa2طریقة نسبة تویات الطاقة (1)یبین الجدول er1 للـ مس 6 ي لها انتقاالن على األقل وأحدهما نقي8 ساب قیم . الت واستعمل في ح .خرلالنتقال اآل تجریبي مع قیم a2 المحسوبة بطریقة نسبة  ان قیم منه نالحظ اذ م متفقة ضمن الخطأ ال صدرین المنشورة في ال ریبیا في المصدر نفسها وهذا یدل على أن اأ، لالنتقاالت ]2[ و ]1[ المقاسة  صحیحة ماعدا قیمة ]1[ًلقیم المقاسة تج (لألنتقالین  (و ) 01  127 و 1358.9، )21 135 كیلو الكترون فولت من المستوي 9.0 كیلو الكترون فولت، 8.9 مجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم ( المقاسة لألنتقالینوكذلك قیمة  (و ) 01  21( ،178 170 و 6.1 یلو الكترون فولت من المستوي ك6.4 تجریبي مع قیم 1786.1 تتفق ضمن الخطأ ال ً المقاسة نظریا بطریقة التنسر االحصائي  كیلو الكترون فولت، اذ نجد انها مكن ً المقاسة تجریبیا في ، ولكنها تختلف مع قیم ]2[مصدر نقیة المنشورة في الوصفهاالثابت لالنتقاالت النقیة او التي ی رالمص صدر وهذا یدل على عدم صحة النتائج ]1[د ي هذا الم ة المنشورة ف روض ان یكون كل من االنتقالین التجریبی ، فمن المف )  (و ) 01  ًانتقاال نقیا ) 21 ً)e1 (تیة -:وذلك حسب العالقات اال fifi jjljj  el( l(لالشعاع الكهربائي fi )1(.  m(ولالشعاع المغناطیسي l( 1l fi )1(.  (فبتطبیق هذه العالقات على االنتقال 01 ( نجد: fifi jjljj  01l01  1l1   l = 1 (1) l fi )1(.  لألشعاع الكهربائي 1l)1()(.)( l   el = e 1 (2) 1lfi )1(.  لألشعاع المغناطیسي 1l)1()(.)(   یجب ان تكون قیمة lزوجیة فقط l=1 انتقال لألشعاع المغناطیسي كون وعلیه فال یوجد ( فاالنتقال ومنه 01 ( (%100)أنتقال نقيe1 ( نجد أن االنتقال هانفس الطریقةوب  .ً ایضاe1هو انتقال نقي ) 21 یمة ) 1(وكذلك نالحظ من الجدول (لألنتقال = 0.03ان ق 24 (914 ي كیلو الكترون فولت من المستو9. 994 رة جدا، وهذا یعني ان هذا االنتقال یجب ان یكون نقی8. كون صغی ت ت یمكن اً كیلو الكترون فول یكون ، نقيعده او اذ انه )e2 99.91% ( كل من الى وكذلك الحال بالنسبة=0.02 لالنتقال ) 46( 999 مستوي 7. كیلو الكترون فولت من ال ( لالنتقال =  0.00 و،لت كیلو الكترون فو1263.9 42 (101 127 كیلو الكترون فولت من المستوي 2.2 و ،6.3 =  0.06 لالنتقال )  42 (122 149 كیلو الكترون فولت من المستوي 9.0 = 0.02 كیلو الكترون فولت فعندما 3.1 اما عندما تكون.)e2 100%( یكون االنتقال =  0.00وعندما ) e2 99.96%(یكون االنتقال =  0.06 یكون االنتقال ف)e2 99.64% ( وبما ان قیم أ الي التي تقابل تلك القیم تتفق ضمن الخط المقاسة في البحث الح من مصدرینالتجریبي مع تلك المنشورة في كل تجریبیة المقاسة لتلك االنتقاالت تكو]2[،]1[ ال .ن صحیحة فأن النتائج ال االت مختلطةa2بطریقة نسبة تق وأن -:االتي) 2(نالحظ من الجدول مجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم م=  0.02ان قیمة ( لألنتقال ]1[صدر المنشورة في ال  24 (135 كیلو الكترون فولت من المستوي 1.7 یعني ان هذا االنتقال یجب ان یكون . ً كیلو الكترون فولت صغیرة جدا1431.5 ى m1 0.04% و e2 انقی% 99.96وهذا عل -:اعتبار االتي 1m 2e2  1m 2e )02.0( 2  e2 = 0.0004 m 1 e2 + m 1 = 100% 0.0004 m 1 + m 1 = 100% 1.0004 m 1 = 100% % 0004.1 100 1m  m 1 = 99.96 % e2 + m 1 = 100 % 99.96 % + m1 = 100 % m 1 = 100 %  99.96 % = 0.04 % ( لألنتقال =  0.02ولهذا عندما استخدمنا قیمة 24 (135 143 كیلو الكترون فولت من المستوي 1.7 كیلو 1.5 ت ألیجاد قیمة تتفق مع قیمة لالنتقال الثاني وجدنا ان االكترون فول ي حصلنا علیها لم مصدرلقیمة الت ، ]1[ المنشورة في ال ال اما عندما استخدمنا قیمة نتق ( المنشورة لال 43 (116 اد قیمة 7.4  كیلو الكترون فولت من المستوي نفسه الیج مصدر المنلالنتقال االول وجدنا ان القیمة التي حصلنا علیها تتفق مع قیمة ضمن الخطأ التجریبي مما یؤكد ]1[شورة في ال .صحتها یم -1 ین ان ق ( المقاسة في البحث الحالي لألنتقال  (و ) 22  32 (748 .3 ،673 كیلو الكترون فولت من 7. توي 156المس یم ]1[ المنشورة في المصدر كیلو الكترون فولت، تتفق مع قیم 9.5 تتفق مع ق المنشورة في  وال جهة وعلى [2]المصدر تائج التجریبیة من من جهة )( في حساب a2صحة طریقة نسبة وهذا یدل على صحة الن ة النتائج التي تم الحصول علیها مع ) ( في حساب cst وانها افضل من طریقة أخرى ما نالحظ من مقارن وهذا . ]2[ و ]1[ن ًالنتائج المنشورة سابقا في المصدری تي ) 2(و) 1(لوحظ من النتائج التي تم الحصول علیها في الجدولین -2 بق وان تم سانها تتفق مع النتائج التجریبیة ال صول علیها وكذلك امكانیة طریقة نسبة بؤ بوجود أي خطأ في  لیس على حساب قیم a2الح فحسب وانما على التن . النتائج التجریبیة مجلدمجلة ابن الھی الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22ثم للعلوم المصادر 1. berendakov, s.a.; govor l.i. and demidov, a.m . (1998) phys. atomic. nuclei. 61(9): 1437 2. m ohammed-saied, b. (2001) p h. d. t hesis, analysis of angular dist ribution of gamma ray s and gamma-gamma & particle-gamma an gular correlations , universit y of baghdad 3. polett i, a.r. and warburton, e.k. (1965). p hy s. rev. 137b: 595 4. youhana, h.m .; al-obeidi, s.r. ; al-amili, m .a.; abid, h.e. and abdull a a .a. (1986) nucl. phy s. a 458:51. 5.youhana, h.m .; al-obeidi, s.r. and al-amili, m .a.(1996). (1996).j.sci. 37 (2): 775 6. youhana, h.m .(2001), ibn alhaitham journal for pure and app lied scien ces, a ngular distribution studies of γ-ray s from the reactions zr 90 (n,n ' γ),4a:45 7. al-zuhairy , m .h.m . (1999). ph.d. t hesis,multip ole mixing rat ios of gamma ray from the heavy ion reactions by using constant statist ical tensor m ethod, u niversit y of baghdad 8. yamazaki, t. (1967).nucl data, section a3: 1 مجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم ن مـستویات متهیجـة فـي التفاعـل ): 1(الجدول النتقاالت كامیة م ب الخلط er)n,n(erنس 1 6 81 6 8  بأسـتعمال طریقـة نـسبة a2وانتقاالت نقیة .  values eleve l (kev) e (kev)   fi jj 2 4 [1] a a ref.(1) ref.(2) p.w 821.2 821.2 741.4 2 +  0 + 2 +  2 + 0.216 (15)  0.063(20)  0.029(8) 0.013(11) e2 27 826    e2 5.19 6.71.25    0.40(2) e2 26.61 5.141.26    0.40(5) 994.8 914.9 730.7 4 +  2 + 4 +  4 + 0.27(3)  0.04(4)  0.125(8) 0.079(11) e2  1 6 313    0.03(5)  04.0 03.086.0  9.2 9.13.10   e2  0.89(7) 21.10 77.360.12   1263.9 999.7 715.1 6 +  4 + 6 +  6 + +0.29(3)  0.05(4)  0.219(17)  0.187(23) e2 9.0 3.07.1   2 0 1 550    03.0 04.002.0   ? 2.06.1  ? 9 0108   e2 18.19 56.068.1   1276.3 1196.5 1012.2 2+ 2+ 2+ 4+ 0.129 (13)  0.018(20) 0.064(14) 0.012(20)  6.2 9.10.5   e2  0.71(7)  4.1 9.09.4   0.00(4)  0.71(6)  8 5.0 1 5.19.4  e2 1358.9 1358.9 1279.0  01   21  0.040 (14)  0.021(20) 0.02(2)  0.002 (2) e1 0 0.3 e1  0.09(2) e1  0.11(4)  24.0 32.03.2  1493.1 1413.3 1229.0 2 +  2 + 2 +  4 + 0.362 (16) 0.011(20) 0.084(11) 0.031 (15) 0.65(35) e2 imaginary root  0 3.0 0 4.006.0  imaginary root e2 1786.1 1786.1 1706.4   01   21  0.10 (3) + 0.08(4) 0.03(3) 0.08 (4) e1 -0.06-10 e1  ? 3 4.039.0    5.1?3.1  e1 -0.062.68 1848.4 1848.2 1768.4 2 +  0 + 2 +  2 + 0.25 (5)  0.08(7) 0.08(5) 0.10 (7) e2  0 9.0 1 0.018.0  3.2 2.11.4   e2  1 0.0 0 9.016.0  4.2 2.18.3   e2  10.0 14.018.0  9 4.2 2 3.1 01.4   مجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم ن مستویات متهیجة في التفاعل ): 2 (الجدول ألنتقاالت كامیة م ب الخلط er)n,n(erنس 168168  ة نسبة . وأنتقاالت مختلطةa2بأستعمال طریق  va lues eleve l (kev) e (kev)   fi jj 2 4 [1] a a ref.(1) ref.(2) p.w 1431.5 1351.7 1167.4 4+ 2+   43  0.195(13) 0.009(20)  0.094(9) 0.004(13)  0.02(3) 023.0 018.0025.0   02.0 01.000.0   02.0 01.001.0   0 2 3.0 0 2 5.0015.0    3.8(4) 1569.4 748.3 673.7  22   32  0.171(13)  0.010(17)  0.10(5)  0.08(8) 05.0 08.002.0   10.0 08.008.0    20.0 12.096.0   2.8(7)  26.0 05.036.0   6.0 7.08.1   0.02(16) 6 2.1 8.04.2   9 7.2 3 4 0 8 4.008.0   1633.5 737.6 6388   33   43 0.17(3)  0.08(4)  0.067(19) 0.03(3) 0 5.0 0 5.013.0    0.02(4)  0 5.0 0 6.015.0   0.02(2) 0.14(0.10) 1.8(4)  0.02(2)  5.1 2.27.7  مجلد الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم ق المالحـ app endix i ji l l jf f2 f4 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.70711 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -1.06067 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.07071 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 0.47434 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.35355 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.10101 0.00000 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 0.37796 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.53034 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.17678 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.0 -0.59761 -1.06904 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -0.93542 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.29881 0.71269 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 -0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.61238 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.12806 -0.30544 2.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.11952 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0.65466 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.34149 0.07636 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.17075 -0.00848 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 0.50507 -0.06274 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 0.44822 -0.02970 2.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 -0.29881 0.00405 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.0 -0.86603 0.21320 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.49487 -0.44670 3.0 2.0 3.0 1.0 -0.46290 1.04463 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.64953 0.03553 3.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.34641 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.94869 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.12372 0.67006 3.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.22682 -0.44670 3.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.14434 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 0.72169 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.30929 0.14890 3.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 -0.20620 -0.02030 3.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 0.54554 -0.13430 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 0.36085 -0.05492 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 -0.36085 0.00969 4.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.78349 0.14527 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.44770 -0.30438 4.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 -0.52972 0.90036 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.47009 -0.04842 4.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.31339 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.94018 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.04477 0.60876 4.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 -0.43875 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.33541 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.26455 -0.49807 4.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.15955 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 0.75679 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28490 0.19370 4.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 -0.22792 -0.02980 4.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 0.56407 -0.18437 4.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 0.29915 -0.06874 4.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 -0.39887 0.01422 5.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.73599 0.11589 5.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.42056 -0.24281 5.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 -0.55634 0.80301 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.36799 -0.07726 5.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.29439 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.93095 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.00000 0.56556 5.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 -0.44159 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.27386 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28307 -0.52297 5.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 0.16984 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 0.77832 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.26689 0.22413 5.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 -0.24263 -0.03736 5.0 2.0 3.0 7.0 0.57416 -0.22100 5.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 0.25476 -0.07726 5.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 -0.42461 0.01783 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.70510 0.09967 6.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.40291 -0.20883 6.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 -0.56980 0.73833 6.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.30219 -0.09018 6.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.28204 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.92319 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.02878 0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 -0.44320 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 -0.23146 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.29355 -0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 7.0 0.17728 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 7.0 0.79283 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 0.25326 0.24613 6.0 2.0 2.0 8.0 -0.25326 -0.04343 6.0 2.0 3.0 8.0 0.58028 -0.24879 6.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 0.22160 -0.08292 6.0 3.0 3.0 9.0 -0.44321 0.02073 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract let be a ring and let be a unitary left -module. a proper submodule of an module is called 2-absorbing , if , where implies that either or or [ ], and a proper submodule of an -module is called quasi-prime , if , where implies that either or . this led us to introduce the concept pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule, as a generalization of both concepts above, where a proper submodule of an -module is called a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of , if whenever ,where implies that either or or , where is socal of an -module . several basic properties, examples and characterizations of this concept are given. moreover, we investigate relationships between pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule and other classes of submodules. keywords: prime submodules, quasi-prime submodules, 2-absorbing submodules, quasi-2absorbing submodules, pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules. 1. introduction and preliminaries throughout this dissertation all ring is commutative with identity and all -modules are left unitary. a proper submodule of an -module is called a prime submodule if whenever , with implies that either or [ ] [ ]. prime submodules play an important role in the module theory over a commutative ring. there are several generalizations of the notion of prime submodules such as, quasi prime submodule, where a proper submodule of an -module is called a quasi-prime, if whenever , with , implies that either or [ ]. we-prime submodules and we-semi prime submodules which appear in [ ]. the concept of prime submodule was generalized by darani and soheilnia to 2-absorbing submodule, where a proper submodule of an -module is called 2-absorbing, if whenever , with implies that either or or [ ][ ]. there are several generalizations of 2absorbing submodules such as wn-2-absorbing submodules and wns2-absorbing submodules which appear in [ ]. the concept of quasi-2-absorbing submodule, was pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts omar.aldoori87@gmail.com ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index article history: received 27 december 2018, accepted 20 january 2019, publish may 2019 omar a. abdulla doi: 10.30526/32.2.2149 department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, university of tikrit, tikrit, iraq. mohammadali2013@gmail.com haibat k. mohammadali mailto:omar.aldoori87@gmail.com mailto:omar.aldoori87@gmail.com mailto:mohammadali2013@gmail.com mailto:mohammadali2013@gmail.com 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 introduced in 2018 as a generalization of 2-absorbing submodule, where a proper submodule of an -module is called a quasi-2-absorbing, if whenever , with implies that either or or [ ] in this paper we establish new concept called pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule as generalization of ( prime, quasiprime, 2-absorbing and quasi-2-absorbing ) submodules. several basic properties examples, and relationships of pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules, with other classes of submodules are studied. socle of a module denoted by defined to be the intersection of all essential submodules of [ ]. where a submodule of an -module is called essential, if has non-zero intersection with every non-zero submodule of [ ]. recall that a non-zero proper ideal of is called 2-absorbing ideal of , if whenever and , then or or [ ]. recall that an -module is multiplication if every submodule of is of the form for some ideal of [ ]. 2. pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules in this section, we introduced the definition of a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule definition (1) a proper submodule of an -module is called a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule, if whenever , with , implies that either or or . and a proper ideal of a ring is called a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing, if is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of an -module . the following proposition gives characterization of a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules. proposition (2) let be an -module, and is a submodule of . then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of if and only if for every ideals of and submodule of with , implies that either or or . proof suppose that , where are ideals of , and is a submodule of with and and . thus, there exists and and such that and and . but , and k is a pseudo quasi2-absorbing submodule of , with , then we have or . again and , implies that either or . also, and , implies that either or . thus either or or . suppose that , where then , so by hypothesis, either or or . thus either or or . hence is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . as a direct consequence of proposition (2) we get the following result. 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 corollary (3) let be an -module, and is a submodule of . then is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of if and only if for each and for each submodule of with , implies that either or or . remarks and examples (4) 1it is clear that every quasi-prime submodule of an -module is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of , while the converse is not true in general. for the converse consider the following example: in the -module , the submodule 〈 ̅〉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing, but not quasiprime since ̅ 〈 ̅〉, but ̅ 〈 ̅〉. since 〈 ̅〉, it is clear that for each and , if 〈 ̅〉, implies that either 〈 ̅〉 or 〈 ̅〉 or [〈 ̅〉 ]. 2it is clear that every prime submodule of an -module is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , while the converse is not true in general. for the converse see the following example: in the -module , the submodule 〈 ̅〉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing, but not prime, since ̅ , but ̅ and [ ]. 3it is clear that every 2-absorbing submodule of an -module is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of , while the converse is not true in general. for the converse see the following example: in the -module , the submodule 〈 ̅〉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing, but not 2absorbing, since ̅ , but ̅ and ̅ and [ ] . since 〈 ̅〉, it is clear that for all and , if 〈 ̅〉, implies that either 〈 ̅〉 or 〈 ̅〉 or 〈 ̅〉 . 4it is clear that every quasi-2-absorbing submodule of an -module is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of , while the converse is not true in general. for the converse see the following example: in the -module , the submodule 〈 ̅〉 is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing, but not quasi 2-absorbing, since ̅ , but ̅ and ̅ and ̅ . since 〈 ̅〉, it is clear that is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proposition (5) let be an -module, and is a proper submodule of , with [ ] is 2absorbing ideal of for each .then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof assume that , where . since , implies that [ ]. but [ ] is a 2-absorbing ideal of , then either [ ] or [ ] or [ ]. that is either or or . hence is a pseudo quasi2-absorbing submodule of . proposition (6) let be an -module and is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , with . then [ ] is 2-absorbing (hence a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing) ideal of . 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 proof let [ ], where , then , it follows that for all . but is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , implies that either or or . but , implies that . that is either or or for all . hence either or or . thus either [ ] or [ ] or [ ]. that is [ ] is 2-absorbing ideal of , hence is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ideal of . recall that an -module is called faithful if [ ]. before we give the converse of proposition (2.6), we recalled the following lemmas. lemma (7) [ ]. let be faithful multiplication -module, then . proposition (8) let be a faithful multiplication -module and is a proper submodule of . if [ ] is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ideal of , then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of proof let with , then . but is a multiplication, so for some ideal of . thus , it follows that [ ]. but [ ] is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ideal of , then by corollary (3) either [ ] or [ ] or [ ] . hence either [ ] or [ ] or [ ] . but [ ] and by lemma (7) . thus, either or or . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . recall that an -module is called singular module provided . at the other extreme, we say that is non-singular module provided , where { }, where is the set of all essential right ideals of the ring [ ]. lemma (9) [ ] if is a non-singular -module, then . proposition (10) let be a non-singular multiplication -module and is a proper submodule of . if [ ] is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ideal of , then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof similarly, as in proposition (6), by using lemma (9). lemma (11)[ ]. let and be ideals of a ring and is a finitely generated multiplication -module. then if and only if . proposition (12) let be a faithful finitely generated multiplication -module. if is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing ideal of , then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof let , where , that is . but is a multiplication, then for some ideal of . thus , and so by lemma (11), , but is faithful, then , hence . but is a pseudo quasi-2 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 absorbing ideal of , then by corollary (3) either or or . thus either or or . but by lemma (7) . hence either or or , it follows that or or . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . by using lemma (9) and lemma (11) we get the following result. proposition (13) let be a finitely generated multiplication non-singular -module. if is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ideal of with , then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof similar steps of proposition (12). proposition (14) let be an -module and is a proper submodule of , with .then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of if and only if [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] for all . proof let [ ], implies that . but is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , then either or or . but , then , it follows that either or or , implies that either [ ] or [ ] or [ ]. that is [ ] [ ] [ ]. clearly that [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]. thus [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]. suppose that with , implies that [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ], implies that either [ ] or [ ] or [ ]. that is either or or . hence is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proposition (15) let be an -module and is a proper submodule of , with .then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of if and only if [ ] [ ] [ ] for all . proof let [ ], implies that . but is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , and let , then either or . but , then . hence either or . thus either [ ] or [ ], it follows that [ ] [ ], hence [ ] [ ] [ ]. consequently [ ] [ ] [ ]. suppose that with , with , then [ ] [ ] [ ], implies that either [ ] or [ ], it follows that or , hence either or . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 proposition (16) let be an -module and is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , with , then [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] for all . proof let [ ], implies that . but is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , then either or or . but , then , it follows that either or or . hence [ ] or [ ] or [ ]. therefore [ ] [ ] [ ], hence[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]. consequently, the equality holds. proposition (17) let be an -module, and are submodules of such that and is an essential submodule of . if is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof let , with . since is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , then either or or . but is essential submodule of , then by [ ]. we have . hence either or or . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule in . proposition (18) let be an -module, and are submodules of such that and . if is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , then is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of . proof: similar steps as proposition (17). remark (19) the intersection of two pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules of an -module need not to be pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , as the following example explains that: in the -module , the submodules and are pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules of , but is not a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing of , since , but and . proposition (20) let be an -module, and are pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules of , with and . then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof let , where , then and . but and are pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules of , so either or or and either or or . but and , implies that , and hence , and . thus either or or . hence is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . 121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 proposition (21) let be an -module and is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of and is a submodule of , with and is not contained in . then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof since is not contained in , then is a proper submodule of . let , where , then and . but is a pseudo quasi2-absorbing submodule of , then either or or . but , it follows that either or or . by hypothesis , then by [ ] we have either ( or ( or ( . but by [ ] . hence either or or . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proposition (22) let ́ be an -epimorphism and is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ́. then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof it is clear that is a proper submodule of . let , where , then , as is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ́, implies that either ́ or ́ or ́ . that is either ( ( ́)) or ( ( ́)) or ( ( ́)) , it follows that either or or . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proposition (23) let ́ be an -epimorphism and is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , with . then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of ́. proof is a proper submodule of ́, if not that is ́. let then ́ , then for some , hence , implies that , it follows that , hence contradiction. let ́ , where and ́ ́, since is on to, then ́ for some , hence , it follows that for some , that is , implies that , it follows that . but is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , then either or or . it follows that either ( ) ́ or ( ) ́ or ( ) ́ . that is either ́ ́ or ́ ́ or ́ ́ . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of ́. 121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 proposition (24) let be an -module, where are -modules and be a submodule of , where are submodules of respectively, with . if is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , then and are pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules of respectively. proof let , where , then . but is a pseudo quasi2-absorbing submodule of , then either or or . but , implies that and . if , implies that . if , implies that , also in similar way we get . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . similarly, is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proposition (25) let be two -modules and . then a) is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , with and is a semi simple if and only if is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . b) is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , with and is a semi simple if and only if is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . proof a) let , where and , implies that and . since is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , and , then either or or . since is a semi simple, then by [ ] , then . if . if . hence is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . let , where , then for each , . but is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of , so either or or . if ( ) . it follows that . similarly, if , implies that: , it follows that . similarly, we get . therefore is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . the proof of (b) is similarly. 122 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 3. conclusion in this research we introduce and study the concept pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules as a generalization of quasi-prime and 2-absorbing submodules. the main results of this study are the following: 1a proper submodule of an -module is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of if and only if for every ideals of and submodule of with , implies that either or or . 2let be a faithful finitely generated multiplication -module and is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing ideal of , then is a pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule of . 3a proper submodule of an -module , with is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of if and only if [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] for all . 4a proper submodule of an -module , with is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule of if and only if [ ] [ ] [ ] for all . 5the intersection of two pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules of an -module need not to be pseudo quasi-2-absorbing. this explain by example see remark (19). but under certain conditions the intersection are satisfies see proposition (20). 6the inverse image and homomorphism image of pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule is pseudo quasi-2-absorbing see proposition (22), (23). 7the direct summand of pseudo quasi2-absorbing submodule is a pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodule see proposition (24). references 1. lu, c.p. prime submodules of modules. commutative mathematics. university spatula. 1981, 33, 61-69. 2. abdwl-razak, h.m. quasi-prime modules and quasi-prime submodules. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 1999 3. hussin, s.a.; mohammad ali, h.k. we prime sub modules and we – semi prime sub modules. ibn-al-haitham jonral for pure and appled science. 2018, 31, 3, 109-117. 4. darani, a.y.; soheilniai, f. 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbing submodules. tahi journal math.2011, 9, 577-584. 5. hussin, w.a.; mohammad ali, h.k. wn-2-absorbing submodules and wes-2-absorbing submodules. ibn-al-haitham jonral for pure and appled science. 2018, 31, 3,118-125. 6. kalaf, h.k. some generalizations of 2-absorbing submodules, m.sc. thesis. university of tikrit. 2018. 7. goodearl, k.r. ring theory non-singular rings and modules. marcel dekker. inc. new york and basel. 1976. 8. badawi, a. on 2-absorbing ideals of commutative rings, bull. aus tral. math. soc. 2007, 75, 417-429. 9. el-bast, z.a.; smith, p.f. multiplication modules. comm. in algebra.1988, 16, 4, 755-779 10. smith, p.f. some remarks on multiplication modules. arch. math.1988, 50, 223-225. 11. kasch, f. modules and rings. london mathematical society monographs. new york. academic press. 1982. 12. anderson, e.w.; fuller k.r. rings and categores of modules. springervelage new york. 1992 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 1 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract protective effect of (andrographis paniculata) on 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide.a group of 55 female albino rats undergo experiment on the outcome effect of 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide injection for a priod of two weeks, as well as treatment effect of methanolic leaf extract of andrographis paniculata oral administration for four weeks. injection concentrations (160 and 320mg/kg. b.w) also two different doses of treatment (100 and 200mg/kg. b.w) have been applied.the results on body weight and ovary weight were more evident when higher concentration dose was applied. whereas, both induced dose were effective and no significant difference was recorded. histological examination of ovary induced clearly the effect in various ovary tissues, and accumulation of connective tissue collagen fibers around corpus luteum where as a higher dose of treatment found to be behind sign of re-normalizing the within four weeks of treatment. more detailed study proposed to findout the exact right dose for treatment and may the further study extend to include other medicinal plant that might be more efficient. keywords: 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide(vcd), andrographis paniculata leaf, ovarian toxicity, rats. 1. introduction the use of medicinal plants for treatment of both chronic and acute diseses ,infact , goes back to quite long ago, as its found to be fairly cheap, effective and has no to very little side effect [1,2], andrographis paniculata is an example of medicinal herbaceous plants. extracts of various parts of this plant found to contain enough amount of andrographolide the compound that is found to have major bioactive role as pharmaceutical agents. this compound is used for various sorts of treatment such as antibacterial, anti-viral, anti-tumor, anti-cancer, etc [3, 4]. however, it also ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2993 article history: received 6 september 2022, accepted 25 september 2022, published in april 2023. the protective effect of (andrographis paniculata) on 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide induced ovarian toxicity in female albino rats shahida nooruldeen yousif shahida.nuraddin@gmail.com soran university/ college of science-biology department, 2hawler medical university/ pharmacy collegeclinical analysis department bushra ahmed hamdi bushra.hamdi@hmu.edu.krd soran university/ college of science-biology department, 2hawler medical university/ pharmacy collegeclinical analysis department https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:shahida.nuraddin@gmail.com mailto:bushra.hamdi@hmu.edu.krd ihjpas. 36(2)2023 2 known that such extracts has a role in inhibiting pro-inflammatory responses as well as an acute brain damage, cardiac toxicity infertility and ovarian failure in rats and mouse [4, 5, 6]. coon and ernst, 2004 [7] showed that almost 55% of the entire andrographolide administrated to rats and mouse will be dispersed to different tissues and organs, its effect on central nervous system as neuroprotective matter have been refered to [8] as well. the significance role of a. paniculata extract against tumor since it prevent angiogenesis and cell proliferation have shown [9] beside that their application for treating several different types of cancer. in fact, using a dose of 200mg/kg of methanolic extract of a.paniculata as a protective agent have been demonstrated against arsenic-induced toxicity [8,10]. infections and environmental factors such as 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide (vcd) is known to damage basic constituents of ovary, that will lead to premature ovarian failure (pof) which is the stoppage of ovarian function. all these will end up with infertility [11, 12, 13]. furthermore, pof may result in to oxidative stress, histological damages, primary ovarian insufficiency (poi) and in many other complications [14, 15, 16] gave an evidence in each physiological control in female rats. the aim of the current investigation is to administrate the effect of application of vcd on female rats as well as the outcome of the treatment with methanolic leaf extract of a.paniculata on body weight and ovary weight as well as forwarding histological evidence on such organs for a period of four week treatment. 2. materials and methods. 2.1.plant extraction. 20 grams of a. paniculata were soaked in absolute methanol for 24 hours, after that the solution filtered and centrifuged. concentrated extract was stored at 4 c ֯ [17]. for oral toxicity test alcoholic leaf extract of the plant was prepared by dissolving in 2% dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso) and normal saline to exactly (100 and 200 mg/kg .b.w) this was performed according to [18, 19]. 2.2.animal husbandry and breeding. healthy albino rats, rattus norvegicus were inbred and kept in plastic cages in biology department, faculty of science, soran university-soran. a total of 55 female albino rat weighing around (200-250) grams were housed under standard conditions of 12hrs light and dark cycle at 25 c ֯. they had a free access to standard diet ad libitum and clean tap water. all experimental protocols were approved by the ethical review committee erc-22-110, soran university, soraniraq. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 3 2.3.acute toxicity, lethal dose ld50 determination 20 female wistar rats divided into 4 groups (n=5, each group) were used for an acute oral toxicity test. alcoholic leaf extract of andrographis paniculata was prepared according to [20, 21]. each extract solution was administered to five female rats at 48 hrs interval, in a single dose through oro-gastric tubes, whereas control group received normal saline only. the present experiment had conducted in accordance to the procedure of organization for economic and cultural development (oecd, 2001). survivors and mortality ratio were observed and calculated after 48 hrs as ld50, any toxicological sign and symptoms of each group was followed and recorded. 2.4.experimental design of the study an average of 55 female albino rats were used only 35 rats for experimental srudy, all were treated in order to follow up the role of methanolic leaf extract of a. paniculata against 4vinylcyclohexene diepoxide. the extract was dissolved in 2% dmso and n.s to 100 mg and 200 mg/kg .b.w concentration [22].the chemical agent vcd is used for toxicity induction as primary ovarian insufficiency (poi) model, was performed with two different doses (160 and 320) mg/kg b.w. the duration of plant extract administration had carried out for 4 weeks, in each group 5 rats used (n=5). table (1). table 1. experimental design groups treatment group i (control) standard diet ad libitum + clean tap water *group ii (vcd/poi model) 160mg/kg vcd injected intraperitoneally for 2 weeks group iii (vcd+ a.paniculata ) 100mg/kg plant leaf extract to vcd induced poi rats group iv (vcd+a.paniculata) 200mg/kg plant leaf extract to vcd induced poi rats *group v (vcd/poi model) 320mg/kg vcd injected intraperitonally for 2 weeks group vi (vcd+a.paniculata) 100mg/kg plant leaf extract to vcd induced poi rats group vii (vcd+a.paniculata) 200mg/kg plant leaf extract to vcd induced poi rats (n=5 rat) for each group ihjpas. 36(2)2023 4 2.5. body and ovary weight determination body weight of the rat in each group as well as fresh ovary were determined and measured. all weights were expressed as mean as well as weight have been recorded for each group using an accurate balance (electronic percision balance, aohuasichina). all measurements were performed after treatment with extract also before and after intoxication including (160mg/kg .b.w and 320mg/kg .b.w) groups. body weight of each rat was measured and the mean of sll five rats in each set were expressed as mean value for the group. 2.6. histological tissue processing histological examination for rat ovary were carried out in order to follow up any alterations that were induced by vcd and the adverse effect of methanolic leaf extract of a.paniculata as treatment. routine tissue processing including control , vcd induced toxicity and treated groups were performed according to [23, 24]. subsequently stined with hematoxylin and eosin (h and e). finally, they were mounted with d.p.x. 2.7.statistical analysis all data were expressed as standard error of means (±sem) data were analyzed by graphpad prism9 (graphpad software ,usa). in addition to ±sem comparison between mean groups performed using one-way analysis of variance (one-way anova) and a post hoc (tukey’s test). p-value (p<0.05) considered statistically significant in present study. 3. results results of the present experiment on the weight of rat body and ovary, were expressed as mean value before and after injection of experimental rats with two doses (160 and 320mg/kg. b.w) of 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide vcd for two weeks, also after treatment for a period of four weeks with two doses of andrographis paniculata (100 and 200mg/kg .b.w). a-rat body weight: the results were forwarded in the current study as the standard error mean ±sem values of estimation of five animlas in each group (sets of experiment). figure (1) a, b illustrate the outcomes of the experiment, it was founded that rat weight is reduced from 241g to 234g after vcd injection of low concentration, whereas the weight to 224g when it was injected with 160mg/kg .b.w vcd figure (1). however, still statistical variation in body weight was not significant. results of body weight of the female rat after treatment for four weeks with both doses of extract (100 and 200mg/kg .b.w) showed that the weight after high dose treatment returned back to around normal in case of 160mg/kg .b.w. injection. whereas the results were more evident incase of the high dose of injection (320mg/kg .b.w) figure (1b), demonstrate the results of ihjpas. 36(2)2023 5 treatment with both high and low doses of plant extract, gave nearly the same results but the variation was not linear. statistically in spite of apperant of, variation in animals body weight pre and post injection as well as before and after treatment with couple of doses applied throughout the present experiment still the variation was not linear and clear significant results were not observed. figure 1. rat body weight (g) determination, vcd injected in different doses and treatment with a. paniculata extract. a: rats injected with vcd 160mg/kg .b.w. for 2 weeks. b:rats injected with vcd 320mg/kg b.w. for 2 weeks. all groups contain (control, determined dose of vcd, 100mg/kg b.w. a. paniculata, 200mg/kg b.w. a.paniculata). bovary weight dtermination mean weight of fresh ovary of female wistar rats was estimated throughout present project. ovary weight have been recorded for rats before and after injection with 160mg/kg .b.w for a group and 320mg/kg .b.w for second group for two weeks then after treating rats with (100 and 200mg/kg .b.w, a.paniculata leaf extract) of ovary weight measurement took place after four weeks of treatment. the results of figure (2 a+b) indicate presence of slight difference in ovary weigt throughout various steps of the test, when model group injected with 160mg/kg.b.w. however, treatment with high dose (200mg/kg .b.w) of a. paniculata extracts showed significant ovary weight elevation at (p<0.05) to (53.08mg) as compared to model group ovary weight (44.10mg), figure (3a). a b co n tr ol 32 0m g /k g v c d 2 w ks 10 0m g/ kg ( a . p an ic ul at a) 20 0m g/ kg ( a . p an ic ul at a) 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 body weight determintaion 320mg/kg vcd injection and treatment with a.paniculata extract b o d y w e ig h t (g ) co n tr o l 16 0m g /k g v c d 2 w ks 10 0m g /k g (a .p an ic u la ta ) 20 0m g /k g (a .p an ic u la ta ) 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 body weight determintaion 160mg/kg vcd injection and treatment with a.paniculata extract w e ig h t (g ) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 6 model group showed non-significant decrease in ovary weight as compared to control group when vcd injected at 320mg/kg b.w. for two weeks. in contrast, the ovary weight significantly increased in both groups of rats treated with (100 and 200mg/kg .b.w) plant extract to 49.94 and 49.92mg respectively, at (p<0.05) as compared to model group which was 40.06mg only. figure 2. rat ovary weight (mg) determination, vcd injected in different doses and treatment with a. paniculata extract. a: rats injected with vcd 160mg/kg .b.w. for 2 weeks. b:rats injected with vcd 320mg/kg b.w. for 2 weeks. all groups contain (control, determined dose of vcd, 100mg/kg b.w. a. paniculata, 200mg/kg b.w. a. paniculata. chistopathological analysis results of histological investigation of rat ovary before and after accused oral toxicity test as well as pre and post treatment with methanolic leaf extract of a.paniculata throughout present study are illustrated in figures (3+4). normal healthy ovarian tissue of the control animal is illustrated in figure (3a), which shows different stages of developing follicles, primordial, primary and atretic follicles. it also illustrates an intact zona pellucida status surrounding the oocyte.aroud layer, theca interna as well as theca externa layer is clear. a b co n tr o l 32 0m g /k g v c d 2 w ks 10 0m g /k g (a .p an ic u la ta ) 20 0m g /k g (a .p an ic u la ta ) 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ovary weight determination 320mg/kg vcd injection and treatment with a.paniculata extract o v a ry w e ig h t (m g ) co n tr ol 16 0m g /k g v c d 2 w ks 10 0m g/ kg (a .p an ic ul at a) 20 0m g/ kg (a .p an ic ul at a) 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ovary weight determination 160mg/kg vcd injection and treatment with a.paniculata extract o v a ry w e ig h t (m g ) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 7 the states of ovary with 160mg/kg vcd are illustrated in figure (3b), that shows damages and accumulation of connective tissue collagen fibers which is fibrosis around corpus luteum. an increase of the number of atretic follicles with pre-antral follicles were observed . figure (3c+d) illustrates the tissues of rat ovary after treatment with 100 and 200mg/kg leaf extract of a.paniculata, the degeneration of zona pellucida around oocyte and different developing stage of follicles. in figure (3d) the status of the ovary tissue after treatment with high dose (200mg/kg) reflect an increase of number of different stages of growing follicles as primary and secondary is quite evident. figure 3. photomicrograph sections of ovary control (healthy), vcd (160mg/kg) induced toxicity and treated with 100 and 200mg/kg (a.paniculata leaf extract) stained with (hematoxylin-eosin). a. shows the control normal ovary with oocyte(o), zona pellucida(zp), primordial follicles(pf), granulosa layer(gl), theca interna(ti), theca externa(te) and atretic follicle(af), 400x. b. shows fibrosis around corpus luteum(cl) due to vcd injected with 160mg/kg, atretic follicle (af), cortex of the ovary(oc), cystic atretic follicles, nucleus (n), pre-antral follicles (paf) and collagen fibers(cf) mainly around the corpus luteum. c. is an ovary treated with 100mg/kg a.paniculata and the arrows show degenerated zona pellucidum and decreased numbers of growing follicles, graafian follicles (gf). d. rat ovary treated with 200mg/kg a.paniculata extract illustrating cystic follicle with degenerated zona pellucidum , corpus luteum (cl), degenerated oocyte, primary follicle (pf), secondary follicle(sf), atretic follicle (af) and the two sided arrow show cortex of the ovary. 250x. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 8 figure 4. ovarian cross section stained with (hematoxylin-eosin) of rtas injected with 320mg/kg vcd for 2 weeks and treatment with 100 and 200mg/kg of a.paniculata methanolic leaf extract. a & b illustrates ovary injected with 320mg/kg vcd for 2 weeks, the damage is indicated by fibrosis (f) (accumulation of collagen fibers), atretic follicles (af), degeneration of primary follicles or atretic follicles(af), vasculozation of interstitial cells (vic) and hypertrophy of granulosa cells, some of granulosa cell growing and remain as it is (growing granulosa cellggc), zona pellucida (zp), epithelial hypertrophy (eh) and multi-layering of simple cuboidal epithelial layer papillary projection( ml), a (400x). reduction of ovarian follicle’s number, degeneration of growing follicles as well as primordial follicles, corpus luteum newly formed damage the cystic atretic follicles(caf) aslo collagen fibers around the corpus luteum (cf), growing follicles took elongated shape and the degeneration of zona pellucidum (dzp), collagen fibers surround congested blood vessels (cbv). c. is the treated rat ovary with 100mg/kg a. paniculata extract and shows the ovarian cortex (oc), fibrosis (f), atretic follicle (af), corpus luteum (cl), cystic atretic follicle (cf) and interistitial tissue (it). d. is the rat ovary section treated with 200mg/kg a.paniculata and shows the corpus luteum (cl), atretic follicles (af), adipose tissue (at), bundle of fibrosis (f), cystic follicle (cf). 250x. in figures (4a+b) which is the status of ovary tissue after have been injected with 320mg/kg vcd mang histopathological changes can be observed as reduction of different stages of all types of ovarian follicles and an increase in collagen fiber accumulation around cystic atretic follicles along with congestion of blood vessels. however, figure (4c) reflect obvious changes of multi-layering of cuboidal cells after treating with 100mg/kg. figure (4d) shows an increased ihjpas. 36(2)2023 9 corpus luteum after treated with 200mg/kg leaf extract of a.paniculata, however the quantity of atretic follicles and vaculozation was decreased and the ovary tissues give the impression to the control rat ovary. 4. discussion result of application of vcd on female albino rats and the outcome after treatment with leaf extract of a. paniculata on whole body weight and ovary as well as throughout present experiment have been forwarded . almost all studies on vcd ability on destroying prenatal follicles and its effect on body weight and ovary in both young and adult rats has been well documented by many authors [ 7, 9,19 ]. however muhammed et al., (2009) [9, 25] so far two concentrations vcd doses seems to be common to rats (80 and 160mg/kg) that was administrated via intramuscular injection. in fact, same sort of injection was applied in current investigation but with higher dose also ( 320 mg/kg). however the effect was quite evident in almost all parameters concerned in the present study . while body weight of rat reduced to almost 230 gram when it was injected with 160 mg/kg vcd whereas when the dose doubled the body weight fell to less than 220. in other words a reduction of about 20mg of the weight was recorded there for result indicate that high dose result in more loss of the weight. in fact such reduction also was evident in ovary weight. higher dose led to more lose in the weight this phenomena have been also shown too, by [11,26 , 27]. the effect of vcd on damages and attention of tissues was evident after application of 160 mg/kg dose whereas the variation was tremendous as shown figure (3+4) on application of higher dose (320mg/kg ) of vcd . such variation extend to histological variation also figures (3, 4) such phenomena have been observed in rats by [24,28, 29] and others. the use of andrographolide compound from the plant a. paniculata as antiproliferate as well as pro-apoptotic is used by yunos et al., (2013) as well as its application have been the attention of many scientific particularly in the field of medicinal plants as treatment of anti cancer patellid [9] . medicinal plant a.paniculata is a well known medicinal plant in various parts of the world [30, 31] whereas its application is quite new in iraqi kurdistan or iraq as a whole. leaf extract of a. paniculata used in the present investigation as a treatment agent in female albino rats because of their known antibiotic and anti-oxidation potential activity [17]. in the current investigation the results outcome indicate its effect as treatment with both doses 100, 200 mg/kg on both body and ovary weight of treated female rat. however, the effect on whole body weight did not show any significant difference between the two group of animals that was injected with 160 and 320 mg/kg vcd. in case of treating with higher dose 200mg/kg a.paniculata where the weight was almost similar (293gm) figure (3 b). response in case of 100mg dose reflect significant difference between the ihjpas. 36(2)2023 10 two doses and treatment as the weight raised up to by about 15 mg (227 to 243gm) in correspondent between the doses after 4 weeks, such phenomena was reflected in ovary weight also. however such variation on ovary weight and whole body weight have also been refered to [24] in present study the ovary weight raised up by about 4mg when the dose of a.paniculata doubled 100 to 200mg within 4 weeks . vcd application to induce ovarian failure, known to be the cause of infertility that lead to reduction in follicle cell numbers and amenorrhea, its application may also promote atresia also an increase in immature and mature ovarian follicles [25,32, 33]. thenafter, ovarian insufficiency in rats may appear in case of rat model of (poi) which was used in current study. results indicate that outome of two week daily injection of vcd at low dose (160mg/kg.b.w) was infact a reduction in the primary and primordial follicle quantity figure (3 a) was quite evident as similar consequences shown by [14, 26]. in case of high dose injection (320mg/kg.b.w), results showed reduction in ovarian follicles with congestion of blood vessels figure (4, a+b), however degeneration of interstitial cells and some follicle pre-ovulatory follicles was evident. still an increase of atretic follicle and noticeable increase of corpus luteum with various sizes and in various stages of growing follicles did appear figure (4 b), such results come in accordance to [11, 14, 27]. infact ovulatory follicles had showed oocyte with micronucleus formation that had been appeared through enclosed thin irregular zona pellucida figure (4 b). morever, as was detected by [31] most of the granulosa cells in theca interna and externa have degenerated. however, vaculoziation in ooplasm and granulosa cell enclosed by thin layer, disruption and thinning of zona pellucida had been found. in present experiment all of such variation was the result of application of high (320mg/kg.b.w) dose of vcd. the application of leaf extract of a. paniculata as a treatment was applied for four week daily oral dose in present investigation. the result reflect in various tissues in ratt ovary throughout present study. however, two different doses (100 and 200mg/kg. b.w) a.paniculata were applied. the result reflect the effect high dose is more effective figure (4 d). in reference to halicioglu et al., (2021) [31] who reported that so far no any study exist to show histopathological changes such as hemorrhage, congestion, vaculozation and fibrosis caused by vcd exposure in ovarian tissues. in contrast present investigation is forwarding quite clear evidence on vcd effect as its illustrated and forwarded in current study on female albino rat ovary tissues. furthermore, the variation and changes in ovarian tissues affect treatment with ihjpas. 36(2)2023 11 a.paniculata bot high and low doses was found and illustrated perumably for the first time figure (4 c+d). finally, one may propose more detail investigation in this respect using different doses referring to vcd as well as to a.paniculata extract. in order to achieve the optimum and most effective dose for treatment present study hopefully will encourage more study in meanings of knowledge in this field. 5. conclusion 1. higher dose treatment with a.paniculata (200mg/kg) showed the same effect as body weight on female albino rats regardless at toxicities 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide regardless to the injected concentration. 2. histological alteration and damages was evident in various ovary tissues, and accumulation of connective tissue collagen fibers around corpus luteum after toxicity dose with both 160 and 320 doses. 3. the status of ovary tissues after treatment with high dose of a.paniculata reflect an increase in number of follicules of growing follicles. 4. more detail study in this respect may well lead to point out the right dose of treatment and may indicate the exact optimum time required for treatment . 5. present study is a step to apply the results on other mamals that may lead to its use as a pharmaceutical agent for pof treatment. references 1.bhattacharya, s.; haldar, p. k. trichosanthes dioica root alleviates arsenic induced myocardial toxicity in rats. journal of environmental pathology, toxicology and oncology 2013, 32(3). 2.kumar, g.; singh, d.; tali, j.a.; dheer, d.; shankar, r. andrographolide: chemical modification and its effect on biological activities. bioorganic chemistry 2020, 1,95,103511. 3.yen, t.l.; chen ,r.j.; jayakumar, t.; lu, w.j.; hsieh, c.y.; hsu, m.j.; yang, c.h.; chang, c.;c.; lin, y.k.; lin, k.;h.; sheu, j.;r. andrographolide stimulates p38 mitogen-activated protein kinase–nuclear factor erythroid-2-related factor 2–heme oxygenase 1 signaling in primary cerebral endothelial cells for definite protection against ischemic stroke in rats. translational research 2016, 1,170,57-72. 4.ding, y.; shi, c.; chen, l.; ma, p.; li, k.; jin, j.; zhang, q.; li, a. effects of andrographolide on postoperative cognitive dysfunction and the association with nf‑κb/mapk pathway. oncology letters 2017, 1,14(6),7367-73. 5.tao, l.; zhang, l.; gao, r.; jiang, f.; cao, j.; liu, h. andrographolide alleviates acute brain injury in a rat model of traumatic brain injury: possible involvement of inflammatory signaling. frontiers in neuroscience 2018, 20,12,657. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 12 6.wang, l.; cao, f.; zhu, l.l.; liu, p.; shang, y.r.; liu, w.h.; dong, x.; bao, h.d.; gong, p.; wang, z.;y. andrographolide impairs alpha-naphthylisothiocyanate-induced cholestatic liver injury in vivo. journal of natural medicines 2019, 73(2),388-96. 7.coon, j.t.; ernst, e. andrographis paniculata in the treatment of upper respiratory tract infections: a systematic review of safety and efficacy. planta medica. 2004, 70(04),293-8. 8. chan, s.j.; wong, w.f.; wong, p.t.; bian, j.s. neuroprotective effects of andrographolide in a rat model of permanent cerebral ischaemia. british journal of pharmacology 2010, 161(3), 668-679. 9.malik, z.; parveen, r.; parveen, b.; zahiruddin, s.; khan, m.a.; khan, a.; massey, s. ; ahmad, s.; husain, s.a. anticancer potential of andrographolide from andrographis paniculata (burm. f.) nees and its mechanisms of action. journal of ethnopharmacology 2021, 272,113936. 10. owoade, a.o.; alausa, a.o.; adetutu, a. owoade, a.w. protective effects of methanolic extract of andrographis paniculata (burm. f.) nees leaves against arsenic-induced damage in rats. bulletin of the national research centre 2022, 46(1),1-11. 11. hu, x.; christian, p.; sipes, i.g.; hoyer, p.b. expression and redistribution of cellular bad, bax, and bcl-xl protein is associated with vcd-induced ovotoxicity in rats. biology of reproduction 2001, 65(5), 1489-1495. 12. ameratunga, d.; weston, g.; osianlis, t.; catt, j.; vollenhoven, b. in vitro fertilisation (ivf) with donor eggs in post-menopausal women: are there differences in pregnancy outcomes in women with premature ovarian failure (pof) compared with women with physiological agerelated menopause?, journal of assisted reproduction and genetics 2009, 26(9),511-514. 13. shuster, l.t.; rhodes, d.j.; gostout, b.s.; grossardt, b.r.; rocca, w.a. premature menopause or early menopause: long-term health consequences. maturitas 2010 65(2),161166. 14. sadeghi, m.r. new hopes for the treatment of primary ovarian insufficiency/premature ovarian failure, journal of reproduction & infertility 2013, 14(1),1. 15. mahmoud, y.i. chronic cholestasis is associated with hypogonadism and premature ovarian failure in adult rats (cholestasis causes ovarian hypogonadism). ultrastructural pathology 2018, 42(1), 23-31 16. roshangar, l.; hamdi, b.a.; khaki, a.a.; rad, j.s.; soleimani-rad, s. effect of lowfrequency electromagnetic field exposure on oocyte differentiation and follicular development. advanced biomedical research 2014, 3. 17. malahubban, m.; alimon, a.r.; sazili, a.q.; fakurazi, s.; zakry, f.a. phytochemical analysis of andrographis paniculata and orthosiphon stamineus leaf extracts for their antibacterial and antioxidant potential. trop. biomed 2013, 30(3),467-480. 18. kamaruzaman, k.a.; mat noor, m. reversible spermatoxic effect of andrographis paniculata methanol extract in sprague dawley rats. malays. appl. biol 2012, 46, 225-232. 19. juee, l.y.; naqishbandi, a.m. calabash (lagenaria siceraria) potency to ameliorate hyperglycemia and oxidative stress in diabetes. journal of functional foods 2020, 66, ,103821. 20. neogy, s.; das, s.; mahapatra, s.k.; mandal, n.; roy, s. amelioratory effect of andrographis paniculata nees on liver, kidney, heart, lung and spleen during nicotine induced oxidative stress. environmental toxicology and pharmacology 2008 , 25(3), 321-328. 21. tung, y.t.; chen, h.l.; tsai, h.c.; yang, s.h.; chang, y.c.; chen, c.m. therapeutic potential of andrographolide isolated from the leaves of andrographis paniculata nees for ihjpas. 36(2)2023 13 treating lung adenocarcinomas. evidence-based complementary and alternative medicine, 2013. 22. rabablert, j.; charoenteeraboon, j.; tiewchareon, s.; rabablert, n.; makittithorn, w.; chutipanyaporn, n.; rajchacham, s.; junnu, v.; yoksan, s. activity of methanolic andrographis paniculate crude extract and its purified andrographolide against japaneseencephalitis virus. science, engineering and health studies 2021, 21030007-21030007. 23. haref, a.y.; hamdi, b.a.; alnajar, z.a. histopathological aspects of co-administration of dexamethasone and diclofenac sodium on male albino rats. zanco journal of medical sciences (zanco j med sci) 2020 , 24(2), 236-245. 24. muhammad, f.s.; goode, a.k.; kock, n.d.; arifin, e.a.; cline, j.m.; adams, m.r.; hoyer, p.b.; christian, p.j.; isom, s.; kaplan, j.r.; appt, s.e. effects of 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide on peripubertal and adult sprague–dawley rats: ovarian, clinical, and pathologic outcomes. comparative medicine 2009, 59(1), 46-59. 25. hoyer, p.b.; devine, p.j.; hu, x.; thompson, k.e.; sipes, i.g. ovarian toxicity of 4vinylcyclohexene diepoxide: a mechanistic model. toxicologic pathology 2001, 29(1), 91-99. 26. özel, f.; kiray, m.; göker, a.; aydemir, s.; mıcılı, s.c. protective effect of alpha lipoic acid on 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide induced primary ovarian failure in female rats. taiwanese journal of obstetrics and gynecology 2020, 59(2), 293-300. 27. kao, s.w.; sipes, i.g.; hoyer, p.b. early effects of ovotoxicity induced by 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide in rats and mice. reproductive toxicology 1999 , 13(1),67-75. 28. yunos, n.m.; mutalip, s.s.; jauri, m.h.; yu, j.q.; huq, f. anti-proliferative and pro-apoptotic effects from sequenced combinations of andrographolide and cisplatin on ovarian cancer cell lines. anticancer research 2013, 33(10), 4365-4371. 29. krishnamoorthy, p.; sivaranjani, k.; rajeswari, k.; kalaiselvan, d. effect of andrographis paniculata wall. ex nees root extract fractions on estrogen, fsh, lh, progestrone and ovary of female albino rats, rattus norvegicus. 2013 . 30. akowuah, g.a.; ismail, z.; norhayati, i.; sadikun, a. the effects of different extraction solvents of varying polarities on polyphenols of orthosiphon stamineus and evaluation of the free radical-scavenging activity, food chemistry 2005, 93(2), 311-317. 31. sen halicioglu, b.; saadat, k.a.; tuglu, m.i. the relationship of 4‐vinylcyclohexene diepoxide toxicity with cell death, oxidative stress, and gap junctions in female rat ovaries. reproductive medicine and biology ,2021, 20(4), 543-553. 32. devine, p.j.; sipes, i.g.; skinner, m.k.; hoyer, p.b. characterization of a rat in vitro ovarian culture system to study the ovarian toxicant 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide. toxicology and applied pharmacology, 2002, 184(2),107-115. 33. flaws, j.a.; salyers, k.l.; sipes, i.g.; hoyer, p.b. reduced ability of rat preantral ovarian follicles to metabolize 4-vinyl-1-cyclohexene diepoxide in vitro. toxicology and applied pharmacology, 1994, 126(2), 286-294. 34. flaws, j.a.; doerr, j.k.; sipes, i.g.; hoyer, p.b. destruction of preantral follicles in adult rats by 4-vinyl-1-cyclohexene diepoxide. reproductive toxicology, 1994, 8(6),509-514. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 133 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract hydromorphometric analysis as a method is considered one of the most reliable and used methods in solving hydrological problems. where it is possible to know the volume of runoff and the rest of the elements that enter into the water balance. geographical information system and remote sensing is the technique that used the hydro-morphometric analysis of wadi al-mohammadi basin. wadi al-mohammadi, located in the western desert, is one of the main valleys that flow into euphrates river. it is considered an important basin, because of its many characteristics, including its relatively large area and the amount of water drained through, which is used mainly in watering livestock and agriculture, in addition to industrial purposes such as the production of washed sand, gravel that scattered on both sides of the valley. the hydrological analysis included several steps, which gave the results of the flow accumulation with the highest value in the lower part of the basin. the results represented by form characteristics confirm that the shape of the basin is far from the round shape, which reflects the basin’s characteristics with the regular surface flow in time and relatively low drainages. wadi al-mohammadi basin has reached the 5th order to flow into euphrates river. it has two types of drainage patterns, the dendritic pattern, and the parallel pattern. wadi al-mohammadi basin is categorized as extremely low drainage density, very low drainage frequency, very coarse drainage texture, lower infiltration number, and low relief slope. based on the results, the basin is characterized by an almost flat plateau surface, with a gradual slope homogeneous and good permeable soil conditions, and in other parts influenced by the structural phenomena under the surface, the high permeability of sediments over which streams pass, higher the infiltration and lower runoff. keywords: remote sensing, gis, hydromorphometric analysis, wadi al-mohammadi, western desert. 1. introduction remote sensing (rs) as a technique is one of the most important technologies that can provide us with information and data that cover large areas and reduce the cost of this required data [1]. in doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2970 article history: received 3 august 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq application of gis and remote sensing techniques for hydromorphometric analysis of wadi al-mohammadi basin, western iraq mahmood h. d. al-kubaisi department of applied geology, college of science, university of anbar, ramadi, iraq mahmoodgeologist@uoanbar.edu.iq qusai y. s. al-kubaisi department of geology, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq qusaikubs@yahoo.co.uk https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mahmoodgeologist@uoanbar.edu.iq mailto:qusaikubs@yahoo.co.uk ihjpas. 36(2)2023 134 addition to remote sensing, geographical information systems (gis) is a tool that has a great ability to deal with the data and information we obtain from the analysis of satellite images, and thus help us in developing our understanding of the environment around us. the study of the morphometric characteristics of water basins is of great importance in water harvesting studies, because of its hydrological indications represented by the characteristics of water drainage, which in turn affects the activity of various geomorphological processes in the water basin. the quantitative description of the geometry of the drainage basins is a major advance in the field of the development of morphometric techniques. these parameters help identify basins and compare their characteristics, [2]. this description helps identify the drainage network, compare the characteristics of several drainage networks and examine the impact of variables such as rainfall, lithology, rock structure, etc. on the drainage network, [3]. the geomorphometry for a basin is applied to the analysis of the earth’s surface in a quantitative term, and therefore it is a science concerned with the study of the morphometric characteristics of water basins. it is considered a modern analytical approach to the representation of the terrain through mapping by modern programs such as arcgis. morphometric analysis is a method that analyzes the measurements and shape of the earth as a mathematical evaluation [4]. morphometric analysis is very necessary for any basin, especially in hydrological studies, as it can determine the locations of water availability and quality, as well as to make plans and develop them for the management of water resources in the basin. many researchers have studied morphometric analysis using these new techniques like [5] studying alluvial fan of wadi al-batin from the perspective of hydro-morphometric analysis. [6] they presented a detailed work of the morphometric measurements of the el-arish basin in central and north sinai. [7] using hierarchical process and prioritization to study hydro-morphometric of upper rihand basin, india. in wadi al-mohammadi basin, there are no studies concerned with hydro-morphometric analysis, especially the use of the remote sensing technique. although it is rich in studies that have examined it, such as a study that was presented by [8] studied the suitability of groundwater and surface water resources in the western desert. determine the hydrogeologic conditions and characteristics of aquifers in western iraq were studied by [9,10]. [11,12] focus on the analysis of climatic parameters to determine the water balance and groundwater recharge. [13] estimate the annual runoff of wadi al-mohammadi basin using swat model. digital elevation model (dem) was used widely in the analysis of drainage basins. landform changes in the wadi al-mohammadi basin are identified using morphometric analysis of the basin, in addition to their evaluation and description over millions of years. these landforms were formed by the influence of climate, the nature of rocks, and other major elements capable of forming geomorphological processes. the analysis of the hydro-morphometric characteristics of wadi almohammadi basin is the main objective of this study and the extraction of the main hydrological watersheds by conducting hydrological analysis and knowing the nature of their relationship with the movement of surface runoff in the basin. in addition to the structural analysis and study of the drainage network of the study area based on the structural and geological information and available data from satellite images. 2. study area wadi al-mohammadi is one of the seasonal (ephemeral) valleys in western desert that drains into the euphrates river. it is located 15.1 km south of heet. the western border of the basin is ihjpas. 36(2)2023 135 represented by the area of the kilo-160, while the eastern border is represented by the euphrates river, and the basin is bounded from the north by wadi al-hajiya of the kubaisa basin, and the abu-jir depression represents the southern border of the basin. the international highway (baghdad-syria, and jordan) passes through the center of the basin. the basin coordinates are: latitudes 33˚ 34ʹ 18.10ʺn–33˚ 4ʹ 44.40ʺn and longitudes 41˚ 55ʹ 3.80ʺe–42˚ 56ʹ 31.60ʺe figure 1. the perimeter of the basin is estimated at 487.0 km, while the total basin covers an area of 2286.82 km2. the study area gradually rises towards the west, where it ranged in elevation from 52.0 to 367.0 m above sea level. figure 1. location map of the study area 3. geological setting the study area was characterized by the presence of several outcrop formations configured from the oldest to the youngest, it's ms`ad formation (late cretaceous, cenomanian – turonian) with an area of about 96 km2, euphrates formation (early miocene) with an area of about 591 km2, fat`ha formation (middle miocene) with an area of about 56 km2, nfayil formation (middle miocene) with an area of about 939 km2, zahra formation (pliocene – pleistocene?) with an area of about 594.8 km2 and in addition to quaternary deposits with an area of about 10 km2 [14] figure 2. stratigraphically, the wells of the study area penetrate many stratigraphic sequences dating back to different geological periods, and the deepest of these wells is the exploration well (kh7/7), ihjpas. 36(2)2023 136 which was carried out by the company of consortium yugoslavia [15] with a depth of 863 m and shows deposits from the jurassic to the miocene periods. according to the information of this company, the most important stratigraphic sequences penetrated in the basin are the tertiary sequences. a fencing diagram has been drawn for the basin and the adjacent areas for some keyholes belonging to the company of consortium [15] figure 3. figure 2. geological map of the study area modified from [14] figure 3. fence diagram for the basin and the adjacent areas ihjpas. 36(2)2023 137 4. materials and methods hydromorphometric analysis mainly relies on the dem raster data to create a hydrological system. in this study, the dem of the srtm type was downloaded with a spatial resolution of 30 m from the usgs website. essentially, the image interpretation of the digital elevation model creates a very important tool for researching water harvesting solutions. landsat 8 satellite images it is also the data used for hydromorphometric analysis, wadi al-mohammadi basin is covered by one landsat satellite scene zone (path 170 and row 37 of the scene) with a spatial resolution of 30 m and 15 m were downloaded from http://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/. the morphometric and hydrological analyses were done using gis and remote sensing techniques. geographic information system (arcgis) version 10.8 is used for drawing the thematic maps. remote sensing techniques (rs) using satellite images are used as a suitable tool for morphometric analysis, by including basin features such as main channel gradient and elevation, predictions of stream discharge, and precipitation. the morphometric analysis of the wadi al-mohammadi basin has been achieved through measurements of basin characteristics (catchment area, basin length, basin width, basin form factor, compactness coefficient, circularity ratio, elongation ratio) and water network characteristics (stream order, stream number, stream lengths, bifurcation ratio, drainage density, drainage frequency, drainage texture, and infiltration number) and relief characteristics (basin relief, relief ratio, and ruggedness number). the gis program environment and mathematical formulae are utilized to calculate morphometric parameters utilizing the fundamental mathematical techniques table 1. 5. results and discussion 5.1 hydrological analysis hydrological analysis can be summarized in several steps, the first of which is to extract the dem for the study area, then fill elevation, flow direction, flow accumulation, stream order, stream to feature, basin, and watersheds. most topographic surfaces have low points (which may sometimes be processing errors during the conversion of the surface to matrix format) that must be filled before any analysis can be carried out, this is called the process of filling the sinks (fill elevation) as shown in figure 4. the fill tool is used to reset the values of all craters and abnormal concavities that the program will find. so that the water can slope through the heights from one cell to another within the model in a way that enables all cells to drain their water to other cells in a smooth manner in line with the topography of the land. the failure of this process will lead the program to search for the next place to drain the water within the same cell, and will not find it, which will make the statistical operations of the program in calculating the terrain rotate in an infinite vicious circle and will not achieve a result. the direction of flow determines the direction in which the water will flow in a given cell, based on the direction of maximum drop in each cell [16]. the flow direction in the wadi almohammadi basin is from the southwest to the northeast, that is, towards the euphrates river. whereas, the direction of a flow corresponds to the general direction of surface water flow in valleys figure 5. flow accumulation is the tool that calculates the total flow in the output raster for all cells flowing into each downslope cell. for each cell, it is possible to determine its flow accumulation value by counting the number of cells that pass through that cell, it will be harder to induce runoff in the area if the flow accumulation value is smaller [17]. greater flow accumulation values will http://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/ ihjpas. 36(2)2023 138 make runoff simpler to form in the area. the direction of travel from each cell is shown in the top left image of figure 6, and the number of cells flowing into each cell is shown in the top right image of figure 6. the higher value of flow accumulation of the wadi al-mohammadi basin is in the lower part of the basin as shown in figure 7. table 1. mathematical equations for calculating morphometric parameters morphometric parameters symbol equations references b a si n c h a ra c te ri st ic s catchment area a the entire area. authors by gis basin length lb distance in a straight line from the mouth of a basin to the place where the direction of the line via the main stream's source intersects the water divide. authors by gis basin width wb 𝑊𝑏 (𝑘𝑚) = 𝐴 (𝑘𝑚2) 𝐿𝑏 (𝑘𝑚) ; a: catchment area (km2); lb: basin length (km). authors by gis basin form factor rf 𝑅𝑓 = 𝐴 𝐿𝑏2 ; a: catchment area (km2); lb: basin length (km). [18] compactness coefficient cc 𝐶𝑐 = 𝑃 𝑃𝑐 ; p: basin perimeter (km); pc: the perimeter of a circle has the same area as the basin (km). [18] circularity ratio rc 𝑅𝑐 = 𝐴 𝐴𝑐 ; a: catchment area (km2); ac: the area of a circle equals the perimeter of the basin itself (km2). [18] elongation ratio re 𝑅𝑒 = 𝐷𝑐 𝐿𝑏 ; dc: the length of the diameter of a circle having the same area as the drainage basin (km); lb: the maximum length of the basin (km). [18] w a te r n e tw o rk c h a ra c te ri st ic s stream orders u hierarchical rank. [19] stream number nu the number of streams. authors by gis stream length lu length of the stream. authors by gis bifurcation ratio rb 𝑅𝑏 = 𝑁𝑢 𝑁𝑢+1 ; nu: the number of streams of a given order; nu+1: the number of streams of the next order [20] drainage density dd 𝐷𝑑 = ∑ 𝐿𝑢 𝐴 ; lu: the total lengths of the streams (km); a: the total catchment area (km2). [21] drainage frequency fd 𝐹𝑑 = ∑ 𝑁𝑢 𝐴 ; nu: the number of streams; a: the total catchment area (km2). [21] drainage texture td 𝑇𝑑 = ∑ 𝑁𝑢 𝑃 ; nu: number of streams; p: basin perimeter (km). [2] infiltration number if 𝐼𝑓 = 𝐷𝑑 ∗ 𝐹𝑑 ; dd: drainage density (km/km2); fd: drainage frequency (km-2). [22] r e li e f c h a ra c te ri st ic s basin relief h 𝐻 = 𝐻𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝐻𝑚𝑖𝑛 ; highest and lowest point of the valley basement. [23] relief ratio rh 𝑅ℎ = 𝐻 𝐿𝑏 ; h: basin relief (m); lb: the maximum length of the basin (km). [20] ruggedness number nr 𝑁𝑟 = 𝐻 ∗ 𝐷𝑑 ; h: basin relief (km); dd: the drainage density (km-1). [24] ihjpas. 36(2)2023 139 figure 4. the process of filling the sinks figure 5. flow direction map of the wadi al-mohammadi basin figure 6. determining the accumulation of flow figure 7. flow accumulation map of the wadi al-mohammadi basin 5.2 morphometric parameters 5.2.1 basin characteristics these characteristics include the study of the catchment area and form dimensions of the basin for ihjpas. 36(2)2023 140 their close relationship in determining the water collected in the basin. 5.2.1.1 catchment area (a) the total area of wadi al-mohammadi basin is about 2286.8 km2, calculated by the gis program by using the dem layer. it consists of seven sub-basins figure 8 and table 2, these basins varied in the ratio of their area to the total area of the basin. highest percentage was recorded in the subbasin (sb3), which scored 27.82%, with a total area of 636.12 km2. while sub-basin (sb1) recorded the lowest percentage, and scored 3.49%, with a total area of 79.79 km2. figure 8. sub-basins of wadi al-mohammadi basin table 2. area and perimeter of wadi al-mohammadi sub-basins 5.2.1.2 basin length (lb) the length of wadi al-mohammadi basin was measured from its mouth point on the right bank of the euphrates river to the farthest point in the perimeter, where its length reached 101 km figure 9. sub basin area km2 area % perimeter km sb1 79.79 3.49 69.00 sb2 453.84 19.85 216.00 sb3 636.12 27.82 331.00 sb4 290.03 12.68 232.00 sb5 143.57 6.28 136.00 sb6 431.39 18.86 289.00 sb7 252.09 11.02 166.00 sum 2286.82 100.00 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 141 figure 9. the length of wadi al-mohammadi basin 5.2.1.3 basin width (wb) basin width is the straight transverse distance between the two furthest points on the basin perimeter. wadi al-mohammadi basin, the average width of the basin was 22.64 km. 5.2.1.4 basin form factor (rf) wadi al-mohammadi basin, the basin form factor is 0.22. this value indicates that it is far from round basin shapes, and this is due to the nature of the rocks and the prevailing climate in those regions. 5.2.1.5 compactness coefficient (cc) wadi al-mohammadi basin, the compactness coefficient is 2.87. the increase in the ratio of the cohesion of the perimeter confirms that the shape of the basin is closer to a rectangular shape than to a regular circular shape. this is due to the fact that most of the basin valleys, whose long axes coincide with the directions of the lineament structures accompanying the main faults, led to an increase in their lengths at the expense of their width. 5.2.1.6 circularity ratio (rc) wadi al-mohammadi basin, the circularity ratio is 0.12. this low value indicates that the basin is generally away from the circular shape, which makes the possibility of floods low. 5.2.1.7 elongation ratio (re) wadi al-mohammadi basin, the elongation ratio is 0.53. this ratio indicates the basin is elongated. it indicates that the wadi al-mohammadi basin extends longitudinally, and this may be attributed to the hard rock formations represented by carbonate rocks with a wide spread in the study area, as well as the cracks and faults scattered in the basin, all of which made the basin tend to have a rectangular shape. 5.2.2 water network characteristics studying the characteristics of the drainage network contributes to knowing the characteristics of the water basin area, by finding the relationship between the stream orders and their drainage area on the one hand, and between the drainage network and its relationship to the basin dimensions and natural properties (geology, climate, slope, soil, etc.) on the other hand. 5.2.2.1 stream orders (u) the study of stream orders is useful in knowing the volume of water discharge, estimating the velocity of flow, and possibly predicting flood risks. strahler’s system [19] of ordering streams, which is a slightly modified hortons’s system, has been followed because of its simplicity and it ihjpas. 36(2)2023 142 is one of the most common and widely used methods for determining the stream orders of water basins in arid and semi-arid areas. it became clear through the analysis of the drainage network in wadi al-mohammadi basin that it has reached the 5th order to flow into euphrates river, and this indicates the large and wideness of the drainage network throughout the basin figure 10. figure 10. the stream orders of wadi al-mohammadi basin 5.2.2.2 stream number (nu) the study of the number of streams is an integral part of the study of stream orders, which are of interest to morphometric studies. the total number of streams in wadi al-mohammadi basin amounted to 471 streams, of which 353 streams represent the first order, the second order represents 88 streams, the third-order represents 24 streams, and the fourth-order represents 5 streams, and 1 stream in the fifth order. drainage patterns of stream networks from wadi almohammadi basin have been observed mainly of two types. they are the dendritic pattern that reflects homogeneous and good permeable soil conditions, and the parallel pattern, which indicates the influence of the structural phenomena under the surface, which are abundant in the study area. 5.2.2.3 stream length (lu) the study of the lengths of the stream is useful in determining the velocity of flow, which decreases with the increase in lengths, especially if these lengths are coupled with widening, they increase the percentage of the amount of water lost through evaporation or infiltration, and the opposite occurs (increase flow velocity) in the decrease of stream length. the total lengths of the streams in wadi al-mohammadi basin amounted to 1684 km, of which 765 km are the lengths of the first order, while the lengths of the second-order represent 453 km, the lengths of the third-order represent 228 km, the lengths of the fourth-order represent 183 km and 55 km of the fifth order. 5.2.2.4 bifurcation ratio (rb) the bifurcation ratio represents the relationship between the number of streams for two successive orders, as it is one of the important characteristics of the drainage network as it is one of the factors controlling the rate of water discharge. higher values of the bifurcation ratio indicate a higher density of the discharge. the bifurcation ratio of wadi al-mohammadi basin ranged between 3.67 and 5, and the rate of bifurcation ratio is 4.42. 5.2.2.5 drainage density (dd) wadi al-mohammadi basin, the drainage density is 0.74 km-1. according to [25] the drainage density of wadi al-mohammadi basin is categorized as extremely low, and this low value indicates a high infiltration capacity of the soil in which the streams run, with little variation in the topographic heights and a lack of vegetation cover. the drainage density is increased from southwest to northeast with a higher value in the eastern part of the basin, figure 11. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 143 figure 11. drainage density of wadi al-mohammadi basin 5.2.2.6 drainage frequency (fd) it is expressed as the ratio between the number of streams (nu) for all stream orders of a given basin to the area of the basin (a) [2]. it reflects the abundance of streams per square kilometer, and it is possible to identify many hydrological and geomorphological characteristics, as the values of drainage frequency are related to the rocky nature, climate, terrain factor, and the abundance and presence of natural vegetation. wadi al-mohammadi basin, the drainage frequency is 0.206 km-2. according to [25] the drainage frequency of the wadi al-mohammadi basin is categorized as very low, and this low value indicates the high permeability of sediments over which river streams pass. 5.2.2.7 drainage texture (td) it is the total number of stream segments of all orders in a basin per perimeter of the basin. it depends upon several natural factors such as rainfall, climate, vegetation, infiltration capacity, rock and soil type, relief, and stage of development [2]. strahler [19] has classified drainage texture into five different textures i.e., very coarse <2, coarse 2 4, moderate 4 6, fine 6 – 8, and very fine >8. the drainage texture of the wadi al-mohammadi basin is 0.967 and categorized in nature as very coarse. 5.2.2.8 infiltration number (if) infiltration number is defined as the product of drainage density (dd) and drainage frequency (fd) [22]. wadi al-mohammadi basin has a low infiltration number with a value was 0.0605 km2. the lower the infiltration number the higher will be the infiltration and consequently, the lower will be the runoff. 5.2.3 relief characteristics the study of relief characteristics is of great importance in morphometric studies, as a result of its important implications in knowing the erosion capabilities of streams and estimating the volume of sediments transported by streams, which increases with the increase in the degree of erosion. this is in addition to knowing the nature and quality of the landforms associated with them, the geomorphological stage that these water basins pass through it, and their relationship to other basin characteristics represented by the water network of each basin and the areal and morphological characteristics, etc. 5.2.3.1 basin relief (h) it is the elevation variation between the highest and lowest point of the valley basement [23]. wadi ihjpas. 36(2)2023 144 al-mohammadi basin ranges from 52 to 367 m, therefore the relief of wadi al-mohammadi basin is 315 m. it shows the different values of the relief basin figure 12. figure 12. the relief of wadi al-mohammadi basin 5.2.3.2 relief ratio (rh) the relief ratio is an important measure to know the topographical nature of any region or water basin. it has a direct effect on the speed of flow, the number of materials transported, and the increase or decrease in the rate of erosion. it is defined as the ratio between the total relief of a basin, and the longest dimension of the basin parallel to the principal drainage line, [20]. wadi almohammadi basin, the relief ratio is 0.003. this ratio indicates a low relief slope, due to the basin located in the lower wedian province, which is characterized by its almost flat plateau surface, with a gradual slope. 5.2.3.3 ruggedness number (nr) this coefficient indicates the extent of the relief in the basin and the lengths and slopes of the drainage network, as the high values of this coefficient indicate the severity of relief and the prevalence of water erosion that transfers rocky fragments from the upper sources to the lower areas of the basin. it is defined as the product of basin relief and drainage density, [24]. it usually joins slope steepness with its length. the extremely high values of this coefficient occur when slopes of the basin are not only steeper but long, as well. for wadi al-mohammadi basin, the nr was 0.232, this value indicates a low basin relief with a gradual change in slope of uniform nature. 6. conclusion gis and remote sensing techniques have proven to be very useful tools in calculating morphometric characteristics and the hydrological drainage network. most of the sub-basins have an area below the general average of 327 km2 and are represented by basins sb1, sb4, sb5, and sb7, while the other sub-basins recorded a greater percentage of the general average and were represented by basins sb2, sb3, and sb6, respectively. it is evident from all the results represented by the area and form characteristics that they confirm that the shape of the basin is far from the round shape, which reflects the basin’s characteristics with the regular surface flow in time and relatively low drainages, due to the longdistance traveled by the water waves during their movement from the feeding areas towards the mouth of the valley, which provides a greater chance for the loss of quantities from this water by infiltration and evaporation processes. wadi al-mohammadi basin has reached the 5th order to flow into euphrates river, and this indicates the large and wideness of the drainage network throughout the basin. two types of ihjpas. 36(2)2023 145 drainage patterns for wadi al-mohammadi basin, the dendritic pattern which reflects homogeneous and good permeable soil conditions, and the parallel pattern, which indicates the influence of the structural phenomena under the surface, which are abundant in the study area. the drainage density is categorized as extremely low and increased from southwest to northeast with a higher value in the eastern part of the basin. wadi al-mohammadi basin is categorized as very low drainage frequency, and this low value indicates the high permeability of sediments over which streams pass. wadi al-mohammadi basin has a drainage texture that is categorized in nature as very coarse. it is having a lower infiltration number and consequently, the higher the infiltration and the lower will be the runoff. wadi al-mohammadi basin has a low relief slope, due to the basin located in the lower wedian province, which is characterized by its almost flat plateau surface, with a gradual slope. references 1. majed, m.; abduljabbar, h.m. the change in the land cover of mahmudiyah city in iraq for the last three decades. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences 2022, 35, 4455, doi:10.30526/35.3.2831. 2. horton, r.e. erosional development of streams and their drainage basins; hydrophysical approach to quantitative morphology. geological society of america bulletin 1945, 56, 275-370. 3. kale, v.s.; gupta, a. introduction to geomorphology; orient longman: 2001. 4. bezinska, g.; stoyanov, k. modelling and hydro-morphometric analysis of sub-watershed. a case study of mesta river southwestern bulgaria. european journal of geography 2019, 10, 7788. 5. albhadili, s.; almallah, i.a.; almulla, s.t. hydromorphometric analysis of wadi al-batin alluvial fan using remote sensing and gis techniques, southwestern iraq. the iraqi geological journal 2022, 134-150. 6. elewa, h.h.; ramadan, e.-s.m.; nosair, a.m. spatial-based hydro-morphometric watershed modeling for the assessment of flooding potentialities. environmental earth sciences 2016, 75,124. 7. ghosh, m.; gope, d. hydro-morphometric characterization and prioritization of sub-watersheds for land and water resource management using fuzzy analytical hierarchical process (fahp): a case study of upper rihand watershed of chhattisgarh state, india. applied water science 2021, 11, 1-20. 8. awadh, s.m. a preliminary assessment of the geochemical factors affecting groundwater and surface water quality around the rural communities in al-anbar, western desert of iraq. environmental earth sciences 2018, 77 (3), 1-18, doi:10.1007/s12665-018-7262-4. 9. al-kubaisi, q.y.; al-kubaisi, m.h. hydrogeologic conditions of mulussa aquifer between rutba and dhabaa in al-anbar governorate. iraqi journal of science 2018, 59, no.2a, 687-696. 10. hussien, b.m.; al-halboosi, j.m.; al-kubaisi, m.h.d.; fayyadh, a.s. integrated hydrogeological approach for an aquifer system and groundwater flow, nukhaib-km160 area, western iraq. iop conference series: earth and environmental science 2022, 1080, 012003, doi:10.1088/1755-1315/1080/1/012003. 11. al-kubaisi, q.y.; al-kubaisi, m.h. using water balance to assess the groundwater recharge in the area between rutba and dhabaa, western of iraq. the iraqi geological journal 2018, 51, no.2, 135-148. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 146 12. al-kubaisi, m.h.d.; al-kubaisi, q.y.s. using swat model to estimate the water balance of wadi al-mohammadi basin, western iraq. iraqi journal of science 2023, 64 (in press). 13. al-kubaisi, m.h.d.; al-kubaisi, q.y.s. applying swat model to estimate the annual runoff of wadi al-mohammadi basin, western iraq. iraqi geological journal 2022, 55 (2e) (in press). 14. sissakian, v.k. geological map of iraq; baghdad, iraq, 2000. 15. consortium, y. water development projects, western desert – block 7, hydrogeological explorations and hydrotechnical works, hydrogeology, vol.5, republic of iraq, directorate at western desert projects. 1977. 16. huggett, r.; huggett, r.j.; cheesman, j. topography and the environment; pearson education: 2002. 17. al-bahadli, s.a.h. mapping of groundwater artesian zone in karbala governorate (iraq): comparison between dempster-shafer theory and fuzzy logic models. university of basrah, 2016. 18. ward, r.c. principles of hydrology, 2nd edition, mcgraw-hill book company (uk) limited, 367p; 1975. 19. strahler, a.n. quantities analysis of water shod. geomorphology, trans, amar, geophysics, union, 1957, 38, s. 9b-920.. 20. schumm, s.a. evolution of drainage system and slope in badlands at perth amboy, new jersey, bulletin, geological society of america, 1956, 67, 597-646.. 21. horton, r.e. drainage basin characteristics, trens. am. geoph. union, v.b, pp. 350-361. 1932. 22. al-shammari, m.m.a. delineation of suitable sites for water harvesting and artificial groundwater recharge in down stream of ubaydh watershed, west of karbala, iraq. university of baghdad, 2019. 23. strahler, a.n. hypsometric (area-altitude) analysis of erosional topography. geological society of america bulletin 1952, 63, 1117-1142. 24. strahler, a.n. quantitative geomorphology of drainage basins and channel networks. in: v.t. chow (ed.), handbook of applied hydrology. mcgraw-hill, new york, 4.39-4.76. 1964. 25. kumar, v. geo-environmental study for watershed development planninga case of somb drainage basin, lambert publishing, germany. 2011. microsoft word 155-170 155 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 minimizing the total completion times, the total tardiness and the maximum tardiness tariq s. abdul-razaq zainab m. ali dept. of mathematics / college of science / university of al-mustansiriyah received in: 25 february 2015, accepted in: 26 april 2015 abstract in this paper, the main work is to minimize a function of three cost criteria for scheduling n jobs on a single machine. we proposed algorithms to solve the single machine scheduling multiobjective problem. in this problem, we consider minimizing the total completion times, total tardiness and maximum tardiness criteria. first a branch and bound (bab) algorithm is applied for the 1//∑ci+∑ti+tmax problem. second we compare two multiobjective algorithms one of them based on (bab) algorithm to find the set of efficient (non dominated) solutions for the 1//(∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax) problem. the computational results show that the algorithm based on (bab) algorithm is better than the other one for generated the total number of non dominated solutions. keywords: multiobjective optimization, total completion times, total tardiness, maximum tardiness, non dominated solutions. 156 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 1. introduction for many years, scheduling researchers focused on single regular performance measures that are non-decreasing in job completion time. the single machine scheduling problem has been extensively investigated during the last decades [1],[2],[3],[4],[5],[6],[7]. until the late 1980s, it was common practice that in the objective function only one performance criterion was taken into account. in practice, however, quality is a multidimensional notion. a firm, for instance, judges a production scheme on the basis of a number of criteria, for example, work in-process inventories and observance of due dates. if only one criterion is taken into account, then the outcome is likely to be unbalanced, no matter what criterion is considered. if everything is set on keeping work-in-process inventories low, then some products are likely to be completed far beyond their due dates, whereas, if the main goal is to keep the customers satisfied by observing due dates, then the work-in-process inventories are likely to be large. in order to reach an acceptable compromise, one has to measure the quality of a solution on all important criteria. this notice has led to the development of the area of multicriteria scheduling. however, decision makers evaluate schedules according to more than one measure. since using multiple criteria is more realistic, several multicriteria scheduling papers have appeared in the scheduling literature. most of these papers are on single machine bicriteria scheduling problems and the minimization of couples of criteria. smith (1956) [18] studied a particular case of 1/ ̅ /f (∑ci,tmax) problem where a condition of tmax=0 is imposed. vanwassenhove & gelders (1980) [21] extended this problem to the 1//f(∑ci,tmax) with tmax≠0. the set of efficient points is characterized and a pseudopolynomial algorithm to enumerate all these point is given. nelson et al.(1986) [16] developed a bab algorithm to solve the problem for mean flow time (∑ci), number of tardy jobs (∑ui) and maximum tardiness (tmax) simultaneously. hoogveen and van de velde (1995) [9] showed that exactly the same approach can be used to solve the 1//f(∑ci,fmax)problem. esswein and t’kindt (2002) [8] proposed a branch and bound algorithm which efficiently enumerates the set of non-dominated solutions for the 1//f(∑wici,fmax) problem. tadie et al. (2002) [20] proposed a procedure that takes advantage of an algorithm for finding the paretooptima set by applying specially developed constraints to a branch and bound algorithm for the 1//f(∑ti,tmax) problem. to find the set of efficient point for 1//f(∑ci,emax) problem, kurz and canterbury (2005) [11] used genetic algorithm and al-assaf (2007) [5] proposed a polynomial algorithm within special range. recently, oyetunji and oluleye (2008) [17] have used a heuristic approach for minimizing total completion time and number of tardy jobs simultaneously on single machine with release date (i.e., for the 1/ri/f(∑ci,ui) problem. abbas (2009) [1] presented algorithms for many bicriteria scheduling problems on a single machine with release dates. the two criteria to be minimized are cmax and ∑ci . he presented optimal solution for the two hierarchical problems of the 1/ri/f(∑ci,cmax) problem. recently multicriteria scheduling problems has been studied by several researchers in different directions ([14],[13],[3],[4]) in this paper, we consider the problem of scheduling a set n={1,2,…,n} of n jobs on a single machine to minimize a variety of multicriteria may be stated as follows. each of n jobs (numbered 1, . .. , n) is to be processed on a single machine which can handle only one job at a time. associated with job i its processing time pi and its due date di . all jobs are available for processing at time zero. the main object is to find a set of pareto optimal solutions for the 1//f(∑ci, ∑ti,tmax) problem. this paper begins with some notation and basic concepts of multicriteria scheduling problems are given in section 2. formulations and some algorithms are given in section 3. a branch and bound algorithm for the 1//∑ci+∑ti+tmax is given in section 4. characterizing 157 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 efficient solutions for the 1//f(∑ci, ∑ti,tmax) and algorithms are given in sections 5. in section 6 computational experiments is given. 2. notation, basic concepts and analysis the following notation will be used in this paper n : number of jobs pi : processing time of job i. di : due date of job i. ci : completion time of job i. ti : the tardiness of job i. tmax : max{ti}, the maximum tardiness. lb : lower bound. ub : upper bound. bab : branch and bound. ce : complete enumeration method. usually in multicriteria decision making each solution is represented as a point in the criteria space. the dimensionality of this space is equal to the number of criteria. different states of the art of multicriteria scheduling can be found in the literature nagar et al. 1995[15], hoogeveen 2005[10]. analysis of these works is under-lines [19].  the necessity of knowing the results of the domain of multicriteria optimization to understand well the difficulties related to taking into account conflicting criteria.  the need for a typology enables us to formalize the different types of problems and to unify the notations of these problems.  the need for a knowledge of the results on single criteria scheduling problems. an example, many scheduling problems in the production domain involve several criteria. it is clear the need to produce “just-in-time”. this need translates into two wishes, one is not to deliver to the client late, the other is not to store the finished products. to produce “just in time” therefore a trade-off production slightly late and not too early. the total completion time (∑ci) and the maximum tardiness (tmax) are the most famous measures among the scheduling objectives in industrial applications. minimizing (∑ci) involves maintaining the work in process inventory at a low level. minimizing (tmax) involves reducing the penalties incurred for late jobs. also minimizing total tardiness (∑ti) involves reducing the total penalties incurred for late jobs. this paper considers the scheduling problem which involves three criteria on a single machine. the multicriteria scheduling problems are generally divided into three classes. in the first class, the problem involves minimization one of the criteria (∑ci,tmax,∑ti,), which is more important than the others, subject to the constraints that the other criteria have to be optimized. in the second class, all the criteria are considered equally important and the problem involves finding efficient set of solutions. in the third class, all criteria are weighted differently and an objective function as the sum of weighted functions is defined. the problems considered in this paper belong to the three classes above. in order to describe the multi-objective optimization in general, consider a problem with k (k≥2) conflicting objective functions (fi:rn →r) that are to be minimized simultaneously. that is, we wish to find a solution, x=(x1,x2…,xk), from the set of feasible solutions x, that solves the problem min f(x) ={f1(x), f2(x),…,fk(x)}. since it is assumed that the objectives conflict, there is no single value of x that minimizes all objectives simultaneously as in the single objective sense, so ‘‘optimal’’ must be defined differently. 158 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 3. minimizing total flow time, total tardiness and maximum tardiness let n={1,2,…,n} be the set of jobs which are available at time zero and require processing on a single machine . each job jϵn has processing time pj and a due date dj , given a sequence σ=(σ(1),…,σ(n)) of jobs, produce the earliest completion time ∑ , the tardiness of job j, ,0 , consequently we have total flow times ∑ , total tardiness ∑ and maximum tardiness tmax(σ) = max . the optimality criteria are based on the completion times of the jobs j in the schedule σ :  the minimization of the sum of flow times ∑ ∈  the minimization of the maximum tardiness ,…, .  the minimization of the total tardiness ∑ ∈ consider the problem denoted by the 1//f(∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax) problem (tp). we will try to find efficient (pareto optimal) solutions for (tp) which can be written as: ∑ ∑ . . 1,…, 2,…, 1,…, 0 1,…, . . . this problem (tp) is difficult to solve and find the set of all efficient (pareto optimal) solutions, we will propose efficient algorithms to find approximate set of efficient solutions for the problem (tp). 3.1 special cases for the problem (tp) consider the following problems, which are special cases of the problem (tp), the object is to find a schedule that minimize the multicriteria for the following problems: 11//lex(∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax) problem (tp1) 21//lex(∑ci ,tmax ,∑ti) probem (tp2) 31//lex(tmax ,∑ci ,∑ti) problem (tp3) 41//lex(tmax ,∑ti ,∑ci) problem (tp4) 51//lex(∑ti ,∑ci ,tmax) problem (tp5) 61//lex(∑ti ,tmax ,∑ci) problem (tp6) 71//∑ci+∑ti+tmax problem (tp7) 3.1.1 the 1//lex(∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax) problem (tp1) this problem can be defined as: . . ∗, ∗ ∑ , ∑ ,∑ . . . 159 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 since in this problem (tp1), the ∑ is the more important function and should be optimal, then the following simple algorithm (atp1) gives the best required result. algorithm (atp1) for 1//lex(∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax) problem (tp1): step (0): order the jobs by spt rule and calculate (∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax) point . step (1): if there exist a tie (jobs with equal processing times), order these jobs by edd rule. example (1): consider the problem (tp1) with the following data: pi=(2,4,4,9) , di=(5,10,6,12) the spt rule gives the feasible schedules (1,2,3,4) and (1,3,2,4). the spt* sequence (1,3,2,4) with (∑ci,∑ti ,tmax)=(37,7,7). according to the algorithm (atp1) above for the 1//lex(∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax) problem, the spt*(1,3,2,4) gives minimum (∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax). note that the sequence (1,3,2,4) is spt and edd. it is well known that spt rule minimizes ∑ci, edd rule minimizes tmax and if spt and edd are identical then ∑ti is minimized. 3.1.2 the 1//lex(∑ci ,tmax , ∑ti) problem (tp2) this problem can be defined as: ∑ . . ∗, ∗ , ∈ , . . . since in this problem (tp2) the ∑ i is the more important function and should be optimal, then the above algorithm (atp1) also gives the required result for this problem (tp2). 3.1.3 the 1//lex(tmax ,∑ci ,∑ti) problem (tp3) this problem can be defined as: . . ∗, ∗ , ∈ , . . . since in this problem (tp3) the tmax is the more important function and should be optimal, then the following algorithm (atp3) gives the best possible solution. algorithm (atp3) for 1//lex(tmax ,∑ci ,∑ti) problem (tp3): step (0): solve 1//tmax problem to find t*=tmax(edd). step (1): determined di=di+t*, ∀i∈n, n={1,…,n} step (2): let t=∑ ∈ , k=n. step (3): using smith backward algorithm to find a job j∈n satisfy dj ≥ t, pj≥pi (if there exists a tie choose the job j with largest due date). assign job j in position k. step (4): set t=t-pj , n=n-{j}, k=k-1, if k=1 go to step (5), otherwise go to step (3) . step (5): for the resulting sequence find (∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax). 160 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 example (٢): consider the problem (tp3) with the following data: pi=(1,5,4,3) , di=(10,6,6,5), tmax(edd)=t*=6, t=13, di=di+t*=(16,12,12,11) hence smith backward algorithm gives the schedule (4,3,2,1) with (∑ci ,∑ti ,tmax)=(35,10,6). 3.1.4 the 1//lex(tmax ,∑ti ,∑ci) problem (tp4): this problem can be defined as: ∑ . . ∗, ∗ ∑ , ∈ ∑ ,∑ . . . since in this problem (tp4) the tmax is the more important function and should be optimal, then the above algorithm (atp3) also gives the required result for this problem (tp4). 3.1.5 the 1//lex(∑ti ,∑ci ,tmax) problem (tp5) and also the 1//lex(∑ti,tmax ,∑ci) problem (tp6): the two problems (tp5) and (tp6) are np_hard problems, since the 1//(∑ti) problem is nphard [6]. 4. the 1//(∑ci +∑ti +tmax) problem (tp7): this problem can be defined as: . . 1, . . . , 2, . . . , 1, . . . , 0 1, . . . , . . . the aim of problem (tp7) is to find a processing order σ=(σ(1),…,(σ(n)) of the jobs on a single machine to minimize the sum of the total completion times, the total tardiness and the maximum tardiness (∑ ∑ σ∈s (where s is the set of all feasible solutions), which is a single object and can be minimized by bab method. 4.1 special cases for the problem (tp7): case 1: if the spt schedule gives ∀ ∈ then this spt schedule gives an optimal value for (tp7). proof: it is clear. ■ case 2: if spt rule and edd rule are identical, then there exists an optimal solution for the problem (tp7). proof: it is clear. ■ 4.2 decomposition of problem (tp7): let m= ∑ ∑ this problem can be decomposed into three subproblems (sp1), (sp2) and (sp3) 161 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 . 1, . . . , 2, . . . , . . . 1 . 1, . . . , 0 1, . . . , . . . 2 min . 1, . . . , 0 1, . . . , . . . 3 this decomposition has the following properties: first (sp1),(sp2) and (sp3) have simpler structure than the multicriteria problem (tp7). second it is easy to solve optimality for sp1 and sp3 by applying spt rule and edd rule respectively and also to get a lower bound for (sp2). 4.3 derivation of lower bound (lb) and upper bound for problem (tp7): the lower bound (lb) is based on decomposing problem (tp7) into three subproblems (sp1), (sp2) and (sp3). then calculate v1 to be the minimum value for (sp1), v2 to be lower bound for (sp2) and v3 to be the minimum value for (sp3). then applying the following theorem: theorem (1)[12]: v1+v2+v3≤ m where v1,v2,v3 and m are the minimum objective function values of (sp1),(sp2),(sp3) and (tp7) respectively. ■ to get a lower bound lb for the problem (tp7): for (sp1) we compute v1 by sequencing the jobs in spt order to find the minimum total completion times σci. for (sp2) we compute a lower bound for v2 by sequencing the jobs in edd order to find the minimum maximum tardiness (tmax(edd)). since tmax(edd) ≤ ∑ti(opt). hence tmax(edd) is a lower bound for v2 (i.e tmax(edd)≤v2). for (sp3) we compute v3 by sequencing the jobs in edd order to find minimum maximum tardiness. then applying theorem (1) to obtain lb=v1+tmax(edd)+v3. to calculate a simple upper bound (ub) order the jobs by spt rule and then set ub=σci+σti+tmax for this spt order. 4.4 dominance rules (dr) for dominance rules, if it can be shown that an optimal solution can always be generated without branching from a particular node of the search tree, then that node is dominated and can be eliminated. it is clear that (dr) are particularly useful when a node can be eliminated before its lb is calculated, and this (lb) is less than the optimal solution. the following result for (dr) for problem (tp7) is given next. lemma (1)[7]: if pi ≤ pj and di ≤ dj, then there exists an optimal sequence in which job i is sequence before job j. 162 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 hence the (bab) method now can be used to find the optimal solution for the problem (tp7), with the help of dominance rule for the problem (tp). 5. characterizing efficient solutions for the problem (tp): we first characterize the set of efficient points and then propose an efficient algorithms to find most of the efficient points. 5.1 some results for the 1//(∑ci, ∑ti,tmax) problem (tp): proposition (1): if the spt schedule gives ci di ∀ ∈ , then this spt schedule is the only efficient solution for the problem 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax). proof: it is clear. ■ proposition (2): there exists an efficient solution for problem (tp) 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) that satisfies the spt rule. proof: suppose first, that all processing times are different. the unique spt sequence (spt*) gives the absolute minimum of ∑ci . hence there is no sequence σ≠spt* such that: σ ∗ , σ ∗ σ ∗ . . . 1 with at least one strict inequality. if more than one spt sequence exists (jobs with equal processing times), let spt* be a sequence satisfying the spt rule and the jobs with equal processing times are ordered in edd rule to minimize ∑ti(spt*) and tmax(spt*). note that if we have spt* is not unique we can prove that every spt*sequence is an efficient, it is clear that sequence that does not satisfy the spt rule cannot dominate an spt* sequence (1). note if σ is an spt but not spt* sequence it cannot dominate spt* since: σ ∗ , ∗ σ ∗ σ . . . 2 hence, all spt* sequences are efficient. ■ example (3): consider the problem (tp) with the following data: pi=(2,2,4,7) , di=(4,6,5,9). the spt sequence (1,2,3,4) gives (∑ci,∑ti,tmax)=(29,9,6) is one of the efficient solutions for the problem (tp). proposition (3): if spt rule and edd rule are identical, then there exists only one efficient solution for (tp) 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax). proof: it is clear. ■ example (4): consider the problem (tp) with the following data: pi=(1,3,3,7) , di=(4,6,8,9). the sequence (1,2,3,4) (which is spt and edd) gives the only one efficient point (∑ci,∑ti,tmax)=(26,5,5). proposition (4): if tmax(edd)=0, then there exists an efficient sequence for 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) problem obtained by smith backward algorithm (sba). proof: if tmax(edd)=0, then it’s clear that sba gives a schedule with ci ≤ di for each i∈n and this schedule also gives minimum ∑ci with ∑ti=0 and tmax=0. this schedule cannot be dominated by any other schedule since ∑ci is the minimum for all schedules with ∑ti=0 and tmax=0. hence this schedule obtained by sba is efficient for 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) problem.■ example (5): consider the problem (tp) with the following data: pi=(5,3,4,6) , di=(10,12,13,18). the schedule (2,1,3,4) obtained by sba gives the efficient point (∑ci,∑ti,tmax)=(41,0,0). 163 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 5.2 algorithm (atp) for determination of pareto points: from the above results, we now propose algorithm (atp) to determine the set of efficient solutions for the 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) problem (tp). algorithm (atp) for finding efficient solutions for the problem 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) (tp) by (modifying lawler algorithm): step (0): put ∆=∑pi , n={1,2,…,n} , k=n , t=cmax=∑pi and σ=( ). step (1): calculate ti, ∀i∈n by using lawler algorithm, where ti=max{ci-di,0}. step (2): find a jop j*∈n, such that tj*≤∆ and pj*≥pi , ∀j*, i∈n and ti≤∆, if pj*=pi choose the job with largest dj* then assign job j* in position k of σ=( σ (k) , σ ). if no job j* with tj*≤∆ go to step (6). step (3): set t=t-pj*, n=n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k>1 go to step (1), otherwise go to step (4). step (4): compute ∑cσ(i) , ∑tσ(i) , tmax(σ) for the resulting sequence jobs σ=( σ(1) ,… , σ(n)). step (5): put ∆=tmax(σ)-1, n={1,…,n}, k=n, t=cmax=∑pi and σ=( ), go to step (1). step (6): stop. example (6): to illustrate algorithm (atp), we consider the problem (tp) with the following data: pi=(4,6,2,5,5) , di=(20,9,4,7,10) . table (1) show the results of efficient solutions obtained by algorithm (atp) 5.3 branch and bound algorithm for determination of pareto points: we now propose another algorithm to determine the set of efficient solutions for the 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) problem (tp). algorithm (ztp) for finding most efficient solutions for this problem, this algorithm depends on the techniques of branch and bound (bab) method and the definition of efficient solutions as follows: algorithm (ztp) for finding efficient solutions for the problem 1//(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) (tp) step (0): find the upper bound (ub) by spt rule, that is sequencing the jobs in nondecreasing order of their processing time pi (i=1,2,…,n) for this order σ compute ∑cσ(i), ∑tσ(i) and tmax(σ) and set ub=(∑ci,∑ti,tmax) at the parent node of the search tree. ub is efficient by proposition (1) and add this efficient solution to the set of solutions se. also if tmax(edd)=0, then there exists an efficient sequence obtained by proposition (3), and add this efficient solution to the set se. step (1): for each node in the search tree of bab method, i.e, for each partial sequence of jobs σ compute a lower bound lb(σ) as follows: lb(σ)=cost of sequence jobs (σ) for the objective functions + cost of unsequence jobs obtained by sequence the jobs in spt rule. step (2): branch from each node with lb ub. step (3): at the last level of the bab method, we get a set of solutions, if (∑ci,∑ti,tmax) denote the outcome is added to the set se unless it is dominated by the previously obtained efficient solutions in se. step (4): stop. note that the set of efficient solutions (se) is update with the solutions σ s (set of all feasible solutions). a solution σ is added to the set se if σ∉se and it is not dominated by any solution of se. the solutions of se dominated by σ are removed from se. in this study, the algorithm (ztp) stops when maximum cpu time is reached (1800 sec.). the set se of nondominated solutions is initialized with a solution σ1 (spt rule) in which the jobs are arranged in non-decreasing order of the processing time. example (7): to illustrate algorithm (ztp), we consider again example (6) for the problem (tp) with the following data: 164 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 pi=(4,6,2,5,5) , di=(20,9,4,7,10). using algorithm (ztp) to find the set of efficient solutions. it is clear from table (2) that algorithm (ztp) generating all efficient solutions (see table (1)) for problem (tp). 6. computational experiments: 6.1 problem instances the performance of the bab algorithm for the problem (tp7) is compared on 5 problem instances for each n with the complete enumeration method (cem). the sizes of these instances are n=4,5,6,7,8,9,10 and the large sizes are n=11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18. the problems were generated randomly, similar to that of [2]. for each job j, the processing time pj was uniformly generated from the uniform distribution [1,10]. also, for each job j, an integer due date dj is generated from the uniform distribution [(1-tf-rdd/2)tp , (1tf+rdd/2)tp], where tp is the total processing time of all the jobs, tf is the tardiness factor, and rdd is the relative range of the due dates. for the two parameters tf and rdd, the values 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0 are considered. for each selected value of n, one problem was generated for each of the five values of parameters producing 5 problems. whenever a problem remained unsolved within the time limit of 1800 seconds, computation was abandoned for that problem. also the algorithms (atp) and (ztp) were tested on the problem (tp). the cardinal measure is used for each algorithm. we compare the number of efficient (non dominated) solutions that obtained by the two algorithms (atp) and (ztp). we denoted by se1 and se2 the set of efficient solutions (approximated pareto fronts) obtained by the algorithms (atp) and (ztp) respectively. it is clear that the optimal pareto front for our problem (tp) is not known, it is only known for small n≤10, which is given by complete enumeration method (cem). the performance of an algorithm is then measured in term of the quality of the solutions obtained by this algorithm with respect to the solutions in (cem). all the algorithms were tested by coding them in matlab 8.3.0 (r2014a) and implemented on intel (r) core (tm) i5 cpu (3210m) @ 2.50 ghz, with ram 4.00 gb personal computer. 6.2 comparison of results the results of the bab algorithm (atp and ztp) for the problem (tp7) for the test problems are compared with the results of complete enumeration method (cem). comparison of these results is given in table (3) for n≤10. the results for n˃10 for the bab is given in table (4). also the two algorithms were run for all the instances of the test problems given in subsection (6.1) for the problem (tp). the sets es1 and es2 contain the efficient solutions found by the algorithm alg(atp) and alg(ztp) respectively. the performance of these algorithms is compared on 5 problem instances for each n. the cardinal measure is calculated for the two sets es1 and es2 and given in tables (5) and (6). conclusion in this paper, a single machine scheduling problem, with total completion times, total tardiness and maximum tardiness has been considered. the objective is to find a schedule that minimizes the sum of completion times, sum of tardiness and maximum tardiness. we have given simple approximation algorithms, by which we can efficiently generate pareto-optimal solutions. the computational results show that with our bab algorithm (ztp) we can find pareto-optimal solutions for some number of jobs n, a comparison is mode with the results of cem for n≤10, and for n≥10 a comparison is mode with the results of algorithm (atp). also a branch and bound algorithm is given to find the optimal solution for the sum of the three objectives. 165 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 the research may be extended to a more general case in which we have more than three objectives. references 1. abbas, i.t., (2009), "the performance of multicriteria scheduling in one machine", m.sc. thesis, univ. of al-mustansiriyah, college of science, dept. of mathematics. 2. abdul-razzaq, k. f. , (2014), “solving multicriteria scheduling problems”, m. sc. thesis, university of al-mustansiriyah, college of science, dept. of mathematics. 3. ahmed, m. g. , (2012), “a single machine scheduling problem to minimize the sum of total completion times and total late works”, res. al-mustansiriyah journal of science 23, 7, 117-130. 4. al zuwaini, m. k. ; al saidy, s. k. and abdul-razaq, t. s. , (2011), “comparison study for some local search methods for multiple objective function in a single machine scheduling problem”, journal of basrah research (science) 37, 4, 103-113. 5. al-assaf, s.s., (2007), "solving multiple objectives scheduling problems", m.sc. thesis, univ. of al-mustansiriyah, college of science, dept. of mathematics. 6. du, j. and leung, (1990), "minimizing total tardiness on one machine is nphard", mathematics of operation res. journal, 15, 3, 483-495. 7. emmons, h. , (1969), “one machine sequencing to minimize certain functions of job tardiness”, operation research 17, 701-715. 8. esswein,c., and t'kindt, v., (2002), "resolution of a single machine scheduling problem with a maximum cost criterion and the weighted sum of completion times", available on line http://www.adeit.uv.es/pms2002/papers/n57.pdf. 9. hoogeveen, j.a., (2005), “invited review multicriteria scheduling” , european journal of operational research 167,592-623. 10. hoogeveen, j.a., and van de velde, s.l., (1995), "minimizing total completion time and maximum cost simultaneously is solvable in polynomial time", operations res. letters 17, 205-208. 11. kurz, m.e., and canterbury, s., (2005), ''minimizing total flowtime and maximum earliness on a single machine using multiple measures of fitness", genetic and evolutionary computation conference, 803-809. 12. mahmood, a. a. , (2001), "solution procedures for scheduling job families with setups and due dates " , m. sc. thesis, university of al-mustansiriyah , college of science, dept. of mathematics. 13. mahmood, a. a., (2014), “approximation solution for multicriteria scheduling problems”, res. al-rafidain university college for sciences 1, 34, 161-179. 14. mahmood, a. a. and abdul-razaq, t. s., (2014), “exact algorithm for minimizing the sum of total late work and maximum late work problem”, res. diyala journal for pure science 10, 1, 39-50. 15. nagar, a., jorge, h., and sunderesh h., (1995), "multiple and bi-criteria scheduling: a literature survey", european journal of operational research north-holland, 81, 88-104. 16. nelson, r.t.; sarin, r.k., and daniels, r.l., (1986), "scheduling with multiple performance measures: the one machine case", management science, 32, 464-479. 17. oyetunji , e.o., and oluleye, a.e., (2008), "heuristics for minimizing total completion time and number of tardy jobs simultaneously on single machine with release time", res. journal of applied sciences, 3,147-152. 18. smith, w.e., (1956), " version optimization for single stage production", naval res. logistics quarter, 3, 59-66. 166 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 19. t’kindt, v. and billaut, j.c. , (2006), “multicriteria scheduling : theory, models and algorithms” springer-verlag berlin heidelberg ,2nd ed. 20.tadei, r.; grosso, a., and della croce, f., (2002), "finding the pareto-optima for the total and maximum tardiness single machine problem", discrete applied mathematics 124, 117126. 21.vanwassenhove, l.n., and gelders, l.f., (1980), "solving a bicriterion scheduling problem", european journal of operational res. 4, 42-48. table no.(1) : the results of efficient solutions for the example (6) obtained by cem and algorithm (atp). sequence ∑ci ∑ti tmax (3,1,4,5,2)* 57 23 13 (3,4,1,5,2) 58 19 13 (3,1,4,2,5)* 58 24 12 (3,4,5,1,2) 59 15 13 (3,4,1,2,5) 59 20 12 (3,4,5,2,1)* 61 13 9 (3,4,2,5,1)* 62 14 8 note that (*) indicates that the efficient schedule obtained by algorithm (atp). table no.(2) : the results of efficient solutions for example (7) by bab method algorithm (ztp). sequence ∑ci ∑ti tmax (3,1,4,5,2) 57 23 13 (3,4,1,5,2) 58 19 13 (3,1,4,2,5) 58 24 12 (3,4,5,1,2) 59 15 13 (3,4,1,2,5) 59 20 12 (3,4,5,2,1) 61 13 9 (3,4,2,5,1) 62 14 8 167 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no.(3): comparison of results of minimum sum of ce and bab methods for the problem (tp7). 1//∑ci+∑ti+tmax n ex sum.ce sum.bab n ex sum.ce sum.bab n ex sum.ce sum.bab 4 1 44 44 5 1 99 99 6 1 174 174 2 31 31 2 82 82 2 148 148 3 108 108 3 66 66 3 105 105 4 130 130 4 152 152 4 99 99 5 66 66 5 146 146 5 199 199 7 1 227 227 8 1 316 316 9 1 257 257 2 188 188 2 276 276 2 510 510 3 284 284 3 418 418 3 243 243 4 232 232 4 202 202 4 258 258 5 103 103 5 282 282 5 210 210 10 1 397 397 2 490 490 3 340 340 4 523 523 5 350 350 table no.(4): the results of minimum sum of bab method for the problem (tp7). in tables (3) and (4) we have: n: number of jobs ex: example number sum.ce: the optimal value obtained by complete enumeration method (cem). sum.bab: the optimal value obtained by bab method with dominance rule. (*): indicates that the problem unsolved within the limit of 1800 seconds. it is clear from table (4) that the bab method is satisfactory for solving small sized problems. however, a sharper lower bound is needed to cut down the size of the search tree when the number of jobs exceeds 10. 1//∑ci+∑ti+tmax n ex sum.bab n ex sum.bab n ex sum.bab n ex sum.bab 11 1 727 12 1 630 13 1 650 14 1 978 2 586 2 598 2 575 2 887 3 671 3 441 3 652 3 623 4 460 4 689 4 573 4 383 5 430 5 630 5 619 5 962 15 1 895 16 1 1046 17 1 * 18 1 1287 2 966 2 791 2 758 2 * 3 779 3 898 3 919 3 * 4 909 4 925 4 * 4 1532 5 916 5 643 5 * 5 1515 168 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no.(5): shows the performance of the two proposed algorithms with (cem) for n≤10 for the problem (tp). efficient solutions (∑ci, ∑ti,tmax) n ex |cem| alg(atp) alg(ztp) |es1| |es2| 4 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5 2 1 2 5 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 2 1 2 5 3 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 6 2 6 5 5 2 5 7 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 6 3 6 4 3 2 3 5 9 2 9 8 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 6 2 6 4 3 1 3 5 5 1 5 9 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 3 3 3 1 3 4 19 2 19 5 8 3 8 10 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 7 2 7 4 7 2 7 5 10 3 10 total 127 49 127 169 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no.(6): shows a comparison of these two algorithms (atp and ztp) for the problem (tp). efficient solutions (∑ci, ∑ti,tmax) n ex alg(atp) alg(ztp) |es1| |es2| 11 1 1 1 2 2 8 3 2 8 4 3 6 5 6 39 12 1 2 8 2 2 14 3 2 10 4 2 12 5 9 118 13 1 1 3 2 3 26 3 6 54 4 6 46 5 4 36 14 1 2 7 2 2 8 3 2 8 4 4 21 5 1 1 15 1 2 2 2 5 5 3 4 15 4 1 3 5 3 6 16 1 2 8 2 1 9 3 1 5 4 4 4 5 2 22 17 1 2 * 2 2 12 3 1 3 4 4 * 5 4 * 18 1 1 5 2 2 * 3 7 * 4 1 2 5 2 2 in tables (5) and (6) we have: n: number of jobs ex: example number |es1|: the cardinal number of efficient solutions for the set es1. |es2|: the cardinal number of efficient solutions for the set es2. (*): indicates that the problem unsolved within the limit of 1800 seconds. it is clear from the results of tables (5) and (6) that alg.(ztp) is better than the alg.(atp) for generating the total number of non dominated solutions for the np-hard multicriteria problem (tp). 170 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨مجلة ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 لبتصغير مجموع أوقات األتمام ، مجموع التأخير الالسالب وأكبر تأخير السا طارق صالح عبد الرزاق زينب محروز علي قسم الرياضيات \كلية العلوم \الجامعة المستنصرية ٢٠١٥نيسان 26في: البحث ، قبل٢٠١٥شباط 25: في استلم البحث الخالصة من االعمال على ماكنة واحدة. nالعمل الرئيسي ھو تصغير دالة لثالثة معايير والحاصلة من جدولة البحث،في ھذا لحل مسألة جدولة الماكنة متعددة األھداف. وفي ھذه المسألة أخذنا بنظر االعتبار تصغير األھداف اقترحنا خوارزميات مجموع أوقات االتمام ، مجموع التأخير الالسالب وأكبر تأخير السالب. متعددة األھداف ). ثانياً تم مقارنة خوارزميتان للدوال max+ti+∑ti1//∑cأوالً خوارزمية التفرع والتقيد استخدمت للمسألة ( .max,ti,∑ti1//(∑c(واحداھما تعتمد على طريقة التفرع والتقيد في أيجاد مجموعة الحلول الكفؤة (غير المھيمن عليھا) للمسألة ومن النتائج الحسابية تبين ان الخوارزمية التي تعتمد على خوارزمية التفرع والتقيد ھي األفضل من األخرى في ايجاد العدد الكلي للحلول غير المھيمن عليھا. مجموع أوقات االتمام ، مجموع التأخير الالسالب ،أكبر تأخير السالب، الحلول غير المثلى، متعددة الحلول: الكلمات المفتاحية المھيمن عليھا. 10880078 10880079 10880080 10880081 10880082 10880083 10880084 10880085 physics 113 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 theoretical calculation of reorientation energy in metal /semiconductor interface h. j. m. a-agealy , h. kh. mujbi department of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad receired in:19june 2011 : accepted in: 20 september 2011 abstract a theoretical calculation of the reorientation energy for non adiabatic electron transfer at interface between metal and semiconductor system was carried out. the continuum outer sphere theory of electron transfer reaction has been extensively used for electron transfer between metal/semiconductor interface .it is found that in these calculations the reorientation energy is proportional to the optical and statistical dielectric constant of semiconductor , properties of metal ,and the distance between metal and semiconductor .results of reorientation energy show that zno semiconductor with metal au possess a good matching as compared with zns and znse . theoretical calculation showed a good agreement with experimental value. key words:theoretical calculation , reorientation energy, metal semiconductor, metal/semiconductor, gold(au),zno,zns,and znse semiconductors. introduction electron transfer (et) reactions plays an important role in a huge number of chemical and biochemical reactions[1]. the field of electron transfer has a rich history and continues to pose interesting problems for today researchers. electron transfer theory predicts reorganization energy to be one factor that determines the electrochemical potential of a meta lion [2]. reorganization energy, is the energy required to change the structure of the reactants, or activate them, from that of equilibrium to that of the products. reorganization energy can be divided into two parts: an inner sphere component, , and an outer sphere component,. the inner sphere component encompasses hanging bond lengths and geometries orientation, while the outer spherion compasses intermolecular electronic interactions such as alignment of a polar system dipole moment. the pioneering studies of marcus considered a classical description of the solvent fluctuations, which were subsequently handled in terms of a quantum-mechanical theory of solvent modes, developed by lavish and his school. marcus’ had also advanced a classical description of inner-sphere reorganization effects[3]. a quantum-mechanical treatment of non adiabatic et processes is available, which provides a quantitative description of the effects of configurationally changes[4] the marcus model of solvent reorganization represents the microscopic field of the acting on the transferred electron by a cavity field of a dielectric continuum. the model is very useful and provides many important insights into solvent effects on the activation barrier for et and other types of reaction in polar liquids. it is exceptional to have a description of reorientation in terms of only two, the refractive index and the static dielectric constant. on the other hand, this concept suggests that et reactions (and, more generally, reactions producing changes in multiple state), interact only with the macroscopic electric field in a polar medium. clearly, the reaction proceeds on a molecular length scale and is coupled to specific molecular motions of the solvents well as to the macroscopic electric field[5].in our research we study physics 114 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 and calculate the reorientation energy for gold au with zno ,zns, and znse semiconductor interface. theory theoretical aspects of non adiabatic et process are well established within the classical, semi classical, and quantum mechanical framework[6] .in all these theories the first step is the calculation of rate electron transfer which is the reorientation energy. the reorientation free energy is calculated for a reaction between a reactant and some semiconductors. we consider a no equilibrium system having some charge distribution, expressed in terms of equilibrium free energies, the free energy of formation[7]. = (λi + λo ) …….. (1) where is the free energy for reactant , is the free energy of product, λ, is the total energy of any vibration contribution of the reorientation energy from the reactants λi, due to changes in the equilibrium values of their vibration coordinates due to the reaction; λo, is given by [7] where , are the contripution of reorientation for semiconductor ,metal ,metal-semiconductor semiconductor-metal, and semiconductor metal contact. ….…….(3) , , , , , , , and, are the dielectric constant for semiconductor and metal,refrective index for semiconductor and metal ,distance between metal semiconductor, radii of semiconductor and metal and the distance for semiconductor and metal to electrode respectively. result in this paper, our main theoretical calculation of reorientation energy in metal/semiconductor interface system .the tool is an outer inner sphere equation that given by marcus.et reactions from a no equilibrated initial state. semiconductor /metal interface system provide interfacial charge transfer processes. to study and calculate the rate constant of electron transfer in au/zno, au/zns, and au/znse system, first we calculate the reorientation energy λ(ev) for these systems. to calculate the reorientation energy we extensively the relation of hsu-marcus[7] that derived upon continuum sphere for two materials system. the reorientation energy for gold metal interface with zno, zns., and znse semiconductor system are calculated using eq.( 3 ). inserting the values of radii rse= 3.8025a0,5.4100a,and 5.6600a0 [10] for zno,zns,and znse semiconductor , rm= 1.6600ao for gold metal [8] for metal and the distance dm=am+1, dse=ase+1, rm-se=am+ase with the values of nse,nm, are refractive index of physics 115 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 semiconductor and metal and static dielectric of semiconductor and metal from table(2). results have been summarized in table(3). discussion as for the metal/semiconductor system interface a reorientation energy that is given to rearrangement of the conduction electrons occurs at the interface. the results of reorientation free energy for au/zno, au/zns and au/znse system indicate illatively weak coupling coefficient when the distance dm and dse increase with rm and dse . these because of the barrier height in metal/semiconductor system large with increase of d, and have a reorientation free energy to arrangement system is large the value of λ(ev) observed large where a metal/semiconductor is not contact . this refers and investigates the barrier height in contact which is minimum. however, some electrons flow from the metal into the semiconductor because of potential height barrier and electrons accumulated at the interface instead of receding from it. the results of the au/zno system possess a good matching as compared with au/zns, and au/znse.tabe (3) shows the results of the reorientation free energy for au/zno system which is more effective to au metal than znse and zns for the same metal. this indicates that zno possess optical index smaller than zns and znse also the crystal of structure is wurtzite[10], which is difference than zns and znse have zinc blend structure[10].on the other hand the energy gap of zno is about 3.4(ev)[10] with a better carrier of electron mobility, and electron affinity is larger than the other zns and znse. this means that the density of electron in conduction band of zno is larger than the other semiconductor .it is leading to suggest that au/zno is attraction and a good system obviously, a large value of reorientation energy in semiconductor /au metal would give rise to large transfer of electron, however these value are good for three semiconductor but the zno is a better than two semiconductors . our results are in good coincident with the other experimental and theoretical value in table(4). conclusion when a metal is making intimate contact with a semiconductor , the reorganization energy in minimum, this indicates the fermi levels in two materials must be coincident at equilibrium and that given which is arrangement of change carrier is suitable to transfer. in summary it can be conclusion depending on present results that the reorientation energy for change transfer across metal/semiconductor interface showed strong dependence on the type of semiconductor (properties of semiconductor). for increasing the distance between gold metal and zno, zns, and znse semiconductor the reorientation free energy is increasing proportional with distance that's mean the height of barrier is large that is formed between two materials. we concluded from the present results that the reaction of electron transfer strongly depends on system. large values of the reorientation energy in au/zno system lead to suggest the zno is good matching reaction towards the gold meta as compared with other semiconductor zno and znse. references 1. anne,m.k.;stephan,l. and gu, g.,( 2001), quantum mechanical investigation of the inner-spherereorganization energy of cyclooctatetraene/ cyclooctatetraeneradical anion, spectrochimica, acta part a, 57 : 1959–1969. 2. charlotte,a.;mason,t.j.; amanda l.; eckermann, s. and binding, (2005), studiesof solvent reorganization energy probes, nanoscape, 2(1): 97. physics 116 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 3. ephraim, b.;mordechai, b.;joshua ,j.; and navon ,g. (1981), quantum effects on the rates of electron-transfer reactions, j. phys. chem. 85, 3759-3762. 4. kestner, n. r.; logan; jortner, j.,(1974), theory of electron transfer in liquid, j. phy. chem., 78, 214. 5. peter, v.; matthew, b.; zimmt,d. v.;matyushov, and gregory, a. v. (1999), a failure of continuum theory: temperature dependence of the solvent reorganization energy of electron transfer in highly polar solvents, j. phys. chem., 103, 9130-9140. 6. gautam ,b.;akio, k.; atsuo, k. and nobuhiro ,g. (1998), protein electron transfer reorganization energy spectrum from normal mode analysis theory, j. phys. chem ., 102, 2076-2084. 7. marcus,r.a. (1989), reorganization free energy for electron transfers at liquid-liquid and dielectric semiconductor-liquid interfaces, chemistry california institute of technology, 58, 55-95. 8. cutler, j.c, (2008), hand book,washington, d.c, environment information coalition council for science and the environment. 9. shashi,g. (2002), electron transfer at metal surfaces", ,ph.d theses , california institute of technology, pasadena, california 10. ruzyllo, j. (2009), hand book semiconductor material, semiconductor glossary .com. 11. edward, d. p. (1985) , handbook of optical constants of solids, academic press, boston,. 12. ashok. b. ;and durger, b.,( 2010), photolumensens and photoconductivity of zns,zno coated nanowires, appl.mater. interfaces, 2(2): 408-412. 13. vos, m.; xu, f.; weaver, j. h. and cheng, h., (1988), influence of metal interlayers on schottky barrier formation for au/znse (100) and al/znse (100), applied physics letters , 53(16): 1530 -1532. 14. marcus, r. a. and sutin, n. (1985), electron transfer in chemistry and biolog, biochim. et biophys , acta 811, 265. table(1): properties of metals gold(au) metal properties 196.97[8] atomic weigth 10.2[8] atomic volume(cm3/mol) 144 [8] ِ◌atomic radius(pm) 1.658[11] refractive index cubic face centerd crystal structure 4.080 [8] lattice constant(a0) 5.1 [8] electron work function(ev) 19.32[8] density(g/cm3) 7.32[9] fermi energy(ev) http://dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.99947 http://dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.99947 physics 117 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): properties of semiconductors znse zns zno semiconductor properties zinc blend[10] zinc blend[10] wurtzite[10] crystal structure o.566[10] 0.541 [10] a=0.32495,c=o. 5206[10 ] lattice constant(nm) 5.42[10] 4.08 [10] 5.66 [10] density(g/cm3) 9.2[10] 8.3 [10] 8.5 [10] dielectric constant 2.62408[11] 2.52226[11] 2.00337[11 ] refractive index 2.6[10] 3.6 [10] 3.4[10] energy gab(ev) 4.09[13] 3.9[12] 4.5[12] electron affinity(ev) table (3): the results of calculation of the reoreintation energy λ(ev) for gold metal/semiconductor interface system reorganization energy λ(ev) system d= as-m +1.6(a0) d= as-m +1.4(a0) d= as-m +1.2 (a0 ) d=as-m+1.0(a0) o.725354107 0.722411668 o.71900496 o.71502218 au-zno 0.700700169 o.69202476 o.682074705 o.670556312 au-zns o.705299904 o.696178713 o.685728201 o.673663776 au-znse table(4):comparing our results with theoretical and experimental of reorientation energy λ(ev) theoretical[ 14 ] experimental[ 9 ] our result 1.2-2.3 0.8 0.6-1.2 au/zno 0.715 au/zns 0.67 au/znse o.67 physics 118 ة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 معدن/حسابات النظرية لطاقة اعادة الترتيب عند سطح شبه موصل ال هادي جبار مجبل ، حسين خضيرمجبل قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ،جامعة بغداد 2011ايلول 20قبل البحث: في 2011حزيران 19 :استلم البحث في الخالصة شبه -لالنتقال االلكتروني غير الكظيم على السطح لنظام مابين المعدنالحسابات النظرية لطاقة اعادة الترتيب الموصل استخرجت نظرية السطوح الكروية المستمرة لتفاعل االنتقال االلكتروني وصفت لالستعمال في االنتقال االلكتروني ما بين سطح المعدن وشبة الموصل. ابت العزل الكهربائي والبصري لشبه الموصل ، خواص المعدن ، وجد في الحسابات ان طاقة اعادة الترتيب تتناسب مع ث والمسافة الفاصلة بين شبه الموصل والمعدن. حيث يملك مالئمة جيدة auاكثر مالئمة مع معدن الذهب zno اظهرت الحسابات لطاقة اعادة الترتيب أن شبه الموصل ا مع القيم العملية.. واظهرت الحسابات النظرية تطابقا جيد znseو znsمقارنة مع ) ، auشبه موصل، الذهب( /حسابات نظرية، طاقة اعادة الترتيب، المعدن، شبه الموصل، معدن -:الكلمات المفتاحية .zno ،znse,znsاشباه الموصالت ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 flexural properties of glass and graphite particles filled polymer composites a. a. ibrahim college of technical -bag hdad, foundation of technical education recei ved in oct. 20, 2010 accepted in december 14, 2010 abstract the effects of reinforcing p olymers with glass and graphite p articles on enhancing their flexural p rop erties are invest igated. five comp osites were fabricated usin g the sa me p olymer matrix material with differ ent volume fractions of reinforcement p articles. they comp rise glass p articles and graphite p articles each havin g volume fractions of 20% and 30% as well as a hy brid comp osite having 10% glass and 10% gr aphite. three-p oint bending tests using a universal testing m achine were carried out on sp ecimens of the above mentioned comp osites, as well as sp ecimens of the p olymer matrix material to determine their fle xural p rop erties. the exp erimental test results indicate that the flexural st iffness of all the comp osites were markedly higher than that of t he matrix material. as for the flexural st rength, comp osites with 20% glass, 30% graphite and the hy brid comp osite maintained higher flexural strength than the matrix material. keywords: poly mer comp osites, flexural prop erties, glass and graphite p articles introduction a comp osite is basically a syst em comp osed of two or more different individual p hases with distinctive characteristics. all comp osites have two basic co mponents, the matrix or host , and the reinforcement or fi ller. the matrix is t he element givin g shap e to t he composite, and p erforms as a load transfer medium to the filler. the filler is design ed to op timize selected mechanical p rop erties of the composite [1]. the mechanical and p hysical p rop erties of p oly mers can be significantly enhanced by adding various t yp es of fiber or p article reinforcements. some of t he primary advantages of co mposite materials are high st rength to weight ratio, h igh bendin g st iffness, corrosion resistance, excellent fatigu e char acterist ics (comp arable to metals) and good thermal insul ation p rop erties [2]. particle reinfor ced p olymeric comp osite materials are bein g used increasingly in a variety of modern engineering app lications and this trend is likely to continue due to the fact that these materials p ossess a number of highly desirable engineer ing p rop erties that can be exp loited to design st ructures with high demand on their p erformance. to cop e with t he obvious limitations of ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 p oly mers, for example, low st iffness and low st rength, and to exp and their app lications in different engineering areas, differ ent typ es of p articulate fillers are often added to p rocess p oly mer comp osites, which normally combine the advantages of their constituent p hases. particulate fillers modify the mechanical and thermal prop erties of p olymers in many way s [3-5]. particle filled p oly mer comp osites have become att ractive because of their wide app lications and low cost. incorp orating inorganic min eral fillers into p last ic resin imp roves various p hy sical p rop erties of the materials such as mechanical st rength, modulus and heat deflection temp erature [6]. the objective of this work is to invest igate the flexur al (b endin g) p rop erties of p oly mer comp osites reinforced with glass and graphite p articles. it involves st udy ing the eff ect of vo lume fraction and ty p e of reinforcement p articles on the flexur al st rength, st iffness (modulus of elasticity ) and failure strain of the composites as comp ared to the poly mer matrix material. the flexural st rength (σ), flexural st iffness (e) and failure st rain (ε) are calcu lated by the followin g relationships [7]: where, p is the app lied load, l is the sp an of the sp ecimen, b is t he width of specimen and h is the thickness of specimen. where, is t he slope of the initial linear portion of the load-deflection curve. where, δ is the deflection at mid sp an of the sp ecimen. materials and methods materials the matrix material used in this work is a thermoset epoxy resin type conbextra ep-10 supp lied by fosroc chemicals company [8]. it is characterized by its low viscosity which facilitates its mixing with reinforcement materials, low creep characterist ics under sustained loading, resistance to repetitive dy namic loads, non-shrinkage which ensures comp lete surface contact and bond, r esistance to a wide range of chemicals, h igh tensile, comp ressive and flexural st rength. the hardener used with this ep oxy resin is m etap heny lene diamine, which is a liqu id material with low viscosity and transp arent color. it is added to the resin in a ratio of 1:3 [9]. the reinforcement fillers used are glass and gr aphite p articles. fume silica (aerosil 200) sup p lied by evonik indust ries [10] was used to p revent the p recipitation of the reinforcement p articles. a small amount of this material (1% of total volume fraction) was added to the composite. s pecimen preparation hand lay -up molding was emp loyed for fabricating the matrix material as well as the comp osites. the mold used in this work for cast ing p rocess was made of galv anized st eel with dimensions of (200, 80 and 4 mm). the mold was cleaned and a st icker fablon was p laced on the inside walls of the mold to p revent the sticking of the polymer material inside the mo ld. the poly mer matrix material was p repared by mixing the ep oxy resin with t he hardener in a 3 :1 ratio at room temp erature; a glass rod was used for gently st irring the mixture to avoid the formation of bubb les in the p olymer. then the mixture was p oured into the mold. finally , the mold was k ept on a level p lane and a galv anized steel cover p late was p laced on top of the mold to ensure obtaining a constant t hickness of material. in addition to t he poly mer matrix material, five composite materials were p repared. composites 1, 2, 3 and 4 contain 20% glass p articles, 30% glass p articles, 20% graphite p articles and 30% ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 graphite p articles resp ectively. while comp osite 5 is a hy brid which contains 10% glass p articles and 10% graphite p articles. for p reparing comp osite materials, the epoxy resin was mixed with the hardener and p oured into t he mold in the same procedure described above. then, the reinforcement filler p owder with the desired vo lume fraction was mixed with 1% fu me silica and added to the epoxy resin and mixed in a similar manner. all cast materials were left in the mold for 24 hrs at room temp erature to comp lete their solidification. then, the cast materials were remov ed from the mold and placed in an oven at 50°c for three hrs t o p erform curing [9]. finally, the cast materials were cut into flexur al sp ecimens according to astm standards as shown in fig.1 [7]. instrumentations a universal testing m achine typ e gunt wp300 was used for conducting flexural tests on sp ecimens of the matrix material and the five comp osites. for each material 5 replicates were tested. the flexural test p erformed in this work is t he three-point bending test in accordance with astm d-790 standard [7]. in this test, the sp ecimen is simply supp orted on two cylindrical b ars 100mm apart (sp an of sp ecimen) and the load is app lied at mid-sp an via a third cylindrical bar fitt ed to t he universal test ing machine mov ing gr ip. load is app lied until failure of the sp ecimen took p lace. the test rig also incorp orates a data acquisition un it and a comp uter disp lay of the load-deflection curve of each sp ecimen tested. the test rig is shown in fig.2. results and discussion the flexural test results of the matrix material and the five composites are p resented in the form of st ress-stain curves as shown in fig.3. it is noted that the matrix material fo llowed a ductile behavior to failure, with a formation of a definite "knee" in the curve indicating substantial yield, while all the composites followed a similar (almost identical) brittle behav ior to failure. the initial lin ear elast ic st ress-strain curve is followed by a non-linear behav ior p rior to britt le failure. this is in agreement with results of p revious invest igations [11and12]. the onset of nonlinear deflection coincided with the formation of micro-porous zone (or crack) in the comp osite material. britt le behavior of p articulate comp osites is attributed to filler p articles which act as stress concentrators [11]. the flexural modulus, ultimate flexural st rength and failure st rain of tested materials are p resented in table-1. it is noted that all comp osites p ossess markedly a higher modulus of elasticity than the matrix material. the increase in the modulus of elasticity of comp osites 1-5 as comp ared to the ep oxy resin matrix material is 28%, 36%, 40%, 136% and 60% resp ectively. these results imp ly that t he enhancement in flexural modulus of elast icity of comp osites is a function of filler volume fraction and st iffness; it increases with the increase in filler vo lume fraction and its st iffness. the effect of filler volume fr action is v erified by comp arin g st iffness of composites reinforced with the same filler but with different volu me fr actions. the stiffness of comp osite 2 (30% glass) is high er than that of comp osite 1 (20% glass) by 6%, while the st iffness of comp osite 4 (30% graphite) is higher than that of composite 3 (20% graphite) by 68%. as for the effect of filler st iffness on comp osite st iffness, it is observed that comp osites reinforced with the graphite p articles have higher st iffness than those reinforced with equivalent volume fraction of glass p articles, knowing that graphite is much stiffer than glass. the stiffness of comp osite 3 is higher than that of comp osite 1 by 9%, and the st iffness of comp osite 4 is high er than that of composite 2 by 84%. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 previous invest igations [12-16] confir med that the modulus of elasticity of p articulate comp osites increases with the volume fraction of f iller, because hard f iller p articles have much high er st iffness than the p oly mer matrix material, and also due to better surface area for interaction between the filler p articles and the p olymer matrix. the effect of f iller typ e and volume fr action on the flexur al st rength of composites is not as evident as it was for comp osite stiffness. the ultimate flexural st rength of comp osites 1, 4 and 5 increased by 18, 6 and 58% resp ectively in comp arison with the matrix material, while comp osites 2 and 3 suffered from reduction in flexur al st rength of 20 and 14% resp ectively. previous invest igations [12-16] also reported that the ultimate strength of p article filled comp osites might be higher or lower than the polymer matrix material. in view of fu et al [15]; the ultimate st rength of a composite depends on the weakest fracture p ath throughout the material. hard p articles affect the st rength in two way s. one is the weakening effect due to the st ress concentration they cause, and another is the reinforcin g effect since they may serve as barriers to crack growt h. in some cases, the weakening effect is p redominant and thus the comp osite strength is lower than the matrix; and in other cases, the reinforcing effect is more significant and then the comp osites will have st rengths higher than the matrix. prediction of the st rength of comp osites is difficult. the difficulty arises because the st rength of comp osites is determined by the fracture behaviors which are associated with the extreme values of such p arameters as interface adhesion, st ress concentration and defect size/sp atial distributions. thus, the load-bearing cap acity of a particulate comp osite dep ends on the strength of the weakest p ath throughout the microstructure, rather than the statistically averaged values of the microstructure p arameters [15]. as for failure st rain, it was found that all comp osites have lower failure st rain than the matrix material, and that the failure strain is inversely p rop ortional to t he filler volume fraction and filler st iffness. similar results were reported by several invest igators [12, 13 and 16]. sr eekanth et al [13] att ribute the reduction of failure st rain with the increase of filler content to the interference of filler in the mobility or deformability of the matrix. this interference is created through the p hy sical interaction and immobilization of the p oly mer matrix by the p resence of mechanical restraints, thereby reducing the elongation at break. review of flexural p rop erties of all the comp osites subjected to flexural tests in this work, reveals that composite5 which is a hy brid comp osite comp rising 10% glass and 10% graphite offers the best flexural p rop erties. the flexural st iffness and st rength of this comp osite are 60% and 58% higher than those of the matrix material. conclusions the flexural p rop erties of p oly mer comp osites reinforced with glass and graphite p articles have been evaluated. all comp osites have higher st iffness than the p oly mer matrix material. the st iffness of the composites is directly p rop ortional to the volume fraction and st iffness of fillers. the ultimate flexural st rength of three of the comp osites is higher than that of p oly mer matrix material, while two comp osites have lower ultimate flexur al st rength than the p oly mer matrix material, irrelevant to volume fraction or typ e of fillers. the failure strain of all comp osites is lower than that of t he p oly mer matrix material; t he failur e st rain is inversely p rop ortional to t he stiffness and volume fraction of fillers. the hy brid comp osite reinforced with 10% glass p articles and 10% graphite p articles p resents the best overall flexural p rop erties. it has the highest ultimate flexural st rength as well as an excellent stiffness and a st rain to failure comp arable to that of t he p olymer matrix material. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 re ferences 1. hernandez-luna,and alejandro. m ay (2003). structure p rop erty and deformation analysis of p olyp ropy lene montmorillonite nanocomp osites. a dissertation p repared for the degr ee of doctor of philosop hy , university of north texas. 2. my lavarap u, phani sury a kiran. december (2007). characterization of advanced comp ositesa nondestructive approach. a dissertation p repared for the degree of doctor of philosop hy , louisiana state university . 3. curtu, i and m otoc luca, d. (2009). theoretical and exp erimental ap p roach of multiphase comp osite materials. in daaam international scientific book, b. katalinic, ed. vienna: daaam international publishing, 349-362. 4. m ilhans, j. (2009). m odeling of the effective elastic and thermal p rop erties of glass-ceramic solid oxide fuel cell seal materials. m aterials and design, 30 : 1667-1673. 5. wang, m . and pan, n. (2008). predictions of effective p hy sical p rop erties of comp lex multiphase materials. m aterials science and en gineering, 63 : 1-30. 6. bose, sury asarathi and m ahanwar, p.a. (2004). effect of p article size of filler on p rop erties of ny lon-6. journal of m inerals & m aterials characterization & engineering, 3(1): 23-31. 7. shah, v. (1984). handbook of p last ics t esting technology . john wiley & sons inc. 8. fosroc international limited. december (2000). data sheet 22, conbextra ep, ci/sfb: q4. www.fosrocuk.com. (uv) البنفسجیة فوق األشعة تأثیر دراسة .(2009) .حسین رغد محمد، شاكر و مجدي، حسن محمد؛ ضیاء، بلقیس 9 . ى د .اإلیبوكسي لمتراكبات المیكانیكیة الخصائص بعض عل ، المجل 27المجلد,.ز.15العدد ، 27 مجلة الھندسة والتكنولوجیا ,www.evonik.comjanuary 2009. data sheet aerosil 200. 10 15 العدد, th s. 24evonik indust rie/. 11. nie, shihua; b asaran, c emal; hut chins, clyde s; and ergun, hale. (2006).fa ilure m echanisms in pmma/ath acry lic casting disp ersion. journal of the m echanical b ehavior of m aterials, 17( 2): 79-96. 12. sapuan, s.m .; harimi, m . and m aleque m . a. october( 2003). m echanical p rop erties of epoxy / coconut shell filler p article comp osites. the arabian journal for science and engineer ing, 28, (2b). 13. sreek anth, m .s.; bambole, v.a.; m haske, s.t. and m ahanwar, p.a. (2009). effect of particle size and concentration of fly ash on prop erties of poly ester thermop last ic elastomer composites. journal of m inerals & m aterials characterization & en gineering, 8(3): 237-248. 14. sideridis, e.; ky top oulos, v.n.; prassianakis, j.n. and sakellar is, i. ap ril (2008). acoust ic and m echanical p rop erties of p articulate comp osites. 3rd international non dest ructive test ing sy mposium and exhibition, ist anbul turkey. 15. fu, shao-yun; fen g, xi-qiao; lauke, bernd and m ai, yiu-wing. (2008). effects of p article size, p article/matrix interface adhesion and p article loading on mechanical p rop erties of p articulate–p oly mer comp osites. comp osites: part b 39 () pp 933–961. 16. akinci, a. january (2009). m echanical and morphological prop erties of basalt filled polymer matrix comp osites. archives of materials scien ce and engineering 35 issue 1, p p 29-32. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 table(1): flexural modulus, ul timate flexural strength and failure strain of tested materials material fle xural modul us (g pa) fle xural strength (m pa) fail ure strain (%) m atrix material (ep oxy resin) 2.5 25 1.2 composite 1 (20 % glass) 3.2 29.5 1 composite 2 (30 % glass) 3.4 20 0.65 composite 3 (20 % graphite) 3.5 21.4 0.75 composite 4 (30 % graphite) 5.9 26.5 0.55 composite 5 (10 % glass and 10% graphite) 4 39.6 1.1 fig.(1): s tandard flexural test specimen fig.(2): flexural test-rig with an exploded view of the matrix material test specimen under three-point bending load ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 fig.(3): typical flexural stress-stain curves of tested materials 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة مركبة بولمیریة معززة بدقائق الزجاج والكرافیت خواص األنحناء لمواد احمد عالءالدین ابراهیم هیئة التعلیم التقني، بغداد -الكلیة التقنیة 2010تشرین االول 20 استلم البحث في 2010كانون االول 14 في البحث قبل خالصةال .خواصها األنحنائیة فيأجریت هذه الدراسة لمعرفة تأثیرتعزیز المواد البولیمریة بدقائق الزجاج والكرافیت مادة أساس ومعززة بكسور حجمیة مختلفة من دقائق المادة نفسها المادة البولیمریة عمالخمسة مواد مركبة باست حضرت الى مادة مركبة عن" فضاللكل منها % 30و% 20مقداره لئة، وهي تشمل دقائق الزجاج ودقائق الكرافیت وبكسر حجميالما .كرافیت% 10زجاج و % 10هجینة تحتوي على عن النقاط الثالث باستخدام جهاز أختبار جامع على عینات من المواد المذكورة أعاله أضافة يأجریت أختبارات األنحناء ذ .لمادة المالئة لتحدید خواصها األنحنائیةا .أظهرت نتائج األختبارات العملیة أن جساءة األنحناء لجمیع المواد المركبة كانت أكبر بشكل ملحوظ من المادة األساس امتلكت كرافیت والمادة المركبة الهجینة % 30زجاج وال % 20متانة األنحناء، فأن المواد المركبة ذات ال الى أما بالنسبة .متانة أنحناء أكبر من المادة األساس مواد مركبة بولیمریة، خواص انحناء، دقائق زجاج وكرافیت: یةمفتاح كلمات 10050143 10050144 10050145 10050146 10050147 10050148 10050149 10050150 10050151 microsoft word 188-214   188    ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       multi-agent systems: a review study abstract multi-agent systems are subfield of artificial intelligence that has experienced rapid growth because of its flexibility and intelligence in order to solve distributed problems. multi-agent systems (mas) have got interest from various researchers in different disciplines for solving sophisticated problems by dividing them into smaller tasks. these tasks can be assigned to agents as autonomous entities with their private database, which act on their environment, perceive, process, retain and recall by using multiple inputs. mas can be defined as a network of individual agents that share knowledge and communicate with each other in order to solve a problem that is beyond the scope of a single agent. it is imperative to understand the characteristics of the individual agent or computing entity to distinguish a simple distributed system and multi-agent system. to solve each task, the agent can take the appropriate actions, decisions, and can cooperate with other agents to fulfill its goals or objectives. mas has several applications including cloud computing, web advertisement, e-commerce, computer network, learning abilities, etc. this survey represents a comprehensive discussion of all aspects of mas, and discusses an overview of mas definitions, architecture, features, communications, organizations, and finally discusses the some of the real practical applications. keywords: agent organizations, mas applications, mas architecture, mas communications. 1. introduction multi-agent systems (mas) are systems that consist of a collection of interacting computing elements known as agents [1]. these agents act as complete autonomous entities that can interact with each other and decide about what and how to perform different kinds of tasks to achieve their own and the other goals in an environment [1, 2]. for example, if there are different parties ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2483 article history: received 21 april 2020, accepted 17 june 2020, published in july 2020. hanan qassim jaleel  jane jaleel stephan  sinan a. naji  hancollege2000@gmail.com janejaleel@uoitc.edu.iq dr.sinannaji@uoitc.edu.iq baghdad college of medical sciences, baghdad, iraq  university of information technology and communications, baghdad, iraq university of information technology and communications, baghdad, iraq   189 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 (e.g., organizations) with multiple goals and have propriety data and domain knowledge, then a multi-agent system is the best way to model their interactions even though some parties wish to build the systems that represent and serves them [2, 3]. on the other hand, it is impractical to build a single system that represents all of them. generally, organizations do not get ready to give their data and do not want to get their data controlled by the representative of another organization. so, multi-agent systems can be considered as a network of agents that share knowledge and cooperate with each other[4]. furthermore, many mas models are designed in such a way that the principal problem is divided into several manageable sub-problems that can be further divided into different problems solving agents with their own interests and goals. generally, multi-agent systems come in the category of relatively new sub-field of computer science which is based originally on the concepts of artificial intelligence and distributed systems. the field has gained widespread attention since the 1980s and witnesses prompt progress motivated by the premise that multi-agents are considered as an appropriate model to exploit the possibilities presented by massively distributed artificial intelligence systems. wooldridge [5]. stated that “multi-agent systems seem to be a natural metaphor for understanding and building a wide range of what we might crudely call artificial social systems”. the main concepts of multi-agent systems are not limited to a specific domain and they are found in different application domains[6]. in the work of balaji and srinivasan, [1]. they presents the agent and mas properties and focuses on organization types, decision making methods, as well as coordination and learning methods. dorri et al. [2]. concentrate on mas challenges and discuss some mas applications in networks, robotics, modelling complex systems, city and built environments and smart grids. glavic, [3]. emphasizes on mas defenitions and concepts specifically to the power engineers concerning these methodologies in order to solve complex real problems, with providing examples in order to establish load shedding systems. chrysanthi et al. [4]. considers agent communication languages (acl), the ontologies and frameworks used to construct mas, and the role of agents in virtual enterprises. in the work of mostafa et al.[7], the milestone achievements of the agent technology conceptualization, modeling and improvement platforms have been reviewed and defined. in the prior work of abbas et al., [8]. they focus on presenting mas organizations encompassing prototypes and methods used for arranging agents in a static or dynamic way in mas. chin et al., [9]. concentrates on different types of agent architectures and their properties in order to use them to resolve practical problems. this paper aims to discuss the main issues of multi-agent systems, their properties, types, organizations, architectures, communication methods and agent communication languages. moreover, it reviews recent applications that are considered an important part of the literature to the new researchers in this field, such as cloud computing, image segmentation, computer networks, e-commerce, and web advertisements. it compares between two proposed research techniques for each application, with their contributions, benefits, architecture and limitations. the rest of the paper is arranged as follows: section 2 provides an introduction to agents and their characteristics. section 3 presents the agent environment along with its features. section 4 provides an introduction to mas and the main differences between mas and other similar systems. sections 5,6,7,8,9,10 and 11 discuss mas organizations, mas architecture, agent types, mas communication, agent communication languages (acl), ontology and   190 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 jade (java agent development environment) respectively. the final section 12 presents the conclusion. 2. agent definition and characteristics the term “agent” has been widely used in many technologies and fields such as artificial intelligence, distributed database systems, cloud computing, operating systems, computer networks, etc. since the agents can be found in many forms and in many application fields which are varied significantly, researchers do not agree on a uniformed definition of "agent"[1, 4]. most definitions agreed upon defining agent as followings: autonomy entities which are able to perceive input from its environment through sensors and parameters, act upon that environment through effectors in order to fulfill the desired goals. the agent can be viewed as a software component that has flexibility and autonomy and gives an interoperable interface to an arbitrary system. the agent system can be constituted from a single agent working in its environment and can interact with its users, or can consist of multiple cooperative agents which can model sophisticated systems and present the possibility of agents that have shared their goals. by acting in their environments, agents can interact and cooperate with each other indirectly, or they can use communication language (acl) to act directly[1, 5]. autonomy in agents means that the computational agents can work without the intervention of other entities and have control over their activities. giving the goals to agent implies that the agents should perform actions in the environment in order to fulfill their determined goals. behavior means that agents can perform actions after receiving sensory inputs from the environment [3]. a framework that depicts a single agent is presented in figure 1. figure 1. the agent structure [3]. besides sensory inputs, actions and goals, the agent can have knowledge (which is about a specified environment or a problematic domain). this knowledge may be based on artificial intelligence (such as rule-based, machine learning, etc.)[5]. different definitions of agents include several properties which may be summarized briefly in figure 2. as follows:   191 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 2. agent properties. 1. situatedness the agent can interact with its environment by using sensors and perform actions using their actuators. all the sensory inputs are received directly as a result of agent interactions in their environment. the agent acts immediately with its environment and does not act as a level advisor. this differentiates the agent from expert systems where the suggestion for decision making is performed through a middle (broker) agent and does not impact directly on the environment[3, 6]. 2. autonomy this means that the agent can act and choose its actions independently without interventions by other agents or human. this feature protects the internal states of the agent from extremal impact and gives the agent control over its own activities[2, 6]. 3. sociability in reaching their goals, agents share and collaborate their knowledge, and demand information from other agents to enhance their performance. an agent can be considered to be social because it participates with humans or agents to perform its goals[4, 7]. 4. proactivity agents can use their sensed parameters, data and information from other agents to predict or expect future actions. these predictions permit agents to perform actions that satisfy their goals. this means that the same agent may act using different actions when suited in various environments. an agent is said to be proactive, since it does not behave in its environment but is capable of presenting goaldirected behavior[2, 10]. 5. reactivity an agent is considered to be reactive because it can receive a sensory input from its environment, and responds to changes that happen in its environment is some such way[2, 4]. 6. mobility an agent can transfer from one computer to another and through various architectures and platforms[1, 4, 6].   192 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 7. coordination an agent is capable to achieve activities in a common environment with other agents. activities are regulated by means of plans, roadmap or other process management techniques[4]. 8. learning and adaptivety an agent is able to respond to other agents and to its environment. more improved kinds of adaptation allow an agent to change its behavior using its experience. an agent is able to learn from its experience as well as learning from the environment and cooperation with other agents[2, 4]. 9. veracity an agent may be truthful, giving the assurance that it will not intentionally transfer (or communicate) false information [4, 7, 10]. 10. cooperation or collaboration the agent is capable of cooperating with other agents to achieve a given purpose. non combative agents that win or fail together [4, 6, 10]. 11. personality an agent has a well-known rational character[4, 6]. 12. prediction an agent is said to be predictive if its anticipation of how the environment works is accurate enough to permit it to predict correctly how to achieve a given goal[2, 6]. 13. proxy ability an agent can perform on the side of a user or can be a representative for the assistance (or utility) of other entities [4, 11]. 14. raggedization an agent is capable of dealing with faults and exhibits robustness in behavior against incomplete and inconsistent data[4]. figure 3. depicts the sample blocks of an agent. 3. environment the environment refers to the place where the agent is located. it impacts agent behavior and can also be influenced (or impacted) by the agent. the environment encompasses the agent and it is not a portion of the agent. the environment is different from the agent and its actions. the agent can use sensory input from the environment for making decisions. an agent can seek and explore the environment in the same way a human user does in the real environment. the behavior of an agent not only changes its environment but also affects the neighboring agents. in order to choose the best action, the agent should predict the behavior of other agents in the environment. this kind of simultaneous learning can cause weak behavior. when the environment is dynamic, the situation is more complex. the agent has to distinguish among the figure 3.the agent sample blocks [1].   193 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 actions of other agents and the changes in the environment[3, 6, 12]. the environment enjoys some properties that we can list and illustrate in figure 4. figure 4. the environment properties. a) accessibility accessibility means the ability of agents to sense sensory data from the environment. an environment can be considered accessible if the agents sense precise and updated information from it. an inaccessible environment means that the agent cannot sense complete data; it may sense noisy or perturbed data from it. physical-world and any real-world environment can be considered as the inaccessible environment in this way[1, 2, 12]. b) determinism a deterministic environment is one who’s each action has a unique assured effect; there is no doubt or confusion about the situation that will be resulted from achieving the action. in a deterministic environment, the outcomes can be anticipated. for example; any environment that can be (designed or simulated) by the finite state machine, the agent accurately realizes the next state of behavior. in a non-deterministic environment, the results of performing an action are not totally expected. results can be affected by other circumstances. for example, by playing a game, the result may depend on the behaviors of all players[1, 2, 6]. c) dynamism a static environment is proposed to be still unchanged, except by the actions and behaviors by agents. the static environment has changes that may happen only as a result of agents’ behaviors; otherwise, it might be dynamic. the real world can be considered as dynamic environment[2].the decision making depends on the sensed input data from the environment. the sensed data may not be precise when the environment varies. therefore, in a dynamic environment, the agents should identify changes in the environmental situation and perform updating the sensed data which has acquired computation overhead in comparing with static environment[12]. d) continuity the environment can be divided into two types: discrete and continuous. an environment is considered to be discrete if these are defined, limited and finite numbers of behaviors and perceptions in it [12]. the discrete environment restricts an agent to a set of predefined situations. on the other hand, a continuous environment influences the agent's situation via a continuous function. a chess game can be considered as an example of a discrete environment, while taxi driving is an example of a continuous environment[13]. 4. multi-agent system (mas) a multi-agent system (mas) is such an advanced technology that a number of autonomous agents perform actions in the environment and achieve the desired goal. the   194 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 agents either cooperate or compete, either they share or not the common pieces of information with other agents. the considerable properties of mas involving flexibility, reliability, efficiency, make it an efficient methodology to solve sophisticated problems [1, 12]. mas is effective since it divides the tasks into multiple smaller subtasks, each of which is given to a determined agent. the processing overheads are distributed among several agents, which results in lowered cost as compared to a method that can resolve a problem using a single agent only. using its predetermined knowledge, each agent can perform its assigned task with some flexibility. when one agent in mas fails, the task may be assigned to other agents to be performed[13]. some of the advantages of utilizing a mas system are: 1mas offers increased speed and efficient operation because of the parallel and asynchronous computation. 2a smooth degradation and downgrading of mas are possible due to the failure of one or more agents; therefore, it increases system robustness, trustworthiness, and reliability. 3agents are added as needed to the system, which increases system stability and makes it more flexible 4the cost of the system is reduced because independent agents’ costs are less than a centralized system. 5reusability: agents may have a modular architecture and they are substituted in other systems and can be updated easily than a consistent system. 5. mas properties mas can have several properties that can be outlined and shown in figure 5. as follows: figure 5. the mas properties. 5.1. leadership the mas has a leader i.e. an agent that identifies goals and objectives for other agents depending on one common goal. the mas can be categorized as leaderless (without a leader) or leaderfollowers (have a leader and follower agents). in the leaderless system, each agent decides its activities depending on its goals and the decision is influenced by other agents’ decisions if agents cooperate to reach an agreement on a certain point. in a leader follower’s system, the leader identifies and determines actions for other agents (followers) that communicate to determine the location of the leader agent. the leader agent is selected by other agents and the system can include one or more leader agents. the follower agents may require keeping track of the location of a mobile leader which draws more computational overheads. when there are more than one leader agents, they can cooperatively guide other agents via communicating with other agents in order to perform taking a decision[1, 3].   195 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 5.2. heterogeneity mas can be categorized (or classified) into homogenous mas and heterogeneous mas, depending on the architecture of autonomous agents that form the system[3].  homogenous structure the agents that continue mas include the same internal structure. internal structure means that all agents have the same goals, sensory abilities, states, reasoning mechanisms and actions [3]. agents can be differentiated by their physical positions and the places of performing their actions in the environment. the agent may receive sensory input from various portions of the environment. there may be overlapping in receiving sensory data[13, 14].  heterogeneous structure in this structure, the agents may vary in their capabilities, architectures, and performance. because of the dynamism of the environment and the position of a certain agent, the actions selected by each agent varies from the agent which is placed in different portions, although it can perform the same function [3,13]. heterogeneous structure can model and simulate applications which are nearest to realworld problems. each agent contains different goals and objectives which may contradict with the goal of other agents[8]. 5.3. topology it means that the position and relationships of an agent. the topology can be divided into a static and dynamic topology. in static topology, the location and relationship among agents are stationary without changes during the agent’s lifetime. in dynamic topology agent’s location and relations vary while the agent is moving, goes away or joins the system, or establishes new relationships with other agents [3]. 5.4. data transmission agent can perceive the environment and collaborate the sensory data with neighboring agents in a time-triggered manner such that the agent can frequently perceive the environment, sense and collect information in a predetermined time. agents can also transmit all the new perceived sensory information to other agents. in event-trigged system, the agent just perceives the environment when a certain event occurs. then, the agent sends the sensed data to other agents in mas[8, 15]. 5.5. mobility agents can be categorized into static or mobile agents. a static agent is placed constantly on the same location in the environment while a mobile agent uses the resources of neighboring agents, keeps an eye on them and perceives the environment from the location and place of other agents in order to achieve actions [2, 8]. 5.6. delay the agents can meet several kinds of delay in performing their actions. in exchanging data, agents may face delay in the medium of communication either communication is wired or wireless. mas can be divided into two types with delay system and without delay. the latter is simple since there are no delays in communication and computation. although most of the physical real environments present several delays[2, 15]. 6. distinguishing mas with expert system, and object-oriented programming these are three differences that can be outlined between the agent and object view as follows[2, 5].   196 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 1. the agent may incorporate a stronger concept and idea of autonomy compared to objects, and especially it determines whether or not achieve an action on demand from other agents in the system. 2. agents have flexibility in these actions, allowing them to be more reactive and social in the environment, while the object model does not have these types of behaviors. 3. mas is naturally a multi-threaded system such that every agent is proposed to control one thread somehow[2, 5, 12]. an expert system is able to resolve problems and offer pieces of advice in the domain of knowledge to solve the problem. the main distinctions among agents and expert systems are: 1. expert systems do not interact and are not coupled with environments. they do not use sensors to obtain their information; instead, they get information via user actions as a mediator. likewise, they cannot perform actions on environments, but they can offer advice to other parties. 2. expert systems are not able to perform reactive and flexible actions. 3. the expert systems are not provided with social capability, i.e. collaboration and coordination. in spite of the distinctions, these are expert systems that achieve real-time actions, they look very similar to agents. a salient example is the archon infrastructure[2, 12]. 7. agent organization the organization indicates the method of communication among agents that are identified. agents can be aggregated based on certain properties such as objectives, services, beliefs, and resources[1, 2]. hybrids of these organizational ways are also potential. the widest approaches for arranging mas are explained and depicted in figure 6. as follows: figure 6. mas organization. 7.1.flat organization this is a fundamental of the structure where all agents are considered equivalent. in this organization, each agent may communicate instantaneously with other agents. there is no specific leader agent and each agent can contact any of the other neighboring agents. these are no proposed control of an agent on all others. this requires that the system must be closed in such a way that every agent must know everything about other agents in advance. in the case of an open system, an agent determining position methodology should offer a piece of the structure [2]. this organization has beneficial advantages because it provides agents the autonomy and openness of the agents-based system. it also permits changes in the dynamic arrangements of an organization and the environment. the openness may result in overheads in communication as well as the requirement of agent determining position mechanisms. the inference that an agent achieves in a flat organization and the computational overhead regarding other agents will increase significantly [9,10].   197 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 7.2.hierarchical organization this organization is one of the basics and the oldest organizational structures. in this organization, the agents are organized in tree-like architecture. the agents at various layers of the tree have distinct autonomies. the data from lower layers can follow up higher to the agents in the higher levels[1]. the controlling signals may follow from higher levels to lower levels. figure 7. depicts the hierarchical organization[2, 3]. figure 7. the hierarchical organization[2]. hierarchal architecture can be divided into two types; simple and uniform structure based on the control distribution among agents. 1. simple hierarchy in this hierarchy, the decision-making process and authorization are exclusive by the root agent of the hierarchy. the drawback of the simple structure is that the root agent can be single at a point of failure and may lead the system to fail[2, 9]. 2. uniform hierarchy in this hierarchy, the management and authorization are distributed between different agents to improve the reliability, and fault tolerance to have a smooth downgrading of the system if any failure happens. in the uniform method, multiple agents are authorized in the tree which means that in addition to the single-agent at a higher level of (root agent), all or certain parents agents can manage and control their child agents in the tree [2]. the decision-making process is taken by appropriate agents which have sufficient information. the decisions are transmitted upward in the tree in case if there is a contradiction among agents[2, 10]. 7.3.holonic organization in this organization, agents are arranged in several groups known as holons depending on certain properties, for example, the heterogeneity and the sensation capability [1]. in holonic system, an agent that is a singular component may have consisted of sub-agents surrounded by commitments. these sub agents are not surrounded by restrictions or by pre-determined rules, but just via commitments which indicate the agreed relation to all of the collaborative and shared agents in the holon[3, 9]. each holon chooses a head agent that can connect with other agents or with the environment itself. the assignment of the head agent depends on the availability of recourses, connection ability and internal structure of each agent. in the homogenous system, the choosing of a head agent is depended on the agent capability such that the formed holons may be aggregated further according to the beneficial advantages in forming the structures in order to form super agent7 agent1 agent3agent2  agent4 agent5 agent6   198 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 holons[1, 2, 10]. figure 8. depicts the super holon which is formed by aggregating two holons. figure 8. the stracture of super holon and subrholons [2]. agents numbered 1 and 4 are the head agents of the two holons and are connected with agent 7 which is the super holon head. the structure is similar to the hierarchical architecture. however, the overlapping of agents that forms part of two distinct holons is permitted. the advantage of a holonic organization is the agents’ autonomy increases in the holon. the working of the holon offers a great deal of freedom when choosing the behavior[13]. the drawback of the holon is the lack of knowledge of the internal holon structure which makes it hard for other agents to anticipate the actions and behaviors of the holon [9]. 7.4.coalition in this organization, the agents are arranged and congregated together according to their objectives into agent groups having similar objectives [1]. the agent groups are arranged for a short time to improve the performance of agents in the coalition. as a result, the agents may achieve their goals with lower overheads in comparison to other organizations where they don't have such grouping in which every agent can be part of multiple groups [3]. furthermore, the agents destroy the group when they achieve their goals. in the coalition, the internal structure of agents is flat, although the structure such as hierarchical may be utilized. this organization is appropriate when a group of agents with identical goals exists in the multi-agent system such that their cooperation joins them in achieving their aim[1]. in a flat structure within the coalition, it is probable to include a leading agent as a representative of the group. to enhance the shared knowledge within the group, the overlapping of agents inside the coalition is permitted [3, 9]. due to the change in the behavior of the group, the coalition is hard to manage in environments that have dynamic behavior and it may require reorganizing agents to increase the performance of mas. the coalition number has to be decreased to lower the related costs that result from creating and destroying a coalition depending on the threshold as the activity is measured and the group formalization can be predetermined [2, 9]. figure 9. illustrates the coalition.     199 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 9. the coalition [9]. 7.5.team the communication between agents in the team may be arbitrary and the objectives given to agents can differ depending on the enhancements which result from the team. the team objective can upgrade which results in changing the activities and authorizations of agents in a team[3]. to enhance its decision-making operation, every team can demand information from agents in other team structures. in achieving the team objective, a team can have an internal structure to enhance efficiency [10]. the greater team size is not advantageous under all circumstances. as a result, a trade-off must be done among the amount of information, number of agents and their learning abilities. bigger teams provide an enhanced clarity of the environment and a great amount of associated information. however, encompassing the expertise of agents into a singular paradigm team is influenced. agents’ teams with smaller sizes provide vast learning abilities but lead to nearoptimal performance because of the partial view of agents’ environment. a compromise may be required in selecting the best team size which may maximize the cost much greater than coalition structure. figure 10. depicts a team depended on structure with a limited view. figure 10.the system team structure with a limited view of the environment [3]. teams 1 and 3 can communicate with each other and observe, but they cannot see teams 2, 4. the agents’ actions and their activities are arbitrary within teams. in contrast to a coalition where agents are arranged together to achieve their jobs are arbitrary and differ within teams[3]. in contrast to the coalition, where agents are arranged to achieve their objectives, in the team agents they try to reach the team objectives. in this way, this structure is appropriate where several agents try to reach the same objective[3, 10]. 7.6.congregation in this organization, agents in one position constitute a congregation to perform their activities. agents in the congregation achieve actions that they cannot perform alone. every   200 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 agent may join or depart the congregation and must be a member of one congregation at one time. congregations are constituted using agents with homogenous or complement properties. in a congregation, agents do not require to include a singular goal. the rate of agent achieving its goods in the congregation depends on other agents. this organization must have at least one agent. this structure is influenced such that every agent needs the other agents’ resources to perform its actions[2, 3]. figure 11. illustrates congregation organization. figure 11. congregation organization [3]. 8. agent architecture agent architecture is primarily made up of internal components that an agent and mas can be built from, i.e. the data structure of agent, the actions that can be achieved on these data structures and the flow of control and communication among these structures[14]. a number of known agents’ architectures can be illustrated in figure 12. and explained as follows: figure 12. agents architecture. 8.1.reactive architecture depending on stimulus responding methodology driven from sensory input, this architecture applies a decision-making mechanism for mapping of states to actions. they do not include the symbolic paradigm and do not use complex inference compared to logical architectures. the most common architecture of this kind is brook's sub sumption. the basic notion is that an intelligent action may be obtained without clear representations and inferencing which is offered by the symbolic ai method. the intelligence is merely an emergent characteristic of such sophisticated systems. the sub sumption structure identifies levels of finite state machines and they are interconnected to sensors that transport information [9]. figure 13. illustrates the reactive architecture. it is observed that the agent perceives the environment and makes mapping of the environment state to action. multiple actions can be suitable and the agent must select the most appropriate within the environment [9].       201 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 13. reactive architecture [12]. 8.2.logic-based architectures this symbolic structure stems from conventional knowledge-based methods where the environment can be represented and changed using symbols through inferencing techniques, and thus the agent behavior is based on the manipulation of the symbolic representation[9]. belief, desire and intentions (bdi) architecture in this architecture, the beliefs expressed the assumptions and concepts of the agent world (the environment satiation in which it suited). desires are the objectives that the agent wishes to perform. the agent has several desires. the agent can use both the beliefs and desires to select actions. to map and achieve the desires, this is what is meant by intention [16]. figure 14. shows the bdi architecture. figure 14.the bdi architecture [16]. 8.3.layered architecture layered (hybrid) architecture permits agents from both architectures: native and deliberative. to hold both types of action: subsystems are organized as levels (or layers) in the structure. in the layered (hybrid) architecture, there are two kinds, horizontal and vertical layers[12, 15]. the layers are linked straightly to sensors and action results, as shown in figure 15. every layer acts like an agent[12, 15]. the vertical architecture may be divided into two control structures. in one pass structure, the control flows from the first layer that obtains sensory data to the last layer that reproduces actions result. in two-pass structures, the sensory input follows up the layer’s series and flows down[12, 16].   202 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 15. layered architecture. 9. agent types per the characteristics they have, agents can be subdivided. software agents are categorized depending on their tacks, for example, information collecting agent or agents that filter messages and emails. they can also be categorized depending on their control structure. agents can be categorized on their sensitivity or affectivity of behaviors [4, 11]. agents can be categorized based on: 1mobility, whether the agent is a static agent or dynamic one. 2existence of symbolic inferencing scheme, whether it is a deliberative reactive agent or not. 3presenting their primary features like collaboration, anatomy… etc. 4hybrid methods that incorporate two or more methods in a singular agent. 5secondary features like veracity, benevolence…. etc. 9.1.collaborative agent these agents can behave reasonably and in an autonomous way in open and restricted environments. they have several features such as autonomy, responsiveness and social behaviors[17]. 9.2.interface agent they assist users while using computer applications via learning in cooperation with users and other agents. the main features are as follows: collaboration with user or other neighboring agents, and the ability of learning[15]. 9.3.mobile agents mobile agents are such agents which use autonomous software and are capable of traveling in wans and collaborate with other agents in performing tasks on the side of end-users. their important features are mobility and cooperation to transmit information to other agents[17]. 9.4.information agents they can manipulate the large quantity of available information in several sources which are scattered. the main characteristics of these agents are mobility and they can be static dynamic agents. they can be non-collaborative or have the social ability with other agents[11]. 9.5.smart agent they have similar main features such as learning and collaboration with other agents[4].   203 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 9.6. hybrid agent in order to increase the strong points and decrease the drawbacks of the most associated methods, these agents incorporate multiple agents techniques in one singular agent[17]. 9.7.reactie agent reactive agents are constrained in their activities and they cannot regulate among themselves and realize certain goals. when events occur in their environment, they merely react to them. however, they can play a function in introducing intelligent behavior[4]. the agents are not necessarily to be independently intelligent, they can run with other agents cooperatively to solve sophisticated tasks[12]. 9.8.cognitive agent cognitive agents can introduce intelligent behavior in some ways. in this approach, intelligent agents have aims and can find solutions and perform them. they can regulate their actions and utilize complex communication approaches[3]. using their knowledge, the agents can interact with their environment. they can also upgrade and modify their states using learning techniques to instruct and lead their actions and make decisions. they have more flexibility comparing to reactive agents[12]. 10. communication in mas three common methods of agent communications are explained below: 10.1. speech act the theoretical idea of speech act deals with agent communication like actions or behaviors. this theory begins with the research of austin. he remarked that a special kind of utterance (known as speech act) had the features of behaviors or actions, such that they can change the physical world situation in a method similar to physical behavior. for example, if someone raises a cube from a table, then the physical environment has altered somehow. if someone says "i announce you like a man and a wife", then this statement influences the world by determining new identifications and changes[5]. austin declared several performatives, which means various kinds of speech acts. examples of such speech acts are, inform, ask, stream, etc. austin also indicates the conditions and requirements needed for completing or performing the performatives. he pointed out them as feasible conditions. moreover, an agent can behave like a speaker that introduces utterance to alter the ideas and assumptions of a listener (or hearer). agents achieve utterance by performing actions that are observed as an utterance in accordance to grammar[2, 5]. 10.2. message passing it is also called local communication. in this approach, agents send messages to other agents. the information movement is in two directions which makes a distributed structure and minimizes the possibility of failure of central agents [2]. figure 16. shows the message passing method. to communicate with neighbor agents, the agents utilize peer-to-peer or broadcast communication. agent 1 can immediately communicate with agent 2 by knowing the address of agent 2. this approach is used in peer-to-peer communication. in a broadcast approach, agent 1 communicates with all other agents by sending them a message. the agents should use a consistent structure to assure that the message is interpretable[17, 18].   204 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 figure 16. message passing [2]. in this approach, agents may cooperatively share a repository that contains data with other agents. the repository offers effective storage and retrieving of data for agents. figure 17. illustrates the blackboard communication[2, 3]. every agent can save its data and information on the blackboard which can be read by neighbor agents. the blackboard utilizes a controlled knowledge to manage agents accessing them. every agent may reach some data in the control knowledge[2, 5]. figure 17. the blackboard architecture. 11. agent communication language acl because of the increase in agents’ number and their heterogeneous groups, a shared structure must exist to assist the appropriate cooperation and data sharing among agents. the semantics of messages is crucial to assure that communication among agents has the same meaning of exchanging information. this shared structure is offered by agent communication language[3, 5]. the designing concepts of acl should include:  shared interaction language (which is also called a protocol) that can be realized by other agents.  a common ontology such that the sent messages include the same meaning and follow of agents’ semantics. acl must ensure coherence which means that the same performatives must contain the same semantic. acl should also ensure affinity which means that all messages use similar words to say similar things[16]. furthermore, acl is needed to facilitate agent communication with other agents in order to communicate their aims, desires, and beliefs. acl permits agents to enhance other agents to perform goals, to observe their running, to report their progress, to refuse to perform tasks and to agree for achieving goals for neighboring agents[18]. acl is modeled depending on the statements sharing determined hypothesis definitions etc. these declarative sentences should be meaningful to incorporate a variation of the pieces of information[2]. the declarative sentences can be short in length and concise because the long statements may influence the communication cost and the damage of information. the declarative sentences are required to be simple to permit using higher language. to match all these needs in acl, the darpa knowledge-sharing effort (kse) was constituted in 1990 a1  a4  a2 a3 aa1 a3 blackboard a2 a4   205 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 with the motivation of finding and developing protocols for knowledge exchange between autonomous agents[2]. the two main important achievements of kse are:  knowledge quarry and manipulation language (kqml) which is an external language for message communication. it represents an envelope which covers the massage. kqml is not interested in constructing the content of messages.  knowledge interchanges format (kif). it is intended to represent the information and knowledge concerning the certain domains. it was designed to construct the content of the message[5, 18]. in general, the acl contains three parts: a vocabulary, internal language, and external language. the internal language is used to map the communication data into logical pieces of information that are realized by other agents. kif is one of the internal languages used in messages[5]. the representation used in the inner (internal) language must be abbreviated, precise and unambiguous as the recipient should stem from the original meaning. acl manages a massive repository of vocabulary and makes it open-ended in order to modify it with new words to increase its functionality. several ontologies must be included in the repository to use it in different domains[18]. 12.1. knowledge interchanges format (kif) is a popular internal language that can be used to represent the features of a certain domain? kif was invented to represent message content and it depends primarily on firstorder predicate logic in lisp format. kif can encode simple information, restrictions, rules, and meta level data that can help in making decisions. kif cannot be used only to exchange information because there are implicit pieces of information that should be embedded in the message. the receiver can interpret the kif message with little information about the sender[5, 16]. the agents can be represented by using the following kif:  the features of concepts in the domain  relations among concepts in the domain.  general characteristics of the domain. kif proposes a fixed logical structure that includes the basic connectors that are used in first-order logic like (and, or, not) and the quantifiers used for universality as (for all, exists). kif also offers a vocabulary used to represent concepts like numbers, and letters. relationships are also contained in kif to represent these concepts like "less than" relation. using this structure, kif can define concepts, and their relations [5, 16, 18]. 12.2. knowledge query and manipulation language (kqml) kqml is a language for massages used in agent communication. it is an external language that determines a shared form for agent messages. kqml is also considered as message protocol to aid easy communication. every message can contain performatives and several parameters (feature values)[5]. kqml is considered as a high-level of language for communicating information as messages among agents. it has nearly three dozen speech acts or performatives that agents can utilize in order to constitute sophisticated cooperation and negotiation methodologies[16]. typical examples of kqml and kif languages are explained as follows. ask: content (cost service-1 ?cost)   206 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 : language prolog : ontology services-domain : in reply to quote service. : receiver customer-3 : sender customer services kqml can contain three layers: the first layer is communication layer which includes the sender and receiver information and an identifier for a query, and a message layer which determines the task to be achieved (in the above example, the sender agent asks the cost of service from the receiver agent). finally, the message contains a content layer that gives all the necessary information to achieve the query[18, 19]. figure 18. depicts three layers of kqml message. figure 18. the three layers of kqml message [18]. the communication layer is the lowest layer that deals with packets, and the layer uses the protocols tcp/ip, udp for packet transmission. the message layer contains the task (performative) that is intended to be performed. the content layer determines the language used, the ontology of domain and other useful information in performing the performative message[18]. kqml has several drawbacks. firstly, the kqml specification is ambiguous and dubious as it lacks a fixed, accurate semantics. secondly, kqml undergoes from lacking some performatives and some of them are miss-determined. kqml misses some kinds of performatives, commissives, which allow an agent to perform a commitment or consensus with other agents. commitments are rather important and multi-agent systems can use them to cooperate with other agents. finally, the list of performatives of kqml is very huge. these shortcomings lead to developing a new language standard that tackles these problems[5, 18]. the fipa acl fipa, acronym for (foundation for intelligent physical agents) is a developing acl standard for agent communication. it is similar to kqml in representing an external language for messages. fipa acl includes nearly 20 performatives and does not consider any content language for messages[5]. fipa acl structure and massage features are very similar to kqml. one of the differences between the two languages is the performatives they offer. in addition, fipa acl enjoys global semantics which is offered. according to sl formal language, sl allows expressing beliefs, intentions, and behaviors that an agent can perform[16, 18]. the fipa acl semantics conform each message to sl formula defining a restriction (condition) that the sender must achieve (or fulfill) in order to conform to fipa acl. this restriction is named as feasibility condition[19]. 12. ontology in addition to acl, shared and known concepts between agents are fundamental for agent communication. ontology is needed to express the information and knowledge from different   207 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 domains. without using a familiar ontology which includes the words, terms, and relations relating between them, the acl still only develops a syntactic language for messages [6, 12]. there are many languages that can be used to define and express ontology such as kif. by kif, we can define the features of concepts in the domain and relations between them. software programs can be used to permit a user to create ontologies using kif languages. an example of this is the ontology server which is a service on the web that supports a shared paradigm to store the shared ontologies refined by various groups of developers. kif is much dependent on first-order logic that supports it with a precise meaning and makes it demonstrative and meaningful. there are several other languages that can be used to express ontologies such as xml (xtensible markup language) [6]. 13. java agent development environment (jade) jade, an abbreviation of (java agent development environment), is a software platform that simplifies the creation and development of agent-based systems for homogenous entities as a method for assisting researches and establishing applications. it confirms to the foundation for intelligent physical agents (fipa) standard. jade uses a group of tools and apis that simplify the troubleshooting and distributing phase[6, 12]. jade is considered as middleware developed for establishing multi-agent systems using the architecture of peer to peer. the data, recourses, controls are dispersed on machines in the network. the agent framework may be scattered among computers (which are not necessary to contain similar operating systems) and the arrangement and settings may be altered and managed by a gui [20, 21]. jade framework enjoys a higher degree of functioning in the multi-agent system programmed in java. the jade objective is to facilitate the development of agent-based system as well as providing a global group of services for developing agents. jade provides some properties to the agent developers[21]. 1. the agent platform conformed to fipa standard, contains the standard types of agents triggered when the framework is started. these agents are (ams, abbrev. of agent management system, df, abbrev. of directory facilitator and acc, abbrev. of agent communication channel) 2. dispersed agent framework. the agent framework may be divided into machines. for each machine, there is only a need for a single java application and single jvm. 3. jade supports api to send and receive messages among agents. 4. jade provides a library of fipa protocols used for interaction among agents. 5. jade allows the mobility of agents in the framework. 6. gui is to control and maintain the agent framework. the admins of the framework can create new agent actions, delete and manipulate. 14. applications of mas there are several applications of mas in different domains, we list below some of them: web advertisement the researcher in [22]. proposes a methodology for customizing and personalizing web advertisements using the mining of contents and web. the objective of the proposed personalized system is to offer advertisements that are appropriate for user interests. to perform this objective, more data are manipulated inconsistent vector space: the contents of   208 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 advertisers and the publisher's site, the previous and current behavior of the user. agent-based system is working on the publisher's website to arrange customized advertisements. each collaborating agent has a specific job. the proposed system can suggest hyperlinks in adaptive methods. the system is scalable and can accommodate new functionalities as complicated scheduling methods and personalization using knowledge which are stemmed from buying history in addition to the ratings of products. the proposed system introduces a variety of updating processes. another research about web services[23]. is compared and discussed in table 1. 15. cloud computing cloud computing is used to allow access to massive amounts of computation resources online. the clients can use the information and retrieve them and utilize services using computers and smart devices at any time to perform computation processes and to reach their data. the developers have realized the need for a system that utilizes the cloud with enhancing its performance. mas offers an ideal method for complex systems that are altered dynamically. mas can resolve problems using a decentralized approach such that multiple agents collaborate to achieve a task. in the work of alwadan [24]. a new infrastructure is presented which includes mas that uses cloud computing to help in deciding the resources and utilizing the overall ability of the cloud. this architecture can also monitor the user's tasks which are processed in the cloud. the jade framework is used to implement the proposed techniques. the simulation is performed with two experiments with a different number of jobs that are transmitted to the cloud computing system. from the performed experiments, the proposed techniques can achieve the following:  introduce a novel system that comprises mas with a cloud paradigm to assist in selecting the appropriate resources and help in performing negotiation among cloud suppliers and users to utilize the overall cloud power.  the proposed technique can watch and supervise user tasks during their processing. cloud computing can offer many advantages to universities and institutes. it provides resources and services such as software as a service (saas), platform as a service (paas), and infrastructure as a service (iaas). today, colleges and universities have used the cloud and its potential power for innovation. depending on the benefits of cloud computing and the mas method to assist e-learning, mohammed et al in [25]. proposed a hybrid method that comprises mas and cloud computing to formalize a new layer named smart-cls, where cls is an abbreviation of cloud learning system. the proposed approach offers three items:  cloud computing provides electronic learning as a service (laas)  mas technique must be included as a service in the cloud  a new level called smart-cls is added to offer services in any time and in all places for all the participants in the learning method. the proposed system is a software layer that represents a platform for interactions and communications with the system. the technique has the following advantages:  support gui agent  simplify the mas distribution in the cloud computing the results of the system experiments have authorized and validated the use of smartcls and have shown that the application has greater importance in universities and colleges   209 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 with the goal of offering assistance in modern methods for learning with students’ satisfaction of using it. 16. e-commercee agents provide the facility to alter e-commerce by assisting traders to buy products depending on their preferences. e-commerce systems grant values to clients by offering custom experiences. in [26]. the researcher aims to develop a cooperative mas using an ecommerce paradigm that supports autonomy and personalization. the system consists of three types of agents: mall, seller and buyer. the basic concept of the technique is to obtain a broker which identifies the buyer's requirements using default parameters that are used to solve the case of finding items of interest. the proposed method targets to provide responses to requests and to offer items according to the user’s needs. the proposed technique is a peer to peer system. the peers have the capability to connect in a reliable way and share data. the proposed method permits peers to be directly connected without using a center server which makes them reliable and more secure. there are three types of agents: mall (ma), buyer (ba) and seller (sa). the seller agent has data that is needed to be offered to the buyer agent. the buyer agent needs some information about the request of its client. the mall agent presents a list of sellers that meet the clients’ needs by comparing the need with the properties of the product that exists in the shared database in the mall agent. recent e-commerce techniques used a centralized approach as a server which they represented at a point of failure. if the server fails, the whole system will fail too. although when the mall agents fail, the buyer agent can negotiate with the seller agents. the proposed framework avoids the shortcomings of ecommerce paradigms by owning a peer to peer communication, which is an efficient medium of communication. the results prove that the proposed system permits locating the items in a way coherent with customers’ requirements. the results show proves the hypothesis, that the cost of the result is improved and also confirmed the reality that the system acts as a peer to peer model. the authors in [27]. provide the basis for sentimental negotiation and the job of emotion in making decisions. in this approach, the authors presented a mas with an e-commerce paradigm. to grasp the effect of negotiation, it is necessary to construct a model that comprises human emotions. such a model has the ability to merge with the process of negotiation like humans. the agents included in the dual negotiation for goods must include some representation of users’ interests. the agents are able to grasp and clarify knowledge like this. the proposed techniques have three main elements: the client, the provider, and the community. it is such a novel model in which emotions are incorporated into each issue. from consumer knowledge obtained, negotiation to consumer evaluation, and provider marketing mechanisms. the proposed model is capable of grasping the reasonable and emotional manners, it is also capable to learn the interests of consumers. it can collect and utilize the negotiation operated in the social opinions, which are emotional, and provide a view of the emotional situation to the participant of negotiation exhibiting internals. 17. image segmentation the proposed technique in [28]. provides a mas methodology for segmenting images. this technique divides the image space into a group of sub-spaces as parts of the image such   210 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 that, numerous agents can determine the object boundaries in order to follow them. the detection of the following agents can adopt a method of detection and keeps the track of boundaries depending on the regional features that they develop. the aggregated information is sent to the supervising agents which process them with gathering the information released by detecting the following agents in order to modify tables including the segmenting parameters and to improve global management methods of detecting the following agents (such as creation, destroying of detecting-following agents). the supervising agent exists at the higher layer of the system hierarchy. the proposed system is implemented using the madkit framework which improves the performance and makes the results more precise because of the simultaneous cooperation running of tasks. the proposed system was experimented using a database containing three thousand images which had a lot of distinctions and details. the proposed system produces acceptable and satisfying results in accuracy and in running time. the adequate results illustrate the capability of the agents to segment different kinds of images. the proposed method enjoys many benefits regarding other approaches due to selecting the detection method by detecting the following agents’ properties of their regions in such a way that each agent selects the determining method in accordance with the properties of its zone. today, image segmentation approaches are important processes in different fields. image segmentation can be considered as an arguable problem because of many aspects. first of all, image segmentation methods are dependent on the problem. secondly, segmentation techniques on medical images have constraints and limitations because similar images enjoy similar nature and patterns between objects. in [29]. a paradigm for extracting concurrently numerous objects from ct images uses previous or known knowledge. the local agent labels the sub-image. the moderator agent examines the results of agents' work to generate the final image that is segmented. the experiments of ct images show segmentation precision results of 91% and the effectiveness of 7 seconds. the proposed technique is based on mas such that each agent is identified with some characteristics to achieve the segmentation process and segment images are very complex in nature. the agent tries to discover a suitable mark for every pixel in the image. the moderator agent creates several images inside the image. the image is partitioned to many sub-images, in such a way that every agent works on a sub-image and labels every pixel using given knowledge. the local agent labels every pixel in the sub-image. in the last, the moderator examines the result of agents to provide the last segmented image. the proposed system can work automatically; it can work without intervention from the user in the segmentation process. the benefit of the proposed approach is to segment the image into several zones in parallel. this means that there are several zones such that the properties of each zone are different. this technique is fast regarding other methods with the following results: 1. the system provides good results in the precision of segmentation; the average precision is 91% for every zone in the image. 2. the system achieves satisfying outcomes in execution time; the average execution time is about 8 seconds. 3. the ability of the system to perform segmentation on an image into a distinctive zone concurrently.   211 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 18. computer networks gustavo isaza et al propose in [30]. a mas for managing the network. the proposed model defines agents’ interaction to perform the goals and needs of the mas architecture. the agents have the characteristic of adaptation, obtaining knowledge in order to perform decision making in accordance with the actual network situation that is expressed in the snmp equipment. the optimal situation of the network is identified by the user entered, which includes functionality values and other parameters. the architecture of agents maximizes the cooperation, autonomy and powerful work in heterogeneous frameworks innetwork supervising. the proposed technique introduces mas for managing network, which utilizes four agents that achieve certain activities and communicate with each other through messages. the messages have conceptualization with certain domain ontology. the agents get information from the devices and equipment of the network by using snmp, check it and identify possible anomalies that are discovered. when the agents found such anomalies, the proposed system alert uses warnings or alarms to the managers in order to respond appropriately. the mas allows forming and constructing the environment for network management to be autonomous, adaptive and transmitting conditions of the environment where the agents run with minimum intervention of the user. in accordance with the policies restrictions and thresholds, the running of the proposed system gives expected results. the impact of mas execution in order to monitor and manage the network can be detected if the position policy is crushed. the agents’ detection and behavior of using message passing permit to perform a scan to the network; later, the manager agent produces an alert that is saved and transmitted to the interface agent. finally, the interface agent is responsible for presenting it to end-users. the proposed technique raises the performance of supervising the network and decreases the policies. it permits presenting learning methods that execute the paradigm in an autonomous network managing mechanism. the use of mas ontology in snmp can be considered as information representation dealing with problems in the dispersed network managing systems. mas platform is an ideal solution for dispersed network management. this technique can be contradicted with the conventional management methods according to the responding time and speed by using the performed paradigm. mas is suggested as a solution to the network management problem. the proposed technique expands the mas structure to be integrated with the snmp agent. table 1. explains the contributions, architectures, application and limitations of each one of the abovementioned mas applications. ref. applications architectures contributions limitations kazienko, [22] web advertising software and web server mas based on web advertising: scheduling and personalization more extension to recognize the behavior of users maximilien and singh, [23] web services network and software the mas framework of qos and trust is based on ontology. limited study regarding the behavior of the agent alwadan, [24] cloud computing jade and distributed in resources best of identification meth gotiationne a of creation the u and providers cloud between od sers simple design for a user process   212 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 19. conclusion in this survey, we presented a comprehensive study concerning different issues of multiagent systems which helps new researchers and practitioners to acquire the knowledge for basic concepts and as insightful resources in mas. as we have shown throughout the study, mas is a unique software architecture, distinguishable from other architectures, which provides solutions to a specific family of computational problems. firstly, we offered definitions and features of agents and mas. we explained their environments, organizations, and architectures. we have demonstrated communication strategies and acls that are used by the agents to connect with other agents. eventually, we have discussed, compared and summarized the role of mas in some of the most important applications such as web advertisements, cloud computing, e-commerce, image segmentation and computer networks, and how can these applications deal with mas subject and their findings with their contributions and limitations in each application. references 1. balaji, p.; srinivasan, d. an introduction to multi-agent systems, in innovations in multiagent systems and applications-1. springer.2010, 1-27. 2. dorri, a.; kanhere, s.s.; jurdak, r. multi-agent systems: a survey. ieee.2018, 6, 28573-28593. ouidad and kamoun [25] cloud computing jade and a set of classes and graphical tools a new layer called smart cloud learning system (smart-cls) must be set, in order to provide services anywhere at any time and using any devices, for all actors in a learning session lack of implementing smart-cls in massive open online courses (moocs). helmy [26] e-commercee distributed commercee -mas e autonomy enables that framework proactivityy, and customization, , including a smart mall agent, seller agent and buyer agent with their own profiles. limited scalability jascanu et al. [27] e-commercee logical and reactive counterpart human of place ”emotional system “ no test for performance mohammed and said, [28] image segmentation distributed based on groups of agent adaptation of the agents of segmentation in front of a big variety of images limitation in recognition approach chitsaz and seng, [29] medical image network-based on local and moderator agent image segmentation is based on multi-agent system limit constraints of the noise image isaza et al. [30] network management simple network management protocol comparing the gaia, ingenious and mase agent and m the for ontology of integration snmp in as ignore the fundamental agent properties in designing such as intelligent and autonomous scalar et al. [31] cyberphysical production system logical architecture and software architecture the design and implementation for an agent-based cpps network does not consider security issues in design and flexible autonomous facilitates   213 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 3. glavic, m. agents and multi-agent systems: a short introduction for power engineers, 2006. 4. georgakarakou, c.ε.; economides, a.a. software agent technology: an οverview application to virtual enterprises. agent and web service technologies in virtual enterprises, 2003. 5. wooldridge, m. an introduction to multiagent systems.2009, john wiley & sons. 6. al-karkhi, a. task recovery in self-organised multi-agent systems for distributed domains.2018, university of essex. 7. mostafa, s.a.; ahmad, m.s.; mustapha, a.; mohammed, m.a. a concise overview of software agent research, modeling, and development. software engineering.2017, 5, 1, 825. 8. abbas, h.a.; shaheen, s.i.; amin, m.h. organization of multi-agent systems: an overview. arxiv preprint arxiv:1506.09032, 2015. 9. chin, k.o.; gan, k.s.; alfred, r.; anthony, p.; lukose, d. agent architecture: an overviews. transactions on science and technology.2014, 1, 1,18-35. 10. gonzález-briones, a.; fernando, d.; mohamad, m.s.; omatu, s.; corchado, j.m. multiagent systems applications in energy optimization problems: a state-of-the-art review. energies.2018, 11, 8, 1928. 11. iqbal, s.; altaf, w.; aslam, m.; mahmood , w.; ghani khan, m.u. application of intelligent agents in health-care. artificial intelligence review.2016, 46, 1, 83-112. 12. anaekwe, j.c. intelligent multi-agent online examination system. february, 2015. 13. abar, s.; et al. agent based modelling and simulation tools: a review of the state-of-art software. computer science review.2017, 24, 13-33. 14. collier, r.w.; o’neill, e. mams multi-agent microservices. in companion proceedings of the 2019 world wide web conference, 2019. 15. shehory, o.m. architectural properties of multi-agent systems.1998, carnegie mellon university, the robotics institute. 16. soon, g.k.; et al. a review on agent communication language, in computational science and technology.2019, 481-491. 17. mian, n.a.; ahmad, f. agent based architecture for modeling and analysis of self adaptive systems using formal methods. international journal of advanced computer science and applications.2018, 9, 1, 563-567. 18. kaur, a.; jain, s. kqml-from scenario to technology. international journal of advanced studies in computers, science and engineering.2018, 7, 3, 30-34. 19. juneja, d.; singh, a.; singh, r.; mukherjee, s. a thorough insight into theoretical and practical developments in multiagent systems. international journal of ambient computing and intelligence (ijaci).2017, 8, 1, 23-49. 20. priyadarshana, h., hemapala k.t.m.u, wijayapala w.d.a.s. developing multi-agent based micro-grid management system in jade. in 2019 2nd international conference on power and embedded drive control (icpedc) ieee, 2019. 21. nasir, n.; ito, t.; hashim, a.y.b. agent-based communication in jade platform for manufacturing processes,2015. 22. kazienko, p. multi-agent system for web advertising. in international conference on knowledge-based and intelligent information and engineering systems,2005.   214 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 23. maximilien, e.m.; singh, m.p. multiagent system for dynamic web services selection. in proceedings of 1st workshop on service-oriented computing and agent-based engineering (socabe at aamas), 2005. 24. alwadan, t. cloud computing and multi-agent system: monitoring and services. journal of theoretical and applied information technology,2018, 96, 05. 25. bousmah, m.; labouidya, o.; el kamoun, n. design of a cloud learning system based on multi-agents approach. international journal of advanced computer science and applications.2015, 6, 3, 20-26. 26. helmy, t. collaborative multi-agent-based e-commerce framework. int. j. comput. syst. signal.2007, 8, 1, 2-12. 27. jascanu, n.; jascanu, v.; nicolau, f. a new approach to e-commerce multi-agent systems, 2007. 28. mohammed, r.; said, a. an adaptative multi-agent system approach for image segmentation. international journal of computer applications.2012, 51, 12. 29. chitsaz, m.; woo, c.-s. medical image segmentation using a multi-agent system approach. int. arab j. inf. technol.2013, 10, 3, 222-229. 30. isaza, g.; et al. network management using multi-agents system. adcaij: advances in distributed computing and artificial intelligence journal.2012, 1, 3, 49-54. 31. salazar, l.a.c.; et al., platform independent multi-agent system for robust networks of production systems. ifac-papersonline.2018, 51, 11, 1261-1268. microsoft word 436-451 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|436    local search algorithms for multi-criteria single machine scheduling problem tariq s. abdul-razaq abeer o. akram abeeromar1985@gmail.com dept. of mathematics/ college of science / university of al-mustansiriyah abstract real life scheduling problems require the decision maker to consider a number of criteria before arriving at any decision. in this paper, we consider the multi-criteria scheduling problem of n jobs on single machine to minimize a function of five criteria denoted by total completion times (∑𝐶 ), total tardiness (∑𝑇 ), total earliness (∑𝐸 ), maximum tardiness (𝑇 ) and maximum earliness (𝐸 ). the single machine total tardiness problem and total earliness problem are already np-hard, so the considered problem is strongly np-hard. we apply two local search algorithms (lsas) descent method (dm) and simulated annealing method (sm) for the 1// (∑𝐶 ∑𝑇 ∑𝐸 𝑇 𝐸 ) problem (sp) to find near optimal solutions. the local search methods are used to speed up the process of finding a good enough solution, where an exhaustive search is impractical for the exact solution. the two heuristic (dm and sm) were compared with the branch and bound (bab) algorithm in order to evaluate effectiveness of the solution methods. some experimental results are presented to show the applicability of the (bab) algorithm and (lsas). with a reasonable time, (lsas) may solve the problem (sp) up to 5000 jobs. keywords: multicriteria; scheduling; single machine; earliness-tardiness; local search methods. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|437    1. introduction scheduling is allocation of resources (machines) over time to perform a collection of tasks (jobs). generally speaking, scheduling means to assign machines to jobs in order to complete all jobs under the imposed constraints. the problem of scheduling a set n ={1,…,n} of n jobs on a single machine. each job i∈n has processing time p and a due date 𝑑 . if a given schedule 𝜎= (1,…,n), then the completion time c =∑ p , the tardiness of job i 𝑇 =max{𝑐 -𝑑 ,0} and earliness of job i 𝐸 =max{𝑑 -𝑐 ,0}, consequently we have total completion time ∑ 𝐶∈ , total tardiness ∑ 𝑇∈ , maximum tardiness 𝑇 =𝑚𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑇 , total earliness ∑ 𝐸∈ and maximum earliness 𝐸 =𝑚𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝐸 . for the maximum tardiness for 1//𝑇 problem is minimized by edd (earliest due date) rule to jackson 1955[9]. the 1//∑𝐶 problem, the (spt) (shortest processing time) rule is optimal to smith 1956[13]. the maximum earliness for 1//𝐸 problem is minimized by mst (minimum slack time) rule [3], where the two problems 1//∑ 𝑇 and 1//∑ 𝐸 are nphard ([6],[11]) and [3] respectively. any problem including such cost functions as subproblem is np-hard. the first bi-criteria scheduling problem was already solved by smith (1956) [13] the 1//(∑𝐶 , 𝑇 ) problem subject to t =0 is imposed by using back ward algorithm, only a few bi-criteria scheduling problem have been investigated since then. van wassenhove & gelder (1980) [16] studied the 1//(∑𝐶 , 𝑇 ) problem. the set of efficient points is characterized and a pseudo-polynomial algorithm to enumerate all these points is given. hoogveen and van de velde (1995)[8] provided an algorithm for finding all efficient schedules for the problem 1//(∑𝐶 , 𝑓 ). tadie et al. (2002) [15] proposed a procedure that takes advantage of an algorithm for finding the pareto optima set by applying specially developed constraints to a branch and bound (bab) algorithm for the 1//(σ𝑇 , 𝑇 ) problem to find the set of efficient point. for the 1//(σ𝐶 , 𝐸 ) problem, kurz and canterbury (2005) [10] used genetic algorithm, al-assaf (2007)[5] proposed bab algorithm to find the optimal solution for 1//∑𝐶 𝐸 problem and proposed an algorithm with a special range for the problem 1//(σ𝐶 , 𝐸 ) to find the set of efficient solutions. the single machine 1//∑𝐶 ∑𝑇 𝑇 problem is np-hard, the (bab) algorithm is used to find optimal solution (2015)[1]. for 1//∑𝐶 ∑𝐸 𝐸 problem is np-hard, local search algorithms are used to find near optimal solution and compared their results with cem for small n (2016) [2]. there are mainly three classes of approaches that are applicable to multicriteria scheduling problem. 𝐂𝟏: hierarchical (lexographical) optimization the hierarchical approach, one of the criteria (more important) regards as constraint (primary) criterion which must be satisfied, (see [7] and [14]). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|438    𝐂𝟐: priority optimization in this approach minimizing a weighted sum of the multicriteria (objectives) and convert the multicriteria to a single criterion problem, several multicriteria scheduling problems studied in this class (see [8]and [12]). 𝐂𝟑: interactive optimization in this approach one generates all efficient (pareto optimal) schedules and select the one that yield the best composite objective function value of the multicriteria. several multicriteria scheduling problems studied in this class (see [8] and [16]). 2. problem formulation and analysis we consider the following performance criteria: ∑ 𝐶∈ , ∑ 𝑇∈ , ∑ 𝐸∈ , 𝑇 and e hence the problem is denoted by 1//f (∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 ) (p). we consider multicriteria problem of scheduling n jobs on a single machine. all jobs are available at time zero and characterized by their processing time p and due date 𝑑 . in this problem, the total completion times (total flow times), the total tardiness, the total earliness, maximum tardiness and maximum earliness are used as multicriteria. the first object is to minimize flow time (a measure for average in processing inventory). the other objectives deal with service to customers. these objective functions force jobs not be early and/or tardy. for this problem, we will try to find efficient solutions for the 1//f (∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 problem (p), which can be written for a given schedule s= (1,…,n) as: ∈𝑺 ⎩ ⎪ ⎨ ⎪ ⎧ ∑𝐶 𝑠 ∑𝑇 𝑠 ∑𝐸 𝑠 𝑇 𝑠 𝐸 𝑠 𝑠. 𝑡 𝐶 𝑃 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝐶 𝐶 𝑃 𝑖 2, … , 𝑛 𝑇 𝐶 𝑑 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝑇 0 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝐸 𝑑 𝐶 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝐸 0 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 ⎭ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎫ … (p) where s is the set of all schedules. this problem (p) is difficult to solve and find the set of all efficient solutions (se). this problem of five objects has not been considered by any researcher yet. we propose efficient algorithm to find approximate set of efficient solutions (sa) for this problem. 1some results for the 1//f (∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 ) problem (p): proposition (1): the spt sequence is efficient for the problem (p). proof: first, suppose that all processing times are different the unique spt sequence (𝑆𝑃𝑇∗) gives the absolute minimum of ∑𝐶 . hence there is no sequence 𝜎 𝑆𝑃𝑇∗ such that ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|439    ∑𝐶 𝜎 ∑𝐶 (𝑆𝑃𝑇∗),∑𝑇 𝜎 ∑𝑇 (𝑆𝑃𝑇 ∗),∑𝐸 𝜎 ∑𝐸 (𝑆𝑃𝑇∗), 𝑇 𝜎 𝑇 (𝑆𝑃𝑇∗) and 𝐸 𝜎 𝐸 (𝑆𝑃𝑇∗) … (3.1) with at least one strict inequality. second if more than one spt sequence exists, jobs with equal processing times are order in edd rule, if spt and edd are identical then order these jobs in mst and let the resulting spt sequence (𝑆𝑃𝑇∗). note if 𝜎 is an spt but not 𝑆𝑃𝑇∗ sequence it can not dominate 𝑆𝑃𝑇∗ sequence since: ∑𝐶 𝜎 ∑𝐶 (𝑆𝑃𝑇∗),∑𝑇 𝑆𝑃𝑇∗ ∑𝑇 (𝜎),∑𝐸 𝑆𝑃𝑇∗ ∑𝐸 (𝜎), 𝑇 𝑆𝑃𝑇 ∗ 𝑇 (𝜎) and 𝐸 𝑆𝑃𝑇∗ 𝐸 (𝜎) … (3.2) hence 𝑆𝑃𝑇∗ sequence is efficient.∎ proposition (2): if spt rule, edd rule and mst rule are identical, then there is one or more than one efficient solution for the problem (p). proof: it is clear that this identical sequence (s) is efficient by proposition (1). now since ∑𝐸 is non regular criteria, there may be another sequence (𝑠 ) with value of ∑𝐸 (𝑠 ) ∑𝐸 (s). hence the sequence 𝑠 is also efficient solution∎. example (1): consider the problem (p) with the following data: pi=(2,3,3,5) , di=(3,6,8,10) and si=(1,3,5,5). the sequence (1,2,3,4) is spt, edd and mst give the only one efficient. (∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 = (28,3,2,3,1), which is obtained by (cem). proposition (3): if spt rule and mst rule are identical then there is one or more than one efficient solution. proof: the sequence s=(1,…,n) obtained from the identical spt rule and mst rule respectively. hence we have: p p … p …(3.3) d p d p … d p …(3.4) the edd rule d d … d is obtained by adding (3.3) & (3.4) hence the spt, edd and mst are identical, and we have one or more than one efficient solution by proposition (2) ∎. 2algorithm (ap) for determination of approximate set of efficient solutions for the problem (p). we propose algorithm (ap) to determine the set of approximate solutions (sa) for the problem (p). this algorithm consists of two parts, the first part deals with calculation of tardiness and total completion times, the second part deals with calculation of earliness and total completion times. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|440    algorithm (ap)for finding efficient solutions for the problem 1//(∑𝑪𝒊, ∑𝑻𝒊, ∑𝑬𝒊, 𝑻𝒎𝒂𝒙, 𝑬𝒎𝒂𝒙) (p) : step(0): set ∆=∑𝑷𝒊 and σ ∅ . step(1): set n={1,…,n} ,k=n ,t=∑𝑷𝒊. step(2): calculate 𝑻𝒊 ∀ i ∈n (by lawler algorithm). step(3): find a job j∈n such that 𝑻𝒋 ∆ ,𝑷𝒋 𝑷𝒊 ∀𝑗, 𝑖 ∈n and 𝑻𝒊 ∆ assign job j in position k of σ if no job j with 𝑻𝒋 ∆ , set 𝑬𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝜎 𝑬𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝑠𝑝𝑡 go to step(7). step(4): set t=t-𝑷𝒋 ,n=n-{j} ,k=k-1 ,if k 1go to step (2). step(5): for the resulting sequence job σ σ 1 , … σ 𝑛 calculate (∑𝐶 𝜎 , ∑𝑇 𝜎 , ∑𝐸 𝜎 ,𝑇 𝜎 , 𝐸 𝜎 . step(6): put ∆ =𝑇 𝜎 -1 ,go to step(2). step(7): put ∆ =𝐸 𝜎 -1 ,n={1,…,n} ,k=1 ,t=∑𝑷𝒊 and σ ∅ if ∆ 𝐸 (mst) go to step(11). step(8): calculate 𝒓𝒊 =max{𝒔𝒊 ∆,0} ∀ i ∈n. step(9): find a job j ∈n with min 𝒓𝒋 , 𝒓𝒋 𝑪𝑲 𝟏 and 𝑷𝒋 𝑷𝒊 ∀j, i ∈n, 𝐂𝟎=0 (break tie with small 𝐬𝐣) assign j in position k of σ. step(10): set n=n-{j} ,k=k+1 ,if k n go to step(9) for the ruslting sequence σ σ 1 , … σ 𝑛 calculate (∑c σ , ∑t σ , ∑e σ ,t σ , e σ and go to step(7). step(11): stop with a set of efficient solutions (sa). example (2): consider the problem (p) with the following data: pi=(3,4,8,7) , di=(12,4,10,7). the result of efficient solutions for example (2) by cem and algorithm ap. efficient solutions for problem (p) cem alg.(ap) ∑𝐶 ∑𝑇 ∑𝐸 𝑇 𝐸 sum (1,2,4,3) (1,2,4,3) 46 22 9 12 9 98 (2,4,1,3) (2,4,1,3) 51 18 0 12 0 81 (2,4,3,1) (2,4,3,1) 56 23 0 10 0 89 (2,1,4,3) (2,1,4,3) 47 19 5 13 5 89 in this example we find all efficient schedules, and sum is the optimal sum of (∑𝐶 𝜎 , ∑𝑇 𝜎 , ∑𝐸 𝜎 ,𝑇 𝜎 , 𝐸 𝜎 =81 3sub-problems of the multicriteria problem (p) decomposition of the problem (p) is a general approach for solving a problem by breaking it up into smaller ones. it is clear that this decomposition has the following properties: first all the subproblems have simpler structure than the multicriteria problem (p). second all the subproblems are np-hard (except (p2) and (p3) are solved by pseudo algorithms) and some of them are studied by some researchers, such as (p4, p7, p8, p12, p13, p18, p19) from the problem p we can get the following subproblems: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|441    1) 1//(∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃1 2) 1//(∑𝐶 , 𝑇 … 𝑃2 3) 1//(∑𝐶 , 𝐸 …𝑃3 4) 1//(∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 …p4 5) 1//(∑𝐶 ,∑𝐸 …𝑃5 6) 1//(∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 …𝑃6 7) 1//(𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃7 8) 1//(∑𝑇 , 𝑇 …𝑃8 9) 1//(∑𝐸 , 𝐸 …𝑃9 10) 1//(∑𝐸 , 𝑇 …𝑃10 11) 1//( ∑𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃11 12) 1//(∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃12 13) 1//(∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃13 14) 1//(∑𝐶 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 …𝑃14 15) 1//(∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃15 16) 1//(∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 …𝑃16 17) 1//(∑𝐶 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃17 18) 1//(∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , 𝑇 …𝑃18 19) 1//(∑𝐶 , ∑𝐸 , 𝐸 …𝑃19 20) 1//( ∑𝑇 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 …𝑃20 for the sub-problems from (p13 to p17) we can use (ap) to find approximate set of efficient solutions. 4the 1// (∑𝑪𝒊 ∑𝑻𝒊 ∑𝑬𝒊 𝑻𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝑬𝒎𝒂𝒙) problem (sp) it is clear that the problem (sp) is a special case of the problem (p). the aim of this problem is to find the minimum value of the objective function ∑𝐶 ∑𝑇 ∑𝐸 𝑇 𝐸 . this problem is np-hard and local search algorithms are used to find its optimal solution. this problem can formally be written for a given schedule s=(1,…,n) as: 𝑉 𝑚𝑖𝑛 ∑𝐶 ∑𝑇 ∑𝐸 𝑇 𝐸 𝑠. 𝑡. 𝐶 𝑝 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝐶 𝐶 𝑝 𝑖 2, … , 𝑛 𝑇 𝐶 𝑑 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝑇 0 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝐸 𝑑 𝐶 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 𝐸 0 𝑖 1, … , 𝑛 ⎭ ⎪ ⎪ ⎬ ⎪ ⎪ ⎫ … sp the aim for problem (sp) is to find a processing order 𝜎=(𝜎(1),…, 𝜎(2)) of the jobs on a single machine to minimize the sum of the total completion time, total tardiness, total earliness, the maximum tardiness and the maximum earliness (∑𝐶 ∑𝑇 ∑𝐸 𝑇 𝜎 𝐸 𝜎 ), for a particular schedule 𝜎 ∈ s where s is the set of all feasible solutions. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|442    3. computational experiments 3.1 test problems performance of the algorithm (ap) for the problem (p) is compared on 5 problem instances for each n with the complete enumeration method (cem). for each job j, the processing time p was uniformly generated from uniform distribution [1,10]. also, for each job j, an integer due date d is generated from the uniform distribution [(1-tf-rdd/2)tp,(1tf+rdd/2)tp], where tp is the total processing times of all the jobs, tf is the tardiness factor, and rdd is the relative range of the due dates. for the two parameters tf and rdd, the values 0.2,0.4,0.6,0.8,1.0 for tf and the values 0.9,1.0 for rdd are considered. for each selected value of n, one problem is generated for each of the five values of parameter producing 5 test problems. 3.2 computational results for the problem (p) in the table (1) and table (2) we have: n: number of jobs ex: example number |cem|: the cardinal number (exact number) of efficient solutions obtained by complete enumeration method (cem). |alg ap|: the cardinal number (approximate number) of efficient solutions obtained by algorithm (ap). optimal: the optimal value of sum of (∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 obtained by (cem). best: the optimal or near optimal of sum of (∑𝐶 , ∑𝑇 , ∑𝐸 , 𝑇 , 𝐸 obtained by algorithm (ap), for n 10 and 11 n 100 respectively. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|443    table (1): comparison of number of efficient solutions of the algorithm (ap) with (cem) for n 10 for the problem (p). number of efficient solutions for (p) n ex |cem| optimal time |alg ap| best time 4 1 8 108 0.1197 5 108 0.2221 2 4 138 0.0126 4 138 0.0393 3 9 155 0.0127 4 155 0.0813 4 3 83 0.0071 2 83 0.669 5 10 59 0.0151 6 59 0.0107 no. of opt. 5 5 1 18 85 0.1270 3 85 0.1340 2 13 140 0.0299 7 140 0.2027 3 43 158 0.0432 8 158 0.0401 4 49 107 0.0463 11 109 0.0542 5 8 121 0.0227 6 121 0.1525 no. of opt. 4 6 1 41 156 0.2072 8 156 0.1808 2 16 152 0.0953 3 152 0.0171 3 52 197 0.1189 7 197 0.0322 4 26 193 0.1147 8 193 0.138 5 40 148 0.1119 4 148 0.0394 no. of opt. 5 7 1 64 232 9.4264 10 232 0.1539 2 50 206 16.9584 3 224 0.1954 3 58 246 10.7295 11 246 0.0499 4 59 226 12.2096 9 226 0.0149 5 55 189 88.6240 10 191 0.0605 no. of opt. 3 8 1 112 279 4.7087 1 299 0.1011 2 132 265 4.4248 3 294 0.2308 3 81 469 4.7034 1 518 0.0054 4 73 343 4.7177 6 343 0.0495 5 67 242 4.9829 8 242 0.0311 no. of opt. 2 9 1 74 295 39.5168 7 306 0.3677 2 231 249 49.1618 10 264 0.1849 3 139 384 44.8974 5 493 0.1562 4 150 325 45.5338 2 375 0.0057 5 205 344 43.6530 4 381 0.2455 no. of opt. 0 10 1 345 394 493.0906 19 394 0.3128 2 173 292 469.6615 13 294 0.2171 3 129 498 497.8566 7 498 0.0446 4 398 414 461.0331 5 454 0.1882 5 126 469 485.5750 17 469 0.2051 no. of opt. 3 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|444    table (2): the results of approximate efficient solutions obtained by using algorithm (ap) when 11 n 100 for the problem (p). number of efficient solutions for (p) n ex best |alg ap| time n ex best |alg ap| time 1 1 1 539 19 0.1168 1 2 1 627 24 0.1468 2 676 14 0.0254 2 769 16 0.0989 3 845 17 0.0302 3 769 3 0.0336 4 429 8 0.0265 4 639 22 0.0400 5 423 26 0.0457 5 740 2 0.0966 1 3 1 718 22 0.1542 1 4 1 1054 16 0.1131 2 614 33 0.0626 2 944 25 0.0491 3 761 35 0.0655 3 929 5 0.0277 4 850 21 0.0392 4 652 24 0.0894 5 776 9 0.0988 5 1002 10 0.0237 1 5 1 1163 31 0.1629 2 0 1 2243 12 0.4208 2 1437 5 0.0126 2 1982 50 0.1459 3 1203 2 0.1059 3 2307 41 0.1064 4 1167 3 0.1121 4 1695 2 0.1548 5 1221 34 0.0691 5 1583 47 0.1290 2 5 1 3405 2 0.2792 3 0 1 4733 7 0.1291 2 3701 50 0.1946 2 4537 7 0.1904 3 3782 2 0.1534 3 4517 50 0.1743 4 3630 2 0.1608 4 4466 50 0.1791 5 2937 50 0.1486 5 4477 2 0.2007 4 0 1 8553 50 0.3199 5 0 1 12541 5 0.3804 2 8438 50 0.2256 2 12816 2 0.2687 3 10368 50 0.2138 3 13280 7 0.2838 4 7863 2 0.2351 4 9580 50 0.2662 5 6729 50 0.2472 5 11708 45 0.2587 7 5 1 27124 14 0.5125 1 0 0 1 49021 2 0.6389 2 25069 17 0.3946 2 47162 2 0.5283 3 27450 2 0.4125 3 54565 2 0.5105 4 25915 2 0.3821 4 47173 50 0.5185 5 25514 16 0.4268 5 45498 2 0.5025 note from the table (1) the results show that: for 4 𝑛 10 the algorithm (ap) gives 22 exact optimal solutions for the problem (sp) from 35 test problems. from the results of tables (1) and (2) it is clear that the algorithm (ap) does not give good results for problems with large n. this is because the multicriteria scheduling problems are generally affected by a number of costs functions, and in our problems (p) and (sp) the number of cost function is five. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|445    basic structure of local search for a machine scheduling problem given:  finite set s of feasible solutions  objective function f:s→r the goal is to find a solution with a minimal objective value, i.e. a solution s∗ ∈ s with f(s∗)=min ∈ 𝑓 𝑠 basic structure of local search algorithm (lsa)  choose an initial solution;  repeat choose a solution from the neighborhood of the current solution and move to this solution  until stopping criteria variable neighborhood search (vns) algorithms the (vns) algorithms (dm and sm algorithms) depend on the selection of neighborhoods and the selection of the initial solution. in these(vns) algorithms, we use three initial solutions 𝑠 , 𝑠 and 𝑠 are obtained by solving the three single objective problems 1//∑ 𝐶 , 1//𝑇 and 1//𝐸 respectively. the adjacent pair interchange (api) neighborhood (n) is used to generate new solutions. for the (vns) algorithms, in each iteration initial solution s is selected, neighbor solutions are generated using n(s). the two algorithms (dm) and (sm) are run with stopping criterion at a known number of iterations depends on the number of jobs. hence, we assign more iterations to large instances which are obviously more time consuming to solve. problem instances the performance of the dm and sm algorithms are compared on 5 problems instances. to compare the solutions that the sizes of these instances are: for small size n=4,…,15 for middle size n=20,…, 150 for large size n=200,…5000 3.3 computational results for the problem (sp) computational results of local search algorithms (lsas) dm and sm is given in the following tables. we implement lsas as follows: since we know the optimal solutions for small size problems, which are obtained by bab algorithm for n 15[4], lsas use large number of iterations, hence each algorithm stop when it catches the optimal solution (termination condition), but may be for large size problems we used 100000 iterations as termination condition. in these lsas the neighborhoods generated using the api. the initial solution for the tested problems is generated using the minimum of (𝑠 ,𝑠 ,𝑠 ). the results obtained by lsas is given in table (3). the results show which local search algorithm gives solution closed to optimal solution obtained by bab and the corresponding time it needs to reach this solution for n 15. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|446    in table (4) we give the results of comparison between lsas themselves, for each algorithm, we find the best values and computation time. in table (3), table (4) and table (5) we have: n: number of jobs ex: example number node: the number of nodes. optimal: the optimal value obtained by bab algorithm [4]. no. of opt.:number of examples that catch the optimal value. no. of best: number of examples that catch the best value. sm:the value obtained by simulation annealing method. dm:the value obtained by decent method. time: time in seconds. table (3): the comparison between the optimal solutions obtained by bab and the results of lsas for small size problems bab local search n ex optimal node time dm time sm time 4 1 108 11 0.0718 108 0.3366 108 0.3460 2 138 7 0.0105 138 0.3310 138 0.3307 3 155 7 0.0083 155 0.3216 155 0.3338 4 83 7 0.0095 83 0.3241 83 0.3317 5 59 14 0.0125 59 0.3289 59 0.3331 no. of opt. 5 5 5 1 85 23 0.0174 85 0.3352 85 0.3384 2 140 19 0.0145 140 0.3257 140 0.3330 3 158 49 0.0242 158 0.3239 158 0.3320 4 107 94 0.0487 107 0.3234 107 0.3311 5 121 14 0.0142 121 0.3239 121 0.3336 no. of opt. 5 5 6 1 156 32 0.0361 156 0.3297 156 0.3424 2 152 30 0.0180 152 0.3248 152 0.3351 3 197 63 0.0297 197 0.3234 197 0.3410 4 193 67 0.0260 193 0.3252 193 0.3357 5 148 28 0.0171 148 0.3277 148 0.3316 no. of opt. 5 5 7 1 232 266 0.0984 232 0.3355 232 0.3406 2 206 310 0.0679 206 0.3544 206 0.3341 3 246 105 0.0338 246 0.3375 246 0.3324 4 226 173 0.0893 226 0.3291 226 0.3347 5 189 155 0.0570 189 0.3376 189 0.3320 no. of 5 5 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|447    opt. 8 1 279 279 0.3884 279 0.3310 279 0.3445 2 265 1966 0.9219 265 0.3473 265 0.3350 3 469 206 0.0217 469 0.3320 469 0.3343 4 343 90 0.0422 343 0.3301 343 0.3360 5 242 181 0.0874 242 0.3285 242 0.3430 no. of opt. 5 5 9 1 295 878 0.3527 295 0.3330 295 0.3590 2 249 1417 1.3732 249 0.3270 249 0.3387 3 384 441 0.0681 384 0.3299 384 0.3470 4 325 1571 1.3764 325 0.3271 325 0.3472 5 344 3328 3.7414 344 0.3282 344 0.3414 no. of opt. 5 5 10 1 394 36196 41.3435 394 0.3318 394 0.3406 2 292 1107 1.2757 292 0.3298 292 0.3369 3 498 619 0.7495 498 0.3276 498 0.3350 4 414 15733 17.9227 414 0.3291 414 0.3364 5 469 1958 2.2977 469 0.3263 469 0.3383 no. of opt. 5 5 11 1 539 11614 13.3561 539 0.3645 539 0.3538 2 676 14469 16.4799 676 0.3488 676 0.3397 3 845 10094 11.6457 845 0.3408 845 0.3644 4 429 1344 1.5238 429 0.3509 429 0.3535 5 423 23246 26.3099 423 0.3337 423 0.3476 no. of opt. 5 5 12 1 627 10443 11.9636 627 0.3405 627 0.3560 2 769 7801 8.7461 769 0.3534 769 0.3849 3 602 97941 111.6275 602 0.3294 602 0.3577 4 630 22908 26.8492 630 0.3297 630 0.3601 5 689 45890 53.9377 689 0.3384 689 0.3591 no. of opt. 5 5 13 1 718 49918 59.1163 718 0.3347 718 0.3889 2 573 967292 1.8000e+03 573 0.3354 573 0.3583 3 749 349384 653.6059 749 0.3298 749 0.3660 4 828 82155 161.0544 828 0.3381 828 0.3625 5 692 932627 1.7117e+03 692 0.3296 692 0.3621 no. of opt. 5 5 14 1 1054 19719 36.7386 1054 0.3465 1054 0.3839 2 944 148623 208.8141 944 0.3386 944 0.3773 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|448    3 881 135901 225.9353 881 0.3288 881 0.3636 4 617 1241576 1.8000e+03 617 0.3302 617 0.3644 5 949 500964 912.6224 949 0.3323 949 0.3743 no. of opt. 5 5 15 1 1163 999952 1.8000e+03 1163 0.3428 1163 0.4000 2 1354 979356 1.8000e+03 1354 0.3362 1354 0.3645 3 1045 1408198 1.8000e+03 1045 0.3317 1045 0.3662 4 1095 1542277 1.8000e+03 1095 0.3308 1095 0.3930 5 1194 1126274 1.8000e+03 1194 0.3435 1194 0.3881 no. of opt. 5 5 note: for the results of the table (3) for the problem (sp), the exact method (bab) guarantee a global optimum for np-hard problem, but the time required that grows exponentially with size of the problem, and often only small or medium sized instances can be solved almost demonstrable optimality. in this case, the only possibility for large causes is to use lsas. table (4): the results of (lsas) for middle size problems (sp). 1//(∑c ∑t ∑e t e ) n ex best dm time sm time 20 1 2192 2192 17.1704 2192 17.9940 2 1980 1980 17.2340 1980 18.1652 3 2307 2307 17.2693 2307 17.8001 4 1614 1614 17.0662 1614 17.9575 5 1480 1480 17.2500 1480 18.1025 no. of best 5 5 25 1 3074 3074 17.4439 3074 18.0000 2 3576 3576 17.3106 3576 18.0559 3 3304 3304 17.2883 3304 17.9902 4 3252 3252 17.3190 3252 17.9990 5 2868 2868 17.0024 2868 19.0635 no. of best 5 5 30 1 4617 4617 17.7994 4617 19.7571 2 4326 4326 17.2849 4326 19.3264 3 4484 4484 17.5013 4484 19.2168 4 4381 4381 17.6284 4381 19.4044 5 4144 4144 17.4485 4144 19.1458 no. of best 5 5 40 1 8391 8391 17.8830 8391 18.3505 2 8229 8229 18.5320 8229 18.5105 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|449    3 10128 10128 17.7782 10128 18.4321 4 7423 7423 18.5639 7423 18.4112 5 6570 6571 18.3700 6570 18.5121 no. of best 4 5 50 1 12294 12294 17.8408 12294 18.6126 2 12235 12235 18.3901 12235 18.7420 3 12943 12943 18.1681 12943 18.7678 4 9427 9427 17.9928 9427 18.6223 5 11453 11453 17.9824 11453 18.7382 no. of best 5 5 75 1 26660 26660 18.1376 26660 19.1078 2 24708 24708 18.8023 24708 19.3242 3 25066 25066 18.8975 25066 19.2128 4 24067 24067 18.9234 24067 19.1542 5 23517 23517 18.2172 23517 19.2733 no. of best 5 5 100 1 47533 47533 19.5215 47533 20.2826 2 44798 44798 19.2866 44798 20.2693 3 51191 51191 19.5268 51191 20.1367 4 45303 45303 18.9843 45303 20.4310 5 42456 42456 19.8174 42456 20.1911 no. of best 5 5 table (5): the results of (lsas) for large size problems (sp). 1//(∑c ∑t ∑e t e ) n ex best dm time sm time 150 1 114782 114782 21.3637 114782 21.8264 2 105271 105271 20.8970 105272 21.1729 3 113900 113900 20.9309 113900 22.3416 4 107808 107808 21.0479 107808 22.1926 5 105044 105044 20.9315 105044 21.8763 no. of best 5 4 200 1 190272 190272 23.3108 190272 27.7667 2 195197 195197 22.6171 195197 24.3901 3 201662 201662 22.7381 201662 23.2338 4 165780 165780 22.5827 165780 23.1716 5 174895 174895 22.6055 174896 23.5996 no. of best 5 4 500 1 1249270 1249270 32.5923 1249270 34.1950 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|450    2 1221710 1221710 34.1415 1221710 34.0155 3 1221949 1221949 33.5762 1221950 33.7248 4 1128689 1128689 33.3125 1128691 33.6118 5 1082602 1082602 33.2352 1082603 33.2889 no. of best 5 2 1000 1 5192233 5192233 50.9866 5192235 51.6225 2 4985474 4985474 50.0319 4985474 51.0978 3 4938789 4938789 49.7726 4938789 51.2369 4 4569662 4569662 49.7137 4569662 50.9907 5 4212750 4212750 49.6992 4212751 51.4793 no. of best 5 3 2000 1 19815089 19808339 86.6824 19808339 89.8018 2 19527160 19527160 87.8703 19527160 88.2342 3 19826853 19826853 87.6722 19826853 90.6310 4 17448482 17448482 88.4805 17448482 88.4856 5 17743289 17743289 87.6191 17743289 88.2204 no. of best 5 5 2500 1 3124028 3124028 112.0557 31224028 114.6281 2 30408720 30408720 108.1435 30408722 111.4571 3 30655008 30655008 108.8118 30655008 109.5242 4 27788565 27788565 107.5072 27788565 110.2695 5 27166817 27166817 111.9192 27166817 112.1854 no. of best 5 4 3000 1 44450378 44450378 127.9788 44450378 129.7762 2 44309450 44309450 128.7811 44309450 128.7734 3 45225080 45225080 126.3454 45225080 127.8855 4 39495210 39495210 126.7486 39495210 128.4215 5 40045879 40045879 127.8283 40045879 127.8793 no. of best 5 5 4000 1 79877216 79877216 164.5052 79877216 164.7037 2 79609210 79609210 168.6264 79609210 165.2966 3 78861024 78861024 164.0467 78861024 164.4531 4 71495346 71495346 175.1210 71495346 166.4173 5 70029765 70029765 165.5078 70029765 166.7640 no. of best 5 5 5000 1 123462832 123462832 207.2337 123462832 214.6064 2 121049540 121049540 214.2919 121049540 216.2722 3 110342921 110342921 206.2056 110342921 223.8944 4 109574701 109574701 225.0643 109574701 204.9242 5 111141203 111141203 204.3804 111141203 206.6917 no. of best 5 5 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1817 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|451    4. conclusion in this thesis, the problems of scheduling jobs on one machine for a variety of multicriteria are considered. we propose algorithm, which gave set of efficient solutions for the problem (p) 1//(∑c , ∑t , ∑e , t , e ). a local search algorithm (dm and sm) are used to find near optimal solution for problem (sp) of size (5000) jobs. references [1] t.s. abdul-razaq and z.m. ali "minimizing the total completion time, the total tardiness and the maximum tardiness", ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. 28, 155170. 2015 [2] t.s. abdul-razaq and z.m. ali "minimizing the total completion time, the total earliness and the maximum earliness".2016 [3] t.s. abdul-razaq, manal g. ahmed and h. manal . ibrahim, " equivalent between weighted earliness and weighted tardiness problems on a single machine", al mustansiriyah j. sci. 2013 [4] t.s abdul-razaq and a.o. akram . "minimizing multi-criteria on a single machine" to appear in journal of education almustansiriyah university. .2017 [5] s.s. al-assaf. "solving multiple objectives scheduling problems", m.sc. thesis univ. of almustansiriyah, college of science, dep. of mathematics (2007). [6] du, j. leung, j. y. t. minimizing total tardiness on one processor is np-hard, mathematics of operations research, 15, 483-495. 1990 [7] s. french . "sequencing and scheduling : an introduction to the mathematical of job shop " ,john wiley and sons, new york, (1982). [8] j.a. hoogeveen, s.l. van de velde . “ minimizing total completion time and maximum cost simultaneously is solvable in polynomial time”, operations research letters 17, 205– 208(1995). [9] j.r. jackson. “ scheduling a production line to minimize maximum tardiness”, research report 43, management sciences research project, ucla(1955). [10] m.e. kurz and s. canterbury .''minimizing total flow time and maximum earliness on a single machine using multiple measures of fitness", genetic and evolutionary computation conference, 803-809. 2005 [11] e. lawler . "a pseudo-polynomial algorithm for sequencing jobs to minimize total tardiness" annals of research letters, 1:207–208, 1977. [12] g.moslehi, r.moghaddam, m.vasei, and a.azaron . “optimal scheduling for a single machine to minimize the sum of maximum earliness and tardiness considering idle insert ",applied mathematics and computation 167 , 1430–1450(2005). [13] smith w.e. , "various optimizers for single stage production", naval research logistics quarterly 3/1, 59-66(1956). [14] e. steure ralph. "multiple criteria optimization: theory, computation and application" willey, (1986). [15] r. tadei, a. grosso, , and f. della croce . "finding the pareto-optima for the total and maximum tardiness single machine problem", discrete applied mathematics 124, 117126. 2002 [16] l.n. van wassenhove and f. gelders "solving a bicriterion scheduling problem", european journal of operational research 4/1, 42-48(1980).  261 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 molecular dynamics simulation of imidazole aqueous solution at 298.15, 303.15 and 308.15 k y. i. mohammed department of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 21 june 2011 accepted in: 16 november 2011 abstract m d simulation of imidazole aqueous solution at 298.15, 303.15 and 308.15 k was carried out by using opls force field from this simulation we calculate rdf of n-h… oh2 and n…hoh type of interactions, the results show that the hydration shell around n-h site at 5a0 decade with the increase of temperature and reformed at 10a0, so n site has two conserved hydration shells at approximate 4 and 6a0 respectively these are stable in this temperature range but the order and number of water molecules are varying with temperature specially the hydration shell at 4a0. key words: imidazole, molecular dynamics, interaction simulation. introduction imidazole is considered one of the raising interesting species as a molecule or moiety as well it has drawn a remarkable attention for long time in bio-chemistry by being as a part of amino acid histidine that plays an important role as building block of active site geometry of many enzymes and its main job is transferring of proton between reacted species during enzymatic reaction [1, 2]. also the imidazole moiety exist in histamine that is derived from histidine, histamine is the compound that causes the allergic response in the living organisms [3]. in modern chemistry, this property gives to imidazole great importance in designing molecular relays [4], switches [5] and hybrid nano-devices with cellular systems [6]. molecular dynamic (md) simulations considered a powerful tool to elucidate the molecular behavior at microscopic level and means used to connect it with macroscopic description [7]. so the aim of this study is to get a picture on the molecular interaction that exists between solvated imidazole molecules with its environment of solvent water molecules and prepares a basis by which we can connect with practical experimental data. method and calculations the semi-empirical geometry optimization calculations and mm md (classical molecular mechanics molecular dynamics) simulations were carried out using programs included in hyperchem 8.0.8 package, the simulation calculations were accomplished in excel (2007) program that satisfied through dynamic data exchange protocol between hyperchem and office programs. all calculations were done with personal lap top lg with processor intel® core™2 duo cpu. the geometry of imidazole molecule was optimized using pm3 (parameterized model number 3) semi-empirical method using polak-rebeire algorithm, the structural data including bond lengths, bond angles, charge distribution and atom numbering are given in table (1) and figure(1a,1b). the values of independent internal coordinates that displayed in the above figures and table are (9) bond lengths and (7) bond angles the remaining (5) coordinates (according to the low 3n-6) are the dihedral angles 262 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 which take the (0) value for this planer molecule at its ground state. in addition the charge distribution upon the molecule is shown in figure (2). imidazole molecule and 212 water molecules with periodic boundary conditions represented by cubic box with length of 18.7a0, dielectric of the media was kept constant and inner and outer radius cutoff were 5.35 and 9.35 a0 respectively, we use standard opls (optimized potentials for liquid simulations) force field method for simulation three temperatures were taken (298.15, 303.15 and 308.15 k). the tip3p model (transferable intermolecular potentials 3 point charge water model) was adopted for water–water interactions. this is a three-site water model which has been widely used for pure water as well as for aqueous ionic and non-ionic solutions. to carry out the simulations, we employed a time step of 0.0001 ps and a thermal bath coupling parameter of 1ps. an auxiliary simulation of pure water under identical conditions was also carried out. in this case, the simulation length was 5 ps. results and discussion at it must pay the attention to the simulation in this study is carried out under classical conditions where we ignored quantum effects such as ionization, bond breaking or formation as initial approximation. to connect between the macroscopic isothermal and its equivalence on the microscopic level, the microscopic temperature that calculated from equation [8]: t(t) = ……………………………………………..(1) where t: temperature (k) t: time in pico second (ps) n: number of atoms n: number of constrained degrees of freedom p: linear momentum (g.a0.ps-1) q: generalized coordinate in angstrom (a0) m: atom mass (g) (gram) this relates to average kinetic energy of the system that settled after each time step from previous time trajectory by the equation: q(t+∆t) = q(t) + ∆t …………………………………………………….(2) p (t+∆t) =p (t) +m a (t) ∆t……………………………………..………… (3) (a) linear acceleration in a0.ps-2 the temperature histogram over the simulation period time shows that the system has reached equilibrium at the simulation temperatures as shown in figures (3, 4 and 5). also the average of temperature was reported in table (2). the difference between the values of simulation temperatures and their average is due to dynamic nature of the kinetic energy transfer during random motion of the molecules, this deviation will de remarkable at the microscopic level. analysis of solution structure the radial distribution function measures how atoms and molecules organize around each other, it provides structural properties such as details on the local structure, the following expressions is used to calculate rdf between to selected atoms a and b [9] = …………………………………………………………………… (4) 263 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 where gab: radial distribution function of b type atoms around a type atom ρab(r): number density of b type atoms that have a distance r from a type atom(a0)-3 the local density is given by [9]: ρab(r) = …………………………………………………………………..(5) : average number of b type atoms that have a distance between r and ∆r from a type atom : volume of spherical shell between r and ∆r (a0)3 the value of spherical thickness ∆r which is chosen small enough to provide important features of rdf but large enough to assure good statistics, finally the gab was normalized according to the equation [8]: (r)dr =1……………………………………………………………………(6) v: volume of the simulation solution (a0)3 rdf was displayed in figures (6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11). rdf for all figures indicate few numbers of water molecules at a distance smaller than 3.9a0 because the steric effect of residual sides of imidazole that prevent water from being closer to the specific interaction sites of imidazole, the interaction n-h.…oh2 at 298.15k figure (6) indicates high order of water molecules around acidic proton of imidazole specially at a distance approximate to 5a0 which we can consider it as a main hydration shell at this temperature (include about45 water molecules) the sharpness of the peaks that exist in this figure is similar to that of solid state materials [10] make we propose the water molecules in these hydration shells is (bulk water) or they have semi regular lattice [11], this behavior is described as a structure making property in practical volumetric and viscometric studies[12,13], the second highest peak near 7.3a0 belong to the second hydration shell which contains 15 water molecules, the distance between first and second hydration shells is 2.3a0 correspond to the diameter of water molecule, in the site n…hoh at the same temperature as indicated in figure (7) the regulation of water molecules around 5a0 is less than that of the previous site where there is a remarkable amount of non-ordered dense water molecules contribute with ordered water molecules in this hydration shell in addition there is a second hydration shell around this site contains ordered water molecules at about 6.4a0. at 303.15k figure (8) indicates decrease of the order of water molecules around n-h site also there is a strong hydrogen bonding with one water molecule has a distance 2.9a0 that contributes with increasing thermal energy by disorder raising of water molecules around n-h site, in other hand the regulation around n site [figure(9)] at about 3.9a0 is increased which seems as water molecules have transferred their ordered structures around this site and lifting the n-h site this perhaps is due to the increasing vibrational motion of n-h bond and the water molecule that is attached with it by hydrogen bonding this motion act to destroy ordered structures around this site and act to push these structures away to other site n. figure (10) indicates returning the order of water molecules around n-h site at 308.15k but the maximum intensity is shifted near 10a0 away from raising vibrated species and the sequence of intensities is reversed from that of figure (6) at 298.15k indicating the decrease of stability of bulk water as it becomes close to n-h site while figure (11) indicates the site n has approximately similar structure of hydration shells in 298.15k and 308.15k in the light of connection of the results in this work with our previous practical results [14] it can be estimated that in spite of ignoring the effect of ionization and association in this work and left them as a subject of other works we can conclude that increasing the value of limited apparent molal volume with increasing temperature agrees with shifting of hydration shell at n-h from 5a0 to 10a0 also the effect of imidazole molecule as a structure-breaking 264 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 material agrees with decay of hydration shell in n-h site at 303.15k and this decay behavior is the major of observation in the practical study. references 1branden, c. and tooze, j. (1999)”introduction to protein structure”, second edition, garland publishing, usa 2swarnalatha, y. and thomas, c. (2004)"determination of enzyme mechanisms by molecular dynamics studies on quinoproteins, methanol dehydrogenase, and soluble glucose dehydrogenase", protein science, 13: 1965-1978 3xu, d.; wei, y.; wu, j.; dunaway-maiano, d.; guo, h.;cui, q. and gao, j. (2004)"qm/mm studies of the enzyme-catalysed dechlorination of 4-chlorobenzoyl-coa provide insight into reaction energetic" ,j. amer. chem. soc. articles, 126(42): 1364913658 4li, g.; martins-costa, m.; millot, c. and ruiz-lópez, m. (1998) "am1/tip3p molecular dynamics simulation of imidazole proton-relay processes in aqueous solution", chemical physics letters, 297(1-2): 38-44 5steed, j.; turner, d. and wallace, k. (2007) “core concepts in supramolecular chemistry and nanochemistry”, first edition, wiley, england 6schmidt, j.; jiang, x. and montemagno, c. (2002)"force tolerances of hybrid nanodevices", nano lett. 0(0): 1-5 7sethna, j. (2008) "entropy order parameters and complexity", second edition, oxford university press, india 8cramer, c. (2004) "essentials of computational chemistry", second edition, john wiley & sons ltd, minnesota usa 9marquez, a. and balbuena, p. (2001)"molecular dynamics study of graphite/electrolyte interfaces", j. electro. chem. soc., 148(6): a624-a635 10chandler, d. (1987) "introduction to statistical mechanics", first edition, oxford university press, new york 11kanno, h.; yonehama, k.; somraj, a. and yoshimura, y. (2006)" structure-making ions become structure breakers in glassy aqueous electrolyte solutions", chemical physics letters, 427(1-3): 82-86 12parmer, m.; sharma, p.and guleria, m. (2009) "a comparative study of partial molar volumes of some hydrated and unhydrous salts of transition metal sulphates and magnesium sulphate in water at different temperatures", indian journal of chemistry, 48a: 57-62 13 – klofutar, c.; horvat, j.; bester-rogac, m. and rudan-tasic, d. (2009)" viscosity of aqueous solutions of tetramethyl-,tetraethyl-, tetra-n-propyl-, tetra-n-butyl-, and tetran-pentylammonium cyclohexylsulfamates from 293.15 k to 323.15 k", acta chim. slov, 56: 188-195 14mohammed, y.; naser, j. and habeeb, s. (2009) "volumetric study of imidazole in aqueous solutions at 298.15,303 and 308.15 k", diala jour., 37: 407-417 table (1): independent bond angle values angle value (degree.) 3-2-1 108.89 4-5-3 108.95 2-1-4 108.76 7-3-5 126.83 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00092614 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00092614 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00092614 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00092614 265 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): the value of temperature average of simulation n n h h h h 9 5 7 3 8 4 2 1 6 n n h h h h 0.90657 1.0923 1.0887 1.0885 1.3931 1.4026 1.3849 1.3929 1.3481 (a) (b) fig. (1): (a) the number labeling of the molecule (b) the values of bond lengths of imidazole a0 9-5-4 125.05 8-4-1 130.28 6-1-2 121.56 t (simulation)/k t(average)/k 298.15 299.25 303.15 302.15 308.15 308.56 266 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 n n h h h h 0.071 0.311 0.163 -0.257 0.152 -0.329 -0.118 -0.134 0.141 fig. (2): charge distribution on imidazole atoms fig. (3): temperature simulation histogram at 298.15k fig. (4): temperature simulation histogram at 303.15k 267 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (5): temperature simulation histogram at 308.15k fig. (6): rdf of n-h……oh2 interaction at 298.15k fig. (7): rdf of n……hoh interaction at 298.15k fig. (8): rdf of n-h……oh2 interaction at 303.15k 268 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (9): rdf of n……hoh interaction at 303.15k fig. (10): rdf of n-h……oh2 interaction at 308.15k fig. (11): rdf of n……hoh interaction at 308.15k 269 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 محاكاة الديناميك الجزيئي للمحلول المائي لالميدازول في درجات مطلقة) 308.15 و 298.15 ,303.15حرارة( يوسف ابراهيم محمد قسم الكيمياء، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد 2011الثاني تشرين 16قبل البحث في 2011حزيران 21استلم البحث في الخالصة 308.15و 298.15 ,303.15اجريت محاكة الديناميك الجزيئي للمحلول المائي لالميدازول في درجات حرارة ( و n-h…oh2. من هذه المحاكة حسبت دالة التوزيع القطري للتداخل الجزيئي oplsدرجة مطلقة باستعمال مجال قوة اذ تضمحل هذه الطبقة 5a0تقع على بعد n-hوقد بينت النتائج ان طبقة التميؤالرئيسة حول الموقع n…hohكذلك يمتلك طبقتي تميؤ مستقرتين عند n. كذلك فان موقع التداخل 10a0بزيادة درجة الحرارة لتشكل طبقة تميؤ جديدة عند 4a0 6وa0 اء يكون متغيرا بتغير درجة الحرارة والسيما للطبقة في هذا المدى الحراري ولكن انتظام وعدد جزيئات الم 4a0 . : اميدازول، ديناميك جزيئي، محاكاة التداخلالكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 304-309 304علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 الذباب المنزلي كفاءة مصائدتأثير بعض المعايير في العبيدي وليد ابراهيم غريب مكي حمد عبد علي جامعة بغداد /كلية الزراعة /قسم وقاية النبات 2016نيسان5 ،قبل في : 2016 شباط 21استلم في: الخالصة مع ةالالصق ةز القياسيايملو ةالتي تضمنت مصيد في صيد الذباب المنزلي بعض المصائد ةالى كفاء ةالدراست اشار في مسك ةالمسطح ةوالمصيد ةالالصق ةالهرمي ةوالمصيد ةالالصق ةالمضلع ةاالسطواني ةالمصيد ،منها ةثالثه اشكال محور النتائج بينتوقد اسطبالت الخيول في نادي الفروسية الواقع غرب العاصمة بغداد في ة. تم اجراء التجربة المنزلي ةالذباب ومن جانب اخر ةالالصق ةالمضلع ةاالسطواني ةوالمصيد ةالالصق ةز القياسياوليم ةبين مصيد ةاختالفات طفيف وجود ئد في معدل عدد الذباب المنزلي الذي تم اصطياده التي للمصا ةبين كل االشكال المحور ةهناك اختالفات معنويظهرت ةوالمسطح ةالالصق ةوالهرمي ةالالصق ةالمضلع ةاالسطواني ةلمصيدل ةمصيد ذبابه / 155.6, 363.3, 597.6وصلت الى معدالت صيد اما بالنسبة لتجربة تاثير اللون فقد سجلت الوان االصفر واالبيض واالزرق واالحمر على التوالي . ةالالصق متر 2,1,0ذبابة/مصيدة على التوالي، بينما بين تأثيرعامل االرتفاع لالرتفاعات 81.6،22.6، 123.6، 159.3 ذبابة / مصيدة على التوالي في حين اظهر اختبار تأثير نوع الطعم فروقا معنوية بين 176.6،159.3،344.3معدالت صيد والمتمثلة بدم االغنام ولحوم الدواجن، إذ سجلت الطعوم الثالثة معدالت صيد طعم لحوم االسماك عن الطعمين االخرين ذبابة/ مصيدة على التوالي .135.6،164.3،206.6 : المصائد الالصقة، الذباب المنزلي ، الوان المصائد ، الطعومالكلمات المفتاحية 305علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة للمصائد دور كبير في مجال مكافحة الذبابة المنزلية، إذ تساعد في خفض الكثافة العددية للذبابة المنزلية في المناطق ].ان تقنية مراقبة الذباب 2],إذ تم استعمال انواع مختلفة من المصـائد في صيد الذبـاب المنزلي [1التي يتم نصبها فيها [ ] وهناك العديد من التقنيات المختلفة 3ء مهم من برنامج ادارة الذباب المتكامل [جز musca domesticaالمنزلي والطعوم التي تمت اإلشارة اليها في البحوث رغم االختالف في النتائج التي تم الحصول عليها والتي اخذت بالحسبان ان صائد ذات الطعوم ،المصائد الالصقة اخذ العينات يتضمن أخذ المالحظات بشكل مباشر عن طريق ،المواد الجاذبة ،الم ،المصائد الضوئية وحساب الذباب على االوراق والبالستيك واغلفة الزجاج .تم اعتماد اسلوب وضع المصائد بالنسبة الى ] 4,5مستوى االرض لمكافحة الذباب [ ون الطعوم في غرف ذات حرارة ] دُرس تأثير الموقع في مسك الذبابة المنزلية في المصائد الضوئية مع او بد6[ مسيطر عليها .كما درس تأثير الموقع في المصائد المطعمة في بيوت الدواجن .كما درس تفضيل األلوان بوساطة تجارب ] تحديد اعداد 8] الى عدد البقع التي يتركها الذباب على الواح من الخشب بعدة ألوان،.واستطاع الباحث[7عديدة إذ أشار [ ر الذباب على االلواح الخشبية التي اعدت لهذا الغرض.استعملت العديد من الجاذبات في جذب الذباب المنزلي ومدة استقرا ] ومن بين الجاذبات التي تم استعمالها فرمونات 9من بينها استعمال مزيج معقد من الجاذبات مثل السكر واليوريا والدم [ ] وقد استعمل هذا الفرمون تجاريا فيما بعد،كما استعمل 10المنزلية [ في جذب ذكور وأناث الذبابة 9-triosene-(z)الجنس .linoleic acidو trimethylamine hydrochloridec indole] مستحضر يحتوي على 11[ المواد وطرائق العمل المواد المستعملة في صنع المصائد المحورة فيها المواد اآلتيةتم نحضير ثالثة اشكال مختلفة من مصيدة وليامز استعملت فايبركالس شفاف -1 سم 5سم وارتفاعه 10قطعة من شريط معدني مثني من عدة أماكن وتم ربط الطرفين باللحام قطره -2 شريط الصق ودبابيس تثبيت -3 ايطالي المنشأ trapcollصمغ نوع -4 لغرض رفع المصيدة سلك معدني رفيع -5 عمل هيكل معدني للمصيدةاسالك معدنية مستقيمة لغرض 6 انواع المصائد تم الحصول عليها من السوق المحلية standard williams trapمصيدة وليامز القياسية -1 ribbed cylindrical williams trap المضلعةمصيدة وليامز االسطوانية -2 يطوى الفايبركالس تم عمل هذا الشكل باستعمال شريط معدني تم ثنيه من عدة أماكن مع ربط نهايتي الشريط ثم الشفاف حول الشريط المعدني و يثبت بالشريط الالصق والدبابيس لنحصل على شكل اسطواني مضلع يمثل مصيدة وليامز المكان المراد اجراء التجربة فيه بعد طالئها بمادة الصمغ من الخارج .األسطوانية المضلعة ثم ترفع بسلك معدني رفيع في pyramid williams trap مصيدة وليامز هرمية الشكل -3 يتم تشكيل االسالك بشكل هرمي ثم يثبت الورق المقوى ويطلى بالصمغ ثم ترفع بالسلك الرفيع في المكان المخصص . flat williams trap مصيدة وليامز المسطحة -4 وفي هذا النوع ثبتت االسالك المعدنية بشكل مستطيل ,بعدها يتم تثبيت الفايبركالس الشفاف على االسالك المعدنية بالسلك لنحصل على مصيدة مسطحة ثم تطلى بعد ذلك بالصمغ وتعلقباستعمال الشريط الالصق على االسالك المعدنية المعدني الرفيع. تأثير شكل المصيدة في الكثافة العددية للذباب المنزلي اجريت هذه التجربة في اسطبالت الخيول في نادي الفروسية الواقع غرب العاصمة بغداد، وذلك لتحديد افضل شكل ئي بواقع ثالثة يمكن اعتماده لهذه المصيدة عند استعمالها في صيد أو جذب الذبابة المنزلية،تم توزيع المصائد بشكل عشوا ساعة،تم بعد ذلك يتم رفع المصائد وتسجيل البيانات الخاصة بالتجربة 24مكررات لكل مصيدة داخل االسطبل وتركت لمدة تأثير الطيف اللوني للمصيدة في الكثافة العددية للذباب المنزلي سك الحشرات باالعتماد على التجربة السابقة وبعد يتم انتخاب المصيدة المالئمة بعد التأكد من كفاءة المصائد لجمع وم التأكد من صيد المصيدة المالئمة إذ تم تبطين الفايبر كالس الشفاف بورق مقوى ملون,واستعملت لهذا الغرض اربعة الوان لشفاف هي (اللون االصفر واللون االبيض واللون االحمر واللون االزرق) ( تم تجنب استعمال الصبغ مع الفايبركالس ا وذلك الحتواء الصبغ على مواد كيميائية ذات روائح نفاذة قد تؤثر في كفاءة المصيدة ) وزعت المصائد في اماكن مختلفة السطبالت الخيول وبواقع ثالثة مكررات لكل لون إذ علقت في اماكن وجود الخيول وفي مخازن االعالف فضالً عن الحقل واحد متر من سطح االرض.الخارجي التابع لالسطبل وعلى ارتفاع 306علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 في كفاءة المصيدة تأثير عامل االرتفاع يتم أنتخاب المصيدة المالئمة بعد التأكد من كفاءة المصيدة لجمع ومسك الحشرات باالعتماد على التجربتين السابقتين متر عن مستوى 2,1,0في دراسة تأثير هذا العامل إذ تم اعتماد ثالثة ارتفاعات هي وبعد التأكد من صيد المصيدة المالئمة سطح االرض وبمعدل ثالثة مكررات لكل ارتفاع وأجريت التجربة في نادي الفروسية حيث توضع الخيول (الواحدة منها) ساعة واخذت البيانات 24مصائد بعد ذات فتحة جانبية مصممة مكاناً لوضع العلف .تم رفع ال 2م 5 4داخل قاعة ابعادها الخاصة بالتجربة بعد جلبها للمختبر . تأثير نوع الطعم في كفاءة المصيدة في صيد الذباب المنزلي ا من السوق المحلية ،اما دم االغنام فقد تم متم استعمال ثالثة طعوم هي لحم السمك ولحم الدجاج تم الحصول عليه المجازر المحلية .بعد تجهيز مصيدة وليامز االسطوانية المضلعة ذات لون اصفر تم تثبيت الطعوم الحصول عليه من احدى (لحم السمك ولحم الدجاج ) بتقطيع اللحم الى قطع صغيرة وتثبيتها بوساطة دبابيس على سطح المصيدة ،بينما طعم الدم فتم أجريت التجربة في نادي متر. 2علقت على ارتفاع حول المصيدة ثم رشت بالدم,وسم 5تثبيت قطعة من الشاش بعرض ذلك ونقلت المصائد الى ساعة ، رفعت المصائد بعد 24الفروسية أيضاً بواقع ثالثة مكررات لكل طعم وتركت لمدة المختبرألخذ البيانات الخاصة بالتجربة التحليل االحصائي واستعمل البرنامح crd) (complete randomized designوفق التصميم العشوائي الكاملالنتائج تم تحليل تحت l.s.dفي عملية تحليل النتائج ,اختبرت الفروق االحصائية باستعمال اقل فرق معنوي genstateاألحصائي .(0.05)مستوى احتمال النتائج والمناقشة مصائد في معدل صيدها للذباب المنزلي عن ) ان المصيدة االسطوانية القياسية افضل ال1أوضحت النتائج ( الجدول ذبابة/مصيدة تلتها المصيدة ذات الشكل 618االشكال الثالثة المحورة االخرى، اذ بلغ معدل عدد الذباب المنجذب ذبابة / مصيدة كما لوحظ عدم وجود فروق معنوية واضحة في معدل الصيد 597.6االسطواني المضلع اذ بلغ معدل صيدها من جانب اخر فقد أشار الجدول نفسه الى انخفاض في معدل صيد المصائد الهرمية والمسطحة المحورة التي للمصيدتين ، ذبابة/ للمصيدة وعلى التوالي.تتفق نتائج الدراسة الحالية مع دراسة 155.6و 363.3بلغ معدل عدد االفراد المنجذبة لكليهما استعمال اشكال اخرى تفوق مساحتها المصيدة االسطوانية إذ اصطادت ] الذي أشار الى ان رغم 12سابقة قام بها الباحث[ وهذا ربما يعود الى ان المصيدة االسطوانية تواجه االتجاهات كافة التي 2مايقارب ثالثة أضعاف االشكال االخرى لكل سم يحتمل بها صيد الذباب . ناً فيما بينها في كفاءة المصيدة ،إذ تبين ان اللون ) ان االلوان المستعملة أظهرت تأثيرا متباي2أوضح (الجدول ،بينما أظهر 159.3االصفر هو اللون االكثركفاءة في صيد الذباب المنزلي، إذ بلغ معدل عدد األفراد الذي تم أصطياده ذبابة/مصيدة. 22.6اللون االحمر كفاءة اقل في عملية الصيد و بلغ معدل عدد االفراد الذي تم صيده ] ان الذباب المنزلي يستجيب للضوء واللون وأشار الى ان األلوان التقل اهمية عن الجاذبات االخرى وقارن بين 13[ذكر ] من ان المصيدة الصفراء جذبت 14االلوان ومايحيط بها ومقدار بريق السطوح .وقد اتفقت هذه الدراسة مع ماجاء به [ ]الى مفاهيم تداخل اللون 15,االخضر ,االزرق ,االسود واالبيض. أشار[ ذباباًاكثر وبفارق معنوي مقارنة بااللون االحمر ] ان االنعكاس البصري لاللوان مهم في 7,8وطعم المصائد في زيادة كفاءة المصائد في صيد الذباب المنزلي ,كما اشار [ ].14جذب الذباب المنزلي اذ ان االلوان اكثر جذبا من االبيض وهذا يتفق مع ما ذكره [ ) أن معدل عدد الذباب المنزلي الذي تم جمعه تتباين حسب االرتفاعات المختلفة بالنسبة ألسطبل 3لوحظ من ( الجدول وقد مترعلى األرتفاعات االخرى وبفارق معنوي، إذ بلغ معدل عدد الذباب 2الخيول إذ تفوق معدل صيد المصيدة بأرتفاع ذبابة للمصيدة على 176.6و 159.3سطح االرض الذي وصل الى متر وعند1ذبابة /مصيدة مقارنة بأالرتفاع 344.3 متر يؤدي الى التأثير في صيد المصيدة نتيجة لحركة الخيول الطاردة للذباب مما يجعل 2التوالي، وقد وجد أن االرتفاع ] ان أكفأ صيد للذباب 14كثافة الذباب في هذا االرتفاع اكبر من كثافته في االرتفاعات االخرى. أتفقت هذه الدراسة مع [ متر عندما نصبت في مماشي البيوت وهذا يتماشى مع سلوك 2المنزلي حدث في المصائد المعلقة في السقف اي أكثر من الذباب المنزلي الذي يستقر في االماكن المرتفعة .قد تختلف هذه النتائج مع نتائج اخرى باختالف مواقع وضع المصائد فقد ] من ان المصائد الموضوعة في خارج البيت مسكت أقل عدداً من من الذباب 15مع ماأشار اليه [ أختلفت هذه الدراسة مقارنة بارتفاع المصائد نفسه في داخل البيت وكذلك تختلف عند بداية البيت ونهايته . ) 4سطوانية الالصقة ( الجدول أظهرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية تبايناً في الطعوم المستعملة في تأثيرها على كفاءة المصائد اال ذبابة / 206.6إذ وجد أن أفضل طعم مع المصيدة هو لحوم االسماك، إذ وصل معدل الصيد بأستعمال هذا الطعم الى ذبابة/مصيدة 135.6مصيدة مقارنة بالمصيدة التي تحتوي على لحوم الدجاج الذي أنخفض معدل عدد العينات معنويا الى . 0.05وية بأحتمال وقد كانت الفروق معن 307علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ] اذ وجدو ان الجاذب الذي يحتوي وجبة سمك اعطت جذبا ومعدل صيد أعلى من 14أتفقت هذه الدراسة مع ماأشار اليه [ ] الذين أشارو الى ان فعالية جذب طعوم لحم السمك 11المصائد ذات الجاذبات االخرى، ومن جهة اخرى فقد اختلفت مع[ نزلي الى المصيدة وقد يعود سبب ذلك الى عدة عوامل منها كمية الجاذب المستعمل والذي كانت قليلة في جذب الذباب الم كانت كميته قليلة مقارنة مع هذه الدراسة او ربما أختالف في مدة بقاء المصيدة فقد تم رفع المصائد في هذه الدراسة بعد دراسة المشار لها اعاله.ساعة في ال 24اسبوع من تعليقها في حين كانت مدة بقائها اقل لمدة المصادر 1.williams, d.f. (1973) . sticky traps for sampling populations of stomoxys calcitrans and musca domestica .j.econ .entomol.,66:1274-1280. 2.scholl, p. j ., and james, j ., peterson . (1985). biting flies . live stock entomology .john wiley and sons .chapter 4 .pp.49-63. 3.axtell, r. c. and arends, j. j. (1990). ecology and management of arthropod pests of poultry. ann. ver. entomol.,35, 101-126. 4.keller,j.c.;wilson,h.g. ,and smith, c.n. (1956).bait stations for the control of house flies.j.econ.entomol,49:751-752. 5.wilson ,h. r., and mulla,m.s . (1973). attractants to synanthroic flies .2.response patternsof house flies to attractive baits on poultry ranches environ entomol .2:815-882. 6.pickens ,l.g.; miller,r.w. ،and campbell,l.e. (1975). baight-light combinations evaluated asahractants for house flies and stable flies (diptera : muscidae). j. bid.sci ., 11:749-751. 7.freeborn,s.b.،and,berry,l.j.(1935).color preferences of the house fly, musca domestica .j.econ .entomol.,28:913-916. 8.waterhouse,d.f. (1947).the effect of colour on the numbers of house flies resting on painted surfaces.aust.j.sci.res.,1:65-75. 9.pickens,l.g.,miller,r.w. and moury, g.r.(1973).an improved bait for flies (diptera: . liphoridae).j.med.entomol.,10:84-88. 10.carlson,d.a.,and beroza, m. (1973).field evaluation of (z)-9-tricosene,asex pheromone of the house fly. environ.entomol.2:555-559. 11.mulla,m.s.; hwang,y.s., and axelrod h. (1977). attractants for synanthropic flies: chemical attractants for domestic flies.j.econ.entomol.,70:644-648. 12.broce ,a.b. and hass,m.s.( 1999) . relation of cattle manure age to colonization by stable fly and house fly (diptrea : muscidae) .j .kans . entomol .soc .,72:60-72. 13 .hecht,o. (1963).on the visual orientation of house flies in their search of resting sites.entomol.exp.appl.,6:107-113. 14.burg, j. g. and axtell r. c. (1984).monitoring house fly, musca domestica (diptera: muscidae), populations in cage-layer poultry houses using a baited jug-trap. environ. entomol., 13: 1083-1090. 15.mitchell,e.r.;tingle,f.c.,and carlson,d.a. (1975).effect of muscalure on house fly traps of different color and location in poultry houses . j.ga.entomol.soc.,10:169-174. 308علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 زليمصيدة في صيد الذباب المنال) تأثير شكل 1جدول رقم ( ) تأثير الطيف اللوني للمصيدة في صيد الذباب المنزلي2جدول ( االرتفاع للمصيدة االسطوانية المضلعة الالصقة في صيد الذباب المنزلي ) تأثير عامل3جدول ( معدل عدد حشرات الذبابة المنزلية ارتفاع المصيدة/ م 176.6 صفر م (عند مستوى سطح االرض) 159.3 م 1 344.3 م 2 lsd 11.4 االسطوانية المضلعة الالصقة في صيد الذباب المنزلي ) تأثير نوع الطعم في كفاءة المصيد4جدول ( معدل عدد حشرات الذبابة المنزلية في المصائد نوع الطعم 206.6 لحوم اسماك 164.3 دم االغنام 135.6 لحوم الدجاج lsd 12.31 معدل عدد الذباب المنزلي / مصيدة نوع المصيدة  618 المصيدة االسطوانية القياسية  597.6 المصيدة االسطوانية المضلعة  363.3 المصيدة ذات الشكل الهرمي  155.6 المصيدة ذات الشكل المستوي lsd 13.2  معدل عدد الذباب المنزلي/ المصيدة صيدةملون ال  159.3 مصيدة صفراء  123.6 مصيدة بيضاء  81.6 مصيدة زرقاء  22.6 مصيدة حمراء lsd 8.13  309علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the effect of some of the criteria of the efficiency of house fly traps waleed i. gharib maki h. abd-ali dept. of plant protection /college of agriculture/ university of baghdad received in :21feruary 2016, accepted in :5april 2016 abstract the study revealed to the efficiency of some stick traps included standard williams sticky trap with three modified forms of them, ribbed cylindrical williams trap , pyramid williams trap and flat williams trap in catching of the house flies in a horses، stables. the results showed slight differences between standard williams traps and ribbed cylindrical williams trap. on the other hand, there was significant difference between all modified forms of traps in mean number catch of house flies which reached to 597.6, 363.3 and 155.6 fly/ trap, for ribbed cylindrical williams trap, pyramid williams trap, flat sticky trap respectively. as for the experience of the effect of color types; yellow, white, blue and red were recoreded capture rates 159.3 , 123.6, 81.6 and 22.6, fly / trap respectively. while the capture rates 176.6, 159.3 and 344.3 fly /trap at 0,1, 2 meters respectively .the effect of baits types showed different significance berween fish and other baits, blood sheep and poultry meat,and capture rates were 206.6 , 164.3 and 135.6,fly / trap respectively. key words : sticky traps, house fly, colors traps, baits ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1) 2011 existence of positive solution fo r boundary value problems s. m . hussein departme nt of mathematics, education college for pure sciences, unive rsity of anbar recei ved in june ,1,2010 accepted in o ct,19,2010 abstract this p aper st udies the existence of p ositive solutions for the following boundary value p roblem : 0 y (b) 0(a)y β y (a) α bta f(y ) g(t) λy    the solution p rocedure follows using the fixed p oint theorem and obtains that this p roblem has at least one positive solution .also,it determines (  ) eigenvalue which would be needed to find the p ositive solution . keywords: positive solution , boundary value problem , fixed point theorem . introduction in this p aper we shall consider the second order boundary value problem (bvp) the following conditions will be assumed throughout : a f : [0 , )  [0 , ) is continuous , b g : [0 , 1]  [0 , ) is continuous and does not vanish identically on any subinterval , c x f(x) limf 0x 0    and x f(x) limf x    exist , d  ,  such that  and  are not both zero and z =    > 0 , and e a ≥ 0 , b ≤1 . the boundary value p roblem (1.1) arises in the app lied mathematical sciences such as nonlinear diffusion generated by nonlinear sources , thermal ignition of gases and chemical concentrations in biological p roblems ; for examp le see [1] , [2] , [3] . when =1 and f is either sup erlinear that is (f 0 = 0 and f  = ) or f is sublinear that is (f 0 =  and f  = 0 ) , 1.1).........( 0 y(b) 0(a)y β y(a) α bta f(y) g(t) λy         ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 erbe and wang [5] obtained solutions that are p ositive with resp ect to a cone which lies in an annular ty p e region .the methods of [5] were then extended to higher order bvp in [4] . for the case  =1, = 0, =1,  = 0, johnny henderson and haiyan wang [7] obtained solutions that are p ositive for an op en interval of eigenvalues . not required in this work that f would be either sup erlinear or sublinear , y et, as in [4] , [5] but as in [7] , the arguments p resented here for obtaining solutions of(1.1)for certain involve concavity p rop erties of solutions, which are emp loyed in defining a cone on which a p ositive integral op erator is defined . a krasnosel’skii fixed p oint theorem [8] is app lied to y ield p ositive solutions of (1.1) , for  belongs t o an open interval. section 2 , p resents some p rop erties of green’s functions that are used in defining a p ositive op erator , also states t he krasnosel’skii fixed point t heorem . section 3 , gives an ap p rop riate banach sp ace and constructs a cone to which we app ly the fixed p oint t heorem yielding solutions of 1 .1 , for an open interval of eigenvalues . 2s ome preliminaries in this section , we st ate the above mentioned krasnosel’skii fixed p oint theorem. we will app ly this fixed p oint theorem to comp letely continuous integral op erator , whose kernal , g (t , s ) , is t he green’s function for y = 0  y (a)  y(a) = 0 0 y (b)  is ………..(2.1)          btsa )t -1 ( ) βαs ( z 1 bsta ) s-1 ( ) βαt ( z 1 s)g(t , from which g(t , s) > 0 on ( 0 , 1 )  ( 0 , 1 ) , ……….(2.2) g(t , s)  g(s , s) = ) s -1 ( ) βs α ( z 1  , a  t  b , a  s  b , ……(2.3) and it is shown in [5] that : g(t , s)  m g(s , s) = m ) s -1 ( ) βs α ( z 1  , 4 12b t 4 12a    , a  s  b , …(2.4) where          β)4(α 4βα , 4 1 minm we shall app ly the following fixed p oint t heorem to obt ain solutions of (1.1) , for certain  the orem 1 [8]. let b a banach sp ace , and let p be a cone in b . assume n , k are be knn0  , and let pn)\k(p:t  op en subsets of b with a completely continuous op erator such that , either 1 tu    u  , u  p  n , and  tu    u  , u  p  k , or 2 tu    u  , u  p  n , and  tu    u  , u  p  k ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 . n)\k(p  then t has a fixed point in 3. s oluti ons in the cone in this section , app ly theorem 1 to t he eigenvalue p roblem (1.1 ) . note that y (t) is a solution of (1.1) if , and only if , y (t) =  ds f(y (s)) g(s) s) ,(t g b a  , a  t  b for our const ruction , let b = c[a , b] , with norm , x(t)supx bt a   define a cone p by :             xmx(t)min, b][a,on 0 x(t): bxp 4 12b t 4 12a          β)4(α 4βα , 4 1 minm where also , let t he number h[a,b] be defined by ...(3.1).......... ds g(s) s)g(t ,maxds g(s) s)g(h, 4 12b 4 12a 4 12b 4 12a       the orem 2. assume that conditions (a),(b),(c) and (d) are satisfied .then , for each  satisfy ing ... (3.2)…… .      b a 0 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a ds)f g(s) s)g(s,( 1 λ ds)f g(s) s)g(h,(m 4 there exists at least one solution of (1.1) in p . proof. let  be given as in (3.2) . now , let  > 0 be chosen such that .(3.3).......... ε)ds)(f g(s) s)g(s,( 1 λ ε)ds)(f g(s) s)g(h,(m 4 b a 0 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a        define an integral op erator t : p  b by ty (t) = ds f(y (s)) g(s) s) ,(t g b a  , y  p ………(3.4) we seek a fixed p oint of t in the cone p. from (2.2), we note that , for y  p, ty (t)  0 on [a,b] . also , for y  p, we have from (2.3) that ty (t) =  ds f(y (s)) g(s) s) ,(t g b a  ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 ty   ds f(y (s)) g(s) s) , (sg b a  ………(3.5) now , if y  p , we have by (2.4) and (3.5) , tym ds f(y (s)) g(s) s) , (sgλ m ds f(y (s)) g(s) s) ,(t gλminty (t)min b a b a4 12b t 4 12a 4 12b t 4 12a           p . in addition , standard arguments show t hat t is as a consequence , t : p comp letely continuous. now, turning to f0 , there exist an k 1 > 0 such that f(x)  (f0 + ) x , for 0 < x  k1. y  p such that  y  = k1 , we have from (2.3) and (3.3) so , by choosing y y y(s) ε)(f ds g(s) s)g(s,λ ds y(s) ε)(f g(s) s)g(s,λ ds f(y(s)) g(s) s)g(s,λty(t) b a 0 b a 0 b a        consequently , yty  . so , if we set 1 = {x  b x < k1} then ty  y , for y p  1 . ……….(3.6) next , considering f , there exist an k2 > 0 such that f (x)  (f ) x ,for all x > k2 . let k3 = max {2k1 , }m k 2 and let 2 = { x  b  x < k3} if y  p with y = k3 , then 23 4 12b t 4 12a km kymy (t)min     , and we have from (3.1) and (3.3) that y y ε)(f ds g(s) s)g(h, m λ ds y(s) ε)(f g(s) s)g(h,λ ds f(y(s)) g(s) s)g(h,λ ds f(y(s)) g(s) s)g(h,λt y(h) 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a b a                  ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 thus , yty  . hence , ty  y , for y  p  2 ……….(3.7) ap p lying (1) of theorem 1 to (3.6) and (3.7) y ields that t has a fixed p oint y (t)  )\(p 12  . as such , y (t) is a desired solution of 1.1 for the given  . furt her , since g (t , s) > 0 , it follows t hat y (t) > 0 for a < t <b . this comp letes the proof of the theorem . the orem 3 . assume that condition (a),(b),(c) , (d) and (e) are satisfied . then , for each  satisfy ing      b a 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a 0 ds)f g(s) s)g(s,( 1 λ ds)f g(s) s)g(h,(m 4 ……….(3.8) there exists at least one solution of 1.1 in p . proof. let  be given as in (3.8) . now , let  > 0 be chosen such that 3.9).........( ε)ds)(f s)g(s)g(s,( 1 λ ε)ds)(f g(s) s)g(h,(m 1 b a 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a 0        let t be the cone p reserving , comp letely continuous op erator that was defined by (3.4). beginning with f0 , there exists an k 4 > 0 such that f(x)  (f0 ) x , for 0 < x  k4. y  p such that  y  = k4 , we have from (3.1) and (3.9) so , for so y y ε)(f ds g(s) s),g(h λ m ds y (s) ε)(f g(s) s),g(h λ ds f(y (s)) g(s) s),g(h λ ds f(y (s)) g(s) s)g(h,λty (h) 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a 0 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a 0 4 1)(2b 4 1)(2a b a                thus , yty  . so , if we let 3 = {x  b x < k4} then ty  y for y  p3 ……. (3.10) it remains to consider f , there exists an k5 > 0 such that f (x)  (f + ) x, for all x > k5 . there are the two cases , (a) f is bounded , and (b) f is unbounded . for case (a) , sup p ose k6 > 0 is such that f(x)  k6 , for all 0 < x <  . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 let k7 = max {2k4 , k6  b a ds} f(y (s)) g(s) s)g(s,λ . then , for y  p with y = k7 we have from (2.3) and (3.2) so t hat yty  . so if 4 = {x  b x < k7} then ty  y , for y  p 4 ……….(3.11) for case (b) , let k8 > max {2k4 , k5 } be such that f(x)  f(k8) , for 0 < x  k8 . by choosing y  p such that y = k8 and we have from (2.3),( 3.2 ) and (3.9 ) but    b a b a 8 yε)(f ds g(s) s)g(s, λε)k(f ds g(s) s)g(s, λ therefore    b a yε)(f ds g(s) s)g(s, λ ty (t) and so yty  . for t his case , if we let 4 = {x  b x < k8} then ty  y , for y  p 4 ……….(3.12) thus , in both cases , an app lying of p art (2) of theorem 1 to (3.10),(3.11) and (3.12) y ields that t has a fixed p oint y (t)  )\(p 34  . as such , y (t) is a desired solution of 1.1 for the given  . furt her , since g (t , s) > 0 , it follows t hat y (t) > 0 for a < t < b . this comp letes the proof of the theorem .          b a 8 b a 8 b a b a ε)k(f ds g(s) s)g(s, λ ds )f(k g(s) s)g(s, λ ds f(y (s)) g(s) s)g(s, λ ds f(y (s)) g(s) s)g(t ,λ ty (t) y ds g(s) s)g(s,k λ ds} f(y (s)) g(s) s)g(t ,λ ty (t) b a 6 b a      ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 re ferences 1. kuip er,h. j. (1979). on positive solution of nonlinear ellip tic eigenvalue problems , rend. m ath. cire. palermo , serie ii ,tom. xx 113-138 . 2. erbe, l. h.; hu, s. and wang, h. (1994) m ultip le positive solutions of some boundary value problems , j. m ath. anal.ap p l.184: 640–748 . 3. eloe, p.w.; henderson, j. and wong, p.j.y. positive solutions for two – p oint boundary value problems , dy n. sy s. ap p l. , in p ress . 4. eloe, p. w. and henderson, j. (1995). positive solutions for higher order differential equations , elec. j. diff. equ. 3 :1 – 8 . 5. erbe, l. h. and wang, h. (1994). on the existence of positive solution of ordinary differential equations , proc. amer. m ath. soc. 120: 743 – 748 . 6. garaizar, x. (1987). existence of positive radial solutions for semilinear ellip tic problems in the annulus , j. diff. equ. 70: 69 – 72 . 7. henderson, j. and wang, h. (1997). positive solutions for nonlinear eigenvalue problems , j. m ath. anal. appl. 208: 252 – 259 . 8. krasnoseelskii, m . a.(1964). positive solutions of op erator equations, noordhoff, groning. 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد وجود الحلول الموجبة لمسائل القیم الحدودیة صالح محمد حسین جامعة االنبار،كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة ،قسم الریاضیات 2010حزیران 1استلم البحث في 2010تشرین االول 19قبل البحث في الخالصة -: االتیةالحلول الموجبة للمسألة الحدودیة وجوددرس هذا البحث 0 y (b) 0(a)y β y (a) α bta f(y ) g(t) λy     )قـیم المعلمـة تـم تحدیـدو اموجبـ اواحد حال األقلأن هذه المسألة تمتلك على ت إلىنظریة النقطة الثابتة وتوصل استخدمم . لمسألة الحدودیةل حلول موجبة وجدتعندها التي ( 171 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 complex of lascoux in partition (3,3,2) haytham r. hassan alaa omer aziz received in :26 october 2014 , accepted in:5 january 2015 abstract in this paper, the complex of lascoux in the case of partition (3,3,2) has been studied by using diagrams ,divided power of the place polarization )( kij ,capelli identites and the idea of mapping cone . key words: divided power algebra, resolution of weyl module, place polarization, mapping cone. 172 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 1.introduction let r be commutative ring with 1, f be a free module and fds be the divided power of degree s . in [1] buchsbaum used another type of maps whose images define schur and weyl modules which sends an element ba  of kqkp dd   to   baa kp , where  kp aa is the component of the diagonal of a in kp dd  , the generalization of this map to ones, where there more factors were called in the 'box map'. in [3] ,[4] and [5] the author studied the complex of characteristic zero in the partition (2,2,2) ,(3,3,3) and (4,4,3), using this modified and the letter place methods [3] , in this paper we study the complex of lascoux in the case of partition (3,3,2) as a diagram by using the idea of the mapping cone [6] , and the map )( kij which means the thk divided power of the place polarization ij where j must be less than i with it's capelli identities [1] , specificly in this work we used only the following identities (1.1)     0 )( 31 )( 21 )( 32 )( 32 )( 21 )1(   kllk (1.2) )3.1()1(32 )1( 31 )1( 31 )1( 32 )1( 21 )1( 31 )1( 31 )1( 21   and where ij is the place polarization from place j to place i . 2.the terms of lascoux complex in the case of partition (3, 3, 2) the terms of the lascaux complex are obtained from the determinantal expansion of the jocobi-trudi matrix of the partition. the positions of the terms of the complex are determined by the length of the permutation to which they correspond [2], [3]. now in the case of the partition )2,3,3( , we have the following matrix:           fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd 245 134 023 then the lascoux complex has the correspondence between it's terms as follows: identityfdfdfd  233     0 )( 31 )( 32 )( 21 )( 21 )( 32   lkkl 173 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 )32(413  fdfdfd )321(512  fdfdfd )32(242  fdfdfd )31(530  fdfdfd )231(440  fdfdfd so, the complex of lascoux in the case of the partition )2,3,3( has the form: fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd 233 224 143 125 044 035          3.the complex of lascoux as a diagram consider the following diagram : fdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfd pp 143044035 21  1k s 2k h 3k fdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfd qq 233224125 21  so, if we define fdfdfdfdfdfdp 0440351 :  as )()( 211 vvp  where ; fdfdfdv 035  fdfdfdfdfdfdk 1250351 :  as )()( 321 vvk  where ; fdfdfdv 035  fdfdfdfdfdfdk 2240442 :  as   )()( 2322 vvk  where ; fdfdfdv 044  . now, we have to define the following map which makes the diagram s commutative: fdfdfdfdfdfdq 2241251 :  so we have: 1211 pkkq   which implies that   21 2 32321  q 174 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 now we use capelli identities from (1.1), (1.2):                  1 32 1 31 1 322 11 21 1 32 2 31 2 32 1 2121 2 32 )(     thus ,      131 1 32 1 212 1 1  q . on the other hand, if we define fdfdfdfdfdfdq 2332242 :  as )()( 212 vvq  where ; fdfdfdv 224  and fdfdfdfdfdfdk 2331433 :  as )()( 323 vvk  where ; fdfdfdv 143  . now we need to define 2p to make the diagram h commute: fdfdfdfdfdfdp 1430442 :  . such that 2223 kqpk   i.e.  2 3221232   p again by using caplli identities we get                   )( 131 1 21 1 322 1 32 1 31 1 32 1 21 2 32 2 32 1 21     then     )1(31 1 21 1 322 1 2  p . now consider the following diagram: fdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfd pp 143044035 21  1k e  f 3k fdfdfdfdfdfdfdfdfd qq 233224125 21  define fdfdfdfdfdfd 142125:  by   )()( 221 vv  where ; fdfdfdv 125  . proposition 3.1: the diagram e is commutative. 175 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 proof:to prove e is commutative, we need to prove 112 kpp                                         1 1 32 2 21 1 21 1 31 1 31 1 21 1 32 2 21 1 21 1 31 2 21 1 32 1 21 1 31 1 21 1 322 1 12 k pp       proposition 3.2: the diagram f is commutative . proof:                                            3 2 21 1 32 1 31 1 21 1 31 1 21 2 21 1 32 1 31 1 21 1 32 2 21 1 31 1 32 1 212 11 2112 k qq finally by using the mapping cone we can define the maps 21, and 3 where: fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd 125 044 0353 :     fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd 224 143 125 044 2 :         and fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd 233 224 143 1 :      fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd 233 224 143 125 044 035 1230           by 176 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015  fdfdfdxxkxpx 035113 ));(),(()(   ;)()()),()(()),(( 1221212212 xkxkxxpxx   fdfdfd fdfdfd xx 125 044 21 ),(      ;))()(()),(( 2213211 xqxkxx  fdfdfd fdfdfd xx 224 143 21 ),(     proposition 3.3 : fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd fdfdfd 233 224 143 125 044 035 1230           is complex. proof: since  132 and  1 21 are injective from it is definition (see [1]), then we get 3 is injective. now    )))(())((,))(()((( ))(),(( ))(),(()( 21232132212 32212 11232 xkxqxxp xx xkxpx     now                                 0 ))(( ))(( )()()())(())(( 3121 2 21 1 32 1 31 1 21 2 21 1 32 32 2 2121 1 31 2 21 1 32 32 2 2121 1 31 1 21 1 322 1 32212 x x xxxxp                                0 ))(( ))(( )()()())(())(( 21 2 3231 1 323132 1 21 2 32 21 2 3231 1 32 2 32 1 21 21 2 3231 1 31 1 322 11 21212321 x x xxxgxk    177 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 so we get  0))(( 32 x  and                                                                       ))(( ))(( )())(( )())(( ))())((,)())((( )()()),()((),)(( 2 2 21 1 32 1 31 1 21 1 32 2 21 1 2 32 1 21 1 31 1 32 1 21 2 32 1 2 32 1 212 1 31 1 322 11 21 1 21 2 2 21 1 321 1 31 1 21 1 322 11 32 1 2 322 1 31 1 32 1 212 1 2 2 211 1 31 1 21 1 322 1 1 122221212121 x x xx xx xxxx xkxqxxpxx         from then (1.1) and (1.2) we get                                    0 ))(( ))((),)(,( 2 2 21 1 32 1 31 1 21 1 31 1 21 2 21 1 32 1 2 32 1 21 1 31 1 32 1 31 1 32 2 32 1 212121 x xxx   references [1] buchsbaum d.a. and rota g.c., (2001), aprroches to resolution of weyl modules, adv. in applied math. 27 , 82-191. [2] akin k., buchshaum d.a. and weyman j., (1982), schur functors and complexes, adv. math. 44, 207-278. [3] buchsbaum d.a., (1986) a characteristic-free realizations of the giambelli and jacoby-trudi determinatal identities, proc. of k.i.t. workshop on algebra and topology, springer-verlag. [4] haytham r. hassan, (2006), application of the characteristic-free resolution of weyl module to the lascoux resolution in the case (3,3,3). ph. d. thesis, universita di roma "tor vergata". [5] haytham r. hassan, (2012), the reduction of resolution of weyl module from characteristic-free resolution in case (4,4,3), j. ibn al-haitham for pur and applied science, 25, 341-355. [6] rotman j.j., (1979), introduction to homological algebra, academic press, inc. 178 | mathematics 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 3,3,2)سلسلة السكو في التجزئة ( ھيثم رزوقي حسن الء عمر عزيزآ قسم الرياضيات/كلية العلوم/الجامعة المستنصرية 2015كانون الثاني 5, قبل البحث في : 2014تشرين االول 26أستلم البحث في : الخالصة بأعتماد المخططات ، والقوى المقسمة (3,3,2)درست في ھذا البحث سلسلة السكو في حالة التجزئة )(الستقطاب مكان kij مع مشخصات كابلي وتطبيقات كون. القوى المقسمة الجبرية ،تحلل مقاس وايل ،مكان االستقطاب ،تطبيق كون . :الكلمات المفتاحية characteristic behavior of ion acoustic wave in a dusty plasma ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 characteristic behavior of ion acoustic wave in a dusty plasma m. k. jassim department of physics, college of education iben al-haitham, university of baghdad abstract in this research, we make an attempt to derive theoretically 1-d linear dispersion relation of ion-acoustic waves in uniform unmagnetized dusty plasma valid in the long wavelength limits. this equation matched previously special equation of acoustic modes of a general form in magnetized dusty plasma. depending on previously mentioned experimental data, we numerically consider various parameters that affect the properties of these waves in dusty plasma. the study has shown that the presence of dust grains is to modify the properties of ion acoustic waves and affect the behavior of the plasma in which they are immersed. introduction recently there has been a growing interest in the physics of dusty plasma (1). the motivation for studying dusty plasmas is due to the realization of their occurrence in both the laboratory and space. a dusty plasma is roughly defined as a normal electron-ion plasma with an additional charged component of micron or sub-micron sized dust particles. this extra component of such charged dust particles increases the complexity of the plasma system even further. this is why a dusty plasma is also referred to as a "complex plasma" (2). under some cases the dust particles could achieve large charge numbers. they can have large mass of order of times the proton mass. dust particles are usually negatively charged due to the flow of the electron and ion plasma currents to their surface, but become negatively charged due to the greater mobility of the electrons. furthermore, the dusty plasma system can support a variety of physical phenomena. the presence of massively charged dust particles in a plasma can affect its dispersion properties. for example, the charged dust is shown to modify the properties of ion-acoustic waves through the quasineutrality condition and the strong inequality , where is the background particle number density of the species with for ions (electrons) dust grains, is the number of electrons collected by dust grain surface and is electron charge. previous theoretical and experimental studies regarding low-frequency electrostatic waves in magnetized dusty plasma were obtained a common linear dispersion relation using a multifluid analysis (3, 4, 5). the common linear dispersion relation yields a phase velocity for ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 dust ion acoustic mode valid in the long wavelength limit, that is , where and are the wave number and debye length for electrons respectively (5): ……………… [1] where and is the species temperature. the , , are the frequency, ion mass and boltzmann constant, respectively. note that the dust ion acoustic wave (diaw) spectrum is similar to the usual ion-acoustic wave spectrum for a plasma with ; however, in dusty plasmas we usually have . so, obviously, a dusty plasma cannot support the usual ion-acoustic waves, but the modified dia waves. in our case we are interested to study this behavior. firstly, we derive the dispersion relation of diaw in unmagetized plasma, and then solve numerically this relation for various parameters. basic equations we consider unmagnetized dusty plasma as consisting of three-component system of ions, electrons, and cold dust grains. for hot and isothermal electrons obeying the ideal gas law, one can adopt boltzmann type electron density distribution. the system of equations for the components is as follows: the number density of the electrons is: …………… …. [2] where and denote the electron number density, and the electrostatic plasma potential, respectively. assuming a hydrodynamical description of the ion-fluid and the dust-fluid to be non-realistic, we can write the basic equations which govern the dynamics of the ions and the dust particles as: the equation of continuity for ions is: (6) ………….. [3] the equation of motion for the ions is: (7) …………… [4] the equation of continuity for the dust as equation [3] is: …………….. [5] the equation of motion for the dust as in equation [4] is: ………….. [6] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 possion's equation is: (7) ………….. [7] here , , , represent the number densities of the ions (dust particles) and the ion (dust particle) mass respectively. , denote, respectively, the velocities of the ion-fluid and the dust-fluid along the direction of propagation of the wave. , are the permittivity the dust charge, respectively, such that , being the charge number on the dust and . assuming one dimensional space and that all the perturbations has fourier solutions: , , in the absence of charge perturbation, the set of lineralized equations are given by: ……………. ………. [8] …………… [9] . . . . …… [10] ………… [11] ……………… ….. [12] …………… [13] where the tilt ( ) indicates perturbed quantity. we obtain from this set of equations a linear dispersion relation of low frequency ion acoustic waves in a dusty plasma: …………. [14] by low frequencies we mean frequencies on the order of or less than , the ion plasma frequency. in long wave limit the term , meaning that the wavelength is much larger than the debye length, yielding that the phase velocity is ……….. [15] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 this equation is similar to dimensionless equation [8] of nejoh (8) derived by choosing appropriate physical scales applied on equations (1) (6). however, dimensionless equation, of course, immediately recovers the dispersion relation [15] upon restoring dimensions, but clearly some extra qualitative information is admittedly hidden in the dimensionless relation. rearranging equation [15], using the ratio and quasineutrality condition, we get the following equation: ………….. [16] the fluid analysis just presented yields a dispersion relation with a purely real . the approaches used here as well as that used in ref. (5) determine which modes are possible but do not generally provide information regarding wave growth or damping. equation [16] is similar to equation [1], but the third term appeared due to collective behavior of dust particles. also the ratio of specific heat is taken here as , since the ions suffer one dimensional compressions in the plane waves as we have assumed. taking the limit of for static dust background, equation [16] recovers equation [1]. note that in equation [1] of ref. (5) it is considered that the three component of plasma are immersed in uniform magnetic field oriented along the z-axis of cartesian coordinate system. thus the wave number would be in this direction . the physical interpretation of this low frequency ion-acoustic mode is that the restoring force comes from the pressure of inertialess electrons, whereas the ion mass provides the inertia to set up wave motions. (9) dependence of phase velocity on the density of species it is known that the wave speed of ion acoustic wave is determined by the temperature and mass of the ion species. however, in dust ion acoustic wave the contribution of the high dust charge and the relative concentration is retained. previous experimental studies of diws (5) show that the phase velocity may vary considerably over the range of . we investigate the density effect of all species on the phase velocity of the waves. we extend the calculations to point out the effect of varying the parameters involved in the dispersion relation for diaw. dependence of phase velocity on the dust density figure (1) shows the phase velocity dependence on the dust density for different values of electron density or/and ion density. the phase velocity is normalized to its respective value in the absence of dust . because of the condition in dusty plasma the phase velocity increases with dust particle density due to the unequal number of electrons and ions in dusty plasmas. as the fraction of dust density increases the wave phase velocity increases. while the relation of phase velocity with the dust density looks somehow linear it is exactly quadratic. this can be shown if one were to extend the range of dust density to a higher value. however, the figure indicates that as electron density increases for the same values of dust density the phase velocity decreases. this increase in ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 electron density leads to an increase in the ion density due to condition of inequality in density of dusty plasma. dependence of phase velocity on the ion density figure (2) shows the decrease of phase velocity with ion density. the figure also shows that as the charge number of the dust grain increases for the same values of ion density the phase velocity increases. dependence of phase velocity on the ratio of dust to ion density figure (3) shows the variation of the relative concentration of the dust versus normalized phase velocity for different values of a charge number. as the relative value of dust concentration increases the wave phase velocity of the diaw increases. the reason of this increase can be noticed by writing the linearized momentum equation for the ions in the form . the left hand side term is the force per unit volume on a typical ion fluid element in the presence of the wave perturbation, and the right hand side of the equation is the acoustic restoring force per unit volume on the fluid element, which increases with the increase of . an increase in the restoring force then gives rise to an increase in the wave phase velocity. physically, as more and more electrons become attached to the immobile dust grains, there are fewer available to provide neutralization for the ion space charge perturbations (5). the figure shows that the greater charge number accumulated on the dust grains the lower the value that shifts the diagram of phase velocity to left hand side. therefore, the dust charge number on the dust grains changes the properties of these waves and its characteristics. note that the phase velocity of diaw is larger than the usual ion-acoustic velocity. on the other hand, one can estimate a similar behavior of the diaw frequency with the density of species for a constant wave number. the dependence of phase velocity on the dust parameter figure (4) shows the phase velocity dependence of diaw on the dust parameter that is the percentage of negative charge on the dust in dusty plasma for various values of electron temperature. the phase velocity increases with increasing as mentioned by previous studies; however increasing electron temperature for a finite ion temperature is to increase the phase velocity higher. the curves of diaw almost behave in a similar manner; however figure (5), shows that the effect of increasing ion temperature on diaw is to increase the phase velocity, but at higher values of all the curves are converged. the factor plays a major role in determining the phase velocity. increasing of this factor yields higher phase velocity. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the dependence of phase velocity on the effective electron temperature it is understood that as the dust parameter increases the phase velocity increases. thus, the behavior of effective electron temperature for other fixed parameters with the phase velocity is to increase it. figure (6) shows the behavior of the phase velocity with effective electron temperature for two values of ion temperature. the effect of effective electron temperature on the phase velocity with increasing ion temperature for other fixed parameters is to shift up the curve or increasing the phase velocity. similarly for constant wave number the frequency of diaw behaves in the same manner versus the effective electron temperature. dependence of the phase velocity of diaw on the electron and ion temperature figure (7) shows the effect of varying electron temperature on the frequency of diaw while figure (8) shows the effect of varying ion temperature on the frequency. the two figures are plotted for various values of dust parameter. figure (7) is plotted with fixed ion temperature while figure (8) is plotted with fixed electron temperature and other fixed parameters for both. the figures indicate an increase in phase velocity with an increased value of electron temperature (fig. 7) and ion temperature (fig. 8). also, the figures show that the phase velocity of diaw increases with dust parameter as described above. the relation of the phase velocity with electron temperature is nonlinear for entire values of dust parameter. however, this nonlinearity is not sharp for the relation of phase velocity with ion temperature as in phase velocity with electron temperature. effect of ion mass on the phase velocity of diaw we consider the case of existing dust grains in different plasmas to examine the ion mass effect for various plasmas. for simplicity we assume all parameters are the same for different ion plasmas. figure (9) shows the variation of phase velocity with ion mass number for two different values of dust parameter. obviously, the phase velocity of lighter ion plasma is higher than the heavier ion. however, there is a comparison in the phase velocity for lighter and heavier ion for two different values of dust parameter. while the difference in phase velocity for the light ion is clearly seen with two different values of dust parameter, the difference is very low for heavy ion. but detailed calculations indicate that the higher value of dust parameter still yields higher phase velocity of diaw. the dispersion relation figure (10) is a plot of wave number versus the frequency for different values of dust parameter. the wave shows a linear dispersion which have low frequency ion-acoustic wave in dusty plasma. the figure shows an increase in the frequency with increased dust parameter. this is presumably due to increased phase velocity as the dust parameter increased since the wave number is fixed. obviously, the diaw frequency is much larger than the dust plasma frequency , however, since the phase velocity is essentially constant, the ion plasma frequency must be well above the highest wave frequency. hence stationary dust grains ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 do not respond to the dia waves. this is the reason of taking the limit in equation [16]. in this case, the dust grains simply provide an immobile charge-neutralizing background. on the other hand, the diaw is a fast wave with its phase velocity lying between electron and ion thermal velocities. conclusions in this report the presented dispersion equation of ion-acoustic waves in uniform unmagnetized dusty plasma is studied by changing various parameters involved. immersing dust grains in a plasma have a significant effects in modifying the ion acoustic waves through the quasineutrality condition. as the fraction of dust density or/and the relative concentration of the dust grains the wave phase velocity of diaw increases. also as the fraction of negative charge per unit volume on the dust or dust parameter increases the wave phase velocity increases. for finite ion temperature the phase velocity increases with electron temperature. although the effect of ion temperature is to increase the phase velocity the curves of phase velocity versus ion temperature converged at higher values of dust parameter. the phase velocity of diaw increases nonlinearly with effective electron temperature. furthermore, the phase velocity of diaw in lighter ion plasma is higher than the heavier one. the dispersion relation of diaw yields low frequency of ion-acoustic wave in dusty plasma in comparison with ion plasma frequency. references 1. mamun, a.a.and shukla, p. k., (2007), summer college on plasma physics, the abdus salam international centre for theoretical physics, trieste, italy. 2.mamun, a.a.and fatema sayed, (2005), the abdus salam international centre for theoretical physics, trieste, italy. 3.shukla, p. k. and silin v. p., (1992), physica. scripta. 45: 508. 4.vladimirov, s. v., ostrikov, k. n. and yu, m. y. (1999) physical review e, 60 (3): 3257. 5.merlino, r. l.; barkan, a.;thompson, c. and d'angelo, n. (1998), phys. plasma ,5(5): 1607. 6.chen, f.f.(1984), introduction to plasma physics and controlled fusion, plenum press, now york and london. 7.mondal, k. k., (2006), fizika b (zagreb) ,16(1):39 8.nejoh, y. n. (1998), aust. j. phys., 51:95. 9.muhammad shafiq, (2006), doctoral thesis, school of electrical engineering, royal institute of technology, stockholm 2002( 2) 22المجلد والتطبيقية الصرفة للعلوم الهيثم ابن مجلة السلوك المميز لموجة اآليون السمعية في بالزما الغبار مصطفى كامل جاسم أبن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد-قسم الفيزياء، كلية التربية الخالصة االيون السمعية ببعد واحد في بالزما الغبار في هذا البحث، تمت نظريا محاولة اشتقاق عالقة التفريق لموجات غير ممغنطة لألطوال الموجية الطويلة. لقد وجد إنها توافق معادلة خاصة لألنماط السمعية اشتقت سابقا من معادلة عامة ت المختلفة التي لإلنماط العاملة في بالزما الغبار الممغنطة . باإلعتماد على البيانات التجريبية المتوفرة ، تم تغيير المعلما ان تواجد حبيبات الغبار في البالزما وتوصلنا الى تؤثر على صفات هذه الموجات في بالزما ايون البوتاسيوم الغبارية. يعدل من صفات موجات اآليون السمعية ويؤثرعلى سلوك البالزما. chemistry 242 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis of heterocyclic compounds derived from 2-mercapto quinoline *a. h. sharba, **h. a. hassan, **d. f. hassan *department of chemistry, college of science, university of al-mustansiriya **department of chemistry, college of education-ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad received in :30 april 2012 accepted in : 2 july 2012 key words: 2-mercapto quinoline, pyrazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, schiff bases. abstract 2-mercapto quinoline was used as precursor for synthesis of new heterocyclic derivatives of quinoline nucleus such as pyrazole (3), pyrazolone (4), 1,3,4-oxadiazole (5) and 1,2,4-triazole (8). new schiff bases (9a-e) were obtained from the reaction of hydrazide derivative (2) with miscellaneous aldehydes and ketones. all synthesized compounds were characterized by physical and spectral data. introduction there is continuing interest in quinoline derivatives due to their large variety of industrial and biological activities[1-3]. it was reported that quinoline derivatives which in corporating another heterocyclic ring displayed an impressive properties, for example, the presence of pyrazole or pyrazolone moiety with quinoline have antimicrobial[4,5] and industrial importance[5-7] while the presence of 1,3,4-oxadiazole or 1,2,4-triazole nucleuses shows diverse therapeutic uses[8-10]. biocidal activities of shiff‚s bases of 2-mercapto quinoline have also been established[11,12]. based on these considerations we aimed to obtain this class of quinoline derivatives. experimental amaterials all chemical used were supplied from fluka and bdh except for the starting material 2mercapto quinoline which was supplied from aldrich. binstrumentation melting points were recorded using electro thermal melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. infrared spectra were recorded as kbr disc on shimadzu-ft-ir-8400 spectrometer. the uv-visible spectra were measured in ethanol using shimadzu uv-vis 160a spectrometer. the progress of the reactions was monitored by tlc using aluminum silica gel plates 60 f245. synthesis of ethyl (quinoline-2-yl thio) acetate (1)[13]: ethyl chloroacetate (0.01mol) was added drop wise to a hot solution of 2-marcapto quinoline and sodium hydroxide in ethanol as a solvent. the mixture was refluxed for 2 hrs. then it filtered and the filtrate poured onto ice and left for 1 hr. the formed solid was collected and recrysallized from ethanol. synthesis of 2-(quinoline-2-yl thio) acetohydrazide (2)[14]: chemistry 243 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 to a hot solution of hydrazine hydrate (0.01mol) in ethanol (10ml) a solution of compound (1) in ethanol (10ml) was added and the mixture was stand for 2 hrs. then (5ml) of benzene was added. the solvent was removed and the precipitate recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of 3,5-dimethyl-1-[(quinoline-2-yl thio)acetyl]-1h-pyrazole(3)[15]: a mixture of acetylacetone (0.002mol) and compound (2) (0.002mol) was heated under reflux for 8 hrs. the mixture was allowed to cool and the precipitate recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of 5-methyl-2-[(quinoline-2-yl thio)acetyl]-2,4-dihydro-3h-pyrazole-3-one(4) [15]: a mixture of ethylacetoacetate (0.002mol) and compound (2) (0.002mol) was heated under reflux for 8 hrs. the mixture was allowed to cool and the precipitate recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of 5-[(quinoline-2-yl thio)methyl]-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thiol(5)[16]: to a mixture of compound (2) (0.003mol) in (10ml) ethanol koh (0.003mol) in (30ml ) ethanol was added at (0-4 ˚c). the mixture was stirred for few minutes then (3ml) of cs2 was carefully added at the same temperature. then the mixture was stand for 5 hrs afterwards the solvent was evaporated the residue was poured into ice water and acidified with (10%) hcl. the solid product was filtrated, washed with water and recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of 2-[({5-(4-nitrophenyl thio)}-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl)thio]quinoline(6)[17]: p-nitro flouro benzene (0.001mol) was added gradually to a mixture of compound (5) (0.001mol) and koh (0.001mol) in ethanol under stirring then the resulted mixture was refluxed for 1hr and poured into ice-water. the solid product was filtered, dried and recrystallized from methanol. synthesis of 4-amino-5-[(quinoline-2-yl thio)methyl]-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol(8)[18]: a mixture of compound (2) (0.003mol) and koh (0.004mol) in ethanol (30ml) was cooled and (5ml) of cs2 was added with stirring then the mixture was refluxed for 1hr. the product (xanthate salt) (7) was filtered, washed with ether and dried . the mixture of salt and (3ml) of hydrazine hydrate in (2ml) of water was refluxed until the emission of h2s gas stopped (detected by using soaked paper with ch3coopb) then it cooled, filtered and the filtrate was acidified with diluted hydrochloric acid. the solid product was collected and recrystallized from ethanol. synthesis of schiff bases (9a-e)[19]: a mixture of compound (2) (0.001mol) and selected aldehyde or ketone (0.001mol) in absolute ethanol was refluxed for (3-6 hrs). the mixture then was cooled, filtrated and recrystallized from ethanol. all physical data were reported in table(1). all spectral data were reported in table (2). results and discussion 2-mercapto quinoline has been chosen as a starting material for synthesis of new heterocyclic compounds through converting it to the corresponding ester (1) via reacting 2mercapto quinoline with chloro ethylacetate in the presence of naoh then by treating the resulted ester with hydrazine hydrate we produced the hydrazide derivative (2) which was useful intermediate for the preparation of new heterocyclics scheme (1). ir spectrum of compound (1) showed the disappearance of stretching band of (sh) group at 2550 cm-1 and appearance of stretching bands at 1735 cm-1 for (c=o), 1161 cm-1 and at 1093 cm-1 for (c-o) respectively[19,20]. chemistry 244 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 n sh cl ch2coet o naoh n2h4.h2o i n ethanol sch2coc2h5 (2) o o o oet o sch2c o nn ch3h3c sch2c o n n o n (1) sch2cnhnh2 o n sch2cnhn=ch-ar o n o n sch2n s sch2cnh-nhcs -k+ nn ch3ho nn c n sh nh2 nhn c n s nh2 n sch2 n2h4 cs 2 / koh (7) (8) c s2 / koh sch2n nn o sh nhn o sn sch2 (5) sch2n nn o s (6) no2 p -ni trof louro benzene n h och3 ch3 o br o ar = (9a) (9c) (9d) (9e)(9b) ar-ch o scheme (1) u.v spectrum showed absorption band at 336 nm and at 323 nm with high intense attributed to (π–π*) and (n–π*) transitions for ester. ir spectrum of compound (2) revealed the chemistry 245 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 appearance of three stretching bands of (nh) and (nh2) groups at 3276-3199 cm-1 and (c=o) stretching band shifted to the lower frequency at 1650 cm-1 comparing with that of ester due to tautomerisim. u.v spectrum exhibited two absorption bands at 254 nm and at 213 nm attributed to (π– π*) and (n–π*) transitions. 1hnmr was more informative, characteristic peaks were observed at 3.95 (s, 2h, of sch2), 8.85 (br. s, h of nh amide), 7.95(m, 2h of pyridine) and 7.25, 7.72 (t, h of benzene), fig (1). in 13cnmr fig (2) the observed peaks were identical with the chemical structure of compound (2), whereas it appeared eleven peaks of carbon of quinoline. compound (2) was treated with active methylene compounds such as acetylacetone and ethylacetoacetate to give the corresponding pyrazole and pyrazolone derivatives (3) and (4) respectively. ir spectra of compound (3) and (4) exposed the absence of stretching bands of (nh) and (nh2) groups at 31993276 cm-1 and the appearance of stretching bands of (c=n) endocyclic around 1600 cm-1, (c-h) of (ch3) at 2922-2856 cm-1 for compound (3) and (c=o amide) at 1668 cm-1 for compound (4). u.v spectrum showed two absorption bands at 251 nm and at 215 nm for (π–π*) and (n–π*) transitions of compound (3) and two absorption bands at 336 nm at 325 nm for (π–π*) and (n–π*) of compound (4). the mechanism for the formation of pyrazole ring includes nucleophilic attack of nh2 electrons of compound (2) at carbonyl groups of acetylaceton and ethyl acetoacetate with ring closure and elimination of two molecules of h2o for pyrazole (3) and elimination of h2o and c2h5oh molecules for pyrazolone (4) scheme (2)[21]. o o r o r r c nh h r c ch2 cr o o r c nh n oh2 n-hn o r c ho ohr r s-ch2-n r = n+ h if r = ch3, ch3 the mechanism will be n-hn o r c ho oh h -2h2o o nn ch3h3c cr h3c ch3h if r = ch3, oc2h5 the mechanism will be n-hn o r c h-o oh o cr ch3ch2o ch3 -c2h5oh nn o ch3 -h2o scheme (2) on the other hand, the reaction of compound (2) with carbon disulfide in the presence of koh caused the conversion of hydrazide derivative to the 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivative (5). ir spectrum displayed the disappearance of stretching band of (nh) and (nh2) groups and the appearance of stretching band of (nh) group at 3085 cm-1. the other observed bands were at 2763 cm-1 (sh weak), chemistry 246 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 1627 cm-1 for (c=n) endocyclic, 1213 cm-1 for (c=s) and 1145 cm-1 which was characteristic for (c-o-c) of oxadiazole[22]. moreover u.v spectrum of this compound demonstrated two absorption bands at 250 nm and 278 nm for (π–π*) and (n–π*) transitions. the synthesis of compound (6) was preformed by the alkylation of oxadiazole derivatives (5) with aryl halide (ρ-nitro flouro benzene). in the ir spectrum the absence of stretching bands of (sh) and (c=s) and the appearance of stretching bands of (-no2) at 540 cm-1 asymmetrical and at 1370 cm-1 symmetrical were noticed u.v spectrum of compound (6) displayed two absorption bands at 220 nm and 308 nm for (π–π*) and (n–π*) transitions. the reaction between (xanthate salt) (7) and carbondisulphide in basic medium produced triazole derivative (8) which showed ir stretching bands at: 3360-3240 cm-1 of (nh2) group, 1620 cm-1 of (c=n) endocyclic and at 1520 cm-1 of (n-c=s) moiety. u.v spectrum of compound (8) showed an absorption band at 282 nm for (π–π*) and (n–π*) transitions. the mechanism of the formation of oxadiazole and triazole included in scheme (3). n o s r-c-nh-nh-c-s-k+ nh2-nh2 o r-c-nh-nh-c-s-k+s r-c=+n-nh-c-s-k+ sh nh-nh2 o r = s-ch2n n-hh-n c nh2 r sh s-k+ ho c nn c n shr nh2 o n-hn r sh s-k+ -h2o c nn c o shr 1)-h2s -h2s h 2) h+ scheme (3) compound (2) on reaction with various aromatic aldehydes and ketones yielded schiff bases (9 a-e) proven by ir spectra through the disappearance of stretching band of nh2 at 3295-3195 cm-1 and the appearance of stretching band of (nh) group at 3200-3300 cm-1 and of (c=n) exocyclic chemistry 247 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 group at 1640-1600 cm-1. moreover, schiff bases exhibited absorption band in u.v region at higher wave number (red shift) due to increase in sequence caused by the presence of chromophores such as (nh2), (no2) and (oh). references 1. abd el-maksoud, s. a. (2008) “the effect of organic compounds on the electrochemical behavior of steel in acidic media a review”, international journal of electrochemical science, 3: 528-555. 2. mouscadet, j. f. and desmale, d. (2010) “chemistry and structureactivity relationship of the styrylquinolinetype hiv integrase inhibitors”, molecules, 15: 3048-3078. 3. shi, a., (2008) “synthesis and anti breast cancer activities of substituted quinolines”, bioorg med. chem., 18 (11): 3364-3368. 4. shah, n. k., patel; m. p. and patel r. g. (2009) “reaction of 3-aminocyclohex-2-en-1-one with arylidene malononitriles: synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of some new quinoline bearing pyrazole nucleus”, indian journal of chemistry, 48b: 1170-1173. 5. mahevia, k.; maheria, k.; patel, p. and rathod, m. (2011) “study on antibacterial activity for multidrug resistance stain by phenyl pyrazolone substituted 3-amino 1h-pyrazolone (3,4-b) quinoline derivative in vitro condition”, int. j. pharm tech. res., 3(1): 540-548. 6. fujimoto, t.; watanabe, k. and hashizume, t. (2011) “optical information recording medium, method of recording information and photosensitizer”, u.s patent / 0202942 a., 2011. 7. parekh, n. m. and maheria, k. c. (2011) “dyeing performance of heterocyclic monoazo dyes based on 3-amino 1h-pyrazolone[3,4-b] quinoline derivatives on various fibers”, archives of applied science research, 3 (4): 359-365. 8. vachharajani, p. r.; solanki, m. j.; dubal, g. g. and shah, v. h. (2011) “synthesis of some novel 1,3,4-oxadiazole and its anti-bacterial and anti-fungal activity”, archives of applied science research, 3 (1): 280-285. 9. mandhane, p. g.; ratnadeep, s. j.; khan, w., and gill, c. h. (2011) “synthesis and antibacterial evaluation of some novel 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives incorporated with quinoline moiety”, journal of the korean chemical society, 55 (4): 656-661. 10. li-ping g.; qing-hao j.; guan-rong t.; kyu-yun c. and zhe-shan q. (2007) “synthesis of some quinoline-2(1h)-one and 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a] quinoline derivatives as potent anticonvulsant”, j. pharm. pharmaceut. sci., 10 (3): 254-262. 11. sashidhara, k. v.; kumar, a., bhatia, g.; khan, m.m, khanna a.k. and saxena j.k. (2009) “anti-dyslipidemic and antioxidative activities of 8-hydroxyquinoline derived novel ketoenamine schiff’s bases”, eur. j. med. chem., 44 (4): 1813-1818. 12. vartale, s. p.; pawde, a. v.; halikar, n. v.; kalyankar, n. d. and pawar, y. d. (2010) “synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of 6/7-substituted quinolines-4-thiazolidinones”, research journal of pharmaceutical, biological and chemical sciences, 1 (4): 1061-1067. 13. el-ashry, e. s. h. (2006) “synthesis of 4-amino-5-(3-chlorobenzo[b] thien-2-yl)-3-mercapto1,2,4-triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4]thiadiazole and triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4]thiadiazines under classical and microwave conditions”, arkivoc, 14:119-132. 14. fiksdahl, a. and wentrup, c. (2000) “3-diphenyl methyl pyrido[1,2-a]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-dione”, arkivoc, 3: 438-444. 15. farghaly, a. r. (2010) “synthesis of some new indole derivative containing pyrazoles with potential antitumor activity”, arkivoc, 11: 177-187. 16. mansour, a. and eid, m. m. (2003) “synthesis and reaction of some heterocyclic carbohydrazide and related compounds as potential anticancer agents”, molecules, 8: 744-755. 17. kamal el-dean, a. m.; shaker, r.; abo el-hassan, a. a. and abdel latif f. f. (2004) “synthesis of some thienotetrahydro quinoline derivatives”, j. chines chem., 51(3): 335-345. 18. koparir, m.; cansiz, a. and demirdag a. (2004) “synthesis of some new 4,5-substituted-4h1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol derivatives”, molecules, 9: 204-212. 19. silverstein, r. m. (2005) “spectrometric identification of organic compound”, 7th ed., john wiley and sons, incnew york. chemistry 248 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 20. pretch, e. (2009) “structure determination of organic compounds”, 4th ed., springerverlag berlin heidelberg. 21. fernandez, f.; caaman˜o, o.; garci´a, m. d.; alkorta, i. and elguero, j. (2006) “regioselectivity in the formation of norborene-fused pyrazoles: preparation of 7-substituted derivatives of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1h-4,7-methanoidazole”, tetrahedron, 62: 3362-3369. 22. burbuliene, m. m. (2009) “synthesis and characterization of new pyrimidine-based 1,3,4oxa(thia) diazole, 1,2,4-triazole and 4-thiazolidinones”, arkivoc, xii: 281-289. chemistry 249 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): physical properties of prepared compounds yield % colour rf chcl3:acoet 1:1 m.p. ˚c structural formula molecular formula comp. no. 87 yellowish white 0.93 98100 sch2coc2h5n o c13h13o2sn 1 85 pink 0.29 133-134 sch2cnhnh2 o n c11h11osn3 2 60 yellow 0.40 78-80 sch2c o nn ch3h3c n c16h15osn3 3 50 yellow 0.70 chcl3:acoet 2:1 160162 sch2c o n nn ch3ho c15h13o2sn3 4 60 dark yellow 0.35 chcl3 162164 sch2n nn o sh c12h9os2n3 5 79 pale yellow 0.72 5860 sch2n nn o s no2 c18h12o3s2n4 6 40 yellow 0.57 229-230 sch2n nn c n sh nh2 c12h11s2n5 8 88 yellow 0.60 200-204 o sch2cnhn=ch o n c16h14osn4 9a 86 pale yellow 0.64 150153 sch2cnhn=ch o n hn c16h14o2sn3 9b 80 white 0.72 180-183 sch2cnhn=ch o n c18h15osn3 9c chemistry 250 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 75 yellowish white 0.56 178180 och3 ch3o sch2cnhn=ch o n c20h20o3sn2 9d 80 yellow 0.63 187-190 br sch2cnhn=ch o n c18h14osn3br 9e table (2): electronic spectra and infrared data of prepared compounds infrared data (υma x cm-1) (kbr disc) u.v c2h5oh λma x nm comp. no. (c-ha rm.) 3053; (c-halph.) 2975-2923; (c=o) ester 1735; (c=n) 1612; (c=c) 1591-1498. 336, 323 1 (nh, nh2) 3276-3199; (c-harm.) 3037; (c-halph.) 2979, 2918; (c=o) 1650; (c=n) 1614; (c=c) 1593-1490. 336, 254, 213 2 (c-ha rm.) 3030; (c-halph.) 2950, 2860; (c=o amide) 1668; (c=n) 1610; (c=c) 1590-1500. 336, 251, 215 3 (oh) 3200; (c-harm.) 3033; (c-halph.) 2985; (c=o) 1700; (c=n) 1640; (c=c) 1600-1481. 336, 325 4 (nh) 3085; (c-harm.) 3045; (c-halph.) 2935, 2850; (c-sh) 2763; (c=n) 1627; (c=c) 1606-1508; (c=s) 1213. 322, 278, 250 5 (c-ha rm.) 3050; (c-halph.) 2995; (c=n) 1640; (c=c) 1620-1550; (no2) 1540as, 1370s. 308, 220 6 (nh2) 3240, 3380; (c-harm.) 3030; (c-halph.) 2985, 2920; (sh) 2650; (c=n) 1620; (c=c) 1600-1580; (n-c=s) 1520. 282 8 (nh pyrol); (nh) 3175; (c-harm.) 3010; (c=o amide) 1670; (c=n) 1640-1590. 302, 253, 214 9a (nh) 3197; (c-harm.) 3110, 3004; (c=o amide) 1650; (c=n) 16491544; (c-o-c furan) 1213. 336, 297 9b (nh) 3220; (c-harm.) 3100; (c=o amide) 1695; (c=n) 1610-1580. 214, 253 9c (nh) 3220; (c-harm.) 3030; (c-haliph.) 2950, (c=o amide) 1665; (c=n) 1640-1520; (c-o) 1110. 249, 314 9d (nh) 3228; (c-harm.) 3037; (c=o amide) 1680; (c=n) 1650-1593; (c-o) 1135; (c-br) 750. 315, 256 9e chemistry 251 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): 1hnmr spectrum of compound (2) fig. (2): 13cnmr spectrum of compound (2) chemistry 252 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 مركبتو كوينولين -2تحضير مركبات حلقية غير متجانسة مشتقة من *عبد الحسين شربة، **هدى احمد حسن، **ضفاف فالح حسن الكيمياء، كلية العلوم، الجامعة المستنصرية *قسم ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد -**قسم الكيمياء، كلية التربية 2012تموز 2قبل البحث في : 2012نيسان 30استلم البحث في : الخالصة يل -2-[(كوينولين-1-ثنائي مثيل -5، 3مركبتو كوينولين مادة اساسية لتحضير مركبات حلقية غير متجانسة جديدة مثل -2أستعمل ) 4ون ( -3-بايرازول -3h-ثنائي هايدرو -4، 2-يل ثايو) اسيتال] -2-[(كوينولين -2-مثيل -5) ،و 3بايرازول ( -1h-ثايو)اسيتال ] -4,2,1 -يل ثايو) مثيل] -2-[(كوينولين-5-امينو-4) ،و5ثايول( -2-اوكساديازول-4,3,1 -يل ثايو) مثيل] -2-[(كوينولين-5و ) مع 2يل ثايو)اسيتوهايدرازايد ( -2-(كوينولين-2التي حضرت بمفاعلة )9a-e) فضال عن قواعد شف جديدة (8ثايول ( -3-ترايزول .الديهايدات وكيتونات مختلفة. شخصت المركبات المحضرة باستعمال الطرائق الطيفية والفيزيائية ، قواعد شف. اوكساديازول -4,3,1يرازول، مركبتو كوينولين، با -2الكلمات المفتاحية: 328 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 removal of methyl orange from aqueous solution by iraqi bentonite adsorbent dhafir t. ajeel al-heetimi, a. h. dawood*, q. z. khalaf** and t. a. himdan department of chemistry, college of education ibn -alhaitham, university of baghdad department of chemistry, college of science, university of karbala * ** department of chemistry, college of dentistry, university of tikrit abstract the adsorption behavior of methyl orange from aqueous solution on iraqi bentonite was investigated. the effects of various parameters such as initial concentration of methyl orange, amount of adsorbent, ionic strength and temperature on the adsorption capacity has been studied. the percentage removal of methyl orange increased with the decrease of initial concentration of methyl orange and it increased with the increase of dose of adsorbent. the adsorbed amount of methyl orange decrease with increasing ionic strength and an increase in temperature. the equilibrium adsorption isotherms have been analysed by the linear, langmuir and temkin models. the langmuir isotherms have the highest correlation coefficients. thermodynamic parameters such as ∆g, ∆h and ∆s for the adsorption process were calculated. the adsorption process was found to be exothermic and spontaneous. keywords: adsorption; methyl orange; langmuir and temkin isotherms; ionic strength; thermodynamic parameters introduction environmental pollution control has been a concerned issue in many countries. one of the major environmental pollution is waste water. water pollution due to colour from dyestuff is a topic of major concern of scientists today. many industries use dyes extensively in different operations such as textile, leather tanning, paper, plastic, food processing, cosmetics, printing etc. [1, 2, 3]. numerous techniques have been proposed by various researchers for the treatment of dye effluents [4]. these include ion-exchange, chemical precipitation; chemical oxidation and adsorption have been used for the removal of toxic pollutant from waste water [5, 6, 7]. 329 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 sorption of colored components from aqueous solution has proven to an excellent way to treat effluent and also a cost effective technique. several studies have shown that numerous low-cost materials have been successfully applied in the removal of dyes such as rice husk[8],giant duckweed[9],sepiolite[10], modified clays[11,12], oxihumolite[13], fly ash[14] and kaolin[15]. this study is aimed at investigation the possibilities of the use of, a local clay readily available in iraq for removal of methyl orange from aqueous solution. the system variables studied include sorbent dose, initial concentration of the dye, ionic strength and temperature. materials and method materials the dye, methyl orange,4-[[(4-di methyl amino )phenyl]azo]benzene sulfonic acid sodium salt, c.i. 13025 ,chemical formula ,mw=327.34 g/mol, λmax= 503 nm(measured value) was supplied by merck co.(dye content 85 %) and used without purification. the chemical structure of methyl orange is shown below: n n s n o o h3c o na ch3 the clay used in this experiments was obtained from tarifawi region in western desert by the state company for geological survey .the chemical composition of this clay is 54.66 % sio2, 14.65%, al2o3, 4.88% fe2o3, 4.77% cao, 6.00% mgo, 0.65% na2o,1.20% so3, 12.56% ignition loss. the particle size was 125 µm. method adsorption experiments were carried out by shaking 0.2 g bentonite samples with 10 ml aqueous solution of methyl orange of desired concentration at various ionic strengths (0.05 0.35 m nacl solution in water ), adsorbent dosage (0.05-0.35g), temperature (25-45) for 1.5 h (the required time for methyl orange to reach the equilibrium concentrations). a thermostated shaker bath was used to keep the temperature constant. the initial concentration of dye solutions, co ,were in the range of (10 ppm40 ppm ). all adsorption experiments were 330 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 performed at 25 co and ph 5 except those in which the effects of temperature were investigated. at the end of the adsorption period, the solution was centrifuged for 5 min at 3000 rpm and then the concentration of the residual methyl orange, ce, was determined with the aid of cecil, ce7200 uv-visible spectrophotometer (190-900nm). the adsorbed amounts of methyl orange were calculated from the concentrations in solutions before and after adsorption according to the equation (1): (1) qe = (co-ce) where co and ce are the initial and equilibrium liquid phase concentrations of dye solution (mg/l), respectively; qe is equilibrium dye concentration on adsorbent (mg/g), v is the volume of dye solution (l), and w is the mass of bentonite sample used (g). results and discussions effect of initial dye concentrations the adsorption capacity of bentonite for methyl orange was determined at different initial dye concentrations (10 ppm40 ppm). the results were represented in figure (1{ a,b}) show that the dye amount sorbed increase with the increase of dye concentration but the percent of dye removal decrease at high concentration. effect of adsorbent dosage removal % of methyl orange on bentonite was studied at different bentonite mass [0.05, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3 and 0.35/10 ml, respectively] keeping initial methyl orange concentration (30 ppm), temperature (25 0c), ph=5 and contact time (1.5 h) constant. the results showed that the percentage of dye removal increased with the increase of amount of bentonite, but amount of dye adsorbed per unit mass of adsorbent decreased with the increase of amount of adsorbent from (0.05-0.35g/l) figures(2{a,b} ). as amount of adsorbent increases, number of active sides available for adsorption also increases thus removal % also increases but as all active sides may not be available during adsorption due to overlapping between the active sides themselves and thus amount adsorbed mg/g of adsorbent decreases [3]. thus, the adsorption of dye increased with the sorbent dosage and reached an equilibrium value after certain sorbent dosage (0.2-0.3g/l). . effect of the ionic strength figure (3) shows the influence of ionic strength on the adsorption of methyl orange by bentonite. it has been tested by the addition of sodium chloride to the methyl orange solution. the increase in ionic strength between 0.05 and 0.35 has decreased the amount of adsorption between (0.294 – 0.114 mg.g-1). this may be due to the following two reasons: 331 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 i the electrostatic attraction seems to be significant mechanisms, as indicated by the results were at high ionic strength, the increased amount of nacl can help to swamp the surface of the bentonite, which decreases methyl orange access to the bentonite surface for adsorption [16]. in fact according to the surface chemistry theory developed by guoy and chapman [17], when solid adsorbent is in contact with sorbate species in solution, they are bound to be surrounded by an electrical diffused double layer, the thickness of which is significantly expanded by the presence of electrolyte. such expansion inhibits the adsorbent particles and methyl orange from approaching. iithe relative competition between sodium ions and dye species for the active sites of bentonite can also be an explaining factor. adsorption isotherms several mathematical models have been applied for describing equilibrium studies for the removal of organic pollutants by adsorption on solid surfaces. selections of an isotherm equation depend on the nature and type of the system. the langmuir adsorption, depends on the assumption that the intermolecular forces decrease rapidly with distance, and consequently predicts the existence of monolayer coverage of the adsorbate at the outer surface of the adsorbent. the isotherm equation further assumes that adsorption occurs at specific homogenous sites with the adsorbent. it is then assumed that once a dye molecular occupies a site, no further adsorption can take place at that site. furthermore, the langmuir equation is based on the assumption of a structurally homogeneous adsorbent, where all sorption sites are identical and energetically equivalent. theoretical, the sorbent has a finite capacity for the sorbate. therefore, a saturation value is reached beyond which no further sorption can occur [18]. figure 4 shows the adsorption isotherms of methyl orange on bentonite at different temperatures. the saturated monolayer isotherm can be represented as a linear from (2) the above equation can be rearranged to the following linear form: (3) where ce is the equilibrium concentration (mg.l-1), qe is the amount of dye adsorbed (mg.g-1), qmax is the maximum amount of dye that can be adsorbed in a monolayer (adsorption capacity l.g-1)and kl is the adsorption equilibrium constant (l.mg-1). a plot of ce/qe versus ce should give a straight line figure (5) the values of qmax and kl were determined by the slopes and intercepts of figure (5) and have been given in table (1). the essential characteristics of the langmuir isotherm can be expressed in terms of a dimensionless constant separation factor rl that is given in equation [19]: 332 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 (4) rl= the value of rl indicates the type of the isotherm to be either favorable (0 ˂ rl ˂ 1), unfavorable (rl˃ 1), linear (rl= 1) or irreversible (rl= 0). the initial dye concentrations of (1040 mg/l) and the corresponding value of parameter rl are found to be less than 1 and greater than 0 (0.0200.140). these results show that the methyl orange sorption onto bentonite is favorable at all temperatures considered. figure (6) shows the values of rl for methyl orange at different temperatures. the rl values indicate that adsorption is more favorable for the higher initial dye concentration then the lower ones. temkin isotherm, which considers the effects of the heat of adsorption that decreases linearly with coverage of the adsorbate and adsorbent interactions, is given as[20] : qe= blnace (5) and linearized as qe= blna + b lnce (6) where a (l/g) is the equilibrium binding constant, corresponding to the maximum binding energy and constant b= (rt/b) is related to heat of adsorption. the temkin isotherm plot between lnce and qe is shown figure (7) enables the determination of the b and a from the slope and intercept table (1). these results in table(1) show the langmuir model was found to fit data significantly better than the temkin model which shows the more homogeneous nature of bentonite powder. effect of temperature temperature has important effects on the adsorption process. the effect of temperature on the adsorption isotherm of the methyl orange on bentonite was studied at 298,308 and 318 k the results were displayed in figure (4). the results revealed that the amount of adsorption decreased from (0.905 to 0.381mg.g-1) with temperature increase from 298 to 318 k. this decrease in amount adsorption with temperature is due to the enhancement of the desorption step in the adsorption mechanism indicating that the process is exothermic. it is known that the decrease of amount adsorption with the increase of temperature is mainly due to the weakening of sorptive forces between the active sites on the bentonite and methyl orange species, and also between adjacent dye molecules on the sorbed phase [21] estimation of thermodynamic parameters thermodynamic parameters such as gibb's free energy (∆g) (j/mole), enthalpy (∆h) (j/mole) and entropy (∆s) (j/mole.k) changes can be determined by the following equations: ∆g = -rt ln k0 (7) 333 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 lnk0 = -∆g/ rt (8) lnk0 = ∆s/r ∆h/rt (9) where r is universal gas constant (8.314 j. mole-1.k-1) and t is absolute temperature in kelvin. gibb's free energy change ∆g, is calculated using k0 obtained from the method suggested by khan and singh[22] by plotting ln qe/ce versus qe figure(8) and extrapolating to zero . the enthalpy and entropy changes are respectively determined from the slope and intercept of the plot ln k0 against 1/ t figure (9). thermodynamic parameters for the adsorption of methyl orange on bentonite are given in table (2). as shown in the table, the negative value of ∆g confirms the feasibility of the process and spontaneous nature of adsorption. the values of ∆h and ∆s are found be (-29.98) kj/mole and (-83.31) j/mole.k respectively. the enthalpy implying that the adsorption process is exothermic, and lower temperature makes the adsorption easier. enthalpy change due to chemisorption takes value between 40-120 kj/mole, which is larger than that due to physisorption [23]. therefore, the adsorption of the methyl orange dye under examination onto bentonite is likely due to physisorption. this result shows that the interaction between the dye and the bentonite is mainly electrostatic interactions [23]. the negative value of ∆s suggests decreasing randomness at the solid/liquid interface during the adsorption of methyl orange on bentonite in the aqueous solution. references 1karaca, s.; gűrses, a.; acikyidiz, m. and korucu, m. e. (2008) adsorption of cationic dye from aqueous solutions by activated carbon. microporous and mesoporous materials, 115:376-382. 2sharma, y.c.; upadhya, u.s. and gode, f. (2009) adsorptive removal of a basic dye from water and water by activated carbon. journal of applied sciences in environmental sanitation, 4(1):21-28. 3sarioglu, m. and utay, a. a. (2006) removal of methylene blue by using bio solid. journal of global nest, 8(2):113-120 4sivarajasekar, n.; baskar, r. and balakrishnan, v. (2009) biosorption of an azo dye from aqueous solution onto spirogyra. journal of the university of chemical technology and metallurgy,44(2):157-164 5stephenson, r.j. and sheldon, j.b. (1996) coagulation and precipitation of a mechanical pulping effluent.1.removal of carbon and turbidity. water resource,30:781-792 6chiou, m.s. and chuang, g.s. (2006) competitive adsorption of dye metanil yellow and rb15 in acid solutions on chemically cross-linked chitosan beads. chemosphere, 62:731-740 334 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 7salem, i.a. and al-maazawi, m. (2000) kinetics and mechanism of color removal of methylene blue with hydrogen peroxide catalyzed by some supported alumina surfaces. chemosphere,41(8):1173-1180 8vadivelan, v. and kumar, k.v. (2005) equilibrium, kinetics, mechanism, and process design for the sorption of methylene blue onto rice husk. journal colloid interface science,286(1):90-100 9waranusantigul, p.; pokethitiyook, p.; kruatrachue, m. and upatham, e.s. (2003) kinetics of basic dye (methylene blue) biosorption by giant duckweed (spirodela polyrrhiza).environmental pollution ,125(3): 385 10alkan, m.; celikapa, s.; demirbas, ö. and dogan, m. (2005)removal of reactive blue 221 and acid blue anionic dyes from aqueous solution by sepiolite.dyes pigments,65(3):251-259 11shawabkeh, r.a. and tutunji, m.f. (2003)experimental study and modeling of basic dye sorption by diatomaceous clay. applied clay science.24:111-120 12boukerka, z.; kacha, s.; kameche, m. ; elmaleh, s. and derriche, z. (2005)sorption study of an acid dye from aqueous solutions using modified clays. journal hazardous material b,119(1-3):117-124 13janos, p.; sedivy, p.; ryznarova, m. and grötschelova; s. (2005) sorption of basic and acid dyes from aqueous solutions onto oxihumolite. chemosphere,59(6):881-886 14wang, s.; boyjoo, y.; choueih, a. and zhu., z.h. (2005). removal of dyes from aqueous solution using fly ash and red mud. water resource,39(1):129-138 15gosh, d. and bhattacharya, g. (2002)adsorption of methylene blue on kaolinite. applied clay science,20(6):295-300 16dasnc and bandyopadaym(1991) removal of lead by vermiculate medium.appled clay science,6:221-231. 17osipow li.(1972) "surface chemistry : theory and industrial applications",krieger.new yourk. 18safa özcan, a. and adnan, özcan(2004) adsorption of dyes from aqueous solutions onto acid-activated bentonite, journal-colloid interference science,276:39-46. 19hall, kr.;eagleton, lc.; acrivos, a.; and vermeulen. t. (1966) pore-and solid-diffusion kinetics in fixed-bed adsorption under constant-pattern conditions. industrial and engineering chemistry fundamentals,5(2):212-223. 20temkin, m.i. and pyzhev, v. (1940) kinetic of ammonia synthesis on promoted iron catalyst. acta physiochim., urss,12:327-356. 21ho, ys; chiang, th and hsueh, ym. (2005) removal of basic dye from aqueous solution using tree fern as a biosorbent. process biochemistry,40(1):119-124. 22khan, a a. and singh, r p.(1987) adsorption thermodynamic of carbofuran on sn(iv) arsenosilicate in h+,na+ and ca+2 forms. colloid surface ,24:33-42. 23al kan, m.; demirbas, ö; ҫelikҫapas and doǧan, m. (2004) sorption of acid red57 from aqueous solution onto sepiolite. journal of hazardous materials; 116(1-2):135-1 335 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): isotherm constants for adsorption of methyl orange on bentonite at different temperature. isotherm constants temkin langmuir t( co) r2 b a r2 qmax( mg.g-1) k0 kl(l.mg-1) 0.8774 0.127 73.92 0.9995 0.931 8.17 1.233 25 0.9205 0.069 58.26 0.9998 0.528 5.21 0.615 35 0.8535 0.050 90.65 0.9984 0.402 3.82 0.650 40 table (2) : thermodynamic parameters for methyl orange on bentonite ∆s(j/k.mol) ∆h(kj/mol) ∆g(kj/mol) k0 temperature ( k) -83.31 -29.98 -5.20 8.17 298 -4.23 5.21 308 -3.54 3.82 318 336 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 (a) (b) fig.(1a,b): the influence of initial dye concentration on the adsorption of methyl orange dye on bentonite (t=25 co, ph= 5,p.size 125µm). (a) (b) fig.(2a,b): effect of adsorbent dosage on methyl orange adsorption(t=250c,ph=5,p.size 125µm) . 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 20 40 60 co mg/l qe mg.g-1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 20 40 60 removal% comg/l 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 be ntonite mas s (g) removal % 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 qe mg/g bentonite mass (g) 337 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (4): the adsorption isotherms of the methyl orange on bentonite at different temperatures (ph=5, p.size 125μm fig. (3): effect of ionic strength on the adsorption methyl orange on bentonite (t=250c, ph=5, p.size 125µm) fig. (5): langmuir plots for the adsorption of methyl orange onto bentonite at various temperatures. fig. (6): plot of rl against initial methyl orange concentration at various temperatures. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 10 20 30 40 qe mg/g ce mg/l 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 qe mg/g i [m] 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 ce/qe g/l ce mg/l 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0 20 40 60 rl c0 mg/l 338 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (7): temkin isotherm plot of qe versus ln ce fig. (8): plot of ln qe/ce versus qe fig. (9) plot ln k0 versus 1/ t for the estimation of thermodynamic parameters. 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0.0031 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 ln k0 1/t k-1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 -1 0 1 2 3 4 qe mg.g-1 ln ce -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 0 0.5 1 ln qe/ce qe mg/g 339 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 إزالة المثيل البرتقالي من المحلول المائي بواسطة البنتونايت العراقي * عاشور حمود داوود ظافر تموين عجيل الهتيمي قدوري زيدان خلف** تقي الدين عبدالهادي حمدان بغداد جامعة -كلية التربية ابن الهيثم الكيمياء سمق كربالء جامعة -كلية العلوم الكيمياء قسم* تكريت جامعة -كلية طب األسنانالكيمياء قسم** احية:االمتزاز،المثيل البرتقالي ، ايزوثيرم النكماير تالكلمات المف وتمكن ، الشدة االيونية ، الدوال الثرموديناميكية الخالصة في قالي يل البرت تزاز المث سلوك ام سة حث درا ضوع الب ناول مو يت سة يت درا قي . أجر يت العرا سطح البنتونا لى ية ع يل المائ المحال العديـد مـن العوامـل ألمـؤثره فـي عمليـة االمتـزاز مثـل التركيـز االبتدائي وكمية المادة المازه والشدة األيونية ودرجة الحرارة على قالي يل البرت لة المث سبة إزا تائج ان ن ضحت الن تزاز. أو سعة االم صان الت مع نق مع تزداد تزداد قالي و يل البرت تدائي للمث يز االب رك كمية المادة المازه. كذلك امتزاز المثيل البرتقالي يقل مع زيادة الشــدة األيونيــة وزيــادة درجــة الحــرارة وأوضــحت نتــائج االتــزان كن( ماير وتم لة النك قة لمعاد ها مطاب تزاز أن مات االم ) temkinاليزوثير لة الن باط لمعاد مل االرت لة وان معا نة بمعاد ثر مقار كان أك ماير ك ∆hو ∆g) . وتم حساب الدوال الثرموديناميكيـة مثـل temkinتمكن( واتضح ان عملية االمتزاز للمثيل البرتقالي هي عملية تلقائيـة ∆sو وباعثة للحرارة. بحث ٥ microsoft word 1-6 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 32.1.1974 vol. 32 (1) 2019 novel co-precipitation method for synthesis of nanostructured nickel oxide in accordance to ph: structural and optical properties as an active optical filter zehraa n. abdul-ameer lecturer remote sensing and gis dept. / college of science/ university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. zehraanajim@gmail.com article history: received in:2october2018, accepted in:6 november 2018, publish january, 2019 abstract low cost co-precipitation method was used for preparation of novel nickel oxide (nio) nano particle thin films with simple, with two different ph values 6, 12 and its effect on structural and optical properties as an active optical filter. experimental results of structural properties x-ray diffraction (xrd) showed that both nickel oxide nanoparticles with (ph=6 and 12) have polycrystalline structure smaller average particle size about 8.5 nm for ph = 6 in comparison with ph = 12. morphological studies using scanning electron microscopy (sem) and atomic force microscope (afm) show uniform nano rod distribution for ph=6 with smaller average diameter, average roughness as compared with nio with ph=12 that showed larger diameter, grain size, spherical shape with scope of excellent sensing applications due to high roughness. optical properties results show blue shift for ph = 6 as compared with ph=12m leading to potential of optoelectronic applications and as active optical keywords: nickel oxide, co-precipitation method, ph, particle size, nanostructure. 1. introduction nickel oxide is considered a unique p-type semiconductor due to its structure of defects, and special properties [1]. nio attracted researchers interest for the potential use in several applications such as: magnetic materials, gas sensors, and fuel cells [2]. many techniques have been used for fabrication of nio nano particles such as: sol-gel method [3], spray pyrolysis [4], thermal decomposition [5] ultrasonic radiation [6], hydrothermal synthesis [7]. the aim of this research is synthesized nickel oxide nano particles in two different ph then study its effect on nano particle size, structure and optical properties. 2. experimental methods two solutions of 0.01 m ni(no3)2.6h2o were solute in 100 ml double deionized water with continuous stirring for 10 min then: first solution was added to (0.1 m) naoh (ph = 12), second solution was added to (0.05 m) naoh (ph = 6). the followed by drying in 120ºc for 6 hours. calcination process occurred at 450ºc for 4 hours. sampled were deposited on glass for further characterization of x-ray diffraction (xrd) with cukα radiation (λ = 1.5405ºa) to investigate crystallite size. 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 32.1.1974 vol. 32 (1) 2019 3. results and discussion: 3.1 structural properties: figure 1. shows x-ray diffraction pattern with five peaks with preferential orientation 2θ=43.4º and cubic phase. xrd peaks are 2θ= 37.2º, 43.4º, 62.8º, 75.4º, 79.6º jcpds card [file number: 4-0835] [8]. particle sizes can be calculated due to debye –sheerer formula:   cos d 9.0 (1) figure 1. xrd pattern for the prepared sample. table 1. illustrate the comparison of nickel oxide with ph=6 and ph=12. nickel oxide with ph=6 has smaller particle size about 8.5 nm while nickel oxide with ph=12 has greater particle size about 20nm. both have polycrystalline structure. table 1. xrd parameters for the prepared samples sample β (rad) d(nm) ε (* 10-3 lines -2 m-4) δ hkl nio (ph=6) 0.98 8.5 3.97 0.013 101 012 110 113 202 nio (ph=12) 0.52 20 2.1 0.0025 101 012 110 113 202 1 1 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 1 1 3 0 1 2 1 1 3 2ѳ(degree) in te n si t 2 1 0 1 3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 32.1.1974 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the sem images for nio nano particles is shown in figure 2. to investigate surface morphology of the synthesized samples nio nano particles with (ph=6) showed uniformly distributed nano rod shapes while nio nano particles with (ph=12) have spherical shapes with some agglomeration due to tendency to have high surface energy. it is concluded that nio nano particles with (ph = 6) had smaller particle size in comparison with nio nano particles with (ph = 12) with uniform distribution of nano rods which encourage catalytic activity of nano particles. afm analysis showed high average roughness (1.94 nm) for nio nano particles with (ph = 12) in comparison with nio nano particles with (ph = 6) which were (0.995 nm) as shown in figure 3. figure 2. sem images for anio nanoparticles (ph=6) and bnio nanoparticles with (ph=12). the uv-v is characterization spectrum was investigated to calculate optical energy gap. it was found that absorption peak from uv absorption spectrum was about 348nm with blue shift in comparison with bulk nio. the calculated band gaps for nio with (ph = 6) was (4ev) while nio with (ph=12) was (3.83ev) as shown in figure 4. it can be due to larger particle size for nio with (ph=12) compared with nio with (ph = 6). equation (2). was used to calculate energy gap using [1, 9, 10]: (2) where a is constant related with inter band probability, eg is referred to optical energy gap and n is characteristic for the nature of transition process where n = 2 (direct transition) [12]. b a 4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 32.1.1974 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 3. afm images anio nanoparticles with (ph=6) and bnio nanoparticles with (ph=12). a b figure 4. (αhν) ^2 as function of ( hν) for anio with ph=6 and b-nio with ph=12. table 2. afm surface analysis. ph average roughness (nm) root mean square (r.m.s) (nm) ph=6 ph=12 0.995 1.94 1.17 2.38 a b 5 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 32.1.1974 vol. 32 (1) 2019 4.conclusions nickel oxide nano particles were synthesized using co-precipitation method with two different (ph = 6 and 12) to investigate ph effect on size and shape of nano particles. xrd results indicate that nickel oxide with (ph = 6 and 12) have polycrystalline structure smaller average particle size about 8.5 nm for (ph = 6) win comparison with ph=12.uv-vis spectrum showed blue shift for (ph = 6) as compared with (ph = 12). sem and afm morphological studies showed uniform nano rod distribution for (ph = 6) with smaller average diameter and average roughness as compared with nio with (ph = 12). this study enhances the idea of use nio nano particles for different and wide range applications according to ph values in various industries. literature contribute this study attract attention on nickel oxide nano particles synthesized in simple, low cost, friendly method with two ph values= 6,12. uniform nano rod with blue shift spectra obtained from nio nano particles with ph=6 e emitters, catalyst, nio nano particles with ph=6 possessed rough surface which enhance gas sensing applications. conflict of interest dr-zehraa najim declare that there is no conflict of interest. references 1. devi, b.s.r.; raveendran,r.; vaidyan, a.v., j. pramana. synthesis and characterization of mn2+-doped zns nanoparticles. pramana – journal of physics. 2007, 68, 4, 679-687. 2. din, m. i.; rani, a. recent advances in the synthesis and stabilization of nickel and nickel oxide nanoparticles: a green adeptness, international journal of analytical chemistry. 2016, 4, 1-14, doi.org/10.1155/2016/3512145. 3. el-kemary,m.; nagy,n.; el-mehasseb, i. nickel oxide nanoparticles: synthesis and spectral studies of interactions with glucose.materials science in semiconductor processing. 2013, 16, 6, 1747–1752. 4. han, d.y.; yang, h.y.; shen, x.; zhou,c.b. ; wang f.h., synthesis and size control of nio nanoparticles by waterpowder-in-oil microemulsion. powder technology powder teach. elsevier. 2004. 147, 1-3,113-116. 5. ravindhranath,k; ramamoorty,m. nickel based nano parles as adsorbents in water purification methods a review. orient j. chem. 2017, 33, 4, 1603-1613. 6. palombari, r. influence of surface acceptor–donor couples on conductivity and other electrochemical properties of nonstoichiometric nio at 200 °c. j. electroanal. chem. 2003. 546, 23-28. 7. pulimi, v. r. r.; jeevanandam,p. effects of calcinations temperature and precursor concentration on crystallinity of nio nanocrystalline powder synthesized via ethylene glycol rote;alp conference proceeding. 2009, 321, 2556-2562. 6 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 32.1.1974 vol. 32 (1) 2019 8. sang-jin, l.; young-min, h.; choong-hwan, j.; ji-yeon, k.nano-sized nickel oxide powder synthesized by organicinorganic solution route. journal of nanoscience and nanotechnology.2013.13, 2, 1520-1524. 9. tao, d.; wei, f. new procedure towards size-homogeneous and well-dispersed nickel oxide nanoparticles of 30 nm. mater. letts. 2004, 58, 25, 3226-3228 . 10. teoh, l.g.; li, k.synthesis and characterization of nio nanoparticles by sol gel method. materials transactions.2012.53, 12, 2135-2140. 11. visuvasam, a.s.; dineshbabu, n.r. study the structural and optical properties of nickel oxide nanoparticles, inter. j. adv.res. 2016.3, 13. 12. xiang, l.; deng, x.y.; jin,y. experimental study on synthesis of nio nano-particles. scripta mater. elsevier. 2002.47, 4, 219-224. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 computer analysis of a simplified eye model t.a. abdul nabi, k.a. mohamme d ,h. h. mohamme d ministry of education deparement of physics, college of education, ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad ministry of sciences and technology abstract computer analysis of simple eye model is p erformed in the p resent work by using the zemax op tical design soft ware 2000e . the most imp ortant op tical p arameters of the eye were calcu lated such as t he effective focal len gth (efl) , the image sp ot size at the retina and found to be in a reasonab le agr eement with the values needed for the laser r etinal treatment .the p resent eye model leads to an effective wavelen gth and we found the image sp ot diagram at the surface of the retina and the wavefront error whi ch are p rovided at zero field angle. this gives a good evidence of the validity of the model in one hand, and can be used to determine the comp atibility of any optical design intended for visual app lications. by using the p ulse frequency doubled nd:yag laser 532 nm can be used for the to treatment the retina. introduction in an optical p oint of view, the human ey e is considered as a comp lex imaging sy st em. ut ilizing comp uter analysis of a simplified eye model, allows us to bett er understand the basics of the eye functions and the limits of visual resolution (1). recently , much interest was devoted to design and analysis by using zemax soft ware 2000e of a diffraction limited cat ’ s eye retroreflector (2,3) because of its applications in sp atial light modulators. the recent resear ches were concentrated in the field of scannin g laser op thalmoscopy to measure and correct t he high ord er ab errations of the human eye and to calculate the op timal p up il size in the human ey e for axial resolution (4,5). m ost imaging sy stems are well describ ed by a sequential list of surfaces, each of which defin es the boundary between one media and the next. they are traced from the object surface to each surface in a sp ecific sequ ential order. the zemax op tical design p rogram is a comp rehensive soft ware tool for op tical design and is used in the p resent work for the comp uter analysis of the simple eye model. materials and methods the eye model the ey e, as an op tical device , may be thou ght as a sy st em of optical components, of about one inch in diameter, filled water like f luid. the transp arent surface through which light enters the eye is called the cornea. the convex outer surface of the cornea p rovides the majority of optical p ower to be transmitted through the ey e. at a few millimeters behind the cornea, there is a relatively thick double convex lens, the ey e lens. just in front of the eye lens, there is an op aque disk with an op ening at its center which is referred to as the iris. the ey e lens focuses the light entering the eye at the back of the eye, the retina. the r etina is the most imp ortant p ortion of the eye that resolves the detail of the image or the visual resolution. by using the zemax op tical design soft ware 2000e, the most important optical p arameters of the eye were calcu lated such as t he effective fo cal len gth (efl) and the image sp ot size at the retina. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 results and discussion fig. (1) shows the model of the ey e developed in this work by using the optical design zemax soft ware 2000e.the radius of curvature, thickness, diameter and glass information is p rovided in table (1). all surfaces are sp herical. the light originates from the second harmonic generation of the nd: yag laser emitting at the wavelength of 532 nm. it was mentioned in (1) that the st andard p oint of maximum accommodation is at an object distance of 254 mm. this distance is often ref erred to as the close p oint of a typical eye. in the p resent model and for the p urp ose of making the lens nearly equiconvex, the valu e of 10 mm is taken into consideration. the p resent eye model leads to the effective wavelen gth ( efl)of 16.3406 mm. this value is in an excellent agreement with the corresp onding value of 16.7 mm obtained in ref. (1) at t he object distance of 6.2 mm. the slight difference is due to the difference in the object dist ance between the case presented in the p resent work and the value used for the p urp ose of the model p resented in (1). furt hermore, the image sp ace numerical aperture na is found to be 0.2756169, while the object space na is 0.7071068 . the image sp ot at t he retinal surface is shown in fig. (2). the central diameter of the ima ge is found 184 μm, while the blur circle outside this central image sp ot is due to aberration . this value of the central sp ot diameter can be consid ered reasonable for the case of the fr equency doubled nd:yag laser at t he eye retina, since it is within the range of the laser sp ot size needed by the surgeons for the laser retinal treatment. plots of wavefront error are p rovided at z ero field angle, in fig. (3).the aperture coordinates are relative and the scale of the optical p ath difference runs fro m 100 to 100 waves. t he similar ity of the incident and existing wavefront is the most imp ortant single f igure of merit for t he validity of the present model. conclusions 1the p resent ey e model is suitable for comp uter analysis by using modern op tical design soft ware. 2the present data for the eye model can be used as a reference whi ch can b e used to d etermine the compatibility of any optical design intended for visual app lications. 3the effective focal len gth ( efl) of the eye sy stem p rovided in the p resent work can be considered as one of the imp ortant figure of merit for t esting the validity of the p resent model. 4the sp ot size provided by the p resent work is in areasonable agreement with t he value needed for the laser retinal treatment. t his gives furt her evidence of the validity of the model re ferences 1walker, b.h. ( 2000) spie web, oe r eport: 166-185. 2-dorronsoro, c.; barbero, s.; llorent ,l. and m arcos, s. (2003) op tometry and vision science 80:115-122. 3biermann, m .l.; rabinovich, w.s. ; m ahon, r. and gilbreath, g.c. (2002), opt. eng., 41:1655-1660. 4boorda, a. ; borja, f.r.; donelly , w.j .; queener, h. ; herbert, t.j.and compbell m .c.w. (2002),opt .exp ress ,10: 405-415. 5donnelly , w.j. and boorda, a. (2003), j.op t .soc.am.a20:2010-2015. 6thibos, l.n. and bradely , a. (1999) ,m odeling the refractive and neuro –sensor sy st ems of the eye: ch.4 in visual inst rumentation, m cgraw – hill .inc.,new york (p p 101-159). ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (1) : the surface data for the zemax software 2000 e(6) surf. comment radius of curvature, mm thickness mm glass typ e diameter, mm obj infinity 10 air sto infinity air 20 2 cornea 7.98 1.15 m gf2 10.96213 3 aqueous 6.22 2.39 seawater 10.86602 4 lens 10.2 4.08 caf2 10.90885 5 vitreous -6.17 17.15 seawater 10.9355 6 infinity 0 3.32571 ima. infinity 3.32571 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد نموذج مبسط للعینإاستخدام الحاسوب لتحلیل حسن حمادي محمد ، قاسم عزیز محمد تغرید عبد االمیر عبد النبي الحمیري، ةوزارة التربی جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم – ةكلیة التربی ،قسم الفیزیاء وزارة العلوم والتكنلوجیا لخالصةا قدم في هذا البحث باستخدام برنامج التصمیم قد نموذج مبسط للعینال وبالحاسبأستخدام التحلیل ن إ zemax softيالبصر ware 2000e .مثل للعین ةالمهم ةالمقایس البصری قد حسبت و)efl ( ،الطول الموضعي المؤثر لعین قاد نموذج المستخدم لاال. عالج الشبكیة باللیزرى لاالمحتاجة وكذلك وجد توافق معقول مع القیم. حجم الصورة في الشبكیة يذالنبضي nd:yagلیزر باستخدام ةالى معرفة الطول الموجي المؤثر وقد تمكنا من ایجاد صورة بقعة اللیزر على الشبكی .ةیمكن استعماله لمعالجة الشبكیالذي 532nm لمضاعفالتردد ا نموذج من جهة ومن جهة أخرى یمكن استخدامه اال على امكانیة تطبیق هذا اواضح دلیالت هذه النتائج أعط وقد . لیحدد تطابق أي تصمیم بصري یحتاج الى التطبیقات البصریة biology 1 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ت نبيتال بعض الظواهر الفسيولوجية المجال الكهرومغناطيسي في تأثير خارج الجسم الحي .cucumis sativus lالخيار **.سها محسن محمد البصام *،عبد الجاسم محيسن الجبوري ،عباس جاسم حسين الساعدي ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد-كلية التربية ،قسم علوم الحياة جامعة النهرين * ،مركز بحوث التقنيات األحيائية **وزارة التربية ،معهد اعداد المعلمات 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في: 2012تشرين االول 27استلم البحث في: الخالصة ، (1)ورمز له بالرقم lot number (em285)الصنف -بذور ثالثة أصناف من الخيار األمريكي وهي : تعُرض الى .(3)له بالرقم ورمز to caeen f1، والصنف (2)ورمز له بالرقم hyrid super green f1الصنف و دقائق بأستخدام 5أمبير ولمدة ,2.5) (2,1,0ترددات من التيار الكهربائي هي 4: نوعين من المؤثرات الفيزيائية وهي (90,60,30,0)مدد تعريض لألشعة فوق البنفسجية 4و جهاز توليد تيار كهربائي ومجال مغناطيسي بوساطة ملف دائري ،ثم زرعت hoodواء الطبقي (نيون) لجهازتعقيم الهأستخدام شمعة نانوميتر عن طريق 254ثانية على التوالي وبتردد وحضنت في الحاضنة مدة إسبوعين بعد benzyladenine (ba) أضيف له msالبذور المعاملة على وسط غذائي معقم أسابيع في الحاضنة بعدها أخذت النبيتات 3هذه المدة ، أخذت القمم النامية وزرعت في وسط غذائي جديد ووضعت مدة 3لخضري والوزن الطري والجاف لهذه للنبيتات. أظهرت النتائج تفوق الصنف لدراسة طول المجموع الجذري وا بإعطائه أفضل القيم للصفات المدروسة . 2,1ثانية تفوقاً معنوياً على الصنفين 90أمبير ومدة تشعيع 2.5 المعرض لتردد الكهرومغناطيسية والزراعة النسيجية في الخيارالكلمات المفتاحية : المقدمة التي تضم نباتات الخيار، الرقي، والكوسة. ويعد cucumbitaceaeينتمي محصول الخيار الى العائلة القرعية قدر أن الهند وافريقيا الموطن األصلي للخيار فقد زرع فيها منذ اآلف dicotyledonالخيار من النباتات ذوات الفلقتين تم استخدام . [2] محمد العراق بوصفه محصوالً ربيعياً وخريفي االنتاج .يزرع الخيار في[1] مطلوب وأخرون السنين تقنيات التطفير في استحداث وتحسين الصفات مثل تغيير موعد التزهير،موعد نضج الثمار،مقاومة االمراض وغير -1ما : ان هناك طريقتين الستخدام المطفرات خارج الجسم الحي وه[4] التكريتي.ذكر sanada and amano[3]ذلك تطفير الكالس واالجزاء النباتية -بعد الزراعة : -2 .تعريض البذور،البراعم،عقل الساق وغيرها للمطفرات -قبل الزراعة : للتطوروالبحث العلمي أمكن استخدم تقنية زراعة االنسجة خارج الجسم الحي نتيجة مثل البراعم وغيرها للمطفرات، و .كان jain [5]ة كفاية المعامالت التطفيرية واكثار الطوافر المنتخبة بسرعة وزمن اقلفضالً عن تقنية التشعيع بهدف زياد لتعريض النباتات لالشعاع مدداً زمنية محددة اثراً ايجابياً في تنشيط التفاعالت الكيميائية والبايولوجية للنبات ويعتمد هذا في زيادة نمو tican et.al [7] وهذا ما اكده [6] أبراهيم وأخرون على نوع النبات،صنفه ومرحلة تعرضه لالشعاع زيادة الوزن yacili and alikamnoglu[ 8]سيقان وجذور نبيتات البطاطا المزروعة خارج الجسم الحي كما اكده البحث مستل من *الطري لنبيتات الطماطم المعرض للمجال المغناطيسي خارج الجسم الحي.ونظراً الهمية هذه المؤثرات أطروحة الدكتوراه للباحث الثالث. فوق ولقلة الدراسات عليها في العراق،تهدف الدراسة الى معرفة تأثير تردد التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض لألشعة في نمو وتطور نبات الخيار خارج الجسم الحي من خالل دراسة طول المجموع الجذري والخضري والوزن البنفسجية ري والجاف ألصناف الخيار الثالثة .الط المواد وطرائق العمل إذ صممت التجربة 2010/11/20جامعة النهرين بتأريخ / نفذت التجربة في مختبر مركز بحوث التقنيات األحيائية اصـناف من الخـيار بذور ثالثةأستعملت .completely randomized design(crd)وفقاً للتصميم العشوائي الكامل biology 2 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 (1)ورمز له بالرقم lot number (em285)الصـنف -االمريكي تم الحصول عــليها من شركة الريف األخـضر وهي: (3)ورمز له بالرقم to caeenf1، والـــصنف (2)ورمز له بالــرقم hyrid super greenf1الصنـف،و ليدتردد عن طـريق أستخدام جهاز تولكـل دقائق 5 أمبير مدة (2.5,2,1)لكهربائي امن التيار ترددات ثالثة.أســـتخدمت تم تعريض البذور لألشعة فوق البنفسجية تيار كهربائي ومجال مغـناطيسي بوساطة ملف دائري فضالً عن معاملة السيطرة. hood) الهواء الطبقي(نانوميتر بأستخدام شمعة (نيون) لجهاز تعقيم 245 ثانية بتردد (90,60,30) مدداً هي [9]sonntag ًوحدة 144معاملة بحيث تضمنت التجربة مكررات لكل ةتمت كل تجربة بثالثعن معاملة السيطرة.فضال ذي naocl.تم معاملة البذور بالمؤثرات السابقة وعقمت البذور بغمرها في محلول هايبوكلورات الصوديوم تجريبية مرات ألزالة أثار 3بعدها غسلت بالماء المقطر tween-20طرتان من الناشر دقائق وأضيفت ق 10مدة 3%التركيز murashigean and skoogالمستخدم من msوزرعت في قناني حاوية وسط محلول التعقيم العالق بأغلفة البذور لتالفي التلوث. hood داخل جهاز اتواجريت العملي -1ملغم .لتر 2بمقدار benzyladenine(ab)والمضاف اليه[10] ،وبعد ذلك ساعات ظالم 8ساعة أضاءة و 16مدة 25±1بعدها حضنت مدة اسبوعين في الحاضنة بدرجة حرارة اسابيع بعدها 3استؤصلت القمم النامية حسب المعامالت وزرعت في قناني تحوي اوساط غذائية جديدة ،وحضنت مدة والوزن الطري والجاف لها. وحللت البيانات أحصائياً حسب لدراسة طول المجموع الجذري والخضري نبيتاتاخذت ال 0.05لمقارنة المتوسطات الحسابية للمعامالت عند مستوى احتمالية .l.s.dالتصميم المتبع واستعمال اقل فرق معنوي little [11] and hills . النتائج والمناقشة معنوياً في 3تأثيرًا معنوياً في طول المجموع الجذري فقد تفوق الصنفأن ألصناف الخيار )1( أشارت نتائج جدول اللذين أعطيا معدل طول 2و1 سم مقارنة بالصنفين 9.61هذه الصفة بأعطائه أعلى معدل لطول المجموع الجذري وبلغ في تركيبها الوراثي. لقد هذا االختالف في هذه الصفة بين األصناف الى اختالف . يرجع على التوالي 8.00)و (9.42بلغ أمبير 2) و1 و (0سم قـياساً بالترددات 9.50 أمبير تفوقاً معنوياً بأعطائه أعلى معدل لطول الجـذور بلغ 2.5أظهر التردد على التوالي . كما بينت النتائج في الجدول أعاله بأن لمدة التعريض لألشعة تأثيراً معنوياً في طول الجذور للنبيتات، إذ مقارنة 21.56 %ثانية تفوقاً معنوياً بأعطائها أعلى معدل لطول الجذور وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 90مدة التعريض أظهرت تحت 3. أظهرت النتائج أن للتداخل الثنائي بين الصنف وتردد التيار الكهربائي تأثيراً معنوياً فقد أظهر الصنف بالسيطرة كان للتداخل بين على التوالي . 2و1سم مقارنة بالصنفين 10.10على معدل بلغ أمبير تفوقاً معنوياً بأعطائه أ 2.5التردد ثانية تفوقاً معنوياً 90المعرض لألشعة مدة 3الصنف ومدة التعريض لألشعة تأثيرمعنوي في هذه الصفة، إذ أظهر الصنف المعرض لمدة 1باستثناء الصنف سم واختلف معنوياً عن جميع التداخالت 10.77 بأعطائه أعلى معدل لطول الجذور بلغ وكان للتداخل بين تردد التيار ومدة التعريض لألشعة تأثير معنوي .سم 10.67عطى معدل طول بلغ ،أذ أالتعريض نفسها سم وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 10.55ثانية أعلى معدل لطول الجذور بلغ 90أمبير عند مدة التعريض 2.5،إذ أعطى التردد المعرض 3سم في الصنف 11.46أما التداخل الثالثي فكان معنوياً و بلغت أعلى قيمة للطول بالسيطرة.مقارنة % 28.43 من األشعة واختلف معنوياً عن أغلب التداخالت. أن الزيادة الحاصلة في معدل طول ثانية 90أمبير و 2.5لتيار كهربائي تكون ناتجة من التأثير الذي أحدثته هذه العوامل في زيادة نفاذية قد الجذور في النبات المعامل بالتيار الكهربائي واألشعة ،األغشية الخلوية مما سارع في تحويل الخزين الغذائي الى حالة يسهل استعمالها من البادرات النامية حديثاً بشكل أفضل نقسام الخلوي لخاليا قمم الكهرومغناطيسية ساهمت في تنشيط وزيادة اال . أو قد يعود السبب الى أن الحقول [12]وليد . goldbery[ 13] أطراف الجذور كما بينه 3وجود فروق معنوية لتأثير الصنف في طول المجموع الخضري فقد تفوق الصنف (2)أظهرت نتائج الجدول يار الكهربائي كان لتردد الت األخرين.سم على الصنفين 4.18معنوياً في هذه الصفة بأعطائه أعلى معدل للطول بلغ مقارنة 30.62 %سم وبنسبة زيادة 4.18أمبير أعلى معدل للطول بلغ 2.5تأثيرمعنوي في معدل الطول ، إذ أعطى التردد ثانية أعلى 90أثر معنوي في هذه الصفة ، إذ أعطت مدة التعريض بالسيطرة .لوحظ أن التعرض مددًا مختلفة من األشعة مقارنة بالسيطرة .كان 35.31 %لف معنوياً عن جميع مدد التعريض وبنسبة زيادة بلغتواخت سم 4.33بلغ معدل للطول أمبير أعلى معدل للطول بلغ 2.5المعامل بتردد 3للتداخل الثنائي بين الصنف وتردد التيار تأثير معنوي فأعطى الصنف مدد مختلفة من األشعة تأثيرًا معنوياً فأعطى سم واختلف معنوياً عن جميع التداخالت.بينما أحدثت معاملة األصناف ب 4.61 سم واختلف معنوياً عن جميع التداخالت. أما تأثير 4.96 أعلى معدل لطول الجذر بلغ ثانية 90شعع مدة مال 3الصنف 2.5التداخل التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض لألشعة فقد أحدث تأثيرات معنوية في الطول ،أذ حقق التداخل بين التردد 90.47 %ثانية أعلى معدل للطول واختلف معنوياً عن جميع التداخالت وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 90أمبير ومدة التعريض أمبير 2.5المعامل بالتردد 3مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. أحدث تداخل العوامل الثالث تأثيراً معنوياً للصفة ، إذ تفوق الصنف سم 2.16سم في حين بلغت أقل قيمة للتداخل الثالثي وهي 5.45ثانية بأعطائه أعلى قيمة للطول بلغت 90ومدة التعريض غير المعرض للتيار الكهربائي وغير المشعع باألشعة،كان للتيار الكهربائي تأثير أيجابي لهذه الصفة ،أذ عمل 2في الصنف biology 3 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 على معدل طول النبيتات ،كما أن لألشعة تأثيراً أيجابياً للصفة على تحـفيز الهرمونات الخاصة بالنمو الذي انعكس ايجابياً التي أثرت في عمليات ,protease ribonucleaseوقد يعزى السبـب الى أنها أثرت في فاعلية بعض األنزيمات مثل . [14] البناء والتمثيل لألنسجة النباتية المعاملة بالمؤثر ياسين بأعطائه 3أن للصنف تأثيراً معنوياً في الوزن الطري للمجموع الجذري فقد تفوق الصنف (3) بينت نتائج الجدول ملغم على 393.50) و (482.90معدالت بلغت 2و 1ملغم ، في حين أعطى الصنفين 495.70أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ أمبير أعلى معدل للوزن 2.5ى التردد التوالي. كما أظهر تردد التيار الكهربائي تأثيراً معنوياً لهذه الصفة فقد أعط ملغم وتفوق بذلك معنوياً على بقية الترددات. أوضحت النتائج أيضاً أن لمدة التعريض لألشعة تأثيرًا معنوياً 493.10بلغ (0ملغم بتفوق معنوي على مدد التعريض 524.60ثانية أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 90لهذه الصفة ، إذ أعطت مدة التعريض على التوالي. أما عن تأثير التداخل بين أصناف % 14.34)و 17.64 و (31.15ثانية بنسبة زيادة مقدارها 60)و 30و أمبير أعلى 2.5المعرض لتردد 3الخيار وتردد التيار فأشارت نتائج الجدول الى وجود تأثيرات معنوية فقد أعطى صنف ملغم بتفوق معنوي على معاملة السيطرة للصنف أعاله التي أعطت معدالً للوزن الطري بلغ 533.70معدل للوزن بلغ ملغم. بينت نتائج التداخل لكل من الصنف ومدة التعريض لألشعة وجود تأثير معنوي لمعدل الوزن ، إذ أظهر 451.10 ملغم. كما 583.80اعطائه أعلى معدل بلغثانية لألشعة تفوقاً معنوياً على جميع التداخالت ب 90المعرض مدة 3الصنف أمبير ومدة 2.5كان للتداخل الثنائي بين تردد التيار ومدة التعريض لألشعة تأثير معنوي لهذه الصفة، إذ أعطى التردد %ملغم بتفوق معنوي على معاملة السيطرة وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 572.90ثانية أعلى معدل للوزن الطري بلغ 90التعريض تأثيراً معنوياً لهـذه الصفة ، . وأوضحت النتائج أن للتداخل الثالثي بين الصنف وتردد التيار ومدة التعريض لألشعة56.27 ملغم واختلف 635.30ثانية أعلى قيمة للوزن بلغت 90مدة أمبير ومشعع 2.5المعرض لتردد3 إذ أعطى الصنف ملغم بينما لم يكن هناك فرق معنوي مقارنة 459.00للوزن الطري بلغت الذي أعطى أقل قيمة 2معنوياً عن الصنف وقد يعزى السبب الى 2و 1أظهر تفوقاً معنوياً على الصنفين 3تحت التردد ومدة التعريض أعاله. أن الصـنف 1بالصنف فز األنسجة النباتية للمجموع االختالفات الوراثية بين األصناف المستعملة. وأن التعرض لترددات من التيار الكهربائي ح الجذري على النمو الذي أثر بدوره في زيادة معدل الوزن الطري للجذور. وأشارت النتائج الى أن التداخل الثنائي ما بين أدت الى زيادة الكهرومغناطيسية كان له تاثير ايجابي لهذه الصفة وقد يعود السبب الى أن الحقول التيار الكهربائي واألشعة دد األفرع الجانبية للجذور كما زادت من معدل أطوال الجذور مما انعكس على زيادة قيم الوزن الطري للجذور واتفقت ع السابق . (1) ولهذه النتائج مع نتائج الجد إذ أعطى أعلى معدل للوزن الطري للمجموع 2 و1 معنوياً على الصنفين 3تفوق الصنف (4)أوضحت نتائج الجدول ملغم على التوالي. كما أكدت 573.30)و (686.40معدل بلغ 2و 1ملغم في حين أعطى الصنفين 701.20ري بلغ الخض ملغم 698.50أمبير بأعطائه أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 2.5هذه الصفة ، إذ تفوق التردد لالنتائج أن لتردد التيار تأثيرًا معنوياً ائج بأن لمدة التعريض لألشعة تأثيرًا معنوياً لهذه الصفة، إذ أعطت مدة بتفوق معنوي على بقية الترددات. أوضحت النت ملغم واختلف معنوياً عن جميع مدد التعريض لألشعة. وبينت النتائج أيضاً بأن 702.20ثانية أعلى معدل بلغ 90التعريض أمبير أعلى 2.5والتردد 3للتداخل الثنائي بين الصنف وتردد التيار تأثيراً معنوياً لهذه الصفة فقد حقق التداخل بين الصنف ملغم. كما 654.70ي أعطت معدل للوزن بلغ ملغم بتفوق معنوي على معاملة السيطرة للصنف نفسه الت 735.20معدل بلغ 763.70أوضح التداخل الثنائي بين الصنف ومدة التعريض لألشعة تأثيراً معنوياً للصفة، إذ كان أعلى معدل للوزن الطري لسيطرة ثانية من األشعة متفوقاً بذلك معنوياً على جميع التداخالت.بينما أعطـت معاملة ا 90المشـعع مدة 3ملغم في الصنف على التوالي مقارنة بمعاملتي 15.20 %و 14.05ملغم وبنسبة أنخفاض معنوي بلغت 538.30أقل معدل بلغ 2 للصنف تأثيراً معنوياً لهذه الصفة فبلغ أعلى معدل بين تردد التيار ومدة التعريض لألشعةأحدث التداخل . 3و1 السيطرة للصنفين ثانية واخـتلف معنوياً عن جميع الـتداخالت وبنسبة 90أمبير ومدة التعريض 2.5ملغم عند التردد 749.20للوزن الطري مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. ووجد تأثيراً معنوياً أيضاً للتداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة الثالثة 14.66 %زيادة هي أمبير من 2.5ملغم المعامل بتردد 807.70وأعطى أعلى قيمة بلغت 3المستخدمة في قيم هذه الصفة ،إذ تفوق الصنف %ثانية متفوقاً بذلك معنوياً على معاملة السيطرة للصنف أعاله وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 90التيار والمشعع باألشعة مدة . أن زيادة تردد التيار الكهربائي والتعرض لألشعة حفزت معدل الوزن الطري للمجموع الخضري وقد يعود السبب 40.54 ثير المشترك لألشعاع حفز منظمات النمو كهرمون األوكسين وغيرها من الهرمونات فضالً عن مكونات الوسط الى أن التأ الغذائي المستخدم اللذين عمال معاً على زيادة نمو سيقان النبيتات مع زيادة عدد األوراق مما انعكس إيجابياً على ارتفاع السابق . (2)ات ،وقد اتفقت هذه النتائج مع نتائج الجدول معدل الوزن الطري للمجموع الخضري بشكل عام للنبيت معنوياً 3 أن للصنف تأثيراً معنوياً في معدل الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري، إذ تفوق الصنف (5)أشارت نتائج الجدول 40.02)و (48.71معدل للوزن بلغ 2و1 ملغم بينما أعطى الصنفين 50.54وزن بلغ للوأعطى معدل 2و1 على الصنفين أمبير أعلى معدل 2.5ملغم على التوالي. بينت النتائج أن لتردد التيار الكهربائي تأثيراً معنوياً لهذه الصفة إذ أظهر التردد طرة يملغم في معاملة الس 42.41ملغم متفوقاً معنوياً على جميع الترددات األخرى، أما أقل معدل للوزن فقد كان 49.86بلغ أمبير. لوحظ بأن لمدة التعريض 2.5مقارنة بالتردد 14.94 %وياً عن جميع الترددات وبنسبة انخفاض واختلف معن ملغم وبأختالف معنوي 53.36ثانية أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 90 لألشعة تأثيرًا معنوياً لهذه الصفة، إذ أعطت مدة التعريض كان للتداخل الثنائي بين الصنف وتردد .ارنة بمعاملة السيطرةمق % 31.04مقارنة ببقية مدد التعريض و بنسبة زيادة بلغت biology 4 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 أمبير 2.5 المعامل بتردد 3 ملغم في الصنف 54.08التيار الكهربائي تأثير معنوي لهذه الصفة فأعلى معدل للوزن هو إذ ،ياً لهذه الصفةتأثيراً معنو متفوقاً معنوياً على جميع التداخالت. كما أن للتداخل بين الصنف ومدة التعريض لألشعة متفوقاً معنوياً على جميع التداخالت الثنائية 3ملغم للصنف 59.75ثانية أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 90أعطت مدة تعريض مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة للصنف أعاله. حقق التداخل الثنائي بين تردد التيار ومدة التعريض 37.89 %وبنسبة زيادة بلغت ملغم عند التردد 58.00ابياً بصرف النظر عن الصنف المستعمل لهذه الصفة فأعلى معدل للوزن كان لألشعة تأثيراً أيج مقارنة بالتردد نفسه 32.84%ثانية متفوقاً معنوياً على جميع التداخالت وبلغت نسبة الزيادة90 عريض تأمبير ومدة ال 2.5 في هذه الصفة 0.05اسة تأثير معنوي تحت مستوى احتمالية وعدم التعريض لألشعة.كان للتداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدر متفوقاً 3ملغم في الصنف 64.33ثانية أعطيا أعلى قيمة للوزن بلغت 90أمبير من التيار ومدة التعريض 2.5فالتردد تفوق ملغم. أشارت النتائج 41.00معنوياً على معاملة السيطرة للصنف أعاله والتي أعطت قيمة للوزن الجاف بلغت وقد يعزى السبب لالختالفات الوراثية بين األصناف. بينما كان للتأثير المشترك 2و 1معنوياً مقارنة بالصنفين 3الصنف بين تردد التيار ومدة التعريض لألشعة تأثير أيجابي وقد يعود السبب الى أن األشعاع أثر في زيادة نشاط بعض األنزيمات وغيرها التي أثرت في النمو مما انعـكس amylase ،protease,ribonuclease, b-1-3glucanase -المهمة مثل : السابق .أو (3)وجاءت هذه النتائج متفقة مع نتائج الجدول . gerhardt et.al [ 15]إيجابياً لهذه الصفة كما أشاروا اليه ور من خالل زيادة عدد االفرع الجانبية للجذور الذي أنه أحدث زيادة في انتاج الكاينتين الذي يعد محفزاً للوزن الجاف للجذ ينعكس ايجابياً على الوزن الجاف . تفوقاً 3أن لصنف الخيار تأثيراً معنوياً في الوزن الجاف للمجموع الخضري، إذ أظهر الصنف (6)أكدت نتائج الجدول الصنفين األخرين. أوضح الجدول بأن لتردد التيار ملغم بتفوق معنوي على 70.83معنوياً بأعطائه أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ و(0ملغم متفوقاً معنوياً على الترددات 70.60أمبير أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 2.5تأثيراً معنوياً لهذه الصفة فقد أعطى التردد ريض لألشعة تأثير مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. وكان لمدة التع 18.37%نسبة زيادة للوزن بلغت بعلى التوالي و أمبير 2)و1 ملغم بتفوق معنوي على جميع مدد 70.97ثانية حققت أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 90معنوي لهذه الصفة فمدة التعريض 2.5المعامل بتردد 3التعريض لألشعة. أثر التداخل بين الصنف وتردد التيار تأثيراً معنوياً لهذه الصفة ،إذ أظهر الصنف 12.87 %ملغم وقد كانت الفروقات معنوية مقارنة ببقية التداخالت وبنسبة زيادة 74.50 أمبير أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة للصنف أعاله. أظهر التداخل الثنائي بين الصنف ومدة التعريض لألشعة تأثيراً معنوياً لهذه الصفة ثانية متفوقاً معنوياً على جميع مدد 90 ملغم تحت مدة التعريض76.83 أعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 3 فأعطى الصنف التعريض. وأكدت النتائج أن للتداخل بين تردد التيار ومدة التعرض لألشعة تأثيراً معنوياً للصفة، إذ سجال أعلى معدل بلغ ثي بين ثانية بتفوق معنوي على جميع التداخالت. أما عن التداخل الثال 90أمبير ومدة التعريض 2.5ملغم للتردد 75.77 أمبير من 2.5ملغم عند التردد 81.33أعلى قيمة بلغت 3عوامل الدراسة لهذه الصفة فقد أثر معنوياً ،إذ أعطى الصنف ثانية واختلف معنوياً مقارنة ببقية التداخالت الثالثية. أوضحت النتائج أن التعرض لألشعاع 90 التيار ومدة التعريض في زيادة الوزن الجاف لألصناف المستعملة كافة وقد يعود السبب في ذلك الى أن األشعاع بأشكاله المختلفة قد أحدث تأثيراً مما انعكس إيجابياً في زيادة النشاط lipiase, protease, ribonucleaseأدى الى زيادة نشـاط بعض األنزيمات مثل لى تنشيط بعض أنزيمات النمو التي سببت زيادة الخلوي وزيادة عدد األوراق الذي أثر أيجابياً في هذه الصفة.أو أنه عمل ع لنشاط المجموع الخضري الذي أنعكس على زيادة معدل الوزن الطري للنبيتات وأدى األخير الى ارتفاع معدل الوزن السابق الذكر . (4,2)الجاف للنبيتات المعامل وقد جاءت هذه النتائج متفقة مع نتائج الجدول ثانية لألشعة فوق البنفسجية 90أمبير من التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض 2.5عند التردد 3نستنتج مما سبق أن الصنف كان األكثر تفوقاً بأعطائه أعلى المعدالت في صفات (طول المجموع الجذري والخضري ، الوزن الطري والجاف للمجموع الجذري والخضري ). المصادر أنتاج الخضروات ، الجزء الثاني (1981)محمد ،عزالدين سلطان وعبدول ،كريم صالح ; ان ناصرمطلوب ، عدن .1 . 208 ،مطبعة مديرية دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر،، كلية الزراعة ، جامعة الموصل : :أساسيات أنتاج الخضر .مطبعة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر،جامعة الموصل ،العراق (1982)محمد،عبد العظيم كاظم .2 260. 3.sanada,t.and amano,e.(1998).induced mutation in fruit trees.in.jain,s.m.,brar.d. s.andahloowalia,b.s.(eds.).somaclonal mutation and induced mutations in crop im provement,kluweracademicpubl.,dordrcht,40-409. ف ،شذى عايد يوس التكريتي (2002) تقويم وأخالف نباتات الرز المتحملة الملوحة بأستخدام تقانات مختلفة. .4 أطروحة دكتوراه ،كلية الزراعة ،جامعة بغداد ،العراق . 5.jain,s.m.(2002). induction of mutations in tropical and sub-tropical fruits review. acta hort.,575:295-302. biology 5 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ،أسكندر فرانسيس أبراهيم ; والسعداوي،ابراهيم شعبان والجنابي ،خزعل خضير (1990) تطبيقات التقنيات النووية .6 524في الدراسات النباتية . منشورات منظمة الطاقة الذرية العراقية ،مطبعة بابل : 7.tican,l.r.;aurori,c.m.and morariu,u.v.(2005).influence of near null magnetic field on in vitro growth of potato and wild solanum species.publ. wiley-liss, inc.,26 : 548-557. 8.yacili,o. and alikamanoǵlu,s.(2005).the effect of magnetic field on paulownia ti ssue culures .j.plant celltissue and organ cultur,83:109-114. 9.sonntag,c.v.(1992).ultravioletradation. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ultraviolet.1-18. 10.murashige,t.and skoog,f.(1962).arevised for rapid growth and bioassays with tabacco tissue cultures.j.plant physiol.,15:473-497. 11.little,t.m.andhills,f.j.(1978).agircultural experimentation design and analysis .john wiley and sous,newyork.,251. التأثير على نمو – 2أستخدام منظمات النمو الفيزيائية والكيميائية في أنتاج البطاطا(1993) وليد،عبد اللطيف سامي -12 (3) :41-46.النبات وكمية الحاصل . مجلة الزراعة والتنمية في الوطن العربي، 13.goldbery,b.(1999).electromagnetic field toxicology reporter evalution and ass -essment 50. -(1):451low frequencyemf bioeffects.j.plant growth effects, of extremely 14 ياسين ، بسام طه 634.أساسيات فسيولوجيا النبات . كلية العلوم ، جامعة قطر ، دولة قطر: (2001) . 15.gerhardt,k.e.;wolsonm.i.andgreenberg,b.m.(1999).tryptophan photolysis leads to uv-binduced66kda photoproduct of ribulose.1,5-bisphosphate carboxylase oxygenase(rubisco)in vitro and invivo.j.photochemistry and photobiolo.,70(1): 49 56. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ultraviolet biology 6 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ): تأثيرالصنف وتردد التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض لألشعة فوق البنفسجية في طول المجموع الجذري (سم) 1جدول( للنبيتات خارج الجسم الحي . الصنف تردد التيار (أمبير) الكهربائي مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) xالصنف تردد التيارالكهربائي (أمبير) 0 30 60 90 1 0 7.91 8.80 9.21 9.46 8.85 1 8.30 9.10 9.31 10.77 9.37 2 8.45 9.43 9.51 11.16 9.64 2.5 8.70 9.51 9.85 11.30 9.84 2 0 6.40 7.56 7.61 7.80 7.34 1 7.61 7.75 7.80 8.20 7.84 2 8.17 8.20 8.31 8.35 8.26 2.5 8.20 8.43 8.70 8.90 8.55 3 0 8.33 9.20 9.36 9.58 9.12 1 8.41 9.26 9.41 10.85 9.48 2 8.66 9.50 9.70 11.18 9.76 2.5 8.83 9.81 10.28 11.46 10.10 l.s.d ( 0.05) 0.718 0.356 الصنف xالصنف مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 1 8.34 9.21 9.47 10.67 9.42 2 7.59 7.98 8.10 8.31 8.00 3 8.56 9.44 9.69 10.77 9.61 l.s.d (0.05) 0.356 0.178 تردد التيارالكهربائي (أمبير) تردد التيار الكهربائي x(أمبير) مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 0 7.55 8.52 8.73 8.95 8.43 1 8.11 8.70 8.84 9.94 8.90 2 8.43 9.04 9.17 10.23 9.22 2.5 8.57 9.25 9.61 10.55 9.50 l.s.d (0.05) 0.411 0.205 9.92 9.09 8.88 8.16 مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) l.s.d (0.05) 0.205 biology 7 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) :تأثيرالصنف وتردد التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض لألشعة فوق البنفسجية في طول المجموع الخضري (سم) 2جدول( للنبيتات خارج الجسم الحي . الصنف تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) xالصنف تردد التيار لكهربائي (أمبير) 0 30 60 90 1 0 2.40 3.32 3.77 3.90 3.34 1 3.32 3.93 4.13 4.50 3.97 2 3.52 4.16 4.22 5.27 4.29 2.5 3.80 4.28 4.46 5.38 4.48 2 0 2.16 2.60 2.72 2.92 2.60 1 2.65 2.87 2.97 3.12 2.90 2 3.30 3.35 3.42 3.45 3.38 2.5 3.37 3.43 3.46 3.57 3.46 3 0 3.00 3.50 3.83 4.34 3.66 1 3.45 4.07 4.17 4.75 4.11 2 3.60 4.20 4.26 5.30 4.34 2.5 3.82 4.48 4.70 5.45 4.61 l.s.d ( 0.05) 0.355 0.177 الصنف xالصنف مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 1 3.26 3.92 4.14 4.76 4.02 2 2.87 3.06 3.14 3.26 3.08 3 3.46 4.06 4.24 4.96 4.18 l.s.d (0.05) 0.177 0.088 تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) x مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 0 2.52 3.14 3.44 3.72 3.20 1 3.14 3.62 3.76 4.12 3.66 2 3.47 3.90 3.97 4.67 4.00 2.5 3.66 4.06 4.21 4.80 4.18 l.s.d (0.05) 0.205 0.102 4.33 3.84 3.68 3.20 مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) l.s.d (0.05) 0.102 biology 8 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) : تأثير الصنف وتردد التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض لألشعة فوق البنفسجية في الوزن الطري للمجموع 3جدول( الجذري (ملغم) للنبيتات خارج الجسم الحي . الصنف تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) xالصنف تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) 0 30 60 90 1 0 388.70 432.30 452.30 468.00 435.30 1 397.30 461.00 474.30 582.30 478.70 2 421.70 474.00 486.30 605.70 496.90 2.5 436.00 508.00 513.30 624.30 520.40 2 0 310.30 356.30 365.00 397.00 357.20 1 357.30 379.70 388.00 401.00 381.50 2 393.00 409.30 414.70 423.00 410.00 2.5 406.70 411.70 423.30 459.00 425.20 3 0 400.70 443.30 473.70 486.70 451.10 1 412.30 464.70 483.70 598.00 489.70 2 433.30 490.00 495.00 615.00 508.30 2.5 442.30 521.00 536.30 635.30 533.70 l.s.d ( 0.05) 53.040 26.520 الصنف xالصنف مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 1 410.90 468.80 481.60 570.10 482.90 2 366.80 389.30 397.80 420.00 393.50 3 422.20 479.80 497.20 583.80 495.70 l.s.d (0.05) 26.520 13.260 تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) ترددالتيار الكهربائي x(أمبير) مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 0 366.60 410.70 430.30 450.60 414.50 1 389.00 435.10 448.70 527.10 450.00 2 416.00 457.80 465.30 547.90 471.80 2.5 428.30 480.20 491.00 572.90 493.10 l.s.d (0.05) 26.520 15.310 524.60 458.80 445.90 400.00 (ثانية) لألشعة مدة التعريض l.s.d (0.05) 15.310 biology 9 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) : تأثيرالصنف وتردد التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض لألشعة فوق البنفسجية في الوزن الطري للمجموع 4جدول( الخضري(ملغم) للنبيتات خارج الجسم الحي . الصنف التيار تردد الكهربائي (أمبير) مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) xالصنف تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) 0 30 60 90 1 0 563.00 614.00 678.30 690.00 636.30 1 623.00 689.30 703.70 732.70 687.20 2 650.70 691.00 712.00 750.00 700.90 2.5 668.70 704.70 725.30 786.70 721.30 2 0 434.70 492.00 503.70 543.30 493.40 1 486.30 535.30 560.30 582.00 541.00 2 605.00 614.70 626.00 633.70 619.80 2.5 627.30 631.00 644.00 653.30 638.90 3 0 574.70 634.30 682.70 727.00 654.70 1 632.30 702.30 714.00 737.00 696.40 2 656.00 712.00 723.30 783.00 718.60 2.5 676.30 725.30 731.30 807.70 735.20 l.s.d ( 0.05) 42.200 21.100 الصنف xالصنف مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 1 626.30 674.80 704.80 739.80 686.40 2 538.30 568.20 583.50 603.10 573.30 3 634.80 693.50 712.80 763.70 701.20 l.s.d (0.05) 21.100 10.550 تردد التيارالكهربائي (أمبير) تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) x مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 0 524.10 580.10 621.60 653.40 594.80 1 580.60 642.30 659.30 683.90 641.50 2 637.20 672.60 687.10 722.20 679.80 2.5 657.40 687.00 700.20 749.20 698.50 l.s.d (0.05) 24.370 12.180 702.20 667.10 645.50 599.80 مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) l.s.d (0.05) 12.180 biology 10 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 لألشعة فوق البنفسجية في الوزن الجاف للمجموع ) : تأثيرالصنف وتردد التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض 5جدول( الجذري(ملغم) للنبيتات خارج الجسم الحي . الصنف تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) xالصنف تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) 0 30 60 90 1 0 39.00 44.00 46.33 47.00 44.08 1 41.00 46.33 48.00 59.00 48.58 2 42.00 48.33 49.00 60.66 50.00 2.5 44.33 50.00 51.33 63.00 52.16 2 0 31.00 36.00 37.66 40.66 36.33 1 36.00 38.00 39.00 41.33 38.58 2 40.66 41.33 42.33 43.00 41.83 2.5 41.33 42.33 43.00 46.66 43.33 3 0 41.00 45.00 48.33 49.66 46.83 1 42.66 47.33 49.66 60.00 49.91 2 44.33 49.00 50.33 61.66 51.33 2.5 45.33 52.00 54.66 64.33 54.08 l.s.d ( 0.05) 2.390 1.195 الصنف xالصنف مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 1 41.58 47.16 48.67 57.41 48.71 2 37.25 39.42 40.50 42.91 40.02 3 43.33 48.33 50.75 59.75 50.54 l.s.d (0.05) 1.195 0.597 تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) x مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 0 37.00 41.67 44.11 46.88 42.41 1 39.89 43.89 45.55 53.44 45.69 2 42.33 46.22 47.22 55.11 47.72 2.5 43.66 48.11 49.66 58.00 49.86 l.s.d (0.05) 1.380 0.690 53.36 46.64 44.97 40.72 مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) l.s.d (0.05) 0.690 biology 11 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 لألشعة فوق البنفسجية في الوزن الجاف للمجموع ) : تأثيرالصنف وتردد التيار الكهربائي ومدة التعريض 6جدول( الخضري (ملغم) للنبيتات خارج الجسم الحي . الصنف تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) xالصنف تردد التيارالكهربائي (أمبير) 0 30 60 90 1 0 55.00 58.35 68.33 70.00 62.92 1 60.29 69.00 71.33 73.33 68.49 2 65.33 70.00 72.66 75.66 70.91 2.5 67.33 71.00 73.33 79.33 72.75 2 0 42.66 50.00 51.66 55.66 49.99 1 49.00 54.66 56.66 59.00 54.83 2 60.66 61.00 63.00 64.66 62.33 2.5 63.00 63.00 65.33 66.66 64.57 3 0 57.66 64.33 69.00 73.00 66.00 1 64.66 70.00 71.00 74.66 70.08 2 66.66 72.66 73.33 78.33 72.74 2.5 68.66 73.66 74.33 81.33 74.50 l.s.d ( 0.05) 2.181 1.090 الصنف xالصنف مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 1 61.99 67.09 71.41 74.58 68.77 2 53.83 57.24 59.16 61.50 57.93 3 64.41 70.16 71.92 76.83 70.83 l.s.d (0.05) 1.090 0.545 تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) تردد التيار الكهربائي (أمبير) x مدة التعريض لألشعة (ثانية) 0 51.77 57.56 63.00 66.22 59.64 1 57.98 64.55 66.33 69.00 64.47 2 64.22 67.89 69.66 72.88 68.66 2.5 66.33 69. 32 71.00 75.77 70.60 l.s.d (0.05) 1.259 0.630 70.97 67.50 64.83 60.08 مدة تعريض لألشعة (ثانية) l.s.d (0.05) 0.630 biology 12 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the effect of electromagnetic current in the plantlet in vitro in cucumis sativus l. a. j. al.saadi*, a.j. al.jibouri** , s. m. al.bassam*** department of biology, collage of education ibn-alhaitham, university of baghdad*. department of biology technition, univesity of al.nahrein **. ministry of education/ teachers training institute for girls***. received in: 27 october 2011 accepted in: 11 january 2012 abstract seeds of three american species of cucumber:-lot number (em285) signed as number 1, to caeen f1 signed as number 2 ,and hybird super green f1 signed as number 3, were exposed to two kinds of physical effects .they were given :4 frequencies of the electric current (0,1,2and 2.5) am for five minutes using electromagnetic generator .then the three species exposed to ultra-violet (uv)wave for four periods (0,30,60 and 90)sec. respectively at 254 nm using hood light .after exposure time the seeds were planted in sterlized media(ms) with benzyladenine (ba)and left in the incubator for2-3 weeks .then ,plantlets of the three species were taken to study the root system ,shoot system ,dry and wet weight for them . the results showed that species 3 which was exposed to 2.5 am for electric exposure and 90 sec. of uv had a significant increase compared with species 1 and 2. key words : electromagnetics and tissue culture in cucumber. 10050152 10050153 10050154 10050155 10050156 10050157 10050158 10050159 10050160 10050161 10050162 10050163 microsoft word 421-436 421مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 بايريدين 3,2وتشخيص مركبات حلقية غير متجانسة سباعية من المركبتحضير انهيدرايد كاربوكسيلك خالد مطني محمد الجنابي دريد عبد سمير الدليمي تكريتجامعة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/قسم الكيمياء 2016كانون الثاني//7قبل في: ،2015تشرين الثاني//19استلم في: الخالصة بتفاعله مع قواعد انهيدرايد بايريدين كاربوكسيلك -3,2تم تحضير حلقات سباعية غير متجانسة مختلفة من المركب داي -8,7تم تحضيرالحلقات السباعية مشتقات إذ] 1h-10hشف والتي تم تحضيرها باستعمال الديهايدات وامينات مختلفة[ ].1a-10aاالسيتون [ بوجود مذيبدايون -9,5-] اوكسازبين e [ ]3,1-3,2هايدرو بايردو [ طة قياس طيف االشعة فوق اشخصت المركبات المحضرة طيفيًا بوس قياس درجات االنصهار للمركبات المحضرة.تم )h1-النووي المغناطيسي طة طيف الرنيناتشخيص ايضآ بوسالالمرئية وطيف االشعة تحت الحمراء وتم -البنفسجية nmr) وأكدت النتائج صحة التراكيب الكيميائية المقترحة.لبعض المركبات .الديهايدات، امينات، قواعد شف، اوكسازبين الكلمات المفتاحية: 422مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة قواعد شف أو االزوميثينات أو االنيالت االيمينات وسميت هذه المركبات c=nr'rr''تكون الصيغة الكيميائية العامة لقواعد شف حلقة بنزين r''في االنيالت مجموعة اليفاتية أو اروماتية أو ذرة هيدروجين و r'و rتمثـل كل من إذأو البنزانيالت مجموعة r''ذرة هيدروجين و r'حلقة بنزين معوضة أو غير معوضة و rمعوضة أو غير معوضة وفي االيمينات تكون مجموعة الكيل أو أريل r'و r عندما تشتق من الكيتونات إذ تكون كل من الكيتيميناتيطلق عليها اسم الكيل أو أريل, كما ذرة هيدروجين, ويفضل أن تحتوي r'مجموعة الكيل أو أريل و rوتسمى الديمينات عندما تشتق من االلديهايدات أي تكون لزيادة استقراريتها ومن ثم الحفاظ عليها من التفكك أو هذه المركبات على مجموعة أريل على النتروجين أو الكاربون .]1[تحولها الى بولميرات حضير قواعد شفت ما بين االلديهايد أو الكيتون 2] [توجد طرائق عديدة لتحضير قواعد شف اال ان اكثرها شيوعاً هي التكاثف المباشر واالمين االولي. .]3باستعمال االيثانول كمذيب[ شيف بتكثيف امينات اروماتية مختلفة وآزو الديهايداتحضرت قواعد arnh2 abs. etoh 4hr. ar = c6h5-, -ch2c6h4, o-ch3c6h4-, m-ch3c6h4-, p-ch3c6h4n nmeo n nmeo cho ome oh hc ome oh nhar + ) وذلك من التكاثف بين جزيئتين من بارا مثيل c=nوحضرت كذلك مشتقات جديدة من قواعد تحتوي مجموعتي ( .]4[ داي امين )-2,5-ثايودايزول-4,3 ,1بنزلديهايد مع مشتق الثايودايزول ( nn s n n c h h ch3c ch3 n 2,n 5-bis(4-methylbenzylidene)1,3,4-thiadiazole-2,5-diamine ref . 8hr. h3c cho + nn s nh2 h2n 1,3,4-thiadiazole2,5-diamine 2 4-methyl benzaldehyde الحلقات السباعية غير المتجانسة ]8-5 [مركبات االوكسازبين تحتوي على خمس ذرات كاربون وذرة إذمركبات االوكسازبين هي مركبات غير مشبعة سباعية الحلقة غير المتجانسة ي : ازبين ه ات االوكس رات لمركب الث ايزوم اك ث ا ان هن دة ، كم -4،1و 3،1و 2،1أوكسجين واحدة وذرة نتروجين واح اوكسازبين ويعتمد هذا على الترقيم لموقع ذرتي األوكسجين والنتروجين في الحلقة السباعية كما يأتي: (أنهدريد المـاليك)إلـى اآلصرة منها اإلضافة المباشرة للمركب(oxazepine)هنالك عدة طرائق لتحضير الحلقة السباعية .]9[لقواعد شـف باستعمال االيثانول كمذيب (-c=n-)المزدوجة 423مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 r c h n r' o o o o c n o o r' h r+ absolute ethanol water bath / ref l. r = alkyl or aryl group r' = alkyl or aryl group دايون من تفاعل قواعد شف مع انهيدريد -4-7-اوكسازبين3,1-تم تحضير بعض المركبات الحاوية على حلقتين من .]10[الماليك او انهيدريد السكسنيك كما في التفاعل اآلتي ethanol ref lux 2hr. n c o n oh oh + 2 o o o n o n oo ho oh o o o o 3,3'-carbonylbis(2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)2,3-dihydro-1,3-oxazepine-4,7-dione) f uran-2,5-dione(1e )-1,3-bis(2-hydroxy benzylidene)urea الجزء العملي ] .1h-10h[ ]14-11[ تحضير قواعد شف 75ml)من االيثانول المطلق في بيكر سعته ( 40ml)) من المركب باراتولويدين في (,0.018mol 2gmأذيب ( من االيثانول 15ml)كلوروبنزالديهايد في (-4) من ,0.018mol 2.5gmدقائق) وفي الوقت نفسه أذيب ( 10وسخن لمدة ( دقائق) مزجت 5وسخن لمدة ( قطرتين من حامض الخليك الثلجي كعامل مساعدمع 75ml)المطلق في بيكر ذي سعة ( وبعد ساعات) 6. وصعد مزيج التفاعل لمدة (ورق دائري القعر مزود بمحرك مغناطيسي ومكثف تصعيدفي دالمادتان وبرد المحلول في حمام ثلجي فظهرت بلورات ذات لون ابيض, إنتهاء مدة التصعيد ركز المحلول باستعمال المبخر الدوار، درجة االنصهار فتم الحصول على قاعدة شف رشحت ثم اعيد بلورتها من االيثانول المطلق وجفف الراسب وتم قياس )1h1جدول (), و بطريقة العمل نفسهاحضرت قواعد شف االخرى, ال(. ]15[ تحضير الحلقات السباعيةغير المتجانسة من ]1a-10aدايون [-9,5-] اوكسازبين e []3,1-3,2[ داي هايدرو بايردو -8,7تحضير مشتقات .انهيدرايد كاربوكسيلكبايريدين 3,2المركب 0.005mol) من مذيب االسيتون مع (20ml) مذاب في (1h) من قاعدة شف (0.005mol ,1.21gmمزج ( ,0.74gm) 20) من المركب أعاله مذاب فيml2 () من المذيب نفسه ومن ثم اضيفت كميات قليلة منzncl( كعامل هو لجعل كاربون مجموعة الكاربونيل موجبة أكثر, بتكوين مركب وسطي فعال أشبه بذلك 2zncl. استعمل مساعد ) 100mlثم وضع المزيج في دورق دائري سعته (. كرافت لتكوين ايون االسيل الموجب-المتكون في تفاعالت فريدل ) 1aفاتح من المركب (ساعات) ثم برد ناتج التفاعل في حمام ثلجي فظهرت بلورات ذات لون اصفر 6وصعد لمدة ( و بالطريقة نفسها حضرت رشحت واعيد بلورتها مرتين من داي اثيل ايثر وجفف الراسب وقيست درجة انصهارها ).2المشتقات االخرى.. الجدول ( النتائج والمناقشة ]1h-10h[تحضير قواعد شف االلديهايدات مع عدد من األمينات االروماتية األولية تم تحضير أعداد متنوعة من قواعد شف مباشرة من تفاعل بعض بتصعيدها في الكحول األثيلي المطلق بوجود قطرات من حامض الخليك الثلجي كعامل محفز. على كاربون مجموعة الكاربونيل لاللديهايد أو الكيتون )2nhاألمين (يتضمن التفاعل هجوم نيوكليوفيلي لمجموعة الذي يفقد جزيئة ماء ليعطي االيمين, المركب المستقر. ويعتقد أن hemiaminal n-substitutedوسطي لتكوين مركب .]16[التفاعل يحدث في المحيط الالمائي المحفز بالحامض بالميكانيكية المبينة 424مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ) في طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء وبشكل عام 1وقد شخصت قواعد شف المحضرة بتعيين درجات انصهارها، الجدول ( ) 1680cm-1570-1) لقواعد شيف بتغير التركيب الجزيئي للقاعدة حتى يتراوح بين (c=nيتغير موقع تردد مجموعة ( اذا كانت قاعدة شف اروماتية أو حلقية غير متجانسة أو أليفاتية وكذلك يعتمد على نوع المجموعة المعوضة القريبة من ) عند وجود أواصر أخرى 1680cm-1570-1) بالمدى (c=n) ومن الصعب تحديد موقع تردد اآلصرة (c=nاآلصرة ( بتركيب قاعدة شف تقع تردداتها االهتزازية أو االنحنائية بتلك المنطقة مثل الحلقات األروماتية والحلقات غير المتجانسة بين ) حزم امتصاص تتراوح 3لقواعد شف المحضرة, الجدول ( ft-ir, لذلك أظهرت مطيافيةواآلواصر الكاربونيلية )1-1654cm-1596( تعود إلى اهتزاز مط)c=n(وحزم عند ، )1-cm 1710-1657 تعود إلى ()c=o( وحزم عند ، )1-3101cm-3043( تعود إلى اهتزاز مط اآلصرة)h-c=c( الخاصة بحلقة البنزين، وحزم عند)1476-1cm-1573( . وحزم عند (c=n)دة اضعف من شدة اآلصرة االروماتية حيث تكون ذات ش (c=c)التي تعود إلى اهتزاز مط اآلصرة )1-2895cm-2964 تعود إلى اهتزاز مط ()h-c( االليفاتية وحزمة امتصاص)3376-1cm( ) تعود الىh-n ( . وتظهر هذه المركبات حزم )n-c(تعود إلى اهتزاز المط لآلصرة )1123cm-1186-1(وحزم عند 6hللمركب )860-و h lactam-nوالتي تعود إلى اهتزاز االرتجاج خارج المستوى لآلصرة )700cm-750-1(امتصاص عند )1-750cm العائدة إلى اهتزاز االنحناء لآلصرة)h-c( واهتزازات مط الحلقة (الحزم الهيكلية) لألواصر)c=c( في ) االروماتية وذلك c-h، وتظهر كذلك حزم امتصاص خارج المستوى تعود للمجموعة ( ]17[حلقات المركبات االروماتية ) اشارتين لهذه المجموعة 2noالمحتوية على مجموعة ( 10h) وأظهرت قاعدة شف للمركب 783cm-849-1عند ( ) ويعود السبب في ذلك الى وجود نوعين من مط لهذه 1560cm-1) والثانية تقريبا عند (1330cm-1االولى تقريبا عند ( cm-) وذلك عند (h-oحزمة امتصاص تعود للمجموعة ( 3h لمركبالمجموعة (متناظر وغير متناظر) وأظهر ا 13326(. ] من 1a-10aدايون [-9,5-] اوكسازبين e [ ]3,1-3,2[داي هايدرو بايردو-8,7تحضير مشتقات انهيدرايد بايريدين كاربوكسيلك 3,2المركب ب ع المرك ف م د ش ل قواع ازيبين بتفاع تقات االوكس رت مش دين -3,2حض يلك بايري د كاربوكس تعمال انهيدراي باس من .لمدة ست ساعات كعامل مساعد صعد مزيج التفاعل )2zncl (االسيتون كمذيب ومن ثم اضيفت كميات قليلة من يتض ا اله هجوم ا ًالتفاعل أع ين nucleophilic attack ًنيوكليوفيلي ة االزوميث روجين لمجموع ذرة النيت ي ل زدوج االلكترون للم (c=n) ة كربون على ذرisatoic anhydride اربون مجموعة الكاربونيلالتي ترتبط بها لتكوين مركب وسطي (ايون ك تخدم ليعطي الناتج النهائي ًموجب) والذي يتفاعل ضمنيا ة, 2zncl. اس ر موجب ل أكث ة الكاربوني اربون مجموع ل ك و لجع ه ل -بتكوين مركب وسطي فعال أشبه بذلك المتكون في تفاعالت فريدل ل يحص ب, والتفاع يل الموج ون االس كرافت لتكوين اي .]18[بالميكانيكية التالية 425مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 دول ( هار، الج ات االنص ين درج تقات بتعي اف 2 لقد شخصت هذه المش اطة أطي م بوس جية)، ث وق البنفس عة ف ة، -األش المرئي د .) يوضحان قيم االمتصاص هذه 5a) للمركب (1والشكل ( ى )310nm-340(إذ اظهر الطيف قمم امتصاص عن ود إل تع ة االت االلكتروني رة (*n-π)االنتق د ، (c=o)لآلص اص عن م امتص ة (218nm-242)قم االت االلكتروني ود لالنتق -π)تع π*) 20,19[الخاصة بحلقة البنزين.[ راء ت الحم عة تح اف األش تقات أطي ذه المش وين ه دعم تك دول ( ft-ir spectraومن األدلة التي ت كال 4، الج ) واالش ن ( a8a,3 ) للمركبات3) ,( 2( ة م اء الحزم وحظ اختف ى 1780cm-1825-1توضح حزم االمتصاص هذه. ول ود ال ) تع (c=o) وحزم تعود لمط مجموعة ( النهدريدات الحوامض الكاربوكسيليةc=o في مجموعة الالكتام ((n-c=o) ضمن ة ين. )1685cm-1662-1(المنطق داها ب راوح م زم يت رت ح رة )1709cm-1728-1( وظه ط أص ى م ود إل ) c=oتع lacto) :كما تظهر وجود حزم امتصاص تعود الى اهتزاز المط لالواصر )h aromatic-c( عند المدى) 3033-1cm-3072( ةف ا مجموع ة. أم ر المتجانس ة غي ات االروماتي c-ي مكون المركب ) h) د رت عن ة فظه دى (2916cm-2958-1) االليفاتي د الم زم عن ط 1568cm-1606-1), وح ى م ود إل ) تع ر دود )c=c (األواص ي بح اص الت زم االمتص ة. وح ات االروماتي ي المركب زاز )1355cm-1475-1( ف ى االهت ود إل تع اص )h-c (المقصي لآلصرة زم امتص ات ح ذه المركب ر ه ة، وتظه اء )755cm-830-1( االليفاتي زاز االنحن ى اهت ود إل تع bending vibration لآلصرة (c-h)ر ات (c=c)واهتزازات مط الحلقة (الحزم الهيكلية) لألواص ات المركب ي حلق ف ة ( توى لمجموع د () h-cاالروماتية غير المتجانسة، وتظهر حزم امتصاص خارج المس ة عن )، 792cm-862-1االروماتي ) التي تعود إلى اهتزاز خارج المستوي لآلصرة الالكتامية.730cm-770-1( وتظهر كذلك حزم امتصاص عند : )6h) للمركب (nmr-h1طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ( د (nmr-h1طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ( ردة عن ات 40.5) اشارة منف ود لبروتون ون تع ن الملي زء م h-n) ج راوح ( ددة تت ارات متع ور اش ات 7.70-10.7وظه ة وبروتون ة االروماتي ات الحلق ى بروتون ود إل ون تع ن الملي زء م ) ج ).4في الشكل ( كما موضح ]21[البايريدين ) 6a) للمركب (nmr-h1طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ( رنين ف ال ر طي ي (اظه ووي المغناطيس د nmr-h1الن ارة عن ون (4.85()اش ود لبروت ون تع ن الملي زء م ) h-n)ج د 7.50-7.00وظهور اشارة عند ( ارة عن ب وظهوراش ) جزء من المليون تعود إلى بروتونات الحلقات االروماتية في المرك ).5في الشكل ( كما موضح ) جزء من المليون تعود لبروتونات البايريدين8.20( ) 4a) للمركب (nmr-h1الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ( طيف ي ( ووي المغناطيس دnmr-h1اظهر طيف الرنين الن ردة عن ارة منف ات 2.25() اش ود لبروتون ون تع ن الملي زء م ) ج )3ch)د ردة عن ارة منف ور اش ات ( )48.2 ) وظه ود لبروتون ون تع ن الملي زء م د (h-nج ارة عن ن 3.37) واش زء م ) ج ذيب ارة الم ى اش ود إل ون تع دى (dmso الملي د الم ددة عن ارة متع ور اش ى 7.83-7.02وظه ود إل ون تع ن الملي زء م )ج دى( د الم ددة عن ارة متع ب وظهوراش ي المرك ة ف ات االروماتي ات الحلق ود )8.07-8.75بروتون ون تع ن الملي زء م ج د( ارة عن ن11.10لبروتونات البايريدين وظهور اش زء م ون ( )ج ود لبروت ون تع كال ch=nالملي ي االش ح ف ا موض ) كم )6, (. )7) ,(8.( 426مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المصادر 1layer, r.w. chem.rev., 63,. 489-510, (1963). 2reddy, d.; kumar, k. (2014) int. j. of pharm. and clin. res., 0975 1556, 6(1): 71-75,. 3jarrahpour, a.; motamedifar, m, k.; pakshir; hadi, n. and zarei, m., (2004) mole., 9, 815,. 4salimon, j.; salih ,n.; yousif , e.; hameed, a., and ibrahim. h, ,(2010) aus. j. b. a. soc., 4,7,.216-2021.. 5ranade, a. and georg, g. , (2014). j. org. chem., 79(3),. 984-992. 6hamak, k.; eissa, h., (2013). int. j. of chem.tech. res.,0974-4290, 5, 6, 2924-2940, 7kaur, n., (2013), 0975-6299, int. j. pharm. bio. sci., 4(1): 357-372, 8moni, l.; banfi, l.; basso, a. ;brambilla and riva. r., (2014). beilstein j. org. chem., 10, 209-212, 9daher, a., ph.d.thesis, (2014). college of education university of tikrit, (2010). 10hameed ,a., (2012). journal of al-nahrain university,.15 (4),. 47-59. 11mohammed. l, kadhim. a. and ubaid. n., (2013). journal acta chim. pharm. indica, 2277-288x, 3(2), 111-118. 12ravi, m.; ushaiah,b.; sujitha, p.; kudle .kand, s., (2014). int. j.pharm. pharm.sci., 0975-1491, 6, suppl 2,. 637-643. 13-kodari,k. and chourasia.o,(2013) heterocyclic research laboratory, 2231-3087(print) / 2230-9632 (online),. 3: (1), 49-56. 14magar, k.; kirdant, s. and chondhekar, .k, (2014). j. chem. bio. phy. sci. sec., e-: 2249-1929,. 4,. 1,. 70-77. 15abood, z. (2013). iraqi national journal of chemistry,. 50,. 207-246. 16solomons, t. and fryhle. c, (2000) "organic chemistry", 7th ed., john wiley and sons, inc. new york.,. 738. 17saeed, a.;ibrahim, f. and jassim, n., (1990) iraqi j. chem., 15,. 113. 18—field, l., (2008) "organic structures from spectra", fourth edition, john wiley and sons ltd, the atrium, southern gate,chichester, west sussex, po198sq, england, p. 17-20. 19bellamy,l. , (1964) "the infra-red spectra of complex molecules", 2nd ed., richard clay and co. ltd., bungay , suffolk., pp. 132. 20saeed, a.; ibrahim, f. and jassim ,n., (1990). iraqi j. chem., 15,. 113. زاوي21الح الع بحي ص ين ، ص ي حس د عل وض ، فه اظم ع ادي ك ة : ه ل ، ترجم تاين وموري لفر اش ، " .(1990)س . 1التشخيص العضوي للمركبات العضوية " الطبعة الرابعة ، جامعة بغداد ، ج 427مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 لمحضرةا لقواعد شيف,النسبة المئوية للناتج وبعض الخواص الفيزيائية ,الوزن الجزيئي الصيغة الجزيئية :)1جدول ( nr "rr'c com no. r r' r" molecular formula m.wt yield % m.p. c colour 1h h cln12h14c 229.70 93% 124127 أبيض براق 2h h 2n18h16c 238.32 85% أصفر براق 96-98 3h h no13h14c 211.25 87% أصفر براق 94-96 4h -o2n12h15c 236.26 97% 225226 أصفر 5h h s2brn9h14c 317.20 88% 111113 فاتح أصفر براق 6h - o4n8h12c 224.21 87% 177179 برتقالي محمر براق 7h h cln12h17c 265.73 81% 100101 جوزي فاتح 8h h o3cln16h18c 370.24 85% 253254 أصفر فاتح براق 9h h 2o3n15h16c 281.30 91% 212213 أصفر فاتح 10h h 3o4n16h18c 336.34 94% 220221 أصفر يوجد أي معوض في هذا الموقع )هو انه ال-مالحظة: المقصود( 428مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 داي -8,7 لمشتقاتالصيغة الجزيئية, الوزن الجزيئي, النسبة المئوية للناتج وبعض الخواص الفيزيائية :)2جدول ( دايون , 9,5 –]اوكسازبين 3,1[ -2,3بايدرو هايدرو n o o o r' r" r n com no. r r' r" molecular formula m.wt yield % m.p. c colour a1 h cl3o2n15h21c 378.8 اصفر فاتح 92-94 84% a2 h 3o3n21h23c 387.4 جوزي 96-97 91% a3 h 4o2n16h21c 360.3 89% 102-104 اصفر فاتح براق a4 ---- 4o3n15h22c 385.3 برتقالي 94-96 83% a5 h 3so3cln12h21c 421.8 ابيض براق 208-210 84% a6 ---- 4o5n11h19c 373.3 برتقالي 139-141 90% a7 h 3o2cln15h24c 414.8 جوزي 120-122 84% a8 h 4o4cln19h25c 474.9 أصفر 126-128 81% a9 h 5o4n18h23c 430.4 جوزي براق 118-120 86% a10 h 6o5n19h25c 485.4 برتقالي 138-140 88% 429مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 قيم أطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء لقواعد شف المحضرة :)3جدول ( others c=c alke =c-h alke c-n c-h aro. c-h ali. c=n c=c aro. com no c-cl, 1002 - 3092 1139 3071 2899 1641 1566 1h -- 3088 1172 3074 2902 1598 1499 2h o-hb, 3326 - 3064 1175 30432895 1651 1476 3h nh,3378 c=o,1691 1136 3098 2964 1596 1488 4h c-s, 655 c-br, 825 - 3094 1123 3087 - 1651 1573 5h n-h, 3376 c=o, 1710 -- 1173 3085 - 1647 1490 6h c-cl ,1000 - 3111 1136 3081 - 1622 1543 7h c-cl, 875 n-n,1122 c=o, 1657 1545 3066 1131 3043 2923 1627 1489 8h c-o, 1190 n-n, 1155 c=o, 1695 1580 3066 1178 3059 2896 1632 1567 9h n-n, 1140 c=o,1688 no2, 1330,1560 1586 3120 1186 3101 2963 1654 1566 10h 430مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 -9,5-] اوكسازبين 3,1[e -3,2][ داي هايدرو بايردو -8,7 ) قيم أطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء لمشتقات4الجدول ( دايون ] 1a-10a[ انهيدرايد. بايريدين كاربوكسيلك 3,2من المركب others c=o lacto c=o lacta c-n c-h ali. c-h aro. c-o c=c aro. com no c-cl 808 1720 1666 1128 2916 3045 1242 16061 a chalke 2958 1712 1662 1138 2934 30581234 1587 2a o-h 3278 1714 1667 1128 2916 3033 1228 16033a n-h 33571722 1678 1136 2926 3042 1234 15854a c-cl 825 c=n 1545 c-s 1168 1718 1667 1138 2916 30721228 1589 5a c=n 1530 n-h 3358 1710 1675 1132 2952 3047 1230 16116a c-br 550 1728 1685 1138 2958 3059 1225 1603 7a c-cl 825 n-n 1160 1716 1682 1138 2935 30591217 1579 8a n-n 1160 1720 1674 1138 2939 3049 1217 1568a9 no2, 1350,1523 n-n 1162 1709 1674 1142 2931 30491221 1568 a10 431مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 لبعض المركبات المحضرة )hnmr1قيم اإلزاحات الكيميائية (: ) 5الجدول ( group type of single no. of protons chemical shift (δ ppm) structure com. no n-h s 1 5.40 h6 aro. protons andpyriden m 7 7.10-7.70 n-ch s 1 9.60 ch3 s 3 2.25 a4 nh s 1 2.48 dmso s 6 3.37 aro. protons dd,m 8 7.02-7.83 pyriden protons m 8 8.07-8.75 n=ch s 1 11.10 n-h s 1 4.85 a6 aro. protons m 4 7.00-7.50 pyriden protons m 6 8.20 5aللمركب vis.spectroscopy-uvالمرئية -طيف االشعة فوق البنفسجية:) 1الشكل ( 432مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 3a للمركب ft.irطيف :)2الشكل ( 8aللمركب ft.irطيف :)3الشكل ( 433مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 h6 1للمركبhnmr الشكل (4): طيف 6aللمركب hnmr1طيف )5الشكل ( 434مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 4aللمركب hnmr1) طيف 6الشكل ( 4aللمركب hnmr1لطيف ) بعض االزاحات المكبرة العائدة 7الشكل ( 4a للمركب hnmr1لطيف ) بعض االزاحات المكبرة العائدة 8الشكل ( 435مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 يوضح المركبات المحضرة:) 1المخطط ( 436مياء | الكي 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 synthesis and characterization of heterocyclic seven membered rings from 2,3-pyridine caroboxylic anhydride khaled m. mohammed duraid a. al-dulaimi dpt. of chemistry /college of education for pure sciences / university of tikrit received in: 19/november/2015, accepted in: 7/december/2016 abstract various types of heterocyclic seven membered rings were prepared from the reaction of 2,3pyridine caroboxylic anhydride with schiff bases (which was prepared using different aldehydes with amines [h1-h10] and seven membered rings were prepared (derivatives of 7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3e][1,3]oxazepine-5,9-dione, and the presence of aceton. [a1-a10]. melting points of the compounds were measured. the prepared compounds were diagnosed spectrally by using uv-visible and infrared spectroscopy, and (1h-nmr) spectrum for some compounds. the results confirmed the validity of the proposed chemical compositions. key words: aldehydes, amines, shiff bases, oxazepen ihjpas. 36(1)2023 48 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract this study presented the first recorded of the banded garden spider argiope trifasciata and described for the first time in baghdad city, iraq. the specimens were collected from al-rashidiya sub-district north of baghdad city on 26/ november/ 2021 (7:00 am6:00 pm) from fruit gardens (orange and apricot trees) and agriculture lands (palm trees, crops of wheat and vegetables). the spider "argiope trifasciata" species is a member of the orb-weaving spider genus. it belongs to the araniedae family, widespread worldwide, and has four pairs of long legs covered with spines and eight eyes arranged in two rows. the females of argiope trifasciata spiders are yellow and covered with silvery and shiny hairs on the carapace that are relatively low. the abdomen of described spider is usually oval and elongated with pale yellow and black stripes. the legs are yellowish brown with dark rings. keywords: banded, araniedae, spiders, silk, orb-weaving, zig-zag. 1.introduction the spider's family araniedae is commonly known as "orb-weaver spiders." this family has 183 genera and 3089 species [1]. it is the most diverse family in the world [2-3]. orb-weave spiders are relatively medium to giant spiders, considered one of the biological indicators [3-4]. the common name (orb weavers) comes from its ability to build the classic orb "round" web [5]. argiope audouin,1826 is one of the genera that belong to this family, which contains 89 species worldwide. most divers of this genus are found in southeast asia [6]. a. trifasciata is reported worldwide [7]. the word "argiope" comes from greek and means "bright" [8]. the males of this genus are much smaller than the females. it can be 1/3 of the length of females. doi.org/ 10.30526/36.1.2971 article history: received 16 august 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq first record of banded garden spider argiope trifasciata forskal, 1775 (araneae: araniedae) in baghdad, iraq hala g. noori department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibnal-haitham) university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. hala.ghazi1202a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq zeina n. al-azawii department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibnal-haitham) university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. zeinanabil196@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hala.ghazi1202a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:zeinanabil196@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 49 2. material and methods study site the spiders argiope trifasciata were collected from baghdad, al-rashidiya sub-district 36°25′n 44°19′e 2021, 26, nov. specimens were collected (7:00 am6:00 pm). the collection site was a fruit garden (orange and apricot trees) and agriculture lands (palm trees, crops of wheat and vegetables) with a temperature of 18-23 °c and humidity of 21%. the best way to capture the spiders is by the net or putting the bottle beside the spider when its stopper pushes into the spider [9]. identification firstly, kill the spiders by freezing for six hours, then it was preserved the specimens in 70-80% ethyl alcohol, later identical by using a dissecting microscope (20x) in a laboratory at the biology department, college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham), university of baghdad. the specimens identified by the keys [10-12]. the picture was photographed by using a camera resolution of 40 pixels. 3. results and discussion in this study, nine specimens of araniedae were collected from one site. all specimens were females belonging to the genus argiope audouin, 1826, and species a. trifasciata forskal, 1775 [13]. taxonomy kingdom: animalia phylum: arthropoda subphylum: chelicerata class: archanida order: araneae family: araniedae clarck, 1757 genus : argiope audouin,1826 species : a. trifasciata forskal,1775 the specimens were brightly colored, large spiders (14.920.2) mm in length. prosoma is the white, oval abdomen, in dorsal view, yellow to brown with many dark "black" lines (figure 1). the ventral side is black, with four pairs of white patches (figure 2). we can easily distinguish the banded garden spider by the striking abdomen marking, eight equal eyes in two rows (figure 3), and the posterior row of eyes is slightly curved [14-15]. eight deep orange legs with "dark" rings and three claws "unequal" on all of the legs help the spiders build their webs, which are shaped like a zig-zag (figure 5). they have six spinnerets with calculus (figure 4). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 50 figure 1: a. trifasciata dorsal view, female figure 2: a. trifasciata ventral view, female figure 3: a. trifasciata eye arrangement figure 4: a. trifasciata spinnerets figure 5a: a. trifasciata the web figure 5b: a. trifasciata the web ihjpas. 36(1)2023 51 4.conclusions the spider species argiope trifasciata has four pairs of long legs covered with spines and eight eyes arranged in two rows. the abdomen of described spider is usually oval and elongated with pale yellow and black stripes, and the legs are yellowish brown with dark rings. the females of the argiope trifasciata species are yellow and covered with silvery and shiny hairs on the carapace that are relatively low. this spider was the first recorded in baghdad, iraq. references 1.abel, c.; schneider, j. m.; kuntner, m.; harms, d. phylogeography of the ‘cosmopolitan’ orbweaver argiope trifasciata (araneae: araneidae). biol. j. linn. soc. 2020, 131, 1, 61-75. 2.baker, i.m.; ali, h.b. (2020). taxonomical study of spiders (order, araneae) from different localities of iraq. iraq nat. hist. mus. publ. 2020, 38, 51. 3.dentici, a. the genus argiope audouin, 1826 (araneae araneidae). biodivers. j. 2018, 9, 3, 169-320 4.jäger p. a review on the spider genus argiope audouin, 1826 with special emphasis on broken emboli in female epigynes (araneae: araneidae: argiopinae). beiträge zur araneologie, 2012, 7, 272-331. 5.jocque, r; dippenaar-schoman, a.s. spider families of the world. 2nd ed. royal museum for central africa. belgium, 2007. 6.kaston, b.j. how to know the spiders. wc brown co, 1978. 7.levi, h.w. comments and new records for the american genera gea and argiope with the description of new species (araneae: areneidae). bull. museum compar. zool., 2004, 158: 47–65. 8.levi, h.w. keys to the genera of araneid orbweavers (araneae,araneidae) of the americas. j. arachnol., 2002, 30, 557-562. 9.marc, p.a., canard, a. ; ysnel, f. 1999. spiders (araneae) useful for pest limitation and bioindication. agric., ecosyst. environ., 1999, 74, 1-3, 229-273. 10.nentwig, w.; blick, t.; bosmans, r.; gloor, d.; hänggi, a.; kropf, c. spiders of europe. version {no. of month, 2022, online at https://www.araneae.nmbe.ch, accessed on. https://doi.org/10.24436/1 11.pearce, j.l.; venier, l.a., 2006. the use of ground beetles (coleoptera: carabidae) and spiders (araneae) as bioindicators of sustainable forest management: a review. ecolog. indicators, 2006, 6, 4, 780-793. 12.platnick, n.i. the world spider catalog, version 11.5. american museum of natural history, 2011, online at http://research.amnh.org/ entomology/spiders/catalog. 13.roberts, m.j. spiders of britain & northern europe. london, harpercollins, 1995. 14.world spider catalog. world spider catalog. version 23.0. natural history museum bern, 2022, online at http://wsc.nmbe.ch, accessed on . doi: 10.24436/2 15.wsc.world spider catalog. natural history museum bern. 2020, http://wsc.nmbe.ch (http://wsc.nmbe.ch/) [version 21.5 (accessed on 2020-9-16)]. 242 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 مختلفة من الشعير أصنافنمو بادرات فيالجفاف إجھاد تأثير )l. hordeum vulgare( نضال نعمه حسين جاسم زينب رعد قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم ) / جامعة بغداد 2015تشرين الثاني 15قبل البحث في : 2014ايلول23استلم البحث في : الخالصة في)مزروعة (.hordeum vulgare lونمو ستة عشر صنفا من الشعير إنباتالدراسة لتقيم استجابة ھذه أجريت ,فرات 3 ه,شعاع,رافدين ,سمير,ريحان99,اباءلخير,نور القادسية ,نومار ألوركاء ,أمل ,أريفات,أ, بواديالعراق :براق , ) peg6000(6000الجفاف وذلك بتعريض البذور لتراكيز مختلفة من البولى اثلين كاليكول إلجھاد, 7,اباء1,جزيرة9 نتائج ھذا البحث أظھرت). peg6000معاملة السيطرة بدون ( إلى إضافة ) بار 9-,6,3-( المائيةالجھود إلىللوصول تحمال األكثرريفات أبراق, األصنافالجفاف فكانت إلجھادمدى تحملھا فيالشعير المدروسة قد تباينت افأصنبان بوادي, أمل ,نومار,نور األصنافبار,أما 9مائيجھد اعليفيھم معنويا عند اإلنباتلم تتأثر نسبه إذالجفاف إلجھاد ولم تتأثر بار 9-فيھم معنويا عند الجھد المائي اإلنباتأثرت نسبه ت إذالجفاف إلجھادفقد عدت متوسطه التحمل القادسية , أباء 1, جزيرة 9, فرات 3,شعاع , رافدين ,سمير,ريحانه99لوركاء,أباءأالخير , األصناف قيهبار أما ب 6-بالجھد المائي األصنافلذلك عدت من األصنافبار لبعض 6-بار أو 3-فيھم معنويا عند الجھد المائي اإلنباتفقد تأثرت نسبه 7 للجفاف . الحساسة قد انخفضت اإلنباتومؤشر قوه , الوزن الجافرالجذ يالبذور, طول إنباتمعدالت نسبة إنالنتائج كذلك أوضحت تأثرتفقد الطريطول الرويشه والوزن إما بار 3 المائيمعنويا بالجھد تتأثر بار ولم 9-,6-معنويا عند الجھدين المائيين 6زيادة معنويا عند الجھدين أعطتعلى طول الرويشه فقد رالجذ ينسبه طول إمابار . 3المائيمن الجھد ابتداءمعنويا اختالفات كبيره أظھرت المدروسةالشعير أصنافبار . نستنتج مما سبق بأن 3 المائيمعنويا بالجھد تتأثربار ولم 9-, ونمو اإلنباتھناك مدى واسع لغربله نباتات الشعير لتحمل الجفاف في مرحله إنوھذا يعني المختلفةفي استجابتھا للجھود .الباردات peg، البولي اثلين كاليكول rapdk: الشعير ، الجفاف ، الكلمات المفتاحية 243 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ةألمقدم المحاصيل النجيلية بعد القمح والرز والذرة الصفراء ويتميز بقدرة أھمرابع .hordeum vulgare lيعد الشعير ينمو ضمن مدى واسع من الظروف البيئية .بلغت المساحة المزروعة بالشعير إذ, high adaptability عالية تكيفيه تل الشعير ).يح1(1-كغم.ھـ 2440واإلنتاجيةطن إلف 35915 إلى اإلنتاجھكتار, ووصل إلف 55698عالميا قرابة صناعة فيكعلف للحيوانات ويستعمل األساسالمرتبة الثانية بعد القمح من الناحية االقتصادية حيث يستعمل بالدرجة تحضير الحساء فيكما يستعمل السكريلمرضى الشعير الصحية حيث يستعمل خبز األغذيةالمولت والبيرة واحد مكونات في العراق حيث يعتبر من وأقدمھالحبوب لمحاصي أھمشعير من ل) .يعد ا2( ويستعمل خبز الشعير لمختلف الثقافات والقادسيةمحافظات العراق مثل نينوى فييزرع الشعير و ) 3(الحيوانيةثروته وزيادة اإلنسانلغذاء األساسيةالمحاصيل الشعير في العراق بـ إنتاجدر ق,ميسان و البصرة االنبار وبغداد وصالح الدين والنجف و ديالى و وذي قار وكركوك و حيث كان الماضيةالسنة إنتاجعن % 20.6بلغت نسبتھا بزيادة 2013طن للموسم الشتوي لسنة إلف) 1003.2( طن بنسبة إلف)486.9والذي قدر بـ( اإلنتاجمن حيث األولطن حيث احتلت محافظة نينوى المركز إلف )832.0( ) من مجموع 12.5%طن بنسبة ( إلف) 125.0( إنتاجھاالذي قدر القادسيةالعراق تليھا محافظة إنتاجمن مجموع %48.5 العراق فيما شكلت إنتاج) من مجموع 10.8طن بنسبة ( إلف (108.6) إنتاجھاالعراق تليھا محافظة ذي قار حيث قدر إنتاج ).4( كردستان) إقليم (عدا العراق إنتاج) من مجموع 28.2%بقيه المحافظات نسبة مقدارھا ( االھتمام بالية الشد الضروريبات من النموھ كافينظرا" ألھمية المياه في حياة النباتات وقلتھا وعدم توفرھا بشكل األولىالمراحل في خاصاالجفاف و إجھادوراثية ذات قابلية على تحمل أنماطعلى النيات بغية الحصول على وأثره المائي دراسات عديدة ى ھذا المجال وذلك بتعريض أجريتاذ إنتاجيتهبدء وتحديد في أساسيةتعد مراحل والتيات من حياة النب ) 5مواد ذو فعل ازموزى كمادة البولى اثلين كاليكول اذ استعملت من قبل العديد من الباحثين فاستعملت من قبل( إلىالنبات ).8) وفى نبات الشعير (7( الطماطم) وعلى نبات 6وكذلك على نبات قصب السكر ( cowpeaاللوبيانبات في في نمو المحاصيل فـضالً عـن تأثيراتـه فـي صـفات النبـات المورفولوجية والفسلجية األوليعد الماء العامل المحدد نمو، وان ظروف الجفاف تؤثر بشدة في المائي ھو انخفاض ال اإلجھادمؤشر لحدوث أول إنخالل مرحلة النمو الخضري, ) في دراستھم الستجابة ثالثة محاصـيل مـن الحبوب (الحنطة، الشعير والذرة) 10). وتوصل (9الخـضراء ( األجزاء إنتاج محصولي الحنطة والشعير اظھرا استجابة متشابھة وان استجابة المحصول تعتمد على فترة إن إلىعدة فترات جفاف إلى فيمختلفة من الشعير المزروع ألصنافالبذور ونمو بادرات إنباتتقيم استجابة إلى الحالياف. لذا يھدف البحث بقاء الجف الجفاف . إلجھادالعراق المواد وطرائق البحث من مركز تكنولوجيا )(.hordeym vulgare l: تم الحصول على ستة عشر صنفا من الشعير مصدر البذور مل أريفات,أ.وھى : براق ,بوادى ,الزراعةومن ھيئة فحص وتصديق البذور/وزاره اوالتكنولوجيالعلوم وزارهالبذور/ .الدراسةھذه إلجراء,7,اباء1,جزيرة9,فرات 3,شعاع,رافدين ,سمير,ريحانة 99لوركاء ,الخير,نور القادسية ,نومار ,اباءأ, الجفاف إلجھادالشعير أصنافتحمل دراسة 3/12/2014في مختبر البيولوجي الجزيئي/كليه التربية ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة للفترة من ةھذه الدراس أجريت بتركيز يالزئبق) ثم بمحلول كلوريد %5كلورايت ( محلول الھايبو فيالبذور بعد تعقيمھا إنبات تم 30/12/2014ولغاية كل طبق ورطبت فيضعت ورقتان ترشيح معقمة و بتري إطباق فيْم 25حاضنة وبدرجة حرارة في ثم وضعت 2% معاملة إلى إضافة) بار, 9,6-, 3-الشدود المائية ( إلىمختلفة للوصول وبتراكيز 6000اليكولكبمحاليل البولى اثلين completelyالكامل( العشوائيصممت التجربة وفق التصميم واليكول كالبولى اثلين إضافةالسيطرة بدون randomized design ( مل من 6 أضيفكل طبق وبواقع ثالث مكررات لكل معاملة . فيبذور 10وضعت حيث كميات متساوية إضافةالحاضنة .تم في أيام 10كل طبق وتركت لمدة فياليكول وبالتركيز المناسب كمحلول البولى اثلين وحسب المعادلة اإلنباتم حساب نسبة ت أيام 10اليكول لسد النقص الحاصل بسبب التبخر. وبعد كمن محاليل البولى اثلين التالية x 100= عدد البذور النابتة/عدد البذور الكلية ) اإلنباتنسبة والجاف للمجموع الخضري الطري,طول الرويشه (سم), , الوزن للباردات(سم) الرئيسي رالجذ يثم تم حساب طول : التالية. وحسب المعادلة vigor index اإلنباتمعامل قوة على طول الرويشه ,و رالجذ يوالجذري (غم), , نسبة طول مليمتر من 2. وكان بروز ( 11) 100+معدل طول الرويشه)/ رالجذ ي(معدل طول x اإلنبات= نسبه اإلنباتمعامل قوة .لإلنباتوالرويشه قد تم اعتمادھما كعامل رالجذ ي وحللت النتائج باستخدام برنامج التحاليل %5تحليل التباين على مستوى إلىالبيانات أخضعت : اإلحصائيالتحليل )sas)12 اإلحصائية 244 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 النتائج والمناقشة المدروسةالشعير ألصناف البذور إنباتنسبة في المائيالجھد تأثير 3-,6-,9-)( مختلفة مائيةلجھود والمعرضةمختلفة من الشعير أصناف إنبات) تأثير الجھد المائي في نسبة 1بين الجدول( مالبذور ول إنبات) بار في خفض نسبة 6-,9-الجفاف عند المستويين ( إلجھادمعنوي تأثيروجود إلىالنتائج أوضحتبار. كلما اإلنبات. لوحظ انخفاض في نسب المدروسة األصنافاغلب إنبات) بار تأثير معنويا على نسبه (3-يظھر المستوى مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة حيث كانت نسبة 69,12 إلى اإلنباتبار انخفضت نسبة 3-فعند الجھد المائي يالجھد المائزاد إلى اإلنباتانخفضت نسبة بار 6-جھد مائي إلى عند تعريض البذور إما,%5بنسبة انخفاض تعادل إي73,42 اإلنبات إي33,31 اإلنباتنسبة فأصبحتبار 9-لمائي الجھد ا إلىوعند تعريض النبات %40بنسبة انخفاض تعادل إي43,37 انخفاض معدل إلىعند التركيز العالي من كاليكول متعدد االثلين اإلنبات. يعزى انخفاض نسبة %54بنسبة انخفاض تعادل من اإلنزيميامتصاص الماء من البذور الضروري لتحول المواد الغذائية المخزونة الداخلية في البذور تحت تأثير النشــاط اإلنزيمات),فضـــال عن ذلك تأثـير الجفــــاف في نشــــاط 13(اإلنباتالبســيط ومن ثــــم بـــدء إلىالشــكل المعقــد ). 15) (14امليز يثبط بفعل الجفــــــاف ( وإلفابيتــــا اميليز إنزيملوحظـ نشـــاط إذنفسھــــا مبـاشره داخـــل البـــذور في نباتات العدس وزھرة الشمس على التوالي. (17) و(16)ت ھذه النتــــائج مــع مــا حصــل عليـــه كـــل مـــن تمـــاثل بار) فيعود (3-المنخفضة من كاليكول متعدد االثلين التراكيزعند األصنافأو ارتفاعھا في بعض اإلنبات ةتأثر نسبأما عدم أذ اإلنباتوالذي لم يكن كافيا لمنع تشرب الكميه المطلوبة من الماء لحدوث انخفاض الجھد المائي لھذا المحلول إلى وھذا لوحظ من خالل نسبة اإلنباتتحصل على كميه الماء الالزمة لبدء إناستطاعت البذور بفعل قوى التشرب الداخلي بار وھذا يدل 3-عند التركيز 100% إنباتلخير,نومار فقد حققت نسبة ألوركاء,أبوادي , األصنافعند ألمرتفعه اإلنبات اإلنباتالحصول على كميه الماء الالزمة لحدوث إلى أدتتمتاز بقوى تشرب داخلية عالية األصنافبذور ھذه إنعلى على الرغم من وجود جھد مائي منخفض في منطقه النمو. عند 88بار فكانت 9ريفات لم تتأثر معنويا بأعلى جھد مائي أللصنف براق و اإلنباتنسبه إن) كذلك 1وبين الجدول ( بار وعلى التوالي لذا يمكن اعتبار ھذان الصنفان 9-عند الجھد المائي 83,77 وأصبحتلكال الصنفين السيطرةمعامله مار فقد تأثرت نسبه , نوالقادسيةبوادي,أمل, نور األصنافللجفاف أما المتحملة األصنافمن اإلنباتاعتمادا على نسبه إنباتھمبار فكانت نسبه 6-ولم تتأثر معنويا بالجھد المائي السيطرةمعامله إلىبار نسبه 9-فيھم معنويا عند الجھد اإلنبات بار على التوالي لذا يمكن 9-عند الجھد المائي 77,61,44,38 وأصبحت السيطرةعلى التوالي عند معامله 100,88,61,88 , 9, فرات3,شعاع,رافدين,سمير,ريحانه99وركاء,أباءلالخير,ا األصنافمتوسطه التحمل للجفاف ,أما باقي فأصنااعتبارھم أصنافلذا أمكن اعتبارھم األصنافبار لبعض 3-بار و 6-معنويا بالجھد المائي إنباتھمتأثرت نسبه 7إباء,1جزيرة للجفاف. حساسة الشعير المدروسة ألصناف رالجذ يطول في المائيالجھد تأثير النتائج تفوق الصنف أظھرتحيث المدروسةألصناف الشعير رالجذ ي) تأثير الجھد المائي على طول 2بين الجدول ( سم فكانت للصنف 4.05ھي رالجذ يسم أما اقل قيمه لمعدل طول 15.85 فكانت رالجذ يبوادي بأعلى قيمه لمعدل طول وألغلب السيطرةبار مقارنه بمعامله 3-لم يتأثر معنويا عند الجھد المائي رالجذ ي.وقد بينت النتائج ان طول 1جزيرة سم أي 13.41فيه رالجذ يالذي كان طول السيطرةسم مقارنه بمعامل 12.00 إلى رالجذ يحيث انخفض طول األصناف مقارنه بمعامل رالجذ يبار فقد كان التأثير معنوي على طول 9-,6-أما عند الجھد المائي % 10.5بنسبه انخفاض تعادل بار 9-وعند الجھد %48بار أي بنسبه انخفاض تعادل 6-سم عند الجھد 6.94 إلى رالجذ يفقد انخفض طول السيطرة تحت للصنف نومار 18.5ھي رالجذ يقيمه لطول أعلى, وكانت 56%سم أي بنسبه انخفاض تعادل 5.89 إلىانخفض , 1جزيرة, 9,فرات 3بار وريحانه 6-تحت الجھد 7, أباء1جزيرة, 9فرات لألصناف فكانتأما اقل قيمه السيطرةمعامله ) بان 20في الحنطة والشعير على التوالي. ذكر((19) و18)بار. تناغمت ھذه النتائج مع كل من ( 9-تحت الجھد 7أباء تثبيط عمليه االنقسام الخلوي ومن ثم تثبيط عمليه النمو. إلىيؤدي بدوره يزياده الشد الرطوب الشعير المدروسة ألصنافطول الرويشة في المائيالجھد تأثير قيمه لمعدل طول الرويشه كان أعلى إنالنتائج أظھرت) تأثير الجھد المائي على طول الرويشة حيث 3بين الجدول ( فقد تراوحت األصنافبقية إما كان للصنف سمير سم2.93ل طول الرويشه بوادي أما اقل قيمه لمعد سم للصنف 10.50 معدالت طول الرويشة فيھا بين ھاتين القيمتين. في خفض معدل طول الرويشة وبذلك الثالثةالجفاف عند المستويات إلجھادوجود تأثير معنوي إلىالنتائج كذلك أشارت . لوحظ انخفاض معدل طول الرويشة كلما زاد الجھد المائي فعند الجھد رالجذ يمن أكثربالجفاف تأثرتتكون الرويشه قد سم مقارنة بمعامل السيطرة الذي كان معدل طول الرويشة فيه 9.82إلى انخفض معدل طول الرويشة بار 3-المائي خفض معدل طول بار فقد ان 6-جھد مائي إلىعند تعريض البذور إما),%25.5سم وبنسبة انخفاض تعادل( 13.19 سم أي بنسبة 2.21بلغ معدل طول الرويشة 9-) وعند الجھد المائي %72سم بنسبة انخفاض تعادل ( 3.63 إلىالرويشة ).%83انخفاض تعادل ( اقل إماسم, 17.5قيمه لطول الرويشة عند معامله السيطرة حيث بلغ أعلىمل قد سجل أ) كذلك بأن الصنف 3بين الجدول ( 6-في الجھد المائي 7 إباء,1,جزيرة9التي انعدم فيھا نمو الرويشة فھي سمير,فرات لألصنافويشه فكانت قيمه لطول الر 245 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 عملية استطالة إن إلى. ويعزى ذلك االنخفاض 9-في الجھد المائي 7إباء,1,جزيرة9,فرات3سمير,ريحانه األصنافوكذلك التي تتأثر الخليةاعتماد نمو الخاليا بالتمدد واالستطالة على حفظ امتالء إلىالجفاف وھذا يرجع بإجھاد الخاليا تتأثر جدا نقص ضغط امتالء الخاليا أو سبب نقص نتيجةبالجفاف بشكل مباشر فضال عن ذلك فأن الجفاف يعمل على تثبيط النمو وذلك لنقص المعدنية األمالحوعدم قدره الجذور على النمو وامتصاص الماء إلىنظرا النامية األنسجة إلىوصول الماء تراكم حامض االبسيسك واالثلين المثبطان للنمو إنذلك إلىالتدرج في جھد الماء بين الخشب والخاليا النامية , أضافه ).21الجفاف وتترافق الزيادة مع نقص في نمو الخـــاليا( إجھاد إثناءالنبات أنسجةتزداد كميتھم في المدروسةالشعير ألصناف على طول الرويشة رالجذ ينسبة طول في المائيالجھد تأثير الصنف براق بلغ إنالنتائج أظھرتعلى طول الرويشة حيث رالجذ ي) تأثير الجھد المائي في نسبة طول 4بين الجدول( فقد بلغ 1ةالصنف جزير إما األصنافقيمة من بقية األكثروھو 2.10على طول الرويشة فيه رالجذ يمعدل نسبة طول فقد تراوحت فيھا نسبة طول األصنافبقية إماقيمة , األقلوھو 0.376على طول الرويشة فيه رالجذ يالمعدل لنسبة طول على طول الرويشة بين ھاتين القيمتين. رالجذ ي على طول الرويشة رالجذ يالجفاف في زيادة معدالت نسبة طول إلجھادعدم وجود تأثير معنوي إلىالنتائج كذلك أشارت على طول الرويشة رالجذ يبار , فقد لوحظ ارتفاع نسبة طول 9-,6-وكان التأثير معنويا عند الجھدين بار3-عند الجھد أي بنسبة 1.03مقارنة بمعامله السيطرة الذي قيمته1.25بار كانت النسبة 3-كلما زاد الجھد المائي فعند الجھد المائي إلىبار ارتفع معدل نسبة معدل طول الجذر على معدل طول الرويشة 6-عند الجھد المائي أما),%21.23ارتفاع تعادل ( بار فأصبح معدل نسبة معدل طول الجذر على 9), وعند تعرض النبات للجھد المائي _%58بنسبة ارتفاع تعادل( 1.63 على طول رالجذ ي). لوحظ بأن نسبة طول %99أي بنسبة ارتفاع تعادل( 2.05معدل طول الرويشة عند ھذا الجھد تساوي على طول رالجذ يقيمة لنسبة طول أكثروھي 4.75بار كانت تساوي 6-لوركاء تحت الجھد المائي أالرويشة للصنف بار 6-تحت الجھد المائي 7إباء,1.جزيرة9سمير,فرات لألصنافاقل قيمة فكانت إماالمدروسة, األصنافالرويشة في مع نتائج متوافقةبار. وھذه النتائج كانت 9-تحت الجھد المائي 7إباء,1, جزيرة9,فرات3سمير ,ريحانه األصنافوكذلك تركيز الجھد المائي . ويالحظ بازديادعلى طول الرويشه تزاد رالجذ يحيث كانت نسبه طول ألجتعلى نبات 22)الباحث ( ة عند أي مسـتوى مـن اإلجھاد المائي أكبر من نسبة االنخفاض في بشكٍل عام أن نسبة االنخفاض في المجموعة الھوائي حساسية لإلجھاد أكثرالمجموعة الخضرية إنفي (24,23)المجموعة األرضية، وھذا يتفق مع مـا توصـل إليـه كـٍل من و الجذور في زيادة المائي من المجموعة الجذرية ,وتعد ھذه الصفة من الصفات التكيفية المھمة، حيث يسـمح استمرار نم درجة تعمق وتغلغل الجذور وتشعبھا، مما يزيد من كفـاءتھا. على طول الرويشة رالجذ يوتأثيرھا على نسبة طول المائيةوالجھود األصناف)كذلك بأن ھناك تداخل بين 4بين الجدول ( لمنتـوح، أاء كافيـة لتعـويض المـاء ,حيث الجـذور فـي الوصول إلى طبقات التربة العميقة الرطبة وامتصاص كمية من الم ,25)والمحافظة على حالة االمتالء في الخاليا النباتية، واستمرار استطالة الخاليا النباتية ونموھا. وھذا ينسجم مع نتائج ( ة المھمة وتعد زيادة حساسية المجموع الخضري لإلجھاد المـائي بالمقارنـة مـع المجموعة الجذرية أيضاً من الصفات التكيفي نــتح، وتســخير نــواتج التمثيــل الضــوئي –وذلك من خالل تقليص حجم المسطح األخضر للحـد من فقد الماء بــالتبخر لنمــو المجموعــة الجذريــة. الشعير المدروسة ألصناف vigor index اإلنباتمؤشر قوة في المائيالجھد تأثير قيمه في معدل مؤشر القوة أعلىبوادي أعطى الصنفحيث اإلنباتعلى مؤشر قوة المائي) تأثير الجھد 5بين الجدول( فقد المدروسة األصنافبقيه إما 1.91الصنف سمير فكان له اقل قيمه حيث بلغ معدل مؤشر القوة إما, 24.36حيث كان تراوحت بين ھاتين القيمتين. الجفاف في خفض معدالت مؤشر القوة,فقد لوحظ انخفاض معدل إلجھاد وجود تأثير معنوي إلىالنتائج كذلك وأشارت السيطرةمقارنه بمعامل 16.31 إلىبار انخفض معدل مؤشر القوة 3-مؤشر القوة كلما زاد الجھد المائي فعند الجھد المائي بار انخفض معدل 6-عند الجھد المائي إما),%20بنسبه انخفاض ( 20.41فيه اإلنبات ةمؤشر قوالتي كانت قيمه معدل أي بنسبه انخفاض تعادل 4.30بار فأصبح 9-عند الجھد المائي إما),%70بنسبه انخفاض تعادل ( 6.12 إلىمؤشر القوة )80%.( إنحيث لوحظ اإلنباتوالجھد االزموزي في مؤشر قوة تأثير األصنافوبينت النتائج كذلك بأن ھناك تداخل معنوي بين إما, المدروسة األصنافقيمه بين أعلىوھي 31.10 فيه اإلنباتبار بلغت قيمه مؤشر قوة 3-لصنف بوادي تحت الجھد ا األصنافبار وكذلك 6-تحت الجھد 7اباء ,1جزيره ,9فرات األصنافانت في ـك اإلنباتلمؤشر قوة اقل قيمه .9-تحت الجھد االزموزي 7,اباء1,جزيره9,فرات3ريحانه المدروسةالشعير أصناف لباردات(غم) الطرينسبة الوزن في المائيالشد تأثير إنالنتائج أظھرتالشعير المدروسة حيث أصنافبادرات فيفي الوزن الطري يالجھد المائ) تأثير 6بين الجدول ( الوزن الطري فكانت اقل قيمة لمعدل إماغم 1.30قيمة لمعدل الوزن الطري حيث كانت أعلىالصنف بوادي قد سجل فقد تراوحت فيھا معدالت الوزن الطري بين ھاتين القيمتين. األصنافبقية إماغم 0.287للصنف سمير وبلغت 246 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 الجفاف في خفض معدالت الوزن الطري ,فقد لوحظ انخفاض الوزن إلجھادوجود تأثير معنوي إلى أيضاالنتائج أشارت غم مقارنة بمعامل 0.981 إلىبار انخفض معدل الوزن الطري 3-الطري كلما زاد الجھد المائي فعند الجھد المائي إلىبات عند تعرض الن إما),%30.4غم أي بنسبة انخفاض ( 1.41 لألصنافالسيطرة الذي بلغ فيه معدل الوزن الطري غم أي بنسبة انخفاض تعادل 0.422 إلىتحت ھذا الجھد لألصنافبار فقد انخفض معدل الوزن الطري 6-جھد مائي غم حيث كلما زاد الجھد المائي كلما قل الوزن الطري . 0.264فبلغ معدل الوزن الطري 9-عند الجھد المائي إما) 70%( غم 2.326لوركاء عند معامل السيطرة والتي بلغت أزن الطري كانت في الصنف قيمة للو أعلى إنبينت النتائج كذلك بأن األصنافبار وكذلك 6-عند الجھد المائي 7إباء,1 ,جزيرة9 فرات األصناف,أما اقل قيمة فكانت في ) 26كل من ( إليهتتماشي مع ما توصل النتيجةبار . وھذه 9-تحت الجھد المائي 1,جزيرة7إباء,9,فرات3ريحانه لجت على التوالي حيث كـــان الـــوزن الطري أ لماش والفاصوليا وأ لصويا وأ)على نباتات فول 22) و ((28و27)و( بان الجفاف يثبط وبشكل كبير عملية البناء الضوئي مما يؤدى 29)والجــــاف يقـــل بزيـــادة تركيز الجھد المـــائي .ذكر ( الى انخفاض الوزن الجاف للنبات. المدروسةالشعير أصناف لبارداتالوزن الجاف (غم) في المائيالجھد ثيرتأ أعلى أعطىالصنف بوادي قد إنالنتائج أظھرتحيث للبارداتعلى الوزن الجاف يالجھد المائ) تأثير 7الجدول ( يبين فقد األصنافبقية إما غم 0.023اقل قيمة فكانت للصنف سمير والتي كانت إما غم 0.167قيمة لمعدل للوزن الجاف وھي التي تعرض لھا النبات بين ھاتين القيمتين. المائيةالجاف تحت الجھود معدالت الوزنتراوحت فيھا ومعاملة -3يالجھد المائالجفاف على معدالت الوزن الجاف بين إلجھادعدم وجود تأثير معنوي إلى النتائج كذلك أشارت معدل الوزن الجاف أصبح إذبار .-9وكذلك 6يالجھد المائلوزن الجاف عند السيطرة , بينما لوحظ انخفاض في ا غم أي بنسبة انخفاض تعادل 0.123كان معدل الوزن الجاف فيھا يبالسيطرة التمقارنة 6المائيغم عند الجھد 0.068 غم أي بنسبة انخفاض 0.054 إلىبار فقد انخفض معدل الوزن الجاف تحت ھذا الجھد 9-عند الجھد المائي إما),44.7%( ).%56تعادل ( 3-غم تحت الجھد المائي 0.2109قيمة للوزن الجاف كانت في الصنف نور القادسية وبلغت أعلىبينت النتائج كذلك بأن األصنافبار وكذلك 6-تحت الجھد المائي 7إباء,1,جزيرة9فرات األصنافاقل قيمة فكانت في إمابار الضوئي) بان الجفاف يثبط وبشكل كبير عملية البناء (29بار. ذكر 9-تحت الجھد المائي 1,جزيرة7إباء,9,فرات3ريحانه عمليتي االنقسام وباألخصانخفاض عمليات النمـو إلىوقد يعود سبب ذلك ا انخفاض الوزن الجاف للنبات. إلىمما يؤدى ).30الخلوي واالتساع الخلوي بسبب الشد ( المتقدمةريفات لمزيد من البحوث أھذا البحث يمكن اعتماد الصنفين براق و في إليھام التوصل ت التيمن خالل النتائج وبعض اإلنبات) من حيث نسبه pegتحمال للتراكيز المرتفعة من ( المدروسة األصناف أكثركانت ألنھاالجفافى لإلجھاد الجفاف واتضح إلجھاد متحملةمن الشعير أصنافبحوث متطورة الستنباط فيالستخدامھا األخرىالصفات الفسولوجيه ھناك مدى إنوھذا يعني المختلفة المائيةاختالفات كبيره في استجابتھا للجھود أظھرت المدروسةالشعير أصنافكذلك بأن .البارداتونمو اإلنباتواسع لغربله نباتات الشعير لتحمل الجفاف في مرحله المصادر 1-fao (2002) statistical yearbook production . 2fischbeck,g.(2002).contribution of barley to agriculture,abrief over view . in:g.a. , :1-4. ) . انتخاب واختيار سالالت من الشعير للمناطق محدوده االمطار . مجلة زراعة الرافدين , 2000العذاري , حسن محمد . ( -3 .العراق.5(8)40-31 ). وزاره الزراعه .العراق.2013مديريه االحصاء الزراعي.(-4 5badiane,f.a.;diouf,d.;sané1,d.;diouf,o.; goudiaby,v. and diallo,n.(2004). screening cowpea [vigna unguiculata (l.) walp.] varieties by inducing water deficit and rapd analyses. african journal of biotechnology .3 (3): 174-178. 6patade,v.y.;saprasanna,p.;bapat,v.a. and kulkami,u.g.(2006).selection for abiotic (salinity and drought) stress tolerance and molecular characterization of tolerant lines in sugarcane .sugar.tech.8(1):63-68. 7abdel-raheem, a.t.; ragab, a. r.; kasem, z.a.; omer, f. d. and samera, a.m. in vitro selection for tomato plants for drought tolerance via callus culture under polyethylene glycol (peg) and mannitol treatments (2001). african crop science conference proceedings, 8:20272032. .تقيم استجابة بعض اصناف الشعير لتحمل االحھاد .(2006)علي الشيخ رؤى و صالح ,رفيق; العودة الشحاذة ,أيمن -8 سوريا.. 22(1) :33-15الزراعية . للعلوم دمشق جامعة الحلولى فى مرحلة النمو االولى. مجلة 247 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 (الجفاف) وعالقته بالمراحل الفينولوجية للنبات. مجلة الزراعه ). االجھاد الرطوبي 1997جودة، عادل وبدر جاسم، (-9 .10697: 176والمياه, العدد 10yasseen, b.t. and al-maumari,b.k.(1995). further evaluation of the resistance of black barly to water stress. preliminary assessment for selecting drough resistance barley. j. agron. and crop. sci.,174:9-19 . 11-abdul-baki, a.a. and anderson, j.d. ( 1970). viability and leaching of sugars from germinating barely. crop technique. m.a. agriculture thesis, agriculture sci., 10: 31-34. 12-sas.(2012).statistical analysis system, user,s guide .statistical .version9.1thed .sas .inst. inc.cary.n.c. usa. 13rubio, m.c.; gonzález, e.m.; minchin, f. r.; webb, k.j.; arrese-igor, c.; ramos, j. and m, becana. (2002). effects of water stress on antioxidant enzymes of leaves and nodules of transgenic alfalfa overexpressing superoxide dismutases. physiol. plant, 115: 531-540. 14yan ,p.; wu,l.j. and yu,z.l.( 2006). effect of salt and drought stress on antioxidant enzymes activities and sod isoenzymes of liquorice(glycyrrhiza uralensis fisch). plant growth regulation, 49 (2-3): 157-165. 15todaka,d.;matsushima,h. and morohashi,y.(2000).water stress enhances .b-amylase activity in cucumber cotyledons. journal of experimental botany,345 (51):739-745. 16singh, n.k.; handa, a.k.; hasegawa, p.m. and bressan, r.a. (1985). protein associated with adaptation of cultured tobacco cells to nacl. plant physiol.,79:126. 17-mohammad salehi.(2012). the study of drought tolerance of lentil (lens culinaris medik) in seedling growth stages international. journal of agronomy and plant production, 3 (1): 38-41. .مجله جامعه الحنطةونمو نبات إنباتمن المانتول في مختلفة). تأثير تراكيز ازموزيه 2002الجبوري ,شاكر محمود.( -18 . 100-101 :14ديالى , 19amini ,r.(2013). drought stress tolerace of barley ( hordeum vulgare l.) affected by priming with peg. international journal of farming and allied sciences,20(2):803-808. 20okuc,g.;kaya,m.d. and atak,m. (2005). effects of salt and drought stress on germination and seedling growth of pea (pisum sativum l.).turkish journal of agricultuer and forestry,29(4):237-242. 21whalley,w.;bengough,a. and dexter,a. (1998). water stress in duced by peg decreases the maximum growth pressure of the roots of pea seedlings .journal of experimental botany, 49:1689-1694. 22hamidi , h. and safarnejad ,a. (2010) . effect of drought stress on alfalfa caltivars (medicago sativa l.) in germination stage . american – eurasian . agric and environ . sci., 8(6):705-709. 23westgate, m. e. and boyer, j. s. (1985). osmotic adjustment and the inhibition of leaf, root, stem and silk growth at low water potentials in maize. planta,164: 540 -549. 24-sharp, r. e.; silk, w. k. and hsiao, t. c. (1988). growth of the maize primary root at low water potentials. spatial distribution of expansive growth. plant physiol. 87 : 50-57. cosgrove, d. (1986). biophysical control of plant cell growth. annu. review plant physiol., 37: 377. 25cossgrove, d. j. (1989). chracterization of long term extension of isolated cell walls from growing cucumber hypocotyls . planta, 177:121. و واإلنتاج والنوعية لصنفين من فول الصويا ) . التغيرات الفسيولوجية في النم1992الدليمي , بشير حمد عبد هللا .( -26 merrill max glysin l. ألزراعهبتأثير مستويات مختلفة من الشد الرطوبي واللقاح البكتيري . أطروحة دكتوراه , كليه والغابات , جامعه الموصل, العراق 248 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ) . تأثير عدد الريات 2003عبد الھادي , سعدون ومرزه , ثامرخضير ( ;شوكت , مؤيد صبري ;عباس , جمال احمد -27 .165-144): 5(2والكثافة النباتية على نمو وحاصل البذور الجافه لنبات الماش . مجله كربالء العلمية , 28-el-noemani,a.a.;el-zeiny,h.a.;al-gindy,a.;al-shahhar,e.a. and el-shawafy,m.a. (2012). performance of some bean ( phaseolus vulgareis l.) varieties under different irrigation systems and regimes.aust.j.bas.appli sci., 12 (4):6185-6196. 29-jaleel,c.a.;manivannan,p.;wahid,a.;farooq,m.;al-jubury,h.j.;somasundaran,r.and panneerselvam,r.(2006). drought stressin plants:a review on morphological characteristic and pigments composition.int. j .agric.biol.,11(1):100-105 ونمـو صنفين من حنطة إنبات. تأثير الشد المائي والجفاف علـى )2001.(شھاب، الھام محمود والمعماري، بشرى خليل30 :42-50 .)2( 12مجلة علوم الرافدين، . triticum astivum lالخبز . الشعير المدروسة ألصناف(%) اإلنباتفي نسبة المائيد جھال تأثير : )1( رقم الجدول المعدل المائيالجھد الصنف control -3 -6 -9 89.75 83 94 94 88 براق 91.25 77 88 100 100 بوادي 85.50 77 83 94 88 اريفات 81.50 61 83 94 88 أمل 74.75 50 61 100 88 الوركاء 73.45 44 61 100 88.8 الخير 52.50 44 50 55 61 نور القادسية 78.50 38 88 100 88 نومار 45.25 27 27 61 66 99أباء 38.25 16 27 44 66 شعاع 28.75 11 22 38 44 رافدين 14.75 5 5 22 27 سمير 47.00 0 5 83 100 3ريحانة 33.00 0 0 66 66 9فرات 29.00 0 0 33 83 1جزيرة 13.75 0 0 22 33 7أباء -- 33.31 43.37 69.12 73.42 المعدل * 21.053* ، التداخل: 12.281: يللجھد المائ* ، 14.768: للصنف: lsdقيمة ) *p<0.05.( 249 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 .المدروسة الشعير ألصناف(سم) رالجذ يمعدل طول في المائي دتأثيرا لجھ: ) 2(رقم الجدول المعدل يالجھد المائ الصنف control -3 -6 -9 13.00 10.2 9. 8 16.9 18.1 براق 15.85 15.2 14.7 18.1 15.4 بوادي 12.97 10.6 10.1 15.7 15.5 اريفات 11.35 8.2 8.4 12.8 16.0 أمل 8.25 4.5 5.7 10.9 11.9 الوركاء 10.78 7.8 7.4 15.85 12.1 الخير 13.12 12.3 12.25 15.1 12.85 نور القادسية 11.22 4.9 8.6 12.9 18.5 نومار 9.03 5.1 7.7 11.90 11.43 99أباء 13.26 11.0 12.8 12.56 16.7 شعاع 5.47 1.7 3.2 5.1 11.9 رافدين 6.65 4.0 5.0 10.62 7.0 سمير 8.27 0.0 7.2 10.7 15.2 3ريحانة 4.85 0.0 0.0 9.1 10.3 9فرات 4.05 0.0 0.0 5.3 10.9 1جزيرة 4.81 0.0 0.0 8.53 10.72 7أباء -- 5.89 6.94 12.00 13.41 المعدل * 10.228* ، التداخل: 3.695: لمائي* ، للجھد ا 6.073: للصنف: lsdقيمة ) *p<0.05.( الشعير المدروسة ألصناففي معدل طول الرويشة (سم) المائيد لجھتأثير ا ) :3 رقم( الجدول المعدل لمائيالجھد ا الصنف control -3 -6 -9 8.57 2.6 4.7 12.0 15.0 براق 10.50 7.0 9.2 13.0 12.8 بوادي 8.42 3.5 3.9 11.5 14.8 اريفات 9.60 3.1 5.3 12.5 17.5 أمل 5.30 1.0 1.2 7.5 11.5 الوركاء 7.22 1.81 2.35 10.5 14.25 الخير 11.23 8.5 5.06 15.8 15.57 نور القادسية 7.75 1.5 5.0 10.3 14.2 نومار 6.65 1.8 3.40 8.04 13.37 99أباء 9.41 3.5 6.00 10.75 17.4 شعاع 4.58 1.1 2.5 4.21 10.52 رافدين 2.93 0.0 0.0 5.75 6.0 سمير 9.00 0.0 9.5 11.8 14.7 3ريحانة 5.72 0.0 0.0 10.4 12.5 9فرات 5.25 0.0 0.0 7.8 13.2 1جزيرة 3.25 0.0 0.0 5.32 7.67 7أباء -- 2.21 3.63 9.82 13.19 المعدل * 4.669* ، التداخل: 2.068:مائي* ، للجھد ال2.973: للصنف:lsdقيمة ) *p<0.05.( 250 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 شعير المدروسةلا ألصنافعلى طول الرويشة رالجذ يفي نسبة طول المائيد جھتأثير ال : )4( رقم الجدول المعدل المائيالجھد الصنف control -3 -6 -9 2.10 3.92 1.89 1.40 1.20 براق 1.59 2.17 1.59 1.39 1.20 بوادي 2.00 3.02 2.58 1.36 1.04 اريفات 1.54 2.64 1.58 1.02 0.91 أمل 2.93 4.50 4.75 1.45 1.03 الوركاء 2.44 4.30 3.14 1.50 0.84 الخير 1.41 1.44 2.42 0.95 0.82 نور القادسية 1.88 3.26 1.72 1.25 1.30 نومار 1.86 2.83 2.26 1.48 0.85 99أباء 1.84 3.14 2.13 1.16 0.95 شعاع 1.29 1.545 1.28 1.214 1.131 رافدين 0.750 0.0 0.0 1.84 1.16 سمير 0.674 0.0 0.757 0.906 1.034 3ريحانة 0.424 0.0 0.0 0.875 0.824 9فرات 0.376 0.0 0.0 0.679 0.825 1جزيرة 0.750 0.0 0.0 1.603 1.397 7أباء -- 2.05 1.63 1.25 1.03 المعدل * 0.894* ، التداخل: 0.436: مائي* ، للجھد ال 0.752: للصنف: lsdقيمة ) *p<0.05.( ألصناف الشعير المدروسةvigor index اإلنباتمعامل قوة في المائي دتأثيرا لجھ:) 5( رقم الجدول المعدل مائيالجھد ال الصنف control -3 -6 -9 19.90 10.62 12.78 27.166 29.041 براق 24.36 17.09 21.03 31.10 28.20 بوادي 18.67 10.85 11.62 25.568 26.66 اريفات 17.88 6.89 11.37 23.78 29.48 أمل 11.48 2.75 4.20 18.40 20.59 الوركاء 14.92 4.22 5.94 26.35 23.188 الخير 13.03 9.15 8.65 16.99 17.33 نور القادسية 16.59 2.43 11.96 23.2 28.77 نومار 8.34 1.86 2.99 12.16 16.36 99أباء 10.03 2.32 5.07 10.25 22.50 شعاع 3.74 0.308 1.254 3.534 9.864 رافدين 1.91 0.25 0.25 3.61 3.51 سمير 12.35 0.0 0.835 18.675 29.9 3ريحانة 6.97 0.0 0.0 12.87 15.048 9فرات 6.08 0.0 0.0 4.323 20.0 1جزيرة 2.28 0.0 0.0 3.047 6.068 7أباء -- 4.30 6.12 16.31 20.41 المعدل * 7.305* ، التداخل: 3.595: مائي* ، للجھد ال 4.784: للصنف: lsdقيمة ) *p<0.05.( 251 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 لباردات أصناف الشعير المدروسةفي نسبة الوزن الطري (غم) المائي دتأثيرا لجھيوضح : )6(رقم الجدول المعدل مائيالجھد ال الصنف control -3 -6 -9 0.755 0.31 0.50 0.77 1.44 براق 1.30 0.74 1.10 1.70 1.67 بوادي 0.767 0.54 0.51 0.94 1.08 اريفات 0.685 0.26 0.28 0.77 1.43 أمل 0.999 0.295 0.270 1.107 2.326 الوركاء 0.985 0.39 0.67 1.33 1.55 الخير 0.992 0.89 0.56 1.41 1.11 نور القادسية 1.162 0.26 1.06 1.25 2.08 نومار 0.711 0.205 0.406 1.005 1.23 99أباء 0.612 0.17 0.33 0.69 1.26 شعاع 0.495 0.13 0.45 0.53 0.87 رافدين 0.287 0.037 0.052 0.37 0.69 سمير 0.875 0.0 0.57 1.08 1.85 3ريحانة 0.550 0.0 0.0 1.03 1.17 9فرات 0.425 0.0 0.0 0.68 1.02 1جزيرة 0.690 0.0 0.0 1.04 1.72 7أباء -- 0.264 0.422 0.981 1.41 المعدل * 0.574* ، التداخل: 0.316: مائي* ، للجھد ال 0.359: للصنف: lsdقيمة ) *p<0.05.( لباردات أصناف الشعير المدروسةفي معدل الوزن الجاف (غم) المائيد جھتأثير ال: ) 7(رقمالجدول المعدل مائيالجھد ال الصنف control -3 -6 -9 0.122 0.0985 0.1057 0.1609 0.1265 براق 0.167 0.1825 0.1923 0.1997 0.0967 بوادي 0.112 0.0771 0.0950 0.1510 0.1234 تاريفا 0.119 0.0983 0.1053 0.1479 0.1267 أمل 0.059 0.0246 0.0256 0.0989 0.0877 الوركاء 0.123 0.0858 0.0957 0.1802 0.1330 الخير 0.144 0.1346 0.1585 0.2109 0.0751 نور القادسية 0.122 0.0524 0.0756 0.1914 0.1719 نومار 0.071 0.0220 0.0433 0.1132 0.1061 99أباء 0.070 0.0263 0.0619 0.0863 0.1087 شعاع 0.076 0.0554 0.0598 0.089 0.103 رافدين 0.023 0.0102 0.0136 0.0536 0.0146 سمير 0.091 0.0 0.071 0.102 0.193 3ريحانة 0.060 0.0 0.0 0.058 0.182 9فرات 0.033 0.0 0.0 0.0372 0.0958 1جزيرة 0.056 0.0 0.0 0.089 0.135 7أباء -- 0.054 0.068 0.123 0.117 المعدل * 0.0548* ، التداخل: 0.0281: مائي* ، للجھد ال 0.0438: للصنف: lsdقيمة * )p<0.05.( 252 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 effect of drought stress on barley ( hordeum vulgare l.) in germination stage nidhal n. hussain zainab r. jassim dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science ( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :23 september 2014 , accepted in: 15 january 2015 abstract the present study was aimed to evaluate the responses of sixteen species of barley hordeum vulgar l. cultivated in iraq against drought stress through treatments of seedling with varying concentrations of polyethylene glycol (peg6000) to reach the water stress(-3,-6,-9) in addition to control (without peg 6000). the results showed variation of barley species in their ability to tolerate the drought stress. for instance, boraq and arefat were shown to be the most tolerable species, since their percentage of seeds germination were non significantly affected by the highest water potential (-9) bar, while (bawadi,amal,nor alqadsea and nomar) were shown to be moderately drought tolerable, since their percentage of seeds germination were significantly affected at water potential (-9)bar. in contrast, the rest of species,i.e. alkhair,alwarkaa, ebaa99 ,shoaa ,alrafidian ,sameer ,rehana3 ,forat9 ,jazera1 and ebaa7 species, were all shown to be the most drought sensitive species, since their percentages of seeds germination were significantly affected at-3 and -6 bar.the results also showed that the averages of seeds percentage germination ,root length, dry weight, vigor index lowered significantly at (-6,-9) bar but they were significantly affected in -3 bar, while plumule length and fresh water significantly affected from -3 bar. the ratio of root to plumule length gave significantly increasment at -6,-9 bar and it was not affected significantly at -3 bar. in conclusion, barley species showed great variation in their response to the different water stress, this means that, there was a wild range of barley riddling tolerating the drought in germination stage and seedling growth. key words: drought stress, polyethylene glycol, germination, hordeum vulgare l. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 study o n the effects of boron on the structure of chloroplasts of cauliflower , by using light scattering technique *h. m.a.al-qysi , r. m.m.al mola , n. k.alani *departme nt of physics ,college of science, nahrain unive rsity departme nt of biology ,college of science, baghdad unive rsity abstract effects of boron on the structure of chlorop lasts membrane isolated from caulif lower are invest igated , using light scatt ering technique. results obtained in this st udy suggest that boron in the concentration range (0.1-5 µm) can fluidize the lip ids of the chlorop last membran e due to different extent. m echanisms by which boron can change the lip id fluidity is discussed. furt hermore, an exp erimental evidence is p resented to show that2µm boron can mediate conformational chan ges in the membrane –bound p roteins of the cauliflower’s chlorop last . introduction although the essentiality of boron for higher p lants is well established , the mechan isms of its action are far fro m bein g well underst ood. it has been indicated that boron is involved in carbohy drate metabolism, translocation, p rotein sy nthesis , p henolic p roduction , and pollen germin ation. in an att empt to determine the p rimary role of boron in p lants, parr and loughman (1) reported that one asp ect which could underlie all typ es of resp onses to boron is that of imp aired membrane function. one of the well known boron deficiency sy mp toms is the reduction in cap acity for ion transp ort. robertson and lough mann (2) showed that the reduced cap acity for p hosp hate absorp tion could be restored almost comp letely by supp ly ing 10µm h3bo3 for 0ne hour. tanada(3) found out that induced a bioelectric f ield chan ge the hyp ocoty l tissues in mung beans. he att ribute these changes to modification of some membran e comp onents. even though the control of membrane function by boron is beyond doubt, its exact involvement in membr ane component is not y et understood .thus in this st udy an attempt has been made to determine at a molecular level the direct effect of boron up on the comp onents of chlorop last membrane as we ll as the concentration at which boron maintainin g the structural integr ity of the membrane. material and methods isolation of chlorop last : 10 g of mature clean cauliflower leaves cut into small p ieces ground in a p istil and mortar(kept in an ice bucket) using 50 ml of cold tris buffer (5 x10 m tris p h 7.8) . the homogenate were filtered through three layers of gauze cheese cloth. the filtrate were centrifuged at 200 xg for 10 min. the sup ernatant were again centrifuged at 1000xg for 15 min. the p ellet were collected and purified by resusp ended with 5 ml of tris ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 buffer, then 1 ml of this susp ension were added to sucrose gradient tube( 1.6,1.0,0.5,0.25m ), and st ored for 2 hours . pure chlorop lasts were collected somewhere nearby region of 1.3 m concentration. samp le p reparation: the st ock suspension of the isolated chlorop last was diluted by aqueous solution 3 ml sa mples of the diluted chlorop last susp ension were then p repared. various con centrations of aqueous solutions of boric acid were prepared. to p rep are the samp le for turbidity measurement, 1ml of certain solution was add ed to the chlorop last susp ension; the sample was allowed for 3minutes at room temp erature, turbidity was measured by lovibond turbidometer. light scatt ering measurement: light scatt ering intensity at 90 (190) was measured by light scatt ering set up . the set up consists of he-ne laser as light source , the samp le holder calibr ated with different angles , p hotomultip lier, digital voltmeter, and water bath for temp erature measurement. results and discussion it becomes fact that function of any biological sy stem can be greatly affected by variations in the structure of that system. likewise, many functional asp ects of cell membran e have been shown to be impaired or mod ified by alteration in the structure of the membrane. lip id fluidity p lay s a very imp ortant role in maintainin g the p rop er functions of the cell membran e. m any membrane – bound enzy mes require certain degree of lip id fluidity for their optimum activities. in addition, the rate of transp ort throughout the membrane is high ly dependent up on the amount of lip id fluid ity . convincingly , boron seems to be essential for p rop er functions of cell membrane in higher plants. t he activities of many membrane – bound enzy mes have been shown to be markedly affected by boron deficiency (6,7). transp ort of p otassium, phosp horus, and rb appears t o be significantly altered by the action of boron (1). also, boron has shown to facilitate the p ermeability of water throughout the liposomes (1). yes, it is not clear whether the boron – induced functional changes in the p lant cell membran es could be att ributed to a direct interaction of boron with the membrane comp onents or might be mediated by some other actions of boron. finding p resented in this st udy p rovide exp erimental evidence required for the imp ortant conclusion that boron may interact directly with chlorop last membrane comp onents. a decline in the turbidity of the chlorop last suspension , shown in fig1 , indicates that boron in the concentration (0.1-4µm ) could be fluid ize the membran e lip ids. boron in the concentration range (o.1-4µm ) seems to be incorp orated in the chlorop last membran e , p erturbing the lip id p acking and increasing the lip id fluidity . this comes in agr eement with a previous work done on different membrane(8). therefore, boron might be considered as regu lator of membrane fluid ity acting like cholest erol in the animal cell membran e (9). furt hermore , results illustrated in fig 3 clear ly indicate that 2µm of boron may act to induce thermal destabilization of membran e –bound p roteins of the chlorop last as result of st ructural changes. the observed structural changes in the membrane –bound p roteins of chlorop last that caused by 2µm boron might com as a result of a direct interaction of boron with the membrane –bound p rotein or might be due to the boron – induced lip id fluidity chan ges. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 however, results shown in fig 3 rules out the first p ossibility that boron could interact directly with membrane –bound p roteins since boron seems t o fluid ize the lecithin lip osomes in sp it of the absence of the membrane – bound proteins. interest ingly, boron with high concentration (410µm ) seems not to be incorporated in the chlorop last membran e, since there are no effects could be observed on chlorop last membran e. therefore, it is likely that boron with high concentration could translocate through the chlorop last membrane , mediating the toxicity of the cell. toxicity of high level of boron applications to p lants has been well known. in order to analyze the temp erature –dependence of 190 accurately , differentiation of 190 with resp ect to temp erature (d190/dt) was accomp lished by comp uter p rogram. the temp erature – dep endent p lots of (d190/dt) with 2µm boron and without boron are depicted in fig 4. the p rofile without boron consists of two bands that start at 50˚c and 73˚c characterist ic temp eratures.the p resence of 2µm boron app ears to shift this p rofile toward the lower temp erature range by about 5˚c. re ferences 1.parr,a.j. and loughman, b.c., (1983) boron and membrane function in p lants in (m etals and m icronutrients:uptake and utilization by p lants edi.by robb,d.a.,and p ierp oint , w.s., academic press. 2.robertson,g.a., and loughman,b.c., 1974 new p hytologist, 73: 821. 3.tanada,t., 1974,p lant p hysiol., 53:775. 4.chong,c. s.,and co lbow,r.a. 1976., biochem.biophys. acta, 436:260. 5. camp ell,i.d., and dwek, r.a., 1984 biological sp ectroscopy , benjamin/cummings p ublishing comp any, inc. 6.pollard,a.s., parr,a.j., and lough man,b.c., 1977, j.exp .bot.28:831. 7.hirsch,a., and torry ,t., 1980, can j.bot. 58:856. 8.wolfe,j.1978, p lant cell and environment 1:241. 9.giese,a.c., 1979, cell p hy siology , fifth edition. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تأثیر عنصر البورون في تركیب غشاء البالسیدات الخضر لنبات القرنابیط باستعمال تقنیة تشتت الضوء ، رعد محسن مطر المولى، نبیل خلف العاني*هشام محمد علي القیسي قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة العلوم ،جامعة النهرین * قسم علوم الحیاة ، كلیة العلوم ،جامعة بغداد جامعة بغداد،قسم علوم الحیاة ، كلیة العلوم الخالصة تضمن البحث دراسة تأثیر عنصر البورون في بناء وعمل غشاء البالسیدات الخضراء المعزولة من نبات القرنابیط ء ) مایكرومول 5 – 0.1(اظهرت النتائج ان البورون بتراكیز . باستعمال تقنیة تشتت الضوء ادى الى سیولة دهون الغشا ادى الى تغیرات ) مایكومول 2(یبیة اوضحت ان تركیز البورون بدرجات متفاوتة فضال عن ذلك تم التوصل الى ادلة تجر .في هیئة بروتین الغشاء حفاظا على نفاذیة اغشیة البالسیدات fig(1):turbidity of cauliflower chl oroplast with different boron concentration fig2:te mperature –dependent plot of light scattering intensity at angle of 90 degree (190) for caul iflower chl oroplast suspension (a)without boron (b) with 2µm boron fig( 3): turbidity of lecithin liposomes containing different boron concentration fig 4: te mperature –dependent plot of (d 190/d t) for caul iflower chl oroplast suspension (a) without boron (b) with 2µm boron. n−primary submodules ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 construction of complete (k,n)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,11) over galois field gf(11), 3  n  11 a.t. mahammad department of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham , university of baghdad abstract the purpose of this work is to construct complete (k,n)-arcs in the projective 2-space pg(2,q) over galois field gf(11) by adding some points of index zero to complete (k,n–1)arcs 3  n  11. a (k,n)-arcs is a set of k points no n + 1 of which are collinear. a (k,n)-arcs is complete if it is not contained in a (k + 1,n)-arcs. introduction mayssa 2004 (4), constructed of complete (k,n)-arcs in pg(2,17) and sawsan 2001 (6), showed the classification and construction of (k,n)-arcs from (k,m)-arcs in pg(2,q) m < n. and ban, (8) showed the classification and construction of (k,4)-arc, k = 17, 18,…, 34, in pg(2,11). this paper is divided into two sections, section one consists of proving basic, theorems and giving some definitions of projective plane, (k,n)-arcs, maximal and complete arcs…ets. section two consists of the projective plane of order eleven. the construction of complete (k,2)-arcs call it c1, c2, c3, …, c9 and the construction of complete (k,n)-arcs from complete (k,n – 1)-arcs in pg(2,11), where n = 3, 4, …, 9, 10 gave the points pi and lines li.in pg(2,11) are determined in the table (1,1). section one 1.1 definition "projective plane" (1) a projective plane pg(2,q) over galois field gf(q) is a two-dimensional projective space, which consists of points and lines with incidence relation between them. in pg(2,q) there are q 2 + q + 1 points, and q 2 + q + 1 lines, every line contains 1 + q points and every point is on 1 + q lines, all these points in pg(2,q) have the form of a triple (a1,a2,a3) where a1, a2, a3  gf(q); such that (a1,a2,a3)  (0,0,0). two points (a1,a2,a3) and (b1,b2,b3) represent the same point if there exists  gf(q)\{0}, such that (b1,b2,b3) =  (a1,a2,a3). there exists one point of the form (1,0,0). there exists q points of the form (x,1,0). there exists q 2 points of the form (x,y,1), similarly for the lines. a point p(x1,x2,x3) is incident with the line l[a1,a2,a3] if and only if a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 = 0, i.e. a point represented by (x1,x2,x3) is incident with the line represented by 1 2 3 a a a           . if (x1,x2,x3) 1 2 3 a a a           = 0  a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 = 0. the projective plane pg(2,q) satisfying the following axioms: 1. any two distinct lines intersected in a unique point. 2. any two distinct points are contained in a unique line. 3. there exists at least four points such that no three of them are collinear. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 1.2 definition (1) two lines [a1,a2,a3] and [b1,b2,b3] represent the same line if there exists  gf(q)\{0}, such that [b1,b2,b3] =  [a1,a2,a3]. 1.3 definition "quadric" (1) a quadric q in pg(n – 1,q) is a primal of order two, so q is a quadric, then q = v( f), where f is a quadric form, that is: n 2 2 ij i j 11 1 12 1 2 nn n i j i, j 1 f a x x a x a x x a x        1.4 definition "conics"(1) let q(2,q) be the set of quadrics in pg(2,q), that is the varieties v(f), where: 2 2 2 11 1 22 2 33 3 12 1 2 13 1 3 23 2 3 f a x a x a x a x x a x x a x x      if v(f) is non-singular, then quadric is conic. 1.5 definition "(k,n)-arcs" a (k,n)-arc, k in pg(2,q) is a set of k points such that some line in pg(2,q) meets k in n points but such that no line meets k in more that n points, where n  2. a line l in pg(2,q) is an i-secant of a (k,n)-arc k if l  k = i. let ti denoted the total number of i-secants to k in pg(2,q). 0-secant is called an external line, a 1-secant is called a unisecant, a 2-secant is called a bisecant. 1.6 definition "complete (k,n)-arcs" (1) a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q) is complete if there is no (k+1,n)-arc containing it. 1.7 definition (1) a point n not in (k,n)-arc k is said to be has index i if there exists exactly i (2-secants) through n. ci = ni = the number of points of index i. 1.8 definition "maximal (k,n)-arcs" (2) a (k,n)-arc k in pg(2,q) is a maximal arc if k = (n – 1) q + n. 1.9 theorem (2) let m be a point of (k,2)-arc a in pg(2,q), then the number of unisecant through m is u = q + 2 – k. proof: there exists exactly q + 1 lines through a point m in a(k,2)-arc a of pg(2,q), which are the bisecants and the unisecants of the arc. there exists exactly (k – 1) bisecants of the arc a through m and the other (k – 1) points of the arc, since the arc contains exactly k points. the number of unisecants through m is u, then u = q + 1 – (k – 1) = q + 1 – k + 1 = q + 2 – k. 1.10 theorem (2) let ti be the number of the i-secants of a (k,n)-arc a in pg(2,q), then: (a) t2 = k (k – 1) / 2 (b) t1 = k u, u is the number of unisecants of each point of a. (c) t0 = q(q – 1) / 2 + u(u – 1) / 2. proof (a): t2 = the number of bisecants of the (k,n)-arc a, the (k,n)-arc a contains k points, each two of them determine a bisecant line, so: t2 = k 2       = k! / (k – 2)!  2! = k(k – 1) / 2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 proof (b): t1 = the number of unisecants to the (k,n)-arc a. by theorem (1.6) there exists exactly u = q + 2 – k lines through any point m in (k,n)-arc a, since the number of points on (k,n)-arc is k. then there exists ku = k(q + 2 – k) unisecants of the (k,n)-arc a. proof (c): t0 be the number of the external lines to the (k,n)-arc a, then; t0 + t1 + t2 = q 2 + q + 1 represents all the lines in pg(2,q) then, t0 = q 2 + q + 1 – t1 – t2 from part (a) and (b) t0 = q 2 + q + 1 – k u – k(k – 1) / 2 since, u = q + 2 – k  k = q + 2 – u, then t0 = q 2 + q + 1 – u (q + 2 – u) – (q + 2 – u)(q + 1 – u) / 2 t0 = 1 2 [2q 2 + 2q + 2 – 2u(q + 2 – u) – (q + 2 – u) (q + 1 – u)] t0 = 1 2 [2q 2 + 2q + 2 – 2uq – 4u + 2u 2 – q 2 – q + uq – 2q – 2 + 2u + uq + u – u 2 ] t0 = 1 2 [2q 2 + 2q – 4u + 2u 2 – q 2 – 3q + 3u – u 2 ] t0 = 1 2 [q 2 – q + u 2 – u] t0 = q (q – 1) / 2 + u(u – 1) / 2 1.11 theorem (3) a (k,n)-arc a in pg(2,q) is complete if and only if c0 = 0. proof:  let a be a complete (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q) and suppose that c0  0, then  at least one point say n has an index zero and n  a. then a  {n} is an arc in pg(2,q). hence a  a  {n}. which implies that the (k,n)-arc a is incomplete (contradicts the hypothesis).  suppose that c0 = 0 for the (k,n)-arc a then there are no points of index zero, for a, so the (k,n)-arc a is a complete. 1.12 theorem (3) if a (k,n)-arc a is maximal arc in pg(2,q), then, (a) if n = q + 1, then a = pg(2,q) (b) if n = q, then a = pg(2,q) \ l , where l is line (c) if 2  n  q, then nq and the dual of the complements of (k,n)-arc a forms a (q(q + 1 – n) / n,q / n)-arc, also maximal. proof (a): a (k,n)-arc a is a maximal in pg(2,q), then k = (n – 1)q + n, and if n = q + 1, then k = ((q + 1) – 1) q + (q + 1) = q 2 + q + 1 points a = (q 2 + q + 1,q + 1) = pg(2,q). proof (b): when n = q, since a is a maximal arc, then a= (n + 1) q + n, a =(q – 1) q + q = q 2 pg(2,q) = q 2 + q + 1 pg(2,q) \ l = pg(2,q) – l = q 2 + q + 1– (q + 1) = q 2 = a. then a = pg(2,q) \ l. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 proof (c): when 2  n  q, there exists a point m not in a, so the number of 0-secants through m is q / n, it follows that n / q. the dual of complement of (k,n)-arc a is (t0,q / n)-arc is maximal. then (q(q+1 – n) / n,q / n)-arc is maximal. 1.13 lemma (4) for a (k,n)-arc in pg(2,q), the following equation hold: 1. n i i 0 t   = q2 + q + 1 2. n i i 1 it   = k (q +1) 3. n i i 2 i(i 1)t / 2   = k(k – 1) / 2 4. n i i 2 (i 1)p   = k – 1 note: ti denote the total number of i-secants to the arc in pg(2,q). 1.14 theorem (5) a (k,n)-arc a in pg(2,q) is maximal if and only if every line in pg(2,q) is a 0-secant or n-secant. proof:  suppose that (k,n)-arc a is maximal arc in pg(2,q), then the result was proved in the theorem.  suppose every line in pg(2,q) is a 0-secant or n-secant. if t1 = t2 = t3 = … = tn – 1 = 0, then n i i 1 it   = k (q +1) (by lemma (1.13), (2)) t1 +2 t2 + … + (n – 1) tn – 1 + n tn = k (q +1) n tn = k (q +1) …[1] n i i 2 i(i 1)t / 2   = k(k – 1) / 2 (lemma (1.13), (3)) t2 + 3t3 + … + n(n – 1) tn / 2 = k(k – 1) / 2 n(n – 1) tn / 2 = k(k – 1) / 2 n(n – 1) tn = k(k – 1) …[2] from equation [1], we get: n tn / k = q + 1 …[3] from equation [2], we get: n tn / k = (k – 1) / (n – 1) …[4] from equations [3] and [4], we get (k – 1) / (n – 1) = q + 1  (k – 1) = (q + 1) (n – 1)  (k – 1) = (n – 1) q + (n – 1)  k = (n – 1)q + n (k,n)-arc a is maximal arc (by definition 1.5) section two the projective plane pg(2,11) contains 133 points, 133 lines, every line contains 12 points and every points is on 12 points. the points and lines of pg(2,11) are shown in table (1,1). 2.1 the construction of (k,2)-arc in pg(2,11) (2) let a = (1,2,13,25) be the set of unit and reference points in pg(2,11) as in the table (1,1) such that: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 1 = (1,0,0), 2 = (0,1,0), 13 = (0,0,1), 25 = (1,1,1), a is (4,2)-arc, since no three points of a are collinear, the points of a are the vertices of a quadrangle whose sides are the lines. l1 = [1,2] = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12} l2 = [1,13] = {1,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23} l3 = [1,25] = {1,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,34} l4 = [2,13]= {2,13,24,35,46,57,68,79,90,101,112,123} l5 = [2,25]= {2,14,25,36,47,58,69,80,91,102,113,124} l6 = [13,25] = {3,13,25,37,49,61,73,85,97,109,121,133} the diagonal points of a are the points {3,14,24} where, l1  l6 = 3; l2 l5 =14; l3  l4 = 24. which are the intersection of pairs of the opposite sides, then there are 61 points on the sides of the quadrangle, four of them are points of the arc a and three of them are the diagonal points of a, so there are 72 points not on the sides of quadrangle which are the points of index zero for a, these points are: 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 59, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 70, 71, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 81, 82, 83, 84, 86, 87, 88, 89, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 110, 111, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 122, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132. hence a is incomplete (4,2)-arc. 2.2 the conics in pg(2,11) through the reference and unit points (1) the general equation of the conic is: 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 2 5 1 3 6 2 3 f a x a x a x a x x a x x a x x 0       …[1] by substituting the points of the arc a in [1], then: 1 = (1,0,0) implies that a1 = 0, 2 = (0,1,0), then a2 =0, 13 = (0,0,1), then a3 = 0, 25 = (1,1,1), then a4 + a5 + a6 = 0. hence, from equation [1] a4 x1 x2 + a5 x1 x3 + a6 x2 x3 = 0 …[2] if a4 = 0, then a5 x1 x3 + a6 x2 x3 = 0, and hence x3(a5 x1 + a6 x2) = 0, then x3 =0 or a5 x1 + a6 x2 = 0, which is a pair of lines, then the conic is degenerated, therefore for a4  0, similarly a5  0 and a6  0. dividing equation [2] by a4, one can get: 5 6 1 2 1 3 2 3 4 4 a a x x x x x x 0 a a    , then x1 x2 +  x1 x3 +  x2 x3 = 0 …[3] where 5 6 4 4 a a , a a    , so that 1 +  +  = 0 (mod.11)  = – (1 + ), then [3] can be written as:x1 x2 +  x1 x3 – (1 + ) x2 x3 = 0 where   0 and   10 for if  = 0 or  = 10, then degenerated conics, can be obtained thus  = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. 2.3 the equation and the points of the conics of pg(2,11) through the reference and unit points (1) 1. if  = 1, then the equation of the conic c1 is x1 x2 + x1 x3 + 9 x2 x3 = 0, the points of c1 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 40, 53, 63, 77, 87, 100, 104, 116}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c1. 2. if  = 2, then the equation of the conic c2 is x1 x2 + 2x1 x3 + 8 x2 x3 = 0, the points of c2 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 42, 50, 59, 78, 84, 96, 110, 131}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c2. 3. if  = 3, then the equation of the conic c3 is x1 x2 + 3x1 x3 + 7 x2 x3 = 0, the points of c3 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 41, 48, 64, 76, 89, 95, 115, 132}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c3. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 4. if  = 4, then the equation of the conic c4 is x1 x2 + 4x1 x3 + 6 x2 x3 = 0, the points of c4 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 44, 56, 65, 72, 82, 108, 118, 125}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c4. 5. if  = 5, then the equation of the conic c5 is x1 x2 + 5x1 x3 + 5 x2 x3 = 0, the points of c5 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 43, 51, 67, 71, 99, 103, 119, 127}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no point of index zero for c5. 6. if  = 6, then the equation of the conic c6 is x1 x2 + 6x1 x3 + 4x2 x3 = 0, the points of c6 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 45, 62, 88, 98, 105, 114, 126}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c6. 7. if  = 7, then the equation of the conic c7 is x1 x2 + 7x1 x3 + 3x2 x3 = 0, the points of c7 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 38, 55, 75, 81, 94, 106, 122, 129}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c7. 8. if  = 8, then the equation of the conic c8 is x1 x2 + 8x1 x3 + 2x2 x3 = 0, the points of c8 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 39, 60, 74, 86, 92, 111, 120, 128}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c8. 9. if  = 9, then the equation of the conic c9 is x1 x2 + 9x1 x3 + 1x2 x3 = 0, the points of c9 are: {1, 2, 13, 25, 54, 66, 70, 83, 93, 107, 117, 130}, which is a complete (12,2)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for c9. thus there are nine complete (12,2)-arcs (conics) in pg(2,11) through the reference and the unit points. hence each arc is a maximum arc, since contains (12) points. 2.4 the construction of complete (k,n)-arcs in pg(2,11) (2) 1. the construction of complete arcs of degree 3 in 2.3, we found nine complete (k,2)-arcs which are c1, c2, c3, …, c9, so the complete arcs of degree 3 can be constructed from some complete arcs of degree 2, say c1, c1 = {1, 2, 13, 25, 40, 53, 63, 77, 87, 100, 104, 116}. c1 is not complete (k,3)-arc, since there exist some points of index zero for c1 which are {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81,82, 83,84, 85, 86, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}, one can add to c1 seven points of index zero which are:{12, 14, 45, 49, 57, 70, 128}, then it can be obtained a complete (19,3)-arc, h1 = {1, 2, 12, 13, 14, 25, 40, 45, 49, 53, 57, 63, 70, 77, 87, 100, 104, 116, 128} since each point not in h1 is on at least one 3-secant and h1 intersect each line in at most 3 points, thus c0 = 0, since there are no points of index zero for h1. similarly one can find complete arcs of degree 3 from c2, c3, …, c9, by adding some points of index zero to each one of them, call them: h2, h3, …, h9. 2. the construction of complete arcs of degree 4 one will try to construct complete arcs of degree 4 from the complete arcs of degree 3, taken the complete (19,3)-arc: h1 = {1, 2, 12, 13, 14, 25, 40, 45, 49, 53, 57, 63, 70, 77, 87, 100, 104, 116, 128}, since there exist some points of index zero for h1 which are {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81,82, 83,84, 85, 86, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}. the arc h1 is incomplete (19,4)-arc, one can add to h1 eight of these points which are:{10, 23, 32, 38, 47, 84, 90, 105}, then it can be obtained a complete (27,4)-arc s1, s1 = {1, 2, 10, 12, 13, 14, 23, 25, 32, 38, 40, 45, 47, 49, 53, 57, 63, 70, 77, 84, 87, 90, 100, 104, 105, 116, 128}, s1 is a complete (27,4)-arc, since every point not on s1 is on at least one 4-secant, there are no points of index zero for s1 intersect each line in at most 4 points. similarly one can find ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 complete arcs of degree 4 from by adding some points of index zero to h2, h3, …, h9 to obtain complete arcs of degree 4, call them s1, s2, …, s9. 3. the construction of complete arcs of degree 5 in the same method in 1 and 2, one can construct complete arcs of degree 5 by adding some points of index zero to complete arcs of degree 4, for example by taking s1, and the points of index zero for s1 : {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 50, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 85, 86, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}, by adding to s1 nine of these points which are: {8, 22, 27, 43, 56, 62, 74, 85,112 }, so one can get a complete arc of degree 5 call m1 , m1 ={1, 2, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 22, 23, 25, 27, 32, 38, 40, 43, 45, 47, 49, 53, 56, 57, 62, 63, 70, 74, 77, 84, 85, 87, 90, 100, 104, 105, 112, 116, 128}, m1 is complete (36,5)arc, since there are no point of index zero; i.e. c0 = 0, so every points not in m1 is on at least one 5-secant, and m1 intersects each line in at most 5 points, similarly one can find complete arcs of degree 5 by adding some point of index zero to : s2, s3, …, s9 , to obtain complete arcs of degree 5, call them, m1, m3, ….,m9. 4. the construction of complete arcs of degree 6 complete arcs of degree 6 can be obtained from the complete arcs of degree 5 by adding some points of index zero, for example, one takes the (36,6)-arc, the points of index zero for m1 are:{3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 24, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 41, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 51, 52, 54, 55, 58, 59, 60, 61, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 71, 72, 73, 75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 86, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 113, 114, 115, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}, and m1 ={1, 2, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 22, 23, 25, 27, 32, 38, 40, 43, 45, 47, 49, 53, 56, 57, 62, 63, 70, 74, 77, 84, 85, 87, 90, 100, 104, 105, 112, 116, 128 }, by adding to m1 eleven of these points which are {6, 30, 54, 67, 69, 75, 79, 92, 93, 107, 120}, so we have n1 ={1, 2, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 22, 23, 25, 27, 30, 32, 38, 40, 43, 45, 47, 49, 53, 54, 56, 57, 62, 63, 67, 69, 70, 74, 75, 77, 79, 84, 85, 87, 90, 92, 93, 100, 104, 105, 107, 112, 116, 120, 128}, then n1 is complete (47,6)-arc, since there are no points of index zero for n1. similarly one can construct complete arcs of degree 6 by adding some points of index zero to m2 , m3, …, m9, then complete of degree 6 can be obtained,and call them n2, n3, …, n9. 5. the construction of complete arcs of degree 7 complete arcs of degree 7 can be constructed from the complete arcs of degree 6, one can take the (47,6)-arc, n1 is complete arc of degree 7, since there exist some points of index zero which are:{3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 24, 26, 28, 29, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 41, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 51, 52, 55, 58, 59, 60, 61, 64, 65, 66, 68, 71, 72, 73, 76, 78, 80, 81, 82, 83, 86, 88, 89, 91, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 106, 108, 109, 110, 111, 113, 114, 115, 117, 118, 119, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}. by adding to n1 eleven of these points which are:{5, 21, 51, 58, 61, 64, 82, 83, 111, 117, 121}, then k1 ={1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 21, 22, 23, 25, 27, 30, 32, 38, 40, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 61, 62, 63, 64, 67, 69, 70, 74, 75, 77, 79, 82, 83, 84, 85, 87, 90, 92, 93, 100, 104, 105, 107, 111, 112, 116, 117, 120, 121, 128} is a complete (58,7)-arc, since there are no points of index zero, thus every point not in k1 is on at least one 7-secant and k1 intersects each line in at most 7 points. similarly , constructed arcs of degree 7can be contructed from n2, n3, …, n9, call them k2, k3, …, k9. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 6. the construction of complete arcs of degree 8 complete arcs of degree 8 can be constructed from the complete arcs of degree 7, one can take the (58,7)-arc, k1 is complete (58,7)-arc, since there exist some points of index zero which are:{3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 24, 26, 28, 29, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 41, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 64, 65, 66, 68, 71, 72, 73, 76, 78, 80, 81, 86, 88, 89, 91, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 118, 119, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}. by adding to k1 thirteen of these points which are:{3, 16, 24, 26, 28, 35, 37, 41, 48, 59, 78, 98, 125}, to obtain a complete (71,8)-arc l1 and l1 ={1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 30, 32, 35, 37, 38, 40, 41, 43, 45, 46, 47, 49, 51, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 67, 69, 70, 74, 75, 77, 79, 82, 83, 84, 85, 87, 90, 92, 93, 98, 100, 104, 105, 107, 111, 112, 116, 117, 120, 121, 125, 128} is a complete (71,8)-arc, since there are no points of index zero, thus every point on l1 is on at least one 8-secant and l1 intersects any line in at most 8 points. similarly arcs of degree 8 can be constructed from k2, k3, …, k9, call them l2, l3, …, l9. 7. the construction of complete arcs of degree 9 complete arcs of degree 9 can be constructed from the complete arcs of degree 8, the complete (71,8)-arc l1 is taken, l1 is in complete (71,9)-arc, the points of index zero of l1 are:{4, 7, 9, 11, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29, 34, 36, 39, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 55, 60, 65, 66, 68, 71, 72, 73, 76, 80, 81, 86, 88, 89, 91, 94, 95, 96, 97, 99, 101, 102, 103, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 118, 119, 122, 123, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}. by adding to l1 twelve of these points which are:{4, 15, 29, 36, 44, 52, 65, 71, 80, 88, 119, 133}, then a complete (83,9)-arc call it o1 is obtained (83,9)-arc and o1 ={1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 69, 70, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79, 80, 82, 83, 84, 85, 87, 88, 90, 92, 93, 98, 100, 104, 105, 107, 111, 112, 116, 117, 119, 120, 121, 125, 128, 133} is a complete (83,9)-arc, since there are no points of index zero, thus every point on o1 is on at least one 9-secant and o1 intersects any line in at most 9 points. in the same way complete arcs of degree 9 can be obtained from arcs of degree 8, l2, l3, …, l9, call them o2, o3, …, o9. 8. the construction of complete arcs of degree 10 complete arcs of degree 10 can be constructed from the complete arcs of degree 9 as the following: the complete arc of degree 9, o1 is complete (83,10)-arc, since there exist some points of index zero for o1 which are:{7, 9, 11, 17, 18, 19, 20, 31, 33, 34, 39, 42, 44, 46, 50, 55, 60, 66, 68, 72, 73, 76, 81, 86, 89, 91, 94, 95, 96, 97, 99, 101, 102, 103, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 118, 122, 123, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132}. twelve of these points are added to o1 which are:{9, 17, 31, 42, 46, 73, 86, 95, 96, 99, 103, 113}, then a complete (95,10)-arc call it b1, is obtained b1 ={1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 69, 70, 71, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79, 80, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 90, 92, 93, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100, 103, 104, 105, 107, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 121, 125, 128, 133} is a complete (95,10)-arc, since there are no points of index zero, i.e. c0 = 0. similarly complete arcs of degree 10 can be constructed, call it b2, b3, …, b9 from o2, o3, …, o9. 9. them construction of complete arcs of degree 11 complete arcs of degree 11 can be constructed from complete arcs of degree 10. the complete arcs of degree 10 b1 is taken. b1 is in complete (95,11)-arc, since there exist some points of index zero for b1 which are:{7, 11, 18, 19, 20, 33, 34, 39, 50, 55, 60, 66, 68, 72, 76, 81, 89, 91, 94, 97, 101, 102, 106, 108, 109, 110, 114, 115, 118, 122, 123, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132}, by adding to b1 (26) points of these points which are :{11, 19, 20, ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 33, 50, 66, 68, 89, 91, 94, 96, 101, 106, 108, 109, 110, 114, 115, 122, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132}, so we get a complete (121,11)-arc, call it z1 = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79, 80, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100, 101, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 119, 120, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133}, the z1 is complete (121,11)-arc, since there are no point of index zero ,i.e. co = 0. similarly complete arcs of degree 11, z2, z3,…,.z9 can be constructed from complete arcs of degree 10. refrence 1. hirschfeld, j.w.p., (1979), oxford university press, oxford. 2. mayssa, g. m., (2004), m.sc. thesis, baghdad university, college of education ibn-alhaitham, iraq. 3. aziz, s.m., (2001), m.sc. thesis, mosul university. 4. sawsan, j. k., (2001), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education ibnal-haitham, iraq. (، رسالة ماجستير، جامعة الموصل، العراق.1002بان عبد الكريم، ) .5 6. rashad, (1999), m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education ibn-alhaitham table :(1,1) of the points and lines of pg(2,11) i pi li 1 1 0 0 2 13 24 35 46 57 68 79 90 101 112 123 2 0 1 0 1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 3 1 1 0 12 13 34 44 54 64 74 84 94 104 114 124 4 2 1 0 7 13 29 45 50 66 71 87 92 108 113 129 5 3 1 0 9 13 31 38 56 63 70 88 95 102 120 127 6 4 1 0 10 13 32 40 48 67 75 83 91 110 118 126 7 5 1 0 4 13 26 39 52 65 78 80 93 106 119 132 8 6 1 0 11 13 33 42 51 60 69 89 98 107 116 125 9 7 1 0 5 13 27 41 55 58 72 86 100 103 117 131 10 8 1 0 6 13 28 43 47 62 77 81 96 111 115 130 11 9 1 0 8 13 30 36 53 59 76 82 99 105 122 128 12 10 1 0 3 13 25 37 49 61 73 85 97 109 121 133 13 0 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 1 0 1 2 23 34 45 56 67 78 89 100 111 122 133 15 2 0 1 2 18 29 40 51 62 73 84 95 106 117 128 16 3 0 1 2 20 31 42 53 64 75 86 97 108 119 130 17 4 0 1 2 21 32 43 54 65 76 87 98 109 120 131 18 5 0 1 2 15 26 37 48 59 70 81 92 103 114 125 19 6 0 1 2 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 110 121 132 20 7 0 1 2 16 27 38 49 60 71 82 93 104 115 126 21 8 0 1 2 17 28 39 50 61 72 83 94 105 116 127 22 9 0 1 2 19 30 41 52 63 74 85 96 107 118 129 23 10 0 1 2 14 25 36 47 58 69 80 91 102 113 124 24 0 1 1 1 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 25 1 1 1 12 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 93 103 113 123 26 2 1 1 7 18 34 39 55 60 76 81 97 102 118 123 27 3 1 1 9 20 27 45 52 59 77 84 91 109 116 123 28 4 1 1 10 21 29 37 56 64 72 80 99 107 115 123 29 5 1 1 4 15 28 41 54 67 69 82 95 108 121 123 30 6 1 1 11 22 31 40 49 58 78 87 96 105 114 123 31 7 1 1 5 16 30 44 47 61 75 89 92 106 120 123 32 8 1 1 6 17 32 36 51 66 70 85 100 104 119 123 33 9 1 1 8 19 25 42 48 65 71 88 94 111 117 123 34 10 1 1 3 14 26 38 50 62 74 86 98 110 122 123 35 0 2 1 1 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 36 1 2 1 11 23 32 41 50 59 68 88 97 106 115 124 37 2 2 1 12 18 28 38 48 58 68 89 99 109 119 129 38 3 2 1 5 20 34 37 51 65 68 82 96 110 113 127 39 4 2 1 7 21 26 42 47 63 68 84 100 105 121 126 40 5 2 1 6 15 30 45 49 64 68 83 98 102 117 132 41 6 2 1 9 22 29 36 54 61 68 86 93 111 118 125 42 7 2 1 8 16 33 39 56 62 68 85 91 108 114 131 43 8 2 1 10 17 25 44 52 60 68 87 95 103 122 130 44 9 2 1 3 19 31 43 55 67 68 80 92 104 116 128 45 10 2 1 4 14 27 40 53 66 68 81 94 107 120 133 46 0 3 1 1 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 47 1 3 1 10 23 31 39 47 66 74 82 90 109 117 125 48 2 3 1 6 18 33 37 52 67 71 86 90 105 120 124 49 3 3 1 12 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 111 121 131 50 4 3 1 4 21 34 36 49 62 75 88 90 103 116 129 51 5 3 1 8 15 32 38 55 61 78 84 90 107 113 130 52 6 3 1 7 22 27 43 48 64 69 85 90 106 122 127 53 7 3 1 11 16 25 45 54 63 72 81 90 110 119 128 54 8 3 1 3 17 29 41 53 65 77 89 90 102 114 126 55 9 3 1 9 19 26 44 51 58 76 83 90 108 115 133 56 10 3 1 5 14 28 42 56 59 73 87 90 104 118 132 57 0 4 1 1 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 58 1 4 1 9 23 30 37 55 62 69 87 94 101 119 126 59 2 4 1 11 18 27 36 56 65 74 83 92 101 121 130 60 3 4 1 8 20 26 43 49 66 72 89 95 101 118 124 61 4 4 1 12 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 91 101 122 132 62 5 4 1 10 15 34 42 50 58 77 85 93 101 120 128 63 6 4 1 5 22 25 39 53 67 70 84 98 101 115 129 64 7 4 1 3 16 28 40 52 64 76 88 100 101 113 125 65 8 4 1 7 17 33 38 54 59 75 80 96 101 117 133 66 9 4 1 4 19 32 45 47 60 73 86 99 101 114 127 67 10 4 1 6 14 29 44 48 63 78 82 97 101 116 131 68 0 5 1 1 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 69 1 5 1 8 23 29 35 52 58 75 81 98 104 121 127 70 2 5 1 5 18 32 35 49 63 77 80 94 108 122 125 71 3 5 1 4 20 33 35 48 61 74 87 100 102 115 128 72 4 5 1 9 21 28 35 53 60 78 85 92 110 117 124 73 5 5 1 12 15 25 35 56 66 76 86 96 106 116 126 74 6 5 1 3 22 34 35 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 131 75 7 5 1 6 16 31 35 50 65 69 84 99 103 118 133 76 8 5 1 11 17 26 35 55 64 73 82 91 111 120 129 77 9 5 1 10 19 27 35 54 62 70 89 97 105 113 132 78 10 5 1 7 14 30 35 51 67 72 88 93 109 114 130 79 0 6 1 1 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 80 1 6 1 7 23 28 44 49 65 70 86 91 107 112 128 81 2 6 1 10 18 26 45 53 61 69 88 96 104 112 131 82 3 6 1 11 20 29 38 47 67 76 85 94 103 112 132 83 4 6 1 6 21 25 40 55 59 74 89 93 108 112 127 84 5 6 1 3 15 27 39 51 63 75 87 99 111 112 124 85 6 6 1 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 82 92 102 112 133 86 7 6 1 9 16 34 41 48 66 73 80 98 105 132 130 87 8 6 1 4 17 30 43 56 58 71 84 97 110 112 125 88 9 6 1 5 19 33 36 50 64 78 81 95 109 112 126 89 10 6 1 8 14 31 37 54 60 77 83 100 106 112 129 90 0 7 1 1 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 91 1 7 1 6 23 27 42 46 61 76 80 95 110 114 129 92 2 7 1 4 18 31 44 46 59 72 85 98 111 113 126 93 3 7 1 7 20 25 41 46 62 78 83 99 104 120 125 94 4 7 1 3 21 33 45 46 58 70 82 94 106 118 130 95 5 7 1 5 15 29 43 46 60 74 88 91 105 119 133 96 6 7 1 10 22 30 38 46 65 73 81 100 108 116 124 97 7 7 1 12 16 26 36 46 67 77 87 97 107 117 127 98 8 7 1 8 17 34 40 46 63 69 86 92 109 115 132 99 9 7 1 11 19 28 37 46 66 75 84 93 102 122 131 100 10 7 1 9 14 32 39 46 64 71 89 96 103 121 128 101 0 8 1 1 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 102 1 8 1 5 23 26 40 54 57 71 85 99 102 116 130 103 2 8 1 9 18 25 43 50 57 75 82 100 107 114 132 104 3 8 1 3 20 32 44 56 57 69 81 93 105 117 129 105 4 8 1 11 21 30 39 48 57 77 86 95 104 113 133 106 5 8 1 7 15 31 36 52 57 73 89 94 110 115 131 107 6 8 1 8 22 28 45 51 57 74 80 97 103 120 126 108 7 8 1 4 16 29 42 55 57 70 83 96 109 122 124 109 8 8 1 12 17 27 37 47 57 78 88 98 108 118 128 110 9 8 1 6 19 34 38 53 57 72 87 91 106 121 125 111 10 8 1 10 14 33 41 49 57 76 84 92 11 119 127 112 0 9 1 1 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 113 1 9 1 4 23 25 38 51 64 77 79 92 105 118 131 114 2 9 1 3 18 30 42 54 66 78 79 91 103 115 127 115 3 9 1 10 20 28 36 55 63 71 79 98 106 114 133 116 4 9 1 8 21 27 44 50 67 73 79 96 102 119 125 117 5 9 1 9 15 33 40 47 65 72 79 97 104 122 129 118 6 9 1 6 22 26 41 56 60 75 79 94 109 113 128 119 7 9 1 7 16 32 37 53 58 74 79 95 111 116 132 12 8 9 1 5 17 31 45 48 62 76 79 93 107 121 124 121 9 9 1 12 19 29 39 49 59 69 79 100 110 120 130 122 10 9 1 11 14 34 43 52 61 70 79 99 108 117 126 123 0 10 1 1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 124 1 10 1 3 23 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 125 2 10 1 8 18 24 41 47 64 70 87 93 110 116 133 126 3 10 1 6 20 24 39 54 58 73 88 92 107 122 126 127 4 10 1 5 21 24 38 52 66 69 83 97 111 114 128 128 5 10 1 11 15 24 44 53 62 71 80 100 109 118 127 129 6 10 1 4 22 24 37 50 63 76 89 91 104 117 130 130 7 10 1 10 16 24 43 51 59 78 86 94 102 121 129 131 8 10 1 9 17 24 42 49 67 74 81 99 106 113 131 132 9 10 1 7 19 24 40 56 61 77 82 98 103 119 124 133 10 10 1 12 14 24 45 55 65 75 85 95 105 115 125 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية حول pg(2,11)في المستوي االسقاطي (k,n)إنشاء األقواس الكاملة  n  11 3حيث ان gf(11)حقل كالوا علي طالب محمد جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهيثم -كلية التربية،قسم الرياضيات الخالصة في الفضاء االسقاطي الثناايي (k,n)ان الغاية االساسية من هذا البحث هو ايجاد قوس كامل pg(2,q) حااول حقاال كااالوgf(11) وذلااب بواسااطة اضااافة بقاا النقاااط دليى ااا سااف الاا القااوس . n  11 3حيث (k,n – 1)الكامل عى استقامة واحدة. n + 1من النقاط ليس هنالب kهو مجموعة (k,n)القوس .(k+1,n)هو قوس ال يمكن ان يكون محتوى في القوس (k,n)القوس الكامل microsoft word 50-58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   50          employ shrinkage estimation technique for the reliability system in stress-strength models: special case of exponentiated family distribution eman a.a. abbas n .s. department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences (ibn al – haitham), university o f baghdad emanahmed88717@gmail.com abbasnajim66@yahoo.com abstract a reliability system of the multi-component stress-strength model r(s,k) will be considered in the present paper ,when the stress and strength are independent and non-identically distribution have the exponentiated family distribution(fed) with the unknown shape parameter α and known scale parameter λ equal to two and parameter θ equal to three. different estimation methods of r(s,k) were introduced corresponding to maximum likelihood and shrinkage estimators. comparisons among the suggested estimators were prepared depending on simulation established on mean squared error (mse) criteria. keywords: exponentiated family distribution, reliability of multicomponent stress–strength models, maximum likelihood estimator, shrinkage estimator and mean squared error. 1. introduction a multicomponent system consuming kth strength independently and non-identically random variables and everyone subjected to random stress was presented by bhattacharyya and johnson (1974)[1].the system reliability model, (s out of k ) was denoted by r(s,k) when at least s ( 1≤ s≤ k) of components survive. in (2012), pandit and kantu studied the reliability estimation in multicomponent stress-strength(s-s) with the assumption that strengths and stresses followed the pareto distribution [2] .rao & naidu in (2013) studied the multicomponent system reliability in (s-s) model for exponentiated half logistic distribution[3]. in (2014), rao estimated the reliability system of the multicomponent (s-s) model for generalized rayleigh distribution through simulation [4]. in (2015), kizilaslan and nader, studied the multicomponent system assumed that the stress and strength of identical independent followed weibull distribution using ml and bayes methods [5]. in (2016) rao et al, they estimated the multicomponent reliability in model when the stress and strength followed exponentiated weibull distribution [6]. in (2017), abbas and fatima estimated the system reliability of the multicomponent (s-s) model via exponentiated ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.4.2508 article history: received 13 november 2019, accepted 15 december 2019, published in october 2020   51  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 weibull distribution, consuming; ml and mom estimators and they accomplished results agreed that the shrinkage estimator was the best [7]. and in (2019), abbas and eman derived and estimated the formula of reliability for multicomponent in (s-s) model in case of exponentiated pareto distribution and they concluded that the shrinkage estimator was the best [8]. the aim of this paper is to estimate the reliability of multicomponent system in stress-strength model r(s,k) based on family of exponentiated distribution with unknown shape parameter α and known the parameters λ=2 and θ=3 and a=0 via different estimation methods like mle, as well as some shrinkage methods and make comparisons among the proposed estimator methods using simulation, depending on mean squared error criteria by using special case of family exponentiated distribution . the probability density function (p. d. f.) of a r.v. x following exponentiated family distribution efd has the form below [9]: 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 𝛼𝜆�̀� 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑒 ; , 1 𝑒 ; , ; 𝑥 0, 𝑎 0, 𝛼, 𝜆 0 (1) here g x; a, 𝜃 is the function of x and may also be of the parameter 𝜃 (may be vector valued) and a is constant. furthermore, g(𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃) refer to real valued, monotonically increasing function of 𝑋 with g(a; a, 𝜃)=0, g(∞; a, 𝜃)= ∞ and 𝑔 (𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃) refer to the derived of g(𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃) with respect to 𝑥 [9]. consequently, the cumulative distribution function (c.d. f.) of x will be: 𝐹 𝑥, 𝛼, 𝜆 1 𝑒 ; , 𝑥 0 (2) the first who derived the reliability of a multicomponent system in stress-strength model r(s,k) was bhattacharyya and johnson (1974) as the following form,[1]. r(s,k) =p(at least s of the x1, x2,…, xk exceed y) where x1,x2…, xk with common distribution function f(x) is subjected to the common random stress y with distribution function g(y) r(s,k) =∑ 1 𝐹 𝑦 𝐹 𝑦 𝑑𝐺 𝑦 when x~ efd(𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃 and y~ efd (𝛽, 𝜆, 𝜃 then: r(s,k)= ∑ 1 1 𝑒 ; , 1 𝑒 ; , 𝛽𝜆�̀� 𝑦; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑒 ; , 1 𝑒 ; , 𝑑𝑦 r(s,k) =∑ 1 1 𝑒 ; , 1 𝑒 ; , 𝛽𝜆�̀� 𝑦; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑒 ; , 1 𝑒 ; , 𝑑𝑦 let z=1 𝑒 ; , then 𝑑𝑦 ̀ ; , ∑ 𝛽𝜆 1 𝑧 𝑧 �̀� 𝑦; 𝑎, 𝜃 1 𝑧 ̀ ; , =(s, k ) r   52  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 =∑ 𝛽 1 𝑧 𝑧 𝑑𝑧 let 𝑤 𝑧 → 𝑧 𝑤 → 𝑑𝑧 𝑤 𝑑𝑤 and by simplification, r(s,k) became: r(s,k)= ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 ; 𝑘, 𝑖, 𝑗 are integers (3) 2. estimation methods of r(s,k) 3. maximum likelihood estimator (mle): consider a random sample x1,x2,…,xn of size n following efd(𝛼, 2,3 , x(1) <x(2)<…<x(n) , the order random sample of x and y1 ,y2,…,ym is a random sample of size m follows efd (𝛽, 2,3 , and y(1) <y(2)<…<y(m) is the order random sample of y. then the likelihood functions will be as follows: [9] l= l(𝛼, 𝛽; 𝑥, 𝑦)=∏ 𝑓 𝑥 ∏ 𝑓 𝑦 ) =∏ 𝛼𝜆�̀� 𝑥 ; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑒 ; , 1 𝑒 ; , ∏ 𝛽𝜆�̀� 𝑦 ; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑒 ; , 1 𝑒 ; , =𝛼 𝜆 𝑒 ∑ ; , ∏ �̀� 𝑥 ; 𝑎, 𝜃 ∏ 1 𝑒 ; , 𝛽 𝑒 ∑ ; , ∏ �̀� 𝑦 ; 𝑎, 𝜃 ∏ 1 𝑒 ; , ln 𝑙 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝛼 𝑛 𝑚 ln 𝜆 ∑ �̀� 𝑥𝑖; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝜆 ∑ 𝑔 𝑥𝑖; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝛼 1 ∑ ln 1 𝑒 𝜆𝑔 𝑥𝑖;𝑎,𝜃 + 𝑚𝑙𝑛𝛽 ∑ �̀� 𝑦 𝑗 ; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝜆 ∑ 𝑔 𝑦 𝑗 ; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝛽 1 ∑ ln 1 𝑒 𝜆𝑔 𝑦𝑗;𝑎,𝜃 ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 𝜆𝑔 𝑥𝑖;𝑎,𝜃 0 ∑ 𝑙𝑛 1 𝑒 𝜆𝑔 𝑦𝑗;𝑎,𝜃 0 thus, the maximum likelihood estimator of the parameters 𝛼 and β will be as follows: α ∑ 𝑒 𝜆𝑔 𝑥𝑖;𝑎,𝜃 (4) 𝛽 ∑ 1 𝑒 𝜆𝑔 𝑦𝑗;𝑎,𝜃 (5) by substituting α , 𝛽 in equation (3), obtains the maximum likelihood estimator for r(s,k) : 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (6)   53  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 4. shrinkage estimation method (sh1): thompson in 1968 assumed the problem of shrink was a usual estimator 𝛼 of the parameter 𝛼 to prior information 𝛼 using shrinkage weight factor ∅ 𝛼), such that 0 ∅ 𝛼 1. thompson estimating 𝛼 and he believed that 𝛼 was closed to the true value of 𝛼 or 𝛼 that may be near the true value of 𝛼 .thus, the form of thompson type shrinkage estimator of α say 𝛼 will be[10]. 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 (7) in this paper, we apply the unbiased estimator 𝛼 as a usual estimator and 𝛼 𝛼 as a prior estimation of α in equation (7), as we mentioned, ∅ 𝛼 denotes the shrinkage weight factor such that 0 ∅ 𝛼 1, which may be a function of 𝛼 ; a function of sample size (n,m) or may be constant (ad hoc basis) . note that: [9] 𝛼 𝛼 , var (𝛼 ) = and, 𝛽 𝛽 , var ( 𝛽 ) = 4.1. the shrinkage weight function (sh1) the shrinkage weight factor as a function of sample sizes n and m respectively will be considered in this subsection and take the form below: i.e. ∅ 𝛼 beta (n,m) and ∅ 𝛽 beta m, n where n, and m are sample sizes, therefore the shrinkage estimator using shrinkage weight function of 𝛼 and β which is defined in equation (7), will take the following formula: 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 1 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 (8) 𝛽 ∅ 𝛽 𝛽 1 ∅ 𝛽 𝛽 (9) also, as thompson mentioned, 𝛼 and 𝛽 are closed to the real value of 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 respectively.then, the shrinkage estimation 𝑅 , in equation (3) using shrinkage weight function will be: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (10) 4.2. constant shrinkage weight factor (sh2): we suggest in this subsection constant shrinkage weight factor ∅ 𝛼 0.05, and ∅ 𝛽 0.05. therefore, the shrinkage estimator through specific constant weight factor will be as follows: 𝛼 0.05 𝛼 0.95 𝛼 (11) 𝛽 0.05 𝛽 0.95 𝛽 (12)   54  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 substitute equation (11) and (12) in equation (3) to obtain the shrinkage estimation of r(s,k) using the above constant shrinkage weight factor as below: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (13) where 𝑘, 𝑖, 𝑗 are integers 4.3. modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor (th): in this paper, the shrinkage weight factor which was considered by thompson will be modified to give the following formulas: 𝛾 𝛼 *0.005 (14) 𝛾 𝛽 ∗ 0.005 (15) therefore, the shrinkage estimator of α and β using modified shrinkage weight factor are respectively as bellow: 𝛼 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 1 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼 (16) 𝛽 𝛾 𝛽 𝛽 1 𝛾 𝛽 𝛽 (17) then the shrinkage estimation of r(s,k) in equation (3) based on modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor will be: 𝑅 , ∑ ! ! ∏ 𝑘 𝑗 (18) now, we take some special case for the exponentiated family distribution, by the following table: table1. special case for the exponentiated family distribution by different values the function 𝑔 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 exponentiated rayleigh distribution exponentiated pareto distribution exponentiated weibull distribution exponentiated lomax distribution exponentiated exponential distribution name 𝑔 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑥 𝑔 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 ln 1 𝑥 𝑔 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑥 𝑔 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 ln 1 θ𝑥 𝑔 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 𝑥 value 𝑔 𝑥; 𝑎, 𝜃 5. simulation experiments in this section, numerical results were studied to compare the performance of the different estimators of reliability using different sample size = (10, 30, 50 and 100), based on 1000 replication via mse criteria. for this purpose, monte carlo simulation was employed by generating the random sample from the continuous uniform distribution defined on the interval   55  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 (0,1) as u1,u2,…, un; v1, v2,…, vm. transform uniform random samples to follow some distributions special case of the family of exponentiated distribution using (c. d. f.),[11]. the following steps compute the real value of r(s,k) in equation (3) and the value of estimation methods of all the proposal methods 𝑅 , , 𝑅 , , 𝑅 , and 𝑅 , in equations (6), (10), (13) and (18) respectively. based on (l=1000) replication, we calculate the mse for all proposed estimation methods of 𝑅(s,k) as follows: mse ∑ 𝑅 , r , suppose the reliability system of multicomponent stressstrength model for some distributions as the following: table2. the symbol of the reliability system of multicomponent stressstrength model for special case of exponentiated family distribution. distributions exponentiated exponential distribution exponentiated lomax distribution exponentiated weibull distribution exponentiated pareto distribution exponentiated rayleigh distribution symbol r1 , r2 , r3 , r4 , r5 , now, we use some special case of exponentiated family distribution and applied the simulation to find the value of the reliability and mse to compare with the other methods. table 3. values of the r1 , for exponentiated exponential distribution whenr1 , 0.48485, s=2, k=4 and λ=2 (n,m) 𝑅1 , 𝑅1 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹1 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹1 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.48236 0.48489 0.48495 0.48491 (30,30) 0.48504 0.48489 0.48494 0.48490 (50,50) 0.48455 0.48489 0.48491 0.48489 (100,100) 0.48634 0.484897 0.48498 0.48490 table 4. values of mse the r1 , for exponentiated exponential distribution when r1 , 0.48485, s=2, k=4 and λ=2 (n,m) 𝑅1 , 𝑅1 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹1 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹1 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.01521 0.239e-8 0.494e-4 0.202e-6 (30,30) 0.00576 0.239e-8 0.159e-4 0.777e-7 (50,50) 0.00349 0.239e-8 0.916e-5 0.442e-7 (100,100) 0.00165 0.239e-8 0.421e-5 0.217e-7 table 5. values of the r2 , for exponentiated lomax distribution when r2 , 0.48485, s=2, k=4, λ=2 and θ=3. (n,m) 𝑅2 , 𝑅2 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹2 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹2 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.74265 0.48489 0.50888 0.48744 (30,30) 0.78786 0.48489 0.50176 0.48651 (50,50) 0.78828 0.48489 0.49980 0.48633 (100,100) 0.78964 0.48489 0.49862 0.48622   56  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 6. values of the mse r2 , for exponentiated lomax distribution when r2 , 0.48485, s=2, k=4 ,λ=2 and θ=3. (n,m) 𝑅2 , 𝑅2 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹2 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹2 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.11060 0.247e-8 0.00242 0,549e-4 (30,30) 0.10323 0.239e-8 0.00048 0.506e-5 (50,50) 0.09969 0.239e-8 0.00031 0. 301e-5 (100,100) 0.09657 0.239e-8 0.00022 0.219e-5 table 7. values of the r3 , for exponentiated weibull distribution when r3 , 0.48485, s=2, k=4 ,λ=2 and θ=3. (n,m) 𝑅3 , 𝑅3 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹3 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹3 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.45181 0.48489 0.48437 0.48484 (30,30) 0.45505 0.48489 0.48451 0.48486 (50,50) 0.45617 0.48489 0.48454 0.48486 (100,100) 0.46025 0.48489 0.48459 0.48487 table 8. values of the mse r3 , for exponentiated weibull distribution when r3 , 0.48485 , s=2, k=4 , λ=2 and θ=3. (n,m) 𝑅3 , 𝑅3 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹3 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹3 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.02444 0.239e-8 0.797e-5 0.847e-7 (30,30) 0.00955 0.239e-8 0.164e-5 0.153e-7 (50,50) 0.00596 0.239e-8 0.927e-6 0.820e-8 (100,100) 0.00317 0.239e-8 0.448e-6 0.404e-8 table 9. values of the r4 , for exponentiated pareto distribution when r4 , 0.48485, s=2, k=4, and λ=2. (n,m) 𝑅4 , 𝑅4 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹4 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹4 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.74995 0.48489 0.51295 0.48795 (30,30) 0.78227 0.48489 0.50203 0.48654 (50,50) 0.78877 0.48489 0.49994 0.48634 (100,100) 0.78742 0.48489 0.49821 0.48618 table 10. values of the mse r4 , for exponentiated pareto distribution when r4 , 0.48485 , s=2, k=4 and λ=2 (n,m) 𝑅4 , 𝑅4 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹4 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹4 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.11724 0.248e-8 0.00375 0.105e-3 (30,30) 0.10319 0.239e-8 0.00050 0.507e-5 (50,50) 0.09941 0.239e-8 0.00031 0.305e-5 (100,100) 0.09519 0.239e-8 0.00021 0. 203e-5 table 11. values of the r5 , for exponentiated rayleigh distribution when r5 , 0.48485 , s=2, k=4 and λ=2. (n,m) 𝑅5 , 𝑅5 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹5 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹5 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.45555 0.48489 0.48443 0.48485 (30,30) 0.45467 0.48489 0.48450 0.48486 (50,50) 0.45551 0.48489 0.48453 0.48486 (100,100) 0.45835 0.48489 0.48458 0.48487   57  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 12. values of the r5 , for exponentiated rayleigh distribution when r5 , 0.48485 , s=2, k=4 and λ=2. (n,m) 𝑅5 , 𝑅5 , 𝒔𝒉𝟏 𝑹5 𝒔,𝒌 𝒔𝒉𝟐 𝑹5 𝒔,𝒌 𝑻𝒉 (10,10) 0.02510 0.239e-8 0.886e-5 0.917e-7 (30,30) 0.00952 0.239e-8 0.163e-5 0.151e-7 (50,50) 0.00611 0.239e-8 0.956e-6 0.839e-8 (100,100) 0.0031 0.239e-8 0.441e-6 0.379e-8 6. discussion simulation results from the tables above, for n= (10,30,50,100) besides m=(10,30,50,100) we conclude that the minimum (mse) for the estimator of system reliability r (s,k) , (i=1,2,3,4,5),held for shrinkage estimator by using shrinkage weight function .this indicates that the shrinkage reliability estimator (𝑅 , ) is the best for any n and m and follows by shrinkage estimator using modified thomson weight factor. 7. conclusion the simulation results exhibited that the shrinkage estimator method is suitable for estimation the parameters and system reliability for the exponentiated family distribution especially when shrinkage weight factor as a linear combination between unbiased estimator, and prior estimate. the result estimator 𝑅 perform well and will be the best estimator than the other in the sense of mse. references 1. bhattacharyya, g.k ; johnson, r. a. estimation of reliability in a multi-component stress-strength model, journal of the american statistical association, 1974, 69, 348. 2. pandit, p.v. ; kantu, k.j. reliability estimation in multicomponent pareto stressstrength models. pioneer journal of theoretical and applied statistical, 2012, 5, 1, 35-40. 3. rao, g. s. ; naidu, ch. r. estimation of multi-component stress-strength based on exponentiated half-logistic distribution, journal of statistics: advances in theory and applications, 2013, 9, 1, 19-35. 4. rao, g. s. estimation of reliability in multicomponent stressstrength based on generalized rayleigh distribution, journal of modern applied statistical methods, 2014, 13, 24. 5. yakubu, a. ; yahaya, a. bayesian estimation for the shape parameter of generalized rayleig1h distribution under non-informative prior. international journal of advanced statistics and probability,2015,4 ,1, 1-10. 6. rao, g. s.; aslam, m. ; arif, o.h. estimation of reliability in multicomponent stressstrength based on two parameter exponentiated weibull distribution. communication in statistics theory and methods, 2016, 46, 7495-7502. 7. abbas, n.s. ; fatima, h.s. on shrinkage estimation of 𝑅 , based on exponentiated weibull distribution, international journal of science and research, 2017, 6, 7, 2319-7064   58  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 8. salman, n.s. ; eman, a.a. on shrinkage estimation for r(s, k) in case of exponentiated pareto distribution, 2019, 32, 1, 152-162. 9. ajit chaturvedi ; anupam pathak. estimating the reliability function for a family of exponentiated distributions. journal of probability and statistics, 2014, 2014,10. 10. thompson, j.r. some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean, j. amer. statist. assoc, 1968,63,113-122. 11. rubinstein, r. y ; kroese, d.p. simulation and the monte carlo method. john wiley and sons, 1981. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 effect annealing temperatures on the structural proerties of zno thin films p repared by chemical bath deposition a. a.shehab, s. h.salman de partment of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 9may2011 , accepte d in: 20septe mber2011 abstract in this research, we st udy the changing st ructural p rop erties of zno with changing annealin g temp ., in the range (473-773)k p rep ared by chemical bath deposition method at t emp . (353)k, where deposited on glasses substrates at thickness (500±25)nm, the invest igation of (xrd) indicates that the (zno) films are p oly crystalline typ e of hexagon al. the results of the measuring of each sample from grain size, microstrain, dislocation density , integral breadth, shap e factor and texture coefficient, show that annealin g p rocess leads t o increase the gr ain size (26.74-57.96)nm, and decr ease microst rain (0.130-0.01478), dislocation density (1.398-0.297)*10 15 and increase texture coefficient. keywords: thin film, zno, cbd t hin film, zinc o xide, cbd ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 znoتأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین في الخواص التركیبیة ألغشیة ترسیب بالحوض الكیمیائيالالمحضرة بطریقة علیة عبد المحسن شهاب ، سهام حسن سلمان قسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة أبن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد 2011ایلول20: ، قبل البحث في 2011ایار9:استلم البحث في الخالصة ة ) k)473،773 بتغیر درجة حرارة التلدین znoاجریت دراسة تغیر الخواص التركیبیة ألغشیة والمحضرة بطریق ت nm(25±500)والمرسبة على قاعد زجاجیة،وبسمك ) k)353الترسیب بالحوض الكیمیائي عند درجة حرارة ، إذ أوضح .ألغشیة المحضرة ذو تركیب متعدد التبلور ومن النوع السداسي قیاسات حیود األشعة السینیة أن ا . حسب كل من الحجم الحبیبي وتشوه البلورة، وكثافة االنخالعات، والعرض التكاملي، وعامل الشكل، ومعامل الخشونة -26.74) الحبیبي من كما بینت النتائج أن زیادة درجة حرارة التلدین ادت الى تحسن الخواص التركیبیة، إذ زاد الحجم 57.96) nm 10*(0.297-1.398) وقلت كثافة االنخالعات من (0.014-0.130)ومن ثم قل تشوه البلورة من 15 وكذلك .تم التوصل الى أن التلدین قد حسن من قیمة معامل الخشونة اي زادت اتجاهیة الغشاء بزیاد درجة حرارة التلدین غشاء رقیق، اوكسید الزنك، الترسیب بالحوض الكیمیائيzno ، cbd، غشاء رقیق: الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة دأب كثیر من الباحثین على تحضیر األغشیة الرقیقة منذ النصف الثاني من القرن السابع عشر، لما لها من الرقیقة ساهمت مساهمة كبیرة ، كما أن تقنیة األغشیة ]1[مكان بارز في البحوث النظریة والتطبیقیة لفیزیاء الحالة الصلبة .، وأعطت فكرة واضحة عن خصائصها الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیة(semiconductors)في تطویر ودراسة أشباه الموصالت اسبات االلكترونیة تستعمل األغشیة الرقیقة في الكثیر من المجاالت فقد ساهمت في التطور الحالي في مجال الح ].2[خفة وزنهاًالرقمیة نظرا لصغر حجمها و wartzite)الغشاء المحضر من مركب أوكسید الخارصین یمتاز بامتالكه في األغلب تركیب سداسي متراص hoxagono al st ructure) ومعلمات الشبیكة له هي (c=5.206 a o , a=3.25a o ًوعموما یستخدم حیود األشعة ] 3 [( .السینیة والمجهر البصري لدراسة خصائصه التركیبیة عمل الباحثون خالل السنوات األخیرة طریقة الترسیب في الحوض الكیمیائي لتحضیر األغشیة الرقیقة كونها است ًطریقة بسیطة وال تحتاج الى أجهزة معقدة وذي كلفة رخیصة نسبیا، كما انها مناسبة لتهیئة أغشیة ذي مساحة كبیرة واشكال ، ]5 [cdsمثل ) السداسیة-الثنائیة( أشباه الموصالت من المجموعة هذه التقنیة تستعمل بصورة واسعة لترسیب]. 4[متنوعة cdse] 6[ ،cdo] 7[ ،zns] 8[،znse] 9[ ،zno] 10.[ :بطریقة الحوض الكیمیائي ومنهم znoولقد قام الكثیر من الباحثین بتحضیر أغشیة ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 saeed and obrien]10[ قاما بتحضیر أغشیة ،zno بطریقة الحوض الكیمیائي (cbd) باستعمال اثیلین داي أمین (eda) (ethy enediamin e) وقیمة ph (10.5-11) بوساطة إضافة هیدروكسید الصودیم (naoh). ort ege and m orales ]11[ و بترسیب أغشیة ،zno بطریقة (cbd) باستخدام nh4ohمن (%30) و h2o2 المتبلورة وان جمیع األغشیة المحضرة znoضروري للحصول على أغشیة h2o2ووجد ان ph (10.5-11.2)وقیمة .تكون عشوائیة وتبقى عشوائیة حتى بعد التلدین h2o2بغیاب َ ذي التركیب النانوي باستعمال خالت الزنك او نترات الزنك مصدرا znoقام بترسیب أغشیة ] peiro et al ]12 اما hexamethy)للزنك والیوریا و leneteaine) غشیة المحضرة كانت متبلورة وال تحتاج الى ایة معاملة َعوامال معقدة واأل ).تلدین(حراریة hani et al] 13 [ قام بترسیبzno بطریقة (cbd) باستعمال ستة مركبات وسطیة معقدة هي األمونیا zno2 وقد حصلوا على h2o2َمصدرا للزنك و znso4 و,n2h4,c2h7no,ch3nh2 ,c6h15no3,c2h7nو ین تم . ذي التركیب السداسيznoالحصول على وبعد التلد ، h2o2و، znso4 بطریقة الحوض الكیمیائي ایضا باستعمال znoأما في بحثنا هذا فقد قمنا بتحضیر أغشیة . ودراسة خصائصها التركیبیةc6h15no3 (tea)ومركب وسطي واحد فقط تراي ایثانول امین naoh و الجزء العملي بطریقة الترسیب في الحوض الكیمیائي من كبریتات الزنك ذي (zno)د الزنك حضرت أغشیة رقیقة من أوكسی 0,1m) من الماء المقطر بتركیز (250ml)في (gm 4.0361) وذلك بإذابة (gm/mol 161.447)الوزن الجزیئي ) ة ،یحضر الحوض والقواعد الزجاجیة على جانبي الحوض مع إضافة محلول كبریتات الزنك ویسخن المحلول الى درج المحلول الى phالى أن یصل (naoh)وبعدها یضاف محلول قاعدي من (353k)حرارة قریبة من درجة الغلیان magnetic st)( مع التحریك المستمر باستعمال 11.5 irrer مدة(20m) وبعدها تترك القواعد الزجاجیة داخل الحوض 150) درجة حرارتهثم تسحب وتشطف بالماء المقطر وتجفف في فرن (2hour)مدة o c) مدة(40 sec) ولقد استخدم، 200) أعلى مدى له (jrad)فرن التجفیف من شركة o c)ویمكن تمثیل التفاعل الذي یحدث داخل . مزود بموقت ) 1(الحوض كما في معادلة .14[ على القواعد والمواد البقیة تترسب أسفل الحوضznoإذ یترسب [ znso4+2naoh zno+na2so4 +h2o ……….(1) :شخص تركیب األغشیة بتقنیة حیود األشعة السینیة، إما حساب المعامالت فقد كانت حسب المعادالت أدناه ]:](15)( المطاوعة المایكرویة(تشوه البلورة -1 = [castm-cxrd/castm] *100%............(2) :إذ إن castm : لقیاسيمقدار ثابت الشبیكة ا. cxrd : مقدار ثابت الشبیكة المقاس عن طریق جهاز الحیود(xrd). dislocation density)كثافة اإلنخالعات -2 )()] 3:[ = (g.s) 2 …………………………………….(3) :إذ إن  ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 g.s: الحجم الحبیبي ویحسب من معادلة شرر(scherre)] 16[ g.s=k / cos……………………………….(4) :اذ أن k: 0.94 ثابت وان مقداره للتركیب السداسي.  : 1.54)الطول الموجيa o ).  :عرض منتصف الشدة.  :زاویة براك. (األتساع الكلي(العرض التكاملي -3 ( (integral br eadth] 17:[ area :المساحة تحت منحني حیود األشعة السینیة. imax: قیم الشد العظمى لألشعة السینیة. ]: (shape factor] 15( لعامل الشك -4 =/……………….(6) ]:e(coefficient texture] 18(عامل الخشونة -5 e ( hkl)=(i(hkl)/ io(hkl))/ n -1 (i(hkl)/ io(hkl))………….(7) :إذ إن i(hkl) :الشدة المقاسة. :io(hkl)الشدة القیاسیة الموجودة في بطاقة الفحص القیاسیة . n : حیود األشعة السینیةعدد االنعكاسات في نمط. النتائج والمناقشة أظهرت نتائج التشخیص بتقنیة حیود األشعة السینیة لألغـشیة المحـضرة الملدنـة وغیـر الملدنـة أنهـا ذو تركیـب متعـدد p)التبلور olycryst alline) و من النوع السداسي (hexagonal wurtz ite). ، ]3[، وهـــذا یتفـــق مـــع الباحـــث )101(و)002(و) 100(ظر المـــستویات ظهـــور ثـــالث قمـــم تنـــا) 1(ویالحـــظ مـــن الـــشكل ]13[،]18[،]20.[ فیمثل صور لجمیع النماذج قید الدراسة ولوحظ أن ظروف التحضیر والتلدین له األثر الكبیر في ) 2(أما الشكل .إلى زیادة في الحجم الحبیبي، أي زیادة التبلور وانتظام التركیبمالمح التركیب السطحي لألغشیة، إذ أدى التلدین مستخلصة من حیود األشعة السینیة مع نتائج بطاقة ) 1(یمثل الجدول ووجد أن قیم zno لـastmمقارنة النتائج ال zn (znبینیة ـلالثوابت تكون قریبة من القیم النظریة، وان االختالف الناتج یشیر الى وجود عیوب نقطیة مثل عیوب antisites) وعیوب فراغیة لألوكسجین ،(oxgen vacancies) 20[، وامتداد العیوب یقود الى زیادة األنخالعات.[ باستعمال معادلة (g.s)فیبین النتائج المستخلصة من حیود األشعة السینیة، إذ حسب الحجم الحبیبي ) 2(إما الجدول درجة حرارة التلدین وهذا یعزى الى أن التلدین أدى الى إلغاء بعض المستویات والعیوب ، وقد وجد أنه یزداد بزیادة) 4(شرر ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ة الموجودة بعد حصول عملیة نمو واعادة ترتیب الحبیبات البلوریة إذ تأخذ الحبیبات طاقة كافیة للنمو والترتیب داخل الشبك ]21.[ فقـد وجـد أنهـا تقـل بزیـادة درجـة حـرارة التلـدین، هـذا ) 2(لمعادلـة أمـا المطاوعـة المایكرویـة فقـد تـم حـسابها باسـتعمال ا المــسافة البینــة dالمطاوعـة المایكرویــةتعني وجـود عیــوب تركیبیـة أي أن (یعنـي التقلیــل مـن التــشوهات الموجـودة فــي البلــورة وقد لوحظ أن قیمتهـا تقـل ) 3(وكذلك وجدت كثافة االنخالعات من المعادلة ) التكون متساویة في كل نقطة من نقاط البلورة ممـا یعنـي تقلیــل مـن العیـوب الخطیــة الموجـودة ومـن ثــم تحـسین التركیـب البلــوري اي زیـادة الحجـم الحبیبــي، واألتـساع الكلــي ) .5(فقد حسب من المعادلة ) العرض التكاملي( الي ونالحـظ أن التلـدین قـد حــسن علــى التـو) 7(و) 6(أمـا عامـل الـشكل وعامـل الخـشونة فقــد تـم حـسابهما مـن المعـادلتین بزیـادة درجـة حـرارة التلـدین آلن عامـل الخـشونة (hkl)معامل الخشونة، أي زیادة اتجاهیة الغـشاء أي وفـرة فـي تبلـور االتجـاه ].18[هو صفة التجاهیة المادة، وهذا یتفق مع الباحث االستنتاجات بطریقة الترسیب في الحوض الكیمیائي ذي التراكیب zno لمركب تبین من البحث أنه باإلمكانیة تصنیع أغشیة رقیقة المتعددة التبلوروان لزیادة درجة حرارة التلدین له األثر الواضح في تحسین التركیب البلوري لألغشیة والتقلیل من العیوب .الموجودة في األغشیة المصـــــادر 1.ot ero, a.l .(1978) ,hol wall ep itay g thin solid films,49, 31. 2. son, j. r. (1986), , t hin films t echnologies", 2 nd ed. 3.hussain, s. (2008), investigation of st ructural and op tical p rop erties of nanocry stalline zno, m .sc. thesis, linkpoing university . 4.vazquez, c.c.;alonzo, f.r.; burruel-ibarra, s.e. and inou e, m . (2001), sup ericies vacio, 13, 89. 5.khallaf, h.;olad eji i. and chow l., (2008) , thin solid films, 516, 5967. 6.simurd a .,nemec, p.,neec, i., necova, y. and m aly , p.,(2006) ,thin solid films, 511, 71. 7. gujar, t.; shine v.; kim, w.; jun g, k.;lokhande, c. and joo, o. (2008) , app l. surf. sci, 254, 3813. 8.pudov, a.,sites, j. and nakada, t., (2002) ,japan, j. app l. phy s., 41 l672. 9.chaparro, a., m affiotte, c.,gut ierrez, m ., herrero, j., klaer, j., siemer, k. and braunig, d.,(2001) ,t hin solid films, 387, 104. 10.saeed, t.and brien, p . (1995), thin solid films,271, p .35. 11. ort ega m .and m orales a.,(1997),26 th phot ovoltaic sp ecialist s conf. (anahaeim, ca, usa), 555. 12.peiro, a.;domin go, c.;peral, j.;doenech, x.; vigil, e.;hernandez, m .;m ollar, m .;m ari, b.and ay llon j. (2005) , t hin solid films, 489, 79. 13.hani, k.;guangy u, c.;oleg, l.;helge, h.; sanghoon ,p.;alfons, s. and lee. c., (2009),investigation of chemical bath deposition of zno thin films using si x different comp lexing agents, j. phys.d:app l.phy s.42 , 8. 14.bnady, j.and holum. j.r.,(1993), chemisty ,john wiley and son.s. inc.m .y. 15.ohring, m . (1992), the m aterials science of thin film ,book, academicpress, 16.emmett, f.k. (1967) , hand book of x-ray . 17.satt a, p. and jackuliak, q. (1998), m ater. struct., 5( 1):10-14. ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 18.abed, e.y. (2010), effect temp erature and annealin g on the structural and optical p rop erties of some thin oxide semiconductors (zno), m .s thesis, baghdad university . 19.rakeh, v. and vaidy ay, v.k. (2009),effect of substrate temperature and p ost deposited anneali n gon the electrical and photoluminescense characterist ic of zno films dep osited by sp ray py roly sis, j. dp t. electronics and biomedical m aterials, 1(3): 281-290. 20.al-jabiry, a. j. (2007),study ing the effect of molarity on the p hy sical and sensin g p rop erties of zinc oxid thin films p repared by sp ray py roly sis technique, ph. d. thesis, university of technology . as) مع بطاقةلمستخلصة من حیود األشعة السینیة مقارنة النتائج ا): 1( جدول tm) النتائج المستخلصة من حیود األشعة السینیة) 2( جدول te    (*10 15 ) (m -2 )  g.s (n.m) t (k) t (nm) zno 1.47995 0.5795 0.560875 1.3985 0.1304 26.74 r.t 500±25 1.536286 0.2634 0.45766 0.9188 0.0574 32.99 473 500±25 1.852 0.1489 0.7586 0.2976 0.01478 57.961 773 500±25 d ( xrd) d (astm) 2(xrd) 2(astm) t k s a. 2.606 2.6033 34.376 34421 r.t zno 2.604 2.6033 34.4369 34.421 473 2.816 2.814 31.745 31.769 773 ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 وكسید الخارصین منحني حیود األشعة السینیة أل:)1(شكل a)قبل التلدین( b )عند ) بعد التلدین(473 k) c)عند ) بعد التلدین(773 k) (a) (c) (b) i (c p s ) i (c p s ) i (c p s ) that – 2thata (deg) that – 2thata (deg) that – 2thata (deg) ة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقی 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 (c) zno)صور فوتوغرافیة ألغشیة ): 2(شكل ) a غیر ملدنb ملدن عند (473 k) cملدن عند (773 k) b)( (a) 165 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 g. s. ashaea y. y. yousif abstract this paper consist some new generalizations of some definitions such: j-ω-closure converge to a point, j-ω-closure directed toward a set, almost j-ω-converges to a set, almost j-ω-cluster point, a set j-ω-h-closed relative, j-ω-closure continuous mappings, j-ω-weakly continuous mappings, j-ω-compact mappings, j-ω-rigid a set, almost j-ω-closed mappings and j-ω-perfect mappings. also, we prove several results concerning it, where j {, δ,, pre, b, }. keywords: filter base, j-ω-closure converge, almost j-ω-converges, almost j-ω-cluster, j-ωrigid a set, j-ω-perfect mappings. math subject classification 2010: 54c05, 54c08, 54c10. 1. introduction the notion "filter" first commence in riesz [1]. and the setting of convergence in terms of filters sketched by cartan in [2, 3]. and was sophisticatedly by bourbaki in [4]. whyburn in [5]. introduces the notion directed toward a set and the generalization of this notion studied in section 2. dickman and porter in [6]. introduce the notion almost convergence, porter and thomas in [7]. introduce the notion of quasi-h-closed and the analogues of this notions are studied in section 3. levine in [8]. introduce the notion θ-continuous functions, andrew and whittlesy in [9]. introduce the notion weakly θ-continuous functions, in dickman [6]. introduce the notions θ-compact functions, θ-rigid a set, almost closed functions and the analogues of this notions are studied in section 4. in [5]. the researcher introduces the notion of θ-perfect functions but the analogue of this notion studied in section 5. the neighborhood denoted by nbd. the closure (resp. interior) of a subset k of a space g denoted by cl (k) (resp., int(k)). a point g in g is said to be condensation point of k ⊆ g if every s in τ with g  s, the set k ∩ s is uncountable [10]. in 1982 the ω-closed set was first exhibiting by hdeib in [10]. and he know it a subset k ⊆ g is called ω-closed if it incorporates each its condensation points and the ω-open set is the complement of the ω-closed set [12]. the ωinterior of the set k ⊆ g defined as the union of all ω-open sets contain in k and is denoted by intω(k). a point g  g is said to θ-cluster points of k ⊆ g if cl(s) ∩ k ≠ φ for each open set s ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2289 filter bases and j-ω-perfect mappings department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad dept. of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn -alhaitham, university of baghdad ghidaasadoon@gmail.com yoyayousif@yahoo.com article history: received 25 march 2019, accepted 26 may 2019, publish september 2019 mailto:ghidaasadoon@gmail.com mailto:yoyayousif@yahoo.com1 166 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 of g containment g. the set of each θ-cluster points of k is called the θ-closure of k and is denoted by clθ(k). a subset k ⊆ g is said to be θ-closed [11]. if k = clθ(k). the complement of θ-closed set said to be θ-open. a point g  g said to θ-ω-cluster points of k ⊆ g if ωclθ(s) ∩ k ≠ φ for each ω-open set s of g containment g. the set of each θ-ω-cluster points of k is called the θ-ω-closure of k and is denoted by ωclθ(k). a subset k ⊆ g is said to be θ-ωclosed [11]. if k = ωclθ(k). the complement of θ-ω-closed set said to be θ-ω-open, δ-closed [12]. if k= clδ(k) = {g  g: int(cl(s)) ∩ k ≠ φ, s  τ and g  s}. the complement of δclosed said δ-open set, δ-ω-closed if k = ωclδ (k) = {g  g: intω(cl(s)) ∩ k ≠ φ, s  τ and g  s}. the complement of δ-ω-closed said δ-ω-open. 2. filter in this section we introduce definition of filter, filter base, nbd filter, finer ultrafilter and some other related concepts. definition 1 [4]. a nonempty family  of nonempty subsets of g called filter if it satisfies the following conditions: (a) if m1, m2  , then m1 ∩ m2  . (b) if m   and m  m*  g, then m* . definition 2 [4]. a nonempty family  of nonempty subsets of g is called filter base if m1, m2   then m3  m1 ∩ m2 for some m3  . the filter generated by a filter base  consists of all supersets of elements of . an open filter base on a space g is a filter base with open members. the set g of all nbds of g  g is a filter on g, and any nbd base at g is a filter base for g. this filter called the nbd filter at g. definition 3 [4]. let  and be filter bases on g. thenis called finer than  (written as  <) if for all m  , there is g  such that g  m and that  meets g if m ∩ g   for all m   and g . notice,   g iff g < . definition 4 [4]. a filter  is called an ultrafilter if there is no strictly finer filter than . the ultrafilter is the maximal filter. definition 5 [13]. a subset k of a space g called: (a) -ω-open if k  intω(cl(intω(k))). (b) pre-ω-open if k  intω(cl(k)). (c) b-ω-open if k  cl(intω(k))  intω(cl(k)). (d) -ω-open if k  cl(intω(cl(k))). the complement of an (resp. -ω-open, pre-ω-open, b-ω-open, -ω-open) called (resp. ω-closed, pre-ω-closed, b-ω-closed, -ω-closed). the j-ω-closure of k  g is denoted by cl j-ω-(k) and defined by cl j-ω-(k) = ∩{m  g; g is j-ω-closed and k  m}, where j{, δ,  , pre, b, }. several characterizations of ω-closed sets were provided in [11],. [13-16]. furthermore, we built some results about δ-ω-closed and δ-ω-open depending on the results in [17-19]. 167 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 3. filter bases and j-ω-closure directed toward a set in this section we defined filter bases and j-ω-closure directed toward a set and the some theorems concerning of them. lemma 6 [15]. let  : (g, τ)  (h, σ) be an injective mapping. (a) if  = {m: m  g} is a filter base in g, then () = {(m): m  } is a filter base in h. (b) if  = {g: g  (g)} is a filter base in (g),  = { –1 (g): g  } is a filter base in g. for each   k  g and any filter base  in (k), then {k ∩  –1 (g): g  } is a filter base in k. (c) if  = {m : m  g} is a filter base in g,  = {(m) : m  }, g* is finer than g, and * = { –1 (g *) : g*  *}, then the collection of sets ** = {m ∩ m* for all m   and m*  *} is finer than both of  and *. definition 7 [4]. let  be a filter base on a space g. we say that  converges to g  g (written as   g) iff each open set s about g contains some element m  . we say  has g as a cluster point (or  cluster at g) iff each open set s about g meets all element m  . clear that if   g, then  cluster at g. definition 8 [15]. let  be a filter base on a space g. we say that  directed toward (shortly, dir,tow) a set k  g, provided each filter base finer than  has a cluster point in k. (note: any filter base can't be dir,tow the empty set). now, we will generalizations definitions 7 and 8 as follows. definition 9 let  be a filter base on a space g. we say that  closure converges to g  g (written as  ⇝ g) iff all open set s about g, the cl(s) contains some element m  . we say  has g as a closure cluster point (or  closure cluster at g) iff all open set s about g the cl(s) meets all element m  . clear that if ⇝g, then  closure cluster at g. cl (g) used to denote the filter base {cl(s): s  g}. notice, ⇝g if and only if cl (g) < . [10]. definition 10 let  be a filter base on a space g. we say that  closure directed toward (shortly, cl dir, tow) a set k  g, provided each filter base finer than  has a closure cluster point in k. theorem 11 let  be a filter base on a space g. ⇝g  g if and only if  is cl dir,tow g. proof: () assume ⇝g, all open set s about g, cl(s) contains an element of  and thus contains an element of every filter base * < , therefore * actually closure converges to g. () assume  is cl dir,tow g, it must  ⇝ g. for if not, yond is an open set s in g about g such that cl(s) don't contains an element of . denote by * the collection of sets m* = m ∩ (g  cl(s)) for m  , then the sets m* are nonempty. and * is a filter base and indeed * < , because result in m1* = m1 ∩ (g  cl(s)) and m2* = m2 ∩ (g  cl(s)), so there is an m3  m1 ∩ m2 and this perform to m3* = m3 ∩ (g  cl(s))  m1 ∩ m2 ∩ (g  cl(s)) = m1 ∩ (g  cl(s)) ∩ m2 ∩ (g  cl(s)). 168 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 by construction, g is not a closure cluster point of *. this contradiction crops that, ⇝g. theorem 12 let  : (g, τ)  (h, σ) be an injective mapping and given l  h. if for each filter base  in (g) cl dir,tow a point h  l, the inverse filter m = { –1 (g) : g } is cl dir,tow  – 1 (h), then for any filter base  in (g) cl dir,tow a set l, e = {  –1 (m) : m  } is cl dir, tow k =  –1 (l). proof: suppose that the hypothesis is true and any h  l is a closure cluster point of a filter base finer than  must be in (g). thus l ∩ (g)  , and  is cl dir,tow l ∩  (g). so we may assume l  (g). let m be a filter base finer than e. then  = {( (m): m m} finer than  by lemma (6, a). so  has a closure cluster point l in l and a filter base * finer than  closure converges to l and so is cl dir,tow l. by supposition m * = { –1 (g*): g **} is cl dir,tow  –1 (l). in addition, by lemma (6, c), m and m * have a common filter base m ** finer than of them. so m ** has a closure cluster point g in  –1 (l). since g is a closure cluster point of m and g   –1 (l)  k, obtain result follows. theorem 13 let  : g  h be closed mapping and  –1 (h) compact for every h  h iff for every filter base  in (g) cl dir,tow a set l  h, the collection e = { –1 (m) : m  } is cl dir,tow  –1 (l). proof: () suppose that  is closed mapping and  –1 (h) compact for every h  h. then by theorem 11 and 12 it suffices to prove that if  is a filter base in  (g) j-ω-closure converging to h  l, then m = { –1 (g) : g } is cl-d-t  –1 (h).in order to if not, yond is a filter base m* finer than m, no point of  –1 (h) is a j-ω-closure cluster point of m *. for all g   –1 (h), by supposition yond is an open set sg about g and m * g  m* with m * g ∩ sg = . since  –1 (h) is compact, yond are a finite numbers of open sets s ig such that  –1 (h)  s =  s ig , suppose m*  m* such that m*  ∩ m * ig and let t = h   (g  s) be the open set. then (m*) ∩ t =  because of m*  g  cl(s). so since (m*)  *, * cannot have h as a closure cluster point. () suppose that the hypothesis is true and  is not closed. let k  g be a closed set and for some h  h  (k) is a closure cluster point of (k). suppose  be a filter base of sets (k) ∩ t for every open sets t  h such that h  t, then is a filter base in  (g) and  ⇝ h. let m = { –1 (g): g } and m* = {k ∩ m : m  m}. it apparent that m * < m. nevertheless, g  k is open and  –1 (h)  g  k, m * has no closure cluster point in  –1 (h). the contradiction crops that  be a closed mapping. finally, to prove  –1 (h) is compact, this is easy for h  h  (g). and for h  (g), {h} is a filter base in (g) cl dir,tow h. by supposition, { –1 (h)} cl dir,tow  –1 (h). this means that every filter base in  –1 (h) has a closure cluster point in  –1 (h), so that  –1 (h) is compact. corollary 14 let  : g  h be closed mapping and  –1 (h) compact for every h  h if and only if each filter base in (g) ⇝ h  h has pre-image filter base cl dir,tow  –1 (h). 169 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 corollary 15 let  : g  h be closed mapping and  –1 (h) compact for every h  y, for every compact set w  h,  –1 (w) is compact. proof. let w  h be a compact set and  is a filter base in  –1 (w),  = { (m): m  }, is a filter base in w and in  (g) and is cl dir,tow w. so * = { –1 (g): g } is cl dir,tow  – 1 (w), so that * <  and * has a closure cluster point in  –1 (w). 4. filter bases and almost j-ω-convergence in this section, we defined filter bases, almost j-ω-closure, and the some theorems about them. we now introduce the definition of almost j-ω-closure, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. definition 16 let  be a filter base on a space g. we say  almost j-ω-converges to a subset k  g (written as j-ω ⇝k) if for each cover k of k by subsets open in g, there is a finite subfamily l  k and m   such that m  {cl (l) : l  l}. we say  almost j-ωconverges to g  g (written as  j-ω ⇝ g) if  j-ω ⇝ {g}. now, cl (g) ⇝ g, while, j-ω cl (g) j-ω ⇝g, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. also, we introduce the definitions of almost j-ω-cluster point, and quasi -j-ω-h-closed set where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. definition 17 a point g  g is called an almost j-ω-cluster point of a filter base  (written as g  (aljω-cg)) if  meets cl j-ω-(g), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. for a set k  g, the almost j-ω-closure of k, denoted as (alj-ω-cl (k)) is al j-ω-cg {k} if k   i.e. {g  g: every j-ω-closed nbd of g meets k} and is  if k = ; k is almost j-ω-closed if k = (alj-ω-cl(k)). correspondingly, the almost j-ω-interior of k, denoted as (alj-ω-intk), is {g  g; cl j-ω(s)  k for some open set s containing g}; k is almost j-ω-interior if k = (al j-ω-int(k)), where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. theorem 18 let  and  be filter bases on a space g, k  g and g  g. (a) if  j -ω ⇝ k, then cl j -ω (k) < . (b) if  j -ω ⇝ g, iff cl j -ω (g) < . (c) if  < , then (alj -ω -cg)  (alj -ω cg). (d) if  <  and  j -ω ⇝ k, then  j -ω ⇝ k. (e) (alj -ω cg) = ∩ {cl j -ω (m): m  }. (f) if  j -ω⇝ g and g  k, then  j -ω ⇝k. (g) if  j -ω ⇝k iff  j -ω ⇝k ∩ (alj -ω -cg). (h) if  j -ω ⇝k, then k ∩ (alj -ω cg)  . (i) if s  g is open, then (alj -ω -cl(s)) = cl(s). (j) if  is a open filter base, then (alj -ω cl) = (alj -ω cg). if s is an open ultrafilter on g. then s ⇝g if and only if s j -ω ⇝g, where j {, δ, , pre, b,}. proof: the proof is easy, so it omitted. 170 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 definition 19 the subset k of a space g is said to be quasi -j-ω-h-closed relative to g if every cover k of k by open subsets of g contains a finite subfamily l  k such that k  {cl j-ω-(l) : l  b}. if g is hausdorff, we say that k is j-ω-h-closed relative to g. if g is quasij-ω-h-closed relative to itself, then g is said to be quasij-ω-h-closed (resp. j-ω-h-closed), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. theorem 20 the following are equivalent for a subset k  g: (a) k is quasi-j-ω-h-closed relative to g. (b) for all filter base  on k, j-ω ⇝k. (c) for all filter base  on k, (al -j-ω cg) ∩ k  . where j {, δ, , pre, , b, }. proof: clearly (a)  (b), and by theorem (18, h), (b)  (c). to show (c)  (a), let k be a cover of k by open subsets of g such that the j-ω-closed of the union of any finite subfamily of k is not cover k. then  = {k  cl j-ω-g(k sk): k is finite subfamily of k} is a filter base on k and (al -j-ω-cg) ∩ k = . this contradiction crop s that k is quasij-ω-h-closed relative to g, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. by concepts of closure directed toward a set, almost j-ω-convergence characterized and related in the next result. theorem 21 let  be a filter base on a space g and k  g . then: (a)  is cl-dir,-tow k iff for each cover k of k by open subsets of g, there is a finite subfamily l  k and an m   such that m  {cl j-ω-(l) : l b }, where j {, δ, , pre, , b, }. (b) for every filter base,  <  implies (alj-ω-cg) ∩ k   iff j –ω ⇝ k, where j  {, δ, , pre, b, }. proof: the proofs of the two facts are similar; so, we will only prove the fact (b): () suppose for every filter base,  <  implies (alj-ω-cg) ∩ k  . if j –ω ⇝ g for some g  k, then by theorem (3.3, f), j-ω ⇝k. so, assume that for each g  k,  does not j-ω ⇝g. let k be a cover of k by subsets open in g. for every g  k, yond is an open set sg containing g and tg  k such that sg  tg and m cl j-ω-g(sg)   for every m  . so, g = {m  cl j-ω-g(sg) : m  } is a filter base on g and  < g . now, g  (alj-ω-cgg). assume that {g: g  k} forms a filter sub base with  denoting the generated filter. then  <  and (al -j-ω-cg) ∩ k = . this contradiction implies yond is a finite subset l  k and mg   for g  l such that,  = ∩{mg  cl j-ω g(sg) : g  l}.there is m   such that m  ∩{mg : g  l}. it easily follows that  = ∩{m  cl j-ω-g(sg) : g  l and m  {cl j-ωg(tg): g  l}. thus j-ω ⇝k. () suppose j-ω ⇝k and  is a filter base such that  < . by theorem (18, d), j-ω ⇝ k, and theorem (18, h), (alj-ω-cg) ∩ k  . 171 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 5. filter bases and j-ω-rigidity in the section, we defined filter bases, j-ω-rigidity, and the some theorems concerning of them. definition 22 a mapping  : g  h is said to be j-ω-closure continuous (resp. j-ω-weakly continuous) if for every g  g and every nbd t of  (g), there exists a nbd s of g in g such that (cl j-ω(s))  cl j-ω-(t) (resp. (s)  cl j-ω-(t)). clearly, every continuous mapping is j-ω-closure continuous, where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. the notions of almost j-ω-convergence and almost j-ω-cluster can used to characterize j-ωclosure continuous. theorem 23 let  : g  h be a mapping. the following are equivalent: (a)  is j-ω-closure continuous. (b) for all filter base  on g, j-ω ⇝g implies  ()   (g). for all filter base  on g,  (alj-ω-c)  (alj-ω-c  (). for all open s  h,  -1 (s)  (aljω-int –1 (alj-ω-cl(s))). where j { , δ, , pre, b, }. proof: the proof of the equivalence of (a), (b) and (d) is straightforward. (a)  (c) suppose  is a filter base on g, g  (alj-ω-c), m   and t is a nbd of  (g), yond is a nbd s of g such that  (cl j-ω(s))  cl j-ω-(t). since cl j-ω-(s) ∩ m  , then cl jω-(t) ∩  (m)  . so,  (g)  (alj-ω-c ()). this shows that (alj-ω-c)  (alj-ω-c ()). (c)  (a) let s be an ultrafilter containing (cl j-ω-(g)). now,  –1 (s) is a filter base since (g)  s and  –1 (s) meets cl j-ω-(g). so,  –1 (s)  cl j-ω-(g) is contained in some ultrafilter t. now  –1 (s) is an ultrafilter base that generates s. since  –1 (s) < (t), then (t) also generates s; hence (alj-ω-c(t )) = (alj-ω-c s ). since g  (alj-ω-c(t )), then (g)  (al j-ω-c t )  (alj-ω-c (t )) = (alj-ω-c s ). so, s meets cl j-ω((g)) and cl j-ω((g))  ∩{ s : s ultrafilter, s  (cl j-ω-(g))}, (denote this intersection by ). nevertheless,  is the filter generated by (cl j-ω-(g)) (see [4]. proposition i.6.6), so clj-ω ((g)) < (cl j-ω (g)). hence  is j-ω-closure continuous, where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. corollary 24 if : g  h is j-ω-closure continuous and k  g, then (alj-ω-cl(k))  (alj-ωcl((k)), where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. here are some similarly proven facts about j-ω-weakly continuous mapping. theorem 25 let  : g  h be a mapping. the following are equivalent: (a)  is j-ω-weakly continuous. (b) for all filter base  on g,   g implies () j-ω ⇝ (g). (c) for all filter base  on g, (alj-ω-c)  (alj-ω-c  ()). (d) for all open s  h,  –1 (s)  int  –1 (cl j-ω-(s)). where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. 172 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 theorem 26 if  : g  h is j-ω-weakly continuous mapping, then (a) for all k  g, (cl j-ω-(k))  (alj-ω-cl (k)). (b) for all l  h, (cl j-ω-(int(cl j-ω- –1 (l))))  cl j-ω-(l). (c) for all open s  h,  (cl j-ω-(s))  cl j-ω-(s). where j  {, δ, , pre, b, }. now, we introduce the definitions of j-ω-compact, j-ω-rigid set, almost j-ω-closed, and jω-urysohn space as follows. definition 27 a mapping  : g  h is said to be j-ωcompact if for every subset c quasij-ω-h-closed relative to h,  –1 (c) is quasij-ω-h-closed relative to g, where j  {, δ, , pre, b, }. definition 28 a subset k of a space g is said to be j-ω-rigid provided whenever  is a filter base on g and k ∩ (alj-ω-cg ) = , there is an open s containing k and m   such that cl j-ω-(s) ∩ m = , where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. definition 29 a mapping  : g  h is said to be almost j-ω-closed if for any set k  g , (alj-ω-cl(k)) = (alj-ω-cl (k)), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. definition 30 a space g is said to be j-ω-urysohn if every pair of distinct points are contained in disjoint j-ω-closed nbds, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. before characterizing j-ω-rigidity, we can show that a j-ω-closure continuous, j-ω-compact mapping into a j-ω-urysohn space with a certain property (the “j-ω-closure” and “quasij-ωh-closed relative” analogue of property  in [15].) is almost j-ω-closed. theorem 31 suppose  : g  h is a j-ω-closure continuous mapping and j-ω-compact and h is j-ωurysohn with this property: for each l  h and h  (alj-ω-cl(l), there is a subset c quasi-jω-h-closed relative to h such that h  (alj-ω-cl(c ∩ l)). then  is almost j-ω-closed, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. proof: let k  h. by corollary (24),  (alj-ω-cl (k))  (alj-ω-cl (k)). suppose h  (aljω-cl (k)).yond is a subset c quasij-ω-h-closed relative to h such that h (alj-ω-cl(c ∩ (k)). then  = {cl j-ω-(s) ∩ c ∩ (k): s  h}, is a filter base on h such that  j-ω ⇝h. now,  = {k ∩  –1 (m): m  } is a filter base on k ∩  –1 (c). since  –1 (c) is quasij-ω-hclosed relative to h, then there is g  (al -j-ω-cg) ∩  –1 (c). by theorem 23, (g)  (alj-ωch())  (alj-ω ch). since  j-ω ⇝ h and h is j-ω-urysohn, (alj-ω-ch) = {h}. so, h  (alj-ω-cl (k)), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. theorem 32 let k be a subset of a space g. the following are equivalent: (a) k is j-ω-rigid in g. 173 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 (b) for all filter base  on g, if k ∩ (alj-ω-cg) = , then for some m  , k ∩ (alj-ωcl(m) = . (c) for all cover k of k by open subsets of g, there is a finite subfamily b  k such that k  int cl j-ω-( b). where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. proof: the proof that (a)  (b) is straightforward. (b)  (c) let k be a cover of k by open subsets of g and  = {∩sb (g  cl j-ω-(s)): b is a finite subset of k}. if  is not a filter base, then for some finite subfamily b  k , g  {cl j-ω-(s) : s  b }; thus, k  g  int cl j-ω( b ) which completes the proof in the case that  is not a filter base. so, suppose  is a filter base. then k ∩ (alj-ω-c) =  and there is an m   such that k ∩ (alj-ω-cl (m)) = . for each x  k, yond is open tg of g such that cl j-ω-(tg) ∩ m = . let t = {tg : g  k}. now, t ∩ m = . since m  , then for some finite subfamily b  k , m = ∩{g  cl j-ω-(s) : s  b }. it follows that t  cl j-ω(b) and hence, k  int cl j-ω-( b), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. (c)  (a) let  be a filter base on g such that k ∩ (al -j-ω-c) = . for all g  k yond is open tg of g and mg   such that cl j-ω-(tg) ∩ mg = . now {tg: g  k} is a cover of k by open subsets of g; so, there is finite subset l  k such that k  int cl j-ω({tg: g  t}). let s = int cl j-ω-({tg: g  l}). yond is m   such that m  ∩ {mg: g  l}. since cl j-ω(s) = {cl j-ω-(tg): g  l}, then cl j-ω-(s) ∩ m = . so k is j-ω-rigid in g, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. 6. filter bases and j-ω-perfect mappings in the section, we defined filter bases, j-ω-perfect mappings, and the some theorems about them. in corollary 14, we show that a mapping  : g  h is perfect (i.e. closed and  –1 (y) compact for each h  h) iff for all filter base  on (g), ⇝h  h, implies  –1 () is (cl-dirtow)  –1 (y) and in corollary 15, proved that a perfect mapping is compact (i.e. inverse image of compact sets are compact). in view theorem 21, we say that a mapping  : g  h is j-ωperfect if for every filter base  on (g),  j-ω ⇝ h  h implies  –1 ()j-ω ⇝ –1 (h), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. theorem 33 let  : g  h be a mapping. the following are equivalent: (a)  is j-ω-perfect. (b) for all filter base  on g, (alj-ω-(c ())  (alj-ω-(c). (c) for all filter base  on (g),  j-ω ⇝l  h, implies  –1 () j-ω ⇝  –1 (l). where j  {, δ, , pre, b, }. proof: (a)  (b) assume  is a filter base on g and h  (alj-ω-c ()). for if not. assume that  –1 (h) ∩ (alj-ω-(c) = . for each g   –1 (h), yond is open sg of g and mg   such that cl j-ω-(sg) ∩ mg = . since  –1 (cl j-ω-(h)) j-ω ⇝ –1 (y) and {sg : g   –1 (h)} is an open cover of  –1 (y), yond is a v  h and a finite subset b   –1 (y) such that  –1 (cl j-ω-(t))  {cl j-ω-(tg): g  l }. yond is an m   such that m  ∩ {mg: g  l}. thus, m ∩  –1 (cl j 174 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 ω-(t)) =  implying cl j-ω-(t) ∩ (m) = , a contradiction as h  (alj-ω-c ()). this shows that h  (alj-ω-c), where j{pre, , b, , }. (b)  (c) assume  is a filter base on (g) and  j-ω ⇝l  h. let be a filter base on g such that  –1 () < . then  < () and (alj-ω c ()) ∩ l  . therefore (alj-ω-c) ∩ l   and (alj-ω-c) ∩  –1 (l)  . by theorem (3.6, b),  –1 () j-ω ⇝ –1 (l), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. (c)  (a) clearly. corollary 34 if  : g  h is j-ω-perfect mapping, then: (a) for all k  g, (alj-ω-cl (k))  (alj-ω-cl (k)). (b) for all almost j-ω-closed k  g, (k) is almost j-ω-closed. (c)  is j-ω-compact. where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. proof: (a) is an immediate consequence of theorem 33, and (b) follows easily from (a). to prove (c) let c be quasij-ω-h-closed relative to h , and  be a filter base on  –1 (c), then () is a filter base on c. by theorem 20, (alj-ω-c()) ∩ c   and by theorem (33, b), (alj-ω-c) ∩  –1 (c)  . by theorem 20,  –1 (c) is quasij-ω-h-closed relative to g, where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. theorem 35 an j-ω-closure continuous mapping  : g  h is j-ω-perfect if and only if (a)  is almost j-ω-closed, and (b)  –1 (y) j-ω-rigid for each h  h, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. proof: () if  is j-ω-closure continuous and j-ω-perfect mapping, then by corollaries 34 and 24,  is almost j-ω-closed. to show  –1 (h), for h  h, is j-ω-rigid, let  be a filter base on g such that  –1 (h) ∩ (al -j-ω-c) = . so, h  (alj-ω-c) and by theorem (33, b), h  (al j-ω c ()). yond is open s of h and m   such that cl j-ω-(s) ∩ (m) = . so,  –1 (cl j-ω(s)) ∩ m = . since  is j-ω-closure continuous, then for any g   –1 (h), yond is open t of g such that cl j-ω-(t)   –1 (cl j-ω-(s)). so,  –1 (h) ∩ cl j-ω-(m) = , where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. () assume that j-ω-closure continuous mapping  satisfies (a) and (b). let  be a filter base on (g) such that  j-ω ⇝h. let  be a filter base on g such that  –1 () < . so,  < () implying that h  (alj-ω-c ()). therefore, for each g  , h  (alj-ω-cl( g ))  (alj-ω-cl g ). hence,  –1 (h) ∩ (alj-ω-cl g)   for each g . by (b),  –1 (h) ∩ (alj-ωc)  . by theorem 33,  is j-ω-perfect mapping, where j  {, δ, , pre, b, }. actually, in the proof of the converse of theorem 35, we have shown that property (a) of theorem 35 can reduced to this statement: for each k  g, al j-ω-cl (k)   (al j-ω-cl (k); in fact, we have shown the next corollary (the mapping is not necessarily j-ω-closure continuous). corollary 36 let  : g  h be a mapping if (a) for all k  g, (alj-ω-cl (k))  (alj-ω-cl (k) 175 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 (b)  –1 (h) j-ω-rigid for each h  h, then  is j-ω-perfect, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. corollary 37 let  : g  h be a mapping. (a)  is almost j-ω closed (b)  –1 (h) j-ω rigid for each h  h, then  –1 preserves j-ω rigidity, where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. proof. let c  h be j-ω rigid and  be a filter base on g such that al j-ω cg ∩  –1 (c) = . by corollary 36 and theorem 33, (alj-ω c()) ∩ c = . so, there is m   such that (aljω cl (m)) ∩ c = . nevertheless (alj-ω cl (m)) = (alj-ω cl (m)). so, (alj-ω cl (m)) ∩  –1 (c) = . so, by theorem 32,  –1 (c) is j-ω rigid, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. theorem 38 suppose  : g  h has j-ω rigid point-inverses. then: (a)  is j-ω closure continuous iff for each h  h and open set t containing h, there is an open set s containing  –1 (h) such that (cl j-ω (s))  cl j-ω(t), where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. (b) if for each h  g and open set s containing  –1 (h), there is an open set t of h such that  – 1 (cl j-ω (t))  cl j-ω (s), then for each k  g , (alj-ω cl((k))  (alj-ω cl(k)), where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. proof. (a) () is obvious. () is straightforward using theorem (32, c) (b) let   k  g and h  (alj-ω cl (k)). then  –1 (h) ∩ (alj-ω cl (k)) = . now,  = {k} is a filter base and (al -j-ω c) ∩  –1 (h) = . so, yond is open set s continuing  –1 (h) such that cl j-ω (s) ∩ k = , yond is open t of h such that  –1 (cl j-ω(t))  cl j-ω(s). therefore, cl j-ω (t) ∩  (k) = . hence h  (alj-ω cl (k)), where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. the next result related to theorem (38, b); the proof is straightforward. theorem 39 let  : g  h. the following are equivalent: (a) for all j-ω-closed k  g, (k) is j-ω-closed, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. (b) for all l  h and j-ω open s containing  –1 (l), there is j-ω-open t containing l such that  –1 (t)  s, where j {, δ, , pre, b, }. theorem 40 if  : g  h is j-ω closure continuous and h is j-ω urysohn, then  is j-ω perfect if and only if for all filter base  on g, if () j-ω ⇝h  h, then (alj-ω cg)  , where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. proof. () assume that  is j-ω perfect and () j-ω ⇝h. therefore,  –1 () j-ω ⇝ –1 (h). since  –1 () < , then by theorem ( 18, d),  j-ω ⇝ –1 (h), by theorem (18, h), (al j-ω c )  . () assume that for each filter base  on g, if () j-ω ⇝h  g, then (alj-ω cg) . suppose  is a filter base on (g) such that  j-ω ⇝h  h, and assume l is a filter base on g such that  –1 () < l. then  =  –1 (g) <  (l). so, (l) j-ω ⇝ h. therefore, (alj-ω-cg 176 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 l)  . let i  h  {h}. because of h j-ω-urysohn, yond are open sets si of i and sh of h such that cl j-ω-(si) ∩ cl j-ω-(sh) = . yond is h  l such that (h)  cl j-ω(sh). for every g   –1 (i), there is open ti of i such that  (cl j-ω(ti))  cl j-ω(si). so, cl j-ω(tg) ∩ h = . it follows that  –1 (i) ∩ (alj-ω-cg l) =  for each i  h  {h}. so, (alj-ω-cg l) ∩  –1 (h)   and  is j-ω-perfect, where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. corollary 41 if  : g  h be a mapping is j-ω-closure continuous, g is quasij-ω-h-closed, and h is j-ω-urysohn, then  is j-ω-perfect, where j{, δ, , pre, b, }. proof. since g is quasij-ω-h-closed, then all filter base on g has non void almost j-ωcluster; now, the corollary follows directly from theorem 35, where j{, δ, , pre, , b, }. 7. conclusions the starting point for the application of abstract topological structures in j-ω-perfect mapping is presented in this paper. we use filter base to introduce a new notion namely filter base and j-ω-perfect mapping. finally, certain theorems and generalization concerning these concepts of studied; j {, δ, , pre, b, }. references 1. riesz, f. stetigkeitsbegriff and und abstrakte mengenlehre. atti ael iv congresso internazionale dei matematici.1909, 2, 18-24. 2. cartan, h. theorie des filters. acad. paris. 1 st edition,1937. 3. cartan, h. filters ultrafilters. acad. paris. 2 nd edition,1937a. 4. bourbaki, n. general topology. part i. addison-wesly. reding. mass,1975. 5. whyburn, g.t. directed families of sets and closedness of functions. proc. nat. acad. sci.1965, 54, 688692. 6. dickman, r.f.; porter, j.r. -perfect and absolutelyclosed functions. illinois jour. math.1977, 21, 42-60. 7. porter, j.r.; thomas, j.d. on h-closed and minimal hausdorff spaces. trans. amer. math. soc.1969, 138, 159170. 8. levine, n.a. decomposition of continuity in topological spaces. american mathematical monthly.1961, 38, 413-418. 9. andrew, d.r; whittlesy, e.k. closure continuity. american mathematical monthly. 1966, 73, 758-759. 10. willard, s. general topology. addison wesley publishing company, inc. 1 st edition,1970. 11. hdeib, h.z. ω-closed mapping. revista colombian a de mathematics.1982, xvi, 65-78. 12. yousif, y.y. -perfect mappings. ibn al– haitham journal for pure and applied science.2007, 20, 2, 141-149. 13. mashhour, a.s.; abd el-monsef, m.e.; el-deeb, s.n. on pre continuous and weak pre continuous mappings. proc. math. phys. soc.1982, 53, 47-53. 14. abd el-monsef, m.e.; el-deeb, s.n.; mohmoud, r.a. β-open sets and β-continuous mappings. bull. fac. sc. assuit univ.1983, 12, 77-90. 15. andrijevic, d. on b-open sets. mat. vesnik.1996, 48, 59-64. 16. velicko, n.n. h-closed topological spaces. american mathematical society translations.1968, 78, 2, 103–118. 177 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 17. yousif, y.y. filter bases and supra perfect functions. science international.2019, 31, 1, 23-27. 18. yousif, y.y.; hussain, l.a. fibrewise ij-perfect bitopological spaces. conf. series: journal of physics.2018, 1003, 012063, 1-12, doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012063. 19. yousif, y.y.; jassim, n.s. ij--perfect functions between bitopological spaces. ibn al–haitham journal for pure and applied science.2010, 23, 2, 135-140. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 60 the necessary condition for optimal boundary control problems for triple elliptic partial differential equations department of mathematics, college of science , mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. hawasy20@yahoo.com jhawassy17@mustansiriyah.edu.iq abstract in this work, we prove that the triple linear partial differential equations (pdes) of the elliptic type (tlepdes) with a given classical continuous boundary control vector (ccbcvr) has a unique "state" solution vector (ssv) by utilizing the galerkin's method (gme). also, we prove the existence of a classical continuous boundary optimal control vector (ccbocvr) ruled by the tlepdes. we study the existence solution for the triple adjoint equations (tajes) related with the triple state equations (tses). the fréchet derivative (fde) for the objective function is derived. at the end we prove the necessary "conditions" theorem (ncth) for optimality for the problem. keywords: boundary optimal control, triple linear partial differential equations of elliptic type, fréchet derivative, necessary conditions. 1. introduction in many scopes, the optimal control problem (ocpr) has a significant base of life problems, different examples for applications of such problems are studied in medicine [1], in aircraft [2], in electric power [3], in economic growth [4], and many other fields. this role push many investigators to study the ocpr for nonlinear ordinary differential equations (nonodes) as [5], or for different types of linear pdes (lpdes) hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptic as in [6,7] and [8] respectively. however, many others interested to study the ocpr for couple nonlinear pdes (cnonlpdes) of these three types [9,10] and [10], whilst [11,12] and [13] studied these three types of the cnonlpdes but involved a neumann boundary control (nbc). on the other hand, [14,15], and [16] in 2019 studied ocpr for triple pdes (tpdes) of the three types, while [17] studied ocpr involving nbc ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2557 article history: received 3,february,2020, accepted15,march,2020, published in january 2021 jamil a. ali al-hawasy nabeel a. thyab al-ajeeli file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/math%20عدد%20خاص/hawasy20@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/math%20عدد%20خاص/hawasy20@yahoo.com mailto:jhawassy17@mustansiriyah.edu.iq 61 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 "ocprnbc" for tpdes of parabolic type (tpdesp). all these investigations push us to seek the ocprnbc governed by the tlepdes. in this paper and at first, we prove that the tlepdes with a given ccbcvr has a unique ssv utilizing the gme. second we prove the existence theorem of ccbocvr ruled by the tlepdes. we study the existence for the solution of the taje related with the tses. the fde of the objective function is derived. at the end, the ncth of optimality of is demonstrated. 2. problem description let ω be a bounded and open connected subset in r2 with "lipshitz boundary" ∂ω , the ocpr is considered by the "state vector equation" which consists of the tlepdes with the nbc. a1y1 + y1 − y2 − y3 = f1(x), in ω (1) a2y2 + y1 + y2 + y3 = f2(x), in ω (2) a3y3 + y1 − y2 + y3 = f3(x), in ω (3) ∑ a1ij ∂y1 ∂n1 = u1 , 2 i,j=1 on ∂ω (4) ∑ a2ij ∂y2 ∂n2 = u2 , 2 i,j=1 on ∂ω (5) ∑ a3ij ∂y3 ∂n3 = u3 , 2 i,j=1 on ∂ω (6) where aryr = − ∑ ∂ ∂xi (arij(x) ∂yr ∂xj ) , r = 1,2,3, arij = arij(xij) ∈ l ∞(ω) , and2i,j=1 (u1, u2, u3) = (u1(x), u2(x), u3(x)) ∈ (l2(∂ω)) 3 is the nbc vector (nbcv), (y1, y2, y3) = (y1(x), y2(x), y3(x)) ∈ (h 1(ω)) 3 is the ssv corresponding to nbcv, (f1, f2, f3) = (f1(x), f2 (x), f3(x)) ∈ (l2(ω)) 3 is given functions, for all x ∈ ω , and 𝑛𝑙, ∀ 𝑙 = 1,2,3 , is a unit vector normal on σ. the controls are defined in the set w⃗⃗⃗ ⊂ (l2(∂ω)) 3 , with w⃗⃗⃗ = {(u1, u2 , u3) ∈ (l2(∂ω)) 3 |(u1, u2 , u3) ∈ u⃗⃗ ⊂ r 3 a. e in ∂ω} where u⃗⃗ is a convex set. the objective functional is defined min u⃗⃗ ∈w⃗⃗⃗⃗ go(u⃗ ) = 1 2 ‖y1 − y1d‖l2(ω) 2 + 1 2 ‖y2 − y2d‖l2(ω) 2 + 1 2 ‖y3 − y3d‖l2(ω) 2 + α 2 ‖u1‖l2(∂ω) 2 + α 2 ‖u2‖l2(∂ω) 2 + α 2 ‖u3‖l2(∂ω) 2 (7) let v⃗⃗ = (v)3 = (h1(ω)) 3 . the symbols (v , v)l2(ω) , and ‖ v ‖l2(ω) (‖ v ‖l2(∂ω)) are the inner product (ip) and the norm in l2(ω) (l2(∂ω)), by (v , v) h1(ω) , ‖v‖h1(ω) the in and the norm in h1(ω) , by (v⃗ , v⃗ )l2(ω) = ∑ (vi , vi) 2 i=1 and ‖ v⃗ ‖(l2(ω)) 3 = ∑ ‖ vi‖l2(ω) 3 i=1 the ip and the norm in (l2(ω)) 3 , by (v⃗ , v⃗ )l2(ω) = ∑ (vi , vi) 3 i=1 and ‖ v⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 = ∑ ‖ vi‖h1(ω) 3 i=1 the ip and the norm in v⃗⃗ and v⃗⃗ ∗ is the dual of v⃗⃗ . 3. weak formulation: the weak form (wfo) for (1-3) is obtained by multiplying their both sides by v1 ∈ v , v2 ∈ v and v3 ∈ v respectively, then integrating them and then using the generalized green's theorem is applied for the terms that contain the derivatives of order two, to get: a1(y1, v1 ) − (y2 + y3 , v1 )l2(ω) = (f1 , v1)l2(ω) + (u1 , v1)l2(∂ω) , ∀ v1 ∈ v (8) 62 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 a2(y2, v2 ) + (y1 + y3 , v2 )l2(ω) = (f2 , v2)l2(ω) + (u2 , v2)l2(∂ω) , ∀ v2 ∈ v (9) a3(y3 , v3) + (y1 − y2 , v3 )l2(ω) = (f3 , v3)l2(ω) + (u3 , v3)l2(∂ω) , ∀ v3 ∈ v (10) adding (8) , (9) and (10) , to get : a(y⃗ , v⃗ ) = f ( v⃗ ), ∀ v⃗ ∈ v (11) where a(y⃗ , v⃗ ) = a1 (y1 , v1 ) − (y2 + y3 , v1 )l2(ω) + a2 (y2 , v2 ) (y1 + y3 , v2 )l2(ω) + a3 (y3 , v3 ) + (y1 − y2 , v3 )l2(ω) (12a) ar(yr , vr ) = ∫ (∑ arij ∂yr ∂xi ∂vr ∂xj + yrvr 2 i,j=1 ) ω dx , with ar(yr , vr ) ≥ c1r ‖yr‖h1(ω) 2 , where c1r ≥ 0 , r = 1 , 2 , 3 |ar(yr , vr )| ≤ c2r ‖yr‖h1(ω) 2 ‖vr‖h1(ω) , 2 , where c2r ≥ 0 , r = 1 , 2 , 3 a(y⃗ , y⃗ ) ≥ ∝1 ‖ y⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 2 |a(y⃗ , v⃗ )| ≤ ∝2 ‖ y⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 ‖ v⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 where ‖ y⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 2 = ‖ y⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 2 + ‖∇ y⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 2 , and f( v⃗ ) = (f1 , v1)l2(ω) + (u1 , v1)l2(∂ω) + (f2 , v2)l2(ω) + (u2 , v2)l2(∂ω) + (f3 , v3)l2(ω) + (u3 , v3)l2(∂ω) (12b) assumptions (a): a) a( y⃗ , v⃗ ) is coercive , i. e , a ( y⃗ , y⃗ ) ≥ c‖ y⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 2 . b) |a( y⃗ , y⃗ )| ≤ c1‖ y⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 2 ‖ v⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 where c1 > 0 . c) |f( v⃗ )| ≤ c2‖ v⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 , ∀ v⃗ ∈ v , c2 > 0 . to find the solution of (11), the gme is applied, and an approximation (app) subspace v⃗⃗ n ⊂ v⃗⃗ ( v⃗⃗ n is the set of continuous function in ω ) is chose, thus (11) will be in the following app form: a( y⃗ n , v⃗ ) = f( v⃗ ), ∀ y⃗ n , v⃗ ∈ v⃗⃗ n (13) theorem 3.1: if u⃗ ∈ (l2(∂ω)) 3 , is a given nbcv, then problem (13) has a unique app solution(apps) y⃗ n ∈ v⃗⃗ n proof: let {φ⃗⃗ 1 , φ⃗⃗ 2 , … … … , φ⃗⃗ n} span v⃗⃗ n , then the apps of (13) is written by: y⃗ n = ∑ dj φ⃗⃗ j (x1 , x2) n j=1 (14) where ∅⃗⃗ j = ((4 ℓ mod (4 − ℓ))φk , (4 mod (ℓ + 1)) φk , ((4 + ℓ2)mod (ℓ)) φk ) , ℓ = 1, 2,3 j = k + n(ℓ − 1) and dj = dℓk is unknown constant , ∀ j = 1 , 2 , … … , n , with n = 3n by substituting (14) in (13) , with v⃗ = φ⃗⃗ i , we get: ∑ dj a(φ⃗⃗ j , φ⃗⃗ i) = f(φ⃗⃗ i ) , ∀ i = 1 , 2 , … , n n j=1 (15) it is clear that (15) is equivalent to the algebraic system. an×n dn ×1 = bn ×1 (16) where an×n = (aij )n×n , aij = a (φ⃗⃗ j , φ⃗⃗ i) , bn ×1 = (b1, b2, … . bn) t , bi = f (φ⃗⃗ i ) 63 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 and dn ×1 = (d1, d2, … . dn) t, i, j = 1 , 2 , … , n. since an×n dn ×1 = 0 ⟹ 𝑎(∑ 𝑑𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 �⃗� 𝑗, �⃗� 𝑖) = 0, then from using( a – a ) 𝑐‖∑ 𝑑�⃗� 𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 ‖(𝐻¹(ω)) 2 2 ≤ ∑ 𝑑𝑖𝑎 𝑛 𝑖=1 (∑ 𝑑𝑗�⃗� 𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 , �⃗� 𝑖) = 0 the uniqueness (16) is obtained from its corresponding homogeneous system. proposition 3.1 [6]: for any v⃗ in v⃗⃗ , v⃗⃗ n has a sequence {φ⃗⃗ n} with φ⃗⃗ n ∈ v⃗⃗ n , ∀ n for which φ⃗⃗ n → v⃗⃗ strongly in v⃗⃗ . now, by theorem 3.1, the following sequence of the wfo has a sequence for the solutions { y⃗ n }n=1 ∞ a( y⃗ n , φ⃗⃗ n ) = f( φ⃗⃗ n ), ∀ y⃗ n , φ⃗⃗ n ∈ v⃗⃗ n , ∀ n (17) theorem 3.2: the sequence { y⃗ n }n=1 ∞ converges to y⃗ strongly in (h1(ω)) 3 . proof: we have y⃗ n is a solution of (17), then by ( a – a & c ) : ‖ y⃗ n ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 ≤ c̅1, where c̅1 > 0, ∀n from the alaoglu's theorem (agth)[8], {y⃗ n} has a subsequence. it is not loss of generality to say again {y⃗ n} for which y⃗ n → y⃗ , weakly in v⃗⃗ . now, let v⃗ ∈ v⃗⃗ be fixed, then l v⃗⃗ (w⃗⃗⃗ ) = a(w⃗⃗⃗ , v⃗ ) is a bounded linear functional i.e, l v⃗⃗ ∈ v⃗⃗ . to prove the sequence of the solutions {y⃗ n }n=1 ∞ of the wfo (17) converges to the solution of the wfo(11). step 1: since y⃗ n → y⃗ weakly in v⃗⃗ and by proposition3.1, φ⃗⃗ n → v⃗⃗ strongly in v⃗⃗ , then |a( y⃗ n , φ⃗⃗ n ) − a ( y⃗ , v⃗ )| ≤ |a( y⃗ n , φ⃗⃗ n − v⃗ ) + a( y⃗ n − y⃗ , v⃗ )| ≤ c1‖ y⃗ n ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 ‖ φ⃗⃗ n − v⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 + c2‖ y⃗ n − y⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 ‖ v⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 → 0 (18) hence a( y⃗ n , φ⃗⃗ n ) → a( y⃗ , v⃗ ) (19) step 2: since φ⃗⃗ n → v⃗ strongly in v⃗⃗ ⟹ φ⃗⃗ n ⟶ v⃗ weakly in v⃗⃗ , then f( φ⃗⃗ n ) ⟶ f( v⃗ ) the above two steps give the following a( y⃗ , v⃗ ) = f( v⃗ ) , ∀ v⃗ ∈ v⃗⃗ which means y⃗ is a solution in (11). now, to prove y⃗ n → y⃗ strongly in v⃗⃗ , by using ( a − a), it follows that : c ‖ y⃗ − y⃗ n‖ (h1(ω)) 3 ≤ a( y⃗ − y⃗ n , y⃗ ) − a( y⃗ , y⃗ n ) + a( y⃗ n , y⃗ n) = a( y⃗ − y⃗ n , y⃗ ) = ly⃗⃗ ( y⃗ − y⃗ n ) → 0 thus {y⃗ n} converges to y⃗ strongly in (h 1(ω)) 3 . 4. existence of a ccbocvr: lemma 4.1: the operator u⃗ − y⃗ u⃗⃗ is lipschitz continuous from (l2(∂ω)) 3 into (l2(ω)) 3 and is satisfied ‖ ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 ≤ c3 ‖∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖(l2(∂ω)) 3 , with c3 > 0 . 64 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proof: let u1́ , u2́ , u3́ be controls of the wfo (11) y1́, y2́ and y3́ be their corresponding ssv, subtracting the obtaining wfo from (11), by letting ∆y1 = y1́ − y1 and ∆u = u1́ − u with v⃗ = ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ , to get a( ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) = ( ∆u1 , ∆y1 )(l2(∂ω)) + ( ∆u2 , ∆y2 )(l2(∂ω)) + ( ∆u3 , ∆y3 )(l2(∂ω)) (20) which gives after using(a-a), the cauchy inequality(csin) and then the trace operator to obtain c‖ ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 2 ≤ |a ( ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ , ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) | ≤ c1‖ ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖(l2(∂ω)) 3 ‖ ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 then, ‖ ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 ≤ c2‖ ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖(l2(∂ω)) 3 where c2 = c1 c since ‖ ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 ≤ c ‖ ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 , then the above inequality becomes ‖ ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 ≤ c3‖ ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖(l2(∂ω)) 3 , where c3 = c ∙ c2 (21) lemma 4.2 [3]:the norm ‖ ‖l2(ω) (or the norm ‖ ‖l2(∂ω) ) is weakly lower semi continuous (welsc) lemma 4.3: the objective function (7) is welsc. proof: the norm ‖ ‖l2(∂ω) is welsc (by lemma 4.2 ), but when u⃗ n → u⃗ weakly in (l2(ω)) 3 , then by using lemma 4.1 gives y⃗ n → y⃗ = y⃗ u⃗⃗ weakly in (l2(ω)) 3 , then by using lemma 4.2 , ‖y⃗ − y⃗ n‖l2(ω) 2 is welsc, i.e , g0( u⃗ ) is welsc. lemma 4.4 [3]:the norm ‖ ‖l2(ω) (‖ ‖l2(∂ω) ) is strictly convex (sc) . remark 4.1: by applying lemma 4.4, g0( u⃗ ) is (sc). theorem 4.1: if ui , ∀ i = 1 , 2 , 3 is bounded, then there is a ccbocvr for the problem (8). proof: since ui , ∀ i = 1 , 2 , 3 is bounded , then wi ( ∀ i = 1 , 2 , 3) is a bounded and then w⃗⃗⃗ is bounded since g0( u⃗ ) ≥ 0 , then there is a minimum sequence { u⃗ n } = {(u1n , u2n , u3n)} ∈ w⃗⃗⃗ , for each n , such that: lim n→∞ g0( u⃗ n ) = infw⃗⃗⃗ ∈w⃗⃗⃗⃗ g0( w⃗⃗⃗ ) from the coercive property of g0( u⃗ ) , and its infimum, there exists a constant c > 0 such that ‖ u⃗ n‖ (l2(∂ω)) 3 ≤ c , ∀ n (22) then by agth, the sequence { u⃗ n } has a subsequence. it is not loss of generality to say again { u⃗ n } for which u⃗ n → u⃗ weakly in (l2(∂ω)) 3 . from theorem3.1, for each control u⃗ n = (u1n , u2n , u3n) the tepdese has a unique apps y⃗ n = y⃗ un . to prove (for each n) { y⃗ n } , is bounded in v⃗⃗ , using (a – a & c) , csin and the trace operator , to get c‖ y⃗ n ‖ (h1(ω)) 3 2 ≤ a ( y⃗ n , y⃗ n ) = f( y⃗ n) ≤ ℓ1‖ y1n‖l2(ω) + c1‖ y1n‖h1(ω) + ℓ2‖ y2n‖l2(ω) + c2‖ y2n‖h1(ω) + ℓ3‖ y3n‖l2(ω) + c3‖ y3n‖h1(ω) ≤ s‖ y⃗ n‖h1(ω) then ‖ y⃗ n‖ (h1(ω)) 3 ≤ a , for each n with a = s c > 0 . where r1 = max(ℓ1 , c1) , r2 = max(ℓ2 , c2) , r3 = (ℓ3 , c3) and s = max(r1 , r2 , r3). 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 then by agth { y⃗ n } has a subsequence. it is not loss of generality to say again { y⃗ n } for which y⃗ n → y⃗ weakly in v⃗⃗ , since ∀n y⃗ n satisfies the wfo (11) for each, or a( y⃗ n, v⃗ ) = fn(v⃗ ) = ( f1 , v1)l2(ω) + ( u1n , v1)l2(∂ω ) + ( f2 , v2)l2(ω) + ( u2n , v2)l2(∂ω) +( f3 , v3)l2(ω) + ( u3n , v3)l2(∂ω) (23) to show (23) converges to a( y⃗ , v⃗ ) = f(v⃗ ) (24) first, since yin → yi weakly in l2(ω) ∀ i (for yin → yi weakly in vi ), then by csin, one has: │a1(y1n , v1 ) − (y2n + y3n , v1 )l2(ω) + a2(y2n , v2 ) + (y1n + y3n , v2 )l2(ω) + a3(y3n , v3 ) + (y1n − y2n , v3 )l2(ω) − a1(y1 , v1 ) + (y2 + y3 , v1 )l2(ω) − a2(y2 , v2 ) − (y1 + y3 , v2 )l2(ω) − a3(y3 , v3 ) − (y1 − y2 , v3 )l2(ω) ≤ (c1‖ y1n − y1‖h1(ω) + ‖ y2n − y2‖l2(ω) + ‖ y3n − y3‖l2(ω) )‖ v1‖l2(ω) +(c2‖ y2n − y2‖h1(ω) + ‖ y1n − y1‖l2(ω) + ‖ y3n − y3‖l2(ω) )‖ v2‖l2(ω) +(c3‖ y3n − y3‖h1(ω) + ‖ y1n − y1‖l2(ω) + ‖ y2n − y2‖l2(ω) )‖ v3‖l2(ω) → 0 second, we have u⃗ n → u⃗ weakly in (l 2(∂ω)) 3 , then the terms in the right hand side of (23) converges to the those in the right hand side of (24) . thus (23) converges to (24) . but, we have u⃗ n → u⃗ weakly in (l2(∂ω)) 3 and g0( u⃗ ) is welsc, then g0( u⃗ ) ≤ lim n→∞ infu⃗⃗ n ∈w⃗⃗⃗⃗ g0( u⃗ n ) = lim n→∞ g0( u⃗ n ) = infw⃗⃗⃗ ∈w⃗⃗⃗⃗ g0( w⃗⃗⃗ ) then g0( u⃗ ) = infw⃗⃗⃗ ∈w⃗⃗⃗⃗ g0( w⃗⃗⃗ ) , i.e, u⃗ a ccbocvr. applying remark 4.1, gives us u⃗ which is unique. 5. the ncth for optimality: theorem 5.1: the tajes(z1 , z2 , z3) = (z1u1 , z2u2 , z3u3) of the wfo of the tses (1-6) are given by: a1 z1 + z1 + z2 + z3 = ( y1 − y1d) , in ω (25) a2 z1 − z1 + z2 − z3 = ( y2 − y2d) , in ω (26) a3 z1 − z1 + z2 + z3 = ( y3 − y3d) , in ω (27) ∂z1 ∂n1 = 0 , in ∂ω (28) ∂z2 ∂n2 = 0 , in ∂ω (29) ∂z3 ∂n3 = 0 , in ∂ω (30) then the fde of g0 is given by : ( g0 ′ ( u⃗ ) , ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) l2(∂ω) = (z +∝ u⃗ , ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) l2(∂ω) proof: rewriting the tajes (25-30) by its wfo, adding them, then substituting v⃗ = ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ , once get the following wfo which has a unique solution z = z u⃗⃗ : a1(z1 , ∆y1 ) + (z2 + z3 , ∆y1 )l2(ω) + a2(z2 , ∆y2 ) − (z1 + z3 , ∆y1 )l2(ω) + a3(z3 , ∆y3 ) − (z1 − z2 , ∆y3 )l2(ω) = (y1 − y1d , ∆y1 )l2(ω) + (y2 − y2d , ∆y2 )l2(ω) + 66 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (y3 − y3d , ∆y3 )l2(ω) (31) utilizing (12a&b) in (11), then substituting v⃗ = z once and once again v⃗ = z and setting y⃗ + ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ instead of y⃗ , then subtracting the second obtained equation from the first one, to get a1(∆y1, z1 ) − (∆y2, z1 )l2(ω) − (∆y3, z1 )l2(ω) + a2(∆y2, z2 ) + (∆y1, z2 )l2(ω) + (∆y3, z2 )l2(ω) + a3(∆y3, z3 ) + (∆y1, z3 ) − (∆y2, z3 ) = (∆u1 , z1 )l2(∂ω) + (∆u2 , z2 )l2(∂ω) + (∆u3 , z3 )l2(∂ω) (32) subtracting (32) from (31), to get (∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ , z ) l2(∂ω) = (y⃗ − y⃗ d , ∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ )l2(ω) (33) now, for the cost function, we have g0(u⃗ + ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) − g0(u⃗ ) = (y1 − y1d , ∆y1 )l2(ω) + (y2 − y2d , ∆y2 )l2(ω) + (y3 − y3d , ∆y3 )l2(ω) + 1 2 ‖∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 2 + ∝ 2 ‖∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(∂ω)) 3 2 (34) from (33) & (34), we get g0(u⃗ + ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) − g0(u⃗ ) = (z +∝ u⃗ , ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ )l2(∂ω) + 1 2 ‖∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 2 + ∝ 2 ‖∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(∂ω)) 3 2 (35) from lemma 4.1, it yield that 1 2 ‖∆y⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(ω)) 3 2 + ∝ 2 ‖∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(∂ω)) 3 2 = є(∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ )‖∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(∂ω)) 3 2 (36) where є(∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ⟶ 0 , as ‖∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ (l2(∂ω)) 3 2 ⟶ 0 with є(∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) = є1(∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) + є2(∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) then from the fde of g0 , and (35-36), once get: (g0 ′ (u⃗ ), ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) = (z +∝ u⃗ , ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) l2(∂ω) . theorem 5.2: the (ccboc) of (1-6) is: g0 ′ (u⃗ ) = z +∝ u⃗ = 0 with y⃗ = y⃗ u⃗⃗ and z = z u⃗⃗ . proof:if u⃗ is an optimal control of the problem, then g0(u⃗ ) = minw⃗⃗⃗ ∈w⃗⃗⃗⃗ g0( w⃗⃗⃗ ) , ∀ w⃗⃗⃗ ∈ (l2(∂ω)) 3 i.e., g0 ′ (u⃗ ) = 0 ⟹ z = −∝ u⃗ , ∆u⃗⃗⃗⃗ = w⃗⃗⃗ − u⃗ the necessary condition for optimality is: (z +∝ u⃗ , u⃗ ) ≤ (z +∝ u⃗ , w⃗⃗⃗ ) , ∀ w⃗⃗⃗ ∈ (l2(∂ω)) 3 . 6. conclusions the existence and uniqueness theorem for the ssv of the tlepdes is proved successfully using the gme when the ccbcvr is given. the proof of the existence ccbocvr ruled by the considered tlepdes is demonstrated. the studding of the existence solution of the tajes related with the tlepdes is demonstrated. the fde is derived. finally the ncth of optimality for the considered problem is demonstrated. references 1. grigorenko, n.l.; grigorieva, ѐ.v.; roi, p.k.; khailov, e.n. optimal control problems for a mathematical model of the treatment of psoriasis. computational mathimatics and modeling. 2019, 30, 352-363, doi: 10.1007/s10598-019-09461-y. 2. kahina, l.; spiteri, p.; demim, f.; mohamed, a.; nemra, a.; messine, f. application optimal control for a problem aircraft flight. journal of engineering science and technology review. 2018, 11, 156-164, doi: 10.25103/jestr.111.19. 67 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 3. aderinto, y.o.; afolabi, a.o.; issa, i.t. on optimal planning of electric power generation systems. punjab university. journal of mathematics. 2017, 50, 89-95,doi: 10.25103/jestr.111.19. 4. kryazhimskii, a.v.; taras'ev, a.m. optimal control for proportional economic growth. pleiades publishing. ltd. 2016, 293, s101-s119, doi: 10.1134/s0081543816050102. 5. afshar, m.; merrikh-bayat, f.; razvan, m.r. stepwise solution for optimal control problems. çankaya university. jornal of science and engineering. 2016, 13, 024-037, doi: 6. mabonzo,v.d.; ampini, d. existence of optimal control for a nonlinear partial differential equation of hyperbolic-type. ejpam. 2019, 12, 1595-1601, doi: 10.29020/nybg.ejpam.v12i4.3577. 7. kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control problem of partial differential equations. m.sc. thesis. university of mustansiriyah. 2015. 8. al-rawdanee, e.h.m. the continuous classical optimal control problem of a non-linear partial differential equations of elliptic type. m.sc. thesis. university of mustansiriyah. 2015. 9. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. iraqi journal of science. 2016, 57, 1528-1538, issn: 0067-2904. 10. kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control problem of partial differential equations. m.sc. thesis. university of mustansiriyah. 2015. 11. al-hawasy, j.a.a.; al-qaisi, s.j.m. the solvability of the continuous classical boundary optimal control of couple nonlinear elliptic partial differential equations with state constraints. al-mustansiriyah journal of science. 2019,30,143-151,doi: 10.23851/mjs.v30il.464. 12. al-hawasy, j.a.a.; naeif, a.a.h. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of a couple nonlinear parabolic partial differential equations. 1 st scientific international conference. college of science. al-nahrain university. 2017, special issus, 123-136, doi: 10.22401/anjs.00.1.17. 13. al-hawasy, j.a. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of couple nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem with equality and inequality constraints. open1 access. baghdad science journal. 2019,16,1064-1074,doi: 10.21123/bsj.2019.16.4. 14. al-hawasy, j.; jaber, m.a. the continuous classical optimal control governing by triple parabolic boundary value problem. ibn al-haitham for pure and appl. sci. 2020, 33, 129-142. 15. al-hawasy, j.; jasim, d.k. the continuous classical optimal control problems of a triple elliptic partial differential equations. ibn al-haitham for pure and appl. sci. 2020, 33, 143-151. 16. al-hawasy, j.a.a. solvability for continuous classical optimal control associated with triple hyperbolic boundary value problem. accepted in ijpam, 2019. 17. al-hawasy, j.; jaber, m.a. the continuous classical boundary optimal control vector governing by triple linear partial differential equations of parabolic type. accepted in ibn al-haitham for pure and applied science. 2019. microsoft word 19-24   19  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       measurement of radioactivity in some commercial porcelain samples by using hpge detector article history: received 11 june 2019, accepted 28 august 2019, published in april 2020. abstract estimations of specific activity concentrations in eight commercial porcelain tiles made in different countries were performed by the use of hpge detector. we have found that the highest specific activity concentrations for 238u, 40k were equal to (21.120 bq/kg) and (283.862 bq/kg) respectively, iranian origin, while the highest specific activity concentration for 232th was found to be equal to (29.292 bq/kg), iraqi origin; all of which were less than their corresponding recommended values given by (unscear, 2000). the radiation hazard indices [iɣ , hin ,hex , raeq ,dɣ , (aede) in and (aede) out] were also studied and their values were less than the allowed values determined by (unscear, 2000). therefore, all the studied tiles of commercial porcelain are safe when used, for example, in floor constructions. keyword: radiation hazard indices, porcelain samples, hpge detector. 1. introduction humans are constantly presented to ionizing radiation because of radiation sources. other than radiation made by human, the radiation primary source is a characteristic of radioactivity [1]. the radionuclides of 238u, 40k and 232th can be found nearly in a wide range of materials which are produced from the earth's crust [2]. these radionuclides  enter into the bodies through the food, water and air [3]. these radionuclides and daughters dispose some dangers because of their emissions of beta and gamma rays and because of radon and its daughters which emits alpha particles [4]. the human body contains slight amounts of naturally occurring radioactive elements in muscles, bones and tissues. specifically radioactive gases like radon are gathered in the distinctive segments of the body and add to the interior measurement by ingestion and inward breath. since people spend the greater part of their time (about 80%) indoors, it is vital to get ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mahmood salim karim firas hashem ahmed ali n. mohammed doi: 10.30526/33.2.2439 hazim louis mansour department of physics, college of education, university of mustansiriyah department of physics, college of education, university of mustansiriyah firas.hashem@yahoo.com   20  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 information about natural radioactivity to decide the amount of public exposure in flooring materials [5]. we use hpge detector to determine the specific activity concentrations and radiation hazard indices for some commercial porcelain tiles, which is the aim of this paper. 2. materials and method eight commercial porcelain tiles were gathered from various different markets and industrial facilities. the tiles were picked from most regular iraqi markets, see figure 1. each tile was pounded into small pieces, then into fine powder by utilizing jaw crusher. the tiles were dried at 100 °c for one hour to guarantee that any moisture was expelled from the tests. in order to acquire uniform molecular sizes, a (500 μm) mesh was utilized, and then, the tiles were weighted (one kg) and transferred to a marinelli beaker. the hpge system which was used in the present work was a (3×3) inch, see figure 2. a fundamental prerequisite to estimate a gamma producer was the character of photo peaks showed in the spectrum made by the detector system. calibration of energy was done by utilizing a standard source of marinelli beaker of eu-152, set up with energies (411.1, 344.3, 1408.0, 964.0, 444.6, 778.9, 1085.8, 121.8, 1112.0 and 244.7 kev). figure 1. some porcelain tiles used in the present work. figure 2. hpge system used in the present work.   21  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 the equation which was used to obtain the specific activity concentrations in porcelain tiles is [6]. 𝑨 𝑵 𝑩𝑮 𝑻.𝑰𝜸 𝑬𝜸 .ℇ 𝑬𝜸 .𝑴 (1) where: a: represents the specific activity of radioactive elements. n: area of the photo peak at energy (eγ). b.g: net peak area of the background. ɛ(eγ): detector efficiency. iγ (eγ): abundance. m: mass of the sample (kg). t: duration of measuring procedure (7200 s).  radiation hazard indices 1radium equivalent activity (raeq) [6]. raeq = 1.43ath + 0.077ak + au (2) where ath, ak and au are the specific activity concentrations of 238u, 232th and 40k, respectively in (bq/kg) units. 2absorbed gamma dose rate (dɣ) [7]. dɣ = 0.604ath + 0.0417ak + 0.462au + (3) [8]. )out, aede in(aede the annual effective dose equivalent -3 (aede) in = dɣ (ngy/h) × 10-6 × (0.7 sv/gy) × 8760 h/y × 0.80 (4) (aede)out= dɣ (ngy/h) × 10-6 ×(0.7 sv/gy)× × 8760 h/y × 0.20 (5) 4internal and external hazard indices (hin , hex) [9]. 1 4810259185  kthuin aaa h (6) 1 4810259370  kthuex aaa h (7) 5activity concentration index (iɣ) [10]. 3000200300 kthu γ aaa i  (8)   22  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 3. results and discussions table 1. contains the results of the present work. it can be noticed that the specific activity of (238u) was found to be varied from (14.830 bq/kg) (syrian origin) to (21.120 bq/kg) (iranian origin), with a mean  value of (17.968±2.248 bq/kg), see figure 3. which do not reach the preferred value (35 bq/kg) for the specific activity of 238u specified by (unscear, 2000). specific activity of (232th) was found to be ranged from (19.564 bq/kg) (spanish origin) to (29.292 bq/kg) (iraqi origin), with a mean value of (24.282±3.168 bq/kg), see figure 3. which do not reach the preferred value (30 bq/kg) for the specific activity of 232th specified by (unscear, 2000). specific activity of (40k) was found to be ranged from (154.070 bq/kg) (vietnamese origin) to (283.862 bq/kg) (iranian origin), with an average value of (222.715±47.09 bq/kg), see figure 3. which do not reach the preferred value (400 bq/kg) for the specific activity of 40k specified by (unscear, 2000). radium equivalent activity (raeq) was ranged from (59.289 bq/kg) (syrian origin) to (80.348 bq/kg) (iraqi origin), with a mean value of (69.841±5.756 bq/kg). these values do not reach the preferred value (370 bq/kg) for the (raeq) specified by (unscear, 2000). absorbed dose rate (dɣ) was ranged from (27.259 ngy/h) (syrian origin) to (37.142 ngy/h) (iraqi origin), with a mean value of (32.255±2.7 ngy/h). these values do not reach the preferred value (55 ngy/h) for the (dɣ) specified by (unscear, 2000). the (aede) was found to be ranged from (0.134 msv/y) (syrian origin) to (0.182 msv/y) (iraqi origin), with a mean value of (0.158±0.013 msv/y which do not reach the preferred value (1 msv/y) for the (aede)in specified by (unscear, 2000). (aede)out was found to be ranged from (0.033 msv/y) (syrian origin) to (0.046 msv/y) (iraqi origin), with a mean value of (0.040±0.003msv/y which do not reach the preferred value (1 msv/y) for the (aede)out specified by (unscear, 2000). the internal hazard index (hin) was ranged from (0.200) (syrian origin) to (0.266) (italian origin), with an average value of (0.237±0.019). which do not reach the preferred value (1) for the (hin) specified by (unscear, 2000). the external hazard index (hex) was ranged from (0.160) (syrian origin) to (0.217) (iraqi origin), with an average value of (0.189±0.015). which do not reach the preferred value (1) for the (hex) specified by (unscear, 2000). activity concentration index (iɣ) was found to be ranged from (0.216) (syrian origin) to (0.296) (iraqi origin), with an average value of (0.256±0.021) which do not reach the preferred value of (1) for the (iɣ) specified by (unscear, 2000).   23  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 figure 3. specific activity of (238u, 232th and 40k) for all porcelain tiles studied in the present work. 4. conclusion all results concerning values of the specific activity for ( 238u, 232th and 40k) and radiation hazard indices [iɣ , hin ,hex , raeq ,dɣ , (aede) in and (aede) out] were found to be less than their permitted limits and it will not pose relatively serious health risk when used, for example, in floor contractions. table 1. origin, specific activity concentrations and hazard indices for the commercial porcelain samples studied in the present work. ɣi hazard index (a.e.d.e)  (msv/y) ɣd (ngy/h) eqra (bq/kg) 40k (bq/kg ) 232th (bq/kg ) 238u (bq/kg ) origin  no . exh inhoutdoor oute indoor ine 0.228 0.171 0.227 0.036 0.142 28.98 5 63.33 0 154.07 0 21.480 20.750 vietna m 1 0.246 0.184 0.226 0.038 0.151 30.86 4 67.96 6 167.92 0 27.620 15.540 china 2 0.252 0.184 0.226 0.039 0.155 31.67 0 68.29 3 241.54 3 24.024 15.340 india 3 0.296 0.217 0.264 0.046 0.182 37.14 2 80.34 8 274.29 5 29.292 17.340 iraq 4 0.216 0.160 0.200 0.033 0.134 27.25 9 59.28 9 177.54 1 21.530 14.830 syria 5 0.281 0.209 0.266 0.043 0.174 35.45 7 77.56 4 202.95 1 28.606 21.030 italy 6 0.250 0.182 0.230 0.039 0.155 31.69 7 67.30 1 279.54 1 19.564 17.800 spain 7 0.276 0.202 0.259 0.043 0.172 34.96 7 74.63 8 283.86 2 22.140 21.120 iran 8 0.216 0.160 0.200 0.033 0.134 27.25 9 59.28 9 154.07 0 19.564 14.830 min. 0.296 0.217 0.266 0.046 0.182 37.14 2 80.34 8 283.86 2 29.292 21.120 max. 0.256±0.02 1 0.189 ±0.01 5 0.237 ±0.01 9 0.040 ±0.00 3 0.158 ±0.01 3 32.25 5 ±2.7 69.84 1 ±5.75 6 222.71 5 ±47.09 24.282 ±3.168 17.968 ±2.248 average 1 1 1 1 1 55 370 400 30 35 worldwide average [11]   24  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 references 1. ngachin, m.; garavaglia, m.; giovani, c.; njock, m.k.; nourreddine, a. assessment of natural radioactivity and associated radiation hazards in some cameroonian building materials. radiation measurements.2007, 42, 1, 61-67. 2. heiyam najy hady; shahad fadel kadim study of the natural radioactivity of selected samples of the oil of alnada district in najaf. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci.2018, 31, 3, 43-54. 3. karim, m.s.; mohammed, a.h.; abbas, a.a. measurement of uranium concentrations in human blood in some the regions of baghdad governorate. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2010, 23, 2, 25-32. 4. iqbal, m.; tufail, m.; mirza, s.m. measurement of natural radioactivity in marble found in pakistan using a nai (tl) gamma-ray spectrometer. journal of environmental radioactivity.2000, 51, 2, 255-265. 5. senthilkumar, r.; ravisankar, k.; vanasundari, i.; vijayalakshmi, p.; vijayagopal, m.t. jose. assessment of radioactivity and the associated hazards in local cement types used in tamilnadu. india radiation physics and chemistry.2013, 88, 45-48. 6. dia, h.m.; nouh, s.a.; hamdy, a.; el-fiki, s.a. evaluation of natural radioactivity in a cultivated area around a fertilizer factory. nuclear and radiation physics.2008, 3, 1, 53-62. 7. shawkat, n. radioactive pollution and environmental sources in the province of nineveh. m.sc. thesis. wassit university. 2000. 8. el-arabi, a.m. gamma activity in some environmental samples in south egypt. indian journal of pure & applied physics.2005, 43, 422-426. 9. al-taher, a.; makhluf, s. natural radioactivity levels in phosphate fertilizer and its environmental implications in assuit governorate, upper egypt. indian journal of pure & applied physics.2010, 48, 697-702. 10. erkan, a. an investigation on the natural radioactivity of building materials, raw materials and interior coatings in central turkey. brazilian journal of medical sciences. 2007, 37, 4, 199-203. 11. unscear, volume i. united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation, report to the general assembly. anex b: exposures from natural radiation sources, new york. 2000.   @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 strongly (completely) hollow sub-modules ii inaam m. a. hadi ghaleb a. humod dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in:15 march 2012 , accepted in:17 june 2012 abstract let m be an r-module, where r is commutative ring with unity. in this paper we study the behavior of strongly hollow and quasi hollow submodule in the class of strongly comultiplication modules. beside this we give the relationships between strongly hollow and quasi hollow submodules with v-coprime, coprime, bi-hollow submodules. key words : strongly hollow and quasi hollow submodules, strongly comultiplication modules, v-coprime module, v-coprime submodule, coprime submodule, bi-hollow module, bi-hollow submodule. 292 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction throughout this paper, all rings are commutative rings with identity and all modules are unital module. in this research we investigate some properties of strongly hollow and quasi hollow submodules in the class of strongly comultiplication modules, see proposition 2.7, proposition 2.8. next, we introduce the relationships between strongly hollow and quasi hollow modules with coprime modules, v-coprime modules and bi-hollow modules. also, we study the relationships between strongly hollow and quasi hollow submodule with v-coprime (bi-hollow)-submodules. 1some basic definitions 1.1 definition: [1,4.2] let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, then l is called a strongly-hollow submodule (briefly, sh-submodule) if for every l1, l2 ≤ m with l ≤ l1 + l2 implies l ≤ l1 or l ≤ l2, we say that an r-module m is a strongly-hollow module if m is a strongly hollow submodule of itself. 1.2 remark: let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, l is a sh-submodule if for each l1, …, ln ≤ m with l ≤ l1 + l2 + … + ln, implies l ≤ l1 or l ≤ l2 or … or l ≤ ln. 1.3 definition: [1, 4.2] let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, then l is called a completely hollow submodule (briefly, ch-submodule) if for any collection {lλ}λ∈λ of r-submodules of m with l lλ λ∈λ = ∑ , implies l = lλ for some λ∈λ. we say that an r-module m is completely hollow (briefly, ch-module) if m is completely hollow submodule of itself. 1.4 definition: [2, definition 1.13] let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, then l is called a quasi-hollow submodule (briefly, qh-submodule) if for each l1, l2 ≤ m with l ≤ l1 + l2, then either l = l1 or l = l2. an r-module m is called a quasi-hollow module if m is a quasi-hollow submodule of itself. 1.5 remark: [2, remark 1.14] let 0 ≠ l ≤ m, l is a quasi-hollow submodule if for each l1, …, ln ≤ m with l ≤ l1 + l2 + … + ln, then either l = l1 or l = l2 or … or l = ln. 1.6 definition: [3] let m be an r-module m is called distributive if for each n, k, l ≤ m, n ∩ (k + l) = (n ∩ k) + (n ∩ l ). 1.7 definition: [4] let m be an r-module and let n ≤ m. n is called a strongly irreducible submodule (briefly, si-submodule) if for each k, l ≤ m, n ⊇ k ∩ l implies either n ⊇ k or n ⊇ l. 1.8 definition: [5] let m be an r-module and let n ≤ m. n is called an irreducible submodule if for each k, l ≤ m, n = k ∩ l implies either n = k or n = l. 293 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2sh (qh,ch) submodules and strongly comultiplication modules we start this section by the following definition. 2.1 definition: [6, definition 2.1] an r-module m is called strongly comultiplication if i = r ann ann μ i for every ideal i of r, and m is comultiplication, where m is comultiplication if for any l ≤ m, there exists an ideal i ≤ r such that l = m r ann ann l . equivalently, m is strongly comultiplication if for every l ≤ m and for every ideal i ≤ r, r m i ann ann i= and l = m r ann ann l . it is clear that every strongly comultiplication is comultiplication, but the converse is not true as the following examples show: 1. z4 as z-module is comultiplication, see [2, example 1.5(3)]. but it is not strongly comultiplication, since for the ideal i = <6>, i ≠ 4z z ann ann 6< > , because 4z ann 6 2< >=< > and z ann 2< > = < 2 > ≠ i. 2. consider z-module 3 z ∞ is comultiplication, see [2, example 1.5(1)]. but it is not strongly comultiplication, since if we take i = <2>, then 3 3 z z ann 2 0 ∞ ∞ < >= and 3 z z ann 0 z ∞ = . so i ≠ 3 z z ann ann i ∞ . 3. z2 as z4-module. z4 is comultiplication ring, but z2 is not strongly comultiplication. since 4 2z z 0 ann ann 0< >≠ < > because 2 2 z ann 0 z< >= and 4 2 z ann z 2 0=< >≠< > . 2.2 remark: let r be a ring. then r is comultiplication if and only if r is strongly comultiplication. proof: it is clear. now we can give the following examples: 1. zn as zn-module is strongly comultiplication ring (comultiplication). 2. r=z2[x,y]/<x2,y2> is strongly comultiplication ring. all ideals of r are x , y , x, y , xy< > < > < > < > . r r r ann x x , ann y y , ann x, y x y< >=< > < >=< > < >=< ⋅ > and r ann x y x, y< ⋅ >=< > . recall that a ring r is qf if r self-injective ring and noetherian. equivalently, if r is noertherian and every ideal is an annihilator (i = r r ann ann i ) [7], hence we have: 2.3 remark: every qf-ring is strongly comultiplication (comultiplication) ring. the following lemmas are needed in our work. 2.4 lemma: let m be an r-module. let i1, i2 ≤ r. then m ann (i1 + i2) = m ann i1 ∩ m ann i2. proof: it is clear, so is omotted. 294 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2.5 lemma: let m be a strongly comultiplication r-module, and let l1, l2 ≤ m. then r ann (l1 ∩ l2) = r ann l1 + r ann l2. proof: let l1, l2 ≤ m. since m is comultiplication, then l1 = m ann i1, l2 = m ann i2 for some i1, i2 ≤r, hence r ann (l1 ∩ l2) = r ann ( m ann (i1 + i2)) , by lemma 2.4 = i1 + i2 , since m is strongly comultiplication = r ann ( m ann i1) + r ann ( m ann i2) = r ann l1 + r ann l2 2.6 lemma: let m be a strongly comultiplication r-module. let i1, i2 ≤ r. then m ann (i1 ∩ i2) = m ann i1 + m ann i2. proof: since m is a stronglycomultiplication, so i1 ∩ i2 = r ann m ann (i1 ∩ i2) and i1 ∩ i2 = r ann m ann i1 ∩ r ann m ann i2 = r ann ( m ann i1 + m ann i2) thus r ann m ann (i1 ∩ i2) = r ann ( m ann i1 + m ann i2). hence m ann (i1 ∩ i2) = m ann i1 + m ann i2. 2.7 proposition: let m be a strongly comultiplication r-module. then: (1) every non-zero proper ideal of r is sh-ideal if and only if every non-zero proper submodule of m is si-submodule. (2) every non-zero proper ideal of r is qh-ideal if and only if every non-zero proper submodule of m is irreducible. proof: (1) ⇒ let <0> ≠ n ≨ m, n ⊇ l1 ∩ l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. then r ann n ⊆ r ann (l1 ∩ l2) = r ann l1 + r ann l2 , by lemma 2.5. but r ann n is a non-zero proper ideal. so by hypothesis it is sh. hence r ann n ⊆ r ann l1 or r ann n ⊆ r ann l2. then m ann r ann n ⊇ m ann r ann l1 or m ann r ann n ⊇ m ann r ann l2. it follows that n ⊇ l1 or n ⊇ l2. ⇐ let <0> ≠ i ≤ r, i ⊆ i1 + i2 where i1, i2 ≤ r. then m ann i ⊇ m ann (i1 + i2) = m ann i1 ∩ m ann i2 , by lemma 2.4. but m ann i ≠ (0) and m ann i ≨ m, so by hypothesis, m ann i is si. thus m ann i ⊇ m ann i1 or m ann i ⊇ m ann i2. then r ann m ann i ⊆ r ann m ann i1 or r ann m ann i ⊆ r ann m ann i2. it follows i ⊆i1 or i⊆i2. (2) a similar proof of part (1), so is omitted. 295 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2.8 proposition: let m be a strongly comultiplication r-module and let <0> ≠ n ≨ m. then: (a) r ann n is si-ideal if and only if n is sh-submodule. (b) r ann n is irreducible if and only if n is qh-submodule. proof: (a) ⇒ let n ⊆ l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. so r ann n ⊇ r ann (l1 + l2) = r ann l1 ∩ r ann l2 since r ann n is si-ideal, r ann n ⊇ r ann l1 or r ann n ⊇ r ann l2. then m ann r ann n ⊆ m ann r ann l1 or m ann r ann n ⊆ m ann r ann l2. thus n ⊆ l1 or n ⊆ l2. ⇐ let r ann n ⊇ i1 ∩ i2 where i1, i2 ≤ r. so m ann r ann n ⊆ m ann (i1 ∩ i2) = m ann i1 + m ann i2 then n ⊆ m ann i1 + m ann i2. thus n ⊆ m ann i1 or n ⊆ m ann i2, since n is a sh-submodule, so r ann n ⊇ r ann m ann i1 or r ann n ⊇ r ann m ann i2. hence r ann n ⊇ i1 or r ann n ⊇ i2. then r ann n is si-ideal. (b) similar proof of part (a). now we have several consequences of the previous proposition. 2.9 corollary: let m be a strongly comultiplication r-module and let <0> ≠ i ≨ r, n ≤ m. then: (1) i is a si-ideal if and only if m ann i is a sh-submodule. (2) i is an irreducible if and only if m ann i is qh-submodule. (3) every non-zero submodule of m is sh-if and only if every non-zero proper ideal of r is si. (4) every non-zero submodule of m is qh if and only if every non-zero proper ideal of r is irreducible. proof: (1) since m is strongly comultiplication, i = r ann m ann i. hence m ann i ≠ <0>. put n = m ann i, so i = r ann n. hence i = r ann n is a si-ideal if and only if n = r ann n is sh, see proposition 2.7 part (a). (2) it follow by proposition 2.7 part (b) and a similar proof of part (1). (3) let <0> ≠ n ≨ m. then n = m ann r ann n. put r ann n = i, then n = m ann i, hence i = r ann n is si-ideal if and only if m ann i = n is sh-submodule by part (1). thus we get the result. (4) it follows similarly from part (2). 296 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2.10 corollary: let r be a comultiplication ring, <0> ≠ i ≤ r. then: (1) i is sh-ideal if and only if r ann i is si-ideal. (2) i is qh-ideal if and only if r ann i is irreducible. (3) i is si-ideal if and only if r ann i is sh-ideal. proof: it follows directly from proposition 2.8 and corollary 2.9. 2.11 corollary: let m be a strongly comultiplication and distributive r-module, let <0> ≠ n ≤ m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is sh-submodule. (2) n is qh-submodule. (3) r ann n is irreducible ideal. (4) r ann n is si-ideal. proof: (1) ⇔ (2) by [2, proposition 1.16]. (1) ⇔ (3) and (1) ⇔ (4) by proposition 2.8. 2.12 lemma: let m be a strongly comultiplication r-module and r is distributive. then m is distributive. proof: since m ann (i1∩i2) = m ann i1 + m ann i2 by lemma 2.6. so by [8, lemma 3.16], m is distributive. 2.13 corollary: let m be a strongly comultiplication over distributive ring r, and let <0> ≠ n ≤ m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is sh-submodule. (2) n is qh-submodule. (3) r ann n is irreducible. (4) r ann n is si-ideal. proof: it follows from lemma 2.12 and corollary 2.11. 2.14 proposition: let m be a strongly comultiplication r-module. then r satisfies dcc(acc) on si-ideal if and only if m satisfies acc(dcc) on sh-submodule. proof: ⇒ let n1 ⊆ n2 ⊆ … be an ascending chain of sh-submodules; ni ≠ <0> for each i = 1,2,… . so r ann ni is si-ideal for each i = 1,2,… , see proposition 2.5 part (a). but r ann n1 ⊇ r ann n2 ⊇ … . so by dcc on si-ideal of r, there exists n ∈ z+ such that r ann nn = r ann nn + 1 = … . then m ann r ann nn = m ann r ann nn + 1 = … . thus we get nn = nn + 1 = … . ⇐ the proof is similarly. 297 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 by a similar proof r satisfies acc on si-ideals if and only if m satisfies dcc on shsubmodules. 3sh(qh) and v-coprime (bihollow) submodules recall that an r-module m is called coprime module if r ann m = r m ann n , for every proper submodule n of m, see [9]. equivalently, m is coprime if for every non-zero ideal i of r, either im = <0> or im = m, see [10]. a proper submodule k of m is called coprime submodule in m if m/k is a coprime rmodule, see [1, proposition 3.10]. 3.1 remark: the concept of coprime module and sh(qh)-module are independent as the following examples show: (1) the z-module q is coprime module, since for every r ∈ z, either rq = <0> or rq = q. but q is not sh(not qh), see [2, remark 1.4(3)]. (2) z4 as z-module is sh(qh). but z4 is not coprime z-module, since 2z4 = 2< > ≠ z4 and 2z4 ≠ 0< > . recall that a proper submodule n of an r-module m is called invariant if for each f ∈ endrm, f (n) ⊆ n,see [11]. invariant submodule is called fully invariant submodule by some authors such as see [10]. in 2005, [12] define coprime submodules and modules as follows: 3.2 definition: let k ≤ m be a fully invariant submodule, k is called a coprime submodule of m if for any fully invariant submodules l, l' ≤ m with k ⊆ (l m : l') implies k ⊆ l or k ⊆ l' where (l m : l') = ∩{f – 1(l'); f ∈ endrm, f (l) = <0>}. m is called coprime module if m coprime submodule of itself. 3.3 lemma: let l, l' be fully invariant submodules of an r-module m. then l + l' ⊆ (l m : l'), see [12, 4.1(ii)]. 3.4 remark: the concept of coprime submodules (in the sense of j.abu.), and (in the sence of j.rios) are independent as the following examples show: (1) consider the z-module z, let n = <3>. n is coprime submodule in z (in the sense of j.abu) since z/n ≃ z3 which is a coprime z-module. but n is not coprime submodule (in the sense of j.rios), because n = <3> ⊆ <4> + <5> = z. but by previous lemma <4> + <5> ⊆ (<4> z : <5>). so n ⊆ (<4> z : <5>) and n ⊈ <4>, n ⊈ <5>. 298 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (2) consider the z-module z8. let n = 4< > . n is not coprime submodule (in the sense of j.abu.), because z8/ 4< >≃ z4 which is not coprime z-module. now n ⊆ 2 0< > + < > , and by lemma 3.3, 8z 2 0 ( 2 : 0 )< > + < >⊆ < > < > , so n ⊆ 8z ( 2 : 0 )< > < > and n ⊆ 2< > . similarly, n 8z 4 0 ( 4 : 0 )⊆< > + < >⊆ < > < > and n ⊆ 4< > . thus, for any l, l' ≤ z8, n⊆ (l m : l'), implies n ⊆ l or n ⊆ l'. then n is coprime submodule (in the sense of j.rios). 3.5 remark: the concept of coprime module (in the sense of s.annin,2002) and (in the sense of j.rios, 2005) are independent as the following example shows: the z-module z4 is not coprime module (in the sense of s.annin), see remark 3.1(2). but z4 is coprime z-moduule (in sense of j.rios) as follows: suppose z4 ⊆ (l 4z : l'). since (l 4z : l') is a submodule of z4, then (l 4z : l') = z4. but by simple calculation, we have: 4 4 4 4( 0 : 0 ) 0 , ( 0 : 2 ) 2 , ( 0 : z ) z , (z : 2 ) z< > < > =< > < > < > =< > < > = < > = , ( 2 : 0 ) 2< > < > =< > . thus if (l 4z : l') = z4, then either l = z4 or l' = z4; that is z4 is coprime z-module (in the sense of j.rios). 3.6 remark: the concept of coprime module (in sense of j.rios) and sh(qh)-module are independent as follows: the z-module q is coprime (in sense of j.rios) by [12, remark 4.7(2)]. but q is not sh(qh) as z-module by [2, remark 1.4(3)]. in 2005, [12] introduced the concept of v-coprime and bi-hollow submodules as follows : 3.7 definition: if k, l, l' are fully invariant submodules of m. then: (1) k is called v-coprime if k ⊆ l + l' implies k ⊆ l or k ⊆ l'. (2) k is called bi-hollow if k = l + l' implies k = l or k = l'. (3) m is called bi-hollow if m = l + l' implies m = l or m = l'. 3.8 remark: if k is v-coprime submodule of an r-module m, then k is bi-hollow. proof: let k = l + l' where l, l' are fully invariant submodules of m. so k ⊆ l + l' and since k is v-coprime, then k ⊆ l or k ⊆ l'. but k ⊇ l + l'. hence k = l or k = l'. 3.9 proposition: m is bi-hollow r-module if and only if m is v-coprime. proof: ⇒ let m ≤ l + l' where l, l' are fully invariant submodules of m. so m = l + l', then m = l or m = l' since m is bi-hollow. hence m ⊆ l or m ⊆ l'. ⇐ let m = l + l', then m ⊆ l + l'. so m ⊆ l or m ⊆ l'. since m is v-coprime. hence m = l or m = l'. 299 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 3.10 proposition: if k is coprime submodule of an r-module m (in the sense of j.rios), then k is vcoprime. proof: let k ⊆ l + l' where l, l' are fully invariant submodules of m. but l + l' ⊆ (l m : l') by lemma 3.3. so k ⊆ (l m : l') and since k is coprime submodule of m, hence either k ⊆ l or k ⊆ l'. thus k is v-coprime, hence k is bi-hollow. 3.11 remark: the concept of v-coprime (bi-hollow) does not implies sh(qh) modules as the following examples shows: the z-module q is coprime (in sense j.rios), then q is v-coprime (bi-hollow) by previous proposition. but q is not sh (not qh) by [2, remark 1.4(3)]. 3.12 lemma: let m be an r-module. if m is a multiplication (or cyclic or scalar or comultiplication). then every submodule of m is fully invariant. proof: it is known if m is a multiplication, then every submodule is fully invariant of m. if m is cyclic, then m is multiplication, so every submodule is fully invariant. if m is scalar r-module, then for each f ∈ endrm, there exists r ∈ r such that f (x) = rx for all x ∈ m. hence, if n ≤ m, then f (n) = rn ⊆ n; that is n is fully invariant. if m is comultiplication, then every submodule is fully invariant, see [8, theorem 3.17(a)]. 3.13 corollary: let m be a multiplication (or cyclic or scalar or comultiplication), let n be a non-zero submodule of m. then (1) n is v-coprime if and only if n is sh-submodule. (2) n is bi-hollow if and only if n is qh-submodule. (3) m is bi-hollow if and only if m is sh-submodule. proof: it follows directly from the previous lemma and definitions of sh(qh) and v-coprime (bi-hollow) submodules. 3.14 remark: the concept of coprime submodule (in sense of j.abu.) and v-coprime submodule are independent as the following examples show: (1) consider the z-module z. let n = <3> ⊆ z. n is coprime submodule of z (in sense of j.abu) by remark 3.4(1). but n is not sh. hence n is not v-coprime by corollary 3.13. since z is multiplication z-module. (2) consider the z-module z8. let k = 4< > is a v-coprime submodule of z8 as z-module. but k is not coprime submodule (in sense of j.abu), because z8/k ≃ z4 which is not coprime module (in sense of s,annin or wij.). now we investigate the behaviour of sh(qh)-submodule under the localization. 300 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 3.15 proposition: let n be a submodule of an r-module m, and s is multiplicatively closed subset of r. then s – 1n is sh(qh-submodule) of s – 1m as s – 1r-module if and only if n is sh(qhsubmodule) of m. [provided, s – 1n ⊆ s – 1w ⇔ n ⊆ w]. proof: ⇒ if s – 1n is qh, let n = l1 + l2 where l1, l2 ≤ m. so s – 1n = s – 1(l1 + l2). then s – 1n = s – 1l1 + s – 1l2, so s – 1n = s – 1l1 or s – 1n = s – 1l2 since s – 1n is qh. hence n = l1 or n = l2. ⇐ if n is qh, let s – 1n = s – 1l1+ s – 1l2 , where s – 1l1, s – 1l2 ≤ s – 1m = s – 1(l1 + l2). then s – 1n = s – 1(l1 + l2) implies n = l1 + l2. so n = l1 or n = l2 by hypothesis. s – 1n = s – 1l1 or s – 1n = s – 1l2. by a similar proof, n is sh iff s – 1n is sh. references 1. abuhlail j.y. (2011) zariski topologies for coprime and second submodules, deanshib of scientific research at king fahad university of peroleum and minerals, february 4. 2. hadi, i.m.a. and humod, gh.a (2012) strongly (completely) hollow submodules i, ibnal-haitham journal for pure and applied science, to appear. 3. barnard, a. (1981) multiplication modules, j.algebra, 71:174-178. 4. bourbaki, n. (1998) commutative algebra, springer-verlag. 5. dauns, j. (1980) prime modules and one-sided ideals in ring theory and algebra iii, proceeding of the third oklahoma conference, b.r.mcdonald (editor), dekker, newyork, p.301-344. 6. ansari toroghy, h. and farshadifar, f. (2009) strongly comultiplication modules, cmu j.nat.sci., 8(1):105-113. 7. ikeda, m. and nakayama,t. (1954) on some characterstic properties of quasi-frobenius and regular ring, proc. amer. math. soc, 5:15-19. 8. ansari toroghy, h. and farshadifar, f. (2007) the dual notion of multiplication modules, taiwanese j.math., 11(4):1189-1201. 9. annin, s. (2002) associated and attached primes over non commutative rings, ph.d. dissertation university of california at berkeley. 10. wijayanti, i. (2006) coprime modules and comodules, ph.d. dissertation, heinrich-hein university, dusseldorf. 11. faith, c. (1973) rings: modules and categories i, springer-verlage, berline, heidelberg, new york. 12. raggi, f. rios montes, j. and wisbauer, r. (2005) coprime preradicals and modules, j.pur.app.alg., 200:51-69. 301 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 iiالمقاسات الجزئیة المجوفة (التامة) بقوة ھادي انعام محمد علي غالب أحمد حمود جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفةكلیة التربیة /قسم الریاضیات 2012حزیران 17قبل البحث في: ، 2012اذار 15استلم البحث في: الخالصة حلقة ابدالیة ذات محاید. في ھذا البحث درسنا سلوك كل من المقاسات الجزئیة rحیث rمقاسا ً على mلیكن المجوفة بقوة وشبھ المجوفة في المقاسات الجدائیة المضادة بقوة. اضافة الى ھذا درسنا العالقات بین المقاسات الجزئیة والمقاسات الجزئیة المضادة والمقاسات vالمجوفة بقوة وشبھ المجوفة مع المقاسات الجزئیة االولیة المضادة في النمط المجوفة الثنائیة. المقاسات الجزئیة المجوفة بقوة وشبھ المجوفة ، المقاسات الجدائیة المضادة بقوة، المقاسات االولیة : الكلمات المفتاحیة المضادة، المقاسات المجوفة ، المقاسات الجزئیة v، المقاسات الجزئیة االولیة المضادة من النمط vالمضادة من النمط الثنائیة، المقاسات الجزئیة المجوفة الثنائیة. 302 | mathematics ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 177 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: khloosa123aa@gmail.com abstract in the current century, nanotechnology has gained great interest due to its ability to modify the size of metals to the nanoscale, which dramatically changes the physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of metals relative to their bulk counterparts. the approaches used to create nanoparticles (nps) are physical, و chemical and وbiological. the shortcomings in physical and chemical synthesis approaches, such as the generation of toxic by-products, and energy consume as they require high temperature, pressure, power and lethal chemicals, contributed to an increased interest in biological synthesis by plants. scientists have created a new filed called as "green nanotechnology" by fusing the idea of sustainability with nanotechnology. by substituting plant-based materials, it aims to reduce the amount of chemicals used in the manufacture of nanoparticles. silver nanoparticles (agnps) attract the most attention due to their great stability and low chemical reactivity in comparison to other metals. the present review describes the fabrication of nanoparticles (nps) via chemical and physical methods, as well as the use of plants, bacteria, and fungi. the current review also discusses certain analytical methods used to examine agnps, including uv-vis spectroscopy, ft-ir, sem, tem, afm, xrd, dls, and zeta potential analysis. keywords:nanoparticles, silver nanoparticles, approach methods, green synthesis, characterization. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3050 article history: received 30 september 2022, accepted 15 december 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq synthesis and characterization of silver nanoparticles: a review *ekhlas a. abdul kareem department of chemistry, collage of science, university of diyala, iraq. khloosa123aa@gmail.com alaa e. sultan department of chemistry, collage of science, university of diyala, iraq. alaesa1988@gmail.com hadeel m. oraibi department of biology, collage of science, university of diyala, iraq. hadeelmothher@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:khloosa123aa@gmail.com mailto:khloosa123aa@gmail.com mailto:khloosa123aa@gmail.com mailto:alaesa1988@gmail.com mailto:alaesa1988@gmail.com mailto:hadeelmothher@gmail.com mailto:hadeelmothher@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 178 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license 1. introduction nanotechnology is an advanced technique that deals with nanometer-sized samples, which are referred to as nanoparticles (nps). nanomaterials are tiny, solid particles with sizes ranging between 1 and 100 nanometers[1]. nanoparticles may be organic or inorganic, depending on the ingredients that were used in their synthesis. the first type (organic) is based on carbon, while the second type (inorganic) is a noble metallic or magnetic type [2]. due to the many advantages of nanoparticles compared with bigger particles having the same chemical composition, they have gained great interest in overcoming the limitations of conventional therapies because of their improved and distinct physical, chemical, and optical properties, especially silver nanoparticles. there are many nanoparticles of great importance in the field of scientific research, including gold nanoparticles, copper nanoparticles, iron nanoparticles, zinc nanoparticles, and titanium dioxide nanoparticles [3]. among these materials, agnps have drawn a lot of attention due to their exceptional biological activity. it has been demonstrated to have a potential candidate for biological activities that include anti-bacterial, anti-cancer, larvicidal, treatment of wounds, water purification, food preservation, wound healing, and cosmetics [4]. moreover, agnps are playing an important role in a variety of applications, such as anti-oxidants, anti-microbial agents, nanomedicine, ointments, chemical sensing, the food industry, and information storage [5]. despite the inconsistencies about the toxicity of silver nanoparticles (agnps), their efficacy as an antiseptic and antibacterial agent has received much praise. we decided to work on plant-mediated green synthesis because of the available documented data and community interest in this field [6]. the present review article is a comprehensive investigation of the environmentally friendly synthesis and characterization methods used for the synthesis of agnps by different biological sources using bacteria, fungi, and plants, and it provides an important database for researchers that may be useful in their future work. this review examines the published papers from 2012 to 2022. 2. approaches for silver nanoparticles (agnps) synthesis silver nanoparticles can be prepared by three methods: physical, chemical, and biological, which result in various forms and sizes for usage in a variety of applications. these synthesis methods are classified into two categories: top-down and bottom-up approaches. various topdown and bottom-up approaches for the manufacture of agnps are shown schematically in figure 1 [10]. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 179 figure 1. systematically synthetic approaches of nanoparticles[2]. 2.1 topdown approach (physical approach) in this method of synthesis, silver nanoparticles are created using a top-down approach. this approach starts by breaking down large silver particles into smaller units, and these units are then transformed into useful nanoparticles. the most popular physical approaches for the manufacture of nanoparticles are chemical itching, sputtering, mechanical milling, and laser ablation[3, 4]. the evaporation-condensation method is carried out using a tube furnace at atmospheric pressure. the sample is evaporated into a carrier gas within the boat positioned at the furnace. however, using a physical approach (tube furnace) to produce agnps has many drawbacks, including large area requirements, slow synthesis, raising the temperature of the environment around the source material, and low yield[5]. this method needs a long time to accomplish thermal stability. additionally, a typical tube furnace needs a lot of energy and requires high concentration [5-7]. in the laser ablation method, agnps have been created using metallic bulk materials in solution. their creation depends on a number of factors, including the wavelength of the laser, the duration of the laser pulses, the amount of the ablation time, and the liquid medium's efficiency. the nanoparticles that form in a solution with a high concentration of surfactants, with or without the presence of surfactants, are smaller than those that form in a solution with a low concentration of surfactants [8]. however, a benefit of using a laser to create colloids over other methods is that there are no chemical reagents present in the solution. in light of this, pure colloids will be beneficial for more applications.[9]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 180 2.2 bottom-up approach this approach is a constructive that involves arranging small units-to -form nanoparticles (nps). in this approach nanoparticles (nps) can be manufactured using green or chemical process[10]. 2.2.1. chemical approach this approach include various chemical methods such as chemical reduction, chemical 1vapor deposition (cvd), sol–gel process, hydrothermal, solvothermal, photo-chemical, chemical, laser pyrolysis, aerosol pyrolysis, plasma or flame spraying, templates, spinning[11]. the synthetic approach involves fabrication of metallic nanoparticles in solution by use three main components of the synthetic method: metal precursors, reducing agents and stabilizing agents or capping agents. in this approach sodium citrate, sodium borohydride (nabh4), ascorbate, n,n,dimethylformamide (dmf), ascorbicacid , hydrazine (nh2-nh2), ammonium format (nh4cooh), ethylene glycol and glucose, are the most frequently used reducing agents [12]. these reducing -agents are accountable for the reduce metal ions (like, silver ions (ag+)) to the metal (ag0) followed by the nucleation stage and finally lead to the formation of metal nanoparticles (mnps). stabilizing agents like borohydride are added during preparation, as they help the growth of nanoparticles in addition to protecting nanoparticles from forming agglomeration[5]. the seed-mediated growth method, includes the adding of seeds into the growth medium to produce size-controlled metal nanoparticles, in this approach yields nanoparticles of various morphologies. depending on the capping agent utilized[13]. the essential advantage of chemical method is producing particles that are easily distributed in organic media, which is acknowledged by scientists across a wide range of disciplines, but one of the disadvantages of this method is that it requires a high cost and high energy in addition to hazardous chemicals, so it was necessary to search for an environmentally friendly and economical technique for the production of nanoparticles. the green approach became inevitable and vital rather than other approaches, and it deserved extensive research [14]. 2.2.2. green approach the conventional methods (physical and chemical) used to produce nanoparticles (nps) are costly, hazardous, and not environmentally friendly. to overcome these problems, researchers turned to biological methods in the production of nanoparticles because of their simplicity, environmental, and high productivity features, in addition to the fact that they do not require dangerous chemicals, high temperatures, or pressures [23–25]. biological methods include biological microorganisms such as bacteria, algae, yeast, fungi, or plant extracts, which are precursors to the synthesis of metallic nanoparticles (mnps) [26]. green synthesis is a suitable approach when silver nanoparticles are synthesized using plant extracts and microbes. they contain reducing agents that reduce 1ag+ to 1ag0 and also contain capping or stabilizing agents that prevent the aggregation of the nanoparticles [27]. especially with the green biological synthesis method that has attracted the interest of researchers recently due to its being environmentally friendly, in a short period of time a large amount of nanoparticles (nps) can be manufactured, which is time-saving, cost-effective, less toxic, and produces different sizes of nanoparticles in comparison with other biological methods [23], which makes it preferred over ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 181 others. with the advancement of technology towards green chemistry, a lot of work has been done to synthesize a number of metallic nanoparticles like silver, gold, copper, zinc, platinum, and lead [28]. interestingly, these nanoparticles have been exploited in a variety of environmental applications [29]. figure 2 shows different green approaches to the synthesis of agnps. in general, the green synthesis of nanoparticles can be summarized as follows:  biosynthesis; use of microorganisms like yeast, bacteria, fungi, and algae.  phyto synthesis; using plants (leaves, stems, latex, flowers, seeds, roots, fruits, and peel) and their extract  utilization of templates such as membranes, dna, diatoms, and viruses [15]. the green synthesis via plants, bacteria, and fungi is described in the further sections. figure 2. different green approaches to synthesis of agnps . 3. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles (agnps) 3.1 using plant extract plant extracts are a significant branch of biosynthesis processes, as plants have the ability to production metal nanoparticles in different ways inside and outside cells by reducing, metal ions. silver ion is converted into silver nanoparticles by biologically active molecules found in plants. proteins, terpenoids, polysaccharides, phenols, alkaloids, flavonoids, amino acids, and enzymes of alcoholic substances are some examples of these biological molecules. the major variables that can affect the creation of the nanoparticles (nps) are temperature , the concentration of the extract, metal salt, contact duration and acidic function (ph) [11]. the importance of using-plants in the synthesis of nanoparticles (nps) because all parts of plants, including seeds, stems, roots, latex , and leaves, contain a variety of active ingredients that can be used to reduce silver ions (ag+)[16]. when comparing green synthesis for nanoparticle, synthesis using plant extracts was considered several times faster than synthesis templates diatoms, membranes, dna and viruses, green approaches microorganisms yeast, fungi, bacteria, and algae plants leaves, stem, latex, flowers, seeds, roots, fruits, and peel ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 182 using microorganisms (such as bacteria, fungi, algae and yeast). the latter is not feasible and requires more sterile circumstances, a laborious procedure, and a longer incubation period [17]. therefore the use of plant extracts in green synthesis has attracted attention due to its quick development and ability to produce nanoparticles (nps) in a single step at a low cost while being non-pathogenic and environmentally friendly protocol [17]. figure 3, shows a schematic-diagram for the synthesis of silver nanoparticles using plants. figure 3. schematic diagram for green synthesis of agnps by using plan/plant extracts[18]. the protocol used to prepare the plant extract and nanoparticles synthesize can be summarized as follows  if the plant extract is made from the leaves or peels of some plants, a portion of the leaves or peels of the plant of interest is collected from the available sites and thoroughly rinsed two or three times in tap water to remove dust and soil particles, followed by distilled water to remove any accompanying debris. clean, fresh leaves that are dried in the shade for (5-7) days and then crushed using a domestic blender. finally, to prepare the plant broth, about 0.5–10 g of the dried powder is boiled with a suitable volume of distilled water [19]. the resulting extracts were then filtered using filter paper, and each filtrate was collected in a separate volumetric flask (250 ml) and kept at (4°c) for later use[20]. this extract was used for generating silver nanoparticles (agnps). this bio-extract is always used fresh[21].  if the plant extract is made from fresh fruit, the fruit is thoroughly washed with tap water and then distilled water before being cut and squeezed through a fine nylon mesh to obtain the extract. then, the obtained extract was centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 10 minutes to remove any unwanted impurities. this extract was collected in a dark volumetric flask (100 ml) and stored at 4 °c for further experiments[22].  to prepare the plant extract from the other plant parts, the required plant part must thoroughly washed, then mixed in distilled water, boiled for a short time, and filtered. finally, the filtrate can be used immediately or stored at a low temperature for later use [23]. the solvent used also has an effect on the extraction rate. the phytochemical content of the ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 183 phenolic and alcoholic extracts increases [24]. several studies summarized in table 1 have been carried out on the synthesis of agnps using different plant extracts. figure 4. greens synthesis of metal nanoparticles by plant parts [25]. table 1. use of various plant extract in the synthesis of agnps name of plants part of plant used shape size (nm) references angelicaepubescenis extract of leaf spherical 12.48 [26] andrographis-echiodes extract of leaf cubic 68-91 [27] amomumvilosum extract of fruit spherical 5-15 [28] artemsia vulgaris extract of leaf round 25 [29] alium sativum extract of fruit spherical 3-6 [30] acaciaseyal gum round 81.45 [31] acalyphahispida extract of leaf spherical 20–50 [32] a. millefolium aqueous extract spherical /rectangular, and cubical 14-20.77 [33] barleria-buxifolia extract of leaf spherical 80 [34] butea -monosperm extract of leaf spherical, and triangular 20-80 [35] camelliasinensis (green tea) ------------spherical 11 [36] coriandrum -sativum extract of leaf spherical 37 [37] cornus officinali extract of fruit quasi spherical 11.7 [38] curcumaaromatica irregular 10–30 [39] erythrinaindica extract of leaf spherical 20-118 [40] eucalyptus chapmaniana extract of leaf spherical different sizes [41] daturastramonium extract of leaf spherical, and triangular 18 [42] ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 184 3.2 using bacteria bacteria is a type of microorganism, which are regarded as one of the best choices for the manufacture of agnps, the use of bacteria as environmentally sustainable precursors for the manufacture of nanoparticles such as gold and silver has been very successful. due to their amazing capacity to reduce heavy metal ions and their relative simplicity in handling them.[18]. nanoparticles (nps) are manufactured, by bacteria either intracellular or extracellular, green synthesis is made flexible, reasonable, and appropriate method by the choice of bacteria[43]. figure 5 shows the schematic diagram for the synthesis of agnps by using different bacteria. the following are a few instances of bacterial strains that have been widely used to synthesize bio-reduced agnps with distinctive shape/size morphologies include: bacillus indicus, antarctica, pseudomonas, escherichia-coli, bacillus amyloliquefaciens, arthrobacter 5gangotriensis, bacillus-cereus, aeromonas sp. sh10 phaeocystis proteolytica, bacillus cecembensis, lactobacillus casei, enterobacter cloacae, geobacter spp., and corynebacterium sp. sh09 [44]. these species of bacterial are commonly utilized for commercial biotechnological applications including bioremediation,, bioleaching and genetic engineering [45]. according to some recent scientific studies , some types of bacteria including pseudomonas-aeruginosa and pseudomonas -stutzeri possess a high skill in using defense mechanisms to combat stresses such as heavy metal ion toxicity and can even thrive and survive in the presence of high concentrations of heavy metal ions[46]. also, several recent scientific reports confirmed that the ability of microbes to synthesize metallic nanoparticles mainly depends on several factors, including culture conditions, and the improvement of reaction parameters such as 33acidic function, temperature, and 2nutrient concentrations affects the production of microbial enzyme-activity[47]. the numerous studies have reported the production of agnps using bacteria. the first of these studies was the study conducted by klaus et al. in which agnps were synthesized with specific structures and shapes well using ag resistant bacterial strains pseudomonas stutzeri (ag259). these cells accumulate agnps in large quantities up to (200) nm [48]. table 2 lists many other bacteria that can be employed in the synthesis of agnps. however, the main disadvantage of using bacteria as nanofactories is the slow rate of synthesis, the possibility of culture contamination, lengthy procedures, difficulty in controlling the nanoparticle size and reduction rate, and restricted morphologies compared to other biological sources such as fungi and algal species that contain many proteins that play an important role in the biosynthesis of metallic nanoparticles (nps) of various shapes [9]. table 2 shows h green synthesis of agnps using different bacteria. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 185 figure 5. diagram depicting the use of bacteria in the synthesis of agnps [18]. table 2. green synthesis of agnps using different bacteria. bacteria species intracellular/extracellular shape size (nm) references esciheichia coli extracellular spherical 1.2–62 [49] baciluscereus extracellular spherical 20–40 [50] lactobcilluscasei extracellular spherical 20–50 [51] rhodococcus spp. , intracellular spherical 5–50 [52] endosymbiotic bacterium extracellular spherical, cubic, hexagonal, crystalline, and oval 10 –60 [53] aeromonas spthgfg1.2 extracellular spherical, and facecentered cubic 8 –16 [54] bacillus straincs 11 extracellular spherical and fcc 45 ± 0.15 [55] novosphingobium sp.hgc3 extracellular spherical) and crystalline, 8– 25 [56] bacillus methylotrophicus extracellular spherical 10–30 [57] marineochrobactrum sp , intracellular spherical 38–85 [58] actinobacteria , intracellular spherical 5–50 [59] kinneretiathgsq14 extracellular spherical, mono-disperse, fcc. 15–20 [60] nocardiopsisspp. extracellular spherical 50 ± 0.15 [61] 3.3 using fungi fungi are good biological agents, it acts as a “nano factory” for the biosynthesis of metal oxide /metal nanoparticles especially agnps and due to their high capacity for metal ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 186 bioaccumulation, their tolerance, high binding capacity with the metal ions in the intracellular region, and intracellular uptake[62]. fungi are better than bacteria as biological agents as the specialized fungi can produce well-defined structured nanoparticles with good monodispersed compared to bacteria due to the presence of a variety of enzymes / proteins / reducing components on their surfaces and intracellular[63]. which directly affects the higher productivity of nanoparticles [64]. the main advantage of nanoparticles manufactured from fungi is that they contain a large amount of pure enzyme and are free of cellular protein. in fig.6. a schematic representation showing the synthesis of agnps using fungi. the expected mechanism for the synthesis of nanoparticles in fungi is due to the occurrence of electrostatic interaction between the negatively charged carboxylate groups in the enzymes and the positively charged ag ions. this extracellular extraction simplifies biomass recovery in downstream procedures. this method was more beneficial than bacterial synthesis. it was observed that rapid reduction and extracellular formation of metallic nanoparticles occur within 10 minutes. many studies which can be used for the synthesis of agnps from fungi are shown in table 3. figure 6. schematic diagram for synthesis of agnps by using fungi[18]. table 3. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles (agnps) using different fungi. fungi species intracellular/extracellular shape size (nm) references penicillium italicum extracellular face-centered cubic lattice 39.5 nm. [65] botryodiplodia theobromae extracellular spherical 62.77 –103 [66] schizophyllum commune extracellular spherical 51–93 [67] beauveria bassiana extracellular spherical, triangular, hexagonal 10–50 nm, [68] ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 187 beauveria bassiana extracellular spherical 40.14–289.13 nm [69] aspergillus niger extracellular poly dispersed spherical 1–20 [70] trichoderma harzianum extracellular spherical different size [71] guignardia mangiferae extracellular spherical 5–30 [72] arthroderma fulvum extracellular spherical 21 [73] candida glabrata extracellular spherical 2–15 [74] tritirachium oryzae w5h extracellular monodispersed and sphericalto ovular 7-75 [75] 4. characterization m of silver nanoparticle (agnps). the first qualitative indicator for the synthesis of agnps is the color-change of the solution from yellow to brown [76].there are many techniques employed for characterization of nanoparticles, based on their size, shape, morphology, surface area, optical activity, thermal stability and dispersity. these techniques include uv-visible spectrophotometry, fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ft-ir), scanning electron microscopy (sem), transmission electron microscopy (tem), atomic force microscopy (afm), x – ray diffraction (xrd), dynamic light scattering (dls), and zeta-potential measurements [15]. figure 7 shows techniques for the characterization of agnps. figure 7. characterization techniques of agnps[77]. characterization ftir afm tem uv-visible spectroscopy dls zetapotential xrd sem ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 188 4.1 uv–visible, spectrophotometry uv-visible spectrophotometry is one of the simplest and most reliable techniques that is also efficient and selective for many nanoparticles. the basis of spectroscopy is that light in the uv and visible spectrums is absorbed or scattered by metal nanoparticles. which results in a strong absorption band known as surface plasmon resonance (spr) in the 400–500 nanometer, due to the interaction between light and mobile surface electrons of agnps. the concentration, form, and size of the metal ions investigated by uv-visible spectroscopy influence the degree of excitation[78]. table 4 showing green synthesis of agnps using plant extracts and a characterization method. table 4 . showing green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using plant extracts and a characterization method. 1plants name plant part used shape size(nm) characterization techniques used. references alliumsativum extract of fruit spherical 3–6 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, xrd/edx, and tem. [30] acacia -seyal gum round 81.45 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, aem, and xrd. [31] acalyphahispida extract of leaf spherical 20–50 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, xrd, and gcmass. [32] a. millefolium aqueous extract spherical, rectangular and cubical 14-20.77 uv – visible spectroscopy, ft-ir, sem, and xrd. [33] barleria -buxifolia extract of leaf spherical 80 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, eds, sem, and xrd. [34] (buteamonosperma extract of leaf spherical and triangular 20–80 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, dls, texrd, and fluorescencemicroscopy. [35] alhagi -graecorum extract of fruit spherical 2236 uvvisible spectroscopy, -ft-ir, and tem. [79] cornusofficinalis extract of fruit spherical 11.7 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, dls, xrd/ edax, and fe-sem. [38] erythrinaindica extract of root spherical 20-118 uvvisible spectroscopy, ftir, tem, xrd/ edx, and dls. [40] eucalyptus chapmaniana extract of leaf spherical different sizes uv-visible spectroscopy, ft-ir, and xrd. [41] datura stramonium extract of leaf -/ spherical, and triangular 18 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, and xrd. [42] ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 189 nauclea -latifolia extract of fruit shape of irregular 12 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, edx, andsem [80] oryzasativa l. (rice) extract of fruit different shape 346.4±36.8 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, and dls. [81] p. subpeltata extract of leaf spherical 22.6 uv-visible spectroscopy, ft-ir, fe-sem, and xrd [82] punica granatum l. (pomegranate extract of peels, leaves and seeds shape of spherical, and regular 50 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, sem, and xrd. [83] indigofera tinctoria extract of leaf spherical 9–26 uv-visible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, xrd/ edx and afm. [84] seaweed (s. swartzii) extract of leaf spherical 20–40 uv-visible spectroscopy, ftir spectroscopy, xrd, tem, fe-sem, and afm. [85] sambucus ebulus extract of aerial spherical, and cubic 35 50 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, xrd, edx, and hplc. [86] scindapsus officinalis extract of fresh fruits spherical different size uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, fe-sem/edx and xrd. [87] hylocereus undatus extract of peel spherical 1050 uv-visible spectroscopy, ft-ir, sem, xrd, and edx. [88] humulus lupulus extract of crushed spherical 17.40 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, xrd,dls, bet, xps, raman spectroscopy , sem/edax, and afm analysis. [89] ixora brachypoda extract of leaf spherical 18 50 uvvisible spectroscopy, ft-ir, tem, xrd/fe-sem, and eds. [90] 4.2 fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) analysis ft-ir technique is used to investigate and identify the functional groups (such as ketones, ammines, and aldehydes) of both plant extracts and agnps. the spectrum depends on the principle that particles absorb electromagnetic energy in the infrared region of the spectrum and reasons the subatomic particles to vibrate. the wave number ranges from (4000 400) cm1. the form of nanoparticles (nps) based on the peak position, while the size of the nanoparticle (nps) based on the intensity of the peaks measured in the (ft-ir) spectrum[91]. table 5 summarizes the ftir data of the reviewed articles. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/earth-and-planetary-sciences/raman-spectroscopy https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/earth-and-planetary-sciences/raman-spectroscopy https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/earth-and-planetary-sciences/electron-microscopes ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 190 table 5. ftir data from chosen plant extracts. plant name ftir absorption bands (cm−1) possible functional group references ixora brachypoda 3403 stretching of cooh in group of carboxylic acids [90] 2923 stretching vibrations of c–h bond in alkane (ch4) 2853 stretching-vibrations of c–h bond in aldehydes (cho) 1603 bending of n–h bond in primary amines 1403 bending of c–h bond in alkanes 1384 bending of n=o bond in nitro compound (no2) 1318 bending of s=o bond in sulfates 1262 bending of esters (coor) 1117 bending of c-f bond in compound. 859, 620, 788, and 467 stretching of c-x bond in aromatic compounds like (c-f, , c-cl, c-br, c-i). seaweed (s. swartzii) 3748 and 3523 stretching of o–h bond. [85] 2357 and 1737 stretching of – c≡c– bond 1540 stretching of -c–n 1356 and 668 the bond related to c–h 1645 the bond related to (c = o) a. millefolium 1524, 1035 and 558 c-c bond in aromatic compounds [33] 3357 stretching of – o–h bond 2917 and 2846 stretching of c-h bond 3348.19 stretching of o-h bond [86] 1623.95 stretching of –c = o 1401.65 –c-h bend of alkanes or –c-c the stretch of aromatics 1273.12 bending of c-o bond in 8anhydrides group acer oblongifolium 2865.16 the bond related to (c-h) in alkanes [92] 2031.92 the bond related to – c–h 1478.96 the n-c and n=c groups 845.35 the bond related to -c-o alhagi graecorum 3294 the bond related to –n-h [79] 2178 stretching of c-h 1631 for amide i 1488 the bond related to c-h-n 590 and 540 hydroxyl (-oh) group barleria buxifolia 3410.15   stretching vibration of -oh bond [34] 2926.06 stretching of -ch(aliphatic) 1710 stretching vibration of carbonyl in the acid 1593.2 stretching of c=o bond in amide, 2926 stretch of c–h bond in (alkanes); 1348 stretch of c=c bond in (aromatic ring) 1382 -c–h (aromatics) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 191 p. subpeltata 1050 bending strong of s=o bond [82] 1347 stretch strong c–f 1605 bending of n–h primary and secondary 2836 stretch c–h amines and amides 3078 stretch c–h aldehyde 7fagoniacretica 3864 the bond related to o-h 3729 the bond related to o-h 3626 stretching of o-h 3467 the bond related to n-h 2916 stretch of c-h in alkanes 2358 stretching of n-h 1636 stretching of c=o 1472 bending vibration of n-h 1401 c-o-h 1114 c-o-c 1061 stretching of c-o 869 bending of c-c, c-oh, c-h (ring) 627 and 643 the bond related to c-h / bending citrus tangerina, citrus sinensis, and citrus limon 2950 and 3670 the bond related to o-h/ stretching-frequency [93] 1636 stretching of c=o, and aromatic c=c stretching. 2115 alkyne group present in phytochemicals 597 silver nanoparticles bonding with oxygen from oh group tagetes -erecta 3415 stretching-vibration of o-h in phenol and alcohol compounds. [94] 2922 the -c-h stretching mode in alkanes 1060, 1399, and 1829 stretching of c-o, and stretching of c=o in alcohol, ethers,and esters 1643 and 1564 bending vibration of n-h in amides 1490 stretching of c=c 670 bending of o-h 609 bending of c-h 4.3 scanning electron microscopy (sem) analysis sem is a common technique; it is used to determine the morphology and surface topology of nanoparticles. the principle behind scanning electron microscopy (sem) is that when an electron beam incident on the surface of the sample, an interaction occurs between electrons and atoms inside the sample that leads to the emission of secondary electrons. the emission of these electrons depends on the surface geometry and composition of the sample [95]. this set of reflected electrons is captured by the detectors in the sem and translated into images. sem is paired with edx. the advantage of using sem is that it can resolve particles smaller ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 192 than 10 nm, but the disadvantage is that it cannot determine the interior structure of the particle [95]. 4.4 transmission electron microscopy (tem) analysis transmission electron microscopy (tem) is one of the most common analysis and described as high-resolution techniques used to study the, morphology of nps. this analysis provides information about, particle shape, size, and distribution. the basic principle of this technique is that an electron beam is transmitted through the surface of the metal nanoparticles, and the interaction of the transmitted electrons produces in an image [47, 96]. electron microscopy (em) can be used to obtain a better resolution on the sample. the (sem) and (tem) techniques are used to study topography and surface morphology for nanoparticles. the key distinction between (tem) and (sem) is that the former offers the good resolution and data of the internal structure than the sem. 4.5 atomic force microscopy (afm) analysis atomic force microscopy (afm) is a microscopy technique used to describe topography, 0morphology, the surface texture, roughness, and particle -size distribution of nanoparticles[97]. a disadvantage of the atomic microscopy technique is that the lateral dimensions of the sample are overestimated, so it is necessary remove the error which requires more attention [98]. 4.6 xray diffraction (xrd) analysis xrd is the essential technique used to identify the crystalline nature of nanoparticles (nps), polymers, various biomolecules, and superconductors. the basic idea behind the method is that when a monochromatic beam of x-ray is focused on a crystal, it produces a variety of diffraction patterns that can be analyzed using the bragg’s equation: 2d sinө = nλ, where, d: is the spacing between the diffracting planes, ө: is the, incident angle, n is any integer, and λ: is the, wavelength of the beam used to know the, characteristics of crystalline or polycrystalline material[47]. it is also used to determine the size of the crystal using the scherrer equation: d = 0.94 𝜆 /𝛽 cos 𝜃. 𝐷 represent size of particles nm, (𝜆) is the wavelength x-ray kcu (k𝛼 = 15406 ˚), (𝛽 ) is the full width xrd peak, and (𝜃) is t angle . the disadvantage of this xrd technique is that sometimes there is difficulty growing the crystals. this is the only disadvantage of the xrd technique [76]. 4.7 dynamic light scattering (dls) the most common simplistic technique used to determine the average size of nanoparticles in aqueous solution [99]. this method's basic idea is that it gauges the particle's hydrodynamic radius while it is in brownian motion. the foundation of this technology is the interaction of light and particles. when exposed to laser light, the particle in the solution scatters the light in various intensities. accordingly, the stokes-einstein equation was used to determine the corresponding particle sizes. this technique can be used to determine the size of nanoparticles ranging from 20 to 200 nm. when comparing the sizes of the particles ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 193 obtained by using dls, tem, and sem techniques, it was noted that the size obtained from dls was larger than the size obtained from tem and sem [95]. . 4.8 zeta potential analysis zeta potential analysis is one of an important, techniques in interpreting the properties of nanoparticles, especially silver nanoparticles. this technique is used to determine the stability and aggregation of nanoparticles in a state of dispersion [100]. also, zeta potential analysis allows detecting the surface charges of nanoparticles by giving information about those charges. the principle of this technique is the electrostatic attraction between the charges on the surface of nanoparticles with the oppositely charged ions present in the solution. 5. conclusions the present review describes methods for the synthesis of nanoparticles, especially silver nanoparticles, exemplified by the top-down and bottom-up approaches. this article also explained the shortcomings in chemical and physical methods, which increased the interest of researchers in biological synthesis by bacteria, fungi, and plants. the green synthesis of agnps mediated by many plant materials is more advantageous than alternative biological approaches because plant extracts are easy to handle, widely available, safe, and readily available. the present review, combining several recently published works, shows the significance of plant extracts facilitated bio-synthesis of agnps, and these studies are described as being cost-effective, environmentally friendly, and highly suitable for producing nanoparticles free of toxic contaminants needed in bio applications due to their unique properties. silver nanoparticles will play a significant role in many nanotechnology-based processes, the present review also includes several analytical techniques that are utilized for the examination of these agnps, including uv-vis spectroscopy, ft-ir, sem, tem, afm, xrd, dls, and zeta potential analysis authors' declaration the researchers declare that there are no conflicts of interest regarding the current manuscript. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 194 references 1.yazdanian, m.; rostamzadeh, p.; rahbar, m.; alam, m.; abbasi, k. tahmasebi, e., tebyaniyan, h., ranjbar, r., seifalian, a.; yazdanian, a. the potential application of green-synthesized metal nanoparticles in dentistry: a comprehensive review. bioinorganic chemistry and applications, 2022. 2.song, w.; ge, s. application of antimicrobial nanoparticles in dentistry. molecules, 2019, 24,6, 1033. 3.mathur, p.; jha, s., ramteke, s.; jain, n.k. pharmaceutical aspects of silver nanoparticles. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2018, 46(sup1), 115-126. 4.ahmed, h.b.; attia, m.a.; el-dars, f.m.; emam, h.e. hydroxyethyl cellulose for spontaneous synthesis of antipathogenic nanostructures:(ag & au) nanoparticles versus ag-au nanoalloy. international journal of biological macromolecules. 2019, 128, 214-229. 5.ahmed, h.b.; saad, n.; emam, h.e. recyclable palladium based nano-catalytic laborer encaged within bio-granules for dye degradation. surfaces and interfaces. 2021, 25, 101175. 6.hiba, h.; thoppil, j.e. medicinal herbs as a panacea for biogenic silver nanoparticles. bulletin of the national research centre. 2022, 46(1), 1-15. 7.khatami, m.; iravani, s.; varma, r.s.; mosazade, f.; darroudi, m.; borhani, f. cockroach wings-promoted safe and greener synthesis of silver nanoparticles and their insecticidal activity. bioprocess and biosystems engineering. 2019, 42(12), 2007-2014. 8.tsuji, t.; iryo, k.; watanabe, n.; tsuji, m. preparation of silver nanoparticles by laser ablation in solution: influence of laser wavelength on particle size. applied surface science. 2002, (1-2), 80-85. 9.iravani, s. green synthesis of metal nanoparticles using plants. green chemistry. 2011, 13(10), pp.2638-2650 10.mittal, a.k.; chisti, y.; banerjee, u.c. synthesis of metallic nanoparticles using plant extracts. biotechnology advances. 2013, 31(2), 346-356. 11.beyene, h.d.; werkneh, a.a.; bezabh, h.k.; ambaye, t.g. synthesis paradigm and applications of silver nanoparticles (agnps), a review. sustainable materials and technologies. 2017, 13, 18-23. 12.kojima, c.; umeda, y.; harada, a.; kono, k. preparation of near-infrared light absorbing gold nanoparticles using polyethylene glycol-attached dendrimers. colloids and surfaces b: biointerfaces. 2010, 81(2), 648-651. 13.mallick, k.; witcomb, m.j.; scurrell, m.s. polymer stabilized silver nanoparticles: a photochemical synthesis route. journal of materials science.2004, 39(14), 4459-4463. 14.nabi, g.; khalid, n.r.; tahir, m.b.; rafique, m.; rizwan, m.; hussain, s.; iqbal, t.; majid, a. a review on novel eco-friendly green approach to synthesis tio2 nanoparticles using different extracts. journal of inorganic and organometallic polymers and materials. 2018, 28(4), pp.1552-1564.. 15.kharissova, o.v.; dias, h.r.; kharisov, b.i.; pérez, b.o.; pérez, v.m.j. the greener synthesis of nanoparticles. trends in biotechnology. 2013, 31(4), pp.240-248. 16.sivakumar, t. a modern review of silver nanoparticles mediated plant extracts and its potential bioapplications. int. j. bot. stud. 2021, 6(3), 170-175. 17.rafique, m.; sadaf, i.; rafique, m.s. ; tahir, m.b. a review on green synthesis of silver nanoparticles and their applications. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2017, 45(7), 1272-1291. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 195 18.regiel-futyra, a.; kus-liśkiewicz, m.; sebastian, v.; irusta, s.; arruebo, m.; kyzioł, a.; stochel, g. development of noncytotoxic silver–chitosan nanocomposites for efficient control of biofilm forming microbes. rsc advances. 2017, 7(83), 52398-52413.. 19.ibrahim, h.m. green synthesis and characterization of silver nanoparticles using banana peel extract and their antimicrobial activity against representative microorganisms. journal of radiation research and applied sciences. 2015, 8(3), 265-275. 20.vankar, p.s.; shukla, d. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles using lemon leaves extract and its application for antimicrobial finish on fabric. applied nanoscience. 2012, 2(2), 163-168. 21.prathna, t.c.; chandrasekaran, n.; raichur, a.m.; mukherjee, a. biomimetic synthesis of silver nanoparticles by citrus limon (lemon) aqueous extract and theoretical prediction of particle size. colloids and surfaces b: biointerfaces. 2011, 82(1), 152-159. 22.rónavári, a.; igaz, n.; adamecz, d.i.; szerencsés, b.; molnar, c.; kónya, z. ; pfeiffer, i.; kiricsi, m. green silver and gold nanoparticles: biological synthesis approaches and potentials for biomedical applications. molecules. 2021, 26(4), 844. 23.azwanida, n.n. a review on the extraction methods use in medicinal plants, principle, strength and limitation. med aromat plants. 2015, 4(196), 2167-0412. 24.amid, a.; salim, r.j.m.; adenan, m.i. the factors affecting the extraction condition for neuroprotective activity of centella asiatica evaluated by metal chelating activity assay. journal of applied sciences. 2010, 10(10), 837-842. 25.rónavári, a.; igaz, n.; adamecz, d.i.; szerencsés, b.; molnar, c.; kónya, z. ; pfeiffer, i.; kiricsi, m. green silver and gold nanoparticles: biological synthesis approaches and potentials for biomedical applications. molecules. 2021, 26(4), 844. 26.markus, j. ; wang, d.; kim, y.j.;ahn, s.; mathiyalagan, r.; wang, c.; yang, d.c. biosynthesis, characterization, and bioactivities evaluation of silver and gold nanoparticles mediated by the roots of chinese herbal angelica pubescens maxim. nanoscale research letters. 2017, 12(1),1-12. 27.elangovan, k.; elumalai, d.; anupriya, s.; shenbhagaraman, r.; kaleena, p.k.; murugesan, k. phyto mediated biogenic synthesis of silver nanoparticles using leaf extract of andrographis echioides and its bio-efficacy on anticancer and antibacterial activities. journal of photochemistry and photobiology b: biology. 2015, 151, 118-124. 28.soshnikova, v.; kim, y.j.; singh, p.; huo, y.; markus, j.; ahn, s.; castro-aceituno, v.; kang, j.; chokkalingam, m.; mathiyalagan, r.; yang, d.c. cardamom fruits as a green resource for facile synthesis of gold and silver nanoparticles and their biological applications. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2018, 46(1), 108-117. 29.rasheed, t.; bilal, m.; iqbal, h.m.; li, c. green biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles using leaves extract of artemisia vulgaris and their potential biomedical applications. colloids and surfaces b: biointerfaces. 2017, 158, 408-415. 30.bhattacharyya, s.s.; das, j.; das, s.; samadder, a.; das, d.; de, a.; paul, s. ; khuda-bukhsh, a.r. rapid green synthesis of silver nanoparticles from silver nitrate by a homeopathic mother tincture phytolacca decandra. zhong xi yi jie he xue bao= journal of chinese integrative medicine. 2012, 10(5), 546-554. 31.rao, k.; aziz, s.;roome, t.; razzak, a.; sikandar, b.; jamali, k.s.; imran, m., jabri, t.; shah, m.r. gum acacia stabilized silver nanoparticles based nano-cargo for enhanced anti-arthritic potentials of hesperidin in adjuvant induced arthritic rats. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2018, 46(sup1), 597-607. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 196 32.vickers, n.j. animal communication: when i’m calling you, will you answer too. current biology. 2017, 27(14), r713-r715. 33.yousaf, h.; mehmood, a.; ahmad, k.s.; raffi, m. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles and their applications as an alternative antibacterial and antioxidant agents. materials science and engineering: c . 2020, 112, 110901. 34.sekar, v.; balakrishnan, c.; kathirvel, p.; swamiappan, s.; alshehri, m.a.; sayed, s.; panneerselvam, c. ultra-sonication-enhanced green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using barleria buxifolia leaf extract and their possible application. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2022, 50(1), 177-187. 35.patra, s.; mukherjee, s.; barui, a.k.; ganguly, a.; sreedhar, b.; patra, c.r. green synthesis, characterization of gold and silver nanoparticles and their potential application for cancer therapeutics. materials science and engineering: c. 2015, 53, 298-309. 36.rodrigues, m.c.; rolim, w.r.; viana, m.m.; souza, t.r.; gonçalves, f.; tanaka, c.j.; buenosilva, b.; seabra, a.b. biogenic synthesis and antimicrobial activity of silica-coated silver nanoparticles for esthetic dental applications. journal of dentistry. 2020, 96, 103327. 37.sathishkumar, p.; preethi, j.; vijayan, r.; yusoff, a.r.m.; ameen, f.; suresh, s.; balagurunathan, r.; palvannan, t. anti-acne, anti-dandruff and anti-breast cancer efficacy of green synthesised silver nanoparticles using coriandrum sativum leaf extract. journal of photochemistry and photobiology b: biology. 2016, 163, 69-76. 38.he, y.; li, x.; wang, j.; yang, q.; yao, b.; zhao, y.; zhao, a.; sun, w.; zhang, q. synthesis, characterization and evaluation cytotoxic activity of silver nanoparticles synthesized by chinese herbal cornus officinalis via environment friendly approach. environmental toxicology and pharmacology. 2017, 56, 56-60. 39.thomas, r.; snigdha, s.; bhavitha, k.b.; babu, s.; ajith, a.; radhakrishnan, e.k. biofabricated silver nanoparticles incorporated polymethyl methacrylate as a dental adhesive material with antibacterial and antibiofilm activity against streptococcus mutans. 2018, 8(9), 1-10. 40.sre, p.r.; reka, m.; poovazhagi, r.; kumar, m.a.; murugesan, k. antibacterial and cytotoxic effect of biologically synthesized silver nanoparticles using aqueous root extract of erythrina indica lam. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy. 2015, 135, 1137-1144.. 41.sulaiman, g.m.; mohammed, w.h.; marzoog, t.r.; al-amiery, a.a.a.; kadhum, a.a.h; mohamad, a.b. green synthesis, antimicrobial and cytotoxic effects of silver nanoparticles using eucalyptus chapmaniana leaves extract. asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine. 2013, 3(1), 58-63. 42.gomathi, m.; rajkumar, p.v.; prakasam, a.; ravichandran, k. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using datura stramonium leaf extract and assessment of their antibacterial activity. resource-efficient technologies. 2017, 3(3), 280-284. 43.thakkar, k.n.; mhatre, s.s.; parikh, r.y. biological synthesis of metallic nanoparticles. nanomedicine: nanotechnology, biology and medicine. 2010, 6(2), 257-262. 44.singh, j.; dutta, t.; kim, k.h.; rawat, m.; samddar, p.; kumar, p. ‘green’synthesis of metals and their oxide nanoparticles: applications for environmental remediation. journal of nanobiotechnology. 2018, 16(1), 1-24. 45.gericke, m.; pinches, a. microbial production of gold nanoparticles. gold bulletin. 2006, 39(1), 22-28. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 197 46.iravani, s. bacteria in nanoparticle synthesis: current status and future prospects. international scholarly research notices, 2014. 47.devi, g.k.; suruthi, p.; veerakumar, r.; vinoth, s.; subbaiya, r.; chozhavendhan, s. a review on metallic gold and silver nanoparticles. research journal of pharmacy and technology. 2019, 12(2), pp.935-943. 48.klaus, t.; joerger, r.; olsson, e.; granqvist, c.g. silver-based crystalline nanoparticles, microbially fabricated. proceedings of the national academy of sciences. 1999, 96(24), 1361113614. 49.gherasim, o.; puiu, r.a.; bîrcă, a.c.; burdușel, a.c.; grumezescu, a.m. an updated review on silver nanoparticles in biomedicine. nanomaterials. 2020, 10(11), 2318. 50.sunkar, s .; nachiyar, c.v. biogenesis of antibacterial silver nanoparticles using the endophytic bacterium bacillus cereus isolated from garcinia xanthochymus. asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine. 2012, 2(12), 953-959. 51.korbekandi, h.; iravani, s.; abbasi, s. optimization of biological synthesis of silver nanoparticles using lactobacillus casei subsp. casei. journal of chemical technology & biotechnology. 2012, 87(7), 932-937. 52.otari, s.v.; patil, r.m.; ghosh, s.j.; thorat, n.d.; pawar, s.h. intracellular synthesis of silver nanoparticle by actinobacteria and its antimicrobial activity. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy. 2015, 136,1175-1180. 53.yashavantha rao, h.c.; nagendra-prasad, m.n.; prasad, a.; harini, b.p.; azmath, p.; rakshith, d.; satish, s. biomimetic synthesis of silver nanoparticles using endosymbiotic bacterium inhabiting euphorbia hirta l. and their bactericidal potential. scientifica. 2016, 2016. 54.singh, h.; du, j.; yi, t.h. kinneretia thg-sqi4 mediated biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles and its antimicrobial efficacy. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2017, 45(3), pp.602-608. 55.das, v.l.; thomas, r.; varghese, r.t.; soniya, e.v.; mathew, j.; radhakrishnan, e.k. extracellular synthesis of silver nanoparticles by the bacillus strain cs 11 isolated from industrialized area. 3 biotech. 2014, 4(2), pp.121-126. 56.du, j.; singh, h.; yi, t.h. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles by novosphingobium sp. thgc3 and their antimicrobial potential. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2017, 45(2), 211-217. 57.wang, c.; kim, y.j.; singh, p.; mathiyalagan, r.; jin, y.; yang, d.c. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles by bacillus methylotrophicus, and their antimicrobial activity. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2016, 44(4), 1127-1132. 58.thomas, r.; soumya, k.r.; mathew, j.; radhakrishnan, e.k. electrospun polycaprolactone membrane incorporated with biosynthesized silver nanoparticles as effective wound dressing material. applied biochemistry and biotechnology. 2015, 176(8), 2213-2224. 59.singh, h.; du, j.; yi, t.h. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles using aeromonas sp. thg-fg1. 2 and its antibacterial activity against pathogenic microbes. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2017, 45(3), 584-590. 60.sinha, s.n.; paul, d.; halder, n.; sengupta, d.; patra, s.k. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using fresh water green alga pithophora oedogonia (mont.) wittrock and evaluation of their antibacterial activity. applied nanoscience. 2015, 5(6), pp.703-709. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 198 61.manivasagan, p.; venkatesan, j.; senthilkumar, k.; sivakumar, k.; kim, s.k. biosynthesis, antimicrobial and cytotoxic effect of silver nanoparticles using a novel nocardiopsis sp. mbrc1. biomed research international. 2013, 2013. 62.mohamed, n.h.; ismail, m.a.; abdel-mageed, w.m.; shoreit, a.a.m. antimicrobial activity of green silver nanoparticles from endophytic fungi isolated from calotropis procera (ait) latex. microbiology. 2019, 165(9), 967-975. 63.chen, y.l.; tuan, h.y.; tien, c.w.; lo, w.h.; liang, h.c.; hu, y.c. augmented biosynthesis of cadmium sulfide nanoparticles by genetically engineered escherichia coli. biotechnology progress. 2009, 25(5), 1260-1266. 64.arora, s.; latwal, m.; bahukhandi, k.d.; kumar, d.; vemulapalli, t.; egutoori, s.; siddiqui, n.a. greener approach to metallic nanoparticles: a review. nature environment & pollution technology. 2021, 20(2). 65.taha, z.k.; hawar, s.n.; sulaiman, g.m. extracellular biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles from penicillium italicum and its antioxidant, antimicrobial and cytotoxicity activities. biotechnology letters, 2019. 41(8), 899-914. 66.janakiraman, v.; govindarajan, k.; cr, m. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles from endophytic fungi, and its cytotoxic activity. bionanoscience. 2019, 9(3), 573-579. 67.thomas, r.; janardhanan, a.; varghese, r.t.; soniya, e.v.; mathew, j.; radhakrishnan, e.k. antibacterial properties of silver nanoparticles synthesized by marine ochrobactrum sp. brazilian journal of microbiology. 2014, 45, 1221-1227. 68.tyagi, s.; tyagi, p.k.; gola, d.; chauhan, n.; bharti, r.k. extracellular synthesis of silver nanoparticles using entomopathogenic fungus: characterization and antibacterial potential. sn applied sciences. 2019, 1(12), 1-9. 69.santos, t.s.; silva, t.m.; cardoso, j.c.; albuquerque-júnior, r.l.d.; zielinska, a.; souto, e.b.; severino, p.; mendonça, m.d.c. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles mediated by entomopathogenic fungi: antimicrobial resistance, nanopesticides, and toxicity. antibiotics. 2021, 10(7), 852. 70.mikhailov, o.v. progress in the synthesis of ag nanoparticles having manifold geometric forms. reviews in inorganic chemistry, 2018. 38(1), 21-42. 71.guilger-casagrande, m.; germano-costa, t.; pasquoto-stigliani, t.; fraceto, l.f.; lima, r.d. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles employing trichoderma harzianum with enzymatic stimulation for the control of sclerotinia sclerotiorum. scientific reports. 2019, 9(1), 1-9. 72.balakumaran, m.d.; ramachandran, r.; kalaichelvan, p.t. exploitation of endophytic fungus, guignardia mangiferae for extracellular synthesis of silver nanoparticles and their in vitro biological activities. microbiological research. 2015, 178, 9-17. 73.xue, b.; he, d.; gao, s.; wang, d.; yokoyama, k.; wang, l. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles by the fungus arthroderma fulvum and its antifungal activity against genera of candida, aspergillus and fusarium. international journal of nanomedicine. 2016, 11, 1899. 74.jalal, m.; ansari, m.a.; alzohairy, m.a.; ali, s.g.; khan, h.m.; almatroudi, a.; raees, k. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles from oropharyngeal candida glabrata isolates and their antimicrobial activity against clinical strains of bacteria and fungi. nanomaterials. 2018, 8(8), 586. 75.al-limoun, m.; qaralleh, h.n.; khleifat, k.m.; al-anber, m.; al-tarawneh, a.; al-sharafa, k.; kailani, m.h.; zaitoun, m.a.; matar, s.a.; al-soub, t. culture media composition and reduction potential optimization of mycelia-free filtrate for the biosynthesis of silver ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 199 nanoparticles using the fungus tritirachium oryzae w5h. current nanoscience, 2020. 16(5), 757-769. 76.alaallah, n.j.; abd alkareem, e.a.; ghai̇dan, a.f.; imran, n.a. eco-friendly approach for silver nanoparticles synthesis from lemon extract and their anti-oxidant, anti-bacterial, and anticancer activities. journal of the turkish chemical society section a: chemistry. 2023, 10(1), pp.205-216. 77.panja, a.; mishra, a.k.; dash, m.; pandey, n.k.; singh, s.k.; kumar, b. silver nanoparticles– a review. eurasian journal of medicine and oncology. 2021, 5(2), 95. 78.usmani, a.; mishra, a.; jafri, a.; arshad, m.; siddiqui, m.a. green synthesis of silver nanocomposites of nigella sativa seeds extract for hepatocellular carcinoma. current nanomaterials. 2019, 4(3), 191-200. 79.hawar, s.n.; al-shmgani, h.s.; al-kubaisi, z.a.; sulaiman, g.m.; dewir, y.h.; rikisahedew, j.j. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles from alhagi graecorum leaf extract and evaluation of their cytotoxicity and antifungal activity. journal of nanomaterials. 2022, jan 5;2022. 80.odeniyi, m.a.; okumah, v.c.; adebayo-tayo, b.c.; odeniyi, o.a. green synthesis and cream formulations of silver nanoparticles of nauclea latifolia (african peach) fruit extracts and evaluation of antimicrobial and antioxidant activities. sustainable chemistry and pharmacy. 2020, 15, 100197. 81.suwan, t.; khongkhunthian, s.; okonogi, s. green synthesis and inhibitory effects against oral pathogens of silver nanoparticles mediated by rice extracts. drug discoveries & therapeutics. 2018, 12(4), 189-196. 82.loganathan, s.; selvam, k.; padmavathi, g.; shivakumar, m.s.; senthil-nathan, s.; sumathi, a.g.; ali, m.a.; almutairi, s.m. biological synthesis and characterization of passiflora subpeltata ortega aqueous leaf extract in silver nanoparticles and their evaluation of antibacterial, antioxidant, anti-cancer and larvicidal activities. journal of king saud university-science. 2022, 34(3), 101846. 83.souza, j.a.; barbosa, d.b.; berretta, a.a.; do amaral, j.g.; gorup, l.f.; de souza neto, f.n.; fernandes, r.a.; fernandes, g.l.; camargo, e.r.; agostinho, a.m.; delbem, a.c. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles combined to calcium glycerophosphate: antimicrobial and antibiofilm activities. future microbiology. 2018, 13(3), 345-357. 84.vijayan, r.; joseph, s.; mathew, b. indigofera tinctoria leaf extract mediated green synthesis of silver and gold nanoparticles and assessment of their anticancer, antimicrobial, antioxidant and catalytic properties. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology.2018, 46(4), 861871 85.stalin dhas, t. in vitro antibacterial activity of biosynthesized silver nanoparticles against gram negative bacteria. inorganic and nano-metal chemistry. 2022, 1-10. 86.hashemi, z.; mizwari, z.m.; mohammadi-aghdam, s.; mortazavi-derazkola, s.; ebrahimzadeh. sustainable green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using sambucus ebulus phenolic extract (agnps@ see): optimization and assessment of photocatalytic degradation of methyl orange and their in vitro antibacterial and anticancer activity. arabian journal of chemistry. 2022, 15(1), 103525. 87.pathak, m.; pathak, p.; khalilullah, h.; grishina, m.; potemkin, v.; kumar, v., majee, r.; ramteke, p.w.; abdellattif, m.h.; shahbaaz, m.; verma, a. green synthesis of silver nanoformulation of scindapsus officinalis as potent anticancer and predicted anticovid ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 200 alternative: exploration via experimental and computational methods. biocatalysis and agricultural biotechnology. 2021, 35, 102072. 88.shyamalagowri, s.; charles, p.; manjunathan, j.; kamaraj, m.; anitha, r.; pugazhendhi, a. in vitro anticancer activity of silver nanoparticles phyto-fabricated by hylocereus undatus peel extracts on human liver carcinoma (hepg2) cell lines. process biochemistry. 2022, 116, 17-25. 89.das, p.; dutta, t.; manna, s.; loganathan, s.; basak, p. facile green synthesis of non-genotoxic, non-hemolytic organometallic silver nanoparticles using extract of crushed, wasted, and spent humulus lupulus (hops): characterization, anti-bacterial, and anti-cancer studies. environmental research. 2022, 204, 111962. 90.bhat, m.; chakraborty, b.; kumar, r.s.; almansour, a.i.; arumugam, n.; kotresha, d.;pallavi, s.s.; dhanyakumara, s.b.; shashiraj, k.n.; nayaka, s. biogenic synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of ixora brachypoda (dc) leaf extract mediated silver nanoparticles. journal of king saud university-science. 2021, 33(2), p.101296. 91.pugazhendhi, s.; sathya, p.; palanisamy, p.k.; gopalakrishnan, r. synthesis of silver nanoparticles through green approach using dioscorea alata and their characterization on antibacterial activities and optical limiting behavior. journal of photochemistry and photobiology b: biology. 2016, 159, 155-160. 92.naveed, m.; bukhari, b.; aziz, t.; zaib, s.; mansoor, m.a.; khan, a.a.; shahzad, m.; dablool, a.s.; alruways, m.w.; almalki, a.a.; alamri, a.s. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using the plant extract of acer oblongifolium and study of its antibacterial and antiproliferative activity via mathematical approaches. molecules. 2022, 27(13), 4226. 93.niluxsshun, m.c.d.; masilamani, k.; mathiventhan, u.; green synthesis of silver nanoparticles from the extracts of fruit peel of citrus tangerina, citrus sinensis, and citrus limon for antibacterial activities. bioinorganic chemistry and applications, 2021. 2021. 94.tyagi, p.k.; tyagi, s.; gola, d.; arya, a.; ayatollahi, s.a.; alshehri, m.m.; sharifi-rad, j. ascorbic acid and polyphenols mediated green synthesis of silver nanoparticles from tagetes erecta l. aqueous leaf extract and studied their antioxidant properties. journal of nanomaterials, 2021. 2021. 95.hembram, k.c.; kumar, r.; kandha, l.; parhi, p.k.; kundu, c.n.; bindhani, b.k. therapeutic prospective of plant-induced silver nanoparticles: application as antimicrobial and anticancer agent. artificial cells, nanomedicine, and biotechnology. 2018, 46(sup3), s38-s51. 96.trefry, j.c.; wooley, d.p. silver nanoparticles inhibit vaccinia virus infection by preventing viral entry through a macropinocytosis-dependent mechanism. journal of biomedical nanotechnology. 2013, 9(9), 1624-1635. 97.baer, d.r.; gaspar, d.j.; nachimuthu, p.; techane, s.d.; castner, d.g. application of surface chemical analysis tools for characterization of nanoparticles. analytical and bioanalytical chemistry. 2010, 396(3), 983-1002. 98.rai, m.; yadav, a.; gade , a. silver nanoparticles as a new generation of antimicrobials. biotechnology advances. 2009, 27(1), 76-83. 99.tang, j.; erdener, s.e.; li, b., fu, b.; sakadzic, s.; carp, s.a.; lee, j.; boas, d.a. shear‐ induced diffusion of red blood cells measured with dynamic light scattering‐optical coherence tomography. journal of biophotonics. 2018, 11(2), 201700070. 100.leung, a.b.; suh , k.i.; ansari, r. i . particle-size and velocity measurements in flowing conditions using dynamic light scattering. applied optics. 2006, 45, (10). 2186-2190. microsoft word 181-192 181 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 interactions investigation of new composite material formed from bauxite and melamine-urea formaldehyde copolymer israa m. radhi yousif i. mohammed takialdin a. himdan dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in:28/september/2015,accepted in: 12/october/2015 abstract in this study the bauxite has been activated and used to prepare two complexes: bauxite urea and bauxite melamine, these complexes were merged and polymerized with formaldehyde to prepare the complex bauxite polymer urea melamine formaldehyde (modified bauxite). in the bauxite-urea complex xrd results indicate that the urea molecules penetrate among the layers of the crystal plane (110) of the gibbsite mineral while in the bauxite-melamine the interaction was at the outer surface of the bauxite forming minerals because the relatively large volume of the melamine molecule. ft-ir results show the interaction of these two bases with bauxite was mainly based on the hydrogen bonding and in less extent on the coordination between n loan pair atom and aluminum empty orbital in the above complexes. finally the copolymer was formed around the micro-crystals of bauxite minerals. key words: bauxite, composite bauxite, x-ray, sem, afm, ft-ir. 182 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction mineral-polymer composites have attracted large attention over the past thirty years in both applied and academic fields [1]. these materials occupy wide area in plastic industry, pollution treatment, insulators, and others [2, 3]. the discoveries of their characteristic structure at the nano scale carry additional latent applications seems in the horizon, this made them as a one of most important materials in the near future[4, 5]. the key step to reach this goal is learning how to functionalize a certain part of nano-crystals of minerals or utilize from their nano-scaled frames in the fabrication of new types of projected materials. bauxite considered as one of the aluminum ores formed mainly from gibbsite and boehmite minerals. bauxite is produced in large amounts as waste in alumina production so finding method to utilize of it is considered an important subject from economic point of view [6]. the aim of this work is synthesis of composite from bauxite with urea-melamine formaldehyde copolymer then determine the way by which the polymer bind to bauxite . experimental part this study usedthe followingdevices: 1-double beam uvvisible spectrophotometer type shimadzu.1800,japan. 2ft-ir spectrometertypeshimadzu. iraffinity-1(8400 s).3-a water bath4.balance(0.0001 g ±) type sartorius lab. bl 210 s, germany.4laboratoryoventypedaihanlabtech oven ldo 060e. 5-x-ray diffraction device shimaduz 6000. 6-atomicforcemicroscopeafmspm aa3000 usa 20089.7-scanning electronmicroscopesem. 8-microwavedevice.thechemicalsused were (melamine from bdh, urea from hannover, solution of formaldehyde and hydrochloric acid from reidel-de haen). the bauxite is from the general company of geological survey in iraq. bauxite preparation: bauxite was crashed into small pieces using a metal grinder milled using a ceramic mortar then wash several times with distilled water after that flooded with distilled water for 48 hours and finally washed using sexholet device to remove most of the adsorped ions. bauxite dried in thermal oven at 90 co for four hours, then re-grinding again and sieved to particle size less than 150μm. complexes of bauxite–melamine and bauxite urea preparation: each complex was prepared by blending(20 gm)of bauxite with(4 gm)of organic compound then placed in amortar with the addition of two drops of distilled water to the mixtureto complete the over lapprocess, the blending reached half an hour then left for10 daysinan airtight container to complete the interaction. preparation of (bauxite -urea melamine -formaldehyde) copolymer: the polymerization proceed by mixing (20 gm) of bm complex and (20 gm) bu complex with (8.1 ml) of formaldehyde solution and (4 ml) of distilled water, all the materials were put in the mortar and blended with adding 8 drops of hydrochloric acid, this process will continue for half an hour with continuous stirring the mixture was then placed in a water bath at a temperature ranging between 90-100co for five minutes where the material start to lose some water and hardening. the resulting rigid material was grinded and placed in a microwave for a minute (to homogenize the polymerization process in the sample, after cooling, the dry material returned to the microwave for a minute to make sure of the polymerization process is completed. discussion the surfaces of bauxite and modified bauxite were characterized using x-ray diffraction (xrd), infrared spectrometry (ft-ir), atomic force microscope (afm) and scanning electron microscopy (sem). in addition xrd and ft-ir techniques have been used to characterize the bauxite complexes with urea and melamine as well.the unit cell parameters of bauxite main minerals gibbsite and boehmite were identified from figure(1) then listed in table(1), the values that tabulated agree with those reported in reference [7-8]. unit cell parameters for 183 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 gibbsite were a = 8.75 å, b = 5.075 å, c = 9.65 å, and for boehmite were. a = 3.71 å, b = 12.2å, c = 2.90 å. the value of d (which represents the distance between the crystal planes) has been calculated from bragg's law [9] 2 ……………………………………… 1 where (λ) representsthe wavelength of x-ray radiation, n constant takes the value = 1, 2, 3…. (d) represents the distance between crystal planes and (θ) represents the diffraction angle of x-ray radiation.it is observed in figure (2) which belongs to bauxite-urea complex the occurrence of displacement or expansion of the crystal plane (110) of gibbsite mineral by 0.09 å, this displacement also exists in high order diffractions of this plane (220) and (330) this displacement did not take place in the case of bauxite-melamine complex as shown in figure (2) which may be explained by the small size of the urea molecule which can penetrate between the layers of this crystal plane, while melamine molecule cannot penetrate because of the large size of the molecule.the crystal planes (210)and (012) that belong to gibbsite mineral incorporated into one crystal plane. the crystal displacements in boehmite mineral were small in both complexes with urea and melamine, this can be explained by the fact that the gibbsite mineral which has greater content of hydroxyl groups[10] has greater opportunity to interact with organic compounds through hydrogen bonding, as well as the hydroxyl groups gives more flexibility to the layers of the mineral to stretch and receive small molecules that can overlap[11]. in the formation of modified bauxite with urea-melamineformaldehyde copolymer complex the xrd pattern that shown in figure (4), it is observed the return most of the crystal planes especially for gibbsite (110) plane and its higher order diffractions to their native locations with a decrease in intensity of the diffraction bands of these planes and increase the amorphous character of the sample which can be explained by the fact that urea molecules that have been penetrated between layers of crystal plane (110) in gibbsite were unable to stabilize in these positions during polymer formation so the polymerization worked to pull out the urea molecules, hence the polymer formed outside the crystal planes of bauxite minerals (i.e. around the microscopic crystals of bauxite mineral), for this reason the polymer growth works to close the active sites on the surface of the crystals and to saturate thier. afm image of bauxite figure (5) and table (2) show that the particle size distribution of the of the bauxite granular size of less than 150μm ranging from (75-130 nm) this distribution of the size represents the growth limit of bauxite micro-crystals. the passage of these crystals from the sieve of 150μm diameter does not necessarily mean that the growth of these crystals was reached the diameter of 150 μm, indeed this diameter represents the accumulation diameter of the individual micro-crystals [12]. it is noted in the picture there are two types of varying sizes of crystals, the first type has large sizes with percent of 31.08% and has diameters ranging from (110-125nm) belonging to the gibbsite mineral. the second type is of small sizes with percent of 37.82% and diameters ranging from (80-90nm) belonging to the boehmite mineral. the reason behind the growth of gibbsite crystals to large size with a few numbers is due to the presence of a large proportion of crystallization water, which works to connect the largest number of unit crystal cells to form large crystals with few numbers [13]. in the case of boehmite mineral the possibility of accumulation is small because the crystallization water content is less than that in gibbsite [14], therefore, boehmite crystals do not grow to large volumes where the crystal growth diameter reach 85nm, but the number of these units will be larger.the sem images figures (7 and 8) prove that the orthorhombic crystals are smaller with large number, these belong to the boehmite mineral, while the mono-clinic crystals which is the largest size but have least number belong to boehmite mineral [7].figures(9), (10), (11), (12), (13) and(14) show ft-ir spectrums for bauxite, urea, bauxite–urea complex, melamine, bauxite-melamine complexand modified 184 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 bauxiterespectively,table(2) shows themost importantpeaks for above materials.in bauxiteureacomplex (bu) there is a shiftstretching vibrationfornh2 that belongs to theureatowardsa higher frequency 3428-3441 cm-1, this means the force constant of this bond increases due to the appearingelectronicpositive chargeon the n atomthroughthe contribution of its loan pair by a some kind of bonding such as with acidic protons on the surface ofbauxiteorcoordination bondingwith emptyaluminum orbital exposed al atomwithinthe crystal latticeofbauxite[1516].the appearance ofthe positive chargeon thenitrogenatom worksto consistentincrease the strength ofthe bonds ofnhthroughaffinityelectron densityof thebondtowards thepositively charged nitrogenatom, leading to compression of the bondand thusits force constantincreasesits strength. this happensfor bothfrequenciessymmetricand anti-symmetric ofnh2 group,this assumption supported by shifting the stretching frequency of ohgroupwhich existed on the surface of the bauxite towards a lower frequency of 3620-3618 cm-1which shows thecontribution of the protonofohwith bondingledto the weakening ofoh bondand thus increasethe length of it. as well as thegroupal ... .ohthis shifted toward the lower frequency of 3690-3680 cm-1.for theal-o-algroup which belongs tostructuralcoreofbauxiteexhibit asplit to two bands, the first one displaced to thelower frequency by10 cm-1, while the other displacedto a higherfrequencyby20 cm-1,it is clear thatthe part thatdisplacedtowardsthe lowerfrequencyis duetoal-o-algroupsthat have entereda kind ofcoordination bondingor hydrogen bondingwithnh2group that belongs to nh2 group of urea moleculewhere it playedthe role ofthe donorgrouploan pairwhileal-o-alplayedthe role ofthe receptorforthis loan pair. note, al-o-algroup can contain a proton linked tomediatedoxygen atom. this acidic proton could become the center of the bondingwithnh2group.the reason ofdisplacementtowards a higher frequencyreturns to thepositioning ofthe acidic protons that exist on the bauxite surface on a few number ofaloalcenters,this meansthat thepositive chargespreads over a less number of centerswhich leadsto the appearing ofmore dense positive chargeonnon-bonded al-oalcenterswithurearesultingincreaseinthe strength of thesebondsandshifting of their vibration toward a higher frequency[17-18].for the same reasonthere is anincrease ofstrength for the bonds force constant al....ohwhichshiftedtowarda higher frequency.the above discussion wassupported by shifting the vibration frequency forcngroupof ureamoleculetowardslowerfrequency as a result of the contribution of n loan pairby bonding with functional groups on the surface of bauxite instead of entering a resonance with neighboring carbonyl group, in addition there is no change in stretching vibration of the carbonyl group which indicates it did not interact with functional groups that existon the surface ofbauxite.for thebauxitecomplexwithmelaminebm, the general aspects ofitscomplex with urea are similar, especially the terms ofthe behavior ofnh2groupsbelonging to themelaminemolecule, as well as the behavior ofgroups al-o-al, andal ... .ohandohon the surface ofbauxite.thec = ngroupslocated within themelamineringpushedtowards alowerfrequencyof1535-1512 cm-1, alsothecngroupshiftedtowardslowerfrequencyof14621450 cm-1due to thecontribution of n loan pairby bondingwithbauxite surface functional groups. finely in the complex of bauxite-urea-melamine-formaldehyde copolymer there are following points. 1return of vibration frequencies of the al ... .oh and oh belonging to the surface of bauxite to their original locations. 2the vibration frequencies of different kinds ofnh2 groups have changed their values but remained within the range of 3269-3522 cm-1. 3the appearance of aliphatic ch groups stretching vibration that come from formaldehyde at 3092 cm-1 and 2903 cm-1. 4the appearance of aldehydic c = o group belonging to formaldehyde at 1742 cm-1. 185 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 5for c = n melaminic group note that after the decrease of its frequency in a bauxitemelamine complex it returned to raise strongly after the formation of the polymer complex which means that the nh2 loan pair that was engaged with the surface bauxite functional groups became more free to incorporate by a resonance with aromatic ring this led to the increase c = n groups order so it appears at 1541 cm-1. 6in al-o-al groups note the disappearance of the fission to some extent, on the other hand there is increase of its rank even higher than in the bauxite alone and this means that the protons that come from polymerization acidic environment were bonded with groups al-o-al belonging to the bauxite surface more than they do with nh2 groups returning to the polymer segments this due to their blocking by steric factor. on the other hand, the formation of the polymer, who has worked on break the bonding of basic amine groups with bauxite surface active groups led to get the field to link al-o-al groups with the protons that come from the acid used in the polymerization and thus increasing the positive charge on the surface and appearing of their vibration in the highest frequency at 1011cm-1. 7theal ... o-h groups return backto their original positionbeforepolymerization. references 1paul, d.r. and robeson, l.m., (2008) “polymer nanotechnology: nanocomposites”, polymer, 49, 3187–3204. 2kumar, p. a.; irudhayam, j. s. and naviin, d., (2012). ”a review on importance and recent applications of polymer composites in orthopaedics”,international journal of engineering research and development, 5(2), 40-43. 3mertz, d. r.; chajes, m. j.; gillespie, j. w. and kukich, d. s., (2003). “application of fiber reinforced polymer composites to the highway infrastructure”, transportation research board, washington d.c. 4senthil kumar, m.s.; mohanasundara raju, n.; sampath ,p.s. and jayakumari, l.s., (2014)“effects of nanomaterials on polymer composites an expatiate view”, rev.adv.mater. sci., 38, 40-54. 5cuppoletti, j., (2011) “nanocomposites and polymers with analytical methods”, intech, china. 6m. dani, j. borad and r. shukla, “review on utilization of modified red mud by organic modifier in composite material”, ijarse, 4(03), 216-225 (2015). 7reddy, t. r.; thyagarajan ,k.; montero, o. a.; reddy, s. r. l. and endo, t., (2014) “x-ray diffraction, electron paramagnetic resonance and optical absorption study of bauxite”, journal of minerals and materials characterization and engineering, 2, 114-120. 8liu, y.; ma, d.; han, x.; bao, x.; frandsen, w.; wang, d.; su d., (2008) “hydrothermal synthesis of microscale boehmite and gamma nanoleaves alumina”, materials letters, 62, 1297–1301. 9theivasanthi, t. and aalgar, m., (2010) “x-ray diffraction studies of copper nanopowder”, archives of physics research., 1, 112-117. 10 saalfeld, h. and wedde, m., (1974) “refinement of the crystal structure of gibbsite, ai(oh)3”, zeitschriftfurkristallographie, bd. 139, s. 129-135. 11saalfeld, h., (1960) “ strukturen des hydrargillits und der zwischenstufenbeimentwassern”, n. jahrb. mineralog., 95, 1-87. 12de yoreo, j. j., (2003) “principles of crystal nucleation and growth”, chemistry and materials science directorate lawrence livermore national laboratory livermore, california. 186 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 13cubillas, p. and anderson m. w., (2010)“zeolites and catalysis, synthesis, reactions and applications. vol. 1.” wiley-vch verlag gmbh & co. kgaa, weinheim. 14brühne, s.; gottlieba, s.; assmusa, w.; aligb, e. and schmidtb, m. u., (2007) “atomic structure analysis of nanocrystallineboehmitealo(oh)”, crystal growth & design”, online. 15joseph, j. and jemmis, e. d., (2007) “red-, blue-, or no-shift in hydrogen bonds: a unified explanation “, j. am. chem. soc., 129, 4620-4632. 16li, x.; liu, l. and schlegel, h. b., (2002)“on the physical origin of blue-shifted hydrogen bonds”, j. am. chem. soc., 124, 9639-9647. 17zierkiewicz ,w.; czarnik-matusewicz, b. and michalska, d., (2011) “blue shifts and unusual intensity changes in the infrared spectra of the enflurane 3 3 3 acetone complexes: spectroscopic and theoretical studies”, j. phys. chem. a, 115, 11362– 11368. 18gu q., trindle c., and knee, j. l., (2012) “communication: frequency shifts of an intramolecular hydrogen bond as a measure of intermolecular hydrogen bond strengths”, the jour. of chem. physics, 137, 091101. table (1) :xrd peaks and miller indices of bauxite minerals boehmite gibbsite 2d d-spacing hkl 2θ 2d d-spacing hkl 2θ number of peak 12.28236.1412 [020]14.49.67684.8384 [010] 18.30 1 6.3190 3.1595 [120]28.28.73534.3677 [110] 20.3 2 4.6927 2.3464 [031]38.37.25523.6276 [012] 24.5 3 3.7922 1.8961 [131]47.97.16883.5844 [210] 24.8 4 3.7193 1.8597 [051]48.97.05683.5284 [201] 25.2 5 3.6980 1.8490 [200]49.24.94182.4709 [120] 36.3 6 3.5054 1.7527 [220]52.14.77682.3884 [121] 37.6 7 3.3283 1.6642 [151]55.14.49022.2451 [022] 40.1 8 3.0558 1.5279 [080]60.54.33512.1675 [220] 41.6 9 2.9051 1.4525 [231]64 4.10062.0503 [410] 44.1 10 2.7673 1.3837 [171]67.63.98911.9945 [402] 45.4 11 3.83751.9188 [320] 47.3 12 3.60891.8044 [403] 50.5 13 3.53701.7685 [500] 51.6 14 3.37361.6868 [030] 54.3 15 2.91731.4586 [330] 63.7 16 2.86911.4345 [331] 64.9 17 2.82281.4114 [233] 66.1 18 187 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (2): characteristic bands of ft-ir spectra for bauxite, urea, melamine, bauxiteureabauxite-melamineand modified bauxite bauxite assignment groups al…oh stretch o-h stretch h2o bending aloal stretch al…o-h stretch wave number (cm-1) 3690 3620 1655,1628 1009 914 urea assignment groups -nh2 asy. stretch -nh2 sym. stretch -nh2 (h-bond) c=o stretchig c-n stretching wave number (cm-1) 3428 3329 3256 1676 1460 b-u complex assignment groups al…oh stretch o-h stretch -nh2 asy. stretch -nh2 asy. stretch -nh2 sym. stretch wave number (cm-1) 3680 3618 3441 3441 3372 assignment groups c=o stretchig c-n stretching aloal stretch al…o-h stretch wave number (cm-1) 1676 1458 1030,999 924 melamine assignment groups -nh2 stretch c=n stretching c-n stretch wave number (cm-1) 3414,3327, 3120 1641,1535 1462 b-m complex assignment groups al…oh stretch o-h stretch -nh2 stretch c-n stretch aloal stretch wave number (cm-1) 3680 3618 3360 1450 1031,995 assignment groups al…o-h stretch wave number (cm-1) 925 p-bum complex assignment groups al…oh stretch o-h stretch -nh2 stretch c-h stretch c=o stretchig wave number (cm-1) 3690 3620 3269-3522 2903 1741 assignment groups c=n stretching aloal stretch al…o-h stretch wave number (cm-1) 1541 1011 910 188 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1): xrd pattern of the bauxite figure (2): xrd complex scheme to bauxitewith melamine figure (3) :xrd scheme for bauxite complex with urea figure (4): xrd scheme bauxite average (polymer) before adsorption figure (5): afm image of the surface of bauxite 189 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (6): afm image of the surface of the modified bauxite figure (7): sem image of the bauxite surface figure (8): sem image of the modified bauxite surface 190 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (9): infrared spectroscopy(ft-ir)to the figure (10): infrared spectroscopy(ft-ir) surface of the bauxite urea figure (11): infrared spectroscopy (ft-ir)of bauxite–urea figure (12): infrared spectroscopy (ft-ir )of melamine 191 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure(13): infrared spectroscopy(ft-ir)ofbauxite–melamine complex figure (14) :infrared spectroscopy(ft-ir)of bauxite copolymerurea-melamine– formaldehyde complex 192 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 استقصاء التداخالت في مادة مركبة جديدة محضرة من البوكسايت مع البوليمر يوريا فورمالديهايدالمشترك ميالمين اسراء محمد راضي الفضلي يوسف ابراهيم محمد ابو زيد تقي الدين عبد الهادي حمدان جامعة بغداد/ )الهيثم(ابن /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفةقسم الكيمياء/ 2015تشرين األول//12قبل في:، 2015أيلول//17استلم في: الخالصة الميالمين، تم دمج-سيت اوالبوك اليوريا-سيتا: البوكلتحضيرمعقدي استعمالهو سيتاالبوك تنشيط تم في هذه الدراسة الفورمالديهايد(البوكسيت -ميالمين-اليوريا-بوليمر سيتاالبوك معقد إلعدادتها مع الفورمالدهايد وبلمر عقداتهذه الم ) 110(المستوي البلوري طبقات بين تخللت اليوريا جزيئاتان إلى xrd نتائج بينت اليوريا-البوكسيتمعقد المعدل). في للبوكسيت للمعادن المكونة الخارجي على السطح لداخالتفقد اقتصر الميالمين -البوكسيتمعقد في بينما الجبسايت لمعدن أساسا على استند مع البوكسيت هذه القواعد داخلت ان ft-irالميالمين. أظهرت نتائج جزيئة حجمل نسبيالكبر ال بسبب ذرة المزدوج االلكتروني لذرة النيتروجين مع االوربتال الفارغ ل بين سقاالتن أقل علىبدرجة و الهيدروجينيةالرابطة المذكورة أعاله. عقداتاأللمنيوم في الم .سيتاالبوك لمعادن المجهرية بلوراتحول ال علىتم البوليمرفان تكون وأخيرا البوكسايت , البوكسايت المضغوط , حيود االشعة السينية , المجهر االلكتروني الماسح , مجهر القوى :المفتاحيةالكلمات الذري , مطيافية االشعة تحت الحمراء 10050164 10050165 10050166 10050167 10050168 10050169 10050170 10050171 10050172 10050173 10050174 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد (pbs) الرقیقة ألغشیةل التركیبیةالخصائص فيدراسة تاثیر طریقة التحضیر اسماعیل حمیدیاسر جامعة دیالى،كلیة التربیة االساسیة،قسم العلوم 2009كانون االول 7استلم البحث في 2010اذار 9في قبل البحث الخالصة .بطریقتي التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ والتحلل الكیمیائي الحراري pbsتم في هذا البحث تحضیر غشاء ظهـر بشـكل مكعبـي pbsان نمـو أغشـیة وتبین . (xrd)من خالل قیاسات pbsدرست الخصائص التركیبیة ألغشیة ه تــوكانـت قیم (a)حســب ثابـت الشــبیكة ،(200)بقمــة حـادة ســائدة باتجاهیـة (polycrystalline cubic)متعـدد البلـورات (5.9358)å و التبخیـر الحـراري طریقـة ب ةلالغشـیة المحضـر (5.969-2.978 å) لالغشـیة المحضـر بطریقـة التحلـل ةالمحضـر (pbs)الغشـیةم الحبیبـة كمـا وجـد أن حجـ. علـى التـوالي (553k , 573k) الكیمیـائي عنـد درجـة حـرارة (152.15)بینمـا فـي االغشـیة المحضـر بطریقـة التحلـل الكیمیـائي كانـت قیمـة الحجـم الحبیبـي å(335.81)هو بالتبخیر å. (pbs) درست الخصائص التركیبیة لألغشیة الرقیقة :الكلمات المفتاحیة الجانب النظري التقنیــات التـي سـاهمت فــي تطـویر دراســة أشـباه الموصــالت، وأعطـت فكــرة أهـم ىحــدأتعـد تقنیـة األغشــیة الرقیقـة لوجیـا الفــراغ فـي تطـور اسـتخدامات األغشـیة الرقیقــة و واضـحة عـن العدیـد مـن خصائصـها الفیزیائیــة، كمـا سـاهم اسـتخدام تكن . [1]بشكل كبیر جدًا اعة الكواشـف الكهروبصــریة ضــمن ، كمــا تـدخل فــي صــن[2]تصــنیع الخالیـا الشمســیة تـدخل االغشــیة الرقیقـة فــي (galena)، ویوجد في الطبیعة بلورات كبیرة منتظمة (2.97ǻ)هي (pb-s)كما ان طول اآلصرة . مدیات طیفیة محددة (agrey-blue)ومنتشرة بشكل واسع فـي كـل مكـان مـن العـالم وهـو الخـام األكثـر أهمیـة للرصـاص، ویملـك میـزة فلزیـة (mmhg 20)وكبریتید الرصاص مادة مستقرة التتغیر، وتمتلك ضغط بخـار بحـدود .[3] (g/cm3 7.6)وكثافة بحدود ، وان العدیــد مـــن المركبــات العضــویة المعروفــة تمتلــك آصـــرة (1200ºc)ویغلـــي عنــد درجــة حــرارة (ºc 1000)عنــد (lead-sulphide) [3]التساهمیة . مرسـبة علـى قواعـد مـن الزجـاج بعملیـة الغمـر الجـاف ال (pbs)بتحضیر اغشیة 4[ (1981)[ (chaudhuri)قام ، وقـد كانـت هـذه االغشـیة ) 200(و) 111(وجود قمم واسعة ناشـئة عـن االنعكاسـات مـن (xrd)اظهرت فحوصات إذ ، بتصـنیع كاشــف المفـرق الهجــین (2003)عــام ]5[) زهیـر(قـام ( μm 0.01)التبلـور وتمتلــك حجـم حبیبــي بحـدود متعـددة (pbs/si) تخدام تقنیـة ،باســ(csp) علــى قواعــد مـن الســیلیكون(si) عنـد درجــة حــرارة ) 111(احادیـة التبلــور باتجاهیــة (623 k) ، . ومن فحوصات(xrd) 200(تركیب متعدد التبلور واالتجاه السائد هو يظهر بان االغشیة ذ.( 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تسـتخدم تقنیــة حیـود األشــعة السـینیة أو اإللكترونــات أو النیوترونــات لتحدیـد صــفة التبلـور أو العشــوائیة للمــواد، إذ ـــد الــــدوران ـــیئة ال تتغیــــر عنــ ـــنقط المضـ ـــل (2π/4)یتــــألف نمــــط الحیـــــود للبلــــورة األحادیــــة مـــــن سلســــلة مــــن الــ بســــبب تماثــ [4](fourfold) إضــاءة حـادة وغیــر يبلـور فتكــون علـى شــكل سلسـلة حلقــات متمركـزة ذلمـواد متعــددة التالــى ا، أمـا بالنسـبة العشوائیة فتكون حلقاتها عریضة وضعیفة اإلضاءة ومتحدة المركز الى المواد، أما بالنسبة [6]متداخلة علـى (2φb=6-60)لمـدى مـن الزوایـا monochromatic x-rayطول موجي أُحـادي يإذ عند تسلیط أشعة سینیة ذ نتیجـة النعكاسـات بــراك عـن السـطوح البلوریـة المتوازیـة التـي یحصـل عنـدها تــداخل peaksلغشـاء سـوف تظهـر قمـم سـطح ا (bragg’s law)لموجات األشعة السینیة المنعكسـة، ویمكـن اسـتخدام قـانون بـراك (constructive interference)بناء :[6]آلتیة بین المستویات في الشبیكة من العالقة ا (d)لحساب المسافة 2d sin φb = n λ ……(1) ، فـأن الـنمط المكعبـي یتحـدد (pbs)هو النمط السائد ألغشیة و (cubic structure)وفي حالة التركیب المكعبي :[7] ة باستعمال الصیغة االتی (xrd)من طیف a-lattice constantبثابت الشبیكة 1/d 2 = (h 2 +k 2 +ℓ 2 ) / α 2 …(2) american society of testing materials)(astm) سـتعانة بجـداول الثوابـت وباال dومـن معرفـة cards) من دقة تركیب األغشیة ونوعها، وكـذلك الحصـول علـى معـامالت میلـر ثبتأمكن الت(hkl) (miller indices) . للمـواد المتبلــورة دورًأ مهمــًا فــي تحدیــد خصـائص المــادة، ویمكــن تقــدیره مــن grain size (g.s)حجــم الحبیبــة یـؤدي :[7]والتي تدعى بعالقة شیرر full width at half maximum (fwhm)بطریقة xrdطیف φ ……(3) g.s = λ / b cos .هو عرض النصف لمنتصف القمة b:إذ الهدف من البحث فـي تـاثیر طریقـة التحضـیر ودراسـة ، بطریقتي التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ والتحلـل الكیمیـائي الحـراري (pbs)تصنیع أغشیة . خصائصها التركیبیة بعض الجانب العملي edward speedvacفراغ نوع في الحراري التبخیر ال تین وهما منظومةتم في هذا البحث استخدام منظوم unit)( ، لتحضیر األغشیة الرقیقة من كبریتید الرصاص التي استخدمت الكیمیائي الحراري تحللومنظومة ال(pbs). 10)(جدًا یصل الى ضتتم عملیة التبخیر الحراري تحت ضغط منخف -5 torr اذ تحتوي منظومة التبخیر، 10) (بایصال الضغط الى rotary pump) (الحراري بالفراغ عادة على مضختین تقوم االولى وهي المضخة الدوارة -3 torrوهي مضخة االنتشار خرى،ثم تقوم المضخة اال)diffusion pump ( ى 10)(بایصال الضغط ال -5 torr او اقل . ) pirani gage( یر الحراري بالفراغ نوعان من مقاییس الضغط ، النوع االول یسمى مقیاس بیرانيویلحق بمنظومة التبخ 10(یعمل ضمن المدى -3 torr-2 torr (یسمى مقیاس بیننك خر، والنوع اال )penning gage ( یقیس ضغوطا 10) واطئة جدًا تصل الى حدود -5 torr) او اقل. قیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الص 2011) 1( 24رفة والتطبی كًال من مادة استعملت الكیمیائي الحراري تحللباستخدام منظومة ال (pbs)للحصول على أغشیة كبریتید الرصاص بعیاریة cs(nh2)2 مع مادة الثایوریا (0.05)بعیاریة lead nitrate (pb(no3)2) نترات الرصاص : وكما موضح في التفاعل اآلتي (k 573)تفاعل بدرجة حرارة قاعدة ویحدث ال(0.05) pb(no3)2+ cs(nh2)2+ 3h2o→ pbs+ 2nh4no3+ co2↑+ h2o .على سطح القاعدة (pbs)وبذلك نحصل على غشاء رقیق من مادة وعند الترسیب تتحلل نترات األمونیوم بفعل الحرارة . یمكن معرفة سمك الغشاء عن طریق فرق الكتلة بین القاعدة قبل الترسیب وبعده إذیة في دراستنا الطریقة الوزن تاعتمد بحث التعرف على طبیعة التركیب البلوري لمادة كبریتید الرصاص معرفة ثابت و من نوعها، ثبتوالت )pbs(تم في هذا ال لالغشیة المحضرة t=620 nm)(وبسمكوقیاس الحجم الحبیبي من تشخیص قیاسات االشعة السینیة ، الشبیكة وقد استخدم جهاز حیود االشعة السینیة من نوع . لالغشیة المحضرة بالتحلل الكیمیائي (t = 247nm)وسمكبالتبخیر )(shimadzu مودیل)xrd 6000.( النتائج والمناقشة ي الفراغ المحضرة بطریقة التبخیر (pbs) حیود األشعة السینیة ألغشیة (1)یظهرالشكل اذ یمكن أن ،الحراري ف ت ویستدل أن األغشیة المحضرة ذ تركیب مكعبي ،وذلك بتحلیل القیم ووذ (polycrystalline)تركیب متعددة البلورا ت ،(pbs)بإستعمال قائمة مرجعیة الشدات لإلنعكاس لجداول (astmcards) العملیة وفقًا إلى وقیست المسافا العملیة (2θ)، وقورنت قیم (1)كما في المعادلة bragg lawبراك یات مختلفة بأستعمال قانونلمستو (d(hkl))البینیة ، تظهر درجة {(311),(220),(200),(111)}وكانت قریبة منها ولوحظت قمم االنعكاسیة وهي astm cardsمع ة وهذه النتیجة كانت اف (200)عالیة من التبلور مع قمة قویة حادة سائدة بأتجاهیة ضل مما تم التوصل الیه في االغشی ، كذلك ( a,b,2 )الشكل على التوالي (553k , 573k)الحراري عند درجة حرارة الكیمیائي تحللالمحضرة بطریقة ال a (5.9358)وكانت قیم (2)من المعادلة lattice constant (a)حسب ثابت الشبیكة å وهذه القیمة مقاربة إلى القیم تحللافضل مما تم التوصل الیه في االغشیة المحضر بطریقة ال، وهي (å 5.9362)وهي astmفي الموجودة ب على التوالي (553k , 573k) عند درجة حرارة a (2.978-5.969 å)كانت قیم إذ، الكیمیائي ویرجع سب ع (g.s) الحجم الحبیبيیر یمكن تقد .[4,7,8,9] .درجة الحرارة ظروف التحضیر واختالف الى هذا االختالف من اتسا وجد أن فقد ،(3)بعد تعویض القیم العملیة في معادلة fwhmالمعتمدة على طریقة خط الحیود بأستعمال معادلة شیرر تحللوهي افضل مما تم التوصل الیه في االغشیة المحضر بطریقة ال å(335.81)هو (pbs)حجم الحبیبة لغشاء ب الحبیبيحجم الإن مدى إذ، å (152.15)ة الحجم الحبیبي كانت قیم إذ، الكیمیائي یتغیر تبعًا لدرجة حرارة الترسی . وطریقة التحضیر [9,10, 4,7,8] ،وهذا یتوافق مع الدراسات السابقة االستنتاجات في التوصل إلیهاألغشیة المحضرة بالتبخیر أفضل مما تم أن(pbs) لغشاء التركیبیةخواص تبین من خالل حساب ال 1 .التحلل الكیمیائي الحرارياألغشیة المحضرة بطریقة .(200)تمتلك قمة حادة سائدة وباتجاهیة pbsان اغشیة كبریتید الرصاص 2 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المصادر 1. chop ra, k. l. (1969) thin films phenomena”, m c graw hill, london, 55-59. 2.smith, r. a. (1987). semiconductors”, snd ed, cambr idge univ ersity press, london . 3. bahar, j.c. jr, (1973),comprehensive inorganic chemist ry , pregamon press, great britain, 4.chaudhuri ,t.k.; acharya, h.n. and nay ak, b.b.(1981) "thin solid fi lms, 83 pp.l 169l172 5.hussain z. (2003). fabrication and st uded the electrical and p hotovoltaic p rop erties for pbs/si hetrojunction detector“ m sc. thesis college of education al-m ustansiriy ah university , baghdad 6. kittel, c. (1976). introduction to solid state phy sics", fth ed, john. wiley and sons, usa. 7. sirotin, y. and sh askolskaya m . (1982). fundamental of cry stal phy sics, m ir publishers, m oscow, 8. judita, p. (2004), growth kinetics and prop erties of lead sulfid e thin films dep osited on cry stalline silicon’’, summary of doctoral dissertation , phy sical science, kaunas university of technology , 9. eman, n. m . (2004),fabrication of pbx s1-x detectors”, ph.d. thesis, college of science, university of baghdad. 10. jason, r.e. (2004),a noval single – precursor nanop articles growth technique for luminesc ent m etal sulfide ( cds,pb s,zns) with hy drop hilic m odification" , ph.d thesis , troy , new york , المحضرة بالتبخیر الحراري (pbs) األشعة السینیة ألغشیةطیف :)1(شكل r el a ti v e in te n si ty ( % ) θ2 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد المحضرة بالتبخیر الحراري (pbs) األشعة السینیة ألغشیةطیف ) 1(الشكل 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10 20 30 40 50 60 angle, 2  (degree) r el a ti v e in te n si ty ( % ) (k 573)درجة حرارة عند تحلل الكیمیائي الحراريالمحضرة بال(pbs) األشعة السینیة ألغشیةطیف :)a 2(شكل (220) (311) 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 a n g l e , 2  (d e g r e e ) r el a ti v e in te n si ty ( % ) (111) (200) (420) (440) (111) (200) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 study the effect of method of preparing o n the structure properties of (pbs) thin films y. i. hameed departme nt of science,college of basic education,unive rsity of diyala recei ved in december 7, 2009 accepted in march 9 , 2010 abstract in this research we prepared pbs thin films with vacuum thermo evaporation p rocess and chemical sp ray py rolysis. structure p rop erties were st udied for pbs thin films through (xrd) measurement. pbs thin films growt h appear as poly cry stalline cubic and sharp p eak with directional (200) then calcu lated lattice constant (a) and the values are (5.9358)å for (pbs) films p rep ared by thermo evap oration , (2.978-5.969 å) for films p rep ared by chemical sp ray py roly sis at temp erature degree (553k , 573k) sequence .then it was found that t he grain size for (pb s) thin films p repared by thermo evap oration is (335.81)å while the grain size for films p repared by chemical sp ray py rolysis is (152.15) å . key words : structure p rop erties were studied for pbs thin films (k 553)عند درجة حرارةبالتحلل الكیمیائي الحراري المحضرة (pbs) شیةاألشعة السینیة ألغطیف :)b 2(شكل physics 119 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the study of electric quadrupole transition (e2) in 56ba and 62sm nuclei f.a. jassim ,z. a. dakhil* ,y.h. jaber department of physics , college of education, ibnal-haitham, university of baghdad * department of physics , college of science , university of baghdad received in: 9 may 2011, accepted in: 16 november 2011 abstract transition strengths ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e for gamma transition from first excited 21 +states to the ground states that produced by pure electric quadrupole emission in even –even isotopes of 56ba and 62sm have been studied through halflives time for 21+ excited states with the intensities of γ0transitions measurements and calculated as a function of neutron number (n). the results thus obtained have shown that; the nuclides with magic neutron number such as 56ba138 and 62sm144 have minimum value for ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e . key words: electric quadruple transitions strength [m(e2)]2. introduction the weisskoph single-particle transition probability b(el,ml) is defined by [1] as the ratio of the single-particle half-life time to the experimental half-life time for gamma transition b(el,ml)w.u ↓= ( ) ( )exp 2 1 2 1 , , mlelt mlelt sp γ γ ……………….(1) where l is the multipolarities l=1,2,3,……… l≠ 0 while the γ-ray transition strength [m(el,ml)]2 is defined as the ratio of gamma width to gamma width in weiss kopf unit (w.u ) [2] [m(el,ml)]2 w.u↓ = ( ) ( ) uwmlel mlel . exp , , γ γ ………….(2) since гγ т≈ћ …………(3) where; гγ is the total width гγ =∑ гγl …………(4) гγl is the partial gamma width т is the mean life time of initial level т = 2ln 2 1τ …………..(5) ћ = π2 h = 0.65822x 10-15 ev.s h is plank constant. from eqs. (2, 3 and 4) . can be concluded b(el,ml)w.u ↓= [m(el,ml)]2 w.u ……………(6) physics 120 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 specific expression for b(el,ml)w.u suggested by m.j.martin [2] is : b(el,ml)w.u ↓ = ………….(7) if the transition is of mixed multi polarity m1 and e2 ref.[3] then δ= ± …….(8) where δ is the mixing ratio and гγ=г(m1) +г(e2) ……..(9) for a pure e2 transition , δ=0 and hence г(e2) = гγ …………….(10) then the transition strength for electric quadruple transition e2 can be calculated by using eq .(2) in the form : [m(e2]2 w.u↓ = ………….(11) or eq .(7) in the form : [m(e2]2 w.u↓= …………..(12) on the basis of an extreme single particle model the value for the г(e2)w.u in ev. ref.[4] г(e2)w.u = 4.7907x 10-23 53 4 γea …(13) where e γ in kev. for nuclear of mass no. a and the corresponding reduced transition probability is : b w.u.(e2) = 0.05940 e2 (fm)4 ……(14) the relation between b(e2) ↓ =b(e2 ;2→1) and b(e2) ↑=b(e2;1→2) as given by ref [2] is: b(e2) ↑= b(e2) ↓………(15) results of calculations the electric quadrupole transition strengths ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e for γ –ray from +→+ 11 02 have been calculated as a function of neutron number (n) using eq. (11) with aid of the experimental data reported in ref. [1] to even –even isotopes for; 56ba (122≤a≤146) and 58ce (124≤a≤148) which have only one transition for γ is γ0 with intensity (100%)e2. the results of calculations are presented in table (1) for 56ba nuclides and in table (2) for 62sm nuclides. . the transition strengths ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e are plotted as a function of neutron number (n) as shown in fig. (1) and fig. (2) for56ba and 62sm respectively . for the sake of comparison, the ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e values are converted to b (e2) e 2 b2↑ using eq. (12) and then eq.(15), the present b (e2) e2 b2↑values of γ0 -transitions in 56ba and 62sm nuclides are compared with the experimental values as well as with other of various theoretical models. this comparison are presented in tables (3and4) and shown in figs. (3 and4) respectively. discussion in view of tables (1and2) one can point out that the experimental values of partial gamma width γ (e2) are larger than that estimated by weisskopf unit )2e(.u.wγ especially when the nucleon number deviated more and more from the magic neutron number. since the cooperative effects appear between nucleons. also, it appears that the single particle shell physics 121 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 model is valid particularly near the closed shell, a minimum value for γ (e2) to )2e(.u.wγ is obtained at magic neutron number so that the calculated ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e which are limited to the even – even nuclides and shown in fig.(1) and fig.( 2) reproduce the diffraction minimum at the magic neutron number n= 82 which is included in 56ba and 62sm nuclei. the discrepancy of the calculated ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e for196.1 kev +→+ 11 02 transition from 196.1 kev level in ba12256 gives an indication that the half life time for +12 state reported in ref. [1] is inaccurate and that the value of ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e may be ruled out. if the experimental value of b (e2)e2 b2 ↑ for 196.1 kev. ( +→+ 11 02 ) transition from 196.1kev. level ref.[5] is used to calculate the halflife time for this level (348.0 ±34.5)ps. will be obtained instead of the value reported in table (1). the reduced transition probabilities b(e2) values of γ0 -transitions for the following nuclides ; sm14062 , sm 142 62 , and sm 146 62 listed in table (2) are not presented because the experimental data such as ( half life time t½ for 2+ excited states and the intensities of γ0transitions) are not available. the observed location of the diffraction minimum at n=82 are very well reproduced in 56ba and 62sm nuclei. figures(3,4) show the comparison of the present values of b(e2) with those reported in ref.(5) of ; experimental, global best fit, single shell asymptotic nilsson model (ssanm ) and finite –range droplet model( frdm) values. the present results together with the other results seem to be a good behavior at all regions of n and close to each other except the ssanm results of ref. [5] are departed by some amount but slightly for ba nuclides, while the results of frdm of ref .[5] are deviated for sm at 80 < n< 84. the observed diffraction minimum is very well reproduced by all models except for frdm results [5]. finally the present values together with the global best fit values are in a good agreement with those of the experimental results so it should be helped in testing the measured electric quadrupole transitions e2 values predicted by different theoretical models. references 1. fore stone, r.b. and shirley, v.s. (1999), table of isotopes , 8th edition, john wiley and sons. 2. martin, m.j. (september 27,1982), reduced gamma-ray matrix elements, transition probabilities, and single-particle estimates., oak ridge national laboratory, operated by union corporation, nuclear division . 3. yazar ,h.r.,uluer i.,unaloglu v.,and yasar s.,(2010),the investigation of electromagnetic transition probabilities of gadolinium isotopes with the ibfmmodel ,chinese journal of physics ,48(3):344. 4. brussard, p.j. and gland emans, p.w.m .,( 1977) ,((shell –model applications in nuclear spectroscopy)) northholland .publishing company amsterdam , new york, oxford . 5. raman, s.; nestor, c.w. and tikkanen, j.r. (2001) ,atomic data and nuclear data. tables, 78 : (1) . physics 122 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): transition strengths [m(e2)]2 w.u.↓ of γ0 rays from the +→+ 11 02 in 56ba nuclides with the partial gamma widths in w.u., total gamma widths ,mean life times for first excited states, with experimental values reported in ref.[1]and used in present work experimental values ref. [1] τ (ps) г tot× 10-6 ( ev) г w.u.( e2) × 10-6(ev) [m(e2)] 2 w.u.↓ a n ei(kev) eγ0 (kev) t½ (ps) 122 66 196.1 196.1 0.297 (27) 0.42857(39) 1535.828(139620) 0.0084 (18.270±1.6)x104 124 68 229.89 229.9 297 (26) 428.571(37518) 1.5358(1344) 0.01902 80.745±7.069 126 70 256.09 256.1 108 (4) 155.844(5772) 4.2235(1564) 0.0333 126.71±4.69 128 72 284 284 100.0(45) 144.3000(64935) 4.5614(2052) 0.05709 79.89±3.60 130 74 357.38 357.41 37(4) 53.3911(57720) 12.3281(13327) 0.18392 67.028±7.246 132 76 464.588 464.55 15.1 (11) 21.7893(15873) 30.2080(22005) 0.6969 43.346±3.158 134 78 604.723 604.72 5.12 (9) 7.38817(12990) 89.0900(15660) 2.6565 33.636±0.589 136 80 818.515 818.514 1.930(15) 2.78499(2160) 236.3424(18368) 12.3097 19.20±0.15 138 82 1435.818 1435.795 0.195 (5) 0.28139(720) 2339.184(59979) 204.972 11.220±0.288 140 84 602.35 602.35 9.7(41) 13.9971(59163) 47.0248(198764) 2.7615 17.029±7.198 142 86 354.597 354.598 66 (4) 95.2381(57720) 6.9112(4188) 0.21338 32.389±1.963 144 88 199.32 199.326 700 (30) 1010.10(4329) 0.6516(279) 0.01137 57.275±2.455 146 90 181.05 181.02 860(30) 1240.98(4329) 0.5303(165) 0.00715 74.030±2.582 table (2): transition strengths [m(e2)]2 w.u.↓ of γ0 rays from the +→+ 11 02 in 62sm nuclides with the partial gamma widths in w.u., total gamma widths ,mean life times for first excited states, with experimental values reported in ref.[1]and used in present work exp erimental vales ref.[1] τ (ps) tot γ × 10-6 (ev.) г w.u.( e2) × 10-6 ( ev.) [m(e2)]2 w.u.↓ a n ei(kev) eγ0 (kev) t½ (ps) 134 72 163 163 420 (40) 606.06(5772) 1.0860(1034) 0.00378 287.3247 ± 27.3643 136 74 254.91 254.9 88 (9) 126.980(987) 5.18340(53011) 0.036062 143.7366 14.7002 138 76 346.9 346.9 33(7) 47.619(10101) 13.8224(29320) 0.17163 80.5365 ±17.0835 144 82 1660.2 1659.8 0.084(3) 0.1216(36) 5410.924(16046) 454.740 11.8646 ± 0.3519 148 86 550.265 550.284 7.7 0 (15) 11.1110(2165) 59.239(1154) 1.89199 31.3103 ± 0.6099 150 88 333.863 333.97 48.4 (11) 69.8410(15873) 9.4240(2141) 0.1583 59.5351 ± 1.3531 table (3):the calculated reduced transition probabilities b (e2) e2b2 ↑ values are compared with that of experimental, global best fit and, theoretical predications for 56ba nuclides. a n 0γ e(kev) b(e2; +→+ 11 02 ) e2 b2 experimental values of ref[5] present work values theoretical values ref.[5] global best fit of ssanm frdm 118 62 194 1.72±0.30 1.882 2.448 120 64 183 1.82 ± 0.32 1.881 2.254 122 66 196 2.81 ± 0.28 (3289.63±299.05) 1.67 ± 0.29 1.854 2.06 124 68 229 2.09 ± 0.10 1.486± 0.130 1.41 ± 0.25 1.821 2.031 126 70 256 1.75±0.09 2.382±0.088 1.25 ±0. 22 1.787 1.753 128 72 284 1.48 0.07 1.533± 0.690 1.11 ± 0.19 1.595 1.287 130 74 357 1.163±0.016 1.313± 0.142 0.88 ± 0.15 1.336 0.797 132 76 464 0.86 ±0.06 0.867 ± 0.063 0.67 ±0.12 1.092 0.555 134 78 604 0.658±0.007 0.684± 0.012 0.51 ±0.09 0.874 0.281 136 80 818 0.410±0.008 0.400± 0.065 0.37 ± 0.06 0.682 < 0.001 138 82 1435 0.230±0.009 0.238 ± 0.006 0.210±0.037 0.468 < 0.001 140 84 602 0.45±0.19 0.368± 0.156 0.50 ± 0.09 0.907 < 0.001 142 86 359 0.699±0.037 0.714 ± 0.021 0.82 ± 0.14 1.256 0.631 144 88 199 1.05 ±0.0 6 1.286± 0.055 1.47 ± 0.26 1.634 0.989 146 90 181 1.355±0.048 1.694± 0.059 1.60 ±0.28 1.886 1.584 148 92 141 2.03 ± 0.35 2.115 2.467 physics 123 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (4): the calculated reduced transition probabilities b (e2)e2 b2 ↑values are compared a n 0γ e(kev) b(e2 ; +→+ 11 02 ) e2 b2 experimental values of ref[5] present work values theoretical values ref .[5] global best fit of ssanm frdm 130 68 122 3.1 ± 0.6 3.143 4.107 132 70 131 2.9 ± 0.5 3.096 3.889 134 72 163 4.2 ± 0.6 5.863± 0.558 2.31 ± 0.40 2.824 3.714 136 74 254 2.73 ± 0.27 2.991± 0.306 1.46 ± 0.26 2.451 2.027 138 76 346 1.41 ± 0.23 1.710± 0.363 1.06 ± 0.19 2.093 1.253 140 78 530 0.69 ± 0.12 1.764 0.606 142 80 768 0.47 ± 0.08 1.467 < 0.001 144 82 1660 0.262 ± 0.006 0.266 ± 0.008 0.216 ± 0.038 1.122 < 0.001 146 84 747 0.48 ± 0.08 1.815 < 0.001 148 86 550 0.720 ± 0.030 0.729 ± 0.014 0.64 ± 0.11 2.337 1.161 150 88 333 1.350 ± 0.030 1.412± 0.032 1.05 ± 0.18 2.886 2.019 152 90 121 3.46 ± 0.06 2.8 ± 0.5 3.246 3.059 fig. (1): the transition strengths ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e for γ0-transition as a function of neutron number (n) in 56ba nuclides. physics 124 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (2): the transition strengths ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e for γ0 -transition as a function of neutron number (n) in 62sm nuclides. fig.(3): comparison between the b (e2) ↑ values of the present work for 56ba nuclides with global , experimental and other theoretical results physics 125 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (4): comparison between the b (e2) ↑ values of the present work for62sm nuclides with global , experimental and other theoretical results. physics 126 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 (e2)في نويدات 56ba, 62sm اعي القطب الكهربائيدراسة النتقاالت رب فاطمة عبد األمير جاسم ، زاهدة أحمد دخيل* ، يوسف هاشم جابر أبن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد -قسم الفيزياء ،كلية التربية جامعة بغداد ،* قسم الفيزياء، كلية العلوم 2011ين الثاني تشر 16 :قبل البحث في 2011ايار 9استلم البحث في : الخالصة ↓حسبت قوى االنتقال 2 .u.w2)m(e النتقاالت أشعة كاما من المستوي المتهيج األول + المستوي إلى 12 كدالة إلى 62sm, , 56baلكل من زوجية -األرضي والناتج من إشعاع رباعي قطب كهربائي نقي في النويدات الزوجية ↓العدد النيوتروني اذ حسبت قوى االنتقال 2 .u.w2)m(e باالعتماد على معدل عمر المستوي المتهيج األول + 12 سبية ألشعة كاما المنبعثة من ذلك المستوي المحفز إلى المستوي األرضي وقد لوحظ أن اصغر قيمة لـ والشدة الن ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e ) 56تكون في النويدات اآلتيةba 138 , 62sm144ولغرض 82) التي لها العدد النيوتروني السحري . ↓المقارنة فقد حولت قيم قوى االنتقال 2 .u.w2)m(e الى احتمالية االنتقال المختزلة↑ 22)2( beeb لتلك أن عملنا الحالي يعطي مجموعة كاملة الحتمالية االنتقال المختزلة في النويدات المذكورة لغرض المقارنة مع .االنتقاالت نتائج تم حسابها عمليا . ↓ 2 .u.w2)m(e نتقال لرباعي القطب الكهربائي : قوى اال ةمفتاحيالكلمات ال microsoft word 397-408 397 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 لالوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في مستحضره التقدير الطيفي غير المباشر الصيدالني باستعمال طريقة الفلورومتري محمد سليم سليم اكرام كاظم عثمان للعلوم الصرفة / جامعة الموصلقسم الكيمياء / كلية التربية 2015كانون األول//15،قبل في: 2015 أيلول//3استلم في: الخالصة بكميات االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريدلتقدير وحساسة طريقة فلورومترية غير مباشرةيتضمن البحث تطوير االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريدمايكروغرام/مللتر) وتعتمد الطريقة على أكسدة 5.0 – 0.1من (تتراوح مايكروغرامية كبريتات السيريوم الرباعية في الوسط الحامضي إذ تختزل ايونات السيريوم الرباعي إلى العامل المؤكسد بوساطة محلول تظهر طيف انبعاث عند طول موجة انبعاث إذ اً نانوميتر 259عند طول موجة تهااثارالتي يتم أيونات السيريوم الثالثي االوكسي بدورها تركيز ان شدة التفلور هذه تتناسب طردياً مع تركيز ايونات السيريوم الثالثي التي تكافئو، نانوميتر 377 وبتوافق ,%100.19االسترجاعية متوسط. بلغ الرباعي ايونات السيريوممن قبل المؤكسد ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريدبنجاح في تقدير أعاله ة%، طبقت الطريق0.37من لراف القياسي النسبي) أق(االنح الصيدالنية، إذ وجد أن النتائج متفقة مع المحتوى االصلي للمستحضرات الصيدالنية ومع نتائج طريقة مستحضراته االضافة القياسية. كبريتات السيريوم الرباعية . ٬االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد ٬الفلورومتري الكلمات المفتاحية : 398 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة أو أبيض مائل إلى بيض ألون يعبارة عن مسحوق بلوري ذ) هو 1شكل ( هيدروكلوريد ميتازولين االوكسي o.hcl2n24h16cجزيئية الصيغة اليمتلك ،وال يذوب بااليثر في الماء والكحول بسهولة يذوب االصفرار (m.wt=296.8) ]1[ . المماثلة لعمل الجهاز السمبثاوي لى مجموعة العقاقيرإوينتمي ،االيميدازولين حد مشتقاتأوهو، يعمل على تنشيط المستقبالت األدرينالية األلفاوية إذ ، )α-adrenergic( األدرينالية -ألفامستقبالت فيو له تأثير مباشر )alpha adrenergic receptor( للشعيرات واألوعية الدموية المتوسعة في العضالت الملساء انكماشلى إيؤدي مما اإلفرازاتوتقليل ،االحتقانالى تحسين التنفس من خالل تقليل ذلك يؤدي و ، ]2[ األنفيةالموجودة في الممرات والجيوب أو ٬)hayfever( حمى القشو ،)sinusitisوالتهاب الجيوب األنفية ( ،نتيجة نزالت البرد ؛)األنفالمخاطية (من أو التعرض ،بسبب الحكةكما يستعمل لتخفيف احمرار العين ، ]3[الحساسيات األخرى في المسالك التنفسية العلوية .]4[أو استعمال العدسات الالصقة ،أو غبار الطلع ،للغبار ،] 5،6[مثل الطرائق الطيفية التحليلية لتقدير االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد تم تطوير العديد من التقنيات ]10،11[البريق الكيميائي –تقنية الحقن الجرياني ،] 9 ،8 [كروماتوغرافيا السائل عالي االداء ،]7 [الفلورومترية ] .12[استعمال القطب الغشائي االنتقائي في تقدير االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في المستحضرات الصيدالنية و البحث يصف طريقة طيفية لتقدير االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في مستحضراته الصيدالنية (القطرات) باستعمال ومن ثم ،عن طريق أكسدته بوساطة محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي في الوسط الحامضيوذلك ،تقنية الفلورومتري وطول ،اً نانوميتر 259قياس شدة تفلور أيون السيريوم الثالثي الناتج من أكسدة المركب الدوائي عند طول موجة إثارة اً.نانوميتر 377موجة انبعاث عملالمواد وطرائق ال االجهزة المستعملة rf5301 pc spectrofluorophotometer , xenon lampأجريت القياسات الفلورومترية بوساطة جهاز أجريت عمليات ،سم 1ذات سمك شفافة من الجهات األربعة واستعملت خاليا من الكوارتزمزود بمصباح الزينون للمحاليل باستعمال جهاز الدالة الحامضية وقيست الدالة الحامضية ،nuve nb 20 التسخين باستعمال حمام مائي نوع philips pw 9420 مرتبط بقطب نوعce 10-12 ph ، نوع أجريت عمليات الوزن باستعمال ميزان حساسو d0001 .a&d company, limited. المواد الكيميائية المستعملة المستعملة كانت على درجة عالية من النقاوة .جميع المواد الكيميائية مايكروغرام / مللتر ) 25وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد ( امحلول في )sdi-iraq(المجهز من شركة غرام من االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد 0.0025حضر هذا المحلول بإذابة ي مللتر. 100ثم أكمل الحجم إلى حد العالمة بالماء المقطر في قنينة حجميه سعة ،الماء المقطر موالري) 3-10 ×2.5( محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي نينوى (المجهز من شركة so)o2.4h2)4ceغرام من كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي 0.0505حضر المحلول بإذابة ي لى حد العالمة بنفس إثم اكمال الحجم ، )موالري (2 .0من حامض الكبريتيك اً مللتر 30في ) ndi-iraqلصناعة االدوية مللتر. 50الحامض المذكور في قنينة حجمية سعة موالري ) 4محلول حامض النتريك ( موالري ) fluka( )15.55(المجهز من شركة لنتريك المركزامن حامض اً مللتر 25.72هذا المحلول بتخفيف حضري مللتر بالماء المقطر. 100في قنينة حجميه من سعة موالري ) 5محلول هيدروكسيد الصوديوم ( ثم اكمال ،بالماء المقطر )bdh(المجهز من شركة من هيدروكسيد الصوديوم اً غرام 20تم تحضير المحلول بإذابة مللتر. 100لى حد العالمة بالماء المقطر في قنينة حجمية سعة إالحجم مايكروغرام / مللتر ) 1000محاليل المتداخالت ( ثم اكمال الحجم إلى حد العالمة بالماء المقطر في ،المقطر بالماءغرام من كل مادة 0.1تم تحضير هذه المحاليل بإذابة مللتر. 100قنينة حجميه سعة 399 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 % ) 1% و 0.1( محاليل المواد الفعالة سطحياً ctab( cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide( السيتافلون غم من كل من0.1حضرت المحاليل بإذابة (triton x-100) غم من الترايتون 1واذابة ،sds( sodium dodecyl sulphate( وكبريتات الصوديوم الدوديكالية iso-octylphenoxploy ethoxy ethanol والتوين ] [polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitau mono-oleate ) ( tween-80 مللتر. 100بالماء المقطر، واكمال الحجم إلى حد العالمة بالماء المقطر في قناني حجميه سعة النتائج والمناقشة الدراسة التمهيدية مايكروغرام / 25من مللتر1موالري) من كبريتات السيريوم رباعي الماء إلى 3-10 ×2.5(مللتر من 2عند إضافة ة محد العال إلى وبعد اكمال الحجم ،مللتر 25في قنينة حجميه سعة هيدروكلوريد االوكسي ميتازولينمللتر من محلول ؛السيريوم الثالثي المتحرر أليون م قياس شدة التفلورث ،دقيقة إلتمام عملية األكسدة 25وترك المحلول لمدة ،بالماء المقطر وان طيف االنبعاث يظهر عند الطول ،اً نانوميتر 259لموجي ان اإلثارة تحصل عند الطول أووجد ،نتيجة عملية األكسدة نانوميتر. 377لموجي ا دراسة الظروف المثلى للتفاعل من مللتر /مايكروغرام 25 مللتر من 1مللتر من محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي و 2باستعمال اجريت هذه الدراسة شدة التفلور فيالظروف المثلى المؤثرة إيجادتم اً. مللتر 25هيدروكلوريد في حجم نهائي االوكسي ميتازولينمحلول أليون السيريوم الثالثي الناتج من عملية اً نانوميتر 377والمنبعثة عند طول موجي اً نانوميتر 259المثارة عند طول موجي . وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد بوساطة ايون السيريوم الرباعي لالكسدة األ تأثير نوع الحامض دراسة تأثيرها في بيان مدى و ، موالري من حوامض مختلفة ( قوية وضعيفة ) 5مللتر من 2تمت هذه الدراسة بإضافة حجم 3-10 ×2.5( مللتر من 2هيدروكلوريد و ميتازولين وكسيالامللتر محلول 1زيادة شدة التفلور لمزيج التفاعل المكون من موالري) 5مللتر من (2 ن استعمال حجم أتبين و ،ثم قياس شدة التفلورومن ،موالري) محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي لذا اعتمد هذا الحامض في التجارب الالحقة، والنتائج موضحة في الجدول ؛من حامض النتريك أعطى أعلى شدة تفلور (1). الحامض تركيزتأثير دراسة وكسي ميتازولين المللتر من محلول ا 1لى إمللتر من حامض النتريك وبتراكيز مختلفة 2بإضافة تمت هذه الدراسة موالري) محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي، ومن ثم قياس شدة التفلور، 3-10 ×2.5(مللتر من 2هيدروكلوريد و من حامض لذا اعتمد هذا التركيز ؛موالري ) من حامض النتريك أعطى أعلى شدة تفلور 4تركيز ( أن واظهرت النتائج .(2)الالحقة ، والنتائج موضحة في الجدول لدراساتفي ا النتريك الحامض حجمتأثير دراسة موالري ) حامض النتريك، ومن ثم قياس شدة 4) مللتر من ( 0.5 -3.0تمت هذه الدراسة بإضافة حجوم مختلفة ( لذا تم اعتماد هذا الحجم ؛موالري) يعطي أفضل شدة تفلور 4مللتر من حامض النتريك ( 2ن استعمال حجم أ وتبينالتفلور، .(3)ئج موضحة في الجدول الالحقة، والنتا دراساتقيمة مثلى في البوصفه المؤكسد الكاشف حجمدراسة تأثير وذلك بإضافة حجوم ؛موالري) 3-10 ×2.5(تمت دراسة تأثير كمية الكاشف كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي ذي التركيز مللتر من محلول 0.25ن حجم واظهرت النتائج أ قياس شدة التفلور، ومن ثم) مللتر من الكاشف، 0.1-4.0مختلفة من ( قيمة مثلى في التجارببوصفه لذا تم اعتماد هذا الحجم ؛كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي أعطى أعلى شدة تفلور للناتج .(4)الالحقة ، والنتائج موضحة في الجدول والدراسات 400 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 دراسة تأثير المذيبات العضوية ناتج التفاعل المتكون من تفاعل االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد فيدراسة تأثير عدد من المذيبات العضوية من أجل لى حد العالمة بعدد من إالحجم فقد اكمل ؛مع محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي في وسط حامضي من حامض النتريك ن استعمال ت النتائج أواظهر من الماء، ومن ثم قياس شدة تفلور المحاليل مقابل محاليلها الصورية، المذيبات العضوية بدالً لذا تم استعماله في التجارب الالحقة. ؛لورفيعطي أفضل النتائج من إذ شدة الت اً مذيببوصفه الماء دراسة تأثير المواد الفعالة سطحياً ضافة حجوم وذلك بإ ؛على تلك الطرائق نه يتم عادة دراسة تأثير المواد الفعالة سطحياً إزيادة كفاءة الطرائق التحليلية فل (الموجبة ، والسالبة ، والمتعادلة) على مزيج التفاعل، ومن ثم قياس شدة التفلور مختلفة من كل من المواد الفعالة سطحياً ؤدي الى له تأثير ايجابي إذ ي ن استعمال المواد الفعالة سطحياً واظهرت النتائج أ للمحاليل مقابل المحاليل الصورية لكل منها، إذ يعمل على زيادة شدة ) ، ctabالموجبة السيتافلون ( عند استعمال المادة الفعالة سطحياً السيّمالور زيادة شدة التف من محلول السيتافلون مللتر) 0.1 -2(مختلفة الحجوم التبع ذلك دراسة تأثير و ، (5)التفلور، والنتائج موضحة في الجدول )ctab (لذا تم ؛مللتر أعطى أعلى شدة تفلور للناتج 1ن استعمال حجم أ المستحصلةاظهرت النتائج شدة التفلور، و في .قيمة مثلى في التجارب الالحقة بوصفه اعتماد هذا الحجم االستقرارية في دراسة تأثير درجة الحرارة والزمن سة تأثير درجات حرارية مختلفة جل اختيار الدرجة الحرارية المناسبة والزمن المناسب لعملية األكسدة فقد تم دراأمن ن أفضل شدة أأظهرت النتائج في وزمنية مختلفة على شدة تفلور ناتج التفاعل، مددوب ºم 50تراوحت بين الصفر المئوي و تفلور للناتج المتكون من تفاعل االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد مع محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي بوجود حامض زمن بوصفه دقيقة 25ن الناتج يستقر بعد إعند درجة حرارة الغرفة، وتكون بوصفه وسطاً حامضياَ النتريك .ساعةويستمر االستقرار لمدة تكوين ، دراسة تأثير تسلسل اإلضافة للمحلول لمزيج التفاعل بعد التخفيف لحد العالمة دراسة تأثير تسلسل إضافة المواد المتفاعلة في شدة التفلور لغرض ) مالئم في іiن التسلسل (أيتبين المستحصلة ومن النتائج )6( جدولالالمتكون فقد تم اختيار التسلسالت الموضحة في تم اعتماده في الدراسات الالحقة.وعليه التقدير، التفلور النهائي شدة ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد مع الكميات المثلى من من خالل رسم شدة التفلور للناتج المتكون من مفاعلة محلول االوكسي وبعد التخفيف إلى حد العالمة ) ، ctab ( حامض النتريك ومحلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي والمادة الفعالة سطحياً أعلى نه يعطي أوجد تمام عملية األكسدةدقيقة ال 25، وترك المحلول لمدة اً مللتر 25بالماء المقطر في قنينة حجميه سعة مقارنة مع المحلول الصوري الذي اً نانوميتر377 وطول موجة انبعاث اً نانوميتر 259شدة تفلور عند طول موجة إثارة ) يوضح ذلك .2يعطي شدة تفلور ضعيفة في هذه المنطقة، والشكل ( القياسي لتقدير االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد ىطريقة العمل والمنحن تم تحضير المنحنى القياسي ) 7والمذكورة في الجدول (المثلى لتقدير االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد تباع الظروفاب من )مايكروغرام/مللتر (25 حجوم متزايدة من إضافةتم اً مللتر 25تي :إلى سلسلة من القناني الحجمية سعة بالشكل اآل 4مللتر من ( 2مايكروغرام/مللتر، ثم أضيف لها 5-0.1 التقديري تغطي المدىلهيدروكلوريد محلول االوكسي ميتازولين مللتر من 1موالري) من كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي، و 3-10 ×2.5(مللتر من 0.25موالري) حامض النتريك و 0.1)(% ctab كها وتر حرارة الغرفة تم وضع القناني في درجة روبعد اكمال الحجوم إلى حد العالمة بالماء المقط مقابل المحلول الصوري، em = 377nmو ex= 259 nmقياس شدة التفلور للمحاليل عند بعدها وتم دقيقة 25 لمدة يكون خطياً الذي )3الموضح في الشكل ( ومن خالل رسم شدة التفلور مقابل التركيز تم الحصول على المنحنى القياسي وقد بلغت قيمة معامل بعد الحدود العليا التقديرية ، سلبياً هناك انحرافاً نإ) مايكروغرام /مللتر، و50.1لمدى التراكيز( كما loqو lodكما تم حساب طريقة تمتلك مواصفات خطية ممتازة، أنهاعلى احصائياً التي تدل 0.999االرتباط .) 8موضع في الجدول ( 401 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 دقة الطريقة وتوافقها سترجاعية واالنحراف القياسي النسبي باالعتماد على الظروف خالل احتساب نسبة االفحصت دقة الطريقة وتوافقها من ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد ضمن االوكسيخذ خمس مكررات لثالثة تراكيز مختلفة لمحلول أإذ تم ؛المثلى في طريقة العمل سترجاعية إذ بلغ معدل اال ؛دقة عالية ن الطريقة ذاتأ) 9( من النتائج المدونة في الجدولو، العالقة الخطية المستقيمة . % 0.37من قلأاالنحراف القياسي النسبي متوسطإذ بلغ ؛) ، وتوافق جيد100.19(% دراسة طبيعة الناتج المتكون لمعرفة طبيعة الناتج المتكون ونسبة تفاعل المركب الدوائي مع الكاشف فقد تم دراسة ذلك بتطبيق طريقة جوب (طريقة موالري) من كل من المركب الدوائي والكاشف 5-10 × 8.4(ة رات المستمرة) ، وباستعمال تراكيز موالرية متماثلالتغي مختلفة من محاليل ةاعتمدت الدراسة في هذه الطريقة على التغير الحاصل في شدة تفلور للمحاليل الحاوية على نسب حجمي من المركب الدوائي وكبريتات السيريوم الرباعي، بإذ يكون الحجم موالري) 5-10 ×8.4( ذات تراكيز موالرية متماثلة ، يتبع ذلك إضافة الكمية المثلى من محلولاً مللتر 25مللتر في حجم نهائي 8الكلي للمكونين ثابتاً مقداره ثم ومن دقيقة في درجة حرارة الغرفة، 25وترك المحاليل لمدة ، ctab موالري) حامض النتريك والمادة الفعالة 4( اوكسي ( 1: 1يوضح أن نسبة االرتباط ) 4( هذه المحاليل مقابل المحلول الصوري لكل منها، والشكللقياس شدة التفلور ).كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي : ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد التفاعل الكيميائي المقترح ce (iii) + hν ce*(iii) ce(iii) + fluorescence دراسة تأثير المتداخالت مكانية تطبيقها على المستحضرات الصيدالنية فقد تم دراسة تأثير عدد من مواد امن أجل فحص الطريقة المطورة و 1( إذ تمت إضافة زيادة من هذه المواد انفراديا إلى في الطريقة المقترحة ؛ السواغ، وبعض المواد العضوية واألمالح تشير واالسترجاع، توسطوذلك من خالل حساب م ؛وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريدمايكروغرام /مللتر) من محلول اال الصيدالنية. النتائج إلى أن الطريقة المطورة ذات انتقائية جيدة ومالئمة لتطبيقها على المستحضرات تطبيق الطريقة المطورة على المستحضرات الصيدالنية وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في مستحضراته الصيدالنية التي طبقت الطريقة المطورة لتقدير المركب الدوائي اال ) أن الكميات المستحصلة 10توضح النتائج المدونة في الجدول (و ) ،sdi iraqكانت بشكل قطرات من إنتاج شركة ( في المستحضر الصيدالني يلميتازولين هيدروكلوريد متفقة على نحو جيد مع المحتوى األص االوكسيللمركب الدوائي %)، مما يدل على أن الطريقة المطورة ذات كفاءة جيدة، ودقة في التقدير.99.12االسترجاعية ( توسطالمدروس، وبلغ م لمقترحة مع طريقة اإلضافة القياسيةتقييم نتائج الطريقة ا وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد، وخلوها من ثبات كفاءة الطريقة الفلورومترية المطورة، ونجاحها في تقدير االا لغرض طريقة اإلضافة القياسية على المستحضرات الصيدالنية تم تطبيقتأثير تداخل المضافات في مستحضراتها الصيدالنية فقد ؛لعدم إمكانية تطبيق الطريقة القياسية المذكورة في دستور األدوية البريطانيوذلك ؛وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريدلال ) 5في الشكل (المستحصلة درجت النتائج أعدم توفر األجهزة والمواد الكيمياوية الالزمة، ووبسبب صعوبة تطبيق الطريقة، اإلضافة القياسية متفقة بشكل جيد مع الطريقة المطورة ضمن المدى المقبول ن طريقة ألى إ) والتي تشير 11، والجدول ( .مقبولةن الطريقة ذات انتقائية أمما يدل على للخطأ ، λ ex = 259 nm λ em =377 nm 402 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 مقارنة الطريقة المطورة مع طريقة أخرى ارنة أن الطريقة وتبين من المق ،تمت مقارنة الطريقة المقترحة مع طريقة اخرى فلورومترية لتقدير االوكسي ميتازولين إلى خطوة جفضال عن أنها ال تحتا ،المقترحة ذات حساسية مقبولة مقارنة بالطرق االخرى وبحدود كشف وتقدير كمي واطئ ). 12والنتائج موضحة في الجدول ( ،أو استعمال محاليل منظمة ،أو السيطرة على درجات الحرارة ،استخالص مسبقة االستنتاج هيدروكلوريد عن طريق أكسدته بوساطة وكسي ميتازولينوحساسة لتقدير اال سهلةوصفت طريقة طيفية فلورومترية قياس شدة تفلور أيون السيريوم الثالثي الناتج من أكسدة من ثممحلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي في الوسط الحامضي، و الخطية حدودال، وكانت اً نانوميتر 377، وطول موجة انبعاث اً نانوميتر 259المركب الدوائي عند طول موجة إثارة اقل من ، واالنحراف القياسي النسبي %100.19االسترجاعية ومتوسطمللتر، مايكروغرام/ )(0.1 5.0 للمستقيم : اوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد ( 1: 1%، كما تم دراسة طبيعة الناتج المتكون، ووجد أن النسبة التركيبية هي 0.37 حد مستحضراته أميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في االوكسيسيريوم رباعي) ، وطبقت الطريقة بنجاح في تقدير كبريتات ال وذلك من خالل دراسة طريقة اإلضافة القياسية التي تدل على أن ؛الصيدالنية، كما تم دراسة صالحية التطبيق التحليلي ذات صالحية تطبيق تحليلي جيد.الطريقة المطورة المصادر 1. "british pharmacopeia", (2009), cd-rom. the stationery office, london, i& ii,.4437. 2. boxtel , c. h. ; santoso , b. and edwards, i. r. (2006) drug benefits and risks , john wiley and sons, ltd, new york, 289, 169. 3. blessing , j. d. (2001)physician assistant's drug hand book, 2nd edn., springhouse corporation, pennsylvania, 794. 4. al-delami, a. m.s.(2006) development of spectrophotometric methods in organic and drug analysis, ph.d. thesis , mosul university , 6. 5. al-sabha, t. n. and rasheed, b.a. (2011) spectrophotometric determination of oxymetazoline hydrochloride based on the oxidation reaction, j. chem. pharm. res., 6, 403-411. 6. othman, n. s. and fathe, s. a. (2013) indirect spectrophotometric determination of oxymetazoline hydrochloride, raf. j. sci., 24,84-96. 7. al-abdali, z. z. (2013) development of spectrophotometric, fluorometric and high performance liquid chromatographic methods for determination of some drug compounds, ph.d. thesis , mosul university , 164-192. 8. yi-hong, y. (2009) content determination of oxymetazoline hydrochloride spray by hplc, strait pharm. j. , 9, 52-56. 9. shaikh, k. a. and patil, a. t. (2013) stability-indicating hplc method for the determination of mometazone furoate, oxymetazoline, phenyl ethanol and benzalkonium chloride in nasal spray solution , j. trace anal. food &drugs, 1, 14-21. 10. wang, n.n. ; shao, y. q. ; tang, y. h. ; yin, h. p. and wu, x. z. (2009) flow injection chemiluminescence method for the determination of naphazoline hydrochloride and oxymetazoline hydrochloride, biological j. chem. lumin., 24, 178-182. 11. garcia, a.m. ; sendra, j. m. ; vargas, m. p. ; baeyens, w. r. and zhang, w.r. (2004) flow injection analysis of oxymetazoline hydrochloride with inhibited chemiluminescent detection , anal. chem. acta, 516, 245-249. 403 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 12. issa, y. and zayed, s. (2004) construction and analytical applications of plastic membrane electrode for oxymetazoline hydrochloride, anal. sci., 20, 297-300. 13. delevie, r. (1997) principle of quantitative chemical analysis, mc graw-hill international edition, singapore, 498. 14. al-sabha, t. n.; mohammed, n.m.s. and abdul-jabar p. a.(2015) spectrophotometric determination of oxymetazoline hydrochloride via charge transfer reaction using 2,3dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone(ddq)reagent, eur. chem. bull., 4, 372-377. مايكروغرام/مللتر) من االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد1): تأثير نوع الحامض المستعمل في تقدير (1جدول ( مايكروغرام/مللتر) من االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد1تأثير تركيز الحامض المستعمل في تقدير (): 2جدول ( هيدروكلوريدمايكروغرام/مللتر) من االوكسي ميتازولين 1): تأثير حجم الحامض المستعمل في تقدير (3جدول ( مايكروغرام/مللتر) من االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد1المستعمل في تقدير (): تأثير حجم الكاشف المؤكسد 4جدول ( مايكروغرام/مللتر) من االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد1): تأثير المواد الفعالة سطحياً عند تقدير (5جدول ( f/ ml of surfactant surfactant solution added 3.0 2.0 1.0 without 191.665 278.119 305.143 109.501 ctab (0.1 %) 111.650 121.297 173.951 sds (0.1 %) 101.121 98.001 115.492 triton x-100 (1%) 110.871 131.980 135.355 tween-80 (1%) f= fluorescences cooh3ch 4po3h 3hno hcl 4so2h type of acid 5m (2.0 ml) 33.98 36.02 59.14 41.72 5.44 f 5m 4m 3m 2m 1m conc. of hno3 (2.0 ml) 57.22 80.86 41.01 38.39 21.03 f 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 volume of hno3 (4m) (ml) 54.11 61.36 83.14 68.38 62.10 53.08 f 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.25 0.1 volume of reagent )m3-10 ×2.5( 38.02 40.06 59.60 64.06 81.11 85.19 97.93 104.63 107.51 97.23 f 404 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 مايكروغرام/مللتر) من االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد 1عند تقدير ( تأثير تسلسل اإلضافة :)6جدول ( f order of addition order number 308.814 o+r+a+s ι 317.218 o+a+r+s п 72.621 o+s+r+a ш 298.732 o+r+s+a iv لتقدير االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد خالصة الظروف المثلى :)7( جدول االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد المدى التقديري وحدود الكشف والميل والمقطع ومعامل االرتباط لتقدير :)8( جدول 0.15.0 linearity range (μg/ ml) 0.0174 lod * (μg/ml) 0.0579 loq * (μg/ml) 160.8 slope 106.2 intercept 0.999 correlation coefficient * for ten determinations of blank solution االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد دقة الطريقة وتوافقها لتقدير :)9جدول ( rsd* % average of recovery % recovery* % cone. of oxymetazoline hcl μg/ ml found present 0.354 100.18 % 99.80 0.998 1 0.366 101.85 2.037 2 0.132 98.90 4.451 4.5 * for five determinations. وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في المستحضر الصيدالني): تقدير اال10جدول ( drug content found ( mg) average recovery ( %) recovery* (%) amount present µg /ml certified value pharmaceutical preparation 0.0491 99.10 98.20 0.5 0.05% nazordine drops sdi-iraq 0.0493 98.60 1 0.0501 100.20 2 0.0497 99.40 4 * average of five determinations note experimental conditions 259 λ ex (nm) 377 λ em (nm) colourless colour 2 (4m) hno3 amount (ml) 0.25 cerium sulphate (2.5 mm) amount (ml) 1 ctab ( 0.1%) amount (ml) 25 development time after dilution (min) 1 hr. stability period (min.) o= oxymetazoline hydrochloride r= cerium (iv) sulphate.4h2o a= (4m) hno3 s= ctab 405 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 هيدروكلوريد في المستحضر الصيدالني بطريقة اإلضافة القياسيةوكسي ميتازولين ): تقدير اال11دول (ج drug content found % recovery (%) amount present ( µg / ml ) certified value (mg) pharmaceutical preparation standard addition method (%) present method (%) 0.0499 0.0491 99.88 0.5 0.05% nazordine drops sdi-iraq 0.0492 0.0493 98.32 1.0 طريقة أخرى. مع المطورةمقارنة الطريقة ): 12( جدول literature method (14) literature method (7) present method analytical parameters 2,3-dichloro-5,6dicyano-1,4 benzoquinone(ddq) chloraminest/rhodamine b cerium (iv) sulphate.4h2o reagent (s) used water ethanol h2so4 (0.2m) solvent charge transfer fluorometric fluorometric type of reaction 352 259 λex (nm) 585 377 λem (nm) 421 λmax (nm) 0.4-4.0 0.02-4.0 0.15.0 linearity range ( μg/ml) 2.5×104 molar absorptivity(l.mol-1.cm-1) 0.0093 0.005 0.0174 lod (µg/ml) 0.028 0.017 0.0579 loq*(µg/ml) 1.47 < 2.2 < 0.37 rsd (%) iliadin drop (0.025%) oxymet nasal drop sdi-iraq 0.05% and egypt 0.025% nazordine drop sdi-iraq 0.05% application of the method ):االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد1شكل ( 3-[(5,4-dihydro-1h-imidazol-2-yl)methyl]-6-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-2,4-dimethylphenol hydrochloride c h 3 c h 3 o h h 3 c c h 3 h 3 c n h n h c l. 406 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 مايكروغرام/ مللتر) من االوكسي ميتازولين 1( للناتج المتكون من تفاعلالنهائي شدة التفلور ) : 2شكل ( . لحامضيامع محلول كبريتات السيريوم الرباعي في الوسط هيدروكلوريد عند الظروف القياسية. االوكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد لتقدير التدريجيالمنحنى :)3( شكل 407 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريدطريقة جوب للتغيرات المستمرة لتقدير اال :)4( شكل و 0.5وبتركيز المستحضر الصيدالني وكسي ميتازولين هيدروكلوريد في اإلضافة القياسية لتقدير اال ىمنحن :)5( الشكل مللتر./مايكروغرام 1.0 408 | الكيمياء 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 indirect spectrophotometric determination of oxymetazoline hydrochloride in pharmaceutical formulation using fluorophotometric method mohammed s. saleem ikram k. othman dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science /university of mosul received in:3/september/2015,accepted in:15/december/2015 abstract this research involves an indirect fluorophotometric method for the determination of microgram amount of oxymetazoline hydrochloride in the concentration range 0.1-5.0 g/ml. the method is based on the oxidation of the drug by cerium sulphate solution which is acidic medium where ce iv is reduced to ce iii which can be excited at 259 nm to give an emitted light at 377 nm which is directly proportional to the concentration of ce iii which is equivalent to ce iv that is needed to oxidize the studied drug. the average recovery of the method is 100.19% and relative standard deviation (rsd) < 0.37% . the method have been successfully applied to the determination of the studied drug in its pure and pharmaceutical preparations and it was found that the results obtained are agree favorably with certified values of pharmaceutical preparations and also with result obtained by standard addition method. . (iv)fluorophotometric, oxymetazoline hydrochloride, cerium sulphate key words: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 finite difference method for solving fractional hyperbolic partial differential equations g. j. mohammed de partment of mathe matics, college of education -ibn alhaitham, bag hdad university. abstract in this p aper, the finite difference method is used to solve fractional hy p erbolic p artial differential equations, by modify ing the associated exp licit and imp licit difference methods used to solve fractional p artial differential equation. a comp arison with the exact solution is p resented and the results are given in tabulated form in order to give a good comp arison with the exact solution. introduction an imp ortant ty p e of differential equations which is called fractional differential equations in which the differintegration is of non-integer order [1]. real life p roblems with fractional differential equations are of great imp ortance, since fractional differential equations accumulate the whole information of the function in a weighted form. this has many app lications in p hy sics, chemist ry , engineering ,etc. for that reason, we need a method for solving such equations, effectively , easy use and app lied for different p roblems[2]. consider the fractional order p artial differential equation [3][4]: 2 2 u (x, t) t   c(x, t) q q u (x, t) x   +s(x, t), l  x  r, 0  t  t .............. (1) together with the initial and zero dirichlet boundary conditions : tu(x, 0) f (x ), u (x,0)=h(x) , l x r u(l,t) 0, u(r,t) 0 for 0 t t           .………. (2) where q q u (x, t) x   denote the left-hand partial fractional derivative of order q of the function u with resp ect to x and 1 < q  2 . the left-handed shifted and the right-handed shifted grünwald estimate to the lefthanded and right-handed derivatives, are given by [1][5][6] : q q d f (x) d x  q 1 ( x ) n k 0  gkf(x  (k  1)x) ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 q q d f (x) d x  q 1 ( x ) n k 0  gkf(x + (k  1) x) where n is the number of subdivisions of the interval [ l, r ] and q is a fractional number. therefore: q i j q u (x , t ) x    q 1 ( x ) i 1 k 0    gku(xi  (k  1)x, tj )  q 1 ( x ) i 1 k 0    gkuik+1, ……………..(3) and q i j q u (x , t ) x    q 1 ( x )    1in 0k gku(xi + (k  1) x, tj )  q 1 ( x )    1in 0k gkui+k1,j ........................ (4) where g0 1 and gk  (1) k q(q 1)...(q k 1) k!    , k  1,2,… the explicit finite difference method for solving fractional hyperbolic partial differential equations the exp licit finite difference method is imp roved to solve the initial-boundary value p roblem (1)-(2). to do this, we substitut e t  tj , in eq. (1) and replace the p artial derivative 2 2 u t   with its central difference ap p roximation to get : q i , j 1 i , j i, j 1 i , j i, j i , j2 q u 2u u u c s ( t) x         ...................... (5) where tjjt, j0,1,…,m and m is t he number of subdivisions of t he interval [0, t], t r . next, substitut e equation (3) in equation (5) to obtain: i 1 i, j 1 i,j i, j 1 i, j k i k 1, j i, j2 q k 0 u 2u u c g u s , i 1, 2,..., n 1; j 0,1, ...,m 1 ( t) ( x)                  …(6) on t he other hand, the initial and boundary conditions given by eq.(2) becomes : i i,0 i i 0,j j n,j u(x , 0) u u (x , 0) f (x ), for i 0,1,...,n t u u(l,t ) 0, u u(r,t) 0 for j 0,1,...,m           ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 and by using the central difference app roximation to the initial derivative conditions ,one can get : i,1 i , 1 i 1 (u u ) h 2 t    , i0,1,…,n where i ih h(x ) for i0, 1,…, n. hence : i,1 i, 1 iu u 2 th   , i0,1,…, n m oreover, equation (6) becomes: 2 i 1 i, j 2 i, j 1 i , j i, j 1 k i k 1,j i, jq k 0 ( t) c u 2u u g u s ( t) ( x)               ………….….(7) where i1,2,…,n1, j=0,1,…,m1. therefore: 2 i 1 i,0 2 i,1 i,0 i, 1 k i k 1,0 i ,0q k 0 ( t) c u 2u u g u s ( t) ( x)              ……..………(8) by substitut ing i, 1 i,1 iu u 2 th    back into eq.(8) one can show t hat 1,iu can be calculated from the following equation: 2 2i 1 i ,0 i,1 i k i k 1 i,0 iq k 0 ( t) c ( t) u f g f s tg 22( x)              , i=0,1,……..n −1 where i0, 1,….. n1. by evaluating the above equation for each i0,1,…,n1, one can get the values of i,1u , i 1, 2,..., n 1  . then by evaluating equation (7) at each i1,2,…,n1 and j2,3,…,m1 one can get t he numerical solution of eq.(1). then the resulting equation can be exp licitly solved to give: i 1 i, j 1 i, j i, j 1 w i w 1, j w 0 u 2u u r g u           …………..……..(9) where r = 2 q k h .the resulting difference equation is stable since we let g0=1 and gw = wq(q-1)k(q-w-1) (-1) w , w = 1,2,….. 1 ≤ q ≤ 2 , i≠1 ,hence gi ≥ 0 for all value of i. therefore: i 1 w w 0 g     g1  (q)  q ………………(10) the difference between the analytical and numerical solutions of the difference equation remains bounded as j increases. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 let the error ei,j=u(hi, kj ) ui,j then the st ability condition under which the finite difference eq. (9) is st able, to find the stability conditions under which the error ei,j is bounded . smith [7] shows t hat t he error ei,j can be writt en in the form : ei,j= ih j e   , where s= k e  γ = 1 ………………….(11) where α is a comp lex constant, one can substitut e eqs .(10), (11) into (9), to get: 1 h(1 w ) 2 rqe 0         assuming that, h(1 w )   ,then it is easily known t hat t he equation for r is: 2 (2 rqe ) 1 0       let a 2 rqe    , where e 1   hence the values of  are: 2 1 a a 4 2     and 2 2 a a 4 2     from eq.(11), the error will not grow with t ime if 1    , for all real β ……………… (12) equation (12) is called the von-neumann’s condition for st ability .thus we will use eq. (12) to find the st ability condition of the finite difference equation. for stability ; as r, q and β are real and when giving st ability while 2 gives inst ability . when −1 ≤ a ≤ 1 , we get 1 2and  are comp lex number, hence: 2 1 a y 4 a 2     and 2 1 a y 4 a 2     then using von-neumann’s condition (12) to p rove that eq.(9) is stable for 1 a 1   , the only useful inequality is a 1  , hence 2 rqe 1    , where e 1   .therefore; 1 r q   , where 1 ≤ q ≤ 2. hence, 1 r 2  , which is t he stability condition. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the implicit finite difference method for solving fractional hyperbolic partial differential equations ihjpas now, we can imp rove and introduce similar app roach for the imp licit finite difference method to solved the one–sided fractional hy p erbolic p artial differential equations. the resulting discretization takes the following form: i 1 i , j 1 i , j i, j 1 i, j w i w 1, j2 q w 0 u 2u u c g u k h           where i 1, 2,..., n 1; j 0,1,..., m 1    . then to get i 1 i, j 1 i, j i, j 1 w i w 1, j 1 w 0 u 2u u r g u            …………………..(13) in the above equation and under the same conditions of eq.(9) and subst itut ing eqs. (10) and (11) into eq. (13), one can get: 1 2    < rqe   , where h(1 w )   . hence the values of  are : 1 2 1 1 (1 a) a     and 1 2 2 1 (1 a) a     where a 1 rqe    . to discuss the st ability of eq. (13); by using von-neumann’s condition (12). when a < 1 , we get real the roots, 1 also, which gives instability while 2 gives st ability for this p roblem . now, when 1 a 1   , we get complex number, which are 1 2 1 1 (1 a) a      and 1 2 1 1 (1 a) a      .and the condition of the st ability leads to r ≥ 1 when 1 ≤ q ≤ 2 and e 1   therefore; the finite difference eq. (13) is instable for r ≤ 2 q , 1 ≤ q ≤ 2. illustrative example to illustrate the methods of the solution, an illust rative numerical examp le is considered: example: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 consider the fractional order p artial differential equation : ihjpas 1t0 ,2x0 ,xt546.2tx546.2x2x4 x u x )5.0( 1 t u 22232 5.1 5.1 2 1 2 2        together with initial and zero dirichlet boundary conditions: u(x, 0)=0, u(x, 0) 0 t    for 0 x 2  .. u(0, t)0, u(1, t)0 for 0 t 1  . this examp le has the exact solution as: 2 2 u( x, t) x (x 2)t ,  [8]. which is considered for the comp arison p urp ose. here; we use the exp licit and imp licit finite difference methods to solve this examp le numerically. to do this, first we divide the x-interval into 2 subintervals such that ix i, i0,1,2 and the t-interval into 2 subintervals such that j j t , 2  j0,1,2. thus, t he initial and zero dirichlet boundary conditions become: iu(x , 0) 0 for i0,1,2. iu(x , 0) 0 t    for i0,1,2. ju(0, t ) 0 for j0,1,2. ju(1, t ) 0 for j0,1,2. by using the central difference app roximation to the initial derivative condition one can get: i,1 i , 1 1 (u u ) 0 2 t    ; hence i,1 i, 1u u  for i0,1,2. m oreover, equation (7) becomes: 1 i 1 2 i, j 1 i, j i, j 1 i k i k 1,j k 0 u 2u u 0.25x g u           2 3 2 2 2 i i i j i j0 . 2 5 ( 4 x 2 x 2 . 5 4 6 x t 2 . 5 4 6 x t )     where i1 and j0, 1. therefore 1 i 1 2 i,1 i,0 i, 1 i k i k 1,0 k 0 u 2u u 0.25x g u          2 3 2 2 2 i i i 0 00 . 2 5 ( 4 x 2 x 2 . 5 4 6 x t 2 . 5 4 6 x t )    ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 ihjpas by substitut ing i, 1 i,1u u  in the above equation one can show that i,1u can be calculated from the equation 1 i 1 2 i,1 i,0 i k i k 1,0 k 0 u u 0.125x g u        2 3 2 2 2 i i i 0 00.125( 4x 2x 2.546x t 2.546xt )    thus 1,1u  2 3 1 10.125( 4x 2x ) 0.25   . then 1 2 2 1,2 1,1 1,0 1 k 2 k,1 k 0 u 2u u 0.25x g u       2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 10 . 2 5 ( 4 x 2 x 2 .5 4 6 x t 2 .5 4 6 x t )    0.947.  these values are tabulated down with the comparison with t he exact solution. see table (1) second, we divide the x-interval into 10 and the t-interval into 10 subinterval. thus, the initial and zero dirichlet boundary conditions become: iu(x , 0) 0 , iu(x , 0) 0 t    fo r i  0,1,…,10. ju(0, t ) 0 , ju(1, t ) 0 , f or j  0,1,…,10. the results are presented in table (2). conclusions 1. the finite difference method gave the numerical solution of the fractional differential equations and it depended on the grunwald est imate for the fractional derivatives . 2. the st ability results in the finite p artial differential equation case as generalization and unification for the corresp onding result in the classical hy p erbolic p artial differential equation. 3. similar to this work, the exp licit finite difference method can be also used to solve the initial-boundary value p roblems of the two-sided fractional hy p erbolic p artial differential equations given by , u(x, t) t    c(x, t) q q u (x, t) x   + d(x, t) q q u (x, t) x   + s(x, t) together with the initial and zero dirichlet boundary conditions: u(x, 0) f (x) , u (l, t) 0,u (r, t) 0 for l x r     where l  x  r, 0  t  t, q q u (x, t) x   and q q u (x, t) x   denote the left-handed and the righthanded p artial fractional derivatives of order q of the function u with resp ect to x and 1 < q  2. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ihjpas in this case equation (4) becomes i 1 n i 1 i, j 1 i, j 1 i, j 1 i, j i, j 1 w i w 1, j w i w 1, j i, jq q w 0 w 0 c d u 2u u g u g u s ( x) ( x)                       4. in a similar manner, the imp licit finite difference method can be also used to solve the initial-boundary value p roblems of the two-sided fractional hy p erbolic p artial differential equations given by equations: u(x, t) t    c(x, t) q q u (x, t) x   + d(x, t) q q u (x, t) x   + s(x, t) in this case eq.(4)becomes: i 1 n i 1 i, j 1 i,j 1 i, j 1 i, j i, j 1 w i w 1, j 1 w i w 1, j 1 i, j 1q q w 0 w 0 c d u 2u u g u g u s ( x) ( x)                          where i1,2,…, n1; j0,1,…,m1. re ferences 1. nishimoto, k. (1983) , "fractional calculus: integrations and differentiations of arbitrary order", descartes press comp any koriy ama japan. 2. al-rahhal, d. (2005),"numerical solution for fractional integro-differential equations", ph.d. thesis, colle ge of science, university of baghdad. 3. diethelm, k. (1999) "anly sis of fractional differential equations",dep artment of m athematics , university of m anchester england. 4. m eerschaert, m . and tadjeran, c.(2006) ”finite difference app roximation for two –sided sp ace fractional p artial differential equations”, ap p lied numerical m athematics , 56: 80-90. 5. ames, w. f. (1992) "numerical m ethods for partial differential equations", 3 rd edition, academic press, inc. 6. samko, s.; kilbas, a. and m aricllev,o.(1993)t heory and ap p lications. gordon and breach, london. 7. smith, g. (1978), "numerical solution of partial differential equations: finite difference m ethods", oxford university press 8. sidiqi, l. (2007), ”some finite difference method for solving fractional differential equations”, m .sc. thesis, college of science , al-nahrain university . table (1) represents the numerical and the exact soluti ons for nm2 of example. xi tj numerical sol uti on ui,j exact soluti on u(xi,tj) explicit me thod implicit me thod 1 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 1 1 0.9472 0.9684 1 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.23 (3) 2010 ihjpas table (2) represents the numerical and the exact soluti ons for nm10 of example. xi tj numerical sol uti on ui,j exact soluti on u(xi,tj) explicit me thod implicit me thod 1 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 1 1 0.994 0.995 1 0.8 0.2 0.0398 0.0389 0.031 0.2 0.7 0.0326 0.0393 0.035 0.4 0.9 0.2129 0.2026 0.207 0.6 1 0. 5096 0. 5063 0. 504 1.2 0.7 0.5655 0.5641 0.564 1.4 0.3 0.1014 0.1042 0.106 1.6 0.8 0.6568 0.6551 0.655 1.8 1 0.6466 0.6467 0.648 ihjpas 2010) 3( 23مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ق الفروقات المنتھیة لحل المعادالت التفاضلیة ائطر الجزئیة الكسریة من نوع القطع الزائد غدیر جاسم محمد .جامعة بغداد، ابن الھیثم -قسم الریاضیات، كلیة التربیة لخالصةا لح�ل ) finite difference method( في ھذا البحث ، استخدمت طریق�ة الفروق�ات المنتھی�ة hyperbolic partial ( الكس�ریة م�ن ن�وع القط�ع الزائ�د الرت�ب يت التفاض�لیة الجزئی�ة ذالمع�ادال differational equation ( ھیة الصریحة والض�منیة ،بتطویر طریقة الفروقات المنت)explicit and implicit method . ( وأعطیت النت�ائج ف�ي ج�داول للحص�ول عل�ى أفض�ل مقارن�ة حیحالنتائج العددیة مع الحل الص ورنتق . حیحمع الحل الص ihjpas microsoft word 262-270 mathematics | 262 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 end--prime submodules nuhad s. al-mothafar dept. of mathematics / college of science/ university of baghdad. adwia j. abdil -khalik dept. of mathematics/ college of science/ al-mustansiriya university. received in:10/november/2015,accepted in:6/march/2016 abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity and m an unitary r-module. let (m) be the set of all submodules of m, and : (m)  (m)  {} be a function. we say that a proper submodule p of m is end--prime if for each   endr(m) and x  m, if (x)  p, then either x  p + (p) or (m)  p + (p). some of the properties of this concept will be investigated. some characterizations of end--prime submodules will be given, and we show that under some assumtions prime submodules and end--prime submodules are coincide. key words: prime submodules, s-prime submodules, -prime submodules, end--prime submodules. mathematics | 263 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 1introduction throughout this paper, r is a commutative ring with identity and m is an unitary rmodule. prime ideals play an essential role in ring theory. one of the natural generalizations of prime ideals which have attracted the interest of several authors in the last two decades is the notion of prime submodule,[1],[2]. these have led to more information on the structure of the r-module. for an ideal i of r and a submodule n of m let√ denote the radical of i, and [n:m] =]{r  r: rm  n} which is clearly an ideal of r. then a proper submodule p of m is called a prime submodule if r  r and x  m with rx  p implies that r  [p:m] or x  p,[3]. equivalently p is a prime submodule of m if and only if [p:m] is a prime ideal of r and the r/[p:m]module m/p is torsion free where the r-module x is said to be torsion free if the annihilator of any nonzero element of x is zero, [3]. there are several generalizations of the notion of prime submodules ,such as ebrahimi atani ,f. farzalipour ,introduced and studied weakly prime submodules, where a proper submodule p of m is said to be weakly prime submodule of m if r  r and x  m, 0  rx  p gives that r  [p:m] or x  p,[4]. a submodule pm is almost prime submodule if r  r and x  m with rx  p\[p:m]p implies that r  [p:m] or x  p,[5]. so any prime submodule is weakly prime and any weakly prime submodule is an almost prime submodule. another generalization of prime submodule is the concept of s-prime submodules, where a proper submodule p of m is said to be s-prime submodule of m if f(m) p ,where fs=end(m) and mp implies that either mp or f(m)  p,[6].also in [7] studied s-prime (endo-prime) submodules. every s-prime submodule is prime but not conversely ,[6],[7]. khaksari and jafari in [8] extended the notion of prime submodule to -prime. let m be an r-module and (m) be the set of all submodules of m and : (m)  (m)  {} be a function. a proper submodule p of m is said to be -prime if r  r and x  m, rx  p\(p) implies that r  [p:m] or x  p. in this paper ,we define and study the notion of end--prime submodules. let (m) be the set of all submodules of m and : (m)  (m)  {} be a function. a proper submodule p of m is said to be end-prime if for each   endr(m) and x  m, if (x)  p, then either x  p + (p) or (m)  p + (p). 2-basic properties of end--prime submodules first we give the following definition. definition (2.1): let m be an r-module and (m) be the set of all submodules of m. let :(m)  (m)  {} be a function. a proper submodule n of m is said to be end-prime if for each   endr(m) and x  m, if (x)  n, then either x  n + (n) or (m)  n + (n). remarks and examples (2.2): (1) it is clear that every s-prime submodule is end--prime submodule .the convers is not true as the following example shows .let m = z8 as zmodule ,n ={0 ,4 }.then n is not s prime submodule of m ( since if f( ̅) = 2 ̅ , ̅z8 where f :z8 z8 and f(2) = 2.2 = 4n. but 2 n and f(m) ={0,2, 4 ,6 }⊈ n, hence n is not sprime submodule of m .but n is end  prime submodule of m . proof: let: (z8) (z8)  {}, where (n)= n +  2 ,  n m and for all f : z8 z8 .if ƒ( ̅ )n={ 0 , 4 },then either ̅ n+(n) =2  or f (z8)  n + (n) = 2.therefore n is end--prime submodule of z8. mathematics | 264 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 (2) let m = z4 as z-module, n = {0, 2} . then n is an end--prime submodule of m (since n is sprime submodule of m,[6]) . (3) the only end--prime submodule of a simple module is {0}.therefore(0) in the simple z-module zp (p is prime number) is end--prime submodule. (4) it is clear that not every end--prime submodule is prime submodule, see example in remark(2.2,1). (5) if (n) = n or (n) = 0,then every end--prime submodule is s-prime submodule and hence is prime submodule. (6) let m = z12 as z-module, then n = {0 , 6 is not end--prime of m .since if f : z12  z12, where f ( ) = 2 for all  z12 and let :(m)  (m)  {} such that (n) =n + {0 ,6} , n m . since f (3) = 6  n, but 3  n + (n)= {0 ,6 }and f (z12 ) = 2z12 ⊈n + (n) = {0 ,6 }.therefore n={0 , 6 is not end--prime submodule of z12. recall that an r-module m is called scalar if for every f  end(m),  r  r, r  0 such that f (m) = rm for all r  r, [9]. the following proposition shows that( scalar r-module ) is a sufficient condition for prime submodule to b end--prime submodule. proposition (2.3): let m be a scalar r-module, and n is a prime submodule of m. then n is an end-prime submodule of m. proof: let f  end(m), m  m such that f (m)  n. since m is scalar,  r  r, r  0 such that f (x) = rx for all x  m. hence f (m) = rm  n. but n is prime, so either mn or rm n. thus either m  n + (n) or f (m)  n + (n). therefore n is end--prime submodule . corollary (2.4): let n a prime submodule of a finitely generated multiplication r-module m .then n is an end--prime submodule of m . proof: by [9,corollary 1.1.11]"every finitely generated multiplication r-module m is a scalar module " and so by proposition (2.3) we get the result. corollary (2.5): if n is a prime submodule of a cyclic r-module m, then n is end--prime submodule of m. proof: by [6,porosition 2.1.4],we have n is an s-prime submodule of m and by remark (2.2,1),we have the result. recall that a submodule n of an r-module m is said to be fully invariant if f (n)  n, for each r-endomorphism f of m ,[10]. by using this concept ,we can give the following result. theorem (2.6): let n be a proper fully invariant submodule of an r-module m. if [n+(n): f (m)]=[n+(n): f (k)], for all n+(n) ⊊k and for all f  end(m) such that f ((n) ) = (n) then n is an end--prime sumodule of m. proof: let h(m)  n, where h  end(m) and m  m and suppose that m  n + (n), we must prove that h(m)  n + (n). now, n +(n) ⊊ n +(n) + rm hence by assumption [n+(n):h(m)] = [n+(n):h(n +(n)+ rm)]. but 1  [n+(n):h(n +(n)+ rm)] since h(n) +h((n)) + h(rm)  n +(n), therefore 1  [n+(n):h(m)], which implies that h(m)  n + (n). therefore n is an end--prime of m. mathematics | 265 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 recall that "an r-module m is called duo if for each submodule n of m ,n is fully invariant ,[11]. the following result follows immediately from theorem (2.6). corollary (2.7): let m be an duo r-module .if [n++(n): f (m)]=[n+(n): f (k)], for all n+(n)⊊ k and for all f  end(m) such that f ((n) ) = (n) , then n is an end--prime submodule m. proposition (2.8): if n is an end--prime submodule of r-module m and (n) < n ,then [n +(n) : f (m)] = [n+(n) : f (k)], for all n+(n) ⊊   k and for all f  end(m). proof: since n is an end--prime of m and (n) < n, so by remark (2.2,5) n is s-prime .hence by [6,prop.(2.1.14)] ,[n: f (m)] = [n: f (k)], for all f  end(m) and n ⊊ k .since (n) < n ,then [n +(n) : f (m)] = [n+(n) : f (k)], for all and n+(n) ⊊⊊   k. and for all f  end(m). recall that a submodule n of an r –module m is called relatively divisible (srelatively divisible ) denoted by rd(s-rd) if r m  n = r n for each r  r , ƒ(m)  n=ƒ(n) for all f  end(m), [6],[10] respectively . recall that a nonzero module m is called quasi-dedekind if hom (m/n,m) = 0 for all nonzero submodule of m. equivalently, m is quasi-dedekind if for any f  end(m), f  0, then ker f = {0} (i.e. f is 1-1), [12]. proposition (2.9): let m be a quasi –dedekind r-module .then every proper s-rd submodule of m is end--prime submodule of r-module m . proof: by [13,prop1.12],every proper s-rd submodule of m is strongly s-prime and by [14,rem.(1.2,2)],every strongly s-prime submodule is s-prime submodule .this implies every proper submodule of an r-module m is end -prime submodule by [rem.(2.1,1)] . more about end--prime submodules in this section, several fundamental properties of end--prime submodule are given. proposition (3.1): let m be an r-module, n < m, i  r. if p is an end--prime submodule of m such that in p , then n  p + (p), provided i ⊈ [p + (p):m]. proof: suppose in p and i ⊈ [p + (p):m], let x  n, we must prove that x  p + (p) for any x  n . since i ⊈ [p + (p):m], then there exists a  i and a  [p + (p):m]. define f : m  m by f (m) = a m for all m  m, it is clear that f  endr(m) and f (x) = a x  in  p. but p is an end--prime submodule of m and f (m) = am ⊈ p + (p), so x  p + (p). thus n  p + (p). proposition (3.2): let m be an r-module, let   end(m). if n is fully invariant end--prime of an rmodule m, such that  (m) ⊈ n and ( – 1(n)) =  – 1 ((n)) , then  – 1(n) is also end-prime submodule of m. in fact in this case  – 1(n) = n. mathematics | 266 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 proof: first, we must show that  – 1(n) is a proper submodule of m. suppose that  – 1(n) = m, then (m)  n, which a contradiction to the assumption. now, let f (m)   – 1(n), where f  end(m) and m  m. if m   – 1(n) + ( – 1(n)), then (m)  n +  (( – 1(n))), which implies that m  n + (n), since n is fully invariant submodule of m and  – 1 =  – 1. we only have to show that f (m)   – 1(n) + ( – 1(n)). since f (m)   – 1(n), then (◦f )(m) =  ( f (m))  n. but n is an end--prime of m and m  n + (n), therefore (◦f )(m)  n + (n). this implies f (m)   – 1(n) +  – 1((n)) =  – 1(n) + ( – 1(n)). recall that an r-module m is called a-projective (where a is an r-module) if for every x < a and every homoorphism : m  a x can be lifted to a homomorphism : m  m, [14]. if m is a-projective for each r-module a, then m is called projective. theorem (3.3): let f: m  m' be an epimorphism and let n < m such that ker f  n. if n is an end-prime submodule of a module m, then f (n) is an end-'-prime submodule of a module of m', where m' is m-projective module and '( f (n)) = f ( (n)). proof: first, we must show that f (n) is a proper submodule of a module m'. suppose f (n) = m'. but f is an epimorphism, thus f (n) = f (m) and hence m = n + ker f. this implies that m = n. a contradiction. now, let h(m')  f (n), where h  end(m') and m'  m' and suppose that m'  f (n) + '( f (n)), we have to show that h(m')  f (n) + '( f (n)). since f is an epimorphism and m'  m', then there exists m  m, such that f (m) = m'  f (n) + '( f (n)), thus m  n + f – 1('( f (n))) = n + (n). consider the following diagram: m' k h m m' 0 f since m' is m-projective module, then there exists a homoorphism k: m'  m, such that f ◦k = h. clearly, k◦ f  end(m). note that f (k◦ f (m)) = (f ◦k)( f (m)) = h(m')  f (n) and since ker f  n, we get (k◦ f )(m)  n. but n is an end--prime submopdule of m and m  n + (n). therefore (k◦ f )(m)  n + (n) and hence k( f (m)) = k(m')  n + (n). thus f (k(m'))  f (n) + f ((n)), which implies that h(m')  f (n) + '( f (n)). corollary (3.4): let m be an r-module, let k < n < m and n is an end--prime. then n k is end-'prime in m k , provided that m k is m-projective. mathematics | 267 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 recall that an r-module m is a-injective (where a is an r-module) if for every x  m, any homomorphism : x  m can be extended to a homomorphism : a  x, [9], [15]. if m is m-injective m is called quasi-injective, [9]. proposition (3.5): let k be an end--prime of an r-module m and let n < m which is m-injective and (k)  k. then either n  k or k  n is an end--prime in n. proof: suppose that n ⊈ k, then k  n is a proper submodule in n. let f (x)  k  n, where f  end(n) and x  n. suppose x  (k  n) + '(k  n), where ': (n)  (n){} be a function, then x  k. we must show that f (n)  (k  n) + '(k  n). now, consider the following diagram: i 0 n m f h n where i is the inclusion map. since n is m-injective, then there exists h: m  n, such that h◦i = f, clearly h  end(m). but f (x) = (h◦i)(x) = h(x)  k. since k is an end--prime submodule of m and x  k + (k), this implies that h(m)  k + (k). also, f (n) = (h◦i)(n) = h(n)  n (since f (n)  k  n) and f (n)  h(n)  h(m)  k +(k). therefore, f (n)  n  (k + (k)) = n  k  n  k + '(n  k). corollary (3.6): let k be an end--prime submodule of a quasi-injective r-module m, and let n < m. then either n  k or k  n is an end--prime in n. proposition (3.7): let m be an r-module and let k < n < m and k is fully invariant. if n k is an end-'prime submodule of m k and n n k k        , then n is an end--prime submodule of m. proof: suppose that f (m)  n, where f  end(m) and m  m. if m  n + (n), then we must show that f (m)  n + (n). define f *: m k  m k by f *(x + k) = f (x) + k,  xm. to prove f * is well define, let x + k = y + k where x, y  m, then x – y  k and hence f (x – y)  f (k)  k, since k is fully invariant. this implies that f (x) – f (y)  k. thus f (x) + k = f (y) + k. now, f *(m + k) = f (m) + k  n k . but n k is an end--prime of m k and m + k  n n k k          hence m n n * k k k f              and thus (m) k k f   n n k k        and which implies that (m) k k f   n n n k k k       , thus f (m) + k  n + (n) and f (m)  n + (n). . mathematics | 268 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 proposition (3.8): let m be a projective r-module. if n is end--prime and (n) = 0  n < m, then m n is a quasi-dedekind r-module. proof: to prove m n is quasi-dedekind, we shall prove any endomorphism on m n is either zero mapping or 1-1, let f : m n  m n and f  0. since m is projective there exists h: m  m such that ◦h = f ◦, where  is the natural projection. hence for any m  m, (◦h)(m) = (h(m)) = h(m) + n = ( f ◦)(m) = f (m + n). if f (x + n) = m n 0 = n for some x + n  m n , then h(x) + n = n and so h(m)n. hence either x  n + (n) or h(m)  n , since n is end--prime. thus, either x + n = n = m n 0 ,or [(h(m))=0 ,then( f ∘)(m) = f (m/n) =0 which is a contradiction] .therefore f is 1-1and m n is quasi-dedekind. for a partial answer for the converse of prop.(3.8) we have the following: proposition (3.9): let n < m such that n is fully invariant such that m n is a quasi-dedekind r-module. then n is end--prime. proof: let f  end(m) and f (m)  n for some m  m. define g: m n  m n by g(x + n) = f (x) + n,  x  m, g is well-defined. if g = 0, then f (m)  n  n + (n). if g  0, then g is 1-1 and hence g(m + n) = f (m) + n = n implies that m + n = n; that is m  n  n + (n). thus n is end--prime. mathematics | 269 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 references 1. dauns, j., (1978), prime modules, j. reine . angew .math., 298, 156-181. 2. moore, m.e. and smith, s.j., (2002), prime and radical submodules of modules over commutative rings, comm. algebra, 30, 5037-5064. 3 . lu, c.p., (1981),prime submodules of modules, commutative mathematics ,university spatula,33,16-69. 4. atani ,s.e .and farzalipour, f.,(2007),on weakly prime submodules, tamkang journal of mathematics ,38(3),247-252. 5. khshan,h.a.,(2012),on almost prime submodules , acta mathematics scientia ,32b(2),645-651. 6. shireen ,o.d.,(2010),s-prime submodules and some related concepts, m.sc. thesis ,college of science ,university of baghdad. 7. gungoroglu ,c., (2000),strongly prime ideals in cs-rings ,turk .j.math., 24,233-238. 8. khaksari, a. and jafari, a., (2011), -prime submodules, international journal of algebra, 9. shihab, b.n., (2004), scalar reflexive modules, ph.d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 10. faith, c.,(1973), rings, modules and categories, i, springer , berlin, iteidelberg , new york . 11. abbas ,m.s.,(1990),on fully stable modules, ph. d. thesis, university of baghdad. 12. mijbass, a.s.,( 1997), quasi-dedekind modules and quasi-invertible submodules, ph.d. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 13. inaam ,m.a.,(2011),strong s-prime submodules , almustansiriyah j .of scines.22,201210. 14. azumaya, g., mbuntum, f. and varadarajan, k.j., (1975), on projective and m-injective modules, 95, 9-16. 15. mohamed, s.h. and muller, b.j., (1990), continuous and discrete modules, cambridge university press cambridge. mathematics | 270 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 end-المقاسات الجزئية األولية من النمط نهاد سالم المظفر جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الرياضيات قعبد الخالعدويه جاسم الجامعة المستنصرية /كلية العلوم /قسم الرياضيات 2016اذار//6قبل في: ،2015تشرين الثاني//10استلم في: خالصةال مجموعة كل المقاسات (m). لتكن rمقاساً معرفا ً على الحلقة mحلقة ابدالية ذات عنصر محايد، وليكن rلتكن هو مقاس mمن pدالة. في هذا البحث، نقول ان المقاس الجزئي : (m)  (m)  {}ولتكن mالجزئية من ، فانه يؤدي الى (x)  pا ذ ان end(m) ،x  mاذا كان لكل end-جزئي أولي من النمط . لقد درسنا واعطينا بعض خواص و مميزات هذا النوع من المقاسات (m)  p + (p)أو x  p + (p)اما 0ونان متكافئين الجزئية وبرهنا تحت شروط معينة ان المقاسات الجزئية االولية وهذا النوع من المقاسات الجزئية يك ، المقاسات الجزئية االولية من s -المقاسات الجزئية االولية ، المقاسات الجزئية االولية من النمط :الكلمات المفتاحية .end-، المقاسات الجزئية االولية من النمط النمط ihjpas. 36(1)2023 15 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract allergic rhinitis (ar) is a chronic immune system inflammation that occurs when the body overreacts to antigens in the environment (triggers) and produces a variety of symptoms in the nasal mucosa and paranasal sinuses due to the release of many interleukins and cytokines. we investigated the influence of the allergen on serum levels of tnf-α and total ige in patients with ar and their function in initiating allergic rhinitis in iraqi petrol station workers in baghdad. one hundred individuals with allergic rhinitis and thirty healthy workers between the ages of 20 and 59 were examined. for immunological testing, sandwich elisa was used to evaluate serum levels of tnf-α and total ige. a complete blood cell count (cbc) was used for hematological testing. findings showed a positive connection between tnf-α and total ige, with a correlation of (r=0.32). the tnf-α binary logistic regression analysis (blr) was conducted to be highly significant (b = 0.02, or = 1.02, p =0.065), viewing that an increase of one unit in tnf-α increases the odds of belonging to the ar group. tnf-α had the highest area under the curve (auc) compared to other markers, with a value of (auc = 0.995), indicating that it is an excellent predictor and strong marker for ar, with a sensitivity and specificity of 94% and 100%, respectively. after our research, we reached the significance of the study from the clarity of the role of tumor necrosis factor-alpha in the disease and its development and the coincidence of its increase with immunoglobulin e and considering. it is also a diagnostic marker of the disease. keywords: tnf-α, allergic rhinitis, eosinophil, gasoline, risk factors, total ige. 1.introduction allergic rhinitis (ar) is a chronic, inflammatory, immunoglobulin ige-mediated illness of the nasal mucosa produced by the inhalation of seasonal or perennial allergens. typical symptoms doi.org/10.30526/36.1. 2994 article history: received 30 august 2022, accepted 1 november 2022, published in january 2023. ov ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq the role of tnf-α and total ige in pathogenicity of iraqi fuel stations workers with allergic rhinitis mays qasim ahmed department of biology, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq mays.qassim2018@gmail.com talib abdullah hussein department of biology, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq talibah_bio@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///c:/users/mays/desktop/mays.qassim2018@gmail.com mailto:talibah_bio@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 16 include sneezing, rhinorrhea, nasal congestion, nasal irritation, and signs of allergic conjunctivitis [1]. due to the nature of ar symptoms, the illness is often ignored, misunderstood, and deemed insignificant, even though ar imposes a significant financial burden and negatively impacts sleep duration and quality, productivity, and quality of life [2]. given the growing frequency of allergic respiratory illness over the last few decades and the rising air pollution associated with urbanization, industrialization, and fast economic expansion, there has been a long-standing interest in the relationship between ar development and air pollution. in addition, environmental variables impacting ar therapy and management techniques have drawn attention; in particular, the management of allergic rhinitis in metropolitan contexts with high levels of air pollution is a rising area of study interest [3]. the genesis of allergies is due to interactions between environmental influences and permissive genetic characteristics [4]. we concentrate on three steps that comprise the allergic rhinitis inflammatory cascade. first (sensitization), the first encounter with an allergen induces the development of ige antibodies against the allergen in a susceptible individual. these ige antibodies bind to receptors with high affinity on mast cells and basophils [5]. second (early-phase reaction), with subsequent allergen exposure, sensitized mast cells are triggered when the allergen cross-links two molecules of bound ige (antigen) [6]. in the following hours (late-phase reaction), the nasal mucosa is invaded by more inflammatory cells (e.g., eosinophils, neutrophils, basophils, t-cells). this releases more inflammatory mediators, resulting in a prolonged inflammatory response that may last for hours or days. latephase symptoms are dominated by nasal congestion [7]. tumor necrosis factor-alpha (tnf-α) is a pleiotropic cytokine considered to have a significant key role in the pathogenesis of inflammatory disorders, such as allergies. tnf-α is created during the first phase of allergen sensitization and enhances the inflammatory cascade throughout the effector phase of allergic responses. [8]. furthermore, during allergen exposure, sensitized epithelial barriers and immune cells generate tnf-α (such as macrophages, mast cells, and dendritic cells (. it can stimulate th2 reactions. [9], causing high levels of il4, il-5, and il-13, which promote trigger eosinophil’s, mast cells, and basophils [10]. tnf-α is important in ar for the recruitment of eosinophils to the site of allergic inflammation by inducing adhesion molecules [11]. eosinophils are a critical element of the pulmonary inflammation associated with allergic airway disorders. in addition to other measures, eosinophil counts were used to diagnosing ar [12]. the objective of this research is to shed light on (tnf-α and total ige) and their functions in the onset and progression of allergic rhinitis in iraqi gasoline station workers by measuring their blood levels to find the correlation between them. 2.materials and methods the research included (100) petrol station personnel with allergic rhinitis between the ages of 20 to 59 and a healthy control group (30) of station employees. the samples for the patients were obtained at al-rusafa and karkh gas stations in baghdad. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 17 the sample was obtained between (october 2021 to april 2022). diagnostic criteria for respiratory diseases and rhinitis are specialized in these conditions, clinically diagnosed following worldwide recommendations by meeting patients and healthy controls face-to-face. we provided all patients and healthy controls with a questionnaire including their information (name, age, stress, employment, accommodation location, the period of treatment, infection with bacteria or fungi, and date of the beginning of all symptoms). under sterile protocols, eight milliliters of blood were extracted from each patient using 10 milliliters of disposable plastic syringes. blood was collected in a sterile ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid (edta) tube for the hematological test (total wbc count, eosinophil). the tubes were passed through a roller mixer before hematological analysis using a mindaray bc-5000 analyzer counter. blood was collected in a six-ml gel tube and allowed to clot at room temperature (20-25°c). after blood coagulation, the serum was centrifuged for 10 minutes at 3000 rpm before being divided into three equal quantities and kept at -20°c for immunological testing of total ige and tnf-α. immediately after blood collection on edta, eosinophil and total wbc levels are determined. utilizing the counting technique of the mindaray analyzer, their proportions were computed. human total ige and tnf-α levels were determined using an elisa kit manufactured by the chinese company cusabio. whereas statistical analysis was done with conventional statistical methods, spss 26 and excel 2016 were used to study and interpret the results, including the following: i-descriptive statistics (percentages, median, observed frequencies, t-test, probability (p-value) on <0.05, mean, standard deviation, standard error (se), and cumulative percentage and graphical display using bar charts) iiinferential statistics: (these were used to determine if statistical hypotheses were accepted or rejected. they included: the receiver operating characteristics (roc) analysis, binary logistic regression, chi-square test (χ2), and pearson correlation by relation coefficient). 3.results and discussion the research comprised (130) gasoline station employee samples. the distribution of study groups based on several factors is as follows: 3.1 the distribution according to age this study demonstrated the correlation between the control and patient group’s age. it was found that the individuals with the greatest ar prevalence are the age group (40-49) years (n = 31, 31.00 %). there were no significant differences in the incidence of age groups between the categories (p = 0.594), (p<0.05) (table 1), (figure 1) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 18 table 1. frequency table for age group chi-square tests of the relationships between each age category and the group. variable ar control chi-squared df significance level age categories (2029) 28 (28.00%) 11 (36.66%) 1.899 3 p = 0.594 (30-39) 23 (23.00%) 5 (16.67%) (4049) 31 (31.00%) 8 (26.67%) (50-59) 18 (18.00%) 6 (20.00%) total 100 (100%) 30 (100%) figure 1. demonstrates the distribution of age groups among the patient and control groups with the greatest degree of allergies to rhinitis (40-49 years). 3.2-immunological and hematological results there was a significant increase in ar patients compared to healthy controls. compared to the control group, blood total wbc was significantly higher in ar patients (8.20 ±1.67 10^9/l) than in the control group (7.10± 1.00 10^9/l) with p-value (p<0.001) on (p<0.05). in addition, the eosinophil count means for the patient was (3.63 ±1.66%), whereas the mean for the control was (1.66± 0.77%). there was a highly significant increase in ar relative to the control group (p=0.001) on (p<0.05). in contrast, tnf-α had a mean of (78.67±44.63 pg/ml) for ar and (48.03±6.63 pg/ml) for health workers. it increased significantly in patients compared to the control group (p<0.001). also, there was a significant rise in the total ige level in patients (p=0.02), which was (314.38± 112.01 iu/ml) in the patient group compared to (278.37± 54.87iu/ml) in the healthy group (table 2). 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 (20-29) (30-39) (40-49) (50-59) 28 23 31 18 11 5 8 6 patient allergic rhinitis healthy control n u m b e r o f o b se r v a st io n s ihjpas. 36(1)2023 19 table 2: descriptive statistics for wbc, eosinophil, tnf-α, and t-ige using t-tests to compare mean differences between ar patients and control workers. n=number, sem= standard error for mean , t= t-test , p=p-value , m=mean , sd= standard deviation 3.3 pearson correlation analysis a pearson correlation analysis determined the relationship between wbc, eosinophil, total ige, and tnf-α. the correlations between t-ige and tnf-α showed a significant positive correlation (r=0.32) and effect size (p = 0.007, 95% ci = [0.13, 0.49]). this indicates that t-ige levels increase simultaneously with tnf-α. no more associations of significance were discovered. the findings of the correlations are shown in (table 3). 3.4 binary logistic regression (blr) a binary logistic regression analysis was performed to determine if wbc, eosinophil, total ige, and tnf-α had a statistically significant impact on the likelihood of belonging to the ar group. the control group acted as a point of reference for the group. variance inflation factors (vifs) were used to assess the absence of multicollinearity between predictors. all predictors in the regression model have vifs less than 10, which are considered acceptable [13]. statistically demonstrating wbc, eosinophil, total ige, and tnf-α significantly impacted the likelihood of belonging to the ar group. the binary logistic regression model was statistically significant, with χ2 (4) = 60.21, p< 0.001, and mcfadden r2 = 0.43. the mcfadden r2-squared value for this model was (0.43), suggesting that the model is well-fitting. the wbc had a statistically significant effect on the likelihood of being in the ar group (b = 0.38, or = 1.46, p =0.105). eosinophil showed a very considerable influence (b = 1.45, or = 4.27, p<0.001), indicating that an increase of one unit in eosinophil increased the likelihood of belonging to the ar group. the effect of tnf-α was significant (b = 0.02, or = 1.02, p = 0.065), indicating that a one-unit increase in tnf-α increases the likelihood of belonging to the ar group. the effect of total ige was significant (b = 0.0003, or = 1.00, p = 0.920), indicating that an increase in total ige is associated with an increased risk of developing rhinitis. the findings of the regression model are given in (table 4). parameters group n median mean± sd sem t p wbc ar 100 7.90 8.20± 1.67 0.17 4.39 <0.00 *1 control 30 7.19 7.10± 1.00 0.19 eosinophil ar 100 3.20 3.63± 1.67 0.17 9.009 < 0.001 ** control 30 1.45 1.66± 0.77 0.14 t-ige ar 100 347.98 314.38± 112.01 11.26 2.371 0.02* control 30 289.80 278.37± 54.87 10.19 tnfα ar 100 69.06 78.67±44.63 4.46 6.63 < 0.001* control 30 48.23 48.03±6.63 1.21 (p<0.01)**= highly significant ihjpas. 36(1)2023 20 table 3.the results illustrate the pearson correlation (correlation coefficient) between t-wbc, eosinophil, tnf-α, and t-ige. table 4. logistic regression findings with wbc, eosinophil, tnf-α, and total ige predicting collection, showing that the eosinophils was highly significant p<0.001. note : or=odd ratio, ci=confidence interval 3.5 the receiver operating characteristics (roc) the receiver operating characteristics (roc) curve was constructed to assess each ar parameter's predictive value and decide the cut-off value. the areas under the curve (auc) for each predictor were determined. to compare the diagnostic abilities of two or more tests or to estimate the capacity of two or more markers for the same illness, this statistical model (roc curve) is helpful. it can distinguish between two or more tests when the area under the roc curve is considered. there is a variety of 0 to 1 from areas under the curve in this simulation. to put it another way, statistically, the values of 0, 0.5-0.6, 0.6-0.7, 0.7-0.8, 0.8-0.9, more than 0.9, and 1 in the roc curve are perfect. these numbers mean (an inaccurate test, a failed test, a poor test, a fair test, a good test, an excellent test, or a perfectly accurate test) respectively [14]. the findings of the roc curve indicated that tnf-α had the highest auc compared to other parameters with (auc = 0.995), making it an excellent predictor and strong marker for diagnosing ar with a sensitivity and specificity of 94% and 100%, respectively when the cut-off value was (>61,397). the second-largest auc was for total ige (0.924), with a sensitivity and specificity of 83% and 96.67%, followed by eosinophil (0.892), with a sensitivity and specificity of 76.00% and 96.67%. all are regarded as excellent indicators. these are outlined in (table 5) and, (figure 2). table 5. roc analysis for the research parameters (wbc, tnf-α, total ige, and eosinophil), the assessment of the areas under the curve (auc), (the closer the value is to1, the better). spearman correlation results among wbc, eosinophil ,t-ige, and tnfα combination r 95.00% ci n p t-wbc -eosinophil 0.21 [0.01, 0.39] 100 0.168 t-wbc -t-ige 0.07 [-0.13,0.26] 100 0.964 t-wbc -tnfα 0.03 [-0.17, 0.22] 100 0.964 eosinophil -t-ige 0.15 [-0.05, 0.34] 100 0.388 eosinophil -tnfα 0.21 [0.02, 0.39] 100 0.168 t-ige -tnf-α 0.32 [0.13, 0.49] 100 0.007* the relationships were analyzed with an alpha value of 0.05. r: pearson correlation p: probability logistic regression results with wbc, eosinophil, ige, and tnfα predicting group variable b se χ2 p or 95.00% ci (intercept) -6.63 2.18 9.29 0.002 wbc 0.38 0.23 2.62 0.105 1.46 [0.92, 2.30] eosinophil 1.45 0.35 17.69 < 0.001* 4.27 [2.17, 8.40] ige 0.0003 0.003 0.01 0.920 1.00 [0.99, 1.01] tnfα 0.02 0.01 3.40 0.065 1.02 [1.00, 1.05] note. χ2(4) = 60.21, p < 0.001, mcfadden r2 = 0.43. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 21 standard error (se), confidence interval (ci) and best cut-off value. figure 2. compares the roc curves of the research parameters (wbc, tnf-α, total ige, and eosinophil) as they differentiate between the patient and the control group. 4.discussion this study investigated the connection between patient and control groups' age. the age group with the highest prevalence of rhinitis allergies is between the ages of 40 to 49 years. these results support ava and wasim's claims [15]. consistent with earlier results, the absolute number of total wbcs in ar patients was considerably higher than in the control group [17]. in contrast, hasoon and hussein [18] discovered wbc within normal limits without significance in ar. allergic rhinitis patients may have abnormalities in hematological markers because of systemic inflammation [16]. the allergic process causes an increase in the number of eosinophil cells and b cells, which aid in the generation of plasma cells that generate ige. this development may lead to a rise in wbc cells [17]. in this study, we significantly increased the percentage of eosinophils in patients than in the control, which was accepted [18]. and according to studies [19]. in ar and after allergen exposure, the inflammatory late-phase response may increase circulating blood eosinophils [20]. variable auc se 95% ci cut off sensitivity specificity wbc 0.679 0.0483 0.592 to 0.758 >8.2 44.00 93.33 eosinophil 0.892 0.0309 0.825 to 0.939 >2.6 76.00 96.67 t-ige 0.924 0.0230 0.864 to 0.963 >348.933 83 96.67 tnf-α 0.995 0.00329 0.963 to 1.000 >61.397 94 100 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 22 after dc presents antigen to t helper2 cells (th2), the latter produces th2 cytokines (il-4, il-5, and il-13), which have an essential role in the pathogenesis of allergic inflammation and the development of allergy sensitization [21]. where tnf-α levels were significantly increased as predicted, there were comparable findings in our study with the study of al-khyat, t.h.a et al., [22] and with alnahas et al., [23]. moreover, sensitized epithelial barriers and immune cells such as; macrophages, mast cells, and dcs generate tnf-α in response to allergen exposure. it can stimulate th2 responses [9]. tnf-α has been shown to increase ige production by altering the ionized ca influx into smooth muscle. arterial dilatation, increased vascular permeability, itching, rhinorrhea, and mucus discharges are caused by mediators like histamine and leukotriene that are released in response to ige [24] allergen-specific ige is produced when cytokines interact with b lymphocytes to cause the release of ige, which then binds to a high-affinity ige receptor (fcεrl) on mast cells to release histamine and other chemokines, inflammatory cytokines, and other mediators of ar. one of important these cytokines was (il-4) because it promotes the production of ige. therefore, in addition to clinical criteria, measuring total and specific ige levels is recommended for diagnosing ar and asthma [25, 26]. our results showed a highly significant total ige rise in patients' ar compared to healthy controls. this finding agrees with al-khyat, t.h.a, et al. [22] and hussein et al. [27]. 5.conclusions we established the importance of tumor necrosis factor alpha. it was a significant and close relationship with the disease development since it was increased in the patient, accompanied by an increase in total immunoglobulin e. we considered it an excellent diagnostic factor for the disease, and the results of our research confirmed this. in the future, we hope to find treatments to reduce the levels in the blood and, thus, reduce the rate of the disease. because allergic rhinitis was type i, hypersensitivity was linked essentially with immunoglobulin e. finally, the recovery of ar patients depends on several factors, including environmental, psychological, and physical, which we hope to consider in the future in dealing with the disease. references 1. drazdauskaitė, g.; layhadi, j.a. and shamji, m.h. mechanisms of allergen immunotherapy in allergic rhinitis. curr. allergy asthma rep. 2021, 21. 2. meltzer, e.o. allergic rhinitis. burden of illness, quality of life, comorbidities, and control. immunol. allergy clin. north am. 2016, 36, 235–248, doi:10.1016/j.iac.2015.12.002. 3. united nations, department of economic and social affairs, population division, (undesa) world urbanization prospects; 2018; isbn 9789211483192. 4. 4.caraballo, l.; zakzuk, j.; lee, b.w.; acevedo, n.; soh, j.y.; sánchez-borges, m.; hossny, e.; garcía, e.; rosario, n.; ansotegui, i.; et al. particularities of allergy in the tropics. world allergy organ. j. 2016, 9, 1–44, doi:10.1186/s40413-016-0110-7. 5. salib, r.j.; drake-lee, a. and howarth, p.h. allergic rhinitis: past, present and the future. clin. otolaryngol. allied sci. 2003, 28, 291–303, doi:10.1046/j.13652273.2003.00706.x. 6. ciprandi, g.; buscaglia, s.; pesce, g.; pronzato, c.; ricca, v.; parmiani, s.; bagnasco, m.; canonica, g.w. minimal persistent inflammation is present at mucosal level in patients with asymptomatic rhinitis and mite allergy. j. allergy clin. immunol. 1995, 96, 971– ihjpas. 36(1)2023 23 979, doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/s0091-6749(95)70235-0. 7. walker, s. and sheikh, a. self reported rhinitis is a significant problem for patients with asthma. prim. care respir. j. 2005, 14, 83–87, doi:10.1016/j.pcrj.2004.10.005. 8. ahmad, s.; azid, n.a.; boer, j.c.; lim, j.; chen, x.; plebanski, m.and mohamud, r. the key role of tnf-tnfr2 interactions in the modulation of allergic inflammation: a review. front. immunol. 2018, 9, doi:10.3389/fimmu.2018.02572. 9. choi, j.p.; kim, y.s.; kim, o.y.; kim, y.m.; jeon, s.g.; roh, t.y.; park, j.s.; gho, y.s. and kim, y.k. tnf-alpha is a key mediator in the development of th2 cell response to inhaled allergens induced by a viral pamp double-stranded rna. allergy eur. j. allergy clin. immunol. 2012, 67, 1138–1148, doi:10.1111/j.1398-9995.2012.02871.x. 10. paul, w.e.and zhu, j. how are th2-type immune responses initiated and amplified? nat. rev. immunol. 2010, 10, 225–235, doi:10.1038/nri2735. 11. iwasaki, m.; saito, k.; takemura, m.; sekikawa, k.; fujii, h.; yamada, y.; wada, h.; mizuta, k.; seishima, m.and ito, y. tnf-α contributes to the development of allergic rhinitis in mice. j. allergy clin. immunol. 2003, 112, 134–140, doi:10.1067/mai.2003.1554. 12. amin, k.; issa, s.m.; ali, k.m.; aziz, m.i.; hama amieen, h.m.; bystrom, j.and janson, c. evidence for eosinophil and il-17 mediated inflammation in allergic rhinitis. clin. mol. allergy 2020, 18, 1–7, doi:10.1186/s12948-020-00117-6. 13. menard, s. logistic regression :from introductory to advanced concepts applications . 2010. 14. john wiley and sons statistical methods in diagnostic medicine. in; chapter 2: new york, ny, 2011,7–33. 15. dihingia, a.and jahan, w. a study of the hematological profile in relation to some allergic diseases (a hospital based study). soc. basic appl. physiol. 2013, 2, 35. 16. jimenez f, r.; romero g, p.and martinez l, j. review article allergic rhinitis. j aller ther 2012, doi:10.4172/2155-6121.s5-006. 17. al-badri, n.h.a.; al-attabi, m.r.s.and hameed, h.m. assessment of some hematological parameters in patients with allergic rhinitis in wasit province \ iraq. 2022. 18. hasoon, b.n.and hussein, t.a. role of interleukin-6 and interleukin-25 in the development of respiratory allergy that affected by house mites allergen in iraq. plant arch. 2020, 20, 3014–3017. 19. hamad, s.o.; janson, c.and rahman, h.s. measuring inflammation in patients with allergic rhinitis using different biomarkers. j. zankoy sulaimani part a 2020, 22, 231– 238, doi:10.17656/jzs.10788. 20. jordakieva, g.and jensen-jarolim, e. the impact of allergen exposure and specific immunotherapy on circulating blood cells in allergic rhinitis. world allergy organ. j. 2018, 11, 19, doi:10.1186/s40413-018-0197-0. 21. maes, t.; joos, g.f.and brusselle, g.g. targeting interleukin-4 in asthma: lost in translation? am. j. respir. cell mol. biol. 2012, 47, 261–270, doi:10.1165/rcmb.20120080tr. 22. al-khyat, t.h.a.t.; alturaihy, s.h.and ali, z.a. the relationship between tumour necrosis factor -alpha, ige levels and oxidative stress in iraqi patients with allergic rhinitis .medical journal of babylon. 2013,10, 969–975. 23. alnahas, s.; hagner, s.; raifer, h.; kilic, a.; gasteiger, g.; mutters, r.; hellhund, a.; prinz, i.; pinkenburg, o.; visekruna, a.; et al. il-17 and tnf-α are key mediators of moraxella catarrhalis triggered exacerbation of allergic airway inflammation. front. immunol. 2017, 8, 1–11, doi:10.3389/fimmu.2017.01562. 24. parris, j.r.m.; cobban, h.j.; littlejohn, a.f.; macewan, d.j.and nixon, g.f. tumour necrosis factor-α activates a calcium sensitization pathway in guinea-pig bronchial ihjpas. 36(1)2023 24 smooth muscle. j. physiol. 1999, 518, 561–569, doi:10.1111/j.1469-7793.1999.0561p.x. 25. korošec, p.; gibbs, b.f.; rijavec, m.; custovic, a.and turner, p.j. important and specific role for basophils in acute allergic reactions. clin. exp. allergy 2018, 48, 502–512, doi:10.1111/cea.13117. 26. lambrecht, b.n.; hammad, h.and fahy, j. v. the cytokines of asthma. immunity 2019, 50, 975–991, doi:10.1016/j.immuni.2019.03.018. 27. hussein, t. a., brakhas, s. a.,and dawood, s.m. immunological study in patients with allergic asthma. res. j. pharm. biol. chem. sci. 2018, 9(1), 421–427. رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص و بعض بیانات الدینمة الحراریة لبعض قواعد شیف كك حامضيبت تفاحساب ثو أمینو بیرمیدین-2 ثنائى مثیل-6، 4 المشتقة من هاشم جالل عزیز جامعة صالح الدین، كلیة التربیة، قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة بیرمیدین أمینو -ثنائي مثیل-6، 4لعدد من قواعد شیف المشتقة من حساب ثوابت تفكك حامضيفي هذا البحث تم ( x=h,oh;y=h,oh,och3; z=h,oh حیـث ان 0.003مـاء فـى / حجـم دایوكسـان/حجـم %)50(فـى محـیط kcl موالرى (وكذلك حسبت الطاقـات الثرموداینمیكیـة .وفى ثالث درجات حراریة مختلفة مجهادیا ∆s 0 ، ∆h 0 ، ∆g 0 ( p وتم التوصل لعالقة خطیة بین ka سم ( والعدد الموجى -1 الهتزاز المطي لمجموعة الهیدروكسیل في طیف االشعة ) تحت الحمراء ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 determination of pka and thermodynamic data of some schiff bases derived from 4,6-dimethyl 2-amino pyrimidine h. j. aziz departme nt of chemistry, college of education, unive rsity of salahaddin abstract acid dissociation constants of some schiff b ases derived from 4, 6-d imethy l 2-amino py rimidine of the type (1) in 50% v/v dioxane-water mixture in 0.003m kcl, at three different temp eratures were determined p otentiometrically. the thermody namic ener gies were calculated and a good lin ear correlation was obt ained between pka and ir oh. stretching frequencies. introduction schiff bases have recently received much att ention because of their p ower chelation with traces of metal ions. the formation of hy drogen bonding adducts between 1-p heny l 2aminopy rimidine and vanillin was done in ethy l alcohol at 1993(1). t he pka values (macroscopic acidity constant k1 and k2) of 1, 2-cyclop rop anediammon iumdibromide (0.5m ) were determined by p otentiometric titration with koh in carbon dioxide free water, sp ecial measures were taken to avoid errors due to cis-trans isomerization or decomp osition during the titration([2). the p ka values of p igments were determined by a three-p arameter function derived from the handerson-hassellbach equ ation. ∆am ax ∆a = 1+ 10 n(pka ph) where the p arameters are ∆a and ∆amax, the absorbance difference and the maximum absorbance differ ence, corresp ondingly , between the p rotonated and dep rotonated states, (n) is the number of p rotons p articip ating in the above transition, and p ka is the midp oint of transition(3). under the chromatogr aphic conditions used in the d etermination of mixtures of carbo xy lic acids and selected inorganic anions by ion exclusion chromato graphy ; the degree of ionization, of the solutes was determined by the acid d issociation constant (p ka) of the solutes(4). also acid dissociation constant of some 2-methy l-n-(substituted phenyl)-4,5-dihy drofuran-3-carboxamid es in 50% v/v d ioxane-water mixture 0.003m kcl at t hree d ifferent t emp eratures were determined p otentiometrically(5). the measurements of p k1 and p k2 for two amino acids (p roline and valine) at four different t emp eratures in the range 293.15-323.15k, were done conductimetrically in water and in glycerol-water mixtures with three different mole fr actions of glycerol(6). in the p resent study the dissociation constant of some schiff bases derived from 4, 6dimethy l2-amino py rimidine was determined p otentiometrically in 50% v/v dioxane-water (st ructure 1) at t hree different t emp eratures. ∆g ◦ , ∆h ◦ and ∆s ◦ functions were also c alculated. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 s tructure 1 comp. no x y z a h och3 oh b oh h oh c h h oh d oh h h e h oh oh f h oh h experime ntal schiff bases of the typ e (1) were sy nthesized by the following general p rocedure(7,8). equimolar p rop ortion of 4, 6-dimethy l 2-amino py rimidine and the approp riate aldehyde were heated under reflu x in absolute ethanol for 1 hour and the solid y ield was recry st alised from absolute ethanol. schiff bases, obtain ed, were found to give single sp ots on t lc and chractreized by their chn analysis. pot assium hy droxide (0.01m ), carbonate free titrant was p repared from bdh (cvs). an electronic p h–meter (model kent) with a comb ined glass electrode was used to record the hy drogen ion concentration, in which the ph was maintained to±0.0.1unit. the ph-meter was calibrated with buffers of p h 4.00 and 9.00 supp lied from bdh. the ir-sp ectra was recorded on a py e-unicam sp-300 s infrared sp ectrometer, as kbr disk by using p olystyrene film as a st andard. the following st ock solutions were p repared and used: 0.02m solution of schiff bases was p repared in dioxane-water v/v 50%. 0.1m p otassium chloride was p repared by using deionized water. the volumes of the various solutions were added in such amounts that the final concentration in the solution becomes 0.01m ligand and 0.003m kcl. the final volume was comp leted to 50ml of we ll-st irred, double wall cell, in which nitrogen was bubbled. pot assium hy droxide was added in small increments through microburette. constant temp erature was maintained with the help of haake e3 thermostat. results and discussion pka determination the calcu lation of the acid d issociation constants depends on the evaluation of the average number of associated with the reagent(9) ña, using the equation used by m asoud, which was t he p rotons determined at different p h ُ◌ s ña = y – v1 n ◦ /v◦ c ◦ r n n h3c ch3 n ch x y z ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 where v1 denotes t he volume of alkali requir ed to reach a given p h on t he titration curve, v◦ is the initial volume of the ligand, n ◦ is the alkali concentration, c ◦ r is the tot al concentration of the reagent and y is the number of disp laceable hy drogen atoms in the reagent and the p ka values was obt ained by p oint-wise calculation method(9,10). table (1) summaries the pka values obtained at three d ifferent temp eratures. the data indicates that the comp ounds under invest igation are d ifferent in acidic st rength, due to the number and p osition of substitutents (esp ecially comp ounds b & e) have lower values of p ka, which is attributed to the longer conju gation(11) (st ructure 2), which leads t o st abilize the anion comp ounds and because all atoms (except h) have an octet st ate. also shows that as temp erature of the medium increases, t he pka values decreases. s tructure (2) compound (e) ir spectra the infrared data shown in table (2), indicates that t he band at 3600cm -1 due to free oh is absent and replaced by a band or bands at t he range (3140-3320) cm -1 . this may be attributed to the hydrogen bonding ( inter and intra). fig.(1) shows the correlation between the pka with wave number (cm -1 ) of oh stretching in ir sp ectra, and the best indication for the formation of schiff bases is due to the formation of c=n bonding table (2) with st retching vibrations (1630-1680)cm -1 (12,13). thermodynamic parameters the change in free ener gy is related to the other p arameters by the following equations: ∆g ◦ = ∆h ◦ – t∆s ◦ ∆g ◦ = -rt ln ka from the above two equations -rt lnka = ∆h ◦ – t ∆s ◦ -2.303 rt log ka = ∆h ◦ t∆s ◦ -logka= ∆h ◦ /2.303 rt ∆ s ◦ / 2.303r n n h3c ch3 n ch oh o n n h3c ch3 n ch oh o ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 a p lot of p ka vs.1/t does not deviate much from linearity fig.(2). the slope of the line gives ∆h ◦ value and the intercep t gives – ∆ s ◦ value. the thermodynamic p arameters, calculated from these relations are reported in table (3). the positive values of ∆g ◦ indicate that t he dissociation p rocess is non sp ontaneous which supp ort that no weak acid of its own dissociates into ions. lh l + h + the higher degree of solvation of the negative ions than that of the undissociated molecu le, causes the negative valu e of ∆s ◦ ,and more salvation means a sy stem is more orderly fashion, which imp lies loss of entropy . re ferences 1.ahmed, farage, i.s. ; gad, a.m ; el-shabiny, a.m . and raybakov, v.b. (1993), formation of hy drogen – bonding adduct between 1-p henyl-2-amino p y rmidine and vaniline, cry st . res. technol., 28(8): 117-1133. 2.wolf gang von der sa al and helmut quast , (1996), cy clop rop anediamines. 6-aut ocataly tic conversion of 1methy l-r-l, t-2-cyclop rop anediamin e into 4-aminobutan-2-one in aqueous buffer solutions of p h 6.5-10, azomethine y lide as intermediates in the cataly sis by alky lketones, j. org. chem., 61: 4920-4928. 3.rousso, i.; friedman, n.; sheves, m . and ottolenghi, m ., (1995), p ka of the protonated schiff base and aspartic 85 in the bacteriorhodop sin binding site is controlled by a sp ecific geometry between the two residues, biochemist ry , 34(37): 12060-12065. 4.m agy ani, o.f., (1997), determination of mixtures of carboxy lic acids and selected inorganic anions by ion-exclusion chromatography , philipp ine journal of science, 126(1): 19-50. 5.jameel, r.k., (1994), determination of p ka, thermody namic data for some 2-methy l-n(substituted p heny l)-4,5-dihy drofuran-carboxamides, m utah journal for research and st udies, 9(2): 105-115. 6.radha, n.k., (2000), dissociation constants of p raline and v aline in solvent mixtures, m .sc. thesis, chem. dept. college of education, salahaddin university . 7.camp illos, e. and m arcos, m., omenat, a. and serrano, j.l., (1996), sy nthesis and prop erties of copper(11) and oxovandiu m (iv) complexes derived from p olar schiff bases, j. m ater. chem., 6(3): 349-355. 8.yousif, y.z. and ridh a, s.h., (2000), sy nthesis and meso genic behavior of some novel cop p er (cull) comp lexes derived fro m schiff bases with p olar substitutents, iraqi. j. science, 41a(1): 30-54. 9.m asoud, m .s. and el-zaway , f., (1980), equilibrium studies of β – diketo aryl azo compounds with cobalt (11), nickel (11) and copp er (11), talanta, 27: 766-768. 10.m asoud, m.s. and adallah, a.a., (1982), j. chem. & eng. data (usa), 27(1): 60. 11.sy kes, p., (1981), a guide book to mechanism in organic chemistry , 5 th ed., longmans, new york, p .22. 12.pavia, d. l.; lampman, g.m . and kriz g.s., (1979), introduction to sp ectroscopy -guide for st udents of organic chemistry , w.b. saunders comp any, toronto, p .26. 13.nakanishi, k. and so lomon, p.h., (1977), infrared absorp tion sp ectroscopy , second edition, holden-day, inc., san francisco, p .49. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (1): pka value s for the s chi ff bases (a-f) at three different te mperatures, ±0.1 ◦ c, in 50% v/v dioxane -water, 0.003m kcl compound no. pka ± 0.05 25 ◦ c pka ± 0.04 35 ◦ c pka ± 0.05 45 ◦ c a 7.02 6.81 6.64 b o.oh(7.9),p-oh(6.7) 7.69 , 6.56 7.46 , 6.43 c 7.05 6.85 6.63 d 6.85 6.70 6.54 e m-oh(7.85),p -oh(6.5) 7.65 , 6.36 7.44 , 6.23 f 7.55 7.37 7.18 where o=ortho, m=meta, p=p ara table (2): ir frequencies in cm -1 for the prepared s chiff bases ◌ِcompound no. oh str. c=n str. a 3180 1635 b 3310 , 3140 1630 c 3190 1635 d 3160 1630 e 3320 , 3110 1645 f 3300 1640 table (3): thermodynami c paramete r value s (∆g ◦ , ∆h ◦ , ∆s ◦ ) for hydroxyl group in the s chiff bases (a-f) in 50% v/v dioxane – water, 0.003m kcl at 25 ◦ c± 0.1 compound no. ∆g ◦ kj/mole ∆h ◦ kj/mole -∆s j/mole.k ◦ a 40.06 34.48 18.72 b 45.08 , 38.23 39.93 , 24.50 17.28 , 46.07 c 40.23 38.11 7.11 d 39.09 28.13 36.78 e 44.79 , 37.09 37.21 , 24.50 25.43 , 42.25 f 43.08 33.55 31.98 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig. (1) rel ation between pka and oh stretching vibration frequency of s chiff base s (a-f). whe re ep,bp represe nt the values for para hydroxyl group, whi le bo and em represe nt the values for ortho and meta hydroxy groups respectivel.y fig. (2) plot of pka at 25 o c agai nst 1/t of s chiff bases (a-f) 6 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.8 7 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8 8.2 0.0031 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 (1/t )tem pe ra ture p k a b c d e f g h i 270 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 evaluation the effect of catechins extract intake for iraqi male patients with cardiovascular diseases cvd. z. i. al-mashhadani department of chemistry, collage of education – ibn-al-haitham university of baghdad. received in : 31 july 2011 accepted in : 16 november 2011 abstract cardiovascular diseases cvd are responsible for the majority of death in many countries, the term cardiovascular disease cvd includes several diseases such as: coronary artery diseases (angina, myocardial infaraction mi, atherosclerosis) and stroke. these diseases cause elevation of tc, tg, ldl, vldl, and mda levels in plasma and decrease of hdl levels and pon activity in plasma, because of elevation in lipid peroxidation (lpo) activity. catechins is a water extract of green tea composed of: (-)epicatchin ec, ecg, egc, egcg, (+) catechin c and gc, these compounds play great roles against chronic diseases such as cvd. the effect of catechins extract on the preceding biochemical parameters was investigated in 40 volunteer male patients with cvd, catechins extract were given to patients three times daily for one month and all biochemical parameters were measured before and after adminstration with 250mg of catechins extract, then the results were compared with 30 volunteers healthy control. the results indicated an elevation of hdl levels and pon activity, decrease of tc, tg, ldl, vldl and mda levels in plasma of male patients with cvd after administration of green tea catechins extract compared to control. key words: catechins, cardiovascular diseases cvd, green tea. introduction green tea (camellia sinensis; theaceae) has attracted significant attention recently, for its health benefits for a variety of disorders. historically, green tea has been consumed by the asian society, and is probably the most consumed beverage beside water. the beneficial effects of green tea are attributed to the polyphenolic compounds present in green tea, particularly the catechins, which make up 30% of the dry weight of green tea leaves and they exibit biochemical and pharmacological activities including antioxidant activities[1]. these catechins belong to the flavonoids are present in higher quantities in green tea than in black tea, because of differences in the processing of tea leaves after harvest[2]. there are several polyphenolic catechins in green tea: (-) epicatechin (ec). (-) epicatechin -3-gallate (ecg). (-) epigallocatechin (egc). (-) epigallocatechin-3-gallate (egcg). (+) catechin (c). (+) gallocatechin (cg). 271 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 (egcg) the most abundant catechins in green tea, accounts for 65% of the total catechins content[1].( fig.1) the potential health benefits of green tea are mainly attributed to its antioxidant properties and the ability of its catechins to scavenge ros. these properties are due to the presence of the hydroxyl groups on the b-ring in ungalloylated catechins (ec and egc), (fig.1) and in the b and c ring of galloylated catechins (ecg and egcg)[3]. the presence of the 3,4,5-trihydroxy b-ring has been shown to be important for antioxidant and radical scavenging activity[2],[4]. the catechins have been shown to be more effective antioxidants than vitamins c and e,(5) and their order of effectiveness as radical scavengers is egcg > (-) epicatechin (ec) > (+) catechin (c) > vitamin e. the metal-chelating properties of green tea catechins are also important contributors to their antioxidative activity[4],[6]. cardiovascular diseases cvd have no geographic and racial boundaries, they occur throughout the world, and are responsible for the majority of death in many countries. the term cardiovascular diseases cvd includes several diseases such as: coronary artery disease (angina, myocardial infaraction mi, atherosclerosis), and stroke[7]. a deficient supply of oxygenated blood to the myocardium, causes central chest pain of varying intensity that may radiate to arms and jaws. the lumen of the blood vessels is usually narrowed by atheromatous plaques[8]. the major cause of cardiovascular diseases is atherosclerosis, the thickening and hardening of the artery walls caused by deposits of cholesterol-lipid-calcium plaque in the lining of the arteries. it is well established that atherosclerosis is an inflammatory disorder[9]. ldl is believed to play a central role in initiaing and promoting plaque formation it is deposited into sub endothelial space where it is taken up by various cells, including macrophages. this alters the gene and protein expression pattern of these cells and can promote an inflammatory response particularly when ldl becomes oxidized[10]. the following eight factors predispose individuals to atherosclerosis: age, sex, family history, dylipidemia, smoking, hypertension, sedentary lifestyle, and diabetes mellitus[9]. paraoxonase (pon), e.c (3.1.8.1) acts as an important antioxidant enzyme against oxidative stress, the enzyme has been implicated in the pathogenesis of a number of disorders including cardiovascular diseases, atherosclerosis and cancer[11]. the aim of the present study was to evaluate the effect of catechins extracted and purified from green tea leaves, on the plasma lipid profile (tc, tg, hdl, ldl, vldl), mda and pon activity in males patients with cardiovascular diseases cvd before and after administration of catechins extract. material and methods chemicals: all laboratory chemicals and reagents used were of analar grade. patients groups: forty male patients with cardiovascular diseases enrolled in this study with ages ranged from (35-50) years who are suffering from cardiovascular disease cvd for two years and higher, these samples were collected from volunteers in differente laboratories. patients groups are classified into two groups: * group b : include patients before administration of green tea catechins extract. * group a : include patients after administration of 250mg green tea catechins extract, (three times daily for one month). 272 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 thirty healthy male volunteers are included in this study as control group c, their ages range (35-50) years. non of the controls has atherosclerotic vascular disease, diabetic (dm), renal disease, history of allergy, is heavy smoker or alcoholic consumption. specimen collection: ten ml. of venous blood have been taken from control group and patients, before and after taking catechins extract, by using plastic disposable syringes after 12 hours of fasting. these tubes contain edta, the blood samples were allowed to stand for 10min. in an incubator at 37°c then centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 15min. to isolate plasma from blood cells, each sample was stored at deep freezer -20°c until time of analysis. extraction and identification of catechins: green tea leaves were finely ground into a powder with a homogenizer or morter and pestle. the powder 100g were mixed with 2 liters of water previously brought to boiling point average temperature of water was approximately 80°c, the sample was then stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 20min. the cold sample was filtered through a 0.45 millipore nylon filter[12]. the purified aqueous extract is spray-dried to give a very fine yellowish-brown color, water soluble powder identified by hplc-uv. to give catechins[13]. catechins extract samples: catechins was a form of capsules containing (250mg) that was extracted from green tea leaves, these capsules are given to patients with, cardiovascular diseases cvd, one capsule three time daily during a period of one month, and parameters are measured before and after treatment with catechins extract. adetermination of plasma total cholesterol tc levels[14]: the concentration of total cholesterol tc was measured by enzymatic method[14], with commercially available kit, (bio merieux france). tc is determined spectrophotometrically at λmax. 510nm. b determination of plasma triacylglycerol tg levels[15]. plasma triacylglycerol tg concentration was measured by enzymatic method[15], by using available kit, (bio merieux france). the concentration of tg was determined at λmax. 500nm. cdetermination of plasma hdl levels[16]. hdl was measured with the phosphotungestic acid in the presence of magnesium ion mg2+ precipitation method[16], and using commercially available kit, (bio merieux france), absorbance was recorded at λmax. 510nm. ddetermination of plasma vldl levels[17] and ldl levels[18]. vldl was determined according to the equation[17]. vldl mg/dl = tg mg/dl/5. ldl was determined according to the equation[18]. ldl mg/dl = tc mg/dl-[hdl mg/dl + vldl mg/dl]. edetermination of plasma mda levels[19]. malondialdehyde is an end secondary product of lipid peroxidation of unsaturated fatty acid. it's determination is based on the formation of colored complex upon reaction with (tba) thiobarbutyric acid. festimation of plasma paraoxonase pon activity[20]. pon activity in plasma was determined by using phenyl acetate as substrate, substrate hydrolysis rate was measured at 270nm. results and discussion acatechins extract action on plasma total cholesterol tc levels. 273 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the effect of catechins extract 250mg on plasma tc levels table-1, fig.2 showed a significant decrease for group a(patients after treatment with catechins extract), 205±15.2 mg/dl, compared with group b (patients before treatment with catechins extract), 238±16.4 mg/dl but never achieved the normal value (control). the results are explained based on that catechins extract activate enzyme that regulate lipid metabolism and inhibit lipid peroxidation lpo, and decreasing enzymes activities that activate oxidative stress[20]. the antioxidant activity of green tea catechins is due to their ability to affect the enzyme of the antioxidant system, catechins scavenge the roo• radical by blocking the radical chain reaction and thus prevent the peroxidation process[1]. a recent study have shown that egcg administration is associated with a simultaneous decrease in tc levels, there is no doubt that high levels of cholesterol are associated with atherosclerosis and coronary heart disease chd. hyper cholesterolemia is usually associated more with angina pectoris than with myocardial infarction mi[21]. bcatechins extract action on plasma triacylglycerol tg levels. data in table-1 and figure-3 represent the value of the plasma tg levels in control and patients groups in vivo study, the effect of catechins extract 250mg on plasma tg levels showed a significant decrease for group a(patients after treatment with catechins extract), 134±12.5 mg/dl compared with group b(patients before treatment with catechins extract) 174±17 mg/dl, but never achieved the normal value (control). in various tissues such as skeletal muscles, heart and adipose tissue, lipoprotein lipase lpl hydrolyzes tg on chylomicrons, the free fatty acids and glycerol generated by the hydrolysis of tg, can then be taken up cells and used as a source of energy[22]. the interpretation for our results could be explained as catechins extracts 250mg leads to increase of lpl activity in patients group a, this enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of tg. tg are being considered as an independent risk factor of cardiovascular diseases cvd and lipid metabolic syndrome by disregulation of tg/hdl axis[23]. ccatechins extract action on plasma hdl levels. the effect of catechins extract 250mg on plasma hdl levels, table-1, figure-4 showed a significant increase for group a((patients after treatment with catechins extract) 43±3.6 mg/dl compared with group b (patients before treatment with catechins extract)36.9 ±7.2 mg/dl, but never achieved the value of control. one important cardioprotective function of hdl is to remove cholesterol from lipid-laden macrophages in the artery walls. hdl also exerts anti-inflammatory effects that might inhibit atherogenesis. however, hdl has been proposed to be dysfunctional in humans with established cardiovascular diseases cvd[24]. low level of hdl reported in this study is in agreement with patients of cvd, hdl facilitates enzymatic conversion to cholesterol esters which moves to the core of the hdl particle and returns to the liver[25]. our observations indicates that green tea catechin extract, activates lcat and paf-ah platlet activated factor acyl transferase. these enzymes inhibited lipid peroxidation, catechins extract also activate paraoxonase pon activity, this enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of lipid peroxides, cholesteryl linoleate hydroperoxides in oxidized hd[26]. there is an inverse relationship between cvd risk and hdl concentration. hdl level is needed to be increased through exercise, weight loss and carbohydrate free diet. cigarette smoking (ten cigarettes per day) increases the cvd risk three-fold due to reduce level of hdl[27]. dcatechins extract action on plasma vldl levels. the effect of catechins extract 250mg on plasma vldl levels. (table-1, figure-5) showed a decrease for group a ((patients after treatment with catechins extract), 26.8±2.4 mg/dl compared with group b(patients before treatment with catechins extract), 34±3.4 mg/dl. vldl is produced by the liver and contains apo b-100, apo e and apo cs; like chylomicrone, they are also rich in tg. they are the major carriers of endogenous tg and 274 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 transfer tg from the liver to peripheral tissue(22). because the largest amount of tg are positioned on vldl, therefore our results can be explained just like our interpretation about the effect of catechins extract action on plasma tg levels. ecatechins extract action on plasma ldl levels. the effect of 250mg of catechins extract on plasma ldl levels (table-1, figure-6) showed a significant decrease for group a(patients after treatment with catechins extract), 125.3±10.4 mg/dl compared with group b(patients before treatment with catechins extract), 167,1±9.6 mg/dl, but never achieved the value of control. ldl particles are the major lipoprotein responsible for the delivery of exogenous cholesterol to peripheral cells due to efficient uptake of ldl by the ldl receptors. the accumulation of ldl in the plasma leads to the development of atherosclerotic cvd[28]. increase of ldl levels for group b (patients before treatment with catechins extract) due to elevation of lipid peroxidation, but after oral administration by 250mg of catechins extract the levels of ldl in patients were decreased about normal value. the role of catechins extract could be explained basing on its contents (egcg and epicatechine ec are very strong active antioxidants that depress oxidative stress maximally by activated monoprotein kinase[29]. fcatechins extract action on plasma mda levels. data in table-1 and figure-7 represent the value of the plasma mda levels in control and patients groups, the effect of 250mg of catechins extract on plasma mda levels showed a significant high decrease for group a (patients after treatment with catechins extract), 0,65±0.07nmol/dl compared with group b(patients before treatment with catechins extract), 1.89±0.19nmol/dl, but never achieve the value of control. reactive oxygen species ros degrade polyunsaturated lipid, forming malondialdehyde mda, this compound is a reactive and is one of the many reactive electrophile species that cause toxic stress in cell and form advanced lipoxidation end-product, mda one of the most frequently used indicators of lipid peroxidation in patients with cvd[30]. the interpretation of our results could be explained on the contents of catechins extract (egcg, (-) epicatechin, ecg and egc), these compounds involved in activation of several enzymes activities which regulate lipid metabolism and also inhibition of inzymes activities catalyzed lipid peroxidation[31]. gcatechins extract action on plasma paroxonase pon activity. the effect of catechins extract 250mg on plasma paraoxonase pon activity, table-1 and figure-8 showed a significant high increase for group a( patients after treatment with catechin extract), 115±14.8 u/ml. compared with group b(patients before treatment with catechins extract), 61±7.3 u/ml. , but never achieved the value of group control. pon activity are implicated in lowering the risk of developing cvd and atherosclerosis. pon activity prevent the formation of atherogenic oxidized-ldl, the form of ldl present in foam cells of an atheromatous plaque[32]. the explanation of our results was based on the role of green tea catechins extract and its contents (egcg, (-) epicatechins, ecg and egc) that could act through their antioxidant character that leads to elevate the activity of paraoxonase. pon activity protect against the formation of atherosclerotic plaques by decreasing lipid peroxidation[33]. conclusion the interpretation of the results of our study indicated that the green tea catechins extract have a major role to play in improving lipid profile parameters and have a significant cardio protective effect in male patients with cvd. 275 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 hopefully, the coming years will see the regular use of green tea catechins as an invaluable component of the management strategy to control disorder of lipid and cholesterol metabolism. references 1. arora, r.(2010) herbal medicine a cancer chemopreventive and therapeutic perspective. pp.166, first ed., jaypee, new delhi, india. 2. zaveri, n.t.(2006) green tea and its polyphenolic catechins: medicinal uses in cancer and noncancer applications. life sci.78:2073-2080. 3. yusuf, n.; irby, c.; katiyar, s.k.m. and elmets, c.a.(2007) photoprotective effects of green tea polyphenols. photodermatol photoimmunol photomed; 23:48-56. 4. henning, s.m.; niuy, liu y.; lee, n.h.;hara, y.;thames, g.d.; minutti, r.r.;carpenter, c.l.; wang, h. and heber, d. (2005) bioavailability and antioxidant effect of epigallocatechin gallate administered in purified form versus as green tea extract in healthy individuals. j. nutr. biochem.; 16:610-16. 5. geetha, t.; garg, a.; chopra, k. and kaur, i.p.(2004) delineation of antimutagenic activity of catechin, epicatechin and green tea extract. mutat. res. 56:65-74. 6. brown, j.e.; khodr, h.; hider, r.c. and rice-evans, c.a.(1998)structural dependence of flavonoid interactions with cu2+ ions: implication for their antioxidant properties. biochem. j. 330:1173-78. 7. naik, p. (2010) biochemistry, p. 575-6, third ed. jaypee, new delhi, india. 8. broker, c. (2008) medical dictionary, pp.114, 16th ed., churchill livingstone, edinburgh, uk. 9. bishop, m.l.; fody, e.p. and schoeff, l.e.(2010)clinical chemistry, techniques, principles, correlation. pp. 546 sixth ed. lww. philadelphia, usa. 10. keaney, j.e. jr.(2000) atherosclerosis: from lesion formation to plaque activation and endothelial dysfunction. mol. aspects med. 21: 99-166. 11. goswami, b.; tayal, n.g. and mallika, v.(2009)paraoxonase: multifaced biomolecule, clinica. chimica. acta vol. 410 issues: 1-12. 12. friedman, m.;levin, c.e.; lee, s.v. and kozukue, n.(2009) catechin green tea extraction. j. of food sci. vol. 74 issue 2:47-51. 13. rohdewald, p.(2002) a review of the french maritime pine park extract (pycnogenol) a herbal medication with a diverse clinical pharmacology. inte. j. clin. pharm. ther., vol. 40, no. 4, 158-168. 14. richmond, w.(1973)determination of cholecterol by enzymatic method, clin. chem., 19:1350-56. 15. fossatti, p.(1982) determination of triglycerides by enzymatic method, clin. chem.., 28:2077. 16. burstein, m.; scholininck, h. r. and morfin, r.(1970) high density lipoproteins. j. lipid res., 19:583. 17. ohkawa, h.; ohishi, n. and tagi, k.(1979)very low density lipoproteins. anal. bio. chem., 95:351-8. 18. friedwalds, w.t.;levy, r.i.; wite, m. and fredrickson, d.s.(1972)estimation of the concentration of low density lipoprotein cholesterol in plasma without the use of preparative ultra centrifuge. clin. chem., 18:499-502. 19. hobing, w.h.; pabst, m.j. and jakoby.(1974)mda and lipid peroxidation. j. biol. chem., 249:7130. 20. dubravka, j.; motejlkova, a.; kenovic, b.; rekic, b.; flegar, z.; vujic, l.; mesic, r.; bajolo, j. and simeon, v.(2006) paraoxonase larylesterase in serum of patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. min. edu. j. sci. sports of the republic of croatia 56:59-68. 276 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 21. shailendra, k. (2008) green tea: beneficial effects on cholesterol and lipid metabolism besides endothelial function., euro. j. cardio. prev. rehab., vol. 15 issue 4: 497-504. 22. bishop, m.l.; fody, e.p. and schoeff l.e.(2010) clinical chemistry, techniques, principles, correlations. pp.334 sixth ed., lww, philadelphia, usa. 23. ann, a.; zecharia, m. and oren, t.(2008) lipotoxic effects of triacylglycerol in macrophages, nutrition, 24 (2): 167-176. 24. heinecke, j. w.(2009)the hdl proteome: a marker-and perhaps mediator of coronary artery disease j. lipid res. 50:s167-s171. 25. davidsons, b.(2002) principle and practice of medicin. pp. 420-37, 19th ed., international editor, toronto. 26. mackness, b. and durrington, p.(2003) low paraoxonase activity predicts coronary events in the caerphilly prospective study, y. amer. heart asso., 107:2775-79. 27. naik, p.(2010) biochemistry, pp. 348, third ed. jaypee, new delhi, india. 28. barhofer, k.g. and barrett, p.h. (2008) thematic review series: patient-oriented research what we have learned about vldl and ldl metabolism from human kinetics studies. j. lipid res. 47: 1620-30. 29. champe, p.c. and harvey, r.a.(2008)lippincott's illustrated reviews biochemistry, pp. 219-244, fourth ed. lww., philadelphia, usa. 30. farmer, e. e. and davoine, c.(2007)reactive electrophil species. curr. opin. plant biol., 10(4): 380-386. 31. nagao, t.; komine, y.;soga, s.; meguro, t. and ichiro, t. (2006) ingestion of a tea rich in catechins leads to a reduction in body fat and malondialdehyde-modified ldl in men. j. alle. rese., 27:5-8. 32. pergmier, c.; siekmeier, r. and gross, w.(2004) distribution spectrum of paraoxonase activity in hdl fraction clin. chem. 50(12):2300-15. 33. handrean, s.; nahla, y.n. ;valentine, c.m. and paul, d.(2009)variation in paraoxonase1activity and atherosclerosis; curr. opin. lipid., 20(4) :265-74. table(1): leveles of lipids profile, mda and pon activity in plasma of patients groups (before and after treatment with catechins extract) and control. studied groups biochemical parameters b patients group before treatment with catechins extract. no. = 40 a patients group after treatment with catechins extract. no. = 40 controls no. = 30 tc (mg/dl.) 238±16.4 205±15.2 190±11.2 tg(mg/dl.) 174±17 134±12.5 120±12 hdl(mg/dl.) 36.9±7.2 43.9±3.6 45.7±7.6 vldl(mg/dl.) 34±3.4 26.8±2.4 24±2.8 ldl(mg/dl.) 167.1±9.6 125.3±10.4 120±7.7 mda(nmol/dl.) 1.89±0.19 0.65±0.07 0.41±0.08 pon(u/ml.) 61±7.3 115±14.8 140±13.1 277 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 o a c b oh ho r2 oh oh epicatechin: r1 = r2 = h epigallocatechin; r1 = h, r2 = oh epicatechin-3-gallate; r1 = galloy; r2 = h epigallocatechin-3-gallate: r1 = galloy; r2 = oh or1 fig. (1): structure of polyphenolic catechins present in green tea[1]. 45.7 36.9 43.9 0 10 20 30 40 50 control before after after before control 24 34 26.8 0 10 20 30 40 control before after after before control fig. (4): leveles of hdl in plasma of patients fig. (5): leveles of vldl in plasma of patients groups (before and after treatment with groups (before and after treatment with catechins extract) and control. catechins extract) and control. fig. (3): leveles of tg in plasma of patients groups (before and after treatment with catechins extract) and control. fig. (2): leveles of tc in plasma of patients groups (before and after treatment with catechins extract) and control. 190 238 205 0 50 100 150 200 250 control before after after before control 120 174 134 0 50 100 150 200 control before after after before control 278 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (8) : leveles of pon activity in plasma of patients groups (before and after treatment with catechins extract) and control. 120 167.1 125.3 0 50 100 150 200 control before after after before control 0.41 1.89 0.65 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 control before after after before control fig.(6): leveles of ldl in plasma of patients fig. (7: leve)les of mda in plasma of patients groups (before and after treatment with groups (before and after treatment with catechins extract) and control. catechins extract) and control. 140 61 115 0 50 100 150 control before after after before control 279 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تقييم تأثير مستخلص الكاتيشين المعطى للمرضى العراقيين من الذكور cvd والمصابين بأمراض األوعية القلبية زهير إبراهيم المشهداني ، جامعة بغداد ابن الهيثم -ة التربية قسم الكيمياء ، كلي 2011تشرين الثاني 16: قبل البحث في 2011تموز 31:استلم البحث في الخالصة تعد األمراض القلبية الوعائية السبب األساسي وراء الوفيات في عدد كبير من البلدان المختلفة. وتشمل األمراض ثل الذبحة الصدرية ، احتشاء عضلة القلب ، تصلب الشرايين والجلطة. هذه األمراض القلبية الوعائية أمراض عديدة م ونشاط انزيم hdlوانخفاض مستويات mda , vldl, ldl , tg, tcهي السبب وراء ارتفاع مستويات الـ pon .في بالزما الدم ، وهذا نتيجة الرتفاع فعاليات االكسدة الفوقية للدهون ec ،ecg ،egc) االيبي كاتيشين ( -( -المائي من اوراق الشاي االخضر يتكون من :مستخلص الكاتيشين ،egcg كاتيشين (+) ،( c والـ gc لهذه المركبات دور فعال وكبير للوقاية من االمراض المزمنة مثل الـ . cvd . مريضاً متطوعاً من 40راستها على ان تأثير مستخلص الكاتيشين على الدوال الكيموحياتية سابقة الذكر ، قد تم د ، إذ تم اعطائهم مستخلص الكاتيشين ثالث مرات يومياً ولمدة شهر واحد كما قيست جميع cvdالذكور المصابين بالـ من 30من مستخلص الكاتيشين .تم كذلك مقارنة النتائج مع 250mgالدوال الكيموحياتية قبل وبعد العالج بـ المتطوعين االصحاء الذكور. ، وبالمقابل لوحظ انخفاض ponوالنشاط االنزيمي للـ hdlاشارت نتائج الدراسة الى ارتفاع في مستويات الـ كور والمصابين بالـ في بالزما دم المرضى المتطوعين من الذ mda , vldl, ldl, tg, tcفي مستويات الـ cvd .بعد إعطائهم مستخلص كاتيشين أوراق الشاي األخضر الكاتيشين ، االمراض القلبية الوعائية ، الشاي االخضرالكلمات المفتاحية : chemistry 254 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis and characterization of some amides containing isoxazoline ring kh. f. ali , dh. f hussein and j. h. tomma department of chemistry , college of education ibn alhaitham university of baghdad , baghdad – iraq . received in : 8 may 2012 accepted in : 7 august 2012 abstract this work involves synthesis of amides containing isoxazoline unit starting with chalcone; 4-[3-(3‾-nitrophenyl)-2-propene1-one]-aniline[i]. 4-aminoacetophenone was reacted with 3-nitrobenzaldehyde in basic medium giving chalcone [i] by claisen-schemidt reaction. the chalcone [i] was reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride giving isoxazoline [ii] in naoh basic medium. the amides with structural formula [iii]a-h were prepared by the reaction of amino compounds ; isoxazoline [ii] with different acid chlorides in dry pyridine and using dmf as a solvent at 40c. all the synthesized compounds have been characterized by melting points , ftir and 1hmnr (of compound [iii]a) spectroscopy. key words: isoxazoline , amides introduction chalcones constitute an important class of natural products belonging to the flavonoid family , which have been reported to possess a wide spectrum of biological activities[1,2]. chalcones are also key precursors in the synthesis of many biologically important heterocycles. the classical synthesis of the isoxazolins involves the base-catalyzed condensation of substituted aromatic ketone and substituted aldehydes to give α,β-unsaturated ketones (chalcone), which on cyclization with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in alkaline medium give the corresponding isoxazoline derivatives[3-5]. isoxazoline derivative remains a main focus of medicinal chemists, due to their diverse pharmacological activity. isoxazoline derivatives have been reported to possess a good biological activity [3,6-9]. the amides containing heterocyclic unit show good antibacterial activity [10,11] . depending on the above finding , we decided to synthesize novel amides derived from aromatic amine containing isoxazoline unit. experimental materials : all the chemicals were supplied from merck , gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received . techniques : ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo (ir prestige-21) . 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company : bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(s), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . measurements were made at chemistry department, alalbyat university , uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus. general procedures chemistry 255 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 new amides [iii]a-g were synthesized according to scheme 1. preparation of (chalcone) 4-[3-(3`-nitrophenyl)-2-propene1-one]-aniline [i] equimolar quantities of 4-amino acetophenone (0.01mol) and 3nitrobenzaldehyde (0.01mol) were dissolved in 5ml of alcohol. sodium hydroxide solution (0.02 mol) was added slowly and the mixture becomes cold. then the mixture was poured slowly into 400ml of ice water with constant stirring and kept in refrigerator for 24 hrs [12] .the precipitate obtained was filtered ,washed and recrystallized from chloroform . c h o nh2cch3 ch nh2cch o n nh2 nh2oh . hcl o oh scheme 1 no2 no2 o no2 [i] [ii] r= ch3, c2h5, c3h7, c4h9, c7h15, ph , p-ch3oc6h4or p-ch3oc6h4co2c6h4o n nhcor no2 [iii] rcocl py dmf naoh synthesis of 4-[5-(3`-nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl ] aniline [ii] a mixture of chalcone[i] (0.02mol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.39gm , 0.02mol) and sodium hydroxide solution (0.5gm naoh in 25ml of water) in ethanol (60ml) was refluxed for 6hrs. the mixture was concentrated under vaccum and poured into ice water . the precipitate obtained was filtered , washed and recrystallized from ethanol [13] . synthesis of 3-(4-substituted phenylamido)-5-(3`nitrophenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol. [iii]a-h. 2-amino-1,3,4-oxadiazoles [iii] (0.001mol) was dissolved in 5ml of dry pyridine . the different acid chlorides ( 0.0022mol) were added slowly. the mixture was stirred for 3hrs at 4 0c . the reaction mixture was poured into 50 ml of 10% hcl , the solid which separated was filtered , washed well with water , dried in air , recrystalized from ethyl acetate .the physical properties were listed in table 1 chemistry 256 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 results and discussion the chalcones [i] is synthesized by claisen-schmidt condensation of 4-amino acetophenone and 3-nitrobenzaldehyde by base catalyzed followed by dehydration to yield the desire chalcones. the mechanism of this reaction may be outlined as follows [14]. h2n c ch2 h oh h2oh2n c ch2 o o + no2 c ch2n c ch2 o h o ch ch2 nh2 oo no2 ch2 ch2 c nh2 oo ch ch2 c nh2 oh o oh no2no2 h2o ch c nh2 oh o -h2o ch ch c nh2 oh ch no2no2 scheme 2 the structural assignments of the chalcones [i] based on melting points and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectrum , figure 1 indicated the appearance of two bands at 3425cmˉ¹ and 3221cmˉ¹ which could be attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of nh2 group,a week band at 3086cmˉ¹ due to stretching vibration of (=c-h) group, three peaks at 1651cmˉ¹ , 1632cmˉ¹ 1608cmˉ¹ due to of c=o , c=c (ch=ch) and c=c(aromatic) stretching vibrations,respectively. this compound [ii] was synthesized from the reaction of chalcones [i] with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in alkaline medium , the mechanism of this reaction may be outlined as follows [15] . chemistry 257 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 o nh2 nh2oh o nh2 nh2 o nh2 o nh2 o nh2 no ch2 nh2 no ohch2 h -h2o o n nh2 [c] h [d] [a] [b] h o2no2n o2n o2n o2n o2n scheme 3 ch ch2 c ch c p.t ch c [e] ch ch c ch ch c proton transfer h o the structure of the isoxazoline [ii] have been characterized by melting point and ftir. the ftir spectra of isoxazoline [ii] ,figure 2 showed the disappearance of two absorption bands of the ch=ch and c=o group in the starting material [i] together with appearance of new absorption bands for c=n and c-o (cyclic ether) groups around 1610 cmˉ¹ and 1178 cmˉ¹, respectively . the new amides [iii] were synthesized by reaction aromatic primary amine [ii] and different acid chlorides ( aliphatic or aromatic ) in dry dmf and pyridine at low temperature . these amides were identified by their melting points , ftir and ¹hnmr spectroscopy . ftir absorption-spectra as in figure 3 of compound [iii]c showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 group of the starting materials together with appearance of new absorption bands in the region (3390-3302)cmˉ¹ and (1685-1660)cmˉ¹ which is assigned to nh and c=o (amid) stretching, respectively. the other data of functional groups which are characteristic of these compounds are given in table 2. 1hmnr spectrum of compound [iii]a , figure 4 showed the following signals: eight aromatic protons appeared as multiplet in the region δ 6.90-8.8 ppm , a singlet signal at δ 9.9 ppm that could be attributed to nh proton. one proton of ch(isoxazoline) appeared as doublet at δ 6.32-6.38 ppm while the two protons of ch2 of isoxazoline appears as doublet of doublet at δ4.17-4.28ppm , three protons singlet appears at δ 2.02 ppm that are attributed to ch3 group . chemistry 258 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 references 1-vays, k.; nimavat, k.; jani, g. and hathi,m., (2009) , “ synthesis and antimicrobial activity of coumarin derivatives metal complexes an in vitro evaluation” , orbital , 1(2) : 183-192. 2dawne, b.; konda, sh.; shaikh, b. and bhosale, r., (2009) , “ animproved procedure for synthesis of some new 1,3-diaryl-2-propen-1-ones using peg-400 as a recyclable solvent and their antimicrobial evaluation ” ,acta pharm. , 59 :473-482. 3swamy ,p. and s. agasimundin , y. (2008) “ synthesis and antimicrobial screening of certain substituted chalcones and isoxazolines bearing hydroxy benzofuran” , rasayan j. chem, 1(2) : 421428. 4al-issa , s. and hattab, a.a. ,(2008) ,“ comparative study-reaction of 2`-hydroxy chalcones with hydroxyl amine hydrochloride in different reaction medium”, j. saudi chem. soc., 12(4) : 537-542. 5sharma, p. ; sharma, s. ; singh ,s. and suresh , b. (2009) “ synthesis of some new isoxazoline derivatives” , as possible anti-candida agents ” , acta poloniae pharmaceuticadrug research, 66(1) : 101-104. 6desai, j.; desai, c. and desai, k., (2008) ,“ a convenient , rapid and ecofriendly synthesis of isoxazoline heterocyclic moiety containing bridge at 2°amine as potential pharmaological agent ” , j. iran. chem. soc., 5(1) : 6773. 7singhal, m. ; verma, b.; jhala, y. and dulawat, s., (2005) , “ an efficient synthesis of some new fluorine containing acetyl pyrazoline and isoxazole derivatives and their antibacterial activity ” , indian j. heterocycl. chem., 14 :343. 8prajapati, a.; bardia, r. ; rao, t. and verma, v. , (2007) , “an efficient synthesis of some new fluorine containing acetyl pyrazoline and isoxazole derivatives and their antibacterial activity” , j. inst. chemists , 79 : 7 . 9caramella, p. and gruenanger , p.,(1984), “1,3-dipolar cycloaddition chemistry” , (ed.), vol. 1, padwa, a., wiley interscience, new york , 337. 10zareef , m.; iqbal , r. ; mirza , b.; kham, k.; manan , a.; asim , f. and kan, sh. , (2008), “ synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some derivatives of acylhydrazine including novel benzendiazasulfonamides ” , arkivoc ,(ii) : 141-152. 11kushwaha, n.; saini, r. and kushwaha, s. (2011) “ synthesis of some amid derivatives and their biological activity ” , international j. of chem tech research , 3(1) : 203-209. 12kalirajan , r.; sivakumar , s.; jubie , s. ; gowramma, b. and suresh, b. (2009) “ synthesis and biological evaluation of some heterocyclic derivatives of chalcones” , international j. of chem tech research , 1(1) : 27-34. 13abd el-fattah, o .; fathalla , m.; kassem , e. ; ibrahem n. and kamel , m. (2008) “synthesis and anticancer of some new quinazolin-4-one derivatives and evaluation chemistry 259 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 of their antimicrobial and anti-inflammatory effects” ,acta poloniae pharm-drug res. ,65(1) :11-20. 14carey , f. (2006) “organic chemistry” sixth edition , university of virginia . 15shah ,t. and desai , v. (2007) “synthesis and antibacterial studies of some novel schiff isoxazoline derivatives ” , j.serb. chem. so.,72(5) : 443-449. table(1): the physical properties of new compounds [iii] and compounds [iv]. com p no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yiel d % color [iii]a 3-(4methylbenzamido)5-(3`-nitrophenyl)4,5-dihydroisoxazol o n o2n nhcoch3 c17h15n3 o4 140 86 pale yello w [iii]b 3-(4ethylbenzamido)-5(3`-nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol o n o2n nhcoc2h5 c18h17n3 o4 gumm y 75 yello w [iii]c 3-(4propylbenzamido)-5(3`-nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol o n o2n nhcoc3h7 c19h19n3 o4 145 69 yello w [iii]d 3-(4butylbezamido)-5(3`-nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol o n o2n nhcoc4h9 c20h21n3 o4 118 120 84 brown [iii]e 3-(4heptylbenzamido)-5(3`-nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol o n o2n nhcoc7h15 c23h27n3 o4 152 68 glow yello w [iii]f 3-(4phenylbenzamido)5-(3`-nitrophenyl)4,5-dihydroisoxazol o n o2n nhco c22h17n3 o4 120 80 pale yello w [iii]g 3-[4-(4`-ansoyl)benzamido]-(3`nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol o n o2n nhco och3 c23h19n3 o5 85-88 86 yellow [iii]h 3-{4-[4`(4 ̏ ansoyl)-carboxy phenyl]benzamido}-5-(3`nitrophenyl)-4,5dihydroisoxazol o no2n nhco och3co2 c30h23n3 o7 220222 89 yello w chemistry 260 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): characteristic ftir absorption bands of amides [iii]a-h. comp. no. νnh νc-h aliph νc=o amid νc=n endocyc. νc=c arom. νc-o endocyc. νno2 [iii]a 3320 2931-2854 1684 1630 1599 1092 1530,1317 [iii]b 3315 2965-2874 1670 1625 1597 1082 1524,1310 [iii]c 3302 2959-2872 1666 1622 1597 1098 1530,1312 [iii]d 3365 2954-2889 1660 1625 1599 1090 1530,1310 [iii]e 3319 2955-2895 1665 1628 1600 1094 1524,1314 [iii]f 3339 2955-2895 1670 1634 1601 1099 1528,1319 [iii]g 3381 2920-2846 1680 1620 1606 1120 1510,1319 [iii]h 3390 2965-2900 1685 1624 1600 1116 1515,1318 fig. (1) : ftir spectrum of chalcone [i] chemistry 261 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (2) : ftir spectrum of compounds [ii] fig. (3) : ftir spectrum of compound [iii]c chemistry 262 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(4) : 1hnmr spectrum of compound [iii]a chemistry 263 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 ددالع ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضير وتشخيص بعض االميدات تحوي على حلقة االيزوكسازولين ضحى فاروق حسين ، جمبد هرمز توما ،خالد فهد علي قسم الكيمياء ، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد 2012آب 7قبل البحث في 2012آيار 8في : ملتسا ثحبلا الخالصة نيتروفنيل 3(-3[-4حتوي على حلقة االيزوكسازولين باستخدام جديدة تضمن هذا البحث تحضير اميدات يت نايتروبنزالديهايد -3أمينو اسيتوفينون َمع 4] من تفاعلi[a,bمادة اساسية ، يحضر الجالكون انلين ك ]اون-1-بروبين-2-) ] مع هايدروكسيل أمين هايدروكلورايد مؤديا الى a,b]iشمدت. يتفاعل الجالكون -في وسط قاعدي بواسطة تفاعل كاليسين ة الغير متجانسة ] من تفاعل مركبات االمين الحلقيiii[ a-h] .حضرت االميدات الجديدة iiتكوين مشتقات االيزوكزازولين [ ثنائي مثيل فورماميد البيريدين الجاف وباستخدام ] مع كلوريدات الحوامض الكاربوكسيلية المتنوعة في iiايزوكزازولين [ .0c 4عند درجة حرارة شخصت جميع المركبات المحضرة في هذا البحث من خالل قياس درجات أنصهارها باالضافة الى الطرق a[iii]. للمركب المتمثلة بطيف األشعة تحت الحمراء وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي البروتوني الطيفية االيزوكزولين و االميدات الكلمات المفتاحية : microsoft word 452-462 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|452    coclosed rickart modules ghaleb ahmed galeb.ahmud3@gmail.com dept.of mathematics/college of education for pure science( ibn-alhaitham)/ university of baghdad abstract let 𝑀 be a right module over an arbitrary ring 𝑅 with identity and s end 𝑀 . in this work, the coclosed rickart modules as a generalization of rickart modules is given. we say a module 𝑀 over 𝑅 coclosed rickart if for each 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀. basic results over this paper are introduced and connections between these modules and otherwise notions are investigated. keywords: coclosed rickart modules, relatively coclosed rickart modules, rickart modules, cosemisimple modules, modules with ccip. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|453    1. introduction 𝑅 is denoted a ring has unity and 𝑀 is studied as a left sright 𝑅-bimodule where s end 𝑀 is the endomorphism ring of 𝑀. also 𝑟 𝑆𝑓 𝑟 𝑓 ker 𝑓 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 | 𝑓 𝑚 0 is the right annihilator of each element 𝑓 ∈ 𝑆. in [2] is presented a generalization of rickart modules by using the concept of purity. further, dual coclosed rickart modules is introduced in [3]. we say a submodule 𝐿 of a module 𝑀 is coclosed in 𝑀 when ≪ then 𝐿 𝐾 for each 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 [1]. equivalently, for each proper submodule 𝐾 ⊂ 𝐿, there is a submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 where 𝐿 𝑁 𝑀 while 𝐾 𝑁 𝑀 iff 𝐿 is coclosed of 𝑀. our goal of this research is to present and discuss another generalization of rickart modules namely coclosed rickart modules. a module 𝑀 over 𝑅 is said coclosed rickart when each 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , ker 𝑓 is a coclosed of 𝑀. other studies in [5],[6],[7],[8],[11] and [12] are related topics. the paper is divided into four sections. section two, includes introducing the concept of coclosed rickart modules and providing facts of this argument.while direct summands of coclosed rickart modules are shown to inherit the property (proposition 2.6), this is not so for direct sums (remark 2.7).we obtain a condition which allows direct sums of coclosed rickart modules is coclosed rickart  (proposition 2.8). section three is devoted to look for any connection between coclosed rickart modules and other modules. we see that coclosed rickart modules  and rickart modules  coincide in lifiting modules (proposition 3.4). in section four, we present and study the concept of relatively coclosed rickart modules. by using the ccip, we will provide a condition for modules to be relatively coclosed rickart ( for example, theorem 4.7,  proposition 4.11) where an 𝑅-module 𝑀 has the coclosed intersection property (in brief ccip) if, the intersection of any two coclosed submodules of 𝑀 is coclosed [4]. many results are investigated, we see that the rings 𝑅 for which each right module over 𝑅 relatively rickart are precisely right cosemisimple rings (theorem 4.13). coclosed rickart modules a comprehensive study of coclosed rickart modules is given in this section. we provide several characterizations and some properties of this of modules are investigated. we begin with the next. definition 2.1. we call a module 𝑀 over 𝑅 is coclosed rickart when each 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀. remarks and examples clearly each cosemisimple module is coclosed rickart, but not conversely, where an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is called cosemisimple if each submodule of 𝑀 is coclosed in 𝑀 [1]. for example, the ℤ-module ℤ is coclosed rickart because each 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , ker 𝑓 0 is a coclosed submodule in 𝑀 but it is not cosemisimple since the only proper coclosed submodule in the ℤ-module ℤ is the zero submodule. (1) it is obvious that rickart module is coclosed rickart while the reverse is not hold as follows. consider the ring ∏ f , f f is a field and 𝑅 is not semisimple then by [9, theorem 2.25], there exists a right module 𝑀 over 𝑅, it is not rickart. and, 𝑅 is commutative regular (in sense von neumann) so by [1], 𝑅 is cosemisimple (or v-ring) implies that rad 0 for each submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀. so each submodule of 𝑀 is coclosed in 𝑀 implies it is a coclosed rickart module. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|454    (2) when 𝑀 is a coclosed simple 𝑅-modul yeild 𝑀 need not be coclosed rickart where an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is called coclosed simple if 𝑀  0 and it has no coclosed submodules except {0} and 𝑀 4 . study ℤ as ℤ-module is coclosed simple, while it is not coclosed rickart since there exists an endomorphism 𝑓 ∶ ℤ ⟶ ℤ defined by 𝑓 𝑚 𝑚2 for each 𝑚 ∈ ℤ , implies ker 𝑓 0, 2 is not a coclosed submodule in ℤ . (3) when 𝑀 is a quasi-dedekind over 𝑅 implies 𝑀 is coclosed rickart, where 𝑀 is quasi-dedekind if every 0 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , ker 𝑓 0 [10 . the reverse is not hold. for example, ℤ as ℤ-module is coclosed rickart while it is not quasidedekind. (4) if 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart coclosed simple module, implies 𝑀 is quasi-dedekind. proof. when 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart over 𝑅 and 0 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , implies ker 𝑓 is coclosed in 𝑀. but 𝑀 is coclosed simple with 𝑓 0, thus ker 𝑓 0 , as required. (5) a homomrphic picture of a coclosed rickart module may not be coclosed rickart. consider the natural epimorphism 𝑓 ∶ ℤ ⟶ ℤ . the ℤ -module ℤ is coclosed rickart, while im 𝑓 ℤ4 is not a coclosed rickart over ℤ. (6) every integral domain is coclosed rickart. proof. when 𝑅 as in assumption, implies 𝑅 is commutative implies that for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑅 ≅ 𝑅, we can define 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 ⟶ 𝑅 by 𝑓 𝑟 𝑟𝑎 for each 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅. it follows that ker 𝑓 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅| 𝑓 𝑟 0 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅| 𝑟𝑎 0 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑎 0 is coclosed in 𝑅. (7) the reverse of remark (7) need not be true generally. for example, the ring ℤ is coclosed rickart but it is not integral domain. proposition under an isomorphism, the coclosed rickart property is moved. proof. let 𝑀 and 𝑀 be modules over 𝑅, where 𝑀 is coclosed rickart and 𝑓 ∶ 𝑀 → 𝑀 an isomorphism. let 𝑔  end 𝑀 , we prove that ker 𝑔 is a coclosed submodule in 𝑀 . let 𝐾 be any proper submodule such that 𝐾 ⊂ ker 𝑔 implies that 𝑓 (𝐾 ⊂ 𝑓 ker 𝑔 . but 𝑓 ( ker 𝑔 ker 𝑓 𝑔𝑓 , to show this. let x  𝑓 ( ker 𝑔 ), 𝑥 𝑓 𝑦 and 𝑦  ker 𝑔 implies that 𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 and 𝑔 𝑦 0. then 𝑓 𝑔 𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑔 𝑦 0, implies 𝑥  ker 𝑓 𝑔𝑓 ). for the other, let 𝑥  ker 𝑓 𝑔𝑓 ), 𝑓 𝑔 f ( x ) 0 and so 𝑓 𝑥  ker 𝑓 𝑔). one can easily see that ker 𝑓 𝑔 ker 𝑔, hence 𝑓 𝑥  ker 𝑔, 𝑥  𝑓 ker 𝑔), it follows that 𝑓 ( ker 𝑔 ) = ker 𝑓 𝑔𝑓 ). this means that 𝑓 ( k ) ⊂ ker ( 𝑓 𝑔𝑓 ), but 𝑓 𝑔𝑓  𝑓 ∈ end (𝑀 ) and 𝑀 coclosed rickart then ker ( 𝑓 𝑔𝑓 ) is a coclosed , there exists a submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 , 𝑓 ( ker 𝑔 ) + 𝑁 = 𝑀 but 𝑓 ( 𝐾 ) + 𝑁 𝑀 . this means that ker 𝑔 + 𝑓 𝑁 = 𝑀 but 𝐾 + 𝑓 𝑁 𝑀 , it follows that ker 𝑔 is a coclosed submodule in 𝑀 . from a module to any of its submodules or inversely, coclosed rickart property does not always passed in general as follows examples if 𝑁 is a submodule of a coclosed rickart module 𝑀 over 𝑅 , implies 𝑁 may not be coclosed rickart. study 𝑀 ℚ  ℤ as ℤ-module. by [9, ex 2.5], 𝑀 is rickart, yield 𝑀 is coclosed rickart. now consider 𝑁 ℤ  ℤ a submodule of 𝑀. see that 𝑁 may not be a coclosed rickart since there is 𝑓 ∶ 𝑁 → 𝑁 defined by 𝑓 𝑚, 𝑛 0, 𝑚 where 𝑚, 𝑛  ℤ. thus ker 𝑓 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈ ℤ  ℤ | 𝑓 𝑚, 𝑛 = 0, 0 𝑚, 𝑛 | 𝑚 0 } = 2ℤ  ℤ is not a coclosed submodule in ℤ  ℤ , because 2ℤ ≅ ℤ ≅ ℤ  ℤ ℤ  ℤ ≪ ℤ  ℤ ℤ  ℤ ≅ ℤ . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|455    (1) if each proper submodule of 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart, implies 𝑀 may not be coclosed rickart. as the next, ℤ4 as ℤ-module in which every proper submodule is semisimple module and hence they are coclosed rickart modules. but ℤ4 is not coclosed rickart. we record the next from [1]. lemma let 𝑁, 𝐻 be submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 and 𝐾 ⊂ 𝑁. if 𝐾 is coclosed in 𝑀, implies 𝐾 is coclosed in 𝑁 and the reverse is hold if 𝑁 is coclosed in 𝑀. proposition. each direct summand of a coclosed rickart module is coclosed rickart. proof. let 𝑀 be a coclosed rickart module over 𝑅 and 𝐴 a direct summand of 𝑀, then 𝑀 𝐴𝐵 for some submodule 𝐵 of 𝑀. let 𝑓 ∈ end 𝐴 , then we have the following 𝑀 → 𝐴 → 𝐴 → 𝑀. say 𝑔 𝑖 𝑓 , 𝑔 ∈ endr 𝑀 . therefore ker 𝑔 is a coclosed in 𝑀. see ker 𝑔 ker 𝑓 𝐵. to show this, let 𝑚 ∈ ker 𝑓 𝐵, 𝑚 𝑥 𝑦 where 𝑥 ∈ ker 𝑓 and 𝑦 ∈ 𝐵. hence 𝑔 𝑚 𝑔 𝑥 𝑦 𝑖 𝑓  𝑥 𝑦 𝑖 𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 0. therefore 𝑚 ∈ ker 𝑔 implies that ker 𝑓 𝐵  ker 𝑔. conversely, let 𝑚 ∈ ker 𝑔  𝑀 𝐴𝐵. let 𝑚 𝑥 𝑦 , 𝑥  𝐴 and 𝑦  𝐵, then 𝑔 𝑚 𝑔 𝑥 𝑦 𝑖 𝑓  𝑥 𝑦 0. thus 𝑖 𝑓 𝑥 0 and hence 𝑓 𝑥 0. that is 𝑥 ∈ ker 𝑓 and since 𝑦 ∈ 𝐵. thus 𝑚 𝑥 𝑦 ∈ ker 𝑓 𝐵 , ker 𝑔  ker 𝑓 𝐵. that is, ker 𝑔 ker 𝑓 𝐵. clearly ker 𝑓 ⋂ 𝐵 0. therefore ker 𝑔 ker 𝑓  𝐵 and hence ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule in ker 𝑔. but ker 𝑔 is coclosed in 𝑀, then ker 𝑓 is coclosed in 𝑀. but 𝐴 is containing ker 𝑓, so by lemma 2.5, ker 𝑓 is coclosed in 𝐴. therefore 𝐴 is a coclosed rickart 𝑅-module. remark the direct sum of coclosed rickart modules need not be coclosed rickart, as follows. ℤ  ℤ2 as ℤ-module is not coclosed rickart while each of ℤ and ℤ2 is a coclosed rickart module. recall that a submodule 𝑁 of an 𝑅-module 𝑀 is said to be fully invariant if 𝑓 𝑁 is included in 𝑁 for each 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 [13]. we call 𝑀 is duo module if every submodule in 𝑀 is fully invariant [13]. proposition let 𝑀 ⊕ ∈ 𝑀 be a duo module over 𝑅. 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart module if and only if 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart for each 𝑖 ∈  . proof. first side is already from proposition 2.6. the other side, assume 𝑓 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 where 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝑀 , 𝑀 . since 𝑀 is fully invariant in 𝑀 ⊕ ∈ 𝑀 , implies hom 𝑀 , 𝑀 ) 0 for each 𝑖 𝑗 [13, lemma 1.9]. further 𝑓 𝑀 ⊆ 𝑀 for all 𝑖 ∈ , this implies that ker𝑓 ⊕ ∈ ker 𝑓 . we claim that ker𝑓 is a coclosed submodule in 𝑀. to show this, let 𝐾 ⊂ ⊕ ∈ ker 𝑓 be a submodule of 𝑀, then 𝐾 is a fully invariant of 𝑀. by [7, result 2.1], 𝐾 ⊕ ∈ 𝐾 ∩ 𝑀 , let 𝐾 𝐾 ∩ 𝑀 for each 𝑖 ∈ .easily to check 𝐾 ⊆ ker 𝑓 . since 𝑀 is coclosed rickart implies that ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀 for all 𝑖 ∈ . thus there is a submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 , ker 𝑓 𝑁 𝑀 but 𝐾 𝑁 𝑀 . this implies that ⊕ ∈ ker 𝑓 ∑ 𝑁∈ ⊕ ∈ 𝑀 but ⊕ ∈ 𝐾 ∑ 𝑁∈ ⊕ ∈ 𝑀 . put 𝑁 ∑ 𝑁∈ . so we have ker𝑓 𝑁 𝑀 but 𝐾 𝑁 𝑀 and hence ker𝑓 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀. therefore 𝑀 is coclosed rickart. proposition 2.9. let 𝑅 be a ring. the next statements are equivalently (1) 𝑅 is a coclosed rickart 𝑅-module for any index set . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|456    (2) all projective 𝑅-modules are coclosed rickart modules. (3) all free 𝑅-modules are coclosed rickart modules. proof. 1  2 assume 𝑀 is projective over 𝑅, we get a free module 𝐹 over 𝑅 with an epimorphism 𝑓 ∶ 𝐹  𝑀. we have the short exact sequence 0 → ker 𝑓 → 𝑅 → 𝑀 → 0 where 𝐹  𝑅 for some index set . but 𝑀 is projective then the sequence splits. thus 𝑅  ker 𝑓  𝑀. because 𝑅 is a coclosed rickart module, therefore from proposition 2.3, ker 𝑓  𝑀 is also coclosed rickart. hence from lemma 2.5, 𝑀 is coclosed rickart. it is clear 2  1 and 2  3 . similarly, we can prove 1  3 . proposition let 𝑀 be a coclosed simple coclosed rickart module which has a nonzero maximal submodule 𝑁, then 𝑀 ⊕ is not a coclosed rickart module. proof. suppose 𝑀 ⊕ is coclosed rickart, 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 ⊕ defined by 𝑓 𝑚, 𝑛 0, 𝑚 for all 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀, 𝑛 ∈ . then ker 𝑓 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑀 ⊕ | 𝑓 𝑚, 𝑛 0, 0 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑀 ⊕ 𝑚 𝑁 𝑁 𝑁 ⊕ is a coclosed of 𝑀 ⊕ . but 𝑁 is a coclosed of 𝑁 ⊕ , then by lemma 2.5, 𝑁 is a coclosed of 𝑀 ⊕ . again by result 2.5, 𝑁 is a coclosed of 𝑀 , this implies a false because 𝑀 is coclosed simple. yeild 𝑀 ⊕ is not coclosed rickart. coclosed rickart modules and other topics this part looks for any relationship between coclosed rickart modules and other concepts. we first study the next condition (*) for an 𝑅-module : for any submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀 for which ≅ 𝐻 where 𝐻 is a summand of 𝑀, yeild 𝑁 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀. proposition. every coclosed rickart module satisfies the condition (*). proof. when 𝑁 is a submodule of a coclosed rickart 𝑀 over 𝑅 with ≅ 𝐻 where 𝐻 is a summand in 𝑀. hence 𝑓 ∶ → 𝐻 is an isomorphism, implies 𝑀 → → 𝐻 → 𝑀. then 𝑖𝑓𝜋 ∈ end 𝑀 ker 𝑖𝑓𝜋 𝜋 ker 𝑖𝑓 𝜋 0 𝑁. because 𝑀 is coclosed rickart, then 𝑁 = ker 𝑖𝑓𝜋 is coclosed in 𝑀. corollary when 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart module over 𝑅 with the condition (*) for each submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀, therefore 𝑀 is a cosemisimple. proof. obvious by proposition 3.1. the next result is to find a certain situation under which the reverse of proposition 3.1 is hold. proposition if 𝑀 a module has the condition (*) with im𝑓 isomorphic to a summand of 𝑀 for all 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , implies 𝑀 is coclosed rickart. proof. when 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , from assumption, im𝑓 ≅ 𝐻 where 𝐻 is a direct summand of 𝑀, implies that ≅ 𝐻. so by the condition (*), ker 𝑓 is coclosed of 𝑀, as asserted. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|457    let 𝑀 be a module over 𝑅. we record that, 𝑀 lifiting when each submodule 𝑁 of 𝑀, there is a direct summand 𝐾 of 𝑀 such that 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑁 and ≪ [1]. proposition every lifiting coclosed rickart module is rickart module. proof. when 𝑀 be a lifiting coclosed rickart over 𝑅 and 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 . because 𝑀 is lifting, there exists a summand 𝐾 of 𝑀, 𝐾 ⊆ ker 𝑓 with ≪ . but 𝑀 is coclosed rickart, implies ker 𝑓 is a coclosed in 𝑀, hence ker 𝑓 𝐾, as desired. examples investigate ℤ  ℤ is lifiting as ℤ module. but ℤ  ℤ is not coclosed rickart as ℤ module, if otherwise, then by proposition 2.5, each summand of ℤ  ℤ is coclosed rickart, whereas this contradicts that ℤ  0 ≅ ℤ is not coclosed rickart as ℤ module. (1) ℤ as ℤ -module is coclosed rickart while not lifiting. a module 𝑀 is called hopfian if every epimorphism 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 is an isomorphism [1]. proposition when 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart coclosed simple module over 𝑅 implies 𝑀 is hopfian. proof. when 0 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 is an epimorphism. because 𝑀 is coclosed rickart, implies ker 𝑓 is a coclosed of 𝑀. while 𝑀 is coclosed simple and 𝑓 0, it follows that ker 𝑓 0, and hence 𝑀 is hopfian. record that, let 𝑀 be a module over 𝑅, we call it scalar when each 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , there is 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑓 𝑚 𝑚𝑎 for each 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀 [14]. proposition when 𝑀 is a scalar coclosed rickart module, yield for each 0 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , there is 0 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑟 𝑎 is coclosed of 𝑀. proof. when 0 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 and 𝑀 a scalar 𝑅-module yield there is 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑓 𝑚 𝑚𝑎 for every 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀. but 𝑀 is coclosed rickart, therefore 𝑟 𝑎 is a coclosed of 𝑀. corollary. if 𝑅 is a commutative via unity coclosed rickart over 𝑅, it follows for any 0 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑅 , there is 0 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑟 𝑎 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑅. proof. due to every commutative ring 𝑅 is a scalar, then result is already obtained by proposition 3.7. proposition assume 𝑀 is a scalar faithful over 𝑅, implies 𝑅 is coclosed rickart if only if end 𝑅 is coclosed rickart. proof. because 𝑀 is a scalar module over 𝑅, then by [14, lemma 6.2], end 𝑅 ≅ . but 𝑀 is faithful implies that 𝑅 ≅ end 𝑅 , as required. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|458    remarks and examples (1) the factor module of a coclosed rickart module may not be coclosed rickart. study ℤ as ℤ -module is coclosed rickart, whereas ≅ 𝑍 is not a coclosed rickart. (2) when 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart module, yeild is coclosed rickart for each summand 𝑁 of 𝑀. (3) if 𝑁 is a submodule of 𝑀. when 𝑁 and are coclosed rickart modules implies 𝑀 need not be coclosed rickart. study 𝑀 = ℤ ℤ2 over ℤ and 𝑁 0  ℤ2. thus 𝑁 and ≅ ℤ are coclosed rickart ℤ-modules while 𝑀 is not coclosed rickart. relatively coclosed rickart modules in this part, we study relatively coclosed rickart modules. main results of this type of modules are investigated. the family of rings 𝑅 for which each right 𝑅-module is relatively coclosed rickart is right cosemisimple rings. our concern is: when do modules have the relatively coclosed rickart property. definition. let 𝑀 and 𝑁 be 𝑅-modules. 𝑀 is called relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑁 if for every 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝑀, 𝑁 , ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀. as special case, 𝑀 is coclosed rickart if and only if 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑀. remarks with examples (1) obviously every cosemisimple 𝑅-module 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to any 𝑅module 𝑁. (2) let 𝑀 and 𝑁 be 𝑅-modules. if 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑁, then 𝑁 need not be relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑀. for example, let ℤn and ℤ as ℤ-modules. then ℤn is relatively coclosed rickart to ℤ for each positive integer 𝑛 greater than one, in fact homℤ ℤ , ℤ 0. on the other hand, ℤ is not relatively coclosed rickart to ℤn, since there exists the natural homomorphism 𝑓 ∈ homℤ ℤ , ℤ defined by 𝑓 𝑚 𝑚 for each ∈ ℤ, for some 𝑛 1, ker 𝑓 𝑛ℤ is not coclosed in ℤ . (3) when 𝑀 is a coclosed rickart module over 𝑅, implies 𝑀 needs not be relatively coclosed rickart to an 𝑅-module 𝑁. for example, ℤ as ℤ-module is coclosed rickart. whereas ℤ is not relatively coclosed rickart to ℤn as ℤ-module for any 𝑛 1. (4) if 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to an 𝑅-module 𝑁, then 𝑀 may not be coclosed rickart. for example, consider the ℤ-module ℤ is relatively coclosed rickart to the ℤ-module ℤ , because homℤ ℤ , ℤ 0. but ℤ is not coclosed rickart. (5) when 𝑀 is a coclosed simple or quasi-dedekind over 𝑅, yeild 𝑀 need not be relatively coclosed rickart to a module 𝑁 over 𝑅. discuss ℤ over ℤ is coclosed simple and quasi-dedekind while not relatively coclosed rickart to the ℤ-module ℤn, for each 𝑛 1. theorem let 𝑀 and 𝑁 be 𝑅-modules. the next statements are equivalent (1) 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑁. (2) each submodule 𝐵 of 𝑁 and each summand 𝐴 of 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝐵. (3) each direct 𝐴 of 𝑀 and for each coclosed 𝐵 of 𝑁 and each 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝑀, 𝐵 , ker 𝑓| is a coclosed in 𝐴. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|459    proof. 1  2 assume 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑁. when 𝐴 is a direct summand of 𝑀 and 𝐵 of 𝑁. let 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝐴, 𝐵 . study the next 𝑀 𝐴 ⊕ 𝐻 → 𝐴 → 𝐵 → 𝑁 where 𝐻 is a submodule of 𝑀. say 𝑔 𝑖 𝑓  ∈ hom 𝑀, 𝑁 . this implies that ker 𝑔 is a coclosed in 𝑀. by similar steps of result 2.6, we gain ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule in 𝐴. therefore 𝐴 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝐵. 2  3 let 𝐵 be a coclosed submodule in 𝑁 and 𝐴 a direct summand of 𝑀. let 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝑀, 𝐵 , then 𝑓| ∈ hom 𝐴, 𝐵 . since 𝐴 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝐵, implies ker𝑓| is a closed of 𝐴. 3  1 by taking 𝐴 𝑀 and 𝐵 𝑁. the next two lemmas are proved in [4]. lemma a module 𝑀 has the ccip iff every coclosed submodule in 𝑀 gets the ccip . lemma when 𝑀 be a module over 𝑅 with the ccip, yeild each decomposition 𝑀 𝐴 𝐵 and for every 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝐴, 𝐵 , ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀. we give the following results proposition under an isomorphism, ccip is transformed . proof. when 𝑀 and 𝑀 are modules over 𝑅 with 𝑀 has the ccip and 𝑓 ∶ 𝑀 → 𝑀 an isomorphism. assume 𝐴, 𝐵 are coclosed of 𝑀 . to show 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 is again coclosed of 𝑀 . then there is submodules 𝐶, 𝐷 of 𝑀 and 𝑓 𝐶 𝐴, 𝑓 𝐷 𝐵 implies 𝐶 𝑓 𝐴 , 𝐷 𝑓 𝐵 . it is easy to check that 𝐶 𝑓 𝐴 , 𝐷 𝑓 𝐵 are coclosed submodules of 𝑀 . it follows that 𝐶 ∩ 𝐷 𝑓 𝐴 ∩ 𝑓 𝐵 is a coclosed of 𝑀 . it is not hard to see that 𝑓 𝐶 ∩ 𝐷 is a coclosed submodule of 𝑀 . on the other hand, 𝑓 𝐶 ∩ 𝐷 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 implies the result is gained. theorem if 𝑀 is a module over 𝑅 with the ccip and 𝐴 𝐵 is a coclosed of 𝑀. yeild 𝐴 is relatively coclosed rickart module to 𝐵. proof. assume that 𝑀 has the ccip. then by lemma 4.4, every coclosed submodule of 𝑀 has the ccip implies that 𝐴 𝐵 has the ccip. by lemma 4.5, for every 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝐴, 𝐵 , ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule in 𝐴𝐵. but ker 𝑓  𝐴, then by lemma 2.5, ker 𝑓 is a coclosed in 𝐴. therefore 𝐴 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝐵. as immediate consequences we have corollary when 𝑀 and 𝑁 be modules over 𝑅. if 𝑀 𝑁 has the ccip, yeild 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑁. corollary if 𝑀 be a module over . if 𝑀  𝑀 gets ccip, implies 𝑀 is coclosed rickart module. remark the reverse of corollary 4.8 need not be hold generally. study ℤ as ℤ -module is cosemisimple. then it is relatively coclosed rickart for each 𝑅-module 𝑁. let ℤ , 𝑀 = ℤ ℤ be modules over ℤ. we show that 𝑀 does not have the ccip. let 𝐴 1, 0 ℤ, and 𝐵 1, 1 ℤ be the submodules generated by (1, 0 and (1, 1) respectively. obviously 𝐴 and 𝐵 are summands of 𝑀. then , 𝐵 are coclosed in 𝑀. but 𝐴⋂𝐵 2ℤ  0 is not a coclosed submodule in 𝑀, since 2  0 ≅ ℤ  ℤ  ≪ ℤ ℤ ℤ  ≅ ℤ4 ℤ2. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|460    proposition. let 𝑀 ∈ be a family modules over 𝑅 and 𝑁 an 𝑅-module where  1,2, … , 𝑛 . the next are equivalent (1) if 𝑁 has the ccip, then 𝑁 is relatively coclosed rickart to  𝑀 . (2) 𝑁 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑀 for all 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛. proof. 1  2 via theorem 4.3. 2  1 when 𝑁 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑀 for all 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛 and 𝑁 has the ccip. to show that 𝑁 is relatively coclosed rickart to  𝑀 . let 𝑓 ∈ hom 𝑁,  𝑀 . let us consider the following sequence 𝑁 →  𝑀 → 𝑀 , it is evident that im𝑓 ∑ im 𝜌 𝑓 where 𝜌 is the natural projection map of  𝑀 onto 𝑀 for 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛. yield 𝑓 𝜌 𝑓, 𝜌 𝑓, … , 𝜌 𝑓 and ker 𝑓 ∩ ker 𝜌 𝑓 . but 𝜌 𝑓 hom 𝑁, 𝑀 and 𝑁 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑀 implies that ker 𝜌 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule in 𝑁. because 𝑁 has the ccip, therefore ker 𝑓 ∩ ker 𝜌 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule in 𝑁, and hence 𝑁 is relatively coclosed rickart to  𝑀 . as an immediate result corollary. when 𝑀 ∈ is a family modules over 𝑅 where  1,2, … , 𝑛 . the next are equivalent (1) if 𝑀 has the ccip for all 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑛, then 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to  𝑀 . (2) 𝑀 is relatively coclosed rickart to 𝑀 for all 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛. a characterization of cosemisimple rings via relatively coclosed rickart modules is given as follows. theorem. the next are equivalent (1) 𝑅 is a cosemisimple right 𝑅-module. (2) all 𝑅-modules are cosemisimple. (3) all 𝑅-modules are relatively coclosed rickart to any 𝑅-module. (4) all 𝑅-modules have the ccip. (5) all injective over 𝑅 have the ccip. (6) all injective over 𝑅are cosemisimple. (7) all quasi injective over 𝑅 have the ccip. (8) all quasi injective over 𝑅 are cosemisimple. proof. 1  2 follows by [1, theorem 1.12]. 1  3 , 2  4  5 , 6  5 and 8  7 are obvious.. 3  1 when 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅. because all 𝑅-modules are relatively coclosed rickart to any 𝑅-module. then the 𝑅-module 𝑅 is relatively coclosed rickart to the module as 𝑅-module. because there exists the natural epimorphism 𝜋 ∶ 𝑅 → , hece ker 𝜋 𝐼 is a coclosed right ideal of 𝑅. this implies that 𝑅 is cosemisimple right 𝑅-module. 4  2 when 𝑀 is an 𝑅-module and 𝑁 a submodule of 𝑀, implies 𝑀  has ccip. let 𝑓 ∶ 𝑀 → be the natural epimorphisim. by lemma 4.5, ker 𝑓 is a coclosed submodule in 𝑀. hence 𝑀 is coclosed rickart. 5  4 when 𝑀 is a module over an 𝑅, then there is an injective 𝑅-module 𝑁 and a monomorphisim 𝑓: 𝑀 → 𝑁 implies that 𝑀 is isomorphic to im𝑓. when 𝑓 is an epimorphism, then the result follows. suppose not, so there is an injective 𝑅-module 𝐾 and ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|461    and a monomorphisim 𝑔: → 𝐾. let ℎ: 𝑁 → be the natural epimorphism. let us consider 𝑔ℎ: 𝑁 → 𝐾. because 𝑁  𝐾 is injective then 𝑁  𝐾 has the ccip. by lemma 4.4, ker 𝑔ℎ is a coclosed submodule of 𝑁  and due to 𝑔 is a monomorphisim, implies ker 𝑔ℎ ker ℎ im𝑓 is coclosed of 𝑁. because 𝑁 has the ccip, then by lemma 4.4, im𝑓 has the ccip. but 𝑀 ≅ im𝑓 and due to proposition 4.6, therefore 𝑀 has the ccip. 5  6 when 𝑀 is an injective with 𝑁 a submodule in 𝑀 with 𝑓: 𝑀 → is the natural epimorphism. when is injective, then 𝑀  is injective with the ccip. by lemma 4.5, ker 𝑓 𝑁 is a coclosed of 𝑀. suppose not, when 𝐸 is the injective hull of with 𝑖: → 𝐸 is the inclusion function. consider 𝑖𝑓: 𝑀 → 𝐸 . since 𝑀𝐸 is injective, implies 𝑀𝐸 has the ccip. but 𝑖 is a monomorphisim, then ker 𝑖𝑓 ker 𝑓 𝑁 is a coclosed in 𝑀. therefore 𝑀 is cosemisimple. 7  8 by the same way of the statement 5  6 . theorem let 𝑀 be a module over 𝑅. the next are equivalent (1) 𝑀 is coclosed rickart with ccip. (2) the right annihilator in 𝑀 of each finitely generated left ideal 𝐼 𝑓 , 𝑓 , … , 𝑓 of end 𝑀 is a coclosed. submodule of 𝑀. proof. 1  2 let 𝐼 be a nonzero left ideal of end 𝑀 where 𝑀 a coclosed rickart module over 𝑅 with a finite number of generators {𝑓 , 𝑓 , … , 𝑓 }. because 𝑀 is coclosed rickart, then 𝑟 𝑓 is a coclosed of 𝑀 for every 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛. but 𝑀 with ccip, it follows that ⋂ 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 𝐼 is a coclosed of 𝑀. (3)  1 when 𝑓 ∈ end 𝑀 , then 𝑓 is a left ideal of end 𝑀 with one generator. by hypothesis, 𝑟 𝑓 is coclosed of 𝑀, yeild 𝑀 is coclosed rickart. moreover, ⋂ 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 𝐼 for any finitely generated left ideal 𝐼 𝑓 , 𝑓 , … , 𝑓 of end 𝑀 . hence ⋂ 𝑟 𝑓 is a coclosed of 𝑀, thus 𝑀 has the ccip. references [1] j. clark; ch. lomp; n. vanaja; r. wisbauer, lifting modules supplements and projectivity in module theory. birkhauser verlag, basel, boston, berlin, 2006. [2] ghaleb ahmed, pure rickart modules and their generalization,  international journal of mathematics trend and technology 30 (2) 82-95. 2016 [3] ghaleb ahmed, dual coclosed rickart modules, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, to appear. [4] ghawi, th.y. modules with closed intersection (sum) property, ph.d. thesis, university of al-mustansiriyah, iraq, 2015. [5] i.m.a. hadi, ghaleb ahmed, modules with ⊛(⊛’or ⊛’’) condition, the bulletin of society for mathematical services and standards 4 ,12-21. 2012 [6] i.m.a. hadi, ghaleb ahmed, strongly (comletely) hollow submodules i, ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science 3 (25), 393-403. 2012 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1818 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|462    [7] i.m.a. hadi, ghaleb ahmed, strongly (completely) hollow submodules ii, ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science 1 (26) ,292302. 2013 [8] i.m.a. hadi, ghaleb ahmed, t-regular modules, international journal of advanced scientific and technical research 6 (1) 128-137. 2016 [9] g. lee, s. t. rizvi and c. s. roman, rickart modules, comm. algebra 38 2010, 4005-4027. [10] a.s.mijbass, quasi-dedekind modules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, 1997. [11] nuhad s. al-mothafar, ghaleb ahmed, 2-regular modules, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science 28 (2) (2015), 184-192. [12] nuhad s. al-mothafar, ghaleb ahmed, 2-regular modules ii, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science 28 (3) 235-244. 2015 [13] c.ozcan, a. harmanci and p. f. smith, duo modules, glasgow math. journal trust, 48 533–545. 2006 [14] shihab, b.n. scalar reflexive modules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq, 2004.   10020030 10020031 10020032 10020033 10020034 10020035 10020036 10020037 10020038 10020039 10020040 10020041 تحضير وتشخيص معقدات cr+2 ,fe+3 , ag+ , pb+2 مع ليكاند انتيبيرين – ازو جديد 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مع ليكاند + cr 3+ ,fe 3+ ,pb 2+ ,ag ايونات تحضير وتشخيص معقدات جديدالازو –انتيبيرين ، زهراء عاصم الوتري، رشا احمد هاشمثناء جعفر الحسني قسم الكيمياء ،كلية العلوم ،جامعة بغداد كلية التربية )ابن الهيثم( ، جامعة بغداد ،لكيمياء قسم ا قسم الفسيولوجي ، كلية الطب ، جامعة بغداد الخالصة طة لطاررد دشرر ا ليكاند رر ليفحضررا ر درر ، فررا ليتدررا اللفا رر ل اارارراال -4حضررا ليكاند رر فررل ازدورر ل ل فرررا لا ررردر رتررر افرررر فزدوكرررة ليكاند ررري ليفغ دطادررر ئارررة ليرررا ال لي ررر ليفا –فررر ل لير زدررر اة ،لالشرررتة احرررر ليحفرررال ش صرر ذرب ،فكر ياند ر ( 2:1 )( 1:1فر فرباا لالانرد ر دررة )( +cr 3+ ,fe 3+ , pb2+ ,ag)ليت دصرا ليزك ارة ر ليا صررراكاة ددررردليفائارررة فضررري ورررل ا –لالشرررتة فررر ل لير زدررر اة ليفتقررر لر رددرررا لف لطارررد لالشرررتة احرررر ليحفرررال اة يتب ليفتق لر رليصاغ لياانا رض بيك ل ااح ف ينتاردئاة ل المقدمة ) فرل ضرف تد فانرردر لال ليتضرر اة يرةلل لي صردئا ليار افار لين لشر ليتضر اة ليحد ارة وكرر ف ردفاا فتد كاااة ان فد ان ل لر غديردلي اي ياتط فتق ا لي ذ ازدوكتد فا ليت ا فل و دص ليحددداة لال اقدئاة ليتديااال( يب ر لدرتة لي طردل فر ليحقر ليصر دواة الفدت ال رر اطراقردر لدرايتبل لل ذب لين لش ل اشار رشن لدا ، ة فك ( 6,5ر ذرربا لين لشرر فرر لياحكارر لينفرر لي رر و )كفت( فرر ف ررد لينافاررد لياحكاكاررة لدررا1-4) ليردا ي اررة ليطراررة فرل ري لدتال ف ف اكر ليف ردالر الفدتليا ال ر ل اشدال لدا ليتض اة لح ا فل لذف لين لش فانردر لال ات تررد افاكررك حدددرراة ل اقدئاررة وررديااال لفك ررة فررا و دصررا لي رر ليرر اي فضرري وررل كاااررة ا دركااتررد وكرر انرر ال فتقرر لر ن .( -n=n-) لب احا ي ذب ليفانردر وك ف ف وة لال لي دااة(، 9-7) ا ليت ار فرل لالا ردر ليزك ارة فر فرليحكقة يتد ليقدركاة وك انر ال فتقر لر فك رة ةلل فانردر لال غاا فا د د ( 13,14نين ليدل ان ال حكقدر فدداة فداقاا ) دلب ادكك ليكاند دك ن ،( 10-12ليفحك ) فرا لالا ردر ليزك ارة لير ارد ا لالذافردف رترد ليا درا فر فتق لر فداقاا فرل ذرب لين لشر يق ل ر ظدذاا ان ال ك ارد ة ليرر ي لدراا ليرر ي لفدار ليرر ي لناي ال دصردغلر ذبا لين لش كفتلدافز ف د ليص دوة ،(15اتد )الفدتلدا co+3 ) قر لرفت الدافدف ا ل ان ( ف oh( اشاا ليفصد ا لي لل فتق لر لال ليفحا اة وك ف ف وا )16) ،cr+3 )ر ذررب لالصرررد كفتلدررا،يقرر (17) ليغدرر ة ا ررد ارر ل فقد فررة يكضرر ندروكرر ل درر ة ليررر ي لفدارر انرر ليف ارررة تد فر ليفداحضرالر ليفانرردر لي لئارة ديفتفضي ول لدرا ،(18نتاردئاه ل تد حددس يكف صير ليض ئاة ) فادفة (19 ) 2002( 2) 22لصرفة والتطبيقية المجلدمجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم ا الجزء العملي ة :لمعالمواد المست fecl3 , crcl3 .6h2o, agno3 & pb(no3 )2 from (fluka co.) , 4-aminoantipyrene, l-histidine from (b.d.h) . االجهزة المستخدمة: د كر لطاد لالشتة احر ليحفال رددا لف تد shimadzu, ft.ir-8400s fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer. دا لف تد رد uvvis))ليفائاة –ف ل لير زد اة د كر لطاد لالشتة ( shimadzu uv-160 a), ultra violet – visible spectrophotometer ف دفتة ي ل رددا لف تد hnmrاار احديا ل jeol ex 270 mhz , brucker – 400 mhz . philipspw–digitalconductometer يا صاكاة ليف الااة رددا لف تد ادر ل .stuartmeltingpoint apparatus تد لال صتدا رددا لف دس ا در افضي ول تحضير الليكاند : ) 0.5g , 1m moleلب ارف لبلررة ) ، shibata (20)حضا ليكاند فقد يكطااقة ليتدفة ليفقااحة فل ،فررل لالانررد (2ml) ،فررل حرردف لينرااااررك (2ml)فرر فرر او فنرر ل فررل aminoantipyrene-4فررل (10ml) لضررا ليارره ،( 0ف5 رررا ليفحكرر ليرر )ا فررل ليفررد ليفقطرر (10ml) فررل فحكرر اااررر ليصرر ا ف ليحصر ااراك ليفحكر فر ا صر دردوة الافردف وفكارة لي ار ،%( ا اا اد فرا لياحاارك ليفدرافا 10ليفدئ ) فررل (0.387g,1m mole)يفكررد ارر اا اد فررا لياحااررك ليفدررافا ليرر لضررا فحكرر ل ،وكرر فكررد ليرر لاد ا ف ( ph = 6.5 )ذا ا ندرا ليصر ا ف يكا صر لير د فترددرانحر ي يكتدرا ال افرر فتد يرة ليفحكر يليفحكر ل رك ااه ردالاند ااك يا رنف اشد لوا ،ااادا و ذد ليكاند ليتض ي ااك ليالدا يكا ف ليادي تحضير المعقدات الفلزية : فرررل ررري لضررردفة ليفحكررر ليفررردئ يفكرررد ليزكررر ليررر ( اررر لي الدرررة)حضرررار فتقررر لر لالا ررردر ليزك ارررة حراك ليفر او يحرال ليحصر وكر ليالدرا ، ياند ر ( فكر 2:1( )1:1يكاند ر درة ازدو )ليفحك لينح ي ( فرررد لانرررد نرررف 1:1)رفررر او فنررر ل فرررل و اررر ا اشرررد غدررر فرررالر ،اررراك ليفحكررر يكاررر ف لياررردي ،ليفكررر ل ( ظا احضاا ليفتق لر فا رت صدئصتد 1لي ) ا ضد ا ل ااك يا ردالدا النتائج والمناقشة ليحكقرررة لل ررر ف ف ورررة لال ي حررر ذد اتررر فرررل ليكاند ررر لر ليضرررتازة ين ترررد و ررر فد انررر ل ررر ل فرررل ار فاترد ف ف ورة لال لحر لب اح ،(21)ليناكاااة فد تد غديرد فرد انر ل فتقر لر وكر ا رة وديارة فرل لالدراقالااة فن ،ليفن ة يكحكقة ليناكاااة فق ان ل ل فل ف ف وة فاتد ية لفد ف ل ا ليا ددل لال اى ،ف ل ا ليا ددل (-och3 , -nh2 ) ان ل بل شح ة درديرة فنر ( ( oh,sh,-cooh يربيك فد ره فرل ليفا را لل انر ل لياالنارررا وكررر طراترررة نررر فرررل لالاررر ل ليزكررر ي اتافررر ذرررب ليفان رررة ف اكزرررة فاتررر ا يكفتقررر لرذ ديرررك االنارررا ليكاند 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد لينحر ي فرا ليفحكر (coupling) لال اارااال ل ل ةazoa) اه ال ف ذبل ليتف حضا ليكاند فل ي ليف طط لالا ا ضد داا وفكاا لي ا ا لال ل ، وك لي داو يكتدا ال يكحص ( ح فرررة 1شرررن ) ،حارررظ لظترررا ليكاند ررر hnmr (24-22 ,16)طة طاررر ديقررر شررر ا ليكاند ررر ر دررر اتر لير ظتر ا حر ف فاتر ا ، يحكقرة لالفار ل (nh)اتر لير ف ف ورة ppm) =(δ 8.87لفاصردا و ر (c-h)فد ترد اتر لير (δ=6.78ppm)ليقفرة و ر لفرد ، (δ=7.40-7.57ppm)و ر را ا ردر حكقرة لير ر ال فد ترررد اتررر ليررر ) δ=3.38,3.45 ppm) (δ=3.62,3.67,3.72ppm)ليقفرررف و ررر ليفرر ى يحكقررة لالفاررر ل يحكقرة (ch3)ورةلير ف ف δ=2.68ppm)ليح فرة و ر )فر حرال اتر وكر ليار لي ، ch 2 ch ف ف ورة ة ليح فر،يكرداا (n-ch3) ات لي (δ=3.12ppm)و نفد لظتا ليكاند فة لفاصدا،ليرداا اترر ليرر ليارر (δ=2.5 ppm)فضرري وررل ظترر ا ح فررة و رر (nh2)اترر ليرر (δ=2.64 ppm) و رر dmso-d6 ادررر ليا صرراكاة ليفتقرر لر ليزك اررة افررر فزدوكررة ليكاند رر فررا رترر ليت دصررا ليزك اررة يكحصرر وكرر فدور ل ( 1:1ليار را رر ل ترد فتقر لر لا ارة ر دررة ) (3m-10) راانار لينتاردئارة يكفتقر لر فر فرباا لالانرد ( 25ا اة )ألليصزة غاا ل لليكبال لظتا فتق ليزضة ليند فا ف ليارر اترر ليرر cm-1(3433)لظتررا ح فررة لفاصرردا و رر لب( 2شررن ) ،يكاند رر i.rدرر كر لطاررد فد تررد اترر ليرر cm (3056)cm-1(3240) -1لفررد ليحرر ف و رر ،υ (16 ) (oh) يف ف وررة لياررا لالذارر ل ي و ررر ،( 27,26لالفاررر ل )يحكقرررة υ (nh)ليتدئررر ا ييفرررال لال يررر υ (nh)يف ف ورررةليارررا لالفاطررردط وكرر ور ف لشرراالك حصرر ي اغارا فر ف ل تتررد ففرد ار ليفتقر لر ليفحضرراا ير حظ ور ف فرا فقدا رة ذربا ليحرر ف ليار اتر لير cm-1(1635)نفرد لظترا ليكاند ر ح فرة لفاصردا ارة و ر ،ذب ليف ردفاا فر وفكارة ليا ددرل (c=o) υ (c=n) υ ( 4( )3شرررن ) ،و ررر فقدا اترررد فرررا لطارررد ليفتقررر لر ،(28فاررر ل )فررر حكقرررة لال يحكقرة لالفار ل فر (c=n) ةففرد ار وكر لشراالك ف ف ور ةشرن ذرب ليح فري حظ حص اغاا فر ف را فد تررد اترر ليرر اررا لر لال ح ررد ييفررال cm-1 (1521)cm-1(1580)و رر ةليحرر ف ليق اررلفررد ،وفكاررة ليا ددررل ( 24)يحكقة لالفا ل δ (nh) δ (nh)لال ي 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية n n c nh2 ch3 ph h3c o n n c n ch3 ph h3c o nhs o4 n n c n ch3 ph h3c o n n n ch2 chcooh nh2 h 10%nano2 h2so4(conc) n a o h , p h = 6 .5 l -h istid in e و ر فقدا اترد فرا cm-1(1417)ح فة لفاصردا و ر (-n=n-)لال لي دااة ةيق لظتار ف ف و ف ف وررة فرر ليذررب ليح فررة ففررد ارر وكرر ل حرردف ذررب صرر اغاررا فرر شررن ف ررا حليفحضرراا يرر حظ ليفتقرر لر ( 29فا لالا در ليزك اة )وفكاة ليا ددل ظتار لفق ag+( لفد فتق cm-1 ,1022 1330(829,و دح ف pb+2يفتق i.rيق لظتا طا ار لطارد ليفتقر لر ف ل را حر ف نفرد لظتر ، -(no3)ات لي ف ف ورة (, cm-1 1365,1047(833و دح ف اتر ى دررا ظت اذرد (m-n)لذار ل لر لالصراا ليا ات لير cm-1(400-500) لفاصدا ا ا و ليف ى ( 30,31ا ددل ليزك فا ااا ال ف ف وة لال ااا ال حكقة لالفا ل ) لي ( فف لفاصدا ليكاند فتق لاة ليزك اة 2لي )ارال :االطياف االلكترونية ف اكزا ليشر ا لال ير ح فاال ،( 5شن ) ،يكاند ليفحضا ف لالاند (uv-vis)لظتار لطاد ليحد ارة ليار احر ظ ورد ا فر ليفانرردر ليتضر اة – π*) (π ( د فااا ليار افنر لالنردالر ليف ضرتاة235و ) ياررر افنررر ل( رررد فااا 484و ررر )فقررر ظترررار (λmax) افنررر ارررة لياررر لفرررد ليح فرررة ليند ،وكررر ل لصرررا ف رررة فرل (charge transfer)الر ليشرح ة ليفقاا رة لي دصرة رد اقرد ليتدئر ا يكحكقردر –π*) (πلال اقدالر لاليناا اة لي حكقة لالفا ل ( (-n=n-) ي ف ف وة لال لي دارة )حكقة ليرداا :(32للمعقدات )االطياف االلكترونية [ cr(l)2cl2] (39840.63)( فررة لفاصرردا و رر 6شررن ) ،لظتررا ليفتقررcm-1 اترر ليرر طارر قرر فد تررد cm-1 (20202.02)cm-1(36363.63) فارر لفاصرردا و رر (charge transfer)ليشررح ة وك ليا لي 4t1g(f) 4a2g 4t2g(f) 4a2g لي لال اقدالر لاليناا اة للات cl -[ fe(l)2cl2] (39840.63)( فررة لفاصرردا و رر 7شررن ) ،يقرر لظتررا طارر ليفتقررcm-1 اترر ليرر cm-1 ،(26315.78)cm-1(33444.81)ف ل رررررا لفاصررررردا و ررررر ةنينررررر رترررررا نفرررررد لظ ، ليشرررررح ةطاررررر قررررر (19723.86)cm لال اقدالر لاليناا اةلي ات ى ليا 16 a1g 4 t1g(p) ، 6a 1g 4eg(d) 6a1g 4t2g(d) وك ليا لي [ 2(pb(l2)(no3] ،[ ag(l)no3] لب ال ا رر ل اقرردالر d-d ليفتقرر لر ردرررا لفرراي فرر ذررب cm-1(39840.63 )فرر لطاررد ليفتقرر لر و رر يرربيك فرردل فررة لالفاصرردا ليارر ظتررار ، (d)اررد ال ار يكاند ر فتق لاره ليفائارة – اردئو لالشرتة فر ل لير زدر اة (3لي ر )اررال ،ات لي طار قر ليشرح ة (3m-10) فباا لالاند راانا فليزك اة نفد ادا لياانارة يكفتق لر ليفحضاا ليصاغ رفق ل ااحلي ادئو ليا اف ليحص وكاتد ر د وك fe+3 , cr+3 يفتق لر octahedralنفد ليدط ح 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد n n n n n n n c n n c n n n o p h h 3 c r h c h 3 c h p h o c h 3 h r m y y x 3 r=-ch2-ch-cooh where y=-cl, x=cl, m=fe +2 , cr +2 pb+2يفتق (pentagonaql bipyramide)ن دئ ليتاف ليف فس r h n n n n pb c h 3 c h 3 c o o n oo n n ph o o n n o n n n h r c ch3 o n n ph ch3 +agيفتق (planar)فنكظ فدا ي 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد nh2 المصادر 1.mcmullan, g. ; meehon, c. ; conneely, a ; kirby, n. ; robinson, t. ; nigam, p. ; banat, i.m ; marchant, r. and smyth, w.f. (2001) apple. microbiol. biotechnol, 56 : 81-87 2.arfman, h.and abraham, w.r (1993) bio.sci; 48 : 52. 3.wong, s. ; shen, s. and hu, h. (2000) dyes and pigments; 44: 195-198. 4.el-saied, f.a ; ayad, m.i. ; tossia, r.m.and ali, s.a (2001) polish.j.chem; 75 : 773. 5.nagaraja, p.; kumar, m. and rangappa, k.s. (2001) anal.sci; 17 : 439-442. 6.maria, b. and katarzyna, p .(2003) anal. chem; 48 : 87-95. 7.valencia, m.; budra, s.and bosque,j. (1996) anal. chem.acta; 73 : 327. 8.mangsup, l; salnpipate, s.s.and chaichit, n.(2003) anal. sci.19 : 1345. 9.dollimore , d. (1990) anal . chem; 12 : 17. 10.svvin, s. b.; dedkova, v.p.and shoeva, o.p.(2000) russ-chem. rev; 69 : 187-200. 11.morzoka, s.a.and ivanov, v.m. (1995) zh.anal. khim; 50 : 629-635. 12.morzoka, s.a.and ivanov, v.m. (1996) zh.anal. khim; 51 : 631-635. 13.savic, j.and vasic,v.(2006) acta.chem.slov; 53 : 36-42. 14.maradiya, h.r. (2001) turk.j.chem; 25 : 441-450. 15.prabhaharan, o.and nair, h.(1996) indian.j.chem; 35a : 771. 16.yilidiz, e.and boztepe, h. (2002) turk.j-chem; 26 : 807-903. 17.bluss, k.(1995) dyes and pigments; 41 : 149-157. 18.hsich, b.r. (1990) dyes and pigments; 14 : 287. 19.kupradinun, p.; rienkijakrn, m.and tanyakaset, m. (2002) asian pacific journal of cancer prevention; 3 : 2002. 20.shibata, s.; furukawa, m.and nakashima, r.(1979) anal. chim. acta. 81 : 131. 21.santana, o.; jesuino, l.and casssella, r. (2004) j.braz.chem.soc. 15 : 61. 22.st, y.; hu, q.; huany, z.; yang,g.and yin, j. (2005) turk.j.chem.29 : 135-140. 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ag o n o o 23.patel, s.and sinha, c. (2001) proc. ind. acad.sci (chem.sci)june. 113 : 163-172. 24.silverstein,r.m. and webster, f.x. (1996) "spectrometric identification of organic compounds" , 6 th ecl, new york, john wiley and sons, inc. 25.geary, w,j. (1971) "coordination chemistry review"; 7 : 110. 26.kurashashi, m.(1974) bull.chem.soc.jpn. 47 : 2005. 27.yamauchi, o.and tanaka, h.(1970) 20 : 203. 28.silverstein, r.m. bassler, c.g.and morrill, t.c. (1974) "spectrometric identification of organic compounds" 3 rd ed, john wiley, inc, new york. 29.patel, l.k; chikhalia, k.h.and nesai, p.s. (1999) oriental.j. chem. 15 : 363. 30.gupta, c.p.; konugo, d.k .and mehta, p.k. (1979) j.ind. chem,soc. 56 : 826. 31.rona, a.k and shah, j.r. (1981) j.ind.chem.soc. 56 : 826. 32.lever, a.b.p. (1968) "inorganic electronic spectroscopy" new york. table (1) conditions of the prepration of complexes and some of their properties λn(s.cm 2 .cm -l )in etoh(10 -3 m ) yield % m.pc o wt.of metal salt(g) wt.of ligand (g) color compounds 8.43 11 161 red ligand 38.55 19 >250 0.133 0.369 brown [cr(l)2]cl 41.37 78 >250 0.081 0.369 redih brown [fe(cr)2]cl 5.15 76 >250 0.170 0.369 yellowish orange [ag(l)no3] 11.45 71 >250 0.165 0.369 yellowish orange [pb(l)2(no3)2 ] table (2): the infrared spectra for the ligand and metal complexes(cm). (m-nazo) ν (m+ nimid) ν (n=n) ν δ(nh)prim δ(n + h)imid (c=o) ν ( + c= n) ν ν(nh)prim ν( + nh)imid (o-h) ν compound s 1417 s. 1580 sh 1521 s.. 1635 v.s. 3240 br. 3056 br. 3433 s. ligand 460 w. 418 w. 1491 sh. 1385 sh 1582 sh. 1518 w. 1647 br. 3080 br . 3440 br. [cr(l)2]cl 470 w. 443 w. 1491 sh. 1419 s. 1369 s. 1591 sh. 1516 w. 1638 v.s. 324 br 3060 br 3438 w. [fe(cr)2]c l 468 w. 420 w. 14895 s. 1410 sh. 1591 sh. 1521 s. 1635 s. 3057 br. 3443 br. [ag(l)no 3] 470 w. 438 w. 1491 s. 1374 s. 1583 sh. 1520 w. 1645 s. 3057 br. 3421 br. [pb(l)2(n o3)2] s=strong, br=brod, w= weak, v= very, sh=shoulder, d=doublet, t=triblet 2002( 2) 22يقية المجلدمجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطب table(3): the electronic spectra for the ligand and its complexes in ethanol (10 -3 ) emax l.mol -1 .cm -1 wave number cm -1 abs λm n compounds 192 1073 42553.19 20661.15 0.192 1.073 235 484 ligand 459 435 933 39840.63 36363.63 20202.02 0.459 0.435 0.933. 251 275 495 [cr(l)2]cl 523 548 835 1686 39840.63 33444.81 26315.78 19723.86 0.523 0.548 0.835 1.686 251 299 380 507 [fe(cr)2]cl 821 1069 989 1061 1655 1605 39840.63 33444.81 30211.48 29069.76 227727.27 19157.06 0.821 1.069 0.989 1.061 1.655 1.605 251 299 331 344 440 520. [ag(l)no3] 592 689 1213 2369 39840.63 33444.81 28985.50 20533.88 0.592 0.689 1.213 2.369 111 111 541 478 [pb(l)2(no3)2] fig.(1): hnmrof the ligand 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد n n h ch2 ch cooh nh2 n n c n ph h3c ch3 n o fig.(2) : ft.ir of the ligand fig.(3) :ft.ir of the fe +3 complex 2002( 2) 22رفة والتطبيقية المجلدمجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الص fig.(4): ft.ir of the pb +2 complex ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (5):uv-vis of the ligand fig. (6):uv-vis of the cr +3 complex fig. (7):uv-vis of the fe +3 complex synthesis and characterization of ag + ,pb +2 ,fe +3 ,cr +3 complexes with the new antipyrene – azo ligand. t.j.al-hasani, z.a.al-witry, r.a.hashim department of chemistry,college of science. department of chemistry, college of education, ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad department of physiology,college of medicine, abstract coupling reaction of 4-aminoantipyrene with the (l-histidine) gave the new bidentate azo ligand.the prepared ligand was identified by ft.ir, uv-vis and hnmr spectroscopics technique. treatment of the prepared ligand was done with the following metal ions (ag + ,pb +2 ,fe +3 ,cr +3 ) in aqueous ethanol with a1:1 and 1:2 m:l ratio . the prepared complexes were characterized by using ft. ir and uvvis spectroscopic method as well as conductivity measurements. their structures were suggested according to the results obtained. microsoft word 59-64 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   59          solving nonlinear second order delay eigenvalue problems by least square method department of mathematics, college of education for pure scienceibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.    israa2m1s@gmail.com eman.l@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract the aim of this paper is to study the nonlinear delay second order eigenvalue problems which consists of delay ordinary differential equations, in fact one of the expansion methods that is called the least square method which will be developed to solve this kind of problems. keywords: nonlinear second order sturm-liouville problems, the least square method 1.introduction the nonlinear delay second order eigenvalue problems consist of delay nonlinear ordinary differential equations with the boundary conditions defined on some intervals, this kind of equations has many applications in different scientific fields, such as physical, biological and engineering science. also, it is one of the most important application referred to as a delay nonlinear eigenvalue problem, [1]. the delay eigenvalue problem belongs to a wide class of problems whose eigenvalues and eigen-functions have particularly nice properties, [2]. in this paper, we study and solve this kind of problems by least square method. 2. basic definitions and remarks this section recalls some basic definitions and remarks that needed in this work. we start with the following definition. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index israa m. salman eman a. abdul-razzaq doi: 10.30526/33.4.2509 article history: received 11 february 2020, accepted 15 march 2020, published in october 2020   60  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 definition 2.1 the delay differential equation is the equation that the unknown function and some of its derivatives, evaluated at cases which are different by any of fixed number or function of values. consider the n-th order delay differential equation: e(k, f(k), f(k– 1),, f(k– m), f (k), f (k– 1),, f (kx– m), f(n) (k),, f(n) (k– m)) = h(k), k  [a,b] (1) where e is a given function and 1, 2, , m are given fixed positive numbers called the time delays, [1]. we say that equation (1) is homogenous delay differential equation in case f(x) 0, which we handle in this paper, otherwise it is called non-homogenous delay differential equation [2]. definition 2.2 the delay differential equation is said to be nonlinear when it is nonlinear with respect to the unknown function that enter with different arguments and their derivatives that appeared in it, [1]. hence, the new concepts of this work are given by the following definition. definition 2.3 the delay eigen-value problem consist of delay ordinary differential equation is said to be nonlinear when it is nonlinear with respect to the unknown eigen-function enter with different arguments and their derivatives that appeared in it. next, consider the following nonlinear delay second order eigen-value problem: – (p(k)f'(k))' + q(k)f(k–) – h(k, , f(k–)) = 0 (2) with the associated conditions: a1f(a) + a2f ' (a) = 0 , k  [ a–, a] (3) b1f(b) + b2f ' (b) = 0 , k  [ b–, b]    ,  kkf if ak  where,a1, a2, b1, b2, p, p' and q are given real continuous functions defined on the interval [a,b], p is positive, not both coefficients in one condition are zero, >0 is the time delay, h is a well-defined nonlinear function with respect to f.  is the initial function defined on ].,[ 00 kkk  the problem here is to determine the eigen-value  in which a nontrivial solution f for the problem given by equations (2) & (3) occurs. in this case  is said to be a delay eigenvalue and f is the associated delay eigen-function. in other words f is an eigen function for the variable k and the nonlinear function h(k, , f(k–)) with respect to the eigen-value  . like the linear second order eigenvalue problems, the problem given by equations (2) & (3) satisfies the following remarks, [2].   61  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 remarks 2.4 1. the linear delay operator: ),()()()( 2 2 kqkakp dk d kp dk d l  where a(x) is an operator defined by       kfkfka , is selfadjoint. 2. the delay eigen-functions are orthogonal. 3. there are infinite number of delay eigenvalues forming a monotone increasing sequence with j   as j . moreover, the delay eigen-functions corresponding to the delay eigenvalues has exactly j roots on the interval (a,b). 4. the delay eigen-functions are complete and normal in l2[a,b]. 5. each delay eigenvalue corresponds only one delay eigen-function in l2[a,b]. to check remarks (2-4), see [3,4]. 3. the least-square method this method is one of the expansion methods that used to solve the linear (nonlinear) differential equations and equations with or without delays, [5, 6]. here we develop this method to solve the problem given by equations (2) & (3). the method is based on approximating the unknown function f as a linear combination of n linearly independent functions {i}ni=1, that is write: )( 1 kf n i i    (4) which implies that, )()( 1     kkf n i i this approximated solution must satisfy the boundary conditions given by equations (3) to get a new approximated solution. by substituting this approximated solution into equation (2) one can get: ))(,,()()())()((),,( 111     kkhkkqkkpckr n i i n i i n i i  (5) where r is the error in the approximation of equation (2) and c  is the vector of n–2 elements of ci, i=1,2,,n, [7-8] thus, to minimize the functional:  b a dkckrcj 2)),,((),(   (6) put 0      ic jj  , i = 1,2,,n, to get a system of n–1 nonlinear equations with n–1 unknowns which can be solved by any suitable method to get the values of  and c  ,[9,10]. to check this method, look at the following examples: example 3.1 consider the following nonlinear delay eigenvalue problem: –(kf'(k))'+2kf(k–1)–(f2(k–1)–0.5)=0, k  [1,2] (7) with the associated boundary conditions:   62  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 f(1) = f ' (1) , k  [0,1] f(2) = 2 f ' (2) ,k  [1,2] (8) f(k – 1)=k – 1 we use the least-square method to solve this problem. to do this, we approximate the unknown function y as a polynomial of degree three, that is, write: 1 4 1 )(    i i i kckf but this approximated solution must satisfy the boundary conditions given by equations [3.5], thus this approximated solution reduces to 34 2 411 6)( kckckcckf  from which, we have: 3 4 2 411 )1()1(6)1()1(  kckckcckf by substituting this approximated solution into equation [3.4], we obtain )3918()618(),,,( 244414441 kcckcckcckcckr  ))1()1(6)1((2 34 2 411  kckckcck ] 2 1 ))1()1(6)1([( 234 2 411  kckckcc thus, if we minimize the functional: dxcckrccj 2 2 1 4141 )),,,((),,(   set 0 41          c j c jj  to get the following system of nonlinear equations: 0)),,,(( 0)),,,(( 0)),,,(( 2 2 1 41 4 2 2 1 41 1 2 2 1 41             dxcckr c dxcckr c dxcckr     solving the above system by any suitable method, to find that the nontrivial solution is  = 2, c1 = 1 and c4 = 0. therefore 2 is delay eigenvalue with the corresponding delay eigenfunction f(k – 1) = 1+ (k – 1), k  [1,2]. generally, if 1 1 )(    i n i i kckf , then the same result can be obtained for all values of n, n n.   63  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 that is if ,)()( 1 1     i n i i kckf  then f(k – 1) = 1+ (k – 1), k  [1,2] corresponding to the same delay eigenvalue. example 3.2 consider the following nonlinear delay eigenvalue problem: ], 2 [,1)(_)( ] 2 ,0[,1) 2 () 2 ( ], 2 [)), 2 sin() 2 (2()(           kff kff kkkfkf 2 ) 2 (   kkf we use the least-square method to solve this problem. to do this, we follow the same arguments as in example (3.1). one can get that the eigenpair of this nonlinear delay eigenvalue problem )),(( kf is ) 3 1 ,(sin k , thus, ) 3 1 ), 2 (sin()), 2 ((     kkf 4. conclusions from this article we can conclude the following: 1. the nonlinear second order delay eigenvalue problems consist of delay nonlinear ordinary differential equations satisfying the same properties as those consist of delay nonlinear ordinary differential equations with or without delay. 2. the least square method has been developed to solve the above kind of problems. 3. in future we can use the methods in [11, 12] to solve the problems of this article. references 1. koivo, a., estimation in nonlinear systems with transport delay, 1971, ieee conference on decision and control. 2. bhattacharyya, t.; binding, p.; seddighi, k. multiparameter sturm-liouville problems with eigenparameter dependent boundary conditions, journal of mathematical analysis and applications. 2001, 264, 560-576. 3. bhattacharyya, t.; kosir, t.; plestenjak, b. right definite multiparameter sturmliouville problems with eigen parameter dependent boundary conditions, math, subj. class. 2001, 204, 1-13. 4. bhattacharyya, t.; binding, p.; seddighi, k.two parameter right definite sturmliouville problems with eigen parameter dependent boundary conditions, proc, roy. soc. edinburgh sect., 2001. 131, 45-58. 5. vichnevetsky, r. computer methods for partial differential equation, prentice-hall, london. 1981. 6. burden, r. numerical analysis, pws publisher, new york. 1985.   64  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 7. blanchard, p.; devancy, l. r.; hall, g. r. differential equations, 2nd. ed. the wadsworth group, a division of thomson learning inc., u.s.a 2001. 8. edwards, c. h.; penney d. e., differential equations and boundary value problems 3rd ed., person education. inc. 2004. 9. burden, r.; faires, j. numerical analysis, pws publisher, new york. 2001. 10. reinhold, k. qmc methods for the solution of delay differential equation, department of mathematics, graz university of technology, steyrergasse 30. 2002. 11. enadi, m. o.; tawfiq, l.n.m. new technique for solving autonomous equations, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2019, 32,2,123-130, doi: 10.30526/32.2.2150. 12. tawfiq lnm; jabber ak. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 31,1,15112, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 using magic square of order 3 to solve sudoku grid problem israa n. alkallak department of basic sciences / college of nursing / university of mosul received in: 19 june 2011, accepted in : 15 october 2012 abstract the research tackled to solve sudoku grid problem 9×9 , one of artificial intelligence problems. this problem has many of solutions in search space to generate sudoku grid by using magic square of odd order as 3. this research concludes solution by proposed heuristic algorithm from magic square of odd order as 3 and no given numbers (from 1 to 9) in each cell of nine sudoku grid cells in starting of problem solution, this is not similar the solution in old classic methods to generate all sub grids in sudoku grid. the experimental results in this paper show the easily implementation to solve the problem to manage without manual method, additional to position of numbers (1, 2,..9) in center of each sub grid in sudoku grid (the second element from second row and second column), and without duplicate each of sub grid in arranging of numbers. a program is written in matlab 6.5 language to simulate the proposed algorithm. key words : sudoku grid, heuristic. 358 | computer science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction artificial intelligence has directly influenced many areas of computer science [1]. the general problem of solving sudoku on n2 ×n2 boards of n×n blocks is known to be npcomplete. the solution method that solve very quickly the 9×9 boards take exponential time in the board size in the worst case [2]. sudoku was originally named number place, was created by howard garnes in the u.s. in 1979 and was first published later that year in dell pencil and puzzle games [3]. at first, interest in sudoku was minimal until it reappeared in print and was given its current name by the japanese publisher nikoli in 1984. the game grew in popularity in japan and was renamed by publisher nikoli to "suji wa dokushin ni kagiru" which is translated as the "the digits must remain single". this was eventually shortened to "sudoku" or " single number " [1,4,5,6,7]. sudoku most commonly appears in its 9×9 matrix form. the rules simply fill in the matrix so that every row, column, and 3×3 sub matrix contains the digits 1 through 9 exactly once. each puzzle appears with a certain number of "givens". the number and location of these determine the game level of difficultly. figure (1) is an example of 9×9 sudoku puzzle with 9 regions. the object of sudoku is simply given an n2× n2 grid is divided into n× n distinct square, the aim is to fill each cell. sudoku is a logic puzzle that has a great deal of appeal and is easily encoded as constraint satisfaction problem domain [1]. the goal of the game is to fill in every empty grid location with a number from 1 through 9 that the values in each column, row, and 3-by-3 subregion are unique. the subregions are determined by subdividing the 9-by-9 grid into 9 (3-by-3) mini-grids [1]. heuristic algorithm is an algorithm that is able to produce an acceptable solution to a problem in many practical scenarios, in the fashion of a general heuristic, but for which there is no formal proof of its correctness acceptance method is taken as an optimal solution to the specified problem. the research aims to show how can sudoku problem to be solved efficiently mathematically and by computer. proposed algorithm solves this problem through magic square and several operations as well as in the starting of solution, the sudoku grid is empty. in this research, besides this introductory section, sudoku problem, magic square and heuristic algorithm are described in section 2. section 3 presents the proposed algorithm. experimental results and discussions are examined in section 4. finally, section 5 concludes this paper. sudoku problem sudoku is a popular logic based combinatorial optimization problem [4,5,6,8]. sudoku problem is known to be np-complete [4,6]. the puzzle starts with certain locations filled it, which can be a great number or very few depending on the puzzle complexity [1,5]. a sudoku puzzle consists of (81) cells, contained in a 9×9 grid. each cell contains a single integer ranging between one and nine. the grid is further split up into nine 3×3 sub grids. the purpose of sudoku is to fill up the entire 9×9 grid such that the following constraints are met: 1. each row of cells is only allowed to contain the integers one through to nine exactly once. 2. each column of cells is only allowed to contain the integers one through to nine exactly once. 3. each 3×3 sub grid is also only allowed to contain the integers one through to nine exactly once [2,4,5,6,8] magic squares magic square is a square matrix n×n with integer elements between 1 and n2 and where the sums of the elements of all lines, columns and the two main diagonals are equal to the magic sum (magic constant) which is given by the rule: [9]. 359 | computer science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 cn = n (n2 +1)/2 the symbol cn denoted the magic sum (magic constant), also an order n magic square is an n-by-n matrix containing the numbers 1 to n2, where each row, column and main diagonal are equal to the same sum. the figure (2) shows a sample magic square with n = 3, where the magic sum (c3) is 15. this line sum invariance depends only on the order n, of the magic square [10]. matlab 6.5 language actually has a built in function that creates magic squares of almost any size. this function is named magic. below figure (3) illustrates several samples of magic square. heuristic algorithm the term “heuristic” stands for “thumb rules” the rules which work successfully in many cases but its success is not guaranteed [11]. heuristic algorithms (or simply heuristics) have to be used in order to find near-optimal (locally optimal) solutions. heuristic algorithms seek for high quality solutions at a reasonable computational time, but cannot guarantee that a problem will be solved in terms of obtaining the exact solution. it may not even be possible to state how close to optimality a particular heuristic solution is. heuristic algorithms can also be seen as intelligent techniques that are based upon human’s intuition [12,13,14,15]. a heuristic is a kind of an algorithm, but one that will not explore all possible states of the problem, or will begin by exploring the most likely ones. a heuristic has no proof of correctness, often involves random elements, and may not yield optimal results. a heuristic method is used to rapidly come to a solution that is hoped to be close to the best possible answer, or (optimal solution). the proposed algorithm the research proposed ten steps to solve sudoku grid problem 9×9 by using magic square of odd order as 3 as follows: step 1: initializes the sudoku grid is empty. step 2: generates the first sub grid (first region) in sudoku by magic square of odd order 3. step 3: generates the second sub grid (second region) in sudoku grid by rotating the matrix (sub grid) in step 2. third, second and first rows are first, third and second rows respectively. step 4: generates the third sub grid (third region) in sudoku grid by rotating the matrix (sub grid) in step 3. third, second and first rows are first, third and second rows respectively. step 5: generates the fourth sub grid (fourth region) in sudoku grid by shifting to right the matrix (sub grid) in step 2. first, second and third columns are second, third and first columns respectively. step 6: generates the fifth sub grid (fifth region) in sudoku grid by shifting to right the matrix (sub grid) in step 3. first, second and third columns are second, third and first columns respectively. step 7: generates the sixth sub grid (sixth region) in sudoku grid by shifting to right the matrix (sub grid) in step 4. first, second and third columns are second, third and first columns respectively. step 8: generates the seventh sub grid (seventh region) in sudoku grid by shifting to left the matrix (sub grid) in step 2. third, second and first columns are second, first and third columns respectively. step 9: generates the eighth sub grid (eighth region) in sudoku grid by shifting to left the matrix (sub grid) in step 3. third, second and first columns are second, first and third columns respectively. step 10: generates the ninth sub grid (ninth region) in sudoku grid by shifting 360 | computer science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 to left the matrix (sub grid) in step 4. third, second and first columns are second, first and third columns respectively. experimental results and discussion in this research, all cells in sudoku grid are empty. this empty increase the game level of difficultly but the proposed algorithm solved easily. to illustrate the steps in proposed algorithm, below figure (4) illustrates first step. figure (5) illustrates the second, third and fourth steps. while figure (6) illustrates the fifth, sixth and seventh steps. in addition, figure (7) illustrates the eighth, ninth and tenth steps. the object of the game is to place the numbers 1 through 9 on the grid so that each column, row, and each 3x3 sub grid contains the digits only once. the proposed solution facilitates the difficultly in solving the problem that satisfied the constraints of the problem. figure (8) illustrates problem solution completely. when select any sample of magic square in figure (3), the proposed algorithm runs and generates the solution of sudoku grid which accordingly concludes the best solution and also number position (1,---9) in center (the second element from second row and second column) of each sub grid in sudoku grid, without duplicating each of sub grid in arranging of numbers. appendix (a) illustrates two solutions by selecting other samples of magic square for proposed algorithm. conclusion sudoku problem can be solved efficiently by proposed algorithm and thus minimizes the search space. a computer can solve this problem by using the proposed algorithm very quickly. the proposed algorithm is the best technique to solve sudoku problem because an interesting to find feasible solution satisfying constraints of the problem. magic square facilities to create the solve. the proposed method provides to solve a sudoku problem very easily rather than solving the problem with pencil, paper, and difficult for human solver. all references about the sudoku problem noticed some static numbers givens in the puzzle that are given according to the difficulty rating in the initial sudoku configuration. the number and location of these determine the game level of difficultly, but in this research, the proposed method supposes empty all positions in sudoku grid. often heuristics do not guarantee you that will lead you to the correct answer, but the proposed algorithm often gets answer which is close to the best in much shorter time. here, the proposed algorithm is efficient algorithm to find a solution that yields near-optimal results very quickly. references 1. teaching artificial intelligence across the computer science curriculum using sudoku as a problem domain: pfaffmann, j. o. and collins, w. j., (2007), american association for artificial intelligence, :327-332. www.aaai.org. 2. geometric particle swarm optimization for the sudoku puzzle: moraglio, a. and togelius, j., (2007), acm, gecco 2007 workshop on theory of representations, :118-125. http://julian.togelius.com/moraglio2007geometric.pdf. 3. garns, h., (1979), number place. dell pencil puzzle & word games, 16,6. 4. metaheuristics can solve sudoku puzzles: lewis r., (2007), journal of heuristics archive, 13 (4), :387-401. 5. sloving and rating sudoku puzzles with genetic algorithms, mantere, t. and koljonen, j., (2006), proceedings of the 12th finish artificial intelligence conference step. hut, espoo, finland, october 26-27, , :86-92. 6. http://www.sets.fi/scai2006/proceedings/step2006-86-mantere-solving-and-rating-sudokupuzzles.pdf. 361 | computer science http://www.aaai.org/ http://julian.togelius.com/moraglio2007geometric.pdf http://www.sets.fi/scai2006/proceedings/step2006-86-mantere-solving-and-rating-sudoku-puzzles.pdf http://www.sets.fi/scai2006/proceedings/step2006-86-mantere-solving-and-rating-sudoku-puzzles.pdf @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 7. solving sudoku puzzles with rewriting rules, santos-garcia, g. and palomino, m., (2007), electronic notes in theoretical computer science, , 17(4), :79-93. www.elsevier.nl/locate/entcs. 8. sudoku easy presented by will shortz , shortz, w. (2005),. new york, ny: st. martin's griffin. 1,100. 9. lawler, e.l.; lentra, j.k.; rinnooy, a. h.g. and shmoys, d.b. (eds.), (1985), the traveling salesman problem_ a guided tour of combinatorial optimization, john wiley & sons, new york. 10. magic rectangles and modular magic rectangles, evans, a. b., (1996), journal of statistical planning and inference, 51, :171-180. 11. franklin squaresa chapter in the scientific studies of magical squares, complex systems publications, loly, p., (2007), , inc., 17, :143-161. 12. konar, a. (2000), artificial intelligence and soft computing behavioral and cognitive modeling of the human brain, crc press, boca raton london new york washington, printed in usa. :129. 13. michalewicz, z. and fogel, d. b., (2000), how to solve it: modern heuristics, springer, berlin-heidelberg. 14. meta-heuristics theory and applications, osman, i. h. and kelly, j. p., (1996), metahueristics: an overview. in i. h. osman, j. p. kelly (eds.), kluwer, norwall, 1-21. 15. reeves, c. r., (1996), modern heuristics techniques. in v. j. rayward-smith, i. h. osman, c. r. reeves, g. d. smith (eds.). modern heuristics search methods, wiley, chichester, 1-25. 16. an overview of some heuristic algorithms for combinatorial optimization problems, misevicius, a.; blazauskas, t.; blonskis, j. and smolinskas, j., (2004), informacines technologijos ir valdymas, nr. 1(30), issn 1392-124x, :21-31. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 fig.(1): sudoku board grid with 9 regions 2 7 6 magic sum =15 9 5 1 magic sum =15 4 3 8 magic sum =15 magic sum = 15 magic sum = 15 magic sum = 15 magic sum = 15 magic sum =15 fig.(2): magic square of order 3 362 | computer science http://www.elsevier.nl/locate/entcs @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 4 9 2 2 7 6 6 7 2 8 1 6 3 5 7 9 5 1 1 5 9 3 5 7 8 1 6 4 3 8 8 3 4 4 9 2 4 3 8 2 9 4 6 1 8 8 3 4 9 5 1 7 5 3 7 5 3 1 5 9 2 7 6 6 1 8 2 9 4 6 7 2 fig.(3): magic square of odd order 3 samples fig.(4): an initial sudoku configuration is empty 2 7 6 4 3 8 9 5 1 9 5 1 2 7 6 4 3 8 4 3 8 9 5 1 2 7 6 6 2 7 8 4 3 1 9 5 1 9 5 6 2 7 8 4 3 8 4 3 1 9 5 6 2 7 7 6 2 3 8 4 5 1 9 5 1 9 7 6 2 3 8 4 3 8 4 5 1 9 7 6 2 fig.(5): illustrates first, second and third region fig.(6): illustrates fourth, fifth and sixth region fig.(7): illustrates seventh, eighth and ninth region 363 | computer science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2 7 6 4 3 8 9 5 1 9 5 1 2 7 6 4 3 8 4 3 8 9 5 1 2 7 6 6 2 7 8 4 3 1 9 5 1 9 5 6 2 7 8 4 3 8 4 3 1 9 5 6 2 7 7 6 2 3 8 4 5 1 9 5 1 9 7 6 2 3 8 4 3 8 4 5 1 9 7 6 2 fig.(8): sudoku grid solution appendix (a) illustrates two solutions, after the proposed algorithm run on other samples of magic square. 8 1 6 4 9 2 3 5 7 3 5 7 8 1 6 4 9 2 4 9 2 3 5 7 8 1 6 6 8 1 2 4 9 7 3 5 7 3 5 6 8 1 2 4 9 2 4 9 7 3 5 6 8 1 1 6 8 9 2 4 5 7 3 5 7 3 1 6 8 9 2 4 9 2 4 5 7 3 1 6 8 solution 1 4 9 2 8 1 6 3 5 7 3 5 7 4 9 2 8 1 6 8 1 6 3 5 7 4 9 2 2 4 9 6 8 1 7 3 5 7 3 5 2 4 9 6 8 1 6 8 1 7 3 5 2 4 9 9 2 3 1 6 8 5 7 3 5 7 4 9 2 4 1 6 8 1 6 8 5 7 3 9 2 4 solution 2 364 | computer science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 لحل مسألة شبكة سودوكو 3استخدام مربع ماجك ذو الترتیب إسراء نذیر الكالك جامعة الموصل/ كلیة التمریض/ فرع العلوم األساسیة 2012تشرین األول 15البحث في قبل ، 2011حزیران 19استلم البحث في الخالصة الت�ي تع�د إح�دى مس�ائل ال�ذكاء االص�طناعي، إذ تمل�ك كم�اً ھ�ائالً م�ن 9×9تطرق البحث إلى حل مسألة ش�بكة س�ودوكو ، تمخض البحث إلى حل المسألة من خالل خوارزمیة 3الحلول لتولید تلك الشبكة، بأستخدام مربع ماجك ذو الترتیب الفردي وم�ن دون تخص�یص أي ع�دد (م�ن الواح�د إل�ى التس�عة) ألی�ة 3ینیة مقترحة ناتجة من مربع ماجك ذي الترتی�ب الف�ردي تخم خلیة من خالیا شبكة سودوكو عند بدای�ة ح�ل المس�ألة، وھ�ذا خالف�اً للح�ل ف�ي الطرائ�ق التقلیدی�ة الس�ابقة، وذل�ك لتولی�د جمی�ع نتائج البحث التوصل إل�ى الس�ھولة المتاح�ة ف�ي ح�ل المس�ألة واألس�تغناء الشبكات الفرعیة األخرى في شبكة سودوكو. أثبتت عن الطرائق الیدویة، فضالً عن تموضع األعداد (م�ن الواح�د إل�ى التس�عة) ف�ي مرك�ز ك�ل ش�بكة فرعی�ة م�ن ش�بكة س�ودوكو برن��امج حاس�وبي بلغ��ة . أُع�د ، وع�دم تك�رار أی��ة ش�بكة فرعی�ة بترتی��ب أرقامھ�ا(العنص�ر الث�اني م��ن الص�ف والعم�ود الث��اني) لیحاكي الخوارزمیة المقترحة. 6.5ماتالب شبكة سودوكو، ھیورستك. : الكلمات المفتاحیة 365 | computer science 10880086 10880087 10880088 10880089 10880090 10880091 10880092 10880093 10880094 10880095 10880096 139 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1997 vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝐅𝐢𝐱𝐞𝐝 𝐏𝐨𝐢𝐧𝐭𝐬 𝐑𝐞𝐬𝐮𝐥𝐭𝐬 𝐢𝐧 𝑮 − 𝐌𝐞𝐭𝐫𝐢𝐜 𝐒𝐩𝐚𝐜𝐞𝐬 anaam neamah faraj anaamnema1@gmail.com salwa salman abed salwaalbundi@yahoo.com departmen of mathmatics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 11 october 2018,accepted 26 november 2018,publish february 2019 abstract in this paper, the concept of 𝐹 −contraction mapping on a 𝐺-metric space is extended with a consideration on local 𝐹 − contraction. as a result, two fixed point theorems were proved for 𝐹 − contraction on a closed ball in a complete 𝐺-metric space. keywords: 𝐺 − metric spaces, local fixed points, 𝐹 − contractions. 1.introduction and preliminaries bapure dhage in his phd thesis [1992] introduced a new class of generalized metric spaces, named d metric spaces. mustafa and sims proved that most of the claims concerning the fundamental structures on d metric spaces are incorrect and introduced an appropriate notion of d metric space, named g-metric spaces. in fact, mustafa, sims and other authors introduced many fixed point results for self mappings in g metric spaces under certain conditions. actually, the method is used in the study of fixed points in metric spaces,and symmetric spaces. in this paper, a general fixed point theorem for pairs of non weakly compatible mappings in g metric space is proved. in the case of a single mapping some results. in 2012, wardowski introduced a new concept for contraction mappings as called f-contraction by considering a class of real valued functions. let ℳ be a nonempty set and υ : ℳ× ℳ × ℳ → ℝ+ be a function satisfying the following condition: 1𝛶 ( 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣) = 0 if and only if 𝑞 = 𝑢 = 𝑣, 2 0 < 𝛶 ( 𝑞, 𝑞, 𝑢 ), ∀ 𝑞, 𝑢 ∈ ℳ 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑞 ≠ 𝑢, 3𝛶 ( 𝑞, 𝑞, 𝑢) ≤ 𝛶 (𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣) , ∀ 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑢 ≠ 𝑣, 4𝛶 (𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣) = 𝛶(𝑞, 𝑣, 𝑢) = … , (symmetry in all three vairables), 5𝛶 (𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣) ≤ 𝛶 (𝑞, 𝑎, 𝑎 ) + 𝛶 (𝑎, 𝑢, 𝑣) , ∀ 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑎 ∈ ℳ. then the function 𝛶 is called generalized metric on ℳ [1] and the pair (ℳ,𝛶) is called a 𝐺metric space. a 𝐺 -metric space ℳ is called a symmetric [2] if ∀ 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ 𝛶 ( 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑢 ) = 𝛶 (𝑞, 𝑞, 𝑢 ) many results and examples about 𝛶-metric space and its generalization one can found in [2-10]. proposition 1 [5]: let (ℳ, 𝛶 ) be a 𝐺-metric space, then the following statements are equivalent: 1-(ℳ, 𝛶 ) is symmetric. 2-𝛶 (𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑢) ≤ 𝛶 ( 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑎 ) for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑎 ∈ ℳ, 3-𝛶 ( 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣) ≤ 𝛶 (𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑎 ) + 𝛶(𝑣, 𝑢, 𝑏 ) for all 𝑞, 𝑢 , 𝑣, 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ ℳ. https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1997 mailto:anaamnema1@gmail.com mailto:salwaalbundi@yahoo.com     140 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1977  vol. 32 (1) 2019 the υ-ball with center 𝑟 and radius 𝜖 0 is 𝐵 (𝑟 , 𝜖 ) [10] is: 𝐵 (𝑟 ,𝜖) = {s ∈ ℳ ∶ υ (𝑟 , s, and s) 𝜖 .  the sequence 𝑟 in a 𝐺 metric space ℳ, 𝛶 is said to be   1𝛶 convergent to 𝑟 if ∃𝑘 ∈ 𝑁 , 𝜖 0 for 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑚, 𝑛 𝑘 such that 𝛶 𝑟, 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝜖. 2𝛶 – cauchy if ∃ 𝑘 ∈ 𝑁 , 𝜖 0 for 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑚, 𝑛 , 𝑙 𝑘 such that υ 𝑟 ,𝑟 ,𝑟 ) 𝜖 . a 𝐺–metric space ℳ, 𝛶 is complete if every 𝛶 -cauchy sequence (ℳ, υ) is υconvergent in (ℳ, υ 1 . proposition 2 [11]: let ℳ, 𝛶 be a 𝐺-metric space the following statements are equivalent 1𝑟 is 𝛶-convergent to 𝑟 , if and only if 𝛶 𝑟 ,𝑟 ,𝑟 → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ , 2is υ 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟)→ 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ if and only if υ 𝑟 ,𝑟 ,𝑟)→ 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑚, 𝑛 → ∞. proposition 3 [6]: let 𝑞 and 𝑢 be a sequence in a 𝐺 metric space (ℳ, υ) if 𝑟 converges to 𝑞 and 𝑢 converge to 𝑢. then υ 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑢 converges to υ 𝑞, 𝑞, 𝑢 . the selfmapping 𝑓 on a g-metric space ℳ, 𝛶 is υ continuous at 𝑟 ∈ ℳ [9] iff every sequence 𝑟 ⊂ ℳ, with 𝑟 → 𝑟 , we have 𝑓 𝑟 → 𝑓 𝑟. a mapping 𝑓 ∶ ℳ → ℳ is said to be 𝐹-contraction if there exists 𝜏 > 0 such that for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ, 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 0, 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 . for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ (1) let 𝐷 be the class of all functions 𝐹: 𝑅 → 𝑅 is a mapping satisfying the following conditions: (d1) 𝐹 is strictly increasing, i.e., for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝑞 𝑢 𝑣 , 𝐹 𝑞 𝐹 𝑢 𝐹 𝑣 , d2 for each sequence α ⊂ 0, ∞ , lim → α = 0 iff lim → 𝐹 α = -∞. (d3) ∃𝑘 ∈ 0, 1 such that lim → 𝛼 𝐹 α = 0. every 𝐹-contraction is contractive (byd1) and then every 𝐹 contraction is 𝛶-continuous. clearly, (1) and (d1) implies that every 𝐹-contraction mapping is 𝛶-continuous, since for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ, with𝑓 𝑞 𝑓𝑢 𝑓𝑣, 𝐹 𝑓 𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 . for illustration, we give the following example. example 4 aconsider 𝐹 : 0, ∞ → 𝑅 as 𝐹 (𝛼 𝑙𝑛𝛼. it is clear that𝐹 ∈ 𝐷. then each self mappings 𝑓 on a 𝐺-metric space (ℳ,𝛶) is an 𝐹 -contraction ∋ for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ, 𝑓𝑞 𝑓𝑢 𝑓𝑣 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝑒 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 then for 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ such that 𝑓𝑞 𝑓 𝑢 𝑓𝑣 the inequality 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝑒 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 holds. therefore, 𝑓 is a contraction with ℎ 𝑒 . blet 𝐹 : 0, ∞ → 𝑅 be 𝐹 𝛼 𝛼 𝑙𝑛𝛼. it is clear that 𝐹 ∈ 𝐷. then each self mappings 𝑓 on a 𝐺-metric space (ℳ, 𝛶) satisfying (1.1) is an 𝐹 -contraction such that     141 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1977  vol. 32 (1) 2019 , , , , e , , , , 𝑒 , for all𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ, 𝑓𝑞 𝑓 𝑢 𝑓𝑣 2. main results throughout the following ℳ is a complete 𝐺 metric space 𝑤. 𝑟. 𝑡. distance function 𝛶. we can prove the following theorem theorem 5 let 𝑓: ℳ → ℳ be 𝛶 continuous self-mapping, 𝜖 0 and 𝑞 ∈ ℳ. suppose that ∃ ℎ ∈ 0, 1 , 𝜏 0, and 𝐹 ∈ 𝐷.if for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 ⊂ ℳ with 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 0 ∋ 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 , (2) and 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 < 1 𝑘 𝜖. (3) then ∃! 𝑟∗ in 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 ∋ 𝑟∗ 𝑓𝑟∗. proof: suppose 𝑞 ∈ ℳ such that 𝑞 𝑓𝑞 , 𝑞 𝑓𝑞 . continuing in this way, we get 𝑞 𝑓𝑞 , ∀𝑛 0. implies that {𝑞 } is non-increasing sequence. first, to prove 𝑞 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 , ∀𝑛 ∈ ℕ, by using mathematical induction. from (3), we get 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 = 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 1 𝑘 𝜖 𝜖. (4) hence, 𝑞 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 . suppose 𝑞 ,….., 𝑞 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 for some𝑖 ∈ ℕ. then from (2) we obtain 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝜏 since 𝐹 is strictly increasing, we get 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 ℎ 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 (5) now, 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 ⋯ 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 1 𝑘 ⋯ 𝑘 ] 1 𝑘 𝜖 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 𝜖. thus 𝑞 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 , hence 𝑟 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 ∀ 𝑛 ∈ ℕ. continuing, we have 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑟 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝑛𝜏 this implies that 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝑛𝜏 (6) from (6) we get 𝑙𝑖𝑚 → 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∞ . since𝐹 ∈ 𝐷. we get 𝑙𝑖𝑚 → 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 0 (7) from (d3) there exists 𝑝 ∈ 0,1 such that 𝑙𝑖𝑚 → 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 0 (8)     142 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1977  vol. 32 (1) 2019 from (6) we have 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝑛𝜏 0. (9) by (7), (8) and letting 𝑛 → ∞, in (9) we get 𝑙𝑖𝑚 → 𝑛 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 0 . (10) we observe that from (10), then ∃ 𝑛 ∈ ℕ ∋ 𝑛 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 1 , ∀ 𝑛 𝑛 we have 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 , ∀ 𝑛 𝑛 (11) now, 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈ ℕ ∋ 𝑚 𝑛 𝑛 . then, by properties of 𝛶 and (11) we obtain 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 … 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 =∑ 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∑ 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∑ (12) the series ∑ is 𝛶 convergent. as 𝑛 → ∞, from (12) we get {𝑞 is a 𝛶-cauchy sequence since lim , → 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 0 . by completeness of ℳ, ∃𝑟∗ ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 ∋ 𝑞 → 𝑟∗ 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞. since 𝑓 is 𝛶 continuous. then , 𝑞 𝑓𝑞 → 𝑓𝑟∗ as 𝑛 → ∞, that is, 𝑟∗ 𝑓𝑟∗. hence 𝑟∗ is a fixed point of 𝑓. to prove uniqueness, let 𝑞, 𝑢 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 and 𝑞 𝑢 be any two fixed point of 𝑓. then from (2) we have 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑢 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑢 , we obtain, 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑢 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑢 . which is contradiction, so, 𝑞 𝑢. for more illustration we give the following example. example 6 let ℳ 𝑅 and 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 |𝑞 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑞 𝑣|. then (ℳ,𝛶) is a complete g-metric space. define the mapping 𝑓: ℳ→ ℳ by, 𝑓 𝑞 𝑞 4 , 𝑟 ∈ 0,1 𝑞 1 2 , 𝑟 ∈ 1, ∞ . 𝑟 1, 𝜖 3 , 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 , . if 𝐹 𝛼 ln 𝛼, 𝛼 0 and 𝜏 0, then 𝛶 1, 𝑓1, 𝑓1 𝜖. if 𝑞, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 then 1 4 |𝑞 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑞 𝑣| 1 2 |𝑞 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑞 𝑣| so, 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 ℎ 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣     143 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1977  vol. 32 (1) 2019 hence 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓 𝑞, 𝑓 𝑢, 𝑓 𝑣 𝜏 ln 𝛶 𝑓 𝑞, 𝑓 𝑢, 𝑓 𝑣 ln ℎ 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 = 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 if 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 1, ∞ then 𝑞 𝑢 𝑢 𝑣 𝑣 𝑞 |𝑟 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑟 𝑣| 𝜏 |𝑓 𝑞 𝑓 𝑢| |𝑓 𝑢 𝑓 𝑣| |𝑓 𝑞 𝑓 𝑣| |𝑞 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑞 𝑣| so, 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓 𝑞, 𝑓 𝑢, 𝑓 𝑣 𝐹 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑢, 𝑣 . then the contraction does not hold on ℳ. now, we present two properties of𝑓, 𝑓: ℳ → ℳ. we say that 𝑓 satisfies the condition: i ω 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 1, ∀ 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ whenevere ω ∶ ℳ → 𝑅 , ω 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 1. iifor given a sequence {𝑞 ⊂ ℳ with 𝑞 → 𝑞 ∈ ℳ as 𝑛 → ∞, if ω 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 φ 𝑞 , 𝑞 , 𝑞 , ∀𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 ⇒ 𝑓 𝑞 → 𝑓𝑞, where ω, φ: ℳ → 𝑅 are two functions. if φ 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 1 then (ii) reduces (i). let ∆𝜓 𝜓: 𝑅 → 𝑅 ∶ ∀ 𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 ∈ 𝑅 , 𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 0, ∃𝜏 0 ∋ 𝜓 𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 𝜏 . definition 7 let 𝑓 be a selfmapping on a 𝐺-metric space (ℳ, 𝛶) and 𝑟 ∈ℳ with 𝜖 0. suppose that 𝜔: ℳ → 0, ∞ , φ: ℳ → 𝑅 two functions. we say that 𝑓 is called 𝜔-φ𝜓𝐹 contraction on a closed ball if for all 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐵 𝑞 , 𝜖 ⊆ ℳ, with 𝜔 𝑞, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑞 , 𝑢, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑢 , 𝑣, 𝑓𝑣, 𝑓𝑣 φ 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 and 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 0, we have 𝜓 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑞 , 𝛶 𝑢, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑢 , 𝛶 𝑣, 𝑓𝑣, 𝑓𝑣 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 , 13 and 𝛶 𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 , 𝑓𝑞 1 𝑘 𝜖, 14 where 0 𝑘 1, 𝜓 ∈ ∆𝜓 and 𝐹 ∈ 𝐷. definition 8 let 𝑓: ℳ → ℳ be a self –mapping and𝜔, φ: ℳ × ℳ× ℳ → [0, +∞) be two functions. 𝑓 is called that is 𝜔admissible mapping with respect to φ if 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ, φ (𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣) 𝜔 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 implies that φ (𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣) 𝜔 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣) and 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 0, we have 𝜓 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑞 , 𝛶 𝑢, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑢 , 𝛶 𝑣, 𝑓𝑣, 𝑓𝑣 , 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 , 𝛶 𝑢, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑣 , 𝛶 𝑣, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝐹 𝑀 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 (15) where 𝑀 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑢, 𝑣 , 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑞 , 𝛶 𝑢, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑢 , 𝛶 𝑣, 𝑓𝑣, 𝑓𝑣 , 𝛶 𝑞, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 𝛶 𝑢, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑣 𝛶 𝑣, 𝑓𝑞, 𝑓𝑢 3 and     144 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1977  vol. 32 (1) 2019 ∑ 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 ≤, ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝑁 and 𝜖 0. (16) 𝜓 ∈ ∆𝜓 and𝐹 ∈ 𝐷. theorem 9 let 𝑓: ℳ → ℳ be 𝜔-φ𝜓𝐹 contraction mapping on a closed ball where (i) 𝑓 is an 𝜔admissible mapping with respect to φ, ii there exists 𝑟 ∈ ℳ such that 𝜔 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 φ 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , (iii) 𝑓 is an 𝜔-φ continuous. then there exists a point 𝑟 in 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 such that 𝑓𝑟 𝑟 proof: let 𝑟 in ℳ such that 𝜔 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 φ 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 . for 𝑟 ∈ℳ. let us construct a sequence 𝑟 such that 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 continuing this way, 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 , ∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. since, 𝑓 is an 𝜔admissible mapping with respect to φ, then 𝜔 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝜔 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 φ 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 φ 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 . continuous we get φ 𝑟 , 𝑓 𝑟 , 𝑓 𝑟 =φ 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝜔 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , ∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (17 if ∃ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 ∋ 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑓 𝑟 , 𝑓 𝑟 0 , there is nothing to prove. so, suppose that 𝑟 𝑟 with 𝛶 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 𝛶 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 0 , ∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. first, we see that 𝑟 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 , ∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. since 𝑓 be a 𝜔-φ𝜓𝐹 contraction mapping on a closed ball, we get 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 1 𝑘 𝜖 𝜖 (18) thus 𝑟 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 . suppose 𝑟 , … , 𝑟 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 for some 𝑗 ∈ 𝑁, such that 𝜓 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 +𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 . this implies, 𝜓 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 0 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 , 𝑓𝑟 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 . by definition of 𝜓, (𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 0 0, so, ∃𝜏 0 such that, 𝜓 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 . 0 𝜏. therefore, 𝐹 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝐹 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝜏 19 to complete, we follow the same steps of the theorem (9),since ℳ is complete 𝐺 metric space there exists 𝑟 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 such that 𝑟 → 𝑟 as 𝑛 → ∞ . 𝑓 is an 𝜔-φ continuous and φ 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 𝜔 𝑟 , 𝑟 , 𝑟 , ∀ 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. then     145 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1977  vol. 32 (1) 2019 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 → 𝑓 𝑟 as 𝑛 → ∞. that is, 𝑟 𝑓 𝑟 hence 𝑟 is a fixed point of 𝑓. to illustrate theorem 9, we give the following example example 10 let ℳ 𝑅 and 𝛶 be 𝐺 metric on ℳ as in example 6 define 𝑓: ℳ → ℳ, 𝜔: ℳ ℳ ℳ → ∞ ∪ 0, ∞ , φ: ℳ ℳ ℳ → 𝑅 , 𝜓: 𝑅 → 𝑅 , and 𝐹: 𝑅 → 𝑅 by 𝑓 𝑟 √ 𝑟, 𝑟 ∈ 0,1 , 2𝑟, 𝑟 ∈ 1, ∞ , 𝜔 𝑟, 𝑢, 𝑣 𝑒 , 𝑟 ∈ 0,1 , otherwise φ 𝑟, 𝑢, 𝑣 for all 𝑟, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℳ, 𝜓 (𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝑡 ) = 𝜏 0 and 𝐹 𝑞 ln 𝑞 with 𝑞 0. 𝑟 1 3 , 𝜖 1 , 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 1 6 , 5 6 then 𝛶 ( , 𝑓 , 𝑓 0.732 𝜖. if 𝑟, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 then 𝜔 𝑟, 𝑢, 𝑣 𝑒 φ 𝑟, 𝑢, 𝑣 . on the other hand, 𝑓 𝑟 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 , ∀ 𝑟 ∈ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 . then, 𝜔 𝑓𝑟, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 φ 𝑟, 𝑓𝑟, 𝑓𝑟 with 𝛶 𝑓 𝑟, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 √𝑟 √𝑢 √𝑢 √𝑣 √𝑟 √𝑣 0. clearly 𝜔 0, 𝑓1, 𝑓1 φ 0, 𝑓1, 𝑓1 , then we have 𝛶 𝑓𝑟, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 √𝑟 √𝑢 √𝑟 √𝑢 √𝑟 √𝑢 √𝑢 √𝑣 √𝑢 √𝑣 √𝑢 √𝑣 √𝑟 √𝑣 √𝑟 √𝑣 √𝑟 √𝑣 𝑟 𝑢 √𝑟 √𝑢 𝑢 𝑣 √𝑢 √𝑣 𝑟 𝑣 √𝑟 √𝑣 ℎ |𝑟 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑟 𝑣| consequently 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓 𝑟, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 τ ln 𝛶 𝑓 𝑟, 𝑓𝑢, 𝑓𝑣 ln ℎ 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑢, 𝑣 𝐹 ℎ 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑢, 𝑣 . if 𝑟 ∉ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 or 𝑢 ∉ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 or 𝑣 ∉ 𝐵 𝑟 , 𝜖 then 𝜔 𝑟 , 𝑢, 𝑣 1 5 ≱ 1 3 φ 𝑟 , 𝑢, 𝑣 2(|𝑟 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑟 𝑣| |𝑟 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑟 𝑣| |𝑓 𝑟 𝑓 𝑢| |𝑓 𝑢 𝑓 𝑣| |𝑓 𝑟 𝑓 𝑣| |𝑟 𝑢| |𝑢 𝑣| |𝑟 𝑣| 𝜏 𝐹 𝛶 𝑓 𝑟, 𝑓 𝑢, 𝑓 𝑣 𝐹 𝛶 𝑟 , 𝑢, 𝑣 the contraction does not hold. 3.conclusion and open problem this research focus on introducing new idea of f-contraction on a closed ball which is different from f-contraction given in [4]. therefore a generalization of results is very useful so far as it requires the f-contraction mapping only on a closed ball rather the whole space. this new idea however guides the researcher towards futher investigations and applications.at the     146 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sc i. ihjpas  https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1977  vol. 32 (1) 2019 same time,it will be interesting to apply these concepts in a various spaces. in future,we suggest study the results in [8] to verify the extent achieved in the setting of 𝐹 contraction mappings in modular spaces. references 1. 1.mustafa,z.; sims,b.a. new approach to generalized metric space. j. of nonlinear and convex analysis. 2006. 7, 2, 289-297. 2. abed,s.s.; luaibi, h. h. two fixed point theorems in generalized metric spaces. international journal of advanced statistics and probability. 2016,4,1, 16-19. 3. gajic, l.; stojakovic, m.; thomas, s. type fixed point theorems in generalized metric spaces. filomat. 2017, 31,11, 3347–3356 4. tahat, n.; et al. common fixed points for single valued and multi-valued maps satisfying generalized contraction in g-metric spaces. fixed point theory and applications. 2012, 7, 31-39. 5. abed, s.s.; faraj, a.n.topological properties of 𝐺-hausdorff metric. international journal of applied mathematics and statistical sciences (ijamss). 2018, 7, 5, 1-18. 6. abed, s.s. fixed point principles in general 𝑏 metric spaces and 𝑏 menger probabilistic spaces. journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics. 2018, 10, 2, 2521-0204. 7. abed,s.s.; luaibi, h.h. implicit fixed points in manger gmetric spaces. international journal of advanced scientific technical research. 2016, 6, 1, 117-127. 8. abed,s.s.; abdul sada, k.e. common fixed points in modular spaces, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017. special issue. 9. phaneendra, t.; swamy,k. k. unique fixed point in g-metric space through greatest lower bound properties. novi sat j. math. 2013, 43, 2,107-115. 10. mustafa,z.; hamed,o.; aawdeh, f. some fixed point theorems for mapping on complete g-metric space. hindawi publishing corporation. fixed point theory and applications. 2008,1-12. 11. a.kaewcharoen, a.; kaewkhao, a. common fixed points for singlevalued and multivalued mappings in g-metric spaces. int j. of math analysis. 2011, 5, 36, 1775-1790. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 study the effect of rifampicin in the level of thyroid's gland ho rmones and thyroid stimulating hormone in rabbits d. a. sabrei de partment of biology, college of education ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad abstract the aim of this st udy was intended to st udy the effect of r ifampicin in the lev el of thy roid's gland hormones (t4 ، t3) and thy roid -stimulating hormone (tsh) in rabbits. eight male rabbits were used through out this study , their weights were measured before the starting of the exp eriment. animals were divided into two group s (each group contains 4 rabbits), the first group was administ rated daily with 15 mg/kg p hy siological nor mal salin e for 35 days and used as a control group , while the second group was administ rated with 15 mg /kg d aily for 35 day of rifampicin capsule 300 mg. at the end of the exp eriment, all of animal group s were weighted and the sera was p rep ared to measure the hormones. the results showed that there was a significant de crease (p < 0.05) in the mean of animals weights in the second group that was treated with rifampicin in comp arison with the control group . a significant increase (p < 0.05)was in t4, and t3 hormones level, and a si gnificant decrease (p < 0.05)was in tsh hormone level in the second group that t reated with rifampicin in comparison with t he control group . from this study , can conclude that rifampicin has a negative effect on thy roid gland function which might disorder on the secretion activity of thy roid gland hormones. key words: rifampicin, thyroid gland, thyroid hormone s. introduction the thy roid is one of the lar gest endocrine glands in the body . this gland is found in the neck inferior to (below) the thy roid cartilage (also known as adam's app le in men) and at approximately the same level as t he cr icoid cartila ge(1). the thy roid controls how quickly the body burns energy , makes p roteins, and how sensitive the body should be to other hormones (2). the primary function of the thy roid is p roduction of the hormones thy roxine (t4), ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 triiodothy ronine (t3), and calcitonin. up to 80% of the t4 is converted in to t 3 by p erip heral organs such as the liver, kidney and sp leen. t3 is about ten times more active than t4 (3). thy roxine (t4) is sy nthesized by the follicular cells from free ty rosine and of the ty rosine residues of the protein is called thy roglobulin (tg). iodine is cap tured with the "iodine trap" by the hy drogen p eroxide generated by the enzy me thy roid peroxidase (tpo) (4) and linked to the 3' and 5' sites of the benzene ring of the ty rosine residues on tg, and on free tyrosine. up on st imulation by the thy roid -stimulating hormone (tsh), the follicular cells reabsorb tg and p roteolytically cleav e the iodinated ty rosines from tg, forming t4 and t3 (in t3, on e iodine is absent comp ared to t4), and releasing them into the blood. diiodinase enzy mes convert t4 to t3 (5). thy roid hormones that are secreted from the gland are about 90% t4 and about 10% t3. (3) cells of the brain are a major target for the thy roid hormones t3 and t4. thy roid hormones p lay a p articular crucial role in br ain maturation during f etal develop ment. (6) a transp ort protein (oatp1c1) has been identified that seems to be imp ortant for t4 transp ort across the blood brain barrier. a second transp ort p rotein (m ct8) is imp ortant for t3 transp ort across brain cell membranes (7). in the blood, t4 and t3 are p artially bound to thy roxine-bindin g globulin. only a very small fraction of the circulating hormone is free (unbound) t4 0.03% and t3 0.3%. only the free fraction has hormon al activity (8). the p roduction of thy roxine and triiodothy ronine is regulated by thy roid -st imulating hormone (tsh), released by the anterior p ituitary (that is in turn released as a result of trh release by the hypothalamus) (8),(9). rifampicin, or rifad in, or r ifampin is a semisy nthetic antibiotic derivative of rifamy cin sv. rifamp in is a red-brown crystalline p owder very slightly soluble in water at neutral p h, freely soluble in chloroform, soluble in ethy l acetate and in methanol. its molecular we ight is 822.95 and its chemical formu la is c43h58n4o12. the chemical name for rif amp in is either: 3-[[(4-m ethy l-1-pip eraziny l)imino]methy l]rifamy cin or 5,6,9,17,19,21-hexahy droxy -23-methoxy -2,4,12,16,20,22 heptamethy l-8-[n-(4-methy l-1-p iperaziny l)formimidoyl]-2,7-(ep oxyp entadeca [1,11,13]trienimino)nap htho[2,1-b]furan-1,11(2h)-dione 21-acetate.(10) its structural formula is: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 rifampicin drug i.e. (rifamp in) capsules, and (rifampin) for injection iv an active antibiotic used for tuberculosis and against some gram negative, gr am p ositive, some enteric bacteria, and my cobacterium. rifampicin binds strongly to dna dep endent rna p olymerase thus it inhibits rna sy nthesis in bacteria and chlamydia (11), (12). rifampicin has many sides effects for examp le it causes anemia (13), thrombocy top enia, and leucopenia (14), also rifampicin reduces the level of glutathione, creatinine, wbcs counts and the level of lip id (15) ….etc. few of researches insinuate that rifampicin may increase t3 level, and until y et to our knowledge, no st udy was devoted to the st ill p oorly exp loited asp ect of the effect of rifampicin on the level of thy roid gland hormones, i.e. does the rifampicin h as side effects on the thy roid gland function, which is the aim of the present study . material and methods eight male rabbits were used in this study were taken from the animal house in the biotechnolo gy researches center / al – nahrain university , and their ages were between, (9 – 12) months. isolated in a relatively controlled environ ment at a temp erature of a bout 37°c, their weights were between (1500 – 1250) gm at the beginnin g of the exp eriment ,their weights about and they were given free access for tap water and food adlibitum. animals were div ided into t wo group s (each group contains 4 rabbits) as follows: 1. first group was administ rated daily with 15 mg / kg p hysiological normal salin e by orogastric tube for 35 day s and used as a control group . 2. second group was administ rated daily with 15 mg / kg of rifampicin 300 mg by orogastric tube for 35 day s. at the end of the exp eriment the weights of the animals were taken. and p ull up the blood by heart p uncture and p rep ared the sera to measure the thy roid gland hor mones (t4, t3) and thy roid -stimulating hor mone (tsh) by the (elisa method) and used the sp ecific eli sa hormones kits for (t 4, t3 ), and (tsh). the exp eriment and the hormonal assay were done in ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the laboratory of the biotechnology researches center / al – nahrain univ ersity from (20 / november / 2008) to (25 / january / 2009). results and discussion animals treated with rifampicin showed a significat (p < 0.05) decrease in the body weights (from 1450.00  50.00 to 467.50 ± 46.26) gm in c omparison with the animals weights of the control group (from 1250.00  104.08 to 1825.00  85.39) gm (tab-1). these changes reflect the effect of rifampic in administration on the thyroid gland func tion i.e. increase secretion it’s hormones (t4 , t3) thus increase the body’s basal metabolic rate, stimu late carbohydrate metabolism ,break down fats, and affect protein synthesis.(2), (16),(17), (18). also the results showed a significant increase (p < 0.05) in t4, and t3 hormone level, and a s ignificant decrease (p <0.05) in tsh hormone level in comparison w ith the control group (tab2). these results s how that rifampicin had side effects on thyroid gland func tion i.e. increase forming and release it s hormones over the normal value especially (t4 & t3), that’s mean primary hyperthyroidism and the weights results above proved that. may be it s increase thyroxine (t4) s ynthesized by the follicular cells from free tyrosine or from the tyrosine residues of the protein called thyroglobulin (tg) (10), (19). a decrease that happened to tsh it’s a result to the negative feed back mechanism (18),(19), i.e. thyroxine t4 and triiodothyron ine t3 is regulated by thyroid-stimulating hormone (tsh), released by the anterior pitu itary (that is in turn released as a result of trh re lease by the hypotha lamus). the thyroid and thyrotropes form a negative feedback loop: tsh produc tion is suppressed when t4 level is high, and vice versa. the tsh produc tion itself is modulated by thyrotropin-releasing hormone (trh), which is produc ed by the hypothalamus and secreted at an increased rate in situations such as cold (in which an accelerated metabolism would generate more heat). tsh production is blunt ed by somatostatin (srih), rising levels of glucocorticoids and sex hormones ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 (estrogen and testosterone), and excessively high blood iodide concentration (20). the results concluded that rifamp icin had negative effect on thyroid gland func tion which might have disorder on the secretion activity of thyroid gland hormones. re ferences 1. anonymous, (2003). the thyriod gland. internet address: www.umm.edu. pp: 1-2. 2. miller, f.r. & netterville, j.l. (1999). med. clin. north. am., 83: 247-259. 3. nussey, stephen & whitehead, saffron (2001). the thyroid gland in endocrinology: an integrated approach. published by bios scientific publishers ltd. pp: 225. 4. ekholm, r. and bjorkman, u. (1997). endocrinology, 138 (7): 2871–2878. 5. bianco, a.c.; salvatore, d.; gereben, b.; berry, m.j. & larsen, p.r. (2002).. endocr. rev., 23 (1): 38–89. 6. kester, m.h.; martinez de mena, r.; obregon, m.j.; marinkovic, d.; howatson, a.; visser, t.j.; hume, r. & morreale de escobar, g.(2004). j. clin. endocrinol. metab., 89(7):3117–3128. 7.jansen, j.; friesema, e.c.h.; milic i, c. & visser, t.j. (2005). thyroid, 15: 757-768. 8.yalçin, b. & ozan, h. (2006). journal of the american college of surgeons, 202 (2): 291–6. 9. taurog, a. (1996). hormone synthesis. in: l. braverman & r. ut iger (eds.). werner and ingbar’s the thyroid gland. j.b. lippincott-kaven co. philadelphia. pp: 47-81. 10. anonymous. (2009). rifadin (rifamp in) drug information uses, side effects, drug interactions and warnings at rxlist2. internet address: http://w ww.rxlist.com/rifadin drug.htm. pp: 1-8. 11. joshi, r. (2007).j.a.p.i., 54: 57-74 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 12. mihic, p. & gandhi, t. (2008) .pharmacology reviews, 2(3):1-1. 13. m ansouthi, w. (2008).biol. med. central., 8 (136) :1-7. 14. m ahmood , k .(2007).park j. med. sci., 23(1):1-2. 15. adhvaryu, r.; narsimha, r.; minoo, h. & bapalal, v. (2007).w. j. gastroenterol., 13 ( 23): 3199-3205. 16. simon, h.(2003). hypothyroidis im. internet address: www.thyroid.com/index./ pp: 1-3. 17. anony mous. (2009).thyroid and anti-thyroid drugs. internet address: http://w ww.thyroid-info.com/drugs/armour.htm pp:4. 18. junqueira, l.c.; carneiro, j. & kelly, r.o. (2002). basic histology. 9 th . edn., appleton and lang, asimon and schuster company, usa. pp: 218230. 19. inzucchi, s.; burrow, g. (1999). the thyroid gland and reproduc tion in: s. yen; r. jaffe & r. barbieri (eds.). reproductive endocrinology, physiology pathology and clinical management. 4 th . edn., w.b. saunders company, philadelphia. pp: 314-318. 20. wikipedia, the free encyclop edia. (2009). thy roid. internet address: wikipedia, the free encyclopedia.htm . pp: 1 of 1. table (1): explain the e ffect of administration rifampicin on the rabbits mean weights in treated and control group m  se: m ean  stander error * : significant difference (p <0.05) groups m ean weight(gm) (zero time) m  se m ean weight (gm) (end of treatment) m  se 1. control group 1250.00  104.08 1825.00  85.39 2.group treated with rifampicin 1450.00  50.00 467.50  46.26 * ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (2): explain the e ffect of administration rifampicin in the level of t4, t3, and ts h in rabbits i n treated and control group m  se: m ean  stander error * : sign ificant difference (p <0.05) groups t4 µg / dl m  se t3 ng / ml m  se tsh µu / l m  se 1.control group 6.05  0.16 0.93  0.11 0.80 ± 0.04 2.group treated with rifampicin 8.80  0.45 * 2.53  0.13 * 0.18  0.05 * 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة والهرمون مستوى هرمونات الغدة الدرقیةفي الریفامبیسین ردراسة تأثیر عقا في األرانب ةالمحفز للدرقی دالیا عبد اللطیف صبري ابن الهیثم،جامعة بغداد -قسم علوم الحیاة ، كلیة التربیة الخالصة والهرمون t4 (t3,(مستوى هرمونات الغدة الدرقیة في الریفامبیسین رتأثیر عقا دراسة الى هدفت الدراسة الحالیة أوزانها ومن ثم قسمت على تخذأ اذ أرانب ذكور 8الدراسة في هذه استخدم .األرانبفي (tsh)ةالمحفز للدرقی ملحي الفسیولوجي )مجموعة سیطرة( األولىالمجموعة جرعت .أرانب 4مجموعتین كل مجموعة مكونة من بالمحلول ال normal saالسوي line p hy siological ة وجرعتیومًا ، 35مدة و كغم / ملیغرام 15 یومیا بجرعة المجموعة الثانی . یوماً 35مدة و یومیًا كغم / ملیغرام 15 مقدارهاوبجرعة ملیغرام 300 الریفامبیسین عقارب (tsh). و t4 (t3,(وزنت الحیوانات وتم سحب الدم لتهیئة األمصال لقیاس مستوى هرمون في نهایة المعاملة p)وجود نقصان معنوي النتائج وأظهرت في معدل أوزان الحیوانات المعاملة بالریفامبیسین مقارنًة بمجموعة (0.05> p)السیطرة وحصول زیادة معنویة p)ونقصان معنوي t3و t4,في مستوى هرموني (0.05> في مستوى هرمون (0.05> tsh مقارنًة بمجموعة السیطرة . فعالیة الغدة الدرقیة اإلفرازیة مما یؤدي الى حدوث خلل في الریفامبیسین تأثیرًا سلبیًا فيلعقار نستنتج من هذه الدراسة إن . اإلفراز الهرموني .ریفامبیسین، الغدة الدرقیة، هرمونات الغدة الدرقیة: كلمات المفتاح biology 13 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 in vitro propagation of groundnut (arachis hypogea l.) kh. r. al-joboury. iraq natural history research center and museum,university of baghdad received in: 1 november 2011 accepted in: 11 january 2012 abstract a protocol has been developed for micropropagation of arachis hypogea l. under in vitro conditions. nodal explants gave rise to multiple shoots when cultured on ms medium supplemented with different concentrations of ba (benzyladenine) with kin (kinetin) or ga3 (gibberellic acid). the highest response of shoot multiplication was obtained in ms containing 1.5 mg.l¯¹ ba and 0.5 mg.l¯¹ kin. the regenerated shootlets were rooted on ms (murashige and skoog) basal medium with different concentrations of iba (indolbutyric acid) and iaa (indol acetic acid). the highest response of rooting was achieved with iba at 0.05 + iaa at 0.05 mg.l¯¹. the maximum frequency of rooting and highest number of roots were produced on medium containing iba 0.05 mg.l¯¹ and iaa 0.05 mg.l¯¹. the plantlets, thus successfully established in soil. key words: arachis hypogea, tissue culture, in vitro, plant regeneration. indroduction groundnut (arachis hypogea l.) or peanut is an oil, food and fodder crop which plays an important role in the agricultural economies of countries of the semi-arid tropics. it contributes significantly to food security and alleviates poverty [1], and as a legume, improves soil fertility by fixing nitrogen and increases productivity for smallholder farmers of the semi-arid cereal croppingsystems [2]. it is one of the principle edible oil seed and protein rich leguminous crop [3], cultivated on over 20 million hectors in over 108 tropical and subtropical countries, with an annual yield of seeds estimated 28 million tons [4]. it is an annual herbaceous plant growing 30 to 50 cm (0.98 to 1.6 ft) tall. peanuts are known by many other local names such as earthnuts, ground nuts, goober peas, monkey nuts, pygmy nuts and pig nuts is an oil, food and fodder crop which plays an important role in the agricultural economies of countries of the semi-arid tropics [5]. micropropagation can be achieved by using different parts of the plant as the primary explant such as, the apical meristem, nodal bud, shoot buds,axillary buds, or through prodaction of somatic embryos, a process commonly known as somatic embryogenesis and aims at two things: production of large number of plantlets and propagation of the selected genotypes without inducing any genetic variation. a lot of research work has been done on nodel culture of several plants [6,7]. asuccessful tissue culture protocol starts with effective explant sterilization. in some study a simple and fast protocol using commercial bleach (sodium hypochlorite, naocl) was evaluated for explant sterilization and in vitro establishment in comparison to mercuric chloride (hgcl2) which is mostly used in reported groundnut tissue culture studies [8]. peanuts can be used like other legumes and grains to make a lactose-free milk-like beverage, peanut milk. peanut plant tops are used for hay [9]. the protein cake (oilcake meal) residue from oil processing is used as an animal feed and as a soil fertilizer. low grade peanuts are also widely sold as a garden bird feed [10]. the aim of this study is regenerate arachis hypogea l.) through the establishment of in vitro propagation technique, it is necessary to device a rapid and efficient micropropagation http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/annual_plant http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/herbaceous http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/peanut_milk http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hay http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/bird biology 14 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 protocol for obtaining true‐to‐type regenerants without detriment to the survival of mother/donor plant and saving its populations from getting rarer in nature. material and methods the present study describes a protocol for rapid in vitro micropropagation of arachis hypogea l. during the period from 2006 to 2008 through nodes explants (0.5–1.0 cm) obtained from a field in al-romadi, followed by soaking in mercuric chloride (hgcl2) for 5 minutes then by three times washing with sterilized distilled water. after that explants were emerged in a solution of sodium hypochlorite (chlorox) containing 3-5 drops of tween20 for 20 minutes, then washed three times with sterilized distilled water [11] had been used for the establishment stage supplemented with 30 g.l¯¹l sucrose and 6 mg.l¯¹ agar, ph was adjusted at 5.7 before the addition of agar, and autoclaved at 121º c at the pressure of 1.5 kg\cm2 for 20 minutes. several combinations of growth regulators were tested, including ba ( 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 mg.l¯¹) and kin (0.1,0.5,1.0 mg.l¯¹) or ga3( 0.05, 0.1, 0.5 mg.l¯¹). subcultures were done every 21 days interval. nodal segments from the proliferated shoots were subcultured again for further multiple shoot induction. the individual shoots were cultured on ms medium supplemented with different concentrations of iba and iaa. for each treatment, 32 explants were used. every experiment was repeated at least three times. the cultures were maintained in a culture room at 26±3°c and were exposed to continuous fluorescent light for 16 h per day. the rooted plantlets transferred to perforated plastic pots. results and discussion in vitro culture technique had been used for rapid plant propagation, tissue culture technology may help to conserve rare and endangered important plants [12,13]. several factors such as choice of explants, culture environments, plant growth regulators act synergistically in determining the proper induction [14,15]. in this experiment, the effects of explants and different concentrations and combinations of ba and kin or ga3 on shoot proliferation of (arachis hypogea l.) were studied. nodal explants were used in this experiment and showed highest response in ms medium fortified with different concentrations of ba with kin or ga3. within five weeks of culture multiple shoots emerged directly from the explants. the variance analysis of the nodes explants cultures showed that the effects of the treatments with different combinations of ba and kin were significant on shoot induction (fig. 1). the rate of the response in medium ms with ba and kin were greater than those observed in the medium supplemented with ba and ga3 (fig. 2). at the combination 1.5 mg.l¯¹ ba+0.5 mg.l¯¹ kin recorded that the highest rate of response 90.22%, where as ba added with ga3 at the concentration 1.5 mg.l¯¹ba with 0.1 mg.l¯¹ ga3 recorded 72.49 which was the highest rate of response for shoot intiation [16]. similar results had already been reported in strawberry [17]. also the result was in consistent with the findings of in papaya [18], as well as in eucalyptus grandis [19]. new shoot development from nodel explants was observed within three weeks of culture and more shoots were found to develop during subcultures [20]. formation of roots took place within three weeks of transfer to root induction media, therfore the regenerated shoots were then subcultured on ms medium supplemented with different levels of iba and iaa in order to allow root formation (fig. 3). root development varied with combinations of iba and iaa on root initiation were significant. the highest percentage of rooting 93.47 was achieved with iba at 0.05 mg.l¯¹ + iaa at 0.05 mg.l¯¹ the result showed that, iba at 0.05 mg.l¯¹ and iaa at 0.05 mg.l¯¹gave the highest root length which was 3.8 cm. a significant differences was recorded on the number of roots due to the effect of iba and iaa [21]. rooted plantlets were taken out from culture tubes and washed biology 15 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 thoroughly with tap water to remove the culture medium from the roots. washed plantlets were sprayed with fungicide and planted to normal and sterilized soil in polybags (fig. 4). after 7 days plantlets were planted in soil. the protocol reported here is reproducible; it has a potential for allowing a large scale micropropagation of this important and new plant in iraq. conclusion the present experiments have shown that it is possible to induce shoot differentiation and complete plantlet development from nodal explants of arachis hypogea (l.). among hormone concentrations, ba with kin is best for shoot induction and multiplication and iba at 0.05 mg.l¯¹ + iaa at 0.05 mg.l¯¹ are best for rooting. references 1. reddy, t. and anbumozhi, v.(2003). physiological responses of groundnut (arachis hypogaea l.) to drought stress and its amelioration: acritical review. plant growth reg., 41:75-88. 2.giller, k. ; cadish, g. and palm, c. (2002). "the north-south divide! organic wastes or resources for nutrient management" agrom., 22 :703709. 3.collino, d.; dardanelli, l. ; sereno, r. and racca, w. (2001). physiological responses of argentine peanut varieties to water stress. light interception, radiation use efficiency and portioning assimilates. field crops res. 70(3): 177-184. 4.fao . (2007). quarterly bulletin of statistics. fao, 8(3). 5.townsend, d. and guest, e. (1974). flora of iraq. robert maclehose & company limited , glasgow. 6.sanjaya, s. and rai, v. (2005). micropropagation of pseudoxytenanthera stockssi. in vitro cell. dev biol. plant, 41: 333-337. 7.siddique, m. and jahan, a. (2006). rapid multiplication of nyctanthes arbor – tritis l. through in vitro axillary shoot proliferation. world j. agri. sci. 2:188-192. 8.sharma, k.and anjaiah, v. (2000). "an efficient method for the production of transgenic plants of peanut (arachis hypogaea l.) through agrobacterium tumefaciens mediated genetic transformation", plant sci., 159 :7-19. 9.roja, r. and padmaja, g. (2000). "a protocol for high frequency plant conversion rom somatic embryos of peanut (arachis hypogaea.l) cv", j. plant bio., 7(3) :187-193. 10.roja, a. ; venkateswarlu, p. ; padmaja, g. ; venkatesh, k. and baburao, n. (2009). "changes in protein composition and protein phosphorylation during somatic embryogenesis and plant regeneration in peanut (arachis hypogaea l.)" african j. bio., 8(15) :3472-3478. 11.murashige, t. and skoog, f. (1962). "a revised medium for rapid growth and bioassays with tobacco tissue cultures" physiol. plant, 15 :473-497. 12. sagare, a. ; lee, y. ; lin, t. ; chen, c. and tsay, h. (2000). cytokinin-induced somatic embryogenesis and plant regeneration in corydalis yanhusuo (fumariaceae) _ a medicinal plant. plant sci, 16: 139-147 13.shiau, y. ; chen, u. ; yang, s. ; sagare, a. and tsay, h. (2002). conservation of anoectochilus formosanus, a medicinally important terrestrial orchid, by synchronizing flowering, hand-pollination, and in vitro culture of seeds. bot. bull. acad. sin., 43: 123-130 14.chen, c. ; chen, s. ; sagare, a. and tsay, h. (2001). adventitious shoot regeneration from stem internode explants of adenophora triphylla (thunb.) a.dc. (campanulaceae) _ an important medicinal herb. bot. bul. acad. sin., 42:1-7. 15.florencia, m. (2000). protocol for regeneration in vitro of arachis hypogaea l. electronic journal of biotechnology, 3:101-111. biology 16 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 16. farhat, n.; mohmood, h. ; zahid, a. and muhammad, m. (2011). in vitro regeneration of pakistani peanut (arachis hypogaea l.) varieties using de-embryonated coteledonary explants. african j. bio., 10(43): 8599-8604. 17. bhatt, i. and dhar, u. (2000). "micropropagation of indian wild strawberry". plant cell, tissue and organ annum j. culture, 60 :83-88. 18. cononer, a. and litz, r. (1978). "in vitro propagation of papaya". hort. sci., 13 :241-242 19. teixetra, s. and. silva, l. (1990). in vitro domestica and propagation of adults eucalyptus grandis hill ex. organ maiden from epicormic shoots, vii intl. cong. on plant, tissue and cell cult., amsterdam, :218-222. 20.zaman, m.; ashrafuzzaman, m.; haque, m. and luna, l. (2008). "in vitro clonal propagation of the neem tree(azadirachta indica a. juss.)" african j. bio., 7(4) :386-391. 21.pintu, b. sharmi, s. and sudhansu, s. (2007). influence of genotype on in vitro multiplication potential of arachis hypogaea l. acta bot. croat. 66(1): 15-23. . 60.42 90.22 70.45 0 20 40 60 80 100 % s ho ot in iti at io n 1.0+0.1 1.5+0.5 2.0+1.0 concentration of ba and kin ( mg/l) fig(1): effect of ba and kin concentrations on shoot inducation of arachis hypogea biology 17 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 55.27 72.48 66.39 0 20 40 60 80 100 % s ho ot in iti at io n 1.0+0.05 1.5+0.1 2.0+0.5 concentration of ba and ga3 ( mg/l) fig(2): effect of ba and ga3 cocentrations on shoot inducation of arachis hypogea 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.01+0.01 0.05+0.05 0.1+0.1 concentration of iba and iaa (mg/l) % r oo t i nd uc at io n 0 1 2 3 4 r oo t l en gt h (c m ) fig(3): effects of different combinations of iba and iaa on rooting of excised shoot in arachis hypogea biology 18 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 a b c fig(4): in vitro propagation of arachis hypogea l.athe nodes explants brooting of excised shoot cacclimatized plantlet in pots biology 19 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 l. arachis hypogeaفول السوداني اإلكثار خارج الجسم الحي للـ خنساء رشيد الجبوري مركز بحوث ومتحف التاريخ الطبيعي/ جامعة بغداد 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في : 2011تشرين الثاني 1البحث في : استلم الخالصة msخارج الجسم الحي عن طريق زراعة العقل على وسط .arachis hypogea lتم تطوير اإلكثار الدقيق للـ ¹¯ملغم.لتر 1.5. وقد كانت أعلى استجابة إلكثار النموات في وسط يحوي ga3او kinو baالمجهز بالهرمون النباتي ba ¹¯ملغم.لتر 0.5مع ،kin ثم جذرت النموات في وسط يحويiba معiaa وكانت أعلى النتائج لعملية التجذير . م نقلت النبيتات ث iaa ¹¯ملغم.لتر 0.05مع iba 0.05 ¹¯واكبر عدد من الجذور المتكونه في وسط يحوي ملغم.لتر بصورة ناجحه للتربة. ، زراعة األنسجة ، خارج الجسم الحي ، إكثار النباتات arachis hypogea : الكلمات المفتاحية 253 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 myzus الخوخ األخضر ّتأثير األشعة المايكروية في حوريات حشرة من )1776(sulzer)( persicae ) aphididae : (homoptera فرات عبد الحمزه ھادي قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية / جامعة القادسية 2015شباط 2,قبل البحث في: 2014كانون االول 1استلم البحث في: الخالصة في ثانية )0,10,30,60,90وھي ( خمس مدد من التعريض لألشعة المايكروية اجري ھذا البحث بھدف دراسة تأثير من خالل حساب النسبة المئوية للتشوھات ، مستوى نسبة الھالك والنسبة myzus persicaeالخوخ االخضر ّمنحوريات تأثيرات كبيرة في احداث التشوھات السيما في المدة المايكرويةامتالك االشعة . بينت الدراسه المئوية للحشرات البازغة حيث بلغ اعلى معدل لنسبة ھالك الحوريات ثانية بينما سببت مدد التعريض تأثيرات واضحة في نسبة ھالك الحوريات 90 على التوالي وشكل بذلك فروقا معنوية 30و 60للمدتين 24و 48ثانية بينما انخفض ھذا المستوى الى 90للمدة 52 ثانية اما اقل نسبة بزوغ فقد 0في المدة %92بالمقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة ، اما اعلى نسبة لبزوغ البالغات فقد بلغت . بازغةال بالغاتض عدد الاانخف ثانية حيث ادت الى 90عند المدة % 48انت ك الخوخ االخضر ، مدد تعريض،حوريات ّاشعة مايكروية ، منالكلمات المفتاحية : 254 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة من الحشرات ذات homopteraرتبة aphididaeعائلة myzus persicae (sulzer)الخوخ األخضر منّ َيعد ، وموطنھا االصلي قارة آسيا وتنتشر في معظم دول العالم وتمتاز بمداھا العائلي الواسع ، اذ االھمية االقتصادية في العالم ، ، ففي العراق تصيب ھذه الحشرة عدة عوائل نباتية منھا [1]عائل نباتي 400تزيد عن تھاجم العديد من األنواع النباتية التي الخوخ والبطاطا. مسببة خسائر اقتصادية مھمة بامتصاصھا العصارة النباتية والشوندرو البامياو السبانغوالسلق و الفجل . كما تسبب ذبول األوراق وتقلل من نمو النبات، حيث تعيش في ] 2 [حيث تمتص عصارة النبات وتفرز الندوة العسلية ب مالمسة المبيد لھا وقتلھا فضال عما تخلفه من جلود انسالخ وبراز ونقلھا الجزء السفلي من األوراق وبالتالي من الصع . ] [3نوعا من االمراض الفايروسية النباتية 70نقل أكثر من فيقدرة الللمسببات المرضية اذ لھا ، أدى إلى ظھور الخوخ األخضر إن كثرة استعمال المبيدات الحشرية الكيماوية المصنعة لمكافحة الحشرات ومنھا منّ لما لھذه المبيدات من آثار سلبية كونھا تبقى لمدة طويلة دون أن ◌ً ، فضال ] 4 [العديد من األجيال المقاومة لفعل المبيدات ذا لجأ األنسان إلى ] 6 [و ] [5األنظمة الوراثية للكائنات الحية فيثھا للبيئة وبالتالي تأثيرھا يتتحلل, مما يزيد من تلو . ل طرائق المكافحة الفيزياوية مثل درجات الحرارة نھاوسائل مكافحة اكثرامنا واقل ضررا على االنسان والبيئة م مالعاست االشعاع عمالالمايكرويف واالشعة تحت الحمراء واستعمال واست co)2و2nالغازات مثل ( عمالالمرتفعة والمنخفضة واست او ظھور صفة عمالھاق االمنه لعدم وجود متبقيات الستائاالشعة المايكروية من الطر عمالان است ] 7 [ذكر فقدالمؤين ولقلة الدراسات في ھذا المجال المنتجات المعرضة لھا . فيالمقاومة لھا من قبل الحشرات المعرضة لھا كما انھا التؤثر تعريض مختلفة مددب مايكرويةير االشعة الولخطورة ھذه الحشرة وإمكانية انتشارھا صممت ھذه الدراسة لغرض معرفة تأث بزوغ نسبةوللحوريات لھالك انسبة فضال عن مستوى الخوخ األخضر حشرة منّ حوريات في احداث التشوھات في .البالغات ق العمل ائطر تربيتھا تتمالديوانية وفي مدينة الخوخ األخضر من اشجار مشمش مصابة بھا نْ حشرة مَ ّمختلفة من دوارجمعت أ (تم تبديل األوراق يومياً) في حاضنة ذات درجة حرارة كغذاءمختبرياً في أطباق بتري بالستيكية حاوية على أوراق السلق لغرض الحصول على مستعمرة التي تم أدامتھا لعدة ض/ظ 12/12وفترة اضاءة %5 ± 65ْم ورطوبة نسبية ±1 25 . ] 9 [رة استنادا إلى شخصت الحش.] 8 [أجيال ساعة , تم حجز الحشرات البالغة في أطباق بتري بالستيكية 24لغرض الحصول على حوريات التزيد أعمارھا عن نظيفة ومعقمة حاوية كل منھا على ورقة ترشيح وأضيف لـــــكل طبق ورقة صغيرة من نبات السلق. وبعد الحصول على مل تحوي نبات السلق بواقع 250قناني زجاجية سعة في ضعت الحورياتحوريات حديثة الظھور وھي بالعمر األول و قناني للمعاملة الواحدة وعـــدد مماثل من المــــكررات لمعاملة المقارنة,وضعت خمس للقنينة الواحدة وبمعدل اتحوري 10 تشعيع لألشعة مددماليزي الصنع وعرضت الى panasonicنوع microwave القناني داخل فرن مايكروويف عند ھذا وكان معدل درجة الحرارةواط 600) ثانية بمستوى طاقة بلغ 90، 60، 30، 10، 0( مدديكروية بالما وبعد انتھاء التشعيع نقلت الحوريات الى الحاضنة ) t0,t10,t30,t60,t90اعاله بالرموز ( مددورمز للم 66المستوى املة المقارنــة فقد تركت الحوريات من دون تاثير المعامالت السابقة اما مع درجة الحرارة والرطوبة المذكورة سابقاب ھانفس عليھا ووضعت مباشرة بعد عزلھا في الظروف المثالية لتربية ھذه الحشرة ، تم حساب معدل النسبة المئوية لھالك ع الكلي للحوريات من المجمومن المعاملة التي ُحسبت على اساس اعداد االفراد الميته ساعة 24بعد مرور الحوريات نسبةكما تم حساب . ] schneider and orell formula ] 10وفق معادلة وصححت النسبة المئوية للھالك بالغات الو البالغات على أساس عدد الحوريات بزوغايام من التشعيع فضالً عن حساب نسبة خمسة التشوھات بعد مرور . ] 11 [ الكلي التحليل االحصائي استعمال، spss – 18تم تحليل النتائج احصائيا بوساطة الحاسوب االلكتروني ضمن برنامج التحليل االحصائي . ] p ≤ ] 12 0.05عند مستوى احتمال lsdحسب اختبار ستويات. وقورنت الم anova tableجدول تحليل التباين النتائج والمناقشة الخوخ االخضر حيث ظھرت ّالحورية لمن دور فيض لألشعة المايكروية ي) تأثير مستويات التعر1يبين الجدول ( وقرون االستشعار كما في االشكال االطراف وفقدان وتشوه الجسم تشوھات مختلفة وتباينت التشوھات بين جفاف وتقوس 255 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 % 12، % 28، بينما بلغت ھذه النسبة t90 عند المعاملة % 34 اف الجسم لجف) . فكانت أعلى نسبة مئوية 6و 5 و 4( عند % 16 فكانتاألطراف أعلى نسبة مئوية لتشوه اما على التوالي t60 t0,t10,t30,للمعامالت % 0، % 0، 14%,10%وبلغت النسبة المئوية لتشوه االطراف t0للمعاملة %2بينما اقل نسبة لتشوه االطراف كانت t90المعاملة 60t عند المعاملة %12أعلى نسبة مئوية لتشوه قرون االستشعار أما على التوالي t60 t10,t30,للمعامالت 6%, ، إن سبب ذلك قد يعود على التوالي t90 t0,t10,t30,للمعامالت % 0، % 0، % 4، % 10، بينما بلغت ھذه النسبة إلى إن دور الحورية ھو مرحلة التھيؤ إلى الحشرة الكاملة إذ انه في ھذه المرحلة تتطور جميع أجزاء الحشرة وأعضائھا اذ حيث يعد االنقسام من اخطر المراحل التي تمر بھا الخلية لذلك فأي مؤثر يتداخل تكون الخاليا في مرحلة انقسام وتخصص حدوث تغيرات بنيوية كبيرة سواء أكانت في قسام سيؤدي الى حدوث اضطرابات في االنقسام الخلوي بسبب مع عملية االن [الكروموسومات ام في جزيئات البروتين في نوى الخاليا أو السايتوبالزم مما يؤدي إلى منع تطور الحشرات المشععة الخاليا الجسمية المنقسمة واالجھزه التي ھي في طور فيض لألشعة المايكروية قد اثر يان التعر ومن المحتمل. ] 13 الى المحتوى المائي العالي في االطوار في جفاف الجسم التكوين فتسبب تلك االشعة تلف الخاليا وكذلك قد يعود السبب كما . ة ة الميكروية التي تكون مصحوبة بالحرارالبالغة فتكون الحوريات حساسة اكثر لإلشع دوارالحورية مقارنة باأل اظھرت العديد من الدراسات ان مدى تحمل الحشرات لألرتفاع في درجات الحرارة يعتمد على المرحلة التطورية للحشرة . سبب ظھور التشوھات في البالغات الناتجة من ادوار مشععة ھو ]15 [ ، لقد فسـر ]14[ ومدى التحمل الحراري لھا ا الجسمية المھيأة لإلنقسام والمسؤولة عن نمو وتكامل البالغات .حصول اختالل في كروموسومات الخالي بينما 8الھالك في معاملة المقارنة ستوى) معدل نسبة ھالك حوريات من الخوخ االخضر حيث بلغ م1( يبين شكل نسبة الھالك ستوىمبلغ بينما . ≥0.05pإال انه لم يشكل فرقا معنويا عند مستوى احتمال 12الى t10 ارتفع في المعاملة وشكل بذلك فرقا معنويا عاليا ًعند المقارنة مع على التوالي 24 , 48 , 52بلغ t30و 60t و t90 تفي المعامال وھذ يتفق مع ما التعريض. مدةنسبة الھالك تزداد بزيادة ان ويالحظ . ≥0.05p) عند مستوى احتمال t0مجموعة ( ة ھالك االدوار كافة لحشرة خنفساء الطحين قد ازدادت بزيادة فترة التعريض لألشعة المايكروية من ان نسب] 16 [ذكره األولى دواروقد يعود السبب الى تأثير االشعاع على خاليا المعي الوسطي وحدوث ضعف في تغذية جسم الحشرة في اال ت .فضال عن قلة تطور الجھاز المناعي للمراحل زيادة المحتوى المائي لألطوار غير البالغة مقارنة بالبالغا فضال عن نسبة الھالك حيث تقل نسبة ھالك الحشرة فيان لحجم الحشرة تأثير ] 17 [ذكر .المبكرة مقارنة بالمراحل البالغة للحشرة .حراري فيھا اكفأ ألنه كلما زاد الحجم كانت الطبقة الكايتينية المكونة لطبقة الجليد اسمك ولھذا يكون العزل البزيادة حجمھا عند تعريض خنفساء الدقيق الصغرى % 100 ھالكحيث حصل على نسبة ] 18 [تتشابه ھذه النتائج مع دراسة alphitobius diaperinus وسوسة الرزsitophilus oryzae ثانية 120 – 5ميكاھيرتز وزمن تعريض 900الى تردد لخنفساء الطحين الحمراء كانت اكثر تحمال لألشعة الكھرومغناطيسية من البيوض ان اليرقات الكبيرة السن ] 19 [كما وجد الك ال بة ھ د ان نس ا وج ذارى كم غيرة والع ات الص ارية دورواليرق وب المنش اء الحب ذري لخنفس oryzaephilusالع surinamensis ادة مدة وا] 20 [.كما تتفق ھذه النتائج مع ما توصل اليه دواركانت اعلى من بقية اال لذي بين ان زي وب اء الحب راء وخنفس ين الحم اء الطح ة لخنفس الك االدوار المختلف بة ھ ادة نس ى زي ة ادت ال عة المايكروي ريض لألش التع المنشارية . دول ( ين الج ا يب بة ل2كم ى نس زوغ) ان أعل ة ب ة المقارن ي معامل الخ ف د االنس ن جل ات م ت ) t0(البالغ % 92كان تللمعامال%76 ,%52 %48 ,حشرات الخارجة بينما بلغت نسبة ال t10عند المعاملة %88النسبة الى وانخفضت ھذه t90 60 وt وt30 ويعود سبب ذلك الى حدوث موت لعدد كبير من الحوريات في مراحل متاخرة وعدم على التوالي د يعزى السبب الىأستطاعتھا اكمال دورة حياتھا د يكون لھ ة المايكرويةان اإلشع وق أثير في االنقسامات الخلوية اق ت دورا كبيرا في عمليات االيض ؤديالمسؤولة عن تكوين خاليا الدم التي ت prohaemocytes المستمرة لخاليا الدم األولية metabolism التي تعد أيضا وسيلة دفاعية في جسم الحشرة لذلك فمن المحتمل أن يكون اإلشعاع قد احدث خلال أو ا في تكوين خاليا الدم وھذا أدى إلى انخفاض مقاومة الحشرة لألمراض ، وكذلك أدى إلى تثبيط عمليات االيض قصور .] 21[وربما يكون ھو السبب في انخفاض مدة حياة الحشرة المصادر عيد. -1 ليم س ل س ويج، نبي ر )2002(ت اح الفط ن لق وي م د حي اج مبي beauveria bassiana (balsamo). انت vuillemin لمكافحة حشرة من الخوخ االخضر) myzus persicae (sulzer. 2-lane, g. (2004) . greenhouse ipm : sustainable aphid control . national center for appropriate technology . 14 p. 256 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 3blackman, r. l. and eastop, v. f. (2000) aphids on the world's crops: an identification and information guide. 2nd ed . john wiley, chichester. 476. 4gelski, j.( 2001). use new methods insecticides to combat green peach aphids in potatoes .vance .the grower, estonian agriculture university :4p. 5maklakov, a. ; ishaaya, i. ; friedberg, a. ; yawetz, a. ; horowitz, a. r. and yarom. (2001). toxicological studies of organophosphate and pyrethroid insecticides for controlling the fruit fly dacus ciliatus (diptera: tephritidae) j. econ. entomol. 94(5)1059-1066. 6kocisova, a. ; navak , p. t. ; toporcak , j. and petrovesky , m. (2002) . development of resistance in field house fly musca domestica comparison of effects of classic spray regimes versus integrated control methods . acta . vet . br. 71: 401-405 . 7-wang, s. and tang, j. (2001). radio frequency and microwave alternative treatment for insect control in nuts:a review.agri.engineer.j.10(3&4) :105120. watters, fl.(1976). microwave radiation for control of tribolium confusum in wheat and flour. j. stored prod.res.12(1):19-25. 8butt,t.m.; ibrahim, l.; ball, b.v. and clark, s.j. (1994). pathogenecity of the entomogenous fungi beauveria bassiana and metarhizim anisopliae against cruciferpest and the hone bee. biocontrol science and technology. 4:207-214. 9toba. h. h. (1964).life history studies of myzus persicae in hawal.j. ecom. entomol. 57(2):290-291. لموصل . المبيدات، مؤسسة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر. جامعة ا)1993شعبان، عواد ونزار مصطفى المالح.( -10 . صفحة.520 البطاطا دراسات حياتية وحقلية لعثة درنات ).2009.(فــيــحـاء عـبــود مھـــديالنداوي، -11 )lepidoptera : gelechiidae) (zeller) operculella phthorimae والسيطرة عليھا في بغداد .رسالة beauveria bassiana)و metarhizum anisopliaبإستعمال الفطرين األحيائيين صفحة . 125ماجستير . كلية الزراعة / جامعة بغداد. . تصــميم وتحليــل التجــارب الزراعيــة. دار الكتــب للطباعــة والنشــر 2000)بد العزيــز خلــف اهللا.(الراوي، خاشع محمود وع -12 صفحة. 488جامعة الموصل. الطبعة الثانية. – اإلشعاعات المؤينة وحفظ الغذاء من الحشرات. الھيئة العربية للطاقة الذرية، تونس: (1998)أحمد، محمد سعيد ھاشم -13 صفحة. 143 14hallman. g.j. and denlinger. d.l. (1999). introduction , temperatures sensitivity and integrated pest management. in: halman. g.j. and denlinger. d.l. (eds.). temperature sensitivity in insects and application in integrated pest management. west view press. boulder. colorado. 1-5. 15raun, e. s. (1966). european corn borer. in c. n. smith (ed.): insect colonization and mass production. academic press inc. new york, 618 pp. pp. 323-338. 16vadivambal. r. (2009). disinfestations of stored grain insects using microwave energy. ph.d. thesis. university of manitoba. winnipeg. manitoba.130. 17fukude. m.p. (2007). eradication of storage insect pests in maize using microwav energy and the effects of the latter on grain quality. food science. m.sc. thesis. university of pretoria. department of food science. 18mishenko. a.a. ; malinin. o.a. ; rashkovan. v.m. ; basteev. v.a. ; bazyma. l.a.. mazalov. yu p. and kutovoy, v.a. (2000). complex high-frequency technology for protection of grain against pests. journal microwave power electromagnets energy 35: 179-184. 19boina. d. and subramanyam bh. (2004). relative susceptibility of tribolium confusum (jacquelin du val) life stage to elevated temperatures. journal of economic entomology. 97: 2168-2173. ة مجل ). دور الطاقة المايكروية في مكافحة ثالثة انواع من حشرات الحبوب المخزونة2008اسماعيل ، اياد يوسف ( -20 . 206202):2( 36زراعة الرافدين 257 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 الدودة الحلزونية لذبابة بعـض المقاييـس الحياتية ) تأثيـر أشعـة كامـا علـى 2002السـراي ، ميسـون حسـن مشجـل ( -21 : chrysomya bezziana (villeneuve) (diptera للعالم القديم calliphoridae) صفحة. 120 العراق – جامعة بغداد –كلية التربية للبنات –ماجستير باألشعة معاملة ال m.persicaeالخوخ االخضر ّحوريات منالنسب المئوية للتشوھات الحاصلة في : )1(رقم جدول المايكروية التشوھات المعامالت جفاف الجسم % تشوه وفقدان % االطراف قرونتشوه االستشعار % t0 0 2 0 t10 0 6 0 t30 12 10 4 t60 28 14 12 t90 34 16 10 m.persicaeالخوخ االخضر ّمن بالغات المايكروية في نسبة بزوغض لالشعة يتأثير معامالت التعر: ) 2(رقم جدول المعامالت بزوغ البالغات نسبة (%) t0 92 t10 88 t30 76 t60 52 t90 48 258 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 m.persicaeالخوخ األخضر ّمعدل نسبة الھالك لحوريات من) تأثير فترات التعريض لالشعة المايكروية في 1شكل ( المشمش اشجار من الخوخ االخضر على ) بيوض وحوريات2مصور (من الخوخ االخضر على اشجار المشمش )1صور ( 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 t0 t10 t30 t60 t90 ك ال لھ ة ا سب ن دل مع المعامالت 259 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 .m حوريات من الخوخ االخضر) 3مصور ( m. persicae من الخوخ االخضر جفاف الجسم لحوريات) 4مصور ( persicae ) تشوه قرون االستشعار في حوريات من الخوخ 6في حوريات من الخوخ االخضر مصور ( ) تشوه وفقدان االطراف5مصور ( االخضر 260 | علوم حياة 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 effect of microwave rays on nymphs of green peach : ) (homoptera1776(sulzer)( myzus persicae aphids aphididae) forat a. hadi dept. of biology / college of education/university of alqadissya received in :1 december 2014 , accepted in:2 february 2015 abstract the research was conducted to study the effect of five exposure periods of microwave radiation (0,10,30,60 and 90) seconds on nymph of the green peach aphids myzus persicae by counting the percentage of occured deformation ,rate of mortality percentage and emerged adults percentage, the study showed that the microwave radiation had a great effect on occurring deformation especially at the period 90 seconds, the exposure periods effect on the mortality percentage had a clear affect where the highest percentage of nymphs mortality was ( 52) for exposure period 90 seconds while it was found that the mortality was decreased to 48 and 24 for exposure periods 60 , 30 seconds which was significantly different in comparing with the control . the highest percentage of emerged adults was 92% at the exposure period 0 while the lowest percentage was 48 at the exposure period 90 seconds that caused a decrease of emerged adults . key words: microwave rays ,green peach aphids , exposure periods, nymph 403 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 suggestion and upgrading extreme programming methodology in web-based project development a.y. gheni department of computer science ,college of education-ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 5april 2012, accepted in:21 may 2012 abstract in this research, we will discuss how to improve the work by dealing with the factors that participates in enhancing small it organization to produce the software using the suitable development process supported by experimental theories to achieve the goals. starting from the selecting of the methodology to implement the software. the steps used are and should be compatible with the type of the products the organization will produce and here it is the webbased project development. the researcher suggest extreme programming (xp) as a methodology for the web-based project development and justifying this suggestion and that will guide to know how the methodology is very important and effective in the software developments. also the organization activities will be explained to put the software development process into the context and to know how much these activities are affective on the nature of the product that the organization intends to produce. the research focus on the limitation of pair programming style which is used in extreme programming methodology (xp) and suggest a solo programming style instead of pair programming style in that methodology. also the research came up with guide can help the project manager to choose a solo programmer to be instead of pair programmers to improve the methodology in web-based project development. keywords: agile, xp, pair programming style, solo programming style, guide introduction agility in short means to strip away as much of the heaviness, commonly associated with traditional software development methodologies, as possible, in order to promote quick response to change environments, changes in user requirements, accelerate project deadlines. agile methodologies prefer software development over documentation. agile methodologies include: extreme programming, agile modeling, scrum, crystal methodologies family, feature-driven development, adaptive software development. 404 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 in this research, the researcher will implement extreme programming (xp) to improve the web-based project development in small it organization. agile processes are a family of software development methodologies that produce software in short iterations and allow for greater changes in design [1] according to hans van vliet [2], xp is based on five principles that drive its practices: ∑ rapid feedback: feedback is obtained quickly, within hours, or at most few days. ∑ simplicity: today's job is done today and tomorrow's job is left for tomorrow. ∑ incremental change: in xp, things change in small increments. ∑ embracing change: by not planning, designing or coding more than is needed right now, most options for the future is kept. ∑ quality work: quality is must. the team should find pride in delivering excellent quality. the simplest view of why pair programming works is that two people make better design decisions than one. this view characterizes programming as a series of design decisions that are translated into code. the presence of a second individual distributes the cognitive task of programming [4], aiding design discussion and error finding. more specifically, working in pairs has the following influences on decision-making: • design collaboration affords a mutual apprenticeship, where through the collaboration each participant learns some of the technical skills and methods of their collaborator. this is one of the reasons why beck [3] encourages pairs to rotate on a frequent basis. • collaborative design requires the negotiation of a shared understanding and mutual orientation. this negotiation process makes explicit the cognitive processes that are normally tacit when working individually [5]. • this negotiation process requires that programmers produce an account [6, 7] of goals, plans, decisions and actions. this appears to lead to a more thorough exploration of design options. this account production, verification, and affirmation lead to increased confidence by the programmers and vets flawed design ideas earlier. the suggested methodology used in web-based project development after analyzing the mistakes as discussed, to solve these problems we need to come up with practical and cost effective solution. the methodology adopted by the web development team is extreme programming (xp). this methodology will involve the customer in day-by-day decisions making, decrease the milestone to be weeks rather than months, enhance and build the estimation base on the actual project progress. the first step in the xp life cycle is the exploration phase when the customers describe the storyboard, scenario, and write the story cards of the product that they want to be included in the first release. in that time the developers prepare the tools, technology and practices to be use in the product. everything will be tested and the prototype feasibility assessed to ensure that the product is able to implement. the next phase is the planning phase which is concerned with prioritizes the order of the stories to be implemented in the first release. in this phase the developers estimate the effort 405 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 for each story to be implemented and then schedule the time to achieve the tasks. this schedule should be agreed to implement. the first release should not expect two months. the iterations to release phase includes many iterations to achieve the first release. the schedule placed in the planning stage is divided into a number of iterations and each iteration take one to four weeks. the first iteration determines the structure of the whole system and this is achieved by selecting the stories which determine the architecture of the whole system. the customer determines the stories to be implemented in each iteration. the customers test the product after each release and provide the developers with the feedback. and finally after the last iteration the system will be ready to produce. before the system can be released to the customer the performance of the system requires more testing and checking during the product ionizing phase. many new changes may be ordered in this phase and should be studied briefly. these new requirements should be documented in this phase to be used in the next iteration. after the product is delivered to the customers they need the effort and support of the maintenance team and that occur in the maintenance phase. the team structure in this stage may change and new stuff is configured to perform this task. the final phase when there is no new story to be added by the customer and it is called the death phase. that phase after the product meet the user requirements and the product is conformed to the standards such as reliability and work with high performance, as shown in figure(1). suggestion and improving management process for the selected methodology ∑ the web-base development need a wide experiences due to include various specialists and that required a high cohesion team which provided by applying a suitable methodology. since the time required to release the product is short that led to choose this methodology. the risk reduced using this methodology by involving the user in the development process and that affect on the relation between the customer and the team. also it helps to make the learning operation easier. ∑ the researcher will high lighting on the limitation of pair programming style which is used in the methodology and suggest a solo programming style instead of it. ∑ the researcher will come up with guide can help the project manager to choose a solo programmer to be instead of pair programmers to improve the methodology in webbased project development ∑ , there are some points the project manger must concern to choose solo programmer: ∑ high communication skills: in the software world, people usually define good communication skills as fluency in a spoken language. that's not really what it is. it is how effectively he/she able to communicate with others. as a 'good' developer, he/she 406 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 should be able to express him/herself well, listen well, as well as manage the communication process well and solve any problem he face. ∑ practice: many developers having good amount of theoretical knowledge. many of them read a lot of books and technical material. however when it comes to applying that knowledge, they take a back foot. that is because they do not. efficiency and effectiveness in work can only be attained if he/she practices code. the only way can make a good developer of is to practice, and then practice some more, so the project manager should choose the right developer according to the number of success projects he did in specific fields and number of years those he spent working in organization. ∑ wide knowledge of networking and databases: people may contradict this point, but during my career as a developer, i have realized that a good developer should know the basics of networking and databases. almost all the solutions that we create, involve interactions with networks and databases. having knowledge of these two, helps you write better code and saves a lot of time too. the output and benefits of the research ∑ improve the work in small it organizations by dealing with the factors that are participates in enhancing the small it organization to produce the software using the suitable development process supported by the suitable tools and experimental theories to achieve the goals. starting from the selecting of the methodology to implement the software and ending with the tools used to produce the product. the steps used are and should be compatible with the type of the products the small it organization will produce and here it is the web-based project. ∑ implement extreme programming methodology (xp) as very powerful methodology and it contribute in organization success by strengthen the relation between the customer and the small it organization and between the team members. also it contributes in technical success by depending on important principles such as pair programming which increase the responsibility and exchange the experiences. ∑ in extreme programming (xp), all code is written by two programmers at one machine, one does this all the time: two programmers work together at one computer screen. one of them does the coding, the other one looks over his shoulder, gives advice, notices small lips, ask questions, and so on. this practice is called pair programming. according to literature review, pair programming is the positive effect of improvement knowledge sharing including that of the development environment, code written by a pair to be more understandable. code is written by a driver to be understandable by the navigator, motivating the driver to be clearer.also pair programming can take a bit more total effort but produce a higher quality product. 407 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 every project is constrained by a list of customer-requested (scope), the amount of time available to produce the system in support of the requirements (time), and the limit of money available (cost). these are referred to as triple constraint of project, management. cost refers to the resources being spent (usually money); pair programming style is higher cost than solo programming style, why? because pair programming style needs two salaries to spend each month because they are two programmers not like solo programming style only one salary each month spend for one developer only. for example the salary of pair programmers which have two years experience in the organization is 4000$ each month, so 2000$ per month for each one. the researcher suggests a solo programmer, his/her salary is 3000$ each month according to his/her three years experience in the organization can reduce the cost to 1000$. here the researcher focused on the ability of developer instead the number of developers, which can help to reduce the cost of the project. time refers to the amount of time (hours, days, weeks, months) allocated for completing the project. according to the literature review the pair programming style can reduce the time which need to spend to finish the project, actually its right and good idea but what if these two programmers are not a compatible to work with each other? the compatibility here means, the pair programmers must work well together or can exist together successfully, if we say that you are a compatible with someone, means that you have a good relationship with them you have similar options and interest. ∑ the researcher suggest a guide can help the project manager to choose the right developer for the right project to be instead of pair programmers, focusing on the experience of developer itself, which is programmed by microsoft office access as shown in figure (2) and figure (3). ∑ experience of developer= the number of projects he did before in special programming language (e.g. c++, c# and so on)+number of years those spent working in the organization. conclusion the project passing through many challenges and its successful depended on complete on time, on budget, and with all features as the customer ordered. even if all these criteria are achieved the product may fail and that because it fail to attract the intended users or couldn’t increase the profit. the decision to choose the suitable methodology depended on the analyzing the type of the products. extreme programming (xp) is very powerful methodology and it contributes in organization success by strengthen the relation between the customer and the small it organization and between the team members. the web-base development needs a wide experiences due to include various specialists and that required a high cohesion team which provided by applying extreme programming (xp) methodology. since the time required to release the product is short that led to choose this methodology. the risk reduced using this methodology by involving the user in the 408 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 development process and that affect on the relation between the customer and the team. also it helps to make the learning operation easier. it is recommended to use xp methodology because it supports the team work and collaboration, also it supports print iteration which helps in releasing the product quickly with less error. also it is recommended to make a daily team meeting which facilitates track the problems and solve them early. the researcher was high lighting on the limitation of pair programming style which is used in extreme programming (xp) and suggests a solo programming style instead of it. also the research came up with guide can help the project manager to choose a solo programmer to be instead of pair programmers to improve the methodology in web-based project development. references 1 tsui, f. and karam o. (2009) essential of software engineering, second edition, jones and bartlett, usa. 2 vliet, h. v. (2010) software engineering principles and practice, third edition, wiley, uk 3 hutchins, e. (1995) cognition in the wild, cambridge, ma, the mit press. 381. 4 beck, k. (2000) extreme programming explained: embrace change, addison-wesley. 5 chong, j. (2005) social behaviors on xp teams: a comparative study, in agile 2005, denver, co. 6 dourish, p. (2001) where the action is: the foundations of embodied interaction cambridge, ma: the mit press. 7 garfinkle, h. (1967) studies in ethno methodology, englewood cliffs, nj: prentice hall. fig. (1): xp methodology 409 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(2)firs t gui proje ct manage me nt guide fig.(3)firs t gui proje ct manage me nt guide 410 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 في مشروع بناء الموقع extreme programmingاقتراح وتطوير االلكتروني علي يحيى غني قسم علوم الحاسوب،كلية التربية ابن الهيثم،جامعة بغداد 2012ايار 21قبل البحث في 2012نيسان 5استلم البحث في الخالصة لتحسين طريقة معالجة العوامل التي ستعمل على توسيع تقنية سنتناول في هذا البحث الكيفية التي سنعتمدها المعلومات لمنظمة صغيرة النتاج البرمجيات باستخدام عملية التطوير المالئمة وبالدعم الضروري للنظريات التجريبية وذلك من أجل تحقيق االهداف المرسومة. لبرمجيات. فالخطوات المستخدمة ينبغي أن تكون متناغمة مع نوع سننطلق بعملنا باختيار المنتهجية المالئمة لتنفيذ هذه ا المنتجات التي ستنتجها المنظمة وهذا هو مشروع بناء الموقع االلكتروني. ) منهجية لبناء مشروع الموقع االلكتروني وتبرير استخام هذا المقترح وهذا من شأنه أن يقودنا xpيقترح الباحث استخدام( ية التي تعد مهمه وفاعلة لتطوير عملية تطوير هذه البرمجيات وتوضيح درجة أهمية هذه االنشطة الى معرفة المنهج وفاعليتها في تحديد طبيعة المنتج الذي تتوجه المنظمه النتاجه. )واقتراح نمط البرمجة الفردية بدال من xpيركز البحث على سلبيات نمط البرمجة الثنائية التي تستعمل في منهجية ( الرمجة الثنائية. اضافة الى عماورد أعاله توصل البحث الى الدليل او المؤشر الذي يمكن ان يساعد في اختيار مدة المشروع الذي التي تستند اليها سيقوم باختيار المبرمج المستخدم للنمط الفردي للبرمجة بدال من النمط الزوجي وذلك لتحسين المنهجية عملية بناء مشروع الموقع االلكتروني. ) ، نمط البرمجة الثنائية، نمط البرمجة الفردية، الدليلxpسريع الحركة ،(الكلمات المفتاحية: conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 167 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 coordination behavior of n2o donor ligand with some metalsions ali m. a. al-khazraji dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure sciences ( ibn -al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 16/december/2015, accepted in:5/april/2016 abstract tridentate schiff base ligand l 2 and its complexes with nickel(ii), cobalt (ii), copper (ii), manganese (ii) and mercury (ii) ions have been synthesized by the condensation of 4aminoantipyrine, benzoin, then the ligand (l 1 ) and 3-amino benzoic acid. the ligand and its complexes were described by 1 h-& 13 c-nmr, uv-visible, ft-ir, (only ligand), molar conductance elemental, analysis and magnetic susceptibility, calculations. it has been set that the ligand acts as (n, n, o) neutral tridentate forming chelates with stoichimetry (metal: ligand) (1:1). all metal complexes is suggested octahedral configuration. most of the prepared compounds show antibacterial activity to (staphylococcus aureus),(escherichia coli), (bacillussubtilis) and (pseudomonas aeroginosa). key words: schiff base, tridentate, metal complexesand3-amino benzoic acid. chemistry | 168 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction imins derived from aromatic aldehydes and {substituted aliphatic amines} and {aromatic aldehydes} have a many applications in variety fields, e.g. inorganic, analytical and biological chemistry [1-4]. schiff bases form an important class of organic compounds in chemistry due to their useful physical and chemical properties and large number of reactions they undergo [5,6]. they are also having many pharmacological activities and industrial enforcements. in enzymatic reactions, schiff bases play a significantintermediate through of an enzyme with an amino group or carbonyl group of the substrate [7,8]. biochemists worked earlier [9, 10], reported that metal complexes showed greater activity, when compared to the organic compounds [11]. the new ligands formed by the reaction of ketones, carbazides, aldehydes and thiocarbazides with 4-aminoantipyrine. have been to give the coordinating properties were modified [12-16], a continuation of our work on the synthesis of schiff bases using benzoin, 4-aminoantipyrine and 3-aminobenzoic acid, we have synthesized the cobalt (ii), nickel (ii), copper (ii), manganese (ii) and mercury (ii) complexes with the schiff base ligand prepared. we are reporting five complexes of metal (ii) with schiff base ligand, their characterization and antibacterial activity. experimental 3-aminobenzoic acid,benzoinand 4-aminoantipyrine were purchased from sigma aldrichco.(china). allreagentand solvents were of high purity (sigma)and were used without further purification. the metal salts usedforcomplexation: copper(ii) chloridedihydrate, cobalt(ii) chloride hexahydrate, nickel(ii) chloride hexahydrate, manganese (ii) chloridetetrahydrate and mercury (ii) chloride were obtained from british drug house (bdh) chemical limited company. instrumentation melting point was determined on "gallenkamp melting point apparatus". elementalmicroanalyses c.h.n. were carried out using euro vector ea 3000 a elemental analysis (italy).ft-ir measurements were recorded on shimadzuspectrophotometer type cecil, england, in range (200-1000) nm in ethanol . 1 h and 13 c-nmr spectra were recorded by using a bruker 300 mhz (switzerland), chemical shift was recorded in δ(ppm) unit downfield internal reference (tms),using dmso-d6. conductivity measurements were obtained from wtw conductivity meter by using 10 -3 m of ethanol. magnetic susceptibility measurements were obtained at room temperature on using bruker bm6 instrument. metal analyses of complexes were determined by atomic absorption (a.a.) technique. preparation of schiff base ligand preparation of 4-(2-hydroxy-1, 2-diphenylethylideneamino)-1, 5-dimethyl2-phenyl-1h-pyrazol-3(2h)-one (l 1 )[20] 4-aminoantipyrine (0.005 mol, 1.01 g) and benzoin (0.005mol, 1.64 g) in ethanol solvent (25 ml) added few drops of glacial acetic acid to solution the mixture was refluxed for (6 hr), then by the filtration and recrystallized for the product precipitate . m.p (145 o c) (yeild 76 %)(scheme 1). chemistry | 169 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 n n h3c h3c o c n ohn n h3c h3c o nh2 + c o ho ref lux 6 hrs. ethanol/hca + h2o preparation of (l 2 ) the ligand (l 2 ) was prepared by condensation of ligand (l 1 ) (0.005 mole, 1.73 g) which was in 50 ml of ethanol solution and refluxed with (0.005 mole, 0.66 g) of 3-amino benzoic acid adding glacial acetic acid about 3 drops for (30 hr.), a solution was obtained. then by evaporation , recrystallized and dried over cacl2 (scheme 2). preparation of metal complexes metal salt (cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, mncl2.4h2o and hgcl2) dissolved and mixed with(0.001mol, 1.05 g)of the ligand (l 2 ) in(30 ml) the ethanol solution ,then refluxed on a water bath for (1 hr). the result was filtered, washed with ethanol and dried (scheme 3). chemistry | 170 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 results and discussion 1 h nmr spectrum the 1 h-nmr spectrum of l2 solution shows the next signals: dmso at δh 2.49,n-ch3 at δh 3.38,oh-chat δh 4.68, c6h5 as multiplet at δh6.54~8.78ph-nhat δh 8.78. the peaks observed at δh 12.31 and at δh 2.07, are attributable to the acidic oh group present in the 3aminobenzoic acid and alcoholic oh group present in benzoin moiety[5], respectively show in table(6). the 13 c-nmr spectrum of l2 solution shows the signals at:(8.64 for =c-ch3 group);( 33.85 for n-ch3 group); (40.59 for dmso); (75.14 attributed to -c-oh moiety);( 105.08 for=c-n); (123.56~134.17) to 4 benzene rings) and( 149.27 for c=c in antipyrine).the peak observed at 165.79is due to the acidiccooh group present in the3aminobenzoicacid[6].the peaksobserved at (161.17 and162.54) were attributable to the twoc=n imine groups. infrared spectra of ligand and complexes the spectrum of free ligand showed band 3518 cm -1 which was due to υ (o-h) of benzoin[7].this band is absent in the spectra of complexes indicating the dissociation of the alcohol proton on complexation and involvement of alcohol anionic oxygen in coordination[8].the spectra of ligand showed band at(3388)cm -1 due toυ(o-h) of 3-amino benzoic acid [9].all the complexes displayed the bands at range (3426-3409)cm -1 and the weak bands at(871-852cm -1 )were due to ν(oh) and δ(oh) for refer to presence to coordinate aqua (h2o)[10]. all the complexes displayed this band at range (3388-3368)cm -1 and the weak bands at(871-852cm -1 )were due to ν(oh) and δ(oh) for refer to presence to coordinate aqua (h2o)[11].the absorptions at (1660)cm -1 and (1604)cm -1 in ligand showed two{stretching vibration} υ (c=n) of imine nitrogen. these bands shifted to lower wave numbers at range (3429-3382) cm -1 in the complexes suggesting theco-ordination of the two azomethine nitrogen to the metal centers.the spectra of the free ligand showed band at (1157) cm -1 due to υ(c-o) of benzoin. this band shifted to higher wave numbers at range (1173-1165) cm -1 in the complexes suggesting the co-ordination of the oxygen atom of benzoin. the appearance of a new non-ligand band around (547-516) and (466-434) cm-1 cm -1 in all complexes due to υ (m-o) and υ (m-n)substantiates it[11]. given in fig. 2. n n h3c h3c n c n oh c ho o mcl2 n n h3c h3c n c n o c oh o m oh2 oh2 cl m=co,ni, cu, mn and hg chemistry | 171 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 magnetic measurement and electronic spectra the uv-vis spectrum of the ligand is characterized mainly by two bands at 385 nm (25839cm -1 ), and 275 nm (36363cm -1 ), which may be assigned to {n → π*and π → π* transitions}. these transitions were also found in the spectra of the complexes[13], but they were shifted towards lower frequencies/ (fig. 3). i) co (ii) complex shows exhibits absorption at(657 nm (15220cm -1 ) and (486) nm (20576cm -1 ). these bands may be assigned to the transitions:{ 4 t1g (f) → 4 t1g (p)and 4 t1g (f) → 4 a2g (f)(d-d)} transitions respectively. [14]. (ii) the electronic spectrum exhibits two bands at (543) nm (18416cm -1 ) and (668) nm (15197cm -1 ) which may assigned to { 3 a2g → 3 t1g (p)and 3 a2g → 3 t1g (f)}, respectively in octahedral [15]. (iii) cu (ii) spectrum shows band centered at 530 nm (18867cm -1 ) which may assigned to 2 eg → 2 t2g transition in octahedral. (iv) mn (ii) spectrum, show absorption at (553nm)(18083 cm -1 ) due to{ 6 a1g(s) → 4 t2g (g) } in octahedral. (v) mercury (ii) complex is diamagnetic moment for d 10 ions andthe electronic spectra there complex do not show any d-d band in fig. 4. [18]. magnetic moment values of the co(ii), cu (ii), ni(ii) ,mn(ii) complexes (4.32,1.78, 5.32 , 3.33 b.m) conductivity measurement the conductivity values showed the complexes in range (19.56-12.18) ohm -1 .cm 2 . mole 1 [19].these values suggested that the complexes are non-electrolytes .according to these results the structural formula of the complexes shown in (scheme 3). biological activities the biological activities of the prepared ligand and its complexes were studied by using inhibition method [21,22] for four types of pathogenic bacteria. two types of bacteria were gram positive which are staphylococcus aureus and bacillus; the second two were grams negative which are escherichia coli and pseudomonas. the data reveal that all compounds have good biological activity and some complexes have higher activities than the free ligand. this may be due to that the chelation considerably reduces the polarity of the metal ion mainly because of partial sharing of its positive charge with the donor groups and possible electron delocalization over the whole cheated ring such, chelation could also enhance the lipophilic character of the central metal atom, which subsequently favors its permeation through the lipid layer of the cell membrane [26, 32]. diameter of zone of inhibition table. 4 and (fig.7) conclusion the ligand l 2 and its complexes have been prepared. the geometry is proposed for all complexes show {octahedral stereochemistry}. chemistry | 172 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 references 1. dhar, d. n. and taploo c.l., (1982);schiff bases and their applications. j sci.ind res, 41(8):501-506. 2. maria d.m.c., ribeiro da silva, jorge m.g., ana l.r.s., paula c.f.c. and bernd schroder et al., (2004); molecular thermochemical study of ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) complexes with n,n ’bis(salicylaldehydo) ethylene diamine, j.mol. catal. a: chem. 224, 207-212. 3. cotton, a.f. and wilkenson, g., advanced inorganic chemistry(1988), 5th edition; john wiley and sons usa, 37-50. 4. keypour, salehzadeh, h.s. and parish, r.v.,(2002); synthesis of two potentially heptadentate (n4o3)schiff base ligand derived from condensation of tris-(3aminopropyl) amine and salicylaldehyde or 4-hydroxysalicyl aldehyde ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes of the former ligand, j. molecules, 7,140-144. 5. kirshener,wei s.y.k.; francis, d. and bergman, j.h., (1966); anticancer and potential antiviral activity of complex inorganic compounds, j. med. chem. 9: 369372. 6. lever, a.b.p., (1984); inorganic electronic spectroscopy, elsevier, new york. 7. kojima, m.; taguchi, h.; tsuchimoto, m. and nakajima, k., (2003); coordination chemistry reviews, 237, 183-196. 8. long, n.j., (1995); organometallic compounds for nonlinearoptics: the search for enlightenmentangewandte chemie international edittion 34, 21. 9. cusumano, m.; messina, m.a.; nicolo, f.; pietro, m.l.d.; rotondo, a., and rotondoe.;(2004) nmr study of l-shapedquinoxalineplatinum(ii) complexes crystal structure of[pt(dmedpq)(bipy)](pf6)2; eur. j. inorg. chem., 4710-4717. 10. di bella, s.; fragala, i.; marks, tj and ratner, ma (1996); journal of american chemical society, 118, 12747-12751. 11. eichhorn, g.l. and marzilli, l.g., (1994); advances in inorganic biochemistry models in inorganic chemistry; ptr prentice-hall, inc. 12. avaji, p.g.; kumar, c.h.v.; patil, s. a.; shivananda, k. n. and nagaraju, c.,(2009); european journal of medicinal chemistry doi: 10.1016 /j.ejmech.03.032. 13. burger, k.,(1973);coordination chemistry experimental methods london bult/ worths and co publishers ltd. 14. cotton, a.; fand wilkenson, g., (1988); advanced inorganicchemistry,5th edition john wiley and sons usa, 37-50. 15. canpolat, e. and kaya, m., (2004);studies on mono nuclearchelates derived from substituted schiff-base ligands (part2) synthesis and characterization of a new 5bromo salicylidenpaminoacetophenoneoxime and its complexes with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) j. coord.chem. 123. 16. chakravarty, a.r.; nreddy, a. p.; santra, b.k. and thomas, a.m., (2002); copper complexes as chemical nucleases, j. indian. chem. sci., 114, 319-401. 17. chandra, s. and sangeetika, j., (2004); epr and electronic spectrum studies on copper (ii) complexesof some n-o donor ligands, j. indian chem. soc, 81, 203-206. 18. ferreira ,e.i. and tavares, l.c.,(2002); “potential tuber culost atic agents. topliss application on benzoic acid [(5-nitro-thiophen-2-yl)-methylene]-hydrazide series” bioorg. med. chem., 10, 557-560. 19. anand kumar, s. gupta and barhate vd, (2012) synthesis, characterization and study of microbiological activity of some transition metal ion complexes with [n-(o chemistry | 173 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 hydroxybenzylidene)pyridine-2-amine] (nohbpa), res. j. of pharma., bio. and chem. sci., 3,3,10103 -10126. 20. raman, n.; sobha, s.and mitu, l.,(2013); design, synthesis, dna binding ability, chemical nuclease activity and antimicrobial evaluation of cu(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and zn(ii) metal complexes containing tridentate schiff base, journal of saudi chemical society,17, 151–159. 21. patole, shingnapurkar, d.; padhye, s. and ratledge, c.,(2006); “schiff base conjugates of p-aminosalicylic acid as antimycobacterial agents”, bioorg. med. chem.lett., 16, 1514-1517. table (1): physical characterization, analytical data of the ligand and its complexes table (2): ir values (wave number υʹ) cm –1 for the ligand(l 2 ) and its complexes compounds molecular weight colour yeild% m.p. %elemental analysis found % (calculated) c h n cl m l 2 516.59 light brown 80 202 59.98 (74.40) 5.66 (5.46) 10.43 (10.85) [co(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] 646.0 brown 74 230 59.98 (59.50) 4.79 (4.84) 8.44 (8.67) 5.12 (5.49) 9.89 (9.12) [ni(l 2 )(h2o)2cl ] 645.76 brown 76 221 59.43 (59.52) 4.67 (4.84) 8.09 (8.68) 5.46 (5.49) 9.78 (9.09) [cu(l 2 )(h2o)2cl ] 650.61 deep brown 82 236 58.57 (59.07) 4.58 (4.80) 8.34 (8.61) 5.32 (5.45) 9.45 (9.77) [mn(l 2 )(h2o)2cl ] 642.0 brown 72 227 59.08 (59.87) 4.26 (4.87) 8.33 (8.73) 5.00 (5.52) 7.89 (8.56) [hg(l 2 )(h2o)2cl ] 788.17 offwhite 71 223 48.00 (48.80) 3.64 (3.97) 6.89 (7.11) 4.87 (5.50) 25.45 (25.47) compound υ(oh) υ(ch)aroma. υ(ch)alipha υ(c=o)carboxyl υ(c=n) υ(c=c) υ(c-o) υ(oh) υ(m–n) υ(m–o) l 2 3518 3388 3059 2918 1708 1660 1604 1546 1157 [co(l2)(h2o)2cl ] 3417 3373 3062 2923 1706 1639 1585 1585 1171 864 523 443 [ni(l2)(h2o)2cl ] 3429 3368 3096 2835 1705 1620 1590 1590 1165 852 516 466 [cu(l2)(h2o)2cl ] 3409 3388 3088 2967 1707 1624 1587 1587 1168 875 535 457 [mn(l2)(h2o)2cl ] 3405 3378 3103 2988 1704 1630 1582 1582 1170 863 547 434 [hg(l2)(h2o)2cl ] 3412 3382 3075 2974 1707 1623 1584 1584 1173 871 520 448 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3763143/table/t1/ chemistry | 174 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table ( 3): uv.visible data of the compounds compound µeff ᴧm s.cm 2 molar -1 λnm υ–wave number cm –1 assignments l 2 275 36363 π→π* 385 25839 n→π* [co(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] 3.98 17.8 289 34602 l.f 486 20576 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p) 657 15220 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f) [ni(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] 3.57 14.5 298 33557 l.f 543 18416 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(p) 668 15197 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(f) [cu(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] 1.83 12.6 295 33898 l.f 530 18867 2 eg → 2 t2g [mn(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] 5.76 12.7 297 33670 l.f 376 26595 l.f 553 18083 6 a1g(s)→ 4 t2g(g) [hg(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] 16.9 290 34482 l.f 407 24570 c.t table (4):diameter of zone of inhibition (mm)of l 2 [hg(l2)(h2o)2cl] [mn(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] [cu(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] [ni(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] [co(l 2 )(h2o)2cl] l 2 comp. 12 13 6 7 8 4 escherichia. coli 9 6 9 9 6 6 staphylococcus aureus 15 11 12 10 11 10 bacllus 7 9 14 14 10 8 pseudmonas table (5) 1 h-nmr for ligand (l 2 ) (ppm in dmso) table (6): 13 c-nmr forligands (l 2 ) (ppm in dmso) 3hc-c 3hc-n dmso hc-ho =c-n 5h6c c=c c=n oohc 8.64 33.85 40.59 75.14 105.08 123.56~134.17 149.27 161.17 162.54 165.79 ho-hc dmso 3hc-n hc-ho 5h6c hcoo 2.07 2.49 3.38 4.68 6.54 ~8.78 12.31 chemistry | 175 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (1):ir spectrum of ligand (l 2 ) figure (2):ir spectrum of [co(l2)(h2o)2cl ] complex figure (3): uv-visible spectrum of the ligand(l 2 ) chemistry | 176 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (4):electronic spectrum of ni(l 2 )(h2o)2cl]complex figure (5): the 1 h-nmr spectrum of the ligand (l 2 ) figure (6): the 13 c-nmr of the ligand (l 2 ) chemistry | 177 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure(7):difference between the antimicrobial activity of ligand(l2)& metal complexes 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 d im e te r o f in h ib it io n z o n concetration of ligand and its complexes escherichia. coli staphylococcus aureus bacllus pseudmonas chemistry | 178 2016( عبم 3العذد ) 29هجلت إبي الهيثن للعلىم الصزفت و الخطبيميت الوجلذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 مع بعض ايونات انفهزات n2oسهوك انتناسق نهيكاند مانح انخزرجي عهي مضر لظن الىيويبء/الهيثن( )أبيجبهعت بغذاد /وليت الخزبيت للعلىم الصزفت 5161/نيسان/2قبم في: ،5162/كانون األول/61استهم في: انخالصة -4( لوعمذاث الىىبلج والٌيىل والٌحبص والوٌغٌيش والشئبك الذي حضز هي حىبثف(l2ليىبًذ لبعذة شف ثالثي الظي aminoantipyrine هع benzoin ثن الليىبًذ (l1) 3هع-amino benzoic acid ولذ شخص الليىبًذ والوعمذاث ببطخخذام )فمظ 13االشعت الوزئيت وفىق البٌفظجيت و االشعت ححج الحوزاء و الزًيي الٌىوي الوغٌبطيظي للبزوحىى والىبربىى (n, n, o)للليىبًذ(وححليل العٌبصز وليبطبث الحظبطيت الوغٌبطيظيت سحيث وجذ اى الليىبًذ شف بيض يظله وطبيعت ثالثي الظي (الىيويبء الزيبضيت . والخزحج البيئت الثوبًيت الظطىح لىل الوعمذاث . هعظن الوزوببث الوحضزةوجذ 1:1حشىل بخٌبطمه هع الفلش ) and (bacillussubtilis) ,(escherichia coli) ,(staphylococcus aureus)اًهب حوخله فعبليت حثبيظ البىخزيب (pseudomonas aeroginosa).. .اهيٌى حبهض البٌشون-3شف وثالثي الظي وهعمذاث فلشيت و لبعذة :انمفتاحية انكهمات entroduction ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 synthesis and characterization of novel ligand type n2o2 and it , s complexes with cu (п) co (п) , ni (п) , zn (п) , and cd (п) ions. a. thabet, m. j.al-jeboori, and e. i. abdulkarim department of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad abstract the reaction of ethylenediamine with [2,4,6-trihydroxyacetophenon] and koh (schiff base) to gives the new tetradentate ligand 2-(1-{2-{1-2,6-dihydroxy-4-methyl phenyl)ethyliden amino}ethylimino}-ethyl-benzene1,2,5-triol [hcl]. this ligand was reacted with some metal ions (cu (ii) , co (ii) , ni (ii) , zn (ii) , and cd (ii) ) in methanol with (1:1) metal : ligand ratio to give a series of new complexes of the general formula [m(h4l)], where: m= cu (11) , co (ii) , ni (ii) , zn (ii) , and cd (ii) . all compounds were characterized by spectroscopic methods [i.r, u.v.-vis, c.h.n., analysis h.p.l.c, atomic absorption, magnetic susceptibility, (ei-mass for the ligand)], and microanalysis along with conductivity measurements. from the obtained data the proposed molecular structure was suggested for [co(h4l)], [ni(h4l)], [cu(h4l)], which are complexes adopting square planar structure, and [zn(h4l) and [cd(h4l)] which are complexes adopting a tetrahedral structure about the metal ions respectively. introduction chemists have reported on the chemical, structural and biological properties of schiff bases. schiff bases are characterized by the –n=ch-(imin) group which imports in elucidating the mechanism of transmaination rasemination reaction in biological system(1,2).the rapidly emerging field of heterobinucleating ligands and the coordination chemistry of the heteronuclear complexes were derived from such ligands(3,4), and have prompted an extension of our work on the synthesis and redox chemistry of nickel and copper schiff base complexes(5,6) towards complexe functionalized with crown ether derivatives. during the past two decades, considerable attention has been paid to the chemistry of the metal complexes of schiff basescontaining nitrogen and other donors (7). this may be attributed to their stability, biological activity(8) and potential applications in many fields such as oxidation catalysis(9), electrochemistry(10). a series of cations of transitional metals, such as fe (п) , co (п) , mn (п) , cu (п) , etc., forms with schiff bases, metallic complexes, with theoretical and practicl application of quite varied types. some of them are capable of reversibly bnding molecular oxygen, being consequently employed as models in the study of oxygen , s reversible fixation such its natural carries (hemoglobns, hemocianines, etc. ) (11). the present study involves the synthesis and characterization of the complexes of copper (п) , nichel (п) , cobalt (п) , zinc (п) , and cademeum (п) with schiff bases optained from the condensation of [2,4,6-trihydroxy acetophenon] with ethylenediamine and koh (schiff base). . experimental reagents were purchased from fluka and redieldehenge chemical co. .i.r spectra were recorded as(kbr) discs using a shimadzu 8400s ftir spectrophotometer in the range (4000 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 450) cm -1 . electronic spectra of the prepared compound were measured in the region (200900) nm for10 -3 m solution in (dmf) at 25 0 c using a shimadzu,160 spectrophotometer with 1.000+0.001 cm -1 matched quartz cells. mass spectrum for the ligand was obtained by electron-impact (el) on a shimadzu gcmsqpa 1000 spectrometer. elemental microanalyses were preformed on a (c.h.n) analyzer, model 1106 (carlo-erba).while metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption (a.a) technique using a shimadzu a.a 680g atomic absorption spectrophotometer.electrical conductivity measurements of the complexes were rewcorded at 25 ° c for 10 -3 m solutions of the samples in (dmf) using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter. synthesis of the ligand (h6l): synthesis of 2-(1-{2-{1-2,6-dihydroxy-4-methyl phenyl) –ethyliden amino}-ethylimino}ethyl-benzene-1,3,5-triol [h6l]. a solution of ethylenediamine (0.2g, 3.3 mmole ) in methanol (10 ml) was added slowly to [2,4,6trihydroxyacetophenon] (1.15g, 6.8 mmole) dissolved in methanol (10ml). the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for a further (1 hr.), a brown solid was collected by filtration, recrystallised from a mixture of hot methanol /h2o and dried under vacuum for (24 hrs.) to give [h6l] as a pale brown solid. yield1.5 g, (61%), m.p. (210 ° c) 1-synthesis of [co(h4l)]. cocl2.6h2o (0.0669g, 0.27 mmole )was suspended in (10 ml) methanol. to this suspention, a mixture of (0.1g, 0.27 mmole) of [h4l] in (10 ml) methanol was added and allowed to stirred for (1 hrs.). a brown precipitate formed, washed with (2 ml) ethylether to give 0.098 g (64 %) m.p (260 ° c) . . 2-synthesis of [ni(h4l)]. a similar procedure to that described for the complex [cu(h4l)] but with nicl2.6h2o (0.066g, 0.252 mmole) in place of cucl2.2h2o, was mixed with (0.1g, 0.27 mmole)[h6l] to give a brown precipitate , which was washed with (2 ml) ethylether to yield 0.068 g (59 %) m.p(180 ° c) dec. 3-synthesis of [cu(h4l)] in (50 ml) round bottom flask (0.037g, 0.288 mmole) of cucl2.2h2o was suspended in (10 ml) methanol. a solution of(0.1g, 0.27 mmole) of [h6l] in (10 ml) methanol was added to the above mixture, the reaction was stirred at room temperature for a further (1 hr.). the pale brown precipitate crystals which formed upon standing were collected, washed with (2 ml) ether, and dried to give 0.08 g (68 %) of the title compound, m.p (240 ° c) dec synthesis of [zn(h4l)]. 4 the method used to prepare [zn(h4l)] was analogous to the procedure given for the complex [co(h4l)] but with zncl2.2h2o (0.0342g, 0.27 mmole) instead of cocl2.6h2o . the quantities of the other regents were adjusted accordingly and an identical work-up procedure gave a brown precipitate 0.06 g (51 %),m.p(185 ° c). 5-synthesis of [cd(h4l)]. a (0.0634g, xx mmole) of cdcl2.2h2o was dissolved in (10 ml) methanol. a solution of (0.1g, 0.27 mmole) of [h4l] in (10ml) methanol was added to the above mixture. the reaction was allowed to stirred at room temperature for (1hrs.), during which time the colour of the mixture become pale brown. the solution was allowed for a slow evaporation and pale brown precipitate was formed, yield 0.095 g (73%),m.p(220 ° c). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 results and discution synyhesis of the ligand the [h6l] pro-ligand was prepared according to the general method shown in scheme(1). the (i.r) spectrum for [h6l] fig.(2-1), displayed band at (3128) cm -1 is attributed to the υ(o─h) stretching of the hydroxyl group. the band at (1631) cm 1 due to the υ(c=n)stretching frequency for the imine group (12). the sharp bands at (1283) and (1167 cm -1 ) are attributed to υ(c─o) and υ(c─n) stretching respectively. while (u.v-vis): spectrum fig (3-1) exhibits a high intense absorption peak at (301 nm) (33222 cm -1 ) (εmax=2126 molar -1 . cm -1 ) which assigned to overlap of (π→*π) and (n→*π) transitions(13). the ei (+) mass spectrum of the ligand fig.(5) , shows the parent ion peak at (m/z =360) which corresponds to (m) + , and the fragments at, (330), (296), (188), (80), (54), (28), and (14), are assigned to [m-{ch3ch3-}] + , [m-{ch3ch3-(oh)2-}] + , [m-{ch3ch3-(oh)2ph(oh)2-}] + , [m-ch3ch3-(oh)2-ph(oh)2-ph(oh)2-}] + , [m-{ch3ch3-(oh)2-ph(oh)2ph(oh)2-c=n-}] + , [m-{ch3ch3-(oh)2-ph(oh)2-ph(oh)2-c=n-c=n-}] + ,[m-{ch3ch3(oh)2-ph(oh)2-ph(oh)2-c=n-c=n-ch2-}] + , respectively syntheses of the complexes the reaction of[n,ń-bis(2,4,6-trihydroxy methyl ethel)] [h6l] with [cu (ii) , co (ii) , ni (ii) , zn (ii) , and cd (ii) ] was carried out in etoh. these complexes are stable in solution. the analytical and physical data table(1) and spectral data table (2) and table (3) are compatible with the suggested structure fig.(1). the (i.r) spectral data of the complexes are presented in table (2). in general the (i.r) spectra of the complexes showed a band at the range (16191610) cm -1 assigned to the υ(c=n) stretching for the imine group. which are shifted to lower frequency in comparison with that of the free ligand , this shifting due to the reduced bond order of (c=n). and can be attributed to the delocalisation of metal ion electronic density into the ligand (system) (14,15). the υ(o─h) stretching band of the imin group in the free ligand at (3128) cm -1 is still present at the (3422-3411) cm -1 rang for these complexes. the bands at (617-570 cm -1 ) and (575-430 cm -1 ) were assigned to υ(m─n) and υ(m─o) stretching respectively, indicating that the imine nitrogens and the oxegen were involved in coordination with metal ion (16-18). fig. (2-2), (2-3), (2-4) and (2-5 ) represented the i.r spectra for the complexes co, cd, ni and zn respectively.the molar conductance of the complexes in (dmf) lie in the (40-20cm -1 .mole -1 ) range table (3), indicating their non electrolytic nature with neutral (19). the electronic spectral data of the complexes are summarized in table (3). the (u.v-vis.) spectra of the complexes displayed absorption at the range (302-299)nm assigned to the ligand field and charch transfer transtions (20). in the u.vvis pectrum of [cu(h4l], in the (905) nm is attributed to (d-d) ( 2 e2 ← 2 b1) the [co(h4l)] complex,fig.(3-b) showed band at (840)nm attributed to (d-d) transition type ( 4 t2 ← 4 a2), and (864), fig.(4-4) complexes are attributed to (d-d) electronic transition ( 1 t2g ← 1 a1g), the band at (730)nm is attributed to (d-d) transition of type ( 1 b2g← 1 a1g) of [ni(h4l)] fig.(3-c), suggesting square planar structure about co, ni and cu ions respectively(21). the band at (380)nm in the spectrum of [zn(h4l)] is assigned for a charge transfer, since zn is (d 10 ) system, so that for [cd(h4l) complex fig.(3-d), suggesting a tetrahedral structure about zn and cd ions. the (h.p.l.c) results of the [co(h4l)] complexe is presented in (table-3). the chromatogram (fig.4) of [co(h4l)] complex shows one band at (tr= 2.62 min) indicating the purity of the complex. the magnetic moment for some complexes are shown in (table-3), the ni (ii) (0.64 b.m) and co (ii) (4.15 b.m) consist with square planar geometry. . . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 m= cu, co, ni, zn and cd fig. (1) the suggested structure for the complexes references 1.lau, k.y. ; mayr, a. andcheung, k.k (1999) inorg. chim. acta, 285:223232 . 2.shawali, a.s.; harb ,n.m.s.and badahdah k.o. (1985) j. heterocylylic chem., 22: 1397-1403 . 3.veggel, f.c. ; van, j.m.; verboom, w. and reinhoudt ,d.n. (199) chem. rev.,94: 279. 4.beer ,p.d. (1992), adv. inorg. chem., 39:79. 5.santos, i.c.; vilas-boas, m.; piedade, f.; freire, c.; duarte, m.t. and decastro, b (2000). polyhedron, 19, 655. 6.freire c., de castro, 1990 b.inorg. chem. 29:5113. 7.wu ,j. c.; tang, n.; liu, w. s.; tan, m. y.; chan, a. s. c.( 2001) chin. chem. lett., 12: 757-760 8.lu, c. m.; xiong, r. g.; you, x. z.; lio, y.j.; cheung k. k. (1996) polyhedron, 1996, 15: 4565-4571 9.djebbar, s. s.;benali, b. o.and deloume, j. p. (1998) transit. metal. chem., 23: 443-447 10.hamada ,y. j. (1997) ieee trans. electron devices, (1997), 44:1208-1217 11.shkama, k. (1998) chem. rev., 98: 1357 12.socrates g. (1980) “infrared characteristic group frequencies” ed. wiley-interscience publication. 13.w. kemp, (1987) “organic spectroscopy” 2 nd . ed.,144 14.hadzi d. and premru l., 1967 spectrochim. acta., 23a, 35. 15.rahman a. a.abdul-, ph d.thesis, collage abn al-haetham university of baghdad(2002) 16.nakamoto, k. (1996) “infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds” 4th. ed., j. wiely and sons, new york, 17.ferraro,j. (1971) “low frequency vibrations of inorganic and coordination compounds” ed. plenum, new york, 18.nanjappan p.; ramalingam k.; jurisson s.; pirro j.; diroxo r.; narra r.k.; nowotinik d.p. nunn a.d., (1992)abstracts of papers, ninth international symposium on radiopharmaceutical chem., paris 6-10 april 19.geary, w. j., (1971) coord. rev., , 7:81 20.green, n. n. wood and earnshow ,a. (1998)., “chemistry of the elements”, ed. j. wiley and sons inc. new york, 21.lever, a. b. p. (1968). “inorganic electronic spectroscopy” ed. new york, ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 tabl (1) analytical and physical data of the ligand and it , s complexes tabl (2) i.r. spectral data of the ligand and it , s complexes additional peaks m─o m─n υ(c─n) υ(c=n) υ(c─o) υ(o─h) complexes formation υ(c=c) ring 1459 ch3 1365 ─ ─ 1167 1631 1283 3128 [c18h20n2o6] [h6l] ch3 1325 442 614 1115 1610 1260 3422 [cu( h4l)] υ(c=c) ring 1450 ch3 1390 430 570 1075 1616 1250 3411 [ni( h4l)] υ(c─h)alph 2900 470 615 1025 1618 1150 3416 [co( h4l)] υ(c=c) ring 1425 ch3 1375 500 617 1110 1619 1300 3419 [zn( h4l)] υ(c─h)alph 2920 575 609 1075 1619 1175 3413 [cd( h4l)] found , (caled.) % yield % m.p. ° c colour complexes formation metal n h c ـــ 7.77 (7.65) 5.55 (5.40) 60 (58) 61 210 dce pale brown [c18h20n2o6] [h6l] 15.06 (14.88) 5.63 (5.50) 4.27 (4.01) 51.24 51.00)) 68 240 dce pale brown [cu( h4l)] 22.95 (22.63) 6.71 (6.38) 4.31 (4.15) 51.80 (51.50) 59 180 dce brown [ni( h4l)] 14.14 (13,90) 6.71 (6.60) 4.31 (4.10) 51.80 (51.23) 64 260 dce brown [co( h4l)] 14.41 (13.92) 6.61 (6.43) 4.25 (4.02) 51.02 50.33)) 51 185 brown [zn( h4l)] 23.83 (23.77) 5.93 (5.77) 3.82 (3.50) 45.91 (4568) 73 220 dce pale brown [cd( h4l)] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (3): electronic spectral data, and conductance measurements for the ligand [h6l] and it , s complexes scheme (1) the synyhesis route of the ligand ratio medium eff (bm) eff (bm) am s.cm 2 .) mole -1 ) (hplc) min. εmax molar cm 1 nm λ compound 2126 301 [h6l] neutral dmf 25 2201 301 [cu( h4l)] 952 362 46 905 neutral dmf 1.7 20 2.62 1958 302 [ni( h4l)] 196 730 neutral dmf 30 1358 300 [co( h4l)] 65 864 neutral dmf 40 223 301 [zn( h4l)] neutral dmf 40 2271 299 [cd( h4l)] 206 703 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (2-a) the i.r. spectrum of the ligand [h6l] fig. (2-b) the i.r. spectrum of [co(h4l)] complexes ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (2-c) the i.r. spectrum of [ni(h4l)] complexes fig. (2-d) the i.r. spectrum of [zn(h4l)] complexes ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (2-e) the i.r. spectrum of [cd(h4l)] complexes fig. (3-a) the u.v-vis spectrum of the ligand [h6l] ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (3-b) the u.v-vis spectrum of the ligand [co(h4l)] complexes fig. (3-c) the u.v-vis spectrum of the ligand [ni(h4l)] complexes fig. (3-d) the u.v-vis spectrum of the ligand [cd(h4l)] complexes ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig.(4) the h.p.l.c. chromatogram of the [co( h4l)] complex fig.(5) the mass spectrum of the ligand [h6l] 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد وبعض معقداته n2o2نوع ليكند جديدتحضير وتشخيص مع العناصر الفلزية [co (п) cu (п) , ni (п) , zn (п) , and cd (п) ] ايمان ابراهيم عبد الكريم ، ري محمد جابر الجبو ،احمد ثابت ابن الهيثم ،جامعة بغداد–قسم الكيمياء ،كليةالتربية الخالصة تضمن البحث تحضير الليكند [n,ń-bis (2,4,6-trihydroxy methyl acetophnon)]ethyl [h6l]. ثم مفاعلة الليكاند مع بعض العناصر .[trihydroxyacetophenon-2,4,6]مع (اثيل داي امين مفاعلة) وذلك من د جديد تكون معق ، أذا قاعدة شف(بوجود هيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم ) (1:1ميثانول وسطا للتفاعل وبنسبة )ال باستعمالالفلزية [m(h4l)] العامة : ذا الصيغة m=cu(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii) :إذ المرئية –فوق البنفسجية االشعة تحت الحمراءواالشعة ) االتيةالطيفية بالطرائقشخصت جميع المركبات لليكند(،كذلك شخصت المركبات بوساطة ،التحليل ei) وطيف الكتلة بتقنية القصف االلكتروني h.p.l.cو chnو كان الشكل الفراغي البحث.من نتائج والحساسية المغناطيسيةالكمي الدقيق للعناصر مع التوصيلية الموالرية الكهربائية الخارصين والكادميوم رباعية السطوح ، بينما النحاس والنيكل والكوبلت فكان شكل معقداتها مربعًا مستويًا. اتالمقترح لمعقد ihjpas. 36(1)2023 272 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license estimation of a parallel stress-strength model based on the inverse kumaraswamy distribution abstract the reliability of the stress-strength model attracted many statisticians for several years owing to its applicability in different and diverse parts such as engineering, quality control, and economics. in this paper, the system reliability estimation in the stress-strength model containing kth parallel components will be offered by four types of shrinkage methods (constant shrinkage estimation method, shrinkage function estimator, modified thompson type shrinkage estimator, squared shrinkage estimator). the monte carlo simulation study is compared among proposed estimators using the mean squared error. the result analyses of the shrinkage estimation methods showed that the shrinkage functions estimator was the best since it has a minor mean squared error than the other methods followed by the additional shrinkage estimator. the stress and strength belong to the in verse kumaraswamy distribution. keywords: invers kumaraswamy distribution, stress ـ strength reliability, shrinkage estimator, mean squared error. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2972 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq article history: received 3 augest 2022, accepted 29 november 2022, published in january 2023. bayda atiya kalaf department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad iraq, hbama75@yahoo.com bsma abdul hameed ministry of education, directorate of education, rusafa second, baghdad, iraq bbsmh896@gmail.com abbas n. salman department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad iraq, abbasnajim66@yahoo.com erum rehman geeds-group of energy, economy and system dynamics. university of valladolid, spain , department of economics, shandong university of finance and economics, jinan, china erum.rehman@uva.es https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hbama75@yahoo.com mailto:bbsmh896@gmail.com mailto:abbasnajim66@yahoo.com mailto:erum.rehman@uva.es ihjpas. 36(1)2023 273 1. introduction the word ‘reliability’ refers to the ability of a system to execute its stated purpose adequately for a specified time under the operational conditions encountered [1]. the stress -strength model is used to compute reliability. it is found to be helpful in situations where the reliability of a component or system is defined by the probability that a random variable of strength is more significant than a random variable (stress). at the same time, it makes intuitive sense that a component is deemed to have failed when its strength is lower than the applied stress [2-3]. several researchers studied various lifetime distributions of the parallel system reliability in stressstrength model. [4] studied estimation, the system reliability consists of two parallel components, and the two strengths follow the bivariate pareto distribution subject to common stress, which follows the pareto distribution. also, [5] considered estimating the system of reliability in the s-s model in series and the parallel of k components when the stress and strengths follow exponential distributions. in 2013, [6] estimated ss reliability consisting of two parallel components based on exponential distribution. in addition, [7] offered estimations of system reliability for one component, two parallel components, and s-out-of-k components in s-s system models with non-identical component strengths which are subjected to a common stress, based on exponentiated exponential distribution with common scale parameter. also, a simulation study was used to compare the maximum likelihood, percentile, and least squares estimators. the device combination of k independent components with the strengths x1, x2,…, x𝑘 and each component in the system is subject to common stress 𝑌.it is termed parallel in the analogy with electric circuits when the system operates successfully whenever at least one of the components survives. consequently, this model is called the parallel stress-strength model [8]. this paper aims to estimate the reliability of the system containing kth parallel components that have strengths x1, x2,…, x𝑘 subject to a common stress 𝑌 when the strengths and stress follow the inverse kumaraswamy distribution. hence, the organization of this paper: section 2 displays inverse kumaraswamy distribution. section 3 includes the formula of the system reliability in the s-s model. section 4 contains shrinkage estimation methods, while simulation studies are in section 5. the efficiency of the user method appeared in section 6. lastly, in section 7, a conclusion is delivered. 2. inverse kumaraswamy distribution the kumaraswamy distribution was defined by ponndi kumaraswamy in 1980 [9]. the kumaraswamy distribution is like the beta distribution in many ways [10]. then, [11] introduced the inverse kumd using the 𝑋 = 1−𝑇 𝑇 transformation ; 𝑇~kumd (α, β). the probability density function (pdf) and cumulative distribution function (cdf) of a r.v. 𝑋, x~ ikum (α, β) can be written, respectively as [12], [13]: 𝑓(𝑥, 𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝛼𝛽(1 + 𝑥)−(𝛼+1)(1 − (1 + 𝑥)−𝛼 )𝛽−1 , 𝑥 > 0 ; 𝛼, 𝛽 > 0 (1) 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝛽) = (1 − (1 + 𝑥)−𝛼 )𝛽 , 𝑥 > 0 , 𝛼, 𝛽 > 0 (2) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 274 where β and α are shape parameters. 3. reliability system of parallel s-s model we assume a system having 𝐾𝑡ℎ components with strengths 𝑋1, 𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑘 independently distributed inverse kumaraswamy random variables with unknown shape parameter 𝛽𝑖 , 𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 and known other shape parameter 𝛼 subjected to stress random variable 𝑌 such that 𝑌~𝐼𝐾𝑢𝑚𝐷(𝛼, 𝛽𝑘+1) with unknown shape parameter 𝛽𝑘+1 and known 𝛼. the formula of parallel s-s model can be derived as fellows [14-16]: 𝑅 = 𝑃(𝑌 < 𝑚𝑎𝑥 (𝑋1𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑘 )) let 𝑍= 𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑋1𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑘 therefore, 𝑅 = ∫ �̅�𝑧 (𝑦)𝑓(𝑦) 𝑑𝑦 ∞ 0 (3) 𝐹𝑧 (𝑍) = 𝑃(𝑍 < 𝑧) = 𝑃(𝑥1 < 𝑧)𝑃(𝑥2 < 𝑧) … 𝑃(𝑥𝑘 < 𝑧) = (1 − (1 + 𝑧)−𝛼 )𝛽1 (1 − (1 + 𝑧)−𝛼 )𝛽2 … (1 − (1 + 𝑧)−𝛼 )𝛽𝑘 = (1 − (1 + 𝑧)−𝛼 )∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 this implies that a random variable 𝑍 follows ikumd with the parameters 𝛼 and ∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 . then, �̅�𝑧 (𝑦) = (1 − (1 − (1 + 𝑦) −𝛼 )∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 ) (4) in equation (3), substitute equation (4) and equation (1), we get: 𝑅 = ∫ (1 − (1 − (1 + 𝑦)−𝛼 )∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 ) 𝛼𝛽𝑘+1(1 − 𝑦) −(𝛼+1)(1 − (1 + 𝑦)−𝛼 )𝛽𝑘+1−1 𝑑𝑦 ∞ 0 𝑅 = ∫ 𝛼 ∞ 0 𝛽𝑘+1(1 − 𝑦) −(𝛼+1)(1 − (1 + 𝑦)−𝛼 )𝛽𝑘+1−1 𝑑𝑦 − ∫ 𝛼𝛽𝑘+1(1 − 𝑦) −(𝛼+1)(1 − (1 + ∞ 0 𝑦)−𝛼 )∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘+1 𝑖=1 −1𝑑𝑦 𝑅 = 1 − 𝛽𝑘+1 ∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘+1 𝑖=1 𝑅 = ∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 ∑ 𝛽𝑖 𝑘+1 𝑖=1 (5) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 275 4. estimation methods for system reliability 4.1 shrinkage estimation method (sh) in 1968, [17] proposed to shrink the usual estimator β̂ (ex. mle or unbiased estimator) of the parameter β to prior information 𝛽0 using shrinkage weight factor ψ(β̂), such that 0≤ ψ(β̂) ≤1. thompson says that: "we are estimating β and we believe β0 is closed to the true value of β and something bad happens when β0 ≈ β and we do not use β0". thus, thompson gave the form of shrinkage estimator of β say β̂sh as below: β̂sh = ψ(β̂)β̂𝑢𝑏 + (1 − ψ(β̂))β0 (6) unbiased estimator β̂𝑢𝑏 was applied as the usual estimator of β, and β0 is a very closed value of β as prior information due to previous studies or experience and ψ (β̂) denote the shrinkage weight factor as we mentioned above such that 0 ≤ ψ(β̂) ≤ 1, which may be a function of β̂𝑢𝑏: a function of sample size or may be constant. also, it is possible to find ψ(β̂) through minimizing the mean square error of β̂𝑠ℎ (ad hoc basis) [18-20]. note that β̂𝑖𝑢𝑏 of the strengths 𝑋1, 𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑘 can be found depending on observation 𝑋𝑖𝑗 , 𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 and 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑛𝑖 as below: �̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 = 𝑛𝑖−1 − ∑ ln(1−(1+𝑥𝑖𝑗) −𝛼 ) 𝑛𝑖 𝑗=1 (7) likewise �̂�𝑘+1𝑢𝑏 of the stress 𝑌 can be found depends on observation 𝑌𝑟 , r= 1,2, … , 𝑛 as below: �̂�𝑘+1𝑢𝑏 = 𝑚−1 − ∑ ln(1−(1+𝑦𝑟) −𝛼)𝑚𝑟=1 (8) 4.1.1 constant shrinkage estimation method (sh1) as we mention that 𝑋𝑖(𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘) follows 𝐼𝐾𝑢𝑚𝐷 (𝛼, 𝛽𝑖 ) and 𝑌~ 𝐼𝐾𝑢𝑚𝐷 (𝛼, 𝛽𝑘+1). a constant shrinkage weight factor ψ(�̂�𝑖 ) = h = 0.01: 𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1 will be suggested in this subsection. then, the constant shrinkage estimator for 𝛽𝑖, 𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1 will be: �̂�𝑖𝑆ℎ1 =h�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 + (1 − h)𝛽𝑖0 for 𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1 (9) put the equation (9) in equation (5), and then the constant shrinkage estimator r̂𝑆ℎ1 for system reliability 𝑅 in s-s model consist 𝐾𝑡ℎ parallel components become: r̂𝑆ℎ1 = ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑆ℎ1 𝑘 𝑖=1 ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑆ℎ1 𝑘+1 𝑖=1 (10) 4.1.2 shrinkage function estimator we suggest the shrinkage function estimator (𝑆ℎ2) for estimating the parameters 𝛽𝑖(𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1), and the reliability system r based on the shrinkage weight function depending on the sample size 𝑛𝑖 and 𝑚 respecting, as below: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 276 𝛹 (�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 )=𝑒 −𝑛𝑖 for i= 1, 2,…, 𝑘 and 𝛹 (�̂�𝑘+1𝑢𝑏 )=𝑒 −𝑚 thus, based on equation (6), the shrinkage function estimators of 𝛽𝑖 (𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1) using the above shrinkage weight functions will be: �̂�𝑖𝑆ℎ2 = 𝛹 (�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 )�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 +(1 − ψ (�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 )) 𝛽𝑖0 i=1, 2, …, 𝑘 (11) �̂�𝑘+1𝑆ℎ2 =𝛹(�̂�𝑘+1𝑢𝑏 )�̂�𝑘+1𝑢𝑏 +(1 − ψ (�̂�𝑘+1𝑢𝑏 )) 𝛽𝑘+10 (12) substitute �̂�𝑖𝑆ℎ2 i= 1, 2,…, 𝑘 + 1 in equation (5), we get the shrinkage function estimator of reliability system r based on shrinkage weight function, as follows: r̂𝑆ℎ2 = ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑆ℎ2 𝑘 𝑖=1 ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑆ℎ2 𝑘+1 𝑖=1 (13) 4.1.3 modified thompson type shrinkage estimator (th) the shrinkage weight factor considered by thompson in 1968 will be modified and used in shrinkage estimator to estimate the reliability system for the proposed of s-s models. the modified shrinkage weight factor (th) has the form, as below: 𝜑(�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 ) = (�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 −�̂�𝑖0 ) 2 (�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 −�̂�𝑖0 ) 2 +𝑣𝑎𝑟(�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 ) (0.001), for i=1,2, …,k+1 (14) we can estimate the parameters 𝛽𝑖 (𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1) by the modified thompson type shrinkage estimator, as follows: �̂�𝑖𝑇ℎ = 𝜑(�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 )�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 + (1 − 𝜑(�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 )) 𝛽𝑖0 , for i = 1, 2, … , 𝑘 + 1 (15) when substituting the equation (15) in equation (5), the reliability system for estimating of r using the modified thompson type shrinkage estimator become: r̂ 𝑇ℎ = ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑇ℎ 𝑘 𝑖=1 ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑇ℎ 𝑘+1 𝑖=1 (16) 4.1.4 squared shrinkage estimator (sq) in this subsection, we propose the squared shrinkage estimator (sq) for �̂�𝑖 for the parameters 𝛽𝑖(𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘 + 1), as below: �̂�𝑖𝑆𝑞 = 𝛾(�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 )�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 + (1 − 𝛾(�̂�𝑖𝑢𝑏 )) 𝛽𝑖0 , i = 1, 2,…, 𝑘 + 1 (17) substituting (17) in (5), we conclude the squared shrinkage estimator of the reliability system 𝑅 which consist 𝐾𝑡ℎ parallel component, as below: r̂𝑆𝑞 = ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑆𝑞 𝑘 𝑖=1 ∑ �̂�𝑖𝑆𝑞 𝑘+1 𝑖=1 (18) 5. simulation study to verify the performance of the proposed estimation methods introduced to estimate the reliability system of 𝐾𝑡ℎ components (𝑅), mote carlo simulation was used. the proposed ihjpas. 36(1)2023 277 estimation methods in s-s models have been implemented using various samples (20, 30, 50, and 100). in addition, the statistical outcomes for every sample are based on mean squared errors criteria with 1000 replicates. therefore, the following subsections explain the steps of monte carlo simulation. step1: generate random samples following the continuance uniform distribution defined on the interval (0,1) for the strength 𝑋𝑖 , stress 𝑌 as 𝑢𝑖1, 𝑢𝑖2, … , 𝑢𝑖𝑛𝑖 ; 𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘. and 𝑣1, 𝑣2, … , 𝑣𝑚, respectively. step2: convert the uniform random samples using the cumulative distribution function for random samples of 𝑋𝑖 ~ ikumd (𝛼, 𝛽𝑖) for 𝑖= 1,2, … 𝑘, as follow: f(𝑥𝑖𝑡 ) = (1 − (1 + 𝑥𝑖𝑡 ) −𝛼 ) 𝛽1 𝑢𝑖𝑡 = (1 − (1 + 𝑥𝑖𝑡 ) −𝛼 ) 𝛽1 𝑥𝑖𝑡 = [1 − (𝑢𝑖𝑡 ) 1 𝛽1 ] − 1 𝛼 − 1 ; 𝑖= 1,2, … , 𝑘. using the same method for 𝑌~ ikumd (𝛼, 𝛽𝑘+1): 𝑦𝑗 = [1 − (𝑣𝑗 ) 1 𝛽2 ] − 1 𝛼 − 1 step3: recall r in equation (5) step4: compute shrinkage estimators of reliability using equations (10), (13), (16) and (18) step5: based on l=1000 replication, mse will be calculated as follows; mse = 1 𝐿 ∑ (�̂�𝑖 − 𝑅) 2𝐿 𝑖=1 6. numerical results in this model the reliability system 𝑅 = 𝑃(𝑚𝑎𝑥 ( 𝑋1, 𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑘)) in the s-s model when k=3 and 𝛼 = 5 will be estimated. simulation results based on the four parameters (𝛽1, 𝛽2,𝛽3, 𝛽4), clarified in tables 1 to 8 to show the order rank of the proposed estimators as follows; �̂�sh2,�̂�𝑇ℎ , �̂�sq 𝑎𝑛𝑑 �̂�sh1 depending on the mean square error. shrinkage estimator (�̂�𝑆ℎ2) was the best of others estimators followed by the modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor ( �̂�𝑇ℎ ). the squared shrinkage estimator (�̂�𝑆𝑞 ) has the third rank, and finally was constant shrinkage estimator �̂�𝑆ℎ1. the following tables (1-8) will be presented the simulation results. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 278 table 1: estimation value of 𝑅 = 0.802259, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 4, 𝛽2 = 5.2 , 𝛽3 = 5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 3.5 (𝑛 , 𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 0.802262 0.8022716997468 0.8022598 0.802268 (20,50,100,50) 0.802264 0.8022716998468 0.8022595 0.802272 (20,30,20,50) 0.802295 0.8022716998151 0.8022600 0.802277 (20,100,100,30) 0.802246 0.8022716998033 0.8022599 0.802266 (30,50,100,100) 0.802278 0.8022716998191 0.8022602 0.802282 (30,30,50,30) 0.802249 0.8022716998191 0.8022595 0.802270 (30,20,50,50) 0.802279 0.8022716997659 0.8022597 0.802282 (30,100,20,30) 0.802238 0.8022716997839 0.8022579 0.802243 (50,50,50,50) 0.802252 0.8022716998191 0.8022589 0.802262 (50,20,30,100) 0.802283 0.8022716997827 0.8022587 0.802289 (50,100,100,50) 0.802245 0.8022716998191 0.8022593 0.802263 (50,30,100,20) 0.802204 0.8022716998490 0.8022586 0.802238 (100,20,30,30) 0.802263 0.8022716997906 0.8022602 0.802280 (100,30,50,20) 0.802205 0.8022716997592 0.8022584 0.802252 (100,100,20,50) 0.802272 0.8022716997937 0.8022602 0.802271 (100,50,20,20) 0.802218 0.8022716997321 0.8022588 0.802245 table 2. mse value of 𝑅 = 0.802259, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 4, 𝛽2 = 5.2, 𝛽3 = 5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 3.5 (𝑛,𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 2.0732e-07 1.39541e-010 1.4043e-09 6.0409e-08 (20,50,100,50) 8.1335e-07 1.39543e-09 5.8360e-09 2.4349e-07 (20,30,20,50) 1.0351e-07 1.39542e-010 7.3684e-010 9.7220e-08 (20,100,100,30) 1.1580e-07 1.39542e-010 8.0165e-010 3.9204e-08 (30,50,100,100) 4.6577e-07 1.39542e-09 3.4071e-09 1.2336e-07 (30,30,50,30) 1.2119e-07 1.39543e-010 8.4560e-010 2.7734e-08 (30,20,50,50) 9.1350e-07 1.39541e-09 6.6416e-09 2.7654e-07 (30,100,20,30) 1.3840e-07 1.39542e-010 9.9736e-010 1.4193e-07 (50,50,50,50) 7.2987e-07 1.39542e-09 5.3090e-09 3.0470e-07 (50,20,30,100) 6.2701e-08 1.39542e-010 4.5194e-010 2.6724e-08 (50,100,100,50) 6.6753e-07 1.39542e-09 4.7857e-09 1.6291e-07 (50,30,100,20) 1.8216e-07 1.39543e-010 1.2248e-09 2.3098e-07 (100,20,30,30) 1.3797e-09 1.39542e-010 9.7206e-010 8.5443e-8 (100,30,50,20) 1.6688e-07 1.39541e-010 1.0929e-09 6.2777e-08 (100,100,20,50) 8.2541e-07 1.39541e-09 5.9453e-09 3.5773e-07 (100,50,20,20) 1.9497e-07 1.39541e-010 1.3397e-09 1.6416e-07 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 279 table 3. estimation value of 𝑅 = 0.659863, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 3.5, 𝛽2 = 2.5 , 𝛽3 = 3.7 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 5 (𝑛 ,𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 0.659867 0.6598394124288 0.6598644 0.659847 (20,50,100,50) 0.659883 0.6598394120692 0.6598645 0.659851 (20,30,20,50) 0.659922 0.6598394120750 0.6598648 0.659865 (20,100,100,30) 0.659856 0.6598394120572 0.6598647 0.659833 (30,50,100,100) 0.659915 0.6598394120849 0.6598666 0.659854 (30,30,50,30) 0.659830 0.6598394120849 0.6598621 0.659820 (30,20,50,50) 0.659889 0.6598394121347 0.6598640 0.659850 (30,100,20,30) 0.659866 0.6598394120528 0.6598641 0.659828 (50,50,50,50) 0.659875 0.6598394120849 0.6598651 0.659847 (50,20,30,100) 0.659923 0.6598394121063 0.6598653 0.659860 (50,100,100,50) 0.659849 0.6598394120849 0.6598640 0.659832 (50,30,100,20) 0.659812 0.6598394122460 0.6598646 0.659805 (100,20,30,30) 0.659838 0.6598394121219 0.6598625 0.659837 (100,30,50,20) 0.659817 0.6598394121855 0.6598653 0.659815 (100,100,20,50) 0.659885 0.6598394120706 0.6598647 0.659846 (100,50,20,20) 0.659822 0.6598394121940 0.6598641 0.659795 table 4. mse value of 𝑅 = 0.659863, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 3.5, 𝛽2 = 2.5, 𝛽3 = 3.7 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 5 (𝑛,𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 4.0707e-07 6.01875e-010 2.8366e-09 1.9030e-07 (20,50,100,50) 1.5669e-07 6.01893e-010 1.1314e-09 3.3125e-08 (20,30,20,50) 2.0169e-07 6.01893e-010 1.4103e-09 5.1564e-08 (20,100,100,30) 2.4504e-07 6.01894e-010 1.7792e-09 1.2937e-07 (30,50,100,100) 9.3516e-08 6.01892e-010 6.7290e-010 4.1893e-08 (30,30,50,30) 2.4678e-07 6.01892e-010 1.8055e-09 1.1665e-07 (30,20,50,50) 1.6287e-07 6.01890e-010 1.1784e-09 6.3491e-08 (30,100,20,30) 2.8990e-07 6.01894e-010 2.1492e-09 1.0802e-07 (50,50,50,50) 1.4567e-07 6.01892e-010 1.0915e-09 33611e-08 (50,20,30,100) 1.2185e-07 6.01891e-010 8.5750e-010 3.6065e-08 (50,100,100,50) 1.2732e-07 6.01892e-010 9.5287e-010 3.8116e-08 (50,30,100,20) 3.3889e-07 6.01884e-010 2.4187e-09 2.1102e-08 (100,20,30,30) 2.6669e-07 6.01890e-010 1.9410e-09 2.7221e-07 (100,30,50,20) 3.3352e-07 6.01887e-010 2.3632e-09 1.2724e-07 (100,100,20,50) 1.5450e-07 6.01893e-010 1.1495e-09 4.3320e-08 (100,50,20,20) 3.8060e-07 6.01887e-010 2.7720e-09 7.0661e-07 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 280 table 5. estimation value of 𝑅 = 0.791666, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 4, 𝛽2 = 3, 𝛽3 = 2.5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 2.5 (𝑛 ,𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 0.791656 0.7916805603479 0.7916659 0.791682 (20,50,100,50) 0.791684 0.7916805601685 0.7916667 0.791690 (20,30,20,50) 0.791716 0.7916805602060 0.7916675 0.791711 (20,100,100,30) 0.791676 0.7916805601476 0.7916682 0.791690 (30,50,100,100) 0.791697 0.7916805601867 0.7916676 0.791697 (30,30,50,30) 0.791672 0.7916805601867 0.7916674 0.791681 (30,20,50,50) 0.791706 0.7916805602331 0.7916679 0.791698 (30,100,20,30) 0.791651 0.7916805602568 0.7916654 0.791678 (50,50,50,50) 0.791673 0.7916805601867 0.7916672 0.791683 (50,20,30,100) 0.791714 0.7916805602663 0.7916679 0.791704 (50,100,100,50) 0.791649 0.7916805601867 0.7916659 0.791675 (50,30,100,20) 0.791606 0.7916805599520 0.7916649 0.791659 (100,20,30,30) 0.791655 0.7916805602083 0.7916663 0.791678 (100,30,50,20) 0.791613 0.7916805600171 0.7916656 0.791658 (100,100,20,50) 0.791650 0.7916805602617 0.7916654 0.791677 (100,50,20,20) 0.791600 0.7916805600296 0.7916642 0.791655 table 6.mse value of 𝑅 = 0.791666, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 4, 𝛽2 = 3, 𝛽3 = 2.5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 2.5 (𝑛,𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 2.3171e-07 1.93034e-010 1.4743e-09 1.0633e-07 (20,50,100,50) 9.3801e-07 1.93029e-09 6.2256e-09 54754e-07 (20,30,20,50) 1.1352e-07 1.93030e-010 7.2320e-010 1.7540e-07 (20,100,100,30) 1.3498e-07 1.93029e-010 8.7464e-010 4.6398e-08 (30,50,100,100) 5.7235e-07 1.93029e-09 3.8307e-09 1.3931e-07 (30,30,50,30) 1.3215e-07 1.93030e-010 8.5837e-010 4.5733e-08 (30,20,50,50) 1.1198e-06 1.93031e-09 7.4709e-09 4.2545e-07 (30,100,20,30) 1.4282e-07 1.93032e-010 9.2913e-010 3.9023e-08 (50,50,50,50) 7.6742e-07 1.93029e-09 5.0665e-09 1.8428e-07 (50,20,30,100) 6.3415e-08 1.93032e-010 4.0528e-010 2.0606e-08 (50,100,100,50) 7.2895e-07 1.93029e-09 4.8046e-09 2.1633e-07 (50,30,100,20) 1.8009e-07 1.93023e-010 1.0874e-09 6.0397e-07 (100,20,30,30) 1.2715e-07 1.93031e-010 7.9716e-010 3.1972e-08 (100,30,50,20) 1.8568e-07 1.93025e-010 1.1338e-09 1.0036e-07 (100,100,20,50) 7.9998e-07 1.93031e-09 5.2898e-09 3.4745e-07 (100,50,20,20) 2.0092e-07 1.93026e-010 1.2253e-09 7.0238e-08 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 281 table 7. estimation value of 𝑅 = 0.764705, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 6, 𝛽2 = 7.5 , 𝛽3 = 6 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 6 (𝑛 ,𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 0.764741 0.7647081895378 0.7647086 0.764707 (20,50,100,50) 0.764729 0.7647081895554 0.7647068 0.764714 (20,30,20,50) 0.764747 0.7647081895190 0.7647059 0.764728 (20,100,100,30) 0.764693 0.7647081895096 0.7647062 0.764695 (30,50,100,100) 0.764735 0.7647081895199 0.7647068 0.764721 (30,30,50,30) 0.764707 0.7647081895199 0.7647064 0.764701 (30,20,50,50) 0.764743 0.7647081894968 0.7647068 0.764722 (30,100,20,30) 0.764704 0.7647081895328 0.7647062 0.764708 (50,50,50,50) 0.764711 0.7647081895199 0.7647063 0.764704 (50,20,30,100) 0.764747 0.7647081894660 0.7647058 0.764727 (50,100,100,50) 0.764690 0.7647081895199 0.7647056 0.764701 (50,30,100,20) 0.764639 0.7647081895568 0.7647039 0.764676 (100,20,30,30) 0.764701 0.7647081894775 0.7647055 0.764718 (100,30,50,20) 0.764664 0.7647081894843 0.7647063 0.764684 (100,100,20,50) 0.764713 0.7647081895303 0.7647062 0.764705 (100,50,20,20) 0.764673 0.7647081894824 0.7647065 0.764698 table 8. mse value of 𝑅 = 0.764705, when 𝛼 = 5, 𝛽1 = 6, 𝛽2 = 7.5, 𝛽3 = 6 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽4 = 6 (𝑛,𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3) �̂�𝑆ℎ1 �̂�𝑆ℎ2 �̂�𝑇ℎ �̂�𝑆𝑞 (20,20,20,20) 2.6414e-07 5.323e-012 1.9644e-09 9.9664e-08 (20,50,100,50) 9.9863e-07 5.3231e-011 7.7581e-09 2.0165e-07 (20,30,20,50) 1.2929e-07 5.323e-012 9.9643e-010 5.8344e-08 (20,100,100,30) 1.5517e-07 5.323e-012 1.2063e-09 1.0039e-07 (30,50,100,100) 5.8353e-08 5.323e-012 4.5743e-010 1.0984e-08 (30,30,50,30) 1.5375e-07 5.323e-012 1.1708e-09 4.8042e-08 (30,20,50,50) 1.1503e-07 5.323e-012 8.9958e-010 3.0406e-08 (30,100,20,30) 1.5690e-07 5.323e-012 1.1992e-09 7.4901e-08 (50,50,50,50) 9.2584e-07 5.3230e-011 7.3307e-09 3.3730e-07 (50,20,30,100) 7.9172e-08 5.323e-012 6.0768e-010 2.7153e-08 (50,100,100,50) 9.0335e-07 5.3230e-011 7.1707e-09 2.3430e-07 (50,30,100,20) 2.1534e-07 5.323e-012 1.5579e-09 1.8696e-07 (100,20,30,30) 1.6145e-07 5.323e-012 1.2280e-09 5.0486e-08 (100,30,50,20) 2.3598e-07 5.323e-012 1.7385e-09 1.8249e-07 (100,100,20,50) 1.0578e-06 5.3230e-011 83475e-09 5.8070e-07 (100,50,20,20) 2.1892e-07 5.323e-012 1.6044e-09 8.6640e-08 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 282 7. conclusion the estimation of s-s reliability for two parameters invers kumaraswamy distribution was introduced in this paper using different shrinkage methods and estimation methods, namely: constant shrinkage estimation method, modified thompson type shrinkage estimator, shrinkage function estimator, and squared shrinkage estimator. the simulation was exhibited. based on the results, the performance of the shrinkage function estimator was appropriate behavior, and it is an efficient estimator than the others in the sense of mse based on four parameters (𝛽1, 𝛽2 , 𝛽3, 𝛽4). while modified thompson type shrinkage estimator had the second rank and followed by squared shrinkage estimator and constant shrinkage estimation method, respectively. references 1.hameed, b. a.; salman, a. n.; kalaf, b. a. on estimation of p (y< x) in case inverse kumaraswamy distribution. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2020, 33(1), 108-118 2.raheem, s. h., kalaf, b. a.; salman, a. n. comparison of some of estimation methods of stress-strength model: r= p (y< x< z). baghdad science journal, 2021, 18(2 (suppl.)), 11031103. 3.gupta, r.d. ; gupta, r.c. estimation for pr (x > y) in the multivariate normal case. statistic, 1990, 21, 91–97. 4.hanagal, d.d. estimation of system reliability under bivariate pareto distribution, parishankyan samikkha, 1996, 3, 3-18. 5.hangal, d.d. on the estimation of system reliability in stress-strength models, economic quality control, 1998, 13, 17-22. 6.sezer, d.; kinaci, i. estimation of a stress-strength parameter of a parallel system for exponential distribution based on masked data, journal of selçuk university natural and applied science, 2013, 2( 3), 60-68. 7.karam, n. s. system reliability estimations of models using exponentiated exponential distribution, iraq journal of science, 2013, 54(3), 828-835. 8.cheng, c. reliability of parallel stress-strength model, journal of mathematical research with applications, 2018, 38, 4, 427-440. 9.kumaraswamy, p. a generalized probability density function for doublebounded random processes, journal of hydrology, 1980, 46( 1-2), 79-88. 10.jones, m. c. kumaraswamy’s distribution: a beta-type distribution with some tractability advantages, statistical methodology. 2009, 6, 1, 70-81. 11.al-fattah, a. m.,; el-helbawy, a. a. ; al-dayian, g.r. inverted kumaraswamy distribution: properties and estimation, pakistan journal of statistics, 2017, 33(1), 37-61. 12.fatima, k.; jan, u., ; ahmad, s. p. statistical properties and applications of the exponentiated inverse kumaraswamy distribution, journal of reliability and statistical studies, 2018, 11(1), 93-102. 13.iqbal, z.;tahir, m. m.; riaz, n.; ali, s. a.; ahmad, m. generalized inverted kumaraswamy distribution: properties and application", open journal of statistics, 2017, 7(04), 645-662. 14.karam, n. s.; ali, h. m. estimation of two component parallel system reliability stressstrength using lomax distribution. magistra, 2014 ,26(88), 78. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 283 15.kalaf, b. a.; raheem, s. h.; salman, a. n. estimation of the reliability system in model of stress-strength according to distribution of inverse rayleigh. periodicals of engineering and natural sciences (pen), 2021, 9(2), 524-533. 16.ibrahim, a.; kalaf, b. a. estimation of the survival function based on the log-logistic distribution. international journal of nonlinear analysis and applications, 2022, 13(1), 127-141. 17.thompson, j.r. some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean. j. amer. statist. assoc. 1968, 63, 113-122. 18.al-hemyari, z. a.; khurshid. a.; al-joberi. a.n. on thompson type estimators for the mean of normal distribution, revista investigation operational j. 2009, 30( 2),109-116. 19.jebur, i. g.; kalaf, b. a.; salman, a. n. an efficient shrinkage estimator for generalized inverse rayleigh distribution based on bounded and series stress-strength models. in journal of physics: conference series . iop publishing. 2021, may, 1897, 1, 012054. 20.an, a. j.; rahiem, s. h.; kalaf, b. a. estimate the scale parameter of exponential distribution via modified two stage shrinkage technique. journal of college of education, 2010 (6). physics 127 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 preparation of fine hydroxyapatite (ha) powder and its characterization as ceramic biomaterial s. abd aljabbar, s.s. rahmatallah,a. alsarraf*, z.shehap and h. i.dumbous ministry of science and technology, material science directorate * department of physics college of education, university of baghdad received in: 27 may 2009 accepted in: 21 january 2012 abstract biomimatic basic calcium phosphate ,known as hydroxy apatite(ha), was synthesised using calcium acetate and disodium phosphate dilute hot (boiling) solution of both salts were added slowly to each other. a colloidal suspension formed was aged for few days, then boiled for one hour to induced setting and coagulation of preapatite, and left to cool until they reached room temperature. the precipitate was filtered and washed with distilled water, then ethanol and dried. the dried sample was calcined at 1100oc.the obtained solid lumps were then crushed reground fine powder and analyzed for calcium to phosphorous ratio. x-ray analysis was carried out to examine the solid sample. chemical analysis for phosphorus and calcium had been carried out using standard method. the results proved that the calcined sample used in this investigation where hydroxyapatite . key word : hydroxy apatite synthesis.camical anaylysis introduction calcium phosphate materials have received attention in reconstructive surgery because they are biocompatable and capable of forming tight bonds with surrounding bones. x-ray studies established that the major constituent of all mineralized tissue was some form of calcium phosphate called “hydroxyapatite, ha”. the inorganic portion of mineral tissue contains ions other than that found in the hydroxyapatite formula, ca10(po4)6(oh)2, where calcium and phosphorous are the main elements beside that sodium , potassium, aluminum, citrate, sulphate, bicarbonate, chloride and fluoride are also found. hydoxyapatite has received special interest in the field of biomedical engineering [1]. synthetic ha is of great importance as a biomaterial .it is one of the few materials that are classed as bioactive (it is one of two materials capable of forming a chemical bond with bone. in vivo-the other being bioactive glass of various compositions. ha has attracted much attention as a suitable material for damaged teeth over the past several decades. also it has potential to become the “coating of choice” for metal surgical implants (most often made of titanium and its alloys, or stainless steel) and it’s an attractive alternative to the polymer coating. the submicroscopic crystal of calcium phosphate in bone resembles the crystal structure of synthetic hydroxyapatite. porous hydroxyapatites have become highly regarded biomaterials in clinical applications, but it has inadequate mechanical properties, low mechanical strength and low toughness, sofar that is now used as a matrix for transplant atom of osteoprogenitor cells. hydroxyapatite has long been investigated and used as bone implant material due to the properties of bioactivity, biocompatibility and osteoconductivity[2]. physics 128 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 method of preparation in this investigation basic hydroxyapatite was prepared as ultra fine powder. this is only possible when the reaction is carried out at high temperature and form dilute solutions. a hot solution of phosphate as disodium hydrogen phosphate was added drop wise to a boiling solution of calcium acetate. the resulting colloidal solution was left to settle and age for at least three days, better in a thermo stated incubator. the solution, then, boiled for one hour and filtered. the precipitate was washed with hot water and ethanol, and then dried in on oven at 120o c. few grams can be prepared in this way, thus the procedure was repeated several times to collect about twenty gram of fine precipitate the dried sample was calcined at 1100oc to get calcined apatite. a sample was taken for chemical analysis to check phosphorus to calcium ratio and impurities. results and discussion apatite solubility extensive solubility studies on a well characterised synthetic hydroxyapatite have shown that this material seems to depart from the laws of solubility for difficulty soluble compounds. it was found that the solubility of this compound was different when determined from the under saturated equilibria and that determined from the saturated equilibria. spontaneous crystallization when mixing solutions of calcium and phosphate was determined as a function of ph. the solid formed had a molar ratio for ca/p equals to unity, this solid is stable below a ph of 6.9 ; but at higher ph values, it rapidly hydrolyses to hydroxyapatite , giving ca/p molar ratio equals to 1.6 .the solutions in which the hydroxyapatite was suspended had varying solubility. the presence of ion such as carbonate, magnesium and sodium may explain the increase in calcium and phosphate level oven the solubility of apatite. this leads to format ion of calcium deficient apatite [3,4]. x-ray analysis the prepared powder was calcined at 1100oc for at least one hour. x-ray diffraction analysis was carried out for dried sample and calcined sample as shown in figures (1, 2, and 3). xrd results reveal that major characteristic peaks of ha appear in the region of approximately 25, 27, 30, 32, 34, 46, 53, 49, 120 degree. ha (a,b=9.418å ,c=6.884 å) are well agreed with lattice parameters of prepared samples (a,b=9.44 å ,c=6.87 å). x-ray analysis was preformed by shimadzu model chemical analysis was preformed to confirm the (ca/p)molar ratio(1.6) of the synthesized powder. x-ray diffraction analysis identified the hydroxyapatite products, air dried and oven dried powder, as poorly crystallied powder continuing water and carbonate impurities as shown in figures (1,2,3). the x-ray diffraction pattern of the calcined samples shows distinct reflection lines of well defined crystalline compound as shown in figure(3) [5]. physics 129 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 x-ray diffraction studies established that the major constituents of all mineralized tissue were some form of hydroxyapatite .the inorganic portion of mineral tissue contains ions other than those found in the hydroxyapatite formula. some secondary phases are formed during ha sintering process there are related to its:original ca/p ratio, chemical composion and sintering temperature . xrf analysis showed the elements ca, p and k as major elements as shown in figure (4) for hydroxyapatite powder. it is necessary to decide whether the sodium, magnesium, potassium, chloride, carbonate and water found in the mineral were substituted in a single apatite molecule or admixed in some manner. thus complete chemical analysis of these ions is essential pant of the work. references 1. ttistan, b. and owen, s. (2001), materials for biomedical engineering, j. mater. sci. and eng. unsw, 1-15. 2. parshant, n. ; charles s. ; dong h. ; ana o. and daiwan, c. (2005) , nanostruuture ured – calcium phosphates for biomedical application,act biomaterial, 1, 65-83. 3. caross, k. and bernadt, c. (2002), mineralogical society of america, 48, 634 – 672. 4. zhang, b. ;fukne ,y. ;wang, y. and shipu, l. (2002), morphology and formation mechanism of hydroxy apatite whiskers from moderately acid solution, mat. research, 6, 8 – 25. 5. prabakaran, k.; balamurugan, a. and rajeswari, s. (2005), develompent of calcium phosphate based apatite from hens eggshell, bull . mater. sci., 28, 115-119. physics 130 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): dried hydroxyapitite powder, prepared with molar ratio (1:1) fig. (2): dried hydroxyapitite powder, prepared with molar ratio (2:2) physics 131 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (3): the calcined hydroxyapitate powder in 1100oc, prepared with molar ratio (1:1) fig. (4): xrf analysis of wet ha sample prepared with molar ratio (1:1) ca k ca p physics 132 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 مادة سيراميكية حياتية تحضير مسحوق الهيدروكسي ابتات الناعم وتوصيفه صبيحة عبد الجبار،سعد صالح رحمة اهللا، ،عبدالحميد الصراف* ،زياد شهاب، حسن أسماعيل دمبوس ة علوم المواد ، وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجيادائر قسم الفيزياء، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد * 2012كانون الثاني 12، قبل البحث في 2009ايار 27 استلم البحث في الخالصــة محاليل مالاستع) حضرت مختبريآ بha( ابتايت فوسفات الكالسيوم القاعدية االحيائية المعروفة بهيدروكسيد اضيف محلول احد الملحين الى اذ ،لكل من امالح خالت الكالسيوم وفوسفات الصوديوم ةمسخنة الى درجة الغليان ومخفف ن هذه االضافة محلول غروي عالق، وجرى مة زمنية تعتمد على حجم المحلولين .نتج مداالخر قطرة بعد قطرة وضمن الجل حث عملية التخثروالترسيب ثم ترك ةينه حتى الغليان لساعة واحدتعتيقه لبضعة ايام، ولغرض ترشيحه تم تسخ المحلول بعد ذلك ليبرد الى درجة حرارة الغرفة. فصل الراسب عن المحلول بالترشيح وجرت عملية غسل الراسب بالماء ثم طحن يدويا ليصبح مسحوقا ناعما. oc 1100 نموذج المجفف حرق بدرجةالمقطر والكحول االثيلي وترك ليجف. اال نموذج المحروق، كذلك تم نموذج الجاف واالق القياسية لالائطر ال) وحسب ca/pجريت عملية تحليل كيمائي لـ (أ نموذجين بطريقة حيود االشعة السينية.تحليل اال اء في التحليل الكيميائي او نموذج المحروق سو اظهرت نتائج الفحص والتحليل تكون الهيدروكسيد ابتايت في اال .بتحليل حيود االشعة السينية ةهيدروكسي ابتايت ،تحضير،تحليالت كيميائي: ةمفتاحيالكلمات ال ministry of science and technology, material science directorate abstract introduction references 17062012112421_010 17062012112421_011 17062012112421_012 17062012112421_013 17062012112421_014 17062012112421_015 17062012112422 17062012112422_001 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 solving fuzzy-parametric linear programming problems iden hassan dept. of mathematics / college of science for woman / university of baghdad nabeel h. saeed dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in: 19 june 2012 , accepted in: 12 september 2012 abstract the fuzzy sets theory has been applied in many fields, such as operations research, control theory and management sciences, etc. in particular, an application of this theory in decision making problem is linear programming problems with fuzzy technological coefficients numbers, as well as studying the parametric linear programming problems in the case of changes in the objective function. in this paper presenting a new procedure which connects and makes link between fuzzy linear programming problem with fuzzy technological coefficients numbers and parametric linear programming problem with change in coefficients of the objective function, then develop a numerical example illustrates the steps of solution to this kind of problems. keywords: fuzzy linear programming; parametric linear programming; fuzzyparametric linear programming. 303 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction the linear programming is one of the important tools to help decisionmaker to take the best decision, but it needs to a certain date (exact) and this is not realistic because the environmental conditions often provide us data which are uncertain. therefore, the concept of fuzzy set theory was used to solve the linear programming problems when uncertain date by bellman and zadeh[1]. tanaka [2] hired this concept to solve the fuzzy linear programming with multiple goals. followed by nagoita[3] formulated the fuzzy linear programming problems. the issue of parametric linear programming problems studied by saaty and gass[4] after determining the feasible solution and the values of parameters, its could be possible to generate all solutions with keeping to optimal solution. in our paper representing idea (proposed) to make link between fuzzy linear programming and parametric linear programming in the case of one vehicle. we consider in fuzzy linear programming the technological coefficients are fuzzy numbers, but in parametric linear programming the change will be happened in coefficients of objective function. the paper is outlined as follows: introduction in section1. linear programming problem in section 2. fuzzy linear programming problems with technological coefficients are fuzzy number in section 3. in section 4 we studied the parametric linear programming problems with change in coefficients of objective function. but in section 5 we studied a new proposed which call it fuzzyparametric linear programming problems. after that in section 6 we examined the application of fuzzyparametric linear programming to concrete example. i) linear programming problems [5]: let x= (x1, x2, …, xn) be (n) variables and (m) constraints, then the linear programming problems is defined as follows: maximize (minimize) z= )1...(0xb,)(xpcx n 1j jj         ≥≥≤∑ = where: pj: the original basic columns in the matrix a, where ph= aih, i= 1, 2,…, m and h ∈{1,2,…n} xj: decision variables. b: right hand side values. ii) fuzzy linear programming problems: if any coefficient for linear programming problems is uncertain value, then it is called fuzzy linear programming problems and its formis defined as: maximize (minimize) z= )...(20xb,)(xp ~ cx n 1j jj         ≥≥≤∑ = where: jp ~ : the original fuzzy columns in the matrix a assumption 1: by using fuzzy logic which defined by l.a. zadeh[6] the membership function of fuzzy technological coefficients are presented as: )3...( xaaif....o aaxaif...x)/aa(a axif....1 (x)m t ttt a ~           ≤+ +<<−+ ≤ = where: x∈r 304 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 at: the tolerance values of each element in the matrix a where a= aij and at = dij > 0. for defuzzification of the problem (2), we first fuzzify the objective function, by retailing it into two subproblems (z1, z2) as follows (only maximize): maximize z1= )4.(.. 0xb,xpcx n 1j jj         ≥≤∑ = and maximize z2 = ...(5) 0xb,x)p(pcx n 1j j t jj         ≥≤+∑ = t jp : the tolerance columns of original columns (matrix a t). solving these two subproblems by using regular simplex method can obtain two different values z1 and z2 [7]. then we can determine the upper and lower bound as zu and z . where: zu= max. { z1, z2} … (6) and, z = min. { z1, z2} … (7) the objective function takes values between z, zu while technological coefficients vary between (aij) and (aij+dij). in more certain the objective function takes the maximum value zu when the technological coefficients at the lower value (aij), and the minimum value z at the upper value (aij+dij). this means the membership function of the objective function g which is subset in rn is defined as [7]: )(8... cxzif...1 zcxzif)...z)/(zz(cx zcxif...0 (cx)m u uug           ≤ <<−− ≤ =   and it illustrated in fig. (1). the fuzzy set of the i-th constraints ci which is a subset in rm, is defined by )(9... b)xa(aif...1 )xa(abaxif... xax)/a(b axbif...0 (x)m t tt ci           ≤+ +<<− ≤ = and it illustrate in fig. (2). by using the definition of the fuzzy decisive proposed by bellman and zadeh[1] we have: md(x) = min {mg(x), min (mci(x)} … (10) in this case the optimal fuzzy decision is a solution of the problem: minmax(x))mmax( 0 d 0 ≥≥ = xx {mg(x), min (mci(x)} … (11) 305 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 consequently, the problem (3) becomes to the following optimization problem [6]: max λ mg(x) ≥ λ mci(x) ≥ λ, i=1, 2, …m …(12) x ≥ 0, 0 ≤ λ ≤ 1. by using (8) and (9), the problem (12) can be written as: max λ ( ) ( ) 1λ0 0,x m ..., 2, 1,i 0,bx aa 0cxzzzλ i t u ≤≤≥ =≤−+ ≤−+− λ  … (13) λ  zzzu +− )( its a linear function of λ then we called it a slope function and symbol as f(λ). solving this problem by using bisection method to obtain λ* which is the optimal value of λ, such that the value of objective function (cx*) becomes greater than value of f(λ*), by other words the intersection of the objective function at λ* with the feasible solutions set is nonempty. the condition stopping of the bisection method is [8],[9]: 14)....( ελλ i1i <−+ now, we can write the problem (2) with λ* as: maximize (min.) z* = )15.(.. 0xb,)( xpcx n 1j jj         ≥≥≤∑ = ∗∗∗∗ where: ∗p : the original crisp columns, its elements aij+λ*dij are approximate. and: ....(16) pλpp tjjj ∗∗ += x*, z* are symmetric to x, z but at the λ* level. iii) parametric linear programming changes in c [5], [10]: parametric linear programming is an extension of the sensitivity optimal analysis. it investigates the effect of predetermined continuous variations in the objective function coefficients on the optimum solution. let x = (x1, x2, …, xn) and define the parametric linear programming changes in c as: (17).... 0xb,xpt)xc(czmaximize n 1j jj         ≥≤′+= ∑ = where: c′ : variation profit vector ),....,,( 21 ncccc ′′′=′ . let xbi, bi, cbi(t) be the elements that define the optimal solution associated with critical value ti. starting at t0 = 0 with b0 as its optimal basis. next, the critical value ti+1 where (i = 0, 1, 2, …) and its optimal basis, if one exists, are determined. the changes in c can affect only the optimality of the problem, the current solution xbi = 1−ib b will remain optimal t ≥ ti so long the reduced profit, zj(t) -cj(t), satisfies the following optimality condition: 306 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 (18).... column nonbasis jallfor0,)(cp)b(c)(c)(z jj 1 bjj ≥−=− − tttt ii the value of ti+1 equals the largest t in [ti, ti+1] that satisfies all the optimality conditions [5] . there is a function of t represents to the objective function in each interval. such that [10]: (19)... zz)z( ′+= tt where: z = cx … (20) and z′= c′x … (21) the optimal solution for the entire range of t is summarized in table (1) [5]: to find all critical values which determine the intervals of t with the optimal solution in each alternative basic. iv) fuzzyparametric linear programming problems: now, suggesting new procedure which connect between fuzzy linear programming with technological coefficients are uncertain and parametric linear programming with change in coefficients of objective function which will define it as follows: )22(...........................................................0xb,xp ~ )x(czmaximize n 1j jj         ≥≤′+= ∑ = tc the general idea of solving fuzzyparametric linear programming problems is to start with the optimal solution at t = 0. next, solving by fuzzy linear programming as in (ii) to obtain λ* which make the problem in a crisp. then, solving by using the optimality condition in (18) which become as: ......(23) 0)(cp)(b)(c)(c)(z jj 1 bjj ≥−=− ∗−∗∗ ∗ tttt ii for all j are non basic columns. numerical example: this example is found by the research which are as follows: max z = (3-6t) x1+ (2-2t) x2+ (5+5t) x3 subject to: xj ≥ 0, dij = 0.1 for each aij ≠ 0 and dij = 0 otherwise. solution: 1) let t = 0 then, the problem become without parametric changes, i.e. it has turned into a fuzzy linear programming problem. 2) retail the problem to two subproblems and solving by simplex method: 1600204.151 == uzandz 3) now, formulate the problem as in (13) we get: 30x4 ~ x1 ~ 60x2 ~ x3 ~ 40x1 ~ x2 ~ x1 ~ 21 31 321 ≤+ ≤+ ≤++ 307 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 max λ 100,, 30)1.04()1.01( 60)1.02()1.03( 40)1.01()1.02()1.01( 0)523(0204.1519796.8 321 21 31 321 321 ≤≤≥ ≤+++ ≤+++ ≤+++++ ≤++−+ λ λλ λλ λλλ λ andxxx xx xx xxx xxx to find the values of cx by simplex and the value of f(λ) for each level of λ. for λ = 0 implice cx = 160 and f(0) = 151.0204, this means the intersection is nonempty. for λ= 1 implice cx= 151.0204 and f(1) =160, this means the intersection is empty. and by using the bysection method the first point is λ1 = 0.5 that implice cx=155.3836965 and f(0.5) =155.5102, this means the intersection is empty. therefore, the next λ will be λ2= 0.25 nonempty. at the end we obtain ∗λ = 0.492954735 implice the optimal solution is .446945.1550 emptynoniscxz −== ∗ β ∗  )05522()(),,( 00 632 tttcimplicexxxx bb +−== ∗∗ ∗∗∗ , ∗∗∗ == 632 278354.29,527583.4 xandxx is not real value.           − − =−∗ 1011738.1975945.1 0487973.00 0249855.0487973.0 )( 10b the crisp original columns become as: ttt ppppppppp 333222111 ,, ∗∗∗∗∗∗ +=+=+= λλλ or:           =           =           = ∗∗∗ 0 049295.2 049295.1 , 049295.4 0 049295.2 , 049295.1 049295.3 049295.1 321 ppp we apply the optimality condition in (23): )049971.049971.0975946.0975946.0())(( 10 0 ttbtc b +−−=−∗∗ 5,4,10)())(( 10 0 =≥−∗−∗∗ jfortcpbtc jjb to find the first critical value t1=1 this means the first interval is [0, 1]. and to find the alternative basic )( 1 ∗b as a second basic therefore p4 must enter and p2 is leaving the second basic. )0550()(),,( 11 634 ttcimplicexxxx bb +== ∗∗ ∗∗∗ and .,,2783546.29 643 valuerealnotarexxx ∗∗∗ = 308 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 391773.1465 31 == ∗∗ xz           − =−∗ 100 0487973.00 0512025.01 )( 11b 1 1 ))(( 1 −∗ ∗ btcb = (0 2.439865 + 2.439865t 0) 5,2,10)())(( 11 1 =≥−∗−∗∗ jfortcpbtc jjb to find the second critical value we apply the optimality condition in (23). but in this case t goes to infinite i.e. there is no second critical value, and the second interval is [1,∞) therefore, the parametric analysis ends. now, we apply (19), (20), (21) to find z*(t): 336604.13752)( 320 =+−=′ ∗∗∗ xxz then: ttz 336604.137446945.155)(*0 += and 391773.146)( * 1 1 =′=′ ∗ b xcz then: ttz 391773.146391773.146)(1 += ∗ the summarized solution illustrate in table (2). references 1. bellman, r.e. and zadeh, l.a. (1970) "decision making in a fuzzy environment", management science 17, b141-b164. 2. tanaka, h., okuda, t. and asai, k. (1984) "on fuzzy mathematical programming", journal cybernetics, v.3, pp. 291-298. 3. nagoita, c.v., (1981), "the current interest in fuzzy optimization", fuzzy set and systems, v.6, pp.261-269. 4. gass, s.i. and saaty, t.l. (1955) "parametric objective function (part2) generalization", opns. res. soc. am, v.3, pp. 395-401. 5. hamdy, a. t. (2012) "operation research an introduction", ninth edition, pearson company, boston, dubai. 6. zadeh, l.a. (1965) "fuzzy sets"; information and control, v.8, pp. 338-353. 7. rafail, n., gasimov and kursat yenilme (2002) "solving fuzzy linear programming problems with linear membership functions", turkish journal of mathematics, v. 26, pp. 375396, © tubitak. 8. curtis, f.g. and patriclc, o.w. (1985) "applied numerical analysis", addison wesley publishing company, new york. 9. samule, d. c. and carl de boor (2008) "elementary numerical analysis", tata mc graw hill publishing company limited, new delhi. 10. gupta, p.k. and hira, d.s. (2011) "operation research", s. chand, new york. 309 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1) the summarized solution t x z all intervals value of variables in each interval value of z in each interval table (2) the summarized numerical solution t ∗ 1x ∗ 2x ∗ 3x )(tz ∗ 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 0 4.527583 29.278354 155.446945+137.336604 t 1≤ t < ∞ 0 0 29.278354 146.391773+146.391773t figure (1) membership functions of the objective function figure (2) membership functions of the constraints mg(cx) zℓ zu cx mci(x) ax (a+ at)x x 310 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 المعلمیة –حل مشاكل البرمجة الخطیة الضبابیة حسن حسینآیدن جامعة بغداد /كلیة العلوم للبنات /الریاضیات علوم قسم نبیل حمھ سعید جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة / الریاضیاتعلوم قسم 2012ایلول 12قبل البحث في: ، 2012حزیران 19استلم البحث في: الخالصة تطب��ق ف��ي الكثی��ر م��ن المج��االت، عل��ى س��بیل المث��ال:بحوث العملی��ات، ان نظری��ة المجموع��ات الض��بابیة یمك��ن ان نظریة السیطرة ، علم االدارة... الخ. ان احدى تطبیقات نظریة المجموعات الضبابیة ھي في مشاكل اتخاذ القرار حیث تم تطبیقھا في مشاكل البرمجة الخطیة م�ع ق�رار) باالض�افة ال�ى دراس�ة مش�اكل البرمج�ة الخطی�ة المعلمی�ة ف�ي اعداد ضبابیة للمعامالت التكنولوجیة (معامالت اتخ�اذ ال حالة التغیر في معامالت دالة الھدف. في ھذا البحث سنعرض اسلوب جدید یربط بین مشكلة البرمجة الخطی�ة الض�بابیة م�ع مع�امالت تكنولوجی�ة ض�بابیة ومش�كلة ن ثم صیاغة مثال عددي یوضح خطوات الحل لھذا النوع البرمجة الخطیة المعلمیة مع تغیرات في معامالت دالة الھدف، وم من المشاكل. معلمیة.-برمجة خطیة ضبابیة، برمجة خطیة معلمیة، برمجة خطیة ضبابیة :الكلمات المفتاحیة 311 | mathematics microsoft word 25-32   25  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       analytical study of some lightest nuclei h, he, li and be article history: received 17 september 2019, accepted 9 october 2019, published in april 2020 abstract in the present study, the properties of the light elements, namely, h, he, li, and be, have been reviewed. specifically, the nuclear decay of these nuclei has been reviewed. the mystery of the nuclear decay and potential is behind this work. the role of neutron has been investigated. the n/z ratio has also been investigated in the study to relate the nuclear decay with the ratio. a new formula for nuclear potential has been suggested in the present study. this formula can describe the binding energy potential and the decayed particle energy depending on the n/z ratio. keywords: nuclear decay, nuclear potential, nuclear structure, radioactivity. 1. introduction there are many properties of the nucleus, but the big problem is philosophy of nuclear potential and radioactivity. actually, no one knows the reality of those properties. within this work, the radioactivity of the lightest nuclei has been taken into consideration. radioactive decay (also known as nuclear decay) is the procedure through which unstable nuclei lose its energy by releasing particles or radiation, like alpha-particles, beta-particles and a gamma ray or electron in the internal conversion case. a material having such unstable nuclei is considered radioactive. certain highly excited short-lived nuclear states can decay through neutron emission, or, more rarely, proton emission. radioactive decays are stochastic processes. according to quantum theory, it is difficult to determine when a particular nucleus will decay [1-3]. however, for a collection of nuclei, the collection probable decay rate is described in terms of decay constants or more precisely half-lives. this can be considered as the basis of radiometric. the half-life of decay has no recognized upper limit. radioactive atomic nuclei, which have zero spin, can have no specific orientation. radioactive nuclear decay includes the production of a particle and or energy as one nucleus changes to a new nucleus. in most cases, the nucleus changes its identity to be a new one. there are many. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index waleed s. hwash ahmed m. saeed department of physics, faculty of education for pure sciences, university of anbar, anbar, iraq. doi: 10.30526/33.2.2440 waleed973@yahoo.com   26  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 different kinds of releases that happen. alpha (α) decay leads to the emission of helium nucleus from the nucleus. this consists of two neutrons and two protons. emission of α-particle produces a new element which has an atomic number two less than the original element and a weight which is four less. a usual alpha-decay action is the change of uranium-238 to thorium. the second one is beta (β) decay; this decay is a more complex process. unlike the α-release, which simply ejects alpha particle, the β-emission includes the conversion of a neutron/proton in the atomic nucleus into a proton/neutron and electron/positron. the electron is then expelled from the nuclide. in this process, the number of protons increases by one, whereas the atomic weight stills the same. such as is the case of α-emissions, β-releases are often accompanied with γ-radiation. also electron capture, a different way for a nucleus to rise its neutron/proton ratio is by a phenomenon known as electron capture. in the process, an electron from close orbital is captured by the nuclides and joint with a proton to form a new neutron. for example, the silver-106 goes through electron capture to convert the palladium-106. and also, gamma (γ) radiation is just energy. it may be emitted by itself or more usually in conjunction with another radiation event. there is no conversion of number of protons or neutrons in a simple γ-emission. regularly, isotope may create γ-radiation as a result of a conversion in stability. this kind of isotope may settle through a shifting of nuclide inside the nucleus. the configuration of the atom (is not) changed, but the nucleus could be measured further "comfortable" afterward the change. this shift raises the stability of the nucleus from the unstable isotope to more stability of the nucleus [3]. 2. results and discussion the nuclear decays of the elements with the lightest nuclei, namely, hydrogen, helium, lithium, and beryllium, have been considered. the properties of these nuclei are shown in table 1. table 1. data of hydrogen, helium, lithium and beryllium isotopes .  atomic number (z) neutron number (n) n/z element beta+ decay proton emission electron capture beta decay neutron emission alpha decay t1/2 [s] ref. 1 0 0.00 1h 0 0 0 0 0 0 [4] 1 1 1.00 2h 0 0 0 0 0 0 [5] 1 2 2.00 3h 0 0 0 1 0 0 3.89e+08 [6] 1 3 3.00 4h 0 0 0 0 1 0 [7] 1 4 4.00 5h 0 0 0 0 1 0 [8] 1 5 5.00 6h 0 0 0 0 1 0 2.85e-22 [9] 2 1 0.50 3he 0 0 0 0 0 0 [6] 2 2 1.00 4he 0 0 0 0 0 0 [7] 2 3 1.50 5he 0 0 0 0 1 0 7.04e-22 [8] 2 4 2.00 6he 0 0 0 1 0 0 8.07e-01 [9] 2 5 2.50 7he 0 0 0 0 1 0 3.04e-21 [10] 2 6 3.00 8he 0 0 0 1 0 0 1.19e-01 [11] 2 7 3.50 9he 0 0 0 0 1 0 [11] 2 8 4.00 10he 0 0 0 0 1 0 1.52e-21 [12] 3 1 0.33 4li 0 1 0 0 0 0 [7]   27  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 3 2 0.67 5li 0 1 0 0 0 0 3.71e-22 [8] 3 3 1.00 6li 0 0 0 0 0 0 [9] 3 4 1.33 7li 0 0 0 0 0 0 [10] 3 5 1.67 8li 0 0 0 1 0 0 8.40e-01 [11] 3 6 2.00 9li 0 0 0 1 0 0 1.78e-01 [11] 3 7 2.33 10li 0 0 0 0 1 0 [12] 3 8 2.67 11li 0 0 0 1 0 0 8.75e-03 [13] 4 1 0.25 5be 0 1 0 0 0 0 [8] 4 2 0.50 6be 0 2 0 0 0 1 4.96e-21 [8] 4 3 0.75 7be 0 0 1 0 0 0 4.60e+06 [8] 4 4 1.00 8be 0 0 0 0 0 1 8.19e-17 [9] 4 5 1.25 9be 0 0 0 0 0 0 [9] 4 6 1.50 10be 0 0 0 1 0 0 4.77e+13 [9] 4 7 1.75 11be 0 0 0 1 0 0 1.38e+01 [10] 4 8 2.00 12be 0 0 0 1 0 0 2.13e-02 [11] 4 9 2.25 13be 0 0 0 0 1 0 2.70e-21 [11] 4 10 2.50 14be 0 0 0 1 0 0 4.35e-03 [12] 4 11 2.75 15be 0 0 0 0 1 0 7.87e-22 [13] 4 12 3.00 16be 0 0 0 0 1 0 5.70e-22 [14]      hydrogen nucleus (1h) has three isotopes naturally occurring, sometimes indicated 1h, 2h, and 3h. the first two of them are stable, whereas 3h has a half-life of 12.3y. also, there are heavier isotopes, which are all unnatural and have a half-life less than (10−21 second). of these, 5h is the most stable, and 7h is the least. the 31 2 (2)h isotope has radioactivity by emitting   with a half-life (3.89e8 sec) and convert to 32 1 (0.5)he (stable). regarding to coulomb effect, the inverse must be the right. that means the 31 2 (2)h must be stable and the 3 2 1 (0.5)he unstable (the number between brackets is ratio of n/z). the others h's isotopes (4h, 5h, 6h) are emitting neutrons because they have overabundant neutrons comparing with protons number. while there are many known isotopes of helium (2he) (criterion atomic weight around: 4.002602(2)); only the helium-3 (3he) and the helium-4 (4he) are stable. all radioisotopes have very short-lived; actually the longest-lived is 6he with a halflife of 806.7ms. the least stable with a half-life of 7.6×10−22 s is 5he, though it is likely that 2he has shorter half-life. in the atmosphere of earth, there is one 3he for each million 4he. however, helium is remarkable in that its isotopic richness varies greatly liable on its origin. in the interstellar medium, the amount of 3he is about a hundred times higher. rocks in the earth's shell have isotope proportions varying by a factor of ten.the helium's isotopes, we notice that the 5 2 3 (1.5)he emits neutron and converts to 4 2 2 (1)he (stable). the 6 2 4 (2)he is two-neutron halo nucleus with weak binding energy. the 62 4 (2)he has borromean system. however, it has   decay with a half-life (8.07e-1 sec) to be 63 3 (1)li (stable). the 6 2 4 (2)he is even-even nucleus and unstable nucleus had converted to stable odd-odd 63 3 (1)li . this is contradicting with shell model, which consider the even-even property give s nucleus more stability. the   28  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 7 2 5 (2.5)he is emitting neutron to be 6 2 4 (2)he . the 8 2 6 (3)he had   decay with a half-life (1.19e-1 sec) to be 83 5 (1.6)li , which had radioactivity with a half-life (8.4*10 -1sec) and converted to 84 4 (1)be , which had α-decay with half-life (8.19*10 -17sec) to be 42 2 (1)he . regarding to half-life, the decay increased the radioactivity of 84 4 (1)be although it is even-even nucleus. the 92 7 (3.5)he and 10 2 8 (4)he isotopes are emitting neutrons. naturally happening lithium nucleus (3li) has two stable isotopes, lithium-6 (6li) and lithium-7(7li), with the last being far riche : around 92.5 percent of the nuclei. lithium-7 (7li) and lithium-6 (6li) are two of the primitive nuclei that were created in the big bang, with lithium-7 to be 10−9 of all primitive nuclides and the amount of (6li) around 10−13. a small percentage of (6li) is also known to be formed by nuclear reactions in some certain stars. the lithium isotopes separate slightly during a diversity of geological processes, with mineral formation (chemical deposition and ion substitution). the li isotopes, the 43 1 (0.3)li is emitting proton to be 3 2 1 (0.5)he (stable) and the 5 3 2 (0.6)li is also emitting proton with very short half-life 223.71 10 sec to be 42 2 (1)he . no information about half-life of 4 3 1 (0.3)li , but the half-life of 5 3 2 (0.6)li refers to something strange. the 8 3 5 (1.6)li is unstable nucleus and decay to 8 4 4 (1)be and also this has α-decay as explained above. also the 93 6 (2)li has   decay to be 94 5 (1.25)be with a half-life (1.7*10-1sec). the 10 3 7 (2.3)li is emitting neutron. the 11 3 8 (2.6)li is a two-neutron halo nucleus, which has abnormal radius and weakly bound system. however, it has   decay with a half-life (8.75*10-3sec) to be 114 7 (1.75)be , which also has   decay with a half-life (13.8sec) to be 115 6 (1.2)b . beryllium (4be) has twelve isotopes, but actually only one of them (beryllium-9 9be) is stable and a primitive nucleus. beryllium is measured a monoisotopic element. also, it is a mononuclidic nucleus, since its isotopes have short-lives that none are primitive and their abundance is too low (with atomic weight is 9.0122). beryllium is sole the only monoisotopic nuclide, which includes even number of protons with odd number of neutrons. there are twenty-five monoisotopic nuclei, but all of them have odd proton numbers, and even neutron numbers. the beryllium's isotopes, the 54 1 (0.25)be is emitting proton to convert to 43 1 (0.3)li unstable as discussed above. the 6 4 2 (0.5)be has two types of decay by emitting two protons and α-decay with a very short half-life (2.96*10-21sec), but 84 4 (1)be has α-decay and be 42 2he . the 7 4 3 (0.75)be decay by capturing electron from electronic orbits to be 7 3 4 (1.3)li (stable) from the table (1), the 10 4 6 (1.5)be has radioactivity and decay by emitting   in a half-life (4.77*1013sec) to be 105 5 (1)b (stable).in spite of the half-life is not very short and the ratio of n/z is 1.5 and inappropriate for light nuclei, this isotope is unstable. the 114 7 (1.75)be isotope has   decay with half-life (13.8sec) as well as the 124 8 (2)be isotope has   decay with half-life (0.0213sec) to be 125 7 (1.4)b , which has also   decay with half-life (0.02sec).the halflife of 125 7 (1.4)b shorter than 12 4 8 (2)be . although the ratio of n/z is shorter, that means the halflife must be longer, not shorter regarding to the ratio. the 134 9 (2.25)be isotope is emitting   29  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 neutron. the 144 10 (2.5)be is two-neutron halo nucleus, which decay with a half-life (4.35*10 3sec) to be 145 9 (1.8)b . the 14 5 9 (1.8)b isotope also decay with a half-life (0.012sec) to be 14 6 8 (1.3)c , which has   decay with half-life (1.8*1011sec). the 154 11 (2.75)be and 16 4 12 (3)be are emitting neutrons with half –life (7.87*10-22sec) and (5.7*10-22sec) respectively. in summary, the comparison between the 3 1 2 (2)h and 3 2 1 (0.5)he refers to the effect between neutrons that are larger than coulomb’s effect. 6 2 4 (2)he is unstable, although it is an even–even element, but 6 3 3 (1)li is a stable odd–odd element. this finding absolutely contradicts that with the shell model. 8 4 4 (1)be presents an abnormal behavior that shows decay increased the radioactivity. the half-life of 5 3 2 (0.6)li refers to something strange. the half-life of 10 4 6 (1.5)be is 1.51(4) ×106 years with a high n/z ratio, and regarding to the light elements, this element refers to unusual behavior. the life of 12 4 8 (2)be must be shorter than that of 12 5 7 (1.4)b , but the results showed otherwise. 3. conclusion and suggestion the behavior of nuclear decay shows strong neutron influence. this finding indicates that a neutron cannot be considered as a neutral particle, but has considerably affected as shown in neutron emission and   decay, especially the n-emission with extremely short half-lives. neutrons play an important role against nuclear potential as a proton. thus, we must rethink about the neutron structure. the n/z ratio has considerable effects on the determination of the nuclear decays. according to the findings above, we suggest a new formula for nuclear potential, as follows. ( )( )o n v a v z   (1) actually, there are several nuclear potential formulas, such as well ptential, wood–saxon potential, yukawa potential and so on. all these formulas have focused on a radius. in eq. (1), we introduced a new effect, which is the ratio of number of neutrons to protons. the (a) is parameter that has the value (-1, 1). actually, the (a) parameter needs some fitting to make the results more accurate. however, eq. (1) has been run to the) above elements and the results as shown in figure 1. for hydrogen' isotopes, figure 2. for helium' isotopes, figure 3. for lithium's isotopes and figure 4. for beryllium's isotopes. the ratio of n/z depends on mass number as seen in figure 5.   30  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 figure 1. nuclear potental of hydrogen' isotopes. figure 2. nuclear potential of helium's isotopes. figure 3. nuclear potential of lithium's isotopes. ‐150.00 ‐100.00 ‐50.00 0.00 50.00 100.00 150.00 200.00 250.00 300.00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00n u cl e a r  p o te n ti a l the ratio n/z ‐100 ‐50 0 50 100 150 200 250 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 n u cl e a r  p o te n ti a l the ratio n/z ‐100 ‐50 0 50 100 150 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 n u cl e a r  p o te n ti a l the ratio n/z   31  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 figure 4. nuclear potential of beryllium' isotopes. figure 5. the change of n/z ratio with mass number. references 1. michael, s. g. radiation protection and dosimetry, an introduction to health physics.2007, doi:10.1007/978-0-387-49983 3. isbn 978-0-387-49982-6. 2. best, l.; rodrigues, g.; velker, v. radiation oncology primer and review, essential concepts and protocols. demos medical publishing, 2013. 3. loveland, w.; morrissey, d.; seaborg, g.t.; modern nuclear chemistry; 2006, bibcode:2005mnc.book.l. isbn 978-0-471-11532-8. 4. singh, b. nuclear data sheets for a= 1. nuclear data sheets.2005, 106, 4, 601-618. 5. kelley, j.h.; godwin, j.l. publication cut-off ensdf insertion.2003, 2003-09 6. purcell, j.e.; sheu, c.g. nuclear data sheets for a= 3. nuclear data sheets.2015, 130, 120. 7. tilley, d.r.; weller, h.r.; hale, g.m. energy levels of light nuclei, a= 4 nucl. phys. a to be published, 1992. ‐100.00 ‐50.00 0.00 50.00 100.00 150.00 200.00 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50n u cl e a r  p o te n ti a l the ratio of n/z 0.00 5.00 0.50 4.00 0.33 2.67 0.25 3.00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 t h e  r a ti o  o f  n /z mass number h he li be   32  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 8. tilley, d.r.; cheves, c.m.; godwin, j.l.; hale, g.m.; hofmann, h.m.; kelley, j.h.; weller, h.r. energy levels of light nuclei a= 5, 6, 7. nuclear physics a.2002, 708, 1-2, 3163. 9. tilley, d.r.; kelley, j.h.; godwin, j.l.; millener, d.j.; purcell, j.e.; sheu, c.g.; weller, h. r. energy levels of light nuclei a= 8, 9, 10. nuclear physics a.2004, 745, 3-4, 155-362. 10. kelley, j.h.; kwan, e.; purcell, j.e.; sheu, c.g.; weller, h.r. energy levels of light nuclei a= 11. nuclear physics a.2012, 880, 88-195. 11. selove, f.a.; kelley, j.h. energy levels of light nuclei a = 11−12: nuclear physicsa.1990, 506, 1, https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9474(90)90271-m j. blachot ensdf insertion: 200006. 12. ajenberg-selove, f. energy levels of light nuclei a= 13–15. nuclear physics a.1981, 360, 1, 1-186. 13. kelley, j. publication cut-off: 31-march.2015, publication: ensdf. 14. kelley, j. publication cut-off: 29-sept. 2014, publication: ensdf. 179 | mathematics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 on semi-essential submodules muna a. ahmed math.200600986@yahoo.com maysaa r. abbas maysaa.alsaher@yahoo.com  department of mathematics, college of science for women,university of baghdad, iraq-baghdad. received in : 20 october 2014 , accepted in :5 january 2015 abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity and let m be a unitary left r-module. the purpose of this paper is to investigate some new results (up to our knowledge) on the concept of semi-essential submodules which introduced by ali s. mijbass and nada k. abdullah, and we make simple changes to the definition relate with the zero submodule, so we say that a submodule n of an r-module m is called semi-essential, if whenever n ∩ p = (0), then p = (0) for each prime submodule p of m. various properties of semi-essential submodules are considered. keywords: essential submodules, semi-essential submodules, uniform modules, semiuniform modules, fully prime modules and fully essential modules. his paper is a part of a thesis submitted by the second author and supervised by the first 180 | mathematics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 1. introduction throughout this paper, r represents a commutative ring with identity and m is a unitary left r-module. assume that all r-modules under study contain prime submodules. it is well known that a submodule n of m is called essential, if whenever n ∩ l = (0), then l = (0) for each submodule l of m [7] and [9]. ali and nada in [1] introduced the concept of semi-essential submodules as a generalization of the class of essential submodules, where they say that a nonzero submodule n of m is called semi-essential, if n ∩ p ≠ (0) for each nonzero prime rsubmodule p of m [1], where a submodule p of m is called prime, if whenever rm  p for r r and m m, then either m  p or r  (p: m) [12]. in this paper we rewrite the definition of the semi-essential submodules which introduced [1] in another formula, in fact we didn't find any reasonable reason to exclude the zero submodule from the definition of semi-essential submodules. also we give some new results (up to our knowledge) about this concept, and illustrate that by some remarks and examples. we start by the formula of the definition of the semi-essential submodules. definition (1.1): a submodule n of an r-module m is called semi-essential if whenever n ∩ p = (0), then p = (0) for every prime submodule p of m. we see it is necessary to put some simple remarks about the class of semi-essential submodules which not mentioned in [1]. remarks (1.2): 1. consider the z-module m = z8 ⊕ z2. in this module there are eleven submodules which are <(0, 0)>, <(1, 0)>, <(0, 1)>, <(1, 1)>, <(2, 0)>, <(2, 1)>, <(4, 0)>, <(4, 1)>, <(0, 1), (4, 0)>, <(2, 0), (4, 1)>, and m. the semi-essential submodules of m are <(1, 1)>, <(1, 0)>, <(2, 0)>, <(2, 1)>, <(4, 0)>, <(0, 1), (4, 0)>, <(2, 0), (4, 1)> and m. in fact each one of them intersects with each nonzero prime submodule of m is nonzero, where the prime submodules of m are <(2, 0), (4, 1)>, <(1, 1)>, <(1, 0)>, and <(2, 0)>. 2. when a submodule n of an r-module m is nonzero in the def (1.1), then n is a semiessential submodule if n ∩ p ≠ (0) for each prime submodule p of m, and this is the same definition which is said by ali and nada in [1]. 3. every module is a semi-essential submodule of itself. 4. for the concept of the essential submodules, (0) is an essential submodule of an rmodule m if and only if m = (0), but (0) may be semi-essential submodule in a nonzero module. in fact (0) ≤sem m if and only if m has only one prime submodule which is (0), for example (0) is a semi-essential submodule of the z-module, z2, while (0) is not semi-essential submodule of z. 5. the sum of two semi-essential submodules is also semi-essential submodule. proof (5): let m be an r-module and let l and k be two essential submodules of m. note that l ≤ l+k, since l ≤sem m, so by [1], l+k ≤sem m. 6. let m be an r-module, and let n ≤ m. then for each r-module m' and for each homomorphism f: m → m' with ker f ∩ n ≠ (0), implies that n ≤sem m. 181 | mathematics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 proof (6): let p be a nonzero prime submodule of m, and let π: m → be the natural epimorphism. by assumption ker π ∩ n ≠ (0). but ker π = p, then p ∩ n ≠ (0), hence n ≤sem m. proposition (1.3): let f: m → m' be an isomorphism. if n ≤sem m, then f(n) ≤sem m'. proof: let p be a nonzero prime submodule of m'. since f is an epimorphism, then f-1(p) is a prime submodule of m [12, prop. 3.8, p.10 ]. but n ≤sem m, then n ∩ f-1(p) ≠ (0), on the other hand f is a monomorphism thus f(n) ∩ p ≠ (0), and we are done. in [1], ali and nada gave an example verified, that the class of semi-essential submodules was didn't satisfy the transitive property for nonzero submodules. but in this work, we show that the example which they gave it in [1] is not true, and we prove that the class of semi-essential submodules satisfies the transitive property. in fact ali and nada said that 4 ≤sem 2 and 2 ≤sem z12, but 4 ≰sem z12. in fact 4 ≰sem 2 since 6 is a prime submodule of 2 and 4 ∩ 6 = (0). however, in the following proposition we give the proof of the transitive property for nonzero semi-essential submodules. before that we need the following lemma which appeared in [3, prop (1.7), p.11]. lemma (1.4): let c be an r-module, if p is a prime submodule of c and b is a submodule of c, such that b ≰ p, then p ∩ b is a prime submodule in b. proposition (1.5): let a, b, c be r-modules such that a ≤ b ≤ c. suppose that a is a nonzero submodules of m. if a ≤sem b and b ≤sem c then a ≤sem c. proof: let p be a prime submodule of c such that a ∩ p = (0). note that (0) = a ∩ p = (a ∩ p) ∩ b = a ∩ (p ∩ b). but p is a prime submodule of c, so we have two cases. if b ≤ p then (0) = a ∩ (p ∩ b) = a ∩ b, hence a ∩ b = (0), but a ≤ b, so a ∩ b = a, which is implies that a = (0). but this is a contradiction with our assumption. thus b ≰ p, and by lemma (1.4), p ∩ b is a prime submodule of b. but a ≤sem b, therefore p ∩ b = (0), and since b ≤sem c, then p = (0), that is a ≤sem c. remark (1.6): the condition a ≠ (0) in prop (1.5) is necessary. in fact in the z-module z12, (0) is a semi-essential submodule of {0, 6} and {0, 6} is a semi-essential submodule of z12, but (0) not semi-essential in z12. the converse of prop (1.5) is not true in general, as the following example shows. example (1.7): consider the z-module, z36, the submodule ( 18 ) is a semi-essential submodule of z36. but (18) is not semi-essential submodule of (2). 2. other results on semi-essential submodules in this section, we introduce other properties of semi-essential submodules. recall that an r-module m is called fully prime, if every proper submodule of m is a prime submodule [5], and a nonzero r-module is called fully essential, if every nonzero semi-essential submodule of m is an essential submodule of m [11]. tamadher in [8, lemma 3.7], proved that if a and b are prime submodules of an rmodule m and a ≤ b, then a is a prime submodule in b. in fact b need not be necessary prime submodule in m. we use this statement to prove the following proposition, which is forming a generalization of the result which was given in [11, lemma (1.4)]. proposition (2.1): let m be a fully prime r-module, and let (0) ≠ n ≤ m. then n ≤sem l if and only if n ≤e l for every submodule l of m. proof ⇒): assume that n is a semi essential submodule of l, and let a be a submodule of l such that n ∩ a = (0). since m is a fully prime module then both of n and a are prime submodules of m, and by [8, lemma 3.7] a is a prime submodule of l. but n is a semiessential submodule of l, therefore a = (0), that is n is an essential submodule of l. ⇐): it is clear. corollary (2.2): every fully prime module is a fully essential module. 182 | mathematics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 recall that a nonzero r-module m is called semi-uniform if every nonzero r-submodule of m is semi-essential. a ring r is called semi-uniform if r is a semi-uniform r-module, [1]. proposition (2.3): let m be an r-module. then m is uniform if and only if m is semiuniform and fully essential. proof ⇒): it is clear. ⇐): let n be a nonzero submodule of m, since m is a semi-uniform module, then n ≤sem m. but m is a fully essential module, then n ≤e m. corollary (2.4): let m be a fully prime module, then a module m is uniform if and if m is a semi-uniform module. the following proposition appeared in [11], it deals with the direct sum of semi-essential submodules, and we give the proof for completeness. are 2and m 1module where m-be a fully prime r 2m ⨁ 1let m = mproposition (2.5): -is a semi2 k ⊕ 1. then k2≤ m 2k and (0) 1 ≤ m 1k submodules of m, and let (0) and 1essential submodule of m-is a semi 1if and only if k 2m ⊕ 1essential submodule of m .2essential submodule of m-is a semi 2k proof ⇒): since m is a fully prime module, then by [11, lemma (1.14)] k1 ⊕ k2 is an essential submodule of m1 ⊕ m2, and by [2], k1 is an essential submodule of m1 and k2 is an essential submodule of m2. but every essential submodule is a semi-essential, so we are done. ⇐): it follows similarly. in the following proposition, we give another result for the direct sum of semi-essential submodules. proposition (2.6): let m = m1 ⨁ m2 be an r-module where m1 and m2 are submodules of m, and let k1 ≤ m1 and k2 ≤ m2. if k1 ⨁ k2 is a semi-essential submodule of m1 ⨁ m2, then k1 is a semi-essential submodule of m1, provided that every prime submodule of m1 is a prime submodule of m. proof: let p1 be a prime submodule of m1 such that k1 ∩ p1 = (0). we can easily prove that (k1 ⨁ k2) ∩ p1 = (0). by assumption p1 is a prime submodule of m and k1 ⨁ k2 ≤sem m, thus p1 = (0). recall that the prime radical of an r-module m is denoted by rad(m), and it is the intersection of all prime modules of m [10]. proposition (2.7): let m be an r-module and let (0) ≠ n ≤ m. if n' is a semi relative complement of n in m, and n' ≤ rad(m), then n ⨁ n' ≤sem m. proof: consider the natural epimorphism π: m → . since n' is a semi relative complement of n in m, so by [1], ⊕ ≤sem . but ker π = n' and n' ≤ rad(m), then by [1], π-1 ( ⊕ ) ≤sem m. hence n ⨁ n' ≤sem m. ali and nada in [1] showed by an example that the intersection of two semi-essential submodules need not be semi-essential submodule, and they satisfied that under certain condition, see [1]. in this work we give a deferent condition. proposition (2.8): let m be an r-module and let n1 and n2 be semi-essential submodules of m such that n1 ∩ n2 ≠ (0) and all prime submodules of n1 are prime submodules of m, then n1 ∩ n2 ≤sem m. proof: let p be a prime submodule of m such that (n1 ∩ n2) ∩ p = (0). this implies that n2 ∩ (n1∩ p) = (0). if n1 ≤ p, then we have a contradiction with the assumption, thus n1 ≰ p. this implies that n1 ∩ p is a prime submodule of n1 [3, prop (1-7, p. 11)]. since n2 ≤sem m 183 | mathematics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 and by our assumption n1 ∩ p is a prime submodule of m, then n1 ∩ p = (0). but n1 ≤sem m, therefore p = (0), hence n1 ∩ n2 ≤sem m. note that the condition "all prime submodules of n1 are prime submodules of m" which we used in prop (2.8) can be applied also for n2. proposition (2.9): let m be an r-module, and let n1 and n2 are semi-essential submodules of m such that n2 ∩ p is a prime submodules of m for all prime submodule p of m, then n1 ∩ n2 ≤sem m. proof: let p be a prime submodule of m such that (n1 ∩ n2) ∩ p = (0). this implies that n1 ∩ (n2 ∩ p) = (0). but n2 ∩ p is a prime submodule of m and since n1 ≤sem m, then n2 ∩ p = (0). moreover, since n2 ≤sem m, thus p = (0), and hence n1 ∩ n2 ≤sem m. recall that, an r-module m is called multiplication, if for each submodule n of m, there exists an ideal i of r such that n = im [4]. proposition (2.10): let m be a faithful and multiplication module such that m satisfies the condition (*), and let i, j be ideals of r. if im ≤sem jm, then i ≤sem j. condition (*): for any two ideals l and k of r, if l is a prime ideal of k, then lm is a prime submodule of km. proof: let p be a prime ideal of j such that i ∩ p = (0), then (i ∩ p)m = (0)m. since m is a faithful and multiplication, therefore im ∩ pm = (0) [6, th (1.7)]. by condition (*), pm is a prime submodule of jm. but im ≤sem jm, then pm = (0). since m is a faithful module so p = (0), thus i ≤sem j. the converse of prop (2.10) is true without using the condition (*), but we need other condition as the following proposition shows. proposition (2.11): let m be a finitely generated, faithful and multiplication r-module. if i ≤sem j then im ≤sem jm for every ideals i and j of r. proof: let p be a prime submodule of jm such that im ∩ p = (0). since m is a multiplication module, then p = em for some prime ideal e of r [6, cor (2.11)]. so im ∩ em = (0), this implies that (i ∩ e) m = (0). since m is a faithful module, then i ∩ e = (0). since em jm and m is a finitely generated, faithful and multiplication module so by [6, th (3.1)] e j. but e is a prime ideal of r, then e is a prime ideal of j [8, lemma 3.7]. since i is a semi-essential ideal of j, then e = (0), and hence p = (0). that is im ≤sem jm. from prop (2.10) and prop (2.11) we have the following theorem. theorem (2.12): let m be a finitely generated, faithful and multiplication module such that m satisfies the condition (*). then i ≤sem j if and only if im ≤sem jm for every two ideals i and j of r. it is well known that if a ring r has only one maximal ideal i, then i is an essential ideal of r if and only if i ≠ (0). in the following proposition we generalize this statement in one direction to essential (hence semi-essential) submodules. proposition (2.13): let m be a nonzero multiplication r-module with only one maximal submodule n, if n ≠ (0). then n is an essential (hence semi-essential) submodule of m. proof: let p be a submodule of m with p ⋂ n = (0). if p = m, then m ⋂ n = (0), hence n = (0) which is a contradiction. thus p is a proper submodule of m, and since m is a nonzero multiplication module, so by [6, th (2.5)], p contained in some maximal submodule of m. but m has only one maximal submodule which is n. thus p ⊆ n, this implies that p = (0), that is n is an essential (hence semi-essential) submodule of m. proposition (2.14): let m be a finitely generated r-module with only one nonzero maximal submodule n, then n is an essential (hence semi-essential) submodule of m. proof: in similar way, and by using [13, prop (1.6), p. 7] instead of [6, th (2.5)]. we end this work by the following theorem which gives the hereditary of fully essential property between r-module, m and the ring r. 184 | mathematics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 theorem (2.15): let m be a nonzero faithful and multiplication r-module. then m is a fully essential module if and only if r is a fully essential ring. proof ⇒): assume that m is a fully essential module, and let i be a nonzero semi-essential ideal of r, then im is a submodule of m say n. this implies that n is a semi-essential submodule of m [1]. since i (0) and m is a faithful module, then n (0). but m is a fully essential module, thus n is an essential submodule of m. since m is a faithful and multiplication module, therefore i is an essential ideal of r [6, th (2.13)], that is r is a fully essential ring. ⇐): suppose that r is a fully essential ring and let (0) ≠ n ≤sem m. since m is a multiplication module, then n = im for some semi-essential ideal i of r. by assumption i is an essential ideal of r. but m is a faithful and multiplication module then n is an essential submodule of m [6, th (2.13)]. that is m is a fully essential module. references [1] ali. s. mijbass and nada. k. abdullah, (2009), semi-essential submodule and semiuniform modules. j. of kirkuk university-scientific studies; 4 (1), 48-58. [2] anderson, f.w. and fuller, k.r, (1992), rings and categories of modules, springerverlag, new york., academic press inc. london. [3] athab, e. a., (1996), prime and semi prime submodules m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad [4] barnard, a., (1981), multiplication modules. j. algebra, 71: 174-178. [5] behboodi, m., karamzadeh, o. a. s. and koohy, h., (2004), modules whose certain submodule are prime, vietnam j. of mathematics, 32( 3): 303-317. [6] el-bast, z. a. and smith, p. f., (1988), multiplication modules, comm. in algebra, 16: 755-779. [7] goodearl, k. r., (1972), ring theory, marcel dekker, new york. [8] ibrahiem, t. a., (2011), prime extending module and s-prime module, j. of al-nahrain univ., 14(4),166-170. [9] kasch, f., (1982), modules and rings. london: academic press. [10] larsen, m. d. and mccarthy, p. j.,(1971), multiplicative theory of ideals, acad. press, new york and london. [11] ahmed, m. a. and dakheel, sh. o., s-maximal submodules, j. of baghdad for science, preprint. [12] saymeh, s. a., (1979), on prime r-submodules, univ. ndc. tucuma'n rev. ser. a29, 129-136. [13] sharp, d.w. and vamos, p., (1972), injective modules, cambridge univ. press.   185 | mathematics 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 حول المقاسات الجزئية شبه الجوھرية منى عباس أحمد ميساء رياض عباس جامعة بغداد –كلية العلوم للبنات –قسم الرياضيات 2015كانون الثاني 5قبل البحث في : 2014تشرين االول 20أستلم البحث في : الخالصة . ھدفنا في ھذا البحث rمقاساً أحادياً أيسر على mحلقة ابدالية ذات عنصر محايد, وليكن rلتكن وھرية التي قدمھا ھو التقصي عن بعض النتائج الجديدة (على حد علمنا) حول المقاسات الجزئية شبه الج n ∩ p ≠ 0بأنه شبه جوھري، إذا كان mمن nالباحثان علي سبع وندى الدبان، إذ يقال للمقاس الجزئي لقد قمنا بإجراء تعديل يسير لھذا التعريف ليشمل المقاس m.من nلكل مقاس جزئي أولي غير صفري الصفري، كما قدمنا العديد من القضايا والخواص الجديدة لھذا النوع من المقاسات الجزئية. نتظمة، المقاسات الم المقاسات الجزئية شبه الجوھرية، المقاسات الجزئية الجوھرية،الكلمات المفتاحية: المنتظمة، المقاسات األولية المتكاملة, المقاسات الجوھرية المتكاملة.المقاسات شبه microsoft word 68-79   68 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       on 𝐍𝐚𝐧𝐨 ẛـ𝐩𝐫𝐞ـ𝐠ـ𝐎𝐩𝐞𝐧 𝐒𝐞𝐭 rana b. esmaeel ahmed. a. jassam department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.            ranamumosa@yahoo.com ahm7a7a@gmail.com abstract in this work, the notion ňẛـpre ـg ـopenset is defined by using nano topological space and some properties of this set are studied also, nano ẛـpreـgـδـset and nano ẛـpreـgـμـclosedset are two concepts that are defined by using ňẛـpre ـg ـopen set; many examples have been cited to indicate that the reverse of the propositions and remarks is not achieved. in addition, new application example of nano ẛـpre ـg ـclosed set was studied. keywords : nano ẛـpreـgـopen set, nano ẛpgδـset, nano ẛpgμـclosed set, nanoـopen, nanoـclosed, ideal. 1. introduction in1933, kuratowski [1]. introduced the concept of an ideal ẛ on anon empty set ҳ, where the hereditary and finite additively property were achieved. in 1945, the notion of operator ∗: ƥ ҳ ⟶ ƥ ҳ , was introduced by vaidyanathaswamy [2]. and namely local function. in 2013, thivagar and richard [3]. introduced on ҳ. nano forms of weakly open sets, parimala and jafari [4]. in 2018, introduced on some new notions in nano ideal topological spaces. an ideal ẛ ∅ such that ẛ ⊆ ƥ ҳ was defined as the following: i. if ⱥ‚ ƀ ∈ ẛ‚ then ⱥ ∪ ƀ ∈ ẛ. ii. if ⱥ ∈ ẛ and ƀ ⊆ ⱥ‚ then ƀ ∈ ẛ [1,2]. the closure operator cl∗ for a topology ṭ∗ ẛ, ṭ , namely the ∗ topology, finer than ṭ, is defined by cl∗ ⱥ ⱥ ∪ ⱥ∗ ẛ, ṭ , and then, ṭ∗ ẛ , ṭ ⱥ ҳ ∶ cl∗ ҳ ـ ⱥ ҳ ـ ⱥ . ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2474 article history: received 20 october 2019, accepted 21 november january 2019, published in july 2020.   69 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 the collection b ẛ, ṭ ⱥ ـ ƀ; ⱥ ∈ ṭ and ƀ ∈ ẛ is a basis for ṭ∗ ṭ, ẛ , when there is no chance for confusion. the simple ⱥ∗ write for ⱥ∗ ṭ, ẛ and ṭ∗ for ṭ∗ ẛ, ṭ . the notion ҳ, ṭ, ẛ will denote to a topological space ҳ, ṭ with an ideal ẛ on ҳ with no separation properties assumed and called an ideal topological space or an ideal space for short. the elements of ṭ∗ are namely ṭ∗ـopen sets. if ҳ ـ ⱥ is ṭ∗ـopen set, then ⱥ is namely ṭ∗ـclosed and so it is closed in the space ҳ, ṭ∗ . a subset ⱥ of an ideal space ҳ, ṭ, ẛ is a ṭ∗ـclosed if and only if ⱥ∗ ⱥ. a subset ⱥ of an ideal space ҳ, ṭ, ẛ is said to be ṭ∗dense if cl∗ ⱥ ҳ , it is clear that, in a space ҳ, ṭ, ẛ , if ẛ ø , then ṭ ṭ∗ ẛ, ṭ . if ⱥ  ҳ, int∗ ⱥ (respectively, cl∗ ⱥ will denote the interior (respectively , the closure of ⱥ in ҳ, ṭ∗ , so the mapping ∗: ƥ ҳ ⟶ ƥ ҳ , is used to generalize the concept of topology and create a new topology namely ṭ∗ ⊆ ṭ such that the shortcut ҳ‚ ṭ ‚ ẛ is the ideal topological space [5-7]. by using lower and upper approximation with equivalence relation in 2013 [3,8]. a new space emerged, which is a nano topological space. in this research and by taking advantage of the previous concepts, another type of near nano open set is presented, which is the above space with ideal ňẛـpre ـg ـclosed set and will clarify the most important characteristics of these sets. 2. preliminaries definition 2.1. [3, 8]. let ҳ ∅, and ȓ be an equivalence relation, where ȓ ⊆ ҳ ҳ and ȓ is reflexive, symmetric and transitive on ҳ, ⱥ ⊆ ҳ. 1. the upper approximation of ⱥ for ȓ is symbolizes ȓ ⱥ , which is, ȓ ⱥ ∪ӿ ∈ ҳ ȓ ӿ : ȓ ӿ ∩ ⱥ ∅ . 2. the lower approximation of ⱥ for ȓ is symbolizes ȓ ⱥ , which is, ȓ ⱥ ∪ӿ ∈ ҳ ȓ ӿ : ȓ ӿ ⊆ ⱥ . 3. the boundary of ⱥ for ȓ is symbolizes ฿ȓ ⱥ , which is, ฿ȓ ⱥ ȓ ⱥ ȓ ⱥ .   70 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020   figure 1. approximation of ⱥ. definition2.2. [3]. let ҳ ∅, ȓ be an equivalence relation on ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ x, ∅, ȓ ⱥ , ȓ ⱥ , ฿ȓ ⱥ } such that ⱥ ⊆ ҳ. then ṭȓ ⱥ is a topology on ҳ namely nano topology of ⱥ and ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ is namely nano topological space. the elements of ṭȓ ⱥ are namely nanoـopen sets symbolize ňـopen sets.the complement of an ňـopen set is namely nanoـclosed symbolize ňـclosed. a nanoـinterior of a sub set ⱥ of ҳ symbolizes ňـint ⱥ and nanoـclosure of a subset ⱥ of ҳ symbolizes ňـcl ⱥ . we can find all nano topological spaces ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ ), for any ҳ ∅, ⱥ ⊆ ҳ and ȓ be an equivalence relation on ҳ, by the following example: example2.3. let ҳ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ⱥ ⊆ ҳ, ȓ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . then ȓ ӿ ӿ , ӿ ȓ ӿ , ȓ ӿ ӿ . 𝐸𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑜𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑠 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑡 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝐿𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑈𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜   71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 1.nano topological spaces . definition 2.4. [3,4]. let ⱥ ⊆ ҳ , ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ be a nano topological space. then ⱥ is a namely nano preـopen set if ⱥ ⊆ ňـint ňـcl ⱥ , the complements of ⱥ is namely nano pre closed set. the shortcuts ňـpo ҳ respectively ňـpc ҳ is for the collection of each ňـpreـopen(respectively ňـpreـclosed sets. a space ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ is namely ideal nano topological space , whenever ẛ is an ideal on ҳ. definition4.1. [9]. let ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ be a nano topological spaces and ƀ ⊆ ҳ. then  a nanoـkernal of ƀ = ∩ џ: ƀ ⊆ џ, џ ∈ ṭȓ ⱥ and symbolizes ňـker ƀ . from table 2. we can calculate and note all nano preـopen set and nano pre closed set: for ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , where ҳ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ȓ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . , ⱥ ȓ ⱥ ȓ ⱥ ƀȓ ⱥ ṭȓ ⱥ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ҳ, ∅    ҳ ҳ ҳ ∅ ҳ, ∅ ӿ ӿ , ӿ ∅ ӿ , ӿ ҳ , ∅, ӿ , ӿ ӿ ӿ , ӿ ∅ ӿ , ӿ ҳ , ∅, ӿ , ӿ ӿ ӿ ӿ ∅ ҳ, ∅ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ∅ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ҳ ӿ ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ҳ ӿ ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ   72 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 2. nano preـopen set. ⱥ ṭȓ ⱥ ňpo ҳ ňpc ҳ  ҳ, ∅ p ҳ p ҳ ҳ ҳ, ∅ p ҳ p ҳ ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ, ӿ , ӿ ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ, ӿ , ӿ ӿ ҳ, ∅ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ   ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ p ҳ p ҳ ӿ , ӿ   ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ p ҳ p ҳ 3. 𝐍𝐚𝐧𝐨 ẛـ𝐩𝐫𝐞ـ𝐠 𝐨𝐩𝐞𝐧 𝐬𝐞𝐭. in this section and by using the notion of nano ideal topological space and ňـpreـopen set we will study ňـẛpgـclosed set with some of it is properties. definition3.1. in ҳ‚ ṭȓ ⱥ ‚ ẛ ‚ let ⱥ ⊆ ҳ. then ⱥ is namely nano ẛـpreـgـclosed set symbolize ňẛpgـ closed if cl ⱥ џـ ∈ ẛ whenever ⱥـџ ∈ ẛ and џ is a nano preـopen subset of ҳ. ⱥ is namely nano ẛـpreـgـopen set symbolize ňـẛpgـopen. the collection of all nano ẛpgـclosed sets respectively nano ẛpgـopen sets in ҳ‚ṭȓ ⱥ ‚ ẛ symbolizes ňـẛpgc ҳ respectively ňـẛpgo ҳ . from table 3. we can calculate and note that all nano ẛـpreـgـclosed set and it is complement nano ẛـpreـgـopen set from the space ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ), where ҳ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ȓ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ẛ ∅, ӿ .   73 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 3.nano ẛـpreـgـclosed set. all nano ẛـpreـgـclosed set and nano ẛـpreـgـopen set from the space ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ), where ҳ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ȓ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ,ẛ ∅, ӿ remark3.2: for ҳ‚ ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ i. every nano closed set is an ňـẛpgـclosed. ii. every nano open set is an ňـẛpgـopen. proof (i): let ⱥ be any nano closed set in ҳ‚ ṭ ‚ ẛ and џ be a nanoـpreـopen set such that ⱥـџ ∈ ẛ, but cl ⱥ ⱥ, so cl ⱥ џ ـ ⱥـ џ ∈ ẛ. this implies, ⱥ is an nanoـẛـpreـgـ closed set. proof (ii): let џ be any nano open set in ҳ‚ ṭ ‚ ẛ , then џ is a nano closed set. this implies that џ is an nanoـ ẛـpre ـg ـclosed set, thus, џ is an nanoـẛـ pre ـg ـopen set. reverse of remark3.2 is not correct from table 3. if ⱥ ӿ then ӿ , ӿ is ňـẛpgـclosed not nano closed and ӿ , ӿ is ňـẛpgـopen not nano open. 4. 𝐍𝐚𝐧𝐨ـẛـ 𝐩𝐫𝐞ـ 𝐠ـ 𝐊𝐞𝐫𝐧𝐚𝐥 𝐨𝐟 𝐒𝐞𝐭. in this section and by using the topics described earlier as nano ideal space and ňـẛpgـopen set, many of the topological properties will be presented. definition 4.1. let ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ be a nano ideal topological space and ƀ ⊆ ҳ. then nano ẛـpreـgـkernal of ƀ  is  symbolized by ňـẛpgـker(ƀ) ∩ џ: ƀ ⊆ џ, џ ∈ ňـẛpgـo ҳ . it is clear that ƀ ňـẛpgـker ƀ whenever ƀ ∈ ňـẛpgo ҳ . remark 4.2. if ƀ ⊆ ҳ of a space ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ . then nano ẛـpreـgـkernal ƀ ⊆ nano kernal ƀ . ⱥ ṭȓ ⱥ ňpo ҳ ňـẛـpreـgـclosedset ňـẛـpreـgـopenset   ∅ ҳ, ∅ p ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ ҳ ҳ, ∅ p ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ ӿ ҳ , ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ ҳ , ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ ҳ, ∅ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ   ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ p ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ p ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ   74 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 proof: let ӿ ∉ ňker ƀ , ӿ ∈ ҳ then ӿ ∉ ⋂ џ ∶ ƀ ⊆ џ, ƀ and џ ∈ ṭȓ ⱥ , then ∃ џ ∈ ṭȓ ⱥ , ƀ ⊆ џ, ӿ ∉ џ. since every ňـopen set in ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ is ňـẛpgǧopen in ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ , then ∃ џ ∈ ňـẛpgǧo ҳ , ƀ ⊆ џ; ӿ ∉ џ, then ӿ ∉ ⋂ џ ∶ ƀ ⊆ џ, and џ ∈ ňـẛpgـo ҳ .thus ӿ ∉ ňـẛpgـker ƀ . from table 3. let ⱥ= ӿ , ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ , ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ňـẛpgـo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , if ƀ ӿ , then ňـ ker ƀ ∩ џ: ƀ ⊆ џ and џ ∈ ṭȓ ⱥ ӿ , ӿ , but ňـẛـpreـgـkernal ∩ џ: ƀ ⊆ џ and џ ∈ ňـẛpgـo ҳ ӿ , so ňـ ker ƀ ⊈ ňـẛpgـker ƀ . definition4.4. for any ƀ ⊆ ҳ of ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ . ƀ is namely nano ẛpgδـ set if ƀ ňẛpgـker ƀ . theorem4.5. the union of any two nanoـẛpgـclosed sets is an nanoـẛpgـclosed set. proof: let ⱥ and ƀ are two nanoـẛpgـclosed set in ҳ‚ ṭ ‚ ẛ and џ is a nanoـpreـopen subsets of ҳ, where ⱥ ∪ ƀ џ ـ ∈ ẛ‚ then ⱥ ـ џ ∈ ẛ and ƀ ـ џ ∈ ẛ, so nano cl ⱥ џ ∈ẛ and ـ nano cl ƀ џ ـ ∈ ẛ, therefore, nano cl ⱥ џ ـ ∪ nano cl ƀ џ ـ ∈ ẛ, so nano cl ⱥ ∪ ƀ џ ـ ∈ ẛ. hence, ⱥ ∪ ƀ is ananoـẛ pg ـclosed set. corollary 4.6. the intersection of any two nanoـẛ pgـopen sets is a nanoـẛ pgـopen set. proof: let ⱥ and ƀ be two nanoـẛـpreـgـopen sets in ҳ‚ṭ ‚ ẛ , so ⱥ , ƀ are nanoـẛـpreـgـ closed sets, therefore, ⱥ ∪ ƀ is ananoـẛـpreـgـ closed set by theorem 4.5, hence ⱥ ∩ ƀ is a nanoـẛـpreـgـ closed set, so ⱥ ∩ ƀ is a nanoـẛـpreـgـ open set. remark4.7. if ҳ is a finite set then ƀ ňẛpgـker ƀ iff ƀ ∈ ňـẛpgo ҳ . the prove of remark 4.7 by using definition 4.4 and corollary 4.6. definition4.8. for any ƀ ⊆ ҳ of a space ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ , the set ƀ is namely nano ẛpgμـclosed if ƀ m ∩ w, where m is nano ẛpgδـset and w is a nano ẛpgـclosedset. from table 4. we can calculate and note that ňـẛpgـker ƀ for a subset of ҳ where ⱥ ӿ , ӿ , ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ , ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ňـẛـpreـgـopen ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ and ňـẛـpreـgـclosed { ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ   75 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 4.nano ẛـpreـgـkernal.    from table 4. the sets ҳ, ∅, ӿ and ӿ , ӿ are ňـẛpgδـsets. and ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ are ňـẛpgμـclosed sets but ӿ , ӿ is not ňـẛpgμـclosed since ∄m and w such that m is a ňـẛpgδـsets and w is a ňـẛpgـclosed and ӿ , ӿ m ∩ w. remark 4.9. for any space ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ : i. every nano ẛpgـclosed set is nano ẛpg μـclosed. ii. every nano ẛpgـ𝑜pen set is nano ẛpgμـclosed. iii. every nano ẛpgδـset is nano ẛpgـμclosed. proof: (i): (⇒) let ƀ be an ňـẛpgclosed set. since ҳ ňـẛpgـker ҳ and ƀ ҳ ∩ ƀ such that ҳ is ňـẛpgδـset and ƀ is ňـẛpgـclosed set, hence ƀ is nano ẛpgـμclosed. (ii): (⇒) let ƀ is nano ẛpgـopen set. then ƀ nano ẛpgـker ƀ by remark 4.7, ҳ finite. then ƀ is an ňـẛpgδـset, so ƀ is ňـẛpgμـclosed, by (part i). (iii): (⇒) let ƀ ňـẛpgker ƀ . but ƀ ƀ ∩ ҳ and ҳ is ňـẛpgـclosed. so ƀ is a ňـẛpgـμclosed. example 4.10. from table 3. and table 4. (i) where ⱥ ӿ , ӿ , ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ,ňـẛpgـo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ and ňـẛpgـc ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , where ƀ ӿ , then ӿ is ňـẛpgـμclosed. and since ӿ is ňـẛpgδـset but it is not ňـẛpgـclosed set. ƀ ňـ𝐊𝐞𝐫 ƀ 𝐬𝐞𝐭 ňـẛ𝐩𝐠ـ𝐊𝐞𝐫 ƀ 𝐬𝐞𝐭 {∅ ∅ ∅   ҳ ҳ ҳ   ӿ ӿ , ӿ ӿ ӿ ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ   ӿ ҳ ҳ   ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ   ӿ , ӿ ҳ ҳ   ӿ , ӿ ҳ ҳ   76 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 (ii) if ⱥ ӿ , ӿ , ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ňـẛpgـo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ and ňـẛpgـc ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , where ƀ ӿ then ƀ is ňـẛpgـμclosed since ӿ ӿ ∩ ҳ such that ӿ ∈ ňـẛpgـc ҳ and ҳ is a ňـẛpgδـset but it is not ňـẛpgـopen set and it is not ňـẛpgδـset. proposition 4.11: for ҳ, ṭȓ ⱥ , ẛ if ҳ is a finite set and ƀ ⊆ ҳ; ƀ is an ňـẛpgـμclosed set, then ƀ ňـẛpgـker ƀ ∩ w, where w is ňـẛpgـclosedset. proof: since ƀ is ňـẛpgـμclosed, then ƀ m ∩ w such that m is ňـẛpgδـset and w is a ňـẛpgـclosed set this implies that ƀ ⊆ m ňـẛpgـker m and ƀ ⊆ ňـẛpgـker ƀ which is the smallest ňـẛpgـopen set containing ƀ. so ňـẛpgـker ƀ ⊆ ňـẛpgـker m and ƀ m ∩ w there for ƀ ňـẛpgـker ƀ ∩ w , since ƀ ⊆ ňـẛpgـker ƀ and m ⊆ ňـẛpgـker m . 5. the application in ňـẛ𝐩𝐠ـ𝐜𝐥𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐝 𝐬𝐞𝐭. example 5.1. tonsillitis is a common disease in children and adults. people get inflammation that causes them difficulty in eating and sometimes unable to chew food. also, you may experience a high temperature with a change in the body with diarrhea and joint pain if the inflammation is very strong. treatment lasts one to two weeks. to detect the most common symptoms of tonsillitis, we can take advantage of the concept of nano ẛpgـopen set according to the following table, which shows the most common symptoms that may be associated with tonsillitis. the following table gives information about four patient people ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , we will refer to the symbol ¥ if the symptoms are clear to the person and indicate the symbol ₦ if the symptoms do not appear: table 5. information of tonsillitis. patient person temperature (t) emaciation (n) diarrhea (d) inability to swallow(i) joint pin (j) tonsillitis (s) ӿ high ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ӿ very high ¥ ₦ ¥ ₦ ¥ ӿ high ¥ ₦ ₦ ₦ ₦ ӿ normal ¥ ₦ ₦ ₦ ₦   77 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 let ҳ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ be the set of patient person with tonsillitis, let a ӿ , ӿ and ȓ be the equivalence relation on ҳ, such that ȓ ӿ , ӿ : ӿ , ӿ have the same appear symptoms}.then the set of equivalence classes corresponding to r is given by ҳ /ȓ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ẛ ∅, ӿ . ňpo ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ,ňẛpgc ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňẛpgo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ if we delete (temperature(t)), then we get ҳ /ȓ t = ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . hence ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . ňpo ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , . ňẛpgc ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . ňẛpgo ҳ ={ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . if we delete (joint pain (j)), then we get ҳ /ȓ j ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . hence ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ṭȓ ⱥ . ňpo ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňẛpgc ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňẛpgo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . if we delete (diarrhea (d)), then we get ҳ /ȓ d ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ and hence ṭȓ ⱥ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ṭȓ ⱥ . ňpo ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňẛpgc ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňẛpgo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ if we delete (inability to swallow (i)), then we get ҳ /ȓ i ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . hence ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňpo ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . ňẛpgc ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . ňẛpgo ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . if we delete the attribute emaciation (n), then we get, ҳ /ȓ n = ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , hence ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ṭȓ ⱥ . ňpo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňẛpgc ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ňẛpgo ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . therefore, from table above we get a core ȓ 𝑇, 𝐼 , we investigate that, (temperature 𝑇 ) and (inability to swallow 𝐼 ) are the sufficient and necessary to say that a patient have tonsillitis 𝑆 , since ňẛ𝑝𝑔𝑂 ҳ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , where ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ and ňẛ𝑝𝑔𝑂 ҳ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ .where,  ṭȓ ⱥ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ . table 6. explains  the difference for the 𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑜 ẛ𝑝𝑔𝑂 ҳ according to difference equivalent classes.   78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 table 6. effective symptoms. 𝑬𝒒𝒖𝒊𝒗𝒂𝒍𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝒄𝒍𝒂 𝑵𝒂𝒏𝒐 𝒕𝒐𝒑𝒐𝒍𝒐𝒈 𝑵𝒂𝒏𝒐 ẛ𝑝𝑔𝐶 ҳ 𝑵𝒂𝒏𝒐 ẛ𝑝𝑔𝑂 ҳ ҳ /ȓ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ /ȓ 𝑇)   ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ṭȓ ⱥ   ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ   ӿ , ӿ , ӿ   ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ /ȓ 𝐽 ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ /ȓ 𝐼   ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ṭȓ ⱥ { ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ .  ҳ /ȓ 𝐷   ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ṭȓ ⱥ = ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ /ȓ n ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ṭȓ ⱥ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ ҳ, ∅, ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ , ӿ   79 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 references 1. kuratowski, k.; topology new york: academic press.1966, i. 2. vaidyanathaswamy, v. the localization theory in set topology. proc. indian acad. sci.1945, 20, 51-61. 3. thivagar, m.l.; richard, c.on nano forms of weakly open sets. international journal of mathematics and statistics invention.2013, 1, 31-37. 4. parimala, m.; jafari, s.; on some new notions in nano ideal topological spaces. international balkan journal of mathematics.2018, 1, 85-93. 5. alhawez, z.t. on generalized b∗-closed set in topological spaces. ibn al-haithatham journal for pure and applied science.2015, 28, 3, 204-213. 6. nasef, a.a.; radwan, a.e.; esmaeel, r.b. some properties of α-open sets with respect to an ideal. int j pure appl math.2015, 102, 4, 613-630. 7. abd elmonsef, m.e.; nasef, a.a.; radwan, a.e.; esmaeel, r.b. on αopen sets with respect to an ideal. journal of advances studies in topology.2014, 5, 3, 1-9. 8. pawlak, z. rough sets. international journal of computer and information sciences.1982, 11, 341-356. 9. thivagar, m.l.; jafari, s.; devi, v.s. on new class of contra continuity in nano topology. italian journal of pure and applied mathematics.2017, 41, 1-12. 10020042 10020043 10020044 10020045 10020046 10020047 10020048 10020049 10020050 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 ecological aspects of dwelling po sition for a previous case of kala – azar in south of baghdad , iraq s. a. salman departme nt of biology , college of sciences ,unive rsity of baghdad abstract this is a contribution to st udy the situation of a dwelling of p revious case of kalaazar in the endemic area (al-m ahmodiya/ al-rasheed district) about 25 km sout h of baghdad. in order to assess the p ossible ecological causes of the incidence and the p revalence of visceral leishmaniasis, in one of the well-known foci of the disease in the central region of iraq. it was found that the human dwelling p osition and ecological factors affect the infection with this disease. key words factors, ecology , dwellin g, kala-azar, focus, endemic area, south baghd ad, iraq. introduction in the central region of iraq the high number of the reported cases of visceral leishmaniasis was usually during december, january, february and m arch (1,2,3,4,5) the majority of p atients were infants of two y ears old (6,7,8,9). the main traditional endemic area with this disease is the central region of iraq (10,11,12). also the incidences of kala-azar were reported in north and sout h regions of iraq (10,13,14,15). m any localities such as m ahmodiya, rasheed, youssifiy a, latifiya, suwaira, az iziy a, m adien, faluja, numaniy a and abou-ghraib are well known as traditional foci of this disease (1,2,5,7,8,14,15). however, the endemic area is the alluvial p lain around tigris and euphrates rivers, where are the cultivated farms with many kinds of p lants. the human dwellings, which are mudmade and these of animal shelters are usually favorable p laces for breeding and resting of the vector (1). the breeding of livestock makes a suitable condition for both the vectors and the reservoirs (12,13,14). the aim of this invest igation is to st udy the ecological factors and the dwelling p osition of a kalaazar p atient near baghdad in one of the famous foci of visceral leishmaniasis in the central region of iraq (2,3). materials and method the dwelling of the p revious case of kala-azar is in al-rasheed district about 25 km to the south of baghdad. the reported case was from central hosp ital for children in baghdad city . human dwelling, animal shelter, wind direction were map p ed. also, the resting and sleep ing p laces of the family during the night and the p laces of the dogs were carefully noted. rodent's burrows were marked around the p atient dwelling. the st udy area was visited regularity biweekly during 2000 and 2001. rodents were trap p ed with the help of 12 live traps. sand flies were collected with four cdc malaria traps in and around the dwelling in a circle of about 300-m diameter. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 results one case of kala-azar was reported in december1999 from central hosp ital for children in baghdad. this case was of a girl of three y ears old. she was diagnosed as kalaazar after clinical examinations. the dwelling of this p atient was built in the1970s of cement in an op en land cultivated with different kinds of cereals and vegetables. date palms trees shade the dwelling. the animal shelters are in the west of the dwelling (fig. 1). these are very suitable breeding and feeding p laces for the sand flies (dark place, p resence of animals, manure, straw, deep soil cracks and humidity ) as indicated in fig. (2). also, the main direction of the wind during summer nights in iraq was generally northwest with slow breeze. the previous cases, which were rep orted from this focus during the three last decades, were at few meters in the west of the dwelling of the present study . in 2000, a new case was reported eastward of the present dwelling. also four p revious cases of kala-azar were reported in the 1990s from an area of 500 m of a diameter around the p resent dwelling. the using of cdc traps in the dwellings (in 1999) showed that the high densities of the collected sand flies were also in west ward of the dwellings. the sp ecies of sand flies encountered were phlebotomus papatasi scolp i (with very high-density of 95%) phlebotomus alexanderi sinton and sergentomiya baghdadis adler&theodor. the rest ing p lace of the patient in summer of 1999 was a few meters to the north of t he animal shelters (fig.1). also, in the hot nights of july and august , the density of sand flies was the highest. it was noted that the rest ing p laces of the dogs were few meters from the beds of the children. this fact increases the p robability of the infection rate in biting times. no external signs of leishmaniasis were noted on the examined dogs. the sp ecies of rodents in the st udy area were rattus rattus, rattus norv egicus, mus musculus, tatera indica , nesokia indica meriones libycus and meriones crassus . discussion this st udy showed that the ecological factors and man made factors increase the p robability of infections in the study focus. it seems also that t he position of human dwellings and animal shelters p lay an important role in the prevalence of the disease. the present study is imp ortant because of the followings: 1-two cases of kala-azar were reported at the same dwelling during the last 12 y ears. 2-two new cases were rep orted near the st udy dwelling in 2000. 3-twenty fife cases were reported in the study area from 1970 till 2001. it seems also that t his kind of st udy (p atient's dwellings with visceral leishmaniasis) can assist in finding more information about the p ossible relationship s between different ecological factors, which affect t he prevalence of the disease. re ferences 1.abul-hab, j. and ahmed, s.a. (1984). j.biol. sci.r es. 7:1-64, 2.abul-hab, j. and al-baghd adi, r. (1972). ann. t rop . m ed. parasitol.66: 165-166, 3.abul-hab, j.andal-baghd adi, r. (1972b).bull. end. dis. ba gh. 13 (4): 55-75, 4.abul-hab, j and al-hashimi, w. (1988)bull. end. dis. baghd. 29: 5-16 5.adler, s. and theodor.o. (1929 a) ann. t rop . m ed. parasitol. 23: 269-303, 6.nouri, l&aljeboori, t. j. (1973). fac. m ed. bagh, 15:72-85 7.pringel, g. (1956) bull.end.dis.bagh. 275-294 8.sukker, f. (1972). bull. end.dis.bagh. 13 (4): 77-83 9.sukker, f. (1974)bull. end.dis.bagh. 15(2): 85-104 10.sukker, f. (1982) bull. end.dis.bagh. 20 (4):67-73 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 11.sukker, f. (1983) bull. end.dis.bagh. 22(4) :35-41 12.sukker, f. (1985) bull. end.dis.bagh. 26 :(27-36) 13.al-alak s. s. (1996) m sc. thesis .vet. coll. uni. bagh. pp .77. 14-jawdat, s .z; ali, n .a; rifaat l. kh; ruth k. y and al m ahdawi s. k. (1985) (1985) j.bio. sci. r es. 16(1): 185-202 15-jawdat, s. z; ali n .a; rifaat l. kh. and rutha ky. (1983) j. bio. sci. res. 148:81-87, sun set in summer wind direction is nort hwest in main p art of the y ear o o o o i r i g a t i o n c a n a l d r a y i n o o cereals farm o o o n o human dwellin g o animal shelter o o m anu re o o o o p o u lt ry resting p lace in the night human dwellin g (girl of 5 years old was died in 1975) o vegetables farm o o dogs sleep ing p lace o animal shelter 6 cows m anu re s u m m e r case of kala azar p atien t in 2000 o o o neighbour o fig. (1): illust ration map showing the dwellin g of the case of kala azar. 5 m (ooo: rodents burrows.** : trees. : date palm trees). wind direction tree human dwellin g animal shelter low density of sand flies high density of sandflies fig. (2): diagram showing the effect of wind direction, trees and places of hi gh density of sand flies in the dwellin g of the present study . 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تحدید موقع السكن وعالقته بالجوانب البیئیة في اإلصابة بمرض الكاالأزار جنوب بغداد ن شهاب احمد سلما جامعة بغداد،كلیة العلوم ،قسم علوم الحیاة الخالصة دراسـة موقـع أحـد المسـاكن المسـجلة بـه حـالتین سـابقتین لمـرض الكـاالازار فـي المنطقـة الموبـؤة بـالمرض مـن اجـل تـم مـدى عالقتهـا بموقـع المسـكن فـي قضـاء المحمودیـة جنـوب تحدید العوامل البیئیة المحتملة و التي تسـاعد علـى اإلصـابة و ن موقـع الـدار والعوامـل اوقـد وجـد .كم والتي تعتبر واحـدة مـن البـؤر المعروفـة للمـرض فـي وسـط العـراق25 قرابةمدینة بغداد ب .البیئیة هي في عالقة تساعد على اإلصابة بهذا المرض ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 approximation solutions for system of linear fredhom integral equatio ns by using decomposition method h. s. ali,w. s. ali*, n. m. rahmah college of engineering, unive rsity of al-mustansriya *college of agriculture, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p ap er, the decomp osition method was used to find ap p roximation solutions for a system of linear fredholm inte gral equations of the second kind. in this method the solution of a functional equations is considered as the sum of an infinite series usually converging to the solution, and adomian decomposition method for solving lin ear and nonlin ear inte gral equations. finally, numerical examples are prepared to illustrate these considerations. introduction the integral equation is an equation in which the unknown function y (x) app ears under the integral si gn. the gener al form of integr al equation is given by :[1]  dttytxkxfxyxh )(),()()()( …(1) where )(xh , )(xf and the kernel ),( txk are known functions ; )(xy is the function to be determined. to satisfy linearity condition: ))(())(())()(( 22112211 tflatflatfatfal  …(2) where 21, aa are constants and  dttftxktfl )(),())(( . the integral equation is called ho mogenous if 0)( xf , otherwise it is called non homogenous.[2] we can d istinguish between two typ es of integral equations which are: 1. integral equation of the first kind when 0)( xh in equation (1).  dttytxkxf )(),()( …(3) 2. integral equation of the second kind when 1)( xh in equation (1).  dttytxkxfxy )(),()()( …(4) integral equations can be classified into different kinds accordin g to the limits of integr al[3]: 1. if the limits of equation (1) are constants then the equation is called fredho lm inte gral equation. the fredholm integr al equation of the first kind is:  b a dttytxkxf )(),()( …(5) where a, b are constants. 2. fredholm inte gral equation of the second kind is:  b a dttytxkxfxy )(),()()( …(6) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 the de composition method applied to fredholm inte gral eq the top ic of adomian decomposition method has been rapidly growin g in recent y ears. the concept of this method was first introduced by g. adomian in the beginning of 1980’s[4]. in this subsection use a decomposition method to find the a app roximation solutions for sy stem of linear fredholm integral equations. let us reconsid er the following sy st em of linear fredholm inte gral equations of the se cond kind(4)(5)(6). ,)(),()()(  b a dssfstktgtf ],[ bat  …(7) where ,))(,),(),(()( 21 t n tftftftf  ,))(,),(),(()( 21 t n tgtgtgtg    n.,1,2,j ,,1,2,i ),(),( ,   nstkstk ji we supp ose that sy stem [7] has a unique solution. consider the i-th equation of (7): .)(),()()( 1    b a n j jijii dssfstktgtf …(8) from (8), we obtain canonical form of adom ian's equation by writing )()()( tntgtf iii  …(9) where .)(),()( 1    b a n j jiji dssfstktn …(10) to solve (10) by adomian's method, let )()( 0 tftf m imi     , and     0 )( m imi atn where ,0,1,m , ima are p olynomials depending on nmnm fffff ,,,,,,, 011110  and they are called adom ian p olynomials. hence, (9) can be rewritten as:       0 1011110 0 ).,,,,,,,,()()( m nmnnmimi m im ffffffatgtf  …(11) from [10] we define:         0,1,2,m ),,,,,,,,()( n,,1,2,i ),()( 0111101, 0 nmnmimmi ii fffffatf tgtf …(12) in p ractice, all terms of the series )()( 0 tftf m imi     can not be determin ed and so we use an approximation of the solution by the following truncated series: ),()( 1 0 tft k m imik     with ).()(lim tft iik k    …(13) to determine adomian polynomials, we consider the exp ansions: ),()( 0 tftf m im m i      …(14) ,),,,( 0 21     m im m ni afffn   …(15) where,  is a parameter introduced for conven ience. from (15) we obtain: ,),,,( ! 1 0 21            nim m im fffn d d m a  …(16) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 and from (10), (14) and (16) we have: dsf d d m tsvffffa l jl l m mb a n j ijnmnmim 001 0110 ! 1 ),(),,,,,,(                .),( 1    b a n j jmij dsftsv …(17) so, (12) for the solution of the sy stem of linear fredholm inte gral equations will be as follows:            0,1,2,m n,,1,2,i ,)(),()( ),()( 1 1, 0 b a n j jmijmi ii dstftsvtf tgtf … (18) considerin g (13), we obtain:  0,1,2,m n,,1,2,i ,)(),()()( 0 1    t n j jmijiik dssfstktgt …(19) in fact (12) is exactly the same as the well known successive app roximations method for solving the sy st em of linear fredholm integr al equations definin g as:  0,1,2,m ,1,2,i ,)(),()()( 0 1 1,     t n j jmijimi dssfstktgtf … (20) the initial app roximations for t he successive app roximations method is usually zero function. in the other words, if the initial approximations in this method is selected )(tgi , then the adomian decomp osition method and the successive app roximations method are exactly the same. the followin g algor ithm summar izes the st ep s for finding the app roximation solutions for the second kind of sy stem fredholm integr al equations. algorithm (adsfi) input: ( nibasfstktg iii ,1,,),(),,(),(  ); output: series solution of given equation s tep1: put )()(0 tgtf ii  for ni ,...,2,1,0 s tep2: compute     b a jm n j ijmi dssftxktf )(),()( 1 1, ni ,...,0 , ,...1,0m s tep3: find the solution ),()( 1 0 tft k m imik     ni ,...,0 , ,...1,0m end example consider the followin g sy stem of linear fredholm inte gral equations of the second k ind with the exact solutions 1)(1  ttf and 1)( 2 2  ttf . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009              1 0 21 2 2 1 0 211 .))()(((1 12 19 )( ,))()(( 3 1 36 17 18 )( dssfsfsttttf dssfsf st tf to derive the solutions by using the decomp osition method, we can use the following adomian scheme:         ,15833.11 12 19 )( ,4722.00556.0 36 17 18 )( 22 20 10 tttttf t t tf and 0,1,2,m ,))()(()( ,))()(( 3 )( )( 1 0 211,2 1 0 211,1                 dssfsfsttf dssfsf ts tf mmm mmm for t he first iteration, we have: .4769.0 216 103 ))()(()( ,1590.03472.0 648 103 72 25 ))()(( 3 )( )( 1 0 201021 1 0 201011              ttdssfsfsttf ttdssfsf ts tf considerin g (13), the ap p roximated solutions with two terms are:      .11065.1)()()( ,6312.04028.0)()()( 2 212022 111012 tttftft ttftft   next term are: .3542.0 48 17 ))()(()( ,1181.01903.0 144 17 972 185 ))()(( 3 )( )( 1 0 211121 1 0 211112              ttdssfsfsttf ttdssfsf ts tf solution with three terms are:      .17523.0)()()( ,7492.05931.0)()()()( 2 22212023 12111013 ttftftft ttftftft   in the same way , the comp onents )(1 tk and )(2 tk can b e calculated for ,4,3k the solutions with seven terms and eleven terms are given as:       .11609.0)()()( ,9468.09129.0)()()()( 2 6,221207,2 6,111107,1 ttftftft ttftftft           .10345.0)()()( ,9885.09813.0)()()()( 2 10,2212011,2 10,1111011,1 ttftftft ttftftft     ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 app roximated solutions for some values of t by using decomp osition method and exact values 1)(1  ttf and 1)( 2 2  ttf of example, depending on least square error ( l.s. e) ar e p resented in table(1), fig.1, and fig.2. conclusion this p ap er p resents the use of the adomian deco mposition method, for the sy stem of linear fredholm integr al equations. as it can be se en, the adomian d ecomposition method for a sy stem of linear fredho lm inte gral equations is equiv alent to successive app roximations method. although, the adomian decomposition method is a very p owerful device for solv ing the integral equations. from solving a numer ical examp le the followin g p oints were identified: 1this method can be used to solve the secant kinds of linear fredholm inte gral equation. 2it is clear that using the decomposition method basis function to app roximate when the m order that increases the error would be decrease, as in fig.1 and fig.2. re ferences 1. abdul j. jerri, (1985) " introduction to integral equation with applications" m arcel dekker, inc , new york. 2. lap idus l. and seinf eid j., (1979) "numerical solution of differential equations", wiley east ern limited. new delhi. 3. diskunov on., (1974) "differential and integral calculus, "english translation. m ir publishers, m oscow. 4. ioan a. rus and egri edith, (2006), "numerical and app roximate methods in some mathematical models", babes-bolyai university of cluj-nap oca. 5. delves l. m . and m ohamed, j. l. (1985), "comp utational m ethods for integral equations, cambridge university press. 6. ray s. saha and bera r. k, (2004), "solution of an extraordinary differential equatation by adomian decomp osition m ethod", journal app lied m athematics 4 , 331-338 url: http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/s1110757x04311010 .. table (1): the results of the e xample by using (ads fi) algorithm t )(1 tf exact )(7,1 t )(11,1 t )(2 tf exact )(7,2 t )(11,2 t 0 1 0.9468 0.9885 1 1 1 0.1 1.1 1.0381 1.0866 1.01 0.9939 1.0066 0.2 1.2 1.1294 1.1848 1.04 1.0078 1.0331 0.3 1.3 1.2207 1.2829 1.09 1.0417 1.0797 0.4 1.4 1.3120 1.3810 1.16 1.0956 1.1462 0.5 1.5 1.4033 1.4792 1.25 1.1695 1.2328 0.6 1.6 1.4945 1.5773 1.36 1.2634 1.3393 0.7 1.7 1.5858 1.6754 1.49 1.3773 1.4659 0.8 1.8 1.6771 1.7735 1.64 1.5112 1.6124 0.9 1.9 1.7684 1.8717 1.81 1.6652 1.7790 1 2 1.8597 1.9698 2 1.8391 1.9655 l.s .e 0.1113 0.0052 0.0997 0.0046 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1.2 t f( t) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig.(1 ) :approximati ons and exact soluti on of fredholm integral equati ons of example fig.(2): approximati ons and exact soluti on of fredholm integral equati ons of example 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 t f( t) exact =f2(t ) 2,7(t) 2,11(t) exact =f1(t ) 1,7(t) 1,11(t) (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 طریقة عمالباستحلول تقریبیة لنظام معادالت فریدھوم التكاملیة الخطیة االنحالل ، نسرین مزھر رحمة* حلیمة سویدان علي ، ولیدة سویدان علي كلیة الھندسة ، الجامعة المستنصریة یة الزراعة ، جامعة بغدادكل * الخالصة طریقة االنحالل إلیجاد حلول تقریبیة لنظام معادالت فریدهوم التكاملیة الخطیة من النوع عمالاستفي هذا البحث د كما أن طریقة أ. متسلسلة غیر محددة تتقارب إلى الحلةوالحل في هذه الطریقة یكون دالة تمثل مجموع. الثاني دمون . والمثال المطبق یوضح هذه الطریقة. االنحاللیة هي طریقة لحل المعادالت التكاملیة الخطیة وغیر الخطیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 sssyyynnnttthhheeesssiiisss,,, ccchhhaaarrraaacccttteeerrriiizzzaaatttiiiooo nnn aaannnddd aaannnaaalllyyytttiiicccaaalll ssstttuuudddyyy ooo fff mmmeeetttaaalll cccooo mmmpppllleeexxxeeesss dddeeerrriiivvveeeddd fffrrrooo mmm 111,,, 222---bbbiiisss---(((444´́́---aaammmiiinnnooo --222´́́,,, 333´́́-- dddiiimmmeeettthhhyyylll---111´́́-- ppphhheeennnyyylll---pppyyyrrraaazzzooo llliiinnnyyylll)))-- dddiiiiiimmmiiinnnooo eeettthhhaaannneee jjj... mmm... dddhhh aaabbbaaabbb ,,, mmm... nnn... aaalll --jjjbbboooooorrriii ,,, hhh... hhh... aaalll--bbbaaajjjaaalll aaannn dddeee pppaaarrrttt mmm eee nnnttt ooofff ccchhheee mmm iiisss ttt rrryyy ,,, cccooolll llleee gggeee ooofff sss ccciiieee nnn ccceee ... aaalll --mmmuuu sss ttt nnnsss iii rrriii yyyaaahhh uuunnn iii vvveee rrrsss iii ttt yyy rrreee ccceee iii vvveee ddd iii nnn ::: 777 fffeee bbbrrruuu rrryyy 222000111111 aaacccccceee pppttt eee ddd iii nnn ::: 111888 ooo cccttt ooobbbeee rrr 222000111111 aaabbbsss ttt rrraaaccc ttt sssiiixxx ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn mmmeeettt aaalll cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) ,,, mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, nnn iii((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) ,,, aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) www eeerrr eee ppp rrr eeeppp aaarrr eeeddd uuu sss iiinnn ggg 111 ,,, 222 --bbb iiisss --((( 444 --aaa mmmiiinnn ooo --222 ,,, 333 --ddd iiimmmeeettt hhh yyy lll--111 -- ppp hhh eeennn yyy lll--ppp yyy rrr aaazzz ooo llliiinnn yyy lll))) --ddd iiiiiimmmiiinnn ooo eeettt hhh aaannn eee((( lll))) aaasss llliiigggaaannn ddd ... ttt hhh eeesss eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www eeerrr eee ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz eeeddd bbb yyy eeellleeemmmeeennn ttt aaalll aaannn aaalllyyy sss iiisss ,,, mmmaaagggnnn eeettt iiiccc sss uuu sss ccceeeppp ttt iiibbb iiillliiittt yyy ,,, uuu vvv///vvviii sss aaannn ddd fff ttt --iii rrr sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo sss cccooo ppp yyy ... ttt hhh eeesss eee ddd aaattt aaa sss hhh ooo www eeeddd ttt hhh aaattt ttt hhh eee sss ooo llliiiddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) www eeerrr eee ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll gggeeeooo mmmeeettt rrr yyy ,,, aaannn ddd ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) www aaasss ooo cccttt aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll www hhh iiillleee ttt hhh eee sss yyy mmmmmmeeettt rrr yyy aaarrr ooo uuu nnn ddd nnn iii((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) iiiooo nnn sss www iiittt hhh ttt hhh eee nnn eeewww llliiigggaaannn ddd www eeerrr eee sss qqq uuu aaarrr eee ppp lllaaannn aaarrr ooo fff ttt hhh eee fff ooo rrr mmmuuu lllaaa [[[ mmm lll]]] ccc lll 222 ,,, mmm === nnn iii((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) ... aaa sss iiimmmppp llleee mmmeeettt hhh ooo ddd fff ooo rrr ttt hhh eee ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ttt rrr aaaccceee aaammmooo uuu nnn ttt sss ooo fff cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr aaasss aaannn eeexxxaaammmppp llleee bbb yyy sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt eeerrr www aaasss ddd eeesss cccrrr iiibbb eeeddd bbb aaasss eeeddd ooo nnn ttt hhh eee fff ooo rrr mmmaaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ttt hhh eee ccc uuu --lll cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx... ttt hhh eee ooo ppp ttt iiimmmiiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn www eeerrr eee ddd ooo nnn eee ooo nnn bbb aaasss iiisss ,,, rrr eeeaaagggeeennn ttt cccooo nnn ccceeennn ttt rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn ,,, rrr eeeaaacccttt iiiooo nnn ttt iiimmmeee aaannn ddd ppp hhh mmmeeeddd iiiuuu mmm fff ooo rrr ccc uuu lll-- cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx... ttt hhh eee mmmooo lllaaarrr aaabbb sss ooo rrr ppp ttt iiivvv iiittt yyy ooo fff ttt hhh eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss aaattt ppp hhh 999 ... 000 ,,, mmmooo lllaaarrr rrr aaattt iiiooo ((( 111 :::111 ))) ((( lll:::mmm ))) aaattt 333 999 000 nnn mmm www aaasss 000 ... 222 000 xxx111 000 444 lll///mmmooo lll... ccc mmm,,, www eeerrr eee ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn eeeddd aaafff ttt eeerrr cccooo mmmppp llleeettt iiiooo nnn ttt hhh eee sss ttt aaabbb iiillliiittt yyy ooo fff ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt rrr iiicccaaallllllyyy ... kkkeee yyy wwwooo rrrdddsss ::: ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn mmmeeettt aaalll ;;; cccooo mmmppp llleee xxxeeesss ooo fff ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn mmmeeettt aaalll;;; sss yyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiizzz eeeddd ooo fff sssccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee ;;;444 --aaammmiiinnn ooo aaannn ttt yyy ppp rrr iiinnn eee;;; sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt rrr yyy iiinnntttrrroooddduuuccctttiiiooonnn mmm eeettt aaalll cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff 444 --aaammmiiinnn ooo aaannn ttt iiippp yyy rrr iiinnn eee ddd eeerrr iiivvv aaattt iiivvv eeesss aaarrr eee eeexxxttt eeennn sss iiivvv eeelllyyy sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeeddd ddd uuu eee ttt ooo sss yyy nnn ttt hhh eeettt iiiccc fff llleeexxxiiibbb iiillliiittt yyy aaannn ddd sss eeennn sss iiittt iiivvv iiittt yyy ttt ooo www aaarrr ddd vvv aaarrr iiieeettt yyy ooo fff mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn sss [[[ 111 ]]] ... ttt hhh eeeyyy aaarrr eee fff ooo uuu nnn ddd ttt ooo bbb eee uuu sss eeefff uuu lll iiinnn cccaaattt aaalllyyy sss ttt ,,, mmmeeeddd iiiaaa aaasss aaannn ttt iiibbb iiiooo ttt iiicccsss aaannn ddd aaannn ttt iii--iiinnn fff lllaaammmmmmaaattt iiiooo nnn aaagggeeennn ttt sss [[[ 222 --555 ]]] ,,, aaannn ddd aaasss aaannn aaalllyyy ttt iiicccaaalll rrr eeeaaagggeeennn ttt iiinnn ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ttt rrr aaaccceee aaammmooo uuu nnn ttt sss ooo fff eeellleeemmmeeennn ttt sss [[[ 666 --777 ]]] ... ttt hhh eeesss eee ddd eeerrr iiivvv aaattt iiivvv eeesss ,,, eeesss ppp eeeccciiiaaallllllyyy sssccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee hhh aaavvv iiinnn ggg nnn 444 aaannn ddd nnn 222 ooo 222 ddd ooo nnn ooo rrr aaacccttt iiivvv eee sss iiittt eeesss ttt hhh eeesss eee ttt yyy ppp eeesss ooo fff llliiigggaaannn ddd sss aaannn ddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www eeerrr eee eeexxxttt eeennn sss iiivvv eeelllyyy sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeeddd bbb eeecccaaauuu sss eee ooo fff ttt hhh eeeiiirrr www iiiddd eee sss ppp eeecccttt rrr uuu mmm iiinnn aaappp ppp llliiieeeddd aaannn aaalllyyy ttt iiicccaaalll ccchhh eeemmmiiisss ttt rrr yyy fff ooo rrr ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn sss [[[ 888 --111 555 ]]] ... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ttt hhh eee ppp rrr eeesss eeennn ttt ppp aaappp eeerrr ddd eeeaaalllsss www iiittt hhh ttt hhh eee sss yyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiisss aaannn ddd ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff nnn eeewww cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) ,,, mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, nnn iii((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) ,,, aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii www iiittt hhh 111 ,,, 222 --bbb iiisss --((( 444 --aaa mmmiiinnn ooo --222 ,,, 333 ddd iiimmmeeettt hhh yyy lll--111 --ppp hhh eeennn yyy lll--ppp yyy rrr aaazzz ooo llliiinnn yyy lll))) ddd iiiiiimmmiiinnn ooo eeettt hhh aaannn eee ((( lll))) ... mmm ooo rrr eeeooo vvv eeerrr ,,, ttt hhh eee sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo sss cccooo ppp iiiccc aaannn aaalllyyy sss iiisss ooo fff ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) iiiooo nnn sss www eeerrr eee rrr eeeppp ooo rrr ttt eeeddd uuu sss iiinnn ggg ttt hhh eee ppp rrr eeevvv iiiooo uuu sss llliiigggaaannn ddd aaasss ooo rrr gggaaannn iiiccc rrr eeeaaagggeeennn ttt aaafff ttt eeerrr ttt hhh eee ooo ppp ttt iiimmmiiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ttt hhh eee ppp hhh ,,, λλλ mmm aaa xxx ,,, ttt iiimmmeee aaannn ddd mmmooo lllaaarrr rrr aaattt iiiooo ((( mmm :::lll))) ,,, cccooo nnn ddd iiittt iiiooo nnn sss ... eeexxx pppeee rrriii mmmeee nnntttaaalll aaa -- mmmaaa ttt eee rrriii aaa lllsss aaa nnn ddd mmmeee ttt hhh ooo dddsss rrr eeeaaagggeeennn ttt sss uuu ccchhh aaasss 444 --aaammmiiinnn ooo aaannn ttt iiippp yyy rrr iiinnn eee ,,, eeettt hhh yyy llleeennn eeeddd iiiaaammmiiinnn eee ,,, mmmeeettt aaalll ccchhh lllooo rrr iiiddd eee ccc rrr ccc lll 333 ... 666 hhh 222 ooo ,,, mmm nnn ccc lll222 ... 444 hhh 222 ooo ,,, ccc ooo ccc lll222 ... 666 hhh 222 ooo ,,, nnn iiiccc lll222 ... 666 hhh 222 ooo ,,, ccc uuu ccc lll222 ... 222 hhh 222 ooo aaannn ddd aaannn hhh yyy ddd rrr ooo uuu sss zzz nnn ccc lll 222 www eeerrr eee ooo fff cccooo mmmmmmeeerrr ccciiiaaalll qqq uuu aaallliiittt yyy ((( aaa lllddd rrr iiiccchhh ,,, mmm eeerrr ccckkk ))) aaannn ddd www eeerrr eee uuu sss eeeddd aaasss rrr eeeccceeeiiivvv eeeddd ... sssooo lllvvv eeennn ttt sss www eeerrr eee ddd rrr iiieeeddd aaannn ddd ppp uuu rrr iiifff iiieeeddd uuu sss iiinnn ggg ttt hhh eee sss ttt aaannn ddd aaarrr ddd ttt eeeccchhh nnn iiiqqq uuu eee... mmm iiicccrrr ooo aaannn aaalllyyy ttt iiicccaaalll ddd aaattt aaa ((( ccc ... hhh ... nnn ... ))) www eeerrr eee ddd ooo nnn eee uuu sss iiinnn ggg aaannn eeellleeemmmeeennn ttt aaalll vvv aaarrr iiiaaa iiinnn sss ttt rrr uuu mmmeeennn ttt ((( ccc aaarrr lllooo --eeerrr bbb aaa 111 111 000 666 eeellleeemmmeeennn ttt aaalll aaannn aaalllyyy zzz eeerrr iiinnn kkk iiinnn ggg uuu nnn iiivvv eeerrr sss iiittt yyy aaattt jjj ooo rrr ddd aaannn ))) ... fff ttt ... iii rrr sss ppp eeecccttt rrr aaa www eeerrr eee rrr eeecccooo rrr ddd eeeddd fff ooo rrr sss ooo llliiiddd sss iiinnn kkk bbb rrr aaannn ddd ccc sss iii mmmeeeddd iiiaaa sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt eeerrr ... eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo nnn iiiccc sss ppp eeecccttt rrr aaa ooo fff cccooo mmmppp ooo uuu nnn ddd sss sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn sss rrr eeecccooo rrr ddd eeeddd iiinnn eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll aaannn ddd ddd mmm fff sss ooo lllvvv eeennn ttt sss ooo nnn vvvaaarrr iiiaaannn uuu vvv--vvviiisss iiibbb llleee sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt eeerrr 111 000 000 cccooo nnn ccc ttt yyy ppp eee... mmm ooo lllaaarrr cccooo nnn ddd uuu cccttt aaannn ccceee ooo fff 111 000 --333 sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn sss ooo fff ttt hhh eee ppp rrr eeeppp aaarrr eeeddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx iiinnn ddd mmm fff www eeerrr eee mmmeeeaaasss uuu rrr eeeddd ooo nnn ccc ooo rrr iiinnn ggg 222 222 000 cccooo nnn ddd uuu cccttt iiivvv iiittt yyy mmmeeettt eeerrr ... ttt hhh eee ppp eeerrr ccceeennn ttt aaagggeeesss ooo fff mmmeeettt aaalll iiinnn sss ooo llliiiddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www eeerrr eee ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn eeeddd bbb yyy ssshhh iiimmmaaaddd zzz uuu aaa ,,, aaa --666 777 000 sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt eeerrr vvv iiiaaa fff ... aaa ... aaa ... sss... mmm aaagggnnn eeettt iiiccc sss uuu sss ccceeeppp ttt iiibbb iiillliiittt yyy mmmeeeaaasss uuu rrr eeemmmeeennn ttt sss www eeerrr eee ooo bbb ttt aaaiiinnn eeeddd aaattt 222 555 ccc ° °° ooo nnn ttt hhh eee sss ooo llliiiddd sss ttt aaattt eee aaappp ppp lllyyy iiinnn ggg fff aaarrr aaaddd aaayyy sss mmmeeettt hhh ooo ddd uuu sss iiinnn ggg bbb rrr uuu kkk eeerrr bbb mmm 666 iiinnn sss ttt rrr uuu mmmeeennn ttt aaattt aaalll--nnn aaahhh rrr aaaiiinnn uuu nnn iiivvv eeerrr sss iiittt yyy ... bbb--sss yyy nnn ttt hhheee sssiii sss ooo fff sss ccchhh iii fff fff bbbaaa ssseee [[[ 111 ,,, 222 --bbb iiisss --((( 444 --aaammm iii nnn ooo --222 ,,, 333 --dddiii mmmeee ttt hhh yyylll --111 --ppphhh eee nnn yyylll --pppyyy rrraaa zzz ooo llliii nnn yyylll ))) --dddiii iii mmm iiinnn ooo eee ttthhh aaa nnneee ]]] ttt hhh eee sssccc hhh iii fff fff bbbaaa ssseee ((( lll ))) wwwaaa sss sssyyy nnn ttt hhh eee sssiii zzz eee ddd bbbyyy ccc ooo nnn dddeee nnn sssaaa ttt iii ooo nnn ooo fff aaa iii nnn ooo aaa nnn ttt yyy ppp yyy rrr iii nnn eee ((( 444 ... 000 666 666 gggmmm ,,, 222 000 mmmmmm))) iiinnn 888000 mmm lll ooo fff eee ttt hhh aaa nnn ooo lll aaa nnn ddd ((( 000 ... 555 gggmmm ,,, 111 000 mmm mmm ))) ooo fff eee ttt hhh yyy lll eee nnn eee dddiii aaa mmm iii nnn eee ... ttt hhh eee rrr eee sssuuulll ttt iii nnn ggg rrr eee aaa ccc ttt iii ooo nnn mmm iii xxx ttt uuurrr eee wwwaaa sss rrr eee fffllluuuxxxeeeddd fff ooo rrr 222 hhh ooo uuurrr sss ... ttt hhh eee yyy eee lll lll ooo www sssooo lll iii ddd ppp rrr eee ccc iii ppp iii ttt aaa ttt eee ooo fff sssccc hhh iii fff fff bbbaaa ssseee wwwaaa sss fff iii lll ttt eee rrr eee ddd ,,, wwwaaa ssshhh eee ddd wwwiii ttt hhh dddiii sssttt iii lll lll eee ddd wwwaaa ttt eee rrr ,,,dddrrriiieeeddd aaa nnn ddd rrr eee ccc rrr yyy sssttt aaa lll lll iii zzz eee ddd fff rrr ooo mmm eee ttt hhh aaa nnn ooo lll ,,, aaa nnn ddd fff iii nnn aaa lll lll yyy ppp rrr eee ssseee rrr vvv eee ddd iii nnn dddeee sssiii ccc ccc aaa ttt ooo rrr ... yyy iii eee lll ddd::: 777 555 %%% ((( mmm ... ppp ... 111 999 555 --111 999 777ccc˚̊̊ )))... ttt hhh eee ppp rrr eee ppp aaa rrr aaa ttt iii ooo nnn ooo fff ttt hhh eee lll iii gggaaa nnn ddd wwwaaa sss ssshhh ooo wwwnnn iii nnn sssccc hhh eee mmm eee ((( 111 ))) ,,, aaa sss bbbeee lll ooo www::: n n ch 3 ch 3 o n h 2 ph + n h 2c h 2 -c h 2 -n h 2 n n n h 2ch 3 ch 3 ph n n nh 2 ch 3 c h 3 ph = n -c h 2 -c h 2n = e toh r e fl ux l ig an d s c h em e (1 ) bbbiii sss,,, 111 ,,, 222 --(((444 ´́́--aaa mmm iiinnn ooo ---222 ´́́,,, 333 ´́́dddiii mmm eeettt hhh yyy lll--111 ´́́--ppphhh eee nnnyyy lll ---ppp yyyrrr aaa zzz ooo lll iiinnn yyy lll ))) dddiii iii mmm iiinnn ooo eeettt hhh aaannn eee (((lll ))) ... sss yyy nnn ttt hhh eee sss iii sss ooo fff ccc ooo mmm ppplll eee xxx eee sss aaa sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ooo fff mmmeeettt aaalll ccchhh lllooo rrr iiiddd eee iiinnn ((( 111 555 mmmlll))) eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll ((( 000 ... 000 111 mmmooo llleee))) www aaasss rrr eeefff llluuu xxxeeeddd www iiittt hhh aaannn eeettt hhh aaannn ooo llliiiccc sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ((( 222 000 mmmlll))) ooo fff ttt hhh eee llliiigggaaannn ddd ((( lll))) ((( 000 ... 000 111 mmmooo llleee))) fff ooo rrr 222 hhh ooo uuu rrr sss ... ttt hhh eee sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn www aaasss ttt hhh eeennn rrr eeeddd uuu ccceeeddd ttt ooo hhh aaalllfff ooo nnn www aaattt eeerrr bbb aaattt hhh ... ttt hhh eee sss ooo llliiiddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx ppp rrr eeeccciiippp iiittt aaattt eeeddd www aaasss fff iiilllttt eeerrr eeeddd ,,, www aaasss hhh eeeddd ttt hhh ooo rrr ooo uuu ggghhh lllyyy www iiittt hhh eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll aaannn ddd ddd rrr iiieeeddd iiinnn vvv aaacccuuu uuu mmm... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 sss ttt uuu dddyyy ooo fff cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx eee sss fff ooo rrrmmm aaa ttt iii ooo nnn iii nnn sss ooo lll uuu ttt iii ooo nnn ccc ooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff ttt hhh eee sssccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee ((( lll))) www iiittt hhh mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn sss ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) ,,, mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, nnn iii((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) ,,, aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) www eeerrr eee sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeeddd iiinnn sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn uuu sss iiinnn ggg eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll aaasss sss ooo lllvvv eeennn ttt ,,, iiinnn ooo rrr ddd eeerrr ttt ooo ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn eee [[[ mmm :::lll]]] rrr aaattt iiiooo iiinnn ttt hhh eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx fff ooo llllllooo www iiinnn ggg mmmooo lllaaarrr rrr aaattt iiiooo [[[ 111 666 ]]] ... aaa sss eeerrr iiieeesss ooo fff sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn sss www eeerrr eee ppp rrr eeeppp aaarrr eeeddd hhh aaavvv iiinnn ggg aaa cccooo nnn sss ttt aaannn ttt cccooo nnn ccceeennn ttt rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn 111 000 --333 ooo fff ttt hhh eee mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn aaannn ddd lll... aaa bbb sss ooo rrr bbb eeennn ccciiieeesss www eeerrr eee mmmeeeaaasss uuu rrr eeeddd aaagggaaaiiinnn sss ttt bbb lllaaannn kkk sss ppp rrr eeeppp aaarrr eeeddd sss eeeppp aaarrr aaattt eeelllyyy fff ooo rrr eeeaaaccchhh cccooo nnn ccceeennn ttt rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ccchhh eeelllaaattt iiinnn ggg aaagggeeennn ttt aaattt ttt hhh eee fff ooo rrr mmmeeeddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx... ttt hhh eee rrr eeesss uuu lllttt sss ooo fff cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss fff ooo rrr mmmaaattt iiiooo nnn iiinnn eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn www eeerrr eee llliiisss ttt eeeddd iiinnn ttt aaabbb llleee ((( 444 ))) ... ccc --gggeee nnneee rrraaa lll ppprrrooo ccceee ddduuu rrreee ooo fff dddeee ttt eee rrrmmmiii nnn aaa tttiii ooo nnn ooo fff cccuuu mmm eee ttt aaalll bbbyyy uuu vvv... vvviii sss ... sss pppeee cccttt rrrooo ppphhh ooo ttt ooo mmm eee ttt rrryyy ... 111 xxx111 000 --333 mmm ooo fff cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr ccchhh lllooo rrr iiiddd eee ((( 555 mmmlll))) www eeerrr eee ttt rrr aaannn sss fff eeerrr rrr eeeddd iiinnn ttt ooo aaa 222 555 mmmlll ooo fff cccaaallliiibbb rrr aaattt eeeddd fff lllaaasss kkk aaannn ddd 111 xxx111 000 -333 mmm ((( 555 mmmlll))) ooo fff llliiigggaaannn ddd sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn www aaasss aaaddd ddd eeeddd ... ttt hhh eee ppp hhh ooo fff ttt hhh eee sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn www aaasss aaaddd jjjuuu sss ttt eeeddd www iiittt hhh sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn aaaccceeettt aaattt eee bbb uuu fff fff eeerrr ttt ooo ppp hhh 999 ... 000 ,,, ttt hhh eeennn ttt hhh eee www hhh ooo llleee sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn www aaasss mmmiiixxxeeeddd aaannn ddd ddd iiillluuu ttt eeeddd www iiittt hhh ddd mmm fff ttt ooo ttt hhh eee mmmaaarrr kkk ... aaa fff ttt eeerrr 555 mmmiiinnn ,,, ttt hhh eee aaabbb sss ooo rrr bbb aaannn ccceee ooo fff ttt hhh iiisss sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn www aaasss mmmeeeaaasss uuu rrr eeeddd aaattt 333 999 000 nnn mmm bbb yyy sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt eeerrr aaagggaaaiiinnn sss ttt aaa rrr eeeaaagggeeennn ttt bbb lllaaannn kkk ... rrr eee sss uuullltttsss aaannnddd ddd iiisss cccuuusss sss iiiooonnn ttt hhh eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www eeerrr eee ppp rrr eeeppp aaarrr eeeddd bbb yyy rrr eeeaaacccttt iiiooo nnn ooo fff llliiigggaaannn ddd www iiittt hhh mmmeeettt aaalll ccchhh lllooo rrr iiiddd eee ooo fff ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) ,,, mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, nnn iii((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) ,,, aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) iiinnn eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll uuu nnn ddd eeerrr rrr eeefff llluuu xxx... ttt hhh eeesss eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss aaarrr eee sss ttt aaabbb llleee iiinnn ttt hhh iiisss sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ... ttt hhh eee aaannn aaalllyyy ttt iiicccaaalll aaannn ddd ppp hhh yyy sss iiicccaaalll ddd aaattt aaa www eeerrr sss llliiisss ttt eeeddd iiinnn ttt aaabbb llleee ((( 111 ))) ... ttt hhh eee hhh iiiggghhh eeerrr ddd eeecccooo mmmppp ooo sss iiittt iiiooo nnn ppp ooo iiinnn ttt sss ooo fff cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss iiinnn cccooo mmmppp aaarrr iiisss ooo nnn www iiittt hhh fff rrr eeeeee llliiigggaaannn ddd sss uuu ggggggeeesss ttt ttt hhh eee ttt hhh eeerrr mmmaaalll sss ttt aaabbb iiillliiittt yyy ooo fff cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www hhh iiiccchhh iiinnn cccrrr eeeaaasss eeesss www iiittt hhh ttt hhh eee iiinnn cccrrr eeeaaasss eee ooo fff eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo nnn eeegggaaattt iiivvv iiittt yyy ooo fff mmmeeettt aaalll iiinnn ttt hhh eee ppp eeerrr iiiooo ddd ((( mmm nnn ,,, ccc ooo ,,, nnn iii,,, aaannn ddd ccc uuu ))) ... iii ... rrr sss pppeee cccttt rrruuu mmm ttt hhh eee iii rrr sss ppp eeecccttt rrr uuu mmm ooo fff ttt hhh eee sssccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee sss hhh ooo www sss aaa mmmeeeddd iiiuuu mmm bbb aaannn ddd aaattt 333 222 555 000 cccmmm --111 www hhh iiiccchhh aaasss sss iiigggnnn eeeddd ttt ooo --nnn hhh 222 vvv iiibbb rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn ... ttt hhh eee llliiigggaaannn ddd hhh aaasss nnn ooo aaabbb sss ooo rrr ppp ttt iiiooo nnn aaattt 111 777 000 000 cccmmm--111 www hhh iiiccchhh cccooo nnn fff iiirrr mmmsss ttt hhh eee fff ooo rrr mmmaaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff llliiigggaaannn ddd uuu ppp ooo nnn cccooo nnn ddd eeennn sss aaattt iiiooo nnn www iiittt hhh eeettt hhh yyy llleeennn eee ddd iiiaaammmiiinnn eee... ttt hhh eee sss ttt rrr ooo nnn ggg aaabbb sss ooo rrr ppp ttt iiiooo nnn aaattt 111 666 111 555 cccmmm -111 rrr eeegggiiiooo nnn iiisss aaasss sss iiigggnnn eeeddd ttt ooo ccc === nnn vvv iiibbb rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn [[[ 111 777 ]]] ,,, fff iiiggg... ((( 111 ))) ... iii nnn ttt hhh eee sss ppp eeecccttt rrr aaa ooo fff sss hhh iiifff ttt bbb aaasss eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ,,, ttt hhh eee ννν ((( nnn hhh 222 ))) aaannn ddd ννν ((( ccc === nnn ))) mmmooo ddd eeesss aaarrr eee fff ooo uuu nnn ddd ttt ooo sss hhh iiifff ttt ttt ooo lllooo www eeerrr ooo rrr hhh iiiggghhh eeerrr www aaavvv eee nnn uuu mmmbbb eeerrr sss ,,, www hhh iiiccchhh iiinnn ddd iiicccaaattt eee ttt hhh eee llliiinnn kkk aaagggeee ooo fff fff ooo uuu rrr nnn iiittt rrr ooo gggeeennn aaattt ooo mmmsss ooo fff aaammmiiinnn ooo aaaccciiiddd ,,, iiisss ooo mmmeeettt hhh iiinnn eee gggrrr ooo uuu ppp sss ttt ooo mmmeeettt aaalll aaattt ooo mmmsss ,,, aaallllll ttt hhh eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss eeexxxhhh iiibbb iiittt eeeddd bbb aaannn ddd sss aaarrr ooo uuu nnn ddd ((( 444 333 000 --555 333 000 cccmmm -111 ))) [[[ 111 888 ]]] ,,, www hhh iiiccchhh cccooo uuu lllddd bbb eee aaasss sss iiigggnnn eeeddd ttt ooo ttt hhh eee vvv iiibbb rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn sss ooo fff ννν ((( mmm --nnn ))) ,,, fff iiiggguuu rrr eee ((( 222 ))) ... fff uuu rrr ttt hhh eeerrr mmmooo rrr eee,,, ttt hhh eee ccchhh rrr ooo mmmiiiuuu mmm((( iii iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss eeexxxhhh iiibbb iiittt eeeddd www eeeaaakkk aaabbb sss ooo rrr ppp ttt iiiooo nnn iiinnn rrr eeegggiiiooo nnn ((( 222 999 000 --333 555 000 cccmmm -111 ))) www hhh iiiccchhh iiisss aaasss sss iiigggnnn aaabbb llleee ttt ooo ννν ((( ccc rrr --ccc lll))) vvv iiibbb rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn sss [[[ 111 999 ]]] ... ttt hhh eee uuuvvv... vvviii sss bbblll eee sss pppeee cccttt rrraaa ooo fff cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx eee sss ttt hhh eee eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo nnn iiiccc sss ppp eeecccttt rrr uuu mmm ooo fff llliiigggaaannn ddd ((( 111 000 -333 mmm ))) iiinnn eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll aaannn ddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ((( 111 000 --333 mmm ))) iiinnn ddd mmm fff ,,, fff iiiggg... ((( 333 ))) ,,, sss hhh ooo www sss ddd iiisss ttt iiinnn cccttt ppp eeeaaakkk sss aaattt 444 000 000 000 000 ,,, 333 111 222 555 000 aaannn ddd 222 777 777 777 777 cccmmm --111 ppp eeettt aaaiiinnn iiinnn ggg ttt ooo πππ →→→ πππ *** ,,, nnn →→→ πππ *** ,,, aaannn ddd ccchhh aaarrr gggeee ttt rrr aaannn sss fff eeerrr ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn sss ooo fff llliiigggaaannn ddd [[[ 222 000 ]]] ... ttt hhh eee ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn iiinnn ddd mmm fff eeexxxhhh iiibbb iiittt sss ttt www ooo www eeeaaakkk bbb aaannn ddd sss aaattt 111 444 333 000 555 aaannn ddd 111 666 111 222 999 cccmmm -111 www hhh iiiccchhh mmmaaayyy bbb eee aaasss sss iiigggnnn eeeddd ttt ooo aaa 222 ggg 444 →→→ ttt 222 ggg 444 ((( 111 000 ddd qqq ))) aaannn ddd aaa 222 ggg 444 →→→ ttt 111 ggg 444 ((( ppp ))) rrr eeesss ppp eeecccttt iiivvv eeelllyyy ... ttt hhh eeesss eee bbb aaannn ddd sss cccooo nnn fff iiirrr mmm ttt hhh eee ooo cccttt aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll eeennn vvv iiirrr ooo nnn mmmeeennn ttt aaarrr ooo uuu nnn ddd ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) iiiooo nnn [[[ 222 111 ]]] ... ttt hhh eee eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo nnn iiiccc sss ppp eeecccttt rrr aaa ooo fff mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx sss hhh ooo www eeeddd ttt www ooo sss ppp iiinnn aaallllllooo www eeeddd ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn aaattt 333 555 777 111 444 aaannn ddd 222 666 888 888 111 cccmmm -111 ,,, ttt hhh eeesss eee bbb aaannn ddd sss hhh aaavvv eee bbb eeeeeennn aaasss sss iiigggnnn eeeddd ttt ooo πππ →→→ πππ *** aaannn ddd mmmeeettt aaalll ttt ooo llliiigggaaannn ddd ccchhh aaarrr gggeee ttt rrr aaannn sss fff eeerrr ((( mmm lllccc ttt ))) ,,, sss uuu ggggggeeesss ttt iiinnn ggg ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll gggeeeooo mmmeeettt rrr yyy aaarrr ooo uuu nnn ddd mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) iiiooo nnn sss [[[ 222 222 ]]] ... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 aaa sss www eeellllll aaasss ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx iiinnn ddd mmm fff sss hhh ooo www eeeddd aaabbb sss ooo rrr ppp ttt iiiooo nnn bbb aaannn ddd sss iiinnn ttt hhh eee vvv iiisss iiibbb llleee rrr eeegggiiiooo nnn 111 666 999 444 999 ,,, 111 666 111 888 111 aaannn ddd 111 444 555 999 888 cccmmm -111 aaattt ttt rrr iiibbb uuu ttt eeeddd ttt ooo aaa 222 444 →→→ ttt 222 444 ,,, aaa 222 444 →→→ ttt 111 444 ,,, aaa 222 444 →→→ ttt 111 444 ((( ppp ))) rrr eeesss ppp eeecccttt iiivvv eeelllyyy [[[ 222 333 ]]] ,,, aaarrr eee iiinnn cccooo nnn fff ooo rrr mmmiiittt yyy www iiittt hhh ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll rrr eeeaaarrr rrr aaannn gggeeemmmeeennn ttt fff ooo rrr ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) iiiooo nnn ... ttt hhh eee rrr eeeddd sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ooo fff nnn iii((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx eeexxxhhh iiibbb iiittt eeeddd aaabbb sss ooo rrr ppp ttt iiiooo nnn bbb aaannn ddd sss aaattt 222 999 444 111 111 aaannn ddd 111 888 555 111 888 cccmmm -111 www hhh iiiccchhh cccaaannn bbb eee aaattt ttt rrr iiibbb uuu ttt eeeddd ttt ooo aaa 111 ggg 111 →→→ eeeggg 111 aaannn ddd aaa 111 ggg 111 →→→ bbb 222 ggg 111 ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn sss rrr eeesss ppp eeecccttt rrr iiivvv lllyyy ,,, ttt hhh eeesss eee bbb aaannn ddd sss cccooo nnn fff iiirrr mmm ttt hhh eee sss qqq uuu aaarrr eee ppp lllaaannn nnn eeerrr aaarrr ooo uuu nnn ddd nnn iii((( iii iii ))) iiiooo nnn [[[ 222 444 ]]] ... bbb eeesss iiiddd eeesss ttt hhh aaattt ttt hhh eee bbb rrr ooo www nnn iiisss hhh sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx iiinnn ddd mmm fff eeexxxhhh iiibbb iiittt eeeddd www eeellllll––– rrr eeesss ooo lllvvv eeeddd bbb aaannn ddd sss aaattt 111 666 111 222 999 aaannn ddd 222 555 333 111 666 cccmmm -111 ,,, fff iiiggg... ((( 444 ))) ,,, www hhh iiiccchhh aaarrr eee aaasss sss iiigggnnn eeeddd ttt ooo ttt hhh eee ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn sss bbb 111 ggg 222 →→→ aaa 111 ggg 222 aaannn ddd bbb 111 ggg 222 →→→ bbb 222 ggg 222 rrr eeesss ppp eeecccttt iiivvv eeelllyyy fff ooo rrr aaa lllooo www sss ppp iiinnn sss qqq uuu aaarrr eee ppp lllaaannn nnn eeerrr [[[ 222 444 ]]] ... hhh ooo www eeevvv eeerrr ,,, ttt hhh eee zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx eeexxxhhh iiibbb iiittt eeeddd ooo nnn lllyyy hhh iiiggghhh iiinnn ttt eeennn sss iiittt yyy bbb aaannn ddd aaattt 222 777 000 222 555 cccmmm--111 www hhh iiiccchhh iiisss aaasss sss iiigggnnn eeeddd aaasss iiinnn ttt rrr aaa ––– llliiigggaaannn ddd ccchhh aaarrr gggeee ttt rrr aaannn sss fff eeerrr ((( iii nnn ccc ttt ))) ,,, ttt hhh iiisss iiisss iiinnn www eeellllll aaagggrrr eeeeeemmmeeennn ttt www iiittt hhh ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll sss yyy mmmmmmeeettt rrr yyy ooo fff zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx[[[ 222 555 ,,, 222 666 ]]] ... ttt hhh eee mmmooo lllaaarrr cccooo nnn ddd uuu cccttt aaannn ccceee vvv aaallluuu eeesss ooo fff ttt hhh eee sss ooo llluuu bbb llleee mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, nnn iii((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss iiinnn ddd mmm fff sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn sss ((( 111 000 --333 mmm ))) www eeerrr eee iiinnn ttt hhh eee rrr aaannn gggeee ((( 111 222 999 --111 555 000 ))) ooo hhh mmm --111 ... cccmmm 222 ... mmmooo lll --111 iiinnn ddd iiicccaaattt eeeddd ttt hhh eee eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo lllyyy ttt iiiccc ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr sss aaannn ddd cccooo nnn fff iiirrr mmm 111 :::222 rrr aaattt iiiooo [[[ 222 777 ]]] ... aaa sss www eeellllll aaasss ttt hhh eee ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn iiinnn ddd mmm fff bbb eeehhh aaavvv eeesss aaasss eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo lllyyy ttt eee iiinnn 111 :::111 rrr aaattt iiiooo ,,, hhh aaavvv iiinnn ggg aaa mmmooo lllaaarrr cccooo nnn ddd uuu cccttt aaannn ccceee vvv aaallluuu eee ooo fff 999 555 ooo hhh mmm -111 ... cccmmm 222 ... mmmooo lll --111 ... mmm aaagggnnneee tttiiiccc sssuuusss ccceee ppptttiiibbbiiillliiitttyyy mmm eee aaasss uuurrreee mmmeee nnntttsss mmm aaagggnnn eeettt iiiccc mmmooo mmmeeennn ttt fff ooo rrr ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) ,,, mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) sss hhh ooo www sss vvv aaallluuu eee ooo fff 333 ... 333 000 ,,, 555 ... 333 000 aaannn ddd 444 ... 222 000 bbb ... mmm ,,, www hhh iiiccchhh aaagggrrr eeeeeesss www iiittt hhh ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll sss yyy mmmmmmeeettt rrr yyy [[[ 222 888 ]]] www hhh iiillleee nnn iii((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) www eeerrr eee ddd iiiaaammmaaagggnnn eeettt iiiccc aaannn ddd ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx sss hhh ooo www ddd eeecccrrr eeeaaasss eee iiinnn mmmaaagggnnn eeettt iiiccc ppp rrr ooo ppp eeerrr ttt yyy ((( 111 ... 000 555 bbb mmm ))) [[[ 222 999 ]]] ddd uuu eee ttt ooo ttt hhh eee ooo rrr bbb iiittt aaalll cccooo nnn ttt rrr iiibbb uuu ttt iiiooo nnn ooo fff sss qqq uuu aaarrr eee sss yyy mmmmmmeeettt rrr yyy ooo fff ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) iiiooo nnn ... ttt hhh eee mmmaaagggnnn eeettt iiiccc mmmooo uuu nnn ttt sss ooo fff ttt hhh eee sss ooo llliiiddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss aaattt 333 000 000 kkk www eeerrr eee cccooo nnn sss iiisss ttt eeennn ttt www iiittt hhh ttt hhh eee sss uuu ggggggeeesss ttt eeeddd gggeeeooo mmmeeettt rrr iiieeesss aaarrr ooo uuu nnn ddd ttt hhh eee ccceeennn ttt rrr aaalll mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn ... ttt hhh eee eeellleeemmmeeennn ttt aaalll aaannn aaalllyyy sss eeesss ,,, mmmooo lllaaarrr cccooo nnn ddd uuu cccttt aaannn ccceee aaannn ddd ttt hhh eee mmmaaagggnnn eeettt iiiccc mmmooo mmmeeennn ttt mmmeeeaaasss uuu rrr eeemmmeeennn ttt sss aaagggrrr eeeeee www iiittt hhh ttt hhh eee ppp rrr ooo ppp ooo sss eeeddd fff ooo rrr mmmuuu lllaaa ,,, aaannn ddd aaalllsss ooo cccooo nnn fff iiirrr mmmeeeddd ttt hhh eee sss ttt ooo iiiccchhh iiiooo mmmeeettt rrr iiieeesss [[[ ccc rrr iii iii iii lllccc lll222 ]]] ccc lll ,,, sss qqq uuu aaarrr eee ppp lllaaannn nnn eeerrr ooo fff [[[ mmm lll]]] ccc lll 222 mmm === nnn iii iii iii aaannn ddd ccc uuu iii iii aaannn ddd ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eeeddd rrr aaalll ooo fff [[[ mmm lll]]] ccc lll 222 mmm === mmm nnn iii iii ,,, ccc ooo iii iii aaannn ddd zzz nnn iii iii fff iiiggg... ((( 888 --111 000 ))) ... ddd eee ttt eee rrrmmm iii nnn aaa ttt iii ooo nnn ooo fff cccooo ppppppeee rrr mmm eee ttt aaa lll uuu sss iii nnn ggg ttt hhh eee pppuuu rrrpppooo sss eee ddd mmm eee ttt hhh ooo ddd... uuu ... vvv--vvviiisss sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt rrr yyy iiisss aaannn iiimmmppp ooo rrr ttt aaannn ttt iiinnn sss ttt rrr uuu mmmeeennn ttt aaalll mmmeeettt hhh ooo ddd fff ooo rrr ttt hhh eee ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn sss iiinnn ttt hhh eeeiiirrr iiinnn ooo rrr gggaaannn iiiccc ooo rrr ooo rrr gggaaannn iiiccc cccooo mmmppp ooo uuu nnn ddd sss [[[ 222 888 ]]] ... ttt hhh eee llliiigggaaannn ddd rrr eeeaaacccttt sss www iiittt hhh sss eeevvv eeerrr aaalll mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn sss sss uuu ccchhh aaasss zzz iiinnn ccc,,, cccooo bbb aaalllttt ,,, cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr ,,, nnn iiiccckkk eeelll,,, mmmaaannn gggaaannn eeesss eee aaannn ddd ccchhh rrr ooo mmmiiiuuu mmm ttt ooo fff ooo rrr mmm mmmeeettt aaalll cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www hhh iiiccchhh www eeerrr eee sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeesss aaabbb ooo vvv eee ... ttt hhh iiisss ccchhh eeelllaaattt iiinnn ggg aaagggeeennn ttt hhh aaasss bbb eeeeeennn uuu sss eeeddd ttt ooo ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn eee sss eeevvv eeerrr aaalll mmmeeettt aaalll iiiooo nnn sss bbb yyy uuu vvv --vvv iiisss sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo sss cccooo ppp yyy ... iii nnn ooo rrr ddd eeerrr ttt ooo hhh iiiggghhh llliiiggghhh ttt sss uuu ttt iiillliiittt yyy ooo fff ttt hhh eee ppp rrr ooo ppp ooo sss eeeddd mmmeeettt hhh ooo ddd ,,, iiittt www aaasss uuu sss eeeddd fff ooo rrr ttt hhh eee sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt rrr iiiccc ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr cccooo nnn ttt eeennn ttt sss ((( aaasss eeexxxaaammmppp llleee))) aaattt ooo ppp ttt iiimmmaaalll cccooo nnn ddd iiittt iiiooo nnn sss fff iiiggg... ((( 555 ))) ,,, sss uuu ccchhh aaasss eeefff fff eeecccttt ooo fff ppp hhh aaannn ddd eeefff fff eeecccttt ooo fff ttt iiimmmeee ooo nnn ttt hhh eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx fff ooo rrr mmmaaattt iiiooo nnn ... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 eeefff fff eee cccttt ooo fff ppphhh ttt hhh eee eeefff fff eeecccttt iiinnn fff llluuu eeennn ccceeesss ooo fff ppp hhh ooo fff ttt hhh eee sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ooo nnn ttt hhh eee fff ooo rrr mmmaaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr --lll cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx www eeerrr eee iiinnn vvv eeesss ttt iiigggaaattt eeeddd sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt rrr iiicccaaallllllyyy aaattt 333 999 000 nnn mmm uuu sss iiinnn ggg vvv aaarrr iiiooo uuu sss sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn sss ooo fff ddd iiifff fff eeerrr eeennn ttt ppp hhh vvv aaallluuu eeesss ((( 222 --999 ))) ... ttt hhh eee rrr eeesss uuu lllttt sss aaarrr eee gggiiivvv eeennn iiinnn fff iiiggg... 666 ... aaasss cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx bbb eeegggiiinnn sss ttt ooo fff ooo rrr mmm aaattt aaappp ppp rrr ooo xxxiiimmmaaattt eeelllyyy ppp hhh 999 ... 000 ,,, www iiittt hhh mmmaaaxxxiiimmmuuu mmm aaabbb sss ooo rrr bbb aaannn ccceee bbb eeeiiinnn ggg rrr eeeaaaccchhh eeeddd aaattt ppp hhh vvv aaallluuu eeesss bbb eeettt www eeeeeennn ppp hhh 222 ... 000 ttt ooo ppp hhh 999 ... 000 ... iii nnn ttt hhh eee llliiiggghhh ttt ooo fff ttt hhh eeesss eee fff iiinnn ddd iiinnn gggsss ,,, cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www eeerrr eee fff ooo uuu nnn ddd aaattt ppp hhh 999 ... 000 uuu sss iiinnn ggg aaaccceeettt aaattt eee bbb uuu fff fff eeerrr sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ... eeefff fff eee cccttt ooo fff ttt iii mmm eee ooo nnn ttt hhh eee cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx fff ooo rrrmmm aaa ttt iii ooo nnn ttt hhh eee iiinnn fff llluuu eeennn ccceee ooo fff ttt iiimmmeee ooo nnn ttt hhh eee fff ooo rrr mmmaaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ttt hhh eee cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr ––– lll cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx www aaasss aaalllsss ooo sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeeddd aaattt ttt hhh eee ooo ppp ttt iiimmmaaalll www ooo rrr kkk iiinnn ggg cccooo nnn ddd iiittt iiiooo nnn sss ... ttt hhh eee ddd eeevvv eeelllooo ppp mmmeeennn ttt ooo fff ttt hhh eee cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr ––– lll cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx iiisss cccooo mmmppp llleeettt eeeddd iiinnn 555 mmmiiinnn uuu ttt eeesss ... ttt hhh eee rrr eeesss uuu lllttt sss aaarrr eee gggiiivvv eeennn iiinnn fff iiiggg... ((( 666 ))) aaannn ddd ttt hhh eee cccooo lllooo rrr iiisss sss ttt aaabbb llleee fff ooo rrr aaattt llleeeaaasss ttt 222 444 hhh ooo uuu rrr ... ccc aaa lll iii bbbrrraaa ttt iii ooo nnn cccuuu rrrvvveee aaa nnn ddd dddeee ttt eee cccttt iii ooo nnn lll iii mmm iii ttt aaa cccaaallliiibbb rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn cccuuu rrr vvv eee www aaasss cccooo nnn sss ttt rrr uuu cccttt eeeddd fff ooo rrr cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr iiinnn ttt hhh eee rrr aaannn gggeee ooo fff 111 xxx 111 000 --111 ttt ooo 111 xxx 111 000 --555 mmm ooo fff cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr aaattt 333 000 555 nnn mmm aaaccccccooo rrr ddd iiinnn ggg ttt ooo ttt hhh eee gggeeennn eeerrr aaalll ppp rrr ooo ccceeeddd uuu rrr eee ddd eeesss cccrrr iiibbb eeeddd aaabbb ooo vvv eee... ttt hhh eee cccaaallliiibbb rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn cccuuu rrr vvv eee cccaaannn bbb eee rrr eeeppp rrr eeesss eeennn ttt eeeddd bbb yyy aaa llliiinnn eeeaaarrr rrr eeegggrrr eeesss sss iiiooo nnn eeeqqq uuu aaattt iiiooo nnn ::: yyy === 000 ... 111 000 444 777 xxx +++ 000 ... 000 000 888 666 ((( rrr 2 22 === 000 ... 999 999 999 ))) ((( yyy === aaabbb sss ooo rrr bbb aaannn ccceee,,, xxx === cccooo nnn ccceeennn ttt rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn ))) ... ttt hhh eee ddd eeettt eeecccttt iiiooo nnn llliiimmmiiittt sss bbb aaasss eeeddd ooo nnn ttt hhh rrr eeeeee ttt iiimmmeeesss ttt hhh eee sss ttt aaannn ddd aaarrr ddd ddd eeevvv iiiaaattt iiiooo nnn sss ooo fff ttt hhh eee bbb lllaaannn kkk www eeerrr eee 222 xxx111 000 --666 ((( nnn === 555 ))) ... ttt hhh eee rrr eeelllaaattt iiivvv eee sss ttt aaannn ddd aaarrr ddd ddd eeevvv iiiaaattt iiiooo nnn sss fff ooo rrr ttt hhh eee cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn sss www eeerrr eee 222 ... 333 %%% ((( nnn === 555 ))) aaattt 111 xxx111 000 -444 ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) sss uuu ggg ggg eee sss ttt eee ddd sss ttt eee rrreee ooo ccchhh eee mmm iii sss ttt rrryyy ooo fff sss ooo mmm ppplll eee xxx eee sss aaa ccccccooo rrr ddd iiinnn ggg ttt ooo ttt hhh eee rrr eeesss uuu lllttt sss ooo bbbttt aaaiiinnn eeeddd fff rrr ooo mmm eeelll eeemmmeeennn ttt aaalll aaannn aaalllyyy sss iiisss aaannn ddd sss ppp eeecccttt rrr aaalll ddd aaattt aaa,,, ttt hhh eee sssttt rrr uuu cccttt uuu rrr eeesss ooo fff ttt hhh eee aaabbb ooo vvv eee mmmeeennn ttt iiiooo nnn eeeddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx eeesss cccaaannn bbb eee iiilllllluuu sss ttt rrr aaattt eeeddd aaasss sss hhh ooo www nnn iiinnn fff iiiggg... ((( 888 ,,, 999 ,,, 111 000 ))) ... sss ttt oooiii ccchhhiii ooo mmm eee ttt rrryyy ooo fff cccuuu -- cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx aaa bbb sss ooo rrr bbb eeennn ccciiieeesss www eeerrr eee mmmeee aaasss uuu rrr eeeddd aaa gggaaa iiinnn sss ttt bbb lllaaannn kkk sss ppp rrr eeeppp aaarrr eeeddd sss eeeppp aaarrr aaattt eeelllyyy fff ooo rrr eeeaaaccchhh cccooo nnn ccceeennn ttt rrr aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff ccchhh eeelllaaattt iiinnn ggg aaa ggg eeennn ttt aaattt ttt hhh eee fff ooo rrr mmmeeeddd cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx... ttt hhh eee rrr eeesss uuu lllttt sss ooo fff cccooo mmmppp llleee xxxeeesss fff ooo rrr mmmaaattt iiiooo nnn iiinnn eeettt hhh aaannn ooo lll sss ooo llluuu ttt iiiooo nnn www eeerrr eee llliiisss ttt eeeddd iiinnn ttt aaabbb llleee ((( 444 ))) ... fff iii ggg... ((( 555 ))) sss hhh ooo www eeeddd ttt hhh eee mmmooo lllaaarrr rrr aaattt iiiooo ooo fff ccc uuu :::lll www aaasss 111 :::111 [[[ 333 000 ]]] ... cccooonnncccllluuusss iiiooonnn wwweee hhh aaavvv eee sss yyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiizzz eeeddd ccc rrr ((( iii iii iii ))) ,,, mmm nnn ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, nnn iii((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff ttt hhh eee mmmooo nnn ooo cccyyy cccllliiiccc llliiigggaaannn ddd fff ooo rrr mmmeeeddd bbb yyy ttt hhh eee cccooo nnn ddd eeennn sss aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff 444 --aaammmiiinnn ooo aaannn ttt iiippp yyy rrr iiinnn eee aaannn ddd eeettt hhh yyy llleeennn eee ddd iiiaaammmiiinnn eee... ttt hhh eee llliiigggaaannn ddd bbb eeehhh aaavvv eeesss aaasss ttt eeettt rrr aaaddd eeennn ttt aaattt eee nnn eeeuuu ttt rrr aaalll vvv iiiaaa fff ooo uuu rrr nnn iiittt rrr ooo gggeeennn aaattt ooo mmmsss ooo fff ttt www ooo aaammmiiinnn ooo gggrrr ooo uuu ppp sss ooo fff aaannn ttt iiippp yyy rrr iiinnn eee rrr iiinnn ggg aaannn ddd ttt www ooo nnn iiittt rrr ooo gggeeennn aaattt ooo mmmsss ooo fff mmmeeettt aaalll llliiinnn kkk aaagggeee ttt ooo nnn iiittt rrr ooo gggeeennn ddd ooo nnn ooo rrr gggiiivvv eee ttt hhh eee cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff ttt hhh eeerrr mmmaaalll aaannn ddd kkk iiinnn eeettt iiiccc sss ttt aaabbb iiillliiittt yyy ... ttt hhh eee sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt rrr iiiccc aaannn aaalllyyy sss iiisss ooo fff cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr iiiooo nnn uuu sss iiinnn ggg ttt hhh eee llliiigggaaannn ddd aaasss rrr eeeaaagggeeennn ttt www aaasss sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeeddd aaattt ooo ppp ttt iiimmmuuu mmm cccooo nnn ddd iiittt iiiooo nnn sss aaafff ttt eeerrr ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ttt hhh eee mmmooo lllaaarrr rrr aaattt iiiooo www hhh iiiccchhh www eeerrr eee ppp hhh === 999 ... 000 ,,, λλλ mmm aaa xxx === 333 999 000 nnn mmm aaannn ddd ttt iiimmmeee ooo fff rrr eeeaaacccttt iiiooo nnn www aaasss 111 000 mmmiiinnn uuu ttt eeesss ... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 rrr eee fffeee rrreee nnnccceee sss 111 --hhh iiittt ooo sss hhh iii,,, ttt ... ;;; ttt aaammmooo ,,, nnn ... ;;; hhh iiiddd eeeyyy uuu kkk iii,,, aaa ... ;;; mmm aaannn aaabbb uuu ,,, fff ... aaannn ddd ttt aaakkk aaayyy uuu kkk iii mmm ... ,,, ((( 111 999 999 777 ))) ppp rrr eeeppp aaarrr aaattt iiiooo nnn aaannn ddd sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo sss cccoooppp iiiccc ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff iiirrr ooo nnn ((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff fff uuu nnn cccttt iiiooo nnn aaallliiizzz eeeddd cccrrr ooo www nnn eeettt hhh eeerrr ,,, ppp ooo lllyyy hhh eeeddd rrr ooo nnn 111 666 :::333 777 888 777 ... 222 --ppp uuu nnn nnn iiiyyy aaammmuuu rrr ttt hhhyyy ttt ,,, kkk aaalllrrr aaa sssttt sss aaannn ddd iii qqq bbb eeelll jjj ... ((( 111 999 999 555 ))) sssyyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiisss ,,, sssppp eeecccttt rrr aaalll ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn aaannn ddd sss ttt rrr uuu cccttt uuu rrr aaalll iiinnn vvv eeesss ttt iiigggaaattt iiiooo nnn ooo nnn sss ooo mmmeee 444 --aaammmiiinnn ooo aaannn ttt iiippp yyy rrr iiinnn eee cccooo nnn ttt aaaiiinnn iiinnn ggg sssccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx eeesss aaannn ddd ttt hhh eeeiiirrr mmmooo lll eeecccuuu lll aaarrr aaasss sss ooo ccciiiaaattt iiiooo nnn ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eeeddd rrr ooo nnn llleeettt ttt ... 333 666 :::888 444 999 777 ... 333 --ttt rrr iiivvv eeeddd iii ggg ... sss aaannn ddd ddd eeesss aaa iii nnn ... ccc ... ((( 111 999 999 222 ))) sssyyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiisss ,,, sss ppp eeecccttt rrr aaalll ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff sss ccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn mmmeeettt aaalll cccooo mmmppp llleee xxxeeesss ::: ddd nnn aaa cccllleee aaavvv aaa gggeee aaannn ddd aaannn ttt iiimmmiii cccrrr ooo bbb iiiaaa lll aaa cccttt iiivvv iiittt yyy sssttt uuu ddd iiieeesss iii nnn ddd iiiaaannn jjj ... ccc hhh eeemmm... bbb 333 111 :::333 666 666 ... 444 --ccc hhh ooo iii ,,, yyy... kkk ... ;;; ccc hhh ooo jjjooo ,,, kkk ... hhh ... ;;; ppp ooo rrr kkk ,,, sss... mmm ... aaannn ddd ddd ooo ddd ddd aaappp aaarrr eeennn iii nnn ... ((( 111 999 999 555 ))) jjj ... eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo ccchhh eee mmm... sssooo ccc... 111 444 222 :::444 111 000 777 ... 555 --kkk aaattt iiiaaa,,, bbb ... ;;; sss iiimmmooo nnn ,,, lll... ;;; aaa nnn nnn eee,,, rrr ... ;;; ggg eeerrr aaarrr eeeddd ,,, ccc ... ;;; fff rrr aaannn cccaaaiiisss eee,,, ddd ... aaannn ddd bbb eeerrr nnn aaarrr eeeddd ,,, mmm ... ((( 111 999 999 666 ))) iii nnn ooo rrr ggg... ccc hhh eeemmm... 333 555 :::333 888 777 ... 666 -- ttt iiibbb llleeeaaannn ddd ,,, eee... iii ... ;;; kkk aaasss hhh eeerrr aaa ... sss... aaannn ddd ppp ooo lll iiisss hhh ... iii ... ttt ... ((( 111 999 999 888 ))) sssyyy nnnttt hhh eeesss iiisss ,,, sssppp eeecccttt rrr aaalll aaannn ddd ttt hhh eeerrr mmmaaalll sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeesss ooo fff nnn eeewww cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss www iiittt hhh 111 ,,, 222 --ddd iii((( iiimmm iiinnn ooo --222 --aaammm iiinnn ooo mmmeeettt hhh yyy lllppp yyy rrr iiiddd iiilll))) eeettt hhh aaannn eee,,, jjj ... ccc hhh eeemmm... sssooo ccc... ,,, 777 222 :::555 111 999 ... 777 --hhh ooo ddd eeennn ttt ,,, eee...mmm ... aaannn ddd ddd uuu nnn nnn ,,, www... jjj ... ((( 111 999 777 222 ))) sssyyy nnnttt hhh eeesss iiisss aaannn ddd ccc hhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff lllaaannn ttt hhh aaannn iiiddd eee((( iii iii iii ))) ccc ooo mmmppp llleeexxx eeesss wwwiiittt hhh sss aaallliii cccyyy llliiiddd eeennn eee--222 --aaa mmmiiinnn ooo ppp yyy rrr iiiddd iiinnn eee sssyyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiisss aaannn ddd rrr eeeaaacccttt iiivvv iiittt yyy iiinnn iii nnn ooo rrr gggaaannn iii ccc jjj ... mmm eeeddd ... ccc hhh eeemmm... 111 555 :::333 333 999 888 --sssiii gggmmm aaannn ,,, ddd ... sss... ;;;ggg rrr aaahhh aaammm,,, ddd ... rrr ... aaannn ddd aaa aaauuu rrr ooo rrr aaa,,, vvv... ddd ... ((( 111 999 777 999 ))) sssyyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiisss ,,, sss ppp eeecccttt rrr aaalll ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff sss ccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn mmm eeettt aaalll cccooo mmmppp llleee xxxeeesss ::: ddd nnn aaa cccllleee aaavvv aaa gggeee aaannn ddd aaannn ttt iiimmmiiicccrrr ooo bbb iii aaalll aaa cccttt iiivvv iiittt yyy sssttt uuu ddd iiieeesss jjj ... bbb iiiooo lll... ccc hhh eeemmm... 222 555 444 :::111 222 666 999 ... 999 --ttt hhh aaannn gggaaaddd uuu rrr aaarrr ttt ... ddd ... ,,, aaannn ddd nnn aaattt aaarrr aaajjjaaannn kkk ... ((( 222 000 000 111 ))) sssyyy nnnttt hhh eeesss iiisss ,,, ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiisss aaattt iiiooo nnn aaannn ddd eeellleeecccttt rrr ooo ccchhh eee mmmiiiccc aaalll bbb eeehhh aaavvv iiiooo uuu rrr ooo fff ccc uuu ((( iii iii ))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iii iii ))) ,,, nnn iii((( iii iii ))) aaannn ddd zzz nnn ((( iii iii ))) cccooo mmmppp llleee xxxeeesss ddd eeerrr iiivvv eeeddd fff rrr ooo mmm aaaccceeettt yyy lllaaaccceeettt ooo nnn eee aaannn ddd ppp --aaannn iiisss iiiddd iiinnn eee &&& ttt hhh eeeiiirrr aaannn ttt iiimmmiiicccrrr ooo bbb iiiaaalll aaacccttt iiivvv iiittt yyy ,,, iii nnn ddd iiiaaannn jjj ... ccc hhh eeemmm... aaa 444 000 :::555 777 333 ... 111 000 --rrr aaammmaaannn ,,, nnn ... ;;; mmm uuu ttt hhh uuu rrr aaajjj,,, vvv... ;;; rrr aaavvv iii ccchhh aaarrr ddd rrr eee,,, sss... aaannn ddd kkk uuu lll aaannn ddd aaaiiisss aaayyy mmm ,,, aaa ... ((( 222 000 000 333 ))) iii nnn ddd iiiaaannn jjj ... ccc hhh eeemmm... 111 111 555 :::111 666 111 ... 111 111 --ggg eeemmmnnn aaa,,, rrr ... ((( 111 999 999 888 ))) eee xxxttt rrr aaacccttt iiiooo nnn ppp rrr ooo ccceeeddd uuu rrr eee fff ooo rrr ttt hhh eee ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff hhh eee aaavvv yyy mmmeeettt aaalllsss iiinnn cccooo nnn ttt aaammmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn sss ooo iiilll aaannn ddd sss eeeddd iiimmmeeennn ttt 444 666 :::444 444 999 --444 555 555 ... 111 222 -- sssccchhh mmm eeeeeekkk ,,, ttt ... ;;; kkk ooo ccchhh ,,, uuu ... aaannn ddd sssccchhh uuu ttt ttt ,,, bbb ... ((( 222 000 000 333 ))) ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff hhh eeeaaavvv yyy mmmeeettt aaalllsss aaannn ddd ppp eeerrr sss iiisssttt aaannn ttt ooo rrr gggaaannn iiiccc ppp ooo lllllluuu ttt aaannn ttt sss iiinnn sss eeeddd iiimmmeeennn ttt cccooo rrr eeesss fff rrr ooo mmm sss ooo uuu ttt hhh eeettt hhh iiiooo ppp iiiaaa ,,, ggg eeeooo ... sssooo ccc... aaa bbb sss ... ppp rrr ooo ... ,,, ppp ... 111 111 222 111 333 --bbb eeettt ttt iiinnn eeelllllliii,,, mmm ... ;;; bbb eeeooo nnn eee,,, ggg ... ;;; sssppp eeezzz iiiaaa,,, sss... aaannn ddd bbb aaafff fff iii,,, ccc ... ((( 222 000 000 000 ))) ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff hhh eee aaavvv yyy mmmeeettt aaalllsss iiinnn sss ooo iiilll aaannn ddd sss eeeddd iiimmm eeennn ttt sss bbb yyy mmmiiicccrrr ooo www aaavvv eee--aaasss sss iiisss ttt eeeddd ddd iii gggeeesss ttt iiiooo nnn aaannn ddd iiinnn ddd uuu cccttt iiivvv eeelllyyy cccooo uuu ppp llleeeddd ppp lllaaasss mmmaaa ooo ppp ttt iiicccaaalll eeemmmiiisss sss iiiooo nnn sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo mmmeeettt rrryyy aaannn aaalllyyy sss iiisss ,,, aaa nnn aaalll... ccc hhh eeemmm... aaa cccttt aaa... 444 222 444 :::222 888 999 --222 999 111 444 --jjj ooo ccchhh eeennn vvv... ,,, kkk lllaaannn sss ggg ... ,,, ((( 111 999 999 777 ))) ,,, ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff hhh eeeaaavvv yyy mmmeeettt aaalllsss cccooo mmmppp llleeexxx eeesss www iiittt hhh hhh uuu mmmiiiccc sss uuu bbb sss ttt aaannn ccceeesss bbbyyy hhh ppp lllccc ///iii ccc ppp ---mmm sss cccooo uuu ppp llliiinnn ggg uuu sss iiinnn ggg ooo nnn --llliiinnn eee iiisss ooo ttt ooo ppp eee ddd iiillluuu ttt iiiooo nnn ttt eeeccchhh nnn iiiqqq uuu eee ,,, jjj ... aaa nnn aaalll ... ccc hhh eeemmm... ... 333 555 999 :::444 333 888 --444 444 111 ... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 111 555 --ooo rrr hhh aaannn ,,, ttt ... aaannn ddd mmm uuu sssttt aaafff aaa,,, sss... ((( 222 000 000 555 ))) sssppp eeecccttt rrr ooo ppp hhh ooo ttt ooo mmmeeettt rrr iiiccc ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff cccooo ppp ppp eeerrr iiinnn nnn aaattt uuu rrr aaalll www aaattt eeerrr sss aaannn ddd ppp hhh aaarrr mmmaaaccceeeuuu ttt iiiccc aaalll sss aaa mmmppp llleeesss www iiittt hhh ccchhh lllooo rrr ooo ((( ppp hhh eeennn yyy lll))) ggglllyyy ooo xxxiiimmm eee,,, jjj ... ccc hhh iiinnn ... eee ccc hhh eeemmm... sssooo ccc... ,,, 555 222 :::555 777 555 --555 777 888 ... 111 666 --hhh ooo nnn ggg,,, bbb ... ;;;sssiii--qqq iiinnn ggg,,, xxx ... ;;; hhh ooo nnn ggg--yyy... aaannn ddd jjj iiiaaannn ,,, fff ... ((( 222 000 000 444 ))) llliii ggghhh ttt --aaabbb sss ooo rrr ppp ttt iiiooo nnn rrr aaattt iiiooo vvv aaarrr iiiaaattt iiiooo nnn aaappp ppp rrr ooo aaaccchhh ttt ooo ddd eeettt eeerrr mmmiiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff nnn iiiccckkk eeelll ((( iii iii ))) iiinnn nnn ggg///mmm lll llleeevvv eee lll www iiittt hhh 111 ,,, 555 --ddd iii((( 222 --hhhyyy ddd rrr ooo xxxyyy --555 -- sss uuu lllfff ooo ppp hhh eeennnyyy lll))) --333 --cccyyy aaannn ooo fff ooo rrr mmmaaazzz aaannn ,,, jjj ... www aaattt eeerrr rrr eeeaaasss ... ,,, 333 888 ((( 111 ))) :::111 666 444 222 --111 666 555 000 ... 111 777 -- ssskkk ooo ooo ggg,,, ddd ... aaa ... ((( 111 999 888 888 ))) fff uuu nnn ddd aaammm eeennn ttt aaalll ooo fff aaa nnn aaalllyyy ttt iiicccaaalll ccc hhh eeemmmiiisss ttt rrr yyy 555 ttt hhh eeeddd ... ,,, wwwiiilll eeeyyy iii nnn ttt eeerrr ,,, nnn eeewww yyyooo rrr kkk ,,, 222 444 444 111 ... 111 888 --nnn aaakkk aaammmooo ttt ooo ,,, kkk ... ((( 111 999 888 666 ))) iii nnn fff rrr aaarrr eeeddd sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo sss cccooo ppp yyy ooo fff iii nnn ooo rrr gggaaannn iiiccc aaannn ddd cccooo ooo rrr ddd iiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn cccooo mmmppp ooo uuu nnn ddd sss ((( nnn eeewww yyyooo rrr kkk ::: wwwiiillleeeyyy ))) ,,, 333 r rr ddd ... eeeddd ,,, 888 111 ... 111 999 --ssshhh aaarrr aaaddd aaa,,, lll... nnn ... aaannn ddd ggg aaannn ooo rrr kkk aaarrr ,,, mmm ... ccc ... ((( 111 999 888 888 ))) sssyyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiisss aaannn ddd sssppp eeettt rrr ooosss cccooo ppp iiiccc sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeesss ooo fff ccc ooo ,,, nnn iii ((( πππ )))mmm aaannn nnn iiiccchhh bbb aaasss eee ooo fff 444 --aaa mmmiiinnn ooo aaannn ttt iiippp yyy rrr iiinnn eee iii nnn ddd iiiaaannn jjj ... ccc hhh eeemmm... aaa 222 777 :::666 111 777 ... 222 000 -- fff aaarrr mmmeeerrr ,,, rrr ... lll... aaannn ddd uuu rrr bbb aaa ccchhh ,,, fff ... lll... ((( 111 999 777 444 ))) iii nnn ooo rrr ggg... ccc hhh eeemmm... ,,, 111 333 :::555 888 777 ... 222 111 --mmm iiisss hhh rrr aaa,,, sss... aaannn ddd ccc hhh aaattt uuu rrr vvv eeeddd iii,,, nnn ... ((( 111 999 999 444 ))) jjj ... iii nnn ddd iiiaaannn ccc ooo uuu nnn ccciiilll ccc hhh eeemmm... 111 000 :::777 ... 222 222 --ddd uuu ttt aaa,,, rrr ... lll... aaannn ddd sssyyy aaammmaaalll,,, aaa ... ((( 111 999 999 222 ))) eeellleee mmmeeennn ttt sss ooo fff mmmaaa gggnnn cccttt ooo ccchhh eeemmm iiisss ttt rrr yyy ;;; 222 nnn ddd eeeddd nnn ... ((( nnn eeewww ddd eeelllhhh iii))) :::eeelllsss eeevvv iii eeerrr ... 222 333 --rrr aaayyy ,,, rrr ... kkk ... aaannn ddd hhh ooo fff mmmaaannn ,,, ggg ... rrr ... ((( 111 999 999 000 ))) iii nnn ooo rrr ggg... ccc hhh eeemmm,,, aaa cccttt aaa,,, 111 777 333 :::222 000 777 ... 222 444 -- aaa ggg gggaaarrr eeewww aaa lll ,,, rrr ... ccc ... ;;; sssiiinnn ggghhh ,,, nnn ... kkk ... ;;; sss iiinnn ggghhh rrr ... ppp ... ((( 111 999 777 999 ))) sssyyy nnn ttt hhh eeesss iiisss aaannn ddd sssttt rrr uuu cccttt uuu rrr aaalll sss ttt uuu ddd iiieeesss ooo fff ttt rrr aaannn sss iiittt iiiooo nnn mmm eeettt aaalll ccc ooo mmmppp llleeexxxeeesss ooo fff 444 --aaa mmmiiinnn ooo aaannn ttt iiippp yyy rrr iiinnn eee sssccchhh iiifff fff bbb aaasss eee iii nnn ooo rrr ggg... ccc hhh eee mmm... aaa cccttt aaa... 333 222 :::888 777 --999 000 ... 222 555 --llleeevvv eeerrr ,,, aaa ... bbb ... ppp ... ((( 111 999 888 444 ))) iii nnn ooo rrr ggg aaannn iiiccc eeellleee cccttt rrr ooo nnn iiiccc sss ppp eeecccttt rrr ooo sss cccoooppp yyy “““ eeelllsss eeevvv iiirrr eee ,,, aaa mmmsss ttt eeerrr ddd aaammm... 222 666 --llleeevvv eeerrr ,,, aaa ... bbb ... ppp ... aaannn ddd ddd ooo ddd sss www ooo rrr ttt hhh ,,, eee... sss... ((( 222 000 000 444 ))) iii nnn ccc ooo mmmppp rrr eeehhh eeennn sss iiivvv eee ccc ooo ooo rrr ddd iiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn ccc hhh eeemmm iiisss ttt rrr yyy “““ vvvooo lll... 222 eeeddd iiittt eeeddd bbb yyy aaa ... bbb ... llleeevvv eeerrr ,,, eeelllsss eeevvv iii eeerrr ppp uuu bbb llliiisss hhh eeerrr sss ... 222 777 --ggg eeeaaarrr yyy ,,, www... jjj ... ((( 111 999 777 111 ))) ”””ttt hhh eee uuu sss eee ooo fff cccooo nnn ddd uuu cccttt iiivvv iiitttyyy mmmeeeaaasss uuu rrr eeemmmeeennn ttt sss iiinnn ooo rrr gggaaannn iii ccc sss ooo lllvvv eeennn ttt sss fff ooo rrr ttt hhh eee ccchhh aaarrr aaacccttt eeerrr iiizzz aaattt iiiooo nnn ooo fff cccooo ooo rrr ddd iiinnn aaattt iiiooo nnn cccooo mmmppp ooo uuu nnn ddd sss “““ ,,, ccc ooo ooo rrr ddd ... ccc hhh eeemmm... rrr eeevvv ... ,,, 777 :::888 111 ... 222 888 --ccc ooo ttt ttt ooo nnn ,,,fff ... aaa ... aaannn ddd wwwiiillllllkkk iiinnn sss ooo nnn ,,, ggg ... ((( 111 999 888 888 ))) ”””aaa ddd vvv aaannn ccceeeddd iii nnn ooo rrr ggg aaannn iiiccc ccc hhh eeemmm iiisss ttt rrr yyy 555 ttt hhh eeeddd ... ,,, wwwiiillleeeyyy ,,, nnn eeewww yyyooo rrr kkk ... 222 999 --ddd ooo uuu ggglllaaasss ,,, sss... ;;; ddd ooo nnn aaalllddd ,,, www... ;;; hhh ooo lll llleeerrr ,,, fff ... aaannn ddd ccc rrr ooo uuu ccchhh ,,, sss... ((( 222 000 000 333 ))) ”””fff uuu nnn ddd aaammmeeennn ttt aaalll ooo fff aaa nnn aaalllyyy ttt iiicccaaalll ccchhh eee mmm iii sssttt rrryyy ”””888 ttt hhh eee ddd... ,,, sssaaa uuunnn dddeee rrr sss ccc ooo lll lll eee gggeee ,,, nnn eee www yyy ooo rrr kkk,,, pppppp ... 111 111666 888... 333 000 --rrrooo gggooo,,, zzz... mmm ... aaannn ddd ppp ooo nnn iiikkk aaa rrrooo vvvaaa ,,, ttt ... mmm ... ((( 111999 777000 ))) “““ cccooo lllooo uuurrr iii mmm eeettt rrr iii ccc dddeee ttt eee rrr mmm iiinnn aaattt iii ooonnn ooo fff mmm eeettt aaa lll iii ooonnn sss””” 444000 ::: 222333 555777 ... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ttt aaa bbblll eee ((( 111 ))) ::: ppphhh yyy sssiii cccaaa lll ppprrrooo pppeee rrrttt iii eee sss ,,, aaannn aaa lll yyy tttiii cccaaa lll dddaaa ttt aaa ,,, mmm aaa ggg nnneee ttt iii ccc mmm ooo mmmeee nnn ttt sss aaannn ddd mmm ooo lll aaa rrr cccooo nnn ddduuu cccttt iii vvviii ttt iii eee sss ooo fff ttthhh eee ppprrreee pppaaa rrreee ddd ccc ooo mmm pppooo uuu nnn dddsss ... *** ttt hhh eee mmm ooolll aaa rrr cccooo nnn ddduuu cccttt aaa nnn ccceee wwweee rrreee mmm eee aaasss uuu rrreee ddd iiinnn 111 000 --333 mmm sss ooolll uuu tttiii ooo nnn ((( ddd mmmfff))) ... aaa nnn aaa lll yyy sssiii sss fff ooo uuunnn ddd((( ccc aaa lllccc ... %%% ))) cccooo mmm pppooo uuunnn ddd mmm ccc hhh nnn yyy iii eee lll ddd %%% μμμ eee fff fff ... bbb... mmm λλλ *** ooo hhh mmm --111 ccc mmm 222 mmm ooo lll ... --111 lll 666 666 ...999 777((( 666666 ... 999999 ))) 666 ... 999777 (((777 ... 111))) 222 666 ...000 444((( 222555 ... 999999 ))) 777 000 [[[ cccrrr lll ccclll 222 ]]] ccclll 888 ... 999999 (((888 ... 777111 ))) 444 888 ...888 555((( 444777 ... 999111 ))) 555 ... 000888 (((444 ,,, 999111 ))) 111 888 ...999 999((( 111999 ... 000000 ))) 888 000 333 ... 333000 999 555 [[[ mmm nnn lll ]]] ccclll222 999 ... 888999 (((888 ... 999999 ))) 555 111 ...777 999((( 555000 ... 777999 ))) 555 ... 333999 (((444 ... 888777 ))) 222 000 ...111 444((( 222111 ... 000111 ))) 888 000 555 ... 333 111 444 666... 555 [[[ cccooo lll]]] ccclll 222 111 000 ...111 222((( 999 ...888 111))) 555 111 ...666 111((( 555000 ... 999888 ))) 666 ... 000111 (((555 ... 999111 ))) 222 000 ...000 777((( 222111 ... 000111 ))) 999 000 444 ... 222 111 555 000... 333 [[[ nnn iii lll ]]] ccclll 222 111 000 ...333 777((( 999 ...888 999))) 555 000 ...999 111((( 444999 ... 999222 ))) 555 ,,, 888111 (((555 ... 000000 ))) 222 000 ...888 111((( 222111 ... 999111 ))) 888 555 000 ... 000 111 333 555 [[[ cccuuu lll ]]] ccclll 222 111 111 ...222 777((( 111000 ... 999 555 ))) 555 000 ...000 111((( 444999 ... 888111 ))) 444 ... 999222 (((333 ... 888111 ))) 111 999 ...999 000((( 222000 ... 333000 ))) 999 222 111 ... 000555 111 222 999 [[[ zzz nnn lll ]]] ccclll 222 111 000 ...777 111((( 999 ...999 111))) 555 111 ...000 000((( 555000 ... 888111 ))) 555 ... 222111 (((555 ... 111111 ))) 222 000 ...333 111((( 222000 ... 666111 ))) 777 333 000 ... 000 111 444 111 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ttt aaa bbblll eee ((( 222 ))) ::: iii... rrr sss pppeee cccttt rrraaa lll dddaaa ttt aaa ooo fff ttt hhh eee lll iii ggg aaannn ddd aaa nnn ddd iii ttt sss mmm eee ttt aaalll sss cccooo mmm pppllleee xxx eeesss ((( ννν cccmmm --111 ))) ooo ttt hhheee rrr bbbaaa nnn dddsss ννν mmm --ccclll ννν mmm --nnn ννν nnn hhh 222 ννν ccc===nnn cccooo mmm pppooo uuunnn ddd 111 555 000000 ---111 666000 000((( ccc===ccc))) 222 999 777000 ((( ccc--hhh))) ------ -------- 333 222 555000 (((mmm ))) 111 666 111555 ((( sss))) lll 111 444 000000 ,,,111 333777 000 ...222 999777 000((( ccc--hhh ))) 222 999 000,,, 333555 000((( www))) 555 000 000 333 111 888000 ((( bbbrrr 111 555 999000 ((( sss))) cccrrr lll 222 999 888000 ((( ccc--hhh))) ------ 444 666 000--444 999 000((( mmm))) 333 111 555000 (((mmm ))) 111 666 999000 ((( sss mmm nnn lll 222 999 666222 (((mmm )))777 222222 ((( sssccchhh 222 ))) ------ 555 111 000--555 333 000((( mmm))) 333 222 000000 ((( bbbrrr))) 111 555 777555 ((( sss))) cccooo lll 444 999 555((( mmm))) 333 222 555000 ((( bbbrrr))) 111 555 777555 ((( sss))) nnn iii lll ------ 444 999 000((( mmm))) 333 111 888555 --333 222 000000 ((( bbbrrr))) 111 555 888000 (((mmm ))) cccuuulll ------ 444 333 000 (((mmm ))) 333 222 000000 ((( www))) 111 666 333000 ((( sss))) zzz nnn lll sss === sssttt rrr ooo nnn ggg,,, mmm === mmm eee dddiii uuummm ,,, bbbrrr === bbbrrr ooo aaa ddd aaa nnn ddd www === wwweee aaa kkk مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ttt aaa bbblll eee ((( 333 ))) ::: eeelll eee cccttt rrrooo nnn iii ccc sss pppeee cccttt rrraaa lll dddaaa ttt aaa ννν mmmaaa xxx cccmmm --111 ooo fff ttt hhh eee ppprrreee pppaaa rrreee ddd cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx eeesss ppp rrrooo pppooo ssseee ddd sssttt rrr uuucccttt uuurrr eee aaa ssssssiii gggnnn mmm eee nnn ttt εεε mmm aaaxxx ... lll ... mmm ooo lll --111 ... ccc mmm --111 ννν ccc mmm --111 cccooo mmm pppooo uuunnn ddd -------- ccchhh aaa rrr gggeee ttt rrr aaa nnn sssfffeee rrr πππ →→→ πππ *** 222 000555 000000 111 222555 000000 222 777 777777 777 444 000 ,,,000 000000 lll ooo ccc ttt aaahhh eee dddrrr aaa lll ccchhh aaa rrr gggeee ttt rrr aaa nnn sssfffeee rrr aaa 222 ggg 444 →→→ ttt 222 ggg 444 aaa 222 ggg 444 →→→ ttt 111 ggg 444 333000 555000 000 222 333 000 888 000 222 888 111666 999 111 444 333000 555 111 666 111222 999 cccrrr lll ttt eeettt rrr aaahhh eee dddrrr aaa lll πππ →→→πππ *** aaa 444 222 →→→ttt 444 222 ((( fff ))) aaa 444 222 →→→ttt 444 111 ((( fff ))) aaa 444 222 ((( fff ))) →→→ttt 444 111 ((( ppp ))) 111 333 555000 000 111 111 555 111888 222 222111 000 333 777000 333777 111 666 999444 999 111 666 111888 111 111 444 555999 888 cccooo lll sss qqquuuaaa rrr eee ppp lll aaa nnn aaa rrr πππ →→→ πππ*** aaa 111 ggg 111 ((( ddd ))) →→→ eee ggg 111 ((( ggg ))) aaa 111 ggg 111 →→→ bbb111 ggg 111 ((( ggg ))) 111 000333 000000 222 222 555 888 222 333 888 444666 111 222 999 444111 111 111 888 555111 888 nnn iii lll sss qqquuuaaa rrr eee ppp lll aaa nnn aaa rrr πππ →→→πππ *** bbb 111 ggg 222 →→→ aaa 111 ggg 222 bbb111 ggg 222 →→→ bbb222 ggg 222 333 111 888000 222 222 555000 000 111 111 888 444 000 888111 666 222 555 333111 666 111 666 111222 999 cccuuulll ttt eeettt rrr aaa hhh eee dddrrr aaa lll πππ →→→ πππ *** mmm →→→ lll ... ccc...ttt 111 999 888000 222 555 000000 000 333 555 777111 444 222 666 888888 111 mmm nnn lll ttt eeettt rrr aaa hhh eee dddrrr aaa lll πππ →→→ πππ *** lll →→→ mmm ccc...ttt 333 444 555000 333 111222 000000 333 444 444888 222 222 777 000222 555 zzz nnn lll مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ttt aaa bbblll eee ((( 444 ))) ::: ccc ooo nnn tttiii nnnuuu ooo uuu sss vvvaaa rrriii aaa ttt iii ooonnn dddaaa ttt aaa fff ooo rrr ccc uuu ––– lll cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx aaa ttt λλλ mmmaaa xxx ((( 333 999 000 nnn mmm ))) aaa bbbsss... vvvlll /// vvvlll +++ vvvmmm 111 ... 555777 222 000 ... 111000 111 ... 999000 000 000 ... 222000 333 ... 444333 555 000 ... 444000 333 ... 111999 888 000 ... 444555 111 ... 888888 333 000 ... 888222 111 ... 555555 000 000 ... 888555 111 ... 444888 222 000 ... 888666 fffiii ggg ... ((( 111 ))) ::: ttthhh eee fffttt--iiirrr ooo fff lll iii ggg aaannn ddd iii nnn kkkbbb rrr --dddiii sss kkk مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fffiii ggg... ((( 222 ))) ::: ttthhh eee fffttt--iiirrr ooo fff ccc ooo ((( iiiiii))) cccooommm ppp lll eee xxx iii nnn ccc sss iii--dddiii ssskkk fffiii ggg ... ((( 333))) ::: ttthhh eee uuu vvv ... ––– vvviii sss... ooofff lll iii ggg aaannn ddd iii nnn eee ttthhh aaannn ooo lll مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fffiii ggg ... ((( 444 ))) ::: ttthhh eee uuu vvv ... ––– vvviii sss... ooofff ccc uuu --lll ccc ooommm ppplll eee xxx iii nnn ddd mmmfff fffiii ggg ... (((555 ))) ::: cccooo nnn tttiii nnn uuu ooouuu sss vvvaaa rrriii aaatttiii ooonnn ppplll ooo ttt fff ooo rrr ttthhh eee ccc uuu ((( iiiiii))) ccc ooommm ppplll eee xxx aaattt λλλmmm aaaxxx === 333 999000 nnn mmm ... مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 ph 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 a b s fffiii ggg ... ((( 666 ))) ::: eeefff fff eee cccttt ooo fff ppphhh ooo nnn fff ooo rrrmmm aaa ttt iii ooo nnn ooo fff ccc uuu ::: lll cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx 0.0 0 20.00 40.00 60.00 8 0.00 time (min) 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 a b s fffiii ggg ... ((( 777 ))) ::: eeefff fff eee cccttt ooo fff ttt iii mmm eee ooo nnn cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx fff ooo rrrmmm aaa ttt iii ooo nnn ccc uuu lll مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fffiii ggg ... ((( 888 ))) ::: ppprrrooo pppooo sss eee ddd sss ttt rrruuu cccttt uuu rrreee ooo fff ccc rrr((( iiiiii iii))) cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx n n nh2ch3 ch3 ph n n nh2 ch3 ch3 ph = n-ch 2-ch2n = m cl 2 mmm ::: mmm nnn +++222 ,,, cccooo +++ 222 aaa nnn ddd zzznnn +++ 222 fffiii ggg ... ((( 999 ))) ::: ppprrrooo pppooo sss eee ddd sss ttt rrruuu cccttt uuu rrreee ooo fff mmmnnn ((( iiiiii))) ,,, ccc ooo ((( iiiiii))) aaannn ddd zzznnn ((( iiiiii))) cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx eee sss n n nh2ch3 ch3 ph n n nh2 ch3 ch3 ph = n-ch 2-ch2n = m cl 2 mmm ::: nnn iii +++ 222 aaa nnn ddd cccuuu +++ 222 fffiii ggg ... ((( 111 000 ))) ::: ppprrrooo pppooo sss eee ddd sss ttt rrruuu cccttt uuu rrreee ooo fff nnn iii ((( iiiiii))) aaa nnn ddd ccc uuu ((( iiiiii))) cccooo mmm ppplll eee xxx eee sss مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ---444́´́(((ثنائي ثنائي ثنائي 222---111تشخیص ودراسة تحلیلیة لمعقدات بعض الفلزات المشتقات من تشخیص ودراسة تحلیلیة لمعقدات بعض الفلزات المشتقات من تشخیص ودراسة تحلیلیة لمعقدات بعض الفلزات المشتقات من داایمینو ایثان داایمینو ایثان داایمینو ایثان ---)))ایلایلایل---فنیل بایروزولینفنیل بایروزولینفنیل بایروزولین---111 ́ ´ ´––– ثنائي مثیل ثنائي مثیل ثنائي مثیل 333́´́---222́´́---امینوامینوامینو جمیل موسى ضباب، محمود نجم الجبوري ، هناء حسن الباجالن جمیل موسى ضباب، محمود نجم الجبوري ، هناء حسن الباجالن جمیل موسى ضباب، محمود نجم الجبوري ، هناء حسن الباجالن قسم الكیمیاء ، كلیة العلوم ،الجامعة المستنصریة قسم الكیمیاء ، كلیة العلوم ،الجامعة المستنصریة قسم الكیمیاء ، كلیة العلوم ،الجامعة المستنصریة 201120112011 تشرین األول تشرین األول تشرین األول 181818: : : قبل البحث في قبل البحث في قبل البحث في 201120112011باط باط باط ش ش ش777: : : استلم البحث في استلم البحث في استلم البحث في الخالصة الخالصة الخالصة حــضرت معقــدات جدیـــدة لــبعض ایونـــات عناصــر السلـــسلة االنتقالیــة االولـــى الكــروم الثالثـــي و المنغنیــز و الكوبلـــت حــضرت معقــدات جدیـــدة لــبعض ایونـــات عناصــر السلـــسلة االنتقالیــة االولـــى الكــروم الثالثـــي و المنغنیــز و الكوبلـــت حــضرت معقــدات جدیـــدة لــبعض ایونـــات عناصــر السلـــسلة االنتقالیــة االولـــى الكــروم الثالثـــي و المنغنیــز و الكوبلـــت . . . المینالمینالمین انتي بایرین و اثلین ثنائي ا انتي بایرین و اثلین ثنائي ا انتي بایرین و اثلین ثنائي ا––– امینو امینو امینو ---444والنیكل والنحاس و الزنك الثنائیة مع قاعدة شیف مشتقات من والنیكل والنحاس و الزنك الثنائیة مع قاعدة شیف مشتقات من والنیكل والنحاس و الزنك الثنائیة مع قاعدة شیف مشتقات من ))) شخص اللیكاند شخص اللیكاند شخص اللیكاند lll))) ومعقداته بواسـطة التحلیـل الـدقیق للعناصـر ومعقداته بواسـطة التحلیـل الـدقیق للعناصـر ومعقداته بواسـطة التحلیـل الـدقیق للعناصـر ((( ccc ... hhh ... nnn ًطیـف االمتـصاص الـذري اللهبـي فـضال عـن ًطیـف االمتـصاص الـذري اللهبـي فـضال عـن ًطیـف االمتـصاص الـذري اللهبـي فـضال عـن ، ، ، ((( uuuالطرائـق الطیفیـة المعروفـة الطرائـق الطیفیـة المعروفـة الطرائـق الطیفیـة المعروفـة vvv--vvviiisss ,,, fff ttt --iii rrr واظهـرت الدراســات واظهـرت الدراســات واظهـرت الدراســات ، ، ، قیـاس الحـساسیة المغناطیــسیة للمعقـدات الـصلبة قیـاس الحـساسیة المغناطیــسیة للمعقـدات الـصلبة قیـاس الحـساسیة المغناطیــسیة للمعقـدات الـصلبة ، ، ، من خالل ذرات نتروجین مجامیع االیزومیثاین و االمین كما اسـتنتج الـشكل ثمـاني من خالل ذرات نتروجین مجامیع االیزومیثاین و االمین كما اسـتنتج الـشكل ثمـاني من خالل ذرات نتروجین مجامیع االیزومیثاین و االمین كما اسـتنتج الـشكل ثمـاني الطیفیة ان اللیكاند یسلك رباعي االرتباط الطیفیة ان اللیكاند یسلك رباعي االرتباط الطیفیة ان اللیكاند یسلك رباعي االرتباط فیمــا اظهــرت معقــدات المنغنیــز فیمــا اظهــرت معقــدات المنغنیــز فیمــا اظهــرت معقــدات المنغنیــز الــسطوح مثــل معقــد الكــروم الثالثــي ،و الــشكل المربــع المــستوي للنیكــل والنحــاس الثنائیــةالــسطوح مثــل معقــد الكــروم الثالثــي ،و الــشكل المربــع المــستوي للنیكــل والنحــاس الثنائیــةالــسطوح مثــل معقــد الكــروم الثالثــي ،و الــشكل المربــع المــستوي للنیكــل والنحــاس الثنائیــة . . . والكوبلت والزنك تماثال رباعي السطوح والكوبلت والزنك تماثال رباعي السطوح والكوبلت والزنك تماثال رباعي السطوح یین عنصر النحاس بأستعمال اللیكاند المحضر كاشفا عضویا بعد تثبیـت الظـروف یین عنصر النحاس بأستعمال اللیكاند المحضر كاشفا عضویا بعد تثبیـت الظـروف یین عنصر النحاس بأستعمال اللیكاند المحضر كاشفا عضویا بعد تثبیـت الظـروف اجریت دراسة تحلیلیة طیفیة لتع اجریت دراسة تحلیلیة طیفیة لتع اجریت دراسة تحلیلیة طیفیة لتع pppالدالـة الحامـضیة الدالـة الحامـضیة الدالـة الحامـضیة ، ، ، المثلـى مـن زمـن التفاعـل المثلـى مـن زمـن التفاعـل المثلـى مـن زمـن التفاعـل hhh و دراسـة النـسبة المولیـة و دراسـة النـسبة المولیـة و دراسـة النـسبة المولیـة ((( mmm ::: lll))) ووجـد ان الكاشـف ووجـد ان الكاشـف ووجـد ان الكاشـف ((( lll))) یعطـي انتقائیـة یعطـي انتقائیـة یعطـي انتقائیـة pppجیدة للنحاس الثنائي عند جیدة للنحاس الثنائي عند جیدة للنحاس الثنائي عند hhh === )))((( دقیقة وبنسبة مولیة دقیقة وبنسبة مولیة دقیقة وبنسبة مولیة101010 وزمن وزمن وزمن 999 111 :::111 ((( lll ::: mmm 000تصاصیة موالریهتصاصیة موالریهتصاصیة موالریه وعند ام وعند ام وعند ام((( ... 222 000 xxx111 000 4 44 lll/// mmmooo lll... cccmmm ... نتقالیة: الكلمات المفتاحیة امینوانتي بایرین4، قواعد شیف ، معقدات العناصر اال مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 physics 150 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 study the effect of annealing temperature on the structural, optical and electrical properties of zns thin films e. m. n. al-fawade , i. s. naji, h. i. mohammed * department of physics, college of science, baghdad university *department of physics,college education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in : 10 january 2012, accepted in:26 february 2012 abstract the structural, optical and electrical properties of zns films prepared by vacuum evaporation technique on glass substrate at room temperature and treated at different annealing temperatures (323, 373, 423)k of thickness (0.5)µm have been studied. the structure of these films is determined by x-ray diffraction (xrd). the x-ray diffraction studies show that the structure is polycrystalline with cubic structure, and there are strong peaks at the direction (111). the optical properties investigated which include the absorbance and transmittance spectra, energy band gab, absorption coefficient, and other optical constants. the results showed that films have direct optical transition. the optical band gab was found to be in the range to (2.96-3.06)ev with increasing annealing temperatures. the electrical properties of these films have been studied, it was observed that d.c conductivity at room temperature decreases with the increase of annealing temperatures, and the mechanism of conductivity occurs in two ranges of temperature, from hall measurements the conductivity for all samples of zns films is n-type. keywords: optical properties, structural properties, zns, transparent layer introduction zinc sulphide (zns) is an important semiconductor compound of the ii-vi group with excellent physical properties [1], it has a wide band-gap of 3.65ev in the bulk [2]. recent investigations have evoked considerable interest in zns thin films due to their vast potential for use in thin film devices such as photoluminescent and electroluminescent devices. zinc sulfide has found wide use as a thin film coating in the optical and microelectronic industries. it has high refractive index (2.25 at 632) nm, high effective dielectric constant (9 at 1 mhz) and wide wavelength passband (0.4–13)μm[3] .its extensively used for optoelectronics application such as filters, display devices and materials for leds and lasers [4].zns is highly suitable as a window layer in heterojunction photovoltaic solar cells: because the wide band decreases the window absorption loses and improves the short circuit current of the cell [5]. thin films of zns were prepared using many deposition techniques such as vacuum evaporation method [6], chemical bath deposition [7], spray pyrolysis [8], and screen printing method [9-10]. zns exists mainly in two forms an α–phase (hexagonal wurtzite structure) and a β-phase (cubic sphalerite structure) [8].in this paper, the influence of annealing temperature on the structural, optical and electrical properties has been studied. physics 151 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 experimental part the zns thin films with different annealing temperatures (323, 373, 423) k of thickness (0.5μm) were prepared by vacuum evaporation technique under lower pressure (106 torr). the structure of the zns thin films grown on glass substrates was examined by a phillips x-ray diffractometer with copper kα radiation of the wavelength (λ=1.541 å). spectrophotometer, type shimadzu and uv-visible recorder spectrophotometer uv-160, is used to measure the transmittance and absorbance spectrum in the range (300-1100) nm region for zns thin films the absorption coefficient (α) and the other optical constants which are represented by refractive index (ń), extinction coefficient (k) and the two parts of dielectric constant (ε1 and ε2) were calculated from absorpttance spectrum. the lambert relation between absorption coefficient and incident power intensity on thin films with thickness (t) [11]: i (t)=iο exp[-α.t]---------------------------------------(1) where i (t) is incident photon energy at thickness (t)inside the material, and iο is incident photon energy at surface of material, the negative signal refers to the decreases in photon energy. the absorption coefficient (α) considers as function of wavelength of incident radiation and it is very important because it gives absorption range to the radiation. the following relation below is refereed to the absorption: a =1-(r+t) -------------------------------------------------------(2) where r,t is the reflection and transmittance respectively. the refractive index (n) can be calculated from the equation[11]: n= )1( )1( ) )1( 4 ( 2122 − + −− − r r k r r l --------------------------------(3) and k represents the extinction coefficient which is calculated by the relation[11]: k=αλ/4π---------------------------------------------------------(4) the real and imaginary part of dielectric constant (ε1 and ε2) of the films were calculated from the equations [11]: ε1 = n2 –k2 (real part)--------------------------------(5) ε2 = 2nk (imaginary part)---------------------------------(6) the electrical properties of these films have been studied, the d.c conductivity follows the relation: σr.t = σοexp(ea/kbt)---------------------------------------------(7) where σr.t is conductivity at room temperatures, σο is a constant, kb is a boltzman constant and ea is activation energy for conduction. physics 152 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 results and discussions the results and analysis of the experimental measurements and test of the structural, optical and electrical properties of zns films of thickness (0.5) μm on glass substrates at annealing temperatures (323, 373, 423) k have been presented. structural properties fig.(1) shows the x-ray diffraction for zns un annealed and annealed films at (323, 373, 423)k. the figure showed that all the layers grown at room temperature and annealed at different annealing temperatures had only (111) plane and exhibited cubic structure according to astm cards.the presence of a single peak at 2θ≈28.60 indicated that the layers had a highly preferential growth along the (111) direction. the increase of ta improves the crystal structure by increasing the intensity of the planes. such improvement in crystal structure could be attributed to the increase in crystallite size as the small crystallites join each other in the planes by increasing heat treatments, and this behavior is similar to the work of [10-14 ].the structural parameters such as inter planar spacing, lattice constant, crystallite size, strain and dislocation were determined as given in table (1).it is clear from this table that the lattice constant decreases with the increase of the annealing temperatures , this occurs because the strain decrement in the films treated at different ta as well as dislocation density values are found to decrease with increase of annealing temperatures. the grain size increases with the increase of annealing temperatures. optical properties the absorbance spectra for zns thin films as deposited and at different annealing temperatures (323, 373, 423) k, are shown in fig. (2). this figure indicates that the films have low absorbance in the visible and near infrared regions. it is observed that the maximum absorption peak shifts slightly towards the smaller wavelength with the increase of annealing temperature. this suggests the increase in the band gap with the increasing of ta as given in table (2). the over all absorbance decreases with the increase of ta but not systemically in all regions of the spectrum. this is because of the characteristics of zns structure [10-14]. also we studied the spectrum of transmittance as shown in the fig. (3), it is obvious that its behavior is opposite to that of the absorpttance spectrum. the optical transmittance spectra for zns thin films, having different ta are shown in fig.(3) . all the films demonstrate that more than 60% transmittance occurs at wavelengths longer than 0.4 µm. below 0.4 µm there is a sharp fall in transmittance of the films, this because of its high energy gap value which renders strong absorbance of the films in this region. it is observed that the over all transmittance increases with the increase of the ta. similar results have been pointed out and referred the overall decrease in the absorbance with the increase of ta [12]. a usual interference in the transmittance above 0.4 µm is observed which proves the uniformity of the thin film and the substrate. however variations in the transmittance have been observed to increase with the increase of ta. the absorption coefficient (α) was determined from the region of high absorption at the fundamental absorption edge of the film, using equation (1).fig.(4) shows the absorption coefficient (α )of zns films of thickness(0.5)µm with different annealing temperatures (323, 373, 423)k.from this figure, α decreases with the increase of annealing temperatures for all samples as shown in table(2), and this is due to the increasing value of energy gap with annealing temperatures. our value of α which varies between (1.22-0.599)x104cm-1 nearly agrees with [12-13]. physics 153 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 to determine the type of optical transition, we have examined (αhν)1/2, (αhν)1/3, (αhν)2/3, (αhν)2, versus hν and found that the last relation yielded a linear dependence, which describes allowed direct transitions. from fig. (5) the energy gap is determined by plotting tauc equation, and taking the extrapolation of the linear portion where (α ≥104 cm-1) of the (αhν)2 as a function of hν curve to α=0 .the direct energy gap value was found to be as shown in the table(2), which is nearly in agreement with the other literatures[10-13]. the value of optical energy gap increases with the increase of annealing temperature for all samples as shown in table(2) and fig.(5), and this is due to the growth of grain size and the decrease in defect states near the bands and this turn increased the value of egopt. the density of localize states in the band can be evaluated from the urbach energy (eu) at α <104cm-1 which is referred to absorption tails at energies smaller than the optical energy gap, by ploting ln α as a function of hν, and the reciprocal slope of the linear part give the value of eu. we can see from table (2) that eu decreases from (0.567 to 0.279)ev with increasing annealing temperature and this may be attributed to improvement in the structure by annealing and decreasing the degree of amorphous films leading to decrease the localized states . the optical behavior of materials is generally utilized to determine its optical constants for example the refractive index (n) which is calculated from equation (3). fig.(6)and table (2) showed the variation of refractive index at deposited and annealed films. it is interesting to see that n decreases with the increase of annealing temperatures from (4.956 -1.52). the decrease is due to the over all decrease in the reflectance with the increase of ta, also this behavior is may be due to increase in energy gap which causes to expand the lattice and grow the grain size and decreases the defect which means increasing the absorption and decreasing the reflection which the refractive index depend on it and this is in agreement with [10-17]. the behavior of extinction coefficient (k) which is calculated from equation (4) is nearly similar to the corresponding absorption coefficient at different ta, we can see from table (2) and fig.(6) that k decreases with the increase of ta from r.t to 423k ,this attributed to the same reason, which mentioned previously in absorption coefficient. fig. (7) shows the variation of (ε1, ε2) which is calculated from equation 5& 6 respectively with different annealing temperatures. the behavior of ε1 is similar to refractive index because the smaller value of k2 comparison of n2, while ε2 is mainly depends on the k values, which are related to the variation of absorption coefficient. it is found that ε1 and ε2 decrease with the increase of ta and this is in agreement with [14-17]. the imaginary part represents the absorption associated of radiation by free carriers [16]. table (2) gives values of the real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant at wavelength equal to 0.4 μm. electrical properties the electrical conductivity of zns thin films was calculated using equation (7), fig.(8) showed the variation of lnσ as a function of 1000/t, the room temperature conductivity decreases with increases of annealing temperature as shown in table (3). the decreases in the σr.t with the increase of annealing temperatures is attributed to decrease in the defect state which leads to increase in the mobility and energy gap and this is in agreement with [15, 18]. also it can observe two transport mechanisms for all samples, the activation energies (ea1) and (ea2) have been determined as in table(3). the first activation energy, at (393-493) k, represents transition process for carriers within localized states in the energy gap and this suggests the existence of high density of localized states in the energy gap. the second activation energy at (303-393) k represents the carriers transport across the grain boundaries by thermal excitation. physics 154 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 as given in table (3), in general, the value of activation energy increases as the ta increases and this is because of the improved crystallinity with the increase of the grain size and to elimination of some defects from the films. fig.(9) shows the plot of hall voltage versus the current for zns thin films for various annealing temperatures. by using the slope of the figure for each ta, hall coefficient (rh) was calculated and the conductivity for all samples of zns films is n-type, then carrier concentration has been calculated and its decreases with the increase of annealing temperatures. carrier mobility was determined for all samples. all these parameters are shown in table (3). it can be observed from the table that carrier mobility increases with the decrease of the carrier concentration and with the increase of annealing temperatures and this is in agreement with [15,18] . conclusions from the data of the present work, we can conclude that: 1. the zns films of thickness (0.5)μm on glass substrate at annealing temperature (323, 373, 423)k have been prepared successfully by vacuum evaporation technique. 2. the xrd tests of these films at different ta showed that the structure is polycrystalline with cubic structure (fcc) and there are strong peaks at (111) direction, the intensity and the grain size increases with the increase of annealing temperatures. 3. from the absorbance spectra for zns thin films, we observed that the maximum absorption peaks shift towards the smaller wavelength with the increase of annealing temperatures. and the value of absorption and reflection decreases with the increases of annealing temperatures whereas the transmission is increased. 4. the optical energy gap for zns increases with the increase of annealing temperatures. 5. the absorption coefficient, extinction coefficient, refractive index and the (real, imaginary) parts of dielectric constant decrease with the increase of annealing temperatures for zns films. 6. the room temperature conductivity decreases with the increases of annealing temperature, there are two transport mechanisms for conduction, the conductivity for zns films is n-type. 7. the carrier concentration decreases with the increase of annealing temperatures, and the carrier mobility increases with the increase of annealing temperatures. references 1.eid, a.h.; salim, s.m.; sedik, m.b.; omar, h.,t.dahy and abou-elkhair, h.m. (2010), preparaition and characterization of zns thin films, journal of applied sciences research,6( 6):777-784. 2.ben nasr, t.; kamoun, n.; kanzari, m. and bennaceur, r.,(2006), effect of ph on the properties of zns thin films grown by chemical bath deposition, thin solid films, 500:4-8. 3.ubale, a.u. and kulkarni, d.k.,(2005), preparation and study of thickness dependent electrical characteristics of zinc sulfide thin films, bull. mater. sci., 28( 1) : 43-47. 4.salleh, s.; dalimin, m.n. and rutt, h.n.,(2010), proceeding of icssst, 3rd international on solid state science & technology,kuching, sarawak, malaysia, structural and surface characterization of cold deposited zinc sulfide thin films, conference. 5.shaban, s.m.; saeed, n.m. and al-haddad, r.m.,(2011), fabrication and study zinc sulfide schottky barrier detectors, indian journal of science and technology, 4(4):384-386. 6.kumar, p.;kumar, a.;dixit, p.n.and sharma, t.p.,(2006), optical,structuraland electrical properties of zinc sulphide vacuum evaporated thin film, indian journal of pure& applied physics, 44: 690 – 693. physics 155 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 7.ubale, a.u.; sangawar, v.s.and kulkarni, d.k.,(2007), size dependent optical characteristics of chemically deposited nanostructured zns thin films, bull. mater. sci., 30(2):147-150. 8.nithyaprakash, d.;ramamurthy, m.; thirunavukarasu, p.; balasubramaniam, t.; chandrasekaran, j. and maadeswaran, p.,(2009), effect of substrate temperature on structural ,optical and thermal properties of chemically sprayed zns thin films, journal of optoelectronic and biomedical materials, 1(1): 42-51. 9.kumar, v.; sharmam, m.k.; gaur, j.and sharmam, t.p.,(2008), polycrystalline zns thin films by screen printing method and its characterization, chalcogenide letters, 5(11): 289295. 10.rezagholipour, dizaji, h.; jamshidi, zavaraki a.and ehsani m. h.,(2011), effect of the thickness on the structural and optical properties of zns thin film prepared by flash evaporation technique equipped with modified feeder, chalcogenide letters, 8(4) : 231 – 237. 11. sze, s.m., (1981), physics of semiconductor devices,,2nd ed, john wiley & sons , newyork. 12. ruhul, amin bhuiyan, m.; monjarul, alam, m.and abdul momin, m., (2010), effects of substrate temperature and annealing on the structure and optical properties of zns film, turk j. phys, 34:1-7. 13. ashraf, m.; akhtar, s.m.j.; ali, z.and qayyum, a.,(2011), the influence of substrate temperature on the structural and optical properties of zns thin film, semi conductorvabrication treatment and testing of material and structure, 45(5):708-711. 14. sabaan, s. m.,( 2007),investigation of some physical properties of znte/gaas and zns/gaas heterojunction, college of science, baghdad university, physical department. 15. .shinde, m.s; ahirrao, p.b.and patil, r.s.,( 2011), structural, optical and electrical properties of nanocrystalline zns thin films deposited by novel chemical route, archive of applied science research, 3 (2):311-317. 16. nadeem, m. y.and ahmed, w.,(2000), optical properties of thin films, turk j.phys, 24:651-659. 17. xiaochun, wu; lai, f.; lin, y.; huang z.and chen, r., (2007), effects of substrate temperature on the structural and optical properties of zns thin film, proc of spie, 6722:16. 18. ubale, a.u.and kulkarni, d.k.,(2005), preparation and study of thickness dependent electrical characteristics of zinc sulfide thin films, bull.mater.sci, 28(1):43-47. table (1): structural parameters of zns thin films formed at different annealing temperatures ta(k) 2θ (deg.) d (å) hkl a (å) grain size (nm) dislocationx1011 lines/m2 strainx10-3 r.t 28.6 3.119 111 5.403 12.31 6.589 2.80 323 28.65 3.114 111 5.393 13.67 5.351 2.53 373 28.7 3.108 111 5.384 14.49 4.762 2.39 423 28.8 3.098 111 5.365 18.9 2.799 1.82 physics 156 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2) :the optical constants of zns thin films formed at different annealing temperatures λ=0.4µm ta (k) egopt(ev) eu(ev) αx104cm-1 n k ε1 ε2 r.t 2.96 0.5678 1.220 4.956 0.0430 24.500 0.433 323 3.01 0.3993 0.944 3.196 0.0300 10.200 0.19 373 3.02 0.3992 0.829 2.500 0.0264 6.69 0.13 423 3.06 0.2798 0.599 1.520 0.0189 2.312 0.057 table (3): the electrical measurements of zns thin films formed at different annealing temperatures ta(k) σr.t x10-5 (ω.cm)-1 (393-493)k (303-393)k nh x1015 (cm-3) µh x10-3 cm2/v. s. ea1(ev) ea2(ev) r.t 5.18 0.6313 0.0644 1085.8 0.298 323 2.6 0.6816 0.0615 456.49 0.356 373 1.56 0.6433 0.0886 81.601 1.195 423 1.11 0.6677 0.0989 22.819 3. 04 physics 157 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 a λ(nm) 373k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 α λ(nm) r.t 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 a λ(nm) 323 k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 a λ(nm) 423k fig.(1):the x-ray diffraction for zns thin films at different annealing temperatures. (a) r.t, (b) 323k, (c) 373k , (d)423k fig.( 2):the absorptance spectrum of zns thin films with different annealing temperatures physics 158 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 α x1 04 cm -1 λ(nm) 373k 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 α x1 04 cm -1 λ(nm) r.t 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 α x1 04 cm -1 λ(nm) 323k 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1 1. 2 α x1 04 cm -1 λ(nm) 423k fig.(3):the transmittance spectrum of zns films with different annealing temperatures fig.(4):the absorption coefficient of zns films with different annealing temperatures 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0.35 0.55 0.75 0.95 λ(nm) t r.t 323k 373k 423k physics 159 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 hυ(ev) ( α h υ )2 x 10 8 (c m -1 .ev )2 .rt 323k 373k 423k 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0.35 0.6 0.85 λ(nm) n r.t 323k 373k 423k 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.35 0.6 0.85 λ(nm) k r.t 323k 373k 423k 0 20 40 60 0.35 0.6 0.85 λ(nm) ε 1 r.t 323k 373k 423k 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0.35 0.6 0.85 λ(nm) ε 2 r.t 323k 373k 423k fig.( 5):(αhν)2 as a function of αhν for zns thin films with different annealing temperatures fig.(6):the refractive index(n) and extinction coefficient(k) of zns thin films fig.(7):the real and imaginary part of the dielectric constant of zns thin films physics 160 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 -0.02-0.015-0.01-0.0050 ix10-8(am p) v h (v ol t) r.t 323k 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 -0.015-0.01-0.0050 ix10-8(am p) v h (v ol t) 373k 423k" -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 1000/t(k)-1 ln s .rt 323k 373k 423k fig.(8): the variation of lnσ as a function of 1000/t at different annealing temperatures fig. (9): hall voltage as a function of the current for zns thin films. physics 161 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ي الخصائص التركيبية، البصرية والكهربائية دراسة تأثير درجة حرارة التلدين ف الرقيقة znsالغشية ايمان مزهر ناصر الفوادي ، اقبال سهام ناجي ، هناء ابراهيم محمد* جامعة بغداد ،كلية العلوم ،قسم الفيزياء جامعة بغداد ،كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ،* قسم الفيزياء 2012شباط 26، قبل البحث في 2012كانون الثاني 10استلم البحث في: الخالصة المحضـــرة بتقنيــــة التبخيــــر الحـــراري فــــي الفــــراغ علــــى znsدرســـت الخصــــائص التركيبيــــة، البصـــرية والكهربائيــــة ألغشــــية . حـدد µm(0.5)بالسـمك k(423 ,373 ,323)قواعـد زجاجيـة عنـد درجـة حـرارة الغرفـة ،وبـدرجات حـرارة تلـدين مختلفـة تركيــب تلــك االغشــية بوســاطة حيــود االشــعة الســينية. بينــت نتــائج حيــود االشــعة الســينية أن التركيــب مــن نــوع متعــدد البلــورات . تشـــــــمل دراســـــــة الخصـــــــائص البصـــــــرية دراســـــــة اطيـــــــاف (111)ذي التركيـــــــب المكعبـــــــي وهنـــــــاك قمـــــــة واضـــــــحة باالتجـــــــاه عامــل االمتصــاص، وبقيــة الثوابــت البصــرية. وبينــت النتــائج امــتالك جميــع االمتصاصــية، والنفاذيــة،وفجوة الطاقــة البصــرية ،وم ) بزيـادة درجــة ev(3.06-2.96االغشـية المحضـرة انتقـاال بصـريا مباشـرا.ووجد ان فجـوة الطاقـة المقاسـة تتـراوح ضـمن المـدى غرفــة تقــل بزيــادة درجــة حــرارة حــرارة التلــدين. درســت الخصــائص الكهربائيــة ولــوحظ أن التوصــيلية المســتمرة عنــد درجــة حــرارة ال .n-typeالتلدين، وهناك ميكانيكيتان للتوصيل. ومن خالل قياسات هول وجد أن جميع االغشية المحضرة هي من نوع الخصائص البصرية، الخصائص التركيبية،كبريتيد الخارصين،طبقة شفافة.:الكلمات المفتاحية department of physics, college of science, baghdad university *department of physics,college education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 univariate and simplex optimization for the analysis o f diphenhydramine-hcl through ion-pair formation received in : 4 may 2010 accepte d in : 3 june 2010 a. k. mohamme d, s. b. dik ran, m. abdul sattar alubydi departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a simp le, rapid and sensitive extractive and sp ectrop hotometric method has been described for the analysis of dip henhy ldramine –hcl (dph) in p ure form and in p harmaceutical formulations. the method is based on the formation of chloroform soluble ion-pair comp lex with bromophenol b lue(bpb) in a phthalate buffer at p h 3.0.t he extracted comp lex shows maximu m absorbance at 410 nm. b eer ' s law is obeyed in the concentration range 0.2-25.0 µg. ml -1 . the molar absorp tivity and sandell's sensitivity for the sy stem bein g 2.416x10 4 l.mol -1 .cm -1 and 0.012µg. cm -2 , resp ectively. the limit of detection was found to be 0.155 µg.ml -1 . the p rop osed method was successfully app lied to the determination of the dru g in p harmaceutical formulation and satisfactory results were obtained. key words: the analy sis of dip henhy dramine-hcl through ion-p air formation, univariate and simp lex op timization introduction dip henhy dramine, is chemically known as 2-(diphiny lmethoxy )-n-n-dimethy lamine hy drochloride (dph), it is an antihistaminic sp ecies in the h1-receptor antagonist that can be used as antiallergic, antiemetic and antitussive drugs found in many p harmaceutical p rep aration.[1]. sever al analy tical methods were p reviously p rop osed for determining dph in p harmaceutical sa mples includin g titrimetry [2], fluorimetry [3], hplc[4], hptlc[5], cap illary electrop horesis[6], gas chromatography [7] and electrochemical analysis[8]. uv-visible sp ectrop hotometry is still considered to be the most convenient method for the assay of different classes of drugs in p ure, p harmaceutical formulation and in biolo gical samples, because of its simplicity and reasonable sensitivity with significant economical, advantages. sever al sp ectrop hotometric methods have been reported for the determination of dph in bulk material and dosage forms. san andre ’ s [9] have descr ibed a sp ectrop hotometric method based on measuring the critical micelle concentration of mixed sodium dodecy l sulfate-antihistamine aggregates. in another extractive sp ectrop hotometrice method [10] the drug was p recipitated with reineckate and the ion-pair comp lex was extracted with nitrobenzene and measure ment at 520nm. the drug has also been determined ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 sp ectrop hotometrically via the formation of an-ion-p air comp lex with bromocresol-green at p h 3.0 [11]. on the other hand, bromop henol blue which is an an ionic dye has be en used as a p recipitating reagent to form an ion-p air comp lex as well as in other flow-injection p rocedures with a turbimetric determination [12], here, the reaction between dph and bromophenol blue takes p lace on-lin e and no liquid extraction is requ ired. in exp erimental chemistry , the optimization of technical sy stem is the p rocess of the adjust ing the control variables to find the levels that achieve the best op timization .usually, many conflicting resp onses must be optimized simultaneously . in lack of systematic approaches the optimization is done by trial and error, or by changing one control variable at a time while hold ing the rest constant, such methods require a lot of e xp eriments t o be carried out. simp lex op timization of exp erimental p arameters was first introduced by sp indly [13],and then modified by nedler [14]and albery [15]. a simp lex is a geometric figur e in which there are n+1 vertices, where (n) r epresents the number of variables [16], the method found a lot of app lications in field of analytical chemist ry [17,18], because it offers the cap ability of op timizing several factors simultaneously depending on a st atist ical design search to find the maxima or minima of resp onse, by rejecting the p oint p roducing the worst resp onse and a replacement of it by the new p oint which is obt ained statistically. the p resent work describes the utility of bromophenol blue (bpb) reagent for sp ectrop hotometric determination of dip henhydramine-hcl in p ure form as well as in the dosage form. in addition, the op timizations of chemical dependent variables of affectin g absorbance h ave been st udied by using modified simplex method (m sm ) via comp uter p rogram. experime ntal apparatus a cintra 5 gbc.scintific equip ment sp ectrop hotometer with 1 cm quartz cells were used for absorbance measurements. p h-meter dw-9421 from philips instrument, a sartorius b l 210s balance, and a pentium 4 computer (dell) was used for data p rocessing. material and re agents all of the used chemicals were of analy tical reagent grade unless otherwise is mentioned. dip henhydramine hcl was kindly p rovided by the state company for drug indust ries and m edical ap p liances, samara-iraq ( sdi). bromophenol blue(bpb) (aldrich), 0.1% (w/v) solution was p rep ared by dissolving 0.1 g of the dye in 5 ml of methanol and then the solution was diluted to a final volume of 100 ml with distilled water. working solutions were freshly p repared by subsequent dilutions. hy drochloric acid (aldrich), ~ 0.1 m , a 0.85 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid (sp .gr. 1.18, 37%) was added to 50 ml distilled water and diluted to t he mark in a 100 ml calibrated flask . sodium hy droxide (fluka), ~ 0.1 m , was p rep ared by dissolving 0.40 g of sodium hy droxide in 25 ml dist illed water and was diluted to 100 m l in volumetric flask with dist illed water. pht halate buffer solution, 0.1m , was p rep ared by dissolving 4.08 g of p otassium hy drogen p hthalate (m erck) in 25 ml distilled water and was diluted to 200 ml in volumetric flask with dist illed water. the p h was adjust ed to 3.0 by using few drop s of 0.1m hcl and\or 0.1m naoh {19]. standard dru gs solution, dip henhydramine st ock solution (250 µ g.ml -1 ), was p repared by dissolving 25 mg of the drug in 5ml distilled water and was diluted to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with dist illed water . workin g solutions were freshly p rep ared by subsequent dilutions. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 general procedure assay procedure for pure di phenhydramine 1 ml aliquots of dip henhy dramine st andard solution containing (1-125 μg) wer e transferred into a series of 50 ml sep arating funnels. to each funnel 2 ml of p hthalate buffer of p h 3.0 and 1 ml of 0.05% bpb reagent solutions were added. the separating funn els were shaken with 5 ml chloroform for one minute. the two p hases were then allowed for clear sep aration and the absorbance of the yellow colored or ganic p hase was measured at 410 nm against a reagent blank p repared similar ly without addition of dip henhy dramine. the calibr ation gr aph was constructed by p lotting the measured absorbance of the or ganic p hase against the drug concentration. anal ysis of pharmaceuti cal formulation i. in table ts: ten tablets were weighed and grounded into a f ine p owder. an amount equiv alent to 25mg of the cited dru g was weighed accurately and transferred into 25ml beak er and then was dissolved in 5ml of distilled water and was diluted to 100ml in a volumetric flask. the resulted solution was then filtered through a whatman f ilter p aper no. 41 to avoid any suspended material b efore use. workin g solutions were fr eshly p repared by subsequent dilution with dist illed water and analyzed by the recommend ed procedure. ii. in syrup : an accurately volume of the mixed allermine sy rup equivalent to 100mg of dru g b ase was quantitatively transferred into a 100ml standard flask and diluted up to the mark with distilled water. an aliquot of the solution was transferred into a sep arating funnel and treated as described for tablets. results and discussion extractive sp ectrop hotometric p rocedures are p op ular for their sensitivity in the assay of drugs and h ence, ion pair extractive sp ectrop hotometry has received considerable att ention for the quantitative determination of many p harmaceutical co mpounds [20, 21]. prelimin ary invest igations revealed that dph reacted with bpb in acidic buffer to y ield chloroform-soluble ion-pair comp lex exhibiting an absorp tion maximum at 410 nm against the reagent blank (fig1). under exp erimental conditions the corresp onding reagent blank showed a negligible absorbance. optimization of experimental variable s: uni variable method: the exp erimental v ariables affecting the develop ment and st ability of the ion-pair comp lex were achiev ed through a numb er of preliminary exp eriments; these variables include p h, reaction time, reagent concentration, order of addition, shaking time and the ty p e of organic solvent used for extraction. for this reason, a variable was modif ied while maintainin g the other variables at their constant values, t hen by maintainin g that variable at its optimized values, another was modified; all var iable were op timized via this method. effect of ph: in order to establish the optimum ph range, diphenhydramine-hcl solutions was mixed sep arately with sp ecified volume of bpb. t he ph was then adjusted to a valu e between (2.05.5) with few drop s of or 0.1m naoh or 0.1m hcl. it was noticed that maximu m color intensity and const ant absorbance was found at p h 3.0 (fig 2). low absorbance valu es were ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 observed in solution with hi gher or lower p h t han the optimum value. hence, a ph of 3.0 was used in all the subsequent e xp erimental work. effect of reaction time: the optimum reaction time was determined by followin g the color develop ment at ambient temp erature (25 ± 2 °c). it was found that the reaction was instantaneous hence, the p roduct attained maximum and constant absorbance immediately after the diphenhy draminehcl has been reacted with bpb and the color obtained remained strictly unaltered for 24hr. effect of reagent concentration: the influence of excess reagent concentration on the absorbance of the comp lex is illustrated in (fig 3). 0.05% solution of bpb was found to develop the color and reach its maximu m intensity , after which no more increase in absorbance was obtained; therefore 0.05% solution was used. effect of shaking time: the optimum shaking time for the comp lete extraction of the ion-pair comp lex with chloroform was st udied for the p eriod of 1-8 minutes (table 1). it was found that the minimu m shaking time for comp lete extraction was 1 minute at room temp erature (i.e. 25 ±2°c). effect of the extracting sol vent: sever al or ganic solv ents, namely toluene, carbon tetrachlor ide, benzene, 1,2-dich loro ethane in addition to chloroform, were examined for their ability to extract the drug-dy e ionp air. the latter was found to be the most suitable solvent in terms of extraction efficiency (table 2). on the other hand, it was observed that only a single extraction with 5ml p ortion of chloroform was adequ ate to achieve a quantitative recovery of the complex. effect of the order of addition: the effect of order of add ition of the reactants was also st udied. it was found t hat p utting reagent, buffer and finally the cited drug gave the best results instead of any other orders of addition s toichiometry of the complex to establish mole ratio between diphenhy dramine-hcl and bpb, job’s method of continuous variation has been used (fi g 4), the results showed that an ion-p air comp lex with a ratio of 1 :1 was formed between the dru g and bpb through an electrostatic att raction between the positive p rotonated dip henhydramine-hcl and the anion of bpb [22, 23] . the formation of the ion-p air comp lex can be represented as in following sch eme: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 s o o ho oh o br br br br +hcl diphenhydramine.hcl bromophenol blue ion-pair complex + hcl o n o n h s o o ho o br br br br o si mplex me thod simp lex method used to confirm the op timum conditions which were obtain ed by the univariate p rocedure. three major p arameters (p h, reagent concentration, and shaking time) were optimized by the simp lex p rocedure, while t he other minor p arameters were obtained by the univaiate method. to set simplex p rogram for the three st udied v ariables, four arbitrary exp erimental conditions should be chosen. the values of these p arameters were selected within sp ecified boundaries for each at which they affected the measured absorp tion signal of colored products. the absorbencies of these four exp eriments were measured and the results were feed to the simp lex p rogram. points (1 t o 4) in (table 4) represent t he first four exp eriment cycle with their measured absorben cies. the simp lex p rogram starts to reflect the worst p oint through the centroid of other p oint to obtain a new p oint 5. an exp eriment was t hen p erformed utilizing the variable setting as a reflected p oint 4, the latter was rejected and replaceed by p oint 5. a measured absorp tion signal was feed again to the p rogram and the p rocess is repeated successively until op timum conditions were decided by the program and were similar to those obtained by the univariate method. calibration graph emp loying the exp erimental cond itions, linear calibration graph for diphenhydramine is obtained (fig 5), which shows t hat beer’s law was obey ed in the concentration range of 0.225.0 µg.ml -1 s pectral characteristics of the propose d method accordin g to the optimum exp erimental conditions of t he prop osed method, the regression p lot shows a linear dependence of absorbance sign als on the concentrations of the studied drug in the range given in table 4. the regression equation, correlation coefficient, molar ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 absorptivity, detection limit and sandell's sensitivity in addition to other parameter are given in (table 5). accura cy and precisi on the accuracy of the prop osed method was confirmed by analyzing three replicate an aly ses of three different amounts of drug (with beer’s law) by calculating the relative error p ercentage (table 6). the results indicated good accuracy of the method for dip henhy dramine-hcl. the p recision was d etermined in each case by calcu lating the p ercentage relative standard deviation (rsd %) for t hree determinations at each of the studied concentration level and were found to be in the ran ge 1.067 – 1.652 %. inte rference studies the effect of common excip ients that often accomp any the studied drug in v arious p harmaceutical tablets were tested for p ossible interference in the assay . the results showed that no interference were found in the p resence of 500 µ g of the st udied excip ients (st arch, lactose, sucrose, magn esium st earat and sodiu m alginate) in the determin ation of diphenhydramine-hcl. anal ysis of dosage forms the obtained satisfactory validation results made the p rop osed p rocedures suitable for the routine quality control analysis of diphenhy dramine in commercial tablets. the results, p resented in (table 7), reveal that the values obtained for rsd% and r. e.% , indicate high accuracy and precision for the p rop osed method. re ferences 1.reynohds, jef. (1993). “m artindale the extra pharmacop oeia”, 30 the ed., p harmaceutical p ress, london, 937. 2.basavaiah, k. and ch aran, il, v. s.( 2002). titrimetric and sp ectrop hotometric assay of some antihist amines t hrough the determination of the chloride of their hydrochlorides farmaco, 57:9. 3.wong, c. ; fan, g.; lin, m .; chen, y. ; zhao,w. and wu,y. (2007). development and validation of a liquid chromato graphy /tandem mass sp ectrometry assay for the simultaneous determination of d-amp hetamine and dip henhydramine in bea gle do g p lasma and its application to a p harmacokinetic st udy ”. j. chramatogr. b, 1 (1-2):854 848. 4.lou, h.; zhuo, k . and chen, j . (2004). selective determination of diphenhydramine in compound pharmaceutical contain ing ephedrine by flow-injection electrochemilu minescence” selective determination of dip henhydramine in comp ound pharmaceutical containin g ephedrine by flow-injection electrochemiluminescence” china. p harmacist, 7: 530. 5.ahrens, b .; blankenhorn, d .and sp angenberg, b. ( 2002) advanced f ibre op tical scannin g in thin-lay er chromatogr aphy for drug identification. j. chromatogr. , 772, 11. 6.dong, y. ; chen, x. ; chen, y. and hu. z.,(2005). seperation and determination of pseudoep hedrine, dextromethorp han, dip henhydramine and chlorpheniramine in cold medicines by nonaqueous capillary electrop horesis. jpharm. biomed anal., 39, 285. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 7.raj, s. v. ; kapadia, s. u. and argekat, a. p. , (1998). simultaneous determination of pseudoephedrine hydrochloride and diphenhydramine hydrochloride in cough syrup by gas chromatography (gc), talanta.46:221. 8.daneshgar, p. ; norouzi, p.; ganja, m . and doust y , f. (2009) a dy sp rosium nanowire m odified carbon past e electrode for determination of nanomp lar level of dip henhydramin by continuous square wave voltammetry in flow injection sy st em . j. int electro hem. sci, 4: 444. 9.san andres, m . p. ; sicilia, d. ; rubio, s. and perez ,d. – bendito. (1998), determination of antihistamines based on the formation of mixed aggregates with surfactants". analy st , 123:1079. 10.el– shahat, m . f. ; abdel bada, m . m . and daifullah, a. (1992) j. chem. technol. biotechnol, sp ectrop hotometric determination of ephedrine hcl, cinchonine hcl, chlorp heniramine maleate, atrop ine sulp hate and dip henhydramine hcl by solvent extraction of reineckate comp lexes. 24:175. 11.tipp arat, p. ; lap anantnop p akhum, s. ; jakmunce, j. and grudp an, k. (2002) sp ectrop hotometric determination of diphenhydramine hy drochloride in pharmaceutical p reparations and biological fluids via ion-pair formation j. pharm. biomed. anal. 30:105. 12.m artinez calatayud, j. ; sanchez sanpedro, a. and navasquillo sarrion. s., (1990) determination of dip henhydramine hy drochloride by flow injection with bromop henol blue and turbidimetric measurement. analyst , 115: 855. 13.sp endely, w.;hext,g.r. and himuswort h, f.r. ,( 1962). sequential ap p lication of simp lex designs in op timisation and evolutionary op eration. technometrics, 4: 441-462. 14.nelder,j. a. and m ead, r. a.,(1965). a simp lex m ethod for function m inimization. computer journal, 7: 308-313. 15. albery ,e. r. and gustavsson ,a. g.(1982) design and evaluation of m odified simp lex analytica chemica acta. vol. 144: 39-53. 16.walters, f. h. ; parker, l. r. ; m organ, s. l. and deming, s. n. ( 1991). “ sequentiol simp lex op timization”, crc press, florida, 44. 17.m omenbeik, f.; m omeniz z . and kharasani, j. h. (2005). sep aration and determination of vitamins e and a in multivitamin sy rup using micellar liquid chromatography and simplex op timization journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysisvol, 37( 2): 383-387. 18.pulgarin, j. a.; m olina, a . and a lanon pardo, m . t. ( 2002). ”the use of modified simp lex m ethod t o op timise the room temperature phosp horescence variables in the determination of antihyp ertensive drug” ,talanta, 57:795-805. 19.purachat, b.; liawruangrath, s.; sooksamiti, p. and buddhasukh, d. (2001). univariable and simp lex op timization for the flow-injection sp ectrop hotometric determination of cop er using nitro so-r salt as complexing agent, analy tical sciences, 17: 443-447. 20.basavaiah, k. and shakunthala, v.(2004). ion-p air complexometric determination of cy p roheptadine hy drochloride using bromophenol blue charan. science asia 30:163-170 21.julic, m . ; cardso, s. c. (2005). j. pharm. biomed. anal, 37: 639. 22.basavaiah, k. ; handrashear, h. c. ; chikkaswamy , b.,( 2007). sp ectrop hotometric determination of p efloxacin mesy late in p harmaceuticals acta. pharm. 57:221-230. 23. elham taha, a. ; susan soliman, m .; hisha abdellatef, e. and m agda ay ad m .,(2002) colorimetric method for the determination of some tricyclic antidepressant drugs in their p ure and dosage. m icrochim. acta. 140: 175 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 table (1): effect of shaking time on e xtraction of 5µg.ml -1 diphe nhydramine , 0.05% bpb, ph 3.0. time (min.) absorbance 1 0.353 2 0.252 3 0.255 4 0.268 5 0.272 6 0.281 7 0.260 8 0.242 table (2): the effect of the extraction solvent of 5µg.ml -1 diphe nhydramine organic p hase absorbance of drug-bpb ion p air comp lex chloroform 0.353 1,2-dichloroethane 0.272 benzene 0.288 dichloromethane 0.313 toluene 0.097 table (3): boundary conditi ons for the studied variable . variable range p h 2.00 5.50 reagent conc. (%) 0.01 0.07 shakin g time (min.) 1.00 8.00 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 table (4): multivariate experiments (si mplex) for determination of diphenhydramine table (5): anal ytical characteristics for the propose d. parameter bpb p rop osed method linear r ange (µg.ml -1 ) 0.2 – 25.0 regr ession equation a = 0.0828[ dip h. µg.ml -1 ] + 2.28x10 -6 slope (l. mg -1 .cm -1 ) 0.0828 intercept 2.28 x 10 -6 m olar absorp tivity (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) 2.416x10 4 correlation coefficient 0.9991 detection limit (µg. ml -1 ) 0.155 sandell ' s sensitivity (µg.cm -2 ) 0.0128 exp . no. p h reagent conc.(%) m ixing time(min.) abs. 1 2.5 0.04 2 0.3057 2 2.7 0.05 3 0.3071 3 3.0 0.05 1 0.3535 4 2.5 0.07 6 0.2366 5 3.0 0.03 1 0.2557 6 2.5 0.06 4 0.3280 7 3.0 0.06 2 0..2856 8 2.5 0.05 2 0.2299 9 3.0 0.05 1 0.1935 10 2.5 0.05 2 0.2299 11 3.0 0.04 1 0.2241 12 2.5 0.05 3 0.2484 13 3.5 0.05 1 0.2290 14 2.0 0.06 6 0.1787 15 3.0 0.05 2 0.2008 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sci. vol.24 (1) 2011 table (6): evalu ati on of accu racy an d pre cision of the propose d me thod concentration of drug taken (µg.ml -1 ) concentration of drug found (µg.ml -1 ) relative error,% rsd , % 5 4.92 -1.60 1.067 15 15.06 +0.40 1.652 25 25.12 +0.48 1.068 table(7):s pectrophotome tric determination of diphenhydramine in pharmaceutical compounds using ion-pair formation amount of drug (µg) concentration (µg.ml -1 ) r. e.% rsd% labeled found taken found 25 24.48 10 9.80 -2.00 0.661 20 19.62 -1.90 0.721 10 10.04 10 10.05 +0.50 0.409 20 20.09 +0.45 0.387 fig.(1): absor ption spectrum of 4µg.ml -1 di phenhydramine-bpb ion-pair complex ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sci. vo l.24 (1) 2011 fig.(2): effect of ph on the absorbance of 5µg.ml -1 di phenylhydramine,0.05% bpb. fig.( 3): effect of reagent concentration on the absorbance of 5µg.ml -1 di phenhydramine at ph 3.0. fig.(4): job's me thods of 3.4270 x10 -5 m (10 µg.ml -1 ) di phenhydramine with 1.492*10 -3 m bpb. fig.(5): calibration graph of diphenhydramine under optimum experimental conditions. 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة دراسة الیجاد الظروف المثلى بطریقتي المتغیرات االحادیة و السمبلكس واستخدامها لتحلیل ثنائي فینهیدرامین هیدروكلورید خالل تكوین زوج ایوني 2010 یارآ 4 : استلم البحث في 2010حزیران 3 :قبل البحث في عالء كریم محمد، سرمد بهجت دیكران، مها عبدالستار العبیدي قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد الخالصة –تم في هذا البث وصف طریقة استخالص وتقدیر طیفیة سهلة وسریعة وحساسة لتحلیل ثنائي فنهایدرامین ایوني مع كاشف -تعتمد الطریقة على تكوین معقد زوج. ض المستحضرات الصیدالنیةعهیدروكلورید النقي وفي ب مستخلص . قابل للذوبان في الكلوروفورم) ph = 3.0(الفثاالت دارئ بروموفینول االزرق في وسط لقد اظهر المعقد ال 25.0 -0.2(اوح بین نانومتر وكان مطاوعا لقانون بیر لمدى خطي یتر 410اعظم امتصاص عند طول موجي مقداره µg.ml -1 cm(وكانت قیم معامل االمتصاص المولي وحساسیة ساندل لهذا النظام هي) -1 2.416x10 4 l.mo l -1 و ) . )0.012 µg.cm -2 µg.ml 0.155(على التوالي، بینما كان حد الكشف مساویا الى ) -1 لقد امكن تطبیق هذه الطریقة ). .تم الحصول على نتائج مرضیة اذالصیدالنیة، بنجاح لتقدیر الدواء في بعض المستحضرات ثنائي فینهیدرامین هیدروكلورید، السمبلكس،المتغیرات األحادیة :الكلمات المفتاحیة 17062012112846_001 17062012112847 17062012112847_001 17062012112847_002 17062012112847_003 17062012112847_004 17062012112847_005 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 a proposed algorithm for steganography a.o. ibadi, o. z. akif departme nt of software, college for economic sciences engineering , unive rsity of baghdad departme nt of computer science, college of education i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract stegano graphy is an imp ortant class of security which is widely used in computer and network security nowadays. in this research, a new p rop osed algorithm was introduced with a new concept of dealin g with st eganography as an algorithmic secret key technique similar to st ream cip her cryptographic sy stem. the prop osed algorithm is a secret key syst em suggested to be used in communications for messages t ransmission steganography . introduction the rise of the internet and multimedia techniques in the mid-1990s has p rompted increasin g interest in hiding d ata in digital media. ear ly research concentrated on watermarkin g to p rotect copyrighted multimedia p roducts (such as images, audio, v ideo, and text). data embeddin g has also been found to be useful in covert communication, or st eganogr aphy . the goal was and st ill is to convey messages under cover, concealing the very existence of information exchange[1]. the p roblem in the methods used in the st egano graphy is the ability to detect the information which embedded in the message by using the roles of detection. in this research, we use a new app roach to solve this p roblem, the p ower of this app roach is the ability to hide the information in random p ositions in the image that means any roles that’s using in the detection can not succeed to detect any information that was embedded in the image thus a new approach p revent any ability for detection. all p revious methods do not use the random generator to hide the information, but for cryptography it is used. in a new app roach we use the random gener ator to hide the information in the image by generate random positions from the image to hide the information on it. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 the main att ribute to this app roach is to keep the same p rop rieties of the image before and after the embedding of the information such so that one cannot detect this image to have any information. steganography we all know what is t he purp ose of st eganogr aphy : to hide data into ot her data. the p oint of cryptography is to transform structured and intelligible data (like a text file) into a st ream of random-lookin g by tes. the p oint of steganography is somehow the opp osite, to mix randomlookin g data with decoy information so t hat it will look like structured format. in the field of st eganography , some terminology has develop ed. the term “cover” is used to describe the original, innocent message, data, audio, st ill v ideo and so on. when referr ing to audio si gnal st eganography , the cover signal is sometimes called the “host ” signal. the information to be hidden in the cover data is known as the “embedded” data. the “stego” data is the data containin g both the cover si gnal and the “embedded ” information. logically, the p rocessing of p utting the hidden or embedded data, into the cover data, is sometimes known as embeddin g. occasionally , esp ecially when referring to image st eganogr aphy , the cover ima ge is known as t he container[2]. there are p lenty of softwares around that can hide data on bm p images. unfort unately, bmp p ictures are not widely used or exchanged, unlike jpg. so why p rogrammers don't p erform st egano programs for jpg. the reason is more con cep tual. the concep t of lossy comp ression like the one used in jpg (or mp3 for audio) is to remove most of the unimp ortant or redundant information. the concept of most st eganogr aphy algorithms is to hide bits by rep lacing this very same unimp ortant or redundant information (like the least significant bits). so both techniques are go ing in opp osite directions. t he more y ou comp ress, t he more difficult it is to find room to hide data. steganography classifications we would classify steganography softwares in several categories of increasing quality . it's a little bit artificial as a scale, not absolutely defined with golden rules, but i would say it's a p ragmatic way of quickly estimating soft ware. not ice that i am not taking in account any up stream encryp tion, before the steganography st ep . that's another matter, although gener ally, p rograms t hat offer some solid, known and p ublished encry ption algorithm, should be trusted ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 more than any "in-house" obfuscation method. so the techniques are, one of the followin g classification: 1. adding data at t he end of the carrier file. 2. inserting data in some junk or comment field in the header of the file st ructure. 3. embeddin g d ata in the carrier byte stream, in a linear, sequ ential and fixed way. 4. embedding d ata in the carr ier by te st ream, in a p seudo-random way depending on a p assword. 5. embedding d ata in the carr ier by te st ream, in a p seudo-random way depending on a p assword, and changing other bits of the carrier file to comp ensate for the modifications induced by the hidden data, to avoid modifying st atist ical p rop erties of t he carrier file. in our p oint of view, we don't consider p oints 1 and 2 as real steganography . of course, what "real st eganography " may depend on the definition y ou use. if we choose to use "hidin g data from my y oung brother" as a defin ition, y es, this is st eganography . the concep t of breaking a st eganography software does not mean that y ou can recover the hidden data. to break a st eganography algorithm means that y ou can decide with a st atistically high level of confid ence that an image contains emb edded information, and estimate the size of this information. least significant bit (lsb) insertion method least sign ificant bit insertion is a common, simple app roach to embed information in a cover file. the lsb is the lowest order bit in a binary value. this is an imp ortant concept in comp uter data st orage and p rogr amming that app lies to the order in whi ch d ata are or ganized, st ored or transmitted. the last bit of the byte is selected as the least significant bit (as illustrated in figure 1) because of the impact of the bit to the minimum degr adation of images. the last bit is also known as right-most bit, due to the convention in p ositional notation of writing less significant digit further to the right.[3] in this method, we can take the binary representation of the hidden data and overwrite the lsb of each by te within the cover image. if we are using 24-bit co lor, the amount of chan ge will be minimal and indiscernible to t he human ey e. as an examp le, supp ose that we have three adjacent p ixels (n ine by tes) with the following rgb encodin g: ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 10010101 00001101 11001001 10010110 00001111 11001010 10011111 00010000 11001011 now supp ose we want to "hide" the followin g 9 bits of data (the hidden d ata is usually comp ressed p rior to being hidden) : 101101101. if we overlay these 9 bits over the lsb of the 9 bytes above, we get t he following (where bits in bold have been changed): 10010101 00001100 11001001 10010111 00001110 11001011 10011111 00010000 11001011 not e that we have successfully hidden 9 bits but at a cost of only changing 4, or roughly 50%, of the lsbs. this description is meant only as a high-level overview. similar methods can be applied to 8-bit color but the changes are more dramatic. gray -scale ima ges, too, are very useful for steganographic p urp oses.[4] de tection of steganography steganaly sis is the art and science behind the detection of the use of steganography by a third p arty . the basic function of st eganalysis is to detect first or estimate the p robability that hidden information is p resent in any given file. the detection and estimation are b ased only on the data p resented in its observable form (i.e. nothing is known about the file p rior to invest igation). because simply detecting the p resence of hidden data may not be sufficient, st eganalysis also covers the functions of extracting the message, disablin g and/or destroy ing the hidden message so that it cannot be extracted, and finally , altering the hidden message such that misinformation can be sent t o the intended recipient instead of the original message [5]. dep ending on how much information is known about the embedded image, st eganaly sis techniques and methods closely mirror traditional cryp tanalysis methods. t he steganalysis attack methods can be broken into si x typ es:  stegano graphy -only attack: only the file with the embedded data is available for analysis.  known-carrier att ack: both the or iginal carrier file and the final (h idden message embedded) f iles are available for analy sis.  known-message att ack: the original message p rior to embedding in the carr ier is known.  chosen-st eganography attack: both t he algorithm used to embed the data and the final (hidden message embedded) file are known and available for analysis. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010  chosen-message att ack: the original message and the algorithm used to embed the message are available, but neither the carrier nor the final (h idden message embedded) file ar e. this attack is used by the analy st for comp arison t o future files.  known-steganography attack: all comp onents of the sy stem (the original message, the carrier message, and the algor ithm) are available for analysis. it follows that the success of any steganaly sis t echnique is tied to the amount of information known about the file prior to invest igation. as more information about the file is known p rior to invest igation, the invest igator can move from simply detecting to modify ing or alterin g the hidden message before sending it on to the intended recipient. in the first category (st eganography -only att ack), the purp ose of analysis is t o detect simp ly the existence of a hidden message. without p rior knowledge of the encoding mechanism, key, or data contained within the message, recov ery of the contents using this method while p ossible, can take an excessive amount of time. with access to the original carrier and the final file with the embedded content (known-carrier), the p urp ose of analysis can move toward recovering the emb edded message by comp aring the differ ences between the two files. if the algorithm is known and the file with the hidden message embedded is also available (chosen-st eganography att ack), the analy st may have the ability to reverse the embedding to recover the hidd en messa ge and can easily alter or dest roy the hidden contents [5]. finally, if the analyst has the algorithm and a message p rior to embedding (chosen-message att ack), they can move towards identify ing p ossible (hidden message embedded) files to attempt to recover the original carr ier. if the carrier can b e recovered or closely reproduced, the ab ility to insert alternate messages in lieu of the original message is p ossible. the steganography -only attack can b e accomp lished through the use of statist ical analy sis p erformed on the final med ium. in the following examp le, the color contents of jpeg images are examin ed. a modification to each coeff icient lsb p roduces variations in the data that results in deviations to the histogram for the given f ile. if the deviations are lar ge enough to p roduce noticeable aberr ations, the embedded file histogram can identify the existence of the hidden message. likewise, lsb modifications to p alett e-based images (gif, etc.) cause dup lications of the colors in the p alett e with identical or near ly identical colors app earing. this dup lication of colors can also serve as an ind icator p ointing to the existence of hidden data. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ne w proposed stego-system the main concept for suggesting the p rop osed sy stem is to keep st ego-data out of detection, in other words, the detection test must fail. in the following se ctions a new p rop osed st ego-sy stem will be introduced st arting with the general st ructure of the whole sy stem and then the comp lete algor ithm followed by sections to exp lain some which is not well-defined p arts (new concepts) of the algor ithm. 1.the gene ral s tructure figure 2, shows t he general st ructure of the stego-algor ithm. a messa ge will be f ed to t he st ego-algorithm to be embedded in we ll suited cover (ima ge) of len gth enough to hold the embedded text. for lsb techniques t he length of the cover (lcov) file must accomp lished the following: lcov ≥ (n+55)*8 bits where n is the length the embedded text in bits. this inequality is comp uted for a cover image of bitmap typ e (bm p). t he number 55 is l ength of the image header in bitmap image typ e the stego-algorithm must have a stego-k ey which is a seed key fed to t he stego-algorithm to hide the text in the cover ima ge and p roduce the st ego-data. these op erations are p erformed in the sender side while the receiver will retrieve the st ego-data and feed it with the same st ego-key to the stego-algorithm to obtain the embedded te xt. it is very imp ortant t o know t hat t he stego-data is an ima ge and must be the same cover image which is used in the send er side, for this reason, the receiver doesn’t need to obtain the cover ima ge by extracting the embedded data from stego-data file. 2.s tego-algorithm concept there are two app roaches to keep the stego-data out of detection, the first is to hide a serial data in random p ositions of the cover image, and the second approach is to hide a random data in serial p ositions of the cover image. we can p rove this consideration by app ly ing the detection tests to the stego-data in later se ctions. the second app roach can be app lied by p erforming the transp osition encry ption algorithms to the embedded d ata before hiding them in the cover image, which means to apply two op erations cryp tography and steganography and this can be p roved in other new research. in this p ap er, we p rop osed st eganographic algorithm using the second approach. ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 to hide a serial bits in a random p ositions we require a p seudo-random numbers gener ator to work in a similar fashion as st ream cip her encry p tion algorithms (see figure 3). the differ ence between the prop osed syst em and stream cip her is that stream cip her uses t he generated random bits to be xored with t he p lain text bits while the prop osed sy stem uses t hese random numbers as a referen ce to a position to hide the embedded bit in the covered image. the random numbers gener ator must be non-repeatable random numbers gener ator for a p redefined range len gth or for the whole cover file len gth. as we mentioned in section 5, the hidin g p rocess will change rou gh ly 50% of the lsbs, additionally, we mean to use p art of the cover file to reduce the op p ortunity to detect the hiding information or break the st egoalgorithm. 3.pseudo random numbers gene rator the random number generator is a function fed with a seed v alue to gener ate a randomly selected numbers from a ran ge defined by 2 n where n is length of the sequence b its that rep resents the seed value (will be discussed later). the generation function is nonlinear and generated 2 n unrepeated random numbers. the output number (r)10 = (r0r1...rn-1)2 can be resulted from the inp ut number (i)10 = (i0i1...in-1)2 at each st ep, where r, i are decimals and r0, r1, ..., rn-1, i0, i1, ..., in-1 are b inary digits as followin g: ri=t 1 ii for i=0,1,…,n-1 , where if i=0 then t=0, if i=1 then t=i0 else t=i0*i1*…*ii-1. exam ple: assuming i=178 what is t he outp ut of the function r. the binary representation of i=10110010 so the outp ut bits will be as followin g: r0= 0 1 1 = 0, r1= 1 1 0 = 0, r2= 0 1 1 = 0, r3= 0 1 1 = 0, r4= 0 1 0 = 1, r5= 0 1 0 = 1, r6=0 1 1 = 0, r7= 0 1 0 = 1, r=(00001101)2=(13)10 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 so, if the input i=178 the output will be r=13 to p roduce another output we must feed the last output (13) as inp ut to the function and so on. the first five outp ut will be: r0=13, r1=242 ,r2=107 ,r3=138 ,r4=53 ,r5=202 ,… to show that this function p roduce unrepeatable sequence of random numbers in the range of 2 n where n is the number of bits t o represent the block or the cover file len gth, assume that n=4 and the seed number is 11 the outp ut will be 1011, 0000, 1111, 0111, 1000, 0011, 1100, 0101, 1010, 0001, 1110, 0110, 1001, 0010, 1101, 0100,1011, … the seed 1011 will be repeated after (2 4 =16) step and there are no rep eated number in this range as been observ ed. 4.seed value length seed valu e length (n) is the numb er of bits needed to convert t he seed value into bin ary. this number (n) is very imp ortant and must be selected carefully. the imp ortance of it obtained from bein g n represents t he range of the random number generator which must be large enough to increase the comp lexity of the setgoalgorithm (n!) and in the same time must not exceed the len gth of the cover file. basically , the first imp ortant p rocess which must be performed is to calculate the value of (n) as following: where len is the length of the cover file and means the nearest upp er integer value. n in our prop osed algor ithm limits the text len gth of the hidin g information which must not exceed the value of n. in other words, we must select t he cover f ile as big enough to hide all the secret t ext. practically, n ≥10 is fair because 10! is lar ge enou gh for not break ing the sy st em. this means that the minimum cover file size must be greater than (2 10 =1024) and other cases depending on the secret t ext len gth. 5.the complete s tructure figure 4, shows the comp lete st ructure of the p rop osed stego-sy stem. starting from reading the text file (which is wanted to be hidden) and the cover file and then p erforming some imp ortant p rep rocessing st eps like calculating the value of n and the length of the hiding text (len) and delimitin g the secr et t ext by p utting the end delimiter at the end of the te xt (app ending the word "end" or "stop" at the end) to know where to stop retrieving the hiding text later, ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ihjpas then checkin g that len is not greater than (2 n ) which means that t he cover file length is lar ge enou gh to hide the secr et information. randomness tests randomness t ests (or tests of randomness) are used to analy ze the distribution p attern of a set of data. in stochast ic modeling, as in some comp uter simulations, the exp ected random input data can be ver ified to show t hat tests were performed using randomized data. in some cases, data reveals an obvious non-r andom p att ern, as with so-called "runs in the data" (such as exp ecting random 0-9 but finding "4 3 2 1 0 4 3 2 1..." and rarely going above 4). if a selected set of data fails the tests, then p arameters can be changed or other randomized data can be used which does p ass the tests for randomness[6]. there are many p ractical measures of randomn ess for a binary sequence. these include measures based on st atist ical tests, transforms, and complexity or a mixture of these. the best for testing the semi-random generators are based on st atist ics which are as follows [7]: the frequency test, the serial test, the poker test, the run test and the auto correlation test , which all depend on x 2 distribution conclusions to conclude t hat t he key generator is a random generator we need to p rove that it can pass the randomness tests. figure 5, shows the test results of a sev eral gener ated outp ut sequences of a differ ent len gth, all of them passed the randomness tests. re ferences 1. huaiqing wang and shuozhong wang, (2004),cy ber warfare: steganography vs. steganaly sis”, october / 47(10), communicat ions of the acm . 2. www.wikip idia.com, the free ency clop edia, steganogr aphy . 3. por, l.y.;. alireza,w. k. lai2 z. ; ang,f. t.and su,m .t. b. “stegcure: a comprehensive stegano graphic tool using enhan ced lsb scheme” delin a, faculty of comp uter science and information technolo gy university of m alaya 50603, kuala lumpur m alaysia. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 ihjpas 4. m urshed ,m d. m . “steganography using lsb hiding” up p er iowa university fay ette, iowa, usa. 5. dickman,s. d. and m adison, j. (2007).an overview of steganography ” university infosec techreport dep artment of computer science jm u-infosec-july 6. www.wikip edia.com/randomness t ests. 7. robshaw,m .j.b. (1995),stream ciphers, rsa laboratories technical report tr-701, version 2.0|july 25,. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 fig.( 1): least s igni ficant bit fig.( 2): the general structure stego-algorithm stego-algorithm text stego-ke y cove r-image stego-data stego-ke y text sender receiver start ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.23 (3 ) 2010 fig.( 4):the complete s tructure of the s tego-system ihjpas se quence length freque ncy test (≤3.84) se rial test (≤ 7.81) poker test (≤ 11.1) run test t0 gaps t est t1 blocks t est autocorrelation test (d=8) (p=pass, f=fail) 1024 0.34 0.88 8.01 t0=p ass t1=p ass pppppppp 2048 2.11 1.4 6.41 t0=p ass t1=p ass pppppppf 4096 3.01 1.44 8.44 t0=p ass t1=p ass pppppppf 8192 3.00 3.45 3.6 t0=p ass t1=p ass pppppppf 16384 0.78 2.23 2.19 t0=p ass t1=p ass pppppppf fig.( 5): randomness tests results ihjpas 2010) 3( 23المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة خوارزمیة مقترحة ألخفاء البیانات عمر زیاد عاكف،عبدالكریم عكلة كلیة بغداد للعلوم االقتصادیة ، قسم هندسة البرامجیات جامعة بغداد، أبن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم علوم الحاسبات الخالصة علم أخفاء البیانات أحد الفروع المهمة لعلم التشفیر الذي یستخدم بصـورة واسـعة فـي أمنیـة الحاسـبات والشـبكات فـي هـذه دیع خوارزمیـة جدیـدة تـم تقـدیمها بمفهـوم جدیـد للتعامـل مـع علـم اخفـاء البیانـات وفـي تقنیــــة حســــــاب تفـي هـذا البحـث اقتراحـ. االیـام لكــــــي یستخـــدم فـي االتصـاالت حترحـة هـي مفتـاح سـري تـم أقتـر الخوارزمیة المق. هة لنظام التشفیر االنسیابيالمفتاح السري مشاب . لغرض أخفاء معلومات الرسائل المرسلة ihjpas ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 85 estimate for survival and related functions of weighted rayleigh distribution. abstract in this paper, we introduce a new class of weighted rayleigh distribution based on two parameters, one is the scale parameter and the other is the shape parameter introduced in rayleigh distribution. the main properties of this class are derived and investigated[13]. the moment method and least square method are used to obtain estimators of parameters of this distribution. the probability density function, survival function, cumulative distribution and hazard function are derived and found. real data sets are collected to investigate two methods that depend on in this study. a comparison is made between two methods of estimation and clarifies that mle method is better than the ols method by using the mean squares error. keyword: weighted rayleigh distribution, maximum likelihood method and lest square method. 1. introduction the rayleigh distribution is one of the important continuous distributions; it encounters much attention in the literature in benefit from any other distribution in lifetime sample modeling and data analysis. many researchers developed various generalizations of rayleigh probability density function to increase the flexibility in lifetime sample modeling [1]. we ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2558 article history: received18, december,2019, accepted29,janury,2020, published in january 2021 saad a. zain iden hassan hussein department of mathematics, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. iden_alkanani@yahoo.com department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ssadadnan.2019@gmail.com mailto:iden_alkanani@yahoo.com mailto:ssadadnan.2019@gmail.com 86 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 introduced a new class of density function depending on the shape parameter in the normal distribution, which is known as weighted normal distribution or (skew-normal distribution) [2]. we used the idea of azzalini to find the shape parameter to an exponential distribution which is known as weighted exponential distribution, as well as putthe general mathematical formula to treat the weighted statistical distributions which are as follow: 𝑓𝑤(𝑋) = 1 𝑝[𝑥2 < 𝛼𝑥1] 𝑓(𝑥1)𝐹(𝛼𝑥1) (1) where: 𝑓𝑤(𝑋) weighted probability density function. 𝑓(𝑥1) standard probability density function for 𝑟. 𝑣(𝑥1) 𝐹(𝛼𝑥1) cumulative distribution functions with respect to weighted parameter 𝛼 for standard distribution. 𝑃𝑟(𝑥2 < 𝛼𝑥1) probability for 𝑟. 𝑣(𝑥2) with respect to the 𝑟. 𝑣(𝑥1) and weighted function (𝛼). [3] studied weighed weibull distribution by using the idea of azzalini and introduced the basic properties for this model [4]. studied the skew-ness parameter of a gamma distribution by using the idea of azzalini that resulted a new class of weighted gamma distribution.[5] proposed the extension of the weighted weibull distribution and the main properties of this class are investigated and derived [6]. estimated linley’s approximation method for weighted exponential distribution by using a monte carlo simulation study [7]. introduced two shape parameters to the existing weighted exponential distribution to develop the weighted beta exponential distribution using the log it of beta function[8] proposed a model named exponentiated weighted exponential distribution and some of the basic statistical properties of the proposed model are studied and provided[9]. studied the nonparametric method such as the empirical method, kernel method, and modified shrinkage provided in weighted weibull distribution [10]. focused on bayes estimation of weighted exponential distribution with fuzzy data[11]. derived two parameters inverted weighted exponential distribution and its various statistical properties thatwere established [12]. presented a new generalization weighted weibull distribution using topple one family of distribution [13]. proposed a new class of weighted rayleigh distribution by using the idea of azzalini and introduce the main characteristics of this distribution.this paper aimsto introduce a new weighted rayleigh distribution with its properties which discussed maintained in[13]. applying this new distribution on real data to estimate the parameters by using two methods and calculate the death density function, survival function, hazard function for these two methods. the rest of this article is as follows: in section two, the new weighted rayleigh distribution and its properties is presented, section three xplains estimation methods, in section four is devoted to the real data application and section five gives the conclusion. 2weighted rayleigh distribution 87 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 in this section, we will provide the probability density function of new weighted rayleigh distribution which is as follows: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃) = 𝛼2 + 1 𝛼2 𝜃𝑥 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2 [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2𝛼2 ] , 𝑥 > 0[13] (2) the cumulative distribution of new distribution is as follow: 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃) = 1 − [ (𝛼2+1)𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2 −𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼2 ] (3) the survival function and hazard function is as follows: 𝑆(𝑥) = (𝛼2 + 1)𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼2 (4) ℎ(𝑥) = 𝜃𝑥(𝛼2 + 1) [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2𝑑2 ] [(𝛼2 + 1) − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2𝛼2 ] (5) the 𝑟𝑡ℎ moment of new distribution is as follows: 𝐸(𝑥𝑟) = 𝛼2 + 1 𝛼2 ( 2 𝜃 ) 𝑟 2 𝛤 ( 𝑟 2 + 1) [1 − 1 (𝛼2 + 1) 𝑟 2 +1 ] (6) the mean and the variance of the new distribution is: m= e (𝑋)= 𝛼2+1 𝛼2 [ 𝜋 2𝜃 ] 1 2 [1 − 1 (𝛼2+1) 3 2⁄ ] (7) the variance: 𝜎2 = 𝑣𝑎𝑟(𝑋) = 4𝛼4(𝛼2+2)−𝜋[(𝛼2+1) 3 2−1] 2 2𝜃𝛼4(𝛼2+1) (8) the moment generated function of this distribution is as follows: 𝑚. 𝑔. 𝑓 = 𝛼2 + 1 𝛼2 ∑ 𝑡𝑟 𝑟! ∞ 𝑟=0 ( 2 𝛳 ) 𝑟 2 γ ( 𝑟 2 + 1) [1 − 1 (𝛼2 + 1) 𝑟 2⁄ +1 ] (9) the factorial moment generating function is: 𝑀𝑥(𝑡) = 𝛼2 + 1 𝛼2 ∑ (ℓ𝑛𝑡)𝑟 𝑟! ∞ 𝑟=0 ( 2 𝜃 ) 𝑟 2 γ ( 𝑟 2 + 1) [1 − 1 (𝛼2 + 1) 𝑟 2 +1 ] (10) the skewness and the kurtosis of this distribution is : 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝐶. 𝑆 = 1 𝛼2 𝛤 ( 5 2 ) [ (𝛼2 + 1) 5 2 − 1 (𝛼2 + 1) 3 2 ] (11) 𝐶. 𝑘 = 2[(𝛼2 + 1)3 − 1] 𝛼2(𝛼2 + 1)2 − 3 (12) the characteristic function of this distribution is as follows : 𝑄𝑥 (𝑥) = 𝛼2 + 1 𝛼2 ∑ (𝑖𝑡)𝑟 𝑟! ∞ 𝑟=0 ( 2 𝜃 ) 𝑟 γ ( 𝑟 2 + 1) [1 − 1 (𝛼2 + 1) 𝑟 2 +1 ] (13) 3. estimation methods in this section, estimate the parameters of weighted rayleigh distribution by employing two methods (maximum likelihood estimator method and ordinary least square estimator method). 3.1: maximum likelihood method mle is a famous and classical method used to find the estimators of parameters that maximize the likelihood function. the probability density function is: 𝑓(x; α, θ) = α2 + 1 α2 θx e − θ 2 x2 [1 − e − θ 2 x2α2 ] (14) 𝐿 (𝛼, 𝜃; 𝑥) = (𝛼2 + 1)𝑛 𝛼2𝑛 𝜃𝑛 ∏ 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑒 − θ 2 x2 ∏ [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥2𝛼2 ] 𝑛 𝑖=1 (15) 𝐿𝑛𝐿 = 𝑛𝑙𝑛 (𝛼2 + 1) − 2𝑛 𝑙𝑛(𝛼) + 𝑛𝑙𝑛𝜃 + ∑ 𝐿𝑛 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 − ө 2 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 + ∑ 𝐿𝑛 [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 ] 𝑛 𝑖=1 (16) 𝑑𝑙𝑛𝑙 𝑑𝜃 = 𝑛 𝜃 − 1 2 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 + ∑ 1 2 𝑥𝑖 2 𝛼2𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 ] = 𝑔1(𝜃) 𝑛 𝑖=1 (17) 𝑑𝑙𝑛𝑙 𝑑𝛼 = 2𝑛𝛼 (𝛼2 + 1) − 2𝑛 𝛼 + ∑ 𝜃𝛼 𝑥𝑖 2 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 ] = 𝑔2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (𝛼) (18) 𝑑𝑔1(𝜃) 𝑑𝜃 = − 𝑛 𝜃2 − ∑ 1 4 𝑥𝑖 4𝛼4𝑒−𝜃𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 ] 2 (19) 𝑛 𝑖=1 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝑑𝑔1(𝜃) 𝑑𝛼 = ∑ − 1 2 𝜃𝛼3𝑥𝑖 4𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 + 𝛼𝑥𝑖 2𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 − 𝛼𝑥𝑖 2𝑒−𝜃𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 ] 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (20) d𝑔2(α) d𝜃 = ∑ − 1 2 θα3xi 4 e − θ 2 xi 2α2 + αxi 2e − θ 2 xi 2α2 − αxi 2e−θxi 2α2 [1 − e − θ 2 xi 2α2 ] 2 n i=1 (21) 𝑑𝑔2(α) d𝛼 = 2𝑛(1 − 𝛼2) (𝛼2 + 1 )2 + 2𝑛 𝛼2 + ∑ 𝜃𝑥𝑖 2𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 − 𝜃𝑥𝑖 2𝑒−𝜃𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 − 𝜃2𝛼2𝑥𝑖 4𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 [1 − 𝑒 − 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2𝛼2 ] 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (22) the above equations are nonlinear and must use multivariate newton-raphson method which is as follow: (23) [ θk+1 αk+1 ] = [ θk αk ] − j−1 [ 𝑔1(𝜃) 𝑔2(α) ] where the jacobean matrix is as follows: 𝐽 = [ 𝑑𝑔1(𝜃) 𝑑𝜃 𝑑𝑔1(𝜃) 𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝑔 2 (α) 𝑑𝜃 𝑑𝑔 2 (α) 𝑑𝛼 ] (24) where j is jacobean is a symmetric and square matrix. then we find the stopping rule for getting convergence which is as follows: |[ θk+1 αk+1 ] − [ θk αk ]| ≤ | 𝜖𝜃 𝜖𝛼 | (25) 3.2. the ordinary least square method the least squares method is a statistical procedure to find the best fit for a set of data points by minimizing the sum of the offsets or residuals of points from the plotted curve. least squares regression is used to predict the behavior of dependent variables. 𝑌𝑖 = 𝛣0 + 𝛣1𝑥 + ε (26) where: β0 represents the intercept term β1 represents the slop term ε represents the error term the idea of this method is to minimize the sum of the squared difference between observed sample values and the estimate expected values by linear approximation: 90 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 ε = 𝑌𝑖 − �̂�0 − �̂�1𝑥 (27) ∑ ε i 2 n i=1 = ∑[𝑦𝑖 − 𝐸(ŷ) 2]2 n i=1 ∑ ε i 2 n i=1 = ∑ [yi − β̂0 − β̂1x] 2 n i=1 now, we apply this method to minimize the square difference between the estimate cumulative distribution function and the empirical cumulative distribution function, where the empirical (cdf) is: f(x) = 𝑖−0.5 𝑛 (28) ∑ ε i 2 n i=1 = ∑[f̂(xi) − f(xi)] 2 n i=1 ∑ ε i 2 n i=1 = ∑ [1 − [ (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ] − i − 0.5 n ] n i=1 2 ∑ ε i 2 n i=1 = ∑ [1 − (i − 0.5) n − [ (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ]] 2 n i=1 ∑ ε i 2 n i=1 = ∑ [ n − i + 0.5 n − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) α2 ] n i=1 let yi = n − i + 0.5 n (29) d ∑ ε i 2n i=1 dθ = 2 ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ] ∗ n i=1 91 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 ∗ [0 − ( 1 α2 [− 1 2 xi 2(α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 + 1 2 xi 2(α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1)])] 𝑑 ∑ ε 𝑖 2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑑𝜃 = 2 ∑ [𝑦𝑖 − (𝛼2 + 1)𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼2 ] 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∗ (− [ 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2 + 1) 2𝛼2 (−𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 + 𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1))]) 𝑑 ∑ ε 𝑖 2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑑𝜃 = ∑ [𝑦𝑖 − (𝛼2 + 1)𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼2 ] ∗ 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2 + 1) 𝑥2 ∗ [𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1)] 𝑑 ∑ ε 𝑖 2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑑𝜃 = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2 + 1) 𝛼2 ∗ [𝑦𝑖 − (𝛼2 + 1)𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼2 ] 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∗ [𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1)] 𝑔1(𝜃) = ∑ xi 2(α2 + 1) α2 [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) α2 ] n i=1 ∗ [e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1)] (30) d ∑ ε 𝑖 2 dα = 2 ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ] n i=1 ∗ (− [[ 1 α2 [2αe− θ 2 xi 2 + θαx2e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1)] + [(α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1)]] (− 2 𝛼3 )) d ∑ ε 𝑖 2 dα = 2 ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ] n i=1 ∗ ( 2 α3 [(α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1)] − 1 α2 [2αe− θ 2 xi 2 + θαxi 2e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1)]) 92 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 d ∑ ε 𝑖 2 dα = 2 ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ] n i=1 [ 2 α3 α2e− θ 2 xi 2 + 2 α3 e− θ 2 xi 2 − 2 α3 e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) − 2α2 α3 e− θ 2 xi 2 − θα2xi 2 α3 e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1)] 𝑔2(𝛼) = ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) α2 ] [ 4𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 4𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 (𝛼2+1) − 2𝜃𝛼2𝑥𝑖 2𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 (𝛼2+1) 𝛼3 ] n i=1 (31) dg1 dθ = ∑ xi 4(α2 + 1) 2α2 ([yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) α2 ] [e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) − e− θ 2 xi 2 ] n i=1 + (α2 + 1) α2 [e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1)] 2 ) (32) 𝑑𝑔1 𝑑𝛼 = ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ] ( 𝜃𝛼2(𝛼2 + 1)𝑥𝑖 4𝑒− θ 2 xi 2(𝛼2+1) − 2𝑥2 [𝑒− θ 2 xi 2 − 𝑒− θ 2 xi 2(𝛼2+1)] 𝛼3 ) n i=1 + xi 2(α2+1) α2 [e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1)] [ 2𝑒 − θ 2 xi 2 −2𝑒 − θ 2 xi 2(𝛼2+1) −𝜃𝛼2𝑥2𝑒 − θ 2 xi 2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼3 ] (33) 𝑑𝑔2 𝑑𝜃 = ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) α2 ] n i=1 ( 𝜃𝛼2(𝛼2 + 1)xi 4e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) − 2𝑥𝑖 2 [e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1)] 𝛼3 ) + xi 2(α2 + 1) α2 [ 2𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 2𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 (𝛼2+1) − 𝜃𝛼2𝑥𝑖 2𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 (𝛼2+1) 𝛼3 ] [e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1)] (34) 𝑑𝑔2 𝑑𝛼 = ∑ [yi − (α2 + 1)e− θ 2 xi 2 − e− θ 2 xi 2(α2+1) α2 ] n i=1 ( 2θ2𝛼2𝑥𝑖 4e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) − 3 [4e− θ 2 xi 2 − 4e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1) − 2θ2𝛼2𝑥𝑖 2e− θ 2 xi 2 (α2+1)] 𝛼4 ) (35) + [ 4𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 4𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1) − 2𝜃𝛼2𝑥𝑖 2𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼3 ] [ 2𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2 − 2𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1) + 𝛼𝑒− 𝜃 2 𝑥𝑖 2(𝛼2+1) 𝛼3 ] 93 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 [ θk+1 αk+1 ] = [ θk αk ] − j−1 [ 𝑔1(𝜃) 𝑔2(𝛼) ] (36) 𝐽−1 = [ 𝑑𝑔1 𝑑𝜃 𝑑𝑔1 𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝑔2 𝑑𝜃 𝑑𝑔2 𝑑𝛼 ] −1 (37) symmetric and square, where: the jacobean matrix is 𝑑𝑔1 𝑑𝛼 = 𝑑𝑔2 𝑑𝜃 then we can terminate and stop when: |[ θk+1 αk+1 ] − [ θk αk ]| ≤ | ε 𝜃 ε 𝛼 | (38) 4. real data application in this section, real data for brain cancer disease is analyzed because it is widespread and deadly in iraq; the time from infection to death was registered for period from 1/1/2018 to 31/12/2018 at republic of iraq / ministry of health/medical city. the data of size (111) patients are considered as complete data set. x= { 23 10 14 4 14 11 20 15 20 9 7 15 10 16 12 7 11 15 16 13 14 15 12 9 14 14 21 28 16 16 10 5 5 13 17 9 9 9 9 22 10 13 18 22 8 19 20 10 6 12 10 20 5 12 10 26 8 9 21 12 16 12 14 14 19 17 28 6 10 5 20 6 8 11 14 17 9 18 24 9 10 9 10 14 14 8 16 8 8 7 13 11 5 14 24 7 11 15 2 18 10 11 15 20 28 14 19 9 15 7 9 }. after applying the chi square goodness of fit to test the hypothesis: 𝐻0 = 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑎 𝑖𝑠 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑠 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑅𝑎𝑦𝑙𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛. 𝐻1 = 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑎 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑠 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑅𝑎𝑦𝑙𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛. where the chi square goodness of fit statistic depends on the differences of the theoretical frequencies under the assumed distribution and observed differences from data and we applying the formula: 𝑋2 = ∑ (𝑂𝑖−𝐸𝑖) 2 𝐸𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 (39) 94 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 we apply the chi square goodness of fit to the data to get: the calculate chi square test = 4.2963 the calculate chi square test = 35.17 calculate chisquare < tabulate chi-square. we accept 𝐻0 which means the data are distributed as weighted rayleigh distribution. we apply the equation (23) and (25) in maximum likelihood method by using math lab program version (2014) to find and estimate the values of 𝜃 and 𝛼.̂ finally, we apply the equation (36) and (38) in ordinary least square method by using mathlab program version (2014) to find and estimate the values of 𝜃 and 𝛼,̂ then we get: 𝛼.̂𝑀𝐿𝐸 =1.9881, 𝜃𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 0.0118 𝛼.̂𝑂𝐿𝑆 =5.9299, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆= 0.0218 4.1. maximum likelihood method the value of estimate parameters (�̂�, 𝜃) will be (1.9881, 0.0118) respectively. the estimated probability density function, survival function, cumulative distribution and hazard functions will be as illustrated in table 1. table 1. estimate the values of 𝑓(t), �̂�(t), �̂�(t), ℎ̂(t) for mle method. x �̂�(t) �̂�(t) �̂�(t) �̂�(t) 2 0.998678 0.002583 0.001322 0.002586 4 0.981538 0.016821 0.018462 0.017137 5 0.959154 0.028277 0.040846 0.029481 5 0.959154 0.028277 0.040846 0.029481 5 0.959154 0.028277 0.040846 0.029481 5 0.959154 0.028277 0.040846 0.029481 5 0.959154 0.028277 0.040846 0.029481 6 0.924601 0.040877 0.075399 0.04421 6 0.924601 0.040877 0.075399 0.04421 6 0.924601 0.040877 0.075399 0.04421 7 0.877585 0.052931 0.122415 0.060314 7 0.877585 0.052931 0.122415 0.060314 7 0.877585 0.052931 0.122415 0.060314 7 0.877585 0.052931 0.122415 0.060314 7 0.877585 0.052931 0.122415 0.060314 8 0.819409 0.062997 0.180591 0.076881 8 0.819409 0.062997 0.180591 0.076881 95 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 8 0.819409 0.062997 0.180591 0.076881 8 0.819409 0.062997 0.180591 0.076881 8 0.819409 0.062997 0.180591 0.076881 8 0.819409 0.062997 0.180591 0.076881 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 9 0.752565 0.070164 0.247435 0.093233 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 10 0.680162 0.074106 0.319838 0.108953 11 0.605378 0.074984 0.394622 0.123864 11 0.605378 0.074984 0.394622 0.123864 11 0.605378 0.074984 0.394622 0.123864 11 0.605378 0.074984 0.394622 0.123864 11 0.605378 0.074984 0.394622 0.123864 11 0.605378 0.074984 0.394622 0.123864 12 0.53106 0.073266 0.46894 0.137963 12 0.53106 0.073266 0.46894 0.137963 12 0.53106 0.073266 0.46894 0.137963 12 0.53106 0.073266 0.46894 0.137963 12 0.53106 0.073266 0.46894 0.137963 12 0.53106 0.073266 0.46894 0.137963 13 0.459511 0.06955 0.540489 0.151356 13 0.459511 0.06955 0.540489 0.151356 13 0.459511 0.06955 0.540489 0.151356 13 0.459511 0.06955 0.540489 0.151356 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 14 0.392426 0.064435 0.607574 0.164197 96 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 15 0.330929 0.058456 0.669071 0.176641 15 0.330929 0.058456 0.669071 0.176641 15 0.330929 0.058456 0.669071 0.176641 15 0.330929 0.058456 0.669071 0.176641 15 0.330929 0.058456 0.669071 0.176641 15 0.330929 0.058456 0.669071 0.176641 15 0.330929 0.058456 0.669071 0.176641 16 0.275656 0.05205 0.724344 0.188823 16 0.275656 0.05205 0.724344 0.188823 16 0.275656 0.05205 0.724344 0.188823 16 0.275656 0.05205 0.724344 0.188823 16 0.275656 0.05205 0.724344 0.188823 16 0.275656 0.05205 0.724344 0.188823 17 0.226855 0.045562 0.773145 0.200842 17 0.226855 0.045562 0.773145 0.200842 17 0.226855 0.045562 0.773145 0.200842 18 0.184472 0.03925 0.815528 0.212767 18 0.184472 0.03925 0.815528 0.212767 18 0.184472 0.03925 0.815528 0.212767 19 0.148234 0.033299 0.851766 0.224641 19 0.148234 0.033299 0.851766 0.224641 19 0.148234 0.033299 0.851766 0.224641 20 0.11771 0.027837 0.88229 0.236489 20 0.11771 0.027837 0.88229 0.236489 20 0.11771 0.027837 0.88229 0.236489 20 0.11771 0.027837 0.88229 0.236489 20 0.11771 0.027837 0.88229 0.236489 20 0.11771 0.027837 0.88229 0.236489 21 0.092372 0.022938 0.907628 0.248324 21 0.092372 0.022938 0.907628 0.248324 22 0.071635 0.018636 0.928365 0.260153 22 0.071635 0.018636 0.928365 0.260153 23 0.0549 0.014932 0.9451 0.27198 24 0.04158 0.011801 0.95842 0.283806 24 0.04158 0.011801 0.95842 0.283806 26 0.02302 0.007078 0.97698 0.307456 28 0.012156 0.004025 0.987844 0.331107 28 0.012156 0.004025 0.987844 0.331107 28 0.012156 0.004025 0.987844 0.331107 from table 2. we find that the death density function is increasing with the failure times until (0.074984) when t=11, then the values decreasing with failure times from (0.073266) when t=12 until the end of failure times .we find that the survival function is decreasing with the increasing of failure times .we find that the hazard function is increasing with increasing failure times. 4.2: ordinary least square method the value of estimated (�̂�, 𝜃) will be (5.9299, 0.0218) respectively and the estimated probability density, survival, distribution and hazard functions will be as illustrated in table 97 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 table 2. estimate the values of 𝑓(t), �̂�(t), �̂�(t), ℎ̂(t) for ols method x �̂�(t) �̂�(t) �̂�(t) �̂�(t) 2 0.97873 0.033599 0.02127 0.034329 4 0.863998 0.075079 0.136002 0.086898 5 0.783413 0.085272 0.216587 0.108846 5 0.783413 0.085272 0.216587 0.108846 5 0.783413 0.085272 0.216587 0.108846 5 0.783413 0.085272 0.216587 0.108846 5 0.783413 0.085272 0.216587 0.108846 6 0.695008 0.090785 0.304992 0.130624 6 0.695008 0.090785 0.304992 0.130624 6 0.695008 0.090785 0.304992 0.130624 7 0.6033 0.09194 0.3967 0.152395 7 0.6033 0.09194 0.3967 0.152395 7 0.6033 0.09194 0.3967 0.152395 7 0.6033 0.09194 0.3967 0.152395 7 0.6033 0.09194 0.3967 0.152395 8 0.512414 0.089245 0.487586 0.174166 8 0.512414 0.089245 0.487586 0.174166 8 0.512414 0.089245 0.487586 0.174166 8 0.512414 0.089245 0.487586 0.174166 8 0.512414 0.089245 0.487586 0.174166 8 0.512414 0.089245 0.487586 0.174166 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 9 0.425848 0.083439 0.574152 0.195937 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 10 0.346284 0.075389 0.653716 0.217707 11 0.275522 0.065981 0.724478 0.239478 11 0.275522 0.065981 0.724478 0.239478 11 0.275522 0.065981 0.724478 0.239478 11 0.275522 0.065981 0.724478 0.239478 11 0.275522 0.065981 0.724478 0.239478 11 0.275522 0.065981 0.724478 0.239478 12 0.214499 0.056038 0.785501 0.261249 98 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 12 0.214499 0.056038 0.785501 0.261249 12 0.214499 0.056038 0.785501 0.261249 12 0.214499 0.056038 0.785501 0.261249 12 0.214499 0.056038 0.785501 0.261249 12 0.214499 0.056038 0.785501 0.261249 13 0.163395 0.046244 0.836605 0.28302 13 0.163395 0.046244 0.836605 0.28302 13 0.163395 0.046244 0.836605 0.28302 13 0.163395 0.046244 0.836605 0.28302 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 14 0.121786 0.037119 0.878214 0.30479 15 0.088818 0.029004 0.911182 0.326561 15 0.088818 0.029004 0.911182 0.326561 15 0.088818 0.029004 0.911182 0.326561 15 0.088818 0.029004 0.911182 0.326561 15 0.088818 0.029004 0.911182 0.326561 15 0.088818 0.029004 0.911182 0.326561 15 0.088818 0.029004 0.911182 0.326561 16 0.06338 0.022077 0.93662 0.348332 16 0.06338 0.022077 0.93662 0.348332 16 0.06338 0.022077 0.93662 0.348332 16 0.06338 0.022077 0.93662 0.348332 16 0.06338 0.022077 0.93662 0.348332 16 0.06338 0.022077 0.93662 0.348332 17 0.044253 0.016378 0.955747 0.370102 17 0.044253 0.016378 0.955747 0.370102 17 0.044253 0.016378 0.955747 0.370102 18 0.030233 0.011848 0.969767 0.391873 18 0.030233 0.011848 0.969767 0.391873 18 0.030233 0.011848 0.969767 0.391873 19 0.02021 0.00836 0.97979 0.413644 19 0.02021 0.00836 0.97979 0.413644 19 0.02021 0.00836 0.97979 0.413644 20 0.013219 0.005756 0.986781 0.435415 20 0.013219 0.005756 0.986781 0.435415 20 0.013219 0.005756 0.986781 0.435415 20 0.013219 0.005756 0.986781 0.435415 20 0.013219 0.005756 0.986781 0.435415 20 0.013219 0.005756 0.986781 0.435415 21 0.00846 0.003868 0.99154 0.457185 21 0.00846 0.003868 0.99154 0.457185 22 0.005298 0.002537 0.994702 0.478956 22 0.005298 0.002537 0.994702 0.478956 23 0.003246 0.001625 0.996754 0.500727 24 0.001946 0.001017 0.998054 0.522498 24 0.001946 0.001017 0.998054 0.522498 26 0.000655 0.000371 0.999345 0.566039 99 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 28 0.000202 0.000123 0.999798 0.609581 28 0.000202 0.000123 0.999798 0.609581 28 0.000202 0.000123 0.999798 0.609581 from table (2), we find that the death density function is increasing with the failure times until (0.09194) when t=7, then decreasing with failure times from (0.089245) when t=8 until the end of failure times .we find that the survival function is decreasing with the increasing of failure times. we find that the hazard function is increasing with the increasing failure times. �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟖𝟖𝟏, �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟏𝟖, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 = 𝟓. 𝟗𝟐𝟗𝟗, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 =0.0218 �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟖𝟖𝟏, �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟏𝟖, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 = 𝟓. 𝟗𝟐𝟗𝟗, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 =0.0218 100 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟖𝟖𝟏, �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟏𝟖, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 = 𝟓. 𝟗𝟐𝟗𝟗, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 =0.0218 101 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟖𝟖𝟏, �̂�𝑀𝐿𝐸 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟏𝟖, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 = 𝟓. 𝟗𝟐𝟗𝟗, �̂�𝑂𝐿𝑆 =0.0218 102 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 .conclusion 5 1. in the two estimation methods above, the probability estimation values of the survival function are decreasing with the increase in failure time values. this shows that there is an inverse relationship between the probability survival function and the failure times. 2. in the two estimation methods, we can watch the estimation value of the probability hazard function is increasing with the increase in failure times, and then it is very clear that this relationship is direct between the times of failure and the probability hazard function. 3. from our reading of the values of the estimated probability density function of the two methods used are increasing values until the time of failure (x = 11) in mle and (x=7)in ols, then the probability density function decreases with increasing failure times. this shows us that the relationship between the probability density function and the failure times is not constant i.e. according to the values of failure times. 4. that clear the values of the cumulative distribution function are increasing with increasing the values of failure times. 103 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 5. observing that the estimation values of the parameters which are the shape parameter and the scale parameter in the weighted rayleigh distribution. it is clear that for the �̂� values is one close to the other in the mle, ols method but on the other hand, the value of �̂� is close to one unit of the other. in the table below, the estimate values of the two parameters for weighted rayleigh distribution by mle and ols can be show in following table: table 3. estimate the values of �̂�, �̂� by mle and ols methods 6. note that, as is known, the values of the probability hazard function depend on the value of the shape parameter, thus the probability hazard function is an increasing such that (α > 1) for the two estimation methods. 9. the mean squares error values for the mle, ols methods by using the equation is: 𝑀𝑆𝐸[�̂�(t)] = ∑ [�̂�(t)−s(t)]2𝑛𝑖=1 𝑛 (40) we find the mse for mle and ols and there is a clear difference and eventually. the mle method is better than ols as below: mse ols mle 0.0626 0.0006 references 1. azzalini, a. a class of distributions which includes. the normal ones, board of the foundation of the scandinavian journal of statistics.1985, 12, 2, 171-178. 2. gupta, r.d.; kundu, d. a new class of weighted exponential distributions, a journal of the article and applied statistics.2009, 43, 6, 621-634. 3. shahbaz, s.; shah 76غ baz, m.q.; butt, n.s. a class of weighted weibull distribution, scorn electronic journal.2010, 6, 1, 53-59. 4. ramadan, m. m a class of weighed gamma distributions its properties, economic quality control.2010, 26, 2, 133-144. 5. essam, a.a.; mohamed, a.h. a weighted three –parameters weibull distribution, journal of applied sciences research.2014, 9, 13, 6627-6635. 6. farahani, z.s.m.; khorram, e. bayesian statistical inference for weighted exponential distribution, taylor and francis group. llc.2014, 43, 6, 1384-1462. 7. tawfiq, lnm.; jabber, ak. mathematical modeling of groundwater flow. global journal of engineering science and researches. 2016, 3, 10, 15-22. �̂� �̂� the methods 0.0118 1.9881 mle 0.0218 5.9299 ols 104 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 8. oguntunde, p. e. on the exponentiated weighted exponential distribution and its basic statistical properties. psci publication.2015, 10, 3, 160-167. 9. zahrani, b. on the estimation of reliability of weighted weibull distribution: a comparative study, international journal of statistics and probability.2016, 5, 4, 14277040. 10. al-noor, n.h.; hussein, l.k. weighted exponential distribution: approximate bayes estimations with fuzzy data, scientific international conference college of science, alnahrain unevercity.2017, 0, 1, 174-185. 11. oguntunde, p.e.; ilori, k.a.; okagbue, h. i. the inverted weighted exponential distribution with applications, interracial journal of advanced and applied sciences.2018, 5, 11, 46-50. 12. tawfiq, lnm; oraibi. ya. fast training algorithms for feed forward neural networks. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017, 26, 1: 1275-280. 13. hussein. iden hasan and zain. saad adnan. some aspects of weighted rayleigh distribution. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science. date of acceptance of publication in the above journal. 2019, 33, that will out in 2020. http://codental.uobaghdad.edu.iq/jih/index.php/j/article/view/534 دراسة توزيع الشدة لصورة جسم بيضوي الشكل 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد دراسة توزيع الشدة لصورة جسم بيضوي الشكل )دالة انتشار الجسم البيضوي( عالء بدر حسن جامعة بغداد،ابن الهيثم كلية التربية ،قسم الفيزياء الخالصة ،ييج زيع ييش ب،فييدا فييه موييزيج ب، ييييا ،يويي) ةيييت ب،فيي دب،ييج ب زفيياي معاد،ييج يد ييدا ،دب تفييه اييلب ب، صيي يي س فييه 1ب،فيي ب، ةيييتس اوييزظدب) رييا) يييت لت فزصييج دبتي ييج ب،فيي ق زيي) بوييزظدب) ي عييج يياي س ، ز اميي ب،عييددت ظييا،ه مييز ب،ع يي س ب،م ص ييات ب، ا ييج ،زيع ييش فييدا ب، ييييا ، رييا) ييييييت م ييا،ه تصوييات ز اميي ب،معاد،ييج ب،ظا ييجق ب زمييد سق2ي، را) صزيت ى ب،ظ أ ب، ؤيت ي ل،ك زيع ش ب،فدا فه ب،موزيج ب، ؤيت ب،عمق ب، ؤيتس النظرية ج أت رييا) يييت ييه زع يي ) ييييدا ب، ييييا ب، ازيييج م يية يفييه صا،ييج ديبوييج ب، ييييا ب، ازيييج يييز مييز يي،معيفييج ا ب،يويي) ب، ةييييت ،فييي يج ا يييلب أيويييا) فيييه ب،ز عيييات ب، يييج ت، صييي بظز يييي ب،ةيييييت بظز ييياي ب،يوييي) ب،م اويييتق فيييه ايييلب ب ب،مييييبت ب، ةييي جس يب،مي ي ييج عييا أ يييبج بهص يياا ب،مي ي ييج يب،ظ يياسق دز ديبوييج زيع ييش فييدا ب، ييييا ، يويي) ب، ةيييت ريا) ب، ييت فيه صا،يج ييييد ج ب، ييوما ممزدب غ ي ع يهس ع يا زع ميا ي يدب ، ا ي ة دب،ج ب زفاي ب،يو) ب، ةيتس ب،ظ أ ب، ؤيت يب،ع أ يب ةق ز) فه الب ب، ص بفزعاق ج ظا ج ، يو) ب، ةيت ،ي ف زيع ش فدا ب، ييا فه موزيج ب، ييا ، را) يت قييديا زص يي دز ب، زصييج ب،دبتي يج زع ييه غا، ييا ييييا ي ييدا ي ييل،ك ، ييا ي يي ة فزصيج دبتي ييج ب،فيي فزصييج ؤ ييؤ ب ظيييب س تل ا، جق س ايييي يوييي) لي عيييد ز صزييييت يييى م يييادي ع يييج غ يييي a,bدز ب،يوييي) ب، ةييييت ب،يييلت ،ييية مصيييايي أواوييي ج مع يييج س ف أظيييل ب،ز امييي لت ب، عيييد ز ،دب،يييج بي زفييياي ب، ع يييج يةيييي ا دب،يييج فيييدا ب،يوييي) 3دةيييااا غ يييي مزفيييا ج تمصيييديدا ل س:4يا ب،يو) ب، ةيت دب،ج ب زفاي ب،يو) ب، ةيتس ب، ةيت ز زج معاد،ج زيع ش ب،فدا ، ي         1),().,(),( dzdmmmzzgmzemze س اه ب صدب ات د مج ب، عد فه موزيج ب،يو) يب، ييا ى ب،زيب،ه يزع ى ا،ع قات آيز ج:´z´,mس z,m يبل vmuzvmuz   2,2,2,2 e(z,m) اه فدا دةااا ب،يو) ب، ةيتق g(z΄-z,m΄-m) اه دب،ج بي زفاي ب، ع ج ب، ازيج مز م دي ع ه يبصد فه ميقشz,m (س مز موزيت ب،يو س: 5يزع ى ا،ع قج بآلز ج  2),(),( 2 vufvug  2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد توى الصورة، وتساوي:هي القيمة المعقدة للشدة في مس f(u΄,v΄) واذ  3).,(),( )(2   y x yvxui dxdyeyxfvuf  س:6س r=1س اه دصدب ازة يزوايت ب،دب،ج ، زصج ب،دبتي ج لبت ف ق ي x,yاه دب،ج ب، ؤ ؤ f(x,y) يبل 10),( 1),( 22 22),(   yxforyxf yxforeyxf yxikw دي ب،موزظد)قاي ب، ي ب،مييه ،ةيا ب،م k=2π/λ λاه دب،ج ب،ع ب،ميييد فه ب، را) ب، يتق w(x,y) يبل دظا ب صدب ات د مج ب، عد ص ى: [2]فه ب،معاد،ج [3] زعي ا ب،معاد،ج يب  4),(),(),( 1 1 11 11 )( 11 )(    y y x x ymxziymxzi dydxdydxeyxfeyxfmzg ),(بل 11 yxf  اي ب،ميبفق ب،مععد ،دب،ج ب، ؤ ؤ  11 , yx :اه دصدب ازة ي وايت )( 11 11),( yxikw eyxf   ا،ف : [4] م ز زا ج ب،معاد،ج      y y x x yymmixxzzi dydxdydxeeyxfyxfmmzzg 1 1 11 5),(),(),( 11 ))(())(( 11 : [1]فه [5] عيا ب،معاد،ج           y y x x yymmixxzzi dydzdmdxdydxmzeeeyxfyxfmze 1 1 11 6),(),(),(),( 11 ))(())(( 11 دز فدا ةيا ب،يو) ب، ةيت زوايت:                   bmorz amorz formze bmorz amorz formze 0),( 1),( : [6] ةيت ،لب ز ح ب،معاد،ج س اما ب،مصايي بهواو ج ، يو) ب،a,b بل  7),(),(),( 1 1 1111 )()( 11 )()( 11        y y x x a a b b yyimxxizyymixxzi dmedzedydxdydxeeyxfyxfmze دز ب،ز ام ز بهظ يبز فه ب،معاد،ج أ ه زوايت :           a a xxiz xx axx dze 1 1)( sin 1           b b yyim yy byy dme 1 1)( sin 1 بيصيدب ه ي يف س يه ييا ب،ديبويج مم ز بظل دصدب ه يبصيد ما دز زيع ش ب،فدا ى موزيج ب، ييا مز اري ف ل،ك ا،ف : [7]س وايت يق فز ح ب،معاد،ج بآلظي 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد            8 sinsin ),(),()( 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1)( 11 dydxdydx yy byy xx axx eyxfyxfnze y y x x xxzi         س زز يي ق مزية ميش قي ) nس يب،عامي e(0)=1س أت 0= س يد 1س اي ام ب،معا يا ب،يلت يعي ب،فيدا زويايت n بل a, bسق  زعي ا ق ) ب،ديب ff زج:[8]فه ب،معاد،ج ,                        y y x x yxikwyxikwxxzi dydxdydx yy byy xx axx enze 1 1 111 11 1 1 1 1,, sinsin )(                   111111 ,,)( ,,sin,,cos111 yxkwyxkwxxziyxkwyxkwxxze yxikwyxikwxxzi   ما دز ب،فدا صع ع ج فا،يعا ب،ظ ا،ه مز ب،معاد،ج أ ه يت أز وايت يق ي عد بظل صديد ب،ز ام ، زصج ب، ؤ ؤ ب،دبتي ج ز ح معاد،ج دب،ج ب زفاي ب،ف ب، ةيت ا، ييا ب، ات ج:                    9 sinsin ,,cos)( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 111 2 2 2 2                y y y y dydxdydx yy byy xx axx xxzyxwyxwkze الحسابات تفزصيج دبتي يج ي،يوي) ةييت ل تس ، ريا) ل9س ،صويات ب،معاد،يج quick basicز) ز م ) ي امج صاويي ه يج دةااا غ يي مزفيا ج يص يت ب،معاد،يج ي عيج ياي س ، ز امي ب،عيددت ،صيديد ب،ز يام ت بهي عيج أظيل فيي ز ع يج ، ي مز ب صدب ات  11 ,,, xxyyب،مع يا ،دب،ج ب زفاي ب،يو) ب، ةيتق ، ص ي ى ب،ع ( س م ز ب،ص ي ى دب،ج ب زفاي ب،يو) ب، ةيت ،عي ) مظز يج a,b عد ب،ص ي ى ق مج ام ب،معا يا ، ق مج مز س سق1,2س ، را) م ا،ه ب،ف مز بيصدب ه ب،مظزع يي ز ييي فييه ميي زيع ييش ب،فييدا فييه موييزيج ب، ييييا صفس س 3,4أمييا ييد يييييد ب،ظ ييأ ب، ييؤيت ، رييا) ب، يييت ب،فيي ي،ص ي ل،ك زؤظل دب،ج ب،ع ري بي ز اي ا،ف : )(),( )(),( 2 1 2 12011 22 20 yxwyxw yxwyxw   بل  20 w اي ام ب،ظ أ ب، ؤيت ي،زية ح معدبي ب،عمق ب، ؤيت فه موزيج ب،مصيي بهواويه ، ريا) ب، ييت ز ييز ق ميج  ما زؤظل ب،فدا ب،مع يا ،ع ) مظز ج مز ام ب،ظ أ ب، ؤيت س0=  20 w سسق 5,6 ب،ف المناقشة س أت a,bس ز ي م زيع ش ب،فدا ب،مع يا مش ز يي ق ميج ب،مصييي ز بهواوي ز ، يوي) ب، ةييت 2,1ب،ف ز يةح مج ب،فدا ب،مي ع ج مواي ج ، يبصد و ت ام ب،معا يا ف صر ع ادا فيدا ب، يييا ز عى ق بل ز ي ز ح ب،يو) ب، ةيتس فه ب،م عج ب،عي ج مز ب،مي ع ما بعدبد ز ح ب،ف ب، ةيت ما زيعدبد صيدا ب، يييا ميش ع ياز ب،يز ح ي ييي د،يى س قa=bف ب،عيص 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية س زيع ييش ب،فييدا ب،مع يييا يييييد ب،ظ ييأ ب، ييؤيت 4,3ب،فيي ز يةييح 5.0 20 w عيي ) مظز ييج مييز،a,b صيير بلس س أت 2,1م ز يا فيه ب،في ز ب،يى ب ص يا ب،فيدا ع ياز ز يح ب،يوي) ب، ةييت ي يل،ك ز يي م ي ب،م ص يات ا، وي ج زيع ش ب،فدا مش يييد ب،ظ أ ب، ؤيتق ا اك ز ي فه س ف يةييصاز ب،عمييق ب، ييؤيت ، رييا) ب، يييت ب،ييلت ر ييي ييد) ز ييي ب،عمييق ب، ييؤيت ييييا يييا مييش ز ييي 6,5أمييا ب،فيي ز ز ح ب،ف ب، ةيتق المصادر 1. gerald, patrick, o.(1989).applied numerical analysis,4 th -edition,(addison wesley publishing company). 2. al-jizany, a. b. (2001). (studying and evaluation of image intensity and aberrations effectiveness for triangle object). msc. thesis (baghdad university). 3. karam, g. s. (2001). (calculating of total illuminance in image of point object). ph.d. thesis (mustansirya university). 4. ahmed, q. k. and amin, h. m. (1989).journal of modern optics. 36(2): 271-277. 5. al-qazzaz, h. h. (1998). (studying of line spread function in circular aperture). msc. thesis (baghdad university). 6. hecht, e. (2000). optics, 1 st -edition, 288-294. 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 z' e(z') a=1,b=1 a=2,b=1 a=3,b=1 a=4,b=1 a=5,b=1 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 z' e(z') a=1,b=2 a=2,b=2 a=3,b=2 a=4,b=2 a=5,b=2 ( يوضحان توزيع الشدة المعيرة فيي مسيتوى الصيورة)للنظام المثيالي( لدالية انتشيار الشيكل البيضيوي لقييم 2,1الشكالن ) (.a,bمختلفة من ) 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 z' e(z') a=1,b=1 a=2,b=1 a=3,b=1 a=4,b=1 a=5,b=1 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 z' e(z') a=1,b=2 a=2,b=2 a=3,b=2 a=4,b=2 a=5,b=2 ( يوضيييييحان توزييييييع الشيييييدة المعييييييرة فيييييي مسيييييتوى الصيييييورة لنظيييييام بصيييييري يحتيييييوي علييييي الخ ييييي 4,3الشيييييكالن ) (.a,b( لدالة انتشار الشكل البيضوي لقيم مختلفة من )w20=0.5λالبؤري) 2002( 2) 22للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلدمجلة ابن الهيثم 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 w20 e(0) a=1,b=1 a=2,b=1 a=3,b=1 a=4,b=1 a=5,b=1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 w20 e(0) a=1,b=2 a=2,b=2 a=3,b=2 a=4,b=2 a=5,b=2 ( يوضييحان العمييب البييؤري للشييدة المركزييية المعيييرة لداليية انتشييار الشييكل البيضييوي لقيييم مختلفيية ميين عامييل 6,5الشييكالن) (.w20الخ البؤري ) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 studying of image intensity distribution of elliptical object (elliptical spread function) a. b. hasan al-jizany department of physics, college of education ibn alhaitham university of baghdad abstract in this work, a new formula of intensity distribution in image plane of elliptical object was founded (elliptical spread function), by using optical system including circular aperture. the gauss quadrature method of numerical integral was used for calculating equation's integrals. curves are shown for system having focal error and intensity distribution in focal axis. 17062012120034 17062012120034_001 17062012120034_002 17062012120034_003 17062012120035 17062012120035_001 17062012120035_002 17062012120035_003 17062012120035_004 17062012120035_005 17062012120035_006 17062012120035_007 17062012120035_008 microsoft word 116-125 116 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 isolation and partial purifiction of arginase from sera of women with uterine fibroids   taghreed u. mohammd eiman a. abass manar a.salman   dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences ( ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in: 12 january 2015, accepted in: 25 march 2015 abstract the first aim of the present study was performed to assay the activity of arginase in sera of women with uterine fibroid.. this study consisted of(50) women with uterine fibroid as patient's group and (30) healthy women as control group. the age ranged between (30-55) years for the two groups. the results showed that highly significant increas (p< 0.0001) in the arginase activity in sera of women with uterine fibroid (7.99± 0.23) i.u/l is found when compared with healthy group (0.52±0.02) i.u/l. the second aim was performed to isolate arginase from sera of women with uterine fibroids. the purification is done by addition of ammonium sulfate, dialysis, gel filtration chromatography by using sephadex g-50 and ion exchange chromatography by using deae cellulose a-50. the results showed a single band for isoenzymes following steps by using sodium dodecyl sulfatepolyacryl amide gel electrophoresis (sds-page) .  key words: arginase, uterine fibroid.   117 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 introduction uterine fibroids are benign tumors[1] that develop from the muscle tissue of the uterus[2].they also are called leiomyomas, myomas, fibromyomas, leiomyofibromas. because the tumor consists of uterine smooth tissue as well as fibroids tissue, the term fibroid does not adequately capture the name of the lesion[3]. these tumors have prevalence ranging from 20% to 40% of the women depending on the age[4]. studies using both ultra sound and pathologic examination of surgical uterine specimens suggest an overall prevalence of uterine fibroids of over 70%. uterine fibroids can cause severe problems for women and most of the uterine fibroids do not cause symptoms[5].the size, shape and location of fibroid can vary greatly[6]. they may be present inside the uterus, on its outer surface or within its wall, or attached to it by a stem[7]. a woman may have only one fibroid or many of varying sizes. some are no bigger than a pea, while others can grow to the size of a melon or larger, when fibroids are diagnosed. the extent of the disease is determined by comparing the size of the uterus to typical size during pregnancy, for example a large fibroid or multiple fibroids may enlarge the uterus to the same as a six or seven month pregnancy[8]. arginase (ec.3. 5. 3.1) belongs to the urea hydrolase family which catalyzed the fifth and final step in the urea cycle, converting l-arginine into l-ornithine and the urea[9]. in most mammals, two isozymes of this enzyme exist; the first, arginase i. functions in the urea cycle, and is located primarily in the cytoplasm of the liver. the second isozyme, arginase ii, has been implicated in the regulation of the arginine/ornithine concentrations in the cell. it is located in mitochondria of several tissues in the body, with most abundance in the kidney[10] ,prostate, testis ,epididymis, seminal plasmavesicles ,prostate and human sperm cells. it may be found at lower levels in macrophages, lactating mammary glands and brain[11]. the second isozyme may be found in the absence of other urea cycle enzyme[12] . the first aim of this study was performed to measure arginase activity in sera of women with uterine fibroids comparing to healthy women and the seconed aim was performed for partial purification and isolation of arginase isoforms from the serum of women with uterine fibroids. material and methods subjects  the study is conducted during the period from 1st dec. 2013 to the end of may 2014 at obstetrics and gynecology deportment in baghdad city (baghdad teaching hospital and alyarmuk teaching hospital). the study included (50) women with uterine fibroids which were diagnosed by ultrasound and healthy group consisted of (30) women as control group. the age of the two groups ranged (30-55) years. specimens collection and analysis venous blood samples were drown from each patient then transferred immediately to a clean dry plain tube. after removing the needle, the blood was allowed to clot for at least (10-15) min, at room temperature and then centrifuged for (15) min, at (3500 rpm). serum is removed and assayed immediately and the samples were stored at 4°c for the purpose of conducting the required measurements. 118 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 methods  1-assay of arginase activity in serum arginase activity was measured in serum according to (coulomble., 1963)method [13]. enzyme unit: is the amount of enzyme that catalyses the reaction of 1µmol of substrate per minute.   2estimation of protein concentration the total protein concentration was estimated in blood serum using a kit provided from a company (spinreact) depending biuret method. (tiets,n. w. et al., 1995) [14]. 3purification of arginase from serum of women with uterine fibroid enzyme purification process had been done using the following steps: precipitation by using ammonium sulfate of concentration 35% the most frequent used method of protein precipitation is adding of non organic salts like ammonium sulfate, or potassium phosphate. large amount of water molecules will be bonded to ammonium sulfate when the protein is dissolved in water leading to decrease the amount of water molecules which are interferes with protein, therefore, protein molecules will be concentrated with each other and precipitate [15]. a solid state ammonium sulfate of (0.7gm) was added gradually to a (4ml) serum in a beaker with constant stirring at about (4°c) for one hour till the solution became turbid. then it was put in a centrifuge at speed (4000 rpm) for (20 min) to split the precipitate from the leach. finally the precipitate was dissolved in a less amount of buffer (mncl2, trishcl ph 8.4).activity and protein concentration were measured.   dialysis  dialysis process had been done by putting the protein solution prepared in the previous step into a tightly wrapped cellophane bag from bottom and then it was wrapped tightly also from its top then the pipe was left in to a container which contains the buffer solution (na2co3 (0.1m), mncl2 (0.005m), tris-hcl (0.005m)), this process was done at (4°c) with constant stirring using magnetic stirrer. after finishing the dialysis process the final volume of the resultant solution was calculated . the amount of protein and enzyme activity were estimated.     gel filtration four ml serum taken from dialysis bag was added slowly on the surface of the sephadex g-50 column (20x1.5 cm) and left for five minutes to be absorbed. ten fractions were collected by bassing buffer solution (na2co3 (0.1m), mncl2 (0.005m), tris-hcl (0.005m) ph 8.3) through the column .entire operation was carried out inside a refrigerator. flow rate ( 2 ml/min). ion exchange chromatography two mls of the fresh filtred serum sample were passed through a column of sephadex ion exchange chromatograghy deae-cellelose a 50 pre-equilibrated (na2co3 (0.1m), mncl2 (0.005m), tris-hcl (0.005m) ph 8.3) . the sephadex ion exchange column of the size of (20x1.5 cm) containing gradient concentration of potassium chloride (0.10.3m/l). entire operation was carried out inside a refrigerator. flow rate ( 2ml/min). 119 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 sdspage electrophoresis sdspolyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (10%) was carried out according to laemmli et al [16]. the purified enzyme was treated with 1% sds and β-mercaptoethanol for 10 mintues at 100ο c and loaded in wells. samples stacking was done at 10 mm and resolution was carried out at 15 ma constant current. molecular weight standards were bovine serum albumin (66,000), ovalbumin (45,000), chymotrypsinogen (25,000) (sigma). after electrophoresis gel was stained in 0.25% w/v coomassie brilliant blue (r-250) prepared in 50% v/v methanol and 10% v/v acetic acid. the gels were destained by passive diffusion of dye in 50% v/v methanol and 1% acetic acid after changing the destaining solution for 2-3 times. statistical methods statistical analysis was used to show the mean and standard error deviation of variables. the significance of difference between mean values was estimated by student t-test . the probability p<0.05= significant . p>0.05 = nonsignificant. anova test was used to show the differences between variables of differentiated groups. the data were processed with the software package spss ( statistical package for social sciences ) ver.17 and microsoft excel version 2007 . results and discussion table (1) shows the mean±se and pvalue of the arginase activity in sera of women with uterine fibroid and healthy women. the result in table (1) shows a highly significant increase in the arginase activity in the women with uterine fibroid (7.99 ± 0.23 iu/l) when compared to healthy women (0.52 ± 0.02 iu/l). arginase can redirect the metabolism of l-arginine in smooth muscle cells from nitric oxide to l-ornithine and the formation of polyamines and l-proline, which can induce vascular lesion formation by stimulating smooth muscle cell proliferation and collagen deposition. these actions of arginase are further magnified by the suppression of no release, which serves as a well recognized inhibitor of smooth muscle cell growth and collagen synthesis[17]. while (kaplen et al.,2012)[18], revealed the increase in arginase activity may limit nitric oxide synthase (nos) activity and lead to decrease of the inhibitor effect on xanthine oxidase activity. in this case, it results in more superoxide radical production and tissues damage. as evidenced by the up regulation of arginase in specific disease states, its distribution in vagina, and its modulation by sex steroid hormones, this enzyme may also tissue growth fibrosis, and immune function[19]. the recent study demonstrated that arginase activity may be attributed to change in permeability of fibroid cell as a result of many biochemical changes in cell surface, that included changes in the appearance of cell surface such as variation in glycolipid and mucin[20]. partial purification of arginase from sera of women with uterine fibroids table(2) summarises the result of isolation and partial purification of arginase and its isoenzymes from women sera with uterine fibroids which carried out through steps. in the first step, the proteins precipitate by using ammonium sulfate salt in concentration of (35%) for the concentration of enzyme and purified, degree of purity was obtained (9.9) fold and excess salt was eliminated during dialysis process by na2co3 (0.1 m), mncl2 (0.005 m), tris.hcl (0.005 m) with ph= 8.3. the degree of arginase purity reached to(3.337) fold in this stage with enzyme yield (92.46%) . the third step included purification of enzyme by gel 120 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 filtration using (sephadex g-50) which the degree of arginase purity reaches to (5.822) fold which enzyme yields (47.60%) in this stage ,as shown in figure (1).    the purification by ion exchange chromatography is among the significant approaches to isolate and purify the enzyme that is based on the charge difference so the enzyme was purified by using deae-cellulose a50. four isoenzymes were obtained as illustrated in figure (2) and variant purity degree as the degree of purification of i (4.407) fold and ii (4.867) fold for the isoenzymes iii, iv (5.834), (5.696) folds respectively, as illustrated in table (2). the literatures indicate that two isoenzymes were separated from adult human's liver by using cm-cellulose chromatogarphy [21] and the two isoenzymes of the arginase from rat's liver [22] by using deae-cellulose. tarrab et al., 1974) isolated three isoenzymes from the rat's liver using cm-cellulose chromatography[23]. gel electrophoresis was used to confirm the purity of the isolated isoenzymes by using sodium dodecyl sulfatepolyacryl amide gel electrophoresis (sds-paga) which appeared as single band. conclusion these data suggest that an isolation and partial purification of isoenzymes of arginase from sera of women with uterine fibroids by gel filtration and ion exchange chromatography four isoenzymes were obtained (i,ii,iii,iv).   references   1. leppert, p.; fouany, m.; and segars, j. h. (2013). "fibroids". 1sted. john wiley & sons, ltd.pp 1-11. 2. nivethithai, p.; nikhat, s. r.; and rajcsh, b. v.( 2010)." uterine fibroids".a review. indian j. pharmact., 3(1): 6-11. 3. levy, b.; mukherjee, t.;and hirschornk. (2000). molecular cytogenetic analysis of uterine leiomyoma and leiomyosarcoma by comparative genomic hybridization. cancer genetcytogenet., 121: 1-8. 4. duhan, n.;and sirhiwal, d. (2010). uterine myomas revisited. eur. j. obstet gynecol. repro. biol., 152: 119-25. 5. lgnacio; e. a.; and venbrux, a. c. (2012). women's health in interventional radiology, 5th ed. springer., 4-6. 6. acton, q. a.( 2012). leiomyomas: new insights for the healthcare professional, 2012th ed. scholarly, 2. 7. goodwin, t. m.; montaro, m. n.; muderspash, l.; paulson, r.;and roy, s. (2010) . "management of common problems in obstetrics and gynecology", 5th ed. wiley& sons.291-292. 8. ficalora, r. d. (2013) . "myoclinic internal medicine board review", 10th ed. oxford university press.712-714. 9. nelson, d. l.;and cox, m. m. (2013) . "lehningerprinciples of biochemistry" , 6th ed. w. h. freeman & company, 704-706. 10. stephen, d. c.; hong, y.; wayne, w.g.; rita, m. k.; paul, y.;and ramaswamy, k. i. (2004) . arginase i and ii: do their functions overlap?. mol. gen. metab., 81: 38-44. 11. elgün, s.; kacmaz, m.; sen, i.and durak, i. (2000) . seminal arginase activity in infertility. springer, 28: 20-23. 121 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 12. di costanzo, l.; moulin, m.; haertlein, m.; meilleur, f.and christianson, d. w. (2007) . expression, purification, assay, and crystal structure of perpetuated human arginase i archives of biochemistry and biophysics, 465(1): 82-9. 13. coulomble, j. j.;and favreau, l. (1963). a new simple semimicro method for colorimetric determination of urea.clin. chem., 9-102. 14. tiets, n. w. (1995) . "clinical guide to laboratory".tests, 3th ed. aacc. 15. robyt,j.f.; and white,b.j.(1987) . biochemical techinques: theory and practice, books/cole publishing company, belmont,ca. 16. laemmli, u. k. (1970) cleavage of structural proteins during the assemble of the head of the bacteriophage t4. nature., 227:680-685. 17. durante, w.; johnson, f. k. and johnson, r. (2007). arginase: a critical regulator of nitric oxide synthesis and vascular function. clin. exp. pharmacol. physiol., 34(9): 906-911. 18. kaplan, i.; aydin, y.; bilen, y.; gen, c. f.; keles, m. s.;and eroglu, a. (2012) . the evaluation of plasma arginine,arginase, and nitric oxide levels in patients with esophageal cancer, 42(3): 403-409. 19. kim, n. n.; christianson, d. w.;and traish, a. m. (2004). role of arginase in the male and female sexual aromsal.response. j. nutr., 134(10): 2873-2879. في مصل rnase .ز . دراسة كيموحيوية ألنزيم الرايبونيوكلي٢٠١٣، دعاء حسين. ؛عمرالعباجي، صبا زكي .٢٠ .٨٠-٦٤): ٥(٢٤بأورام الرحم. مجلة علوم الرافدين، وأنسجة المصابات دم 21. bascur, l.; cabello, j.; veliz, m.;and gonzales, a. (1970). biochim.biophys.acta., 128: 149-154. 22. gasiorowska, i.; porembska, z.; jachimowic, z. j.;and machnacka, i. (1970). acta.biochim. pol., 17: 19-30. 23. tarrab, r.; rodriguez, j.; huitron,c.; palaciros, r.; and soberon, g. (1974) . eur. j. biochem., 49: 457-468. 122 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 table no. (1): mean±se of arginase activity in the sera of women with uterine fibroid and healthy women. p-value mean± se n arginase(i.u/l) <0.0001 7.99 ± 0.23 50 uterine fibroid women 0.52 ± 0.02 30 healthy women   table no. (2): isolation and purification of arginase isoenzymes from uterine fibroids women. step elute (ml) activity i.u/l total activity (iu) prot conc. mg/l total port (mg) specific activity iu/mg purification fold yield % crude serum 4 7.30 0.0292 840 3.360 0.00869 1 100 ammoniu m sulphate 2 9.9 0.0198 529 1.587 0.0187 2.151 67.80 dialysis 2 13.94 0.027 480 1.440 0.0290 3.337 92.46 sephadex g-50 2 6.99 0.0139 138 276 0.0506 5.822 47.60 ionexchange iso.i 2 4.6 0.00920 120 240 0.0383 4.407 31.50 iso.ii 2 5.21 0.0104 123 246 0.0423 4.867 35.63 iso.iii 2 5.99 0.0119 118 236 0.0507 5.834 40.75 iso.iv 2 5.8 0.0116 117 234 0.0495 5.696 39.72   123 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015   figure no.(1):purification of arginase from uterine fibroids women by using chromatography sephadex g-50.   figure no. (2): isolation of arginase isoenzymes from srea uterine fibroids women by using chromatography ion exchange deaecellulose a50.   0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 a ct iv it y a rg in a se ( i. u /l ) fraction no. activity ((i.u/l) protein concentration (g/dl) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 a ct iv it y a rg in a se ( i. u /l ) fraction no. activity ((i.u/l) protein concentration (g/dl) 124 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015                     figure no.(3):electrophoresis of isolation arginase 125 | chemistry ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 ألنزيم األرجينيز من أمصال النساء المصابات جزئيةوتنقية فصل بتليف الرحم تغريد علوم محمد أيمان عبد علي عباس منار عباس سلمان جامعة بغداد –) أبن الھيثم الصرفة)كلية التربية للعلوم /قسم الكيمياء ٢٠١٥ ر: اذا٢٥البحث في ل، قب٢٠١٥كانون الثاني ١٢استلم البحث في: الخالصة تضمنت ھذه .ھدفت الدراسة الحالية أوال إلى قياس فعالية أنزيم األرجينيز من امصال النساء المصابات بتليف الرحم ) امرأة سليمة بوصفھم مجموعة مقارنة، تراوحت أعمارھن بين 30) امرأة من المصابات بتليف الرحم و (50الدراسة ( )في فعالية أنزيم األرجينيز في النساء p>(0.0001 ) سنة في المجموعتين. بينت النتائج وجود ارتفاع معنوي30-55( ) وحدة عالمية/لتر في 0.52±0.02) وحدة عالمية/لتر، بينما كانت معدل فعاليته (7.99±0.23المصابات بتليف الرحم ( األصحاء. انزيم االرجينيز من امصال النساء المصابات بتليف الرحم من خالل الترسيب اما الھدف الثاني ھو فصل وتنقية متناظرات وكروموتوغرافيا التبادل sephadex g-50بكبريتات االمونيوم والديلزة وبأستعمال تقنية كروموتوغرافيا الترشيح الھالمي وعند استعمال طريقة الفصل تم فصل أربع متناظرات أنزيمية تختلف في درجة تنقيتھا. deae cellulose-50األيوني ظھرت حزمة coomassie blue r250وبأستعمال صبغة %10بتركيز sds-pagaعلى ھالم بالترحيل الكھربائي منفردة لكل متناظر. .: أنزيم األرجينيز، تليف الرحمالكلمات المفتاحية 129 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 omar a. abdulla haibat k. mohammadali abstract let 𝑅 be a commutative ring with identity. the aim of this paper is introduce the notion of a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule as generalization of 2-absorbing submodule and a pseudo-2-absorbing submodules. a proper submodule 𝐾 of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is called pseudo primary-2-absorbing if whenever 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). many basic properties, examples and characterizations of these concepts are given. furthermore, characterizations of pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules in some classes of modules are introduced. moreover, the behavior of a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule under 𝑅-homomorphism is studied. keywords: primary submodules, pseudo-2-absorbing submodules, pseudo primary-2absorbing submodules, multiplication modules, non-singular modules, socle of a modules. 1. introduction and basic concepts throughout this paper, we assume that all rings are commutative with identity and all 𝑅-modules are left unitary. among the famous concepts of modules theory is prime submodules, where a proper submodule 𝐾 of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is said to be a prime submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, implies that either 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 or 𝑟𝑊 ⊆ 𝐾[1]. primary submodule was introduced in [2]. as a generalization of a prime submodule, where a proper submodule 𝐾 of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is called a primary submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, implies that either 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 or 𝑟𝑛𝑊 ⊆ 𝐾 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. recently many generalizations of prime submodules were introduced such as (app-prime, 𝜑-prime, nearlyprime) submodules see[3 − 5]. darani and soheilinia in[6]. introduced the concept of 2absorbing submodule as a generalization of prime submodule, where a proper submodule 𝐾 of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is said to be 2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐾. in recent decades several generalization of 2-absorbing submodules were introduced such as nearly 2-absorbing submodule, nearly quasi-2-absorbing submodule, pseudo-2-absorbing submodule and pseudo ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2290 pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts article history: received 3 march 2019, accepted 20 march 2019, publish september 2019 department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, university of tikrit, iraq. omar.aldoori87@gmail.com dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com mailto:omar.aldoori87@gmail.com mailto:dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com 130 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 quasi-2-absorbing submodule see[6 − 9]. badwi et, in [10]. introduced the concept of 2absorbing primary ideal, where a proper ideal 𝐼 of a ring 𝑅 is called 2-absorbing primary, if whenever 𝑎𝑏𝑐 ∈ 𝐼 for 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑅, implies that either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ 𝐼 or 𝑎𝑐 ∈ √𝐼 or 𝑏𝑐 ∈ √𝐼 where √𝐼 = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟𝑛 ∈ 𝐼, for some n ∈ 𝑍+}. this led us to introduce the concept of a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule, which is generalization of 2-absorbing submodule and pseudo2-absorbing submodule. many basic properties, characterization and examples of this concept are given. the residual of submodule 𝐾 is denoted by [𝐾: 𝑊] is an ideal of 𝑅 defined by {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟𝑊 ⊆ 𝐾}[1]. the radical of a submodule 𝐾 of 𝑊 denoted by 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) or 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑊(𝐾) is defined to be the intersection of all prime submodule of 𝑊 containing 𝐾, if 𝑊 has no prime submodules containing 𝐾, then we say 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) = 𝑊 and 𝑊 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾)[2]. socle of a module 𝑊 defined by the intersection of all essential submodules of 𝑊, denoted by 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)[11]. recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is multiplication, if every submodule 𝐿 of 𝑊 is of the form 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑊 for some ideal 𝐼 of a ring [12]. recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is called faithful if 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑊) = (0). recall that an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is called non-singular if 𝑍(𝑊) = 𝑊 where (𝑊) = {𝑦 ∈ 𝑊: 𝑦𝐼 = (0), for some essential ideal i of r} [11]. 2. pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules in this section we define the concept of a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule and give some basic results of these types of submodules and discuss on the relationships with class of 2-absorbing submodules and pseudo-2-absorbing submodules. definition (1) a proper submodule 𝐾 of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is said to be a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, if whenever 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠 ∈ [𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. and a proper ideal 𝐼 of a ring 𝑅 is called a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, if 𝐼 is pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑅. remarks and examples (2) 1. it is clear that every 2-absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule, while the converse is not true in general, the following example shows that: let 𝑊 = 𝑍12, 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐾 = 〈0̅〉. 𝐾 is not 2-absorbing submodule since 2.3. 2̅ ∈ 𝐾 where 2,3 ∈ 𝑍, 2̅ ∈ 𝑍12, then 2. 2̅ = 4̅ ∉ 𝐾 and 3. 2̅ = 6̅ ∉ 𝐾 and 2.3 = 6 ∉ [𝐾: 𝑍12] = 12𝑍. but 𝐾 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑍12, since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍12) = 〈2̅〉 and 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) = 〈6̅〉 for all 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑍12 with 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 〈0̅〉, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 〈6̅〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍12) = 〈2̅〉 or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 〈6̅〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍12) = 〈2̅〉 or 𝑟𝑠 ∈ [〈0̅〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍12): 𝑍12] = [〈2̅〉: 𝑍12] = 2𝑍. that is 2.3. 2̅ ∈ 𝐾, implies that 2. 2̅ = 4̅ ∈ 〈6̅〉 + 〈2̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or 3. 2̅ = 6̅ ∈ 〈6̅〉 + 〈2̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or 2.3 = 6 ∈ [〈0̅〉 + 〈2̅〉: 𝑍12] = 2𝑍. 2. it is clear that every pseudo-2-absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule, while the converse is not true in general, the following example shows that: let 𝑊 = 𝑍, 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐾 = 8𝑍 where 𝐾 be a submodule of 𝑊. 𝐾 is not pseudo-2-absorbing submodule since 2.2.2 ∈ 8𝑍 but 2.2 ∉ 8𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) = 8𝑍 + (0) = 8𝑍 and 2.2 = 4 ∉ [8𝑍 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍): 𝑍] = 8𝑍. but 𝐾 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule of 𝑊 since 2.2.2 ∈ 8𝑍, then 2.2 = 4 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(8𝑍) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) = 2𝑍 + (0) = 2𝑍. that is for all 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 with 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) = 2𝑍 or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 2𝑍 or 𝑟𝑠 ∈ [8𝑍:𝑍 𝑍] = 8𝑍. 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 3. it is clear that every primary submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule, while the converse is not true in general, the following example shows that: let 𝑊 = 𝑍12, 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐾 = 〈0̅〉 is a submodule of 𝑊. 𝐾 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 but not primary submodule, since 3 ∈ 𝑍, 4̅ ∈ 𝑍12 such that 3. 4̅ ∈ 𝐾, but 4̅ ∉ 𝐾 = 〈0̅〉 and 3 ∉ √[〈0̅〉: 𝑍12] = √12𝑍 = 6𝑍. 4. it is clear that every prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule, while the converse is not true in general, the following example shows that: let 𝑊 = 𝑍, 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐾 = 6𝑍 . 𝐾 is not prime submodule of 𝑊, since 2,3𝑍 with 2.3 ∈ 𝐾, but 3 ∉ 𝐾 and 2 ∉ [𝐾:𝑍 𝑍] = 6𝑍. but 𝐾 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, since 2,3,1 ∈ 𝑍 with 2.3.1 ∈ 𝐾, implies that 2.3 ∈ [𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊): 𝑊] = 6𝑍 because 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) = (0). 2.1 ∉ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) = 6𝑍 and 3.1 ∉ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) = 6𝑍. that is for all 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, with 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠 ∈ [𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. the following results are characterizations of pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules. proposition (3) let 𝑊 be an 𝑅-module and 𝐾 is a proper submodule of 𝑊. then 𝐾 is a pseudo primary2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 if and only if for each 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], [𝐾:𝑊 𝑟𝑠] ⊆ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑟] ∪ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑠]. proof: (⟹) let 𝑥 ∈ [𝐾:𝑊 𝑟𝑠], where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾. but 𝐾 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], then 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). that is either 𝑥 ∈ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑟] or 𝑥 ∈ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑠], thus 𝑥 ∈ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑟] ∪ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑠]. hence [𝐾:𝑊 𝑟𝑠] ⊆ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾):𝑊 𝑟] ∪ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾):𝑊 𝑠]. ( ⟸) let 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 and 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. it follows that 𝑥 ∈ [𝐾:𝑊 𝑟𝑠], by hypothesis 𝑥 ∈ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑟] ∪ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑠]. hence 𝑥 ∈ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑟] or 𝑥 ∈ [𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑊 𝑠]. therefore 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), that is 𝐾 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proposition (4) let 𝑊 be an 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of 𝑊. then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 if and only if 𝑟𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑊, with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], implies that 𝑟𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). proof (⟹) let 𝐿 be a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, and 𝑟𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, with 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑊 with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. assume that 𝑟𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝑠𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), then 𝑟𝑘1 ∉ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝑠𝑘2 ∉ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) for some 𝑘1, 𝑘2 ∈ 𝐾. now we have 𝑟𝑠𝑘1 ∈ 𝐿 and since 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] and 𝑟𝑘1 ∉ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), then 𝑠𝑘1 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). also, since 𝑟𝑠𝑘2 ∈ 𝐿 and 132 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] and 𝑠𝑘2 ∉ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), then 𝑟𝑘2 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). again since 𝑟𝑠(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] we have 𝑟(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). suppose that 𝑟(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) = 𝑟𝑘1 + 𝑟𝑘2 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), but 𝑟𝑘2 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that 𝑟𝑘1 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) a contradiction. suppose that 𝑠(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) = 𝑠𝑘1 + 𝑠𝑘2 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), but 𝑠𝑘1 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), we have 𝑠𝑘2 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) a contradiction. hence 𝑟𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). ( ⟸) let 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 and 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. so 𝑟𝑠(𝑥) ⊆ 𝐿, it follows by hypothesis 𝑟(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). that is 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). hence 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proposition (5) let 𝑊 be an 𝑅-module and 𝐿 is a proper submodule of 𝑊. then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule of 𝑊 if and only if 𝐼𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼, 𝐽 are ideals of 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑊, implies that either 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] or 𝐼𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). proof (⟹)assume that 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, and 𝐼𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼, 𝐽 are ideals of 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑊 and 𝐼𝐽 ⊈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. we must prove that 𝐼𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). suppose that 𝐼𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝐽𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that there exists 𝑟1 ∈ 𝐼 and 𝑟2 ∈ 𝐽 such that 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). now 𝑟1𝑟2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 with 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, implies that by proposition(4) 𝑟1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. since 𝐼𝐽 ⊈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], it follows that there exists 𝑠1 ∈ 𝐼, 𝑠2 ∈ 𝐽 such that 𝑠1𝑠2 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. since 𝑠1𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, and 𝑠1𝑠2 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], we have by proposition (4) either 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). now we discussed the following cases: case one: suppose that 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) but 𝑠2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). since 𝑟1𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 with 𝑠2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), implies that 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] by proposition(4). also since 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) but 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). since (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝑠2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)and (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) implies that by proposition(4) (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. that is (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑠2 = 𝑟1𝑠2 + 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] and 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], implies that 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] a contradiction. case two: if 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) but 𝑠1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) in similarly steps of case one we get a contradiction. case three: assume that 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) but 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). now since 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that (𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). we have 𝑟1(𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and (𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), by proposition(4) 𝑟1(𝑟2 + 𝑠2) = 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. but 𝑟1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] and 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], it follows that 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. now, since 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), implies that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) since (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑟2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑟2 = 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] by proposition(4). now, since 𝑟1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] and 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], implies that 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] . also , since (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)(𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and (𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)(𝑟2 + 𝑠2) = 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑟1𝑠2 + 𝑠1𝑟2 + 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] by proposition(4). again since 𝑟1𝑟2, 𝑟1𝑠2, 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊], we get that 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊] a contradiction. thus we have either 𝐼𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). ( ⟸) obvious. proposition (6) let 𝐿 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑊, with 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) is a prime submodule of 𝑊. then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proof suppose that 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 and 𝑠𝑥 ∉ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). since 𝐿 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿), then 𝑟(𝑠𝑥) ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿), but 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) is a prime submodule of 𝑊, then 𝑟𝑊 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). that is 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), for some 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊. thus 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. lemma (7)[11, ex. 10, p. 29] let 𝐿 be an essential submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑊, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐿) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). proposition (8) let 𝐿 and 𝐾 are proper submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 such that 𝐿 ⊊ 𝐾 and 𝐾 is an essential submodule of 𝑊. if 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝐾. proof suppose that 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊. since 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule of 𝑊, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). but 𝐾 is an essential submodule of 𝑊, then by lemma(7) 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). hence we have either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾). thus 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝐾. before we introduce the next result we need to recall the following lemmas. lemma (9)[13, lemma(2.3.15)] let 𝐿, 𝐾 and 𝐷 are submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 with 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐷, then (𝐿 + 𝐾) ∩ 𝐷 = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐷) + 𝐾 = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐷) + (𝐾 ∩ 𝐷). lemma (10)[14, coro(9.9)] let 𝐾 be a submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑊, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) = 𝐾 ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). 134 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proposition (11) let 𝐿 and 𝐾 be a proper submodules of an 𝑅-module 𝑊 with 𝐿 ⊊ 𝐾 and 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) ⊆ 𝐾. if 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝐾. proof let 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊. since 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). that is either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ (𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)) ∩ 𝐾 or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ (𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)) ∩ 𝐾 or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ (𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)) ∩ 𝐾. but by lemma (9) (𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)) ∩ 𝐾 = (𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) ∩ 𝐾) = (𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) by lemma(10). thus we have either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ ( 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ ( 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ (𝐿 ∩ 𝐾) + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) ∩ 𝐾) = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐾) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐾). hence 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝐾. recall that for any submodules 𝐿, 𝐾 of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑊 with 𝐿 = 𝐼𝑊, 𝐾 = 𝐽𝑊 for some ideals 𝐼 and 𝐽 of 𝑅. the product 𝐿𝐾 = 𝐼𝑊. 𝐽𝑊 = 𝐼𝐽𝑊. that is 𝐿𝐾 = 𝐼𝐾, in particular 𝐿𝑊 = 𝐼𝑊𝑊 = 𝐼𝑊 = 𝐿. also for any 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 we have 𝐿𝑥 = 𝐼𝑥[15]. the following result gives a characterization of pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules in class of multiplication modules. proposition (12) let 𝑊 be a multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 is a proper submodule of 𝑊. then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 if and only if, whenever 𝐿1𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝐿 for 𝐿1, 𝐿2, 𝐿3 are submodules of 𝑊, implies that either 𝐿1𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐿1𝐿2𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). proof (⟹) let 𝐿 be is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 and 𝐿1𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝐿 for 𝐿1, 𝐿2, 𝐿3 are submodules of 𝑊, with 𝐿1𝐿2𝑊 ⊈ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). since 𝑊 is a multiplication, then 𝐿1 = 𝐼1𝑊 and 𝐿2 = 𝐼2𝑊 for some ideals 𝐼1, 𝐼2, 𝐼3 of 𝑅. clearly 𝐼1𝐼2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝐼1𝐼2 ⊈ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. since 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, implies that either 𝐼1𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐼2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that either 𝐿1𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). (⟸) assume that 𝐼1𝐼2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼1, 𝐼2 are ideals of 𝑅, and 𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑊. since 𝑊 is multiplication, then 𝐼1𝐼2𝐾 = 𝐿1𝐿2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, by hypothesis either 𝐿1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐿2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐿1𝐿2 ⊆ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. that is either 𝐼1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐼2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝐼1𝐼2 ⊆ [𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊):𝑅 𝑊]. then by proposition (5) 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. lemma (13)[2]. let 𝑓: 𝑊 ⟶ �̅� be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐿 is a submodule of �̅� with ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝐿, then 𝑓(𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿)) = �̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝑓(𝐿)). 135 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proposition (14) let 𝑓: 𝑊 ⟶ �̅� be an 𝑅-epimorphism and �̅� is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of �̅�. then 𝑓 −1(�̅�) is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proof let ∈ 𝑓 −1(�̅�) , where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ �̅�. since �̅� is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of �̅�, it follows that either 𝑟𝑓(𝑥) ∈ �̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(�̅�) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�) or 𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ �̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(�̅�) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�) or 𝑠𝑟�̅� ⊆ �̅� + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�).thus either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(�̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(�̅�)) + 𝑓 −1(𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�)) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝑓 −1(�̅�)) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(�̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(�̅�)) + 𝑓 −1(𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�)) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝑓 −1(�̅�)) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝑓 −1(�̅�) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). hence 𝑓 −1(�̅�) be a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proposition (15) let 𝑓: 𝑊 ⟶ �̅� be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 with ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝐿 . then 𝑓(𝐿) is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of �̅�. proof let 𝑟𝑠�̅� ∈ 𝑓(𝐿), where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, �̅� ∈ �̅�. since 𝑓 is onto, then 𝑓(𝑥) = �̅� for some𝑥 ∈ 𝑊. thus 𝑟𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝐿), implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑙) for some 𝑙 ∈ 𝐿, it follows that 𝑓(𝑟𝑠𝑥 − 𝑙) = 0, implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑥 − 𝑙 ∈ ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝐿, then 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. but 𝐿 be a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, then either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊), it follows that by lemma(13) either 𝑟𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿)) + 𝑓(𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)) ⊆ �̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝑓(𝐿)) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�) or 𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿)) + 𝑓(𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)) ⊆ �̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝑓(𝐿)) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�) or 𝑟𝑠𝑓(𝑊) ⊆ 𝑓(𝐿) + 𝑓(𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊)) ⊆ 𝑓(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�). that is either 𝑟�̅� ∈ �̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝑓(𝐿)) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�) or 𝑠�̅� ∈ �̅� − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝑓(𝐿)) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�) or 𝑟𝑠�̅� ⊆ 𝑓(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(�̅�). hence 𝑓(𝐿) is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of �̅�. lemma (16)[12, theo(2.12)]. let 𝑅 be a commutative ring with identity, 𝐿 be a proper submodule of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝑊 and 𝐴 = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. then𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) = √𝐴. 𝑊 = √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊. lemma (17)[12, coro(2.14)]. let 𝑊 be faithful multiplication 𝑅-module, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). proposition (18) let 𝑊 be a faithful multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 is a proper submodule of 𝑊. then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] is a pseudo primary-2absorbing ideal of 𝑅. proof (⟹) let 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, and 𝑟. 𝑠. 𝑡 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] for 𝑟,𝑠,𝑡 ∈ 𝑅, implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿, that is 𝑟𝑠𝑡(𝑥) ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊. but 𝑊 is a multiplication 𝑅-module, then (𝑥) = 𝐼𝑊 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. that is 𝑟𝑠(𝑡𝐼𝑊) ⊆ 𝐿. since 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊, then by proposition (4) either 𝑟(𝑡𝐼𝑊) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠(𝑡𝐼𝑊) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) by lemma (16) 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) = √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊 and by lemma (17) 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). hence we get either 𝑟(𝑡𝐼𝑊) ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑠(𝑡𝐼𝑊) ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 136 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. that is either 𝑟𝑡𝑥 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑠𝑡𝑥 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. it follows that either 𝑟𝑡𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑠𝑡𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. 𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. hence either 𝑟𝑡 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑠𝑡 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑟𝑠 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). therefore [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] is pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. (⟸) assume that [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] is pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, and 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, for 𝑟,𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, that is 𝑟𝑠(𝑥) ⊆ 𝐿. since 𝑊 is a multiplication 𝑅-module then (𝑥) = 𝐼𝑊 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. thus 𝑟𝑠𝐼𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝑟𝑠𝐼 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]. by hypothesis and proposition (4) either 𝑟𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑠𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑟𝑠 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). that is either 𝑟𝐼𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑠𝐼𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. thus by lemma (16) and lemma (17) we get 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑟𝑠𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). hence 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. we need to recall the following lemma before we introduce the next result. lemma (19)[11, coro(1.26)]. if 𝑊 is a non-singular 𝑅-modules, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). proposition (20) let 𝑊 be a non-singular multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 is a proper submodule of 𝑊. then 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊 if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. proof (⟸) let [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, and 𝑎𝑏𝑦 ∈ 𝐿, for 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑊, that is 𝑎𝑏(𝑦) ⊆ 𝐿, it follows that 𝑎𝑏𝐽𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 for 𝑊 is a multiplication 𝑅-module. hence 𝑎𝑏𝐽 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊], implies that by proposition (4) either 𝑎𝐽 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑏𝐽 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅): 𝑅] = [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). thus either 𝑎𝐽𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑏𝐽𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑎𝑏𝑊 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. hence by lemma (16) and lemma (19), we have either 𝑎𝑦 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑏𝑦 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑎𝑏𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). therefore 𝐿 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. (⟹) let it be 𝑎𝑏𝑐 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] where 𝑎,𝑏,𝑐 ∈ 𝑅, then 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿, so 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑦 ∈ 𝐿 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝑊. since 𝑊 is a multiplication𝑅-module, then (𝑦) = 𝐽𝑊, thus 𝑎𝑏𝑐(𝑦) ⊆ 𝐿, it follows that 𝑎𝑏(𝑐𝐽𝑊) ⊆ 𝐿, implies that by hypothesis and by proposition(4) either 𝑎(𝑐𝐽𝑊) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑏(𝑐𝐽𝑊) ⊆ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐿) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑎𝑏𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). it follows that by lemma (16) and by lemma (19) and 𝑊 is multiplication either 𝑎𝑐𝑦 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑏𝑐𝑦 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝑊 or 𝑎𝑏𝑊 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. hence either 𝑎𝑐𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑏𝑐𝑊 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑎𝑏𝑊 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊]𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. that is either 𝑎𝑐 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑏𝑐 ∈ √[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) = [[𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅): 𝑅]. that is [𝐿:𝑅 𝑊] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. we need to recall the following results before we introduce the next propositions. 137 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 lemma (21)[16, coro of theo. 9] let 𝐼1 and 𝐼2 are ideals of a ring 𝑅 and 𝑊 is a finitely generated multiplication 𝑅module. then 𝐼1𝑊 ⊆ 𝐼2𝑊 if and only if 𝐼1 ⊆ 𝐼2 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (𝑊). lemma (22)[17, pro. (2.4)]. let 𝑊 be a multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅 such that 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (𝑊) ⊆ 𝐼, then 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐼𝑊) = √𝐼𝑊. proposition (23) let 𝑊 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐼 is a pseudo primary2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐼𝑊 ≠ 𝑊. then 𝐼𝑊 is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proof let 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐼𝑊 for 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑊, then 𝑎𝑏(𝑥) ⊆ 𝐼𝑊, implies that 𝑎𝑏𝐽𝑊 ⊆ 𝐼𝑊 for some ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅 since 𝑊 is a multiplication. hence by lemma(21) 𝑎𝑏𝐽 ⊆ 𝐼 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (𝑊), but 𝑊 is a faithful. it follows that 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (𝑊) = (0), that is 𝑎𝑏𝐽 ⊆ 𝐼. since 𝐼 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing ideal of 𝑅, then by proposition (4) either 𝑎𝐽 ⊆ √𝐼 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑏𝐽 ⊆ √𝐼 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝐼 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅): 𝑅] = 𝐼 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅). it follows that 𝑎𝐽𝑊 ⊆ √𝐼𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑏𝐽𝑊 ⊆ √𝐼𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 or 𝑎𝑏𝑊 ⊆ 𝐼𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊. but by lemma (17)𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)𝑊 = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) and by lemma (22) √𝐼𝑊 =. 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐼𝑊). thus either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐼𝑊) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑊 − 𝑟𝑎𝑑(𝐼𝑊) + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊) or 𝑎𝑏𝑊 ⊆ 𝐼𝑊 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑊). hence 𝐼𝑊 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proposition (24) let 𝑊 be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐾 be a proper submodule of 𝑊. then the following statements are equivalent . 1. k is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. 2. [k:𝑅 w] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. 3. k = jw for some pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. proof (1) ⇔ (2) by proposition (18). (2) ⇒ (3) since [k:𝑅 w] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (𝑊) = [0: w] ⊆ [k:𝑅 w] and k = [k:𝑅 w]w, implies that k = iw where i = [k:𝑅 w] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. (3) ⟹ (2) suppose that 𝐾 = 𝐽𝑊 for some a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅. since 𝑊 is multiplication, then k = [k:𝑅 w]w = iw. since 𝑊 is faithful finitely generated multiplication then we have [k:𝑅 w] = j. thus [k:𝑅 w] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. proposition (25) let 𝑊 be a finitely generated multiplication non-singular 𝑅-module and 𝐼 be a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (𝑊) ⊆ 𝐼. then 𝐼𝑊 is a pseudo primary-2absorbing submodule of 𝑊. proof similarly as in proposition (23) and using lemma (19). 138 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 proposition (26) let 𝑊 be a finitely generated multiplication non-singular 𝑅-module and 𝐾 be a proper submodule of 𝑊. then the following statements are equivalent. 1. k is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑊. 2. [k:𝑅 w] is a pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. 3. k = jw for some pseudo primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, with 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (𝑊) ⊆ 𝐽. proof similarly as in proposition (24), by using proposition (20). 3. conclusion in this article we introduce new generalization of (prime, primary, 2-absorbing, pseudo2-absorbing) submodules called pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules and we explain the converse implication of above by examples. many characterizations of this generalization are introduced. relationships of this generalization with other classes of modules are given. references 1. lu, c.p. prime submodules of modules, commutative mathematics, university spatula. 1981, 33, 61-69. 2. lu, c.p. m-radical of submodules in modules, math. japan.1989, 34, 211-219. 3. haibt, k. m; ali, sh. a. approximaitly prime submodules and related concepts, ibnal-haithem journal for pure and apple.sci. 2019, 32, 2,114-122. 4. al-mothafar, n.s.; abdula-al-kalik, a.j. φ-prime submodules, ibn-al-haithem journal, for pure and apple. sci.2016, 29, 2, 282-291. 5. al-mothafar, n.s.; abdula-al-kalik, a.j. nearly prime submodules, international journal of advanced scientific and technical research.2015, 6, 3, 166-173. 6. reem, t.a.; shwkea, m.r. nearly 2-absorbing submodules and related concepts, tikrit journal, for pure.sci.2018, 23, 9, 104-112. 7. haibat, k.m.; khalaf, h.a. nearly quasi2-absorbing submodules, tikrit journal, for pure.sci.2018, 23, 9, 99-102. 8. haibat, k.m.; omar, a.a. pseudo-2-absorbing and pseudo semi-2-absorbing submodules, second international conference of math. in erbil. sci. (accepted in aip journal indexed in scopus,2019. 9. haibat, k.m.; omar, a.a. pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts, ibn-al-haitham journal, for pure and apple. sci.2018, 32, 2, 114-122. 10. badwi, a.; tekir, u.; yetkin, e. on 2-absorbing primary ideals in commutative rings, bull.korean math. sci.2014, 51, 4, 1163-1173. 11. goodearl, k.r. ring theory non-singular rings and modules, marcel dekker, inc. new york and basel.1976, 206. 12. el-bast, z.a.; smith, p.f. multiplication modules, comm. in algebra.1988, 16, 4, 755779. 13. kasch, f. modules and rings, london mathematical society monographs, new york, academic press.1982, 370. 14. anderson, e.w.; fuller, k.r. rings and categores of modules, springervelage new york.1992, 376. 15. darani, a.y.; soheilniai, f. 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbing submodules, tahi journal math.2011, 9, 577-584. 139 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 16. smith, p.f. some remarks on multiplication modules, arch. math.1988, 50, 223-225. 17. ahmed, a.a. on submodules of multiplication modules, m.sc. thesis, baghdad university,1992. chemistry 264 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis, characterization of new schiff base and some metal complexes derived from glyoxylic acid and o-phenylenediamine j. sh. sultan department of chemistry, college of education, ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad email: ja.sultan@yahoo.com. received in : 27 may 2012 accepted in : 7 august 2012 abstract the new schiff base, namely (2-amino-phenylimino)-acetic acid (l) was prepared from condensation of glyoxylic acid with o-phenylene diamine. the structure (l) was characterized by, ir, 1h, 13c-nmr and chn analysis. metal complexes of the ligand (l) were synthesized and their structures were characterized by atomic absorption, ir and uvvisible spectra, molar conductivity, magnetic moment and molar ratio determination (co+2, cd+2) complexes. all complexes showed octahedral geometries. key words: synthesis, characterization, schiff base, glyoxylic acid, o-phenylenediamine and metal ions introduction glyoxilic acid and its derivatives play important roles in natural processes, participating in glyoxylate cycle which functions in plants and in some microorganism[1-4]. the presence of aldehyde in the glyoxilic acid allows numerous a cyclic derivatives containing c=n bondazomethines and hydrazones[5-8]. the aim of this work is to synthesize and study the coordination behaviour of the new ligand (2-amino-phenylimino)-acetic acid (l) and its complexes with co+2, ni+2, cu+2, cd+2, hg+2 and pb+2. experimental all chemicals were purchased from bdh, and used without further purifications. instrumentation 1. ftir spectra were recorded in kbr on shimadzu8300 spectrophotometer in the range of (4000-400 cm–1). 2. the electronic spectra in h2o were recorded using the uv-visible spectrophotometer type (spectra 190-900 nm) cecil, england, with quartz cell of (1 cm) path length. 3. the melting point was recorded on "gallen kamp melting point apparatus". 4. the conductance measurements were recorded on w. t. w. conductivity meter. 5. metal analysis. the metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption (a. a.) technique. using a shimadzu pr-5. oraphic printer atomic obsorption spectrophotometer. chemistry 265 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 6. balance magnetic susceptibility model msb-mli al-nahrain university 7. the characterize of new ligand (l) is achieved by: a: 1h and 13c-nmr spectra were recorded by using a bruker 300 mhz (switzerland). chemical shift of all 1h and 13c-nmr spectra were recorded in δ(ppm) unit downfield from internal reference tetramethylsilane (tms), using d2o as a solvent. b: elemental analysis for carbon, hydrogen was using a euro vector ea 3000 a elemental analysis (italy). c: these analysis (a and b) were done in at al-al-bayt university, almafrag, jordan. synthesis 1. synthesis of (2-amino-phenylimino)-acetic acid (l) to a hot solution of o-phenylenediamine (0.074g. 1m mole) in (5ml) of ethanol, a hot solution of glyoxylic acid (0.108 g. 1 m mole) in (5ml) of ethanol was added. the solution was refluxed for 3.5 hrs. upon cooling a dark brown precipitate formed, was filtered off and recrystallized from a hot mixture of [(5ml) methanol, (5ml) acetone and (2ml) distilled water]. a dark brown precipitate, yield 85%, melting point 98100c°, chn, c= 58.53 (58.51), h = 4.87 (4.69). 2. synthesis of complexes the complex lcocl.2h2o has been synthesized as follows: to a hot solution of ligand (l) (0.164g. 1m mole) in (5ml) of ethanol, a hot solution of cobalt(ii) chloride. hexa hydrate (0.238g. 1m mole) in (5 ml) of ethanol was added. the precipitate immediately formed, the mixture was boiled and stirring for 10-15 min., filtered off. recrestallized from a hot of (10ml) methanol, a dark green precipitate, yield 80%, decomposed at 110 d°. the physical properties for synthesized ligand (l) and its complexes are shown in table (1). a similar method was used to prepare other complexes: lnicl.2h2o, l(0.164g 1m mole), nicl2.6h2o (0.238g, 1m mole), (10ml) ethanol, (10ml) methanol, yield 90% decomposed at 200 d°, lcucl.2h2o, l(0.164g, lm mole), cucl2.2h2o (0.170g, 1m mole), (10ml) ethanol, (10ml) methanol, yield 82% decomposed at 180 d°, lcdcl.2h2o, l(0.164g, lm mole), cdcl2.h2o (0.202g, 1m mole), (10ml) ethanol, (10ml) methanol, yield 95% decomposed at 160 d°, lhgcl.2h2o, l(0.164g, lm mole), hgcl2 (0.271g, 1m mole), (10ml) ethanol, (10ml) methanol, yield 78% decomposed at 190 d°, lpb(no3)2.2h2o, l(0.164g, lm mole), pb(no3)2 (0.331g, 1m mole), (10ml) ethanol, (10ml) methanol yield 82% decomposed at 210 d°. ir spectrum of the ligand (l) the ir spectrum of the (l) fig. (1) shows new strong bands at (1737, 1668) cm–1 are due to υ(c=o) of carboxylic group and hc=n imine[8-9] compared with the precursors figs. (2–3), table (4), which indicate the ligand (l) has been obtained. bands corresponding to c–h aromatic stretching at (3061) cm–1[1,5], υnh2 at (3385, 3363) cm–1 are observed[1,3]. absorption occurs as a sharp peak in the 3466 cm–1 is attributed to free (unassociated) hydroxyl–ch2cooh group[5,7,9]. chemistry 266 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 uvspectrum of the ligand (l) the uvspectrum of (l) fig. (4), table (5) was recorded in distilled water with the range (210– 400) nm. the molar absorption at (261) nm may be assigned to an π–π* transition[10]. nmr spectrum for the ligand (l) 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand (l) in dmso–d6 table (2), fig. (5) is characterized by the appearance of chemical shift related to the nh2 protonsaromatic δ–nh2 at 5.10 ppm., chemical shift of aromatic protons showed at δ 6.77–7.539 ppm. the characteristic signals at 8.21 ppm. is assigned to hc=n. the cooh signal is found at 10.354 ppm. 13c–nmr of the free ligand table (3), fig. (6) shows the hc=n peak at 143.50 ppm., the cooh peak at 170 ppm. and carbon peaks for aromatic are detected at 110-125 ppm.[5,11,12]. the ir spectra for the complexes the free ligand exhibits a strong absorption band at (1737) cm–1 due to the stretching vibration of υ(c=o) of the carboxylic group. this band is disappeared in the spectra of its complexes accompanied by the appearance of two bands one in the (1569-1514)cm–1 range due to υasymm. (coo–) and another bands in the (1398-1375) cm-1 range assigned to υsymm. (coo–), ∆υ= (171-139) cm-1. fig. (7), table (4). this indicates that the carboxylic group is monodentate coordinate[13-14]. the appearance of stretching modes assigned to nh2 and hc=n of –c=nh groups was observed at (3375–3456) cm-1 and (1660–1620) cm-1 respectively in free ligand[1-3]. the stretching vibration of azomethine group of the ligand was shifted to lower frequencies in all spectra, whereas stretching vibrations of nh2 getting broad indicating additional coordination of metal ions to nh2 and (c=n) group[1-5]. bands related to coordinate water were observed in all spectra; cd+2 (704) cm-1, ni+2 (713) cm-1, hg+2 (621) cm-1, cu+2 (669) cm-1, co+2 (775) cm-1 and pb+2 (806) cm-1. additional bands were observed at lower frequencies (600–400) cm-1 and were attributed to m–n, m–o stretching modes[1-2,5,8]. lead complex shows band at 1660 cm–1 due to the no–3 group. the electronic absorption spectral and magnetic studies the co(ii) complex exhibited band around (490) nm (20408) cm-1 (εmax=300 molar–1 cm–1) table (5), which was assigned to 4t1g(f) → 4t1g(p), for high– spin octahedral geometry. the magnetic susceptibility measurements (4.50) bm table (1), for the solid co(ii) complex is indicated of three unpaired electrons per co(ii) ion consistent with its odctahedral environment[9,16-17]. the electronic absorption spectrum of the ni(ii) complex showed broad band center at (460)nm (21739cm–1) (εmax=400molar–1 cm–1) assigned to the spin-allowed transition 3a2g(f)→3t1g(p) consistent with octahedral configuration[19,22]. the magnetic moment (2.90) bm suggested two unpaired electrons per ni(ii) also consistent with octahedral geometry. the electronic absorption spectrum of cu(ii) complex fig. (8) showed broad band at (800) nm (12500) cm–1 (εmax=224 molar–1 cm–1), which was assigned to 2eg→2t2g transition, typical for an octahedral chemistry 267 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 configuration. the magnetic moment (1.80) bm suggested one unpaired electron for cu(ii) consistent with its octahedral environment[18-19]. the spectra of cd+2, pb+2 and hg+2 complexes exhibited charge transfer bands, which were assigned to a ligand to metal charge transfer[12,20]. solutions chemistry molar ratio the complexes of the ligand (l) with selected ions (co+2, cd+2) were studied in solution using water as solvents, in order to determine (m:l) ratio in the prepared complexes, following molar ratio method[21]. a series of solutions were prepared having a constant concentration (c) 10–3 m of the hydrated metal salts and the ligand (l). the (m:l) ratio was determined from the relationship between the absorption of the observed light and mole ratio (m:l) found to be (1:1). the result of complexes formation in solution are shown in table (6–9), fig. (9–10). to determined ∆g[15]: k = ml/[m][l] (1) α = (am – as)/ am (2) k = the equation (1) is written to mole ratio (1:1) as the following kf = (1 – α)/ α2c (3) λ = εmax.b.c. (4) kf = stability constant α = decomposition degree m = metal ion l = the ligand [ ] = concentration as = the absorption of the equivalent point of mole ratio am = the maximum absorption of the mole ratio c = the complex concentration (mole. l–1). δ g = 2.303 rt log k. r = 8.303 t = 273 + 25 = 298 molar conductivity for the complexes of the ligand (l) the molar conductance of the complexes in water table (10) lies in the (3.40– 0.61) s. cm2 molar–1 range, indicating their non– electrolyte nature, except for the cu complex which its molar conductance lies in the (119) s. cm2 molar–1 range, indicating its electrolytic nature with (1:1) ratio[22]. chemistry 268 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 conclusion the schiff base ligand (l) is prepared and charcterised by c, h, n and 1h, 13c–nmr. the ligand (l) is behaved as tridentate mode: nh2, ch=n and forming octahedral complexes with m+2, where m+2 = co, ni, cu, cd, hg and pb scheme below: references 1. mishchenco, a. v.; lukov, v. v. and popov, l. d. (2011) synthesis and physico chemical study of complexation of glyoxylic acid arolhydrazone, with cu(ii) in solution and solid phale, joural of coordination chemistry, 64(11):19631976. 2. arif, m.; qurashi, m. m. r. and shad, m. a. (2001) metalbased antibacterial agents; synthesis, characterization, and in vitro biological evaluation of cefiximederived schiff bases and their complexes with zn(ii), cu(ii), ni(ii) and co(ii), journal of coordination chemistry, 64(11):1914-1930. 3. dominik, c. and branko, k. (2011) schiff base derived from 2-hydroxyl-1naphthaldehyde and liquidassisted mechanochemical synthesis of its isostructural cu(ii) and co(ii) complexes, crystengcomm, 13: 4351-4357. 4. abdulghani, a. j. and abbas, n. m. (2011) synthesis characterization and biological activity study of new schiff and mannich bases and some metal complexes derived from isatin and dithiooxamide, hindawi publishing corporation bioinorganic chemistry and applications, p. 1-15. 5. cemal, s.; zeliha, h. and hakan, d. (2011) synthesis, characterizations and structure of no doner schiff base ligands and nickel(ii) and copper(ii) complexes, journal of molecular structure, 977: 5359. 6. anant, p. and singh, k. k. (2011) synthesis, spectroscopy and biological studies of nickel(ii) complexes with tetradentate shicff basce having n2o2 donor group, j. dev. biol. tissue. engineering, 3 (2):13-19. 7. kamellia, n. and razie, s. (2011) synthesis and mesomorphic of symmetric tetradentate shicff bases based on azo-containing salicylaldimines and their copper (ii) complexes, journal of coordination chemistry, 64(11): 1859-1870. 8. sajjad, m.; shokoh, b. and asad, sh. (2011) hetero trinuclear manganese (ii) and vanadium (iv) schiff base complexes, as epoxidation catalysts, transition met chem.., 36: 425-431. c–o– o m = co+2, ni+2, cu+2, cd+2, hg+2 and pb+2 x = cl in all complexes except in lead complex x = –ono–2 oh n nh2 c h c oh o nh2 n c m h o h2o h2o x c o + hx o mx 2 h2n h2n h o chemistry 269 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 9. raj, k. d. and sharad, k. m. (2011) synthesis, spectroscopic and antimicrobial studies of new iron (iii) complexes, containing schiff bases and substituted benzoxazole ligands, journal of coordination chemistry, 64(13):2292-2301. 10. fleming, i. and william, d. h. (1966) "spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry", ed. mcgraw hill publishing company ltd, london. 11. tajmir, r. (1990) coordination chemistry of vitamin c. part i. interaction of l-ascorbic acid with alkaline earth metal ions in the crystalline solid and aqueous solution, j. inorg. biochem, 40:181-188. 12. tajmir, r. (1991) coordination chemistry of vitamin c. part (ii). interaction of l ascorbic acid with zn(ii), cd(ii), hg(ii), and mn(ii) ions in the solid state and in aqueous solution, int. j. inorg. biochem, 42: 47-55. 13. geeta, b. and ravinder, v. (2011) synthesis, characterization and biological evaluation of mononuclear co(ii)m ni(ii) and pd(ii) complexes, with new n2o2 schiff base ligand, chem.., pharm. bull., 95 (2):166-171. 14. washed, m. g.; refat, m. s. and megharbel, s. m. (2009) "synthesis spectroscopic and thermal characterization of some transition metal complexes of folic acid", spectrochimia acta a, 70(4): 916–922. 15. sutton, d. (1968) electronic spectra of transition metal complexes mc graw-hill., london. 16. malcolm, j. a.; gordonk, a. and nigam, p. r. (1999) synthesis and characterization of platinum (ii) complexes of lascorbic acid, inorg. chem., 38:5864-5869. 17. orgel, l. (1966) "an introduction to transition metal chemistry", 2nd ed, wiley, new york. 18. rakesh, k. sh.; munirathnam, n. and ashoka, g. s. (2008) asymmetric allylic alkylation by palladiumbisphosphinites, tetrahedron; asymmetry, 19:555–663. 19. lever, p. a. b. (1968) "in organic electronic spectroscopy", elsevier publishing company, new york, 6:121. 20. choi, k. y.; jeon, y. m.; lee, k. c.; ryu, h.; suh, m.; park, h. s.; kim, m. j. and song, y. h. (2004) preparation and characterization of a bidentate carboxylate bridged dinuclear cadimium(ii) complex with bis(2-pyridyl methyl) amino-3-propionic acid, journal of chemical crystollography, 34:591-596. 21. skoog, d. a. and donald, m. (1974) fundamentals of analytical chemistry altoit london edition. 22. kettle, s. f. (1975) "coordination compounds", thomas nelson and sons, london, p. 165. chemistry 270 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): the physical properties for synthesized lignad (l) and its complexes empirical formula yield % m.p. c° colour µeffect found (calc.) % metal solubility l 85 98-100c° dark brown watar, methanol, ethanol, ether, dmf, dmso lcocl.2h2o 80 110 d° dark green 4.50 (20.00) 19.66 watar, methanol, ethanol, dmf, dmso lnicl.2h2o 90 200 d° brown 2.90 (20.00) 19.31 = lcucl.2h2o 82 180 d° dark brown 1.80 (21.07) 21.80 = lcdcl.2h2o 95 160 d° brown (32.18) 32.45 = lhgcl.2h2o 78 190 d° pale brown (45.93) 45.46 = lpbno3.2h2o 82 210 d° brown (44.13) 44.50 = l=c8h8o2n2, dmf = dimethyl formamide, dmso = dimethyl sulfoxide, °d = decomposition table (2): 1h-nmr chemical shifts for l (ppm in d2o) nh2 aromatic proton hc=n cooh 5.10 ppm. 6.77-7.539 8.221 ppm 10.354 ppm table (3): 13c-nmr chemical shifts for l (ppm in d2o) hc=n cooh aromatic carbons 143.50 ppm. 170 ppm 110-125 ppm. table (4): infrared spectral data (wave number υ–) cm–1 for the ligand (l), precursors and its complexes compound υ(oh) υ(c=o) υ(nh2) υ(c=n) υ(c-h) aromatic υassm. coo– υsymm. coo– ∆cm–1 coordinate water m–n m–o glyoxylic acid 3361 1745 o-phenylene diamine 3387 3363 3057 l 3466 1737 3385 3363 1668 3061 lcocl.2h2o 3408 3375 1640 1624 3080 1558 1516 1398 1380 170 136 775 594 468 lnicl.2h2o 3404 3375 1660 1614 3060 1560 1520 1396 1380 164 140 713 572 430 lcucl.2h2o 3448 3376 1653 1622 3134 1565 1825 1394 1385 171 140 669 549 457 lcdcl.2h2o 3456 3379 1640 1620 3080 1550 1514 1386 1375 164 139 704 599 424 lhgcl.2h2o 3450 3380 1650 1620 3064 1541 1516 1398 1375 143 141 621 580 420 lpbno3.2h2o 3450 3376 1650 1630 3065 1569 1520 1384 1375 185 145 806 580 450 chemistry 271 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (5): electronic spectral data of the ligand (l) and its metal complexes compound λnm υ – wave number cm–1 (εmax molar–1 cm–1) assignments proposed structure l 261 38314 325 π→π* lcocl.2h2o 490 20408 300 4t1g(f)→4t1g(p) octahedral lnicl.2h2o 460 21739 400 4a2g(f)→4t1g(p) = lcucl.2h2o 800 12500 224 2eg→2t2g = lcdcl.2h2o 267 37453 463 c. t. = lhgcl.2h2o 268 37313 398 c. t. = lpbno3.2h2o 268 37313 398 c. t. = where l=c8h8o2n2, c.t.= charge transfer table (6): vm, vl and absorption of ligand (l), vm = volume of metal in ml, vl= volume of ligand in ml [lcocl.2h2o] [lcdcl.2h2o] vm vl abs vm vl abs 1 ml 0.25 0.772 1 ml 0.25 0.783 1 0.50 1.251 1 0.50 1.092 1 0.75 1.624 1 0.75 1.455 1 1.00 1.950 1 1.00 1.755 1 1.25 2.050 1 1.25 1.964 1 1.50 2.174 1 1.50 2.084 1 1.75 2.289 1 1.75 2.250 1 2.00 2.404 1 2.00 2.403 1 2.25 2.500 1 2.25 2.558 1 2.50 2.601 1 2.50 2.695 table (7): the absorbance values against mole– ratio values of complex [lcocl.2h2o] in solution (1×10–3 mole. l–1) in water at λ (272.8) nm no. l: m absorbance 1 0.5:1 1.251 2 1:1 1.950 3 2:1 2.404 table (8): the absorbance values against moleratio values of complex [lcdcl.2h2o] in solution (1×10–3 mole. l–1) in water at λ 272.8 nm no. l: m absorbance 1 0.5:1 1.092 2 1:1 1.775 3 2:1 2.403 table (9): stability constant and ∆g for the ligand (l) complexes compounds as am α k log k ∆g [lcocl.2h2o] 1.950 2.404 0.19 22×109 10.43 –58.9 [lcdcl.2h2o] 1.755 2.403 0.27 1×104 4 –22.7 [lcocl.2h2o] > [lcdcl.2h2o] chemistry 272 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (10): the molar conductance of the complexes* compound fragment ions λm s.cm2 molar–1 ratio lcocl.2h2o 1.71 neutral lnicl.2h2o 0.61 neutral lcucl.2h2o 119 1:1 lcdcl.2h2o 1.5 neutral lhgcl.2h2o 3.40 neutral lpbno3.2h2o 0.71 neutral * recorded in (water) solvent, where l=c8h8o2n2 fig. (1): the ir spectrum of the ligand (l) fig. (2): the ir spectrum of glyoxylic acid fig. (3): the ir spectrum of o-phenylene diamine chemistry 273 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (4): electronic spectrum of the ligand (l) fig. (5): the 1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand (l) fig. (6): the 13c-nmr spectrum of the ligand (l) chemistry 274 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 mole ratio 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 abs orb tion 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 mole ratio 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 ab so rbt ion fig. (7): the ir spectrum of the (nicl.2h2o) complex fig. (8): electronic spectrum of the (cucl.2h2o) complex fig. (9): the mole ratio curve of complex [cocl.2h2o] in solution (1×10-3 mole. l-1) at (λ=272.8 nm) fig. (10): the mole ratio curve of complex [cdcl.2h2o] in solution (1×10-3 mole. l-1) at (λ=272.8 nm) chemistry 275 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضير، تشخيص قاعدة شف جديدة وبعض المعقدات الفلزية المشتقة فنيلين داي امين -من حامض الكاليوكسيلك واورثو جاسم شهاب سلطان ، جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهيثم قسم الكيمياء، كلية التربية 2012آب 7قبل البحث في : 2012آيار 27استلم البحث في : الخالصة ) lحامض الخليك ( -فنيل إمينو)-أمينو-2قاعدة شف جديدة، ( فنيلـــين داي امـــين، وتـــم تشخيصـــها بواســـطة اطيـــاف األشـــعة تحـــت -حضـــرت مـــن تكـــاثف حـــامض الكاليوكســـيلك مـــع اورثـــو ).c.h.nوتحليل العناصر كاربون، هيدروجين ونتروجين ( 1h, 13c–nmrالحمراء، وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ) بواســطة االمتصــاص الـذري، طيــف االشــعة تحـت الحمــراء، طيــف األشــعة lحضـرت وشخصــت معقــدات الليكانـد ( المرئية، التوصيلية الموالرية، الحساسية المغناطيسية والنسبة المولية لمعقدي الكوبلت والكادميوم الثنائية التكافؤ. كل المعقدات أعطت شكل ثماني السطوح. ــــــــــة: ــــــــــات المفتاحي فنيلــــــــــين داي أمــــــــــين -ضــــــــــير، تشــــــــــخيص، قاعــــــــــدة شــــــــــف، حــــــــــامض الكاليوكســــــــــيلك، ارثــــــــــوتح الكلم وايونات الفلزات. designing a computer program to determine the points and planes in 3-dimensional projective space ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 designing a computer program to determine the points and planes in 3-dimensional projective space a. s. al-mukhtar , j.n. jassim department of computer science,college of education ibn al-haitham university of baghdad abstract the purpose of this work is to determine the points and planes of 3-dimensional projective space pg(3,2) over galois field gf(q), q=2,3 and 5 by designing a computer program. introduction the study of finite projective spaces was at one time no more than an adjunct to algebraic geometry over the real and complex numbers. but , more recently, finite spaces were studied both for their application to practical topics such as coding theory and design experiments, and for their illumination of more abstract mathematical topics such as finite group theory and graph theory. perhaps the fastest growing area of modern mathematics is combinatories that is concerned with the study of arrangement of elements into sets. these elements are usually finite in number, and the arrangement is restricted by certain boundary conditions imposed by the particular problem under investigation. much of the growth of combinatory has gone hand in hand with the development of the computer. a major reason for this rapid growth of combinatories is its wealth of application, to computer science, communications, transportations, genetics, experimental design, and so on. many of the researchers worked to determine the pointes and lines in 2-dimensional projective planes by designing computer programs. in this work, a computer program is designed to determine the points and planes in 3dimensional projective spaces over galois field gf (q), q=2, 3, 5. galois field definition (1) let κ be a finite set, κ has p elements {0, 1… p-1} where p is a prime number. define addition in κ by a +b =c if c is the remainder of a +b on division by p, i.e. a+b=c if c is a +b reduced modulo p, or, a +b = c mod p. similarly, multiplication in κ is defined by ab=c if c is the remainder of ab on dividing by p, or , ab = c (mod p). then κ with the two operations, addition and multiplication, is defined above as a field called galois field with characteristic p andisdenoted by gf (p). thus gf (p) = {0, 1… p-1| p=0}, for gf (2) = {0, 1 | 2=0}, gf (3) = {0, 1, 2 | 3=0}, gf (5) = {0, 1,2,3,4 |5=0} projective 3-spaces ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 definition (2,3) a projective 3-space pg (3, q) over galois field is a 3-dimensional projective space which consists of points, lines and planes with the incidence relation between them. any point in pg(3,q) has the form of a quadruple (x1,x2,x3,x4), where x1,x2,x3,x4 are elements in gf(q) with the exception of the quadruple consisting of four zero elements. two quadruples(x1,x2,x3,x4) and (y1,y2,y3,y4) represent the same point if there exists λ in gf(q), λ ≠ 0 such that (x1,x2,x3,x4) = λ(y1,y2,y3,y4) similarly , any plane in pg(3,q) has the form of quadruple [x1,x2,x3,x4], where x1,x2,x3,x4 are elements in gf(q) with the exception of the quadruple consisting of four zero elements. two quadruples [x1,x2,x3,x4] and [y1,y2,y3,y4] represent the same plane if there exists λ in gf(q), λ≠0 ,such that : [x1,x2,x3,x4] = λ [y1,y2,y3,y4] . also a point p(x1,x2,x3,x4) is incident with the plane π [a1, a2, a3, a4] if a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 + a4x4 =0. program parts procedure makepoints: this procedure treats generating of points for modes 2,3 and 5. the reading of points or planes is difficult for the user, because the large number of inputs (four in puts in each point and there are 40 or 156 points in modes 3 and 5 respectively), but we can generate these points in programming by using counters increasing in some way. the first step to generate the points by compute the number of points by the equation pono= 1+mo+mo²+mo³ where pono is the maximum number of points mo is the number of mode 3 or 5 . then the result of equation if mode=3 is pono=1+3+9+27=40 and if mode =5 the result of equation will be pono=1+5+25+125=156. there are some special points ,they are point 1 (1 0 0 0) points 2→mo+1, are generated in one for astatement points mo+2→ pono , are generated by some equations. procedure mainwork this procedure contains the execution of the main equation to find the planes on each point x1y1+x2y2+x3y3+x4y4 =0 if the result is 0 then the number of this plane will be added to the array of planes. the number of planes on each point in both modes should be equal to the result of equation 1+mo+mo² , if mo=3, then number of planes will be 1+3+9=13.and if mo=5 , then number of planes will be 1+5+25=31. main program the main program consists of calling the two procedures by inputting the number of mode by the user, the first call to procedure makepoint and the second call to mainwork . the last part of program is output results. the result consists of two tables: 1the first table contains the points and planes of pg (3, 3). 2the second table contains points and planes of pg (3, 5). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the program language (4) the language in which the program is executed is pascal; it had become most widely used for scientific purposes. it’s designed for teaching programming and other applications and this as based primarily on its remarkable combination of simplicity and expressivity. suggestion about the program we can improve the way of generating points and planes and finding the planes on each line by many ways in programming such as: 1using files for saving points and planes instead of arrays. 2-using matlab programming instead of pascal language . the list of program program modulo(input,output); uses wincrt; type arr1=array[1..156,1..4] of integer; arr2=array[1..156,1..32] of integer; var points:arr1; lines:arr2; i,j,mo,pono,m:integer; procedure makepoint(var points:arr1;mo:integer;var pono:integer); var i,x,y,z,a:integer; xx:array[1..7,1..4]of integer; begin pono:=1+mo+sqr(mo)+sqr(mo)*mo; points[1,1]:=1;for i:=2 to 4 do points[1,i]:=0; for i:=2 to mo+1do begin points[i,1]:=i-2;points[i,2]:=1;points[i,3]:=0;points[i,4]:=0;end; a:=mo+2; y:=0;z:=1; for i:=a to pono do begin x:=(i mod mo)-2; if((x=-2) or (x=-1)) then x:=x+mo; points[i,1]:=x; if((x=0) and (i>(mo+2)))then y:=y+1; if((y mod mo)=0) then y:=0; points[i,2]:=y; if ((i>1+mo+sqr(mo))and (i<=1+2*sqr(mo))) then z:=0; if (i=(2+mo+(z+2)*sqr(mo))) then z:=z+1; points[i,3]:=z; if (i<=1+mo+sqr(mo))then points[i,4]:=0 else points[i,4]:=1; end;(* for i*) end;(*procedure 1*) procedure mainwork(var lines:arr2;points:arr1;pono:integer;var m:integer); var y:array[1..4] of integer; i,j,k,sum,res:integer; begin for i:=1 to pono do ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 begin m:=0; for j:=1 to pono do begin for k:=1 to 4 do y[k]:=points[j,k]; sum:=0; for k:=1 to 4 do sum:=sum+points[i,k]*y[k]; res:=sum mod mo; if res=0 then begin m:=m+1; lines[i,m]:=j; end; end;(*for j*) end;(*for i*) end;(* procedure *) begin(*main program*) write('enter the no. of mode please..?'); readln(mo); makepoint(points,mo,pono); mainwork(lines,points,pono,m); case mo of 3:writeln(' table (1)'); 5:writeln(' table (2)'); end; writeln(' points and planes of pg(3,',mo,')'); writeln('-------------------------------------------------------------------------------'); writeln(' i ',' pi ',' pli '); writeln('-------------------------------------------------------------------------------'); for i:=1 to pono do begin if (i<10) then write(' ',i,' ') else if(i<100) then write(' ',i,' ') else write(' ',i,' '); write('('); for j:=1 to 4 do if j<4 then write(points[i,j],',') else write(points[i,j],')'); write(' '); if (m<=13) then for j:=1 to m do if(lines[i,j]<10)then write(lines[i,j],' ') else write(lines[i,j],' ') else begin for j:=1 to 16 do begin if(j<>16) then ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 if(lines[i,j]<10) then write(lines[i,j],' ') else if(lines[i,j]<100) then write(lines[i,j],' ') else write(lines[i,j],' ') else write(lines[i,j]); end; writeln; write(' '); for j:=17 to m do begin if(lines[i,j]<10)then write(lines[i,j],' ') else if(lines[i,j]<100)then write(lines[i,j],' ') else write(lines[i,j],' '); end; end; writeln; end;readln; end.(*main program*) references 1.ismael,n.a.,(2005),”complete (k,n)-arcs in the projective plane pg(2,13)”,m.sc.thesis,college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad 2. hirschefeld,j.w.p. (1998),”projective geometries over finite fields”,second edition ,oxford university press. 3. al mukhtar ,a.s.(2008)”complete arcs and surfaces in three dimensional of technology. 4. robert, w. sebesta (1993) “concepts of programming languages” ,university of colorado, colarado springs ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table( 1 ) :points and planes of pg(3,3) i pi πi 1 (1,0,0,0) 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35 38 2 (0,1,0,0) 1 5 6 7 14 15 16 23 24 25 32 33 34 3 (1,1,0,0) 4 5 10 12 14 19 21 23 28 30 32 37 39 4 (2,1,0,0) 3 5 9 13 14 18 22 23 27 31 32 36 40 5 (0,0,1,0) 1 2 3 4 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 6 (1,0,1,0) 2 7 10 13 14 17 20 25 28 31 33 36 39 7 (2,0,1,0) 2 6 9 12 14 17 20 24 27 30 34 37 40 8 (0,1,1,0) 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 29 30 31 35 36 37 9 (1,1,1,0) 4 7 9 11 14 19 21 25 27 29 34 35 40 10 (2,1,1,0) 3 6 10 11 14 18 22 24 28 29 34 35 39 11 (0,2,1,0) 1 8 9 10 14 15 16 26 27 28 38 39 40 12 (1,2,1,0) 3 7 8 12 14 18 22 25 26 30 33 37 38 13 (2,2,1,0) 4 6 8 13 14 19 21 24 26 31 34 36 38 14 (0,0,0,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 (1,0,0,1) 2 5 8 11 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 37 40 16 (2,0,0,1) 2 5 8 11 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 17 (0,1,0,1) 1 5 6 7 20 21 22 29 30 31 38 39 40 18 (1,1,0,1) 4 5 10 12 16 18 20 25 27 29 34 36 38 19 (2,1,0,1) 3 5 9 13 15 19 20 24 28 29 33 37 38 20 (0,2,0,1) 1 5 6 7 17 18 19 26 27 28 35 36 37 21 (1,2,0,1) 3 5 9 13 16 17 21 25 26 30 34 35 39 22 (2,2,0,1) 4 5 10 12 15 17 22 24 26 31 33 35 40 23 (0,0,1,1) 1 2 3 4 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 24 (1,0,1,1) 2 7 10 13 16 19 22 24 27 30 32 35 38 25 (2,0,1,1) 2 6 9 12 15 18 21 25 28 31 32 35 38 26 (0,1,1,1) 1 11 12 13 20 21 22 26 27 28 32 33 34 27 (1,1,1,1) 4 7 9 11 16 18 20 24 26 31 32 37 39 28 (2,1,1,1) 3 6 10 11 15 19 20 25 26 30 32 36 40 29 (0,2,1,1) 1 8 9 10 17 18 19 29 30 31 32 33 34 30 (1,2,1,1) 3 7 8 12 16 17 21 24 28 29 32 36 40 31 (2,2,1,1) 4 6 8 13 15 17 22 25 27 29 32 37 39 32 (0,0,2,1) 1 2 3 4 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 (1,0,2,1) 2 6 9 12 16 19 22 23 26 29 33 36 39 34 (2,0,2,1) 2 7 10 13 15 18 21 23 26 29 34 37 40 35 (0,1,2,1) 1 8 9 10 20 21 22 23 24 25 35 36 37 36 (1,1,2,1) 4 6 8 13 16 18 20 23 28 30 33 35 40 37 (2,1,2,1) 3 7 8 12 15 19 20 23 27 31 34 35 39 38 (0,2,2,1) 1 11 12 13 17 18 19 23 24 25 38 39 40 39 (1,2,2,1) 3 6 10 11 16 17 21 23 27 31 33 37 38 40 (2,2,2,1) 4 7 9 11 15 17 22 23 28 30 34 36 38 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table(2) : points and planes of pg(3,5) i pi pli 1 (1,0,0,0) 2 7 12 17 22 27 32 37 42 47 52 57 62 67 72 77 82 87 92 97 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 142 147 152 2 (0,1,0,0) 1 7 8 9 10 11 32 33 34 35 36 57 58 59 60 61 82 83 84 85 86 107 108 109 110 111 132 133 134 135 136 3 (1,1,0,0) 6 7 16 20 24 28 32 41 45 49 53 57 66 70 74 78 82 91 95 99 103 107 116 120 124 128 132 141 145 149 153 4 (2,1,0,0) 4 7 14 21 23 30 32 39 46 48 55 57 64 71 73 80 82 89 96 98 105 107 114 121 123 130 132 139 146 148 155 5 (3,1,0,0) 5 7 15 18 26 29 32 40 43 51 54 57 65 68 76 79 82 90 93 101 104 107 115 118 126 129 132 140 143 151 154 6 (4,1,0,0) 3 7 13 19 25 31 32 38 44 50 56 57 63 69 75 81 82 88 94 100 106 107 113 119 125 131 132 138 144 150 156 7 (0,0,1,0) 1 2 3 4 5 6 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 8 (1,0,1,0) 2 11 16 21 26 31 32 37 42 47 52 61 66 71 76 81 85 90 95 100 105 109 114 119 124 129 133 138 143 148 153 9 (2,0,1,0) 2 9 14 19 24 29 32 37 42 47 52 59 64 69 74 79 86 91 96 101 106 108 113 118 123 128 135 140 145 150 155 10 (3,0,1,0) 2 10 15 20 25 30 32 37 42 47 52 60 65 70 75 80 83 88 93 98 103 111 116 121 126 131 134 139 144 149 154 11 (4,0,1,0) 2 8 13 18 23 28 32 37 42 47 52 58 63 68 73 78 84 89 94 99 104 110 115 120 125 130 136 141 146 151 156 12 (0,1,1,0) 1 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 77 78 79 80 81 97 98 99 100 101 117 118 119 120 121 137 138 139 140 141 13 (1,1,1,0) 6 11 15 19 23 27 32 41 45 49 53 61 65 69 73 77 85 89 93 97 106 109 113 117 126 130 133 137 146 150 154 14 (2,1,1,0) 4 9 16 18 25 27 32 39 46 48 55 59 66 68 75 77 86 88 95 97 104 108 115 117 124 131 135 137 144 151 153 15 (3,1,1,0) 5 10 13 21 24 27 32 40 43 51 54 60 63 71 74 77 83 91 94 97 105 111 114 117 125 128 134 137 145 148 156 16 (4,1,1,0) 3 8 14 20 26 27 32 38 44 50 56 58 64 70 76 77 84 90 96 97 103 110 116 117 123 129 136 137 143 149 155 17 (0,2,1,0) 1 17 18 19 20 21 32 33 34 35 36 67 68 69 70 71 102 103 104 105 106 112 113 114 115 116 147 148 149 150 151 18 (1,2,1,0) 5 11 14 17 25 28 32 40 43 51 54 61 64 67 75 78 85 88 96 99 102 109 112 120 123 131 133 141 144 147 155 19 (2,2,1,0) 6 9 13 17 26 30 32 41 45 49 53 59 63 67 76 80 86 90 94 98 102 108 112 121 125 129 135 139 143 147 156 20 (3,2,1,0) 3 10 16 17 23 29 32 38 44 50 56 60 66 67 73 79 83 89 95 101 102 111 112 118 124 130 134 140 146 147 153 21 (4,2,1,0) 4 8 15 17 24 31 32 39 46 48 55 58 65 67 74 81 84 91 93 100 102 110 112 119 126 128 136 138 145 147 154 22 (0,3,1,0) 1 22 23 24 25 26 32 33 34 35 36 72 73 74 75 76 87 88 89 90 91 127 128 129 130 131 142 143 144 145 146 23 (1,3,1,0) 4 11 13 20 22 29 32 39 46 48 55 61 63 70 72 79 85 87 94 101 103 109 116 118 125 127 133 140 142 149 156 24 (2,3,1,0) 3 9 15 21 22 28 32 38 44 50 56 59 65 71 72 78 86 87 93 99 105 108 114 120 126 127 135 141 142 148 154 25 (3,3,1,0) 6 10 14 18 22 31 32 41 45 49 53 60 64 68 72 81 83 87 96 100 104 111 115 119 123 127 134 138 142 151 155 26 (4,3,1,0) 5 8 16 19 22 30 32 40 43 51 54 58 66 69 72 80 84 87 95 98 106 110 113 121 124 127 136 139 142 150 153 27 (0,4,1,0) 1 12 13 14 15 16 32 33 34 35 36 62 63 64 65 66 92 93 94 95 96 122 123 124 125 126 152 153 154 155 156 28 (1,4,1,0) 3 11 12 18 24 30 32 38 44 50 56 61 62 68 74 80 85 91 92 98 104 109 115 121 122 128 133 139 145 151 152 29 (2,4,1,0) 5 9 12 20 23 31 32 40 43 51 54 59 62 70 73 81 86 89 92 100 103 108 116 119 122 130 135 138 146 149 152 30 (3,4,1,0) 4 10 12 19 26 28 32 39 46 48 55 60 62 69 76 78 83 90 92 99 106 111 113 120 122 129 134 141 143 150 152 31 (4,4,1,0) 6 8 12 21 25 29 32 41 45 49 53 58 62 71 75 79 84 88 92 101 105 110 114 118 122 131 136 140 144 148 152 32 (0,0,0,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 (1,0,0,1) 2 7 12 17 22 27 36 41 46 51 56 61 66 71 76 81 86 91 96 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 34 (2,0,0,1) 2 7 12 17 22 27 34 39 44 49 54 59 64 69 74 79 84 89 94 99 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 144 149 154 35 (3,0,0,1) 2 7 12 17 22 27 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 36 (4,0,0,1) 2 7 12 17 22 27 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143 148 153 37 (0,1,0,1) 1 7 8 9 10 11 52 53 54 55 56 77 78 79 80 81 102 103 104 105 106 127 128 129 130 131 152 153 154 155 156 38 (1,1,0,1) 6 7 16 20 24 28 36 40 44 48 52 61 65 69 73 77 86 90 94 98 102 111 115 119 123 127 136 140 144 148 152 39 (2,1,0,1) 4 7 14 21 23 30 34 41 43 50 52 59 66 68 75 77 84 91 93 100 102 109 116 118 125 127 134 141 143 150 152 40 (3,1,0,1) 5 7 15 18 26 29 35 38 46 49 52 60 63 71 74 77 85 88 96 99 102 110 113 121 124 127 135 138 146 149 152 41 (4,1,0,1) 3 7 13 19 25 31 33 39 45 51 52 58 64 70 76 77 83 89 95 101 102 108 114 120 126 127 133 139 145 151 152 42 (0,2,0,1) 1 7 8 9 10 11 42 43 44 45 46 67 68 69 70 71 92 93 94 95 96 117 118 119 120 121 142 143 144 145 146 43 (1,2,0,1) 5 7 15 18 26 29 36 39 42 50 53 61 64 67 75 78 86 89 92 100 103 111 114 117 125 128 136 139 142 150 153 44 (2,2,0,1) 6 7 16 20 24 28 34 38 42 51 55 59 63 67 76 80 84 88 92 101 105 109 113 117 126 130 134 138 142 151 155 45 (3,2,0,1) 3 7 13 19 25 31 35 41 42 48 54 60 66 67 73 79 85 91 92 98 104 110 116 117 123 129 135 141 142 148 154 46 (4,2,0,1) 4 7 14 21 23 30 33 40 42 49 56 58 65 67 74 81 83 90 92 99 106 108 115 117 124 131 133 140 142 149 156 47 (0,3,0,1) 1 7 8 9 10 11 47 48 49 50 51 72 73 74 75 76 97 98 99 100 101 122 123 124 125 126 147 148 149 150 151 48 (1,3,0,1) 4 7 14 21 23 30 36 38 45 47 54 61 63 70 72 79 86 88 95 97 104 111 113 120 122 129 136 138 145 147 154 49 (2,3,0,1) 3 7 13 19 25 31 34 40 46 47 53 59 65 71 72 78 84 90 96 97 103 109 115 121 122 128 134 140 146 147 153 50 (3,3,0,1) 6 7 16 20 24 28 35 39 43 47 56 60 64 68 72 81 85 89 93 97 106 110 114 118 122 131 135 139 143 147 156 51 (4,3,0,1) 5 7 15 18 26 29 33 41 44 47 55 58 66 69 72 80 83 91 94 97 105 108 116 119 122 130 133 141 144 147 155 52 (0,4,0,1) 1 7 8 9 10 11 37 38 39 40 41 62 63 64 65 66 87 88 89 90 91 112 113 114 115 116 137 138 139 140 141 53 (1,4,0,1) 3 7 13 19 25 31 36 37 43 49 55 61 62 68 74 80 86 87 93 99 105 111 112 118 124 130 136 137 143 149 155 54 (2,4,0,1) 5 7 15 18 26 29 34 37 45 48 56 59 62 70 73 81 84 87 95 98 106 109 112 120 123 131 134 137 145 148 156 55 (3,4,0,1) 4 7 14 21 23 30 35 37 44 51 53 60 62 69 76 78 85 87 94 101 103 110 112 119 126 128 135 137 144 151 153 56 (4,4,0,1) 6 7 16 20 24 28 33 37 46 50 54 58 62 71 75 79 83 87 96 100 104 108 112 121 125 129 133 137 146 150 154 57 (0,0,1,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 58 (1,0,1,1) 2 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51 56 60 65 70 75 80 84 89 94 99 104 108 113 118 123 128 132 137 142 147 152 59 (2,0,1,1) 2 9 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 49 54 61 66 71 76 81 83 88 93 98 103 110 115 120 125 130 132 137 142 147 152 60 (3,0,1,1) 2 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 58 63 68 73 78 86 91 96 101 106 109 114 119 124 129 132 137 142 147 152 61 (4,0,1,1) 2 8 13 18 23 28 33 38 43 48 53 59 64 69 74 79 85 90 95 100 105 111 116 121 126 131 132 137 142 147 152 62 (0,1,1,1) 1 27 28 29 30 31 52 53 54 55 56 72 73 74 75 76 92 93 94 95 96 112 113 114 115 116 132 133 134 135 136 63 (1,1,1,1) 6 11 15 19 23 27 36 40 44 48 52 60 64 68 72 81 84 88 92 101 105 108 112 121 125 129 132 141 145 149 153 64 (2,1,1,1) 4 9 16 18 25 27 34 41 43 50 52 61 63 70 72 79 83 90 92 99 106 110 112 119 126 128 132 139 146 148 155 65 (3,1,1,1) 5 10 13 21 24 27 35 38 46 49 52 58 66 69 72 80 86 89 92 100 103 109 112 120 123 131 132 140 143 151 154 66 (4,1,1,1) 3 8 14 20 26 27 33 39 45 51 52 59 65 71 72 78 85 91 92 98 104 111 112 118 124 130 132 138 144 150 156 67 (0,2,1,1) 1 17 18 19 20 21 42 43 44 45 46 77 78 79 80 81 87 88 89 90 91 122 123 124 125 126 132 133 134 135 136 68 (1,2,1,1) 5 11 14 17 25 28 36 39 42 50 53 60 63 71 74 77 84 87 95 98 106 108 116 119 122 130 132 140 143 151 154 69 (2,2,1,1) 6 9 13 17 26 30 34 38 42 51 55 61 65 69 73 77 83 87 96 100 104 110 114 118 122 131 132 141 145 149 153 70 (3,2,1,1) 3 10 16 17 23 29 35 41 42 48 54 58 64 70 76 77 86 87 93 99 105 109 115 121 122 128 132 138 144 150 156 71 (4,2,1,1) 4 8 15 17 24 31 33 40 42 49 56 59 66 68 75 77 85 87 94 101 103 111 113 120 122 129 132 139 146 148 155 72 (0,3,1,1) 1 22 23 24 25 26 47 48 49 50 51 62 63 64 65 66 102 103 104 105 106 117 118 119 120 121 132 133 134 135 136 73 (1,3,1,1) 4 11 13 20 22 29 36 38 45 47 54 60 62 69 76 78 84 91 93 100 102 108 115 117 124 131 132 139 146 148 155 74 (2,3,1,1) 3 9 15 21 22 28 34 40 46 47 53 61 62 68 74 80 83 89 95 101 102 110 116 117 123 129 132 138 144 150 156 75 (3,3,1,1) 6 10 14 18 22 31 35 39 43 47 56 58 62 71 75 79 86 90 94 98 102 109 113 117 126 130 132 141 145 149 153 76 (4,3,1,1) 5 8 16 19 22 30 33 41 44 47 55 59 62 70 73 81 85 88 96 99 102 111 114 117 125 128 132 140 143 151 154 77 (0,4,1,1) 1 12 13 14 15 16 37 38 39 40 41 67 68 69 70 71 97 98 99 100 101 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 78 (1,4,1,1) 3 11 12 18 24 30 36 37 43 49 55 60 66 67 73 79 84 90 96 97 103 108 114 120 126 127 132 138 144 150 156 79 (2,4,1,1) 5 9 12 20 23 31 34 37 45 48 56 61 64 67 75 78 83 91 94 97 105 110 113 121 124 127 132 140 143 151 154 80 (3,4,1,1) 4 10 12 19 26 28 35 37 44 51 53 58 65 67 74 81 86 88 95 97 104 109 116 118 125 127 132 139 146 148 155 81 (4,4,1,1) 6 8 12 21 25 29 33 37 46 50 54 59 63 67 76 80 85 89 93 97 106 111 115 119 123 127 132 141 145 149 153 82 (0,0,2,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 83 (1,0,2,1) 2 10 15 20 25 30 36 41 46 51 56 59 64 69 74 79 82 87 92 97 102 110 115 120 125 130 133 138 143 148 153 84 (2,0,2,1) 2 11 16 21 26 31 34 39 44 49 54 58 63 68 73 78 82 87 92 97 102 111 116 121 126 131 135 140 145 150 155 85 (3,0,2,1) 2 8 13 18 23 28 35 40 45 50 55 61 66 71 76 81 82 87 92 97 102 108 113 118 123 128 134 139 144 149 154 86 (4,0,2,1) 2 9 14 19 24 29 33 38 43 48 53 60 65 70 75 80 82 87 92 97 102 109 114 119 124 129 136 141 146 151 156 87 (0,1,2,1) 1 22 23 24 25 26 52 53 54 55 56 67 68 69 70 71 82 83 84 85 86 122 123 124 125 126 137 138 139 140 141 88 (1,1,2,1) 6 10 14 18 22 31 36 40 44 48 52 59 63 67 76 80 82 91 95 99 103 110 114 118 122 131 133 137 146 150 154 89 (2,1,2,1) 4 11 13 20 22 29 34 41 43 50 52 58 65 67 74 81 82 89 96 98 105 111 113 120 122 129 135 137 144 151 153 90 (3,1,2,1) 5 8 16 19 22 30 35 38 46 49 52 61 64 67 75 78 82 90 93 101 104 108 116 119 122 130 134 137 145 148 156 91 (4,1,2,1) 3 9 15 21 22 28 33 39 45 51 52 60 66 67 73 79 82 88 94 100 106 109 115 121 122 128 136 137 143 149 155 92 (0,2,2,1) 1 27 28 29 30 31 42 43 44 45 46 62 63 64 65 66 82 83 84 85 86 127 128 129 130 131 147 148 149 150 151 93 (1,2,2,1) 5 10 13 21 24 27 36 39 42 50 53 59 62 70 73 81 82 90 93 101 104 110 113 121 124 127 133 141 144 147 155 94 (2,2,2,1) 6 11 15 19 23 27 34 38 42 51 55 58 62 71 75 79 82 91 95 99 103 111 115 119 123 127 135 139 143 147 156 95 (3,2,2,1) 3 8 14 20 26 27 35 41 42 48 54 61 62 68 74 80 82 88 94 100 106 108 114 120 126 127 134 140 146 147 153 96 (4,2,2,1) 4 9 16 18 25 27 33 40 42 49 56 60 62 69 76 78 82 89 96 98 105 109 116 118 125 127 136 138 145 147 154 97 (0,3,2,1) 1 12 13 14 15 16 47 48 49 50 51 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 112 113 114 115 116 142 143 144 145 146 98 (1,3,2,1) 4 10 12 19 26 28 36 38 45 47 54 59 66 68 75 77 82 89 96 98 105 110 112 119 126 128 133 140 142 149 156 99 (2,3,2,1) 3 11 12 18 24 30 34 40 46 47 53 58 64 70 76 77 82 88 94 100 106 111 112 118 124 130 135 141 142 148 154 100 (3,3,2,1) 6 8 12 21 25 29 35 39 43 47 56 61 65 69 73 77 82 91 95 99 103 108 112 121 125 129 134 138 142 151 155 101 (4,3,2,1) 5 9 12 20 23 31 33 41 44 47 55 60 63 71 74 77 82 90 93 101 104 109 112 120 123 131 136 139 142 150 153 102 (0,4,2,1) 1 17 18 19 20 21 37 38 39 40 41 72 73 74 75 76 82 83 84 85 86 117 118 119 120 121 152 153 154 155 156 103 (1,4,2,1) 3 10 16 17 23 29 36 37 43 49 55 59 65 71 72 78 82 88 94 100 106 110 116 117 123 129 133 139 145 151 152 104 (2,4,2,1) 5 11 14 17 25 28 34 37 45 48 56 58 66 69 72 80 82 90 93 101 104 111 114 117 125 128 135 138 146 149 152 105 (3,4,2,1) 4 8 15 17 24 31 35 37 44 51 53 61 63 70 72 79 82 89 96 98 105 108 115 117 124 131 134 141 143 150 152 106 (4,4,2,1) 6 9 13 17 26 30 33 37 46 50 54 60 64 68 72 81 82 91 95 99 103 109 113 117 126 130 136 140 144 148 152 107 (0,0,3,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 108 (1,0,3,1) 2 9 14 19 24 29 36 41 46 51 56 58 63 68 73 78 85 90 95 100 105 107 112 117 122 127 134 139 144 149 154 109 (2,0,3,1) 2 8 13 18 23 28 34 39 44 49 54 60 65 70 75 80 86 91 96 101 106 107 112 117 122 127 133 138 143 148 153 110 (3,0,3,1) 2 11 16 21 26 31 35 40 45 50 55 59 64 69 74 79 83 88 93 98 103 107 112 117 122 127 136 141 146 151 156 111 (4,0,3,1) 2 10 15 20 25 30 33 38 43 48 53 61 66 71 76 81 84 89 94 99 104 107 112 117 122 127 135 140 145 150 155 112 (0,1,3,1) 1 17 18 19 20 21 52 53 54 55 56 62 63 64 65 66 97 98 99 100 101 107 108 109 110 111 142 143 144 145 146 113 (1,1,3,1) 6 9 13 17 26 30 36 40 44 48 52 58 62 71 75 79 85 89 93 97 106 107 116 120 124 128 134 138 142 151 155 114 (2,1,3,1) 4 8 15 17 24 31 34 41 43 50 52 60 62 69 76 78 86 88 95 97 104 107 114 121 123 130 133 140 142 149 156 115 (3,1,3,1) 5 11 14 17 25 28 35 38 46 49 52 59 62 70 73 81 83 91 94 97 105 107 115 118 126 129 136 139 142 150 153 116 (4,1,3,1) 3 10 16 17 23 29 33 39 45 51 52 61 62 68 74 80 84 90 96 97 103 107 113 119 125 131 135 141 142 148 154 117 (0,2,3,1) 1 12 13 14 15 16 42 43 44 45 46 72 73 74 75 76 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 137 138 139 140 141 118 (1,2,3,1) 5 9 12 20 23 31 36 39 42 50 53 58 66 69 72 80 85 88 96 99 102 107 115 118 126 129 134 137 145 148 156 119 (2,2,3,1) 6 8 12 21 25 29 34 38 42 51 55 60 64 68 72 81 86 90 94 98 102 107 116 120 124 128 133 137 146 150 154 120 (3,2,3,1) 3 11 12 18 24 30 35 41 42 48 54 59 65 71 72 78 83 89 95 101 102 107 113 119 125 131 136 137 143 149 155 121 (4,2,3,1) 4 10 12 19 26 28 33 40 42 49 56 61 63 70 72 79 84 91 93 100 102 107 114 121 123 130 135 137 144 151 153 122 (0,3,3,1) 1 27 28 29 30 31 47 48 49 50 51 67 68 69 70 71 87 88 89 90 91 107 108 109 110 111 152 153 154 155 156 123 (1,3,3,1) 4 9 16 18 25 27 36 38 45 47 54 58 65 67 74 81 85 87 94 101 103 107 114 121 123 130 134 141 143 150 152 124 (2,3,3,1) 3 8 14 20 26 27 34 40 46 47 53 60 66 67 73 79 86 87 93 99 105 107 113 119 125 131 133 139 145 151 152 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 125 (3,3,3,1) 6 11 15 19 23 27 35 39 43 47 56 59 63 67 76 80 83 87 96 100 104 107 116 120 124 128 136 140 144 148 152 126 (4,3,3,1) 5 10 13 21 24 27 33 41 44 47 55 61 64 67 75 78 84 87 95 98 106 107 115 118 126 129 135 138 146 149 152 127 (0,4,3,1) 1 22 23 24 25 26 37 38 39 40 41 77 78 79 80 81 92 93 94 95 96 107 108 109 110 111 147 148 149 150 151 128 (1,4,3,1) 3 9 15 21 22 28 36 37 43 49 55 58 64 70 76 77 85 91 92 98 104 107 113 119 125 131 134 140 146 147 153 129 (2,4,3,1) 5 8 16 19 22 30 34 37 45 48 56 60 63 71 74 77 86 89 92 100 103 107 115 118 126 129 133 141 144 147 155 130 (3,4,3,1) 4 11 13 20 22 29 35 37 44 51 53 59 66 68 75 77 83 90 92 99 106 107 114 121 123 130 136 138 145 147 154 131 (4,4,3,1) 6 10 14 18 22 31 33 37 46 50 54 61 65 69 73 77 84 88 92 101 105 107 116 120 124 128 135 139 143 147 156 132 (0,0,4,1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 133 (1,0,4,1) 2 8 13 18 23 28 36 41 46 51 56 57 62 67 72 77 83 88 93 98 103 109 114 119 124 129 135 140 145 150 155 134 (2,0,4,1) 2 10 15 20 25 30 34 39 44 49 54 57 62 67 72 77 85 90 95 100 105 108 113 118 123 128 136 141 146 151 156 135 (3,0,4,1) 2 9 14 19 24 29 35 40 45 50 55 57 62 67 72 77 84 89 94 99 104 111 116 121 126 131 133 138 143 148 153 136 (4,0,4,1) 2 11 16 21 26 31 33 38 43 48 53 57 62 67 72 77 86 91 96 101 106 110 115 120 125 130 134 139 144 149 154 137 (0,1,4,1) 1 12 13 14 15 16 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 87 88 89 90 91 117 118 119 120 121 147 148 149 150 151 138 (1,1,4,1) 6 8 12 21 25 29 36 40 44 48 52 57 66 70 74 78 83 87 96 100 104 109 113 117 126 130 135 139 143 147 156 139 (2,1,4,1) 4 10 12 19 26 28 34 41 43 50 52 57 64 71 73 80 85 87 94 101 103 108 115 117 124 131 136 138 145 147 154 140 (3,1,4,1) 5 9 12 20 23 31 35 38 46 49 52 57 65 68 76 79 84 87 95 98 106 111 114 117 125 128 133 141 144 147 155 141 (4,1,4,1) 3 11 12 18 24 30 33 39 45 51 52 57 63 69 75 81 86 87 93 99 105 110 116 117 123 129 134 140 146 147 153 142 (0,2,4,1) 1 22 23 24 25 26 42 43 44 45 46 57 58 59 60 61 97 98 99 100 101 112 113 114 115 116 152 153 154 155 156 143 (1,2,4,1) 5 8 16 19 22 30 36 39 42 50 53 57 65 68 76 79 83 91 94 97 105 109 112 120 123 131 135 138 146 149 152 144 (2,2,4,1) 6 10 14 18 22 31 34 38 42 51 55 57 66 70 74 78 85 89 93 97 106 108 112 121 125 129 136 140 144 148 152 145 (3,2,4,1) 3 9 15 21 22 28 35 41 42 48 54 57 63 69 75 81 84 90 96 97 103 111 112 118 124 130 133 139 145 151 152 146 (4,2,4,1) 4 11 13 20 22 29 33 40 42 49 56 57 64 71 73 80 86 88 95 97 104 110 112 119 126 128 134 141 143 150 152 147 (0,3,4,1) 1 17 18 19 20 21 47 48 49 50 51 57 58 59 60 61 92 93 94 95 96 127 128 129 130 131 137 138 139 140 141 148 (1,3,4,1) 4 8 15 17 24 31 36 38 45 47 54 57 64 71 73 80 83 90 92 99 106 109 116 118 125 127 135 137 144 151 153 149 (2,3,4,1) 3 10 16 17 23 29 34 40 46 47 53 57 63 69 75 81 85 91 92 98 104 108 114 120 126 127 136 137 143 149 155 150 (3,3,4,1) 6 9 13 17 26 30 35 39 43 47 56 57 66 70 74 78 84 88 92 101 105 111 115 119 123 127 133 137 146 150 154 151 (4,3,4,1) 5 11 14 17 25 28 33 41 44 47 55 57 65 68 76 79 86 89 92 100 103 110 113 121 124 127 134 137 145 148 156 152 (0,4,4,1) 1 27 28 29 30 31 37 38 39 40 41 57 58 59 60 61 102 103 104 105 106 122 123 124 125 126 142 143 144 145 146 153 (1,4,4,1) 3 8 14 20 26 27 36 37 43 49 55 57 63 69 75 81 83 89 95 101 102 109 115 121 122 128 135 141 142 148 154 154 (2,4,4,1) 5 10 13 21 24 27 34 37 45 48 56 57 65 68 76 79 85 88 96 99 102 108 116 119 122 130 136 139 142 150 153 155 (3,4,4,1) 4 9 16 18 25 27 35 37 44 51 53 57 64 71 73 80 84 91 93 100 102 111 113 120 122 129 133 140 142 149 156 156 (4,4,4,1) 6 11 15 19 23 27 33 37 46 50 54 57 66 70 74 78 86 90 94 98 102 110 114 118 122 131 134 138 142 151 155 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد الثالثي االسقاطي فضاءلتعيين النقاط والمستويات في الصميم برنامج حاسوبي ت االبعاد امال شهاب المختار، جنان نصيف جاسم ابن الهيثم،جامعة بغداد -قسم علوم الحاسبات ، كلية التربية الخالصة ايرراب ل ث ثةثررع ا ررب لفضررب رره اررم م رر ام اررب تبيررم ل لم ارراا الااررب مال يررمماب الغرر م ررا ارر ا ال pg(3,q) فل تاه كبلمgf(q), q=2,3 and 5 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 156 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract supra nanoparticles (submicron) of chicken bones fibers were used (before and after treated with citric acid solution) as additives to dental composite with the weight ratios (1%, 2% and 4%). the main mechanical tests represented by hardness, wear resistance and compression strength was carried out on the improvement dental composites. the addition of treated supra nanoparticles chicken thigh bones with particles size (300 nm) by weight ratio (1%) to ordinary dental composite resin , significantly improves all of its mechanical properties, in addition to the increase the value of the its glass transition temperature from 43oc to 45.4 oc. the techniques x-ray diffraction (xrd), energy dispersive spectroscopy (eds) and electron microscope images (sem) were used to interpretation all the results that are improved mechanically and thermally. keywords: dental composite, epoxy, hardness, wear resistance, compressive strength, chicken thigh bone. 1. introduction dental amalgam toxicity due to the presence of the element mercury in its composition, therefore dental composite resin was used instead of it, composites resin is a liquid with high viscosity, which hardens after polymerization, by applying external energy [1]. there are two phases in composite resin a matrix phase, as polymer and the reinforcing phase as fillers[2]. the oldest resin polymetyl methacrylate (pmma) was used in the middle of the last century, but it’s use accompanies many problems such as shrinkage, which leads to lower wear resistance. to overcome the shrinkage problem the quartz was used as a filler in ppma resin, but quartz very hard, so the composite resin was very difficult to polish [1] . doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2998 article history: received 4 september 2022, accepted 24 octobet 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq improvement of dental composite resin using supra -nano chicken thigh bone fibers rand b. lutfi department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. rand.bassem1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq widad h. jassim department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. widad.h.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rand.bassem1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:widad.h.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 157 the monomer matrix currently used in composite resin is bis phenol a-glycidyl (bis-gma) with chemical composition (c29h36o8), this monomer has a reactive carbon double bond at end of monomer chains that very increase during polymerization. triethylene glycol dimethacrylate (tegdma) that has low molecular weight was added to (bis-gma) as a diluter to reduce its viscosity and control the volumetric shrinkage[4]. various mineral fillers like aluminum silicate, zirconium and silicate zinc glasses, are used to reinforce the dental composite risen to reduce its shrinkage during the curing process [5]. to begin the polymerization and hardening process of dental composite resin, external energy like (chemical, heat and radiant) where be used to combine an electrons with the free radicals that liberated (from methacrylate monomer chains) to form covalent bonds[1]. the viscous liquid transforms to viscoelastic solid with higher density because of the shrinkage, the polymerization shrinkage reduces by increasing the filler amount and the molecular weight of the resin [5]. bone is composite material consist 35% organic material like proteins ( collagen ) with water and 65% inorganic material named carbonatehydroxyapatite [6]. the apatite is pale green to purple mineral consists of calcium phosphate with some fluorine, chorine and some elements.the natural calcium phosphates (cp) contain the hydroxyapatite (ha) and tri -calcium phosphate (tcp). both (ha) and (tcp) are bio ceramics, the ( tcp) has higher rate of degradation, while the ( ha) was biocompatible and bioactive because it’s bonding properties with the surrounding tissues [7] . in this research, to extract the (cp) from chicken thigh bones, the citric acid solution used to remove the organic material, this may be observed by the color change, where the raw bone fibers have brown color but the color changed to white after treated with acid solution. the dental composite was developed by adding certain percentage of supra nano chicken thigh bone particles before and after treated with (5%wt.) of citric acid solution, the chicken thigh bone powder was environmentally friendly material and does not contain any toxicity in its chemical composition in addition to containing natural calcium which increases the resistance of the teeth to external stresses (hardness, wear, and compressive strength) that the teeth are exposed to, especially the molar (black teeth). 2.2. materials and methods 2. 2.1 materials the composite resin used in this work was a monomer matrix, with trade name (shofu beautifil ii) this matrix containing the bis phenol a-glycidyl (bis-gma) and triethylene glycol dimethacrylate (tegdma). shofu beautifil ii contains s-prg fillers based on fluorocarbon alumina silicate glass, polymerization initiator and pigments to decreased polymerization shrinkage. the size range of the spherical submicron filler was (0.10.3 micrometer) with mean particle size (0.2 micrometer), which was designed to wear resistance and to get the glossy tooth. shofu beautifil ii be sensitive to led rays with a wavelength ranging between (440-500 nm) and curing time (10 sec) or to halogen rays with a wavelength ranging between (400-500 nm) and curing time (20 sec) to start the hardening process. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 158 this technology of hardening is named a radical amplified photo polymerization initiator (rap). the chicken thigh bones were washed well and dried in oven at temperature (60 oc) before milling to supranano fibers, that have particles size ranged between (100-1000 nm), bigger than nanoscale particle size. the chicken thigh bones fibers of size (0.3 micrometer) and density (1.8 gm/cm3) used as reinforcement phase addition in shofu beautifil ii (hybrid composites). some of chicken thigh bones fibers were treated with the citric acid solution (with concentration 5% ) for 24 hours to get rid of organic material, then washed well with water for three times and dried in oven for 7 hours before adding to dental composite resin. 2.2.2 method a dental composite resin mixed with raw (not treating) and treating chicken thigh bones fibers with the weight ratios % 1, 2% and 4%. figure (1) shows the steps of dental resin solidification, where the resin sitting on a epoxy specimen with rectangular dimensions ~ (28×11×11 mm). this is done first by placing a binder to the upper surface of an epoxy specimen, to connect the dental filling with epoxy material, that simulates the gums in humans.the second step is to adjust the surface of the filling well to a certain thickness and the shine ultraviolet rays (led) on it for a period of ten seconds until it solidifies well, then a second layer of the filling is placed and rays are shed on it, in the same way as before, to ensure the solidification process for each layer and obtain a strong dental filling. in this research, the (rap) polymerization was done by using (led) curing light, model: cl. n1, voltage (100 -240 v), frequency (50-60 hz) and intensity (260 mw/cm2). figure 1: the steps of preparing and curing dental composite. a) putting the chemical bond on the surface of the epoxy. b) laying the dental composite on upper surface of epoxy. c) adjusting the dental composite on epoxy. d) hardening of the dental composite by uvlight. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 159 2.3.mechanical tests 2.3.1 hardness test shore (d) hardness device model th210 manufactured in italy was used to check the hardness values of ordinary composite resin and the improved dental composite resin by adding different weight ratios of untreated and treated the supra nano chicken thigh bones particles with citric acid solution. 2.3.2 wear test the wear rate of ordinary and improved dental composite was done using pin-on-disk, the load applied on the specimen was (500 gm). the specimen under the wear test was rotated around the center of the metallic disk by a distance (r = 9 cm) for time (t = 5 min) and the number of turns was (n = 375 cycle/min). equation (1) used to is determine the wear rate [8]. wear rate = wo−w 𝑠 …….(1) where wo: the initial weight specimen. w: the final weight specimen. the value of sliding distance (s) determine using equation (2). s =2лrnt ……. (2) 2.3.3 compressive test the test was done on specimens of a dental composite resin holding on the epoxy using a universal compression test machine, the compressive stress was calculated using the equation(3) [8]. stress = 𝐹(𝑁) 𝐴(𝑚𝑚2) ……..(3) where f: is the compressive force applied to the specimen. a: is the base area. 2.4 differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) dsc (separate evo 131) was used to determine the glass transition temperature of ordinary and reinforced dental composite resin, with heating rate (10 oc/ min) and temperature range (20-400 oc). dsc measure the quantitative heat flow as a function of the temperature of sample or time, for knowing how a substance behave towards an increase temperature, this curve provides the information on softening temperature tg, which the resin transform from a hard (glassy) to viscous liquid [12] . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 160 2.5 x-ray diffraction technique (xrd) x-ray diffraction device of the type (shimadzu japan) (xrd600) has been employed using the x-ray with wavelength (1.54 ao), the scanning range of the rays ranging between (1080 degrees). 2.6 energy dispersive spectroscopy (eds) the elements compositions of ordinary and reinforced dental composite resin were fixed using (eds) technique (procar) made in germany, equipped with the sem technique. 2.7 scanning electron microscopy (sem) to examine the dental filling samples and determine the homogeneity of the filling in these samples, they were coated with a thin layer of gold to be photographed in the electronic scanning device (tescan) manufactured in england. 3. result 3.1 hardness test the hardness values for the ordinary and the reinforced dental composites resins, are shown in figure(2). hardness values are increased from (95) for the ordinary dental composite resin to highest values (96) and (97.05) by adding weight ratio (1%) of raw and treating chicken thigh bones fibers, respectively . that means the hardness value of ordinary dental composite resin, was improved by adding the chicken thigh bones particles, causes the improvement in the hardness values, this results are agreed with [10]. it is possible to observe that the adding the chicken thigh bones particles with a small proportion made these natural fibers well dispersed in ordinary composite resin, which helps to strengthening the composite resin matrix by blocking the propagation of the crack [10]. figure (2): the effect of adding the raw and treating chicken thigh bones fibers in different weight fractions on the hardness value of dental composite. 95 97.4 96 74.8 95 96 91 90 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 1% 2% 4% h a rd n e ss (n o .) weight fraction % treated samples un-treated samples ihjpas. 36(2)2023 161 3.2 wear test to determine the wear rate of a dental composite that simulates the process of chewing food in opposite directions by the molar or posterior teeth, a wear adhesive test was performed on the ordinary and reinforced dental composite. figure(3) shows that the ordinary composite has a high value of wear rate (4.25×10-9 gm/cm), compared to the lower rate values (2.83×10-9 gm/cm) and (1.42 ×10-9 gm/cm) of improved dental composite resin, that reinforced with chicken thigh fibers with weight ratio (1%) before and after treated with acid solution. figure (3): wear rate of ordinary and reinforced dental composites. the reducing in wear rate in improved dental composite resins, means the (1% wt.) of chicken thigh fibers are considered an important factor in increasing the wear resistance of the dental composite and reducing the effect of the process of chewing food (opposite stresses on the dental composite). by comparing the hardness values and the wear rate values in the two figures (2) and (3), it appears that an inverse relationship between the hardness values and the wear rate of the material, this completely agrees with [8,9]. 3.3 compression test in this test, an axial load was applied to the specimens.the samples of epoxy that holding the ordinary and improved dental composite resin with adding the chicken fibers by the weight ratios (1%, 2% and 4%) before and after treating, were subjected to compressive forces, as summarized in table (1), the values of change length (l – lo) and stress of the specimens are increased with the increase in the values of the applied force. 4.25 2.83 4.25 5.661 4.25 1.42 2.83 5.66 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0% 1 2 4 w e a r ra te × 1 0 9 g m /c m weight fraction% un-treated samples ihjpas. 36(2)2023 162 table 1: compressive strength of ordinary and reinforced dental composite resin holding on epoxy bars. figure (4) shows the relationship between compressive strength of samples and weight ratios of chicken thigh bones fibers in dental composite resin, where the weight ratio (1%) was the best proportion of chicken thigh bones fibers addition. the treatment of chicken thigh bones fibers with citric acid solution will improve the compressive strength of sample from (33.835 mpa) for improving the dental composite with raw chicken thigh bones fibers to (38.05 mpa ) for improving the dental composite with treatment chicken thigh bones fibers, at the best amount value of powder addition (1%), this because the get rid of organic material that exists in raw chicken thigh bones fibers. figure (5) shows that the weight ratio (1%) of chicken thigh bone fibers improved the strain of dental composite resin , from (0.048) for ordinary dental composite to (0.059 ) for dental composite with raw chicken bones fibers and to (0.089) for dental composite resin with treated chicken bones fibers, that mean the (1% of treated chicken bone fibers) was enough to overcome the shrinkage problem in dental composite resin. ordinary dental composite ordinary dental composite +1% c.b ordinary dental composite +2% c.b ordinary dental composite +4% c.b f (n) ∆ l (mm) (σ) (n/mm2) ε f(n) ∆ l (mm) (σ) (n/mm2) ε f(n) ∆ l (mm) (σ) (n/mm2) ε f(n)\ ∆ l (mm) (σ) (n/mm2) ε 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 0.1 6.2703 0.004 500 0.1 6.384 0.004 500 0.1 6.31 0.0043 500 0.1 6.377 0.003 1000 0.21 12.54 0.008 1000 0.4 12.768 0.005 1000 0.23 12.626 0.009 1000 0.33 12.755 0.013 1500 0.45 18.81 0.018 1500 0.63 19.152 0.008 1500 0.66 18.939 0.025 1500 0.5 19.133 0.019 2000 0.93 25.08 0.037 2000 0.81 25.536 0.01 2000 0.91 25.252 0.035 2000 0.8 25.51 0.031 2500 1.2 31.35 0.048 2500 1.3 31.92 0.016 2500 1.4 31.565 0.054 2650 1.5 33.835 0.059 epoxy ordinary dental composite +1% tc.b ordinary dental composite +2% tc.b ordinary dental composite +4% tc.b f (n)\0 ∆ l (mm)\0% (σ). ε f (n) ∆ l (mm)\1% (σ) (n/mm2) ε f(n) ∆ l (mm)\2% (σ) (n/mm2) ε f(n) ∆ l (mm) (σ) (n/mm2) ε 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 0.05 6.4355 0.002 500 0.1 6.341 0.0041 500 0.13 6.47 0.0052 500 0.12 6.12 0.0047 1000 1.4 12.8711 0.057 1000 0.5 12.683 0.02 1000 0.53 12.94 0.021 1000 0.43 12.25 0.016 1500 2.1 19.5025 0.085 1500 0.91 19.025 0.037 1500 0.71 19.41 0.028 1500 0.81 18.37 0.031 1650 2.9 21.2382 0.117 2000 1.29 25.367 0.053 2000 1.01 25.88 0.04 2000 1.17 24.5 0.045 2500 1.57 31.709 0.064 2500 1.41 32.36 0.057 2200 1.31 26.95 0.051 3000 2.17 38.05 0.089 2650 1.7 34.3 0.068 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 163 figure4: compressive strength values of samples with different weight fractions of fibers before and after treated. figure5: the maximum values of samples strain with different weight fractions of fibers before and after treated. table (1) shows that the compression strength of pure epoxy was (21.23 mpa) by applied the force (1650 n), the compressive strength of sample (epoxy + dental composite) reach to maximum value (31.35 mpa) by applied the force (2500 n). the compressive strength will increase to (33.835 mpa) by applied the force (2650 n) for the sample (epoxy + dental composite/ 1 % untreated chicken fibers) and to (38.05 mpa ) by applied the force (3000 n) for the sample (epoxy + dental composite/ 1 % treated chicken fibers), that mean the net compressive strength are ( 10.12 mpa), (12.6 mpa) and (16.8mpa) for ordinary dental composite resin, dental composite resin mixed with 1% raw chicken bone fibers and dental composite resin mixed with 1% treated chicken bone fibers, respectively, these results are agreed with [5]. 3.4 differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) figure (6) shows that the ordinary dental composite have the glass transition temperature (43 oc) which is agree with the range of glass transition values in the literature [13]. by the addition the (1%wt.) of treaded supra nano chicken thigh bone to this dental composite, the glass transition temperature was increase to (~ 45.5 oc) that mean the improvement in glass 31.35 38.05 34.3 26.95 31.35 33.835 31.565 25.51 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 1 2 4 c o m p r e ss iv e s tr e n g th (n /m m 2 ) weight fraction % "ordinary dental composite+tc.b " "ordinary dental composite+c.b " 0.048 0.089 0.068 0.051 0.048 0.059 0.054 0.031 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0 1 2 4 ε max. w e ig h t fr a c ti o n % ordinary dental composite+c.b ordinary dental composite+tc.b ihjpas. 36(2)2023 164 transition temperature by (~ 6%) , but with adding the ratio (1%) of untreated chicken thigh bones fibers to dental composite was not affected on its glass transition value , this because the values of the glass transition temperature is affected by the percentage of elements composition in the fillers [12] . figure 6 : differential scanning calorimetry curves of ordinary and improvement dental composites. 3.5 x-ray diffraction figure (7) shows the x-ray diffraction patterns of raw (un treated) and treat chicken thigh bone fibers, because the eliminating of organic material, the x-ray diffraction of treated chicken bone fibers have distinctive peaks and more crystalline structure compared with the peaks of raw bones fibers . figure 7 : x-ray diffraction patterns of raw and treated chicken bones fibers. -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 h e a tf lo w ( µ v ) sample temperature (°c) ordinary dental composite ordinary dental composite +1% c.b ordinary dental composite+1%tc.b ihjpas. 36(2)2023 165 the intensity of three mains peaks, diffraction angles and the full width at half maximum( fwhm) of raw and treated chicken bones fibers, were summarized in table (2). using scherer formula (4) and and the informations in table (2) the crystallites size (d) of raw and treat chicken thigh bone fibers were estimate. crystallite size (d) of raw chicken thigh bone fibers was about (26 nm) and increase up to (44.77 nm) for treating chickenbones fibers, this results areagreed with the crystallite size (38.48 nm) of heat treatment chicken bone fibers, where the bones fibers calcined at 1000oc [7]. table 2 : x-ray diffraction angles and the ( fwhm) for raw and treated chicken bones fibers raw chicken bone fiber peak no. θ (deg) fwhm(deg) intensity (counts) 11 32.3126 1.744 101 12 33.9589 1.0134 27 16 18.9063 2.16 26 treated chicken bone fiber 4 5.8191 0.325 94 32 22.8787 0.4733 73 14 12.1389 0.406 52 d= 𝐾 λ 𝐵𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 … … … (4)[7] where λ: x ray wave length . k : scherrer constant , which equal to 0.94 𝜃: is the diffraction angle b: is full width at half maximum 3.6 edx measurements figures (8-10) and table (3) shows the eds peaks and chemical compositions of (dental composite resin), (dental composite resin /1% raw c.b fs ) and ( dental composite resin/1% treated c.b fs) respectively . the elements c and o are consistent in ordinary dental composite with high rate, some elements like n, si, f and al were found in small percentages. by adding the raw chicken thigh bones fibers to dental composite resin, the structure of final composite will changed, some elements like ca and w will appear in high rate (31.47%) and (11.18) , other elements like na and mn were appeared in small percentages , while the percentages of o, c , si and al were changed. the percentage of o element in raw chicken thigh bone fibers in table (3) was very high, this because the chicken bone marrow continued stem cells that can be grow to red cells, which carries oxygen to every parts of the body , this results are agreed with [14] . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 166 the treatment of chicken thigh bones fibers will be greatly increased the ca and c elements in the structure of improvement dental composite resin, this may the reason of the improvement of (dental composite resin / 1% treated chicken bone fibers) in different mechanical properties and in the increase its glass transition temperature . figure 8: edx pattern of ordinary dental composite resin figure 9: edx pattern of ordinary dental composite resin with 1% raw c.b. fs. figure 10: edx pattern of ordinary dental composite resin with 1% t.c.b .fs. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 167 table 3: the elements compositions of ordinary and improvement dental composites. ordinary dental composite ordinary dental composite +1% c.b. ordinary dental composite +1% t.c.b element wt. % element wt. % element wt. % c 75.97 ca 31.47 ca 62.79 o 17.02 o 23.71 c 27.8 n 4.54 c 14.86 o 7.66 si 1.77 w 11.18 mn 0.94 f 0.40 si 7.29 si 0.59 al 0.30 al 5.63 al 0.19 k 0.00 f 4.85 na 0.03 na 0.77 mn 0.23 3.7 scanning electron microscopy sem figure (11) shows the morphology of ordinary dental composite, with different magnification, a high degree of roughness with white color in images (a) was appeared, this due to agglomeration of the fillers like silicate in this resin , which causes crack initiation , and low in mechanical properties like hardness, wear, the weakness in its compressive strength and low in compressive strain and glass transition temperature values, causes the shrinkage of composite. images (b) shows some gaps and the surface was more fragile if they compared with images (c), this because the presence of oxygen element in high rate in the chemical composition of raw chicken thigh bones fibers. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 168 the adding of the chicken thigh bones fibers with weight ratio (1%) to dental composite, lead to improve its hardness and wear resistance, this because of the nature of bio ceramic filler (chickenbone fibers), which play a good roll in strengthening the dental composite resin with adding the treatment chicken thigh bones fibers to dental composite resin with weight ratio (1%) the mechanical properties were more improved , these improvements due to two reasons, the first was the abundance of calcium in high rate, that leads to strengthening the dental composite against the external stresses , the second reason was the good dispersion of this suitable value of addition in dental composite matrix, which lead to good in interfacial bonding between the fillers and dental composite resin , as appear in microstructure photographs in figure (11 c). figure 11: sem images of fracture surface of a) dental composite. b) dental composite resin/ 1% c.bfs c) dental composite resin / 1% t .c.bfs with magnification 1 ) 200 × 2) 400× 3)1000× 4) 1500× conclusions chicken thigh bones fibers were selected as natural bio-ceramic particles to improve the mechanical properties of dental composite resin by incorporated this raw bone fibers. to get further improvements in mechanical properties of dental composite resin like hardness values, wear resistance and compressive strength, a treat chicken thigh bones fibers was used in small weight percentage (1%) . the treatment of chicken thigh bones with a citric acid solution, considered as economical method for calcium phosphate extraction that leads get the improvement in mechanical properties of dental composite, by (2.52%), (66.58%) and (21.37%) for hardness, wear resistance and compressive strength respectively, also a big improvement achieved in the maximum compressive strain (85.41%) which means the overcome of shrinkage problem in dental composite resin. the addition of treated chicken thigh bones fibers by 1% of weight ratio to dental composite cases the raising in its glass transition temperature which rises by the ratio (~ 6 % ), also the (1%) was optimal weight ratio of addition to improve the crystallinity of dental composite resin and ihjpas. 36(2)2023 169 changing its elements composition by fortify it with natural calcium which increases the its resistance to external stresses . acknowledgement authors are grateful to, education college of pure science-ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad and applied science and nano technology departments in technology university. special thanks to the directors areej abdel ghafour and riam in the specialized dental health center in al-baladiat. references 1. yori rachmia riva; siti fauzitah rahman dental composite resin: a rview, the 4th biomedical engineerings recent progress in biomaterials, 2019. 2. youssef a.soliman; elsayed m. mahmoud; mohammed h. gepree; rania r. the ability of coffee to stain nanoohybrid composite resins, alexandria dental journal. 46 issue 1 section b, 91-95, 2021 3. narendra pal singh chauhan; kiran meghwal; pinki b. punjabi; jyoti chaudhary; paridhi kataria encyclopedia of biomedical polymer and polymeric biomaterials, 2501-2521, 2015. 4. caroline lumi miyazaki; igor studart medeiros; jivaldo do rosario matos; leonardo eloy rodrigues filho thermal characterization of dental composites by tg/dtg and dsc, j therm anal calorim110, 2010, 361-367. 5. meenakumari, c.; k.manohar bhat; rahul bansa; nitika singh evaluation of mechanical properties of newer nanoposterior restorative resin composites: an in vitro study, contemporary clinical dentistry, 2018. 6. m.vallet–regi; d.arcos biomimetic nanoceramics in clinical use from materials to applications. cambridge, rsc publishing, 2008. 7. toibah a.r.; misran, f.; zaleha mustafa a shaaban calcium phosphate from waste animal bones: phase identification analysis calcium phosphate from waste animal bones: phase identification analysis, journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 2018. 8. majeed, a.h.; ibrahim, s.q. mechanical properties of unsaturated polyester filled with silica fume, glass powder and carbon black, engineering and technology journal, 2017, 35, part a. 6. 9. akindapo; agov; garba; ogabi comparative assessment of mechanical properties of groundnut shell and rice husk reinforced epoxy composites, american journal of mechanical engineering, 2017,5,3, 76-86. 10. mohammed j. kadhim; hamza m.kamal; layla muhsen hasan, the wear caracteristics of thermoset polymers composite filled with ceramic particles, journal of mechanical engineering development 2021, 44, 3, 322-333,. 11. tokuyama , technical report, wear resistance of new composite resin ( first report) 2007. https://www.researchgate.net/scientific-contributions/f-misran-2152061068 https://www.researchgate.net/profile/zaleha-mustafa https://www.researchgate.net/scientific-contributions/a-shaaban-2139815190 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 170 12.widad, j. hamdi1; nadir, f. habubi preparation of epoxy chicken eggshell composite as thermal insulation, j aust ceram soc 2018. 13. bernardi, m.i.b.; rojas, s.s.; andreeta, m.r.b.; a.n. de s. rastelli; hernandes, a.c.; bagnato,v.s. thermal analysis and.strectural investigation of different dental composite resins, journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 2008, 94. 14. sumatra al ghuzaili; anna jesil; saravanan, a.m extraction of calcium phosphate from animal bones, international journal of engineering research and technology, 2019,8,136-138. microsoft word 171-183 170 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 soft strongly generalized mapping with respect to an ideal in soft topological space alyasaa j. bidaiwi narjis a. dawood dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure sciences ( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad. received in: 19 march 2015, accepted in: 26 may 2015 abstract in this work, we introduced and studied a new kind of soft mapping on soft topological spaces with an ideal, which we called soft strongly generalized mapping with respect an ideal i, we studied the concepts like ssig-continuous, contra-ssig-continuous, ssig-open, ssig-closed and ssig-irresolute mapping and the relations between these kinds of mappings and the composition of two mappings of the same type of two different types, with proofs or counter examples. key words: ssig-continuous, contra-ssig-continuous, ssig-irresolute, ssig-closed mapping, ssig-open mapping. .this paper is a part of m.sc. thesis of alyasaa supervised by narjis 171 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction the concept of soft sets was introduced, for the first time, by molodtstov in (1999) , as a generalization of fuzzy sets, soft sets are used as a tool to ideal with uncertain objects. recently, in (2013), the study of soft topological spaces was introduced by d. n. georgiou, a. c. megaritis, they used the concept of soft set to define a topology ,that leads to a new world in general topology, the study soft strongly generalized closed set with respect to an ideal in soft topological space, and is denoted by ssig-closed set, introduced by alyasaa j. and narjis a. in [1]. we gave the definitions of ssig-continuous mapping, ssig-open, ssigclosed, ssig-irresolute, contra-ssig-continuous mapping. the composition of these mappings are also discussed. 1preliminary concepts and results   definition (1.1)[2]: for a ⊆ e, the pair (f,a) is called a soft set over x, where f is a mapping given by f:a → p(x). in other words, the soft set is a parametrized family of subsets of the set x. every set f(e), e ∈ e, from this family may be considered as the set of e-elements of the soft set (f,e) , or as the set of e-approximate elements of the soft set. clearly, a soft set is not a set. note(1.2): in what follows by ss(x,e) we denote the family of all soft sets over x. definition(1.3)[1]: for two soft sets (f,a) and (g,b) in ss(x,e) , we say that (f, a) is a soft subset of (g, b) if a b and ( ) ( ),f e g e e a   . definition (1.4) [1]: the union of two soft sets (f, a) and (g,b) over the common universe x is the soft set (h,c), where c = a∪b and for all e ∈ c, ( ) ( ) ( )h e f e g e  . definition(1.5)[2]: the intersection of two soft sets (f,a) and (g,b) over the common universe x is the soft set (h,c), where c = a∩b and for all e ∈ c, h(e) = f(e)∩g(e). definition(1.6) [3]: let (f,e) be a soft set over x and xx. we say that x (f,e) whenever xf(α) for all αe. note that for xx, x (f,e) if xf(α) for some α ∈ e. definition(1.7)[3]: a soft set (f,a) over x is said to be a null soft set, denoted by a , if for all e ∈ a, f(e)= (null set), where ( )a e e a    . definition(1.8) [3]: a soft set (f,a) over x is said to be an absolute soft set, denoted by ax , if for all e ∈ a , f(e)= x. clearly, we have c ax = a and c a  = ax . definition(1.9) [3]: let τ be a collection of soft sets over x with the fixed set e of parameters , then τ ss(x,e). we say that the family τ defines a soft topology on x if the following axioms are true : 1ax , a τ , 2 if (g,a) , (h,a) τ , then (g,a)  (h,a) τ, 3if (g i ,a)τ for every i  , then i  (g i ,a)τ. then τ is called a soft topology on x and the triple (x,τ,e) is called soft topological spaces over x . 172 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 definition(1.10) [4]: let e be a set of parameters, a nonempty collections i of soft subsets over x is called a soft ideal on x if the following holds (1) if (f,a)∈i and (g,b)  (f,a) implies (g,b)∈i (heredity), (2) if (f,a) and (g,a) ∈ i, then (f,a)  (g,a) ∈ i (additivity). if i is ideal on x and y is subset of x, then iy = { ey  ii : ii ∈ i , i} is an ideal on y. definition(1.11) [4] :let (x,τ,e) be a soft topological space with an ideal i . a soft set (f,e) ∈ss(x,e) is called soft generalized closed set with respect to an ideal i (soft ig-closed) if cl(f,e)-(g,e)∈ i whenever (f,e)  (g,e) and (g,e)∈ τ . the relative complement (f,e)c is called soft generalized open set with respect to an ideal i (soft ig-open). definition(1.12) [2]: let (x,τ,e) be a soft topological space with an ideal i. a soft subset (a,e) of (x,τ,e) is said to be soft strongly generalized closed set with respect to an ideal i ,(briefly ssigclosed), if cl(int(a,e))-(b,e)∈i whenever (a,e)  (b,e) and (b,e) is soft open set. the relative complement (f,e)c is soft strongly generalized open set with respect to an ideal i,(briefly ssigclosed). proposition(1.13) [1]: let (x,τ,e) be a soft topological space with an ideal i. then every soft closed set is an ssig-closed set. corollary(1.14) [1]: let (x,τ,e) be a soft topological space with an ideal i. then every soft open set is an ssig-open set. proposition(1.15) [1]: every soft g-closed set is a soft strongly generalized closed set with respect to an ideal i . corollary(1.16) [1]: every soft g-open set is a soft strongly generalized open set with respect to an ideal i . theorem(1.17) [1]: every soft igclosed set is a soft strongly generalized closed set with respect to a soft ideal i . definition(1.18) [1]:let (a,e) be a soft set in a soft topological space ( , ,e) with an ideal i, then the interior of (a,e) is the union of all ssig-open sets which are contained in (a,e). and denoted it by int*(a,e) proposition(1.19) [1]:let (a,e) be a soft open set in a soft topological space ( , ,e) with an ideal i, then int*(a,e)=(a,e). proposition (1.20) [1]:let (a,e) be any soft set in a soft topological space ( , ,e) with an ideal i, then int(a,e)  int*(a,e). definition(1.22) [1]:for any soft subset (a,e) in a soft topological space ( , ,e) with an ideal i, the ssig-closure of (a,e), denoted by c *(a,e), is defined by the intersection of all ssigclosed sets containing (a,e). theorem (1.23) [1]:if (a,e) is ssig‐closed set in a soft topological space ( , ,e) with an ideal i ,then (a,e)= c *(a,e). proposition(1.24) [1]: let (a,e) be any soft set of a soft topological space ( , ,e) with an ideal i, then c *(a,e)  c (a,e). 173 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 2. soft strongly generalized mapping with respect to an ideal in soft topological space. definition(2.1)[6]:let ss(x,e) and ss(y,b) be families of soft sets over x and y respectively, : → and : →b be mappings. then the mapping :ss(x,e) ss(y,b) is defined as : 1if (f,e) ss(x,e) , then the image of (f,e) under , written as (f,e) =( (f),p(e)) is a soft set )in ss(y,b such that 1 1 ( ) 1 ( ( )) , ( ) . ( )( ) , ( ) . a p b pu u f a p b f f b p b             for all b b. 2 if (g,b) ss(y,b) , then the inverse image of (g,b) under , written as (g,b) =( (g),p-1(b)) is a soft set in ss(x,e) , such that 1 1 ( ( ( ))) , ( ) . ( )( ) , o.w. pu u g p a p a b g af       for all a e. definition(2.2):let :ss(x,e) ss(y ,k ) and ss(y,k ) ss(z,h ) be a soft mappings . then ss(x,e) ss(z,h ), if (f,e) ss(x,e), then the image of (f,e) under , written as (f,e) = ( (f), (e)) is a soft set. remark(2.3):in definition(3.2.3) . theorem (2.4)[5]: let : ss( , ) → ss( , ) , : → , and : → be mappings. then for soft sets ( ,) and ( , ) in the soft class ss( , ) and ( , ) in ss(y,k) ,we have the following properties : 1( ) e kpu f   . 2( ) e kpu x yf  . 3(( , ) ( , )) ( , ) ( , ) pu pu pu f a g b f a g bf f f    , in general we get ( ( , )) (( , )) . i i i ii ipu pu f a f a if f      4(( , ) ( , )) ( , ) ( , ) pu pu pu f a g b f a g bf f f    , in general we get ( ( , )) (( , )) . i i i ii ipu pu f a f a if f      5if ( , ) ( , )f a g b , then ( , ) ( , ) pu pu f a g bf f . 61 ( ) pu k e f    . 7. 81 1 1(( , ) ( , )) ( , ) ( , ) pu pu pu f a g b f a g bf f f      , in general we get ( ( , ) ) ( ( , ) ) . i i i ii ip u p u f a f a if f       . 91 1 1(( , ) ( , )) ( , ) ( , ) pu pu pu f a g b f a g bf f f      , in general we get 1 1( ( , )) (( , )) . pu i i pu i ii i f a f a if f           1 pu f  1 pu f    : qs g  ( )( ) :( ) q p s u g f      ( )( ) ( ) q p s u g f    ( )( )( ) q p s ug f   ( )( )( ) q p s ug f   q p ( )( ) ( ) q p s u qs pu g f g f     1 ( ) pu k e y xf   174 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 note(2.5)[5]:if (x,τ,i) is a topological space with an ideal i , (y,σ) is a topological space and f : (x,τ,i) →(y,σ) is a function, then f(i) = {f(ii) : ii ∈ i , } is an ideal of y. so in this research we will depend i as an ideal over x and f(i) is an ideal over y. definition (2.6)[5]:let (x,τx,e,i) and (y,τy,e) be two soft topological spaces, : ss(x,e) ss(y,e ) be a soft mapping. then is a said to be soft ig-continuous if the inverse image under of every soft open set in ss(y,e) is soft ig-open set in ss(x,e). definition(2.7) :let (x,τx,a) and (y,τy,b) be two soft topological spaces with an ideal i, : (x, τx,a) (y,τy,b) be a soft mapping. if for each soft open set (g,e) over y , ((g,b)) is a ssig-open set over x, then is said to be ssig-continuous mapping. proposition (2.8): every soft continuous mapping is ssig-continuous . proof: let (x,τ,e) soft topological space with an ideal i, (y, ,k ) be a soft topological space and : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be a soft continuous mapping. let (h,k) be a soft open set in (y, ,k ), since is a soft continuous mapping. then is soft open set, so c is soft closed set. but we have every soft closed set is ssig-closed from proposition(1.13) , then c is ssig-closed, hence is ssig-open set, thus is a ssig-continuous mapping. □ remark (2.9): the converse of proposition (2.8) need not to be true by the following example. example: let x={a,b,c} ,e = {e1, e2} , y={h1, h2, h3}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , }, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (g,e)={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}. define : → such that , and : → such that . then , : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k) is an ssig-continuous mapping . but it is not soft continuous since (g,k) is soft open set in (y, ,k ) but (h,e) which is not soft open set in (x,τ,e) . therefore is not soft continuous . □ definition(2.10) :let (x,τx,a) and (y,τy,b) be two soft topological spaces with an ideal i, : (x,τx,a) (y,τy,b) be a mapping. if for each soft open set (g,b) over y , ((g,b)) is a ssig-closed set over x, then is said to be contra-ssig-continuous mapping. proposition(2.11): every soft contra-continuous mapping is contra-ssig-continuous . proof: let (x,τ,e) be a soft topological space with an ideal i, (y, ,k ) be a soft topological space and : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be a soft contra-continuous mapping. let (h,k) be a soft open set in (y, ,k ), since is a soft contra-continuous mapping. then is soft closed set. but we have i    1 pu f   1 ( , ) pu f h k 1( ( , )) pu f h k 1( ( , )) pu f h k 1 ( , ) pu f h k { } e i  e e x k ky 1 k 1 h 2 k 3 2 ,h h 1 2 )( kp e  2 1)( kp e  13 2) , ) , )( ( (h h hu a u b u c     1 (( , )) pu g kf    1 pu f   1 ( , ) pu f h k 175 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 every soft closed set is ssig-closed from proposition(1.13) , then is ssig-closed, thus is a contra-ssig-continuous mapping. □ remark(2.12):the converse of proposition(2.11) need not be true by the following example. example : let x={a,b,c}, e = {e1, e2}, y={h1, h2, h3}, k = {k1, k2}, , and τ = { , }, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (g,k) ={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}. define same as remark(2.9), then is ssigcontinuous. but it is not soft contra-continuous since (g,k) is soft open set in (y, ,k) but {( ,{ }), ( ,{ })} is not soft closed set in (x,τ,e) .    remark(2.13):the concepts of contra-ssig-continuous and ssig-continuous are independent by the following examples. example :let x={a,b,c} ,e = {e1, e2} , y={h1, h2, h3}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e) }, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)= {( ,{ }), ( ,{ })} ,(g,k)={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}. define : → such that , and : → such that . then , :(x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is not contra-ssig-continuous, since ({( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}) ={( ,{ }), ( ,{b,c})}= (f,e) which is not ssig-closed . on the other hand, since = (f,e) which is soft open set and so it is ssig-open set by corollary(1.15). therefore is an ssig-continuous. □ example: let x={a,b,c} ,e = {e1, e2}, y={h1, h2, h3}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e) }, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)= {( ,{ }), ( ,{ })} ,(g,k)={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}. define same as remark(2.13), then it is an contra-ssigcontinuous. but it is not ssig-continuous since (g,k) is soft open set in (y, ,k ) but ({( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}) ={( ,{a}), ( ,{ })}= (f,e), then cl(int(f,e) c)-(f,e)c . hence , (f,e) c is not ssig-closed , therefore is not ssig-open set. proposition(2.14) :let (x,τ,e) be a soft topological space with an ideal i, (y, ,k ) be a soft topological space and :(x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft closed mapping. if (g,e) is a soft closed set in (x,τ,e) , then is ss (i)g-closed in (y, ,k ) . proof :suppose that (g,e) is a closed ssig-closed in (x,τ,e).let (h,k) be a soft open set in (y, ,k ) such that ,( ) pu g ef  (h,k), then is soft 1 ( , ) pu f h k { } e i  e  e x k ky 1 k 1 h 2 k 3 2 ,h h  1 (( , )) pu g kf   1e c 2e ,a b { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e a 2 e ,b c 1 k 1 h 2 k 3 2 ,h h 1 1 )( kp e  2 2 )( kp e  1 3 2 ) , ) , )( ( (h h hu a u b u c    1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1 k 1 h 2 k 3 2 ,h h 1 e a 2 e 1 (( , )) pu g kf  { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e ,b c 2 e a 1 k 1 h 2 k 3 2 ,h h 1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1k 1h 2k 3 2,h h 1e 2 e ,b c i 1 (( , )) pu g kf   ( ), pu g ef pu f ( ), pu g ef 176 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 closed set in (y, ,k ), then by proposition(1.13) we have get that is ss g-closed. □ corollary(2.15): let (x,τ,e) be a soft topological space with an ideal i , (y, ,k ) be a discrete soft topological space and :(x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping . if (g,e) is a ssig-closed in (x,τ,e) , then is ss (i)g-closed in (y, ,k ) . proof :it is clear . □ proposition (2.16): every soft g-continuous mapping is ssig-continuous . proof: let (x,τ,e) soft topological space with an ideal i, (y, ,k ) be a soft topological space and : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be a soft g-continuous mapping. let (h,k) be a soft open set in (y, ,k ), since is an soft g-continuous mapping. then is soft g-open set. but we have every soft g-open set is ssig-open from corollary(1.16), then is ssig-open, thus is an ssig-continuous mapping. □ remark(2.17):the converse of proposition (2.16) need not be true by the following example. example: let x={a,b,c} ,e = {e1,e2} , y={h1, h2, h3}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e) }, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })} and (g,k)={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}. define : → such that , and : → such that . then , : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping and it is a ssig-continuous . but it is not soft g-continuous since (g,k) is soft open set in (y, ,k ) since (v,e)c  (f,e) but cl(v,e) c = ex  (f,e). hence is not soft g-open set, thus is not soft g-continuous. □ proposition(2.18) :let (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be an ssig-continuous mapping and (y, ,k ) (z, ,h ) is a soft continuous mapping. then (x,τ,e) (z, ,h ) is ssig-continuous mapping . proof : let (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a ssig-continuous mapping and (y, ,k ) (z, ,h ) is a soft continuous mapping. to prove that (x,τ,e) (z, ,h ) is ssig-continuous mapping . let (m,h) be a soft open set in (z, ,h ) . since is a soft continuous mapping . then 1 ( , ) qs g m h is soft open set in (y, ,k ) and since is ssig-continuous mapping and is soft open set in (y, ,k ), so 1 1( ( , )) pu qs f g m h  is ssig-open set in (x,τ,e) . then 1 1 1) ( , ) ( ( , ))( qs pu pu qs g f m h f g m h   . hence, is ssig-continuous mapping . □ ( ), pu g ef ( ) pu f i   ( ), pu g ef pu f   1 ( , ) pu f h k 1 ( , ) pu f h k { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e ,a c 2e ,a b 1k 1 2,h h 2k 3h 1 1 )( kp e  2 2 )( kp e  1 3 2 ) , ) , )( ( (h h hu a u b u c     1 (( , )) pu g kf  : pu f  : qs g   : qs pu g f   : pu f   : pu g    :( ) pu g f    qs g  pu f 1 ( , ) qs g m h  qs pu g f 177 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 proposition(2.19) : let :(x,τ,e) (y, ,k) is a ssig-continuous mapping and (y, ,k ) (z, ,h ) is a soft contra-continuous mapping . then (x,τ,e) (z, ,h ) is contra-ssig-continuous mapping . proof : let :(x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a ssig-continuous mapping and (y, ,k ) (z, ,h ) is a soft contra-continuous mapping . to prove that (x,τ,e) (z, ,h ) is contra-ssig-continuous mapping . let (m,h) be a soft open set in (z, ,h ) . since is a soft contra-continuous mapping . then is soft closed set in (y, ,k ) and since is ssig-continuous mapping and is soft closed set in (y, ,k ), therefore is ssig-closed set in (x,τ,e). hence . thus, is contra -ssig-continuous mapping . □ theorem(2.20): let : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be a mapping from a soft space (x,τ,e) with an ideal i to soft space (y, ,k ). if is ssig-continuous mapping then for each soft singleton (p,e) in x and each soft open set (o,k) in y and ( , ) ( , )pu p e o kf  , there exists a ssig-open set (u,e) in x such that ( , ) ( , )p e u e and ( , ) ( , )pu u e o kf  . proof : suppose that is ssig-continuous mapping . let (p,e) be a soft singleton in x and (o,k) be a soft open set in y such that ( , ) ( , )pu p e o kf  . then 1( , ) ( , ) pu p e o kf  ,but is ssig-continuous mapping and (o,k) be a soft open set in y . by definition of ssig-continuous mapping we get that 1 ( , ) pu o kf  is ssig-open set in x . put (u,e)= 1 ( , )pu o kf  . therefore , ( , ) ( , )p e u e and ( , ) ( , )puo k u ef .□ remark(2.21): the converse of proposition (2.20) need not be true by the following example. example :let x={a,b}, e = {e1, e2}, y={d, c}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)={( ,{b}), ( , )} , (g,k)={( ,{d}), ( ,y)} define : → such that , and : → such that . then , (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping . since (g,k) is ss g-open and ({( ,{d}), ( ,y)}) = {( ,{a}), ( ,x)} which is not ssig-open set. so it is not ssig-continuous mapping. on the other hand a x, ( , )g k and a {( ,{a}), ( ,{a})} where {( ,{a}), ( ,{a})} is ssig-open set over x and ( , )a e  {( ,{a}), ( ,{a})} , {( ,{a}), ( ,{a})}  . also b x and ky , while is ssig-open set and ( , ) e b e x , ( )pu e kx yf  .□  : qs g   : qs pu g f    : pu g   : qs pu g f    qs g 1 ( , ) qs g m h 1 ( , ) qs g m h  1 1( ( , ))pu qsf g m h   1 1 1) ( , ) ( ( , ))( qs pu pu qs g f m h f g m h   qs pu g f  { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e 2 e  1 k 2 k ) , )( (d cu a u b  : pu f  ( ) pu if 1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1k 2k 1 e 2 e  ( , ) pu a ef y 1e 2 e 1 e 2 e 1 e 2 e 1 e 2 e ( , ) pu g kf  ( , ) pu b ef e x 178 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 proposition(2.22): let : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be a mapping from a soft space (x,τ,e) with an ideal i to soft space (y, ,k ).then the following statements are equivalent : 1 is ssig-continuous mapping . 2the inverse image under for any soft closed set over y is ssig-closed set over x . proof : suppose that is ssig-continuous mapping . to prove that the inverse image under for any ssig-closed set over y is ssig-closed set over x . let (f,e) be a soft closed set over y .we have to show that (f,e) is ssig-closed over x . since (f,e) is a soft closed set in y ,then (f,e)c is a soft open set over y . because is ssig-continuous mapping .then (f,e)c is ssig-open over x . hence, (f,e) is ssig-closed over x . suppose that the inverse image under any soft closed set over y is ssig-closed set over x and to prove that is ssig-continuous mapping . let (f,e) be a soft open set over y .we have to show that (f,e) is ssig-open set in x . since (f,e) is a soft open set over y , then (f,e)c is a ssig-closed set over y . then (f,e)c is ssig-closed set over x and (f,e)c = ( (f,e))c . hence, (f,e) is ssig-open set over x . therefore, is ssig-continuous mapping . □ proposition(2.23) : let : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be an ssig-continuous mapping from a soft topological space (x,τ,e) with an ideal i to soft topological space (y, ,k ). if (a,e) is any soft set in over x , then *( ( , )) ( ( , )) pu pu cl a e cl a ef f . proof : let (a,e) be any soft set over x . then is a soft set over y and is soft closed set over y. but is a ssig-continuous mapping . then is a ssig-closed set over x . then by proposition(1.26). then 1 1 1( , ) (( ( , )) ( ( ( , ))) ( , ) ( ( ( , ))) pu pu pu pu pu pu a e f a e f cl a e and a e f cl a ef f f       therefore * * 1 1( , ) ( ( ( ( , ))) ( ( ( , ))pu pu pu pucl a e cl f cl a e f cl a ef f    . thus, *( ( , )) ( ( , )) pu pu f cl a e cl a ef .□ remark (2.24): the equality of proposition(2.23) need not to be true by the following example example: let x={a,b,c} ,e = {e1, e2} , y={h1, h2, h3}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively, (f,e)={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}, (g,k)={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })} , define : → such that , and : → such that . then , (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping . since ({( ,{ }), ( ,{ })}) ={( ,{ }), ( ,{ })} =(f,e) which is soft open set, so it is soft continuous mapping . now, let (a,e)={( , x ), ( ,{ })} be a soft set in x .     1 2 1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f     2 1 1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f   ( , ) pu a ef ( ( , )) pu cl a ef 1 *( ( ( , ))) pu pu f cl a ef * 1 1( ( ( ( , ))) ( ( ( , ))) pu pu pu pu cl f cl a e f cl a ef f  { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e b 2 e ,a c 1k 1h 2k 2 3,h h 1 1 )( kp e  2 2 )( kp e  1 3 2 ) , ) , )( ( (h h hu a u b u c   : pu f  1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1k 3h 2 k 1 2 ,h h 1 e b 2 e ,a c 1 e 2 e ,a b 179 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 then (a,e). we have {( ,y),( ,{ })}. then , hence, *( ( , )) ( ( , ) ) pu k pu f cl a e y cl f a e  , which mean that ( ( , ))pucl f a e *( ( , ))puf cl a e .□ remark(2.25) : the converse of proposition(2.23) need not to be true by the following example. example: let x={a,b} ,e = {e1, e2} , y={h1, h2}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)={( , ), ( ,{b})} , (g,k)={( ,y), ( ,{ })} , define : → such that , and : → such that . then , : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping . since ({( ,y), ( ,{ })}) ={( ,x), ( ,{a})} which is not ssig-open set. so it is not ssig-continuous mapping . on the other hand for each soft set (a,e) in ss(x,e) ,then *( ( , )) ( ( , ))pu puf cl a e cl f a e .□ proposition(2.26) : let : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be a ssig-continuous mapping from a soft space (x,τ,e) with an ideal i to soft space (y, ,k ). if (a,e) is any soft set in x ,then (int(a,e)  int*( (a,e)) . proof : let (a,k) is any soft set in (y, ,k ) .then int(a,k) is a soft open set in (y, ,k). but is ssig-continuous, so (int(a,k)) is ssig-open by proposition(1.19) we have (int(a,k))= int * (int(a,k)). but int(a,k)  (a,k), then (int(a,k))  (a,k). hence, (int(a,k))  int * (a,k). □ remark(2.27): the converse of proposition (2.26) need not be true by the following example. example: let x={a,b} ,e = {e1, e2} , y={d, c}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)={( ,{b}), ( , )} , (g,k)={( ,{d}), ( ,y)} , define : → such that , and : → such that , . then, (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping . since ({( ,{d}), ( ,y)}) ={( ,{a}), ( ,x)} which is not ssig-open set. so it is not ssig-continuous mapping . on the other hand for each soft set (a,k) in ss(y,k) ,then get (int(a,k))  int * (a,k). □ remark(2.28): the equality in proposition(2.26) need not be true in general by the following example. * ( , )cl a e  ( , ) pu f a e  1 k 2 k 1 3 ,h h ( ( , ) ) pu k cl f a e y { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e  2 e 1 k 2 k 1 h 1 2 ) , )( (h hu a u b    1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1k 2 k 1 h 1 e 2 e   1 pu f  1 pu f    pu f 1 pu f  1puf  1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f  1 pu f  { } e i  e  e x  k  k y 1 e 2 e  1 k 2 k : pu f   1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1 k 2 k 1 e 2 e 1 pu f  1 pu f  180 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 example : let x={a,b} ,e = {e1, e2} ,y={d, c}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)={( ,{a}), ( ,x)} , (g,k)={( ,{d}), ( ,y)} , define : → such that , and : → such that , . then, :(x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping . it is clear that is an ssig-continuous mapping . on the other hand let (a,k) be soft set in ss(x,e) such that (a,k) ={( ,{d}), ( , )}, then int(a,e) = so = and ={( ,{a}), ( , )}, so ={( ,{a}), ( , )}, therefore int * (a,k)  (int(a,k)) . □ proposition(2.29): let : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) be a ssig-continuous mapping from a soft topological space (x,τ,e) with an ideal i to soft topological space (y, ,k ). if (a,e) is any soft set in over x , then *int ( ( , )) (int ( , ))pu puf a e f a e . proof : let (a,e) be any soft set over x . then is a soft set over y and , is soft open set over y. but is a ssig-continuous mapping . therefore , is a ssig-open set over x. then ∗ , , by proposition(1.19). * 1 * 1 *int ( (int( ( , ))) int ( ( ( , ))) int ( , ) pu pu pu pu f a e f a e a ef f    , therefore . thus *int( ( , )) (int ( , ))pu puf a e f a e .□ remark(2.30): the converse of proposition(2.29) need not be true in general by the following example. example: let x={a,b}, e = {e1, e2}, y={d, c}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively, where (f,e)={( ,{b}), ( , )}, (g,k)={( ,{d}), ( ,y)} , define : → such that , and : → such that , . then, :(x,τ,e) (y, ,k ) is a soft mapping. since ({( ,{d}), ( ,y)}) ={( ,{a}), ( ,x)} which is not ssig-open set. so it is not ssig-continuous mapping . on the other hand for each soft set (a,e) in ss(x,e) ,then *int( ( , )) (int ( , ))pu puf a e f a e .□ remark(2.31): the equality in proposition(2.29) need not be true in general by the following example. example: let x={a,b}, e = {e1, e2}, y={d, c}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , , (g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)={( ,{a}), ( ,x)}, (g,k)={( ,{d}), ( ,y)}, define : → such that , and : → such that { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e 2 e 1 k 2 k 1 1 )( kp e  2 2 )( kp e    1 k 2 k  k  1 ( ( , ))pu in atf k  e  1 ( , )puf a k  1 e 2 e  * 1int ( , )puf a k   1 ( , ) pu f a k 1 e 2 e  1 pu f  1 pu f    ( , ) pu a ef 1 (int( ( , ))) pu pu f a ef *int ( , )a e { } e i  e  e x  k  k y 1 e 2 e  1 k 2 k  1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1k 2k 1e 2 e { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e 2 e 1 k 2 k 181 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 , . then, : (x,τ,e) (y, ,k) is a soft mapping . it is clear that is an ssig-continuous mapping . on the other hand let (a,e) be soft set in ss(x,e) such that (a,e) = {( ,{a}), ( ,{b})}, then = {( ,{d}), ( ,{c})} and ={( ,{d}), ( ,{c})}, therefore *(int ( , )) int( ( , ))pu puf a e f a e .□ definition(2.32) :let (x,τx,a) and (y,τy,b) be two soft topological spaces with an ideal i. let : (x, τx,a) (y, τy ,b ) be a mapping. if ((g,b)) is a ssig-open set over x for each ssig-open set (g,b) over y, then is said to be ssig-irresolute mapping. proposition(2.33) :every ssig-irresolute mapping is an ssig-continuous mapping. proof: let (x,τx,a) and (y,τy,b) be two soft topological spaces with an ideal i. let : (x, τx,a) (y, τy ,b ) be an ssigirresolute mapping. to show that is ssig-continuous. let (g,b) be a soft open set over y. then by corollary(1.15), (g,b) is an ssig-open set over y. since is an ssigirresolute. then ((g,b)) is a ssig-open set over x. therefore, is an ssig-continuous mapping. □ remark(2.34) : the converse of proposition(2.33) need not be true in general by the following example. example: let x={a,b} ,e = {e1, e2}, y={d, c}, k = {k1, k2}, and τ = { , ,(f,e)}, = { , } be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (f,e)={( ,{b}),( , )}. define the same as in remark(2.31). it is clear that is an ssig-continuous mapping. but is not ssigirresolute mapping since (g,k)= {( ,{d}), ( ,y)} is an ssig-open set over y, but ({( ,{d}), ( ,y)}) = {( ,{a}), ( ,x)} which is not ssig-open set over x. □ remark(2.35) :the notions ssig-irresolute mapping and soft continuous mapping are independent. the observation follows by example of remark(2.3٤), such that is ssig-continuous mapping but is not ssigirresolute mapping. also in the following example shows that is ssigirresolute mapping but is not ssig continuous mapping. example: let x={a,b} ,e = {e1, e2} , y={d, c}, k = {k1, k2}, and τx = { , }, = { , ,(g,k)} be two soft topologies defined on x and y respectively , where (g,k)= {( ,{d}), ( ,y)} let define in remark 2.34 . since ({( ,{d}), ( ,y)}) = {( ,{a}), ( ,x)} which is not ssig-open set over x. therefore is not ssig-continuous mapping. but is an ssig irresolute mapping , since the inverse image under for every ssig-open set, (ssig-closed set),over y is an ssig-open set, (ssig-closed set) . □   1 e 2 e *( ( , ))puf at ein 1k 2k ( , )puf a e 1 k 2 k  1 pu f   1 pu f  { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 e 2 e  1 k 2 k 1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1k 2k 1 e 2 e { } e i  e  e x k  k y 1 k 2 k 1 1(( , )) pu pu g kf f  1k 2k 1e 2e 182 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 references 1.alyasaa, j. and narjis a.,(2015) soft strongly generalized closed set with respect to an ideal in soft topological space, international journal of advanced scientific and technical research,5, 319329. 2.georgiou, d. n. and megaritis a. c.,(2014) soft set theory and topology, appl. gen. topol. 15, 93-109. 3. hussain, s.; and ahmad, b., (2011) some properties of soft topological spaces, comput. math. appl., 62, 4058-4067. 4. mustafa, h. i. and f. m. sleim,(2014) soft generalized closed sets with respect to an ideal in soft topological spaces, applied mathematics & information sciences, 8, 665-671. 5. majumdar, p. and samanta, s.k., (2010) on soft mappings, computers and mathematics with applications, 60 , 2666–2672. 183 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢العدد ( ٢٨المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 بالنسبة لفضاء تبولوجي ناعم مع مثاليssig التطبيقات من النمط اليسع جاسم بديوي داود نرجس عبد الجبار قسم الرياضيات /الھيثم) (ابنكلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /جامعة بغداد ٢٠١٥أيار ٢٦في: البحث قبل ،٢٠١٥أذار ١٩ :في البحثاستلم الخالصة ، قدمت الدراسة نوعا جديدا من التطبيقات الناعمة في الفضاءات التبولوجية الناعمة مع مثالي، والتي في ھذا العمل ، حيث درست مفاھيم مثل مستمرة، عكسi في فضاء تبولوجي ناعم مع مثاليssig التطبيقات من النمط قد ُسميت " بين ھذه األنواع من التطبيقات والعالقات ssigمستمرة ، المفتوح ، المغلقة و متردد بالنسبة للتطبيقات الناعمة من النمط وتركيب اثنين من ھذه التطبيقات من النوع نفسه او من نوعين مختلفين، مع البراھين أو أمثلة مضادة. ، ssig، االرتداد من النمط ssig، عكس االستمرارية من النمط ssigاالستمرارية من النمط المفتاحية:الكلمات .ssig، التطبيق المفتوح من النمط ssigالتطبيق المغلق من النمط microsoft word 65-72 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   65          weak essential fuzzy submodules of fuzzy modules abstract throughout this paper, we introduce the notion of weak essential f-submodules of fmodules as a generalization of weak essential submodules. also, we study the homomorphic image and inverse image of weak essential f-submodules. keywords: semi-prime f-submodules, essential f-submodules. 1.introduction let s ∅. zadeh [1] defined f-subset x of s as a mapping x: s ⟶[0,1]. negoita and ralescu [2] introduced the concept of f-modules. mashinchi and zahedi [3] introduced the notion of f-submodules. mona [4] introduced and studied the concept of weak essential submodules, where a submodule η of ℳ is called a weak essential, if h ∩ l (0), for each non-zero semiprime submodule l of ℳ. in this paper, we introduce the notion weak essential fsubmodule of f-module. we investigate some basic results about weak essential submodules. next, throughout this paper ℛ is a commutative ring with identity, ℳ is an ℛ-module and x is a f-module of an ℛ-module ℳ. finally, (shortly fuzzy set, fuzzy submodule and fuzzy module is f-set, f-submodule and fmodule). s.1 preliminaries in this section, we shall give the concepts of f-sets and operations on f-sets, with some important properties of them, which are used in this paper. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index hassan k. marhon ministry of education, rusafa1 hassanmath316@gmail.com hatam y. khalaf department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn-alhaitham , baghdad university, e-mail: dr.hatamyahya@yahoo.com doi: 10.30526/33.4.2510 article history: received 27 november 2019, accepted 16 december 2020, published in october 2020   66  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 definition 1.1 [1]: let s be a non-empty set and let i be a closed interval [0,1] of the real line (real number ). a f-set x in s (a fuzzy subset x of s) is characterized by a membership function x ∶ 𝑆 ⟶ i, definition 1.2 [2] let x ∶ 𝑆 ⟶ i, be a f-set in s, where x ∈ s , t ∈ i, defined by: x 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 𝑦 then x a said fsingleton. if x = 0 and t = 1 then : 0 𝑦 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 0 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 0 we shall call such f-singleton the f-zero singleton. proposition 1.3 [3]: let 𝑎 , 𝑏 be two f-singletons of a set s. if 𝑎 = 𝑏 , then a = b and t = k, where t, k ∈ i. definition 1.4 [5]: let 𝐴 , 𝐴 are f-sets in s, then : 1. 𝐴 = 𝐴 if and only if 𝐴 (x) =𝐴 (x) , ∀ x ∈ 𝑆. 2. 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴2 if and only if 𝐴 (x) 𝐴 x , ∀ x ∈ 𝑆. if 𝐴 ⊂ 𝐴 and there exists x ∈ s such that 𝐴 (x) 𝐴 (x), then 𝐴 is called a proper fsubset of 𝐴 . 3. x ⊆ a if and only x 𝑦 a 𝑦 , ∀ y ∈ 𝑆 𝑎𝑛𝑑 if t 0 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 a x t. thus x ⊆ a (x ∈ 𝐴 ), ( that is x ∈ 𝐴 if and only if x ⊆ a) definition 1.5 [5]: let 𝐴 , 𝐴 are f-sets in s, then: 1. 𝐴 ∪ 𝐴 (x) = max 𝐴 x , 𝐴 x , ∀ x ∈ 𝑆. 2. 𝐴 ∩ 𝐴 x min 𝐴 x , 𝐴 x , ∀ x ∈ 𝑆. 𝐴 ∪ 𝐴 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴 ∩ 𝐴 are f-sets in s. in general if 𝐴 , 𝛼 ∈ λ , is a family of f-sets in s, then: 𝐴 ∈ x 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝐴 x , 𝛼 ∈ λ , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆. 𝐴 ∈ x sup 𝐴 x , 𝛼 ∈ λ , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆. now, we give the definition of level subset, which is a set between f-set and ordinary set. definition 1.6 [6]: let α be a f-set in s. for t ∈ i, the set 𝐴 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆, α 𝑥 𝑡 is called level 𝒔𝒖𝒃𝒔𝒆𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝐗 . " the following are some properties of the level subset: remark 1.7 [1]: let α, β are f-subsets of s, t ∈ i, then: 1. 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 . 2. 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 . 3. a = b if and only if 𝐴 𝐵 , for all t [0,1].   67  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 definition1.8 [7]: let f be a mapping from a set ℳ into a set ℳ , let a be a f-set in ℳ and b be a f-set in ℳ . the image of a denoted by f (a) is the f-set in ℳ defined by: f α (y = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝐴 𝑧 | 𝑧 ∈ 𝑓 y 𝑖𝑓 𝑓 𝑦 ∅, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ y ∈ ℳ 0 𝑜. 𝑤 where 𝑓 y x ∶ 𝑓 x y and the inverse of b(x), denoted by 𝑓 b is the f-set in ℳ defined by: 𝑓 β β 𝑓 x , for all x ∈ ℳ . definition 1.9 [8]: let f be a function from a set ℳ into a set ℳ . a f-subset a of ℳ is a said finvariant if a(x) = a(y), whenever f (x) = f (y), where x, y ∈ ℳ . proposition 1.10 [8]: if f is a function defined on a set ℳ, 𝐴 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝐴 are f-subsets of ℳ, 𝐵 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵 are fsubset of f (ℳ). the followings are true: 1. 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑓 𝑓 𝐴 . 2. 𝐴 𝑓 𝑓 𝐴 , whenever 𝐴 is f-invariant. 3. 𝑓 𝑓 𝐵 𝐵 . 4. if 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 , then 𝑓 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐴 . 5. if 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐵 ,then 𝑓 𝐵 ⊆ 𝑓 𝐵 . 6. let f be a function from a set ℳ into n. if 𝐵 and 𝐵 𝑎𝑟𝑒 f-subsets of n, then 𝑓 𝐵 ∩ 𝐵 =𝑓 𝐵 ∩ 𝑓 𝐵 [9] . definition 1.11 [2]: a said f-set x is f-module of an ℛ-module ℳ if: 1. x(𝜈 𝜇) min x 𝜈 , x 𝜇 , ∀ 𝜈, 𝜇 ∈ ℳ. 2. x(r𝜈) x(𝜈), ∀ 𝜈 ∈ ℳ and r ∈ ℛ. 3. x(0) = 1 ( 0 is the zero element of ℳ ). definition 1.12 [3]: let x , x are f-modules of an ℛ-module ℳ. x is a said f-submodule of x if x ⊆ x ." proposition 1.13 [10]: let x , x be two f-modules of an ℛ-module ℳ and ℳ resp. let f :𝑋 ⟶ 𝑋 be fhomomorphism. if 𝐴 and 𝐴 are two f-submodules of x and x resp., then: 1. 𝑓 𝐴 is a f-submodule of x . 2. 𝑓 𝐴 is a ϝ-submodule of x . proposition 1.14 [11]: let α be a f-set of an ℛ-module ℳ. then, the level subset 𝐴 , t ∈ i, is a submodule of ℳ iff α is ϝ-submodule of x. definition 1.15 [3]: let a be a f-module in ℳ, then we define: 1. 𝐴 x ∈ ℳ: 𝐴 x 0 is called support of a, also 𝐴 ∪ 𝐴 , t ∈ 0,1 . 2. 𝐴 x ∈ ℳ: 𝐴 x 1 𝐴 0ℳ .   68  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 definition1.16 [12]: a f-submodule α of a f-module x is called an essential (briefly α x), if α ∩ 𝛣 0 , for any non-trivial f-submodule β of x . 2. weak essential fuzzy submodules mona in [4] introduced the concept of weak essential submodule, where a submodule η of ℳ is a said weak essential, if h ∩ l (0), for each non-zero semiprime submodule l of ℳ, where a submodule n of an ℛ-module ℳ is called semiprime if for each r ∈ ℛ and m ∈ ℳ, if r x ∈ n, then rx ∈ n [13]. we shall fuzzify this concept. definition 2.1 [14]: let α be f-submodule of f-module x is a said a semiprime ϝ-submodule if 𝑟 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐴, for f-singleton 𝑟 of ℛ, 𝑎 ⊆ x, k ∈ 𝑍 , then 𝑟 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐴. equivalently, a is semiprime fsubmodule if 𝑟 ²𝑎 ⊆ 𝐴 for 𝑎 ⊆ x and 𝑟 a f-singleton of ℛ, then 𝑟 𝑎 ⊆ 𝐴. " definition 2.2: let 𝐴 be f-submodule of f-module x. 𝐴 is a said weak essential f-submodule if 𝐴 ∩ 𝑆 0 , for each non-trivial semiprime f-submodules of x. equivalently fsubmodule a of a f-module x is called weak essential f-submodule if a ∩ 𝑆 0 , then s 0 , for every semiprime f-submodule of x . next, proposition is a characterization of a weak essential f-submodule. proposition 2.3: let x be a f-module and a a non-trivial f-submodule of x is a weak essential fsubmodule if and only if for each non-trivial semiprime f-submodule s of x, there exists x ⊆ 𝑆 and r of ℛ, such that x r ⊆ 𝐴, ∀ 𝑡 ∈ 0,1 . proof: suppose that non-trivial semiprime f-submodule s of x, there exists x ⊆ 𝑆 and r of ℛ such that 0 x r ⊆ 𝐴. note that x r ⊆ 𝑆. 0 x r ⊆ 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵. thus a∩ 𝐵 0 , that is a is weak essential f-submodule. conversely, a is weak essential f-submodule, then a∩ 𝑆 0 , for each non-trivial semiprime f-submodule s of x. thus, there exists 0 x ⊆ 𝐴 ∩ 𝑆, implying that x ⊆ 𝐴 and hence 0 𝑥 𝑟 ⊆ 𝐴, ∀ 𝑡 ∈ 0,1 . now, we give the following lemma, which we will need in proving the next result. lemma 2.4: let a be a f-submodule of a f-module x if 𝐴 weak essential submodule of x , ∀ 𝑡 ∈ i. then α is weak essential f-submodule in x. proof: assume β a semiprime f-submodule of x such that b 0 , since b semiprime f-submodule of x, hence 𝐵 semiprime submodule of x , ∀ 𝑡 ∈ 0,1 , see [14, theorem(2.4)], which implies 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 0 , since 𝐴 is weak essential submodule and 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 0 , hence a ∩ 𝐵 0 by remark (1.7)(3). thus, a is a weak essential fsubmodule of x. remark 2.5: every essential f-submodule is weak essential f-submodule. but the converse is not true in general, for example: example: let ℳ = 𝑍 as z-module. define x : ℳ ⟶ i, by:   69  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 x(a) = 1, for all 𝑎 ∈ 𝑍 let a : ℳ ⟶ i, define by: a(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x 0 1 2 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 9 0 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 it is clear that a f-submodule of x, 𝐴 9 is weak essential by [4, remarks(1.5)], then a is weak essential f-submodule by lemma(2.4). let b : ℳ ⟶ i, as defined by: b(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x 0 1 2 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 4 0 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 it is clear that b f-submodule of x. a is not essential, since α ∩ 𝐵 x 1 𝑖𝑓 x 0 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 a ∩ 𝐵 0 and b 0 ; therefore a is not essential f-submodule . remark 2.6: the converse of lemma (2.4) is not true in general. example 2.7: let ℳ = 𝑍 as z-module. define x : ℳ ⟶ i, a : ℳ ⟶ i by: x(a) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑎 0 1 2 𝑖𝑓 𝑎 2,4 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , a(a) = 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑎 0 1 3 𝑖𝑓 𝑎 2,4 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 a is an essential f-submodule, then a is weak essential by remark (2.5), but 𝐴 0 is not essential see [15, remark (2.1)]. also 𝐴 is not weak essential, since 𝐴 ∩ 𝑆 0 , where s any semiprime submodule. therefore 𝐴 is not weak essential of x . proposition 2.8: let α be a f-submodule of a f-module x, then α is weak essential in x iff 𝐴∗ is weak essential submodule in x∗. proof: let 𝐴∗ is a weak essential submodule in x∗. to show a is weak essential f-submodule in x . assume that s is semiprime f-submodule of x and a ∩ 𝑆 0 ,then 𝐴 ∩ 𝑆 ∗ 0 , implies that 𝐴∗ ∩ 𝑆∗ 0 . but s is semiprime f-submodule, then 𝑆 is semiprime see [14, theorem (2.4)], so 𝑆∗ is semiprime, hence 𝑆∗ 0 , so s = 0 . thus, a is weak essential f-submodule in x. conversely, let a is a weak essential f-submodule in x, we have to show that 𝐴∗ is weak essential submodule in x∗. let n is semiprime submodule of x∗ and 𝐴∗ ∩ 𝑁 0 , we must prove n = (0). define b : ℳ ⟶ i by: b(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 𝑁 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 it is clear that b f-submodule of x, 𝐵∗ 𝑁, so 𝐴∗ ∩ 𝐵∗ 0 , then 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 ∗ 0 , hence by remark(1.7)(3), a∩ 𝐵 0 and b = 0 , since a is weak essential f-submodule in x, so 𝐵∗ 0 ; therefore   70  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 n = (0). thus 𝐴∗ is weak essential submodule in x∗. remarks 2.9: 1. let α, β are f-submodules of x such that a ⊆ 𝐵 and β is weak essential f-submodule of x, then a need not be weak essential f-submodule for example: let ℳ be as z-module 𝑍 . let x : ℳ ⟶ i, define by : x(a) = 1, for all 𝑎 ∈ 𝑍 . define a: ℳ ⟶ i , b : ℳ ⟶ i by: a(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 18 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , b(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 2 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 it is clear that x 𝑍 and a, b are f-submodules of x . 𝐵 a weak essential submodule in x see [4, remarks(1.5)]. thus b is weak essential fsubmodule of x by lemma (2.4). let c : ℳ ⟶ i, as defined by: c(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 12 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , where c semiprime f-submodule c 12 , is semiprime submodule of x (∀ 𝑡 0 . but a ∩ 𝐶 0 , therefore α is not weak essential f-submodule of x . 2. let a, b are f-submodule such that a ⊆ 𝐵. if a is weak essential f-submodule in x implying β is a weak essential f-submodule of x. proof: assume that b ∩ 𝑆 0 , for some semi-prime f-submodule s of x, then a ∩ 𝑆 0 . but a is weak essential f-submodule, hence s = 0 . that is b is weak essential f-submodule of x . 3. let a, b be are f-submodules of f-module x if a ∩ 𝐵 a weak essential f-submodule of x, then both of a and b are weak essential f-submodules of x. proof: it is clear by (2). note that, the converse is not true in general, for example: example: let ℳ be 𝑍 as z-module. define x : ℳ ⟶ i by: x(a) = 1, for all 𝑎 ∈ 𝑍 . let a : ℳ ⟶ i, b : ℳ ⟶ i, define by: a(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 12 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , b(x) = 1 𝑖𝑓 x ∈ 18 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 clearly a, b are f-submodules of χ, 𝐴 12 , 𝐵 18 , ∀ 𝑡 ∈ 0,1 are weak essential submodules of x by [4, remark(1.5)]. hence a, β are weak essential f-submodules of x; see lemma(2.4). but a ∩ 𝐵 0 ; that is a ∩ b is not weak essential f-submodule of x . under some conditions the converse (3) will be true as in the following proposition. proposition 2.10: let a, b are f-submodules of f-module x such that a is an essential f-submodule, b weak essential f-submodule, then a ∩ 𝐵 is a weak essential f-submodule of x. proof:   71  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 suppose s is a non-trivial semiprime f-submodule of x, but b is weak essential fsubmodule of x, hence b ∩ 𝑆 0 . so a is an essential f-submodule of x and we have a ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝑆 a ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝑆 0 , hence, a ∩ b is weak essential f-submodule of x. lemma 2.11: if s is a semiprime f-submodule of f-module x, β be a f-submodule of x such that b ⊈ s, then s ∩ b is semiprime f-submodule in b. proof: let s be a semiprime f-submodule of x, then by [14,theorem(2.4)], 𝑆 semiprime submodule and 𝐵 submodule of x ; see proposition (1.14) such that 𝐵 ⊈ 𝑋 , then by [13 ,proposition(1.11)], 𝑆 ∩ 𝐵 𝑆 ∩ 𝐵 ; see proposition (1.7)(1) is a semiprime submodule in 𝐵 , therefore s ∩ b is a semiprime f-submodule in b; see [14, theorem(2.4)]. in the following proposition, we prove the transitive property for non-trivial fsubmodule. proposition 2.12: let a, b be a non-trivial f-submodules of f-module x such that a ⊆ b. if a is a weak essential f-submodule in b and b is a weak essential ϝ-submodule in x implying a is a weak essential f-submodule in x. proof: assume that s is a semiprime f-submodule in x, such that a ∩ s =0 . note that 0 a ∩ s = (a ∩ s) ∩ b = a ∩ (s ∩ β). but s is a semi-prime f-submodule of x, so we have two cases. if b ⊆ s, then 0 a ∩ (s ∩ b) = a ∩ b. hence, a ∩ b = 0 , but a ⊆ b so a ∩ b = a implies a = 0 which is a contradiction with our assumption. thus b ⊈ s and by lemma (2.11), s ∩ b is a semiprime f-submodule in b. since a is a weak essential fsubmodule in b, therefore s ∩ b = 0 and since b is a weak essential f-submodule in x, then s = 0 , then a is a weak essential f-submodule in x. now, we study a homomorphic image of a weak essential f-submodule. proposition 2.13: let x , x be f-modules of an ℛ-module ℳ and ℳ resp. and f : x ⟶ x be f-epimorphism. if 𝐴 is a weak essential f-submodule of x such that 𝐴 is f-invariant, then f (𝐴 ) is a weak essential f-submodule of x . proof: to show f (𝐴 ) is a weak essential f-submodule of x , since 𝐴 is a f-submodule of x , then f (𝐴 ) is a f-submodule of x by proposition (1.13)(1).now suppose that s semiprime fsubmodule of x such that f (𝐴 ) ∩ 𝑆 0 ; therefore 𝑓 (f (𝐴 )∩ 𝑆 𝑓 0 , then 𝑓 f (𝐴 ) ∩ 𝑓 𝑆 0 , see proposition (1.10)(2). but 𝐴 is f-invariant implying that 𝐴 ∩ 𝑓 (s) 0 , and 𝑓 𝑆 0 , since 𝐴 is weak essential ϝ-submodule and 𝑓 𝑆 fsubmodule of x by proposition (1.13)(2). f (𝑓 𝑆 𝑓 0 , then s = 0 , by proposition (1.10)(3). that is f (𝐴 ) is a weak essential f-submodule. now, we consider the inverse image of a weak f-submodule.   72  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition 2.14: let x , x are f-modules of an ℛ-module ℳ and ℳ resp. and f : x ⟶ x be f-epimorphism. if 𝐴 is weak essential f-submodule of x , then 𝑓 (𝐴 ) is a weak essential f-submodule of x . proof: since 𝐴 f-submodule of x , then 𝑓 𝐴 is f-submodule of x see proposition(1.13)(2).now suppose s is semiprime f-submodule of x ,such that 𝑓 𝐴 ∩ 𝑆 0 , hence f (𝑓 𝐴 ∩ 𝑆 𝑓 0 , implies that f (𝑓 𝐴 ∩ 𝑓 𝑆 𝑓 0 see proposition (1.10)(6). 𝐴 ∩ 𝑓 𝑆 0 (since 𝐴 is f-invariant and f is epimorphism), then 𝑓 𝑓 𝑆 𝑓 0 ), implies that s = 0 , since every f-submodule of x is f-invariant, implies 𝑓 𝐴 is weak essential f-submodule of x . reference 1. zadeh, l.a. fuzzy sets. information and control. 1965, 8, 338-353. 2. negoita, c. v.; ralescu, d. a. applications of fuzzy sets and system analysis. (birkhous basel), 1975. 3. mashinchi, m. ; zahedi, m. m. on l-fuzzy primary submodule. fuzzy sets and systems. 1992, 49, 231-236. 4. mona, a. a. weak essential submodules. um-salama, j. 2009, 6,1, 214-221. 5. zahedi, m. m. on l-fuzzy residual quotient module and p. primary submodule. fuzzy sets and systems. 1992, 51,333-344. 6. martinez, l. fuzzy module over fuzzy rings in connection with fuzzy ideals of rings. j. fuzzy math. 1996, 4,843-857. 7. yue z. prime l-fuzzy ideals and primary l-fuzzy ideals. fuzzy sets and systems. 1988, 27, 345-350. 8. kumar r. fuzzy semi-primary ideals of rings. fuzzy sets and systems. 1991, 42, 263272. 9. maysoun, a. h. f-regular fuzzy modules. m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 2002. 10. kumar r., s. k.; bhambir, kumar p. fuzzy submodule of some analogous and deviation. fuzzy sets and systems. 1995, 70,125-130. 11. mukhejee, t. k.; sen, m. k.; roy d. on submodule and their radicals. j. fuzzy math. 1996, 4,549-558. 12. rabi, h. j. prime fuzzy submodules and prime fuzzy modules. m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 2001. 13. athab, e. a. prime and semi-prime submodules. m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 1996. 14. hadi, i. m .a. semi-prime fuzzy submodules of fuzzy modules. ibn-haitham j. for pure and appl. sci., 2004, 17,3, 112-123. 15. hassan, k. m. ; hatam, y. k. essential fuzzy submodules and closed fuzzy submodules. iraq . j. of science, 2020, 61, 4, 890-897. physics 133 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 calculation and study of gamma ray attenuation coefficients for different composites k.h.mahdi, z.s.ahmed*, a.f.mkhaiber department of physics , college of education ibn al-haithem, university of baghdad *ministry of science and technology. received in :18 sptember 2011, accepted in: 12 february 2012 abstract in this work, the total linear attenuation coefficients µ (cm-1 ) were calculated and studied for particulate reinforced polymer-based composites. unsaturated polyester (up) resin was used as a matrix filled with different concentrations of al, fe, and pb metal powders as reinforcements. the effect of the metal powders addition at different weight percentages in the range of (10,20,30,40,50)wt % and gamma energy on attenuation coefficients was studied. the results show, as the metallic particulates content increase, the attenuation coefficients will increase too, while it, were exhibited a decrease in their values when the gamma energy increase.the total linear attenuation coefficients of gamma ray for 15 composites have been calculated using the xcom program (version 3.1) in the energy range of 0.1-20 mev. key words: linear attenuation coefficients, composite materials, gamma ray. introduction shielding is one of the most effective radiation protection methods; others include time and distance. with shielding, radiation dose can be lowered to a desired level [1].furthermore; different types of radiation can be shielded by different types of materials [2]. for shield designs, gamma ray was one of the main types of nuclear radiation, which have to be considered; since any shield attenuates the gamma rays will be more effective for attenuating other radiations [3]. recently, there was a continuous demand for improved polymers for use as shielding materials [4]. therefore, composite materials used for this purpose. composites is a material brought about by combining materials differing in composition or form on a macroscale for the purpose of obtaining specific characteristics and properties. composites consist from two components: matrix and reinforcement [5] . reinforcement materials played the important role to improve the matrix properties. since polymeric materials are on their own hydrocarbonic substances we would expect good neutron moderation then, with the good choice of metallic fillers, gamma rays and x-rays could be also shielded [6,7].therefore, in this study, we attempted to prepare and characterize the polymer based composite radiation shields using unsaturated polyester resin as a matrix and al, fe, and pb as filler with different concentrations (10,20,30,40,50)wt%. then, the effect of gamma energy and filler concentrations on attenuation coefficients was studied. physics 134 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) : in the design shielding materials , the linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) which is defined as the probability of a radiation interacting with a material per unit path length, is important quantity and its magnitude depends on the incident photon energy and on the atomic number of the material, as well as, on the density ( ρ ) of the shielding material [8].also,the mass attenuation coefficient ( ρµ / ) (cm2.g-1) directly measures the effectiveness of a shielding material based upon unit mass of material. generally, calculations of the mass attenuation coefficient at high energies are widely needed and used as a radiation shielding design database for radiation sources, reactors and particle accelerators.[9]. calculation of the total linear attenuation coefficients ( µ ): in shielding calculations, materials made of homogeneous mixture of elements are frequently encountered. for a mixture of known composition, the total mass attenuation coefficient μ/ρ (cm2 g -1) can be determined from basic data by relationships [10]: (1) (2) where µ : the total linear attenuation coefficient, cm-1. ni: number of atoms, cm-3. iσ : microscopic cross section, cm 2 . iρ : density of the i th constituent, g .cm-3. iw : proportion by weight of i th constituent. the total linear attenuation coefficients ( µ ) were calculated for the 15 (unsaturated polyester / metal ) composite samples using a computer program called xcom (version 3.1). the used xcom program and database cross sections for elements ranging from z=1 to 100 have been recently modified to calculate the total mass attenuation coefficients )/( ρµ for elements, compounds and mixtures from1 kev to 100 gev [11], and provides total cross section as well as partial cross sections for various interaction processes. with a known ∑ ∑∑     = == i i i ii iii w n ρ µ ρ µ σµµ physics 135 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 density ( ρ ) of shield materials, the total linear attenuation coefficients ( µ ) were extracted from calculated results of xcom. the density of composite materials was calculated using the rule of mixtures formula given by the following equation [12]: ( ) mfffc vv ρρρ −+= 1 (3) where :,, mfc ρρρ density of composite body, reinforcement and the matrix materials respectively. :fv fractional volume for reinforcement material which could be calculated from the equation:             − += m f fv ρ ρ ψ ψ . 1 1/1 (4) : fractional weight for reinforcement materials: ψ where %100×= c f w w ψ (5) mfc www += (6) mfc www ,, : weight of composite, reinforcement and matrix materials respectively [13]. results and discussion in fig (1) , the linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) was displayed as a function of the applied energy, it was clear that linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) sharply decreased with the increase of the photon energy in the range (0.1-1) mev for all composites .such a behavior could be ascribed to the photoelectric and compton scattering which were the main predominant interactions in this region. this sharp decrease was considered to be an indication that the ( µ ) was very sensitive to the photon energy. in the range (1-5) mev the total linear attenuation coefficients ( µ ) were noticed to decrease with the increase of the photon energy for all composites. in this region, the physics 136 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 dominant interaction is pair production [14]. this slight decrease indicates that the ( µ ) is not very sensitive to the variations in the photon energy in this region. in the region (e>5) mev , there was no significant decrease in the values of total linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) with increase of the photon energy for all composite samples and this could be attributed to the successive collisions, due to several compton scatterings. there is an agreement with the results of [14,15]. in fig (2), the total linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) displayed as a function of concentration of metal powders (al, fe and pb) at the different energies. from this figure one may notice that the total linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) increased with the increase of metal concentration, especially within low photon energy, but at higher energies there was no clear change in the ( µ ) .this could explain that as the concentration of metal powders increased, the absorption process will also increase and this mean an increase in the ( µ ) values. from table (1), the total linear attenuation coefficients ( µ ) calculated for the unsaturated polyester (up) had the minimum values and reached a maximum values for composite samples containing 50% of different powder metals. the improved shielding capability of (up) metal powder composites could be explained on the fact that, unsaturated polyester (up) matrix is a bad shielding material, but when some filling metals powders add to it, it was modified and become a good shielding material. in other word, an increase in the probability of interaction between the incident gamma radiation and the shield atoms was happened. thus, one may conclude that, the total linear attenuation coefficient of the composites was increased with increased filler content in the composites samples prepared. references 1stewart,d.c.(1985) ,data for radioactive waste management and nuclear applications, john wiley sons inc, new york. 2chilton,a.b.;shultis,j.k.andfaw,r.e.(1984)"principles of radiation shielding", prenticehall inc, new jersey. 3goldstein,h.(1959) fundamental aspects of reactor shielding, addison-wesley, reading, ma. 4milewski, j.v. ( 1987),handbook of fillers for plastics", van nostrand reinhold. 5brian, s. m.( 2004) ,an introduction to materials engineering and science for chemical and materials engineers", john wiley & sons, new jersey. 6allen,r.t.and edwards, s.c.( 1987) ,the repair of concrete structures, blackies, glasgow and london. 7mukherjee, p.k.and deans, j.j. ( 1988) ,service performance of nucl containment concrete, concrete international 10, 75–79. 8-wood,j.(1982),computational methods in reactor shielding", pergamon press, inc., new york. 9kaplan, m.f.( 1989),concrete radiation shielding, john wiley & sons, new york. 10seltzer, m.s. ( 1993), calculation of photon mass energy-transfer and mass energy absorption coefficients", radiation research, 136; 147–170. 11berger, m.j.and hubbell, j.h. ( 1987), photon cross sections on a personal computer.national institute of standards and technology , nbsir 87– 3597, xcom, gaithersburg, md 20899, usa. physics 137 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 12schwartz, m.m. ( 1984) ,composite materials ,hand book mc grawhill co. 13hull, d. (1981) ,an introduction to composite materials" first eddition, cambridge university press u. k. 14akkurt,i.(2011),gamma ray attenuation coefficient of microalloyed stainless steel, arab j sci eng,36 ;145-149. 15-korkut,t. (2011) ,a new radiation shielding material, annals of nuclear energy.38 ;56-59. physics 138 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1):linear attenuation coefficient values at different energies for composite samples filled with( al,fe and pb) powders at different weight percentages al energy (mev) µ (cm-1) al 10% wt al 20% wt al 30% wt al 40% wt al 50% wt 0.1 0.198768 0.2128434 0.2287365 0.247079 0.268441 0.5 0.1121637 0.11839905 0.1254903 0.1336029 0.1430604 1 0.0818565 0.08638091 0.09152258 0.09741972 0.10427838 5 0.0351657 0.03739813 0.03992746 0.04283704 0.04621078 10 0.0258423 0.02781625 0.03006451 0.03263846 0.03563534 15 0.0226689 0.02463538 0.02687479 0.0294392 0.03242378 20 0.0212175 0.02322166 0.02550377 0.02813246 0.03117484 fe energy (mev) µ ( cm-1) fe10% wt fe20% wt fe30% wt fe40% wt fe50% wt 0.1 0.2303956 0.2835144 0.3488362 0.431376 0.5382564 0.5 0.11559088 0.12635124 0.1395968 0.1563232 0.1780371 1 0.0841952 0.09182064 0.10122326 0.11308 0.12845766 5 0.0366452 0.04080762 0.04591426 0.0523776 0.06074088 10 0.02749024 0.0315948 0.03664416 0.0430144 0.0512577 15 0.02451044 0.02881278 0.0341202 0.0408144 0.04949856 20 0.02321708 0.0277503 0.0333412 0.040392 0.049539 pb energy (mev) µ ( cm-1) pb 10% wt pb 20% wt pb 30% wt pb 40% wt pb 50% wt 0.1 0.8910356 1.749294 2.820099 4.19196 6.00692 0.5 0.12597312 0.1494954 0.1790136 0.216657 0.2663664 1 0.08600774 0.0959427 0.10837623 0.1243108 0.14532328 5 0.03825822 0.04442472 0.05213295 0.0620106 0.07504968 10 0.03014284 0.03752928 0.04673715 0.0585535 0.07414496 15 0.02788786 0.03637062 0.0469752 0.0605445 0.07850024 20 0.02712346 0.03648366 0.04816545 0.0631328 0.08291864 physics 139 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 al 0.01 0.1 1 0 5 10 15 20 energy (mev) fe10% fe20% fe30% fe40% fe50% 0.01 0.1 1 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 energy (mev) pb10% pb20% pb30% pb40% pb50% 0.01 0.1 1 0 5 10 15 20 energy (mev) al 10% al 20% al 30% al 40% al 50% fig .(1):total linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) as a function of energy (e) at different concentrations of (al,fe and pb) (c m -1 ) µ (c m -1 ) µ (c m -1 ) µ cu pb physics 140 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.1 mev 0.5mev 1 mev 5 mev 10 mev 15 mev 20 mev 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.1 mev 0.5mev 1 mev 5 mev 10 mev 15 mev 20 mev µ (c m -1 ) µ (c m -1 ) pb wt% fe wt% fig .(2):total linear attenuation coefficient ( µ ) as a function of concentration of (al,fe and pb) at different energies 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.1 mev 0.5mev 1 mev 5 mev 10 mev 15 mev 20 mev µ (c m -1 ) al wt% physics 141 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 حساب ودراسة معامل توهين أشعة كاما لمتراكبات مختلفة ، احمد فاضل مخيبر*دخالد هادي مهدي، زياد شهاب احم جامعة بغداد ،كلية التربية ،قسم الفيزياء وزارة العلوم والتكنلوجيا * 2012شباط 12، قبل البحث في: 2011ايلول 18استلم البحث في: الخالصة ) لمتراكبات بوليميرية مدعمة بالدقائق µ) (cm-1رس معامل التوهين الخطي الكلي (سب ودُ حث ، حُ في هذا الب ،والحديد ،( كمادة أساس) مدعم بتراكيز مختلفة من (األلمنيوم ) upمكونة من راتنج البولي استر غير المشبع ( )%، وكذلك طاقة أشعة 50،40،30،20،10اضافة المساحيق المعدنية عند تراكيز (رس تأثير والرصاص) (مواد تدعيم). دُ كاما على معامالت التوهين. أظهرت النتائج انه عندما يزداد تركيز المعدن فان معامل التوهين سوف يزداد ايضا، بينما 15ل و امالت التوهين الخطية الكليةفي قيم معامالت التوهين عندما تزداد طاقة اشعة كاما. ان مع اً ظهر ان هناك نقصان –) مليون إلكترون 20-0.1) ضمن المدى الطاقي ( version 3.1( (xcom)متراكبة حسبت باستخدام البرنامج فولت. : معامل التوهين الخطي ، المواد المتراكبة ،أشعة كاما.الكلمات المفتاحية ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 synthesis and characterization of tetradentate complexes type n2o2 from the reaction of 2-hydroxy -1, 2-diphynel-ethanone oxime [h2l] with mn ii, fe ii, co ii, ni ii, cu ii and hg ii ions a.th. numan*, e. i. alsalehe and j. h. aldulaimi departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract tetradentate complexes ty p e [m (hl) 2] were prepared from the reaction of 2-hy droxy -1, 2-diphy nel-ethanone oxime [h2l] and koh with ( m n ii , fe ii , co ii , ni ii , cu ii and hg ii ), in methanol with (2:1) metal: ligand ratio. the general formula for cu ii and m n ii comp lexes are [m (hl) 2 cl.h2o] k, for co ii [co (hl) 2. h2o] and [m (hl) 2] for the rest of comp lexes. all comp ounds were characterised by sp ectroscop ic methods, i.r, u.v-vis, h.p.l.c, atomic absorp tion and conductivity measurements chloride content. from the data of these measurements, the p rop osed molecular st ructures for fe ii and hg ii comp lexes are tetrahedrals, while m n ii and cu ii comp lexes are octahedrals, ni ii comp lex adopting square p lanar structure and the comp lex of co ii ion showed a bip y ramidal structure introduction amino oxime metal comp lexes have been known since a long time (1) . the different coordination modes of oxime and oximato sp ecies indicated a versatile electronic distribution within the ligand. this, in turn suggested that the chemist ry of metal-bonded oximes should be rich. the insp ection of data accumulated in the literature confirmed these assump tions (2).transition metal comp lexes of vicdioximes are of p articular interest as biological model comp ounds. numerous chemical st udies have been made on the cobalt (iii) –bis (dimethy l glyoxime) sy st em which has been called a model sy st em for b12 moiety (3,4). although these efforts metl with a considerable success. there are some sp ecies which do not app ear to behave according to the existing theories (i.c., the dioxime of glyoxal). it was felt that st ability constant st udies would be of value in showing the inherent differences in the chelating ability of closely related metal ions (5). the sy nthesis of some cobalt (iii) dioxime comp lexes with ligands containing macrocy clic frame on the backbone was reported (6,7). the temp late sy nthesis of these comp ounds involve linking of two tetraazamacrocy cle containing comp onents through dioxime coordinate to co(ii) then an aerial oxidation of this ion to co(iii)is done in the p resence of (axial coordinating) p y ridine and chloride ligands, (fig. a). (fig-a) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 this p aper reports the sy nthesis and characterisation of new comp lexes derived from the reaction of [2-hy droxy -1, 2-diphy nel-ethanone oxime] with (m n ii , fe ii , co ii , ni ii , cu ii and hg ii ) metal ions. experimental reagents were p urchased from fluka and redial – dehenge chemical co. i.r sp ectra were recorded as (kbr) discs using a shimadzu 8300 ft ir sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000-400) cm -1 . electronic sp ectra of the p repared comp ounds were measured in the region (200-1100) nm for 10 -3 m solutions in (dm f) at 25c using a shimadzu 160 sp ectrop hotometer with 1.0000.001 cm matched quartz cell ,while metal contents of the comp lexes were determined by atomic absorp tion (a.a) technique using a shimadzu aa 680g atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer. electrical conductivity measurements of the comp lexes were recorded at 25c for 10 -3 m solutions of the samples in (dm f) using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter. the h.p.l.c. chromatograms of the comp lexes were obtained using h.p.l.c. ty p e shimadzu lc-6h (koy oto–jap an) in an isocratic sy st em (m ecn: h2o), (70–30). as a solvent. s ynthesi s of [mn (hl) 2 .cl .h2o] k a 0.25g, (1.26mmole) of m ncl2.4h2o was dissolved in 10ml methanol. a solution of 0.56g, (2.46mmole) of [h2l] in 10ml ethanol was added to the above mixture. then of koh dissolved in methanol and added to the above mixture. the reaction was refluxed for 2 hrs and during thes time, the colour of the mixture became brown. the solution was allowed for slow evaporation and a brown p recipitate was formed. yield 0.62g (43 %), m.p 255c. s ynthesi s of [fe (hl) 2] the method used to p repare [fe (h2l2)] was analogous to the p rocedure given for the comp lex [m n (hl) 2.cl.h2o] k, but with fecl2.4h2o 0.25g, (1.25mmole) instead of m ncl2.4h2o. the quantities of the other regents were adjust ed accordingly and an identical work-up p rocedure gave red purp le p recipitate 0.76g (60%), m.p 175c. s ynthesi s of [co (hl)2.h2o ] in 50 ml round bottomed flask 0.25g, (1.05mmole) of cocl2.6h2o was dissolved in 10ml methanol. a solution of 0.572g, (2.09mmole) of [h2l] in 10ml ethanol was added to the above mixture, and the reaction was allowed to reflux for 2 hrs. the pale brown p recipitated solid which formed up on st anding over 24 hrs, was collected, washed with 2ml ether, and dried to give 0.88g (80%) of the title comp ound, m.p 190 c. s ynthesi s of [ni (hl) 2] a similar procedure to that described for the complex [co(hl)2.h2o] was used to p repare [ni(hl)2)] but with nicl2.6h2o 0.25g, (1.05mmole) in p lace of cocl2.6h2o with 0.478g, (2.10mmole) [h2l] to give an orange p recipitate ,which was washed with 2 ml ethy l ether to y ield 0.60g (56%) m.p 165c. s ynthesi s of [cu (hl) 2. cl .h2o] k a 0.25g of cucl2.2h2o, (1.46mmole) was dissolved in 10 ml ethanol. a solution of 0.666g, (2.90mmole) of [h2l] in 10ml methanol was added and allowed to reflux for 2 hrs. a deep green p recipitate was formed, washed with 2 ml ether in order to give 0.68g (31%) m.p 240c. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 s ynthesi s of [hg (hl) 2] the method used to p repare [cu (h2l2) cl.h2o] was analogous t o the p rocedure given for the comp lex [hg (h2l2)] but with hgcl2. (0.25g, 0.92mmole) instead of cucl2.2h2o.t he quantities of the other regents were adjust ed according to an identical work-up p rocedure in order to give a mustard precipitate (0.57g) (48%), m.p 135c. results and discussion the i.r sp ectrum for (h2l) ligand (fig.2a), disp lay ed aband at 1491 cm 1 due to the υ c=n st retching frequency for the oxime group (8). the band at 3233 cm -1 is att ributed to the υ o─h stretching of the oxime group . the strong bands at 1014 and 986 cm -1 are att ributed to υ n─o stretching. while u.v-vis asp ectrum (fig.3a) exhibits a high intense absorp tion p eak at 278 nm, 35971 cm -1 , maxε =1570 m -1 .cm -1 and 300nm, 33333cm -1 , maxε =1514m -1 .cm -1 which were assigned to overlap →  * and n →  * transitions(9). the reaction of [h2l] ligand with the metals (m n ii , fe ii , co ii , ni ii , cu ii and hg ii ) was carried out in methanol under reflux. all complexes are st able in the solid state and in the solution. the analy tical and p hy sical data (table-1) and sp ectral data (table-2 and 3) are comp atible with the suggested st ructures (fig.1). the i.r sp ectral data of the comp lexes are p resented in (table -2). these sp ectra, in general show bands at the range 1552-1599 cm -1 assigned to the υ c=n st retching for the oxime group s. the shifting to a higher frequency is made in comparison with that of the free ligand, this shifting can be attributed to the delocalisation of metal ion electronic density into the ligand (sy st em) (10, 11). the strong υ n─o st retching bands at 1014 and 996 cm -1 for the free ligand are shifted markedly to higher frequencies by ca. 100 cm -1 . this is p resumably due to coordinated n─o group with the metal ions (12). these results are in agood agreement with those reported by bigatt o and co-workers (13). the υ o─h st retching band of the oxime group in the free ligand at 3233 cm -1 is st ill p resent at the (3025-3459) cm -1 rang for these complexes. the bands at 635-523 cm -1 and 494-635 cm -1 were assigned to υ m ─n and υ m ─o st retching, indicating that the oxime nitrogen and oxy gen of hy droxy l group were involved in coordination with metal ion (14-16). the bands at t he range 630-660 cm -1 , 732-760 cm -1 and 829-919 cm -1 in the i.r. sp ectra of comp lexes m n, co and cu resp ectively are att ributed to υ o─h stretching frequency for coordinated h2o molecules with metal ion (17). fig (2b), (2d and (2f) represent the i.r sp ectra for the comp lexes m n, co and cu resp ectively. the electronic sp ectral data of the complexes are summarised in (table-3). the u.v-vis sp ectra of the comp lexes disp lay ed absorp tions at 275-344 nm assigned to the ligand field and charge transfer (18). in the [m n (hl) 2 .cl.h2o] k and [cu (hl)2.cl.h2o] k comp lexes the peaks at 500nm and 432nm are attributed to d -d electronic transitions t y p e 4 eg(g)← 6 a1g and 2 b1g← 2 b2g resp ectively , suggesting an octahedral st ructure about m n and cu ions. the p eak at 855nm in the sp ectrum of [fe (h2l)] (fig.3c) is assigned to ( 5 t2← 5 e (d -d) electronic transitions, suggesting tetrahedral structure about fe ion. in the u.v-vis sp ectrum of [ni (hl) 2] (fig.3e), the p eak at 747 nm is att ributed to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e 3 t1 (p ) ← 3 t1suggesting asquare p lanar st ructure about ni ion. the u.v-vis sp ectrum of [hg (hl)2] suggests asquare planar structure about hg ion too. while the peak at 400 nm in the sp ectrum ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 of the [co (hl) 2) h2o] is att ributed to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e 4 e (f) ← 4 a2 suggesting a try gonal bipy ramidal st ructure about co ion [18]. the molar conductance of the comp lexes in dm f lies in the 22.9─5.22 ohm -1 .cm 2 .mole -1 range (table-3) indicates the comp lexes that are to be neutral (m n and cu comp lexes are electrolyte with 1:1 ratio) (19). the h.p.l.c chromatograms for t hese complexes [m n (hl) 2) cl.h2o] k, [fe (hl) 2] and [co (hl) 2h2o] figs. (4-a, b, c) resp ectively, exhibit one signal at aretention time (tr= 2.8 min), (tr= 3.4 min) and (tr= 4.6 min) indicate the p urity of the comp lexes and app ear as a single sp ecies in a solution. re ferences 1. m urmann,r.k. (1957) j. am. chem. soc., 79: 521, 2. kukushkin ,v. yu. et al(1996) coordination chemistry reviews 156 :333-362, 3. finke,r. g .; schiraldi, d. a. and m ayer,b . (1984).j. coord. chem. rev., 54: 1 4. schrauzer, g. n. (1968) accounts chem. res., 1:97 5. gok, y. and kantchin,h. (1997).polyhedron, 16:2413 6. gok, y. and kantckin,h. (1997) acta. chem. scand., 51:664 7. kemp,w. (1987)."organic sp ectroscop y " 2nd. edition, 144, 8. hadzi, d. and premru, l. (1967) sp ectrochim. acta, 23a, 35, 9. abdul-rahman, a. a. (2002). ph d. t hesis, collage of education ibnal-heaitham university of baghdad 10. hadzi,d. (1956) j. chem. soc., 15: 2725, 11. bigatt o,a. ;cost a,g.; galasso v. and dealti,g. (1939), (1970) sp ectrochim. acta, 26, 12. nakamoto ,k. (1996) “ infrared sp ectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”4 th . ed. j. wiely and sons, new york, 13. ferraro,j. (1971) “low frequency vibrations of inorganic and coordination compounds ” ed. plenum, new york, 14. najap p an, p. ; ramalingam, k.; pirro, s. j.; narr, r. k.; nowotinik ,d. p.; nunn, a. d. (1992).abstracts of p apers, ninth international sy mposium on radiopharmaceutical chem. paris 6-10 ap ril 15. el-tabl, a. s. (2002)transition m etal chemist ry , 27:166, 16. geary,w. j. (1971) coord. rev., 7: 81, 17.green wood, n.n. and earnshow,a. (1998)chemistry of the elements, ed. j. wiley and sons inc. new york, 18.a. b. p. lever, “inorganic electronic sp ectroscop y ”, ed. new york, (1968). 19.geary, w. j. (1971) “the use of conductivity measurements in organic solvents for t he characterization of coordination comp ounds”. coord. chem. rev; 7:(81-115) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (1): anal ytical and physical data of the ligand and its complexes (cal c.): calculated found, (calc.)% yiel d % m. p c colou r m olecu lar weight m .w compound m etal cl ------ white 227.27 [h2l] (9.15) 9.00 (5.93) 4.86 43 brow n 599.94 [m n(hl)2cl.h2o)] k (10.97 ) 10.50 -----60 17 5 red p urp le 508.34 [fe(hl)2] (11.12 ) 10.90 ------80 19 0 pale brow n 529.54 [co(hl)2 h2o] (11.47 ) 11.21 ------56 16 5 orang e 511.34 ni(hl)2] (10.43 ) 10.11 (5.84) 3.44 31 24 0 deep green 608.54 [cu(hl)2cl.h2o]k (30.71 ) 30.53 ------48 13 5 musta rd 653.14 [hg(hl)2] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (2): i.r spectral data of the ligand and it’s complexes s: strong m: medium w: weak br: broad w.br: weak broad table (3): electroni c spectral data, hplc and con ductance measurements of [h2l] and its complexes compound (o-h) oxime (o-h) h2o (c-h) aliph (c-h) aroma (c=n) oxime (n-o) (m-n) (m-o) additional peaks [h2l] 3233(b) _ 2920(w) 3023(w) 1491(sh) 996(sh) 1014(sh) _ 1387 (ch2) 1590 (c=c)ring [mn(hl)2cl.h2o)]k 3350(w) 3249(w) 2925(w) 3057(w) 1552(s) 987(s) 1013(s) 523(w) 501(sh) 1491(c=c) ring [fe(hl)2] 3342(br) 2910(w) 3075(br) 1597(sh) 988(s) 1015(s) 591(s) 479(br) 1491(c=c) ring [co(hl)2h2o] 3459(w) 3250(w) 2915(br) 3060(br) 1598(sh) 1001(w) 1066(s) 657(sh) 537(w) 1492(c=c ring [ni(hl)2] 3416(w) 2905(br) 3052(br) 1599(br) 1019(w) 1068(br) 695(sh) 635(w) 1492(c=c)ring [cu(hl)2cl.h2o]k 3379(br) 3233(w) 2881(w) 3057(br) 1595(s) 1004(s) 1045(w) 597(br) 511(br) 1577(c=c)ring [hg(hl )2] 3025(w) 2950(w) 3025(w) 1567(s) 1013(br) 1110(br) 623(w) 494(sh) 1500(c=c)ring compound  nm max m -1 . cm 1 assignments m.c* (ohm 1 .c m 2 . mole -1 ) (hplc) min. solvent ratio [h2l] 278 1570 (→  * ) (n →  * ) ------------ 300 1514 [mn(hl)2cl.h2o)]k 275 551 ( 4 eg(g)← 6 a1g) 53 2.8 dmf 1:1 340 112 500 17 [fe(hl)2] 300 2352 ( 5 t2← 5 e) 15.43 3.4 dmf neutral 342 2127 384 1188 855 4 [co(hl)2 h2o] 314 2436 ( 4 e(f)← 4 a2) 22.9 4.6 dmf neutral 400 1700 879 5 [ni(hl)2] 300 1796 ( 3 t1(p) ← 3 t1) 12.45 ----- dmf neutral 344 1809 469 1014 747 2 [cu(hl)2cl.h2o]k 297 1477 ( 2 b1g← 2 b2g) 54 ----- dmf 1:1 432 461 [hg(hl )2] 292 450 1154 125 c.t 5.22 ------ dmf neutral ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 s cheme (1): the synthesis route of the complexes whe re x=mn ii and cu ii ; and y=ni ii and hg ii fig. (1): the suggeste d structures for the complexes ch c ho n oh mcl 2 ch o n oh ch o n oh m + ! m o l e 2 h y d r o x y 1 , 2 d i p h e n y l e t h a n o n e o x i m e 2 m o l e ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig. (2-a) :the (i.r) s pectra of ligand fig. (2-b):the (i.r) s pectra of the complex [mn (hl)2.cl .h2o]k fig. (2-d): the (i.r) s pectra of the complex [co (hl) 2.h2o] fig. (2-f): the (i.r) s pectra of the comple x [cu (hl) 2.cl .h2o] k ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig . (3): the (uv-vis) s pectra of: (a) the ligand (h2l) (b) the complex [mn (hl) 2. cl .h2o] k (c) the complex [fe (hl) 2)] (d) the complex [co (hl) 2. h2o] (e) the complex [ni (hl) 2] (f) the complex [cu (hl) 2. cl .h2o] k (g) the complex [hg (hl) 2)] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig. (4): the h.p.l.c. chromatogram for the complexes of: (tr= min) (a) [ni (hl)2] complex (b) [fe (h l) 2] complex (c) [co (hl) 2. h2o] complex 2009) 3( 22الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن من تفاعل اللیكند n2o2معقدات رباعیة المنح نوع ص یشخصتر و یحضت 2-hydroxy -1, 2-diphynel-ethanone oxime [h2l] مع االیونات (mnii, feii, coii, niii, cuii, and hgii) جاسم هاشم الدلیمي،الصالحي ایمان ابراهیم ،احمد ثابت نعمان قسم الكیمیاء ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،جامعة بغداد الخالصة اللیكند وذلك من مفاعلةرباعیة المنح دةالجدیالمعقدات وتشخیص تضمن البحث تحضیر 2-hy droxy -1, 2-diphy nel-ethanone oxime [h2l] االیونـات مـع)m n ii , fe ii , co ii , ni ii , cu ii , and hg ii تكونــت سلســلة جدیــدة مــن ) 1:2( لیكانـد: فلــز یثــانول وهیدروكســید البوتاســیوم وسـطا للتفاعــل وبنســبةمال المعباسـت ( k [m :الصیغة العامة يالمعقدات ذ (hl) 2.cl. h2o] و m * (hl) 2.h2o] وhl) 2]( [m ** :اذ (where: m =m n ii , cu ii , m * = co ii , m ** = fe ii , ni ii and hg ii . االشـعة فـوق البنفسـجیة والمرئیـة ، یة االشعة تحت الحمـراءتق الطیفیة االائبوساطة الطر المحضرة تم تشخیص المركبات ، c.l.p.h ، ومـن النتـائج المحصـول علیهـاالتوصـیلیة الموالریـة الكهربائیـةومحتوى الكلـور تمطیافیـة التذریـة كـذلك قیسـو والكوبلــت ي السـطوحربــاعشـكل الحدیــد بینمـا یتخــذ معقـدهـو مربــع مسـتو زئبــق المقتـرح لمعقــد النیكـل والالفراغــي الشـكل فـان .ي السطوحثمانشكل كل من المنغنیز والنحاسوتتخذ معقدات خماسي السطوح 17062012113103 17062012113103_001 17062012113103_002 17062012113103_003 17062012113103_004 17062012113414 17062012113415 17062012113415_001 17062012113415_002 17062012113415_003 17062012113415_004 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 security of iris recognition and voice recognition techniques ayad r. raoof computer center/college of administration and economics/university of baghdad received in : 16 february 2012 , accepted in:12 september 2012 abstract recently, biometric technologies are used widely due to their improved security that decreases cases of deception and theft. the biometric technologies use physical features and characters in the identification of individuals. the most common biometric technologies are: iris, voice, fingerprint, handwriting and hand print. in this paper, two biometric recognition technologies are analyzed and compared, which are the iris and sound recognition techniques. the iris recognition technique recognizes persons by analyzing the main patterns in the iris structure, while the sound recognition technique identifies individuals depending on their unique voice characteristics or as called voice print. the comparison results show that the resultant average accuracies of the iris technique and voice technique are 99.83% and 98%, respectively. thus, the iris recognition technique provides higher accuracy and security than the voice recognition technique. keywords: biometric technology; iris recognition; voice recognition, oversampling, feature vector, gaussian pyramid, haar wavelet, dft, mfcc, gmm, hmm, ubm, casia, mmu 346 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 biometric recognition techniques 1. iris recognition technique iris recognition technique is a biomedical technology that is utilized for the identification as well as verification of individuals by using the iris patterns. these patterns have high stability and it is uniqueness. each person has unique iris. in this section, the main processes of the iris recognition technique are illustrated and explained. in addition, the implementation of the iris recognition security system by using matlab is explored. image pre-processing techniques as well as normalization are an important parts of the iris recognition technique. any modification in the lighting conditions causes a reduction in the recognition technique performance. [1, 2] the main stages of implementation as shown in figure 1 are: image acquisition, image manipulation, iris localization, mapping, feature extraction, haar wavelets, binary coding scheme and test of statistical independence. [3] a. image acquisition in this stage iris images are captured by using a ccd camera with 640x480 resolutions. the captured images are white and black in order to obtain more details. [3] b. image manipulation image manipulation is done by converting images form rgb into gray ones as well as from eight bits into double precision. this is done in order to simplify the image manipulation for the following steps. [3] c. iris localization the iris boundaries which are must be detected which broadens from inside the limbus which is the edge among both the sclera and the iris to the outer of the pupil. the outer edge is determined by down-sampling images by factor value equals 4 in order to allow a rapid delay or processing by utilizing a gaussian pyramid. the gradient image is achieved by using the canny operator in the matlab. [4] circular summation which contains the summation of all the circle intensities by utilizing three overlapped loops is then used to move over all the probable radii and coordinates of center. rescaling the achieved results is used to determine both the radius and center of the original image iris. after finding the outer edges, the iris pixels intensities are tested. by using the canny threshold, if the iris has a dark color, then a small threshold value is utilized to allow canny operator to discover the circle that separates between iris and pupil. in the other hand, if the iris has a color, then a high threshold is used. [3] the center of the pupil is shifted by nearly 15% from the iris center as well as its radius is in the range between 0.1 and 0.8 of the iris radius. so the research time of the pupil center is small. enhanced accuracy can be achieved by searching the original iris instead of the downsample iris version. figure 2 shows the resultant iris region. [5] d. mapping the resultant iris edges must be secluded and stored in another image. the pupil size varies according to the light intensity. so, the coordinate system is modified by unpacking the iris lower area and then mapping all points in the iris edges into their polar equivalent as shown in figures 3 and 4. the mapped image size is constant. when the pupil size increase, then the same point will be mapped again. [3] unpacking the image is done by using the bilinear transformation in order to achieve the point’s intensities in the new image. these intensities are resulted from the old image grayscales. [5] e. feature extraction the iris patterns are extracted in this stage by considering the correlation among the neighboring pixels. in this stage, wavelets transform and haar transform are used. figure 5 shows the haar wavelet. [3] 347 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 f. haar wavelet the computation time must be low. so, designing a neural network will take long time. to solve this problem, another wavelet will be chosen. a wavelet tree with 5-level is used with illustrating all the estimation and detail coefficients of a mapped image. by contrasting the results of the combination between haar transform and wavelet tree with the result of other wavelets, it is shown that haar transform offers the best results. the used mapped image size is 100x402 pixels where it can be decayed by utilizing haar wavelet into five levels. these levels are the following: [3] • horizontal coefficients: cdh1, cdh5 • vertical coefficients: cdv1, cdv5 • diagonal coefficients: cdd1, cdd5 the coefficients that stand for the iris pattern core must be chosen and the ones that expose disused data must be deleted. figure 6 shows the chosen coefficients, which are: cdh1, cdh2, cdh3, cdh4. but only one must be used. [3] cdh4 is chosen as an envoy of all the carried data by the four levels since it replicates the same patterns like the proposed horizontal coefficients and it has the smallest size. the fifth level has not the same textures, so it will be chosen like a whole. in the vertical and diagonal coefficients, the fourth and fifth ones will be selected. the resultant coefficients are joined to form a vector that describes the patterns of the iris where it is called feature vector with size equals 702 elements. [6] g. binary coding scheme the resultant vector will be converted into binary since finding the difference among two binary words is simpler than finding the difference among two vectors. coding the feature vector depends on the detection of its main features. the resultant vectors maximum value is bigger than zero, while their minimum value is smaller than zero. their average is in the range from -0.08 to -0.007 and the standard variation is in the range from 0.35 to 0.5. let “coef” is an image feature vector, then the way to convert it into binary code is as the following: [8] • when coef( i ) >= 0, then coef( i ) = 1 • when coef( i ) < 0, then coef( i ) = 0 after the binarization process, the resultant two code words are compared in order to find if these codes stand for the same individual or not. [3] h. test of statistical independence in this stage, two iris patterns are contrasted with each other. the hamming distance among two feature vectors and the divergence among them are directly related. in other words, two irises are the same when the hamming distance is small. the hamming distance is the number of equivalent bit positions that differ. the hamming distance is similar to the correlation coefficient in which the original image and the corresponding image in the database are converted into vectors and then each two related vectors are compared and the distance between them is calculated. the smallest resultant distance is called the hamming distance. daugman found that the minimum value of hamming distance among two irises of the same individual is 0.32. so, the related binary feature vectors of the two contrasted images of iris are conceded to a function that corresponds to the computing of the hamming distance among them. the following shows when these two images are related to the same individual or not: [3, 5] • if hd <= 0.32, then the two images are for the same person. • if hd > 0.32, then the two images are for different persons. 348 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 voice recognition technique voice recognition technique consists of two main stages, training and recognition. in the training stage, an identified voice is inserted into a database. in the recognition stage, an undefined voice signal will be identified. voice recognition method is used for both verification as well as identification. figure 7 shows the main system structure. [7] a. feature extraction the first step in the voice recognition system is the feature extraction. it converts the input voice signal into an acoustic feature vectors series by using the signal wave division technique. most of the vectors depend on the voice signal cepstral representation. the purpose of this stage is to find a novel illustration which is more compressed, more appropriate for the statistical modeling and less disused. [6, 7] the main processes that are applied on the recorded voice signal are: the voice signal is initially separated into a number of time windows. after that, the discrete fourier transform (dft) is used in order to convert each one of the resultant time windows into the spectral domain. then, each one of the magnitude spectrums are smoothed out by using band passfilters. each one of these filters measures the sun-band mean. this process is called the extraction of mel frequency cepstral coefficients (mfcc) parameters as shown in figure 8. [7] energy and derivatives parameters are also added to the cepstral parameters. energy is the summation of samples power over time in a frame. speech signals are fixed from one frame to another one. so, features that are corresponding to the modifying in cepstral features are added in which a velocity feature is added into each one of the vector features. [8] b. speaker molding speaker model is constructed by the use of acoustic vectors that are found out from each signal part in the training stage. the main two methods of voice recognition are: deterministic method which is the dynamic comparison in addition to vector quantization and statistical method which is the gaussian mixture model (gmm) and hidden markov model (hmm). the statistical method is the most utilized one. [7, 9] gmm is an unverified leaning method or a clustering method. in addition, it is a parametric pdf which is signified as the weighted sum of all the densities of the gaussian component. this method can be used in order to build flexible boundaries of clustering, such as the points in space join a class based on a known probability. as well, it is utilized as a probability distribution parametric model for either the biometric system features, such as the speaker recognition features or the continuous measurements. the parameters of this method can be evaluated by using a training dataset with the utilization of the iterative expectation maximization (em) method. the following equation explores the general form of the gmm: [10, 11] 𝑝(𝑥) = 1 (2𝜋) 𝑑 2|σ|2 𝑒� −1 2 (𝑥−𝜇)𝑇ς−1(𝑥−𝜇)� where: x represents the dimensional component vector of the features, μ represents the dimensional component vector of the features means and represents the covariance matrix. [11] gmm depend on the universal background model (ubm) which constructed by utilizing all the database recordings. this model is used due to the flexibility of the modeling by using gmm and the utilization of gmm offers a well cooperation among performances as well as the system complication. [7] 349 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 c. pattern matching and decision the voice recognition method recognizes the voice signal if it belongs to the assumed speaker. let y is the voice segment and s is the assumed speaker, then two hypotheses are defined as follows: [7] • h0: y is from the assumed speaker s • h1: y is not from the assumed speaker s to make a decision between these two hypotheses, the ratio between the probability density function of both hypotheses is calculated, where if it is bigger than a certain value, then h0 will be accepted, otherwise, it will be rejected. [12] results 1. iris recognition technique capturing iris images is done by using a device which offers a standard complex video signal that is in combination with a frame of a grabber board. the captured image by the proposed hardware is inserted into the matlab as shown in figure 9 via the image acquisition toolbox which offers an interface for several devices of image acquisition. this toolbox also allows the collection of images by using the frame grabber. this is done by using two methods, get-snapshot function and triggering. [13] capturing a video is important in order to make sure that images are achieved. this is done by using capture video button which starts the image acquisition toolbox which in turn starts commands and saves data. when the capturing process is completed, then program control is reinstated and the collected data are transmitted to the matlab workspace. the transmitted data into the workspace is a four dimensional array. the first two dimensions are related to each one of the person frame rows and columns. the third one is related to the components of red, green, and blue colors. the fourth dimension is related to the number of the frame. imaqmontage command is used in order to show the images to perform quality corroboration. persons move their eyes during capturing. the resultant data are utilized in the analysis of liveness testing algorithms as well as location tracking algorithms. after the proposed processes of acquisition, data are stored. when the images have high quality, images are saved. several experiments are done in order to evaluate the iris recognition technique. so, this technique is implemented by using matlab software program. the utilized databases in this experiment are from chinese academy of sciences institute of automation (casia) as well as multimedia university (mmu). databases of casia contain eye images which were captured for nearly 108 individuals with seven images for each one of them from two assemblies, where each assembly was taken with one month time period. databases of mmu contain eye images that were captured for both eyes of individuals. [14, 15] the left image that is shown in figure 10 shows the iris image after the iris localization process, while the middle one shows the iris segmentation second phase or as called noise reduction. the right image displays the failed segmentation of the iris which results from several reasons, such as the upper eyelid as well as eyelashes impeded with the iris localization process, persons did not support their irises with the used scanner of iris in a proper way, or there was not adequate characteristic difference among both the iris and the sclera. figure 11 shows the resultant image after normalization. [16] table 1 shows the iris coding process results. as shown below, for the casia databases, all irises are coded in a successful way, while for the mmu databases, two iris images from 350 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 450 images are not coded successfully. so the total rate of coding success is 99.83% and the needed average time for the process is 708 ms for each iris. [2] table 2 shows the experimental results of iris recognition technique. the resultant accuracy is 84.45% for the used casia databases. the data of the second assembly are utilized as reservation and the first one is utilized as the database of the system. the resultant accuracy for both the left and right eyes of the used mmu databases are 77.78% and 86.67%, respectively. for the databases of the mmu, the first two image acquisitions are utilized as reservations, while the other three ones are utilized as the system database. the total accuracy is 82.9%. [2] 2. voice recognition technique speech processing as well as language consists of several concepts and terminologies. figure 12 shows speech signals of vowels in both time and frequency domains. as shown, the pitch as well as rate for each one of the vowels is the same which creates major worry for the voice recognition systems. they have high rejection rate due to the background interference. the simple voice recognition system is implemented by using matlab/simulink. voice reference template is implemented and can be contrasted adjacent to subsequent voice recognitions. reference template is built by let a person speak his name and this will be recorded in form of .wav. the voice recognition system consists of several steps, which are: energy levels measurement of the signal small period, removing noises as well as unrequited signals via using the digital filter design block that acts as discrete fir band-pass filter and generating the signal frequency components. after that, the feature extraction is done which determining the pitch contour, format frequencies and density of average energy spectral by utilizing both fft and autocorrelation. sizes of both input patterns and reference are calculated in order to perform the comparison. final results are verified by measuring several parameters, such as standard deviations. the speech voice is a waveform that is called a voice pattern. figure 13 and 14 illustrates two voice patterns of a person. one of them is utilized as voice reference pattern. the proposed voice samples were recorded in several times. the voice recognition system will calculate the differences between them. reference voice as well as voice id is considered as nonparametric approximations of the voice energy bands. the resultant reference voice value is 5.28 and the resultant voice id value is 5.959. the difference among them is 0.6792. the obtained standard deviations that contrasted with reference voice and voice id are 12.79% and 11.33%, respectively. these two percentages are less than 15%; these two voices are for the same person. figures 15, 16 and 17 show speech signals for dissimilar males as well as females. the percentage of both standard deviations is bigger than 15%. the average accuracy of the voice recognition system is 98%. comparison between the securities of the two techniques in this project, two biometric identification methods are explained, which are: iris recognition technique and voice recognition technique. the resultant average accuracies of the iris technique and voice technique are 99.83% and 98%, respectively. so, the iris recognition technique offers higher accuracy than the voice recognition technique. in other words, iris recognition technique provides more security and safety for the data of individuals. conclusion biometric techniques are widely used due to their security as well as high accuracy. these techniques use several physical features in the recognition of individuals. in this paper, two recognition methods with their main stages are explained extensively, which are the iris 351 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 recognition technique and voice recognition technique. these two techniques are implemented and simulated by using matlab software program. the resultant average accuracies of the iris recognition technique and voice recognition technique are 99.83% and 98%, respectively. iris recognition technique as shown offers higher accuracy as well as security of person’s data than the voice recognition technique. references 1. chaskar, u. m. and sutaone, m. s. (2010) a novel approach for iris recognition, 2nd international conference on computer technology and development (icctd 2010), 495500. 2. agus harjoko, sri hartati, and henry dwiyasa, (2009), a method for iris recognition based on 1d coiflet wavelet, world academy of science, engineering and technology 56:123-129. 3. chen, y.; dass, s. c. and jain, a. k., (2006),localized iris image quality using 2-d wavelets, springer lecture notes in computer science 3832: international conference on biometrics, 373-381. 4. daugman, j. how iris recognition works”. 5. gonzalez, r.c., woods, r.e, (2002), digital image processing, 2rd ed., prentice hall. 6. lim, s.; lee, k.; byeon, o.and kim, t, (2001),efficient iris recognition through improvement of feature vector and classifier”, etri journal, 23 (2): 61-70. 7. mohamed chenafa, dan istrate, valeriu vrabie, and michel herban, ‘’ biometric system based on voice recognition using multi-classifiers’’ 8. kinnunen, t.; hautamki, v. and franti, p.( 2004), fusion of spectral feature sets for ac curate speaker identi_cation. in 9th international conference speech and computer (specom), 361-365. 9. jackson zhang, and bruce wang, (2010), a novel voice recognition model based on hmm and fuzzy ppm, 637-640. 10. césar souza, (2010), gaussian mixture models and expectation-maximization’’. 11. bertrand scherrer,( 2007), gaussian mixture model classifiers, 1-4 . 12. doddington, g.( 1985),speaker recognition identifying people by their voices”, in proc. of the ieee, 73, 1651-1664. 13. robert, c. schultz, robert w. ives, (2005), biometric data acquisition using matlab guis’’, 35th asee/ieee frontiers in education conference, indianapolis, in, october 19 – 22. 14. masek, l.( 2003),recognition of human iris patterns for biometric identification”, bachelor’s thesis, university of western australia. 15. masek, l. and kovesi, p.( 2003), matlab source code for a biometric identification system based on iris patterns, the university of western australia. 16. kaleb waite and amanda eure, (2009), iris recognition optimized for information assurance, proceedings of the national conference on undergraduate research (ncur) (2009), university of wisconsin la-crosse, la-crosse, wisconsin table( i): results of iris coding test [2] database number of data number of failure time (second) average (second) casia 1.0 756 0 553.15 0.7317 mmu 1.0 450 2 301.96 0.6725 352 | computers science http://crsouza.blogspot.com/2010/10/gaussian-mixture-models-and-expectation.html @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table( ii): iris identification result [2] fig. (1): iiris recognition stages [2] database number of query number of persons identified number of person correctly identified casia 1.0 432 108 91 mmu 1 left 89 45 35 mmu 1 right 89 45 39 normalization eye image matching result matching feature extraction segmentation pupil localization 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 haar fig. (5): the haar wavelet [3] fig. (4): localized iris [3] fig. (4): original image [3] r 𝜃𝜃 fig. (4): iris isolated image [3] 353 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (6): conceptual diagram for organizing a feature vector [3] fig. (7): voice recognition system structure [7] fig. (8): the extraction of mel frequency cepstral coefficients (mfcc) parameters [7] fig. (9): iris capture layout [13] 354 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (10): visual examples of segmentation process [16] fig. (11): iris image after normalization [16] fig. (12): the time-and frequency-domain presentation of vowels [16] fig. (13): same person voice patterns [9] fig. (14): same person voice patterns by using matlab [9] 355 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig. (15): different male voice patterns [9] fig. (16): different female voice patterns [9] fig. (17): voice patterns from a male and female [9] 356 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 لتقنیات االمنیة لتمیز بین حدقیة العین والصوتا أیاد رفعت رؤوف مركز الحاسبة االلكترونیة / كلیة االدارة واالقتصاد / جامعة بغداد 2012ایلول 12، قبل البحث في 2012شباط 16استلم البحث في الخالصة التقنیات والسرقة. الغش حاالت المحسن الذي یقلل من ألمنھا یتم استخدامھا بشكل كبیر نظرا تقنیات التحقق من الھویة األكثر شیوعا ھي: القزحیة ، والصوت، التقنیات البیومتریة .تحدید ھویة األفراد تستخدم مزایا مادیة في البیومتریة وھي تقنیة تمییز القزحیة، والبصمات، وكتابة الید ،وبصمة الید. في ھذه الورقة، شرحت وقورنت تقنیتي تحقق من الھویة قزحیة بینما تقنیة تمییز في بنیة األنماط الرئیسة ییز القزحیة تمیز األفراد من خالل تحلیلوتقنیة تمییز الصوت، تفنیة تم بصمة الصوت. نتائج المقارنة اشارت ان معدل تسمى كما الفریدة أو خصائص الصوت اعتمادا على الصوت تمیز األفراد ییز الصوت.ومن ثم، تقنیة تمییز القزحیة توفر دقة لتقنیة تم %98لتقنیة تممیز القزحیة، و %99.83دقة ھذه التقنیتین ھي وامنیة اكثر من تقنیة تمییز الصوت. التكنولوجیا الحیویة، التعرف على القزحیة، التعرف على الصوت، االفراط في العینات، ناقل المیزات، : الكلمات المفتاحیة نموذج غاوسي الخلیط، نموذج ماركوف الخفي، ھرم غاوسي، موجات ھار، تحویل فورییھ المنفصل، معامالت التردد، .mmu، قاعدة البیانات casiaالنموذج االساسي العالمي، قاعدة البیانات 357 | computers science 1. iris recognition technique a. image acquisition b. image manipulation c. iris localization d. mapping e. feature extraction f. haar wavelet g. binary coding scheme h. test of statistical independence a. feature extraction b. speaker molding c. pattern matching and decision 17062012124035 17062012124035_001 17062012124035_002 17062012124035_003 17062012124035_004 17062012124035_005 17062012124035_006 17062012124035_007 17062012124035_008 17062012124036 17062012124036_001 17062012124036_002 علوم حياة | 261 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 للبطاريات في بغداد /2دراسة نوعية للمياه المصرفة من معمل بابل سھير أزھر موسى منال مالك الموسوي جامعة بغداد)/ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/قسم علوم الحياة 2015كانون الثاني 18,قبل البحث في:2014تشرين الثاني 9استلم البحث في: الخالصة التعرف على في بغداد عن طريق للبطاريات 2المصرفة من معمل بابل/المياه نوعية تم في ھذه الدراسة تقويم من حوض التجميع النھائي ومن قسم الشحن متمثلة باألس الھيدروجيني للمياه المصرفة يةئوالكيميا يةئالخصائص الفيزيا ph والتوصيلية الكھربائيةec المتطلب الحيوي لألوكسجين وbod والمتطلب الكيمياوي لألوكسجينcod ومجموع ثقيلة,والعناصر ال clوالكلوريدات so 4والكبريتات tdsالمواد الصلبة الذائبة و tssالمواد الصلبة العالقة )pb,zn,cd .ستة لمدة اً شھري عينتين تم جمع نماذج المياه بواقعإذ ) للمدة من منتصف تشرين الثاني ولغاية منتصف ايار اً اظھرت النتائج ان مياه الصرف الصناعي للمعمل تحتوي نسب واألخرى مختبري اً بعض القياسات موقعي وأجريت,اشھر لحوض التجميع النھائي pb, zn ,4, ec, tds, sohcod,pتلوث بقيم متفاوتة , فبلغ معدل تركيز 0.04 mg/l,0.03 mg/l ,722 mg/l, 927 mg/l, 29.2 mg/l , 1191.6s/cm 8.2 على التوالي ,ولمياه قسم الشحن التي تُعد أيضاً مياھًا مصرفة نھائية ,ولكنھا مفصولة عن حوض التجميع النھائي ,واغلب االحيان تصرف مباشرة cod,zn,pb4,ec,tds,sohp,شبكة الصرف الصحي،فبلغ معدل تراكيز المتغيرات االتية الى 1.65,12058s/cm,10122 mg/l,3838 mg/l203.5 mg/l,0.6 mg/l,0.4 mg/l ًوتبين ان ھنالك تلوثا. والعناصر الثقيلة وارتفاعاً في قيم التوصيلية الكھربائية ,اما بقية المتغيرات ةوالمواد الصلبة الذائب تواضح بالكبريتا ريف.كالمتطلب الحيوي والكلوريدات والمواد الصلبة العالقة والكادميوم فقد كانت ضمن الحدود المسموح بھا للتص :الرصاص ,المواد الصلبة الذائبة ,معمل بابل للبطاريات , حوض التجميع النھائي. الكلمات المفتاحية علوم حياة | 262 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة ة ة البالغ اه العذب ة نسبة المي تثناء ,وذلك لقل الم بال اس ا دول الع كالت التي تعاني منھ اه من اھم المش د تلوث المي يُع اه تكون متجمدة بنسبة 2.4% اه العذبة فتشمل87.2%وان النسبة الكبرى من ھذه المي اه 12%اما النسبة الباقية من المي مي تستخدم الصناعات كميات كبيرة من المياه في العملية االنتاجية, وبعد االستعمال تصرف الى [1] مياه سطحية0.8%جوفية من ھذه الصناعات صناعة بطاريات الرصاص الحامضية السائلة التي [2].المصادر المائية غالباَ من دون معالجة مالئمة اه االسالة التي الف لتر اسبوعياً من ا 60تقع ضمنالصناعات الكيميائية التي تستعمل لماء المقطر وكميات اخرى من مي اه والبقية تصرف الى شبكة الصرف الصحي تستعمل في عمليات غسل المشبكات واأللواح ويعاد تدوير قسم من ھذه المي . يعد الرصاص المادة االساسية في تركيب البطارية فضالً عن عناصر اخرى كالخارصين واالنتيمون والنحاس التي [3] دخل بة ت وائب بنس ك [4] 0.1كش امض الكبريتي ن ح الً ع اه 4so2hفض وي مي ت . تحت ول الكترولي تعمل كمحل المس الفضالت الصناعية على تراكيز عالية من ملوثات ومركبات صناعية معقدة وعناصر سامة فضالً عن الزيوت والشحوم ا . ان [5]ة الكائنات الحية بنحو مباشر وغير مباشرومواد التنظيف ,وغيرھا و قد تحوي مواد مشعة التي تھدد اجمعھا حي خصائص ھذه المياه تعتمد بالدرجة االساسية على نوعية وإنتاج المصنع والطريقة المتبعة في العملية االنتاجية ,وعموماً oxygen demandingحددت وكالة حماية البيئة األمريكية ثمانية ملوثات اساسية ,وھي الفضالت المتطلبة لألوكسجين wastes رض ببة للم ل المس نعةdisease causing agents,والعوام وية المص ات العض organic, والمركب compounds manufactured والمغذيات النباتية ,plant nutrients و الكيمياويات غير العضوية ,والمواد المعدنية, inorganic chemical and mineral substanceبات عة sediments, الترس واد المش radioactive,والم substance [6],والتلوث الحراري thermal pollution ذا فان ھدف ھذه الدراسة ھو تحديد تراكيز بعض ھذه .ل الملوثات ومقارنتھا مع المحددات المحلية والعالمية. المواد وطرائق العمل منطقة الدراسة ) ويقع في منطقة الوزيرية ,ويُعنى بانتاج 1982يعُد معمل بابل احد معامل الشركة العامة لصناعة البطاريات تأسس( البطاريات السائلة ذات السعة الصغيرة.يحتوي المعمل على وحدة معالجة تُعنى بمعادلة المياه الحامضية عن طريق اضافة لخفض تراكيز المعادن الثقيلة. النورة باعتماد طريقة الترسيب والترويق جمع العينات تم جمع العينات بقناٍن بالستيكية معقمة ونظيفة سعة لترين وبواقع عينة كل اسبوعين لمدة ستة اشھر . القياسات الحقلية من l17نوع بجھاز ph meter ,ecباستعمال جھاز phقيست بعض المتغيرات حقلياً في منطقة الدراسة ,وشملت .s/cmبوحدة bicshof شركة القياسات المختبرية, المواد الصلبة العالقة والذائبة closed reflex colorimeterبطريقة codبطريقة ونكلر, bodتم فحص ة ق طريق ة وف رات الفض تعمال نت حيح باس ت بالتس دات قيس والي ,الكلوري ى الت ر عل يح والتبخي ة الترش بطريق ,argentometric nitrate method اماالكبريتات فتم الكشف عنھا بجھازspectrophotometer بطول موجي 452 nm والعناصر الثقيلة باستعمال جھاز االمتصاص الذريa a بعد اجراء عملية الھضم الكيميائي باتباع الطرائق .[7]القياسية العالمية وفقا لما جاء في النتائج والمناقشة المياه المصرفة من حوض التجميع النھائي ومن قسم الشحن بإرتفاع تراكيز بعض المتغيرات في حين كانت تتميز ph 8.2بعض المتغيرات ضمن الحدود المسموح بھا للتصريف.وفي ما يخص حوض التجميع النھائي بلغ معدل تركيز بحسب نظام صيانة االنھار 6-9.2البالغة وھي قيمة ضمن الحدود المسموح بھا للتصريف و (1)كما موضح في الجدول ,وھذا يعزى الى 10.5-6.6تذبذباً في قيمة االس الھيدروجيني بين (1)وھذه القيمة ذات طبيعة قلوية ,ونالحظ من الشكل كمية االنتاج غير الثابتة. ذباً في تراكيز ھذا 1وھي قيمة مرتفعة ,ونالحظ من الشكل ( ec 1191.6 ان معدل تركيز (1)نالحظ من الجدول ) تذب المتغير ,وھذا يعود الى مشكالت فنية في المعمل وقلة االنتاج الذي يؤدي الى بقاء المياه مدة طويلة في االحواض من دون اه التي تعامل بطريقة [8]التخلص من االمالح فتظھر بصورة ترسبات ملحية ودھنية على جدران االحواض .كما ان المي 927 ارتفاعاً في معدل تركيزه ,إذ وصل الى (1)فنالحظ من الجدول tds. اما ec [9]رتفاع قيم الترسيب تتميز با علوم حياة | 263 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 نتيجة الرتفاع تراكيز التوصيلية الكھربائية ؛ألن ھذا المتغير يرتبط ارتباط وثيقاً مع التوصيلية الكھربائية ,وھذا يدل على اه ان المعالجة المعتمدة ال تسھم في خفض تراكيز ھذا ال متغير؛النه ذائب ويحتاج الى نوع اخر من المعالجات كما ان المي 2ca(oh)الحامضية التي تعادل بإضافة النورة لترسيب المعادن الثقيلة في حوض التعادل نتج عنھا ھيدروكسيد الكالسيوم . والتذبذب الذي [10]الذي يتفاعل مع حامض الكبريتيك المخفف او حامض الھيدروكلوريك ,وينتج عن ذلك امالح ذائبة سببه تفاوت كمية االنتاج في المعمل. (1)نالحظه من الشكل وھي قيمة مرتفعة مقارنة بالمواصفة العراقية لنظام mg/l 722فقد بلغ معدل تركيزھا 4soوفي ما يخص الكبريتات ادة ھو استعمال حامض الك [11]ملغم/لتر 300صيانة االنھارالبالغة بريتيك كمادة اساسية في صناعة وسبب ھذه الزي تراكيز الكبريتات وارتفاعھا في بعض االشھر بسبب تأھيل الوحدة الخاصة بتذبذ (2)البطاريات ,ونالحظ من الشكل بقسم الشحن والتي يتم فيھا اضافة خاطئة لمادة النورة. وھي قيمة منخفضة لمثل ھذه الصناعة ,إذان ھكذا نوع من الصناعة يتميز بارتفاع 203.5فبلغ معدل تركيزه codا اما (2),وھذا يدل على ان المعالجة المعتمدة كانت ذات كفاية في خفض تراكيز ھذا المتغيرويوضح الشكل codتراكيز بسيطاً في تراكيز ھذا المتغير في اثناء الدراسة.تذبذباً وھي اقل 0.04وفي ما يخص الرصاص الذي يُعدالمادة االولية االساسية الداخلة في العملية االنتاجية ؛ بلغ معدل تركيزه من الحدود المسموح بھا للتصريف؛ألن الطريقة المتبعة بالمعالجة الخاصة بالعناصر الثقيلة تسھم في خفض تراكيزھا الى طبيعة االنتاج غير الثابتة في المعمل. يعود (2)والتذبذب الذي نالحظه من الشكل في صناعة سبيكة الرصاص المستعملة في صناعة البطارية بلغ معدل 0.1عنصر الخارصين الذي يدخل كشوائب بنسبة 0.01-0.09ان القراءات تراوحت بين (3),ويبين الشكل 0.1,وھي قيمة منخفضة مقارنة بالمواصفة البالغة 0.09تركيزه ب طبيعة االنتاج والطريقة المعتمدة في المعالجة. بحس فقد كانت معدالتھا ضمن الحدود المسموح بھا للتصريف لذلك أليوخذ بنظراالعتبار مقدار ,bod, cd, tss,clاما .(1)التذبذب في التراكيز المبينة في الجدول , وھي قيمة منخفضة جداً مقارنة بما (2) لكما موضح في الجدو ph 1.6 وفي ما يخص قسم الشحن بلغ معدل تركيز المخفف عند شحن االلواح ,إذ تغمر االلواح كمسموح بتصريفه ,وھذا بسبب استعمال كميات كبيرة من حامض الكبريتي المخفف , بعدھا يتم غسل االلواح برش الماء كالموجبة والسالبة في حوض من البالستيك يحتوي على حامض الكبريتي 1.2-2.3.تذبذب القراءات بين (3)ياً, ونالحظ من الشكلعليھا عمود ec اه حوض التجميع النھائي 12058بلغ معدل تركيزھا (2)كما مبين في الجدول ,وھي قيمة مرتفعة جداً مقارنة بمي ر أنفسھا ,وھذا بسبب تفاوت كمية االنتاج ولألسباب آنفة الذك 22400-2900تذبذب القراءات بين (3)ونالحظ من الشكل لحوض التجميع النھائي. tds التي تمثل امالح الكبريتات والكلوريدات الناتجة من تفاعالت كيمياوية بسبب وجود حامض الكبريتيك بكميات ,وھي قيمة مرتفعه مقارنة بالمواصفة العراقية المسموح بھا (2)كما موضح في الجدول 10122 كبيرة ,إذ بلغ معدل تركيزه لوجود العالقة الطردية ecللمياه المصرفة ومقارنة بمياه حوض التجميع النھائي ,وھذا مالوحظ من ارتفاع معدالت تراكيز بين ھااوحت تراكيزترفقد الكبريتاتاما في اثناء الدراسة. 3000-14300يوضح تذبذب القراءات بين (4)بينھما, والشكل 300وھي قيمة مرتفعة مقارنة بالمواصفة العراقية البالغة , (2)كما موضحة في الجدول 3883 بمعدل 950-7200 اه الصناعية غير وجود ولكن ,للمياه التي يفترض بھا تكون معالجة قبل تصريفھا الى المصادر المائية الكبريتات في المي ددة بمواص ر مح ة غي ت,فة المعالج اه المس ة المي ناعة وكمي م الص ا حج ب منھ دة جوان ى ع د عل واد عملة وتعتم ة الم وطبيع وتبقى صناعة البطاريات محتواھا من ,تكون مرتفعة تتجاوز االلف ملغم/لتر ما المستعملة وخواص المياه المصرفة غالباً انه عند شحن االلواح تغمر في إذ ريتيك.لخصوصية استعمال كميات وحجوم من حامض الكب جداً ةمركبات الكبريت مرتفع وتستغرق عملية (1030-1010)حوض مصنوع من البالستيك يحتوي على حامض الكبريتيك المخفف ذو الوزن النوعي فضالً عن يعزى الى طبيعة االنتاج غير الثابتة لكل شھر فھو (4)الشكل ساعة. اما التذبذب المالحظ في 20نحوالشحن اه الحامضية من قبل العمال وھذه من السلبيات والمشكالت االضافة العشوا ة المي ي معادل ئية لمادة النورة المستعملة ف [12].الموجودة في المعمل فيما يخص cod اً فان كمية االوكسجين التي يحددھا ھذا المتغير تدل على ما موجود من تراكيز لمواد كيمياوية غ الب ا إلى األوكسجين ونالحظ من الشكل ذات طبيعة العضوية ومدى حاجتھ (4) ان القراءات تراوحت بين 308-105 بمعدل 203 كما موضحة في الجدول وامض وھذه القيم تُعّد منخفضة مقارنة بالحدود المسموح بھا للتصريف والسبب ان الح (2) من الحدود تساعد على اكسدة المواد العضوية الموجود في الماء بوجود بعض المواد الكيمياوية اما باقي المتغيرات كانت ض رصاصالمسموح بھا للتصريف .فيما يخص المعادن الثقيلة فقد بلغ معدل تركيز ال , وھي قيمة مرتفعة مقارنة بالحدود 0.5 بب توقف وحدة ز بس اض التركي اج وعدم انخف ة باإلنت ة الداخل ادة االولي ه الم ا للتصريف وذلك ألن موح بھ ة المس المعالج اه ھذا القسم الخاصة في قسم الشحن لذلك نالحظ ارتفاع قيم ھذا العنصر مقارنة بنتائج حوض التجميع النھائي وبما ان مي اه الصرف الصحي ومن مالحظة الشك ل (تصرف الى الصرف الصحي اذن سيؤثر في الطريقة المتبعة لمعالجة مي (5 تة والمشكالت نالحظ ارتفاعا غير طبيعي في تراكيز ھذا العنصر لبعض االشھر, وھذا يعود الى طبيعة االنتاج غير الثاب علوم حياة | 264 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ه وائب ضمن العملية االنتاجية فقد بلغ معدل تركيزالفنية في المعمل . اما عنصر الخارصين الذي يدخل كش 0.4 mg/l (5)وھي قيمة مرتفعة عن الحدود المسموح بھا للتصريف كما موضح في الشكل اد وذلك بسبب الحامضية العالية حيث تزد [13]قابلية الذوبان بنقص الرقم الھيدروجيني لىذا ينطبق ع.كما تزداد قابلية ذوبان الخارصين في التربة الحامضية وھ ارضية القسم المتھالكة بسبب كميات الحامض المستعملة بكثرة حيث تنجرف االجزاء المتھالكة من االرضية والتي تحتوي ى ا عل ة 50s/cm [14]طبيعي ف وحدة المعالج و توق رات فھ ز بعض المتغي اض تراكي دم انخف ي لع بب االساس ا الس . ام اه ھذا القسم الى شبكة الصرف ألصحي وبذلك تؤثر في الخاصة بقسم الشحن عن العمل ,إذ يصرف ا لقسم االكبر من مي الطرائق المعتمدة في معالجة المياه في محطات المعالجة. بصورة عامة نالحظ من ھذه الدراسة ان كفاءة وحدة المعالجة في ة والكبريتات والمواد الصلبة خفض قيم جميع الملوثات كانت متفاوتة, فنالحظ عدم انخفاض تراكيز التوصيلية الكھربائي الذائبة وتصريفھا للمياه اعلى من الحدود البيئية المسموح بھا محلياً ودولياً وارتفاع تراكيز العناصر الثقيلة والسيما عنصر الرصاص. المصادر 1william, p.c; unningham; maryann, c.; unningham and barbara woolworth saigo, (2007) , environmental sciences, the mcgraw-hill companies. ,دار الشروق للنشر والتوزيع ,عمان لصناعي.النفايات السائلةاإدارة التلوث ,(1996) ,عوض، عادل رفقي 2 الجھاز المركزي لإلحصاء.,وزارة التخطيط ,جمھورية العراق , 2012ق ,تقرير االحصاءات البيئية للعرا 3 4-banerji, s.k,( 1997), environmental chemistry, hall of india, new delhi . ت ھ 5 وث ,(1989),وجيزلورن ير ,التل د عش رحيم محم د ال راوي وعب اد ال د عم ة محم ترجم بغداد. البيئي,جامعة ,علم البيئة والتلوث ,المكتبة الوطنية,بغداد.)2000(السعدي, حسين علي , 6 7-apha (american public health association) ,(2012), standard methods for examination of water and wastewater, 22th ed, washington dc, usa. ا 8 ود ,محمد,رض زة ;عب ب,عالء حم ت,;وھي ا,ثروت حكم اطق ) 2004 (حن ض من ي بع ة ف اه الجوفي نيف المي , تص شعبية سبھا لألغراض الزراعية ,مجلة جامعة سبھا للعلوم البحثية والتطبيقية , المجلد الثاني ,العدد الثاني. د ھاشم جاسم , 9 ة وبعض الخواص الفيزيائية في منشاْة القادسية ,دراس)1989(النور, تغري ة تلوث بالعناصر الثقيل ديالى, رسالة ماجستير,جامعة بغداد. ,دائرة حماية وتحسين البيئة ,التشريعات البيئية .)1998(وزارة الصحة , 10ة 11 ل طعم طفى كام ركة ,)2001( ,التكريتي,مص اورة لش ة المج ي المنطق ة ف ر الثقيل ة بالعناص وث البيئ ة تل دراس كلية الھندسة العسكرية.،جامعة بغداد،رسالة ماجستير،الفرات العامة يم اداء التقن 12 ة تقي ة للبيات البيئيدراس ركة العام ل الش ي معام تخدمة ف ات ة المس ة ,)2000( ,طاري منظم دائرة البحوث البيئية. ,لطاقة الذرية العراقية ا 13-lindsay, w.l,(1979),chemical equilibrium in soils, willy interscince ,willy, new york from toxic in soilplant system by john wiley and sons :(9.1994). 14powers, w.l and pang t.s ,1974,status of zinc in relation to oregon soil fertility .soil sci,64: (29-36) . علوم حياة | 265 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 يمثل تراكيز المتغيرات لمياه حوض التجميع النھائي (1)جدول رقم شھر ال ا المتغير ph e c ( s/cm ) t s s ( m g /l ) t d s (m g/l ) s o 4 (m g /l ) c l (m g /l ) c o d (m g /l ) b o d (m g /l ) p b( m g /l ) z n ( m g /l ) c d( m g /l ) ن الثا شري ت ي ن 1 8 .3 1 9 8 0 3 0 6 4 8 4 0 0 5 9 .9 3 7 4 0 .1 0 .0 9 0 .02 ل الو ن ا كانو 2 8 .3 9 9 4 2 5 4 4 9 6 2 0 6 9 .9 3 5 1 .2 0 .0 2 0 .0 7 0 .0 2 3 7 .3 6 9 7 2 0 4 3 1 3 6 0 6 5 2 0 1 3 0 .0 2 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 ي ن الثان كانو 4 توقف العمل بسبب عدم توفر المادة االولية 5 7 .9 1 0 3 4 5 0 7 0 0 4 5 0 5 5 3 0 1 .0 0 .0 7 0 .0 2 0 .0 1 ط شبا 6 8 .0 1 0 1 0 7 0 6 9 0 1 2 0 0 6 9 .9 1 0 1 .5 0 .0 2 0 .0 1 0 .0 2 7 1 0 .5 1 4 3 1 8 0 1 0 0 0 8 6 6 7 9 .9 3 0 5 0 .0 2 0 .0 4 0 .0 1 اذار 8 8 .5 2 4 0 0 1 5 0 1 2 9 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 9 .9 2 0 2 .8 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 9 6 .6 8 8 0 1 1 6 6 0 0 1 0 7 0 9 5 2 0 1 .5 0 .0 8 0 .0 2 0 .0 2 ن سا ني 1 0 6 .6 2 4 9 0 6 0 1 4 0 0 6 0 0 8 0 4 0 1 0 0 .0 2 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 1 1 توقف العمل بسبب قرب مياه الفيضان من المسبك وسوء الوضع وعدم توفر المادة االولية ايار 1 2 9 .8 1 0 0 0 8 0 7 5 0 6 5 0 8 5 5 0 4 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 ل المعد 8 .2 1 1 9 1 .6 6 8 .1 9 2 7 .6 7 2 2 .6 7 6.9 5 2 9 .2 4 .4 0 .0 4 0 .0 3 0 .0 1 حدود ال ح بھا سمو الم ف صري للت 6 -9 .2 50 0 1 7 5 0 3 0 0 1 0 0 10 0 0 0 .0 1 0 .1 0 .1 علوم حياة | 266 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 يمثل تراكيز المتغيرات لمياه قسم الشحن )2جدول( شھر ال ا المتغير ph e c ( s/cm ) t s s ( m g/l ) t d s (m g /l ) s o 4 (m g /l ) c l (m g /l ) c o d (m g /l ) b o d (m g /l ) p b( m g/l ) z n ( m g /l ) c d( m g /l ) ن الثا شري ت ي ن 1 2 .1 1 4 5 5 0 2 2 8 0 6 0 2 7 0 0 4 9 .9 1 3 7 2 0 3 0 .0 2 0.05 ل الو ن ا كانو 2 1 .3 1 8 0 8 0 3 9 1 1 6 0 0 6 1 6 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 1 .1 0 .0 2 0 .0 2 0 .0 1 3 1 .4 1 4 9 3 0 2 2 0 9 6 0 0 5 4 0 0 9 5 .8 3 0 8 1 .4 0 .0 2 0 .0 2 0 .0 2 ي ن الثان كانو 4 توقف العمل بسبب عدم توفر المادة االولية 5 1 .5 4 8 0 0 2 0 0 7 8 9 0 7 2 0 0 4 9 .9 1 1 0 1 3 3 1 .2 0 .0 1 ط شبا 6 1 .2 2 2 4 0 0 3 8 4 1 4 3 0 0 6 0 0 0 5 0 3 2 1 2 0 0 .2 1 .2 0 .0 1 7 1 .2 2 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 3 4 0 0 5 9 8 0 6 9 .9 1 0 5 3 0 0 .1 5 1 .1 0 .0 2 اذار 8 2 .2 2 9 0 0 1 0 0 1 8 9 0 1 1 0 0 9 9 .8 2 4 7 1 0 0 .0 9 1 .0 0 0 .0 2 9 2 .0 4 8 7 0 8 0 3 3 0 0 1 7 9 0 7 .0 2 2 0 1 5 0 0 .1 0 0 .0 2 0 .0 5 ن سا ني 1 0 2 .3 8 0 5 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 5 0 8 5 .2 1 5 0 3 0 0 .0 2 0 .0 1 0 .0 2 1 1 بسبب قرب مياه الفيضان من المسبكتوقف العمل وسوء الوضع وعدم توفر المادة االولية ايار 1 2 1 .3 9 0 0 0 1 5 0 5 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 9 0 .3 2 5 6 6 0 0 .2 0 .0 1 0 .0 1 ل المعد 1 .6 5 1 2 0 5 8 1 4 8 .3 1 0 1 2 2 3 8 3 8 7 6 .1 2 0 3 .5 2 3 .5 5 0 .6 8 0 .4 6 0 .0 2 2 علوم حياة | 267 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 حدود ال ح بھا سمو الم ف صري للت 6 -9 .2 50 0 7 5 0 3 0 0 1 0 0 10 0 0 0 .1 0 .1 0 .1 علوم حياة | 268 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 لمياه حوض التجميع النھائي,ph ec, tds يمثل تركيز (1)شكل رقم 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار p h  v a lu e s الشھر 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار e c   s/ cm 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار t d s  m g /l الشھر علوم حياة | 269 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 في حوض التجميع النھائي 4pb,cod,soيمثل تركيز (2)شكل رقم 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار s o 4  m g /l 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار c o d  m g /l 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار p b  m g /l علوم حياة | 270 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 لقسم الشحن ph, ecو في حوض التجميع النھائيzn يمثل تركيز (3)شكل رقم 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار z n  m g /l 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار p h v a lu e 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار e c   s/ cm علوم حياة | 271 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 لمياه قسم الشحن cod4so ,tds,يمثل تركيز (4)شكل رقم 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار t d s  m g /l 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار s o 4 m g /l 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 تشرين الثاني كانون االول كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار c o d  m g /l علوم حياة | 272 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ) يمثل تراكيز المعادن الثقيلة لمياه قسم الشحن5شكل رقم ( 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 تشرين الثاني كانون االول يكانون الثان شباط اذار نيسان ايار p b  m g /l 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 تشرين الثاني كانون االول يكانون الثان شباط اذار نيسان ايار z n  m g /l علوم حياة | 273 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 a qualitative study of discharge waste water from babil / 2 batteries factory in baghdad suhair a. musa manal m.al-musawi dept.of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :9 november 2014 , accepted in:18 january 2015 abstract the quality of industrial water from (babil / 2 batteries factory in baghdad) was investigated, and evaluated the physical and chemical characteristics of the water discharged from sections alshahen , final collection sank. the values were represented by ph, electrical conductivity, biological oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand ,total suspended solid, total dissolved solid, sulfate, chloride and heavy metal. the sample of water collocated by two samples per month for 6 months was taking during the period from novembers 2013 to may 2014. the results show that industrial waste water factory contains contaminations and has varying value rates the average of ph,ec, tds, so4, cod, pb, zn, for the final collection sank and respectively 8.2,1191.6s/cm, 927 mg/l ,722 mg/l,29.2 mg/l, 0.04,mg/l,0.03 mg/l and for al-shahen department which also consider final discharge water but it is separated from final collection sank often acted to sewerage network ph,ec, tds, so4,cod, zn, pb, 1.6,12058 s/cm, 10122mg/l ,3383 mg/l,203.5 mg/l, 0.4 mg/l, 0.6 mg/l, it is turns of that there is high sulfate pollution and the value of electrical conductivity was high and other materials solid dissolved, heavy metals and the other parameter like bod, cl,tss,cd were within the allowable discharge limits. key word: lead, total suspend solid , babylon batteries-industry, final collection sank. physics 162 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 دراسة تأثير البلى في راتنج البولي استر غير المشبع المدعم بقشور الرز سعاد حامد العيبي ، دريد هاني يونس قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد 2012 / 3/ 8 ، قبل البحث في 2011ايار 29استلم البحث في الخالصة نج البولي أستر غير المشبع بوصفها مادة أساس للمادة المتراكبة مع قشور الرز ك أجريت هذه الدراسة باستعمال رات مادة مدعمة وأجري أختبار البلى على العينات بتأثير كل من الحمل المسلط ، ومسافة االنزالق ، وزمن وضع العينة في فة االنزالق وزمن وضع العينة في الجهاز ، اذ أظهرت النتائج زيادة معدل البلى بزيادة كل من الحمل المسلط ومسا ) نيوتن وبلغت 20الجهازمن النتائج المستحصلة اعلى قيمة لمعدل البلى بزيادة الحمل المسلط كانت عند الحمل ( )1.91gm/cm) اما اعلى قيمة للبلى بزيادة المسافة فكانت عند المسافة (4cm) 1.43) وبلغتgm/cm اما اعلى قيمة ( (5.33gm/cm)) وبلغت 6minد الزمن (بزيادة الزمن فكانت عن الكلمات المفتاحية : البولي أستر غير المشبع ، البلى ، قشور الرز. المقدمة نظرًا للتطور الذي يحدث في العالم األن اليمكن أن نتصور العالم من دون البوليمر النه يدخل في مجاالت واسعة (المعدنية والسيراميكية) ومن أهم المواد يمتلك مزايا خاصة التمتلكها االنواع االخرى من من التطبيقات الصناعية ألنه مميزات البوليمر خفة وزنه ، وسهولة تصنيعه ، ومقاومته للتأكسد ، وقلة أمتصاصه للرطوبة ، وعدم تفاعله كيميائيًا مع ]. 1القالب وعدم الحاجة الى درجات حرارة عالية في التصنيع [ تعد ظاهرة البلى مشكلة كبيرة بسبب تأثيرها السلبي في دقة أداء االجزاء البوليميرية في المكائن وأن أبسط تعريف للبلى هو الفقدان أو الخسارة في مادة أحد سطحين متماسين أو كليهما عندما يكونان تحت حركة نسبية واليمكن تغيير معدل نسبة ].2[ السرعة ، أو الظروف المحيطة البلى للمواد إال بتعيير الحمل ، أو تهدف هذه الدراسة الى التعرف على تاثير خاصية البلى في المادة المتراكبة (البولي استر غير المشبع المدعم بقشور الرز) لكونها احدى اهم العوامل البيئية المؤثرة في المادة المتراكبة بدراسة خواص البلى لمواد متراكبة اذ استعمال االيبوكسي (ohamae)، (tsukizoe)) قام الباحثان1983ففي عام ( ) المدعمة لمادة e-glass) ، وألياف الزجاج نوع (49والبولي استر بوصفهما مواد اساس ، وألياف الكفلر ( يادة الحمل الفينولك االحتكاكية وتم التوصل الى ان الخسارة النوعية في الكتلة بوحدة الحمل ومسافة االنزالق تقل مع ز ].3المسلط والسرعة وأن هذه الخسارة تزداد بأرتفاع درجة الحرارة [ ) e-glassبدراسة البلى اللياف الزجاج نوع ( (goplkrishna.padmanabham) ) قام الباحث1994وفي عام ( ومسافة االنزالق تقل مع المدعمة لمادة الفينولك االحتكاكية وتم التوصل الى ان الخسارة النوعية في الكتلة بوحدة الحمل ].4[زيادة الحمل المساط والسرعة ، وان هذه الخسارة تزداد بارتفاع درجة الحرارة physics 163 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) قامت الباحثة (هالل) بدراسة مقاومة االنضغاطية والبلى االلتصاقي الجاف لمتراكبات االيبوكسي المدعم 2001وفي عام ( لكاربون وتوصلت إلى أن نسبة البلى تزداد مع زيادة الحمل المسلط ومع بنوعين من االلياف هما ألياف الزجاج ، وألياف ا ].5زيادة مسافة االنزالق [ لجزء العملي ا ) اذ خلطت كمية من راتنج البولي hand-lay-up moldingحضر المتراكب بأستعمال تقنية التشكيل اليدوي ( ، ثم أضيفت له مادة التدعيم وهي 2) بنسبة %mekp(، ثم أضيفت له مادة المصلد 98أستر غير المشبع بنسبة % بعدها تم الخلط بصورة تدريجية داخل وعاء بالستيكي وبعد أكتمال عملية 25) بنسبة وزنية %rise huskقشور الرز ( سم وبعد تحضير المتراكب وأجريت 25في 25) ساعة ثم استخراج المصبوبة من القالب ذي حجم 24التصلب وهي مدة ( ) .wear testفحوصات أختيار البلى (عليه أجري االختيار باستخدام جهاز البلى األنزالقي كما في الشكل ادناه الذي يتكون من ذراع معدنية مستوية تحتوي على ماسك ) وهذه السرعة هي سرعة cyc/mi 500لتثبيت العينة وقرص حديدي يتصل بمحرك كهربائي تبلغ سرعة القرص الحديدي ( ) ثم تنعيم العينات قبل أجراء االختبار باستعمال ورق التنعيم من كاربيد hb 269نة وصالدة القرص الحديدي (دوران العي hand-held roughness testerالسيلكون وقيست خشونة أسطح العينات بوساطة جهاز قياس الخشونة من نوع ( tr200.وبذلك تصبح العينات جاهزة لقياس معدل البلى ( االنزالقي ىالبل جهاز physics 164 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 النتائج والمناقشة تم في هذا البحث دراسة تأثير الحمل المسلط ومسافة االنزالق والزمن في معدل البلى للمادة المتراكبة البولي استر غير المشبع المدعم بقشور الرز . وقد أظهرت النتائج زيادة في معدل البلى بزيادة الحمل المسلط وكما هو موضح في 1.91) نيوتن على التوالي وكانت أكبر نسبة لمعدل البلى وهي ( 10,15,20) اذ تم أعتماد االحمال (1رقم ( الشكل gm/cm) نيوتن ويمكن أن يعزى السبب في ذلك الى زيادة قوة االحتكاك الذي يعود سببه الى أن قوة 20) عند الحمل ( ] .n] (6االحتكاك تتناسب طرديًا مع القوة الضاغطة ( f , f=µn ) ثابت التناسب وهو معامل االحتكاك فضًال عن ارتفاع درجة الحرارة بين سطح العينة والقرص حيث كال µاذ يمثل ( ءات بين السطحين تحت تأثير الحمل او السطحين المحتكين يمتلكان عددا كبيرا من النتوءات الحادة وعند أتصال هذه النتو ة أما يحدث تشوه لدن أو تبقى في حالة أتصال مرن ولكن عندما تكون النتوءات حادة فأن تأثير االجهاد على النقاط السرع الحادة ربما يكون أكثر من االجهاد المرن وبذلك يحدث تشوه لدن عند كل النقاط الحادة اذ ان لقيمة الحمل المسلط تأثير )crack(النتوءات والمنطقة القريبة من السطح ، إذ تتجمع الشقوق الصغيرة مباشر في التشوه اللدن الذي يحدث عند قمم مع بعضها مؤدية الى حدوث ازالة أو قشط الطبقات السطحية مكونة بذالك حطام البلى والذي يكون على شكل صفائح ].6رقيقة لذا فأن التشوه اللدن يزداد بزيادة الحمل المسلط [ ل البلى بزيادة الحمل المسلط الى حصول انفعاالت قص ناتجة عن االجهاد الضغطي كذلك يمكن أن تعزى زيادة معد بسبب تسليط الحمل وهذه االنفعاالت تسبب انتقال جزء من سطح العينة المالمس لسطح القرص الى سطح القرص نفسه ].7ًال في معدل البلى [ونتيجة لسلسة العمليات المذكورة أعاله فأن مساحة التالمس تتزايد بأستمرار مما يزيد فع ) على cm 2,3,4) فتم بأعتماد المسافات (2أما تأثير زيادة معدل البلى بزيادة مسافة االنزالق الذي يوضحه الشكل رقم ( ) ويمكن تفسير ذلك الى أنه cm 4) عند المسافة (gm/cm 1.43التوالي اذ أظهرت أعلى قيمة للبلى التي تبلغ ( رص) سوف يتم نقل المادة إلى السطح المقاوم وينتج من ذلك التصاق المادة المضافة وظهورها بشكل بحركة المسار (الق أخاديد داكنة على هيئة خطوط في السطح االسفل للعينة وبتواصل االنتقال سوف تنخفض خشونة السطح للقرص ].8حصل بشكل متقطع وغير مستمر[المستخدم نتيجة لملئ الفجوات المتولدة بسبب االحتكاك علمًا أن االنفعاالت ت كذلك يمكن أن يعزى زيادة معدل البلى مع مسافة االنزالق الى زيادة قيمة الشغل المنجز من قبل قوة االحتكاك مما ].8يعني تحول تدريجي الى طاقة حرارية عاملة على زيادة معدل البلى [ ) ، اذ تم اعتمدت االزمان 3ي الجهاز الذي يوضحه الشكل رقم (أما زيادة معدل البلى بزيادة زمن وضع العينة ف )2,4,6 min) على التوالي ، اذ كانت أعلى قيمة لمعدل البلى عند الزمن (6 min) 5.33) وبلغت gm/cm يمكن أن ( ].9يعزى الى زيادة في نشوء العيوب الذي بدوره يسبب في معدل البلى [ االستنتاجات )1.91gm/cm) نيوتن وبلغت (20يادة الحمل المسلط اذ كانت اعلى قيمة عند الحمل (زيادة معدل البلى بز )4cm() عند مسافة 1.43gm/cmزيادة معدل البلى بزيادة مسافة االنزالق اذ كانت اعلى قيمة للبلى ( physics 165 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 الزمن ) كانت عند 5.33gm/cmزيادة معدل البلى بزيادة زمن وضع العينة في الجهاز اذ اعلى قيمة للبلى ( )6min. ( المصادر 1callister ,w.d . j.r , (2003) , materials science and engineering an introduction , 6th edition john wiely and sons, inc., newyork. . ) ، ترجمة د. محمد جواد كاظم التورنجي و د مهدي سعيد حيدر، " مدخل علم لترايبولجيا "1985جون هولنك ،( -2 الجامعة التكنلوجية ، مركز التعريب والنشر ، بغداد. 3ohamae ,n. and tsukizoe,t. (1983), fiber science and technology, the study wear properties of composite materials , 18(4):265-286. 4padmanabhan gopalkrishna, (1994) , university of missouri-rolla (0135) , degree : phd:175 )، " دراسة مقاومة الزحف واالنضغاطية والبلى االتصاقي الجاف لمتراكبات لدائنية" ، 2001رغد حامد هالل، ( -5 الجامعة التكنلوجية.، رسالة ماجستير، قسم العلوم التطبيقية 6ajappa ,s.b. chandromhani ,g. and subramanlan, r. (2006) , materials science -poly, 24(2/1). 7lee ,g. ritchie ,r.o. and hdharan ,c.k. (2002), j.wear (252) :322-331. 8sarkar,d . (1980), friction and wear , academic press ltd inc -( london). 9friderich, k. and cyffka, m. ( 1985), wear , the study wear properties for the epoxy composite (103) , : 333-344. physics 166 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 5 10 15 20 25 wear rate wear rate .يمثل العالقة بين معدل البلى والحمل المسلط :) 1 شكل ( 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 1 2 3 4 5 wear rate distance (cm) يمثل العالقة بين معدل البلى والمسافة :)2 شكل ( load (n) w ea r r at e x 10 – 7 (g m /c m ) w ea r r at e x 10 – 7 (g m /c m ) physics 167 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 time (min) ى وزمن وضع العينة في الجهاز يمثل العالقة بين معدل البل :(3)شكل physics 168 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the study of wear effect on the unsaturated resin reinforced by rice husk s.h.leabi , d.h.yons department of physics, college of edueation-ibn al haitham of university baghdad received in: 29may 2011, accepted in: 18 march 2012 abstract this study was performed by using the unsaturated polyester resin as matrix to the composite materials with the rice husk as reinforced materials . the research included study of wear test on the composite material the results show that the, wear is increased with the increase of applied load and distance slipping and also with time increase . moreover the shows that the higher value wear rate( 1.91gm/cm) from the load (20) n and the higher value wear rate (1.43gm/cm) from the higher distance (4cm) and from the higher time (6min) higher wear rate (5.33gm/cm). key words : unsaturated polyester, wear , rice husk. department of physics, college of edueation-ibn al haitham of university baghdad microsoft word 55-62 chemistry | 55 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 estimation of pentraxin-3(ptx3) in rheumatoid arthritis males’ patients (with and without) type ii diabetes mellitus in iraq nashwa s. sultan hamza2006n@gmail.com  anwar f. altaie dr.anwar1979@yahoo.com department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq article history: received 30 august 2018, accepted 4 september 2018, published december 2018 abstract rheumatoid arthritis is a chronic inflammatory autoimmune disease its etiology is unknown. the classical autoimmune diseases, have adaptive immune genetic associations with autoantibodies and major histocompatibility complex (mhc) class ii such as rheumatoid arthritis (ra), diabetes mellitus type two (dm ii). serum of99 males suffering from ra without dmii as group (g1), 45 males suffering from ra with dm ii as group (g2) and 40 healthy males as group (g3) were enrolled in this study to estimation of alkaline phosphates (alp), c-reactive protein (crp) and pentraxin-3(ptx). results showed a highly significant increase in ptx3 levels in g1 and g2 compared to g3 and a significant decrease in g1comparing to g2. results also revealed a significant increase in crp levels in g1 and g2 when compared to g3, as well as a significant increase in g2 comparing to g1. results showed a significant decrease in alp levels in g1 and g2 while this phrase must no differences was observed betweeng1 and g2and there was no significant positive correlation between ptx3 and alp in sera of ra males’ patients with and without dm ii it be showed in our study. keywords: rheumatoid arthritis; diabetes mellitus; pentraxin; c-reactive protein; alkaline phosphates; methotrexate; folic acid omega 3 1. introduction pentraxin are a family of evolutionarily conserved pattern-recognition proteins that are acute phase protein made up of five identical subunits. based on the primary structure of the subunit that produced by immune and structural cells [1]. the pentraxin are structurally unrelated to the collections and include small pentraxin such as c-reactive proteins (crp), serum amyloid protein (sap) and such as ptx3 [14]. the multifunctional properties of ptx3 can be at least in part explained by its capacity to interact with a number of different ligands a characteristic shared with crp and serum amyloid protein (sap) [4]. recent studies have shown that ptx3 levels elevated in the presence of a bacterial infection [5]. it is a soluble inflammation and innate immunity [1]. study demonstrated that ptx3 have a role in allergic asthma [6] so several kinds of cell types are confirmed to produce ptx3—vascular endothelial cells, vascular smooth muscle cells and monocytes pattern recognition receptor with non-redundant functions in macrophages. [1]. acute-phase protein is a group of proteins that are synthesized in greater amounts include c-reactive protein (crp) in acute tissue damage, due to trauma chronic inflammation and malignant disease, [7, 8]. acute phase chemistry | 56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 protein an include c-reactive protein (crp) which available marker led to. its concentration that increase 30-fold from a normal value of less than 5 mg/l during the acute phase response, rheumatoid arthritis and crohn’s disease [9]. its measurement appears to be both more sensitive and more specific than measurements of the erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) and plasma viscosity in this respect [9, 10]. alkaline phosphates (alp) comprise a group of enzymes that catalyze the hydrolysis of phosphate esters in an alkaline environment, generating an organic radical and inorganic phosphate [11]. alkaline phosphates are derived from a number of different tissues, including the liver, the osteoblasts in bone and the placenta. plasma activities rise in cholestatic liver disease because alp synthesis is increased and the enzyme within the bleary tract is regurgitated into plasma [12, 13]. this study aimed to evaluate ofpentraxin-3 (ptx3) in iraqi males’ patients suffering from ra with and without dm ii. in addition to found correlation relation for ptx3 with alp in ra patients with dm ii and without dm ii. 2. methods 2.1. patients study the samples of blood were collected from 188 males with age ranged between (18-67) years were enrolled in this study in medical city hospital in baghdad, general hospital in basra, teaching hospital and al-salaams hospital in mosul from october 2017 to april 2018.they were divided into three groups as follows: 1. rheumatoid arthritis patients without dm ii as group one (g1) that consist of (99) males. 2. rheumatoid arthritis patients with dm ii as group two (g2) that consist of (45) males. 3. healthy control groups as group three (g3) that consist of (40) males. all patients in groups (g1) and (g2) were taking methotrexate, folic acid and omega3 treatment, smoker patients were excluded from this study ptx3 were estimated by elasa kit no: yhb 2259hu from china. crp estimated by latex method kit l21-v3 from uk and alp estimated by a colorimetric method according to kit from france. ec 3.1.3. 2.2. statistical analysis the statistical analysis of this prospective study performed with the graph pad prism® 7 and microsoftexcel2013. numerical data with normal distribution were described as mean and standard deviation, analysis of variance (anova) used for multiple comparison using least significant difference. categorical data were described as count and percentage. chi-square test or fisher exact test used to estimate the association between variables. the lower level of accepted statistical significant difference is bellow or equal to 0.05. correlation of coefficient used for estimation of correlation between studied variables. alan c.2007). 3. results and discussion table 1. and figures 2. and 3. showed levels of ptx3, crp% and alp for the studies groups, that results showed a highly significant increase in ptx3 levels in g1 and g2 compared with g3 and no significant decreasing in ptx3levels in g1compared with g2. results also revealed a highly significant increase in crp levels in g1 and g2 when compared to g3, as well as a highly significant increase in g2 comparing to g1. results showed a highly significant decrease in alp levels in g1 and g2 when compared with g3, and there were a highly significant different between g1 compared with g2. chemistry | 57 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table1. concentrations of pentraxin3, crp, and alp in males’ iraqi patients and healthy control. p value g3 no:40 g2 no:45 g1 no:99 groups parameters g1&g3 g2&g3 g1 & g2 0.001 h.s 0.001 s 0.129 n.s 0.68±0.09 3.02 ± 0.5 2.65 ± 0.78 ptx3 -µg/ml 0.001 h.s 0.001 h.s 0.001h. s 0% 37.8% 47.2% crp iu/ml 0.001 h.s 0.001 h.s 0.001h.s 48.95 ± 4.82 28.05± 5.61 22.04 ± 3.776 alp u/l g1 = ra without dm ii, g2=ra with dm ii, g3=healthy control s= significant p value, h. s=high significant p value., n. s=non-significant figure 1. pentraxin concentration -µg/ml in males patients and healthy control. chemistry | 58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 2. alp activity u/l, in males’ patients and healthy control. tables 2. and 3., figures 2. and 3. showed the level of pentraxin-3 in sera of the ra patients without and with dmп, respectively. groups gg (baghdad patients), gb (basra patients), and gm (mosul patients). the results of all groups in these tables and figures represent a highly significant different in ptx3 levels in ra patients without dmii in three cities (gg, gb, and gm), while there were a highly significant different in ptx3 levels in ra patients with dmii between (gg and gb) and (gb and gm) cities, while there were no significant different between (gg and gm) cities when compared with others. the results also show a highly significant different in crp levels in ra patients without dmii in three cities (gg, gb, and gm) when compared with them. in addition to no significant different in crp levels in ra patients with dmii between (gg and gb) and (gb and gm), while there was a significant different in crp levels in ra patients with dmii between (gg and gm) cities. table 2. concentrations of pentraxin-3, crp, and alp in three major cities of iraqi patients of ra without dmii. p value gm gb gg groups parameters gg vs. gm gb vs. gm gg vs. gb 0.001 h.s 0.001 h. s 0.001h.s 3.75±1.01 1.58±0.5 2.63±0.72 ptx3 µg/ml 0.001h.s 0.001h. s 0.001h. s 58.33% 43.75% 39.6% crp iu/ml 0.209 n.s 0.071n.s 0.002 s 22.23 ± 3.60 23.3 ± 4.4 20.59 ± 3.33 alp u/l gg=baghdad patients of ra. without dmп , gb=basra patients with ra. without dmп gm =mosul patients with ra. without dmп the concentration of ptx3 and crp were high in ra patient (with and without dmtt) this results lead to expect that (ptx3 and crp) may be a sensitive indicator of clinical arthritis. chemistry | 59 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 also, table 3. and figure 4. show no significant different in alp levels in ra patients with dm ii between (gg and gb) cities, and a highly significant decrease between (gb and gm), in addition to a significant different between (gg and gm) when compared with them. table 3. concentration pentraxin-3, crp and alk.p in three major cities of iraqi patients of ra with dm ii. p value gm gb gg groups parameters gg vs. gm gb vs. gm gg vs. gb 0.831 n.s 0.001h. s 0.0001 h.s 3.71 ± 1.05 1.76 ±0.91 3.59±0.71 ptx3 µg/ml 0.032.s 0.516n.s 0.663 n.s 26.7% 53.3% 33.3% crp iu/ml 0.021 s 0.001 h.s 0.153n.s 31.01 ± 4.77 25.31± 3.52 27.75 ± 6.7 alp u/l gg=baghdad patients of ra. with dmп , gb=basra patients with ra. with dmп gm =mosul patients with ra. with dmп figure 3. pentraxin concentration -µg/ml, in males patients of ra with and without dm ii and healthy control. chemistry | 60 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 4. alp activity u/lin males’ patients of ra with and without dm ii in three iraqi cities. table 4. correlation between ptx-3 and alp in ra patients with and without dmtt. alp without dmtt 0.271 r ptx-3 0.072 p with dmtt 0.04 r ptx-3 0.633 p ra is an inflammatory disease characterized by chronic inflammation of the symposium, particularly of small joints, which of then leads to destruction of at ocular cartilage and juxta auricular one [14]. table 1. showed the level of pentraxin-3 (ptx3) in sera of g1, g2results of all groups represent significantly a high levels of ptx3 in g1 and g2 as a compared with g3.pentraxins are a group of highly conserved as a modulators of inflammatory processes that primarily produced and released by vascular cell wall study revealed that elevation in (ptx3) level in patients with ra due to the ptx3 belongs to a super family of phylogenically conserved multiservice proteins, with includes short and long pentraxin3. combination of ptx3 and crp could serve as better differential diagnostic markers for ra [15]. c-reactive protein a markers of system inflammation elevated crp levels have also been linked to an incensed risk of later development of diabetes [16]. and it being strongly predicting for the future development of ra in crp is a sensitive marker of systemic inflammation and is elevated in patients with ra [17]. as the have suggest alp are most effective in an alkaline medium [14]. infect the level of serum alp is increased in disorders characterized by accelerated bone turnover. for a long time, the diagnose is of ra was mainly based on clinical manifest a torn sand alp may add useful information for assessing fracture risk and for monitoring osteoporosis in ra patient [17]. ra is the main causes of increased level of alp because affect the wrist and small joints of the body besides the joints [18], but in and present study showing decrease in alp in patients of ra with and without dmп that is due to all patients taking a methotrexate a drug for treatment and taking (omega3 and folic acid) [19-20]. provide that omega 3 influence alp activities [19]. methotrexate is the most important drug modifying anti rheumatic for the treatment of ra and currently considered as the central drug for the standard care and the management of ra [21]. omega 3 is found primarily in fatty fish with high oil content. it's widely used in the treatment of chemotherapy chemistry | 61 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 as a common consist of multidrug regimens [22]. folic acid as an antagonist agonist which inhibits de novo synthesis of the nucleoside thymidine a prerequisite for dna synthesis. folic acid would be useful in reducing toxic manifestations that occur airing long term treatment with low-dose mtx for ra [23]. 4. conclusions this study is the first that observe the elevation of ptx3 levels in serum of iraqi male’s ra patients with and without dmп in three cities (baghdad, basra and mosel) therefore indicated that ptx3 may be a good biomarker for ra with and without dmп. references 1. shindo, a.; maki, t.; mandeville, et.; liang, ac.; egawa, n.; itoh, k.; itoh, n.; borlongan, m.; holder. j.c.; chuang, t.t.; mcneish, j.d. astrocyte-derived pentraxin-3 supports blood–brain barrier integrity under acute phase of stroke. stroke. 2016,47,4,1094-1100. 2. barbati, e.; specchia, c.; villella, m.; rossi, m.l.; barlera, s.; bottazzi, b.; crociati, l.; d’arienzo, c.; fanelli, r.; garlanda, c.; gori, f. influence of pentraxin 3 (ptx3) genetic variants on myocardial infarction risk and ptx3 plasma levels. plos one. 2012, 7, 12, 1-7. 3. yang, h.s.; woo. j.e.; lee, s.j.; park, s.h.; woo, j.m. elevated plasma pentraxin 3 levels are associated with development and progression of diabetic retinopathy in korean patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. investig. ophthal mol. vis. sci. 2014, 55,9, 5989-5997. 4. george, s.j.; johnson, j. atherosclerosis: molecular and cellular mechanisms. john wiley & sons. 2010. isbn: 978-3-527-32448-4 5. thulborn, s.j.; dilpazir, m.; haldar, k.; mistry, v.; brightling, c. e.; barer, m.r.; bafadhel, m. investigating the role of pentraxin-3 as a biomarker for bacterial infection in subjects with copd. int j chron obstruct pulmon dis. 2017, 12,11991205. 6. zhang, j.; shan, l.; koussih, l.; redhu, n.s.; halayko, a.j.; chakir, j.; gounni, a.s. pentraxin-3 (ptx3) expression in allergic asthmatic airways: role in airway smooth muscle migration and chemokine production. plos one. 2012, 7, 4, 1-9. 7. whitby, l.g.; smith, a.f.; beckett, g.j. lecture notes on clinical chemistry. 4th ed. 1988. 8. dayoub, r.; buerger, l.; ibrahim, s.; melter, m.; weiss, t.s. augmenter of liver regeneration (alr) exhibits a dual signaling impact on hepatic acute-phase response. exp mol pathol suppl. 2017, 102, 3, 428-433. 9. du clos, t.w.; mold, c. pentraxins (crp, sap) in the process of complement activation and clearance of apoptotic bodies through fcγ receptors. current opinion in organ transplantation. 2011, 16, 1, 1-11.  10. rifai, n.; horvath, a.r.; wittwer, c. tietz. textbook of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics. elsevier. 2018. 11. najeeb, q.; aziz, r. comparison of alkaline phosphatase. lactate dehydrogenase and acid phosphatase levels in serum and synovial fluid between patients with rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis. int. j. sci. res. 2015, 4, 4, 1069-1072. 12. crook, m. clinical chemistry & metabolic medicine. london: hodder arnold. 2006. chemistry | 62 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2010 vol. 31 (3) 2018 13. syvolap, v.d.; nazarenko, e.v. evaluation data of laboratory and instrumental studies in gastroenterology. 2017. 14. abhishek, d.; daving, h.; suman, d.; laljem, h.; th ibetombi d. study of serum alkaline phosphatase level in rheumatoid arthritis. int j med r. 2017, 3, 3, 318-321. 15. sharma, a.; khan, r.; gupta, n.; zaheer, m.s.; abbas, m.; khan, s.a. acute phase reactant, pentraxin-3, as a novel marker for the diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis. clin chim acta. 2018, 480, 65-70. 16. king, d.e.; mainous, a.g.; buchanan, t.a.; pearson, w.s. c-reactive protein and glycemic control in adults with diabetes. diabetes care. 2003, 26, 5, 1535-1539. 17. shadick, n.a.; cook, n.r.; karlson, e.w.; ridker, p.m.; maher, n.e.; manson, j.e.; buring, j.e. lee i.m. c-reactive protein in the prediction of rheumatoid arthritis in women. arch intern med. 2006, 166, 22, 2490-2494. 18. chandrakar, b.l.; harish, c. s.; chandrakar, k. s. activity of serum alkaline phosphatase in rheumatoid arthritis for diagnosis and management. int j med res prof. 2017, 3,3, 281-284. 19. shaimaa, s.k. evaluation of omega-3effect as adjuvant therapy to methotrexate on alkaline phosphates level in iraqi patients with active rheumatoid arthritis. tikrit journal of pharmaceutical. 2017, 12, 1, 9-16. 20. namiy, i. h.; essam n.; sana,a, h. a. effect of type 2 diabetes mellitus on extracellular 21. superoxide dismutase: without complications among iraqi patients. ihjpas. 2016, 29, 3, 132 145. 22. zhao, n.; zheng, g.; li, j.; zhao, h.y.; lu, c.; jiang, m.; zhang, c.; guo, h.t., lu, a.p. text mining of rheumatoid arthritis and diabetes mellitus to understand the mechanisms of chinese medicine in different diseases with same treatment. chin j integr med. 2018, 24, 10, 777-784. 23. karri, s.; vanithakumari, g. impact of methotrexate and leucovorin on hormonal regulated enzymes of carbohydrate metabolism in accessory reproductive tissues of ovariectomized rats. transl med. 2012, 2, 2, 1-9. 24. morgan, s.l.; baggott, j.e.; vaughn, w.h.; young, p.k.; austin, j.v.; krumdieck, c.l.; alarcon, g.s. the effect of folic acid supplementation on the toxicity of low-dose methotrexate in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. arthritis & rheumatology. 1990, 33, 1, 9-18. microsoft word 254-266 254 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 genetic –based face retrieval using statistical features wathiq n. abdullah yossra h. ali dept. of computer science / university of technology received in:10/september/2015,accepted in:15/december/2015 abstract content-based image retrieval has been keenly developed in numerous fields. this provides more active management and retrieval of images than the keyword-based method. so the content based image retrieval becomes one of the liveliest researches in the past few years. in a given set of objects, the retrieval of information suggests solutions to search for those in response to a particular description. the set of objects which can be considered are documents, images, videos, or sounds. this paper proposes a method to retrieve a multi-view face from a large face database according to color and texture attributes. some of the features used for retrieval are color attributes such as the mean, the variance, and the color image's bitmap. in addition, the energy, and the entropy which based on the gray level values in an image is too considered as the features. in addition to statistical approaches, models of artificial intelligence produce a desirable methodology that enhances performance in information retrieval systems, and the genetic algorithm depicts one of them. the ga is preferred for its power and because it can be used without any specific information of the domain. the experimental results conclude that using ga gives a good performance and it decreases the average search time to (60.15 milliseconds) compared with (722.25milliseconds) for traditional search. key words: cbir, face retrieval, genetic algorithm, statistical features, wavelet 255 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 introduction contemporary multimedia technology leads to the increasing needs of image and video applications in education, entertainment, remote sensing, medicine, and security [29]. as the technology improves, the use of internet and new progressive digital image sensor technologies increase and a very large database of image are being created by scientific, industrial, medical and educational presentations. there is a great need to professionally retrieve and store image data to perform assigned tasks and to produce a result. hence, the development of an appropriate tool for image retrieving from huge image gathering is a challenge task. the two different kinds of approaches generally adopted in image retrieval are: text and content based. in the text-based system, the images are manually marked by text descriptors and then they are used by a database management system for accomplishing image retrieval. though, the use of keywords has two limitations to accomplish image retrieval: the enormous labor necessary in manual image footnote and the description task of the content of image is extremely subjective. on the other hand, the viewpoint of textual descriptions specified by an annotator differs from the viewpoint of a user. that is, there are conflicts between user textual queries and image annotations. to reduce the problem of incompatibility, the image retrieval is performed depending on the contents of the image. this strategy is the referred to as content-based image retrieval (cbir) [20]. the principal target of cbir system is to gather relevant descriptions of visible attributes of images to simplify effective and valuable retrieval [1, 12]. face retrieval technology is needed for searching the certain people in the surveillance video automatically. the goal of face retrieval is to retrieve the face images of certain people given a query face image. such work could be used in various applications of different areas, such as in the security field, searching a criminal from the surveillance video. face retrieval is performed based on feature representation extracted from images [27]. feature extraction of faces plays an important role in security access control systems, law enforcement forensic investigation, and low bit video coding. the color features of a color image used here are: the mean, variance, and energy values. while as the texture feature the entropy depending on the gray level values is used. the typical task of searching for the features is mathematically expensive, and hence genetic algorithm (ga) is used as a search algorithm. ga has several advantages that make it more convenient than traditional search algorithms [29]. in the present paper, a system is suggested that uses the genetic algorithm (ga) to deduce which images in the databases would be most significant to the user. the proposed system the flowchart of the general steps of this system is shown in figure (1). the details description of its steps are presented in the following sections: color space color images can be represented by using three primaries of a color space [30]. since the rgb space does not correspond to the perceiving colors by the human and does not isolate the component of luminance from the chrominance components [5]. the yuv color space is used in the proposed system to represent the face images. the yuv color space can be considered to be similar to human eye’s retina, while the main channel – luminance (denoted as y channel) or "luma" describes the intensity of light. in the yuv color space, two additional channels – chrominance components called "u" and "v" – carry the color information. there are many formulas to convert from rgb to yuv [18].the equations that are used in the proposed system are as follows: 256 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 y = 0.299 * r + 0.587 * g + 0.114 * b u = ( -0.147 * r 0.289 * g + 0.436 * b ) + 128 ………... (1) v = ( 0.498 * r 0.417 * g 0.081 * b ) + 128 wavelet transform the aim of the transform is the changing the representation of a signal or a function by using of a mathematical operation[17]. the wavelet transformation can be considered as the most effective transform which deals with image, sound, or any other pattern because it yields a robust representation of timespace (time-frequency) [8]. the wavelet transform comes in two different forms, the first form is the continuous wavelet transform (cwt) which is leading to a continuous input signal, the time and scale parameters can be continuous, and the second form is the discrete wavelet transform (dwt) which can be defined for discrete-time signals[23, 19]. the dwt is adopted in this paper. the two-dimensional wavelet transform can be accomplished via sequentially employing one-dimensional wavelet transform to rows and columns of the two-dimensional data. in the figure (2), l indicates low-pass filtering (lpf) and h indicates high-pass filtering (hpf). in the final stage of decomposition for an image of size nxn -where n is a power of twowe have four sub-band images, each of n/2×n/2 resolution: the scaling component, ll, containing global low-pass information, and three wavelet components, lh, hl, and hh corresponding respectively to the vertical, horizontal and diagonal details [7]. the data in subband "lh" was obtained from high pass filtering of the rows and then by low pass filtering of the columns [8]. a particular set of wavelets is specified by a particular set of numbers, called wavelet filter coefficients. the most localized embers often used are haar coefficients. for easy notation we will use the notation h(0) and h(1) for haar coefficients [15]. in the 2-d haar bases wavelet, the matrix form will be as …… (2) in our experimentations, we have selected two levels of decomposition according to the size of the face images. there is no need to perform a deeper decomposition, because the size of images, after the second level, becomes too small and no more beneficial information is acquired [9]. at the second level of decomposition, one image of approximation (low-resolution image) and 6 images of details are obtained as shown in figure (2)(b). therefore, the face image is described by 7 wavelet coefficient sub-bands (matrices), that represent rather a massive amount of information (equal to the size of the input image). figure (3) shows an example of tow-level wavelet decomposition of a face image. 257 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 features vector extraction powerful feature extraction of image, frequently considered as a serious module in multimedia information processing, is not suitably paid attention. for effectively retrieving a related image in a huge database, some keywords should be used to describe the image or automatically extracted perceivable features from it. though, a description of images by keywords will not be reasonable when the image database is huge. this not only demands valuable labour, but also there is a limited number of keywords exists to efficiently represent the image contents. developing an algorithm for extracting image feature efficiently and effectively can profit majorly to emerging imagery applications like medical diagnosis, biometric, and geographical information system [29]. one of the essential problems in image databases querying by resemblance is how to choose related image descriptors and relative resemblance degrees [4]. the process of feature extraction is responsible for making up a feature vector that is well enough to depict the face image. the feature vector is generated using the haar wavelet of color histograms. classification it is common that, as the complication of a classifier increases quickly with the number of dimensions of the pattern space, it is essential to make decisions only on the most important, known as discriminatory information, which is carried by the extracted features. so, we are encounter the need of dimensionality reduction. each matrix of the seven wavelet coefficients contains information concerning the texture of the face. an effective technique of reducing dimensionality and distinguishing textural information is to calculate a group of measures [9]. thus, four statistical measures are extracted from each sub-band. these measures are used to describe a color and a texture of an image and some of them are histogram statistical-based features. we will present how to calculate these measures and what is the meaning of these measures. the measures that are used in the algorithm are: mean it is a measure of the average, thus it states something concerning the universal image brightness. a dark image has a low mean, while a bright image has a high mean. the total number of intensity levels is referred to as l thus, the gray levels vary from 0 to l − 1. for example, l = 256 and varies from 0 to 255 for image data of typical 8-bit. the value of mean can be specified as follows [25]: μ 1 …………. . 3 where: n and m: are the dimensions of an image. cij :is a wavelet coefficient. variance is a measure of average contrast[25]. the variance σ2 measures the spread of a distribution, defined as the mean quadratic deviation of the variation from its mean value [2]. the variance gives a measure of average contrast in that region[11] . the variance value can be calculated from the following equation: σ 1 μ ……………. 4 258 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 where: μ : is the mean value, n and m: are the dimensions of an image. energy energy is a measure of uniformity [14], homogeneity, or smoothness, by calculating the distribution among the gray levels. it is the total square of detailed coefficients of wavelet transform [16]. the energy of wavelet coefficient is changing across distinct degrees depending upon the input signals. the energy of wavelet coefficients[6] c(t) can be calculated from the following equation: …………… 5 where: n and m: are the dimensions of an image. p(cij ) is a probability of a wavelet coefficient. entropy entropy records texture information in an image. it indicates a degree of complexity of images. higher entropy reflects complex textures [5]. when elements in the matrix are equal, the entropy is maximum while if all elements are different it is equal to 0 [14]. entropy denotes the amount of information that kept in perceived signal. the use of entropy gives particular features of the signal and decreases the feature vector size [6]. the entropy can be defined as follows: ∗ ………… 6 where: p(cij): is the probability of the wavelet coefficient (cij). similarity measures and distance the feature vector is designed to describe the face image and classify it. we need techniques to compare two feature vectors in order to implement the classification. the essential techniques are to either evaluate the similarity, or the difference between the two. two vectors which are almost associated will have a high similarity and a little difference. the measure of a distance in the feature space with n-dimensional can be used as the difference ; the lower the distance between two vectors, the smaller the similarity. the most conventional metric of evaluating the distance between two vectors is euclidean distance, and is calculated by the square root of the total of squares of the differences between vector components. the euclidean distance between two vectors x and y, each has n components, is calculated as: , ……… 7 another distance metric, referred to as the city block or absolute value metric, is given by: , ∑ | | …………(8) this metric gives similar results, and it is computationally faster than the euclidean distance. the city block or absolute value metric is used in the proposed system [25]. 259 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 hence, the distance measure between images (a query face image and a face image in the images database ) is defined as , ∑ | | ………………… (9) where: qf is the query face image, df is an image in the images database, qfi is the feature number (i) in the query face image, and dfi is the feature number (i) in the image in the database. the proposed algorithm is given as follows: algorithm input: query face image output: retrieved face images. step 1: change image color space to yuv. step 2: apply a wavelet transformation. step 3: extract the transformed image features. step 4: apply the genetic algorithm to find the best matched face: iselection: select two chromosomes randomly according to their fitness. iicrossover: apply crossover operator on the selected chromosomes. iiimutation: mutate a randomly selected chromosome. ivstopping criteria: checking for goal found or maximum generation reached. step 5: evaluate the resulted faces. step 6: end. system implementation the experiments are performed on a pentium 4 computer with cpu of 2.40 ghz and 4.0 gb ram. some of images have been chosen as query examples and the original image database is used as test examples for verifying of the retrieval performance. the following sections give several aspects of the system implementation: the database in order to verify the robustness of our algorithm against aspects resulting from lighting conditions, pose change, and partial occlusion, the experiments are performed on test images chosen from upc face database [26]. the images database comprises a set of 44 persons with 21 pictures for each person corresponding to various views of pose (0º, ±30º, ±45º,and ±60º) controlled by three lighting conditions (regular or environment light, bright light source from 45º angle, and a closely frontal mid-bright light source). the images resolution is 240x320 with bmp format. five training models with five different conditions are shown in figure (4). ga parameters representation of solution for a given problem in order to apply ga to, it should be a decision for finding a suitable genotype needed by the problem, i.e., the representation of a chromosome. in the proposed system, a chromosome denotes an index to an image in the image features database. initial population at the start of the process of ga, an initialization of a population of possible solutions are involved. typically, the initialization procedure is application-dependent; the random generation of binary strings is adopted as initial candidate faces. 260 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 fitness function to measure the value of the chromosomes in a population, the fitness function is utilized. hence, in our approach, the quality of a chromosome c related to the query image qf is defined as: fitness ( qf , c ) = dcb ( qf , c ) ………(9) where: dcb ( qf , c ) is the distance measure between images as given in eq.(8). genetic operators selection: the tournament selection method is adopted in this system [3] because of the complexity of the its time is low. it can speed up the process of evolution because it does not involve an overall fitness comparison for every individuals in the population. crossover : the one-point crossover [31] is used in the proposed system. in order to generate quality preserving off-springs, it is swapped portions of two chromosomes selected according to their fitness. mutation: in order to increase the variation of the population, the mutation operator is used to create a new chromosome [20]. in mutation, randomly selected position in a chromosome is inverted. performance evaluation experiments are run ten to twenty-two times, and the average results are reported. the performance of the adopted face retrieval algorithm is evaluated using two important performance evaluation methods: retrieval precision (rp), recall rate (rr), and average retrieval time (art). retrieval precision retrieval precision (rp) is defined as the ratio of number of relevant images retrieved (nr) to the number of total retrieved images (nc) [5] as shown in equation (10). rp = nr / nc ……….(10) recall rate recall rate (rp) is defined as the ratio of number of relevant images retrieved (nr) to the total number of relevant images (ndb) as shown in equation (11). rr = nr / ndb ……….(11) experimental results we have run several experiments of the program with different genetic parameters as shown in table (1). so, table (2) shows the performance evaluation metrics for different experiments of the system implementation. the experimental results prove that the maximum average retrieval time (art) throughout all the experiments is much less than the average retrieval time taken by the system when executed without using genetic algorithm. the average retrieval time without using genetic algorithm is (722.25 milliseconds) which is computed throughout (20) system run. however, by referring to retrieval times given in table (2) it has shown that shows that using ga decreases the average retrieval time to (60.15 milliseconds). an example of a query image given to the system together with the retrieved images is shown in figure (5). also, the results prove that the retrieval based on ga gives good precision and recall rate. conclusions in this system, a content based image retrieval (cbir) is presented which is new approach based on using with the support of genetic algorithm (ga). the face image is represented using yuv color space and is transformed by two-level wavelet transformation. a feature extraction algorithm is used to extract color and texture features based on histogram statistical-based features such as mean, variance, energy, and entropy. 261 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 the similarity metric used in this system is the city block or absolute value metric which is faster than euclidean distance. ga which is a hopeful heuristic approach for determining near-optimal solutions in large search spaces is adopted to find the best match face image to the query face image. the genetic chromosome is represented by a string of binary numbers that represents an index to the image database. several experiments have been run on the system. these experiments are executed with different genetic parameters. from the experimental results it can be concluded that the application of ga in information retrieval can be successful, and the ga gives a better performance compared with traditional image search. from the results of the simulation, it can be demonstrated that the features of faces are extracted effectively. ga was capable of searching successfully and decreasing calculative complication, and consequently decrease the time of search. the results show, also, that the adopted method is relatively strong to various facial constraints. on the other hand, three evaluation metrics are used to measure the retrieval performance and calculative complication of the system: retrieval precision (rp), recall rate (rr), and average retrieval time (art). references 1. antonelli, m.; dellepiane, s. g., and goccia, m., (2006), “design and implementation of web based systems for image segmentation and cbir,” ieeetrans.instrum. meas. 2. bohm, g.; zech, g., ( 2010), "introduction to statistics and data analysis for physicists",verlag deutsches elektronen-synchrotron, zentralbibliothek, d-22603 hamburg. 3. chun, y. d.; kim, n. c., and jang, i. h., (2008), “content-based image retrieval using multiresolution color and texture features,” ieee trans. multimedia, 10, 6, 1073–1084. 4. dana, v., (2000), "genetic algorithms in information retrieval", université de neuchâtel, institut interfacultaire d'informatique, neuchâtel, switzerland. 5. dass, m. v.; ali, m. r., and ali, m. m., (2014), "image retrieval using interactive genetic algorithm", ieee, international conference on computational science and computational intelligence. 6. ekici, s.; yildirim, s., and poyraz, m., (2008), "energy and entropy-based feature extraction for locating fault on transmission lines by using neural network and wavelet packet decomposition", firat university, 23119 elazig, turkey. 7. ekenel, h. k., and sankur, b., (2005), "multiresolution face recognition", electrical and electronic engineering department, bog˘azic¸i university, bebek, i˙stanbul, turkey, image and vision computing 23, 469–477. 8.fakhri, a., (2011), "face recognition sysytem using neural network", iraqi commission for computers and informatics, informatics institute for postgraduate studies, baghdad, iraq. 9. garcia, c.; zikos, g., and tziritas, g., (1999), "a wavelet-based framework for face recognition", ics – foundation for research and technology-hellas – forth, crete, greece. 10. goldberg, d. e., (1994), “genetic and evolutionary algorithms come of age”, communication of the acm, 37(3): 113-119. 11. gonzalez, rafael c., and woods, richard e., (2002), "digital image processing", second edition, 2002, prentice hall, new jersey 07458. 12. jhanwar, n.; chaudhuri, s.; seetharaman, g., and zavidovique, b., (2004), “content based image retrieval using motif cooccurrence matrix,” image vis.comput., 22, 14, 1211–1220. 13. lazea, gh. and lupu, as. e., (1996), aspects on path planning for mobile robots. 262 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 14. lemaˆıtre, g., and rodojevi´c, m. , (2007), "texture segmentation: co-occurrence matrix and laws’ texture masks methods". 15. mahmoud ,w. a.; hadi, a. s. and jawad, t. m. , (2012), "development of a 2-d wavelet transform based on kronecker product", journal of al-nahrain university, 15 (4), 028-013. 16. morchen, f. , (2003), "time series feature extraction for data mining using dwt and dft, technical report", no. 33, department of mathematics and computer science, university of marburg, germany. 17. nag, a.; biswas, s.; sarkar,d., and sarkar, p. p. , (2011), "a novel technique for image steganography based on block – dct and huffman encoding", international journal of computer science and information technology. 18. podpora, m.; korba´s, g. p., and kawala-janik, a. , (2014), "yuv vs rgb – choosing a color space for human-machine interaction", the federated conference on computer science and information systems , 3, 29-34. 19. polikar, r. , (2006), " the wavelet tutorial part ii: fundamentals: the fourier transform and the short term fourier transform; resolution problems". 20. rao , s. s.; kumar, k. r., and devi, g. l. , (2013), "texture based image retrieval using human interactive genetic algorithm", international journal of science engineering and advance technology, ijseat, 1, 6. 21. selvi, r. muthu ; rajaram, r. , (2007), "effect of cross over operation in genetic algorithms on anticipatory scheduling", 24th, international symposium on automation & robotics in co; mehta, a. , (2013), " review paper of various selection methods in genetic algorithm ", international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering , 3, 7. 23. sidney, c.; ramesh, a., and haitao g. , (1998), "introduction to wavelets and wavelet transforms", prentice hall, new jersey. 24.sumathi, s.; hamsapriya, t. , and surekha, p. , (2008), "evolutionary intelligence: an introduction to theory and applications with matlab, springer-verlag. 25. umbaugh, scott e.; (2010), "digital image processing and analysis: human and computer vision applications with cvip tools", second edition, crc press. 26. upc face database, web site: http://gps-tsc.upc.es /gtav/researchareas/upcfacedatabase/gtavfacedatabase.htm 27. xiao-ma, x.; and ming-tao, p. , (2014), "multiview face retrieval in surveillance video by active training sample collection", 10th international conference on computational intelligence and security. 28. xie, y.; setia, l. and burkhardt, h. , (2007), block dct vectors construction for face retrieval based on genetic algorithm, ieee third international conference on natural computation. 29. yen, g. g. and nithianandan, n. , (2002), " facial feature extraction using genetic algorithm", oklahoma state university, stillwater, usa. 30.yoo, h. w.; park, h. s., and jang, d. s. , (2005), “expert system for color image retrieval,” expert syst. appl., 28, 2, 347–357. 31. zhou, x. s.;and huang, t. s. , (2002), “relevance feedback in content-based image retrieval: some recent advances,” inf. sci., 148, 1–4, 129–137. 263 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 table 1: ga parameters used in the experiments experiment no. pop. size max gen. pc pm 1 20 50 0.8 0.1 2 50 20 0.7 0.05 3 10 50 0.8 0.05 4 40 20 0.8 0.05 figure (1): the proposed system flowchart table(2): performance evaluation metrics experiment no. rp (%) rr (%) average retrieval time ( in millisecond) average of convergence gen no. 1 90 60 48.43866 8 2 79 70 53.57429286 5 3 47 44 81.27985333 32 4 81 94 43.90100476 5 264 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 (a) (b) figure (2) : wavelet decomposition: (a) one-level (b) two-level figure (3) : an example of two-level wavelet decomposition of a face image. figure (4): a single person examples from the upc data base reflecting five face cases. 265 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 figure (5) : an example of a query image and retrieved images figure(5):an exampleof a query image and retriveved images query image retrieved images 266 | computer 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (1) 2016 الخوارزمية الجينيةاسترجاع الوجوه اعتمادا على باستعمال الخصائص االحصائية عبدهللا واثق نجاح يسرى حسين علي /الجامعة التكنولوجية قسم علوم الحاسبات 2015كانون االول / /15قبل في: ،2015ايلول//10 :في استلم الخالصة فعالية اكثر ادارة وفرت انها اذ المجاالت من العديد في محتواها على اعتمادا الصور استرجاع عمليات استعملت استرجاع عملية اصبحت لذلك. المفتاحية الكلمات على اعتمادا االسترجاع على القائمة قائالطر من الصور استرجاع في .الماضية القليلة السنوات في حيوية االبحاث اكثر من الصور محتوى على بناءً الصور االحيان من كثير في. معينا وصفا تعكس التي الكائنات من مجموعة في للبحث حلوال المعلومات استرجاع عمليات تقترح .فديو ملفات او صوتية ملفات او صورا تكون قد اخرى احيان في ولكن وثائق، هي الكائنات هذه لوجوه صورا تحوي كبيرة بيانات قاعدة من -متعددة دوران بزواياوجوه صور استرجاع طريقة البحث هذا يقترح .الوجه نسيج وصفات اللونية الصفات على باالعتماد . الملونة الصور استرجاع في المستعملة الصفات هي النقطية والصورة والتباين الحسابي المتوسط: مثل اللونية الصفات الصفات ضمن ايضا استعملت الرمادية المستويات الى استنادا فيها المعلومات وكمية الصورة طاقة حساب فان فضال عن .االسترجاع في المستعملة الحمراء، تحت األشعة أنظمة في األداء لتحسين جيدا نموذجا تمثل االصطناعي الذكاء نماذج االحصائية، الطرق جانب الى على تطبيقها يمكن والنه لقوتها وذلك الجينية الخوارزمية اختيار تم. النماذج هذه من واحدة تمثل الجينية والخوارزمية .المشكلة مجال عن خاصة معرفة ةاي دون المشكلة الى االسترجاع وقت متوسط من ويقلل جيدا أداءً يعطي الجينية الخوارزمية استعمال ان الى التجريبية النتائج خلصت ) الوقت الذي يستغرقه البحث التقليدي.ملي ثانية 722,25مقارنة بـ ( )ملي ثانية 60,15( ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3 ) 2009 effects of rustamiyah treatment plant effluent on concentration of some heavy metals in water and sediment of diyala river s.a.musa departme nt of biology, collge of education , ibn al-haitham , unive rsty of baghdad abstract concentrations of four heavy metals, z inc , cop p er , lead and cadimium were determed in water and sediment samples collected bi-weekly from six sampling sites on the lower p art of river diy ala during low flow p eriod (august to october) and high flow p eriod (ap ril to june). a reference p oint site (1) was situated up st ream the effects of the effluent. present work describes the effect of rust amiya wast e water treatment p lant on heavy metals in water and sediment of river diy ala. the results indicated that heavy metals level were higher in low flow p eriod of water comp ared with high flow p eriod.pb concentration was high in treatment effluent site comp ared with mixing zone and reference p oint. cd level in low flow p eriod in water was high and affected by the effluent disp osal from the treatment p lant. concentration of heavy metals in sediment showed simple difference between both p eriods in refrence p oint and mixing zone. average cu concentration in the sediment for two p eriods was high in mixing zone compared with other metals. introduction during the p ast 50 y ears, environmental levels of heavy metals have increased in the aquatic environmental (1). impact of heavy metals wast es disp osed into river may be assessed through increased levels in water, sediment or bioa, in some cases concentration of heavy metals reach harmful level to the ecosy st ems (1). in surface water the concentration of various elements may be increased beyond their natural levels due to release of industrial, agricultural, domest ic and other wast es, thought, some elements are mainly available in dissolved forms, the major p art and esp ecially the heavy metals may be bound to small silt and clay p articles also organics higher ec. sevral authors have st udied the heavy metals content of various marine and river sediment in relation to water pollution (2-10). in iraq several works have considered the acute p ollution p roblems in lower reaches of dy ala river (11-14). the aim of this st udy was to assess the effect of the rust amiyah wast ewater treatment p lant on the concentration of heavy metals in diy ala river. the p resent work is a part of a ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3 ) 2009 comp rehensive p rogram to evaluate a large number of different organic, inorganic,salts and heavy p ollutans in area of a sewage treatment p lant discharging into the diy ala river. material and methods the study area rust amiyah treatment p lant is located on the right bank river diy ala 15km p rior to reaching river tigris sout h of baghdad figure(1), diy ala river is one of the imp ortant rivers in iraq, the flow rate ranges between 5m/sec and 150m/sec(14) the discharging p oint of the treatment p lant is 4km below the new diy ala bridge, 7 km above the old diy ala bridge. s ampling and analysis water samp les were collected during two p eriods low and high flow p eriods of the y ear, the high flow p eriod (hep) covers ap ril ,m ay and june, while the low flow p eriod (lfp) covers august , september, october and november. one sample p er st ation p er month was collected from 6 st ations and analysed for cd,cu,zn and pb concentration in the river water and sediment of the river bed. a boat was used in the collection of the samp les 30 cm below t he water surface for the river water and from the river bed for the sediment samples. sediment samples at reference p oint were not included because of the shallow water depth and high flow rate so t he concentrations will be normal or lower than the others st ation. the first sampling st ation site d1 was 0.5 km up st ream the treatment p lant discharging p oint and was considered as a reference p oint. site d2 was in the river diy ala just below the discharging p oint. site d3 and d4 were 1 km 2 km dawnst rem treatment p lant. site d5 and d6 were 2 km and 3 km below the treatment p lant . according to p rocedures mentioned in st andard method for examination of water and wast ewater(15) a py e unicam sp 9 flame atomic absorp tion sp ectrometer was used to determined the concentration of heavy metals. water samples were p repared according to nitric-perchloric acids digestion method(15) while sediment samples were p repared by nitric-perchlorc-hy drochlorc acids digestion method(16). re sult and discussion heavy concentrations (p p m) in the reference point , mixing zone, and the treatment p lant at t he two p eriods, were p resented in table(1). results showed no significant defferences in concentrations among st ations within each p eriod, hence, a comp arision was made between the concentrations of heavy metals in the reference point, the treatment p lant effluent and the mixing zone st ations 2,3,4,5 and 6.a reference point, the treatment p lant effluent and the mixing zone at the two p eriods are shown in table1. the p ercentage of increases or decreases in ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3 ) 2009 heavy metals concentrations at reference p oint , mixing zone and treatment p lant effluent is summarized in table(2). heavy metals increase in the water was 63,2% 261% from reference p oint to mixing zone during lfp as comp ared to a range of 138% 670% increase during hfp t able(2) . on the other hand these p arameters showed a decrease of 29.2% 144% at the mixing zone as comp ared to the treatment p lant effluent during hfp. cu concentration was increased by 262% during lfp from the treatment p lant to the mixing zone which was due to cu low concentration in the treatment p lant effluent at this p eriod table(1). adecrease of 12.7 38.7 was observed in zn and pb concentration seemed to be initially high in river diy ala p rior reaching the mixing zone and a reduction of 49% and 92% was observed during lep and hfp in its concentration at a mixing zone as comp ared to reference p oint.cadimium concentration in mixing zone as comp ared to treatment p lant effluent was also reduced by 84.1% and 89.3% during lep and hfp resp ectively. table(3) shows heavy metals concentrations in river diy ala were within the p ermissible level of raw surface water (18).excep t pb and cd which exceed the p ermissible limits of 0.05p p m and 0.005p p m resp ectively. figure(2) shows the variation of heavy metals in sediment for the two p eriods.t he cu concentration in the sediment of the river bed at the mixing zone was the highest and decreased for the zn,pb and cd resp ectively.average cu concentration in the sediment for the two p eriods varied between 100 and 10pp m for all st ations at the mixing zone.on the other hand,cd average concentration varied between 0.02 and 0.2pp m. heavy metals cconcentrations in the sediment were high in the mixing zone bed esp ecially during lep. several authers were observed that p hosp hate and iron hy droxides p lay ed a key role in the trapp ing of heavy metals such as pb,cd and zn (17). this p henomenon, in addition to the fact that high flow in the river ,was either diluting the sediment material by adding more sediment ,or washing out the bed material. however,the dy namics of sedimentation should be invest igated more in a comp rehensive research p rogramme. re ferences 1m oore,j.w. and ramamoorthy ,s.(1984).heavy metals in natural waters sp ringervelarge,new york inc.,268. 2brooks,r.r.;presley,b.j. and kap lan,i.r. .(2001).trce elements in interst itial waters of m arine sediments.geochim.cosmochim.,acta.,32,399 3-m axfield,d.;rodriguz,j.m .;btt nerm .;dies,j.;forbes,l;kovacs,r.;russe,w.;schultz, l.;smith,r.;stanton,j. ad wai,c.m , (1994). heavy metals p ollution in the sediments of the coeurd, alene river delta. environ.,pollut.,7, 1-6 4-haknson,l. and ahl,t. (1999). t he dist ribution of heavy metals in the sup erficial sediments of the lake valtern,sweden,in p roc.int.hutchinson,t oronto,canada,765, ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3 ) 2009 5-forstner,u. (1993). m etals concentrations in fresh water sediment-natural background and cultural effects in the interactions between sediments and water fresh, ed.by h.l.colterman,the hague, junk. ,94-103, 6lu, j. s. c. and chen,k. y. (1998). m igration of trace metals in interfaces of sea water and polluted sup erficial sediments .environ. sci. technol. ,11, 174. 7. vernet, j.p. ; rapin, f. and scolari, g,switz erland, (1993). in interaction between sediment and fresh water , ed by h.l. golterman, the hsague, junk. 8. vivan, c.m .g. and m assie, k. s. (1995). trace m etals in water and sediments of river tawe, south wales, in relation to local sources, environ, pollut. , 14-47, 9. bower, p. m . ; simp son, h. j. ; williams, s. c. and li,y.j. (1998), comparative effects of sediment and water concentration in two lakes, york, environ. sci, techol., 12, 283. 10. warren, l. j. (1995).concentration of sediments by lead, zinc and cadmium, a review. environ . pollut. ser. , z, 401. 11. almukhtar, e. a. (1993).heavy metals in water and benthos of the pollution lower p art of river diy ala center iraq . j. , ibn al-haitham p ure and app . sci, 4 (2); 1221. 12. almukthar, e. a. , s. a. and ali n.m . (1987), p hy sical and chemical characterist ics of the lower reaches of river diy ala, center iraq. j; environ sci, health, a21 (6) :537-5 jo. 13. m ussa, s. a. ; al-m asri, n. a. and nadia, m .a.(1987). efficiency evaluation of rust amiya treatment p lant at baghdad. j. biolog. sci res. 17: 181-197 14-al-m asri ,n. a. (1989).river diy ala quality as affected by effluent discharge p aper p resented to iraq conference on engineering cice 85,baghdad ,iraq, 15-apha, (2000). standared methods for the examination of water and wast ewater, american p ublic health association ,15 th edition, washington, d. c .1134, 16-agemia, h. and ghau, a. s. y . .(1999),evaluation of extraction techniques for the determination of metals aquatic sediments .analyst . london ,101 -761 17 m eduffie, b. ;el-barbary, i. and hollod, g. j. (1998)., trace elements in rivers sp eciation, transp ort and role of sediments .race subst ances in environmental health p roceeding ,columbia, 85 -95 18 –m inist ry of environment ,directorate -general of p lanning, (2005).the new limits for p rotection of rivers and public waters from p ollution. bulletin technical report . 25 ,68 -70 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3 ) 2009 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3 ) 2009 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3 ) 2009 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تاثیر المیاه المصرفھ من مشروع المعالجھ في الرستمیھ على تراكیز بعض دیالىالعناصر الثقیلھ في میاه و رسوبیات نھر سهیر ازهر موسى ابن الهیثم ، جامعه بغداد – ةقسم علوم الحیاة ، كلیه التربی الخالصھ النحـــاس و الرصـــاص فـــي میــــاه و ،الخارصـــین ،تمـــت دراســـه تراكیـــز العناصـــر الثقیلـــه وهــــي الكـــادمیوم ـــــه ـــــاه الثقیلـــ ــــه المیــ ـــــتمیه لمعالجـــ ـــروع الرســـ ــــن مشــــ ــــــالقرب مـــ ـــــالى بــ ــــــر دیــ ـــى نهـ ــــ ــــع علـ ـــــده مواقـــ ـــــوبیات عــ . رســ و موسم ارتفاع مناسیب ) شهر اب لغایه شهر تشرین الثاني(یاه تم جمع النماذج لموسم انخفاض مناسیب الم ـــــاه ـــــوز(المیــــ ــــ ــــهر تمـ ــــ ــــه شــ ــــ ـــان لغایــ ــــ ـــــهر نیســـ ــــ ـــــنتین) شـ ــــ ــــــده سـ ـــــبوع و لمــــ ــــ ـــــي االسـ ــــ ـــرتین فـ ــــ ــــــدل مـــ . و بمعــــ ـــم ــــ ـــــــع رقــ ـــروع ) 1(موقــ ــــ ـــریف المشـــ ــــ ـــــه تصــ ــــن نقطــــ ــــ ـــى مـ ــــ ـــــــع اعلــ ــــــذي یقــ ــــه والـــ ــــ ــــدر للمقارنـ ــــ ـــد كمصـ ــــ .اعتمــ تهدف هذا الدراسه لمعرفه تاثیر تراكیز هذه العناصر المصرفه مـن مشـروع الرسـتمیه علـى تراكیزهـا فـي میـاه . و رســــوبیات النهــــر اظهرت النتائج ان مستویات العناصر الثقیله في الماء كانـت فـي فتـره انخفـاض مناسـیب المیـاه عالیـه مقارنـه ه بمنطقـه المـزج و المصـدر فقد كان تركیز الرصاص عالیا في منطقه التصریف مقارن. بفتره ارتفاع المناسیب اما مستوى الكادیوم في الماء و خالل فتره انخفاض المناسیب كـان مرتفعـا و . في فتره انخفاض المناسیب . لم یتاثر بتصریف میاه المشروع فاوضـحت النتـائج ان هنالـك فروقـا بسـیطه بـین موسـمین وبـین نقطـه التصـریف اما بالنسبه للرسـوبیات .و منطقه المزج حیث كان معدل تراكیز النحاس وللفترتین عالیا في منطقه المزج مقارنه ببقیه العناصر 80 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 ⊕-s-extending modules department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. ayaadnan994@gmail.com saalsaadi@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq 𝐀𝐛𝐬𝐭𝐫𝐚𝐜𝐭 the concept ⊕-s-extending modules will be purpose of this paper, a module m is ⊕s-extending if each submodule in m is essential in submodule has a supplement that is direct summand. initially, we give relation between this concept with weakly supplement extending modules and ⊕-supplemented modules. in fact, we gives the following implications: lifting modules ⟹ ⊕-supplemented modules ⟹ ⊕-s-extending modules ⟹ weakly supplement extending modules. it is also we give examples show that, the converse of this result is not true. moreover, we study when the converse of this result is true. keyword: extending modules, weakly supplement extending modules, ⊕-supplemented modules, ⊕-s-extending modules. 1. introduction in this paper, motivated by the concept of closed ⨁-supplemented that is, a module m is called closed ⨁-supplemented, if each closed submodule in m has a supplement which is direct summand, and weakly supplement extending module we give concept that is ⊕s-extending module, a module m is ⊕-s-extending if each submodule in m is essential in submodule has a supplement which is direct summand. we can answer the question: when is the ⊕-s-extending module inherited by direct summand. following [1]. studied a weakly supplement extending modules, a module m is called weakly supplement extending if each submodule in m is essential in weakly supplement submodule in m. also, ⊕-supplemented module were studied by [2]. a module m is ⨁-supplemented, if for any submodule n in m has a supplement which is article history: received 31 october 2019, accepted 16 december 2019, published in july 2020. doi: 10.30526/33.3.2475 aya a. al-rubaye ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index saad a. al-saadi mailto:ayaadnan994@gmail.com2 mailto:saalsaadi@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq 81 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 direct summand. in this work, r is associative rings with identity and m is left rmodule. a submodule w of m is said to be essential, if w∩v=0 then v=0[2]. a submodule w of m is called small (denoted by w≪m) if for each submodule l in m such that m≠w+l implies l≠m [2]. a submodule n of m is called closed, if n has no proper essential extension in m [2]. a submodule n of m is weakly supplement, if there exists a submodule w in m such that m=w+n and n∩ w≪m. a module m is called weakly supplemented if each submodule w in m is weakly supplement of m [2]. a submodule v of m is supplement, if there is a submodule w of m such that m=v+w and v∩ w≪v [2]. a module m is called supplemented if each submodule v of m has a supplement submodule in m [2]. a module m is said to be uniform if each nonzero submodule in m is essential submodule in m [3]. a module m is called non-singular if z(m)=0 where z(m)={m∈m | xm=0 for some essential left ideal x of r} , and m is singular if z(m)=m [3]. a module 𝑀 is called lifting, if each submodule v in m there is a direct summand w in m with w⊆ v such that m=w⊕w' and w′ ∩ 𝑉 ≪w' [2]. if f(n)⊆(n) for each r-endomorphism f of m, then a submodule n of a module m is said to be fully invariant [4]. a module m is semi-simple, if every submodule is direct summand [3]. a module m is called extending if each submodule in m is essential in direct summand of m [3]. the extending property and their generalization are studied by different authors such as [1, 5,6]. 2. ⊕-s-extending modules in this work, we will present the following concept that is stronger than of weakly supplement extending modules: definition (1) a module m is called ⊕-s-extending if each submodule in m is essential in submodule has a supplement which is direct summand. proposition (2) a module m is called ⊕-s-extending if and only if each submodule in m is essential in submodule has a weakly supplement which is direct summand. proof let n be a submodule of ⊕-s-extending module, then n is essential in submodule k in m has a supplement which is direct summand. since every supplement submodule is weakly supplement, then we have k has a weakly supplement which is direct summand. conversely, let n be a submodule of a module m. by hypothesis, n is essential in submodule k has a weakly supplement l which is direct summand (i.e) m=k+l and k∩l≪m where l is direct summand in m. since k∩l⊆l⊆m and l is direct summand in m, thus we have k∩l≪l. then n is essential in submodule k has a supplement l which is direct summand. hence m is ⊕-s-extending. proposition (3) a module m is ⊕-s-extending if and only if each closed submodule in m has a (weakly) supplement which is direct summand. 82 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 proof (⟹) let b be a closed submodule in m. since m is ⊕-s-extending, so b is essential in submodule k has a supplement which is direct summand. but b is closed, so we have b has a supplement which is direct summand. (⟸) let b be submodule in m. then by using zorn's lemma, so there is a closed submodule d in m such that b is essential in d. by hypothesis, d has a supplement which is direct summand. following [1]. a module m is closed ⨁-supplemented if each closed submodule in m has a weakly supplement which is direct summand. the next result is directly by proposition (2). corollary (4) a module m is ⊕-s-extending if and only if m is closed ⨁-supplemented. remarks and examples (5) 1. each extending module is ⊕-s-extending, while it is not conversely. for example, m=𝑍8⨁𝑍2 as z-module is ⊕-s-extending which it is not extending [1]. 2. every ⊕-s-extending module is weakly supplement extending, while the other direction is not true in general. 3. every ⨁-supplemented module is ⊕-s-extending, while it is not conversely. in fact, z is ⊕-s-extending z-module which it is not ⨁-supplemented (because a submodule 2z in z has no a supplement submodule in z). 4. every uniform module is ⊕-s-extending, while the converse is not true. for example, 𝑍10 is ⊕-s-extending z-module which it is not uniform. 5. in [1]. every lifting module is weakly supplement extending. this result can be generalized to ⊕-s-extending (i.e), every lifting module is ⊕-s-extending (since every lifting module is ⊕-supplemented), while the converse is not true. in fact, z is ⊕-sextending z-module which is not lifting. 6. every weakly (supplemented) module is weakly supplement extending [1]. this result is not still valid for ⊕-s-extending. not every weakly supplemented module is ⊕-sextending. moreover, not every ⊕-s-extending module is weakly supplemented, z is ⊕-sextending z-module which it is not weakly supplemented. 7. following [7]. every semi-simple module is ⊕-supplemented. so every semi-simple is ⊕-s-extending, while the converse is not true. q is ⊕-s-extending z-module which it is not semi-simple. recall that, a module m is called refinable if for every submodule w, v in m with w+v=m, then there is a direct summand w' in m such that w'⊆w and w'+v=m [2]. following [1]. every closed ⨁-supplemented module is weakly supplement extending. also, from [1]. studied when the converse is true. moreover, we have this corollary: corollary (6) let 𝑀 be a refinable module. then the following are equivalent: 1. 𝑀 is weakly supplement extending module. 2. 𝑀 is ⊕-s-extending module. 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 recall that, a module m is said to be wd-module if each weakly supplement submodule is direct summand [1]. proposition (7) let 𝑀 be a wd-module. then the following statement are equivalent: 1. m is ⊕-s-extending module. 2. m is weakly supplement extending module. proof (1⟹2) directly by (remarks and examples (5)). (2⟹1) let w be a closed submodule of weakly supplement extending module m, so w is a weakly supplement submodule of v in m. also v is weakly supplements of w in m. but m is wd-module. hence we have v is direct summand of m and so m is ⊕-sextending module. proposition (8) let m be a wd-module. then the following statement are equivalent: 1. m is extending module. 2. m is ⊕-s-extending module. proof (1⟹2) directly by (remarks and examples (5)). (2⟹1) let a be a closed submodule of ⊕-s-extending module m, so a has a weakly supplement submodule k in m which is direct summand. also k is weakly supplement of a in m. but m is wd-module. then we have a is direct summand of m. hence m is ⊕-s-extending module. the following lemma helps us in the next results lemma (9) let m be a ⊕-s-extending module. suppose that w be a closed submodule in m and b is small in m. t then there is a submodule c in m such that m=w+c=w+c+b and w∩c≪m, so c∩(w+b) ≪m. proof let w be a closed submodule of ⊕-s-extending module m, then w has a weakly supplements c in m that is direct summand (i.e) m=w+c and w∩c≪m. now let h: m→(m∕ 𝑊)⨁(m∕c) is defined by h(d)=(d+w, d+c) and let j: (m∕ 𝑊)⨁(m∕c) → (m∕ 𝑊 + 𝐵)⨁(m∕c) is defined by j(d+w, m'+c)=(d+w+b, m'+c). since w∩c≪m, then h is epimorphism and kerh= w∩c≪m, and since kerj=((w+b∕w)⊕0 and (w+b)∕w=(b)≪m∕w when the canonical epimorphism 𝜈: m→m∕w. so we have j is a small epimorphism and jh is small epimorphism since kerjh= c∩(b+w)≪m. we noticed that, every ⊕-supplemented module is ⊕-s-extending see (remarks and example (5)). next we explained when the convers is true. proposition (10) let m be a module in which each submodule l in m there exists a closed submodule w (depending on l) of m such that l=w+c or w=l+c for some c small in m. then m is ⊕-s-extending module if and only if m ⊕-supplemented. 84 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 proof let l be a submodule in ⊕-s-extending module m, so there exists a closed submodule w in m such that l=w+c where c≪m. but m is ⊕-s-extending, thus w has a supplements d in m that is direct summand (i.e) m=w+d=w+c+d=l+d where c≪m and w∩d≪d, then l∩d ⊆ (w+c)∩d. since w∩d≪d, then w∩d≪m so by lemma (9) (w+c)∩d≪m. thus l∩d≪m. now since l∩d ⊆d⊆m and d direct summand, so we have l∩d≪d and hence m is ⊕-supplemented. or, w=l+c where c≪m. since m is ⊕s-extending, thus w has a supplement d in m that is direct summand (i.e) m=w+d=l+c+d=l+d where c ≪m and l∩d⊆w∩d≪d, so l∩d≪d. thus m is ⊕supplemented. conversely see (remarks and examples (5)). recall that, a module m is called injective hull of a module q if it is both an essential extension of q and an injective module [3]. the following proposition gives another characterization of ⊕-s-extending module. proposition (11) for any a module m. t the following statement are equivalent: 1. m is ⊕-s-extending module. 2. the intersection of m with any direct summand of injective hull of m, has a weakly supplements submodule in m that is direct summand. proof (1) ⟹ (2) let w be a direct summand of injective hull of m, i.e e(m)=w⨁v, where v is a submodule of injective hull of m. it is easy to show that w∩m is closed of m. so by proposition (3) w∩m has a weakly supplement submodule of m which is direct summand. (2) ⟹ (1) let w be a submodule of m. and let v be a relative complement of w in m, then w⨁v is essential in m, but m is essential in injective hull of m, therefore w⨁v is essential in injective hull of m, then e(m) =e(w⨁v) =e(w) ⨁e(v). since e(w) is direct summand of e(m) then e(w)∩m has a weakly supplement submodule in m that is direct summand. but w is essential in e(w) and m is essential in m, so w=w∩m is essential in e(w)∩m which has a weakly supplement in m that is direct summand. hence m is ⊕-s-extending module. recall that, if each submodule a of m, there is an ideal j of r such that a=jm, then a module m is said to be multiplication [8]. following [4]. let k be a submodule of a module m and r be a ring. the ideal {x∈r| xm⊆k}will be denoted by [k:m] and the annihilater of m denoted by annr (m) is annr(m)=[0:m]. also, a module m is called faithful if annr(m)=0 proposition (12) let r be a commutative ring and m a finitely generated faithful multiplication module. then r is ⊕-s-extending if and only if m is ⊕-s-extending. proof let n be a closed submodule in m, then by [9]. there exists a closed ideal i in r such that im=n. since r is ⊕-s-extending, so i has a weakly supplement j which is direct 85 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 summand in r (i.e) r= i+j and i∩j≪r. let k=mj where k is submodule in m. now since m is multiplication then m=rm= (i+j)m=im+jm=n+k and by [10, lemma (4.11)]. n∩k≪m. also, since j is direct summand, so we have j+s =r and j∩s=0 where s is ideal in r and such that sm=f. now since m is multiplication, then m=rm=(j+s)m=jm+sm=k+f and k∩f=jm∩sm=(j∩s)m=0. thus we have k is direct summand in m. hence m is ⊕-s-extending. conversely, let i be a closed ideal in r, then by [10, lemma (4.10)]. there is a closed submodule n be in m such that n=im. since m is ⊕-s-extending, so n has a weakly supplement k in m which is direct summand (i.e) m=k+n and k∩n≪m. let k=jm where j is ideal in r. since m is multiplication then m=n+k=im+jm=(i+j)m=rm thus we have r=i+j and by [10, lemma (4.11)]. i∩j≪r and j is direct summand in r. then r is ⊕-s-extending. recall that, let f :r⟶t be a ring hommorphism and m a right t-module. on can be defined to as a right r-module by mr=m f (r) for all m∈m and r∈r. moreover, if f is an epimorphism and m is a right r-module such that kerf ⊆ r(m), so also can also be define to be a right t-module by mt=mr, where f (r)=t. we denote by 𝑀𝑇 , 𝑀𝑅 then m is a right t-module, right r-module [10]. proposition (13) let f: r⟶t be a ring epimorphism and m a right r-module with kerf ⊆ r(m). then 𝑀𝑅 is ⊕-s-extending if and only if 𝑀𝑇 is ⊕-s-extending. proof let 𝐴𝑇 be a closed submodule of 𝑀𝑇, then 𝐴𝑅 is closed submodule in 𝑀𝑅, since 𝑀𝑅 is ⊕-s-extending, so 𝐴𝑅 has a weakly supplements 𝐵𝑅 that is direct summand. so 𝐵𝑅 we can define to be t-module by mt=mr, where f (r)=t. thus 𝐴𝑇 has a weakly supplements 𝐵𝑇which is direct summand in 𝑀𝑇. then 𝑀𝑇 is ⊕-s-extending. conversely, let 𝐴𝑅 be a closed submodule of 𝑀𝑅, then 𝐴𝑇 is closed submodule in 𝑀𝑇, since 𝑀𝑇 is ⊕-s-extending, so 𝐴𝑇 has a weakly suplement 𝐵𝑇 that is direct summand. so 𝐵𝑇 we can define to be rmodule by mr=mf (r) for each r∈r and m∈m. thus 𝐴𝑅 has a weakly supplement 𝐵𝑅which is direct summand in 𝑀𝑅. hence 𝑀𝑅 is ⊕-s-extending. it is known that, a factor module of ⊕-supplemented need not necessary ⊕supplemented [7]. also, in ⊕-s-extending module is not verified. thus in the following result we obtain a condition under it a factor module of ⊕-s-extending module is ⊕-sextending. proposition (14) let m be a ⊕-s-extending module. then any nonsingular (epimorphic) image of m is ⊕-s-extending module. proof let f: m→n be an epimorphism mapping and let k be a closed submodule of n, so h=𝑓−1(k) is a closed submodule of m. since m is ⊕-s-extending module, so h has a weakly supplement submodule w of m which is direct summand. then m=h+w and h∩w≪m. now n= f (m)=f (h+w)=f (h)+f (w)=k+ f (w) and (since f is epimorphism and ker f ⊆h) f (h∩w)= f (h) ∩f (w) ≪f (m), so we have k∩ f (w) ≪ 𝑓 (𝑀) =n. then f (w) is weakly supplement of k in n. now to show that f (w) is direct summand of n. let m =w+f and w∩f=0 where f is submodule of m, so n= f (m)= f (f+w)=f (f)+f (w) and 86 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 f (f∩w)= f (f) ∩f (w)=0. then f (w) is direct summand of n and thus n is ⊕-s-extending module. proposition (15) if a module 𝑀1 is ⊕-s-extending module and 𝑀1 ≅ 𝑀2, then 𝑀2 is ⊕-s-extending module. proof let f: 𝑀1→𝑀2 be an isomorphic image and 𝑀1is ⊕-s-extending module. let w is a submodule of 𝑀2 then we have 𝑓 −1(w) is a submodule of 𝑀1. since 𝑀1 is ⊕-s-extending module, so 𝑓−1 (w) is essential in v where v has a weakly supplement submodule of 𝑀1 which is direct summand, so w= f (𝑓−1 (w)) is essential in f (v). since v has a weakly supplement submodule in 𝑀1 then there exists h is a submodule of 𝑀1 such that 𝑀1=v+h and v∩h ≪ 𝑀1. then f (𝑀1)= f (v)+ f (h), so 𝑀2= f (v)+ f (h) and (since f is monomorphism then kerf=0) so we have f (v∩h)= f (v)∩ f (h) ≪ 𝑀2. then f (v) has a weakly supplement submodule in 𝑀2, since h is direct summand so, we have 𝑀1=h+l and h∩l=0 where l is submodule of 𝑀1 then f (𝑀1)= f (h)+ f (l) and f (h) ∩ f (l)=0. then 𝑀2 ⊕-s-extending module. the next result gives a condition under which a direct summand of ⊕-s-extending module is ⊕-s-extending. proposition (16) every direct summand a of ⊕-s-extending module such that the intersection of two direct summand in m is direct summand in n is ⊕-s-extending module. proof let a be a direct summand of ⊕-s-extending module m and let w be a closed submodule in a, so w is a submodule of m. since a is a direct summand of m, so a is closed submodule of m and we have w is closed submodule of m, but m is ⊕-sextending module. thus by using proposition (2.3), w has a weakly supplement submodule of m which is direct summand then m=w+h and w∩h << m, where h is a direct summand of m. so a∩m=a∩(w+h) then (by modular law) a=w+(a∩h) and w∩(a ∩m)=( w∩h)∩a. since ( w∩h)∩a be a submodule of w∩h and w∩h≪ m. so, w∩(a∩h) ≪ m and since w∩(a∩h) be a submodule in a and a is a submodule in m. hence w∩(a∩h ) ≪ a, then w has a weakly supplement submodule in a, then by hypothesis (a∩h ) is direct summand in a, then by proposition (3), a is ⊕-s-extending module. proposition (17) every fully invariant direct summand a of ⊕-s-extending module m is ⊕-sextending. proof let a be a direct summand fully invariant of ⊕-s-extending module m and let l be a closed submodule in a, so l is closed in m. but m is⊕-s-extending. then l has a weakly 87 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 supplement w which is direct summand in m, so m=w⊕w', m=w+l and w∩l≪m. now a=a∩m=a∩(w+l) by (modular law) a=l+(a∩w), but a=(a∩ 𝑊) ⊕ (𝐴 ∩ 𝑊′). so a∩ 𝑊 is direct summand in a and l∩ (𝐴 ∩ 𝑊)= w∩l≪m, since a is direct summand in m. hence a∩ 𝑊 is weakly supplement of l in n. thus a is ⊕-s-extending. recall that, if for each closed submodules f, g and s in a module m such that f∩(g+s)= f∩g+f∩s, then a module m is said to be local distributive [10]. a direct sum of ⊕-s-extending module need not necessary ⊕-s-extending. in fact, for example. m=z⨁z2 as z-module is not ⊕-s-extending (since it is not weakly supplement extending module, while z and z2 are ⊕-s-extending. we give the condition so we get the proposition: proposition (18) let m=𝑀1⨁ 𝑀2 where 𝑀1and 𝑀2 are ⊕-s-extending such that m is local distributive module. then m is ⊕-s-extending module. proof let f be a closed submodule in m. to prove f∩𝑀𝑖 is closed in 𝑀𝑖, since m is local distributive module, then we have f=((f∩𝑀1) ⨁ (f∩𝑀2)). hence f∩𝑀1 is closed in 𝑀1 and f∩𝑀2 is closed in 𝑀2. but 𝑀1 and 𝑀2 are ⊕-s-extending module. then there exists a weakly supplement submodule 𝐺1 of 𝑀1, 𝐺2 of 𝑀2 and 𝐺1, 𝐺2 are direct summand such that 𝐺1+(f∩𝑀1)= 𝑀1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐺2 + (𝐹 ∩ 𝑀2) = 𝑀2 , 𝐺1 ∩ (𝐹 ∩ 𝑀1) = ( 𝐺1∩f) ≪ 𝑀1 and 𝐺2∩(f∩𝑀2)=( 𝐺2∩f)≪ 𝑀2. now m= 𝑀1⨁𝑀2 = (𝐺1+(f∩𝑀1)) ⨁ (𝐺2+(f∩𝑀2))=(𝐺1 ⨁𝐺2)+f. then m = (𝐺1⨁ 𝐺2) + f and (𝐺1⨁𝐺2)∩f = ( 𝐺1∩f)⨁( 𝐺2∩f)≪(f∩𝑀1) ⨁(f∩𝑀2) ≪ 𝑀1⨁ 𝑀2 ≪ m. we have 𝐺1 ⨁𝐺2 is direct summand of m. then m is ⊕-s-extending module. recall that, a module m is distributive if for any submodule f, g and s in m such that f∩(g+s)= f∩g+f∩s. following [10]. every distributive module is local distributive. thus, we have this corollary: corollary (19) let m=𝑀1⨁ 𝑀2 where 𝑀1and 𝑀2 are ⊕-s-extending module such that m is a distributive module. then m is ⊕-s-extending. 2. conclusions we proved the following results: 1. a module m is ⊕-s-extending if and only if each submodule in m is essential in submodule has a weakly supplement which is direct summand. 2. a module m is ⊕-s-extending if and only if each closed submodule in m has a (weakly) supplement which is direct summand. 3. a module m is ⊕-s-extending if and only if m is closed ⨁-supplemented. 4. we obtain the following result: extending modules ↚⃗⃗⃗ ⊕-s-extending modules ↚⃗⃗⃗ weakly supplement extending modules. 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 references 1. al-rubaye, a.a.; al-saadi, s.a. weakly supplement extending modules, to appear. 2. clark, j.; lamp, c.; vanaja, n.; wisbauer, r. lifting modules supplements and projectivity in module theory, birkhauser verlag, baselboston-berlin.2006, isbn 3-7643-7572-8. 3. dung, n.v.; huynh, d.v.; smith, p.f.; wisbauer, r. extending modules, pitman research notes in math. series.1994, 313. isbn 0-58225382-9. 4. wisbauer, r. foundations of modules and rings theory, reading, gordon and breach science publishers.1991, isbn-13: 978-2881248054, isbn-10: 2881248055. 5. shen liang, l.i. wenxi generalization of cs condition, front. math. china.2017, 12, 1, 199-208. doi: 10.1007/ s11464-016-0596-x. 6. omer, i.a.; al-saadi, s.a. purely goldie extending modules, ibn al-haitham. j. for pure and appl. sci. [s.l]. 2017, 28, 2, 147-154. issn 2521-3407. 7. idelhadj, a.; tribak, r. on some properties of ⊕-supplemented modules, int. j. math. science.2002, 69, 4373-4387. doi: s016117120320346x. 8. barnard, a. multiplication modules, j. of algebra. 981, 71, 174-178. doi: 00218693/81/070174-05s02.00/0. 9. ahmed; a.a. on submodules of multiplication modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 1992. 10. qingyi; zeng; mei-hua; shi: on closed weakly supplemented modules, j. of zhejiang uni. science.2006, 7, 2, 210-215. doi: 10.1631/ jzus. a0210. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 synthesis o f 3-c-spiro ring nucleoside analogues, of possible biological activity e. m.hussain departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this study , new derivatives of 3-c-sp iro ring nucleoside analo gues wer e sy nthesized. the structures of these derivatives were characterized by infrared sp ectroscopy , 1 hnm r (some of them) and elemental analy sis. the nucleoside derivatives were test ed for inhibition of e-coli and were all found to be active. introduction nucleosides and nucleotides p lay a key role in many biosy nthesis and regulatory p rocess, an extremely imp ortant function takes p lace at the lev el of st ructure of ribo – and deoxy ribonucleic acids [1] . several novel 5-substitut ed 2 / -deoxy uridine analogu es were evaluated as substrates for high ly p urified herpes simplex virus ty p e 1 (hsv-1) encod ed thy midine kinase d erived from hsv-1 (t k) genetransfected murin e mammary car cinoma cells ,and hu man p latelet t hy midine p hosp hory lase [2,3] . the potential use of nucleoside analogues in antip arasite chemotherap y is also of great imp ortance and about three billion p eople in the world are affected by p arasitic diseases [4].prot ozoan and helmintic p arasites have both a deficiency in denovo sy nthesis of p urine nucleotides , and the p urine salvage pathways are essential for their survival and growt h [5,6]. thus,formy cin b [7],allopurinol riboside [8] and thiop urinol riboside [9] figure (1) are converted by a nucleoside p hosp hotransferase to their corresp onding nucleotides , which can either act as inhibitors of other essential enzy mes in p urine metabolism [6,9] or be incorp orated into t he nucleic acids of t hese organisms [8,10] . eman [11] has sy nthesized different derivatives of 3 \ -alky l nucleoside analo gues [figur e 2]. these derivatives were tested for the inhibition of e-coli and were all found to be active. sp irobicyclic cores disp lay an imp ortant role in the field of the d evelopment of new bioactive substances [12]. firas [13] has p repared some derivatives of sp iro fused ring and imine p osition -3 of d-glucofur anose fi gure (3) and were all found to have biolo gical activity . in this work i decided to sy nthesize new derivatives of nucleoside analo gues with sp iro ring at p osition-3 on dglucofuranose ring. experime ntal materials all chemicals which were used were supp lied from m erk chemical fluka ag, bdh chemicals, r iedel .de haen ag,acros organics, janssen chemical and hop kin and wiliams. / hnm r sp ectra were recorded in hitachi perkin emelr ,r-24 b at 60 m hz , elemental analyzer was carried out by using carlo erba /m od 1106 and infrared sp ectra were recorded by using shimadzu -408 .all sy nthesized comp ounds were p urified by column chromatogr aphy by using silica gel (60-120) mesh .the biomaterials were obtained from biomerieu x ltd. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 s ynthesis of 1,2:5,6 –di-o-isopropylidene -3-c-p-tolouenoyl methyl α –d-allo-he xo furanose .( 1 ) compund 1 was used as astarting material, this derivative was p repared from the reaction of 3-ulose [14, 15] with p -methy lacetop henon according to the reference [11]. s ynthesis of 3-p-tolouenoylelhene -1/2:5, 6-di-o-isopropylidne -α-d-glucofuranose.( 2) the mixture of dimethy l sulp hoxide (40ml), acetic anhydride (20ml), comp ound 1 (5.0g, 37.26 mmol) is made in a stopp ered conical f lask, and was stirred at room temp erature for (72h) and tlc (benzene: ether 9:1) showed that t he reaction was comp lete .the mixture was diluted with ice water (50ml) and the brown sy rup was separated by the decantation and the sy rup was washed with ice water (3x20ml), followed by the extraction with chloroform .the organic layer was dried and the solvent was remov ed under r educed pressure to afford a sy rup residue of deriv ative 2. s ynthesis of 1-[( / 1, / 2 –o-isopropylidene ) ethyl ]-3,4-o-isopropylidene -8-( / 4-tolyl)-2oxa-6-aza phe nyl spiro[4,4] nona -7-i mine . ( 3 ) a mixture of 2 (5.0 g, 13.36 mmo l), p henyl hy drazine (1.4 ml) and (5-10 drop s) of diethy lamine dissolved in (100ml) absolute ethanol, was r eflu xed for (48h). the solvent was evap orated and the residue was diluted with water and extracted with chlorofor m (3 x30ml). the organic layer was dried ov er ma gnesium sulp hate and the solvent was remov ed to give 3 as asy rup . s ynthesis of 1-[ / 1, / 2 –dihydroxy ethyl ] -3,4,-o-isopropylidene -8( / 4-tolyl ) -2-oxa-6-aza phe nyl spiro [4,4] nona -7-imine .( 4) a solution of 3 (5.0g, 10.77 mmol) in (66%) acetic acid (20ml) was stirred for (24h) at room temp erature. the solution was evap orated under reduced p ressure and the resulting residue was re-evaporated with toluene twice (20ml) to give 4 as sy rup . s ynthesis of 1-[ / 1-hyroxy methyl ] -3, 4-o-isopropylidene -8-( / 4-tolyl) – 2-oxa -6-aza phe nyl spiro [4, 4] nona-7-imine.( 5) was added to a well st irred solution of 4 (5.0g, 11.79 mmol) in ethanol (40ml). a saturated solution of sodium hy drogen carbonate (12ml) followed by a solution of sodium p eriodate (2.5g, 10.75 mmol) in (50 ml) water. the mixture was st irred for (1h) at roo m temp erature. ethy lene glycol (2ml) was added, and the solution was further stirred for (5) minutes .sodium borohydride (0.44 g, 11.62 mmo l) was added to t he resulting aldehy do sugar with continuous stirring for (1h). the r eaction mixture was filtrated and extracted with chloroform .the or ganic lay er was dried and evap orated to give 5 as sy rup . s ynthesis of 1-[ / 1 – benz oyl methyl ] -3, 4-oisopropylidine -8-( / 4-tolyl) -2-oxa -6-aza phe nyl spiro [4, 4] nona -7-imine. (6) compound 5 (4.0g,10.15 mmo l) in anhydrous benzene (60 ml) containin g p y ridine (6ml) was benzoy lated with benzoy l chloride (1.42 ml,10.10 mmo l).after stirring for (24h) at room temp erature ,the mixture was p oured into ice water (100ml) .the or ganic lay er was sep arated and washed with water (3x30ml) ,dr ied and evap orated to give 6 as sy rup . s ynthesis of 1-[ / 1-benzoyl methyl]-8( / 4-tolyl)-2-oxa-6-aza phe nyl spiro [4, 4] nona -7imino -3, 4-di-o-triflouro acetate. (7) water (2ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (20ml) was added to a solution of 6(5.0g,10.04mmol) in acetic acid (20ml) ,.the resulting mixture was st irred for (5h) at room temp erature .the reaction mixture was then neutralized with solid sodium hy drogen carbonate and extracted with dich loromethane (2 x100ml).the combined extracts were dr ied and the solvent was removed to give a sy rup .this sy rup was immediately treated with t rifluoroacetic anhydride (4ml) in a mixture of anhy drous benzene (40ml) and anhydrous py ridine (8ml) with st irring for (24h) at room temp erature .ice water was added to the mixture and the or ganic lay er was sep arated ,dried and concentrated under reduced p ressure .traces of py ridine were removed by co -evaporation with dry toluene (2x30 ml) to give 7 as sy rup . s ynthesis of 7 [ / 1-benz oyl methyl] / 4-o-trifloouro acetyl / 8-(4-tolyl) / 2-oxa/ 6-aza phe nyl spiro [4, 4] nona/ 7imino] the ophylline .( 8 ) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 the theop hy lline mer cury salt 9 was sy nthesized according to the reference [16]. this salt(0.56 g,1.54 mmol) was p owdered ,susp ended in (50ml) sodium dried xy lene and the solvent was distilled of to remove the traces of water azeotrop ically .when the temperature of mixture was raised to 137c o ,the suspension was allowed to cool (below 50c o ) .compound 7 (1g,1.53 mmol) in xy lent (20ml) was added to the suspension and reflu xed with st irring for (30 h ) .the traces of theop hy lline salt was filtrated from the hot xy lene and washed with dichloromethane (20ml) .the or ganic layer was dried and remov ed to give acety lated nucleoside 8 as a sy rup . 1 hnm r (cdcl3) δ:2.5(3h,s,ch3ar) ; 2.82(2h,s,ch2/ 9); 3.2,3.4(6h,s,s,2nch3); 3.8-4.9 (4h,m,h/ 4,h/ 1 and h a ,h b ch2obz); 5.9 (1h,d,h/ 3), 6.8-8.8 (15h,m,arh and base ) . s ynthesis of 7[( / 1-hydroxy methyl) / 4-hydroxy / 8-(4-tolyl)/ 2-oxa/ 6-aza phenyl spiro [4,4] nona/ 7-imino] theophyllene.( 10 ) compound 8(0.5 g, 0.69 mmol) and sodium metho xid (0.3 g, 5.55 mmol) wer e dissolved in ethanol (30ml) .the solution was stirred under reflu x for (24h) .the solvent was removed to give 10 as a sy rup . s ynthesis of 1[( / 1-benzoyl methyl)/ 4-o-triflouro acetyl / 8-(4-tolyl) / 2-oxa/ 6aza phenyl spiro [4, 4] nona / 7-imino] uracil. ( 12 ) anhy drous stannic chloride (0.6 ml) and few p ellets of molecular sive 4a was added to a mixture of 7 (2.0g,3.07 mmol) and silylated uracil 13 (0.8g,3.12 mmol)[comp ound 13 was sy nthesized by using the reference [17] ] in (40 ml) of anhydrous dichloromethane.the mixture was st irred at 20c o for (24h)the reaction mixture was p oured in to an excess of sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with di chloromethane (3x40ml) .the or ganic layer was dried and r emoved to give 12 as semi solid . 1 hnm r (cdcl3).δ:2.4(3h,s,ch3ar) ;2.7 (2h,s,ch2/ 9) ;3.7-4.9 [6h,m,h/ 1,h/ 4,h-4,h-5,and (h a ,h b ) ch2-obz];5.8(1h,d,h/ 3) ; 6.5(1h,b,nh) ;6.9-8.9(14h,m,arh). s ynthesis of 1[( / 1-hydroxy methyl ) / 4-hydroxy / 8(4-tolyl) / 2-oxa/ 6-aza phenyl spiro [4, 4] nona / 7-imino] uracil. (14) flowing the same p rocedure of the p reparation of comp ound 10, the comp ound 12 (0.5g, 0.74 mmo l) and sodium metho xide (0.3 g, 5.55mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (30ml). the reaction mi xture was st irred under reflux for (18h) to give 14 as a sy rup . results and discussions compound (1) was chosen as a starting material for the sy nthesis of a new derivative of 3-c-sp iro ring nucleoside analo gues .the st rategy used for the sy nthesis of 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,10,11,12 and 14 was st arted with derivative 1 in a ser ies of reactions [scheme 1]. compound 2 was sy nthesized by the dehy dration of 1 with dm so / ac2o [18, 19] and gave 2. the ir sp ectra of 2 showed the disapp earance of st retching band at 3360cm -1 for hy droxy l group with appearance of st retching b and at 1640cm -1 for (c=c).tables (1) and (2) showed the characterist ic ir absorp tion bands and p hy sical p rop erties for all of the new d erivations .the α , β-unsaturated branched chain 2 undergoes 1/3-and addin g the diamine (p henyl hy drazine ) to give the sp iro derivative 3 [20,21].co mpound 3 was characterized by ir and elemental analysis .the ir sp ectra of 3 showed the disapp earance of st retching band at 1640 cm -1 for ( c=c ) and disapp earance of (co) group at 1690cm -1 .to obtain the derivative 5 ,t he isop ropy lidene acetal at c/ 1 and c/ 2 was removed with acetic acid followed by p eriodate oxidation and borohy dride r eduction .the / 1-hy droxy l group was p rotected with benzoy l group by using benzoy l chloride to give the derivative 6.the ir sp ectra of 6 showed a st retching band at 1700cm -1 for (co) group with the disapp earance of (oh) group at 3385cm 1 .compound 6 was t reated with a mixture of trifluoroacetic acid and acetic acid followed by the reaction with trifluoroacetic anhydride gave 7. compound 8 was p repared by using the koenigs-knorr condensation method [22,23].the 1 hnm r sp ectrum of 8 showed a singlet at 2.5 for p -methy l group ,singlet at 2.82 for methy lene group (ch2-9 / ),two singlet at 3.2 ,3.4 for (2nch3) , multiplet at 3.8-4.9 for (h-4 / ,h-1 / and h a , h b ch2obz) ,doublet at 5.9 for h-3 / and ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 multiplet signals at 6.8-8.8 for aromatic rings p rotons and base. the treatment of comp ound 8 with sodium methoxide in ethanol under r eflu x [24] gave 10.compound 7 was treated with silylated uracil [17] gave12.the suggest ed mechanism of the nucleoside formation 12 is given below [scheme 2].the 1 hnm r sp ectrum of 12 showed a singlet at 2.4 for p -methy l group , singlet at 2.7 for methy lene group , multip let at 3.7-4.9 for h/ 1 , h/ 4 , h-4 , h-5 and h a , h b for ch2-obz , doublet at 5.8 for h/ 3 ,broad signal at 6.5 for nh uracil and multiplet at 6.9-8.9 for aromatic p rotons. the treatment of comp ound 12 with sodium methoxide in ethanol gave 14 as a sy rup .compound 10 and 14 exhibited a biolo gical activity against e-coli b acteria. compound 10 exhibited ahigher d egree of activity than the other (table 3). re ferences 1.perigaud, c.and gosselin, g. (1992) j.l:imb ach, nucleosides and nucleotides; 11(2-4): 903-945. 2.clercq ,de. (1993) e, adv. virus, 42: 1-55. 3.christina bohman,jan balzarin i,pict wigerinck,art hur van aershot, piet herdewijn, and erik de cler cq(1994)american society biochemistry and m olecular biolo gy ,ine,269,11,8036-8043. 4.wan g, c.c. (1982) treds biochem. sci; 7:354-356. 5.wan g, c.c. (1984) j.m ed.chem. 27:1-9. 6.jaffe, j.j. and ann.n.y. (1975), acad.sci, 255:306-316. 7.carsan, d.a.and chang, k.p. (1981) bioch em.biophy s, res., 100:1377-1383. 8.nelson,d.j.; lafon,s.w.; tuttle,j.v.; m iller,w.h.; m iller,r.l.; krenitsky ,t. a.; elion,g.b.; beodns,r.l and m arr,j.j,(1979), biol.chem., 245:11544-11549. 9.m arr,j.j.;berens,r.l.;nelson,d.j.;krenitsky ,t.a.;sp ector,t.;lafon,s.w.and elion,g.b. (1982), biohem.pharmacol., 31 :143-148. 10. rainey, p.; santi, d.v.i., (1983), natal acad . sci.usa, 80:288-292. 11.eman, m .h. (2001); ''sy nthesis of 3/ -c-alkyl nucleoside analogues of p ossible biological activity ''; .ph.d.thesis, baghdad university . 12.boivin, t.l.b.(1987), tetrahedron, 43:3309. 13.al-joboury ,f.s. (2006) sy nthesis of new sp iro, fused ring and imine derivatives of d glucose at c-3 and study their effect on serum (alp and ggt)''. ph.d.thesis, baghdad university . 14.glen,w.l.;m y ers,g.s. and grant,g.a. (1951) j.chem.soc.,2569. 15.butterworth, r.f. (1971), hanessian, s.sy nthesis, 76: 16.freestone,a.j.; hough, l. and rich ardson, a.c. (1973), carbohy drate research, 28:382. 17.el-barbary ,a.a.;el-brollosy ,n.a.and pedersen,e.b. (1996),nielsen c. sulur letters,20:36. 18.al-ghrary , n.f. (1997),'' sy thesis of 3/, 3-gem-di-c-nitromethy l nucleoside analogu es of p ossible biolo gical activity ''.ph.d.thesis, baghdad university . 19.al-shara , ey,a.a.(2000), ''sythesis of 3/,3/-gem-di-c-alkyl and 3/-c-alkyl nucleoside analogues''.ph.d.t hesis, baghd ad university . 20.kennedy j.f. and willams.n.r. (1979), carbohy d .chem. 13:96. 21.rosenthal .a. and dooley.k. (1976), carbohy d. res., 52:79. 22.m otgmery ,j.a. and thomas,h.j.,(1962),advan.carbohy dr. chem., 301: 17. . 638:3,.ed.inter.chem.angew,)1964( .w,pfl idererand . e,buhler . 23 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 (s cheme 1) h3c h3c o o o o o ch3 ch3 ch2c o h3c ho h3c h3c o o o o ch3 ch3h3c c ch o o h3c h3c o o o ph n n c ch2 r o o ch3 ch3 o ho ho ph n n c r ch2 o o c h3 ch3 ho ph n n c r ch2 o o o ch3 ch3 bz o ph n n c r c h2 o o o ch3 ch3 bzo ph n n c r ch2 o o c o cf3 o c o cf3 bz o ph n n c r ch2 o n n n n o o ch3 ch3 o c cf3 o n n o h oo bz o ph n n c r ch2 o c o cf 3 n n o h o oho ph n n c r c h2 oh n nn n ch3 o ch3 o o oh ch2 c r n n ph ho r= ch3 a: dmso , ac2o. b: phenyl hydrazine, die thyl amine, absol ute ethanol. c:66%acoh, d: naio4 the n nabh4. e: bzcl,pyridine, benzene. f:cf3cooh, ch3cooh, h2o than (cf3co)2o,benzene,pyridine. g: the ophylline mercuric salt, xylene, δ . h: ch3ona, c2 h5oh, reflux. i: si lylated uracil, ch2cl 2. a b c d i h f g e (4) (3) (2) (1) (10) (8) (6) (5) (12) (14) (7) h ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 (s cheme 2) fig.1 fig.( 2) n n n n o x hoho h o n n n o ho ho ho oh allopurinol riboside (x=oh) thiopurinol riboside (x=sh) formy cin b n n n n oho ho oh ch3 o o ch 3 r n n o ho oh r h o ho ) ch 3ch oh c h h , n n h3 c h3c o r = ( ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.( 3) table (1): characteristic ir a bsorption bands of the ne w derivatives infrared data (υ max cm -1 ) (film) compound no. (c=c) stretching alip hatic 1640;(co)1690; (c=c) aromatic ring 1480 – 1610; (c=c) bendin g 815 2 (c=c) aromatic ring 1460-1630;(c=n) 1660 ;( c=c) bendin g 780. 3 (oh) 3400 ; (c=c) aromatic rin g 1480-1640,(c=n) 1660; (c=c) bending 800. 4 (oh) broad 3385;(c=c) aromatic ring1500-1620;(c=n) 1640 (c=c) bending 815. 5 (co)1700;(c=c) aromatic ring 1480-1610; (c=n)1630;(c=c)bending for p -substitutions ring 830 ;(c=c)bendin g for benzoy l ring 670. 6 (co) for obz 1710;(co) for co2cf3 1690;(c=c) aromatic rin g 1460-1610 ;(c=n) 1630;(c=c) bendin g 810-720. 7 (co) for obz and co2cf3 1700,1685;(co) for conh 1675;(c=c) aromatic rin g 1445-1620 ;(c=n) 1640 (c=c) bending 700,800. 8 (oh)3340,(co) 1680;(c=c)1520-1600;(c=n)1610; (c=c) bending 820. 10 (nh)3410;(co) for obz andco2cf3 1700,1680;conh 1670;(c=c),aromatic rin g 1460-1610 ;(c=n)1620 (c=c) bending 710,825. 12 (nh,oh)3200,3400;(co)1670; (c=c) aromatic ring 1500-1610;( c=n)1620 ;( c=c) bendin g 810. 14 h3 c h3c o o o o o ch 3 ch 3nh o o o h3 c h3c o o o o o o n och3 o o c h3 c h3 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (2): physical propertie s and elemental analysis for new derivatives. elemental analysis calcul ated(found) yiel d % n% h% c% rat of flow in thi n lyer chromatograp hy (tl c),rf (sol vent) physi c al state formul a & comp . no. 65 6.95 (7.15) 67.37 (67.1) 0.62 (benzene: ether 9:1) sy rup c21 h26 o6 (2) 50.2 7 6.03 (5.89 ) 6.89 (6.77) 69.82 (70) 0.57 (benzene:nhexane9:1) sy rup c27h32n2o5 (3) elemental analysis calcul ated(found) yiel d % n% h% c% rat of flow in thi n lyer chromatograp hy (tl c),rf (sol vent) physi c al state formul a & comp . no. 60.5 5 6.6 (6.35 ) 6.6 (6.15) 67.92 (68.12 ) 03.5 (benzene; methanol 9.5 :0.5) sy rup c24h28n2o5 (4) 30.2 7.10 (6.88 ) 6.59 (6.25) 70.05 (70.3) 0.42 (benzene; methanol 9:0.5) sy rup c23h26n2o4 (5) 67.8 5.62 5.33) ( 6.02 (6.04) 72.28 (71.91 ) 0.72 (benzene;ethy la cetate 9.5;0.5) sy rup c30h30n2o5 (6) 48 4.3 3.98) ( 3.69 (3.49) 57.23 (56.89 ) 0.65 (benzene: methanol 9:0.5) sy rup c31h24n2 o7f6 (7) 71.5 4.3 (3.98 ) 3.69 (3.44) 57.23 (56.89 ) 0.48 (benzene: methanol 9:0.5) sy rup c36 h31 n6 o7f3 (8) 55 11.7 3 (11.5 3) 4.32 (4.59) 62.79 (63.11 ) 0.33 (benzene: methanol 9:0.5) sy rup c27h28n6o5 (10) 79.2 8.64 (8.28 ) 4.16 (3.86) 61.11 (61.46 ) 0.52 (benzene: methanol 9:0.5) semi solid c33h27n4o7f3 (12) 42.3 12.5 (12.2 1) 5.35 4.97)( 64.28 (64.81 ) 0.4 (benzene: methanol 9:0.5) sy rup c24h24n4o5 (14) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (3):effect of antimicrobial agents on esche richia coil effect of nucleosid e derivatives on the growt h of e-coli b acteria con. gm/m l 0.0 9 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0. 9 1 com . no. + _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 10 + _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 14 + u. base + t. base + blan k (-) no growt h, u=uracil (+) growth , t=theop hy lline 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد فعالیة بایولوجیة و ذویرسباحلقة c-3–وسید من نوع تحضیر ممثالت نیوكلی محتملة محمد حسینأیمان جامعة بغداد، ابن الھیثم – كلیة التربیة ،الكیمیاءقسم الخالصة اختیـر اذ3 فـي موقـع وسـبا یـر النیوكلیوسـید تحتـوي علـى حلقـة لمماثالتتم في هذا البحث تحضیر مشتقات جدیدة مـع 1 المـشتق مفاعلـهتـم اذ ، التفـاعالتسله من النیوكلیوسید بعد مروره بسل مماثالت لغرض تحضیر ابتدائیةة ماد1المشتق لغــرض . 2المــشتق مــن الموقــع ثالثــة للحــصول علــى مــاءجریئــةهیدریــد الخلیــك لغــرض ســحب نالسلفوكــسید وا ثنـائي مثیــل تحــیزا. 3طــى المــشتق أع،اذالفنیــل هیــدرازین مـع 2 المــشتق ةمفاعلــ تمــت ثالثــةالحـصول علــى حلقــة ســبایرو فــي موقـع حــامض الخلیـك تبعتهـا عملیـة أكـسدة واختـزال للحـصول علــى المع باسـت2و1فـي الموقـع )دیناالیزوبروبیلـ(مجموعـة الحمایـة إلزاحـــةالمناســـبة باســتخدام كاوریـــد البنزویـــل یــوفر الفرصـــة 1-أن حمایـــة مجموعـــة الهیدروكــسیل فـــي الموقـــع . 5 المــشتق بمـزیج مـن حـامض الخلیـك وثالثـي فلوریـد 6 عومـل المـشتق. 6عطـى المـشتق ،اذ أ 4 و3-ي الموقـع فـمجموعـة االسـیتال مـع ملـح الزئبـق للثیـوفلین 7 المـشتق ةمفاعلـتمـت . 7 المـشتق إلعطـاءالخلیـك الخلیك تبعه التفاعل مع ثالثي فلورید انهیدریـد أن. 12النیوكلیوســید مماثـلأعطـى مـع مـشتق الـسیالیل للیوراسـیل 7 المـشتق تفاعـلأن. 8مماثـل النیوكایوسـید الـذي أعطـى 14 و 10یوسـید الحـرة المیثـانول أعطـى مـشتقات النیوكل كل علـى انفـراد مـع میثوكـسید الـصودیوم فـي12و8تسخین المشتقین ن لهــا فعالیـة بایولوجیــةأقــد وجـد ضـد بكتریــا القولـون و14 و 10البایولوجیـة للمــشتقات تمــت دراسـة الفعالیــة. علـى التـوالي .10وأكثرها فاعلیة كان المشتق @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fixed point theorem for uncommuting mappings salwa s. abd alaa abd-ullah dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham) university of baghdad received in:19 june 2012 accepted in:15 october 2012 abstract in this paper we prove a theorem about the existence and uniqueness common fixed point for two uncommenting self-mappings which defined on orbitally complete g-metric space. where we use a general contraction condition. key words : g-metric space, orbitaliy complete, commuting mappings, common fixed point. 312 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction and preliminaries a number of authors have defined contractive type mappings on a usual complete metric space x which are generalizations of the well known banach’s contraction principle [1:pp. 175-206], and which have the property that each such mapping has a unique fixed point . the fixed point can always be found by using picard iteration (i.e. iterative sequence[zidler: pp.15-30 ] ), beginning with some initial choice x0∈x. and then many authors have extended, generalized and improved banach’s contraction principle in different ways some these ways are depending on commuting mappings, compatible mappings, weakly commuting mappings, … ets (such as, see [3,4,5,6] ). recently, branciari [7] introduced a generalization of metric space and proved a general version of banach’s contraction principle. and then ,p.das[8], p.das and l.dey [9] , s.mordi [10] and akram, zafar and siddiqui[11] prove other results about the existence of fixed points and common fixed points for mappings defined on complete g-metric space. throughout this paper r+ is denoted by non-negative real numbers and n is positive integer numbers. now we begin with the following definition. definition 1. 1[11]: let x be a nonempty set. suppose that the mapping ρ: x × x →r+ such that for all x , y ∈ x and for all distinct points z ,v ∈ x\ {x, y}, satisfies: 1. ρ (x, y) = 0 if and only if x = y, 2. ρ (x, y) = ρ (y, x), 3. ρ (x, y) ≤ ρ (x, z) + ρ (z,v) +ρ (v, y), (rectangular property), then the ordered pair (x, ρ) is called a generalized metric space (or shortly g-metric space.). note that, any metric space is g-metric space but the converse is not true, for examples, example1.2: let x={a,b,c,d,}. define ρ :x × x →r by ρ (a,b)= ρ (b,a)= 3 , ρ (b,c)= ρ (c,b)= ρ (a,c)= ρ (c,a)=1, ρ (a,d)= ρ (d,a)= ρ (b,d)= ρ (d,b)= ρ (c,d)= ρ (d,c)=4. it is easily to show that (x, ρ ) is g-metric space and it is not metric space ,since ρ (a,b) ρ (a,c)+ ρ (c,b) 3 1 + 1 example1.3: consider x=r , µ :x × x →r and µ (x,y)= (x-y)2 , clearly µ is not g-metric space and so is not metric space since, for x=2, y=0, z=1 and w=1/2.we have µ (2,0) > µ (2,1)+ µ (1,1/2) + µ (1/2 ,0) example1.4: let ρ: r 2 →r+ be a mapping such that ρ(x,y)=max{µ (x,z), µ (z,w), µ (w,y)}, whereas in example above, then ρ is g-metric space. therefore, g-metric space is a proper extension of a metric space. also, one can generate many g-metric spaces by usual sense, such as: example 1.5: if ρ(x,y) g-metric space ρ1 (x,y)= ρ(x,y) / (1+ ρ(x,y)) also g-metric space. remark1.6 [7]: the g-metric space is continues function on x × x. remark1.7 [11]: as in the usual metric space settings, a g-metric space is a topological space with respect to the basis given by b={b(x,r): x ∈x, r∈ r+},where b(x,r)={y ∈x: ρ (x,y) < r} is open ball centered by x and with radius r. definition1.9[11]: let (x, ρ ) be a g-metric space. a sequence {xn} in x is said to to be a cauchy sequence if for any ε > 0 there exists nε in n such that for all m, n ∈ n and m, n > nε , one has ρ(xn,xn+m)<ε. 313 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the space (x,ρ ) is called complete if every cauchy sequence in x is convergent. definition1.10: let t be a self mapping on x. let x0∈ x. a sequence {tnx} in x is said to be an orbit of x by t and denoted by o(x, n)= {x,tx,t2x,…,tnx} , for all n ∈ n. also, o (x, ∞) ={x,tx,t2x,…}. definition 1.11[9]: let t be mapping on a g-metric space (x, ρ ) into itself. (x, ρ ) is said to be t-orbitally complete if and only if every cauchy sequence in o (x, ∞) converges in x, for some x ∈ x. now we introduced the following concept definition 1.12: let t1s be two self mappings on a g-metric space x. x is called st-orbitally complete if for x0∈x the sequence {x0,tx0,stx0,tstx0,….} converges to a point in x. or the sequence {xn} converges to a point in x where x0∈x, x2n+1=tx2n, x2n+2=sx2n+1 … (1) for all n∈n {0}. definition1.13: a point x in x is a common fixed point of two self-mappings on g-metric space x if tx = sx = x. definition1.14: let t and s be self mappings on g-metric space x. t and s are commuting mappings if there exists a point x in x such that t x = s x and t s x = s t x.. main results let φ be a family of functions such that ϕ ∈ φ mean that ϕ :r+→r+ is continuous from the right, non-decreasing and satisfy the condition φ(t) < t for t > 0 and φ(0)=0. it is easy to have the following lemma lemma2.1: if ϕ1, ϕ2 ∈ φ, then there is some ϕ3 ∈ φ such that max{ ϕ1(t), ϕ2(t)} ≤ ϕ3 (t) for all t > 0. proof: we can see ϕ3 as ϕ1+ ϕ2. lemma 2.1[12]: let φ ∈ φ, then φ n(t) → 0 as n →+∞ for every t >0. proposition2.3: let (x,ρ) be a g-metric space. let s,t : x →x be mappings. if for each x,y in x and t and s satisfy the condition: ρ(stx,tsy)≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x,sy)+ ρ(y,tx)]), ϕ2(ρ(x,tx)), ϕ3(ρ(y,sy)), ϕ4(ρ(x,y))} for all x,y ∈ x, where ϕi ∈ φ (i = 1,2,3,4) .. (2) then the sequence {xn} defined by (1) is a cauchy sequence. proof: let x0∈x and {xn} be a sequence as in (1).the proof includes two steps: step 1: to show that limn→∞ ρ(xn,xn+1)=0, let x1,x2∈{xn} and m = max{ ρ(x0,x1), ρ(x1,x2) }. since all ϕ i are non-decreasing functions by (2), ρ(x2,x3)=ρ(stx0,tsx1) ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x0,sx1)+ρ(x1,tx0)]),ϕ2(ρ(x0,tx0)),ϕ3(ρ(x1,sx1)),ϕ4(ρ(x0,x1))} ≤ max{ϕ1(m), ϕ2(m),ϕ3(m),ϕ4(m)} ≤ ϕ (m) … (3) where ϕ ∈ φ. therefore, we have ρ(x3,x4)= ρ(stx1,tsx2) ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x1,sx2)+ρ(x2,tx1)]),ϕ2(ρ(x1,tx1)),ϕ3(ρ(x2,sx2)),ϕ4(ρ(x1,x2))} ≤ max{ ϕ1(m), ϕ2(ϕ (m)), ϕ3(m),ϕ4(m)}≤ ϕ (m), … (4) 314 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 using (2),(3) and (4),we get ρ(x4,x5)=ρ(stx2,tsx3) ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x3,sx2)+ρ(x2,tx3)]),ϕ2(ρ(x2,tx2),ϕ3(ρ(x3,sx3),ϕ4(ρ(x2,x3)} ≤ max{ ϕ1(ϕ (m)), ϕ2(ϕ (m)), ϕ3(ϕ (m)), ϕ4(ϕ (m))} ≤ ϕ2(m) …(5) again from (2),(4) and (5), we get ρ(x5,x6)=ρ(stx3,tsx4) ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x3,sx4)+ ρ(x4,tx3)]), ϕ2( ρ(x3,tx3)), ϕ3( ρ(x4,sx4)), ϕ4(ρ(x3,x4))} ≤ max{ ϕ1(ϕ (m)), ϕ2(ϕ 2(m)), ϕ3(ϕ (m)), ϕ4(ϕ (m))}≤ ϕ 2(m), ...(6) in general, by induction, we get ρ(xn,xn+1)≤ ϕ[n/2](m) for n ≥ 2, where [n/2] stands for the greatest integer not exceeding n/2. since ϕ ∈ φ, by lemma2.2 it follows that ϕ n(m) → 0 as n → +∞ for every m >0. thus, we obtain ρ(xn,xn+1)→0 as n →∞. … (7) step2: suppose that proposition is not true. then there exists an ε > 0 such that for each i∈ n, there exist positive integers ni, mi, with i ≤ ni<mi, satisfying ε ≤ ρ(xni,xmi) ≤ ρ(xni,xmi+1) ρ(xni,xmi−1)< ε for i = 1,2,.. ... (8) set, εi= ρ(xni,xmi+1) ρi = ρ(xi,xi+1)for i = 1,2,... ,,. (9) then we have ε ≤ εi = ρ(xni,xmi+1) ≤ ρ(xni,xmi−1)+ ρ(xmi−1,xmi) + ρ(xmi,xmi−1) < ε+ρmi−1+ρmi , i= 1,2,... ... (10) taking the limit as i→+∞, we get lim εi = ε. on the other hand, by (2) , εi = ρ(xni ,xmi) ≤ ρ(xni,xni+1)+ ρ(xni+1,xni+2) + ρ(xni+2 ,xmi+2)+ ρ(xmi+2,xmi+1) + ρ(xmi+1,xmi) =ρni+ρni+1+ ρ(xni+2 ,xmi+2)+ρmi+1+ρmi , i= 1,2,... ... (11) we will now analyze the term ρ(xni+2 ,xmi+2) ρ(xni+2 ,xmi+2)= ρ(stxni,tsxmi) ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(xni,sxmi)+ ρ(xmi,txni)]), ϕ2( ρ(xni,txni)), ϕ3( ρ(xmi,sxmi)), ϕ4( ρ(xni,xmi))} 315 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(xni,xmi+1)+ ρ(xmi,xni+1)]),ϕ2(ρ(xni,xni+1)),ϕ3(ρ(xmi,xmi+1)), ϕ4( ρ(xni,xmi))} ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[εi + (εi +ρni-1+ρni)]), ϕ2(ρni), ϕ3(ρmi), ϕ4(εi)} ≤ ϕ (εi +ρni-1+ ρmi+ ρni)= ϕ (ki) … (12) where ki = εi +ρni-1+ ρmi+ ρni . substituting (11) into (10), taking the limit as i→+∞, and using the right continuity of ϕ, we get ε = limi→∞εi ≤ limki→ε+ ϕ(ki)= ϕ (ε) < ε, … (13) which is a contradiction. limn→∞ ρ(xn,xm) = 0. thus {xn} is a cauchy sequence. now we prove our results: theorem 2.4:let (x, ρ) be a g-metric space. let s and t be self mappings on x satisfying (2) of proposition 2.3 if s or t is continuous and x is st-orbitally complete, then s and t have a unique common fixed point. proof: let x0 ∈ x and define {xn} as in (1). then, by proposition 2.3, it follows that {xn} is a cauchy sequence. since x is a st-orbitally complete g-metric space, {xn} is convergent to a limit u in x. suppose that s is continuous. then u = limn→∞ x2n+2 = limn→∞sx2n+1 = s limn→∞x2n+1= su. … (14) this implies that u is a fixed point of s. from (2), we get ρ(u,su) = 0 and ρ(u,tu)= ρ(u,tsu) ≤ ρ(u,x2n+1)+ ρ(x2n+1,x2n+2)+ ρ(stx2n,tsu) ≤ ρ(u,x2n+1)+ρ(x2n+1,x2n+2)+ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x2n,su)+ρ(u,tx2n)]), ϕ2(ρ(x2n,tx2n)),ϕ3( ρ(u,su)),ϕ4( ρ(x2n,u))} … (15) when n→∞ , we get ρ(u,tu)= 0. thus, we have u = su = tu. therefore, u is the common fixed point of s and t. the proof for t continuous is similar. we will now show that u is unique. suppose that v is also a common fixed point of s and t. then, from (2), ρ(u,v)= ρ(stu,tsv) ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(u,sv)+ ρ(v,tu)]), ϕ2( ρ(u,tu)), ϕ3(ρ(v,sv)), ϕ4( ρ(u, v)} = ϕ1(1/2[ρ(u,v)+ ρ(v,u)]), ϕ2( ρ(u,u)), ϕ3( ρ(v,v)), ϕ4( ρ(u, v))} ≤ ϕ(ρ(u,v)). … (16) we write ρ(u,v)≤ ϕ (ρ(u,v)), which implies that ρ(u,v)=0, that is, u=v. therefore, the common fixed point of s and t is unique▪ corollary 2.5: let (x, ρ) be a st-orbitally complete g-metric space. let s and t be self mappings on x satisfying for all x,y ∈ x. ρ(stx,tsy)≤ max{1/2[ρ(x,sy)+ρ(y,tx)],ρ(x,tx),ρ(y,sy),ρ(x,y)} for all x,y∈x, 316 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 the sequence {xn} is defined by (1). if s or t is continuous, then s and t have a unique common fixed point. proof. the proof follows by taking ϕi(t) = t with 0 < < 1 (i = 1,2,3,4) in theorem2.4▪ as special case of corollary2.5 we have theorem3.1 in [9], theorem 2.1 in [7] and theorem2.1 in[10]. now we will prove the following corollary using another condition instead of continuity in theorem 2.4. corollary 2.6 : let (x, ρ) be a st-orbitally complete g-metric space. let s and t be self mappings on x satisfying (2) of proposition2.3, and, for each u ∈ x with u ≠ su or u ≠ tu, let inf {ρ(x,u)+ ρ(x, sx)+ ρ(y,ty): x,y ∈ x } > 0. then s and t have a unique common fixed point. proof: let x0 ∈ x and {xn} defined by (1). from proposition2.3, {xn} is a cauchy sequence. since x is a st-orbitally complete g-metric space, there exists u ∈ x such that {xn} converges to u. then we have ρ(x2n+1,x2m+2)=ρ(tsx2n−1,stx2m) ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x2n−1,sx2m)+ρ(x2m,t2n−1)]),ϕ2(ρ(x2n−1,x2n)), ϕ3(ρ(x2m,x2m+1)),ϕ4( ρ(x2n−1,x2m))} ≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x2n−1,x2m+1)+ ρ(x2m, x 2n)]),ϕ2( ρ(x2n−1,x2n)), ϕ3(ρ(x2m,x2m+1)),ϕ4( ρ(x2n−1,x2m))}. thus, we obtain limn→∞ ρ(x2n+1,u) = 0. assume that u ≠ su or u ≠ tu. then, by hypothesis, we have 0 < inf {ρ(x,u)+ ρ(x, sx)+ ρ(y,ty): x,y ∈ x } = inf {ρ(x2n+1,u)+ ρ(x2n+1,sx2n+1)+ρ(x2n+2,tx2n+2): n ∈ n } = inf {ρ(x2n+1,u)+ ρ(x2n+1,x2n+2)+ ρ(x2n+2, x2n+3): n ∈ n } = 0. this is a contradiction. therefore, we have u = su = tu.on the other hand, we can prove the existence of a unique common fixed point of s and t by a method similar to that of theorem 2.4. we can prove the following corollary taking t= i ,the identity mapping, in theorem 2.4 . corollary 2.7:let (x, ρ) be a st-orbitally complete g-metric space. let s and t be self mappings on x satisfying ρ(sx,sy)≤ max{ϕ1(1/2[ρ(x,sy)+ ρ(y,x)]), ϕ3(ρ(y,sy)), ϕ4(ρ(x,y))} for all x,y ∈ x, where ϕi ∈ φ (i = 1,3,4). if s is a continuous, then s has a unique fixed point. we can prove the following corollary taking t= i ,the identity mapping, in corollary 2.5 . corollary 2.8: let (x, ρ) be a st-orbitally complete g-metric space. let s be self mapping on x satisfying ρ(sx,sy)≤ α max{1/2[ρ(x,sy)+ρ(y,x)],ρ(y,sy),ρ(x,y)} for all x,y∈x, for all x,y ∈ x. the sequence {xn} is defined by x0 ∈ x, xn+1 = s xn . if s is continuous, then s has a unique fixed point. we can prove the following corollary taking t= i ,the identity mapping, in corollary 2.6. 317 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 corollary 2.9 : let (x, ρ) be a st-orbitally complete g-metric space. let s be self mapping on x satisfying (2) of proposition 2.3, and, for each u ∈ x with u ≠ su , let inf {ρ(x,u)+ ρ(x, sx) : x,y ∈ x } > 0. then s have a unique fixed point. references 1. agarwal r. p.;’regan d. o and sahu d.r. , (2009), fixed point theory for lipschitzian type mappings with applications, springer verlag, new york. 2. zidler e. (1986),”non linear functional analysis and application, (i-fixed point theorems), springer verlag, new york. 3. jungck n. (1988), common fixed point for commuting and compatible maps on compacta proc. amer. math. soc., 103:(3), 977-983. 4. joshi m. l. and mehta j. g. (2010), common fixed point for weakly compatible maps in complete metric spaces, int. j of computer appl., 11:(4), 451-459. 5. singh s. l.; hematulin a. and r. pant, (2009), new coincidence common fixed point theorems, applied general topology, 10:(1), 121-130. 6. tiwary k.; basu t. and sen s. (1995), some common fixed point theorems in complete metric space, soochow journal of mathematics, 21:(4), 32-34. 7. branciari a. (2000), a fixed point theorem of banach-caccioppoli type on a class of generalized metric spaces, publ. math. debrecen, 57:(1-2), 31-37. 8. das p. (2002), a fixed point theorem on a class of generalized metric spaces, korean j. math. sc., 9:(1), 29-33. 9. das p. and dey l.k. (2007), a fixed point theorem in generalized metric space, soochow j. math., 33:(1), 33-39. 10. moradi s.,(2000), kannan fixed-point theorem on complete metric spaces and on generalized metric spaces depended an another function,mathematics subject classification , primary 46j10, 46j15, 47h10, 16 . 11. akram m., zafar a. a.,. siddiqui a. a ,(2011), common fixed point theorems for self maps of a generalized metric space satisfying a-contraction type condition,int. j. math., 5:(16), 757-763 . 12. a. razani, z. mazlumi nezhad and m. boujary, (2009), a fxed point theorem for wdistance , applied sciences,( 11): 114-117. 318 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 حول النقطة الصامدة لتطبیقین غیر متبادلین مبرھنة سلوى سلمان عبد الء عبد هللاآ جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم(كلیة التربیة للعلوم الصرفة /الریاضیات علوم قسم 2012تشرین االول 15قبل البحث في: ، 2012حزیران 19استلم البحث في: الخالصة في ھذا البحث برھنا نتیجة حول وجود ووحدانیة نقطة صامدة مشتركة ةلتطبیقین غیر متبادلین معرفین على فضاء g – . متري كامل مساریا ، إذ استخدمنا تطبیق انكماشي معمم متري ، كامل مساریا ، تطبیقات غیر متبادلة، نقطة صامدة مشتركة. – gفضاء : الكلمات المفتاحیة 319 | mathematics microsoft word 33-42   33  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       spectrophotometric method for the estimation of ceftriaxone in pure form and pharmaceuticals abstract ceftriaxone sodium were one of the widely antibacterial drugs used. azo dye derivatization of diazonium salt that formed via the reaction between ceftriaxone with hydrochloric acid and sodium nitrite was developed for the on-research drug analysis then coupling with each one 2,5dimethylphenol (2,5-dmp) and 4-tertbutylphenol (4-tbp) respectively in the alkaline media. the developed diazonium coupling methods include an optimization study. the results show a limit of detection and limit of quantification 0.482, 0.284 µg/ml, and 1.607, 0.945 µg/ml using 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents respectively. moreover, the recovery % obtained was 100.89%, and 103.37% at linear concentration range 3.0 – 50, and 10 – 30 µg/ml, with molar absorptivity of 4.377×103, 7.446×103 l. mol-1. cm-1 using 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents respectively. an acceptable accuracy represented by the relative standard deviation (rsd%) was achieved of a 0.46 and 0.37 for 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp respectively. the proposed method was successfully used for the determination of ceftriaxone sodium in pure and in pharmaceuticals. keywords: ceftriaxone; azo dye; coupling; spectrophotometric; 2,5-dimethylphenol; 4-tertbutylphenol. 1. introduction cephalosporins consist of two – incorporated rings system of beta-lactam and dihydrothiazine [1]. ceftriaxone sodium (cft) is one of the third generation cephalosporins and one of the most widely used antibiotics to treat both bacterial infections gram positive and gram negative [2, 3]. the molecular formula is c18h18n8o7s3, scheme i. [4]. o n s n n h o n oshh n s h2n n n o o o oh scheme 1. structure of ceftriaxone sodium. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2441 aya w. ahmed  salam a.h. al-ameri department of chemistry, college of science, university of mustansiriyah ayawaleed47@yahoo.com article history: received 17 june 2019, accepted 6 august 2019, published in april 2020.   34 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 several analytical methods have been reported for the estimation of cft in pure and pharmaceuticals such as spectrophotometric [5-8]. spectrofluorimetry [9]. infrared [10]. hplc – uv [11-13]. chromatography [14]. and hplcms [15]. as well as in biological samples hplc-uv [1620]. the idea of this work is to develop a simple, sensitive and effective method for the validation of the ceftriaxone in pure and commercial preparation as a quality control purpose. 2. materials and methods 2-1. chemicals and equipment: all chemicals used were of analytical reagent grade with high purity. sodium nitrite, hydrochloric acid, potassium hydroxide, analytical standard of ceftriaxone sodium, analytical standard of 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp were purchased from sigma-aldrich, al qiffaf scientific company baghdad, iraq. double distilled water was used throughout the experiments for preparation of the reagents and samples.   for all absorbance detection, a double beam dual chopper, uv-vis spectrophotometer, varian, cary 100, australia was used ph s-3e precision acidity meter, ray magnetic instrument factory, shanghai, china. mettler ae 200 electronic balance, germany and shaker.   2-2. preparation of a ceftriaxone sodium stock solution a 1000 µg. ml-1 of standard cft was prepared by dissolving 0.1g in 100 ml of distilled water then prepared a diluted solution.   2-3. general procedures: 2-3-1. coupling the ceftriaxone with the 2,5-dmp reagent: in an ice bath at zero to 5 ᵒc; in a 20 ml volumetric flasks take a 0.5 ml of 1000 µg. ml-1 of standard cft solution then add 2.0 ml of 0.57m hcl and 0.5 ml of 0.14m nano2 which lead to forming a diazonium salt after leaving the solution for 10 minutes which coupling with 1.5 ml of 2.0 x 10-3 m 2,5-dmp reagent in alkali media by using 1.5 ml of 0.45 m koh. the azo dye formed was diluted with distilled water to the mark. the colored product solution was measured at 520 nm.   2-3-2. coupling the ceftriaxone with the 4-tbp reagent: in an ice bath at zero to 5 ᵒc; in a 20 ml, volumetric flasks a 0.5 ml of 1000 µg. ml-1 of standard cft solution was taken then a1.5 ml of 0.57m hcl and 1.0 ml of 0.14 m nano2 was added that led to form a diazonium salt after leaving the solution for 10 minutes which coupling with 1.5 ml of 2.5 x 10-3 m 4-tbp reagent in alkali media by using 2.0 ml of 0.45 m koh. the azo dye formed was diluted with distilled water to the mark. the product colored solution was measured at 500 nm.   3. result and discussion initial tests were performed via the spectrophotometric method for the estimating of cft by using 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents and a red color of the azo dye formed was illustrate, figure 1 a, b.     35 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   figure 1. initial uv-vis spectra for cft azo dye with (a) 2,5-dmp and (b) 4-tbp reagents. 3-1. method optimization this spectrophotometric method for cft estimation including diazonium coupling was optimized. the optimization parameters are; hcl and nano2 concentrations also the alkaline type and concentration. 3-1-1. hydrochloric acid volume the volume of hydrochloric acid that is important to the nitrous acid resulting with sodium nitrite which reacts with the amine group of ceftriaxone to form the diazonium salt.   the increase of acid volume was effect on the resulting azo dye absorbance. the optimum volume was 1.0 and 1.5 ml of 0.57 m hcl for 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp respectively, figure 2. the intensity was reduced at higher or additional acid concentration which due to the incompetently converted of the primary amine [21].     figure 2. effect of different hcl concentration (volume) on the cft azo dye formation via 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents. 3-1-2. sodium nitrate volume sodium nitrate with hcl produced nitrous acid, which was responsible for the diazonium salt forming that was administered for the formation of azo dye. increasing amounts of 0.14 m sodium nitrate were studied in the range of 0.25 2.0 ml. the best of the volume of sodium nitrate were 0.5 and 1.0 ml and the product dyes measured at 500 nm and 520 nm for 4-tbp and 2,5-dmp reagents respectively as in figure 3. the excess of the nano2 volume caused interferences contamination that led to reduce the absorbance [22]. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 volume of acid ml 4‐ tbp 2 ,5‐dmp   36 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   figure 3. effect of different nano2 concentration (volume) on the cft azo dye formation via 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents. 3-1-3. reaction time the reaction time was studied over a period of zero to 30 minutes to discover the ideal time for the diazonium salts and the developed azo dyes affect the absorbance intensity. the results illustrated that the 10 minutes was a sufficient time as in figure 4.     figure 4. effect of different reaction time on the cft azo dye formation via 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents. 3-1-4. base type and concentration the alkaline media was so important to remove hydrogen atom of the phenolic compounds, which changed to very active species called phenoxide ion that coupling with diazonium salts to form azo dyes. a range of bases such as naoh, koh, nh4oh and na2co3 at the concentrations range of 0.23, 0.35, 0.45 and 0.62 m. potassium hydroxide was chosen as a best with 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp respectively as in figure 5-a. additionally, optimum volume of koh was studied in a range of 0.5 2.5ml which showed that the 1.5 and 2.0 ml with 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp respectively were the appropriate volumes which gave a good dye with higher absorbance as in figure 5-b.     0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 volume of nano 2 ( ml) 2 ,5‐dmp 4‐ tbp 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 time (min.) 2 ,5‐dmp 4‐ tbp   37 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   figure 5. effect of different alkaline types (a) and concentrations (b) on the cft azo dye formation via 2,5-dmp and 4tbp reagents.   3-1-5. volume of the reagents 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp various volumes of 2.0 x 10 -3 m 2,5-dmp and 2.5 x 10-3 m 4-tbp reagents were used to select the appropriate volume, which was combined with cft diazonium salt to form a dark azo dye that gave a high intensity and higher absorbance. the results showed that the 1.5 ml of 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp is the best volume, as in figure 6.     figure 6. effect of different 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents on the cft azo dye formation. 3-2. calibration curve and analytical merits calibration curves was constructed using 2.0 x 10 -3 m 2,5-dmp and 2.5 x 10-3 m 4-tbp solutions with a concentration ranges of 3.0 50 µg. ml-1 and 1030 µg. ml-1 of cft solution via 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp respectively versus the absorbance resulted, as in figure 7. the absorbance spectra were measured at λmax of 520 nm and 500 nm for cft with 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp respectively, as in figure 8. all the analytical data such as limit of detection (lod), limit of quantification (loq) and relative standard deviation (%rsd) were summarized in table 1. [21].     38 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020      figure 7. calibration graph of 10 – 30 and 3.0 – 50 µg. ml-1 of cft with 2.0 x 10 -3 m 2,5-dmp and 2.5 x 10-3 m 4-tbp respectively.     figure 8. uv-vis spectra of calibration graph of 10 – 30 and 3.0 – 50 µg. ml-1 of cft with 2.0 x 10 -3 m 2,5-dmp and 2.5 x 10-3 m 4-tbp respectively.                                   y =  0.0134x ‐ 0.0152 r² = 0.998 y =  0.0079x +  0.0057 r² = 0.9989 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 conc. ( µg. ml) linear (4‐tbp) linear (2,5‐dmp)   39 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 table 1. analytical data of the proposed diazotization-coupling methods. parameters 2,5-dmp 4-tbp color red orange λmax, nm 520 500 linearity range, µg. ml-1 (3-50) (10-30) molar absorptivity, ε, l. mol-1.cm-1 4.377×103 7.446×103 slope, b 0.0079 0.0134 intercept, a 0.0057 -0.0152 sandal sensitivity, s 0.1267 0.0745 coefficient of determination, % r² 99.89 99.8 correlation coefficient, r) 0.9994 0.9990 limit of detection, lod, µg. ml-1 0.4820 0.2840 limit of quantification, loq, µg. ml-1 1.6080 0.9454 at a linear concentration range between 3.0 -50 and 10 -30 µg. ml-1, the results showed a limit of detection and a limit of quantification of 0.482, 0.284 and 1.608, 0.945 µg. ml-1 with 2,5-dmp and 4tbp respectively with recovery of 100.89% and 103.37%, with molar absorptivity of 4.377×103 and 7.446×103 l. mol-1.cm-1 for 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp respectively. 3-3. accuracy and precision the precision and accuracy were calculated by the analysis a five replicates for three different cft concentrations [21]. the precision was estimation by the determine of percent relative error %r.e whereas the accuracy was determination by calculating the percent relative standard deviation %rsd. an reasonable precision with acceptable accuracy was obtained which illustrated a 0.46 and 0.37 for 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp as in table 2. table 2. the accuracy and precision of the developed method with 2,5-dmp and 4-tbp reagents. * average for 5 determinations. ** average for 15 determinations. type of reagent  conc. taken, µg. ml-1  conc. found µg. ml-1  relative error%  %rsd *recovery, %  **average recovery  2,5-dmp  1.0  0.98 -2.0 0.46 98.0  100.89 3.0 3.08 2.7 102.7 5.0  5.1 2.0 102.0  4-tbp  1.0  1.09 9.0 0.37 109.0  103.378 3.0 3.1 3.3 103.3 5.0  4.89 -2.2 97.8    40 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 3-4. cft: reagent stoichiometry a continuous variation (job) method [22]. was applied for the estimation of cft: reagent stoichiometry. the solutions were prepared at an equal concentration of 2.0 × 10-3 m for cft with 2.5dmp and 2.5 × 10-3 m for cft and 4-tbp. this method was applied by increasing the volumes from 0.1 to 0.9 ml of cft and reducing the volumes from 0.9 to 0.1 ml of reagents to a final volume of 1.0 ml. the results showed a conjugated ratio is of 1:1 between cft with two reagents, figure 9, 10.   figure 9. continuous variation method for cft: reagent stoichometry with 2,5-dmp at 520nm and with 4-tbp at 500nm.    3-5. application of the developed method for the cft estimation in pharmaceuticals this developed method was successfully used for the cft determine in commercial pharmaceuticals for diverse products from malaysia, jordan and united arab of emirate at a concentration of 6.0 and 10 µg. ml-1. the results were summarized in tables 3, 4. table 3. assay of cft in pharmaceutical preparations using 2,5-dmp reagent. pharmaceuticals of cft conc.taken µg. ml-1 conc.found µg. ml-1 %re *recovery % **average recovery malaysia  6.0  6.002 0.03 100.03   100.57 10 10.11 1.1 101.1 jordan 6.0 6.1 1.67 101.67 101.99 10 10.23 2.3 102.3 united state emirate  6.0  5.897 -1.72 98.28  99.14 10 9.999 -0.01 99.99 * average for 5 determinations, ** average for 10 determinations for two concentration.   table 4. assay of cft in pharmaceutical preparations using 4-tbp reagent. pharmaceuticals of cft  conc.taken µg. ml-1  conc. found µg. ml-1  %re *recovery  %  **average recovery  malaysia 6.0 6.011 0.18 100.18  101.39 10 10.26 2.6 102.6 jordan 6.0 6.32 5.3 105.3 104.7 10 10.41 4.1 104.1 united state emirate  6.0 5.994 -0.1 99.9  100.35 10 10.08 0.8 100.8 * average for 5 determinations. ** average for 10 determinations for two concentration.   41 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 4. conclusion this study is successfully employed for the cft determination in pharmaceuticals, which gave an increase in the analytical sensitivity, selectivity and precision. the procedure in spectral mode was simple, inexpensive and accurate. acknowledgement authors are so grateful to dr. ammer s. mahdi, college of science, mustansiriya university, chemistry department for his hard helpful during this work. references 1. shahbaz, k.j.p.; evaluations, b. cephalosporins: pharmacology and chemistry. pharmaceutical and biological evaluations.2017, 4, 6, 234-238. 2. zeng, l.; hu, d.; choonara, i.; mu, d.; zhang, l.; li.x.; zhang, z.; hu, z.; quan, s. a prospective study of the use of antibiotics in the emergency department of a chinese university hospital. international journal of pharmacy practice.2017, 25, 1, 89-92. 3. ivády, b.; kenesei, é.; tóth-heyn, p.; kertész, g.; tárkányi, k.; kassa, c.; ujhelyi, e.; mikos, b.; sápi, e.; varga-heier, k.j.i. factors influencing antimicrobial resistance and outcome of gram-negative bloodstream infections in children. a journal of infectious diseases.2016, 44, 3, 309-321. 4. okorie, o.; abayomi, e.o.; onyinyechi, e. j. j. o. p. r. i. pharmaceutical quality analysis of ceftriaxone sodium brands marketed in southern nigeria. journal of pharmaceutical research international.2016, 1-8. 5. sajjad, a.i.; naresh, m.i.; jasmin, k.; rasul jan, s.m.; zohra, k.; muhammad, a. development of spectrophotometric method for determination of ceftriaxone sodium in different brands of pharmaceutical preparation involving diazotization, international j. of pharmaceutical sciences and research.2015, 6,12. 6. rind, f.m.a.; memon1, m.g.h.l.; mughal, a.h.; almani1, u.r.; memon1, f.; khuhawar n.; maheshwari, m.y. spectrophotometric determination of ceftriaxone using 4dimethylaminobenzaldehyde, pak. j. anal. environ. chem.2008, 9, 1, 43 – 48. 7. lakshmi, k.s.; nithya mathi, k.i.n.; balaji, s.; kibe victor wathugi, d.; satish, a.v. visible spectrophotometric determination of ceftriaxone sodium in vials , asian j. of chemistry.2007, 19, 4, 2517-2520. 8. patel*, s.a.n.m.p.a.m. m. p. spectrophotometric estimation of cefotaxime and ceftriaxone in pharmaceutical dosage forms, indian j pharm sci.2006, 68, 1, 101-103. 9. shah, j.; jan, m.r.; shah, s.j.l. development and validation of a spectrofluorimetric method for the quantification of ceftriaxone in pharmaceutical formulations and plasma. journal of biological and chemical luminescence.2013, 28, 4, 516-522. 10. trindade, m.; salgado, h.j.p.c. development and validation of a modern and stabilityindicating method for the quantification of ceftriaxona sodium in powder for injection by infrared spectroscopy. physical chemistry.2017, 7, 55-62. 11. naguib, i.a.; abdelaleem, e.a.; zaazaa, h.e.; hussein, e.a.e.j.e.j.o.c. development and validation of stability indicating spectrophotometric and hptlc methods for determination of acemetacin. european journal of chemistry.2014, 5, 2, 219-226. 12. el-adl, s.m.; el-shanawany, a.a.; abdel-aziz, l.m.; hassan, a.f.j. a.j.o.p.a. hplc determination of three cephalosporins (cefepime, cefotriaxone and cefotaxime) in their bulk and dosage forms. asian journal of pharmaceutical analysis.2014, 4, 3, 91-97.   42 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 13. panchal, v.j.; desai, h.t.; dave, a.g.j.i.j.p.s. r. development and validation of stability indicating method for simultaneous estimation of ceftriaxone and tazobactam injection using rp-uplc method. international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research. 2014, 5, 2398-2405. 14. page-sharp, m.n.t.; salman, s.; moore, b.r.; batty, k.t.; davis, t.m.; manning, l.j. a. a. chemotherapy. validation and application of a dried blood spot ceftriaxone assay. 2016, 60, 1, 14. 15. tange, m.y., m.; nakai, y.; uchida, t.j.c.; bulletin, p. the role of an impurity in ceftriaxone sodium preparation for injection in determining compatibility with calcium-containing solutions. 2016, 64, 3, 207. 16. gergs, u.; clauss, t.; ihlefeld, d.; weiss, m.; pönicke, k.; hofmann, g.o.; neumann, j.j.j.o.p. pharmacology, pharmacokinetics of ceftriaxone in plasma and bone of patients undergoing hip or knee surgery. journal of pharmacy and pharmacology. 2014, 66, 11, 15521558. 17. kratzer, a.; liebchen, u.; schleibinger, m.; kees, m.g.; kees, f.j.j.o.c.b. determination of free vancomycin, ceftriaxone, cefazolin and ertapenem in plasma by ultrafiltration: impact of experimental conditions. journal of chromatography b. 2014, 961, 97-102. 18. shah, j.; rasul jan, m.; shah, s.; naeem khan, m.j.j.o.t.m.c.s. development and validation of hplc method for simultaneous determination of ceftriaxone and cefaclor in commercial formulations and biological samples. journal of the mexican chemical society. 2013, 57, 4, 314-320. 19. sun, h.; wang, h.; ge, x.j.j.o.c. l.a. simultaneous determination of the combined drugs of ceftriaxone sodium, metronidazole, and levofloxacin in human urine by high-performance liquid chromatography. journal of clinical laboratory analysis. 2012, 26, 6, 486-492. 20. briscoe, s.e.; mcwhinney, b.c.; lipman, j.; roberts, j.a.; ungerer, j.p.j.j.o.c.b. a method for determining the free (unbound) concentration of ten beta-lactam antibiotics in human plasma using high performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection. journal of chromatography b. 2012, 907, 178-184. 21. james n.m.; jane, c.m. statistics and chemometrics for analytical chemistry, p. e. l., prentice hall, 5th ed. 2005. 22. renny, j.s.; tomasevich, l.l.; tallmadge, e.h.; collum, d.b.j.a.c.i.e. method of continuous variations: applications of job plots to the study of molecular associations in organometallic chemistry. journal of the german chemical society.2013, 52, 46, 11998-12013.   (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4(2009 في شط ، ) .cyprinus carpio l( حیاتیة التكاثر لسمكة الكارب االعتیادي .نسبة الجنس والنضج. i . الغراف ضمن محافظة واسط ،العراق عبد الرضا عبد الحسین حمادي اسط و، معهد إعداد المعلمین في الحي الخالصة ت . من موقعین في شط الغراف2003 الى آب 2002 أیلول من اسماك الكاربجمعت نماذج شهریة من أوضح .t.l الكلیةأطوالها التي كانت األسماكووصلت كل ) 0.95 :1( كانت) أنثى: ذكر(نتائج البحث إن نسبة الجنس سم ووزن 21.3 وكان اصغر ذكر یصل مرحلة النضج بطول كلي ripe سم الى مرحلة النضج الجنسي التام 28أكثر من غم وكان كالهما في 155 سم ووزن 21.5 تصل مرحلة النضج الجنسي بطول كلي أنثىبینما كانت اصغر . غم164 .السنة الثانیة من العمر الى نهایة أیلول موسم تكاثر آخر منوابتدأأمتد موسم وضع السرء من نهایة شباط الى نهایة شهر حزیران .تشرین الثاني المقدمة الیومیة ودرجة حرارة الماء اإلضاءةة مد ومنها ازدیاد األسماك عملیات تكاثر ءً الظروف البیئیة دورا في بدؤديت وعلى حالة المناسل التي تختلف مع فصول السنة ومراحل النضج الالزمة لتكوین ،وعوامل أخرى تخص الموقع الجغرافي ان من العوامل دة اإلضاءة الیومیة یعمدًإن كال من درجة الحرارة وطول de vlaming [1] أوضح . وما بعدها ألمشاجا . المهمة التي تسیطر على نضج المناسل في عائلة الشبوطیات & tugarine فقس البیوض بعد وضعها في الماء فأشار الباحثان فيتوجد عوامل بیئیة أخرى تؤثر yeltsova [2] بخصوص الوصول الى خزین تجاري من اسماك الكارب االعتیادي فیجب التعرف على أرضیة التكاثر .التي تحد من قابلیة فقس البیوض العواملأو مكان وضع السرء والسیطرة على د ً الكارب بخصوبته العالیة وتكیفه لظروف بیئیة واسعة االختالف وكذلك یمتلك عمرا طویال نسبیا ، فقمتازا .) سنة24(إلى إن عمر الكارب قد وصل gromov [3]ذكر أما فائدة هذه الصفات فساعدت الكارب الن یحتل المرتبة األولى في اسماك التربیة ، واستطاع أن یحتل مرتبة . الطبیعیة والبحیراتاألنهارعالیة في ي میاهنا الداخلیة على سمكة الكارب االعتیادأنجزتأما الدراسات التي ي فكانت قلیلة نسبیا منها دراسة داود ف عن عمر ونمو اسماك الكارب في بحیرة الحبانیة وركزت jasim [5] عن حیاتیة الكارب في هور الحمار ودراسة [4] [7] الجنیني لسمكة الكارب البكريوالتكوین ali)[6] الكارب بالدیدان الطفیلیة إصابةالدراسات األخرى على ودرس . باأللف جزء 17 تتحمل ملوحة لحد اذ المویلحة قابلیة تحمل السمكة للمیاه [9](al-hamed ودرس) 8(والجبوري . النمو والتغذیة لسمكة الكارب في شط الغراف[10] حمادي (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 ضمان نمو مجموعة ـل تكاثره فيیة تكاثر الكارب والعوامل المؤثرة ، التعرف على حیاتتهدف الدراسة الحالیة .الكارب ضمن شط الغراف موقع الدراسة شط الغراف الذي یتفرع من نهر دجلة عند مقدم سدة الكوت ویمر بمحافظتي واسط وذي قار وینتهي في .هوار قرب قضاء الشطرة في محافظة ذي قاراأل یصل اذ ، كم ، ویبلغ أعلى تصریف له في مقدم الشط عند مدینة الكوت168یبلغ طول شط الغراف الرئیس .ثا ، ویستفاد من شط الغراف في الري والمالحة/3م450الى ، أمتار 9 عمق للشط أقصىمتر ، وكذلك یبلغ 60 متر ومعدل العرض 100 عرض للشط أقصىویبلغ وتوجد في شط الغراف عدد من . 8.2 – 7.2ط من للش) ph( الهیدروجیني األس درجة تبلغ. أمتار4ومعدل العمق َ والكطان ، barbus grypus heckel والشبوط ، .cypprinus carpio l من بینها الكارب االعتیادياألسماك barbus xanthopterus ( heckel) ، والشلك aspius vorax heckle ، والخشنيliza abu heckle ، والبني barbus sharpeyi gunt her ، األسیويوالجريsilurus triostegus heckel ،والجري األوربي silurus galnis l. ،ابو الحكم( والجري الالسع( heteropeneustes fossilis ( bloch) ،الزمیر وأبو )كولفل (mystus colvilli (gunt her) ، وابو الزمیر العمیق mystus pelusius (soland er) ،ر المألوفوالصقنقو glyptothorax steindachneri (pietschmann)الكارا ، واهم النباتات المائیة التي تزدهر في شط الغراف ،chara sp ي ، . والبرد typha sp phragmites sp ، والقصب . . .ceratophyllum demersum l) الشلنت( ، والشنبالن . المواد وطرائق العمل ، م 2003 الى آب 2002 أیلول الكارب االعتیادي خالل المدة من ألسماكهریة تم الحصول على عینات ش 5.5 ، 5 ، 4.5 ، 3.5 ، 3( شباك خیشومیة مختلفة السعات طول ضلع فتحتهاعملتوقد است، ) سمكة199(وبلغ عددها small mً أیضا شباك كرفة صغیرة الفتحات عملت كما استسم )6.5، eshed sein nets العینات من جمعت ، و ووزن ) .t.l( الطول الكليب حسو. )1 (شكلال، محطتین ،األولى تقع غرب الناظم االول ،والثانیة غرب الناظم الثاني .غم 0.1سم و 0.1الجسم لألسماك المصطادة ألقرب %.10تم الحصول على عدد مناسب من القشور لغرض حساب العمر، و حفظت المناسل في محلول الفورمالین gupt ، [12] األمین،وعلي bhatt( [11]( اعتمدت في الدراسة الحالیة تصانیف سابقة لمراحل النضج a :تيیأام خمسة مراحل نضج للمناسل في سمكة الكارب االعتیادي ضمن منطقة الدراسة الحالیة وكانت كت ، و اقتراح[13] وتتمثل باألسماك التي لم تظهر نضوجا جنسیا سابقا : immature virgins i) عذراء ( ما قبل النضج الجنسي-1 مجهریة ویبلغ قطر البیوض من vوقد كانت المبایض فیها صغیرة حمراء ، شفافة على شكل حرف – 0.07( والبیوض أما الخصى فكانت على شكل خیط ). غم3.2 – 1.1(ووزن المبیض من ) 0.73 – 0.29( منgsiوقیمة ) ملم0.17 .رشر الحواف وشفافاحمر غامق ومش resti) إعادة اإلنضاج ( الراحة أو-2 ng or recoverd s pent ii :المبایض یمیل لونها الى األبیض وتقل gsiوقیم ) ملم0.25(وبمعدل) ملم0.49 0.17(ًشفافیتها وتتسع قلیال في الحجم والبیوض مجهریة ویصل قطرها من (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 4 (2009 ا ). غم8 3(ووزن المبایض من ) 1.07 – 0.73(من أما الخصى فیمیل لونها الى األحمر ومقسم قلیال ویتسع حجمه .ًقلیال یقارب نصف التجویف الجسمي ویكون لونها ابیض أو : ripening iii اإلنضاج-3 تتسع المبایض وتشغل حیزا ) ملم0.62(ومعدل قطرها) ملم0.91 – 0.55(لنماذج والبیوض بیضاء مصفرة معدل قطرها اخضر مصفر في بعض ا ً، تتسع الخصى أیضا وتشغل حیزا یقارب نصف ) غم31.2 – 11.7(ووزن المبایض من) 3.61 – 1.30( من gsiومدى .التجویف الجسمي ویكون لونها وردي فاتح ميیض كبیرة وتمأل معظم التجویف الجسمي ویكون لونها ابیض كر تكون المبای:ripe iv )البلوغ( النضج التام-4 ابیض مصفر ، ویمكن رؤیة البیوض من خالل جدار المبیض وتخرج بمجرد الضغط على البطن ومعدل بعضها اآلخرو ووزن ) 18.35 4.22( تتراوح من gsi، وان قیم ) ملم1.52(، والمعدل ) ملم1.640.99( البیوضأقطار مي ، وتكون الحافات مفصصة بعمق یأما الخصى فتظهر بیضاء معتمة أو بلون ابیض كر.) غم1200 – 300(المبایض ا ویخرج السائل المنوي عند الضغط على البطن وتشغل معظم التجویف الجسمي ، وتبرز حلمة من فتحة المجمع ولونه .احمر ابتداء من بدء هذه المرحلة الى وضع السرء sح ما بعد الطر-5 pent v :ناضجة تبدو المبایض منكمشة حمراء اللون وغیر منتظمة وتكون حاویة على بقایا بیوض البیوض شفافة صغیرة وینخفض وزن وأكثریة% 20وبیوض المرحلة الثانیة بنسبة ) ملم1.02 – 0.98(قلیلة بقطر ذكریة أمشاجتظمة وتوجد فیها بقایا أما الخصي فتكون حمراء اللون وغیر من. iiالمبایض بشكل كبیر وتعود الى المرحلة .وینخفض وزنها بشكل كبیر النتائج والمناقشة . سمكة الكارب االعتیادي لكل مرحلة من مراحل النضج الجنسيٕواناثالنسب المئویة لذكور )2 (الشكلیوضح -i تشرین الثاني ، كانون االول واألشهر ، آب حزیران ، أشهر على طول السنة عدا اإلناث في تتمثل:المرحلة األولى حیث ، ونیسانآذار تموز ، تشرین االول ، تشرین الثاني ، كانون الثاني ، باألشهر، وفي الذكور ال تتمثل وآذار، شباط ، ، ویبدو ان عدم ظهورها یعود إلى عدم الحصول على اسماك صغیرة من النضجiv بالمرحلة األسماكتكون معظم .[10] ،حمادي -ii فياألسماك عندما تكون معظم وأیلول بهذه المرحلة طوال العام عدا شهري آب إناث توجد :المرحلة الثانیة تكون معظم الذكور اذ ، ونیسان ومایس ، وآذار، أما الذكور فال توجد بهذه المرحلة في األشهر تشرین الثاني، ivالمرحلة لذكور بهذه المرحلة في أشهر تشرین الثاني وآذار ونیسان ومایس ربما ، وعدم ظهور اiv ، أو النضج التام iiiبالمرحلة .[10] یعود إلى االنتقائیة في الصید ،حمادي iii –تكون اذ توجد إناث بهذه المرحلة في كل األشهر عدا أشهر آب ، تشرین الثاني وكانون االول ، : المرحلة الثالثة .الذكور بهذه المرحلة في كل األشهرل ثمتمعظم األسماك ناضجة بصورة تامة ، وت iv – اإلناث وضعت غالبیة اذ عدا شهر نیسان ، األشهر بهذه المرحلة في كل إناث توجد : المرحلة الرابعة ، السرء .كما وجدت ذكور ناضجة عدا شهر آب v-ا وجدت ذكور بهذه بمرحلة ما بعد الطرح في آذار ، ومایس ، وحزیران ، كمإناث ت لوحظ: المرحلة الخامسة .المرحلة في شهر حزیران ر یمتد موسم التكاثر الرئیس من نهایة شهر شباط الى نهایة شهر حزیران ویبدأ موسم طرح السرء مرة أخرى من شه . الى نهایة شهر تشرین الثاني أیلول (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 وجد إن الكارب یضع السرء في الربیع والخریف وامتد موسم ،اذ [14] الحامدإلیهق نتائج البحث مع ما توصل تواف (iman and hashem هوكذلك ما ذكر ، التكاثر الرئیس من نهایة شباط الى نهایة مایس في مزرعة الزغفرانیة في بغداد ، إن الكارب یتكاثر بنجاح لمرتین على األقل في الس[15] نة في أحواض تربیة بمصر وهذا یعتمد على درجة حرارة الماء .وامتد موسم التكاثر االول من شباط الى نیسان والثاني من أیلول الى تشرین االول ، أما إن الكارب في المیاه الطبیعیة في شمال الهند یضع السرء لمرتین في السنةjohal etal [16]كما استنتج crivelli [17] في أهوار جنوب فرنسا إن سمكة الكارب تضع السرء في آذار وینتهي في آب ، كما استمر د فقد وج . یعطي دلیل على موسم تكاثر ثاني للكارب وهذاالتكاثر في تشرین االول وتشرین الثاني ، ي الfedetova [18]ع السرء بصورة جزئیة وهذا ما ذكره ضإن طول فصل التكاثر قد یعود الى إن الكارب ی ذ إن إناث الكارب تضع بیوضها بمرتین balon [19] أوضح الكارب تضع السرء بصورة جزئیة ، وكذلك إناث إن أشار الى ، یوم )70-60( سبب طول فترة طرح السرء منchumchal) [20] تضع السرء بصورة جزئیة، وعلل اذ ،أو ثالث مرات یمتد إن تكاثر الكارب الذي أوضح [4] ف ما حصل علیه داودالن الكارب یضع السرء بصورة جزئیة، ونتائج البحث تخال smith and قد یعود سبب ذلك الى االرتفاع في درجة حرارة الماء وأید ذلك ومن آذار الى نیسان في هور الحمار، walker)[21] ة سجلت في استرالیا في مد ، وهي أطول 2002 الى مایس 2001 إن وضع السرء یبدأ من نهایة أیلول mنهر urray .2002 الى نهایة كانون االول 2002 وكذلك استمر من أیلول مكان وضع البیض تكون المیاه قلیلة االرتفاع وكذلك المنخفضات المتصلة بالشط ،اذكان مكان وضع البیض هو ضفاف شط الغراف creatophyllum spوتكثر فیها نباتات الشنبالن p نثى كبیرة الحجم یتبعها ثالثة ذكور م مشاهدة أت التي یفضلها الكارب و. د اصغر حجما منها واستمرت عملیة وضع البیض والتلقیح مدة ساعة ثم غادرت األسماك الى وسط الشط مرة أخرى وامت ق ، صباحا الى الثامنة صباحا في منتصف آذار وكان ارتفاع الماء نصف مترالسابعةوقت التزاوج من الساعة وهذا یطاب .ًصباحا ، أو أي وقت آخر )السابعة إلى التاسعة( من إن وقت التزاوج استمر من الساعة [14] ما وجده الحامد ر یدة من أن هناك عد balon)[19] هوكذلك ما ذكر ً ذكور تالحق أنثى واحدة وتضع األنثى بیوضا على قاع النه .الغني باألعشاب المائیة & richardsonلنظام البیئي ألسماك أخرى فاستنتج افيمن ناحیة أخرى ، فیما یخص تأثیر سمكة الكارب etal [22] ة في إن هناك تأثیر سلبي لسمكة الكارب األنظمة البیئیة ألنها تتسبب بتدمیر المواطن البیئیة العشبیة الخاص .بتكاثر األسماك والطیور وزیادة عكورة الماء ً الجذور التي تشكل موطنا بیئیا ينباتات المائیة ذ من إن الكارب یقوم باقتالع الdentler [23]وكذلك ما ذكره أرضیة إن سلوك تغذیة الكارب یؤدي الى زیادة عكورة حیث أشار الىross [24] ذلك وأید .لألسماك والطیور المائیة .یةالتكاثر وحضن بیوض األسماك المحل sex ratioنسبة الجنس وهذه النسبة قریبة من )0.95 :1( وكانت نسبة الجنس97 واإلناث،102 الذكور كان عدد سمكة 199من مجموع xحسب اختبار مربع كاي ) 1:1( التوزیع الطبیعي 2 . (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 ا هوار من إن نسبة الجنس للكارب في أ) crivelli)17 إلیهفق نتائج البحث الحالي مع ما توصل تت جنوب فرنس إن . balon(19)وان ازدیاد عدد الذكور قد یعود الى إنها تعیش بعمر اكبر من اإلناث حسبما ذكر )0.97 :1(كانت ق ) 4(ذكور الكارب تعیش بعمر أطول من اإلناث ، وتقارب هذه النسبة ما حصل علیه داود في هور الحمار جنوب العرا ).إناث 50.3: ذكور 49.7(فكانت نسبة الجنین size of fish at first maturityحجم السمكة عند أول نضج جنسي ة ) غم155(ووزن) سم t.l.) 21.5وجد إن أصغر أنثى تصل الى مرحلة النضج كانت بطول كلي وفي السن ة) غم164(ووزن ) سم21.3(ذكر یصل الى مرحلة النضج بطول كليبینما كان أصغر ، الثانیة من العمر وفي السن .الثانیة من العمر أیضا )1( الجدول، ویوضح ) سم28(وصلت كل اسماك الكارب الى مرحلة النضج الجنسي التام بطول كلي اكبر من .عدد الذكور واإلناث في كل مرحلة من مراحل نضج المناسل خالل مجامیع الطول المختلفة hulata eta [25]تتفق نتائج البحث مع ما توصل إلیه l الكارب األوربي في أحواض تربیة األسماك في من إن السنة الثانیة من عمرها ولكن وصلت الذكور الى النضج بعد السنة األولى من عمرها ، إسرائیل وصلت اإلناث الى النضج ب من اإلناث %) 2.5(من إناث الكارب تنضج بعد السنة الثانیة و% ) 60( من إن crivelli [17]وكذلك مع ما وجده .عد السنة األولىتنضج ب 26(بعد السنة األولى من عمرها كانت نسبة الذكور الناضجة في حین كانت النسبة في السنة الثانیة من %)4. ة ) سنة2-1( إن الكارب وصل الى مرحلة وضع البیض بعمر[14] ، كما ذكر الحامد%) 39.7( العمر في أحواض تربی .األسماك في الزعفرانیة في بغداد ا تالكارب وصلأسماك إن [4] نتائج البحث مع ما توصل إلیه داودوال تتفق الى البلوغ الجنسي بعد سنة من عمره د ، ) سم18.2(وطول أصغر ذكر ناضج) سم18.4(في هور الحمار جنوب العراق ، وكان طول أصغر أنثى ناضجة وق عمر البلوغ لألسماك یعتمد على أماكن تعایشها ، إن [12] على واألمینفقد ذكریعود ذلك الى اختالف الموقع البیئي ، في أوربا تصل البلوغ في عمر ال یقل هانفس وان سمكة الكارب في العراق تصل الى البلوغ في عمر حوالي السنة و السمكة .عن ثالث سنوات أشار، وكذلك ) سنوات53(ٕإن نضج ذكور واناث سمكة الكارب یحدث بینإلى ، chumchal [20] أشار [18] fedotova إن الكارب في خزان فقد أوردbukhtaramaسنوات بینما ،)54( وصل الى مرحلة النضج بین عمر gup یصل الكارب في المناطق الدافئة بعمر أقل ، فذكر ta [13] إن الكارب ینمو أسرع بالمیاه الدافئة ویصل النضج ، .الجنسي في عمر مبكر المصادر 1 de vlaming, v.l. (1972),environ mental control of teloeost reproductive cycles :a brief review .j. fish biol.4 ,131-140. 2 tugarine , p.ya.& yeltsova , v.n.(1974).t he feedin g of eastern carp .cyprinus carpio haematopterus and it’s food relationship s with the indigenous fishes in lake gusinoye(baikal basin).j.ichthy ol.14(4):571-581. 3 gromov, i.a.(1979) .the fecundity of the east ern carp , cyprinus carpio haematopterus.j.icthy ol.19(1):98-103. (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 ر .cyprinus carpio l حیاتیة سمكة الكارب االعتیادي. )1986(. د ، ایاد حنتوش داو4 في هور الحما . صفحة94جامعة البصرة، رسالة ماجستیر ، كلیة الزراعة. جنوب العراق 5 jasim ,b.m .(1980).age and growt h of shilk , aspius vorax heckel and common carp , cyprinus carpio l. in habbaniyah lake.m .sc.thesis , univ.of baghdad,83pp . 6-ali ,m .d.(1985).observation on learnaeosis and cy rodacty losis in carp fingerlings raised in ponds.j.bsr.,16(1):125-132. ، البكري-7 رسالة . ویبر في سمكة الكارب االعتیاديالتكوین الجنیني للكیس الغازي وجهاز . )1987(، نهلة عبد الرضا . جامعة بغدادكلیة العلوم . ماجستیر رسالة . التكوین الجنیني للكلیة االمامیة في سمكة الكارب االعتیادي. )1987 (. الجبوري، عبد اهللا حسین عبد اهللا -8 . صفحة53 ، جامعة بغدادماجستیر ، كلیة العلوم 9-al-hamed,m .i.(1971).salinity tolerance of common carp (cyprinus carpio l.).bull. iraq nat . hist .m us.v(1):1-7. دراسة بعض النواحي الحیایتة لنوعین من اسماك شط الغراف الجزء .1990) ( .حمادي ، عبد الرضا عبد الحسین -10 رسالة ماجستیر ، كلیة . .cyprinus carpio lوالكارب االعتیادي silurus triostegus heckelاالسیوي . صفحة137 جامعة بغداد ،-)ابن الهیثم(التربیة الثانیة 11-bhatt , v.s.(1970).studies on the biolo gy of some of freshwater fishes . part iv. mystus seenghala (sy kes).j.bombay nat.hist.soc.67(2):194-211. ة . )1984(.أمین عبد الوهاب ، واألمین علي، عطا اهللا محیسن -12 كتاب علم وتربیة األسماك ،كتاب مدرسي لوزارة التربی . صفحة291. حزیران ، بغداد1 صناعة إعدادیة، التعلیم المهني، مطبعة 13-gupt a,s.(19750.the development of carp gonads in water aquaria. j. fish biol. 7,755782. 14-al-hamed, m .i.(1960).carp-culture in iraq. iraq journal of agricu ltural resear ch .1(2):14-23. 15-imam ,a.e. & hashem,m .t.(1960).sp awning and development of common carp cyprinus carpio l. in egy p tian ponds. not es and memoirs hy dr.dept.54:1-10. 16johal,m .s.,novak,j.&oliva o.(1984).notes on the growt h of the common carp(cyprinus carpio l.)in nort hern india and central europe.veśt.ćs-sp oleć.zool.,48:24-38. 17crivelli ,a.j.(1981).the bilogy of the common carp . cyprinus carpio l. in the camaragu e , southern france.j.fish biol,18:271-290. 18fedetova ,l.a.(1971).the carp cyprinus carpio l. of bukhtarama reservior.j.ichthy ol.ii(3):363-369. 19 balon, e.k.(1995).origin and domest ication of the wild carp , cyprinus carpio l. from roman gourmets t o the swimming flowers. aquaculture 129:3-48. 20-chumchal,m .(2004).” cyprinus carpio l.(common carp or european carp)”.(on line).accessed december 05,2004 at animal diversity web. http://animald iversity .ummz.umich.edu.site/accounts/information/ cyprinus carpio .html. 21-smith, b.b.& walker,k.f.(2004).rep roductt ion of common carp in south australia by y oung-of-the-year samples, gonodosomatic and the h istological st aging of ovaries. south australia transactions of the roy al society of incorp orated,128(2):249-257. 22-richardson, m .j.,whoriskey ,f.g. & roy ,l.h.(1995).turbidity generation and biolo gical imp acts of an exotic fish carassius auratus , introduced into shallow seasonally anoxic p ond . j. fish biol.47:576-585. (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 23-dentler,j.l.(1993).the regu lation and control of exotic fish and wild live .univ ersity of puget sound law review 17:191-242. 24-ross,s.t.(2001).inand fishes of m ississipp i .university press of m ississipp i,624p. 25-hulata,g.,m ova,r.& wohlfarth,g.1974.the relationship of gonad and egg size to weight and age in the european and chin ese races of the common carp cyprinus carpio l. j-fish biol.6:745-758. یوضح عدد الذكور واإلناث ألسماك الكارب االعتیادي في كل مرحلة من مراحل نضج المناسل خالل مجامیع ) 1(جدول ول المختلفةالط ع الطوب مراحل نضج )سم( مجامی المناسل 16 20 20.1 24 24.1 -28 28.1 – 32 32.1 -36 36.1 40 40.1 44 44.1 – 48 48.1 -52 52.1 – 56 56 60 60.1 64 ل النضج ما قب iالجنسي 1 4 2 ii 5 7 5 2 1 الراحة iii 2 4 17 9 1اإلنضاج iv 13 17 8النضج ور ذك ال ما بعد الطرح v 2 2 ل النضج ما قب iالجنسي 2 1 3 3 ii 1 12 11 5 الراحة iii 1 1 9 3 7اإلنضاج iv 3 7 5 4 1 4 6 1 1 1النضج ث نا إل ا ما بعد الطرح v 1 1 2 1 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 یبین موقع شط الغراف ومنطقة جمع العینات): 1 (شكل (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 الذكور اإلناث یة و مئ ال ب س لن ا یة و مئ ال ب س لن ا یة و مئ ال ب س لن ا یة و مئ ال ب س لن ا یة و مئ ال ب س لن ا ج المناسل لذكور ): 2 (شكل الكارب االعتیاديوإناث یمثل النسب المئویة لمراحل نض ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.22 (4) 2009 reproductive biology of common carp(cyprinus carpio l. ) from al-gharraf canal , at wasit province –iraq.i. sex-ratio and maturity a. a. hamady teacher’s institute in al-hai ,wasit abstract from september 2002 to august 2003 monthly samples of fish were collected from t wo st ations at the area of st udy . the results of the present study showed that the sex-ratio (male: f emale) was 1:0.95. sexual maturity was reached by all fishes above 28 cm in tot al len gth , the smallest mature male was 21.3 cm in total len gth and body weight 164 gm. while the sm allest mature female was 21.5 cm in t.l. and body weight 155 gm. the mature male and f emale wer e in the se cond y ear of their ages. the breeding season extended fro m the end of february until the end of june and another season st arted from september to november. biology 20 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين في بعض مكونات الحاصل والمادة الفعالة لنبات الكمون cumin cuminum cyminum آمال هادي رسن الشويلي،وفاق امجد القيسي جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم)/ 2012شباط 26قبل البحث: 2011كانون االول 25استلم البحث: البحث مستل من رسالة ماجستير للباحث الثاني. الخالصة اجريت هذه التجربة في حقل الحديقة النباتية لقس�م عل�وم الحي�اة/ كلي�ة التربي�ة (اب�ن الهي�ثم)/ جامع�ة بغ�داد لموس�م النم�و ) ج��زء م���ن الملي���ون 200) و(100ب���التركيزين ( ga3به���دف معرف��ة ت���أثير م��نظم النم���و الجب��رلين 2010-2009الش��توي معامل��ة الس��يطرة ف��ي بع��ض مكون��ات الحاص��ل فض��آل ع��نلي��ون ) ج��زء م��ن الم50) و(10) ب��التركيزين (vb1والث��ايمين ( ) 100). اظه�رت النت�ائج ان التركي�ز (.cumin )cuminum cyminum lوالمواد الفعالة للزيت الطيار في نبات الكم�ون ج���زء م���ن الملي���ون م���ن الجب���رلين اعط���ى زي���ادة معنوي���ة ف���ي مكون���ات الحاص���ل، تركي���ز الب���روتين وتركي���ز الم���واد الفعال���ة cuminaldehyde ،perillaldehyde ،thymol) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون زي��ادة ف��ي 50، ام��ا الث��ايمين فق��د اعط��ى التركي��ز ( . ام���ا بالنس���بة للت���داخل ب���ين ع���املي cuminaldehyde ،terpinene ،perillalhdehydeتركي���ز الم���واد الفعال���ة الــــــ���ـ ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون زي�ادة 50م�ن الملي�ون والث�ايمين بتركي�ز ( ) ج�زء100الدراسة فقد اعطى التداخل ب�ين الجب�رلين بتركي�ز ( في معظم الصفات المدروسة. : الجبرلين، الثايمين، نبات الكمون.الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة ]، وه�و نب�ات apiaceae ]1) اح�د نبات�ات العائل�ة المظلي�ة او الخيمي�ة .cumiunum cyminum lيع�د الكم�ون ( ف�ي عملمعروف جداً ومصدر طبيعي لعالج الكثير من الحاالت المرضية الحت�واء ثم�اره عل�ى العدي�د م�ن الم�واد الفعال�ة، يس�ت وف��اتح للش��هية، ومحف��ز لالعض��اء ،وط��ارد للغ��ازات ،ومس��كن للمغ��ص ،االس��هال ،مثل:ع��الج اض��طرابات الجه��از الهض��مي ]، ان ثم�ار الكم��ون 2عن�د المرض�عات، ان زيت��ه العط�ري مض�اد للبكتري��ا والفطري�ات [يس�اعد ف�ي ادرار الحلي��ب والتناس�لية، ال��ذي يك��ون cuminaldehyde)% تترك��ز في��ه الم��واد الفعال��ة اهمه��ا 7)% ال��ى (3.5تحت��وي عل��ى زي��ت طي��ار وبنس��بة ( p-cymene, cuminalchoholوالكح��ول الك��وميني pinenesوالبانين��ات terp)% م��ن الزي��ت ويحت��وي تربين��ات 60( ]3.[ ان النس�����بة المئوي�����ة للم�����واد الفعال����ة ف�����ي زي�����ت الكم�����ون كان�����ت glcجه����از تخداماظه����رت نت�����ائج الكش�����ف باس����� cuminaldehyde )60 ،%(terpines )84 ،%(pinene )4.69 ،%(p-cymene )1.77] %(4 يع�������د الجب�������رلين ،[ م�ن الهرمون�ات النباتي�ة المنش��طة للنم�و، يعم�ل عل�ى اس��تطالة الس�يقان الن�ه يحف��ز ف�ي اس�تطالة الخالي�ا م��ن خ�الل زي�ادة لدون��ة الجدار الخلوي، يعمل على اتساع الخاليا من خالل تحكمها بالنشاط االنزيمي والعملي�ات االيض�ية مث�ل زي�ادة الكاربوهي�درات ويقل���ل م���ن ه���دم ribonucleaseو amylaseمث���ل ،، وتن���تج بع���ض االنزيم���ات mrnaو dnaتنش���ط تك���وين النه���ا ].6، 5المثبط لالوكسينات [ iaa oxidaseاالوكسينات النه يقلل من فعالية انزيم ه�ا الجس�م بكمي�ات ض�ئيلة وه�ي ض�رورية لس�المة وص�حة النم�و كم�ا تع�د الي ان الفيتامينات مركبات عضوية يحت�اج مادة بلورية ت�ذوب بس�هولة ف�ي b1]، ان الثايمين او فيتامين 7اسية في غالبية العمليات االيضية ولضمان عمل االنزيمات [اس االيثر والكلوروفورم، يدخل الث�ايمين ف�ي تركي�ب المراف�ق االنزيم�ي ث�ايمين ،مثل الماء ولكنها ال تذوب في المذيبات العضوية وه��ذا االن��زيم ل��ه اهمي��ة ف��ي ايض��اً co-carboxylase بويس��مى thiamine pyrophosphate (tpp)بايروفوس��فات ].8عملية التمثيل الغذائي للمواد الكاربوهيدراتية [ يهدف البحث الى معرفة تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في بع�ض مكون�ات الحاص�ل ونس�بة الزي�ت الطي�ار وص�فاته ية ومواده الفعالة.ئالفيزيا biology 21 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المواد وطرائق العمل في الحديقة النباتية التابعة لقس�م عل�وم الحي�اة ف�ي كلي�ة 2010-2009نفذت التجربة حقليا ً خالل موسم النمو الشتوي ) والت��داخل بينهم��ا ف��ي بع��ض مكون��ات vb1) والث��ايمين (ga3التربي��ة (اب��ن الهي��ثم)/ جامع��ة بغ��داد لدراس��ة ت��أثير الجب��رلين ( ) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون وتركي��زان م��ن 200) و(100تركي��زان م��ن الجب��رلين ( عملل��ة لنب��ات الكم��ون، اس��تالحاص��ل والم��ادة الفعا مكررات شمل المكرر الواحد ةثالث علىمعاملة السيطرة، قسمت االرض فضآل عن) جزء من المليون 50) و(10الثايمين ( وف�ق القطاع��ات عل��ى ) وح��دة تجريبي�ة ص��ممت التجرب�ة 27) م وق�د تض��منت التجرب�ة (1×1.2تس�ع وح��دات تجريبي�ة بأبع��اد ( ]، 9) كغم/هكتار [60)، سمدت التربة قبل زراعة البذور بسماد سوبر فوسفات ثالثي بمعدل (r.c.b.dالعشوائية الكاملة ( باليوريا وبمعدل اً ) يوم22الخطوط، تم تسميد البادرات بعمر ( بصورة متجانسة داخل 8/1/2009زرعت البذور بتاريخ ].n %46] (10) كغم/ هكتار (80( ) غم في لتر واح�د م�ن الم�اء المقط�ر 1) باذابة كل قرص (bereiex( اقراص البرليكس ga3حضر الجبرلين ]. رش التركي�زين م�ن 11) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون من�ه [200) و(100( حض�ر) جزء من الملي�ون 1000وللحصول على تركيز ( ) يوم�ا ً وق�د خل�ط م�ع 35وبع�د ب�زوغ النب�ات بــــــ�ـ ( ات) ورق�5-4الجبرلين مباشرة بعد تحضيره عندما اصبح النبات بعمر ( ش�ة م�ع رش معامل�ة ) قطرة من مادة الصابون السائل مادة ناشرة من خالل خلطه م�ع المحل�ول المحض�ر ف�ي المر2الجبرلين ( نفس��ها الطريق��ة ب) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون. ورش��ت عل��ى النبات��ات 50) و(10الس��يطرة بالم��اء المقط��ر، رش الث��ايمين ب��التركيزين ( بين الجب�رلين والث�ايمين فق�د رش�ت الوح�دات المخصص�ة الى التداخلولكن لم يضاف مادة الصابون الى المحاليل، اما بالنسبة أنفسها.بالطريقة والتراكيز نفسه و التاريخ المذكورب iدʼبعض مكونات الحاصل رست وزن الف ثمرة (غم): -1 ) ثمرة من الثمار المتكونة في جميع نباتات الوحدة التجريبية وحسب المعامالت.1000حسب وزن ( ):1-حاصل النبات الواحد (غم. نبات -2 لخمس مكررات. حسب حاصل النبات الواحد من الثمار معدالُ دليل الحصاد: -3 ].12[ 1000× حسب من قسمة وزن حاصل الثمار/ الحاصل الكلي (البايولوجي) ].schafelen et al. ]13نسبة البروتين في الثمار حسب طريقة -4 n × %6.25بعد هضم الثمار ومعرفة تركيز النتروجين ثم حسب نسبة البروتين% = ii ثمار النباتاستخالص وتقدير كمية الزيت الطيار في ) وحف���ظ الزي����ت clevengerس���تخدام جه����از كليفنج���ر (اص الزي���ت الطي���ار بطريق����ة التقطي���ر الم���ائي وبلاس���تخ ].14) ْم [4المستخلص من ثمار الكمون في زجاجات معتمة محكمة الغلق بدرجة حرارة ( * الصفات المدروسة للزيت الطيار ]:15[ اآلتيةقدرت النسبة المئوية للزيت الطيار حسب المعادلة -1 100× وزن الزيت الناتج بالغرام النسبة المئوية للزيت الناتج = وزن العينة (الثمار) بالغرام ة ماص��ة حجمي��ة دقيق��ة وق��در وزن ذل��ك طا) م��ايكروليتر م��ن الزي��ت بوس��100ق��در ال��وزن الن��وعي لك��ل عين��ة باخ��ذ حج��م ( -2 ) ْم ثم قسم ذلك الحجم م�ن الزي�ت عل�ى وزن الحج�م نفس�ه ف�ي الم�اء المقط�ر 20ستخدام ميزان حساس بدرجة حرارة (االحجم ب ].14[نفسها الدرجة الحرارية بو اني المنش�أ / ) الياب�018527( aiago) المجه�ز م�ن ش�ركة abbe refroctometerمعامل االنكسار: استخدم جهاز ( -3 digital thermometer japan) 1-) ْم في قياس معامل انكسار الزيت ملغم. مايكروليتر20، بدرجة حرارة. والمن�تج م�ن ك�ل المع�امالت وذل�ك 1-كثاف�ة الزي�ت ب�الملغم. م�ايكروليتر ت): قيس�1-كثافة الزيت الطيار (ملغ�م. م�ايكروميتر -4 ) ْم مقس��وما ً عل��ى حجم��ه وف��ي 25طة ماص��ة مايكروبي��ة ف�ي درج��ة ح��رارة (اس��) م��ايكروميتر م��ن الزي��ت بو200باخ�ذ وزن ( ].14وذلك اعتمادا ً على الطريقة التي ذكرها [ نفسهاالدرجة الحرارية high-performanceجه��از كروماتوغرافي��ا الس��ائل ذي االداء الع��الي خدامفص��ل الم��واد الفعال��ة لزي��ت الكم��ون باس��ت -5 liquid chromatography (hplc) :جه�از خدامالمكونات الفعال�ة بأس�ت شخصتhplc ن�وعshizmadzu 2010 lc ) اعتماداً على نم�اذج قياس�ية ت�م الحص�ول عليه�ا م�ن ش�ركة س�كما للتج�ارة العام�ةsigma international trading ،( ف الفص�ل الموض�حة ف��ي نم�وذج قياس�ي ف�ي ظ�روأ) م�ايكروغرام/ مليلت�ر لك�ل 25اذ حق�ن الجه�از بتراكي�ز معلوم�ة مق�دارها ( ).2زمن احتجاز ومساحات الحزم للنماذج القياسية مقدرة بالميكروفولت وكما موضح في الجدول ( وقيس) 1الجدول ( وم�ن ث�م ت�م القي�اس الكم�ي انفسها تحت ظروف الفصل المذكورة hplc) مايكروليتر من كل عينة في جهاز 25حقن حجم ( ري�ق مقارن�ة الح�زم المجهول�ة للنم�اذج م�ن مس�احات الح�زم المعلوم�ة للم�واد القياس�ية، ان للم�واد الموج�ودة ف�ي النم�اذج ع�ن ط biology 22 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وف��ق عل��ى نم��وذج ) يوض��ح تركي��ز الم��واد الفعال��ة للمحالي��ل القياس��ية، ث��م حس��بت تراكي��ز الم��واد المشخص��ة ف��ي اال2الج��دول ( :تيةالمعادلة اال تركيز المحلول القياسي× مساحة حزمة المادة الفعالة في النموذج تركيز المادة في العينة= مساحة حزمة المادة الفعالة في المحلول القياسي ].16[ 0.05عند مستوى احتمال l.s.dاجري التحليل االحصائي وتم مقارنة المتوسطات بأستعمال اقل فرق معنوي والمناقشةالنتائج ) ثمرة لجمي�ع المع�امالت مقارن�ة م�ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة 1000) الى حصول زيادة معنوية في وزن (3يشير جدول ( )% عل��ى الت��والي، ام��ا 14.6، 23.6) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون م��ن الجب��رلين (200) و(100فكان��ت نس��بة الزي��ادة ف��ي التركي��زين ( ال��ى )% عل��ى الت��والي، ام��ا بالنس��بة 14.7، 4.3) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون (50و() 10الث��ايمين فق��د كان��ت نس��بة الزي��ادة للترك��زين ( )% واق�ل نس�بة زي�ادة للت�داخل بلغ�ت 35.3) جزء من الملي�ون وبنس�بة (50) و(100لتداخل فكانت اعلى زيادة عند المعاملة (ا ن يحف�ز زي�ادة البروت�وبالزم ) جزء من المليون مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة، ان الجب�رلي10) و(100)% عند المعاملة (28.6( من خالل تصنيع االحم�اض النووي�ة والبروتين�ات وتك�وين الم�واد الكاربوهيدراتي�ة الت�ي ت�ؤدي بالنهاي�ة ال�ى زي�ادة وزن الثم�ار ف�ي اي�ض ى] ف�ي نب�ات الكج�رات. ام�ا الث�ايمين فل�ه دور رئيس�17[ .moostafa et al]. اتفق�ت ه�ذه النت�ائج م�ع م�ا وج�ده 5[ ) وج��ود زي��ادة 4ي��نعكس ايجابي��ا ً ف��ي زي��ادة وزن الثم��رة، يظه��ر ج��دول ( م��ن ث��م] و18ت وزي��ادة مع��دل بنائه��ا [الكاربوهي��درا معنوي��ة ف��ي مع��دل حاص��ل النب��ات الواح��د ولجمي��ع المع��امالت مقارن��ة م��ع معامل��ة الس��يطرة، فعن��د معامل��ة النبات��ات ب��الجبرلين )% عل��ى الت��والي، ام��ا الث��ايمين فكان��ت 11.4، 20.2ي��ادة () ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون كان��ت نس��بة الز200) و(100وب��التركيزين ( ) جزء من الملي�ون، واظه�ر الت�داخل الثن�ائي ب�ين 50)% للتركيز (18.3) جزء من المليون و(10)% للتركيز (11.3الزيادة ( ) ج�زء م�ن 100، 50)% عن�د مع�املتي (42.4الجبرلين والثايمين تأثيراً معنوي�ا ً ف�ي زي�ادة ه�ذه الص�فة واعل�ى نس�بة كان�ت ( ) جزء من المليون مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة.100، 10)% عند المعاملة (33.3المليون واقل نسبة زيادة للتداخل بلغت ( ) وج��ود زي��ادة معنوي��ة لص��فة دلي��ل الحص��اد عن��د معامل��ة النبات��ات ب��الجبرلين والث��ايمين مقارن��ة 5اوض��ح ج��دول ( )% لتركي�زي الجب�رلين عل�ى الت�والي مقارن�ة م�ع الجب�رلين وق�د 19.8، 43.0ارها (بالنباتات غير المعاملة وسجلت زيادة مق�د )%، كم�ا ازداد 29.5) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون بنس�بة زي�ادة مق�دارها (50ازداد دليل الحصاد مع معاملة النبات بالثايمين بالتركيز ( ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون مقارن�ة 100، 50ة ()% عن�د المعامل�89.5دليل الحصاد عند تداخل ع�املي الدراس�ة واعل�ى نس�بة زي�ادة ( ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون مقارن�ة م��ع 200، 10)% عن�د الت�داخل (47.4م�ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة وكان�ت نس�بة الزي�ادة للت�داخل بلغ�ت ( م��ن معامل��ة الس��يطرة. ان معامل��ة النبات��ات ب��الجبرلين والث��ايمين ادى ال��ى زي��ادة نم��و النب��ات وزي��ادة النم��و التك��اثري خاص��ة و ].10، 5ة حاصل الثمار للنبات وانعكس ذلك في زيادة دليل الحصاد [زيادثم ) ان الجبرلين والثايمين اثرا بش�كل معن�وي ف�ي زي�ادة مع�دل نس�بة الب�روتين ف�ي الثم�ار، بلغ�ت 6اكدت نتائج جدول ( معامل�ة النب��ات ) ج�زء م��ن الملي�ون مقارن�ة م��ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة، ام��ا عن�د200، 100)% للتركي�زين (14.1، 26.3الزي�ادة ( ) جزء من المليون مقارن�ة م�ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة، 50، 10)% للتركيزين (19.8، 12.8بالثايمين فقد كانت الزيادة بنسبة هي ( )% 46.4كما يبين الجدول ان التداخل بين الجبرلين والث�ايمين ادى ال�ى زي�ادة معنوي�ة له�ذه الص�فة وكان�ت اعل�ى نس�بة زي�ادة ( ) ج��زء م��ن 200، 10)% كان��ت عن��د المعامل��ة (24.9) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون واق��ل نس��بة زي��ادة ه��ي (100، 50عن��د المعامل��ة ( المليون مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة. ان الجبرلين والثايمين عمال على زيادة محتوى النت�روجين ف�ي النب�ات وتك�وين االحم�اض ].10، 5ع تخزين المواد الغذائية [تذهب الى مواق ،إذالتي تدخل في بناء البروتينات dna ،rnaالنووية *الصفات المدروسة للزيت الطيار ) زيادة في معدل النسبة المئوية للزيت الطيار عند معاملة النباتات ب�الجبرلين والث�ايمين مقارن�ة 7بينت نتائج جدول ( ، 29.8) جزء من المليون ال�ى زي�ادة معنوي�ة بنس�بة مق�دارها (200، 100ادى الجبرلين وبالتركيزين ( ،إذمع معاملة السيطرة ) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون ادى ال��ى زي��ادة مق��دارها 50، 10)% مقارن��ة م��ع معامل��ة الس��يطرة وك��ذلك الث��ايمين وب��التركيزين (10.9 )% للتركيزين على التوالي مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة.19.3، 9.8( بين�ت نت��ائج الج�دول ان الت��داخل ب�ين ع��املي الدراس�ة ك��ان ذا ت�أثير معن��وي ف�ي زي��ادة النس�بة المئوي��ة للزي�ت الطي��ار ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون للجب�رلين والث�ايمين واق�ل نس�بة ت�داخل كان�ت 100، 50)% عند المعاملة (45.8فبلغت اعلى نسبة زيادة ( ن مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة.) جزء من المليو200، 10)% عند المعاملة (16.5( ان الجب����رلين عم����ل عل����ى اس����تطالة واتس����اع الخالي����ا وم����ن ض����منها خالي����ا الغ����دد الزيتي����ة وق����د ازدادت الم����واد mevalonateلبن�اء المركب�ات التربيني�ة غي�ر تك�وين الميف��الوين عملالكاربوهيدراتي�ة وزي�ادة وح�دات انت�اج الطاق�ة الت�ي تس��ت ]، ام�ا الث�ايمين فتعم�ل عل�ى زي�ادة تص�نيع الكاربوهي�درات 19تي ي�تم بنائه�ا داخ�ل الغ�دد الزيتي�ة [والزيت من هذه المركبات ال وهذا المرك�ب م�ادة بنائي�ة اساس�ية لتك�وين succinyle coaويتم انتاج الزيت من خالل سلسلة من العمليات الحيوية لتكوين isoprene ] وتتفق ه18، 8وحدة بناء التربينات المكونة للزيت [ ذه النتائج معeid et al. ] 20في نبات الياسمين.[ biology 23 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) ال�ى حص�ول زي�ادة معنوي�ة ف�ي ال�وزن الن�وعي للزي�ت الطي�ار لثم�ار الكم�ون فكان�ت نس�بة 8اش�ارت نت�ائج ج�دول ( ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون للجب�رلين مقارن�ة م�ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة وك�ذلك بالنس�بة 200، 100)% للتركي�زين (11.0، 23.4الزيادة ( ) ج��زء م�ن الملي��ون مقارن��ة م�ع الس��يطرة. ام��ا 50، 10)% للتركي�زين (20.3، 9.2بلغ��ت الزي��ادة ( ،إذركي��زي الث�ايمين تال�ى ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون للجب�رلين والث�ايمين واق�ل 100، 50)% للمعاملة (42.0التداخل فكان معنوياً واعلى نسبة زيادة مقدارها ( ) جزء من المليون للعاملين مقارن�ة م�ع نبات�ات الس�يطرة، 200، 10المعاملة ()% عند 25.9نسبة زيادة في التداخل مقدارها ( وله��ا دور مه��م ف��ي بن��اء المركب��ات العض��وية وم��ن ض��منها rnaو dnaان الجب��رلين يزي��د م��ن تك��وين االحم��اض النووي��ة في بناء المواد العضوية ]، وربما يكون الثايمين ايضا ً له دور 6، 5مكونات الزيت فيؤدي هذا الى زيادة الوزن النوعي [ ال�ى التي تدخل في تكوين بعض المواد االساسية ف�ي الزي�ت وه�ذا ي�ؤدي ال�ى زي�ادة ال�وزن الن�وعي للزي�ت الطي�ار ام�ا بالنس�بة ) فلم يكن للجبرلين والثايمين أي تأثير معنوي في زيادة معامل االنكسار اما من حي�ث الت�داخل ب�ين ع�املي الدراس�ة 9لجدول (ا فقد كان ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون للجب�رلين والث�ايمين 100، 50)% عن�د المعامل�ة (0.46معنوياً في هذه الصفة واعلى نس�بة زي�ادة كان�ت ( ) جزء من المليون للعاملين المقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة.200، 10)% عند المعاملة (0.20واقل نسبة زيادة كان مقدارها ( لنت��ائج وج��ود زي��ادة معنوي��ة ف��ي مع��دل كثاف��ة الزي��ت عن��د معامل��ة النبات��ات ) بين��ت ا10لج��دول (ال��ى اام��ا بالنس��بة )% للتركي�زين عل�ى الت�والي مقارن�ة 2.1، 4.9) جزء من المليون من الجبرلين وكانت نسبة الزيادة (200، 100بالتركيزين ( ) 50)% للتركي�ز (3.4لملي�ون و() ج�زء م�ن ا10)% للتركي�ز (1.6مع معاملة السيطرة، اما الثايمين فقد بلغت نس�بة الزي�ادة ( جزء من المليون مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة اما من حيث الت�داخل فق�د ك�ان معنوي�ا ً ف�ي ه�ذه الص�فة واعل�ى نس�بة زي�ادة كان�ت )% عن��د المعامل��ة 2.5) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون للجب��رلين والث��ايمين واق��ل نس��بة زي��ادة كان��ت (100، 50)% عن��د المعامل��ة (7.6( ء م��ن الملي��ون لع��املي الدراس��ة مقارن��ة م��ع معامل��ة الس��يطرة. ان زي��ادة كثاف��ة الزي��ت ربم��ا تع��ود ال��ى زي��ادة ) ج��ز200، 10( كونات الصلبة في الزيت وذلك بعد المعاملة بالجبرلين والثايمين او عند التداخل بين الع�املين ودورهم�ا ف�ي تغيي�ر التركي�ب مال للزيت. ئيالكيميا س�تة م�ن الم�واد الفعال�ة لزي�ت الكم�ون اعتم�ادا ً عل�ى ت�وفر النم�اذج القياس�ية شخص�ت) 11لجدول (الى ااما بالنسبة ,p-cymene, α-pinene, terpinene, cuminaldehydeله����ا، ان الم����واد الفعال����ة المشخص����ة ه����ي: perillaldehyde, thymolطرة، كم�ا موض�ح ف�ي ، اختلفت تراكيز هذه المواد باختالف المعامالت مقارنة م�ع معامل�ة الس�ي ,terpinene) ج��زء م��ن الملي��ون اعط��ت زي��ادة ف��ي تركي��ز 100،200ان معامل��ة النبات��ات ب��الجبرلين (،إذ ) 11ج��دول ( cuminaldehyde, perillaldehyde, thymol قياس�ا ً م�ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة، كم�ا ان الجب�رلين ادى ال�ى خف�ض تراكي�ز α-pinene, p-cymene ) جزء من المليون مقارنة مع نبات�ات الس�يطرة وه�ذه النت�ائج تتف�ق م�ع 200، 100عند المعاملتين ( )ج�����زء م�����ن الملي�����ون للث�����ايمين ادى ال�����ى زي�����ادة تراكي�����ز 10]، اظه�����ر الج�����دول ان معامل�����ة النبات�����ات ب�����التركيز (21[ cuminalaldehyde, perillaldehyde, thymol وادت المعامل���ة ايض���ا ً ال���ى انخف���اض تراكي���زα-pinene, pcymin, terpinene ) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون اث�ر ايجابي�ا ً بزي�ادة 50بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة، كم�ا ان الث�ايمين ب�التركيز ( -αوادت المعامل��ة ال��ى انخف��اض ف��ي تراكي��ز α-pinene, terpinene, cuminaldehyde, perillaldehydeتراكي��ز pinene, thymol ف�ي نب�ات 23] ف�ي نب�ات ال�ورد الش�جيري و[22نت�ائج م�ع [مقارن�ة م�ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة واتفق�ت ه�ذه ال [ ) ج����زء م����ن الملي�����ون للجب����رلين والث�����ايمين اعط����ت اعل����ى تراكي�����ز لك����ل م�����ن 100، 50الحب����ة الس����وداء، ان معامل�����ة ( cuminaldehyde, perillaldehyde, thymol وس���جلت انخفاض���ا ً ف���ي ك���ل م���نα-pinene, p-cymene, terpinene ج�زء م�ن 50) ج�زء م�ن الملي�ون للجب�رلين و (100يطرة. نستنتج مما س�بق ان التركي�ز (مقارنة مع نباتات الس ( ) ج�زء م�ن 100المليون للثايمين اعطيا زيادة في مكونات الحاصل والمكونات الفعالة للزيت الطيار كما ان ت�داخل الجب�رلين ( لمدروسة.) جزء من المليون اعطيا افضل النتائج في الصفات ا50المليون والثايمين ( المصادر ). تصنيف النباتات البذرية. جامعة بغداد، وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي، العراق.1988الكاتب، يوسف منصور ( -1 ). االعشاب والتجميل. مكتبة جزيرة الورد، القاهرة، مصر.2005عبدة، محمد ( -2 3bimbraw, v. s. (2006). agro-techniques for umbelliferous medicinal and aromatic plants of india. international book distributing co, india. 4romeilah, r. m.; fayed, s. a. and mahmoud, g. i. (2010). chemical composition, antiviral and antioxidant activities of seven essential oils. j. appl. sci. res., 6(1): 50-62. 5verma, s. k. and verma, m. (2008). plant physiology, biochemistry and biotechnology. s. chand and company ltd, india. 6jain, v. k. (2009). plant physiology. s. chand company led, india. الحيوية. جامعة الموصل، وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي، العراق.). اساسيات الكيمياء 1980داللي، باسل كامل ( -7 biology 24 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ). الكيمي��اء الحيوي��ة (الج��زء الث��اني). كلي��ة الزراع��ة، جامع��ة بغ��داد، وزارة التعل��يم 1990ال��داوودي، عل��ي محم��د حس��ن ( -8 العالي والبحث العلمي، العراق. ا ومكوناتها. الدار العربية للكاتب، ليبيا.). النباتات الطبية زراعته1992حسين، فوزي طه قطب ( -9 ل��بعض العملي��ات الحقلي��ة ciminum cyminum). اس��تجابة محص��ول الكم��ون 2009المحم��دي، عقي��ل نج��م عب��ود ( -10 واثرها في بعض الصفات الفسلجية والحاصل والمادة الفعالة. اطروحة دكتوراه، كلية الزراعة، جامعة بغداد، العراق. glycyrrhizinوبع��ض المغ��ذيات عل��ى انت��اج الكلس��يرايزين ga3). ت��أثير الجب��رلين 2005امر عب��د هللا (العجيل��ي، ث�� -11 . اطروحة دكتوراه، كلية الزراع�ة، جامع�ة بغ�داد، glycyrrhiza glabraوبعض المكونات االخرى في نبات عرق السوس العراق. 12donald, c. m. (1962). in search of yield. j. aust. inst. agric. sci., 280: 361-405. 13schaffelen, a. c. h. (1961). quick test for soil and plant analysis used by small laboratories. neth. j. agric., 9: 2-16. 14british pharmacopoeia (1986). the pharmaceutical. press, london. 15chen, b. h.; vhuang, j. r.; lin, j. h. and chiu, c. p. (1993). quantification of provitamin compound in chinese vegetables by high performance liquid chromatography. j. food protection, 56(1): 51-54. 16litte, t. n. and hills, f. j. (1978). agricultural experimentation design and analysis. john wiley and sons, new york. 17mostafa , h. a. m.; el-bassiouny, h. m. s.; khattab, h. k. i. and sadek, m. s. (2005). improving the characteristics of roselle seed as a new source of protein and lipid by gibberellins and benzyl-adenine application. j. appl. sci. res., 1(2): 161-167. 18kgwasaki, t. (1992). modern chromatographic analysis of vitamin. vol. 60, marcel dekker inc., new york, usa. 19essa, z. m. (1992). physiological studies on some rose varieties. ph. d. thesis, fac. agric. ain-shams univ., egypt. 20eid, r. a.; taha, l. s. and ibrahim, s. m. m. (2010). physiological properties on essential oil of jasminum grandflorum l. as affected by some vitamins. ozean. j. appl. sci., 3(1): 87-96. 21reda, f.; baroty, g. s. a.; talaat, i. m.; abid el-rhim, i. a. and ayad, h. s. (2007). effect of some growth regulators and vitamins on essential oil, phenolic content and activity of oxidoreduetuse enzyme of thymus vulgaris l. world j. agric. sc., 3(5): 630-638. ). تأثير منظمات النمو والفيتامينات ف�ي نم�و وازه�ار وحاص�ل الزي�ت ومكونات�ه 2006ح (السامرائي، سميرة محمد صال -22 صنف السلطاني. رسالة ماجستير، كلية الزراعة، جامعة البصرة، العراق. rosa hbridalلنبات الورد الشجيري 23hendawy, s. f. and ezz-el-din, a. a. (2010). growth and yield of foeniculum vulgar varazoricum as in fluenced by some vitamins and amino acids. ozean. j. appl. sc., 3(1): 113122. لبعض المواد الفعالة في الزيت الطيار لثمار نبات الكمون. hplc): ظروف الفصل الكروماتوغرافي 1الجدول ( mm i.d 4.6 × 50 طول العمود m 0.01محلول منظم فوسفات االمونيوم الطور المتحرك مليلتر/ دقيقة 0.9 سرعان جريان الطور المتحرك 254االشعة فوق البنفسجية عند الطول الموجي نوع الكاشف م 30ْ درجة حرارة الفصل biology 25 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ): زمن احتجاز ومساحات الحزم لبعض المواد الفعالة في الزيت الطيار لثمار الكمون.2الجدول ( المساحة زمن االحتجاز المادة القياسية النموذج القياسي رقم 1 α-penine 0.98 16151 2 p-cymene 1.8 11535 3 terpinene 2.56 16382 4 cuinaldehyde 3.56 14975 5 perillaldehyde 4.32 17007 6 thymol 5.32 16955 ) ثمرة.1000في وزن (): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما 3الجدول ( تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 4.50 5.00 5.50 5.00 100 6.20 5.79 6.54 6.18 200 5.20 5.79 6.20 5.73 6.08 5.53 5.30 المعدل lsd )0.05( 0.217تركيز الجبرلين= 0.217تركيز الثايمين= 0.376التداخل= ).1-): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في حاصل النبات الواحد(غم. نبات4(الجدول تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 0.99 1.13 1.30 1.14 100 1.33 1.38 1.41 1.37 200 1.14 1.32 1.36 1.27 1.36 1.28 1.15 المعدل lsd )0.05( 0.009الجبرلين= تركيز 0.009تركيز الثايمين= 0.016التداخل= ): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في دليل الحصاد %.5الجدول ( تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 2.85 3.15 3.70 3.23 100 4.20 4.25 5.40 4.62 200 3.20 4.20 4.20 3.87 4.43 3.87 3.42 المعدل lsd )0.05( 0.216تركيز الجبرلين= 0.216تركيز الثايمين= 0.374التداخل= biology 26 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في نسبة البروتين % في الثمار.6الجدول ( تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 14.15 15.00 16.34 15.16 100 16.90 19.81 20.72 19.14 200 15.50 17.68 18.72 17.30 18.59 17.50 15.52 المعدل lsd )0.05( 0.347تركيز الجبرلين= 0.347تركيز الثايمين= 0.601التداخل= الطيار في الثمار.): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في النسبة المئوية للزيت 7الجدول ( تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 2.42 2.47 2.77 2.55 100 3.00 3.41 3.53 3.31 200 2.51 2.82 3.15 2.83 3.15 2.90 2.64 المعدل lsd )0.05( 0.036تركيز الجبرلين= 0.036تركيز الثايمين= 0.063التداخل= ): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في الوزن النوعي للزيت الطيار.8(الجدول تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 0.725 0.750 0.922 0.799 100 0.934 0.994 1.030 0.986 200 0.773 0.913 0.975 0.887 0.976 0.886 0.811 المعدل lsd )0.05( 0.008تركيز الجبرلين= 0.008تركيز الثايمين= 0.015التداخل= ): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في معامل انكسار الزيت.9الجدول ( تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 1.507 1.509 1.510 1.509 100 1.511 1.514 1.514 1.513 200 1.510 1.510 1.513 1.511 1.512 1.511 1.509 المعدل lsd )0.05( .n.sتركيز الجبرلين= .n.sتركيز الثايمين= 0.001التداخل= biology 27 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ).1-): تأثير الجبرلين والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في كثافة الزيت الطيار (ملغم. مايكروليتر10الجدول ( تركيز الجبرلين )ppm( )ppmتركيز الثايمين ( المعدل 50 10 0 0 0.914 0.919 0.934 0.922 100 0.947 0.972 0.986 0.968 200 0.923 0.937 0.960 0.942 0.960 0.943 0.928 المعدل lsd )0.05( 0.002تركيز الجبرلين= 0.002تركيز الثايمين= 0.003التداخل= ).1-والثايمين والتداخل بينهما في تركيز المواد الفعالة للزيت الطيار (مايكروغرام. مليلتر): تأثير الجبرلين 11الجدول ( ga3 200 vb1 50 ga3 100 vb1 50 ga3 200 vb1 10 ga3 100 vb1 10 ga3 0 vb1 50 ga3 0 vb1 10 ga3 200 vb1 0 ga3 100 vb1 0 ga3 0 vb 0 المكونات 25.18 41.17 76.17 875.69 68.23 17.90 27.00 20.32 55 1α-pinene 159.94 21.28 31.68 647.21 137.79 26.93 25.81 24.43 147.05 2p-cymene 10.56 95.49 114.28 3866.25 157.77 16.9 150.17 164.40 129.32 3terpinene 223.31 4762.64 959.74 920.70 880.25 151.24 826.49 1284.88 147.60 4cuminaldehyde 1364.04 941.64 210.01 333.84 238.50 154.26 236.41 308.97 56.61 5 perillaldehyde 446.55 294.83 91.93 n.d 5.30 208.12 98.82 130.85 27.81 6thymol biology 28 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 effect of ga3, thiamine in some yield component and active substance on cumin (cuminum cyminum l.) w. a. alkaisy, a. h. r. al-shweely department of biology, collage of education ibn-alhaitham, university of baghdad. received in:25 december 2011 accepted in:26 february 2012 abstract the experiment was conducted at field of garden of department of biology, collage of education (ibn-al-haitham) university of baghdad during winter season of 2009-2010. the aim of present study is the effect of growth regulator gibberellins by using two concentrations (100, 200) ppm and also thiamine in two concentrations (10, 50) ppm, on the some yield component characters and active component of volatile oil cumin (cuminum cyminum l.). the results showed that ga3 in (100) ppm increased the yield component, protein concentration and increased in cuminaldehyde, perillaldehyde and thyoml concentration. the results showed that the best concentration was (50) ppm of thiamine showed an increasing concentration of (cuminaldehyde, terpinene amd perillaldehyde). the interaction between (100) ppm gibberellin and (50) ppm thiamine gave an increase in most parameter used in present study. key word: gibberellin, thiamine, cumin 17062012113415_005 17062012113415_006 17062012113415_007 17062012113415_008 17062012113415_009 17062012113415_010 17062012113415_011 17062012113415_012 17062012113415_013 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 producing cepowders by (licvd)process and using tea-co2 laser s. n. mazher , g. s. karim department of physics ,collage of science for women , university of baghdad department of physics , collage of education, al-mustansiriyah university abstract in this research , aprocess ( licvd) was used for producing silicon nitride powders with chemical compositon si3n4 ,by using tea-co2 laser to induc reaction in the gas phase, nh3 was used as on additive to sih4. reactant gases that were vibrationaly heated by absorbing energy emitted from tea-co2 laser decomposes throug coillsion assisted multiple photon dissociation causing si3n4 powders. by the dependence of the licvd process on varios parameters such as laser intensity , total gas pressure, partial pressures of sih4 and nh3 were investigated. dissociation rate as a function of laser intensity and pressure was investigated. the powders obtained exhibit various colors from brown which is rich in si to white.this explains that licvd sin powders do not have a fixed stoichiometry but depend on the processing parameters, such as sih4/nh3 ratio. 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد وبأستخدام ليزر (licvd ) بطريقة si3n4تكوين مساحيق سيراميكية tea-co2 غـادة صباح كرمصباح نـوري مـزهر ، جامعة بغداد ،للبنات كليةالعلومقسم الفيزياء ، الجامعة المستنصرية، كلية التربية قسم الفيزياء ، الخالصــــة ،وذلك من خالل si3n4وبتركيب كيميائي مساحيق سيراميكية لتكوين (licvd )طريقة تعمال أس حثتم في هذا الب وأن الغازات المتفاعلة والمسخنة باالهتزاز sih4لغاز امضاف عامال nh3لحث التفاعل لغاز tea-co2أستخدام النفصال المتعدد للفوتونات والمكون ذلك بالليزر تتفكك خالل التصادم و عن طريق امتصاص الطاقة المنبعثة من ا . si3n4لمساحيق والضغط الكلي ،حساب متغيرات مختلفة مثل شدة أشعة الليزر )كثافة الطاقة (تم (licvd)وباالعتماد على طريقة نسبة االنفصال دالة لشدة أشعة الليزر والضغط .حسبت و . nh3و sih4والضغوط الجزيئية لغازي وأظهرت المساحيق الناتجة الوان مختلفة تتراوح من اللون البني الذي يكون غني بالسليكون الى اللون االبيض وهذا هو التمتلك معيارية ثابتة وذلك باالعتماد على licvdالسليكون نتريد والمحضرة بطريقة السبب الذي يفسر بان مساحيق . sih4 / nh3متغيرات التحضير مثل نسبة ة ــالمقدم والتطبيقات السيلكون نتريد من المواد السيراميكية التي ازداد األهتمام بها في مجال التطبيقات الصناعية ديع ، (3mg/cm3-2) وكثافة واطئة (1400ocمن صالبة عالية ومقاومة للحرارة )الحرارية العالية نظرًا للمزايا التي تمتلكها . ان البحوث األولية التي اجريت ألنتاج مادة السليكون نتريد بدأت في (1) ن صفات اخرىع فضالً ومقاومة جيدة للتأكسد يذ (sioه تطوير اغشية سيراميكية عازلة تحل محل او متممة ألغشية أوكسيد السيلكون )هبأتجا (7691عام ) .(3,2)الت متعددة في المجاالت الصناعية أستعما تأثير وفأن نوعيتها وكلفتها ذ من ثم التطبيقات الحرارية العالية و فيمهمة نتريد من المكونات الالسيلكون يعد ق التقليدية ائق تصنيع هذه المادة تؤثر في تركيب المسحوق وصفاته. ويوجد العديد من الطر ئاوطر هذه التطبيقات، فيكبير تعد من (licvd)ي ئبالبخار الكيميا . إال إن طريقة الليزر الحاث على الترسيب(45,)المتبعة في انتاج هذا المسحوق يئالتفاعل الكيميانظرًا لما توفره من فرصة ممتازة لدراسة ميكانيكية ستعملةق المائاكفأ الطر 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد للمواصفات التي تمتاز بها طريقة الترسيب بأشعة الليزر وكيمياء السطوح نظرًا (irالكيمياء الضوئية في منطقة ) وفهم (8,7,6) . األمتصاص متعدد الليزر الحاث للتفكك عن طريق ستعمالهذا البحث تم ترسيب مسحوق السليكون نتريد بأفي ة هو عند لهذه العمليان المبدا األساس نسب مختلفة.ب( و nh3واالمونيا ) (sih4الفوتونات لمزيج من غازي السيالين ) فأن الجزئية تمتص التي يرادللجزئية irحزمة امتصاص اساسية او مركبة في منطقة مع co2تطبيق خط انبعاث ليزر تحت شدة استضاءة الالتصادميعددًا من فوتونات األشعة تحت الحمراء كافية ألحداث تفكك للجزئية. ان التفكك الرنيني نبضي من دون الحاجة رزازية بليز تر متزن بشدة في الجزيئات بين المستويات األهتوزيع غيعالية اوجد طريقة جديدة لخلق الى العمليات الحرارية. الجزء العملي في هذا البحث جهاز ليزر . استخدام(7المنظومة المبينة في الشكل ) عمالمساحيق السيلكون نتريد بأست حضرت teaco2 ( نبضي من انتاج شركةlumonics incنوع ) (920l )( 3يزود بطاقة نبضية بحدودj للنبضة ) .10p( 20عند خط األنبعاث ) النافذة ( من 4mm-3) على بعدوللحصول على مسحوق السليكون نتريد تمت تهيئة الخلية ووضع المادة األساس نيا وغاز االمو ،atm-1 .cm-1 12.9)لك معاملة امتصاص )تالذي يم sih4االمامية لدخول الليزر، وملئها بمزيج من غاز nh3 واطئ لليزر لك معامل امتصاصتالذي يم طاقة الالتحكم ب. يتم تسليط اشعة الليزر على خلية التفاعل بطاقات مختلفة يتم p(20) (0.3 atm-1.cm-1)النبضي للخط قة. ان التفاعل الطاوذلك بامرار الحزمة من خالل خلية التوهين. يتم قياس طاقة الليزر باستخدام مقياس ةعملالمست في الطور الغازي يؤدي الى تكوين راسب ابيض صلب وهو مسحوق السيلكون نتريد nh3و sih4بين غازي يميائيالك (si3n4) نعومة والتصاق عالية. يذ النتائج و المناقشة .sih4تفكك جزيئات فيتأثير كثافة اشعة الليزر أ ظ عدم حلو ( 50mbarالشعة الليزر لضغط ثابت لغاز السيالين ) (j/cm2 0.1واطئة )اقل من باستخدام كثافة طاقة . (pulse 1200على الرغم من استخدام اعداد كبيرة من النبضات ) (sih4حدوث زيادة محسوسة في ضغط الغاز ) ( لوحظ تغير محسوس في ضغط الغاز وهذا دليل على حدوث j/cm 0.3كثافات طاقة اعلى وصواًل الى ) عمالوباست ( اذا ان 2)الشكلالتفكك متعددة الفوتونات فبزيادة كثافة الطاقة فأن عدد الجزيئات المشتركة بالتفاعل يزداد، عملية تحت الحمراء مما يؤدي الى تهيج لألشعة في المستويات بسبب المجال القوي زيادة كثافة الطاقة تعني زيادة األتساع .(6)المتفككة مما يؤدي الى زيادة الضغط وهذا يتفق مع زيئاتزيادة عدد الج من ثمعدد اكبر من الجزئيات و .sih4تفكك جزيئات فيغط تأثير الض ب (0.3j/cm2كثافة طاقة φ ) 2j تثبت طاقة اشعة الليزر على ،اذ لكل زمن تشعيع sih4ضغط غاز عند تغير حسوسة في ضغط الغاز بالرغم من ( اليوجد زيادة م3( شكل )1-25 mbar) sih4لوحظ عند الضغوط الواطئة لغاز لكثافة طاقة ( 50mbar(، وبزيادة الضغط فوق )1200pulse)استخدام عدد كبير من النبضات 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد لون ذا ظ بعد تفريغ الخلية تكون راسب ( اذ نالح4) ثابتة تبدأ الزيادة في الضغط الى ان تصل الى مرحلة األشباع الشكل .sih4فاعل ممايدل على حدوث عملية التفكك متعددة الفوتونات لغاز على جدران ونوافذ خلية الت (brown) بني ة الزيادة في ( اذا تم مالحظmbar 50عملية التفكك تكون عند عتبة ضغط بحدود ) نستطيع األستنتاج ان حدوث فتفكك الجزيئات الى سيلكون وهيدروجين (sih4لعدد النبضات فوق عتبة تفكك ضغط غاز )دالة ( 5ضغط الغاز )شكل الهيدروجين الناتجة من السيالين وجزيئات( sih2خطوات التفكك األولية يتكون ) في انه وتفسير عملية التفكك (9) ( ممكن ان تؤدي الى sih4يجة مع )( في الحالة االرضية او المتهsih2اهتزازيًا. ان تفاعل )المتهيجة sih4 جزيئات النبضي على الليزرالمستمر co2( بكميات يمكن اهماله وهذا يعد من ايجابيات استخدام الليزر higher silanseتكون ) ثم تختفي %50حيث يتكون السيالين العالي من كميات عالية في المراحل األولى من التفاعل بنسبة تحويل اقل من (12,11, 10) . .لتفكيك الجزيئاتالمستعملة عدد الجزيئات المتفككة وعدد الفوتونات في sih4تأثير ضغط غاز -ج جراء تأأثير تفاعأل مكان وصف عملية األمتصاص متعدد الفوتونات بمقدار الطاقة الممتصة من قبل الجزيئاتاالب مجال األشعة او بمعدل الجزيئات المتفككة التي تساوي h eabs n  eabsالطاقة الممتصة =. h =طاقة الفوتون. ( و تطبيق العالقة األتية: sih4فمن حساب حجم خلية التفاعل وضغط غاز ) p = nkt pضغط الغاز =. n عدد الجزيئات في وحدة حجم التفاعل =. k =.ثابت بولتزمان t .درجة حرارة الغرفة = (1x 1020) وجد ان الجزيئات الموجودة في حجم التفاعل كانت بحدود( sih4( )25 mbarفضغط غاز ) في الخلية فكانت بحدود ( 1.66jاشعة الليزر بطاقة )جزيئة، اما عدد الجزيئات المتفككة جراء تسليط نبضة واحدة من (2.8 x 1015)حدة من لتفكيك جزيئة وا تعملةسالفوتونات الم ، ومن معرفة طاقة الفوتون الواحد وطاقة النبضة فأن عدد ( فوتون من فوتونات األشعة 112ذا علمنا ان الجزيئة الواحدة تحتاج الى )ا. ف(2.7x103( كانت تقريبًا )sih4جزيئات ) بشكل فعلي وانما تحولت الى حرارة داخل الخلية. هافوتون لم يتم امتصاص( 2586لكي تتفكك فأن مقداره )تحت الحمراء بينما عدد جزيئة، (x 1020 2.5) ودة في حجم التفاعل كانت بحدود( فأن عدد الجزيئات الموجmbar 50وعند ضغط ) لتفكيك جزيئة واحدة فكانت بحدود عملت( جزيئة، وعدد الفوتونات التي استx 1017 2.6المتفككة بحدود ) الجزيئات (3x1020) ( فوتون لم يتم امتصاصها من 180وان ) زيادة البالجزيئات و( 150ضغط الى mbar كانت عدد الجزيئات ) جزيئة، اما عدد (x 1017 5.6المتفككة )بينما عدد الجزيئات ( x 1020 6.3) الموجودة في حجم التفاعل بحدود 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ( فوتون لم يتم 44فوتون وان ما مقداره ) (x 102 1.56بحدود )لتفيكك جزيئة واحدة فكانت تعملةالفوتونات المس امتصاصها وانما تحولت الى حرارة. الغاز نتيجة ألمتصاص ولغرض تفسير النتائج المستحصلة، فعند تسليط اشعة الليزر تتهيج عدد من جزيئات الضغط تزداد عدد الجزيئات الموجودةادة وصولها الى حد التفكك وعند زي من ثم عددًا من فوتونات األشعة تحت الحمراء و العالي مع الجزيئات التهيج ذاان تصادم الجزيئات اذ ،يئاتالى زيادة التصادم بين الجز في حجم التفاعل مما يؤدي يعني تهيجها او امكانية وصولها الى المستويات شبه المستمرة وهذا ( v v) نوع األخرى يؤدي الى انتقال الطاقة من زيادة عدد الجزيئات المتهيجة مما يؤدي الى زيادة عدد الجزيئات المتفككة أي زيادة معدل التفكك من ثمكفوء. و بشكل وتونات األشعة تحت فوبذلك يتم امتصاص شبه تام لوبزيادة عدد الجزيئات تقل عدد الفوتونات الالزمة لتفكيك جزيئة .( 73) الموجودة في حجم التفاعل الحمراء من الجزيئات لون المسحوق المحضر فيضغط الغازات تأثير -د مع غاز عملةعلى الغازات األخرى المست (sih4( والسيالين )nh3مزيج من غاز األمونيا )يفضل استعمال (sih4 )يكون معقدُا اويحتاج الى طاقة اقلوهذا يعود الى ان التفاعل بين غازي األمونيا والسيالين ال . 500الى ) (mbar 25) ( منsih4سيب المسحوق نالحظ عند تغيير ضغط غاز )عند اجراء تجربة تر mbar )( ولضغط ثابت لغازnh3) (100 mbar) ولكثافة( 0.3طاقة ثابتة ألشعة الليزرj/cmانه عند ال ) ضغوط القليلة هذا اللون اذ (white to orange) سحوق من األبيض الى البرتقالييتراوح لون الم (sih4) لغاز الى ( orange to brown( ويعزى هذا التغير اللوني )mbar 100فوق )( sih4لضغط غاز )الى اللون البني (.7الجدول ) (1)الحر خالل التفاعل مع الليزر ترسيب السليكون 25من ) مونياغاز اال ( وتغييرmbar 150على ) (sih4)ز وعند تغيير نسب الغازات وذلك بتثبيت ضغط غا mbar) ( 450الى mbar لوحظ انه بزيادة غاز االمو ) نيا يتحول اللون البني الى البرتقالي ثم الى لون اسمر ضارب الى الى ابيض مصفر، اما عند ضغط يتحول اللون nh3 (150 mbar)غاز االمونيا ( وعند ضغطtanالصفرة ) (250 mbar) األبيض لمسحوق السليكون نتريد. نالحظ ان أي زيادة اضافية لغاز االمونيا اللون فقد تم الحصول على لون المنتوج. فياليوثر .غاز السيالين في دراسة تأثير اضافة غاز النتروجين -هـ 50( بضأغط )sih4غأاز ) ( مأعn2نسأب مختلفأة لغأاز النتأروجين ) تعمال اجريت تجربأة ترسأيب المسأحوق بأسأ mbarفعند ضغط غاز .) n2(75 mbar لوحظ ترسب مسحوق ذو لون بني ) على المادة االساس مما يدل علأى حصأول ( لم يتغير لأون المسأحوق المترسأب وهأذا يأدل 100 -150 mbar)n2نسب مختلفة من غاز عملية التفكك الضوئي. وبأخذ زر وترسأأب حبيبأات السأأيلكون لتفكأأك الضأوئي لغأأاز السأيالين جأأراء التعأرض ألشأأعة الليأالمسأحوق المترسأأب نتيجأة لعلأى ان اعأأداد قليلأأة جأأدًا مأأن السأأليكون وان غأأاز النتأأروجين لأأم يعمأأل اال علأأى نتأأردة وجأأدران خليأأة التفاعأألالصأألب علأأى األسأأاس ليكون المتكأون مأن تفكأك غأاز عأدم تفاعلهأا مأع مأع السأل( نتيجأة sih4غأاز ) فأياليأؤثر n2الحر، ولهذا فأأن اضأافة غأاز . (14,10 )النبضي وهذا يتفق مع co2 اشعة ليزر السيالين عند استخدام 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد references 1. borsella,e.; caneve ,l.; fantoni,r. and piccirillo,s. (1989) app. surface science, 36: 213-220. 2. taft,e.a. (1971) j. electrochem. soc., 118( 8): 1341-1346. 3. jianqing,d. and huang,z.x.(2002) journal of spectroscopy laboratory. 18: 78-83 . 4. julie, m. schoenung, (1991) ceramic bulletin, 70( 1): 112. 5. yuehui,yu. and fang, z. (1989) app. surface science, 40: 145. 6. ben – shaul,a,haas.y,kompa.k.l and levine.r.d, (1981) ( leaser and chemical change): springer seris in chemical physics 10. 7. yoshimi, k. izaki, and toshio kandori, (1985). japan. j app phys., 24(7):800. 8. besling, w. f.; vander put.p.j.j, and schoonman.j. (1995) j.phys.11(5): 195199. 9. hanabusa,m. and akira namiki, (1979) . app. phys. lett, 35 (8):626 . 10. bertolott, m.; consalvo.d, mele.a, (1989) app. surface science, 36: 89. 11. wang,w.; liu,s.h; zhang,y. and mei,y.b. (1996) phys.b.v.225,issues1-2:p137-141 . 12. zhang, h.;wri.a, and chen.k, 2001.,the solid films v.368.issues.2.p.315 318 13. yang.zhi-mei, and yang. wen-bin, 2004 .j.vacuum science and technology, v 122 .1232-1238. 14. mo.c, wang.t,; cai.s, and xie.c, 1993, phys. state.solid. v.136.issues.2 p.291 300 . 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد يبين تغير لون المسحوق مع ضغط غازي االمونيا والسيالين. (1جدول رقم ) run pressure color . ل مخطط للمنظومة المستخدمةـثـيم (1شكل رقم ) 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد no. nh3 mbar sih4mbar sin 1 100 25 white 2 100 50 white 3 100 100 orange 4 100 150 lt. brown 5 100 250 brown 6 100 350 brown 7 100 500 brown 1 25 150 brown 2 75 150 lt. brown 3 100 150 orange 4 125 150 lt. orange 5 150 150 tan 6 200 150 white 7 300 150 white 8 450 150 white مع عدد النبضات دالة لكثافة الطاقة sih4يبين التغير في ضغط غاز (2شكل رقم ) يبين التغير في الضغط مع عدد النبضات دالة للضغط األبتدائي (3شكل رقم ) 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد عدد النبضات دالة للضغط األبتدائي.(يبين التغير في الضغط مع 4شكل) يبين النسبة بين الضغط الكلي النهائي الى األبتدائي دالة لعدد (5شكل رقم ) po=50mbarالنبضات عند رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص )الخضیري( في البط المحلي stomach دراسة نسجیة للمعدة anas platyrhynchos *روزة جھاد جبر، الھادي السوداني أرجوان عبد ،اء ربیع الھاللي شیم ة القادسیة جامع،كلیة التربیة،قسم علوم الحیاة دیوانیة،المعھد التقني* 2009،ایلول ،27استلم البحث في 2010، اذار،29، قبل البحث في الخالصة ��ب النس��جي للمع��دة �ة التركی ��ث إل��ى دراس� ��ي ) المع��دة الغدی��ة والمع��دة العض��لیة( stomachیھ��دف البح ف��ي ال��بط المحل إلناث على ح�د س�واء وبع�د التض�حیة ب�الطیور ، anas platyrhynchos)الخضیري ( إذ استخدمت ستة طیور شملت الذكور وا %. 10فتحت منطقة البطن ثم فصلت المعدة من اتصالھا بالقناة الھضمیة وبعد تنظیفھا حفظت في محلول الفورمالین �ت المخاطی�ة أظھرت الدراسة النسجیة إن جدار المعدة الغدیة والقانصة یتكون من أربع غالالت ھي الغاللة المخاطی�ة والغالل�ة تح �ة المص��لیة، وج�د ف�ي المع��دة الغدی�ة إن الطبق�ة المخاطی��ة العض�لیة ھ�ي الج��زء اإلف�رازي لھ�ذا العض��و، والغالل�ة العض�لیة والغالل الت ولوحظ وجود المادة المتقرنة التي تبطن تجویف القانصة وظھرت الغاللة العضلیة الخارجیة ھ�ي ا ألكث�ر س�مكاً م�ن ب�ین الغ�ال . األربعة المقدمة ة تترتب على أجھزتھا المختلف�ة ومنھ�ا الجھ�از الھض�مي، إذ یك�ون تختلف الطیور عن اللبائن تركیبیاً وھذه االختالفات المدھش �ا یومی�اً ل�ذلك فھ�ي م�رة بق�در 20الجھاز الھضمي في معظم أنواع الطیور معقداً وتستطیع الطیور الصغیرة تناول أكثر م�ن وزنھ ] 1[.جداً للحفاظ على متطلباتھا الغذائیة العالیة اً عالی اً تمتلك أیض ج�زأین یق�ع أح�داھما بع�د األخ�ر وینفص�الن ع�ن علىالجزء الفعال في الجھاز الھضمي للطیور وتنقسم stomachالمعدة دتع �ة وتمث�ل الج�زء الغ�دي للمع�دة وتق�وم ب�إفراز العص�ارات proventriculusبعضھما بفاصل، الجزء األول یعرف بالمعدة الغدی تق�وم ف gizzardأو القانص�ة ventriculusالھاضمة التي تھض�م الغ�ذاء أم�ا الج�زء الث�اني للمع�دة ال�ذي یمث�ل المع�دة العض�لیة . ]2[بطحن الطعام ومزجھ مع العصارات الھاضمة ، ویق�ع ھ�ذا ] [3لبطن�ي او مخروط�ي الش�كل یق�ع غالب�اً ف�ي الج�زء األیس�ر م�ن التجوی�ف والمعدة الغدیة عضو متطاول مغزلي أ �ة ال�ذي ی�رتبط معھ�ا بح�اجز أو ب�رزخ istالعضو بین المرئ الذي ال یفصلھ عنھ ح�دود واض�حة وب�ین القانص hmus [4] . إن ، ویت�زود عص�بیاً ]hcl ]5لھی�دروكلوریك الوظیفة األولیة لھذا العضو ھي إنتاج وتحریر الببسین المع�دي والمخ�اط وح�امض ا .]6[طة شبكتین من الضفائر العصبیة من الجھاز العصبي الباراسمبثاوي ابوس �د م�ن الغ�دد اإلفرازی�ة المعدی�ة الت�ي ت�نظم بوس� ة بغشاء مخاطي غدي یحت�وي عل�ى العدی ة مبطن طة عوام�ل اتكون المعدة الغدی الی��ا متخصص��ة إلنت��اج أن��زیم الببس��ین وأخ��رى متخصص��ة إلنت��اج ح��امض وھرمونی��ة، ول��م یالح��ظ ف��ي ال��دجاج خ ةعص��بی احت��وت المع�دة الغدی��ة ف�ي ال�دجاج عل��ى ن�وع واح��د م�ن الخالی�ا تس��مى الخالی�ا الببتیدی��ة الف�ارزة للح��امض انم�االھای�دروكلوریك oxy nitico –pep tic cells 7[مشابھة للخالیا المنتجة لإلنزیم والحامض الموجودة في اللبائن[. م�ن اإلنزیم�ات اً یكون العصیر المعدي ف�ي المع�دة الغدی�ة للطی�ور مش�ابھا ف�ي تركیب�ھ لم�ا موج�ود ف�ي اللب�ائن، إذ یك�ون خلیط� إذ یقوم حامض الھایدروكلوریك بتفعی�ل عم�ل اإلنزیم�ات الھاض�مة ف�ي ح�ین یق�وم ،الھاضمة وحامض الھایدروكلوریك والمخاط ]8 ،9[.تھضم نفسھاالمخاط بحمایة بطانة المعدة من إن تحت�وي الخالی�ا الف�ارزة للح��امض عل�ى حبیب�ات الزایم�وجین أو الببس��ینوجین وتعتم�د كمی�ة ھ�ذه الحبیب��ات عل�ى درج�ة الفعالی��ة .]5[االنقطاع عن الطعام وینقص عددھا مباشرة بعد تناول الطعام مدةالوظیفیة، إذ تزداد خالل تحتین تفتح األولى مع المعدة الغدیة والثانیة مع االثنى عشر، وھي عضو تعد القانصة قرص عضلي سمیك یحتوي عل ى ف تخصص، عضلي جداً تختلف في سمك طبقتھا العضلیة اعتماداً على نوع الطعام المستھلك وتمتلك القانصة ]1[.طحن عالي ال عن حمایة السطح المخاطي المبطن جدارھا العضلي السمیك بطانة بروتینیة قویة تساعدھا على طحن الطعام فضالً فضالًعن تحطم نتیجة ر بوسلللقانصة من ال ي الذي یأتیھا من التقلصات القویة كذلك یحمیھا من التآكل والتنخ إلنزیمي الحامض طة الخلیط ا ال بوصفھاالمعدة الغدیة، كما تحتوي القانصة على حصى صغیرة یبتلعھا الطیر مع الطعام وتعد ھذه الحصى مھمة جداً للطیور ً .]10[تملك أسناناً وال تستطیع أن تھضم الطعام میكانیكیا رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص seedتكون القانصة سمیكة في الطیور أكالت الحبوب eaters مثل الحمام وتكون مبطنة بمادة كیراتینة متقرنة تساعدھا في لذي یؤدي دوراً مھما في طحن الطعام طحن دقائق . ] 11[ الطعام وھضمھا میكانیكیاً فضالً عن ابتالعھا للحصى ا تتضمن خزن الطعام بینما یستمر الھضم الكیمیائي في المعدة الغدیة ومزج الطعام مع الحوامض عدیدة للقانصة وظائف ألكثر أھمیة للقانصة ھ إن الوظیفة . ]1 [انیكیة التي تؤدي إلى طحن الطعامي العملیات المیكواإلنزیمات الھاضمة ولكن الوظیفة ا ك الطعام وتجزئتھ herbivorousواكالت اإلعشاب ، graminivorousالرئیسة للقانصة في األنواع أكالت الحبوب ھي د د طة التقلصات العضلیة القویة التي تساعدھا بطانة ااوتحضیره لإلنزیمات الھاضمة وھذا ینجز بوس لكیوتكل الداخلیة ووجو القانصة دورًا اقل أھمیة بالھضم المیكانیكي للطعام كما في أكالت ؤديالحصى الصغیرة في التجویف، وفي أنواع أخرى ت للطعام عندما یؤدي العصیر المعدي دوره في تحلیل الطعام اً خازن اً تكون وظیفتھا األساسیة كعضو carnivorousاللحوم . ] 12[ ئق اصغر وتحویلھ إلى دقا المواد وطرائق العمل ست عینات من البط جمعتتم شراء الطیور المختارة للدراسة من أسواق بیع الطیور في محافظة الدیوانیة إذ لطیور تم عمل شق في الجلد في الجھة البطنیة المحلي شملت الذكور واإلناث على حد سواء وبعد التضحیة با من الطعام والحصى ثم أخذت العینات وثبتت في محلول وفتحت ونظفت العینات جمعتدھا للجسم وبع ساعة ثم غسلت العینات بالماء الجاري ومررت بسلسلة تصاعدیة من الكحول 48مدة % 10الفورمالین ثم روقت بالزایلول وطمرت بشمع البرافین ثم قطعت إلى شرائح بسمك% 100إلى % 50االثیلي ابتداءمن ) . 13(ایوسین –خمسة مایكرومیتر وحملت وصبغت بصبغة ھارس ھیماتوكسلین oly الشرائح الزجاجیة بالمجھر الضوئي فحصتوبعدھا mp us وعلى قوى تكبیر مختلفة وصورت المقاطع oly(. باستخدام كامیرا التصویر mp us c35( النتائج والمناقشة ت نتائج الفحص النسجي إن جدار المعد الت في البط المحلي یتكون من أربع الغدیة ةأظھر :ھي غال tunica mالغاللة المخاطیة : أوالً ucosa ى تح قنواتھا في عدد كبیر من االرتفاعات التي تدع ي تبطن المعدة الغدیة وتضم ھذه الغاللة الغدد المعدیة التي تف ھي الغاللة الت papبالحلیمات illae ھي)1صورة (وتتكون ھذه الغاللة من ثالث طبقات والتي تبطن تجویف ھذا العضو: epithelial layالطبقة الظھاریة er :مكعبي بسیط تمثلت بنسیج ظھاري simple cuboidal epithelial tissue ینتظم وتختلف مع ]14[ھذه النتائج تتفق مع ما ذكره ). 2صورة ( plicaeعلى ھیئة طیات طویلة تشبھ الزغابات تسمى من الخالیا ]15[ ط خال نسیج ظھاري عمودي بسی ي الطیور ھو الذي ذكر بان النسیج الظھاري الذي یبطن المعدة الغدیة ف . goblet cellsالكاسیة ألصلیة lamina propالصفیحة ا eria : بقة ج ضام مفكك ھي ط ل loose connective tissue من نسی ع داخل وأسف یق یحة األصلیة تقع ]16[وھذا ما أكده ) 1صورة (یة وتتخللھ األوعیة الدمویة واألعصاب الطیات الطویلة للطبقة الظھار إن الصف ى ةأسفل الطبقة الظھاریة وفي مركز كل طی من طیات النسیج الظھاري لدعم وإسناد ھذه الطیات كذلك أشار ھذا الباحث إل .احتوائھا على األوعیة الدمویة muscularis mالطبقة المخاطیة العضلیة ucosa lay er :إذ تشغل السمك ،تمثل ھذه الطبقة الجزء اإلفرازي لھذا العضو ألكبر من جدار المعدة الغدیة كما أنھا تكون مشغولة بالكامل بالغدد المعدیة التي تترتب على ھیئة فصیصات أو lobulesا ل وحدات إفرازیة وكانت ھذه الطبقة عبارة عن حزم صغیرة من األلیاف العضلیة الملساء وكانت غیر مستمرة ومنتشرة حو الوحدات اإلفرازیة ومتمثلة بطبقتین نحیفتین داخلیة تقع أسفل الطیات المخاطیة وخارجیة تقع أسفل الوحدات اإلفرازیة ظھرت ة دمویة وأعصاب ویحتوي كل فصی ص الوحدات اإلفرازیة مغلفة ومفصولة عن بعضھا بحاجز من نسیج ضام تمر خاللھ أوعی ل إلى تجویف المعدة عن طریق القنوات اإلفرازیة central cavityعلى تجویف مركزي تصب فیھ الغدد افرازاتھا التي تنتق ي الحلیمات على سطح الطبقة المخاطیة تح ف ن الغدد المعدیة تخترق الطبقة ]17[وھذا یتفق مع ما ذكره ). 3صورة(إلى تف من إ ى . طور الجنیني للعدید من الطیور مما یؤدي إلى انفصالھا إلى طبقتین داخلیة وخارجیةالمخاطیة العضلیة خالل مراحل الت وعل 18 [كره ھذا األساس فان الطبقة المخاطیة العضلیة تمثل الجزء اإلفرازي في المعدة الغدیة للبط المحلي وھذا یختلف مع ما ذ .من إن الغدد المعدیة تشغل الغاللة تحت المخاطیة]19[و] المستقیمة التي تصب في التجویف المركزي لكل فصیص alveoliكون جدار كل فصیص من عدد كبیر من االسناخ ویت وتكون ھذه االسناخ مبطنة بنسیج ظھاري مكعبي أو عمودي واطئ بسیط تكون خالیاه عمودیة واطئة تظھر في المقطع بالمظھر رفة والتطبیقیة 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص ط ، ]20[تتفق ھذه النتائج مع ما ذكره ). 4صورة (المسنن لعدم وجود روابط جانبیة بین الخالیا المتجاورة إذ بین إن الرواب ران الجانبیة لخالیا االسناخ الغدیة لذا فان الموقع القا نصف األخیر من الجد عدي النھائیة التي تربط الخالیا المتجاورة تقع في ال ل راز كما ھو الحا لھذه الحواجز أو الروابط یسمح باستخدام اغلب األسطح الجانبیة للخالیا فضال عن سطوحھا القمیة لعملیة اإلف .لمعدة اللبائن parietal cellsفي الخالیا الجداریة intracellular canaliculiفي القنیات بین الخلویة tunica sub mucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطیة : ثانیاً ظھرت ھذه الغاللة مختزلة كثیراً بسب اقتراب الجزء الخارجي للغاللة العضلیة من الطبقة المخاطیة العضلیة للغاللة تترتب white fibrous connective tissueالمخاطیة وتمثلت ھذه الغاللة بحزمة ضیقة من نسیج ضام لیفي ابیض من أن الغاللة تحت ]15[وتختلف مع ما ذكره]21[و ]16[النتیجة تتفق مع ما ذكره وھذه ).5صورة (ھ ترتیباً طولیاً ألیاف ألكبر من جدار المعدة الغدیة وتكون مشغولة بالغدد المعدیة .المخاطیة تشغل السمك ا tunica mالغاللة العضلیة : ثالثاً uscularis ً دائریاً حول المحور تمثلت بحزم من األلیاف العضلیة الملساء التي تمیزت إلى طبقتین ط بقة داخلیة سمیكة تترتب ألیافھا ترتیبا الطولي للمعدة وطبقة خارجیة رقیقة جداً تترتب ألیافھا ترتیباً طولیاً موازیاً للمحور الطولي للمعدة ولوحظ وجود ضفیرة عصبیة ذه النتائج تتفق مع ما ذكره) 6صورة(بین ھاتین الطبقتین من إن الغاللة العضلیة الخارجیة تكون رقیقة ]15[وتختلف مع ]16[ھ .یزھا في المقاطع النسجیةیجدا بحیث ال یمكن تم tunica serosaالغاللة المصلیة : رابعاً ه طبقة واحدة من الخالیا المتوسطة كما لوحظ وجود أوعیة دمویة وأعصاب ج ضام مفكك تحد . 7صورة (طبقة رقیقة من نسی ( .]21[و]14[ا ذكره وھذه النتیجة تتفق مع م الت الى ا أما بالنسبة ھ یتكون من أربع غال :ھي أیضالتركیب النسجي لجدار القانصة في البط المحلي فأظھرت النتائج بأن tunica mالغاللة المخاطیة :أوالً ucosa وظھرت الطبقة الظھاریة rugaeظھرت الغاللة المخاطیة على شكل انبعاجات تبرز إلى تجویف المعدة تدعى بالتجاعید gizzمتباینة األطوال وممتدة إلى طبقة الصفیحة األصلیة مكونة نقر القانصة foldsعلى شكل طیات ard pits التي تمر إلى المادة المتقرنة keratinoidالطبقة الغدیة كما یبطن سطح الغاللة المخاطیة غشاء متقرن من مادة سمیكة خضراء اللون تدعى ب تجویف ونقر القانصة التي تمأل كما تتفق .في دراستھم للمعدة في طائر الحجل]14[وھذه النتیجة تتفق مع ما ذكره ). 8صورة ( ي ]22[النتیجة مع ما ذكره الذي الحظ أن القانصة تكون مبطنة بطبقة تشبھ الكیراتین تتكون من الكاربوھیدرات والبروتینات الت . تفرزھا خالیا الطبقة الظھاریة ى من ثم وجود أو عدم وجود ھذا الغشاء المتقرن یتعلق بنوع الغذاء و أن وظیفة القانصة في الطیور وھذا التفسیر اعتماداً عل ي تمتلك قانصة عضلیة متطورة تمتلك غشاء سمیك ]2[ما ذكره یحمي بطانة ھذا العضو عندما یكون اً من أن أنواع الطیور الت :وتكونت الغاللة المخاطیة من ثالث طبقات ھي. ام المطحونسطح القانصة الداخلي مغطى بالطع epithelial layerالطبقة الظھاریة صورة (نوى كرویة وقاعدیة الموقع تمثلت ھذه الطبقة بنسیج ظھاري عمودي بسیط وكانت الخالیا الظھاریة عمودیة واطئة ذا ة لسطح الغاللة المخاطیة عبارة عن نسیج ظھاري عمودي من أن الطبقة الظھاریة المبطن ]23[وھذا یتفق مع ما ذكره). 9 . بسیط یحة األصلیة laminالصف a prop eria ى الغدد المعدیة النبیبیة اً مفكك اً ضام اً ظھرت ھذه الطبقة كنسیج توي عل حاوي على أوعیة دمویة وأعصاب كذلك یح تجویف القانصةالتي تطرح افرازاتھا خالل ا straight tubular glandsالمستقیمة إذ ظھرت األجزاء الفارزة لھذه ،لنقر إلى . 10صورة (الغدد كمجامیع صغیرة تنفصل عن بعضھا بحاجز من نسیج ضام صفھم الصفیحة األصلیة ) واختلف الباحثون في و تلفة في كونھا نسیج ضام كثیف أو مفكك وربما یعود ھذا االختالف إلى التباین في عدد د بین أنواع الطیور المخ الغدد التي توج في ھذه الطبقة ألن القانصة في الطیور أكالت األعشاب واكالت الحبوب تؤدي وظیفتھا اعتماداً على التقلصات العضلیة مع للطعام بینما تقوم العصارات المعدیة الھاضمة التي اً إسناد الطبقة المتقرنة بینما في الطیور أكالت اللحوم فإنھا تعمل كمخزن متفرزھا الغ .]12[دد بعملیة الھض نواة دائریة كبیرة ھي الخالیا الرئیسة يوظھرت النبیبات الغدیة مبطنة بصورة رئیسة بخالیا عمودیة إلى كمثریة الشكل ذ من إن الصفیحة األصلیة تكون مشغولة بالغدد ]24[وھذه النتائج تتفق مع ما ذكره ).11صورة ( chief cellsأو خالیا شیف . المعدیة مخاطیة العضلیة ا muscularis mلطبقة ال ucosa lay er مخاطیة صورة (ظھرت كطبقة رقیقة تمثلت بحزم من األلیاف العضلیة الملساء تفصل الغاللة المخاطیة عن الغاللة تحت ال .عن عدم وجود ھذه الطبقة في قانصة الطیور]16[وتختلف ھذه النتیجة مع ما أشار إلیھ).9 رفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم 2011) 1( 24للعلوم الص tunica sub mucosaالغاللة تحت المخاطیة : ثانیاً ي ).9صورة (لمجھري أن ھذه الغاللة عبارة عن نسیج ضام مفكك یحتوي على أوعیة دمویة وأعصاب ااظھر الفحص ف .ضم ألیاف صفراء ویكون مالصقاً للصفیحة األصلیةإلى إنھا عبارة عن نسیج ضام كثیف ی ]24[حین أشار tunica mالغاللة العضلیة : ثالثاً uscularis ى ثالث طبقات طبقة خارجیة وداخلیة رقیقة من األلیاف العضلیة ر القانصة وتمیزت إل ألكثر سمكاً في جدا ھي الغاللة ا لیاف العضلیة المرتبة ترتیباً مائالً كما لوحظ وجود أوعیة دمویة الملساء المترتبة ترتیباً طولیاً وطبقة وسطیة سمیكة جداً من األ . 13و12صورة(وأعصاب الذي ذكر أن الغاللة العضلیة تكون سمیكة في الطیور أكالت الحبوب واكالت ]15[وھذا یتفق مع) الذي ]25[ھذه النتیجة مع نتائج وال تتفق. اإلعشاب ألنھا تعتمد على التقلصات العضلیة للقانصة في ھضم تلك الدقائق الغذائیة ذكر إن الغاللة العضلیة الخارجیة للطیور تتألف من طبقتین فقط داخلیة سمیكة دائریة الترتیب وطبقة خارجیة رقیقة طولیة . الترتیب tunica serosaالغاللة المصلیة : رابعاً وأعصاب وكان ھذا النسیج محاط بطبقة من الخالیا على أوعیة دمویة اً حاوی اً مفكك اً ضام اً ظھرت ھذه الغاللة كنسیج من إن الغاللة المصلیة في قانصة الِحَجل عبارة عن ]14[تختلف النتیجة مع ما توصل إلیھ ).13الصورة (الظھاریة الحرشفیة . نسیج ضام كثیف المصادر 1-damron, s. w ) .2003 .( introduction to animal science. 2 nd .ed . ، prentice hall co .u .s. a :.995 111 2-konish, r. (2001). the birds gast ro intest inal tract. reprinted for educational p urp oses form bird talk gazine. feb. 2001. 3-getty, r. (1975). avian anatomy in anatomy of the domestic animals. , 2, w. b. saunder co.: 1866-1872. 4-bailey , t.a; m ensah-brown, e.p; samour, j.h;naldo, j.;lawrence, p and garner, a. (1997). comparative m orp hology of the alimentary tract and its glandular derivatives of captive bust ardsj. anat. 191:387-398. 5-duke, g. e. (1986). alimentary canal: anatomy, regu lation of feed ing, and motility . in "avia physiology ". p. d. sturkie ed. new york: sp ringer-verlag -6 m artinez, a. ; lopes, j. ; and sesma ،p ) .2004 .( the nervous sy st em of the chichken proventriculus :an immunocytochemical and vltrast ructural study . j. t listochemical. 32:63 70 7-hill, k. j. (1971). the structure of the alimentary tract. in "phy siology and biochemistry of the domestic fowl". d. j. bell and b. m . freeman eds. london: academic press, chap ter1. 8-m elvin, j. and reece, w.o. (1996). dukes fisiologia dos animais domésticos. 11.ed. r io d e janeiro: guanab ara koo gan,.:390-397. 9-sherri, c. (2003). avian digestive sy st em.holistic bird. news letter. devoted to health and healin g of a vian mind, body , sp irit.3:44-53. 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 10-liem, f.k.: bemis, e. w.; jrm w. f. w. and grand, l. (2001). functional anatomy of the vertebrates. 3 rd ed., harcourt college publishers. co. u.s.a.: 95-563. 11-hickman, p. c.; hi ckman. m . f. and kats, l. (1997). laboratory st udies in integrated p rinciples of z oology 9 th wcb\ m c graw hill co. u. s. a.: 22. 12-king, a.s. and m cclelland, j. (1975). out line of avian anatomy, 1 st edition bailliere, tindall, london: 33-39. 13-luna, l. g. (1968). m anual of histological st aining methods of the armed forces institut e of p athology . 3 rd ed.,m c graw.hill book.co, london. 14-rossi, j.r.; baraldi-art oni, s.m .; oliveira, d.; cruz, c.; franzo,v.s. and sa gula, a. (2005). m orp hology of glandular st omach and muscular st omach of the p artridge rhynchotus rufescens. santa maria.35:1319-1324 15-caceci, t. (2003). avian digestive sy stem. academic p ress, it haca network pp : 94. 16-hodges. r.d. (1974). t he hist ology of fowl. academic press, lodo.: 36-63. 17-farner, d. s. (1960). digestion and the digestive sy stem. in "biology and comparative physiology of birds" ;(edtd. by a. j. m arshall)., i: london; acad emic press. 18-bradly , o. g. and grahome, t. (1960). t he structure fowl the fowl. 4 th ed., edinurgh; oliver and boy d. 19-nickel, r. (1977). anatomy of the domestic birds. berlim: verlag paul parey,.:41-50. 20-toner, p. g. (1963). the fine st ructure of resting and active cells in the submucosal glands of the fowl proventriculus. j. anat. 96:575-583 21-banks, j.w. (1992). hist ologia veterinária aplicada. 2 nd , ed., sãopaulo: m anole:629. 22-cummins. j. (1996). overview of bird digestion. br. j. nut r. 56: 87-89. 23-king, a.s. and m cclelland, j. (1984). b irds, their st ructure and function, 2th edition, bailliere, tindall. london 2:94-101. 24-banks, j. w. (1993). ap p lied veterinary hist ology 3 rd ed.. m osby year book co. u. s.a.: 356358. 25-george, l. l. ( 1998). hist ologia co mparada. 2 nd ,ed., são paulo : roca.: 286. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 histological study of stomach in (mallard) anas platyrhynchos sh. r.al-helali ,a. a.al-sudani , r. j. jaber* department of biology,colleg of education,unive rsety of alqadisiya * technical institute , diwaniya recei ved in ,27,se pt,2009 accepted in , 29, march , 2010 abstract this search aim to st udy the histological st ructure of stomach of domest ic duck anas platyrhynchos. six healthy birds (males and females) are used and after their slaughter the abdominal region was carefully op ened and the st omach sep arated from it's connection with alimentary canal, cleaned with water and fixed in 10% formalin. the histological st udy showed that the wall of the glandular and muscular st omach consist of four tunicae:tunica m ucosa,tunica submucosa,tunica m uscularis and tunica serosa. the results suggested that the m uscularis mucosa lay er rep resented the secretary p art of glandular st omach, the keratinoid material lining the lumen of gizz ard, and the tunica muscularis was the thickest one among four tunicae. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 edge detection using circular sliding window a.a. d. al-zuky and h. j. m. al-taa'y department of physics, college of science, university of al-mustansiriya abstract in this paper, we devoted to use circular shape sliding block, in image edge determination. the circular blocks have symmetrical properties in all directions for the mask points around the central mask point. therefore, the introduced method is efficient to be use in detecting image edges, in all directions curved edges, and lines. the results exhibit a very good performance in detecting image edges, comparing with other edge detectors results. key-words: (edge image, circle mask, filtering algorithms, edge detector, thinning edge, segmentation) introduction the ascertaining of image edge is considered to be a heavy problem in image analysis and computer vision, where most of image information are conserve in image edges. therefore, one can construct important features from image edges. in many image analysis, and applications boundaries of the image targets are of particular attention. for instance, the size and the shape of the outline of the target can be frequently used to recognize the target or detect the abnormalities. so, many edge detection methods have been suggested and developed previously (1-6). most of these methods are based on the local image properties, and these methods are developed around the assumption that one wishes to identify step edges and they are optimally performed with respect to some criteria for this type of edge (1, 2, 5). theoretical considerations usually, the recognition of image edges is performing by using local image properties. this is implemented by adopting small box (rectangular or square) sliding window (mask) to extract the local image feature for the central point in the sliding box. this feature is utilized to detect image edge at this point by using thresholding operation. the simplest edge detection methods depend on the image gradient. if two targets with different gray mean values are adjacent to each other in the image (there will be a large change in gray levels means as we transit from one target to the next one). hence, discontinuities in image gray values would represent the edges that separate the two targets. for one dimensional function i(x) the derivative given by measures the rate of change in intensity with the distance (x). when is greater than a given threshold, we can say that the function is discontinuous. this can be extended into two dimensional function i(x,y).(5) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 if ≥ threshold then the function is discontinuous in point (x,y). the discontinuous point can be label as an edge point (5). the most conventional edge detectors are (robert gradient, sobel, and kirsch) see (1-3). there are other types of edge detection filters that determine the local inhomogeneous variability to precise the edges. these filters, are based on to determine the high order statistics and then to evaluate the edges. example of these filters (edge detector is based on computing local variance, and that one is based on computing coefficient of variation (7). all of the above mentioned filters used sliding box window to precise the edges. in this work we introduce a new type of circular sliding mask to keep symmetrical sorting of points around the central mask point. therefore, it can efficiently evaluate image edges. optimal edge detector the suggested adaptive edge detector algorithm, that is based on using circular sliding block. this is performs by applying the following procedure. 1) determine radius of circular mask (r). 2) put threshold (th.) (of the determined edges). 3) generate four different circular masks, to evaluate the edges in four directions. the four circular windows are shown as below: 4) applying the circular sliding mask to scan the image plane point by point. the edge detection operations are performing by using the following algorithm: (a) these masks are use to detect edges in four directions, a) horizontally, b) vertically, c) from top right to left down, and d) from top left to right down. (b) (d) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 result and discussion in this study, we have tested an adopted edge detecting algorithm by using two images (laylal, and house) fig. (1: a & e), these images of size (256 x 256) pixels with 256 gray levels. the symmetrical shape of the circular mask is exploiting to determine the curved edges and lines. the results are show in fig. (1: b, c, d, f, g, and h), where the results of the introduced filter are compared with that of sobel and prewit edge detectors. from the results, we can show that the suggested edge detector give low false edges and low isolated points comparing with the other detectors. in addition, we can note that it highly response to faint edges. therefore, we can conclude that the introduced edge detector algorithm, can be considered as robust algorithm in detecting faint edges, and removing isolated points. this is deducing from the symmetry of the filter points around the central filtered point. the algorithm of generation these masks established as follow: edge detection algorithm using circular mask i. put s=0 & ss=0 ii. for k = 1 to tn do iii. put x = cbk(k,l) iv. put y = cbk(k,2) v. compute me weighting value (w) for the point(x,y). in the circular block, from: (a: constant can be adjusted to get the best w in filtering operation). vi. put xp = x0 + x & yp = y0 + y. (x0,y0): represent the central point in the mask and (xp,yp): the current point in the mask, presented by image plane coordinate. vii. put s = s + w*sn(k)*img(xp,yp) [ sn(k): may be snl(k) or sn2(k) or sn30<) or sn4(k) ] img q: is the image matrix. viii. put ss=ss+w ix. end for (ii) x. xi. if av. > th then img (xp, yp) is an edge point. end algorithm ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 references 1. pratt w.k., (1978),"digital image processing", wily; new york. 2. gonzalez r.c. and wintz p., (1987) "digital image processing", addison wesley. 3. john a. richards and xinping jia, (1999) "remote sensing digital image analysis", springer. circular mask generation algorithm i. determine array for circular mask (block). cbk (1000,2) where (1000,2) represent the dimensions of the circular block that present by matrix cbk ( ). the 1000 denote the maximum number of pixels in the block, and 2 is the number of axis in the plane (x and y).hence (x,y) is central point in the circular block. ii. determine four sign arrays, one for each edge direction these are: snl (1000). will be used to detect horizontal edges. sn2 (1000), will be used to detect vertical edges. sn3 (1000), will be used to detect top right to left down edges. sn4 (1000), will be used to detect top left to right down edges. iii. put l= 1, initial value of for number of points in the circular block cbk ( ). iv. put cbk (l, 1)=0 & cbk (l, 2)=0. v. put snl (l)=0, sn2 (l)=0, sn3 (l)=0, & sn4 (l)=0. vi. put pi=0.0001 (precision value) vii. for rl=l to r do (r: is the radius of a circular block). viii. compute d =45/r1 ix. compute nt = 360/d nt: number of partitions of circular blocks at radius r1) x. n1= nt -1 xi. for t=0 to nl do xii. compute = t* d (angle of partition t). xiii. compute s = sin() and c = cos(). xiv. if < pr then put x=0 else x=round_integer(rl*c). xv. if < pr then put y=0 else y=round_integer(rl*s). xvi. compute l=l+1 xvii. put cbk(l,l) =x, &cbk(l,2) =y xviii. if c ≥ 0 then snl (l) =1 else snl(l) = -1 xix. if s ≥ 0 then sn2 (l) = 1 else sn2(l) = -1 xx. if (> 45) and (  < 225) then sn3(l) = 1 else sn3(l) = -1 xxi. if( >135) and (  < 315) then sn4(l) = 1 else sn-l(l) = -1 xxii. end for (xi). xxiii. end for (vii). xxiv. put tn = l (total number of points in the circular mask) end algorithm ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 4. sangwine s.j. and home r.e.n., (1998) "the color image processing handbook", first addition, chapman and hall london. 5. petrou m., (1994)"the differentiating filter approach to edge detection", advances in electronics and electron physics, v (88), pp. (297-345). 6. thomas h. short, (1993)"an algorithm for the detection and measurement of rail surface defects ", j. of the american statistical association, v(88), n(422), pp. (436-440). 7. touzi r., lopes a. and bousquet p., (1988) "a statistical and geometrical edge detector for sar images", ieee trans. ge-26, n. (6), pp. (764-773). 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية كشف الحافات باستخدام النافذة الدائرية المنزلقة ، حيدر جواد محمد الطائيعلي عبد داود الزكي الجامعة المستنصرية ،كلية العلوم قسم الفيزياء ، الخالصة م الشكل الدائري للنافذة المنزلقة لغرض تحديد الحافات في الصور. حيث إن النافذة الدائرية لها في هذا البحث توجهنا الى استخدا خواص تناظربة في جميع االتجاهات لكل النقاط حول نقطة مركز النافذة, لذا فان عملية كشف الحافات باستخام هذه النافذه سوف تكون سيما الحافات والخطوط المقوسة.كفؤة ولجميع االتجاهات الموجودة فيها الحافات وال النتائج أظهرت إنجاز جيد جدا في كشف الحافات للصور باستخدام هذه الطريقة مقارنة مع الطرائق األخرى. microsoft word 164-178      164 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 w-closed submodule and related concepts haibat k. mohammad ali mohammad e. dahsh dept. of mathematics/college of computer science and mathematics/tikrit university dr .mohammadali2013@gmail.com mohmad.alduri90@gmail.com received in:30/january/2018, accepted in:7/march/2018 abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity, and m be a left untial module. in this paper we introduce and study the concept w-closed submodules, that is stronger form of the concept of closed submodules, where asubmodule k of a module m is called w-closed in m, "if it has no proper weak essential extension in m", that is if there exists a submodule l of m with k is weak essential submodule of l then k=l. some basic properties, examples of w-closed submodules are investigated, and some relationships between w-closed submodules and other related modules are studied. furthermore, modules with chain condition on w-closed submodules are studied. keywords: closed submodules, weak essential submodules, w-closed submodules, completely essential modules, y-closed submodules, minimal semi-prime submodules.      165 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction in this note, we shall assume that all rings are commutative with unity and all modules are unital left modules, and all r-modules under study contains semi-prime submodules. "a submodule l of a module m is called closed in m provided that l has no proper essential extension in m [1]" ," where a non-zero submodule n of m is called essential if n ∩ e 0 for all non-zero submodule e of m [1]", "and a non-zero submodule n of m is called weak essential if n ∩ s 0 ∀ non zero semi-prime submodule s of m [2]". "equivalently, a submodule n of a module m is called weak essential if whenever n ∩ s 0 , then s=(o) for every semi-prime submodule s of m [3]","where a submodule s of a module m is called semi-prime if for each 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 ∈ 𝑀 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑟 𝑦 ∈ 𝑆, 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑟𝑦 ∈ 𝑆 [4]"."equivalently if 𝑟 𝑦 ∈ 𝑆, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑟𝑦 ∈ 𝑆 [5]".in this proper, "we introduce the concept of w-closed submodule "which is stronger than the concept of closed submodule" ,where a submodule k of an r-module m is called w-closed "if k has no proper weak essential extension in m". that is if k is weak essential in l , where l is a submodule of m, then k=l . a module m is called chaine if for each submodules e and d of m either 𝐸 ⊆ 𝐷 𝑜𝑟 𝐷 ⊆ 𝐸 [6]. an r-module m is called fully semi-prime, if every proper submodule of m is semi-prime submodule [3].a semi-prime radical of a module m denoted by srad( m ), and it is the intersection of all semi-prime submodule of m [3]. a submodule n of a module m is called y-closed submodule in m, if is a non-singular module [1],"where an rmodule m is called non-singular if 𝑍 𝑀 𝑥 ∈ 𝑀: 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛 𝑅 =(0) [3]". a module m is called multiplication module, if every submodule n of m is equal im. i.e n=im for some ideal i of r [7]. basic properties of w-closed submodules "in this section, we introduce the definition of" w-closed submodule, and we will give basic properties, examples of w-closed submodule. definition (2.1) asubmodule k of a module m is called w-closed in m ,"if k has no proper weak essential extension in m". that is if there exists asubmodule l of m with k "is a weak essential submodule of l", then k=l . an ideal j of r is called w-closed, if it is w-closed rsubmodule. remark (2.2) every w-closed submodule in a module m is a closed submodule in m,but the converse is not true in general. proof let k be a w-closed submodule in m and l is a submodule in m with k is essential in l, then by [2] k is weak essential in l. but k is w-closed in m, thus k=l. hence k is closed submodule in m. for the converse, we give the following example: 3)(2.example let m=𝑍 as a z-module, and 𝐾 〈3〉 is closed submodule in 𝑍 , since k is a direct summand of the z-module 𝑍 , but k is not w-closed submodule in 𝑍 because k is weak essential submodule in 𝑍 . proposition (2.4) if m is a module, and e is a submodule of m such that e is weak essential and w-closed in m,then e=m.      166 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proof follows from definition of w-closed submodule. remark (2.5) (1) every module m is a w-closed submodule in itself. (2) the trivial submodule <0> may not be w-closed submodule of an r-module m, for example : 𝑀 𝑍 as a z-module, 𝐾 〈0〉 is not w-closed submodule in m. proposition(2.6) if m is a module, and let u be a non-zero submodule of m, then ∃ a w-closed submodule t in m with u is weak essential in t. proof let 𝒜 ={ q : q "is a submodule of m such that" u is weak essential in q }. clearly 𝒜 is a non-empty. 𝒜 has maximal element say t "by zorn's lemma”. "to prove that" t is a wclosed submodule in m. assume that there exists a submodule l of m with t weak essential in l. since u is weak essential in t and t is weak essential in l so by [3, prop (1.4)]. u is weak essential in l. but this is a contradicts the maximality of t.thus t=l. hence t is wclosed submodule in m, with u is weak essential in t. the following remark shows that w-closed property is not hereditary property. remark(2.7) if 𝑄 and 𝑄 are submodules of an r-module m with 𝑄 is a submodule of 𝑄 , and 𝑄 is a w-closed submodule in m then 𝑄 need not to be w-closed submodule in m. for example: m=z the z-module, m is a w-closed submodule of m, and 2z is a submodule of m is not wclosed submodule in m, since 2z has a proper weak essential extension. the converse of remark (2.7) is not true. that is if 𝑄 is w-closed in m, then 𝑄 need not to be w-closed in m. as the next example explain: example(2.8) take the z-module z and 𝑁 = <0>, 𝑁 = 2z are z-submodules of z we notes that 𝑁 is w-closed submodule in z. but 𝑁 is not w-closed submodule in z. the following propositions show that the transitive property for w-closed submodule hold under certain conditions. proposition (2.9) if e and d are submodules of a module m, provided that d contained in any weak essential extensions of e, and e is a w-closed submodule in d and d is a w-closed submodule in m, then e is a w-closwed submodule in m. proof assume that k is a submodule of m such that e is weak essential in k. by hypothesis d is a submodule of k. since e "is weak essential in k and e is a submodule of d" then by [2, rem(1.5)(2)] we get d is weak essential in k. but d is w-closed submodule in m, then d=k. that is e weak essential in d. but e is w-closed submodule in d, so e=d. hence e is a wclosed submodule in m.      167 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proposition(2.10) if 𝑁 and 𝑁 are submodules of a module m, provided that 𝑁 is containing any weak essential extensions of 𝑁 , and 𝑁 is a w-closed submodule in 𝑁 and 𝑁 is a w-closed submodule in m, then 𝑁 is a w-closed submodule in m. proof assume that 𝑈 𝑀 with 𝑁 is weak essential submodule in u, then by hybothesis we get u is a submodule in 𝑁 . since 𝑁 is a w-closed in 𝑁 , then 𝑁 =u. thus 𝑁 is a w-closed .submodule in m proposition(2.11) if m is a chained module, and e, d are submodules of m with 𝐸 𝐷, and 𝐸 𝐷 and 𝐷 𝑀, then 𝐸 𝑀. proof let k be a submodule of m with e is weak essential in k. since m is chained module, then either k is a submodule in d or d is a submodule in k. if k is a submodule in d, and since e is a w-closed submodule in d,then e=k.hence e is a w-closed submodule in m. if d is a submodule in k, and since e is weak essential in k, then by [2, rem(1.5)(2)] d is a weak essential submodule in k. but d is a w-closed submodule in m, hence d=k.thus, e is a weak essential submodule in d. but e is a w-closed submodule in d, then e=d.hence e is a wclosed submodule in m. before we give the next proposition, we introduce the following denifition. "definition(2.12) a module m is called completly essential if every non zero weak essential submodule of m is an essential submodule of m". completely essential in [3] is called fully essential. the following proposition show that closed submodules and w-closed submodules are equivalents under certain conditions. proposition(2.13) "if m is a module, and e be a non zero submodule of m" such that every weak essential extensions of e is a completly essential, then e is a closed submodule in m if and only if e is a w-closed submodule in m. proof let e be a non zero closed submodule in m, and u be a submodule of m such that e is a weak essential in u. by hypothesis u is a completely essential, therefore e is an essential submodule in u. but e is a closed submodule in m, then e=u.that is e is a w-closed submodule. the converse is direct. proposition(2.14) if m is a fully semi-prime module, and e be a non zero submodule of m, then e is a closed submodule in m if and only if e is a w-closed submodule in m.      168 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proof assume that e is a non zero closed submodule in m, and u is a submodule of m such that e is a weak essential submodule in u. then by [3, cor(2.5)] e is an essential submodule in u. but e is a non-zero closed submodule in m, hence e=u. that is e is a w-closed submodule in m. the converse is direct. corllary (2.15) if m is a uniform module, and e be a non zero submodule of m, then e is a closed submodule in m if and only if e is a w-closed submodule in m. proof assume that e is a closed submodule in m and let e a weak essential in u where u is a submodule of m, then u is a uniform. hence by [3,prop(2.7)] u is a completely essential. thus e is an essential in u. but e is a closed, then e=u. thus e is a w-closed in m. the converse is direct. the following propositions show that the transitive property for w-closed submodules hold under conditions fully semi-prime and completely essential. proposition(2.16) let m be a module, and e, d are non-zero submodules of m such that 𝐸 𝐷 and every weak essential extensions of e is a completely essential submodule of m. if 𝐸 𝐷 and 𝐷 𝑀, then 𝐸 𝑀. proof since 𝐸 𝐷 and 𝐷 𝑀. then by remark(2.2), we get e is a closed submodule in d and d is a closed submodule in m. then by [1,prop(1.5),p.18] "we get e is a closed submodule in m", then by prop(2.13), 𝐸 𝑀. proposition (2.17) let m be a fully semi-prime module, and let e be a non-zero w-closed submodule in d and d is a w-closed submodule in m. then e is a w-closed submodule in m. proof since e is a w-closed submodule in d and d is a w-closed submodule in m, then by remark(2.2), e is a closed submodule in d and d is a closed submodule in m. hence by [1,prop(1.5), p.18] we get e is a closed submodule in m. thus by prop(2.14), e is a w-closed submodule in m. remark (2.18) the intersection of two w-closed submodule need not to be w-closed submodule as the following example shows: in the z-module 𝑍 ⨁ 𝑍 , the submodules 𝑁 〈 0, 1 〉 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐾 〈 4, 1 〉 are w-closed submodule in 𝑍 ⨁ 𝑍 , but 𝑁 ∩ 𝐾 0, 0 is not w-closed submodule in 𝑍 ⨁ 𝑍 . the following results give more basic properties of w-closed submodules.      169 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proposition (2.19) if every submodule of a module m is w-closed, then every submodule of m is a direct summand. provided that m is a semi simple. proof since every submodule of m is w-closed, then every submodule of m is a closed. hence by [8, exc(6-c), p.139] "every submodule of m is a direct summand of m". the following corollary is a direct consequence of proposition(2.19). corollary (2.20) if every submodule of a module m is a w-closed, then m is a semi-simple. proposition(2.21) if e and d are submodules of a module m with 𝐸 𝐷, and 𝐸 𝑀, then 𝐸 𝐷. proof let 𝐹 𝐷, then 𝐹 𝑀, and e is a weak essential submodule of f. but 𝐸 𝑀, then e=f. hence 𝐸 𝐷. as a direct application of proposition(2.21) we get the following results. corollary (2.22) if e and d are submodules of a module m with 𝐸 ∩ 𝐷 is a w-closed submodule in m , then 𝐸 ∩ 𝐷 is a w-closed submodule in e and d. corollary (2.23) if m is a module, and e , u are w-closed submodules in m,then e and u are w-closed submodules in e + u. corollary(2.24) if m is an r-module , and e is a w-closed submodule in m, then e is a w-closed submodule in √𝐸. proof since 𝐸 √𝐸 𝑀, and e is a w-closed submodule in m then by proposition(2.21), e is a w-closed submodule in √𝐸. remark (2.25) a direct summand of a module m is not necessary w-closed submodule in m, as the following example show: let m=𝑍 as a z-module , where 𝑍 〈3〉 ⨁ 〈8〉, the direct summand 〈3〉 is not w-closed submodule in 𝑍 . since 〈3〉 is a weak essential in 𝑍 . proposition(2.26) let 𝑋 𝑋 ⨁ 𝑋 be a module, where 𝑋 and 𝑋 are submodules of x, and let e be a non zero w-closed submodule in 𝑋 and d is a non zero w-closed submodule in 𝑋 such that ann 𝑋 + ann 𝑋 =r, and all weak-essential extensions of 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 are completely essential submodule of 𝑋 ⨁ 𝑋 . then 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is a w-closed submodule in 𝑋 ⨁ 𝑋 .      170 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proof let 𝑆 𝑋 with 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 "is a weak essential submodule in s". since s is a submodule of x and ann 𝑋 + ann 𝑋 =r, then by [9, prop(4.2)], 𝑆 𝑆 ⨁ 𝑆 , where 𝑆 is a submodule of 𝑋 and 𝑆 is a submodule of 𝑋 . thus 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is a weak essential submodule in 𝑆 ⨁ 𝑆 . but by hybothesis s is a completely essential , therefore 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is an essential submodule in 𝑆 𝑆 ⨁ 𝑆 , thus by [10, prop(5.20)] we are, "e is an essential submodule in 𝑆 and d is an essential submodule in 𝑆 ". since both e and d are w-closed, it is a clear that e and d are closed submodules in 𝑆 and 𝑆 respectively. then e=𝑆 and d=𝑆 , thus 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷=𝑆 ⨁ 𝑆 . that is 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is a w-closed submodule in x. proposition(2.27) let 𝑋 𝑋 ⨁ 𝑋 be a module, where 𝑋 and 𝑋 are submodules of x such that ann 𝑋 + ann 𝑋 =r and all submodules of x are completely essential submodule of x. if e and d are non zero submodules of 𝑋 and 𝑋 respectively, then 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is a w-closed submodule in x if and only if e is a w-closed submodule in 𝑋 and d is a w-closed submodule in 𝑋 . proof ⟸ suppose that 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 "is weak essential submodule of k", "where k is a submodule of m". hence by [1, prop(4.2)] 𝐾 𝐾 ⨁ 𝐾 where 𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑋 and𝐾 is a submodule of 𝑋 . thus 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is weak essential submodule in 𝐾 ⨁ 𝐾 . but 𝐾 ⨁ 𝐾 is a completely "essential submodule of " x, then 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 "is an essential submodule of " 𝐾 ⨁ 𝐾 . hence by [10, prop(5.20), p.15] we get "e is an essential submodule in 𝐾 and d is an essential submodule in 𝐾 ". but by [2] every essential submodule is a weak essential. hence e "is a weak essential submodule in 𝐾 " and d is a weak essential submodule in 𝐾 . but e and d are w-closed submodules of x, then e=𝐾 and d=𝐾 . thus 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷=𝐾 ⨁ 𝐾 . that is 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is a w-closed submodule in x. ⟹ assume that e "is a weak essential submodule in l" where l is a submodule of x, we have d is a weak essential submodule in d. but by hypothesis all submodules of x are completely essential, then e is an essential submodule in l and d is an essential submodule in d. hence by [10, prop(5.20), p.15], we have. 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is an essential submodule in 𝐿 ⨁ 𝐷, which implies that 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is a weak essential submodule in 𝐿 ⨁ 𝐷. hence 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷= 𝐿 ⨁ 𝐷. that is e=l, implies that e is a w-closed submodule in𝑋 . in similar way we can prove that d is w-closed submodule in𝑋 . it is well-known that a fully semi-prime module is a completely essential [3, cor(2.6)]. so we have the following result. corollary(2.28) if 𝑋 𝑋 ⨁ 𝑋 is a module, where 𝑋 and 𝑋 are submodules of x with ann 𝑋 + ann 𝑋 =r and all submodules of x are fully-semi-prime. if e, d are submodules of 𝑋 and 𝑋 respectively, then 𝐸 ⨁ 𝐷 is a w-closed submodule in x if and only if e is a w-closed submodule in 𝑋 and d is a w-closed submodule in 𝑋 . the following remark shows that w-closed property is not algebrice property. remark(2.29) if m is a module, and x is a w-closed submodule of m, and y is asubmodule of m such that x≅y , then it is not necessary that y is a w-closed submodule in m, as the following example      171 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 shows:the z-module z is a w-closed in itself and z ≅ 3z, but 3z as a z-module is not a wclosed submodule in z, since 3z "is a weak-essential submodule of z". we introduce the following lemma, before we give the next proposition. lemma(2.30) let 𝑓 ∈ 𝐻𝑜𝑚 𝑀 , 𝑀 be module an epimorphism with 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 𝑆𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 , if 𝐸 𝑀 . then 𝑓 𝐸 𝑤𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑀1 . proof assume that 𝐸 𝑀 , and 𝑓 𝐸 ∩ 𝑆 0 where s is a semi-prime submodule of 𝑀 . but 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 𝑆𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 𝑆 for all semi-prime submodule s of 𝑀 , hence by [5, prop(2.1)(a)] 𝑓 𝑆 is a semi-prime submodule of 𝑀 . that is 𝐸 ∩ 𝑓 𝑆 0 , but e "is a weak essential submodule of 𝑀 ", then 𝑓 𝑆 0 . implies that 𝑆 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 𝑓 𝐸 , and hence 𝑓 𝐸 ∩ 𝑆 0 implies that 𝑆 0 . then 𝑓 𝐸 𝑤𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑀1. proposition(2.31) let 𝑔: 𝑀 → 𝑀 be a module epimorphism, and let e be a submodule of 𝑀 such that ker 𝑔 𝑆𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 ∩ 𝐸.if e is a w-closed submodule in𝑀 then 𝑔 𝐸 is a w-closed submodule in 𝑀 . proof suppose that e is a w-closed submodule in 𝑀 , and let 𝑔 𝐸 "is a weak essential submodule of l", where l is a submodule of 𝑀 . since ker 𝑔 𝑆𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 ∩ 𝐸. hence by lemma(2.30), we get 𝑔 𝑔 𝐸 is a weak essential submodule in 𝑔 𝐿 , where 𝑔 𝐿 is a submodule of 𝑀 , but 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑔 𝐸, then 𝑔 𝑔 𝐸 𝐸, i.e e is a weak essential in 𝑔 𝐿 . but e is a wclosed submodule in 𝑀 , then e=𝑔 𝐿 , and since 𝑔 𝑖𝑠 an epimorphism so , 𝑔 𝐸 𝐿. hence 𝑔 𝐸 is a w-closed submodule in 𝑀 . as a direct consequence of proposition(2.31) we get the following corollary. corollary(2.32) : if e and d are submodules of a module m with 𝐸 𝑠𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 ∩ 𝐷. if d is a w-closed submodule in m, then is a w-closed submodule in . the following proposition gives a relation between y-closed submodule and w-closed submodule in the class of a fully semi-prime module. proposition (2.33) let m be a fully semi-prime module. then every non zero y-closed submodule is a wclosed submodule. proof let e be a non zero y-closed submodule in m, then by [11], every y-closed submodule is a closed. hence e is a closed, then by proposition(2.14), e is a w-closed submodule in m. "the following proposition shows that in the class of non-singular modules", the class of wclosed submodules is contained in the class of y-closed submodules. proposition (2.34) if m is a non singular module and e is a w-closed submodule of m, then e is a y-closed submodule of m.      172 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proof let e be a w-closed submodule in m then e "is a closed submodule in m", but m is a non-singular r-module, then by [11, prop(2.1)(2)] e is a y-closed submodule in m. the following proposition shows that in the class of non-singular and fully semi-prime rmodule, w-closed submodule , y-closed submodule and closed submodule are equivalent: proposition (2.35) let m be a fully semi-prime and non-singular module, "and e be a non zero submodule of m. then the following statements are equivalent" : 1e is a y-closed submodule . 2e is a closed submodule . 3e is a w-closed submodule. proof 𝟏 ⟹ 𝟐 follows by [11]. 𝟐 ⟹ 𝟑 follows by proposition(2.14). 𝟑 ⟹ 𝟏 follows by proposition(2.34). 3. w-closed submodule in multiplication modules in this section, we establishe some relationships between w-closed submodule and multiplication modules. "first we introduce the following definition". definition(3.1) a non-zero semi-prime submodule e of a module m is called minimal semi-prime submodule of m, if whenever s "is a non zero semi-prime submodule of m such that" 𝑆 𝐸, then s=e. that is by minimal semi-prime submodule e of m we mean a semi-prime submodule which is a minimal in the collection of semi-prime submodules of m. if a is a proper ideal of r, then a semi-prime ideal b is called a minimal semi-prime ideal of a provided that 𝐴 𝐵 and is minimal semi-prime ideal of a ring . remark(3.2) in multiplication module since 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 𝑅 it follows that by [12, th(2.5)], there exists a minimal ideal p of r such that 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 𝑃, 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑀 𝑃𝑀. but by [13, prop(2.5), p.36] pm is a semi-prime submodule of m. then from definition(3.1) we get the following facts: (a) e is a minimal semi-prime submodule of m if and only if there exists a minimal semiprime ideal a, with 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 𝐴 such that 𝐸 𝐴𝑀 𝑀. (b) eveery semi-prime submodule of m contains a minimal semi-prime submodule.      173 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 lemma(3.3) if m is a faithful and multiplication module, and e be a non zero semi-prime submodule of m. if e is not minimal semi-prime, then e "is a weak-essential submodule of m". proof since m is a multiplication, and e is a semi-prime submodule of m, then by [13,prop(2.5), p.36] ∃ a "semi-prime ideal k of r" with 0 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑀 𝐾 and e=km. "let s be a non-zero semi-prime submodule of m" such that 𝐸 ∩ 𝑆 0 .but e is not minimal semi-prime, then by remark(3.2)(b) every semi-prime submodule of m contain a minimal semi-prime submodule say 𝐸 𝐸. hence by remark(3.2)(a), there exists a minimal semi-prime ideal 𝐾 of r such that 𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑀 𝐾 and 𝐸 𝐾 𝑀 𝑀, 𝐾 ∩ 𝑆: 𝑀 𝑀 𝐾𝑀 ∩ 𝑆: 𝑀 𝑀 𝐸 ∩ 𝑆 0 0 . but m is faithful, then 𝐾 ∩ 𝑆: 𝑀 0 , which implies that 𝐾 ∩ 𝑆: 𝑀 𝐾 , that is either 𝐾 𝐾 𝑜𝑟 𝑆: 𝑀 𝐾 . if 𝐾 𝐾 , then 𝐾𝑀 𝐾 𝑀, implies that 𝐸 𝐸 which is a contradiction. thus, 𝑆: 𝑀 𝐾 . that is 𝑆: 𝑀 𝑀 𝐾 𝑀, implies that 𝑆 𝐸 𝐸 which is contradict the minimality of 𝐸 . thus 𝐸 ∩ 𝑆 0 is not true. thus 𝐸 ∩ 𝑆 0 , which implies that e is a weak essential submodule of m. proposition (3.4) if m is a faithful and multiplication module, and e be a non-zero semi-prime submodule and w-closed submodule of m, then e is a minimal semi-prime submodule of m. proof suppose that e is not minimal semi-prime submodule of m, then by lemma(3.3), e "is a weak essential submodule of m". but e is a w-closed submodule in m, then e=m. on the other hand e is a semi-prime submodule of m, that e must be a proper submodule of m, so we get contradiction. hence e must be a minimal "semi-prime submodule of m". proposition (3.5) let m be a non zero multiplication module with only one non zero maximal submodule e. then e can not be w-closed submodule in m. proof assume that e is a w-closed submodule in m, then by [3, prop(2.20)] e "is a weak essential submodule of m". hence e=m. "but this contradict the maximality of e". therefore e is not w-closed submodule in m. "recal that for any module m and any ideals i and j of r if i is a semi-prime ideal of j then im is a semi-prime submodule of jm this is called condition ∗ in [3]". proposition(3.6) let m be a faithful and multiplication module such that m satisfies condition ∗ , if l is a w-closed ideal in k then lm is a w-closed submodule in km. proof suppose that l is a w-closed ideal in k, and lm is a weak essential submodule of t where t is a submodule of km, we have to show that lm=t. since m is a multiplication module, then t=pm for some ideal p of r with 𝑃 𝐾. that is lm "is a weak essential submodule of pm", and since m is faithful and satisfies condition ∗ then by [3,prop(2.17)], we have l is a weak      174 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 essential ideal in p and 𝑃 𝐾. but l is a w-closed ideal in k, then l=p. that is lm=pm=t. hence lm is a w-closed submodule in km. the following proposition gives the converse of proposition(3.6). proposition (3.7) if m is a finitely generated,faithful and multiplication module, and lm is a w-closed submodule in km, then l is a w-closed ideal in k. proof suppose that lm is a w-closed submodules in km, where l and k are ideals in r, and let l is a weak essential ideal in u where u is an ideal of k. "since m is finitely generated faithful and multiplication", then by [3, prop(2.18)] we have lm is a weak essential in um which is a submodule of km. but lm is a w-closed submodule in km, then lm=um. hence by [12, th,(3.1)], l=u. then l is a w-closed ideal in k. from proposition (3.6) and proposition(3.7) we get the following corollary. corollary(3.8) "if m is a finitely generated faithful and multiplication module which satisfies condition ∗ ", then l is a w-closed ideal in k if and only if lm is a w-closed submodule in km. theorem(3.9) if m is a finitely generated faithful and multiplication module, and let e be a submodule of m, such that m satisfies condition ∗ , "then the following statements are equivalent" : 1e is a w-closed submodule in m. 2𝐸 : 𝑀 is a w-closed ideal in r. 3e=pm for some w-closed ideal p in r. proof 1 ⟹ 2 suppose that e is a w-closed submodule in m. since m is a multiplication, then by [7] 𝐸 𝐸 : 𝑀 𝑀. put 𝐸 : 𝑀 𝑃, then we have pm=e is a w-closed submodule in m. hence by cor(3.8), p is a w-closed ideal in r. that is 𝐸 : 𝑀 is a w-closed ideal in r. 2 ⟹ 3 : suppose that 𝐸 : 𝑀 is a w-closed ideal in r. then 𝐸 𝐸 : 𝑀 𝑀 since m is multiplication,i.e e=pm where 𝑃 𝐸 : 𝑀 is a w-closed ideal in r. 3 ⟹ 1 : suppose that e=pm for some w-closed submodule p in r. then by cor(3.8), pm=e is a w-closed submodule in rm=m. 4chain conditions on w-closed submodules we start this section by introducing the definitions of a modules that have ascending (descending) chain condition on w-closed submodules. definition(4.1) a module m is said to have the ascending chain condition on w-closed      175 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 submodule( briefly acc on w-closed submodules ), if every ascending chain 𝐸 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊆ . . . of w-closed submodule in m is finite. that is ∃ 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍 such that 𝐸 𝐸 for all 𝑛 𝑚. definition(4.2) a module m is said to have the descending chain condition on w-closed submodule( briefly dcc on w-closed submodules ), if every descending chain 𝐸 ⊇ 𝐸 ⊇ . . . of w-closed submodule in m is finite. that is ∃ 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍 such that 𝐸 𝐸 for all 𝑛 𝑚. remarks (4.3) 1𝑍𝑝 as a z-module satisfies dcc on w-closed submodules, but 𝑍𝑝 as a z-modules does not satisfies acc on w-closed submodules because 𝑍𝑝 is an artinian but not noetherian. 2z as z-module satisfies (acc) on w-closed submodules, but does not satisfies (dcc) on wclosed submodules because z as a z-module is a noetherian but not artinian. proposition (4.4) if m is a module and satisfies (dcc) on closed submodules, then m satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules. proof let 𝐸 ⊇ 𝐸 ⊇ . . . "be a descending chain" of w-closed submodules of m. but by remark(2.2) every w-closed submodule is closed, then 𝐸 is a closed submodule for each i=1,2,. . . . since m satisfies (dcc) on closed submodule, then ∃ 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍 such that 𝐸 𝐸 for each 𝑛 𝑚. thus, m satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules. the proof of the following proposition is similar to the proof of proposition (4.4) and hence is omited. proposition (4.5) if m is a module and satisfies (acc) on closed submodules, then m satisfies (acc) on wclosed submodules. since w-closed submodules and closed submodules are equivalent in the class of fully semiprime modules by proposition (2.14), "we get the following results". proposition (4.6) if m is a fully semi-prime module, then m satisfies (acc) on w-closed submodules if and only if m satisfies (acc) on closed submodules. proof ⟹ let 𝐸 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊆ . . . "be ascending chain of closed submodules". then by prop(2.14), 𝐸 is a w-closed submodule for each i=1,2, . . . . but m satisfies (acc) on wclosed submodules, so ∃ 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍 such that 𝐸 𝐸 for all 𝑛 𝑚. thus m satisfies (acc) on closed submodules. ⟸ by proposition (4.5). the proof of the following proposition is similar to proof of proposition (4.6). proposition (4.7) let m be a fully semi-prime module. "then m satisfies (dcc) on closed submodules if and only if m satisfies (dcc)" on w-closed submodules.      176 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proposition(4.8) if m is a module , and 𝐸 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊆ . . . "be ascending chain of submodules such that" each weak essential extension of 𝐸 is a completely essential for each i=1,2, . . . , then m satisfies (acc) on w-closed submodules if and only if m satisfies (acc) on closed submodules. proof ⟹ let 𝐸 ⊆ 𝐸 ⊆ . . . "be ascending chain" of closed submodules. then by prop(2.13), 𝐸 is a w-closed submodules for each i=1,2, . . . . but m satisfies (acc) on wclosed submodules, then there exists a non zero integer m such that 𝐸 𝐸 for all 𝑛 𝑚. hence m satisfies (acc) on closed submodules. ⟸ follows by proposition (4.5). the proof the following proposition is similar to proof of proposition (4.8). proposition(4.9) if m is a module, and 𝐸 ⊇ 𝐸 ⊇ . . . be a descending chain of submodules such that each weak essential extension of 𝐸 is a completely essential for each i=1,2, . . . . then m satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules if and only if m satisfies (dcc) on closed submodules. proposition(4.10) if m is a module, and d be a submodule of m such that 𝐷 𝑆𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 ∩ 𝐾, where k is any w-closed submodule in m. if 𝑴 𝑫 satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules, then m satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules. proof let 𝐸 ⊇ 𝐸 ⊇ . . . be a descending chain of w-closed submodules in m. since 𝐸 is a w-closed submodule in m for each i=1,2, . . . , and 𝐷 𝑆𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 ∩ 𝐸 then by corollary(2.32), we have 𝑬𝒊 𝑫 is a w-closed submodule in 𝑴 𝑫 for each i=1,2, . . . . hence ⊇ ⊇ . . . , is a descending chain of w-closed submodules in 𝑴 𝑫 . but 𝑴 𝑫 satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules, so there exists a positive integer m such that 𝑬𝒏 𝑫 𝑬𝒎 𝑫 for each 𝑛 𝑚. so, that 𝐸 𝐸 for each 𝑛 𝑚. thus m satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules. proposition(4.11) if m is a module, and d be a submodule of m such that 𝐷 𝑆𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑀 ∩ 𝐾, where k is any w-closed submodule in m. if 𝑴 𝑫 satisfies (acc) on w-closed submodules, then m satisfies (acc) on w-closed submodules. proof similar to proof of proposition (4.10). proposition(4.12) if 𝑋 𝑋 ⨁ 𝑋 is a module, where 𝑋 and 𝑋 are submodules of x, provided that ann 𝑋 + ann 𝑋 =r, and all weak essential extensions of 𝐸 ⨁ 𝑋 (or 𝑋 ⨁ 𝐸      177 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 ) are completely essential modules where 𝐸 is a non zero w-closed submodule in 𝑋 (or 𝑋 ) for each i=1,2, . . . . if x satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules, then 𝑋 (𝑜𝑟 𝑋 ) satisfies (dcc ) on nonzero w-closed submodules. proof let 𝐸 ⊇ 𝐸 ⊇ . . . "be a descending chain" of a non-zero w-closed submodules of 𝑋 . if 𝑋 is equal to zero, then x=𝑋 and this, implies that 𝑋 satisfies (dcc) on non-zero w-closed submodules. otherwise, since 𝐸 is a non-zero w-closed submodule in 𝑋 , and 𝑋 is a wclosed in 𝑋 , so by proposition(2.26), 𝐸 ⨁ 𝑋 is a w-closed submodule in x for each i=1,2, . . . , 𝐸 ⨁𝑋 ⊇ 𝐸 ⨁𝑋 ⊇. . . , "is a descending chain" of w-closed submodule in x. but x satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules, then there exists a positive integer m such that 𝐸 ⨁𝑋 𝐸 ⨁𝑋 for all 𝑛 𝑚. thus 𝐸 𝐸 for all 𝑛 𝑚. thus 𝑋 satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodule. similarly we can prove that 𝑋 satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodule. proposition(4.13) if 𝑋 𝑋 ⨁ 𝑋 is a module, where 𝑋 and 𝑋 are submodules of x, provided that ann 𝑋 + ann 𝑋 =r, and all weak essential extensions of 𝐸 ⨁ 𝑋 (or 𝑋 ⨁ 𝐸 ) are completely essential modules where 𝐸 is a non zero w-closed submodule in 𝑋 (or 𝑋 ) for each i=1,2, . . . . if x satisfies (acc) on w-closed submodules, then 𝑋 (𝑜𝑟 𝑋 ) satisfies (acc ) on non zero w-closed submodules. proof similarly as in proposition (4.12). we end this section by the following propositions. proposition(4.14) "if m is a finitely generated,faithful and multiplication module, and m satisfies condition ∗ ", then m satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules, if and only if r satisfies (dcc) on w-closed ideals. proof ⟹ let 𝐿 ⊇ 𝐿 ⊇ . . . , "be a descending chain" of w-closed ideals in r. since 𝐿 is a w-closed ideal in r for each i=1,2, . . . . then by cor(3.8) 𝐿 𝑀 is a w-closed submodule in m for each i=1,2, . . . , then 𝐿 𝑀 ⊇ 𝐿 𝑀 ⊇ . . . , be a "descending chain" of w-closed submodules in m. but m satisfies (dcc) on w-closed submodules, "so there exists a positive integer m such that" 𝐿 𝑀 𝐿 𝑀 for each 𝑛 𝑚. but m is a finitely generated faithful and multiplication r-module, then by [12, th(3.1)], 𝐿 𝐿 foe each 𝑛 𝑚. therefore r satisfies (dcc) on w-closed ideals. ⟸ let 𝐸 ⊇ 𝐸 ⊇ . . . , be a descending chain of w-closed submodules in m. since m is multiplication module, then 𝐸 𝐿 𝑀 for some ideal 𝐿 of r ∀ i=1,2, . . . , then 𝐿 𝑀 ⊇ 𝐿 𝑀 ⊇ . . . . since 𝐸 is a w-closed submodule in m for each i=1,2, . . . , so by cor(3.8), 𝐿 is a w-closed ideal in r for each i=1,2, . . . , . but m is a finitely generated, faithful and multiplication module, then by [12, th(3.1)] we have 𝐿 ⊇ 𝐿 ⊇ . . . , is a "descending chain" of w-closed ideals in r. but r satisfies (dcc) on w-closed ideals, therefore, there exists a positive integer m such that 𝐿 𝑀 𝐿 𝑀 for each 𝑛 𝑚, thus 𝐸 𝐸 for each 𝑛 𝑚. the proof the following proposition is similar to the proof of prop(4.14), hence we omited.      178 |  mathmatics 5https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.195  2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proposition(4.15) "if m is a finitely generated,faithful and multiplication module, and m satisfies condition ∗ ", then m satisfies (acc) on w-closed submodules, if and only if r satisfies (acc) on w-closed ideals. references 1. goodearl k.r. (1976)., " ring theory, nonsingular rings and modules ", marcel, dekker, new york, 2. muna ,a. a. (2009) , " weak essential submodules ", um-salma science journal, vol. 6(1).214-222. 3. muna, a. a. (2016) " some results on weak essential submodules ", baghdad science journal to apper. 4. dauns, j. and b. r. mcdonald, (1980), " prime modules, and one-sided ideals in rings and algebra iii ", proceeding of third oklahoma, conference 301-344. 5. athab e. a., (1996) " semi-prime and weak semi-prime submodules " m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 6. osfsky ,b. l. (1991), , " aconstruction of nonstandared uniserial modules over valuation domain ", bull. amer, math. soc. 25, 89-97. 7. barnard ,a. (1981), " multiplication modules ", j. algebra, 71, 174-178. 8. kasch, f. (1982) " modules and rings ", academic press, london,. 9. abbas, m.s.(1991) , "on fully stable modules ", ph. d. thesis, university of baghdad,. 10. anderson, f. w. and fullar, k. r. (1974) "rings and categories of modules ", springer-verlay, new yourk, heidelbrge berlin,. 11. shahib, l. h.(2012) " extending, iniectivity and chain condition on y-closed submodules ", m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad,. 12. al-bast, z. a. and smith, p. f. (1988) “multiplication modules ", communication in algebra, vol. 10, , 755-779. 13. ahmed a. a. (1992) . " submodule of multiplication modules ", m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad. microsoft word 292-303 292 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 دراسة التركيب الكروموسومي لسمكة أبو الزمير العميق mystus pelusius( solander in russell,1794) أسماء سامي إبراهيم الخياط هبة حسين رسن صحين جامعة بغداد ، )ابن الهيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة قسم علوم الحياة ، 2015كانون األول 28،قبل في: 2015تشرين الثاني 16استلم في: الخالصة mystusالعميق سمكة أبو الزميرل karyotypeالهيأة الكروموسومية أجريت الدراسة الحالية للتعرف على pelusius الوحيد لعائلةالتي تعد الممثل bagridae ،نهر دجلة في منطقة الكريعات اصطيادها من التي تمفي العراق في الذكور تضمن طراز كروموسومي و 2n=32نتائج أنها ذات عدد كروموسومي ثنائي الأظهرت و بمحافظة بغداد ، 2n=( 6m+13sm+7st+6t) وعدد اذرع fundamental number fn=51 في اإلناث تضمنو 2n=(6m+12sm+8st+6t) وعدد اذرعfn=50ر ، و لوحظ أيضاً أن الزوج التحت وسطي السنترومي submetacentric (sm) األول هو األكبر حجماً ضمن الكروموسومات الثنائية األذرعbiarmed. بينت النتائج أن كما ، وعليه فإنها تتبع نظام تحديد الجنس homogametyواالنثى متماثلة األمشاج heterogametyالذكر متباين األمشاج (xx/xy) إذ يمثل الكروموسوم ،(x) بكروموسوم تحت وسطي السنتروميرsubmetacentric (sm) متوسط الحجم صغير الحجم. subtelocentric (st)بكروموسوم تحت نهائي السنترومير (y)والكروموسوم و نظام تحديد الجنس mystus pelusius ،bagridaeالهيأة الكروموسومية ، الكلمات المفتاحية: 293 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة تعد األسماك من الثروات الطبيعية المهمة اقتصادياً لقيمتها الغذائية العالية، إذ اعتمدت لسد النقص الحاصل في المخلفات السمكية بوصفها علفاً المصادر الغذائية ومواجهة الزيادة السكانية لدى الكثير من الشعوب، كما يعاد تصنيع ن دور البعـــض منـــها في القضــــاء على ناقالت ـــللدواجن والمواشي وأنواع اخرى تربى كأسماك للزينة، فضالً ع ].5و 4و 3و2 و1عن تلوث المياه [ األمراض واستعمالها كمؤشرات احيائية للكشف إذ أن المعرفة ] 6[ مهمة وأكثر دقة مما توفره الدراسات المظهريةإن الدراسات الوراثية الخلوية توفر معلومات وفهـم وتفسير أفضـل للعالقات بين ]7[ موثوقة عـن تطور السالالت المتزايدة عن الكروموسومات يمكن أن توفر معلومات كما توفر نهجاً غنياً ، ]9[ وتربية وإنتاج األسماك ]1[ هميتها فـي التصنيف، التطـور والوراثةفضال عن ا ]8[ األنواع الكثير من الدراسات تيعالمياً أجر ].10[ منخفضة للغـاية لتمييز التنوع االحيائي فـي األسمـاك بالمعـلومات بتكاليف لكن على الصعيد المحلي هناك القليل من الدراسات الوراثية التي ].16و15و14و13و12و11[ الوراثية عن األسماك الكروموسومية، إذ امتازت الهيأة الكروموسومية لألسماك عموماً بالعدد الكبير والحجم الصغيرشملت تحديد الهيأة ] 18[ barbus sharpeyi] منها دراسة لسمكة البني 17و 6[ للكروموسومات مما شكل صعوبة للباحثين في هذا المجال الملوكي ، البلعوطb. luteusالحمري وكالً من سمكة ]20[ b. grypusوالشبوط ] b. xanthopterus ]19و الكطان chondrostoma regium والبنيني كبير الفم وcyprinion macrostomum ]4،[ لذا فإن هناك حاجة كبيرة لدراسة التي تعد الممثل الوحيد لعائلة mystus pelusius، و منها سمكة أبو الزمير العميق األسماك العراقية وراثياً bagridae .ذُِكـَر تنوع األعداد الكروموسومية بين األنواع العائدة لجنس في العراقmystus ]17 [ فقـد بينت دراسة m. bocourti ،m. albolineatusالجنس في تايلند أن العدد الكروموسومي المسجل في أسماك لهذا لثالثة أنواع عائدة ، بينما سجل العدد]6[ في الهند m. ngasepسمكة في العدد نفسه وسجل ] 2n=56 ]21هو m. singaringanو .mفي دراسة اخرى أجريت لسمكة نفسه وتكرر العدد ]22[في تايلـند m. wyckiiكة مفي س 2n=54الكروموسومي vittatus a 2في حين سجل العدد الكرموسومي ]17[في الهندn=58 في سمكتيm. vittatus b وm. guilo في تحديد الدراسة الحالية إلىهدفت ]. لذلك 24[ m. macropterusفي سمكة 2n=60والعدد الكروموسومي ] 23[ ند اله . mystus pelusiusفي سمكة المياه العذبة العراقية أبو الزمير العميق (karyotype)العدد والطراز الكروموسومي المواد وطرائق العمل من نهر ناث إ 10ذكور و 10وبواقع mystus pelusius) سمكة من اسماك أبو الزمير العميق 20تم اصطياد ( دجلة في منطقة الكريعات بمحافظة بغداد ونقلت حية بأوعية بالستيكية مجهزة بتهوية صناعية لتوفير االوكسجين إلى للعلوم الصرفة/ جامعة بغداد، ووضعت األسماك في كلية التربية ابن الهيثم -مختبر البيئة المتقدم في قسم علوم الحياة أحواض زجاجية مملوءة مسبقاً بماء خال من الكلور ومجهزة بتهوية صناعية لتوفير االوكسجين وفي ظروف المختبر. cm 20.5و cm 15بينما تراوحت أطوالها القياسية بين cm 23.4و cm 18.2تراوحت األطوال الكلية للذكور بين أما اإلنـاث فتراوحت ، gm 70و gm 36في حين تراوحت أوزانها بين ، cm 22و cm 16.4الشوكية بين وأطوالها وأطوالها الشوكية cm 21.2و cm 16القياسية بين بينما تراوحت اطوالها cm 24.5و cm 18.3أطـوالها الكلــية بيــــن .gm 113و gm 50في حين تراوحت أوزانها بين ، cm 22.5و cm 17.5بين 5إلى 3من زيت القرنفل لمدة ml 1 له اً من الماء مضاف ml 750ي أوعية حاوية على ف األسماك بوضعهاخدرت ].25[دقائق لصعوبة السيطرة عليها أثناء تحديد وزنها وحقنها بالكولجسين air-drying techniqueلتـــقنــية وفــقــاً لألســماك التحضيرات الكروموسومية من خـــاليا الكـــلية تم اعداد ]. ثم فحصت التحضيرات الكروموسومية بالمجهر الضوئي 27و 26والمعتمدة في اغلب الدراسات الوراثية لألسماك [ لكل سمكة metaphaseخلية عند الطور االستوائي 250لتقدير العدد الكروموسومي في 100xالمركب بقوة تكبير عداد الطرز إلدراسة و amscope microscope digital cameraالستوائية بكاميرا وصورت األطوار ا الكروموسومية . النتائج والمناقشة ) نتائج فحص ودراسة كروموسومات األطوار االستوائية لخاليا الكلية في ذكور وإناث 2) و (1( ن أوضح الجدوال إن أغلب األطوار االستوائية لخاليا ]3[في المياه العراقية mystusعد الممثل الوحيد لجنس تي تسمكة أبو الزمير العميق وال من اً استوائياً طور 538إذ لوحظ تكرار هذا العدد الكروموسومي في ، 2n=32الكلية كانت ذات عدد كروموسومي ثنائي 294 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 خلية مفحوصة في االناث والذي 2,500 من مجموع اً استوائي اً طور 497خلية مفحوصة في الذكور وفي 2,500مجموع و 20يمثل العدد األعلى مقارنة باألعداد الكروموسومية المالحظة في خاليا الكلية االخرى المفحوصة التي تراوحت بين هو العدد األقل تكراراً في األطوار االستوائية المفحوصة لعينات الذكور واإلناث 31إذ لوحظ أن العدد الكروموسومي 31 هو العدد األكثر تكراراً 25في اإلناث، في حين أن العدد الكروموسومي الثنائي 86في الذكور و 94ذ بلغ مجموع تكراره إ في اإلناث لكنه ال 195في الذكور و 212في األطوار االستوائية المفحوصة لعينات الذكور واإلناث إذ بلغ مجموع تكراره في األعـــــداد االختالفهذا ود، وقـــد يعـــــ2n=32يزال أقل تكراراً بكثير مقارنة بمجموع تكرار العدد الكروموسومي ئر أثناء إعداد التحضيـرات الكروموسومية أو اإلى الخس المالحظة لألطوار االستوائية المفحوصة سوميةالكرومو الذي ينتج hypotonicإلى إفراط المعاملة بمحلول منخفض التوتر ودأو قد يع] 28[لــــمجاورة اإلضافـات من الخاليا ا في كال (2n)العدد الكروموسومي الثنائي 32واعتماداً على هذه النتائج يمثل العدد ]. 29ة [عدة أطوار استوائية ناقص التي bagridaeهـذا مع العدد الكروموسومي لعـــائلة يتفق و.) a-2 و a-1الجنسين لسمكة أبو الزميـر العميق شــــكل ( liobagrusفي سمكة 2n=28 تنتمي إليها أسماك أبو الزمير العميق إذ يتـراوح العدد الكروموسـومي فيها بين andersonii ]2 [ 2وn=60 في سمكةmystus macropterus ]24 ،[ بينما أظهرت النتائج أن الطراز الكروموسومي ) b-1(شكل fundamental number fn=51وعدد األذرع 2n=(6m+13sm+7st+6t)في الذكور تضمن ) إذ أن b-3(شكل fn=50وعدد األذرع 2n=(6m+12sm+8st+6t)والطراز الكروموسومي في اإلناث تضمن ن االختالف في الزوج الكروموسومي الجنسي والمتمثل بزوج من اختالف عدد األذرع بين الذكور واإلناث ناتج ع submetacentric (sm)وسطية السنترومير التحت (xx)المتماثلة sex chromosomesالكروموسومات الجنسية تحت وسطي (x)المكون من كروموسوم (xy)في األنثى مقارنة بالزوج الكروموسومي الجنسي غير المتماثل إلى حدوث ودمن الذكور الذي يع subtelocentric (st)السنترومير تحت نهائي (y)وكروموسوم (sm)السنترومير المتمثلة بعملية االنقالب ضمن السنترومير chromosomal rearrangementعملية إعادة الترتيب الكروموسومي pericentric inversion ويتفق عدد األذرع المالحظ في ذكور وإناث ] 30[خالل نشوء وتطور الكروموسومات الجنسية ].23[116و 26الــــذي يتــــراوح بيـــــن bagridaeسمكة أبو الزمير العميق مـــــع عـدد األذرع المسجل في عـائلـة األول هو األكبر حجماً ضمن الكروموسومات (sm)وسطي السنترومير الكما لوحظ من خالل النتائج أن الزوج تحت الذي يؤدي إلى اختالف حجم dna ذلك الختالف المحتوى من الحامض النووي ودوقد يع biarmedائية األذرع الثن ].32[ مميزة cytotaxonomicقد يكون سمة تصنيفية خلوية ] أو 31[ الكروموسومات سومي مسجل في يتضح من النتائج أن العدد الكروموسومي لذكور وإناث أبو الزمير العميق هو أقل عدد كرمو العدد الكروموسومي المسجل في سمكة الخشني األسماك العراقية المدروسة لحد اآلن، إذ أوضحت دراسات محلية سابقة أن liza abo 2هوn=48 وبطراز(4m/sm+44st/t) ]33[ في سمكة البلعوط نفسه ، كذلك سجل العدد الكروموسومي ، في حين سجل العدد ] 4[ (14m+30sm+4st)ولكن بطراز كروموسومي تضمن chondrostoma regiumالملوكي (36m/sm+14t/st)وبطراز كروموسومي تضمن garra rufaفي سمكة الكركور األحمر 2n=50الكروموسومي ولكن بطراز cyprinion macrostomumفي سمكة البنيني كبير الفم نفسه وتكرر العدد الكروموسومي ] 34[ وكذلك سجل العدد ]4[في اإلناث (6m+23sm+13st+8t)في الذكور و (6m+24sm+12st+8t)تضمن كروموسومي ولكن b. grypusوالشبوط b. xanthopetrusـطان ك، الbarbus sharpeyiفي أسماك البني 2n=98الكروموسومي في النوع الثاني (16m/sm+82st/t)ـراز طوع األول، في حين سجـل الـفي الن (44m/sm+54st/t) بطراز تضمن ].20و19و18[ في النوع الثالث (22m+64sm+12st)والطراز ت وبطرز تضمن barbus luteus يفي سمكة الحمر 2n=148وأخيراً سجل وجود العدد الكروموسومي (80m+52sm+16st) في الذكور و(80m+51sm+17st) 4[ في اإلناث.[ والـعائد لعائلة mystusلومات المتوفرة في الدراسات المذكورة سابقاً فإن العدد الكروموسومي لجنس وبناًء على المع bagridae بيـنما أظهرت نتـائج الدراسة الحالية لسمكة أبو الزمير العميق أنها ذات عـدد ، ]6[ 60و 54يتـراوح بين ]31[ 60و 28الذي يتراوح بين bagridaeوهو يتفق مع العدد الكروموسومي المسجل لعائلة 2n=32كروموسومي هذا ودوقد يع mystusواعتماداً على ذلك فإن العدد الكرموسومي للنوع المدروس حالياً هو األقل بين األنواع العائدة لجنس وسومية (إعادة الترتيب الكروموسومي) لبعض إلى حدوث التغيرات الكروم (2n)االنخفاض في العدد الكروموسومي المتضمن التحام الكروموسومات األحادية األذرع robertsonian fusionالكروموسومات كاندماج روبرتسين uniarmed تحت نهائية السنترومير(st) subtelocentric ونهائية السنتروميرtelocentric (t) وتكوينها submetacentricالسنترومير وتحت وسطية metacentric (m)سطية السنترومير لكروموسومات ثنائية األذرع و 295 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 (sm) الحذف ،deletion أو نوع من االنتقاالتtranslocations وحدوث االنقالب ضمن السنترومير على مختلف والعكس (sm, m) إلى كروموسومات ثنائية األذرع (st, t)تغيير الكروموسومات األحادية األذرع ؤدي الىالمستويات ي وللجنسنفسها وقد يفسر هذا االختالف والتنوع في العدد الكروموسومي لألنواع العائدة للعائلة ].36و 35و 6صحيح [ ومنها سمكة أبو الزمير العميق إلى االختالف في الظروف البيئية التي تتغير طبيعياً أو صناعياً نتيجة األنشطة البشرية نفسه إذ تؤدي هذه التغيرات على مستوى المادة الوراثية (الكروموسومات) إلى التكيف ] 37و 27[ في األماكن البيئية المختلفة ].38[مع التغيرات البيئية يمكن أن يمثل bagridaeمقارنة بالعدد الكروموسومي لألنواع العائدة لعائلة m. pelusiusفي 2n=32إن العدد األنواع اومنه siluriformesمن األنواع العائدة لرتبة %45.7إذ أن ]39[سمة مميزة للنوع أو يرتبط بتاريخها التطوري وهذا 2n=56ذات عدد كروموسومي أعلى من %39.5و 2n=56ذات عدد كروموسومي أقل من mystusالعائدة لجنس قد ثبت (استقر) أكثر مقارنة باألنواع ذات العدد الكروموسومي (2n)يشير إلى أن انخفاض العدد الكروموسومي mystusواع العائدة لجنس لألن (fn)أشارت دراسات عالمية إلى تنوع الطرز الكروموسومية وعدد األذرع ] 31[األعلى تضمن اكروموسومي اإذ اظهرت جميعها طراز m. singaringanو m. bocourti ،m. albolineatusومنها أسماك (22m+22sm+12st/a) وfn=100 ]21[ وفي دراسة أخرى أظهرت سمكة ،m. guilo تضمن اطراز (12m+34sm+4st+8t) وfn=108 أما سمكةm. vittatus b ات طراز كروموسومي فكانت ذ (10m+30sm+12st+6t) وfn=110 ]23[ وتضمن الطراز الكروموسومي لسمكةm. vittatus a (6m+18sm+30a) وfn=78 ]17 اما سمكة [m. ngasep فقد تضمن طرازها الكروموسومي (12m+22sm+8st+14t) وfn=90 ]6[ إن هذا التنوع المالحظ في الطرز الكروموسومية وعـدد األذرع لألنواع إلى التغيرات الكروموسومية ومنها اندماج روبرتسين ودومنها سمكة أبو الزميـر العميق قد يع mystusالعائدة لجنس ات الثـنائية األذرع إلى المسبب النخفاض العدد الكروموسومي أو زيادة العدد الكـروموسومي من خالل تجزئة الكروموسوم فضالً duplicationكل على حد أو معاً أو مع التضاعف انالعمليت انكروموسومات أصغر أحادية األذرع وقد تحدث هات ].42و 41و 40و 30[واالنقالب ضـمن السنترومير حذفكالعن عمليات اخرى ثنـائيـة األذرع تـرافـقها زيادة في عـدد االذرع mystusأغلب الكروموسومات لألسـماك العائـدة لجنس يالحظ أن (fn) ذات العدد الكروموسومي المنخفض تكون ذات عدد أذرع وبالتالي حتى األنواع(fn) عاٍل وهذا يـدل على أن زيادة إذ أن تنوع الطراز الكروموسومي مع] 23[ متنوعة وراثياً mystusومنها جنس bagridaeاك العائدة لعائلة ماألس ونظراً لتنوع الطراز الكروموسومي في ] . 43[ عدد الكروموسومات ثنائية األذرع يدل على درجة أرقى ضمن سلم التطور ) مقارنة بالكروموسومات smو mسمكة أبو الزمير العميق وامتالكها لعدد أكبر من الكروموسومات الثنائية األذرع ( mystusالسمكة موقعاً متقدماَ ضمن سلم التطور مقارنة باألنواع العائدة لجنس ) فقد تحتل هذه tو stاألحادية األذرع ( أقل، هي أقل رقياً ضمن (fn)المدروسة عالمياً مما يدل على أن األنواع ذات الكروموسومات األحادية األذرع األكثر و ].44[سلم التطور بينت الدراسة الحالية للطراز الكروموسومي لذكور وإناث سمكة أبو الزمير العميق تمييز الكروموسومات الجنسية، إذ ونهائية metacentric (m)أظهرت الذكور واإلناث تماثالً في عدد الكروموسومات وسطية السنترومير ) فهي smكرموسومات تحت وسطية السنترومير (بينما لوحظ وجود اختالف في عدد ال . telocentric (t)السنترومير 8) فهي st في الذكور وكذلك في عدد الكرموسومات تحت النهائية السنترومير (اً كرموسوم 13 في االناث واً كرموسوم 12 كرموسومات في الذكور. مما يؤكد وجود الزوج الكروموسومي الجنسي المكون من كرموسوم 7كرموسومات في االناث و )x وسطي السنترومير () تحتsm) مع كرموسوم (y) تحت نهائي السنترومير (st وبناًء على ذلك ُعدَّت الذكور متباينة ( ).b-2 وb-1 (شكل homogametyواالناث متماثلة االمشاج heterogametyاالمشاج تخص التركيب الكروموسومي لعدد فضال عما بينته الدراسات الوراثية المحلية القليلة السابقة و الحالية من معلومات comparativeمحدود من أنواع األسماك العراقية ، اال ان هناك حاجة إلجراء دراسات وراثية جزيئية مقارنة molecular genetic studies للتحري عن العالقات التطوريةevolutionary relationships لألسماك و من اجل تحديد موقعها ضمن سلم التطور و فهم وتفسير العالقات بين األنواع phylogenetic historyتاريخها العرقي بشكل ادق و افضل . 296 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 references 1.  gold, j. r.; li, y. c.; shipley, n. s. and powers, p. k.(1990) improves methods for working with fish chromosomes with a review of metaphase chromosome banding. j. fish. biol., 37:( 563-575). 2.  kim, c. l. ( 1998 )development of pcr-bas ed dna markers to identify and characterise malaysian river catfish, mystus nemurus (c and v): rapd and aflp, m.sc. thesis, universiti putra, malaysia , 125 . 3. coad, b. w.,2010, freshwater fishes of iraq. pensft publishers. bulgaria , 295 . دراسات وراثية خلوية ومظهرية لثالثة أنواع من شبوطيات المياه العذبة العراقية، (2008)إبراهيم، أسماء سامي . 4 (barbus luteus, cyprinion macrostomum, chondrostoma regium)، أطروحة دكتوراه، كلية العلوم .168 ، للبنات، جامعة بغداد 5.  francis, a.; sivakumar, r. and mathialagan, r.( 2014 ) iiiustrative morphological systematics of catfish genus: mystus (scopoli, 1777) (siluriformes: bagridae) in lower anicut, tamil nadu. india. indin j. sci.,10(23): (14-30). 6.  singh, s. s.; singh, c. b. and waikhom, g.( 2013b) karyotype analysis of the new catfish mystus ngasep (siluriformes: bagridae) from manipur. india. turk. j. fish. aquat. sci., 13: (179-185). 7.  kalbassi, m. r.; dorafshan, s.; tavakolian, t.; khazab, m. and abdolhay, h.( 2006 ) karyological analysis of endangerd caspian salmon, salmo trutta caspuis (kessler, 1977). aquacult. res.,37(13) :( 1341-1347). 8.  artoni, r. f.; vicari, m. r.; almeida, m. c.; moreira-filho, o. and bertollo, l. a. c. .karyotype diversity and fish conservation of southern field from south brazil. rev (2009)و fish biol. and fisheries, 19 ( 3 ) :(393-401). 9.  kirpichnikov, v. s. ( 1981 ) genetic bases of fish selection. springer verleg, berlin, heidelberg, new york, 410 . 10.  medrado, a. s.; ribeiro, m. s.; affonso, p. r. a. m.; carneiro, p. l. s. and costa, m. a. ( 2012 ) cytogenetic divergence in two sympatric fish species of the genus astyanax baird and girard, 1854 (characiformes, characidae) from northeastern brazil. genet. and mol. biol., 35 (4) : ( 797-801). 11.  al-sabti, k.( 1991) handbook of genotoxic effects and fish chromosomes. ljubljana. yugoslavia, 221 . 12.  martinez, e. r. m.; oliveira, c. and foresti, f.( 2004 ) cytogenetic analyses of pseudopimelodus mangurus (teleostei: siluriformes: pseudopimelodidae). cytologia, 69(4): (419-424). 13.  garcia, c. and filho, o. m.( 2008 ) localization of ribosomal genes in three pimelodus species (siluriformes, pimelodidae) of the são francisco river: 55 genes as species markers and conservation of the 18sr dna sites. genet. and molec. biol., 31(1): (261-264). 14.  nazari, s.; pourkazemi, m. and rebelo porto, j. i. r.( 2009) comparative karyotype analysis of two iranian cyprinids, albuurnoides bipunctatus and alburnus filippii (cypriniformes, cyprinidae). iranian j. animal biosystemat., 5 (2 ) : ( 23-32). 15.  valente, g. t.; vitorino, c. a.; cabral-de-mello, c. o.; oliveira, c.; souza, i. l.; martins, c. and venere, p. c. ( 2012 ) comparative cytogenetics of ten species of cichlid fishes (teleostei, cichlidae) from the araguaia river system, brazil, by conventional cytogenetic methods. compar. cytogenet.,6 ( 2 ):(163-181). 297 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 16. cardoso, a. l.; sales, k. a. h.; nagamachi, c. y.; pieczarka, j. c. and noronha, r. c. r. (2013 ) comparative cytogenetics of two species of genus scobinancistrus (siluriformes, loricariidae, ancistrini) from the xingu river. brazil. comp. cytogenet.,7 (1) : (43-51). 17. karuppasamy, r.; zutshi, b. and bhavani, k.( 2010 ) karyotype of a bagrid catfish, mystus vittatus, from the freshwater system of chidambaram. tamil nadu. india. sci. asia, 36 : (157-160). 18. balasem, a. n.; dali, f. a. and mutar, a. j.( 1994 ) karyotyping of barbus sharpyrei. cytobios, 78 : (177-180). 19. balasem, a. n.; mutar, a. j. and dali, f. a.( 2004 ) chromosome complements of barbus xanthopterus. j. of al-nahrain univ., 7 : (177-181). 20. al-ansari, n. a.; balasem, a. n. and ibrahim, a. s.( 2005 ) the karyotype of barbus grypus (heckel). j. um-salam sci., 2 : (81-84). 21. supiwong, w.; liehr, t.; cioffi, m. b.; chaveerach, a.; kosyakova, n.; pinthong, k.; tanee, t. and tanomtong, a. (2013) karyotype and cytogenetic mapping of 9 classes of repetitive dnas in the genome of the naked catfish mystus bocourti (siluriformes, bagridae). mol. cytogenet., 6 (51) : (1-7). 22. wichian, m. and ryoichi, a.( 1988) karyotypes of bagrid catfishes, mystus wyckii and bagroides macracanthus, from thailand. bulletin nat. sci. museum tokyo. series a, 14 (2): (113-117). 23. choudhury, r. c.; prasad, r. and das, c. c.( 1993) chromosomes of four indian marine catfishes (bagridae, arridae: siluriformes) with a heteromorphic pair in male mystis gulio. caryologia, 46 ( 2 ) :(233-243). 24. hong, y. and zhou, t.( 1984 ) karyotype of nine species of chinese catfishes (bagridae). zool. res., 5 : (21-28). العبيدي، حازم جواد؛ البياتي، نمير محمود؛ دحام، حداوي محمد؛ صبري، سوزان وحيد والجشعمي، خلود جميل . 25 المستخدم في تخدير أنواع من أسماك الكارب. ,clove eugenia caryophyllataبعض مواصفات القرنفل (2013) .) 3228( ، 3، العدد 16 المجلد مجلة جامعة النهرين العلوم، 26. bertollo, l. a. c.; takahashi, c. s. and moreira-filho, o.( 1978) cytotaxonomic considerations on hoplias lacerdae (pisces, erythrinidae). braz. j. genet., 1 : (103-120) , cited by rodrigo, t.; gravena, w.; carvalho, k.; giuliano-caetano, l. and dias, a. l.( 3, cma3karyotypic analysis in two species of fishes of the family curimatidae: agno) 2008 and fish with 18s probe. caryologia, 61 ( 3 ) : (211-215). 27. bhatnagar, a.; yadav, a. s. and kamboj, n.( 2014) karyomorphology of three indian major carps from haryana, india. j. fisheries sci. com., 8 ( 2 ) : (95-103). 28. singh, s. s.; singh, c. b.; thoidingjam, l. and waikhom, g.( 2013a) a new report of karyotype in the freshwater snakehead fish, channa gachua (channidae: perciformes) from northeast india. manipur. internat. j. res. fisheries and aquacult., 3 ( 1 ) : (7-10). 29. nanda, i.; scharti, m.; feichtinger, w.; schlupp, i.; parzefall, j. and schmid, m.(1995) chromosomal evidence for laboratory synthesis of a triploid hybrid between the gynogenetic teleost poecilia formosa and host species. j. fish. biol., 47 : (619-623), (cited by karuppasamy et al., 2010). 30. da cruz, v. p.; shimabukuro-dias, c. k.; oliveira, c. and foresti, f. (2011) karyotype y in 2x1/x2x2x1x1description and evidence of multiple sex chromosome system x 298 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 potamotrygon aff motoro and p. falkneri (chnodrichthyes: potamotrygonidae) in the upper paranã river basin. brazil. neotropic. ichthyol., 9 ( 1 ) : ( 201-204). 31. oliveira, c. and gosztonyi, a. e.( 2000) a cytogenetic study of diplotnystes mesembrinus (teleostei, siluriformes, diplomystidae) with a discussion of chromosome evolution in siluriformes. caryologia, 53 ( 1 ) : (31-37). 32. valic, d.; kapetanovic, d.; zanella, d.; mrakovčiĉ, m.; tesḱeredžić, e.; besendorfer, v.; rábová, m. and ráb, p.( 2010 ) the karyotype and nor phenotype of telestes ukliva (cyprinidae). folia zool.,59 ( 2 ) : (169-173). 33. balasem, a.n.( 1999) liza abu as a suitable biological indicator for water pollution, iraq j.agric.,4 ( 8 ) : (161-165). 34. balasem, a. n.; mular, a. j. and dali, f. a.( 1999 ) cytogenetic studies on iraqi fishes garra ruffa (heckel, 1843). the veterillarian, 9 : (112-116). 35. kavalco, k. f.;pazza, r.; bertollo, l. a. c. and moreira-filho, o.(2005) karyotypic diversity and evolution of loricariidae (pisces, siluriformes). heredity, 94 : (180-186). 36. de mattos, t. l.; coelho, a. c.; schneider, c. h.; telles, d. o. c.; menin, m. and gross, m. c.(2014) karyotypic diversity in seven amazonian anurans in the genus hypsiboas (family: hylidae). bmc genetics,15 (43) : (1-13). and sem studies 3nor, cma-r.( 2003) karyotype ag bukhsh, a.-das, j. k. and khuda .37 in a fish (mystus tengara, bagridae) with indication of female hetrogamety. indian. j. exp. biol., 41: (603-608). 38. hoffmann, a. a. and rieseberg, l. h.( 2008) revisiting the impact of inversions in evolution: from population genetic markers to drivers of adaptive shifts and speciation?  annu. rev. ecol. syst., 39: (2142). 39. prado, c. p. a.; haddad, c. f. b. and zamudio, k. r.(2012) cryptic lineages and pleistocene population expansion in brazilian cerrado frog. mol. ecol., 21: (921-941), (cited by de mattos et al., 2014). 40. fenerich, p. c., foresti, f. and oliveira, c.( 2004) nuclear dna content in 20 species of siluriformes (teleostei: ostariophysi) from the neotropical region. genetics and molecular. biol., 27 ( 3 ) : (350-354). 41. esmaeili, h. r.; gholami, z.; nazari, n. and gholamifard, a.( 2009) karyotype analysis of an endemic suker catfish, glyptothorax silviae coad, 1981 (actinoptergii: sisoridae) from iran. turk. j. zool., 33: (409-412). 42. nirchio, m.; rossi, a. r.; foresti, f. and oliveira, c. (2014) chromosome evolution in fishes: a new challenging proposal from neotropical species. neotrop. ichthyol. , 12 ( 4 ) : (761-770). 43. formacion, m. j. and uwa, h.( 1985) cytogenetic studies on the origin and species differentiation of the philippine medaka, oryzias luzonensis. j. fish. biol., 27: (285-291). 44. dai, y.( 2013) karyotype and evolution analysis of vulerable fish onychostoma lini from ).54-49, (tems biology (isb), haungshan, chinainternational conference of sys thchina, the 7 299 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 جدول ( 1 ة أبو الزمیر العمی ور من سم ): االعداد الكروموسومة المالحظة في خالا الكلة لعشرة ذ m ystu s p elu siu s عدد الخالا حسب العدد الكروموسومي 3 2 63 6 4 5 9 3 8 4 4 4 9 5 1 5 3 6 0 5 7 5 3 8 3 1 1 2 9 4 7 2 1 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 9 4 3 0 27 2 8 3 2 1 6 1 0 1 4 1 0 1 3 1 9 1 2 1 8 1 2 9 2 13 1 6 1 1 9 1 8 3 1 2 1 1 9 2 6 1 6 6 2 8 26 2 7 1 9 1 8 2 1 1 5 1 2 8 2 9 1 5 7 2 7 6 2 8 2 3 2 1 1 9 1 9 2 4 1 3 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 2 6 2 2 2 7 1 4 1 9 1 8 1 5 1 6 2 7 2 4 1 5 1 9 7 2 5 1 6 1 8 1 4 2 8 1 9 1 3 2 1 3 0 2 6 2 7 2 1 2 2 4 2 8 1 3 1 2 2 2 1 6 2 1 1 3 1 2 1 3 9 1 5 9 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 5 2 6 1 8 1 2 1 6 1 9 1 4 1 5 6 2 2 2 3 7 1 7 1 7 2 2 1 5 1 5 9 1 5 1 6 1 5 6 2 1 8 1 1 5 2 0 1 8 2 2 2 5 2 4 2 4 2 2 1 7 9 2 0 1 7 9 8 2 1 2 1 1 0 6 1 0 7 1 4 1 2 3 ة رقم السم 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 المجموع 300 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 جدول ( 2 ة أبو الزمیر العمی ): االعداد الكروموسومة المالحظة في خالا الكلة لعشرة اناث من سم m ystu s p elu siu s عدد الخالا حسب العدد الكروموسومي 3 2 47 4 7 5 5 5 0 4 6 5 0 4 7 5 3 5 4 4 8 4 9 7 3 1 1 0 7 1 1 1 1 7 6 9 1 0 8 7 8 6 3 0 17 1 5 1 9 2 1 1 8 1 7 1 6 2 3 2 6 1 5 1 8 7 2 9 14 1 2 1 6 2 0 1 6 1 7 1 9 1 8 2 4 2 2 1 7 8 2 8 19 2 0 1 5 1 3 1 9 1 6 2 0 1 6 2 4 2 0 1 8 2 2 7 1 4 1 6 2 2 1 3 2 0 1 8 2 1 2 2 2 3 1 7 1 8 6 2 6 2 4 1 8 2 0 1 8 2 1 1 6 2 0 2 0 1 4 2 1 1 9 2 2 5 1 5 1 7 2 1 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 1 6 2 0 2 5 1 9 5 2 4 1 8 1 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 1 9 2 0 1 5 1 3 1 8 1 5 8 2 3 1 6 2 1 2 2 1 7 1 6 2 0 1 4 2 0 1 4 1 6 1 7 6 2 2 2 1 1 6 1 4 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 6 1 5 1 2 1 7 1 6 5 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 2 1 8 1 4 1 3 1 3 1 2 9 1 2 1 4 3 2 0 1 5 2 5 1 1 2 0 2 0 1 8 1 5 1 0 9 1 2 1 5 5 ة رقم السم 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 المجموع 301 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 في ذكور سمكة ابو الزمير العميق كروموسومات الطور االستوائي): a – 1( شكل mystus pelusius ): الطراز الكروموسومي في ذكور سمكة ابو الزمير العميقb – 1شكل ( mystus pelusius   4μm 4μm 302 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 كروموسومات الطور االستوائي في اناث سمكة ابو الزمير العميق): a – 2( شكل mystus pelusius الطراز الكروموسومي في اناث سمكة ابو الزمير العميق ): b – 2( شكل mystus pelusius 4μm 303 | علوم الحياة 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the study of chromosomal structure in mystus pelusius (solander in russell,1794) fish asmaa s.i.al-khayat heba h. r.sahan dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:16 november2015,accepted in:28december2015 abstract the present study was done to identify the karyotype of mystus pelusius fish , which is the only representative of the family bagridae in iraq, they have been caught from tigris river in al-kraat area of baghdad city, the results show that the diploid chromosome number was 2n=32 and the males chromosomal types included 2n=(6m+13sm+7st+6t)and fundamental number fn=51, in females chromosomal types included 2n=(6m+12sm+8st+6t)with fn=50,also it observed that the first submetacentric pair was the largest within the biarmed chromosomes .the results revealed that the male heterogamety and the female homogamety , accordingly it follows the sex determination system (xx / xy) , as the (x) chromosome represented by medium sized submetacentric (sm)chromosome and (y)chromosome by small sized subtelocentric (st) chromosome. key word: karyotype, mystus pelusius, bagridae and sex determination system. microsoft word 463-489 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1820 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|484    minimax shrunken technique for estimate burr x distribution shape parameter abbas najim salman abbasnajim66@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham )university of baghdad maymona m. ameen memo_ameen_89@yahoo.com university of fallujah a. e.abdul-nabi ahmedissa432@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science/(ibn-alhaitham)/ university of baghdad abstract:    the present paper concern with minimax shrinkage estimator technique in order to estimate burr x distribution shape parameter, when prior information about the real shape obtainable as original estimate while known scale parameter. derivation for bias ratio, mean squared error and the relative efficiency equations. numerical results and conclusions for the expressions mentioned above were displayed. comparisons for proposed estimator with most recent works were made. keywords: minimax shrunken technique, burr x distribution, mle, mse and efficiency. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1820 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|485    1. introduction burr x distribution would be able to use effectively in modeling data and also modeling lifetime data. [2],[4],[8],[9],[10]and [11] . let x be a r.v. follows burr x distribution with two parameters  and  . the (c.d.f.) and (p.d.f) of x are represented respectively as below; 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 1 𝑒 𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑥 0, 𝛼 0 , 𝜆 0 … (1) 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 2𝛼𝜆 𝑥𝑒 1 𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 0, 𝛼 0, 𝜆 0 0 𝑜. 𝑤 … . 2 wherever,  &  refer respectively to shape and scale parameters. pretest shrunken estimator of  determination as below: 𝛼  𝛼 𝛼 1  𝛼 𝛼 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑅  𝛼 𝛼 1  𝛼 𝛼 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∉ 𝑅 … 3 anywhere , i iˆ ˆ( ), 0 ( ) 1      , i = 1, 2 refer to weightiness shrunken identifying acceptance of ̂ while (1 – i ()) agreeing confidence of 0, and well-known that i ˆ( )  may be constant or function depend on ̂ (ad hoc basis), and r refer to pretest region for testing ho:  = 0 opposite h1:   0 via statistics test t ( ̂/0).[1]and [12]. minimax procedure of estimation is a non-classical approach for estimation presented by abraham wald (1945) from the model of game theory. the most significant basics in the minimax approach are the description of the prior distribution and the loss function used. quadratic loss functions will be considered to find the minimax estimators of burr x distribution in present research; [3], [5], [6] and [7]. the goal of this paper, toward suggested shrunken estimator technique α defined by (3) through employment the minimax estimator (α =α ) instead of the classical estimator (mle) ̂ to estimate  burr x distribution with known . expressions for main statistical indicators of the proposed estimator α were derived and obtained. discussions and numerical results were achieved and presented in appropriated table. comparisons were done between the suggested estimators with standard minimax estimator α as well as with some of the last studies. 2. minimax estimator of  in this section, we obtain the minimax estimators of the parameter α for the burr x distribution depends on lehmann s theorem in (1950). agreeing with this theorem, consequently obtain the minimax estimator of the parameter 𝛼 as α α n 2 / ∑ ln 1 e of the burr x distribution in case of quadratic loss function. it is known, the mle of 𝛼 in burr x distribution when  equal to one has the following form ; [8]and[9] ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1820 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|486    𝛼 ∑ … (4) reminder, when xi ~ burr x (,1), then 𝛼 ∑ ln 1 𝑒 follow gamma population including n shape and 1 scale; g(n,1). [4], [8] and [9]. i.e.; 𝐸 𝛼 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝛼 𝛼 . by using (4), then bias α e α α α n 1 𝑉ar α n 1 n . var α α mse α var α bias α α n 1 3. minimax shrinkage estimator  this section involves the suggestion of special case of pretest shrunken estimator α which is defined in (3) using minimax estimator 𝛼 for estimate  of burr x distribution when  = 1, 𝛼 𝛼 , 𝑅 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑅 𝑘 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓 𝛼 ∉ 𝑅 … 5   when ψ1 𝛼 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ψ2 𝛼 𝑘 . ; 𝑐 𝜒 , 100 such that (0 < k < 1) , and r refer to pretest region for testing ho:  = 0 vs. h1:   0 through level of significance () via statistic test function tt i.e.;r a b …(6) where a χ , and b χ , the derivation of bias equation for α is 𝐵𝑖𝑎𝑠 𝛼|𝛼; 𝑅 𝐸 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝑓 𝛼 𝑑 𝛼 𝑘 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝑓 𝛼 𝑑𝛼 wherever, refers to supplemented region of r , and r ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1820 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|487    f α n 2 α αb n 1 .e n 2 α αb γ n . n 2 α , αb 0 … (7) we conclude, 𝐵𝑖𝑎𝑠 𝛼|𝛼; 𝑅 𝛼 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁 𝑛 𝑐 𝜁 𝜁 1 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗ 1 𝑐 𝜁 𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗   anywhere, 𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗ 𝑑𝑦 ; 𝑙 0,1,2, … ∗ ∗ …(8) also ζ α α , a∗ 2ζ . a , b∗ 2ζ . b and y 𝑛 2 α α … 9 bias ratio [b (𝛼 )] well-defined as: b α bias α |α; r α … 10 derivation of mse (𝛼 ) will be as below: mse α|α; r e α α 𝛼 𝛼 𝑓 𝛼 𝑑 𝛼 𝑘 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝑓 𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝑓 𝛼 𝑑 𝛼 𝑛 2 𝛼 𝑐 𝑛 2 𝛼 𝛼𝑐 𝛼 𝛼 𝑓 𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝑛 2 𝛼 𝑐 𝑛 2 𝛼 𝛼𝑐 𝛼 𝛼 𝑓 𝛼 𝑑𝛼  some by simplification, the above equation became:  𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝛼|𝛼; 𝑅 𝛼 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁 2 𝑛 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑐 𝜁 2 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁 𝜁 1 2 𝑛 𝑐 𝜁 𝜁 1 𝜁 1 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁 𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗ 2 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁 𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗ 1 𝑐 𝜁 𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗ 2 𝑛 2 𝑐 𝜁 𝜁 1 𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗ 2 1 𝑐 𝜁 𝜁 1 𝐽 𝑎∗, 𝑏∗   …(11) the relative efficiency of α to α is : r. eff α|α; ri mse α mse α|α; r … 12   4. discussion and numerical results the calculations of the equations (10),(11) and (12), were performed for n = 4,6,8,10,12, 𝜁= 0/ = 0.25(0.25)2 and  = 0.01,0.05,0.1, for the estimator α . these calculations are prearranged in attached table and consequence the following: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1820 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|488    i. r.eff(α ) has opposite relational with small value of  especially when 𝜁 = 1 ii. when 𝜁 =1, the r.eff (α ) takes height value for each n , , and lessening otherwise (𝜁 1). iii. b(α ) are almost small when 𝜁 = 1 for all n,  , and increases else. iv. effective interval of α . [value of 𝜁 that makes r.eff(α ) larger one] is [0.5, 1.5]. v. r.eff(α .) is reducing function with n, for each  and 𝜁. vi. the suggested estimator α dominate ̂ especially at 𝜁 = 1. vii.the suggested estimator α dominate the estimators presented by [5],[7] in the sense of minimum mean squared error. table (1): b(𝛂 ) and r.eff (𝛂 w.r.t. , n1 and   ζ δ n r.eff() b(-) 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 0.01 4 r.eff() b(-) 0.5926898 0.7499385 1.3334412 0.4999798 5.3336397 0.2499928 1.8766999e+6 -2.507439e-5 5.3411594 0.2498139 1.336686 0.4993667 0.594938 0.7485095 0.3352064 0.9971855 6 r.eff() b(-) 0.3557834 0.7497598 0.8002317 0.4999276 3.20053 0.2499792 8.5776432e+5 -2.524196e-5 3.2066372 0.2497366 0.8031576 0.499006 0.3578644 0.7475579 0.201871 0.9953259 8 r.eff() b(-) 0.2542997 0.7495111 0.5718069 0.4998344 2.286422 0.2499612 4.9532531e+5 -2.532473e-5 2.2919673 0.2496521 0.5746331 0.4985883 0.2563705 0.7464494 0.1448072 0.9932013 10 r.eff() b(-) 0.1979233 -0.749256 0.4449856 0.4996955 1.778652 0.2499383 3.234304e+5 -2.537393e-5 1.7839172 0.2495605 0.4477738 0.4981157 0.2000606 0.7452037 0.1131537 0.9908772 12 r.eff() b(-) 0.1620404 0.7490176 0.3643486 0.4995104 1.4555841 0.2499104 2.280651e+5 -2.540652e-5 1.4606951 0.2494616 0.3671231 0.4975907 0.1642812 0.7438406 0.0930405 0.9884106 0.05 4 r.eff() b(-) 0.5927787 0.7498823 1.3336565 0.4999394 5.3342047 0.2499795 5.9151045e+5 -9.939819e-5 5.3539023 0.2495134 1.3401523 0.4987173 0.5965971 0.7474654 0.336158 0.9957716 6 r.eff() b(-) 0.3558701 0.7496684 0.8005953 -0.499814 3.201717 0.2499328 2.6800421e+5 -9.980886e-5 3.2167515 0.2493392 0.8060428 0.4981078 0.3592242 0.7461391 0.2026157 0.9934961 8 r.eff() b(-) 0.2543477 0.7494403 0.5722693 0.4996323 2.2879665 0.2498766 1.5388055e+5 -1.000067e-4 2.3009895 0.2491563 0.5772602 0.4974474 0.2575699 0.7447081 0.1454268 0.991088 10 r.eff() b(-) 0.1979429 -0.749219 0.4455051 -0.499404 1.78046 -0.249811 1.0007843e+5 -1.001240e-4 1.7923586 0.2489647 0.4502451 0.4967414 0.201143 0.7431971 0.1136772 0.9886024 12 r.eff() b(-) 0.1620468 0.7490028 0.3648894 0.4991402 1.4576081 0.2497362 7.0362889e+4 -1.002015e-4 1.4687862 0.2487646 0.3694813 0.495995 0.1652655 0.7416269 0.0934839 0.9860785 0.1 4 r.eff() b(-) 0.592807 0.7498643 1.3337917 0.4999141 5.334351 -0.249976 3.7785035e+5 -1.770097e-4 5.3636228 0.2492857 1.3423159 0.4983142 0.5974921 0.7469051 0.3366172 0.9950928 6 r.eff() b(-) 0.3558868 0.7496508 0.8008029 0.4997492 3.2025271 -0.249901 1.7103776e+5 -1.775499e-4 3.2241357 0.2490514 0.8077279 0.4975869 0.3598975 0.7454414 0.2029403 0.9927035 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1820 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/   www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|489      references [1] a.n.al-joboori, , pre-test single and double stage shrunken estimators for the mean of normal distribution with known variance, baghdad journal for science,.7(4),.14321442. (2010), [2] aludaat 1, k.m.; m.t. alodat, and t.t. alodat, parameter estimation of burr type x distribution for grouped data, applied math. sci., 2 (9),.415-423. 2008. [3]iman makhdoom, minimax estimation of the parameter of the generalized exponential distribution, international journal of academic research, (2011), vol.3 (2), pp.515-527. [4] d. kundu, and m.z. raqab, generalized rayleigh distribution: deferent methods of estimation, computational statistics and data analysis,.49,.187-200. 2005 [5] lanpong li, minimax estimation of generalized exponential distribution under square log error loss and mlinex loss function, research journal of mathematics and statistics, (2013),5(3), 24-27. [6] masoud yarmohammadi and hassan pazira, minimax estimation of the parameter of the burr type xii distribution, australian journal of basic and applied sciences, ,.4(12),.6611-6622. 2010 [7] m. kamruj jaman bhuiyan, et al, minimax estimation of the parameter of the rayleigh distribution, 2007 [8] m.z. raqab,, order statistics from the burr type x model, computers mathematics and applications,.36, .111-120. 1998 [9] m.z. raqab, and d. kundu, burr type x distribution, revisited, journal of probability and statistical sciences,.4(2), 179-193. 2006 [10] j.g. surles, and w.j padgett, inference for reliability and stress-strength for a scaled burr type x distribution, lifetime data analysis, 7,.187-200. 2001. [11] j.g. surles, and w.j. padgett, , some properies of a scaled burr type x distribution, journal of statistical planning and inference, 72,.271-280. 2005 [12] j.r.thompson, , some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean, j. amer. statist. assoc,.63,.113-122. 1968 8 r.eff() b(-) 0.2543533 0.7494321 0.5724995 0.4995319 2.2890869 0.2498152 9.8133771e+4 -1.778086e-4 2.3073582 0.2488095 0.5787131 0.4968218 0.2581224 0.7439125 0.1456745 0.9902491 10 r.eff() b(-) 0.1979443 0.7492164 0.445731 0.4992775 1.7817676 0.2497191 6.3788371e+4 -1.779616e-4 1.798152 0.2485602 0.4515479 0.4960242 0.2016105 0.7423382 0.1138709 0.987767 12 r.eff() b(-) 0.1620471 0.7490021 0.3650962 0.4989989 1.4590432 0.2496131 4.4829877e+4 -1.780627e-4 1.474204 0.2483035 0.3706716 0.4951987 0.1656663 0.7407343 0.0936367 0.9852809 physics 142 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 numerical simulation to study the effects of riemann problems on the physical properties of the astrophysics gas dynamics l. y. s. al-mashhadani department of physics, college of education ibn al-haithem, university of baghdad received in: 26 september 2011 accepted in: 26 february 2012 abstract in this work we run simulation of gas dynamic problems to study the effects of riemann problems on the physical properties for this gas. we studied a normal shock wave travels at a high speed through a medium (shock tube). this would cause discontinuous change in the characteristics of the medium, such as rapid rise in velocity, pressure, and density of the flow. when a shock wave passes through the medium, the total energy is preserved but the energy which can be extracted as work decreases and entropy increases. the shock tube is initially divided into a driver and a driven section by a diaphragm. the shock wave is created by increasing the pressure in the driver section until the diaphragm bursts, sending normal shock waves down the shock tube into the low pressure driven section and at the same time sending an expansion wave into the high pressure driver section. keywords: riemann problems, numerical simulation, real gas flow introduction from the solution of riemann problems one finds directly how much velocity, density, and pressure flows into a cell from the interface under consideration. the initial value problem for any discontinuity is known as the riemann problem. where w represents the values of density, velocity and pressure. they can be thought of two constant states separated by a diaphragm at x0 which is removed at t = 0 and x0 is the interface between two meshes as it clear in fig. 1. the initial condition for the riemann problems is set by specifying the left and right values of the density, velocity and pressure. riemann problem for the euler equations leads to two types of waves spreading. they are shock and expansion waves. the possible riemann configurations are thus: 1. one shock and one expansion wave. 2. two shock waves. 3. two expansion waves. in each of the above cases there will be a contact discontinuity in between the two waves (due to the fact that we started with an initial discontinuity). [1] the collision between two flows, leading to the formation of three discontinuity as shown in fig.2. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/pressure http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/density physics 143 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the first riemann problem we will consider is the so-called shock tube. the shock tube is a device in which a normal shock wave is produced by the sudden bursting of a diaphragm separating a gas at high pressure from one at lower pressure. when the diaphragm bursts a shock wave forms almost instantaneously and propagates into the driven section, while simultaneously an expansion wave propagates, in the opposite direction, into the driver section. the propagation of the shock front and expansion fan changes the gas pressure, and density, and sets the gas in motion relative to the shock-tube walls. the strength of the shock wave and expansion wave thus produced depends on the initial pressure ratio across the diaphragm and on the physical properties of the gases in the driver and the driven sections. [2] jump conditions across a standing normal shock wave; relationship between laboratory fixed and shock fixed coordinates. we first consider the case of a standing normal shock wave in a tube, which is clear in fig. 1. the conservation of mass, momentum, and energy for the flow through this wave are given by: uu 2211 ρρ = (1) upup 2 222 2 111 ρρ +=+ (2) ρερε 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 pupu ++=++ (3) where: pu 111 ,,ρ are the pre-shock density, velocity, and pressure and pu 222 ,,ρ are the post shock density, velocity, and pressure repectively. for an ideal gas pressure and internal energy are related by: )1( − = γ ρε p (4) is the specific internal energy. is the specific heat capacity. the entropy related quantity is ρ γ ξ − = p (5) the ratio of the shock parameters, are known as the shock jump or rankine –hugoniot conditions (in the frame of shock) and express by, [3, 4]: 2)1( )1( 2 1 2 1 1 2 +− + = m m γ γ ρ ρ (6) )1)(1( 2 1 2 11 2 −+ += mp p γ γ (7) where m is the mach number of the flow and it define by: (8) cs is the sound speed and it is equal to: physics 144 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ρ γ p c s = (9) numerical results and discussions in this work we applied numerical software to analyses riemann problems of the shock – tube problems. we run the simulation with the initial conditions in table 1. a stability condition is required and, assuming a constant grid size ( x∆ ), the time step ( t∆ ) is calculated by using: )max(λi cfl x t n ∆=∆ (10) where )(maxλi is the maximum wave speed and ncfl the required courant (cfl) number. [5] the numerical domain size ( x∆ ) of 1 is divided into 1000 computational cells of length 0.001. the computation has been performed using cfl number of 0.5. shock tube problems results the sod shock tube is a riemann problem used as a standard test problem, but in this case we did not exactly do the classical sod problem because we do not consider any combustion reactions here, but are instead interested in the pattern of discontinuities. we started with the initial conditions shown in table 1, and the specific heat capacity is chosen to be (γ = 5/2). applying the initial conditions and running the program leads to solution consisting of a shock wave propagates into the region of lower pressure, across which the density and pressure jump to higher values and all of the state variables are discontinuous. this is followed by a contact discontinuity, across which the density is again discontinuous but the velocity and pressure are constant. the third wave moves into the opposite direction and have a very different structure. this wave is called an expansion wave, and across which the materials streams in with a high density, low velocity, and high pressure. results of solution of riemann problems for euler equations is shown in figure 3, and figure 5. on the plot in figure 3 one can see the density jumps through the contact discontinuity while the speed of the flow and pressure are the same. in the same figure, the expansion wave moves to the left into the high pressure region, while the shock and contact discontinuity move to the right into the low pressure region. using the shock jump conditions for the preand post shock states, one can calculate the mach number characterizing the strength of the shock in the shock frame 1.48, and the shock velocity in the lab frame is 1.8 cm s -1. the time evolution of the right travelling shock and the left expansion wave shown in figure 4. in this figure the density profile is plotted for three instants in time. the contact discontinuity in figure 5, travelling slowly to the right with speed of 0.8 cm s1, shock moves fast to the right with speed of 1.83 cm s-1, and the expansion wave goes to the left with speed of 1.28 cm s-1. if we compare the value for the shock here, it is close to the previous value. so, the numerical solution is close to the exact solution in case of shock tube problem. figure 5, illustrates results of riemann problem of the shock tube for the mach number μ in the lab frame, specific internal energy, total energy density, and entropy related quantity. it is physics 145 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 clear that there is a jump in the mach number, specific internal energy density, the total energy density, and the entropy related quantity across the shock and at the contact discontinuity. conclusions this work discusses the propagation of shock waves through a shock tube. it was found that the gas to the left and right of the diaphragm is initially at rest. the pressure and density are discontinuous across the diaphragm. at t = 0, the diaphragm is broken. three types of discontinuity then propagate through the gas: • contact discontinuity: the pressure p and velocity u are continuous, but the density ρ, mach number, specific internal energy density, the total energy density, and the entropy related quantity are discontinuous. • shock waves: all quantities p, u, ρ, mach number, specific internal energy density, the total energy density, and the entropy related quantity are in general discontinuous across the shock front. • expansion wave: which is basically the reverse of a shock wave. it was found also that the numerical calculations of the velocities of the three discontinuities give similar speed of the 3 discontinuities by looking at a range of outputs (figure 4). references 1. clarke, c. and carswell, r. ( 2007), principle of astrophysical fluid dynamics, cambridge university press, uk. 2. sod, g. (1991), numerical relativistic hydrodynamics: local characteristic approach, j. comp. phys., 27,(1). 3. kamali, r., et al, (2006), numerical solution of compressible euler equations for gas mixture applications, scientia iranica, 13( 3),university of technology. 4. browne, s.; browne, j. and shepherd, j. e. galcit report fm 2006.006, july (2004)-revised august 29, (2008), numerical solution methods for shock and detonation jump conditions, california institute of technology. 5. deconinck, h. and dick e. (2009), computational fluid dynamics, springer verlag berlin heidelberg. regions density (g cm-1 s-1) velocity (cm s-1) pressure (g cm-1 s-2) right 0.125 0 0.1 left 1.0 0 1.0 table(1): initial conditions for shock tube problems physics 146 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): the riemann problem fig( 2): collision of two flows physics 147 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(3): results of the shock tube problem. the figure is show the density profile in blue color, velocity profile in green color, and the pressure profile in red color. the velocity and pressure are continuous at the contact discontinuity. the size of the time step was controlled by the cfl condition with cfl number of 0.5 fig.( 4): density profile along the shock tube for different time steps. initial discontinuity at x = 0 physics 148 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 5): the mach number, specific internal energy, total energy density, and entropy related quantity, as a function of position physics 149 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 الخصائص الفيزيائية للغاز في تحليالت عددية لدراسة تأثيرات مشاكل ريمان الداينميكي الفيزيائي الفلكي ليالي يحيى صالح ألمشهداني جامعة بغدادابن ألهيثم، –كلية التربية قسم الفيزياء، 2012شباط 26قبل البحث في 2011ايلول 26استلم البحث في الخالصة الخصائص الفيزيائية فيحث نفذ برنامج تحليل عددي لمشاكل الغاز الداينميكي لدراسة تأثيرات مشاكل ريمان في هذا الب لهذا الغاز. معين مثلمنتشرة بسرعة عالية خالل وسط (shock wave) موجة اصطدام اعتيادية التي تسمى تلقد درس (shock tube) الكثافة، و الضغط. و عند و يحدث ارتفاع سريع لقيم السرعة، اذ،. ما يسبب تغيير في خصائص ذلك الوسط مرور هذه لموجة خالل الوسط فان اجمالي الطاقة اليتبدد و لكن كمية الطاقة التي تتحول الى شغل هي التي سوف تتبدد و .ايضا" يحدث زيادة في عشوائية النظام في تحطم الحاجر الذي يفصل بين جزئي االنبوب مولدا موجات ان زيادة الضغط داخل انبوب االصطدام الذي يتسببكما expansion)اصطدام اعتيادية منتشرة الى مناطق الضغط العالي و موجات اخرى تنتقل الى مناطق الضغط الواطئ وتسمى waves). مشاكل ريمان، تحليالت عددية، جريان الغاز الحقيقيمفتاحية: الكلمات ال 2. sod, g. (1991), numerical relativistic hydrodynamics: local characteristic approach, j. comp. phys., 27,)1(. chemistry 276 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis and characterization of novel compounds containing of imidazolidinone and oxazepine rings t. r. muhsen , j. h. tomma and a. j. a. mukhlus department of chemistry , college of education ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad abstract the compound 3-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) benzylideneamino]-2-thioxoimidazolidine-4-one [iii] was prepared from the cyclization of thiosemicarbazone [ii] with ethyl α -chloroacetate in the presence of fused sodium acetate. treatment the later compound with acetic anhydride yielded the corresponding 1-acetyl-3-[ 4̄(4˭methoxy benzoyloxy) benzylideneamino] – 2 – thioxo -imidazolidine-4-one [iv]. 1,3-oxazepine derivatives [v]a-d and [vi]a-d are obtained from the reaction of compounds[iii] and [iv] with different acid anhydrides, in dry benzene. the ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy are indicated a good evidence for the formation of the synthesized compounds. some of the synthesized compounds have been screened against e.coli , staph. aureus , psenudomonsaeruginosa and bascillus cereus . they exhibited moderate to weak antibacterial activity unless compound [v]d did not show any biological activity. key words: imidazolidenone, oxazepine introduction 2-thioxo-imidazolidin-4-one are imidazolidine ring that contain two groups thion(c=s) and carbonyl (c=o) at position, 2 and 4, respectively. it is well known that 2thioxo-4-imidazolidinone derivatives display a wide range of biological properties.[1,2] various methods are used for the preparation of 2-thioxo-imidazolidin-4-one among these; treatment of arylisothiocyanate with amino acid under different conditions [3, 4]. also, 2-thioxo-imidazolidin-4-one can be prepared by reaction of thiosemicarbazone with ethylα chloroacetate in the presence of ch3co2na under reflux [1]. 1, 3-oxazepine is non-homologuos seven member rings, that contains oxygen at position 1 andnitrogen at position 3. oxazepine is used in the medical field and has been much chemical and biological studied. many workers synthesized and studies the oxozepine derivatives mentioned as in the literates [5-8]. the aim of this work is to synthesis and characterization a novel compound containing imidazoliden-4-one and 1, 3-oxazepine units in the same molecule. experimental materials: all the chemicals were supplied from fluke, gcc and aldrich chemicals co. and used as received. techniques: ftir spectra were recorded using potassium bromide discs on a shimadzo (ir prestige-21) . 1hnmr spectra were carried out by company: bruker , model: ultra-shield 300 mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard . measurements were made at chemistry department, alalbyat university; uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus. chemistry 277 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 general procedures the new compounds [ii]-[vi] were synthesized according to scheme 1. n s n nh c o n ho cho meoco2 cho nh2 nh nh2cs co2 ch s co2 ch nh c nh2 c ch3co2na [i] [ii] [iii] cocl meo meo (ch 3 co) 2 o n n ncoch3 c o co2 ch s c [iv] meo n nh c o co2 s c [v] meo a n ncoch3 c o co2 s c [vi] meo a hc o n c o c o h c o n co c o h c o n co c o h c o n co c o, ,a= dry benzene meo pyridine , dmf cl-ch2-co2-et or scheme 1 dr y be nz en e an hy dr id es anhydrides synthesis of 4-(4`-methoxy benzoyloxy) benzaldehyde [i] anisoyl chloride (0.01mol) was added to a stirred solution of 4-hydroxy benzaldehyde (0.01mol) and dry pyridine (1ml) in dry dimethyl formamide (dmf) (10 ml) at (5-10°c). stirring was continued for 3hrs at the same temperature. the resulting mixture was poured into 100 ml of 10% hcl . the precipitate was filtered and washed with solution of 10% nahco3 and water for several times [9] ,dried and recrystallized from ethanol . m.p 90 0c , yield 95%. synthesis of 4-(4-̄methoxy benzoyloxy)benzaldehyde thiosemicarbazone [ii] chemistry 278 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 a mixture of aromatic aldehyde [i] (0.001 mole) , thiosemicarbazide ( 0.001 mole) in ethanol ( 3ml ) was heated under reflux for 4hr, then cooled .the yellow solid formed was filtered ,dried and purified by recrystallization from ethanol to give compound [ii]. m.p 200 0c , yield72%. synthesis of 3-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) benzylideneamino]-2-thioxo-imidazolidine-4one [iii] a mixture of compound [ii] (0.001mole), ethyl chloro acetate (0.001mole) and fused acetate (0.003mole) in ethanol was heated under reflux for 4hrs , then cooled and poured into water. the resulting pale yellow solid was filtered off, washed with water, dried and recrystallized by ethanol to give compound [iii] . m.p 238 0c , yield 77%. synthesis of 1-acetyl-3-[ 4̄(4˭methoxy benzoyloxy) benzylideneamino] – 2 – thioxo imidazolidine-4-one [iv] a solution of [iii] (0.01mole) in acetic anhydride (25ml)was heated under reflux for 4hrs, then cooled and poured onto ice-water .the resulting orange product was filtered off ,washed with water, dried and recrystallized by ethanol to give compound [iv] . m.p 2250c , yield 58% . synthesis of 1,3-oxazepine derivatives [v]a-d and [vi]a-d a mixture of (0.001mol) of schiff bases [iii] or [iv] and (0.001mole) of appropriate acid anhydrides in dry benzene (5ml) was refluxed for 6 hrs , the solvent was removed and the resulting colored crystalline solid recrystallized from ethanol. the physical data of all synthesized 1,3-oxazepines are listed in table (1) . result and discussion thiosemicarbazone [ii] were synthesized by refluxing equimolars of aromatic aldehyde [i] and thiosemicarbazide in ethanol . this compound was identified by its melting point and ftir spectroscopy. ftir absorption-spectrum showed the disappearance of aldehydic (c=o) absorption band at 1695 cm-1 together with appearance of new absorption stretching band at1699 cm-1 which is assigned to c=n stretching[10]. the spectrum showed many peaks in the region 34453105cm-1 which could be attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of nh and nh2 groups and two sharp peaks at 1722cm-1 and 1186cm-1 due to ester and thion groups , respectively. compound [iii] was synthesized from the reaction of thiosemicarbazone [ii] with ethyl chloroacetate in fused sodium acetate; the suggested mechanism of this reaction may be shown as follows scheme 2. n s o n o n s s n n ch2 nh c c o s ar ch nh c ch cnh2 ar ch nh c ch c nh ar ch n c ch2 nh c o h etoh ar ch o-et cl -hcl schem 2 2 oet 2 oet + ar = meo ch3co2na n s ar ch hn c ch2 nh c oet o n s ar ch n c ch2 nh c oeth o co2 chemistry 279 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the structure of the imidazolidenone [iii] was identified by its melting point , ftir and ¹hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectrum of this compound showed the disappearance of absorption bands of the nh2 group ,in the thiosemecarbazone and appearance a sharp new absorption stretching bands at 1634 cm-1 due to c=o group of imidazolidenone ring. also showed a weak stretching band at 3069 cm-1 and a sharp peak at1200 cm-1 could be attributed to nh and c=s groups, respectively. the 1hnmr spectrum of compound [iii]a shows the following signals : eight aromatic protons appeared as pair of doublet at δ 7.12-8.28 ppm ,two sharp singlet at δ 8.44 ppm and δ 11.9 ppm that could be attributed to the one proton of ch=n and one proton of nh, respectively. the spectrum shows also two sharp singlet at δ 3.88 ppm an δ 3.23 ppm due to the three protons of och3 and two protons of ch2 groups, respectively. treatment the later compound with acetic anhydride yielded the corresponding 1acetyl-3-[ 4̄(4˭methoxy benzoyloxy) benzylideneamino] – 2 – thioxo -imidazolidine-4-one [iv]. the ftir spectrum indicated the disappearance the characteristic stretching band of the nh group with appearance a good band at 1720 cm-1 due to n-acetyl (n-c=o) stretching vibration. the 1hnmr of this compound show the following features: two pairs of doublet of doublets in the region δ6.79-8.09 ppm which can be attributed to eight protons of two psubstituted benzene rings having different substituents at positions i,4 . a sharp singlet at δ 8.79 ppm that could be attributed to the one proton of ch=n. the spectrum shows a quartet signal and a triplet signal at δ 4,31-4.49 ppm and δ 2.05-2.22 ppm due to two protons of ch2 and three protons of ncoch3 groups, respectively . besides a sharp singlet at δ 3.87 ppm for the three protons of och3. the 1,3-oxazepine derivatives were obtained by addition reaction of schiff bases with different anhydrides in dry benzene, the new 1,3-oxazepine derivatives [v] and [vi] were synthesized by refluxing compound [iii] or [vi] with different anhydride (maleic, 2,3,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic , phthalic or naphthalic anhydride) in presence of dry benzene. the characteristic ftir absorption bands of these compounds were confirmed from the disappearance of band due to c=n of schiff bases and other peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of the starting materials together with appearance two bands characteristic of two carbonyl groups of oxazepine ring. the spectral data of ftir for new oxazepine compounds are listed in table(2). the 1hnmr spectrum of compound [vi]d (in dmso) shows a singlet signal of nch proton absorbed at δ 7.22 ppm, the aromatic ring protons appear as multiplet in the region (δ 6.79-8.56) ppm , a singlet signals at δ3.87 ppm and 3.83 for och3 protons absorbed . the spectrum shows a quartet signal and a triplet signal at δ 4.31-4.49 ppm and δ 2.05-2.22 ppm due to two protons of ch2 and three protons of ncoch3 groups, respectively biological activity the antibacterial activity of the synthesized compounds was performed according to the agar diffusion method [11]. the prepared compounds were tested against e.coli , staph. aureus , psenudomonsaeruginosa and bascillus cereus. each compounds was dissolved in dmso to give concentration 1ppm. the plates were then incubated at 37 0c and examined after 24 hrs. the zones of inhibition formed were measured in millimeter and are represented by (-), (+) and (+ +) depending upon the diameter and clarity as in table (3). chemistry 280 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 references 1.nasser,a.; idhayadhulla, a. ; kumar, r. and selvin, j. (2010) synthesis of some 2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one derivatives and its antimicrobial activity,e-journal of chemistry, 7(4):1320-1325. 2. ma, ch.; zheng , p. and li, j.(2006)solid-state synthesis and characterization of 2thioxo-4-imidazolidinone derivatives”, journal of the chinese chemical society, 53: 633636. 3. savjani , g. and gajjar, a .(2011)pharmaceutical importance and synthetic strategies for imidazolidine-2-thione and imidazole-2-thione derivatives, pakistan j.of biological sciences , 14(24):1076-1089. 4. luis , j.; filh1, j.; lira, b.; medeiros , i.; morais , l.; santos , a.; oliveira, c.; and athayde-filho, p. (2010) synthesis of new imidazolidin-2,4-dione and 2thioxoimidazolidin-4-ones via cphenylglycine derivatives , molecules 15:128-137. 5. bilgiç, s., bilgiç, o., bilgiç, m., gündüz, m. and karakoç, n. (2009) synthesis of 2-aryl1,2-dihydronaphtho[1,2-f][1,4]-oxazepin-3(4h)-one. part i”, arkivoc, xiii, 185-192. 6.al-jamali, n. m., (2008), “synthesis, characterization of new 1,3-oxazepine, diazepine, thiazepine derivatives and open ring of thio compounds”, ph.d. thesis, college of education ibn –al haitham , university of baghdad. 7. tawfiq, m. t. (2004) synthesis of substituted 1,3-oxazepines and 1,3-diazepines via schiff bases, ph.d. thesis, college of education ibn –al haitham, university of baghdad. 8.tomma, j. ; ali, e. ; tomi, i.; al-witry, z. ; hassan, h. (2011) synthesis and characterization of new heterocyclic compound” ,mustansiriyah journal of science, 22(2):35-44. 9. aldujaili , a. and tomma ,j.(2002) synthesis and liquid-crystalline properties of some new 1,3,4-thiadiazol imines derivatives” , j. iraqi journal of chemistry , 28(2):405-413. 10. mostafa, t. (2010) synthesis and modification of some heterocyclic compounds with potential biological activity coupled on poly (maleic anhydride –methyl methacrylate) ” , journal of american science 6(8):512-524. 11tomma , j. ; raheema, a. and rouil ,i. (2005) synthesis and antibacterial activity of some novel schiffbases compounds containing oxadiazole ring, ibn al-haitham j. for pure and appl. sci., 18(1):41-49. chemistry 281 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): physical data of oxazepine compounds. comp. no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m. p 0c yie ld % color [v]a 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-(2-thioxo-imidazol -idine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-1,3-oxazepine-4,7diones co2ch3o nh o s nhc o n c oco c22h17n3o 7s 228-230 54 off white [v]b 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-(2-thioxo-imida zolidine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-5,6cyclohexane[1,2e]-1,3oxazepine-4,7-diones ch3o n h c o c o c o co2 n n h c s c o c26h23n3o 7s 252-256 70 off white [v]c 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-(2-thioxoimidazolidine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-benz[1,2e]1,3-oxazepine-4,7-diones n h c c o c o n n c s c o ch3o o co2 h c26h19n3o 7s 206-208 61 yellow [v]d 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-(2-thioxo-imida zolidine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-naphth[2,3e]-1,3oxazepine-4,7-diones n h c o c o c o co2ch3o n n h c s c o c30h21n3o 7s 195-198 82 yellow pale [vi]a 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-[1-acetyl (2-thioxoimidazolidine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-1,3-oxazepine-4,7diones co2ch3o n o s nhc o n c oco c c h3 o c24h19n3o 8s 178-180 57 yellow [vi]b 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-[1-acetyl (2-thioxoimidazolidine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-5,6cyclohexane[1,2e]-1,3oxazepine-4,7-diones n h c c o c o n n c s c o o ch3o o co2 c ch3 c28h25n3o 8s 172-176 59 yellow dark [vi]c 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-[1-acetyl (2-thioxoimidazolidine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-benz[1,2e]-1,3oxazepine-4,7-diones n h c c o c o n n c s c o o ch3o o co2 c ch3 c28h21n3o 8s 205-209 68 glow yellow [ vi]d 2-[4̄-(4˭-methoxy benzoyloxy) phenyl]-3-[1-acetyl (2-thioxoimidazolidine-4-one-3-yl)-2,3dihydro-naphth[2,3e]-1,3-oxazepine-4,7-diones n h c c o c o n n c s c o o ch3o o co2 c ch3 c32h23n3o 8s 234 63 yellow chemistry 282 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2) : ftir spectral data of oxazepine compounds. comp. no. νnh νc-h aliph. νc=o lactone,lactome of oxazepine νc=o amid exocyclic νc=o imidazolidinone νc=c arom. [v]a 3069 2976,2843 1770 , 1710 1634 1598 [v]b 3098 2966,2862 1765 , 1695 1634 1597 [v]c 3078 2960,2843 1765 , 1695 1633 1599 [v]d 3067 2989,2842 1771 , 1726 1634 1599 [vi]a 2958,2840 1732 , 1697 1705 1637 1604 [vi]b 2942,2825 1728 , 1695 1719 1655 1605 [vi]c 2940,2854 1768 , 1690 1721 1654 1604 [vi]d 2926,2852 1770 , 1684 1701 1640 1605 table (3) : biological activities of some of synthesized compounds. comp. no. staphylococcus aureus(g+) bascillus cereus (g+) escherichichia coli(g-) psenudomonsaeru ginosa(g-) [ii] + + + + + + _ [iii] _ + + + _ [iv] + + + + [v]d _ _ _ _ [v]a + + + + _ [vi]c _ ++ _ _ key to symbols : moderately active = + +(11-15) mm and slightly active = + (5-10) chemistry 283 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضير وتشخيص مركبات جديدة تحتوي على حلقتي االيميدازولدينون واالكسازبيين طالب رشيد محسن ، جمبد هرمز توما ، عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص جامعة بغداد ،كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ،قسم الكيمياء الخالصة مع اثيل كلورو اسيتات بوجود خالت [ii]من الغلق الحلقي للثايوسيميكاربازون [iii]ون -4-يميدازولدينحضراال . حضرت مشتقات [vi]الصوديوم المنصهرة تمت معاملة المركب االخير مع انهيدريد الخليك لينتج المركب المقابل ات متنوعة على التوالي في البنزين الجاف. أثبتت مع انهيدريد [iv]و [iii]من تفاعل المركب [vi]و [v]االوكسازبين . درست nmr h 1وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ftirصحة التراكيب للمركبات المحضرة باستعمال طيف ,e.coli , staph. aureuالفعالية البايولوجية لبعض من المركبات المحضرة ضد انواع من البكتريا psenudomonsaeruginosa bascillus cereus وبينت النتائج ان اغلب المركبات اظهرت فعالية بايولوجية ضد اي فعالية ضد هذه االنواع من البكتريا d[v]البكتريا المستخدمة تراوحت بين المتوسطة الى الضعيفة ولم يظهر المركب االوكسازبين ،االيميدازولدين الكلمات المفتاحية : ihjpas. 36(1)2023 1 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract the current study was applied in al-zafaraniya area southeast of the capital baghdad from october 2021 to april 2022. this is to evaluate some heavy elements (cd, co, cu, fe, pb, and mn) in the street, storm, and suspended dust. four sampling sites were selected, and codes a, b, c, and d were given to represent the industrial activity sites, service workshops, business activity, and residential areas. the results showed that the concentration rates of elements (cd, co, cu, fe, pb, mn) in street dust samples were (1.15, 6.6, 60.15, 26770, 44.4, 6, 489.8). in storm dust (2, 10, 49.3, 54760, 24.3, 827.2) ppm, respectively, the results of suspended dust revealed that the general rates of element concentrations were (0.707, 3.546, 3.727, 83.204, 1.076, 8.706) μg/m3, respectively. the results also showed the frequency of the appearance of the same elements and different concentrations in the three types of dust. they also indicate that each other interacted in increasing and continuing to expose the city atmosphere to the air loaded with hazardous metals to the health of human society and the components of the city's ecosystem. it can also be concluded from the values and variations of the elements that there are several environmental factors, such as temperature, humidity, air currents, local and regional storm surges, and irregular distribution of vegetation, can be attributed to the main reason in the deference values of heavy elements and their presence in the street, storm and suspended dust. keywords: air pollution, heavy metals, street dust, storm dust, suspended dust. 1.introduction the environment and its problems are important as it imposes itself at various international, regional, or local levels. environmental pollution and the risks caused by it are not limited to the borders of the state driving it. still, the effect on the rest of the other countries, and one of the most critical problems facing human beings in most countries of the world is environmental pollution, doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2973 article history: received 14august 2022, accepted 31 august 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq evaluation of heavy metals concentration in street, storm and suspended dust in al-zafaraniya area, baghdadiraq azhar f.m aljewari azharfouad92@gmail.com department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. ibrahim m. a. al-salman dr.ibrahim.ima@gmail.com department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibnalhaitham) university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:azharfouad92@gmail.com mailto:dr.ibrahim.ima@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 2 where the seriousness of this problem lies in the transmission of pollutants by water and wind, and for long distances. air pollution, which is most dangerous to human health through its direct effect on the vital breathing process of various organisms [12] and environmental pollution, represents an undesirable change in physical, chemical, and biological phenomena of air, water, and soil and may adversely damage or affect organisms and facilities [3]. although heavy elements are found in an environmental medium in small and harmless proportions of their living and non-living components, their increased concentration in the environment in recent years, mainly as a result of the diversity of pollutants and their sources of access to these communities due to the growth of densities, human activities, industrial progress and the entry of technology into all processes of public life and their agricultural, industrial and service applications, has led to the growth of waste, chemical compounds, pesticides, toxins [4]. increasing the content of some heavy elements in cultivated land and water as a result of fertilization, control, and sterilization of various chemicals and fertilizers leads to loading these elements. they reach humans through plant and animal food sources, by eating water directly, or by the participation of soil components due to drifts or atmospheric erosion, etc., and part of them reach the air components of factors, causing several serious diseases [5-6]. therefore, contemporary humans should be aware of the importance of maintaining the quality of the surrounding air and the rest of the components of the environment when it understands the negative effects and risks generated by the change in the essential components of its environment, especially the air, both inside and outside the work, and the emergence and accumulation of new components and elements in it to levels that make the problem of air pollution one of the most critical problems that threaten life and threaten the progress, movement, growth and development of human societies, the low productivity of ecosystems and the difficulty of living in many cities and human communities in different regions of the world are at the forefront of these risks, the growing levels of dust and particles of all kinds, oxides, toxic gases and their content of environmentally harmful elements and their living and non-living components, which requires the synergy of all efforts to find appropriate solutions between state institutions and the citizen both according to its responsibility and effect [78]. street dust is a mixture of organic and inorganic materials, car exhausts, and solid residues scattered on the sides of the roads, which is the main source of particles in the air and is a dangerous environmental pollutant [9]. while suspended dust is atoms suspended in the air, dust is produced when dust storms occur, and dust rises, where micro-particles remain stuck in the air after storms and winds remain for an estimated period of hours and days [1112]. dust storms are small granules with diameters of only 100 μm and arise with strong winds (8 m/s and above), and they are loaded with dust transported from disassembled topsoil in dry areas [10]. the particles of suspended dust from mud and light green atoms, ranging in diameter from 0.1 to 10 μm, and the sources of these particles are different. they may result from soil volatilization caused by dust storms or combustion, or these particles are caused by dust storm surges, a complex combination of different chemical compositions [13]. therefore, the study aims to reveal the presence of dangerous heavy elements in the components and types of dust, to alert the community and government agencies about the dangers of leaving these pollutants in the city environment, and work to combat and limit their spread. the study area the study area is located southeast of the capital baghdad, in al-zafaraniya area, which occupies an area of about 30 km2; four sites were chosen to study street dust located within the ihjpas. 36(1)2023 3 area, the site of factories, which is characterized by many big factories, the site of building materials store, which contains several places to sell building materials, the commercial site that includes several markets and the residential site near the general park of al-zafaraniya, which is surrounded by many residential houses (figure 1 shows the map of the study area) [14; 15]. figure 1. map of iraq showing the location of baghdad city and study sites within the city gis-2022 2.materials and methods: street dust and suspended dust samples were collected from october/2021 to april/2022 from four different sites (figure 1) and coded (a) for the industrial area, (b )for the building materials store area, (c) for the commercial area and (d) for the residential area during october 2021. the study part included the implementation of experiments in two methods. the first was fieldwork, where wooden shovels collected street dust samples, 12 samples, and three samples per street. the samples were carefully collected and preserved using paper bags and transported to the laboratory for examination. still, sniffer's advice was used for suspended dust to collect suspended particle samples and heavy elements for six consecutive months (october 2021 to april 2022), samples collected twice a month. street dust and suspended dust samples were collected from october/2021 to april/2022 from four different sites (figure 1) and coded (a) for the industrial area, (b )for the building materials store area, (c) for the commercial area and (d) for the residential area during october 2021. the dust samples collected during morning and afternoon ihjpas. 36(1)2023 4 peak times take the mean rate of each site and three points. then, the laboratory work was done. it included the analysis of (37) selected samples from the study area of heavy elements using the xrf device, where (12) samples of street dust and (24) samples of suspended dust filters, and one sample representing dust in iraq were taken during the study period. to measure the heavy metals (cd, co, cu, fe, pb, and mn) within the dust samples (street dust, storm dust, and suspended dust),(5) g of powder were taken from each sample of the study sites. they were analyzed by the xrf device to identify the oxides associated with the heavy elements of dust particles and to analyze their components by dropping the scans on the sample if the device receives samples in powder. the powder is compressed and converted into a disc to obtain high analysis accuracy. the work is done using a special piston with a pressure of 5 tons. as for the samples of suspended dust, the dust-collecting filters were taken and inserted into the xrf device. the samples and experiments were analyzed in the iraqi-german laboratory/department of geology at the college of sciences/ university of baghdad. the following formula was used to convert measurements of heavy elements from ppm to μg/m3. 𝐌𝐞𝐭𝐚𝐥 𝐂𝐨𝐧𝐜. (𝛍𝐠/𝐦𝟑) = 𝐂 (𝐩𝐩𝐦) ∗ 𝐖𝐓 𝐓𝐕𝐀 whereas, wt =w2-w1∗106 tva= the volume of air flowing per cubic meter. 3.results and discussion: table (1) shows the values of concentrations of the target elements (cd, co, cu, fe, pb, and mn in samples of street dust in selected study sites (a, b, c, and d) as well as the average values of storm dust samples that was exposed to the study area. table 1. concentration of elements (cd, co, cu, fe, pb and mn) in street and storm dust with ppm. dust sample site collection points cd co cu fe pb mn street dust industrial site a a1 2 3.9 48.9 33700 42.4 623.5 a2 1.3 9.3 41.5 31420 29.1 569.8 a3 2 3.9 37.7 30060 31.9 556.2 building materials store site b b1 2 3.9 44.3 20220 28.4 356.1 b2 0.3 3.9 41.7 19840 19.9 382.3 b3 2 3.9 82.6 21730 21.4 426.4 commercial site c c1 2 3.9 39.8 22300 31.5 366.6 c2 2 3.9 48.8 22740 69.3 398.9 c3 2 3.9 62 24860 35.3 368.5 residential site d d1 2 3.9 46.4 30030 39.5 543.9 d2 2 3.9 80.6 24520 38.8 434.5 d3 2 3.9 47.9 26830 36.3 472.3 range -----0.3-2 3.9-9.3 37.782.6 1984033700 19.969.3 356.1623.5 mean -----1.15 6.6 60.15 26770 44.6 489.8 strom dust s 2 10 49.3 54790 24.3 827.2 when comparing the distribution of the concentrations of each element in the four study sites in tables (1 and 2), there is an evident variation in their values in both street, storm, and suspended dust. this is probably due to different human activities and sources of pollution by following each element independently as follows: 3. cadmium (cd): the results of the analysis of street dust samples, as shown in table (1), showed that the presence of cadmium in a range (of 0.3-2) ppm and at a mean of (1.15 ppm), but ihjpas. 36(1)2023 5 in storm dust was mean of (2 ppm) and we note that the ratios were close to street dust samples in all areas of the study. this shows that dust particles associated with cadmium move between the three dust levels, and the element has different sources. it is released into the atmosphere through car exhausts in addition to friction, combustion, mechanical corrosion, the mashing of solid municipal waste, and the dust of storms, and this conclusion is consistent with what the researchers stated [16-17-18]. the results of the statistical analysis showed a negative correlation with cobalt. at the same time, it positively correlated with copper, iron, lead, and manganese. there were non-significant differences p>0.05 figure (2). in the suspended dust, table (2) showed the lowest rate of cd recorded at site d (0.255 μg/m3) during the winter, while the highest rate was at, a site (1,155 μg/m3) during the spring. it exceeded the global limit of 0.05 μg/m3 due to human activities represented by factories. this is consistent with the study's results [19-20]. also, the statistical analysis showed a significant difference between the study sites and the months, a strong positive correlation with co, cu, fe, pb, mn, and temperatures. there was a significant difference under the level of p≤0.05. there was a strong negative correlation with humidity and a weak negative with the wind (figure 3). 1.cobalt (co): table (1) showed that the presence of cobalt range between (3.9-9.3) ppm and a mean of (6.6 ppm), while its ratio in storm dust (10 ppm), where it recorded the highest percentage at asite at (9.3 ppm) in the rest of the regions recorded the same values (3.9 ppm) and the increase in the proportion in the factory site is due to the traffic momentum and the combustion of fuel emitted by cars and generators, in line with the researcher's findings [21]. statistical analysis showed that co was negatively correlated with cu and pb while was positively correlated with fe and mn, as well as the presence of non-significant differences p>0.05 (figure 4). the results of the suspended dust also showed that the lowest rate of co was recorded at the csite (2.28 μg/m3) during the winter. the highest rate was at the bsite (6.44 μg/m3) during the spring, as shown in table (2). it was due to traffic momentum in the area and the presence of the al-zafaraniyah gas factory, in addition to an unauthorized random waste incineration square where waste is burned almost daily. this is consistent with the study conducted by the researchers [22-23]. also, the statistical analysis showed a moderate negative correlation with humidity, a strong positive with cu, fe, leads, and mn, a moderate positive with temperatures, and a weak positive with the wind (figure 5). 2.copper (cu): the results showed that the ratio of cu ranged from (37.7-82.6) ppm to a mean of (60.15 ppm) in street dust. table 1, with the highest ratio (82.15 ppm) recorded in bsite, followed by the residential site (80.6 ppm), while a close ratio was recorded between the a-site and csite, where it was (48.9 ppm) and (48.8 ppm) respectively. it was recorded in storm dust (49.3 ppm), and it was found that there was a key role for traffic in increasing concentration, in line with the study conducted by the researchers [24] and [25]. the statistical analysis results showed a negative correlation with fe, pb, and mn and showed non-significant differences p>0.05 (figure 6). the suspended dust (table 2) showed that the lowest cu rate was recorded at d-site (2.98 μg/m3) during the winter. in contrast, the highest rate was recorded at the csite (4.59 μg/m3) during the spring due to traffic momentum at this site, in line with the results of the study conducted by the researchers [26-27]. the statistical analysis results showed that the lead element negatively correlated with humidity and wind. in contrast, its strong positive correlation with fe, pb, mn, and temperatures was a significant correlation p≤0.05 (figure 7). 3.iron (fe): in table (1), it was found that the presence of the fe element ranged from (1984033700) ppm in street dust and at a mean of (26770 ppm), with the highest percentage recorded at asite (33700 ppm), followed by dsite (30030 ppm), followed by csite (24860 ppm), finally recorded at bsite (21730 ppm), while recorded in dust storm (54790 ppm). it is believed that the ihjpas. 36(1)2023 6 main source of fe comes from workshops and industrial district construction processes where it is released to the soil and atmosphere, as well as metal cans that are thrown as waste left on the ground and exposed for crushing and grinding. this is consistent with the researcher's study [28]. the results of the statistical analysis showed that it was a positive correlation between pb and mn, and there was a non-significant difference of p>0.05 with pb. in contrast, a significant difference with mn appeared at the probability level of p≤0.01 (figure 8). while in the suspended dust (table 2), the highest fe rate was recorded at the b site (140.37 μg/m3) during t spring. the lowest was at the asite (57.01 5 μg/m3) during winter. this was due to the effect of this element on weather factors such as wind speed, temperature, rain, and humidity, in addition to the spread of random workshops for blacksmithing, cold, and maintenance of cars as well due to the work of stacking, transporting and loading iron rods (rebar ash used in construction work), building materials and scaffolding continuously in that area, and this is consistent with the results of the study reached by the researchers [2930]. the statistical analysis results showed that the correlation between fe, pb, mn, and temperatures was strongly positive, while it was negatively correlated with humidity and wind. these correlations had significant differences p≤0.05 (figure 9). 4.lead (pb): the results in table (1), it was found that the lead rate in the street dust ranged from (19.9-69.3) ppm to a mean of (44.6 ppm), with the highest rate (69.6 ppm) on csite, followed by asite (42.4 ppm) and a site (39.5 ppm), finally recorded at bsite, (19.9 ppm), while in storm dust it was (24.3 ppm). the reason for the high percentage of pb was due to its use with gasoline in transportation in addition to generator exhausts and the accumulation of waste and burning by the people, as well as the entry of lead in many industries such as welding, painting, plastic and glass and these pollutants moved with the wind and negatively affected the atmosphere of the study areas. this was in line with the findings of the researcher [31]. statistical analysis showed that pb positively correlated with mn and a non-significant difference of p>0.05 (figure 10). the suspended dust results (table 2) showed that the highest lead rate was recorded at the asite (2,405 μg/m3) during spring. the lowest rate at the dsite (0.44 μg/m3) during winter when comparing lead concentrations with the proposed iraqi determinants (2 μg/ μg/m3), we note that they have exceeded the allowable limit and far exceeded the global determinants [32] of (0.5 μg/m3). the reason for its rise in the location of the industrial site was due to a large number of factories, including plastic and paint, in addition to a large number of vehicles and cars, which still use gasoline with tetraethyl lead, as each liter of gasoline contains (0.8 g) of tetraethyl lead [33]. this is consistent with the findings of the researcher [34]. the statistical analysis noted that the correlation between pb, mn, and temperatures was strongly positive, while it was negative with humidity and wind, and these correlations had significant differences p≤0.05 (11). 5.manganese (mn): table -1 showed that mn present in street dust ranged from (356.1-623.5) ppm to a mean of (489.8 ppm) while in storm dust, it was (827.2 ppm). people may be exposed through the modern distillation of crude oil, or by adding it to gasoline to improve its quality, in addition to the high traffic density, which is a source of increased mn in the environment, in as well as the presence of fuel filling stations generators in the study areas. this is consistent with the researcher's findings [35] and [36]. the statistical analysis showed that there were non-significant differences below the probability level of p>0.05 (figure 12). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 7 while in the suspended dust (table 2), the results showed that the lowest mn rate was recorded at the dsite(3,405 μg/m3) during the winter, while the highest rate at the squall site (14.14 μg/m3) during spring. the statistical analysis showed that the relationship of mn to temperatures was positive while negative with humidity and wind, and these correlations had significant differences p≤0.05 (figure 13). this was due to the indiscriminate spread of workshops, increased transportation, inefficient engines, and the burning of waste by residents. this was due to the lack of municipal services for the study area. the results were in line with the study conducted by the researchers [37-38]. when examining the contents of the samples of suspended dust from heavy elements targeted in the study, as shown in table (2), the results showed the presence of elements in all areas of the research and during the winter and spring as follows: table 2. concentrations heavy elements ( cd, co,cu, fe, pb and mn) in the suspended dust to the study area for winter and spring in μg/m3 unit. w in te r m o n th s month code of sample element sample cd co cu fe pb mn november *a1 1.03 3.74 4.25 99.30 1.87 11.87 december a2 0.82 3.93 3.17 90.76 1.92 8.54 january a3 0.54 2.94 3.05 62.24 1.85 8.57 range 0.541.03 2.943.93 3.054.25 62.24-99.30 1.851.92 8.54-11.87 mean 0.785 3.435 3.65 80.77 1.885 10.205 november *b1 0.93 4.22 4.03 105.97 1.22 15.34 december b2 0.97 4.15 4.22 73.30 1.05 12.32 january b3 0.61 3.79 3.12 77.05 0.43 12.45 range 0.610.97 3.794.22 3.124.22 73.30-150.97 0.431.22 12.32-15.34 mean 0.79 4.005 3.67 89.635 0.825 13.83 november *c1 0.77 2.55 4.70 83.70 1.06 7.32 december c2 0.62 2.51 3.51 81.31 0.38 7.54 january c3 0.60 2.01 3.35 72.12 0.20 5.20 range 0.600.77 2.012.55 3.354.70 72.12-83.70 0.201.06 5.20-7.54 mean 0.685 2.28 4.025 77.91 0.63 6.37 november *d1 0.31 2.42 3.91 63.38 0.79 4.22 december d2 0.20 2.56 2.05 55.43 0.61 2.59 january d3 0.23 2.16 2.17 50.65 0.09 2.70 range 0.200.31 2.162.56 2.053.91 50.65-63.38 0.090.79 2.59-4.22 mean 0.255 2.36 2.98 57.015 0.44 3.405 s p rin g m o n th s february a4 0.59 3.33 2.27 65.01 1.90 8.32 march a5 1.62 4.53 4.03 78.34 2.44 10.35 april a6 1.72 4.92 4.97 96.30 2.91 13.70 range 0.591.72 3.334.92 2.274.97 65.01-96.30 1.902.91 8.32-13.70 mean 1.155 4.125 3.62 80.655 2.405 11.01 february b4 0.42 4.57 2.66 105.30 0.39 12.05 march b5 1.33 5.99 3.97 133.37 1.66 15.73 april b6 1.34 8.31 5.23 175.44 1.13 16.23 range 0.421.34 4.578.31 2.665.23 105.30175.44 0.391.66 12.05-16.23 mean 0.88 6.44 3.945 140.37 1.025 14.14 february c4 0.54 2.37 3.95 66.27 0.35 5.34 march c5 0.93 3.40 4.17 79.34 1.06 8.93 april c6 1.07 3.39 5.23 91.20 1.43 8.42 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 8 range 0.541.07 2.373.40 3.955.23 66.27-91.20 0.351.43 5.34-8.93 mean 0.805 2.885 4.59 78.735 0.89 7.135 february d4 0.27 2.55 2.78 49.14 0.08 2.15 march d5 0.30 3.14 3.77 59.03 0.94 4.23 april d6 0.34 3.09 3.90 71.95 0.88 4.97 range 0.270.34 2.553.14 2.783.90 49.14-71.95 0.080.94 2.15-4.97 mean 0.305 2.845 3.34 60.545 0.51 3.56 * a: industrial site, b: building materials store, c: commercial site, d: residential site. table 3. general rates of heavy metals (μg/m3) in the suspended particles of current study area and compared with local studies and determinants of who and iraqi ministry of environment. previous studies province cd co cu fe pb mn current study 2022 baghdad 0.707 3.546 3.727 83.204 1.076 8.706 fayad et al., 2012 baghdad 0.03 ........ 0.53 ........ 1.96 ........ al-duhaidahawi, 2015 najaf 3.13 6.57 5.53 ........ 1.50 ........ al-hesnawi, 2015 karbala 1.567 12.318 3.153 531.433 1.071 10.191 al-hesnawi, 2018 karbala 1.088 ........ ........ ........ 4.537 ...... al-kasser and alkam, 2018 diwania 0.06 ........ 5.25 ........ 3.19 ........ mutlag et al., 2020 najaf 1.29 ........ ........ ........ 0.56 ........ alhashmi, and al shammari, 2020 wasit 0.86 ........ 4.16 67.64 4.46 ........ who, 2000 0.005 ........ ……. ........ 0.5 0.150 ministry of environment, 2008 ........ ........ ........ ........ 2 ........ figure 2. cadmium concentration/ppm in street dust and storm dust. 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 industrial building materials store commercial residential strom 1.767 1.433 2 2 2 c d p p m study sites ihjpas. 36(1)2023 9 figure 3. monthly changes in cadmium concentration in suspended particles (μg/m3) figure 4.cobalt concentration/ppm in street dust and storm dust figure 5.monthly changes of cobalt concentration in suspended particles (μg/m3) 0.76 0.65 0.49 0.45 1.04 1.11 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 november december january february march april c d μ g /m 3 months cd 0 2 4 6 8 10 industrial building materials store commercial residential strom 5.7 3.9 3.9 3.9 10 c o p p m study sites 3.23 3.29 2.73 3.21 4.27 4.93 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 november december january february march april c o μ g /m 3 months co ihjpas. 36(1)2023 10 figure 6.copper concentration/ppm in street dust and storm dust. figure 7. monthly changes of copper concentration in suspended particles (μg/m 3 ). figure 8.iron concentration/ppm in street dust and storm dust. figure 9. monthly changes of iron concentration in suspended particles (μg/m3). 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 industrial building materials store commercial residential strom 42.7 56.2 50.2 58.3 49.3 c u p p m study sites 4.22 3.24 2.92 2.92 3.99 4.83 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 november december january february march april c u μ g /m 3 months cu 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 industrial building materials store commercial residential strom 31726 20596 23300 27126 54790 f e p p m study sites 88.09 75.20 65.52 71.43 87.52 108.72 0.00 50.00 100.00 150.00 november december january february march april f e μ g /m 3 months fe ihjpas. 36(1)2023 11 figure 10. lead concentration in street dust and storm dust. figure 11. monthly changes of lead concentration in suspended particles (μg/m3). figure 12.manganese concentration in street dust and storm dust. figure 13.monthly changes of manganese concentration in suspended particles (μg/m3). 0 10 20 30 40 50 industrial building materials store commercial residential strom 34.46 23.23 45.37 38.2 24.3 p b p p m study sites 1.24 0.99 0.64 0.68 1.53 1.59 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 november december january february march april p b μ g /m 3 months pb 0 200 400 600 800 1000 industrialbuilding materials store commercial residential strom 583.16 388.26 378 483.56 827.2 m n p p m study sites 9.69 7.75 7.23 6.97 9.81 10.83 0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 november december january february march april m n μ g /m 3 months mn ihjpas. 36(1)2023 12 4.conclusions by following up on the results of the current study, it can be concluded: -the atmosphere of baghdad is exposed to dangerous levels of pollution of all kinds of dust (street, storm, and suspended), which contain cd, co, cu, fe, pb, and mn elements. -all the concentrations of these elements have been considered high as measured by the environmental allowable if the values recorded (1.15, 6.6, 60.15, 26770, 44.4 6, 489.8) and (2, 10, 49.3, 54760, 24.3, 827.2) ppm in street and storm dust respectively, whereas in the suspended dust, were (0.707, 3.546, 3.727, 83.204, 1.076, 8.706) μg/ m3. -the presence of interaction and change between the components and particles of dust in the three types of streets, storm, and suspended dust revealed elements of the particle scans and their content of the target element of the study. -there is an apparent failure in the process of waste management and the application of environmental sanitation rules by government agencies, civil society organizations, and scientific institutions. references 1. alazzawi, s.a.a.industrial sites and their role in air pollution in kirkuk city. j. alfarahidi arts, 2018,10, 34, 215-232. 2. abdul rahman, m.a. ; ibrahim, n.n. environmental pollution and the need for environmental awareness. aladab journal.2020, 1(135),411-428. 3. ali, m.o. study of pollution by heavy elements in some parts of baghdad. baghdad sci. j., 2010, 7, 2, 955-962. 4. antić, i. , škrbić, b.d. , matamoros, v. ; bayona, j.m . does the application of human waste as a fertilization material in agricultural production pose adverse effects on human health attributable to contaminants of emerging concern? environ. res., doi: 10.1016/j.envres.2020,109132. epub, jan 11. 5. shammi, s.; salam, a.; khan, a.. assessment of heavy metal pollution in the agricultural soils, plants, and in the atmospheric particulate matter of a suburban industrial region in dhaka, bangladesh. mah. environ. monit. assess. 2021, 193, 2, 104. 6. bonito, m.d. trace elements in soil pore water: a comparison of sampling methods phd., university of nottingham, 2005, 263p. 7. mamouri, b.j.a.; afaj, a.h. and al-alali, i.a. air quality in the city of baghdad in 2010. j. coll. educ. woman, 2010, 27, 2, 461-474. 8. yasieen, m.t.; jabir, w.s. analysis the relationship between dust emissions and traffic conditions. iraqi j. mechan. mat. engin., 2014,14, 4, 448-460. 9. drazi, s.a. plants as a biomonitor of air pollution in dust and heavy metals in baghdad city. msc. thesis. college of education for pure sciences/ibin-al-haytham/baghdad university. 2018, 120pp. 10. al-khafaji, s.n. dust storms in southern iraq and their environmental impacts. al-bahith j., 2021, 8th april, 774-790. 11. mohammed, j.h. study of monthly and hourly repetitions for rising dust phenomena to selected stations in iraq. tikrit j. pure sci., 2013, 18, 5, 194-200. 12. al-jubouri, s.h.a. effect of wind speed variation on frequency of dust storms in iraq. j. kerbala univ., 2013,11, 4, 264-281. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=anti%c4%87+i&cauthor_id=32069746 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=%c5%a0krbi%c4%87+bd&cauthor_id=32069746 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=matamoros+v&cauthor_id=32069746 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=bayona+jm&cauthor_id=32069746 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33521861/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33521861/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33521861/ ihjpas. 36(1)2023 13 13. shihb, a.s.; taha, t.a. suspended particulates levels in the left bank residential areas of mosul city and its relation with some meteorological factors. university of mosul. environ. poll. cont. res. center. 2013, 22, 3,158-164. 14.hassan, a . zafaraniya, an open trip from advance to countryside. https://alaalem.com/news/47166. www.9 march.2022. 15. baghdad municipality. office of designs, geographical information department. 2022. 16.victoria, a.; cobbina, s.j.; dampare, s.b. ; duwiejuah, a.b. heavy metals concentration in road dust in the bolgatanga municipality, ghana. j. environ. pollut. human health, 2014, 2, 4, 74-80. 17. ali, m.o. study of pollution by heavy elements in some parts of baghdad. baghdad sci. j., 2010, 7, 2, 955-962. 18.ambio (2022). health hazards of environmental cadmium pollution. https://www.jstor.org/stable/4312046. journal article.18/7/2022. environ. sci. pollut. res. int., 2022, 28, 13, 16065-16080. doi: 10.1007/s11356-020-11794-w. epub nov 27.pmid: 33244701. 19. zaho, y.; zaho, c. concentration and distribution analysis of heavy metals in total suspended particulates along shanghai-nanjing expressway. procedia environmental sciences. 2012,13,1405-1411. 20. mutlag, n.; al duhaidahawi, f.; jawad, h.; hassan, w. ; ali, e. evaluating the effect of dust at al kufa cement plant on humans health, plants and microorganisms in south of al-najaf alalshraf. ann. trop. med. public health; 2020, 23, s13b, sp231358. 21. jassim, h.h. ecological geological study of street dust within some areas of alrusafa / baghdad city / iraq. msc. thesis. college of education for pure science / ibn alhaitham. university of baghdad. 2021,168 . 22. hussain, h.m.; al-ansari, n. ; knutsson, s. the effect of the industrial activities on air pollution at baiji and its surrounding areas, iraq. engineering, 2016, 8, 34-44. 23. andersson, l.; hedbrant, a.; persson, a.; bryngelsson, l.; sjögren, b.; stockfelt, l.; särndahl, e.; westberg, h. inflammatory and coagulatory markers and exposure to different size fractions of particle mass, number and surface area air concentrations in the swedish hard metal industry, in particular to cobalt. biomarkers. 2021, 26, 6, 557-569. 24. al-khashman, o. a. determination of metal accumulation in deposited street dusts in amman jordan. environ. geoche health, 2007, 3, 29, 197-207. 25. al-dabbas, m.a.; hassan, k.; mahdi, k.h. heavymetals characteristics of settled particles of streets dust from diwaniyah cityqadisiyah governorate-southern iraq. j. phys., conf. ser., 2018,1-11. 26. fayad, n.k.; al-noor, t.h. ; al-noor, n.h. lead, nickel, copper, cadmium and zinc concentrations in airborne particulates and lead in blood, in altarmiayh city, north baghdadiraq. conference: environmental pollution in arabic cities. j. nat. sci. res., 2012, 2, 8,1-9p. 27.cai, k.; li, c. ; sanggyun, n. spatial distribution, pollution source, and health risk assessment of heavy metals in atmospheric depositions: a case study from the sustainable city of shijiazhuang, china. j. atmosphere, 2019, 10, 1-15. 28. lu, x.l.; wang, k.; lei, j.h.; zhai, y. contamination assessme of copper, lead, zinc, manganese and nickel in street dust of baoji, nw china. j. hazardous mat., 2009, 161, 10581062. https://al-aalem.com/news/47166 https://al-aalem.com/news/47166 http://www.9/ https://www.jstor.org/stable/4312046.%20journal%20article.18/7/2022 https://www.tandfonline.com/author/andersson%2c+lena https://www.tandfonline.com/author/hedbrant%2c+alexander https://www.tandfonline.com/author/persson%2c+alexander https://www.tandfonline.com/author/bryngelsson%2c+ing-liss https://www.tandfonline.com/author/sj%c3%b6gren%2c+bengt https://www.tandfonline.com/author/stockfelt%2c+leo https://www.tandfonline.com/author/s%c3%a4rndahl%2c+eva https://www.tandfonline.com/author/westberg%2c+h%c3%a5kan ihjpas. 36(1)2023 14 29. alhashmi, a.m.a. and alshammari, a. k.h. spatial analysis of air pollution in suspended particules and heavy elements in urban centers in wasit governorate. al qadisiya human. sci., 2020, 23, 3, 29-69. 30. gupta, r.k.; bhanarkar, a.d.; tamhane, s.m.; dhopte, s.m. assessment of in-plant particulate matter and its toxic metals contents of sponge iron industry in goa, india. bull environ contam toxicol., 2010, 85, 614-618. 31. al-fatlawi, s.m.g.; al-alwani, m. heavy metal pollution of roadside dust samples with different traffic volumes at hilla city. iraqi j. mechan. mater. engin.,2012, 12, 4, 600-672. 32. who. air quality guidelines for europe, copenhagen, world health organization, regional office for europe. 2000. 33. tchounwou, p.b.; yedjou, c.g.; patlolla, a.k.; sutton, d.j. heavy metal toxicity and the environment. exp suppl., 2012,101:133-64. 34. al-hesnawi, a.sh.m. quantitative and qualitative study for kerbala city dust and assessment the tolerance ability and treatment for some plants. phd. thesis. college of education for pure science. university of kerbala. 2018, 146pp. 35. tuzen, m. investigation of heavy metal level in street dust samples in tokatturkey. journal of trace and metropolitan city and their possible impacts on the environment. pak. j. anal. environ. chem., 2003, 12, 2, 32-40. 36. althwainy, m. n.; alsalman, i. m. a.; mahdi, j. h. estimation of heavy metal concentrations in solid particles residue collected from baghdad street dust. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci. 2013, 26, 2, 1-7. 37. hu, x.; zhang,y.; ding,z.; wang,t.; lian,h.; sun,y. and wu, j. bioaccessibility and health risk of arsenic and heavy metals (cd, co, cr, cu, ni, pb,zn and mn) in tsp and pm 2.5 in nanjing, china. atmospheric environ., 2012, 27,146-152. 38. al-hesnawi, a. sh. m. qualitative study of street dust in some districts of kerbala city and using plants as a biomonitor. msc. thesis. college of education for pure scienceskerbala univers. microsoft word 184-192 184 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 2-regular modules nuhad s. al-mothafar dept. of mathematic/ college of science/ university of baghdad, iraq ghaleb a. humod dept. of mathematic/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 28 april 2015 , accepted in: 7 june 2015 abstract in this paper we introduced the concept of 2-pure submodules as a generalization of pure submodules, we study some of its basic properties and by using this concept we define the class of 2-regular modules, where an r-module m is called 2-regular module if every submodule is 2-pure submodule. many results about this concept are given. key words: 2-pure submodules, 2-regular modules, pure submodules, regular modules. 185 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction throughout this paper, r denotes a commutative ring with identity and every r-module is a unitary. it is well-known that the pure submodules were given by several authors. for example [1] and [2]. definition (0.1): [1] let m be an r-module. a submodule n of m is called pure if the sequence 0  en  em is exact for every r-module e. proposition (0.2): [1] let n be a submodule of m. the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is a pure submodule of m. (2) for each n ji i i 1 r m   n, rji  r, mi  m, j = 1,2,…,k, there exists xi  n, i = 1,2,…,n such that n n ji i ji i i 1 i 1 r m r x     for each j. (3) proposition (0.3): [2] let n be an r-submodule of m. consider the following statements: (1) n is a pure submodule of m. (2) n  im = in for each ideal i of r. (3) n  im = in for each finitely generated ideal i of r. (4) n  (r)m = (r)n for each principal ideal (r) of r. (5) n  rm = rn for each r  r. then (1)  (2)  (3)  (4)  (5). and if m is flat then (1)  (2). notice that: anderson was called the submodule n of m pure if it satisfies (2), see [3]. recall that an r-module m is called regular module if every submodule of m is pure [2]. m is called a von neumman regular module if every cyclic submodule of m is a direct summand of m, [4]. this paper is structured in three sections. in section one we give a comprehensive study of 2-pure submodules. some results are analogous to the properties of pure submodules. in section two, we study the concept of 2-regular modules. it is clear that every regular module is 2-regular, but the converse is not true (see remarks and examples (2.2)(1)). section three is concerned with the direct sum of 2-regular modules. it is shown under certain condition, the direct sum of 2-regular modules is 2-regular (see corollary 3.3). also we show that the 2regular property of a module is inherited by its submodules (see corollary 3.7). other results are given in this section. 02-pure submodules in this section we introduce the concept of 2-pure submodules. we investigate the basic properties of this type of submodules, some of these properties are analogous to the properties of pure submodules. definition (1.1): let m be an r-module. a submodule n of m is called a 2-pure submodule of m if for each ideal i of r, i2m  n = i2n. remarks and examples (1.2): (1) it is clear that every pure submodule is a 2-pure, but not the converse. for example: the submodule {0, 2} of the module z4 as z-module is 2-pure submodule since if i= 2z is an 186 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ideal of z, then i2z4 {0, 2} =4z4 {0, 2} {0} . on the other hand i2 {0, 2} =4 {0, 2} {0} . by the similar simple calculation one can easily to show that i2z4  {0, 2} = i2 {0, 2} for every ideal i = nz of z where n is any positive integer. thus {0, 2} is a 2-pure submodule of z4 but is not pure since if i = 2z, then iz4  {0, 2} = 2z4  {0, 2} = {0, 2} and i {0, 2} = 2 {0, 2} {0} . (2) in any r-module m, the submodules m and {0} are always 2-pure submodules in m. (3) in the module z as z-module, the only 2-pure submodules are {0} and z. to see this, for every submodule nz of z, n2 = n21  < n >2z  nz, but n2  n2(nz) = n3z. (4) every nonzero cyclic submodule of the module q as z-module is a non 2-pure submodule. proof: let n be a cyclic submodule of q as z-module, generated by an element a b where a and b are two nonzero elements in z. if we take an ideal <n> of z where n is greater than one, then <n2> a b = 2n a b   . also, q = <n2>q, because for any element c d q we have 2 2 n n c c d d   <n 2>q, thus q = <n2>q. therefore <n2>q a a b b    , implies that <n 2>q  2n a a b b       . (5) it is clear every direct summand is 2-pure since every direct summand is pure submodule, hence is a 2-pure submodule, but the converse is not true, for example: the submodule {0, 3, 6} of the module z9 as z-module. it is easily to check that i2z9  {0, 3, 6} = i2 {0, 3, 6} for each i of z. so, {0, 3, 6} is 2-pure in z9 but not pure and hence not direct summand. since if we take i = 3z, then iz9  {0, 3, 6} = {0, 3, 6} and i {0, 3, 6} = {0} . (6) let n be a 2-pure submodule of m such that n  k for some submodule k of m, then k may not be a 2-pure. for example: consider the module z as z-module. let n = z and k = 2z. it is clear z  2z but 2z is not 2-pure in z. the following propositions give some properties of 2-pure submodules. proposition (1.3): let m be an r-module and n be a 2-pure submodule of m. if a is a 2-pure submodule in n, then a is a 2-pure submodule in m. proof: let i be an ideal of r. since n is a 2-pure submodule in m and a is a 2-pure submodule in n, then i2m  n = i2n and i2n  a = i2a. but a  n, implies i2a = i2n  a = (i2m  n)  a = i2m  (n  a) =i2m  a. 187 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 proposition (1.4): let m be an r-module and n is a 2-pure submodule of m. if a is a submodule of m containing n, then n is a 2-pure submodule in a. proof: let i be an ideal of r. since n is a 2-pure submodule in m, hence i2m  n = i2n and since n  a  m implies i2a  n = (i2a  i2m)n = i2a  (i2m  n) = i2a  i2n = i2n. proposition (1.5): let m be an r-module and n is a 2-pure submodule of m. if h is a submodule of n, then n h is a 2-pure submodule in m h . proof: let i be an ideal of r. since 2 2 2 m n i m h n i ( ) h h h h (i m h) n h        2(i m n) (h n) h     by modular law 2 2 i n h h n i ( ) h    recall that a ring r is called an arithmetical ring if every finitely generated ideal of r is a multiplication ideal, where an ideal i of r is called a multiplication ideal if every ideal j  i there exists an ideal k of r such that j = ik, see [5]. the following proposition gives a characterization of 2-pure submodules of modules over some classes of rings. first let us state the following theorem, which can be found in [6]. theorem (1.6): let i = (a1, a2,…, an) be a multiplication ideal in the ring r. then for each positive integer k, (a1, a2,…, an)k = k k k1 2 n( , ,..., )a a a . proof: see [6]. proposition (1.7): let m be a module over arithmetical ring r. the following statements are equivalent: (1) n is a 2-pure submodule of m. (2) for each n 2 ij i i 1 r x   n, rij  r, xi  m, j = 1,2,…,m, there exists ix  n, i = 1,2, …, n such that n n 2 2 ij i ij i i 1 i 1 r x r x     for each j. proof: (1)  (2) assume that n is a 2-pure submodule of m, let n 2 i ij i i 1 y r x    n for any finite sets, n i i 1 {x }  in m, m j j 1 {y }  in n and {rij} in r where i = 1,2,…,n, j = 1,2,…,m. let i be an ideal of r 188 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 generated by the finite set {r1j,r2j,…,rnj}, then rij i and 2ijr i 2 imply 2ijr xi  i 2m. thus n 2 j ij i i 1 y r x     i2m, therefore yj  i2m  n. but i2m  n = i2n, implies yi  i2n. since r is arithmetical ring, hence by theorem (1.6), 2 2 2 21 j 2 j nji (r , r ,..., r ) . therefore n 2 j ij i i 1 y r x    for some i x  n. (2)  (1) let n be any submodule of m. let yj  i2m  n, n 2 j ij i i 1 y r x    where ni i 1{x }   m, m j j 1 {y }   n, i = 1,2,…,n, j = 1,2,…,m. therefore by hypothesis, there exists ix  n such that n n 2 2 j ij i ij i i 1 i 1 y r x r x       i2n implies yj  i2n. then i2m  n  i2n. the reverse inclusion is clear. thus i2m  n = i2n, and hence n is a 2-pure submodule of m. 12-regular modules in this section, we introduce and study the class of 2-regular modules. definition (2.1): an r-module m is called 2-regular module if every submodule of m is 2-pure. remarks and examples (2.2): (1) it is clear that the following implications hold: von neumman regular  regular  2-regular but non of these implications is reversible. for example: the module z4 as z-module is 2-regular since every submodule of z4 is 2-pure submodule in z4, but z4 is not regular since the submodule {0, 2} of z4 is not pure, see remark and example (1.2)(1). (2) the modules z and q as z-modules are not 2-regular modules, see remarks and examples (1.2)(3), and (4). the following theorem shows that the cyclic 2-pure submodules is enough to make the module be 2-regular. theorem (2.3): let m be an r-module. the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is 2-regular module. (2) every cyclic submodule of m is 2-pure submodule of m. (3) every finitely generated submodule of m is 2-pure submodule. (4) every submodule of m is a 2-pure submodule of m. proof: (1)  (2) it follows by definition (2.1). (2)  (1) assume that every cyclic submodule of m is 2-pure. let n be a submmodule of m and i is an ideal of r. let x i2m  n implies x  i2m and x  n. therefore x  i2m  <x> = i2 <x>  i2 n. (1)  (3) it follows by definition (2.1), and the proof of (2)  (1). (3)  (2) it is clear. (1)  (4) it follows by definition (2.1). 189 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 2the direct sum of 2-regular modules-basic results in this section, we study the direct sum and the epimorphic image of 2-regular module; various properties of 2-regular modules are discussed and illustrated. we start with the following proposition. the following proposition shows that the factor module of a 2-regular module is also 2-regular module. proposition (3.1): let m be an r-module. then m is a 2-regular if and only if m n is 2-regular for every submodule n of m. proof: () let n be a submodule of m and k is any submodule of m containing n. since m is 2-regular then k is 2-pure in m. thus k n is 2-pure in m n by proposition (1.5), therefore m n is 2-regular. () it is easily by taking n = 0. now, we have several consequences of the proposition (3.1), the first result shows that the epimorphic image of 2-regular module is 2-regular. corollary (3.2): let m and m' be r-modules and f: m  m' be an r-epimorphism. if m is 2-regular module then m' is 2-regular. proof: since f:mm' is an r-epimorphism and m is 2-regular. then m ker f is 2-regular module by proposition (3.1).but m m ' ker f  by the first isomorphism theorem. therefore m' is 2-regular. corollary (3.3): let m1 and m2 be r-modules. if m = m1 m2 is 2-regular r-module, then m1 and m2 are 2-regular r-modules. the converse is true provided ann (m1) + ann (m2) = r. the following statements are equivalent: proof: for the first assertion, assume that m = m1 m2 is 2-regular r-module. let i:m  mi be the natural projective map of m onto mi for each i = 1, 2. since i is an r-epimorphism then the epimorphic image of m is 2-regular, implies that mi is 2-regular. conversely, assume m1 and m2 are 2-regular r-modules and m = m1 m2. let be a submodule of m = m1 m2. since ann(m1) + ann(m2) = r then by the same way of the proof of [7,prop.(4.2),ch.1], n = n1 n2 where n1 is a submodule in m1 and n2 is a submodule in m2. let i be an ideal of r. to show i2m  n = i2n. since i2m1n1=i2n1 and i2m2n2=i2n2 implies that (i2m1n1)(i2m2n2)= i2n1 i2n2. then (i2m1i2m1) (n1 n2)=i2(n1 n2), therefore m is 2-regular module. the proof of the following result is similar to that of corollary (3.3). 190 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 corollary (3.4): let m1 and m2 be r-modules. if n1 is a 2-pure submodule in m1 and n2 is a 2-pure submodule in m2, then n1 n2 is a 2-pure submodule in m1 m2. corollary (3.5): let m1 and m2 be r-modules and m1 m2 is 2-regular r-module, then m1+m2 is 2-regular. proof: define f : m1 m2  m1+m2 by f (m1,m2) = m1 + m2. it is easily to check that f is an epimorphism. since m1 m2 is 2-regular, thus the epimorphic image of m1 m2 is 2-regular by corollary (3.2). therefore m1+m2 is 2-regular. corollary (3.6): let m1 and m2 be 2-regular r-modules such that ann (m1) + ann (m2) = r, then m1+m2 is a 2-regular r-module. proof: since m1 and m2 are 2-regular r-modules then m1 m2 is 2-regular by corollary (3.3) implies that m1+m2 is a 2-regular by corollary (3.5). the following result shows that every submodule of a 2-regular module inherits the 2-regular property. corollary (3.7): every submodule of a 2-regular module is a 2-regular module. proof: let n be a submodule of a 2-regular r-module m. to show that n is 2-regular r-module. let k be a submodule in n and i is an ideal of r. thus we have: i2n  k = (i2m  n)  k since n is 2-pure in m = i2m  (n  k) = i2m  k = i2k since k is 2-pure in m therefore k is 2-pure in n implies n is 2-regular. we end this paper by the following remark. remark (3.8): if all proper submodules of an r-module m are 2-regular then m may not be 2-regular, for example: the module z8 as z-module is not 2-regular. since 4  is not 2-pure submodule of z8 because 22z8 4  = 4  but 22 4  = 0  , while every proper submodule of z8 is 2-regular, since 42 z  and 4  z2 are 2-regular modules. 191 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 references 1. rotman, j.j., (1979), an introduction to homological algebra, academic press, new york. 2. fieldhous, d.j., (1969), pure theories, math.ann., 184, 1-18. 3. anderson, f.w. and fuller, k.r., (1992), rings and categories of modules, springer verlag, new york. 4. kasch, f., (1982), modules and rings, academic press, new york. 5. larsen, m.d. and mccarthy, p.j., (1971), multiplicative theory of ideals, academic press, new york. 6. naoum, a.g. and majid, m.balboul, (1985), on finitely generated multiplication ideals in commutative rings, beitrage zur algebra and geometric, 19, 75-82. 7. abbas, m.s., (1991), on fully stable module, ph.d.thesis, university of baghdad. 192 | mathematics ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد ٢٨المجلد والتطبيقيةالھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ابنمجلة ibn al-haitham. j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 2-النمط المقاسات المنتظمة من نھاد سالم عبد الكريم جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الرياضيات غالب أحمد حمود جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھيثم( الصرفةكلية التربية للعلوم /الرياضياتقسم ٢٠١٥حزيران ٧ في:البحث ، قبل٢٠١٥نيسان ٢٨ في:أستلم البحث خالصةال كتعميم لمفھوم المقاسات الجزئية النقية وباستعمال 2 –في بحثنا ھذا نقدم مفھوم المقاسات الجزئية النقية من النمط اذا كان 2 –بأنه منتظم من النمط rعلى الحلقة mإذ يقال ان المقاس 2 –ھذا المفھوم نعرف المقاسات المنتظمة من النمط . أعطينا العديد من النتائج حول ھذا المفھوم.2 –كل مقاس جزئي فيه يكون نقيا ً من النمط ، المقاسات الجزئية النقية، 2 –، المقاسات النتظمة من النمط 2 –المقاسات الجزئية النقية من النمط المفتاحية:الكلمات المقاسات المنتظمة. microsoft word 340-357 340علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 bacillus subtilis en3نتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتريا ا دراسة معزولة من التربة إيمان جابر جاسم العطار ضال محمد صالح ن جامعة بغداد/كلية الزراعة /قسم علوم األغذية شيماء حسين الراجحي جامعة النهرين /كلية الصيدلة 2016ايار 11قبل في : 2016اذار6: استلم في الخالصة من التربة واختبرت قدرتها على انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك، وشخصت البكتريا bacillusُعزلت بكتريا جنس . ودرست الظروف المثلى لالنتاج ومحاولة تحسين انتاجية العزلة vitek-2ق التشخيص التقليدية وبنظام الفايتك ائبطر عزلة بكتيرية تعود 70صل عزلة من ا 24بالتالعب بمكونات الوسط االنتاجي وبالظروف البيئية لوسط االنتاج. وجد ان الفسيولجية والكيموحيوية. صفاتباألعتماد على ال b.subtilisعزلة تعود الى نوع 13وتبين ان bacillusالى جنس 13فقد اخضعت b.subtilisاالختبارات المزرعية والمجهرية والكيموحيوية التمكن من التشخيص الدقيق لعزالت نوأل شخصت على انها en3 و en5 ن منهاتااظهرت نتائج التشخيص ان هناك عزل .vitek-2 عزلة الى التشخيص بنظام b.subtilis فضالً عن عزلة واحدة تجاريةa1 ايضا شخصت على انها.b.subtilis واختيرت من بينها العزلة االكثر درست الظروف وقد ملغم/مل. 2بلغت انتاجيتها التي، en3 b.subtilisقابلية على انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك وهي العزلة المثلى النتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من هذه البكتريا باستعمال وسط شبه صناعي حضر باضافة مستخلص مخلفات التمر date extraction (de) فضل مصدر نتروجيني عند تركيز أونترات االمونيوم ، %10عند تركيز انيكاربو امصدر م ورقم هيدروجيني °34ملغم/مل عند حرارة 7.2نتاجية لحامض الكلوتاميك بلغت أفضل أاج, وتحققت % من وسط االنت2 , وحققت عملية التهوية والتحريك رفع تركيز حامض الكلوتاميك المنتج عندما كانت نسبة حجم الوسط الى حجم 6.5ابتدائي نسبة تحسن بلغت تم الحصول علىساعة, و 72حضن دورة / دقيقة, ولمدة 180حاضنة الهزازة بسرعة الفي 5:1الدورق .أنتجته العزلة البرية % عما360 tlc.، مصدر كاربون، مصدر نتروجين التخمر، ،b.subtilisانتاج حامض الكلوتاميك، تشخيص : الكلمات المفتاحية للباحث األول هالبحث مستل من اطروحة دكتورا 341علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة مركبات بايولوجية مهمة ، وتأتي اهميتها بالدرجة الثانية بعد المضادات الحيوية، (l)تُعد االحماض االمينية نوع . وهو اول حامض [1]انه مادة محسنة للطعم والنكهة إذحامض الكلوتاميك في الصناعات الغذائية ىوقد ازداد الطلب عل , فقد اكتُشف وُشخص في عام coryneform bacteriaاميني انتج تجارياً عن طريق التخمر المايكروبي باستعمال انتج اول ملح لحامض الكلوتاميت احادي 1909, وفي عام heinrich ritthausenمن قبل عالم الكيمياء االلماني 1866 ، وتميز بطعم فريد يقع خارج مناطق التذوق "اصل النكهة"التي تعني ajinomotoالصوديوم تجارياً تحت اسم تجاري وُعرفت اربع [2]. (umami)االربعة المعروفة واطلق على هذا الطعم في الصين بالطعم الخامس او ما يُعرف أومامي لبروتينية والحفز االنزيمي طرائق رئيسية النتاج االحماض االمينية وهي التخليق الكيميائي واالستخالص من تحلل المواد ا (l)واستعمال االحياء المجهرية بطريقة التخمر, وقد حازت الطريقة األخيرة االفضلية في انتاج احماض أمينية نوع وبذلت جهود كبيرة للبحث عن مصادر مايكروبية قادرة على افراز حامض الكلوتاميك باستعمال مصادر . [3]الحيوي رخيصة مثل موالس البنجر والقصب السكري ومخلفات البطاطا والبطاطا الحلوة والكاسافا كاربونية طبيعية متوفرة و وتوسع البحث عن مصادر مايكروبية منتجة لحامض الكلوتاميك فقد توجهت انظار الباحثين نحو انواع .[4]كمواد اولية نتاج األحماض اعلى bacillus subtilis, وما نشر حديثاً من الدراسات في مجال تحسين قدرة .bacillus spمن جنس من قبل gras (generally recognizeda as safe)من الكائنات المجهرية اآلمنة ومنحت لقب تعداألمينية, . واول تطبيق غذائي لها يعود الى اكثر من الف سنة عندما استُعملت فعلياً بانتاج fda [5]منظمة الغذاء والدواء االمريكية . اما الدراسة الحالية فقد [6] المتكون من فول الصويا المتخمر التي حظيت بقبول ورضا المستهلك nattoباني الغذاء اليا ق ائلها القدرة على انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك وتشخيصها بالطر b.subtilisتضمنت الحصول على عزلة محلية من البكتريا مصانع األغذية في تحضير اوساط شبه طبيعية ألنتاج حامض فادة من بعض مخلفات واال ، 2vitekالتقليدية وبنظام الكلوتاميك بطريقة التخمر، مع تعيين الظروف المثلى النتاجه عن طريق التالعب بمكونات الوسط والعوامل الفيزياوية المؤثرة فيه. المواد وطرائق العمل منتجة لحامض الكلوتاميك bacillusبكتريا جنس مل ماء مقطر ومزج 90غم من عينات مختلفة من التربة الماخوذة من (كلية الزراعة/جامعة بغداد) الى 10نقل دقيقة ، واجريت لها سلسلة من التخافيف العشرية وزرعت في اطباق على 15م لمدة °80جيدا ووضعت في حمام مائي المستعمرات النامية واعتمدت طريقة العزل ثم التقطت nutrient agar (n.a)الوسط الزرعي األكار المغذي ت، والتشخيص على مبدأ المرحلية والحذف التي ادت الى اختصار الخطوات العملية باقل عدد ممكن من من االختبارا وحددت الخصائص الزرعية والمظهرية لها واخضعت للفحص المجهري للتعرف على شكل الخاليا وتكوينها لالبواغ كرام، وصوال الى سلسلة من االختبارات الكيموحيوية وفقا للمفاتيح التصنيفية الواردة في المرجع العلمي وتفاعلها مع صبغة بهدف تشخيصها على مستوى الجنس والنوع. ]bergey's manual of systemic bacteriology ]7المختص الفحوصات الكيموحيوية م °121ة والتركيبية، وعقمت بالمؤصدة بدرجة حرارة ت االوساط الزرعية والكواشف والمحاليل الجاهزلمعاست .ساعة للتلقيح 2418دقيقة، واستعملت بكتريا االختبار بعمر 15لمدة 2باوند/انج 15وتحت ضغط أستعمل وسط الجيالتين ، إذ[8]اجري االختبار وفق ما ذكره gelatin liquification: فحص تسييل الجيالتين . gelatinaseفي الكشف عن قابلية البكتريا على انتاج انزيم الجيالتينيز nutrient gelatinالمغذي اذ [9]الذي حضر حسب طريقة starch agarاستعمل وسط أكار النشأ : starch hydrolysisفحص تحلل النشأ حول المستعمرات نتيجة موجبة استعمل هذا الوسط لمعرفة قابلية البكتريا على تحليل النشأ، اذ يعد ظهور مناطق بنية اللون لتحلل النشا. [9]الذي حضر وفق طريقة indol production mediumاستعمل وسط انتاج االندول indol test: أختبار األندول وُعدت النتيجة موجبة عند ظهور حلقة حمراء في قمة الوسط. [10]وفق طريقة fermentation sugar medium حضر وسط تخمر السكر فحص تخمر السكريات وانتاج الغاز: استعمل هذا الوسط في الكشف عن قابلية البكتريا على تخمر السكريات وانتاج الحامض عن طريق تغير لون الكاشف من وعدت النتيجة موجبة في حالة تكوين غاز داخل انبوبة درهم. اللون البنفسجي الى اللون االصفر وفق طريقة nitrate reduction brothحضر وسط اختزال النترات : nitrate reductionفحص اختزال النترات وعدت النتيجة موجبة عند ظهور اللون الوردي المحمر. [9] واستعمل هذا لمعرفة قابلية البكتريا [11]وفق طريقة egg yolk agarحضر الوسط lycithinase:اختبار اللسثينيز حول خط النمو البكتيري. االلسثنين. وتعد النتيجة موجبة اذا كان هناك ترسب على تحلل naclيضاف له nb ستعمال الوسط السائلاب [12]: اجري الفحص وفق طريقة فحص النمو بتركيز ملحي مرتفع ت المنشطة في ووزع على انابيب اختبار وعقم بالمؤصدة، لقحت االنابيب بمسحة من العزال 7%، 10% و7% و5بنسبة 342علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ساعة مع متابعة كثافة النمو الحاصل ومقارنته بالوسط غير 24م ولمدة °37) وحضنت في slantمائل االكار المغذي ( الملقح. : لقحت االطباق الحاوية على وسط االكار المغذي بمسحة من العزالت بطريقة فحص النمو بدرجات حرارة مختلفة ساعة ويعد ظهور النمو نتيجة موجبة للفحص. 24م لمدة °55و 45و 35التخطيط وحضنت االطباق في درجة ، hanging drop: فحصت حركة البكتريا قيد االختبار بطريقة القطرة المعلقة motility testفحص الحركة . [9]الموصوفة من وحضر تبعاً agar simmons's citrate: استعمل الوسط الجاهز citrate utilizationالسترات فحص استهالك .[13] ، يُعد تغير لون الوسط من االخضر الى االزرق المضيء نتيجة موجبةhimediaلتعليمات الشركة المصنعة . ويعد وجود خثرة متقطعة في الوسط مع تغير [9]حسب ماذكره litmus milk: حضر وسط litmus milk فحص اللون الى األزرق نتيجة موجبة لهذا الفحص. وعدت النتيجة موجبة عند [9] حسب طريقة glucose phosphate broth: حضر وسط vogas-proskaurاختبار . قطرات من كاشف المثيل األحمر 5بعد اضافة تكوين لون احمر وعدت النتيجة موجبة عند تكوين لون [9]كما ذكره glucose phosphate brothحضر وسط : methyl redأختبار .v-pبعد اضافة كاشف احمر شاحب ، وعدّ ظهور منطقة شفافة حول النمو [9]على وفق طريقة milk agarحضر وسط اكار الحليب فحص تحلل الكازين: دليالً على تحلل الكازين. ويعد التغير في لون الوسط من [14]على وفق طريقة urea agarحضر وسط اليوريا الصلب : ureasاختبار اليوريز الوردي المحمر جراء تغيير الرقم الهيدروجيني نتيجة تكوين االمونيا من اليوريا بفعل انزيم اليوريز, وعد هذا االصفر الى التغير باللون نتيجة موجبة. %على المستعمرات 3اجري الفحص باضافة قطرات من محلول بيروكسيد الهيدروجين catalase:فحص الكاتاليز . [13] ويدل ظهور فقاعات غازية على ايجابية الفحصالنامية على وسط األكار المغذي ثوان نتيجة 10ويعد ظهور اللون البنفسجي خالل [13] اجري هذا الفحص وفق طريقة oxidase: فحص االوكسيديز موجبة للفحص. vitek2تشخيص العزلة بنظام التي ُشخصت bacillus subtilisفي تأكيد تشخيص عزالت vitek 2استعمل نظام التشخيص اآللي بالفحوصات الكيموحيوية, اذ استعملت عدة التشخص الخاصة باالحياء المجهرية الموجبة لكرام والتابعة لعائلة bcl) bacillaceae فحصاً ووفق تعليمات الشركة المصنعة ( 63) الحاوية علىbiomerieux.( ، 40، الذي يتكون من (غم/لتر) كلوكوز [15]: حضر الوسط وفق طريقة seed mediumوسط االبذار (اللقاح) .o27h.4mgso 0.5 ،4hpo2k 1 ،4po2kh 1 ،nacl 2.5 ،o2.h4mnso 0.1، 10خالصة الخميرة [16] وفق طريقةحضر الوسط :)bpm) basal production mediumوسط االنتاج األساسي ، 4po2khغم urea ،1غم 4so2)4nh ،(2غم 2من قبل باحث الدراسة الحالية، الذي يتكون من(غم/لتر) ةوالمحور ، المصدر الكاربوني يتضمن nacl ،µg3 biotinغم o2.7h4feso ،0.5غم o2.7h4mgso ،0.05غم 0.5 سكريات نقية و مستخلصات مخلفات مصانع االغذية. التخمر خالل الدراسةالفحوصات التي اجريت على وسط [17] الموصوفه من paper chromatography (pc)اتبعت طريقة :الكشف النوعي عن حامض الكلوتاميك للكشف النوعي لحامض الكلوتاميك لجميع العزالت المستحصل عليها في مراحل العزل والتشخيص لغرض انتقاء العزالت حقة عليها.المنتجة لحامض الكلوتاميك ألجراء الدراسات الال حسب الطريقة الموصوفة thin layer chromatography (tlc)اتبعت التقدير الكمي لحامض الكلوتاميك: ، :20:20)80استعمل محلول الفصل البيوتانول: حامض الخليك: ماء مقطر ( إذلتقدير كمية حامض الكلوتاميك ، [18] من كحول اثيلي)، ثم جففت االلواح وقشطت البقع بعد تحديدها %0.2كاشف اللننهيدرين ( عمالوطور لون البقع المفصولة باست نانومتر وقدر 570االمتصاصية على الطول الموجي وقرأت)، %75مل ايثانول( 5ووضعت في انابيب اختبار تحوي ).1حامض الكلوتاميك بالرجوع الى المنحنى القياسي الموضح بالشكل ( ph .meterتم قياس الرقم الهيدروجيني لوسط االنتاج باستعمال جهاز :وجينيتقدير الرقم الهيدر قيست كثافة النمو البكتيري بطريقة قياس االمتصاصية بجهاز المطياف الضوئي قياس النمو البكتيري: spectrophotometer اج وسجلت ، وذلك بأخذ حجم معين من العالق البكتيري لوسط االنت[19]وفق الطريقة المتبعة من في الوسط االنتاجي (اعداد الخاليا الحية و.ت.م/مل) ، تم التعرف على كثافة النمو 600امتصاصيته على الطول الموجي ).2بالرجوع الى المنحنى القياسي ألعداد الخاليا الحية الموضح بالشكل ( ) التي وصفت من dns )3́`,5́`dinitro salicylic acidت طريقة عملاست :تقدير كمية الكلوكوز المتبقية ).3( الكلوكوز المتبقي بوسط األنتاج بالرجوع الى منحنى الكلوكوز القياسي الموضح بالشكل تركيز . وقُدر[20] 343علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 نتاج حامض الكلوتاميكتحديد الظروف المثلى ال دراسة تأثير المصدر الكاربوني في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك متمثلة بالسكريات الصناعية النقية والمتضمنة الكلوكوز والفركتوز والسكروز تم اختبار مصادر كاربونية حسبن حضرا ياختبرت عدة مصادر كاربونية طبيعية شملت مستخلص مخلفات التمر ومستخلص مخلفات العنب اللذو طا وفق طريقة . وحضر مستخلص مخلفات البطا[22]، وقصر لونهما باستعمال الفحم المنشط حسب طريقة [21]لطريقة ا . وقدرت نسبة الكاربوهيدرات الكلية للمستخلصات قيد الدراسة [24]ومستخلص سبوس الرز حضر وفق طريقة [23] .[25]بطريقة اضيفت المصادر الكاربوني قيد االختبار بتركيز موحد الى وسط االنتاج : تحديد نوع المصدر الكاربوني األمثل 120) وحضنت بحاضنة هزازه و.ت.م/مل 610×2.8بتركيز ( en3 b.subtilisاالساسي باستعمال لقاح من بكتريا ساعة، ألختبار المصدر الكاربوني االمثل ألنتاج 48أنتاج ولمدة 7م وعند رقم هيدروجيني بدائي °37دورة/دقيقة وبدرجة حامض الكلوتاميك. الطبيعي الذي اعطى مستخلص الاستعملت تراكيز مختلفة من : تحديد التركيز االمثل لمستخلص مخلفات التمر %.12% و10% و8% و6% و4% و2شملت افضل انتاجية، وكلوريد األمونيوم ونترات األمونيوم وفوسفات األمونيوم نترات البوتاسيومشملت : تحديد مصدر النتروجين األمثل مع مراعاة استعمال التركيز االمثل للمصدر الكاربوني. %،1اليوريا ، اضيفت بتركيز و كبريتات األمونيوم والببتونو فضل مصدر نتروجيني ألنتاج حامض ألتراكيز مختلفة اختبرت تحديد التركيز األمثل لمصدر النتروجين األمثل: .%3% و2% و1% و0.5شملت ،الكلوتاميك م في انتاج °42و 37و 34و 31و 28و 25أختبر تأثير اربع درجات حرارية هي : تحديد درجة الحرارة المثلى الحامض مع مراعاة الظروف المثلى المتحققة في التجارب السابقة. وبفارق 8-5.5حضر وسط االنتاج االساسي بأرقام هيدروجينية تراوحت بين : تحديد الرقم الهيدروجيني االمثل بقة.نصف رقم هيدروجيني بين معاملة وأخرى مع مراعاة تعديل الوسط حسب التجارب السا سرع مختلفة شملت عمالدرس تأثير سرعة دوران الحاضنة الهزازة باست: تحديد سرعة التحريك والتهوية المثلى دورة/دقيقة، ودرس تأثير التهوية بأتباع اسلوب نسبة حجم الوسط االنتاجي الى 220و 180و 160و 120و 80و 60و 40 حجم الدورق (تغيير حجم الدرق) واستخدمت في هذه التجربة دوارق بحجوم مختلفة كل منها يحتوي على حجم ثابت من على التوالي. 20:1و 15:1و 10:1و 6:1و 5:1و 3:1سط : حجم الدورق وسط االنتاج لكي تغدو نسبة حجم الو ت كل الظروف المثلى التي تم تعيينها في القفرات السابقة في تجربة استهدفت تحديد عملاست: تحديد مدة االنتاج المثلى سط االنتاج من حيث المدة الالزمة للوصول الى اعلى انتاجية من حامض الكلوتاميك, مع رصد التغيرات الحاصلة في و ساعة 12ساعة وبواقع 96تركيز حامض الكلوتاميك والنمو البكتيري والرقم الهيدروجيني وكمية الكلوكوز المتبقي لغاية بين متابعة وأخرى. حسبت نسبة التحسن ألنتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك بعد تعيين الظروف حساب نسبة التحسن ألنتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك: سط األنتاج على وفق المعادلة التالية:المثلى لو النتائج والمناقشة subtilis bacillusعزل وتشخيص بكتريا أُعتمد التشخيص بالبدء على شكل وحجم ولون المستعمرات إذعزلة لدراسة الصفات المزرعية 70اخضعت م °37عند تنميتها على الوسط الزرعي االكار المغذي في bacillusصفات جنس عزلة 24اظهرت إذوطبيعة نموها, ف ساعة، مستعمرات بيضاء الى كريمي مع ارتفاع مسطح بالوسط، كثيفة لزجة قليالً غير منتظمة الشكل ذات حوا 24لمدة متموجة ولها رائحة القش القديم, وتكون مستعمراتها مزدحمة على سطح الطبق، واستكمل دراسة صفاتها المجهرية من حيث كونها موجبة لصبغة bacillusفأستبعدت العزالت التي لم تظهر صفات مجهرية مقاربة او مطابقة لصفات جنس السل قصيرة وغالباً ما تكون بشكل ازواج مكونة لألبواغ شبه كرام وتمتلك اشكاالً عصوية او شبه عصوية تتجمع بشكل س . ووفقا bacillusفي تشخيص جنس [7]) وذلك استنادا الى اسس التصنيف وفق ما جاء به semicentralمركزية ( أجري عليها بعض bacillus صفات جنسمطابقة لعزالت التي افرزت نتائجها لنتائج دراسة الصفات المجهرية ) نتائج هذه 2) و (1يلخص الجدول ( إذ، bacillusات الكيموحيوية والفسيولوجية تمهيدا لتحديد نوع جنس االختبار وفق المفاتيح التصنيفية bacillus subtilisاالختبارات حيث تم استبعاد خمس عزالت اعطت نتائج متباينة مع صفات و en24و en19و en14وen9 و en5و en4و en3عزلة هي 13، ووقع األختيار على [27] و [26]المعتمدة تحسن اإلنتاجية (%) = األنتاجية في الخطوة قيد الدراسة (ملغم/مل) ×100 األنتاجية قبل تعيين الظروف المثلى (ملغم/مل) 344علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 en25 و en29 و en30 وen34 وen35 وen39 تميزت هذه العزالت بصفات مقاربة لصفاتbacillus subtilis ومنتجة لحامض الكلوتاميك . )vitek 2 compact system( 2لتشخيص بنظام الفايتك ا بعد التأكد منها بوساطة فضال عن العزلة التجارية بكتيريةعزلة 13لتشخيص 2 اختبار الفايتك أعتمد على شخصت على انها en5و en3ان هناك عزلتين هما واظهرت نتائج األختبار . [28]االختبارات الكيموحيوية االولية b.subtilis فضال عن عزلة تجارية % على التوالي 90% و94بنسبة احتماليةb.subtilis a1 96بنسبة احتمالية ،% bacillus و bacillus pumilusعلى انها en34و en24و en19و en9و en4في حين شخصت العزالت megaterium وbrevibacillus choshinensis وbacillus licheniformis وgeobacillus thermoleovorans 14على التوالي، أما العزالتen وen25 وen29 وen30 و en35 وen39 فلم يتم .)unidentified organismتشخيصها ( تحديد العزلة األكفأ في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك في هذه المرحلة على عزلتين فضالً عن العزلة التجارية b.subtilisاشتملت الغربلة الكمية للعزالت المشخصة نوع a1 اذ أُختبرت مقدرتها على انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك، لوحظ تفوق العزلة en3 بأنتاج حامض الكلوتاميك والتي بلغت ملغم /مل. 0.92فقد بلغت a1ملغم/مل، اما العزلة التجارية en5 1.15ملغم/مل, في حين بلغت انتاجية العزلة 2 ت مصانع األغذيةتقدير النسبة المئوية للكاربوهيدرات الكلية لمخلفا قدرت النسب المئوية للكاربوهيدرات متمثلة بالكلوكوز في المستخلصات لمخلفات التمر والعنب والبطاطا وسبوس % 3.5% ثم البطاطا 5% يليه مستخلص العنب 8الرز، فقد كان مستخلص مخلفات التمر اعلى نسبة كاربوهيدرات بلغت %.2وادناها سبوس الرز الظروف المثلى النتاج حامض الكلوتاميكتحديد تأثير المصدر الكاربون في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك ) تأثير سبعة مصادر كاربونية تضمنت اربعة مصادر طبيعية شملت مستخلصات مخلفات التمر4يبين الشكل ( )deوالعنب ( ge)) والبطاطا (pe) (السبوس) وقشور الرز (be (ثالثة سكريات صناعية و)نقية كلوكوز(glu 20اضافتهم الى الوسط األنتاجي األساسي بتركيز في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك بعد suc)) وسكروز (fruوفركتوز ( ) deالتمر(و.ت.م/مل). لوحظ ان مستخلص مخلفات en3 bacillus subtilis )2.8×610غم/لتر وباستعمال بكتريا 1.76اميك عند نفس التركيز, اذ أعطى الكلوكوز اعلى انتاجية بلغت في انتاجية حامض الكلوت الكلوكوزكان يماثل ملغم/مل، ويأتي مستخلص العنب بالدرجة الثانية من حيث تأثيره في انتاجية 1.73فقد بلغت انتاجية deملغم/مل، اما جة التي تحققت بأضافة سكر ملغم/مل وهي ايضا مقاربة للنتي 1.44حامض الكلوتاميك بواسطة البكتريا قيد الدراسة والبالغة ملغم/مل، لكنها كانت اعلى من النتيجة المستحصل عليها باضافة بأضافة السكروز الى الوسط االنتاجي 1.49الفركتوز ملغم/مل، وهذه النتيجة تمكننا من استغالل مخلفات معامل 0.835ملغم/مل، واعطى مستخلص السبوس اقل 1.38والبالغة في اوساط االنتاج التخمرية والحصول على نواتج تخمرية كاالحماض االمينية واالنزيمات األقحامهتصنيع التمر والمضادات الحيوية وغيرها من النواتج االيضية وبالتالي تؤدي الى خفض كلفة االنتاج وبنفس الوقت تقليل مخاطر التلوث المتمثلة ،عند استعمالهم مخلفات زراعية [19] يهوقد جاءت هذه النتائج مقاربة لما حصل عل البيئي عند رميها كمخلفات، بقشور الكاسافا ومخلفات الذرة ومخلفات االناناس كمصدر كاربوني وحيد النتاج حامض الكلوتاميك واوضح ان هناك تباين ية من في نسبة انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك تعود الى نوع السكريات التي تحويها هذه المخلفات الزراعية فقد بلغت اعلى كم %). 71.6(نسبة الكاربوهيدرات فيها بأستعمال مخلفات الذرة b.subtilisملغم/مل بواسطة بكتريا 4.1 حامض الكلوتاميك ، دُرس تأثير b.subtilis en3في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتريا deمستخلص من وبغية تحديد التركيز األمثل في de) ان االنتاجية تزداد مع زيادة تركيز 5في الوسط االنتاجي, ويوضح الشكل ( deاستعمال تراكيز مختلفة من %، في حين شهد انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك 10ملغم/مل عند تركيز 2.74الوسط، اذ تم الحصول على اعلى انتاجية والبالغة نتاجية عند المستويات العالية من انخفاض اال ود%. ويمكن ان يع12انخفاضا بزيادة تركيز نسبة المادة السكرية الى الكلوكوز الى حدوث تثبيط بالمادة االساس لفعالية بعض االنزيمات او الى زيادة نسبة الكاربون الى النتروجين في الوسط [29]. مصدر النتروجين مصدرين عضويين هما الببتون واليوريا وخمس مصادر العضوية رت سبعة مصادر نيتروجينية شملت باخت كبريتات االمونيوم كالً على حدة ونترات البوتاسيوم وفوسفات االمونيوم وكلوريد االمونيوم ونترات االمونيوم شملت %) وعند 10(مستخلص مخلفات التمر عند تركيز ثبت نوع وتركيز المصدر الكاربوني ان %, بعد0.2تركيز موحد وب ) يبين تأثير هذه المصادر على انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك حيث 6. والشكل (7م ورقم هيدروجيني ابتدائي °37درجة حرارة ملغم/مل ويليها 3.285تفوقت نترات االمونيوم من بين جميع المصادر التي تم اختيارها, اذ بلغ تركيز حامض الكلوتاميك ملغم/مل على الترتيب، 2.055و 2.315و 2.87كبريتات االمونيوم وكلوريد االمونيوم وفوسفات االمونيوم بنسب بلغت ملغم/مل بينما تفوقت اليوريا عند استعمالها كمصدر نيتروجيني عضوي, حيث كانت 1.525وادناها نترات البوتاسيوم ملغم/مل، في حين ادنى مستوى النتاج حامض الكلوتاميك كان عند استعمال الببتون كمصدر نيتروجيني 3.06األنتاجية 345علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 كأفضل مصدر العضوي مع اليوريا كأفضل 3no4nhمل. وعند مقارنة نترات االمونيوم ملغم/ 1.525عضوي اذ بلغ السبب الى ان أيونات ودوقد يع ،مصدر عضوي نالحظ تفوق نترات االمونيا على اليوريا في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك nh الالعضوية اكثر مما في الحرة المطلوبة الجل انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك تكون متوفرة في مصادر النيتروجين . تفضل البكتريا المنتجة لحامض الكلوتاميك امالح االمونيوم على غيرها من مصادر النتروجين اذ [30]المصادر العضوية المسؤول عن تحول gdh( glutamate dehydrogenaseفي هذه االمالح يحفز انزيم ( nhان ايون االمونيوم .[31] الكلوتارات الى كلوتاميت % بغية تحديد التركيز االمثل في 3% و 2% و 1% و 0.5وجرى اختبار تراكيز مختلفة من نترات األمونيوم 3.72) ان اعلى انتاجية لحامض الكلوتاميك بلغت 7اظهرت النتائج الموضحة في الشكل ( إذانتاج حامض الكلوتاميك, % اذ بلغت 2النتاج عند استعمال تراكيز اقل من في حين حصل انخفاض ا% نترات االمونيوم ، 2ملغم/مل عند تركيز % من نترات االمونيوم على التوالي، وكذلك الحال لوحظ 1% و0.5ملغم/مل عند استعمال 3.5ملغم/مل و 3.28ادنى كمية النتيجة وجاءت هذه %. 3ملغم/مل عند تركيز 3.58% ليبلغ االنتاج 2تركيز اعلى من عمالانخفاض كمية االنتاج عند است % كبريتات االمونيوم كمصدر نيتروجيني للحصول على أعلى تركيز لحامض 2عند استعماله [32] موافقة لما حصل عليه brevibacterium strain.الكلوتاميك بوساطة ساللة من درجة الحرارة الكلوتاميك م في انتاج حامض 40و 37و 34و 31و 28و 25شملت هذه الدراسة تأثير ست درجات حرارية هي ) ان افضل درجة حرارة 8, ويبين الشكل (7وعند رقم هيدروجيني الوسط الذي تم تحديد مكوناته في التجارب السابقةب ملغم/مل، في حين لوحظ انخفاض مستوى االنتاجية دون هذا المستوى عند 5.54م اذ بلغت االنتاجية 34لالنتاج هي ملغم/مل على التوالي, كما ان انتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك انخفضت الى 3.2و ملغم/مل 2.52م لتبلغ  28و 25حرارة م. ان درجة الحرارة المثلى لنمو البكتريا 40م و37ملغم/مل عند رفع درجة حرارة الحضن الى 2.1ملغم/مل و 4.33 االمينية في درجات الحرارة م, وان انخفاض انتاجية البكتريا من االحماض 35و 30المنتجة لالحماض االمينية تقع بين .[33] العالية والمنخفضة يعود الى انخفاض كفاءة التوجيه االيضي للكلوكوز الرقم الهيدروجيني يعد الرقم الهيدروجيني االبتدائي لوسط االنتاج من اهم العوامل المؤثرة في انتاجية االحماض االمينية من البكتريا, b.subtilisفي انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتريا 8و 7.5و 7و 6.5و 6و 5.5لذا تمت دراسة تاثير ارقام هيدروجينة en3 34% نترات األمونيوم وحرارة 2مستخلص مخلفات التمر و% 10في الوسط األنتاجي الذي احتوى على  م ويبين 6.5) ان اعلى انتاجية من حامض الكلوتاميك قد تحققت في وسط االنتاج الذي تم ضبط رقمه الهيدروجيني الى 9الشكل ( 2.1لى أدنى مستوى ملغم/ مل, كما يتضح من الشكل نفسه ان انتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك تصل ا 6.12قبل التلقيح, اذ بلغت 8األبتدائي, كما يالحظ حدوث انخفاض االنتاجية عند ارتفاع الرقم الهيدروجيني الى 5.5ملغم/ مل عند الرقم الهيدروجيني ملغم/ مل. ان عامل الرقم الهيدروجيني له تأثيرات واضحة على فسلجة االحياء 3.2لتبلغ انتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك يره على ذوبانية المواد الغذائية وأمتصاصها وعلى نشاط االنزيمات وعلى الشكل المورفولوجي المجهرية عن طريق تأث وقد جرى قياس النمو للخاليا البكتيري [34]. لغشاء الخلية, وتكّون نواتج ثانوية وتفاعالت االكسدة واالختزال )od₆₀₀nm األرقام الهيدروجين المختبرة، وأتضح ان ) في نهاية مرحلة األنتاج مرافقة لتقدير حامض الكلوتاميك عند كثافة نمو الخاليا ازداد مع اقتراب الرقم الهيدروجيني األبتدائي الى التعادل فنالحظ من الشكل نفسه ان كثافة النمو ارتفعت 2.35و 2.4، ثم تبلغ اقصاها 6عند رقم هيدروجيني ابتدائي 1.108لتصل الى 5.5عند رقم هيدروجيني ابتدائي 0.5من على التوالي. وقد يعود زيادة كثافة النمو في االوساط الزرعية ذات االرقام الهيدروجينية 7.5و 7عند الرقم الهيدروجيني القريبة من التعادل الى طبيعة النظام الفسيولوجي للكائن المجهري الذي يؤثر على ذوبانية المغذيات وامتصاصها وعلى على الطبيعة المورفولوجية لغشاء الخلية وعلى تكوين النواتج األيضية.النشاط األنزيمي فضال ن تأثيرة تأثير التهوية والتحريك نظراً الهمية التهوية في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك بالدوارق الهزازة فقد درس تأثير النسبة بين حجم الوسط اخل الدورق يؤدي الى تغيرات في شدة في االنتاج, االختالف في حجم الوسط د عملاالنتاجي الى حجم الدورق المست مع مراعاة الظروف المثلى ألنتاج حامض الكلوتاميك التي تم تحديدها في التجارب الحركة وكذلك في تجهيز االوكسجين وسرعة دوران 5:1نسبة عمال) ان است10يوضح الشكل ( اذ. السابقة من حيث مكونات الوسط والظروف البيئية لالنتاج ، كما م°34عند درجة الحرارة المثلى ملغم/مل 6.56قة حققت اعلى انتاجية من حامض الكلوتاميك بلغت دورة/دقي 180 ) وفي حالة 12:1) و(20:1نالحظ انخفاض األنتاجية في كلتا حالتي التهوية الوفيرة المتمثلة بالمعاملة السادسة والخامسة ( في المعاملتين السادسة والخامسة يرتفع انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك بزيادة ف, )3:1التهوية المحدودة المتمثلة بالمعاملة االولى ( دورة/دقيقة، بعدها يبدا تركيز حامض 160ملغم/مل على التوالي عند 1.17ملغم/مل و 0.92سرعة الدوران ليبلغ دورة/دقيقة. وبنفس االسلوب يتزايد نمو الخاليا(على اساس الكثافة 220و 180الكلوتاميك باالنخفاض عند سرعة كما موضح ذلك في دورة /دقيقة 180 وسرعة دوران (5:1) نانومتر عند استخدام نسبة 3.6الضوئية) لتبلغ أقصاها 346علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 و 1.13ضوئية) ليبلغ في المعاملتين السادسة والخامسة فقد انخفض نمو الخاليا (على اساس الكثافة ال، اما 11) الشكل ( على التوالي, وقد يعود هذا االنخفاض في االنتاجية ونمو الخاليا الى نفاذ المصدر الكاربوني والنتروجيني نانومتر 1.22 إذمن الوسط االنتاجي بسبب النمو السريع للخاليا البكتيرية نتيجة وفرة االوكسجين المذاب, االخرى فضالً عن المغذيات ة الدوران للحاضنة على زيادة مزج االوكسجين بالوسط وزيادة ذائبيته، وتحتاج البكتريا الى االوكسجين تعمل زيادة سرع لكن وفرة االوكسجين بمستويات عالية يؤدي الى تشجيع االيض والذي يعمل كمستلم نهائي لاللكترونات في االيض الخلوي, الضروري لتخليق حامض nadphنه قلة توفر مما ينتج ع pppمسار وخفض توجيه االيض نحو tcaعبر دورة . α-ketoglutaric acid [35] الكلوتاميك وتراكم كميات من مدة االنتاج المثلى التي تم b.subtilis en3تم اجراء هذه التجربة في الظروف المثلى النتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتريا من حامض الكلوتاميك ومراقبة b.subtilis en3تحديدها في التجارب السابقة من هذه الدراسة ، وسجلت انتاجية البكتريا ساعة , كما 96ساعة ولمدة 12التغيرات الحاصلة بالرقم الهيدروجيني و كثافة النمو وتركيز السكر المتبقي (ملغم/مل) كل ساعة. 96ات الحاصلة على وسط االنتاج اثناء تحديد المدة المثلى لالنتاج والتي استمرت ) بعض التغير3يوضح الجدول ( 0.6اذ لم يحدث انتاج كفوء لحامض الكلوتاميك في االثنتي عشرة ساعة االولى من الحضن, في حين انتجت هذه البكتريا 7.2من حامض الكلوتاميك والتي بلغت ساعة من الحضن, وسجلت اعلى انتاجية 24ملغم/مل من حامض الكلوتاميك بعد وقد ساعة، 96ملغم/مل بعد 2.11ساعة من الحضن, ثم انخفضت انتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك لتصل الى 72ملغم/مل بعد هذا االنخفاض في انتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك الى عدة عوامل، اهمها حصول تغيرات في االليات التنظيمية لمسار وديع كلوتاميك جراء ما طرأ على وسط االنتاج من تغيرات بيئية كانخفاض تركيز الكاربون والنتروجين تخليق حامض ال رقملوحظ حصول حالة انخفاض في ال. [36]وانخفاض الرقم الهيدروجيني للوسط, وايضاً تراكم النواتج العرضية بعد 6.11الى 6.5الهيدروجيني من رقمالالهيدروجيني مرافقة النتاج حامض الكلوتاميك وتراكمه في الوسط, فقد انخفض ساعة من انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك، ويعد انخفاض الرقم الهيدروجيني لوسط 72بعد مرور 5.12ساعة لتصل الى 24 االنتاج احد اهم المؤشرات التي تنعكس على انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك بواسطة االحياء المجهرية, كونه من االحماض ية, لذا يوصى دائماً بمراقبة االس الهيدروجيني لوسط التخمر والمحافظة عليه عند حدود القيمة االمينية الحامض المستخدمة في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك قد b.subtilis en3وايضاً يتبين من الجدول نفسه ان خاليا بكتريا . [23]البدائية والتي بلغت od600م بداللة الكثافة الضوئية °34ساعة من الحضن على 24دخلت مرحلة الثبوت العددي بعد مرور ساعة عن الزمن الالزم لبلوغ انتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك حدودها القصوى والتي 36ساعة وبفارق 36حدها االقصى بعد يوضح الجدول انخفاض كمية السكر المتبقي (الكلوكوز) مع تقدم مدة التخمر وايضا من الحضن. 72اعة كانت عند الس %, وقد يتوافق 68ومالحظة تأثير ذلك على تركيز حامض الكلوتاميك المنتج, اذ كان معدل استهالك الكلوكوز بهذه الفترة 4.04مر االنخفاض في تركيز السكر المتبقي الى ان بلغ هذا االستهالك مع النمو المايكروبي في الوسط االنتاجي ويست ساعة من التخمر. 96ملغم/مل بعد من حامض الكلوتاميك b.subtilis en3مستوى تحسين انتاجية البكتريا التجارب السابقة محاولة تحسين انتاجية العزلة البكتيرية قيد الدراسة من حامض الكلوتاميك وذلك بتحديد تهدف  ملغم/مل لعزلة 2لحامض الكلوتاميك من الظروف المثلى لالنتاج والذي ساهم في تحسين األنتاجية b.subtilis en3 ، اذ يعود معظم )%360تحسن بنسبة ين الظروف المثلى (اي ملغم/مل بعد تعي 7.2البرية قبل تعيين الظروف المثلى الى %10% الى 4التحسن في هذه الخطوة الى زيادة تركيز المصدر الكاربوني المتمثل بمستخلص مخلفات التمر من وعند 6.5م ورقم هيدروجيني ابتدائي °34% وباستعمال حرارة 2واستعمال نترات األمونيوم كمصدر نتروجيني بنسبة ساعة. 72دورة/دقيقة ولفترة تخمر بلغت 180هتزاز بلغت شدة ا المصادر 1. shyamkumar, r., moorthy, i.m.g., ponmurugan, k. and baskar, r. (2014). production of l-glutamic acid with corynebacterium glutamicum (nci m2168) and pseudomonas reptilivora (ncim 2598): a study on immobilization and reusability. avicenna journal of medical biotechnology, 6 (3): 163-168. 2. ault, a. (2004). the monosodium glutamate story: the commercial production of msg and other amino acids. j.chemical education, 81(3): 347-355. 3. crueger, w. and crueger, a. (1982). amino acids. in: “biotechnology: a text book of industrial microbiology”. t. d. brock, ed. sinaur association inc., madison. 4. schallmey, m., singh a., and ward o.p. (2004). developments in the use of bacillus species for industrial production. canada. j. microbiol., 50: 1-17. 347علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 5. zweers, j.c., baràk, i., becher, d., driessen, a.j.m., hecker, m., kontinen, v.p., saller, m.j., vavrova, l. and dijl, j.m.v. (2008). towards the development of bacillus subtilis as a cell factory for membrane proteins and protein complexes. microbial cell factories, 7:10. 6. westers l., wasters, h. and quax, w.j. (2004). bacillus subtilis as cell factory for pharma ceutical oroteins: a biotechnological approach to optimize the host organism. biochim. biophys. acta., (1694): 299-310. 7. buchanan, r.e. and gibbons, n.e. (1974) bergy’s manual of determinative bacteriology. (8th ed.). williams and wilkins, baltimore, usa. 8. cruickshank, r., duguid, j., marimon, b. and swain, r. (1975). medical microbiology the practical of medical microbiology.. 2, 12th edition, churchill livingstone, uk. 9. harrigan, w.f. and mccance, m.e. (1976). laboratory methool in food and dairy microbiology. academic press inc. san diego. 10. atlas, r.m. (2005). handbook of media for environmental microbiology. second edition. taylor and francis group. usa. 11. jan, m. h., carlos, a. and tony, t. (1998). bacteriological analytical manual, 8th edition, revision a. 12. starr, m. p., stolp, h., truper, h. g., balows, a. and schlegel, h.g. (1981). the prokaryotes. vol. ii. springer–verlag new york. 13. macfaddin j.f. (2000). biochemical tests for identification of medical bacteria, 3rd ed. lippincott wilkins and williams, philadephia. 14. atlas, r. m. (1995). principles of microbiology. 15. biotechnology,  mosby,  inc.  missouri. 597-648. 15. pasha, s.y., ali, m.n., tabassum, h. and mohd, m.k. (2011). comparative studies on production of glutamic acid using with type, mutants, immobilized cells and immobilized mutatnts of corynebacterium glutamicum. internationl journal of engineering science and technology, 3(5): 3941-3949. 16. gutcho, s.j. (1973). chemicals by fermentation. noyes data corp. new jersey. 215. 17. malik f., (2007). studies on mino acid producing bacteria through microbial fermentation using different agriculture wastes. university of the punjab lahore. thesis of ph.d. 18. mohammed, a., abdul moheman, and el-desoky. g.e. (2012). amino acid and vitamin determinations by tlc/hplc: review of the current state. central european journal of chemistry, 10(3): 731-750. 19. lawal. a.k, oso, b.a., sanni a.i, grillo, j.a. and elemo, g.n. (2011). production of l.glutamic acid from bacillus isolates cultivated on agro-industrial wastes containing medium. global research journal of microbiology, 1(3): 043-055. 20. whitaker, j. r. and bernhard, r. a. (1972). experiments for: an introduction to enzymology. whiber press, davis. 21. ahmed, y.m., khan, j.a., abulnaja, k.a., and al-malki, a.l. (2013).production of glutamic acid by corynebacterium glutamicum using dates syrup as carbon source. african journal of microbiology research, 7(19): 2071-2077. 348علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 22. nachat, n., tobarameekul, p. and worathanakul, p. (2014).activated carbon from bagasse for syrup decolorization as an alternative for waste management and the assessment of carbon footprint.environment and natural resources j., 12(2): 66-73. 23. moosavi-nasab, m., izadi, m., and hosseinpour, s., (2010). glutamic acid production from potato by brevibacterium linens. world academy of science, engineering and technology, 4: 1043-1045. باقر، عبد الواحد، العبيدي، خالد عباس، محمد، يسرى خالد وطوبيا، نديم ميخائيل. كفاءة بعض عزالت خميرة .24 saccharomyces cerevisia المحلية وعزلة تجارية جافة النتاج خميرة الخبز بعد تنميتها في مستخلص ). مجلة علوم 2002المواد الصلبة الذائبة والبايوتين. (مخلفات صناعة الرز الحاوي على تراكيز مختلفة من .91 :)19)، (139المستنصرية. ( 25. dubois, m., gilles, k.a., hamilton, j.k., rebers. p.a. and smith, f. (1956). phenol sulfuric acid method for the determination of total carbohydrates, anal. chem, 28: 350-356. 26. breed r.s., murray, e.g.d. and smith, n.r. (1957). bergey's manual of determinative bacteriology, 7th ed. william and wilkins company, baltimore. 27. holt, j.g., krieg, n.r., sneath, p.h., staley, j.t. and williams, s.t. (1994). "bergey's manual of determinative bacteriology". 9th ed. williams and wilkins, baltimore. 28. funke, g., monnet, d., de bernardis c., graevenitz, a.v. and freney, j. (1998). evaluation of the vitek 2 system for rapid identification of medially relevant gramnegative rods. j. clinical microbiology, 36(7): 1948-1952. 29. ingraham, j. l., maaloe, o. and neidhardt, f. c. (1983). growth of the bacteria cell. sinauer associates inc. publishers sunder land and massachusettes. 30. goto, a. and kunioka, m. (1992). biosynthesis and hydrolysis of poly(γ-glutamic acid) from bacillus subtilis ifo 3335, biosci. biotechnol. biochem., 56(7): 430-437. 31. riviera, j. (1977). industrial application of microbiology. translated by moss, m. o. and surrey, j. e. university press,166-169. 32. nadeem, s., niaz, b., muzammil, h.m., rana, s.s., rajok, m.i. and shakoori, a.r. (2011). optimizing carbon and nitrogen sources for l-glutamic acid production by brevibacterium strain niabss-67. pakistan j. zool., 43(2): 285-290. 33. eggeling, l., pfefferle, w. and saham, h. (2001). amino acids. in "basic biotechnology". ratledge, c. and kristiansen, b., cambridge univ., press. combrigde, uk. 281-303. 34. bajaj, i.b. and singhal, r.s. (2009). sequential optimization approach for enhanced production of poly (glutamic acid) from newly isolated bacillus subtilis. food technol. biotechnol., 47(3): 313-322. 35. shah, a. h., ahmad, s. and khan, g.m. (2002). optimization of culture conditions for l-lysine fermentation by corynebacterium glutamicum. j. biological sciences. 2(3): 151-156. 36. bala, s. (1976). studies on the microbial production of amino acids. uineversity of the punjab lahore. thesis of ph.d. 349علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 subtilis en3 bacillusختبارات الكيموحيوية لعزالت بكتريا ) نتائج اال1جدول ( *a1 العزلة التجاريةbacillus subtilis a1 ،انتاج مقبول ، ++ انتاج متوسط + انتاج ضعيف -، التنتج +++ ، لة عز ال تخمر الكاربوهيدرات األختبارات * ي ع نو ال ف ش لك ا يز سد وك األ ص ح ف ص ح ف يز تل كا ال ول ند األ ص ح ف ص ح ف v -p ت را ست ال ك ال ته س ا شأ لن ل ا حل ت ت را نت ال ال تز خ أ ن زي كا ال لل ح ت ن تي ال جي ال لل ح ت يز ور لي ا ز ني سث الل س مو لت ال m r وز وك كل وز كر س وز كت ال ول يت ان م وز ان م en1 + + + + ++ + + + + + en2 + + + + + + + + ++ en3 + + + + + + + + + + + + +++ en4 + + + + + + + + + + + + ++ en5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + ++ en9 + + + + + + + + + + + +++ 31en + + + + + + + + + + en14 + + + + + + + + + + ++ en16 + + + + + + + + + _ + + en17 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + en19 + + + + + + + + + + ++ en20 + + + + + + + + + + en21 + + + + + + + + + + + en24 + + + + + + + + + + + ++ en25 + + + + + + + + + + + ++ en28 + + + + + + + + + + + + en29 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +++ en30 + + + + + + + + + + + + + ++ en33 + + + + + + + + + + + + + en34 + + + + + _ + + +++ en35 + + + + + + + + + + + ++ en38 + + + + + + + + + + + + + en39 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +++ en40 + + + + + + + + + + + ++ ++ a1 + + + + + + + + + + ++ 350علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 bacillusختبارات الفسيولوجية لعزالت بكتريا ) نتائج اال2( جدول لة عز ال ام كر غ صبي ت غ وا ألب ن ا كو ت كة حر ال %النمو بوجود nacl phالنمو عند م°النمو بحرارة مختلفة مختلف 5% 7% 10% 25 35 45 55 5 7 9 en1 + + + + + + + + + + en2 + + + + + + + + + + + en3 + + + + + + + + + + en4 + + + + + + + + + + en5 + + + + + + + + + + en9 + + + + + + + + + + en13 + + + + + + + + + + + en14 + + + + + + + + + + + en16 + + + + + + + + + + en17 + + + + + + + + + + 351علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 نمو ضعيف -ال يوجد نمو + -+ يوجد نمو عند تحديد مدة األنتاج المثلى انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك) التغيرات الحاصلة على وسط 3جدول ( en19 + + + + + + + + + + en20 + + + + + + + + + + + en21 + + + + + + + + + + en24 + + + + + + + + + + + en25 + + + + + + + + + + en28 + + + + + + + + + + en29 + + + + + + + + + + en30 + + + + + + + + + + en33 + + + + + ++ + en34 + + + + + + + + + + en35 + + + + + + + + + + en38 + + + + + + + + + en39 + + + + + + + + + + en40 + + + + + + + + + + a1 + + + + + + + + + + مدة الحضن (ساعة) تركيز الكلوكوز المتبقي الرقم الهيدروجيني (ملغم /مل) كثافة النمو 600od تركيز حامض الكلوتاميك (ملغم/مل) 0 6.5 100 0.05 0 12 6.81 90.8 0.4 0.6 24 5.63 78.12 1.06 2.02 36 5.38 75 2.11 4 48 5.21 61.85 2.17 6.2 60 5.18 47.5 2.21 6.73 72 5.12 31.7 1.928 7.2 84 5.77 9.14 1.78 4.55 96 7.02 4.05 1.702 2.11 352علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 الكلوتاميك حامضلتقدير ) المنحنى القياسي 1شكل ( en3 b. subtilisبكتريالد الخاليا الحية داعلحساب أ) المنحنى القياسي 2شكل ( المتبقيالكلوكوز لتقدير منحنى القياسيال) 3شكل ( 353علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 en3 b.subtilisترا أنتاجية حامض الكلوتاميك من عزلة بك) 4شكل ( بأستعمال مصادر كاربونية مختلفة de) العالقة بين تراكيز مختلفة من مستخلص مخلفات التمر 5شكل ( en3من بكتريا وانتاج حامض الكلوتاميك en3ا) تأثير مصادر نتروجينية مختلفة في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتري6شكل ( 7ورقم هيدروجيني °37عند درجة حرارة 354علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك تراكيز مختلفة من نترات األمونيومالعالقة بين ) 7شكل ( en) تحديد درجة الحرارة المثلى ألنتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتريا8شكل ( %10ومصدر كاربون 7عند رقم هيدروجيني وتأثيره على en3) تحديد الرقم الهيدروجيني األمثل ألنتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتريا 9شكل ( م °34كثافة النمو عند درجة الحرارة المثلى 355علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 b.subtilis en3تاثير التهوية وشدة الحركة في انتاج حامض الكلوتاميك من بكتريا ) 11شكل ( b.subtilis en3بكتريا ) تأثير التهوية وشدة الحركة على كثافة نمو خاليا 12شكل ( 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3:01 5:01 6:01 10:01 15:01 20:01 لغم ك م تام كلو ض ال حام ز ری ت / ل م حجم الدورق: نسبة حجم الوسط 40 80 120 160 180 220 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3:01 5:01 6:01 10:01 15:01 20:01 و لنم ة ا ثاف od 60 0 ة حجم الوسط حجم الدورق : نس 40 80 120 160 180 220 356علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 study productivity of glutamic acid by bacillus subtilis en3 isolated from the soil eman j. al-attar nidhal m. salih dept. of food science /college of agriculture /university of baghdad shaymaa h. al-rajhi college of pharmacy /university of al nahrain received in:6march2016, accepted in :11may2016 abstract the genus bacillus bacterium isolated from soil and tests their ability to produce glutamic acid, the bacteria are diagnosed by traditional methods and vitek-2 system. and we studied the optimal conditions for production and try to improve the productivity of the isolation by manipulating the components of the production medium and of the circumstances environmental of production medium. there is 43 isolates of the 70 bacterial isolates belonging to the genus bacillus depending on phenotypic characteristics of the colonies and microscopic characteristics and found that 13 isolated revert to species b.subtilis depending on physiological and biochemical characteristics. as well as on microscopic and biochemical tests, 13 isolates were subjected to the diagnostic by vitek-2 system. the results showed that en5 and en3 diagnosed as b.subtilis as well as a commercial isolate a1 was also diagnosed as b.subtilis was selected en3 isolation, as highest productivity (2 mg/ml).then optimal conditions was studied to produce glutamic acid by using the semi synthesis medium contained waste of extract dates (de) as best carbone source at 10% and use of ammonium nitrate as the best source of nitrogen at 2% from the production medium, and achieved better productivity of glutamic acid amounted to 7.2 mg/ml, at the temperature 34°c, ph initial 6.5, ventilation and agitation increase concentration of glutamic acid product when the proportion of medium size to the size of the flask 5:1 in the shaker incubator speeds of 180 rpm, for incubated period of 72 hours, were obtained, improvement rate was amounted to 360% from what was produced wild isolation. key words: production of glutamic acid, diagnose b.subtilis, fermentation, carbon & nitrogen source, tlc part of ph.d. thesis of the first author 357علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 17062012113415_014 17062012113415_015 17062012113415_016 17062012113415_017 17062012113415_018 17062012113416 17062012113416_001 17062012113416_002 17062012113416_003 17062012113416_004 17062012113416_005 17062012113416_006 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 adsorption of thymol from aqueous solution using granulated su rfactant initiated modified bentonite via packed column method m. h. abdul latif, a. k. mahmood and m. a. al abayaji departme nt of chemistry, ibn al haitham college of education, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 16 june 2011 accepte d in :18 october 2011 abstract the adsorpt ion study of thy mol, was carried out at (25±0.1) °c, using gr anulated surfa ctant modified iraqi na – montmorillonite clay (initiated modified bentonite); in a down-flow p acked column, the modif ied mineral was characterized by ft -ir sp ectroscopy . a linear calibr ation graph for thy mol was obtained, which obey beer's law in the concentration range of 5-50 mg/l at 274 nm against reagent blank. single-factor-at-a-time app roach; showed that the equilibrium time required for comp lete adsorp tion was 45 minute with flow rate (4.0drop/ mint). the adsorp tion of thy mol increased with rising p h of the adsorbate solution, increase of solute up take when the initial adsorbate concentration is increased. the adsorp tion is mostly p hysically in nature and fitt ed with langmuir model. the result indicated that the p seudo-second-order kinetic models is fitt ed very well with the exp erimental data. keywords : adsorp tion, thy mol, na – montmorillonite, clay , p acked column. introduction phenolic comp ounds are the most imp ortant contaminants p resent in the environment. it can be originated naturally due to the degradation of humic substances, tannins, lignins and many of environment p rocesses, these comp ounds are used in several industrial processes to manufacture chemicals such as p esticides, exp losives, drugs and dy es. they are also used in the bleaching p rocess of p aper manufacturing. ap art from these sources, p henolic comp ounds have substantial app lications in agriculture as herbicides, insecticides and fungicides [1, 2]. thy mol (scheme1) is p henolic monoterp ene, isolated from thymus vulgaris, origanum vulgare, satureja thymbra and thymbra capitata p lants [3] , confers antimicrobial prop erties to these oils. in addition, this p henolic comp ound is currently used in conjunction with chlorhexidine to inhibit oral bacteria. it has been p ost ulated that thy mol decreases enzy me activity and/or disrup ts membrane integrity by altering p rotein reactions [4]. studies have shown that thy mol inhibits gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and p ossess multiple biological p rop erties such as anti-inflammatory , anti-leishmanial, antioxidant [5], hepatop rotective and anti-tumor activities [6]. it have been shown to be an efficient acaricide molecule against the varroa destructor, an external p arasitic mite that att acks honey bees [7]. m any methods are used for determination of thy mol such as liquid chromatographic methods by making a comp arison between the use of a silica-based monolithic column and a rpamide c16 column for the sep aration of p henol, thy mol and carvacrol [8], nm r [9] and hptlc [10]. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ch3 h3c ch3 oh s cheme 1: the chemical structure of thymol clay s are hy drated alumino si licates, comp osed of mixture of f inegrained minerals, crystals of ot her miner als and oxides. natural mineral clays p ossess sp ecific surface chemical p rop erties, e.g., cation exchange capacity , and adsorptive affinity for some or ganic and inorganic comp ounds, which have led to invest igate on the p otential use of clay s as adsorbents for treating heavy metals and or ganic p ollutants, or as coagulant aids for imp roving the settling p erformance in coagu lating low p article content water. by rep lacin g the natural inorganic exchan ge cations with alkyl ammon ium ions, clay surfaces are converted from being p rimarily hy drop hilic to hy drop hobic, which enable them t o interact st rongly with organic vapors and organic comp ounds dissolved in water [11]. clay s obtaining montmorillonite are referr ed to bentonite which belon gs to the 2:1 clay family comp osed of two tetrahedrally coordinated sheet of silicon surroundin g an octahedrally coordinated sheet of aluminum ions [12].while the number of al ions in tetrahedral sites determin es the net negative charge of the host lay er, which can adopt a number of interesting st acking arran gements to form ordered, p artially ordered, or disordered three-dimensional st ructures. anot her interesting feature of clay is swelling [13], indicatin g that t he interlay er of some clay can reversibly incorp orate amounts of p olar molecu les, such as water and cations. m uch att ention has been drawn to the modification of clay mineral prop erties, because it has low cost and readily available in several technological app lications [14]. clay s can be modified to increase the att enuation of some organic comp ounds and imp rove its sorp tion ability . since hy dration of exchangeable alkali and alkaline earth metal cations creates a hy drop hilic environment on the surface and in the interlay er region of natural clays[15]. t he adsorbent p rop erties can be imp roved by replacing the natural inorganic cations with organic cations such as quaternary ammonium cations of the (ch3)3n + (ch2)15ch3 form. the main p urp ose of such modification is to increase the hydrop hobic nature of the mineral surface and consequently enhance the affinity towards organic comp ounds. organo clays show different hy drop hobic p rop erties depending on the organic cations st ructure and its up take into the gallery . this is an imp ortant feature because the treatment of the mineral can be adjust ed according to need [16]. anot her very imp ortant att ribute when clay modification is p rop osed for organo clay is the cation exchange cap acity (cec). vermiculite and bentonite are clay minerals with high cec. the cec for vermiculite, for inst ance, is ap p roximately 100– 150 meq p er 100 g [15]. west iraqi (traifawi) bentonite consists most ly of calcium – montmorillonite. the p ercent of montmorillonite is between (60 – 65 %) of crude bentonite, table (1) shows the chemical analysis of west iraqi (traifawi) bentonite, therefore it is necessary to remove the imp urities before the bentonite is ready to use. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 apparatus a cintra 5 sp ectrop hotometer with 1 cm quartz cells was used for absorbance measurements. sartorius bl 210s (±0.0001 g)scientific balance, scientific shaker with thermal control(gca p recision), ph-meter dw-9421 from philip s inst rument, a glass co lumn (70 cm x 15 mm i.d.) and pentium 4 co mputer (dell 1545) was used for data p rocessing. experime ntal material and reagents all chemicals used wer e of analy tical reagent gr ad unless otherwise is mentioned, bentonite mineral clay obtained fro m the general co mpany for geological surv ey and m ining in baghdad; iraq, thy mol crystal (riedelde ha en). s tandard sol uti on thy mol st ock solution (250 mg/l ), was p repared by dissolving 0.025 gm of thy mol in 5ml ethanol and diluting to 100 ml in volumetric f lask with distilled water. working solutions were freshly p rep ared by subsequent dilutions. general recommended procedure for determination of thymol 1 ml aliquots of thy mol st andard solution containing (25-250 mg/l) were t ransferred into a series of 5 ml volumetric flask; and diluted with distilled water. m easure the sp ectrum at 274nm against a reagent blank prepared similarly without addition of thy mol. procedure for synthe sis of granulated surfactant modified iraqi na – montmorillonite clay a. ini tiation in this st udy the bentonite was beneficiated to imp rove its smectite (m ontmorillonite) content by att rition – scrubbing at high solid concentration (50%) and at high imp eller sp eed (2500 r.p .m.) for 1 h, using flotation cell. then is converted calcium montmorillonite to sodium montmorillonite by p rocess of activation using ion-exchange technique, by mixing the bentonite p reconcentrate with na – form activated amberlight orange ion exchanger followed by agitation for 1 h, at 150 r.p .m[17]. the clay was sep arated from the mixture by filtration, washed about five times with distilled water. each washing st ep involved st irring the slurry in distilled water, followed by centrifugation and removal of the sup ernant, then na – monmorillonite was treated with 0.5 m nacl to ensure comp lete transformation to the na – form , then the treated clay was washed with distilled water to remove excess nacl[17] . b. modification then the sodium-form montmorillonite was modified with a surfactant hexadecyltrimethy l ammonium bromide (hdtm a) to form organic modified clay ready to use in our research, it was done by adding (50 m mol/l) solution of (hdtm a) to a 7% aqueous clay susp ension. the mixture was st irred in a mixer for 3h, at 350 r.p .m. the organic modified clay was sep arated from the mixture by filtration and washed about five times with distilled water[18]. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 c. granulation the organic modified montmorillonite turned to a granules of (2mm) diameter using granulating machine (gk dry granulating m achine) and dried at 110 ºc for 3h, until constant mass, to make an ion – exchange column ready to adsorb thy mol from aqueous solution. the surface area of 5 gm mass of adsorbent was calculated p hy sically and it equals to (75.09cm 2 ). adsor ption ex perime nts a glass column (70 cm x 15 mm i.d.) filled with known mass (5 gm) of adsorbent (modified or ganic na – montmorillonite)corresp onding to bed heights of 3cm, percolated with 5 ml of (5-50 mg/l) thy mol solution adjust ed to different p h values 2.5, 5.5 and 10.8 (optimum 5.5) by ~ 0.1 n naoh or ~ 0.1 n hcl, and different contact t ime ( from 5 to 120 minutes) with flow rate (4.0drop / mint).t he equilibr ium adsorp tion uptake (qe mg/g) and p ercentage remov al of thy mol from the aqueous solution was determined or calcu lated usin g the following r elationship [19]. amount adsorbed qe = ( c0-ce )v/w (mg of adsorbate / g of adsorbent) % removal = 100( c0-ce )/ ce where c0 is the initial sorbate concentration (mg/l), ce the equilibrium sorbate concentration(mg/l), v is the volume of solution in l and w is the mass of the adsorbent in (g). results and discussion characteriz ation of clay natural iraqi bentonite ft ir sp ectrum[20] showed adsorp tion band at 3628.10 cm -1 (al-al-oh)(m g-oh-al) corresp onding to st reching vibration of st ructural oh group s coordinating to al-al p air or m g-oh-al fig.(1). adsorbed water gives broad bands from 3406.29 cm -1 to 3533.59cm -1 corresp onding to h2ost retching vibration . al, m g bound water molecules gives h-o-h st retching vibration bond at 1643cm -1 . also three bands at 1546.91, 1427.32 and 1384.89 cm -1 corresp onding to h..o..h weak . the complex broad band around 1033 cm -1 belongs to si-o st retching vibration . two bands at 914.26 cm -1 and 837.11 cm -1 are most characterist ic for quartz . finally the bands from 420.00 cm -1 to 516.93 cm-1 are related to al-o-si , si-o-si deformations. initiated bentonite ft ir sp ectrum fig.(2) showed the same bands of fig.(1) but with higher transmittance p ercent and sharp er than bands of ft ir sp ectrum of natural bentonite. nevertheless h..o..h weak disapp ear in this sp ectrum. adsorbed water band app ear at 3421.72 cm -1 ,two bands belong to al, m g bound water molecules observed at 1654.92 cm -1 and 1641.42 cm -1 . the broad comp lex band becomes single band at 1039 cm -1 belongs to sio st retching vibration. also we observe two bands belongs t o al…oh st retching vibration at 937.04 cm -1 and 916.19 cm -1 with higher transmittance p ercent .the quartz characterist ics band from 694.37 cm -1 to 839.03 cm -1 become boarder. finally al-o-si , si-o-si and si-o st retching vibration bands from 426.27 cm -1 to 522.71 cm -1 become sharp er and triplet bond[18] hexadecy l trimethy l ammonium bromide modified iraqi bentonite ft ir sp ectrum (figure 3) showed two adsorpt ion bands, t he first at 2927.94 cm -1 corresp onding to c – h of ( ch2) group s assy metric stretching vibration, and the second at 2854.65corresp onding to c – h of (ch3) group s stretching for tetrahedral carbon[18]. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 also we see an adsorption band at 1475.54 cm -1 corresp onding to c – h bending of (ch3) group s, and a band at 1456.26 cm -1 corresp onding to c – h scisserin g in (ch2) group s. c – n stretching adsorp tion band of quaternary aliphatic amine daesnt appear due to low force constant of this c – n bond of 4 o aliphatic amine. the adsorpt ion sp ectrum of thy mol adsorbed on in itiated modif ied ir aqi b entonite fig.(4), showed a band at 3545.16 cm -1 corresp onding to o – h stretching free sharp band. also t wo bands at 1643.35 cm -1 and 1475 cm -1 corresp onding to c – c aromatic st retching. anot her band appears at 1311.59 cm -1 corresp onding to c – o stretching of thy mol . out of p lane bendin g c – h bands ap p ears at 939.33 cm -1 . absor ption spectrum fig.(5) shows the absorption sp ectrum of (25 mg/l) thy mol against the reagent blank (distilled water), the maximu m absorp tion wavelengths at 274nm. calibration graph emp loying the exp erimental conditions, linear calibration graph for thy mol were obtained fig. (6), which show that beer's law obey in the concentration range of (5-50 mg/l),the regr ession equations, correlation coeff icients, molar absorp tivities, and sandell sensitivities in addition to ot her p arameters are given in table (2). effect of time of adsorption(contact time) in order to establish the equilibrium time for adsop tion, the effect of contact time was st udied table (3) shows the results for the effect of contact time on the removal of thy mol from aqueous solution at an initial concentration of 25 mg/l. about 52.040 %of thy mol had been remov ed within the first fifteen minutes of adsorpt ion and 67.876% within thirty minutes of adsorption. this is as a result, the adsorp tion cap acity generally increases with the increase in contact time until reaches the equilibriu m time of adsorp tion at 45 minutes with 77.072% had been removed. effect of ph the ph of the thy mol solution will effect on the ability of adsorp tion, increases the ph of (25mg/ l ) thy mol solution from 2.5 to 5.5 leads to increase 3.5% of the % adsorbate removal, until when reaches to p h 10.8 leads to increase 4.1% of the % adsorbate removal, dissociation of thy mol into (c10h13o – ) will be repressed at p h > p ka[18]; (p ka value of thy mol is10.59 ± 0.10) [21] , resulting in high er rep ulsion between the p ositive surface char ge of the adsorbante and the anion. effect of initial concentration the influences of thy mol concentration on the adsorption activity are illustrated, this means that an increase in initial adsorbate concentration resulted in increasin g of solute uptake fig.(7). the initial solute concentrations p rovide an imp ortant driving force to overcome all mass transfer resistance of adsorbate between aqueous and sol id p hase, the high er initial solute concentration will decrease the mass transfer resist ance. hence, high er in itial concentration of adsorbate enhances adsorp tion process with the result of higher interaction between solute and the adsorbent[22,23]. adsor ption i sotherm the equilibrium adsorp tion isotherm is imp ortant in the design of adsorption sy stems. because it's useful to describe how solutes interact with adsorbents and very imp ortant to evaluate the feasib ility of the adsorbate-adsorbent system. the set of exp erimental results as مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 p resented in (figur e 8) at room temp erature (25±0.1) was fitt ed with the freundlich and lan gmuir model. adsorp tion isot herms were obtained and the adsorp tive cap acity interp reted using both models. freundlich isothe rm the freundlich exp ression [23] is an empirical equation d escribing sorp tion onto heterogeneous surface. the isotherm assumes that the surface sites of the adsorbent have a sp ectrum of different bindin g ener gies. the linear equation is p resented as: log qe = log kf + 1/n log c0 where kf is the freundlich constant (l/g) and 1/n is the adsorp tion intensity . the value of n indicates the favorable adsorp tion ability . , the values of log kf and 1/n can be calculated from the intercep t and the slop e of the linear p lot of log qe versus log ce fig.(9). langmuir isotherm the lan gmuir model [24] is widely used for modeling equilibriu m data. the isotherm is valid for monolayer adsorp tion onto a surface containin g a finite number of identical sites. it can be descr ibed by the linear form: 1/qe=1/qmax+1/q maxkl ٠1/ce where qm ax is the adsorp tion cap acity at saturation (mg/g) and kl (l/mg) is the adsorption coefficient related to ener gy of adsorption, the values of qm ax and kl can be evaluated fro m the intercept and the slope of the linear plot of exp ermantal data of 1/qe versus 1/ce fig.(10). the langmuir isot herm can also be exp ressed by a sep aration factor [25], which is given by the equation . rl = 1/ (1 + kl٠ c0) where, ‘c0’ is the initial concentration of thy mol in mg/l and ‘kl’ is the langmuir constant in g/l. the sep aration factor ‘rl’ indicates the nature of the adsorption process[26] as given in (table 4). the results reveal that the adsorp tion of thy mol was best fitting with lan gmuir model rather than freundlich table(5), as indicated by higher r 2 v alues, the low value of the freunlich constant (kf = 0.001 l/g), whi ch indicates the effectiveness of the thy molna – montmorillonite clay system and the value of adsorp tion intensity , ‘n’ is found to be 0.633 did not satisfy the condition of heterogeneity , i.e., 1< n < 10 as well as 0 < 1/n < 1 [27]. while the high er magnitude of ‘qm ax’ (0.170 mg/g) for lan gmuir mode indicates that the amount of thy mol p er unit weight of sorbent (to form a co mplete monolay er on the surface) seems t o b e significantly high er, also a relatively lower ‘kl’ value (0.018 l/mg) imp lies low surface ener gy (kl < 0.3), thus indicating a p robable st ronger bonding between thy mol and sorbents [28]. adsor ption kinetics kinetic models are used to examine the rate of the adsorp tion process in the present work, the kinetic data obtained from t he studies have been analyzed by using p seudo-first-order and p seudo-second-order models. the pseudo first order equation of lagergren is generally exp ressed as follows[29]. dq/dt=k1(qe-qt) مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 where qe is the amount of thy mol adsorbed at equilibrium (mg/g), qt is the amount of thy mol adsorbed at time t (min -1 ), and k1 is the rate constant of p seudo-first-order adsorption. if it supp osed that q=0 at t=0, then: ln (qe-qt)= lnqk1t the pseudo-second-order kinetic rate equ ation is exp ressed as follows [30]. dqt/dt=k2(qe-qt) 2 where k 2 is the rate constant of p seudo-second-order sorpt ion (g/mg/min). the inte grated form of equation when (t=0 →t and qt=0→ 0qe) the following exp ression is obtained: t/qt=1/k2qe 2 + t/qe the rate const ant k1, k2 and qe calculated from the slop es and intercepts of t he linear plot of ln(qe-qt) or (t/qt ) against t resp ectively fig.(11and 12). it is seen that thy mol removal well described by the p sudo second order reaction kinetc. m oreover, the correlation coefficient (r 2 ), of p seudo-second-order reaction kinetic(0.991) is higher than that of the p seudo-firstorder reaction kinetic(0.989) and greater value of rate constant for the adsorp tion data. while the value of qe exp erimental is app roximately equal qe calculated for the both first and second order reaction kinetic; table(6) shows the rate constants, qe (exp erimental , calculated ) and correlation co efficient (r 2 ) for p sudo first and second order reaction kin etc. anal ysis of thymol the concentration of residual thy mol (after adsorp tion) was determined sp ectrop hotometrically accordin g to the standard methods, at 274nm. accura cy and precisi on the accuracies of the p rop osed methods were confirmed by analyzing three r eplicate analyses of four different amounts of thy mol ;within beer 's law ( before and after adsorp tion) by calculating the relative error p ercentage. the results indicated good accuracies of the method. the p recision was determined by calcu lating the p ercentage relative st andard deviation (rsd %) for three determin ations at each of the st udied concentration level tables (7 and 8). conclusion in this study , the adsorption of thy mol from aqueous solution was invest igated usin g granulated surfactant initiation modified bentonite. the results indicated that adsorption cap acity of the adsorbent was considerably affected by contact time, initial p h, and initial thy mol concentration. the results indicated that the up take of thy mol took p lace at a p h in the range of (2.5-10.8); the adsorp tion of thy mol increased with increase of p h. the result also showed that the amount of thy mol adsorbed incr eased the increase of initial thy mo concentration. the results reveal that the adsorption of thy mol obey s langmuir adsorp tion isotherms. the pseudo-first and second-order kinetic models were used to analyze the data obtained for thy mol adsorp tion from aqueous solution. the result indicated that the p seudo-second-order equation provided the better correlation coefficient (r 2 ) and the gr eater value of rate constant for the adsorpt ion data. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 re ferences 1. nielson, a. h.; allard, a. s.; hy nning, p. a. and rememberger, m . (1991) dist ribution, fate p ersistence of organochlorine comp ounds formed during p roduction of bleached pulp, j. of t oxicol. environ. chem., 30: 3-41. 2. cristina, m . s.; zoraida, s. f.; esther, m . t. p. and josé, j. s. r. (2009) reviewm ethodologies for the extraction of phenolic compounds from environmental samp les: new app roaches, j. of m olecules , 14: 298-320. 3. chandra, s. m .; krishna, k. s. and vivek, k. g. (2010) sy nthesis and inevetro ant ibacterial activity of thy mol and carvacrol derivatives, j. of acta poloniae pharmaceutica, 67 (4): 375-380. 4. jeff, d. e. and scott ,a. m a. (2000) effects of t hy mol on ruminal m icroorganisms, j. of current m icrobiology , 41: 336–340. 5. al-m alki, a. l. (2010) ant ioxidant prop erties of thy mol and buty lated hy droxy toluene in carbon tetrachloride – induced m ice liver injury, j. of kau: sci., 22 (1): 239-248. 6. juven, b.j. ; kanner, j. ; schved f. and weisslowicz, h. (1994) factors thatinteract with the antibacterial action of thy me essential oil and its active constituents, j. of app l. bacteriol 76: 626-663. 7. lis-balchin ,m . and deans, s. g. (1997) bioactivity of selected p lant essential oils against list eria monocytogenes, j. of ap p l. m icrobiol, 82: 759–762. 8. pilar, v. ; m ar´ıa, j. s. and m anuel, h. c. (2006) liquid chromato graphic determination of p henol, thy mol and carvacrol in honey using f luorimetric detection, j. of t alanta, 69: 1063–1067. 9. nadja, b.w. ; till, k. d. m . and oliver, z. (2005) determination of natural p roducts using new methods of nmr sp ectroscopy , j. of chemistry & biodiversity , 2(2): 147177. 10. jay ant, k. v. and anil, v. (2006) r apid hptlc method for identification and quantification of curcumin, p iperine and thy mol in an ayurvedic formulation, j. of planar chromato graphy , 19 (111): 398-400. 11. zhao, h.t . and vance, g.f.(1998) sorp tion of trichloroethy lene by organo-clay s in the presence of humic substances, j. of water res. 32: 3710-3716. 12. brindley,g.w. and brown, g.(2010) cry st al structures of clay m inerals and their xray identification, m ineralogical society , london, edited by identifierbot 31-july last edited:1-495. 13. van olp hen, h.(1977)an introduction to clay colloid chemistry : for clay technologists, geologies’, 2nd edition, wiley interscience, new york.316-318 14. zadaka, d.; m ishael, y.; polubesova, t.; serban, c. and nir, s. (2007) m odified silicates and p orous glass as adsorbent for removal of organic p ollutants from water and comp arison with activated carbons, j. of ap p lied clay science, 36 (1-3): 174– 181. 15. abate, g. and m asini, j. c. (2005). sorp tion of atrazine, p rop azine, deethy latrazine, deisop rop y latrazine and hy droxy latrazine onto organovermiculite, j.of the brazilian chemical society , 16 (5): 936–943. 16. sandro, f.; r aquel, .f m .; willian, f. and m arcelo, r. e.(2009)water remediation by adsorp tion of phenol onto hy drop hobic m odified clay , j. of water, air, & soil pollution . 199 (1-4,):107-113.p مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 17. hassan, m .s. ; abdel-khalek, n.a. (1998) beneficiation and app lications of an egy p tian bentonite, j. of ap p lied clay science 13(2): 99-115. 18. uday , f. a.; abduljabar, a. m . and ammar, h. al. (2009) the removal of p henol from aqueous solutions by adsorp tion using surfactant-modified bentonite and kaolinite, j. of hazardous m aterials, 169 (1-3): 324-332. 19. zlem, c. and demet, b. (2000) adsorption of some textile dy es by hexa decy ltrimethy lammonium bentonite, j. of turk chem, 25: 193-200. 20. russell, j.d. and fraser, a.r. (1994) clay m ineralogy -sp ectroscop ic and chemical determinative methods (wilson m .j. editor) chapman and hall, london. chapter two(infrared methods)11-67. 21. budavari, s. (2001) “the m erck index”, new jersy , m erck company , inc.. 22. hawaiah, i. m .; bassim, h. h. and abdul latif, a.(1996) adsorp tion equilibr ium of p henols from aqueous solution usin g modif ied clay , j. of jurutera kimia m alaysia, 3:85 – 96. 23. uddin, m . t.; islam, m . s. and abedin, m. z. (2007) adsorption of p henol from aqueous solutions by water hy acinth , j. of engineering and ap p lied scien ces (arpn). 2 (2):11-17. 24. m ahvi, a. h.; m aleki, a. and eslami, a. (2004) pot ential of rice husk and rice husk ash for phenol removal in aqueous sy stems j. of american app lied sciences, 1(4): 321-326. 25. juang, r.s. ; wu, f.c.; tseng, r.l.(1997) ability of activated clay for the adsorption of dy es from aqueous solutions.j. of environ. technol. 18:525-535. 26. srihar i, v.; das, a. (2009) adsorption of p henol from aqueous media by an agrowast e (hemidesmus indicus) based activated carbon. j. of app lied eco logy and enviromental r esearch. 7(1) : 13-23. 27. khalid, n., ahmad, s.and toheed, (2000): a potential of rice husk for ant imony removal. j. of ap p lied radiation and isot op es 52:30-38. 28. aksu, z. and yener, j. (2001)acomp arative adsorption/biosorption study of monochlorin ated p henols ont o various sorbent. – waste management 21 (8): 695-702. 29. lagergren, s. (1998) zur theorie der so genannten adsorp tion gelost er stoffe, kungliga svenska vetenkapsakademiens. j. of handlin gar, 24:1-13. 30. ho, y.s. and m ckay , g. (1999) pseudo-second-order model for sorp tion p rocess. j. of process biochem. 34 (5): 451-465. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): chemical analysis west iraqi (traifawi) bentonite. compound (wt, %) iraqi (traifawi) bentonite sio2 55.81 al2o3 14.91 fe2o3 5.78 cao 5.72 m go 3.5 na2o 1.29 k2o 0.41 lio2 0.67 so3 --- l.i.o. 10.86 total 98.95 table (2): s pectral characteristi cs and statistical data of the regression equati ons for determination of thymol. parameter thymol λmax (nm) 274nm col or colorless line arity range (mg/l) 5-50 molar absorpitivites (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) 1922.816 regression equati on a = 0.0128 [ thy mol(mg/l)] + 0.0245 calibration se nsitivity 0.0128 s andell's se nsi tivity (µg.cm -2 ) 78.125 correl ation of linearity (r 2 ) 0.9983 correl ation coefficient (r) 0.9991 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3): effect of contact time on the adsorption of (25mgl/l) thymol from aque ous solution. ini tial conc. (mg/l) time (minute) equi librium conc. (ce) (mg/l) % removal qe (mg/g) equi librium time (minute) 5 16.156 35.376 0.0088 10 13.798 44.808 0.0112 15 11.990 52.040 0.0130 20 10.426 58.296 0.0146 30 8.031 67.876 0.0169 40 6.379 74.484 0.0186 45 5.714 77.072 0.0193 60 5.714 77.072 0.0193 75 5.714 77.072 0.0193 90 5.714 77.072 0.0193 25.000 120 5.714 77.072 0.0193 45 table(4): the process nature of separation factor. s .no. rl value type of process 1 rl > 1 unfavorable 2 rl = 1 linear 3 0 < rl < 1 favorable 4 rl = 0 irreversible table(5): freundlich and langmuir isotherm paramete rs for the adsorption of thymol at (25±0.1) ° c under optimum conditions. freundlich isothe rm paramete rs langmuir isotherm paramete rs kf (l/g) n r 2 qm ax (mg/g) kl (l/mg) r 2 rl * 0.001 0.633 0.988 0.170 0.018 0.990 0.526-0.917 * for (5-50 mg/l) initial concentration of thy mol . مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table(6): the pse udofirst and secondkine tic order paramete rs for the adsorption of 25 (mg/l) of thymol at (25±0.1) ° c under optimum conditions. qe expe. (mg/g) the pseudo-first-order kinetic models the pseudo-second-order kinetic models qe ca lc. (mg/g) k1 (min -1 ) r 2 qe ca lc. (mg/g) k2 (g/mg/min) r 2 0.0193 0.016 0.069 0.989 0.023 4.167 0.992 table (7): evaluati on of accuracies and precisi ons for thymol before adsorption. *average of three determination s. table (8): evaluati on of accuracies and precisi ons for thymol after adsorption at optimum conditi ons. concentration (mg/l) take n found(co)* after adsoption % removal relative error* % r.s .d.* % 10 3.014 69.860 1.427 1.701 25 5.714 77.144 1.383 1.663 40 8.471 78.822 1.522 1.874 50 9.964 80.072 2.721 2.987 *average of three determinations. concentration ((mg/l) take n found* before adsoption relative error* % r.s .d.* % 10 9.897 1.030 1.212 25 24.775 0.900 1.158 40 39.572 1.070 1.371 50 48.878 2.244 2.816 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): ftir s pectrum for cru de iraqi bentonite (trifawi). fig. (2): ftir s pectrum for ini tiated iraqi bentonite (trifawi). fig. (3): ftir s pectrum for ini tiated modified iraqi bentonite (trifawi). مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (4): ftir s pectrum for thymol adsorbed on i ni tiated modified iraqi bentonite. fig. (5): absor ption spectrum of (25mg/l) thymol , against reagent blank (distal water). مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (6): calibration curve for thymol fig.(7): effect of ini tial against reagent blank(distilled water) concentration onto adsorption at 274nm. of (10, 25 and40)mg/l of thymol sol ution fig.(8):adsor ption i sothe rm for fig.(9):freundli ch isothe rm for thymol at(25±0.1) ° c under the adsorption of thymol optimum conditi ons. at(25±0.1) ° c under optimum conditi ons. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fi g.(10 ): langmui r i sothe rm fo r the fig.(11): the pseudo -fi rstorde ki neti c a dsorption of thym ol at(25±0.1) ° c models for the adsorpti on of unde r optimum con diti ons. 25(mg/l)th ymol at(25±2) ° c u n der optimum condi tion s. fig.(12): the pseudo-second-order kinetic models for the adsorption of 25 (mg/ l) of thymol at (25±0.1) ° c under optimum conditions. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 امتزازالثایمول من محلوله المائي بأستعمال طین البنتونایت المنشط والمحورعضویآ بطریقة العمود المعبأ محمد حسن عبد اللطیف، علي خلیل محمود ، مھا عبد الحمید العبایجي قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم، جامعة بغداد 2011 تشرین األول 18: قبل البحث في 2011 حزیران 16: استلم البحث في الخالصة ط المعغرفة، بأست اجریت دراسة ألمتزاز الثایمول من محلوله المائي بدرجة حرارة ال طین البنتونایت العراقي المنش ط . ت طریقة العمود في عملیة االمتزازلمع استاذ المونتموریلونایت والمحور عضویآ، أةعلى هی شخص البنتونایت المنش كما تم الحصول على منحني تدریجي خطي ه وبعد والمحور بأستخدام طیف االشعة تحت الحمراء، قبل امتزاز الثایمول وعند الطول الموجي ، لتر/ ملي غرام) 50-5(لول الثایمول وبمطاوعة لقانون المبرت بیر لمدى من التراكیز یتراوح بینلمح ة الزم لحصول وجد ان الزمن ااذ المتغیرات المؤثرة في عملیة االمتزاز، تدرس. نانو متر، ضد محلول الخلب274 ل عملی p)( زیادة في امتزاز المحلول بزیادة الدالة الحامضیة حظولو. قطرات لكل دقیقة4 دقیقة، وبسرعة جریان 45االتزان هو h ا فيشكل فیزیائي وكما وجد ان طبیعةعملیة االمتزاز ذ. اوبزیادة التركیز االبتدائي للمادة الممتزة، االغلب، وینطبق علیه . وأظهرت النتائج ان عملیة األمتزاز تتبع تمامآ حركیة المرتبة الثانیة الكاذبة. زایزوثیرم النكمایر لالمزا مونتموریلونایت، طین، طریقةالعمود امتزاز، ثایمول، صودیوم :الكلمات المفتاحیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-hai tham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 microsoft word 73-81 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 73          fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism in fuzzy topological spaces saleem y. majeed department of mathematics, college of education, university of garmian saleem.yaseen@garmian.edu.krd abstract the aim of this paper is to introduce and study new class of fuzzy function called fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism in a fuzzy topological space by utilizing fuzzy semi pre-open sets. therefore, some of their characterization has been proved; in addition to that we define, study and develop corresponding to new class of fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism in fuzzy topological spaces using this new class of functions. keyword: fuzzy topological spaces, fuzzy semi pre-open sets, fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function and fuzzy semi pre* homeomorphism function. 1. introduction zadeh in [1] introduced the fundamental concept of fuzzy sets and fuzzy set operations in his standard paper. thereafter, some researchers have applied some different basic notions from general topology by utilizing the fundamental idea of fuzzy sets and was subsequently expanded by developing important theories of fuzzy topological spaces. the notion of family in fuzzy sets naturally plays a very significant role in the study of the recent concept of fuzzy topology introduced by chang [2]. while, ming, p. & ming, l. [3] introduced the concept of extensions principle of functions in fuzzy setting. the idea of semi pre-open set in classical topology was introduced by andrijevic, d. [4]. the conception of fuzzy semi pre-open set and fuzzy semi pre-open continuity in fuzzy topological spaces was introduced by thakur, s. s. and singh, s. [5] and investigated some of their properties. this paper is to introduce and investigate some new types of fuzzy semi pre continuous functions and fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism functions via fuzzy semi pre-open sets. also, the relationships between these functions and other types are discussed. several properties of ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.4.2511 article history: received,2019, accepted,2020, published in october 2020   74  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 these new notions are investigated and the connections between them are studied. moreover, some results in this topic with some properties and corollaries are developed. 2. preliminaries throughout this paper x denotes anon empty set and i denote the interval [0, 1]. a fuzzy set in x is a function 𝜇 from x in to i. the value 𝜇 𝑥 represents the degree of membership of 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 in the fuzzy set a. the family of all fuzzy sets on a crisp set x will be denoted by ix. a family �̃� of fuzzy sets in x is called a fuzzy topology for x iff (1) 0, 1 ∈ �̃� (2) for all 𝐴, 𝐵 ∈ �̃� then 𝑀𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝑥 , 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ �̃� (3) if 𝐴 ∈ �̃� for each 𝑖 ∈ 𝐼 , then 𝑆𝑢𝑝 ∈ 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ �̃�. moreover, the pair (x,�̃�) is called a fuzzy topological space (abbreviated as f.t.s) and every member of �̃� is called a fuzzy open set [2]. a fuzzy set in a crisp set x is called a fuzzy point if it takes the grade of membership (0) for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 1 , say, 𝑝 ∈ 𝑋. if its grade of membership at 𝑥 is 𝛼 ( 0 𝛼 1), we denote this fuzzy point by 𝑝 , where the point 𝑝 is called its support [6]. for any fuzzy 𝑝 and any fuzzy set 𝐴, we write 𝑝 ∈ 𝐴 iff 𝜀 𝜇 𝑥 . definition 2.1 [7]: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 , let 𝐵 be a fuzzy set in y with membership function 𝜇 𝑦 . then the inverse of 𝐵 written as 𝑓 𝐵 is a fuzzy set in x whose membership function is defined by 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 𝑓 𝑥 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋. conversely, let 𝐴 be a fuzzy set in x with membership function 𝜇 𝑥 . the image of 𝐴 written as 𝑓 𝐴 is a fuzzy set in y whose membership function is given by 𝜇 𝑌 sup ∈ 𝜇 𝑥 , 𝑖𝑓 𝜇 𝑥 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑒𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑦 0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 for each y belong to y, where 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 𝑌 𝜇 𝑌 . definition 2.2: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 , then f is called: (1) "a fuzzy continuous function" if the 𝜇 𝑥 is a fuzzy open set in x for each 𝑦 ∈ 𝜈 and denoted 𝑓. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. . [8] (2) "a fuzzy open function" if the 𝜇 𝑌 is a fuzzy open set in y, for each 𝑥 ∈ �̃� and denoted 𝑓. 𝑜. 𝑓. . [9] (3) "a fuzzy closed function" if the 𝜇 𝑌 is a fuzzy closed set in y, for each 𝑥 ∈ �̃� and denoted 𝑓. 𝑐𝑙. 𝑓. . [10] definition 2.3 [2]: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 bijection fuzzy function, f is called a fuzzy homeomorphism if f and f -1 are 𝑓. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. (abbreviated as 𝑓. ℎ. 𝑓. )   75  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 theorem 2.4 [6]: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 , then all the below are true: (1) for any fuzzy set 𝐵 in y, 𝜇 𝑥 1 𝜇 𝑥 . (2) for any fuzzy set 𝐴 in x, 1 𝜇 𝑌 𝜇 𝑌 . (3) for any fuzzy set 𝐴 in x, 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 and 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 if 𝑓 is one-to-one. (4) for any fuzzy set 𝐵 in y, 𝜇 𝑦 𝜇 𝑦 and 𝜇 𝑦 𝜇 𝑦 if 𝑓 is onto. 3. fuzzy semi pre open sets this section is devoted to definitions, and some theorems of fuzzy semi pre-open set and fuzzy semi pre closed set. moreover, we study in this section some remarks and relationship between fuzzy semi pre-open (semi pre closed) set and fuzzy open (closed) set. also some of their properties which we need them in our study are discussed. definition 3.1 [11]: let (x,�̃�) be a f.t.s, a fuzzy set 𝐴 in x is called: (1) fuzzy semi pre-open set if 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 . (2) fuzzy semi pre closed set if 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 . notation 3.2: in f.t.s (x,�̃�), we denote: (1) the family of all fuzzy semi pre-open sets of x by f. s. p. o. x . (2) the family of all fuzzy semi pre closed sets of x by f. s. p. c. x . theorem 3.3 [5]: let 𝜌 in f.t.s (x,�̃�), 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ f.s.p.c(x) if and only if 1𝜇 𝑥 ∈ f.s.p.o.(x). remark 3.4: every fuzzy open (resp. closed) set is fuzzy semi pre-open (resp. semi pre closed) set. but the converse is not true in general. example 3.5: let 𝑋 𝛼, 𝛽 and let 𝐴 , 𝐵 are fuzzy sets of x defined as follows: 𝜇 𝛼 0.4 𝜇 𝛽 0.4 𝜇 𝛼 0.7 𝜇 𝛽 0.7 𝜇 𝛼 0.8 𝜇 𝛽 0.6 𝜇 𝛼 0.3 𝜇 𝛽 0.7 let �̃� 0, 1, 𝐴, 𝐵 be a f.t.s. on x, it's clear that: (1) the fuzzy set 𝐶 is fuzzy semi pre-open set in x but it is not a fuzzy open set. (2) the fuzzy set 𝐸 is fuzzy semi pre closed set but it is not a fuzzy closed set. theorem 3.6 [5]: let (x,�̃�) be a f.t.s, then:   76  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 (1) let 𝐴 ∈ f. s. p. o. x for each 𝑖 ∈ 𝐼 then 𝑆𝑢𝑝 ∈ 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ f. s. p. o. x . (2) let 𝐵 ∈ f. s. p. c. x for each 𝑖 ∈ 𝐼 then 𝐼𝑛𝑓 ∈ 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ f. s. p. c. x . remark 3.7 [5]: (1) let 𝛿 and 𝜗 be two fuzzy semi pre-open sets then 𝑀𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝑥 , 𝜇 𝑥 need not to be fuzzy semi pre open set. (2) let 𝜌 and 𝜎 be two fuzzy semi pre closed sets then 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 , 𝜇 𝑥 need not to be fuzzy semi pre closed set. example 3.8: let 𝑋 𝛼, 𝛽 and let 𝐴 , 𝐵 are fuzzy sets of 𝑋 defined as follows: 𝜇 𝛼 0.6 𝜇 𝛽 0.5 𝜇 𝛼 0.7 𝜇 𝛽 0.7 𝜇 𝛼 0.9 𝜇 𝛽 0.4 𝜇 𝛼 0.4 𝜇 𝛽 0.8 𝜇 𝛼 0.4 𝜇 𝛽 0.8 𝜇 𝛼 0.7 𝜇 𝛽 0.4 let �̃� 0, 1, 𝐴, 𝐵 be a f.t.s. on x, it's clear that: (1) the fuzzy set 𝐶 and 𝐷 are fuzzy semi pre-open sets in x, but 𝑀𝑖𝑛 𝜇 𝑥 , 𝜇 𝑥 is not a fuzzy semi pre-open set. (2) the fuzzy set 𝐸 and 𝐹 are fuzzy semi pre closed sets in x, but 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 , 𝜇 𝑥 is not a fuzzy semi pre closed set. definition 3.9: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 , then f is called: (1)"a fuzzy semi pre-open function" if the 𝜇 𝑌 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 , for each 𝑥 ∈ �̃� and denoted 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑜. 𝑓. . [5] (2) "a fuzzy semi pre closed function" if the 𝜇 𝑌 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 , for each 𝑥 ∈ �̃� and denoted 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑐𝑙. 𝑓. . [5] (3)"a fuzzy semi preopen function" if the 𝜇 𝑌 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 , for each 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑋 and denoted 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. 𝑜. 𝑓. . (4) "a fuzzy semi pre closed function" if the 𝜇 𝑌 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 , for each 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑋 and denoted 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. 𝑐𝑙. 𝑓. . definition 3.10: let f: x, τ  y, ν , then f is called: (1) "a fuzzy semi pre continuous function" if the μ x ∈ f. s. p. o. x for each y ∈ ν and denoted f. s. p. co. f. . [11] (2) "a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function" if the μ x ∈ f. s. p. o. x for each y ∈ f. s. p. o. y and denoted f. s. p. i. f. . [11] (3) "a fuzzy semi pre continuous function" if the μ x is fuzzy open set in x for each y ∈ f. s. p. o. y and denoted f. s. p∗. co. f. .   77  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 proposition 3.11: (1) every f. s. p∗. co. f. 𝐢𝐬 f. co. f. (2) every 𝑓. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. 𝐢𝐬 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. (3) every 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. 𝐢𝐬 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. (4) every 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. 𝐢𝐬 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑖. 𝑓. (5) every 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑖. 𝑓. 𝐢𝐬 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. remark 3.12: the converse of proposition (3.11) is not true in general. example 3.13: let 𝑋 𝛼, 𝛽 , 𝑌 𝜌, 𝜎 and let 𝛿 , 𝜗, 𝒢 be fuzzy sets defined as follows: 𝜇 𝛼 0.6 𝜇 𝛽 0.5 𝜇 𝜌 0.7 𝜇 𝜎 0.7 𝜇𝒢 𝜌 0.9 𝜇𝒢 𝜎 0.7 let �̃� 0, 1, 𝛿, 𝜗 , 𝜈 0, 1, 𝜗 so, 𝑋, �̃� and 𝑌, 𝜈 are f.t.s. then the function 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 defined by 𝑓 𝛼 𝜌, 𝑓 𝛽 𝜎 is 𝑓. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓 and 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑖. 𝑓 but not 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. example 3.14: let 𝑋 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜆 , 𝑌 𝜌, 𝜎, 𝜔 and let 𝛿 , 𝜗 be fuzzy sets defined as follows: 𝜇 𝛼 0.3 𝜇 𝛽 0.4 𝜇 𝜆 0.5 𝜇 𝜌 0.6 𝜇 𝜎 0.5 𝜇 𝜔 0.2 let �̃� 0, 1, 𝛿 , 𝜈 0, 1, 𝜗 so, (x,�̃�) and (y,𝜈) are f.t.s. then the function 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃� → 𝑌, 𝜈 defined by 𝑓 𝛼 𝜌, 𝑓 𝛽 𝜎, 𝑓 𝜆 𝜔 is 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓 but not 𝑓. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. and 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. remark 3.15: the following diagram explains the relationship among some fuzzy continuous function. diagram (1): the relationship among the some fuzzy continuous function 𝑓. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓.  𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓.  𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑖. 𝑓.    78  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 4. fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism in fuzzy topological spaces. in this section we introduce the fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism functions and fuzzy semi pre* homeomorphism functions in fuzzy topological spaces. some of their properties and characterization have been proved and discussed in details. definition 4.1: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be bijection fuzzy function, f is called a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism iff f and f -1 are 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓𝑠. (abbreviated as 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. ℎ. 𝑓. ) theorem 4.2: every fuzzy homeomorphism function is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function. proof: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be a fuzzy homeomorphism function. so, f and f -1 are fuzzy continuous functions. hence, by proposition (3.11) f and f -1 are fuzzy semi pre continuous functions. thus, f is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism the converse of theorem 4.2 is not true in general, so the below example explain that. example 4.3: let 𝑋 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 , 𝑌 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜎 and let 𝐴 , 𝐵 be fuzzy sets defined as follows: 𝜇 𝑥 0.2 𝜇 𝑦 0.3 𝜇 𝑧 0.5 𝜇 𝛼 0.5 𝜇 𝛽 0.4 𝜇 𝜎 0.1 let �̃� 0, 1, 𝐴 , 𝜈 0, 1, 𝐵 so, (x,�̃�) and (y,𝜈) are f.t.s. then the function 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃� → 𝑌, 𝜈 defined by 𝑓 𝑥 𝛼, 𝑓 𝑦 𝛽, 𝑓 𝑧 𝜎 is 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝. ℎ. 𝑓 but not 𝑓. ℎ. 𝑓. since f and f -1 are not 𝑓. 𝑐𝑜. 𝑓. theorem 4.4: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be bijection fuzzy function then the below statements are equivalent. (1) f is a fuzzy semi pre-open function. (2) f is a fuzzy semi pre closed function. (3) f -1 is a fuzzy semi pre continuous function. proof: (1) → (2) let 𝜌 be fuzzy closed set belong to x, then 1 𝜇 𝑥 is a fuzzy open set belong to x since f is a fuzzy semi pre-open function. then 𝑓 1 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 . so, by [theorem 2.4 ] we obtain 1 – 𝜇 𝑓 𝑥 1 – 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 . thus, by [theorem 3.3 ] 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 . hence, f is a fuzzy semi pre closed function (2) → (3) let 𝛿 be any fuzzy open set belong to x. so, 1 𝜇 𝑥 is a fuzzy closed set belong to x. but f is a fuzzy semi pre closed function. so, 𝑓 1 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 by [theorem (2.4)] we obtain 1 – 𝜇 𝑓 𝑥 1 – 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 . thus, by [theorem (3.3)] 𝜇 𝑦 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 . hence, f -1 is a fuzzy semi pre continuous function   79  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 (3) → (1) let 𝜔 be any fuzzy open set belong to x. and since, f -1 is a fuzzy semi pre continuous function. so, 𝜇 𝑦 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 . hence, f is a fuzzy semi pre-open function corollary 4.5: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be a bijective fuzzy function, then the below statements are equivalent. (1) f is a fuzzy semi pre continuous and a fuzzy semi pre-open functions. (2) f is a fuzzy semi pre continuous and a fuzzy semi pre closed functions. (3) f is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function. proof: (1) → (2) follows from proof theorem (4.4) [(1) → (2)] (2) → (3) follows from proof theorem (4.4) [(2) → (3)] (3) →(1) follows from definition (4.1) and proof theorem (4.4) [(3) →(1)] definition 4.6: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be bijection fuzzy function, f is called a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism iff f and f -1 are fuzzy semi pre irresolute functions (abbreviated as 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑓. ).we say the spaces (x,�̃�) and (y,𝜈) are fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism if there exist a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism from (x,�̃�) on to (y,𝜈). the family of fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism from a f.t.s (x,�̃�) to itself is denoted by fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism(x,�̃�) (abbreviated as 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ.(x,�̃�)). theorem 4.7 every fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function. proof: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function, so, f and f -1 are fuzzy semi pre irresolute functions. hence, by proposition (3.11) f and f -1 are fuzzy semi pre continuous functions. thus, 𝑓 is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function theorem 4.8: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be a bijective fuzzy function, then the below statements are equivalent. (1) f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute and a fuzzy semi preopen functions. (2) f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute and a fuzzy semi pre closed functions. (3) f is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function. proof: (1) → (2) let 𝜌 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑋 .then 1 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑋 since f is a fuzzy semi preopen function. then 𝑓 1 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 . so, by [theorem 2.4 ] we obtain 1 – 𝜇 𝑓 𝑥 1 – 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 .thus, 𝜇 𝑦 ∈   80  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 . hence, f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute and a fuzzy semi pre closed functions  (2) → (3) let 𝛿 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑋 . so, 1 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑋 . but f is a fuzzy semi pre closed functions. so, 𝑓 1 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 . by [theorem (2.4)] we obtain 1 – 𝜇 𝑓 𝑥 = 1 – 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝐶. 𝑌 .thus, 𝜇 𝑦 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 . hence, 𝑓 is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function and we know f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function. therefor; f is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function (3) → (1) let 𝜔 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑋 .since, 𝑓 is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function so, 𝜇 𝑦 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 . hence, by [definition (4.6)] f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function and a fuzzy semi preopen function theorem 4.9: let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 and ℎ: 𝑌, 𝜈  𝑍, 𝑢 are two fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function then the function ℎ ∘ 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑍, 𝑢 is also a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function. proof: let 𝜇 𝑧 𝜇 𝑧 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑍 , since h is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function. so, 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 also since f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function. so, we obtain 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 ℎ∘𝑓 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑋 . thus, ℎ ∘ 𝑓 is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function. and let 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑋 , since f -1 is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function. so, 𝜇 𝑦 𝜇 𝑦 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑌 and since h-1 is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function,so, 𝜇 𝑧 𝜇 𝑧 𝜇 ∘ 𝑧 𝜇 ∘ 𝑧 ∈ 𝐹. 𝑆. 𝑃. 𝑂. 𝑍 . thus, (ℎ ∘ 𝑓)-1 is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute function. therefore, ℎ ∘ 𝑓 is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function theorem 4.10: let 𝑋, �̃� be the set of all fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism (or 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� for short), then 𝑋, �̃� is a group under the usual composition functions. proof: assume that ∗: 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� → 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� is a binary operation function defined by 𝜇 ∗𝑓 𝑥 𝜇 ∘𝑓 𝑥 , for all 𝜇 𝑥 , 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 . . ∗. . , 𝑥 . now by the above [theorem (4.9)], we get 𝜇 ∘𝑓 𝑥 𝜇 . . ∗. . , 𝑥 i.e, (∗) is closed and by usual definition of composition functions we know (∗) is associative and there exists the identity function 𝐼: 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� → 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� such that 𝜇 ∘𝐼 𝑥 𝜇 ∘𝑓 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 i.e., 𝜇 ∗𝐼 𝑥 𝜇 ∗𝑓 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 and finely for all 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 . . ∗. . , 𝑥 there exists 𝜇 𝑥 𝜇 . . ∗. . , 𝑥 such that 𝜇 ∘ 𝑥 𝜇 ∘𝑓 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 i.e, 𝜇 ∗ 𝑥 𝜇 ∗𝑓 𝑥 𝜇 𝑥 .thus it's clear 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� , ∘ is a group   81  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 5. conclusions in this paper, we been developed the new types of fuzzy homeomorphism function in fuzzy topological spaces called fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function and fuzzy semi pre* homeomorphism function. in addition to that we developed the relationship between these new types of fuzzy homeomorphism function in fuzzy topological spaces with some new kinds of fuzzy semi pre continuous function. finally, we structure a group under the usual composition functions by using these new types of fuzzy homeomorphism function. as follows: (i) every fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function. (ii) let 𝑓: 𝑋, �̃�  𝑌, 𝜈 be a bijective fuzzy function, then the below statements are equivalent. (1) f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute and a fuzzy semi preopen functions. (2) f is a fuzzy semi pre irresolute and a fuzzy semi pre closed functions. (3) f is a fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism function. (iii) let 𝑋, �̃� be the set of all fuzzy semi pre homeomorphism (or 𝑓. 𝑠. 𝑝∗. ℎ. 𝑋, �̃� for short), then 𝑋, �̃� is a group under the usual composition functions. references 1. zadeh, l.a. fuzzy sets. inform. control. 1965, 8, 338-353. 2. chang, c. l. fuzzy topological spaces. j. math. anal. appl. 1968, 24,182190. 3. ming, p. p. ; ming, l. y. fuzzy topology i. neighborhood structure of a fuzzy point and moor-smith convergence. j. math. anal. appl. 1980, 76,571-599. 4. andrijevic, d. semi preopen sets. mat.vesnik.1986, 38, 2432. 5. thakur, s. s. ; singh, s. on fuzzy semi-preopen sets and fuzzy semi-precontinuity. j. fuzzy sets and systems. 1998, 98, 383-391. 6. mageed, s. y. on fuzzy compact spaces. m.sc. thesis, college of education, almustansiryah university, 2012. 7. ali, t.; das, s. fuzzy topological transformation groups. j. math. rese.2009,1, 1,78-86. 8. cahit, t. some propertıes of fuzzy contınuıty functıons. african journal of mathematics and computer science research. 2017, 10,2, 14-17, doi: 10.5897/ajmcsr2017.00691. 9. satyamurthy, v. p.; sadanand, n. p. on some forms of fuzzy wg**continuous functions in fuzzy topological spaces. int. j. adv. sci. eng. 2018, 5, 2, 901-905, doi:10.29294/ijase.5.2.2018.901-905. 10. balasubramaniyan, k.; sriram, s.; ravi ,o .on fuzzy almost contra 𝛾-continuous functions. international journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2013, 85, 1, 109127, doi:10.12732/ijpam.v85i1.9. 11. thiruchelvi, m. ; ilango, g. fuzzy generalized semi preregular continuous functions in fuzzy topological spaces. international journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2016, 106, 6, 75-83.   2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد التخلیق والتقییم الفارماكولوجي األولي لبعض مشتقات الترایزول ن سلسل كمال عبد الرحم باب المعظم –بغداد للصیدله ةكلی ةصالالخ –لهـــا فعالیــة بیتـــا علیهـــا مــن الدراســة النظریـــة لألدویــة التــياعتمــادا علــى نتـــائج المعلومــات الســابقة التـــي تــم الحصــول فـيه المشـتقات ذوتـأثیر هـ ةترایازول وتـم تقیـیم فعالیـة بروبانول امین تحتوي على حلق-2سلسله من مشتقات تادرینیرجیه حضر . ان البیضاءذه من الجر ذه المركبات اختبرت على ادینات القلب النابضة المأخو ذوه. أوعیة القلب ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 synthesis and preliminary pharmacological evaluation of some new triazole derivatives s . k abdul-rahmann baghdad colle ge of pharmacy —baghdadbab almoadam abstract on t he basis of t he results which was p reviously obtained from the structural and the theoretical st udies on ~-adrenergic dru gs, a series of 2-p rop anolamine d erivatives containing triazole moiety have been p repared and evaluated for their cardiovascular activity . these derivatives were test ed by using sp ontaneously -beating right atria of albino rats. introduction 1,2,4 —triazole is one of a class of organic heterocyclic comp ounds containing a five member di-unsaturated ring st ructure comp osed of three nitrogen atoms and two t on odjacent carbon atoms. the 1,2,4triazole derivatives are known in the sp ecific literature for their wide p harmacological activity (5,7). m ain ty p es of their activity are antibacterial and antifungal activities (4, 8 & 11). which led to an intensive research on their sy nthesis the incentive for the p resent work was thus devoted to the sy nthesis of certain arylthiop rop anolamine series. 4,5-diaryls-1,2,4-triazole [ii] was sy nthesized by the oxidative cyclization of app rop riate 1substitut ed-4-ary lthiosemicarbozide [1] ,, scheme (1) . a series of 2-p rop anolamine derivatives containing triazole moiety [iii – ix ] have been p repared ,, table (1), invest igated and evaluated for their cardiovascular activity in rats, table (2 )inorder to st udy their effect on blood p ressure and heart rate . the basic requirement to have cardiovascular and β -adrenergic blocking effect in the p rop anolamine moiety besides the aromatic moiety is att ached by the ethereal linkage as it has p reviously shown in literature (1-5 & 8,9). experime ntal chemical part s ynthesis of 4, 5-diaryls-1. 2. 4-triazole-3yl-thiol [ ii ] n—n n—nh sh t out s n n [ ii ] r r ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 a mixture of 1-subst itut ed-4-ary lthiosemicarbazide [i], 8% sodium hy droxide in ethanol was heated under refle x for 5hr. aft er concentration and cooling the solution was filtered and neutralized with 10% acetic acid solution (8) the solid.product that formed was filtered and recry st allized from ethanol. s ynthesis of 1,2,4-triazole derivatives [ iii – ix ] n—n s— ch2chch2r′ n oh [iii—ix ] r general procedure a mixture of 4,5-diaryls-1,2,4-triazol-3y1-thiol [ii], p otassium hydroxide (1mm ) in 80% ethanol (10 ml) andn-3 (chloro-2-hydroxy p rop y l ) subst itut ed amine (1mm ) with a continuous stirring and was left for 24hr at room temp erature. the residual solution was concentrated in vacuo and the p roduct was p recipitated by agradual addition of water. the p recipitate was filtered, washed with water, dried and recryst allized from methanol/water .table (1) showed the p hy sical prop erties of the products. pharmacological part: (a) ani mals bei ng use d in these exp eriments adult albino rats of either sex [300—400 gm ] were used. the animals were housed as apair in a cage in an environmentally controlled room at 21-23 o c temp erature, with lighting on from 6 a.m. to 5p .m. they were fed adlibitum , a local p elleted diet containing by dry weight 56% carbohy drate , 20% p rotein , 5% fat & 10% of salt, vitamins & cellulose . (b) s pontaneously-beating right atria. rats were st unned & hearts were quickly removed . right atria were dissected out & were susp ended in a 20 ml, double jacketed organ bath containing krebs p hy siological solution of the following comp osition [gm/i]: nac1 5.5, kci 0.35 , m gso4 , 7 h20 0.11 ,cacl2 0.14, kh2p04 0.16 ,nahco3 2.10 , glucose 2.0 , ph 7.4 maintained at 37 0 c±1 0 c & continuously bubbled with a stream of 5% co2-95% o2 mixture. initial tension [ rest ing tension] of 1.0gm was ap p lied, the tissue was allowed to equilibrate for a p eriod of 45-60 min .and during this time, the bathing fluid was changed every 15 min(9), sp ontaneous contractions of the right atria were isometrically recorded by using a force transducer [ufi], , coupled to lectromed recorder p hy siographe. the results were registered at least 3 in 6 different exp eriments & in different p reparations. re sults and discussion triazoles p lay an imp ortant role among the heterocyclic comp ounds. by keep ing this in view, it was considered desirable to sy nthesis the title compound with the hop e that the inner in corporation of l,2,4-triazole ring might enhance the biological activity of the original sy nthesized comp ound . 4,5-diary ls-l,2,4-triazole [ii] was obt ained by the oxidative cyclization ap p rop riate l-subst itited-4 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 arylyhiosmicarbazide [i]scheme (1). compound [ii] was identified by m.p . and ir sp ectra which showed the following characteristic absorption band (nujol ). the ir showed an appearance band at (1640)cm -1 due to stretching vibration of ( c=n), also an ap p earance of avery weak band of (2400-2700)cm -1 due to t he (sh) group and (3 l00-3060)cm -1 due to (c-h aromatic)which also showed an app earance band at (1980-2853 )cm -1 due to (c-h) aliphatic. the new 1.2. 4-triaz ole derivative [ iii – ix ] n—n — s— ch2chch2r′ n oh [iii—ix] r they were sy nthesized by st irring aqueous methanolic solution 80% (10m1) with 4,5-diary le1,2,4-triazole[ ii] and n-(3-chloro-2-hydroxy p rop y l ) substitut ed amine ( 1 mm ) for 24hr at room temp erature .the p roduct was recry st allized from methanol/water. the comp ound [iii-ix] was identified by ir sp ectrum which showed the disapp earance of absorp tion band at (2400-2700) cm -1 due to ( s-h ) group and ap p earance of band at (3500-3440) cm -1 due to (o-h) group .this is astrong evidence to p resent t his reaction .also an app earance band at (3400-3200)cm -1 due to st retching vibration of (n-h) group , (3100-3060)cm -1 is due to (c-h aromatic), (1640 ) cm -1 (c═n) and (1600-l500)cm -1 is due to ( c=c aromatic). pharmacological results: exp eriments were carried .several & different concentrations of comp ounds [iii—ix] were tested on the sp ontaneous contractions of the right atria of albino rats to detect t heir behavior & to determine the median effective dose of each comp ound . compounds with concentration 1 mg/ml showed anegative inotrop ic effect on t he right atria excep t comp ounds [iv & viii] which needed more concentration to p roduce asimilar activity . the increasing of the concentrate in organ bath of these exp eriments showed calcium antagonistic activity . the median effective dose of comp ounds[iii-ix] on the sp ontaneous contractions of the right atria of albino rats,is shown in table (2) these results are p romising and more work should be continued before landing at the p recise mechanisms for cardiovascular effects inorder to have the correct decision for the usage of these comp ounds for medicinal p urp oses . re ference 1. hazzaa,a.a.b.; ashour ,f. and shafik, r.m . (1980). sy nthesis of 1,2,4-triazolylthio p rop anolamines as p otential cardiovascular agents” pharmazia 34 (5-6): 324-5 2. a1-shiabany, ikbal s.; alwan ,s.m . and ahdul-rahman, s. k. (1994) “ sy nthesis & pharmacological evaluation of some new t hiadiazol derivative m u’tah j. for research & st udies 9(2): 3. gaertner, v.r. (1967)”alkyl-2, 3-ep oxy p rop y lamines.’ tetrahedron (london), 23:2123-2136 4. bartroli ,j. et al(1998) “ new azole antifungals sy nthesis & antifungal activity of 3-substitut ed “ j m ed chem. 11: 1869-1882 m ay . table 2 compound m edian effective dose ed50 iii iv v vi vii viii ix 2mg / ml (5.4x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.7x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.6x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.5xl0 -3 m ) 2mg / ml (5.0x10 -3 m ) 1mg /ml (2.4x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.3x10 -3 m ) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 5 . ghannoum, m . a .and kuhn ,d . m . (2002 )“ voriconazole-better chances for p atients with invasive my coses” eur j m ed res 5: 242-56 m ay 6. m arie —christ iana cair, et al, (1984) “sy nthesis of a novel series of(ary loxy ) p rop anolamine: new selective β2blocking agents ‘j. m ed. chem, 27: 7. m orzy cki, j.w.; m aj, j.; nikitivuk, a. and kwolek, g. m alinnowska(1984) “three new derivative of 3-amino 1,2prop anediol; their sp ectral p rop erties & biological evaluation” acta pol. pharm., jul-aug; 58 (4):249-56, (2001). 8. al-joboury ,n . r. (1987) t hesis of sy nthesis of new acety lenic comp ound: & other derivatives 1, 2, 4-triazole of p ossible , biological activity ; june 9. perry ,w .l.w. (1970) pharmacological exp erimentation on isolated p reparations, by the st aff of dep t. of p harmacology , university of edinburgh, churchill livingst on, london & new york, 10. abdul-rahman, s.k. ; alwan ,s. m . (1989)” sy nthesis of new thiadiazolylthiop rop anolamine derivatives of p otential cardiovascular p otency ”.the fifth scientific conference, 5 (i 7 11)oct. 11. kolin,y. and hitchcock ,c. a. (1997)” the search for new t riazole antifungal agents “ curr op in chem. biol. 1(2):176-82 aug. 12. youichi hara, et al(1978) “sy nthesis & β-adrenergic blocking action of a new thiazolylthiop rop anolamine derivatives” j. pharmaceutical sciences 67:9 september 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد التخلیق والتقییم الفارماكولوجي األولي لبعض مشتقات الترایزول ن سلسل كمال عبد الرحم باب المعظم –بغداد للصیدله ةكلی ةصالالخ –لهـــا فعالیــة بیتـــا الحصــول علیهـــا مــن الدراســة النظریـــة لألدویــة التــياعتمــادا علــى نتـــائج المعلومــات الســابقة التـــي تــم فـيه المشـتقات ذوتـأثیر هـ ةترایازول وتـم تقیـیم فعالیـة بروبانول امین تحتوي على حلق-2سلسله من مشتقات تادرینیرجیه حضر . البیضاء ان ذه من الجر ذه المركبات اختبرت على ادینات القلب النابضة المأخو ذوه. أوعیة القلب ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 synthesis and preliminary pharmacological evaluation of some new triazole derivatives s . k abdul-rahmann baghdad colle ge of pharmacy —baghdadbab almoadam abstract on t he basis of t he results which was p reviously obtained from the structural and the theoretical st udies on ~-adrenergic dru gs, a series of 2-p rop anolamine d erivatives containing triazole moiety have been p repared and evaluated for their cardiovascular activity . these derivatives were test ed by using sp ontaneously -beating right atria of albino rats. introduction 1,2,4 —triazole is one of a class of organic heterocyclic comp ounds containing a five member di-unsaturated ring st ructure comp osed of three nitrogen atoms and two t on odjacent carbon atoms. the 1,2,4triazole derivatives are known in the sp ecific literature for their wide p harmacological activity (5,7). m ain ty p es of their activity are antibacterial and antifungal activities (4, 8 & 11). which led to an intensive research on their sy nthesis the incentive for the p resent work was thus devoted to the sy nthesis of certain arylthiop rop anolamine series. 4,5-diaryls-1,2,4-triazole [ii] was sy nthesized by the oxidative cyclization of app rop riate 1substitut ed-4-ary lthiosemicarbozide [1] ,, scheme (1) . a series of 2-p rop anolamine derivatives containing triazole moiety [iii – ix ] have been p repared ,, table (1), invest igated and evaluated for their cardiovascular activity in rats, table (2 )inorder to st udy their effect on blood p ressure and heart rate . the basic requirement to have cardiovascular and β -adrenergic blocking effect in the p rop anolamine moiety besides the aromatic moiety is att ached by the ethereal linkage as it has p reviously shown in literature (1-5 & 8,9). experime ntal chemical part s ynthesis of 4, 5-diaryls-1. 2. 4-triazole-3yl-thiol [ ii ] n—n n—nh sh t out s n n [ ii ] r r ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 a mixture of 1-subst itut ed-4-ary lthiosemicarbazide [i], 8% sodium hy droxide in ethanol was heated under refle x for 5hr. aft er concentration and cooling the solution was filtered and neutralized with 10% acetic acid solution (8) the solid.product that formed was filtered and recry st allized from ethanol. s ynthesis of 1,2,4-triazole derivatives [ iii – ix ] n—n s— ch2chch2r′ n oh [iii—ix ] r general procedure a mixture of 4,5-diaryls-1,2,4-triazol-3y1-thiol [ii], p otassium hydroxide (1mm ) in 80% ethanol (10 ml) andn-3 (chloro-2-hydroxy p rop y l ) subst itut ed amine (1mm ) with a continuous stirring and was left for 24hr at room temp erature. the residual solution was concentrated in vacuo and the p roduct was p recipitated by agradual addition of water. the p recipitate was filtered, washed with water, dried and recryst allized from methanol/water .table (1) showed the p hy sical prop erties of the products. pharmacological part: (a) ani mals bei ng use d in these exp eriments adult albino rats of either sex [300—400 gm ] were used. the animals were housed as apair in a cage in an environmentally controlled room at 21-23 o c temp erature, with lighting on from 6 a.m. to 5p .m. they were fed adlibitum , a local p elleted diet containing by dry weight 56% carbohy drate , 20% p rotein , 5% fat & 10% of salt, vitamins & cellulose . (b) s pontaneously-beating right atria. rats were st unned & hearts were quickly removed . right atria were dissected out & were susp ended in a 20 ml, double jacketed organ bath containing krebs p hy siological solution of the following comp osition [gm/i]: nac1 5.5, kci 0.35 , m gso4 , 7 h20 0.11 ,cacl2 0.14, kh2p04 0.16 ,nahco3 2.10 , glucose 2.0 , ph 7.4 maintained at 37 0 c±1 0 c & continuously bubbled with a stream of 5% co2-95% o2 mixture. initial tension [ rest ing tension] of 1.0gm was ap p lied, the tissue was allowed to equilibrate for a p eriod of 45-60 min .and during this time, the bathing fluid was changed every 15 min(9), sp ontaneous contractions of the right atria were isometrically recorded by using a force transducer [ufi], , coupled to lectromed recorder p hy siographe. the results were registered at least 3 in 6 different exp eriments & in different p reparations. re sults and discussion triazoles p lay an imp ortant role among the heterocyclic comp ounds. by keep ing this in view, it was considered desirable to sy nthesis the title compound with the hop e that the inner in corporation of l,2,4-triazole ring might enhance the biological activity of the original sy nthesized comp ound . 4,5-diary ls-l,2,4-triazole [ii] was obt ained by the oxidative cyclization ap p rop riate l-subst itited-4 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 arylyhiosmicarbazide [i]scheme (1). compound [ii] was identified by m.p . and ir sp ectra which showed the following characteristic absorption band (nujol ). the ir showed an appearance band at (1640)cm -1 due to stretching vibration of ( c=n), also an ap p earance of avery weak band of (2400-2700)cm -1 due to t he (sh) group and (3 l00-3060)cm -1 due to (c-h aromatic)which also showed an app earance band at (1980-2853 )cm -1 due to (c-h) aliphatic. the new 1.2. 4-triaz ole derivative [ iii – ix ] n—n — s— ch2chch2r′ n oh [iii—ix] r they were sy nthesized by st irring aqueous methanolic solution 80% (10m1) with 4,5-diary le1,2,4-triazole[ ii] and n-(3-chloro-2-hydroxy p rop y l ) substitut ed amine ( 1 mm ) for 24hr at room temp erature .the p roduct was recry st allized from methanol/water. the comp ound [iii-ix] was identified by ir sp ectrum which showed the disapp earance of absorp tion band at (2400-2700) cm -1 due to ( s-h ) group and ap p earance of band at (3500-3440) cm -1 due to (o-h) group .this is astrong evidence to p resent t his reaction .also an app earance band at (3400-3200)cm -1 due to st retching vibration of (n-h) group , (3100-3060)cm -1 is due to (c-h aromatic), (1640 ) cm -1 (c═n) and (1600-l500)cm -1 is due to ( c=c aromatic). pharmacological results: exp eriments were carried .several & different concentrations of comp ounds [iii—ix] were tested on the sp ontaneous contractions of the right atria of albino rats to detect t heir behavior & to determine the median effective dose of each comp ound . compounds with concentration 1 mg/ml showed anegative inotrop ic effect on t he right atria excep t comp ounds [iv & viii] which needed more concentration to p roduce asimilar activity . the increasing of the concentrate in organ bath of these exp eriments showed calcium antagonistic activity . the median effective dose of comp ounds[iii-ix] on the sp ontaneous contractions of the right atria of albino rats,is shown in table (2) these results are p romising and more work should be continued before landing at the p recise mechanisms for cardiovascular effects inorder to have the correct decision for the usage of these comp ounds for medicinal p urp oses . re ference 1. hazzaa,a.a.b.; ashour ,f. and shafik, r.m . (1980). sy nthesis of 1,2,4-triazolylthio p rop anolamines as p otential cardiovascular agents” pharmazia 34 (5-6): 324-5 2. a1-shiabany, ikbal s.; alwan ,s.m . and ahdul-rahman, s. k. (1994) “ sy nthesis & pharmacological evaluation of some new t hiadiazol derivative m u’tah j. for research & st udies 9(2): 3. gaertner, v.r. (1967)”alkyl-2, 3-ep oxy p rop y lamines.’ tetrahedron (london), 23:2123-2136 4. bartroli ,j. et al(1998) “ new azole antifungals sy nthesis & antifungal activity of 3-substitut ed “ j m ed chem. 11: 1869-1882 m ay . table 2 compound m edian effective dose ed50 iii iv v vi vii viii ix 2mg / ml (5.4x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.7x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.6x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.5xl0 -3 m ) 2mg / ml (5.0x10 -3 m ) 1mg /ml (2.4x10 -3 m ) 1mg / ml (2.3x10 -3 m ) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 5 . ghannoum, m . a .and kuhn ,d . m . (2002 )“ voriconazole-better chances for p atients with invasive my coses” eur j m ed res 5: 242-56 m ay 6. m arie —christ iana cair, et al, (1984) “sy nthesis of a novel series of(ary loxy ) p rop anolamine: new selective β2blocking agents ‘j. m ed. chem, 27: 8. m orzy cki, j.w.; m aj, j.; nikitivuk, a. and kwolek, g. m alinnowska(1984) “three new derivative of 3-amino 1,2prop anediol; their sp ectral p rop erties & biological evaluation” acta pol. pharm., jul-aug; 58 (4):249-56, (2001). 8. al-joboury ,n . r. (1987) t hesis of sy nthesis of new acety lenic comp ound: & other derivatives 1, 2, 4-triazole of p ossible , biological activity ; june 9. perry ,w .l.w. (1970) pharmacological exp erimentation on isolated p reparations, by the st aff of dep t. of p harmacology , university of edinburgh, churchill livingst on, london & new york, 10. abdul-rahman, s.k. ; alwan ,s. m . (1989)” sy nthesis of new thiadiazolylthiop rop anolamine derivatives of p otential cardiovascular p otency ”.the fifth scientific conference, 5 (i 7 11)oct. 11. kolin,y. and hitchcock ,c. a. (1997)” the search for new t riazole antifungal agents “ curr op in chem. biol. 1(2):176-82 aug. 12. youichi hara, et al(1978) “sy nthesis & β-adrenergic blocking action of a new thiazolylthiop rop anolamine derivatives” j. pharmaceutical sciences 67:9 september 274الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 معجلة تعمل تحت ظرف ثالثية االقطاب مغمورة تصميم عدسة كهروستاتيكية التكبير الصفري انتھاء احمد محمد / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم (قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014اذار 18قبل في 2013 تشرين الثاني17 فياستلم الخالصة مغمورة ، اذ لقد أجريت دراسة نظرية حاسوبية في موضوع البصريات االلكترونية لتصميم عدسة كھروستاتيكية استخدام تقنية اعتمدت الطريقة العكسية التي تعد من الطرائق المھمة في تصميم العدسات الكھروستاتيكية وذلك من خالل تعتمد على تحديد معادلة مناسبة للجھد المحوري على شكل متعددة حدود من الدرجة الرابعة ومن ثم حل معادلة الشعاع المحوري اليجاد مسار الجسيمات الذي يحقق معادلة الجھد المفروضة . ظروف التشغيل الصفري، اذ تم تعمل تحت l=10mmفي ھذا البحث صممت عدسة ثالثية االقطاب مغمورة طولھا الحصول على شكل االقطاب لھذه العدسة باستخدام حلول معادلة البالس. وقد بينت نتائج البحث الحصول على قيم قليلة للزيغين الكروي واللوني التي تعطي مؤشراً جيدا لتصميم العدسة. كما رسم شكل اقطاب العدسة ببعدين وبثالثة ابعاد من )7ام برنامج المحاكاة المعروف باسم (سيميونخالل استخد ). 7بصريات الكترونية ،عدسة كھروستاتيكية مغمورة ،الزيغ الكروي ،الزيغ اللوني، برنامج( سيميونالكلمات المفتاحية: 275الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة يعد علم البصريات االلكترونية احد فروع الفيزياء التي تتعامل مع حركة الجسيمات المشحونة في المجالين الكھربائي والمغناطيسي . النظريات التي وضعت لدراسة البصريات الضوئية مالئمة لحل مسائل البصريات االلكترونية ، من خالل لماضي التي عدت موضوع البصريات االلكترونية موضوعاً حديثاً البحوث االولى التي ظھرت في عشرينات القرن ا ]. إن انتشار 1[ 1926في عام h. buschنسبياً، اذ أن أول من اثبت امكانية تكوين صورة بوساطة االلكترونات ھو استخدام الكومبيوتر في التصاميم النظرية أدى إلى التوسع الكبير في البحوث والدراسات في مجال تصميم منظومات بوضع برامج حاسوبية جديدة لتطوير التصاميم المتعددة 1986 عام munro & smithالبصريات اإللكترونية، فقد قام charge) االيونية وباستخدام طرائق رياضية مختلفة مثل طريقة كثــافة الشـــحنةوالمتنوعة ألنظمة الحزم اإللكترونية و density method ) ) وطريقة العناصر المحددة ،(finite element method (fem) وذلك لحساب توزيع المجال . [2]على العدسات االلكترونية و الخواص البصرية لھا ل بدراسة في مجال البصريات االلكترونية، اذ حيث تركز البحث على محاكاة تصميم قامت الباحثة فاتن عبد الجلي ايونية مكونة من مختلف انواع العدسات الكھروستاتيكية تعمل باطوار وظروف تكبير مختلفة –منظومة نقل وتبئير بصرية عدسة مغمورة ثنائية القطب وايجاد . ومن الدراسات الحديثة درس تاثير اقطار فتحة القطبين على[3] 2001في عام ة تصميم عدسة [4]قيمة مثلى لقطر فتحة القطب للحصول على افضل خواص بصرية للعدسة. ھدف الدراسة الحالي صممت العدسة باستخدام الطريقة العكسية، اذ اذمغمورة تعمل عدسة معجلة باقل زيوغ ممكنة وافضل خواصا" بصرية، يقة باختيار معادلة مناسبة للجھد المحوري وبعدھا نقوم بدراسة توزيع الجھد لھذه العدسات ،ومن يبدا المصمم في ھذه الطر ثم دراسة الخواص البصرية من بعد بؤري وزيوغ كروية ولونية لھذه العدسة للوصول الى الخطوة االخيرة وھي شكل .االقطاب الجزءالنظري من الدرجة الرابعة لتمثيل (polynominal)صممت عدسة كھروستاتيكية ثالثية األقطاب واستخدمت دالة متعددة للعدسة مغمورة التي تحقق الشروط االتية : zعلى المحور البصري u(z)شكل الجھد المحوري u(0)= a , u(l/2) =b , u(l)=c , u'(0)=0 , u'(l)=0 والتي اعطت معادلة توزيع الجھد المحوري للعدسة المغمورة ثالثية االقطاب )1( ------432)( ezdzczbzazu  من الممكن اختيارھا حسب الشروط التي تعبر عن شكل الجھد المحوري. a,b,c,d,e ان العوامل ري ، zاذ أن ور البص ؤثرة ، lالمح ة الم ول العدس ة aط ة العدس د بداي د عن ة الجھ ا u(0)قيم u(l)ونھايتھ ا (l/2)قيمة الجھد عند منتصف العدسة bو -range). تم حل معادلة الشعاع المحوري باستخدام طريقة راينج كت kutta) [5]للحصول على الخواص البصرية للعدسة من الدرجة السادسة:   )2(0 )(4 )( )(22 2         r zu zu z r zu zu z r تمثل ھذه المعادلة وصفاً لمسار الجسيمات المشحونة في المجال الكھروستاتيكي المتماثل دورانياً . وھي معادلة تفاضلية ) بأنھا متجانسة 2متجانسة خطية من الدرجة الثانية يمكن استعمالھا لكل انواع الجسيمات المشحونة كما تمتاز المعادلة ( . لذلك فأن زيادة الجھد أو نقصانه في كل نقاط المجال سوف لن يغير من المسار وتكون ھذه المعادلة uة الى الجھد بالنسب وھذا يعني ان اي زيادة في ابعاد النظام باكمله ينتج منھا زيادة مماثلة في ابعاد المسار ، أي ان rو zمتجانسة بالنسبة الى . [6] شكل المعادلة لن يتغير إن حساب شكل االقطاب للعدسة الكھروستاتيكية المغمورة اعتماداً على توزيع الجھد المحوري الذي يكون دالة الى قيمة -:[7]الموقع والمحور البصري ويتم ذلك باستخدام المعادلة االتية )3( 4 )()(),( 2  r zuzuzru 276الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ي ومعرفة توزيع الجھد المحوري ومشتقتيه االولى يتم حساب الخواص البصرية للعدسة بعد حل معادلة الشعاع المحور والثانية. ان التدفق الذي يسبب تشتت االشعة المختلفة الى نقاط مختلفة يسمى الزيغ ففي المنظومات البصرية المثالية جميع االشعة ونة صورة واضحة المنبعثة من نقطة في مستوي سطح الجسم سوف تتفرق الى النقطة نفسھا في مستوى سطح الصورة مك ، والزيوغ انواع عدة وان من اھم الزيوغ التي تؤثر في تصميم العدسات ھما الزيغ الكروي والناتج من انحراف حزمة االشعة عند وصولھا العدسة بسبب االختالف في نقاط تبئير االلكترونات فااللكترونات الخارجية تبئر في نقاط اقرب ات المحور ن االلكترون ة م يمات ذوات للعدس يمات ، اذ الجس ر الجس اط تبئي ي نق تالف ف ن اخ اتج م وني والن غ الل ة والزي ي واليجاد قيمة معاملي الزيغ الكروي ،الطاقات العالية يكون تبئيرھا ابعد عن العدسة من الجسيمات ذوات الطاقات الواطئة ocs واللونيocc 9,8[للجسم استعملت المعادالت االتية[:                                        3 4 42 4 2/1 )( )( 3 14 )( )( )( 24 5 )( )( 4 5 16 zu zu zr zu zu zu zu r u cs zi zo  dz (z)u)()( )( )( 2 3 )()( 1/222 2 3 zrzr zu zu zrzr           ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ (4)  dzzur zu zu zrzr zu zu r zu cc zi zo )( )(4 )( )()( )( )( 2 1)( 2/12 2 2/1                      ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐(5) النتائج والمناقشة لعدسة مغمورة ]المجال الكھروستاتيكي [ u'(z)ومشتقته االولى u(z)حسب توزيع الجھد الكھروستاتيكي المحوري يوضح منحني توزيع الجھد المحوري لعدسة معجلة ،اذ يالحظ ان (1))، اذ ان الشكل 1معجلة استناداً الى المعادلة رقم ( توزيع الجھد المحوري يملك نقطة انقالب واحدة عندما يصل المجال المحوري العظم قيمة وھذا يعني ان العدسة تتكون من ن الجھد يكون اقل ما يمكن(صفر أو اقل) على القطب االول وبعدھا يزداد على القطب الثاني اقطاب مختلفة الجھد ،اذ أ وھذا يدل على ان العدسة التي تم تصميمھا ھي مغمورة وليست sوالثالث ولذلك يكون توزيع الجھد، يأخذ شكل حرف احادية الجھد. درست الخواص البصرية للعدسة المغمورة من معامالت زيوغ كروية ولونية ، اذ يبين (5,4)من المعادالت ) معامالت الزيوغ الكروية واللونية نسبة للبعد البؤري وطول العدسة دالة لنسب الجھود المعجلة عند قيمة 2،3الشكالن ( d=1000 volt لجھود المعجلة ،اذ يصل قيمة الزيغ الكروي ، اذ يبين الشكل انخفاض قيم الزيوغ الكروية بزيادة نسب ا 0.16الى 30عند نسبة الجھد cc/fكما تصل قيمة 30عند نسبة الجھد 0.23نسبة الى البعد البؤري العدسة العالقة بين معامالت الزيوغ الكروية واللونية نسبة الى البعد البؤري وطول (5,4)يوضح الشكالن l=10mm د المعجلة عند دالة لنسب الجھوd=500v اذ نالحظ من الشكلين انخفاض نسبة الزيوغ الكروية بزيادة ، عند نسبة الجھد نفسه وھذا 0.235الى cc/fكما تصل 15عند نسبة الجھود 0.38نسب الجھود المعجلة بحيث تصل الى يبين كفاءة العدسة التي تم تصميمھا . وھو من البرامج الحديثة المستعملة في مجال بصريات الجسيمات المشحونه وذلك simion 7لقد استعمل برنامج رسم اقطاب العدسة المغمورة بابعاد (7,6)لرسم اقطاب العدسات بشكل ثنائي وثالثي االبعاد، اذ يوضح الشكالن ثالثية وثنائية للعدسة ثالثية االقطاب االستنتاجات في نقطة االنقالب. emaxان العامل المؤثر في تصميم العدسة المغمورة ھو المجال الكھروستاتيكي االعظم -1 .emaxبزيادة ان زيادة قيمة المجال الكھروستاتيكي تؤدي الى الحصول على قيم زيوغ اقل أي ان قيم الزيوغ تقل -2 تحدد الخواص البصرية للعدسة . vi/voإن نسبة الجھود -3 .cc/fبينما تزداد قيم cs/fيقل من قيمة الـ vi/voزيادة نسبة الجھد -4 المصادر 1.septier, a. (1980) applied charged particles optics, part a, academic pres : newyork 277الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 2.smith, m. r. and munro, e. (1987) computer programs for designing multipole electron and ion optical systems, j.vac. sci. technol, b5 , 161-164. 3.fatin, a.j.al-mudarris (2001) computer-aided-design of an ion-optical transport and focusing system ph.d.thesis ,al-nharin university. 4.muna, a. al-khashab,abdullah e. alabdullah (2013) ,the effect of bore diameters in two electrodes electrostatic immersion lens design"raf. j. sci., 24: (2)82-91. 5. ahmad, a. k. (1993) computerised investigation on the optimum design and properties of the electrostatic lens, ph.d. thesis, nahreen university,baghdad,iraq. 6. zhigarev,a.(1975) electron optics and electron-beam devices,. mir publishers , moscow 7. baszkowski, b. (1968) electron optics, iliffe book, london 8. szilagyi, m. (1988), electron and ion optics, pinum press, newyork 9. http://hyperphysics.physics.phyasr.gsu.edu/hlpace/ligcon.htm/hcl (2005) eric : weissten's world of physics. science world , wolfram.com/physics/spheaircal aberration.htm-13k. اص العدسة الكهروستاتيكيه المغمورة المعجلة ثالثية االقطاب تحت شرط التكبير الصفري خويبين : (1) رقم جدول لقيم نسب الجهود نفسها dويبين تغيير معامالت الزيوغ المعيرة عند تغيير قيمة d=1000v cs/f cc/f نسب الجھود 30 0.23 0.16 d=500v 30 0.818 0.63 278الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 لعدسة مغمورة معجلة e(z)ومشتقته االولى u(z)يوضح توزيع الجھد الكھروستاتيكي المحوري :)1شكل رقم ( 20 40 60 80 100 vi/vo 0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00 d=1000 cs/l cc/l 0 5 10 z(mm) -2 0 0 0 2 0 0 4 0 0 6 0 0 8 0 0 1 0 0 0 d=1000 u(z) v e(z) v/mm 20 40 60 80 100 vilvo 0 1 10 100 d=1ooo cs/f cc/f العالقة بين الزيغ الكروي (3):شكل رقم واللوني نسبة الى طول العدسة دالة لنسب ة العالقة بين الزيغ الكروي واللوني : (2)شكل رقم دالة لنسب الجھود نسبة الى البعد البؤري 279الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 10 20 30 40 50 vi/vo 0.01 0.10 1.00 d=500 cs/l cc/l 10 20 30 40 50 vi/vo 0.10 1.00 10.00 d=500 cs/f cc/f simionيوضح رسم ثالثي االبعاد لعدسة المغمورة ثالثية االقطاب باستخدام برنامج : (6)شكل رقم العالقة بين معامل الزيغ الكروي :(5)شكل رقم واللوني نسبة الى طول العدسة دالة لنسب d=500 vالجھود المعجلة عند العالقة بين معامل الزيغ الكروي : (4)شكل رقم واللوني نسبة الى البعد البؤري دالة لنسب d=500 vالجھود المعجلة عند 280الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 يوضح رسم ثنائي االبعاد للعدسة المغمورة كما يوضح مسار الجسيمات (7):شكل رقم ةالمشحون 281الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 design of electrostatic immersion lens accelerating operated under zero magnification conditions intehaa a. mohmmed dept. of physics/college of education for pure sciene (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in :17 november 2013accepted in 18march2014 abstract theoretical study computerized has been carried out in electron optics field, to design electrostatic immersion lens , the inverse problem is important method in the design of electrostatic lenses by suggesting an axial electrostatic potential distribution using polynomial function. the paraxial –ray equation is solved to obtain the trajectory particles that satisfy the suggested potential function. in this research, designed immersed lens length l = 10mm operated under zero condition, as it was obtained the electrode shape of this lens solutions using the laplace equation the results of the search showed low values of spherical and chromatic aberrations, which gives a good indication of the design of the lens. it was also drawn the electrodes shape of the lens two-dimensional and three dimensions through the use of simulation software, known as (simion7) keywords: electron optics, electrostatic lens, immersion lens, spherical aberrations, chromatic aberrations, simion 7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 105 topological structure of generalized rough graphs department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abstract the main purpose of this paperis to introduce a topological space(𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), which is induced by reflexive graph and tolerance graph 𝐷, such that 𝐷 may be infinite. furthermore, we offer some properties of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) such as connectedness, compactness, lindelöf and separate properties. we also study the concept of approximation spaces and get the sufficient and necessary condition that topological space is approximation spaces. keywords. reflexive graph, tolerance graph, transmitting expression, approximation spaces. 1. introduction graph theory [1] is a tool for optimization and solving practical application in all fields such as engineering study and representation of economic and social networks, complex general systems, information theory and others. in particular, graphs are one of the prime objects of study in mathematics. rough set was offered by pawlak [2] as a method for dealing with uncertainly of imprecise data, the equivalence relation is the cornerstone of pawlak , s theory of rough set. topology is a major mathematics branch with independent theoretic frame work and wide applications. z. li [3] offered the concept of transmitting expression of relation and produced several important results of rough sets topological properties. we can apply topological approaches to the theory of rough set and search the connection between rough set theory and topological theory. the topological properties of various rough operators have been debated in [4]. we built on some of the results in [5-10], [11-15] and [16]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2559 article history: received 2, february 2020, accepted20, febraury,2019, published in january 2021 samah sarmad yousif yaqoub yousif samah sarmad samahsarmad0@gmail.com yoyayousif@yahoo.com mailto:samahsarmad0@gmail.com mailto:samahsarmad0@gmail.com mailto:%20%20%20yoyayousif@yahoo.com 106 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 2. generalized rough graphs generated by graphs. we will remember several fundamental concepts of the theory of rough set. in this article,𝐷 = (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷)) is a graph where𝑉(𝐷) implies the universe which may be infinite, the power set of 𝑉(𝐷) symbolized by 𝑃(𝑉(𝐷)) and the closure of subgraph 𝑄 in 𝐷 symbolized by 𝑄 wherever 𝑉(𝐷) is a topological space. let 𝐷 = (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷)) be a graph. for each subgraph 𝑄 of 𝐷, we will define operators 𝐷− and 𝐷+ from 𝑃(𝑉(𝐷))to itself as the following: 𝐷−(𝑄) = {ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): if (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷), then 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)}, 𝐷+(𝑄) = { ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): there exists 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝑄) such that (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷)}. 𝐷−(𝑄) is named lower approximation of 𝑄 and 𝐷+(𝑄) is named upper approximation of 𝑉(𝑄). the pair (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷)) is named generalized rough graph or generalized approximation space. 𝑄 is named generalized exact graph or definable graph if 𝐷−(𝑄) = 𝐷+(𝑄).while 𝑄 is called undefinable graph if 𝐷−(𝑄) ≠ 𝐷+(𝑄). if 𝐷 is an equivalence graph, a generalized rough graph (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷))means the rough graph in the pawlak , s sense. definition 2.1. let 𝐷 = (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷)) be a nonempty graph. we define 𝜏𝐷, for each 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐷 by 𝜏𝐷 = {𝑄 ⊆ 𝐷: 𝐷−𝑄 = 𝑉(𝑄)}. if 𝐷 is a reflexive graph, then 𝜏𝐷 constitutes a topology on 𝑉(𝐷), 𝜏𝐷can be named the topology produced by 𝐷. definition 2.2. if𝐷is a reflexive graph, then (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is named the topological space produced by 𝐷. definition 2.3. let𝐷 be a graph, if 𝐷 is both reflexive and symmetric graph then 𝐷 is called tolerance graph. definition 2.4. let 𝐷𝛼 and 𝐷𝛽 be two graphs on 𝑉(𝐷𝛼 ) = 𝑉(𝐷𝛽 ) = 𝑉(𝐷). 𝐷𝛽 is named transmitting expression of 𝐷𝛼 , if for everyɍ, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷),(ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 )if and only if (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ) or there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where(ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), … , (𝑣𝑛, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ). proposition 2.5. let 𝐷𝛼 be a graph and 𝐷𝛽 the transmitting expression of 𝐷𝛼 , then 𝐷𝛽 is a transitive graph, furthermore, (1) if 𝐷𝛼 is reflexive, then 𝐷𝛽 is also reflexive, (2) if 𝐷𝛼 is symmetric, then 𝐷𝛽 is also symmetric, (3) if 𝐷𝛼 is transitive, then 𝐷𝛽 = 𝐷𝛼 . proof. (1) let 𝐷𝛼 is reflexive graph, then for each ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷),(ɍ, ɍ) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), since 𝐷𝛽 is a transmitting expression of 𝐷𝛼 , then (ɍ, ɍ) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ), so 𝐷𝛽 is a reflexive graph. 107 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (2) let (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐷𝛽 , since 𝐷𝛽 the transmitting expression of 𝐷𝛼 , then (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 or there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where (ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 , (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 , … , (𝑣𝑛, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 if and only if (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐷𝛽 , because 𝐷𝛼 is symmetric, so (𝑢, ɍ) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 or there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where,(𝑢, 𝑣𝑛 ) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 , … , (𝑣2, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 , (𝑣1, ɍ) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 if and only if (𝑢, ɍ) ∈ 𝐷𝛽 , which implies to 𝐷𝛽 is symmetric. (3) let (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ), we have to show that (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ).since 𝐷𝛽 the transmitting expression of 𝐷𝛼 , then(ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 )if and only if (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐷𝛼 or there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where (ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣2, 𝑣3) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ) … , (𝑣𝑛, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ). (i) if (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ) the prove is complete. (ii) if there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where (ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣2, 𝑣3) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ) … , (𝑣𝑛 , 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), and we have that 𝐷𝛼 is transitive, so (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), which means 𝐷𝛽 = 𝐷𝛼 . definition2.6. (1) let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space and ℬ𝐷 a base of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), where (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is induced by a reflexive graph 𝐷. then b ∈ ℬ𝐷 is called maximal element of ℬ𝐷 if does not exist 𝐵𝚤 ∈ ℬ𝐷 \{𝐵} such that 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐵 𝚤. (2)the set of all maximal elements of ℬ𝐷 symbolized by ℬ𝐷 ∗ . because ⋃ℬ𝐷 = 𝑉(𝐷), ℬ𝐷 ∗ is referred to as the minimal complete cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) according to the base ℬ𝐷. we will define a pseudo-metric map on graph 𝐷. definition2.7. let 𝐷 = (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷)) be a nonempty graph, then 𝑑: 𝑉(𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷) ⟶ [0, +∞) is called pseudo-metric map on 𝐷, if for all ɍ, 𝑣, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), (a) 𝑑(ɍ, ɍ) = 0, (b) 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑣) = 𝑑(𝑣, ɍ), (c) 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑣) ≤ 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢) + 𝑑(𝑢, 𝑣). for each ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐷, 𝜖 > 0, 𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖) = {𝑣 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑣) < 𝜖}, 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑄) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 {𝑑(ɍ, 𝑣): 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)}. if there exists pseudo-metric map𝑑on 𝐷where{𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖): ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), 𝜖 > 0} configures a base of 𝐷, then a topological space (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is referred to as pseudo-metrizable space. proposition 2.8. let 𝐷 be pseudo-metrizable space. if𝑄 ⊆ 𝐷and 𝑑 is pseudo-metric map on 𝐷, then ɍ ∈ �̅� if and only if 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑄) = 0. proof. ɍ ∈ �̅� if and only if for each 𝜖 > 0, 𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖) ∩ 𝑉(𝑄) ≠ ∅ if and only if for each 𝜖 > 0, there exists 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝑄) such that 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢) < 𝜖 if and only if 𝑖𝑛𝑓 {𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢): 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)} if and only if 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑄) = 0. 108 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 definition 2.9. let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space. 𝐷 is named a pseudo-discrete space if 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐷 is open in 𝐷 if and only if 𝑄 is closed in 𝐷. 3. the properties of topological spaces induced by a reflexive graph we will study through this part, the properties of the topological space (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), where (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is produced by a reflexive graph 𝐷. lemma3.1. let 𝐷𝛼 be a reflexive graph and 𝐷𝛽 the transmitting expression of 𝐷𝛼 , for every ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), chose 𝐿ɍ = {𝑣 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): (ɍ, 𝑣) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 )}, then (1) 𝐿ɍ ∈ 𝜏𝐷𝛼 , (2) {𝐿ɍ} is an open neighborhood base of ɍ, (3) 𝐿ɍ is compact subset of (𝐷𝛼 , 𝜏𝐷𝛼 ), (4) ℬ𝐷𝛼 = {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} is a base for (𝐷𝛼 , 𝜏𝐷𝛼 ). proof. (1) it is sufficient to show that𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐼𝑛𝑡(𝐿ɍ). let 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿ɍ,so (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ), then there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where (ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), … , (𝑣𝑛 , 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), so 𝑢 ∈ [𝑣𝑛 ]𝐷𝛼 . for 𝑦 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷) such that 𝑦 ∈ 𝐿ɍ, (𝑣𝑛, 𝑦) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), so(ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), … , (𝑣𝑛 , 𝑦) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), then (ɍ, 𝑦) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ), so 𝑦 ∈ [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 , then 𝑦 ∈ 𝐿ɍ, [𝑣𝑛 ]𝐷𝛼 ⊆ 𝐿ɍ, so𝑢 ∈ 𝐼𝑛𝑡(𝐿ɍ), which implies to 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐼𝑛𝑡(𝐿ɍ). hence, 𝐿ɍ ∈ 𝜏𝐷𝛼 . (2) let 𝐵 ∈ 𝜏𝐷 such that ɍ ∈ 𝐵, we will show that 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐵. let 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿ɍ, then (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ) or there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where (ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ) , (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ) , … , (𝑣𝑛, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ). (i) if (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), then we claim 𝑢 ∈ 𝐵. for otherwise, 𝑢 ∈ 𝐵 𝑐, then, 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐵 𝑐, but 𝐷𝛼 is reflexive, so ɍ ∈ 𝐿ɍ and 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐵 𝑐 , then ɍ ∈ 𝐵𝑐, which is a contradiction. hence, 𝑢 ∈ 𝐵. (ii) if there exists {𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, … , 𝑣𝑛 } ⊆ 𝑉(𝐷) where (ɍ, 𝑣1) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), (𝑣1, 𝑣2) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), … , (𝑣𝑛, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷𝛼 ), then by (i) we get 𝑣1 ∈ 𝐵, 𝑣2 ∈ 𝐵, … , 𝑢 ∈ 𝐵. so 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐵, which implies to {𝐿ɍ}constitutes an open neighborhood base of ɍ. (3) let {𝐾𝜆|𝜆 ∈ λ} be an open cover of 𝐿ɍ then ɍ ∈ 𝐾𝜆𝑖 for some 𝜆𝑖 ∈ λ, then by (2) 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐾𝜆𝑖 . therefore, 𝐿ɍ is a compact subset of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). (4) it is obvious by (2) remark 3.2. (1) let 𝐷 = (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷)) be a graph, for each ɍ, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), if (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷)and(𝑢, ɍ) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷), then 𝐿ɍ = 𝐿𝑢. (2) for all 𝐵 ∈ ℬ𝐷, 𝐵 cannot be represented as the union of some elements of ℬ𝐷 \{𝐵}. otherwise, there exists 𝒪𝐷 ⊆ ℬ𝐷 \{𝐵} such that 𝐵 = ∪ 𝒪𝐷. by 𝐵 ∈ ℬ𝐷 , there exists ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷) where 𝐵 = 𝐿ɍ. because ɍ ∈ 𝐵, there exists 𝑄 ∈ 𝒪𝐷 such that ɍ ∈ 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐵. by lemma 3.1, 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝑄. then 𝐵 = 𝑄, so we obtain a contradiction. hence, 𝐻 cannot be represented as the union of some elements of ℬ𝐷 \{𝐵}. 109 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (3) let ℋ𝐷 form a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). then ℬ𝐷 ⊆ ℋ𝐷 . otherwise, there exists 𝐵 ∈ ℬ𝐷 but 𝐵 ∉ ℋ𝐷 . notice that 𝐵 ∈ ℬ𝐷, there exists ɍ ∈ 𝐵 where 𝐵 = 𝐿ɍ. because ℋ𝐷 is a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), there exists ℋ𝐷 𝚤 ⊆ ℋ𝐷 such that 𝐵 = ∪ ℋ𝐷 𝚤 . thus ɍ ∈ 𝐻 ⊆ 𝐵 for some 𝐻 ∈ ℋ𝐷 𝚤 . by using lemma 3.1, 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐻. so 𝐵 = 𝐻 ∈ ℋ𝐷 and that means a contradiction. therefore, ℬ𝐷 ⊆ ℋ𝐷 . theorem 3.3.let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space generated by a reflexive graph 𝐷, then (1) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a first countable space, (2) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a locally compact space, (3) if 𝐷 is countable, then (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is second countable space. proof. (1) by lemma 3.1(2) {𝐿ɍ} is an open neighborhood base of ɍ, then (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 )is a first countable space. (2) by lemma 3.1(3), we have for each ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), ɍ has compact neighborhood. hence (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is locally compact space. (3) by lemma 3.1(4),ℬ𝐷 = {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} is a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), which implies to there exists a countable base for 𝜏𝐷, so (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a second countable space. theorem 3.4. if 𝐷 = (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷)) is a reflexive graph and 𝐷𝛽 the transmitting expression of 𝐷, then (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) = (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷𝛽 ). proof. according to lemma 3.1(4), ℬ𝐷 = {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} is a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), we will prove that ℬ𝐷 = {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} is also a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷𝛽 ). by definition 𝐿ɍ = {𝑢 𝑉(𝐷): (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐷𝛽 } ∈ 𝜏𝐷𝛽 . let ɍ ∈ 𝐾 ∈ 𝜏𝐷𝛽 , for any 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿ɍ, then (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐷𝛽 , since ɍ ∈ 𝐾, by lemma 3.1(2) ɍ ∈ 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐾. so ℬ𝐷 is also base for 𝜏𝐷𝛽 , hence (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) = (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷𝛽 ). lemma 3.5. let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 )be atopological space generated by a reflexive graph 𝐷, if ℬ𝐷 ∗ the minimal complete cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) according to the base ℬ𝐷, then for all 𝐹 ∈ ℬ𝐷 ∗ , ⋃(ℬ𝐷 \ {𝐹}) ≠ 𝑉(𝐷) and ⋃(ℬ𝐷 ∗ \{𝐹}) ≠ 𝑉(𝐷). proof. suppose that ⋃(ℬ𝐷\{𝐹}) = 𝑉(𝐷), then there exists ℬ𝐷 𝜄 ⊆ ℬ𝐷 \{𝐹} such that 𝐹 ⊆ ∪ ℬ𝐷 𝜄 , since 𝐹 ∈ ℬ𝐷 ∗ ⊆ ℬ𝐷, there exists ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷) such that 𝐹 = 𝐿ɍ, so ɍ ∈ 𝐹 𝜄 for some 𝐹𝜄 ∈ ℬ𝐷 𝜄 . by lemma 3.1(2), 𝐹 = 𝐿ɍ ⊆ 𝐹 𝜄. consequently 𝐹 is not a maximal element of ℋ𝐺 which implies a contradiction. so, ⋃(ℬ𝐷 \{𝐹}) ≠ 𝑉(𝐷). since ⋃(ℬ𝐷 \{𝐹}) ≠ 𝑉(𝐷), ⋃(ℬ𝐷 ∗ \{𝐹}) ≠ 𝑉(𝐷). lemma 3.6.let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space generated by a reflexive graph 𝐷, if ℬ𝐷 ∗ the minimal complete cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) according to the base ℬ𝐷 and ℋ𝐷 an open cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). then for all 𝐹 ∈ ℬ𝐷 ∗ , there exists 𝐻 ∈ ℋ𝐷 where 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐻. proof. since ℋ𝐷 an open cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), for any 𝐹 ∈ ℬ𝐷 ∗ , there exists ℋ𝐷 𝚤 ⊆ ℋ𝐷 such that 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃ ℋ𝐷 𝚤 . because 𝐹 ∈ ℬ𝐷 ∗ ⊆ ℬ𝐷, then 𝐹 = 𝐿ɍ for some ɍ ∈ 𝐹, so there exists 𝐻 ∈ ℋ𝐷 𝚤 ⊆ ℋ𝐷 such that ɍ ∈ 𝐻. by lemma 3.1, 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐻. 110 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 lemma 3.7.let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space generated by a reflexive graph 𝐷. if ℬ𝐷 ∗ is the minimal complete cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) according to the base ℬ𝐷 and ℋ𝐷 an open cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), which is made up of some elements of ℬ𝐷, then ℬ𝐷 ∗ ⊆ 𝒪𝐷 . proof. for each 𝐵 ∈ ℬ𝐷 ∗ , we claim that 𝐵 ∈ 𝒪𝐷 . if not, 𝐵 ∉ 𝒪𝐷 . since ⋃ 𝒪𝐷 = 𝑉(𝐷), ⋃(𝒪𝐷 \ {𝐵}) = 𝑉(𝐷), so ⋃(ℬ𝐷 \{𝐵}) = 𝑉(𝐷). by using lemma3.5,⋃(ℬ𝐷 \{𝐵}) ≠ 𝑉(𝐷), which implies a contradiction. so ℬ𝐷 ∗ ⊆ 𝒪𝐷 . theorem 3.8.let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 )be a topological space generated by a reflexive graph 𝐷, ℬ𝐷 ∗ the minimal complete cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 )according to the base ℬ𝐷. thenℋ𝐺 ∗ is a finite set if and only if(𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is compact space. proof. the only if part clear by lemma (4.6).conversely, suppose that (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is compact, asℋ𝐺 is an open cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) then ℋ𝐺 has a finite subcover ℋ𝐺 𝜄 . by using lemma 3.7, ℬ𝐷 ∗ ⊆ ℬ𝐷 𝜄 , thus |ℬ𝐷 ∗ | ≤ |ℬ𝐷 𝜄 |. hence ℬ𝐷 ∗ is a finite set. 4. the properties of topological spaces generated by a tolerance graph through this part, we will achieve the properties of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), where (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a topological space induced by tolerance graph 𝐷. lemma 4.1if (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a topological space generated by a tolerance graph 𝐷, then for all 𝑄 ⊆ 𝐷, 𝑄 is open if and only if 𝑄 is closed. proof. 𝑄 is open ⟺ 𝑄 = 𝐼𝑛𝑡(𝑄) ⟺ 𝑄𝑐 = 𝐼𝑛𝑡(𝑄𝑐 ) ⟺ 𝑄𝑐 is open graph ⟺ 𝑄 is closed. theorem 4.2. if(𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 )is a topological space generated by a tolerance graph 𝐷. then (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is discrete if and only if (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is 𝑇0 − 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. proof.the only if part is clear. we are going to prove the if part. let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be 𝑇0 − 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. depending on the lemma 3.1(4), we have if 𝐷 is reflexive, then {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} is a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). we claim that 𝐿ɍ = {ɍ} for any ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷). suppose that 𝐿ɍ ≠ {ɍ} for some ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷). by proposition 2.5, 𝐷𝛽 is an equivalent graph on 𝑉(𝐷), so 𝐿ɍ = [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 . chose 𝑢 ∈ [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 such that 𝑢 ≠ ɍ. since (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is 𝑇0 − 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒, there exists an open subgraph 𝑂 where ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑂) and 𝑢 ∉ 𝑉(𝑂), or there exists an open subgraph 𝑈 where 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝑈) and ɍ ∉ 𝑉(𝑈). if there exists an open subgraph 𝑉(𝑂) where ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑂) and ɍ ∉ 𝑉(𝑈), then ɍ ∈ 𝐿𝑣 ⊆ 𝑉(𝑂) for some 𝑣 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)depending on the lemma 3.1(4). it follows 𝑢 ∉ 𝐿𝑣 . as 𝐷𝛽 is an equivalence graph on 𝑉(𝐷), [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 = [𝑣]𝐷𝛽 = 𝐿𝑣. thus 𝑢 ∈ [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 = 𝐿𝑣 means a contradiction. similarly if there exists an open subgraph 𝑈where𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝑈) and ɍ ∉ 𝑉(𝑈). hence, {ɍ} is open for all ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷). therefore, all subgraphs of 𝑉(𝐷) are open which means that (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is discrete. theorem 4.3.let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space generated by a tolerance graph 𝐷. then, the statements are equivalent: (1) 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) is countable, (2) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a second countable space, (3) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a separable space, 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (4) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a lindelöf space. proof. (1)⟹(2). since 𝐷𝛽 is an equivalence graph on 𝑉(𝐷), {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} = 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ). by lemma 3.1(4), (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is second countable space. (2)⟹(1) suppose that ℬ is a countable base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), then for ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), there exists 𝐵ɍ ∈ ℬ such that ɍ ∈ 𝐵ɍ ⊆ 𝐿ɍ. by lemma 3.1(4), ɍ ∈ 𝐿𝑢 ⊆ 𝐵ɍ for some 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷). since 𝐿ɍ = [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 = [𝑢]𝐷𝛽 = 𝐿𝑢, 𝐵ɍ = [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 , we define 𝑓: 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) ⟶ ℬ by 𝑓 ([ɍ]𝐷𝛽 ) = 𝐵ɍ, then 𝑓 is injective. so|𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 )| ≤ |ℬ|. hence 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) is countable. (2) ⟹ (3) and (2) ⟹ (4) are clear. (3) ⟹ (2). suppose that 𝐶 is a countable dense subgraph of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). put 𝜆 = {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐶)}, then 𝜆 is countable. by lemma 3.1(4), for all ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷) and open subgraph 𝑂 with ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑂), we have ɍ ∈ 𝐿𝑢 ⊆ 𝑉(𝑂) for some 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷). since 𝐶 is dense, 𝐿𝑢 ∩ 𝑉(𝐶) ≠ ∅, chose 𝑣 ∈ 𝐿𝑢 ∩ 𝑉(𝐶), then 𝐿𝑣 ∈ 𝜆. since 𝐷𝛽 is an equivalence graph on 𝑉(𝐷), 𝐿𝑣 = [𝑣]𝐷𝛽 = [𝑢]𝐷𝛽 = 𝐿𝑢. it follows ɍ ∈ 𝐿𝑣 ⊆ 𝑉(𝑂). therefore, 𝜆 is a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). hence (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a second countable space. (4) ⟹ (2). suppose that 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) is not countable. since 𝐷𝛽 is an equivalence graph on 𝑉(𝐷), {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} = 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ). it is obvious that {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} is an open cover of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) but {𝐿ɍ: ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} does not have any countable subcover hence we get a contradiction. theorem 5.4 let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space generated by a tolerance graph 𝐷. then (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a connected space if and only if 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) = 𝑉(𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷). proof. suppose that (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is connected, if 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) ≠ 𝑉(𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷), then 𝑉(𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) ≠ ∅. chose (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ (𝑉(𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷))\𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ), then 𝑢 ∉ [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 = 𝐿ɍ. so 𝐿ɍ ≠ 𝑉(𝐷) and 𝐿ɍ ≠ ∅. by lemma 4.1, 𝐿ɍ is both open and closed, so we obtain a contradiction. conversely, suppose that 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) = 𝑉( 𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷), then 𝑉(𝐷) ∕ 𝐸(𝐷𝛽 ) = [𝑉(𝐷)]. so 𝜏𝐷 = {𝑉(𝐷), ∅}, thus (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is connected. theorem 4.6. let (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) be a topological space generated by a tolerance graph 𝐷. then (1) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a locally connected space (2) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a locally separable space, (3) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a regular space, (4) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a normal space, (5) (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 )is a pseudo-metrizable space. proof.(1) by lemma 3.1(2) every open neighborhood of ɍ contains 𝐿ɍ which is connected. (2)since {𝐿ɍ} is an open neighborhood base of ɍ, we just need to show that 𝐿ɍ is a separable subset of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). let {ɍ} ̅̅ ̅̅ be the closure of {ɍ} and suppose that there exists 𝑢 ∈ {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ such that 𝑢 ∉ 𝐿ɍ, so [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 ∩ [𝑢]𝐷𝛽 = ∅. for an open neighborhood 𝐿𝑢 of 𝑢, {ɍ} ∩ 𝐿𝑢 = ∅ ,so 𝑢 ∉ {ɍ} ̅̅ ̅̅ 112 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 which is a contradiction, hence, 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿ɍ then {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ ⊆ 𝐿ɍ. on the other hand, let 𝑢 ∈ 𝐿ɍ then 𝑢 ∈ [ɍ]𝐷𝛽 , then 𝐿ɍ = 𝐿𝑢. suppose 𝑂 is an open neighborhood of 𝑢, so 𝐿𝑢 ⊆ 𝑉(𝑂) then 𝐿𝑢 ∩ 𝑉(𝑂) ≠ ∅, so 𝐿ɍ ∩ 𝑉(𝑂) ≠ ∅, then, {ɍ} ∩ 𝑉(𝑂) ≠ ∅ then 𝑢 ∈ {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ , so 𝐿ɍ ⊆ {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ . hence, 𝐿ɍ = {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ , and we obtained that {ɍ} is countable dense subset of 𝐿ɍ which implies to 𝐿ɍ is separable subset of (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). hence, (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is locally separable space. (3) let 𝑄 be closed subgraph of 𝐷 and ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)𝑐 , by lemma 4.1 𝑄 is open if and only if 𝑄 is closed, so𝑄 and 𝑄𝑐 are two open disjoint subgraph of 𝐷 such that 𝑉(𝑄) ⊆ 𝑉(𝑄) and ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)𝑐. hence (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a regular space. (4) let 𝑄, 𝑀 are two disjoint closed subgraphs of 𝐷, then by lemma 4.1 they are also disjoint closed subgraphs of 𝑉(𝐷). but we have 𝑉(𝑄) ⊆ 𝑉(𝑄)and 𝑉(𝑀) ⊆ 𝑉(𝑀). hence (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is a normal space. (5) since there exists the trivial pseudo-metrizable map 𝑑 induced by the pseudo-metrizable space, where 𝑑: 𝑉(𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷) ⟶ [0, ∞), such that 𝑑 = { 1 𝑖𝑓 ɍ = 𝑢 0 𝑖𝑓 ɍ ≠ 𝑢 for any ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷) and 𝜖 > 0, 𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖) = { {ɍ} 𝑖𝑓𝜖 < 1 𝑉(𝐷) 𝑖𝑓 𝜖 ≥ 1 then, {ɍ} ∈ 𝜏𝐷, so (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is pseudo-discrete, then 𝐵(ɍ, 1) = {𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢) < 1} = {𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢) = 0} = {ɍ}. thus {𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖): ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜖 > 0} forms a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ). hence (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ) is pseudo-metrizable. 5. approximation spaces on digraph we will present the concept of approximation spaces in this part; furthermore, we will get their characterizations and properties. definition 5.1. let (𝐷, 𝜌) be a topological space, then (𝐷, 𝜌) is called an approximation space if there exists an equivalence graph 𝐷 = (𝑉(𝐷), 𝐸(𝐷))such that 𝜏𝐷 = 𝜌. according to lemma 4.1, we get that approximating spaces are pseudo-discrete spaces. but the question, would pseudo-discrete spaces are approximating space? this problem is certainly answered by the following theorem. theorem 5.2. 6.2 if (𝐷, 𝜌) is a topological space, we have the next equivalence: (1) (𝐷, 𝜌) is an approximating space, (2) (𝐷, 𝜌) is both pseudo-metrizable and pseudo-discrete, (3) (𝐷, 𝜌) is pseudo-discrete space. proof. (1) ⟹ (2). it holds depending on lemma 4.1 and theorem 4.6. 113 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (2) ⟹ (1). let(𝐷, 𝜌)be both pseudo-metrizable and pseudo-discrete, then there exists a pseudo-metric map 𝑑 on 𝑉(𝐷) where {𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖): ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜖 > 0} is a base for (𝐷, 𝜌). we define a graph 𝐷 on 𝑉(𝐷) as thereinafter: for all ɍ, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), (ɍ, 𝑢) ∈ 𝐸(𝐷) if and only if 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢) = 0. since 𝑑 is pseudo-metric on 𝑉(𝐷), so 𝐷 is an equivalence graph. we will prove that 𝜏𝐷 = 𝜌. let 𝑄 ∈ 𝜌, by proposition 2.8, �̅� = {ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑄) = 0}. since (𝐷, 𝜌)is pseudo-discrete, 𝑄 is closed in (𝐷, 𝜌), so 𝑉(𝑄) = {ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑄) = 0}. it is obvious that 𝑉(𝑄) ⊆ ⋃{[ɍ]𝐷 : ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)}. if 𝑢 ∈ [ɍ]𝐷 with ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑄), then, 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑄) ≤ 𝑑(𝑢, ɍ) = 0. so 𝑢 ∈ {ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑄) = 0} = 𝑉(𝑄), that is mean𝑉(𝑄) ⊇ ⋃{[ɍ]𝐷 : ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)}. thus 𝑉(𝑄) = ⋃{[ɍ]𝐷 : ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑄)}, it follows that 𝑉(𝑄) ∈ 𝜏𝐷, so𝜌 ⊆ 𝜏𝐷. on the other side, let ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), by proposition 2.8, {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ = {𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(𝑢, ɍ) = 0}, then {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ = {ɍ}𝐷. now [ɍ]𝐷 is closed in (𝐷, 𝜌), since (𝐷, 𝜌)is pseudo-discrete,[ɍ]𝐷 ∈ 𝜌. since {[ɍ]𝐷 : ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷)} is a base for (𝐷, 𝜏𝐷 ), 𝜏𝐷 ⊆ 𝜌. hence 𝜏𝐷 = 𝜌. this means that (𝐷, 𝜌) are an approximation space. (2) ⟹ (3). clear. (3) ⟹ (2). let(𝐷, 𝜌)be pseudo-discrete. for eachɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷), 𝐶(ɍ) denoted a connected component with ɍ ∈ 𝐶(ɍ), then 𝐶(ɍ) is closed in (𝐷, 𝜌). so {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ ⊆ 𝐶(ɍ). let 𝑢 ∈ 𝐶(ɍ), since 𝐶(ɍ) is a connected component with ɍ ∈ 𝐶(ɍ), there exists a connected subgraph 𝑄 of 𝐷whereɍ, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝑄). since 𝐷 is pseudo-discrete, {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ is both open and closed in (𝐷, 𝜌). note that {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ ∩ 𝑉(𝑄) is both open and closed in the subspace 𝑄 and 𝑄 is connected. then {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ ∩ 𝑉(𝑄) = 𝑉(𝑄), so 𝑢 ∈ {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ . this indicates that 𝐶(ɍ) ⊆ {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ . thus 𝐶(ɍ) = {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ . we define 𝑑: 𝑉(𝐷) × 𝑉(𝐷) ⟶ [0, ∞) as follows: 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢) = { 0 𝑖𝑓 𝐶(ɍ) = 𝐶(𝑢), 1 𝑖𝑓 𝐶(ɍ) ≠ 𝐶(𝑢). the assumption that 𝑑 is pseudo-metric on 𝑉(𝐷)can be easily proved. for any ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷) and 𝜖 > 0, 𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖) = { {ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ 𝑖𝑓 𝜖 ≤ 1, 𝑉(𝐷) 𝑖𝑓 𝜖 > 1. then 𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖)will be closed in (𝐷, 𝜌). because𝐷 is pseudo-discrete, 𝐵(ɍ, 𝜖) ∈ 𝜌. let ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝐷) and 𝑉(𝑂) ∈ 𝜌 with ɍ ∈ 𝑉(𝑄). since 𝐷is pseudo-discrete, 𝑉(𝑄)is closed in (𝐷, 𝜌). so{ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ ⊆ 𝑉(𝑄). by proposition 2.8,{ɍ}̅̅ ̅̅ = {𝑢 ∈ 𝑉(𝐷): 𝑑(ɍ, 𝑢) = 0}. then . 𝑉(𝐷) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜖 > 0} is a base for (𝐷, 𝜌). therefore(𝐷, 𝜌) is pseudo-metrizable. corollary 5.3. discrete spaces are approximating spaces. theorem 5.4. quotient maps preserve approximating spaces. 114 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proof. suppose that the image of an approximating space 𝐷under a quotient map 𝑓 is 𝐷′. we have to show that 𝐷′ is an approximating space. since 𝑓is a quotient map, 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐷′ is open in 𝐷′ if and only if 𝑓 −1(𝑁) is open in 𝐷. by using theorem, 5.2, 𝑓 −1(𝑁) is open in 𝐷 if and only if 𝑓 −1(𝑁) is closed in 𝐷. since𝑓 is a quotient map, then, 𝑓 −1(𝑁) is closed if and only if 𝑁 ⊆ 𝐷′ is closed in 𝐷′. so𝑁 ⊆ 𝐷′is open in 𝐷′ if and only if 𝑁 is closed in𝐷′. according to theorem 5.2,𝐷′ is an approximating space. corollary5.5. continuous maps do not preserve an approximating space. we will explicate corollary 5.5. in the next example. example 5.6.suppose that𝑉(𝐷) is a real numbers set r given with the usual discrete topology and 𝑉(𝐷′) is a real numbers 𝑅given with the usual euclidean topology, let 𝑓: 𝑉(𝐷) ⟶ 𝑉(𝐷′) be the identity map, it is obvious that 𝑓 is continuous map. according to the corollary 5.3, 𝑉(𝐷) is an approximating space. but 𝑉(𝐷′) is not an approximating space. therefore, continuous maps do not preserve approximating spaces. 3.conclusion we offer the topological space generated by a reflexive graph and tolerance graph consecutively and discussed the topological structure of generalized rough graph. we have also achieving approximating spaces and get sufficient and necessary conditions that topological spaces are approximating spaces on graphs. references 1. wilson, r. j. introduction of graph theory, fourth, 1996. 2. pawlak,z.; rough sets, international journal of information and computer science, 1982 11,5, 341-356. 3. li, z. topological properties of generalized rough sets, in: proc. seventh international conference on fuzzy systems and knowledge discovery, 2010, 2067-2070. 4. zhu, w. topological approaches to coveringgener alizedroughsets, information, 2007,177, 1499–1508. 5. kondo, m. on the structure of generalized roughsets, information science, 2006, 176,589–600. 6. engelking, r. generaltopology,polishscientificpublishers,warszawa,1977. 7. obaid ,s. s. on topological structures in graph theory , master thesis, college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, 2017. 8. yousif, y. y. topological generalizations of rough concepts, international journal of advanced scientific and technical research, r s. publication, 2015 , 5, 3, 265-272, may-june. 9. abd el-monsef, m. e.; shokry, m. m.; yousif y. y. near approximations in gmclosure spaces, international scholarly research network (isrn) applied mathematics volume 2012, article id 240315, 23 pages doi:10.5402/2012/240315, hindawi publishing corporation, usa, 2012. 10. shokry, m. ; yousif, y. y. closure operators on graphs, australian journal of basic and applied sciences, australian, 2011, 5, 11, 1856-1864. 115 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 11. shokry, m.; yousif, y. y. connectedness in graphs and gm-closure spaces, journal of computer sciences, international centre for advance studies, india, 2011, 22,3, 7786. 12. yousif, y. y.; abdul-naby, a. i. rough and near rough probability in gm-closure spaces, international journal of mathematics trends and technology, seventh sense research group, 2016, 30, 2, 68-78. 13. yousif, y. y.; obaid, s. s. topological structures using mixed degree systems in graph theory, international journal of applied mathematics & statistical sciences, international academy of sciences, 2016, 5, 2, 51-72. 14. yousif, y. y. topological generalizations of rough concepts, international journal of advanced scientific and technical research, r s. publication, 2015,5, 3, 265-272. 15. radwan, a. e.; yousif, y. y. near rough and near exact subgraphs in gm-closure spaces, international journal of computer science issues (ijcsi), mauritius, 2012, 9, 2, 3, 131-140. 16. yousif, y. y.; obaid s. s., generalization of rough set theory using a finite number of a finite d. g.'s, international journal of science and research (ijsr), 2018,7,1,1043 – 1052. microsoft word 1 318 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 معقدات ثنائية النوى المتجانسة لبعض العناصرتحضير وتشخيص عدد من -2( -2-كلورو -1االنتقالية وغير االنتقالية مع ليكاند مشتق من كلورواثيوكسي ) مظھر يونس محمد سلوى عبدالستار جبار عبدهللا شناكقادر قسم الكيمياء /كلية التربية للبنات / جامعة تكريت 2013كانون االول 26قبل البحث في :,2013تشرين االول 29استلم البحث في : الخالصة ومعقداتھا ثنائية 1l4(h(كاند جديد من قواعد شف رباعية السن ذي الصيغة ييتضمن البحث تحضير وتشخيص ل 2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[m [النواه مع مجموعه من ايونات العناصر االنتقالية فضال عن الكادميوم ذي الصيغة العامة ] +2and cd+2 ,cu+2,ni+2,co+2=[mn+2m –واالشعة فوق البنفسجية , (ft-ir)شخص الليكند ومعقداته المحضرة بواساطة اطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء c.h.n)التحليل الكمي الدقيق للعناصر ( , 1l 4[ h[طيف الرنين النووي لليكند المحضر uv)(visibleالمرئية .درجات االنصھار، التوصيليه الموالريه للمعقدات المحضرة ، وقياسات الحساسية المغناطيسية ,لبعض منھا قواعد شف رباعية السن,ثنائية النواة-امينو فينول 3ائي(كلورواثيل)ايثر,ثن 2الكلمات المفتاحية: 319 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة قواعد شف ان قواعد شف من الليكاندات لھا اھمية بارزة في الكيمياء التناسقية اذ تستعمل في تحضير عدد كبير من المعقدات ، أطلق مصطلح قواعد شف على المركبات ]1[باتحادھا مع العناصر أو االيونات الفلزية وذلك بسبب قدرتھا على التناسق ) من 1864) اول من حضر االيمين سنة (schiff، ويعد العالم شف c=n (]2[ )التي تحتوي على المجموعة الفعالة ( ) بين االلديھايدات أو الكيتونات ( االليفاتية أو االروماتية ) مع condensation reactionتفاعل التكثيف البسيط ( غير مستقرة تتحول الى الناتج األمينات االولية المختلفة أو الحوامض االمينية ، اذ يحدث التفاعل عن طريق حالة وسطية . ]3[الذي يعرف بااليمين وھي ناتج ارتباط ذرة الكاربون بآصرة مزدوجة مع ذرة النتروجين استعماالت قواعد شف ومعقداتھا الفلزية أستعمل ھذا النوع من المركبات في مجاالت الكيمياء والصناعة والطب وذلك الحتوائھا على مجموعة االيمين ذات التأثير الواضح في النشاط األنزيمي لألنظمة الحيوية . لذا حضر عدد كبير منھا ودراسة فعاليتھا البايولوجية اذ تتميز ية، واسعه النطاق مما دعا العلماء والباحثين الى تحضير ودراسة ھذه قواعد شف ومعقداتھا بامتالكھا فعالية بايولوج ، عدد من قواعد شف ثالثية السن و وجد أن للمعقدات ]4[ ) وجماعتهchohanالمركبات بشكل واسع فلقد حضر ( escherichiaوھي المحضرة دوراً بايولوجياً مھماً اذ درست فعالية ھذه المعقدات ضد عدد من أنواع البكتريا المعروفة coli وstaphlococcus aureus و pseudomonas aeruginosa . عددا من المعقدات مع قواعد شف المحتوية ]6[. وحضر ت ]5[وقد وجد ان لمعقدات قواعد شف فعالية ضد السرطان . e.coliواتضح ان لھا فعالية حيوية وكفاية ضد بكتيريا االجھزة المستخدمة الميزان الكھربائي .1 اس ذي ائي الحس زان الكھرب اطة المي ات بواس ير المركب ي تحض تعملة ف واد المس ن الم ة م ظبطت األوزان المطلوب ] germany (bl 2105 sartorius( [المراتب العشرية األربعة من نوع . جھاز قياس درجات االنصھار 2. قيست درجات االنصھار للمركبات المحضرة باستخدام جھاز قياس درجه االنصھار الكھرو حراري من نوع. مسخن كھربائي 3 . أستخدم في أجراء التفاعالت جھاز مسخن كھربائي من نوع. [ika rh basic2 (korea)] المرئية –جھاز قياس أطياف األشعة فوق البنفسجية 4. (uvvisible) spectrophotometer المرئية لمحاليل المركبات قيد الدراسة (الليكاندات ومعقداتھا الفلزية) في مذيب -سجلت أطياف األشعة فوق البنفسجية ايد ( ل سلفوكس ائي مثي وئي ( )dmsoثن ار ض وارتز بمس ن الك ه م تخدام خلي دى (1باس ي الم م) ف nm ) 1100-200س الري.) مو10-3وبتركيز ( [uv-visible spectrophotometercecilce1021 جھاز قياس األشعة تحت الحمراء 5. سجلت أطياف األشعة تحت الحمراء لليكاندات ومعقداتھا الفلزية بتحضير نماذج على شكل أقراص بروميد البوتاسيوم )kbr.بداللة العدد الموجي باستخدام الجھاز ( 320 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 [ftir-8400s shimadzu (japan)] . . جھاز قياس التوصيلية الكھربائية الموالرية6 ذيب ي م رة ف دات المحض ل المعق ة لمحالي ة الموالري يلية الكھربائي ت التوص قيس ايد( ل سلفوكس ائي مثي ز dmso)ثن تخدام 10-3 (وبتركي ر باس رارة المختب ة ح د درج ) عن جھاز nmr spectrophotometer-h1 . مطياف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي7 [digital conductivity meter-wt-720-inolab (germany) قيس الرنين النووي المغناطيسي لليكاندات ا ستخدام جھاز 6d-dmsoالمحضرة في ھذه الدراسة باستخدام مذيب في جامعة اليرموك zbruker 300 mh وب .) كمرجعا قياسيا tetra methyl saline )tmsالمملكة االردنية الھاشمية وقد تم استخدام / magnetic susceptibility balanceجھاز قياس الحساسية المغناطيسية 8 المغناطيسية للمعقدات المحضرة الصلبة باستخدام جھازمن نوع قيست الحساسية [magnetic susceptibility balance, bruker b.m6 تم القياس في جامعة الموصل كلية العلوم . elemental analysis (c.h.n)جھاز التحليل الكمي الدقيق للعناصر -9 ) لليكاندات وبعض من معقداتھا الفلزية باستخدام c.h.nكاربون، الھيدروجين والنيتروجين (عينت نسب العناصر ال .الجھاز جامعة ال البيت عمان 1l4[h ] 1l4synthesis of ligand [h[تحضير الليكاند 3.3-(2,2 –oxybis(ethane-2,1-diyl)bis(oxy)dianiline amino phenol-3) (امينوفينول 3-) من g , 2 mmol 2.2) وضع (مل 100( في دورق دائري القعر سعة الكحولي kohمن (0.94g , 2 mmol)ثم أضيف إلى المحلول مع التحريك المستمر من الميثانول ) مل10المذاب في ( ثم ترك المزيج ether di(dichloroethyl-2)) من (ml , 1 mmole 1.2 (وبشكل بطيىء بعد ذلك أضيف إلى المزيج ثم (ml 5) ساعا ت ولوحظ تكون راسبا قھوائي اللون رشح الراسب وغسل بااليثانول الباردخمس للتصعيد العكسي مدة .) c˚113-109(النصھار) وكانت درجة ا٪ 88(وترك ليجف ليعطي راسبا قھوائي (ml 5)بثنائي اثيل أثير )1l4hتحضير معقدات الليكاند ( synthesis of complexes تحضير المعقدات 2o)2(h2cl1l2[mn[ تحضير المعقد ) من g ,1mmole 0.07مزيج مكون من ( ,مزود بمكثف عاكس ml 100)وضع في دورق دائري سعة ( ) من g , 2mmol0.1(من االسيتون اضيف الى الدورق تدريجيا مع التحريك المستمر ml )5(مذاب h)1l4الليكند ( ترك المزيج للتصعيد العكسي مدة ثالث ساعات اذ .من الماء المقطر )ml 5 المذاب ( )o2.4h2mnclكلوريد المنغنيز ( ، بعدھا جفف ليعطي راسبٌا ml 3 ) تكون راسبا بني غامقا ترك المزيج للتبريد، رشح الراسب ثم غسل بااليثانول البارد ( .) c˚129-126) ودرجة االنصھار (٪78بنسبة (و بني غامقا من المعقد المطلوب 2o)2(h2cl1l2[co [ تحضير المعقد باستخدام الطريقة السابقة نفسھا المستخدمة في تحضيرمعقد 2o)2(h2cl1l2[co[حضر المعقد ] 2o)2(h2cl1l2[mnوالواردة في الفقرة)عدا استخدام ( )1-1-6-2g,2mmol0.12 الكوبلت ) من كلوريد )o2.6h2cocl ودرجة االنصھار (٪67راسبٌا بنفسجيا وبنسبة () اذ تكون (˚c144 -140 (. 2o)2(h2cl1l2[ni[ تحضير المعقد باستخدام الطريقة السابقة نفسھا المستخدمة في تحضيرمعقد 2o)2(h2cl1l2[ni[حضر المعقد ]2o)2(h2cl1l2[mnوالواردة في الفقرة)عدا استخدام( )1-1-6-2g , 2mmol0.12 من كلوريد النيكل ( )o2.6h2nicl ودرجة االنصھار (٪71راسبٌا اخضرا فاتحا وبنسبة() اذ تكون ( dec350 (. 321 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 2o)2(h2cl1l2[cu [ تحضير المعقد د ر المعق د 2o)2(h2cl1l2[cu[حض ير معق ي تحض تخدمة ف ھا المس ابقة نفس ة الس تخدام الطريق باس ] 2o)2(h2cl1l2[mnي الف واردة ف رة(ال تعمال ()فقرة1-1-6-2ق دا اس دالنحاس 8g , 2mmol0.0ع ن كلوري ) م )o2.4h2cucl ودرجة االنصھار (٪50راسبٌا زيتونيا وبنسبة () اذ تكون (˚c 135 -130 (. 2o)2(h2cl1l2[cd[ تحضير المعقد د ر المعق يرمعقد 2o)2(h2cl1l2[cd[حض ي تحض تخدمة ف ھا المس ابقة نفس ة الس تخدام الطريق باس ] 2o)2(h2cl1l2[mn رة ي الفق واردة ف تعمال ( )1-1-6-2(ال اديوم g , 2mmol0.1عدااس د الك ن كلوري ) م )o2.2h2cdcl 350) ودرجة االنصھار (٪65راسبٌا ابيضا وبنسبة() حيث تكون dec (. النتائج والمناقشة الليكـاند المحضر و معقداتةتحضير وتشخيص 1l4[h oxy -(2,2-3,3 ] 1l4synthesis of [h[تشخيص الليكاند bis (ethane-2,1-diyl)bis(oxy) dianiline 2مول) من ثنائي كلوروثنائي اثيل ايثر مع ( 1امينو فينول مع ( 3مول) من 2من تفاعل 1l4(h ) (حضر الليكاند مول) من ھيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم وبوجود الميثانول وسطا للتفاعل مع تسخين المزيج مدة ثالث ساعات وكما مبين في .المخطط ادناه o c h2 c h2 h2 c h2 c cl nh2ho (2) mole koh mthanol reflux (3 ) h o c h2 c h2 h2 c o h2 c o nh2h2n + 1 mole 2mole cl 3,3'-(2,2'-oxybis(ethane-2,1-diyl)bis(oxy))dianiline 2 hcl+ 1l4[h[مخطط: خطوات تحضير الليكاند 1l4[h ] complexes 1l4synthesis of [h [تشخيص معقدات الليكاند والنيكل والنحاس مع ايونات الفلزات (المنغنيز والكوبلت h)1l4(ل مفاعلة الليكند حضرت المعقدات من خال وكما مبين في دروكسيد البوتاسيوم قاعدة يوسطاً للتفاعل و وبوجود ھوالكادميوم) الثنائية التكافؤ باستعمال الميثانول المخطط أدناه. 322 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 n=2,4,6 o c h2 c h2 h2 c o h2 c o nh hn m m cl cl m+2 = mn,co,ni,cu,cd = o c h2 c h2 h2 c o h2 c o nh2h2n + mcl2 .nh2o 1 mole 2 mole reflux methanol 4 hour h2o h2o 2 mole koh 1l4[h[الليكاند معقداتمخطط: خطوات تحضير 1l4[h[طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء لليكاند للمواد االولية ir)-(ftله ومقارنته باطياف (ftir)عن طريق طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء 1l4[h[شخص الليكاند )الحزم المميزة التالية حزمة امتصاص عريضة عند العدد الموجي 1اظھر طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء لليكاند شكل ( (الحمراء لليكاتد الفينولية المرتبطة في حلقة الفنيل مقارنة بطيف االشعة تحت υ (oh)االصرة طتعود لم 1) سم3385( 1l( ) تعود الى مط االصرة االيمينية 1-سم 1614وحزمة مميزة عند العدد الموجي ((c=n) υ داللة على اختفاء كذلك اختفاء υ (c=o)ان ظھور ھذه الحزمة واختفاء حزمة . ]7 [الحزمة المميزة لمجموعة الكاربونيل االلديھايدية schiff ) دليل على تكو ين قاعدة شف ,في المواد االولية في تحضير الليكاند h)-(n a ,as υالحزمتين اللتين تعودان bases) ) التي تعود الى مط االصرة (1سم ) 1114و ( 1سم )1041كذلك ظھور حزم عند االعدادc-o-(c ]7[ . 1l4[h[أطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي لليكاند المحضر 1l4[h [لليكاند nmr-h1طيف يعد طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي واحدا من أھم الطرائق المتاحة للمختصين في موضوع الكيمياء العضوية اذ للمركبات العضوية وبالتالي التوصل الى تركيب المواد وتقدم الطريقة تقدم ھذه الطريقة معلومات عن البنية الجزيئية .[8] معلومات عن البنية الجزيئية من خالل فحص الخواص المغناطيسية لذرات معينة داخل الجزيئات hعند ()ازاحة كيميائية 2شكل ( 1l4[h[ لليكاند nmr-h1 اظھر طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي للبروتون ,4ppm 3.4=(δ تعود الى بروتونات مجموعة ) 2المثيلينch(. كما اظھر الطيف ازاحة كيميائية ع)ندh ,4 ppm 4.8= ( δالمثيلين عند اخر بروتونات بروتونات مجموعة المثيلين اخرى كما اظھر ازاحة بروتونات مجموعةالى تعود فتعود الى بروتونات مجموعة h ppm,4 8. 55= (δة عند (االيثان المجاورة الى ذرتي ناتروجين اما االشار مجموعة االمين. 1l4[h[المرئية لليكاند –طيف األشعة فوق البنفسجية قمتيي امتصاص األولى عند ( ),3شكل 1l4(h)المرئية لليكاند المحضرة ( –اظھر طيف األشعة فوق البنفسجية ناتجة من االنتقال االلكتروني ( )1-.سم1موالري max=2049( 1-) سم43859) نانوميتر (228الطول الموجي ( * (. ) ( 1-) سم35078)نانوميتر (285اما القمة الثانية عتد الطول الموجيmax=899 فتعود 1-.سم1موالري ( .)  n*إلى االنتقال االلكتروني ( 323 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1l4[h[تحضير وتشخيص معقدات الليكاند ] 1l4h[ الحمراء لمعقدات الليكانداطياف األشعة تحت عند مقارنة طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمعقدات مع طيف الليكاند الحر، لُوحظ انزياح بعض الحزم واختفاء بعضھا مع ظھور حزم أخرى داللة على حصول التناسق بين الليكاند والفلز. المحضرةاظھرت اطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمعقدات ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[ni , ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[co , ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[mn ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2and [cd ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[cu حزم امتصاص عند االعداد الموجية و 1)سم 3425,3334,3280,3215و 1سم 3550,3371,3263,3226)و ( 1) سم3425,3334,3280,3215( انزياحاً نحو تردد (اوطئ) لحزمة 1-سم 3373,3311,3255,3149)( و 1-سم )3342,3356,3345.3256( co-(c υتغير مط اآلصرة ( فضآل عن مقارنة مع طيف الليكاند الحر n a , as υ)-(h االمتصاص العائدة لمجموعة كذلك . 1-سم ) 10181088التي ظھرت عند العدد الموجي ( ويعود ذلك الى تناسق ذرة االوكسجين مع االيون الفلزي، m -(m)-(n) والعائدة لمط االصرة 1سم 434-486و ( 1) سم590-518( ظھور قمم جديدة عند العدد الموجي o), 9على التوالي] [ . 1l4[h[أطياف األشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية لمعقدات الليكاند , ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[ni , ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[co , ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[mn ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2and [cd ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[cu ثالث قمم امتصاص االولى عند الطول 2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[mn[اظھر طيف االشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية للمعقد ) تعود إلى المجال الليكاندي وقد ازيحت الى طول 1.سم1موالري max =2374( 1)سم42918) نانوميتر (233الموجي ( القمة اماموجي اطول مقارنة بموقعھا في الطيف االلكتروني لليكاند الحروھذا داللة على حصول التناسق بين الليكاند والفلز نقل الشحنة ) تعود إلى طيف 1.سم1موالري max=2220( 1)سم36363) نانوميتر (275الثانية عند الطول الموجي (  () نوعd-d) فانھا تعود الى االنتقال االلكتروني (1.سم1موالري max =19) (768القمة الثالثة عند الطول الموجي ( 1a6 )1(ga4e , 4 (. ) ان ھذه النتائج تتفق مع الدراسات الطيفية الواردة لمعقدات المنغنيزii [10] ) رباعية السطوح . ثالث قمم امتصاص االولى عند 2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[co[اظھر طيف األشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية لمعقد لليكاند اما ) تعود الى االنتقال االلكتروني1-.سم1-موالري max=2403( 1-)سم42918( انوميتر)ن233الطول الموجي ( الى طيف نقل فتعزى )1-.سم1موالري max=1349( 1)سم35211() نانوميتر 284القمة الثانية عند الطول الموجي ( فتعزى الى )1.سم1-موالري max=11( 1-)سم12820() نانوميتر 780الشحنة اما القمة الثالثة عند الطول الموجي ( ) رباعيةiiمتفقة مع االطياف االلكترونية لمعقدات الكوبلت ( 1t4  (f)2a4(p) ) نوعd-dاالنتقال االلكتروني ( .]11.10 [طوح المشوھهالس أربع قمم امتصاص االولى عند الطول 2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[ni[كما اظھر طيف األشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية لمعقد ) فتعود انتقاالت الليكاند أما الثانية عند الطول 1.سم1موالري max =2424( 1)سم42553) نانوميتر (235الموجي ( ) وتعود الى طيف نقل الشحنة اما القمتان عند 1.سم1موالري max =2360( 1)سم37037نانوميتر() 270الموجي ( ) فتعودان إلى طيف 1.سم1-موالري 12و max=16( 1-)سم12269و 12870) نانوميتر ( 815و 777االطوال الموجية ( .[12] االنتقاالت االلكترونية 3t1 (f)  3t1 (p) 3t1 (f)  3a2 ) ثالث قمم امتصاص 18-3شكل 2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[cu )[اظھر طيف األشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية لمعقد ) تعود الى انتقاالت الليكاند أما 1-.سم1موالري max =2409( 1-) سم43103)نانوميتر (232االولى عند الطول الموجي ( أما .) تعود الى طيف انتقال الشحنة 1.سم1-موالري max=1107( 1سم)28985)نانوميتر(345الثانية عند الطول الموجي ( ) فتعزى الى 1-.سم1موالري max =41( 1)سم12435) نانوميتر (803قمة االمتصاص الثالثة عند الطول الموجي ( الطيفية السابقة تيلر التي تتفق مع الدراسات –) وھذه نتيجة طبيعة تاثير جان 2b2e 2) نوع (d-dاالنتقال االلكتروني ( . ] 13[) رباعية السطوح المشوه iiلمعقدات النحاس ( 324 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ثالث قمم امتصاص االولى والثانية عند 2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[cd[اظھر طيف األشعة فوق البنفسجية والمرئية لمعقد )فتعود الى المجال الليكاندي اما القمة الثالثة 1.سم1موالري 2139و max =2387) نانوميتر ( 277و 235االطول الموجية ( والمالحظ في الطيف .) فتعود الى طيف نقل الشحنة 1.سم1موالري max =580) نانوميتر( 323عند الطول الموجي ( .) 10d() نظام ii) عدم ظھور قمة امتصاص في منطقة الطيف المرئي الن ايون الكادميوم (iiااللكتروني لمعقد الكادميوم ( ان ھذه النتيجة تتفق مع الدراسات الطيفية لمعقدات الكادميوم رباعية التناسق ذي الشكل الرباعي السطوح وقد ادرجت . [14] النتائج في الجدول القياسات المغناطيسية .وقد اظھر معقد bm [15] (4.97 ,)) عزماً مغناطيسياً مقداره 1l4, h (مع الليكاند (ii)اظھر معقد الكوبلت ) عزماً مغناطيسياً مقداره 1l4h (مع الليكاند (ii)النيكل (3.44) (bm وبھذا فھو ضمن مدى معقدات النيكل(ii) الى . أما بالنسبة[16] رباعية السطوح عالية البرم د اس معق ر (ii)النح ا فظھ يآ عزم دار مغناطيس مق (2.75) bmوھذا يقع ضمن مدى لوجود الكترون واحد كما ھو متوقع اليون النحاس لذلك فھو بارامغناطيسي وذلك . [16] (ii) رباعية السطوح المصادر 1.wilkinson, g.a.; gillard, r.d. and. cleverty, j. a, (1987). "comprehensive coordination chemistry", 2ed., pergamon press, oxford, england,. 716, , 717, 733, 735. 2.naught mc a.dand wilkinson”compendium of chemical terminology”2ed(1997) -776 . 3.patai s,(1979) ”the chemistry of carbon-nitrogen double bond”,john wiley and sons, inc.,new york. 4.z. h. chohan, m. a. farooq and m. s. iqbal, ''metal-based drugs''., 7, 133-139 (2000). 5.arif, m.,qurashi, m. m. r. and shad, m. a.2001,metal-based antibacterial agents. synthesis,characterization, and in vitro biological evaluation of cefixime drived shiff bases and their complexes with zn(ii), (cu(ii,ni(ii) and co(ii),j.cood. chem.64(11),1914-1930. 6.shaimaa r.bakir, (2007) msc.thesis,university of baghdad. 7ryles. a p, smith k. (1980)." essental organic chemistry" willy inerscience publication john wily and sons. 8. çiftçi h., ölçücü a. and çiftçi t. (2007), national j. chem. & tech. sci., 2, 105-108. 9. nakamoto k., .(1997)."infrared and raman spectra of inorganic coordination compounds ", 5th ed., part b, john wiley & sons, new york, pp. 87, 154, 173, 187. 10. r. k. agarwal, s. prased and n. gahlot, turk. j. chem., 28, 415,(2004). ).2011( 122صعمان، ، 1ط "، دار ناشرون وموزعون، التحليل اآللي.بسام ابراھيم العسود، " 11 12lever a.b. p., (1984)"inorganic electronic spectroscopy", 2nd ed., new york. 13.orgel,l.1966.”an introduction to transition metal chemistry”2nd ed,wiley,new york. 14.jasim sh.s and falih h. mosa,2013,synthysis and characterization of [2-(carboxy methylen-amino)-phenyl imino]acetic acid (l) and its some metal complexes,j of baghdad for science , 10(3)september. 15.kettle, s.f.1975”coordination compounds”,thomas nelson and sons,london,p.165. 16.skoog,d.a. and donald, m.1974,fundamentals of analytical chemistry altoit london edition. 325 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 .:الخصائص الفيزيائية لليكاندات المحضرة ومعقداتھا) 1( رقم جدول (found %) , ( cala %) metal chlori de color m.wt m.p ˚c المركبات metal n h c ….. قھوائي 288.3 4 109112 [h4l1] 13.01 13.88)( 7.23 6.33)( بني غا مق 791.4 8 126 o2(h2cl1l2[mn ]2) 14.74 (15.45) 6.75 6.32)( 5.83 (4.68) 49.23 (49.01) 8.96 بنفسجي )(8.12 799.4 7 140 o)2(h2cl1l2[co ]2 13.54)( 14.69 6.76 (6.04) 5.84 4.67)( 49.26 (48.45) 8.87 اخضر فاتح )(9.34 798.9 9 350 o)2(h2cl1l2[ni ]2 24.14 (24.42) 13.63 11.5)( 130 زيتوني | o2(h2cl1l2[cu ]2) 25.78 (24.82) 7.82 ابيض )(6.66 906.4 3 350 [cd2l1cl2(h2o )2] 326 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ): قياسات االطياف االلكترونية واالشكال الفراغية المقترحة للمعقدات المعنية بالدراسة2جدول ( proposed structure assignment )1-υ (cm λ (nm) complex td l.f c.t )1a6  )e 1(ga4, 42918 36363 2220 233 275 768 ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[mn td l.f c.t ) f2 (a4 (p)1t4 42918 35211 12620 233 284 780 ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[co td l,f c,t 3t1(f)  3t1 (p) 3t1 (f)  3a2 42553 37037 12870 12269 235 270 777 815 ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[ni td l.f c.t. 2b2e 2 43103 28985 12435 232 345 803 ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[cu td l,f l.f c.t 25000 19762 12543 235 277 323 ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[cd 327 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 العزم المغناطيسي effμالحساسية الذرية و aالحساسية الغرامية وقيم gقيم :)3(رقم جدول العزم المغناطييسي effالفعال b.m)( الحساسية الذرية 6 -×10ax c .g . s. u معامل تصحيح الدايامغناطيسية 6-d×10 c .g . s. u الحساسية الموالرية 6-×10mx c .g . s. u الحساسية الغرامية 6-×10gx c .g . s. u المعقدات 2.85 14379.11 187.62 14191.49 20.52 ]2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[mn 2.92 3563.68 211.33 3353.95 4.605 2o)2(h2)cl1(l2[co 2.92 2813.68 191.46 2622.22 3.7344 ]2o)2(h2) cl1(l2[ni 4.97 10379.94 187.62 10192.32 14.62 ) 1(l2[cu ]2o)2(h2cl 328 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1l4(h(طيف االشعه تحت الحمراء لليكاند: )1( رقم. شكل 2(h2)cl1(l2[co(2o[للمعقد طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء : )2(رقم. شكل 329 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 2(h2)cl1(l2[ni(2o[للمعقد طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء ): 3( رقم. شكل 1l4[h[لليكاند nmr -h1طيف :) 4(رقم. شكل 330 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1l4[h[المرئية لمحلول الليكاند -طيف األشعة فوق البنفسجية: )5( رقم. شكل 331 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 مذيات مختلفه):ذوبانية الليكاند المحضر ومعقداته في 13ول رقم(دج =ذائب ÷=غير ذائب -+ =ذائب ether aceton ethanol 4ccl o2h meoh dmso dmf compound + + + + [h4l 1] + ÷ + + ÷ ]2o)2(h2cl 1l2[mn + + + + + ]2o)2(h2cl1l2[co + + _ + + + ]2o)2(h2cl1l2[ni + ÷ + + + |]2o)2(h2cl1l2[cu + + ÷ + + + [cd2l1cl2(h2o)2] ether aceton ethanol 4ccl o2h meoh dmso dmf compound + + + + [h4l 1] + ÷ + + ÷ ]2o)2(h2cl 1l2[mn + + + + + ]2o)2(h2cl1l2[co + + _ + + + ]2o)2(h2cl1l2[ni + ÷ + + + |]2o)2(h2cl1l2[cu + + ÷ + + + [cd2l1cl2(h2o)2] 332 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 from amine , synthesis and characterization of new some transition and non-transition elemnts metal dinuclear complexes derived schiff base ligand 1 chloro – 2( 2chroroethoxy) ethan modhir y. mahammed salwa a. jabbar kader a. shanak dept. of chemistry/ college of education for women/university of tikrit received in: 29 october2013,accepted in:26 december 2013 abstract this research of the thesis includes the preparation and identification of two new tetra dentate schiff's base ligand . (h4l1 ) and then binuclear complexes with a group of transition metal ions in addition to cadmium with the general formula. [m2(l1)cl2(h2o)2] m+2=[mn,co,ni,cu and cd] the prepared complexes and ligands were identified by in pared(ft-ir) spectroscopy ,ultra violet-visible(uv-visible) spectroscopy and h-nmr spectroscopy of the prepared ligand, also microanalysis (c.h.n) of some of the prepared compounds has been carried out and the melting points, the molar conductivity and magnetic susceptibility key words :schiff base,3-amino phenol,2-di(dichloro ethyl)ether,dinuclear,tetradentate ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 140 farah alaa adnan ahmad m. abdul hadi abstract in this paper, we study the peristaltic transport of incompressible bingham plastic fluid in a curved channel. the formulation of the problem is presented through, the regular perturbation technique for small values of 1 𝑘 is used to find the final expression of stream function. the numerical solution of pressure rise per wave length is obtained through numerical integration because its analytical solution is impossible. also the trapping phenomenon is analyzed. the effect of the variation of the physical parameters of the problem are discussed and illustrated graphically. key words: bingham plastic fluid, a curved channel, peristaltic transport, regular perturbation method. 1. introduction the peristaltic flows have a fundamental function in physiology and engineering. many authors have investigated such flows like adnan et al. studied the effect of the magnetic field on a peristaltic flow of bingham plastic fluid [1]. ahmed et al. investigated the effect of a magnetic field on peristaltic flow of jeffery fluid through a porous medium in a tapered asymmetric channel [2]. adnan et al. investigated the effect of a magnetic field on a peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid in a symmetrical channel [3]. and ahmad et al. studied the peristaltic transport of mhd flow and heat transfer in a tapered asymmetric channel through porous medium and the effect of variable viscosity, velocity – non slip and temperature jump are discussed [4]. the flows over the curved walls are considering as engineering advantage and happened for example in turbo machinery and the wings of airplane. and that’s why it is fundamental to know the effect of curvature (which denoted by 𝑘) on the channels. the peristaltic motion in curved channel is an important area of research because the shape of the most of the physiological tubes and glandular channels is curved. it have been seen from the available studies ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2291 peristaltic flow of the bingham plastic fluid in a curved channel department of mathematics, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. f arrah.a_adnan@yahoo.com article history: received 3 april 2019, accepted 8 may 2019, publish september 2019 mailto:farrah.a_adnan@yahoo.com mailto:farrah.a_adnan@yahoo.com mailto:farrah.a_adnan@yahoo.com mailto:farrah.a_adnan@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 141 that not a lot of attention is considering in the peristaltic flow in a curved channel. ali et al. studied the peristaltic flow of a nonnewtonian fluid in a curved channel [5]. hayat et al. studied the peristaltic transport of viscous fluid with compliant walls in curved channel [6]. ahmad studied the effect of radial magnetic field on peristaltic transport of jeffrey fluid with variable viscosity in curved channel with heat and mass transfer properties [7]. kalantari et al. investigated the effect of radially imposed magnetic field on the flow characteristics in a curved channel [8]. norenn et al. studied the curvature effects on the mhd peristaltic flow of an incompressible carreau fluid in a curved channel [9]. hina el al. studied the slip conditions effect on the peristaltic transport of johnsonsegalman fluid through a curved channel [10-12]. in this paper, the peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid in a curved channel gave been discussed. the concept of large wave length 𝜆 and small ronald’s 𝑅𝑒 is used to simplify the equation. the nonlinear differential equation is solved analytically by the regular perturbation method for small values of 1 𝑘 where 𝑘 is the curvature of the channel. the impact of the different physical parameters on the velocity axial, the local shear stress, the pressure gradient, pressure rise and trapping phenomenon are discussed in detail with the use of the graphs. 2. problem statement assume the peristaltic flow of an incompressible bingham plastic fluid in a curved channel of thickness 2𝑎 convolute in a circle with center 0 and radius 𝑅∗ where the space inside the channel filled with bingham plastic fluid. the velocity components in radial �̅� and axial �̅� direction are �̅� and �̅� respectively. the flow of bingham plastic fluid in the curved channel consequent to the contraction and dilation of the flexible walls of the channel where the inertial force effects are taken small. the walls of the channel are described mathematically as follows: �̅�(�̅�, 𝑡̅) = 𝑎 + 𝑏 sin [ 2𝜋 𝜆 (�̅� − 𝑐𝑡)̅], upper wall −�̅�(�̅�, 𝑡̅) = −𝑎 − 𝑏 sin [ 2𝜋 𝜆 (�̅� − 𝑐𝑡̅)], lower wall (1) where c is the speed, 𝑏 is the amplitude of wave along the upper and lower walls and 𝜆 is the wave length. the wave length is taken large however in more realistic situations it depends on time as the contraction and dilation in natural systems are account on varying 𝜆. the width of curved channel perpendicular to the plane is supposed to be infinite so the flow can safely be taken as two dimensional. the flow is assumed to be laminar. then the velocity field which is consider as the following form: �̅� = [�̅�(�̅�, �̅�, 𝑡̅), �̅�(�̅�, �̅�, 𝑡̅), 0] figure 1. the geometry of the curved channel. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 142 for an incompressible bingham plastic fluid the conservation of mass and momentum for the velocity field are given as follows: ∇. �̅� = 0 𝜌 ( 𝜕�̅� 𝜕𝑡 + (�̅�. ∇̅)�̅�) = −∇�̅� + ∇. 𝜏̅ (2) where 𝜌 is the density of the fluid, �̅� is the pressure and 𝜏̅ is the stress tensor. 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝑅∗ 𝑅∗+�̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝑅∗+�̅� = 0 (3) 𝜌 [ 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝑅∗�̅� 𝑅∗+�̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� − �̅�2 𝑅∗+�̅� ] = − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 1 𝑅∗+�̅� 𝜕 𝜕�̅� [(𝑅∗ + �̅�)𝜏�̅̅��̅� ] + ( 𝑅∗ 𝑅∗+�̅� ) 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� − �̅��̅��̅� 𝑅∗+�̅� (4) 𝜌 [ 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝑅∗�̅� 𝑅∗+�̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅��̅� 𝑅∗+�̅� ] = −( 𝑅∗ 𝑅∗+�̅� ) 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 1 (𝑅∗+�̅�)2 𝜕 𝜕�̅� [(𝑅∗ + �̅�)2𝜏�̅̅��̅� ] + ( 𝑅∗ 𝑅∗+�̅� ) 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� (5) with the boundary conditions are taken in the forms as follows: �̅� = 0 at ∓�̅�(�̅�, 𝑡̅) = ∓[𝑎 + 𝑏 sin [ 2𝜋 𝜆 (�̅� − 𝑐𝑡̅)]] (6) in the fixed frame of reference(�̅�, �̅�), the flow in the channel is unsteady. however it can be considered as steady in the wave frame with coordinate (�̅�, �̅�) moving with speed c. the transformation equations that relating the two frames are given as follows: �̅� = �̅� − 𝑐𝑡̅, �̅� = �̅�, �̅� = �̅� − 𝑐 , �̅� = �̅�, �̅� = �̅� (7) and presenting the dimensionless quantities that used to find out the non-dimensional analysis as follows: 𝑥 = 2𝜋�̅� 𝜆 , 𝜂 = �̅� 𝑎 , 𝑢 = 𝑢 𝑐 , 𝑣 = �̅� 𝑐 , 𝑝 = 2𝜋𝑎2 𝜆𝜇𝑐 �̅�, ℎ = �̅� 𝑎 , 𝜏 = 𝑎�̅� 𝜇𝑐 , 𝑅𝑒 = 𝜌𝑐𝑎 𝜇 , 𝛿 = 2𝜋𝑎 𝜆 , 𝑘 = 𝑅∗ 𝑎 , 𝜑 = 𝑏 𝑎 , �̇� = 𝜌𝑎2 𝜇0 �̅̇� (8) in which (𝑢, 𝑣) are the nondimensional velocity components, 𝑝 is the nondimensional pressure, 𝜏 is the nondimensional stress tensor, 𝑅𝑒 is the ronald’s number, 𝛿 is the wave length ratio (wave number), 𝑘 is the curvature parameter and 𝜑 is the amplitude ratio. making use of the equation (7) and the above dimensionless quantities, the continuity and the motion equations will be reduced as follows: (𝑘 + 𝜂) 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝜂 + 𝑘𝛿 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑣 = 0 (9) −𝛿 2𝑅𝑒 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑅𝑒 𝛿𝑣 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝜂 + 𝑅𝑒 𝛿 𝑘(𝑢+1) 𝑘+𝜂 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑥 − 𝑅𝑒 𝛿 (𝑢+1)2 𝑘+𝜂 = − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝜂 + 𝛿 𝑘+𝜂 𝜕 𝜕𝜂 [(𝑘 + 𝜂)𝜏𝜂𝜂 ] + 𝛿 2 ( 𝑘 𝑘+𝜂 ) 𝜕𝜏𝜂𝑥 𝜕𝑥 − 𝛿 𝜏𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑘+𝑎𝜂 (10) −𝑅𝑒 𝛿 𝑘+𝜂 𝑘 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑅𝑒 𝑘+𝜂 𝑘 𝑣 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝜂 + 𝑅𝑒 𝛿 (𝑢 + 1) 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑥 + 𝑅𝑒 (𝑢+1)𝑣 𝑘 = − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 + 1 𝑘 1 𝑘+𝜂 𝜕 𝜕𝜂 [(𝑘 + 𝜂)2𝜏𝜂𝑥 ] + 𝛿 𝜕𝜏𝑥𝑥 𝜕𝑥 (11) the boundary conditions in non-dimensional parameters, 𝑢 + 1 = 0 , ∓[ℎ] = ∓[1 + 𝜑 sin 𝑥] (12) and the stream function [11]. 𝑢 = − 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝜂 , 𝑣 = 𝛿 𝑘 𝜂+𝑘 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑥 (13) applying equation (13) on the equation (12).the boundary conditions becomes ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 143 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝜂 = 1, ∓[ℎ] = ∓[1 + 𝜑 sin 𝑥] (14) the general solution of the governing equations seems to be hard in most cases, therefore the solution can be found under the assumption of small wave number 𝛿 ≪ 1 and low reynolds number approximation, thus the equations (10) and (11) can be written as follows: 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝜂 = 0 (15) 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 = 1 𝑘 1 𝑘+𝜂 𝜕 𝜕𝜂 [(𝑘 + 𝜂)2𝜏𝜂𝑥 ] (16) deriving equation with respect to 𝜂, one obtain: 𝜕 𝜕𝜂 [ 1 𝑘 1 𝑘+𝜂 𝜕 𝜕𝜂 [(𝑘 + 𝜂)2𝜏𝜂𝑥 ]] = 0 (17) noticing that the cauchy stress tensor 𝜎∗ can be decomposed as follows: 𝜎∗ = −�̅�𝐼 + 𝜏̅ where 𝜏̅ is the extra stress tensor and �̅� is the mechanical pressure. the bingham stresses 𝜏�̅�𝑗 are related to the strain rates �̅�1through the constitutive equation: 𝜏�̅�𝑗 = (2𝜇0 + 𝜏𝑦 �̅̇� ) �̅�1 for 𝜏 ≥ 𝜏𝑦 𝜏�̅�𝑗 = 0 for 𝜏 < 𝜏𝑦. where 𝜏𝑦 is the yield stress, 𝜇0is the bingham fluid viscosity, �̅̇� = ( 1 2 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑐�̅�1 2 ) 1 2 , and the final 𝜏𝜂𝑥 = 2 (− 𝜕2𝜓 𝜕𝜂2 − 1 𝑘+𝜂 (1 − 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝜂 )) + 𝐵𝑛 (18) where 𝜌𝑎2𝜏𝑦 𝜇0 2𝑅𝑒 = 𝑎 𝜏𝑦 𝜇0𝑐 = 𝐵𝑛 the bingham number. substituting the above equation (18) into equation (17) one obtain: 𝜕4𝜓 𝜕𝜂4 + 2 (𝑘+𝜂) 𝜕3𝜓 𝜕𝜂3 − 1 (𝑘+𝜂)2 𝜕2𝜓 𝜕𝜂2 + ( 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝜂 − 1) 1 (𝑘+𝜂)3 = 0 (19) noticing that the dimensionless mean flows θ in the fixed frame and f in the wave frame as: θ = 𝑄∗ 𝑎𝑐 , 𝐹 = 𝑞 𝑎𝑐 one get: θ = f + 2 in which: 𝐹 = − ∫ 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝜂 𝑑𝜂 ℎ −ℎ = −(𝜓(ℎ) − 𝜓(−ℎ)) then: 𝜓(ℎ) − 𝜓(−ℎ) = −𝐹 𝜓(ℎ) = − 𝐹 2 at the upper wall and 𝜓(−ℎ) = 𝐹 2 at the lower wall. the dimensionless pressure rise over wave length is defined by: ∆𝑝𝜆 = ∫ 𝑑𝑝 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2𝜋 0 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 144 3. methods of solution for the problem using the perturbation for small values of 1 𝑘 by expanding the flow quantities in a power series of 1 𝑘 as follows: 𝜓 = 𝜓0 + 1 𝑘 𝜓1 + 1 𝑘2 𝜓3 1 𝑘+𝜂 = 1 𝑘 − 𝜂 𝑘2 + 𝜂2 𝑘3 1 (𝑘+𝜂)2 = 1 𝑘2 − 2𝜂 𝑘3 + 3𝜂2 𝑘4 1 (𝑘+𝜂)3 = 1 𝑘3 − 3𝜂 𝑘4 + 6𝜂2 𝑘5 (20) substituting the above equation (20) into the equation (19) and then comparing the coefficients of the same power of 1 𝑘 up to the second order the following systems will be obtained: 3.1 the zeroth order 𝜕4𝜓0 𝜕𝜂4 = 0 (21) along with its boundary conditions: 𝜓0 = − 𝐹 2 , 𝜕𝜓0 𝜕𝜂 = 1 at the upper wall 𝜓0 = 𝐹 2 , 𝜕𝜓0 𝜕𝜂 = 1 at the lower wall (22) 3.2 the first order 𝜕4𝜓1 𝜕𝜂4 + 2 𝜕3𝜓0 𝜕𝜂3 = 0 (23) along with its boundary conditions: 𝜓1 = 0, 𝜕𝜓1 𝜕𝜂 = 0 at the upper wall 𝜓1 = 0, 𝜕𝜓1 𝜕𝜂 = 0 at the lower wall (24) 3.3 the second order 𝜕4𝜓2 𝜕𝜂4 + 2 𝜕3𝜓1 𝜕𝜂3 − 2𝜂 𝜕3𝜓0 𝜕𝜂3 − 𝜕3𝜓0 𝜕𝜂3 = 0 (25) along with its boundary condition: 𝜓1 = 0, 𝜕𝜓1 𝜕𝜂 = 0 at the upper wall 𝜓1 = 0, 𝜕𝜓1 𝜕𝜂 = 0 at the lower wall (26) solving the above systems of the zeroth, first and second order by mathematic program, the final calculation for the stream function would be as follows: 𝜓 = 𝑎1 + 𝑎2𝜂 + 𝑎3𝜂 2 + 𝑎4𝜂 3 + 𝑎5+𝑎6𝜂+𝑎7𝜂 2+𝑎8𝜂 3− a4𝜂4 2 𝑘 + 𝑎9+𝑎10𝜂+𝑎11𝜂 2+𝑎11𝜂 3+ 1 12 ((𝑎3−6𝑎8)𝜂 4+ 21𝑎4𝜂 5 5 ) 𝑘2 (27) and, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 145 𝑎1 = − 𝐹ℎ1 3−3𝐹ℎ1 2ℎ2 −2ℎ1 3ℎ2 −3𝐹ℎ1ℎ2 2+𝐹ℎ2 3+2ℎ1ℎ2 3 2(−ℎ1+ℎ2 ) 3 , 𝑎2 = − −ℎ1 3−6𝐹ℎ1ℎ2 −3ℎ1 2ℎ2 +3ℎ1ℎ2 2+ℎ2 3 (ℎ1−ℎ2 ) 3 , 𝑎3 = − 3(𝐹+ℎ1−ℎ2 )(ℎ1+ℎ2 ) (ℎ1−ℎ2 ) 3 , 𝑎4 = 2(𝐹+h1−ℎ2 ) (ℎ1−ℎ2 ) 3 , 𝑎5 = − 1 2 𝑎4ℎ1 2 ℎ2 2, 𝑎6 = 𝑎4ℎ1 2 ℎ2 + 𝑎4ℎ1ℎ2 2, 𝑎7 = 1 2 (−𝑎4ℎ1 2 − 4𝑎4ℎ1ℎ2 − 𝑎4ℎ2 2 ), 𝑎8 = 𝑎4ℎ1 + 𝑎4ℎ2 , 𝑎9 = 1 60 (5𝑎3ℎ1 2 ℎ2 2 − 30𝑎8ℎ1 2 ℎ2 2 + 42𝑎4ℎ1 3 ℎ2 2 + 42𝑎4ℎ1 2 ℎ2 3 ), 𝑎10 = − 1 60 ℎ1 (10𝑎3ℎ1ℎ2 − 60𝑎8ℎ1ℎ2 + 84𝑎4ℎ1 2 ℎ2 + 10𝑎3ℎ2 2 − 60𝑎8ℎ2 2 + 147𝑎4ℎ1ℎ2 2 + 84𝑎4ℎ2 3), 𝑎11 = 1 60 (5𝑎3ℎ1 2 − 30𝑎8ℎ1 2 + 42𝑎4ℎ1 3 + 20𝑎3ℎ1ℎ2 − 120𝑎8ℎ1ℎ2 + 168𝑎4ℎ1 2 ℎ2 + 5𝑎3ℎ2 2 − 30𝑎8ℎ2 2 + 168𝑎4ℎ1ℎ2 2 + 42𝑎4ℎ2 3 ), 𝑎12 = 1 60 (−10𝑎3ℎ1 + 60𝑎8ℎ1 − 63𝑎4ℎ1 2 − 10𝑎3ℎ2 + 60𝑎8ℎ2 − 84𝑎4ℎ1ℎ2 − 63𝑎4ℎ2 2) (28) 4. results and discussion this section presented the graphical description of different parameters on the out coming of flow quantities. the variation of the axial velocity, local shear stress, the pressure gradient, the pressure rise and the stream lines are illustrated and analyzed graphically. 4.1 the axial velocity the outcome in terms of different parameters of the axial velocity 𝑢 (𝜂) have been plotted as a function of 𝜂 at 𝑥 = 𝜋 2 the wider part of the channel. it is clear from the figurers that the axial velocity attains parabolic in nature other than some points of reflection on velocity curves which opposite the situation from increase to decrease and vice versa including the following figures. figure 2. describes the mixed behavior of small values of the curvature of the channel on the axial velocity profile. it is clear that the axial velocity profile is not symmetric at the central line of the channel 𝜂 = 0, and the maximal of the profile shift to the end of the channel. however in figure 3. for large values of 𝑘 the axial velocity profile becomes symmetric at the central line of the channel 𝜂 = 0. it has been noted that the axial velocity stops and fixed for large values of 𝑘. figure 4. studied the effect of 𝜙 on the axial velocity, the graph that an increase in 𝜙 increase the axial velocity profile near the walls and decreases the velocity profile at the central part of the channel. it also shows that the axial velocity profile is not symmetric at the central line of the channel 𝜂 = 0 and the axial velocity profile attains its maximal at the beginning of the channel. figure 5. portrays that for ascending values of the flow rate the axial velocity profile increases in the central part of the channel and decreases at the wall of the channel. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 146 figure 2.the velocity profile for fixed values of 𝜙 = 0.75, f = 1.5. figure 3.the velocity profile for fixed values of 𝜙 = 0.75, f = 1.5. figure 4.the velocity profile for fixed values of 𝑘 = 5, f = 1.5. figure 5.the velocity profile for fixed values of 𝑘 = 5, 𝜙 = 0.75. 4.2 the local shear stress in this subsection, the discussions of the influence of the different parameters on the local shear stress were investigated. figure 6. discusses the variation of 𝑘 on the magnitude of shear stress. it shows that the shear stress increases in the whole channel specially at the central part of the channel with an increase of 𝑘. however the shear stress stops increasing and fixed for large values of 𝑘 as it is shown in figure 7. figure 8. exhibits the effect of an increase of 𝜙 on the shear stress. it is shown that when 𝜙 increases the magnitude of shear stress decreases in (𝑥 < 0 and 𝑥 > 3) and for 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 3 the magnitude of shear stress increases. figure 9. deduced that for large values of the flow rate 𝐹 the shear stress is decreasing function in the whole channel. figure 10. displays the impact of bingham fluid number on the shear stress. it is noticed that the shear stress is an increasing function to the increase of bingham fluid number 𝐵𝑛 . figure 7. the shear stress for fixed values[ 𝜂 = 0.5, 𝜙 = 0.5, f = 1.5, bn = 5]. figure 6. the shear stress for fixed values[ 𝜂 = 0.5, 𝜙 = 0.5, f = 1.5, bn = 5]. k 2 k 5 k 10 2 1 0 1 2 2 1 0 1 u k 100 k 200 k 300 2 1 0 1 2 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 u 0.5 0.75 1 2 1 0 1 2 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 u f 1 f 1.5 f 2 2 1 0 1 2 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 u k 100 k 150 k 200 1 0 1 2 3 4 6 4 2 0 2 x x k 5 k 10 k 15 1 0 1 2 3 4 6 4 2 0 2 x x ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 147 figure 9.the shear stress for fixed values[ 𝜂 = 0.5, 𝑘 = 5, 𝜙 = 0.5, bn = 5]. figure 8. the shear stress for fixed values[ 𝜂 = 0.5, 𝑘 = 5, f = 1.5, bn = 5]. figure 10. the shear stress for fixed values[ 𝜂 = 0.5, 𝑘 = 5, 𝜙 = 0.5, f = 1.5]. 4.3 the pressure gradient ( 𝒅𝒑 𝒅𝒙 ) in this section the effect of the variation of different parameters on the pressure gradient is recorded in the following plots. figure 11. demonstrates that an increase in the value of 𝑘 increases the pressure gradient curves .the interesting feature the pressure gradient stops increasing and fixed for large values of 𝑘. figure 12. portrays that for ascending values of flow rate the pressure gradient is decreasing function. figure 13. illustrates the effect of amplitude ratio parameter (𝜙) on the pressure gradient curves, when 𝜙 increase the amounts of pressure gradient decreases at 3 < 𝑥 ≤ 5 and increase at the central part of the channel. figure 14. describes the effect of increasing the value of bingham number 𝐵𝑛 on the pressure gradient. it shows that the pressure gradient ( 𝑑𝑝 𝑑𝑥 ) is decreasing function for the increase of 𝐵𝑛. figure 11. the pressure gradient for fixed values [𝜂 = 0.5, f = 1, 𝜙 = 0.5, bn = 5]. figure 12. the pressure gradient for fixed values [𝜂 = 0.5, 𝑘 = 5, 𝜙 = 0.5, bn = 5]. 1 0 1 2 3 4 30 20 10 0 x 0.5 0.75 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 x x bn 5 bn 15 bn 25 1 0 1 2 3 4 10 0 10 20 x k 3 k 4 k 5 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.00 x d p d x 0.5 1 1.5 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 x d p d x ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 148 figure 13.the pressure gradient for fixed values [𝜂 = 0.5, 𝑘 = 5, f = 1, bn = 5]. figure 14.the pressure gradient for fixed values [𝜂 = 0.5, 𝑘 = 5, f = 1, 𝜙 = 0.5]. 4.4 the pressure rise the relationship between the non-dimensional average pressure rise per wave length and dimensionless mean flow rate θ. the following figurers 15-17. shows the variation of δp against mean flow rate θ where a linear relationship between δp and θ as it is shown in the figurers. the whole region is considered to five parts 1. peristaltic pumping region where δp > 0, θ > 0. 2. augmented pumping (copumping region) where δp < 0, θ > 0 and no flow is recognize in this region. 3. retrograde pumping region where δp > 0, θ < 0 and no flow is recognize in this region. 4. the copumping region where δp < 0, θ < 0. 5. free pumping region where δp = 0. figure 15. discusses the variation of 𝑘 on the pressure rise per wave length. it is observed that the pumping rate increases in the copumping region where δp < 0, θ < 0 while it is decreasing in the peristaltic pumping region where δp > 0, θ > 0. figure 16. plots the effect of amplitude ratio parameter 𝜙 on pressure rise per wave length, it has been noticed that an increase in 𝜙 increase the pumping rate in the peristaltic pumping region(δp > 0, θ > 0), and decrease the pumping rate in the copumping region (δp < 0, θ < 0). figure 17. shows the effect of an increase of bingham number parameter bn on the pressure rise per wave length, it shows that the pumping rate decreases in both peristaltic pumping region (δp > 0, θ > 0) and the copumping region( δp < 0, θ < 0). figure 15. the pressure rise for fixed values [𝜙 = 0.5, bn = 5]. figure 16.the pressure rise for fixed values [𝑘 = 5, bn = 5]. 0.5 0.75 1 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 x d p d x bn 5 bn 25 bn 50 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 x d p d x k 50 k 75 k 100 10 5 0 5 10 0.00010 0.00005 0.00000 0.00005 0.00010 p 0.5 1 1.5 10 5 0 5 10 2 0 2 4 p ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 149 figure 17.the pressure rise for fixed values [𝑘 = 5, 𝜙 = 0.5]. 4.5 the stream lines trapping if formation of circular bolus by internally splitting of stream function. the movement of bolus forward through peristaltic wave with the same speed as the wave itself. the bolus or circulation region is symmetric about the center line; it is split in to two boluses appearing in the upper and lower halves of the channel for large values of 𝑘 where the shape and size of the boluses in the two halves is a symmetric. however for small values of 𝑘 the bolus region is not symmetric about the center line 𝜂 = 0, in fact it is split into two boluses appearing in the upper and lower halves of the channel and the shape and size of the boluses in the two halves is not symmetric. the effect of 𝑘 the curvature of the channel on the trapped bolus is shown in figure 18. one can see for small values of 𝑘 the bolus decreases in size and number. it is interesting that the size and circulation of the two boluses stops for large values of 𝑘. figure 19. deduced that for large values of 𝜙 and for large values of 𝑘 the size and the number of trapped boluses increased where the size and the shape of the bolus is symmetric. figure 20. shows that the size and number of the stream lines increases with an increase of 𝜙 for small values of 𝑘 in which the two boluses are not symmetric around the center line 𝜂 = 0. the impact of flow rate on the stream line in case of large values of 𝑘 is shown in figure 21. it shows that for large magnitude of the flow rate the size of the trapping bolus increases. and the impact of flow rate on the stream line in case of small values of 𝑘 is shown in figure 22. it shows the size of the trapping bolus increases it is not symmetric around the center line 𝜂 = 0. figure 18. stream lines for variation of 𝑘 and fixed {𝜙 = 1, 𝑘 = 5, f = 1} and 𝑘 = 2, 𝑘 = 5, 𝑘 = 50, 𝑘 = 100. bn 5 bn 25 bn 50 10 5 0 5 10 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 p a b c d 150 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 19. stream lines for variation of 𝜙 and fixed {𝑘 = 100, 𝐹 = 1} , 𝜙 = 1, 𝜙 = 1.5 , 𝜙 = 2 . figure 20. stream lines for variation of 𝜙 and fixed {𝑘 = 5, 𝐹 = 1} and 𝜙 = 1, 𝜙 = 1.5 , 𝜙 = 2 . figure 21. stream lines for variation of 𝐹 and fixed {𝜙 = 1, 𝑘 = 100} and 𝐹 = 1, 𝐹 = 2, 𝐹 = 3. figure 22.stream lines for variation of 𝐹 and fixed {𝜙 = 1, 𝑘 = 5} and 𝐹 = 1, 𝐹 = 2, 𝐹 = 3. 5. conclusion in this paper the peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid in a curved channel is examined. important findings of the analysis have been written as follows: a c a b c a b c a b c 151 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 1. the axial velocity is an increasing function near the walls under the effect of the parameter 𝜙 and a decreasing function at the central part of the channel. however the situation is reversed for the increase of flow rate. 2. a mixed behavior of local shear stress is noticed due to an increase of 𝜙. shear stress is an increasing function to the increase of 𝐵𝑛 and small values of 𝑘, however the situation is opposite for the increase of 𝐹. 3. the magnitude of pressure gradient decreases with an increase of 𝜙 and 𝐵𝑛. however the response is completely reverse with an increase of 𝑘. 4. in the pumping regions, the pumping rate increased in the peristaltic pumping region via increasing of 𝜙 and 𝐵𝑛, while the pumping rate increased in the co-pumping region with an increase of 𝑘 and 𝐵𝑛. 5. the size of the trapped bolus increases with an increase of 𝜙 and 𝐹 but the size and shape of the trapped bolus is not symmetric in case of small values of 𝑘 and symmetric in case of large values of 𝑘. references 1. adnan, f.a.; abdualhadi, a.m. effect of the magnetic field on a peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid. jour. of adv. research and control.2018, 10, 10, 2007-2024. 2. ahmad, t.s.; abdulhadi, a.m. effect of a magnetic field on peristaltic flow of jeffery fluid through a porous medium in a tapered asymmetric channel. global journal of mathematics.2017, 9, 2, 6889-6893. 3. adnan, f.a.; abdualhadi, a.m. effect of a magnetic field on a peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid in a symmetrical channel. sci. int. (lhore).2019, 31, 1, 29-40 4. ahmad, t.s.; abdulhadi, a.m. peristaltic transport of mhd flow and heat transfer in a tapered asymmetric channel through porous medium: effect of variable viscosity, velocity – non slip and temperature jump. international journal of advance scientific and technical research.2017, 7, 2, 53-69. 5. ali, n.; sajid, m.; abbas, z. nonnewtonian fluid induced by peristaltic waves in a curved channel. european journal of mechanic b/fluids.2010, 29, 387-394. 6. hayat, t.; javed, m.; hendi, a. peristaltic transport of viscous fluid in curved channel with compliant walls. international journal of heat and mass transfer.2011, 54, 16151621. 7. ahmad, t.s.; abdualhadi, a.m. effect of radial magnetic field on peristaltic transport of jeffrey fluid in curved channel with heat and mass transfer. journal of physics. conference iop.2018, 1003, 12053, 1-28. 8. kalantari, a.; riasiand, a.; sadeghy, k. peristaltic flow of giesekus fluid through curved channels: an approximate solution. journal of the society of rholugy japan.2014, 42, 1, 917. 9. norenn, s.; hayat, t.; alsaedi, a. flow of mhd carreau in a curved channel. applied bionies and bionechanics.2013, 10, 29-39. 10. hina, s.; mustafa, m.; hayat, t. peristaltic transport of johnson segalman fluid in a curved channel with slip condition. plos one.2014, 9, 12, 1-25. 152 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 11. sato, h.; kawai, t.; fujita, t.; okabe, m. two dimensional peristaltic flows in curved channels. trans. the japan soc. mech. eng.2000, 66, 679-688. 12. tawfiq, l. n. m.; jabber. a.k. mathematical modeling of groundwater flow. global journal of engineering science and researches. 2016, 3, 10, 15-22. http://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=11364619293857166181&hl=en&oi=scholarr microsoft word 63-69 chemistry | 63 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2011 vol. 31 (3) 2018 comparison study of the effect of erlotinib as a tyrosine kinase inhibitor on electrolyte levels in type2 diabetic and diabetic nephropathy zainab mahdi abed al-khdhairi bushra h. ali department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq zainabmh1977@gmail.com article history: received 26 june 2018, accepted 18 july 2018, published december 2018. abstract diabetes mellitus can be defined as a metabolic disorder disease. complication of diabetes are due to diabetic nephropathy. this study was done in vitro to study the effect of different concentrations of erlotinib inhibitor (tyrosine kinase inhibitor) on electrolyte levels (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) in sera of iraqi patients with newly diagnosis type2 diabetes and diabetic nephropathy in addition to find the best percentage inhibition for utilizing different concentrations from erlotinib (6.97x10⁻⁷, 9.30x10⁻⁷ ,1.16x10⁻⁶,1.39x10⁻⁶ ,1.62x10⁻⁵) molar on electrolyte levels. this study was conducted in the national diabetes center, almustansiriya university baghdad and included 150 patients divided into50 patients type 2 diabetic as group (g2), 50patients diabetic nephropathy as group(g3) and also 50 healthy as control group(g1). the period time for aggregation the blood sampling was from july to october 2017. all patients were within (18 to 60) year's age. erlotinib (tyrosine kinase inhibitor) affected on serum mg ⁺²levels in human as a mild effect and a slight effect on serum na⁺ and ca⁺².the best inhibition of erlotinib in concentration (1.62x10⁻5) m for both serum na⁺ and ca⁺² in newly diagnosis diabetes type 2 and diabetic nephropathy. serum mg ⁺²levels showed best inhibition in concentration (9.30x10⁻7) m. keywords: diabetes mellitus type 2, diabetic nephropathy, electrolyte (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺), erlotinib inhibitor. 1. introduction diabetes mellitus can be defined as a metabolic disorder disease categorized by hyperglycemia resulting from defects in insulin secretion, insulin action or both [1]. signs of hyperglycemia often contain polyuria, polydipsia, weight loss, polyphagia, and unclear vision [2]. chronic symptoms of diabetes include micro vascular and macro vascular complications that lead to visual damage, blindness, kidney bug, nerve loss, amputation, heart illness, and stroke [3], and this disease affect a wide spread countries and in the third world, about of 382 million people with diabetes in 2013, expected to rise to 592 million by 2035(4) the classification and diagnosis of diabetes established by the national diabetes data group (nddg)were published in 1979 [5]. diabetes complication diabetic nephropathy (dn) is one of the most important long-term complication regarding morbidity and mortality in diabetics. the clinical syndrome of this disease is recognized by continual albuminuria, developmental decreased in the glomerular filtration rate and increased arterial blood pressure [6]. erlotinib hydrochloride is an orally administered small molecule inhibitor of epidermal chemistry | 64 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2011 vol. 31 (3) 2018 growth factor receptor (egfr) tyrosine kinase [7] and this drug a is quinazolinamine with the chemical name n(3ethynylphenyl)6, 7-bis (2methoxyethoxy)4 quinazolinamine [8]. electrolytes are the chemical compounds present in body fluid and take part in some of the important body processes [9]. disturbances in serum electrolyte levels are found to be associated with diabetes mellitus [10] electrolyte derangement resulting from acute or chronic complications of diabetes [11]. 2. material and method this study was conducted in the national diabetes center, al-mustansiriya university – baghdad. the results included 150 patients divided into50 patients with type 2 diabetic as (g2), 50 patients with diabetic nephropathy as (g3) and 50 healthy as control (g1), the period time for aggregation the blood sampling july to october 2017. all subjects were within (18 to 60) years age. approximately (3) ml of venous blood was put in plan tube to evaluate serum mg, ca and na and by centrifugation at 3500 rpm for 5 minutes. then storage the serum in the freezing -20c° to the measured serum electrolyte before and after addition of erlotinib inhibitor. serum magnesium was determined according to the manufacturer instruction as supplied with kit from human germany, serum calcium was determined according to the manufacturer instruction as supplied with kit from switzerland and serum sodium was determined according to the manufacturer instruction as supplied with kit from human germany. last different concentration was prepared from erlotinib inhibitor via weight (0.0075, 0.01, 0.0125, 0.015, 0.0175) mg and dissolved in distilled water and conversion to five concentration from erlotinib hydrochloride (6.97x10⁻⁷, 9.30x10⁻⁷, 1.16x10⁻⁶, 1.39x10⁻⁶ , 1.62x10⁻⁵ ) molar , respectively [12]. 2.1 statistical analysis results were expressed as mean± sd. statistical analysis was done by anova to compare between three studied groups and unpaired student t-test to compare between two groups variation which are considered significant when pvalues are ≤ 0.05. 3. result and discussion 3.1. a-before addition inhibitor: anova test showed a highly significant difference for levels of serum (mg⁺²,ca⁺²and na⁺)when compared between three studied groups as shown in table 1. also in table 1. explained the levels of serummg⁺²in g1 and g2 were (2.84± 0.34 and 2.87±0.24) mg/dl respectively ,and there was non-significant difference between two groups. these results are  in agreement with previous studies [13-15] due to its diet low in magnesium, osmotic diuresis causing high renal excretion of magnesium [16].while the levels of serum mg⁺²in g3 and g1 were (2.38±0.08 and 2.87±0.24) mg/dl respectively, there was significant difference between two groups, due to poor dietary intake, impaired absorption of magnesium, increased urinary loss because hyperglycemia, osmotic diuresis, defective mg reabsorption from renal tubules and loss of plasma protein bound mg [17]. these results are in agreement with previous study [15]. also the levels of serum mg⁺² in g3 and g2 there were (2.38±0.08 and 2.84± 0.34) mg/dl respectively, there was significant difference between two groups. table 1. explained the levels of serum ca⁺² in g2 and g1 there were (8.8±0.37 and 8.81±0.34) mg/dl respectively, there was nonsignificant difference between two groups. these result sare in agreement with previous study (18) due to the patients in g2 were newly diagnosed so that chemistry | 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2011 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the disorder in electrolyte did not begin yet , while the levels of serum ca⁺² in g3 and g1there were (9.01±0.5 and 8.81±0.34) mg/dl respectively, there was significant difference between two groups ,but the levels of serum ca⁺² in g3 and g2 were (9.01±0.5vs.8.8±0.37) mg/dl respectively, there was significant difference between two groups. the reason for elevated serum ca⁺² levels was explained ca2+ reabsorption in proximal tubule was related with na+ re absorption as well as ca2+ competes with mg2+ that transport in the loop of henley [18]. depend on the resnick ionic study suggested disorders like metabolic syndrome, hypertension and diabetes contribute to common intracellular condition in which decreased level of mg2+ is associated with elevated free intracellular ca2+ level [11]. table 1. showed decrease significant difference in serum na⁺ levels between g2vs.g1 (135.02± 1.99vs.138.68 ±1.35) mmo l/l respectively, due to hyperglycemia in diabetes lead to shifting water from intracellular space to extracellular space diluting the extracellular na+ leading to lower serum na+ level [19]. alteration in rennin angiotensin system in diabetes leads to change in serum sodium concentration [20]. in the current study, the levels of na+ in g1, g2 and g3 were (138.68± 1.35, 135.02 ±1.99 and146.22±29.26 mmol /l respectively, also there was a highly significant difference when compared between g3 with g1. these findings suggest kidney damage in individuals and this is in agreement with study [21]. 3.2. b-after addition inhibitor the recent study is considered as a first study in vitro for human that deals with the effect of different concentrations of erlotinib inhibitor on mg⁺² levels in diabetes type2 and diabetic nephropathy, so no clinical reports on the mg2+ status after addition erlotinib inhibitor was available (22). the results in tables (2-6) explain mg⁺² levels which show decrease of significant g2 when compared between before and after addition of five concentrations of erlotinib. the previous studies explain in mice that only a mild decrease in mg2+ level was observed after addition of erlotinib, while the fractional excretion of mg2+ remained unchanged (13). in g3, the mg⁺²levels show non-significant difference in concentration (6.97x10⁻⁷ and 9.30x10⁻⁷) m, while they show significant difference in concentration (1.16x10⁻⁶,1.39x10⁻⁶ and 1.62x10⁻⁵) m, because the egfr play a minimal biolovital role in control mg2+ level at the nephron, so that the high dose from inhibitor leads to nephrons to preserve mg2+ and causes moderate increase from mg2+level (12). the current study shows that the best inhibition in mg2+level in g2 at erlotinib concentration (9.30x10⁻⁷) m, while in g3 best inhibition in mg2+level appeared at concentration (1.62x10⁻⁵) m. the results of ca⁺²levels showed non-significant inhibition in ca⁺²levels in g2at concentration (6.97x10⁻⁷, 9.30x10⁻⁷, 1.39x10⁻⁶, 1.62x10⁻⁵m), while in concentration (1.16x10⁻⁶m) appeared decrease significant suggested the patients in g2 were newly diagnoses with diabetes mellitus and the disorder on calcium concentration did not start. there is no clinical study demonstrated the effect of erlotinib on calcium levels and this study is considered the first in human. in group g3 the ca⁺²levels show decrease of significant difference for all five concentrations of inhibitor. demik in his study about mice is in agreement with the recent study that he observed about the systematic and renal ca⁺² homeostasis that still unaffected during adsorption of erlotinib because egf doesn’t directly influence ca2+ handling so that the changes in renal mg2+ concentration lead to subsequently correlate well with decrease fraction of distal tubular transport where mg2+ transport is mechanistically separated from that of ca2+(12). in table (7) the best inhibition appeared in concentration (1.62×10⁻⁵) m for g2 and chemistry | 66 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2011 vol. 31 (3) 2018 g3. at last the na⁺ levels show in tables (2-6) the decrease of significant difference in concentration (6.97x10⁻⁷, 1.16x10⁻⁶, 1.39x10⁻⁶, 1.62x10⁻⁵) m, while in concentration (9.30x10⁻⁷) m appeared non-significant in g2. in group g3the na⁺ levels showed significant difference for five concentrations of erlotinib. these results are in agreement with study for another inhibitor gefitinib (23), (24), and in agreement with the pervious study (25) that suggest in patients with t2dm, canagliflozin was generally associated with small mean percent changes in serum electrolytes (for both sodium and calcium concentration). in table 7. the best inhibition in na⁺ levels in erlotinib concentration (1.62x10⁻⁵) m for g2 and g3. table 1. levels of s. (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) of the studied groups before addition of inhibitor. parameters g1(n =50) mean ±sd g2(n=50) mean ±sd g3(n=50) mean ±sd p value g2vs.g1 g3vs.g1 g3vs. g2 mg⁺ ²(mg/dl) 2.87±0.24 2.84±0.34 2.38±0.08 hs ns s s↓ ca⁺ ²(mg/dl) 8.81±0.34 8.8±0.37 9.01±0.5 hs ns s↑ s↑ na⁺ (mmol/l) 138.68±1.35 135.02 ±1.99 146.22±29.26 hs s↓ hs↑ hs↑ table 2. levels of s. (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) in concentration(6.97x10⁻7) m erlotinib. parameters g2 no. (50) before g2 no. (50) after p value g3 no. (50) before g3 no. (50) after p value mg+2 2.84±0.34 2.59±0.51 s↓ 2.38±0.08 2.35±0.04 ns ca+2 8.8±0.37 8.65±0.1 ns 9.01±0.5 8.85±0.03 s na+ 135.02±1.99 135.87±4.45 s↑ 146.22±29.26 156.73±1.17 s↑ table 3. levels of s. (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) in concentration (9.30 x10⁻7m) erlotinib. parameters g2 no. (50) before g2 no. (50) after p value g3 no. (50) before g3 no. (50) after p value mg+2 2.84±0.34 2 ±0.14 s↓ 2.38±0.08 2.25±0.03 ns ca+2 8.8±0.37 8.69±0.09 ns 9.01±0.5 8.68±0.04 s na+ 135.02±1.99 135.28±0.3 ns 146.22±29.26 145.62 ±0.68 s↑ table 4. levels of s. (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) in concentration (1.16 x10⁻6m) erlotinib. parameters g2 no. (50) before g2 no. (50) after p value g3 no. (50) before g3 no. (50) after p value mg+2 2.84±0.34 2.24±0.09 s↓ 2.38±0.08 2.14±0.03 s ca+2 8.8±0.37 8.55±0.11 s↓ 9.01±0.5 8.55±0.03 s na+ 135.02±1.99 134.79±1.66 s 146.22±29.26 144.62±0.29 s↑ chemistry | 67 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2011 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 5. levels of s. (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) in concentration (1.39 x10⁻6m) erlotinib. parameters g2 no. (50) before g2 no. (50) after p value g3 no. (50) before g3 no. (50) after p value mg+2 2.84±0.34 2.26±0.23 s↓ 2.38±0.08 1.95±0.04 s ca+2 8.8±0.37 8.6±0.2 ns 9.01±0.5 8.45±0.03 s na+ 135.02±1.99 133.67±0.69 s 146.22±29.26 143.04±0.34 s↑ table 6. levels of s. (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) in concentration (1.62 x10⁻5m) erlotinib. parameters g2 no. (50) before g2 no. (50) after p value g3 no. (50) before g3 no. (50) after p value mg+2 2.84±0.34 2.08±0.13 s↓ 2.38±0.08 1.91 ±0.03 s ca+2 8.8±0.37 8.51±0.25 ns 9.01±0.5 8.34±0.03 s na+ 135.02±1.99 133.04±1.2 s 146.22±29.26 140.92±0.77 s↑ table 7. the percentage inhibition of s. (mg⁺², ca⁺², na⁺) in g2 and g3 4. conclusion this study is considered the first study in iraq that concluded the best percentage inhibition from utilizing different concentrations of erlotinib drug on electrolyte levels in type 2 diabetic and diabetic nephropathy. therefore, a mild effect of erlotinib inhibitor on serum mg ⁺²levels in human and a slight effect of erlotinib inhibitor on serum na⁺ and ca⁺².the best inhibition of erlotinib in concentration (1.62x10⁻5m) for both serum na⁺ and ca⁺², except mg ⁺²levels showed best inhibition in (9.30x10⁻7m). references 1. american diabetes association. diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. diabetes care. 2014, 37, 1, s81-s90. 2. american diabetes association.; diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. 3. diabetes care. 2013, 36, 1, 67–74. 4. nathan, d.m.; group d.e.r. the diabetes control and complications trial/epidemiology of diabetes interventions and complications study at 30 years: overview. diabetes care. 2014, 37, 1, 9-16. 5. forouhi, n.g.; wareham. n.j. epidemiology of diabetes. medicine. 2010, 38,11, 602606. concentration of erlotinib g2 % mg⁺² g3% mg⁺² g2 % ca⁺² g3% ca⁺² g2 % na⁺ g3% na⁺ 6.96x10⁻7m 8.9 % 1.3% 1.8 % 1.8% 0% 0% 9.30x10⁻7m 29.6 % 5.5% 1.3 % 3.7% 0% 0.5% 1.16x10⁻6m 21.2% 10.1% 2.9% 5.2% 0.2% 1.1% 1.39x10⁻6m 26.8% 18.1% 2.3% 6.3% 1% 2.2% 1.62x10⁻5m 26.7% 19.8% 3.3% 7.5% 1.5% 3.63% chemistry | 68 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2011 vol. 31 (3) 2018 6. batuman,v.; lerma, e. v. chapter 2. diabetic nephropathy. c2014, p.9-14. isbn 978-1-4939-0793-9. 7. eizirik, d.l.; colli, m.l.; ortis, f. the role of inflammation in insulitis and β-cell loss in type 1 diabetes. nat rev endocrinol. 2009, 5, 4, 219-226. 8. jawhari, d.; alswisi. m.; ghannam, m.; halman, j.a. bioequivalence of a new generic formulation of erlotinib hydrochloride 150 mg tablets versus tarceva in healthy volunteers under fasting conditions. j bioequiv availab. 2014, 6, 4, 119123. 9. piperdi, b.; perez-soler, r. role of erlotinib in the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer: clinical outcomes in wild-type epidermal growth factor receptor patients. drugs. 2012, 72, 1, 11-9. 10. husain, f.; arif maan. m.; sheikh.m.a.; nawaz.h.; jamil, a. trace elements status in type 2 diabetes. asian j.med.sci . 2013, 5, 5, 108-112. 11. shenqi, w.; xuhong h.;yu, l.; lu, h.; li, w.; bao,y.; jia, w. serum electrolyte levels in relation to macrovascular complications in chinese patients with diabetes mellitus. cardiovasc diabetol. 2013, 12, 146, 1-10. 12. adiga,u.; malawadi; b.n. alterations in serum electrolytes in type 2 diabetes mellitus. adv lab med int. 2016, 6, 3, 58 62. 13. dimke, h.; van der wijst. j.; alexander, t.r.; meijerm, i.m.; mulder, g.m.; van goor. h.; tejpar, s.; hoenderop, j.g.; bindels, r.j. effects of the egfr inhibitor erlotinib on magnesium handling. j. am. soc. nephrol. 2010, 21, 8,1309-1316. 14. parlapally, r.p.; kumari, k.r.; jyothi. s.a. serum magnesium levels in type 2 diabetes mellitus. int j sci stud. 2016, 4, 5, 176-179, doi: 10.17354/ijss/2016/455. 15. belhasan o.; sheriff. d. serum magnesium levels in type 2 diabetic libyan patients. jop. j pancrea. 2017, 18, 2, 121-124. 16. barbagallo, m.; dominguez, l.j. magnesium and type 2 diabetes. world j diabetes. 2015, 6,10, 1152–1157. 17. najeeb, q.; aziz, r.; hamid, s. to evaluate the levels of glycated hemoglobin, serum calcium, magnesium, phosphate, uric acid and microalbuminuria in patients with newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes mellitus. int j res med sci. 2014, 2, 4, 1462-1465. 18. sajjan, n.b.; choudhari, a.s.; desai, g.m.; dharapur, z.z., m.s.; wali. v.v. evaluation of association of serum magnesium with dyslipidemia in diabetic nephropathy a case control study. nat j med res. 2014, 4, 318-321. 19. sitholay, p.a.; agnihotri. m.a.; ambad. r.s. study of renal function and serm electrolyte type -2dm. ijirms. 2017, 2, 8 ,1149-1153. 20. palmer, b.f.; clegg. d.j. electrolyte and acid–base disturbances in patients with diabetes mellitus. n engl j med. 2015, 373, 6, 548-559. 21. ogunleyehg, a. z.; asaolu, m. f. evaluation of macro minerals in patients with type ii diabetes mellitus in southern nigeria. int j biochem res rev. 2016, 9, 2,1-9. 22. fard, a.a.; abbasnezhad, p.; makhdomi, k.; salehi. m.; karamdelok h.r.; saboory. e. association of serum prolactin concentration with renal failure in diabetic patients. rom j diabetes nutr metab dis. 2017, 24, 3, 179-185. 23. jeroen, h. f.; baaij, de.; joost, g.; hoenderop, j.; rene. j. m. bindels. magnesium in man –implication for health and disease. physiol rev. 2015, 95,1, 1-46. chemistry | 69 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2011 vol. 31 (3) 2018 24. kang, y.e.; kim, j.m.; joung, k.h.; kim, h.j.; ku, b.j. treatment with gefitinib, an epidermal growth factor receptor inhibitor, decreases serum cholesterol in patients with lung cancer. korean j obes. 2016, 25, 4, 233-239. 25. ortega, b.; dey. j. m.; gardella, a.r.; proano, j.; vaneerde, d. antibody-mediated inhibition of egfr reduces phosphate excretion and induces hyperphosphatemia and mild hypomagnesemia in mice. physiol rep.2017, 5, 5, 1-8. 26. weir, m.r.; kline, i.; xie. j.; edwards, r.; usiskin, k. effect of canagliflozin on serum electrolytes in patients with type 2 diabetes in relation to estimated glomerular filtration rate (egfr) curr med res opin. 2014, 30, 9, 1759-1768. physics 169 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 مقاومة الصدمة لخليط بوليمري في دراسة تأثير التدعيم ودرجة الحرارة ، عدي حميد احمد ، مصطفى زيد عبد اهللا ، بسمة علي غني سمير عطا مكي ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد -قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية ، الجامعة العراقية وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجية قسم الكيمياء، كلية التربية ، الجامعة العراقية 2012 نيسان22، قبل البحث في 2011كانون االول 12استلم البحث في الخالصة ادة اساس ) بوصفة مpu) والبولي يوريثان (epتم في هذا البحث تحضير خليط بوليمري مكون من راتنج االيبوكسي ( بهيأة حصيرة )al.f) والياف االلمنيوم (pvc) من البولي يوريثان ومدعم بألياف (10) من االيبوكسي و (%90بنسبة (% ) ، وتمت دراسة مــقاومة الصدمة قبــل وبعــد التدعيم وبدرجات حرارية 15محاكة ثنائية االتجاه وبكسر حجمي مقدارة (% )20,40 ،60 ° (cتائج ان تدعيم المادة االساس بااللياف قد زاد من قيم مقاومة الصدمة حيث إذ من قيمة وقد اظهرت الن )3.387kj/m2) الى (151.62kj/m2) للمادة المتراكبة (ep+pu+pvc ثم تليها المادة المتراكبة ( )ep+pu+pvc+al.f) واخيرا المادة المتراكبة (ep+pu+al.fالى زيادة قيم .) ، كذلك ان زيادة درجة الحرارة ادت ) إذ ان زيادة درجة الحرارة أدت الى نقصان قيم مقاومة pvcمقاومة الصدمة ماعدا الخليط البوليمري المدعم بألياف ( ) .c°60) عند درجة حرارة (114.27kj/m2) الى (c°20) عند درجة حرارة (151.62kj/m2الصدمة من ( بوكسي ، مقاومة الصدمة.خليط بوليمري ، راتنج االي -:مفتاحيةالكلمات ال المقدمة اهتم العديد من الباحثين بدراسة الخصائص الميكانيكية للمواد المتراكبة بشكل عام ومن بينها مقاومة الصدمة لما لها ) قام الباحث 1987من اهمية بالغة في تحديد نوعية المادة المالئمة للتطبيقات الصناعية المختلفة . ففي عام ( )malinconic بدراسة اختبار مقاومة الصدمة بطريقة جاربي وبدرجات حرارية مختلفة على البولي استر النقي والبولي ( استر الممزوج مزجا فيزيائيا وبنسب مختلفة مع مطاط بولي بيوتادين واستنتج ان بنسب مئوية معينة من المطاط مع البولي ثير من البولي استر النقي أي تمتلك الخالئط البوليمرية خواص استر مادة اساس تعطي المادة مقاومة صدمة اعلى بك ) درس الباحث (ناصر) خاصية الصدمة بطريقة جاربي لراتنج البولي استر المدعم 1992]، وفي عام (1ميكانيكية افضل [ ) قامت الباحثة 2008]، وفي عام (2بألياف الزجاج وقد الحظ الباحث ان مقاومة الصدمة تزداد مع زيادة درجة الحرارة [ (هناء) بدراسة الخواص الميكانيكية والحرارية لمواد متراكبة هجينة مكونة من االيبوكسي بوصفه مادة اساس ومدعمة بالياف ]. يدخل 3الكفلر، والياف الزجاج، والياف النايلون وقد اظهرت النتائج ان التدعيم ادى الى تحسين الخواص الميكانيكية[ واسعة من التطبيقات الصناعية ألنه يمتلك مزايا خاصة التمتلكها االنواع االخرى من المواد (المعدنية البوليمر في مجاالت والسيراميكية) ، من اهم مميزات البوليمر خفة وزنه وسهولة تصنيعه ومقاومته للتأكسد والمحاليل األكلة مثل القواعد physics 170 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 بوليمرات اصبح من الممكن الحصول على مواد بوليمرية جديدة ] . ونتيجة للتقدم العلمي في ال4والحوامض وسرعة تلونه[ أنها ناتج )) polymer blends]وتعرف الخالئط البوليمرية 5ذي صفات مرغوبة عن طريق عملية خلط البوليمرات . [ األساسية مشتركة بين المكونات ً من مزج نوعين أو أكثر من البوليمرات مزجا فيزيائيا إذ يمتلك الخليط الناتج خواصا اعتمادا على نوعية البوليمرات وأسلوب الخلط، وتكون الخالئط البوليمرية أما ثنائية أو ثالثية أو رباعية اعتمادا على عدد ].6البوليمرات المكونة للخليط [ الهدف من البحث وبيان مدى ثأثير درجة يهدف هذا البحث الى تحسين مقاومة الصدمة لخليط بوليمري من خالل تدعيم هذا الخليط بااللياف الحرارة في قيم مقاومة الصدمة . الجزء النظري )impact strengthمقاومة الصدمة ( تستعمل المواد المدعمة باأللياف لمديات واسعة من التطبيقات كما في مكائن التوربين الغازية وغيرها من المجاالت عيم . نظرا لما تتعرض له االشياء المصنوعة من اللدائن الى التي تتضمن أحماال صدمية عمودية على مستوى التد الصدمات الخارجية من جراء الخدمة فأن فحص قوة الصدمة يعد من الناحية العملية احد الطرائق التي تعطينا دالئل ].7[صحيحة بالصورة الوصفية عن قوة المواد ومقاومتها للكسر تحت تأثير اإلجهاد عند السرع العالية تعد فحوصات مقاومة الصدمة مقياسا لقوة المادة ومقاومتها لالنكسار تحت تأثير االجهاد عند السرع العالية . وبذلك ]. ويعد اختبار الصدمة بطريقة جاربي 8تعرف قوة الصدمة على انها اعلى قوة تحمل المادة لصدمة فجائية بدون كسر[ )charpy( ها لدراسة سلوك المواد الواقعة تحت تأثير قوى سريعة، والذي يمثل إحدى من االختبارات التي يتم االعتماد علي ) إذ ان بعض المواد dynamic three point flexureصور اختبار االنحناء ثالثي النقاط ولكن بنوعه الحركي ، ( حت تأثير االجهادات ) تbrittleتحت تأثير االجهادات الساكنة. ولكنها تبدو هشة ( )ductileالبوليمرية تكون مطيلية ( ]: 10]. ويتم حساب مقاومة ألصدمة من العالقة اآلتية [9السريعة[ )1............................( ..... fraction energy impact strength= crosssectional area أن بعضا من الطاقة األولية (الطاقة الكامنة) الموجودة في المطرقة إن المبدأ الذي يعتمد عليه عمل هذا االختبار هو يتم امتصاصها من العينة قبل حدوث الكسر، وان هذه الطاقة الممتصة تعتمد على طبيعة المكونات الداخلة في صناعة ) مبدأ عمل جهاز 1( ]. ويوضح الشكل 11المادة المتراكبة، ومدى قدرتها على مقاومة اإلجهاد الخارجي المسلط عليها[ الصدمة. الجزء العملي المواد المستعملة في البحث يتحول إلى الحالة kg\m3 1040في هذا البحث استعمل راتنج االيبوكسي الذي هو مادة سائلة كثافته -:المـادة االساس اتنج بنسبة مقدارها الذي يكون على هيأة سائل شفاف، ويضاف إلى الر ) hardenerالصلبة عند إضافة المصلد ( والمصنع بوساطـــــة )quick mast 105) عنــد درجة حرارة الغرفة ويكون االيبوكســي المستعمـــــل من نــــوع (1:5( )ayla construction chemicals) وبامتياز من شركة (dcp االنكليزية الذي يتصف بخواص تميزه من باقي األنواع( ) مواصفات 2جته الواطئة ويمتلك خاصية التصاق عالية، كما يتميز بمعدل زحف قليل ، ويوضح الجدول (وهي لزو physics 171 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 المصنع من شركة الخليج )tuf bond 10االيبوكسي المستعمل في هذا البحث . اما مطاط البولي يوريثان فهو من نوع ( kg\m3 1140فر شفاف عند درجة حرارة الغرفة، كثافته الدولية للكيمياويات االماراتية الذي يكون على هيأة سائل اص )، ويتصف مطاط البولي 1:5الذي يكون على هيأة سائل شفاف، بنسبة إضافة مقدارها( )hardenerيضاف إليه المصلد ( ط ) مواصفات مطا3يوريثان بمقاومته الجيدة ألغلب المذيبات العضوية، والحوامض والقلويات المخففة ، ويوضح الجدول ( البولي يوريثان المستعمل في هذا البحث . استعمل في هذا البحث استعمال نوعان من االلياف لتدعيم الخليط البوليمري (المادة األساس) وهما الياف -: مواد التدعيم pvc(( ) 1390) وبكثافة مقدارها ،90→◦0◦التي تكون بشكل حصيرة محاكة بزاويةkg/m3 وتكون هذه االلياف اقل التي )al.f. وألياف األلمنيوم ( pvc) بعض الخواص الميكانيكية اللياف الـ 4ية وذا قوة شد قليلة، ويوضح الجدول (مطاط . 2700kg/m3، وبكثافة مقدارها )0.15mm). وهذه االلياف تكون بقطر (90→◦0◦تكون بشكل حصيرة محاكة بزاوية ( ته الجيدة للتآكل، وصالدة عالية عند درجات الحرارة المرتفعة( وتتصف هذه االلياف بكثافتها المنخفضة نسبيًا، ومقاوم ) بعض خواص االلمنيوم.5. ويبين الجدول (c◦660ضمن حدود درجة حرارة انصهار االلمنيوم ( في عملية تحضير العينات قبل وبعد )hand lay – up moldingاستعملت طريقة القولبة اليدوية ( -تحضير النماذج : لياف وذلك ألنها من الطرائق الشائعة والناجحة في تحضير المتراكبات البوليمرية . وتتم عملية تحضير العينات التدعيم باال -بخطوات عديدة وهي: ):mold preparationتهيأة القالب ( 1مثل تم تهيأة القالب الخاص لعملية الصب مصنوع من الحديد المغلون الذي يكون عبارة عن صفيحتين احداهما ت . وبعد تهيئة القالب أجريت له عملية )cm2)21 ×16القاعدة التي يتم الصب فيها، واالخرى تمثل الغطاء وتكونان بإبعاد تنظيف دقيقة،ومن ثم تتبعها عملية تجفيف، ومن اجل ضمان عدم التصاق الراتنج على القالب ومن اجل الحصول على وضع الفابلون الالصق على الجدران الداخلية للقالب .سطح منتظم وأملس ولسهولة استخراج المصبوبة ):addition ratiosنسبة اإلضافة ( 2 -]:12% وذلك من خالل االعتماد على العالقة االتية [15ُصنعت المواد المتراكبة بكسر حجمي مقداره φ = 1 / (1+(1-ψ) /ψ). ρf/ρm……………………………………………(2) إذ إن: φ ي لأللياف في المادة المتراكبة.: الكسر الحجم ψ . الكسر الوزني لأللياف في المادة المتراكبة : ρm , ρf ) كثافة األلياف والمادة األساس على التوالي :kg/m3.( ) ساعة يتم استخراج المصبوبات من القوالب، ثم بعد 24بعد إكتمال عملية التصلب االولي ولجميع القوالب التي هي مدة ( ) مدة ساعتين وذلك ألتمام التفاعالت الكيميائية. ومن ثم يتم c°60)عند درجة حرارة (curingعملية المعالجة ( ذلك تتم ) اإلبعاد القياسية لعينات 2تقطيع المصبوبات باستخدام جهاز خاص للتقطيع على وفق االبعاد القياسية ويوضح الشكل ( ار الصدمة .الصدمة وصور فوتوغرافية لتلك العينات وجهاز اختب ومن الجدير بالذكر بأنه تم تحضير غرفة خاصة للعينات من أجل المحافظة على درجة حرارة العينات في أثناء أجراء االختبارات مكونة من مضخة هواء يمكن من خاللها التحكم بدرجة حرارة الهواء الداخل ومحرار ، حيث يتم ضخ physics 172 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) ونبدأ باالختبار وبالطريقة نفسها عند الدرجة الحرارية c°40المحرار عند ( الهواء الساخن داخل الغرفة حتى يستقر ).60°c.وقد ُأجري اختبار مقاومة الصدمة بأستعمال ثالث عينات من المادة المتراكبة نفسها عند كل درجة حرارية ( النتائج والمناقشة )، ان 3) والشكل(1ضرة في البحث والمبينة في الجدول (اوضحت النتائج التي تم الحصول عليها لجميع النماذج المح قيم مقاومة الصدمة قد ازادت بشكل كبير عما هو عليه في حالة المادة االساس (الخليط البوليمري) غير المدعم وبنسب في حالة متفاوتة من مادة الى اخرى اعتمادا على نوع الليف المستعمل وطولة ، إذ إن الفشل الناتج من اختبار الصدمة الخليط البوليمري غير المدعم يحدث من خالل نمو الشروخ االولية بفعل اجهادات الصدمة الناتجة من تحطيم االرتباطات أو القوى البوليمرية ولكن في حالة تدعيم الخليط البوليمري بااللياف فأن هذه األلياف سوف تتحمل الجزء األكبر من البوليمري ، وعليه فأن األلياف تعمل على توزيع اإلجهاد على حجـم اكبر وتقلل مـن الحمـل المسلط مقارنة مع الخليط للمادة )elastic strainاحتمالية تركيز اإلجهاد على منطقة معينة، إذ سوف تخزن فيها اغلب طاقة االنفعـال المـرن ( ى مقاومة صدمة في الظروف المختبرية عند ) نجد ان أعل1] ومن مالحظة النتائج المبينة في الجدول (14,13المتراكبة .[ ثم ) , ep + pu + pvc + al.f، تليها المادة المتراكبة ()ep + pu + pvc) كانت للمادة المتراكبة (c°20درجة حرارة ( ) وتعتمد مقاومة الصدمة ايضا على طبيعة المادة االساس (الخليط البوليمري) ، ومواد ep + pu + al.fالمادة المتراكبة ( التدعيم ، والسطح البيني بين المادة االساس ومواد التدعيم ، إذ ان قوى السطح البيني كان له دور كبير في زيادة قيم لياف من دون حصول انفصال في طبقات مقاومة الصدمة للمواد المتراكبة الذي لوحظ عمليا من خالل حدوث كسر اال االلياف عن المادة االساس . وعند تعرض المادة المتراكبة الى اجهاد الصدمة بصورة عمودية على مستوى الياف التدعيم فالشق سوف يمتد خالل صة هي اكبر من المادة االساس وصوال الى السطح البيني ومن ثم الى االلياف ، فإذا كان االجهاد المسلط والطاقة الممت طاقة التالصق بين الليف والمادة االساس فأن الليف سوف يقطع الشق وينمو بإتجاه الليف الثاني ومن ثم سوف تكون الطاقة الممتصة عند الكسر كبيرة . ) الذي يبين قيم مقاومة الصدمة مع زيادة درجة الحرارة نجد ان زيادة درجة الحرارة ادت4ومن خالل مالحظة الشكل( )). وهذا يعود الى ارتخاء االواصر ep + pu + pvcالى زيادة مقاومة الصدمة ولجميع النماذج ما عدا المادة المتراكبة بين جزيئات المادة وحركتها انزالقيا الذي يعطيها امكانية اكبر المتصاص طاقة الصدمة مما يؤدي الى زيادة الطاقة الالزمة ء االواصر الى وجود بعض االواصر الثانوية بين سالسل المادة االساس ( الخليط ]. ويعود السبب في ارتخا15للكسر [ البوليمري ) التي تتميز بأنها اواصر ضعيفة مقارنة مع االواصر االولية ،إذ تضعف هذه االواصر مع ارتفاع درجات المتراكبة ايضا الى وجود الياف ] .فضال عن ذلك يمكن ان نعزو هذه الزيادة في قيم مقاومة الصدمة للمواد 16الحرارة [ عن الصالدة العالية والمتانة ً التي تمتاز بتناظر خواصها في كال االتجاهين فضال°) 90-°0االلمنيوم المحاكة بزاوية ( ] في حين يعود السبب في نقصان قيم مقاومة الصدمة للمادة المتراكبة 17الجيدة ومعامل المرونة العالي اللياف االلمنيوم [ )ep + pu + pvc( مع زيادة درجة الحرارة الى تحول سلوك المادة االساس والياف الـpvc التي هي مواد بوليمرية الى ، إذ ان زيادة درجة الحرارة تؤدي الى حركة الوحدات االبتدائية للسالسل الجزيئية وارتخاء )soft behaviorالسلوك اللين ( ].18ليونة المادة وااللياف ومن ثّم اضعاف مقاومتها للصدمة [االواصر فيما بينها مما يؤدي الى زيادة physics 173 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 االستنتاجات ان التدعيم بااللياف ادى الى زيادة ملحوظة في قيم مقاومة الصدمة ولجميع النماذج. -1 الياف ان زيادة درجة الحرارة ادت الى زيادة قيم مقاومة الصدمة لجميع النماذج ما عدا المادة المتراكبة المدعمة ب -2 )pvc. ( ) في المواد المتراكبة يعمل على زيادة قيم مقاومة الصدمة .pvcان وجود الياف الـ( -3 المصادر 1.malinconic,m.,(1987),journal of polymer material،̏ rubber modification of polyester resins̏ 11(4):317-331 لميكانيكية لمواد متراكبة،رسالة ماجستير ،قسم العلوم التطبيقية ، )، دراسة الخواص ا1992ناصر عبد هللا محمد ،( .2 الجامعة التكنولوجية. )، دراسة الخواص الميكانيكية والحرارية لمواد متراكبة بأستخدام بعض االلياف ،رسالة 2008هناء شكر محمود ،( .3 ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد. –ماجستير ،قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية )، مقاومة البلى لخالئط بوليمرية متصلدة حراريا ،رسالة ماجستير، قسم العلوم 2008( هدى جبار عبد الحسين، .4 التطبيقية، الجامعة التكنلوجية. 5. leszek ، a &.utracki ) ،1990 ،( polymer alloys and blends،john wiley and sons ،new york . 6 .work ، w.j &.horie ،k ) ،.2004،( polymer blends definitions , international union of pure and applied chemistry , october. .الجامعة التكنولوجية , قسم هندسة االنتاج والمعادن, الميتالوجية الفيزياوية الهندسية ), 1994,( عارف ابو صفية . د. 7 8 .brent strong ، a ) ،.2000 ،( plastic materials and processing ،2 nd ed. ,brdgham young university. 9. baijal ،m.d., (1982 ،(plastics polymer science and technology ,john wiley and sons, new york. لوم دراسة السلوك الفيزيائي لمادة متراكبة بوليمرية دقائقية، رسالة ماجستير، قسم الع ، (2005),وسن جبار مناتي 10. .التطبيقية، الجامعة التكنولوجية، 11 . schaffer ،j.p ؛.saxena ،a؛ .antolavich ،s.d ؛.sanders t.h & .warner ،s.b., (1995 ،) the science and design of engineering materlals, richardson d.irwin, inc.. 12.hull,d.,(1981),an introduction to composite materials,cambridge university press, first pub.. 13.m.o.w.richardson , (1977), polymer engineering composites, applied science pub .london . –(7): 1725 2814. suzuki, y.; maokawa h.& yokoyam, (1993), journal of materials science, 1732 15.thernton ، p.a &.colangelo ، v.j ,(1985 ،) fundamental of engineering materials،prentic hall ،inc . 16 .ashby m.f &.jones ، d.r.h. ,(2002 ، ) engineering materials , properties & application , second edition , university of cambridge , uk , 1. 17.comyn,j.(1985),polymer permeability,eksvuer applied science pub.,london . 18 .grawford ، r.j., ( 1987 "،(plastics engineering " , second edition , pregmon press new york . 19 . sawyer ، l.c& .grubb ، d.j )،.1986 ،( polymer microscopy, new york. دراسة الخواص الميكانيكية لبعض المتراكبات الهجينة متعددة الطبقات، رسالة ,(2004) رنا مهدي صالح العبيدي، 20. .ماجستير، قسم العلوم التطبيقية، الجامعة التكنلوجية physics 174 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) ،الجودة واختبارات مواد البالستك، دار الكتب العلمية للنشر والتوزيع، القاهرة.2001. محمد اسماعيل عمر، (21 ،اثر الحجم الدقائقي لمادة التدعيم في متراكب ذي ساس معدني على خواص المتراكب، )2008( سدير موفق مجيد،22. رسالة ماجستير، قسم العلوم التطبيقية، الجامعة التكنولوجية. 23 .callister ،w.d &.jr ،.)2001( ، fundamentals of materials science and engineering, fifth edition, john wiley and sons, inc., new york. ): يستعرض تغير قيم مقاومة الصدمة عند درجات حرارة مختلفة1جدول ( impact strength (kj/m²( temperature (°c) ep+pu+pvc+al.f al.f+ep+pu ep+pu+pvc ep+pu 44.99 9.005 151.62 3.387 20 49.6 9.863 133.85 5.19 40 46.8 11.35 114.27 6.85 60 ]19[يوضح مواصفات االيبوكسي المستعمل في البحث ):2(جدول ].20يوريثان المستعمل في البحث[ ي): يوضح مواصفات مطاط البول3جدول ( test methods typical results compressive strength 72 n/mm2 at 20ºc flexural strength 60 n/mm2 at 35ºc tensile strength 25 n/mm2 at 35ºc young's modulus 16 gpa specific gravity 1.04 test methods typical results tensile strength (20 -45) mpa shore a hardness 50-70 elongation % 400-790 specific gravity 1.14 physics 175 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ]pvc]21لـ يبين بعض الخواص الميكانيكية ):4(جدول ]22[األلمنيومص): يوضح بعض خوا5جدول ( قائمة ببعض المختصرات meaning المختصر معنى المختصر .ep+ pu matrix material (polymer blend) المادة األساس (الخليط البوليمري). الخليط البوليمري المدعم بألياف pvc. ep+pu+pvc polymer blend reinforced with pvc fibers. الخليط البوليمري المدعم بألياف األلمنيوم. ep+pu+al.f polmer blend reinforced with aluminum fiber. الخليط البوليمري المدعم بألياف pvc .وألياف األلمنيوم ep+pu+pvc+al. f polmer blend reinforced with pvc fibers and aluminum fibers. elongation at break % 50 tensile strength 62 mpa rockwell hardness 158 mpa compressive strength 152 mpa density 1390 kg/m3 modulus of elasticity 68 gpa shear modulus 25 mpa thermal conductivity 210 w/m.k hardness vickers 15 hv density 2700 kg/m3 physics 176 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ]23[ ) يوضح مبدأ عمل جهاز الصدمة1شكل :( a االبعاد القياسية لعينات مقاومة الصدمة bعينة الصدمة قبل الكسر cعينات الصدمة بعد الكسر d جهاز مقاومة الصدمة ) .isoاالبعاد القياسية لعينات مقاومة الصدمة على وفق نظام( -a) 2شكل ( b.صورة فوتوغرافية لعينات الصدمة قبل الكسرcسر.صورة فوتوغرافية لعينات الصدمة بعد الكd صورة .الصدمة فوتوغرافية لجهاز 55mm 3.5mm 10mm physics 177 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ):يوضح تأثير التدعيم في قيم مقاومة الصدمة لجميع النماذج.3شكل( يوضح تأثير درجة الحرارة في قيم مقاومة الصدمة لجميع النماذج. :)4شكل ( physics 178 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 a study of reinforcing and temperature effect of impact strength for polymer blend s .a .maki, o .h .ahmed , m .z .abdullah ،b .a .gheni department of physics,college of education ibn-al-haitham ، university of baghad department of physics,college of education , university of iraqi ministry of science & technology department of chemistry,college of education , university of iraqi received in : 12december2011, accepted in:22 april2012 abstract this research prepared polymer blend contains from epoxy resin (ep) and polyurethane )pu) as a matrix material of percentage (90 %) from epoxy and )10 (% polyurethane and reinforced by pvc fibers and aluminum fibers two dimension knitted mat with fractional volume(15 %), and study impact strength before and after reinforcing at temperatures of (20,40,60 ( oc ،and the results have shown that the reinforcing matrix materials by fibers increased impact strength values that rise from(3.387kj/m2) to (151.62kj/m2) of composite material (ep+pu+pvc (and thus ) ep+pu+pvc+al.f) at last (ep+pu+al.f (. following composite material so that temperatures increase led to rise impact strength values except the polymer blend reinforced with pvc fibers that the temperatures increase led to decrease the values of impact strength from (151.62kj/m 2 ( at (20°c) to (114.27kj/m 2 ( at (60°c). key words : polymer blends , epoxy resin ,impact strength . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 the alternative electrical properties of (al -cdse0.8te0.2al) capacitor at room temperature g.j. ibraheem departme nt of physics, college of education, unive rsity of alkufa abstract this research aims to p rep are an (al-cdse0.8te0.2-al) cap acitor and study the alternating electrical p rop erties of it at room temp erature, and st udy the p ossibility of using these films in electronical app lications. the a.c. conductivity of as-deposited films have been measured in the frequency range (f =100hz-400khz), and it has shown that a.c. conductivity ( σa.c ) increases with the frequency increasin g. the study of the variation of each of the cap acitance and real p art of the dielectric constant (єr ) with frequency has shown t hat their values decrease with frequency increasing. the study of the variation of each of the imaginary p art of dielectric constant (єi ) and the loss factor with frequency has shown that their values decr ease with frequency increas ing and then they began to increase. introduction a semiconductor material is the one whose electrical prop erties lie in between those of insulators and good conductors. at 0k, t here are no electrons in the conduction band and the valence band is co mpletely filled[1]. the energy gap for semiconductors is less than 2ev [1, 2] and for cd se1-xtex it has been found by many researchers like [3] that eg=(1.46-1.745)ev for 0≤x≤1, and another researcher [4] found that eg=(1.47-1.76)ev for 0≤ x≤1. semiconductors are consider ed as fund amental materials in fabricatin g electronic devices (diodes, transistors, integrated circuits) which are emp loyed in building all electronic circuits[5]. data st orage with p hase change materials lik e chalcogenide alloys is based up on the reversible switching between the amorphous and the cry stalline phase [6, 7]. the reversible p hase transition between the amorp hous and cryst alline states, which is accomp anied by a consid erable change in electrical r esistivity , is exp loited as a means to st ore bits of information[8, 9]. (ii-vi) compounds like (cd se1-xtex) arouse great p ractical interest owin g to the unique p rop erties includin g their high p hotosensitivity to electromagnetic and p articular radiation [10], and the main reason of these compounds develop ment is their big d irect en ergy gap, so these comp ounds could be used in lasers and p hoto emitt ing diodes in visible range [11]. cadmium chalcogn ides have been known to hold great p romise in thin films p hoto electronic devices and photo electrochemical cells [12]. sulphides, selenides and tellurides of cadmiu m find app lications as p hotoconductors and electro optical devices [13]. a.c electrical conductivity the electrical p rop erties of semiconductors or insulators in thin layers under metallic electrodes are generally different from the p rop erties of the material itself. the available exp erimental results about the frequency dep endence of a.c. conductivity have revealed a considerable similarity of behavior for a very wide ran ge of materials [14, 15]. the frequency dep endence of a conductivity can be exp ressed by the emp irical relation (16, 17). ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 σa.c (ω) ~ ω s or σa.c (ω)=ao ω s ………… (1) where (ao) is a constant, and (s) is not a constant for all substances, but is a function of temp erature. s= d[ln σa.c (ω) ] / d [ln (ω) ] ……..(2) the total conductivity at a certain frequency and temperature is: σ (ω) = σa.c (ω) + σd.c ………(3) where σd.c is a direct or continuous electrical conductivity . the preparation of (cdse0.8te0.2) alloy the alloy has been p repared by mixing a certain ratios of cd, se and te (99.999 %) p urity elements with their atomic weight 78.96, 112.40 and 127.60 resp ectively. the weight of each element ratio in the alloy was determined by the equation: the weight of total alloy = (the ratio of the first element in the alloy * its atomic weight) + (the ratio of the second element in the alloy * its atomic weight) +…… …….. [4]. then the weight of each element ratio was determined by a sensitive balance (m ett ler h 35 ar) and its sensitivity (10 -4 gm), then these weights hav e been p ut in a clean qu artz amp oule and it has been closed, the amp oule has been p ut in a furnace with temp erature t=823 k for four hours, t hen the temp erature has been incr eased to 1023 k for t hree hours, and fin ally the temp erature has been increased to 1223 k for three hours too, after that t he mixed compound has been quench ed in a cold water. (al-cdse0.8te0.2-al) capacitor preparing a thermal evap oration in high vacuum reaches to (10 -6 mb) has been used in p rep aring the cap acitor by using an edward 306 sy st em. the aluminu m electrode h as been deposited by using a tungst en boat then cdse0.8te0.2 thin films have been deposited on the al electrode usin g a moly bdenum (m o) boat then the other al electrode has been d eposited on them. thin films have been deposited with substrate temp erature of 373 k with (0.3 n m/s) rate of deposition, thin films thickness was (3000±20) nm, the contribute length of electrodes was (0.8cm). a glass substrates have been used with dimensions (2.54*7.62) cm and with (12) cm thickness. a.c conductivity measurements the (al -cdse0.8te0.2-al) cap acitor h as been connected to the electrical circuit as shown in figure (2) and the measurements of cap acitance (c) and resistance (r) have been done by a general radio capacitance br idge ty p e (42748 m ultifrequency lcr m eter hewlet packard). these instruments p ermitt ed measurements in the frequen cy range (f = 100hz 400khz ). during the measurements the voltage on the sp ecimen was kept at (1 volt), and all measurements were taken at room temp erature. the following equations have been used to comp ute the alternating electrical p rop erties[1,5,16,17] σa.c =t /r.a ……… (5) where t: film thickness, r: film resistance, a: eff ective area of the capacitor =0.5cm 2 єr =c.t /єo .a ………. (6) where c: the cap acitance of the capacitor, єo: permitt ivity of the sp ace єi = t /ω єo r a ………. (7) where ω: the an gu lar frequen cy =2 π f, f: the frequency tan δ = єi / єr = 1 / ω r c ………(8) s= d[ln σa.c (ω) ] / d [ln (ω) ] this equation has mentioned before equation (2) [16, 17, 18] ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 results and discussion figure (3) shows t he frequency dependence of electrical conductivity (ln σa.c vs ln ω) ,there is an increase in σa.c valu es with the increase of frequency values, and it is found from this figure that alternative electrical conductivity nearly or app roximately follows a p ower law of equation [1], with the exp onential s < 1, where(s) has b een computed (s = 0.9257). s is a variable depends on the temp erature and its value arises in the range (1>s >0.5), the alternative electrical conductivity depends on ω at this range. figure (4) shows the variation of cap acitance with the frequency, it has shown that cap acitance values decrease with the frequency increase and at the last p oints in the figure, the chan ge is very small. figure (5) shows the variation of the real p art of dielectric constant (єr) with frequency, the values of єr decr ease with frequency incr ease till f = 100 khz , where at the last p oints the change is very small and the points try to be nearly constant. figures (6 and 7) show the variation of imaginary p art of dielectric constant (єi) and the loss factor (tan δ ) with frequency, the values of (єi) and (tan δ) decrease with frequen cy increase till f = 20khz where the last p oints begun to increase, the beh avior of (єi and tan δ) with frequency are similar to each other and that’s clear if we see the equation (8) where the p rop ortion between them is direct, and the behavior of (єr and c) with frequen cy are si milar to each other and that’s clear if we see the equation (6) where the prop ortion between them is direct t oo. generally , crystallization occurs by a mechanism of nucleation and growt h. in such a mechan ism, small cryst alline nuclei for m initially, which subsequently grow. the formation of nuclei can proceed at t he surface / interface and / or t he bulk of the material. to understand the kinetics of crystallization, the activation ener gy for nucleation needs t o be considered f irst. the net change in free ener gy is the sum of the decrease in volume free ener gy due to crystallization and the increase in free ener gy due to the surface energy [19]. this volume chan ge upon crystallization causes changes in the film capacitance. dep ending on the equation (3) σa.c will ascendant at high fr equencies and with low temp eratures, whereas σd.c will ascendant at low frequencies and with hi gh temp eratures. conclusions the (ω s) dependence of conductivity can be considered as an indication of the exist ence of a wide d istribution of transition p robabilities for charge carr iers. carr iers t ransfer through interfaces either between the sp ecimen and electrodes or b etween grain boundaries also contribute to (ω s) dep endence [16]. successive lay ers of (al -cdse0.8te0.2-al) structure can be obtained by vacuum evap oration in the range of frequency (100hz -400khz). at the range f = (100hz -20khz ) where the values of loss factor decrease with frequency the material shows a good insulating p rop erties because when tan δ decrease the cap acitor would be near to the ideal state(5 ) this cap acitor can be used in engineering app lications as insulators of field effect transistor, jfet amp lifier, in applying alternative current (ac) t o direct current (dc) in biased transist or circuit[1]. re ferences 1theraja, b.l. and theraja, a.k., (1988), “atext-book of electrical technology ”, nirja const ruction and development co. (p) ltd., ram nagar, new delhi. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 ت ترجمة رفع الطبعة األولى، ،“المواد والنبائط للمهندسین الكهربائیین والفیزیائیین ” ، )1992( ،.اي .ار ،كولك الیسر -2 .جامعة البصرة ،مشاعل متي وریتا یعقوب ،رزق 3rassam, n.t ., (2000), “study ing the structure and transp ort electrical and opt ical prop erties of evaporated cdse1-xtex thin films”, ph.d. t hesis, baghdad university . 4m angalhara, j.p.; thangaraj, r. and angihotri, o.p., (1989), solar energy m aterials, 00sem 00611. جامعة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر، ،“ فیزیاء األلكترونیات ” ،)2001(، ظفر أنورالنعمة، م ;كاع فرمانمحمد، و -5 .الموصل 6ovshinsky , s.r., (1968), phys. rev. lett . 21, 20. 7libera, m . and chen, m ., (1990), m ater. res. soc. bull. 15, 40. 8koo, y.w.; kim, j.h.; cho, w.j. and chun g, h.b., (2007), m icroelectron. eng. online: doi: 10.1016 / j. mee., (2007), 01,.245. 9ghanlouche, h.; m ahmoud, s.t.; qamhieh, n.; ahm ed, s. and alshamisi, h., (2008), phys. scr. 77 015701. 10ermolovich, i.b.; parelets, a.m . and khanat, l.n., (1986), thin solid films, 143 225. 11solymar s. l. and walsh d., (1998), “electrical p rop erties of materials”, o xford, new york. 12m angalhara, j.p., (1989), “ph. d.thesis”, indian institute of technology . 13padmanabha sarma, h.; subramanian, v. ; rangarajan, n. and m urali, k.r., (1995), “bull. m ater. sci.”,. 7, nove mber, pp. 875-881 printed in india 14jonscher, a.k., (1972), “j. non-cry st. solids”, 8-10, 293. 15jonscher, a.k., (1973), “j. phy s.”, c, 6 l 235 16kao, k.c. and hwang, w., (1981), “electron transp ort in solids”,. 14, pergamon press. 17tauc,j., “amorp hous and liquid semiconductors”, plenum publishing co mpany ltd., london, (1974). ان هادي عبیدالحساني، -18 m(دراسة الخواص البصریة والتوصیلیة المتناوبة لزجاج ” ،)1992 (،إحس go-p 2o5( “، .رسالة ماجستیر مقدمة إلى جامعة بغداد 19m einders, e.r.; m ijiritskii, a.v.; pi eterson, l. and wutt ig, m ., (2006), “optical data storage phase change m edia and r ecording", (b erline: sp ringer). a-th e mask u sed for film d eposition. b-th e mask used for al -electrodes deposition fig. (1) the masks used in preparing the capacitor ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig. (2) shows the circuit diagram of alternative condu ctivity measurements -22 -20 -18 -16 -14 -12 6 8 10 12 14 l n a .c c o n d u c ti v it y (o h m . c m )1 fig. (3) shows the frequ ency depend ence of alternative electrical conductivity 30 40 50 60 70 100 1 000 10000 100000 1000000 frequency (hz) c a p a c it a n ce *1 0 ^ -9 (f a ra d ) fig. (4) shows the variation of capacitance with frequ ency wires for cond ction lcr the lo wer al el ectrode film 2 cds e0.8t e0. fu rnace the up per al electrod e t he substrate t he substrate ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6 8 10 12 14 ln(w) w in(ra d/s ) r e a l p a rt o f d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t( e r) fig. (5) sh ows the variation of real part of dielectri c constant єr with frequ ency 3 5 7 9 11 6 9 12 15 ln(w) w in(rad/s) im a g in a ry p a rt o f d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t (e i) fig. (6) shows the variation of imaginary p art of dielectric constant єi with frequ ency 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 0.22 6 9 12 15 ln(w) w in hz l o s s f a c to r fig. (7) shows the variation of loss factor tan δ with frequ ency 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة الخواص الكهربائیة المتناوبة للمتسعة (al-cdse0.8te0.2-al) درجة حرارة الغرفةعند غصون جلیل إبراهیم ، جامعة الكوفةكلیة التربیة للبناتقسم الفیزیاء ، الخالصة عند ودراسة الخواص الكهربائیة المتناوبة لها ،al-cdse0.8te0.2-al)( یهدف هذا البحث إلى تحضیر المتسعة . لتطبیقات األلكترونیةألغشیة في اودراسة إمكانیة استخدام هذه ادرجة حرارة الغرفة، .ولوحظ أنها تزداد بزیادة التردد) f=100hz-400khz(التوصیلیة الكهربائیة المتناوبة في مدى الترددات قیست ض بزیادة یقي من ثابت العزل الكهربائي وأظهرت دراسة تغیر كل من السعة والجزء الحق مع التردد أن قیمها تنخف مع التردد أن قیمها تنخفض من ثابت العزل الكهربائي تغیر كل من عامل الفقد والجزء الخیالي دراسة أظهرت و .التردد .بزیادة التردد ثم تبدأ بالزیادة 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة معلومات االنحراف المحور یارمعحول جنان عباس ناصر معهد االدارة ، الرصافة 2011نیسان 5 :استلم البحث في 2011 آیار 22 :قبل البحث في الخالصة اقترح من قبل الذي،)mdic(معیارمعلومات االنحراف المحور حصانةنتحرى حول بهذا البحث m antalos و m attheou وkaragrigoriou لعملیة الصحیحة لالزاحةالمعیار لتحدید احتمالیة ألتقاط ،2008عام من ةواستحصلت نتائج البحث لحجوم مختلف.الطبیعي وغیرالطبیعي للتوزیع الخطأحد خضوع متغیر عندوذلك ،االنحدارالذاتي .العینات باستعمال المحاكاة .معیارمعلومات االنحراف المحور ، تقدیر اقل المربعات، عملیة االنحدارالذاتي :الكلمات المفتاحیة مقدمة ال تعـد مسـألة تحدیــد رتبـة انمــوذج االنحدارالـذاتي للعملیـة التــي تولـد البیانــات مـن احـد المشــاكل التـي تواجــه الباحـث عنــد aut)ارالـذاتيدالسلسـلة الزمنیـة بـانموذج االنح نمذجـة oregressive)، المالئمـة تعـد )الرتبـة ( ان دقـة تحدیـد االنمـوذج حیـث ولــذا فقـد اعتمــدت عـدة اســالیب .لألنمـوذج المقـدریعتمــد علیهـا دقـة تقــدیرات التنبـوءات المســتقبلیة مـن المسـائل المهمــة والتـي p)اختیارطول االزاحة لتحدید او p)االنحدار الذاتي من الرتبة لنماذج ( والتـي 1970عام box & jenkinsطریقةومنها ،( معیارمعلومات العام متمثل ثم اقترح .kرسم قیم دالة االرتباط الذاتي وقیم دالة االرتباط الذاتي الجزئیة مقابل االزاحة یتم فیها عـام schwarzمعیارمعلومـات و ،ةـحصائیـالذي یعد مساهمة معنویة في النمذجة اال 1973عام akaikeمعیارمعلوماتب عـــام akaikeالمقتـــرح مـــن قبـــلائي هـــالتنبـــوء الن ومعیارخطـــاء،1979 عـــام hannan-quinnمعلومـــات ومعیــار،1978 وقـدم مـؤخرا معیارجدیـد .بـین تلـك المعاییرالمتقـدم ذكرهـا معیـارمنلكل یتم اختیاررتبة االنموذج وفقا ألصغرقیمة حیث .1979 [1,2] (dic(p)) علومــات االنحــرافالممعیار معیارمعلومـات االنحــراف المحــورمن وهــواالنحدارالــذاتي ذجاألختیاررتبـة نمــ m) معیارمعلومات االنحراف المحورنتحرى عن حصانة اذ ،الذي یكون محوربحثنا هذا 2008عام dic(p)) والذي یعتمـد > 1 التـي تكـون قیمتهـاαعلـى قیمـة α التـي تولــد للسلسـلة الزمنیـة arاحتمالیـة التقـاط الرتبـة الفعلیـة لألنمـوذج لتحدیـد ،0 > ــتعمال لعـــدد مـــن التوزیعــات المســـتمرة والمتقطعـــة الخطـــأخضـــوع متغیرحــد عنـــدوذلـــك مــن عـــدة نمـــاذج لألنحدارالــذاتي باسـ حجـوم مختلفــة عـدة لباسـتعمال هـذا المعیار لیـة لألنمـوذج فضـال عـن التحـري عـن مسـالة المغـاالت فـي تقدیرالرتبـة الفع.المحاكـاة وفیمـا یلـي خالصـة مـوجزة تـرح مـؤخرا تناول عـدد غیرقلیـل مـن البـاحثین دراسـة معیارمعلومـات االنحـراف المق فقد.من العینات .هلبعض ماكتب حول ف المعــرو bhhjمقیــاس ســمي بـــ jone [3]وhjor وharris وbasu البــاحثون اقتــرح 1998فـي عــام قـوة االنحـراف لقیـاس bhhjمقیـاس عمل واسـت،كفاءتـهرصـانة التقدیرو تعـد عامـل للموازنـة بـین التـي،α < 0 > 1المعلمـةب وتعد هذه الطریقة امتداد .واالنموذج الحقیقي الذي یكون عادة مجهول هاستخدامنموذج المرشح ألبین ا ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد بیقیة مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط السـلوك schucany [4] وju´arez الباحثـان نـاقش 2006فـي عـام .α= 0االمكان االعظـم عنـدما تكـونرصـین لتقـدیر the minimum densityالمحـاذي لــ p ower divergence estimator(m dpde) شـروط جدیـدة لتحلیـل السـلوك ب ـــ الم mحــاذي للـ dpde. تحــرى الباحثـــان 2007فـــي عـــامkaragrigoriou وm att heou [5]، ــائص عـــن مقیـــاس خصـ باالرتبـاط مــع اختبــارات حســن المطابقــة لدالــة الكثافــة فــي حالـة الصــیغة المتقطعــة bhhj) (معلومـات االنحــراف المقــدم papو karagrigoriouالباحثـــان نــاقش 2008فـــي عـــام .المحاكـــاة عمالاســتب aioannou [1] فـــي بحثیهمـــا المنشـــورعلى ومقیـــاس (divergence)ومقیــاس االنحــراف fisherوهــي مقیــاس ،االنترنــت ثالثــة انــواع مــن المقــاییس مــع خصائصــها entrop y. معیـاراكیكي عمال عـن معاییراختیـاراالنموذج باسـت وتحریـا،مراقبـة وبیانـات مبتـورةباالعتمـاد علـى بیانـات(aic) mو karagrigoriouتنــاول البــاحثون 2008فــي عـام .(dic)اف ومعیارمعلومـات االنحــر att heou و m antalos [2] معلومـات ومعیـار) aic ، sic، hqc ،fpe(المنشورعلى االنترنت مقارنة بین معاییراختیاررتبة األنمـوذج همفي بحث p m(المحور االنحراف dic( بالمعلمةα 1>عندما تكون α ar(pتولید بیانات لعـدة نمـاذج وذلك ب،>0 برتـب مختلفـة ( p m(وتوصـــلوا الـــى ان معیـــار،المحاكـــاة عمالباســت dic( یكـــون كفــوء فـــي التقدیرالصـــحیح لرتبـــة االنمـــوذج عنـــدما تكـــون mو karagrigoriouتنـاول البـاحثون 2008في عـام .0.5اقل من αقیمة att heou وlee [6] اختیـار االنمـوذج معاییر aic(معاییرالمعلومات التقلیدیـة ةمقارن [8] جنان تناولت الباحثة 2011في عام و .لالنحراف bhhjاعتمادا على مقیاس ، sic ،hq ،fpe ( مــع معیارمعلومــات االنحــراف المحــور)m dic ( نمـــوذج أل المطابقــةتبــة الر المســتعملة لتحدیــد باستعمال المحاكاة وذلك بتولید بیانات ألربعـة نمـاذج لألنحدارالـذاتي،للعملیة التي تولد البیانات لمستقرا (ar)االنحدارالذاتي فـي عنـد خضـوع متغیرحـد الخطـأ للتوزیـع الطبیعـي بقـیم مختلفـة لمعلماتـه ،ar(4)وar(3) و ar(2)و ar(1)من الرتـب ــــاین ــــط والتبــــ ـــــوناي ،المتوســـ ــــــدما تكــ ــــــات n(~et 0 , 2 (وet~)n(~et،) 1 , 1 n 0 , 1 (عنــ ـــــوم العینــ ولحجـــ )n=60,80,150,250,500(، معیاروالحظت فاعلیة m dicالذاتي عندما في تقدیرالرتبة المطابقة ألغلب نماذج االنحدار ــأ المطابقـــة لنمــــاذج فـــي تقدیرالرتبــــة dicوفشــــل معیـــار،n(~et 0 , 2 (وet~)n 0 , 1 (یكـــون توزیـــع حــــد الخطـ ar(1) وar(2) و ar(3) عدا انموذجar(4). وبناءا على ما تقدم سیتم دراسة حصانة معیار معلومات االنحراف المحورلتقدیر الرتبة الفعلیة للسلسـلة الزمنیـة التـي یـتم .نمذجتها بانموذج االنحدارالذاتي باستعمال المحاكاة بافتراض مختلف التوزیعات ar( p) )( ار الذاتي نماذج االنحد.1 ـــ pیشـــارلعملیة االنحدارالـــذاتي بطـــول ازاحـــة ــد قیمتهـــا الحالیـــة،ar(p)بـ مـــن القـــیم المتباطئـــة pعلـــى اول txوتعتمـ )x,..., x, x, x (زمنیـا p-t3-t2-t1-t. ویمكــن تعریــف عملیــة االنحدارالــذاتي مـن الرتبــةp الزمنیــة للسلســلة} x{ tنــدما ع :[2,7]وفق الصیغة االتیة t=1,2,...,nتكون )1 ...( t p-tp2-t21-t1t exφ...xφxφx  )φ,...,φ,φ(وان p21 وان.الـذاتيانمـوذج االنحدار /معلمـات عملیــةتمثـلt e سلسـلة مــن عبــارة عـن وهو الخطـأتمثــل حـد وان كـل جذورمتعـددة حـدود االنحــدار .2σبمتوســط صـفروتباین مقـداره (iid)متطابقـة التوزیـع المتغیـرات العشـوائیة المسـتقلة وال اي ان [7] الذاتي تقع خارج دائرة الوحدة 1b,0bφ...bφ-bφ1a(b) p2 p21  b وان j xt-j=xt bتمثل معامل االتداد الخلفي اي ان j ،j=1,2,...,p. اقـل المربعـات طریقة تقـدیر عملت وقد استleast squares)( (1)تقدیرالصیغة لغرض و ،[7] عمالاكثراالسالیب الشائعة االستمن طریقةهذه التعد و .لتقدیرمعلمات االنموذج ( الخطأیتم تصغیرمجموع مربعات 2 t n 1t ^ e (عندما تكون ) x(xe ttt ^^ ، ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد طبیقیة مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والت )x (مثـلتو t ^ j-ttوهــي مســاویة لـــ pالتنبــوء الخطــي مــن الرتبـة xφx j ^ p 1j ^  ، حیـث یــتم تصــغیر خطــاء التنبــوء وهذا مطابق.االمامي بمعنى أقل المربعات : [7]التي ل الحل المعادالت الطبیعیة وفق ...(2) m φ m ppp ^  تعرف بالصیغة pmحیث ان xt-1 . )x, ... ,x( p-t1-t .   n 1t ppm p-tx pm xt-1وان . . tpp xm n 1t  xt-p pربعات للتباینوان تقدیراقل الم ^2σالصیغة االتیة ایكون وفق )3...()x-(xp)(nσ 2 ^ n 1pt 1 ttp ^2   (mdic)المحور االنحراف معلوماتیار مع .2 المقتـرح bhhjمقیـاس المعتمـد (dic)نستعرض بصورة موجزة تطورمعیارمعلومـات االنحـراف في هذا المبحث ـــل التــــي تكـــون قیمتهــــا بــــین αبالمعلمـــة bhhjویشــــارلمقیاس ،1998عـــام basuوharrisو hjortو jonesمـــن قبـ مقیـاس یعطـىو ،g)( واألنمـوذج الحقیقـي) (.)fθ(بـین األنمـوذج المرشـحقـوة االنحـراف bhhjویقـیس مقیـاس ،الصـفروالواحد bhhj [1,2,3] ةلصیغة االتیوفقا ل : ... ( 3) الـى مقیـاس االنحـراف لــ bhhjیتحـول مقیـاس و ،مقـدرات المعلمـة كفـاءةللموازنـة بـین الرصـانة و αالمعلمـة وتسـتعمل kullback-leiber 0عندما تكون قیمة=α،1اما عندما تكون قیمة=αیكون عبـارة عـن مربـع المسـافة فان هذا المقیاس .[5]المصدرلمزید من التفاصیل انظر النموذج المرشح واألنموذج الحقیقيبین ا l2القیاسیة mوقد استعمل الباحث att heou معیارمعلومـات االنحـراف 2008عام(dic) علـى وفـق اسـتعمال معیـارaic(p ) )x,..., x, x ( لمجموعــة مـــن المشــاهدات (dic)ویعــرف معیـــار،فــي تقدیرالرتبـــة المالئمــة لالنمـــوذج n21ــا ــیغة وفقـ للصـ :[2,5,6]االتیة ) 4 ...( :[2,5,6]وفقا للصیغة االتیة مقدارحسب الیو ) 5 ...( ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة في البدایـة اسـتعمل و .)من المالنهایة nكلما تقترب ( اي انمقدرمتسق وطبیعي بصورة محاذیة لـ وان mلتحدید النماذج المالئمة لالنحدارمن قبل هذا المعیار att heou باسـتعمال المحاكـاة توصـل الـى ان ادائـه یكـون ،2008عام دراسـات المحاكـاة توصـل البـاحثون ومـن خـالل .مـن الصـفرαعندما تقتـرب قیمـةدا في الحجوم المتوسطة من العینات جید ج ن فـروق و تكـبدونـه حسـاب المقـداربـین و بحـد التكامـل الى ان الفروق في حساب المقدار فانــه الیــوثرعلى اختیــاراالنموذج حســاب اوعــدم حســاب حــد التكامــل فــي المقــداران بكــالم اخــر .ضـئیلة ویمكــن اهمالهــا .حذفه تملذا فقد مالئم لمجموعة المشاهدات المعطاةال m و karagrigoriouوبنـاءا علـى ماتقـدم فقـد اقتـرح كـل مـن att heou وm antalos [2] معیارجدیــد 2008عـام dic(p)محورمعیارمعلومات االنحراف ل α((یشارالیه بـ وسمي بمعیارمعلومات االنحراف المحور (( (m dic ( اختصارلـ (the m odified divergence information criterion) ،د البیانـات باقـل لتحدیـد االنمـوذج المالئـم للعملیـة التـي تولـ x,..., x,(x ( لمجموعة من المشاهداتهذا المعیار یعرف و .عدد من المعلمات n21[2,5,6]لصیغة االتیةوفقا ل: )6 ...( :[2,5,6] عندما تكون )7 ...( >1اذ ان α < ولـذا ،المقـدرالتقریبـي هذا المعیاریقیس المسافة بـین االنمـوذج الحقیقـي المجهـول واالنمـوذجحیث ان ،0 نعرف )8 ...( eتمثـــلو ^ ـــل تم pان و .التبــــاین المقـــدر^2مـــن االنمــــوذج و البــــواقي المقــــدرة عــــدد المعلمـــات المقــــدرة فــــي انمــــوذج ثـ ar(p)االنحدارالذاتي .أذ یتم اختیاررتبة أنموذج االنحدارالذاتي وفقا ألصغرقیمة لهذا المعیار.تمثل حجم العینة nو،(( الجانب التجریبي . 3 ذات الفـروض بنـاء تجـارب المحاكـاة مـن خـالل (2)المتقـدم ذكـره فـي المبحـثمعیارمعلومـات االنحـراف المحور دراسة تم :والمواصفات التالیة .n=30,60,120,240,480تم استعمال احجام العینات .1 ar(p)تم استعمال أنموذج األنحدارالذاتي .2 pرتبةب، (1) المتقدم ذكره بالصیغة(( فـي حـاالت الزمنیـة لتولید السالسل 1= ,0.10.3,0.6,0.9بقــــیم للمعلمـــة ar(1) االســـتقراریة مــــن انمــــوذج 1φ ،الســــل زمنیــــة تخضــــع وكــــذلك س .11φعشوائيلمسار σ, 0 (μ 1 (الطبیعـي القیاسـي بـالمعلمتي -: )t e(الخطـأات االتیـة كتوزیعـات لحـد تـم افتـراض التوزیعـ .3 2 ، التوزیــع ــــالمعلمتین ــــــي بــــ ـــــارتمي الطبیعــ σ, 1 (μ 1 (اللوغـــ 2 ، ـــــع ـــــةبالم rayleighتوزیــــ a)1 (علمـــ ، ـــي ــــ ــــــع االســ التوزیــ ) 1.5μ (بمتوســــط ،2 ( توزیــــع كامــــا بــــالمعلمتینb, 2(a  ، توزیــــع )t ( ـــل توزیــــع،(2)بدرجــــة حریــــة ویبــ 1b, 1(a (بـالمعلمتین ،1 (التوزیــع المنــتظم المســتمر b, 1a (  (n)لمتقطــع بالمعلمــة توزیـع المنــتظم اال ، 0.25λ (بواسون بالمعلمة ، وتمثل حجم العینة  (، التوزیع الهندسي بالمعلمة(p =0.25). ثـم یـتم اجـراء التجـارب المختلفــة وفقـا لجمیـع التولیفـات الممكنــة للفـروض المتقـدم ذكرهـا اعــاله مـن خـالل تكرارهـذا التولیــد .4 .(n)جربة ولكل حجم عینة مرة لكل ت 500للسالسل الزمنیة لـ m)((االنحراف المحور معلوماتیار وتم تقدیرمع .5 dic(p بالمعلمةα والمستعمل لتقدیررتبة (2)في المبحث هالمتقدم ذكر ar(pانموذج وفق الفروض المتقدم على ar(1)من خالل تولید مشاهدات تخضع ألنموذج، ( ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد ة والتطبیقیة مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرف بنمـاذج تـهنمذجثـم ،xt)(للحصـول علـى متجـة المشـاهدات (n)مره ولكل حجم عینة 500وتكرارهذا التولید لـ ،ذكرها اعاله. 6 mاقل المربعات وقـد اسـتخدم الــ بطریقة ar(7)انموذجولغایة ar(1)االنحدارالذاتي اي تقدیرانموذج atlab تابـة بـرامج لك والتـي تـم افتراضـها فـي البحـث بــ pأذ سنالحظ في كـل مـرة مـا الـذي سـتؤول الیـه نتـائج التقدیرلــ .البحث للحصول على النتائج p=1 بالفقرة ادناهالتي تم تدوینها سینایمن خالل المق. ــــالمح تمعیارالمعلومـــال ،حســـاب تقـــدیراالحتماالت والتـــي تكـــون قیمهـــا محصـــورة بـــین الصـــفروالواحد، 7 m)(( ورـــ dic(p -:وكما یلي (2) في المبحث هالمتقدم ذكر αبالمعلمة  تقدیراالحتمال الصحیحp)ppr( ^ على وفق الصیغة االتیة: )p)ppr ] =عدد مرات توافق الرتبة المقدرة مع الرتبة الفعلیة لألنموذج الذي ولدت منه البیانات500/ [ ^   الفعلیةتقدیراحتمال تقدیررتبة اكبرمن الرتبةp)ppr( ^ على وفق الصیغة االتیة: ] =عدد مرات تقدیر رتبة اعلى من الرتبة الفعلیة لألنموذج الذي ولدت منه البیانات500/ [ p)ppr( ^  iحیث ان ^ p معیـارلل االنحدارالذاتي على وفـق اقـل قیمـةموذج تمثل رتبة ان))p (m dic( بالمعلمـةα المحتسـبة عنـد ــــــن ــــب مــ pالرتـــ ــــى 1= pالــــ ـــــال ،7= ـــــون المعیارفعـــ ـــــوذج أذ یكـــ ــــــة االنمـــ ــــحیح لرتبــ ـــي التقدیرالصـــ ــــ ـــــــرب فـ ــــا تقتـ ــــة كلمــــ القیمــــ )p)pprاالحتمالیة ^ من الواحد. ةجریبیالتستعراض النتائج ا.3.1 المسـتعملة فـي حسـاب αقیمـةتحدیـد فـي البدایـة تـم .وتحلیل النتائج التي تم الحصول علیهـاعرض یتضمن هذا المبحث ـــــور ـــراف المحـ m)((معیارمعلومـــــات االنحـــ dic(p. ـــــوذج ــــة انمـ ـــــاة ولقیمتــــــین لمعلمــ ـــــارب المحاكـ ــــذ تجـ ــــم تنفیــ ــــد تــ لــــــذا فقــ ar(1)0.1المستقربـــ1φ، 1 ( للتوزیــع الطبیعــي بــالمعلمتین الخطــأوذلــك عنــد خضــوع متغیرحـــد σ, 0 (μ 2  ولكـــل ـــ ، n=[30-480]حجــــوم العینــــات المفترضــــة ـــتعمال عــــدة قــــیم مفترضــــة لــ ـــد اســ 0.1α]-[0.9وذلــــك عنـ حســـــاب فــــي m(المعیـــار dic(p، ــدم ذكـــره بالجـــدول لوقـــد لخصـــت النتـــائج وعلـــى وفـــق مقیــــاس نالحـــظ منـــه و،انظرالملحـــق (1)مـــا تقـ ،التقدیرالصحیح لرتبة االنموذج ووفق مقیاس تقدیر رتبة اكبر من رتبة االنموذج  بـان اداء هـذا المعیاریتحسـن فــي التقدیرالصـحیح لرتبـة االنمـوذجar(1) 0.1وللقیمتــین لــ1φ بزیـادة قیمـةα ولكــل یرفقهـــا انخفـــاض فـــي القــــیم αالقـــیم االحتمالیـــة للتقدیرالصـــحیح لرتبـــة االنمـــوذج بزیـــادة قیمـــةذ تـــزداد ا.حجـــوم العینـــات .ولكل حجوم العینات0.11φ نموذجتبة االنموذج وللقیمتین لمعلمة االاالحتمالیة لتقدیررتبة اكبرمن ر  ــــة للتقدیرالصـــــح ـــیم االحتمالیـ ـــزداد القــ ـــــةتــ ـــم العینـ ــــب قـــــیم یح لرتبــــــة االنمـــــوذج بزیـــــادة حجــ ــــة αوألغلـ وللقیمتـــــبن لمعلمــ .0.11φاألنموذج 0.9αوبناءا على ماتقدم فقد اعتمدت قیمة  في حساب قیمـة معیـار)m dic(p، عنـد تنفیـذ تجـارب المحاكـاة ولكـل -:الخطأوحسب توزیع حد ar(1)انموذج القیم المفترضة لمعلمة االداء نالحـظ ،فـي الملحـق (2) جـدولمـن النتـائج الـوارده فـي و ،للتوزیع الطبیعـي القیاسـي الخطأعند خضوع متغیر حد .1 في حالـــة السالســـل الزمنیـــة المســـتقره وفـــي حالـــة المسارالعشـــوائي ولكـــل حجـــوم العینـــات ولكـــل القـــیم لهـــذا المعیـــار المتمیز ونالحـظ انخفـاض القــیم االحتمالیـة للمغــاالت فـي تقدیررتبـة االنمــوذج وتقتـرب تلــك ،ar(1)لمعلمـة انمــوذج المفترضـة تقتــرب تلـك القــیم مـن الواحــد ولكــل لونالحــظ تزایـدا فــي القـیم االحتمالیــة للتقدیرالصـحیح لرتبــة االنمـوذج ،القـیم مــن الصـفر .ar(1)حجوم العینات ولكل القیم المفترضة لمعلمة انموذج جـودةنالحـظ ،فـي الملحـق (3)جـدول ومـن النتـائج الـوارده فـي،للتوزیـع اللوغـارتمي الطبیعـي الخطـأعند خضوع متغیر حـد .2 وهنـاك تزایــد ضـئیل فــي ،السـالبة فــي حالـة السالســل الزمنیـة المســتقرة1φاداء المعیارتقـل بزیــادة حجـم العینــة وألغلـب قــیم )p)pprالقـیم االحتمالیـة لـــ ^ 1لتقدیررتبـة االنمـوذج كلمــا تقتـرب قیمــةφ الموجبـة والسـالبة مــن الصـفروألغلب حجــوم 1φ1اما فـي حالـة المسارالعشـوائي فیكـون اداء هـذا المعیـارفي حالـة قیمـة المعلمـة الموجبـة.العینات  افضـل ممـا هوعنـد 1φ1ة السالبةحالة قیمة المعلم  لـn=60 فضال عن ذلك نالحظ .فما فوق ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )p)pprهنـاك ثبـوت بــالقیم االحتمالیـة لــ .3 ^ والقــیم االحتمالیـة لـــp)ppr( ^  ذج عنــد حجـوم العینــات لتقدیررتبـة االنمـو .الكبیرة مقیاســيوعلـى وفـق ،فــي الملحـق (4)ومـن النتـائج الـوارده فــي جـدول،rayleighلتوزیـع الخطــأعنـد خضـوع متغیـر حـد .4 فـان حصـانة هـذا المعیـار ،ذج في السالسل الزمنیة المسـتقرهالتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة االنموذج والمغاالت في تقدیررتبة االنمو نالحــظ هنــاك ثبــات فــي القـــیم أذ ،ل للقــیم الموجبــة لمعلمــة االنمــوذج مقارنــة بادائـــه للقــیم الســالبةتصــبح ذات اداء افضــ )p)pprاالحتمالیة لـ ^  لتقدیررتبة االنموذج عند القیمة صفرعندما یكون حجم العینةn=120 یمیل اخر بكالم ،فما فوق ــــاالت فـــــي تقدیررتبــــة ــــاهــــذا المعیـــــارالى المغـ ـــاویة للواحــــد لحجـــــوم العینـــــات تلـــــكألنمـــــوذج بقـ ــــة مســ ـــل یم احتمالیـ ولكــ فـان هــذا ،امـا فـي حالــة المسـار العشـوائي.الموجبـة1φویتضـاءل اداء هــذا المعیاركلمـا زاد حجـم العینـة لقــیم.السـالبة1φقـیم )0p)pprالرتبة الفعلیة لألنمـوذج بقـیم احتمالیـةیفشل في تقدیر المعیار ^  1للقیمـة السـالبة لمعلمـة االنمـوذجφ ولكافـة n=30.وكذلك للقیمة الموجبة ولكافة الحجوم عدا حجم العینة ،الحجوم وبشـكل عـام بـان نالحـظ،فـي الملحـق (5)جـدولومـن النتـائج الـوارده فـي ،للتوزیـع االسـي الخطـأعنـد خضـوع متغیـر حـد .5 فـــي السالســل الزمنیـــة ar(1)هــذا المعیارتقـــل بزیــادة حجــم العینـــة ولكــل القــیم المفترضـــة لمعلمــة انمــوذج اداء جــودة اذ یمیــل هـذا المعیــارالى تقدیررتبــة اكبـرمن رتبــة االنمــوذج بقـیم احتمالیــة متزایــدة .المسـتقرة وفــي حالــة المسـار العشــوائي امـا عنـد .فـي السالسـل الزمنیـة المسـتقرة ar(1)لمعلمة انموذج وتقترب من الواحد بزیادة حجم العینة ولكل القیم السالبة فان اداء هذا المعیارفي حالة القیمة الموجبة یكون افضل ممـا هـو عنـد حالـة القیمـة ،خضوع السلسلة لعملیة مسارعشوائي .ولكافة الحجوم السالبة القــیم مقیاسـي وعلـى وفـق ،ي الملحــق فـ (6) جـدولومن النتـائج الــوارده فـي لتوزیـع كامـا، الخطــأعنـد خضـوع متغیـر حـد .6 )p)pprاالحتمالیة لـ ^ والقیم االحتمالیة لـp)ppr( ^  لتقدیررتبة االنموذج،نالحظ بان اداء هـذا المعیـاریكون افضـل اء هــذا المعیاركلمــا یتحســن ادو .العشـوائي وفـي حالــة المســارینــة فــي السالسـل الزمنیــة المســتقرة نسـبیا كلمــا قــل حجـم الع حالــة خضـــوع امــا فــي .فمــا فـــوق فــي السالســل الزمنیــة المســتقرة 120الســالبة مــن الصــفرلحجم العینــة 1φتقتــرب قیمــة ـــان اداء هـــــذا المعیــــار االسلســــلة لعملیــــة المسار 1φ1في حالــــة القیمــــة الموجبـــــةلعشــــوائي فـ  ــــة ـــي للقیمـ ـــا هـ ـــل ممـ افضـ 1φ1بةالسال ولكافة الحجوم. القــیم مقیاسـيوعلـى وفــق ،فـي الملحــق (7)جــدولومــن النتـائج الــوارده فـي ،(t)لتوزیـع الخطــأعنـد خضـوع متغیــر حـد .7 )p)pprاالحتمالیـة لـــ ^ والقــیم االحتمالیــة لـــp)ppr( ^ معیاریمتلــك حصــانة لتقدیررتبـة االنمــوذج،نالحظ بــان هــذا ال ویتحســن اداء هـــذا .العشـــوائيزمنیــة والمســتقرة وفـــي حالــة المسار عالیــة ولكــل حجـــوم العینــات ولمختلـــف انــواع السالســـل ال .الموجبة والغلب حجوم العینات1φالسالبة من الصفروكلما تزداد قیمة1φالمعیار كلما تقترب قیمة فـي السالسـل الزمنیـة نالحـظ ،فـي الملحـق )(8 جـدولومن النتائج الوارده فـي ،ویبللتوزیع الخطأضوع متغیر حد عند خ .8 ـــار العشـــــوائي ـــي حالــــة المسـ ــــ مقیاســــيوعلــــى وفــــق ، والمســــتقرة وفـ ــــیم االحتمالیــــة لـ )p)pprالقـ ^  ــــة ـــیم االحتمالیـ والقـ )p)pprلــ ^ وعمومـا یكـون ادائـه للقـیم الموجبـة ،اداء هـذا المعیارتقـل بزیـادة حجـم العینـة جـودةج،بـان لتقدیررتبـة االنموذ فـان اداء ،امـا عنـد خضـوع السلسـلة لعملیـة المسارالعشـوائي.افضل مما هو عند حالة القیم السالبة ar(1)لمعلمة انموذج .السالبة ولكافة الحجوم1φالقیمةالموجبة مما هوعند 1φهذا المعیار یكون افضل لقیمة و (9)جـــدول ومــن النتــائج الــوارده فــي ،و المنــتظم المتقطـــعالمنــتظم المســتمر ین للتــوزیع الخطـــأعنــد خضــوع متغیــر حــد .9 ـــي الملحــــق (10)جــــدول ــــحیح لرتبــــة االنمــــوذج ومقیـــــاس،فـ ــــى وفــــق مقیــــاس التقدیرالصـ ــــة وعلـ ـــرمن رتبـ تقدیررتبــــة اكبـ فـي السالســل المفترضـة ولكافــة حجـوم العینــات لهــذا المعیارولكـل القــیم لمعلمـة االنمــوذج نالحـظ االداء المتمیز ،االنمـوذج نالحظ بــان اداء هـــذا المعیــارفي حالـــة وفــي حالـــة التوزیــع المنــتظم المســـتمر .الزمنیــة المســتقرة وفـــي حالــة المسارالعشـــوائي وهنـاك ثبـات فـي القـیم .الموجبـة لحجـوم العینـات الصـغیرة والمتوسـطة1φهند حالة قیم السالبة یكون افضل مما هو1φقیم )p)pprـاالحتمالیة ل ^  للتوزیع الخطأعند القیمة واحد عند خضوع متغیرحد ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة لمعلمــة االنمــوذج ولكافــة حجــوم العینــات فــي السالســل الزمنیــة المســتقرة وفــي حالــة المفترضــة متقطــع ولكــل القــیم لمنـتظم الا .المسار العشوائي وبشـكل عـام نالحـظ بـان ،فـي الملحـق (11)ومن النتائج الـوارده فـي جـدول،لتوزیع بواسون الخطأعند خضوع متغیر حد . 10 ویمتلـك اداء افضــل كلمـا ابتعــدت قیمــة ،المســتقرة د فـي حجــوم العینـات الصــغیرة للسالســل الزمنیـةاداء هـذا المعیــار یكـون جیــ امـا عنــد خضـوع السلســلة لعملیــة .وان ادائــه یتضـاءل بزیــادة حجـم العینــة.المعلمـة عــن الصـفرفي حالــة القـیم الســالبة والموجبـة .افضل مما هو عند حالة القیمة السالبة لمعلمة االنموذج1φفان اداء هذا المعیارلقیمة المعلمة الموجبة،المسارالعشوائي وبشـكل عــام نالحـظ ،فــي الملحـق (12)ومـن النتــائج الـوارده فـي جـدول،للتوزیـع الهندسـي الخطــأعنـد خضـوع متغیـر حـد .10 الموجبـة فـي 1φادائـه لقـیم جـودةاال انـه ،1φاداء هذا المعیاربزیادة حجـم العینـة ولكـل القـیم الموجبـة والسـالبة لــ جودةتقل امــا عنـد خضـوع السلســلة .الزمنیـة المسـتقره الحجـوم الكبیـرة افضـل منــه عنـد حالـة القـیم الســالبة لتلـك الحجـوم فــي السالسـل 1φ1الموجبــة اال ان ادائــه للقیمـة،اداء هــذا المعیاریقـل بزیــادة حجــم العینـة جـودةفــان ،لمسارعشـوائي  فـي حالــة حجــوم 1φ1العینات الكبیرة افضل مما هوعند حالة القیمـة السـالبة  امـا عنـد خضـوع السلسـلة .الزمنیـة المسـتقرهلتلـك الحجـوم 1φ1اال ان ادائــه للقیمـة الموجبــة ،اداء هــذا المعیاریقـل بزیــادة حجــم العینـة جـودةفــان ،لمسارعشـوائي  فـي حالــة حجــوم 1φ1العینات الكبیرة افضل مما هوعند حالة القیمة السالبة  لتلك الحجوم. االستنتاجات.4 m)((تناولنا في هذا البحث استعمال معیارمعلومات المحور dic(p المعلمة المعتمد على قیمةα اوح بـین و قیمتها تتر وتوصــلنا الـى ان افضـل قیمــة ،المسـتقر ar(1)ومـن خـالل تجــارب المحاكـاة االولیـة ولقیمتــین لمعلمـة انمـوذج ،الصـفروالواحد ـــد αللمعلمــــة 0.9αتكــــون عنــ ،ــــحیح لرتبــــة االنمـــــوذج ar(1)لیتحســــن اداء هــــذا المعیـــــارعلى وفــــق مقیــــاس التقدیرالصـ ــیتم .عنــد خضــوع متغیرحــد الخطــأ لعــدد مــن التوزیعــات المســتمرة والمتقطعــةوذلــك ،وفي حالــة المسارالعشــوائيالمســتقر وهنــا سـ -:عرض ابرزاالستنتاجات التي افضت الیها هذه الدراسة عند خضوع متغیرحد الخطأ  1فان ادائه ممتازلكافة حجوم العینات ولكل قیم،للتوزیع الطبیعيφوالسالبةموجبة ال.  1فــان ادائــه للقـیم الموجبــة لـــ،للتوزیـع اللوغــارتمي الطبیعــيφ1افضــل ممــا هـو عنــد حالــة القــیم الســالبة الموجبــةφ ولكافــة .ادائه تقل بزیادة حجم العینة جودةعلى ان ،الحجوم  لتوزیعrayleigh،1فان ادائه یكون جید لقـیمφ1ادائـه بزیـادة قیمـة جـودةوتتحسـن ،فقـط الموجبـةφ جـودةوتقـل ،الموجبـة .بزیادة حجم العینة  ونالحــظ فـي حالـة التوزیــع ،عمومـا یكـون ادائـه ممتــاز لكافـة حجـوم العینـات،للتـوزیعین المنـتظم المسـتمروالمنتظم المتقطــع للحجــوم الصــغیرة 1φلـــ الموجبــةافضــل ممــا هوعنــد حالــة القــیم 1φحالــة القــیم الســالبة لـــالمنـتظم المســتمربان ادائــه فــي .والمتوسطة  1فــي حالـة القـیم الموجبـة لـــ جـودةفـان ،للتوزیـع االسـيφ ن وا،افضـل ممـا هوعنـد حالـة القــیم السـالبة لكافـة حجـوم العینــات .ادائه تتضاءل بزیادة حجم العینة جودة  1ادائـه تكـون ممتـازة فـي حالـة القـیم الموجبـة لــ جـودةفان ،لتوزیع كاماφ1مقارنـة بحالـة القـیم السـالبة لــφ، ادائـه دةوان جـو .تقل بزیادة حجم العینة  لتوزیع(t) ، 1ازة لكافة حجوم العینات ولكل قیم اداء هذا المعیارممت جودةفانφالموجبة والسالبة.  1ادائـه فـي حالـة القــیم الموجبـة لــ جـودةفـان ،لتوزیـع ویبـل ولتوزیـع بواسـون وللتوزیـع الهندســيφ ممتـازه وافضـل ممـا هوعنــد .بزیادة حجم العینة تهجودوتقل ،الموجبة1φبزیادة قیم تهجودأذ تتحسن ،1φحالة القیم السالبة لـ ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المصادر 1. karagrigoriou, a. and pap aioannou, t., (2008),"on m easures of information and divergence and m odel selection criteria ". ellibs. com – ellibs bookst ore sp ring. 2. karagrigoriou, a. ;m att heou, k. and m antalos, p., (2008). ,"using the divergence information criterion for the determination of the order of an aut oregressive process". (by internet), m as. ucy . ac.cy/english/ technical -reports. 3. basu, a., harris, i. r., hjort, n. l., and jones, m . c. (1998)." robust and efficient estimation by minimising a density p ower divergence". biometrika, 85 (3), 549–559. m r1665873. 4. sergio f. ju´arez1 and william r. schucany (2006),"a note on the asy mptotic distribution of the minimum density p ower divergence estimator ",im s lecture not esm onograph series, 2nd lehmann sy mposiumop timality , vol. 49, pp .334–339. 5. karagrigoriou, a. and m att heou, k. (2007)."recent advances on m easures of divergence". xiit h ap p lied stochast ic m odels and data analysis international conference. 6. karagrigoriou, a.; m att heou, k., and lee, s., (2008). a model selection criterion based on the bhhj measure of divergence, j. of statist. plann. inf. (to ap p ear). 7. wei, w.w.s. (1990), time series analy sis: univariate and m ultivariate methods, addison wesly p ublishing –inc., u.s.a. بحـث ، "دراسة مقارنة لمعاییرالمعلومـات لتحدیـد رتبـة نمـاذج االنحـدار الـذاتي"، (2011)،جنان عباس ناصر، العبیدي .8 .26/1/2011بتاریخ 37شر في مجلة العلوم االقتصادیة واالداریة بموجب الكتاب ذي العدد مقبول للن ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 1( جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)ppr األنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیار المعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 1عند عدة قیم لـα 0  لتحدید وذلك عند خضوع متغیر ،φ1)(المستقر ar(1)ولقیمتین لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ،رتبة االنموذج ~σ, 0μ ( normal 1 (للتوزیع حد الخطأ 2te . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n α 1φ 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 0.788 0.84 0.818 0.838 0.894 0.212 0.16 0.182 0.162 0.106 0.1 0.1 0.534 0.514 0.54 0.576 0.634 0.466 0.486 0.46 0.424 0.366 0.2 0.286 0.266 0.3 0.308 0.374 0.714 0.734 0.7 0.692 0.626 0.3 0.136 0.194 0.146 0.182 0.256 0.864 0.806 0.854 0.818 0.744 0.4 0.09 0.096 0.112 0.104 0.17 0.91 0.904 0.888 0.896 0.83 0.5 0.05 0.062 0.044 0.058 0.074 0.95 0.938 0.956 0.942 0.926 0.6 0.022 0.018 0.04 0.022 0.036 0.978 0.982 0.96 0.978 0.964 0.7 0.01 0.02 0.024 0.04 0.036 0.99 0.98 0.976 0.96 0.964 0.8 0.008 0.004 0.002 0.008 0.02 0.992 0.996 0.998 .9 920 0.98 0.9 0.822 0.824 0.806 0.828 0.882 0.178 0.176 0.194 0.172 0.118 0.1 0.1 0.468 0.496 0.526 0.592 0.634 0.532 0.504 0.474 0.408 0.366 0.2 0.252 0.296 0.3 0.326 0.372 0.748 0.704 0.7 0.674 0.628 0.3 0.17 0.188 0.18 0.178 0.284 0.83 0.812 0.82 0.822 0.716 0.4 0.09 0.086 0.088 0.098 0.122 0.91 0.914 0.912 0.902 0.878 0.5 0.032 0.054 0.05 0.042 0.034 0.968 0.946 0.95 0.958 0.966 0.6 0.024 0.034 0.016 0.028 0.042 0.976 0.966 0.984 0.972 0.958 0.7 0.014 0.018 0.014 0.016 0.024 0.986 0.982 0.9 86 0.984 0.976 0.8 0.012 0.006 0.008 0.008 0.026 0.988 0.994 0.992 0.992 0.974 0.9 )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 2 (جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،عمال معیارالمعلومات المحوروذلك عند استp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج ~σ, 0μ ( normal 1 (للتوزیع 2te . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 0.002 0.014 0.006 0.008 0.008 0.998 0.986 0.994 0.992 0.992 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 0.008 0.008 0.004 0.01 0.014 0.992 0.992 0.996 0.99 0.986 0.6 0.002 0.008 0.006 0.016 0.026 0.998 0.992 0.994 0.984 0.974 0.3 0.01 0.006 0.014 0.02 0.014 0.99 0.994 0.986 0.98 0.986 0.1 0.004 0.002 0.014 0.014 0.018 0.996 0.998 0.986 0.986 0.982 0.1 0.006 0.002 0.008 0.012 0.018 0.994 0.998 0.992 0.988 0.982 0.3 0.002 0.004 0.012 0.014 0.022 0.998 0.996 0.988 0.986 0.978 0.6 0.006 0.01 0.008 0.018 0.02 0.994 0.99 0.992 0.982 0.98 0.9 0.002 0.012 0.006 0.008 0.006 0.998 0.988 0.994 0.992 0.994 1 random walk 0.008 0.008 0.016 0.008 0.014 0.992 0.992 0.984 0.992 0.9 86 1 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 3(جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،معیارالمعلومات المحور وذلك عند استعمالp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج ~σ1,μ ( lognormal 1 (للتوزیع 2te . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the seri es 48 0 24 0 12 0 60 30 480 24 0 12 0 60 30 0.6 52 0.184 0.0 4 0.0 16 0.002 0.348 0.816 0.9 6 0.9 84 0.9 98 0.9 st a ti o n ar y 0.5 32 0.116 0.0 2 0.0 06 0.008 0.468 0.884 0.9 8 0.9 94 0.9 92 0.6 0.3 62 0.058 0.0 04 0.0 0.004 0.638 0.942 0.9 96 1 0.9 96 0.3 0.2 24 0.022 0.0 04 0.0 04 0.0 0.776 0.978 0.9 96 0.9 96 1 0.1 0.0 98 0.004 0.0 0.0 02 0.006 0.902 0.996 1 0.9 98 0.9 94 0.1 0.0 12 0.008 0.0 0.0 0.004 0.988 0.992 1 1 0.9 96 0.3 0.0 08 0.0 0.0 04 0.0 04 0.004 0.992 1 0.9 96 0.9 96 0.9 96 0.6 0.0 08 0.004 0.0 04 0.0 12 0.012 0.992 0.996 0.9 96 0.9 88 0.9 88 0.9 0.6 76 0.218 0.0 54 0.0 18 0.006 0.324 0.782 0.9 46 0.9 82 0.9 94 1 random walk 0.0 06 0.006 0.0 04 0.0 06 0.008 0.994 0.994 0.9 96 0.9 94 0.9 92 1 )ppr(p التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج یمثل القیم :) 4 (جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nفة عند احجام عینات مختل، االنموذج a ( rayleigh~te(1للتوزیع . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 1 1 1 1 0.988 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 1 1 1 1 0.894 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 06 0.6 1 1 1 0.978 0.694 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 22 0.3 06 0.3 1 1 1 0.936 0.506 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 64 0.4 94 0.1 1 1 0.9 9 0.744 0.352 0.0 0.0 0.01 0.2 56 0.6 48 0.1 1 0.996 0.8 96 0.502 0.22 0.0 0.004 0.104 0.4 98 0.7 8 0.3 0.9 9 0.72 0.4 0.178 0.148 0.0 1 0.28 0.6 0.8 22 0.8 52 0.6 0.2 58 0.202 0.1 96 0.238 0.222 0.7 42 0.798 0.804 0.7 62 0.7 78 0.9 1 1 1 1 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 random walk 1 1 1 0.918 0.496 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 0.5 04 1 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 5 (جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،رالمعلومات المحوروذلك عند استعمال معیاp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج 1.5μ ( exp~te (للتوزیع . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 1 1 0.9 38 0.464 0.1 24 0.0 0.0 0.062 0.536 0.8 76 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 1 1 0.8 3 0.342 0.1 06 0.0 0.0 0.17 0.658 0.8 94 0.6 1 0.99 0.6 42 0.238 0.0 94 0.0 0.01 0.358 0.762 0.9 06 0.3 1 0.96 0.4 52 0.132 0.0 5 0.0 0.04 0.548 0.868 0.9 5 0.1 1 0.846 0.3 06 0.084 0.0 42 0.0 0.154 0.694 0.916 0.9 58 0.1 0.9 94 0.588 0.1 58 0.05 0.0 36 0.0 06 0.412 0.842 0.95 0.9 64 0.3 0.4 34 0.128 0.0 28 0.018 0.0 34 0.5 66 0.872 0.972 0.982 0.9 66 0.6 0.0 4 0.026 0.0 4 0.014 0.0 44 0.9 6 0.974 0.96 0.986 0.9 56 0.9 1 1 0.9 46 0.504 0.1 46 0.0 0.0 0.054 0.496 0.8 54 1 random walk 0.6 82 0.276 0.0 82 0.048 0.0 54 0.3 18 0.724 0.918 0.952 0.9 46 1 )ppr(p حیح لرتبة األنموذجیمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالص :) 6 (جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد الخطأ ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج 2b, 2(a gamma~te (للتوزیع . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 1 1 0.9 84 0.326 0.034 0.0 0.0 0.016 0.674 0.9 66 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 1 1 0.8 12 0.158 0.014 0.0 0.0 0.188 0.8 42 0.9 86 0.6 1 0.996 0.4 34 0.036 0.002 0.0 0.004 0.566 0.9 64 0.9 98 0.3 1 0.936 0.2 14 0.024 0.002 0.0 0.064 0.786 0.9 76 0.9 98 0.1 1 0.668 0.0 76 0.006 0.0 0.0 0.332 0.924 0.9 94 1 0.1 0.9 06 0.246 0.0 24 0.004 0.002 0.0 94 0.754 0.976 0.9 96 0.9 98 0.3 0.1 0.008 0.0 0.006 0.004 0.9 0 0.992 1 0.9 94 0.9 96 0.6 0.0 06 0.0 0.0 06 0.01 0.002 0.9 94 1 0.994 0.9 9 0.9 98 0.9 1 1 0.9 78 0.428 0.042 0.0 0.0 0.022 0.5 72 0.9 58 1 random walk 0.9 8 0.416 0.0 64 0.014 0.006 0.0 2 0.584 0.936 0.9 86 0.9 94 1 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 7 (جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprألنموذجا ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة الخطأوذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج dft ss)2 (للتوزیع tudent'~te . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 0.0 22 0.022 0.0 2 0.012 0.026 0.9 78 0.978 0.98 0.9 88 0.9 74 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 0.0 14 0.006 0.0 1 0.01 0.018 0.9 86 0.994 0.99 0.9 9 0.9 82 0.6 0.0 12 0.008 0.0 1 0.014 0.018 0.9 88 0.992 0.99 0.9 86 0.9 82 0.3 0.0 14 0.016 0.0 16 0.008 0.014 0.9 86 0.984 0.984 0.9 92 0.9 86 0.1 0.0 12 0.016 0.0 08 0.018 0.02 0.9 88 0.984 0.992 0.9 82 0.9 8 0.1 0.0 08 0.02 0.0 16 0.024 0.016 0.9 92 0.98 0.984 0.9 76 0.9 84 0.3 0.0 06 0.002 0.0 14 0.01 0.018 0.9 94 0.998 0.986 0.9 9 0.9 82 0.6 0.0 12 0.014 0.0 16 0.008 0.016 0.9 88 0.986 0.984 0.9 92 0.9 84 0.9 0.0 12 0.01 0.0 14 0.018 0.012 0.9 88 0.99 0.986 0.9 82 0.9 88 1 random walk 0.0 08 0.022 0.0 14 0.014 0.02 0.9 92 0.978 0.986 0.9 86 0.9 8 1 )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 8 (جدول ^ ، ولتقدیر رتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9القیمةعندα  لتحدید رتبة وذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج b, 1a ( weibul 1 (للتوزیع الخطأ l~te . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 1 1 0.9 92 0.744 0.324 0.0 0.0 0.008 0.2 56 0.6 76 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 1 1 0.9 66 0.608 0.272 0.0 0.0 0.034 0.3 92 0.7 28 0.6 1 1 0.8 82 0.45 0.19 0.0 0.0 0.118 0.5 5 0.8 1 0.3 1 0.992 0.7 76 0.352 0.168 0.0 0.008 0.224 0.6 48 0.8 32 0.1 1 0.982 0.5 6 0.186 0.136 0.0 0.018 0.44 0.8 14 0.8 64 0.1 1 0.82 0.3 98 0.128 0.112 0.0 0.18 0.602 0.8 72 0.8 88 0.3 0.7 56 0.326 0.1 2 0.086 0.076 0.2 44 0.674 0.88 0.9 14 0.9 24 0.6 0.0 54 0.056 0.0 5 0.042 0.072 0.9 46 0.944 0.95 0.9 58 0.9 28 0.9 1 1 0.9 96 0.774 0.374 0.0 0.0 0.004 0.2 26 0.6 26 1 random walk 0.8 9 0.452 0.2 08 0.136 0.088 0.1 1 0.548 0.792 0.8 64 0.9 12 1 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )ppr(p م التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذجیمثل القی :) 9(جدول ^ ، ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة الخطأوذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nلفة عند احجام عینات مخت، االنموذج b, 1a ( uni 1 (للتوزیع form continuous~te . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 0.0 3 0.034 0.0 3 0.034 0.048 0.9 7 0.966 0.97 0.9 66 0.9 52 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 0.0 2 0.024 0.0 22 0.032 0.048 0.9 8 0.976 0.978 0.9 68 0.9 52 0.6 0.0 32 0.028 0.0 34 0.028 0.064 0.9 68 0.972 0.966 0.9 72 0.9 36 0.3 0.0 24 0.016 0.0 26 0.042 0.048 0.9 76 0.984 0.974 0.9 58 0.952 0.1 0.0 22 0.02 0.0 34 0.044 0.064 0.9 78 0.98 0.966 0.9 56 0.9 36 0.1 0.0 38 0.022 0.0 32 0.036 0.066 0.9 62 0.978 0.968 0.9 64 0.9 34 0.3 0.0 3 0.022 0.0 32 0.042 0.058 0.9 7 0.978 0.968 0.9 58 0.9 42 0.6 0.0 24 0.032 0.0 5 0.046 0.054 0.9 76 0.968 0.95 0.9 54 0.9 46 0.9 0.0 18 0.026 0.0 24 0.028 0.054 0.9 82 0.974 0.976 0.9 72 0.9 46 1 random walk 0.0 3 0.02 0.0 36 0.06 0.06 0.9 7 0.98 0.964 0.9 4 0.9 4 1 )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 10(جدول ^ ،اكبر من رتبة ولتقدیررتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة خطأالوذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج n ( uni (للتوزیع form di screte~te. p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 1 random walk 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 1 1 1 1 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 11( جدول ^ ، ولتقدیر رتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα  لتحدید رتبة الخطأوذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج 0.25λpoisson~te (للتوزیع  ( . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 0.996 0.884 0.466 0.272 0.208 0.004 0.116 0.534 0.728 0.792 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 0.998 0.816 0.452 0.256 0.19 0.002 0.184 0.548 0.744 0.81 0.6 0.996 0.776 0.36 0.256 0.186 0.004 0.224 0.64 0.744 0.814 0.3 0.986 0.712 0.362 0.22 0.226 0.014 0.288 0.638 0.78 0.774 0.1 0.948 0.632 0.352 0.202 0.192 0.052 0.368 0.648 0.798 0.808 0.1 0.9 0.598 0.292 0.184 0.2 0.1 0.402 0.708 0.816 0.80 0.3 0.658 0.38 0.2 0.144 0.146 0.342 0.62 0.8 0.856 0.854 0.6 0.174 0.13 0.124 0.14 0.17 0.826 0.87 0.876 0.86 0.83 0.9 0.998 0.854 0.46 0.29 0.2 0.002 0.146 0.54 0.71 0.8 1 random walk 0.254 0.164 0.144 0.152 0.192 0.746 0.836 0.856 0.848 0.808 1 )ppr(p یمثل القیم التجریبیة األحتمالیة للتقدیرالصحیح لرتبة األنموذج :) 12 (جدول ^ ،ولتقدیررتبة اكبر من رتبة )p)pprاألنموذج ^ ،وذلك عند استعمال معیارالمعلومات المحورp)) (mdic( 0.9عند القیمةα ید رتبة لتحد الخطأوذلك عند خضوع متغیر حد ،ar(1) )(φ1وقیم مختلفة لمعلمة انموذج nعند احجام عینات مختلفة ، االنموذج p ( geome(0.25للتوزیع tric~te  . p)ppr( ^  p)ppr( ^  n 1φ the series 480 240 120 60 30 480 240 120 60 30 1 0.68 0.088 0.004 0.004 0.0 0.32 0.912 0.996 0.996 0.9 st a ti o n a ry 0.996 0.504 0.034 0.002 0.004 0.004 0.496 0.966 0.998 0.996 0.6 0.962 0.302 0.018 0.006 0.002 0.038 0.698 0.982 0.994 0.998 0.3 0.876 0.158 0.016 0.002 0.004 0.124 0.842 0.984 0.998 0.996 0.1 0.598 0.07 0.012 0.002 0.002 0.402 0.93 0.988 0.998 0.998 0.1 0.228 0.006 0.002 0.0 0.004 0.772 0.994 0.998 1 0.996 0.3 0.012 0.006 0.002 0.006 0.006 0.988 0.994 0.998 0.994 0.994 0.6 0.004 0.002 0.0 0.002 0.006 0.996 0.998 1 0.998 0.994 0.9 0.998 0.754 0.116 0.01 0.002 0.002 0.246 0.884 0.99 0.998 1 random walk 0.016 0.006 0.002 0.004 0.004 0.984 0.994 0.998 0.996 0.996 1 ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 on the modified divergence information criterion j. a. naser institute of adminstration,rasafa 2011 5 april : received in 22 may 2011 accepte d in : abstract in this work (p aper), we invest igate about the robust ness of the modified divergence information criterion (m dic), which p rop osed by m antalos, m att heou and karagrigoriou (2008), to determine the p robability of the criterion picking up the true lag for aut oregressive p rocess, when the error term of this p rocess is normally and non normally distributed. we obtained the results for different samp le sizes by using simulation. key words: aut oregressive process, least squares est imation, m dic. ihjpas 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة باستخدام معادلة دراسة نظریة لنمو شقوق الكلل لسبیكة الفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ باریس المعمم *محمد احمد صالح، فاروق إبراهیم حسین ، هبة نوري كاظم جامعة بغداد ،ثم ابن الهی –كلیة التربیة قسم الفیزیاء ، وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجیا* 2010 نیسان 18 استلم البحث 2010 حزیران 30 قبل البحث الخـالصــة 2للمركب في هذا البحث دراسة نظریة لنمو شقوق الكلل ومدى عامل شدة اإلجهادأجري sic 3ti. دراسة تمت هذه ال استعمل قانون باریس اذا . التجریبیة nو ،cوتحقیق نظریته التي تربط بین بارامترات باریس . باستخدام قانون باریس المعمم .العملیة ومقارنتها مع القیم النظریة التي تم التوصل إلیها بقانون باریس المعمم nو ،cالبسیط وبمساعدته استخرجنا قیم تم لكل مادة ولكل أنموذج ومقارنته بالبیانات التي) get data(وذلك باستخدام البرنامج k∆و ،da/dnقیم تاستخرج تم العمل به طوال الذي ، الذي یحقق قانون باریس المعمم ) بلغة الفورتران(تم بناء برنامج حاسوب مكتوب ، لیهااالتوصل والوصول إلى ). graf(ات النظریة والعملیة بوساطة برنامج ومن ثم رسم البیان. أیضاالنظریة cو ،nقیم وحسبت . البحث . األشكال المذكورة في البحث للالكـــ (cyclic load)تعرضها إلى تحمیل أي حمل متكرر لهو حالة الفشل أو االنهیار الذي یحدث في تركیب المواد نتیجة خالل الجزء األعظم من دورات التحمیل حمن عدم وجود ضرر واض فقد یحدث االنهیار التام على الرغم) قوة خارجیة دوریة( لما أدت إلى انهیار المعدن إي وجوب كون اإلجهاد أو التحمیل الذي ینهار (statically)التي لو سلطت هذه األحمال سكونیا ]1.[عنده اقل من اإلجهاد الالزم لكسر العینة تحت تأثیر حمل ثابت نمو شقوق الكـلل ، وتمثـل بیانیـا (k= kmaxkmin)د ابـاالختالف فــي معامــل شــدة اإلجهــ (fatigue)نــمو شقــوق الكــلل یوصــف شــكل أنمـــوذجي ) 1(وكمــا مبــین فـــي الشــكل (k)إزاء (da/dn)لوغـــارتیمي لمعــدل نمــو الشـــقوق –برســم بیــاني لوغــارتیمي ظر االعتبار لتطویر أنماذج تحلیلیة لتمثیل بیانات تجریبیـة ، وباألرقـام بن fcgتؤخذ هذه المناطق لمنحني اذ،للمناطق الثالث ]2[.(nearthreshod)الرومانیة 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة نمـو بطـيء جـدًا للشـقوق وال ل فیهـا التـي یحصـ) قرب البدایة(أو) قرب العتبة(تمثل منطقة :(region i)المنطقة األولى • .(kth)التي یرمز لها بالرمز )المسببة للشقوق(للقوة الدافعة یحصل فیها نمو تحت قیمة العتبة . الحالة الثابتة لمنحني نمو الشقوق والمنطقة الخطیة ذ :(region ii)المنطقة الثانیة • لنمــو األعلـى للمنحنـي یحصـل نمـو ســریع وغیـر مسـتقر لكشـف عنــدما فـي جـزء معـدل ا :(region iii)المنطقـة الثالثـة • . ، مایمثل مساواة الكسر للمادة keتساوي kmaxیحصل االقتراب من الكسر النهائي عندما ، وكـان ابســطها fcgر عـدد مـن المعـادالت لتمثــل جمیـع اوجـزء مـن المـدى االنمـوذجي لبیانـات ومـع مـرور السـنین طـوّ . لتعطي المنطقة الخطیة من المنحني 1963التي وردت عام معادلة باریس da/dn = c(k) n …….(1) : ن ااذ n, c: تجریبیة ثوابت constants . k : معامل شدة اإلجهادstress intensity factor ). mpa*m ½(da/dn : معدل نمو الشقوقcrack growth rate) .m/cycle( ئجالحسابات والنتا . لتصـنیع أنابیـب فـي محطـات للطاقـة النوویـة ) ferrite( 30%تم استعمال الحدید المزدوج المقـاوم للصـدأ المحتـوي علـى cسـاعات وبدرجــة حـرارة ) steel 1 )10الحدیـد لـّدن اذ 1100 بشـكل مفـاجئ ویــّرد)quenched ( وخمــرّ ، بوســاطة المـاء )aged (بدرجـــة حـــرارة أو تــركc 400 عینــات ضـــغط الشـــد واســـتعملت] . منشـــأ اجنبـــي[ة ســاع 2400مـــدة)ct (أیضـــا " قطعت حیث انتشـار الشـقوق فـي المنطقـة متسـاویة المحـور ) er. specimens(وان أكثر النماذج . الختبارات انتشار الشقوق وعمودیـة ) brعینـات (عت حیث انتشار الشقوق على طول اتجاهـات موازیـة قط ىوالعینات األخر ). r(حسب االتجاه القطري حیث یتم أوال تقدیر قیم ] . 3[وأنجزت جمیع اختبارات انتشار الشقوق في درجة حرارة الغرفة وبنسبة حمل ثابتة ، ) btعینات ( ومن ثم حسابها من قانون باریس ،من معادلة باریس البسیطة nوc, كل من -: والنظریة العملیة nوcالمعادالت اآلتیة الستخراج قیم اذا استعملت ، المعمم     2nclog dn da log     3 nloglogc dn da log    4   dlog dndadlog n -: كمایاتيالعملیة ∆kو da/dnكیفیة الحصول على بیانات بمسـاعدة البرنــامج اذ، )1(لیـه بالمعادلــة اس البســیط المشـار قــانون بـاری عملةفـي هــذا البحـث مسـت اســتعملتالمصـادر التـي .1 . من األشكال البیانیة في المصادر المذكورة ∆kو da/dnبیانات استخرجت) get data(الحاسوبي باستخدام المعادالت إذ حسبتالعملیة cو nالمصادر المشار ألیها التحتوي قیم .2 2011) 1( 24المجلد یة مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیق وذلك لالستفادة منها عند حسـاب بعض عنمن وجهة نظر قانون باریس البسیط أنها مفصولة بعضها دوالتي تع) 3(و )2( n وc مرتبطـة مــع بعضـها الــبعض وهـذا الــذي یهـدف ألیــه البحـث لغــرض النظریـة مـن قــانون بـاریس المعمــم الـذي یعتبرهــا .نةالمقار بـاریس الجدیـدة مـن البرنـامج والمتمثلـة برنـامج بلغـة الفـورتران لحسـاب معادلـة بـاریس المعممـة واسـتخراج معـامالتالب كتـ .3 ,cوn خـالل الحصــول علـى قــیم جدیـدة لـــda/dn و∆k بعضـها وهــذا ماتشـیر إلیــه بواثبـات إن هــذه المعـامالت مرتبطــة ).5(موضحة في المعادلة كما معـادلة بـاریس المعممة والبیانات النظریة المحسوبة بوسـاطة برنـامج الفـورتران بشـكل بیـاني ) get data(البیانات العملیة المستخرجة من ترسم 4. وفیمـا یلـي جـدول یوضـح قـیم معـامالت بـاریس النظریـة ، ومنـه یمكـن مالحظـة الفـرق بـین القـانونین) graf(بمسـاعدة البرنـامج .والعملیة    5 12 12/ 1 2/  n n n nk ncc ac dn da                                 المناقشة s-n(منحنـى ىءبصورة عامة من البیانات التي تم الحصول علیها من األدبیات ومن الحسابات التي توصلنا إلیها تم إنشـ  فیمثـل شـدة اإلجهـاد المتمثـل بــ) x-axis(ومحور ، da/dnمعدل نمو الشقوق والمتمثل بـ ) y-axis(یمثل محور اذ، ) ) ferrite(یحتـوي فـي تركیبـه علـى الكـاربون والــ ، الفـوالذ المقـاوم للصـدأ ومن خالل معرفتنا إلى صفات. وللمواد المختارة كافة علـى المـادة "اشـوائب دع إضـافة المـواد األخـرى التـي تعـومن مالحظة النتائج التي توصلنا إلیها لوحظ أن نسبة نمو الشقوق تـزداد مـ . كلما زادت ازدادت نسبة نمو الشقوق اذ) ferrite(قدار قیمة ومع م، األصلیة االستنتاجات .وبالعكس nتزدادا cبعض حیث كلما زادت مع ترتبط بعضها nو cن الثوابت التجریبیة لباریس أوجد -1 .جهاد ن الزیادة في نسبة اإلجهاد تؤدي إلى زیادة في معدالت نمو الشقوق وكذلك زیادة في عامل شدة اإلا -2 مثـل الكـاربون ىتـزداد عنـد إضـافة المـواد األخـر اذ ،یمكن أن یكون للتركیب تـأثیر قـوي علـى نسـبة نمـو الشـقوق بالكلـل -3 .كلما ازدادت نسبة المادة المضافة نفسها تزداد نفسها و . بات العمودیة للحبی افي أیة وحدة من الحبیبات متساویة المحور أو في مستوى موازی نفسها السرعةب قوقتنتشر الش -4 المصادر 1-astm , (1985), annual books of astm standards die-cast m etals ; aluminum and 291. ,0202section 2, m agnesuim alloys ( nonferrous metal products ) 2brown e.n. , white s.r. and sottos n.r. (2006) fatigue crack prop agation in 6273. -:626641toughened epoxy , j. m ater , sc.,-m icrocap sule 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة 3calonne, v.;gour gues, a.f.and pineau, a.f.( 2004),fatigue crack prop agation in cast dup lex stainless steels: thermal ageing and m icrost ructural effects " fatigue fract engn g m ater struct 27,31-43 © black well p ubtishing ltd . 4camarilla, m . and pugno, n. (2005), generalized paris law for fati gue crack growt h “ xxxiv convegno nazionale alas-m ilano , 14-17 sett embre. 5-hellan kare( 1985 ) ,introduction to fracture mechanics “ mc graw-hill co., singapora. للفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ cو nیوضح قیم :)1(الجدول theoretical exp erimental c n sp ecimens c n 5.10138e-011 3.190579 er 5.101e-011 2.489 5.28358e-012 3.15627 bt 5.701e-012 2.985 4.88064e-012 2.71277 br 5.012e-012 3.011 -:حیث ان a : طول الشق k : عامل شدة االجهاد منحني أنموذجي لنمو شقوق الكلل یبین المناطق الثالث :)1(شكل )i =العتبة(،)ii : المنطقة الخطیة( ،)iii :2).[منطقة عدم االستقرار[ 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة یوضح سلوك الفوالذ في المنطقة :)3(شكل یوضح ثالث مناطق مختلفة :)2(شكل حسب قانون باریس المعمم er ]3[.للفوالذ المقاوم للصدأ . یوضح مدى سلوك الفوالذ في المنطقة :)5(شكل یوضح سلوك الفوالذ في المنطقة :)4(شكل bt) ( حسب قانون باریس المعمم ) br ( حسب قانون باریس المعمم ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (1) 2011 theoretical study to fatigue crack growth to duplex steel alloy bygeneralized paris equation h. n. khadum , f. i. hussain , m. a. salih* departme nt of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad *ministry of science and technology recei ved in april 18 , 2010 accepted in june 30, 2010 abstract a theoretical st udy was done in this work for fatigue , fatigue crack growth (fcg) and st ress factor intensity range for steel . it also includes generalized paris equation and the fulfillment of his equation which p romises t hat there is a relation between parameters c and n . usig simple paris equation through which we concluded the p ractical v alues of c and n and comp ared them with the theoretical v alues whi ch have been concluded by generalized par is equation . the value of da/dn and ∆k for every material and sample were concluded and compared with the data which was used in the computer p rogram for the whole of our research . the p rogram is written in fort ran . the theoretical and p ractical data was drawn with (graf) p rogram so as t o conclude the data mentioned in the research . mathematics 316 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 designing feed forward neural network for solving linear volterraintegro-differential equations l. n. m. tawfiq, g .h. ibraheem department of mathematics , college of education ibn al haitham , university of baghdad received in: 18april 2011 , accepted in: 30 may 2011 abstract the aim of this paper, is to design multilayer feed forward neural network(ffnn)to find the approximate solution of the second order linear volterraintegro-differential equations with boundary conditions. the designer utilized to reduce the computation of solution, computationally attractive, and the applications are demonstrated through illustrative examples. keywords :boundary value problems, volterraintegro-differential, feed forward neural network, back propagation training algorithm . introduction we consider the second order linear volterraintegro-differential equations of the form : y"(x) + p(x) y'(x) + q(x) y(x) = f(x) + , x ∈[a, b] , (1) with boundary conditions : y(a) = ya , y(b) = yb , where k(x, t), f(x), y(x), and p(x), q(x), are analytic functions and ya , yb are real constants. y(x) is the solution to be determined. numerical methods for solution of linear volterraintegro-differential equations have been studied by the authors[1 − 5]. there have been considerable interest in solving integro-differential equation (1). theorems which list the conditions for the existence and uniqueness of solutions of such problems are contained in a book by agarwal [1]. two point boundary value problem for integro-differential equation of second order is discussed by j. morchalo in [2]. also, j. morchalo [3] studied two point boundary value problem for integro-differential equation of higher order. a reliable algorithm for solving boundary value problems for higher-order integro-differential equation has been proposed by a. m-wazwaz [4]. the aim of mentioned paper is to present an efficient analytical and numerical procedure for solving boundary value problems for integrodifferential equations. e. babolian et al [5], applied operational matrices of piecewise constant orthogonal functions for solving volterra integral and integro-differential equations. they first obtained laplace transform of the problem and then found numerical inversion of laplace transform by operational matrices. sinc methods have increasing been recognized as powerful tools for attacking problems in applied physics and engineering. the book [6] provide excellent overviews of methods based on sinc functions for solving ordinary and partial differential equations and integro-differential equations. in [7], the sinc collocation procedures for the eigenvalue problems are presented. j. rashidinia, m. zarebnia in [8, 9], used sinc methods for numerical solutions of integral equations. in this paper, we design a multilayer feed forward neural network(ffnn) to approximate the solution of the equation (1) . mathematics 317 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 what are artificial neural networks? [10] an artificial neural network (ann) is an information processing paradigm that is inspired by the way biological nervous systems, such as the brain, process information. the key element of this paradigm is the novel structure of the information processing system. it is composed of a large number of highly interconnected processing elements (neurons ) working in unison to solve specific problems. ann's, like people, learn by example. an ann i s configured for a specific application, such as pattern recognition or data classification, through a learning process. learning in biological systems involves adjustments to the synaptic connections that exist between the neurons. this is true of ann's as well. that is artificial neural networks are relatively crude electronic models based on the neural structure of the brain. the brain basically learns from experience. it is natural proof that some problems that are beyond the scope of current computers are indeed solvable by small energy efficient packages. this brain modeling also promises a less technical way to develop machine solu tions. t his new approach to computing also provides a more graceful d e g r a d a t i o n d u r i n g s y s t e m o v er l o a d t h a n i t s m o r e t r a d i t i o n a l c o u n t er p a r t s . these biologically inspired methods of computing are thought to be the next major advancement in the computing industry. even simple animal brains are capable of functions that are currently impossible for computers. computers do rote things well, like keeping ledgers or performing complex math. but computers have trouble recognizing even simple patterns much less generalizing those patterns of the past into actions of the future. multilayer feed forward neural network [11] in a layeredneural network the neurons are organized in the form of layers. we have at least two layers: an input and an output layer. the layers between the input and the output layer (if any) are called hidden layers, whose computation nodes are correspondingly called hidden neurons or hidden units. the source nodes in the input layer of the network supply respective elements of the activation pattern (input vector), which constitute the input signals applied to the neurons (computation nodes) in the second layer (i.e., the first hidden layer). the output signals of the second layer are used as inputs to the third layer, and so on for the rest of the network. a layer of nodes projects onto the next layer of neurons (computation nodes), but not vice versa. in other words, this network is strictly a feed forward or acyclic type. the neurons in each layer of the network have as their inputs the output signals of the preceding layer only. the set of output signals of the neurons in the output (final) layer of the network constitutes the overall response of the network to the activation pattern supplied by the source nodes in the input (first) layer. the function of hidden neurons is to intervene between the external input and the network output in some useful manner. by adding one or more hidden layers, the network is enabled to extract high-order statistics. in a rather loose sense the network acquires a global perspective despite its local connectivity due the extra synaptic connections and the extra dimension of neural interactions. the ann is said to be fully connected in the sense that every node in each layer of the network is connected to every other node in the adjacent forward layer ( otherwise the network is called partially connected description of the method in this section we will illustrate how our approach can be used to find the approximate solution of the equation(1), let y(x)denotes the solution to be computed, yt(x, p) denotes a trial solution with adjustable parameters p , and ya(x) denotes analytic solution . in the our proposed approach, the trial solution yt employs a ffnn and the parameters p correspond to the weights and biases of the neural architecture. we choose a form for the trial mathematics 318 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 function yt(x) such that it satisfies the bc’s. this is achieved by writing it as a sum of two terms :yt(xi, p) = a(x ) + f(x, n(x, p) ) (2) where n(x, p) is a single-output ffnn with parameters p and one input unit fed with the input vector x .the term a(x) contains no adjustable parameters and satisfies the boundary conditions. the second term f is constructed so as not to contribute to the bc’s, since yt(x) satisfy them. this term can be formed by using a ffnn whose weights and biases are to be adjusted in order to deal with the minimization problem . computation of the gradient an efficient minimization of (2) can be considered as a procedure of training the ffnn, where the error corresponding to each input vector xi is the value e (xi) which has to forced near zero. computation of this error value involves not only the ffnn output but also the derivatives of the output with respect to any of its inputs. therefore, in computing the gradient of the error with respect to the network weights. consider a multi layer ffnn with one input unit, one hidden layer with h sigmoid units and a linear output unit . for a given input vector x =( x1, x2, …, xn ) the output of the ffnn is : n = h i i i 1 (z ) = ν σ∑ , where zi= n ij j i j 1 w x b = +∑ (3) wij denotes the weight connecting the input unit j to the hidden unit i, vi denotes the weight connecting the hidden unit i to the out put unit, bi denotes the bias of hidden unit i, and σ (z) is the sigmoid transfer function ( logsig ) . the gradient of ffnn, with respect to the parameters of the ffnn can be easily obtained as : i n∂ ∂ν =σ (zi) (4) i n b ∂ ∂ =viσ′(zi) (5) ij n w ∂ ∂ =viσ′(zi)xj (6) once the derivative of the error with respect to the network parameters has been defined, then it is a straight forward to employ any minimization technique and we will use cg method. it must also be noted, the batch mode of weight updates may be employed . conjugate gradient algorithms [12] all conjugate-gradient (cg) algorithms start bysearching in the steepest descent direction (negative of the gradient) for the first iteration, we set ρ0 =−g0 where g0 is the gradient of the error with respect to the weights, bias on the first iteration. a line search is then performed to determine the optimal distance to move along the current search direction : wk+1=wk + αk ρk . then the next search direction is determined so that it is conjugate to previous search directions. the general procedure for determining the new search direction is to combine the new steepest descent direction with the previous search direction: ρk=−gk+ βkρk−1 mathematics 319 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the various versions of conjugate gradient are distinguished by the manner in which the constantβk is computed. in this paper ,we use βk for the polak-ribiere update, the constantβk is computed from : βpr= 1k t 1k k t 1k gg gg −− −∆ illustration of the method to illustrate the method, we will consider the equation (1) ,where x ∈ [0, 1] and the bc y(0) = a and y(1) = b . a trial solution can be written as : yt(x) = a( 1− x ) + b x + x( 1− x ) n(x, p) (7) where n(x, p) is the output of ffnn with one input unit for x and weights p . note that yt(x) satisfies the bc by construction. the error quantity to be minimizedis given by : e[p]= ∑i( ya(xi ) – yt(xi ) )2 (8) where the xi’s are points in [0, 1]. it is straightforward to compute the gradient of the error with respect to the parameters p using (4) – (6). the same holds for all subsequent model problems. numerical examples in this section we report some numerical result and the solution of two model problems. in all cases we used a multi layer ffnn having one hidden layer with 5 hidden units (neurons) and one linear output unit. the sigmoid activation of each hidden unit is logsig that is :σ(x) = x 1 1 e−+ for each test problem the analytic solution ya(x) was known in advance. therefore we test the accuracy of the obtained solutions by computing the deviation : ∆y(x) = | yt(x) – ya(x) | . in order to illustrate the characteristics of the solutions provided by the neural network method, we provide figures displaying the mean square error of ffnn for the train ,validation, test ,best and goal at the few points (training points) that were used for training and at many other points (test points) of the domain of each equation. to perform the error minimization we use cg method with best search direction,βpr . example 1 we consider the volterraintegro-differential equation : y" − y' + y = f(x) + , y(0) = 0 , y(1) = 0 , with exact solution ya(x) = x(1 − x2) . where k(x, t) = et , f(x) = − x3− x( 2 + ex sin(x − π/4 ) ) − ( x cosx− sinx ). according to (7) the trial neural form of the solution is taken to be: yt(x) =x(1-x ) n(x, p) the ffnn trained using a grid of ten equidistant points in [0, 1]. figure(2) displays the mean square error of ffnn for the train ,validation, test ,best and goal at the grid points in 1745 epoch and in figure (3) displays the performance of ffnn at many other points in [0, 1]. it is clear that the solution is of high accuracy, although training was performed using a small number of points. moreover, the extrapolation error remains low for points near the equation domain. the numerical results of ffnn with search direction, βpr, introduced in table (1) . this example solved in [13] using sinc collocation method for different number of sinc grid points n and give the maximum of absolute errors , that is , ║ es║ = 5.92003 × 10-3 ,its clear that the results of ffnn is more accurate than given in [13] . example 2 consider the following volterraintegro-differential equation with the exact mathematics 320 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 solution :ya(x) = ex y" − (1/ (1 − x)) = f(x) + , y(0) = 1 , y(1) = e where f(x) = ex{1 − (1/(1 − x)) } − {7(−2 + 2ex + x2) cosx}/ 16(e + x) k(x, t) = 7/8 {(et + t)/(x + e) }cosx . according to (7) the trial neural form of the solution is taken to be: yt(x) =(1 − x) + e x + x(1 − x)n(x, p) . again, as before, we use a grid of ten equidistant points in [0, 1]. figure(4) displays the mean square error of ffnn for the train ,validation, test ,best and goal at the grid points in 1390 epoch and in figure (5) displays the performance of ffnn at many other points in [0, 1]. it is clear that the solution is of high accuracy, although training was performed using a small number of points. moreover, the extrapolation error remains low for points near the equation domain. the numerical results of ffnn with search direction, βpr, introduced in table (2) . this example solved in [13] using sinc collocation method for different number of sinc grid points n and give the maximum of absolute errors , that is, ║ es║ = 2.91837 × 10-3 , its clear that the results of ffnn is more accurate than given in [13] . conclusion the feed forward neural network is used to solve the second order linear volterraintegro-differential equations with boundary conditions. the numerical examples show that the accuracy improve with increasing the number of epoch when we train the network and the results of testing network is more accurate than training network . references 1.agarwal, r. p. (1983) ,boundary value problems for higher order integro-differential equations, nonlinear analysis, theory, meth. appl., 7: 259-270. 2.morchalo, j. (1975) , on two point boundary value problem for integro-differential equation of second order, fasc. math., 9: 51-56 . 3.morchalo, j. (1975) ,on two point boundary value problem for integro-differential equation of higher order, fasc. math., 9:77-96 . 4.wazwaz,a. (2001) ,a reliable algorithm for solving boundary value problems for higherorder integro-differential equations, appl. math. comp., 118: 327-342 . 5.babolian, e. and salimishamloo , a. (2008) , numerical solution of volterra integral and integro-differential equations of convolution type by using operational matrices of piecewise constant orthogonal functions, j. comput. appl. math., 214: 495-508 . 6.stenger, f. (1993), numerical methods based on sinc and analytic functions, springerverlag, new york . 7.eggert, n.;jarratt, m. and lund, j. (1987), sinc function computations of the eigenvalues of sturm-liouville problems, j. comput. phys., 69: 209-229. 8.rashidinia, j. zarebnia,m. (2007) ,solution of a volterra integral equation by the sinccollocation method, j. comput. appl. math., 206: 801-813. 9.rashidinia, j. and zarebnia,m. (2007) ,convergence of approximate solution of system of fredholm integral equations, j. math. anal. appl., 333: 1216-1227. 10.stergiou ,c. andsiganos, d. (2008), neural networks ,ieee neural networks council 11.hristev, r. m. (1998) ," the ann book ", edition 1. mathematics 321 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 12.tawfiq,l.n.m. and naoum, r.s. (2005) ,"on training of artificial neural networks", al-fathjornal, no 23. 13.zarebnia,m.andnikpour, z. (2010), " design feed forward neural network for solving linear volterraintegro-differential equations" , international journal of applied mathematics and computation , 2(1) : 1–10. table (1): the numerical results of ffnn with search direction,βpr for example (1) table (2): the numerical results of ffnn with search direction,βpr for example (2) input exact solution output of ffnnyt(x) when we use cg with deviation∆y(x) =|yt(x) −ya(x)|, x ya(x) βpr βpr 1.0 2.718281828459046 2.718281828459017 0.000000000000029 0.0 1.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0.000000000000000 0.1 1.105170918075648 1.105170917035035 0.000000001040613 0.2 1.221402758160170 1.221402758150140 0.000000000010030 0.3 1.349858807576003 1.349858807574302 0.000000000001701 0.4 1.491824697641270 1.491824697547110 0.000000000904160 0.5 1.648721270700128 1.648721270502115 0.000000000198013 0.6 1.822118800390509 1.822118800361503 0.000000000029006 0.7 2.013752707470477 2.013752706680191 0.000000000790286 0.8 2.225540928492468 2.225540925492324 0.000000003000144 0.9 2.459603111156950 2.459603111052913 0.000000000104037 input xi exact solution ya output of ffnn yt(x) when we use cg withβpr deviation ∆y(x) =|yt(x) −ya(x)|, 1.0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0.1 0.099 0.098891 0.000109 0.2 0.192 0.192098 0.000098 0.3 0.273 0.272895 0.000105 0.4 0.336 0.33602 0.00002 0.5 0.375 0.37515 0.00015 0.6 0.384 0.38406 0.00006 0.7 0.357 0.3571 0.0001 0.8 0.288 0.288021 0.000021 0.9 0.171 0.17103 0.00003 mathematics 322 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig( 1): a fully connected feed-forward neural network with one hidden layer fig.(2) : the mean square error of ffnn for example (1) fig.(3) the performance of ffnn for example (1) mathematics 323 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(4) : the mean square error of ffnn for example (2) fig.(5) : the performance of ffnn for example (2) mathematics 324 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 -تغـذية تقـدمية لحل معـادالت فولتيرا التفاضليـة يتـصميم شـبكة عصبيـة ذ التكاملية الخطية و غادة حسن إبراهيم لمى ناجي محـمد توفيـق الهيثم ، جامعة بغدادقسم الرياضيات، كلية التربية ابن 2011 ايار 30قبل البحث في: 2011 نيسان18استلم البحث في: الخالصة حل التقريبي لمعادلة فولتيرا متعددة الطبقات اليجاد التغذية تقدمية يالهدف من البحث هو تصميم شبكة عصبية ذ هذه الطريقة ساعد على تقليل الحسابات عمالالشروط الحدودية. است يالتفاضلية التكاملية الخطية من الرتبة الثانية ذ .أيضاالخوارزميات من خالل األمثلة عمالوضحنا كيفية است .أثناء الحل بشكل جذاب في تغذيــــة تقدميــــة، وشـــبكة عصــــبية ذالتكامليــــة ، -: مســــائل القــــيم الحدوديــــة، معادلـــة فــــولتيرا التفاضــــليةالكلمــــات المفتاحيــــة خوارزمية تدريب للتوليد الخلفي. what are artificial neural networks? [10] note that yt(x) satisfies the bc by construction. the error quantity to be minimizedis given by : e[p]( ∑i( ya(xi ) – yt(xi ) )2 (8) 10.stergiou ,c. andsiganos, d. (2008), neural networks ,ieee neural networks council 11.hristev, r. m. (1998) ," the ann book ", edition 1. تـصميم شـبكة عصبيـة ذي تغـذية تقـدمية لحل معـادلات فولتيرا التفاضليـة-التكاملية الخطية 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة التغایرات الشهریة في التكوین النوعي والكمي للهائمات القشریة مجذافیة االقدام copepoda ومتفرعة اللوامسcaldocera في نهر دیالى وبعض تفرعاته میسلون لفته الدوري جامعة بغداد ،التربیة ابن الهیثمكلیة قسم علوم الحیاة ، الخالصة copتمت دراسة التغیرات الشهریة لمجموعتین من الهائمات الحیوانیة هي مجذافیة االقدام ep oda ومتفرعة م من موقع سد دیالى وقد لوحظت اختالفات في ك 30في نهر دیالى وفرعین من فروعه وعلى بعد caladoceraاللوامس دیالى وفرعیه هيالى اع من مجذافیة االقدام في نهر دیانو 6انتشار المجموعین، فتم تشخیص توزیع و cyclops vernalis, ,c . visinus c . dimorphus، , mesocuclops ,diaptomus reighardi paracyclops affinis 0.55الذي سجل اعلى كثافة سنویة في فرع الخالص، اما كثافة المجموعة السنویة فتراوحت بین و ،.logirostris b نوعًا كان االكثر انتشارًا منها 14ص ا مجموعة متفرعة اللوامس فقد تم شخّ ام لتر/ فرد 20.66 – b . corigoin، وmoina micrura، وalonella excise ، وleptodora kiniditii . وكانت اعلى كثافة سنویة للنوع. لتر / فرد 29.38 – 1.68وتراوحت كثافة المجموعة السنویة بین bosmina longirostris 29.38 المحطة االولى( لتر في نهر دیالى / فرد . ( المقدمة ن یالمنتجانها حلقة الوصل بین اذ ،البیئات المائیة تشكل الهائمات الحیوانیة حلقة مهمة في السلسلة الغذائیة في producers ن یوالمستهلكconsumers ت من المستویات الثانیة والثالثة من الحیوانات المائیة واالسماك وتشكل القشریا ت غالبًا الجزء االعظم من الهائمات الحیوانیة ونظرًا لعدم توجه االنظار في السابق الى هذه المجموعة جرت ف ي السنوا ومجموعة مجذافیة cladoceraاالخیرة بحوث مكثفة لتصنیف ودراسة الهائمات الحیوانیة وبشكل خاص متفرعة اللوامس copاالقدام ep oda )1 ،2 ،3 ،4 (ة والفرات وتفرعاتهما على امتداد نهري دجلة الدراسة والدراسة الحالیة تقع ضمن سلسل عن ما سبق تكتسب مجموعة الهائمات القشریة اهمیة غیر مدروسة سابقًا فضالً یة وفي مسطحات مائیة لقالحالدراسات وكان الهدف من البحث أجراء مقارنة كمیة ونوعیة للتغیرات الشهریة ) . 5(اخرى باستعمالها دالئًال احیائیة لتلوث المیاه -:ة للمجموعتین القشریتین وخالل سنة في نهر دیالى وبعض تفرعاته وصف منطقة الدراس ) 6(ث / م 176كم ومعدل تصریفه 386یصب في نهر دجلة جنوب منطقة بغداد ، طوله "انهر دیالى رافد یعد منها عدیدة ویوجد سد غاطس على النهر في منطقة منصوریة الجبل یسمى بالسد الثابت یحول میاه النهر الى جداول 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة د ) . 1 (وساریة من جهته الیسرى وجدول الخالص من جهته الیمنى شكل ،وشهربان ،ومهروت ،الروز اختیر جدوالوق الص وساریة فضًال عن نهر دیالى في الدراسة الحالیة .الخ قدیم لالجدول ا اذ الغي ،وهو حدیث التكوین. ث / م 75كم ومعدل تصریفه 104یبلغ طول جدول الخالص .واستحداث جدول جدید محله لذلك یندر وجود مناطق سكنیة علیه فهو جدول زراعي بحت كم 81.5وبهرز ویبلغ طوله ،وبعقوبة ،اما جدول ساریة فهو جدول قدیم لذلك یمر بمناطق سكنیة منها ابو صیدا م 23 – 20وبتصریف 3 ) .1(شكل) 7. (ث / العملالمواد وطرائق فكانت ) 1(من ثالث محطات شكل 2001غایة حزیران ى لاو 2000مدة سنة من تموز جمعت العینات شهریاً الصیوالثان ،المحطة االولى في نهر دیالى .كم من موضع السد 30وعلى بعد ،والثالثة في جدول ساریة ،ة في جدول الخ ا الماء من كل محطة وجرت عملیة من "التر 40تم ترشیح تركیز العینات باستخدام شبكة الهائمات الحیوانیة قطر فتحاته مجامیع مجذافیة االقدام ومتفرعة اللوامس في تصشخ و% 4مایكرون وحفظت العینات في قناني حاویة على فورمین 55 ر كما وقیسست. لتر / عن النتیجة فرد وعبر) 10، 9، 8(المختبر اعتمادًا على المصادر درجة الحرارة باستخدام محرا ph meزئبقي واالس الهیدروجیني بواسطة جهاز te r ء . طة قرص ساكن لكل محطة اونفاذیة الضوء بوس وقد تم اجرا .0.05بین المحطات الثالثة وعند مستوى الداللة fاختبار النتائج cop,انواع من مجذافیة االقدام 6 تصشخ epda نوعًا من متفرعة اللوامي 14و cladocer a من المحطات الثالثة. cope: مجذافیة االقدام poda سجل جنسcycl ops ب تسجل ناس االخرى اذبین االج "ااعلى تنوع ثالثة انواع وبنس والثالثة في ي المحطتین الثانیة ف% 49.6اعلى نسبة ومقدارها c . vernalisفسجل النوع . متفاوتة في جمیع المحطات ).1( في المحطة االولى في شهر اذار جدول% 46.3شرین الثاني وصلت الى ت ث ) . 2(ن احدهما صیفیة واخرى ربیعیة في المحطات الثالثة شكلمتاوكانت له ق اما كثافته النسبیة للمحطات الثال ار في شهر اذ "افكان متواجد c . visinusاما النوع ) . 2(شكل. لتر / ، فرد20،60،14،53،12، 9فكانت على التوالي c . dimبینما النوع .) 1 (جدول فقط ولجمیع المحطات orphus في المحطة الثالثة في % 30.8شكل نسبًا تراوحت بین اما ) . 3(شكل متان في شهري اب وحزیرانوله ق) 1(لى في شهر نیسان جدول االو ةفي المحطو % 3.4شهر تموز mesocycloips laukatri 1 (في المحطة الثانیة جدول% 57.2في المحطة الثالثة و% 1.8فتراوحت نسبته بین ( متان في وله ق) 2(جدول. لتر / فرد 11.35، 15.43، 11.4وبلغت كثافته النسبیة في المحطات الثالثة على التوالي ). 4 (شهري اب ونیسان شكل لتر في / فرد % 19.75كثافة سنویة واعلى) 1 (جدول% 83.7ى نسبة باعل paracyclops affinisكما قد وجد النوع ). 5(شكل وله ذروتان في شهري ایلول ومایس في المحطات الثالثة) 2 (المحطة الثالثةجدول 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة في % 81.8فقد سجل اعلى انتشارًا في جمیع المحطات وكانت اعلى نسبة له diaptomus reighardiاما النوع ت ). 1(في المحطة الثالثة جدول% 4.4ة المحطة الثانیة واقل نسب وله ذورتان في تشرین الثاني ومایس ولجمیع المحطا ). 6 (شكل copepodiوقد وجدت االطوار الیرقیة d nauplii 1 (جدول% 34.6 – 3.2ل مدة الدراسة وبنسب تراوحت بین اطو ( وجدت فروقات معنویة عالیة بین المحطات fوعند اجراء اختبار ) . 2جدول (لتر / فرد 19.85وبكثافة سنویة بلغت .18.036المحسوبة fالثالثة وكانت قیمة bosmina longirostrisنوعًا من مجامیع متفرعة اللوامس ، وكان النوع 14ل سج : cladoceraمتفرعة اللوامس في المحطة االولى في شهر شباط جدول % 80.1بلغت اعلى نسبة له اذ االوسع انتشارًا خالل السنة ولجمیع المحطات االولى في في المحطة% 1.8فتراوحت نسبته بین b . corigonis اما النوع) . 7(وله ذروتان سنویتان شكل ). 1( ة ) 1(جدول ،في المحطة الثانیة من شهر تموز% 41.1شهر نیسان و واعلى كثافة سنویة كانت في المحطة الثانی ). 8 (شكلیة في المحطة الثانیة وفي شهر اب وله اعلى قمة سنو ) 2(لتر جدول / فرد 17.97 ة االولى في شهر تشرین الثاني جدولفي المحط% 82.2اعلى نسبة بلغت leptodora kiniditii وسجل النوع ). 9(وله ذروتان سنویتان شكل ) 1 ( ر % 5.9في االشهر الشتویة وظهر بنسب تراوحت بین moina micuraوقد اختفى النوع في المحطة الثانیة في شه ة / فرد % 22.47سنویة بلغت وبكثافة) 1(في المحطة الثانیة في شهر اب جدول % 30.5حزیران و لتر في المحط ).10(وله ذروتان سنویتان شكل ) 2(ول الثالثة جد ة % 8.1فقد تواجد في اشهر الشتاء فقط وللمحطات الثالثة وبنسب تراوحت بین daphnia lumholtziوالنوع في المحط االولى في شهر كانون االول شكل طةوصلت اعلى قمة له في المح) 1(ل في المحطة الثانیة جدو % 86.2االولى و )11 .( و ،s . serrulatusو ،simocepphalus vetulusو ،a . dentiferaو ،alonella exciseاما بقیة االنواع chudorus latus، وc . gibbus وقد تم قیاس درجات الحرارة التي . الى نادرة ومن محطة الى اخرى ةفكانت بین قلیل .م في المحطة الثالثة في شهر تموز 25و ،م في المحطة الثانیة في شهر كانون الثاني 8تراوحت بین ي ف نفسها المحطةفي 9.1و ،في المحطة الثانیة في شهر اذار 7.29فقد تراوحت بین phاما قیمة االس الهیدروجیني ة سم في المحطة الث 125و ،سم في المحطة الثانیة في شهر شباط 23ة الضوء فقد تراوحت بین اما نفاذی. شهر شباط الث فكانت قیمة fوقد وجدت فروقات معنویة عالیة بین المحطات الثالثة عند اجراء اختبار ).3(في شهر كانون الثاني جدول f 17.07المحسوبة. 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المناقشة ان تناقص اعداد بعض االنواع أو زیادتها وأختالفها بین محطة وأخرى یعتمد وبشكل عام على التغیرات في درجات الحرارة ).11(مثل الملوحة وكمیة االوكسجین یة اخرى ئونفاذیة الضوء فضًال عن عوامل كیمیا phواألس الهیدروجیني copفمجموعة مجذافیة االقدام ep oda متین لها في المحطة الثالثة في أشهر الصیف والربیع بشكل عام سجلت أعلى ق المائیة وتمر في أراضي زراعیة مما یوفر بیئة جیدة لنمو تذلك ان هذه المحطة تكثر على حافاتها النباتا) 12 (شكل ).8(حیاء وتكاثر هذه اال ة ان ظهور هذه المجموعة واختفائها یعتمد على عوامل بیئیة كثیرة وهي تستطیع ان تكیف نفسها للظروف البیئی copارتفاع او انخفاض درجة الحرارة او قلة المواد الغذائیة واالفتراس اذ تمیل اطوار مثل المختلفة epodid والبالغات منها diap وحسب النوع الى السبات ause )12 ،13 (د في بعض االشهر ایضا وهذاً ما یفسر اختفائها او المناطق عن diaptomus reighardiدرجات الحرارة او االس الهیدروجیني او الشفافیة او عوامل بیئیة اخرى ، وقد سجل النوع ). 14(انتشارًا واسعًا وهذا یتفق مع ما توصل الیه الالمي وجماعته في بحیرة الحبانیة ر والط copepoda nauplii وان سبب وجود االطوار الیرقیة مدة الدراسة وفي جمیع المحطات یعود الى ان هذه االطوا ).15(تعود الى جمیع االنواع التابعة لمجموعة مجذافیة االقدام وفي الخالص . وساریة متین ایضًا عند بدایة مایس في دیالىفقد سجلت ق cladoceraاما مجموعة متفرعة اللوامس bosminaویعود سبب ذلك الى الى ان جنس ) 13(ولكن بمستوى اقل شكل نفسها متین في المدة السابقةفقد سجلت ق جدًا عالیًا في دیالى وساریة على التوالي وهذا ما یتفق مع اقد سجال تو b . corigoni و b . longirostirsبنوعیة ة اما جدو ) . 16(صبري وجماعته ل الخالص فهو ذو عكرة أعلى من نهر دیالى وجدول ساریة وهذا یفسر قلة نسبة متفرع ة ). 4(اللوامس في هذا الجدول مقارنة مع نهر دیالى وجدول ساریة وبشكل عام فان العوامل االحیائیة ودرجة الحرارة ونسب ).3(س امًا في نمو وأنتشار متفرعة اللو دورًا مهم ؤدياالوكسجین ووفرة النباتات ت لمصادرا 1m anglo , h.h. and akbar , m .m. (1986) ,baghdad – iraq .j . bio l . sci . res . 7 (3) : 99 – 113. 2m anglo, h.h. and akbar , m .m (1988), j . biol . sci . res . 19 (1) : 117 – 128. 3al – lami , a.a.; m anglo, h.h and abass , e . k . (1999). 10 (2) : 27 – 36. ) : 4( 12. جامعة بغداد –العراق مجلة كلیة التربیة للبنات ). 2001(عباس ، انعام كاظم والالمي ، على عبد الزھرة -4 477 – 480 . قشري ) 2001(الدوري ، نبراس لفتة ، -5 cy تاثیر الزئبق والرصاص في دورة حیاة الحیوان ال clops vernalis رسالة .صفحة 122ماجستیر ، جامعة بغداد ، كلیة –دراسة جغرافیة ، اطروحة دكتوراه . مشاریع الري والبزل في محافظة دیالى . )1986(الساعدي، حمید علوان -6 .جامعة بغداد –االداب 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة اف ، مھدي -7 .الجمھوریة العراقیة ، وزارة االعالم. الموارد المائیة في العراق وصیانتھا من التلوث . )1976(الصح 8edmondson , w . t . (1959). fresh water biology . 2 nd ed . wiley . new york. 9harding , j . p . and smith w .a . (1974) a key ti the british fresh water cy clop id and calanoid, cop epods . 2 nd ed british m useum . (natural history ). 10scourfield, d.j. and hy arding, j.p. (1966). akey ti the british sp ecies of fresh water cladocer a . 3 rd ed. british m useum ( natural history ). 11stembeger, r.s. and lazorchek, j.m . (1994) 51 (11) : 2435 – 2447. 12dahms , v. h (1995). 306 (3) : 199-211. 13dobrzy kowski, a.e. and wy ngaard, g. a. (1993). 250(167171). وم الصرفة ). 2001. (عباس ، انعام كاظم وعلي ، ایمان حسن ،الالمي ، علي عبد الزھرة -14 ) 2( 6مجلة القادسیة ، العل :1-10. ).391 – 383: ( 1مجلة الفتح ، ). 2001(الالمي، علي عبد الزھرة وعباس ، انعام كاظم ، -15 16sabri, a.w. ; ali, z.h. ;thelar, l.a.; shawk, s.f. and k assim,t.i.(1988). iraq . 5 th . sci conf . baghd ad , iraq , 5 (5) : 253 – 264. )2000 – 2001(لسنة )2000 – 2001(لسنة )2000 – 2001(لسنة )2000 – 2001(لسنة )2000– 2001(لسنة ) 2000– 2001(لسنة 2009) 3( 22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 monthly variation in the qualitative and qualitative composition of zooplankton (copepoda , cladocera) in diyala river and and two of its branches m. l . al – doori departme nt of biology ,college of education-ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the seasonal variation of two group s of zoop lankton were studied in diy ala river and two branches , about 30km from diyala dam it was found that t here are differences in the distribution of the two group s . at otal of si x sp ecies were identified of cop epoda in diy ala river and its two branches . the sp ecies are cyclops vernalis . c . visinus , c . dimorphus , mesocyclops laukartu ,paracyclops affinis and diaptomus reighardi , where record ed high annual density in khalis st ream . its annual density was between 0.55 – 20.66 ind . / l. wheras, cladocera group 14 sp ecies were identified . and the most disturbance sp ecies were bosmina longirostris , b . corigoni , moina micrura , alonella excise , leptodra k iniditii . however , the annual d ensity was ranged between 1.68 – 29.38 ind . / l, and the highest annual density for bosmina longirostris was 29.38 ind . / l . in diy ala river b ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 estimation optimal threshold value for image edge detection a.a. d. al-zuky and h. j. m. al-taa'y department of physics, college of science, university of al-mustansiriya abstract a new approach presented in this study to determine the optimal edge detection threshold value. this approach is base on extracting small homogenous blocks from unequal mean targets. then, from these blocks we generate small image with known edges (edges represent the lines between the contacted blocks). so, these simulated edges can be assumed as true edges .the true simulated edges, compared with the detected edges in the small generated image is done by using different thresholding values. the comparison based on computing mean square errors between the simulated edge image and the produced edge image from edge detector methods. the mean square error computed for the total edge image (er), for edge regions (erl), and for non-edge regions (er2). from these measures (er, erl, &er2), we can estimate best threshold value, at low edge errors detection (i.e. best (th) at low er, erl,&er2). key-words: (homogenous image region, edge detection, mse, thresholding, edge filter) introduction in many image interpretations analysis, boundaries of objects are of special concern. where, the size or the shape of the outline of the object generally can be use to discern the object or detect abnormalities. for this purpose, large number of edge detection strategies, have been devise to locate the edges in the image by using local image properties. the most conventional methods that one is base on the image gradient. these methods work well whenever object boundaries have high contrast. the gradient of the two dimension function i(x,y) is a vector given by (l) where i, and j are the unit vectors along the x and y directions respectively. the orientation of the edge is useful for some applications but it is not always required. clearly, an edge must match with places is a local maxima along the direction it points. the detected local maxima points are so many, that they hardly contain any useful information. the obvious cause of the problem is that when we do the edge detection, we must ignore the small and insignificant changes in the image intensity value. the proper terminology for this is thresholding. effectively, algorithm can be built that would make the computer ignore any local maximum value that less than a certain threshold value. but, how can we find this threshold value. this is another topic of research. an algorithm we give to the computer can do it automatically. alternatively, it can done manually, after we look at the values of the local maxima or ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 even more grossly, by trial and error, until we reach visually a good view. but, the determination of threshold, is not unique, and not optimal.(2-5) the aim of this study is to determine the optimal threshold based on quantitative testing. where the quantitative test give a robust rule to reach optimal threshold value. edge image simulation the edges between different image targets can be located precisely. the edges resulted from any edge detection method would not correctly match with the true image edges. where the resulted edges are not always thin edges (i.e. edge thickness of more than one pixel) in some locations, and is connected edges in another location. in addition, some false edges may be introduced. but in order to determine the error between true edges and detected edges, we don't have the image of true edges. so, the error must be estimated visually. visual measure without robustness is use in approximation the amount of error in resulted edges. consequently, we cannot evaluate the best threshold value. in this paper, we suggest a new technique to simulate edges. this is done by extract square blocks from different homogeneous image regions of different means. then these blocks are collected to produce small image that contains different blocks (of same sizes). so, the locations of the edges between the blocks are known. hence, we can assume that these edges represent the true edges. an example of this simulated image and its true edges is shown in fig.(2:a, and b), and the diagram of the suggested method is explain in fig.(l). then, in order to test the edge detection efficiency for the adopted edge detector, we would apply this detector to detect the edge in the simulated small image. after that, we determine the edges by using threshold value (th). the resulted edges don't always represent the true edges. hence, we can use the following equations to evaluate the amount of error between true edges and the edges resulted from edge detector: where, te (x,y), and re (x,y) are the true edge image and resulted edge image respectively (nxm) represents the size of simulated image, ep is the total number of true edge points in the simulated image, and hp is the total number of homogenous points in the simulated image. accordingly, the quantitative values (er, erl, and er2) represent the mean square error, for total image plane, the error for only edge points, and for homogeneous (non-edge) points only. so, we can determiner an amount of edge error that would be produced from using the adopted edge detector. also, it could be evaluated when the error is large in edge points or non-edge points. hence we can be adjust ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the (th) value to reduce the whole errors (er, erl, and er2). see fig.(3) which explain the relation between th-value and the errors (er, erl, and er2). after finding the optimal threshold for the small-simulated image, we can apply the edge detection method in order to find the edge in the original (large) image. results and conclusions the adopted images (laylal, and lena) in this study are shown in fig. (5). these images of size (256 x 256) pixels are presented by 8 bit/pixel. from each image we can extract different homogenous blocks from un-equal mean. the generated small image contains simulated edges. the small images and their simulated edge images are shown in fig. (4). to obtain the optimal threshold value in order to determine image edge for each edge detector, we performed the edge detector methods ((sobel, prewit, kirsch, and robert gradient)) (2,3,6), and used different threshold values (th). the resulted edge images compute the errors (er, erl, &er2). the results of error values (er, erl, &er2), differ with varying edge detectors at (tho) values. this tabulated in table (1) & (2). we plot the relation between th-values and er-values, as in fig. (3). from these figures we can shown that the low th-values would produce thick edges, and high er2 in homogenous regions (i.e. produces false edges), and low erl in edge regions (i.e. produces connected edges). the net error er for homogenous and edge regions are high. when the th-value increases, the er2 decreases, the erl slowly increases, and er decreases. these decreases in errors (er) reach minimum value with the threshold optimal (tho). after, this the threshold values (tho), and the errors er2 are highly decreased. erl is increased and er is increased. so, we can evaluate the best threshold (tho) to determine image edges, for both small-simulated image and large (original) image. therefore we can use the estimated (tho) in order to determine the edges in the whole image. the optimal threshold (tho) is not fixed for all adopted detectors. the result of using estimated (tho) values for the images is shown in fig. (3). hence, we can noted that the best threshold (tho) with low (er) introduces a very good edge image visually. this would give us a very good agreement between the suggested quantitative measure and subjective edge image quality. also, we can show that the decrease in th-value would produce high errors in detecting homogenous regions and low errors in detecting edge regions. then, high th-values would produce high errors in detecting edge regions (i.e. estimating true edges), and highly detected homogenous regions (i.e. low errors in homogenous regions). references 1. petrou, m. (1994), advances in electronics and electron physics, 88: 297-345. 2. pratt, w.k. (1978) "digital image processing", wily; new york. 3. gonzalez, r.c. and wintz, p. (1987) "digital image processing", addison wesley. 4. john a. richards and xinping jia, (1999) "remote sensing digital image analysis", springer. 5. sangwine, s.j. and home, r.e.n. ( 1998) "the color image processing handbook", first addition, chapman and hall london. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 6. asmaa, s. (2001) "experimental studies of edge and corner detectors", m.sc. theses, national computer center, institute of higher studies in computer and informatics. from applying the procedure steps which are shown in fig. (1) for the image by using different threshold values (th). and in order to determine mse for each case we can estimate optimal threshold value (tho) that would give least mse value. input image extract homogeneouse blocks generate small image from extracted blocks determine real input (th) applied edge detector determine (mse) minimum (mse) means optimal threshold fig. (1) block diagram of suggested algorithm to determine optimal threshold (tho) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد تخمين قيمة العتبة المثلى لكشف الحافات في الصورة علي عبد داود الزكي،حيدر جواد محمد الطائي قسم الفيزياء، كلية العلوم، الجامعة المستنصرية الخالصة اع اسلوب جديد تم استحداثه في هذه الدراسة لغرض تحديد أفضل قيمة عتبة لكشف الحافات. وذلك باالعتماد على استقط ت صغيرة متجانسة من مناطق ذات معدل شدة رمادية مختلفة, هذه البلوكات المستقطعة بعد ذلك تستخدم لتوليد صورة صغيرة ذات بلوكا حافات معروفة ) الحافات تمثل خطوط التماس بين البلوكات(, لذلك فان الحافات المولدة يمكن أن نعتبرها حافات حقيقية فعلية, ومن ثم الحافات الناتجة من تطبيق طرائق الكشف الحافية على الصورة المولدة الصغيرة, وباستخدام قيم تعتيب مختلفة. تقارن هذه الحافات مع والمقارنات تعتمد على حساب معدل مربع الخطأ بين الحافات الفعلية والحافات الناتجة من الطرائق المعتمدة. ومعدل مربع الخطأ لكل ( يمكن تخمين أفضل عتبة er, er1, er2(. ومن هذه المعايير )er2( وللمناطق غير الحافية )er1( وللمناطق الحافية )erالصورة ) (tho( عندما يكون الخطأ )er.أصغر ما يمكن ) 17062012114752_014 17062012114908 17062012114908_001 17062012114908_002 17062012114908_003 17062012114908_004 17062012114908_005 17062012114908_006 17062012114908_007 microsoft word 125-132 125 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 comparative biochemical study of insulin like growth factor-1(igf-1) in sera of controlled and uncontrolled dyslipidemia in type2 diabetic iraqi patients and healthy control. omar k. mahmmod elham m. hussein dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in: 1/june/2015, accepted in:30/june/2015 abstract the objective of the present study is to compare the effect of insulin like growth factor-1 on the lipid profile in sera of diabetic patients with and without dyslipidemia having the same medical treatment and compared with healthy control. the study included three groups. the biochemical parameters which were measured include, fasting blood sugar(fbs), glycated hemoglobin (hba1c), fasting insulin, insulin like growth factor-1(igf-1), lipid profile [total cholesterol (tc) , triglyceride(tg), high density lipoprotein cholesterol(hdl-c) ,low density lipoprotein-cholesterol (ldl-c)and very low density lipoprotein-cholesterol (vldl-c)], atherogenic index of plasma(aip), insulin resistance(ir). the results revealed a significant increase in fbs,hba1c,tc,tg,ldl-c,vldl-c,aip, insulin level and homa-ir while a significant decrease in igf-1 and hdl-c in g2 and g3 was noticed comparing to g1. the conclusion could be drown from the present study that low levels of igf-1 in groups comparing with healthy control, which may be led to the high levels of insulin resistance, while no effect of dyslipidemia on igf-1. key words: type2 diabetes mellitus dm, igf-1, ir . 126 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction insulin-like growth factor-1(igf-1) is a small polypeptide (70 amino acid &7500kda) straight chain synthesized mainly by the liver in response to growth hormone(gh)action[1]. it shares nearly 50% amino acid sequence homology with proinsulin, it composed of an alpha and a beta chain connected by disulfide bonds[2]. igf-1 is present in circulation in the free form and in the form complexed with protein which bind (igfbp). six igf-binding proteins were identified with various affinity to igf-1, main binding protein of igfs is igfbp-3 and its synthesis is mainly determined by growth hormone[3]. igf-1 synthesis remains linked to nutrient intake and has retained some insulin-like properties such as stimulation of glucose transport into skeletal muscle cell[3]. decreased levels of circulating igf-1 in diabetic patients have been discovered to be associated with insulin resistance [4],which is a pathological state in which insulin action is impaired in target tissues, including liver, skeletal muscle and adipose tissue[5]. igf-1 levels are strongly determined by changes in growth hormone secretion[6]. dyslipidemia is increased in the lipid and lipoprotein, it is elevated of plasma cholesterol (tc), triglyceride (tg), or both, or a low hdl-c level that contributes to the development of atherosclerosis [7]. the abnormal lipid profile observed in type2dm may be related to insulin resistance which has been closely associated with diabetic dyslipidemia and hypertension[8,9]. aim of the study the aim of this study is to compare the effect of insulin like growth factor-1 on the lipid profile in sera of iraqi diabetic patients with and without dyslipidemia having the same medical treatment and compared with healthy control, this may provide an additional factor of glucose homeostasis . subjects and methods the studied groups comprised of (20)subjects [(10)male and (10) female] as healthy control group1(g1) and g2 which consist of type2 dm with controlled lipidemia [(11)male and (9)female] and g3 which consist of type2 dm patient with dyslipidemia [(9) male and (11) female]. all studied groups matched with age range (45-65) years and body mass index (bmi)(25-29 kg/m2). smokers, alcoholics and patient with cardiovascular disease, insulin treatment , kidney disease ,hepatic failure and statins treatment were excluded. blood samples were collected from venipuncture each subject in the study after 12 hours fasting. samples were immediately centrifuge and serum was separated and frozen until assayed, for determination of fasting serum glucose [10]. total cholesterol[11], high density lipoprotein cholesterol hdl-c[12] and triglyceride tg [13] were determined by using commercial kits (bio labo sa-france). ldl-c and vldl-c were calculated by freidweld equation[14 ]. ldl-c=total cholesterol-(hdl-c+vldl-c) vldl-c(mg/dl)=(tg(mg/dl/5) fasting serum insulin [15] was determined by using elisa kit (drg-germany). insulin like growth factor-1 (igf-1) was determined by radioimmunoassay using commercial kits (beckman coulter )-germany. the bound radioactivity is directly proportional to igf-1 concentration in the sample (immunotech s.r.o –radiova ,i ). insulin resistance was assayed by calculating the homeostasis model assessment for insulin resistance (homa-ir) which is estimated using the following formula . homa-ir= [(fasting glucose x fasting insulin)/405] [16]. 127 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 atherogenic index of plasma (aip) calculated from the formula (aip=log(tg/hdl-c) ) [17]. the results were expressed as mean ± sem and p≥0.05 was considered significant. unpaired student t-test was used to examine the differences of mean. results and discussion table(1) showed a significant increase in fasting blood sugar (fbs)in both diabetic groups,g2(167.45± 7.66 mg/dl)and g3(201.75±15.14 mg/dl) compared to control group (86.5±2.06 mg/dl), no significant elevation between g2 and g3 was observed. patients with type2 dm characterized by insufficient secretion of insulin as a defect of islet cell function or β-cell mass which cause an increase in blood sugar[18]. glycated hemoglobin (hba1c) showed a significant increase in both diabetic groups, g2 (7.84±0.22%) and g3 (8.40±0.42%) compared with g1 (5.74±0.09%). a significant correlation was found between g1 comparing to g2 and g3, while no significant correlation between two diabetic groups was found. it has been reported that the prevalence and overlap between intermediate hyperglycemia was defined by hba1c(5.7-6.4%), this range was proposed as an indicator of type2 dm. table (2) showed the levels of lipid profile and aip in all studied groups. no significant elevation was found in tc, tg, ldl-c,vldl-c and aip in g2 comparing to g1 which tc(169.25±6.47mg/dl)comparing to g1(168.75±4.12mg/dl) and tg(138.85±3.11mg/dl) comparing to g1(127.3±3.59mg/dl), ldl-c (89.85±6.31mg/dl) comparing to g1(88.75  ±3.92mg/dl), vldl-c(27.77±0.91mg/dl) comparing to g1(26.15±1.21mg/dl) and aip (0.45  ±0.02) comparing to g1(0.36±0.02). the results also revealed significant reduction in hdl-c levels in g2(44.95±1.61mg/dl) comparing to g1(54.65±1.08mg/dl). a significant increase in tc,tg,ldl-c,vldl-c and aip in g3 was found comparing to g2 and g1 which tc was (192.7±12.35mg/dl), tg was (186.75±16.44 mg/dl), ldl-c was (113.45±13.77mg/dl), vldl-c (36.9±3.32 mg/dl) and aip was (0.60±0.04). a significant reduction in hdl-c was noticed in g3 (44.1±1.80)comparing to g1, while no significant reduction was found between g2 and g3. the data in present study showed that dyslipidamic subject had two lipid values outside the normal range of which the most frequent combination was low hdl-c and high ldl-c which is in agreement with cook et.al study[19] who observed that 54% of dm subjects had two lipid values reduced hdl-c and increased ldl-c as the most frequent combination outside the normal range. the most lipid abnormality in our study reduced hdl-c which is in agreement with okafo et.al study[20]. previous study revealed that insulin resistance may be responsible for low hdl-c in patient with type2 dm[21]. the production of hdl-c decreases due to the alteration in hepatic function and increased activity of hepatic lipase which facilitates hdl-c clearance. dyslipidemia is elevation of plasma cholesterol, triglycerides, or both or a low hdl-c , that contributes to the development of atherosclerosis [22]. our study revealed that there is a slightly increase in aip in g2 who controlled their lipidemia and high increase of aip in g3 with dyslipidemia comparing with control (0.45±0.02)(0.6±0.04)respectively comparing with (0.36±0.01) , which is in agreement with hermans et.al study[23]. the highest value of aip increased significantly with increased atherogenic risk (0.2-0.5)and in patients with diabetes aip value was among the highest level[24], therefore, aip is considered a higher predicted value for atherosclerosis[25]. a study data of aip value revealed the increasing of aip value proportion to the cardiovascular (cv) risk, this value increased up to (0.4), the data showed the aip (0.1-0.24) with medium risk and above (0.24)with high cv risk [26]. results in table (3) indicate that serum levels of igf-1(ng/ml) in g2&g3 (104±6.77ng/ml) ,(116.9±9.19ng/ml) respectively were significantly decreased, compared with g1 (236.45 ±8.93 ng/ml). 128 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 serum igf-1 levels in patients with type2 diabetes depend on the degree of metabolic control, with near normal igf-1 levels in well controlled diabetics and decreased in poorly controlled diabetics, it has been suggested that lowered serum igf-1 concentration predict worsening of insulin-mediated glucose uptake in older people[27].conti et.al[28] reported that insulin has a profound influence on the igf-1 axis and variation circulating insulin concentration is an important determination of igf-1 bioactivity, that means the fasting decreases insulin levels which then reduces the concentration of growth hormone (gh)receptors in hepatocytes which in turn causes a reduction in igf-1. hasan et.al[29] indicated that igf-1 can be useful marker in the insulin resistance because low igf-1 level can help as a better identification of subject at risk type diabetes and cardiovascular disease. the data in table (3) showed a significant reduction of igf-1 in g2 and g3 comparing to g1. no significant reduction was observed between two diabetics groups g2&g3. also the results presented in table-3 indicated that fasting insulin and homa-ir values were significantly higher in g2&g3 than healthy control subjects. insulin levels for g2&g3 was (15.79±1.45ng/ml)(17.46±1.09ng/ml)respectively compared with g1(2.32±1.11ng/ml). no significant elevation between g2&g3 was noticed. homeostasis insulin resistance (homair) was significantly increased in g2&g3(6.67±0.70)(8.58±0.79) respectively compared with g1(2.7±0.28). no significant elevation between g2&g3 was noticed. dyslipidemia and insulin resistance are both considered to be risk factors for metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance are associated with low igf-1 level, depression of hdl-c concomitant with elevation of ldl-c, increasing risk of obesity and type2 diabetes[30]. low igf-1 level was found in diabetic patients which have been discovered to be associated with insulin resistance[4]. the action of igf-1 is directly on the balance between gh and insulin to the control of glucose homeostasis [31]. conclusions the results of the present study indicate that there is no effect of dyslipidemia on igf-1 level which there are no significant redaction found between controlled and uncontrolled dyslipidemia diabetic patients. references 1. baynes, j., and dominiczak, m.(2004). glucose homeostasis and fuel metabolism. in: medical biochemistr. mosby ltd;2:243–266. 2. kabir, g.; hossain, m .; faruqe, o.; alauddin, m.; and ali, l. (2014) association of serum free igf-1 and igfbp-1 with insulin sensitivity and insulin secretory defects in bangladeshi type2 diabetes mellitus. jou of taibah university medical sciences; 9(2): 132-138 . 3. kwasniewski, w.; kotarski, j.; polak, g.;and cozdzieka-jozifica. (2014). the role of human insulin growth factor (igf)-axis in carcinogenesis .advances in cell biology;4:25-42. 4.takano, a.; usni, i.;haruta, t.; kawahara, j.; uno, t.; iawata, m&kobayashi, m. (2001). mammalian target of kanamycin pathway regulates insulin signaling via subcellular redistribution of insulin receptor substrate and integrates nutritional signals and metabolic signal at insulin. molecular and cellular biology;21:5050-5062. 5.yadav, a.;jyoti ,pp.;and jain, s. (2011). correlation of adiponectin and leptin with insulin resistance :a pilot study in healthy north indian population. ind .j. clin. biochem; 26(2):165193. 6.colao,a.; disomma, c.; cascella, t.; pivonello, r.;vitale, g.; grasso, lfs.; lombardi, g.; and savasstano, s. (2008). relationship between serum igf-1 level , blood pressure and glucose tolerance :an observational, exploratory study in 404 subjects. eur.jou.of endocrinology; 159:389-397. 129 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 7.tago, dn.; amo-kodieh, p. (2013). type2 diabetes mellitus influences lipid profile of diabetic patients. annal of biological research; 4(6):88-92. 8.songa, rm.; siddhartha, k.; and sudhakar, k. (2013). lipidprofile in type2 diabetes mellitus with obesity. bulletin of pharmaceutical and medical sciences (bopams); 1(2):132-137. 9.mgonda, ym.; ramaiya, ki.; swai, abm.; mclarity, dg.;and albert, kgm. (1998). hypertension; 31:114-118. 10.barham, d.; and trindor, p . (1972). an improved color reagent from the determination of blood glucose by the oxidation system. analyst. 97: 142-145 . 11. richmond, w. (1974). proceeding in the development of an enzymatic technique for the assay at cholesterol in biological fluids. clin.sci.mol.med . 46-67. 12.buristein, m.; osbar, a.; laki, k.;and jensen, js. (1970). rapid method for the isolation of lipoproteins from human serum by precipitation poly anions. lipid res; 11:583-595. 13. fossati, p.;and prencipe, l. (1982). measurement of serum triglyceride calorimetrically with an enzyme that produce h2o2 . clin .chem; 28(10):2077-2088. 14. fridewald, wt.;levy, ri.;and fredrickson, ds.(1972) estimation of the concentration of iow-density lipoprotein cholesterol in plasma, without use of the preparative. clin chem. 81:499-502. 15 frier, bm.; ashby, jp.; nairn, im.; and baris, jd. (1981). plasma insulinpeptide and glucagon concentration in patients with insulin independent diabetes treated with chlorpropamide . diabet.metab; 7(1):49-9. 16.matthews, dr.; hosker, jp.; rudenski, as.; naylor, ba.; treacher, df.;and turner, rc. (1985). homeostasis modle assessment:insulin risistance and beta-cell function from fasting plasma glucose and insulin concentration in man. diabetologia; 28:412-419. 17. ikewnch, c.;and ikewuchi, c. (2009). alteration of plasma lipid profile and atherogenic indices of cholesterol loaded rats implication for the management of obesity and cardiovascular disease. biochemistry; 21(2):96-102. 18. ann, c .; lucy, c.; and jones et al. (2001). decreased insulin secretion in type2 diabetes problem of cellular mass or function?. diabetes ; 50: suppl i. 19.cook, cb.; erdman, dm.; ruyan, gj.; greenland, kj.; giles, wh.;and galina, dl. (2000). diabetes care ; 23:319-321. 20.okafo, ci.; fasanmade, oa.;and oke, da. (2008)pattern of dyslipidemia among nigerians with type2 diabetes mellitus. niger j clin. pract ; 11(1):25-31. 21.hawared, bv. (1999). insulin resistance and lipid metabolism. am.j . cardiol; 84(1a):28j-31j. 22. harvy, ra.;and ferrier, dr.(2014)lippincott's illustrated revews biochemistry 6thed. lippincott williams and wilkins:wolters ktuwer health. 23.hermans, m.; ahn, sa&rousseau, mf. (2010). log(tg/hdl-c) is related to both residual cardiometabolic risk and β-cell function loss in type2 diabetes mellitus .j .cardiovascular diabetology ; 9(88):1-10. 24.rajab, tm. (2012). comparative study for atherogenic index of plasma aip in patient with type1 diabetes mellitus ,type2diabetes mellitus , betathalassemia and hypothyroidism. inter. j. chem. res; 2(2):1-9. 25.kalidhas, p.; kanniappan, d.; gandi, k.;and aruna, r. (2011). coronary artery disease risk factor in type2 diabetes mellitus with metabolic syndrome in the urban south indian population. clinical and diagnostic research .j; 5(3):516-518. 26. njajou, o.; kanaya, am.; holvoet, p.; connelly, s & harris, t. (2009). association between oxidized ldl-c obesity and type2 diabetes. diabetes. meta . res. rev; 25(8):733-9. 27.ezzat, va.; duncan, er.; wheatcroft, sb&kearney, mt. (2008). the role of igf-1 and binding protein in the development of type2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. diabetes .obs.meta; 10(3):198-211. 130 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 28.conti, e .; carrozza, c.; capoluongo, e.; volp, m.; crea, f.; andreotti, f &zuppi, c. (2004). insulin like growth factor-1 as avascular protective factor. circulation ; 110:22602265. 29. hasan, bf.; salman, in & hamza, na. (2012). the relation of igf-1 and insulin resistance in a sample of iraqi obese type2 diabetic patients with macrovascular disease . j . bad.sci; 9(4):656-662. 30.li, q.; yin, w.; cai, m.; lin, y.; hou, h.; shen, q.; zhang, c.; xiao, j.; hux.; wuq.; funak, m.; and nakaya, y. (2010). no-1886 suppresses diet induced insulin resistance and cholesterol accumulation through stats-dependent upregulation of igf-1 and cyp7ai. jou. of . endocrinology ; 204:47-56. 31.yakar, s.; liu, jl.;,fernandez, am.; wu, y.; schally, av.; frystyk, j.; chernausch, sd.; mejia, w&le.; roith, d. (2001). lever –specific igf-gene deletion leeds to muscle insulin insensitivity. diabetes ; 50:1110-1118. table (1): descriptive parameters of the studied groups. 3&g2g t. test 3&g1g t. test 2&g1g t. test 3g mean ± sem 2g mean ± sem 1g mean ± sem groups parameters   male (9) female (11) male(11) female (9) male (10) female (10) subject.no ns s s 201.75±15.14 167.45±7.66 86.5±2.06 fbs(mg/dl) ns s s 8.40±0.42 7.84±0.22 5.74±0.09 hba1c (%) 131 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (2): levels of lipid profile and aip in all studied groups. table (3): levels of igf-1 , insulin , homa-ir in all studied groups. 3&g2g t. test 3&g1g t. test 2&g1g t. test 3g mean ± sem 2g mean ± sem 1g mean ± sem groups parameters s s ns 192.7±12.35 169.25±6.47 168.75±4.12 tc (mg/dl) s s ns 186.75±16.44 138.85±3.11 127.3±3.59 tg (mg/dl) ns s s 44.1±1.80 44.95±1.61 54.65±1.08 hdl-c (mg/dl) s s ns 113.45±13.77 89.85±6.31 88.75±3.92 ldl-c (mg/dl) s s ns 36.9±3.32 27.77±0.91 26.15±1.21 vldl-c (mg/dl) s s ns 0.60±0.04 0.45±0.02 0.36±0.02 aip 3&g2g t. test 3&g1g t. test 2&g1g t. test 3g mean±sem 2g mean±sem 1g mean ± sem groups parameters ns s s 116.9±9.19 104.4 ±6.77 236.45±8.93 igf-1 (ng/ml) ns s s 17.46±1.09 15.79±1.45 2.32±1.11 insulin level (ng/ml) ns s s 8.58±0.75 6.67±0.70 2.7±0.28 homa-ir 132 | chemistry 2016عام ) 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 في امصال 1-النمو شبيه االنسولين لعاملدراسة مقارنة المتغيرات الكيموحيوية المسيطرين وغير المسيطرين على الدهون في مرضى النوع الثاني للسكري .العراقيين مع االصحاء خيري محمودعمر الهام محمد حسين جامعة بغداد/ )الهيثمابن (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة قسم الكيمياء/ 2015حزيران//30قبل في:، 2015حزيران//1استلم في: الخالصة امصال مرضى مرض على صورة الدهون في 1-النمو شبيه االنسولين عاملتهدف الدراسة الحالية الى مقارنة تاثير .السكري المسيطرين وغير المسيطرين على ارتفاع الدهون بالدم الذين لهم المعالجة الطبية نفسها ومقارنتهم مع االصحاء ,عامل المتغيرات الكيموحيوية التي تم قياسها, سكر الدم الصيامي, الهيموكلوبين المسكر, االنسولين الصيامي وتضمنت , صورة الدهون (الكولسترول الكلي,الدهون الثالثية, الاليبوبروتينات عالية الكثافة, الاليبوبروتينات 1-النمو شبيه االنسولين مقاومة االنسولين. كشفت النتائج عن زيادة ,واطئة الكثافة, الاليبوبروتينات واطئة الكثافة جدا), ومؤشر البالزما المعصد ,الاليبوبروتينات واطئة الكثافة ,الدهون الثالثيةالكلي ,الكولسترول معنوية في (السكر الصيامي ,الهيموغلوبين المسكر نقصان لوحظ بينما ,)homa-irو ,الاليبوبروتينات واطئة الكثافه جدا ,مؤشر البالزما المعصد, مستوى االنسولين مقارنة مع المجموعة 3 والمجموعة 2المجموعة والكوليسترول عالي الكثافة في 1-النمو شبيه االنسولين عاملمعنوي في مع المجموعتين بالمقارنةفي 1-انخفاض عامل النمو شبيه االنسولين الدراسة انالمحصلة التي استنتجت من هذه .1 مجموعة االصحاء التي قد تؤدي الى مستويات عالية من مقاومة االنسولين بينما اليوجد تاثير الرتفاع دهون في الدم على . 1-نسولينعامل النمو شبيه اال .مقاومة النسولين ، 1-النمو شبيه االنسولين عامل الثاني،داء السكري النوع :المفتاحيةالكلمات 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في المحضر بطریقة التبخیر الحراريcds لغشاء ةیدراسة الخصائص البصر الفراغ عليهناء فلیح، بالوهبتول درعم، علويهند فاضل قسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة العلوم للبنات ، جامعة بغداد الخالصة 10)تحـت ضـغط في الفراغ التبخیر الحراري بطریقة(cds) متجانس من مادة كبریتید الكادمیومر غشاءّحض 6 torr) ورسب على ارضیة زجاجیة باسـتخدام حـویض مـن مـادة المولبیـدنیوم (m o) . البـصریة لـه التـي درسـت الخـصائص معامــل االنكــساردرس كمــا . nm(900-300)لموجیــة ضــمن مــدى االطــوال ااالمتــصاصیة واالنعكاســیةوتــشمل النفاذیــة تـوالي لاسموح والممنـوع وكانـت قیمتهـا علـى المـالمباشـر متصاص وفجـوة الطاقـة البـصریة لالنتقـال معامل االو ومعامل الخمود 2.4ev 2.25 وevیصل إلى ٍ"یا عال الغشاء معامل امتصاص، وكان α>10 4 cm -1 . المقدمة قیقـة اهمیــة كبیــرة اد شــبه الموصـلة إلــى بدایــة القـرن التاســع عــشر فقـد كــان لالغــشیة الریعـود االهتمــام بدراسـة المــو ات التــيكیى شـكل مــادة الــسلیكا والــسل الـسلیكون المتــوفر بكثــرة علــجـاالت فمنــذ القــدم اســتعملمعدیــد مــن ال فــي العماللالسـت وفـي طـالء ،یرامیك في الـسزجاج المستعملصناعة ال مثل، من مادة القشرة االرضیة في العدید من المجاالت(%25)تؤلف قومـــات كمعمل الــسلینیوم ، ثـــم دخلــت اشــباه الموصـــالت فــي مجــال التطبیقــات العملیـــة فاســت]2، 1[فــضةالزجــاج بــامالح ال (rectifiers)اوكـــسید النحــاس عـــام ، كمـــا تــم بعـــدها اســتعمال)1889(عــام التـــردد الــواطيء فـــي ي للتیــارات المتناوبــة ذ . ]3[البطاریاتاسع كمقومات قدرة واطئة في شاحنات بشكل و) 1927( صـنع الترانزسـتور ودخلـت) 1946(صمامات الحراریـة، وفـي عـام الـبلوریـة بلاستبدلت الكواشـف ا) 1939(وفي عام تقـوم هــذه ) 1954(فـي عـام خلیـة شمـسیة مـن مـادة الـسلیكون اول،اذ صـنعتا الشمـسیةاشـباه الموصـالت فـي تـصنیع الخالیـ ت اشـباه لـخدو، ]4[درة في السفن الفـضائیةمصدر قك استعملتتحویل الضوء إلى طاقة كهربائیة بكفاءة مقبولة بعدهاالخلیة ب . ]5[ في انتاج اول لیزر شبه موصل(gaas) ارسنید الكالیوم اذ استعمل) 1962(تقنیة انتاج اللیزر عام في الموصالت ویمتلـك فجـوة طاقـة مباشـرة (ii-vi)) الـسادسة-الثانیـة ( احد مركبات شبه الموصـلة للمجموعـة(cds)یعد مركب (direct band gap α>10)ٍ، ومعامـل امتـصاص عـال ( 4 cm -1 تـاج اغـشیة ویمكـن ان]7، 6[ فـي مـدى الطیـف المرئـي،( ام بـشكل ملحـوظ بهـذه المـادة خــاللمــوقـد ازداد االهت. اصـفات عالیـة الجـودة وبتقنیــات متعـددة وبكلفـة قلیلـة مويرقیقـة منـه ذ ــائط والخالیــا الشمـــسیة وكواشـــف عــن" فـــضالطبیقـــات التوصــیلیة الـــضوئیة ًالــسنتین االخیـــرة بــسبب اثباتهـــا نجاحـــا فــي ت النبـ .]8[اتت والثنائیااالشعاع op فـــي االلكترونیـــات الـــضوئیة كمـــا یـــستعمل toelectronic] 9 ،10[ وpiezo-electronic] 11 [ وبــــسبب ت مـع مـواد اخـرى لتكـوین ي كلفـة واطئـة فقـد اسـتعمل تحویـل مقبولـة واسـتقراریة وذةیـ وكفا، فجوة طاقـة متوسـطةcdsامتالك .]cds/cdte ]12 ،13ٍ و cds/cu2sخالیا شمسیة متعددة المفارق مثل 2009) 4 (22المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة یتغیـــر اللـــون مـــن االحمـــر الغـــامق الـــى ، اذ الیـــهhg وcdteّانـــه یكـــون اصـــباغ حراریـــة ثابتـــة باضـــافة كمــا ء هــي مــة الطاقـة للــضوء المرئـي عبــر الغـشاأغـشیة رقیقــة نفـاذة للــضوء المرئـي الن حزویمكـن اســتعماله . ] 14[االصـفر 3.0ev-1.5ev ]15 ،16[كما یـستعمل cds لغـاز لكمتحـسس المحـضر بطریقـة التبخیـر(gas sensors) للكـشف عـن . ]18[ (decorative and protective coating)یة والدیكور ا كغالف للحم وكذلك یستعمل] 1[7االوكسجین spوطریقـة الترذیــذ الفـراغ عدیــدة منهـا التبخیـر الحـراري فــيقائـ بطرcdsتحـضر اغـشیة uttering ، وcbd (chemical bath deposition) ، وm ocvd (m etal organic chemical vapour deposition)والـرش sp ray ، وm be (m olecular beam epitaxy silar (successive ionic lay و ( er adsorp tion and reaction) و screen printing ]19 [ . یقـة تتمیــز بهـذه الطر ان االغـشیة المحـضرةتبخیــر الحـراري فـي الفـراغ، اذ طریقـة الد تـم فـي هـذا البحـث اسـتعمالوقـ . ]20[ها من الشوائب والتجانس وخلوباالنتظام الجانب العملي تحـت (lybold coating unit) باسـتخدام منظومـة تبخیـر مـن نـوع cdsغـشاء تـم فـي هـذا البحـث تحـضیر 10)ضغط واطيء بحدود -6 torr) المولبیـدنیوم مـادةمـنمـصنوع م حـویض ااسـتخدب (m o) لعـدم تفاعلهـا مـع رتالتـي اختیـ 2890k)نـصهارها عالیـة حـوالي والن درجـة االمواد المراد تبخیرهـا o لمنـع تطـایر نفـسهامـن المـادةغطـاء مثقـب وللحـویض ( soda) علـى قواعـد زجاجیـة مـن نـوع (0.951μm)بـسمك (cds)وتـم ترسـیب غـشاء . مادة الغشاء خالل عملیة الترسـیب glass) وبمعدل ترسیب في درجة حرارة الغرفة(360å/s). القیاسات البصریة (transmittance) (t)والنفاذیـة ، (absorbance) (a) التـي تـشمل االمتـصاصیة البصریةاجریت القیاسات طة جهازاس بوnm(900-300) النقي ولمدى االطوال الموجیة (cds)لغشاء (uv/vis double beam sp ectrop hotometer pu-8800) ذي الحزمتین المجهز من شركة (philip s) . : تخدام العالقة االتیةسة والنفاذیة باصاصی االنعكاسیة من طیفي االمتتبسح ...(1) 1 tar  :حیث ان r :االنعكاسیة ،a :االمتصاصیة ،t :النفاذیة absorp)أما معامل االمتصاص tion coefficient)21[ًفقا للعالقة وب فقد حس[: ...(2) 2.303(a/t)حیث ان: t : سمك الغشاء المحضر(μm) ،α :متصاص معامل اال(cm -1 ) الدقیقــة فــي قیــاس ســـمك ق ائـــســمك الغــشاء بالطریقــة الوزنیـــة وطریقــة التــداخل الــضوئي التـــي تعــد مــن افــضل الطراذ قــیس .]22[االغشیة :[23] ًى معامل االمتصاص وفقا للعالقةً معامل الخمود اعتمادا علبحس ...(3) 4 k          :حیث ان k :معامل الخمود ،λ :الطول الموجي :]24[ً االنكسار وفقا للعالقة االتیةومن خالل معرفة معامل الخمود واالنعكاسیة الطیفیة یمكن حساب معامل 2009) 4 (22المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ...(4) r)]-r)/(1[(11)(k-r)-r/1[(1n 1/222  المهمــة لعالقتهــا ت مـن الدراســاةیاب فجــوة الطاقــة البــصرالبــصریة وحـسًبــصریة بـدءا مــن الثوابــت لتعـد دراســة الخــصائص ا . الءمتها للتطبیقات المختلفة المواد شبه الموصلة وتحدید مدى مبسلوكیة النتائج والمناقشة طیف االمتصاصیة والنفاذیة واالنعكاسیة للغشاء المحضر . 1 absorbance and transmittanceاالمتصاصیة والنفاذیة دالـة لطاقـة ك (cds)مـن دراسـة طیـف النفاذیـة لغـشاء . دالـة لطاقـة الفوتـونكطیـف االمتـصاصیة ) 1 (الشكلیبین نفاذیـة الـذي یعـزى إلـى التوافـق فـي اتجاهیـة الحبیبـات وفـي لیالحظ ظهور قمم التداخل في طیف ا) 2(الفوتون كما في الشكل نالحـظ ان الغـشاء المحـضر یمتلـك سیب الغشاء علیـه، وكمـا رضیة التي تم تراتجاه مستوى االنماء البلوري الموازي لسطح اال عنـد حافـة االمتـصاص التـي تمثـل الحـد الفاصـل بـین المنطقـة التـي یكـون فیهـا امتـصاص الـضوء %70نفاذیة عالیة بحـدود ). المنطقة الشفافة للضوء ("ًعالیا والمنطقة التي یكون فیها امتصاص الضوء قلیال reflectanceاالنعكاسیة ً اعتمــادا علـى العالقــة حـسبتتــي ل ا(cds)دالـة لطاقــة الفوتـون لغـشاء كاســیة تغیــر طیـف االنعك) 3(ن الـشكل ییبـ ًیالحظ تزاید االنعكاسیة تدریجیا مع تزاید طاقة الفوتون بعدها نحصل على هبوط تدریجي مـع زیـادة طاقـة الفوتـون ثـم اذ )1( ًقـد یكـون سـبب هـذا التغیـر هـو االخـتالف فـي امتـصاصیة االغـشیة فـضال عـن و. لفوتونیة العالیـةازیادة سریعة عند الطاقات .التركیب البلوري لالغشیة absorption coefficieحساب معامل االمتصاص . 2 nt یعتمــد معامــل االمتــصاص علــى طاقــة الفوتونـــات ،اذیــف النفاذیــة واالنعكاســیةس معامــل االمتــصاص مــن طقــی ونــوع االنتقــاالت االلكترونیـة التــي تحــدث بـین الحــزم الطاقیــة ومــن ةیالطاقــة البـصرالـساقطة وخــواص شــبه الموصـل وفجــوة . زم الطاقیة لالغشیة المحضرةخالله یتم وضع تصور تقریبي على هیكلیة الح ویالحـــظ ان معامـــل (cds)البـــصري مــع طاقـــة الفوتـــون لغــشاء تغیـــر معامــل االمتـــصاص ) 4 (یوضــح الـــشكل عالقـة اسـیة كمـا یالحـظ ،یادة طاقة الفوتون وان العالقة بین معامل االمتصاص وطاقة الفوتونًاالمتصاص یزداد تدریجیا بز یـدل ممـا (2.6ev-2.25)ح بـین والتـي تتـرا الفوتونیـة العالیـة تًایضا زیادة سـریعة فـي معامـل االمتـصاص فـي مـدى الطاقـا لقـد بینـت . تقـدیر قیمـة فجـوة الطاقـةمـن ثـممنطقـة االمتـصاص االساسـیة ویـساعد فـي تحدیـد على حصول انتقـاالت مباشـرة المحـضر بطریقــة الـرش الكیمیـائي زیـادة سـریعة فــي معامـل االمتـصاص فـي مـدى الطاقــات cdsالدراسـات الـسابقة لغـشاء ویالحــظ ان معامــل االمتــصاص ] 2[6 (2.6ev-2.4) وبــین ]25 (2.48ev-2.25)[الفوتونیــة العالیــة التــي تتــراوح بــین . اقة الفوتون بصورة بطیئة عند الطاقات الواطئة ثم یزداد التغیر بسرعة بالقرب من طاقة االمتصاصیتغیر مع تغیر ط 10)یمتلـك كبریتیـد الكـادمیوم معامـل امتـصاص عـال یـصل مـداه إلـى 4 cm -1 عنـد الطاقـات الفوتونیـة العالیـة ممــا ( . قاتیرجح احتمالیة حصول انتقاالت الكترونیة مباشرة ضمن هذا المدى من الطا ان معامـل االمتـصاص یـساعد علـى اســتنتاج انـواع االنتقـاالت االلكترونیـة فعنــدما تكـون قـیم معامـل االمتــصاص α>10)عالیة 3 cm -1 عند الطاقات الفوتونیة العالیة یتوقع حدوث انتقاالت الكترونیة مباشرة وتكون طاقة زخم ( 2009) 4 (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة α<10)االلكتـرون والفوتــون محفــوظتین، أمــا عنــدما تكــون قـیم معامــل االمتــصاص واطئــة 3 cm -1 عنــد الطاقــات ( ، 23[ فونــونون والفوتــون بمــساعدةالفولتیـة الواطئــة یتوقــع حــدوث انتقــاالت الكترونیـة غیــر مباشــرة وفیهــا یحفــظ زخـم االلكتــر 24[. optical constants حساب الثوابت البصریة. 3 للمـواد شـبه الموصـلة مـن خــالل الثوابـت البـصریة التـي تـضم معامـل الخمـود ومعامــل ةیتوصـف الخـصائص البـصر . ]26[لتطبیقات المالئمة لهذه المواداالنكسار والتي من خاللها یمكن التعرف على نوع ا extinction coefficieمعامل الخمود nt یالحظ ان معامل الخمود یسلكاذ ،(cds)ل الخمود دالة لطاقة الفوتون لغشاء تغیر معام) 5(یبین الشكل ًسلوكا مشابها لمعامل االمتصاص الرتباط معامل الخمود مع معامل االمتصاص بموجب العالقـة حیـث یـزداد معامـل ) 3(ً .الخمود مع معامل االمتصاص ًكما ویالحظ ان معامل الخمود یزداد تدریجیا بتزاید طاقة الفوتون ثم یتناقص تدریجیا یعقبها زیادة سـریعة جـدا عنـد ً ً ـــشاء . الطاقـــات الفوتونیــــة العالیــــة ضر بطریقــــة الــــرش المحــــ(cds)وهــــذا الــــسلوك متفــــق علیــــه مــــع الدراســــات الــــسابقة لغـ .]26، 25[الكیمیائي refractive indexار سكمعامل االن ًب اعتمــادا علــى حــسضر الــذي حــم ال(cds) تغیــر معامــل االنكــسار مــع طاقــة الفوتـون لغــشاءیبــین) 6(الـشكل ).4(العالقة بینت النتائج ان طبیعة تغیر معامل االنكسار مع طاقة الفوتون مشابهة لطبیعة تغیر االنعكاسیة مع طاقة الفوتون نتـائج االنعكاســیة الطیفیـة وتغیرهـا علــى تلالنعكاسـیة الطیفیـة، علیــه انعكـسان معامــل االنكـسار هـو دالــة اذ للغـشاء نفـسه . نتائج معامل االنكسار .jاكد البـاحثون اذ معامل االنكسار یتغیر مع تغیر ظروف التحضیر والتقنیة المستخدمة في التحضیر، ان سلوك aranda et alاالنكسار عند الطاقـات وزیادة خفیفة في قیم معامل ]23[ معامل االنكسار تزداد بزیادة طاقة الفوتونمی ان ق . ]25[العالیة optical band gapحساب فجوة الطاقة البصریة . 4 (αhυ)[ عند رسم العالقة البیانیة بین كل من 2 (αhυ)و 2/3 (αhυ)و 1/3 (αhυ)و 1/2 (hυ)مـع طاقـة الفوتـون ] ، لممنوعـة لمـسموحة والممنوعـة وفجـوة الطاقـة غیـر المباشـرة المـسموحة واة الطاقـة المباشـرة ایمكـن مـن خاللهـا حـساب قیمـة فجـو (αhυ)وعنـد رسـم العالقـة البیانیـة بـین .علـى التـوالي 2 حـصلنا علـى افـضل رسـم بیـاني یمكـن ان یكــون (hυ)وطاقــة الفوتـون كمــا موضـــح (cds)ء باشــر المــسموح لغــشاد قیمــة فجـــوة الطاقــة لالنتقــال الم لتحــدhυامتــداد الخــط المــستقیم یقطــع محــور والبحــوث المنـشورة ضــمن تقنیــات تحــضیر تتفــق مــع نتـائج المــصادر وهـذه النتیجــة . (2.4ev)وكانــت قیمتهــا ) 7(بالـشكل . ([31,30,29,28,27,24,23,21,19] (2.52ev-2.46) بین كانت قیمتها تتراوح التي مختلفة هـذا الـسلوك مـع المنحنیـات االخـرى ممـا یـشیر إلـى ً خطیا عند مدى الطاقات العالیة ولـم یظهـرًح الشكل تغیرایوض ني المباشر المسموح في الغشاء المحضر، هنـاك تفـاوت بـین القـیم المستحـصلة لفجـوة الطاقـة وتأثرهـا وحصول االنتقال االلكتر . بآلیة تكوین االغشیة والظروف المصاحبة لعملیة التحضیر 2009) 4 (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ونوعهـا علــى التركیـب البلــوري للمـادة وكیفیـة توزیــع الـذرات فـي الــشبیكة البلوریـة وتركیــب تعتمـد قیمـة فجــوة الطاقـة ًفـي احـداث تغیــرا ً، وهـذا یعنـي ان أي تغیـر فـي الخـصائص التركیبیـة والمعلمـات االخـرى یكـون سـببا]23[المـستویات الطاقیـة .غشیةنوع االنتقاالت التي تحصل في االة الطاقة وفي في قیمة فجو وان قیمـــة (2.25ev) وتـــساوي (cds) الممنـــوع لغــشاء باشـــرم ال فجـــوة الطاقـــة لالنتقــالان) 8(الــشكل فـــي جــدو 10)معامـل االمتـصاص عنـد هــذه الطاقـة یـصل مــداها إلـى 3 cm -1 ممـا یؤكــد ان قیمـة الطاقـة المحــسوبة هـي فجـوة الطاقــة ( . لمباشر الممنوعلالنتقال ا . ة فجوة الطاقة لالنتقال المباشر الممنوع اقل من قیمة فجوة الطاقة لالنتقال المباشر المسموحمیالحظ ان قی االستنتاجات . وبنجاح بطریقة التبخیر الحراري في الفراغ(0.951) بسمك (cds)تم الحصول على غشاء .1 . على التوالي(2.25ev) و ev(2.4)تساوي والممنوع المباشر المسموح یمتلك كبریتید الكادمیوم فجوة طاقة لالنتقال .2 .ان العالقة بین معامل االمتصاص، معامل االنكسار، االنعكاسیة ومعامل الخمود مع طاقة الفوتون هي عالقة اسیة .3 10) معامل امتصاص عال یصل مداه الى (cds)یمتلك .4 4 cm -1 ل مـداها الـى عند الطاقات الفوتونیة العالیـة التـي یـص( (2.6ev)مما یرجح احتمالیة حصول انتقاالت الكترونیة مباشرة ضمن هذا المدى من الطاقات . المصادر 1. smith,r.a. (1987), semiconductors,cambridge,university press 2 nd ed. 2. sze, s.m . "semiconductor devices phy sics and technology ", john wiley and sons, new york. 3. seeger, k. (1978), semiconductor phy s., wien, new york. 4. green,m .a. (1989) solar cells,translated by y.m .hassan,university of m osul. 5. kandela,s.a. (1988), laser phy s., university of baghdad. 6. heo,h.; thn, r.; lee, r.; han, y. and kim, d. (2003), solar energy m aerials and solar cells, 75: 193-203. 7. cruz,l.r.; de avillez, r.r.; de sup erficies y de vacio,(1999) 9, 92-95. 8. al-ani, s.k.; ismail,r.a.; al-ta`ay. h.f. (2005) iraqi j. of ap p l. phy s.1,2,13-17. 9. iy echika,y.; wigner, g.; jager, d. ;witt a. and klingshirn c. (c1988) spie op t. comput., 88,103. 10. bogdanov s.v. and ly ssenko, v.g. (1988) phy s.status solidi,b150,593. 11. de kerk ,j. and kelly, e.f. (1964) ap p l. phy s. lett .5,2. 12 lee j.s and im,h.b. (1980) j. m ater. sci., 4,703. 13.nakayama, n.; m atsumoto,h.; nakano a.; ikegami,s.; uda, h. and yamashita,t. (1980) jap n. phy s., 4,703. 14.www http ://en.wikipedia, the free encyclop edia. 15.okujagu, c.u. and okeke,c.e. (1997) "effect of material p rop erties on the transmission of selective transmitt ing thin films, njp, 9,1. 16.cody ,c.a.; brook, b.g. and abele, b. (1982) "op tical absorp tion above the optical gap of amorp hous silicon hy draie", solar energy m aterials, 231-240. 17.smynty na,v.a.; gersut enko, v. sashulies, s. (1994) sensors and actuators b, 18-19, 464. 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 18.ibanga,e.j.; okeke, c.e. and ahmed, a.d. (2003) "growth and characterization of aluminum antimonide film produced by chemical bath deposition technique, njp, 15,1. 19. at es, a.; yildirim,m .a.; kundakci, m . and yildirim,m . (2007) "investigation of op tical and structural prop erties of cds thin films, chinese j. of phy s., 45, 2-1, 135-141. 20al-ani, s.k.j. ; ismail,r.a. and a-t aa`y , h.f. (2006) j. m ater sci., m ater electron, 17:819-824. 21. rusu ,g.g and caraman, i. a: (2000) ap p l. phy s., 70(5):565. 22chop ra,k.l. (1969) "thin films p henomena", m cgraw-hill, new york. 23. pankove, j.i (1971). op tical p rocesses in semiconductors, prentice-hall, new jersey ,. 24.alias,m .f. (1998) ,op toelectronic st udy of a se-ge-al a-si-ge-al(as): h films,ph.d.t hesis,university of baghdad,department of p hy sics. بطریقة المحضرةcdsتاثیر التشعیع على الخواص البصریة الغشیة ")1998(جاكلین هاري نجوان .25 .الجامعة المستنصریة-الة ماجستیر، رسالرش الكیمیائي الحراري 27.senkhil,k.; m analraj ,d. and narayandass,k.sa. (2001)"structural and op tical p rop erties of cds thin films" science direct,169-170,15,476-479. 28.at es,a.; yildirm,m .a.; kundakci, m . and yildirim ,h.: (2008), investigation of energy gap and optical p rop erties of cubic cds epilayers", ap p lied surface science, in p ress. تــصنیع ودراســة الخــصائص الكهروبــصریة لكاشــف التوصــیل الــضوئي فــي كبریتیــد الكــادمیوم ) "1997(ســعاد غفــوري،.26 . كلیة التربیة للبناتجامعة بغداد-ستیر، رسالة ماج" بطریقة الرش الكیمیائي الحراري(cds:cu)المطعم 29. patidar, d.; sharma,r.; jain, n. ;sharma t. and saxena, n. (2006), op tical p rop erties of cds sintered film, bull. m ater. sci., 29,1,21-24. 30. ugwu, e.l. (2006), op tical p rop erties of iron halide (fecl2) thin film deposited using solution growt h technique (sgt ). pjst 7,2,97-102. 31. ugwa, e.i. onah,d.u. (2007), op tical characterist ics of chemical bath dep osited cds thin film characterist ics within uv, visible, and nir radiation", the pacific journal of science and technology , 8(1): 155-161. دالة لطاقة الفوتونcdsطیف االمتصاصیة لغشاء ): 1(شكل دالة لطاقة الفوتونcdsطیف النفاذیة لغشاء ): 2(شكل 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 phot on ener gy(ev) a b s o rp ta n c e 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 p ho to n ene rgy(ev ) t ra ns m it ta n ce دالة لطاقة الفوتونcdsطیف االنعكاسیة لغشاء ): 3(شكل تغیر معامل االمتصاص البصري مع طاقة الفوتون): 4(شكل تغیر معامل الخمود مع طاقة الفوتون): 5(شكل تغیر معامل االنكسار مع طاقة الفوتون): 6(شكل 2009) 4 (22یقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطب 0.1 0. 12 0. 14 0. 16 0. 18 0.2 0. 22 1 1. 5 2 2.5 3 ph oton en ergy(ev) r ef le ct an ce 0 0. 01 0. 02 0. 03 0. 04 0. 05 0. 06 0. 07 0. 08 0. 09 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 photon ener gy( ev ) e x ti n e ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 1.2 1. 4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 photon energy(e v) r e fr a c ti v e i nd e x 3 /2 0 5000 100 00 150 00 200 00 250 00 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 pho t on energ y(e v) a b so rp ti o n c o ef fi ci en t (c m -1 ) (αhυ)): 7(شكل 2 مع طاقة الفوتون (αhυ)): 8(شكل 2/3 مع طاقة الفوتون ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci vol.2 2 (4) 2009 0 500 000 000 1000 000 000 1500 000 000 2000 000 000 2500 000 000 3000 000 000 3500 000 000 1 1.5 2 2. 5 3 p hoton energy(e v) (a h v) ^ 2( ev .c m -1 )̂ 2 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 photon energy(ev ) (a hv )2 /3 (e v .c m -1 )2 /3 study o f optical properties of cds films prepared by thermal evaporation in vacuum h.f. ela wi, b.d.balwa, h.f. ali departme nt of physics , college of science for wome n, unive rsity of baghdad abstract cds films were p repared by thermal evap oration at p ressure (10 -6 torr) of 1μm thickness onto glass substrate by using (m o) boat. the op tical p rop erties of cds films, absorbance, transmitt ance and reflectance were st udied in wavelength range of (300-900)nm. the refractive index, extinction coefficient, and absorp tion coefficient were also st udied. it's found that cds films have allowed direct and forbidden transition with energy gap 2.4ev and 2.25ev resp ectively and it also has high absorp tion coefficient (α >10 4 cm -1 ). الانتقال الالكتروني عند سطوح شبه الموصل / سائل 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد االنتقال االلكتروني عند سطوح شبه الموصل / سائل رفاه اسماعيل نوري العبيدي هادي جبار مجبل العكيلي ، جامعة بغداد/ كلية التربية ابن الهيثم / قسم الفيزياء الخالصة االلكتروني داخل سطوح شبه الموصل / ساالل سسابت باساتخداا داعادر ي رماي ال لب ا لشابه للتفاعل لثابت معدل االنتقا الموصل . طاد اعادر االلتساا ev سسبت للسطوح الفاصل لنظاا شبه الموصل / سالل ولما ب مختلفا ودورنات . االنتقااال عوماال ويقااا لاا دوا ru(h2l`)2 (ncs)2 علااط ط اا مااا القاا ا العمل اا . الطاداا الساارر سساابت اعتمااادا الضع غ ر الكظ ا لسالتي مستو ب شبه الموصل وسال الج لات المستقبل . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 electron transfer at semiconductor / liquid interfaces h.j.m.al-agealy r.i.n.al-obaidi department of physics, college of education ibnalhaitham, university of baghdad abstract electron transfer reaction rate constants at semiconductor / liquid interfaces are calculated dy using the fermi golden rule for semiconductor. the reorganization energy  ev is computed for semiconductor / liquid interfaces system in two solvents and compared with experimental value. the driving force (free energy) δgo(ev) is calculated depending on spectrum ru(h2l`)2 (ncs)2 . the transfer is treated according with weak coupling (nonadiabatic) for two – state level between the semiconductor and acceptor molecule state. introduction insight into the dynamics of the electron transfer reactions at semiconductor / liquid interfaces can be helpful in constructing efficient and stable photo electrochemical cells and other applications, and is of interest in understanding the basic chemical reactions (1). due to the instability and the nonideal behaviour of most semiconductor electrodes in contact with liquids, only recently we have reliable kinetic measurements been performed at semiconductor electrolyte interfaces (2). photo emission (3) involves the excitation of electrons from the valence band of the semiconductor to the conduction band, the diffusion of the excited electrons toward the surface, and their emission into vacuum. photo electrochemical transfer (emission) of electron at the semiconductor / liquid interfaces involves similar processes except that the photo electrons undergo a transition through the interfacial barrier to the accepter state in the solution (4). the energy band diagrams of an n type semiconductor and a p – type semiconductor in contact with a liquid are shown in figure (1) (5), before and after the equilibration of the fermi levels together with the charge carrier profiles for electrons. the equilibration processes at semiconductor / liquid interface involving either n – type or p – type electrodes are so closely related that the description will be restricted to the case of an n – type semiconductor charge – transfer processes in electrodes separated by less than 1 nanometer (5). in the present paper, the electron transfer reactions at semiconductor / liquid interfaces nonadiabatically. the procedure is applied to tio2 semiconductor / ruthenium complex liquid interfaces. theoretical model the rate of a nonadiabatic electron tunneling from one electronic state to another is frequently described by the landau – zener formula (6). under the weak – coupling assumption, the golden rule expression for the nonadiabatic electron transfer rate constant, which includes both the electron tunneling and the "nuclear reorganization energy ", contains implicitly the landau – zener expression (7). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 ]1......[.......... 2 2 fcvk    where fc is the franck – condon factor, v is the electronic coupling matrix element, and  is plancks constant. a common classical expression for the franck – condon factor is (78).   ]2....[.......... 4 1 4 2           tk g b b tk fc     where  is the reorganization energy, and g is a free energy of reaction under the prevailing conditions of temperature, electrode – solution potential difference and environment. when the electron transfer at the semiconductor / liquid interfaces involves the continuum of electronic states in the donor or acceptor levels for the semiconductor / liquid system, the right – hand side of equ. [1] is integrated appropriately over these levels. the rate constant for electron transfer can then be written as (9).            3........ 4 12 24 2 eee tk g b dfv v tk k b         where v is the volume of the unit cell in the semiconductor,  is the exponent for the decay of the square of the matrix element with distance and  ef is the fermi – dirac distribution. the probability that a state in the semiconductor with energy e is occupied. the occupancy of these states obey the fermi – dirac distribution (10).      4................. 1 1          tk eee b f f  where )( fe is the fermi level. the driving force for the electron transfer from a surface state with energy e to the acceptor is related by (2).  5............egg   here, g is defined as the standard free energy of the reaction when the donor state in the electrode is at the conduction band edge at the semiconductor surface. g can be obtained from electrochemical measurements or theoretically by using the relation (7-8). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009  6..........gh   where h is the planck constant, and  is the frequency of the specteral absorption. the reorganization energy.  is defined as the energy which is required for the structural reorganizing of the donor, acceptor, and their salvation spheres upon electron transfer (11).the theoretical reorganization energies values may be estimated based on continuum, the reorganization energy  for redox active ions at semi conducting is (11).  7........ 11 2 1111 42 1 222 22 222 2 2 2                                  se se se se nnn nn rnd q  here  is the vacuum permittivity, q is the electronic charge,  is the static dielectric constant of the solvent, n is the refractive index of the solvent, r is the distance between the semiconductor and the molecule in the solvent, d is the radius of the molecule, sen is the refractive index of the semiconductor and se is the dielectric constant of the semiconductor. in the case of electron transfer from a semiconductor to a reactant species in the solution, the rate is the first order in the concentration of the electron in the semiconductor at the surface and the first order in the reactant. by substituting equations [4] and [5] in equation [3] we get an expression for the nonadiabatic rate constant etk which was given earlier (9).          8......... 1 4 2 2 0 4 2 defv tk v k eee tk eg b et b                      where  e is the density of states and 2 e v is the averaged quantity of coupling matrix element,  e and 2 v are normalized to the unit cell. for a semiconductor /electrolyte interface as in the electron transfer reaction studies in (2), the change of electrostatic potential across a semiconductor / liquid interface exists mainly within the semiconductor, because of the low concentration of the charge carriers in the semiconductor. in this case, the change of the applied potential changes only the concentration of carriers at the interface and does not change the free energy g of the electron transfer reaction. the electron transfer rate constant can then be expressed as (2, 9). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009  9.......... 4 12 2 v v tk k b et     where            10.......... 0 0 2 2      def defv v ee eee   is the coupling between the semiconductor and the redox molecules which was not calculated for an actual system because the calculation of 2 v is very difficult . results a ccording to the rate constant expression [9], for electron transfer in semiconductor / liquid interface, we have first done the calculations of the reorganization energies  ev by using equation [7] for tio2/ ru(h2l`)2 (ncs)2 interface in 1-butarol and acetonitrile solvent where  and n are the static dielectric constant and refractive index for solvents which are presented in table (1), d is the radius of the molecule d=3.5 a º (12), r is the distance between the complex and the electrode r = d + 1 a º (5), se n and se are the refractive index and dielectric constant. we can compute the reorganization energy  ev by inserting the values d = 3.5 a º (12), r = 4.5 a º (5), se = 86 (11), sen = 2.5 (11), n and  from table (1) in equation [7], noteing that eve 2.78/ 2  ,and these results were summarized in table (1).next, the other important factor for electron transfer rate constant is the free energy (driving force energy ) )(evg for tio2/ ru(h2l`)2 (ncs)2 interface in solvents which may be calculated from equation [6], where /hch  wave length, h is plancks constant, c light velocity, and wave length in nanometer which is taken from absorption spectra of ru(h2l`)2(ncs)2 (400 850) nm (13). the values of )(evg which are calculated by using two solvents are summarized in table (2). the most important factors controlling the rate of electron transfer are the electronic coupling term 2 v that were defined in equation [10].in this work the values of coupling coefficients are ( 3×10 3 cm -1 ) which were taken from mulliken hush equation [14].other parameters used in ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 this calculation as the volume of the until cell was the calculation by using   323 2 3 10947.23/2 cmrrav ito   where nmro 06.02  and nmr ti 1475.0 are radius of oxygen and titanium respectively (15), and the decay exponent  typically by using 1 1   (2). finally, we can calculate the rate constant of the electron transfer for the semiconductor / liquid in the solvent system by substituting the results of  ev , )(evg , 2 v (ev),    13 , mmv  in equation [9], the results are listed in table (3). discussion the nonadiabatic description and the two – state level approximation applied in our theoretical studies of electron transfer reaction at semiconductor / liquid interfaces provide aconstant values for the reaction rate constant. semiconductors differ from metals because of their band gap which makes the electron transfer reaction more likely to be nonadiabatic. this effect is associated with the low occupancy of the semiconductor conduction band, which allows the electron transfer to occur, mainly near the conduction band. rate constant of this transfer is dependent on many factors, one of them is the reorganization energy  ev . the results of our calculations in two solvents table ( 1 ), show thattheve is a large value for a more solvent ev844.0 for acetonitrile compared with ev726.0 for 1 butanol this dependent is on the polarity of the solvent (have a large dielectric constant 5.37 for the acetonitrile compared with 8.17 for 1butanol ), this leads to a high reorientation of the molecule the about electrode the value of reorganization energy for the acetonitrile ev844.0 is in a very good agreement with the experimental value ev05.083.0  for acetonitrile (11). the free energy )(evg is to take to the injected electrons recombined from the conduction band or from trap states with the oxidized sensitizer g values are calculated depending on the absorption spectra. all results of )(evg are negative, this indicates the free energy which is apart of the work can be broken into the recombination of the electrons in semiconductor / liquid interface. value of evg 406.1  for acetonitrile at 550 nm fits the with experiment value evg 45.1  at the same solvent. the difference between the calculated results for electron transfer rate constant for tio2/ ru(h2l`)2(ncs)2 system in two solvents may be due to several effects : one factor is the polarity of the solvent, this effect would yield a large reorganizing energy. however there are factors which make tio2 more effective, e.g, large electronic coupling between the semiconductor and redox molecule. we have compared the calculated rate constant for semiconductor / liquid system in 1butanol as in table ( 2 ). with a rate constant which we have subsequently calculated for tio2/ ru(h2l`)2(ncs)2 in acetonitrile. thus it is seen that the etk for tio2/ ru(h2l`)2(ncs)2 in acetonitrile has higher rate than in 1butanol solvent, this indicateds that etk depends on the dielectric constant, viscosity, radius, and the density of electron at the electrode to all the acceptors in the solvent. another important parameter is the coupling matrix element of the wave function between a solid electronic state and the acceptor state. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 conclusions electron transfer was studied in titanium dioxide electrodes sensitized with the ruthenium polypyridyl complex ru(h2l`)2(ncs)2 with was chosen as the electron acceptor. the  ev values for the semiconductor / liquid interface in acetonitrile solvent is larger than in 1butanol solvent. in summary, it can be concluded from the present results of the rate constant for electron transfer etk with would increase when the solvent is more polar and high dielectric constant, also etk increases with the decrease of )(evg for two solvenls. from this study we can conclusion an analogous expression can also be written for hole transfer from the valence band of the semiconductor. also, when it is assumed that the electron transfer from the electrode to the acceptors is proportional to the concentration of the electron at the electrode surface. in accordance with a weak coupling (nonadiabatic) approximation transition can be treated as being occured between pairs of states and two state-level approximation with can then be considered, in which the electron transfers between the electrode and an acceptor state. references 1-fajardo, a. m, and lewis, n, s (1997). j. phys.chem. b 101: 11136 (3358-3369) . 2-gao,yi,q,georgievskii, y; and marcus, r.a (2000).j. chem.phys. 112(7): 3-sze,s.m" physics of semiconductor devices"1969.wiley,new york 4-shahed,u.m,khan,andjohn,o.m,bockris (1984).j. phys.chem 88(12): (2504-2515). 5-florian gstrein "electron transfer processes at semiconductor/ liquid interfaces and metal /nanogap junctions"(2004)" ph.d thesis, california institute of technology, pasadena, california 6-larsson, s "quantum chemistry and dynamics" winter school lectures, april( 2000), chalmers university of technology, sweden. 7-al-agealy,h. (2004),j"quantum mechanical model for electron transfer in q-swiched dye for solid state laser"thesis,ph.d,baghdad university. 8al-agealy,h.(2008),j. ibnal-haitham journal for pure & appl. sci, 21(l): (27-44) . 9-shachi,s.(2004)" electron transfer at metal serfaces " ph.d thesis upsalla university, sweden 10-blakemore, (1974),j.s"solid state physics "book, toppan company ltd. tokyo, japan 11-kuciauskas. etial (2001),j. phys.chem. b 105(2): (392-403). 12al-agealy,h.(2008),j. ibnal-haitham journal for pure & appl. sci, ( un puplished ). 13-zakeeruddii, s.(2002),m.,nazeeruddin, md,k.american chemical society 14-david,j,f;henrik,(2003),j.,jacques,e.m;andhubert,h.g,chem. phys.chem,no 1(85-89). 15-lawrence,h, (1989) and van vlack"elements of materials science and engineering "book,addison – wesley publishing co.inc 16al-agealy,h.(2008),j. ibnal-haitham journal for effect of solvent types on photo induced electron transfer in methylene blue dye mb + benzophenone ketone (abp) system.(3950 ). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (1): the reorganization energy  ev for [4, 4`-dicarboxylic acid 2,2-bipyridine] ruthenium complex and titanium dioxide semiconductor (tio2). solvent refrective index (n) [16] dielectric constant (e) [16] reorganization energy  ev 1butanol 1.397 17.8 0.726 acetonitrile 1.344 37.5 0.844 table (2): the free energy )(evg for [4, 4`-dicarboxylic acid 2, 2-bipyridine] ruthenium complex and titanium dioxide semiconductor (tio2). table (3): rate constant etk of electron transfer between for [4, 4`-dicarboxylic acid 2, 2-bipyridine] ruthenium complex and titanium dioxide (tio2) in 1butanol and acetonitrile solvent. wave length (nm) et k (m4 s-1) in 1 butanol et k (m4 s-1) in acetonitrile 400 6.053 × 10 -40 5.078 × 10 -34 450 6.791 × 10 -34 1.187 × 10 -29 500 4.468 × 10 -30 4.907 × 10 -27 550 1.262× 10 -27 1.789× 10 -25 600 4.756× 10 -26 1.426× 10 -24 650 4.879× 10 -25 4.343× 10 -24 700 2.057 × 10 -24 6.997 × 10 -24 750 4.742 × 10 -24 7.420 × 10 -24 800 7.186 × 10 -24 5.964× 10 -24 850 8.135× 10 -24 3.989× 10 -24 wave length (nm) [13] free energy )(evg for 1 butanol free energy )(evg for acetonitrile 400 2.368 2.25 450 2.024 1.906 500 1.749 1.631 550 1.524 1.406 600 1.337 1.219 650 1.178 1.060 700 1.042 0.924 750 0.924 0.806 800 0.821 0.703 850 0.736 0.612 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 ec ef1(a,a`)ef,n n-type semiconductor liquid ef,p ec ef2(a,a`) ev p-type at equilibrium fig.(1): band diagram and charge – carrier profiles of n – type and p -type semiconductor / liquid junctions. ec , ev , are conduction and vavenee band energy, ef is the fermi energy, e , and h + are electron and hole respectivity [5]. ec ef,n ef,p ev ef2(a/a`) ef1(a/a`) eh + semiconductor liquid before equilibrium 17062012113416_007 17062012113416_008 17062012113704 17062012113704_001 17062012113704_002 17062012113704_003 17062012113704_004 17062012113704_005 17062012113704_006 microsoft word 179-185   179 mathematics | https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1956 2018) عام 2العدد( 31المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 on 𝛉-totally disconnected and 𝛉-light mappings haider jebur ali huda fadel abass dept of mathematics / college of science / al-mustansiriyah university, haiderali89@yahoo.com huda.fadel91@gmail.com received in:24/january/2018, accepted:27/march/2018 abstract in our research, we introduced new concepts, namely 𝜃, 𝜃*and 𝜃**-light mappings, after we knew 𝜃, 𝜃*and 𝜃**-totally disconnected mappings through the use of 𝜃-open sets. many examples, facts, relationships and results have been given to support our work. keywords: 𝜃-open set, light mapping, 𝜃-homeomorphism function, 𝜃-totally disconnected set, 𝜃-light mapping.   180 mathematics | https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1956 2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction many researchers studied the light mappings such as the world’s j.j.charatonic and k.omiljanowski[2]. in this paper, we provide other types of light mappings namely 𝜃light open mapping. other scientists who studied the light mappings are the word m. wldyslaw [5], m. k. fort [3] and g. sh. mohammed [1] and others. in our work, we needed some basic definitions. let (x, ʈ) be topological space and a be a subset of x, a point x∈a is said to be 𝜃-interior point to a if x∈ 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐴 for some u∈ 𝜏 containing x. the set of all 𝜃-interior points are called 𝜃-interior set and we denoted by 𝜃 𝑖𝑛𝑡 a , a subset u of topological pace x is 𝜃-open if and only if every point in u is a interior point [7]. every 𝜃-open set is an open set but the converse may not be true in general. a space x is said to be 𝜃-hausdorff if for every distinct point x, y∈x there exist 𝜃-open sets ux, vy containing x and y respectively such that ux∩ vy =∅[4]. a mapping f:x→y is said to be 𝜃-open(𝜃*-open and 𝜃**-open) if f(v) is 𝜃-open(open and 𝜃-open) in y, whenever v is open (𝜃-open) in x [6].  let x and y be spaces and let f be a mapping from x into y then f is said to be 𝜃-homeomorphism if f is bijective, continuous and 𝜃-closed (𝜃-open) [6]. a space x is said to be totally disconnected space if for every pair of distinct points, a, b ∈x has a disconnection a∪b to x such that a ∈ a and b ∈ b [8]. a surjective mapping f:x→y is said to be totally disconnected mapping if and only if for every totally disconnected set u in x, f(u) is totally disconnected set in y [1]. definition(1): let x be topological space, and let a and b are nonempty 𝜃-open sets in x, then a∪b is said to be 𝜃-disconnection in x if and only if a∪b=x and a∩b =∅. definition(2): let x be topology space, g⊆x, let a, b are nonempty 𝜃-open sets in x, then a∪b is said to be 𝜃-disconnection in g if and only if satisfy the following: 1g∩a ∅. 2g∩b ∅. 3-(g∩a)∩(g∩b)=∅. 4-(g∩ a)∪(g∩b)=g. example (3): let x={a, b, c} and let ʈd is discrete topology define to x. then {a}, {b, c} are 𝜃-disconnection to x and {a}, {b, c} are 𝜃-disconnection to subset {a, b} to x. *its known that every 𝜃 open set s is open but the converse may be not true. example (4): (r, ʈcof ) the open subsets of r is open set but not 𝜃-open. definition(5): a topology space x is said to be 𝜃-totally disconnected if for every two distinct point p & q there exist 𝜃-disconnection g∪h to x such that p∈g & q∈h.   181 mathematics | https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1956 2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 example (6): the rational numbers with relative usual topology is a 𝜃-totally disconnected. since if we take q1&q2 ∈q where q1 q2 there exist r∈qc such that q1 r q2 g={x∈q:x 𝑟} and h={ x∈q:x r} then g∪h is 𝜃-disconnection to q such that q1∈ 𝐺 & q2∈h 𝐺ing=g & 𝐻inh=h so q is a 𝜃-totally disconnected. proposition (7): every 𝜃-totally disconnected set is totally disconnected. proof: let x be 𝜃-totally disconnected space to prove x is totally disconnected space. let x,y∈x with x y. so there exist a 𝜃-totally disconnection to x (i mean there exist g and h which are 𝜃-open sets and g, h ∅ and g∪h=x , g∩h=∅ with x∈g, y∈h). but every 𝜃-open set is open set sox is totally disconnected space. remark (8): the converse of above proposition is not true in general but in discrete space it is availed. definition (9): a surjective mapping f:x→y is said to be 𝜃-light mapping if for every y∈y, f-1(y) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set. example(10): let(q, ʈd) to topological space such that ʈd is the discrete topology define to the rational number q and let (q, ʈind) is the indiscrete topology such that k∈r.let f:(q, ʈd)→(q, ʈind) is a mapping define the following: f(x)=0.5 for each x∈q note that f-1(x)=q if x =0.5 and f-1(x)=∅ when x 0.5 where ∅ and q are 𝜃-totally disconnected. then f is 𝜃-light mapping. remark (11): every 𝜃-totally disconnected is 𝜃-hausdorff but the converse may be not true in general for example: example (12): (r, ʈu) is 𝜃-hausdorff but not 𝜃-totally disconnected, where r is the set of real number .to show that (r, ʈu) is not 𝜃-totally disconnected. let x &y ∈q⊆r such that x y, x y. then ∃ p∈qc such that x p y, (p, ∞)&(-∞, p) are 𝜃-open sets in r since p-1∈(-∞, p) there exist (-∞, p-1], p-1 ∈ (-∞, p-1] ⊆ (-∞, p) where ∞, 𝑝 =(-∞, p] the set (p, ∞) is similar. (p, ∞)∩(-∞, p)=∅, but (p,∞)∪(-∞, p) r (r has no 𝜃-disconnection)   182 mathematics | https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1956 2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 so (r, ʈu) is not 𝜃-totally disconnected. definition (13): a surjective mapping f:x→y is said to be 𝜃-totally disconnected if and only if for every totally disconnected set u⊆x then f(u) is 𝜃-totally disconnected in y. definition (14): a surjective mapping f:x→y is said to be 𝜃*-totally disconnected mapping if and only if for every 𝜃totally disconnected set u⊆x then f(u) is totally disconnected examples (15):1-let f: (r, ʈu)→(r, ʈd) such that f(x)=x for each x∈r . since (q, ʈu) is totally disconnected set in (r, ʈu) and f(q)=q⊆(r,ʈd) for each x, y∈q there exist p∈qc such that x<p<y g={x ∈q:x<p} and h={x∈q:x>p} are two open sets in (q, ʈu) such that g∪h=q, g∩h=∅ now to prove (q, ʈd) is 𝜃-totally disconnected in (r, ʈd) where f(q)=q. g={x∈q:x≤0} is 𝜃-open set in (q, ʈd) h={x∈q:x>0} is 𝜃-open set in (q, ʈd) h∪g=q, h∩g=∅ so (q, ʈd) is 𝜃-totally disconnected in (r, ʈd) . 2if we replace q by (a, b] then the sets g={x ∈(a, b]:x p} and h={x∈(a, b]:x>p} where p∈qc such that a<p b then ((a, b], ʈu) is totally disconnected set in (r, ʈu) definition (16): a surjective mapping f:x→y is said to be 𝜃**-totally disconnected mapping if and only if for every 𝜃totally disconnected set u⊆x then f(u) is 𝜃-totally disconnected proposition (17): 1-every 𝜃-totally disconnected mapping is totally disconnected mapping. 2-every 𝜃-totally disconnected mapping is 𝜃**-totally disconnected mapping. 3-every 𝜃**-totally disconnected mapping is 𝜃*-totally disconnected mapping. proof: 1-let u be totally disconnected set in x, but f is 𝜃-totally disconnected mapping then f(u) is 𝜃-totally disconnection set in y, but every 𝜃-totally disconnected set is totally disconnected so f (u) is totally disconnected in y, then f is totally disconnected mapping. the proof of 2 and 3 are similar.   183 mathematics | https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1956 2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 proposition (18): let f:x→y be bijective 𝜃-open mapping. then y is 𝜃-totally disconnected set whenever x is totally disconnected proof: let y1, y2 ∈y with y1 y2 since f is bijective, then there exist two distinct points x1, x2 ∈ x such that f(x1)=y1, f(x2)=y2. but x is totally disconnected space, then there exist disconnection g∪h to x such that x1∈g & x2∈h. also f is 𝜃open mapping and g, h are open sets in x. so f(g) and f(h) are 𝜃open sets in y. but f(g)∪f(h)=f(g∪h)=f(x)=y and f is one to one mapping. so f(g)∩f(h)=f(g∩h)=f(∅)=∅ such that y1∈f(g), y2∈f(h) so f(g)∪f(h) is 𝜃disconnection to y. therefor y is 𝜃-totally disconnected set. corollary (19): a property of space being 𝜃-totally disconnected a topological property. proposition (20): let x and y be topological space, let f:x→y be homeomorphism. so if x is 𝜃totally disconnected then y is totally disconnected set. proof: let y1, y2 ∈y with y1 y2.since f is bijective, then there exist two distinct points x1, x2 ∈xsuch that f(x1)=y1, f(x2)=y2. but x is 𝜃-totally disconnected set, then there exist 𝜃disconnection g∪h to x such that x1∈g & x2∈h. also f is homeomorphism, so f is open mapping. since g and h are 𝜃-open sets in x. so f(g) and f(h) are open sets in y. but f(g)∪f(h)=f(g∪h)=f(x)=y. since f is bijective mapping. so f(g)∩f(h)=f(g∩h)=f(∅)=∅ such that y1∈f(g), y2∈f(h) which implies f(g)∪f(h) is disconnection to y. therefor y is totally disconnected set. proposition (21): let f:x→y be bijective 𝜃**-open mapping. then y is 𝜃-totally disconnected set whenever x is 𝜃-totally disconnected proof: let y1, y2 ∈y with y1 y2.since f is bijective, then there exist two distinct points x1, x2 ∈xsuch that f(x1)=y1, f(x2)=y2. but x is 𝜃-totally disconnected set, then there exist 𝜃disconnection g∪h to x such that x1∈g & x2∈h. also f is 𝜃homeomorphism, so f is 𝜃 open mapping. since g and h are 𝜃open sets in x. so f(g) and f(h) are 𝜃open sets in y. but f(g)∪f(h)=f(g∪h)=f(x)=y. since f is bijective mapping. so f(g)∩f(h)=f(g∩h)=f(∅)=∅ such that f(g)∪f(h) is 𝜃-disconnection to y. therefore y is also 𝜃-totally disconnected. corollary (22): let x and y be topological space, let f:x→y be 𝜃-homeomorphism. so if x is 𝜃totally disconnected then y is 𝜃-totally disconnected set again.   184 mathematics | https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1956 2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 definition (23): a surjective mapping f:x→y is 𝜃 𝜃 ∗, 𝜃 ∗∗ -inversely totally disconnected, if f-1(u) is 𝜃-totally disconnected (totally disconnected, 𝜃-totally disconnected )set for every totally disconnected (𝜃-totally disconnected ) set u in y. proposition (24): 1-every 𝜃**-inversely totally disconnected mapping is 𝜃*-inversely totally disconnected mapping. 2-every 𝜃-inversely totally disconnected mapping is 𝜃**-inversely totally disconnected mapping. 3-every 𝜃-inversely totally disconnected mapping is 𝜃*-inversely totally disconnected mapping. proof: 1-let u is 𝜃-totally disconnected set in y. since f is 𝜃**-inversely totally disconnected mapping. f-1(u) is 𝜃-totally disconnected in x (proposition 7) so f-1(u) is totally disconnected in x, then f is 𝜃**-inversely totally disconnected mapping. 2-let u is 𝜃-totally disconnected set in y. then u is totally disconnected set in y. to prove f-1(u) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set in y. since f is 𝜃-inversely totally disconnected mapping, f-1(u) is 𝜃-totally disconnected in x (proposition 7). then f is 𝜃**-inversely totally disconnected mapping 3-let u is 𝜃-totally disconnected set in y. then u is totally disconnected set in y(proposition 7). since f is 𝜃*-inversely totally disconnected mapping. but f-1(u) is 𝜃totally disconnected in x so f-1(u) is totally disconnected in x. then f is 𝜃*-inversely totally disconnected mapping theorem (25): if f:x→y is 𝜃-inversely totally disconnected mapping then f is 𝜃-light mapping . proof: since f is 𝜃-inversely totally disconnected mapping to prove f is 𝜃-light mapping. let y∈y to prove f-1(y) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set. since f is 𝜃-inversely totally disconnected mapping, and {y} is totally disconnected in y, then f-1({y}) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set in x so f is 𝜃-light mapping. proposition (26): let f:x→z and g:z→y be surjective mapping if f is 𝜃**-inversely totally disconnected and g is 𝜃-light mappings, then h:x→y is 𝜃-light mapping proof: let c∈y so h-1(c)=(g∘f)-1(c)=(f-1∘g-1)(c)= f-1(g-1(c)). as g is 𝜃-light mapping so g-1(c) is 𝜃-totally disconnected. also as f is 𝜃**-inversely totally disconnected mapping so f-1(g1(c)) is 𝜃-totally disconnected. h-1(c) is 𝜃-totally disconnected then h is 𝜃-light mapping.   185 mathematics | https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1956 2018) عام 2العدد( 31لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 theorem (27): let h:x→y be a suriective mapping and h=g∘f such that for every f:x→z , g:z→y be a surjective mappings then: 1-if h is 𝜃-light mapping and f is 𝜃**-totally disconnected mapping then g is 𝜃-light mapping. 2-if g is injective mapping and h is 𝜃-light mapping then f is 𝜃-light mapping. 3-if g be a surjective mapping and f is 𝜃-light mapping then h is also 𝜃-light mapping. proof: 1-let y∈y, so h-1(y) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set in x as f is 𝜃**-totally disconnected mapping then f(h-1(y)) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set to z, let f(h-1(y)) =f((g∘f)1(y))=f((f-1∘g-1)(y))= f((f-1(g-1(y)))=g-1(y). so g-1(y) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set to z. in other words g is 𝜃-light mapping. 2-let z∈z so g(z)∈y since h is 𝜃-light mapping , h-1(g(z)) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set to x. but h-1(g(z))=(g∘f)-1(g(z))=(f-1∘g-1)(g(z))=f-1(z), so f-1(z) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set in x. in other words f is 𝜃-light mapping. 3-let y∈y as g is bijective mapping, then there exist only one point z∈z such that g(z)=y. as f is 𝜃-light mapping, then f-1(z) is 𝜃-totally disconnected set to x. as f1(z)=h-1(y) , then h-1(y) is also 𝜃-totally disconnected set to x. so h is 𝜃-light mapping. references 1. mohammed, g. sh., (2001). “open light mappings” m.sc. thesis, college of education, the university of almustansiriyah 2. charatonic, j.j and omiljanowski ,k. (1989)., "on light open mappings", baku international topology conference proceed, elm, baku 3. fort ,m. k. (1951). "a characterization of plane light open mappings, amer. math. soc. 3 4 saleh, m. (2004), “ on 𝜃-closed sets and some forms of continuity”, archivum mathematicum (brno), 40, 383-393. 5. wladyslaw, m. (1994). "on open light mappings", comment. m ath., university carulinae.35 6. mohammed, n. s. (2015). “certain types of perfect mappings", m.sc. thesis, college of since, al-mustansiriyah university. 7. veliko, n. v. (1968), "h-closed topological spaces, amer. math. soc. transl. ams.78103-118. 8. lipschutz, s. (1965). "general topology", professor of mathematics temple university biology 29 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تأثير تراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم في بعض مؤشرات النمو لثالثة تراكيب وراثية ) (.hordium vulgare l من الشعير انتصار كريم عباس جاسم حسين الساعدي ، شروق محمود وسين*، زينا عبدالمنعم جميل المفتي**، عبد الحسن جامعة بغداد /قسم علوم الحياة /كلية التربية ابن الهيثم وزارة العلوم والتكنلوجيا * التعليم الثانوي/وزارة التربية** 2012نيسان 22قبل البحث في: 2012كانون الثاني 10استلم البحث في: الخالصة -2008اجي التابع لقسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية ابن الهيثم/ جامعة بغداد لموسم النمو نفذت التجربة في البيت الزج فوريست لــدراسة تأثير × من خالل زراعة بذور ثالثة تراكيب وراثية من الشعير وهي بركة وبيكسون وبركة 2009 بعض مؤاشرات النمو لهذه التراكيب في ,200,150,100,50) تراكيز مختلفة من كلوريد الصوديوم هي ( الوراثية مثل الوزن الطري ، الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري ، تركيز عناصر ( النتروجين ، الفسفور ، البوتاسيوم ، ) crdالصوديوم والكلوريد ) في الجزء الخضري للنبات ، وصممت التجربة بأستعمال التصميم العشوائي الكامل ( . 0.05النتائج أحصائيا بأستعمال اقل فرق معنوي عند مستوى احتمالية وباربعة مكررات وحللت أدى الى انخفاض معنوي في 200بينت النتائج ان زيادة تركيز ملح كلوريد الصوديوم من صفر الى قيم بعض مؤشرات النمو مع زيادة معنوية في تركيز الصوديوم والكلوريد في الجزء الخضري . كذلك اظهرت النتائج وجود تباين معنوي بين التراكيب الوراثية في مدى تحملها لتراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم العالية واظهر التركيب الوراثي بركة تركيز العالي من الملح .قدرة تحمل جيدة لل تراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم ، تراكيب وراثية من الشعير . : الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة إن تجمع ايونات الصوديوم والكلوريد في وسط النمو يؤدي الى انخفاض نمو النباتات بسبب ارتفاع الجهد االزموزي لوسط النمو مقارنة بالجهد االزموزي داخل خاليا النبات وبذلك يواجه النبات صعوبة في امتصاص الماء الالزم للنمو فضال تراكم االيونات الملحية داخل النبات ويعتمد مقدار االنخفاض في نمو النباتات عن أختالل التوازن االيوني والتأثير السمي ل . إن التركيز ] 1 [وأنتاجيتها على نوع الملح وتركيزه في وسط النمو وصنف النبات والظروف البيئية المحيطة بالنباتات ] 3 [. كما الحظ ] 2 [والجافة لهذا النبات العالي من الملوحة يؤثر سلبا في نمو نبات الشعير ، إذ تختزل االوزان الطرية أن الري بمياه مالحة ادى الى انخفاض مؤشرات نبات الحنطة ومنها االوزان الطرية والجافة كذلك اشارت دراسات كثير من الباحثين بأن الملوحة تقلل من امتصاص عنصري النتروجين والبوتاسيوم وتزيد من تركيز عنصري الصوديوم . وكذلك انخفاض تركيز الفسفور في اوراق الحنطة عند التركيز العالي من الملوحة ] 5 , 4 [د في نبات الحنطة والكلوري أن زيادة تركيز الصوديوم في وسط النمو يعني ] 7 [. كما اشار ] 6 [كما اشارت دراسة 13.7وهو ] أن االضطراب الذي يحصل في 8 [زيادة امتصاصه ومن ثم زيادة تركيزه داخل النبات مسببا تسمم النبات ، وقد اعزى ء المحتوى االيوني للنبات المتأثر بالملوحة هو نتيجة لحصول خلل في الوظائف الطبيعية لالغشية الخلوية السيما الغشا البالزمي فزيادة تركيز ايون الصوديوم في وسط النمو يعمل على اضعاف االغشية الخلوية . إن هناك الكثير من االنواع النباتية تتحمل الملوحة بدرجات متباينة وان هذا التباين موجود ضمن اصناف النوع الواحد ، كما لوحظ أن االنواع النباتية ] ان نبات الحنطة له القدرة على 10. لقد اشار[ ] 9 [مختلفة في تحملها للشد الملحي واصناف النوع الواحد تمتلك اليات تحت تأثير كلوريد الصوديوم من اجل التحمل والتكيف prolineتجميع المواد العضوية والحوامض االمينية مثل البرولين عرض لجهد ازموزي انخفاض فعالية انزيم ] في دراسة على نبات الحنطة الم11للظروف البيئية غير المالئمة . اوضح [ superoxide dismutase بزيادة تجمع الجذور الحرة المؤكسدة ، واشار الى ان البرولين المتجمع في النبات له دور في .ازالة التأثير السلبي للجذور الحرة بوصفه مقتنصا للجذور الحرة biology 30 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 من الشعير لتراكيز متزايدة من ملح كلوريد الصوديوم من خالل إن هدف البحث هو معرفة تحمل ثالثة تراكيب وراثية معرفة بعض مؤشرات النمو لها لما للشعير من اهمية غذائية وعلفية من خالل زراعته بمساحات واسعة في العراق . المواد وطرائق العمل موقع التجربة جامعة بغداد /كلية التربية ابن الهيثم /أجريت التجربة باستعمال االصص في البيت الزجاجي التابع لقسم علوم الحياة . 2009 2008لموسم النمو النبات المستخدم -1 لغرض الدراسة واختيرت بذور ثالثة تراكيب وراثية وهي ( بركة ، .hordium vulgare lاختير نبات الشعير . *فوريست ) xبيكسون وبركة التعقيم -3 . ]12[) دقائق أستنادا الى 5 – 3لمدة تتراوح بين ( 5%التجاري coloroxعقمت البذور باستعمال محلول تصميم التجربة -4 أستعملت تربة اخذت من الحقل التابع للقسم وبعد أن تم تجفيفها هوائيا ومن ثم تنعيمها وامرارها من خالل منخل قطر ] كما موضح في 13ملم وقدرت فيها بعض الصفات الكيميائية والفيزيائية وحسب الطرائق الموصوفة في [ 2فتحاته سم ) مثقبة من االسفل 19سم وطولها 17ارتفاعها سم ، 19) وضعت في أصص بالستيكية ( قطرها 1الجدول ( سم وقد وضعت طبقة الحصى 2.5) وتحتوي على طبقة من الحصى الناعم سمكها 4.5بواقع ( لتسمح للماء الزائد في اثناء السقي بالخروج الى خارج األصيص ولمنع انضغاط التربة في قاعدة االصيص الذي يؤدي crd (completelyدق وموت النبات . صممت التجربة باستعمال التصميم العشوائي الكامل ( بدوره الى التغ randomized design : وبأربعة مكررات لتشمل ما يأتي . فضالً عن التركيز صفر معاملة ) 200و 150 , 100 , 50أربعة تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم ( -1 سيطرة . فوريست ) وبذلك اصبحت التجربة xثالثة تراكيب وراثية من الشعير هي ( بركة ، بيكسون و بركة -2 50أصيص ( وحدة تجريبية ) . تمت إضافة سماد السوبر فوسفات واليوريا بمستوى x 4 x 5 (60 ) 3عاملية ( زراعة ، وأضيف سماد اليوريا على ) الى جميع أصص التجربة ، إذ أضيف سماد السوبر فوسفات قبل ال يوما من الزراعة وقد حسبت كميات 45) بعد 25( ) قبل الزراعة ايضاًو 25دفعتين ( االسمدة على اساس وزن التربة في كل اصيص وبعد ذلك تم رش التربة بقليل من الماء لغرض التوزيع المتجانس / 12 / 1بذرة لكل اصيص بتاريخ 12لألسمدة قبل الزراعة . زرعت بذور التراكيب الوراثية المنتخبة بمعدل من السعة الحقلية على % 50تعمال الماء المقطر كلما دعت الحاجة للوصول الى وأجريت عمليات الري بأس 2008 نباتات لكل أصيص وبعد أربعة اسابيع من 8أيام من موعد الزراعة تم خف النباتات الى 10اساس تقدير الوزن وبعد من الماء المقطر وكان موعد الزراعة ُأجرى الري بمحاليل كلوريد الصوديوم المحضرة سابقا وحسب المعامالت بدال الري بهذه المحاليل فيما بعد حسب الحاجة وعلى اساس وزن محتويات االصيص . أخذت عينات للجزء الخضري يوما من موعد الزراعة ، لغرض دراسة بعض مؤشرات 60ألربع نباتات فقط اختيرت عشوائيا ولكل معاملة بعد النمو فيها . المؤشرات المدروسة ) الطري للجزء الخضري (الوزن -1 sensitive balancُحسب الوزن الطري للجزء الخضري باستعمال الميزان الحساس )الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري ( -2 حراري ovenُحسب الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري باستخدام ميزان حساس بعد تجفيف الجزء الخضري في فرن . ] 14 [ساعة تقريبا حتى ثبات الوزن الجاف 72) درجة مئوية مدة 75 – 70رجة حراره ( بد haraeusنوع تقدير تركيز كل من النتروجين و الفسفور و البوتاسيوم و الصوديوم والكلوريد في الجزء الخضري -3 وقُِدر عنصر ] 15 [اخذ وزن معلوم من الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري وطحن بصورة جيدة ثم هضم بطريقة باستخدام جهاز كلدال والكاشف المستقبل ] 16 [النتروجين في المستخلص الحامضي باستخدام الطريقة التي اشار اليها biology 31 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ المستنصرية الجامعه /كلية العلوم /* تم الحصول على بذور التراكيب الوراثية من د. مناهل نجيب عند طول spectrophotometer( حامض البوريك والدليل ) . وقدرعنصر الفسفور كذلك باستعمال جهاز المطياف أما عنصري البوتاسيوم والصوديوم فقد تم ] 17 [نانومتر وفقا لـ 880موجي atomicذري تقديرهما في المستخلص الحامضي للعينات المهضومه بأستخدام جهاز مطياف االمتصاص ال absorption spectrophotometer 18 [وقدر الكلوريد كذلك حسب طريقة مور المستخدمة من قبل[ النتائج )الوزن الطري للجزء الخضري ( -1 ) إن هناك فروقا معنوية في معدل الوزن الطري للجزء الخضري عند رفع تركيز 2نالحظ من نتائج الجدول ( سببت ) 200 –كلوريد الصوديوم في وسط النمو، إذ إن زيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم من ( صفر كما % 36.60وبنسبة انخفاض قدرها ) 1.68إلى 2.65أنخفاضا معنويا في معدل هذه الصفة من ( نالحظ من نتائج الجدول أيضا ان هناك فروقا معنوية في معدل الوزن الطري بين التراكيب الوراثية المدروسة ،إذ بلغ فوريست ،إذ بلغ xفي التركيب الوراثي بركة يلية التركيب الوراثي بركة 2.68اعلى معدل وزن طري أما تأثير التداخل بين تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم والتراكيب الوراثية فكان غير 1.92زن الطري معدل الو عند أعلى تركيز 1.88معنوي ومع ذلك فقد اعطى الصنف الوراثي بركة أعلى قيمة وزن طري هي مقارنة بالتركيبين الوراثيين االخرين . 200للملوحة )(الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري -2 ) إن هنالك فروقا معنوية في معدل الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري عند زيادة تركيز 3نالحظ من نتائج الجدول ( سبب أنخفاضا معنويا ) 200كلوريد الصوديوم ، إذ ان زيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم من ( صفر إلى % . كما يتضح من نتائج 34.62وبنسبة أنخفاض قدرها ) 0.17إلى 0.26في معدل هذه الصفة من ( الجدول وجود فرق معنوي بين التراكيب الوراثية في معدل هذه الصفة فقد بلغ اقل معدل للوزن الجاف عند التركيب عند التركيب الوراثي ) 0.27بينما بلغ أعلى معدل للوزن ( ) 0.18الوراثي بيكسون هو ( بركة. أما تأثير التداخل بين تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم والتراكيب الوراثية فكان غير معنوي مع افضلية التركيب الوراثي بركة في هذه الصفة تحت جميع تراكيز الملوحة . تركيز عنصر النتروجين ( % ) -3 كان هناك ) 200) أنه عند رفع تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم من ( صفر إلى 4بينت نتائج الجدول ( % بصرف النظر 36.15وبنسبة انخفاض قدرها 2.26الى 3.54أنخفاض معنوي في معدل تركيز النتروجين من عن التراكيب الوراثية، وكان للتراكيب الوراثية تأثير معنوي في تركيز النتروجين فقد اعطى التركيب الوراثي بركة ) . أما 2.65) . أما بيكسون فقد اعطى أقل معدل لتركيز النتروجين هو ( 2.99اعلى معدل لتركيز النتروجين هو ( التداخل بين تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم والتراكيب الوراثية فكان معنوي في تركيز النتروجين ،إذ اعطى بركة تأثير ) في التركيز 2.13فوريست الذي اعطى أقل قيمة هي ( x) مقارنة بالتركيب الوراثي بركة 2.38اعلى قيمة هي ( عنوي للبركة على التركيبين الوراثيين االخرين عند مع تفوق م) 200العالي من كلوريد الصوديوم ( .) 200و 150 , 100التراكيز الثالثة العالية من كلوريد الصوديوم ( تركيز الفسفور ( % ) -4 ) بعدم وجود تأثير معنوي في تركيز الفسفور في الجزء الخضري سواء بتأثير 5أشارت النتائج الواردة في الجدول ( عاملي الدراسة كال على انفراد او بتاثير التداخل الثنائي بينهما . ومع ذلك فقد كان هناك تباين في تركيز الفسفور بين التراكيب الوراثية الثالثة وتحت جميع تراكيز كلوريد الصوديوم المستعملة . تركيز البوتاسيوم ( % ) -5 biology 32 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 الصوديوم قد أثرت بصورة معنوية في خفض تركيز عنصر ) أن زيادة تركيز كلوريد 6أظهرت نتائج الجدول ( أنخفض تركيز ) 200 –البوتاسيوم في التراكيب الوراثية المدروسة فعند رفع التركيز من ( صفر % وكذلك اظهرت نتائج الجدول عدم وجود تأثير معنوي في 51.82وبنسبة انخفاض 1.19 – 2.47البوتاسيوم من اسيوم بين التراكيب الوراثية المدروسة وكذلك عند التداخل الثنائي بين تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم والتراكيب تركيز البوت الوراثية ، علما بأن بركة كان افضل تحمل للتركيز العالي من الملوحة مقارنة مع التركيبين الوراثيين االخرين . تركيز الصوديوم ( % ) -6 زيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم في وسط النمو قد اثر معنويا في زيادة تركيز ) أن 7أظهرت نتائج الجدول ( ، إذإزداد معدل 1-مليمول.لتر ) 200 –الصوديوم في الجزء الخضري عند رفع تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم من ( صفر ) . كما اوضحت النتائج عدم وجود تأثير معنوي في تركيز الصوديوم بين 5.09 – 0.50تركيز العنصر من ( التراكيب الوراثية المدروسة . اما تأثير التداخل الثنائي بين تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم والتراكيب الوراثية فقد كان ركيز لكلوريد ) في اعلى ت 5.79فوريست أعلى قيمة بلغت ( xمعنوياً في تركيز الصوديوم فقد أعطى بركة ) عند التركيز نفسه من كلوريد 4.70في حين أعطى بركة أقل قيمة بلغت ( ) 200الصوديوم ( الصوديوم . تركيز الكلوريد ( % ) -7 ) أظهرت وجود فروق معنوية في تركيز الكلوريد عند زيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم في وسط 8إن نتائج الجدول ( إلى 0.99أدى إلى زيادة معدل تركيز الكلوريد من ( ) 200ند رفع التركيز من ( صفر إلى النمو فع %، واظهرت نتائج الجدول ايضا ان تاثير التراكيب الوراثية كان معنويا في 482.83) وبنسبة زيادة قدرها 5.77 ) وكان أعلى معدل للتركيز 2.27تركيز الكلوريد فقد كشف التركيب الوراثي بركة اقل معدل لتركيز الكلوريد هو ( معدل لتركيز الكلوريد فوريست فقد اعطى x) أما التركيب الوراثي بركة 3.54في التركيب الوراثي بيكسون وهو ( ) . وكان للتداخل الثنائي بين عاملي الدراسة تاثير معنوي في تركيز الكلوريد فقد اعطى التركيب بركة 3.43هو ( ، بينما ) 200) عند التركيز العالي من كلوريد الصوديوم وهو ( 3.60أقل قيمة لهذة الصفة بلغت ( ) عند تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم أعاله أما بيكسون 7.20فوريست أعلى قيمة بلغت ( x اعطى التركيب الوراثي بركة ) عند تركيز الملح نفسة . 6.50فقد أعطى تركيز للعنصر هو ( المناقشة يتضح من النتائج التي تم الحصول عليها فيما يخص الوزن الطري والجاف للمجموع الخضري للتراكيب الوراثية لوزن الطري والجاف وهذه النتائج امن الشعير أن زيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم في وسط النمو قد اثر سلبا في معدل إن هذا التأثير السلبي ] 20 [والشعير ] 19 [مثل الذره الصفراء تتفق مع ما وجده باحثين اخرين على نباتات مختلفة -لكلوريد الصوديوم في الوزن الطري والجاف للمجموع الخضري في نبات الشعير ربما يعزى الى االسباب االتية : ] 21 [ نقص الماء الممتص بوساطة الجذور مما يسبب اضطراب في التفاعالت الكيميائية الحياتية للخاليا -1 إن وجود تراكيز عالية من أيونات الصوديوم في وسط النمو يؤدي الى تخريب االغشية الخلوية السيما الغشاء -2 الصوديوم محلها مما البالزمي اذ يتمثل هذا التأثير السلبي بأزالة ايونات الكالسيوم من االغشية وأحالل ايونات . ] 22 [غشية ويزيد من نفاذيتها وبذلك يختل المحتوى االيوني للخاليا يقلل من تماسك اال الالزمة المدة التأثير السلبي لكلوريد الصوديوم في عملية االنقسام الخلوي مما يقلل عدد الخاليا المنقسمة واطالة -3 . ] 20 [لالنقسام النتروجين و تأثير تزايد تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم في تركيز عناصرأما النتائج التي تم الحصول عليها فيما يخص الفسفور والبوتاسيوم وزيادة تركيز الفسفور والبوتاسيوم والصوديوم والكلوريد فقد بينت انخفاض تركيز النتروجين و ] في 6للملوحة و[ على استجابة الحنطة الشتوية ] في دراسته 4 [الصوديوم والكلوريد وهذا يتفق مع نتائج كل من ) تؤكد حصول اضطرابات 6) و ( 5( ,) 4للملوحة والجداول ( دراسته على تحمل اربعة تراكيب وراثية من الحنطة في الجزء الخضري بزيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم في وسط النمو والسبب هو واضحة في تركيز العناصر الغذائية ناصر الثالثة وايوني الصوديوم والكلوريد على مواقع االمتصاص الموجودة على سطح هذه الع حدوث حالة تنافس بين البالزمي للجذور إذ ان انخفاض أمتصاص العناصر الغذائية يسبب حالة من االضطراب التغذوي الذي بدوره الغشاء ) زيادة تركيز 4لجدول ( . لوحظ من نتائج ا ] 22 [يؤدي الى اضطراب المسارات االيضية مسببا ضعف نمو النباتات xعنصر النتروجين في الجزء الخضري للتركيب الوراثي بركة أعلى مما هو عليه في التركيبين بيكسون وبركة biology 33 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 فوريست بالرغم من وجود أيونات الصوديوم والكلوريد في جزئه الخضري اال أن النبات استطاع االحتفاظ بكمية البأس ) زيادة تركيز عنصر البوتاسيوم في 6لك على نمو النبات . كما اوضح الجدول ( بها من عنصر النتروجين وانعكس ذ الجزء الخضري للتركيب الوراثي بركة أعلى مما هو علية في التركيبين االخرين وأن للبوتاسيوم دوراً فسلجياً في ذ يؤدي الى تحفيز النمو في وفي تنظيم الجهد االزموزي، إ 8 ] [مساعدة النباتات على التكيف مع البيئة المجهدة , kinase , transferaseالمجموع الخضري من خالل تحفيزه العداد كبيرة من انزيمات تصنيع البروتين وأنزيمات synthetase , hydrogenase , oxidase [ ] 23 في حين كان تركيز الصوديوم والكلوريد في بركة اقل مما هو [ ) وتفسير ذلك قد يعود الى الية التحمل التي تبديها 8و 7وكما موضح في الجدولين ( فوريست xعليه في بيكسون وبركة او قد يرجع السبب الى استبعاد هذين االيونين ] 24 [في التركيب الوراثي بركة لمنع دخول ايونات الصوديوم والكلوريد الجذور ى صفة التحمل للملوحة في هذا التركيب الوراثي الى كما تعز ] 9 [عن طريق حجزهما في فجوات موجوده في خاليا الجذور ،إذ تعمل هذه االلية من خالل تصنيع مواد عضوية osmotic adjustmentامتالكة أليات تحمل معينة ،مثل التعديل االزموزي ي وهذه المواد هي في داخل خاليا النباتات تقوم بمعادلة االزموزية بين داخل الخلية وخارجها وعليه يستمر التوازن االيون ascorbic acid والحامض االمينيproline ] 25 [ . المصادر 1 lessani , h . and marchner , h. (1978) . relation between salt tolerance and long distance ,physiol . transport of sodium and chloride in various crop species. aust . j . plant 37-:275 2 bernstein , l.(1975).effect of salinity and sodicity on plant growth .ann . rev . phytopathol . , 13:195312 . ) . استخدام الكالسيوم وحامض الكبريتيك في تحسين نمو وانتاجية 2007الدليمي ، حمزة نوري عبيد ( 3 والذرة الصفراء المروية بمياه مالحه . اطروحة دكتوراه ، كلية التربية ، ابن الهيثم، جامعة محصولي الحنطة بغداد، العراق . 4 al-mashhadani , s . m . s . (1985) . ion – water , uptake and growth responsto salt by winter wheat. ph . d . thesis , colorado state university . 5 inoeva , z . h . s . (1988) . effect of potassium ions on na+ uptake by plant 47 . -(12):42, 14ata inconditions on chloride salinity fiziologiyana . restteriy triticumتراكيب وراثية من الحنطة ) . دراسات عن تحمل الملوحة الربعة1991الرجبو،عبد الستار اسمر ( -6 aestivium l . . . اطروحة دكتوراة ، كلية العلوم ، جامعة بغداد ، العراق المورفولوجية ) . تأثير مستويات مختلفة من الملوحة على بعض المثبتات1990الدليمي،حمزة نوري عبيد ( -7 لهيثم، كلية التربية ، ابن ا . رسالة ماجستير ، l. vulgare hordeumلصنفين من نبات الشعير والفسيولوجية جامعة بغداد ، العراق . 8 lauchli , a . (1990) . calcium , salinity and the plasma membrane . in : calciumin plant growth and development . (eds . leonardo , r.t. and helpery p.k.) the american 35 pp . -:264 society of plant physiologists , rockville , maryland , 9 epstein , e .; norlyn , j . d .;rush , d.w.; kingsbury , r.w.; kelley , g . a .; cunninghan , g. a .and wrona , a . f . (1980) . saline culture of crop:agenetic 444 . -:399210approach. science , 10song ,s;lei , y . and tian , x . (2005) . proline metabolism and cross toleranc to salinity 800 . -6):79352(and heat stress in germination of wheat seeds .russian j .plant physiol ., 11tan ,j .;zhao ,h .;hang , j .;han ,y .;li ,h .and zhao ,w . (2008) .effect of exogenous citric oxide on photosynthesis , antioxidant capacity and proline accumulation in heat 313 . -(3) :307.,4seedling subjected to osmotic stress . world j .agric . sci 12 ghorashy ,s . r .; sionit , n . and kherdnam , m l. ) during intomrius carthaus.(1972) . salt tolerance of sunflower varieties ( germination . agron . j . , 64:256-257 . 13page ,a .l .;miller ,r.h. and kenney ,d. r . (1982) .methods of soil analysis ,2ndedn.agron.,puplisher,madiason,wisconsin.u.s.a. biology 34 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 وزارة التعليم ) . انظمة الزراعة بدون استخدام تربة .بيت الحكمة،جامعة بغداد،1989الصحاف ، فاضل حسين ( -14 والبحث العلمي . العالي 15 sachffehan,a . c . and van schauwenbury ,j . c . h . (1960).quick test for soil and plant analysis used by small laboratories.neth . j .agro . sci . ,9:2-16 . 16 black , c . a . (1965). methods of soil analysis .amer. soc . of agron . inc . usa . 17matt , k . j . (1970).colorimetric determination of phosphorus in soil and plant materials with ascorbic acid . soil sci.,109:214-220 . 18 jackson , m . i . (1958).soil chemical analysis . ed . prentice hall inc ., n . jerse. .للملوحة mays zea ) .دور الكالسيوم في تحمل نبات الذرة الصفراء1998الجبوري، محمود شاكر رشيد ( -19 دكتوراه ، كلية التربية ، ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد ، العراق . اطروحة 20 al-rahmani , h . f .; al-mashhadani , s . m . and al-delemee , h . n . ( 1997 ). plasma membrane and salinity tolerance of barley plant . mutah j. for research and . 32. -(1):29912studies 21 awada , s. ; campbell , w . f . ; dudley , l . m . and junrinak , j . j . ( 1995) . interaction effects of sodium chloride , sodium sulfate,calcium sulfate and calcium chloride on snap bean growth the photosynthesis and ion uptake . j . plant nutr . , 18:889-900 . 22 al-rahmani , h. f . k . ; al-hadithi , t . r . and al-delemee , h. n . (2001) . calcium and salinity tolerance of barley . j. diala , 10:27-40. 23 abel , g . h .(1969) . inheretance of the capacity for chloride inclusion and chloride exclusion by soybean.crop sci.,9:697-698. 24 prado , f . e . ; boero , c . ; gallardo , m . and gonzalez , j . a . ( 2000 ) . effect of nacl on germination,growth and soluble sugar content in chenopodiumquinonwildseeds. bot.bull.acad.sin.,41:27-34 . ) .اساسيات فسيولوجيا النبات . كلية العلوم، جامعة قطر .2001ياسين ،بسام طه ( -25 ائية والفيزيائية لتربة التجربة قبل الزراعة .) يوضح بعض الصفات الكيمي 1جدول( الكمية الصفة الكمية الصفة ملغم.كغم تربة26.00 البوتاسيوم الجاهز ديسيسيمنز.م6.34 التوصيل الكهربائي مفصوالت التربة ph 7.53حموضة التربة غم.كغم تربة 908 الرمل غم.كغم تربة 22 المادة العضوية غم.كغم تربة 448 الغرين غم.كغم تربة 242 معادن الكاربونات غم.كغم تربة 144 الطين ملغم.كغم تربة16.84 النتروجين الجاهز مزيجية التربةنسجة ملغم.كغم تربة13.80 الفسفور الجاهز biology 35 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) في الجزء الخضري للتراكيب ) تأثير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم في الوزن الطري ( 2جدول ( الوراثية للشعير . التراكيب الوراثية )تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم ( المعدل 0 50 100 150 200 2.68 1.88 2.51 2.60 3.16 3.23 بركة 1.90 1.62 1.69 1.78 2.07 2.34 بيكسون 1.92 1.55 1.75 1.83 2.11 2.38 فوريست xبركة 1.68 1.98 2.07 2.45 2.65 المعدل lsd )0.05 ( 0.18تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم = 0.14التركيب الوراثي = التداخل = غير معنوي في الجزء الخضري للتراكيب )) تأثير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم في الوزن الجاف ( 3جدول ( للشعير . الوراثية التراكيب الوراثية )تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم ( المعدل 0 50 100 150 200 0.27 0.19 0.25 0.26 0.32 0.32 بركة 0.18 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.21 0.23 بيكسون 0.19 0.16 0.18 0.18 0.21 0.24 فوريست xبركة 0.17 0.20 0.21 0.25 0.26 المعدل lsd )0.05 ( 0.018تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم = 0.014التركيب الوراثي = التداخل = غير معنوي ) تأثير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم في تركيز النتروجين ( % ) في الجزء الخضري للتراكيب الوراثية 4جدول ( للشعير . التراكيب الوراثية )تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم ( المعدل 0 50 100 150 200 2.99 2.38 2.67 2.98 3.28 3.57 بركة 2.65 2.26 2.30 2.52 2.94 3.24 بيكسون 2.92 2.13 2.45 2.79 3.41 3.80 فوريست xبركة 2.26 2.50 2.76 3.21 3.54 المعدل lsd )0.05 ( 0.11تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم = 0.14التركيب الوراثي = 0.25التداخل = biology 36 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) تأثير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم في تركيز الفسفور ( % ) في الجزء الخضري للتراكيب الوراثية 5جدول ( للشعير . التراكيب الوراثية )تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم ( المعدل 0 50 100 150 200 0.37 0.31 0.37 0.38 0.40 0.41 بركة 0.43 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.44 0.47 بيكسون 0.44 0.39 0.41 0.43 0.46 0.51 فوريست xبركة 0.37 0.40 0.41 0.43 0.46 المعدل lsd )0.05 ( تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم = غير معنوي التركيب الوراثي = غير معنوي التداخل = غير معنوي ) تأثير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم في تركيز البوتاسيوم ( % ) في الجزء الخضري للتراكيب الوراثية 6جدول ( للشعير . التراكيب الوراثية )تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم ( المعدل 0 50 100 150 200 2.25 1.98 1.90 2.06 2.52 2.80 بركة 2.14 1.80 2.08 2.08 2.35 2.39 بيكسون 2.06 1.76 1.99 2.17 2.18 2.22 فوريست xبركة 1.19 1.99 2.10 2.35 2.47 المعدل lsd )0.05 ( 0.37تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم = التركيب الوراثي = غير معنوي التداخل = غير معنوي ) تأثير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم في تركيز الصوديوم ( % ) في الجزء الخضري للتراكيب الوراثية 7جدول ( للشعير التراكيب الوراثية )تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم ( المعدل 0 50 100 150 200 2.61 4.70 3.74 2.59 1.53 0.51 بركة 2.67 4.77 3.80 2.65 1.61 0.52 بيكسون 2.78 5.79 3.54 2.35 1.73 0.48 فوريست xبركة 5.09 3.69 2.53 1.62 0.50 المعدل lsd )0.05 ( 0.17تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم = التركيب الوراثي = غير معنوي 0.30التداخل = biology 37 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) تأثير تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم في تركيز الكلوريد ( % ) في الجزء الخضري للتراكيب الوراثية 8جدول ( للشعير التراكيب الوراثية )تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم ( المعدل 0 50 100 150 200 2.27 3.60 2.73 2.42 1.82 0.80 بركة 3.54 6.50 4.51 3.20 2.36 1.12 بيكسون 3.43 7.20 3.80 2.98 2.13 1.05 فوريست xبركة 5.77 3.68 2.87 2.10 0.99 المعدل lsd )0.05 ( 0.19تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم = 0.14التركيب الوراثي = 0.32التداخل = biology 38 للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 effect of sodium chloride concentrations on some of growth parameters to three genotype of barleyhordium vulgare l.)( a . j .h .alsaedi , sh.m.waseen*, z.a.al-mofty**, a.k.abd al-hassan department of biology,college of education ibn-al-haitham,university of baghdad ministry of science and technology * secondary education/ministry of education** received in:10 january 2012 accepted in: 22 april 2012 abstract the experiment was carried out in the green house of, biology department of ,college of education , ibn al-haitham , baghdad university. for growth season 2008-2009 via planting seeds of three genotypes of barley cultivars baraka , becson and baraka x forest ,to study the effect of different concentrations of nacl (o , 50 ,100 , 150 , 200 ) mm.l on some growth parameters such as fresh and dry weight of shoot and elements plants the experiment carried out by using completely randomized design applied with four replicates . data were statistically analyzed by using least significant differenceat0.05probabilitylevel. the results showed that an increase in nacl salt concentrations from 0 to 200mm.l-1 leads to significant decrease in the some of parameters values with significant increase in sodium and chloride concentrations in the shoot .moreover the results revealed significant difference among genotypes in their tolerance to high concentrations of nacl the barak genotype exhibited a good tolerance against high concentrations of salt. keywords: concentrations of sodium chloride ,genotype of barley . الصرفة والتطبیقیة 200) 4(2 2 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 تطویر طریقتین طیفیتین لتقدیر االمتربتلین في المستحضرات الصیدالنیة باالعتماد على دراسة المحددات أحادیا وبطریقة السمبلكس للوصول إلى الظروف الفضلى عالء كریم محمد ة التربیة ابن الهیثم،جامعة بغدادقسم الكیمیاء،كلی الخالصة متـربتلین بـشكله النقـي وفـي األقـراصان وبـسیطتان سـهلتان طیفیتـا طریقتت اقترح ى .ن لتقـدیر اال تعتمـد الطریقـة األولـى علـ بـ قــال شـحنة بــین االمتـربتلین واه ین اتكـوین معقـد انت تتراســیانواثل يمثـل لاللكترونــات مـع ستقبل بــا تفاعـل أقــصى اظهـر نــا.مـ تج ال وفـي الطریقـة الثانیــة . 9 نــانومیتر فـي مـذیب االسـیتونتریل عنـد دالــة حمـضیة مقـدارها 470امتـصاص عنـد طـول مـوجي مقـداره ي تقیـس طـول مـوج ضر عنـد زول األخـ راسـة مـع البرومـوكری ألیـوني المتكـون مـن تفاعـل الـدواء قیـد الد امتـصاصیة معقـد االزدواج ا 3. 5 دالة حمضیة مقدارها نانومیتر عند415مقداره فـي دراسـة المتغیـرات للوصـول إلـى الظـروف ا طریقتتطبق تغیر المحددات أحادیـا التقلیدیـة وطریقـة الـسمبلكس المحـورة حـصول علیهـ.الفـضلى للتفـاعلین باسـتخدام برنـامج الـسمبلكس الهندســي ثالثـي اإلبعـاد ا مطاوعـة لقــانون أظهـرت النتـائج التــي تـم ال مـل.م مــایكرو غـرا8 -100 و 6-70 بییـر فـي مـدى تركیـز یـتراوح مـن 1 مقــدارها یم معامـل امتـصاص مـوالي 227 وبقـ و 5 147 كانـت قـیم حـدود الكـشف مـساویة إلـى . لطریقتـي تتراسـیانواثیلیین وبرومـوكریزول األخـضر علـى التـوالي1-سـم .1-مـول . لتـر5 لم.م مایكرو غرا0.034 و0.043 -1 سـم.م مـایكرو غـرا0.188 و 0.122 وقـیم حـساسیة سـاندل هـي -1 . للطـریقتین علـى التـوالي . ن بنجاح لتقدیر االمتربتلین في أقراص دوائیة من مناشى مختلفة وكانت دقة وتوافق النتائج مقبولةاطبقت الطریقت ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 development of two new spectropho tometeric methods for the determination of amitriptyline in pharmaceutical preparation using univariate and simplex optimization a. k . mohamme d de partment of chemistry, college of education, ibn al-haitham university of baghdad abstrac t tw o simp le and sens itive sp ectrop hotometric methods are prop osed for the determination of amitripty line in its p ure form and in t ablets. t he first method is based on the formation of charge transfer comp lex between amitrip ty line as n-donor and tetracyano-ethy lene (t cne) as πaccep tor. t he p roduct exhibit absorbance maximum at 470 nm in acetonitrile solv ent (ph =9.0 ) . in the second method the absorbance of the ionp air comp lex, which is form ed between the sought ed drug and bromocresol green (bcg), was measured at 415 nm at ( p h=3.5) . in addition t o classical univar iate optimization, modified simp lex method (m sm ) was app lied in the opt imization of the variable affectin g the color p roducin g r eaction by a geometric simp lex in three dimensions of sp ace. beers , law was obey ed in the concent ration ranges 6.0-70 and 8.0-100 µg.m l -1 with molar absorbitivites of 2275 and 1475 l. mol -1 cm -1 for tcne and bcg methods resp ectively . t he limits of detection of t he two methods are 0.043 and 0.034 µg.ml -1 and their sandells sensit ivity values are 0.122 and 0.188 µ g.ml-1 resp ectively . introductio n amitripty line is chem ically 3-(10,11-dihy dro-5h-dibenz o[a,d]cy cloheptene-5-y lidene)n,n-dimethy l-1-p rop anamine, a tricy clic antidepressant drug, widely used for treating clinical dep ression, neuropathic pain , nocturnal enuresis, and attention-deficit hyp eractivity disorder (adhd) [1] , but it has also been used successfully for head ache, anxiety , smoking cessation, bulimia nervosa, p ersist ent hiccups and as an adjunct in schizophrenia [2]. the vital imp ort ance of this drug p romp ted the develop ment of various analytical methods for its determination , these methods include capillary electrop horesis [3,4] high p erformance liquid chromatography [5,6], gas chromato grap hy [7,8], p otentiometric [9,10] , chemom etric [11], and spectrop hotometry [12-18]. π-accep tors such as 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p -benz o-quinone(ddq), 7,7,8,8tetracy anoquino-dimethane(t cnq), tetracy ano-et hylene(tcne), 2,4,7-trinitroflurene-9one(tnf), 2,5-dihydroxy -3,6-dichloro-p -benz oquinone( p chloranilic acid) are known to yield charge transfer comp lexes and r adical ions with a v ariety of electron donors such as cephalosp orins [19] , gabap entin [20] , lor atadine [21] and ranitidine [22] . on the other hand, ionp air extraction sp ectrop hotometry has been received aconsid erable attention for quantitative est imation of p harmaceut ical comp ound . bromop henol blue (bpb), methylene blue (m b) , bromocresol p urp le (bcp) and thy mol blue (t b) were widely used as ionpairing reagents for the quant itative analy sis of many pharmaceutical co mp ounds [23-25] . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 in exp eriment al chemist ry , the op timization of technical syst ems is the p rocess of adjust ing the control var iables t o find t he levels that achieve the best opt imization. usually , many conflictin g r esp onse must be optimized simultaneously. in lack of syst ematic ap p roaches the opt imization is done by “ trial-anderror”, or by chan gin g on e cont rol var iable at a time while holdin g the rest const ant, such methods requires a lot of exp eriment s to be carried out. simplex opt imization of exp eriment al p arameters was first introduced by spendley [26] and then modif ied by nelder [27] and a ber g [28] . t he method found a lot of ap p lications in the felid of analytical chemistry [29-32] , because it offers the cap ability of opt imizing several factors simultaneously depending on a statistical design search to find t he maxima or m inima of response, by rejectin g the point p roducing the worst response and a replacement of it by the new p oint which is obt ained statistically. the p resent work est ablished an imp roved sp ectrop hotometric method for the determination of amitrip tyline by exp loiting its basic nature and e lectrondonatin g p rop erty. the determination is based on charge transfer reaction with tcne and ion – association comp lexation with bromocresol green (bcg) and the optimization of chemical sp ectrop hotometric variables of the p roposed methods namely p h, reagent amount and reaction time were studied by using bot h class ical univ ariate and modified simplex. the multivariate simplex op timization was carr ied out via comp uter p rogram [33] adapted to fit p ersonal micro comput er. experime ntal apparatus: a shim adz u ( model 1601 uvvisible sp ectrop hotometer from shimadzu, koy oto, japan ) with 1cm glass cells was used for absorban ce measure ments.ph – meter model pw-9421 from philip s was used for all ph measurements . m aterials and reagents all chemical used were of analytical r eagent grad e unl ess ot herwiseamitrip ty linehy drochloride st andard p owder materials (p urity 99.8%) were provided from the state company for drug industries and m edical app liances s amar a-iraq ( sdi). 1tcne 1.6x 10 -3 m solution, p repared by dissolving 20.5 mg of the reagent in 100 ml of acetonitrile by using volu metric flask. 2bcg 1x10 -3 m solution p rep ared by dissolving 36.0 mg of the reagent in 50 ml dist illed water by using volum etric flask. 3pht halate buffer (p h=3.60).to 250 ml of 0.2m potassium hy drogen p hthalate 11.90 ml of 0.2m hcl was added and then the solution was diluted to a final volum e 1000m l with dist illed water [34] . standard a mitriptyline solutions: 1solution for tcne p rocedure (250 µg.ml 1 ): 50 m g of a mitriptyline base was dissolved in 50 ml of methanol, then the solut ion was made alkaline (p h=9.0) with a drop wise of 0.2n sodium hy droxide.the solution was quantitatively transferred into a sep arating funnel and shaken with four 10 ml p ort ions of chloroform.t he extracts were p ooled by filtration through a filter p ap er cont aining anhy drous sodium sulp hate into a 200 ml volumetric f lask and diluted to volum e with chlorofor m. this was diluted to get a working concentration of 100 µg/ml . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 2solution for bcg procedure (250 µg. ml -1 ) : 50 mg of amitrip tyline base was diss olved in 200 ml of methanol by using vo lumetric flask. procedures: calibration graphs 1tcne me thod: serial vo lumes of standard solution ran ging fro m 0.60 to 7.0 ml wer e transferred t o 10 ml volumetric flasks , then 1.50 ml of t cne reagent was add ed, and allowed to stand for 30 min at 25 0 c and t hen diluted to volume wit h acetonitrile. the absorbance was measured at 470nm against reagent blank. 2bcg me thod: serial volumes of standard solution rangin g 0.32 to 4.0 ml were transferred individually into 25 ml sep arating funnel, then 1 ml of bcg solution and t hree ml p hthalate buffer (p h= 3.6 ) were added.t he for med comp lex was extracted for 2 min with two 5 m l p ortions of chloroform. the extracts were p ooled by filtration through a filter p ap er cont aining anhy drous sodium sulp hate int o a 10 ml volum etric flask and di luted to volume with chlorofor m, and then the absorbanc e was measured at 415 nm against reagent blank. procedure for the dete rminati on of amitri ptyline in pharmaceutical preparati on: tcne me thod: t en tablets were fine ly p owdered and m ixed .an accur ately weighed qu antity equivalent to the drug base conc entration ment ioned in the standard solution p reparation was dissolved by shaking with 50 ml d ist illed water . the solution was made alkaline (ph=9.0) with a drop wise addition of 0.2n sodium hy droxide. the resulted solution was quantitatively transferred into a sep arating funnel and shaken with four 10 ml p ortions of chloroform. t he extracts were p ooled by filtrat ion through a filter p ap er cont aining anhy drous sodium sulp hate into a 200 ml volumetric f lask and di luted to volum e with ch loroform. the p rocedure was cont inued as described under t he p rep aration of calibration grap hs [24]. bcg me thod : ten tablets were finely p owdered and mixed .an accurately weighed quant ity equivalent to t he drug base concentration, ment ioned in the st andard solution p reparation, was dissolved in 200 ml of methanol by using volumetric flask .the p rocedure was continued as described under the prep aration of calibration gra ghs [24]. results and discussion charge transfer complexation: the reaction of am itrip ty line with tcne in acetonitrile solvent result s in t he formation an intense red brown color comp lex, which exh ibits an absorp tion maximum at 470 nm (fig 1). this absorption band formed is the results of the formation of charge-transfer comp lex through the interaction of t cne as a π a ccept or and the st udied drug as n-donor fo llowed by the form ation of colored rad ical anion accord in g to t he following sch eme [22,24,35,36]: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 formation of a radical anion in such molecular interactions was confirmed by electron-sp in resonance measurement s [37]. o ptimization of experi mental variable s: i. univariate me thod effect of p h: the effect of p h on the develop ment of t he colored comp lex between amitripty line and tcne is shown in (fig 2). the p h being adjusted with few drop s of 0.1 m hcl and 0.1 m naoh. m aximum and constant absorbance were obtained in the p h range 9.0-9.5.the absorbance de creased at p h value above 9.5 and below 9.0. h ence a p h of 9.0 was used in all the subsequent exp erimental work. effect of reage nt: various vo lumes of tcne solution were add ed to 40µg.m l -1 of amitrip ty line solution. 1.5 ml of 1.6 x 10 -4 m of tcne was found to be enou gh t o develop the co lor to its full intensity and was considered to be the op timum for the concentration ran ge of amitrip tyline 6.0-75 µg.ml -1 (fig 3). effect of reacti on time: the color intensit y reached a maximum after the amitrip ty line was reacted with t cne for 30 minutes (fig 4), therefore 30 m inutes develop ment time was selected as op timum in the gen eral p rocedure . the color obtained was st able for at least 2 hours . s toichiometry of the complex : the stoichiometry of the reaction between amitriptyline and tcne was st udied by mole ratio method (fig 5). the results obtained shows that 1:1 amitripty line to tcne was formed at 470nm, therefore the formation of t he comp lex can be r ep resented as in followin g scheme [22,35] : ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 ii. simplex optimization: to set the simplex op timization of the three st udied variables, four exp eriment al conditions should be chosen involve values for p h, reagent volume and st anding time. the values of the four exp eriment al condit ions were sel ected with sp ecific boundar ies for each at which it affects the absorpt ion s ignal of t he color ed p roduct (t able1). the absorbencies of these four initial exp eriments were measured and the results were feed to the comput er p rogram. the program then starts simp lex by searchin g the worse absorption signal and ref lects it in ahyp er-p lane of the remaining p oints t o p roduce a new set of exp erimental conditions, which were app lied to carry out the exp eriment and the measured absorption signal was feeded again to the p rogram. the p rocess is rep eated successively unt il opt imum conditions wer e obt ained (i.e. cond itions yieldin g h ighest absorpt ion signal). the p rocedure is cont inued for furt her few exp eriments to ensure that the opt imum conditions are reached (t able 2 and figure 6). values of the results obtained by app ly ing simp lex program are shown in figure 7. calibration graph: employ ing the experimental conditions describ ed under p rocedure, a linear calibr ation graph for amitrip tyline is obtained (fig 8), which shows that beers law was obey ed in the concentration ran ge 6.0-70 µ g.m l -1 . ion-pair com ple xation: the amitripty line solution reacted with bcg solution in aqu eous solution in acidic medium to form a yellow color ion p air complex, whi ch exhib its an absorp tion maximum band at 415nm against reagent blank (f ig 9). o ptimization of experi mental variable s: ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 i. univariate me thod: effect of p h: in order to est ablished the opt imum p h range , amitrip ty line solution was mixed with asp ecified volu me of bcg , and then the p h was adjusted t o a value between 2.0-6.0 with a few drops of 0.1n naoh or 0.1n hcl .m aximum and constant absorbances were obtained in the ph range 3.5-4.0 (fig 10) . the absorban ce was de creased at p h value above 4.0 and below 3.50. hence a ph of 4.0 was used in all the subsequent exp erimental work. effect of reage nt: the influence of excess reagent con centration on the absorbance of the comp lex is illustrat ed in (fig 11). one ml of 1.6x10 -4 m solution of bcg was found enough to develop the color and reached its maximum intensity . effect of s haki ng time: the op timum shaking time for the comp lete extraction of the ion pair comp lex with chloroform was st udied from 30 s econd to 3 minutes (fig12). it was found t hat the minimum shaking time for comp lete extraction w as 2 minutes at room t emp erature (25± 1 c o ) . s toichiometry of the complex: the stoichiometry of t he reaction between amitrip ty line and bcg was st udied by mole ratio method (fig13). the results obt ained shows that 1:1 amitrip ty line to bcg was formed at 415 nm, therefore the formation of the comp lex can be rep resent ed as in following scheme [24,25] : ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 ii. simplex optimization: the same st ep s of simp lex p rogram, within t he given boundary condit ions (t able 3), were followed to op timize the exp eriment al conditions. results are shown in figure 14, 15 and table 4. calibration graph employ ing the experimental conditions, a linear calibration gr ap h for amitrip ty line is obt ained (fig 16), which shows that beers law was obeyed in the concent ration ran ge of 8.0-100 µg.ml-1. s pectral characte ristic of the two propose d methods: under the opt imum exp erimental cond itions of the two prop osed methods, the regression p lots show ed t hat there were linear d ep endence of absorbance sign als on the con centration of the drug in the ranges given in table 5. the regression equations and correlation coefficient s, which were obt ained by the linear least –squares treatment of the result s in addition to the molar absorptivites, detection limits , and sandell sensitivities are given in t able 5. the accuracies of the two p roposed methods were est ablished by p erforming seven rep licate analyses on st andard solutions containing three different amount s of drug and calculatin g the p ercentage error. the precisions were determined by calculatin g the relative st andard deviations (rsd) for seven determinations at each level table 6. it is clear from the results that at all of the three studied levels , the values of the mean ( ) were less than the values of indet ermin ate error ( ), indicating that no si gnificant differ ences existed between the mean and t he true values. table 7 shows that the two p rop osed methods have accept able linear ity ranges, acceptable p recisions and accura cies when they compared with ot her methods. analyti cal application: the p rop osed methods were app lied to determine amitripty line in p harmaceutical p reparation tablets. t he results, p resented in t able 8, reveal t hat the recover ies were in the ran ge of 94.56 to 100.20 %, r eflecting hi gh accur acies and p recisions of the p rop osed methods as indicated by low rsd values. references 1biederman,j. and spencer ,t . (1999). biol psychiatry , 46(9) :1234-42. 2m ico,j.; ardid,d. ; berrocoso,e. and eschalier, a. (2006) t rends pharmacol sci , 27(7 ): 348-54. 3kou,h .s. ; chen,c.c. ; huang,h.y. ; ko,w.k . ; wu,h.i. and wu s.m. (2004) analyt ica chimica acta, 525(1): 23-30. 4wu,s.m . and chen,s.h. (2000).analy tica chimica acta, 443(1-2) :125-129. 5yoshida ,h. ; hidak a ,k. ; ishida ,j. ; nohta ,h. and yamaguch i , m . (2000).analytica chimica acta, 413(1)18 m ay : 137-145(9). 6linden,r.; ant unes, m .v .; z iulkoski,a.l.; win gert, m .; tonello,p. ;tzvetkov m . and a.a.souto.(2008). j .braz.chem.soc. 19(1): 34-41. 7ulrich,s. ; isensee,t. and pest er u. (1996). journal of chromatograp hy .b:biomed ical app lication, 685(1): 81-89. 8f eng, s.; sun, j .; liu, y. ; li,y. and w an g, f. (1996).yaowu fenxi zazhi 16(2):75-78. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 9el-nashar,r.m .; abdel chani, n.t . and bioumy ,a.a. (2004) m icrochemical journal, 68(2):107-113. 10wan g,c.y. ; hu,x.y. ; l en g,z.z and jin ,g.d. (2003) .electroanalysis, 15(8):709 714. 11markopoulou,c.k. ; malliou,e.t . and koundourellis, j.e.(2005)j ournal of pharmaceutical and biomed ical analy sis, 37(2) :383-387. 12karp inska,j. and szostak, j. (2005).spectrochim act a a m ol biol spctrosc, 61(5): 975-81. 13mohamed ,g.g .; el-dein, f a.; m ohamed ,na. (2007). spectrochim acta a m ol biomol spectrsc. 31:68(5): 1244-9. 14misiuk,w. and tarasiewicz, m. (1998). analytical letters, 31(7) : 1197-1207. 15aman,j. ; kaz i,a.a. ; hussain,m .i ; firdous,s. and khan ,i.u. (2000). analytical letters, 33(12) : 2477-2490. 16misiuk,w. and puz anowska-tarasiewicz ,h. (2002). analytical lett ers, 35(7):1163 1170. 17karp inska,j. and suszynska ,j. (2001). journal of t race and m icroprobe techniques, 9(3): 355-364. 18onah ,j.o. (2005). g lobal journal of pure and app lied sciences, 11(2) : 237-240. 19gamal,a. ; hussan,f . ; ibrahim,a. and abde l-nasser a. (2003). analytical sciences, 19 : 281-287. 20salem ,h. (2008) .african journa l of pharmacy and pharmacolo gy , 2 (7):136-144. 21basavaiah ,k . and ch aran , v.s (2002). science asia 28 : 359-364. 22walash,m .; sharafel-din, m .; m etawalli ,e. s and red ashabana ,m. (2004).a rch pharm res, 27(7): 720-727. 23betello ,j.c. and perez, g. (1995). t alanta, 42(1): 105-108. 24elham, a.; suzan,m . ; hisham ,e. and m agda, m . (2002). microchim .acta, 140: 175-182. 25basavaiah ,k . and ch aran, v.s. (2004). scienc e as ia, 30 : 163-170. 26sp endely ,w. ; hext ,g.r. and himsworth f.r. (1962). t echnometrics, 4 : 441-461. 27nelder ,j.a. and m ead ,r.a (1965). comp uter journal, 7 : 308-313. 28alberg ,e.r. and gustavsson a.g. (1982).analytica chimica acta, 144: 39-53. 29sultan,s.m .; suliman, f.e. ; duffuaa s.o. and abu-abdoun ,i.i. (1992).analyst, (7): 1179-1186. 30sultan ,s.m . and el-m ubarak ,a.h. (1996). op timized by the modified simplex p rocedure, talant a, 43 : 569-576. 31momenbeik,f. ; m omeniz ,z. and kharasani ,j.h. (2005). journal of pharmaceut ical and biomedical analy sis, 37(2) : 383-387. 32pulgar in,j.a.; molina ,a. and pardo ,m .i. (2002). talanta, 57 : 795-805. 33wade,a.p. universit y college swansea, wales, cited in s.al-najafi.(1984) .t hesis, university of wales, university college of swanse a 34vo gel,i. atext books of macro and semimicro quant itative in or ganic ana lysis (1959).4 th .edn.p age :645. 35abdellatef ,h.e. (1998). journal of pharmaceut ical and b iomed ical analy sis, 17: 1267-1271. 36al-ghannam ,s. and belal ,f. (2002) j.ao ac int , 85 : 1003. 37abdel hamid, m.e.; abdel salam,m .;m ahrous, m .s. and a bdel-khalek, m.m . (1985). t alanta, 36 :1002-1004. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 fig.(1): absor ption spectra of: (a) 40 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline, 2.4 x 10 -4 m tcne at ph=9.0 agai nst reagent blank; (b) 2.4 x 10-4m tcne in acetonitrile against distille d wate r. fig.(2): effe ct of ph on the absorbance of : 40 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline, 2.4 x 10-4 m tcne at 470 nm fig.(3): effe ct of reage nt vol ume on the absorbance of 40 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline solution. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 fig.(4): effect of standing ti me on the absorbance of 40 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline, 2.4 x 10 -4 m tcne at ph=9.0. fig.(5): mole ratio plot of ami triptyl ine determined via charge-transfer me thod. fig.(6): experi mental si mplex study of variables resulting in ph=9, reagent vol ume=1.5ml, and standing time=30min. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 fig. (7): o ptimization of absorption signal via simplex changing of ph, reage nt volume, and standing time . fig.(8): c alibrati on graph of amitriptyline with 2.4 x 10 -4 m tcne at 460 nm. fig.(9): absor ption spectra of: (a) 45 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline, 1.0 x 10 -4 m bcg at ph=3.5 agai nst reagent blank; (b) 1.0 x 10 -4 m bcg in chloform against distilled wate r. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 fig.(10): effe ct of ph on the absorbance of : 45 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline, 1.0 x 10 -4 m bc g at 415 nm fig.(11): effe ct of reagent vol ume on the absorbance of 45 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline solu tion. fig.(12): effe ct of sh aking ti me on the absorbance of 45 µg.ml -1 amitriptyline, 1.0 x 10 -4 m bcg. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 fig.(13): mole ratio plot of amitriptyline determined via i on-pair method fig.(14): experi mental simplex study of variables resulting in ph=1.2, re agent vol ume=1.2ml, and shakin g time=90 sec. fig.(15): o ptimization of absorption signal via simplex changing of ph, reage nt vol ume, and shaking ti me. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 fig.(16): calibration graph of amitriptyline with 1.0 x 10 -4 m bc g at 415 nm. table (1): boundary conditi ons for the studied variable s variable range p h 6-11 reagent volume (ml) 0.3-3.0 standin g time (min) 5-60 table ( 2): absorbance for e ach of the simplexes in the optimizati on of color producing reaction variables table (3): boundary conditi ons for the studied variable s variable range p h 2-6 reagent volume ( ml) 0.2-2.0 standin g time (sec) 30-180 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 operation ph reagent vol ume(ml ) time (min) absorban ce simpl ex 1 8.0 1.2 35 0.200 simpl ex 2 10. 0 2.4 20 0.267 simpl ex 3 8.5 2.1 15 0.239 simpl ex 4 6.0 1.8 30 0.246 simpl ex 5 9.0 3.0 5 0.212 simpl ex 6 8.5 1.8 30 0.297 simpl ex 7 8.0 1.8 35 0.287 simpl ex 8 11. 0 2.1 30 0.279 simpl ex 9 8.0 1.2 35 0.279 simpl ex 10 10. 0 2.4 25 0.259 simpl ex 11 8.5 1.5 35 0.310 simpl ex 12 8.5 1.8 30 0.297 simpl ex 13 6.0 1.2 35 0.246 simpl ex 14 9.5 1.8 30 0.335 simpl ex 15 10. 0 1.8 25 0.289 simpl ex 16 9.5 1.8 30 0.335 simpl ex 17 10. 0 1.8 30 0.311 simpl ex 18 10. 5 2.1 25 0.259 simpl ex 19 9.0 1.5 30 0.350 simpl ex 20 9.5 1.8 30 0.335 simpl ex 21 8.5 1.5 30 0.310 simplex 22 9.5 1.8 30 0.335 table (4): absorbance for each of the simplexes in the optimizati on of color pro ducing re action variables op eration p h reagent volu me(m l) time (sec) absorbance simplex 1 3.0 1.6 90 0.203 simplex 2 3.0 0.6 60 0.166 simplex 3 3.5 1.4 120 0.240 simplex 4 5.5 1.8 30 0.138 simplex 5 2.0 0.8 120 0.180 simplex 6 3.0 2.0 120 0.198 simplex 7 4.5 2.0 120 0.198 simplex 8 2.0 1.2 120 0.200 simplex 9 3.0 0.8 120 0.207 simp lex 10 4.5 1.4 120 0.221 simp lex 11 4.0 1.0 120 0.250 simp lex 12 5.0 1.6 120 0.212 simp lex 13 4.5 0.6 120 0.193 simp lex 14 3.5 1.2 90 0.250 simp lex 15 3.0 0.8 120 0.207 simp lex 16 4.0 1.2 120 0.250 table (5): analytical characteristics for the two methods. parameter tcne method bcg method linear dy namic ran ge (µg.ml -1 ) 6.0-70 8.0-100 regr ession equation abs= 0.008conc.+0.027 abs=0.005conc.+0.007 slop e (b) (l.m g -1 .cm -1 ) 0.008 0.005 int ercep t (a) 0.027 0.007 correlation coeff icient 0.9998 0.9999 m olar absorp tivity l.mol -1 .cm -1 2275 1475.50 detection limit (µg.ml -1 )* 0.043 0.034 sande ll sensit ivity (µg.ml-1) 0.122 0.188 *calculated for single an alysis at 99.9 confidence limit. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 table(6): evaluati on of accuracy and precision of the two methods. it em tcne method bcg method concentration of amitrip ty line t aken ( µg.ml1 ) 15.00 25.00 35.00 30.00 20.00 50.00 concentration of amitrip ty line found ( µg.ml -1 ) * 15.03 24.85 34.75 30.13 20.24 50.21 error % 0.20 0.60 0.71 0.43 0.24 0.42 standard deviation 0.11 0.59 0.59 0.39 0.41 0.30 r.s.d % (n= 7) 0.76 2.40 1.71 1.29 2.06 0.61 0.03 0.15 0.25 0.13 0.24 0.21 0.10 0.52 0.52 0.34 0.37 0.27 * m ean value of s even det erminations (n) at each level. =mean value , µ= true value. t= 2.36 for n=7 at 95% confidence level. s =standard deviation. table (7): comparison of linearties of the two proposed me thods with those from other spectrophotome tric methods for dete rmination of amitriptyline in pharmace utical formulation. * extra ctive pro cedure reagent beers law limit µg.m l-1 referenc es niobium (v) thiocy anate 1.0-12 16 1.0-30 12 potassium thiocy anate * 3.0-60 14 ammonium mo lybdate 1.0-140 15 bromocresol p urple * 30-200 13 chloranilic a cid 8.7-90 18 tcne 6.0-75 this work bcg 8.0-100 this work ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i. vo l. 22 (4) 2009 table (8): results of anal yses of pharmaceutical preparations containing amitriptyline by tcne method and bcg me thod. § n = 4 * m arked by s.d.i, iraq. ♦ m arked by msd-usa. ◊ m arked by hm -holden bv-holland dep resol * 25mg tryp tizol ♦ 25mg amitripty line ◊ 25 mg m ethod taken (µ.ml 1) found (µ.ml 1) § m ean recovery% § r.s.d.% taken (µ.ml 1) found (µ.ml 1) § m ean recovery % § r.s.d.% taken (µ.ml 1) found (µ.ml 1) § mean recovery % § r.s.d.% 15.00 14.95 99.68 0.98 15.00 14.84 98.94 1.98 25.00 24.84 99.38 1.18 25.00 24.84 99.38 1.18 30.00 29.42 98.09 0.90 35.00 34.84 94.56 0.81 charge transfer method 45.00 44.52 98.94 0.71 45.00 44.52 98.94 0.71 50.00 49.77 99.55 1.84 15.00 14.92 99.46 0.82 15.00 14.91 99.40 0.71 20.00 19.74 98.71 0.66 30.00 29.87 99.56 0.66 35.00 35.07 100.20 0.50 40.00 39.89 99.75 0.91 ion-pair method 60.00 59.71 99.51 0.87 60.00 59.60 99.33 1.01 70.00 69.92 99.88 0.41 37-m .e.abdel hamid, m . abdel salam, m.s. m ahrous and m .m.abdel-khalek, utility of 7,7,8,8-tetracy anoquinodimethane and p chloranilic acid in the qualitative and qu antitative analysis microsoft word 43-54 physics | 43 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 study of the natural radioactivity of selected samples of the oil of alnada district in najaf heiyam najy hady shahad fadel kadim department of physics,university of kufa, faculty of education for girls, najaf, iraq hiyamn.alkhafaji@uokufa.edu.iq article history: received 19 september 2018, accepted 15 october 2018, published december 2018 abstract this study reported activity concentration of 238 u, 232 th, 40 k in 50 soil samples alnada district najaf governorate iraq measurement using gamma ray spectrometer nai (ti) (3x3). the activity concentrations of natural radionuclides are found to range from (31.319 0.741 bq.kg-1 to (1.1583 ± 0.0821) bq.kg-1with average (11.851 0.281) bq.kg1 of uranium 238u. from (1.117±0.048) bq.kg-1 to (23.948 0.649) bq.kg-1 with an average of (6.283 0.148 ) bq.kg-1 for thorium 232th,.from(13.592±0.282) bq.kg-1 to (705.834 6.179) bq.kg-1 and average (265.494 1.445) bq.kg-1 potassium40k , equivalent radium from (12.489 0.328) bq.kg-1 to (84.199 1.911) bq.kg-1 and average (40.078 0.564) bq.kg-1 , internal hazard index from (0.039) bq.kg-1to( 0.256) bq.kg-1 and average( 0.139) bq.kg-1,external hazard index ranged from( 0.033) bq.kg-1 to (0.227) bq.kg-1 and average( 0.108) bq.kg-1 values either of absorbed dose in air from (5.728 0.150) ngy/h to (42.667 0.901) ngy/h and average(19.914 0.264) ngy/h , internal annual effective dose from (0.028 0.0005) msv/y to (0.209 0.0044) msv/y and average (0.097 0.0013) msv/y, external annual effective dose from (0.0070 0.0001) msv/y to (0.0523 0.001) msv/y and average (0.0244 0.0003) msv/y the results were found to be comparable or lower than similar global reporting data. according to this, research soil the area can be considered to have a normal level of natural background radiation keywords: s oil, natural radioactivity, concentrations, nai (ti) 1. introduction human environment is radioactive human begins with exposure to radiation from sources such as the universe rays. natural radionuclides the water in, air, soil and plants and artificial radioactivity of sediment in nuclear test medical application. gamma radiation from natural radionuclides and cosmic rays constitute external exposure and those from inhalation, ingestion food and drinking water constitute internal exposure humanity. [1] estimated 80% dose contribution natural radionuclides in the environment the remaining 20% come from cosmic rays and nuclear process natural radionuclides disturbing the terrestrial environment is mainly potassium (40k) and uranium (238u) thorium (232th) and radioactive gas radon these naturally occurring radioisotopes are produced by decay radon directly from the ground the decay of natural radium is the main source radium radiation exposure [2]. natural radioactivity is very extensive spread in the global environment and mainly depends on geological and geographical conditions .and appears in different levels of soil in all regions of the world [3]. it is necessary to explain the methods used in this study including gammaspectroscopy to determine the concentration of radioisotopes in the soil of radioisotopes in the soil, as they establish the radioactive pathways of humans, plants and animals, and are physics | 44 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 indicators of environmental accumulation [4]. the scintillator detector is based on scintillation or luminescence. the crystals of organic and inorganic materials contain activator atoms that fluoresce after absorbing radiation and are then referred to as phosphors. for inorganic phosphors, scintillation phosphors include strontium activated in nai (ti) [5]. the iodine atom of nai (ti) provides high gamma ray absorption coefficients and inherent efficiency, and the probability of complete absorption at low energy is very high. compared with semiconductor detectors (hpge), this type of detector has the best energy resolution detector [7, 6]. the detector used in work is the active area nai (ti) scintillation detector (3x3). 2. experimental technical calculation in this study, variety of soil samples 50 in al-nada district-najaf governorate -iraq in deep 5 cm from the surface of ground. the study area was divided into najaf and alwhich represents the al-nada neighborhood without the camp area, 35 samples collected from different places. the second section, which represents the camp area, which collected 15 samples randomly, then were taken in a clean plastic container, after drying the samples using an oven at temperature 50 c , to obtain a net weight, and milling process using a sieve with 1 mm diameter to obtain an equal size .then were kept moisture-free before radioactivity measurement in an oven for (30) minute to reach a constant weight and avoid any humidity adsorption samples were be ready to the measure u238, th232 and k40 concentration using this technique. the location of the studied area using global positioning system (gps) figure 1. iraq map showing najaf governorate figure 1. iraq map. physics | 45 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 2. shows the al-nada distract map. 3. experimental technology to measure the gamma activity concentration of naturally occurring radionuclides in soil samples, namely 238u, 232th and 40k. the gamma ray spectrum of the scintillation detector [8] nai (ti) from ortec has an effective area of "3 x 3" inches (fig. 1), an energy resolution of 7.9%, and an efficiency of 4.6% at 662 kev. energy calibration and efficiency calibration of the gamma spectrometer were performed using nuclear reactors (60co, 137cs, 22na and 54mn). in the physics department, there are seven gamma ray emitters ranging from 511 kev to 2500 kev. the minimum detection limits (lld) for 238u, 232th and 40k are 3.17 bq.kg-1, 1.2 bq.kg-1 and 11.54 bq.kg-1, respectively. the standard source is placed on the detector, the geometric matching is exactly matched to the geometric sample form, and the distance between the sample and the detector is the same. in some cases, there may be a source of radiation in the counting chamber, rather than the source of the measurement (referred to as the radioactive background). therefore, shielding must be used to reduce the radioactive background. the shield used in this study consists of two layers, the first layer is stainless steel with a width of (30 mm) and the second layer is lead [9,10] physics | 46 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 1. concentration of uranium, potassium, thorium and his geological information on soil samples location. samples location latitude(°e) longitude(°n) specific activity bq/kg u238 th232 k40 1 e 044 ˑ18.164 n32ˑ03.238 9.339±0.227 5.039±0.101 415.462±1.580 2 e 044 ˑ18.617 n 32ˑ03.434 6.219±0.185 8.161±0.129 ld 3 e 044 ˑ18.294n32 ˑ02.921 10.025±0.235 6.888±0.118 105.385±0.796 4 e 044 ˑ18.332 n32 ˑ03.364 9.047±0.223 5.584±0.106 330.575±1.409 5 e 044 ˑ18.517 n32 ˑ04.230 19.982±0.327 7.457±0.121 231.845±1.165 6 e 044 ˑ17.727 n 32 ˑ04.076 16.097±0.296 4.380±0.939 150.773±0.945 7 e 044 ˑ18.816 n32 ˑ04. 090 10.230±0.235 8.239±0.128 315.661±1.364 8 e 044 ˑ17.430 n32 ˑ03.213 8.601±0.217 4.241±0.092 115.97±0.833 9 044 ˑ18.055 n 32 ˑ04.014 e 13.999±0.276 7.816±0.125 272.748±1.274 10 e 044 ˑ18.411 n 32 ˑ04.009 22.157±0.349 6.509±0.115 297.646±1.336 11 e 044 ˑ17.666 n32 ˑ03.034 9.736±0.234 1.117±0.048 250.888±1.240 12 e 044 ˑ18.826 n 32 ˑ04.712 12.453±0.270 2.802±0.078 274.001±1.324 13 044 ˑ17.792 n 32 ˑ03.053 e ld 2.396±0.074 307.026±1.444 14 e 044 ˑ18.842 n 32.05.929 1.158±0.082 4.287±0.096 268.189±1.303 15 e 044 ˑ17.842n32 ˑ05.181 9.126±0.234 3.256±0.085 274.831±1.341 16 e 044 ˑ18.191 n 32.05.491 8.353±0.219 3.979±0.092 244.231±1.240 17 044 ˑ18.539 n 32 ˑ05.745 e 4.785±0.168 1.708±0.061 380.269±.1.568 18 044 ˑ18.978n32 ˑ03.583 e 7.274±0.200 4.182±0.092 352.066±1.434 19 044 ˑ18.167 n 32 ˑ03.727 e 9.425±0.228 4.674±0.097 395.524±1.543 20 e 044 ˑ18.122n32 ˑ04.825 8.535±0.217 1.997±0.997 381.799±1.514 21 044 ˑ18.289n32 ˑ04.901 e 8.355±0.217 1.780±0.061 395.881±1.562 22 e 044 ˑ18.386 n 32 ˑ04.274 21.323±0.355 1.450±0.056 287.497±1.360 23 044 ˑ18.318n32 ˑ04.040 e 4.688±0.161 8.080±0.129 281.886±1.308 24 e 044 ˑ17.874 n 32 ˑ04.177 12.575±0.267 ld 158.413±0.991 25 044 ˑ18.178 n 32 ˑ04.227 e 15.363±0.301 3.546±0.088 221.693±1.195 26 044 ˑ18.415 n 32 ˑ04.387 e 15.551±0.294 2.678±0.074 368.738±1.494 27 044 ˑ18.764 n 32 ˑ04.371 e 19.156±0.350 6.615±0.125 249.305±1.320 28 044 ˑ18.576 n 32 ˑ04.072 e 4.0676±0.149 2.960±0.077 234.832±1.187 29 044 ˑ19.134 n 32 ˑ05.590 e 10.206±0.256 7.791±0.136 303.618±1.460 30 044 ˑ18.924n 32 ˑ03.754 e 9.563±0.246 5.677±0.1155 369.703±1.599 31 0444 ˑ19.051n 32 ˑ03.691 e 3.301±0.147 5.500±0.116 204.644±1.201 32 044 ˑ18.901 n 32 ˑ03.886 e 3.659±0.154 7.966±0.138 280.366±1.411 33 e 044 ˑ19.154n32 ˑ04.026 24.207±0.380 10.086±0.149 166.349±1.416 physics | 47 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 2. internal and external hazard index, and radium equivalent in soil samples. 34 044 ˑ18.677 n 32 ˑ03.975 e 19.338±0.351 6.754±0.126 190.616±1.152 35 044 ˑ19.817n 32 ˑ04.670 e 2.086±0.108 4.987±0.101 195.395±1.093 36 044 ˑ18.155n 32 ˑ04.255 e 7.127±0.226 8.750±0.151 327.893±1.603 37 044 ˑ19.149 n 32 ˑ04.255 e 9.168±0.240 6.543±0.123 392.18±1.640 38 044 ˑ19.144 n 32 ˑ04.254 e 9.625±0.242 7.131±0.126 363.014±1.551 39 044 ˑ18.18 n 32 ˑ04.029 e 3.336±0.142 4.477±0.100 323.503±1.464 40 044 ˑ18.916 n 32 ˑ04.035 e 29.332±0.401 3.171±0.080 114.524±0.827 41 044 ˑ18.912 n32 ˑ04.044 e 7.430 0.594 23.948 0.649 286.045 3.851 42 044 ˑ18.911 n 32 ˑ04.046 e 10.896 0.741 13.231 0.496 266.496 3.825 43 044 ˑ18.870n32 ˑ04.055 e ld 1.705 0.058 142.469 0.889 44 044 ˑ18.905n32 ˑ04.660 e 10.633 0.726 13.399 0.495 705.834 6.179 45 e 044 ˑ18.912n32 ˑ04.069 4.538±0.164 9.099±0.141 115.923±0.868 46 044 ˑ18.913n32 ˑ04.069 e 6.939±0.193 3.148±0.079 13.592±0.282 47 044 ˑ18.915n32 ˑ04.180 e 23.623±0.358 5.906±0.108 223.463±1.150 48 044 ˑ18.920n 32 ˑ04..085 e 15.225±0.321 5.047±0.112 269.409±1.411 49 044 ˑ18.921n32 ˑ04.089 e 31.319±0.741 4.960±0.105 245.788±1.274 50 e 044 ˑ18.921 n 32 ˑ04.026 29.694±0.418 6.280±0.117 202.917±1.142 average 11.851 0.281 6.283 0.148 265.494 1.445 maximum 31.319 0.741 23.948 0.649 705.834 6.179 minimum 1.1583±0.0821 1.117±0.048 13.5920.282 world wide average [3] 33 45 420 samples internal hazard index 𝟏inh external hazard index 𝟏exh radium equivalent 𝑹𝒂𝒆𝒒 𝑩𝒒. 𝑲𝒈 ‒𝟏 1 0.156 0.131 48.537±0.493 2 0.066 0.050 18.511±0.386 3 0.102 0.075 27.989±0.466 4 0.139 0.114 42.487±0.484 5 0.185 0.131 48.498±0.591 6 0.135 0.091 33.970±0.503 7 0.152 0.125 46.318±0.524 8 0.087 0.063 23.596±0.414 9 0.162 0.124 46.178±0.554 10 0.206 0.146 54.384±0.617 physics | 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 11 0.109 0.082 30.653±0.398 12 0.135 0.101 37.558±0.484 13 0.075 0.074 27.524±0.270 14 0.078 0.075 27.940±0.319 15 0.119 0.094 34.944±0.45z 16 0.111 0.088 32.850±0.447 17 0.111 0.098 36.509±0.377 18 0.128 0.109 40.364±0.444 19 0.151 0.125 46.564±0.487 20 0.133 0.110 40.790±0.424 21 0.134 0.111 41.385±0.425 22 0.180 0.123 45.533±0.540 23 0.115 0.102 37.948±0.447 24 0.103 0.069 25.708±0.397 25 0.142 0.101 37.504±0.519 26 0.171 0.129 47.773±0.515 27 0.180 0.129 47.812±0.631 28 0.082 0.071 26.383±0.352 29 0.148 0.120 44.726±0.563 30 0.150 0.124 46.149±0.534 31 0.081 0.072 26.924±0.407 32 0.108 0.098 36.640±0.461 33 0.204 0.139 51.439±0.674 34 0.170 0.118 43.673±0.621 35 0.071 0.065 24.263±0.338 36 0.140 0.121 44.888±0.568 37 0.156 0.131 48.723±0.543 38 0.155 0.129 47.776±0.542 39 0.102 0.093 34.649±0.398 40 0.194 0.115 42.685±0.579 41 0.192 0.172 63.703 1.819 42 0.165 0.135 50.334 1.746 43 0.039 0.037 13.918 0.204 44 0.256 0.227 84.199 1.911 45 0.083 0.071 26.477±0.434 46 0.052 0.033 12.489±0.328 47 0.197 0.133 49.275±0.602 48 0.157 0.116 43.186±0.591 physics | 49 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 3. annual effective internal and external dose and absorbed dose in air in soil samples. 49 0.239 0.154 57.338±0.684 50 0.226 0.146 54.2990.6744 average 0.139 0.108 40.078 0.564 maximum 0.256 0.227 84.199 1.911 minimum 0.039 0.033 12.489 0. 328 world wide average [3] 1 1 370 samples absorbed dose air in ad 𝐧𝐆𝐲 𝐡⁄ annual dose outdoor 𝐦𝐒𝐯 𝐲⁄ annual dose indoor 𝐦𝐒𝐯 𝐲⁄ 1 24.769±0.233 0.0304±0.0003 0.121±0.011 2 8.277±0.174 0.0102±0.0002 0.040±0.0009 3 13.303±0.215 0.0163±0.0003 0.065±0.0011 4 21.432±0.228 0.0263±0.0003 0.105±0.0011 5 23.530±0.275 0.0289±0.0003 0.115±0.0014 6 16.444±0.234 0.0202±0.0003 0.080±0.0012 7 23.006±0.245 0.0282±0.0003 0.112±0.0012 8 11.443±0.192 0.0140±0.0002 0.056±0.0009 9 22.695±0.258 0.0278±0.0003 0.111±0.0013 10 26.690±0.288 0.0327±0.0004 0.130±0.0014 11 15.654±0.189 0.0192±0.0002 0.076±0.0009 12 18.919±0.228 0.0232±0.0003 0. 092±0.0011 13 14.501±0.131 0.0178±0.0002 0.071±0.0006 14 14.381±0.151 0.0176±0.0002 0.070±0.0007 15 17.698±0.217 0.0217±0.0003 0.086±0.0011 16 16.515±0.210 0.0203±0.0003 0.081±0.0010 17 19.129±0.181 0.0235±0.0002 0.093±0.0009 18 20.639±0.210 0.0253±0.0003 0.101±0.0010 19 23.750±0.230 0.0291±0.0003 0.116±0.0011 20 21.104±0.203 0.0259±0.0002 0.103±0.0010 21 21.474±0.203 0.0263±0.0002 0.105±0.0010 22 22.740±0.255 0.0279±0.0003 0.111±0.0013 23 18.938±0.209 0.0232±0.0003 0.092±0.0010 24 12.822±0.188 0.0157±0.0002 0.062±0.0009 25 18.544±0.243 0.0227±0.0003 0.091±0.0012 physics | 50 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 26 24.224±0.244 0.0297±0.0003 0.118±0.0012 27 23.354±0.295 0.0286±0.0004 0.114±0.0014 28 13.510±0.166 0.0166±0.0002 0.066±0.0008 29 22.214±0.264 0.0272±0.0003 0.109±0.0013 30 23.360±0.252 0.0286±0.0003 0.114±0.0012 31 13.474±0.191 0.0165±0.0002 0.066±0.0009 32 18.329±0.216 0.0225±0.0003 0.089±0.0011 33 24.384±0.312 0.0299±0.0004 0.119±0.0015 34 21.077±0.289 0.0258±0.0004 0.103±0.0014 35 12.208±0.158 0.0150±0.0002 0.059±0.0008 36 22.400±0.266 0.0275±0.0003 0.109±0.0013 37 24.653±0.256 0.0302±0.0003 0.120±0.0013 38 24.013±0.255 0.0295±0.0003 0.117±0.0013 39 17.812±0.189 0.0218±0.0002 0.087±0.0009 40 20.296 0.269 0.0249 0.0003 0.099 0.0013 41 30.233 0.838 0.0371 0.0010 0.148 0.0041 42 24.362 0.810 0.0299 0.0010 0.119 0.0040 43 7.234 0.097 0.0089 0.0001 0.035 0.0005 44 42.667 0.901 0.0523 0.0011 0.209 0.0044 45 12.581 0.200 0.0154 0.0002 0.061 0.0010 46 5.728 0.150 0.0070 0.0002 0.028 0.0007 47 23.900 0.281 0.0293 0.0003 0.117 0.0014 48 21.402 0.277 0.0262 0.0003 0.105 0.0014 49 27.799 0.320 0.0341 0.0004 0.136 0.0016 50 26.080 0.313 0.0320 0.0004 0.127 0.0015 average 19.914 0.264 0.0244 0.0003 0.097 0.0013 maximum 42.667 0.901 0.0523 0.0011 0.209 0.0044 minimum 5.728 0.150 0.0070 0.0001 0.028 0.0005 [3] world wide average 55 1 1 physics | 51 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 2. the specific effectiveness of uranium in selected soil samples. figure 3. the specific effectiveness of thorium in selected soil samples. physics | 52 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 4. the specific effectiveness of potassium in selected soil samples. figure 5. the equivalent radium in selected soil samples. 3. results and discussion in the present study, the nai(ti) scintillation detector was used to determine the level of natural radioactivity soil samples collected al-nada district-najaf government –iraq after calculation of the specific effectiveness of radionuclides 238u,232th,40k, radium equivalent internal hazard index and external hazard index, internal and external annual dose absorbed physics | 53 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 dose in air. the results of 50 samples of al-nada district soil in najaf, iraq as shown in tables (1-3) the results were compared with the universally value [3] it was noted that:  the value of uranium-238 (31.319 0.741) 𝐵𝑞 𝑘𝑔 𝑤𝑎𝑠 ⁄ in sample 49 which is within the camp area and the minimum value is (1.158 0.0821) 𝐵𝑞 𝑘𝑔 ⁄ in sample 14 located within an empty area with no buildings and gardens and the rate of these values is (11.851 0.281) 𝐵𝑞 𝑘𝑔 ⁄  for the thorium-238, the maximum value is (23.948 ± 0.649) bq / kg in sample 41 taken from the camp area and the minimum (1.117 ± 0.048) bq / kg is sample 11taken from a public (6.283 0.148) 𝐵𝑞 𝑘𝑔 ⁄  potassium-40, the maximum value for specific efficacy is (705.834 ± 6.179) bq / kg in sample 44, which was taken from the camp area and the minimum value was (13.5926 ± 0.282) bq / kg taken from the camp area and the average values were (265.494±1.445)bq / kg  for internal hazard index h , the maximum value is (0.256) bq / kg, which is model 44 and minimum is (0.039) bq / kg, which is model 46 and the average of these values is (0.139) bq / kg  for the external hazard index h_ex, the maximum value of was (0.227) bq / kg, which is the number 44 and the lowest is (0.033) bq / kg, which is model 46. the average value of (.108)  for indoor dose, the maximum (0.209 ± 0.0044) msv/y was the number 44 and the lowest value is (0.028 ± 0.0005) msv/y, which is the 46th location within the camp area and the mean value is (0.097±0.0013) msv/y the maximum absorption value was (42.667 ± 0.901) msv/y, which represented the average values were (0.0244±0.0003) msv/y the maximum absorption value was (42.667 ± 0.901) msv/y, which represented the 44th site that represented the camp.the minimum value was (5.728 ± 0.150) msv/y, which represents site 46, which represents the camp the (19.914 ± 0.264) msv /y. 4. conclusion the active concentrations of 238u and 40k and 232th are lower than the world average. the value of the known radiation hazard index in the study area is also calculated below the recommended value. the results show that the average dose rate does not exceed the world's average recommended value and does not pose a serious health hazard. the data provided can be used for comparisons in future surveys and can be used to develop radiographs for the area. the results can also be used as reference data for monitoring possible future radioactive contamination references 1. international atomic energy agency. (iaea). radiation safety. regulation for the safe transport of radioactive material iaea division of public information 1996, 96e00725 iaea/pi/a47e. 2. environmental protection agency, (epa, 2007). united states. ionizing radiation fact book. epa. office of radiation and indoor air 2007. epa-402-f-06e061. 3. united nation scientific committee on the effects of atomic. (unscear). radiation sources and effects of ionizing radiation. new york, usa: united nations. physics | 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2026 vol. 31 (3) 2018 report of the united nations scientific committee on the effect of atomic radiation to general assembly, 2000. 4. annunciata, m.f.l. handbook of radioactivity analysis; 2 nd ed.; usa, 2003. 5. paul, f.; jan, v. ch. 4 semiconductor detectors.in handbook of radioactivity 2003, analysis: canberra industries. inc.usa., 239-321. 6. ashraf, k. ch.9. radiation detection method in radionuclide concentration in food the environment. taylor. francis group llc, usa, c2007, p. 269-331. 7. gordon, r;gilmore, practical gamma-ray spectrometry, 2 nd ed. ; john wiley sons: ltd, usa, 2008. 8. ravisankar, r; chandrasekaran, a; vijayagopal, p; venkatraman, b; senthilkumar, g; eswaran, p;rajalakshmi, a; radiat. phy. chem. 2012, 81, 1789–1795. 9. harb, s.; kamel,a. h. e. ; abd el-mageed, l. a. ; abbady, i. a. ; wafaa, r. concentration of u-238, u-235, ra226, th-232 and k-40 for some granite samples in eastern desert of egypt. in proceedings of the 3rd environmental physics conference: aswan egypt, 2008, 109–117. 10. perez-andujar. a.; pibida. l.; perormance of cdte, hpge and nai(tl) detectors for radioactivity measurements : applied radiation and isotopes. 2004, 60, 1, 41-47. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the dwelling o f two previous cases of kala azar s. a. salman departme nt of biology , college of sciences ,unive rsity of baghdad abstract this is a contribution to st udy the dwelling of two p revious cases of kala azar in the endemic area. in order to assess the p ossible ecological causes of the incidence and the p revalence of visceral leishmaniasis in central iraq. introduction the high number of the reported cases of kalaazar was in december, january, february and m arch (1,2,3,4,5,6,7) .the majority of the p atients were infants of two y ears old( 6,7,8,9). the central region of iraq is the main traditional endemic area with this p est disease (1,2,4,8,9,10,11,12). also the incidences was reported in north and sout h of iraq 6,7,10,13,14,15 . m ahmodiya, youssifiy a latifiy a, sowera, aziziy a, m adien, faloja and abougreb are well known as t raditional foci of visceral leishmaniasis in central iraq (1,2,5,7,8,14,15). the endemic area is a wide alluvial p lain, cultivated with many kinds of p lants. the human dwellings are cement or mud made and these of animal shelters are usually mud made. the villagers used the cattle’s manure as a source of energy . the man activities that affected the p revalence of visceral leishmaniasis in the endemic area were changed in the last decade (13). the breeding of the livestock makes a suitable condition for both the vector and the reservoir (3,4,8,9,10,11,12,13,14). also the cultivated area was increased in iraq during the last decade. method and materials the dwelling of two p revious cases is in al-m ahmodiya about 50 km in the sout h of baghdad. the focus was visited biweekly during 1999. two visits of a p hy sician were performed during 1999 for checking all the children of the focus with blood smears of about 15% of t hem. the entomological st udies were achieved by using four cdc light traps. . the meteorological data were reported from iraqi meteorological service, and with small p ortable thermo –hygrograph. the map of the human dwellings, animal shelters, wind direction and the exp ositions were designed. also the resting and sleep ing p laces of the family in the nights and the places of the dogs were carefully noted during the study . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 re sult and discussion the two cases were reported in 1989 and 1998 resp ectively from the same dwelling. the p revious cases were a girl of 14 y ears old and her brother of 4 y ears old. both cases had been infected in two y ears old (6,13,14,15) . the animal shelters are in the west of the dwelling (fig.), where are very suitable breeding and feeding p laces for the sandflies (dark p lace, animals, manure, straw, deep soil cracks and humidity ) (1,2,3,5,9,10.13) . also t he main directions of t he wind during the summer nights in iraq are northwest with slow breezes. the previous cases which were reported in this focus during the three last decades were mainly in a few meters in the west of the dwelling. unfort unately the resting-p laces of the two mothers were a few meters in the east of the animal shelters (3, 4) (fig). also in the hot nights of july and august the density of sandflies was the highest 2,3,4,9 . it was noted that the resting-p laces of the dogs were a few meters from the beds of the children and this fact increased the p robability of the infections rate in biting times (4, 7,10,14,15). this st udy p roved that the ecological factors and man made factors increased the probability of infections in the study focus (6,8,10). it seems also that the exp osition of human dwellings and animal shelters p lay an imp ortant role in the prevalence of the disease(6, 9,13) (fig.) re ferences 1.abul-hab, j. and ahmed, s.a. (1984)revision of the family phlepotaminae (diptera) in iraq. j.biol. scie.resce. 7:1-64. 2.abul-hab, j. and al-baghdadi, r. (1972 a)seasonal occurrence of man biting phlebotomus (dip tera, psy chodidae) in the baghdad area. iraqi. anal. trop . m ed. paras. 66: 165 166. 3.aul-hab, j. and al-baghdadi, r. (1972b) seasonal occurrence of five sp ecies, phlebotomus (dip tera psy chodidae) sand fly in baghdad area. iraq, bull. end. dies. baghd. 13 (4): 55-75. 4.abul-hab j and al-hashimi, w. (1988)night –biting activities, phlebotomus papatasi scolp i. (diptera phlibotamidae) in suwira iraq. bull. end. dies. baghd. 29:5-16. 5.adler, s. and theodor.o. (1929 a)the dist ribution of sand fly and leishmaniasis in palest ine, sy ria and m esop otamia. ann. t rop . m ed. paras. 23: 269-303. 6.nouri l&al jeboori t: kala azar in iraq: an ep idemiological and clinical st udies j. face. m ed. baghdad 15:72-85. (1973) 7.pringel g: kala-azer in iraq: preliminary epidemiological consideration. bull.end.dis.bagh. 275-294. (1956) 8.sukker, f. (1972) visceral leishmaniaes in iraq. bull.end.dis.bagh. 13 (4): 77-83. 9.sukker .f (1974)study on sand flies as vectors kala-azar in iraq bull.end.dis.bagh. 15(2): 85-104. 10.sukker. f.(1982) a study on sand flies in a focus of infantile kala-azar iniraq during 1978. bull.end.dis.bagh. 20 (4):67-73. 11.sukker, f. (1983) epidemiology of leishmaniasis in iraqbull.end.dis.bagh. 22(4) 35-41. 12.sukker f. (1985)the possible vectors infantile of vl in iraq.bull.end.dis.bagh. 26: 27 36 13.al-alak, s.s. (1996)study in the epidemiology of visceral leishmaniasis (kala-azar) in m agger dist rict m issan p rovince. m s. t hesis .vet. college. bagh. pp .77. 14-jawdat s .z, ali n .a, rifaat l. kh, ruth k. y and al m ahdawi s. k. (1985). serio epidemiological st udies of leishmaniasis in central iraq. j.b. s.r. 16(1): 185-202 15-jawdat s. z, ali n .a, rifaat l. kh. and rutha ky(1983)the incidence of kala –azar in an endemic focus in central iraq.j.b.s.r, 148:81-87 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 fig.(1) showing the dwelling of the two cases of kala azar. t he neighbor (a case of a child of t wo years old in 1998) w n e farm s t rees t rees animal shelter grass space grass 2 nd wife with her children (night) well visitors resting place in dogs resting place t rees t he night t he common dwelling of the family vegetable animal shelter t rees t rees manure dogs resting place 1 st wife with her children (night) t rees straw poultry grass farm vegetable manure t rees straw t rees hill (babylon’s vestige) new case in january 2000 space new case in feberuary2000 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد رلمرض الكاالازا دراسة مسكن لحالتین سابقتین شهاب احمد سلمان جامعة بغداد.كلیة العلوم . قسم علوم الحیاة خالصةال دراســة مســكن لحــالتین ســابقتین لمــرض الكــاالازار فــي المنطقـــة الموبــؤة بــالمرض مــن اجــل تحدیــد العوامــل البیئیـــة .المنطقة المحتملة لإلصابة و مدى عالقتها بالعوامل البیئیة و وبائیة هذا المرض في هذه microsoft word 193-199 193 | computer 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ٥ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 security for three-tiered web application wisal h. abdulsalam dept. of computer science/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: ١٦ december 2014, accepted in: 14 march 2015 abstract web application protection lies on two levels: the first is the responsibility of the server management, and the second is the responsibility of the programmer of the site (this is the scope of the research). this research suggests developing a secure web application site based on three-tier architecture (client, server, and database). the security of this system described as follows: using multilevel access by authorization, which means allowing access to pages depending on authorized level; password encrypted using message digest five (md5) and salt. secure socket layer (ssl) protocol authentication used. writing php code according to set of rules to hide source code to ensure that it cannot be stolen, verification of input before it is sent to database, and update scripts periodically to close gaps in the site. using 2checkout company (2co), which is trusted international electronic money transfer to allow customers pay money in a secure manner. keywords: md5, php, ssl, three-tiered, web application, 2co. 194 | computer 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ٥ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 1. introduction internet users use web applications for a wide spectrum of tasks [1]. when the web application consists of a combination of web technology and database then it is called webdatabase application, this combination allows users to search and browse some database contents on the web.  many web applications' database consist of three layers: the backend layer is a database server, which contains a database, and dbms, in the frontend layer is the client browser, and at the middle layer most of the applications, usually developed by a web server-side scripting language such as php [2]. 2. aim of the research to develop a secure web application site based on three-tier architecture. 3. security mechanisms several mechanisms are used for security requirements. encryption is one of the primary mechanisms used, which is a process of converting information to the incomprehensible blades to prevent non-licensed access to information to anyone except by those who have decryption key, which consists of a collection of letters, numbers and symbols. the newer types include also graphics. encryption methods exist use one key or two keys or combine the two previously [3]. hyper text transfer protocol (http) delivered webpages without encryption or protection of data transmitted between web browsers and web servers. to eliminate eavesdropping several technologies are developed to protect sensitive data in transit. secure socket layer (ssl) is the protocol that became standard for securing web communications [4]. https is the web protocol that uses ssl to encrypt http and it uses worldwide for securing web communications [5]. 4. ssl protocol to secure client-server communications over the internet netscape designed ssl. two types of cryptography are used within its session: symmetric and asymmetric. its main capability is to encrypt messages, for example, any time client order from most large vendors such as amazon.com merchandise, ssl will automatically encrypt the order in client computer browser before sent over the internet. it is a completely new layer of protocol, which works below high-level application protocols and above the transmission control protocol (tcp) [٤ ,٣]. 5. system architecture the system built a web application site for selling e-products using php and mysql constructed from three tiers as shown in figure no. (1), these tires are:  client tier: user interface or frontend, which runs on the user's computer.  application server tier: running php that handles all application operations runs on the application server. it is responsible for accessing the database tier to make different functions such as add, retrieve, modify, delete data, and send the results to the devices in the client tier. it resides in the middle tier.  database tier: it represents the backend running in mysql, which stores the data for web application site required by the middle tier. it stores information about the different types of users’ accounts, categories of e-products, e-product, shopping cart, orders, and buying history for authenticated users. only the administrator has a direct access to this tier. 195 | computer 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ٥ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 the site appears to the client containing four levels of accessing content. these levels are: 1visitor: allows user to browse the offers of e-products, access to the shopping cart, uses the search, gets support, and registering in the system. 2customer: this role is extended from the previous to possibility to access the special page, buy products, retrieve/change password, browse history of shopping, modify profile, and add money in account for buying items. when customer decides to add money, then he/she will be redirected to 2 checkout (2co) company to add it in a secure way. 3employee: the employee must first login through individual uniform resource locator (url) address to access the special page. this role entitles:  supervisor: responsible for follow-up staff, check the progress of work assigned to them, discuss with them to achieve the desired goals, and sending a notice to the manager for the course of things.  technical employee: this has the ability to solve problems such as error messages and payment problems.  support officer: this has the ability to interact effectively with unauthorized and customers’ inquiries. 4manager: access to manager main page is possible through individual url address and access to it requires first logging in. this role entitles managing categories, products, orders, customers, employees, emails, and statistics. the responsibilities of server tier are to authorize users. ssl authentication is used to authenticate client web browser to application server and that server authenticates itself to the client and to the database server and database server authenticate itself to application server. the manager, employee, and customer need to enter email address and password, before they can enter to their special pages. the system takes user’s supplied email address and performs a database checkup to determine if this account exists. if it is, it needs to check the user password. it runs md5which is a one-way hash function, produces 128-bit output from an input of arbitrary length and salt over this password to generate an encrypted password, and compares it to the returned one from the database. if the two are equal, then the user supplied corrects password and it can log him in. when logins correctly, a welcome message at the top of the special page appears with the date and time of the last end login. this is important because it may give a chance to discover whether someone else accesses account or not. 6. proposed system security the security of this system can be describe as follows: 1user authorization: it is used to determine the level of the user (visitor, customer, employee or manager). in addition, the direct access to database tier is allowed only to the administrator of the web application site. 2 using sha-1 or md5 alone as algorithm to encrypted passwords produces hash value with a fixed value that stored in database, which means if another user entered same password then the hash value will be the same, so it can cracked. these algorithms have proven unsafe and should not be used alone. the solution for this problem in this proposed system is by using salt with md5for encryption passwords transfer from client to server and then stored in mysql database to protect them from stolen as shown below: 196 | computer 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ٥ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 <?php function createsecurepass($password){ $encryptpassword = md5($password); $salt = 'wisal80'; return md5($encryptpassword.$salt); } ?> 3the code is written according to set of rules to hide it, and to ensure that it cannot be stolen as described below:  hide mistakes messages from users so as not to be able to figure out a way of writing code by turning off the code  in the php.ini file: display_errors, and instead of using log file writing these messages to my own file to ensure that no one can see it.  protecting the code from the injections of sql. this is done by calling a function to make data safe for use in a query: mysql_ real_escape_string. because it is used to filter data passed to an sql statement as shown in the example below: <? php $db = mysql_connect (’localhost’, ’wisaladmin’, ’226308910kwh’); mysql_select_db(’e_products’, $db); $productcost = mysql_real_escape_string ($_post [’e_product_cost’], $db); $result = mysql_query ("insert into e_product (e_product_cost) values (’$productcost’’ ;} ?>  verification of input before sent to web application database. fields required to fill by the visitor to register( for example) are checked using javascript to ensure that all required fields are completed, but this use with html code open the possibility to inject cross-site scripting (xss) ,to close; the code written as the example shown below: $attributive = htmlentities($_post[' attributive']); $sql = "insert into e-product (e_product_attributive) values (‘$attributive ')";  to prevent people from seeing things they are not supposed to see, which means prevent them from direct access to the files of the root, it is important to make the index file looks like below: <?php require_once '../librarydocument/database.php'; require_once 'functions.php'; ?> which means calling for implementation files inside another file without using directly, and taking into account that the folder (librarydocument) can be accessed to it via a user name and a password.  update scripts periodically to close gaps in the site such as changing session identification number by using a built-in functions called session regenerate id(), and sets cookie_secure = 1 in php.ini configuration file. 197 | computer 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ٥ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 4ssl authentication is used to authenticate all parties: clients’ web browsers to application server and that server authenticates itself to the client and to the database server and database server authenticates itself to application server. 5using 2co: which is a trusted international electronic money transfer company. it can be an essential assuring step. the main reason for choosing it in addition to using ssl certificates is the variety of payment methods it provides and it can deliver money to many countries including iraq, while other famous sites like paypal do not include iraq within their country list. 6we testing the web application site to verify its security online and find the possibility of attacking by entering the proposed web application url address www.ihjpas.com through netsparker, which is quick start scanning procedure testing application in seconds and it is very easy to use. the url address of it is https://www.netsparker.com/netsparker/. the reason of choosing it is because it gives a demo ration free test through the following link http://php.testsparker.com/ provides different security check group such as reflected xss vulnerabilities, sql injection, and test for access vulnerabilities. when a test is complete, it displays the solutions besides the possible issues. after using it, the result appeared no xss vulnerabilities, the proposed web application site is good, and there is no warning from attacking by sql injection. 7. conclusions 1the three-tier architecture of the proposed system plays the basic role of database security because the client does not have a direct access to the database server connect to it across the middle application server. 2enhance maintainability for example it’s easy to modify database tier without affecting other tires. 3the code behind page provided the greater security support for web application. to ensure that the php code cannot be stolen, the source code is protected and hidden. 4using a trusted and affordable international electronic money transfer company to complete the payment transaction in a secure way is an essential step to assuring parties, the customers and the seller. in this research, 2co company was chosen. references 1david, l. and hugh, e., (2004), web database application with php and mysql, 2nd edition, isbn-10: 0596005431, o'reilly media inc.. 2stefan j.; ilia p.; chrisitian m. and udo m., (2004), guide to web application and platform architecture, 1st edition, isbn: 3642056687, springer, softcover rprint of hardcover. 3-efraim t., (2003), introduction to information technology, 2nd edition, john wiley and sons inc. 4joseph, s.; tim, s. and simon, j., (2005), overview of ssl vpn: understanding, evaluating and planning secure web-based remote access to private networks, 1st edition, packt publishing. 5http://www.ehow.com/how_7664027_tls-ssl-tutorial.html for how ssl work information, (2011). 198 | computer 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ٥ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 figure no. (1): system structure 199 | computer 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ٥ ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28(2) 2015 مستويات ثالثة من الويب لتطبيق األمن وصال ھاشم عبد السالم /جامعة بغداد)الھيثمابن (قسم علوم الحاسبات/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015 نيسان ١٤،قبل البحث في :2014 كانون االول 14استلم البحث في: الخالصة ھو وھذا( الموقع مبرمج مسؤولية من والثاني الخادم، إدارة مسؤولية من األول :مستويين على تقع الويب تطبيقات حماية ) .البحث نطاق وقاعدة والخادم، العميل،( طبقات ثالث من المعمارية الھندسة أساس على آمن ويب تطبيق موقع تطوير يقترح البحث ھذا السماح يعني ما وھو المستويات، متعدد الوصولصالحية استعمال: آلتيا النحو على النظام ھذا أمن وصف). البيانات طبقة بروتوكولوالملح. (md5) باستعمال مشفرة المرور كلمة ،لصالحيةا مستوى على اعتمادا صفحاتال إلى بالوصول الكود إلخفاء القواعد من لمجموعة وفقا php البرمجية التعليمات تم استعماله للمصادقة. كتابة) ssl( اآلمنة المقابس النصية البرامج وتحديث البيانات، قاعدة إلى اإرسالھ قبل المدخالت من والتحقق سرقته يمكن ال أنه من للتأكد المصدري للسماح الكترونيا األموال الموثوقة لتحويل الدولية ،)2co( استعمال شركة .الموقع في الثغرات إلغالق دوري بشكل .آمنة بطريقة المال دفعب للعمالء .2co، ثالث مستويات، تطبيق ويب، md5،php ،ssl الكلمات المفتاحية: microsoft word 89-100   89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020       on the space of primary la-submodules eman yahea habeeb department of mathematics, faculty of education for girls, kufa university iman.habeeb@uokufa.edu.iq abstract suppose that f is a reciprocal ring which has a unity and suppose that h is an f-module. we topologize la-prim(h), the set of all primary la-submodules of h , similar to that for fprim(f), the spectrum of fuzzy primary ideals of f, and examine the characteristics of this topological space. particularly, we will research the relation between la-prim(h) and laprim(f/ ann(h)) and get some results. keywords primary la-submodules, fuzzy primary spectrum, la-top modules. 1. introduction suppose that f is a reciprocal ring with a unity and h is a unitary f-module. the primary spectrum prim (f) and the topological space acquired by inserting zariski topology on the collection of primary ideals of a reciprocal ring with unity play an significant role in the fields of reciprocal algebra, algebraic geometry and lattice theory. as well, lately the concept of primary submodules and zariski topology on prim (h), the collection of all primary submodules of a module h on a reciprocal ring together identity f, were studied in a previous article [1]. as it is famous [2]. inserted the concept of a fuzzy subset ϑ of a nonempty collection l as a mapping from l to [0,1]. goguen ja [3]. changed [0,1] by an entire lattice la in the definition of fuzzy collections while inserted the concept of la-fuzzy sets. rosenfeld inserted the concept of fuzzy groups [4]. while fuzzy submodules of h over f were first inserted by [5]. pan f-z [6]. elaborate fuzzy finitely created modules while fuzzy quotient modules (look at [7]). in previous years a large saucepan of labor has been completed on fuzzy ideals in common and primary fuzzy ideals in special, while several motivating topological features of the spectrum of fuzzy primary ideals of a ring were acquired (look at [815]). suppose that h is an f-module. by g h, we mean that g is a submodule of h. for any g h, we indicate the residual of g by h by [g:h], and define[g:h] ={ r ́∈ f \ r ́h ⊆g}. in special, [(0) :h] is called the annihilator of h and is indicated by ann(h), that is ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.3.2476 article history: received 23 july 2019, accepted 22 septamber 2019, published in july 2020.   90 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 ann(h)={r ́∈f \ r ́h=0}. a primary submodule (or a q-primary submodule) of h is a proper submodule q with q:h=q, such that r ́h ∈ q for r ́∈ f and h ∈ h , either h ∈ q or r ∈́ q. the collection of all primary submodules of h is called the primary spectrum of h or, artlessly the p spectra of h and is indicated by prim(h). note that the prim(h) may be empty for some module h . such a module is said to be primary less (cf. [1]). clearly, zero module is primary less, but in [1]. some nontrivial examples are shown. for example, the prüfer group ℤ( p∞) as a ℤ-module has no primary submodule for any prime integer p. when prim(h) ∅, the map φ:la-prim(h)→ la-prim(f/ ann(h)) defined by φ(ϑ)= ϑ: 1h for ϑ ∈ la-prim(h), φ will be called the standard map. in [1]. it is shown that for each multiplication module h,(an f-module h is called a multiplication module if every submodule b of h is of the form ih for some ideal i of f) the prim(h) is non-empty. for any submodule g of h, v(g) indicates the collection of all primary submodules of h including g. of course v(h) is just the empty set and v(0) is prim(h). for any family of submodules gj(j ∈ j ) of h , ⋂ v g v ∑ g∈∈ thus if ω(h) indicates the set of all subsets v(g) of prim(h), then ω(h) includes the empty set and prim(h) and is closed beneath arbitrary intersection. if also ω(h) is closed beneath finite union, i.e. for any submodules g and k of h, there occurs a submodule j of h such that v(g)⋃ v(k)=v (j), for in this state ω(h) satisfies the axioms of closed subsets of a topological spaces, which is called zariski topology. in [1]. a module with zariski topology is called top module and it is shown that each multiplication module is a top module [1]. in [16,17]. inserted the concept of primary la-submodules of a module h on a commutative ring together unity f, where la is a whole lattice. the collection of all primary lasubmodules of h is called the primary la-spectrum of h or, artlessly the p-la-spectrum of h while is indicated via la-prim(h). in this work, we follow [18]. and topologize laprim(h), which its surname is zariski topology while examine the characteristics of this topological space. thereafter, we discussed the relation between the topological spaces laprim(h) and la-prim(f/ann(h)). finally, we located a basis for the zariski topology on la-prim(h). 2. basic concepts during this article via f, we mean a reciprocal ring together unity, and h is a unital fmodule and la indicates a whole lattice. via an la-subset ϑ of y ∅ , we mean a mapping ϑ from y to la while if la=[0,1] , then ϑ is a surname of a fuzzy subset of y. lay indicates the collection of each la-subsets of y . suppose that c is a subset of y and b ∈ la. define bc ∈ lay as follows: b y b if y ∈ c 0 otherwise in particular case if c={c} we indicate b{c} by bc , while its surname is an la-point of y. for ϑ ∈ lay while c ∈ la, locate ϑc as follows:   91 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 ϑc = {y ∈ y | ϑ(y) ≥ c}, ϑc is called the c-level subset of ϑ. the image of ϑ is indicated via ima(ϑ) or ϑ(y). in [18]. it was proved that ϑ ⋃ c∈ . for ϑ, ϖ ∈ lay we say that ϑ is included in ϖ while we write ϑ ⊆ ϖ if for every y ∈ y , ϑ (y) ≤ ϖ (y). for ϑ, ϖ ∈ la , ϑ ∪ ϖ, ϑ ∩ ϖ ∈ lay, are defined via (ϑ ∪ ϖ )(y) = ϑ(y) ∨ ϖ (y) and (ϑ ∩ ϖ)(y) = ϑ(y) ∧ ϖ (y), for each y ∈ y . if g is a function from h into g, ϑ ∈ la and ϖ ∈ la , then the la-subsets g (ϑ) ∈ lag and g (ϖ) ∈ lah are defined as follows: ∀ d ∈ g , g (ϑ)(d)= ∨ ϑ y |y ∈ g d g d ∅; 0 otherwise and g (ϖ)(h)=ϖ ( g (h)) ∀ h ∈ h. suppose that h,g are two f-modules while g: h→ g is an f-homomorphism. then an la-subset ϑ of h is surname g-invariant if g (a)= g(b) then ϑ(a)=ϑ(b) for all a,b∈h . definition 2.1 suppose that ϑ ∈ la . then ϑ is surname an la-ideal of f if for all a, b ∈ f the following situations are satisfied: (1) ϑ(a − b) ≥ ϑ(a) ∧ ϑ(b); (2) ϑ(ab) ≥ ϑ(a) ∨ ϑ(b). the collection of every la-ideals of f is indicated via lai (f). for ϑ, ϖ ∈ lai (f), ϑ ϖ (a) =∨{ϑ(b) ∧ ϖ(c)|b, c ∈ f, a = bc} ∀a ∈ f, and in [18]. it was confirmed that ϑ ϖ ∈ lai (f). if la=[0, 1] , then an la-ideal is surname a fuzzy ideal while the collection of every fuzzy ideals of f is indicated via fi (f). definition 2.2 [18]. suppose that ϑ is a la-subset of f. the radical of ϑ is indicated by (√ϑ) and is defined by √ϑ (y)= ⋁ ϑ y∈ for all y ∈ f . definition 2.3 η ∈ lai (f) is surname a primary la-ideal of f if η is non-fixed and for all ϑ, ϖ ∈ lai(f), if ϑ ϖ ⊆ η then ϑ ⊆ η or ϖ ⊆ η . via la-prim(f), we mean the collection of each primary la-ideals of f. proposition 2.4 [18]. suppose that f and s ́ are two rings while g: f ⟶ s ́ is an epimorphism. 1) suppose that ϑ ∈ la-prim(f) and g-invariant, then g(ϑ) ∈ la-prim(s ́). 2) if ϖ ∈ la-prim(s ́), then g (ϖ) ∈ la-prim(f).   92 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 for γ ∈ lai (f), v (γ) be the collection of all primary la-ideals of f such that includes γ, i.e v (γ) = { q ∈ la-prim(f)| γ ⊆ q}. collection x(γ) = la-prim(f)\v (γ), the la-prim(f) together the collection 𝒯 ́= {x(γ)| γ ∈ lai (f)} is a topological space while the collection ℬ ́= {x(yα)| y ∈ f, α ∈ (0, 1] formation a basis for 𝒯 ́ . as well, it can be shown that for two elements x(y ), x(x ́); x(y ) ∩ x(x ́) = x( yx ∧ ́ ,y,x ∈ f , α, α ́ ∈ la \{0}. definition 2.5 an element z ∈ la\{1} is surname a prime element of la if for c, d ∈ la, c ∧ d ≤ z, then c ≤ z or d≤ z. definition 2.6 suppose that ε ∈ la and ϑ ∈ lah . define ε · ϑ ∈ lah as follows: (ε. ϑ)(y)=∨{ ε(r ́)∧ ϑ(b)| r ́ ∈ f ,b ∈ h, r ́b = y} for all y ∈ h. definition 2.7 an la-subset ϑ ∈lah is a la-submodule of h if: 1) ϑ (0) = 1; 2) ϑ (r ́a) ≥ ϑ (a) for all r ́ ∈ f and a ∈ h ; 3) ϑ (a + b) ≥ ϑ (a) ∧ ϑ (b) for all a, b ∈ h. the collection of all la-submodules of h is indicated by la(h). definition 2.8 [18]. suppose that { ϑ j |j ∈ j }⊆la(h). define the la-submodule ∑ ϑ ∈ of h by (∑ ϑ ∈ ) (y) = ∨{⋀ ϑ y∈ | y=∑ y ∈ , y ∈ h, ∀j ∈ j} ∀y ∈ h. it is easy to look that ∑ ϑ ∈ ∈ la(h). for ϑ , ϖ ∈ lah and ε ∈ laf, ϑ∶ ϖ ∈ la and ϑ∶ ε ∈ lah are defined as follows: ϑ∶ ϖ = ⋃ γ|γ ∈ la , γ. ϖ ⊆ ϑ . ϑ∶ ε =⋃ ϖ|ϖ ∈ la , ε. ϖ ⊆ ϑ . in [18]. it was proved that if ϖ ∈ la , ϑ ∈ la(h), and ε ∈ lai f ,then ϑ∶ ϖ = ⋃ γ|γ ∈ lai f , γ. ϖ ⊆ ϑ and ϑ∶ ε =⋃ ϖ|ϖ ∈ la h , ε. ϖ ⊆ ϑ .also it was shown that if ϑ ∈ la(h), ϖ ∈ la , ε ∈ lai f , then ϑ∶ ϖ ∈ lai f and ϑ ∶ ε ∈ la h . theorem 2.9 [18]. if b∈ la and g are a submodule of h, then (1g⋃ b : 1h=1[g:h] ⋃ b . definition 2.10[16]. a nonconstant la-submodule ϑ of h is called primary if for ε ∈ lai(f) and ϖ ∈ la(h) such that ε. ϖ ⊆ ϑ then either ϖ ⊆ ϑ or ε ⊆ ϑ: 1 . in the complement la-prim(h) indicates the collection of all primary la-submodules of h. theorem 2.11 [16]. ϑ ∈ la-prim(h) if and only if ϑ=1ϑ∗ ∪ ch such that ϑ∗={ h∈h|ϑ(h)=1} be a primary submodule of h while z is a prime element of la.   93 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 theorem 2.12 [16]. if ϑ ∈ la-prim(h), then ϑ : 1h is a primary la-ideal of f. 3. topologies on la-prim(h) in the complement via h we indicate a unitary module on a reciprocal ring together unity f. for ϑ ∈ lah put v∗( ϑ) ={q ∈ la-prim(h)| ϑ ⊆ q}. proposition 3.1 for family { ϑ j}j∈j in la(h), the following situations are satisfied: 1v∗(1{0})= la-prim(h), v∗(1h) = ∅; 2⋂ ∈ v∗( ϑj)=v∗(∑ ϑj∈ ), for index collection j and ϑj ∈ la(h); 3v∗(ϑ) ∪ v∗( ϖ) ⊆ v∗( ϑ ∩ ϖ), for ϑ , ϖ ∈ la(h). proof (1) clearly. (2) let q ∈ ⋂ ∈ v∗( ϑj), then q ∈ v∗( ϑj), ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝐽, and hence q ⊆ ϑj , ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝐽. moreover, we have (∑ ϑ ∈ ) (y) = ∨{⋀ ϑ y∈ | y=∑ y ∈ , y ∈ h, ∀j ∈ j} = ∨{⋀ q y∈ | y=∑ y ∈ , y ∈ h, ∀j ∈ j} q y . then ∑ ϑ ∈ ⊆ q implies that q ∈ v∗(∑ ϑ ∈ ), and hence ⋂ ∈ v∗( ϑj) ⊆ v∗(∑ ϑ ∈ ) (i). for the converse, q ∈ v∗(∑ ϑ ∈ ) then ∑ ϑ ∈ ⊆ q, and so ϑj ⊆ ∑ ϑ ∈ , ∀j ∈ j. so ϑj ⊆q, ∀j ∈ j. therefore, q ∈ v∗( ϑj) ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝐽, and hence q ∈ ⋂ ∈ v∗( ϑj) then v∗(∑ ϑ ∈ ) ⊆ ⋂ ∈ v∗( ϑj) (ii). now (2) instantly follows from (i) and (ii). for (3) let ϑ , ϖ ∈ la(h) and q ∈ v∗( ϑ) ∪ v∗( ϖ). then ϑ ⊆ q, or ϖ ⊆ q, and hence ϑ ∩ ϖ ⊆ q. thus q ∈ v∗( ϑ ∩ ϖ), while so v∗( ϑ) ∪ v∗( ϖ) ⊆ v∗( ϑ ∩ ϖ). suppose that ϑ ∈ lah . the la-submodule generated by ϑ, indicated via ϑ , is the smallest la-submodule of h including ϑ. in fact, ϑ =∩{ϖ ∈ la(h) | ϑ ⊆ ϖ}. for ϑ ∈ la(h), put v( ϑ)={q ∈ la-prim(h) | ϑ:1h⊆q: 1h}, while if ϖ ∈ lah, by v(ϖ) we mean v( ϖ ). then we have the next outcomes. proposition 3.2. suppose that ϑj ∈ , ϑj ∈ la(h). then the following hold: )1( prim(h); -)= la{0}(1 v ,∅)= h1( v )2( ; hla∈ ϑ), for every ϑ)=v(ϑv( )3( ⋂ ∈ );∑ ϑ : 1 ∈ . 1v( =)jϑ v( )4( v(ϑ) ∪ v(ϖ) = v(ϑ ∩ ϖ), for ϑ, ϖ ∈ la(h). proof (1) instant.   94 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 (2) it is an instant result of definition of 〈ϑ〉. for (3) let q ∈ ⋂ ∈ v( ϑj), then ϑj : 1 ⊆q: 1 , ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝐽. thus for all 𝑗 ∈ 𝐽 we have (ϑj : 1 ) . 1 ⊆( q : 1 ) . 1 ⊆q ⟹ ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 ⊆ q ⟹ ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 : 1 ⊆ q : 1 so q ∈ v ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 , and hence ⋂ ∈ v ( ϑj) ⊆ v ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 (a) reciprocally, let q ∈ v ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 , then ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 : 1 ⊆ q : 1 . clearly, we have ϑj ∶ 1 . 1 : 1 = ϑj : 1 , ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝐽. also for each 𝑗 ∈ 𝐽, we get that ϑj ∶ 1 . 1 : 1 ⊆ ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 ∶ 1 ⊆ q : 1 . thus for any 𝑗 ∈ 𝐽 it deduces that ϑj ∶ 1 ⊆ q : 1 ⟹ ∀𝑗 ∈ 𝐽, q ∈ v( ϑj) ⟹ q ∈ ⋂ ∈ v( ϑj). thus v ∑ ϑj ∶ 1 ∈ . 1 ⊆ ⋂ ∈ v( ϑj) (2). now (3) follows by (a) and (b). for(4) let ϑ , ϖ ∈ la(h) and q ∈ v( ϑ) ∪ v (ϖ). then q ∈ v( ϑ) or q ∈ v(ϖ). without loose of commonness, let q ∈ v( ϑ) we have ϑ : 1 ⊆ q : 1 ⟹ (ϑ ∩ ϖ) : 1 ⊆ ϑ: 1 ⊆ q : 1 ⟹ q ∈ v(ϑ ∩ ϖ). thus v(ϑ) ∪ v(ϖ) ⊆ v(ϑ ∩ ϖ) (c) for the opposite, let q ∈ v(ϑ ∩ ϖ) then (ϑ ∩ ϖ) : 1 ⊆ q : 1 . but we have (ϑ ∩ ϖ) : 1 = (ϑ: 1 ) ∩ (ϖ: 1 ), and hence (ϑ: 1 ) (ϖ: 1 ) ⊆ (ϑ: 1 ) ∩ (ϖ: 1 ). thus (ϑ: 1 ) (ϖ: 1 ) ⊆ q : 1 . since q ∶ 1 is a primary la-ideal then ϑ : 1 ⊆ q : 1 or ϖ : 1 ⊆ q ∶ 1 ,since q is la-primary submodule then q ∶ 1 is prime thus q ∶ 1 q ∶ 1 . thus q ∈ v(ϑ or q ∈ v(ϖ , so q ∈ v(ϑ ∪ v(ϖ and hence v(ϑ ∩ ϖ) ⊆ v(ϑ ∪ v(ϖ . (d) subsequently (2) follows via (c) and (d). now, we set laε∗(h) = {v∗(ϑ | ϑ ∈ la(h)}; laε , (h) = {v∗(𝛾. 1 | 𝛾 ∈ lai(f)}; laε (h) = {v∗(ϑ | ϑ ∈ la(h)}. we consider the topologies of la-prim(h) produced, respectively, via these three collections. from proposition 3.1, we can facilely look that there occurs a topology 𝜏 ∗ say, over la-prim(h) having laε∗(h) as the set of every closed collections if and only if laε∗(h) is closed beneath finite union. in this state, we call the topology 𝜏 ∗ the near-zariski topology on la-prim(h). following [17]. a module h is surname an la-p top module, if laε∗(h) result the topology 𝜏 ∗ over laprim(h). in contrast with laε∗(h), laε , (h), permanently occurs a topology 𝜏 , on laprim(h), since v∗(𝛾 . 1 ⋃ v∗(𝛾 . 1 = v∗( 𝛾 . 𝛾 .1 .   95 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 also, laε , (h) is closed beneath finite union. obviously, 𝜏 , is coarser than the near-zariski topology 𝜏 ∗, when h be an la-p top module. for each f-module h while ϑ ,ϑ ∈ la(h) we have the next outcome. proposition 3.3 if ϑ1: 1h = ϑ2: 1h , then v(ϑ1) =v(ϑ2). the converse is true if both ϑ1 and ϑ2 are primary. proof first let ϑ1: 1h = ϑ2 : 1h , and ϖ ∈ v(ϑ1). then ϑ1 : 1h ⊆ ϖ : 1h and hence ϑ2 : 1h ⊆ ϖ : 1h , that is ϖ ∈ v(ϑ2). therefore v(ϑ1) ⊆ v(ϑ2). similarly we get that v(ϑ2) ⊆ v(ϑ1). therefore v(ϑ1) = v(ϑ2). for the opposite, let ϑ1, ϑ2 ∈ la(h) are primary while v(ϑ1) = v(ϑ2). then ϑ1 ⊆ v(ϑ1) = v(ϑ2) ⟹ ϑ2 : 1h ⊆ ϑ1 : 1h (a) and ϑ2 ⊆ v(ϑ2) = v(ϑ1) ⟹ ϑ1 : 1h ⊆ ϑ2 : 1h (b) then by (a) and (b) we get that ϑ1: 1h = ϑ2: 1h. for q ∈ la-prim(f), by la-primq(h) we mean the collection of all ϑ ∈ la(h) such that ϑ : 1h = q . in other words la-primq(h)= { ϑ ∈ la-prim(h)| ϑ : 1h = q}. proposition 3.4 (a) v(ϑ) = ⋃ q∈v ϑ: 1h) la-primq(h) for ϑ ∈ la(h) (b) v(𝛾. 1 = v∗(𝛾. 1 for every la-ideal 𝛾 of f. further, if ϑ ∈ la(h), then v(ϑ = v( ϑ: 1 . 1 = v∗( ϑ: 1 . 1 . proof (1) : suppose that ϖ ∈ v(ϑ . then ϑ : 1 ⊆ ϖ : 1 = q, and hence q ∈ v(ϑ: 1 . also, ϖ ∈ la-primq(h) ⟹ ϖ ∈ ⋃ q∈v ϑ: 1h) la-primq(h) ⟹ v(ϑ ⊆ ⋃ q∈v ϑ: 1h) la-primq(h) (a) now suppose that ϖ ∈ ⋃ q∈v ϑ: 1h) la-primq(h). then there occurs q ∈ la-primq(h) such that ϑ: 1 ⊆ q and ϖ ∈ la-primq(h). thus ϖ : 1 = q ⟹ ϑ : 1 ⊆ ϖ : 1 ⟹ ϖ ∈ v(ϑ ⟹ ⋃ q∈v ϑ: 1h) la-primq(h) ⊆v(ϑ (b) now it follows from (a) and (b). (2) suppose that q ∈ v∗(𝛾. 1 . then we have 𝛾. 1 ⊆ q ⟹ 𝛾. 1 : 1 ⊆ q : 1 ⟹ q ∈ v(𝛾. 1 ⟹ v∗(𝛾. 1 ⊆ v(𝛾. 1 (c) let q ∈ v(𝛾. 1 , then 𝛾. 1 : 1 ⊆ q : 1 . clearly, 𝛾 ⊆ 𝛾. 1 . thus 𝛾 ⊆ q : 1 ⟹ 𝛾. 1 ⊆ q ⟹ q ∈ v∗(𝛾. 1 ⟹ v(𝛾. 1 ⊆ v∗(𝛾. 1 (d) then from (c) , (d) the outcome satisfying. as well, via the preceding debate instantly we get that v( ϑ: 1 . 1 = v∗( ϑ: 1 . 1 ). now for q ∈ v(ϑ , it deduce that ϑ: 1 ⊆ q : 1 . then we get that ϑ: 1 . 1 ⊆ ϑ, and so ( ϑ: 1 . 1 : 1 ⊆ ϑ : 1 ⊆ q : 1 ⟹ q ∈ v( ϑ: 1 . 1 ⟹ v(ϑ ⊆ v( ϑ: 1 . 1 (e) let q ∈ v∗( ϑ: 1 . 1 ). then ϑ: 1 . 1 ) ⊆ q , so ϑ ∶ 1 ⊆ q : 1 . thus q ∈ v(ϑ and   96 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 hence v∗( ϑ: 1 . 1 ) ⊆ v(ϑ (f) consequently from (e) and (f), we get that v∗( ϑ: 1 . 1 ) ⊆ v(ϑ ⊆ v( ϑ: 1 . 1 . thus v(ϑ = v∗( ϑ: 1 . 1 )= v( ϑ: 1 . 1 . note that from proposition 3.4 we get that la-𝜀 (h)=la-ε ,(h) ⊆ la-ε∗(h). example 3.5 (1) let h = ℤ as ℤ-module and suppose that la is an arbitrary lattice. let q ∈ ℤ is prime. for each prime element s ∈ la, define t(s) ∈ la(ℤ) by t(s)(y)= 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ 〈q〉; 𝑠 𝑖𝑓 𝑦 ∈ ℤ\〈q〉 then by theorem 2.10, t(s) is a primary la-submodule of h . therefore laprim(h)={t(s)|s is a prime element of la while q is prime element of ℤ }, and for la = [0, 1], then la-prim(h) = {t(s)|s ∈ [0, 1] while q is prime element of ℤ }. (2) let h = ℝ[x] as ℝ [x] − module, where ℝ is the field of real numbers. for each t ∈ ℝ [x] while each s ∈ la, defined the fuzzy subset t(s) of ℝ [x] via t(s)(y)= 1 𝑦 ∈ 〈q〉; 𝑠 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 then by theorem 2.10, t(s) primary la-submodule of h if and only if t is irreducible and s is a prime element of la. further, for la=[0,1], we have la-prim(h)= {t(s)|q is irreducible in ℝ [y] , s ∈ [0, 1]}. (3) let h be an arbitrary f-module and t is a prime submodule of h . for each s ∈ la, define t(s)(y)= 1 𝑦 ∈ t ; 𝑠 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 then via theorem 2.10, t(s) is a primary la-submodule of h if and only if s is a prime element of la. if spec(la) indicate the collection of all prime elements of la, then laprim(h)={t(s)|s ∈ spec(la) and t be a primary submodule of h}. (4) if we let h= ℝ [y] as ℝ-module. then all proper submodulest of h , are indicated via t < h , is primary. then by part (3) la-prim(h)= {t(s)| s ∈ spec(la) and t < h}. (5) let la={0, x, y, 1} is a lattice which is not a chain, that is x and y are not similar. then la-prim(h)=∅, for each f-module h , since la has not any prime element. this example display that la-prim(h)=∅, but prim(h) may be non-empty. 4 .the relation b etween la-prim(h) and la-prim(𝐅 / ann(h)) suppose that ϑ is a primary la-submodule of h . then by corollary 2.11 we have (ϑ : 1h ) be a primary la-ideal of f. let the quotient ring f/ ann(h). we indicate a typical element of f/ ann(h) by [y], where y ∈ f. consider the quotient map 𝜌:f → f / ann(h), is defined via 𝜌(y)= [y ], we indicate the image of ϑ :1h beneath 𝜌 by (ϑ: 1 ). in fact, (ϑ: 1 )([y])   97 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 =⋁ ϑ: 1 a |a ∈ y . proposition 4.1 suppose that ϑ ∈ lah. then (ϑ: 1 ) is a primary la-ideal of f/ ann(h). proof the quotient function 𝜌 is epimorphism, it is facile to prove that the (ϑ : 1h ) is 𝜌invariant. then via proposition 2.3, (ϑ: 1 ) is primary la-ideal of f/ ann(h). define the function 𝜎: la-prim(h)→ la-prim(f/ ann(h)) by 𝜎(ϑ) = (ϑ: 1 ) for ϑ ∈ laprim(h), 𝜎 is called the standard function. lemma 4.2 suppose that b is an ideal of f while 𝜚 ∈ lai (f/b). there occur𝑠 𝛾 ∈ lai (f) such that 𝜚=𝛾 . proof let the quotient function𝜌 : f → f / b. then it is to prove that 𝜚 = 𝑜 𝜌. proposition 4.3 the standard function𝜎 be persistent for the topologies on laprim(h)while la-prim (f/ann(h)). proof suppose that 𝛾 ∈ lai (f/ ann(h)). we claim that 𝜎 (v (𝛾 )) =v (𝛾.1h ). for this let q ∈ v (𝛾.1h ). then 𝛾.1h ⊆ q and 1h ⊈ q. thus 𝛾 ⊆ q:1h and hence 𝛾 ⊆ q ∶ 1 . hence q ∶ 1 ⊆ v (𝛾 ) and q ∶ 1 = 𝜎(q), so q ∈ 𝜎 (v (𝛾 )) ⟹ v (𝛾.1h ) ⊆ 𝜎 (v (𝛾 )). identically we can prove that 𝜎 (v (𝛾 )) ⊆ v (𝛾.1m ) and hence 𝜎 (v (𝛾 )) = v (𝛾.1h). thus σ is persistent. proposition 4.4 for each f-module h the following assertions are equivalent: (1) 𝜎 be injective; (2) for ϑ, ϖ ∈ la-prim(h), if v(ϑ)=v(ϖ), then ϑ= ϖ; (3) for every q ∈ la-prim(f),|la-primp(h)|≤ 1. proof (1) ⟹ (2): suppose that ϑ, ϖ ∈ la-prim(h). if v(ϑ)=v (ϖ) then ϑ:1h= ϖ: 1h , by proposition 3.3 and hence ϑ ∶ 1 ϖ ∶ 1 which lead to that 𝜎(ϑ)=𝜎(ϖ). thus ϑ = ϖ, since σ is injective by(1). (2) ⟹ (3): suppose that ϑ, ϖ ∈ la-primp(h), then ϑ:1h =ϖ : 1h=q. therefore v (ϑ)=v (ϖ) via proposition 3.3. then by (2) we have ϑ = ϖ, and hence |la-primp(h)|≤ 1. (3) ⟹ (1): let ϑ, ν ∈ la-prim(h)and 𝜎(ϑ)=𝜎(ϖ). then ϑ ∶ 1 ϖ ∶ 1 ⟹ ϑ ∶ 1 = ϖ ∶ 1 =q ⟹ ϑ, ϖ ∈ la-primp(h) ⟹ 𝜗 ϖ. that is 𝜎 injective. in the complements we put y= la-prim(h) and y = la-prim(f / ann(h)). theorem 4.5 suppose that 𝜎 is the natural map. if σ is inclusive then σ is both closed while open. proof let σ : y → y is the standard function and ϑ ∈ y. then via the proof of proposition 4.3,   98 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 𝜎 (v (ϑ ∶ 1 ))= v( ϑ ∶ 1 . 1 = v ϑ) ⟹ 𝜎 (v ϑ))=𝜎 𝑜 𝜎 (v (ϑ ∶ 1 ))= v (ϑ ∶ 1 , that is σ is closed. also we have 𝜎 (y-v ϑ))=𝜎 𝜎 (y )𝜎 v(ϑ ∶ 1 = 𝜎 𝜎 (y v(ϑ ∶ 1 = y v(ϑ ∶ 1 , that is 𝜎 be open. proposition 4.6 suppose that σ is the standard function from y into y and it is inclusive. then y is linked if and only if y is linked. proof suppose that y is linked. then y =σ(y) is linked, since σ be persistent while inclusive. conversely, let y is linked but y is non-linked. then y includes a non-empty proper subset a such that it is both open and closed. we prove that σ(a) is a non-empty proper subset of y . since a is open then there occur𝑠 ϑ ∈ la(h) such that a = y \v (ϑ). thus σ(a) = y \v (ϑ ∶ 1 ),. if σ(a) = y then v(ϑ ∶ 1 ) = ∅, and hence (ϑ ∶ 1 ) = 𝜒 f/ ann(h) ⟹ ϑ 1 ⟹ a=y \ v (ϑ = y \ v (1 =y, a discrepancy, if σ(a) = ∅, then we must have v (ϑ ∶ 1 ) = y , and hence ϑ ∶ 1 = χ 0 ⟹ ϑ χ 0 ⟹ a=y \ v(χ 0) = y \ y = ∅, which is a discrepancy. therefore σ(a) is a proper non-empty subset of y such that it is both open and closed, a discrepancy. thus y is linked. proposition 4.7: suppose that h while h ́ is f–modules. if y=la-prim(h), y =́ la-prim(h ́) and f ∶ h → h ́ be an epimorphism, then the function g : y ́ →y is defined via g(ϑ ́ = f (ϑ ́ ) be persistent. proof let ϑ ∈ la(h) while v(ϑ) be a closed set in y. for q ∈ g (v(ϑ)) by proposition 3.4 (b), we have v(ϑ) = v∗((ϑ: 1 ). 1 . thus q ∈ g (v∗((ϑ: 1 ). 1 ⇔ g(q ́) ∈ v∗((ϑ: 1 ). 1 ⇔ ϑ: 1 ). 1 ⊆ g(q ́) = f (q ́)⇔f((ϑ: 1 ) . 1 ⊆ q ́ ⇔ ((ϑ: 1 ). 1 ́ ⊆ q ́ ⇔ q ́ ∈ v∗((ϑ: 1 ). 1 ́ = v((ϑ: 1 ). 1 ́ . therefore g (v(ϑ)) = v((ϑ: 1 ). 1 ́ , and hence g is persistent. 5 a basis for the zariski topology over la-prim(h) proposition 5.1 [12] if g is a homomorphism from 𝐅 onto 𝐅 ́, then for each y ∈ 𝐅 and 𝜶 ∈ la \ {0}; g(y 𝜶 = (𝐠 𝐲 𝜶. corollary 5.2 suppose that y ∈ 𝐅, then for all ideal b of 𝐅, and for all 𝜶 ∈ la \ {0}; 𝒚𝜶 = 𝒚𝜶), where 𝒚𝜶 be an la-point of 𝐅 / b for each 𝐅-module h, we suppose the collection c={d(𝒚𝜶. 𝟏𝐇 | y ∈ 𝐅 , 𝜶 ∈ la \ {0}} such that d(𝒚𝜶. 𝟏𝐇 =y \ 𝐕 𝒚𝜶. 𝟏𝐇 . we assumption that if the lattice la is a chain then c formation a basis for zarski topology on y=la-prim(h). we suppose the following states: (1) if 𝜶=1 while y = 0, d(01.1h ) = y \v (01.1h ) = y \v (0h ) = ∅. (2) if 𝜶 = 1 while y = 1, d(11.1h ) = y \v (11.1h ) = y \v (1h) = y.   99 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 notation in the complement for 𝛾 ∈ lai (f) we put e(𝛾) =la-prim(f )\ v(𝛾). proposition 5.3 if σ : y → y is standard function, then (a) σ−1(e(y )) = d(y .1h ); (b) σ(d(y .1h )) ⊆ e(y ). further if σ is inclusive then the parity satisfies. proof for (a) we have σ−1(e(y ))=σ−1 y \ v(y ))=y \ σ−1(v(y ))=y \ v(y . 1h) = d (y . 1h). for (b) we have σ(σ−1(e(y ))) = σ(d(y .1h )) and σ(σ−1(e(y ))) = ⊆ e(y ). then σ(d(y .1h )) ⊆ e(y ). so if σ is inclusive then we get that σ(σ−1(e(y ))) =e(y ). thus σ(d(y .1h)=e(y ). proposition 5.4 if a, b ∈ f and 𝛼, 𝛼◦ ∈ la\{0}, then d(a .1h ) ∩ d(𝑏 ◦ .1h)=d( ab ∧ ◦ .1h). proof we have d(a . 1h ) ∩ d(𝑏 ◦ .1h ) = σ−1(e(a )) ∩ σ−1(e(𝑏 ◦ . )) = σ−1(e(a )∩ e(𝑏 ◦ .)) = σ−1(e( ab ∧ ◦ ) = d( ab ∧ ◦ .1h). in the complement, we suppose that the lattice la is a chain. theorem 5.5 for each f-module h, the collection c={d(a .1h )|x ∈ f, α ∈ la\{0}} formation a basis for zariski topology over y=la-prim(h). proof let w be an arbitrary open set in y. then w= d(ϑ)=y \v (ϑ) for several ϑ ∈ la(h). via proposition 3.4, v(ϑ)=v((ϑ:1h ).1h ). by considering 𝛾 ϑ:1h , then v(ϑ)=v(𝛾.1h) as we aforesaid in the basic concepts, we can write 𝛾=⋃ 𝑐𝛾∈ . obviously we have 𝑐𝛾 =⋃ 𝛾∈ . thus we get that v(𝛾.1h) =v ⋃ ⋃ 𝑦 .1∈∈ =v ⋃ 𝑦 .1∈ , ∈ = v ⋃ 𝑦 . 1∈ , ∈ (since la is a chain) = ⋂ v 𝑦 . 1∈ , ∈ thus d(ϑ)=y \v(ϑ) = y \ ⋂ v 𝑦 . 1∈ , ∈ =⋃ y \v 𝑦 . 1∈ , ∈ ))=⋃ 𝐷 𝑦 . 1∈ , ∈ this proves that c is a basis for the zariski topology over y . proposition 5.6 suppose that h is an f-module. if the standard function σ is inclusive, then y=la-prim(h) is compact. proof: suppose that y=⋃ 𝐷 𝑦α. 1 |𝑦 ∈ f, α ∈ 𝐿𝑎\ {0}}. then 𝑌= σ(y) = σ(⋃ 𝐷 𝑦 . 1 |𝑦 ∈ f, α ∈ 𝐿𝑎\ {0}} ) =⋃ σ 𝐷 𝑦 . 1 |𝑦 ∈ f, α ∈ 𝐿𝑎\ {0}} = ⋃ 𝑦 |𝑦 ∈ f, α ∈ 𝐿𝑎\ {0}} (since σ is inclusive).   100 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (3) 2020 also, since 𝑌 is compact, we can write 𝑌=⋃ 𝑦𝚥𝒏𝒋 𝟏 , and hence σ −1(𝑌) = σ−1(⋃ 𝑦𝚥𝒏𝒋 𝟏 ). thus y=⋃ σ 𝑦𝚥𝒏𝒋 𝟏 , and so σ 𝑦𝚥 = 𝑦𝑗 . 1 . therefore y is compact. references 1. eman, y.h. on the primary spectrum of a module and a primary ful module. journal of al-qadisiya pure scienes.2016, 21, 4, 1-9. 2. zadeh, l.a. fuzzy sets. inform control.1965, 8, 3, 338–353. 3. goguen, j.a. l-fuzzy sets. j math appl.1967, 18, 1, 145–174. 4. rosenfeld, r. fuzzy groups. j math anal appl.1971, 35, 512-517. 5. negoita, c.v.; ralescu, d.a. application of fuzzy systems analysis.1975, 679. 6. pan, f-z. fuzzy finitely generated modules. fuzzy sets syst.1987, 21, 105–113. 7. sidky, fi. on radical of fuzzy submodules and primary fuzzy submodules. fuzzy sets syst.2001, 119, 419–425. 8. dixit, v.n.l.; kummar, r.; ajmal, n. fuzzy ideals and fuzzy prime ideals of a ring. fuzzy sets syst.1991, 44, 127-138. 9. mukherjee, t.k.; sen, m.k. on fuzzy ideals of a ring i. fuzzy sets syst.1987, 21, 1, 99– 104. 10. bhambri, s.k.; kumar, r.; kumar, p. fuzzy prime submodules and radical of a fuzzy submodules. bull cal math soc.1993, 87, 163–168. 11. hadji-abadi, h.; zahedi, m.m. some results on fuzzy prime spectrum of a ring. fuzzy sets syst.1996, 77, 235–240. 12. kumar, r. fuzzy prime spectrum of a ring. fuzzy sets syst.1992, 46, 147–154. 13. kumar, r.; kohli, j.k. fuzzy prime spectrum of a ring ii. fuzzy sets syst.1993, 59, 223–230. 14. kumbhojkar, h.v. spectrum of prime fuzzy ideals. fuzzy sets syst.1994, 62, 101– 109. 15. kumbhojkar, h.v. some comments on spectrum of prime fuzzy ideals of a ring. fuzzy sets syst.1997, 85, 109–114. 16. ameri, r.; mahjoob, r. spectrum of prime l-submodules. fuzzy sets and systems. 2008, 159, 1107-1115. 17. lu, c.p. the zariski topology on the spectrum of a modules. houst j mat.1999, 25, 3, 417–432. 18. mordeson, j.n.; malik, d.s. fuzzy commutative algebra. world scientific, ed.1, publishing, singapore,1998. microsoft word 490-499 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|490    normalization bernstein basis for solving fractional fredholm-integro differential equation abdul khaleq o. al-jubory khaleqnoor@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics/ college of science, university al-mustansiriyah shaymaa hussain salih dept. of mathematics/college of applied science/ university of technology abstract in this work, we employ a new normalization bernstein basis for solving linear freadholm of fractional integro-differential equations nonhomogeneous of the second type (lffides). we adopt petrov-galerkian method (pgm) to approximate solution of the (lffides) via normalization bernstein basis that yields linear system. some examples are given and their results are shown in tables and figures, the petrov-galerkian method (pgm) is very effective and convenient and overcome the difficulty of traditional methods. we solve this problem (lffides) by the assistance of matlab10. key words: petrov-galerkian method; fractional derivative; caputo; sense. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|491    1.introduction: integro-differential equations are encountered in various fields of sciences. it plays an important role in many branches of linear and non-linear functional analysis and their applications are in the theory of science, engineering and social sciences. many problems can be modeled by fractional integro-differential equations from various science and engineering applications. finding the approximate or exact solutions of fractional integrodifferential equations is an important task. save in a limited number, there is difficulty in finding the analytical solutions of fractional integro-differential equations. therefore, there have been attempts to develop new methods for obtaining analytical solutions which reasonably approximate the exact solutions. however, several numbers of algorithms for solving linear fredholm of fractional integro-differential equation nonhomogeneous of the second type (lffides) have been investigated. z. taheri, sh. javadi and e. babolian [1] employed shifted legendre spectral collocation method to solve stochastic integro-differential equations (sfides). [2] presented bernstein polynomials basis for solving (lffides). asma a., adem kılıc and bachok m. [3] employed, homotopy perturbation and the variational iteration to approximate integro-differential equation of fractional (arbitrary) order. li huanga, xianfang li, yulin zhaoa and xiang-yang [4] used taylor series approach for approximately a class of. peter linzt [5] used nystrom’s method to establish numerical procedure for the approximate solution of linear integro-differential equations. in this wrok, we presented the approximate solution of the (lffides). 𝐷 𝑢 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑡 𝑢 𝑡 𝑎 𝑥, 𝑡 𝑏 …(1.a) with the following supplementary conditions: 𝑢 0 𝛿 𝑛 1 𝛼 𝑛, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 … (1.b) where 𝐷 𝑢 𝑥 indicates the 𝛼 the caputo fractional derivative of 𝑢 𝑥 ; 𝑓(𝑥), 𝐾(𝑥, 𝑡) are given functions, 𝑥 and 𝑡 are real variables varying in the interval [a, b], and 𝑢 𝑥 is the unknown function to be determined. 2. basic definition definition1: a real function f(t), t > 0, is said to be in the space c , μ ∈ r, if there exists a real number p 𝜇,such that f(t) = t h (t); where f t ∈ 0 , ∞ , and it is said to be in space c if and only if f c , n ∈ n. definition2: the riemann-liouvill fractional integral operator of order 𝛼 for a function in 𝐶 , where 𝜇 1, is defined as 𝐽 𝑓 𝑥 𝑑𝑡, 𝛼 0 𝐽 𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 . definition3: let 𝑓 ∈ 𝐶 1, 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 ∪ 0 . then the caputo fractional derivatives of f(x) is defined as: ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|492    𝐷 𝑓 𝑥 𝐽 𝑓 𝑥 , 𝑚 1 𝛼 𝑚, 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁 , 𝛼 𝑚 hence, we have following properties 1. 𝐽 𝐽 𝑓 𝐽 𝑓, 𝛼, 𝑣 0, 𝑓 ∈ 𝐶 , 𝜇 0 2. 𝐽 𝑥 𝑥 , 𝛼 0 , 𝛾 1, 𝑥 0 3. 𝐽 𝐷 𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 -∑ 𝑓 0 ! ,𝑥 0, 𝑚 1 𝛼 𝑚 4. 𝐽 𝐷 𝑓 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 , 𝑥 0, 𝑚 1 𝛼 𝑚 5. 𝐷 𝐶 0, c is constant 6.𝐷 𝑥 0 𝛽 ∈ 𝑁 , 𝛼 𝑥 𝛽 ∈ 𝑁 , 𝛽 𝛼 where 𝛼 denoted the smallest integer greater than or equal to 𝛼 and 𝑁 0,1,2, … . 2.1 the derivative for orthonormal brnstein polynomials: the bernstein polynomials of 𝑛th degree are defined on the interval [0,1] as[6]. 𝐵 , 𝑥 𝑛 𝑖 𝑥 1 𝑥 , 𝑛 𝑖 𝒏! 𝒊! 𝒏 𝒊 ! 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑖 0,1,2, … , 𝑛 the representation of the orthonormal bernstein polynomials, denoted by 𝒃𝒊,𝒏 𝒙 here, was discovered by analyzing the resulting orthonormal polynomials after applying the gramschmidt process on sets of bernstein polynomials of degree 𝐵 , 𝑥 . then the following sets of orthonormal polynomials 𝑏 , 𝑥 , 0 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑛. for 𝑛 = 6, the four orthonormal bernstein polynomials are given as: 𝑏 , 𝑥 = √13 1 𝑥 , 𝑏 , 𝑥 = √44 [6x 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 ] 𝑏 , 𝑥 = 11 15𝑥 1 𝑥 6𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑏 , 𝑥 = √252 20𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 5𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑏 , 𝑥 = √ 15𝑥 1 𝑥 40 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 + 1 𝑥 𝑏 , 𝑥 = √ 6𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 60𝑥 1 𝑥 30𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑏 , 𝑥 =7 𝑥 18𝑥 1 𝑥 75 𝑥 1 𝑥 100𝑥 1 𝑥 45𝑥 1 𝑥 6𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|493    3. analysis of the petrov-galerkin method (pgm): in this section we introduce the (pgm) for eq. (2). for the proof of all results in this section, we can use the same manner used in [7], but for eq. (2). let x be a banach space with the norm ‖. ‖ and let 𝑋∗ denote its dual space. assume k : x → x is a compact linear operator. we rewrite this eq.(1) in operator from as: 𝐷∗ 𝑢 𝐾𝑢 𝑓, 𝑓 ∈ 𝑋 ...(2) where u ∈ x is the unknown to be determined. the peterov-galerkin method (pgm) used for the numerical solutions of eq.(2). the petrov-galerkin methods (pgm) interpolate between the galerkin method and the collocation method. for this purpose for each positive integer n, we assume that 𝑋 ⊂ x , 𝑌 ⊂ 𝑋∗, and xn, 𝑌 are finite dimensional vector spaces with dim xn = dim yn , then x n , 𝑌 satisfy condition (h) : for each x ∈ x and y ∈ 𝑋∗, there exists x n ∈ x n and y n ∈ yn such that∥x n ̶ x∥→ 0 as n → ∞. when the peterov-galerkin method(pgm) for eq.(2) is a numerical method for finding 𝑢 ∈ 𝑋 such that 〈 𝐷∗ 𝑢 ̶ k un , yn 〉 = 〈 f , yn 〉 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝑌 ...(3) it is clear that the petrov-galerkin method(pgm) is closely related to a generalized best approximation from 𝑋 to x ∈ x with respect to 𝑌 ,. given x ∈ x, an element 𝑃 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 is called a generalized best approximation from 𝑋 to x with respect to 𝑌 if it satisfies the equation 〈x ⎯ 𝑃 𝑥, yn〉 = 0 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝑌 ...(4) similarly, given 𝑦 ∈ 𝑋∗, an element 𝑝 𝑦 ∈ 𝑌 is called best approxima tion from 𝑌 𝑡𝑜 𝑦 with respect 𝑌 to 𝑦 if it satisfies the equatio 〈𝑥 , 𝑦 𝑝 𝑦〉= 0 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 . proposition: for each x ∈ x, the generalized best approximation from 𝑋 to x with respect to 𝑌 exists uniquely if and only if y n ∩ 𝑋 ={0} ...(5) under this condition, 𝑃 is a projection; i.e., 𝑃 𝑃 / assume that, for each n, there is a linear operator ∏ : 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 with ∏ 𝑋 = 𝑌 , and satisfying the condition (h-1) ‖𝑥 ‖ ≤ c1 〈𝑥 , ∏ 𝑥 〉 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋` , (h-2) ‖∏ 𝑥 ‖ c2 ‖𝑥 ‖ for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 , where c1 and c2 are positive constants independent of n. if a pair of sequence 𝑋 and 𝑌 satisfy (h-1) and (h-2), we call { 𝑋 , 𝑌 } a regular pair. for each x ∈ x, let 𝑄 𝑥 be a best approximation from 𝑋 to x, that is, 𝑄 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 satisfies the equation ‖𝑥 𝑄 𝑥‖ ‖𝑥 𝑥 ‖∈ . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|494    if a regular pair 𝑋 , 𝑌 satisfies dim xn = dim yn and condition (h) , then the corresponding generalized projection 𝑃 satisfies: (1) for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋, ‖𝑃 𝑥 𝑥‖ → 0 as n→ ∞ (2) there is a constant 𝐶 0 such that, ‖𝑃 ‖ < c, n = 1,2,.. (3) for some constant 𝐶 0 independent of n, ‖𝑃 𝑥 𝑥‖ 𝐶‖𝑄 𝑥 𝑥‖ where 𝑄 𝑥 is the best approximation from x n to x. if { 𝑋 , 𝑌 } a regular pair is with a linear operator ∏ : 𝑋 ⟶ 𝑌 with ∏ 𝑋 = 𝑌 , then eq. (3) may be rewritten 〈𝐷∗ 𝑢 𝐾𝑢 , ∏ 𝑥 〉 〈𝑓 , ∏ 𝑥 〉 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 ...(6) using the projection 𝑃 defined earlier, eq.(3) is equivalent to 𝐷∗ 𝑢 𝑃 𝐾𝑢 =𝑃 𝑓 ...(7) eq.(7) can also be derived from the fact that 𝑃 x = 0 for an 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 if and only if 〈𝑥 , 𝑦 〉 = 0 for all 𝑦 ∈ 𝑌 . this equation indicates that the petrov-galerkin method is a projection method. now, assume un ∈ x n and 𝑏 is a basis for xn (trial space) and 𝑏∗ (test space) is a basis for yn. therefore the (pgm ) on 𝑎, 𝑏 for eq. (2) is: 〈𝐷∗ 𝑢 𝐾 𝑢 , 𝑏 ∗〉 〈𝑓, 𝑏∗〉, i= 1,.. ,n ...(8) 4. application of (pgm) for solving (lffides) via normalization bernstein basis: in this section, the petrov-galerkian method (pgm) with aid of normalization bernstein polynomials of six degree are interval [0, 1], is applied to study the approximation solution of the linear fredholm fractional integro-differential eq(1) as the form: 𝐷∗ 𝑢 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑡 𝑢 𝑡 𝑑𝑡, 𝑢 0 𝛽, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑎, 𝑏 our approach being by taking the fractional integration to both sides of eq. (1) we get 𝑢 𝑥 𝑢 0 𝐼 𝑓 𝑥 𝐼 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑡 𝑢 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ...(9) to approximate solution of eq.(1),we use the normalization polynomial basis on 𝑎, 𝑏 as: 𝑢 𝑥 ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑥 ...(10) where ( 𝑎 , 𝑖 0,1, … . . , 𝑛 are unknown constants to be determined substituting eq.(10) in to eq.(9),we get ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑥 𝑢 0 𝐼 𝑓 𝑥 𝐼 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑡 ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ...(11) hence ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|495    ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑥 𝐼 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑡 ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑢 0 𝐼 𝑓 𝑥 ...(12) in the next step, apply petrov-galerkin method (pgm) for eq.(1) is a numerical method for finding 𝑢 𝑥 ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑥 ∊ x n, such that 𝒂𝒊 is unknown and must be determined from eq.(12). from eq.(8) it is clear that the eq.(12) can be written as : <∑ a b , x i k x, t ∑ a b , t dt , b , ∗ >=< u 0 i f x , b , ∗ > ...(13) thus ∑ a b , x i k x, t ∑ a b , t dt b , ∗ u 0 i f x dx b , ∗ …(14) then, eq.(14) is equivalent to linear system can be formed as follows : l x, 𝑎 ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑥 𝐼 𝑘 𝑥, 𝑡 ∑ 𝑎 𝑏 , 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑚 𝑢 0 𝐼 𝑓 𝑥 𝑏 , ∗ … 15 we can represent the system eq.(15) as a matrix form: la=m ...(16) where 𝐿 𝐿 𝑥, 𝑎 𝑏 , ∗ 𝑑𝑡 ⋯ 𝐿 𝑥, 𝑎 𝑏 , ∗ 𝑑𝑡 ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝐿 𝑥, 𝑎 𝑏 , ∗ 𝑑𝑡 ⋯ 𝐿 𝑥, 𝑎 𝑏 , ∗ 𝑑𝑡 , 𝐴 𝑎 𝑎 ⋮ 𝑎 , 𝑀 𝑚 𝑚 ⋮ 𝑚 then we are solving the system to calculate the value 𝑎 5. numerical examples: example 1: consider the following linear fredholm fractional integro-differential equation: 𝐷 𝑢 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑢 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , u(0)= 0, 0 𝛼 1 where the exact solution u(x) = 𝑥 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|496    table (1): represents a comparison between the exact solution and approximate solution with different value 𝛼 1,0.5,0.25 x exact solution approximate solution 𝛼 1 𝛼 0.5 𝛼 0.25 0 0 0 0.000606 0.002462 0.1 0.001 0.001 0.015119 0.052247 0.2 0.008 0.008 0.05891 0.15574 0.3 0.027 0.027 0.13789 0.31079 0.4 0.064 0.064 0.25797 0.52016 0.5 0.125 0.125 0.42506 0.78662 0.6 0.216 0.216 0.64507 1.1129 0.7 0.343 0.343 0.9239 1.5018 0.8 0.512 0.512 1.2675 1.9562 0.9 0.729 0.729 1.6817 2.4786 1 1.0 1.0 2.1725 3.072 figure (1): comparison between the approximate solution and exact solution example 2: consider the following linear fredholm fractional integro-differential equation: 𝐷 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥𝑒 𝑒 𝑥 𝑥𝑦 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , y(0)=0, 0 𝛼 1 the exact solution y(x)=𝑥𝑒 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 exact solution alpha =1 alpha =0.5 alpha =0.25 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|497    table (2): represents a comparison between the exact solution and approximate solution with different value 𝛼 0.25,0.5,1 x exact solution approximate solution 𝛼 1 𝛼 0.5 𝛼 0.25 0 0 0 0.14474 0.41705 0.1 0.11052 0.11044 0.43381 0.82922 0.2 0.24428 0.24397 0.73141 1.2522 0.3 0.40496 0.40424 1.0526 1.7024 0.4 0.59673 0.59537 1.4123 2.1962 0.5 0.82436 0.82151 1.8256 2.7500 0.6 1.0933 1.0868 2.3075 3.3801 0.7 1.4096 1.3953 2.8731 4.1030 0.8 1.7804 1.7512 3.5372 4.935 0.9 2.2136 2.1586 4.3151 5.8926 1 2.7183 2.6217 5.2216 6.9920 figure (2): comparison between the approximate solution and exact solution example 3:consider the following linear fredholm fractional integro-differential equation: 𝐷 𝑦 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 1 1 𝑦 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , y(0)=0, 0 𝛼 1 .the exact solution y(x)=sin 𝑥 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 exact solution alpha =1 alpha =0.5 alpha =0.25 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|498    table(3): represents a comparison between the exact solution and approximate solution with different value 𝛼 1,0.5,0.25 x exact solution approximate solution 𝛼 1 𝛼 0.5 𝛼 0.25 0 0 0 0.56048 -4.5716 0.1 0.0998 0.0997 1.2655 -6.3967 0.2 0.19867 0.1984 1.7856 -7.6149 0.3 0.29552 0.29512 2.1787 -8.4416 0.4 0.38942 0.38889 2.5027 -9.0926 0.5 0.47943 0.47873 2.8152 -9.7833 0.6 0.56464 0.56369 3.1743 -10.729 0.7 0.64422 0.64279 3.6376 -12.146 0.8 0.71736 0.71507 4.263 -14.250 0.9 0.78333 0.77956 5.1083 -17.255 1 0.84147 0.8353 6.2313 -21.379 figure (3): comparison between the approximate solution and exact solution 6.conclusions: integro-differential equations are usually difficult. it required to obtain the approximate solution. in this paper, petrov-galerkin method(pgm) has been successfully applied to find 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 exact solution alpha =1 alpha =0.25 alpha =0.5 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1821 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|499    the approximate solution of linear fractional volterra integro-differential equation of the second type (lffides) via the normalization bernstein basis. this method is very powerful and efficient in finding analytical as well as numerical solutions for wide classes of linear fractional frdholm integro-differential equation of the second type (lffides), for the special case α = 1is shown in figure 1, figure 2 and figure3. it can be seen from these figures that the solution obtained by the present method is identical with the exact solution. in our paper, we use the matlab language to calculate the petrov-galerkin method via normalization bernstein basis. references [1] z. taheri, sh.javadi and e.babolian , numerical solution of stochastic fractional integro-differential equation by the spectral collocation method, journal of computational and applied mathematics, 336-347. 2017 [2] m.d. jani, bhatta and s.javadi, numerical solution of fractional integro-differential equations with nonlocal conditions, applicaations and applid mathmatis, 98-111. 2017 [3] a. asma, k. adem and m. bachok, approximate solution of integro-differential equation of fractional (arbitrary) order, journal of king saud university –science,.61-68. 2016 [4] h. li ,f. xian ,z. yulin and y. xiang, approximate solution of fractional integrodifferential equations by taylor expansion method, computers and mathematics with applications,.1127-1134. ,2011 [5] l. peter, a method for the approximate solution of linear integro-differential equations,siam journal on numerical analysis,.137-144. 2006 [6] m. mayada, a new operational matrix of derivative for orthonormal bernstein polynomial's, baghdad science journal,.1295-1300. 2014 [7] f. shekarabi, m. khodabin and k. maleknejad, the petrov-galerkin method for numerical solution of stochastic volterra integral equations, international journal of applied mathematics,.170-176. 2014   تأثير تداخل سمادي اليوريا وسوبر فوسفات في بعض الصفات 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد فوسفات في بعض الصفاتتأثير تداخل سمادي اليوريا وسوبر المظهرية والفسلجية لمحصول القمح اسو لطيف عزيز االركواني جامعة السليمانية، كلية التربية كالر ،قسم علوم الحياة الخالصة مةايظتة للستميمانية ىمتر تربتة متا وذ /سنادين بالستتييية يتم مة تة بستتنة يتالر لاعمنفذت تجربة بايولوجية باست ادي يتل متن لليوريتا و تم لمعرية تاثير تدل ل مستويات م تمفة متن ستم 6002-6002ةد ةقول للمن قة لموسم للنمو أمن وستوبر يوستفات ،(دونتم/يغتم يوريتا 000، 20، 62، 0للتتم تعتادل مستتويات )يغتم تربتة ./( غترلم04.0، 04.0 ،0،0.20) دونتتتم( يتتتم بعتتت /يغتتتم ستتتوبر يوستتتفات 20، 00، 0يغتتتم تربتتتة )وللتتتتم تعتتتادل مستتتتويات ./( غتتترلم..04، .046، 0و تتتم ) ،ونستبة للبتروتين ،ومعتدل للنمتو للم مت ،وللمساةة للورقيتة ،لجاف لمجزء لل ضريللوزن لمثل للصفات للمظهرية وللفسمجية لظهترت للنتتاا ،ويت للتصتميم للعاتولام لليامتل ىمتر (، ونفتذت للتجربتة52ومةتوى لليموروييل وغير تا لصتنف للقمتا )لبتاء ة للتتتتتر للستتتتتنادين، ويتتتتتان زيتتتتتاد قتتتتتيم للصتتتتتفات للمدروستتتتتة متتتتتو زيتتتتتاد مستتتتتتويات ستتتتتمادي لليوريتتتتتا وستتتتتوبر يوستتتتتفات للمضتتتتتاي دونم ما لاليضتل يتم لى ااهمتا لىمتر قتيم لمصتفات للمدروستة /( يغم سوبر يوسفات20دونم و)/( يغم يوريا000للمستويين) مقارنة مو للمستويات لال رى للمضاية من يال للسمادين. المقدمة مزيتاد للةاصتمة يتم لعتالمم للمتزليتد لتت نتيجتة يعد مةصول للقما متن مةاصتيل للةبتول للمهمتة بستبل لل متل لل ستيان دول للعتتالم، ويتزرا تتذل للمةصتول يتتم للعترل باتتيل ولستو، لال لن غمتتة للهيتتار متدنيتتة الستبال ىديتتد منهتا متتايتعم للتستتتميد الستتتيمالةتتتد للعولمتتتل للمهمتتتة يتتتم تةستتتين نمتتتو ولنتاجيتتتة تتتذل للمةصتتتول و بتتتادلر للمةصتتتول وللتربتتتة، ويعتتتد للتستتتميد لدى للر زيتاد / يتار( يغم6.0زياد للتسميد للنتروجينم ةتر ) للر لنللنتروجينم وللفوسفاتم، وقد لاارت درلسات ىديد يتتتم تيتتتوين للمريبتتتات للعضتتتوية دل تتتل للمهتتتم بستتتبل دور للنتتتتروجين( 0،6)معنويتتتة يتتتم للصتتتفات للمدروستتتة لهتتتذل للمةصتتتول ومنظمات للنمو وغير ا للتم تد ل يم بناء لل مية للنباتية و ذل بتدور يةتد ،لالةما لالمينية وللنوويةمثل لنسجة للنبات ( 5،.) ( يذلك لاارت للدرلسات لن للتسميد للفوسفاتم لت تاثير ليجابم يم نمو ولنتاجية مةصتول للقمتا3نمول جيدل لمنبات ) ما لن للفسفور لت قدر جيد يم زياد سترىة (، ي3للبروتين )مثل وذلك لدور للفسفور يم تيوين للمريبات للمهمة يم للنبات قتدرتها زيتاد يتمللاعيرلت للجذرية وزياد يتمتها مما يؤدي للر تعم ذ للجذور يم للتربتة ممتا يتؤثر السيمانمو للجذور و عولمتتل ( يتتذلك يتتد ل للفستتفور يتتم بنتتاء بعتت للمريبتتات للغنيتتة بال اقتتة للتتتم تعمتتل ي6المتصتتاا للمتتاء وللعناصتترللمعدنية ) nicotione amide( nadphو ) ، adenosine triphosphate( atpات مثتتتل مريبتتتات )تمرليقتتتة لالنزيمتتت adenine dinucleotid diphosphate . ( يما ياارك يم تمثيل لليربو يدرلت وللمولد لال رى للناتجة ىن 7يما يد ل للفسفور يم ترييل لالغاية لل موية ) لالةما للنووية ام لتةرر لل اقة لمعمميات للةيوية يم للنبات، وياارك يم تيوينىممية للبناء للضو 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد لن تتتاثير للتتر ( 5،00(.لاتتارت درلستتات ). يتتد ل يتتم لستتترلت متتو مجتتاميو للهيدرويستتيل للعااتتد لمستتيريات لو لليةتتوالت )و ل للسماد للنتروجينم وللفوسفاتم قد لى ر زيادلت معنوية يم بع صفات مةصول للقما.تدل مةاصيل للةبول يم لقميم يردستان ىموما وةو من قة يالر صوصا م للن للدرلسات ةول للتوصيات للسمادية ت لالستمد للمضتاية ومتدى تت ثير قميمة وتفتقر للر للدقة لتذلك يتان تدف تذ للدرلستة تو معريتة ليضتل مستتوى متن مستتويا تدل مها يم بع للصفات للمظهرية وللفسمجية لنبات للقما. المواد وطرائق العمل مةايظة للسميمانية من تالل جمتل تربتة متن لةتد /يم مة ة بستنة يالر )تجربة سنادين(نفذت تجربة بايولوجية (0دول )تتتتم تقدير بعت للصتفات للييمياايتة وللفيزياايتة لتربتة للدرلستة ج ،( ممم6) ةقول للمن قة وتم تنعيمها ون مها بمن ل ( يغتتتم متتتن للتربتتتة يتتتم يتتتل ستتتندلنة متتتن ستتتنادين للتجربتتتة ، ولستتتت دمت .) ت(، وضتتتع00رةتتتة متتتن )للمقت لاتتتوةستتتل لل ر -ية من لالسمد :ألتللمستويات ل ( غتترلم 04.0، 04.0، 0460يتتة منهتتا )ألتت لليميتتات للمنتتتروجين ولضتتيف لت لليوريتتا مصتتدر ممعلستتت -ستتماد لليوريتتا: أ معاممتتة للمقارنتتة )للمستتتوى صتتفر يوريتتا(، يضتتال ىتتندونتتم( /يغتتم يوريتتا 000، 20، 62وللتتتم تمثتتل للمستتتويات ) ( يوما من للزرلىة.2.لضيفت لليميات لىال ىمر ديعتين لالولر قبل للزرلىة وللثانية بعد ) للتتم تمثتل مستتويات ( غرلم متن للستماد..04، .046ة )لألتيت للمستويات ممعلست -سماد سوبر يوسفات للثالثم: ب معاممتتتة للمقارنتتتة )صتتتفر ستتتوبر يوستتتفات(، ولضتتتيف للستتتماد يضتتتال ىتتتندونتتتم( /ستتتوبر يوستتتفات يغتتتم 20، 00) للفوسفاتم ديعة ولةد قبل للزرلىة. ميتتررلت بةيتت بمتتا ىتتدد للمعتتامالت ةل وبثالثتتويتت للتصتتميم للعاتتولام لليامتتىمتتر نفتتذت للتجربتتة تجربتتة ستتنادين ( بذر من بذور صنف للقما .0( معاممة ناتجة ىن للتولي بين ىولمل للدرلسة. زرىت )02للتجريبية )ىدد للسنادين( و ) ، تتم متابعتة للتجربتة متن ىمميتات للتري ولزللتة لالدغتال و فتت للنباتتات للتر 2/00/6002بتتاري (* يم يتل ستندلنة52)لباء ( 060وللثانية بعد ) hi-d 20 ورمز لها ( يوما20بعد ) رن لمجزء لل ضري لالولاةات ت( نباتات بعد لالنبات، ول ذ00) للعينتتتات لل ضتتترية يتتتم مجفتتتف تمتتتن موىتتتد للزرلىتتتة ) متتت نباتتتتات ليتتتل ةاتتتة(، وقتتتد جففتتت h2-d123 ورمتتتز لهتتتا يومتتتا (oven( ىمر ةرلر )م20-22)درستت للصتفات يم لييا ورقية نظيفتة. تو ةفظ ،ةتر ثبات للوزن ( ساىة..مد ) 2 -ية:ألتللمظهرية وللفسمجية ل switzerland meterتم ةسال للماد للجاية باستعمال للميزلن للةسا نوا dry weightللوزن للجاف -1 leaf areaللمساةة للورقية -2 ( وةسل للمعادلة للتالية06تم ةسابها تبعا ل ريقة ) ىرضها )سم(× ول للورقة )سم( ( × 040.0/.) 0462( = 6سممساةة للورقة ) absolute growth rate( .a.g.rمعدل للنمو للم م ) -0 (.00تم ةسابت لىتمادل ىمر للوزن للجاف لمجزء لل ضري ىند زمن ل ذ للةاة لالولر وللثانية وةسل معادلة ) w2-w1 absolute growth rate( gm/gm of dry weight .dayتتتتتت = ) t2-t1 :لنلذ w1 وw2 ةاة لالولر وللثانية ىمر للتوللم.= للوزن للجاف لمجزء لل ضري لم t1 وt2 .زمن ل ذ للةاة لالولر وللثانية ىمر للتوللم = 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد nitrogen concentration and protein percentageلبروتين ترييز للنتروجين ونسبة ل -. . وتتتم ليمتتال ةجتتم للعينتتة للتتر ةجتتم معمتتوم (.0جيتتدل وليتتال للةاتتتين ةستتل ريقتتة ) ضتتم وزن معمتتوم متتن للجتتزء لل ضتتري ن ثتم قتدرت مت( 02ل ريقتة )لويت ىمتر بالماء للمق تر، ومتن ثتم تقتدير للنتتروجين يتم مستت ما للعينتات للنباتيتة للةامضتم .(02ل ريقة )لوي ىمر ............n =protein percentage%× 6.25 -:ألتمنسبة للبروتين ةسل للقانون ل content total chlorophyll( 6سم/مةتوى لليموروييل لليمم )ماييروغرلم -2 متن للهياتة للعامتة لمبةتو للزرلىيتة/وزلر ريلستع يابانم للصنو spad minolt a) ة جهاز تقدير لليموروييل )ابوس قدر للزرلىة/بغدلد. (%)soluble carbohydrate نسبة للياربو يدرلت للذلابة -2 زء لل ضتتري وليتتال تتتتباليربو يتتدرلت لوال ومتتن ثتتم قتتدرت نستتبة لليربو يتتدرلت للذلابتتة لمج لل تتاا تتتم تةضتتير للمنةنتتر للقياستتم م تةميتل للنتتاا ت(. تت02ا ل ريقتة )تتتت( وتبعnm) ...ىند لل ول للمتوجم spectrophotometerللةاتين باست دلم جهاز least (lsd) significant ل يتتر معنتتوي تتتت( وتتم مقارنتتة للمتوستت ات باستتت دلم لق.0ل ريقتتة )لويتت ىمتتر لةصتاايا difference ( 0402ىند مستوى لةتمال.) النتائج والمناقشة ن زياد مستويات ستمادي لليوريتا وللستوبر يوستفات يتان لهتا تتاثير معنتوي يتم زيتاد وزن للمتاد أ( 6دول )تبين نتاا ج ( يغتتم 000) للتذي لى تتر لىمتتر معتتدل لممتتاد للجايتتة تتو ميوريتتاللجايتة لمجتتزء لل ضتتري وليتتال للةاتتتين ولن ليضتتل مستتتوى ل (% مقارنتة بالمستتوى )صتفر( 26420، 26405 تم )( غترلم وبنستبة زيتاد06460، 0462) وزن لى ر معدل لذيوريا/دونم ، ويتتان للمستتتوى للنظتتر ىتتن مستتتويات للسوبريوستتفات للمضتتاية صتترفن لالولتتر وللثانيتتة ىمتتر للتتتوللم وبييوريتتا وليتتال للةاتتت ( غترلم ..064 ، 04.6ة تو )تتتتتتتتتتتتتتللجايلى ر لىمر معدل لوزن للماد لذ( يغم/دونم 20)لاليضل لسماد للسوبريوسفات و ( % ليتتال للةاتتتين ىمتتر للتتتوللم، لمتتا تتتاثير 2.425، 04.2.وبنستتبة زيتتاد مقارنتتة بالمستتتوى )صتتفر( سوبريوستتفات تتم ) ( يغتتتم يوريتتتا 20و 20) متتتالاليضتتتل يينللتتتتدل ل للثنتتتاام بتتتين لالستتتمد ييتتتان معنويتتتا يتتتم وزن للمتتتاد للجايتتتة ولن للمستتتتو (%602. 22( غتترلم بنستتبة زيتتاد تتم )0425) و تت اجايتت الى تتت وزنتت لذلتتر وسوبريوستتفات/دونم ىمتتر للتتتوللم لمةاتتة لالو ( يغتتتتتم يوريتتتتتتا 20 ، 000مقارنتتتتتة بالمستتتتتتوى )صتتتتتتفر( متتتتتن للستتتتتتمادين لىتتتتتال ، لمتتتتتتا يتتتتتم للةاتتتتتة للثانيتتتتتتة يتتتتتان للمستتتتتتتويين ) وى )صتفر( (% مقارنة بالمستت6024.0وسوبريوسفات/دونم ما لاليضل يم لى ااهما وزن للماد للجاية وبنسبة زياد م ) ليال للسمادين. تاتتير .(52يتم نمتتو نبتتات للقمتا صتتنف )لبتتاء ت( تتتاثير تتتدل ل ستمادي لليوريتتا وسوبريوستتفا0يتذلك يوضتتا اتتيل رقتم ) يتتان لتتت تتتاثير معنتتوي ويتتذلك تتتدل مهما يتتم لن تتتاثير ستتمادي لليوريتتا وستتوبر يوستتفات يتتال ىمتتر لنفتترلد للتتر ( 0نتتتاا جتتدول ) ( يغتم يوريتا/دونم قتد لى تر لىمتر معتدل لممستاةة للورقيتة ويانتت نستبة للزيتاد 000ورقية، لذ لن للمستوى )زياد للمساةة لل ن ىمتتر للتتتوللم، ي(% ليتتال للةاتتت0.452 ، .2545يتتم للمستتاةة للورقيتتة ىنتتد تتذل للمستتتوى مقارنتتة بالمستتتوى )صتتفر( تتم ) ( 02422 ، ..004لمعتتدل للمستاةة للورقيتتة و تتم ) ( يغم/دونتتم تو لاليضتتل يتتم لى ااتت قتتيم20ولن مستتوى سوبريوستتفات ) 6( ستم62450، 0.462يانتت ) لذمقارنة بالمستويات لال رى، ولن لقل للقيم يانت ىند للمستوى )صفر( سوبريوستفات 6سم يوستفات بر تتتتتتا وسو ن لالولر وللثانية، ويانت ناك زيتاد معنويتة يتم للمستاةة للورقيتة نتيجتة لتتدل ل ستمادي لليورييليال للةات لى ت قيم لممستاةة لذ( يغم يوريا وسوبريوسفات/دونم ىمر للتوللم 20، 000ىند للمستويات للعالية منهما و م ) ال سيماو ن ىمر للتوللم ولن لقل قيم لممستاةة للورقيتة يانتت ىنتد للمستتوى )صتفر( يليال للةات 6( سم05425 ، 6402.للورقية م ) ستتمادي لليوريتتا ( ليضتتا بوجتتود زيتتاد معنويتتة يتتم للمستتاةة للورقيتتة بزيتتاد مستتتويات 0) ليتتال للستتمادين. توضتتا نتتتاا جتتدول وسوبريوسفات ىند مقارنتها بالمستوى )صفر( ليال 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد مستتتويات نتيجتتة لزيتتاد ( 6ن للمتتاد للجايتتة )جتتدول تمااتتر متتو للزيتتاد يتتم وز ت للستتمادين، ولن للزيتتاد يتتم للمستتاةة للورقيتتة للسمادين للمضاية. ة لنجاز للنبات لمعمميات للةيوية ولنت يت ثر سمبًا لو ليجابًا ب ي ىامل يؤثر يم يلن معدل للنمو للم م يفسر يفا ابيًا يم معدل للنمو للم م لمنبات نمو للنبات لذلك يان لضاية للسماد للنتروجينم وللفوسفاتم وت ثير ما للتدل مم قد لثر ليج ي لليوريا وسوبريوسفات للمضاية لى ت لىمر معدل سمادلذ لن للمستويات للعالية من ،(.و ذل ما توضةت نتاا جدول ) -غم / غم وزن جاف / يوم .0402و )تتت( يغم / دونم لىمر معدل نمو م م 000ا )تتلى ر مستوى لليوري لذلهذ للصفة (04005و )تتتبالمستوى صفر يوريا للذي لى ر لقل معدل م م مقارنة (0 و تًا يم لى اات لىمر معدل لمنمو للم م لمنبات و تلاليضمية معنوي يغم / دونم( 20ويان لمستوى للسوبر يوسفات ) تتتو و م م ل معدل نموتتات للذي لى ر لقتتيوسفوى )صفر( سوبر مقارنت بالمست (0-غم / غرلم وزن جاف / يوم 04025) يغم سوبريوسفات / دونم 20بالمستوى ة(% مقارن0.422( وبنسبة لن فا م )0-غم / غرلم وزن جاف / يوم 04000) لى ت لذنمو للم م ت ثير معنوي يم قيم معدل لل يغم( 20يوسفات )يغم( وسوبر 000مستويات لليوريا )ان لتدل ل تتتتتتوي . (% مقارنة بالمستوى 602422( وبنسبة زياد م )0-غم / غرلم وزن جاف / يوم 04602)م تتللصفة و لهذ لىمر قيمت ن للزياد يم معدل للنمو للم م تتماار مو زياد قيم للصفات أيوسفات ، توضا للنتاا تا وسوبر ريو )صفر( من للي يم زياد للعمميات للةيوية دل ل لزياد مستويات سمادي لليوريا وسوبر يوسفات دورًل مهماً نأ سابقًا مما يؤيد للمدروسة (. 0،00) للنبات، و ذل يتف مو نتاا لليثير من للباةثين نتتاك زيتتاد معنويتتة يتتم ترييتتز للنتتتروجين يتتم للجتتزء لل ضتتري لمةاتتة لالولتتر متتو زيتتاد مستتتويات ستتمادي لليوريتتا ( يغم سوبر يوستفات 20وريا / دونم و )( يغم ي000لذ لن للمستويين ) ،(2وسوبر يوسفات و ذل ما أوضةتت نتاا جدول ) زيتتاد مقارنتتة متتو للمستتتوى (% بنستتبة 402./ دونتتم متتا لاليضتتل يتتم لى ااهمتتا لىمتتر قيمتتة لترييتتز للنتتتروجين للتتتم بمغتتت ) نمو لالولر ، لما يم للةاتة مدد(% و ذل يؤيد لةتياج للنبات لمعناصر للغذلاية يم 625405)صفر( ليال للسماديين م ) ن لىمتر ترييتز لمنتترجين أللستمادين وتتدل مهما ىممتًا يمم تين للزيتاد معنويتة يتم ترييتز للنتتروجين متو زيتاد مستتويات للثانية يان ىند للمستويات للعالية من سمادي لليوريا وسوبر يوسفات. نتاكلذ لتك( ذ2للنتروجين ونسبة للبروتين يم للنبات، وقد لوضةت نتاا جدول ) ترييز ناك ىالقة ردية بين ( من الل لضتاية مستتويات متزليتد متن ستمادي لليوريتا وستوبر 2للنتروجين جدول) ترييززياد يم نسبة للبروتين مو زياد ولن ليضتتتل ، يتتتم نستتتبة للبتتتروتين معنويتتتة يتتتم للةاتتتة لالولتتتر ولتتتم تيتتتن معنويتتتة يتتتم للةاتتتة للثانيتتتةيوستتتفات ويانتتتت للزيتتتاد نستبة( يغتم ستوبر يوستفات / دونتم. لذ لى تت لىمتر 20و ) ،( يغتم يوريتا / دونتم000للمستويات من ذين للسمادين ما ) (% ىمر للتوللم مقارنتة بالمستتويات لال ترى 624.6 ، 62402للثانية و م ) يم للةاة وللمبروتين سولء يم للةاة لالولر (.6( تتف مو نتاا )2جدول ) نسبة للبروتين يم من للسمادين، لن نتاا لليموروييتل لليمتم بزيتاد مستتويات ستمادي لليوريتا وستوبر مةتتوى زياد معنويتة يتم دوجو ( 2 جدول )انتاتوضا ( يغتتتتتتم ستتتتتتوبر 20( يغتتتتتتم يوريتتتتتتا / دونتتتتتتم و)000د للمستتتتتتتويين )نتتتتتتيوستتتتتتفات للمضتتتتتتاية ويتتتتتتان لىمتتتتتتر مةتتتتتتتوى لميمورييتتتتتتل ى (% مقارنتتتة بالمستتتتوى 402..0 ، 6.0456)لذ يانتتتت نستتتبة للزيتتتاد يتتتم مةتتتتوى لليموروييتتتل لليمتتتم تتتم ، يوستتتفات / دونتتتم يوستتفات ىنتتد للمستتتويات سوبر ن لالولتتر وللثانيتتة ىمتتر للتتتوللم لي بتتتدل ل ستتمادي لليوريتتا و ي)صتتفر( لمستتمادين وليتتال للةاتتت ليتتال 6غرلم / ستتممتتاييرو (25460 ، 5400.يانتتت تتذ للقتتيم ) لذ ،لىمتتر قتتيم لمةتتتوى لليموروييتتل تللعاليتتة منهمتتا قتتد لى تت ىمر للتتوللم، ولن لقتل للقتيم يانتت ىنتد معاممتة للمقارنتة )صتفر ليتل متن لليوريتا وستوبر يوستفات(، لن نتتاا جتدول للةاتان يانت للصفات للسابقة مرتفعة ىند ذين للمستويين من سمادي لليوريتا ،لذ ( تتماار مو نتاا للصفات للمدروسة سابقًا 2) ن نتتاك لستتتجابة لنبتتات للقمتتا للمتتزروا يتتم للستتندلنة الضتتايات أ يؤيتتد( ممتتا 2، 2نتتتاا جتتدول ) الستتيماوستتوبر يوستتفات و . للسماديين للمتزليد 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد لليربو يتتدرلت للذلابتتة، لذ نتتاك نستتبة ور ا ىمتتردلن لستتتجابة نبتتات للقمتتا الضتتايات للستتمادين للمتزليتتد لنعيستتت بتت ذلتك نتتتاا وضتاتن متو زيتاد مستتتويات للستماد للمضتاية يمتا يزيتاد معنويتة يتم نستبتها يتم للجتزء لل ضتتري يتم يتال للةاتت ( يغتم 20 ، 000(% ىنتد للمستتويين للستمادين )2406 ، 0426يانت لىمر نسبة لميربو يدرلت للذلابتة تم )لذ ( .جدول ) لما لقل نسبة لميربو يدرلت ييانتت ىنتد ،ن لالولر وللثانية ىمر للتوللميات / دونم ىمر للتوللم ليال للةاتيوريا وسوبر يوسف (% مقارنتتتتتتتتة 2.425، 0400.وبنستتتتتتتتة لن فتتتتتتتتا تتتتتتتتم)للمستتتتتتتتتوى )صتتتتتتتتفر( ليتتتتتتتتل متتتتتتتتن ستتتتتتتتماد لليوريتتتتتتتتا وستتتتتتتتوبر يوسفات. لم.ن ىمر للتوليت( سوبر يوسفات)يغم/دونم( ليال للةا20(يوريا و)000بالمستويين) تتتذ للصتتتفات تتزليتتتد متتتو زيتتتاد مستتتتويات ستتتمادي لليوريتتتا وستتتوبر قتتتيم تؤيتتتد نتتتتاا جتتتدلول للصتتتفات للمدروستتتة لن ( يغتم يوريتا / دونتم و 000يوسفات للمضاية للر للتربة، ولن ليضل للمستويات للتتم لى تت لىمتر قتيم لهتذ للصتفات تم ) )صفر( ليال للسماديين ممتا ىولن لقل للقيم يانت ىند للمستو ،ى ( يغم سوبر يوسفات / دونم مقارنة بالمستويات لال ر 20) يؤيد لن نتاك لستتجابة ولضتةة لنبتات للقمتا لممستتويات للعاليتة متن يتال للستمادين ممتا يعنتم تذل ليتقتار تربتة ةتو يتالر للتتم تستق يتم يصتل يم تغذية للنبات وقد يعزى للسبل يم ذلك للر غستل للتربتة بميتا لالم تار ةلجا زية للمغذيات للمهم مما يجعمها يقير يم جا زيتها لمعناصر للغذلاية للاتاء الن تربة ةو يالر من للترل فيفة للنسجة ويونها من قة ديمية ةتو يتالر وللتتم تضتم يم من قتةوجا زية للمغذيات يم للتربة وجد درلسات صوبية وتغذوية تفصيمية ىن ةالةتال ،لذ ة للزرلىيتة يتذلك ليتدت للنتتاا لن لرتفتاا قتيم للصتفات للمدروستة يانتت تتمااتر ييمتا بعضتها ممتا مستاةات ولستعة متن للتربت تتت ثير معنتتوي ىمتتر ىمميتتة ةيويتتة معينتتة يتتؤثر يبعضتتها متتو بعتت ولي ىامتتل ذ مرتب تتةيؤيتتد لن للعمميتتات للةيويتتة لمنبتتات تتفتت نتتتاا تتذ للدرلستتة متتو يتتم للجتتدلول للستتابقة. ضتتةتت للنتتتاا بقيتتة للعمميتتات للمةيويتتة لال تترى و تتذل لو يتتمبتتدور ليجابيتتًا .(00،60،2،05،.،60،2نتاا لليثير من للباةثين ) لنتتولا المعنتتتاا للدرلستتة نتترى متتن للضتتروري لجتترلء درلستتات وبةتتو موريولوجيتتة وةقميتتة تتعمتت باستتت ضتتوء يتتم يتم من قتة الستيما اليتة وىمتر لصتناف م تمفتة متن للقمتا و م تمفة من لالسمد للنتروجينية وللفوستفاتية وبمستتويات م تمفتة وى د لهتتتتذل يتتتتللستتتتماد للنترجينتتتتم وللفوستتتتفاتم بغيتتتتة للةصتتتتول ىمتتتتر لنتاجيتتتتة ج المعةتتتتو يتتتتالر لم تتتتروج بتوصتتتتية لمثتتتتل الستتتتت للمةصول. المصادر وللنوىية لمةن ة (. تاثير للمستويات للعالية من للتسميد وللبذلر ىمر للنمو وللةاصل 0550ييا ، سعيد ىميوي) -0 للعرل –جامعة يغدلد –يمية للزرلىة –ل روةة ديتورل .وللتريتيالم )للقما للايممم( 2-gahi, d. t. ; balley, l.d. ; grant, l. a. and sadler, c. a. (1990). can. j. plant sci. 70:51-60. (. مبادى تغذية للنبات )ترجمة( لل بعة للثانية، ت ليف ك، منييل وي. أ. ييدي. 6000عيمم، سعد لهلل نجم ىبد لهلل )للن-0 .للعرل –للموصل –مديرية دلر لليتل لم باىة وللنار صااا (. تاثير للتدل ل بين مموةة ماء للري وللسماد للفوسفاتم ىمر بع 6000للةمدلنم، يوزي مةسن ىمم )4 للعرل . –جامعة بغدلد –يمية للزرلىة –للتربة وةاصل للةن ة. ل روةة ديتورل (. لستجابة مةصول للةن ة لمتسميد للفوسفاتم وللبوتاسم يم6000ةمادي، الد بدر ولل فاجم ىادل ىبد لهلل ) 5 (.6) 2ال لمبةو للزرلىية وقااو للمؤتمر للعممم للث –ةية. مجمة للزرلىة للعرلقية متربة م 6-davideson, d. and heral, c.(1974). fosforal in agriculture chimiz. area agricultural 11. edilura academiei republici sociali ste romania. pp. 72-254. 7-mengel, k. and kirkby, e. a. (1982). principles of plant nutrition. 3 rd . international potash institute.bern, switzerland. 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد 8-tisdale, s. l.; nelson, w. l.; deaton, j. d. and havlin, j. l. (1997). soil fertility and fertilizer prentice, hall of inbdia, new york. 9-mosluh, k. i. and al-shammari, a. k. k. (1977). effect of n. p and k fertilizers on the growth and yield of wheat. technical buletin, no44, sesir. bagh. iraq. (. يفاء لستعمال لالزوت وللفسفور ىمر نمو ولنتاجية مةصول للقما للمروي0552، اا ر وياضل قدري )مةمد -00 لممهندسين بميا مالةة من ةو للفرلت بسوريا. للدور للتدريسية ةول لستعمال للميا للمالةة و ابة للمالةة يم للزرلىة للعرل . –بغدلد –للزرلىيين للعرلقيين 11-page , a. l. ; miller , r. h. and kenney, d. r. (1982). methods of soil analysis, part (2) 2 nd ed. agronomy 9. 12-mckee , g. w. (1964). acoellicient for computing leaf area in hybrid corn. agron. j. 56:240-241. 13-hunt , r. (1978). plant growth analysis. studies in biology. no. 96 edward arnold (publishers). limited. london. 14-gresser, m. s. and parson, j. w. (1979). anal. chem. acat. 109:431-436. 15-chapman, h. d. and partt, f. (1961). methods of analysis for soil, plant and water. univ. of calif. divi. of agric. sci. p 309. 16-schaffelen, a. c. a. and vanschauwen bury, j. c. h. (1960). quick tests for soil and plant analysis used by small laboratories. neth. j. agric. sci. 9:2-16. 17-herbert , d.; philips, p. j. and strange, r. e. (1971). methods in microbiology. acad. press, london. 18-little , t. m. and hills , f. j. (1978). agricultural experimentation design and analysis. john wiley and sons. new york. (، للهياة 05.0-0522مةاصيل للةقمية لمفتر من )(. مم صات لبةا لل05.0إسماىيل، يمندلر وىزيز يمال )19 (.06 – 00للجمهورية للعرلقية ، ا ) –للعامة لمبةو للت بيقية، وزلر للزرلىة ولإلصالح للزرلىم (. ت ثير للري وللسماد للنتروجينم ىمر نمو وةاصل للةن ة. ..05للهادي وليرم ىبد للم يف ) ىبد للرلوي، لةمد20 .202 – 260: 6( 05)مجمة للعموم للزرلىية للعرلقية (. لستجابة صنفم من للقما لمفسفور وللزنك يم تربة جبسية. رسالة 6002ىبد للم يف مةمود ) للعااور، لمت21 للعرل . –جامعة بغدلد –يمية للتربية لبن للهيثم –ماجستير للدرلسة ئية لتربة( بعض الصفات الكيميائية والفيزيا1جدول ) soil texture available phophorus mg / g soil available nitrogen mg / g soil ec ( ds / m) ph clay g/kg soil silt g/kg soil sand g/kg soil 308 500 190 3.42 80.20 0.55 7.9 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ( تاثير مستويات مختلفة من سمادي اليوريا وسوبرفوسفات في وزن المادة الجافة )غرام( في2جدول ) الجزء الخضري لنبات القمح مستويات لليوريا )يغم / دونم( مستويات سوبريوسفات )يغم / دونم( h1 – d71 h2 – d123 عدلللم 20 00 0 للمعدل 20 00 0 0 046. 6460 642. 6400 .45. .400 5420 2426 62 0422 04.0 0420 6456 2422 5426 0040. 5405 20 6406 042. 0425 0400 2422 00466 00402 00400 000 64.0 0425 0425 0462 00400 00420 02420 06460 ..064 .542 2402 04.6 0466 04.2 للمعدل lsd (0402) 046.5= مستوى لليوريا 04665مستوى سوبر يوسفات = ..046للتدل ل = 04.05= مستوى لليوريا 042.0مستوى سوبر يوسفات = 04560للتدل ل = (2( تأثير مستويات مختلفة من سمادي اليوريا وسوبرفوسفات في المساحة الورقية )سم3جدول ) لنبات القمح مستويات لليوريا م / )يغ دونم( مستويات سوبريوسفات )يغم / دونم( h1 – d71 h2 – d123 للمعدل 20 00 0 للمعدل 20 00 0 0 0040. 60425 6.422 05452 66450 62420 06450 62406 62 024.2 6.426 624.6 60400 62402 004.0 0240. 00402 20 0242. 624.0 00462 6.4.2 6.406 00420 02420 0040. 000 62462 6.426 .6402 0045. 00402 02402 05425 02422 02422 .0042 62450 ..004 .6240 0.462 للمعدل lsd (0402) 040.2= مستوى لليوريا 04006مستوى سوبر يوسفات = 04.25للتدل ل = .6400= مستوى لليوريا .6400مستوى سوبر يوسفات = 64262للتدل ل = 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ق )غم / غرام وزن جاف. ـ( تاثير مستويات مختلفة من سمادي اليوريا وسوبرفوسفات في معدل النمو المطل4جدول ) ( في الجزء الخضري لنبات القمح1-/ يوم مستويات لليوريا )يغم / دونم( ات سوبريوسفات )يغم / دونم(مستوي للمعدل 0 00 60 0 0402. 0400. 04002 04005 62 0405. 04066 04022 04062 20 04000 04000 040.. 040.. 000 0402. 040.0 04602 0402. 04025 .0406 04000 للمعدل lsd (0402) 0.016= مستوى لليوريا 0.015مستوى سوبر يوسفات = 0.019= للتدل ل ( تأثير مستويات مختلفة من سمادي اليوريا وسوبرفوسفات في تركيز النتروجين )%( في الجزء الخضري 5جدول ) لنبات القمح مستويات لليوريا )يغم / دونم( مستويات سوبريوسفات )يغم / دونم( h1 – d71 h2 – d123 للمعدل 20 00 0 للمعدل 20 00 0 0 0400 0460 6422 0422 046. 04.. 6426 0452 62 0405 04.2 04.2 6460 04.2 0402 0420 64.. 20 04.0 040. 04.0 645. 6426 0405 0456 046. 000 6400 04.0 .402 0400 6452 0452 .400 0425 0426 .040 6402 0420 6426 0420 للمعدل lsd (0402) 040.0= مستوى لليوريا 04065وسفات = مستوى سوبر ي 04020للتدل ل = = غير معنوي مستوى لليوريا مستوى سوبر يوسفات = غير معنوي للتدل ل = غير معنوي 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد فوسفات في نسبة البروتين )%( في الجزء الخضري لنبات ( تأثير مستويات مختلفة من سمادي اليوريا وسوبر 6جدول ) القمح مستويات لليوريا )يغم / دونم( مستويات سوبريوسفات )يغم / دونم( h1 – d71 h2 – d123 للمعدل 20 00 0 للمعدل 20 00 0 0 24.2 242. 024.0 00462 2426 0042 6 02400 06402 62 .425 0042. 60422 00450 004.. 0540 5 60402 0.40. 20 00466 054.2 60450 0.400 02426 6040 2 6.4.2 604.2 000 00400 60450 62402 60425 0.422 6.4. 6 624.6 60402 0546 004.2 604.0 02420 5425 للمعدل 6 66426 lsd (0402) 04.22= مستوى لليوريا 04.02مستوى سوبر يوسفات = 04555للتدل ل = = غير معنوي ستوى لليوريام مستوى سوبر يوسفات = غير معنوي للتدل ل = غير معنوي ( تأثير مستويات مختلفة من سمادي اليوريا وسوبرفوسفات في محتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي )مايكرو غرام / 7جدول ) ( في الجزء الخضري لنبات القمح2سم مستويات لليوريا )يغم / دونم( تويات سوبريوسفات )يغم / دونم(مس h1 – d71 h2 – d123 للمعدل 20 00 0 للمعدل 20 00 0 0 064.5 65402 0.420 624.2 604.. 0.452 .0405 06452 62 0.426 05406 ..400 00452 00422 ..422 .242. .6402 20 05402 .0422 .2462 .6422 .2402 .24.2 22400 .5400 000 .0402 ..4.6 .5400 .2422 ..452 26450 25460 2042. .2046 54.2. 02402 425.. 0.422 .6.40 للمعدل lsd (0402) 64020= مستوى لليوريا 2..04مستوى سوبر يوسفات = 640.0للتدل ل = 04205= مستوى لليوريا 04220مستوى سوبر يوسفات = ..045للتدل ل = 2002( 2) 22ة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلدمجل ( تأثير مستويات مختلفة من سمادي اليوريا وسوبرفوسفات في نسبة الكربوهيدرات الذائبة )%( في الجزء 8جدول ) الخضري لنبات القمح مستويات لليوريا )يغم / دونم( مستويات سوبريوسفات )يغم / دونم( h1 – d71 h2 – d123 للمعدل 20 00 0 للمعدل 20 00 0 0 0420 0465 04.2 0402 0422 64.. 6422 6465 62 04.2 04.2 6452 0422 6420 0402 246. 042. 20 0462 0422 64.. 0450 0402 0420 24.0 .402 000 0420 04.. 0426 6465 0425 04.2 2406 .4.6 .240 0462 6422 6420 .042 .040 للمعدل lsd (0402) .0402= مستوى لليوريا 04020مستوى سوبر يوسفات = ..040للتدل ل = 04060= مستوى لليوريا .0465مستوى سوبر يوسفات = .0402للتدل ل = 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد (كغم/دونم في نمو صنف 60، 30، 0(كغم/دونم وسوبرفوسفات)100(يوضح تاثير سمادي اليوريا)1شكل ) (25القمح اباء ) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the influence of the interaction between urea and super phosphate fertilizers on some morphological and physiological characteristics of wheat aso l. aziz alarkawizi* department of biology,college of education –kalar university of sulaimania abstract an experiment was carried out by using pots in kalar horticulture station/ sulaimani province on soil which is talken form on once region field in the seasoning growth(20062007). the objective was to study interaction of different levels from urea fertilizer (zero, 0.20, 0.40, 0.80 gm / 4 kg soil in pot). these levels were equal to (zero, 25, 50, 100, kg uera / d) and super phosphate levels (zero, 0.24, 0.48, gm / 4 kg soil in pot).these levels were equal to(zero, 30, 60, kg / d) in morphological and physiological characteristies (ex. dry weight, leaf area, absolute growth rate, protein percentage, and chlorophyll content) of ipa (95) wheat variety. this experiment was carried out by completely randomized design (c. r. d.). results indicated a clear increase in all the studied characteristics with the increase of urea and super phosphate levels added to the pots. the levels (100 kg urea / d and 60 kg super phosphate / d) were best in giving high values of these characteristics comparative with other levels from these fertilizers. 17062012113704_007 17062012113704_008 17062012113704_009 17062012113705 17062012113705_001 17062012113705_002 17062012113705_003 17062012113705_004 microsoft word 43-61   43  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       a review: saccharin discovery, synthesis, and applications article history: received 2 october 2019, accepted 13 january 2020, published in april 2020. abstract saccharin is firstly synthesized in 1879. it is a very well-known as an inexpensive substitute for sugar as it is a non-caloric sweetener. the article shows the properties, use, metabolism and various synthesis and reactions of saccharine. moreover, the toxicological reports explain that saccharin is mostly responsible for the bladder tumors observed in the male rats, the relationship between the consumption of saccharin and bladder cancer is afforded by epidemiological studies. the benefit-risk evaluation for saccharin is hardly to indicate.  saccharin is a sugar substitute, frequently used either in food industry, or in pharmaceutical formulations and even in tobacco products. the chemistry of saccharin is interesting because of it suspected carcinogenous character and the possible use as an antidote for metal poisoning. it appears prudent to evaluate their main properties and applications further. keywords: saccharin, carcinogen, artificial sweetener, toxicity, safety and photo isomerization 1. introduction 1.1. saccharin saccharin is an artificial sweetener with no food energy. it is chemically identified as osulfabenzamide (2,3-dihydro-3-oxobenzisosulfonazole). it is about 400 times as sweet as sucrose. it is a sulphonamide derivative of toluene, existing as acid saccharin, sodium saccharin and calcium saccharin [1]. saccharin is a week organic acid, slightly soluble in water, with a pka of 1.6 and chemical formula c7h5no3s. it has a molar mass of 183.2 g/mol and a specific gravity of 0.83 g/cm3[2]. sodium saccharin has high solubility in water and because of its ease production, it is the most generally used salt. also, calcium saccharin is used in different food applications. it is remarkable to know that there is no relation between ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2442 ammar a. razzak mahmood  sahar b. al-juboori  department of pharmaceutical chemistry, college of pharmacy, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. department of pharmacy, college of al-rafidain university, baghdadiraq. kubbaammar1963@gmail.com   44  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 saccharin form and its sweetness intensity. saccharin and its salts are stable in a solid form, while in solution it is high hydrolytic thermal, and photo stability. stability is not affected by ph and temperatures, usually encountered in food and beverage manufacturing, contain tabletop sweeteners, yogurt, desserts, ice-cream, baked goods, jam, preserves, marmalade, soft drinks, sweets, mustard and sauces, saccharin can be used in cooking, baking and canning due to its stability, the acceptable levels of use differ from a hundred to five hundred mg/kg, based on the food category [3]. saccharin is decomposed when heated to 380 °c, and all three forms of saccharin emit toxic fumes of nitrogen oxides and sulfur oxides. during a typical food process, saccharin does not decompose; however, some hydrolysis happens after prolonged exposure to excessive conditions ph or temperature when the ph is less than 2.0 and at particularly high temperatures. the hydrolytic decomposed products of saccharin are (2-sulfobenzoic acid and 2-sulfamoyl benzoic acid). neither of these compounds displays a sweetener taste [4]. 1.2. history of discovery saccharin was discovered in 1878 by a russian chemist named "constantine fahlberg. during his lab work, he tried to oxidize toluene sulfonamides [5]. scheme 1. was the first commercially recognized as a sweet-tasting agent, which was significantly more potent than sucrose. the first story of saccharin commercial development and its use as a non-caloric sweetener was reviewed in 2001 by pearson [6]. (pmc specialties group, inc.), a company long concerned in the production of saccharin, and more recently by hicks (pennsylvania state university). today, major companies were involved in saccharin production including kaifeng and shanghai fortune of china and jmc of south korea. scheme 1 . the saccharin production by remsen–fahlberg process.   45  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 scheme 2. maumee-synthesis for saccharin manufacture [6]. 1.3. forms of saccharin 1.3.1. neutral saccharin iupac name: 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one     6 1.3.2. sodium saccharin iupac name: 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, 1,1-dioxide, sodium salt [7]. 6a   46  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 1.3.3. calcium saccharin iupac name: 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, 1,1-dioxide, calcium salt [7]. 6b 1.4. regulatory aspects food ingredients are evaluated and/or regulated by several national and international organizations. there are various international groups which they assess the use of sweeteners in the market, including expert scientific committees for example the scientific committee on food (scf) of the european commission (ec), the joint expert committee of food additions (jecfa) of the united nations food and agricultural organization (fao) and the world health organization (who) [8]. in india saccharin, aspartame, acesulfame k, sucralose are allowed under fssai, 2011. sucrose is generally known as table sugar, and is considered as standard material, to which all other sweeteners are compared. sucrose in solution has sweetness perception rating 1, and other substances are rated relative to this. there are many other alternative sweeteners present in the market; all with somewhat different sweetness compared to sucrose. each highintensity sweetener has its feature. manufacturer’s use of an ingredient of sweetener or combination of elements is the key to product success. the potency of an intense sweetener is an essential basic characteristic, due to its impact on a diversity of issues involving relative cost and amounts consumed (the latter impacting safety considerations). sweetness potency (more times compared to sucrose) of saccharin is equal 300 [9]. 1.5. physio-chemical properties saccharin is generally found in acid, sodium and calcium forms. all of these are white solids. saccharin is considered as a strong acid with pka of 2.32 [10]. normally a non-caloric sweetener should be sufficiently soluble to be utilized in beverages and foods, but, not all non-caloric sweeteners meet this requirement. it must be mentioned that sweetness intensity corresponding to 10% sucrose are required, and in several systems (e.g., frozen desserts), sweetener levels equivalent the sweetness of 15–20% sucrose are desirable. also, it’s (it is) observed for many food systems, rapid dissolution is critical to satisfying) with manufacturing needs. for example, concentrates of the sweetener-flavor system complex are prepared in carbonated soft drinks, and it is essential that all components quickly dissolve. thus, for nonnutritive sweeteners, must display rapid dissolution rates which are very desirable properties. besides, a non-caloric sweetener must be stable to hydrolysis plus, to photochemical and thermal and breakdown to be used in beverages, baked goods, and confectionery [11]. a commercial non-caloric sweetener must have sufficient resistance upon degradation during hydrolytic, pyrolytic or photochemical processes that may be encountered in food or beverage applications. stability is critical for three reasons. first, the product shelf life, during degradation rate must not be affected. second, degradation must not produce any unpleasant taste or odor. and third, any degradation product produced from the use of a non-caloric   47  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 sweeteners that used as food additives, should be safe. in the usa for any food or beverage application, the safety assessment work for the sweeteners is necessary to carry out if exposure to the degradation product may exceed 12.5μg/kg, to ensure regulatory approval for the sweeteners [12]. table 1. shows the physical properties of saccharin. table 1. the physical properties of saccharin. iupac 2-benzothiazol-1,1,3-trione other name benzoic sulfimide chemical formula c7h5no3s appearance white cristalline solid molar mass 182,999014 g/mol density ³ 0,828 g/cm³ melting point (228,8-229,7)°c solubility in water 3,448 g/l solubility in ethanol 32,258 g/l solubility in acetone 83,333 g/l solubility in glycerol 20 g/l uv (vis) spectroscopy maximum 267,3 nm 1.6. uses of saccharin saccharin is in the form of an acid and also as calcium-or sodium salt, used in food manufacturing, mainly the salt, due to its high solubility in water [13]. there is no considerable difference in the sweetness of the various forms; the intensity of sweetness for each derivative is ranging about 300-800 times greater than that of sucrose and dependent on concentration and other factors. as with most other sweeteners, there is an inverse relationship between sweetening intensity and concentration, compared to a sucrose-solution. for example, a 1%-saccharin-solution is approximately eight hundred times sweeter, while a 3%sucrose solution is only five hundred times as sweet as a sucrose-solution. the sweetening intensity of saccharin depends on concentration and also on the composition of the solution [14]. a great value of sweetening intensity can be noticed in a combination of saccharin and other sweeteners, more than just the additive values of every component. in addition, mixing up various sweeteners will lead to the taste modification; even small amounts of additional sweeteners can reduce the slight bitter metallic aftertaste of saccharin considerably [14]. for that, the food industry often uses saccharin combined with aspartame , cyclamate, thaumatine or xylit [15]. since saccharin is excreted unchanged mostly through urine, it is most appropriate for diabetic persons or overweight individuals as a sugar substitute [13]. the recommended maximum everyday dose is equal 5mg/kg body weight [15]. even though saccharin is surely most well-liked as food additive e954, it also presents in other sectors: in cosmetics, toothpaste and mouthwash, pharmaceuticals, cigarettes, as a flavoring agent in pig feed and even as a brightener in anticorrosive nickel coatings. [14].   48  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 1.7 ingestion saccharin, when ingested, actually goes through the human git without being digested. the experimental models revealed that the saccharin is not absorbed or metabolized [16 ̶ 18]. it is excreted and unmoved via the kidneys. saccharin has zero energy. it was banned in the united states by the us fda. it can stimulate the release of insulin in humans. it was only artificial sweetener presented in the rats because of its taste [19]. 1.8. absorption saccharin's absorption depends on different factors including the pka and the ph values of the animal. the absorption of saccharin occurs with a pka of about 2.02.2. the unionized species found in acidic media which is completely absorbed form in many of animal species. while, in the stomach of the rabbit and guinea-pig, saccharin is absorbed completely when the ph come to 1.9 and 1.4, respectively. as it is compared to the stomach of rat, the ph equal to 4.2. the ph of the stomach and extent of absorption in monkeys and man are in-between those of the rabbit and guinea-pig on one side, and the rat on the other. the extent of saccharin absorption depends mainly on food intake that affects the acidity of the stomach contents [20]. 1.9. distribution and excretion researchers used radioactivity to observe the distribution of radioactive-saccharin in organs and tissues of rats at different time intervals (one, two, four, eight, twenty-four, forty eight and seventy-two h), following a single oral administration of labeled saccharin (3-14c) ,(0.2 mg/kg), nearly 1 h after dosing, a trace of radioactivity was found in approximately all organs. small quantities of 14c was found in spleen and brain. while the highest amount of 14c was established in urinary bladder, liver, and kidney, which reached a maximum at four and eighth. in the next research, bladders of the treated rats were washed with 8, 0.5 ml portions of a 0.9% saline solution, a significant portion of the labeled 14c activity was found to be concentrated in the bladder tissue [21]. 1.10. metabolism of saccharin a research work carried out in metabolism of saccharin has shown that saccharin, an efficient sweet taste agonist, does not undergo detectable metabolism in each animal or human being. whereas, saccharin (84%) principally was excreted within the urine and about 40% of the dose was recovered from the feces after dosing 24h, traces of administered saccharin radioactivity stayed in different tissue after 3 days including heart, liver, pancreas, adrenals, thymus, and testes. previous metabolic studies have shown that activating either sweet taste receptors (taste receptors family 1 [t1rs]), or bitter taste receptors (taste receptors family [t2rs]) on taste receptor cells (trcs) by sweet, umami, or sour compounds initiates a common signaling cascade. saccharin can stimulate signaling cascade associated with taste receptors (sweet, t1r2 þ t1r3; bitter, t2r43/t2r44) and their heterotrimeric g protein gustducin (consisting of ga and gbc subunits), to trigger ca2þ signaling pathways and affect camp levels in taste cells. t1r3 or ga knockout mice indicated a distinctly reduced preference for saccharin. new t1rs and their downstream protein ga are detected beyond the taste buds [22].   49  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 1.11. toxicity study of saccharin saccharine is similar to aspartame, acesulfame k, and cyclamates. saccharine -300 times sweeter than sucroseis normally used in many foods like soft drinks, baked goods, jams, canned fruits, candy, salad dressings, dessert, etc, since saccharin is utilized by a lot of people. safety of saccharin is essential for public health. also, many works have been done to ensure the safety of saccharin [23]. carried out since patients with serious diabetes, cancer, and liver damage, who consume artificial sweeteners with drugs. such interaction may have an effect on drug metabolism. the research work showed the effects of the possible saccharin, and medication interaction on the activities of five cytochrome p450 enzymes (cyps) in male icr mice. another research work examined the significant effects of saccharin dose, equal 4,000 mg/kg using the medication bupropion after pretreatment of mice within saccharin for seven days, and after simultaneous administration of both bupropion and saccharin. the results established that saccharin did not have a considerable effect on the five cyps in the s9 fractions obtained from the liver of mice. also, there were no obvious differences in the pharmacokinetics factors of bupropion between the control and the pretreated groups with saccharin, and that receiving associated administration of saccharin. thus, the results documented the safety of saccharin, and it has very low hazard of saccharin-drug interaction [24]. 1.11.1. carcinogenicity study saccharin is still considered as a diabetic and carcinogen inducer in several parts of the world. in 1977, after the publication work a high rate of bladder cancer was reported in rats administered with large doses of saccharin. canada banned saccharin however us-fda also suggested a ban. all saccharin-containing foods showed a warning label alerting that saccharin can be carcinogenic. the teratological, hepatotoxicity, genotoxicity and carcinogenicity studies of saccharin in animals containing humans were conducted by the most profoundly important global health and credible science organizations worldwide. their results showed no evidence to prove a causal association among saccharin consumption and health risks in humans at usual dosage. the us-fda officially withdrew its 1977 suggestion to prohibit the saccharin’s use, and the national toxicity program advertised the unsafe of saccharin as a carcinogen. therefore, saccharin can be used safely and results in a good physical shape lifestyle without accumulation of calories, or the risk of obesity due its associated cardiovascular problems [25]. urinary bladder carcinogenesis can be promoted by sodium saccharin and sodium ascorbate in rats when they fed at high doses of sodium saccharin. it increases epithelial proliferation in short-term assays. while the free acid forms lack either promoting or cell proliferating inducing activity. when the researcher set up an experiment to compare the tumor-promoting activity of various types of saccharin, and to estimate the role in urinary sodium, ph, and calcium promotion, in addition to other factors [26]. saccharin does not increase the risk of bladder cancer in humans. [24]. it was considered in all literature about saccharine safety. work on saccharin carcinogenicity appears to be mystifying, as shown in table 2.   50  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 table 2. shows the carcinogenicity of saccharin happening in animals’ models. test material carcinogenicity model results references male and female charles river rats bladder tumors munro et al. [25 ] male and female charles river bladder tumors + howe et al. [26] rats bladder tumors + reuber [27] rats and mice bladder tumors risch et al. [28] rats and mice bladder tumors morgan and wong [29] rats and mice bladder tumors + zurlo and squire [30] rats & monkey bladder tumors takayama et al. [31] footnote: + (positive), (negative) 1.11.2. toxicological study saccharin has the possibility to induce cancer in rats and dogs, therefore, in1911, there was the first attempt to ban saccharin, when a group of researchers identified it, for example, an “adulterant” not appropriate for common use in foods. later on, the same group workers permitted its use in products for patients. at the time of arnold’s publication, there were only three studies of saccharin, used a two-generation model. the investigations established that when rats were exposed to diets containing 5% or 7.5% saccharin from the time of conception to death, a significantly increased frequency of urinary bladder cancers was shown, generally in males. the fact that saccharin is considered to be as a nucleophilic agent, and cannot bind dna. therefore, saccharin is not metabolized, but it does destroy humeral antibody production in rats. using a dose of 5% or more, saccharin does not function as a distinctive harmful carcinogen. theoretically, all carcinogens are considered as a strong electrophilic agent [32]. 1.11.3. genotoxicity study induction of chromosomal aberrations in chinese hamster cells and human lymphocytes, in-vitro studies for sodium saccharin was found weakly positive. weak responses were noticed in some in-vitro assays at the chromosomal level. while elevated concentrations maybe due to ionic imbalances that are well believed to cause nonspecific effects. there are also conflicting reports from in vitro work , but in certain cases, the materials used were found to contain impurities raised from the manufacture of saccharin.[33]. it was studied that all literature about saccharine safety. as said by the research, genotoxicity is displayed in table 3.   51  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 table 3. sum of the genotoxicity of saccharin. test material genotoxic endpoint results references human lymphocytes sister chromatid exchanges + zhang et al. [34] plant sister chromatid exchanges + zhang et al. [34] f344 and spraguedawley rats rat hepatocyte dna repair assay jeffrey and williams [35] male ddy mice glandular stomach, colon, liver, kidney, urinary bladder, lung, brain, and bone marrow comet assay +(glandular stomach and colon) sasaki et al. [36] salmonella typhimurium ames bandyopadhyay et al. [37] swiss albino mice comet assay + bandyopadhyay et al. [37] fish sperm dna dna binding affinity +/ icsel and yılmaz [38] human leukocytes alkaline and neutral comet assays frenzilli et al [39] footnote: + (positive), (negative) 1.11.4. epidemiological study the epidemiological studies showing a proof concerning on saccharin, indicated there was no noticeable relationship among artificial sweetener consumption mostly known saccharin, and bladder cancer in humans. diverse epidemiological studies designated no increase in the frequency of bladder tumors in human from the consumption of saccharin, including in persons with the elevated use of artificially sweetened beverages and persons using saccharin. [22] the literature carcinogenicity of saccharine in epidemiological studies was still confusing, as displayed in table 4.   52  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 table 4. sum of the carcinogenicity of saccharin in epidemiological studies. study design carcinogenicity model results references human bladder armstrong and doll [40] human bladder jensen and kamby [41] 1953 cases and 4154 controls colorectum francheschi et al. [42] 254 bladder cancer patients and254 controls bladder + yu et al. [43] 598 cases and 1491 controls oral cavity and pharynx francheschi et al. [44] 304 cases and 743 controls oesophagus bosetti et al. [45] 1031 cases and 2411 controls ovary] bosetti et al. [46] 460 cases and 1088 controls larynx bosetti et al. [47] 2569 cases and 2588 controls female breast tavani et al. [48] 1294 cases and 1451 controls prostate bosetti et al. [49] 767 cases and 1534 controls renal cell bravi et al. [50] 51 patients and 87 controls urinary tract + andreatta et al. [51] 230 patients and 547 controls stomach bosetti et al. [52] 326 patients and 652 controls pancreas bosetti et al. [52] 454 patients and 908 controls endometrium bosetti et al. [52] footnote: + (positive), (negative) 1.11.5. hepatotoxicity study in 1992, kumar et al. documented the favorable use of saccharin. it is reported that saccharin is safe to liver function [53]. several generations of americans have made the use of saccharin, supporting its role in the pathogenesis of liver damage. an essential part of their everyday lifestyle in the united patients. saccharin is not metabolized in any number of healthy consumers to support the use of a nonvivo, being almost unchanged in the urine, and its caloric sweetener similar to saccharin for weight reduction, and doesn't accumulate in the liver. the small amount of diabetic persons, saccharin (never exceeding sixteen mg/day) were taken by patients marks the idiosyncratic reaction [54]. 1.12. synthesis of saccharin derivatives n-[4-(dicyanomethylazo) phenyl]-2saccharin-2-ylacetamide (13) showed to be a suitable precursor for the preparation of different pyridazine and pyrimidine derivatives15a, b, 17 and 18 as depicted in the scheme 3. [55].   53  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 scheme 3. synthesis of different saccharin derivatives. reagents and conditions: (i) ch2(cn)2, ethyl alcohol, sod. acetate; (ii) xch2y, ethyl alcohol, et3n; (iii) 2ch2(cn)2, etoh, et3n; (iv) h2ncxnh2, sod.ethoxide. the reaction of saccharin and tryptophan occurred readily at room temperature in aqueous solution to produce a compound separated at ph 5.5 in a 1:1 ratio as shown in scheme 4. [56]. scheme 4. schiff-base formation from the reaction of tryptophan and saccharin.   54  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 2-(pyridine-4-yldiazonium) isoindoline-1-one-3-sulphoxide (22) resulted from the coupling reaction of 4-(chloridediazeayl) pyridine (21) with sodium saccharin(6a) in dmf, scheme 5. [57]. scheme 5. synthesis of 2-(pyridine-4-yldiazonium) isoindoline-1-one-3-sulphoxide. sulfonphthalein can be synthesized in a single pot by treatment of saccharin and phenol through the in-situ preparation of 2-sulfobenzoic anhydride, subsequently its reaction with phenol by using h2so4 as the condensing agent, in the absence of any solvent, scheme 6. [58]. scheme 6. synthesis of phenol sulfonephthalein from saccharin and phenol: (a) conc. h2so4 = oleum, 140 °c, 3 h; (b) phenol, conc. h2so4, 140 °c, 3 h. a new schiff base was produced by the reaction of the transition metal complexes of cobalt (ii), nickel (ii), copper (ii), zinc (ii) and cadmium(ii) with (3e)-3-{(2e)-[(3-hydroxy-6methyl-3, 4,6,8atetrahydroquinoxalin -2-yl) methylidene ]hydrazinylidene}-3h-1,2benziothiazol-2-ide1,1-dioxide were prepared, as shown in scheme 7. [59]. scheme7. synthesis of new schiff base from metal complexes.   55  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 schiff bases (30, 31 and33) can be synthesized by reaction of a compound (29) with nh2nh2.h2o, and glacial acetic acid. compound (34) has been produced by a reaction of a compound (29) with phenyl isothiocyanate by using triethylamine as catalyst. finally, compound (32) can be obtained by the reaction of a compound (29) with nh2nh2.h2o in the presence of naoac or, naoh, as shown in the scheme 8. [60]. scheme 8. synthesis of saccharin derivatives (30-34) by reaction n-1,3-benzothiazole-2-yl-2-chloroacetamide2-amimobezothiazo with different compounds. the reaction of saccharin with ethylene diamine in presence few drops glacial acetic acid, produced compound (35). acetylation of compound (36) produced a compound (39). reaction of compound (35) with ethyl acetoacetate afforded pyrazole, and pyranopyrazole derivatives (37, 38), respectively, as shown in scheme 9.   56  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 scheme 9. synthesis of saccharin derivatives (36-39) by reaction of saccharin with different reagents. also, the reaction of sodium saccharin with halo compounds afforded some of n-alkyl saccharin derivatives (40-47). condensation of ethylene diamine with compounds (40,44) in presence few drops glacial acetic acid (gaa) produced compounds (48,49) as shown in scheme 10. [61] scheme10. synthesis of n-alkyl saccharin derivatives (40-49) by reaction of sodium saccharin with halo compounds.   57  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 1.13.1. photo isomerization of saccharin regarding the photochemistry of benzisothiazoles, a literature survey reveals that the information available is restricted to photolysis in solution. previous work on the photochemistry of n-propylsaccharin (2, 3) confirmed that photolysis led to cleavage of the s−n bond, eventually leading to the formation of benzamide through extrusion of so2, as shown in scheme 11. scheme 11. synthesis of benzamide. photochemistry of 3,3-di-substituted 2,3-dihydro-1,2-benzisothiazole 1,1-dioxides in methanol and acetonitrile. three reaction routes were detected in two cases: an initial s−n hemolysis, as shown in scheme 12. scheme 12. photochemistry of 3,3substituted 2,3-dihydro-1,2-benzisothiazole 1,1-dioxides. saccharyl system photo isomerization implies photo induced hemolysis of the s−n bond, then a delocalized bi radical is produced in the amide moiety, upon rotation around the exocyclic c−c bond, furnished the iso-saccharin through ring closure, as shown in scheme 13. [62].   58  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 scheme 13. photoisomerization reaction observed for saccharin. 2. conclusion saccharin safety has been reviewed and certified by the joint expert committee on food additives (jecfa) of the world health organization and the scientific committee for food of the european union. saccharin is permitted in many hundred countries around the world. it can be advocated as one of the very best choices for diabetic person and those dieting. the use of saccharin as it is free of calorie, safe and brings a well physical shape lifestyle state. while accumulation and the hazard of obesity within its related cardiovascular aggravations literature reports on genotoxicity and carcinogenicity of saccharine is still confusing. therefore, persons should be careful to the consumption of this artificial sweetener. references 1. martínez-cervera, s.; sanz, t.; salvador, a.; fiszman, s.m. rheological, textural and sensorial properties of low-sucrose muffins reformulated with sucralose/polydextrose. lwt, (jfst). 2012, 45, 213-220. 2. walters, e. 1. 2013, the sweetener book. 3. kapadiya dhartiben, b.; aparnathi, k.d. chemistry and use of artificial intense, sweeteners int.j.curr.microbiol.app.sci.2017, 6, 6, 1283-1296. 4. mortensen, a. sweeteners permitted in european union: safety aspects. scandinavian j. food nutr. 2006, 50, 104-116. 5. otabe, a.; fujieda, t.; masuyama, t. a two-generation reproductive toxicity study of the high-intensity sweetener. advantame in cd rats. food chem. toxicol.2011, 49, 7075. 6. klaus roth, erich lück: ein molekülschicksal – die saccharin-saga, chemie in unserer zeit. 2011, 45, 406 -423. 7. akram arianfar, aghdas sadeghi, zahra hejri, physical and chemical properties of high-potency sweeteners: a review, chemistry research journal.2017, 2, 6, 70-8. 8. chemical information services, international directory of pharmaceutical ingredients1995/96 edition, dallas, tx. 1995, 860–867.   59  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 9. nabors, l.y. alternative sweeteners: an overview. in alternative sweeteners" (lyn o‟ brien nabors ed.) crc press, taylor and francis group, broken sound parkway nw. 2001, 1-12. 10. abe bakal and penny cash, abic, sweetening the pot. prepared foods, international consultants inc. 2006, 55-58. 11. dean, j.a. lange’s handbook of chemistry, 13th edn, mcgraw-hill book company, new york. 1985, 5, 56. 12. dubois, g.e.; prakash, i. non-caloric sweeteners, sweetness modulators, and sweetener enhancers. annu. rev. food sci. technol. 2012, 3, 353-380. 13. hugh, a.; tilson, r.m.a.; jaspers, l.m.w. kornet toxicological principles for the safety assessment of direct food additives and color additives used in food, u.s. food and drug administration, bureau of foods. 1982, 1–19. 14. salant, a. handbook of food additives, auflage, furia, t.f. (ed), cleveland, oh: crc press. 1972, 523. 15. lyn o'brien nabors: alternative sweeteners,. auflage, crc press. 2012, 4, 151-157. 16. klaus roth, erich lück: ein molekülschicksal – die saccharin-saga, chemie in unserer zeit, wiley vch-verlag, weinheim.2011, 45, 406423. 17. robert, a. weinberg: the biology of cancer, new york, ny: garland science, taylor & francis group, llc.2007, 456. 18. whitehouse, c.r.; boullata. j.; mccauley, l.a. the potential toxicity of artificial sweeteners. aaohn journal. 2008, 56, 6, 251-59. 19. weihrauch, m.r.; diehl, v. artificial sweetener-do 30. chapel cl. a review and biological risk assessment of the bear a carcinogenic risk? annals of oncology, sodium saccharin. regulatory toxicology and pharmacology. 2004, 15 10, 1460-1465. 20. samuel, m.; cohen leon, b. ellwein takehiko okamura, tsuneo masui, sonny l. johansson, raymond a. smith, jan m. wehner, mohamad khachab, clifford i. chappel, gerald p. schoenig, james l. emerson, and emily m. garland , comparative bladder tumor-promoting activity of sodium saccharin, sodium ascorbate, related acids, and calcium salts in rats , c.r.j.1991, 51, 1766-1777. 21. noah, l.; merrill, r.a. starting from scratch: sweeteners_factsheet. a reinventing the food additive approval process, b.u. l. rev.1998, 329, 336-401. 22. ting gong, quan-wei wei, da-gan mao, kentaro nagaoka, gen watanabe,4 kazuyoshi taya, and fang-xiong shi, effects of daily exposure to saccharin and sucrose on testicular biologic functions in mice. biol. of reprod.2016, 95, 6, 116, 1–13. 23. jun hyeon jo, sunjoo kim, tae won jeon, tae cheon jeong, and sangkyu lee, investigation of the regulatory effects of saccharin on cytochrome p450s in male icr mice, toxicol. res.2017, 33, 1, 25-30. 24. serkan yilmaz, aslı uçar, sacchrain genotoxicity & carcinogenicity: a review, advances in food sciences.2015, 37, 3, 213-216. 25. munro, i.c.; moodie, c.a.; krewski, d.; grice, h.c. a carcinogenicity study of commercial saccharin in the rat. toxicology and applied pharmacology.1975, 32, 3, 513–526. 26. howe, g.r.; burch, j.d.; miller, a.b.; morrison, b.; gordon, p.; weldon, l.; chambers, l.w.; fodor, g.; winsor, g.m. artificial sweeteners and human bladder cancer. lancet.1977, 2, 578–581.   60  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 27. reuber, m.d. carcinogenicity of saccharin. environ health perspect.1978, 25, 173– 200. 28. risch, h.a.; burch, j.d.; miller, a.b.; hill, g.b.; steele, r.; howe, g.r. dietary factors and the incidence of cancer of the urinary bladder. am j epidemiol.1988, 127, 1179-1191. 29. morgan, r.w.; wong, o. a review of epidemiological studies on artificial sweeteners and bladder cancer. food chem. toxicol.1985, 23, 529-33. 30. zurlo, j.; squire, r.a. is saccharin safe? animal testing revisited. j natl cancer inst. 1998, 90, 2–3. 31. takayama, s.; sieber, s.m.; adamson, r.h. et al. longterm feeding of sodium saccharin to nonhuman primates: implications for urinary tract cancer. j natl cancer inst.1998, 90, 19– 25. 32. sharma, a.; amarnath, s.; thulasimani, m.; ramaswamy, s. artificial sweeteners as a sugar substitute: are they really safe, indian j pharmacol.2016, 48, 3, 237-240. 33. leonard, a.; leonard, e.d. mutagenicity test with saccharin in the male mouse. journal of environmental pathology and toxicology.1979, 2, 1047-1053. 34. zhang, z.l.; yang, j.; zhang, q.a.; cao, x.s. studies on the utilization of a plant sce test in detecting potential mutagenic agents. mutat res.1991, 261, 69. 35. jeffrey, a.m.; williams, g.m. lack of dna-damaging activity of five non-nutritive sweeteners in the rat hepatocyte/ dna repair assay. (f ctj).2000, 38, 4, 335–38. 36. sasaki, y.f.; kawaguchi, s.; kamaya, a.; ohshita, m.; kabasawa, k.; iwama, k.; taniguchi, k.; tsuda, s. the comet assay with 8 mouse organs: results with 39 currently used food additives. mutat res.2002, 26, 103-119. 37. bandyopadhyay, a.; ghoshal, s.; mukherjee, a. genotoxicity testing of low-calorie sweeteners: aspartame, acesulfame-k, and saccharin. drug chem. toxicol.2008, 31, 447–457. 38. icsel, c.; yilmaz, v.t. in vitro dna binding studies of the sweetening agent saccharin and its copper (ii) and zinc (ii) complexes. j photo chem photobiol biol.2014, 130, 115-121. 39. frenzilli, g.m.; bernardeschi, r.; barale. alkaline versus neutral version of comet assay in human leukocytes using, compounds journal of translational toxicology. 2014, 1, 60–71. 40. armstrong, b.; doll, r. bladder cancer mortality in diabetics in relation to saccharin consumption and smoking habits. br j prev soc med.1975, 2, 73–81. 41. jensen, o.m.; kamby, c. intra-uterine exposure to saccharin and risk of bladder cancer in man. int j cancer.1982, 29, 507–509. 42. franceschi, s.; favero, a.; la vecchia, c. food groups and risk of colorectal cancer in italy. int j cancer.1997, 72, 56-61. 43. yuy, hu j, wang pp. risk factors for bladder cancer: a case-control study in northeast china, eur j cancer prev.1997, 6, 363–69. 44. franceschi, s.; favero, a.; conti, e. food groups, oils and butter, and cancer of the oral cavity and pharynx. br j cancer.1999, 80, 614-620. 45. bosetti, c.; la vecchia, c.; talamini, r. food groups and risk of squamous cell esophageal cancer in northern italy. int j cancer.2000, 87, 289-294.   61  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 46. bosetti, c.; negri, e.; franceschi, s. diet and ovarian cancer risk: a case-control study in italy. int j cancer.2001, 93, 911915. 47. bosetti, c.; la vecchia, c.; talamini, r. food groups and laryngeal cancer risk: a casecontrol study from italy and switzerland. int j cancer.2002, 100, 355-360. 48. tavani, a.; giordano, l.; gallus, s. consumption of sweet foods and breast cancer risk in italy. ann. oncol.2006, 17, 341345. 49. bosetti, c.; micelotta, s.; dal maso, l. food group and risk of prostate cancer in italy. int j cancer.2004, 10, 424-428. 50. bravi, f.; bosetti, c.; scotti, l. food groups and renal cell carcinoma: a case-control study from italy. int j cancer.2007, 120, 681-685. 51. andreatta, m.m.; muñoz, s.e.; lantieri, m.j.; eynard, a.r.; navarro, a. artificial sweetener consumption and urinary tract tumors in cordoba, argentina j prev med. 2008, 47, 136–139. 52. bosetti, c.; gallus, s.; talamini, r.; montella, m.; franceschi, s.; negri, e.; la vecchia, c. artificial sweeteners and the risk of gastric, pancreatic, and endometrial cancers in italy. cancer epidemiol. biomarkers prev.2009, 18, 2235-2238. 53. kumar, a.; weatherly, m.r.; beaman, d.c. sweeteners, and dyes in antibiotics preparations. pediatrics.1992, 87, 352-360. 54. elcock, m.; morgan, r.w. update on artificial sweetness and lite, fda consumer, revised, sweeteners and bladder cancer. reg. toxi.2006, 6, 3. 55. berthoud, h.r.; trimble, e.r.; siegel, e.g.; bereiter, d.a.; jeanrenaud, b. cephalicphase insulin secretion in normal and pancreatic islet-transplanted rats, ajp –end. and metab.1980, 238, 4, 336-340. 56. ionescu, e.; rohner-jeanrenaud, f.; proietto, j.; rivest, r.w.; jeanrenaud, b. tasteinduced changes in plasma insulin and glucose turnover in lean and genetically obese rats. diabetes.1988, 37, 773–79. 57. just, t.; pau, h.w.; engel, u.; hummel, t. cephalic phase insulin release in healthy humans after taste stimulation? appetite.2008, 238, 4, 622–627. 58. okoduwa, s.i.r.; ebiloma, g.u.; baba, j.; ajide. s. the metabolism and toxicology of saccharin, info health awareness article. 2013, 1, 14-19. 59. lethco, e.j.; wallace, w.c. the metabolism of saccharin in animals, toxicology. 1975, 3, 287-300. 60. aly, a.a.; nassar, s.a. n-[4-(dicyanomethylazo) phenyl]-2saccharin-2-ylacetamide in the synthesis of pyridazine and pyrimidine derivatives, heter.chem.2004, 15, 1, 210215. 61. çakra, s.; biçerb, e. synthesis, spectroscopic and electrochemical characteristics of a novel schiff-base from saccharin and tryptophan, j. iran. chem. soc. 2010, 7, 2, 394 404. 62. tillu, v. h.; dumbre, d.k.; borate, h.b.; wakharkar, r.d.; choudhary, v.r. solvent-free one-pot synthesis of sulfonephthaleins from saccharin and phenols, synthetic communications. 2012, 42, 8,1101-1107. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 186 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license study the interaction adsorptive behavior of sunset yellow dye and loratadine drug: kinetics and thermodynamics study abstract the performance of drug treatment and assessments of different drugs' side effects both can be affected by the interaction between food additives and drugs. organic compounds such as food colorants dyes are utilized as additives in a wide range of foods. in this study, the adsorption interaction behavior between the colorant food dye sunset yellow (sy) and the drug loratadine was examined. the adsorption procedure is conducted at different drug dosages, various sy dye concentrations, and different temperature (288-318k). the equilibrium data were explained by using freundlich and langmuir adsorption isotherms, but langmuir offering the best fit model. kinetics adsorptive behavior of sunset yellow on loratadine matched pseudo-second order kinetics. thermodynamics study show that the process is exothermic, spontaneous and the disorder at the solid-solution interface was proven from the negative entropy (-140.556 j/ k.mol) of adsorption process. .thermodynamics, adsorption, kinetics, loratadine: sunset yellow, key words 1. introduction the performance of pharmacological treatment and evaluation of many drugs' adverse reactions can both be influenced by the interaction between food additives and drugs. some pharmaceuticals cannot be taken with particular foods because they include chemical components such as dyes, which can induce a reaction that alters the drug's effect. it also can cause or exacerbate negative effects [1]. nowadays, the majority of food dyes are synthesized and derived from petroleum and coal tar. in reality, consumption of artificial food dyes has risen by 500% in the previous 50 years, with children being the main consumers [2]. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2974 article history: received 8 augest 2022, accepted 27 september 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq furat a. hiawi department of chemstry , college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abdulallah1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq inaam h. ali department of chemstry , college of science for women, university of baghdad,baghdad, iraq. inaam.mohmmed@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:abdulallah1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:abdulallah1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:inaam.mohmmed@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 187 food coloring dyes may be harmful and have no important nutrients, and can cause a number of diseases, such as cancer and allergies [3]. synthetic dyes are bioaccumulate so they have adverse environmental effects, carcinogenic effects, causing metabolic disorders and genetic problems especially if they are used in large quantities. [4]. children who consume too many food dyes may suffer a number of negative effects, including allergies, hyperactivity, and attention deficit disorders [5]. the health consequences of these dyes are negligible because they are regarded as safe when used in accordance with authorized production techniques. since each government regulates all types and levels of food dyes that are authorized, the investigations were shown that some dyes are used at quantities over the limit permissible, exposing consumers at significant risks [6]. sunset yellow (sy) is a synthesized compound contains azo groups (figure 1). it is soluble in water, slightly soluble in ethanol, have iupac name disodium, 6-hydroxy-5-(4-sulfonatophenyl) diazenyl) naphthalene-2-sulfonate [7]. many production processes, like those in the food, pharmaceuticals, cosmetic, textile, and leather trades, utilize sunset yellow as a colorants material. when these azo dyes are used frequently, it could really lead to many health risks such allergic reactions, chromosomal abnormalities, and hyperactivity in children [8]. s ho o o ona nn s o o nao figure 1. structure of sunset yellow contrarily, drugs administered as pharmaceuticals are often aromatic hydrocarbons compounds that have an effect on the whole organism. generally, the therapeutic effects of these drugs seen with daily use may be enhanced in an overdose [9]. antihistamine drugs like loratadine (figure 2) are used to treat the allergy symptoms. it is usually used to treat the hives, a rash, itchy eyes, runny nose, nasal congestion, and nasal congestion [10]. due to its poor ability to dissolve, loratadine has a rate-limiting step in the absorption process. loratadine has a low variable oral absorption considering that it is practically insoluble in water [11]. n n c och2ch3 o cl figure 2. loratadine chemical structure the hazards of interactions between food dye and insoluble or weakly soluble drugs in water have not yet been studied. if the additives in food like colorant dyes adsorb on such drugs, it cause an interaction that may decrease the efficiency of the treatments in curing diseases and increasing their biocompatibility within the body. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 188 taking into account the health risks that food dyes cause to humans, the objective for carrying out this investigation is to study that how food dye sunset yellow and the drug loratadine interact during the adsorption process. to illustrate the equilibrium in processes, various adsorption isotherms will be employed such as the langmuir and freundlich models. kinetics and thermodynamics parameters of the process will be used to assess the feasibility of the adsorption process 2. materials and experiments loratadine was provided by a state company in samarra for the production of pharmaceuticals and medical equipment. sunset yellow dye was supplied from locally market. 1 g of the dye was accurately dissolved in one liter of distilled water to obtain 1000gl-1 of sunset yellow stock solution. shimadzu double-beam uv-vis spectrophotometer was used to determine the absorbance of different concentrations (10-60 mg/l) of sunset yellow dye which were prepared by diluting the appropriate dye stock solution in accordance with the calibration curve and adsorption process requirements. at a wavelength of 480 nm, sunset yellow's maximum absorption was detected as in figure (3). figure 3. the uv-visible spectra of sunset yellow dye. for building the calibration curve of sunset yellow dye, a range of concentrations of sunset yellow dye (10–60 mg/l) were made from stock solution, and the absorbance for each concentration was observed as shown in figure (4) at its optimum wavelength (480 nm). figure 4. calibration curve of sunset yellow y =0.0337x r² =0.9993 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 a b so rb a n ce conc. https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/c/f162751 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 189 to investigate that how process is influenced by different factors, such as sy concentration, loratadine amount, contact time, and temperature, batch adsorption studies have been carried out. the quantity of sy adsorbed on the loratadine drug's surface was calculated using the formula below: 𝑞𝑒 = (𝐶0 − 𝐶𝑒 ) 𝑉 𝑤 (1) where v represents for the volume of the solution (l), the mass of the drug w is (g), and c0 and ce are the concentrations of sy (mg/l) at initial and equilibrium, respectively. for a 30 mg/l of sy dye solution, the effects of many adsorbent dosages (0.05, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, and 0.25 g) in 50 ml of dye were investigated. the thermostatic shaker bath's agitation speed was set at 200 rpm for all the experimental steps, and the temperature was kept constant at 298 k. to evaluate the effect of contact time on the adsorption process of sy, 0.1g of loratadine drug was added to 50 ml of sy solution (30 mg/l) in 250 ml flasks. 5ml of the sample was drawn out every 10 minutes, and until equilibrium is achieved, the concentration was determined. the adsorption process was studied at temperatures in the range 288–318 k to examine the effect of temperature on the process. 3. results and discussion: effect of drug dosage because it directly influences an adsorbent's capacity at a specific initial concentration of adsorbate, the dosage of an adsorbent is a significant factor to be studied. a series of adsorption experiments were conducted with various adsorbent doses from (0.05g 0.25g) in 50 ml of initial concentration 30 mg/ l sy dye and at constant contact time to examine the effects of drug dosage on the adsorption of sy. figure (5) reveals that using 0.1g of loratadine increases the amount of sy adsorbed with drug dosage enhancement to its maximum value. in fact, the dye adsorption remained approximately constant as the dose of the drug was increased, and then it decreased as the dosage was increased. additional dye was adsorbed when the dosage of the drug was increased until equilibrium was reached. this due to the competition between adsorbent molecules for adsorption as well as the influence of the variation in sy molecules concentration and drug quantity [12]. the use of this adsorbent dose was confirmed in all experiments. figure 5. effect of drug quantity on the amount of sunset yellow absorbed 4 6 8 10 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 q e (m g /g ) drug dosage (g) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 190 effect of initial concentration and contact time the impact of contact time on dye adsorption was assessed throughout a variety of times and initial dye concentrations, ranging from 10 to 50 mg l-1, as shown in figure (6). it was revealed that the adsorption process began rapidly and slowed down after the initial contact time. to attain equilibrium in the adsorption of sy on the drug, it required 50 min to reach equilibrium then the amount of dye adsorption did not significantly alter over time. this is possible because vacant surface sites are available during the initial stages of adsorption, but after some time passes, the vacant sites become filled by dye molecules [13]. the relating plot figure (6) illustrates how the amount of sy adsorbed depends on changing initial sy concentration and rises with initial sy concentration enhancement. figure 6. contact time and initial sy concentration's effect on the adsorption process. adsorption isotherm understanding the interaction between the amounts adsorbed of the food colorant sunset yellow on the surface of the drug at equilibrium is facilitated by adsorption isotherms. the relationship between amount adsorbed and dye concentration at equilibrium illustrates in figure (7). this figure shows the curve has an s-shape because of the small initial slope followed by a fast rise. based on this specific isotherm, the affinity of the adsorptive surface is enhance with higher initial concentration and decreases with it droplets [14]. figure 7.adsorption isotherm of sy on loratadine at 298k. the experimental data were tested to match the freundlich and langmuir adsorption models. langmuir model, which affirmatively assume a monolayer, homogeneous and confined adsorption site. it is possible that a minimum threshold after which no further adsorption will take place. the 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 q e (m g /g ) time (min) 20 mg/l 30 mg/l 40 mg/l 50 mg/l 0 3 6 9 12 15 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 q e ( m g /g ) ce (mg/l) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 191 langmuir equation is established and given as follows equation (2) for a surface with a small number of similar locations and monolayer saturation [15]: 𝐶𝑒 𝑞𝑒 = 1 𝐾𝐿 . 𝑄° + 𝐶𝑒 𝑄° (2) where the langmuir constants q° (mg/g) and kl (l/mg) are represented. kl is roughly the energy adsorption constant, and q° is the maximum adsorption capacity. the langmuir constants q° and kl were obtained from the slope and interception of a linear plot of ce/qe against ce, respectively. figure (8) depicts the application of the langmuir isotherm equation to the experimental data of adsorption sy dye on the drug adsorbent. figure 8. the langmuir isotherm of sy adsorption of the langmuir isotherm is used to construct the freundlich isotherm [16], which requires a heterogeneous surface with an adsorption capacity and is given by: ln 𝑞𝑒 = ln 𝐾𝑓 + 1 𝑛 𝑙𝑛𝐶𝑒 (3) the efficiency of adsorption is proportional to the dimensionless constant n, and the capacity of adsorption is related to the freundlich constant (mg/l), or kf. the value of n denotes how nonlinear the relationship is between the adsorption process and concentration of adsorbate. figure (9) illustrates how the values of kf and n were calculated from the intercept and slope of the fitted line of lnqe against ln ce, respectively.. figure 9. the freundlich isotherm of sy adsorption y =0.0558x +0.4958 r² =0.9589 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 c e /q e ce y =0.5247x +0.985 r² =0.9139 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 ln q e ln ce ihjpas. 36(1)2023 192 it is clear from the findings in table 1 and based on the r2 (regression coefficients), the langmuir model was higher from that predicted by freundlich this demonstrated that the results of the sy dye's adsorption onto the drug were well fitted by the langmuir model. n values greater than unity showed a good synergistic association and a heterogeneous binding arrangement [17]. furthermore, the langmuir equation's estimate of maximal monolayer capacity (q0) showed a reduction in value with rising temperature, indicating an increase in adsorption capacity at low temperatures. table 2. adsorption isotherm parameters of sy dye on drug. isotherm langmuir model freundlich model temperature (k) r2 q⁰ (mg/g) kl(lmg -1) r2 kf (lmg -1) n 288 0. 9874 19.08 0.129 0.9791 3.125 1.946 298 0.9589 17.92 0.112 0.9139 2.667 1.905 308 0.9513 19.34 0.063 0.9468 1.679 1.594 318 0.9764 24.44 0.033 0.988 1.102 1.372 adsorption kinetics the rate constant and mechanisms of sy adsorption on drug surface were determined using two kinetics models. these models are lagergren-first-order equation and the pseudo-secondorder equation which have been used to investigate the adsorption kinetic behavior of sy (30 mg/l) onto drug at temperatures ranged (288-318k). the best-fit was selected based on the results of the linear regression correlation coefficient (r2). the linear formula pattern of the pseudo-first order kinetic model is as follows (18): log(𝑞𝑒 − 𝑞𝑡 ) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑞𝑒 −(𝑘1/2.303) 𝑡 (4) where k1 is the rate constant of the pseudo-first order kinetics (min -1), the quantity of sy adsorbed on the drug's surface at equilibrium is termed as qe, and the quantity at any given time is termed as qt. the qe and k1 are frequently estimated using the intercept and slope of plots of log (qe qt) vs t, respectively. in figure 10, the result of such a plot is shown. figure 10. adsorption kinetics pseudo-first order of sy on drug dye at 298k the pseudo-second order kinetic model in linear form (19) is as follows: 𝑡 𝑞𝑡 = 1 𝑘2𝑞𝑒 2 + ( 1 𝑞𝑒 ) 𝑡 (5) y =-0.0363x +0.98 r² =0.9592 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 10 20 30 40 50 lo g q e -q t time (min) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 193 where k2 is the pseudo-second order kinetics rate constant (g.mg -1.min-1). the intercept and slope of plots of t/qt against t were obtained to calculate k2 and qe, as shown in figure 11. figure 11. adsorption kinetics pseudo-second order of sy on drug dye at 298k as illustrated in table 2, the value (r2) of the two models are approximately identical, although the pseudo-second order equation's r2 value is significantly higher. according to this, the pseudo second order kinetic model described the kinetics of the adsorption system more precisely than the pseudo-first order model. table 2. kinetics data of sy dye adsorption on drug. kinetics models pseudo first order pseudo second order temperature (k) r2 k1 (min -1) qe (mg/g) r 2 k2(g mg -1 min-1) qe (mg/g) 288 0.9428 0.0637 5.193 0.9962 0.0166 10.775 298 0.9592 0.0835 9. 549 0.9962 0.0092 11.312 308 0.9576 0.0852 5.591 0.9956 0.0163 9.310 318 0.9484 0.0817 12.723 0.994 0.0023 13.020 thermodynamic study at four different temperatures in the range of (288318 k), adsorption studies were carried out to estimate the thermodynamic properties (free energy function (∆g°), enthalpy function (∆h°), and entropy function (∆s°). the thermodynamic properties were determined using these equations [20]: ∆𝐺° = −𝑅𝑇 ln 𝐾𝐿 (6) ln 𝐾𝑐 = ∆𝑆° 𝑅 − ∆𝐻° 𝑅𝑇 (7) where t is the temperature in kelvin, kc is the equilibrium constant (l/g), and r is the value of the gas constant in joules (8.314 j/mol k). the van't hoff plots of ln(kc) against 1/t were used to y =0.0884x +0.8456 r² =0.9962 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 t/ q t time (min) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 194 estimate the values of (∆h°) and (∆s°). plotting of this relationship is illustrated in e figure (12) represents this plotted relation and table (3) depicts the thermodynamic parameters derived at various temperatures. the negative values of ∆g° provide as evidence for the feasibility and nature of spontaneous adsorption. the fact that the negative value of ∆g° diminishes as temperature rises suggests adsorption of sy on lotatadine is preferable and more strongly at low temperature. as shown, the exothermic aspect of the process was proven by the negative value of (∆h°) (40.276 kj/mol). likewise, practically, (∆h°) has a value approximately 40 kj/mol. this indicated that adsorption of sy onto loratadine was a physical process [21]. figure 12. van't hoff plots for sy adsorption on loratadine entropy (∆s°) is an indicator of randomness and show how a system's solid/liquid interface varies with temperature. its negative value (-140.556 j/k mol) indicates the adsorption system tends to make the solid/liquid interface less irregular [22]. table 3: thermodynamic properties of the adsorption of sy on drug. 4. conclusions precautions must be considered prior to clinical instances because of the prevalence of drugs and food colorant dye interactions globally. the interaction in this study was clarified by adsorption of the food additive sunset yellow dye and the drug loratadine. the most effective model for illustrating the adsorption isotherm of sy dye onto the drug loratadine was observed to be the langmuir isotherm model. the pseudo-second order equation can be used to explain the kinetics of sy adsorption on the drug loratadine, because it closely matched the results of the experiments. thermodynamic study confirms that the sy adsorption onto loratadine was exothermic and spontaneous. the sy adsorption on loratadine is physisorption, as evidenced by the negative ∆h° value, which is -40.276 kj/mol. y =4844.4x-16.906 r² =0.9208-1.8 -1.6 -1.4 -1.2 -1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 ln k l 1/t temp.(k) ∆g° (kj/mol) ∆h°(kj/mol) ∆s° (j/k.mol) 288 -0.224 -40.276 -140.556 298 -0.365 308 -1.319 318 -1.676 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 195 conflict of interest no actual conflict of interest that could have influenced this study. references 1. silva, m. m; h reboredo, f. ; lidon, f.c food colour additives: a synoptical overview on their chemical properties, applications in food products, and health side effects. foods. 2022, 11(3),379. doi.org/10.3390/foods11030379. 2. smith, j.; hong-shum, l. food additives data book, 2nd ed.; wiley-backwell: hoboken, nj, usa, 2011; 196–198. isbn 978-1-405-19543-0. 3.luzardo-ocampo, i.; ramírez-jiménez, a.k.; yañez, j.; mojica, l.; luna-vital, d.a. technological applications of natural colorants in food systems: a review foods. 2021, 10, 634. doi.org/10.3390/foods10030634. 4. kobylewski, s.; jacobson, m.f.toxicology of food dyes. int. j occup environ health. 2012,18 (3),220-246. doi: 10.1179/1077352512z.00000000034. 5. subhashish, d. bommu, applications of food color and bio-preservatives in the food and its effect on the human health, food chemistry advances,2022,1.oct.100019. doi.org/10.1016/j.focha.2022.100019. 6. bruno, l. ; cíntia, z. ; joão, a. ; julio, c. effects of textile dyes on health and the environment and bioremediation potential of living organisms, biotechnology research and innovation, 2019, 3(2), 275-290. doi.org/10.1016/j.biori.2019.09.001. 7. kong, q.; liu qun ; m. miao ; liu, y. ; chen , q.; zhao, c., kinetic and equilibrium studies of the biosorption of sunset yellow dye by alligator weed activated carbon., treatment. 2017 ,66, 281-290. 8. abdel-aziz, h.m. ; abdel-gawad, s.a. removal of sunset yellowazo dye using activated carbon entrapped in alginate from aqueous solutions. open access j sci. 2020,4(1):1‒6. doi: 10.15406/oajs.2020.04.00142. 9. mattson, cl.; tanz, lj, quinn, k.; kariisa, m.; patelm, p., davis nl. trends and geographic patterns in drug and synthetic opioid overdose deaths — united states, 2013–2019. mmwr morb mortal wkly rep, 2021, 70,202–207. doi.org/10.15585/mmwr.mm7006a4. 10. national center for biotechnology information. pubchem compound summary for cid 3957, loratadine. retrieved june 21, 2022. 11. rodriguez amado, j. r. ; prada, a. l; duarte, j. l. ; keita, h. ; da silva, h. r. ; ferreira, a. ; sosa, e. h; carvalho, j.;development, stability and in vitro delivery profile of new loratadineloaded nanoparticles. saudi pharmaceutical journal: spj: the official publication of the saudi pharmaceutical society, 2017, 25(8), 1158–1168. doi: 10.1016/j.jsps.2017.07.008. 12. tadele, a.; adugna, n. ; a comparative study of acidic, basic, and reactive dyes adsorption from aqueous solution onto kaolin adsorbent: effect of operating parameters, isotherms, kinetics, and thermodynamics, emerging, contaminants, 2022, 8, 59-74. doi.org/10.1016/j.emcon.2022.01.002. 13. dey, a.k.; dey, a. ; goswami, r. adsorption characteristics of methyl red dye by na2co3treated jute fibre using multi-criteria decision making approach. appl water sci, 2022, 12, 179. doi.org/10.1007/s13201-022-01700-9. https://doi.org/10.3390/foods11030379 https://doi.org/10.3390/foods10030634 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.focha.2022.100019 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biori.2019.09.001 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22kong+qiang%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22liu+qun%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22miao+mingsheng%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22liu+yuzhen%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22chen+qingfeng%22 https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/search/?q=au%3a%22zhao+changsheng%22 http://dx.doi.org/10.15585/mmwr.mm7006a4 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsps.2017.07.008 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emcon.2022.01.002 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 196 14. filice, s.; bongiorno, c.; libertino, s. et al. structural characterization and adsorption properties of dunino raw halloysite mineral for dye removal from water. materials (base). 2021;14(13):3676. doi: 10.3390/ma14133676. 15. lucas, carvalho., b. lucas, carvalho, p.; maria, c.; tamara, r. et al, removal of the synthetic hormone methyltestosterone from aqueous solution using a βcyclodextrin/silica composite. journal of environmental chemical engineering, 2019, 7(6):103492-. doi: 10.1016/j.jece.2019.103492. 16. abu-nada, a. ; abdala, a.; mckay, g. isotherm and kinetic modeling of strontium adsorption on graphene oxide. nanomaterials, 2021,11,2780. https://doi.org/ 10.3390/nano11112780. 17. togue kamga, f. modeling adsorption mechanism of paraquat onto ayous (triplochiton scleroxylon) wood sawdust. appl water sci, 2019, 9, 1. doi.org/10.1007/s13201-018-0879-3. 18. suryakant, a.; patil, d. pramod kumbhar, bhushan s. satvekar, namdev s. harale, sagar et al. adsorption of toxic crystal violet dye from aqueous solution by using waste sugarcane leafbased activated carbon: isotherm, kinetic and thermodynamic study. journal of the iranian chemical society , 2022, 19:7, 2891-2906.doii: 10.1007/s13738-022-02500-3. 19. debina, b. ; eric, s.; fotio, d.; arnaud, k. ; lemankreo, d. ; rahman, a. adsorption of indigo carmine dye by composite activated carbons prepared from plastic waste (pet) and banana pseudo stem. journal of materials science and chemical engineering, 2020, 8, 39-55. doi: 10.4236/msce.2020.812004. 20. kausar, a.; naeem, k.; iqbal, m. ; nazli, z. ; bhatti, n. haq; ashraf, a.; nazir, a.; kusuma, h. ; khan, m. kinetics, equilibrium and thermodynamics of dyes adsorption onto modified chitosan: a review, zeitschrift für physikalische chemie, 2021. doi.org/10.1515/zpc-2019-1586. 21. popa, s.; radulescu-grad, m.e. ; perdivara, a. ; mosoarca. g. aspects regarding colour fastness and adsorption studies of a new azo-stilbene dye for acrylic resins. sci rep. 2021 15;11(1):5889. doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-85452-7. 22..fatombi, j.k; idohou, e.a. ; osseni, s.a. et al. adsorption of indigo carmine from aqueous solution by chitosan and chitosan/activated carbon composite: kinetics, isotherms and thermodynamics studies. fibers polym, 2019, 20, 1820–1832. doi.org/10.1007/s12221-0191107-y. https://doi.org/10.3390%2fma14133676 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s13738-022-02500-3 https://doi.org/10.4236/msce.2020.812004 https://doi.org/10.1515/zpc-2019-1586 conflict of interest 7. kong, q.; liu qun ; m. miao ; liu, y. ; chen , q.; zhao, c., kinetic and equilibrium studies of the biosorption of sunset yellow dye by alligator weed activated carbon., treatment. 2017 ,66, 281-290. l lln alhaitham j.i'oh i'u re & appl. sci. v0l.i9(4) 2006 studying the connection between partical size and lattice distortions through x ray diffraction line profile analysis for cao powder k .h .harbi department of physics, college of education ibn ai­ hai t h am university of bagh dad . abstract the integral breadth method has been utilized to analyse line proiiles broadening and lattice strain of cao at different temperatures the effect of tcmperattre on crystallite size and strain has also been investigated . the crystall i tes are found to be highly anisotropic even at high temperatures . introduction 1\ detai led knowledge of crystallite size and strain in a finely divided powder often helps to correlate many physical properties of a system under going transformation and solid state reactions . x ray line broadening analysis provides a method of finding crystallite size and strain integral breadth methods ( i -4 ) . calcium oxides have been imponant applications in manufacuturing ( 5 8 ) . the present investigation aims were to find the variation of crystallite size and strain with temperat ure after correction li ne profile experimental in this work, calcium carbonate was used to produce calcium oxide by treatment ofcac0.1 at 1 100 •c , 1150 •c and 12000c . the calcination time is chosen as 30 minutes for each run under static air , heating rate of i o•c /min and a·alumina as reference material . diffraction pattren for the three samples were obtained using philips automatic powder diffractometer (pwl820) with flat monochromator , step rate 0.02/l .oec. specimens were prepared by mounting 41 microsoft word 82-91 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 82          comparison among three estimation methods to estimate cascade reliability model (2+1) based on inverted exponential distribution sairan hamza raheem university of garmian, college of computing and information technology, it. department sairan.hamza@garmian.edu.krd abstract in this paper, we are mainly concerned with estimating cascade reliability model (2+1) based on inverted exponential distribution and comparing among the estimation methods that are used. the maximum likelihood estimator and uniformly minimum variance unbiased estimators are used to get the parameters of the strengths 𝑋 and the stress 𝑌 ;k=1,2,3 respectively then, by using the unbiased estimators, we propose preliminary test single stage shrinkage (ptsss) estimator when a prior knowledge is available for the scale parameter as initial value due past experiences . the mean squared error [mse] for the proposed estimator is derived to compare among the methods. numerical results about conduct of the considered estimator are discussed including the study of mentioned expressions. the numerical results are exhibited and put it in tables. keyword: inverted exponential distribution, maximum likelihood method, uniformly minimum variance unbiased method, single stage shrinkage estimator, mean squared error and cascade reliability model (2+1). 1. introduction an 𝑛 cascade system is defined as a special type of standby system with 𝑛 components and it could be considered as a kind of stress-strength model. the reliability system of a cascade model can be described by a function of parameters of the identical and independent distributions with strength (x) and stress (y) and the attenuation factor (k) in other words, the stresses on subsequent components are attenuated by a factor ‘k’, called attenuation factor that is generally assumed to be a constant for all the components or to be a parameter having different fixed values for different components, or it may be simply a random variable. this ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.4.2512 article history: received 13 january 2020, accepted 12 february 2020, published in october 2020   83  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 system was first proposed and studied by pandit and sriwastav (1975).rekha and chechu raju (1999) presented a closed form solution of stress attenuated reliability function for ncascade system with exponential stress and standby strengths following rayleigh and exponential distributions. sundar (2012)has done a case study of cascade reliability with rayleigh distribution. devi (2016) studied cascade system reliability with stress and strength follow lindley distribution. dong and cui studied system reliability under cascading failure models. doloi and gogoi (2017) presented a cascade reliability model for exponential and lindley distributions. reddy(2016) studied cascade and system reliability for exponential distributions. in (2019) kanaparthi et el studied cascade and system reliability for the new rayleigh-pareto distribution the aim of this study is to compare among three estimation methods (mle ,umvue and ptsss) in estimate the cascade reliability model(2+1) based on inverted exponential distribution (ie) with unknown scale parameter. for this purpose, we use thamson shrinkage technique through the equation below: 𝛼 ∅ 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 (1) where 𝛼 is a prior knowledge(estimation) about the parameter 𝛼 and 0 ∅ 𝛼 1 is a shrinkage weight factor to assign the degree of belief in 𝛼 ; also 𝛼 is the classical estimator of 𝛼 (mle or umvue).  several authors have studied the estimator defined in (1) for a special distribution for different parameters and suitable regions (r) as well as for estimate the parameters of linear regression model. see [13-16]. 2. statistical model in life distribution, if a random variable x following an exponential distribution then the variable 𝑌 has an inverted exponential distribution (ie) . the invers exponential distribution ie 𝛼 has the following probability density function p.d.f and cumulative distribution function c.d.f. for 𝑥 0 : 𝑓 𝑥; 𝛼 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ; 𝛼 0 (2) 𝐹 𝑥; 𝛼 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ; 𝛼 0 (3) killer and kamath (1982) defined and studied ie for the first time. lin et al (1989) descripted ie distribution as a lifetime model. it can be seen that ie distribution was widely used in the analytic study specially in engineering, biology and medicine fields oguntunde et el(2017). bayes estimators of the parameter and reliability function of the ie distribution were obtained by singh et al(2013). oguntunde et al. (2014) proposed exponentiated gie (egie) distribution. singh et al (2015) estimated the stress strength reliability parameter of ie distribution.  fatima and ahmad (2018) used a bayesian approximation techniques of inverse exponential distribution with applications in engineering. for cascade model (2+1), assume that 𝑋 , 𝑋 and 𝑋 are the strengths with two fundamental components and one standby component is i.i.d with p.d.f follows ied 𝛼 with scale parameter 𝛼 ; 𝑖 1,2,3, when activated faces the stresses random variables 𝑌 , 𝑌 and 𝑌 are imposed on the strengths components and followed ied 𝛽 with scale parameter 𝛽 ; 𝑗 1,2,3. in cascade system, after every failure the stress gets modified by attenuation factor (k) such that: 𝑌 𝑘𝑌 , 𝑌 𝑘𝑌 𝑘 𝑌 , … , 𝑌 𝑘 𝑌 ; 𝑘 1   84  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 and we suppose a factor (m) to modified the strength such that: 𝑋 𝑚𝑋 , 𝑋 𝑚𝑋 𝑚 𝑋 , … , 𝑋 𝑚 𝑋 ; m 0 the real reliability function for the (2+1) cascade model is given by: 𝑅 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 (4) 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 (5) 𝑅 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 (6) 𝐹 𝑦 𝑔 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 𝐹 𝑦 𝑔 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 1 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝛼 𝑦 𝛽 𝑦 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝛽 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 1 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝛼 𝑦 𝛽 𝑦 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝛽 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 so we get 𝑅 (7) 𝑅 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 (8) 𝑝 𝑋1 𝑌1, 𝑚𝑋1 𝑘𝑌1 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 where 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑚𝑋 𝑘𝑌 𝐹 𝑦 𝐹 𝑦 𝑔 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 (9) 𝑒𝑥𝑝 1 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝑒𝑥𝑝 then 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑚𝑋 𝑘𝑌 (10) and 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 𝐹 𝑦 𝑔 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 (11) so 𝑅 (12) by the same way finding r r 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 (13) (14) substitution (6), (11) and (13) in (4) 𝑅 𝛼 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝛼 𝛽 𝑘 𝑚 𝛼 𝛽 𝑘 𝑚 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝑘 𝑚 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝛼 𝛽 (15)   85  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 3. maximum likelihood estimation (mle) the maximum likelihood method is an important and commonly, since it contained properties for good estimate. suppose𝑋 ; 𝑖 1,2,3 strength random sample follows ied 𝛼 with the sample size 𝑛.the likelihood function is given by; 𝑙 𝐿(𝑥 , 𝑥 , … , 𝑥 ; α) ∏ 𝑓 𝑥 ∏ 𝑒𝑥𝑝 𝛼 ∏ 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ∑ (16) taking logarithm of (16) and then differentiating the result partially with respect to 𝛼: ∑ (17) equalizing (17) to zero to get the estimated scale parameter of ied 𝛼 ∑ (18) hence, for strength random samples, 𝑋 ~𝐼𝐸 𝛼 ; 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛 , 𝑋 ~𝐼𝐸 𝛼 ; 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛 and 𝑋 ~𝐼𝐸 𝛼 ; 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛 with samples size 𝑛 , 𝑛 and 𝑛 respectively mle for unknown parameters 𝛼 , 𝛼 and 𝛼 is : 𝛼 ; 𝑇 ∑ ; 𝛬 1,2,3 (19) by the same way for the stress random variables𝑌 ~𝐼𝐸 𝛽 ; 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑚 , 𝑌 ~𝐼𝐸 𝛽 ; 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑚 and 𝑌 ~𝐼𝐸 𝛽 ; 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑚 with samples size 𝑚 , 𝑚 and 𝑚 respectively, the mle estimator for unknown parameters 𝛽 , 𝛽 and 𝛽 will be as follows: 𝛽 ; 𝐻 ∑ , 𝛬 1,2,3 (20) substitution (19) and (20) in (15) the mle for cascade reliability, invariability will be as: 𝑅 (21) 4. uniformly minimum variance unbiased estimators the umvue method depends on minimizing the mean square error among unbiased estimators. the unbiased estimator 𝛼 of 𝛼 is called (umvue) if and only if var (𝛼 )≤ var(𝛼 ) for any 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 and any other unbiased estimator of α, see devor and berk (2012). we could find the umvu of the scale parameters 𝛼 ,𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 ; 𝛬 =1,2,3 of the stress 𝑋 ; 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑛 and strength 𝑌 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑚 ;of cascade reliability model with ied that belongs to exponential family densities function as it shown below : 𝑄 𝑥; 𝜎 𝑎 𝜎 𝑏 𝑥 exp ∑ 𝜌 𝜎 𝑟 𝑥 , where 𝑎 𝜎 , 𝑏 𝑥 𝑜 , and 𝜎𝜎 , 𝜎 , … , 𝜎 with 𝛾 𝜎 𝛿 and each of 𝜎, 𝛾 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝛿 are constant .   86  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 let 𝑎 𝜎 = 𝛼 ; 𝑏 𝑥 1/𝑥 ; 𝜌 𝜎 𝛼 ; 𝑟 𝑥 thus, 𝑇 is a complete sufficient statistic for (𝛼 ) for 𝛬 =1, 2,3. to find the distribution of 𝑇 ∑ , suppose 𝑍 consequently, 𝑋 𝓅 𝑧 𝑓 𝑋 (22) substitute (2) in (22) 𝓅 𝑧 𝛼 exp 𝛼 𝑧 (23) thus 𝑍 ~𝐸𝑥𝑝 𝛼 ,and 𝑇 ~𝛤 𝑛 , 𝛼 𝑈 𝑡 𝑡 . exp 𝛼 𝑡 ; 𝑡 0 , 𝛼 0 , 𝑛 0 (24) then 𝐸 so the unbiased estimator of (𝛼 ) is ( ), therefore according to lehmann-scheffe theorem the (umvue) of (𝛼 ) is 𝛼 hence 𝛼 ; 𝑇 ∑ , 𝑘1,2,3 (25) by the same way, we can obtain (umvue) of (𝛽 ) as below: 𝛽 ; 𝐻 ∑ , 𝛬 1,2,3 (26) substituting (25), (26) in (15) to obtain umvu estimator for cascade reliability model of ied as the following : 𝑅 (27) 5. preliminary test single shrinkage estimator (ptssse). in this section, we use (1) to estimate the cascade reliability parameters 𝛼 , 𝛽 ; 𝛬 1,2,3 of 𝑋 ~𝐼𝐸𝐷 and 𝑌 ~𝐼𝐸𝐷 respectively. first in order to find ptssse of 𝛼 choose ∅ 𝛼 as follows: ∅ 𝛼 𝜗 𝛼 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑅 𝜗 𝛼 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∉ 𝑅 (28) where 𝑅 is a preliminary test region of acceptances of size (𝜆 ) for testing hypotheses 𝐻 : 𝛼 𝛼 vs. 𝐻 : 𝛼 𝛼 using the test statistic 𝜏 ; 𝛼 𝛼 thus, by rewriting equation(1) as below: 𝛼 𝜗 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑅 𝜗 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∉ 𝑅 (29) where 𝜗 𝛼 ; 𝑟 1,2 represents the shrinkage weight factor which may be a function of 𝛼 or may be constants with the condition 0 𝜗 𝛼 1 . using the form (29), we proposed   87  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 two preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimators 𝛼 when a prior knowledge 𝛼 is available for 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑅 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∉ 𝑅 (30) then 𝜗 𝛼 0 and 𝜗 𝛼 1 in (28) and 𝛼 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∈ 𝑅 𝑐 𝛼 𝛼 , 𝑖𝑓𝛼 ∉ 𝑅 (31) thus 𝜗 𝛼 0 and 𝜗 𝛼 𝑐 in (28) while: 𝑅 𝑎 , 𝑎 ; 𝑎 𝑋 ,⁄ and 𝑎 𝑋 ,⁄ where 𝑋 ,⁄ , 𝑋 ,⁄ are respectively the lower and upper 100 𝜆 2⁄ precedential point of chi-square distribution with (2𝑛 ) degree of freedom. similarly for parameters 𝛽 ; 𝛬 1,2,3 of stress random variables 𝑌 ~𝐼𝐸𝐷 choose ∅ 𝛽 as below: ∅ 𝛽 𝛩 𝛽 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∈ 𝑅 𝛩 𝛽 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∉ 𝑅 (32) where 𝑅 is a preliminary test region of acceptances of size (𝜆 ) for testing hypotheses њ : 𝛽 𝛽 vs. њ : 𝛽 𝛽 using the test statistic 𝜏 ; 𝛽 𝛽 thus, we get: 𝛽 𝛩 𝛽 𝛽 𝛽 𝛽 , 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∈ 𝑅 𝛩 𝛽 𝛽 𝛽 𝛽 , 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∉ 𝑅 (33) such that 0 𝛩 𝛽 1, 𝑟 1,2 and 𝛩 𝛽 represents as shrinkage weight factor which may be constants or functions of 𝛽 . we proposed two preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimators 𝛽 to estimate the reliability parameters when a prior knowledge 𝛽 is available for 𝛽 𝛽 𝛽 , 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∈ 𝑅 𝛽 , 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∉ 𝑅 (34) then 𝛩 𝛽 0 and 𝛩 𝛽 1 in (28) and 𝛽 𝛽 , 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∈ 𝑅 𝑐 𝛽 𝛽 , 𝑖𝑓𝛽 ∉ 𝑅 (35) thus 𝛩 𝛽 0 and𝛩 𝛽 𝑐 in (28) such that 𝑅 𝑠 , 𝑠 while 𝑠 𝑌 ,⁄ and 𝑠 𝑌 ,⁄ 𝑌 ,⁄ , 𝑌 ,⁄ are respectively the lower and upper 100 𝜆 2⁄ precedential point of chi-square distribution with (2𝑚 ) degree of freedom. substituting (30),(31),(34) and (35) in (15) to obtain preliminary test single shrinkage estimator for cascade reliability model(2+1) of ied as the following   88  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝑅 (36) 6. simulation study in this section, we present some results based on monte carlo simulations to compare the performance of different methods: mle, umvue and ptssse of cascade reliability model(2+1) using different sample (20, 40, and 60). for this purpose the following steps of monte carlo simulation are used based on mean squared errors criteria with 1000 replicates: step1: generate random samples which follow the continuous uniform distribution defined on the interval (0,1), as 𝑢 , 𝑢 , … , 𝑢 and 𝑤 , 𝑤 , … , 𝑤 ,for all 𝑖 1,2, … , 𝑘 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑛 . respectively., step2: applying an inverse transformation approach to generate random variables follows ied as follows: 𝐹 𝑥 𝑒𝑥𝑝 : 𝑈𝑖 𝑒𝑥𝑝 : 𝑥 𝛼 / ln 𝑈𝑖 and, by the same method, we get: 𝑦 𝛼 / ln 𝑉𝑗 step3: recall the r from equation 15 . step4: find the cascade reliability r of the mle using equation 21 . step5: find the uniformly minimum variance unbiased method of r using equation 27 . step6: compute (ptssse) of cascade reliability using equations (36). step7: calculate the mse based on (l=1000) trials as follows: mse ∑ 𝑅 𝑅 7. results of simulation in this section, the simulation results are used to determine the best outcome of the conceder estimation methods ( 𝑀𝐿𝐸, umvue, ptssse) of cascade reliability model (2+1) estimator based on one parameter ied. in the cascade reliability model (2+1) of estimate the system reliability 𝑅 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 )).the following tables of mean square error show, at most the orders rank of the estimators as follows: 𝑅 , 𝑅 and 𝑅 respectively, that means 𝑅 is the best than the others estimators. the following tables (1-9) will present the simulation results. 𝐓𝐚𝐛𝐥𝐞 𝟏: 𝛼 1 , 𝛼 1, 𝛽 1.5 , 𝛽 1.5 , 𝑅 0.800000000 mle pt um (n1, n2,m1,m2) m k 0.800055821748313 0.800000399098201 0.800040031839184 (20, 20, 20, 20) 0.2 1.5 0.800045359839790 0.800000862941454 0.800040032049879 ( 60,60, 20, 40) 0.800053589528536 0.799999583412720 0.800040032014180 ( 40, 20, 60, 60) 0.5 1.8 0.800019751832772 0.799999000261255 0.800040031806876 (20,40,60, 20) 0.800033275056292 0.799999163925098 0.800040032055934 ( 40, 60, 20, 40) 0.7 1.3 0.800056080018052 0.800000092631102 0.800040032013649 (60, 20, 40, 60) 0.800050772085346 0.800000881956533 0.800040032025629 (40, 40, 40, 40) 0.9 1.1 0.8000403019787380.7999997959707440.800040032025629(60,60,60, 60)   89  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝐓𝐚𝐛𝐥𝐞𝟐: 𝑀𝑆𝐸 𝛼 1 , 𝛼 1, 𝛽 1.5 , 𝛽 1.5   𝐓𝐚𝐛𝐥𝐞 𝟑: 𝛼 1.5 , 𝛼 1.5 , 𝛽 2 , 𝛽 2 , 𝑅 0.7857142857  mle pt um (n1, n2,m1,m2) m k 0.785720768248288 0.785714149871148 0.785734705446280 (20, 20, 20, 20) 0.2 1.5 0.785737729080948 0.785713939601543 0.785734705585085 ( 60,60, 20, 40) 0.785750736020131 0.785715533029282 0.785734705520629 (40, 20, 60, 60) 0.5 1.8 0.785718895194405 0.785714520693756 0.785734705528084 (20,40,60, 20) 0.785725567713847 0.785712470091343 0.785734705594252 ( 40, 60, 20, 40) 0.7 1.3 0.785748611031530 0.785714534388167 0.785734705530414 (60, 20, 40, 60) 0.785728999913387 0.785713842247919 0.785734705546020 (40, 40, 40, 40) 0.9 1.1 0.785729005582190 0.785714339660318 0.785734705546020 (60,60,60, 60) 𝐓𝐚𝐛𝐥𝐞 4: 𝛼 1.5 , 𝛼 1.5 , 𝛽 2 , 𝛽 2  mle pt um (n1,n2,m1,m2) m k 0.000000291526563 0.000000001318706 0.000000000416965 (20, 20, 20, 20) 0.2 1.5 0.000026615438193 0.000000578485132 0.000000416971124 ( 60,60, 20, 40) 0.000020849454688 0.000000456480257 0.000000416968491 (40, 20, 60, 60) 0.5 1.8 0.000000123002043 0.000000001195640 0.000000000416969 (20,40,60, 20) 0.000000045033693 0.000000000680612 0.000000000416971 (40, 60, 20, 40) 0.7 1.3 0.000037108268999 0.000000466212429 0.000000416968890 (60, 20, 40, 60) 0.000054516476000 0.000000576798620 0.000000416969528 (40, 40, 40, 40) 0.9 1.1 0.000028051216264 0.000000383695325 0.000000416969528 (60,60,60, 60) 𝐓𝐚𝐛𝐥𝐞 𝟓 𝛼 3 , 𝛼 3 , 𝛽 1 , 𝛽 1, 𝑅 0.6250000000  mle pt um (n1,n2,m1,m2) m k 0.624932272202343 0.624999705238945 0.624937468791855 (20, 20, 20, 20 ) 0.2 1.5 0.624953403330766 0.624999441035243 0.624937468537429 ( 60,60, 20, 40) 0.624940516955036 0.625000056038205 0.624937468714946 ( 40, 20, 60, 60) 0.5 1.8 0.624913690218326 0.624999904721153 0.624937469058640 (20,40,60, 20) 0.624943162050123 0.624998720248892 0.624937468534079 ( 40, 60, 20, 40) 0.7 1.3 0.624939686353734 0.624998458153044 0.624937468736565 (60, 20, 40, 60) 0.624942577777575 0.625002127090182 0.624937468734366 (40, 40, 40, 40) 0.9 1.1 0.624942314238157 0.625000176762664 0.624937468734366 (60,60,60, 60)     mle pt um (n1, n2,m1,m2) m k 0.000000071936176 0.000000000868428 0.000000001602548 (20, 20, 20, 20) 0.2 1.5 0.000042789507494 0.000000456950252 0.000001602565018 ( 60,60, 20, 40) 0.000042894580602 0.000000397091475 0.000001602562159 ( 40, 20, 60, 60) 0.5 1.8 0.000000345959007 0.000000000960463 0.000000001602546 (20,40,60, 20) 0.000032505999070 0.000000433528185 0.000001602565503 ( 40, 60, 20, 40) 0.7 1.3 0.000044937037854 0.000000382471540 0.000001602562117 (60, 20, 40, 60) 0.000032823139814 0.000000389473349 0.000001602563075 (40, 40, 40, 40) 0.9 1.1 0.000014943488773 0.000000306936893 0.000001602563075 (60,60,60, 60)   90  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝐓𝐚𝐛𝐥𝐞 𝟔: 𝛼 3 , 𝛼 3 , 𝛽 1 , 𝛽 1  8. conclusion the cascade reliability model (2+1) 𝑅 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 𝑝 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 , 𝑋 𝑌 based on inverted exponential distribution were used in this paper to verify the performance of different estimators which are ; maximum likelihood estimation, unbiased estimation method and preliminary test single stage shrinkage (ptsss) estimator using different samples 20, 40, and 60 . the monte carlo simulation was exhibited to analyses and comparison between these methods. the results show that the performance of (ptsss) estimator was appropriate behavior and it is efficient estimator than the others in the sense of 𝑀𝑆𝐸 at most. while 𝑅 had the second rank and followed by 𝑅 . references 1. pandit, s. n. n.; sriwastav, g. l. studies in cascade reliability i. ieee trans. on reliability.1975, 24,1, 53-56. 2. rekha, a.; raju, v.c. c. cascade system reliability with rayleigh distribution. botswana journal of technology.1999, 8, 14-19. 3. sundar, t. s. case study of cascade reliability with rayleigh distribution. international journal of computer technology and electronics engineering. 2012, 2, 3, 78-87. 4. devi, m.t. cascade system reliability with stress and strength follow lindley distribution. international journal of engineering research & technology. 2016, 5, 09,708-714 5. dong, h.; cui, l. system reliability under cascading failure models. ieee transactions on reliability. 2015, 65, 2,1-12. 6. doloi, c.; gogoi, j. a cascade reliability model for exponential and lindley distributions. international journal of advanced research. 2017, 5, 4, 43-54. 7. reddy, d. cascade and system reliability for exponential distributions. dj journal of engineering and applied mathematics. 2016, 2, 2, 1-8. 8. kanaparthi, r.; palakurthi, j. ; sanka, l.n.g.d. cascade and system reliability for the new rayleigh-pareto distribution. international journal of science and research. 2019, 8, 2, 18651867. mle pt um n1,n2,m1,m2) m k 0.000000239325138 0.000000003234843 0.000000003910152 (20, 20, 20, 20) 0.2 1.5 0.000000085454692 0.000000001870957 0.000000003910184 ( 60,60, 20, 40) 0.000000045087534 0.000000001122373 0.000000003910162 (40, 20, 60, 60) 0.5 1.8 0.000000181399978 0.000000002522772 0.000000003910119 (20,40,60, 20) 0.000000189712498 0.000000001857193 0.000000003910184 (40, 60, 20, 40) 0.7 1.3 0.000000030728521 0.000000001040114 0.000000003910159 (60, 20, 40, 60) 0.000000056503599 0.000000001408268 0.000000003910159 (40, 40, 40, 40) 0.9 1.1 0.000000038498170 0.000000000964106 0.000000003910159 (60,60,60,60   91  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 9. salman, a.s.; ali, a.h; salman, m.d. preliminary test single stage shrinkage estimator for the scale parameter of gamma distribution. american journal of mathematics and statistics. 2014, 4, 3, 131-136. 10. salman, a.s. , hadi, r.a. preliminary test shrinkage estimators for the shape parameter of generalized exponential distribution. international journal of applied mathematical research.2016, 5, 4, 162-166. 11. salman, a.s.; hamad, a. m.; abdul-nabi, a. i. pretest single stage shrinkage estimator for the shape parameter of the power function distribution. international journal of mathematics trends and technology. 2016, 63, 1, 56-59. 12. salman, a.s.; hassoun, i.o. an efficient single stage shrinkage estimator for the scale parameter of inverted gamma distribution. ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 2017, 30 ,1 , 169-176. 13. killer, a. z. ; kamath, a. r. reliability analysis of cnc machine tools. reliability engineering. 1982, 3, 449–473. 14. tawfiq, lnm; oraibi. ya. fast training algorithms for feed forward neural networks. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017, 26, 1: 12751280. 15. singh, s.k.; singh, u.; kumar, d. bayes estimators of the reliability function and parameter of inverted exponential distribution using informative and non-informative priors. journal of statistical computation and simulation.2013, 83,12, 2258-2269. 16. oguntunde, p.e.; adejumo, a.; balogun, o.s. statistical properties of the exponentiated generalized inverted exponential distribution. applied mathematics. 2014, 4, 2, 47-55. 17. singh, s.k; singh, u.;yaday,a,;viswkarma, p.k. on the estimation of stress strength reliability parameter of inverted exponential distribution. international journal of scientific world, 2015, 3, 1, 98-112. 18. devor, j.l.; berk, k.n. modern mathematical statistics with applications. 2012, second edition, springer texts in statistics. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 estimation of alp, gpt and got activities in iraqi patients female with b reast cance r z. i. al-mashhadani , a. j. a. muk hlis, * a. s. a-razaq al-faraji departme nt of chemistry, college of education i bnalhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad. *center for market rese arch & consume r protection, unive rsity of baghdad received in : 24 july 2011 accepte d in : 18 october 2011 abstract to invest igate the activity and role of certain enzy me markers in 30 p atients female with breast cancer (non-treated, treated, and treatment with recovered).the serum activity of enzy me tumor markers (alp, gpt and got) of (30) p atients with breast cancer, and (7) healthy control subjects by using st atist ical analysis: there is significant difference higher in activity of serum enzy me tumor markers (alp, gpt, and got) in all patients as comp ared with healthy control. key word: breast cancer, enzy me tumor markers. introduction breast cancer: cancer is a d isease in whi ch cells beco me abnormal and form more cells in an uncontrolled way [1]. with breast can cer, the cancer begins in cells that make up the breast (usually in the tubes that carry milk to nipple or the glands that make milk). the can cerous cells for m a mass of tissue called a malignant tumor that st arts from cells in the breast . sometimes, the cancer sp reads to other p arts of the body [1,2]. the disease occurs mostly in women, but men can get breast cancer as well. breast cancer is the most common cancer amon g women, other than skin cancer. it is the se cond leading cause of cancer death in women, after lung can cer[1-4]. about one in eight women will be d iagnosed with breast cancer during their lif etime. breast cancer also st rikes men but in much lower numbers (1 in 100)[4]. there are several types of breast cancer, although some of them are quite rare. in some cases a single breast tumor can have a combination of these typ es or have a mixture of invasive and in situ cancer which are[5]: 1ductal carcino ma in situ. (dcis). 2 lobular carcino ma in situ. (lci s). 3 invasive (or infiltrating) ductal carcinoma. (idc). 4invasive (or infiltrating) lobular carcinoma. (ilc). alkal ine phosphatase (alp) (ec: 3.1.3.1): alkaline p hosp hatase (alp) is ahydrolase enzy me resp onsible for removing p hosp hate group from many ty p es of molecules, including nucleotides, p roteins, and alkaloids. the process of removing the phosp hate group is called dep hosp hory lation[6]. as the name suggests, alkaline p hosp hatases are most effective in an alkaline environment. it is sometimes used sy nony mously as basic p hosp hatase[7]. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 in humans, alkaline p hosp hatase (alp) is found in many tissues, including bone, liv er, intest ine, kidney , and p lacenta [8]. high (alp) usually means that the bone or liver been damaged[9]. the normal range is 20 t o 140 iu/l[10]. alani ne transami nase (alt) or (gpt) (ec: 2.6.1.2): alanine transaminase or alt is a transaminase enzy me. it is also called seru m glutamic p y ruvic transaminse (sgpt) or alanine aminotransferase (alat). alt is found in serum and in var ious bodily tissues, but is most commonly associated with the liver. it catalyzes the two p arts of t he alanine cycle[11]. significantly elevated levels of alt often suggest the existence of other medical p roblems such as viral h epatitis, congestive heart failure, liver dama ge, b ile duct p roblems, infectious mononucleosis, or my op athy [11]. reference ran ge of alt : 6-37 u/l[10]. aspartate transami nse (as t) or (got) (ec: 2.6.1.1): asp artate transaminase (ast) also called serum glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase (sgot) or asp artate aminotransferase (asat/aat /asp at ) is similar to alanine transaminase (alt) in that it is another enzy me associated with liver p arenchymal cells[12]. alt is found p redominately in the liver, with lesser quantities found in the kidneys, heart, and skeletal muscle. as a result the alt is a more sp ecific indicator of liver inflammation than the ast, as the ast may also be elevated in diseases affecting other organs, such as the heart or muscles in myocardial infarction, also in acute p ancreatitis, acute hemolytic anemia, severe burns, acute renal disease, musculoskeletal diseases, and trauma[13]. ast (sgot) is commonly measured clinically as a p art of diagnost ic liver function tests, t o determine liver health. reference ranges of ast:6-34 iu/l[14]. the aim of our st udy is to evaluate some biochemical p arameters like enzy mes as tumor biomarker (i.e. alp, gpt, got). in iraqi p atients suffering from breast cancer and comp ared that with t he same parameters in normal healthy iraqi control. material and methods patie nts: blood samples were collected from a thirty breast cancer (females) (nontreated (8) female, treated (12) female, treated and r ecovered (10) female), their age was range (19-60) y ears at the m edical c ity hospital in baghd ad. seven app arently healthy individuals (females) were selected with age range (20-43) years. ten milliliters (ml) of venous blood were collected into p lain tubes from each p atient and healthy individuals after 12 hours fast. the blood samples were allowed to st and for 15 minutes (min) then centrifuged at 3500 rp m for 10 min. serum was frozen at -20 º c till used for the est imation of alp, gpt, got . de termination of some enz yme marke rs: de termination of alkaline phosphatase (alp activity): colorimetric determination[15,16] of the alp activity which reaction scheme is as follows: phe nyl phospha te a lka line phosphata se phenol + phosphate free phenol librated by hy drolysis of t he subst rate reacts then with 4-amino-antip y rine in the p resence of alkaline p otassium ferricyanide to form a red-coloured comp lex which absorbance measured at 510nm is directly p rop ortional to t he alp activity in the sp ecimen. sodium arsenate in corporated in the reagent abolishes further enzy me activity and p revents t he dilution of the colour inherent in earlier methods. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 calculation ( kind and k ing u nits/1 00ml) . . = 20 . standard a bs assay a bs specime n blank alp activity a bs  de termination of aminotransfe rases (alt) or (gpt) activity: colorimetric determination[17-19] for gpt activity according to the following reactions: gpt alanine ketoglutarate pyruvate glutamate    the p y ruvate formed is measured in its derivated form, 2,4-dinitrop henylhydrazone at 505nm. calculation number of gpt units/ml in serum were calculated using the standard curve. de termination of aminotransfe rases (as t) or (got) activity: colorimetric d etermination[17-19] of got activity according to the followin g reactions: got l a spartate ketoglutarate ox aloacetic l glutamate      the oxaloacetate formed is measured in its derivated form, 2,4dinitrop heny lhydrazone at 505nm. calculation the number for got units/ml in serum were calculated using the standard curve. results and discussion results se rum enz yme marke rs levels: se rum alkaline phosphatase (alp) acti vity: data in table (1) and fig. (1) show that, t he mean ± sd of alp activity in serum of control was (16.6565 ± 5.7695 iu/l). while the mean ± sd of alp activity in serum of p atient with breast cancer ( no treatment) was (38.4583 ± 27.4304iu/l) and for (treatment and treatment & recancer) were (56.8010 ± 23.6085iu/l) and (47.6151 ± 29.0696iu/l) resp ectively. the results showed no significant differ ence (p  0.05) in serum of alp activity of breast cancer p atient's no treatment, treatment and treatment & recancer as comp ared with healthy control. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(1) of our results shows that no treatment breast cancer p atients female was two times high in alp activity , while treatment p atients high four times and treatment with recancer was t hree times high activity than healthy control. s erum alani ne transami nase (alt) or (gpt) activity: table (2) and fi g. (2) shows t hat, the alanine transaminase (alt) or (gpt) activity in serum of control is (19.2500 ± 2.4749 units/ml). while the (alt) activity in serum of breast cancer p atient no treatment is (24.7000 ± 13.9803 un its/ml) and treatment and treatment & recancer p atient's breast cancer wer e (28.9143 ± 22.0185 units/ml) and (21.8200 ± 12.4333 units/ml) resp ectively. the results showed that there is no si gnificant difference (p  0.05) in serum alt activity of breast cancer patient comp ared with that of healthy control. our results from the fig.(2) show that no treatment was high one time in alt activity , while treatment female breast cancer patients was t wo t imes high er in activity , and treatment with recancer half time high er than healthy control. s erum aspartate transami nase (as t) or (got) activity data in table (3) and fig. (3) show that the mean ± sd of asp artate transaminase (ast) or (got) activity in serum of control was (28.75 ± 3.8891units/ml). while the mean ± sd of ast activity in serum of p atient with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatment & recancer) were (38.3667±17.5342units/ml), (30.0750 ± 5.6076 units/ml), and (50.6167 ± 25.6691units/ml) resp ectively. the results showed no significant differ ence (p  0.05) in serum of ast activity of all breast cancer p atients as comp ared with healthy control. our st udy from the fig.(3) shows that t he no treatment p atients of breast cancer was high er ast activity one time than the control and high in treatment, while in treatment with recancer is higher two times comp ared with healthy control. discussions alkaline phosphatase (alp) activity: our results demonst rate that none of our p atients with total-alp activities lower than the control p resented metastases. on the contrary , p atients with bone metastases show a significantly increased total-alp activity . this finding is in agreement with data from other authors[20]. it has been demonst rated that total-alp is highly sensitive to detect hepatic metastases[20]. our p atients with hepatic or bone metastases show the highest total-alp activity and there are no significant differences of total-alp activity between them. according to our results, total-alp could not differentiate between hepatic and bone metastases and it is necessary to take into account bone-alp values that, in bone metastases[21]. alani ne transami nase (alt) or (gpt) activity: alanine transaminase was sign ificantly high in patients with lymp h node metast asis at d is eas e p r es en t at io n as co mp ar ed t o co nt ro l. t h is s u gges t s t h e r o le o f alan in e aminotransferas e in relation to axillary lymp h node metastasis and disease p rognosis. the p athogenesis of drug induced liver disease usually involve the p articip ation of the parent drug or its metabolites t hat either directly effect t he cell biochemistry or elicit an immune resp onse. susceptibility to drug induced h epatot oxicity is also influenced by genetic and environmental ris k f act ors. unp red ict able, low fr equency, iod iosy ncr ati c r eact ions o ften o ccur on a back ground of a h igher rate of mild asy mptomatic liver injury , it is very difficult to detect t hem b ut t h ey may b e d et ect ed by mon it or in g s eru m amin otr ans fer as e lev els [2 2 ] . مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 some trials suggest biochemical evaluation as the bett er tool for the screening of metastatic disease at the time of diagnosis of breast cancer[23,24]. in these trials alt is suggested as first -line examination to detect liver or bone metastases. aspartate transami nase (as t) or (got) activity: asp artate transaminase (ast) is familiar markers of liver function and to ascertain the non-involvement of sy st emic toxicity , the activities of marker enzy me like asp artate transaminase (ast) was assay ed. in our st udy , the ast levels is higher in cancer when comp ared to normal control[24]. as a marker for liver metastases in breast cancer p atients and also as a marker for hepatot oxicity , asp artate transaminase was found to be increased. it was concluded that the elevations in the activities could be due to the decreased sy nthesis of degradative p roducts which could have resulted in the elevation in the circulation. elevations in liver transaminases following tamoxifen administ ration have been observed. tissue damage is the sensitive feature in the cancerous conditions so any deterioration or destruction of the membrane can lead to the leakage of these enzy mes from the tissues. hence elevation of these liver sp ecific enzy mes observed in breast cancer condition may be due to the progression of tumor growt h[25]. conclusion our results suggest that alp, gpt, and got may p lay an imp ortant role in breast cancer. a significant elevation in the activity of alp, gpt, and got in female breast cancer. recommendation although, some of our data were statistically no significant, our interp retation from thes results indicate that the chemotherapy are unusefull in treatment of breast cancer. re ferences 1. singh, s.p., (2008). text book of biochemistry , 4 th ed., cbs p ublishers & dist ributors, new delhi, bangalore. 2. harris, l.; fritsche, h.; m ennel, r.; (2007). american society of clinical oncology 2007 up date of recommendations for the use of tumor markers in breast cancer. j. clin. oncol., 25:5287-5312. 3. foubert, e.; craene, b. and berx, g.(2010) the snail 1twist 1 consp iracy in malignant breast cancer progression. breast cancer research, 12:206. 4. diedrich, j.; dep ke, j. and engel, j. (2007) an overview and up date of breast cancer screening, diagnosis, and treatment. american nurse today 2(10): 32-37. 5. diamandis, e.p.; hoffman, b.r. and sturgeon, c.m . (2008). national academy of clinical biochemistry laboratory m edicine practical guidelines for the use of tumor m arkers. clin. chem. 54:1935-1939. 6. kim, e.e.and wyckoff, h.w. (m arch 1991). “reaction mechanism of alkaline p hosp hatase based on cryst al st ructures. two-metal ion cataly sis”. j. m ol. biol. 218(2): 449-464. 7. tamas, l.; hut tova, j.; m istrk, i.and kogan, g. (2002). “effect of carboxy methy l chitinglucan on the activity of some hy drolytic enzy mes in m aize plants”. chem. pap . 56(5): 326-329. 8. enders, d.b.and rude, r.k. (1999) m ineral and bone metabolism. in burtis ca, ashwood e.r.eds. tietz text book of clinical chemist ry , 3 rd ed. philadelp hia, w.b., saunders, p: 1395-1457. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 9. posen, s. and doherty , e. (2010). the measurement of serum alkaline p hosp hates in clinical medicine. adv. clin. chem., 22:165. 10. bishop , m .l.; fody , e.p.and schoeff, l.e. (2010). clinical chemist ry , techniques, p rinciples, correlations by lip p incott williams & wilkins. 11. paul, t.and giboney m .d. (2010). m ildly elevated liver transaminase levels in the asy mptomatic patient. american family p hy sician. 12. almo, s.c.; smith, d.l.; danishefsky , a.t .and ringe, d. (m arch 1994). “ the structural basis for the altered substrate sp ecificity of the r292d actine site mutant of asp artate aminotransferase from e.coli ”. prot ein eng. 7(3):405-12. 13. lott , j.a. and stang, j.m . (2010). serum enzy mes and isoenzy mes in the diagnosis and differential diagnosis of my ocardial ischemia and necrosis. clin. chem., 26:1241. 14. remaley, a.t . and wilding, p. (2009). m acroenzy mes: biochemical characterization, clinical significance and laboratory detection. clin. chem., 35:2261-2270. 15. kind p.r.n., king e.j.,(1954). estimation of p lasma p hosp hatase by determination of hy drolysed p henol with amino-anti-antipy rine, j. clin. path., 7:.322-326. 16. belfield, a.and goldberg, d.m . (1971)revised assay for serum p henyl p hosp hatase activity using 4-amino-antipy rine, enzy me, 12: 561-573. 17. britman, s.and frankel, s. (1957) am.j.clin-path., 28:56. 18. cabaud et al. (1956). am. j. clin. path, 26:1101. 19. karmen, a. (1955)j. clin. invest . 34:141,. 20. m oss, d.w. (1989). alkaline p hosp hatase in hepatobiliary disease. progr. clin. biochem. m ed. 8:47-62. 21. yorioo, m .a.; sembaj, a.and sanz, e. (2000). alkaline p hosp hatase isoenzy mes for the diagnosis of metast atic tumors and lymphomas of liver and bone. m edicina, 60:311-315. 22. raza, v.; khanam, a.; naimatullah, s. (2010). evaluation of non-heamatological and hep atic toxicities develop ed during chemotherap y treatment and role of liver enzy mes in disease prognosis. journal of biochemistry , 16(1): 10-16. 23. ravaioli, a.; tassinari, d.and pasini, g. (1998). staging of breast cancer: what st andard should be used in research and clinical practice? ann. oncol. 9:1173-1177. 24. alcazar, j.l.; rolle, a.and m urcia, j.m . (1995). bone scanning in preoperative st aging of early breast cancer p atients:shouldit be aroutine p rocedures? breast dis, 8:7-11. 25. vennila, r.; thirunavukkarasu, s.v. and m uthumary , j. (2010). in vivo st udies on ant icancer activity of taxol isolated from an endop hy tic fungus p estalotiopsis p auciseta sacc. vm 1. asian journal of pharmaceutical and clinical research 3(4):30-34. table(1): alkaline phosphatase (alp) activity (iu/l) in serum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatment & recancer) and healthy control. groups n mean sd t-test no treatment 8 38.4583 27.4304 p  0.05 treatment 12 56.8010 23.6085 p 0.05 treatment & recancer 10 47.6151 29.0696 p  0.05 control 7 16.6565 5.7695 p< 0.05 مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 table(2): alanine transaminase (alt) or (gpt) activity (units/ml) in serum of patie nts with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatme nt & recancer) and healthy control. table(3): aspartate transami nase (as t) or (got) activity (units/ml) in se rum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatme nt & recancer) and healthy control. groups n mean sd t-test no treatment 8 38.3667 17.5342 p  0.05 treatme nt 12 30.0750 5.6076 p 0.05 treatme nt & reccancer 10 50.6167 25.6691 p  0.05 control 7 28.7500 3.8891 p< 0.05 groups n mean sd t-test no treatment 8 24.7000 13.9803 p  0. 05 treatme nt 12 28.9143 22.0185 p 0.05 treatme nt & recancer 10 21.8200 12.4333 p  0. 05 control 7 19.2500 2.4749 p< 0.05 fig. (1): alkaline phosphatase (alp) activity (iu/l) in se rum of patients with breast cancer (no treatment, treatme nt, and treatment & recancer) and healthy control. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(2):alanine transaminase (alt) or (gpt) acti vity (units/ml) in serum of patie nts with breast cancer (no treatment, treatment, and treatme nt & recancer) and he althy control. fig.(3):aspartate transami nase (as t) or (got) activity (units/ml) in serum of patients with breast cancer (no treatme nt, treatment, and treatme nt & recancer) and he althy control. مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 في got و gpt واالمینوترانسفیرز alpتقییم الفوسفات القاعدي ت المصابات بمرض سرطان الثديالمریضات العراقیا ،عبد الجبار عبد القادر مخلص ،زهیر ابراهیم المشهداني * علیاء سعدون عبد الرزاق الفراجي جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ، قسم الكیمیاء جامعة بغداد، مركز بحوث السوق وحمایة المستهلك * 2011 تشرین األول 18:حث في قبل الب2011 تموز 24:استلم البحث في الخالصة .لغرض بیان دور الفعالیة وبعض األنزیمات الواسمة في المرضى المصابین بسرطان الثدي فعالیــة تقیـسو). بعـالج مـع رجـوع المـرض، بعـالج ، بـدون عـالج (مـصابة بـالمرض ) 30( عینـات تتـألف مـن ت اخـذ نـساء ) 7(مریـضة و ) 30(فـي مـصل ) got و gpt واالمینـو ترانـسفیرز alpعدي الفوسفات القا(األنزیمات الواسمة كانت نتـائج البحـث للمجـامیع المـذكورة باسـتخدام التحلیـل اإلحـصائي . مجموعة سیطرة خالیة من أي مرضبوصفهن تطوعن فـي جمیــع المرضــى مقارنــة (got, gpt, alp)حــدوث ارتفـاع معنــوي فــي فعالیــة األنزیمـات الواســمة : يأتكمـا یــ . باألصحاء .أنزیمات واسمة ورمیة ، سرطان الثدي : الكلمات المفتاحیة مجلة إبن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبیقیة 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn a l-haitham journal f or pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 invivo study of 2002( 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد) 5،6 -(يلو )استيل سالس-3دراسة مختبرية للمركبات -ايزوبروبليدين o **نزار احمد ناجي، *عدنان ابراهيم عبودمخلص ،فراس طاهر ماهر ،عبد الجبار عبد القادر جامعة بغداد ثم ،ابن الهي–كلية التربية قسم الكيمياء ، وزارة العلوم والتكنلوجيا * * كلية العلوم ،جامعة تكريت الخالصة ( للمركبات :invivoاجريت دراسة في داخل جسم الكائن الحي ) 3-(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid ,2,3(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –oisopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid and 2,3,5,6-tetra(acetyl salicyloyl)-l-ascorbic acid ( سدااات مدن ااءدال الحيدوان الجرادة 03,3,3,3,3,2وقياس تركيز االسبرين المتحرر في مصل الدم بعدد مدرور ) اجع العلمية .حيث اظهرت النتائج ان االى تركيز لالسبرين كان بعد اربع من ااءال الحيوان الجراة وهذا يتءابق مع المر ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 in vivo study of compounds 3-(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –oisopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid ,2,3(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid and 2,3,5,6tetra(acetyl salicyloyl)-l-ascorbic acid f. t. maher , a-j. mukhlis,* a. i. abuod , **n. a. naji department of chemistry, college of education, ibn al-haithem ,university of baghdad *ministry of science and technology **department of chemistry college of science – tikrit university abstract in vivo study was made for the coumpounds 3-(ocetyl salicyloyl)-5,6-o-isoprpy lidenel-ascorbicocid,2,3-(acetyl salicyloyl )-5,6-oisopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid and 2,3,5,6(acetyl salicyloyl )-lascorbic acid .and a measurement was mod for the concentration of the liberated aspirin in blood samples a fter (2,3,4,6,8,10) hours of the initial dose for the animal .the results showed that the highest concentration of aspirin was after four hours of giving the dose to the animal which is in accordance with pharmacokinetics studies introduction aspirin, the salicylic ester of acetic acid, was introduced into medicine in 1899 and is used for its analgesic, antiinflammatory, antipyretic, and antithrombotic effects. once in the body, it is hydrolyzed to salicylate, which is also active. the antiinflammatory and analgesic effects of aspirin are roughly equivalent to those of many nsaids. aspirin is used in the treatment of many inflammatory and autoimmune conditions such as juvenile arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and osteoarthritis. because of its antithrombotic effects, aspirin is useful in preventing or reducing the risk of myocardial infarction and recurring transient ischemic attacks (tias). aspirin was officially approved by the fda in 1939. during most of this century, it was mainly used for its antiinflammatory and analgesic properties. in the 1980s, its ability to inhibit platelet aggregation was realized and it became an important antithrombotic agent. more recently, it has been shown that long-term (e.g., >= 10 years) regular consumption of aspirin may lower the risk of developing colorectal cancer(1,2,3). it is now thought that aspirin may possess antiproliferative actions. a sustained-release aspirin (asacard) was approved for use in the uk in february 1998; phase i studies on this product were initiated in the us also in february 1998(4) several interactions occur between acetazolamide and aspirin. salicylates displace acetazolamide from plasma protein binding sites and also decrease acetazolamide renal excretion. conversely, acetazolamide may increase the renal elimination of salicylates by increasing urinary ph. aspirin can precipitate acetazolamide cns toxicity, however, the effects of acetazolamide on aspirin may not be clinically significant. the risk of bleeding is increased if aspirin is administered to patients already receiving anticoagulants. aspirin can displace warfarin from protein-binding sites and can increase the risk of bleeding during heparin or warfarin therapy because of its effect on platelet aggregation. aspirin-induced gi bleeding may be worse in anticoagulated patients. also, aspirin, in high-doses, has a hypoprothrombinemic effect. aspirin and warfarin may be used together, however, if aspirin is administered before warfarin therapy is begun. combination ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 therapy with both aspirin and warfarin has been shown to reduce mortality compared to warfarin therapy alone in patients with artificial heart valves. aspirin can potentiate the anticoagulant effect of heparin; however, these two agents are often used together in the treatment of acute myocardial infarction. regarding thrombolytic agents, while the risk of bleeding is increased if aspirin is coadministered, it is likely that a high percentage of patients who receive thrombolytic agents will be already receiving aspirin.(5,6) in 1970, linus pauling wrote a book entitled "vitamin c and the common cold" in which he suggested that megadoses of vitamin c would aid in the prevention of colds. however, subsequent studies have shown that high intake of vitamin c does not correspond to a lower rate of respiratory viral infections.additionally, diets high in vitamin c were found to be detrimental to a persons health. for example, ascorbic acid can react with iron ions to produce hydroxy radicals, which leads to cellular damage. in addition, a condition called withdrawal scurvy is associated with megadoses of vitamin c(7,8). this condition is observed with a high ascorbic acid diet, when the body begins to excrete the excess vitamin c at a common rate. when the intake of vitamin c is decreased, the excretion rate from before continues at the same rate, eliminating the lower dosage amount at a high rate. therefore, people begin to exhibit signs of scurvy due to this phenomenon. another side effect from megadoses of vitamin c is the formation of kidney stones from the buildup of oxalic acid and uric acid(9,10). a final negative side effect is the experiencing of diarrhea and skin rashes, if the megadoses are taken suddenly in large amounts without allowing the body to adjust to the high concentrations by taking slowly increasing amounts. experimental compounds 3-(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid (1) ,2,3di(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid (2) and 2,3,5,6-tetra(acetyl salicyloyl)-l-ascorbic acid (3) were synthesis and identification according to the literature(11,12,13) three individuals of english angora rabbits weighing (1.80,1.92,2.1) kg were fasted for 48 hrs. prior to drug administration with free access to drinking water. each single rabbit forced fed 1.5g of tested drug (3-(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid(1) ,2,3(acetyl salicyloyl)-5,6 –o-isopropylidene-l-ascorbic acid(2) and 2,3,5,6-(acetyl salicyloyl)-l-ascorbic acid(3)); the drug introduced by a pice of cucumber contaminated with a tested dose. blood samples were collected after and before the drug administration at different intervals of time (0,2,3,4,6,8,10 hr. ) the blood was left at room temperature for about half an hour then the serum was separated by centrifuging for 15 minutes at 3500 rpm. and stored at -20 o c until analysis was performed . the concentration of aspirin was followed at fixed wave length at 277 nm(14) . result and discussion in this study 1.5 gm the compounds (1),(2),(3) were used (oral administration to a group of three rabbits). blood sample was taken from the rabbits then the serum was separated by centrifuge,150 µl from serum was diluted with methanol (25 ml) .the aspirin concentration was measured in serum at 277 nm . -the aspirin concentration after (2 hr.) was (3.71x10 -5 m) , (3 hr.) was (3.2x10 -3 m) , (4 hr.) was (4.08x10 -3 m) , (6 hr.) was (3.41x10 -3 ) ,(8 hr.) was (4.61x10 -3 m) , (10 hr.) was (3.601 x10 -5 m) for the compound (1) . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 http://www.gfhnrc.ars.usda.gov/pubs/pub0911.htm http://www.healthanswers.com/database/ami/converted/000355.html http://www.healthanswers.com/database/ami/converted/000355.html http://www.lgcy.com/users/h/health&wealth/c.html http://pulsar.cs.wku.edu/~travibr/kidney.html -the aspirin concentration after (2 hr.) was (7.52x10 -5 m) , (3 hr.) was (6.40x10 -3 m) , (4 hr.) was (8.38x10 -3 m) , (6 hr.) was (6.68x10 -3 m) ,(8 hr.) was (9.18x10 -4 m) , (10 hr.) was (7.25x10 -5 m) for the compound (2) . -the aspirin concentration after (2 hr.) was (1.47x10 -4 m) , (3 hr.) was (1.27x10 -2 m) , (4 hr.) was (1.68x10 -2 m) , (6 hr.) was (1.34x10 -2 m) ,(8 hr.) was (1.84x10 -3 m) , (10 hr.) was (1.46x10 -4 m) for the compound (3) .table (1-3) ,figure (1-3) the results show that the concentration of aspirin was low in the first hour and then increased with time increased until 4 hours (the maximum concentration of aspirin) . after 4 hour (6,8,10 hr.) the concentration of aspirin was decreased .after 10 hours the concentration of aspirin was equal to the aspirin concentration in (2 hours). hydrolysis normally accomplished by esterase enzyme present in serum and other tissues capable or hydrolyzing a wide variety of ester linkages like (ester hydrolase, lipase ,cholesterol esterase , acetyl cholinesterase ,carboxypeptidase) (15). the ester moiety is subsequently hydrolyzed in the gastrointestinal tract and the agent is absorbed as aspirin and vitamin c. schnabelruch and coworker(16) (1990) refer to the hydrolytic release of the bioactive agent (carboxymethyl cellulose-2,2-dichloropropionates) (cmc ester) is mainly dependent on the hydrophilicity of the cmc ester . in the case of containing enzymatic cleavable the release can be accelerated by addition of esterase .the release of 2,2-dichloropropanic acid from cmc ester at 30 0 c and ph 7 without addition of esterase was 8 % after 100 hours while the release of 2,2-dichloropropanic acid from cmc ester at 30 0 c and ph 7 with addition of esterase was 50 % after 100 hours. yi-nuo pang et al (2002) (17) refers to that the recovery of dexamethasone (%) in colon after (1,3,4,5,6,7,9) hours (oral administration) was (0,0,20.5,18.0,10.2,15.2,18.2)% respectively. these results showed that the ester type prodrugs of dexamethasone/dextran (dsd) release dexamethasone preferentially on colonic contents after the hydrolysis of dextran to small oligosaccharides.the dextran conjugate survives the passage through upper gi tract although the high level of esterase in small intestine, indicating that dextran protects ester bond from hydrolysis by esterase. this result, together with the observation mentioned above, suggests that bacterial enzymes in the colon are responsible for hydrolysis of dextran conjugates. when dsd reached the colon, dextran was completely hydrolyzed into smaller oligosaccharides and exposed the ester bonds to esterase, which led to the rapid release of dexamethasone. the bacterial count in the colon is much higher than that in upper gi tract(18). the colonic micro flora produces a variety of enzymes, including azoreductase, various glycosidases and amidases, which are not present in the stomach or the small intestine. therefore, enzyme dependent drug release, which relies on the existence of enzyme drug—c—oh + ho--promoiety or drug—oh +ho--c--promoiety esterase drug—c—o—promoiety or drug—o—c--promoiety o o o o ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 producing microorganisms in the colon, could be used to deliver drug to the colon after enzymatic cleavage of degradable carrier bonds. references 1. houston,jb.llevy,g,j.pharm.,65(1976)1218. 2. mitra a.,et al.,biochem.toxicol.,summer,6(2)(1991)93. 3. mitra a.,et al.,toxicol.litt.,nov.,44(1-2)(1988)39. 4.coffey g.,wilson cwm.br .med.j.,jan. 25,1 (5951) (1975) 208. 5. daniels a.,everson gj., proc.soc.,exp.biol.med., 35(1936-1937)20-24. 6. buist r a., int. clin. nutr. rev., 4(3)(1984)114. (166) ascorbic acid / vitamin c technology enco engineering chur ag switzerland enco@spin.ch 7. e.l.hirst, j.chem.soc., 1nd., 52(1933)221,ibid 482. 8. e.micheel and k.kraft,hoppe-seyler s z.physiol. chem., 222(1933)235. 9. j.c.krantz,jr and c.j.carr, “the pharmacologic principles of medical practice”, ed., the williams and wilkins company, usa, 4 th ed.(1958). 10. l.pauling, "vitamin c.the common cold and the flu",ed., w.h.free man and company, san francisco, (1972)pp.33-46. 11. l. l. salomon, experientia, 19(12)(1963)6119 12. n.nomura and k. sugimoto ,chem. parm. bull. ,14(9) (1966) 1039 . ,,.nomura and k. sugimoto, takeda chemical industries, ltd., 6809, 550(c1.16.e38), (1968), japan, appl., (1965)2pp 14. rudolph mw, klein s, beckert te, petereit hu, dressman jb. "a new 5-aminosalicylic acid multi-unit dasage form for the therapy of ulcerative colitis". eur j pharm biopharm 2001; 51: 183-190 15. wilson and gisvold "drug latentiation and prodrugs " 1998,p123-137 16. matthias schnabelruch, gunter geschwend, and dieter klemm (1990)"synthesis of bioactive 2,2dichloropropionic acid esters of carboxymethyl cellulose and investigations on their release behavior"journal of applied polymer science,39: 621-628 17. yi-nuo pang, yan zhang, zhi-rong zhang "synthesis of an enzyme-dependent prodrug and evaluation of its potential for colon targeting" world gastroenterl 2002 october 15,8(5):913-917 18. mcleod ad, friend dr, tozer tn. glucocorticoid-dextran conjugates as potential prodrugs for colon-specific delivery:hydrolysis in rat gastrointestinal tract contents. j pharmsci(1994) 83:1284-1288 table (1) concentration of aspirin in rabbit blood serum [compound (1)] time ( hr) concentration m 0 0 2 3.71x10 -5 3 3.2x10 -3 4 4.08x10 -3 6 3.41x10 -3 8 4.61x10 -4 10 3.601x10 -5 mailto:enco@spin.ch ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (2) concentration of aspirin in rabbit blood serum [compound (2)] time ( hr) concentration m 0 0 2 7.52x10 -5 3 6.40x10 -3 4 8.34x10 -3 6 6.68x10 -3 8 9.18x10 -4 10 7.25x10 -5 table (3) concentration of aspirin in rabbit blood serum [compound (3)] time ( hr) concentration m 0 0 2 1.47x10 -4 3 1.27x10 -2 4 1.68x10 -2 6 1.34x10 -2 8 1.84x10 -3 10 1.46x10 -4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 6 8 10 time (hr.) c o n c e n te ra ti o n x 1 0 -3 compound 1 compound 2 compound 3 fig. (1): concentration of aspirin released ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 nutritional status of under five years children of falluga refugees k.m. mahdi departme nt of biology, college of education – i bn alhaitham, baghdad unive rsity abstract in 2005 falluga city had an humanitarian crisis situation, characterized by armed conflict. larg p op ulation disp laced. to assess the nutritional st atus of under five children, a check of 678 child in five p laces of int ernal disp laced peop les . was achieved the results indicated that 19.6%, 48.5% of the children had diarrhea and acute resp iratory infection. twenty p ercent of the children had achronic malnutrition while 4.1% & 0.5% had a general and acute malnutrition. introduction m alnutrition was the direct or underly ing cause of deaths of 49% of children under 5 y ears in developing countries during 1995 (1) growth faltering and malnutrition usually st art at around the age of 6 months, mainly because the comp lementary feeding either began later was not done prop erly (2). in recent y ears, humanitarian crisis situation have been characterized by p olitical instability , armed confilects, larg p op ulation disp lacements, food short ages, social disrup tion and collapes of the public health infrastructure (3) and have resulted in increases in mortality about t he usual levels due to a combination of disease malnutrition and aggression (4) in such situations t hey are often referred to as emergencies or crises (5). falluga is a large district based on about 60 km on nort h west of baghdad, it was affected by armed confilict which led to the disp lacement of most of its p op ulation. assessment of nutritional st atus of under five children of falluga refugees, the source of water and food sup p lies and the p ercentage of malnutrition are the aim of this st udy . a representative random sample of u5 children in 5 locations (al-habbania, alsaqlawia, al-qarma, aameriat al falluga and baghdad camps). methods a random sample of 687 u5 children was selected in 2005, subjects were selected from different geographical areas of internal disp laced peop les (idps) by using a p robability p rop ortional to size sampling methods. ant hrop ometric measures of children were done to determine the p revalence of malnutrition, the weight of the children was measured by using uniscale and height by using a height wooding board, the p recision of the scales was checked with control weight. the p ercentage p revalence of under weight (weightfor–age), wast ing (weight–for–height) and st unting (height–for–age) were calculated the reference for anthrop ometric measures was the world health organization national center for health statist ics (who/nchs) st andards (7) and the cut–offs were -2 standard deviations from the mean. re sults the resul ts show that : 1. s ex distributi on there was 371 male of the children and 316 female with 54% and 46% resp ectively. 2. age distributi on ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (1) show the age distribution of the children, those who are in the first and second y ear of life contributed to about 42.8. those whose age 4-5 y ears contributed only 17.6. 3. nutriti onal status by total sample general malnutrition (under weight – for – age) in the total sample occur in about (4.1%) of children under five y ears of age, chronic malnutrition (low height–forage) occurs in (20%) and acute malnutrition (low weight-forheight) in about 0.5%, the nutritional p roblem remains serious for chronic malnutrition. direct comp arisons of the survey with those based on house holds must be cautions. even so t he present underweight estimation of 4.1% is about a quarter the of iraq (15.7%), the less than quarter of anbar governorate (18.7%) and about half of turkey (9-10%) (8), while the p resent chronic malnutrition estimation of 20% is less than in whole iraq & anbar (25.9%, 24.1%) resp ectively (9). 4. malnutrition by age the patt ern of malnutrition by age shows the critical age at risk of those who are under two y ears, level of chronic malnutrition for children aged 1-2 y ears are greater (25%) than those aged less than one year and t hose who are more than two y ears, are also relatively at a high rate for y oung infant and older children. the prevalence of a general malnutrition is low (7.3%) for children aged 1-2 y ears and below that for y oung infants and older children, while for acute malnutrition the high p revalence is found in children aged 4-5 y ears (1.6%). table (2) shows that. 5. malnutrition by sex there is some different in malnutrition rates for males & females. the p revalence is higher in male than female. table (3) shows that. 6. prevalence of malnutriti on by s ex and age table (4) shows the p revalence of malnutrition for the children who depends on their sex and age, which indicates that the chronic malnutrition was high in all age, sex group s while the acute malnutrition ranged between 0-1.6% and the general malnutrition rang 27.3%. 7. s ocial & heal th indicators a-famil y work the results show t hat 61.3% of t he fathers of the children had free work, while 95.2% of the mothers were housekeeper (table 5) indicate the distribution of the samp le according to the work of the fathers & the mothers of t he children. b-morbidity di arrhe a & acute respiratory infe ction (ari) the results show that 19.6% of the children had diarrhea at the last week of the research while a high p ercentage of the children had ari 48.5. table (6) shows the p revalence of morbidity . cs ource of food about 55% of the families depended on the food ration which was distributed by the m inist ry of trade, while 38.4 bought their food from the local market and only 6.3% depended on food aids. t able (7) shows that. ds ource of waters the results indicate that 68.2% of the families got their water sup p ly from the tab water, 18.5% direct from the river, 6.6% from wells & 6.2% from tankers. t able (8) shows that. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 discussion according to the results of t he research the following findings were: 1. the p ercentage of chronic malnutrition was about 20%, this result is the same as in the other p arts of iraq esp ecially in the south-center districts. 2. the p revalence of general and acute malnutrition 4.1%, 0.5 resp ectively which were much less than the other parts of iraq, or the national figures 15.9% & 6.7. 3. 19.6 & of children had diarrhea & 48.5 had ari which were very high and indicate the bad living situation. 4. about 30% of children used unsafe water. so, inorder to solve the nutritional p roblems of the (idps) in falluga and other places: it should p rovide safe water to all idps, health facilities should be available to all children as p revention & treatment, follow up the nutritional status of all idps in different governorates, educate mothers & families to use safe food & water sup p ly. re ferences 1. nut rition for health and development: p rogress and p rosp ects on the eve of the 21s century .(1999) geneva. world health organization, (who/ nhd/ 99.9) 2. djazay ery,a.(2004) eastern mediterranean health journal 10(6): 731736 3. brenan, rj. and nandy , r. (2001), emergency medicine, 13:147-56 4. burkle, fm . lesson.(1999) british medical journal, 319:422-6. 5. hansch, s. and burkholder, b. (1996), harvard international review, 18 (10-11): 53-4. 6. robert, d-lee and david, c. nieman (2003), "nutritional assessment" third edition, m c graw hill, pp 163-215 7. phy sical st atus: the use and interp retation of anthrop ometry .(1995) report of a who exp ert committee. geneva, world health organization, (who technical report series, no. 854). 8. the state of the worlds children: unicef.n.y (1996). 9. m ultip le indicator survey in sout hcenter of iraq.(1996) central statist ics organization with unicef . table (1): sample age distributi on by year age / y ear % 0-1 22.7 1-2 19.8 2-3 20.1 3-4 19.8 4-5 17.6 table (2): prevalence of malnutriti on by age age / y ear general malnutrition -2sd w/a chronic -2sd h/a acute -2sd w/h 0-1 4.7 16.3 0.5 1-2 7.3 25 0.1 2-3 4.3 15.2 0.7 3-4 2.9 22.8 0.0 4-5 4.9 20.7 1.6 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (3): prevalence of malnutriti on by sex sex general -2sd w/a chronic -2sd h/a acute -2sd w/h m ale 4.3 22.7 0.8 female 3.8 17.5 0.3 table (4): prevalence of malnutrition by sex and age age/month sex w/a -2sd h/a -2sd w/h -2sd 0-5.9 m ale 2 22.4 2 female 2.4 14.7 total 2.2 18.9 1.1 6-11.9 m ale 7.1 16.7 female 8.3 total 3.5 12.5 12-7.9 m ale 3 24.3 female 11.4 22.9 total 7.3 23.6 18-23.9 m ale 5.2 26.2 female 26.6 total 3 26.4 24-35.9 m ale 8.7 18.8 1.4 female 11.5 total 4.3 15.2 0.7 36-47.9 m ale 22.0 female 5.9 23.8 total 2.9 22.9 48-60 m ale 4.2 23.6 1.4 female 6.1 16.3 2 total 4.9 20.7 1.6 table (5): percentage of fathers and mothers work m other father work 3.8 16.6 government emp loyee 0.1 4.4 retired 0.6 61.3 free work 12.5 workless 1.5 unable to work 95.2 house keeper 0.3 3.8 ot hers ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (6): prevalence of morbidity illness yes% no% diarrhea 19.6 80.4 ari 48.5 51.5 table (7) : food source source of foods % food ration 55.1 food aids 6.3 local aids 38.4 ot hers 0.1 table (8): water source source of water % tab water 68.2 river 18.5 walls 6.6 tankers 6.2 ot hers 0.4 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ــــــــــــال دون ة یــــــــــــــــالحالـــــــــــــــة التغذو الخامســــــــــــــــة مــــــــــــــــن العمــــــــــــــــرلألطفــــ لمهجري الفلوجة خلیل محسن مهدي إبن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد-قسم علوم الحیاة ، كلیة التربیة الخالصة . تعرضــت مدینـة الفلوجــة الـى حملــة عسـكریة ادت الــى تهجیـر العوائــل منهـا الــى منـاطق متعــددة 2005فـي عـام فـي خمـس منــاطق تجمـع، واظهــرت طفــالً 687تقیـیم الحالــة التغذویـة لالطفـال دون الخامســة مـن العمــر تـم فحـص وبهـدف وكانــت . بااللتهابـات التنفســیة الحـادة اأصـیبو % 48.5و یعــانون مـن االســهال امــن االطفـال كـانو % 19.6النتـائج ان نسـبة طفـال الـذین یعـانون مـن سـوء أمـا األ% 20) الطـول الـى العمـر نقـص(نسـبة االطفـال الـذین یعـانون مـن سـوء التغذیـة المـزمن %.0.5) نقص الوزن الى الطول(وسوء التغذیة الحاد % 4.1فكان ) نقص الوزن الى العمر(التغذیة العام microsoft word 11 chemistry | 254 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 determination of some trace element levels in iraqi male patients with colorectal cancer rana k. mohammed salah m. fezea dept. of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences (ibn al haitham) /university of baghdad received in:14/december/2015,accepted in:7/january/2016 abstract alterations of trace element concentrations adversely affect biological processes and could promote carcinogenesis. trace element deficiency or excess is implicated in the development or progression of some cancers like colorectal cancer. the aim of the present study was to compare the serum copper (cu) and zinc (zn) concentrations in patients with colorectal cancer from iraqi male patient with those of healthy subjects. during the period of march 2015 until august 2015, a total of 25 patients with metastatic colon cancer and 20 healthy volunteers were enrolled from the al-kadhimia teaching hospital after the diagnosis using a histopathological examination for the malignant tumor; their age was between (38-60) years. higher levels of cu, zn, and cu /zn ratio were seen in male patients with colorectal cancer compared to healthy subject's .in conclusions: according to our findings there was a significant difference in trace elements between healthy subjects and colorectal cancer patients. key word: colorectal cancer, trace elements, cu/zn ratio. chemistry | 255 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction colorectal cancer (crc) is the third most common cancer worldwide with an estimated one million new cases and a half million deaths each year [1]. it is thought to result from complex interaction between inherited susceptibility and environmental factors, as indicated by genetics and experimental and epidemiological studies [2]. obesity has consistently been linked with an increased risk of colorectal cancer [3]. numerous epidemiological studies and meta-analyses have examined the relationship between body weight and crc, mainly risk of colon cancer, and most studies have shown a positive relationship between a high bmi and risk of colorectal cancer [4, 5]. trace elements have an important influence as a component of many enzymes on a large number of biological processes. they have some regulatory functions and they may affect immune reactions and free radical generation. the extremely low contents of these trace elements and their diversity imply that their molecular effect is very specific and that they may not be substituted for one another. the cancerous tissue directly indicates changes of trace elements that are evoked by the disease. blood or blood constituents such as serum are considered to be the best indicators of the present exposure of an individual to many metals due to its easy sampling [6]. therefore, imbalances in the optimum levels of trace elements may affect biological processes and have been associated with many diseases including heart autoimmune, cancer, renal failure and neurological disorders [7]. copper (cu) and zinc (zn), along with other heavy metals, are involved in metabolic processes which regulate energy production. however, despite the fact that they are essential, their high levels cause a toxic effect which can ultimately lead to carcinogenesis [8]. in recent years, the analysis of trace-heavy elements in human tissues has gained great interest due to the role that these elements play in biochemical and physiological processes. it is important to note trace-heavy elements also play an important role in human health and disease. these elements are necessary in different metabolic pathways of cells and tissues. each of the essential and nonessential trace elements may be toxic if found in large concentrations in cells, tissues and fluids. trace element deficiency or excess is implicated in the development or progression in some cancers [9]. the aim of our study was to compare the serum level of copper (cu), zinc (zn) and cu/zn ratio in patients with colorectal cancer and healthy group and to examine the body mass index factor (bmi) in colorectal cancer. materials and methods during the period of march 2015 until august 2015, a total of 25 patients with metastatic colon cancer and 20 healthy volunteers were enrolled. from the al-kadhimia teaching hospital after the diagnosis using a histopathological examination for the malignant tumor, their age was between (38-60) years. venous blood samples of patients with metastatic colon cancer, and serum were separated and stored at -2 ºc until analysis. body mass index measurement body mass index categories were based on world health organization cut points for underweight (18.5 kg/m2), normal weight (18.5 to 24.9 kg/m2), overweight (25.0 to 29.9 kg/m2), and obese (30 kg/m2) [10]. chemistry | 256 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 determination of serum trace elements: determination of serum concentrations of cu and zn was performed by atomic absorption spectrophotometer measurements [11]. statistical analysis the results were analyzed by student’s t-test using statistical package for the social sciences (spss) version 19. all data were expressed as mean ± sd. p-value less than 0.05 was considered significant. results and discussion: the mean values for the (bmi) and age for male patients with colorectal cancer and control were presented in table 1. as shown in table 1, there was a statistically significant association between bmi factor and an increased risk of crc. the results from this study indicate that the association between obesity and risk of crc in male. all anthropometric factors were significantly associated with an increased risk of crc in general, which corresponds well to previous findings [12], [14]. body weight or bmi have been the most commonly used anthropometric measurements to examine the associations of obesity and colorectal cancer risk, the majority of which have shown a positive relationship between bmi and risk of crc in men [15] .the associations between sex hormones and risk of crc in male is poorly understood, but its studies have supported the hypothesis that lower androgen may increase men’s risk of developing crc [16]. lower androgen levels seem to be more frequent in obese male, and treatment with testosterone reduces insulin resistance, suggesting a role of androgens in promoting insulin sensitivity and hereby one possible mechanism in the development of crc. thus study is consistent with previous studies which shown stronger positive associations for bmi and colorectal cancer incidence [17, 18]. the present work was designed to determine the level of trace elements (cu, zn and cu/zn ratio) in colorectal cancer in male patients and compare these with healthy controls, table 2. there is a significant increase in the concentrations of cu, zn and cu/zn ratio in male patients with colorectal cancer when compared with control group. changes in trace element levels may have prognostic significance in complex disorders including colon rectal cancer. copper is a redox-active transition metal that can participate in single electron reaction and catalyse formation of free radicals. beside these properties, it is also an essential element for formation of hemoglobulin, myelin, collagen, and melanin. copper has been suggested to play an important role in several disorders and normal immune function [19]. nayak et al. performed a study in 20 patients affected by prostate and colon cancer; they found that cu and ceruloplasmin levels were increased significantly in the cancer patients as compared to controls [20]. zinc is an essential trace element that participates as cofactor in a large number of intermediary metabolism proteins, in hormone secretion pathways and in different mechanisms of immune defence. zinc is known to be an essential component in dna-binding zn fingers proteins, as well as in cu/zn superoxidedismutase and in several proteins involved in dna repair mechanisms. thus, zn plays an important role in transcription factors function and, antioxidant defence. dietary deficiencies in zn can contribute to singleand doublestrand dna breaks and dna oxidative modifications that increase the risk for cancer development. it is well known that carcinogenesis is a multistep process in which genetic chemistry | 257 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 sequence alterations helped by environmental factors, such as oxidative stress and antioxidant status [21]. the results of this study partly confirm the observations of other researchers who found that there was a significant difference in trace elements and heavy metals levels between healthy subjects and metastatic colon cancer patients [22]. in current study, high serums level of zn and cu were detected in patients with colon cancer. thus, zn and cu may play different role in different types of cancers. in recent years, the analysis of trace-heavy elements in human tissues has gained great interest due to the role that these elements play in biochemical and physiological processes. it is important to note trace-heavy elements also play an important role in human health and disease. these elements are necessary in different metabolic pathways of cells and tissues. each of the essential and nonessential trace elements may be toxic if found in large concentrations in cells, tissues and fluids. trace element deficiency or excess is implicated in the development or progression in some cancers [23]. conclusion in conclusion, serum levels of cu and zn may have prognostic significance in complex disorders including colon cancer. the present findings suggest that imbalance in cu and zn trace element level is associated with crc and might play an important role in cancer development among male iraqi patients. environmental factors have an important role in pathogenesis of cancer. chemistry | 258 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 references 1. eheman c, henley sj and ballard-barbash, r. (2012). annual report to the nation on the status of cancer , 1975-2008, featuring cancers associated with excess weight and lack of sufficient physicalactivity. cancer., 1(18):2338-2366. 2.guttmacher, a. e.; collins, f. s. & carmona, r. h. (2004). the family history more important than ever. n. engl. j. med., 351; 2333–2336. 3. ning, y; wang, l and giovannucci, el. (2010). a quantitative analysis of body mass index and colorectal cancer : findings from 56 observational studies. obes rev., 11(1): 1930. 4. pischon, t; lahmann, ph; boeing, h; friedenreich, c; norat, t; tjonneland, a; halkjaer, j; overvad, k; clavel-chapelon, f; boutron-ruault, mc,. ( 2006). body size and risk of colon and rectal cancer in the european prospective investigation into cancer and nutrition (epic) .j natl cancer inst, 98(13):920–931. 5. macinnis, rj; english, dr; hopper, jl; haydon, am; gertig, dm and giles, gg. (2004). body size and composition and colon cancer risk in men. cancer epidemiol biomarkers prev, 13(4): 553–559. 6. flohe, l; g¨unzler, w. a; and shock, h. h. (1973). febs lett., 32, 132, 7. shokrzadeh, m; ghaemian, a; salehifar, e; aliakbari, s; saravi, s.s; ebrahimi, p. (2009). '' serum zinc and copper levels in ischemic cardiomyopathy'' biol. trace elem. res. 127 (2): 116–123. 8. gaetke, lm; chow-johnson, hs; chow, ck. (2014). copper: toxicological relevance and mechanisms. arch toxicol. nov; 88(11): 1929-38. 9. cobanoglu, u., demir, h., sayir, f. (2010). some mineral, trace element and heavy metal concentrations in lung cancer .asian pacific journal of cancer prevention, 11 (5):1383-1388. 10. world health organization: physical status. (1995) the use and interpretation of anthropometry, report of the who expert committee (who technical report series, no. 854 geneva, switzerland: world health organization. 11. ward f.n; nakagawa m.m., harms t.f., and vansickle g.h. (1969). atomic absorption methods of analysis useful in geochemical exploration u.s. geol surv bull., 45-47. 12. dai. z; xu, yc and niu, l. (2007). obesity and colorectal cancer risk: a meta-analysis of cohort studies.world j gastroenterol., 13(31):4199–4206,. chemistry | 259 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 13.larsson, sc and wolk, a. (2007): obesity and colon and rectal cancer risk: a metaanalysis of prospective studies .am j clin nutr., 86(3):556–565. 14. pischon, t; lahmann, ph; boeing, h; friedenreich, c; norat, t; tjonneland, a; halkjaer, j; overvad, k; clavel-chapelon, f; boutron-ruault, mc, et al. (2006). body size and risk of colon and rectal cancer in the european prospective investigation into cancer and nutrition (epic). j natl cancer inst., 98(13):920–931. 15. renehan, ag; tyson, m; egger, m; heller, rf and zwahlen, m. (2008). body-mass index and incidence of cancer: a systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective observational studies. lancet, 371(9612):569–578. 16. slattery, ml; sweeney, c; murtaugh, m; ma, kn; wolff, rk; potter, jd; caan, bj; samowitz, w et al (2005).associations between eralpha, erbeta, and ar genotypes and colon and rectal cancer. cancer epidemiol biomarkers prev, 14(12): 2936–2942. 17. laake, i; thune, i and selmer, r. (2010). a prospective study of body mass index, weight change, and risk of cancer in the proximal and distal colon. cancer epidemiol biomarkers prev 19:1511-1522. 18. matsuo, k; mizoue, t and tanaka, k. (2012): association between body mass index and the colorectal cancer risk in japan: pooled analysis of populationbased cohort studies in japan. ann oncol 23, 479490. 19. sayır, s; kavak, i; meral, h; demir, n; cengiz, and u. cobanoğlu, et al . (2011). ''effects of crush and axotomy on oxidative stress and some trace element levels in phrenic nerve of rats,'' brain research bulletin, 92 (1): 84-88. 20.nayak, s. b; . bhat, v. r; d. upadhyay and udupa,s. l. ,(2003). copper and ceruloplasmin status in serum of prostate and colon cancer patients,''indian journal of physiology and pharmacology, 47(1):108-110,. 21. molina-lopez j; florea, d; herrera-quintana, l ; adam, v ; kizek, r ; quintero ,b and planells, e et al. (2015). biomarkers of zn status associated to colorectal cancer pathogenesis .journal of metallomics and nanotechnologies, 2: 11—18. 22. ozgur ,e; halit, d ; erkan, d; ramazan, e ; tugba, g ;canan, d ; edip, g ;nedim, t and mehmet, f ., (2013). plasma concentrations of some trace element and heavy metals in patients with metastatic colon cancer . journal of cancer therapy, 4: 1085-1090. 23. cobanoglu, u; demir, h and sayir, f., (2010). some mineral, trace element and heavy metal concentrations in lung cancer asian pacific journal of cancer prevention, 11( 5) : 1383-1388. chemistry | 260 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (1) demographic and anthropometric features of colorectal cancer patients and controls. characteristics patients control p-value number 20 20 age (years) 48.95±5.09 48.50±5.18 0.36 ns bmi (kg/m2) 30.1±0.30 25.39±3.1 0.001 family history of colorectal cancer 75% -- --- table( 2) trace element levels in colorectal cancer patients and controls ns: not significant characteristics  patients   control           p‐value  cu (µg/dl)  152.0 ± 0.12  78.0±0.04  0.001  zn (µg/dl)  101.0± 0.50  70.0±0.22  0.001  cu/zn ratio  1.50±0.24 1.11±0.18  0.05  chemistry | 261 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 مستويات بعض العناصر النزرة(نحاس ,زنك,نسبة نحاس/زنك )عند مرضى .الرجال العراقيين المصابين بسرطان القولون المستقيم رنا كريم محمد صالح محمد فزع قسم الكيمياء/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة(ابن الهيثم)/جامعة بغداد 2016كانون الثاني//7،قبل في:2015كانون األول//14استلم في: الخالصة العناصر النزرة تؤثر سلبا في العمليات البيولوجية ويمكن أن تعزز زيادة او نقص عنصر التغيرات في تراكيز في تطور بعض أنواع السرطان مثل سرطان القولون والمستقيم. ان الهدف من هذه الدراسة هو مقارنة تركيز النحاس و ن والمستقيم مع تلك المجموعة من الزنك في مصول الذكور من المرضى العراقيين الذين يعانون من سرطان القولو ، تم تسجيل مجموعه تتالف من خمسة وعشرين من المرضى الذين يعانون من 2015مارس وأغسطس مابيناألصحاء. الفحص عمال سرطان القولون المنتشر وعشرين متطوعا من األصحاء. من مستشفى الكاظمية التعليمي بعد التشخيص باست ). وقد شوهدت مستويات أعلى من النحاس والزنك 38-60ن متوسط أعمارهم تتراوح بين (المجهري للورم الخبيث،وكا ونسبة النحاس / الزنك في المرضى من الذكور المصابين بسرطان القولون والمستقيم بالمقارنة مع االشخاص االصحاء، صر النزرة الصحية والمرضى بسرطان وكانت هذه النتائج ذات داللة إحصائية اذ وجد فرق كبير او تباين ملحوظ في العنا القولون والمستقيم. : سرطان القولون المستقيم, العناصر النزرة,نسبة النحاس/الزنك. كلمات مفتاحية physics 179 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 thickness influence on structural and optical properties of zno thin films prepared by thermal evaporation e. y. abed department of physical , college of education ibn alhaithem ,university of baghdad receired in:29 february 2012 : accepted in: 22 april 2012 abstract zinc oxide transparent thin films (zno) with different thickness from (220 to 420)nm ±15nm were prepared by thermal evaporation technique onto glass substrates at 200 with the deposition rate of (10 2) nm sec-1, x-ray diffraction patterns confirm the proper phase formation of the material. the investigation of (xrd) indicates that the (zno) film is polycrystalline type of hexagonal and the preferred orientation along (002) plane. the optical properties of zno were determined through the optical transmission method using ultraviolet visible spectrophotometer with wavelength (300 – 1100) nm. the optical band gap values of zno thin films were slightly increased from (2.9 3.1) ev as the film thickness increased. key words: thin films; structural properties; optical band gap. introduction zinc oxide (zno) has a direct band gap semiconductor with 3.37 ev at room temperature.[1] polycrystalline zno has found numerous applications, such as transparent electrode in solar cells and flat panel displays as well as for the fabrication of grating in optoelectronic devices, window in antireflection coatings and optical filters[2]. there are different methods available to prepare zinc oxide, such as pulsed laser deposition, chemical vapor deposition[3], etc. znobased devices have attracted significant interest since they present sensitivity to various gases, high chemical stability for doping, nontoxicity and low cost[1]. many of searchers works on zno thin films as [1-4]. the aim of the present work is to study the structural and optical properties of zno films which prepared by the thermal evaporation technique at different thickness. experiment the metallic zn films were deposited by thermal evaporation under vacuum onto clean glass substrates at different thickness (220, 320, 420)nm ± 15nm. a cylinder chamber of height 8 cm at top substrate vacuum system used was about torr. after preparation, the as – deposited zn films were heated under air at flow rate 400 scuum at temperature 400 for two hours. physics 180 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the film thickness was determined by ultrasound method. the crystalline structure of studied films was investigated by x-ray diffraction (xrd) analysis using cu radiation (λ = 1.541 a°) in the range (2θ=20° – 80°).the films transmittance was measured using a uv – vis spectrophotometer in the wavelength range(300 – 1100) nm. results and discussion fig. (1) shows that (zno) films of different thicknesses are polycrystalline in nature with orientation along (002) plane. we see an increase in the intensity with the increase thickness material crystallization order will increase. fig. (2) shows the increase of peak intensity and decrease of the full width at half maxima (fwhm) as the thickness of zno film increase[3],where thickness increase make atoms packet as good and improve in structure this make (fwhm) decrease. the crystallite size has been estimated from the fwhm of (002) diffraction peak by the scherrer relation [4]: where is grain size, λ is the wavelength of x – ray radiation, θ is the bragg angle of the (002) peak, is the angular width of the (002) peak at a half of its maximum intensity (fwhm). the mean crystallite dimensions calculated from eq.(1), it is observed that the crystallite size reduces slightly for increased thickness films (19.8, 18.9, 17.7 nm). the lattice parameters have been calculated using the relation [5]: ……………..(2) the parameter was deduced from the xrd pattern. the values are found to be very much close to the standard values of hexagonal zno. in a real zno crystal the wurtzite structure deviates from the ideal arrangement by changing the c/a ratio or u parameter [6]. the c/a ratio and u parameter for the films deposited are computed and given in table (1). the lattice constants range from 3.253 to 3.258 for "a" parameter and from 5.215 to 5.220 for "c" parameter. the c/a ratio and u parameter vary from 1.603 to 1.602 and from 0.379 to 0.378 respectively. all these films shows good optical transmittance (> 80 %)with wavelength (950 – 1100)nm in the visible and near – infrared range as shown in fig.(3). their high transmission in the visible range makes these films excellent candidates for transparent window materials in solar cells. the transmission of zno thin films decreased as the thickness increased because the atoms packed to gather as good. this seems to came from the change in reflectance due to light interference of the zinc oxide thin film, similar behavior involving a decrease in the transmission of the film thickness increases has been reported in the literature[7, 8]. the optical band gap was determined by analyzing the optical data with the expression for optical absorption coefficient α and the photon energy where [9]: where h is the planck constant, is the frequency of the incident light. the optical band gap value ( can be obtained by plotting ( ; is the photon physics 181 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 energy as shown in fig. (4) as the film thickness increased from 220 nm to 420nm, the value of optical band gap gradually increased from (2.9, 3.0, 3.1) ev because of crystallization material increase , so position levels reduced near valance and conduction bands, that increased value of optical band gap , similar to other repots [3,4]. the low energy band gap could be attributed to defects and impurities[3]. conclusion zno thin films with various thicknesses were prepared on glass substrates by the thermal evaporation technique. the xrd patterns of the films showed good crystallinity. the optical bad gap values of zno thin films decreased as the film thickness increased. the optical properties that were observed for transmittance films of zno indicate that they may be used as window layers in solar cells. references 1christoulakis, s.; suchea, m.; koudoumas, e.; katherekis, m. and kiriakidis, g., (2006), thickness influence on surface morphology and ozone sensing properties of nanostructure zno transparent thin films grown by pld, j. applied surface science 252: 53515354. 2suchea, m.; christoulakis, s. ; katharakis, m. and kiriakidis, g. (2005), surface characterization of zno transparent thin films, j. physics ,10: 147150. 3 jain, a. ; sagar, p. and mehra, r. , (2007), changes of structural, optical and electrical properties of solgel derived zno films with their thickness" j. materials science – poland, 25, 1, :233 – 242. 4vaezi, m. and sadruezhead, s. ( 2008), two – stage chemical deposition of oxide films, j. transactions, 21, 1,:65 – 70. 5lupan, o. ; shishyanu, s. ; ursaki, v. ; khallaf, h. and sontea, v. , (2009), "synthesis of nanostructured al – doped zinc oxide films on si for solar cells applicctions" j. solar energy materials and solar cells, 93, : 1417 – 1422. 6rakhesh, v. and vaidyan, k. , (2009), "effect of substrate temperature and post deposition annealing on the electrical deposited by spray pyrolysis" j. optoelectronics and biomedical materials, 1, 3, : 281 – 290. 7faraj, m. and ibraim, k. , (2008) " optical and structural properties of thermally evaporated zinc oxide thin films on polyethylene terephthalate substrates" j.nano – optoelectronics resarch and technology laboratory (n. o. r. ),3,: 1 – 11. 8 imanishi, y. and nishimura, e. , 2009 "zinc oxide thin film transparent, conductive film and display device using the sams" j. patent application, 5, : 3339. 9shakti, n. and gupta, p. , (2010) ,structural and optical properties of sol – gel prepared zno thin film, j. applied physics research 2, 1, : 19 – 28. physics 182 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 physics 183 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): xrd spectrum of zno films with different thickness (a) 222nm, (b) 317nm and (c) 413nm fig.(2): dependence of fwhm on the thickness of zno films. physics 184 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(3): transmission as function of wavelength for zno films with different thicknesses fig. (4): a plot of (αhv)² as function of photon energy for zno films with different thicknesses physics 185 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 المحضرة znoتأثير السمك على الخواص التركيبية والبصرية لألغشية بطريقة التبخير الحراري الفراغي ايناس ياسين عبد جامعة بغداد ،كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ،قسم الفيزياء 2012نيسان 22،قبل البحث في : 2012شباط 29استلم البحث في الخالصة بتقنية التبخير الحراري الفراغي على قواعد من الزجاج بدرجة znoحضرت أغشية رقيقة ألوكسيد الخارصين ، ان nm 15nm)420الى 220ن (لسمك مختلف م nm sec -1)2 10وبمعدل ترسيب( 200حرارة أساس ). حددت الخواص 002حيود األشعة السينة بينت أن األغشية ذو تركيب متعدد التبلور واالتجاه السائد هو للمستوي ( ضمن االطوال ultra violet – visibleالبصرية ألوكسيد الخارصين عن طريق النفاذية البصرية باستعمال مطياف بزيادة 3.1) ( evالى ev( 2.9 )وكانت قيمة فجوة الطاقة البصرية لألغشية تتراوح بين 3001100)(nmالموجية سمك الغشاء. كلمات مفتاحية: األغشية الرقيقة، الخصائص التركيبية، فجوة الطاقة البصرية. 2009 )4 (22 مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة الخواص المیكانیكیة والریولوجیة لبولیمر بولي اكریلك اسید لمحالیل بولي اكریلك اسید خالدة حسین حبیب المیالي جامعة الكوفة،كلیة التربیة للبنات ،قسم الفیزیاء لخالصةا وسـعة ، وزمـن االسـترخاء، وكـذلك معامـل االمتـصاص،وسـرعة الموجـات فـوق الـسمعیة،االمتصاص عین معامل مختلفـة باسـتخدام تقنیــة وزنیــه وبنـسب المـاء المـذاب فــي أسـیدكاكـر یلــبــولیمر بـولي ل واالنـضغاطیة،واللزوجـة،االسـترخاء .ºc 30وفي درجة حرارة ) 26khz( تردد يالموجات فوق السمعیة ذ وسـعة االسـترخاء تـزداد ، وزمـن االسـترخاء ، ومعامـل االمتـصاص النتائج ان كل من قیم السرعة واللزوجـةأظهرت لهذا البولیمر وبالعكس فان قیم االنضغاطیة تتناقص بزیادة التركیز وهذه النتیجة تقترح وجود انـدماج لمحالیل بزیادة التركیز .نفسهاأك بین جزیئات البولیمر داخلي بین جزیئات البولیمر وجزئیات المذیب وكذل ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 ultrasonic and viscosity studies of poly ( acrylic acid ) solutions k. h.h. al-mayali departme nt of physics, college of education for girls, unive rsity of kufa abstract ultrasonic absorp tion, velocity , viscosity , adiabatic comp ressibility , relaxation time and relaxation amp litude measurements are reported on different concentrations of p oly(acry lic acid) solutions in common solvent water using p ulsed ultrasonic app aratus technique op erating at 26 khz and 30 ºc. results show an increase of velocity , viscosity , and absorption coefficient ،relaxation time and relaxation amp litude values with the increasin g concentrations of the p oly (acry lic acid) solutions, which might be the result of structural fluctuations of p oly mer molecules such as the segmental motions of t he poly mer chains. in contrast the compressibility decreases with the increasin g concentration of this p olymer. this study suggests there is an association between p olymer and solvent molecules and also there is association between p olymer molecu les itself. introduction poly (acry lic acid) is an unsaturated carbo xy lic acid. it read ily undergoes p oly merization and addition reactions from the monomer -ch2ch(co2h). paa is innoxious and soluble in water, it can be used in situations of alkaline and high concentration without scale sediment. paa can disp erse the microcry stals or microsand of calcium carbonate, calcium p hosp hate and calciu m sulfate. paa is used as sc ale inhib itor and disp ersant for circulating cool water system, p apermaking, weave, dy ein g, ceramic, p ainting, etc. paa can be used as a scale inhib itor and disp ersant in circulating cool water sy stems in p ower p lants, iron & st eel factories, chemical f ertilizer p lants, refineries and air conditionin g sy stems. dosage should be in accordance with water quality and equip ment materials[1,2]. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 ultrasonic absorption and velocity measurements p rovide useful information on the behaviour of p olymers in solutions. it is, therefore, imp ortant to obtain fundamental information on how this imp ortant and valuable p olymer acts in asolution, esp ecially in water[3,4]. experimental poly (acry lic acid) a fine white p owder has a molecular weight of 2,000 g. its solutions were p repared by adding a known weight of the p olymer to a fixed volume of water, it was st irred for at least 20 hrs, at the temp erature 30°c . the ultrasonic velocity measurements were obtained by using the p ulsed ultrasonic technique of sender-receiver typ e (phywewest germ any) ultrasonic generator with constant frequency of 26khz [5]. the temp erature is maintained at 30 o c circulatin g water from a t hermost at with a thermal st ability of + 0.05 o c through the double wall jak et of t he ultrasonic e xp erimental cell. the viscosity of solutions was measured at 30 o c by using an ostwald viscometer, the method of measurement was described elsewher e[6]. the accuracy of the viscosity measurement was +0.015%. theoretical calculation theoretical values of adiabatic comp ressibility () relaxation time (), relaxation amp litude (/f 2 ), viscosity (), absorp tion coefficient (), and sp ecific acoust ic imp edance (z) for the solutions were determined by using the following equations (5, 6, 7).  = ( 2 ) -1 …(1) 2 3 4    …(2) 32 3 8 f     …(3) ooo t t      …(4) t x  …(5) z …(6) where  and o are the viscosity for the solution and solvent resp ectively,  and o are the densities of the solution and the solute resp ectively,  is ultrasonic wave velocity in the solution, t, to are flow times of solution and solvent resp ectively. t is the delay time of ultrasonic waves and x is the cry st al moving distance. re sults and discussion the variation of the viscosity , ultrasonic velocity , absorp tion coefficient, relaxation time, relaxation amp litude and sp ecific acoust ic imp edance of poly (acry lic acid) solutions with comp osition were shown in figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and resp ectively 6 . from these figures it is clearly evident that the values of these p rop erties are increasin g with the increasin g concentrations of this p olymer. figure (7) shows t he results for the adiabatic comp ressibility of ultrasonic waves at 26 khz and 30 ºc as a function of p oly (acry lic acid) concentrations . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 the interaction causin g association between deffer ent concentrations of poly (acry lic acid) and water may be resp onsible for the increase in velocity , viscosity , relaxation time and relaxation amp litude [7,8,9]. the increase in the values of the acoust ic att enuation with the increase in the concentration can be att ributed to modification in the nature of the intermolecu lar interactions. these measurements suggest the formation of a more rigid st ructure with the increase of p oly(acry lic acid) concentration, p ossibly due to the p oly merwater hy drogen bonding at sites on the p olymer's carboxy l(co2h) group . the behaviour observed in the p oly(acry lic acid) aqueous solutions was observed in other p oly mer-water solutions [10]. the att enuation of ultrasonic energy depends on viscosity , thermal conductivity , scatt ering and inter molecular p rocesses, the thermal conductivity and scatt ering effects are known to be negligible [4,7] therefore, the inter molecular is resp onsible for the increase of the high values of the acoust ic att enuation [7,9,11], indicating an increase in the overall size of the molecule in the p ath of ultrasonic waves as a result of comp lex formation between several polymer macromolecules and solvent molecules [4, 12]. considering viscosity as a relaxation p henomenon, the increase in the value of viscosity versus concentration of solute sup p orts t he complex formation [4,7]. in figure 7,at 1,5,10% and 15% p oly(acry lic acid) concentration, the adiabatic comp ressibility of p oly(acry lic acid) aqueous solutions increase, from 20%, comp ressibility suddenly decreases with concentrations. this could be interp reted in terms of change in the st ructure of water and in the interaction between the p olymer and water. this relaxation p henomenon in p oly(acry lic acid) aqueous solutions might be the result of st ructural fluctuations of p olymer molecules, such as the segmental motion of p olymer chains and this behaviour suggests t he formation of more st ructures [9,7,13]. conclustion this study shows that intermolecular p rocesses are resp onsible for the relaxation and indicating an increase in the overall size of the mo lecules in the p ath of ultrasonic wav es as a result of complex formation between poly(acry lic acid) and solvents molecules. an u ltrasonic relaxation in p oly(acry lic acid) aqueous solutions, which may be the result of structural actuations of p oly mer molecules, such as the segmental motions of the p oly mer chains, was observed for the first time. re ferences 1.blmeer, f., ( 1971), “ fundamental of p olymer sciences”, joho wily and sons, inc.. 2.shaghayegh j. and hamid m ., ( 2005), “ a study on swelling and comp lex formationof acry lic acid and m ethacrylic acid hy drogels with poly ethy lene gly col” ،“iranian polymer journal”,14 (10):863-873. 3.hiroy asu, n.; tatsuro, m. and shinobu, k. ( 2004), “ultrasonically induced birefringence in polymer solutions”, “ pure app l. chem. ”,. 76(1): 97–104. 4.hassun, s. and rahman, k., (1989)ultrasonic study of m olecularer association of high i mpact polysty rene solutions in toluene (1990)iraqi j. sci. 30:3-24. 5.blitz, j. (1967).fundamental of ultrasonic 2nd eedion, 6.khalida, h.h.; alaa, f. and salh, h. (2006) study of temp erature effect of some rheological and electrical prop erties of poly isobutylene ,journal of babylon university”, 13(3):530-538. 7.khalida, h. h., (2004), study of structural and visco-relaxation of poly carbonates solutions by ultrasonic technique”,“journal of al-qadisiya of pure sciences 9(3):118-122. 8.m assoumeh, f. ( 2006) density dep endence of the viscosity and excess volume of aqueous solutions of poly vinylpy rrolidone”, “acta chim. slov., ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 53:219–222 . 9.sy al ,v.k.;anita ,ch. and suvarch a, ch.. (2005), ultrasonic velocity , viscosity and density studies of p oly (ethy lene gly cols)(peg 8,000, peg 20,000) in acetonitrile (an) and water (h2o) mixtures at 250c, j. pure app l ultrason 27: 61-69. 10.jong ,r.b. (2002) ultrasonic velocity and absorption m easurements in binary solutions, journal of the korean phy sical society , 41(1):171-174. 11.rajulu, a.v. and redlody, r.l., (2000) m iscibility studies of polystyrene blends as m easured by viscosity , ultrsonic, and refractiv index m ethods, j. poly meric m ater, 5:467. 12.m affezzoli, a.; tarziq, a. and cannoletta, d.(1999) ultrasonic characterization of the kineties of water sorp tion in hy drogels, m acromol sy mp. 138(144): 149-154. 13.hassun, s.k. and isa, s.o. (1989) visco-r elaxation study of poly (vinyl a lcohol) aqu eous solution (a m ethod for the determination of m olecular weight)”,“british p oly mer journal, 21: 333. fig.( 1): the variati on of viscosity wi th concen tration of po ly(acr ylic acid ) at 30 هc . 1.e-02 2.e-02 4.e-02 5.e-02 7.e-02 8.e-02 9.e-02 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 conc entration w t% of p oly(acrylic acid) v is c o s it y ( p o is e) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.( 2) the vari ation of veloci ty with concentration of poly(acrylic aci d ) at 30 ه c . 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580 1600 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 co ncentrati on wt% v e lo c it y ( m /s ) fig. ( 3): the variation of absorption c oefficient of ultrasonic w aves with the concentration of poly(acrylic acid) at 30 ه c . 1.0e-05 2.1e-04 4.1e-04 6.1e-04 8.1e-04 1.0e-03 1.2e-03 1.4e-03 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 concentration wt% of poly(acrylic acid . a b s o rp ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t ( m -1 ) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.( 4): the variation of relaxation time with the concentration of poly(acrylic aci d) at 30 ه c . 3.e-12 2.e-11 4.e-11 6.e-11 8.e-11 1.e-10 1.e-10 1.e-10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 concentrat ion wt% of pol y(acrylic acid r e l a x a ti o n t im e ( s ) fig.( 5) the variation of relaxation amplitude with the concentration of poly(acrylic acid) at 30 ه c . 2.0e-14 3.2e-13 6.2e-13 9.2e-13 1.2e-12 1.5e-12 1.8e-12 2.1e-12 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 c onc entr ation wt% of poly(acr ylic acid . r e la x a ti o n a m p li tu d e ( s 2 / m ) . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.( 6): the variation of specifi c acoustic impedance with the concentration of p oly(acrylic acid) at 30 ه c . 25000 33000 41000 49000 57000 65000 73000 81000 89000 97000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 concentration wt% of poly(a cryli c acid ( g / ml ) . s p e c if ic a c o u s ti c i m p e d a n c e ( k g / m 2 . s ) fig .( 7): t he variatio n o f compressibility with the concentration of po ly(acrylic acid ) at 30 ه c . 6.e-09 9.e-09 1.e-08 2.e-08 2.e-08 2.e-08 2.e-08 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 concentra tion wt% of poly(acrylic acid ( g / m l ) . c o m p re s s ib il it y ( m . s 2 / k g ) microsoft word 113-124 113 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 preperation and characterization of 1, 3-bis (methylsalicylate5-yl diazo) benzene and its complexes with some of first period transition metals khaula m. sultan dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibnal haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:22/march/2015 , accepted in:30/june/2015 abstract in this study azo dye was prepared by the reaction of m-phenylendidiazonium chloride with methyl salicylate, the resultant compound was used as a ligand for complex formation with fe+2, cu+2, zn+2, ni+2 and co+2 ions. the prepared ligand was characterized by h1nmr, uv-vis., and ftir spectroscopy, chn analysis, in addition the complexes were characterized by tga, uv-vis., ftir and conductivity methods. the results indicate that the ligand chelated through phenoxy and carboxyl groups as a o4 quadra dentate ligand, the co complex complet its hexagon coordination by bonding with chlorine and the complex wouid be electrolytic in opposite with rest complexes. key words: azo compounds, 3d metal complexes, transition metal complexes, azo ligands 114 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction organic reagents have wide spread and miscellaneous applications due to its stability and high speed of reaction with different metal ions [1], in addition many of them have a high selectivity and sensitivity which draw a considerable attention. azo compounds are one of the mostly important types of organic reagents because azo bond can act as coordination center usually [2,3] but not always[4], at the same time azo group is considered as a strong chromophoric center in these compounds [5]. this character makes the azo compounds play a major rule in qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis of metal ions [6], in addition to their use as indicators, in industrial field azo compound used from long time as drugs and dyes, at present they have a wide application in printing, electronic photography, color formers, liquid crystal display, laser technology, data storage, optical actuators, photorefractive media, fiber dye, food and cosmetics industry [7]. this study aims to prepare a ligand from methylsalicylate with m-phenelendiamine by diazo coupling and then attach the prepared ligand with ionic metals co and ni. experemental materials all chemicals used in this study were analytical grade and used without further purification. cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, feso4.7h2o, znso4 and cuso4.5h2o mphenelyendiamine hydrochloride, nano2, hcl, methylsalicylate, methanol, ethanol, dmso, h2so4 and koh instruments c.h.n (shimadzu )elemental analyser, h1nmr (bruker 400mhz the solvent deuterized dmso). ftir spectra with kbr disc in the range (400-4000) cm-1 (shimadzu ftir-8400s). electronic spectra were recorded on (shimadzu uv-vis. 160a) spectrophotometer. conductivty were measured for 0.0001m of complexes in ethanol at 250c using (philips pw digital conductometer). thermal analysis was done by dsc-tga (linseis). synthesis of the ligand the ligand was synthesized by dissolving (2 g) of m-phenylenediamine hydrochloride in a mixture of (2 ml) h2so4, 10 ml ethanol, 10 ml of distilled water, the mixture was cooled to 50c. 10ml of cooled 10% aqueous solution of nano2 was added dropwise with stirring in order to obtain the diazonium salt solution. after 30 minute the diazonium solution was slowly added to a cooled solution of a mixture of (3 g) methylsalicylate and (1.2 g) of koh to obtain the ligand, the dark colored mixture containing the solid precipitate was filtered off, washed then re-crystallized with 70% ethanol. the reaction scheme is: 115 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 n 2 n 2 c o 2 c h 3 o h 5 0 c n n n n o h o h c o 2 c h 3 c o 2 c h 3 k o h + 2 preparation of metal complexes the complexes was prepared by the addition of (10 ml)aqueous solution of the metal salt its concentration 1 m to 0.01 mmole of the ligand dissolved in 20 ml 50% methanolic aqueous solution. the darck precipitate was settled over night then recrysallized from 70% ethanol. results and discussion h1nmr figure(18) indicates h1nmr spectra of the ligand contain a singlet band at 2.4 ppm belong to the methyl protons, a multiplet band between (6-9ppm) belongs to the aromatic protons, finally a singlet band at (10.512 ppm) belongs to the phenolic protons. electric conductivity the measured electric conductivity for the complexes in dmso solvent, the results indicates that the co complex is charged complex while the other complexes were neutral complexes. thermal analysis the tga thermograms of, figures(1,2,3,4 and 5) co, fe, zn and cu complexes showing two conversion regions while in ni complex they were three . the first one is represented by losing of hydration water molecules in all complexes [8]. the second conversion region is the most characteristic and it represents the decomposition point of the complex, at this stage all the complexes lose their organic part leaving the metal (ii) oxide, in co complex case this its producing oxide was combined with kcl while in ni complex this stage produces nico3 which is further decomposed at the third conversion to nio [9,10]. 116 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 .6 19 ∆ . 15.5762 ∆ . . 3.767 ∆ . 2.37 . 17.7 ∆ ~ 17.0702 ∆ . 2.1192 . 18 ∆ ~ 17.3714 ∆ . 2.9956 . 20.5 ∆ ~ 19.7814 ∆ . 3.1549 . 4 ∆ 3.9010 ∆ . 2 1.3994 ftir spectra: figure (6) shows the ftir spectrum for the ligand that display a broad band at 3381 cm-1 belongs to the stretching vibration of phenolic oh group. this band is merged with weak aromatic and aliphaic c-h stretching bands at 3067 and 2953 cm-1 respectively. a strong band at 1674 cm-1 is due to stretching vibration of c=o bond. the low value that took place as a result of the resonance with aromatic ring which decreases its bond order and hence its force constant [11]. in addition, the stretching vibration of n=n bond appears at 1612 cm-1. the co vibration frequency displays two values, the first one at 1215 cm-1 belongs to phenolic group, and the second one is part of carboxyl group. finally, there is a very important absorption band at 847 cm-1 belongs to out of the plane bending vibration of c-h aromatic group which is characteristic to the para substituted aromatic compounds [12]. the existence of this group is a good indicator to explain that: the azo group takes the para position relative to phenolic oh group and does not take the ortho position. figures (7, 8, 9, 10 and 11) show the ftir spectra of the complexes. in complexes there is an existence of weak broad band above 3300 cm-1 assigned to stretching vibration of oh groups in hydration water molecules [13]. there is a great alteration in the c=o absorption band in all complexes. this suggests that the carbonyl group plays a major rule in the coordination with the metal ion. the stretching vibration of azo group is red shifted to lower frequency. this happens due to the change of the resonance state in the aromatic ring that which caused by the alteration in its electronic density through the formation of the complex. the c-o bands is also affected by 117 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 coordination we believe the later band that belongs to phenolic c-o, bond has lost its h atom and coordinated with metal ion to form the complex. as a result of this coordination, we observed the appearance of a new band below 520 cm-1 assigned to m-o bond. electronic spectra the electronic spectra of compounds in dmso solvent are shown in figures (12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17). the ligand shows strong absorption bands at 310, 364 and 457nm with molar absorbance 5*103, 5.6*103, and 4.8*103 mole.cm-2 respectively. the uv-vis. spectrum indicates that the 364nm band belongs to → ∗ transition of –n=nazo chromophoric group[14]. while the 310nm band belongs to → ∗transition of phenolic group[5], finally the shoulder band at 457nm is due to → ∗transition of the same group[5]. the excited state in the → ∗transition of azo group plays a major rule in the conformational transformations in the ligand, because it acts to ease the rotation n=n bond. this process is observed in the cis-trans transformations of the azo compounds. in the electronic spectra of the complexes, we have observed that the → ∗transition of azo group is not greatly affected by coordination which supported the assumption that the azo group did not act as a coordination center with metals. on the other hand there is a considerable alteration of the bands that belong to phenolic group which considered as evidence that the phenolic group is one of the coordination centers that chelated with metal ion. in addition we observed the increase of the intensity of band of azo group, this may relate to the fact that the quantum probabilistic transition of this bond is stabilized after complex formation. indeed the formation of complex through the contribution of the phenoloic and the carbonyl groups upon complexation through the chelating with metal ions require fold of the two salicylic parts that close to each other in the ligand which are accomplished by twisting of the –n=nbond. the transition state of this bond may help to satisfy this condition. the above discussion is proceeding for all complexes as well. finally, the high values of the molar absorbance of the ligand chromophores act to cover the d-d transitions in the metal ions of the complexes [15]. references 1lodeiro, c. and  pina, f., (2009), luminescent and chromogenic molecular probes based on polyamines and related compounds, coordination chemistry reviews, 253, 1353–1383. 2anitha ,k. r.; venugopala reddy and fasiulla,(2015), studies on metal (ii) complexes of bisazo dye 2, 21 [benzene-1,3-diyl di (e) diazene 2,1-diyl] dianiline, arch. appl. sci. res., 7 (1),59-65. 3anitha, k. r.; venugopala reddy and  rao, k. s.vittala, (2011), synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of metal (ii) complexes of a novel bisazo dye 2, 21 [benzene-1, 3-diyl di (e) diazene 2, 1-diyl] bis (4-chloroaniline), j. chem. pharm. res., 3(3), 511-519. 4raj, h. d. and   patel y. s.,(2015), synthesis, characterization and antifungal activity of metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline based azo dye, advances in applied science research, 6(2), 119-123. 5abd-alredha, l;  al-rubaie, r. and  mhessn, r. j. (2012) synthesis and characterization of azo dye para red and new derivatives, e-journal of chemistry, 9(1), 465-470. 118 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 6patel, k. s.;  patel, j. c.; dholariya, h. r.; patel, v. k.; and  patel, k. d.; (2012), synthesis of cu(ii), ni(ii), co(ii), and mn(ii) complexes with ciprofloxacin and their evaluation of antimicrobial, antioxidant and anti-tubercular activity, open journal of metal, 2, 49-59. 7 sidir, y. g.;  sidir, i.;  berber, h. and tasal, e. (2011), an experimental study on relationship between hammett substituent constant and electronic absorption wavelength of some azo dyes, journal of science and technology, 1, 7-11. 8stamatatos, t. c.; katsoulakou, e.;  nastopoulos, v.;  raptopoulou, c. p.;  manessi-zoupa, e. and  perlepes s. p., (2003), cadmium carboxylate chemistry: preparation, crystal structure, and thermal and spectroscopic characterization of the one-dimensional polymer [cd(o2cme)(o2cph)(h2o)2]n, z. naturforsch. 58b, 1045 – 1054. 9petrofsky, j. l.,(1964), complexes of iron(ii) cobalt(ii)nickel(ii) and copper(ii) with 2-a pyridylmethyleneaminomethyl)pyridine, doctora thesis, university of florida, usa. 10isaacs t. (1963), the mineralogy and chemistry of the nickelcarbonates, doctora thesis, sheffeld university, uk. 11gans, p. (1975), vibrating molecules, 1st. edition, chapman & hall, london. 12silverstein, r.  webster, f. and  kiemle, d.(2005), spectrometric identification of organic compounds, 7th. edition, john wily & sons, inc., usa. 13nakamoto, k. (1982), infra-red spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, 2ed. edition,mc-grow hill, japan. 14mohammed, i. a. and  mustapha a. (2010), synthesis of new azo compounds based on n(4hydroxypheneyl)maleimide and n-(4-methylpheneyl)maleimide, molecules, 15, 74987508. 15lappert ,m. l. (1968), inorganic electronic spectroscopy, 1st. edition, elsevier, netherlands. 119 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): ftir band values table (2): elemental analysis of the ligand element % c h n practical 59.855 4.234 17.603 theoretical 60.830 4.148 17.603 table (3):uv-vis. band values compound ∗ (nm) ε*10-3 l.mol1.cm-1 ∗ (nm) ε*10-3 l.mol-1.cm-1 ∗ (nm) ε*10-3 l.mol-1.cm-1 l 364 5.6 310 5 457 4.8 ni-comp. 364 6.1 --------461 5 co-comp. 366 5.3 --------466 4.9 cu-comp. 365 4.5 --------465 4.2 fe-comp. 370 5.1 --------465 4.9 zn-comp. 370 5 --------469 4.9 table (4) :physical properties of the ligand and its complexes compound m.wt/ g.mol-1 colour yeild% m.p./0c (dec.) λm/ ohm-1.cm2.mol1 ligand 434 reddish brown 62 235 ---- nil.6h2o 598.7 dark brown 86 337.7 1.207 k2[colcl2]. h2o 599 dark brown 88 224.8 32.1 fel. h2o 505.85 dark brown 85 360.9 1.33 cul. h2o 513.5 dark brown 84 321.7 1.32 znl. h2o 515.4 dark brown 88 423.6 1.02 compound l -----1612 1674 1213 -------3381 ni-comp. 3345 1595 1668 1231 484 ----- co-comp. 3354 1601 1630 1234 446 ----- cu-comp. 3300 1599 1682 1200 513 ----- fe-comp. 3300 1599 1682 1209 490 ----- zn-comp. 3381 1606 1666 1192 513 ----- 120 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1): thermogram of the ni complex. figure (2): thermogram of the co complex. figure (3): thermogram of the cu complex. figure :(4) thermogram of the fe co complex figure (5) :thermogram of the zn complex. 121 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (6): ftir spectrum of the ligand. figure (7): ftir spectrum of the ni complex . figure (8): ftir spectrum of the co complex figure (9): ftir spectrum of the cu complex figure (10): ftir spectrum of the fe complex figure (11):ftir spectrum of the fe complex. 122 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (12): electronic spectrum of the ligand. figure (13): electronic spectrum of the ni complex figure (14): uv-vis. of the co complex. figure (15): uv-vis. of the cu complex. figure (16) :uv-vis. of the fe complex. figure (17): uv-vis. of the zn complex. 123 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (18): h1nmr spectrum of the ligand. figure (19): the general structure of ni, cu, fe and zn complexes. figure (20) :the general structure of co complex. 124 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 bis (methylsalicylate5-yl diazo)benzene-1,3تحضير و تشخيص مع معقداته لبعض عناصر الدورة االنتقالية االولى خولة محمد سلطان بغداد جامعة  )/ابن الهيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2015حزيران//30قبل في: ، 2015اذار//22: فيم لاست الخالصة هذه في. methyl salicylateمع m-phenylendidiazonium chloride تم تحضير صبغة ازو من تفاعل تم اذ co+2ni ,+2, zn+2, cu+2fe ,2+استعمل المركب المحضر كليكند لتكوين معقدات تناسقية مع ايونات الدراسة ان فضال عن chn. وتحليل العناصر vis-uv.و ftirو nmrh1تشخيص الليكند المحضر مع معقداته بمطيافيتي بينت النتائج ان الليكند يرتبط مغ اذ. و التوصيلية .uv-visو tga ftirاس المعقدات المحضرة شخصت ايضا بقي . كما انه في معقد الكوبلت o4االيونات من خالل مجاميع الفينوكسي و الكاربونيل و بذلك يكون ليكند رباعي السن من نوع . االخرى عقد الكتروليتي بخالف المعقداتفانه يتم اكمال التناسق السداسي من خالل االرتباط بالكلور وبذلك يكون هذا الم ., ليكندات االزوالعناصر االنتقالية, معقدات 3dمعقدات عناصر مركبات االزو, : الكلمات المفتاحية ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the life cycle and larval development of neoechinorhynchus iraqensis (acanthocephala: neoechinorhynchidae) in the intermediate host r. s. al-sady department of biology¸ college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad abstract for the first time, the life cycle of neoechinorhynchus iraqensis, a parasite of liza abu and other freshwater fishes in iraq and its larval development in the intermediate host, the copepod cyclops hyalinus was given. hatching took place in the intestine of the copepod host within 10 minutes of exposure to the infective eggs. motile acanthor penetrated the wall of the intestine within 2-4 hr. after exposure and was found free in the hemocoel where it metamorphoses through the acanthella stage. acanthella stage revealed changes in the entoblast where the anterior section gave rise to brain, proboscis and proboscis receptacle. the posterior section differentiation gave rise to the genital system. by 12 days, development in the copepod apparently was completed and by 13-14 days, the juvenile was infective for the definitive host. introduction the family neoechinorhynchidae, order eoacanthocephala includes eight species of the genus neoechinorhynchus from freshwater fishes of iraq (1). n. iraqensis, an intestinal parasite of the mugilid fish liza abu, was described for the first time by amin et al. (2). all acanthocephalans have the same fundamental life cycle and development stages. all require an arthropod as intermediate host for the larval development and all utilize a vertebrate definitive host (3). species of the family neoechinorhynchidae, whose life cycles had been elucidated, include n. cylindratus by ward (4), n. emydis by hopp (5), n. rutili by merritt and pratt (6), octospinifer macilentis by harms (7), paulisentis fractus by cable and dill (8), n. saginatus by uglem and larson (9) and n. cristatus by uglem (10). all these species use ostracods as intermediate hosts to complete their life cycles except p. fractus which uses a copepod. al-sady (11) used 13 species of crustaceans: one copepod (cyclops vernalis), one amphipod (parhyla sp.), one peracarid (mysis sp.), two cladocerans (daphnia magna and simocephalus vetulus) and eight ostracods (stenocypris malcolmsoni, potamocypris variegata, cyprinotus putei, cyprinotus salinus, cyclocypris cruciata, candona sigmoides, cypricercus reticulates and eucypris cisternina) for experimental life cycle of n. iraqensis. none of them was an appropriate intermediate host in the life cycle. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 materials and methods mugilid fishes (liza abu) were brought to laboratory from a fish market at baghdad city. adult worms were obtained from the intestine of these fishes. female worms were used as a source of eggs by rupturing the body in the posterior region. the eggs were removed from gravid females, washed with tap water and then were stored in the refrigerator at 4 o c in tap water. copepods were collected from al-zawraa lake, baghdad city, with the aid of zooplankton net (mesh size 335µ). copepods were taken to the laboratory and kept in well aerated aquaria at 25 o c. they were exposed to the infective eggs by allowing them to feed on a suspension of eggs for 1-2 hr. after being isolated from their source of food for one day. several hundreds of copepods were removed with a pipette and examined for infection by putting them on a slide with a drop of 0.9 saline. drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida. all measurements were taken in micrometer unless otherwise indicated. results eggs and acanthors: fresh infective eggs from adult females ranged from 38-42 × 17-20 wide (fig. 1). four envelops enclosed the acanthor. these are the inner membrane, the fertilization membrane, the inner shell membrane and the outer shell. the hatching of eggs occurred within 10 minutes after exposure. the hatching embryos (acanthors) rapidly increased in length to about 43-50 × 17-20 and showed contractile movement. after ingestion, the inner membrane ruptured near the anterior pole releasing the acanthor. in the anterior end, the tube-like structure observed, extended from the apex to the entoblast fig. (2). the peripheral syncytium was granular and contained several large nuclei. after 2-4 hr. postfeeding, the acanthor was slightly large, 48-53 × 18-20. at this stage, the acanthor was able to penetrate the copepod gut wall. following penetration, acanthors were unattached and immobiled in the hemocoel fig. (3). acanthellas: one day after exposure, the parasite increased little in length to reach 50-60 × 40-42. little changes occurred in the entoblast, but the giant nuclei become more distinct. this stage is called early acanthella fig. 4). by 3-5 days, the acanthella began to be of a round shape, 75100 × 69-75 fig. (5). the giant nuclei were increased in size. these were four dorsals and one ventral. by 5-8 days, the larvae now 125-180 × 88-92. five hypodermal nuclei were distinguished. the epidermis was apparent as a lighter area surrounding the internal organs which were as a number of small cells fig. (6). at 8-10 days, the larvae reached 280 × 93. they were elongated and the proboscis, proboscis receptacle and brain had become well differentiated fig.( 7). the central nuclear mass was differentiated into the anterior primordial of the proboscis apparatus and the posterior primordium of the reproductive system. in this stage, the sex of a larva cannot be determined. the brain was then an evident as a group of small cells in the posterior end of the proboscis sheath. in 12 days, larvae are 0.5-1 mm (fig. 8). primordials of the lemnisci appeared, proboscis was not inverted and its hooks were sometime formed. genital organs were differentiated. the two testes appeared in lateral ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 position of the body. in females of the same age, ligament sacs appeared with mass of cell to be the ovarian balls. juveniles larvae by 13 days of morphological differentiation which happened became anatomically adult-like. females were slightly longer than males. the larval phase was completed and became infected to the definitive host. discussion neoechinorhynchus iraqensis has a wide spread among fishes in iraq as 15 species of freshwater fishes were records as definitive hosts for this species in iraq (12). in general, the development of this parasite in its intermediate host (cyclops hyalinus) is similar to that of other neoechinorhynchids with minor variations. the acanthor of n. saginatus is similar to that of n. iraqensis in its increment in size and in showing contractile movement. such increase in size seems to be characteristic for this group of worms, although cable and dill (8) noted the reduction in size in case of p. fractus. in the anterior end of the acanthor of n. iraqensis, the rostellar hooks appeared, such as in p. fractus (8) and n. saginatus (9). on the other side, the absence of these hooks has been noted in n. cylindratus (4) and n. rutili (6). the infective stage of n. iraqensis was reached in about 13-14 days, in comparison with 21 days in case of n. emydis, a parasite of map turtle (5), 48-57 days in case of n. rutili (6), 30 days in case of o. macilentis (7), 13 days in case of p. fractus (8), 16 days in case of n. saginatus (9) and 20 days in case of n. cristatus (10). all these species used ostracods to complete their life cycles, except p. fractus which used a copepod. al-sady (11) used 13 species of crustaceans belonging to five orders to complete the life cycle of n. iraqensis. no evidence of penetration of gut wall was apparent. in the previous studies about the life cycles of the genus neoechinorhynchus, the necessity of second intermediate host can be explained as an adaptation to the feeding habits of the definitive host. in her work with n. cylindratus, ward (4) detected light infection in ostracods (cypria globula), so she used small fishes (lepomis pallidus) as a second intermediate host. n. emydis used ostracods (cypria maculata) as the first host and snails (campeloma rufum) as second intermediate host (5). since liza abu is relatively a small fish and feed on small crustaceans (13), this fish can get the infection with n. iraqensis directly from consuming crustaceans. acknowledgements special thanks are due to dr. f. t. mhaisen, college of education (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad for his suggestions while reading this article and to dr. o. m. amin, institute of parasitic disease, tempe, arizona, usa for providing valuable literature. references 1.al-sady, r. s.; al-saadi, a. a. j. j. and ali,w.r. (2009). neoechinorhynchus elongatus (acanthocephala: neoechinorhynchidae), a new record from freshwarer fishes in iraq. (unpublished). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 1. 2. amin, o. m.; al-sady, r. s. s.; mhaisen, f. t. and bassat, s. f. (2001). comp. parasitol., 68(1): 108-111. 3. kennedy, c. r. (2006). ecology of the acanthocephala. cambridge univ. press: 249 pp. 4. ward, h. l. (1940). trans. amer. microsc. soc., 59: 327-347. 5. hopp, w. b. (1954). j. parasitol., 40: 284-299. 6. merritt, s. v. and pratt, i. (1964). j. parasitol., 50(3): 394-400. 7. harms, c. e. (1965). j. parasitol., 51(2): 286-293. 8. cable, r. m. and dill, w. t. (1967). j. parasitol., 53(4): 810-817. 9. uglem, g. l. and larson, o. r. (1969). j. parasitol., 55(6): 1212-1217. 10. uglem, g. l. (1972). j. parasitol., 58(6): 1071-1074. 11.al-sady, r. s. (2000). description of a new species of acanthocephala (neoechinorhynchus iraqensis) and some ecological aspects of its infection to the mugilid fish liza abu from al-faluja region, al-anbar province with observations on the experimental infection. m. sc. thesis, univ. baghdad: 84 pp., (in arabic). 12.mhaisen, f. t. (2002). al-mustansiriya j. sci., 13(1): 13-25. 13.yousif, u. h. (1983). eco-biological study of carasobarbus luteus (heckel) and liza abu (heckel) from mehaijeran canal, south of basrah. m. sc. thesis, univ. basrah: 192 pp., (in arabic). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (1-8): life cycle and larval development of n. iraqensis. 1. egg. 2. ten minutes after exposure. 3. acanthor, 2-4 hours after exposure. 4. early acanthella (1 day). 5. acanthella (3-5 days). 6. acanthella (5-8 days). 7. acanthalla (8-10 days). 8. female acanthella (12 days). abbreviations: bp: brain primordium, dn: dorsal giant nucleus, en: entoblast, fm: fertilization membrane, gn: giant nucleus, gp: genital primordium, im: inner membrane, ism: inner shell membrane, ls: ligament sac, os: outer shell, ov: ovarian sphere, ph: proboscis hooks, pp: proboscis primordium, pr: proboscis receptacle, sp: spine, vn: ventral giant nucleus. 0 .0 3 m m 4 o s fm is m en m im m 0 .0 2 5 m m 1 2 0 .0 2 5 m m sp gn en 3 0 .0 2 5 m m 6 pp gn gp 0 .0 5 m m 0 .0 5 m m 5 7 dn bp vn ls 0 .0 6 m m ph 8 pr o v 0 .1 m m 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد neoechinorhynchus دورة الحياة والتطور اليرقي للدودة شوكية الرأس iraqensis في المضيف الوسطي رنا صاحب السعدي جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهيثم -قسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية الخالصة neoechinorhynchus شملت الدراسة الحالية ألول مرة وصف دورة الحياة والتطور اليرقي للدودة شوكية الرأس iraqensis ي، وهو طفيلي يصيب أسماك الخشني في المضيف الوسطliza abu وأنواع أخرى من أسماك المياه العذبة فقست .cyclops hyalinusهو أحد أنواع القشريات وهو مجذافي األقدام ي العراق. المضيف الوسطي المستعملف المخصبة.الجنين الفاقس )يسمى دقائق من تناولها عند تعريضها لبيوض الطفيلي 10البيوض داخل أمعاء مجذافي األقدام بعد حراً في الجوف ساعات من الفقس وبعدها يتوافر 4-2 يخترق جدران أمعاء القشري بعد مرور acanthorأكانثور( . تحصل acanthella الجسمي وهنا يعاني من تغيرات مظهرية وصوالً إلى المرحلة الثانية وهي المشوكة الصغيرة أما الجزء الخلفي فيتمايز إلى .يتمايز الجزء األمامي منها ليكّون الدماغ والخطم وغمد الخطمذ ،اتغيرات في الكتلة النووية يوماً من إصابة مجذافي األقدام تكتمل دورة حياة الطفيلي في المضيف الوسطي 22أجزاء الجهاز التناسلي. بعد مرور وهذه المرحلة هي juvenileة المتكيسة أو اليافعة من اإلصابة يصل الطفيلي إلى مرحلة المشوك 24و21وخالل اليومين الطور المعدي للمضيف النهائي. 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract block cipher technique is one of cryptography techniques to encrypt data block by block. the serpent is one of aes candidates. it encrypts a 128-bit block by using 32 rounds of a similar calculation utilizing permutations and substitutions. since the permutations and substitutions of it are static. then this paper proposes dynamic methods for permutation, substitution and key generation based on chaotic maps to get more security. the proposed methods are analyzed and the results showed that they were able to exceed the weakness resulting from the use of static permutations and substitutions boxes in the original algorithm and also can reduce number of rounds and time usage compared with a classical serpent block cipher algorithm. keywords: serpent block cipher, initial and final permutation, substitutions boxes, key generation, logistic chaos map, standard chaos map. 1. introduction chaos theory is an awesome dynamic part in current cryptography. the principle highlights of utilizing chaos theory in numerous cryptosystems can be finished up on its affectability to starting conditions parameter and irregular conduct settings that accomplish the essential shannon prerequisites of disarray and dissemination. among them, a great deal of calculations in view of disorganized hypothesis endorsed its quality in many concerned angles with respect to security, execution speed, intricacy, control utilization and computational overhead, and so forth. these days, some turmoil based picture encryption cryptosystems and irregular number age calculations in view of discrete bedlam are proposed, however its security is for the most part not affirmed [1,2]. for some applications, the data encryption standard (des) algorithm endorsed its shortcoming against a great deal of cryptanalytic assault; therefore require a safe calculation has been issued by the us national institute of standards and technology, to be known as the advanced encryption standard (aes). the primary highlights of the proposed calculation that it must be both quicker and more secure than triple des, it should likewise bolster a 128 bit block length and a 128, 192, and 256 bit key length [3]. the block cipher serpent was outlined by anderson, biham and ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index proposed a permutation and substitution methods of serpent block cipher intisar abid yousif department of computer, college of education, university of mustansiriyah int_abd@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq article history: received 19 february 2019, accepted 21 april 2019, publish may 2019 2019 doi: 10.30526/32.2.2120 int_abd@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq int_abd@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 knudsen to be contender for aes [4]. while, daemen and rijmen outlined the block cipher rijndael. serpent and rijndael cipher were in an opposition between the last 5 finalist algorithms. the block cipher rijndael standardized by nist as the aes algorithm [5]. the security of aes has been submitted to present [6]. since its acknowledgment as an aes, closed equation for aes has been found by ferguson, shroeppel and whiting which can be considered as a promotion of proceeded divisions [7,8]. courtois and pieprzyck see that the byte substitution change which utilized in the aes calculation can be determined by various certain quadratic boolean conditions. recently, there are numerous viable extensions in the cryptanalysis of aes. the aes applies a wide-trail configuration arranging [4, 9]. this was at first proposed on account of its quality against ground-breaking cryptanalytic systems. this paper presents a proposed modification of serpent algorithm by replacing the static permutation and substitution with dynamical properties using logistic chaos map and standard map. the organization of this paper is chaos based cryptography in section 2,serpent block cipher in section 3,overview of logistic map and standard map in section 4,the proposed dynamic permutation and substitution methods in section 5,security and statistical analysis in section 6 and the rest sections are conclusion. 2. chaos and cryptography it is a modern study that many researchers towards it [10-12]. the cryptography techniques are stream cipher and block cipher. stream cipher algorithms are developed with using chaos maps as (pseudo random bit generator) prbg to generate keystream.[13-17]. s-box of block cipher algorithms are developed with using chaos maps [18-22].this paper study and developed permutation box (ip & fp), s-box of serpent block cipher using chaos map, and key round generation. 3. serpent block cipher serpent is a symmetric block cipher and has substitution permutation network (spn) design. it has 32 rounds and each round requires its special 128 bit round key which is generated by a key schedule. the encrypting and decrypting phase have the same level of complexity. the decryption operations are exactly the inverted transformations used to encrypt the message but in opposite order serpent uses different mathematical substitutions "s-boxes" with a 4 bit entrance and a 4 bit exit. every encryption phase uses an s-box that work collaterally for the 32 times [23]. figure 1, shows the encryption and decryption algorithms for serpent block cipher. 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 encryption process decryption process figure 1. serpent block cipher: encryption and decryption process. at first, it accepts a 128 bit of plaintext and permutes these bits by fixed initial permutation (ip) which is shown in table 1. the resulted bits input to 32 rounds, each round has three processes: xor with round key, substitution process by one of eight sboxes as shown in table 2, depend on round number (i) mod 8, linear transformation process as shown in figure 2, with its algorithm. after last round there is xor process with round key and do permutation of the result 128 bit by fixed final permutation (fp) as shown in table 3, to get a ciphertext [24]. in decryption algorithm reverses an encryption block diagram processes to recover a plaintext [25]. 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 table 1. initial permutation (ip). table 2. s-box.p. figure 2. linear transform (lt). 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 table 3. final permutation (fp). 4. overview of logistic map and standard map  logistic map: this paper used logistic chaotic map as the following equation for developed ip and fp permutation: (1) where r range is (3.57 < r ≤ 4) that become chaotic. for example, using = 0.2, and r = 3.738 as figure 3. figure 3. logistic map signal.  standard map: this paper used standard chaotic map as the following equation for developed s-box: + k sin mod 2π 2 + mod 2π 3 where and ∈ [0,2π], and (k ). 5. the proposed dynamic permutation and substitution methods a. the proposed dynamic initial permutation (dip): this section shows a distribution of fixed ip serpent as figure 4. this figure shows that no random in distribution and the attacker can re-permute in easy. so that this paper suggests use random chaotic map to permute ip with a special key for each encryption process. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 4. the distribution of ip. to permute ip using logistic map by ascending or descending the generated values of map to get ip with a new random distribution as table 4. and figure 5. the following algorithm shows the method of proposed initial permutation (dip): algorithm 1 input: the table of initial permutation (ip) the initial values of logistic map (r, n , x(1)) output: a new random distribution of ip (dip) begin 1. save the table of ip in vector with length 128. 2. generate a sequence of random values from logistic map with length 128 as index of ip vector. 3. sort in ascending of these values to get a change of ip vector locations. table 4. permute ip with logistic map. 0 97 3 36 69 102 8 41 74 107 87 31 13 120 46 26 79 117 59 51 49 50 30 96 116 29 52 93 112 53 23 33 66 99 5 38 71 104 10 43 94 76 56 127 109 89 15 122 114 113 32 92 115 48 86 2 35 68 101 7 40 73 106 12 119 63 45 25 78 58 28 111 22 91 123 54 16 83 60 81 82 90 110 57 77 95 24 44 62 11 105 72 39 6 100 67 34 1 118 21 80 61 20 124 84 64 125 18 17 19 27 85 47 121 14 88 108 126 55 75 42 9 103 70 37 4 98 65 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 5. distribution of proposed dynamic ip. b. the proposed dynamic final permutation (dfp): this section shows a distribution of fixed fp serpent as figure 6. this figure shows that no random in distribution and the attacker can re-permute in easy. so that this paper suggests use random chaotic map to permute fp with a special key for each encryption process. figure 6. distribution of fp. to permute fp using logistic map by ascending or descending the generated values of map to get fp with a new random distribution as table 5, and figure 7. the following algorithm shows the method of proposed final permutation (dfp): algorithm 2 input: the table of final permutation (fp) the initial values of logistic map (r, n , x(1)) output: a new random distribution of fp (dfp) begin 1. save the table of fp in vector with length 128. 2. generate a sequence of random values from logistic map with length 128 as index of fp vector. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 3. sort in ascending of these values to get a change of fp vector locations. table 5. permute fp with logistic map. 0 28 48 68 88 108 1 21 41 61 122 115 81 15 101 35 121 94 55 54 22 38 99 12 78 83 70 91 14 86 114 20 40 60 80 100 120 13 33 53 107 73 7 127 93 27 113 47 46 30 4 75 62 6 106 32 52 72 92 112 5 25 45 65 126 119 85 19 105 39 67 125 98 59 63 102 2 58 71 26 42 43 109 23 89 123 3 69 103 49 29 9 116 96 76 56 36 16 110 82 10 87 6 79 74 8 95 34 18 50 51 90 117 31 97 11 77 111 118 57 37 17 124 104 84 64 44 24 figure 7. distribution of proposed dynamic fp.  the implementation example a plaintext is “mary had a little lamb”. a 128 bit of first 16 characters is 010011010110000101110010011110010010000001101000011000010110010000100000011000010010000001 10110001101001011101000111010001101100011001010010000001101100011000010110110101100010 ip of these bits is 000010010111000010011000000010010000111111110001010000010000101000001101111110010000000110 00010000001111111110001011011100001000 with a simple statistical test to know the features of the result bits: autocorrelation test = -2.75 pass poker test= 17.4878306878307 pass serial test= fail run test=0.0060, h=1 (no random) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 permute the result ip with chaotic logistic map as following binary string: 010000011101000111001100000100001010001000001111110110000001011000010110100000001101000100 10001011000101001111100100001011100110 with a simple statistical test to know the features of the result bits compared with previous ip bits. the test shows the proposed ip has best features: autocorrelation test = -0.25 pass poker= 7.87089947089947 pass serial = 5.51402559055117 pass run test=0.5974, h=0 (random) example of result original fp as following binary string: 001011001001110000101000100100101010110000011001010010001101101100000000110 10001010000110011011101110010000110101000110001100000 with a simple statistical test to know the features of the result bits: autocorrelation test = 0.25 pass poker= 7.73544973544973 pass serial =4.75812007874015 pass run test=0.4463, h=0 (random) permute the result fp with chaotic logistic map as following binary string: 001001110110111011000100011000010010100010100111100010111100001010000011010000000010000111 01010001100100010100110011001001000010 with a simple statistical test to know the features of the result bits compared with previous fp bits. the test shows the proposed fp has best features: autocorrelation test = 0.25 pass poker= 10.4444444444444 pass serial = 4.56914370078741 pass run = 0.6962, h =0 (more random) c. the proposed dynamic substitution box the following algorithm shows the method of proposed dynamic substitution box (sbox) rather than fixed table. algorithm 3 input: eight s-boxes table ( o ) the initial values of standard map (n, k, x(1), y(1)) output: a new random distribution of eight s-boxes begin 1. save the table of each of eight s-boxes into eight vectors each with length 8. 2. generate a sequence of random values from standard map with length 8 as index of each s-box vector. where apply with even s-boxes ( , , , ) and with odd s-boxes ( , , , ). 3. sort in ascending of the even s-box values to get a change of vector locations. 4. sort in descending of the odd s-box values to get a change of vector locations. d. the proposed round keys the following algorithm shows the method of proposed dynamic two round keys for each round based on chaotic standard map. 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 algorithm 4 input: the initial values of standard map (n, k, x(1), y(1)) output: a new two round keys for each round begin 1. implement while loop (no. round <n), where n =10 in the proposed method rather than 32 of classical serpent. a. generate a sequence of random values from standard map. where apply to generate 1 st round key and to generate 2 nd round key. b. rounding these values to the nearest integer. c. convert the integer values into binary sequence. d. pick 1 st 128 bits as 1 st round key e. pick 2 nd 128 bits as 2 nd round key f. change the value of initial values of chaotic map to generate new sequence for next round (i.e.) x(n+1)=x(n)+0.1 and y(n+1)=y(n)+0.1 end of while loop flowchart of the proposed modification serpent figure 8, shows the proposed of encryption method that describe by previous sections of proposed algorithms. figure 8. flowchart of proposed encryption method. 6. security and statistical analysis  brute force attack key space size is the total number of different keys that can be used for the encryption algorithm. it should be large enough to resist the brute force attack. the precision of 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 initial values and parameter of the proposed method is ( ). the key space size of secret keys is . the number of initial values and parameters is k = 3 of logistic map (r, n , x(1)) and k= 4 of standard map (n, k, x(1), y(1)). so, the total k value is 7. then the key space size is so that the at least key space size of our proposed is ( ). it is large enough against brute force attack.  key sensitivity an ideal encryption algorithm should be sensitive to secret key that means the encrypted method cannot be decrypted correctly, if there is only a slight change in the secret key. the proposed method has a key sensitivity when changing only one parameter of the secret keys and keeping all other keys unchanged. the secret keys are (r, n, x(1), y(1), and k ).  nist tests the average of 100 nist tests between a classical serpent and the proposed modified as following table 6, of nist statistical tests. this table shows that the proposed method has best randomness compared with a classical serpent. and also can reduce the number of round to 10 rounds rather than 32 so the result is the best randomness and decrease the time average. table 6. nist statistical tests. no. nist test classical serpent with 32 round modified serpent with 10 round modified serpent with 32 round 1 frequency 0.5022 0.8025 0.8814 2 block frequency m=128 0.8818 0.9997 0.9335 3 runs 0.0155 0.0169 0.0161 4 longest runs of ones 0.0247 0.0437 0.0446 5 rank 0.1576 0.1559 0.1916 6 fft 0.2629 0.3018 0.5153 7 nonoverlapping templates m=9 0.3260 0.4872 0.4301 8 overlapping templates all ones b=’111111111’ 0.0223 0.0351 0.0373 9 universal statistical l=6 & q=1000 0.6864 0.6532 0.6973 10 linear complexity m=500 0.1842 0.4087 0.7816 11 serial m=12 0.3310 0.3656 0.5969 0.5001 0.6851 0.6142 12 approximate entropy m=8 0.1365 0.1515 0.1732 13 cumulative sums (forward) 0.5219 0.6784 0.9161  histogram analysis and other tests figure 9, shows the implement of proposed encryption for baboon image. note that a good result of the flat histogram for encryption image. the result of other analysis tests is good such as (entropy =7.9989). the tests against differential attack (npcr=99.8022, and uaci= 33.3382). 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 9. histogram analysis of proposed encryption. 7. conclusion the proposed dynamic initial permutation (ip), final permutation (fp), substitution box (s-box), and the generated round keys give the best randomness compared with classical serpent algorithm and also can reduce the number of round and time usage. the proposed method has sensitivity to any change in the key since it uses chaotic map in the key round generation. and also, it more robust than classical method since it used another chaotic map to create dynamic permutation and substitution. references 1. baptista, m.s. cryptography with chaos. phys. lett. a.1998, 240, 1, 50-54. 2. xiaojun, t.; minggen, c.a. novel image encryption scheme based on feedback and 3d baker. 4th international conference on wireless communications. 2008 3. ross, a.; eli, b.; lars, k. serpent: a proposal for the advanced encryption standard. the first aes candidate conference.1999 113 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 4. joan, d.; vincent, r. the block cipher rijindael. the third international conference on smart card research and applications, cardis’98. lecture notes in computer science (lncs).1998, 18, 20, 277-284. 5. morris, j.d.; elaine, b.b.; james, r.n.; james, f.; lawrence, e.b.; roback, e.; james, f.d. advanced encryption standard. federal information processing standards publications (fips 197). 2001, 8-18. 6. eli, b.; dunkelman, o.; nathan, k. related key impossible differential attacks on aes192. ct-rsa’06, lncs. 2005, 3860, 21-33. 7. niels, f.; john, k.; stefan, l.; bruce, s.; mike, s.; david, w.; doug, w. improved cryptanalysis of rijndael. proceedings of fse, lncs. 2002, 1978, 213-230. 8. nicolas, t.c.; josef, p. cryptanalysis of block ciphers with over defined systems of equations. asiacrypt’02, lncs. 2002, 2501, 267-287. 9. joan, d.; vincent, r. the wide trail design strategy. lncs. 2001, 2260, 222-238. 10. alsaffar, a. cryptography with dynamic dna depending on edge detection. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 2018, 31, 2,186-192. 11. ghada, s.m. text encryption algorithm based on chaotic neural network and random key generator. ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 2016, 29, 3, 222-233. 12. enas, w.a. combining a hill encryption algorithm and lsb technique with dispersed way for securing arabic and english text messages hidden in cover image. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 2017, 30, 2, 214-223. 13. hassan, m.e.; ali, e.t.; mahmoud, a.s.a. modified serpent based algorithm for image encryption. 35th national radio science conference (nrsc 2018). international university (miu), cairo, egypt. 2018 14. kanso, a.; smaoui, n. logistic chaotic maps for binary numbers generations. chaos, solitons, and fractals.2009, 40, 5, 2557–2568. 15. badar, s.; saad, r. proposed random unified chaotic map as prbg for voice encryption in wireless communication. elsevier. procedia computer science.2015, 65, 314-323. 16. patidar, v.; sud, k.; pareek, n.a. pseudo random bit generator based on chaotic logistic map and its statistical testing. informatica.2009, 33, 441–452. 17. patidar, v.; sud, k.a. novel pseudo random bit generator based on chaotic standard map and its testing. electronic journal of theoretical physics.2009, 6, 20, 327-344. 18. xingyuan, w.; xiaojuan, w.; jianfeng, z.; zhenfeng, z. chaotic encryption algorithm based on alternant of stream cipher and block cipher. springer. nonlinear dynamics. 2011, 63, 4, 587–597. 19. asim, m.; jeoti, v. efficient and simple method for designing chaotic s-boxes. etri journal.2008, 30, 1, 170–172. 20. tawfiq, l. n. m.; eqhaar, q.h. on multilayer neural networks and its application for approximation problem. 3rd scientific conference of the college of science. university of baghdad. 2009. 21. zaibi, g.; peyrard, f.; kachouri, a.; fournier, d.; samet, m. a new design of dynamic sbox based on two chaotic maps. acs/ieee international conference on computer systems and applications – aiccsa. 2010. 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 22. jeyamala, c.; subramanyan, b.; raman, g. ensembles of blowfish with chaos based sbox design for text and image encryption. [ijnsa]. international journal of network security & its applications (ijnsa).2011, 3, 4, 165-173. 23. ashtiyani, m.; birgani, p.; madahi, s. speech signal encryption using chaotic symmetric cryptography”. j. basic. appl. sci. res.2012, 2, 2, 1678–1684. 24. tawfiq, l. n. m.. using collocation neural network to solve eignvalue problems. mj journal on applied mathematics. 2016, 1, 1, 1 – 8. 25. sugier, j. implementing serpent cipher in field programmable gate arrays. polandicit the 5th international conference on information technology. 2011. microsoft word 70-78 chemistry | 70 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 evaluation and correlation of hepcidin-25 hormone, hemoglobin and packed cell volume of patients with β-thalassaemia intermedia before and after blood transfusion for iraqi children patients mohammed q. saadoon alasheqi@yahoo.com bushra h. ali drbushra750@yahoo.com department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham,university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. article history: received 26 june 2018, accepted 10 july 2018, published december 2018. abstract β-thalassaemia consists of 3 chief forms: thalassaemia primary (other called "cooley's anaemia" or "mediterranean durability anaemia"), thalassaemia intermedia or thalassaemia minor also frequent termed "β-thalassaemia carrier", "β-thalassaemia trait" however, "heterozygous β-thalassaemia". separately from the rare magisterial forms, problem along βthalassaemia essential are homozygotes or made heterozygotes because b0 and b+ genes, problem including thalassaemia intermedia are typically homozygotes and compound heterozygotes then subjected with thalassaemia minor are broadly heterozygotes. in this study, we take eighty humans the age about them had been mean±sd (9.68±2.08), 40 patients along β-thalassaemia intermedia, then 40 healthy people as much control. extraction gore 5ml from thalassaemia's patients before gore transfusion then afterwards take the blood by way of three days. the samples we instituted are 120, forty samples before blood transfusion, 40 samples after gore transfusion then 40 control samples. then we separated every pattern of twin's tubes. amplify blood attention about β-thalassaemia intermedia patient since blood advancement due according to minimize degree regarding hepcidin-25 further than its instruction was once shown up iron focus meanly affect through hepcidin-25 level, therefore so hepcidin-25 used to be surprisingly significant exchange in βthalassaemia intermedia affected person afterwards blood advancement yet so much conduct to iron overload. so we conclude low level of hemoglobin before and after blood transfusion due to decrease or absent formation of β-globin that because gene disorder, and conclude correlation between hepcidin hormone with hb and pcv. the aim of this study is to evaluate hepcidin-25 levels, hemoglobin [hb] and packed cell volume [pcv] before and after blood transfusion, then correlation of hepcidin-25 hormone with [hb] and [pcv] of children patients with β-thalassaemia intermedia. keywords: β-thalassaemia intermidia, hemoglobin and hepcidin-25. 1.introduction thalassemia refers to conformity with a cluster regarding gore ailments stability characterized via mean or poor introduction concerning normal globin manacles [1]. according to the series whose creation is harmed durability such namely α‒, β‒, ɣ‒, σ‒ and chemistry | 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 ԑɣσβ. mainly sever thalassemia is followed at the equal period so recessive toughness behavior. these imperative toughness quantitative defects are no longer hermetically separated of the structural alternates built through the facet over condensed durability dimension [such as much hbe durability toughness than hb lepore]. starting toughness permanency, a scientific toughness factor regarding observation, the most types are αand β-thalassemia, reduce certain over the pair kinds about polypeptide manacles [α then β] as form everyday hemoglobin particle [hba, α2β2] [2]. therefore, patients with β-thalassemia intermedia, important modifier of phenotype is the wide change of mutations that have an effect on the β-globin gene among the homozygous then made-up heterozygous state [3].  longevity permanency the length beside average farmer mutations fabulous between consequence on slight limit on β-globin puttie production in accordance after the deep different mutations as stop result among the β0thalassaemias; upon in accordance with expectation is, a completed non-appearance concerning β-globin bandage synthesis. deletions over the β-globin gene are rare [4]. the measure regarding mutations but consonant changeable dimension over α/β-globin strip imbalance but insensitive erthropoiesis are the essential decided due to the fact milder anaemia then phenotype between β-thalassemia intermedia than β-thalassemia fundamental [5]. secondary modifiers are involved at once of modifying the content above α\β-globin tuck imbalance encyclopaedic coinheritance over brilliant molecular forms concerning αthalassemia, prolonged problem concerning α-hemoglobin stabilizing proton, yet nice concord on γ-chains among adult lifestyles [6]. several genes undergo commence as like function according to modify γ-chain technical yet honor phenotype, some touching in imitation of them encoded among the β-globin gene cluster, others are amongst special chromosomes [7]. while tertiary modifiers incorporate polymorphisms on in accordance with hope are no longer related in accordance according to globin puttie technical however may additionally moreover keep an enhance have an effect on related to unique issues over the sickness so (iron absorption, bilirubin metabolism, skeleton metabolism, cardiovascular disease, and susceptibility within imitation along infection)[8] therefore, β-thalassemia intermedia may additionally moreover additionally end result past outcome industrial about α-globin chains with the aid of triplicated and quadruplicated α-genotype associated along with β-heterozygosity [9]. lifetime blood less commonly, a alone β-globin place affect, the vile lifestyles totally normal, subsequently β-thalassemia intermedia is dominantly traditional [10]. therefore oxygen was once received in imitation of the tissues from the courage by using the enormously specialised protein particle, hemoglobin intimate the purple compartments concerning the blood, so was dwell placed all pink gore compartment holds about 300 bags of molecules of that protein, totally a propos 30 picograms of matter because of each mobilephone [11].everyone bit of hemoglobin used to be built via two pairs concerning matching sub-unit; globin manacles are named along the slip concerning the greek alphabet and match of pair groups: the α-globin paint brush consists the ζafterward α-globin chains, but the β-globin cluster, component the globin chains ε, γ, β yet δ toughness [12]. in fact, the globin chains show off sequentially at partial board in ontogeny and, beneath coupling, the consonant 4 majors’ kinds above hemoglobin: chemistry | 72 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 1. "embryonic" hemoglobin’s, used to be once best detectable beyond the third since the tenth sennight on gestation and show on ζ2ε2 [hb gower 1], α2ε2 [hb gower 2], ζ2γ2 [hb portland 1]; or ζ2β2 tetramers [hb portland 2]; 2. "foetal" hemoglobin [hb f], constitutes the lordly oxygen company at some flooring within pregnancy or is α2γ2 molecule; 3. "adult" hemoglobin [hb a α2β2], choice hb f swiftly under birth; 4. a baby adult component, hb a2 [α2δ2]. the specific hemoglobin kind were constructed but commend above at assured period regarding racial improvement is referred to specifically "hemoglobin switching"[13]. the red gore cells concerning the grown-up endemic correspond about 97-98% regarding hb a, 2-3% respecting hb a2 then traces over hb f [14]. in adult life, the globin adjustment take place between the erythroblast into the bone marrow [15]. globin chains have the restore shape yet keep association in such an access up to expectation the wide variety about α-chains should exactly healthy to that amount on the βchains [16]. in summation hepcidin-25 is a protein among people is encode including the resource about the hepcidin-25 antimicrobial peptide [hamp] gene, is a resolution director on the entry on blood within the foreign money about mammals. when hepcidin-25 dosage is abnormally extending inflammation, serum metallic shower due according in accordance with iron trapping inside macrophages and mettle cells afterward vile intestine blood absorption, that government within imitation along anemia fit to no longer enough aggregate concerning serum metal lifestyles reachable due to the fact growing crimson cells [17]. however, so the hepcidin-25 stage is abnormally vile as like on hemochromatosis, gore overload shows over suit between imitation along accelerated ferroportin mediated blood efflux from storage but extended intestine metal absorption [18]. so hepcidin-25, a peptide hormone is typically coordination inside the liver, was once located among 2000. it remains capable remain reduces extracellular metal within the body via endless mechanisms: 1) hepcidin-25 decrease dietary metal attention by way of decreasing metallic put all through gut mucosal cells (enterocytes); it reduces metal emerged beyond macrophages, the imperative web page in regard to iron storage; 2) it reduces metal backyard in company of the liver. therefore, into all 3 instances as is accomplice via capacity about reducing the transmembrane iron transporter ferroportin. durability longevity toughness permanency longevity durability permanency hepcidin-25 determined namely a preprohormone (84 amino acids), prohormone (60 amino acids), after hormone (25 amino acids). twentyafterwards 22-amino lotos reckless metabolites of hepcidin-25 also located amongst the urine. removal respecting 5 n-terminal amino acids consequences deactivation regarding feature [19]. the changing regarding prohepcidin according according to hepcidin-25 is intercede through the prohormone convertase furin. this variation can also moreover continue to be alter via alpha-1 antitrypsin [20]. hepcidin-25 does stand hermetically folded polypeptide along 32% beta blade persona below a hairpin structure stabilized via iv disulfide bonds [21]. in addition, conductor regarding steel metabolism. so hepcidin-25 inhibits gore gait through seize into accordance along the steel export people ferroportin, as like is located regarding the basolateral floor upon gut chemistry | 73 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 enterocytes then the plasma membrane concerning reticuloendothelial cells (macrophages) [22]. 2.material and method in this study, we take eighty humans the age about them had been mean ±sd (9.68±2.08), 40 patients among them were given β-thalassemia intermedia, while 40 healthful people were used as control sample. we extract gore 5ml from thalassemia’s patients before gore transfusion. afterwards range regarding blood via period 3 days. the volume quantity concerning the samples we done are 120, forty samples before gore transfusion, 40 samples beneath stick length since forty control samples. then we separated every pattern about pair tubes. the 1st pipe because of determine hepcidin-25 and the 2nd longevity barrel according to decide hemoglobin or pcv. serum of the samples was separated using centrifuge and the assay by using enzyme-linked immune sorbent assay (elisa) way to determine hepcidin-25. the hematological marker like hemoglobin (hb) and packed cell volume (pcv) was calculated automatically by the hematological tool hemoglobin meter [23]. 2.1. statistical analysis results of this study were expressed as [mean ± sd], also t.test (spss) was utilized to compare between three studied groups, so t.test less than or equal of 0.05 was considered significant and highly significant, respectively. also this study expressed as correlation of hepcidin-25 with all parameter, so correlation value between range (±0.5) was considered significant. 3.results the patients were into three groups, the first group [c1] is before blood transfusion, the second group [c2] is after blood transfusion, and the third group [c3] is the control. table 1. showed parameters results of 20th female patients with β-thalassemia intermedia. table 1. results of female patient. biometers [c1] mean±sd [c2] mean±sd [c3] mean±sd ttest c1vsc2 ttest c1vsc3 ttest c2vsc3 hb g/dl 8.09±1.57 10.37±1.34 12.2±0.41 hs hs hs pcv % 25.02±4.53 32.1±4.01 37.62±1.19 hs hs hs s. hep pg/ml 13.6±3.09 11.49±1.45 25.26±3.56 ns hs hs 4. discussion the mean ± sd of hemoglobin is (bt= 8.09±1.57) g/dl before blood transfusion which is less than patients after blood transfusion (10.37±1.34) g/dl; while control patients (12.2±0.41) g/dl showed higher values after and before blood transfusion as illustrated in table 1. the results show a significant increase with control (p ≤ 0.01), which agree with girard jm study, also girard jm suggested that red blood cells of thalassemia patients can destroy chemistry | 74 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 peripheral arteries due to gene disorder of globin synthesis that leads to frequent hemoglobin deficiency compared to healthy body [23], which results in a significant increase group 2 (c2) (p˂ 0.01) that caused by blood transfusion of group 2 (c2) patients all that is shown in figure 1. [24]. figure 1. hb levels in male, female and control. in addition, the results show that mean ± sd of packed cell volume (25.02±4.53) % before blood transfusion gives lower value than same patients after blood transfusion (32.1±4.01) %, whereas the pcv in patients with thalassemia was lower than control (37.62±1.19) % as appeared in table 1. the results were significantly increased compared with c3 (p ≤ 0.01), these results agree with weather all d study who showed the deficiency or absent β-globin is accelerated by sedimentation of erythrocyte [25], gave mean ± sd of pcv for thalassemia patients after blood transfusion more than c1. the results of c1 was higher (p ≤ 0.01) compared to c2, these results agree with al-ali hk study, who suggested transfusion of blood increase the sedimentation of red blood cell [26], as shown in figure 2. bt at control male 25.27 31.48 36.78 female 25.02 32.1 37.62 % pcv figure 2. pcv levels in male patient, and female patient and control chemistry | 75 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 as well as, the mean ± sd of hepcidin-25 (13.6±3.09) pg/ml before and after blood which transfusion (11.49±1.45) pg/ml was less than control (25.26±3.56) pg/ml as appears in table 1. the results of female patients were insignificant (p ≥ 0.05) while a significant decrease (p ≤ 0.05) of t.test between c1 and c2 that approve of hepcidin-25 secretion affected by blood transfusion as shown in figure 3. and table 1. hepcidin-25 level decreases after blood transfusion so that increase absorption of iron leading to iron overload, and that approved by zhao n. study when he was studying matriptase-2. he also noticed an increase in iron absorption with decreasing hepcidin-25 secretion [27], also wang y. study was in agreement with these results when he investigated human hemochromatosis protein mutation and effect of bone morphogentic protein in hepcidin-25 secretion [28], in addition rishi g. study was in agreement with these results and displayed effect of transferrin receptor-2 in hepcidin-25 regulate [29]. figure 3. serum hepcidin-25 levels in male patient, and female patient and control. table 2. the correlation of hepcidin-25 with hemoglobin and packed cell volume. biometer before blood transfusion after blood transfusion r value t.test r value t.test hb 0.009 hs -0.415 hs pcv -0.015 hs -0.415 hs hemoglobin correlation with hepcidin-25 before blood transfusion product showed nonsignificant as illustrated in figure 4., while after blood transfusion product revealed highly significant negative correlation. chemistry | 76 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 4. correlation between hep with hb in female patient. therefore, packed cell volume correlation with hepcidin-25 before blood transfusion demonstrated non-significant positive correlation, while significant negative correlation observed after blood transfusion as appeared in figure 5. figure 5. correlation between hep with pcv in male patient. references 1. unissa. r.; monica. b.; konakanchi. s.; darak. r.; keerthana. s. l.; kumar, s. a. thalassemia: a review. ajpr. 2018, 8, 3, 195-202. 2. rund. d. thalassemia: modern medicine battles an ancient disease. am j hematol. 2016, 91, 1, 15–21. 3. mohanty. d.; colah. r.b.; gorakshakar. a.c.; patel. r.z.; master. d.c.; mahanta. j.; sharma, s.k. prevalence of β-thalassemia and other haemoglobinopathies in six cities in india: a multicentre study. j community genet. 2013, 4, 1, 33-42. 4. cao. a.; kan. y.w. the prevention of thalassemia. cold spring harbor perspectives in medicine. cold spring harb perspect med.2013, 3, 2, 1-15. 5. camaschella.c.; nai. a. ineffective erythropoiesis and regulation of iron status in iron loading anaemias. br. j. haematol. 2016, 172, 4, 512–523. 6. amoozgar. h.; zeighami. s.; haghpanah. s.; karimi. m. a comparison of heart function and arrhythmia in clinically asymptomatic patients with β thalassemia intermedia and β thalassemia major. hematology. 2017, 22, 1, 25–29. chemistry | 77 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 7. danjou. f.; francavilla. m.; anni. f. a genetic score for the prediction of betathalassemia severity. haematologica. 2015, 100, 4, 452–7. 8. baldini, m.; marcon, a.; cassin, r.; ulivieri, f.m.; spinelli, d.; cappellini, m.d. and graziadei, g. beta-thalassaemia intermedia: evaluation of endocrine and bone complications. biomed res int. 2014, 2014, 1-5, http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2014/174581. 9. arlet.j.b.; ribeil. j.a.; guillem. f.; negre. o.; hazoume. a.; marcion. g. hsp70 sequestration by free α-globin promotes ineffective erythropoiesis in β-thalassaemia. nature. 2014, 514, 7521, 242-6. 10. baronciani, d.; angelucci, e. and potschger, u. hemopoietic stem cell transplantation in thalassemia: a report from the european society for blood and bone marrow transplantation hemoglobinopathy registry,2000-2010. biol blood marrow transplant. 2010,51, 4, 536. 11. camaschella. c.; nai. a. ineffective erythropoiesis and regulation of iron status in iron loading anaemias. br. j. haematol. 2016, 172, 4, 512–523. 12. thein. s.l. the molecular basis of β-thalassemia. cold spring harb perspect med.2013, 3, 5,1-24. 13. taher. a.t.; musallam. k.m.; saliba. a.n.; graziadei. g.; cappellini. m.d. hemoglobin level and morbidity in non-transfusion-dependent thalassemia. blood cells mol. dis. 2015, 55(2):108–109. 14. paglietti. m.e.; satta. s.; sollaino. m.c.; barella. s.; ventrella. a.; desogus. m.f.; demartis. f.r.; manunza. l.; origa. r. the problem of borderline hemoglobin a2 levels in the screening for bthalassemia carriers in sardinia. acta haematol. 2016, 135(4):193–199. 15. haase, v.h. regulation of erythropoiesis by hypoxia-inducible factors. blood rev. 2013, 27, 1, 41-53. 16. hardison. r.c. evolution of hemoglobin and its genes. cold spring harb perspect med. 2012, 2, 12, 1-18. 17. jones.e.; pasricha. s.r.; allen. a.; evans. p.; fisher. c.a.; wray. k.; premawardhena. a.; bandara. d.; perera. a.; webster. c.; sturges. p. hepcidin is suppressed by erythropoiesis in hemoglobin e β-thalassemia and β-thalassemia trait. blood. 2015, 125, 5, 873-880. 18. baronciani. d.; angelucci. e.; potschger. u. hemopoietic stem cell transplantation in thalassemia: a report from the european society for blood and bone marrow transplantation hemoglobinopathy registry, 2000–2010. bone marrow transpl. 2016, 51, 4, 536–541. 19. casu. c.; oikonomidou. p.r.; chen. h. minihepcidin peptides as disease modifiers in mice affected by –thalassemia and polycythemia vera. blood, 2016, 128, 2, 265–276. 20. tarkun. p.; mehtap. o.; atesoğlu. e.b.; geduk. a.; musul. m.m.; hacihanefioglu. a. serum hepcidin and growth differentiation factor-15 (gdf-15) levels in polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia. eur j haematol. 2013, 91, 3, 228-235. 21. latour. c. testosterone perturbs systemic iron balance through activation of epidermal growth factor receptor signaling in the liver and repression of hepcidin. hepatology. 2014, 59, 2, 683–694. chemistry | 78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/10.30526/ vol. 31 (3) 2018 22. pasricha. s.r.; frazer. d.m.; bowden. d.k.; anderson. g.j. transfusion suppresses erythropoiesis and increases hepcidin in adult patients with beta-thalassemia major: a longitudinal study. blood. 2013, 122, 1, 124-133. 23. girard, j.m., drevin, g., brasme, j.f., pissard, s., reynier, p., simard, g. and denis, m.c., 2016, november. clinical and biological specificity of beta-thalassemia intermedia: a case report. ann biol clin (paris).2016,74, 6, 688-692. 24. jamieson. c.; hasserjian. r.; gotlib. j.; cortes. j.; stone. r.; talpaz. m.; thiele. j.; rodig. s.; pozdnyakova. o. effect of treatment with a jak2-selective inhibitor, fedratinib, on bone marrow fibrosis in patients with myelofibrosis. j transl med. 2015, 13, 1, 294-301. 25. taher, a.; vichinsky, e.; musallam, k.; cappellini. m.d.; viprakasit, v. guidelines for the management of non-transfusion dependent thalassaemia (ntdt). thalassaemia international federation, nicosia, cyprus; 2013. 26. al-ali. h.k.; stalbovskaya. v.; gopalakrishna.p.; perez-ronco. j.; foltz. l. impact of ruxolitinib treatment on the hemoglobin dynamics and the negative prognosis of anemia in patients with myelofibrosis. leuk. lymphoma. 2016, 57, 10, 2464–2467. 27. zhao. n.; nizzi. c.p.; anderson. s.a.; wang. j.; ueno. a.; tsukamoto. h.; eisenstein. r.s.; enns. c.a.; zhang. a.s. low intracellular iron increases the stability of matriptase-2. j. biol. chem. 2015, 290, 7, 4432–4446. 28. wu. x.g.; wang.y.; wu. q.; cheng. w.h.; liu. w.; zhao. y.; mayeur. c.; schmidt. p.j.; paul. b.y.; wang. f.; xia. y. hfe interacts with the bmp type i receptor alk3 to regulate hepcidin expression. blood. 2014, 124,1335–1343. 29. rishi. g.; crampton. e.m.; wallace. d.f.; subramaniam. v.n. in situ proximity ligation assays indicate that hemochromatosis proteins hfe and transferrin receptor 2 (tfr2) do not interact. plos one. 2013, 8, 10, 1-11. 284 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis of new asymmetrical pyromellitdiimides derived from pyromellitic dianhydride e. t. ali department of chemistry, college of education, ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad abstract this work involves the synthesis and characterization of asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives [iv]a-f by four sequence steps selective reaction . one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride was reacted with one mole of various primary aromatic amines [ 4-nitro aniline , 4-chloro aniline , 4toludine and 4-anisidine] in excess of dry acetone to produce six compounds (n-substitutedpyromellitamic monoacid) [i]a-f . these new compounds [i]a-d were converted to the corresponding nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide [ii]a-d via their heating at (80-90) 0c in sodium acetate-acetic anhydride mixture . the compounds [ii]a-f were allowed to react with one mole of another primary amines in excess of dry acetone to give new derivatives of amic acid [ii]a-d followed by intramolecular cyclization reaction of these compounds [iv]a-f in sodium acetate-acetic anhydride system to yield the desired asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives [iv]a-f , the above reactions can be summarized in scheme 1. all the synthesized compounds have been studied and charachterized by their melting points , ftir , and 1hnmr spectroscopy (for some of them). key words: pyromellitic dianhydride, pyromellitidiimides, pyromellitidiisoimides. introduction pyromellitdiimides are best known as segments of highly insulating polyimide dielectrics , it is though nevertheless quit surprising that no attempt has been made to fabricate transistor from pyromellitdiimide derivatives , which have the simple aromatic ring (benzene) in the center, and the tetracarboxylic diimides on both sides of the benzene ring . thus , it is possible to screen a large number of imide side chains and investigate the impact of side chains on the mobility and environmental stability of the pyromellitdiimide derivatives [1,2 ]. n-substituted cyclic imides are heterocyclic compounds represent an important class of bioactive molecules that show a wide range of pharmacological activities [3] such as androgen receptor antagonistic [4], anti-inflammatory , anxiolytic [5] , antiviral [6], antibacterial [7], and antitumor [8] properties . morover , they are synthetic precursors with application in organic synthesis , supramolecular chemistry , polymer synthesis , and for the development of new materials and molecular electronic devise [9] . aromatic polyimides that derived from pyromellitic dianhydride are widely used in advanced technological areas because of their excellent thermal stability , chemical resistance and they are extensively used in the electronics industry as insulators in complex devices , owing to their high thermal resistance and low dielectric constant , beside the electrical properties , their optical properties have been extensively investigated due to the potential applications in the field of optical communications [10,11]. also they are used in microelectronics , as well as in nanotechnology as a matrix in the production of nanocomposite layers [12]. in addition , the effect of different concentrations of some pyromellitamic diacids and pyromellitdiimides on the activity of human serum cholinesterase have been investigated in vitro , the inhibitory effect increases with the increase of the concentration of such compounds [13] . the aim of this work is the synthesis of a new asymmetrical pyromillitdiimide derivatives and proved the truth of the pathway which is used for synthesis of these compounds by using opposite pathway to give the same product. 285 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis of asymmetrical pyromellitimide : synthesis of n-substituted -pyromellitamic monoacid[i]a-d o co2h co nh r o o [i]a-d ch3clno2 ,,r = och3or to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (0.218g, 0.001 mol) in (30ml) acetone , a very dilute solution of amine (0.001 mole) in (90ml) acetone was added dropwise during about 18 hrs . after all the amine has been added the solution was filtered off from any precipitate and the clear solution was evaporated under reduced pressure and the product filtered [14], washed and recrystalized from chloroform . the physical data of n-substituted –pyromellitamic monoacid [i]a-d are listed in table 1 . synthesis of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide[ii]a-d no o o o o r [ii]a-d ch3clno2 ,,r = och3or a (0.001 mole) of n-pyromellitamic monoacid was placed in (50 ml) round bottom flask fitted , a mixture of sodium acetate (0.082g , 0.001 mole) and acetic anhydride (1ml ,0.001mole) was added . the mixture was maintained between (80-90) 0c by means of a water-bath and stirred for half hour . the mixture was allowed to stirring for one hour at room temperature . then the mixture was poured on ice-water (400ml ) and filtered off , recrystalized from acetone . the physical data of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide [ii]a-d are listed in table 1 . synthesis of (nsubstituted-pyromellitmonoimide)-n─(substituted-pyromellitamic monoacid) [iii]a-f [iii]a-f clno2 ch3 n ho2c c r o h n o o r ,,, r = och3 och3 ch3 clno2 r= , , , to a solution of nsubstitutedpyromellitmonoimide [ii]d-f (0.001mol) in (30ml) acetone , a very dilute solution of amine (0.001 mole) in (90ml) acetone was added dropwise during about 18 hrs. after all the amine has been added the solution was filtered off from any precipitate and the clear solution was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue recrystalized from acetone . the physical data of (nsubstituted pyromellitmonoimide)-n─(substituted-pyromellitamic acid) [iii]a-f are listed in table 1 . synthesis of n,n--disubstituted pyromellitdiimide [iv]a-f 286 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 nr n o o o o r [iv]a-f clno2 ch3 , ,, r = och3 och3 ch3 clno2 r= , , , these novel compounds were prepared as described in procedure which is used for the synthesis of compounds [ii]. all these compounds were recrystalized from diethylether . the physical data of n,n--disubstituted pyromellitdiimide [iv] are listed in table 1. results and discussion the reaction sequences leading to the formation of novel compounds of asymmetrical pyromellitdiimide [iv]a-f are outlined in the following scheme 1. [iii]a-f n ho2c c r o h n o o r [iv]a-f ch3co2na , (ch3co)2o r nh2 rt o co2h co nh r o o [i]a-d no o o o o r [ii]a-d oo o o o o rt ch3co2na , (ch3co)2o r nh2 nr n o o o o r + (80-90) 0c excess of dry acetone + excess of dry acetone (80-90) 0c scheme 1 the amic acids [i]a-f were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of pyromellitic dianhydride with one mole of different amines in the presence of excess of dry acetone as a solvent . the mechanism involves nucleophilic addition reaction [15] as follows , in scheme 2. o c c o o o o oh n r h o o o o o o r nh2 c o o o o o c o h n r h rt acetone scheme 2 proton exchange the structure of these acids[i]a-f was studied by melting point , ftir spectroscopy . the ftir absorption-spectra showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 of the starting materials together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety at (2410-3530) cm-1, c=o (carboxylic acid) at (1680-1709) cm-1 and c=o (amid) at (1630-1655) cm-1 and nh group at (3217-3277) cm-1 . and appearance of two peaks in the region (1715-1840) cm [16] which could be attributed to stretching vibration of c=o (anhydride) 287 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 symmetry and asymmetry , in addition to the appearance of absorption band around at (1040) cm-1 for the c-o-c (cyclic) [17] . the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [i]a-f are listed in table 3. n-substituted-pyromellitmonoimide [ii]a-f were obtained by the intramolecular cyclization reaction of n-substituted-pyromellitamic monoacid [ii]a-f in acetic anhydride and sodium acetate at (80-90) 0c . the mechanism involves nucleophilic substitution reaction [18] as follows , in scheme 3. c o o o c o o o n r h c o c ch3 h3c o o ch3co2na c c o o o o o o n r h c ch3 o nho o o o o o r c ch3 o no o oo o r [x] 850c c c o o o o o oh n r h ch3co2h scheme 3 the structure of these compounds [ii] a-f was studied by melting point , ftir , and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra exhibited significant two peaks in the region (1675-1710) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1170 cm-1 and 755cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) [19] together with the appearance of two peaks in the region (1709-1800) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of c=o (cyclic anhydride) symmetry and asymmetry , also the appearance of absorption band around (1040) cm-1 due to c-o-c (cyclic) . they also show the disappearance of stretching absorption bands of n-h , o-h and c=o (carboxylic moiety) groups of amic acid . the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [ii]a-f are listed in table 3. 1hnmr spectrum of compound [ii]c showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a pair of doublet band appear at δ (7.06-7.46) ppm due to the four aromatic protons , a singlet sharp signal at δ 8.73 ppm for the two protons of centre aromatic ring . a singlet sharp signal at δ 2.23 ppm could assigned to the three protons of termenal ch3 group . the amic acids [iii]a-f were synthesized by the reaction of one mole of n-substitutedpyromellitmonoimide [iii]a-f with one mole of another primary aromatic amine in the presence excess of dry acetone as a solvent. r nh2 n c c o o r o o ho hnr no o oo o r rt + the structure of these compounds [iii]a-f was studied by melting point , ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy . the ftir absorption-spectra showed the disappearance of absorption peaks characterized of cyclic anhydride of pyromellitmonoimides [iii]a-f together with the appearance of new absorption stretching bands due to o-h of carboxylic moiety at (2420-3504) cm-1, nh amide in the region (3273-3304) cm-1 , c=o (carboxylic acid) at (1663-1692) cm-1 , and c=o (amid) at (1632-1650) cm-1. two peaks in the region (1720-1780) cm-1 which could be attributed to 288 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1175cm-1 and 745cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) . the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [iii]a-f are listed in table 4. 1hnmr spectrum of compound [iii]c showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet signal at δ 2.04 ppm due to the three protons of terminal ch3 group , ten aromatic protons appeared at δ (7.34-7.94) ppm . also showed a singlet signal at δ 4.34 ppm could be attributed to the one proton of nh amide group and a good signal at δ 10.05 ppm could be attributed to the one proton of carboxylic moiety (o-h) . 1hnmr spectrum of compound [iii]e showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet signal at δ 3.61 ppm could assigned to the three protons of termenal och3 group , a singlet signal at δ 4.30 ppm could be attributed to the one proton of nh amide group . a singlet sharp signale at δ 8.19 ppm for two protons of centre aromatic ring , eight aromatic protons appeared as in the region at δ 6.57-8.60 ppm . finally, a proton of carboxylic moiety (o-h) appeared at δ 10.54 ppm . n,n─disubstituted pyromellitdiimide [iv]a-f were obtained by the intramolecular cyclization reaction of amic acid [iii]a-f in acetic anhydride and sodium acetate at (80-90) 0c . nn o oo o rrn c c o o r o o ho hnr (ch3co)2o , ch3co2na (80-90) 0c the structure of these compounds [iv]a-f was studied by melting point , ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the ftir spectra exhibited significant two peaks in the region (1670-1786) cm-1 which could be attributed to stretching vibration of the carbonyl group (imide cyclic) and two absorption bands around 1175 cm-1 and 760 cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) , in addition to two peaks of (imide cyclic) from another side in the region (1668-1734) cm-1 and two absorption bands around 1160 cm-1 and 740 cm-1 for asymmetrical and symmetrical of c-n-c (cyclic) . they also shows the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of n-h , o-h and c=o (carboxylic moiety) groups of amic acid [iii]a-f . the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [iv]a-f are listed in table 5 . 1hnmr spectrum of compound [iv]f showed the following characteristic chemical shift ( dmso as a solvent) : a singlet signal at δ 2.20 ppm due to the three protons of terminal ch3 group , three protons of och3 group appeared as a singlet signal at δ 4.77 ppm . a signal at δ 9.79 ppm due to the two protons of central aromatic ring , eight aromatic protons appeared as many signals at δ (6.85-7.71) ppm . for comparision purpose the compound [iv]c2 was also synthesized by as follows : [i]c n ho2c c o o o n o o n o o hn n o o o ch3 o o ch3 ch3cl cl h2nphcl ch3coona (ch3co)2o 80-90 0c [v] scheme 4 [iv]c2 the physical and spectral data of compound [iv]c1,2 which is synthesized by two ways in scheme 1 and scheme 4 are the same in the two cases . these data give a good evidence for the 289 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 formation of these compounds and a prove the truth of the pathway which is used to synthesis the compounds by using opposite pathway to give the same product. references 1yang, r. d.; gredig, t.; colesniuc, c. n.; park, j.; schuller, i. k. ; trogler, w. c. and kummel, a. c. ( 2007) "pyromellitic diimide:minimal cores for high mobility n-channel transistor semiconductors" appl. phys. lett. 90:263506. 2huang, j.; miragliotta, j.;becknell,a.; katz, h. e. and amar, j. (2007) "pyromellitic diimideorganic semiconductors and devices" chem. soc., 129: 9366. 3kankanala, k.;reddy, v.; mukkantia, k. and pal, s. (2010) lewis acid free high speed synthesis of nimesulide-based novel n-substituted cyclic imides", j. braz. chem. soc., 21( 6):1060-1064. 4salvati, m. e.;balog , a. ; shan, w. ; wei ,d. d. ; pickering, d. ; attar, r. m. ;geng, j. ;rizzo, c. a.; gottardis, m. m. ; weinmann, r. ; krystek, s. r. ; sack, j. ; an, y. and kish, k. (2005) synthesis and study of some new n-subsitituted imide derivatives as potential antibacterial agents" bioorg. med. chem. lett., 15:271. 5shibata, y. ;shiehita, m. ;sasaki, k. ; nishimura, i. l. ;hashimoto ,y. and iwasaki ,s. (1995) synthesis and study of some new n-subsitituted imide derivatives as potential antibacterial agents. chem. pharm. bull. 43:177. 6jindal , d. bedi ,p. ; jit,v. ; karkra, b. ; guleria,n.; bansal ,s.; palusczak, r. a. and hartmann, r. w. (2005) synthesis and study of some new n-subsitituted imide derivatives as potential antibacterial agents. farmaco. , 60:283. 7machado, a.; lima, l. l. m.; arau, j. o. ;fraga ,c. a. ;koatz, l. g. and barreiro, v. e. (2005) design,synthesis and anti-inflammatory activity of novel phthalimide derivatives, structurally related to thalidomide" bioorg. med. chem. lett., 15:1169 1172. 8kenji ,s. ; hideko, n. ;yoshihiro, u.; yoshikazu, s. ; kazuharu, n.; motoji, w.;konstanty, w. ;tadafumi, t. ;tetsuji, a. ; yuji ,y. ;kenji ,k. and hitoshi, h. (2005) 11,12epoxyyeicosatrinoic acid (11,12-eet): structural determination for inhibition of tnf-ainduced vcam-1 expression" ,bioorg. med. chem., 13:4011-4014. 9diego ,g.; natalya, v.;herbert, h. ;guzman, j. ; likhatchev, d. and palou ,r. (2006) efficient microwave-assisted synthesis of bisimides" , general papers arkivoc), 2006(x), 7-20. 10tkachenko ,v. ;marino, a. ; vita, f. ;damore, f. ;de stefano, l.;malinconico ,m. ;rippa , m. and abbate , g. (2004) optically active and organosoluble poly(amide-imides) derived from n,n-(pyromellitoyl)bis-l-histidine. euro. phys. j. e – soft matter,(14):185. 11yeganeh, h. ;tamami, b. and ghazi, i. (2005) synthesis and properties of novel opticallyactive", iran. poly. j., 14 (3):277-285. 12breeze, j.;salomone, a. ; ginley, d. s.; gregg, b. a. and tillman, n. (2002) appl. phys. lett. , 81 :3085 . 13vogel,a.i. practical (1974) organicchem.,longman group ltd,london 3rd edition . 14al-azzawi, m. atto; al-ahadami, a. b. and ali, i. (1989) the synthesis of pyromellitamic diacids and pyromellitdi-imide and their effect on the human serum cholinesterase activity in vitro", j. biol. sci. res., 19(1): 84-93. 15dunson, d. l. (2000) synthesis and characterization of thermosetting polyimde oligomers for microelectronics packing. ph. d . thesis , virginia polytechnic institute . 16danev ,g. and spassova, e. (2005) vacuum deposited polyimide – a perfect matrix for nanocomposite materials", j. assa . 7(3):1179-1190. 290 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 17sharma ,y. r. (2009) elementary organic spectroscopy,4th eddition ,ramnagar , new delhi ind. , 122:233. 18anthamatten, m. ; stephan, a. l. ;katherine, d. ;robert ,c. c.;anthony, p. g. ;tracy , p. h. and william, k. n . (2004) "soild – state amidization and imidization reaction in vapordeposited poly(amic acid) j. polym. sci. , a 42:5999-6010 . 19zahmatkesh, s. and vakili, m. r. (2010) synthsis and characterization of new optically active poly(ethyl llysinamide)ssynthsis and characterization of new optically active poly(ethyl llysinamide)s and poly (ethyl l-lysinimide)s, journal of amino acids,2010 1-6. table (1) : physical properties of new synthesized compounds [i]a-d [iv]a-f com .no. nomenclature structural formula molecular formula m.p ◦c yield % color [i]a n-(4-nitro phenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid o co2h c nh no2 o o o c16h8n2o8 >300 96 yellow [i]b n-(4-chlorophenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid. c o o o co2h o nh cl c16h8no6c l >300 95 pale grey [i]c n-(4-tolyl)-pyromellitamic monoacid. c o o o co2h o nh ch3 c17h11no6 >300 98 pale yellow [i]d n-(4-methoxy phenyl)pyromellitamic monoacid. c o o o co2h o nh och3 c17h11no7 >300 93 pale brown [ii]a n-(4-nitro phenyl)]pyromellitmonoimide. o o o n no2 o o c16h6n2o7 198200 91 yellow [ii]b n-(4-chlorophenyl)pyromellitmonoimide. no o o o o ci c16h6no5c l 174176 83 dark grey [ii]c n-(4-tolyl)pyromellitmonoimide. no o o o o ch3 c17h9no5 >300 60 pale yellow [ii]d n-(4-methoxy phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide no o o o o och3 c17h9no6 210212 82 brown [iii]a n-(4-chloro phenyl)pyro mellitmonoimide, n─-(4nitroph enyl)pyromellitamicmonoacid. n o o ho2c hn o cl o2n c22h12n3o7 cl 140142 92 grey [iii]b n-(4-tolyl)pyromellitmonoimide ,n─(4nitro phenyl) -pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c ch3 hn o o2n c23h15n3o7 200202 90 pale yellow [iii]c n-(4-chloro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─(4tolyl)-pyromellitamic monoacid. h3c n o o ho2c hn o cl c23h15n2o5 cl 158160 88 pale grey [iii]d n-(4-chloro phenyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─(4methoxy phenyl) pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c hn o h3co c22h15n2o6 cl 154156 87 brown [iii]e n-(4-nitro phenyl) pyromellitmonoimide , n─-(4methoxy phenyl) pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c n hn o h3co c22h12n3o8 198200 85 pale brown 291 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [i]a-d comp. no characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vn-h amide vo-h vc=o cyclic anhyd. (asym, sym vc=o carboxylic vc=o amide vc=c arom. vc-o-c cyclic [i]a 3217 3540-2410 1836,1785 1705 1632 1597 1036 [i]b 3220 3350-2500 1810,1770 1709 1640 1585 1042 [i]c 3277 3400-2500 1790,1742 1684 1655 1589 1068 [i]d 3433 3480-2550 1840, 1715 1630 1590 1031 [iii]f n-(4-tolyl)pyromellitmonoimide , n─-(4methoxy phenyl) pyromellitamic monoacid. n o o ho2c hn o h3co c c23h15n2o6 >300 90 pale brown [iv]a n-(4-chloro phenyl),n─-(4nitro phenyl) pyromellitdiimide. n o o n o o o2n c22h10n3o6 cl 168170 88 brown [iv]b n-(4-nitro phenyl), n─(4-nitro phenyl) pyromellitdiimide. n o o chn o o o2n c23h13n3o6 220222 87 yellow [iv]c 1 n-(4-chloro phenyl) , n─(4tolyl)-pyromellitdiimide. n o o cln o o h3c c23h13n2o4 cl 198200 81 grey [iv]c 2 n-(4-tolyl) , n─(4chlorophenyl)pyromellitdiimide. n o o n o o ch3cl c23h13n2o4 cl 198200 81 grey [iv]d n-(4-chloro phenyl), n─-(4meth oxy phenyl) pyromellitdiimide. n o o cln o o h3co c22h13n2o5 cl 141143 76 dark brown [iv]e n-(4-nito phenyl),n—(4methoxy phenyl) pyromellitdiimide. n o o no2n o o h3co c22h10n3o7 178180 77 brown [iv]f n-(4-tolyl), n─(4-methoxy phenyl)-pyromellitdiimide. n o o ch3n o o h3co c23h13n2o5 >300 68 brown 292 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (3): characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [ii]a-d comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vc-h arom. vc=o cyclic anhydride asym.,sym. vc=o imide, asym.,sym. vc=c arom. vc-o-c cyclic vc-n-c cyclic asym., sym. other [ii]a 3096 1780,1745 1755,1684 1599 1035 1178,750 4-no2: 1506,1304 [ii]b 3075 1847,1775 1735,1675 1603 1040 1171,752 4-cl : 970 [ii]c 3060 1780,1709 1740,1680 1603 1045 1159,756 vc-h aliphatic 2954-2831 [ii]d 3067 1861,1796 1784,1726 1606 1032 1180,767 vc-h aliphatic 2980-2837 table (4): characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [iii]a-f comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vn-h amide vo-h vc=o imide asym.,sym vc=o carboxyli c vc=o amide vc=c arom. vc-n-c cyclic asym.,sym other [iii]a 3304 3485-2650 1760,1720 1665 1632 1597 1182,754 4-no2 : 1506,1304 [iii]b 3279 3320,2700 1780,1735 1682 1650 1599 1179,751 vc-h aliphatic 2824 4-no2:1505,1304 [iii]c 3279 3310-2420 1775,1735 1682 1650 1599 1179,750 4-cl : 968 [iii]d 3304 3500-2780 1780,1740 1667 1645 1595 1170,754 4-cl : 970 [iii]e 3278 3320-2450 1765,1735 1682 1645 1599 1179,750 vc-h aliphatic 2924-2855 [iii]f 3273 3504-2550 1775,1738 1680 1647 1600 1175,756 vc-h aliphatic 2953-2868 ,vn-h: 3352,vc=s:1321 table (5): characteristic ftir absorption bands of compounds [iv]a-f comp.n o. characteristic bands ftir spectra (cm-1) vc-h arom. vc=o imide asym., sym. vc=c aroma. vc-n-c cyclic asym., sym other [iv]a 3065 1740,1682 1730,1670 1599 1178,766 1155,760 4-no2 :1506 , 1304 [iv]b 3100 1746,1695 1732,1682 1599 1179,754 1163,735 4-no2 :1506,1304, vn-h : 3337, vc=s:1330 [iv]c 3061 1786,1696 1717,1674 1597 1171,760 1160,725 4-cl: 935 [iv]d 3100 1750,1695 1734,1668 1593 1178,752 1165,740 4-cl:933, vn-h: 3337, vc=s:1315 [iv]e 3060 1740,1697 1720,1670 1602 1170,768 1160,760 vc-h aliphatic 2970-2920 [iv]f 3100 1745,1695 1734,1670 1593 1175,755 1170,735 vc-h aliphatic 2928-2855 ,vn-h at 3339,vc=s:1317 293 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضير البيروميليت ثنائية االميد غير المتماثلة الجديدة المشتقة من البايروميليت ثنائي االنهيدريد عماد تقي علي جامعة بغداد،ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة -كلية التربية ،قسم الكيمياء 2012تشرين األول 22قبل البحث في : 2012أيار 27استلم البحث في : الخالصة بتفاعل انتقائي مكون من a-f[vi]تضمن هذا البحث تحضير وتشخيص مشتقات البايروميلت ثنائية االيميد غير المتماثلة اربع خطوات متتابعة االولى تبدأ بمفاعلة مول واحد من البايروميليتك ثنائي االنهدريد مع مول واحد من االمينات االروماتية االولية باستعمال وفرة من a-d[i] انيسيدين وتكوين حوامض االميك االحادية-4تولودين ،و-4كلورو انلين ،و -4انلين ،وونيتر-4المتنوعة a-d[ii] بايروميليت احادي االيميد -nاالسيتون الجاف مذيبا" وبدرجة حرارة الغرفة . والثانية تحويل المركبات المحضرة الى م في مزيج من خالت الصوديوم وانهدريد الخليك . أما الخطوة الثالثة فتضمنت تفاعل ◦) 90-80وذلك بتسخينها بدرجة حرارة ( مع مول واحد من امينات اروماتية اولية متنوعة لتعطي مشتقات جديدة من a-d[ii]مول واحد من مركبات البايروميليت احادية االيميد لجاف مذيبا" وبدرجة حرارة الغرفة . واخيرا" الخطوة الرابعة تضمنت باستعمال وفرة من االسيتون ا a-f[iii]حوامض االميك لنحصل على ستة مركبات من البايروميلت ثنائي االيميد غير المتماثل a-f[iii]الغلق الحلقي الضمني لحوامض االميك االحادية [iv]a-f م . ◦) 90-80حرارة (بوجود مزيج من خالت الصوديوم وانهدريد الخليك عوامل مساعدة وبدرجة درست وشخصت جميع المركبات المحضرة باستعمال قياس درجات انصهارها والطرائق الطيفية المتمثلة بطيف االشعة تحت الحمراء وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي البروتوني (لبعض منها) . . ثنائي االميد ،بايرومليت ثنائي االيزو اميد انهدريد البايروميليمتاميك ،بايرومليت: مفتاحيةالكلمات ال @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 employing ridge regression procedure to remedy the multicollinearity problem hazim m. gorgees bushra a. ali dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:11 september 2012 accepted in:15 october 2012 abstract in this paper we introduce many different methods of ridge regression to solve multicollinearity problem in linear regression model. these methods include two types of ordinary ridge regression (orr1), (orr2) according to the choice of ridge parameter as well as generalized ridge regression (grr). these methods were applied on a dataset suffers from a high degree of multicollinearity, then according to the criterion of mean square error (mse) and coefficient of determination (r2) it was found that (grr) method performs better than the other two methods. keywords : ordinary ridge regression, generalized ridge regression, shrinkage estimators, singular value decomposition, coefficient of determination. 320 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction in this paper we deal with the classical linear regression model y =xβ+ ε ….. (1) where y is (n×1) vector of response variable, x is (n×p) matrix,(n > p)of explanatory variables, β is (p×1) vector of unknown parameters and ε is (n×1) vector of unobservable random errors, where e(ε)=0, var(ε)=σ2i. considerable attention is currently being focused on biased estimation of the regression estimators of a linear regression model .this attention is due to the inability of classical least squares to provide reasonable point estimates when the matrix of regression variables is ill-conditioned. despite possessing the very desirable property of being minimum variance in the class of linear unbiased estimators under the usual conditions imposed on the model, the least squares estimators can, nevertheless, have extremely large variances when the data are multicollinear which is one form of ill-conditioning. much research, therefore, on obtaining biased estimators with better overall performance than the least squares estimator is being conducted. this paper discusses the ridge regression estimators for use with multicollinear data. in contrast to least squares, these estimators allow a small amount of bias in order to achieve a major reduction in the variance. a numerical example is included to illustrate the theoretical relationships. the case of multicollinearity the problem of multicollinearity occurs when there exists a linear relationship or an approximate linear relationship among two or more explanatory variables; two types of multicollinearity may be faced in regression analysis , perfect and near multicollinearity. as an example of perfect multicollinearity assuming that the three components of a mixture are studied by including their percentages of the total p1,p2,p3 obviously these variables will have the perfect linear relationship p1+p2+p3 =100. during regression calculations, the exact linear relationship causes a division by zero which in turn causes the calculations to be aborted. when the relationship is not exact, the division by zero does not occur and the calculations are not aborted. however the division by a very small quantity still distorts the results. hence, one of the first steps in a regression analysis is to determine if a multicoiiinearity is a problem. multicollinearity can be thought of as a situation where two or more explanatory variables in the data set move together. as a consequence it is impossible to use this data set to decide which of the explanatory variables is producing the observed change in the response variable. moreover, multicollinearity can create inaccurate estimates of the regression coefficients. to deal with multicollinearity we must be able to identify its source. the source impacts the analysis, the corrections and the interpretation of linear model. the sources of multicollinearity may be summarized as follows :[1] 1data collection. in this case the data have been collected from a narrow subspace of the explanatory variable. the multicollinearity has been created by the sampling methodology and doesn’t exist in the population .obtaining more data on an expanded range would cure this multicollinearity problem. 2physical constraints on the linear model or population. this source will exist no matter what sampling technique is used. many manufacturing or service processes have constraints on explanatory variables (as to their range),either physically, politically, or legally which will create multicollinearity moreover extreme values or outliers in the x space can cause multicollinearity. some multicollinearity is nearly always present, but the important point is whether the multicollinearity is serious enough to cause appreciable damage to the regression analysis. indicators of multicollinearity include a low determinant of the information matrix x´x, a very high correlation among two or more explanatory variables, very high correlation among two or more estimated coefficients a very small (near zero)eigenvalues of the correlation matrix of the explanatory variables. moreover the farrar-glauber test based on chi square 321 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 statistic may be used to detect multicollinearity. accordingly the null hypothesis to be tested is: h0 : xj are orthogonal , j= 1,2,….p against an alternative h1 :xj are not orthogonal. the test statistic is χ2 = [(n-1) 1 6 (2p+5)] ln |d| …………..(2) where n is the number of observations, p is the number of explanatory variables, |d| is the determinant of correlation matrix. comparing the calculated value of 𝝌𝝌2 with theoretical value at p(p-1)/2 degrees of freedom and specified level of significant, we reject h0 if the calculated value is more than the theoretical value which means that the dataset suffers from a multicollinearity problem, otherwise the null hypothesis h0 can not be rejected. the shrinkage estimators applying the singular value decomposition we can decompose an (n×p) matrix into three matrices as follows: x=h d1/2 g′ …..…………(3) where h is an n×p semi orthogonal matrix satisfying h´h =ip, d1/2 is a (p×p) diagonal matrix of ordered singular values of x d11/2 ≥ d21/2 ≥ …… ≥ dp1/2 > 0, g is a (p ×p) orthogonal matrix whose columns represent the eigenvectors of x´x . accordingly, the ordinary least squares estimator of the regression parameter vector β can be written as: bols = (x'x)-1x'y = gc where c= d-1/2h'y is a (p×1) vector containing the uncorrelated components of bols [2] the generalized shrinkage estimators will be denoted by bsh may be defined as: [1] …………..(4) where jg  is the j-th column of the matrix g, δj is the j-th diagonal element of the shrinkage factors diagonal matrix ∆, 0 ≤ δj ≤ 1, j = 1,2,…,p, cj is the j-th element of the uncorrelated component vector c. ordinary ridge regression estimators one of several methods that have been proposed to remedy multicollinearity problem by modifying the method of least squares to allow biased estimators of the regression coefficients, is the ridge regression method. the ridge estimator depends crucially upon an exogenous parameter, say k called the ridge parameter or the biasing parameter of the estimator. for any k ≥0, the corresponding ridge estimator denoted by brr is defined as: brr = ( x'x + ki)-1x'y ………..(5) where k ≥ 0 is a constant chosen by the statistician on the basis of some intuitively plausible criteria put forward by hoerl and kennard.[3] it can be shown that the ridge regression estimator given in (5) is a member of the class of shrinkage estimators as follows:[2] by using matrix algebra and singular value decomposition approach of matrix x we get: brr = (x'x + ki)-1 x´y =[g(d+ki)g']-1gd1/2 h'y p sh j j j j 1 b g c g c = = ∆ = δ∑  322 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 = g(d+ki)-1g'gd1/2 h'y = g(d+ki)-1d1/2h'y = g[(d+ki)-1d] d -1/2h'y = g∆c ………… (6) where ∆=(d+ki)-1d. equivalently, the shrinkage factors δj, j=1,….,p of the ridge estimator have the form δj = dj dj+k , j= 1,2…..,p ………… (7) where dj is the jth element (eigenvalues) of the diagonal matrix d, and k is the ridge parameter. the generalized ridge regression (grr) in this section we suggest using the singular value decomposition technique in order to derive the generalized ridge regression estimator for the first time (as far as we know). let g be a (p×p) orthogonal matrix with columns as eigenvectors (g1,g2….gp) of x´x hence, g′ (x´x)g = g´(gdg′)g = d = diag(d1,d2,….dp). then we can rewrite the linear model as: y =xβ+ ε =(hd1/2) g'β+ ε = x*𝛼𝛼 + ε …………. (8) where x* = hd1/2, α =g'β this model is called canonical linear model or uncorrelated components model. the ols estimate for α is given as : α ols = (x *′x*)-1x*′y= (d½h'h d½)-1x*'y = d-1x*'y ……………(9) and var (α ols) = 𝜎𝜎 2 (x*'x*)-1 = 𝜎𝜎2d-1. which is diagonal. this shows the important property of this parameterization since the elements of αols namely (α1, α2 … αp)ols are uncorrelated. the ridge estimator for 𝛼𝛼 is given by: α rr = (x *′x*+k)-1x*′y = (d+k)-1x*′y ……………(10) = (d+k)-1x*'x* α ols = (i+kd-1)-1 α ols = wkα ols = diag ( di di+ki ) α ols . where k is a diagonal matrix with entries (k1,k2…kp). this estimate is known as generalized ridge estimate. the mean square error of αrr is given by: mse(αrr) = var(αrr) + (bias αrr) (bias αrr)' = σ2 tr(wk d–1w′k) + (wk – i) αols α′ols (wk – i)′ = 2 i (ols)i2 i 2 2 i i i i 2kd (d k ) (d k ) α σ ∑ + ∑ + + …………(11) to obtain the value of ki that minimize mse (𝛼𝛼rr ) we differentiate equation(11)with respect to ki and equating the resultant derivative to zero thus 2 (rr ) i i (ols)i2 i 3 3 i i i i i mse( d kd 0 k (d k ) (d k ) ∂ α α = −σ ∑ + ∑ = ∂ + + solving for ki we obtain : 2 i 2 (ols)i k σ = α 323 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 since the value of 𝜎𝜎2 is usually unknown we use the estimate value σ^2. accordingly, when matrix k satisfies 2 i 2 ( ols)i ˆ k̂ σ = α = diag 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ols)1 ( ols) 2 ( ols) p ˆ ˆ ˆ ( , ,..... ) σ σ σ α α α then the mean square error of generalized ridge regression estimate αrr attains the minimum value. the original form of ridge regression estimator can be converted back from the canonical form by: b(grr) = g α(rr) ……………(12) all the basic results concerning the ordinary ridge regression estimator can be shown to hold for this more general formulation. choice of ridge parameter the ridge regression estimator does not provide a unique solution to the problem of multicollinearity, but provide a family of solutions .these solutions depend on the value of k (the ridge biasing parameter). no explicit optimum value can be found for k. yet, several stochastic choices have been proposed for this shrinkage parameter .some of these choices may be summarized as follows:[4] hoerl and kennard (1970), suggested a graphical method called ridge trace to select the value of the ridge parameter k. this plot shows the ridge regression coefficients as a function of k. when viewing the ridge trace, the analyst picks the value of k for which the regression coefficients have stabilized. often, the regression coefficients will vary widely for small values of k and then stabilize. we have to choose the smallest value of k possible (which introduces the smallest bias) after which the regression coefficients have seem to remain constant. hoerl, kennard and baldwin (1975), proposed another method to select a single k value given as: k�(hkb)= ps2 bols ′ bols …………… (13) where p is the number of predictor variables, s2 is the ols estimator for 𝜎𝜎2, bols is the ols estimator for the vector of regression coefficients. lawless and wang (1976) have proposed selecting the value of k by using the formula : k�(lw)= ps2 bols ′ x′x bols …………… (14) hoerl and kennard (1970) suggested the iterative method to estimate the value of k based on the formula: kj+1= ps2 [brr(kj )]´[brr(kj)] …………… (15) the first value of k assumed to be zero and hence, [brr(k0)]´[brr(k0)] = b´ols bols. substituting for k0 in the right hand side of (15) we obtain the first adjusted value k1 which will be also substituted in the right hand side of equation (15) to obtain the second adjusted value k2 then continue the iterations until the following inequality have to be satisfied :[5] j 1 j j k k k + − ≤ ε . ……………(16) where ϵ is small positive number (close to zero). hoerl and kennard proposed the value of ϵ to be [5] 324 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 1.31trace (x x) 20 p −− ′ ε =      …………..( 17) in the case of generalized ridge regression hoerl and kennard proposed method to select ki as follows: ki = s2 α(ols)i 2 …………….(18) numerical example in this section we apply the procedures discussed earlier employing the data obtained from midland refineries company to determine the effect of six factors (explanatory variables x1, x2 …x6) on the productivity of labor (response variable y).the data are given in table (1). applying the farrar-glaubor test given in equation (2), it was shown that the calculated 𝝌𝝌2 is 137.456 while the theoretical value at 15 degree of freedom and 0.05 level of significant is 24.996. obviously, the calculated value is greater than the theoretical value of the 𝝌𝝌2 which implies that the data suffer from a high degree of multicollinearity. let us assume that orr1 represents the ordinary ridge regression estimator with the ridge parameter obtained by hoerl-kennard and baldwin k�(hkb), orr2 represents the ordinary ridge regression estimator with the ridge parameter obtained by lawless and wang k�(lw) and grr represents the generalized ridge regression estimator. applying the formulas in equations (13), (14) and (18) we obtain: k�(hkb) = 0.0075410 , k�(lw) = 0 .027179 k� (grr)i = [0.121641, 0.0117446, 0.0051056, 0.053459, 0.002102, 0.083658] the computation results of variance inflation factors (vif) for each explanatory variable, the mean square error (mse) and the coefficient of determination r2 for each method are presented in tables (2), (3) and (4) respectively. conclusion in addition to the farrar-glaubor test, the large values of vif in table (2) is another indicator that our dataset suffers from a high degree of multicollinearity [6], since the grr estimator has smaller mse and larger r2 than other two estimators (orr1, orr2) as it is shown in table (3) and (4), we conclude that the grr is better than orr1 and orr2 estimators for remedy the multicollinearity problem in our dataset. references 1. obenchain,r.l.(1975),''ridge analysis following a preliminary test of the shrunken hypothesis'',technometrics, 17. 431-445 2. gorgees, h.m.(2009),''using singular value decomposition method for estimating the ridge parameter'', journal of economics and administrative science , 53.1-10 3. hoel, a.e., and kennard, r.w.(1970), "ridge regression biased estimation for nonorthogonal problem",technometrics,12 .55-67 4. el-dereny, m and. rashwan, n.i.(2011), "solving multicollinearity problem using ridge regression modlels",int.j.contemp,math.sciences, 6. 585-600 . 5. drapper, n.r. and smith, h.(1981), ''applied regression analysis'', second edition, john wiley and sons, new york . 6. pasha,g.r and ali shah, m.a.(2004),"application of ridge regression to multicollinear data", journal of research(science), bahauddin zakariya university, multan, pakistan , 15. 97-106 325 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1): effect of six explanatory variables x1,x2 …x6 on response variable y y x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 3193 7 79 305 230 1580 337 3506 8 80 390 266 1590 358 5203 8 81 415 280 1610 416 3118 9 84 425 330 1640 454 10565 9 85 434 368 1642 465 28245 7 137 692 416 1535 470 34701 35 200 759 440 1894 574 33660 3 833 2475 1222 353 533 45240 4 1153 2480 1285 345 733 51157 4 1285 2745 1141 311 873 65085 4 1353 2854 1087 350 878 62893 4 1331 2895 1082 382 908 table (2): vif for all variables predictor vif x1 25.279 x2 366.798 x3 220.081 x4 89.442 x5 884.559 x6 92.407 table(3): mse for each method mse orr1 0.074426 orr2 0.093867 grr 0.069632 table(4): r2 for each method r-square orr1 95.94 orr2 94.88 grr 96.2018 326 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 مشكلة التعدد الخطي نحدار الحرف في معالجةاتوظیف طریقة حازم منصور كوركیس علي الرسول عبد شرىب جامعة بغداد /) الھیثم ابن( للعلوم الصرفة التربیة كلیة / قسم الریاضیات 2012تشرین االول 15قبل البحث في: ، 2012ایلول 11استلم البحث في: ةالخالص ھذه في أنموذج االنحدار الخطي العام التعدد الخطي ق عدیدة النحدار الحرف لحل مشكلة ائفي ھذا البحث قدمنا طر باالعتماد على طریقة أختیار معلمة orr1, orr2)(ق أنحدار الحرف االعتیادیة ائق تشمل نوعیین من طرائالطر ق على مجموعة من البیانات تعاني ائھذه الطر طبقتوقد )grr(الحرف وكذلك تشمل على طریقة أنحدار الحرف العامة r2ومعامل التحدید (mse)عدد الخطي بدرجة عالیة وباالعتماد على معیار متوسط مربعات الخطا لتمن مشكلة ا .ھي االفضل من الطریقتین االخرتین )(grrین لنا ان طریقة أنحدار الحرف العامة تب.الغراض المفاضلة أنحدار الحرف االعتیادي،أنحدار الحرف العام، المقدرات المقلصة، تحلیل القیمة الشاذة، معامل التحدید: الكلمات المفتاحیة 327 | mathematics ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 effect of annealing temperature on the electrical conductivity of amorphous inas thin films b. k.h.al-maiyaly departme nt of physics ,college of education, ibn al-haitham unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this research the electrical conductivity measurements were made on the amorp hous inas films p repared by thermal evap oration method in thickness 450 nm and annealed in different t emp eratures in the range (303573) k. the electrical conductivity (σ) showed a decreasing trend with the increasing annealing temp erature, while the activation energies (ea1, ea2) showed an op p osite trend, where the activation energies are increased with t he annealing temp erature. introduction in recent y ears, metal or semiconductor thin films were the top ic of an extensive research to reveal the effects of t heir disordered st ructure on their p hy sical prop erties. in p articular, the analysis of the electrical characterist ics has in some cases shown a ty p ical behaviour of an amorp hous structure for both metallic and semiconducting films. [1-3] the iii-v semiconducting comp ounds, such as insb and inas, app ear to be the most suitable materials for this ty p e of st udy because of the characterist ics of their energy bands and charge carriers. [4-8] it would be of interest to st udy the electrical conductivity of inas and correlate the data with other p rop erties so that a coherent p icture of the phy sical nature of the material may be obtained. we have already reported [9,10] on the a.c.conductivity and hall effect measurements on a-inas films obtained at different deposition p arameters like film thickness and annealing temp erature. different authors have used different techniques to obtain inas films, viz.sp uttering [4], electro deposition [11], chemical deposition and heating with a vacuum deposited [12], flash evap oration [13] etc, but the st udies on the p rop erties of vacuum evap orated inas films are very limited because of the tendency of the material to dissociate at its melting p oint, which makes it difficult t o obtain st oichiometric films. in this p aper, thermal evaporation technique was chosen to obtain a-inas films as it ensures st oichiometry , and st udied the electrical conductivity behaviour of these films as a function of annealing temp eratures. experimental thin inas films in the thickness 450 nm were obtained on glass substrates from inas alloy which is p repared by fusing the mixture of the app rop riate quantities of the elements of high p urity (99.999 %) in evacuated fused quartz amp oules at 1273 k. the amp oules were kept at this temp erature for [5-6] hours from the op timum temp erature, then the amp oules quenched rap idly in cold water. these films were p repared by thermal evap oration in a high vacuum sy st em of (3*10 -6 ) torr by using edward coating unit model e 306 a from molybdenum boat heated to 1273 k. the source to substrate distance was maintained at 15 cm to obt ain uniformly thick films. the rate of dep osition was about 1 nm/sec. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 annealing p rocesses were carried out on these films at different temp eratures of (373, 423, 473, 523, and 573) k for one hour. electrical conductivity measurements for all samples p repared (before and after heat treatment) includes st udy ing the variation of resistivity with temp erature range (303-503) k by using keithly model 616. the resistivity (ρ) of the films is calculated by using the following equation [14]: ρ=r.a/l…………………………………………………….. (1) where, r: is the resist ance. a: is the area of the film (w.t). w: is the width of t he electrode. t: is t he films t hickness. l: is the dist ance between the electrodes. then the conductivity of the films was determined by using the equation: σ=1/ρ………………………………………………………… (2) the activation energy (ea) could be calculated using the formula (14): σ = σο exp (-ea / kbt)……………………………. (3) where σο: is const ant, but change slowly with temp erature. kb: is boltz man's constant. t: is absolute temperature in kelvin. results and discussion the electrical resistance (r) of ainas films deposited at and around room temperature (~303 k) were found (67.2*10 6 ) ohm, this result is in agreement with a.m avrokefalos et al. [15] a-electrical conductivity and annealing behaviour fig.1 shows the electrical conductivity of ainas films with thickness 450 nm, as a function of temp erature for different films with variable annealing temp erature (ta). this figure app ears to sep arate two temp erature ranges characterized by different conductivity slop es. at low temp erature range (303-383) k, the conduction mechanism due to carriers excited into the localized st ates at the edge of the band by hop p ing and at other range of temperature (383-503) k the conduction mechanism due to carriers excited into extended st ates beyond the mobility edg by thermal excitation. [16] fig.2 and table (1) shows the electrical conductivity (σ) of a-inas (450 nm thick) as a function of annealing temp erature (ta). the noticeable remark is that the electrical conductivity decreases with increasing the ta.it is decreased from (6.61*10 -4 ) ohm -1 .cm -1 at ta=303 k to (8.67*10 -5 ) ohm -1 .cm -1 at (ta=573 k).we can notice that t he decreasing trend in (σ) up on increasing ta, is in agreement with our result on hall effect measurements (10). the hall mobility and carriers concentration showed an decreasing trend with annealing temp erature. this behavior can be att ributed to the imp rovement in the films st ructure with increasing ta, due to reducing of dangling bonds, and defects like vacancy sites. b-activation energies activation energies (ea1, ea2) were calculated from lnσ vs 1/t p lots for a-inas films in the temp erature range (303 – 503) k. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.3 shows the behaviour for a 450 nm thickness film formed at different annealing temp erature (ta). it is clear from this figure that the activation energies for a film treated at a higher annealing temp erature were higher than those treated at lower annealing temp erature. the increasing trend in ea up on increasing annealing temp erature is due to the decreasing voides, dangling bonds, and localized st ates through energy gap which seems larger after heat treatment. conclusions in conclusion, we st udied in detail the influence of annealing temp erature on the electrical conductivity of a-inas t hin films. the exp erimental results obtained in this work indicate that the electrical conductivity decreasing with increasing annealing temp erature, while activation energies shows as increasing behaviour with increasing annealing temp erature . finally, we should mention that the behavior of the electrical conductivity as a function of temp erature is a result of the community between two mechanism of transp ort, hop p ing charge transp ort between localized gap st ates near fermi level and charge transp ort to extended st ate beyond the mobility gap. re ferences 1sharma, a.k. and reddy, p.j., (1980), “j.non-cry st .solids”, 41:13-19. 2burrafato ,g.; m ancini, n.a.; santagati, s. and troja, s.o., (1984) "thin solid films" 121(4): 291-301. 3chui, t.; deutscher, g.; lindenfeld, p. and m clean, w.l. (1981) "phy s.rev.b" 23:61726180. 4szczy rbowski, j.; czapla, a. and jachimowski, m . (1977)"thin solid films", 42:193199. 5hauser, j.j. (1973), “phy s.rev.b”, 8:2678-2685. 6chaudhuri ,k.d.; luthra, a.; saxena, p.; agarwal, s.k. and m athur, p.c. (1980), "phy s.rev.b", 22: 6319-6325. 7clark ,a.h. (1967),"phy s.rev." 154:750-755. 8chop ra, k.l. and bahl, s.k., (1970),"phy s.rev.b", 1: 2545-2553. 9al-m aiy aly , b.k.h., (2000),"j.ofcol.ofeducation", al-m ust ansiriy ah university , 2: 21-26. 10al-m aiy aly , b.k.h., (2000),"j.ofcol.ofeducation", al-m ust ansiriy ah university , 2: 15-20. 11valentin, m .; benedett o, b. and luisa, p. (2004),"journal of alloys and comp ounds", 366(1):152-160. 12botha, l.; shamba, p. and botha, j.r., (2006), "semicond.sci.technol." 21: 450-461. 13sharma a.k., reddy p.j., (2006), "phy sica status solidi (a)" 1(1):295-299. 14 william, d. callist er, (2003) "m aterials science and engineering, an introduction”, 6 th edition, john wiley & sons, inc. 15 m avrokefalos, a.; pettes, m .t.; zhou, f., and lishi, (2007) , "rev.sci.inst rum.", 78: 034901. 16 davis, e.a., m ott, n.f., (1970), "phil.m ag.", 28:904-911 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (1):liste d the value of σ at a gi ven annealing temperatures ta for thermal evaporated a-inas films. fig.(1):plot of ln σ versus 1000/t of 450 nm thi ck inas films treated at different annealing temperature. fig.(2):electrical conductivity as a function of anne aling te mperature for a 450 nm thi ck inas films. annealing temp erature ta (k) σ * 10 -4 ohm -1 .cm -1 303 6.61 373 3.86 423 2.22 473 1.58 523 1.25 573 0.867 t=450 nm -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 1000/t ( k ) 1 ln  ( o h m .c m ) -1 r. t ta=373 k ta=423 k ta=473 k ta=523 k ta=573 k 1.e-05 1.e-04 1.e-03 1.e-02 273 32 3 3 73 4 23 4 73 523 573 t a ( k )  ( o h m .c m ) -1 ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.(3): the variati on of the activation energies (ea1, ea2) versus the annealing temperature for a 450 nm thi ck inas films. 0.05 0.15 0.25 0.35 0.45 0.55 273 323 373 423 473 523 573 ta (k) e a ( e v ) ea1 ea2 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد inas الكهربائیةألغشیة التوصیلیة فيتأثیر درجة حرارة التلدین العشوائیة بشرى كاظم حسون المیالي جامعة بغداد،كلیة التربیة أبن الهیثم قسم الفیزیاء، الخالصة العـشوائیة والمحـضرة بطریقـة التبخیـر الحــراري inasأجریـت قیاسـات التوصـیلیة الكهربائیــة الغـشیة فـي هـذا البحـث . k – ( 303 (573 وعند درجات حرارة تلدین مختلفة nm 450بسمك اس معاكـا وقد لوحظ نقصان التوصیلیة الكهربائیة مـع زیـادة درجـات حـرارة التلـدین ، بینمـا أظهـرت طاقـات التنـشیط سـلوك . أزدادت طاقات التنشیط مع زیادة درجة حرارة التلدین،اذ 17062012113705_005 17062012113705_006 17062012113705_007 17062012113705_008 17062012113705_009 17062012113705_010 17062012113705_011 17062012113705_012 17062012113705_013 17062012113705_014 biology | 1 2016) عام 3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 molecular study to detect genotyping of giardia lamblia from human and cattle feces in al-qadisiya governorate, iraq rana salih al-difaie college of veterinary medicine/al-qadisiya university received in :7 january 2016 ,accepted in: 5 june 2016 abstract the present study is designed to diagnose the giardiasis from cattle and patients with diarrhea arrivals to maternity and childhood teaching hospital and general education hospital in al-qadisiya governorate by using direct wet smear method as well as knowledge of the rate of prevalence of giardiasis in aldiwaniyah province, and study the effect of age, sex and nature of residence in the proportions of infection and investigate the genotypes of giardia lamblia from human and animal feces ,100 samples were collected (50 stool samples of human and 50 feces samples of cattle). in human, the result showed that the infection rate was 54% (27). the age group of 2-4 years showed the highest rate of infection (40.7%), while children aged 8-10 years showed the lowest rate of infection (3.7%). the results showed that 16 (59.2%) out of 27 and 11 (47.8%) out of 23 of males and females were positive respectively, so the rate of females cases were higher than males , with non-significant differences at p > 0.05 . it was found that the majority of cases (66.6%) were from rural areas. dna was extracted from positive samples (25 samples of human and 25 samples of cattle ) then after amplified using primers for triosephosphateisomerase (tpi) gene that specific for genotyping a and b, the result showed that 17(68%) were genotype b and 3(12%) were genotype a, while 5(20%) were both genotype a and b. however in cattle, the result showed that the infection rate was 70% (35). the age group of <6 month showed the highest rate of infection was (45.7%), while calves aged 6month-1year showed the lowest rate of infection was (22.8%). the results showed the number of positive cases according to the sex were 14 (40%) and 21(60%) in male and female respectively that showed higher positively of females when compared with males with significant difference at p<0.05. the result of distribution of genotypes of giardia lamblia in cattle showed that 16(64%) were genotype b and 5(20%) were genotype a while 4(16%) were both genotype a and b. key words: giardia – genotypespcral-qadisiya -iraq biology | 2 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction clinical reports demonstrate close interactions between giardiasis and diarrhoeal disease in almost all vertebrates, including humans and cattle. in developing countries in asia, africa and latin america, approximately 200 million people have symptomatic giardiasis[1,2] specially among young aged people in poor communities, with a prevalence percentage of infection ranged between (10-50%)in developing countries[3,4]. based on morphology, six species of giardia genus are considered valid, one of them is giardia intestinalis (syn. g. lamblia or g. duodenalis), in a wide range of mammals, inclusive humans, livestock, and companion animals[7].giardia duodenalis, a flagellate enteric protozoan, is the most common intestinal parasite that frequently reported in the world [5,6]. molecular studies of g. intestinalis show that at least eight major genotypes or assemblages have been comprises [8], a number of these assemblages seem to have restricted host ranges [9and10]. only two of these assemblages, a and b, have genotypes that have been isolated from humans [8]. all of studies have corroborative the division of human isolates into two major groups called genotype a (or polish) and genotype b (or belgian) [11]. studies on cattle mention that g. lamblia have some isolates belong to genotype e and others to genotype a, but only genotype a can cause infection in human [12]. generally, giardia cysts that ingested through contaminated food or water, is the most common way of infection transmission, as well as person to person transmissions may happen directly by faecal-oral contact among family members [13] children in day care centers and schools [14], and by sexual practices of adults [15,16] .the cysts have an essential role in giardiasis, since they instantly infectious once as passed out meantime faeces, moreover, cysts have the ability to remain infectious for few months as they can acclimatize to or resist critical environmental conditions [14]. much has been written concerning the chronic infection of giardia during childhood, that mainly due to protein-energy malnutrition, vitamin a deficiency, anemia , mineral deficiency (particularly iron and zinc), poor cognitive and educational level [17–18]. in addition, there are several socioeconomic factors that have been identified as important risk factors associated with giardia infection, such as illiteracy, lack of adequate sanitation and water treatment systems, indigence and poor hygienic [19, 20]. 2.materials and methods 2.1.samples collections fifty samples of human stool were collected from al-diwanyia hospital (maternity and childhood teaching hospital and general education hospital) and 50 animals fecal samples (cattle) were collected from different fileds in al-diwanyia province during the period of december 2013 to may 2014 and placed in sterile container, then transported to laboratory and stored in refrigerator until microscpic and genomic dna extraction step. 2.2.the direct smear method using lougal'siodin aaccording to [21], the method was done as follows: 1-a drop of lougal'siodin solution was placed on a glass slide. 2-small amount of fecal sample of cattle and stool sample of human (about pin head in size) was put on lougal'siodin drop and mixed thoroughly using wooden stick.3-cover slip was applied with forceps or fingers. 4-examination of slide under (40x) and( 100x) powers. biology | 3 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 genomic dna preparation genomic dna (g dna) was extracted from stool samples by using (stool dna extraction kit, bioneer. korea). after that, the extracted gdna was checked by nanodrop spectrophotometer (bioneer. korea) ,to calculate the quantity and purity of the extraction, and then stored at at refrigerator( -20c) until used in pcr amplification. nested pcr amplification nested pcr assay was performed for detection and genotyping of giardia lamblia from human and animal. the pcr assay was carried out according to [22] using primers for triosephosphateisomerase (tpi) gene that specific for genotyping a and b and these primers were provided by (bioneer company . korea) (table-1). the pcr products were examined by electrophoresis in a 1.5% agarose gel, stained with ethidium bromide, and visualized under uv transilluminator. results 1.giardiasis according to microscopical examination prevalence of giardiasis in human according to direct smear, 27(54%) out of 50 stool samples were positive while in cattle 35(70%)out of 50 stool samples were positive.table (2) 2.prevalence of giardiasis in cattle and human according to sex human: the results of the present study showed that 16 (59.2%) out of 27 and 11 (47.8%) out of 23 of males and females were positive respectively, so the rate of females cases were higher than males , with non-significant differences at p > 0.05.table (3) cattle: the study included 22 males and 28 females , so the number of positive cases according to the sex were 14 (40%) and 21(60%) in male and female respectively, that showed higher positively of females when compared with males with significant difference at p<0.05. table (4) 3.prevalence of giardiasis according to age groups of cattle and human. human: the results of the present study showed the high percentage (40.7%) was recorded in age group (2-4 years)while the lowest percentage infect (3.7%) in the age group (8-10 years) with significant difference at p<0.05.table (5) cattle: the infection given highest percentage (45.7%) in calves whose age <6 month when compared with other groups while the lowest percentage infect 22.8% in the age group (6month_1year)with significant difference at p<0.05.table (6) 4. distribution of genotypes a ,b ,a and b the tpi gene was amplified from 25 of the analyzed 50 human fecal samples through humans isolates, 17(68%) were genotype b and 3(12%) were genotype a while 5(20%) were both genotype a and b, as shown in table (7), figure (1a) ,figure (1b). however in cattle 16(64%) were genotype b and 5(20%) were genotype a while 4(16%) were both genotype a and b, as shown in table (8)), figure (2a) ,figure (2b). discussion giardia lamblia is one of the most wide spread parasites in intestine of humans and animals causing giardiasis [23]. giardiasis is traditionally considered an epidemic and zoonosis disease between human and animals (farm animals, dogs, cats, birds and rodents ), it affects biology | 4 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 all age groups [24]. domestic animals have important source of giardiasis for humans infection [25]. giardiasis in animals have reived increased attention in recent years, particularly because giardia infection do cause disease in people [26]. 1.the prevalence of giardiasis in human according to traditional methods. in the current study, the prevalence rate of giardiasis in human according to lougal'siodin(direct smear) was 54%. this result was line with the results of [27] in al-najaf and [28] in al-kufa when they pointed to that of infection with giardiasis which was 50.9% and 84.7% respectively. the rate of giardiasis in the present study was highest than results which was reported by [29] in baghdad and in sulaimaniya [30] and in vietnam[31], when they recorded rates of infection 11.9%, 3.3% and 3% respectively. the differences in the prevalence rates of giardiasis in human could be attributed to several factors such as socioeconomic education , sanitation and number of samples , differences in studies design and techniques were used , in addition to climate and water supply sources, food and community health, hygiene ,and the presence of domesticated and wild animals in addition to economic levels and were classified as having a role in the likelihood of exposure to parasite infection [32]. the current study recorded high prevalence of infection (59.2%) among males , while in females the rate was lower 47.8 % by lougal'siodin, but there is non-significant difference at p>0.050.05, and these result were supported by results of study of [33] in north of baghdad and [34] in turkey. this result was disagreed with result of [35] in sulaimaniya, when they recorded high rate of infection in females. men are more exposed to giardiasis due to spending most of their time out the house and may be drink the water that may be contaminated of giardia cysts, therefore they would be more exposed to infection. the present study showed that the persons with age 2-4 years were more effective to giardiasis, where the rate of infection was 40.7% by logul'iodinand found significant difference at p<0.05 between age groups. this result was in accordance with result of [36].there are other many studies which gave results with higher rate of infection when compared with the result of the current study like [37]in new zealand which showed that higher ratesof giardiasis were observed in ( 25-44 year ) age group. also disagree with results that recorded by [38] in baghdad , which reported the highest rate of intestinal protozoa (43.62%) in adults ( 21-40 years) age group. the high prevalence rates of giardiasis in children may be due to that the children prisoners move and spend most of their time outside home and forced to eat from street vendors. 2. the prevalence of giardiasis in cattle according to traditional methods: biology | 5 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 in the present study , the prevalence rates of giardiasis in cattle according to lougal'siodin were 70% . there are many other studies which gave results with lower rate of infection compared with the present results like [39] and (40), which were 5.45% and 10.27% respectively. these differences between the prevalence of giardiasis in the present study and prevalence of other studies in the other regions and countries, may be related to many factors including environmental changes, a number of samples were collected , study season , laboratory methods which were used in diagnosis, all these factors affect the rate of infection of giardia [41]. the current study showed that most infections of giardiasis were recorded in young animals, with a significant differences between age group at p>0.05, where the highest rate (45.7%) was seen among animals aged (<6 months) and (22.8) in animals aged (6 months -1 year), and (31.4)in age group (≥1yea ) by lougal'siodin method. these are consistent with the results that was reported by (42)in baghdad when they recorded the highest prevalence of giardia in cattle which was in group of animals aged(< 6 month). in other place in east azerbaijan-iran it recorded high rate in calves aged less two months[43]. this result may be attributed to the susceptibility of calves to infection when they were exposed to the giardia cysts which excreted from chronic infected mothers due to the decrease in the level of acquired immunity, this notion is supported by [44] which mentioned that infection in new calves if they stayed with their mothers for three days and direct contact with contaminated mothers parasite cysts, did not observe any effect of colostrums in decrease or prevent occurrence of giardia infection. the present study showed that the prevalence of giardiasis in males was 40% and in females was 60% by lougal's iodine method with significant differences at p<0.05 in the prevalence of giardiasis among both sex groups. but majority of studies indicate that there is no significant difference between both sexes like [45] in baghdad and [ 46] in thi-qar. female are more exposed to giardiasis due to the low immunity during pregnancy. 3. distribution of genotypes a , b , a and b in humans . assemblages a and b have the broadest host specificity, having been found to cause infection in humans and many other different mammals [47]. in the present study, the detection of the genotype of human by nested pcr amplification, (68%) were genotype b and (12%) were genotype a while (20%) were both genotype a and b, assemblage b showed higher prevalence among the other assemblages. the results of present study agrees with another study carried out on human in england (48) which found that assemblage b were 64%, assemblage a(27%), and the rest was a mixture of b and a assemblages. in canada [49] biology | 6 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 found nine genotype b isolates, three genotype a isolates and three mixed (a+b genotypes). other studies[50] were amplified showed higher prevalence in genotype were b (93.02%) while genotype aii were (6.98%). in india, the proportion of assemblage a and b infections in people were 39% and 61%, respectively [51]. 4.distribution of genotypes a , b , a and b in animals. in the present study, the detection of the genotype of animals was by nested pcr amplification, (20%) were genotype a and (64%) were genotype b while (16%) were both genotype a and b, assemblage b showed higher prevalence among the other assemblages. the current study agrees with [52]. commonly, three assemblages have been detected in cattle, assemblages a, b, and e, furthermore e most frequently reported followed by assemblage a . a recent study in dairy calves in new zealand found only assemblages a and b [53]. this study disagrees with [54]which found higher levels of assemblage a in calves than have typically been reported previously. another study have found that calves have primarily assemblage e with generally low levels of assemblage a[55]. a recent longitudinal study of adult cows reported 57% of the positive isolates were assemblage e and 43% were assemblage a [56]. references 1-thompson, rca. (2000). giardiasis as a re-emerging infectious disease and its zoonotic potential. int j parasitol., 30: 1259-1267. 2-yason, jadl.and rivera, wl. (2007). genotyping of giardiaduodenalisisolates among residents of slum area in manila, philippines.parasitol. res., 101:681–687. 3savioli, l.; smith, h. and thompson, a. (2006).giardia and cryptosporidium join the ‘neglected diseases initiative’. trends. parasitol. 22, 203–208. 4daly, e r. ; roy, sj.; blaney, dd.; manning, js.; hill, vr.; xiao, l. and stull, jw. (2010). outbreak of giardiasis associated with a community drinking water source. epidemiol. infect., 138; 491–500 . 5who. (1996).the world health report 1996-fighting disease, fostering development.world health organization geneva . 6upcroft, p. and upcroft, j.a.(2001).drug targets and mechanisms of resistance in the anaerobic protozoa. clin. microbiol. rev. 14, 150–164. 7sulaiman, im.; ronald, f.; bern, c.; gilman, rh.; trout, jm.; schantz,pm.;das, p.; lal, aa. and xiao, l. (2003).triosephospateisomerase gene characterization and potential zoonotic transmission of giardia duodenalis. emerg infect dis 9:1444–1452. 8thompson, rc. and monis, pt. (2004).variation in giardia: implications for taxonomy and epidemiology. advparasitol 58:69–137. 9monis, pt.; andrews, rh.; mayrhofer, g. and ey, pl. (1999). molecular systematics of the parasitic protozoan giardiaintestinalis. mol ; biol. 16:1135–1144. 10monis, pt.; andrews, rh.; mayrhofer, g. and ey, pl. (2003). genetic diversity within the morphological species giardiaintestinalisand its relationship to host origin. inf. genet. evol., 3:29–38. biology | 7 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 11-mayrhofer, g.; andrews, r.; ey, p. and chilton, n. (1995). division of giardia isolates from humans into two genetically distinct assemblages by electrophoresic analysis of enzymes encoded at 27 loci and comparison with giardia muris. parasitology 111: 11-17. 12o’handley, rm.; olson, me.; fraser, d.; adams, p. and thompson, rca.(2000).prevalence and genotypic characterization of giardia in dairy calves from western australia and western canada. vet parasitol .,90:193–200. 13-balcioglu, i. c.; e. limoncu, p.; ertan, k.; yereli, a.; özbilginve and a. onağ .(2003).incidence of giardiasis among siblings in turkey. pediatr. int.,45: 311–313. 14duffy, t. l.; montenegro-bethancourt, g.; solomons, n. w.; belosevic, m. and clandinin, m. t. (2013).prevalence of giardiasis in children attending semi-urban daycare centres in guatemala and comparison of 3 giardia detection tests. j. health popul. nutr. 31, 290–293 . 15pakianathan, m. r. and mcmillan, a. (1999). intestinal protozoa in homosexual men in edinburgh. int. j. std. aids. 10, 780–784. 16. escobedo, a. a.; almirall, p.; alfonso, m.; cimerman, s. and chacin-bonilla, l. (2014). sexual transmission of giardiasis: a neglected route of spread? acta trop. 132, 106–111 . 17gendrel, d.; treluyer, j. m. and richard-lenoble, d. (2003). parasitic diarrhea in normal and malnourished children. fundam. clin. pharmacol. 17, 189–197. 18berkman, d. s.; lescano, a. g.; gilman, r. h.; lopez, s. l. and black, m. m. (2002).effects of stunting, diarrhoeal disease, and parasitic infection during infancy on cognition in late childhood: a follow-up study. lancet 359, 564–571. 19faustini, a. marinacci ,c.; fabrizi, e.; marangi, m.; recchia, o.; pica, r.; giustini, f.; la marca, a.; nacci, a.; panichi, g. and perucci, ca. (2006). the impact of the catholic jubilee in 2000 on infectious diseases .a case-control study of giardiasis, rome, italy 2000– 2001. epidemiol. infect. 134,649–658. 20anuar, tk.; al-mekhlafi hm.; ghani mk.; osman e.; yasin am.; nordin a.; azreen sn.; salleh fm.; ghazali n.; bernadus m.; moktar n. (2012).giardiasis among different tribes of orang asli in malaysia: highlighting the presence of other family members infected with giardia intestinalis as a main risk factor. parasitology. int. j. parasit. 42, 871– 880. 21-coles , e.h. (1986). veterinary clinical pathology. 4th ed., press of w.b. saunders co: 472-545. 22.minvielle,m.c.;molina,n.b.;polverino,d.and basualdo,j.a. (2008).first genotyping of giardia lamblia from human and animal feces in argentina, south america.meminstoswaldo cruz, rio de janeiro. 103: 98-103. 23yason, j. a. and w. l. rivera. (2007) genotyping of giardia duodenalisisolates among residents of slum area in manila, philippines. parasitol. res.; 101:681–687. 24roberts , l. and janovy , j. (2009). foundation of parasitology. 8th edition. mcgraw hill .,usa. : 701. 25-lalle,m.e.;pozio,g.;capelli,f.;bruschi,d.;crotti,s and caccio.(2005). genetic heterogeneity at the giardia in locus among human and animal isolates of giardia duodenalisand identification of potentially zoonotic subgenotypes.int.j.parasitol.,35:207-213. 26-nygrad,k.; schimmer, b. and sobstad, o.(2006). alarge community outbreak of waterborne giardiasis-delayed detection in a non-endemic urban area.bmc. pub health 25:141 . 27mahmoud, a. th. (2006). mixed parasitic infections with giardiasis among patients with acute diarrhea in najaf city. kufa medical journal. (1): 5-8. 28zeid, i.k.a. and abdullah, y.ar.( 2011). relationship between the eating out home and infection with giardiasis .primary health care center in al –najaf alashraf-iraq. biology | 8 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 29-al-warid, h.s. j. (2011). study of some epidemiological aspects of giardiasis in north of baghdad. j. baghdad sci., (2): 251-255. 30al-taie, k.l.l. and ali, m.f.(2007). epidimiology of giardiasis in sulaimaniya and chamchal with its effect on some biochemical parameters and pcv. qmj., 5 (7): 45-53. 31verle, p.; kongs, a.; de, n.v.; thieu, n.v.; depraetere, k.;kim, h.t. and dorny, p. (2003). prevalence of intestinal parasitic infections in northern vietanam. trop. med. int. health., 8: 961-964. 32-thapar, n. and sanderson, i. r. (2004). diarrhoea in children: an inter-face between developing and developed countries. lancet. 363: 641-653. 33al-warid, h.s. j. (2011). study of some epidemiological aspects of giardiasis in north of baghdad. j. baghdad sci., (2): 251-255. 34-culha, g and ozer, c (2008). the distribution of intestinal parasites among turkish children living in a rural area. middle east j. fam. med., 6 (6): 8-11. 35al-taie, k.l.l. and ali, m.f.(2007). epidimiology of giardiasis in sulaimaniya and chamchal with its effect on some biochemical parameters and pcv. qmj., 5 (7): 45-53. 36-hussein, t.k.(2010). prevalence and related risk factor for giardia lamblia infection among children with acute diarrhea in th-qar, southern iraq. thi-qar medical.j.,4(4):68-74. 37.hoque, e.; hope, v.;scragg, r.; baker, m. and shrestha, r. (2004). a descriptive epidemiology of giardiasis in new zealand and gaps in surveillance data, journal of the new zealand med. associ. , 117 (1205). 38-nayef,h.ch.;macheed,ch.l.;abd-al-wahabi.(2008) epidemiological study in the prevalence of intestinalprotozoa in humans in the city of baghdad. nahrainuniv, of sci. magazine, 14(3): 57-62. 39-rhaymah, m.sh. and mohammed,b.a.(2006).preliminary study on the prevalence of giardia in ruminants in nineveh province. college of veterinary medicine mosul university – iraq. 20(1): 153-163. 40-al-fetly, d.r.h.(2008).epidemiological study of giardiasis in some farm animals and human in al-diwaniyah province, msc. thesis college of vet. med. al-qadisiyah university. 41-hamnes, i.s.; gjerde, b. and robertson, l.(2006). prevalence of giardia and cryptosporidium in diary calves in three areas of norway. vet. parasitol., 140:204-216. 42-kshash,h. k.(2002). survey and treatment of giardiasis in cows and calves in some areas of baghdad. msc. college of vet. med. baghdad university. 43-davoudi, y.; garedaghi, y. and safarmashaei, s. (2011). epidemiological study of giardiasis in diarrheic calves in east-azerbaijan province, iran. j. of anim. and vet. advances., 10(19): 2508-2510. 44-quigley, j.d.; martin ,k.r. ;bemis, d.a.; potgieter, l.n.d.; reinemeyer, c.r.; rohrbach, b.w.; dowlen, h.h. and lamar, k.c.(1994).effects of housing and colostrom feeding on the prevalence of selected infectious organisms in feces of jersey calves . j. dairy sci.,77:3124-3131. 45-kshash, h. k. (2002). survey and treatment of giardiasis in cows and calves in some areas of baghdad. msc. college of vet. med. baghdad university. 46khudier, s. m. (2011).epidemiological study of bovine giardiasis in thi-qar province, msc. college of vet. med. basrah university. 47caccio, s. m., r. c. thompson, j. mclauchlin, and h. v. smith. (2005). unravelling cryptosporidium and giardia epidemiology. trends parasitol., 21:430–437. 48amar, c.f.; dear, p. h.; pedraza-diaz, s.; looker n.; linnane, e and mclauchlin,j. (2002). sensitive pcr-restriction fragment lengthpolymorphism assay for detection and genotyping of giardiaduodenalis in human feces. j clinmicrobiol 40:446–452 49guy, r.; xiao, c.andhorgen p (2004). real time pcr assay for detection and genotype differentiation of giardia lambliain stool specimens. j clin. microbiol., 42: 3317-3320. biology | 9 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 50-marta, c minvielle, nora b molina, daniela polverino and juan, a. basualdo(2008). first genotyping of giardia lamblia from human and animal feces in argentina, south america. meminstoswaldo cruz, rio de janeiro, 103(1): 98-103. 51traub ,rj.; monis, pt.; robertson, i.; irwin, p.; mencke, n.;and thompson, r.c.a. (2004) .epidemiological and molecular evidence supports the zoonotic transmission of giardia among humans and dogs living in the same community. parasitolo., 128:253–262. 52dixon, b.; parrington, l.; cook, a.; pintar, k.; pollari, f.; kelton, d.; and farber, j. ( 2011). the potential for zoonotic transmission of giardia duodenalis and cryptosporidium spp. from beef and dairy cattle in ontario, canada. vet. parasitol., 175, 20–26. 53winkworth, c.l.; learmonth, j.j.; matthaei, c.d. and townsend, c.r. (2008). molecular characterization of giardia isolates from calves and humans in a region in which dairy farming has recently intensified.appl. environ. microbiol. 74., 5100–5105. 54geurden, t.; geldhof, p.; levecke, b.; berkvens, d.; casaert, s.; vercruysse, j. and claerebout, e., (2007). mixed giardia duodenalis assemblage a and e infections in calves. int. j. parasitol. 38, 259–264. 55appelbee, a.j.; frederick, l.m.; heitman, t.l.and olson, m.e. (2003). prevalence and genotyping of giardia duodenalis from beef calves in alberta. can.vet. parasitol. 112, 289– 294. 56. uehlinger, f.d.; barkema, h.w.; dixon, b.r.; coklin, t. and o’handley, r.m. (2006).giardia duodenalis and cryptosporidium spp. in a veterinary college bovine teaching herd. vet. parasitol., 142: 231–237. table ( 1) the primers primer sequence amplicon tpia-fi f cgagacaagtgttgagatg 576 bp r ggtcaagagcttacaacacg tpib-fi f gttgctccctcctttgtgc 208 bp r ctctgctcattggtctcgc tpia-fii f ccaagaaggctaagcgtgc 476bp r ggtcaagagcttacaacacg tpib-fii f gcacagaacgtgtatctgg 140bp r ctctgctcattggtctcgc minvielle, m.c.et al.(2008) table (2) the prevalence of infection with giardia according to direct smear. % no.of positive no.of sample host 54 27 50 human 70 35 50 cattle a table (3)the prevalence of infection with giardia according to the sex in human % no. of positive total no. sex 59.2a 16 27 males 47.8a 11 23 females table (4) the prevalence of infection with giardia according to the sex in cattle % no. of positive total no. sex 40a 14 22 males a 60b 21 28 females a biology | 10 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table(5) prevalence of infection with giardia according to the age groups in human % no.of positive no.of sample age groups a 22.2 6 9 less of 2 year b 40.7 11 20 2-4 ac 14.8 4 8 4-6 cd 7.4 2 4 6-8 d 3.7 1 3 8-10 cda 11.1 3 6 10-12 table (6) prevalence of infection with giardia according to the age groups in cattle % no.of positive no.sample age groups a 45.7 16 20 <6 month b 22.8 8 12 6month_1year ab 31.4 11 28 ≥1year a note *similar letters indicate no significant difference at the level of probability of 0.05using test χ2. *different letters indicate the existence of a significant difference at the level of probability of 0.05using test χ2. table (7) the results of pcr technique for detection of genotyping in giardia of human sample giardia lamblia genotypes human percentage (%) assemblage a 3 12 assemblage b 17 68 assemblage a and b 5 20 total number 25 (100%) table( 8) the results of pcr technique for detection of genotyping in giardia of cattle sample giardia lamblia genotypes cattle percentage (%) assemblage a 5 20 assemblage b 16 64 assemblage a and b 4 16 total number 25 (100%) biology | 11 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (1a): agarose gel electrophoresis image that shows pcr product analysis of giardia lamblia genotype a and b in dna from human stool samples where, lane (m) dna marker is (1500-100bp), lane (1,3,4,6,7,9,and 10) are positive as genotype b at pcr product size 208bp, lane (2) is positive as genotype a at pcr product size 576bp, lane (5 and 8) are positive as genotype a and b. figure (1b): agarose gel electrophoresis image that shows nested pcr product analysis of giardia lamblia genotype a and b in dna from human stool samples where, lane (m) dna marker is (1500-100bp), lane (1,3,4,6,7,9,and 10) positive as genotype b at pcr product size 140bp, lane (2 and 8) are positive as genotype a at pcr product size 476bp, lane (5) is positive as genotype a and b. biology | 12 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (2 a) agarose gel electrophoresis image that shows pcr product analysis of giardia lamblia genotype a and b in dna from animal stool samples where, lane (m) dna marker is (1500-100bp), lane (1) is positive as genotype a at pcr product size 576bp, lane (2,3,5.6, and 7) are positive as genotype b at pcr product size 208bp, lane (4)is positive as genotype a and b. figure (2b) agarose gel electrophoresis image that shows nested pcr product analysis of giardia lamblia genotype a and b in dna from animal stool samples where, lane (m) dna marker is (1500-100bp), lane (1) is positive as genotype a at pcr product size 476bp, lane (2,3,5.6, and 7) are positive as genotype b at pcr product size 140bp, lane (4) is positive as genotype a and b. biology | 13 2016م ) عا3(العدد 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 دراسة جزيئية للكشف عن التنميط الجيني لطفيلي الجيارديا المبليا في عينات االنسان واالبقار في محافظة القادسية, العراق رنا صالح الدفاعي جامعة القادسية الطب البيطري/ 2016حزيران 5, قبل في:2016كانون الثاني 7استلم في: الخالصة تهدف الدراسة الى تشخيص طفيلي الجيارديا في االبقار( والمرضى الذين يعانون من االسهال الوافدين الى مستشفى النسائية واالطفال التعليمي ومستشفى التعليم العام في محافظة القادسية باستعمال طريقة المسحة الرطبة المباشرة , معرفة ا في محافظة الديوانية ودراسة تأثير كل من العمر والجنس وطبيعة اإلقامة في نسب اإلصابة معدل انتشار مرض الجياردي عينة من براز 50عينة ( 100والتحقيق من التنميط الجيني لطفيلي الجيارديا المبليا في براز اإلنسان والحيوان، اذ جمعت .2014إلى مايو 2013عينة براز من االبقار ) خالل المدة من ديسمبر 50اإلنسان و سنوات أعلى معدل 4-2)، وأظهرت الفئة العمرية من 27٪ (54أظهرت النتائج أن معدل اإلصابة في االنسان كانت ٪). كما 3.7عاما أدنى معدل اإلصابة ( 10-8)، في حين أظهر األطفال الذين تتراوح أعمارهم بين ٪40.7لإلصابة ( من الذكور واإلناث كانت إيجابية على 23) من أصل ٪47.8( 11و 27) من أصل ٪59.2( 16أظهرت النتائج أن ) كانت من المناطق الريفية.٪66.6التوالي، وسجلت االناث نسبة اصابة أعلى من الذكور، وأن معظم الحاالت الموجبة ( المحدد لألنماط )tpi( عينة لألبقار)باستعمال بادئات لجين 25عينة لإلنسان و 25أستخلص الدنا من العينات الموجبة ( بينما a) النمط الجيني ٪12( 3و b) النمط الجيني ٪68( 17اذ اظهرت النتائج لعينات المرضى وجود a,bالجينية .bو a) احتوائها على حد سواء النمط الوراثي ٪20سجلت خمسة حاالت ( )، وأظهرت الفئة العمرية 35٪ (70بة كان في االبقار أن معدل اإلصاgiardia lambliaأظهرت نتائج االصابة بطفيلي اشهر الى سنة 6التي تتراوح اعمارها بين العجول )، في حين أظهرت٪45.7االقل من ستة أشهر أعلى معدل لإلصابة ( ) ٪60( 21) و ٪40( 14). كما أظهرت النتائج أن عدد الحاالت اإليجابية وفقا للجنس ٪22.8واحدة أقل معدل اإلصابة ( ور واإلناث على التوالي.في الذك ) من النمط الجيني ٪20( 5و b) من النمط الجيني ٪64( 16أظهرت نتائج توزيع مورثات الجيارديا المبليا في االبقار أن a تحتوي على حد سواء النمط الوراثي ٪16( 4في حين كانت (a وb. العراق-محافظة القادسية -لمرة تفاعل سلسلة الب –التنميط الجيني –جيارديا الكلمات المفتاحية: 153 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 mahdi a. sabaa sinan hatif abd almjeed abstract in this paper, our aim is to solve analytically a nonlinear social epidemic model as an initial value problem (ivp) of ordinary differential equations. the mathematical social epidemic model under study is applied to alcohol consumption model in spain. the economic cost of alcohol consumption in spain is affected by the amount of alcohol consumed. this paper refers to the study of alcohol consumption using some analytical methods. adomian decomposition and variation iteration methods for solving alcohol consumption model have used. finally, a compression between the analytic solutions of the two used methods and the previous actual values from 1997 to 2007 years is obtained using the absolute and relative errors. the analysis results obtained have been discussed tabularly and graphically. keywords: ordinary differential equations, adomian decomposition method, variation iteration method, social epidemiology. 1. introduction the type of epidemiological models had been used in the study of many social diseases. in recent years, several researchers were interested to study and analyze the social epidemics, ecstasy or heroin addiction [1, 2]. smoking habit evaluation in spain [3-5]. a cocaine abuse in spain [6, 7]. campaigns on reducing excess weight in valencia [8-10]. alcohol consumption habit is considered a disease that spread out rapidly by social pressure or social contact which influences the spread of social disease. recently, the rate of alcohol consumption has increased more with the developing countries, so alcohol consumption represents a big problem that efforts not only on the human health, but also on the community economy. the public health care becomes more expensive when the number of people who are suffering from such diseases increased, so the community economy will be damaged. with regard to the health effects of chloride that impact on the healthy body, the chloride can damage some parts of the body, such as heart and liver, influence also on the other functions. an addition that, the cost of alcohol affects the economy [11, 12]. adomian decomposition method (adm) is a reliable method to solve many various kinds of problems so it is a trusty method which emerging in applied science, linear and nonlinear ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2292 maha a. mohammed sinan.h.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq approximate solutions for alcohol consumption model in spain article history: received 28 march 2019, accepted 12 may 2019,publish september 2019 department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al-haitham university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mahdiabd281@gmail.com mahasssa@yahoo.com mailto:sinan.h.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:sinan.h.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:mahdiabd281@gmail.com mailto:mahdiabd281@gmail.com mailto:mahasssa@yahoo.com mailto:mahasssa@yahoo.com 154 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 as well. the adomian decomposition method was introduced and developed by george adomian. this method has been used by many researchers as well as it has extensive applications of linear and nonlinear ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations and integral equations [13, 14]. the modified adm and its applications on some equations have also been given; see examples in [15-18]. adm was introduced and developed by george adomian, 1976. this method took a large part of the researcher's work, where it was applied widely on the linear and nonlinear differential equations, as well as on the integral equations [19, 14]. some researchers used the adm to solve a system of ordinary differential equations [20]. and apply at epidemic model [21, 22]. as well as, adm solved a system of integral–differential equations [23]. recently, the accuracy of nonlinear singular initial value problems was discussed using a semi-analytic [24]. adm is applied to solve fuzzy fractional order differential algebraic equations [25]. modified adomian decomposition method was applied on integro-differential inequality [26]. the variational iteration method (vim) was established by ji-huan in 1997 where it is considered as one of the reliable iterative methods that give approximate solutions for the of differential equations [27, 28]. this method is used widely in scientific and engineering applications, where it is used to solve linear, nonlinear and homogeneous and inhomogeneous equations. vim is used for the analytical purpose because it is an effective and reliable way in the approaching quickly to the exact solution. the vim method differs from the adm, where vim does not require specific treatments for nonlinear problems [14]. many works to solve nonlinear problems using vim [27]. with autonomous ordinary differential systems [29]. and to solve differential equations that have fractional order [30]. the application of real social epidemic alcohol consumption model is considered in this paper, in order to study the behavior of this social epidemic during sometimes under study. the feature of such model under study that the model has multiple parameters and multivariate. as well as, it is a nonlinear system of first-order ordinary differential equations for autonomous initial value problem that don't have mostly exact solution. our interested is to solve analytically such these models. this study is organized as follows: in section 2, the mathematical model of alcohol consumption is described; section 3 derived the analytic methods adm and vim to solve the nonlinear system of alcohol consumption model in spain. following, in section 4, the results of the presented methods is discussed. finely, section 5 is devoted to the conclusion of the study. 2. mathematical model alcohol ireland and the united kingdom, this problem was discussed and the data were reported from the first year of 2002 until the end of 2014 [31]. in spain, the effects of the different usage of alcohol between the female and male in spanish university alumni was studied [32].the mathematical model of alcohol consumption was explained and described in the current study by santonja et al., (2010). this model consists of three subpopulations of spanish population of the age of 15-64 years old from 1997 to 2007 years that represented as the nonlinear system of three ordinary differential equations of the first order. this system is referred to analyze the changing in the social epidemic stages (non-drink alcohol people, nonrisk-drink alcohol people and risk-drink alcohol people), see table 1. the parameters of the model are described in table 2. alcohol consumption model for the spanish public appears 155 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 as the following nonlinear system of ordinary differential equations, [12]. consumption is a dangerous social habit that spread in many countries such as 𝑎ˊ(𝑡) = 𝛼 + 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟 − 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎 − 𝜉 ∗ 𝑎 ∗ (𝑚 + 𝑟) − 𝑎 ∗ (𝛼 − 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎 − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑚 − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑟) (1) 𝑚ˊ(𝑡) = 𝜉 ∗ 𝑎 ∗ (𝑚 + 𝑟) − 𝜂 ∗ 𝑚 + 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎 ∗ 𝑚 − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑎 ∗ 𝑚 − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑚 (2) 𝑟ˊ(𝑡) = 𝜂 ∗ 𝑚 − 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟 + 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎 ∗ 𝑟 − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑎 ∗ 𝑟 − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑟 (3) the initial conditions of equations (1-3) in 1997 are 𝑎(𝑡 = 0) = 0.362, 𝑚(𝑡 = 0) = 0.581, 𝑟(𝑡 = 0) = 0.057, with the predicted parameters are given as: 𝛼 = 0.01, 𝛽 = 0.0014, 𝜇 = 0.008, 𝜉 = 0.0284534, 𝜎 = 0.009, and 𝜂 = 0.000110247,[12]. table 1. variables of alcohol consumption model, [12]. 𝒂(𝒕) non-drink alcohol people are subpopulations who never drink alcohol in their life. 𝒎(𝒕) non-risk-drink alcohol people are subpopulations who drink a little liquid of alcohol alcohol that means the men who drink less than 50 cc and women who drink less than 30 cc of alcohol every day. 𝒓(𝒕) risk-drink alcohol people are subpopulations who drink a lot of alcohol that means the men who drink more than 50 cc and the women who drink more than 30 cc of alcohol every day. table 2. parameters of alcohol consumption model, [12]. birth rate in spain 𝜶 the rate at which a risk-drink alcohol people becomes a non-drink alcohol people 𝜷 death rate in spain 𝝁 transmission rate because social pressure that leads to increasing the alcohol drinking 𝝃 growing death rate due to alcohol drinking 𝝈 a rate that transmits a non-risk-drink alcohol people moves to the risk-drink alcohol people 𝜼 3. analytic methods in this section some analytic methods are introduced such 3.1 adomian decomposition method we can solve the nonlinear system of equations (1-3) by using the adomian decomposition method with the above initial condition and the given parameters. let 𝑙 be an operator that is given by = 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 , the inverse of this operation is 𝑙−1 = ∫ (. )𝑑𝑡 𝑡 0 , then by applying 𝑙−1 for both sides of equations (1-3), we obtain: 𝑎(𝑡) − 𝑎(0) = 𝑙−1 (𝛼 + 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟(𝑡) − 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) − 𝜉 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) ∗ (𝑚(𝑡) + 𝑟(𝑡)) − 𝑎(𝑡) ∗ (𝛼 − 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑚(𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑟(𝑡))), where 𝑎0(𝑡) = 0.362. 156 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 similarity, 𝑚(𝑡) − 𝑚(0) = 𝑙−1 (𝜉 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) ∗ (𝑚(𝑡) + 𝑟(𝑡)) − 𝜂 ∗ 𝑚(𝑡) + 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) ∗ 𝑚(𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) ∗ 𝑚(𝑡) − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑚(𝑡)), where 𝑚0(𝑡) = 0.581, and 𝑟(𝑡) − 𝑟(0) = 𝑙−1 (𝜂 ∗ 𝑚(𝑡) − 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟(𝑡) + 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) ∗ 𝑟(𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑎(𝑡) ∗ 𝑟(𝑡) − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑟(𝑡)), where 𝑟0(𝑡) = 0.057. the above equations equivalent the following equations (4-6): 𝑎𝑘+1(𝑡) = 𝑙 −1(𝛼 + 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜉 ∗ 𝐴𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜉 ∗ 𝐵𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝜇 ∗ 𝐶𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝜎 ∗ 𝐴𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝜎 ∗ 𝐵𝑘 (𝑡)), forall𝑘 ≥ 0. (4) 𝑚𝑘+1(𝑡) = 𝑙 −1(𝜉 ∗ (𝐴𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝐵𝑘 (𝑡)) − 𝜂 ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝜇 ∗ 𝐴𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝐴𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡)), for all 𝑘 ≥ 0. (5) 𝑟𝑘+1(𝑡) = 𝑙 −1(𝜂 ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝜇 ∗ 𝐵𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝐵𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡)), for all 𝑘 ≥ 0. (6) the general form of the non-linear borders 𝐴𝑘 (𝑡), 𝐵𝑘 (𝑡) and 𝐶𝑘 (𝑡) have to be: 𝐴𝑘 (𝑡) = (∑ 𝑎𝑛(𝑡) 2 𝑛=0 ) ∗ (∑ 𝑚𝑛(𝑡) 2 𝑛=0 ), for all 𝑘 = 0,1,2 (7) 𝐵𝑘 (𝑡) = (∑ 𝑎𝑛(𝑡) 2 𝑛=0 ) ∗ (∑ 𝑟𝑛 (𝑡) 2 𝑛=0 ), for all 𝑘 = 0,1,2 (8) 𝐶𝑘 (𝑡) = (∑ 𝑎𝑛 2 𝑛=0 (𝑡)), 2 for all 𝑘 = 0,1,2 (9) the non-linear borders of 𝐴0(𝑡), 𝐵0(𝑡) and 𝐶0(𝑡) as the following: 𝐴0(𝑡) = 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑚0(𝑡), 𝐵0(𝑡) = 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑟0(𝑡), 𝐶0(𝑡) = (𝑎0(𝑡)). 2 substituting for all 𝑎0(𝑡), 𝑟0(𝑡), 𝐴0(𝑡), 𝐵0(𝑡) and 𝐶0(𝑡) by eq.(4), to obtain 𝑎1(𝑡) = −0.00009881𝑡, substituting for all 𝑚0(𝑡), 𝐴0(𝑡) and 𝐵0(𝑡) by eq.(5), to find 𝑚1(𝑡) = 0.00048711𝑡, substituting for all 𝑚0(𝑡), 𝑟0(𝑡) and 𝐵0(𝑡) by eq.(6), to get 𝑟1(𝑡) = −0.00060638𝑡, now we will find 𝑎2(𝑡), 𝑚2(𝑡) and 𝑟2(𝑡). the non-linear borders of 𝐴1(𝑡), 𝐵1(𝑡) and 𝐶1(𝑡) are given in the following formula: 𝐴1(𝑡) = 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑚1(𝑡) + 𝑚0(𝑡) + 𝑎1(𝑡), 𝐵1(𝑡) = 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑟1(𝑡) + 𝑟0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑎1(𝑡), 157 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝐶1(𝑡) = 2 ∗ 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑎1(𝑡), substituting for all 𝑎1(𝑡), 𝑟1(𝑡). 𝐴1(𝑡), 𝐵1(𝑡) and 𝐶1(𝑡) by eq.(4), to obtain 𝑎2(𝑡) = 1.2117815 ∗ 10 −8𝑡2 substituting also for all 𝑚1(𝑡), 𝐴1(𝑡) and 𝐵1(𝑡) by eq.(5), to get 𝑚2(𝑡) = −0.00000403𝑡 2, substituting for all 𝑚1(𝑡), 𝑟1(𝑡)𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵1(𝑡) by eq.(6), to have 𝑟2(𝑡) = 0.00000359𝑡 2, at the same previous steps, the non-linear borders of 𝐴2(𝑡), 𝐵2(𝑡) and 𝐶2(𝑡) are given as: 𝐴2(𝑡) = 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑚2(𝑡) + 𝑎1(𝑡) ∗ 𝑚1(𝑡) + 𝑚0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑎2(𝑡), 𝐵2(𝑡) = 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑟2(𝑡) + 𝑎1(𝑡) ∗ 𝑟1(𝑡) + 𝑟0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑎2(𝑡), 𝐶2(𝑡) = 2 ∗ 𝑎0(𝑡) ∗ 𝑎2(𝑡) + (𝑎1(𝑡)) 2 , substituting for all 𝑎2(𝑡), 𝑟2(𝑡). 𝐴2(𝑡), 𝐵2(𝑡) and 𝐶2(𝑡) by eq.(4), to be 𝑎3(𝑡) = 2.55439073 ∗ 10 −11𝑡3, substituting for all 𝑚2(𝑡), 𝐴2(𝑡) and 𝐵2(𝑡) by eq.(5), to find 𝑚3(𝑡) = 1.27758808 ∗ 10 −8𝑡3, substituting for all 𝑚2(𝑡), 𝑟2(𝑡) and 𝐵2(𝑡) by eq.(6), to get 𝑟3(𝑡) = −1.42663059 ∗ 10 −8𝑡3. the adomian decomposition method assumes that the unknown functions 𝑎(𝑡), 𝑚(𝑡) and 𝑟(𝑡) that can be written by series as follows: 𝑎(𝑡) = ∑ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡), ∞ 𝑘=0 𝑚(𝑡) = ∑ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) ∞ 𝑘=0 , 𝑟(𝑡) = ∑ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡), ∞ 𝑘=0 ∑ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∞ 𝑘=0 = 𝑎1(𝑡) + 𝑎2(𝑡) + 𝑎3(𝑡) + ⋯ 𝑎(𝑡) = 0.362  − 0.00009881𝑡 + 1.21178155 ∗ 10−8𝑡2 + 2.55439073 ∗ 10−11𝑡3 + (10) ∑ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) ∞ 𝑘=1 = 𝑚1(𝑡) + 𝑚2(𝑡) + 𝑚3(𝑡) + ⋯ 𝑚(𝑡) = 0.581  + 0.00048711𝑡 − 0.00000403𝑡2 + 1.27758808 ∗ 10−8𝑡3 + (11) 158 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 ∑ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) ∞ 𝑘=1 = 𝑟1(𝑡) + 𝑟2(𝑡) + 𝑟3(𝑡) + ⋯ 𝑟(𝑡) = 0.057  − 0.00060638𝑡 + 0.00000359𝑡2 − 1.42663059 ∗ 10−8𝑡3 + (12) 𝑎(𝑡), 𝑚(𝑡) and 𝑟(𝑡) of adm results are unsettled terms. 3.2 variation iteration method the vim gives a better approximate solution by constructing a correctional functional that uses an initial function. where lagrange multiplier considers the key of the correction functional which can be specified via variation theory [14]. the nonlinear system of alcohol model under study, [12]. can be solved by using the vim with given initial condition and parameters. the correction functional of the system (1-3) becomes: 𝑎𝑘+1(𝑡) = 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) + ∫ 𝜆 (𝑎ˊ𝑘 (𝑡) − (𝛼 + 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜉 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∗ (𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝑡 0 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡)) − 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∗ (𝛼 − 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡)))) 𝑑𝑡, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑘 ≥ 0. (13) 𝑚𝑘+1(𝑡) = 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) + ∫ 𝜆 (𝑚ˊ𝑘 (𝑡) − (𝜉 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∗ (𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡)) − 𝜂 ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∗ 𝑡 0 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡))) 𝑑𝑡, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑘 ≥ 0. (14) 𝑟𝑘+1(𝑡) = 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) + ∫ 𝜆 (𝑟ˊ𝑘 (𝑡) − (𝜂 ∗ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝛽 ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) + 𝜇 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝜎 ∗ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡) ∗ 𝑡 0 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡) − 𝛼 ∗ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡))) 𝑑𝑡, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑘 ≥ 0 (15) the lagrange multiplier is 𝜆 = −1 in equations (10-12). by substituting this value in equations (10), (11) and (12). the zero borders will be: 𝑎0(𝑡) = 0.362, 𝑚0(𝑡) = 0.581, 𝑟0(𝑡) = 0.057. in equations (13-15), if we substitute (k=0), we obtain the following 𝑎1(𝑡), 𝑚1(𝑡) and 𝑟1(𝑡). 𝑎1(𝑡) = 0.362  + 0.00011927𝑡. 𝑚1(𝑡) = 0.581  + 0.00048711𝑡. 𝑟1(𝑡) = 0.057  − 0.00060638𝑡. by the same way, if we have (k=1), in equations (13-15) we get the following 𝑎2(𝑡), 𝑚2(𝑡) and 𝑟2(𝑡). 𝑎2(𝑡) = 0.362  + 0.00011927𝑡 − 0.00000147𝑡 2 + 1.30183484 ∗ 10−10𝑡3, 𝑚2(𝑡) = 0.581  + 0.00048711𝑡 − 0.00000212𝑡 2 − 1.54291666 ∗ 10−10𝑡3, 𝑟2(𝑡) = 0.057  − 0.00060638𝑡 + 0.00000359𝑡 2 + 2.41081825 ∗ 10−11𝑡3, continuing in the same manner when (k=2), we can a achieved the following 𝑎3(𝑡), 𝑚3(𝑡) and 𝑟3(𝑡). 𝑎3(𝑡) = 0.362  + 0.00011928𝑡 − 0.00000147𝑡 2 + 1.04339442 ∗ 10−8𝑡3 − 2.97475940 ∗ 10−12𝑡4 + 1.20789692 ∗ 10−14𝑡5 − 1.75446808 ∗ 10−18𝑡6 + 6.64675814 ∗ 10−23𝑡7 (16) 𝑚3(𝑡) = 0.581  + 0.00048710𝑡 − 0.00000212𝑡2 + 3.66528836 ∗ 10−9𝑡3 + 3.38204598 ∗ 10−12𝑡4 − 1.31514568 × 10−14𝑡5 + 1.82643463 ∗ 10−18𝑡6 − 6.60192260 ∗ 10−23𝑡7 (17) 159 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑟3(𝑡) = 0.057  − 0.0006064𝑡 + 0.00000359𝑡 2 − 1.40992325 ∗ 10−8𝑡3 − 4.07286579 ∗ 10−13𝑡4 + 1.07248763 ∗ 10−15𝑡5 − 7.19665484 ∗ 10−20𝑡6 − 4.48355311 ∗ 10−25𝑡7 (18) and so on, continue in order to get better approximations: 𝑎(𝑡) = lim𝑘→∞ 𝑎𝑘 (𝑡), 𝑚(𝑡) = lim𝑘→∞ 𝑚𝑘 (𝑡) and 𝑟(𝑡) = lim𝑘→∞ 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡). 4. results and discussion the analytical solutions for nonlinear alcohol consumption model in spain are analyzed and discussed in this section then listed in table 3. the predicted values of variables 𝑎(𝑡), 𝑚(𝑡) and 𝑟(𝑡) for alcohol consumption model, [12]. had been given. since the exact solution is not available for the current model, the predicted values are used to compare between the current analytic solutions of adm and vim with the predicted values [12]. in the interval (0,10) from 1997 to 2007. for comparison purpose, the corresponding absolute error of 𝑎(𝑡), 𝑚(𝑡) and 𝑟(𝑡) for adm and vim methods are shown numerically in table 4. where the absolute error in this study is the absolute value of the difference between the analytic solutions and the predicted values. moreover, the relative error of 𝑎(𝑡), 𝑚(𝑡) and 𝑟(𝑡) for adm and vim methods is also listed in table 5. which is defined as the absolute value of dividing the absolute error on the predicted values in this study. in table 4,5. the absolute and relative errors of adm for 𝑎(𝑡) have smaller values from 2003 to 2005 and 2007 than the vim, while the absolute and relative errors of adm for 𝑚(𝑡) are smaller than vim from 1999 till 2001 and 2007. for 𝑟(𝑡), the absolute and relative errors of adm in the interval (0,10) from 1997 to 2007 are oscillatory with vim errors. the figures describe the behavior of alcohol drinking habit from 1997 to 2007. figure 1a. of 𝑎(𝑡) shows the adm and vim obtained results near to some predicted values in 2001 until 2005.while figure 1b. of 𝑚(𝑡) shows the predicted values around both adm and vim obtained results. regarding to figure c. of 𝑟(𝑡), both adm and vim curves obtained results converge to the predicted values in 1999 until 2005. for figure 1a. that related to non-drink alcohol people 𝑎(𝑡), the adm curve keeps on its level from 1997 to 2007. more other, there exists a variation between them such that the vim curve is higher level than adm curve. on the other hand, both adm and vim curves of non-risk-drink alcohol people 𝑚(𝑡) have higher that appears during the ten years from 1997 till 2007 in figure 1b. figure 1c. illustrates the decrease in the risk-drink alcohol people 𝑟(𝑡) through the ten years under study for both adm and vim curves. the results are calculated by mathematica software, the figures are drawn by the magic plot program. finally, the percentage of non-drink alcohol people 𝑎(𝑡) and the risk-drink alcohol people 𝑟(𝑡) are almost decrease, but increase with the non-risk-drink alcohol people 𝑚(𝑡). table 3. analytic solutions and predicted values [12] .of alcohol consumption model (* means present result). 2007 2005 2003 2001 1999 1997 method subpop . 0.400 0.354 0.359 0.363 0.383 0.362 santonj a at. el. 𝒂(𝒕) 160 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 4. absolute error for adm and vim solutions as relative the predicted values [12]. table 5. relative error for adm and vim solutions as relative the predicted values [12]. in 2010 0.36101316 0.36121033 0.36140759 0.36160497 0.36180243 0.362 adm* 0.36305586 0.36286526 0.36266487 0.36245419 0.36223274 0.362 vim* 0.566 0.591 0.588 0.581 0.578 0.581 santonj a at al.in 2010 𝒎(𝒕) 0.58548056 0.58464529 0.58378022 0.58288472 0.58195819 0.581 adm* 0.58566309 0.58476327 0.58384724 0.58291479 0.58196578 0.581 vim* 0.034 0.055 0.053 0.056 0.039 0.057 santonj a at el. in 2010 𝒓(𝒕) 0.051281517 0.05237178 0.05348808 0.05463109 0.05580150 0.057 adm* 0.05128105 0.05237147 0.05348789 0.05463101 0.05580148 0.057 vim* 2007 2005 2003 2001 1999 absolut error subpop. 0.03898684 0.00721033 0.00240759 0.00139503 0.02119757 adm 𝒂(𝒕) 0.03694414 0.00886526 0.00366487 0.00054581 0.02076726 vim 0.01948056 0.00635471 0.00421978 0.00188472 0.00395819 adm 𝒎(𝒕) 0.01966309 0.00623673 0.00415276 0.00191479 0.00396578 vim 0.017281517 0.00262822 0.00048808 0.00136891 0.01680150 adm 𝒓(𝒕) 0.01728105 0.00262853 0.00048789 0.00136899 0.01680148 vim 2007 2005 2003 2001 1999 relative error subpop. 0.0974671 0.02036816 0.00670638 0.00384306 0.05534613 adm 𝒂(𝒕) 0.09236035 0.02504311 0.01020855 0.00150361 0.05422261 vim 0.03441795 0.01075247 0.00717649 0.00324392 0.00684808 adm 𝒎(𝒕) 0.03474044 0.01055284 0.00706252 0.00329567 0.00686121 vim 0.50827991 0.04778582 0.00920906 0.02444482 0.43080769 adm 𝒓(𝒕) 0.50826617 0.04779145 0.00920547 0.02444625 0.43080718 vim 161 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 1. variation of analytic solutions for adm and vim around predicted values [12].1 of (a) 𝑎(𝑡), (b) 𝑚(𝑡) and (c) 𝑟(𝑡) from 1997 to 2007 years. 5. conclusion the current study, the convergence of the results for the analytic methods which are adomian decomposition and variation iteration methods are examined in the nonlinear case. these methods have been known as a powerful device for solving a system of ordinary, partial differential equations or integral equations and so on. in our work, they are used for solving a system of non-linear ordinary differential equations. the behavior of unhealthy social habit which is alcohol consumption in spain are analyzed, based on the epidemiological model through ten years under study. the adm and vim methods help to analyze the effects of the unhealthy social habit of alcohol consumption. the obtained results are shown that there is increasing in alcohol consumption with nonrisk-drink consumers and declining the risk-drink consumers during the ten years under study. for the number of the non-drink consumers has a small increase with the variation iteration method and maintains its level with respect to the adomian decomposition method. the most predicted values [12]. around the adm and vim curves. other analytical methods can solve such system under study like homotopy perturbation method, homotopy analysis method and semi analytical iterative method temimi and ansari. 162 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 references 1. sánchez, e.; llorens, n.; barrio, g.; sánchez, a.; suelves, j.m. modeling of drinking behavior in spain. modelling for medicine, business and engineering.2009, 213-221, i.s.b.n.: 978-84-692-9972-2. 2. white, e.; comiskey, c. heroin epidemics, treatment and ode modelling. mathematical biosciences. 2007, 208, 1, 312-324, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mbs.2006.10.008. 3. guerrero, f.; santonja, f.j.; villanueva, r.j. analysing the spanish smoke-free legislation of 2006: a new method to quantify its impact using a dynamic model. international journal of drug policy.2011, 22, 4, 247-251, doi: 10.1016/j.drugpo.2011.05.003. 4. guerrero, f.; santonja, f.; villanueva, r. solving a model for the evolution of smoking habit in spain with homotopy analysis method. nonlinear analysis. real world applications.2013, 14, 1, 549-558, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nonrwa.2012.07.015. 5. haq, f.; shah, k.; rahman, g.ur.; shahzad, m. numerical solution of fractional order smoking model via laplace adomian decomposition method. alexandria engineering journal.2018, 57, 1061-1069, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2017.02.015. 6. mohammed, m.a.; noor, n.; ibrahim, a.; siri, z. a non-conventional hybrid numerical approach with multi-dimensional random sampling for cocaine abuse in spain. international journal of biomathematics.2018, 11, 08, 1850110, https://doi.org/10.1142/s1793524518501103. 7. sánchez, e.; villanueva, r.j.; santonja, f.j.; rubio, m. predicting cocaine consumption in spain. a mathematical modelling approach. drugs. education, prevention and policy.2011, 18, 2, 108-115, https://doi.org/10.3109/09687630903443299. 8. mohammed, m.; ibrahim, a.; siri, z.; noor, n. mean monte carlo finite difference method for random sampling of a nonlinear epidemic system. sociological methods & research. 2019, 48, 1, 34-61, https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/0049124116672683. 9. mohammed, m.a.; noor, n.f.m.; siri, z.; ibrahim, a.i.n.; numerical solution for weight reduction model due to health campaigns in spain, in aip conference proceedings.2015, aip publishing, 1-6, https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4932414. 10. santonja, f.j.; morales, a.; villanueva, r.j. analysing the effect of public health campaigns on reducing excess weight. a modelling approach for the spanish autonomous region of the community of valencia. evaluation and program planning.2012, 35, 1, 34-39, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2011.06.004. 11. fierro, i.; gonzalez, l.j.c.; sequi, g.m.; alvarez, f.j. alcohol and drug use by spanish drivers. comparison of two cross-sectional road-side surveys (2008–9/2013). international journal of drug policy.2015, 26, 8, 794-797, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.drugpo.2015.04.021. 12. santonja, f.j.; sánchez, e.; rubio, m.; morera, j.l. alcohol consumption in spain and its economic cost. a mathematical modeling approach. mathematical and computer modelling.2010, 52, 7-8, 999-1003, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcm.2010.02.029. 13. adomian, g.; rach, r. on the solution of algebraic equations by the decomposition method. journal of mathematical analysis and applications.1985, 105, 1, 141-166, https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247x(85)90102-7. 14. wazwaz, a.m. partial differential equations and solitary waves theory; 1st ed; publishing springer science & business media.2010, issn 1867-8440. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2017.02.015 https://doi.org/10.1142/s1793524518501103 163 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 15. abbasbandy, s. improving newton–raphson method for nonlinear equations by modified adomian decomposition method. applied mathematics and computation. 2003, 145, 2-3, 887-893, doi:10.1016/s0096-3003(03)00282-0. 16. abbasbandy, s. numerical solutions of the integral equations: homotopy perturbation method and adomian’s decomposition method. applied mathematics and computation. 2006, 173, 1, 493-500, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2005.04.077. 17. chun, c. construction of newton-like iteration methods for solving nonlinear equations. numerische mathematik.2006, 104, 3, 297-315. 18. noor, m.a.; noor, k.i. improved iterative methods for solving nonlinear equations. applied mathematics and computation. 2007, 184, 2, 270-275, https://doi.org/10.1016/s0096-3003(97)10060-1. 19. adomian, g. nonlinear stochastic differential equations. journal of mathematical analysis and applications. 1976, 55, 2, 441-452, https://doi.org/10.1515/ijnsns.2006.7.1.27. 20. biazar, j.; babolian, e.; islam, r. solution of the system of ordinary differential equations by adomian decomposition method. applied mathematics and computation. 2004, 147, 3, 713-719, https://doi.org/10.1016/s0096-3003(02)00806-8. 21. biazar, j. solution of the epidemic model by adomian decomposition method. applied mathematics and computation.2006, 173, 2, 1101-1106, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2005.04.036. 22. makinde, o.d. adomian decomposition approach to a sir epidemic model with constant vaccination strategy. applied mathematics and computation.2007, 184, 2, 842-848, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2006.06.074. 23. biazar, j. solution of systems of integral–differential equations by adomian decomposition method. applied mathematics and computation.2005, 168, 2, 12321238, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2004.10.015 24. tawfiq, l.n.; hussein, r.w. efficient semi-analytic technique for solving nonlinear singular initial value problems. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2014, 27, 3, 513-522, 25. ateea, a.k. approximate solution for fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order using adomian decomposition method. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 30, 2, 202-213. 26. razzaq, e.a.l.a.; yassein, s.m. analytic solutions for integro-differential inequalities using modified adomian decomposition method. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 30, 1, 177-191. 27. he, j.h. variational iteration method–a kind of non-linear analytical technique. some examples. international journal of non-linear mechanics.1999, 34, 4, 699-708, https://doi.org/10.1016/s0020-7462(98)00048-1. 28. he, j. a new approach to nonlinear partial differential equations. communications in nonlinear science and numerical simulation. 1997, 2, 4, 230-235, https://doi.org/10.1016/s1007-5704(97)90007-1. 29. he, j.h. variational iteration method for autonomous ordinary differential systems. applied mathematics and computation. 2000, 114, 2-3, 115-123, https://doi.org/10.1016/s0096-3003(99)00104-6. 30. odibat, ζ.; momani, s. application of variational iteration method to nonlinear differential equations of fractional order. international journal of nonlinear sciences and numerical simulation.2006, 7, 1, 27-34, https://doi.org/10.1515/ijnsns.2006.7.1.27. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00963003/168/2 164 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 31. davoren, m.p.; demant, j.; shiely, f.; perry, i.j. alcohol consumption among university students in ireland and the united kingdom from 2002 to 2014: a systematic review. bmc public health.2016, 16, 1, 173-185, https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-0162843-1. 32. gómez, p.; moure-rodríguez, l.; lópez-caneda, e.; rial, a.; cadaveira, f.; caamaño-isorna, f. patterns of alcohol consumption in spanish university alumni: nine years of follow-up. frontiers in psychology.2017, 8, 756. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00756. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-016-2843-1 https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-016-2843-1 https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00756 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the effect of leptin hormone levels in type( ii) diabetic nephropathy patients n. t. taher national diabete s center (nds), unive rsity of al-mustansriya. abstract ty p e 2 diabetes nep hrop athy comp lication is one of the most commonest metabolic disorders that becomes an advanced serum level of hormone altered. the objective is to st udy the effect of lep tin levels in ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy (d.n) comp lication and healthy subject. this st udy was done in national diabetes center (ndc), al-m ust ansriya university ;on a total (64) individuals whase age were ranged from(45-60) y ears,of which (38) p atients of ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy , and (26) healthy ( controls). the collected data ,information concerning the individuals used in the p resent st udy were: age, sex , body mass index (bm i) and blood samp les to estimate serum leptin levels , fasting p lasma glugcose (fpg) , glycated hemoglobin (hba1c), serum creatinine, blood urea , and micral tests (urinary to microalbumine to creatinine ratio). the mean fpg, hba1c and m icral tests of ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy (d.n) showed st atist ical significant with healthy control ;on the other hard the data shows significant increases in lep tin level in ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy (d.n) ( urinary microalbumin to creatnin ratio ranged 30-300 mg/g) comp ared with healthy control. no significant correlation was p resent between serum lep tin and both serum creatinine and blood urea ,so there wasn’t any correlation between bm i and serum lep tin levels .in conclusion the results showed that serum lep tin level was elevated in ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy (d.n) because imp aired increase with p rogression of renal disease in diabetic nephrop athy . introduction ty p e 2 diabetes mellitus: called non insulin depended diabetes mellitus (niddm ) accounts for 90% of the p op ulation with diabetes in this ty p e. there are varying degrees of insulin resistance or insulin secretary defects (1). complication of diabetes occurs after many y ears of uncontrolled hy p erglycemia (2).the consequences of diabetes are nephrop athic disease ,which lead to chronic renal failure (crf)(3). diabetic nep hrop athy (d.n) is a p rogressive kidney disease caused by angiopathy of cap illaries in the kidney glomeruli .it is characterized by nephrotic sy ndrome and long st anding diabetes mellitus and is a p rimary cause for dialysis in many west ern countries(4). in diabetic nephrop athy measurement microalbuminuria test results may aid clinicians in the detection of p atient at risk of developing kidney damage (5,6) . lep tin is a 16kd p rotein hormone of 167 amino acids which p lay s a key role in regulation food intake and energy exp enditure , including the regulation of app etite and increase of metabolism (7,8). human kidney p lay s a substantial role in lep tin removal from p lasma by taking up and degrading the p eptide . renal lep tin net balance and urinary lep tin execretion were detected by lineweaver-burk analysis . this analysis indicated that renal lep tin up take followed saturation kinetics with an app arent m ichaelis-m enten constant of 10.9 ng/ml . renal lep tin up take could be 80% of all lep tin removal from p lasma , generally lep tin was undetectable in urine(9) about 20-30% of p atients with ty p e1 or ty p e2 diabetes develop evidence of nephrop athy , and such p atients currently st arting of dialysis (10). furt hermore, hy p erglycemia also activate p rotein kinase c, may contribute to renal diseases and vascular comp lications of diabetes (9), and also familiar or genetic factor p lay s a role in diabetic ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 nephrop athy (3) .in addition p reviously described direct and indirect effects of lep tin on the kidney include natriuretic effects ,an increase in sy mpathetic nervous activity , and st imulation of reactive oxy gen sp ecies . these findings collectively suggest that the kidney is a target organ for lep tin and that this hormone might p lay an imp ortant role in renal p athop hy siology (11). materials and method this st udy was carried out in national diabetes center (ndc), al m ust ansiriy a university ; on a total (64) individuals ,(30 females and 34 males) aged (45-60) y ears .thirty eight p atients ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athic (urinary microalbumin to creatinine ratio was range 30-300 mg/g) , (26) healthy controls . data collection about age , sex and body mass index(bm i). blood samples from the individuals were taken for laboratory invest igation: which included , fast ing plasma glucose (fpg) , gly cated hemoglobin (hba1c) , blood urea , serum creatinine and determination lep tin level in serum ; (dgr instruments gmbh , germany ,elisa kit)(12), and m icral tests ; sup p lied by bayer healthy care, v.s.a(13). analysis of data was carried out by using spss(st atist ical p ackage for social sciences). re sults and discussion a total of 64 individuals(38 p atients and 26 control) were examined successfully without any healthy p roblems . diabetes is the most common cause of renal failure, and there is an account for more than 40 p ercent of new cases who have develop ment of kidney p roblems in people with diabetes (14). lep tin hormone ,which is secreted from adipocytes has a role in the regulation of ap p etite and energy exp enditure.this p rotein is p roduced by adip ocrine , p ancreas and other organs by activating the transmembranc receptor and is cleared from p lasma mainly by the kidney (15).the results showed that the serum lep tin levels in the ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy (urinary microalbumin to creatinin ratio 30-300 mg/g) significantly were higher p < 0.05 (table-1) compared with healthy controls and this result agrees with chanwb et al.(17)and fruehwared-schultes et al.(16) ,they found significant elevated levels of serum lep tin in ty p e 2 diabetes nep hrop athy (d.n) comp ared with non diabetic controls .the human kidney p lay s a substantial role in lep tin removal from the p lasma by absorp ing and degrading the p eptide (18). increasing albumin level in urin (microalbuminuria) is considered as key characterist ics of diabetic nep hrop athy (16).table(2) showed that there was a significant p ositive correlation of fpg , hba1c p <0.05 in ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy (d.n) comp ared with healthy control subjects, serum lep tin level did not correlate with fpg and hba1c (r =0.343, r=0.315) resp ectively (table-3),these results agreed with fu-m e chung et al. (19) . he found that t here was no correlation between lep tin level and fpg, hba1c, which indicate that lep tin is not affected by the degree of glycemic control ,while pist rosh et al. (20) found that p atients with ty p e 2 diabetes had high levels of fbg and hba1c, comp ared with healthy control .such increase may be due to insulin resistance in ty p e 2 diabetic nephrop athy p atients in which lep tin reduces insulin secretion and enhances hematop iesis (21).there was a significant p ositive correlation of bm i in ty p e 2 diabetic nephrop athy comp ared with control p <0.05 (t able-2) but there wasn’t any significant correlation between bm i and lep tin level in ty p e 2 diabetic nephrop athy as shown in(table-3) . this correlation may be exp lained by the p resence of additional factor which would increase the imp aired degradation by the affected kidney (22) . hy p erliptenimia may p lay a role in the decreased bm i (anorexia and malnutrition) that usually accomp anied chronic renal failure. furt hermore , there were no significant correlation between serum creatinine and blood urea levels with serum leptin levels in ty p e 2 diabetic nephrop athy (19) , but both creatinine and urea levels increase in ty p e 2 diabetes; this may be due to renal imp airment in ty p e 2 diabetic nephrop athy (23) . in conclusion the results showed that serum leptin level was elevated in ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 ty p e 2 diabetes nephrop athy (d.n) because imp aired would increase with the p rogression of renal disease in diabetic nephrop athy . re ferences 1. bishop , m . l .; duben, e. j. and fody , e. p. ( 2000),clinical chemist ry , forth eddition.,p.220. 2. shichiri, m .; kishikawa, h.; oct kutooy ,nake ,n. ( 2000), diabetes.diabetes care ., 23(2):.21-29 . 3. sandeep ,s .; soman ,m .d.; m bbs.;anjana,s. dnb. ( 2006), diabetes nep hrop athy m edicin . august ., 509(4):521-542. 4. diabetic nep hrop athy -wikipedia, the free ency clop edia,1. ( 2007): [internet article]. 5. m ogensen ,c. e. (1984,). n. eng . j. m ed ., 310: 356-360. 6. m ogensen, c.e.;keane,w.f.;bennett ,p.h.;jerums,g.and parving,h.h (1995),.lancet., 346:1080-1085 . 7. jeffrey, m .f. and jeffrey,l.h. (1998), nature, 395:763-770. 8. yang ,j.; zhao, x.q.; guo,s.c.; wang, d.p.; cao,j.h.; li,h.g. and qi, d.l. ( 2006).j. biochemical and biop hy sical research communication, 345(4):1405-1413 . 9. christian ,m .; dare, r.; smonsen,e.;amtssvgehuset,f.;frommann,n.; streit,m . haghigh at,r. ( 1997),. am . j. phy siol endocrinol m etab., 273(5):903-907 . 10. lewis, e.j; hunsiker, l.g.; clarke, w.r.; berl, t.p. ohi, m .a. (2001).n . eng . j. m ed., 345:860-891. 11.wolf ,g.and ziyadeh,f.n. (2006). lep tin and renal fibrosis .contrib nep hrolp ubmed result, schuilly university .,151:83-175. 12. guillaume, m . bjorntop , p. ( 1996) .horm. m etab. res , 28(573):581 . 13. pugia, m .j.; lott ,j.a.;clark,l.w.;parker,d.r,wallace,j.f.and willis,t.w.( 1997) ,. eur . j .clin . chem . biochem., 35(9):693-700 . 14. jwatt kin, p.; tay istock,s.;hansonn ,l.;zanchett i, a.and garruthers,g.s . ( 1998), abc of diabetes forth edition . bm j publishing group . 15. chabava,v.; tesar, v.; persuicova, j.; zima,t.and zabka, j. (1999). caas lek cest , 128(15): 80-465 . 16. fried wald ,w.t.; levy , r. j.; fredrickson , d .s .;furnkawa,s.; fujita,t.; shimabukuro,m .; pitrobelli,a.; lee,r.c.;capristo,e.and deckelbaum,r.j (1972) .clin.chem,18:499 . 17. chan,w.b.; m a, r.c.w.; chan, n.n.; ng, m .c; lee, z.s.k.;lai, c.w.k.; tong, p.c.y.;so,w.y.and chan, j.c.n. ( 2004), diabetes rec clin,64(2) :93-8. 18. m eyer, c.; robson, d.and racksky ,n.(1997), am . j . phy siol ., 263: 903-907 . 19. fu-m ei chung, m .s.; jack, c.;tsai,r.;m d.;dao-m ing chang.m .d.; shy i-jang shin,m .d.and yan-jiunn lee.( 2005). diabetes care , 28:1710-1717 . 20. frank pist rosch .; kay herbring .; beate kindel.,jens passauer.and peter gross. (2005),. diabetes , 54: 2206-2211 . 21. dafni –kalliop.; pap afrakaki.; george to llis.;( 2005), obesity and renal disease : a p ossible role of leptin hormone, 4(2):90-95 . 22. ostland , j.r.; yang, j. w.; klin, s. and gingerich ,r.(1996). m etab, 81: 3909-3913 . 23. philp, m .h ;( 2006).diabetes sp ectrum , 19:18-24 . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table(1) :se rum leptin levels in type 2 di abetic nephropathy and control table(2) :the mean of bmi, fbg, and hbaic in type 2 diabetes ne phropathy (d.n)and controls type 2 (d .n) n=38 control n=26 28.99+6.69 25.01+3.40 bmi (kg/m) 177.62+50.20 77.19+2.25 fpg mg/dl)( 9.23+2.48 4.18+0.12 hbaic (%) table(3) :the correl ation coefficient (r) between bmi ,fpg, and hba1c with serum leptin levels (control & diabetic nephropathy) type 2 (d.n ) control 20.18+4.40 10.60+3.17 leptin (ng\ml) type 2 (d.n) control leptin (ng/ml) leptin (ng/ml) 0.392 0.380 r bmi 0.120 0.055 p 0.343 0.259 r fbg 0.101 0.201 p 0.315 0.256 r hba1c 0.164 0.207 p 2009) 3( 22والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة تأثیر مستوى هرمون اللبتین لدى مرضى السكري النوع الثاني والمصاحب باعتالل الكلى نور ثائر طاھر المركز الوطني السكري ، الجامعة المستنصریة الخالصة غیـر ةالذي یعـزى الـى عملیـات ایضـی ةداء السكري النوع الثاني والمصاحب باعتالل الكلى من االمراض الشائع دیع النـوع (تـم درس تـاثیر مسـتوى هرمـون اللبتـین عنـد مرضـى السـكري .محدث تغیرات في مستویات معظـم الهرمونـات ةطبیعی تراوحــت ، فــردا) 64(علــى ةریـت الدراســاذ اج، االخــرى ةكریوالمصــاحب بــاعتالل الكلــى ومـدى عالقتــه بالمعاییرالســ) الثـاني ) 26(و ،یعـانون مــن مـرض الســكري النـوع الثــاني والمصـاحب بــاعتالل الكلــى "امریضــ) 38(، ةسـن) 60-45(اعمـارهم بــین ،والجـنس ،بـالعمر ةالمعلومـات الخاصـ تجمعـ و. ةالمستنصـری ةالجامع -من االصحاء في المركز الوطني السكري "اشخص والیوریـا ،والهیموغلـوبین المتسـكر، واخـذت العینـات لغـرض قیـاس مسـتوى هرمـون اللبتـین وقیـاس الكلوكـوز ،الجسـم ةومعدل كتل فـي ةاحصـائی ةبینـت النتـائج وجـود قیمـ) . االلبـومین الـى الكریـاتنین فـي البـول ةنسب(س فحص مكرل ین وكذلك قیوالكریاتن، وفحص مكرل عند مرضى السكري،سكروالهیموغلوبین المت،فحص السكر الصائم ارتفـاع مســتوى اللبتــین عنــد ةوكـذلك بینــت الدراســ، االصــحاء ةمـع مجموعــ ةالنـوع الثــاني والمصــاحب بـاعتالل الكلــى مقارنــ -30االلبومین الى الكریـاتنین فـي البـول تتـراوح بـین ةنسب(مرضى السكري النوع الثاني المصاحب باعتالل الكلى التي كانت مــع االصــحاء كـذلك عــدم وجــود عالقـه ترابطیــه بــین مسـتوى اللبتــین وكــل مـن مســتوى الكریــاتنین ةمقارنـ) غــم/ملغـم 300 .بین معدل كتله الجسم ومستوى اللبتین ةترابطی ةولم یالحظ وجود عالق،والیوریا في مصل الدم اني والمصـاحب بـاعتالل الكلـى نتیجـه ان مستوى هرمون اللبتـین یرتفـع عنـد مرضـى السـكري النـوع الثـ ةنستنتج من هذه الدراس .والتحلیل عند مرضى السكري ةضعف الكلى تدریجیا على التجزئل 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد والسالبة االبكتری جداربین الخصائص السطحیة دراسة اختالف لصبغة كرام الموجبة لمى عبد الهادي زوین معة بغدادكلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ،جا،قسم علوم الحیاة 2011 كانون الثاني 2 :استلم البحث في 2011 ذارآ 23 :قبل البحث في الخالصة و ، escherichia coli لجدار بكتریا للماء الخاصیة الراهبةو تضمنت الدراسة تقدیر الشحنات السالبة klebsiella aerogenes ، وproteus spp ، وbacillus cereus ، وstaphyloco ccus epidermidis ، و staphylco ccus aureus( 1) ، وstaphylco ccus aureus( 2) بطریقةhy drop hobic interaction – chromatogr aphy وhy drocarbon adherence واشارت النتائج الى امتالك البكتریا السالبة لصبغة كرام شحنات سالبة واتضح انم 37درجة حرارة فيساعة 18مدة عند تنمیتها على الوسط الغذائي الصلب ا الموجبة لصبغة كراماكثر من البكتری ولوحظ proteus sppوبكتریا، klebsiella aerogenes، من بكتریاتمتلك من الشحنات السالبة اعلى e. coliبكتریا staphylococcus epidermdisیا الموجبة لصبغة كرام وكانت بكتریا للماء للبكتر الخاصیة الراهبةمن النتائج ایضًا ارتفاع staphylococcusاكثر من aureus (1) ، وbacillus cereus ،وstaphyloco ccus aureus (2) النتائج واظهرت من الوسط المغذي للماء في البكتریا قید االختبار عند تنمیتها في الوسط الزرعي المغذي السائل بدالً الخاصیة الراهبةتغیر .ساعة 48عند حضنها مدة بورات سللماء في البكتریا المكونة للكبسولة وال الخاصیة الراهبةت ضفي حین انخف ،الصلب ة ، للماء الخاصیة الراهبة،نوع الوسط الزرعي،نوع البكتریا : یةحالكلمات المفتا الشحنات السالب ihjpas 2011) 3( 24یقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطب المقدمة اتاذ تبدأ باالنتشار الى الخالیا واالنسجة المجاورة واحداث التهاب ، لعدید من االمراضلتعد البكتریا المسبب الرئیس السنین الماضیة على ت العدید من الدراسات على مدى عشرات بنصامن عوامل الضراوة لذلك امتالكها عددالوذلك [1]عدیدة الباحثینبعض بالمعنى نفسه منالمصطلحان عوامل االمراضیة او عوامل الضراوة عملاذ یست ،فهم الیة ضراوة هذه الجراثیم pاالخر یعرف االمراضیة بعضهمولكن athogenicity اما عوامل الضراوة . قدرة البكتریا على احداث المرض بانها virulence factors منها عدیدة ضراوة البكتریا عوامل وتمتلك [2]البكتریا ه بسبتبانها قیاس درجة المرض الذي عرفتف lipالمتعددة الدهنیةوالسكریات fimbriae الشعیراتو ، capsuleالكبسولة op oly saccharide وغیرها وهذه العوامل تمكن اذ یحصل االلتصاق السطحي بین مستقبل ، المرضالخطوة االولى في احداث وهيالبكتریا من االلتصاق بخالیا المضیف spمتخصص ecific مادة رابطة عبركاربوهیدراتي ما یكون ذا تركیبعلى غشاء خالیا الحیوانات اللبونة الذي عادة ligands بروتینیة التركیب موجودة على سطح الخالیا البكتیریة ویساعد هذا االلتصاق النوعي المتخصص في حصول عملیة hyللماء الراهبة صابة كما توجد خصائص غیر نوعیة للسطح مثل الخاصیةاال drop hobic [3]تساهم في عملیة االلتصاق ومقدار الشحنات السالبة الموجودة على للماء الراهبة اهتم الكثیرمن الباحثین بدراسة بعض العوامل التي تؤثر في الخاصیة دوق اذ لوحظ ان ، تختلف من بكتریا الى اخرى اعتمادًا على عوامل ضراوتها اصیةلخهذه االى ان [4]اذ اشار ،سطح البكتریا ، حتواء االول على الكبسولة فضًال عن لزوجتهاال s. epidermidisتختلف في هذه الخاصیة عن بكتریا s. aureusبكتریا كما اشار الى . یزید من قابلیتها على االلتصاق مما للماء الراهبةعالقة طردیة بین لزوجة البكتریا والخاصیة وجوداذ اشار الى منتجة للـ ال غیر للماء عن بكتریا لراهبةاخاصیتها تختلف في coagulaseالمنتجة النزیم الـ s. aureusان بكتریا coagulase عاملة البكتریا للماء، وان م الراهبةدورًا مهمًا في اختالف الخاصیة اطوار نمو البكتریالوقد اشار ایضا الى ان الى ان [6]في حین اشار .[5]یقلل من التصاق البكتریا بالمضیف من ثمللماء و لراهبةابالمضادات الحیویة یقلل من الخاصیة pمعاملة البكتریا ببعض انزیمات البروتیزات roteases فقد اشار الى وجود عالقة في [7]اما .للماء الخاصیة الراهبةتقلل من الى ان عملیة االلتصاق البكتریا بسطح [8]وهذا ما اشار الیه ایضًا للماءالراهبة ا على االلتصاق وخصائصه قدرة البكتری .للماء وال تعتمد على الشحنات السالبة الخاصیة الراهبةالمضیف تعتمد على بعض في الحضن مدةو على تاثیر نوع البكتریا ونوع الوسط الزرعي تسلیط الضوء هو الدراسة الحالیة كان هدفلذلك .للماء الكارهالخصائص السطحیة لجدار البكتریا التي شملت الشحنات السالبة والصفة طرائق العمل تحضیر العالق البكتیري -1 جامعة / مركز التقانة االحیائیة مصادر مختلفة من من معزولة وهي تم الحصول على المزارع البكتیریة ةلیالمجاري البو من escherichia coli ،وklebsiella aerogenesa و ،spp proteus هيو النهرین epidermidis staphylocoو ، الغذاء نم bacillus cereusو ccuو،st ap hy lococcus aureus(1) من staphylocoو عین،ال ccus aureus(2) غذي الصلب وسط المالفي البكتریا كل من ونمیت البراز منnut rient agar 6.8اس هیدروجیني يغسلت بمحلول فوسفات البوتاسیوم الدارئ ذثم ساعة 18لمدة م 37بدرجة حرارة ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد محلول دقیقة واهمل الرائق واضیف للراسب 15دقیقة مدة /دورة 2000في جهاز الطرد المركزي بسرعة المحلول وضعو دد بكتیري مقداره saline solutionالملحي الفسیولوجي 10× 1للحصول على ع 7 قورنت كثافة نموها مع اذ ،مل/خلیة [9] )الندفر كم( محلول ثابت العكرة القیاسي nutفي حین لقح الوسط المغذي السائل rient broth 18مدة م 37وحضنت بدرجة حرارة تیریة بالعزالت البك دقیقة واهمل الرائق واضیف للراسب محلول 15دقیقة مدة /دورة 2000ساعة ثم وضعت في جهاز الطرد المركزي بسرعة 10× 1للحصول على عدد بكتیري مقداره الملحي الفسیولوجي 7 مل/خلیة للماء الخاصیة الراهبةقیاس -2 hyال طریقة اتبعت drocarbon adherence االتي ذكره dickson وkoohmaraie [10] مل 4اضیف ،اذ 10× 1(من عالق البكتریا 7 اس هیدروجیني يذ مل من محلول فوسفات البوتاسیوم الدارئ 4و في انبوب اختبار )مل/خلیة xyمل من الزایلین 1و 6.8 lene دقیقة باستخدام 15حریك الخلیط لمدة ثم جرى ت م37دقائق بدرجة 10وترك الخلیط مدة magentic stالخالط المغناطیسي irrer لتقدیر المائیة طبقةال فصلتثم م37دقیقة بدرجة حرارة 30حضن مدة و العالق عملنانومتر واست 540االمتصاص الضوئي للطبقة المائیة على طول موجي بقیاسللماء الراهبة الخاصیة سیطرة محلولبدل الزایلین saline solution الفسیولوجي الملحي لومحلو ،فوسفات البوتاسیوم دارئ ولومحل ،البكتیري (blank). قیاس الشحنات السالبة -3 hy اتبعت طریقة الـ drop hobic interaction chromatography التي ذكرهاchung اذ [11]واخرون ثم 6.8ذو اس هیدروجیني فوسفات البوتاسیوم دارئ بمحلول sigmaالمجهز من شركة dowex-2علقت حبیبات الدواكس past رشح وعبئ الهالم في ماصة باستور or p ip ette دارئ ملم وجرت موازنه العمود بمحلول 85×5بابعاد آلیعطي هالم 10× 1(مل من عالق البكتیري 0.1فوسفات البوتاسیوم ثم امرر 7 العمود واستردت االجزاء بمحلول الموازنة على ) مل/خلیة هدون امرار من العالق البكتیري عملواست نانومتر 540طولها وقیس االمتصاص الضوئي لها على موجة) مل 5( ، بالعمود .(blank)سیطرة محلول :االتیةحسب المعادالت للماء الراهبةالخاصیة و الشحنات السالبة جرى حساب ة لمحول المعاملة قراءةاالمتصاصی ne gative charge = %ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـ ـــ ـــــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ 100× ــ ة قراءة االمتصاصیة لمحلول السیطر قراءة االمتصاصیة لمحلول المعاملة رةالسیط قراءة االمتصاصیة لمحلول hydrophobic = % ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ ـــــ ـــ 100× ـــــ اصیة لمحلول السیطرةقراءة االمتص ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد والمناقشة النتائج لتحدید (anion)الشحنة السالبة يذ الحامضي dowex-2المبادل االیوني عمالاستاظهرت الدراسة الحالیة عند ان القیم العالیة ) 1(الجدول من تبین، قید االختبار عملةى السطح الخارجي للبكتریا المستكمیة الشحنات السالبة الموجودة عل مادة دلیل على خروج البكتریا وعدم ارتباطها بالمبادل االیوني المتالكها الللنسبة المئویة للخالیا البكتیریا بعد امرارها على من ثمو ةالبكتریا شحنات سالبة قلیل امتالكفیما یشیر انخفاض القیم . الشحنات السالبة العالیة والمشابهة لشحنة المبادل ول امتالك البكتریا الموجبة دتمكن البكتریا من االرتباط بالمبادل االیوني وقد اظهرت النتائج المشار الیها في الج عدم احتمالیة القل كانت ا b. cereusم اذ یالحظ ان بكتریا لصبغة كرام شحنات سالبة قلیلة عند مقارنتها مع البكتریا السالبة لصبغة كرا اظهرت فاما البكتریا السالبة لصبغة كرام s .aureus (2)و s. aureus (1)و s .epidermidis بالشحنات السالبة ثم بكتریا kبكتریا ثم ،%) 95(بلغتشحنة سالبة اعلى هي التي امتلكت e-coliكانت بكتریا امتالكها شحنات سالبة عالیة والنتائج .aerogenes، وبكتریاp. spp فیشیر الى الفة البكتریا ) 2(اما الجدول رقم على التوالي %)83.2و % 91.3(وكانت xyللطور المائي وطور المذیب العضوي lene الخاصیة اذ ان ارتفاع ،للماء للسطح البكتریا الخاصیة الراهبةاعتمادًا على اذ یبین الجدول وجود اختالفات في سطح البكتریا من حیث ،االختبار یجعلها اقل الفة للطور المائي للماء للبكتریا قید الراهبة .sو ،e. coliو ، p. sppثم بكتریا ،للطور المائي هي االكثر الفة k.aerogenesللماء فكانت بكتریا الخاصیة الراهبة aureus(2) ، و b. cereus، وs. epidermidis ، و s.aureus(1 ) على التوالي . الوسط المغذي السائل بدًال من عمالاستبللماء الخاصیة الراهبةفیوضح تأثیر مكونات الوسط على ) 3(جدول رقم ویوضح للماء لبعض انواع البكتریا الخاصیة الراهبةاذ یالحظ حصول تغییر في ،الوسط المغذي الصلب في تنمیة البكتریا قید االختبار على التوالي% 57.6و% 39.3و % 27.1اذ بلغت e. coli و k. aerogenesو p .sppالسالبة لصبغة كرام سیماالو في انخفاض اذ یالحظ من الجدول حصول ،للماء الخاصیة الراهبةالبكتریا في حضن مدةتاثیر ) 4(في حین یبین الجدول اكثر الفة للطور ساعة 48عند حضنها مدة المكونة للكبسولة k.aerogenesاذ كانت البكتریا ،للماء الخاصیة الراهبة ولوحظ ان %) 61.7لتي بلغتا(ساعة 18الحضن مدة من% ) 42.7للماء الخاصیة الراهبةاذ بلغت ( المائي لغت اذ ب( ساعة 18ساعة عن 48عند حضنها مدة المكونة للسبورات كانت اكثر الفة للطور المائي أیضاb.cereusالبكتریا . على التوالي )%93.5و 71.7% اعتماداللماء الخاصیة الراهبةالشحنات السالبة على سطح البكتریا و في نسبةاختالفات واضحة یتضح وجودمن النتائج السابقة السالبة اذ لوحظ ان بكتریا ،الذي نمت علیها البكتریاونوعه الوسط الغذائي وتركیبةعلى نوع البكتریا وطبیعة جدارها الخلوي حیث من في حین كان هناك اختالف ایضًا ما بین انواع البكتریا السالبة . لصبغة كرام كانت االكثر امتالك للشحنات السالبة [12]فقد اشار من بكتریا الى بكتریا) lps( السكریات المتعددة الدهنیةتركیب الختالف وذلك للشحنات السالبة امتالكها التي تعزى كاربوهیدراتیةاعتمادا على طول السلسلة ال البكتیریة السالالتختلف ما بین ت ات المتعددة الدهنیةالسكری ان الى قصیر سكریات متعددةالتي تمتلك vibrio choleraان بكتریا [13]للماء فقد وجد الخاصیة الراهبةالشحنات السالبة و اهیلا للماء اكثر من السالالت الحاویة على سالسل سكریة الخاصیة الراهبةتمتاز ب (shorter polysaccharide chain)السلسلة التي تمتلك ان البكتریا [12]وقد بین salmonella typhimuriumما یتعلق بالبكتریا یفنفسه [11]طویلة وهو ما اشار الیه السكریات ان الى [14]ي حین اشار قابلیة االلتصاق في انسجة المضیف بشكل كبیر جدًا ف الهطویلة سكریات متعددة المحبة للماء في حین تزید االسواط من اصیةزید من الخت المتعددة الدهنیة ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تریا السالبة لصبغة كرام تمتلك شحنات البك ان الى فقد اشار [10] اما. [15] هما جاء بللماء وهذا یتفق مع الخاصیة الراهبة كانت غیر محبة للطور المائي على التوالي في حین s.epidermidis و s .aureusوان بكتریا ،سالبة اكثر من الموجبة البكتریا امتالك اعاله ولوحظ من النتائج.محبة للطور المائي على التوالي e.coliو s . typhiو p. aeruginosaكانت للماء في البكتریا الموجبة الخاصیة الراهبةاما زیادة [12] .مشابهة لما ذكره فة للطور المائي وهذه النتائجاللاكرام بة لصبغةالسال الخاصیة اذ اشار الى ان زیادة االسواط یزید من ،د یعود الى احتوائها على االسواطذلك الى انه ق [16]لصبغة كرام فقد فسر اذ وجد ان ،للماء یزید من قدرة البكتریا على االلتصاق بالمضیف الخاصیة الراهبةدة افقد اشار الى ان زی [7]اما .للماء الراهبة ي حین لم غیر المحبة للطور المائي لها قدرة عالیة على االلتصاق بالخالیا الطالئیة ف streptococcusبعض سالالت بكتریا staphylocoتریا یالحظ تلك العالقة مع بك ccus . للماء لبعض الخاصیة الراهبةكذلك لوحظ من النتائج حدوث تغیر في و وهي البكتریا بالوسط الزرعي بسبب تأثر سطحانواع البكتریا عند تنمیتها في وسط زرعي سائل بدًال من الوسط الزرعي الصلب الخاصیة الراهبةصلب یزید من غذائي میة البكتریا في وسطنت ان الى[18]في حین اشار [17] نتیجة مماثلة لما ورد في الخاصیة راوة مثل الكبسولة فقد لوحظ من النتائج ان وجود الكبسولة یعمل على انخفاض ضاما تأثیر بعض عوامل ال .للماء الذي اشار الى ان ازالة الكبسولة [7] وتتوافق هذة النتیجة مع نتائجللماء الراهبة الخاصیة الراهبةیزید من neuraminidaseبمعاملتها بانزیم streptococciفي بكتریا neuraminic acidالمكونة من في حین منها تحدٌ للماء مما الخاصیة الراهبةحاجز یحیط بالبروتینات المسؤولة عن عملالكبسولة تعمل ذلك الن للماء كبسولة الكبسولة والبكتریا الحاویة على الللماء بین البكتریا الحاویة على الخاصیة الراهبةوجود اختالفات في 20] و [ 19الحظ وذلك قد یعود الى تأثیر ایضاً للماء الخاصیة الراهبةفي بكتریا یقلل من وجودهاتأثیر السبورات فقد وجد ان اما . سواطاالو للوغارتمي محبة للماء في الطور ا اصیةالى ان البكتریا تمتلك خ [12]اطوار النمو في خصائص السطحیة للبكتریا فقد اشار .وغشائها البالزمي البكتریافي جدار التي تتكون السالسل السكریة بسبببات ثاكثر من طور ال المصادر 1-gemski, p. j. and formal, s. b. (1995). shigellosis: an invasive infection, of gastrointest inal tract. pp . 165-169. in schlesin ger. d. (ed). m icrobiolo g 1995 am erican society for microbio logy . washington, d. c. 2-podschum, r. and ultmann, u. (1998). klebsiella spp as nosocomial pathogens epidemio logy , 603-) :589(411 m icrobial review taxonomy typing methods and p athogen factors. clin. 3-greenwood, d.; slack, r. and peuthere, j. (1997). m edical m icrobiology . fifteenth ed. new york. 64-65. 4-reifst eck, f.; wee, s. and wilkinson, b. j. (1987). hy drop hobicity – hy drop hilicity of staphy lococci. j. m ed. m icrobiol. 24: 65-73. 5-kustos, t. ; kustos, i; kilar, f; rappa:,g. and koccis, b. (2003). effect of antibiotics on cell surface hy drop hobicity of bacterial causin g orthop edic wound infection. chemotherap y . 49: 237-242. 6-kim, h. n.; honr, y. ; lee, i.; bradford, s. a. and walker, s. l. (2009). surface characterist ics and adhesion behav ior of escherichia coli o157:h7: role of extracellular macromolecules. biomacro molecules. 10(9): 2556-2564. ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 7-wibawan, w. t.; lammler, c. and pasaribu, f. h. (1992). role of hy drop hobic surface p roteins in med iating adherence of group b streptococci to epithelial cells. j. gen eral 1242-: 1237138m icrobiology . 8-jain, a.; nishad, k. k. and bhosle, n. b. (2007). effect of dnp on cell surface p rop erties of : )4-(323 marine b acteria and its implication for adh esion to surfaces. aut hor version: b ifouling : 171-177 9-stokes, e. j. and ridgway g. l., (1987). in handling clinical sp ecimens form icrobiological studies. (5 th ed.). churchill livingst one, edinburgh, uk. 10-dicksom, j.s. and koohmar aie, m . (1989). cell surface char ge characterist ics and their . relationship to bacterial att achment to meat surfaces. app envir. m icrobiology . 836-):83255(4 11-chun,y.c. ; su, y. p ; chen c.c. and jia, g.(2004). relationship between antibacterial activity of chitosan and surface characteristics of cell wall .acte p harmacol sin. 25(7): 932-936. .12-lawson, a. j.; chart, h.; dassama, m . u. and threlfall, e. j. (2002). heterogencity in exp ression of lip op oly saccharide by st rains of salmonella enterica seroty p e typhimurium definitive phage typ e 104 and related p hage typ es. lett. app l. m icrobiol. 34: 428-32 13-kabir, s. and al i, s. (1983). ch aracterization of surface p rop erties of vibrio cholerae . infection and immun ity . 39(3): 1048-1058. 14-oliveira, r.: az eredo, j.; teixeir a, p. and fonseca, a.p. (2001). the role of hy drop hobicity in bacterial adhesion. b ioline pp 11-22 15-obuekwe, c. o.; al-jadi, z. k. and alsaleh, e. s. (2007). sequential hy drop hobic of cell pseudomonas aeroginosa gives rise to variants of increasing cell surface hy drop hobicity . fem s m icrobiology letters. 270(2): 214-219. 16-faris, a.; wadst rom, t. and freer, j. h. (2005).hy drop hobic adsorptive and hemagglutinating p rop erties of escherichia coli p ossessing colon ization factor antigens (cfa/ 1 or cfa/11 typ e 1 p ili or other p ili. gurrent m icrobiology . 5(2): 67-72. 17-krishna, m . m . ; powell, n. b. l. and borriello, s. p. (1996). cell surfa ce p rop erties of clostridium difficile: haemagglutination, relative hy drop hobicity and charge. j. m ed. m icribiol. 44: 115-123 18-daffonchio, d. ; thaveesri, j. and verst raete, w. (1995). contact angle measurement and cell hy drop hobicity of gr anular slud ge fro m up flow anaerobic slud ge bed reactors, app l. environ. 3680-: 367661m icrobiol. 19-dorobanu, l.s.; fo ght, j. m . and gray , m . r. (2009) analysis of force interaction between afm tips and hydrop hobic bacteria using dl vo t heory. langmuir. 25 (12): 6968-6978. 20-dorobanu, l.s. ; bhatt acharjce, s.; fo ght, j.m . and gray , m . r. (2008). atomic force microscopy measurement of heterogencity in bacterial surface hy drop hobicity . langmuir. 29(9): 4944-4950. ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لشحنات السالبة لسطح بعض انواع البكتریا المنماة على الوسط الزرعي المغذي الصلبویة لئالنسبة الم: )1(جدول nutriient agar الشحنات %السالبة البة لصبغة كرام ریا الس ریا الموجبة لصبغة كرام البكت البكت escher ichia coli kleb siella aerogenes proteus sp p bacill us cereus sta phylo coccus epidermidis sta phylo coccus aureus 1 sta phylo coccus aureus2 95 91.3 83 .2 50 .8 57.3 77.1 80 .7 hydrophoللماء للخاصیة الراهبة ویةئالم النسبة:)2(جدول bic لسطح بعض انواع البكتریا المنماة على الوسط الزرعي nutrient agarالمغذي الصلب الخاصیة الراهبة للماء hydropho bic % البة لصبغة كرام ریا الس ریا الموجبة لصبغة كرام البكت البكت escher ichi a co li kleb siella aerog enes prot eus sp p bacill us cereus sta phylo coccu s ep idermidis sta phylo coccus aur eus 1 sta phylo coccus aureus 2 83 .6 61.7 77.1 93 .5 95 .7 95 .9 87.6 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لسطح بعض انواع البكتریا المنماة على الوسط الزرعي hydrophobicللماء هبة خاصیة الرال النسبة المئویة:)3(جدول nutrient brothالمغذي السائل الخاصیة الراهبة للماء hyd rophobic % البكتریا الموجبة لصبغة كرام البكتریا السالبة لصبغة كرام escheric hia coli klebsiella aerogenes proteus spp bacillus cereus staphylococcus epidermidis staphyloccus aureus 1 staphyloccus aureus 2 57.6 39.3 27.1 85.5 91.8 87.7 80.4 لسطح بعض انواع البكتریا hydrophobicللماء للخاصیة الراهبة النسبة المئویة النموعلى فترةتاثیر :)4(جدول ت المكونة للكبسولة والسبورا االبك % hydrophobicللماء الخاصیة الراهبة تری bacillus cereus* 93.5 bacillus cereus** 71.7 klebsiella aerogenesa* 61.7 klebsiella aerogenes** 42.7 مْ 37ساعة بدرجة حرارة 18البكتریا حضنت مدة * م37ساعة بدرجة حرارة 48البكتریا حضنت مدة * * ْ◌ ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 study o f different of surface characteristics between gram negative and positive bacteria l.h. zwein departme nt of biology ,college of education ibn al-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad. received in: 2 january 2011 accepte d in : 23 march 2011 abstract the st udy included evaluation of cell surfa ce charge and hy drop hobicity of escherichia coli, klebsilla a erogenes, proteus spp, bacillus cereus, staphylococcus epid ermidis, staphyloco ccus aureus(1) and staphyloco ccus aureus(2) were determined by hy drocarbon adherence and hy drop hobic interaction chromato graphy . the results showed that the negative char ge of cell surface of gram negative bacteria was much higher than on gram p ositive once when these bacteria were grown on nutrient agar at 37 c for 18 h . e.coli was more negative char ged than klebsi lla a erogenes and proteus spp. the hydrop hobicity of gram p ositive bacteria was much high er than of gram n egative once, and s. epidermidis was more than s. aureus(1) b.cereus. and s.aureus (2) . the hy drop hobic characterist ics was qu ite differ ent when these bacteria were grown on nutrient broth in comp arison with nutrient ager. however the hy drop hobic character was lower in noncap sulated and sp oralated bacteria than the cap sulated and sp oralated at 48 h. key words : bacteria ,m edia ,hy drop hobic ,negative charge ihjpas conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 21 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 comparison of two conventional methods for identification of dermatophyte fungi tiba salim naseif alzubaidy abdulameer jasim mohammed middle technical university /college of health and medical technology/baghdad taibahalzubaidy@gmail.com abdulameer61@gmail.com ali abbas hasan al-gburi al-kadhimiya teaching hospital/baghdad dr.alial-jburi@yahoo.com received in:1 /mach /2018, accepted in:9/may/2018 abstract the current study is the identification and isolation dermatophyte species in clinical isolates by both sabouraud’s dextrose agar (sda) and on dermatophyte test medium (dtm). clinical specimens of hair, nails and skin scales were collected from patients with dermatophytosis and submitted to direct microscopic examination after immersion in 20% of potassium hydroxide solution. the clinical specimens were cultured on sda containing chloramphenicol and cycloheximide, and on dtm. tinea corporis showed the highest prevalent dermatophyte infection among patients (26.7%), followed by tinea pedis (23.3%), whereas tinea manuum exhibited the lowest fungal infection (6.7 %). rural areas revealed the highest prevalence of dermatophyte infection (70.0 %) in comparison to 30.0% in urban areas. based on the conventional laboratory methods, 30 clinical isolates of dermatophytes showed positive cultures which belong to three genera (trichophyton, microsporum and epidermophyton). trichophyton mentagrophytes was the most common species (21.7%) isolated among 30 positive dermatophytes, followed by epidermophyton flocosum (17.4%), then trichophyton bullosum and trichophyton tonsurans (13.0%). keywords: dermatophytosis, sabouraud’s dextrose agar, dermatophyte test media. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 mailto:taibahalzubaidy@gmail.com mailto:abdulameer61@gmail.com mailto:dr.alial-jburi@yahoo.com https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 22 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction dermatophytes referred as a unique group of superficial keratinophilic and filamentous fungi which have the ability to invade keratinized tissue of the skin, hair and nail in human and animals causing dermatophytosis or tinea (ring worm) [1]. dermatophytosis manifests as significant cause of hair and nail loss, inflammation, pustules, itching, and scaling. dermatophyte fungi belonging to three genera; trichophyton, microsporum, and epidermophyton [2]. the infection pathways for dermatophytes are thus either directly (by skin contact from one person to another) or indirectly (most commonly by walking barefoot on surfaces that have been contaminated with infectious material from the skin, floors, rugs, etc.) [3]. based upon the affected site, dermatophytes have been classified clinically into tinea capitis (head), tinea faciei (face), tinea barbae (beard), tinea corporis (body), tinea manuum (hand), tinea cruris (groin), tinea pedis (foot), and tinea unguium (nail) [4]. direct microscopy on clinical specimens is a fast screening method for fungal structures, but it lacks specificity. thus, culture is important for both a therapeutic and epidemiological standpoint [5]. specimens of skin scraping, nails, and hair fragments (irrespective of the negative or positive direct microscopy results) were cultured sabouraud’s dextrose agar (sda) supplemented with cycloheximide to inhibit the growth of non-dermatophytes molds and chloramphenicol to reduce contamination with bacteria [6]. for identification of cultured dermatophytes, different morphological characteristics and structures such as colony pigmentation, texture, growth rate, presence of microconidia and/or macroconidia, spirals, pectinate branches, pedicels and nodular organs are used [7]. all specimens were also cultured on dermatophyte test medium (dtm), which is used for presumptive identification and it is based on a color change in the medium due to the production of alkali metabolites by dermatophyte growth result in color change to red in its constituent phenol red indicator [8]. the identification of dermatophytes to the genus level as well as to the species level guide to appropriate treatment, provide knowledge of likely source of infection and risk of transmission, and finally report data for epidemiological studies [9]. the aim of this study is the identification and isolation dermatophyte species in clinical isolates by both sabouraud’s dextrose agar (sda) and on dermatophyte test medium (dtm). materials and methods subjects: a total of 115 clinical specimens (skin scrapings, nails and hair clippings) were collected from patients with dermatophytosis (irrespective to the age and gender) attending the dermatology department of either al-kadhimiya teaching hospital/baghdad or general hospital azizia/wasit, 73 rural and 42 urban, during the period from december 2016 to june 2017. however, a proper explanation of the study was addressed to the patients and the consent was taken from them before collection of the sample. materials and methods: skin specimen was obtained by scraping the active margin of lesion with a scalpel blade after cleaning the surface with 70% isopropyl alcohol. the clinical specimens were examined by direct microscopic examination after treating with 20% potassium hydroxide solution. also, the clinical specimens were inoculated on sabouraud’s dextrose agar (sda) containing chloramphenicol (0.04 g/l) and cycloheximide (0.5 g/l), and on dermatophyte test medium (dtm). cultures were incubated at 28°c with daily observation for a period of 4-5 weeks before they were considered negative. identification of the growth was depended on the morphological features of colony growth (the color, reverse of the colony and pigments that produced). dtm is based on color change in the medium [10]. to study the characteristics of isolated fungi and classified them accurately (by investigating the size, shape and arrangement of microand macroconidia, and the hyphal structures) a direct microscopical examination of fungal growth treated with lactophenol cotton blue was performed. [6]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 23 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 results figures (1) and (2) showed the culture results of sda, which were positive in 55 (47.8%) and negative in 60 (52.2%) of 115 cases. among the 55, culture positive isolates, 30 (26.0%) dermatophytes, 17(14.8%) aspergillus spp. and 8 (7.0%) candida spp. were isolated. figure (1): distribution of clinically diagnosed patients according to sabouraud dextrose agar (sda) culture results. figure (2): sabouraud dextrose agar. (a) trichophyton spp., (b) microsporum spp. figures (3) and (4) demonstrated the culture results of dtm, which revealed that 30 (26.1%) of 115 cases were positive (red color change) for dermatophytes in dtm, and 85 (73.9%) were negative (no color change). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 24 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (3): distribution of dermatophyte test medium (dtm) culture results. figure (4): dermatophyte test medium (dtm). a: microsporum spp. on dtm (red color medium). b: dtm with positive (red color) and negative (no color change) results. figure (5) exhibited that the most common clinical type of dermatophytes was tinea corporis in 26.7% of 30 cultured-positive dermatophyte cases, followed by tinea pedis (23.3%) and tinea capitis (20.0%). whereas tinea manuum showed the least cases (6.7 %). https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 25 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (5): distribution of clinical types of tinea. table (1) exhibited that the dermatophyte infections were more common in rural (70.0%) than in urban (30.0%) areas of 30 cultured-positive dermatophytes, and tinea corporis was the most prevalent clinical type (16.7%), whereas tinea manuum was the lowest type (6.7%). table (1): distribution of clinical type of tinea according to residence. clinical types of tinea residence total rural urban tinea corporis no. 5 3 8 % 16.7% 10.0% 26.7% tinea pedis no. 5 2 7 % 16.7% 6.7% 23.3% tinea capitis no. 4 2 6 % 13.3% 6.7% 20.0% tinea cruris no. 3 1 4 % 10.0% 3.3% 13.3% tinea unguium no. 2 1 3 % 6.7% 3.3% 10.0% tinea manuum no. 2 0 2 % 6.7% .0% 6.7% total no. 21 9 30 % 70.0% 30.0% 100.0% https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 26 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (6) manifested the distribution of dermatophyte species based on culture results, the most common etiologic agent of dermatophytosis was trichophyton mentagrophytes (21.7%), followed by epidermophyton floccosum (17.4%), then trichophyton bullosum, trichophyton tonsurans (13.0%), and trichophyton rubrum (8.7%). whereas microsporum canis, trichophyton interdigitale and trichophyton verrcosum showed the lowest percentage (4.3%). figure (6): distribution of dermatophyte species according to culture results discussion culture on sabouraud's dextrose agar (sda), required for species identification, was positive in 47.8% and negative in 52.2% of 115 cases. among the culture positive isolates, dermatophytes (26.0%), aspergillus spp. (14.8 %), and candida spp. (7.0%) were isolated as demonstrated in figures (1) and (2). these results were in agreement with khadka et al. (2016) who reported that among 111 clinical dermatophyte specimens 64% were dermatophytes on sda, whereas 14.4% and 7.2% were non-dermatophytes (aspergillus spp. and candida spp., respectively) on sda [11]. the failure of growth on sda, in the current study, was consistent with a study by habeb et al. (2016), which found that among 220 clinical specimens of dermatophytosis 64% had no growth on sda cultures [12]. this is probably due to many reasons such as the use of antifungal agent before specimen collection, clinical missdiagnosis, error in the sampling process or inadequate specimen [13]. in addition, the presence of saprophytic fungi which accompanied with the dermatophytes at the infected site, possibly compete with it and prevent the dermatophytes from growing in the agar medium [12]. hayette and sacheli (2015) reported that the most common cause of negative culture was belonged to inappropriate topical use of corticosteroid drugs, which had been taken randomly by the patients [14]. in the present study, the 115 clinical dermatophyte specimens were also cultured on dermatophyte test medium (dtm), as differential and selective media for dermatophytes, which revealed that 30 (26.1%) were positive (red color change) for dermatophytes, and 85 (73.9%) were negative (no color change) as illustrated in figures (3) and (4). the results of the current study were in agreement with singh et al. [10] study in india, which revealed that dtm is a good reliable medium for the selective primary https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 27 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 isolation and early detection of dermatophytes from clinical specimens, which is superior to sda in dermatophytes isolation. figure (5) exhibited that the most common clinical types of dermatophyte was tinea corporis in 26.7% of cases, followed by tinea pedis (23.3%) and tinea capitis (20.0%); whereas tinea cruris, tinea unguium and tinea manuum showed the least cases (13.3 %), (10.0 %) and (6.7 %) respectively. the results of the current study were consistent with the findings by narain and gupta (2016), which found that tinea corporis constitute the highest percentage (44.5%) among 36 cultured positive dermatophytes [15]. najem et al. (2016) study in al-nassiriyah city was also consistent with the current results as they mentioned that the tinea corporis, tinea capitis, and tinea pedis were the most prevalent in 110 positive dermatophyte specimens [16]. on the other hand, the findings of teklebirhan and bitew (2015) were inconsistent with the current results, which revealed that tinea unguium constitutes the most prevalent one (51%) in 130 cultured positive dermatophytes [17]. the reason of the high prevalence of tinea corporis, in the present study, may be due to various exposed parts of the body are affected as a result of exhaustive physical work and prolonged exposure to sun leading to excessive sweating. additionally, the tight fitting and synthetic clothing, provide damp, sweaty and warm skin conditions that enhance dermatophyte infection [18]. concerning to tinea pedis, as the second clinical manifestation, may be due to wearing of socks and shoes for a long period providing damp conditions especially in inter-digital space [19]. table (1) exhibited that the dermatophyte infections were more common in rural (70.0%) than in urban (30.0%) areas among 30 cultured positive dermatophytes. tinea corporis, tinea pedis and tinea capitis were the most common tinea infections in rural (16.7%, 16.7%, and 13.3% respectively) than in urban areas (10.0%, 6.7%, and 6.7% respectively) compared to other types of tinea. the reasons of these results probably that the most of rural areas are inhabited by the families with animal husbandry such as canines and cattle, which are the source of tinea infections [20]. also, the low levels of education and sharing personal belongings such as combs, clothes, towels and shaving tools, which is common between family members in low socioeconomic levels, as well as, the overcrowding of population with poor hygiene may leading to contact between infected individuals and healthy [21]. similarly, hasan and al-shibli (2016) as well as abed ali et al. (2017) also demonstrated that the frequency of dermatophyte infections was higher in rural (58% and 52% respectively) than in urban areas (42% and 48% respectively) [22, 23]. on the other hand, al-hmadani et al. (2014) findings were antithetical to the results of the present study as they found that the tinea infections were more common in urban areas (76%) than in rural areas (24%) in al-najaf province [24]. as shown in figure (6), t. mentagrophytes (21.7%) was the most common fungal pathogen isolated from all clinical types of dermatophytosis. this may be due to variation in environmental condition and geographical distribution. also, because t. mentagrophytes have greater capacity to infect the hard keratin. the results agreed with nasimuddin et al. (2014) who mentioned that t. mentagrophytes (38.75%) was the most common isolate from the clinical samples [25], but inconsistent with madhavi et al (2011) study [26] that revealed that t. rubrum was the commonest etiological agent (51.72%) of dermatophytosis. epidermophyton floccosum (17.4%) was the second isolate from the clinical samples of dermatophytosis, while m. canis, t. interdigitale, and t. verurcosum all showed the lowest percentage (4.3%). trichophyton tonsurans and t. rubrum constitute 13.0% and 8.7% (respectively) of clinical positive dermatophytes. trichophyton bullosum (13.0%) was also isolated from iraqi patients with tinea corporis (figure 6). the species is a zoophilic dermatophyte, which was isolated for the first time in 1933 by lebasque during a survey of the occurrence of equine dermatophytosis in different countries [27]. in france, sitterle et al. (2012) reported the first human case of https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 28 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 dermatophytosis caused by t. bullosum in a 21-year-old male who had a skin lesion located on his forearm, phenotypically; t. bullosum may be misidentified as t. verrucosum [28]. microsporum appendiculatum represented about 4.3% of dermatophyte infection in the current study in a patient with tinea capitis, as mentioned in figure (6). appendaged strains should be referred to m. gypseum, and that m. appendiculatum should be reduced to synonymy [29]. trichophyton equinum constituted about 4.3% of dermatophytosis in the current study in a patient with onychomycosis. t. equinum is closely related to the most widespread anthropophilic agent t. tonsurans that both have abundant microconidia staining deeply with lactophenol blue and balloon forms of chlamydospores-like cells [30]. microsporum sp comprised 4.3% of dermatophytes, in this study, in a patient with tinea corporis. it is closely similar to m. mirabile, and a new dermatophyte species m. cookie clade [31]. in conclusion, dtm is a good reliable medium for the selective primary isolation and early detection of dermatophytes from clinical specimens, which is superior to sda in dermatophytes isolation. tinea corporis is the most common clinical type of dermatophytosis, and t. mentagrophytes is the most prevalent etiological agent of dermatophyte infections. references 1. al-khafajii, k. (2014), myco-epidemiologic and genetic study of dermatophytosis and non-dermatophytes in middle euphrates, iraq. african journal of microbiology research, 8(24): 2381-2386. 2. moriarty, b.; hay, r. and morris-jones, r. (2012), the diagnosis and management of tinea. british medical journal, 345(7865): 37-42. 3. marsella, r. (2014), dermatophytosis, in: c.s. debra, t.l. maureen (eds.), equine infectious diseases, 2ed ed., elsevier, saunders, pp. 411-415. 4. suganthi ,m.(2017), pathogenesis and clinical significance of dermatophytes: a comprehensive review. innovations in pharmaceuticals and pharmacotherapy, 5(1): 62-70. 5. garg, j.;tilak ,r.; singh, s.; gulati, ak.; garg, a.; prakash, p. and nath, g. (2007), evaluation of pan-dermatophyte nested pcr in diagnosis of onychomycosis. journal of clinical microbiology, 45(10): 3443-3445. 6. de hoog, gs.; guarro, j.; gené, j. and figueras, mj. ,(2011), atlas of clinical fungi, 3rd ed., electronic version 3.1, centraalbureau voor schimmelcultures, utrecht, the netherlands & universitat rovira i virgili, reus, spain. 7. weitzman,i. and summerbell, rc. (1995), the dermatophytes. clinical microbiology reviews, 8(2): 240-259. 8. sastry, as. and bhat, s. (2016), chapter 52: medical mycology, in: j. anand (ed.), essentials of medical microbiology, 1st ed., jaypee brothers, new delhi, pp. 549-581. 9. verrier, j.; krähenbühl, l.; bontems, o.; fratti, m.; salamin, k. and monod, m., (2013), dermatophyte identification in skin and hair samples using a simple and reliable nested polymerase chain reaction assay. british journal of dermatology, 168(2): 295-301. 10. singh, tn.; zamzachin, g. and singh, nb. (2016), recognition of dermatophytes by dermatophyte test medium. international journal of current microbiology and applied sciences, 5(10): 1125-1129. 11. khadka, s.; sherchand, jb.; pokharel, db.; pokhrel, bm.; mishra, sk.; dhital ,s. and rijal, b. ,(2016), clinicomycological characterization of superficial mycoses from a tertiary care hospital in nepal. dermatology research and practice,(1): 1-7. 12. habeb, ka.; maikhan, hk. and rachid ,sk. ,(2016), molecular identification of dermatophytes among clinical isolates. asian journal of natural & applied sciences, 5(2): 108-118. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 29 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 13. munir, s.; ganaie, f.; kumar, b.; tewari, r. and badakshaan, s., (2014), epidemiologic, clinico-mycological aspects of fungal infections of skin and its appendages. journal of evolution of medical and dental science, 3(16): 4212-4219. 14. hayette, mp. and sacheli, r. ,(2015), dermatophytosis, trends in epidemiology and diagnostic approach. current fungal infection reports, 9(3): 164-179. 15. narain, u. and gupta, a. ,(2016), superficial fungal infections in end stage renal disease patients. international journal of advances in medicine, 3(4): 1043-1047. 16. najem, mh.; al-salhi, mh., and hamim, ss. ,(2016), study of dermatophytosis prevalence in al-nassiriyah city-iraq. world journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 4(4): 166-172. 17. teklebirhan, g. and bitew, a. (2015). prevalence of dermatophytic infection and the spectrum of dermatophytes in patients attending a tertiary hospital in addis ababa, ethiopia. international journal of microbiology, 1(1): 1-6. 18. morubagal ,rr.; mahale, rp.; shivappa, sg.; anantharajaurs, t. and kulkarni, m., (2017), mycological study of dermatophytosis in a part of south india. malaysian journal of microbiology, 13(1): 1-5. 19. bhatia, vk. and sharma, pc. (2014), epidemiological studies on dermatophytosis in human patients in himachal pradesh, india. springerplus, 3(1): 134-140. 20. shamqi,aj.(2014),identification of some common dermatophytes using pcr techniques for patients in wasit province-iraq. master thesis, department of biology, college of science, university of baghdad. 21. i̇nanir, i.; şahin, mt.; gündüz, k.; dinç, g.; türel, a. and öztürkcan, s. (2002), prevalence of skin conditions in primary school children in turkey: differences based on socioeconomic factors. pediatric dermatology, 19(4): 307-311. 22. hasan, km. and al-shibli, mk. (2016), the effect of risk factors and etiology on the distribution of clinical cases with dermatomycoses. international journal of innovation and applied studies, 14(2): 581-586. 23. ali, fa.; al-janabi, jk. and alhattab, mk. ,(2017), prevalence of dermatophyte fungal infection in hillah, iraq. international journal of chem. tech. research, 10(6): 827-837. 24. al-hmadani, ah.; al-dhalimi, ma. and alrufae, mm. ,(2014), epidemiologic study of dermatophytosis in al-najaf government. al-kufa journal for ِ biology, 6(1): 53-67. 25. nasimuddin, s.; appalaraju, b.; surendran, p. and srinivas, cr., (2014), isolation, identification and comparatative analysis of sda and dtm for dermatophytes from clinical samples in a tertiary care hospital. journal of dental and medical sciences, 13(11): 68-73. 26. madhavi,s.;rama rao ,mv. and jyothsna, k. ,(2011), mycological study of dermatophytosis in rural population. annals of biological research, 2(3): 88-93. 27. heidemann, s.; monod, m. and gräser, y. (2010), signature polymorphisms in the internal transcribed spacer region relevant for the differentiation of zoophilic and anthropophilic strains of trichophyton interdigitale and other species of t. mentagrophytes sensu lato. british journal of dermatology, 162(2): 282-295. 28. sitterle, e.; frealle, e.; foulet, f.; cabaret, o.; cremer, g.; guillot, j.; delhaes, l. and botterel ,f., (2012), trichophyton bullosum: a new zoonotic dermatophyte species. medical mycology, 50(3): 305-309. 29. giudice, mc.; reis-menezes, aa.; rittner, gm.; mota, aj. and gambale, w. ,(2012), isolation of microsporum gypseum in soil samples from different geographical regions of brazil, evaluation of the extracellular proteolytic enzymes (keratinase and elastase) and molecular sequencing of selected strains. brazilian journal of microbiology, 43(3): 895902. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 biology | 30 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 30. abdalla ,wg.; meyer, w. and salim, mo.(2017), molecular identification of trichophyton spp. by pcr-rflp. the sudan journal of veterinary research, 1(23): 3133. 31. rezaei-matehkolaei ,a.; mirhendi, h.; makimura, k.; de hoog, gs.; satoh, k.; najafzadeh, mj. and shidfar, mr. ,(2014), nucleotide sequence analysis of beta tubulin gene in a wide range of dermatophytes. medical mycology, 52(7): 674-688. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1958 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد العراق، للشرب في مدینة الفلوجة اآلبارصالحیة میاه العلواني عبد مشعان ومحمود* ،سعد هللاوحسن علي أكبر، بشیر علي بشیر النعمة علوم،جامعة الموصل قسم علوم الحیاة،كلیة ال جامعة بغداد)ابن الھیثم (قسم علوم الحیاة،كلیة التربیة* 2010، ایار،,27استلم البحث في 2010، تشرن االول،19، قبل البحث في خالصة ال ب من "بدیالالفلوجة الى المیاه الجوفیة مدینة لجأ سكان رات الغراض الشر المیاه السطحیة الواردة من نھر الف الت رر عدد من فَ ولغرض توفیر المیاه للمنازل التي تقع في محیط الجوامع المنتشرة فیھا فقد حُ ، االخرى واالستعما اآلبا ق على وبیان مدى صالحیتھا للشرب اآلبارتھدف الدراسة الحالیة الى معرفة نوعیة میاه ھذه . 2005خالل ربیع وف ثم قیست الصفات ، موزعة بشكل عشوائي داخل المدینة 2005 آبفي " بئرا 21ولھذا الغرض اختیر ، المعاییر القیاسیة ي 4,11( ecوقابلیة التوصیل الكھربائي ، )مْ 22,6(درجة حرارة الماء -) :قراءة او بئر 21معدل (تیة لمیاھھا اال ملل pودرجة االس الھیدروجیني ،) سم/سیمنس h )7,15 (، الموجبة الصودیوم اآلیوناتوتركیزna )439 ر / مللي غرام لت / مللي غرام 15,2( baوالباریوم ،)لتر / مللي غرام 0,28( liواللیثیوم ، )لتر / مللي غرام 275( kوالبوتاسیوم ،) ة على قورنت النتائج مع الحدود المسموح بھا) . لتر/ ملي غرام 133( caوالكالسیوم ،) لتر وفق المعاییر العراقی وعة لھا والمبین بحث الموض ر اظھرت. تفاصیلھا في متن ال وعمق البئ رارة ن درجة الح د عالقة بی راسة عدم وجو نتائج الد آلبارمیاه جمیع أن "ایضاكما تبین ، ب الن قیم ا ح baو k وec قید الدراسة التصلح للشر كانت أعلى من الحدود المسمو آلبارلقسم من caو naعن ان قیم "فضال، بھا .المسموح بھا قد جاوزت الحدود ا المقدمـــة على كمیة ونوعیة المیاه الداخلیة وكان من نتیجة ذلك حفر مئات من أثرتان الظروف المختلفة التي مر بھا العراق آلبار م القطر بشكل عشوائي وغیر مدروس ا د . من االھالي موزعة في عمو فیما یتعلق بالظروف المناخیة فقد شھد البل الت نقصانا في كمی و ومعد ذلك ارتفاع معدالت درجات حرارة الج رافق ة االمطار المتساقطة ولسنوات عدیدة ومتتالیة وقد "فضال [1]نجم عن ھذه الظروف نقصان في تصریف االنھار والروافد ومناسیب المیاه في البحیرات واالھوار ، التبخر آلبارعن انخفاض مستوى المیاه الجوفیة وجفاف العدید من ارتفاع في تركیز االمالح "ایضاا نجم عن ھذه الظروف كم ا بشحة االمطار اَ كان مشھود 1999ان عام [2]یؤید ذلك ما ذكره ، الذائبة ومستوى الملوثات في مختلف االجسام المائیة قد الحظ ان ف 3] [أما .من المعدل السنوي لثالثین عاما %33,5وقد بلغ ما ھطل منھا على محافظة نینوى ، المتساقطة ا . من المعدل %72بلغت 2005غایة تموز ى لاو 2004 آبكمیة االمطار التي ھطلت على المحافظة خالل المدة من وفیم في حصة العراق من المیاه السطحیة فانعكس ذلك بشكل مؤثر یتعلق بالظروف السیاسیة فان دول الجوار قامت بتخفیض ب . المسطحات المائیة على مدار السنةمساحة ساھمت كل تلك العوامل في تراجع كمیة ونوعیة المیاه المجھزة للشر التواالست ة ، وكبقیة مناطق العراق . المختلفة االخرى فلجأ المستھلك الى المیاه الجوفیة بدیالً عما لجأ سكان مدینة الفلوج تلف االغراض ر تھدف الدراسة ا. الى المیاه الجوفیة لسد احتیاجاتھم من المیاه لمخ لحالیة الى التعرف على نوعیة میاه االبا ي الجوامع ومقارنة خصائصھا مع دراسات اخرى ومقارنة النتائج مع المستویات المسموح بھا دة ف ، للشرب "محلیاالموجو .ولكي تكون قاعدة بیانات لدراسات مستقبلیة أوسع وأشمل المواد وطرائق العمل ذه الدراسـة را 21اختیـرت لـھ ــط موزعـة " بـئ د خ ــة االنبـار غربـي العـراق عـن ع مدینـة الفلوجـة الواقعـة فـي محافظ ــي جواـم ف غ مسـاحة منطقـة الدراسـة ) 1شـكل(شـرقاً 42ً.َ◌ 20.ْ◌ 33شـماالً ً◌ 43.46.46 ف 450ویبلـغ عـدد سـكانھا 2كـم 30تبـل اـل للمدینـة فیخضـع امـا ظـروف المنـاخ.تصنف تربة مدینة الفلوجة ضمن ترب المناطق الصـحراویة وشـبھ الصـحراویة. نسمة ن حیـث درجـات الحـرارة والرطوبـة واالمطـار حیـث تتمیـز بشـتاء بـارد قلیـل االمطـار لظروف مناخ الصـحراء الغربیـة ـم .4] [وصیف حار جاف 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )النمذجة( جمع نماذج المیاه آلبارن میاه نماذج م تجمع من خالل استخراج كمیة من المیاه من 2005من صیف العام آبقید الدراسة خالل شھر ا ذلك عن طریق تشغیل مضخة ة ةمثبت كھربائیة داخل البئر و ي انبوب في كل بئر بعد التخلص من كمیة المیاه الموجوده ف ر 5نظیفة سعة بولیثینیةنماذج المیاه في قناني ، وضعت )العمق(المضخة وصوال الى استخراج المیاه من داخل البئر لت .ونقلت الى المختبر القیاسات والتحلیالت للعوامل المدروسة محرار زئبقي تسقی ملت درجة الحرارة باستخدام ذه ش س ،بعض العوامل البیئیة في موقع العمل مباشرة وھ ودرجة اال p الھیدروجیني h ، دام جھاز قیاس ي الھ األسباستخ p ,یدروجیني الحقل h 90 وقابلیة التوصیل الكھربائيec م باستخدا wiss.techn.werkstوكالھما صنع شركة f91الجھاز الحقلي att en d812. ت اما بقیة العوامل او العناصر التي شمل flame pطة جھاز طیف اللھب افقد تم قیاسھما بوس kوالبوتاسیوم naالصودیوم hotometer . یوم وأما اللیثli atفقد تم قیاسھما باستخدام جھاز طیف االمتصاص الذري baوالباریوم omic absorp tion . م قیسفي حین الكالسیو ca بالمعایرة ضد محلول قیاسي منedta تحلیالت بالرجوع الى الطرائق القیاسیة العالمیة standardاجریت جمیع ال m ethods لتر / مللي غرام بـ وعبر عن النتائج [6]ووفقا لما جاء في. النتائج والمناقشة ة . اً متر) 18,3(بلغ معدل عمق اآلبار قید الدراسة : عمق اآلبار آلبار كان البئر التابع لجامع الحضرة المحمدی وان أعمق ا م یصل عمقھا . مترا) 23( آلبار التي ل ان) 1،جدول(الدراسة اآلبارقید وتشیرأعماق%).76(ن كا اً متر) 20(وان نسبة ا آلبار فأن المیاه تصنف میاه میاه یعود لمنطقة جیولوجیة واحدةمصدر ال تحت سطحیةجوفیة واستنادا إلى عمق ا subsurface water[6] آلبار لم تؤثر نوعیة المیاه ألنھ لم تالحظ أیة عالقة مباشرة بین األعماق فيأظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالیة أن أعماق ا وسة . والعوامل المدر آلبار :درجة الحرارة رارة میاه ا ى° م 20 منتراوحت درجات ح ھذه النتائج تشیر).1،جدول( مْ 22,6 وبلغ معدلھا° م 24ال اً الى ان مدى التغایر الیعد واسع اً المیاه الدافئة ، كما تشیر النتائج ایض ضمن [7]لـ اً المیاه قید الدراسة تصنف وفقالى ان آلباراذ كانت درجة حرارة غالبیة ،)°م 4(أعلى وأوطأ قیمة كان الفرق بین على الرغم من ان . قریبة من المعدل ا آلبارمع درجة حرارة میاه اً كبیر اً ظھرت درجات حرارة المیاه شبھا وقریة ) 5( ° م 23اذ بلغت ،في منطقة ھیت ا ل (كوكجلي د [9]ذكر ، درجة حرارة المیاه مع العمق عالقة فیما یخصو . [8] ) 2جدو رارة المیاه تزدا ان درجة ح ى 1 منبمقدار رارة ارتباط. متر عمق 100ْم لكل 5 ال م تبد درجات الح 0.02(مع عمق البئر معنویا وفي الدراسة الحالیة ل =r( ) تلف االبار قید الدراسة ) 2شكل ذلك یعود الى ضألة الفرق الموجود بین مخ . والسبب في آلبارتمیزت القیم في میاه : ec الكھربائيقابلیة التوصیل توى الملحي لھذه المیاه ویعدقید الدراسة بسعة التغایر ا المح ل الكھربائي ، عالیاً ل (سم/ سیمنس مللي 4,11اذ بلغ معدل التوصی مع اً وھذا االرتفاع یبدو جلی) 1جدو عند مقارنة النتائج . المناطق الشمالیة التي تمت المقارنة معھا مناطق نظیفة نوعا ما انبب الى وقد یعود الس ) 2جدول (نتائج البحوث السابقة .كما تعد میاه الدراسة الحالیة غیر صالحة للشرب لتجاوزھا المستویات المسموح بھا محلیا آلبارالھیدروجیني لمیاه األستراوحت قیم : phاألس الھیدروجیني درجة ( )7.15(وبمعدل ) 7.5_6.91(المدروسة ا تعكس قیم االس الھیدروجیني ھذه (very slightly alkaline) اي انھا تصنف ضمن المیاه قلیلة القاعدیة جداً ) 1جدول ة . [11] الطبیعة الجیولوجیة للمنطقة التي تكثر فیھا الصخور الكاربونیة السیما كاربونات الكالسیوم نتائج الدراسة الحالی .وانھا تعد صالحة للشرب قدر تعلق االمر بھذا العامل ) 2جدول ( آخرین كانت متفقة الى حد بعید مع نتائج اي ان مدى التغایر یعد ، )1جدول ( لتر / مللي غرام 900الى 37.5تراوحت تراكیز الصودیوم من : na ومـالصودی ي ) 2( یبین الجدول ، القیمة الدنیا ضعف) 24( كما ھو واضح اكثر من العظمىواسعا فالقیمة مقارنة لقیمة الصودیوم ف البیة كذلك تحدید المستوى المسموح بھ عراقیاً ، الدراسة الحالیة مع دراسات سابقة آلبارلذا فأن میاه غ ة ا الح الحالیة غیر ص .للشرب ن :k البوتاسیوم ورة أحجـار معدنیـة متھو األیون األقرب صلة مع الصودیوم ومصدره في المیاه تعریة أنواع مختلفـة ـم بـل (feldsp ars) . ًواتج التعریـة األخـرى مكونـا لكن وجوده في المیاه ال یدوم طویال ع ـن ،مثل الصودیوم، فسرعان مـا یتفاعـل ـم وین . ص على سطح الدقائق العالقةتمركبات تم ي المـاء (micas)فضال عن ذلك فـأن البوتاسـیوم یمیـل إلـى تـك ذائب ـف غیـر اـل تبخـر فیھـایون وھي المیاه المرشحة من األراضي الزراعیة ومـن البـرك التـي یحصـل وھنالك مصادر إضافیة لھذا األ. [11] .[12]عالي ى.) 1جـدول ( لتـر/غـراملي مل 900الى 35 منآبار مدینة الفلوجة تراوح تركیز أیون البوتاسیوم في میاه أن ممـا یشـیر اـل ى أن مسـتویات جـداً الواسعمدى التغایر ره البوتاسـیوم تعـد مرتفعـة جـداً كمـا یشـیر المـدى أیضـا إـل ن أن [13] وفقـا لمـا ذـك ـم ویتضح مقدار ھذا . لتر/غراملي مل 30الى 15تتراوح من جوفیة لمنطقة الشرق األوسط تركیز ھذا األیون في المیاه ال 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد الت القـیم الحالیـة )2جدول (نة نتائج الدراسة الحالیة مع نتائج دراسات أخرىاالرتفاع أكثر عند مقار ومن خالل مقارنة معـد .التصلح ھذه المیاه الغراض الشرب، مع المستوى المسموح بھ اه الطبیعیـة [14]ذكـرna : k) (وفیما یتعلق بنسبة تركیز البوتاسـیوم إلـى الصـودیوم ي المـی أن مسـتویات الصـودیوم ـف تعـد المیاه التي یزید فیھا تركیـز البوتاسـیوم علـى الصـودیوم انحیث [11]ویؤیده في ذلك تكون أعلى من مستویات البوتاسیوم ل . حالة غیر طبیعیـة د مـن البـاحثین ھـذه الحقیقـة مـث اه العراقیـة، السـطحیة منھـا والجوفیـة أكـد العدـی ي المـی ي نھـر [15]وـف ـف ت إلـى كبیسـة و. ور والزاب الكبیر ودیالىالفرات ونھر دجلة مع روافده الخاب دة مـن ھـی آلبار الممـت و. ] 5[في میاه الینابیع وا فقـد بینـت أن ) 1،جـدول(أما نتائج الدراسة الحالیـة . [19]في مصادر المیاه المختلفة في قریة حسن الشامي في محافظة نینوى آلبار أنا علم naأكثر من kمن اآلبار قید الدراسة احتوت میاھھا على % 48 تقع ضمن مساحة مركز مدینـة الفلوجـة ھذه ا ي جـامع ) 21.4: 1(كانـت : na:kوبینت النتائج أیضـا أن أعلـى نسـبة التي تحیطھا المزارع والبساتین من اغلب جھاتھا ـف .وذلك في جامعي شاكر الضاحي والشیخ محمد الفیاض) 0.2: 1( كانتعلي بن أبي طالب وأوطئھا ادراً ، د عنصر اللیثیوم أخف المعادن قاطبـةیع :li اللیثیوم زه ـن د تركـی اه مـا یزـی ن المـی ي الغالبیـة العظمـى ـم ي مل 10عـن ـف ـل اه البحـار والمحیطـات المالحـة والتراكیز. لتر/رامغ ن أن توجـد فـي مـی فضـال عـن brine water)(األعلى من ھذه القیمـة یمـك ــارة ــابیع الح ــث 17] [ میـاه الین ــة بالبح ــي البیانـات الخاص ــر ف ــائج المنشــورة حــول ھـذا العنص ــالي تعـد اول النت إن ،العــراقالح دنالمعاییر الخاصة بمیاه الشرب التي تصدر في مختلف دول العالم لم تضع ي .حدا لھذا المـع د ـف دن لـھ فواـئ أن ھـذا المـع علمـا ـب .]17 [ وبعض األمراض الذھنیة األخرى manic depression) (آبة الذھنیةكعالج ال آلباربلغ معدل تراكیز الباریوم في میاه :ba ومــالباری راوح لتر وبمـدى/ مللي غرام 15.2.قید الدراسة ا ن ـت ي 11.6ـم ملـل ى / غرام ي غـرام 26.4 لتر في میاه جامع الشھید الشیخ حمزه عبـاس اـل د العزیـز السـامرائي/ ملـل اه جـامع عـب ر فـي مـی ( لـت اه الشـرب بھ موحالتركیز المس [18]وقد حدد ) . 1جدول ي غـرام 1.0 ھـوو من ھـذا العنصـر فـي مـی ي ضـوء .لتـر/ملـل وـف )2جدول ( ھذا العنصر الى المستویات المسموح بھا فان میاه جمیع االبار تعد غیر صالحة للشرب بالنسبة ون الكالسـیوم :ca الكالس�یوم ز أـی ن جـداً واسـعاً مـداً أظھـرت نتـائج قیـاس تركـی راوح التغـایر ـم ن(ـت ى 20 ـم ي 383اـل ملـل آلبارمن 19%ان حوالي .) 1 جدول( )لتر/غرام وق ا ي غـرام 200احتوت على تراكیـز تـف ود ھـذا التبـاین ان. لتـر / ملـل یـع ان المیـاه فضـالً عده سبابال ي وحـدة منھا الطبیعـة الجیولوجیـة للمنطقـة واتجـاه جرـی ر ـف ن البـئ حوبة ـم عـن كمیـة المیـاه المـس . )5( الزمن ي لإلنسانغیر ضار یون الكالسیوم في المیاهأن وجود أ وان الشكل الشـائع لـھ فـي الصـخور الرسـوبیة ھـي الكاربونـات الـت الحالیـة صـالحة اآلبـاران میـاه غالبیـة ) 1(ویتضح من جدول [19] واألركونایت الكالسیاتون على شكلین بلوریین ھما ـتك ع قابلیـة التوصـیل لقد ابـدت ترا. ) 19%( اربعة آبار بأستثناءللشرب كیـز الكالسـیوم فـي الدراسـة الحالیـة ارتباطـاً معنویـاً ـم دروجیني فـان بقیـة العوامـل . ) r =0.64(الكھربائي اه ودرجـة االس الھـی دم یتضـح انـھ باسـتثناء درجـة حـرارة المـی ممـا تـق د . المدروسة قد جاوزت الحدود المسـموح بھـا للشـرب یالت للعوامـل البیئیـة توصـي الدراسـة الحالیـة بـاجراء المزـی ن التحـل ـم ل التي لم تتناولھا حالیاً دات ، الفوسـفات ، الكبریتـات ، المغنیسـیوم ، العسـرة ( مـث الح الذائبـة الكلیـة ، الكلورـی القاعدیـة ، االـم pb,cd,cu,m:مثل ،الكلیة والعناصر الثقیلة n,fe,zn) ب البـایولوجي )الخ ىبغیـة ، فضال عن الجاـن رف عـل نوعیـة التـع الحیوانـات ، الصـناعة ، الزراعـة ، الشـرب ( المیاه الجوفیة في مناطق متفرقة وبیان مدى صالحیتھا لالسـتخدامات المختلفـة .وذلك لسد االحتیاجات الملحة في ظل الظروف الحالیة ) الخ .... المصــادر اه) 2002(عبد الرضـا طـھ ، فعال نعمة وسرحان ، ذھیب . 1 ي التلـوث البكتیـري لمـی زارع غـرب السـھلة ـف بعـض ابـار ـم . 1_11الصفحات : 1العدد 7المجلد ، الكوفة مجلة القادسیة للعلوم الصرفة ي نوعیـة ) " 2000(النعمة، بشیر علي بشیر وآبلحد، غادة نصوري والدباغ، عمار غانم . 2 تـأثیر شـحة التسـاقط المطـري ـف ــة نینـوى ــمن محافظ ــر دجلـة ض ــ" میـاه نھ ــة أبحـاث البیئ ــانيمجل ــدد الث ــد الثالـث، الع ــة المسـتدامة، المجل : ة والتنمی .94-79الصفحات رة التنظیمیـة لسـد الموصـل، /دراسة بیئیة" 2005المندیل، فتحي عبد هللا صالح .3 لمنولوجیة عـن الھائمـات النباتیـة فـي البحـی .صفحة 93: رسالة ماجستیر، قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة العلوم، جامعة الموصل م االرض ، كبیسـھ رسـالة ماجسـتیر –ھیدرولوجیة منطقـة ھیـت ) 1989(خالد ابراھیم مخلف ، الحدیثي. 4 كلیـة ، قسـم عـل . 204: جامعة الموصل ، العلوم 5.apha(american p ublic health association )(1999) standard m ethods for examination of water and wast e water , 20 th ed . washington dc usa . 6.viessman, w.jr . and hammer,m .j.(1985).water sup p ly and pollution control. 4 th ed .harp er row , publishers,inc.797 pages. 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ــین و.7 ــدالخشـــاب،وفیق حـس ــحاف، مـھ ــین والصـ ــد حـس ـــد، أحـم ــي حدی ــد عـل ـــا،) "1978(ي محـم ــم الجیومورفولوجی عـل .صفحة 292: بغداد ،الجزء األول جامعة" مجاالتھ التطبیقیة تعریفھ،تطوره، ي . 8 د المـنعم محمـد عـل وكجلي ومالئمتھـا لالسـتخدامات ) " 2006(زنكنـة، عـب ي قریـة الـك دراسـة نوعیـة المیـاه الجوفیـة ـف ة تكریت للعلوم الصرفة" المختلفة .143-138الصفحات ):2(، العدد 11، المجلد مجلة جامع 9. bouwer, herman (1978) " ground water hy drology " m c graw-hill book company:480 pages. ین ھیـت وشـثاثة ) 1990(الخفاجي ، رعد محمود نصیف . 10 الجیوكیمیائیـة والمعـادن الثقیلـة والطینیـة لرسـوبات الودیـان ـب .صفحة 144اجستیر ، قسم علم االرض ، كلیة العلوم ، جامعة بغداد ، غرب العراق ، رسالة م .11 cole, g. a. (1979) " text book of limnology " 2ed edition , the c. v. m osbey company: 426 pages. 12.toma, j. j. (2008) "a study on water quality in m akhmur area, kurdistan,iraq" zanco,volume 20 number (2) : pa ges154-155. 13 . tomar, m . (1999) " quality assesment of water and wastewater " lewis publisher: 260 pages. 14. hut chinson, g. e. (1957) " a t reaties on limnology " volume 1 , geography , phy sics & chemistry , john wiley & sons, inc. new york: 1015 pages. 15. al-ni'ma, b. a. b. (1982) " a st udy on the ecology of the tigris and eup hrates rivers " m . sc. thesis, dep artment of biology , college of science, university of salah aldin: 250 pages. اه فـي موقـع قریـة حسـن شـامي التباین النوعي ل) " 2007(مصطفى، معاذ حامد . 16 ائع المـؤتمر العلمـي " مصادر المـی وـق .34-24الصفحات : 2007حزیران )6-5(األول لمركز بحوث البیئة والسیطرة على التلوث، جامعة الموصل 17. tcoeq(texas comession on env ironmental quality ) (2005)((drinking water standards gover-ning drink ing water quality and rep orting reporting requirements for public water sy st emsv. د سـلیمان .18 د وحسـن، محـم دار الحكمـة للطباعـة " الھندسـة العملیـة للبیئـة ، فحوصـات المـاء) " 1990(عبـاوي، سـعاد عـب .صفحة 296: والنشر،جامعة الموصل 19 . usepa (united states environmental prot ection agency (2004) " drinking water standards and health advisories office of water" washington united states environmental prot ection agency . washington d. c. 2011) 1( 24مجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة ال ا) 1 (جدول اسماء المواقع وبعض صفات اآلبار ومیاھھا وتراكیز العوامل المقاسة فیھ ت الموقع نوع ة الترب مق الع متر درجة حرارة )مْ (المیاه قابلیة التوصیل ي الكھربائ ms\cm ph م و كالسی مللي لتر/غرام م صودیو مللي لتر/غرام مبوتاس یو مللي غرام لتر/ k:na مللي / غرام لتر م باریو مللي / غرام لتر م لیثیو مللي / غرام لتر جامع علـي بن 1 ابـي طالــب 14 7,09 6,94 22 18 طینـــیة 1.0 750 .0 35 1: 21.4 13 .3 0.2 7 2 جامع شاكـــر الضـــاحي -طینیة رملیة 18 20 2,22 7,18 15 9.0 150 .0 90 0 1:0 .2 13 .9 0.2 2 جامع الشھید 3 الشیخ حمزة عباس 12 7,21 6,33 24 18 طینیــــة 5.0 700 .0 33 5 1:2 .1 11 .6 0.1 9 4 جامع ـــراوي الــــــ طینیة خشنـة 14 24 3,20 7,21 36 .3 75.0 12 0 1:0 .6 15 .0 0.1 9 جامع عبـد 5 الرحمـن المـدلل 76 7,40 3,26 23 18 طینیــــة .3 300 .0 18 5 1:1 .6 15 .0 0.2 7 جامع 6 الفـــــــــاروق 10 7,02 3,03 22 17 طینیــــة 9.9 300 .0 47 0 1:0 .4 17 .0 0.3 8 مقبـرة شھــداء 7 الفلوجـــة 35 6,91 2,24 23 17 طینیــــة .3 112 .5 17 5 1:1 .6 15 .0 0.2 2 جامع البـــراء 8 بن عــازب 45 7,01 1,81 23 17 طینیــــة .6 62.5 20 0 1:0 .3 15 .9 0.2 2 كـــر 9 جامع ابي ب الصــدیق 20 6,95 1,92 23 17 طینیــــة .0 37.5 55 1:0 .7 15 .0 0.1 3 جامع الشــیخ 10 محمد الفیـاض 61 7,20 2,21 22 16 طینیــــة .5 62.5 33 5 1:0 .2 12 .8 0.1 3 محمـد بن 11 جامع ـیرین ســـ 18 6,91 5,25 21 18 طینیــــة 3.5 725 .0 23 5 1:3 .1 15 .0 0.3 0 جامع الحضــرة 12 حمدیــة الم 15 7,22 5,90 21 23 طینیــــة 1.7 725 .0 10 0 1:7 .3 14 .4 0.3 0 ــن 13 جامع الحس بن علـــي 12 7,20 5,59 24 19 طینیــــة 5.0 500 .0 21 0 1:2 .4 14 .4 0.2 7 جامع الحســین 14 بن علـــي 60 7,30 2,50 24 20 طینیــــة .0 150 .0 16 7 1:0 .9 14 .0 0.2 2 15 جامع سعــد بن ص أبي وقـا طینیة غرینیة 21 22 7,35 7,20 37 3.0 780 .0 33 0 1:2 .4 17 .0 0.5 0 جامع عبد 16 الـعزیز ـرائي السام 21 7,22 7,63 22 17 رملیــــة 6.0 900 .0 24 7 1:3 .6 26 .4 0.3 3 جامع عبــد هللا 17 بن المبـارك 50 7,01 0,99 23 17 طینیــــة .0 175 .0 95 1:1.3 15 .0 0.1 9 جامع 18 األنبیـــــــــاء 38 7,50 3,90 23 21 خـشنـــة 3.0 760 .0 58 0 1:1 .3 15 .9 0.5 0 جامع 19 ــــــري مــ الش 26 7,17 8,55 24 22 طینیــــة 9.0 780 .0 24 5 1:3 .2 14 .0 0.4 1 جامع أبو أیـوب 20 األنصـاري 50 7,06 3,37 23 18 طینیــــة .0 112 .5 22 0 1:0 .5 15 .0 0.2 2 جامع سعــد بن 21 عــــاذ م 12 7,21 2.13 22 18 طینیــــة 9.0 150 .0 53 0 1:0 .3 14 .5 0.4 1 2011) 1( 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد .المسموح بها) المعاییر(ت مقارنة نتائج الدراسة الحالیة لمیاه آبار الفلوجة مع دراسات سابقة ومع المستویا) 2(جدول ت المتغیر المع��������������������������������������������دل )الدراسة الحالیة( دراسة زنكنھ المستوى المسموح بھ المصدر / / 23.5 22.6 )مْ (درجة حرارة الماء 1 2 ph 7.5 7.7 8.5_605 12 3 ec 13 1.0 1.61 4.11 سم/مللي سیمنس 4 na 14 100 150 439 لتر/ملغم 5 k 14 10 0.48 275 ترل/ملغم 6 ca 12 200 567 133 لتر/ملغم 7 li ـ 0.28 لتر/ملغم ـ ــــــــ ـ ـــــــ ــــــــ 8 ba ـ 15.2 لتر/ملغم 12 1.0 ــــــــ . 2003/الموصل خالل تشرین االول _ دراسة آبار في قریة الكوكجلي _ 2006زنكنھ * ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.24 (1 ) 2011 potability of well water in falluja city ,iraq. b.a.b.al_nima , h. a.a. saadalla, m. a.m.al__al wani departme nt of biology,college of science,unive rsity of mosul departme nt of biology,collegeof education ibn al_haitham ,uni versityof baghdad recei ved in ,27,may,2010 accepted in , 19, o ct , 2010 abstract the falluja residents had resort ed to the underground water as an alternative to the surface waters of the euphrates river p assing near the city , through digging wells inside gardens of m osques in the city during sp ring 2005. the p resent st udy aims to indicate the quality of these waters and demonst rates t he extent of t heir suitability for drinking . for t his p urp ose, 21 randomly distributed wells were chosen during august 2005. the water characters were measured ; the average values of 21 wells were as follows : water temp .(22.6c ْ◌ ) , ec (4,11 msem .\cm ), p h (7.15 ) and concentration of cations : na (439mg\l) ;k (275mg\l) ; li (0,28mg\l), ba (15.2 mg\l) and (133mg\l). these character is ties were comp ared with the allowded limits p resented by concerned authorities. the results of the st udy indicated the absence of any relationship between temp erature and depth of the well. also waters of all st udied wells were not suitable for drinking as the ec , k and ba concentrations were higher than the allowded limits . in addition, na and ca concentration of some wells exceeded the allowded limits. microsoft word 14-23 14 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تأثير الصنف وحامض البرولين في بعض المؤشرات المظھرية لنبات المعرض لألجھاد المائي .solanum melongena lالباذنجان سھا محسن محمد البصام  الرصافة األولى/ وزارة التربية /معھد إعداد المعلمات 2014/ تشرين االول /20، قبل البحث في : 2014/نيسان/6استلم البحث في : الخالصة , إذ صممت التجربة تبعاً لتصميم 2013نفذت تجربة اصص داخل أحد البيوت الزجاجية ألحد المشاتل لموسم النمو   completelyالقطاعات العشوائية الكاملة randomized  blocks  design(crbd) أخذت بذور صنفين من نبات. aydin siyanوھو صنف امريكي المنشأ.أما الثاني صنف  lot (number) melanzanaالباذنجان وھي الصنف األول  فھو تركي المنشأ.إستخدمت ثالث مدد تعطيش وھي يوم على التوالي ,كما أستخدمت ثالثة تراكيز من حامض (16,8,1)  والي وبواقع ثالثة مكررات لكل معاملة إذ تضمنت التجربة على التppm(100,50,0)البرولين وھي وحدة 54 داخل البيوت الزجاجية وبعد مرور شھر نقلت الشتالت الى اصص فخارية  2013/8/30تجريبية.زرعت البذور بتأريخ مؤشرات تحوي تربة مزيجية جيدة الخصوبة والصرف , كما أجريت عملية التسميد ومتابعة النباتات يوميا ودرست بعض طول المجموع الجذري وإرتفاع النبات والوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري والخضري -النمو المظھرية للنباتات وھي: ومعدل عدد االوراق,ومعدل المساحة الورقية.وقد أظھرت النتائج تفوق الصنف االمريكي في بعض الصفات المظھرية دل عدد االوراق ومعدل المساحة الورقية) مقارنة بالصنف وھي(معدل الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري والخضري ومع وعند جميع التداخالت. ppm 50أيام والرش بحامض البرولين ذي التركيز 8التركي تحت مدة تعطيش  حامض البرولين واالجھاد المائي لنبات الباذنجان -الكلمات المفتاحية :                                 15 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة .يمتاز dicotyledon  [1]ويعد من النباتات ذوات الفلقتين  solanaceaeينتمي نبات الباذنجان للعائلة الباذنجانية نبات الباذنجان بقابليته الجيدة على النمو عند توافر الظروف البيئية من درجة الحرارة والرطوبة وشدة االضاءة فضال عن 21‐ 18.كما يمكن زراعة الشتالت داخل البيوت الزجاجية تحت درجة حرارة[2]تربة مزيجية جيدة الخصوبة والصرف .ونتيجة للتقدم العملي الكبير في مجال تربية وتحسين محاصيل الخضر ومنھا الباذنجان, فقد أنتجت العديد من [3] 5م زراعية المتخصصة في األصناف والھجن ذات المواصفات الزراعية واإلنتاجية المرغوبة من مربي النبات والشركات ال . أكدت الكثير من البحوث ان عجز الماء في التربة يؤثر سلبيا في النمو الخضري [4]تربية وتحسين ھذا المحصول  .أكد[5]الغلب نباتات المحاصيل ويعتمد ذلك على نوع المحصول ومستوى الشد فضال عن مدة تعرضه للشد المائي [6] نمونباتي الحمص وفول الصويا مما ادى النخفاض الوزن الجاف والطري لكال ان لظاھرة الجفاف تاثيرا واضحا في ان تقليل كمية ماء الري لنبات الفاصوليا من  [7]النباتين مع زيادة طول مدة تعريض النبات لنقص الماء.في حين أكد زيادة عدد ايام الري لنبات ان [8]من الماء الجاھز للتربة ادى النخفاض الوزن الجاف للنباتات.وأكد 60%الى %100  الذرة الصفراء من الري كل خمسة ايام الى الري كل [9]أيام ادى النخفاض معنوي بارتفاع النبات.أظھرت دراسة 10 بأن سبب االنخفاض في معدل النمو يعود الى التاثيرات السلبية للظروف البيئية المحيطة بالمحاصيل ومن ابرزھا الجفاف اذ يؤدي لضعف نمو المجموع الجذري وتقزمه ومن ثم قلة المساحة السطحية للجذور.كما تبين ان تعرض النبات لظروف برولين) في اوراق النبات ,ويعتقد ان البرولين يؤدي دورا في معادلة الشد المائي يزيد من تركيزالحامض االميني (ال التاثير السام لالمونيا التي تنتج في االوراق المعرضة للشد المائي كما انه يعد مصدرا للطاقة لمساعدة النبات لتخطي في نمو نبات الباذنجان داخل .ونظرا الھمية ھذه المؤثرات ولقلة الدراسة حول تأثير الجفاف والبرولين [10]الشد  ظروف  البيوت المحمية من خالل دراسة بعض الصفات المظھرية للنبات المعامل مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. المواد وطرائق العمل داخل البيوت الزجاجية ألحد المشاتل في منطقة حي المھندسين ، إذ صممت التجربة 2013نفذت التجربة لموسم النمو  completelyميم العشوائي الكاملتبعاً للتص randomized  blocks  design(crbd) فقد استعملت بذور صنفين من. صنف امريكي المنشأ 1‐نبات الباذنجان تم الحصول عليھا من شركة الريف االخضر للمنتجات الزراعية وھي lot(number)melanzana أما الثاني  aydin  siyahi.(16,8,1)مدد تعطيش وھياستخدمت ثالث 2‐فتركي المنشأ جزء في المليون وحسب قانون (100,50,0)يوم على التوالي.كما استخدمت ثالثة تراكيز من محلول البرولين وھي وحدة تجريبية.زرعت بذور نبات الباذنجان بتأريخ  54التخفيف بواقع ثالث مكررات لكل معاملة بحيث تضمنت التجربة وبعد مرور شھر على الزراعة, نقلت الشتالت المزروعة الى داخل االصص داخل البيوت الزجاجية, 2013/8/30  الفخارية التي سعة كل منھا كيلوغرام والتي تحوي على تربة مزيجية جيدة الخصوبة والصرف كما اضيف سماد 8 وبعد زراعة الشتالت ب   2013/11/10.وفي تاريخ  [11]على دفعة واحدة قبل الزراعة 1 كغم.ھـ 150اليوريا بمقدار اوراق رش حامض البرولين صباحا وحسب التراكيز المحضرة سابقا وكان الرش 6‐7يوماً وعند وصول النبات الى  40 بصورة متساوية حتى االبتالل الكامل بمرشة يدوية سعة لتر واحد.ورشت معاملة السيطرة بماء مقطر مع استمرار ت العمليات الزراعية المطلوبة من ري وتعشيب طوال مدة التجربة بعدھا درست التعطيش للمعامالت االخرى.كما اجري -بعض مؤ شرات النمو اآلتية :  باستخدام شريط القياس. 2013/12/2طول المجموع الجذري : قيس طول المجموع الجذري بتاريخ -1  باستخدام شريط القياس.  2013/12/2ارتفاع النبات: قيس ارتفاع الساق بتاريخ -2 الطري للمجموع الجذري والخضري : قيس الوزن الطري للمجموع الجذري والخضري بتاريخ الوزن -3  باستخدام الميزان الحساس. 2013/12/2  الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري والخضري : وبعد قلع النباتات بتأريخ -4 قيس الوزن الجاف 2013/12/6  مدة 5م 70)‐(65ربائي بدرجة حرارة عن طريق تجفيف العينات في فرن كھ للمجموع الجذري والخضري  ساعة باستخدام ميزان حساس. 48  بعدھا تم تحليل البيانات احصائيا حسب التصميم المتبع باستعمال اقل فرق معنوي   l.s.d  لمقارنة المتوسطات الحسابية .[12]استناداً الى 0.05للمعامالت عند مستوى احتمالية 16 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المناقشة واالستنتاج ) وجود فروق معنوية في طول المجموع الجذري بين صنفي الباذنجان إذ بين الصنف بتكشفه 1اظھرت نتائج الجدول (  عن التركي تفوقا معنويا باعطائه اعلى معدل للطول بلغ سم مقارنة بالصنف االمريكي الذي اعطى معدل بلغ  23.44 لمدة التعطيش تأثيرا معنويا في طول المجموع الجذري فقد سم لھذه الصفة.كما بينت نتائج الجدول ايضا بان 19.83  أيام باعطائھا اعلى معدل للطول بلغ 8تفوقت مدة التعطيش %33.51سم وباختالف معنوي وبنسبة زيادة بلغت  24.14 ن,أثر يوم .كما اوضحت النتائج في الجدول ,ان رش النبات بتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولي16مقارنة بمدة التعطيش تفوقا معنويا باعطائه اعلى معدل بلغ 50ppmتأثيرا معنويا في ھذه الصفة فقد أظھر الرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز واللذين اعطيا معدالت 100ppmسم مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة ، والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 23.19 ان التداخل الثنائي بين االصناف ومدد التعطيش كان له سم على التوالي لھذه الصفة.وبينت النتائج  (20.90,20.82)بلغت 8سم عند مدة التعطيش 26.42تأثيرا معنويا لصفة طول المجموع الجذري ، فقد اعطى الصنف التركي اعلى معدل بلغ أيام بتفوق معنوي على جميع التداخالت الثنائية في حين كان اقل معدل لھذه الصفة في الصنف االمريكي تحت مدة سم وباختالف معنوي عن معاملة السيطرة للصنف اعاله التي اعطت معدالً للطول 16.76يوما وبمعدل بلغ  16التعطيش سم واظھرت نتائج الجدول ايضا بان للتداخل بين االصناف والرش بتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين تأثيرا 21.53بلغ 100ppmسم للصنف التركي عند الرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 25.60معنويا، اذ ان اعلى معدل لھذه الصفة بلغ مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة للصنف نفسه.وكان 19.23%وبتفوق معنوي مقارنة بجميع التداخالت االخرى وبنسبة زيادة  للتداخل بين مدة التعطيش والرش بحامض البرولين تأثير معنوي,إذ اعطت مدة التعطيش ين أيام والرش بحامض البرول8 مقارنة بمعاملة 25.46%وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 28.23اعلى معدل لطول المجموع الجذري بلغ 50ppmبتركيز سم في الصنف التركي 30.40 السيطرة.أما التداخل الثالثي فكان معنويا ألغلب المعامالت وبلغت اعلى قيمة للطول وھي وباختالف معنوي عن جميع التداخالت الثالثية  100ppmأيام والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 8تحت مدة التعطيش أيام 8االخرى.وقد أظھرت النتائج بين عوامل الدراسة الثالثة المستخدمة تفوق الصنف التركي تحت مدة التعطيش مقارنة بالصنف االمريكي ابعد والحصول على ماء التربة بشكل افضل 100ppmوالرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز النقص الحاصل . وقد يعزى السبب النخفاض طول الجذور بسبب شدة االجھاد مما ادى لتحفيز فعالية للتعويض عن . (13)االنزيمات المؤكسدة وزيادة لتراكم حامض االبيسيسك وانخفاض السايتوكاينينات التركي بإعطائه ان للصنف تأثيرا معنويا في ارتفاع المجموع الخضري فقد تفوق الصنف (2)نتائج الجدولأوضحت مقارنة بالصنف االمريكي وقد يعزى السبب الى 19.79%سم وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 18.34اعلى معدل لإلرتفاع بلغ إذ تفوقت مدة ، االختالفات الوراثية ما بين االصناف. كما اكدت النتائج بأن لمدة التعطيش تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه الصفة التي اعطت معدل إرتفاع اً يوم 16سم مقارنة بمدة التعطيش 17.90ھا اعلى معدل لألرتفاع بلغ ئبإعطاأيام 8التعطيش سم. اوضحت النتائج بأن الرش بتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين احدث تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه الصفة إذ اعطى 14.68بلغ لتي ا) يوم 16,1سم مقارنة بالمعامالت ( 17.61اعطى معدل لھذه الصفة بلغ 50ppmالرش بحامض البرولين بتراكيز  ,16.38إرتفاع بلغت اعطت معدالت على التوالي . وبينت النتائج ايضاً بأن للتداخل الثنائي بين الصنف %) (16.18 أعلى معدل بلغ اميأ 8ومدة التعطيش تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه الصفة فقد حقق التداخل بين الصنف التركي ومدة التعطيش مقارنة بالصنف االمريكي تحت مدة %24.67سم بتفوق معنوي على جميع التداخالت الثنائية وبنسبة زيادة 19.86 ھا. كما اوضح التداخل الثنائي بين الصنف والرش بتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه نفسالتعطيش اعلى معدل لإلرتفاع بلغ 100ppmالبرولين بتركيز الصفة فقد حقق التداخل بين الصنف التركي والرش بحامض سم بتفوق معنوي على جميع التداخالت الثنائية االخرى , بينما اعطى الصنف االمريكي اقل معدل لالرتفاع بلغ 19.36 احدث التداخل بين مدة التعطيش والرش بتراكيز مختلفة من . 100ppm سم عند رشه بحامض البرولين بتركيز  14.00 8سم عند مدة التعطيش 19.75مض البرولين تأثيراً معنوياً ألغلب المعامالت لھذه الصفة فبلغ اعلى معدل اإلرتفاع حا مقارنة % 39.08وبإختالف معنوي عن جميع التداخالت وبنسبة زيادة 50ppmوالرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز أيام . ووجد تأثيراً معنوياً ايضاً للتداخل الثالثي بين 100ppmوالرش بحامض الربولين بتركيز أيوم  16بمدة التعطيش سم 21.80عوامل الدراسة الثالثة المستخدمة في قيم ھذه الصفة, إذ تفوق الصنف التركي واعطى اعلى قيمة بلغت  المعرض لمدة تعطيش متفوقاً بذلك على معاملة السيطرة للصنف 100ppmوالرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز أيام8 17 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 لرش بحامض البرولين ل. وقد يعزى السبب الى ان زيادة ارتفاع نبات الباذنجان نتيجة %21.78اعالُه وبنسبة زيادة بلغت لين االيجابي في تنظيم الجھد المائي مما يزيد من قابلية الخلية على سحب الماء من وسط النمو ويعود الى دور حامض البر تطالة الخاليا وادامة فتح الثغور وعملية البناء الضوئي فضالً عن كون حامض ومن ثم زيادة في نمو النبات وادامة اس ان زيادة مدة ا, كم [14]دوراً في تجھيز النباتات بالطاقة ؤديالبرولين مصدراً للنتروجين فھو يساھم في بناء البروتين وي ان عجز الماء في [15]قد أوضح باتات والتعطيش ادى الى حدوث تغيرات في العمليات الفسيولوجية والكيموحيوية في الن التربة يؤثر سلبياً في النمو الخضري ألغلب النباتات ويعتمد ذلك على نوع النبات ومستوى الشد فضالً عن مدة التعريض ن يجعل استھالك الجزء االكبر من الطاقة التنفسية في عملية التكيف االوزوموزي بدالً م,كما ان الشد المائي للشد المائي . [16]واستعمالھا في عمليات النم ان ألصناف الباذنجان تأثيراً معنوياً في الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري فقد تفوق الصنف 3)اشارت نتائج الجدول ( غم مقارنة بالصنف التركي الذي اعطى معدل 0.21االمريكي معنوياً في ھذه الصفة بإعطائه اعلى معدل للوزن بلغ غم 0.23أيام تفوقاً معنوياً بإعطائھا اعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 8غم. لقد اظھرت مدة التعطيش 0.20للوزن الجاف بلغ يوماً على التوالي . كما بينت النتائج في الجدول اعالهُ بأن الرش بتراكيز مختلفة من  (16,1)مقارنة بمدد التعطيش تفوقاً معنوياً بإعطائه 50ppmامض البرولين كان له تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه الصفة إذ اظھر الرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز ح . 100ppmمقارنة بالرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز %15.78غم وبنسبة زيادة 0.22اعلى معدل للوزن الجاف بلغ لتعطيش تأثيراً معنوياً فقد اظھر الصنف االمريكي تحت مدة اظھرت النتائج ان للتداخل الثنائي بين الصنف ومدة ا غم مقارنة بالصنف التركي . كان للتداخل بين الصنف والرش 0.23يوم تفوقاً معنوياً بإعطائه اعلى معدل بلغ 8التعطيش غم 0.24لغ بتراكيز من حامض البرولين تأثير معنوي في ھذه الصفة ، إذ اظھر الصنف االمريكي اعلى معدل للوزن ب مقارنة %20.00بتفوق معنوي على جميع التداخالت الثنائية وبنسبة زيادة 50ppmعند الرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز بمعاملة السيطرة . وكان للتداخل بين مدة التعطيش والرش بتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين تأثير معنوي ، إذ اعطت غم وبإختالف 0.26اعلى معدل للوزن الجاف بلغ 50ppmرولين بتركيز أيام والرش بحامض الب 8مدة التعطيش غم في 0.30معنوي مقارنة بجميع التداخالت االخرى. اما عن التداخل الثالثي فكان معنوياً وبلغت اعلى قيمة للوزن % 30.43ت وبنسبة زيادة بلغ  50ppmأيام والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 8الصنف االمريكي تحت مدة تعطيش مقارنة بالصنف التركي تحت المعاملة اعالُه . كما اشارت النتائج الى ان التداخل الثالثي ما بين الصنف االمريكي ومدة كان له تأثيراً ايجابياً وقد يعزى السبب الى ان المعامالت 100ppmأيام والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 8التعطيش احدثت زيادة في طول الجذور وزيادة في عدد االفرع الجانبية مما انعكس على زيادة معدالت الوزن الطري للمجموع الجذري الذي بدوره احدث زيادة للوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري . باذنجان تأثيراً معنوياً في الوزن الجاف للمجموع الخضري, إذ اظھر الصنف ) ان لصنف ال (4اكدت نتائج الجدول غم مقارنة بالصنف التركي الذي اعطى واطئ معدل 2.19االمريكي تفوقاً معنوياً بإعطائه اعلى معدل للوزن الجاف بلغ أيام اعلى 8اعطت مدة التعطيش غم . اوضح الجدول بأن لمدة التعطيش تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه الصفة فقد 2.08للوزن بلغ غم . وكان 1.64يوماً التي اعطت معدل للوزن بلغ 16غم بتفوق معنوي على مدة التعطيش 2.41معدل للوزن بلغ حقق اعلى معدل معدل 50ppmللرش بحامض البرولين تأثير معنوي لھذه الصفة فالرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز ى التراكيز االخرى. اثر التداخل بين الصنف ومدة التعطيش تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه غم بتفوق معنوي عل2.32للوزن بلغ غم وقد كانت الفروق معنوية 2.52أيام اعلى معدل للوزن بلغ 8الصفة إذ اظھر الصنف االمريكي عند مدة التعطيش حامض البرولين تأثيراً معنوياً لھذه مقارنة بأغلب المعامالت.أظھر التداخل الثنائي بين الصنف والرش بتراكيز مختلفة من وبنسبة 50ppmغم عند الرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 2.50الصفة فأعطى الصنف االمريكي اعلى معدل للوزن بلغ مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة للصنف اعاله. واكدت النتائج أن للتداخل بين مدة التعطيش والرش بتراكيز % 11.11زيادة أيام والرش 8غم مدة التعطيش 2.63رولين له تأثيراً معنوياً للصفة إذ سجل اعلى معدل بلغ مختلفة من حامض الب وبتفوق معنوي على اغلب التداخالت. اما عن التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة 5oppmبحامض البرولين بتركيز أيام والرش 8غم عند مدة التعطيش 3.51لھذه الصفة فقد اثر معنوياً ، إذ اعطى الصنف االمريكي اعلى قيمة بلغت  42.30واختلف معنوياً مقارنة بأغلب التداخالت الثالثية االخرى وبنسبة زيادة بلغت 50ppmبحامض البرولين بتركيز تحت المعاملة نفسھا . 2.26مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة للصنف نفسه في حين أعطى الصنف التركي قيمة بلغت % 18 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الى وجود تأثير معنوي للصنف في معدل عدد االوراق للمجموع الخضري ، إذ تفوق (5)الجدول تشير النتائج في متفوقا معنويا على الصنف التركي الذي 1-ورقة.نبات 6.29معنويا الصنف االمريكي باعطائه اعلى معدل لالوراق بلغ ,وقد يرجع السبب الى تباين تركيبھا الوراثي.كما بينت النتائج بأن لمدة التعطيش 1-ورقة.نبات 5.33اعطى معدل بلغ بتفوق معنوي 1-ورقة.نبات 6.44أيام اعلى معدل العداد االوراق بلغ 8تأثيرا معنويا لھذه الصفة فقد سجلت مدة التعطيش اختلف معنويا عن مدد 1-ورقة.نبات 4.83 يوماً بلغ 16على بقية مدد التعطيش ,بينما كان أقل معدل سجل مدة التعطيش  مقارنة بالمدد (25.00,21.59%)التعطيش االخرى وبنسبة زيادة بلغت يوم على التوالي .كما بينت نتائج الجدول  (8,1) بان ھناك تأثيراً معنوياً للرش بتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين في معدل عدد االوراق ,إذ اعطى الرش بحامض بتفوق معنوي على جميع التراكيز االخرى. وبينت النتائج 1ورقة.نبات  6.22اعطى معدل بلغ 50ppmتركيز البرولين ب ايضا وجود تأثير معنوي بين الصنف ومدة التعطيش في عدد االوراق ,فقد حقق التداخل بين الصنف االمريكي ومدة نويا على اغلب التداخالت الثنائية االخرى,اعطى متفوقا بذلك مع 1-ورقة.نبات 6.88أيام اعلى معدل بلغ 8التعطيش وبنسبة 1-ورقة.نبات 7.00اعلى معدل لعدد االوراق بلغ 50ppmالصنف االمريكي عند الرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز مقارنة بالصنف التركي تحت المعاملة اعاله.أظھرت نتائج الجدول ايضا وجود تأثير معنوي للتداخل بين 28.67%زيادة أيام 8مدة التعطيش والرش بتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين في ھذه الصفة إذ اعطى التداخل بين مدة التعطيش  50والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز ppm  وبنسبة زيادة 1اتورقة.نب 7.50اعلى معدل بلغ%  مقارنة بمعاملة 25.00 السيطرة.بينت النتائج بأن للتداخل الثالثي عوامل الدراسة تأثيرا معنويا في قيم عدد االوراق إذ تفوق الصنف االمريكي 8.66فاعطى اعلى قيمة لالوراق بلغت 50ppmأيام والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 8بھذه الصفة تحت مدة التعطيش وكانت ھناك فروق معنوية مقارنة بالتداخالت الثالثية االخرى.وقد حقق التداخل بين الصنف التركي ومدة 1-ة.نباتورق . إن للتداخل 1ورقة.نبات 4.00أقل قيمة لھذه الصفة بلغت 100ppmيوم والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز16التعطيش كان له تأثير إيجابي لزيادة عدد 50ppmض البرولين بتركيزأيام والرش بحام 5الثالثي مابين الصنف ومدة التعطيش االوراق النباتية وقد يعود السبب الى ان حامض البرولين أدى الى تحفيز نشاط الخاليا النه يساعد على تكوين النتروجين ب الى ان الجفاف أثر في .أما بزيادة مدد التعطيش أثر سلبيا في النواتج وقد يعود السب(17)مما أثر في زيادة عمليات النمو اختزال معدل نشوء االوراق وتقليل عملية االنقسام الخلوي وانخفاض في عدد االشطاء واالفرع في مختلف نباتات المحاصيل ، إذ يؤثر في مستوى الھرمونات الداخلية فيزداد تركيز ھرمون االثيلين وحامض االبيسيسك الذي يعمل على .(19)و(18)وتساقطھا غلق الثغور وشيخوخة االوراق وجود فروق معنوية بين اصناف الباذنجان في معدل المساحة الورقية فقد تفوق الصنف (6)أوضحت نتائج الجدول وبتفوق معنوي على الصنف التركي الذي سجل معدل بلغ 2سم 77.22االمريكي معنويا بتكشف اعلى معدل لالوراق بلغ فات وراثية مابين االصناف.كما اكدت النتائج في الجدول ايضا أن لمدة التعطيش وقد يعزى السبب الختال 2سم 55.50 أيام تفوقت معنويا على اغلب مدد التعطيش باعطائھا اعلى معدل للمساحة 8تأثيرا معنويا في ھذه الصفة فمدة التعطيش أيام والتي اعطت أقل معدل للمساحة الورقية  16مقارنة بمدة التعطيش 25.60%وبنسبة زيادة 2سم 71.42الورقية بلغ .بينت النتائج أن الرش بحامض البرولين له تأثيرا معنويا لھذه الصفة فاعلى معدل للمساحة الورقية بلغ 2سم 56.86بلغت وبتفوق معنوي على جميع التراكيز االخرى. كما نالحظ بأن 50ppmعند الرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 2سم 73.14 ل الثنائي بين الصنف ومدة التعطيش تأثيراً معنوياً بصرف النظر عن تراكيز حامض البرولين لھذه الصفة فقد حقق للتداخ وبتفوق معنوي على 2سم 82.00أيام اعلى معدل للمساحة الورقية بلغ  8التداخل بين الصنف االمريكي ومدة التعطيش في الصنف 2سم 45.89اله, اما اقل معدل للمساحة الورقية بلغ جميع المعامالت بإستثناء معاملة السيطرة للصنف اع يوماً وبإختالف معنوي عن جميع التداخالت. إن تأثير التداخل بين الصنف والرش بتراكيز 16التركي تحت مدة التعطيش 50ppm من حامض البرولين كان معنويا لھذه الصفة فقد تفوق الصنف االمريكي عند رشه بحامض البرولين بتركيز وقد كانت الفروق معنوية مقارنة بالتداخالت االخرى. واظھرت النتائج 2سم 90.67بإعطائه اعلى معدل لھذه الصفة بلغ ايضاً بأن التداخل بين مدة التعطيش والرش بتراكيز من حامض البرولين كان له تأثير معنوي لھذه الصفة فأعطت مدة وبإختالف 2سم 84.75اعلى معدل للمساحة الورقية وبلغ 50ppmتركيز أيام والرش بحامض البرولين ب 8التعطيش مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. ان تأثير التداخل % 21.94معنوي مقارنة مع جميع التداخالت الثنائية االخرى وبنسبة زيادة 2سم 108.50يمة بلغت الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة كان معنوياً لھذه الصفة, إذ تفوق الصنف االمريكي واعطى اعلى ق وقد كانت الفروق معنوية مقارنة بجميع التداخالت 50ppmأيام والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 8عند مدة التعطيش 19 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 أيام والرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز 16الثالثية االخرى. كما حقق التداخل بين الصنف التركي ومدة التعطيش 100ppm وبإختالف معنوي عن معاملة السيطرة للصنف اعاله التي اعطت 2سم 42.00غت اقل قيمة للمساحة الورقية بل أيام 8وقد اظھرت النتائج تفوق الصنف االمريكي لھذه الصفة عند مدة التعطيش 2سم 57.00قيمة للمساحة الورقية بلغت العوامل اثرت في زيادة مقارنة بالصنف التركي وقد يعزى السبب الى أن ھذه 50ppmوالرش بحامض البرولين بتركيز العمليات الحيوية داخل النبات مثل عملية البناء الضوئي وغيرھا مما أثر في زيادة المساحة الورقية. لكن زيادة مدة التعطيش أثر سلبياً على تقليل المساحة الورقية وقد يعزى السبب الى أن للماء دوراً في عملية الضغط االنتفاضي لخاليا  .[20]ص الماء أدى الى تقليل مساحة األوراق ونقص في عملية تثبيت ثاني اوكسيد الكاربون األوراق. وأن نق المصادر  ). تربية محاصيل الخضر.الطبعة االولى الدار العربية للنشر والتوزيع , بغداد :1993حسن , احمد عبد المنعم .( 1. 799. الخضر . مطبعة مديرية دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر, جامعة . اساسيات انتاج (1982)محمد, عبد العظيم كاظم . 2. .260الموصل, العراق , ). انتاج الخضروات. الجزء الثاني , مطبعة 1981مطلوب , عدنان ناصر, عز الدين سلطان وعبدول , كريم صالح.( 3. .208مديرية دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر, جامعة الموصل ,العراق .اللجنة الوطنية لتسجيل واعتماد األصناف الزراعية (2005)ألصناف المسجلة والمعتمدة في العراق. النشرة السنوية ل 4. . 167: 4)جمھورية العراق.(–. وزارة الزراعة لتقليل ضرر الجفاف في نمو صنفين من الحنطة iaa. استخدام منظم النمو 2009)الطيبي, شيماء محمد عبد ( 5. ية التربية, جامعة الموصل ,العراق.الناعمة.رسالة ماجسيتر .كل ). تأثير الجفاف والحرارة في النمو, تجمع البرولين والتركيب المعدني لنباتي الحمص 1986ابراھيم, ضياء ايوب.( 6. وفول الصويا. رسالة ماجستير . كلية العلوم,جامعة الموصل, العراق. 7. el‐noemani, a.a. ; el‐zeiny, h.a.; al-gindy, a. ; al‐shahhar, e.a. and el shawafy,m.a.(20   10).varieties under different irrigation systems and regimes.aust.j.bas.applisci.,4(12): 6185‐ 6196.                                                                                        . استجابة الذرة الصفراء للري وعمق وطريقة الزراعة . اطروحة دكتوراه, كلية (2010)العبودي, ھادي محمد كريم. 8.  الزراعة, جامعة بغداد,العراق. 9. abo‐ghalia,h.h. and khala fallah, a.a.(2008) .responses of wheat plants associated with  arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi to short. term water stress followed by recovery at three grow‐  ‐th stages.j.appl.sci.res. ,4: 570‐580.  10. blum,a. and ebercon , a.(1976).genotypic response in sorghum to draught stress. iii.free   proline accumulation and draught resistance . cropsci., 16:428‐431. . االسمدة وخصوبة التربة. الطبعة االولى , مؤسسة دار الكتب للطباعة  (1988)هللا نجم عبد هللا.النعيمي, سعد  11.  .384والنشر, جامعة الموصل, العراق. .تطبيقات في تصميم وتحليل التجارب. وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي, (1990)كريمة, احمد. ;الساھوكي,وھيب  12. .420العراق: 13. hussain, s.s. , kayani , m.k.  and amjad, m.(2011).transcription factor as tolls to engineer  enhanced drought stress tolerance in plants. biotechnolo prog. ,27:247‐306.   .14 ياسين , بسام طه . (1992) ل, عة الموصفسلجة الشد المائي في النبات.مؤسسة دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر, جام 257 .15. day, w.(1979).water stress and crop growth east.sch.agric.sci. , 30:199‐214.  16. mass,e.v.(1986).salt tolerance of plants. appl.agric.res. , 1:12‐26.  20 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014  lycopersicon).تأثير الرش بحامض البرولين في تحمل نبات الطماطة (2011)الحطاب ,زينة محمود شريف 17. esculentum mill) لملح كلوريد الصوديوم بأستخدام تقنية الزراعة المائية .رسالة ماجستير ,كلية التربية ابن الھيثم ,جامعة بغداد العراق .667. اساسيات فيسيولوجيا النبات. كلية العلوم ,جامعة قطر,دولة قطر (2001)ياسين بسام طه. 18.  (ed.),sianauer associates  , sun deland,    th, e.(2010).plantphysiology.519. taiz,l. and zeiger uk:692.  .321.العالقات المائية في النباتات. جامعة الملك سعود, الرياض,المملكة العربية السعودية. (1997)الوھيبي, محمد حمد. 20   المجموع الجذري (سم) لنبات الباذنجان المعرض لالجھاد المائي) يوضح تأثير الصنف وحامض البرولين في طول 1جدول رقم( مدة التعطيش الصنف تراكيز حامض البرولين مدة التعطيش(يوم)xالصنف 0 50ppm 100ppm  1االمريكي 1 22.7023.4018.50 21.53  8 19.3028.8015.50 21.20 16 18.50 17.20 14.60 16.76   2التركي 1 22.30 23.10 28.10 24.50 821.2029.0030.40 26.42 16 20.90 19.00 18.30 19.40 l.s.d(0.05) 1.541 0.890 األصناف تراكيز حامض xالصنف البرولين 1 20.17 23.13 16.20 19.83 2 21.47 23.26 25.60 23.44 l.s.d(0.05) 0.890 0.514  مدة التعطيش(يوم) مدةالتعطيش(يوم) xتركيزحامض البرولين 1 22.50 23.25 23.30 23.02 820.25 28.23 22.95 24.14  16 19.70 18.10 16.45 18.08 l.s.d(0.05) 1.090 0.629 20.90 23.19 20.82 تركيز حامض البرولين l.s.d(0.05) 0.629 المجموع الخضري (سم) لنبات الباذنجان المعرض لالجھاد المائي) يوضح تأثير الصنف وحامض البرولين في ارتفاع 2دول رقم (ج الصنف تراكيز حامض البرولين مدةالتعطيش(يوم) مدةالتعطيش(يوم)xالصنف 0 50ppm100ppm  1االمريكي 116.0017.4015.00 16.13  8 14.9018.9014.00 15.93 1614.50 14.1013.00 13.86   2التركي 1 17.9018.7020.90 19.16 8 17.20 20.60 21.80 19.86 1616.6016.0015.40 16.00 l.s.d (0.05) 0.84860.4899 األصناف  الصنف x تراكيزحامض البرولين 115.1316.80 14.00 15.31 2 17.23 18.43 19.36 18.34 l.s.d(0.05) 0.48990.2829  مدة التعطيش(يوم) xمدةالتعطيش(يوم) تركيزحامض البرولين 116.95 18.05 17.95 17.65 816.05 19.75 17.90 17.90 1615.55 15.05 14.20 14.68 l.s.d(0.05) 0.60000.3464  16.38 17.61 16.18 تركيزحامض البرولين l.s.d(0.05) 0.3464 21 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 البرولين في الوزن الجاف للمجموع الجذري(غم) لنبات الباذنجان المعرض ) يوضح تأثير الصنف وحامض 3جدول رقم (         لالجھاد المائي الصنف تركيز حامض البرولين مدة التعطيش(يوم) مدة التعطيش(يوم)xالصنف 0 50ppm 100ppm   1االمريكي 1 0.22 0.26 0.19 0.22 8 0.21 0.30 0.18 0.23 160.19 0.17 0.16 0.17  2التركي 1 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.22 8 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.22 16 0.18 o.16 0.15 0.16 l.s.d (0.05) 0.01853 0.01070 األصناف تركيز حامض xالصنف البرولين 10.200.240.17 0.21  2 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.20  l.s.d(0.05) 0.01070 0.00618  مدة التعطيش(يوم)   مدةالتعطيش(يوم) xتركيزحامض البرولين 1 0.21 0.24 0.20 0.22 80.20 0.26 0.22 0.23 160.18 0.17 0.15 0.17 l.s.d (0.05) 0.007310 0.00757 0.19 0.20 0.22 تركيزحامض البرولين l.s.d(0.05) 0.00757 الجاف للمجموع الخضري (غم) لنبات الباذنجان المعرض ) يوضح تأثير الصنف وحامض البرولين في الوزن 4جدول رقم(       لالجھاد المائي الصنف تركيز حامض البرولين مدة التعطيش(يوم) مدة التعطيش(يوم)xالصنف 050ppm100ppm   1االمريكي 1 2.48 2.90 2.12 2.50 8 2.25 3.51 1.82 2.52 16 1.98 1.62 1.59 1.68  2التركي 1 2.01 2.11 2.39 2.16 8 1.91 2.26 3.17 2.47 16 1. 69 1.67 1.51 1.60 l.s.d (0.05) 0.2462 0.1421 األصناف تركيز حامض xالصنف البرولين 1 2.25 2.50 1.84 2.19  2 1.85 2.01 2.37 2.08  l.s.d(0.05) 0.1421 0.0821  مدة التعطيش(يوم) تركيز xمدةالتعطيش(يوم) حامض البرولين 0 2.21 2.52 2.25 2.32 8 2.12 2.63 2.49 2.41 16 1.82 1.57 1.52 1.64 l.s.d(0.05) 0.1741 0.1005 2.09 2.05 2.32 تركيزحامض البرولين l.s.d(0.05) 0.1005     22 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 لنبات الباذنجان )للمجموع الخضري1-يوضح تأثير الصنف وحامض البرولين في عدد االوراق (ورقة.نبات  (5)جدول رقم            المعرض لألجھاد المائي الصنف مدة xالصنف تركيز حامض البرولين مدة التعطيش(يوم) 0 50ppm100ppm التعطيش(يوم)  1االمريكي 1 6.66 7.00 6.33 6.66 8 6.33 8.66 5.66 6.88 16 5.66 5.33 5.00 5.33  2التركي 1 5.33 5.66 6.00 5.66 85.00 6.33 6.66 6.00 16 4.66 4.33 4.00 4.33 l.s.d (0.05) 0.5063 0.2923 األصناف تركيزحامض xالصنف البرولين 16.227.00 5.666.29  2 5.00 5.44 5.55 5.33  l.s.d(0.05) 0.29230.1688  مدةالتعطيش(يوم)  تركيزxمدةالتعطيش(يوم) حامض البرولين 1 6.00 6.33 6.16 6.16 8 5.66 7.50 6.16 6.44 16 5.16 4.83 4.50 4.83 l.s.d(0.05) 0.3580 0.2067 5.61 5.61 6.22 تركيز حامض البرولين l.s.d(0.05) 0.2067 ) للمجموع الخضري لنبات الباذنجان المعرض 2يوضح تأثير الصنف وحامض البرولين في مساحة ورقية (سم (6)جدول رقم لألجھاد المائي الصنف مدةالتعطيش xالصنف تركيز حامض البرولين مدةالتعطيش(يوم) 0 50ppm 100ppm (يوم)  1االمريكي 1 82.00 93.00 70.50 81.83 875.00 108.50 62.50 82.00 16 74.00 70.50 59.00 67.83  2التركي 1 57.00 61.00 62.00 59.78 856.00 61.00 65.00 60.83 16 51.50 45.50 42.00 45.89 l.s.p(0.05) 4.456 2.572  األصناف تركيزحامض xالصنف البرولين 1 77.00 90.67 64.00 77.22  2 59.7860.8345.89 55.50  l.s.d(0.05) 2.572 1.485  مدةالتعطيش(يوم) تركيز xمدةالتعطيش(يوم) حامض البرولين 1 69.50 76.67 66.25 70.81 8 65.75 84.75 63.75 71.42 1662.08 58.00 50.50 56.86 l.s.d(0.05) 3.151 1.819 60.17 65.78 73.14 تركيزحامض البرولين l.s.d(0.05)                                       1.819 23 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the effect of spraying proline acid on morphological features of egg plant solanum melongena l. exposed to water stress suha m. m. al-bassam teacher's training institue for girls/al-rusafa the first/ministry of education receivd in:6/april/2014 , accepted in :20/october/2014 abstract the experiment was conducted in the glass house in a nursery at the growth season 2013.the experiment was designed by the completely randomized blocks design(crbd).the seeds of two varieties of eggplant were studied.they were : 1.lot (number)melaneana an american species,2.aydinsiyah a turkish species.we used three periods of water stress(1,8 ,16)days respectively, and three concentrations of proline acid (0,50,100) ppm using three frequents for each treatment.the experiment contained 54 experimental unit.the seeds were planted on the 30th/8/2013 in the glass house of the nursery, a month later, we put the plantelet in pots with good fertilized soil in the glass house.some growth features were studied (the height of the root and shoot system,dry weight for the leaf area and leaves number).the results showed a significant increase in some of the morphological features in the american spiecies (the dry weigh rate in the shoot and root system, the number of leaves rate and the leaf area) as they were compared to the turkish variety and water stress for (8)days and spraying with the proline acid at concentration 50ppm for all trearments. key word :proline acid and water stress on egg plant. microsoft word 358-366 358علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 في مستوى انزيمات lallemantia royleana تأثيرمستخلص بذورالبلنكو وظائف الكبد وفي بعض معالم نشاط الفئران المعاملة بعقار الريفادين محمد فاضل عبد الحسين البرام زينب ثامر شويت االسدي قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد 2016ايار11قبل في: ،2016اذار13استلم في: الخالصة ار مية عق ن س ل م ي التقلي و ف ات البلنك ذور نب ام لب ولي الخ تخلص الكح هدفت هذه الدراسة الى التعرف على دور المس الريفادين واالعراض الجانبية الناتجة منه على الكبد. ة (قسمت ات التجريبي لجي 40الحيوان ي الفس المحلول الملح ى ب ة االول ت المجموع اميع ، إذ جرع ة مج ى اربع ار) عل ف ادين ( 28%) ولمدة 0.9( ار الريف ة بعق ة الثاني ت المجموع يطرة، وجرع دة 1.5يوماً لتمثل مجموعة الس وم) ولم ملغم/كغم/ي تخلص ا 28 ة بالمس و (يوماً ايضا، كما جرعت المجموعة الثالث ات البلنك ذور نب ولي لب دة %1لكح م) ولم اً 28وزن/حج يوم ولي تخلص الكح ايضا، اما المجموعة الرابعة فجرعت بالمستخلص الكحولي للبذور لمدة خمسة ايام ثم جرعت بكل من المس ة 28للبذور وعقار الريفادين لمدة ذه المجموع ع له ام التجري وع اي ون مجم حبت ن 33يوماً وبذلك يك اً. س ن يوم دم م اذج ال م انزيم ت ب ي تمثل د الت ائف الكب ات وظ و alkalin phosphatase (alp)المجاميع الحيوانية لغرض قياس مستوى انزيم alanine transaminase (alt) وaspartate transaminase (ast) اميع ي المج ات ف ة الحيوان م مراقب ا ت ، كم الناتجة بعد التجريع بالعقار والمستخلص. التجريبية للتعرف على التغيرات في نشاط الحيوان ة ( ادة معنوي ود زي ائج وج رت النت ات (p<0.05اظه توى انزيم ي مس ة alt,ast,alp) ف ي المجموع ) ف ار ( ة بالعق والي 3.45±131.575)، 662.04±8.26، 197.00±6.58المجرع ى الت ع عل ة م يطرة مقارن ة الس مجموع اً () 74.98±1.79،264.10±2.52،2.27±33.440( زيم (p<0.05، وانخفاضاً معنوي توى ان ي مس ي alt,ast) ف ) ف و ( ذورنبات البلنك تخلص ب ة بمس ران المجرع تخلص )1.93±254.18،47.480±4.34الفئ ة بالمس ة المجرع والمجموع ي مقارنة مع مج ) 2.33±85.033، 444.86±4.56والعقارمعا ( ات ف اط الحيوان موعة العقار ، ولوحظ وجود تغيرات بنش ى المجموعة المعاملة بالعقار، تمثلت راز ال ون الب ول ل ن تح ال ع بالخمول واالنطواء والميل الى النوم وسرعة التنفس، فض ي رات ف ك التغي اض تل وحظ انخف ا ل اتح، بينم ون االحمرالف ى الل ول ال ون الب ود ول ون االس ران المجالل تخلص الفئ ة بمس رع بذورنبات البلنكو والمجرعة بالمستخلص والعقارمعا مقارنة مع مجموعة العقار. .الريفادين، وظائف الكبد، نشاط الفئران، عقار lallemantia royleana مفتاحية:الكلمات ال 359علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة ن ي يمك يؤدي الكبد دورا اساسيا في التحول االحيائي للعقاقير والسموم التي تعد المسبب االساسي لعدد من االعراض الت زن ] [1ان تالحظ في الكبد اج وخ وم بانت فراء ويق ادة الص راز م ق اف ن طري ام ع م الطع ة هض ويؤدي دورا مهما في عملي امين زن فيت وم بخ ترول ويق دهون والكولس كريات وال ر الس ى b12 , b-9 , d ,aوتحري د عل ل الكب ا يعم د كم والحدي ات ات والهرمون د عل تكوين عدد من االنزيم ل الكب تجلط ويعم ل ال ة وعوام من المهم ي تتض م الت ن الجس موم م ة الس ى ازال .] [2الكحول والعقاقير والمواد الثقيلة ة 600يوجد اكثر من اقير إال ان الحال ذه العق اطي ه اف تع ة ايق ي حال الحها ف عقار تسبب اضرار الكبد التي يمكن اص اقير بب]1[يمكن ان تصبح اسوا في حالة استمرار استعمال مثل هذه العق ا تس ن ، كم ر م ة اكث راراً كبدي اقير اض ض العق بع خاص ة باش دي مقارن رر الكب بب للض ار المس ين للعق ون متحسس خاص يكون ض االش غيرها من العقاقير االخرى كما ان بع drug induced، وتسمى هذه الحالة باالضرار الكبدية الناتجة بسبب العقاقير ]3[اخرين ياخذون العقار و الجرعة نفسها liver injury (dili) اقير ن العق دد م د لع رض المتزاي ن التع ة م الم ناتج توى الع ى مس ية عل حية رئيس وهي مشكلة ص ، وعقار ]4 [واالدوية الحديثة التي يتم استهالكها بوصفة طبية اوبغير وصفة طبية مثل االدوية التكميلية والمكمالت الغذائية ادين درن rifadin الريف رض الت الج م تعمل لع ري يس وي بكتي اد حي ا tuberculosisهومض ن بكتري اتج م الن mycobacterium tuberculosis إذ ان العقار مشتق من مجموعة .rifamycin ارعلى المضادة للبكتريا، اذ يعمل العق ومي ( ووي الرايبوس امض الن اء الح يط بن ا rna (ribosomal nuclear acidتثب ي بكتري mycobacteriumف tuberculosis ى ]5[وانواع بكتيرية اخرى ل ال د يص درن ق ى الت ار لمرض ت 6. ان مدة العالج بهذا العق و الوق هر وه اش االدنى الذي تحتاجه المضادات الحيوية للقضاء على كل البكتريا الموجودة في الرئتين والعقد اللمفاوية إذ يستعمل العقارعادة ادات ن المض ة م ع مجموع ل م ة مث ، ]pyrazinamide ,ethambutol , streptomycin , isoniazid ]6الحيوي ادات تعملت كمض ة, اذ اس ا الكبدي ة الخالي ي حماي ة ف ات النباتي ض المستخلص ى دور بع ات ال ن الدراس د م ارت العدي واش د يب الكب ي تص طرابات الت الج االض اب ولع ؤ وااللته موم وللتقي ادات للس ة ومض و ، وين]7[جرثومي ات البلنك ي نب تم lallemantia royleana الى العائلة الشفويةlabiatae ا يما تركي يا والس , ويتواجد في العديد من البلدان في اوربا واس د ران والهن تان ]8[واي تان و قرغيزس ق ]9[و اوزبكس ر رائ ون اخض ه ذا ل و بكون ذور البلنك تخلص ب ت مس از زي ، ويمت ة ويحوي على مواد فعالة التي اض الدهني ن االحم ة م ن مجموع ارة ع تخدم، ]10[هي عب رة يس تخلص ثم و مس ات البلنك نب lallemantia royleana دىء ]9[ في الطب البديل في عالج امراض المعدة والوهن العصبي ل مه م وعام ، ومسكن لالل ا دمامل وااللتهاب راج وال الج الخ ذور لع ار]11[ت لمشاكل الجهاز البولي وللسعال، كما تستعمل الب ا اش mahmood. . كم et. al ]12[ ذورنبات البلنك ة لب ات الكحولي اداً lallemantia royleanaوان للمسخلص أثيراً مض ة ت الالت البكتيري للس pseudomonas aeruginosa) ,enterobacter cloaceae , escherichia coli, (staphylococcus aureus اكل د ومش راض الجل بب ام ي تس دي الت ازالمعوي المع ين ، الجه ر ب ب اخ ن جان ان ]atabaki&ezatti ]13م الم مل /غم0.01بتركيز المادة الهالمية المستخلصة من بذورنبات البلنكو اطة اله وة التخديربوس ذات تاثيرمسكن وان مدة وق ذور المحضرة صناعيا. وعليه ان الهدف من هذا البحث هو اختبارlidocaine % 2تكون مشابهة لمادة امتالك مستخلص ب .البلنكو تأثيرا وقائيا في حماية الكبد من سمية عقار الريفادين في الفئران المواد وطرائق العمل تحضير المستخلص الكحولي لنبات البلنكو: تعمال ت باس وائب طحن ن الش ف م ة التنظي راء عملي د اج ة، وبع تم الحصول على بذور نبات البلنكو من السوق المحلي اعم. وزن electric grenderمطحنة كهربائية تخلص 50الى ان تم الحصول على مسحوق ن حوق البذورواس ن مس م م غ اعات 7% استمرت عملية االستخالص 95كيز مل من كحول الميثانول تر 500بوساطة sexulateبجهاز االستخالص س ول ° 37م ثم ترك المستخلص الناتج في حمام مائي بدرجة حرارة ° 60وبدرجة حرارة ر الكح م لمدة ثالثة ايام للسماح بتبخ ة 1منه. وتم الحصول على المستخلص الخام زيتي القوام اخضر اللون رائق بتركيز تخلص بقنين % وزن/حجم ثم حفظ المس .]14 [م لحين االستعمال ° 4ة وبدرجة حرارة معتم تصميم تجربة البحث والحيوانات التجريبية: م mus masculusتم الحصول على ذكور الفار االبيض ة، و ت وث الدوائي حية والبح ة الص وطني للرقاب من المركز ال عت –كلية تربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) -تربية الحيوانات في البيت الحيواني في قسم علوم الحياة داد، ووض ة بغ جامع ين رارة ب ة ح ة (درج روف مختبري ت ظ الم ° 4± 26الحيوانات تح وء : والض اعة) 12:12م ودورة الض ي س ا اعط ، كم : فئران لكل مجموعة 10للحيوان العليقة الجاهزة والماء بصورة مستمرة، وقسمت تجربة البحث الى اربع مجاميع وبمعدل يطرة – ا مجموعة الس ة فموي ذه المجموع ران ه ت فئ م 0.1: جرع لجي ³س ي الفس ول الملح ن المحل ار 0.9( م ل ف %) ولك .يوماً 28يوميا ولمدة 360علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 م/ 1.5من عقار الريفادين بتركيز ³سم 0.1: جرعت فئران هذه المجموعة المعاملة بعقار الريفادينالمجموعة – ملغم/ كغ يوماً. 28يوم ولمدة ة المجموعة المعاملة بالمستخلص الكحولي لبذور نبات البلنكو : – ذه المجموع م 0.1جرعت فئران ه تخلص ³س ن المس م . يوماً ايضا 28% وزن/حجم وكانت مدة التجريع 1الكحولي لبذور نبات البلنكو بتركيز و : – ات البلنك ذور نب ام لب ي الخ تخلص الزيت ادين والمس ذه المجموعة المعاملة بكل من عقار الريف ات ه ت حيوان اذ جرع ة م 0.1المجموع ذور ³س ولي للب تخلص الكح ن المس ت %1( م م جرع ام، ث ة اي دة خمس م) ولم م 0.1وزن/حج ن ³س م ادين ( ار الريف ذور وعق ولي للب تخلص الكح دة 1.5المس ا لم وم) مع م/ ي م/ كغ ذه 28ملغ ع له ام التجري دد اي ل ع اً، ليص يوم يوماً. 33المجموعة قياس تركيز انزيمات وظائف الكبد: ة وخزة القلبي ة ال ران بطريق ن الفئ دم م ع ال توى cardiac puncture جم اس مس ه ولقي ل من ل المص رض فص لغ د ( ائف الكب ات وظ ل alt,ast,alpانزيم از التحلي تعمال جه ل accent 300) باس ة التحلي ل بتقني ذي يعم ال . automation fullyاالوتوماتيكي الكامل دراسة نشاط الحيوانات: ع وضعت الحيوانات التجريبية تحت المراقبة لتسجيل ا م ع ومقارنته دة التجري الل م اَية تغيرات في نشاط الحيوانات خ .مجموعة السيطرة النتائج والمناقشة انزيمات وظائف الكبد: ة ( توى احتمالي ت مس وي تح اع معن ود ارتف ة وج ة الحالي ائج الدراس حت نت ي p<0.05اوض توى انزيم ي مس ) ف alt,ast )26.8 ±04. 662 ،(131.575±3.45 ) ادين ار الريف ة بعق ران المجرع ة الفئ ل مجموع ي مص 1.5ف دة وم) ولم و 28ملغم/كغم/الي ذور البلنك ولي لب تخلص الكح ة بالمس ران المجرع ي الفئ توياتها ف ع مس ة م اً مقارن يوم ا ( )47.480±1.93، 43±254.18. 4( ار مع تخلص والعق ة بالمس ، ) 2.33±444.86،85.033±4.56والفئران المجرع زيم ع ان ات م ذه االنزيم توى ه ي مس اع ف ذلك االرتف ة alp )6.58±197.00وك ع مجموع ة م ة العقارمقارن ي مجموع ) ف ).1ل (جدو ) 33.440±2.27، 264.10±2.52، 74.98±1.79السيطرة ( د ا الكب رر خالي ية لتض ة اساس د عالم د يع ائف الكب ن ]15[إن ارتفاع مستوى انزيمات وظ ادين م ار الريف د عق ا يع . كم ة ية فعال ادة ايض ى م د ال ي الكب ادين ف ار الريف ائي لعق ول االحي ى ان التح اث ال ير االبح ة، اذ تش العقاقير الحاثة للسمية الكبدي زيم desacetyle rifampicin-25تسمى والتي بدورها تعرقل تكوين االنزيمات االزمة اليض العقار، كما تحفز اطالق ان cytochrome p450 دي د تاكس ى جه ا ال رض الخالي ا يع درات، مم ن المقت اطالق oxidative stressم ل ب والمتمث روتين دة glutathionالجذور الحرة واختزال مستويات ب اد لالكس دة antioxidant proteinالمض ة اكس ز عملي ، وتحفي ة ، مما يحطم الدهون] lipid peroxidation (] 16 ،17الدهون وتحطيمها ( ا الكبدي المفسفرة في الغشاء البالزمي للخالي ات ة alt,ast,alpمؤثرا في نفاذية هذه االغشية ومن ثم يحصل انتقال وتسرب النزيم ا الكبدي ايتوبالزم الخالي ن س م دم رى ال ى مج وال ال ارجي وص يط الخ ى المح م ال ي ث اء البالزم الل الغش ذه ]18،19[خ توى ه اع مس ر ارتف ذا مايفس ، وه ع ظمات في مصل مجموعة الفئران المجرعة بعقار الريفادين التي لوحاالنزي ة م ذه النتيج ت ه د اتفق ة، وق ذه الدراس ت في ه ن ل م د ]verma et. al. 21 [و ]gond & khadabadi ]20ك ائف الكب ات وظ توى انزيم اع مس ى ارتف ارا ال ، اذ اش )alt,ast,alp) ارتفاعا معنويا (p<0.05ة د معامل ل بع ع ) في المص ة م ادين مقارن ار الريف ة بعق ات التجريي الحيوان في رفع مستويات ]paracetamol 22 [و ]thioacetamide ]16مجموعة السيطرة، كما سببت عقاقير اخرى مثل دي د التاكس ى الجه ا ال رض الخالي ن تع ا م هذه االنزيمات في المصل، بسبب سمية النواتج االيضية لهذه العقاقير وما يرافقه .مما يؤدي الى تلفها وتضررها وي ( ) p<0.05كما اظهرت نتائج الدراسة االحصائية النزيمات وظائف الكبد في هذه الدراسة الى وجود انخفاض معن و ( alt,astفي مستوى انزيمي ات البلنك م) %1في مجموعة الفئران المعاملة بالمستخلص الكحولي لبذور نب وزن/حج دة عل اً يوم 28بعد مرور ا ولم ار مع تخلص والعق ن المس ل م ة بك ران المجرع ة الفئ ي مجموع ذلك ف اً يوم 33ى التجريع وك زيم p<0.05مقارنة مع مجموعة الفئران المجرعة بالعقار بينما حصل ارتفاع معنوي ( ة alp) في مستوى ان ي مجموع ف ا الفئران المجرعة بالمستخلص الكحولي للبذور وكذلك في المجموعة المجرعة بك ى إل من المستخلص والعقار مع غ اعل ذ بل ه ( اع ل دة/لتر) 345.44±4.88ارتف ع وح ذلك م يطرة وك ة الس ع مجموع ة م تخلص مقارن ة بالمس ران المجرع ي الفئ ف دول ا ج ار مع تخلص والعق ة بالمس ار والمجرع ة بالعق ة المجرع ى إذ)، 1 ( المجموع و عل ات البلنك ذور نب ت ب وي زي يح 361علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 اض الد ن االحم ة م ك مجموع امض اللينولين ا ح ة منه ك linolinic acidهني امض البالمت امض palmatic acidوح وح .]oleic acid ]10االولك د مي والجه أثير الس ن الت د م ة الكب ة ووقاي ي حماي ن دور ف ه م ا ل اض لم ذه االحم م ه ن اه ك م اذ يعد حامض اللينولين االتاكسدي المتولد نتيجة لالخذ المفرط للعقاقير وت -كوين المواد االيضية السامة. ويصنف هذا الحامض من مجموعة االوميك 3 )omega-3 ان ذور الكت ت ب ل زي ة مث وت النباتي ض الزي ي بع د ف بع يتواج ر مش ن flox oil) وهو حامض غي د م ، ويع وتين الكلوتاثيون لما له من دور في ازالة الجهد التاكسدي ورفع مستويات برanti-oxidant [23]المواد المضادة لالكسدة رة ذور الح ا الج امة ومنه ية الس يماالمسؤول عن ايض العقاقير وتحويل المواد االيض دروجين ( الس يد الهاي ) 2o2hبيروكس ة 02hالى ماء ( ا الكبدي ف الخالي ى تل ؤدي ال ي ت رار الت ن االض ة م ة مالئم ة إذ، ]24[) مما يوفر حماي ائج الدراس ت نت اتفق ، والذي اشار الى حصول انخفاض معنوي في ]gond & khadabadi ]20الحالية مع العديد من الدراسات ومنها دراسة ات توى انزيم ين alt,astمس ات الت تخلص اوراق نب ة بمس ة المعامل اميع التجريبي ي مج ع ficus caricaف ة م مقارن ار الر ة مجموعة الحيوانات المعاملة بعق ع دراس ذلك م ت ك ادين، واتفق ى دور al-kenanny et. al [25] يف ار ال ذي اش ال ة acacia senegalمستخلص نبات الصمغ العربي بخفض مستويات انزيمات وظائف الكبد مقارنة مع الحيوانات المعامل ار وي (gentamycinبعق اض معن ود انخف وحظ وج ا ل د فp<0.05، كم ائف الكب ات وظ توى انزيم ي مس ات ) ف ي الحيوان ود ( دس االس ات الع تخلص نب ة بمس ار linn vigna mongo)المعامل تخلص وعق ة بالمس ات المعامل ة الحيوان ومجموع ادين ار الريف ة بعق ات المعامل ع الحيوان ة م ا مقارن ادين مع ذه ]26[الريف ات ه ائي لمستخلص دور الوق ى ال ير ال ذا مايش ، وه ا النباتات في حماية الكبد من التأثير ال دة ومنه سمي للعقاقير نضرا الحتوائها على العديد من المركبات الفعالة المضادة لالكس ابونين flavonoidsالفالفينويدات ي ]saponins 27 [والص د ف ائف الكب ات وظ توى انزيم ي مس اض ف ل انخف ا حص ، كم وعة الحيوانات المعاملة بالسموم مقارنة مع مجم thymus vulgarisالحيوانات التجريبية المعاملة بمستخلص نبات الزعتر ا mycotoxinsالفطرية دة ومنه ادات اكس ن مض ر م ي ]carvacrol ]28و thymol ، وذلك لما يحويه نبات الزعت ، وف وم ( ات الث انس نب ائي لمج أثير الوق ول الت ة ح ويزد garlicدراس اري االيزون مي لعق أثير الس ن الت د م ة الكب ي حماي ) ف izoniazid ) والريفادين، فقد حصل انخفاض معنويp<0.05 ة ات المعامل ي الحيوان د ف ) في مستوى انزيمات وظائف الكب ة ات الفعال ن المركب د م ى العدي وم عل ات الث بمجانس الثوم مقارنة مع الحيوانات المعاملة بالعقاقير ونتج ذلك نتيجة احتواء نب . ]29 [سدةالمضادة لالك steroids, flavonoids,phenolsمنها زيم توى ان اع مس ا ارتف تخلص ( alpام ة بالمس ران المجرع ل الفئ ي مص ة ) 345.44±4.88ف ران المجرع والفئ ك )241.733±4.52بالمستخلص والعقار معا ( امض البالمت ى ح و عل ات البلنك palmatic، فنظرا الحتواء زيت بذور نب acid وحامض االولكoleic acidا ارت االبح وي ، فقد اش ط الخل ى الخ ت عل ي اجري ا hepg2ث الت ة الخالي ى امكاني ال ة ات الخلوي ن الحركي بة م ات مناس اج كمي ى انت ك عل cytokinesالكبدية بعد تعرضها الى تراكيز عالية من حامض البالمت ي ين ابيضاض دد الب كل مح ا interleukin-8 (il-8) 8-وبش ورمي الف ر ال ل التنخ tumer necrosis factor-αوعام (tnf-α) ؤول ة ينالمس تجابة االلتهابي وء االس ن نش ه ]inflammatory response ]30ع د ان ك فوج امض االول ا ح ، ام ار]31[يسبب في زيادة افراز عامل التنخر الورمي الفا د اش زيم ]kumar et. al ]32، وق اع ان ع alpان ارتف ق م يتراف وحظ وجود استجابة التهابية في الكبد والناتجة من اطال ي ل ة الت ة الحالي ة الدراس ق المحركات الخلوية، وهذا ما اتفق مع نتيج ا ار مع تخلص والعق ة بالمس ران المجرع تخلص والقئ ة بالمس ران المجرع ة الفئ ي مجموع زيم ف ذا االن فيها ارتفاع مستوى ه مقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة. ع ة م ات himaja [33]كما اتفقت هذه النتيج تخلص نب ة لمس ة الكبدي ن الحماي ته ع ي دراس acanthospermumف hispidum ) درن ادة للت ن العقاقيرالمض اتج م مي الن أثير الس ن الت , izoniazid, rifampicin, pyrazinamideم ethambutol) زيم توى ان ي مس اع ف ك ارتف د ان هنال د وج عalp)، فق اتي م تخلص النب ة بالمس ة المعامل ي المجموع ) ف ع ذلك م ت ك يطرة، واتفق ة الس اقير ومجموع ة بالعق ة المعامل yacout et. alالعقاقير المضادة للتدرن مقارنة مع المجموع وي ( ]34[ اع معن ول ارتف ين حص ذي ب زيم (p<0.05ال توى ان ي مس تخلص اوراق alp) ف ات بمس ة الحيوان د معامل ) عن ادة مقارنة مع المجموعة ا .ocimum basilicum l الريحان ى ccl4لمعاملة بالمستخلص وم ات ال ت الدراس ا بين ، كم زيم توى ان اتي ومس تخلص النب ز المس ابين تركي ة م ود عالق ظ إذ، alpوج ، ان hosseini&bahrami [35]الح وس ات العرقس تخلص نب زيم glycyrrhiza glabrousمس توى ان ع مس ى رف ل عل ة alpيعم ز الجرع ادة تركي بزي واء المعطاة من المستخلص ن احت اتج م زيم ن توى االن مقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة، حيث اشار الى ان هذه االرتفاع في مس ة ( ة مختلف ات كيميائي ى مركب تخلص عل ,flavonoides, glycosides, glycyrrhizin, saponin , glabreneالمس starchesار ان ) التي من محتمل تخلص، و اش مية المس ن س ؤولة ع ي المس ون ه ته ]oliveira et. al 36 [ تك ي دراس ف 362علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 يض وت االب ات الت ولي الوراق نب تخلص الكح أثير المس وي ( morus alba lت اع معن ول ارتف ى حص ي p<0.05ال ) ف اع 2000عن تجريع الحيوانات بالمستخلص النباتي بتركيز alpمستوى انزيم ود ارتف ظ وج م يالح ين ل ي ح م، ف ملغم/كغ ملغم/كغم مقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة، وتعود هذه التأثيرات الى احتواء المستخلص على 300معنوي عند التجريع بتركيز مية عن flavonoidsمركبات الفالفينويدات ون التي تتميز بخواصها الس ل ان يك ن المحتم ذا م ة، ل ز عالي دها بتراكي د تواج الي alpسبب االرتفاع في مستوى انزيم ز الع ى التركي و ال ات البلنك ذور نب في مجموعة الحيوانات المجرعة بمستخلص ب ات ل الحيوان ي مص زيم ف ذا االن توى ه ع مس ى رف ي ادت ال ذور الت ولي للب تخلص الكح ي المس ودة ف ة الموج واد الفعال للم المجرعة بالمستخلص مقارنة مع المجاميع االخرى. نشاط الحيوان بينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية تغيرات في نشاط الحيوانات تم مالحظتها في مجموعة الفئران المجرعة بعقار الريفادين وزن/حجم) وعقار الريفادين %1لنكو (ملغم/كغم/اليوم) ومجموعة الفئران المجرعة بكل من مستخلص بذور نبات الب/1.5( تحول لون إذ يعودالى اللون االحمرالفاتح، بولمعا، وتمثلت هذه التغيرات بتحول لون البراز الى اللون االسود ولون ال بين ان تعاطي عقار إذ ، ] zargar et al ]37البراز الى اللون االسود الى حدوث نزف دموي في االمعاء وهذا ما اكده الى بولالريفادين يؤدي الى حصول نزف دموي في الجزء العلوي من االمعاء بعد عملية ايض العقار، كما ان تحول لون ال اللون االحمر الفاتح في مجاميع المعاملة بالعقار والمستخلص والعقارهو من االعراض الشائعة لعقار الريفادين، كما بين et. al warrell ]38[ في لون سوائل الجسم الى اللون االحمر الفاتح التي تتضمن الدموع اً ان عقار الريفادين يسبب تغير bilirubinuriaتسمى هذه الظاهرة بول إذفي ال bilirubinمن وجود البليروبين اً ، ويكون هذا التغير ناتجبولوالعرق وال ، كما ظهرت على الحيوانات المجرعة بالعقار الخمول ]39[وسبب حصولها هو االلتهاب الكبدي الناتج من العقاقير lethargy واالنطواءintroversion من اً يوم 15لوحظت هذه التغيرات بعد مرور إذوالميل الى النوم وسرعة التنفس رات في احداث التغي عن تأثير عقار الريفادين من ]arbex et.al40 [بدء التجريع، واتفقت هذه التغيرات مع ماذكره drug induced liverسبب هذه التغيرات الى حدوث ضرر في الكبد ناتج من تعاطي العقاقير ودنشاط الحيوان، ويع injury (dili) ]41[. وزن/حجم) فقد تحول لون البراز الى اللون %1اما في مجموعة الفئران المجرعة بمستخلص بذور نبات البلنكو( من بدء التجريع. مقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة التي لوحظ فيها النشاط الطبيعي للحيوان اً يوم 15االخضرالفاتح بعد مرور ان سبب تحول لون البراز الى اللون االخضر في الفئران إذوكذلك بقاء لون البراز الطبيعي وهو اللون البني الفاتح، & fischbach ذا يتوافق مع ما وضحهالمجرعة بالمستخلص هو الصبغة الخضراء الموجودة في المستخلص، وه dunning ]42[ الذي بين ان سبب تحول لون البراز الى اللون االخضر هو تناول نباتات غنية بمادة الكلوروفيل chlorophyll الخضراء، كما بين ايضا ان اللون البني للبراز في الحالة الطبيعية هو ناتج من صبغة الصفراءbile pigmentال في لون البراز في مجموعة السيطرة.، كما هو الح المصادر 1lee, r.g. (1994). diagnostic liver pathology. mosby. usa. 517 2highleyman, l. and franciscus, a. (2012). an introduction to the liver.hcsp.4:1-4 3pauls, l.l. and senior, j.r. (2012). drug-induced liver injury (dili) clinical investigator training course. office of surveilla and epidem cent. for drug evalua and resear. food and drug administ.1-45 4lucena, m.i.; cortes, m.g.; cueto, r.; duran, j.l.and andrade,r.j. (2008 ). assessment of drug-induced liver injury in clinical practice. fund and clin.pharm. 22: 141-158. 5- trevor, a.j.; katzung, b.g. and masters, s.b. (2010). katzung and trevors pharmacology examination and board review. 9th edition. mcgraw-hill companies. inc. usa. 744 6- yancey, d. (2008). tuberculosis. minneapolis. usa. 132 7- chaudhary, g.d.; kamboji, p.; singh, i. and kalia, a.n. (2010). herbs as liver savers. indian j. of natural products and resources. 1 (4): 397-408 8razavi, s.m.a.; moghaddam, t.m. and amini, a.m. (2008).physical mechanical properties and chemical composition of balangu (lallemantia royleana (benth. in walla.)) seed. international j. of food engineering. 4 (5): 1-10 363علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 9eisenman, s.w.; zaurov, d.e. and struwe, l. (2013). medicinal plants of central asia: uzbekistan and kyrgystan. springer. london. 346 10malavya , b.k. and dutts, m.b.k. (1941). chemical examination ofthe fixed oil drived from the seeds of lallemantia royleana benth. or tukhm-i-malanga. p math sci. 14: 80-84 11khare, c.p. (2007). indian medicinal plants an illustrated dictionary. springer science and business media.lic. usa. 836 12mahmood, s.; hayat, m.q.; sadiq, a.; ishtiaq, s.; malik, s. and ashraf, m. (2013). antibacterial activity of lallemantia royleana (benth.) indigenous to pakistan. african j of microbiol research. 7 (31): 4006-4009 13atabaki, r. and zatti, m.h. (2014). improvement of lidocaine local anesthetic action using lallemantia royleana seed mucilage as an excipient. iranian j pharmaceutical of research. 13 (4): 1431-1436 14chandra, r. (2015). environmental wasle mangement. crc press.–usa. 602 15kumar, a.s.; samanta, k.c.; and chipa, r.c. (2010). hepatoprotective activity of alcoholic and aqueous extract of leaves of anisochilus carnosus (linn.) wall. ijpls. 1 (2): 99-104. 16anbarasu, c.; rajkapoor, b.; bhat, k.s.; giridharan, j.; amuthan, a.a. and satish, k. (2012). protective effect of pisonia aculeata on thioacetamide induced hepatotoxicity in rats. asian pac.j trop biomed. 2 (7): 511-515. 17bakare, r.v. and nalwade, s.p. (2012). modulation of rifampicininduced depletation of glutathione in liver male albinorats by mandur bhasma. j of cell & tissue research. 12 (2): 3169-3172. 18mohammadyari, a; razavipour, s.t.; mohammadbeigi, m.; negahdary, m. and ajdary, m. (2014). explore in-vivo toxicity assessment of copper oxide nanoparticle in wistar rats. j.biol. todays world. 3(6): 124-128. 19ibrahim, m.a.; khalaf, a.a.; galal, m.k.; ogaly, h.a. and hassan, a.h.m. (2015). ameliorative influence of green tea extract on copper nanoparticle-induced hepatotoxicity in rats. nanoscale research letters. 10:363-372 20gond, n.y. and khadabadi, s.s. (2008). hepatoprotective activity of ficus carica leaf extract on rifampicin-induced hepatic damage in rats. indian j pharm sci.70(3): 364-366. 21verma, p. ; singh, s.p. ; vind, s.k. ; kumar, g.r. and rao, c.v.(2014). protective effect of acacia nilotica (bark) against antituberculosis drug induced hepatic damage an experimental study. int j pharm pharm sci. 6( 9). 75-79. 22 kumar, p. ; rao, g.d. ; lakshmayya. and ramchandra, s.s. (2010). ethanol extract of momordica tuberosa tubers protect liver in paracetamol-induced damage. arch. biol. sci. belgrade. 62 (4). 999-1003. 23chavan, t. ; khadke, s. ; harke, s. ; ghadge, a. ; karandikar, m. ; pandit, v. ; ranjekar, p. ; kulkarni, o. and kuvalekar, a.(2013). hepatoprotective effect of polyunsaturated fatty acids against repeatet subacute acetaminophen dosing in rats. int j pharm bio sci. 4(2):286 – 295. 24meganathan, m. ; gopal, k.m. ; sasikala, p . ; mohan, j. ; gowdhaman, n. ; balamurugan, k. ; nirmala, p. ; santhakumari, s. and samuel, v.(2011). evaluation of hepatoprotective effect of omega 3-fatty acid against paracetamol induced liver injury in albino rat. global j. pharmacol. 5 (1): 50-53. 25al-kenanny, e.r.; al-hayaly, l.k. and al-badrany, a.g.(2012). protective effect of arabic gum on liver injury experimentally induced by gentamycin in mice. kufa j for veterinary medic sci. 3 (1): 174-189. 26nitin, m.; ifthekar, s and mumtaz, m. (2013). hepato and nephro protective effect of methanolic extract of vigna mungo (linn.) hepper on rifampicin induced toxicity in albino rats. ind j pharm edu res. 47 (1): 90-96. 27jadhav, v.b.; thakare, v.n.; suralkar, a.a.; deshpande, a.d. and naik, s.r. (2010). 364علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 hepatoprotective activity of luffa acutangula against ccl4 and rifampicin induced liver toxicity in rats: abiochemical and histopathological evaluation. indian j of experimental biology. 48: 822-829 28hamzawy, m.a. ; el-denshary, e.s.m. ; hassan, n.s. ; manaa, f. and abdel-wahhab, m.a.(2012). antioxidant and hepatorenoprotective effects of thyme vulgaris extract in rats during aflatoxicosis. global j. pharmacol. 6 (2): 106-117. 29pal, r. ; vaiphei, k. ; sikander, a. ; singh, k. and rana, s.v.(2006). effect of garlic on isoniazid and rifampicin-induced hepatic injury in rats. world j gastroenterol. 12(4): 636639. 30joshi-barve, s. ; barve, s.s. ; amancherla, k. ; gobejishvili, l. ; hill, d. ; cave, m. ; hote, p. and mcclain, c.j.(2007). palmitic acid induces production of proinflammatory cytokine interleukin-8 from hepatocytes. hepatology. 46( 3): 823-830. 31cui, w. ; chen, s.l. and hu, k.(2010). quantification and mechanisms of oleic acidinduced steatosis in hepg2 cells.  am j transl res .2(1):95-104. edition. thkumar, v. ; abass, a.k. and aster, j.c.(2013). robbins basic pathology. 9 -32 elsevier saunders. usa,pheladelphia. 928 33himaja, n.(2015). comparative study of hepatoprotective activity of acanthospermum hispidium plant extract and herpal niosomal suspention against anti-tubecular drug induced hepatotoxicity in rats. asian j pharm clin res. l 8( 5): 256-259. 34yacout, g.a. ; elguindy, n.m. and el azab, e.f.(2012). hepatoprotective effect of basil (ocimum basilicum l.) on ccl4-induced liver fibrosis in rats. afr. j. biotechnol. 11(90). 15702 35hosseini, e. and bahrami, a.m. (2013). aqueous extract of glycyrrhiza glabrous can induce biochemical and histopathological disorders on the liver of rats. bull. env. pharmacol. life sci., 2 (7): 06-10. 36oliveira, a.m.d. ; mesquita, m.d.s. ; silva, g.c.d. ; lima, e.d.o. ; medeiros, p.l.d. ; paiva, p.m.g. ; souza, i.a.d. and napoleao, t.h. (2015). evaluation of toxicity and antimicrobial activity of an ethanolic extract from leaves of morus alba l. (moraceae).  evidence-based complementary and alternative medicine. 1-7. 37zargar, s.a. ; thapa, b.r. ; sahni, a. and mehta, s. (1990). rifampicin induced upper gastrointestinal bleeding. postgrad med j 66: 310311. 38warrell, d.a. ; cox, t.m. ; firth, j.d. ; edward, j. ; benz, j.r. (2003). oxford textbook edition. oxford press.3569. thof medicine. 4 39cadogan, m. ; brown, a.f.t. and celenza, a.(2011). marshall & reudy’s on call edition. elsevier saunders. australia. 702. ndprinciples & protocols. 2 40arbex, m.a. ; varella, m.d.c.l. ; siqueira, h.r.d. and mello, f.a.f.d. (2010).  antituberculosis drugs: drug interactions, adverse effects, and use in special situations. part 1: first-line drugs. j bras pneumol.36(5):626-640. 41 hauser, s.c. ; oxentenko, a.s. and sanchez, w. (2015). mayo clinic gastroenterology edition. oxford university press. new york. 425. thhepatology board review. 5 and tests. fischbach, f.t. and dunning, m.b. (2009). amanual of laboratory and diagnostic -42 .lippincott williams & wilkins. china. 134615711 .edition th8 365علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ): يوضح تأثيرعقار الريفادين ومستخلص بذور نبات البلنكو والمستخلص والعقار معا في مستوى كل من 1جدول ( ذكور الفار االبيض) في مصل دم alt,ast,alpاالنزيمات ( ) بين مجموعة العقار والمجاميع االخرى p<0.05* وجود فرق معنوي تحت مستوى احتمالية ( ) بين مجموعة المستخلص والمجاميع االخرى p<0.05* * وجود فرق معنوي تحت مستوى احتمالية ( ص والعقاروالمجاميع االخرى ) بين مجموعة المستخلp<0.05* * * وجود فرق معنوي تحت مستوى احتمالية ( المجاميع التجريبية alt(u/l) ast(u/l) alp(u/l) مجموعة السيطرة 2.27±33.440 2.52±264.10 1.79±74.98 مجموعة عقار الريفادين ملغم/كغم) 1.5( * 131.575±3.45 * 8.26±662.04 * 6.58±197.00 % 1مستخلص بذورنبات البلنكو(مجموعة وزن/ حجم) * * 47.480±1.93 * * 4.34±254.18 * * 4.88±345.44 مجموعة عقارالريفادين ملغم/كغم) 1.5( + % 1مستخلص بذورنبات البلنكو(مجموعة وزن/ حجم) * * * 85.033±2.33 * * * 4.56±444.86 * * * 4.52±241.733 366علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 effect of lallemantia royleana seeds extract in liver functions enzymes levels and in some mice activity features treated with rifadin drug mohammed f. a. al-barram zainab t. s. al-asady dept. of biology / college of education for pure science-(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :13 march 2016, accepted in :11may 2016 abstract this study was aimed to investigate the role of crud alcoholic extract of lallemantia royleana seeds in reducing the hepatotoxicity and side effect of rifadin drug in liver. the animals (40 mice) were divided into four groups, the first group was treated with normal saline (0.9%) for 28 days as a control and the second group was treated with rifadin (1.5 mg/kg/day) for 28 days and third group was treated with acoholic extract of lallemantia royleana seeds (1% w/v) for 28 days, while the forth group was treated with alcoholic extract of seeds alone for 5 days and with alcoholic extract and rifadin for 28 days, so the total period of this group is 33 days. the blood samples ware collected to measure the liver function enzymes represented by alkalin phosphatse (alp), alanine transaminase (alt), aspartate transaminase (ast), and the animals in experimental groups were observed to investigate the animals activity changes in groups after treated with drug and extract. significant increases (p<0.05) were found in the levels of liver function enzymes (alt,ast,alp) in drug treated group ( 131.575±3.45، )6.58±197.00 ،8.26±662.04 comparing with control group (33.440±2.27، 264.10±2.52، 74.98±1.79) and significant decrease (p<0.05) in alt,ast levels in extract treated group (47.480±1.93 )4.34±254.18 ، and the extract-drug treated group (85.033±2.33، 444.86±4.56 ) comparing to drug treated group. the animal activity changes that noted in drug group represented by lethargy, introversion, the tendency to sleep, hyperventilation, in addition to change the  faeces color to black and urine color to ruddy, in other hand these behavioral changes were decreased in animals groups treated with extract and extract-drug togather comparing to drug group. key words: lallemantia royleana, liver functions, mice activity, rifadin drug. biology 39 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 l. (hordeumتقدير مكونات التباين الظاهري والتوريث في الشعير ( vulgar إيمان إبراهيم يعقوب جامعة االنبار ،كلية تربية للبنات ،قسم علوم الحياة 2012نيسان 22قبل البحث في: 2012كانون الثاني 23استلم البحث في: الخالصة والنس��ل للجيل��ين االول والث��اني) لتض��ريب م��ن p2 , p1تض��منت الدراس��ة أس��تعمال أربع��ة عش��ائر وراثي��ة (اإلب��اء ) لتقدير مكونات التباين الظاهري الرتفاع النب�ات وع�دد االش�طاء p2 الصنف الباكستاني p1 xالشعير بين (الصنف براق حب�ة . أش�ارت 1000وع�دد الحب�وب ف�ي الس�نبلة ووزن ،وع�دد الس�نابل ف�ي النب�ات،وحاصل الحب�وب ف�ي النب�ات ،في النبات الص�فات المدروس�ة . كان�ت ولجمي�ع f2النتائج الى أن قيم التباين الوراثي كانت مرتفعة وعالية المعنوية في الجي�ل االنعزال�ي ق�يم التوري�ث ب�المعنى الواس�ع عالي�ة لحاص�ل الحب�وب ف�ي النب��ات وع�دد الس�نابل ف�ي النب�ات وع�دد الحب�وب ف�ي الس��نبلة ووزن حب�ة ومتوس�ط ارتف�اع النب�ات وع�دد االش�طاء ف�ي النب��ات ، وه�ذا ي�دل عل�ى س�يطرة الت�أثيرات الجيني�ة االض�افية وغي��ر 1000 الكمي�ة المدروس�ة ، وعلي�ه يمك�ن اس�تغالل انتخ�اب االجي�ال المنعزل�ة االول�ى لتحس�ين الص�فات الكمي�ة االضافية على الصفات حاصل الحبوب في النبات .السيما المهمة و الصفات الكمية –المحاصيل الحبوبية –وراثة : الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة حاص�ل الحب�وب ومكونات�ه ال�ذي يمث�ل مث�ل أهتم علماء الوراثة وتربية النبات بدراسة التباين المستمر للص�فات الكمي�ة لتجزئ�ة التب�اين الظ�اهري ال�ى التب�اين ال�وراثي والتب�اين البيئ�ي ، عدي�دة ق ائ�التباين الظاهري لهذه الصفات ، لذلك وضعت طر ان معرف��ة المكون��ات الموروث��ة وغي��ر [1]ن نتيج��ة الت��داخل ب��ين التراكي��ب الوراثي��ة والبيئي��ةالن مق��دار الص��فات الكمي��ة يتك��و دراس�ة التوري�ث مهم�ة ج�دا لمرب�ي النب�ات دالموروثة للتباين الظاهري مهم الستنباط أسس قوية النتخاب الصفة الكمية ل�ذا تع� ال�ى قيم�ة التربي�ة ، والن التوري�ث يعن�ي درج�ة س�يطرة دل�يال [2]ع�دهلكونه يشكل قاعدة أساسية في توقع نتائج االنتخ�اب وق�د الوارث�ة عل�ى ص�فة معين�ة ومعرفت�ه لك��ل ص�فة ض�روري إلتب�اع طريق�ة معين�ة ف��ي التربي�ة وتحس�ين الص�فة، ويك�ون التوري��ث فيض��م narrow senseال��ذي يض��م ك��ل المكون��ات الوارثي��ة والس��يادية ، ام��ا الض��يق broad senseعل��ى ن��وعين الواس��ع لتقدير مكونات التباين الظ�اهري والتوري�ث م�ن قب�ل الب�احثين عديدة ولقد وضعت طرائق [3] يرات الجينية اإلضافية فقط التأث و [13]ف�ي الش�عير،و [12]و [11]و [10]و[9] و [8]و [7]وقد استخدمت هذه الطرائق م�ن [6]و [5]و [2]و [4]منهم في الحنطة الخشنة . [18]في حنطة الخبز و [17]و [16]و [15]و [14] يهدف البح�ث ال�ى دراس�ة التب�اين ال�وارثي والتب�اين البيئ�ي والتوري�ث الرتف�اع النب�ات وع�دد االش�طاء وحاص�ل الباكس�تاني االص�ل p2 xب�راق p1الن�اتج م�ن التض�ريب ب�ين الص�نفين f2الحب�وب ف�ي النب�ات ومكونات�ه ف�ي الجي�ل الث�اني الناتج من تضريب الصنفين االبويين . f1اتي للجيل االول والتلقيح الذ المواد وطرق البحث -والتصميم التجريبي : f2والجيل الثاني f1االصناف االبوية وهجنها الجيل االول 1ب�راق) وه�و ص�نف عراق�ي p1) وهم�ا الص�نف (.hordeum vulgar lاختيرت لهذه الدراسة صنفين من الش�عير ( ) زرع الص��نفين ف��ي البي��ت pk3-136باكس��تاني االص��ل p2نبط ف��ي منظم��ة الطاق��ة الذري��ة ومس��تقر وراثي��ا والص��نف (مس��ت واجري�ت التض�ريبات ب�ين الص�نفين وت�م الحص�ول 2007السلكي لقسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية /جامعة الموصل في خريف . f1من التلقيح الذاتي لنبات الجيل االول f2 ، وتم الحصول على الجيل الثاني f1على حبوب الجيل االول ف�ي محط�ة التج�ارب النباتي�ة التابع�ة لكلي�ة التربي�ة / جامع�ة f2,f1,p2,p1 اثي�ة االربع�ة رزرعت حبوب العش�ائر الو واحت�وى س�م 30زرعت العشائر الوراثية االربعة بخطوط ، المس�افة بينه�ا إذ 2009 – 2010الموصل في الموسم الزراعي س�م ب�ين الحب�وب داخ�ل الخ�ط وق�د اعتم�د عل�ى الس�قي بمي�اه االمط�ار وال�ري بم�اء ح�دائق 10حب�ة وبمس�افة 20كل خ�ط عل�ى الص�فات درس�تجامعة الموصل في حالة جفاف التربة ث�م التوق�ف ع�ن ال�ري ف�ي مرحل�ة عق�د الب�ذور . بع�د نض�وج النبات�ات 1000شطاء في النبات وعدد الس�نابل ف�ي النب�ات وع�دد الحب�وب ف�ي الس�نبله ووزن ارتفاع النبات / سم وعدد اال اآلتيةالكمية حبة / غم وحاصل الحبوب في النبات / غم ومن المعلوم ان الصفات الكمية تتأثر بشكل واضح بالظروف البيئية المحيطة . biology 40 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 -. التحليل االحصائي والوراثي للصفات المدروسة :2 هرية بين افراد العشائر الوراثية االربعة وللصفات المدروس�ة وبع�دها ت�م تجزئ�ة التب�اين الظ�اهري التباينات الظا تحسب عل�ى ف�رض ع�دم وج�ود آلتي�ةحس�ب المعادل�ة ا f2الكلي المتمثل بالتب�اين الظ�اهري الموج�ود ب�ين اف�راد عش�يرة الجي�ل الث�اني التداخل بين النمط الوراثي والبيئة vf2=vg+ve -ان : إذ vf2 التباين الظاهري بين افراد عشيرة الجيل الثاني =f2 الذي يمثل التباين الظاهري الكلي vg التباين الوراثي في الجيل الثاني =f2 ve التباين البيئي في الجيل الثاني =f2 [4] بأستعمال المعادلة التالية التي اوردها veقدر التباين البيئي في الجيل الثاني ve=14(vp1 + 2vf1 + vp2) -ان : إذ vp1 التب�اين الظ��اهري الموج��ود ب��ين اف��راد عش�يرة االب االول ال��ذي يرج��ع ال��ى التب��اين البيئ�ي النه��ا متش��ابهة ف��ي ال��نمط = الوراثي . vf1 التب�اين الظ�اهري الموج�ود ب�ين اف�راد عش�يرة الجي�ل االول ال�ذي يرج�ع ال�ى التب�اين البيئ�ي النه�ا متش�ابهة ف�ي ال��نمط = وراثي .ال vp2 التب�اين الظ��اهري الموج��ود ب��ين أف��راد عش��يرة االب الث��اني ال��ذي يرج��ع ال��ى التب��اين البيئ��ي النه��ا متش��ايهة ف��ي ال��نمط = الوراثي . vf2من التب�اين الظ�اهري ب�ين اف�راد عش�يرة الجي�ل الث�اني veبطرح التباين البيئي vgلذلك يمكن تقدير التباين الوراثي -التية:اوحسب المعادلة vg = vf2 –ve مس�اويا للتب�اين البيئ�ي المحس�وب س�ابقا م�ن العش�ائر الوراثي�ة غي�ر f2الن التباين البيئي بين أفراد عشيرة الجيل الثاني فق�ط يض��م ك��ل االنع��زاالت f2نفس��ها ، وأن الجي��ل الث��اني المنعزل�ة الن جمي��ع العش��ائر الوراثي�ة االربع��ة مزروع��ة ف��ي البيئ�ة الوراثية الحاصلة عند وراثة كل صفة . بالطريق�ة الت��ي f. وحس�بت قيم��ة fت�م اختب�ار وج��ود تب�اين وراث�ي معن��وي ف�ي عش��يرة الجي�ل الث�اني باس��تعمال اختب�ار على التباين البيئي . f2ة الجيل الثاني ] وذلك كحاصل قسمة التباين الظاهري بين افراد عشير19اوردها [ -:تيةقدرت النسبة المئوية للتوريث بالمعنى الواسع بأستعمال المعادلة اال 100×h(b.s)=vg / vf2 -ان : إذ h(b.s).التوريث بالمعنى الواسع= vg شيرة افراد الجيل الثاني = التباين الوراثي الموجود في عf2 . vf2 التباين الظاهري بين افراد الجيل الثاني =f2 الذي يمثل التباين الظاهري الكلي ويكون مساويا لقيمvp . -ي :أت] وكما ي5تم التعبير عن قيم التوريث بالمعنى الواسع ضمن النسبة التي اوضحها [ عالية . 60متوسطة وأكثر من % 60% 40واطئة ومن % 40اقل من % النتائج والمناقشة ) ق�يم المتوس�طات الحس�ابية للص�فات الكمي�ة المدروس�ة وللعش�ائر الوراثي�ة األربع�ة وق�د ل�وحظ وج�ود 1يبين الجدول ( ولجمي�ع العش�ائر الوراثي�ة 5مس�توى احتم�ال %وعن�د .l.s.dفروقات معنوية لكل صفة بالمقارنة مع قيمة اقل فرق معن�وي الث�اني بالمقارن�ة م�ع الس�اللة االبوي�ة بس�بب ظ�اهرة ق�وة الهج�ين ، واألربعة . ويعود سبب ارتفاع المعدالت ف�ي الجيل�ين االول ) 2دول (وقد دعمت ه�ذه النتيج�ة بوج�ود تب�اين ب�ين ق�يم التب�اين الظ�اهري للص�فات المدروس�ة وللعش�ائر الوراثي�ة االربع�ة ، ج� ه�ي اق�ل م�ن التب�اين الظ�اهري للعش��يرة p1 , p2 , f1ويالح�ظ ان ق�يم التب�اين الظ�اهري للعش�ائر الوراثي�ة غي�ر المنعزل�ة ولجمي�ع الص�فات المدروس��ة وذل�ك الن التب�اين الظ�اهري الموج�ود ب��ين اف�راد ك�ل عش�يرة غي�ر منعزل��ة f2الوراثي�ة المنعزل�ة انماط وراثي�ة متش�ابهة وان ك�ل اب م�ن االب�اء ق�د ش�ارك وبص�ورة مش�تركة ومتس�اوية ف�ي سببه التباين البيئي فقط النها تحمل f1 وق��د زرع��ت جمي��ع العش��ائر ف��ي بيئ��ة واح��دة ول��م تح��دث أي انع��زاالت وراثي��ة ف��ي تراكيبه��ا الوراثي��ة بينم��ا ك��ان التب��اين ئر وه�ذا يرج�ع ال�ى التب�اين ال�وراثي والتب�اين عاليا ج�دا مقارن�ة ببقي�ة العش�ا f2الظاهري الموجود بين افراد العشيرة المنعزلة البيئي النها تحمل ثالثة انماط وراثية مختلفة مع فرض انعدام التداخل الوراثي والبيئة . اوض��ح ،إذال�ذي يش�مل التب�اين البيئ��ي والتب�اين ال�وراثي f2) ق��يم مكون�ات التب�اين الظ��اهري ل 3ويالح�ظ ف�ي ج�دول ( ع��الي المعنوي��ة ولجمي��ع الص��فات الكمي��ة المدروس��ة ، ويوض��ح الج��دول أيض��ا ق��يم f2ين وراث��ي ف��ي ) وج��ود تب��اfاختب��ار ( biology 41 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 كانت متوسطة الرتفاع النبات وعدد االشطاء ف�ي النب�ات بينم�ا كان�ت ق�يم التوري�ث عالي�ة لك�ل م�ن إذالتوريث بالمعنى الواسع حب��ة / غ�م وحاص�ل الحب�وب ف�ي النب�ات / غ�م وه�ذه النت��ائج 1000ع�دد الس�نابل ف�ي النب�ات وع�دد الحب�وب ف�ي الس�نبلة ووزن ي الش�عير حي�ث حص�لوا عل�ى ق�يم عالي�ة للتباين�ات ] ف�12] و [11] و [8] و [9] و [7مشابهة لتلك التي حصل عليها كل من [ الوراثي�ة لحاص��ل الحب�وب ومكونات��ه ف�ي الش��عير ، ك�ذلك حص��لوا عل�ى ق��يم عالي�ة للتوري��ث ب�المعنى الواس��ع لحاص�ل الحب��وب ] عل�ى ق�يم متوس�طة 17] و [13حبة وع�دد الحب�وب ف�ي الس�نبلة بينم�ا حص�ل ك�ل م�ن [ 1000وعدد السنابل في النبات ووزن ث بالمعنى الواسع لحاصل الحبوب في النبات وارتفاع النبات وعدد االشطاء في النبات .للتوري المصادر ) . أساسيات تربية المحاصيل الحقلية . 1985. الياس ، زكي عبد ومحفوظ عبد القادر محمد ( 1 2. falconer , d.s. (1977) introduction to quantitative genetic . longman group limitted , london . ) . علم الوراثة . مديرية دار 1982قاسم ، محمود الحاج وعباس أحمد الصالح ومحمد عبد القادر ابراهيم ( .3 الكتب للطباعة والنشر ، جامعة الموصل . 4. mather , k and j. i. jinks .(1977) . introduction to biometrical genetics . chaoman and hall. london . ) . اساسيات علم الوراثة . الطبعة الثانية ، مديرية دار الكتب للطباعة 1987العذاري ، عدنان حسن محمد ( .5 والنشر ، جامعة الموصل . khalifa , m.a. , a. el – morshidy and m.n. el – banna .(1982) . inheritance.6 –: 67 17of yield and some of its components in some cotton crosses . anuals of agric. sci , 76 . ) . التباين الوراثي والتباين البيئي لحاصل الحبوب ومكوناته في 1986قاسم ، محمود الحاج ونجيب قاقوس يوسف ( 7 . . 123 – 115: 4 الشعير . المجلة العراقية للعلوم الزراعية 8. kasim , m.h. and n.k. yousif (1990) genetic advance for grain yield and its components in segregating generation of barley (hordeum distichum l.) . mesopotamia j. agric. , 22 (3) 9 – 14 . ) . التحليل الوراثي للمقدرة االتحادية وقوة الهجين ومعامل المسار في الشعير . ( 1997بحو ، مناهل نجيب ( .9 l. vulgare ordeumh . أطروحة دكتوراه ، قسم علوم الحياة ، كلية العلوم ، جامعة الموصل ( ) . التوريث والتحسين الوراثي المتوقع 2002يوسف ، نجيب قاقوس ومحمود الحاج قاسم وشيماء خليل عبد هللا ( .10 . 3 (3) : 91 – 95اعية ياستخدام تحليل تباينات االجيال في الشعير . المجلة العراقية للعلوم الزر ) . التحليل الوراثي لتباينات االجيال ذاتية االخصاب في الشعير ، المجلة العراقية 2004يوسف ، نجيب قاقوس ( .11 . 9– (4) : 51للعلوم الزراعية ت جديدة من ) تقويم االداء وتقدير المعالم الوراثية وأدلة االنتخاب لمدخال 2010العامري ، مثنى عبد الباسط علي ( .12 ) رسالة ماجستير ، قسم المحاصيل الحقلية ، كلية الزراعة والغابات ، جامعة الموصل l. vulgare hordeumالشعير ( ) . تقدير قوة الهجين والفعل الجيني والتوريث في حنطة الخبز 2007 أيوب ، محمد حامد وأبتسام ناظم حازم ( .13 ,aestivum l.) triticum 349 – 342) ، 2العدد ( 18) مجلة التربية والعلم ، المجلد . 14.rahman , m.a. ; n.a. siddanie ; m.r. alam and a.s. khan (2003) . genetic analysis of some contributing and quality characters in spring what ( t. aestivum l.) . asian j. of plant sci . 2 (3) : 277 – 282 . 15. joshi , s.k. , s.n. sharma ; singh d.l. hania and r.s. jain (2004) . combining ability : 141l. ) hereditas . aestivum. tin f1 and f2 generation of diallel cross in hexaploid wheat ( 115 – 121 . 16. zahid , a. , saifulah , a. and muhammad , m. (2008) . estimation of correlation coefficient among some yield parameters of wheat under rain frild condition . pak. j. bot. 40 (4) : 1777 – 1781 . ) تحليل القدرة على االئتالف وتقدير قوة الهجين وبعض المعالم 2011حسين ، محمد علي وهاجر سعيد اسكندر ( .17 ) . مجلة زراعة الرافدين ، l. aestivum triticumالناعمة ( الوراثية بأستخدام التهجين التبادلي الجزئي في الحنطة . 141 – 132) . (2العدد 39المجلد ( مجلة زراعة الرافدين ، المجلد biology 42 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) دراسة البنية الوراثية لعدة تراكيب وراثية من الحنطة الخشنة ( 2009الطويل ، محمد صبحي مصطفى ( .18 desf. durum triticumراه قسم المحاصيل الحقلية ، كلية الزراعة والغابات ، جامعة الموصل .) . أطروحة دكتو 19. bedair , f. a , m. a. bishr , a. a. abdel bary and a. a. el – khishen . ( 1973) . estimation of genetic variance for yield and components in egyption cotton , egypt. j. genet. cytol. 2 : 148 – 154 . قيم المتوسطات الحسابية للعشائر الوراثية االربعة وللصفات المدروسة في الشعير :)1جدول ( العشائر الوراثية ارتفاع عدد النباتات النبات/سم االشطاء عدد في النبات عدد السنابل في النبات عدد الحبوب في السنبلة وزن حبة/غم1000 حاصل الحبوب في النبات/غم p1 80 79.98 13.55 12.41 31.28 21.93 40.12 p2 80 78.85 13.40 12.62 38.54 20.83 41.92 f1 30 91.52 14.91 13.93 35.73 27.17 45.54 f2 120 87.90 15.92 14.55 26.37 24.92 43.65 قيمة اقل فرق معنوي l.s.d. تحت )0.05مستوى( 0.03 0.35 1.02 2.14 0.82 1.51 قيم التباين الظاهري بين عينات النباتات لكل عشيرة من العشائر االربعة من الشعير وللصفات المدروسة. :)2جدول ( العشائر الوراثية أرتفاع النبات/سم في عدداالشطاء النبات عدد السنابل في النبات عدد الحبوب في السنبلة 1000وزن حبة/غم حاصل الحبوب/غم p1 9.08 4.97 7.92 6.11 4.15 11.18 p2 8.57 3.31 4.94 7.43 5.75 9.09 f1 12.43 2.41 8.15 9.98 7.22 18.17 f2 24.86 7.92 21.25 37.25 20.95 56.35 biology 43 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 والتوريث بالمعنى الواسع ( نسبة مئوية ) f2تقدير التباين الظاهري والوراثي والبيئي في الجيل الثاني :)3جدول ( باكستاني ) من الشعير . x p2براق p1للصفات المدروسة في التضريب ( مكونات التباين أرتفاع النبات/سم عدد االشطاء في النبات عدد السنابل في النبات عدد الحبوب في السنبلة 1000وزن حبة/ غم حاصل الحبوب في النبات/غم التباين البيئي ve 10.627 3.275 7.290 8.375 6.085 14.153 التباين الوراثي vg 14.233 4.645 13.960 28.875 14.865 42.197 التباين الظاهري vp 24.860 7.920 21.15 37.250 20.950 56.350 hالتوريث (b.s) بالمعنى الواسع 57.253 58.648 65.69 77.516 70.95 74.897 biology 44 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 estimation of the components of phenotypic variance and heritability in barley ( hordeum vulgar l. ) e. i. yaccob department of biology, college of education women, university of anbar. received in: 23 january 2012 accepted in: 22 april 2012 abstract four genetic populations ( p1 , p2 , f1 , f2) were used in this study . the parental cross in barley ( p1 barakq and p2 pakistan ) was done . many quantitative pheno types were estimated such as plants length , tillers number , grains yield , capsules number , the number of grains per capsule and the weight of 1000 grains . the results showed significant differences in genetic variance values in the seconed filial generation ( f2) for all the studied phenotypes : high values for the heritability were observed for all the studied phenotypes . these results indicated the effect of additive and non-additive genes on the quantitative phenotypes . finally , the selection of first generation can utilized for improving the quantitative traits . specially the grain yield in plant . key words : genetics – cereal – quantitative traits ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 pho todegredation of schiff bases copper(ii) complexes in dimethyl sulphoxid (dmso) a.j.al-lami de partment of chemistry, college of science, university of al-mus tansyriah abstrac t photodecomp osit ion of dichlorobis n [4-azo benzene aniline)2-hydroxy benzilidene] cop p er (ii) (comp lexe a1) and dichloro n[2-azo 3sulp honic -2nap ht hol) 6carboxy lic 2hy droxy benzilidene] cop per (ii) (complex a2).have been p erformed at λ = 373 nm for comp lex a1and at λ = 358 nm for comp lex a2 in dimethy l sulp hoxide at 25c◦ . the absorbance spectrum of these complexes have been recorded with time of irradiation in order to examine the kinetics of p hot odecay. the ap p arent rate constant (kd) for the first order reaction has been calculated and found to be 1.1 ×10 -2 min -1 for comp lexe a1 and 2.34 × 10 -2 min -1 for camp lexe a2. the p rimary quantum y ields (ø ) has also been calculated and found t o be 2.810×10 -1 and 0.2765 ×10 -1 for complex a1 and a 2 resp ectively . introductio n cop p er is a metal that has a wide rang of app lications due to its good p ropert ies . it is used in electronics, for p roduction of w iers , sheets , tubes , and also to form alloys. the use of inorganic inhibitors as another native to organic comp ounds that are based on the possibility of degradation of organic comp ounds with time and t emp erature[1]. long – lived , p hotochemically generated excited st ates of the second and third row transit ion metal comp lexes usually feature significant trip let character and oft en are based on internal charge transfer [2].schiff bases form st able comp lexes with metals that p erform imp ort ant role in biological sy stems.they find also wide app lication in analytical chemistry since they allow simple and inexpensive determinations of several organic and inorganic substances.some schiff bases comp lexes were found to be very effective catalysts for hy drolyt ic cleavage or transesterification of rna phos p hate diester back bone.therefore metal complexes of schiff bases attained a p rominent place in coordination chemist ry [3,4].phot odecomp osit ion of schiff bases comp lexes are among the most known p hotoreactive metal complexes [5].schiff bases are condensation p roducts of an amine and a ketone or aldehy de, with r2c=nr as their general formula they , contain heteroatoms and π electrons that enable bonding with cop p er[1,5]. m arjorie and josep h have st udied toxicity 0f cop p er to larval p imep hales p romelas in the presence of p hotodegraded natural dissolved organic matt er[6]. the p hot odegradation of cop p er complexes in (dm so) solvent was p erfomed. in this work, we used the following cop per comp lexes as examp les for st udy ing the p hotodegradation in dm so solvent. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 comp lex(a1) dichloro bis n [ ( 4azo benzene 3hy droxy anilino ) 2hy droxy benz ilidene ] cop per (ii) . [ cu (c19h15n3o)cl2 ] comp lex (a2) dichloro n [ ( 2-azo – 3-sulp honic-2-nap ht hol) 6carboxy lic aniline -2-hy droxy benziliden ] cop p er(ii). [ cu (c24h17n3o7s)cl2 ] phot odegredation of moly bdeum(ii) and tungesten(ii) carbonyl complexes with triazole , benz – imidazole, and oxadiazole acety linic derivatives have been st udied p reviously [5]. in this dep arts the kinetic and mechanism of degredation have been established. cop per is necessary for the format ion of blood cells , connective tissue and it is also involved in producing the skin p igment melanin [7]. experime ntals techniques chemicals (a) p ot assium ferrioxalate hy drate k3[ fe (c2o4)3] .3h 2o actinometer was p erep ared by t he method rep orted by h atchard and parker[9]. (b) tw o comp lexes (a 1 and a 2 ) was p rep ared as rep orted earlier[8]. the ligand l1 (2 mmole,0.63 g) that was dissolved in ethanol (10 ml) was added to ethanolic solution (10 ml) of (1.05 mmole, 0.17 g) 0f cucl2.2h 2o with stirring the mixture was refluxed for 2 hr , the p roducts was recryst allized from ethanol and dired under vacuum. (c) the dmso used was of sp ectroscop ic grade ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 apparatus i) t he p hot oly sis ap p aratus consist of medium p ressure mercury lamp 150w, λ=365 nm sup p lied by phywe ltd .was used as light source. ii) uv-vis sp ectral absorpt ion bands were obt ained using py e-unicam(8800) spectrophotometer at 25 c°. using dimethel sulp hoxide (dmso) as a solvent in quartz p hot ochemical cell. iii) ir s pectra were obtained using pye-unicam sp3 -300 infrared s p ectrop hotometer for the range (4000-200)cm -1 but for the ligands were recoded on kbr discs with a pyeunicam sp3 -100 infrared spectrophotometer for the range 4000600 cm -1. iv) the acidity (p h) of the solution before and after irradiation was measured by (multi 740/p h-meter ). procedures the p hot oexp eriment s wer carried out in (35 ml) p y rex cell with t wo holes in its up per section for t he p assage of gas and for samp ling p rocesses. 150w medium pressure mercury lamp was used as a radiation source. a know n concentration (1.5x10 -6 m )of t he comp lex was introduced int o t he cell after treatment with oxygen for 20 min. t he cell was closed t ight ly and t he absorp tion sp ectra were recorded between 200-800 nm.t he measurement of the incident light (i° ) was carried out by using st andard method of pot assium ferrioxalate actinometry [9]. a v1 i◦ = εø λ v2 t where i◦ is t he incident light intensit y , a; the absorp tion at 510 nm . v1 the final volume (25 ml ); ε t he extinction coefficient = slop e of calibration curve , ø λ the quant um yield = 1.21 at 365 nm , v 2 the volume taken from irradiation solut ion (1 ml) and t ; the time of irradiation of actinometer solution (s). results and discussion the sp ectra of cup p er comp lexes . uv-vis. spectra for the comp lexes have show n absorpt ion bands around 373 nm(fig 1) .the ε values are 0.043 ×10 6 and 0.009 × 10 6 mol -1 .l. cm -1 for t he comp lexes a1and a2 resp ectively , the band at 34129 cm -1 is due to charge transfer(c.t) transition from (l m ) and at 23255 cm -1 is due to 2 eg 2 t 2g transition .electronic absorp tion for comp lex (a2) shows band at 34482 cm-1 which is due t o c.t transition from (l m ) and at 24813 cm-1 which is due t o 2 eg 2 t 2g transit ion ,t able (1) , which supp ort s the squar p lanar structure. t he changes in absorbance during p hot olysis were measured for different irradiation periods of time at 373 nm for comp lex a1 and 358 nm for the comp lex a2 in order t o study the kinetics of t he photodecay of comp lexes in solut ion (fig .2). the specific decomp osit ion rate constant of each comp lex (kd) was determined after examining the order of reaction of these comp ounds . the sp ectra of t he [cu(c19 h15 n3 o ) cl2 ] were treated kinetically by p lot ting the curve between(a∞ a t ) and ln(a∞ a t ) versus irradiation t ime( fig .3) . only the plot of ln (a ∞ a t ) with irradiation time gives st raight line which indicates that the reaction is first – order. the kd of decomp osition of this comp lex was determined by the following first – order equation , ln (a∞ a t ) = ln (a° a∞) – k d t. the value of kd for this comp lex is 1.1 ×10 -2 min -1 ; p hot oly sis of ot her comp lex( a2) has been p erformed in a similar manner . fig 2(b) ) show s the change in uv-visb. spectra with time of irradiation . o n irradiation of the comp lex a1 in dimethy l sulphoxide, the color changes ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 gradually from p ale y ellow to coloress and the absorbance intensity of all bands increases with time of irradiation in the region 200-600 nm, all p hot ochemical changes in these comp lexes are reactively similar and simp le . although we believe that the solvent (dm so) undergoes p hotoly sis during irradiation, but this fact does not affect the change in the sp ectra of the comp lex. determination of appearant quantum yield (ø ) the ap pearant quant um y ield (ø) for cop p er comp lexes was determined after the determination of the absorbed light intensity i abs. and incidence light intensity i◦ as follows : i abs. = i◦ (1e – ε c l ) = 9.40×10 -7 (1 – e – 0.043 × 10 6 x 1.5×10-6 ) = 0.5875×10 -7 ein . l -1 .s -1 for comp lex a1 rate k d [c ] ø = = i abs i abs 1.1×10 -2 ×1.5×10 -6 = = 2.810 ×10 -1 , for comp lex a 1 0.587×10 -7 the value of ø for comp lex a 2 = 0.2765 ×10 -1 alias (10) found that ap p earent quant um y ield for carbonyle comp lexes are in the range of 8.3 to 12.1 ×10 -4 . luetal have invest igated several factors affecting the p hotocataly tic degradation of (ddvp) using a glass p hoto reactor coated with tio2 and 2o w black –light tungsten fluorescent tube[11] . they found that the quant um y ield for the destruction of ddvp was 2.67%. q ualitative anal ysis of photolysis products it is essential to examine the final p roduct s of p hot oly sis in order to set up the mechanism. infrared (ir) sp ectra have been recorded for the final p hot oproduct s of these reactions. fig. 5 shows that there is only one p eak ap p earing at 470 cm -1 due t o m ―o band ,also the band at 247 , 1625 , 1560 cm -1 were disapp eared indicated to scission of cu ―cl , (c= n )and (n = n ) bands resp ectively , which clearly shows that the comp lex has photodecomp osed to metal oxide( for comp lex a1). t he difference between (fig .4) before irradiation and (fig.5) after irradiation, for examp le comp lex a1 indicates that there is a comp lete degredation of this comp lex metal oxide and stable ion via a series of secondary reactions , the following is a well known chemical reaction equation (6). h υ comp lex (comp lex) * cux oy +cl + other ions. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 analy sis for no3 have also been done by using class ical ana ly tical method, p osit ive (brow-ring ) has been detected dep ending on t he number of nitro gen atom in the co mp lex [12].t he acidity (p h)of the final p hotop roduct also was measured by during the photoly sis which was increased with time of irradiation. t he initial p h=9.8 and the final p h was at 3.2, all these final p hotoreactions have been suggest ed without p roposing the exact primary p rocess . . h ussein [13] found that photodegradiation of dichlorovos (ddvp) under uv-150 w illumination in the p resence of tio2 in oxgen atmosp here ,gives an in crease in the formation of cl ions and conductivity , but a decrease in p h.these typ es of reactions have an ap plication in environmental degradation or min eralization of polluted water[14]. h υ pollution molecule st able ions or molecule. tio2/o2 refrences 1.antonijevic. m .m and petrovic m .b. (2008) “ cop p er corrosin inhibitors,a review”,int .j.electrochem.sci. 3: 1-28 . 2.walters keith, a .; kim young – jin and josep h, t .hupp , (2002) “ exp erimental st udies of light – induced charge transfer and charge redist ribution in (x2bipy ridine ) re′ (co)3cl comp lexes ”, inorg.chem.41:2909-2919. 3.hennig, h. ,(1999) "homogeneous p hotocatalysis by transit ion metal comp lexes ", coord.chem.rev.182:101-123. 4.osman, a.h.; aref, a.aly and gamal, a.h.gouda, (2004) " phot oreactivity and thermograv imetrof copp er (ii) complexes of n-salicy liden aniline and its derivatives .5045) :1(25 .soc..chem korean .bull," 5.naman, s. a.; ayad, h.j.and a lias, m .f. (2002) “ photodecomp osition of moly bdenum (ii) and t ungst en (ii) carbony l comp lexes with triazole, benz -imidazole , and oxad iazole acety linic deriv atives”, j .p hot ochemist ry and p hotobiology a: chemist ry 150, 4148 6.m arjorie, l.b.; josep h, s. m . and connie j.b. (2007) “ t oxicity of cop p er to larvel pimep hales p romelas in the p resence of p hotodegraded natural dissolved organic matter ” can.j.fish.aquat.sci, 64: 391-401. 7.abid, f.m. ;al-dori ,k.m.; hamad ,a.w.r. (2002) “ m easurement of essential t race elements in blood s erum of cardiovascular p atients comp ared with normot ensive cont rol by atomic absorp tion s p ectrop hotometry ” , n ational .journal of chemist ry , 6: 283-304. 8.ayal, a.k. (2005 ). “ synthesis and sp ectrop hotometric st udy of some metal ions comp lexes with some schiff bases”,m .sc.t hesis ,m ustansiriyah univ., 9.hatchard, c.g . and porker ,c.a. (1956) “ a new sensitive chemical actinometer ii. potassium ferrioxalate as ast andard chemical actinometer ”, proc.roy .soc., p age 235 . 10.alias, m.f. (2000).p h.d.thesis,baghdad univ. , baghdad 11.lu, m .c.; roam, g.d. (1993) j.n.chem,j.p hotochem.p hot obiol.76:103. 12.hahn, r.b. (1987)semimicro qualitative analysis.vannostrand.n ew y ork. 13.naman ,s.a.; khammas,z .a.a. huss ein, f.m. (2002) photochem.phot obiology a:chemist ry,6100:1-8 . 14.bahnemann, d . (1999). in:p. boule, (ed.),t he handbook of environmental chemist ry ,2(l-) environmental p hot ochemist ry , soringer,bertin, ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 table (1): uv-visible bands of copper com ple xes in dms o comp lex absorbance band cm -1 transit ion geometry [cu(c19 h15 n3o ) cl2 ] 34129 23255 c.t 2 eg 2 t2 g squar p lanar [cu(c24 h17 n3o7s ) cl2 ] 34482 24813 c.t 2 eg 2 t 2g squar p lanar table(2): absorbance of com plex [c u(c19 h15 n3o )cl2 ] versus irradiation time time (sec.) abs. 373nm (a∞ a t ) ln (a ∞ a t ) 0 0.062 0.013 4.342 1800 0.066 0.009 4.710 3600 0.069 0.006 5.11 5400 0.0672 0.007 4.853 7200 0.071 0.004 5.52 9000 0.073 0.002 6.214 10800 0.075 0 ----- table (3): ir ban ds of th e ligand and complexes cm -1 no.comp lex comp ound υ(c=n) υ(n=n ), c=c υ(o h) m -cl m -n m -o υ (co) l1 c19h15n3o 1600 1560 3200 _ _ _ _ l2 c24h17n3o7s 1610 1532 3300 _ _ _ 1720 a1 [cu(l1) cl2] 1625 1560 _ 247271 334364 470 _ a2 [cu(l2) cl2] 1618 1533 3242 235260 322340 470520 1720 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 fig (1): electronic spectra of (a) [c u(c19 h15 n3 o ) cl2 ] . (b) [c u(c24 h17 n3 o 7s ) cl 2 ] . a b fig. (2): electronic spectra of (a) complex a1 (b) complex a2 changes at 373 nm accompany chan ge in irradiation time in dimethyl sulphoxide solvent at 298 k° (1) 0 , (2) 3 hr. a b ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 -6. 5 -6 -5. 5 -5 -4. 5 -4 0 50 100 150 200 ti me( mi n.) l n (a -a t) -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 0 50 100 150 200 ti me( mi n.) l n (a ta ) a b fig.(3): variati on of nautral logarithm of absorbance with irradiation time of (a) complex a1 and (b) com plex a2 in dimethey sulphoxi de solvent at 373 nm (complex a1) an d 358nm (complexa2), usi ng mpml lamp at 298 k°. fig .(4): ir spectrum of [cu(c19 h15 n3 o ) cl2 ] at 289 k° before photol ysis. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 cm -1 fig.(5): ir spectrum of [cu(c 19 h15 n3 o ) cl2 ] at 289 k° after photolysis. cm -1 fig.(6): a ir spectrum of l1= c 19h15n3o ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & app l. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 cm -1 fig.( 6): b ir spectrum of l2= c24h17n3o 7s الصرفة والتطبیقیة 200) 4(22المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 مع قواعد شف في مذیب ثنائي مثیل ) (iiالتجزئة الضوئیة لمعقدي النحاس (dmao)سلفوكساید اسماء جمیل علي الالمي الجامعة المستنصریة،كلیة العلوم،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة ــــث ـــ ـــذا البحــ ـــ ــــــي هــ ــــم فـــ ـــ ـــــاستـ ـــــــدي النحـــ معقــ ــــــضوئیة ل ـــة الــ ـــ ـــة التجزئـــ ـــ ــــــورو )ii(دراســ ــــــائي كلـــ ـــع ثنــ ـــ آزو -n]4مـــ عقـد]) هیدروكسي بنزیلیدین -2نیلین بنزین ا ائي كلـورو )a1( الم -6) نفثـول -2 سـلفونك -3 آزو بنـزین -n ])2 وثنـ زیلیـدین-2كربوكـسیلك عـقـد] هیدروكــسي بن االشــعة تحــت مثـل بأســتخدام الطرائـق الطیفیــة ین المعقـدین شـخص هــذ ) .a2( الم ثنائي مثیل في مذیب c25° ضوئیا في درجة حرارة ین المعقدیندرست حركیة تفكك هذ. المرئیة–الحمراء والفوق البنفسجیة بـت ك قیس ثا ى ومن ذل هو من المرتبة االول ل التجزئة الضوئیة د أن تفاع ة النـوعيسلفوكساید ووج ) kd( الـضوئي للتفكـك الـسرع عقــد nm 373مـن خـالل متابعـة التغیــر فـي امتـصاصیة االشــعة فـوق البنفـسجیة المرئیــة وبطـول مـوجي nm 358 و a1 للم minكانـت تــساوي ف ، a2للمعقـد ن نـاتج الكــم عــی. علــى التـواليa2 و a1 ین للمعقـد2.34 ×10 2 ، 1.1× 10 -2 1ت تساوي 10 لتفاعل التجزئة الضوئیة وكان -1 و 2.810 × 1 . على التواليa2 و a1 للمعقدین 0.2765× 10 علوم حياة | 186 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 تجاه يرقات وبالغات berliner bacillus thuringiensisإمراضية بكتريا chrysomya albiceps (wiedemann,1819)النوع (diptera:calliphoridae) نوال صادق مھدي زھراء سعد نوشي التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم)/ جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة/ كلية 2014كانون االول 21:، قبل البحث في 2014تشرين الثاني 27استلم البحث في: الخالصة bacillusلنويع البكتريا antrolأجريت ھذه الدراسة لتقويم كفاءة تراكيز متسلسلة من معلق المستحضر التجاري thuringiensis israelensis في السيطرة االحيائية على يرقات وبالغات ذبابchrysomya albiceps التابع لعائلة تحت ظروف المختبر. أوضحت النتائج حساسية اليرقات تجاه ھذه البكتريا وسجلت نسبة calliphoridaeالذباب المعدني جزء بالمليون 2000 – 100ليرقات بالتراكيز عند معاملة غذاء ا 63.33 – 30ھالكات تراكمية لليرقات تراوحت بين جزء بالمليون كانت نسبة 1000على التوالي، وان نسب الھالك تزداد مع مرور الزمن، فعند معاملة غذاء اليرقات بتركيز . كذلك %72.96يوماً ارتفعت النسبة لتصل الى 12بعد مرور يومين على المعاملة ولكن بعد مرور %30الھالكات نتائج التجارب الى حساسية بالغات الحشرة عند معاملة غذائھا بتراكيز متسلسلة من معلق البكتريا وتم تسجيل نسبة اشارت عند المعاملة بالتراكيزآنفة الذكر . تشير ھذه النتائج الى إمكانية استعمال ھذه البكتريا كمبيد 73.33 – 6.67ھالكات بحدود احيائي في السيطرة على ھذا النوع . ، يرقات و بالغات و امراضية. chrysomya albiceps ،bacillus thuringiensisكلمات مفتاحية: علوم حياة | 187 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة ، وھي من calliphoridaeالى عائلة الذباب المعدني chrysomya albiceps (wiedemann,1819)ينتمي النوع ]. تنتشر في كل مكان تكثر فيه القمامة، فضالت الطعام والمجازر، holometabola ]1الحشرات ذات التحول الكامل ]. يمثل2جثث الحيوانات واالنسان، فضالت وروث الحيوانات، ولھذا تعد من الحشرات ذات االھمية الطبية والبيطرية [ ]، كذلك تقوم بنقل العديد من مسببات االمراض لإلنسان 3وجودھا بأعداد كبيرة مصدر إزعاج لإلنسان وحيواناته الداجنة [ والحيوان، وتسھم في حدوث حالة التدويد الثانوي االختياري في الحيوان واالنسان مما يؤدي الى حصول اضرار صحية ].4معقدة قد تترك اثاراً دائمة [ ة البيئية مثل رفع المخلفات والقمامة وفضالت المجازر وجثث الحيوانات والتي تمثل أماكن لتوالد وتغذية الحشرة إن النظاف إن استعمال مبيدات الفسفور العضوية كمبيد ]. 5تعد من الطرائق الكفيلة لتقليل والحد من تواجد وانتشار ھذه الحشرة [ coumaphous وdichhlorovous وtrichlorophon وchlorfenvinphus تقلل من تواجد الذباب المسؤول ]، و لكن استخدام ھذه المبيدات المتكرر أدى الى ظھور سالالت مقاومة منھا 6في الماشية [ myiasisعلى حاالت التدويد ].7و بقاء متبقياتھا السامة في البيئة مدداً طويلة [ ) (.b.t.iمن ضمنھا بكتريا crystal and spore forming bacteriaتعد البكتريا المنتجة لالبواغ والبلورات bacillus thuringiensis israelensis من اھم األنواع و اكثرھا فعالية واستعماالً في مكافحة الحشرات والسيما التابعة ـال جـداً فـي مـكافحة ] إن العـالق المـائي لھـذه البكـتريا فعnorris (1970) ]8لرتبتي حرشفية وثنائية االجنحة فقد ذكر دودة أوراق الجـت والـلھانة في الواليـات المتحـدة االميـركـية بـعد ان اصـبحت ھـاتان اآلفتين ذات مقـاومة عالـية ألغلـب ] goldnerg & margalit (1977) ]9المبيـدات المستخدمة والتي تترك آثاراً ضارة على أوراق النباتات وكذلك اشار عديدة من االناث الحشرية التابعة لرتبة ثنائية االجنحة والسيما أنواع مھمة من البعوض والذباب األسود الى ان انواعاً ] . إن عزالت مختلفة من ھذه البكتريا فعالة olivera, et al. (2006) ]10 والحرمس حساس جداً لھذه البكتريا، كما ذكر معاملة بتراكيز منھا نسب ھالكات عالية وانخفاض في وزن اليرقات إذ تسبب ال blow flyجداً في القضاء على ذباب الـ والبالغات. إن ما يشجع على استخدام ھذه البكتريا كمبيدات إحيائية لمكافحة اآلفات الحشرية ھو عدم تأثيرھا في األحياء األخرى واثبت اللبائن بسبب إن الھضم االولي للغذاء ) عدم وجود تأثير سام للبلورات في heimple and angus (1960) )11العالمان في معدة اللبائن مما يؤدي pepsinالحاوي على البكتريا (المتضمنة البلورات السامة) يتم في وسط حامضي بوجود انزيم الى فقدان البكتريا لقابليتھا السمية . .chفي يرقات وبالغات ذبابة b. thuringiensis إن ھدف اجراء البحث كان لدراسة تأثير تراكيز متسلسلة من بكتريا albiceps . المواد وطرائق العمل تربية الحشرة -1 من منطقة العطيفية (محافظة بغداد)، نقلت الى مختبر الحشرات المتقدم في كلية ch. albicepsجمعت يرقات ذبابة سم تحتوي 7سم) وارتفاعھا 9×17التربية للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھيثم ، ووضعت داخل حاويات بالستيكية مستطيلة القاعدة ( ، تم خلط المواد جيداً مع 1 : 1دم بنسبةعلى لحم عجل مفروم خاٍل من الدھن مضافاً اليه بضع قطرات من الماء المقطر وال ساعة (لتالفي جفافه) واضافة الغذاء القديم الموجودة عليه اليرقات الى الغذاء الجديد 24مراعاة تبديل جزء من الغذاء كل حتوي على وزيادة كمية الغذاء وذلك لتقدم اليرقات بالعمر، وعند بلوغ اليرقات بداية دور العذراء نقلت الى حاويات اكبر ت ]، ولغرض بزوغ و ادامة البالغات وضعت حاويات العذارى داخل اقفاص 12نشارة الخشب المعقم لغرض إتمام التعذر [ سم مثبت على جوانبھا مشبك معدني وترك احد جوانبھا بصورة كم من 25×25×25مكعبة ذات ھياكل حديدية ابعادھا سم تحتوي على خليط من 3.5سم وارتفاعھا 4.5اسطوانية قطر قاعدتھا قماش التول ، جھز القفص بأوعية بالستيكية نبيذة ، ولغرض 10% ، ووعاء يحتوي على قطن مشبع بالمحلول السكري تركيزه1: 1مسحوق السكر والحليب المجفف بنسبة ات من غم من لحم العجل المفروم الخالي من الدھن المضاف اليه بضع قطر 10وضع البيض وضعت اوعية تحتوي على ) . تم متابعة تربية الحشرة لعدة أجيال قبل اجراء التجارب.10الماء المقطر والدم السائل ( chrysomyaتم تأكيد تشخيص الحشرة من قبل مركز بحوث ومتحف التاريخ الطبيعي / جامعة بغداد على انھا النوع albiceps (wiedemann, 1819). ch. albicepsفي يرقات وبالغات ذبابة antrol دراسة تأثير المبيد البكتيري -2 بصورة b. thuringiensis israelensisغم يحتوي على بكتريا 250استعمل مستحضر البكتريا على شكل مغلف سعة وحدة دولية / ملغم تمثل 3600 . بمعدل antrolالبريطانية باألسم التجاري russel ipm ltdمسحوق من شركة ) والمعروفة بفعاليتھا في مكافحة يرقات البعوض h-14(النمط المصلي b. thuringiensis israelensisبكتريا والذباب األسود. علوم حياة | 188 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 التجارب الحيوية ch. albicepsفي يرقات الطور الثاني لذبابة antrolدراسة تأثير التراكيز المتسلسلة من المبيد البكتيري -1 جزء بالمليون لغرض دراسة تأثيرھا في يرقات الطور الثاني 2000 , 1000 , 500 , 200 , 100 حضرت التراكيز غم من الوسط الغذائي (اللحم المفروم الخالي من الدھن) ووضع في اوعية 10، إذ تم وزن ch. albicepsلذبابة مل من كل تركيز من التراكيز المحضرة 2ھا سم اضيف الي 3.5سم وارتفاعھا 4.5بالستيكية نبيذة اسطوانية قطر قاعدتھا يرقات من الطور الثاني من مستعمرة التربية ، ووضعت في ھذه االوعية ، 10آنفة الذكر، خلطت بصورة جيدة ثم اخذت تم تغطية االوعية بأغطية بالستيكية مثقبة لغرض تنفس اليرقات وعدم خروجھا، اما بالنسبة الى معاملة السيطرة عومل مل من الماء المقطر، تم عمل ستة مكررات لكل تركيز من التراكيز وثالثة مكررات لمعاملة السيطرة 2سط الغذائي ب الو ساعة . تم متابعة التجربة 12 ومدة اضاءة 5±%80ورطوبة نسبية ºم 2±27، نقلت االوعية الى الحاضنة بدرجة حرارة ]. 10اليرقات الميتة ونسبة ھالك العذارى ونسبة بزوغ البالغات [يومياً لتسجيل نسبة الھالكات ونسبة التشوھات في ch. albicepsفي بالغات ذبابة antrolدراسة تأثير تراكيز متسلسلة من المبيد البكتيري -2 .chجزء بالمليون لغرض دراسة تأثيرھا في بالغات ذبابة 2000 , 1000 , 500 , 200 , 100 حضرت التراكيز albiceps دراسة التراكيز آنفة الذكر وضع القفص الحاوي على البالغات في المجمدة لمدة دقيقتين لغرض تقليل ولغرض مل 5غم من اللحم المفروم الخالي من الدھن ووضع داخل وعاء بالستيكي نبيذ ، واضيف اليه 20-15حركتھا، وتم وزن زع الخليط بالتساوي داخل حاويات بالستيكية اسطوانية من احد التراكيز البكتيرية المحضرة أعاله وخلط بصورة جيدة وو بالغات (ذكور واناث) اليھا ، تم تغطية 10 سم ) نقلت بعد ذلك 4.5سم وقطر قاعدتھا 7.5مل (ارتفاعھا 120سعتھا قليالً من الحاويات بقماش التول وربطت برباط مطاطي ، ووضع فوقھا قطنة مشبعة بالتراكيز البكتيرية المضاف اليھا )، كررت المعاملة ست مرات لكل تركيز، اما معاملة السيطرة فقد اضيف للوسط الغذائي (اللحم % 1.5 السكر(بنسبة ، ووضعت %1.5مل من الماء المقطر ووضعت قطنة مشبعة بالمحلول السكري تركيزه 5المفروم الخالي من الدھن) ساعة ، تم تسجيل نسبة 12ومدة اضاءة 5 ±% 80ورطوبة نسبية ºم2±27مكررات التجربة في الحاضنة بدرجة حرارة ].14ساعة [24 الھالك للبالغات كل التحليل اإلحصائي ] .abbott (1925) ]15صححت النسب المئوية للھالكات استناداً الى معادلة ا في نسبة الھالكات sas (2012) ]16بعد ذلك استعمل البرنامج أثير تراكيز البكتري ] في التحليل اإلحصائي لدراسة ت .lsd، وقورنت الفروق المعنوية بين المتوسطات باختبار أقل فرق معنوي ch. albicepsوالتشوھات والبزوغ لذباب النتائج والمناقشة ch. albicepsفي يرقات ذبابة b. thuringiensisدراسة تأثير التراكيز المتسلسلة من بكتريا-1 من اكثر أنواع البكتريا أھمية في مجال المكافحة الجرثومية لآلفات وان سالالتھا b. thuringiensisتعد بكتريا اھم السالالت التي تستعمل في السيطرة على اآلفات الحشرية. لذا عند دراسة kurstakiو israelensisالمختلفة مثل ) ان 1أظھرت النتائج الموضحة في الجدول ( ch. albicepsفي يرقات ذبابة b. thuringiensisبكتريا فعالية ھذه ال ) جزء بالمليون في يرقات b. thuringiensis )100 , 200 , 500 , 1000 , 2000تأثير تراكيز متسلسلة من بكتريا و 43.33و 30.00و 46.67و 30.00ية بمقدار . سجلت نسبة ھالكات تراكمية كلch. albicepsالطور الثاني لذبابة عند المعاملة بالتراكيز آنفة الذكرعلى التوالي وقد اظھر التحليل االحصائي وجود فروق معنوية بين التراكيز % 63.33 المستعملة . المليون من جزء ب 2000وأظھرت النتائج ايضاً حصول تشوھات مظھرية ناتجة من معاملة غذاء اليرقات بتركيز ، أ) وتلون بعضھا باللون 1و تمثلت التشوھات بإنكماش اليرقات (صورة % 6.67بنسبة b. thuringiensisبكتريا ، ج)، وطول مدة 1، ب)، فضالً عن طول مدة الدور اليرقي بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة (صورة 1الغامق (صورة ور العذري.التعذر، و قلة عدد اليرقات التي وصلت الى الد 6.29و 20.37كما يظھر في الجدول حصول ھالكات للعذارى الناتجة من معاملة غذاء اليرقات آنفة الذكرإذ كانت ، د) مقارنة 1على التوالي وتمثلت ھالكات العذارى بتخسفھا وصغر حجمھا (صورة % 10.37و 26.29و 28.14و ، و). 1ات (صورة ) وحصول بزوغ جزئي للبالغھ،1بالعذراء الطبيعية (صورة وأظھرت معاملة اليرقات إن النسبة المئوية للھالك التراكمي لليرقات والعذارى معاً كانت تتناسب طردياً مع التركيز كانت جزء بالمليون 200وبالتركيز % 53.3جزء بالمليون 100المستعمل ، إذ كانت الھالكات عند معاملة الغذاء بتركيز ، % 76.6و 73.3جزء بالمليون كانت 2000 , 1000وبالتركيزين %60جزء بالمليون كانت 500وبالتركيز 56.6% وقد اظھر التحليل االحصائي وجود فروق معنوية بين ھذه النسب. أما بالنسبة الى بزوغ البالغات فقد أظھرت النتائج أن اعلى نسبة مئوية لبزوغ البالغات ظھرت عند معاملة الغذاء 2000واقل نسبة مئوية لبزوغ البالغات كانت عند معاملة الغذاء بتركيز % 46.67زء بالمليون إذ كانت ج 100بتركيز ، وقد اظھر التحليل االحصائي عدم وجود فروق معنوية بين التراكيز المستعملة . % 23.33جزء بالمليون حيث كانت علوم حياة | 189 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 أدى الى زيادة نسبة الھالك مع مرور الوقت، يوضح الشكل .b. t. iإن معاملة غذاء اليرقات بتراكيز متسلسلة من بكتريا جزء بالمليون أدى الى 100) أن استمرار التعريض يؤدي الى زيادة نسبة الھالك إذ يالحظ أن المعاملة بالتركيز1( اً ، يوم 12بعد مرور % 51.85بعد مرور سبعة أيام ولكن نسبة الھالك تزداد الى % 20حصول نسبة ھالك بمقدار بعد مرور خمسة أيام و أن نسبة % 43.33جزء بالمليون كانت نسبة الھالك بمقدار 2000وكذلك عند المعاملة بالتركيز يوماً . 12بعد مرور % 75.18الھالك ارتفعت الى لتالي موتھا إن معاملة غذاء اليرقات بتراكيز المعلق البكتيري أدى الى ظھور اعراض خمول وقلة حركتھا وانكماشھا وبا وقد لوحظ أن بعض اليرقات الميتة ظھرت بلون غامق وقد يعزى السبب في ذلك الى تأثير البكتريا السام بفعل السموم الموجودة في البلورة داخل القناة الھضمية الوسطى للحشرة وتحريرھا وبالتالي ارتباطھا بالمستقبالت الخاصة الموجودة في رة تمتنع عن التغذية بسبب شلل القناة الھضمية، فضالً عن احداثھا تحلالً لجدار القناة الھضمية بطانة األمعاء مما يجعل الحش الداخلي مما يؤدي الى دخول و خروج السوائل من والى داخل القناة الھضمية وبالتالي موت اليرقات مباشرة أو بعد زوغ جزئي أو تنتج عنھا عذارى صغيرة الحجم ذات وصولھا الى دور العذراء لكنھا قد تفشل في البزوغ ، أو يحصل لھا ب يكون بطيء الذوبان في القناة الھضمية delta – endotoxin تخسفات. و أن احد السموم التي تتضمنھا البكتريا وھو ويحتاج الى وقت أطول لكي يظھر تأثيره في الحشرة . بتراكيز من ch. albicepsعند معاملة يرقات ذباب ]sabry (2004) ]17وتتفق النتائج آنفة الذكر مع ما توصلت اليه ) % 100جزء بالمليون أدى الى ھالك جميع اليرقات المعاملة ( 4000إذ وجدت إن التركيز . b. thuringiensisبكتريا يرقات و إن اليرقات الميتة ظھرت عليھا تشوھات كثيرة تمثلت بإسوداد اجسامھا و استطالتھا احياناً، وفي حالة وصلت ال وتكون منكمشة وتفشل البالغات بالبزوغ . cالمعاملة لدور العذراء تتشوه احياناً وتأخذ شكل حرف التابعة لرتبة tortrix viridana] بشأن حساسية يرقات عثة hajgozar, et al. (2013) ]15وكذلك تتفق مع ما ذكره حيث b. thuringiensisجار البلوط في ايران لبكتريا حرشفية االجنحة و التي تعد من اآلفات المھمة التي تصيب أش جزء بالمليون مالئم لمكافحة ھذه الحشرة في الغابات . 5000 , 4000وجدوا إن التركيزين والذي يكون بطيء delta – endotoxinويعزى السبب في ذلك الى تأثير السموم التي تتضمنھا ھذه البكتريا خاصة ضمية ويحتاج الى وقت أطول لكي يذوب ويرتبط بالمستقبالت واحداثه الثقوب واالزموزية وبالتالي الذوبان في القناة الھ يؤدي الى دخول وخروج الماء وااليونات وانكماش اليرقات وتحلل قناتھا الھضمية وموتھا. jlf17.22.7] بشأن فعالية عزلة البكتريا المسماة gough, et al. (2002)]19 إن النتيجة آنفة الذكرتتفق مع ما ذكره والذي يعد طفيلياً خارجياً مھماً يتطفل على األغنام في استراليا ووجد إن bovicola bovisتجاه قمل المواشي التابع للنوع بعد مرور ستة أيام . % 85بعد ثالثة أيام من المعاملة الى % 56نسبة الھالك تزداد من ch. albicepsفي بالغات ذبابة b. thuringiensisأثير تراكيز متسلسلة من بكتريا دراسة ت-2 ، 13.3، 16.67كان ch. albiceps) أن معدل النسبة المئوية لھالك بالغات ذبابة 2توضح النتائج المدونة في الجدول ( جزء بالمليون على 2000 , 1000 , 500 , 200 , 100 عند معاملة غذائھا بالتراكيز % 16.67، 33.33، 26.67 ، واظھر التحليل االحصائي عدم % 6.66ساعة ، في حين كانت نسبة الھالك في معاملة السيطرة 24التوالي بعد مرور وجود فروق معنوية بين التراكيز المذكورة ومعاملة السيطرة ، ولكن بعد مرور أسبوع على معاملة غذاء البالغات 63.33و 50و 33.33ذكر ارتفعت نسبة الھالك وبزيادة تعتمد على التركيز ، إذ وصلت نسبة الھالك الى بالتراكيزآنفة ال فحسب ، وعند اجراء % 6.67على التوالي ، في في حين معاملة السيطرة كانت نسبة الھالك % 73.33و 63.33و التحليل االحصائي ظھرت فروق معنوية بين النتائج . ھذه تعزى الى تأثير السموم المتحررة من البلورة الموجودة في البكتريا بعد دخولھا مع الغذاء الى داخل القناة إن النتائج الھضمية الوسطى وارتباط ھذه السموم بمستقبالت خاصة ضمن الطبقة الطالئية الداخلية للقناة الھضمية ، وبالتالي تحللھا من والى داخل الخاليا وكذلك حدوث شلل للقناة الھضمية الوسطى واحداث ثقوب تعمل على دخول وخروج االيونات للحشرة وامتناعھا عن تناول الطعام مما يؤدي الى قلة حركتھا وتصلب أطرافھا. ] من أن حساسية بالغات ذبابة البحر المتوسط robacker, et al. (1996) ]20تتفق ھذه النتائج مع ما ذكره anastrepha ludens (mexican fruit fly) لبعض عزالت بكترياb. thuringiensis إذ سجلت نسبة ھالك باليوم العاشر بعد استمرار تغذيتھا لمدة يومين على ھذه البكتريا في حين كانت نسبة الھالك في % 80 – 65تراوحت بين .b] الى انه عند تطبيق بكتريا mbewe, et al. (2014) ]21فحسب . كما أشار % 2.7معاملة السيطرة thuringiensis على بالغات ذبابblack fly بعد استعمال % 1.84الى % 19.58أدى الى خفض نسبة البالغات من البكتريا. وتبعاً للنتائج آنفة الذكرتعد ھذه البكتريا من عوامل المكافحة الحيوية الفعالة في الحد من انتشار ھذا النوع من ات الحشرية . اآلف علوم حياة | 190 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المصادر 1prins, a. j. (1982). morphological and biological. notes on six south african blow-flies (diptera: calliphoridae) and their immature stages. ann. s. afr. mus., 90(4): 201-217. ). دراسة عن بعض 2008، إيھاب معاذ والحواجري، مجدي شعبان (سرحان، أسامة محمد؛ أبو زيد متولي، حامد بن محمد؛ -3 . http://www.pdffactory.comاھم الحشرات الطبية بمكة المكرمة اثناء موسم الحج. 3ihemanma, c. a.; etusim, p. e.; kalu, m. k.; adindu, r. u. & iruoha, g. (2013) . diptera: the order of great public health nuisance. glo. adv. res. j. environ. sci. toxicol., 2 (5): 135 – 143. 4fernandes, l. f.; pimenta, f. c. and fernandes, f. f. (2009). first report of human myiasis in goia s state, brazil: frequency of different types of myiasis, their various etiological agent, and associated factors. j. parasitol. 95:32 – 38. cited by http : // cmr. asm.org/content/25/1/79 # ref – list. 5rozendaal, j. a. (1997). vector control, methods for use by individual and communities, world health organization, geneva: 412. ) . المدخل الى علم االدوية البيطرية . ترجمة د. الخياط ، علي عزيز. مطبعة دار الكتب. جامعة 1988الكسندر، فرانك ( -6 .474الموصل: .271معة الموصل: ). المقاومة الحيوية لالفات. دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر. جا1992الزبيدي، حمزة كاظم ( -7 8norris, j. r. (1970). sporeformes as insecticides. j. appl. bact., 33: 192-206. 9goldberg, l. h. & morgalit, j. (1977). a bacterial spore demonstrating rapid larvicidal activity against anopheles sergenti, uranotaenia ungulculata, culex univittatus, aedes aegypti and culex pipiens. mosq. news, 37: 355-338. 10olivera, m. s.; nascimento, m. a.; cavados, f. c.; chaves, j. q.; rabinovitch, l.; lima, m. m. & queiroz, m. m. (2006). biological activity of bacillus thuringiensis strains against larvae of blow fly chrysomya putoria (wiedemann) (diptera: calliphoridae). neotropical entomology, 35(6): 825 – 849. 11heimple, a.m. &angus, t. a. (1960). bacterial insecticide. bac, rev., 24: 266-290. ). دراسة مقارنة لبعض الجوانب الحياتية والبيئية بين ذبابة الدودة الحلزونية للعالم 2000الزبيدي، رزاق شعالن ( -12 chrysomya megacephalaوذبابة التدويد الثانوي كبيرة الرأس chrysomya bezziana villeneuveالقديم (fabricius) (diptera:calliphoridae) 76غداد: في بغداد. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة ب. ). تربية ذبابة الدودة الحلزونية 1999العزي، محمد عبد جعفر؛ الطويل، اياد احمد وعبد الرسول، محمد صالح ( -13 في المختبر للتھيئة لإلنتاج الكمي.مجلة الزراعة chrysomya bezziana (diptera calliphoridae)االسيوية: .6659: 7، عدد 4العراقية (عددخاص). مجلد 14mwamburi, l. (2008). biological control of the common house fly (musca domestica l.) using bacillus thuringiensis (ishiwata) berlianer var. israelensis and beauveria bassiana (bals.) vuilemin in caged poultary facilities. doctor of philosophy.university of kwazulunatal pieter maritzubrg. republic of south africa: 214. 15abbott, w. s. (1925) . a method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. j. econ. entomol., 18: 265 – 267. 16sas. (2012) . statistical analysis system, userʹs guide. statistical. version 9.1th ed. sas. inst. cary. n. c. usa. 17sabry, h. (2004). the use of some biological control agents against a myiasis producting fly. thesis faculty of science. zagazig university:139. 18hajgozar, a.; pourbehi, h.; eskuruchi, f.; khormizi, m. z.; sharifnezhad, h. & biranvand, a. (2013). effects of bacillus thuringiensis on the larval stages of tortrix viridanaon oak trees. int. res. j. appl. & basic sci., 5(6): 762 – 765. 19gough, j. m.; akhurst, r. j.; ellar, d. j. ; kemp , d. h. & wijffels, g. l. (2002) . new isolates of bacillus thuringiensis for control of livestock ectoparasites. biological control. 23: 179 – 189. علوم حياة | 191 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 20robacker, d. c.; martinez, a. j.; garcia, j. a.; diaz, m. & romero, c. (1996). toxicity of bacillus thuringiensis to mexican fruit fly (diptera: tephritidae). j. econ. entomol., 89(1): 104 –110 . 21 mbewe, r.; pemba, d.; kazembe, l.; mhango & chiotha, s. (2014). the impact of bacillus thuringiensis israelensis (bti) on adult and larvae black fly populations. malawi j. sci. & technol. 10(1): 86 – 92. .chفي يرقات الطور الثاني لذبابة b. thuringiensis israelensisتراكيز متسلسلة من بكتريا تأثير ):1(ل رقمجدو albiceps . التركيز جزء بالمليون الھالك % المصحح بعد ± ساعة 24 الخطأ القياسي الھالك % التراكمي المصحح الخطأ ± لليرقات القياسي التشوھات % الخطأ ± القياسي ھالك % العذارى ± المصحح الخطأ القياسي ھالك تراكمي % لليرقات+عذارى الخطأ ± المصححة القياسي بزوغ % ± البالغات الخطأ القياسي 100 0.00 ±0.0 30.00 ± 15.27 0.00 ±0.00 20.37 ± 5.45 53.3 ±11.69 46.67 ± 12.02 200 10.00 ± 5.00 46.67 ± 29.05 0.00 ±0.00 6.29 ± 6.009 56.6 ±22.79 43.33 ± 21.85 500 0.00 ±0.0 30.00 ± 20.81 0.00 ±0.00 28.14 ± 9.98 60 ±11.04 40.00 ± 10.00 1000 0.00 ±0.0 43.33 ± 23.33 0.00 ±0.00 26.29 ± 20.61 73.3 ±11.76 26.67 ± 12.02 2000 0.00 ± 0.00 63.33 ± 12.01 6.67 ±3.00 10.37 ± 0.37 76.6 ±10.23 23.33 ± 8.81 قيمة lsd 14.09 ns 26.09 * 9.39 ns 37.42 ns 15.04 * 43.31 ns ns تعني عدم وجود فرق معنويnon significant تدل على وجود فروق معنوية بين المعامالت المختلفة بين * ، ). lsd) بحسب اختبار اقل فرق معنوي (p≥ 0.05مستوى احتمال ( علوم حياة | 192 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 .chفي ھالك بالغات ذباب b. thuringiensis israelensisتأثير تراكيز متسلسلة من بكتريا ):2(رقم جدول albiceps. الخطأ ± ساعة 24ھالك بعد % التركيز جزء بالمليون القياسي ± ھالك بعد مرور أسبوع % الخطأ القياسي 3.33± 6.67 3.33± 6.66 معاملة السيطرة 100 16.67 ±3.33 33.33 ±8.82 200 13.33 ±8.82 50.00 ±15.27 500 26.67 ±17.63 63.33 ±6.67 1000 33.33 ±3.33 63.33 ±3.33 2000 16.67 ±8.82 73.33 ±8.82 * lsd 28.851 ns 30.09قيمة ns تعني عدم وجود فرق معنويnon significant تدل على وجود فروق معنوية بين المعامالت المختلفة بين * ، ).lsdاختبار اقل فرق معنوي () بحسب p≥ 0.05مستوى احتمال ( .chفي ھالك يرقات الطور الثاني لذباب b. thuringiensis israelensis): تأثير تراكيز بكتريا 1( رقم شكل albiceps يوماً . 12بعد مرور 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ت كا ال لھ ا % )يوم(الزمن السيطرة جزء بالمليون 100 جزء بالمليون 200 جزء بالمليون 500 جزء بالمليون 1000 جزء بالمليون 2000 100 200 500 1000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 علوم حياة | 193 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 أ ب د ج و ھـ b. thuringiensisالمصابة ببكتريا ch. albiceps): التشوھات المظھرية ليرقات النوع 1(رقم صورة israelensisبزوغ -عذراء طبيعية، و ھعذراء متخسفة، -يرقة طبيعية، د -يرقات غامقة، ج -يرقات منكمشة، ب -: أ جزئي. علوم حياة | 194 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 pathogenicity of bacillus thuringiensis berliner on larvae and adults of blow fly chrysomya albiceps (wiedemann,1819) (diptera : calliphoridae) nawal s. mehdi zahraa s. noshee dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn – al haitham)/ university of baghdad received on :27 october2014 21 december2014 , accpted on: abstract this study was conducted to evaluate serial concentrations of commercial formulation suspension (antrol) of bacillus thuringiensis israelensis. as a microbial control agent against chrysomya albiceps (blow fly) larvae and adults under laboratory conditions. the results revealed that percentages of accumulated mortalities of second instar larvae were 30 63.33% for the doses 100 – 2000 ppm respectively , mortalities rate increased with increased of time, treating larval food with 1000 ppm of bacterial suspension caused mortality rate reached 30% after two days, later reached 72.96% after 12 days. the bio assays results of treating adults food showed that mortalities percentage were 6.67 – 73.33 when their food was treated by 100 – 2000 ppm of bacterial suspension. the results indicated that b. thuringiensis has a potential to be a bio control agent for ch. albiceps. key words: chrysomya albiceps, bacillus thuringiensis, larvae, adults, pathogenicity. 17062012113705_015 17062012113705_016 17062012113705_017 17062012113705_018 17062012113705_019 17062012114056 17062012114056_001 17062012114056_002 17062012114056_003 17062012114056_004 microsoft word 500-509 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|500    common fixed points in modular spaces salwa salman abed  salwaalbundi@yahoo.com dept. of mathematics/college of education forpure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad sada emad abdulkarrar kararemad1982@gmail.com dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) university of baghdad abstract in this paper,there are   new considerations about the dual of a modular spaces and weak convergence. two common fixed point theorems for a 𝑃-non-expansive mapping defined on a star-shaped weakly compact subset are proved, here the conditions of affineness, demi-closedness and opial's property play an active role in the proving our results. keywords: modular spaces, fixed points, best approximations. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|501    1. introduction and preliminaries dotson 1 proved existence of fixed points for non-expansive self-mappings of starshaped subsets of banach spaces(under appropriate conditions). subrahmanyam 2 and habinak 3 used the concept of banach operator to generalize dotson's theorem and its application to invariant approximation. recently, abed [4] introduced the notion of best approximation in modular spaces and gave conditions to existences of proximinal and chebysev sets in finite dimension modular spaces. also, abed and  abdul sada [5-7]  proved a theorem of brosowski-meinaraus type on invariant approximation, proved that two fixed point theorems for compact set-valued mappings in modular spaces with an application on invariant best approximation. the object of the present paper is to extend and unified the above results [2], [3], [4] and others to modular spaces. for other results in this field see [8][10] definition (1.1)[5]: let𝑀 be a linear space over𝐹 𝑅 𝑜𝑟 ₵ . a function𝛾:𝑀 → 0, ∞ is called modular if i.𝛾 𝑣 0if and only if𝑣 0; ii.𝛾 𝛼𝑣 = 𝛼 𝑣 for 𝛼 ∈𝐹 with |𝛼| 1, for all 𝛼 ∈ 𝐹; iii.𝛾 𝛼𝑣 𝛽𝑢 𝛾 𝑣 + 𝛾 𝑢 iff 𝛼, 𝛽 0, for all ,∈ 𝑀. if (iii) replaced by (iii´) 𝛾 𝛼𝑣 𝛽𝑢 𝛼𝛾 𝑣 +𝛽𝛾 𝑢 , for 𝛼, 𝛽 0, 𝛼 𝛽 1, for all 𝑣,u ∈𝑀 then 𝑀 modular 𝛾 is called con𝑣ex modular. definition 1.2 [6] a modular 𝛾 defines a corresponding modular space,𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛,the space𝑀 given by 𝑀 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀: 𝛾 𝛼𝑣 → 0 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑟 𝛼 → 0 . remark 1.1[6] by condition (iii) above, if u 0 then 𝛾 𝛼𝑣 =𝛾 𝛽𝑣 𝛾 𝛽𝑣 , for all 𝛼, 𝛽 𝑖𝑛 𝐹, 0 𝛼 𝛽.this shows that 𝛾 is increasing function. definition 1.3[6] the 𝛾-ball, 𝐵 𝑢 centered at 𝑢 ∈ 𝑀 with radius 𝑟 0 as 𝐵 𝑢 𝒗 ∈ 𝑀 ; 𝛾 𝑢 𝑣 𝑟 . the class of all 𝛾-balls in a modular space𝑀 generates a topology which makes 𝑀 hausdorff topological linear space. every 𝛾-ball is convex set, therefore every modular space locally convex hausdorff topological vector space [4]. definition 1.5[6] let 𝑀 be a modular spase. a) a sequence 𝑣 ⊂ 𝑀 is said to be 𝛾 -convergent to 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 and write 𝑣 → 𝑣 if 𝛾 𝑣 𝑣 → 0 as n→ ∞. b) a sequence {𝑣 } is called 𝛾ــ cauchy whenever 𝛾(𝑣 -𝑣 )→ 0 as , 𝑚 → ∞. c) 𝑀 is called 𝛾ــ complete if any 𝛾ــ cauchy sequence in 𝑀 is 𝛾ــ convergent. d) a subset 𝐵⊂𝑀 is called 𝛾ــ closed if for any sequence 𝑣 ⊂𝐵𝛾ــ convergent to ∈ 𝑀 , we ha𝑣e 𝑣 ∈ 𝐵. e) a 𝛾ــ closed subset 𝐵⊂𝑀 is called 𝛾ــ compact if any sequence { 𝑣 } ⊂𝐵 has a 𝛾ــ convergent subsequence. f) a subset 𝐵⊂ 𝑀 is said to be 𝛾ــ bounded if 𝑑𝑎𝑖𝑚 𝐵 ∞ , where 𝑑𝑎𝑖𝑚 𝐵 sup 𝛾 𝑣 𝑢 ; 𝑣, 𝑢 ∈ 𝐵 is called the 𝛾ــ diameter of 𝐵. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|502    definition (1.6) [7] let 𝑀 be a modular space and 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑀 𝑆:𝐴 → 𝐴, 𝑆 is called contraction mapping if ∃ h ∈ 0 , 1 for all 𝑣 ,𝑢 in 𝑀 . such that 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑢 ℎ 𝑣 𝑢 and if h 1 then 𝑆 is called a non –expansive mapping. definition (1.7): let 𝑀 be a modular space and 𝑃, 𝑆: 𝑀 → 𝑀 be a mapping then 𝑆 is said to be 𝑃 ــ contraction if there exists h∈ 𝟶, 1 such that 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑢 ℎ 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝑃𝑢 ∀ 𝑣, 𝑢 in 𝑀 . if h 1 in (1.7), then 𝑆 is called 𝑃ــ non– expansive mapping. definition (1.8) a) a function 𝑆: 𝑀 → 𝑁 (where𝑀 , 𝑁 are modular spaces ) is said to be continuous at a point 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 if 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑣 → 0 as n→ ∞ whenever 𝛿 𝑣 𝑣 → 0 as n → ∞. b) a mapping 𝑆: 𝑀 → 𝑁 is said to be affine if ∀𝑣, 𝑢 in 𝑀 and ∀𝜆 , 0 𝜆 1, 𝑆 𝜆𝑣 1 𝜆 𝑢 𝜆𝑆 𝑣 1 𝜆 𝑆 𝑢 . definition (1.9): a two mappings 𝑆 and 𝑃 on 𝑀 are said to be commute if 𝑆𝑃𝑣 𝑃𝑆𝑣 ∀ 𝑣∈ 𝑀 . the purpose of this article is to prove the completeness of dual space of a modular space and to give some related concepts and properties, also, to prove the existence of common fixed points for pair mapping 𝑆, 𝑃 where 𝑆 is 𝑃 non expansive. 2. dual of a modular space let 𝑃 be a linear functional with domain in a modular space 𝑀 and range in the scalar field 𝐾 𝑃:𝐷 𝑃 → 𝐾, 𝑃 is bounded linear functional 𝑐 such that for all 𝑣 ∈ 𝐷 𝑃 , 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝑐𝛾 𝑣 . the set of all bounded linear functional on 𝑀 , 𝑴𝜸  is linear space with point-wise operations. in the following, we reform some concepts about dual space in the setting of modular spaces, we begin with following: proposition (2.1): let 𝑃 ∈ 𝑴𝜸  , define 𝜸 : 𝑴𝜸  → 𝑅 ∋ 𝜸 𝑃 sup 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 ∶ 𝛾 𝑣 1 then i. 𝜸 𝛼𝑃 𝜸 𝑃 , for 𝛼 ∈ k with |𝛼| 1 ii. 𝜸 𝛼𝑃 𝛽𝑄 𝜸 𝑃 𝜸 𝑄 , iii. 𝜸 𝑃 0 iff 𝑃 0. proof: for 𝑖 𝜸 𝛼𝑃 sup 𝛾 𝛼𝑃𝑣 sup 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝜸 𝑃 . for (ii) 𝜸 𝛼𝑃 𝛽𝑄 sup 𝛾 𝛼𝑃𝑣 𝛽𝑄𝑣 sup 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝛾 𝑄𝑣 sup 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 sup 𝛾 𝑄𝑣 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|503    𝜸 𝑃 𝜸 𝑄 for (iii) 𝜸 𝑃 0 iff sup 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 ∶ 𝛾 𝑣 1 iff 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 0 for all𝑣 iff 𝑃 0. a modular 𝜸 defines a corresponding modular space,𝑖. 𝑒.,the space𝑴𝜸  given by 𝑴𝜸  𝑣 ∈ 𝑀: 𝜸 𝛼𝑃 → 0 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑟 𝛼 → 0 theorem (2.2): 𝑴𝜸  is complete modular space. proof: we consider an arbitrary cauchy sequence 𝑆 in 𝑴𝜸  and show that 𝑆 converges to a 𝑆∈ 𝑴𝜸  since 𝑆 is cauchy, for every ϵ 𝟢 there is an l such that 𝜸 𝑆 𝑆 ∈ , 𝑛, 𝑚 𝐿 , for any 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 and 𝑛, 𝑚 𝐿 , this implies that |𝑆 𝑣 𝑆 𝑣| | 𝑆 𝑆 𝑣| 𝛾 𝑆 𝑆 𝛾 𝑣 ∈ 𝛾 𝑣 . … (2.1) now, for any fixed point 𝑣 and given ∈ we may choose ∈ ∈ so that ∈ 𝛾 𝑣 ∈ . then from (2.1), we have |𝑆 𝑣 𝑆 𝑣| ∈ and 𝑆 𝑣 is cauchy in 𝐾. by completeness of 𝐾, 𝑆 𝑣 converges, say, 𝑆 𝑣 → 𝑟. clearly, the limit 𝑟 ∈ 𝐾 depends on the choice of 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 . this defines a functional 𝑆: 𝑀 → 𝐾 where 𝑟 𝑆𝑣 .the functional 𝑆 is linear since lim → 𝑆 𝛼𝑣 𝛽𝑧 lim → 𝛼𝑆 𝑣 𝛽𝑆 𝑧 𝛼 lim → 𝑆 𝑣 𝛽 lim → 𝑆 𝑧. we prove that 𝑆 is bounded and 𝑆 →𝑆, that is 𝜸 𝑆 𝑆 → 𝟢. since (2.1) holds for every 𝑚 𝐿 and 𝑆 𝑣 → 𝑆, we may let 𝑚→ ∞. using the continuity of the modular, then for every 𝑛 𝐿 and all 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 . |𝑆 𝑣 𝑆𝑣| 𝑆 𝑣 lim → 𝑆 𝑣 lim → |𝑆 𝑣 𝑆 𝑣| 𝜖𝛾 𝑣 … (2.2) this shows that 𝑆 𝑆 with 𝑛 𝐿 is a bounded linear functional. since 𝑆 is bounded, 𝑆 𝑆 𝑆 𝑆 is bounded, that is, 𝑆∈ 𝑴𝜸  . furthermore, if in (2.2) we take the supremum over all 𝑣 of modular 𝟣, we obtain 𝛾 𝑆 𝑆 𝜖, 𝑛 𝐿. hence 𝜸 𝑆 𝑆 → 𝟢. this completes proof. definition (2.3): a sequence 𝑣 in a modular space 𝑀 is said to be weakly convergent if there is an 𝑣  𝑀 such that for every 𝑃 𝑴𝜸  lim → 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝑃𝑣 0 this denoted by 𝑣 → 𝑣. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|504    proposition (2.4): in a modular space 𝑀 , every convergent sequence is weakly convergent. proof: by definition, 𝑣 → 𝑣 means 𝛾 𝑣 𝑣 → 0 and implies that for every p∈ 𝑴𝜸,  |𝑃 𝑣 𝑃 𝑣 | |𝑃 𝑣 𝑣 | 𝛾 𝑃 𝛾 𝑣 𝑣 → 0. this shows that 𝑣 → 𝑣. note that, the converse of proposition (2.4) is not necessary true. to show this recall the usual case is in a normed space.in the following some other needed properties of weak convergence are given: proposition (2.5): let 𝑣 be weakly convergent sequence in a modular space 𝑀 , say 𝑣 → 𝑣 then: i. the weak limit 𝑣 of 𝑣 is unique. ii. every subsequence of 𝑣 converges weakly to 𝑣. proof: for (i), suppose that 𝑣 𝒘 → 𝑣 as well as 𝑣 𝒘 → 𝑢. then p 𝑣 → 𝑃 𝑣 as well as p 𝑣 → 𝑃 𝑢 . since p 𝑣 is a sequence of numbers, its limit is unique. hence 𝑃 𝑣 𝑃 𝑢 , that is, for every p∈ 𝑴𝜸.  we have 𝑃 𝑣 𝑃 𝑢 𝑃 𝑣 𝑢 𝟢.this implies 𝑣 𝑢 𝟢 and shows that the weak limit is unique. part (ii) follows from the fact that p 𝑣 is convergent sequence of numbers. so that every subsequence of p 𝑣 converges and has same limit as the sequence. definition (2.6): 𝐴 a subset of a modular space 𝑀 is said to be weakly compact if every sequence in 𝑀 has a weak convergent subsequence. definition (2.7): let 𝑀 , 𝑁 be two modular spaces and 𝑆 : 𝑀 𝑁 be mappings then: i. 𝑆 is continuous if𝑣  𝑣  𝑆(𝑣 )  𝑆 (𝑣). ii. 𝑆 is weakly continuous if 𝑣 → 𝑣  𝑆 𝑣 → 𝑆 (𝑣). definition (2.8): let 𝑀 be a modular space, 𝐴⊆𝑀 and 𝑆: 𝐴→ 𝑀 be a mapping, 𝑆 is called demi-closed of 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴, if for every sequence 𝑣 in 𝐴 such that 𝑣 → 𝑣 and 𝑣 → 𝑢 ∈ 𝑀 then 𝑢 𝑆𝑣 and 𝑆 is demi closed on 𝐴 if it is demi-closed of each 𝑣 in 𝐴. definition (2.9): let 𝑀 be a modular space, 𝑀 is said to be opial if for every sequence 𝑣 in 𝑀 weakly convergent to 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 the inequality lim → 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝛾 𝑣 𝑣 lim → 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝛾 𝑣 𝑢 holds for all 𝑢 𝑣. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|505    3. common fixed point for commuting mappings mongkolkeha, sintunavarat and kumamstudy[11]and [12] proved the existence theorems of fixed points for contraction mappings in modular metric spaces with condition γ 𝑃 𝑣 ∞ to guarantee the existence and uniqueness of the fixed points. we start with following proposition (3.1): let 𝑃 be a continuous self-mapping of a complete modular space 𝑀 , 𝛾 if 𝑆: 𝑀 → 𝑀 is 𝑃contraction mapping which commutes with 𝑃 and 𝑆 𝑀 ⊆ 𝑃 𝑀 and ∃ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 such that γ 𝑃 𝑣 ∞ then 𝐹 𝑃 ∩ 𝐹 𝑆 singleton. proof: suppose p 𝑎 𝑎 for some 𝑎 ∈ 𝑀 , define 𝑆: 𝑀 → 𝑀 by 𝑆 𝑣 𝑎 ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 then 𝑆 𝑃 𝑣 𝑎 and 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 𝑃 𝑎 for all 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 so 𝑆 𝑃 𝑣 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 , ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 and 𝑆 commutes with 𝑃 moreover 𝑆 𝑣 𝑎 𝑃 𝑎 ∀ 𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 so that 𝑆 𝑀 ⊆ 𝑃 𝑀 . finally, ∀𝑎 ∈ 0,1 , ∀ 𝑣,𝑢 in 𝑀 we have 𝛾 𝑆 𝑣 , 𝑆 𝑢 𝛾 𝑎, 𝑎 𝟶 𝑎 𝛾 𝑃 𝑣 , 𝑃 𝑢 . this completes the proof. now, it is easy to show that the following needed lemma. lemma (3.2): let 𝑀 be a modular space, 𝑆: 𝑀 → 𝑀 be mapping, and 𝑢 ∈ 𝑀 . if 𝑆 ℎ𝑢 1 ℎ 𝑣 ℎ𝑆𝑢 1 ℎ 𝑣, ∀𝑣 ∈ 𝑀 and ℎ ∈ 0,1 , then 𝑢 is a fixed point. theorem (3.3): let ∅ 𝐴 weakly compact subset of a complete modular space 𝑀 . let 𝑝 be a continuous and affine mapping on 𝑀 with p 𝐴 𝐴, 𝑆: 𝐴 →𝐴 be an 𝑃non – expansive mapping commutes with 𝑃. if 𝐴 is star-shaped with respect to 𝑆,and there is some 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴 𝛾 𝑆 𝑣 ∞ and 𝑃 𝑆 is demi-closed on 𝑀 , then 𝐹 𝑆 ∩ 𝐹 𝑃 ∅. proof: since 𝐴 is star-shaped with respect to 𝑢∈ 𝐴, then 𝑆: 𝐴 → 𝐴, we define 𝑆 on 𝐴 for any 𝑣 in 𝐴 by, 𝑆 𝑣 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑢 and there is 𝑢 ∈ 𝐴, and the sequence ℎ → 1 as 𝑛 → ∞, 𝟶 ℎ 1 such that 1 ℎ 𝑢 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 ∈ 𝐴 ∀ 𝑣,𝑢 ∈ 𝐴. it is clear that 𝑆 ∶ 𝐴 → 𝐴. note that 𝑆 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑆 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑝 𝐴 . since 𝑆 commutes with 𝑃 and 𝑃 is affine mapping, for each 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴. 𝑆 𝑃𝑣 ℎ 𝑆𝑝𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑃𝑢 ℎ 𝑃𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑃𝑢 𝑃 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑃𝑆 𝑣 ∋ 𝑆 commutes with 𝑃. further, we observe that for each 𝑛 1, 𝑆 is 𝑃non-expansive mapping, ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|506    𝛾 𝑆 𝑣 𝑆 𝑢 𝛾 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑢 ℎ 𝑆𝑢 1 ℎ 𝑢 ℎ 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑢 ℎ 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝑃𝑢 ∀ 𝑣, 𝑢 ∈ 𝐴 hence 𝑆 is 𝑃contraction. thus by proposition (3.1), there is a unique 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴 such that 𝑣 𝑆 𝑃𝑣 for all 𝑛 1. since 𝐴 is weakly compact, there is a subsequence 𝑣 of sequence 𝑣 which converges weakly to some 𝑣𝟶 ∈ 𝐴. since 𝑃 is a continuous affine mapping then 𝑃 is weakly continuous and so, since s𝑣 and 𝑃𝑣 𝑣 . now, 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 𝑃𝑣 𝑆𝑣 𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 1 𝑢 𝑣 therefore 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 1 𝑢 𝑣 thus 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 1 𝛾 𝑢 𝑣 1 𝛾 𝑣 𝛾 𝑢 . since 𝐴 is bounded, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴 implies 𝛾 𝑣 is bounded and so by the fact that ℎ → 1, we have 𝛾 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 → 𝟶 now, since 𝑃 𝑆 is demi-closed then 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣𝟶 𝟶 and thus 𝑃𝑣𝟶 𝑣𝟶 𝑆𝑣𝟶. hence, 𝐹 𝑆 ∩ 𝐹 𝑃 ∅. another common fixed point theorem will be given for opial's space. theorem (3.4): let∅ 𝐴 weakly compact subset of opia's complete modular space 𝑀 . let 𝑃 be a continuous and affine mapping on 𝑀 with 𝑃 𝐴 𝐴, 𝑆: 𝐴 → 𝐴 be 𝑃nonihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|507    expansive mapping commutes with 𝑃. if 𝐴 has star-shaped with respect to 𝑆, then 𝐹 𝑆 ∩ 𝐹 𝑃 ∅. proof: since 𝐴 has star-shaped then 𝑆:𝐴→ 𝐴 and there is 𝑢 ∈ 𝐴 and the sequence ℎ → 1, as 𝑛→ ∞, 𝟶 ℎ 1 ∋ 1 ℎ 𝑢 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 ∈ 𝐴 for all 𝑣∈ 𝐴. now, define 𝑆 on 𝐴 for any 𝑣 in 𝐴 by, 𝑆 𝑣 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑢 and there is 𝑢∈ 𝐴, it is clear that 𝑆 : 𝐴 → 𝐴. note that 𝑆 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑆 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑝 𝐴 . since 𝑆 commutes with 𝑝 and 𝑝 is affine mapping, for each 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴. 𝑆 𝑃𝑣 ℎ 𝑆𝑃𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑃𝑢 ℎ 𝑃𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑃𝑢 𝑃 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑢 𝑃𝑆 𝑣 thus each ℎ commutes with 𝑃. further observe that for each 𝑛 1, 𝑆 is 𝑃 – non-expansive mapping. 𝛾 𝑆 𝑣 𝑆 𝑢 𝛾 ℎ 𝑆𝑣 1 ℎ 𝑢 ℎ 𝑆𝑢 1 ℎ 𝑢 ℎ 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑢 ℎ 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝑃𝑢 ∀ 𝑢∈ 𝐴, hence 𝑆 is 𝑃contraction. thus by proposition (3.1), there is a unique 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴 such that 𝑣 𝑆 𝑣 𝑃𝑣 for all 𝑛 1. since 𝐴 is weakly compact, there is a subsequence 𝑣 of sequence 𝑣 which converges weakly to some 𝑣𝟶 ∈ 𝐴. since 𝑃 is a continuous affine mapping then 𝑃 is weakly continuous and so we have: 𝑃𝑣𝟶 lim → 𝑃𝑣 lim → 𝑣 𝑣𝟶 since 𝑆𝑣 and 𝑃𝑣 𝑣 , we have: 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 𝑃𝑣 𝑆𝑣 𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|508    𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 1 𝑢 𝑣 therefore 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 1 𝑢 𝑣 . thus 𝛾 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 1 𝛾 𝑢 𝑣 1 𝛾 𝑣 𝛾 𝑢 . since 𝐴 is bounded by 𝐴 is weakly compact, 𝑣 ∈ 𝐴 implies 𝛾 𝑣 is bounded and so by the fact that ℎ → 1, we have 𝛾 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 → 0 now, since 𝑀 is opial space and suppose that, 𝑆𝑣𝟶 𝑣𝟶 we have: lim → 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝛾 𝑣 𝑣𝟶 lim → inf 𝛾 𝑣 𝑆𝑣𝟶 lim → inf 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 𝑆𝑣𝟶 lim → inf 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑣𝟶 lim → 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝛾 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 , since 𝑣 𝑃 𝑆 𝑣 𝑆𝑣 . and thus lim → 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝛾 𝑣 𝑣𝟶 lim → inf 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑣𝟶 but on the other hand, we have lim → inf 𝛾 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑣𝟶 lim → inf 𝛾 𝑃𝑣 𝑃𝑣𝟶 lim → inf 𝛾 𝑣 𝑣𝟶 this is a contradiction. hence 𝑣𝟶 ∈ 𝐹 𝑆 ∩ 𝐹 𝑃 ⇒ 𝐹 𝑆 ∩ 𝐹 𝑃 ∅. acknowledgements: we would like to acknowledge the generous help of editors and we are grateful to the referees for their constructive input. references [1] jr.dotson, , w. g., "fixed point theorems for non-expansive mappings on star-shaped subsets of banach spaces", j. london math. soc., 4(2),. 408-410. 1972 full/3.408.4-http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1112/jlms/s2 [2] p. v.subrahmanyam, , "remarks on some fixed point theorems related to banach contraction principle", j. math. phys. sci.8 (1974), 445457; erratum, j. math.phys. sci. 9, 195,1975 [3] l. habiniak, "fixed point theorems and invariant approximation", j. approx. theory, 56, pp. 241-244,1989. [4] s.s. abed, , "on invariant best approximation in modular spaces", global journal of pure and applied mathematics, 13,. 9,. 5227-5233, 2017. http://www.ripublication.com/gjpam17/gjpamv13n9_102.pdf [5] s.s.abed, , k.a. abdul sada, ," an extension of brosowskimeinaraus theorem in modular spaces", inter. j. of math. anal., hikari ltd., 11, 18, 877 – 882, 2017 https://doi.org/10.12988/ijma.2017.77101 [6] abed, s.s. abdul sada, k,.a. "approximatively compactness and best approximation in modular spaces" accepted in conf. of scie. coll., nahrain university. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org   mathematics|509    [7] abed, s.s. abdul sada, k.a., " fixed-point and best approximation theorems in modular spaces", to appear in inter. j. of pur. and appli. math. [8] farajzadeh a.p. mohammadi, m.b., noor, ma, "fixed point theorems in modular spaces". math. commun. 16, 13-20, 2011 https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/2997/b07df8ee456156b991895e2652f1ca897880.pdf [9] k. kuaket, and p. kumam, ,"fixed points of asymptotic point wise contractions in modular spaces. appl. math. let. 24,1795-1798(2011). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aml.2011.04.035 [10] marwan a. kutbi, latif, a., "fixed points of multivalued maps in modular function spaces". fixed point theory appl. 2009, doi:10.1155/2009/786357 [11] mongkolkeha, c., sintunavarat w., kumam. p., " fixed point theorems for contraction mappings in modular metric spaces", fixed point theory and applications, springer 2011, 2011:93 . /http://www.fixedpointtheoryandapplications.com [12] c. mongkolkeha; w. sintunavarat and p. kumam., " fixed point theorems for contractionmappings in modular metric spaces fixed point theory appl. 2011", fixed point theory and applications, springer, 2012. /http://www.fixedpointtheoryandapplications.com/content/2012     ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 416 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: mohammeds.abed@uokufa.edu.iq abstract this paper sheds light on the vital role that fractional ordinary differential equations (fodes) play in mathematical modeling and in real life, particularly in physical conditions. furthermore, if the problem is handled directly using the numerical method, it is a far more powerful and efficient numerical method in terms of computational time, number of function evaluations, and precision. in this paper, we concentrate on the derivation of the direct numerical methods for solving fifthorder fodes n one, two, and three stages. additionally, it is important to note that the rkmnumerical methods with twoand three-stages for solving fifth-order odes are convenient. numerical examples have been analyzed to demonstrate the efficacy of the new methods in comparison to the analytical method. therefore, the numerical compression is carried out to confirm the efficiency and precision of the modified numerical methods. significantly, the study demonstrates that the numerical outcomes of the proposed derived and modified numerically applied methods proved to be brilliant. finally, based on the findings of the study, it could be said that the numerical outcomes of the test-problems using the proposed and modified methods agree well with the analytical solutions. hence, we can conclude that the proposed numerical methods that are derived or modified in the analytic study of this paper are quite efficient. keywords rkm; fractional ordinary differential equations; fifthorder; des; fdes. 1. introduction undoubtedly, the fractional differential equation (fde) is considered the most essential tool of mathematics, with applications in engineering and science. in addition to the significant part the fde has concerning the various branches of applied mathematics, including physics, economics, chemistry, engineering, medicine, and biology, it is to be noted that the larger part of mathematical modeling in engineering and science is related to different kinds of fdes. moreover, solving the doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3033 article history: received 22 september 2022, accepted 23 october 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq constructing rkm-method for solving fractional ordinary differential equations of fifth-order with applications *mohammed s. mechee information technology research and development center (itrdc), uok, najaf, iraq. mohammeds.abed@uokufa.edu.iq sameeah h. aidi department of mathematics, college of education for for pure science, ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq . sameeahaidi9@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mohammeds.abed@uokufa.edu.iq mailto:mohammeds.abed@uokufa.edu.iq mailto:mohammeds.abed@uokufa.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:sameeahaidi9@gmail.com mailto:sameeahaidi9@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 417 real problems that might occur in applied science and engineering is conducted by utilizing the mathematical methods and tools of fdes. in the last thirty years, numerous significant studies in fractional calculus (fc) have been published in the science and engineering literature. the development of fc is detailed in different usages in fluid mechanics studies, electrochemistry, biological models, and viscoelastic models. varied numerical or analytical approaches for solving differential equations (des), either classical or modernistic, have been the subject of studies over the years [3–7]. however, finding analytical or numerical solutions to many types of des challenged the ingenuity of mathematicians. at present, engineers and scientists can now apply a variety of powerful classical, modern numerical, and analytical approaches. the literature review regarding various recent strategies for solving mathematical models that incorporate des is listed as follows: mechee, m. s. (2019) generalized rk integrators for solving a lass of sixth-order odes [8] while mechee, m. s., & senu, n. (2012), and mechee, mohammed s et al. (2019) studied the numerical solutions of fodes [9-10]. the analytical methods for solving des are not always capable of solving all types of des, directly or indirectly. this proposition inspires us to study the derivation of direct numerical methods. many researchers have derived one-step numerical methods for solving ivps of odes of different orders, while others have derived multistep numerical ways for solving this problem. the fc is an efficient mathematical tool to solve different problems in engineering, sciences, and applied mathematics, and it is used to examine the problems of nonlinear dynamics of different. principally, exact solutions cannot be obtained for the problems of fodes, so it needs to find more semi-numerical and analytical methods and acknowledge the impacts of the nonlinear problems solutions. recently, different approximate methods have been implemented to solve dynamical systems, both linear and nonlinear. such approximated methods are the variational iteration method (vim), the adomian decomposition method (adm), the homotopy analysis method (ham), the homotopy perturbation method (hpm), the laplace transform method, and the homotopy analysis transform method (hatm). in addition, utilizing the generalized taylor series expansion, brought about a new approach in relation to the fractional euler method and the modified trapezoidal rule. lastly, mechee & senu (2012) solved the fodes lane-emden type by the least square method [10], while arshad et al. (2020) studied the numerical solutions of first order fodes using the developed euler method and they derived 2-stage fractional runge-kutta (frk) method [2]. in this study, euler and rkm numerical methods have been derived or developed to be consistent with classes of fifth-order fodes. firstly, the generalized taylor series expansion was used to develop a one-stage euler method as well as twoand three-stage rkm techniques to be suited for solving fifth-order fodes. secondly, the two and three-stage rkm methods are developed for solving fifth-order odes in harmony with solving two kinds of fodes. 2. preliminary we recall some special types of equation, some of which will study some of them: 2.1 kinds of quasi-linear frodes of fifth-order[8]: in this subsection, some kinds of quasi-linear fifth-order fodes have been introduced. 2.1.1 kind of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order[8]: the general kinds of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order are written as follows ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 418 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) = 𝑓 (𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏), 𝑢′(𝜏), 𝑢′′(𝑡), 𝑢′′′(𝜏), 𝑢(4)(𝜏)) , (1) 0 < 𝛼 < 1, 𝜏 ≥ 𝜏0 when the initial conditions 𝑢(𝑖𝛼)(0) = 𝛾𝑖 , 𝑖 = 0,1, … ,4. (2) 2.1.2 kind-one of quasi-linear frodes of fifth-order [9]: consider the kind-one of quasi-linear fodes fifth-order as follows: 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) = 𝑓 (𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏), 𝑢′(𝜏), 𝑢′′(𝜏), 𝑢′′′(𝜏), 𝑢(4)(𝜏)) , (3) 0 < 𝛼 < 1, 𝜏 ≥ 0 when the initial conditions are in equation (2). 2.1.3 kind-two of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order [9]: consider the kind-two of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order as follows: 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) = 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏), 𝑢′(𝜏), 𝑢′′(𝜏), 𝑢′′′(𝜏)), 0 < 𝛼 < 1, 𝜏 ≥ 𝜏0 (4) when the initial conditions are in equation (2). 2.1.4 kind-three of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order [9]: consider the kind-three of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order as follows: 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) = 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏), 𝑢′(𝜏), 𝑢′′(𝜏)), 0 < 𝛼 < 1, 𝜏 ≥ 𝜏0 (5) with the initial conditions are in equation (2). 2.1.5 kind-four of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order[9]: consider the class-four of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order as follows: 𝐷 5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) = 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏), 𝑢′(𝜏)), 0 < 𝛼 < 1, 𝜏 ≥ 𝜏0 (6) when the initial conditions are in equation (2). 2.1.6 kind-five of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order consider the kind-five of quasi-linear fodes of fifth-order as follows: 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) = 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏)), 0 < 𝛼 < 1, 𝜏 ≥ 𝜏0 (7) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 419 when the initial conditions are in equation (2). 2.2 the solving of class-five, fifth-order odes by rkm method odes commands of the order more than two, many researchers used to solve by transmutation the ode into a system of first-order odes where the dimension of the system are the same in that order. 2.2.1 the solving of class-five fifth-order odes by rkm method the formula of s-stage rkm method to solve kind-five of fifth-order odes is proposed as follows table 1 the butcher tableau rkm method of fifth-order 0 1 2 0 1 2 1 2 0 0 3 5 + √6 10 3 5 − √6 10 1 0 − 119 120 − 1 40 − √6 360 1 60 − √6 360 0 1 18 1 8 + √6 48 1 8 + √6 48 1 9 7 36 − √6 48 7 18 + √6 18 1 9 7 36 − √6 48 7 18 + √6 48 the coefficients of the numerical rkm methods are 𝑎𝑖𝑗 ; 𝑐𝑖 ; 𝑏𝑖 ; 𝑏𝑖 ՛ ; 𝑏𝑖 ՛՛; 𝑏𝑖 ՛՛՛; ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 420 and 𝑏𝑖 (4) assumed to be real for 𝑖; 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑠. however, mechee & kadhim derived direct numerical three-stage rkm methods of fifth-order for solving fifth-order odes [10], which expressed in the following. 3. proposed numerical methods for solving fodes of fifth-order in this part, we have established two numerical methods and modified another two numerical methods for solving fifth-order fodes which belong to a kind of quasi linear in equation (7) with the ics in equation (2). also, we give derivation of the generalized euler method as the generalized taylor expansion of 𝑢(𝑡 + ℎ) is: 𝑢(𝜏 + ℎ) = 𝑢(𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤((𝛼+1) 𝐷𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼+1) 𝐷2𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼+1) 𝐷3𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) + + ℎ4𝛼 𝛤(4𝛼+1) 𝐷4𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) + ℎ5𝛼 𝛤(5𝛼+1) 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) + + ℎ6𝛼 𝛤(6𝛼+1) 𝐷6𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) + ⋯ (8) we ignore the higher terms involving 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) in equation (8) for the very small step size. substitute the value of 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) from equation (8) to obtain the following formula: 𝑢𝑛+1(𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ4𝛼 𝛤(4𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ5𝛼 𝛤(5𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛 ) , (9) by derivation equation (16) once, twice, three and four, we obtain the following: 𝑢𝑛+1 𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ4𝛼 𝛤(4𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛 ) , (10) 𝑢 𝑛+1 2𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) + 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) (11) 𝑢𝑛+1 3𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) , (12) 𝑢𝑛+1 4𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) . (13) in addition, by introducing the derivation of developed rkm method of two-stages using the chain rule, we get the following: ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 421 𝐷6𝛼 𝑢(𝜏) = 𝐷𝛼 (𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝜏)) = 𝐷𝛼 (𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏))) = 𝐷𝛼 (𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏))) + 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏))𝐷𝑢 𝛼 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏)) , (14) we ignore the higher terms involving 𝐷6𝛼 𝑢(𝑡) in equation (8) for the very small step size and substitute the value of 𝐷5𝛼 𝑢(𝑡) from equation (7) to obtain the following formula: 𝑢𝑛+1 = 𝑢𝑛(𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ4𝛼 𝛤(4𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ5𝛼 𝛤(5𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛 (𝜏)) + ℎ6𝛼 𝛤(6𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 6𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ6𝛼 𝛤(6𝛼 + 1) (𝐷𝛼 (𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏))) + 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏))𝐷𝑢 𝛼 𝑓(𝜏, 𝑢(𝜏))) = 𝑢𝑛(𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ4𝛼 𝛤(4𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ5𝛼 𝛤(5𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) + ℎ5𝛼 3! 𝛤(5𝛼 + 1) (𝑓 (𝜏𝑛 + 6ℎ5𝛼 𝛤(5𝛼 + 1) 𝛤(6𝛼 + 1) , 𝑢𝑛) + + 6ℎ5𝛼 𝛤(5𝑎 + 1) 𝛤(6𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛 (𝜏𝑛))), (15) taking the first and second derivatives of the above equation, we get: 𝑢𝑛+1 𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 2) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 3) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝑡𝜏) + ℎ4𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 4) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) , (16) 𝑢𝑛+1 2𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 2) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 3) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) , (17) 𝑢𝑛+1 3𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 2) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) , (18) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 422 𝑢𝑛+1 4𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛) . (19) hence, the formulas in equations (15) − (19) are used to produce convergent sequence for solving equation (7) with the ics (2). finally, we develop the rkm method of s-stage, and improve equations (9)-(12) for solving 5𝑡ℎ -order odes to be convenient for solving 5𝑡ℎ order fodes; the following formula has been supposed for finding the numerical: 𝑢𝑛+1(𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛(𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤(𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ4𝛼 𝛤(4𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ5𝛼 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑘𝑖 𝑠 𝑖=1  , (20) taking the first, second, third, and fourth derivatives of the above equation, we get: 𝑢𝑛+1 𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤(𝛼+1) 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼+1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ4𝛼 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ՛ 𝑘𝑖 𝑠 𝑖=1   , (21) 𝑢𝑛+1 2𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 2𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 𝛤(2𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 𝛤(3𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ3𝛼 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′  𝑘𝑖 𝑠 𝑖=1  , (22) 𝑢𝑛+1 3𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼 𝛤𝛼 + 1) 𝑢𝑛 4𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ2𝛼 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′′𝑘𝑖 𝑠 𝑖=1 , (23) 𝑢𝑛+1 4𝛼 (𝜏) = 𝑢𝑛 3𝛼 (𝜏) + ℎ𝛼   ∑ 𝑏𝑖 (4) 𝑘𝑖 𝑧 𝑠 𝑖=1 , (24) 𝑘1 = 𝑓(𝜏𝑛, 𝑢𝑛), (25) 𝑘2 = 𝑓(𝜏𝑛 + ℎ𝑐2, 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ𝑎21𝑘1) , (26) and 𝑘3 = 𝑓(𝜏𝑛 + ℎ𝑐3, 𝑢𝑛 + ℎ𝑎31𝑘1 + ℎ𝑎32𝑘2) . (27) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 423 4. applications and results: in this section, we demonstrate the effectiveness of the suggested method using various numerical examples. example 4.1 let following linear fode of fifth-order: 𝐷𝑥 5𝛼 𝑦(𝜏) = 25𝛼 𝑦(𝜏), 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1 , 𝜏 > 0 . (28) when initial conditions 𝑦(0) = 1, 𝐷𝜏 𝛼 𝑦(0) = 2𝛼 , 𝐷𝜏 2𝛼 𝑦(0) = 22𝛼 , 𝐷𝜏 3𝛼 𝑦(0) = 23𝛼 , 𝐷𝜏 4𝛼 𝑦(0) = 24𝛼 , the exact solution: 𝑦(𝜏) = 𝑒 2𝜏 . example 4.2 let following linear fode of fifth-order: 𝐷𝑥 5𝛼 𝑦(𝜏) + 2𝑦(𝜏) + 𝑦′′(𝜏) = 25𝛼 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝜏 + 5𝜋 2 𝛼) , 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1 , 𝜏 > 0 (29) when initial conditions 𝑦(0) = 0, 𝐷𝜏 𝛼 𝑦(0) = 2𝛼 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( 𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷𝜏 2𝛼 𝑦(0) = 22𝛼 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝛱𝛼), 𝐷𝜏 3𝛼 𝑦(0) = 23𝛼 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( 3𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷𝜏 4𝛼 𝑦(0) = 24𝛼 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝛱𝛼). example 4.3 let following linear fode of fifth-order: 𝐷5𝛼 𝑦(𝜏) + 2𝑦՛ + 𝑦՛՛ + 𝑦(4) = 25𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (2𝜏 + 5𝜋 2 𝛼) + 16 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2𝜏 , 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1, 𝜏 > 0 (30) when initial conditions: 𝑦(0) = 1 , 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(0) = 2𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷2𝛼 𝑦(0) = 22𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝜋 𝛼), 𝐷3𝛼 𝑦(0) = 23𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 3𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷4𝛼 𝑦(0) = 24𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 2𝜋𝛼) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 424 example 4.4 let following linear fode of fifth-order: 𝐷5𝛼 𝑦(𝜏) + 𝑦՛ + 𝑦՛՛ = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝜏 + 5𝜋 2 ) +𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (2𝜏 + 5𝜋 2 𝛼) − 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝜏) , 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1 , 𝜏 > 0 (31) when initial conditions: 𝑦(0) = 1 , 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(0) = 𝜋 2 𝛼) + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷2𝛼 𝑦(0) =𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝜋𝛼) + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝜋 𝛼), 𝐷3𝛼 𝑦(0) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( 3𝜋 2 𝛼)( 3𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷4𝛼 𝑦(0) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝜋𝛼) +𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 2𝜋𝛼) . example 4.5 let following linear fode of fifth-order: 𝐷5𝛼 𝑦(𝜏) + 9𝑦՛ + 𝑦՛՛ = 35𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (2𝜏 + 5𝜋 2 𝛼) , 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1 , 𝜏 > 0 (32) when initial conditions 𝑦(0) = 1 , 𝐷𝛼 𝑦(0) = 3𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷2𝛼 𝑦(0) = 32𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝜋 𝛼), 𝐷3𝛼 𝑦(0) = 33𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 3𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷4𝛼 𝑦(0) = 34𝛼 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 2𝜋𝛼). example 4.6 let following linear fode of fifth-order: 𝐷𝑥 5𝛼 𝑦(𝜏) + 9𝑦(𝜏) + 𝑦′′(𝜏) = 35𝛼 𝜋 2 𝛼) , 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1, 𝜏 > 0 (33) when initial conditions 𝑦(0) = 0, 𝐷𝜏 𝛼 𝑦(0) = 𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷𝜏 2𝛼 𝑦(0) =𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛 32𝛼 (𝛱𝛼) , 𝐷𝜏 3𝛼 𝑦(0) = 33𝛼 3𝜋 2 𝛼) , 𝐷𝜏 4𝛼 𝑦(0) = 3𝛼 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝛱𝛼) . table 1 numerical-comparisons on the approximated-solutions versus the analytical solutions for solving the examples 4.1 and 4.2 using (1) modified-euler-method, (2) proposed two-stage rkm-method and (3) modified three-stage rkm-method for n=100, 𝛼 = 0.96 . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 425 5. conclusion the fundamental objective is to construct the numerical method rkm for solving a kind of fifth-order fractional ordinary differential equation. for this purpose, we have derived the threestage rkm method. we introduced the object of the method by utilizing various examples of fifthorder fodes to inquire about the activity of the new method and examine the new method's effectiveness. the comparison of numerical results with exact solutions in table 1 shows that the numerical finding of example 4.1 is more efficacious and precise than well-known present methods. references 1. akram, g.; siddiqi, s. s., solution of sixth order boundary value problems using non polynomial spline technique, applied mathematics and computation, 2006, 181, 708 2. arshad, m. s.; baleanu, d., riaz, m. b.; abbas, m. a novel 2-stage fractional runge-kutta method for a time-fractional logistic growth model, discrete dynamics in nature and society, 2020. 3. atallah, s. a., a finite element method for time fractional partial differential equations. journal of university of chester ,sprenger open ,2011. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 426 4. damor, r.; shukla, a. , numerical solution of fractional diffusion equation model for freezing in finite media, international journal of engineering mathematics, 2013, doi:10.1155/2013/785609 5. jafari, h.; jassim, h. k. , local fractional laplace variational iteration method for solving nonlinear partial differential equations on cantor sets within local fractional operators, journal of zankoy sulaimani-part a, 2014, 16, 49 6. vanani, s. k.; aminataei, a. tau approximate solution of fractional partial differential equations, computers & mathematics with applications, 2011, 62, 1075 7. khan, a.; khan, a.; khan, t.; zaman, g. extension of triple laplace transform for solving fractional differential equations, discrete & continuous dynamical systems-s, 2019, 15 8. mechee, m. s., generalized rk integrators for solving class of sixth-order ordinary differential equations, journal of interdisciplinary mathematics, 2019, 22, 1457 9. mechee, mohammed; s, al-shaher; oday, i.; al-juaifri, ghassan a. , haar wavelet technique for solving fractional differential equations with an application, aip conference proceedings, aip publishing llc, 2019, 2086, 1, 030025. 10. mechee, m. s. ; senu, n. numerical study of fractional differential equations of lane-emden type by the least square method, international journal of differential equations and applications, 2012, 11, 157. 220 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تحضير أغشية رقيقة من صبغة ليزرية ومطعمة بالبوليمر وقياس سمكها غزالن سرحان أحمد الدليمي جامعة بغدادقسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ، 2012شباط 12قبل البحث في 2011حزيران 21استلم البحث في الخالصة مــع بــولي مثيــل ميثــا dmf)فــي مــذيب الــداي مثيـل فورمامايــد ( c2ُحضـرت أغشــية رقيقــة مــن أذابــة صـبغة الكــومرين مـوالري وأمـا ان تتـرك االغشـية علـى ســطح 1 )×2-10 3-10*5¡1×3-10)وبـنفس المـذيب وبتراكيـز (pmmaأكرياليـت ( للتسـريع مـن عمليـة تكـوين الغشـاء .وقيسـت c○80وبدرجـة حـرارة سـاعات5سـاعة اوتوضـع فـي فـرن حـراري مـدة 24مسـتٍو مـدة ç لخواص الطيفية لهذه االغشية من خالل قياس طيفي الفلورة واالمتصاص فوجد انه بزيادة سـمك الغشـاء وزيـادة التركيـز تـزداد الشدة النسبية ألطياف الفلورة واالمتصاص لهذه االغشية . كما قيس سمك هذه االغشية بطريقة التداخل لمايكلسن . بغات الليزرية ،البوليمرات: االغشية الرقيقة ،الصالكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة يسـتعمل مصـطلح االغشــية الرقيقـة لوصـف طبقــة واحـدة أو طبقــات عديـدة مـن الــذرات قـد اليتعـدى ســمكها مايكرونـًا واحــدًا ] ونتيجــة للتطـــور العلمـــي فقـــد تطـــورت طرائـــق تحضـــير االغشـــية وأصــبحت علـــى درجـــة عاليـــة مـــن الدقـــة فـــي تحديـــد ســـمك 1[ شاء وتعددت طرائقها وأصبح لكل طريقة خصوصياتها وأمتيازاتها لتؤدي الغرض الذي ُأستعملت من أجله ،وتجانس الغ )باسـتعمال جهـاز مرنـان حلقـي مكـون مـن أغشـية sol.jel] ببناء ليزر صـبغة بطريقـة avnir et al] ( (2)قام (1984ففي عام رقيقة للصبغة بحالتها الصلبة . ] بدراسـة محاليـل الصـبغات المطعمـة فـي المحاليـل البوليميريـة 3 )وجماعتـه [alekseevلباحـث (قـام ا1988وفـي عـام بوصـفها تشــكل أوســاطًا فعالـة فــي الليــزرات المنغمـة وذلــك ألمتالكهــا فوائــد عمليـة مثــل ســهولة تحضـيرها وصــغر حجــم الوســط المحضر . المطعـم بصـبغة الليـزر العضـوية pmmaغشـاء بـوليميري ] الخـواص الطيفيـة لhala]4درست الباحثة 2007وفي عام فوجـدت أن اطيـاف الفلــورة واالمتصـاص لألغشـية البوليمريـة تـزاح نحــو االطـوال الموجيـة االطـول (طاقــات c102نـوع كـومرين واطئة) مع زيادة التركيز . ترونيـــة منهـــا بمختلـــف االســـتعماالت أمــا اســـتعماالت هـــذه االغشـــية فكثيـــرة ومتنوعـــة .فـــال يخلــو جهـــاز أومنظومـــة الك والتطبيقـات مــن االغشــية الرقيقـة بأنواعهــا المختلفــة لمعــادن أوألشـباه الموصــالت وحتــى العـوازل .وٕان اســتعمال االغشــية الرقيقــة فيهــا لـــه فوائــد كثيـــرة منهــا تقليـــل التكلفــة وتقليـــل الحجــم والـــوزن وتحســين المواصـــفات والكفايــة وكمـــا الحظنــا مـــن حســاب كفايـــة االغشية إذ تكون أعلى بكثير منها في حالة استعمال المحاليل . كمــا أن واحــدة مــن أهــم هــذه التطبيقــات هــي صــناعة الخاليــا الشمســية المصــنوعة مــن االغشــية الرقيقــة ،وتــدخل فـــي ي المنطقـة الزرقاءـــ ].كمـا تمتـاز ليــزرات الصـبغة المسـتعملة فــ5صـناعة الكواشـف البصــرية ايضـًا ضـمن مــديات طيفيـة محــددة [ under) بأهميتهـا فـي مجـال التطبيقـات العمليـة وال سـيما فـي حقـل االتصـاالت تحـت سـطح المـاء( c2الخضـراء أي صـبغة ( 221 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 water communication) )وكـذلك تسـتعمل فـي فصـل النظـائرlaser isotopic separation إذ ُيسـتعمل الليـزر للتهـيج ( ذلك الحث فأن النظيرالمرغوب فيه سوف يعاني تفاعًال االنتقائي ألحد النظائرالمتعددة وب ] .6كيميائيًا بسرعة أكبر[ ولتحضــير غشــاء معـــين فــأن أختيــار الطريقـــة المناســبة لتحضــيره تعتمـــد علــى عوامــل متعـــددة منهــا :نــوع المـــواد المســتعملة فـــي التحضير ،وكلفة التحضير ،ومجال استعمال الغشاء . ا في هذا البحث فحضرت بطريقة التبخير . أما االغشية التي تم تحضيره تحضير النماذج في هذا البحث ُحّضرت االغشية الرقيقة من تداخل مواد متعددة وهي :ـ coumarinـــ :هـي صــبغة ليزريـة بشــكل مسـحوق صــلب ذي لـون أصــفر باهــت واسـمها العلمــيc2ــ صــبغة الكـومرين ـ 1 450:dimethyl. 7ethylaminocoumarin ]7[ وتــذوب هــذه الصـبغة فــي الكحــوالت مثــل الميثــانول 217.27gm.mol-1ووزن جزيئــي c13h15no2وذي صـيغة جزيئيــة وااليثانول وفي االميدات مثل داي مثيل فورمامايد. pmmaـ بوليمر بولي مثيل ميثا أكرياليت2 عديمـة اللــون وتمتـاز بمرونــة عاليـة وصـفة الشــفافية العاليـة مـع معامــل االنكسـار العــالي هـو مـادة بالســتيكية شـفافة ودرجـــة أنصـــهارهch2c(ch3)cooch3 يجعلهــا مهمـــة فـــي اســـتعمالها مـــع الصـــبغات العضـــوية والصـــيغة الكيميائيـــة لـــه )(213cο 4000ووزنه الجزيئيgm mol-1 ).1.2gm.cm-3وكثافته ( امايدـ مذيب الداي مثيل فورم3 ذو الصـيغة dmf ) وُيرمـز لـه مختصـراً nn dimethyl formamideهـو مـذيب عضـوي اسـمه العلمـي ( ودرجة غليانه73.10gm.mole-1)ووزن جزيئي (c3h7noالجزيئية ) (153 cο ) 0.9445وكثافتهgm.cm-3.حيث أستعمل ألذابة الصبغة والبوليمر في آن واحد( غة وبتراكيـــز مختلفـــة وذلــك بإذابـــة كميـــة مناســـبة مـــن مســـحوق الصــبغة فـــي حجـــم معـــين مـــن المـــذيب ُحّضــر محلـــول الصـــب المستعمل وذلك حسب العالقة االتية : w=c*v*m/ 1000 (1) ðåw( الغرام) وزن الصبغة الالزم للحصول على التركيز المطلوب بوحدة: c ( مول/لتر) التركيز الموالري الذي يراد تحضيره: v حجم المذيب المستعمل ألذابة الصبغة ويمثل حجم القنينة: mي للصبغة المستعملة (غم/مول ).:الوزن الجزيئ -0.0070.01وبــاالوزان (c2أمــا تحضـــير االغشـــية الرقيقـــة فـــتم مــن إذابـــة أوزان مناســـبة مـــن مســـحوق الصـــبغة المــذاب فـي كميــة محـددة مــن مـذيب الــداي مثيــل pmma)غم.علـى التــوالي وحسـب المعادلــة المـذكورة أعــاله مـع بــوليمر 0.001 ول واحــد مــن محلــول الصــبغة مــع مــول واحــد مــن محلــول البــوليمر ورَج هــذا المحلــول جيــدا ليتجـــانس فورمامايــد ومــن ثــم أخــذ مــ )وهوعبـارة عــن طبــق زجـاجي صــغير ويوضــع عليـه أنــاء بشــكل مقلــوب petridishفُيصـب علــى طبــق زجـاجي شــفاف يســمى ( فـرن حــراري لتبخيـره وبدرجـة حــرارة ويغطـى بأحكـام.وألن المـذيب المســتعمل اليتبخـر بسـرعة ويحتــاج الـى حـرارة لـذلك يوضــع فـي )o(80cوالفـرن الـذي اسـتعمل هـوvacuum oven مـن نـوعgallen kamp المـاني الصـنع ومـزود بمضـخة تفريـغrotary هــذه المضــخة تعمــل علــى تفريــغ الســائل المتبخــر لتســرع مــن عمليــة تكــوين الغشــاء.وقيس ســمك االغشــية المحضــرة بأســتعمال 222 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 )وبقـدرة cw) الـذي يعمـل بموجـة مسـتمرة (he.neتعمـل هـذه الطريقـة بأسـتعمال ليزرالهيليـوم نيـون ( طريقـة التـداخل لمايكلسـن ، ،إذ تنبعـــث منـــه حزمـــة أحاديـــة الطـــول المــوجي عنـــد المنطقـــة الحمـــراء مـــن الطيـــف الكهرومغناطيســـي 1mw)ضــوئية مقـــدارها ( ]8سمك االغشية المطلوبة. [) وبتطبيق المعادلة االتية نستطيع قياس 632.8nmبطول موجي مقداره ( )2( t= : äç ðå t مايكرومتر).(:سمك الغشاء xd .(مايكرومتر)الفرق بين قمة كل هدبين : x .(مايكرو متر)عرض االهداب: l) الطول الموجي لَليزر المستعمل:he. ( ne 632.8ويساويnm. وقــد قمنـــا بأخــذ ثـــالث قــراءات مـــن أمــاكن مختلفـــة لكــل أنمـــوذج وأخــذ المعـــدل لهــا للحصـــول علــى أدق قـــراءة وكمــا موضـــح فـــي ).1الجدول رقم ( النتائج والمناقشة فــي مــذيب الــداي مثيــل فورمامايــد الــذي يعمــل بالوقــت نفســه c2لقـد ُحّضــرت أغشــية رقيقــة مــن إذابــة الصــبغة الليزريــة منـا باختبـار أكثـر مـن مـذيب مثـل الميثـانول وااليثـانول والمـاء فلـم نجـد مـذيبًا يعمـل ،إذ ق pmmaعلى إذابة البـوليمر المسـتعمل علـى اذابـة الصــبغة والبـوليمر فـي آن واحــد وبعـد تجــارب عديـدة توصـلنا الــى مـذيب الــداي مثيـل فورمامايـد .وفضــًال عـن أن هــذا -blueبـــه الصــبغة التـــي تعمــل فـــي المنطقـــة(المــذيب يعمـــل علــى أذابـــة المــادتين فأنـــه اليعمــل فـــي المـــدى الطيفــي الـــذي تعمــل green í ç (400500)nm والشــيء نفســه ينطبــق علـــى البــوليمر فأنــه اليعمــل بهـــذه المنطقــة ويكــون اســتعماله لجعـــل. ( الغشاء أكثر تماسكًا وبذلك تمكنا من قياس الخواص الطيفية للصبغة الليزرية فقط . صـبغات البوليمريـة بوصـفها أوسـاطًا فعالـة لليـزرات ُيعـد أكثـر أهميـة مـن المحاليـل أظهرت النتائج أن أستعمال أغشية ال السـائلة ،فعنـد دمــج الصـبغة فــي قالـب بـوليمري يتوقــف انتشـار الجزيئــات الـى الســطح ممـا يقلـل االنحــالل وهـذا يــؤدي الـى زيــادة ن تجمـع جـزيئتين مـن جزيئـات الصـبغة وهـذا غالبـًا االستقرارية الضوئية وذلك لعدم تشكيل الـدايمرات التـي تُعـرف بأنهـا (عبـارة عـ ) ويكـون مسـتقرًا فـي الحالـة االرضـية ومتفككـًا فـي الحالـة المتهيجـة ويتكـون monomerمايكون أقل تفلور من جزيئات المونمير( وكما في المعادلة االتية:]9[الدايمرعند التراكيز العالية d (3) ææ¨ m+m ðåm جزيئة الصبغة: d الدايمر: لذلك يمكن استعمال العناصر البوليمريـة بتراكيزعاليـة للصـبغات (وهـذا فـرق جيـد عـن المحاليل)وُيسـتفاد منهـا لتقليـل االمتصـاص بــوليمري يقلــل مــن الــذاتي ايضــًا كمــا يمكــن االحتفــاظ بالغشــاء مــدة طويلــة مــن دون تلــف وذلــك ألن تحضــير الصــبغات بشــكل ] .كما لوحظ أنه بزيادة التركيزيزداد سمك الغشاء المَحضر الذي يجعله أكثر فائدة واستعماًال.3عملية اختزال الصبغات [ كما قيست الخواص الطيفية لهذه أالغشية من خالل قياس طيفي الفلورة واالمتصاص باستعمال جهـاز مقيـاس الطيـف مـن نـوع shimadzo recording spectro fluorophotometer model rf 510[10] [10] لقيـاس طيـف الفلـورة وجهـازcary100 conc un visible spectrophotometer المجهـز مـن اليابانيـة لقيـاس طيـف االمتصـاص مـع زيـادة سـمك االغشـية ،فوجـد أنـه بزيـادة سـمك الغشـاء وزيـادة التركيـز varian) شـركة ( 223 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 )وكـذلك يكــون مقــدار 3,4,5يــاف االمتصـاص والفلــورة لهــذه االغشـية وكمــا مبـين فــي االشــكال (أيضـا تــزداد الشـدة النســبية ألط التـداخل بـين طيفـي الفلـورة واالمتصـاص فـي حالـة الغشـاء اقـل ممـا هـو عليـه فـي حالـة المحاليـل وهـذه هـي الفائـدة االساسـية مــن مليات االمتصاص الذاتي . استعمال االغشية الرقيقة بدال من المحاليل مما يقلل احتمالية حدوث ع بانهــا النسـبة بــين عــدد quantum efficiency الكفايــة الكميــةكـذلك حســبت الكفايـة الكميــة لألغشــية المحضـرة (وتُعــرف الفوتونات المنبعثة من نظام جزيئي عن طريـق الفلـورة الـى عـددفوتونات التهـيج عـن طريـق االمتصـاص)وخالل اسـتعمال برنـامج c2] وباستعمال العالقة االتية وجد أن كفاية الكمية ألغشـية البـوليمر المَطعمـة بصـبغة الكـومرينmatlab6.5 ]11حسابي .[12]تزداد بزيادة التركيز وذلك للقطبية العالية لمذيب الداي مثيل فورمامايد dmfفي مذيب =qfmنســـــــــــبي المســــــــــاحة تحــــــــــت منحنـــــــــــي طيــــــــــف االمتصــــــــــاص ال /المســــــــــاحة تحــــــــــت منحنـــــــــــي طيــــــــــف الفلــــــــــورة النســـــــــــبي المصادر ) "دراســـة الخــــواص البصــــرية وبعـــض الخــــواص الكهربائيــــة ألغشـــية أوكســــيد الكــــادميوم المَشــــوب (2003زيـــاد طــــارق خضــــير، .1 رسالة ماجستير ـ كلية التربية ـ الجامعة المستنصرية .’بأوكسيد الفضة والمحضرة بطريقة الترسيب الكيميائي الحراري" 2. fukuda .m and milto. k.(2000),"solid state dye laser with photo induced distributed feed back ,j.appl.phys.39, 5859-5863. 3. alekseev. n.n, gorelen,a.y, ko.kalasho,i.i and serona, v.h. (1988),j.appl.spectry, 49, 1232. c102المطَعم بصبغة الليزر العضوية نوع pmmaغشاء بوليميري "دراسة الخواص الطيفية ل(2007). حال فدعم سعد اهللا،4 "،رسالة ماجستير ،علوم فيزياء ـالجامعة المستنصرية . 5. http://www.hazem sakeek.com/physics lectures /laser /laser lectures. 6. principles of lasers,orazio.svelto,(1988),second edition,plenum press,newyork and london. 7 .laser dyes,mitsuo.maeda,(1984),academic press,inc,newyork. "تأثير اللي على أنتشار حزمة النبضات في االلياف البصريه "،رسالة 2008). زينب ارحيم حسين جاسم االسدي (8 ماجستير ،كلية العلوم ،الجامعة المستنصرية . 9.birks.j.b,(1970),”photophysics of aromatic molecules;wiley-interscence, london. 10. manual of the shimadzu recording spectro fluorphotometer mode rf 570 shemadzu corporation(1980) jyoto japan. ) دراسة تأثير تركيز المذيبات القطبية على بعض الخواص2008هادي والي صاحب ،( .11 ية لليزر عامل النوعية السلبي رسالة ماجستير ،كلية العلوم الجامعة المستنصرية.الطيف العضوية بصبغات الليزر ) "قياس الخواص الطيفية لغشاء بوليمري مطعم2002.عدنان خالد حسن القيسي ،(12 .ماجستير ،الكلية الهندسية العسكرية "،رسالة 224 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 يقة للصبغات الليزريةيبين قيم سمك االغشية الرق :)1جدول ( . dmf مذيب في c2 صبغة ألغشية الفلورة كمية كفاية قيم يبين :)2( جدول quantum efficuncy% التركيز concentration(molary) 87.22 % 80.53% 70.36% *10-21 5*10-3 1*10-3 التركيز thickness(µm) لسمك concentration(molary 0.902 0.873 6990. *10-21 5*10-3 1*10-3 225 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وبشكل مبسط matlab6.5يوضح المخطط االنسيابي لبرنامج :)3جدول ( البداية االطياف قيم ادخال الحدود كثيرة درجة تحديد n رتب من رتبة لكل الحدود كثيرات حساب خطأ اقل فيها äæتك التي الحدود كثيرة تحديد للدالة التكامل حساب الناتجة المساحة النهاية 226 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 يوضح طريقة التداخل لمايكلسن لقياس سمك أالغشية:)1شكل ( يوضح شكل االهداب في حالة استعمال الضوء العادي والليزر:)2شكل( 227 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 موالري(3-10*1)الترتيب لغشاء بتركيز يبين طيفي االمتصاص والفلورة على :)3شكل( )موالري3-10*5يبين طيفي االمتصاص والفلورة لغشاء بتركيز (:)4شكل ( )موالري2-10*1يبين طيفي االمتصاص والفلورة لغشاء بتركيز ( :)5شكل( 228 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 preparing the thin films from laser dye dopped with polymer and measuring thickness g. s. a.al-dulaimi department of physics,college of education ibn-al-haithem, university of baghdad received in: 21 june 2011, accepted in: 12 february 2012 abstract thin films were prepared from melting coumrin c 2 dye in solvent dmf with pmma with the same solvent and concentrations(1*10-2 5*10-3, 1*10-3 )m ,films were either left on flat surface for24hours or dried in avacuum oven for five hours at a temperature of 80c.the relative intensity of both the absorption and fluorescece spectrum are found to be increased with the increase of thickness of these films and concentration .also the thickness of these films was measured by mickelsons interfearing method.also quantum efficiency of these films were measured too. key words: polemers,laser dye,thin films. tempera ture ano doping dependeecies junction ;ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 temperature and doping dependencies junction of polythiophene schottky barrier s.j.abbas department of physics, college of science , university of basrah abstract the junction between polythiophene, a conducting polymer formed by electrochemical polymerization, and n-type silicon was studied the temperature and doping dependencies were observed in the junction characteristics. the increase of junction temperature leads to increase the saturation current, the barrier height, and decrease of the ideality factor for junction. while the reduction in doping concentration causes a decrease in the forward current. the results were explained according to the conventional schottky diode theories. introduction the organic conducting polymers are widely used recently in the fabrication of the electronic , photonic elements ,and in other applications. the polymers were used in the electronic devices , as homojunction with nand p-type conducting polymers(1) , heterojunction detween conducting polymers and inorganic semiconductors (2) , and schottky barrier between metals and semiconducting polymers(3) , in other hand , the conducting polymers used to synthesis solar cells (4) , and liquid junction (5). more recently, it were used to fabricate the field effect transistor ( fet) (6,7) , and light emitting diode (led) (7,8) . among various organic conducting polymers polythiophene (pt) and its derivatives are very attractive, because they are more stable from other polymers such as polyacetlyene, high conductive and can be doped either by donor ( acceptor) giving n-type ( p-type) semiconductor and even metallic regime, etc. previously the temperature dependence of i-v characteristics of conductive polymeric contacts was studied. for example poly ( 3alklthiophene) al (9) ,and n-cds ( n-tio2) (10) . and in our previous work, we have studied the polypyrrole preparation and characteristics of pt/ n-sijunction. we found that the pt/ nsijunction. behaves as the schottky barrer diode, and the tp behaves as metal with the high work function (11). in this paper, the temperature dependet of i-v characteristic in forward bias of pt/ n-si schottky barrier was reported the effect of ne3 on i-v characteristic was studied also. experimental method the junction fabrication was achieved by electrochemical method using one compartment cell with two electrodes. the working electrode was an n-type silicon wafer of adout ( 1ω.cm) resistivity and a pt foil as a counter electrode. the electrolyte solution was a 0.2 m thiophene monomer, and 0.2 m tetrabutylammoniun perchlorate ( tbaclo4) in dichloromethane ( ch3cl2) .the detailed method for sample ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 preparation and characteristic for polythiophene was reported previously (12) the silicon wafer was cleaned carefully by a method described by wahak (13).the reduction of doping (or conductivity ) of polymer films. have worked out via putting the pt/n-si in nh3 solution for different times . the i-v characteristic of pt/n-si was measured by a simple ciruit consisting on. the regulated power supply, two digital multimeters and i-v curve tracer ( tecktronix type576). the junction was attached directly with heater surface and held by sandwich configuration on it. the temperature of junction is adjusted by the control of voltage which is supplied to heater coil by the regulator power supply .the temperature is measured by a copper constantan thermocouple .the junction is put under vacuum through the measurements. results and discussion figure (1) shows the i-v characteristics of pt/n-si junction at different temperatures. the figure, shows that higher temperatures leads to decrease the junction potential barrier ( means that the forward voltage needed to cause current to flow is reduced) the standard thermoionic theory was used to calculate the junction parameters, which stated that (14) , [1] i = i s exp(qv/nkt) b/kt) [2]  i s =a* t 2 exp ( current, v: the applied voltage , n : ideality factor, a*: where, i s: the saturation richardson constant, øb: the barrier height, q : the electron charge, k: boltzman , s constant, and t: the temperature. figure (2) , shows the plots of the same data as in figure (1) but on semilog scale , which was fitted with equation [1] the extroplathon of the linear parts of the curves in figure (2) , to zero voltage gives the saturation current at various temperatures . the values of the saturation current which were extracted from figure (2) were plotted on a semilog scale (figure (3) ) .it appears from it that the saturation current fits well with the straightline . the similar behaviour of i s with temperature was reported for other polymeric contacts also [2] . the temperature dependenc of i s could be explained by the variation of the gap state or the built in voltage with temperature (2) in addition to the increase in the minority charge carriers in silicon because of the temperature raising. the barrier height of the junction different temperatures can be obtained from equation [2], by assuming the a * = 120 a /k 2 . cm 2 , the quality factor can be calculated from the linear portions of figure (2) at low forward voltage. also, in the region far from the biasing voltage, the properties of junction is attributed to bulk property for materials, so that, we could found the resistivity of polymer films, that is a series resistance for the junction . the temperature dependencies of the , n , øb , rs are shown in the figures (4) & (5), respectively. the combination of multistep tunnel recombination mechanism of majority carrier through the junction can therefore explain the variation in the quality factor. although, the barrier height does depend on the temperature in conventional schottky diode [14] . the barrier height increases with temperature raising (fig.4) , for pt/n-si junction this increase may be due to (2): an increase . in charge carries n each of n-si and pt by thermal activation, an increase in the thermal emission via the barrier in according to eq. [2] the similar results are observed in the ppy/ n-si diode (15). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the slope of figure (5), gives the activation energy conduction e =0.095 ev, comparing this value to the results from four probes method , we found an agreement within 0.065 %. the general behaviour of all above results in figures (1-5) like other polymeric contacts synthesis from polymer with inorganic semiconductors or with the metals [2,9,10]. the results in previous studies of polymeric materials at higher temperatures shows the anomalous behaviour like: 1the absorption spectrum of poly (3alkylthiophene) shifted to higher energy. this change can be understood by the increase in the bandgap for polymer (7,16) . 2at high dopant concentration, the metallic behaviour was observed like, positive thermopower, negative dielectric constant (7). 3the optical spectrum of doped conducting polymers resemble those of freecarrier absorption in metals, although the conductivivty decreases slowly in this regime (7) . to explain the above results the following model was suggested (7, 17 ) the imperfection ( either chemical or conformational defects ) cuts the delocalized πelectron system into shorter segments and decreases the value of the conjugation length much below the chain length the optical absorption of the disorderd polymer chains resembles that of shorter oligomers these studies suggest that the lowest transition energy of oligomers is roughly proportional to the length (1) of the molecule. i.e. b + ) =a l( ge l where a and b are constants so that , heating causes a shortening of the π-conjugation length and therefore increases bandgap, this is consistent with the above results in point (1) . in an inorganic semiconductors, experimental results show that the bandgaps of most semiconductors decrease with the increase of temperature . e ,g. , the si bandgap at room temperature is l . 12 ev, while at 0 k is l, 17 ev; but for other semiconductors like, pbs which its bandgap increase from 0.286 ev at 0 k to 0.41evat 300k (13). and the temperature dependent of diode characteristies can be explained by the increase in carriers concentration with temperature raising which leads to the increase in the current flow (18) . the effect of conductivity (bandgap ) of polythiophene polymer on the i-v characteristics is as follows .the conductivity of pt was reduced by the method describrd in the experimental section . figure (6) shows the effect of dipping time in nh3 on i-v characteristics . obviously figure (6) revealed that the forward current decreases with the increase of the dipping time in nh3 .as pointed out in the previous studies, the nh3 decreases the conductivity ( the bandgap increases ) of polythiophene (12) . from the above discussion, we have two important results : first, at ahigher temperature the bandgap of polymer increases and the forward current increases also. second, the decreases of conductivity by dipping in nh3 leads to decrease the forward current . the mismatching between the above two results, makes us conclude the increase of the forward current arises from other mechanisms which take place in polymer film .as mentioned above, the band gap is increased by heating (see eq.3) , the main reason affected on this precess is the rotation of side group. since the pt does not contain side group we thought that this process does not occur in it. therefore, the increase in forward current is due to an excess of charge curries generated by heating. this conclusion is enhanced by the behaviour of resistance with the temperature as in fig. (5) . in conclusion, there are similar behaviours between all polymeric contacts characteristics at higher temperatures. many effects may take place in these temperatures, the selection of one from these effects depends on the type of the polymer in the molecular structure, and requires to take into account all conduction mechanisms, environmental, synthesis and measurements conditions. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 finally, the temperature dependent effect of i-v characteristics for pt/ n-si may be used as a temperature sensor and in other applications. references 1. kaneto , k. taked, s. and yoshino, k .(1985). jpn . appl. phys. 24 l553. morcel dekker:inc. (17):1 ng polymers . handbook of conducti(1986)t. skotheim, a. 2. 3. skotheim, t. a.; inganas, o . ;prejza, j. and lundswtrom, i. (1982)mol. cryst 329.: 83 liq. cryst. 281. :9 cell, (1983) s. solar boue, anddonckt, e . ,vander;j. kanickl, .4 1441. :89phys. chem. j. (1985) s. m. wrighton, and j. a. ricco, ;w. e. paol, 5. 270.:268science, ( 1995) h. e. and katz, l torsi , ;.a . do dabalapwr, 6. 85. :10& eng. mat. sci. (1993) j.,paloheino and e. punkka,; h. stubb, 7. 1479. :267 science. ( 1995) o. and inganas, m . berggrem,;. m . granstrom, 8. 29j.appl. phys. jpn.(1990) k yoshino,and t. kawal, ;h. takahashi, ;y. nda,moohmori, 9. l837 .3636: 54j.appl. phys. (1983) i. and lundstrom, t. skotheim, ;o. 10. inganas, 11. ziadan, k. m. and abbas, s.j. in basrah j. science, to be published (1999) . 12. ziadan, k. m. (1997)thesis, ph. d. univ. of basrah, basrah, iraq,. 13. manookian, w.z. ( 1987)ph. d.thesis, heriote watt univ. 14. sze, s. m. (1981)physics of semiconductor devices ( john wiley of sons, ny, ) 15. al ghanim, h.a.r. ( 1998).thesis, m.sc. univ. of basrah, basrah, iraq, 16. kohlan, r.s.; tanner, d.b.; lhas, g.g.; min, y.g. ; macdiarmid, a.g. and epstein, a.j. 709. :.84synth. mat(1997) 403. :30contemp. phys. (1989) salaneck, w.r. 17. 18. tocci, r.j. (1982) fundmental of electronic devices (bell of howell company, columbus ohio, 3 rd, 1982) . . 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد دراسة االعتماد الحراري والتشويب على خواص ثنائي حاجز شوتكي في البولي ثايوفين سمير جبار عباس جامعة البصرة كلية العلوم ، ،قسم الفيزياء الخالصة تشويب على مميزات ثنائي شوتكي المحضر من البوليمر الموصل ) البولي ثايوفين ( درس االعتماد الحراري وال ( . لاوح اعتمااد واضاه ل الخ الخاوا علاى الحارارة ونسابة التشاويب . و اد n-typeعلى بلورة من السليكون نوع ساالب ) في قيمة عامل ال ودة . بينما يؤدي ان ارتفاع در ة حرارة الوصلة يؤدي الى زيادة في تيار االشباع وحا ز ال د ونقصان . وقااد فساارت النتااائت باالعتماااد علااى ات التقليديااة ل االخ تقلياال نساابة التشااويب الااى نقصااان فااي قيمااة التيااار االمااامي للثنااائي . الثنائيات chemistry 213 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 effect of temperature on the dispersability of the grafted acrylic acid onto alumina particles m. t. sultan, a. h. al-dujiali *h. s. al-lami department of chemistry, college of education ibn-alhaitham, university of baghdad *department of chemistry, college of science, university of basrah received in :22februrary 2011 accepted in :18 march 2012 abstract the ability of different alumina-grafted particles was examined for adsorption of phenol and p-chlorophenol under different conditions (i.e. concentrations and temperatures). dispersion stability of alumina in liquid medium (water) was studied using settling under gravity technique. the result shows the settling initial rate of the alumina-grafted acrylic acid particles was faster than initial rate of settling when alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer adsorbed phenol and p-chlorophenol and vice versa to the alumina-graft poly(acrylic acid) polymer. thermodynamic parameters values (∆g, ∆s, ∆h) were calculated for adsorption processes of phenol and p-chlorophenol adsorbed onto different surfaces. the results revealed that positive and negative values were obtained implying that both endothermic and exothermic adsorption reactions may took place. key words:polymers,polymers adsorption,graft alumina introduction adsorption of small molecules or polymeric materials onto solid surface plays an important role in a large number of practical applications, and provides good information about the physical and chemical properties of polymer in solution through their interaction with solid surface [1]. there are various factors that influence the adsorption process, such as chemical structure of the adsorbate, the nature of adsorbent, the solvent from which adsorption is made, and the type of anchoring groups [2]. in general when the concentration of adsorbate increases the capacity of adsorption increases [3]. in some cases, adsorption may be confined to only one layer of adsorbed molecules, i.e., only one molecule deep. further adsorption ceases when the surface of the crystal lattice of adsorbent is covered [4]. the diagram representing the relationship between quantity adsorbed and the equilibrium concentration is called adsorption isotherm [5]. in physical adsorption, a decrease in temperature enhances the extent of adsorption. the decrease of adsorption with the increase of temperature implies by lechatelier's principle, that heat is evolved in the process of adsorption [6]. in chemisorptions, the quantity adsorbed may increase or decrease with rising temperature depending on the type of interaction and the bonding between the surface and the adsorbed molecules [7]. in most cases, chemisorptions require energy of activation. the amount of this energy is a function of type and the nature of adsorbate-adsorbent interaction and the concentration of adsorbate solution [8]. natural water pollution by organic materials, such phenol and its derivatives which are the most harmful contamination, increases due to industrial activities and accidents. in previous work, free radical polymerization was carried out onto alumina surface grafted with acrylic monomer. the later was chain extended by additional acrylic acid monomer in the presence of chemistry 214 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 benzoyl peroxide as initiator. the grafted monomer and polymer was characterized by different spectroscopic techniques, and was thermally analyzed [9]. in this paper,we studied the adsorption behavior to the standard alumina and to the compounds alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer and alumina-graft poly(acrylic acid)that we prepared at different temperatures and calculate thermodynamic parameters of the surface. experimental materials alumina,alumina-grafted with acrylic acid monomer and alumina-grafted poly(acrylic acid) polymer prepared and characterized as mentioned elsewhere[9]. determination of maximum adsorption (λmax) ultra violet scanning spectrum of phenol and p-chlorophenol are recorded practically within the range (200-400) nm using (10 mm) width quartz . wavelength values (λmax) corresponding to the maximum absorbance for phenol and p-chlorophenol were (270nm) (280nm), respectively. many solutions of different concentrations were prepared by serial solutions of phenol and pchlorophenol. absorbance values of these solutions were measured at specific (λmax) values for phenol and p-chlorophenol. in order to obtain the calibration curves of the (phenol and p-chlorophenol) solutions, the absorbency values plotted versus the concentration for both of them . the concentration range that falls in the region of applicability of beer-lambert's law was estimated and then used for subsequent determinations. the amount of adsorbed phenol and pchlorophenol was calculated from the initial and final concentration and the volume of solution. by the equation: m )cv(c eo −=qe ………. (1) where: qe :quantity of adsorbate v: volume of solution (ml). co: initial concentration (mg/ml). ce: equilibrium concentration (mg/ml). adsorption uptake is expressed by the ratio (x/m) {also called qe which is defined as the quantity of adsorbate in (mg) held by (0.2) g of adsorbent} at certain conditions (temperature, ph). (qe) values were plotted versus the equilibrium concentrations (ce); the resulting diagrams are the adsorption isotherms that required for understanding and interpreting the systems under investigation [9]. results and discussion studying the effect of temperatures on adsorption of phenol and p-chlorophenol were examined on the surfaces under study { standard alumina, alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer, and alumina-graft poly(acrylic acid)} at four temperatures (10, 25, 40, and 55) ºc .the results are listed in tables (1), (2) and (3)which, show the experimental data for all adsorbent surface as shown form these tables, adsorption of phenol increased on the surfaces of alumina-grafted acrylic acid monomer and alumina-grafted poly (acrylic acid), when the temperature increased, while the adsorption of phenol decreased on the surfaces of standard alumina when temperature increased. on the other hand adsorption of p-chlorophenol on the surfaces was increased for standard alumina and alumina-graft poly (acrylic acid) as the temperature increased, and the adsorption decreased only on the surface of alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer when temperature increased. increasing the adsorption with increase temperature indicates that the adsorption is endothermic process; the molecules get a place on the crystal net work of the surface, and diffusion speed increase when temperature increases. these results include absorption and adsorption processes together and the dominant process is adsorption [10, 11]. chemistry 215 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the decrease in adsorption with the increase of temperature, the process is considered as an exothermic process, and that will be agreed with thermodynamic properties for adsorption [12]. thermodynamic parameters the enthalpy (∆h) of adsorption of phenol and p-chlorophenol were calculated using the known thermodynamic equations [9]. the results are shown in table (4). examining table (4) reveals quite clearly that the adsorption of phenol and p-chlorophenol on the surfaces of the materials under studying having both types of endothermic and exothermic processes. the values of enthalpy (∆h) of the phenol adsorption onto alumina particles surface, aluminagrafted acrylic acid monomer and alumina-grafted poly(acrylic acid) are negative. this implies that the adsorption process is exothermic, whereas positive values were obtained for (∆h) indicating an endothermic type of adsorption for phenol onto alumina-grafted poly (acrylic acid). the values of (∆g) for all surfaces are positive this indicates that the adsorption process is non-spontaneous. values of (∆s) are negative and positive for surfaces adsorbate phenol and pchlorophenol. the negative value gives proof that the adsorbate molecules may arrange themselves on the surface as consequence of binding, so that adsorbate molecules will be more regulate than in solution. but the positive value of (∆s) means that adsorbate molecules are less regulate than in solution when absorption and adsorption processes are together [13]. the (∆h) values of p-chlorophenol for standard alumina and alumina-grafted poly(acrylic acid) surfaces are positive and to the alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer is negative, but (∆g) values for all surfaces are positive implies that adsorption process proceeds non-spontaneous. (∆s) values to standard alumina, alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer, and to alumina-graft poly(acrylic acid) are negative. the above results lead to concede that the phenol molecules as adsorbate have better conformation onto different adsorbent surfaces comparing to the other adsorbed molecules, i.e. p-chlorophenol, this may explained in term of the size and polarity of the later adsorbate molecules. references 1. sequaris, j.m.; hild, a.; narres, h.d. and schwuger, m.j. (2000)”polyvinyl prrolidone adsorption on na-montmorillonite.effect of the polymer interfacial conformation on the colloidal behavior and binding of chemicals”,j.coll.interf.sci. 230:73-83. 2.mekhamer,m.t. (2006)”characterization of clay minerals with some polymeric materials”, j.saudi.chem.soc. 10 (2): 239-252 3.uddin, m.t. ;islam, m.s. and abedin ,m.z. (2007)”adsorption of phenol from aqueous solution by water hyacinth ash”, arpn journal of engineering and applied sciences, 2(2): 11-17. 4. pekel, n. and güven, o. (2002)”solvent,temperature and concentration effeets on the adsorption of poly(n-butyl methacrylate)on alumina from solutions”, turk j. chem, 26: 221228 5. adamson, a. ( 1984) “physical chemistry of surfaces”, 4th (ed.), wiley interscience publishers, 369. 6. glasstone, s. (1962) “physical chemistry” 2nd (ed.), wiley publishers, 1194-1219 7. cooney, d.o. ( 1999) “adsorption design for water treatment”, lewis publishers, crc press, boca raton. 8.mmane ,s.m.; vanjara ,a.k. and sawant, m.r. (2005)”removal of phenol from waste water using date seed carbon”, journal of the chinese chemical society, 52:1117-1122. 9. sultan, m.t. (2007) " chemical and thermal study of alumina grafted with acrylic acid monomer and it's polymeric liquid crystalline derivatives". ph.d. thesis, college of education/ibnal-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad. 10.cardenas, s.a. and perea, b.g. (2005)”adsorption of phenol and dichlorophenol from aquesous solution by porous clay hetrostracture (pch)”, j.mex.chem.soc,49(3):287-291 chemistry 216 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 11.qadeer r. and rehan a.h. (2002)”astudy of the adsorption of phenol by activated carbon from aqueous solutions”, turk j.chem, 26:357-361 12.singleton, n.l.; huddersman, k.d. and neetham ,m.i. (1998)”the adsorption properties of nay zeolite for separation of aromatic triazoles”, j.chem.soc.faraday trans, 94:3777-3780. 13.fabing, f.; hui, t.m. and zhao, x.s. (2005)”phenol adsorption on zeolite_templated carbons with different structural and surface properties” j. carbon, 43: 1156-1164. table (1): the effect of temperature on adsorption of phenol and p-chlorophenol on alumina surface p-clorophenol 10 ºc 25 ºc 40 ºc 55 ºc co (mg/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) 100 75.74 1.213 92.63 0.368 91.20 0.440 89.66 0.517 125 99.37 1.281 117.13 0.393 114.13 0.543 112.34 0.633 150 120.39 1.480 136.40 0.680 133.74 0.813 134.31 0.784 175 105.51 3.474 148.27 1.336 127.54 2.373 124.00 2.550 200 126.58 3.671 172.87 1.356 144.54 2.773 136.43 3.178 225 138.74 4,313 192.16 1.642 150.47 3.726 146.76 3.912 250 153.02 4.849 213.16 1.842 182.74 3.363 172.98 3.851 phenol 10 ºc 25 ºc 40 ºc 55 ºc co (mg/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) 100 86.07 0.696 86.12 0.694 89.09 0.545 88.37 0.581 125 106.77 0.911 106.81 0.909 109.92 0.754 108.86 0.807 150 123,07 1,346 122,56 1,372 128,61 1,069 125,15 1,242 175 152.91 1.104 152.90 1.105 150.84 1.208 156.30 0.935 200 184.20 0.790 182.99 0.850 168.71 1.564 175.09 1.245 225 184.66 2.017 188.41 1.829 200.88 1.206 194.16 1.542 250 210.42 1.979 221.90 1.405 221.93 1.403 228.47 1.076 chemistry 217 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): the effect of temperature on adsorption of phenol and p-chlorophenol on aluminagraft acrylic acid monomer surface phenol 10 ºc 25 ºc 40 ºc 55 ºc co (mg/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) q e(mg/g) 100 82.79 0.860 87.11 0.644 88.40 0.580 88.45 0.577 125 102.34 1.133 104.90 1.005 114.42 0.529 107.07 0.896 150 118.26 1.587 124.35 1.282 112.17 1.391 122.32 1.384 175 131.74 2.163 132.62 2.119 127.73 2.363 139.13 1.793 200 72.03 6.398 148.34 2.583 173.98 1.301 173.13 1.343 225 83.43 7.078 184.99 2.000 183.54 2.073 174.32 2.534 250 102.28 7.386 204.08 2.295 202.01 2.399 187.14 3.143 p-clorophenol 10 ºc 25 ºc 40 ºc 55 ºc co (mg/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) 100 84.27 0.786 78.93 1.053 88.59 0.570 88.33 0.583 125 102.20 1.138 100.52 1.224 107.16 0.892 110.89 0.705 150 123.08 1.346 121.69 1.415 132.40 0.880 134.06 0.797 175 136.51 1.924 113.82 3.059 132.34 2.133 148.87 1.306 200 141.14 2.943 137.94 3.103 162.23 1.888 171.49 1.425 225 149.71 3.764 154.34 3.533 166.98 2.901 198.89 1.305 250 176.23 3.688 180.36 3.481 195.45 2.727 199.65 2.517 table (3): the effect of temperature on adsorption of phenol and p-chlorophenol on polymer (a) surface phenol 10 ºc 25 ºc 40 ºc 55 ºc co (mg/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) 100 94.90 0.255 79.50 1.025 78.94 1.053 72.98 1.351 125 118.14 0.343 102.93 1.103 104.02 1.049 97.60 1.370 150 127.91 1.104 115.21 1.739 117.32 1.634 110.90 1.955 175 130.34 2.233 120.49 2.725 129.29 2.285 111.29 3.185 200 173.70 1.315 166.56 1.672 156.22 2.189 149.98 2.501 225 178.38 2.331 200.20 1.240 186.34 1.933 171.06 2.697 250 209.17 2.041 202.72 2.364 202.42 2.379 191.77 2.911 chemistry 218 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 p-clorophenol 10 ºc 25 ºc 40 ºc 55 ºc co (mg/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) 100 80.56 0.972 82.00 0.900 84.21 0.789 77.30 1.135 125 95.22 1.489 98.49 1.325 102.08 1.146 101.82 1.159 150 114.00 1.800 121.81 1.409 123.61 1.319 118.89 1.555 175 130.16 2.242 127.80 2.360 137.83 1.858 134.75 2.012 200 142.91 2.854 148.13 2.593 150.38 2.481 141.09 2.945 225 178.54 2.323 167.69 2.865 173.45 2.577 152.69 3.615 250 205.45 2.227 188.73 3.063 183.65 3.317 174.23 3.788 table (4): thermodynamic data to adsorption phenol and p-chlorophenol at the surfaces under study at 25 ºc surfaces phenol p-clorophenol ∆h (kj/mol) ∆g (kj/mol) ∆s (j/mol.k) ∆h (kj/mol) ∆g (kj/mol) ∆s (j/mol.k) standard alumina -6.466 11.982 -0.062 28.268 11.642 0.056 alumina-grafted acrylic acid monomer -78.512 11.345 -0.301 -15.872 9.819 0.020 alumina-grafted poly(acrylic acid) 10.392 12.470 0.003 9.238 10.105 -0.003 fig. (2): scanning spectrum of p-chlorophenol fig.(1):scanning spectrum of phenol chemistry 219 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تأثيرالتغيير في درجات الحرارة على انتشارية حامض االكريلك المطعم بين جزيئات االلومينا هادي عباس الالمي * ،عمار هاني الدجيلي ،مها طاهر سلطان قسم الكيمياء ، ابن الهيثم ،جامعة بغداد-كلية التربية قسم الكيمياء، كلية العلوم، جامعة البصرة * 2012آذار 18قبل البحث في: ، 2011شباط 22استلم البحث في : الخالصة تم في هذه الدراسة اختبار قابلية سطوح جسيمات األلومينا ، األلومينا المطعمة بمونمر حامض األكريلك و األلومينا ل تحت ظروف مختلفة من درجات الحرارة .كلوروفينو-المطعمة ببولي (حامض األكريلك) ألمتزا ز جزيئات الفينول وبارا كلورو فينول على السطوح قيد الدراسة -لعملية امتزاز الفينول والبارا (h ,∆s ,∆g∆ )تم حساب الدوال الثرموديناميكيةو وأظهرت النتائج قيم موجبة وأخرى سالبة داللة على حدوث عمليات امتزاز محبة للحرارة وأخرى باعثة للحرارة. :البوليمرات،امتزازالبوليمرات،االلومينا المطعمت المفتاحيةالكلما thermodynamic parameters 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة السلوك الحركي للدیوترونات في بؤرة البالزما الكثیفة رعد حمید مجید ،درید هاني یونس جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهیثم كلیة التربیة ، قسم الفیزیاء الخالصة از كونهــا ذا فـي معظــم أجهـزة ـبـؤرة البالزمـا الكثیفــة الكبـیرة الحجــم أم اـلصغیرة منهــا تمتـن حركـة الـدیوترونات الــسریعةا التي تتمیز بـالتغیر المفـاجئ واـلسریع مـن الدوامة مسارات حركیة معقدة السلوك وعادة ما توصف بالحركة الحلزونیة أو .حیث القیمة واالتجاه یم النظریة والمعتمـدة علـى حقـائق عملیـة لتـفسیر حركـة الـدیوترونات في البحث الحالي تم التركیز على استیعاب المفاه ألعــداد ئـیـةاالســتفادة مــن المعــادالت الفیزیاوومــن ـثـم ) pinch( القــرص –اـلسریعة ـفـي المنطقــة المعرفــة بالحــصر ج كوتـا فـي نموذج حسابي لحـساب مركبتـي اـلسرعة العمودـیة والقطریـة للـدیوترونات اـلسریعة وذلـك السـتثمار طریقـة رانـأ . حل المعادالت التفاضلیة من الدرجة األولى المقدمة )dense plasma devices (أجهزة بؤرة البالزما تعد أجهزة بؤرة البالزما الكثیفة منظومة أو ماكنة إلنتاج البالزما الكثیفـة ذات العمـر الـقصیر ودرجـات الحـرارة العالیـة ألـنواع مختلفــة مــن ا مــصدرد تـعـومــن ـثمل الكهرومغناطیــسي وعملیــة االـنضغاط جـدا والناتجــة مـن خــالل عملـیـة التعجیـ .اإلشعاع والجسیمات )n.v.filippv( وبالوقـت نـفسه مـن قبـل العـالم 1960عام ) j.w.mather(العالم أول منظومة صممت من قبل . وتعنـي الحـصر أو القــرص) pinch(عملیـة االـنضغاط الكهرومغناطیـسي للبالزمـا الكثیفـة یطلــق علیهـا بالمـصطلح .في منطقة الحصر ) تقویض الجسیمات ( ) hipgd(عملیة بؤرة البالزما الكثیفة متشابهة إلى حد ما إلى األجهزة المعروفة بالقاذف البالزمي العالي الشدة )high-intensity-plasma-gun-device ( 1 [ .وغالبا ما تختصر بالقاذف البالزمي [ القطـــب . یــوم زة ـبـؤرة البالزمــا تـتـألف مــن قطعتــین اســـطوانتین مـتـداخلتین مــصنوعتین مــن مــادة النحــاس أو البریلأجهــ والقطبـین معـا مغطـاة بحاویـة ) cm 30( وبطول حـواليcm 17.78 – 15.24 قطر بحدود االخارجي عاده یكون ذ كمـا فـي .في الحیز الموجود ما بین القطـبین في التفاعل االندماجي یوضع عملغة تحت ضغط واطئ والوقود المستمفر ( 3 )الشكل القطب الداخلي یدعى االنود . وجود دائرة كهربائیة تحتوي على متسعات لخزن الطاقة ومفتاح كهربائي زیادة على ذلك :یاتيوالقطب الخارجي یدعى الكاثود وبصورة عامة تصنف منظومات بؤرة البالزما الكثیفة إلى ما  مستل من أطروحة الماجستیر البحث 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد )mather-type(نوع ماذر منظومات ادة مـا یعـزى إلــى ویمتـاز هـذا الـنوع مـن أجهــزه بـؤرة البالزمـا الكثیفـة بقطـر أنــود صـغیر جـدا ـنسبة إلـى طولــه وعـ السیمالمجال في فیزیاء البالزما ودم حتى وقتنا الحاضر في الكثیر من الدول المهمة بهذا ا والمستخالمنشئ األمریكي ) 1 ( وكما في الشكل ] 2 [ .وتتمیز بعاملي الكثافة العددیة والدرجات الحرارة العالیة ألمانیا وبولندا )filippov-type(منظومات نوع فلیبوف رة البالزما الكثیفة بقطر أـنود كبـیر ـنسبة إلـى طولـه علـى عكـس الحـال فـي أجهـزة یمتاز هذا النوع من أجهزة بؤ االتحاد السوفیتي سابقا أو الروسي حالیا أن أجهزة بؤرة البالزما أ ما یعزى إلى المنشةوعاد) ماذر ( البالزما من نوع n > 10(ر البالزمـا اكبـنة وبكثافـة لـدقائقالكثیفة تعد اكتشاف جدید لبالزما تفریغ الـشح 19 cm -3 وعـند درجـات حـرارة ) ) . nsec 150100( زمنیة قصیرة جدا تتراوح مـابینمدةعت كیلو إلكترون فولت وتطول تصل حوالي بض ( 2 )وكما في الشكل ] 3 [ لقطب الموجب للبالزما تكون ضیقة وصغیرة األبعاد وتتواجد بالقرب أو عند نهایة ا) pinch(ن عملیة القرص ا 4 [. ) 3 ( الشكل للمعجل كما هو الحال في أجهزة بؤرة البالزما الكثیفة من نوع ماذر وكما موضح في ) االنود( [ تطبیقــات عملـیـة لمــصادر األشـعة اـلـسینیة لنوعیهــا المرنــة والحــادةالیــا حةأجهـزة ـبـؤرة البالزمــا الكثیـفـة معروفـ )s oft and hard xrays (للنیوتروـنـات امـصدرلعالـیة واالیونــات وكمـا هـو الحــال الطاـقـة ايلكترونـات ذلال القـرص باتجـاه ) z pinches(بصوره عامة تصنف هذه األجهزة إلى المجموعة المسماة . السریعة العالیة الكثافة z وأحیانا یطلق علیها القرص باتجاه z 2 [ . االسطواني [ ــرص بات ــوعین مــن الـق ــزنzجــاه یوجــد ـن equi( المتعـــادل أو المـت librium z pinche ( ــضمن ویـت ) .التفریغ باألنابیب الشعریة ، القدح المفرغ ، الغاز المحقن ، الغشاء الرقیق ، القرص السلكي ( ط البالزما تنتشر في وس) المتجمع(وفیه حزمة التیار) dynamic z pinche(والنوع الثاني هو القرص الحركي cl( الكالسیكي z مایطلق علیه القرص باتجاه ةمتجانس الكثافة وعاد assical z pinch ( أو تنتشر في غاز والقرص بالصف السلكي ) gas puff pinch( الغاز بضخغیر متجانس التوزیع بالكثافة ومثال على ذلك القرص )wire-array pinch ( والقرص الخطي االسطواني)cylindrical liner pinch( وكما موضح بالشكل) 3 ( . النتائج والمناقشة بالزمـا وجـود حـدود وعوامــل ـلـسلوك حركـة الـدیوترونات اـلسریعة فـي منطقــة القـرص للالنظریـة النتـائجتبـین مـن دورا مهما في حساب عوامل لسرع الدیوترونات التي بدورها تؤدي دورا مهما في عملیة الحسابؤدي تئیةفیزیاو النتـائج مـن حیـث التواـفق مـع فـي وتأثیرهـا المباشـر النتاج أو الفیض النیوتروني المنبعث من هذا األجهزةمثل مة مه :ما یأتيیة من ابرز هذه العوامل هي كالنتائج العمل 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد . شدة المجال المغناطیسي -1 . طاقات الدیوترونات المعجل ارتخاء -2 : لحساب هذه العواملتفسیر ما یأتي magnetic field inte(شدة المجال المغناطیسي -1 nsity . ( لحساب شدة المجال المغناطیسي ) ( 1المعادلة 1 ) ( = ) .current density( تمثل كثافة التیار ن ا اذ ) µ ( النفوذیهتمثل ) permeability. ( وقیمتها تساوي یرمز لها بالرمز ة فان النفوذیإ واذا كان الوسط فراغ kg.m / = 4π x henry / m 1.257 x = نحصل على) 1 (من تكامل المعادلة ( 2 ) r > for = ) plasma focus( خصر یمثل نصف قطر البالزما المتكونة في منطقة الت یمثل تیار البالزما و اذ . > r وعندها تكون قیمتها : یعطي بالعالقة اآلتیة) pinch( داخل منطقة القرص r) فان المجال المغناطیسي ( 3 ) . r = تأخــذ ) r ( مـن الجـدیر باـلـذكر الـبد مـن اإلشــارة أن قـیم تیـار البالزمــا وـنصف قطــر البالزمـا وـنصف قطــر المنظومـة .عها من التجربة یجم fast de(ارتخاء طاقات الدیوترونات السریعة -2 ute rons rel axation te rm ( نتیجة للتصادمات مع دقائق البالزما تحـسب ) relaxation term(وترونات السریعة حد ارتخاء طاقات الدی ] 7 6 5 [ : اآلتیة التجریبة قةمن العال ( 4 ) = :یأتي وكما ئیةیاالثوابت الفیزالمعادلة أعاله یمكن كتابتها بشكل مبسط بعد التعویض عن ) ( 1.62 x = رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص ـــاي λالعامـــل ــسبة بــــین طـــول دیـب de( فیزیائیــــا یمكـــن تعریفــــه هــــو الـن bye length ( امــــل التــــصادم إـلــى ع )impact paramete r ( 8 [ .عند الزاویة القائمة [ 5 ) ( = = =λ z = العدد الذري لكترونات بوحدات = e الكثافة العددیة لال permitti( في الفراغ ةالسماحی= vity ( وقمتهاf / m 8.85 x k = ثابت بولتزمان t = المطلقةدرجة الحرارة ( ویطلق علیه تسمیة لوغاریتم كولوم من خالل المقدار λي فیزیاء البالزما یتم التعامل مع العامل ف coulomb logarithm. ( نحصل ) ( 5 الثابتة في المعادلة ئیةبالتعویض عن الكمیات الفیزیا 6 ) ( 1.24 x =λ لكترونات یتغیر ببطء شدید مع درجة الحرارة والكثافةمن العالقة أعاله تبین أن العامل . العددیة لال تم اعتماد القیم التجریبیة اآلتیة لحساب عامل ارتخاء طاقات ) poseidon( في منظومة بؤرة البالزما بوسا یدن .الدیوترونات السریعة في البالزما 8 x = te = 0.6 kev ، 10 = 500 kev < = 20 < أعاله وتعویضها في معادلة حـساب عامـل ارتخـاء طاقـات الـدیوترونات اـلسریعة ئیةستفادة من قیم العوامل الفیزیاوباال :یأتي نحصل على ما ( 7 ) 0.2788 x = من الجدیر بالذكر البد من اإلشارة إلى أن النتـائج التجریبیـة أثبتـت أن مـدى فقـدان الطاقـة فـي البالزمـا للـدیوترونات . kev 20 – 0.9 یقع في مدى طاقات ما بین ed>20 kevبطاقة ام لحـساب عامـل ارتخـاء طاقـات الـدیوترونات اـلسریعة فـي البالزمـا ولمـدى واسـع مـن تمـثل اـلشكل العـ ( 7 ) ةلمعادلـا .الطاقات نتیجة للتصادمات مع المتعادل المحیط بمنطقة القرص أما عامل ارتخاء طاقات الدیوترونات السریعة في منطقة الغاز ــتم حـــسابه باالعتمــاد عـلــى قـــدفجــسیمات الـغــاز المتـعـادل :بالعالـقــة اآلتیـــة ) stopping power ( رة التوـقـفـی ] 9 5 [ ( 8 ) = 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد =1.024 قدرة التوقف التي تحسب من العالقة التجربیة االتیة تمثل ، اذ ( 9 ) ln = .m bar یمثل ضغط الغاز ویقاس بوحدات والعامل في بحثنا الحالي تعتمد قیم الطاقات للدیوترونات وضغط . درة التوقف تعتمد فقط على طاقة الدیوترونات وهذا یعني أن ق لحـساب قـیم مركبـات سـرعة الـدیوترونات و .الغاز على القیم التجریبیة المـستخدمة فـي منظومـة بـؤرة البالزمـا بوسـا یـدن ـنستخدم الطریقـة ( 11 ) , ( 10 ) رـقمواـلسرعة الكلیـة وریاضـیا بالمعـادالت) (والقطریـة ) (اـلسریعة األفقیـة : هيرائقلطالعددیة لحل المعادالت التفاضلیة من الدرجة األولى ومن ابرز هذه ا range(طریقة رانج كتا -1 – kutta methods . ( methods eul(طریقة أویلر -2 er . ( معادلتي الحركة للدیوترونات السریعة في منطقـة القـرص للبالزمـا . بتدائیة التجریبیة التي تعتمد أساسا على الشروط اال عامـل ارتخـاء طاقـة الـدیوترونات اـلسریعة وشـدة المجـال ك ئیـةعد التعویض عن العوامـل الفیزیایمكن كتابتها بشكل مبسط ب الشحنة وكتلة ئیة مثلالثوابت الفیزیا تعویض فضال عنالتي تم شرحها سابقا المغناطیسي والتي تحتسب من المعادالت :الدیوترونات وكما یأتي ( 10 ) 1.89 x + 4.170 x = ) ( 11 1.89 x + 4.170 x = ة البالزما والموضحة البحث الحالي تم استخدام الطریقة التحلیلیة لحل معادلتي حركة الدیوترونات السریعة في بؤرفي ) , ( 10 ) في المعادلة اتها القطریة( 11 لة )(والعمودیة ) ( المتعلقة بسرعة الدیوترونات السریعة بمركب بدال .الزمن موجة جیبیه مثل ،لموجي وهذه األشكال توضح السلوك ا( 6 ) , ( 5 ) , ( 4 ) باألشكال بینیا ج موضحةوهذه النتائ وترونات الدوامة لكل من السرعة العمودیة والسرعة القطریة والسرعة الكلیة وهذا ما یعكس التصرف الواقعي لحركة الدی وهذا ما یفسر الحركة سالبة ا وأحیانا أخرى تمتلك قیموجبةا م هذه السرع أحیانا تمتلك قیمأن نجد أو الحلزونیة ، اذ .منتظمة في منطقة الحصر الغیر العشوائیة هو ) الحصر ( ان المسار الذي یقطعه الدیوترون السریع في منطقة بؤرة البالزما الكثیفة نذكر ومن المهم جدا أن تم حسابه وموضح في الشكل ( gyrating path )ٕلیس مسارا أفقیا وانما یكون مسارا عشوائیا اوتدویمیا ( 7 ) . هذه وتبین من الشكل الحركة الحلزونیة للدیوترونات في منطقة الحصر وهذا التصرف ینسجم مع الحقیقة العلمیة لحركة ] 10 [ ( 8 ) .الدیوترونات الموضحة بالشكل ة التشغیلیة تختلف من منظومة التصمیم الهندسي للمنظومة التأن إلى اإلشارةوالبد من إلىجریبیة والظروف االبتدائی الذي ي بحثنا الحالي المتمثلة بالنتائج المتعلقة لطور المسار المستحصلة فاألشكال وهذا ما یتضح تماما في أخرى :اعتمد على منظومة بوسایدن بالظروف التشغیلیة اآلتیة 2009) 4 (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة kj 280 .الطاقة المحزونة . kv 60فرق الجهد .mp ( 11 – 2 )ضغط غاز الدیتریوم . mm 120قطر القطب المركزي المجوف لك أن هذهدون ذمن ان النتائج النظریة تؤخذ بنظر االعتبار تحدیدات وفرضیات مقاربة للواقع التجریبي ولكن نوضح .ویمثل المثال االفتراضي األولي للحركة المستقیمة لهذه الدیوترونات النتائج العوامل تؤثر نسبیا في ( 6 ) في الشكل لمقارنه مابین المسار لدیوترونات السریعة في منطقة الحصر المحسوبة نظریا والموضحمن ا ممكـن اعتمـاد امـة الحلزونیـة المتعرجـة ومـن ـثمویعكـس حقیقـة الحركـة الد ( 7 ) المـسار التجریبـي الموضـح فـي اـلشكل .الذي اعتمدت في بحثنا الحالي (gpm)نموذج الحركة الحلزونیة التفسیر النظري ال وتمثل ( ns ) زمنیة متناهیة في الصغر متناهیة في الدقة مدةت فهي بالحقیقة صور لكامیراةإما األشكال التجریبی .kj – 1000 kj 100تشغیلیة تقدر منظومات بؤرة البالزما تعمل بظروف ممكن تحلیله إلى أسباب صغر ، اذ والمتمثلة بالحركة العشوائیة الحلزونیة المتعرجة تفسیر هذه الظاهرة الفیزیائیةل المتحركة في هذه المنطقة ) الدیوترونات ( منطقة بؤرة البالزما في منطقة الحصر والعدد الهائل من الجسیمات السریعة إلى تقود هذه التصادمات بین هذه الدیوترونات والمسافات الصغیرة جدا ومن ثم كثرة التصادمات ماإلىي مما یؤد . أخرى إلى الخلف تت المستمر عن مسارها األصلي تارة إلى األمام وتارةالتش المصادر 1frank lin , roul ( 1976 ) ," plasma phenome na i n gas discharge ," o xford , cl arendon press . 2hel lmut s chmidt ( 2001 ) ," nukleonika," 46 (1) : 15 – 19 . 3gl az yri n , i.v. a n d di ya n k ov, o .v. , etl , (199 8) , " stability of plasma liner implosion ," re port ru ssi an fede ral nu cl e ar c e n tre vniitf , mos cow . 4mather , j . w . " method of experime ntal physi cs ," part 9 (15):187. 5jager ,u . s tuttgart ( 1986 ) ," uber di e reaki onsmechani sme n in plasma focus unte rsuchunge n an beschi eunigten be ute ronen und reaki onsprotonen ," lab – rep . ipf – 86 – 1 . 6gryzinski , m. ( 1982 ) ," nucle ar fusion ," 9 (22) : 1376 . 7s ivukhi n , d .v., rev ( 1966 ) ," plasma phys ," 4 : 93 . 8robert ,a . cros s ( 1984 ) ," fus ion ene rgy ," jhon wiley and sons . 9ziegler , j . f ( 1978 ) pergamum press ," handbook of s topping cross – s ection for ene rgeti c ions i n all elements ," 3 : 10 andrej pasternak and marek s adowski ( 2001 ) ," s tudy of deute ron motion in a filamentary plasma – focus pinch col umn for different configurations of fil aments ," nukleonika 46 ( s upplement ) : s 29 – s 32 . 2009) 4 (22للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم .] 2 [)نوع ماذر( یوضح نوعا من أجهزة بؤرة البالزما :( 1 ) الشكل .] 3 [ بؤرة البالزما نوع فلیبوف أجھزة من ایوضح نوع :( 2 ) الشكل 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد یوضح منظومة جھاز بؤرة البالزما بوسایدن:) 3 (شكل ال 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 x 10 -8 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x 10 6 t [ s ] v z [ c m /s ] مركبة السرعة العمودیة للدیوترونات السریعة مع الزمن :( 4 )شكل ال تغیر 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 0 0. 5 1 1. 5 2 2. 5 3 3. 5 4 4. 5 5 x 10 -8 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x 10 6 t [ s ] v r [ c m /s ] مركبة السرعة القطریة للدیوترونات السریعة مع الزمن تغی :( 5 )شكل ال ر 0 0. 5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3. 5 4 4. 5 5 x 10 -8 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x 10 6 t [ s ] v r & v z & v t [ c m /s ] تغیر السرعة العمودیة والقطریة والكلیة للدیوترونات مع الزمن :( 6 )شكل ال 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد -0.25 -0.2 -0.15 -0.1 -0.05 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 -0.2 -0.1 5 -0.1 -0.0 5 0 0.0 5 0.1 0.1 5 0.2 z [ cm ] r [ c m /s ] مودي المحسوب نظریاتغیر المسار القطري بداللة المسار الع( 7 ) شكل ال [ 10 ] ة المسار العمودي والمحسوب عملي تغیر المسار القطري بدالل( 8 ): الشكل ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 study of the dynamical behavior for de uterons in de nse plas ma focus d. h. yonas , r.h. majeed departme nt of physics , college of education i bn al – haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract the motion of fast deuterons in most dense plasma focus devices ( dpf ) , may be characterized that it has a complex nature in its p aths and this p henomena by describing a through gy rating motion with arbitrary changes in ma gnitude and dir ection . in this research , we focused on the understanding the theoretical concepts which depend deep ly on the exp erimental results to exp lain the deuteron motions in the pinch region , and then to use the fundamental p hy sical formulas t hat are deeply related to the exp lanation of this motion to p repare a suitable model for calculating the vertical and radial comp onents for deuteron velocity by imp roving the rung – kut ta m ethod . الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 جة األستخدام بعض المستخلصاا سماك الذهبیة نوع ت النباتیة المائیة في معال carassius auratus saprolegnia sp. بالفطر المصابة علي نزار یاسین المستنصریة قسم العلوم ، كلیة التربیة االساسیة ، الجامعة خالصةال ستخدام وذلك باsaprolegnia sp.جنس بالفطریات المصابةcarassius auratusسماك الذهبیة ت معالجة األّتم مائي تخلص ال coriandr ر الكزبرة لبذوتراكیز مختلفة من المس um sativumتخاص المائي أل ق الحنوالمس lawsoniaاءّورا inermisدقائقام ّ بحم بطریقة التغطیس ات حصل باستعمالن ان القتل ّلقد تبی. مائي لمدة خمس الكلي لتلك الفطری ركیز ي ألت عند إبینما كان التركیز القاتل للفطریا % 30المستخلص المائي لبذور الكزبرة بت ص المائ تخل تخدام المس وراق س ن زیادة % . 40 اءّالح یا مع ظ تغیر في سلوك األسماك المعالجة تناسب طرد بالمو التركیز،ًولوح ة ص المائي عند المعالج ستخل جدران الحوض مع محاولةاأل أظهرت لبذور الكزبرة إذ ي جعلها تصطدم ب الشكل الذ تهیجا في السباحة ب ز خًسماك رجه ا القف الجة بالمستخلص المائي ألسماكأما سلوك األ . عن زیادة عدد الحركات التنفسیةًالفض ق الحن المع ء فّورا یع یا كان طبیعا في جم دمة قید تخ دراسةالتراكیز المس . ال المقدمة متعددة لس ر غذائیة ى مصاد رة األتزداد الحاجة في الوقت الحاضر للحصول عل كان الك رضیة ، د الحاجة الیومیة لس مهمة لألسماك واحد األّوتعد رانسان إة من المصادر الغذائیة ال شكل مصد األسماك رض تتع. ]1[ للبروتین الحیوانيًساسیا أًذ ت ألهامراض ومنصابة بانواع عدیدة من األكغیرها من األحیاء لإل parasitمراض الطفیلیة ا ic dise ases ي تتباین بدرجة ما الت هي سماك ، فطریات من المشاكل التي تواجه األال الطفیلیات وّ تعد. ]2[ الى الموت ًحیانا قد تؤدي أضرارتلحقه من أذى وأ ف ا للقیمةعن تقلیًفضال غذائیة والمادیة لألله ماك ف ال زتقد تس ماعي خاصة في م أسماك و ارع األسماك سبب بحاالت من الموت الج .]3،4[المیاه الطبیعیة carassلذهبیة نوع ألسمكة اختیار إّتم ius auratusكونها سمكة تعود الى عائلة cyp rinidae حیث تنتشر ألغراض ا وتستخدم العذبة في جمیع المیاهسماك هذه العائلةأ غذائیة فضالعن كونها أسماك ذات قیمةلزینةبعض أفرادها ق األ سمكة التربیةّسمكة الكارب التي تعدسماك القریبة الى من األّقتصادیة حیث تعدٕاو را ي الع .]5،6[ولى ف سماك مرض الجنس لأل حیث یسبب هذا .saprolegnia spنتشار هو جنس ن أهم أجناس الفطریات الشائعة اإلم sap مىیس rolegni asisی ث تصاب به أ وال ى نوع واحد من األسماك حی ك قتصر عل ك میاه المصباتوأسما العذبةمیاهالسما .]9،8،7[حواض الزینة أسماك أو الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 sapr جنس یتطفل الفطر olegnia sp.یون األ على جلد،غال عضصم،فم وع ي ب صابة حاالت فرط اإلسماك وف یز نسجة العضلیة حیث تتمزق األت بشكل نمو أون شاحب ذات لخیوط رقیقةصابة بظهوراإلتم زعانف ، ال على و بروز جلد وال بهصاوفي حاالت اإل ث یصبح بشكل یش .]10،2[ الخصلة من نسیج قطني بة الشدیدة ینمو الفطر حی ا األسماك وخاصة المیتةیوضیصیب هذا الفطر ب ال وی ، منه ا حا ، ًنتشر بسرعة الى البیوض السلیمة المجاورة ویقتله ي تصیب بیوض األنلهذا یعتبر الفطر من أهم أ ت الت طفیلیا ي .]11[سماك واع ال تسبب الفطریات المتطفلة على األسماك ف من ختناق واإللتاثیراأحصول العدید یة متمثلة بظهور حاالت اإل والتوقف عن التغذیة ضطجاع عن سطح الماء ت المرض هیل اإلًفضال یة صابة بأمراضعن تس .]12 ،3[ طفیلیة، بكتیریة وفایروس ارجیةموضوع معالجة األنال فیلیات الخ اسماك المصابة بالط مات إ ومنها الفطری من قبل الباحثین وذلك ً متزایداًهتما نواع مختلفةإبتجریب میائستخدام أ طعام وبرمنكنات رمالین وملح مثل الفویة من المواد الكی بوتاسیوم ال ستخدام ٕاو ، الخال ضرمثل المثلین األزرق والملخیت األ الصبغات ییلعداان اال.]16,15,14,13[ وغیرها خ ضرار أ تسببیائیهمد من المواد الك ببقایا هذه المواد أ تتحیاتیة الها الو متأیضاتها مثل تق التالي إن ا فضالنى اإلفي جسم السمكة وب ستهلك له ببه من ًسان كم عن ما تس تمتلوث ائي لذا ى إستخدام المستخلصات النباتیةّبیئي في الوسط الم ة األّ الطب اللجوء ال الفطریاتسماك المصابة بهذهیة لمعالج ]19،18،17[. یة تعدًونظرا ملكة النبات صدراّ لكون الم ركبات العضویة ذات األ ال ً مهماً م تسعت یة فقد إّهمیة الطبینضب من الم بی ثر األن أّالبحوث العلمیة حولها وت الجها بواسطةن أك ة یمكن ع نباتیة مراض الطفیلی منتجات ال لهذا فقد . ]20[ مستخلصات ال ائیة لبذور الیة الى إهتمامات الدراسة الحاتوجهت إ صات الم تخل ء في معالجة األّوراق الحنلكزبرة وأستخدام المس اكا الذهبیةسم ..saprolegnia sp بالفطر لمصابةا المواد وطرائق العمل بغداد خالل شهرسماك الذهبیةتم الحصول على األ من سوق الغزل ب ر وحزیران ي 200 آیا ثناء وضعت األسماك أ. 8 ماء أنقلها الى المخت ة مملؤة ب سماك في حوض زجاجي بر وضعت هذه األوفي المخت. حواض الزینةبر في حاویات فلینی 30x30(عادباب x60صم وزعانف . عيصطناسماك بالعلف اإلصطناعیة مع تزوید األزود بتهویة إم) سم جرى فحص جلد،غال .سماك بوساطة مكبرة للبحث عن الفطریاتاأل رر المصابة لغرض إ عن غیسماك المصابة األعزلت ةج جموعم تهیئة علیها تاء تجارب المعالج ة من األحواض م ا في تجارب المعالجةلتر 25 منها ًووضع في كال، ) سم30x25x25( لداخلیةبعادها ا بلغت أالزجاجیة إلستخدامه من الماء ًا نقاهةًفضال هاء مدة المعالجة باألعن تهیئة أحواض ها بعد إنت ء الطازج والتهویة حیث یتوفبعاد ذاتها إلستخدام ر فیها الما .الفائقة اإلصطناعیة ضر المستخلص ق الحنر الكزبرة وأو كل من بذّح بّورا طر وفقإاء ریقةستخدام الماء المق خذ أّ تم harborne ]21[ ط ة مطحنةن الوزن الجاف من كل من العینات أعاله المطحونة بوساطة غم م100 عت العین. كهربائی دورق زجاجي في ة وض 100سعة لمدة ئيبا خالط كهرةساط بو المادة النباتیةمن الماء المقطر ثم جرى بعد ذلك هرسمل 700 علىٍمل حاو 0 بوثالث ساعات بعدها ز التفریغ جهاساطةستخدام قمع بخنر بوإ ثم ورق ترشیح ب قماشساطةجرى ترشیح الخلیط الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 طة جهاز المبخربعد ذلك ج .الهوائي تركیز الراشح بوسا رة الدوار رى للحصول على حجم .° م60بدرجة حرا ئي في مل بالماء المقطروحفظ070كمل الحجم الى ألص ومن ثم المستخ .ستعمال لحین اإل ◦ م4درجة المستخلص الما dipستخدمت طریقة التغطیس إ method في المعالجة حیث نقلت األسماك المصابة بوساطة شبكة یدویة الى ة ثم نقلت الى أمس دقائق حواض المعالجة وتركت لمدة خأ كل معالج ة ، بعدها تمل اه ض النق صم ّحوا انف وغال فحص جلد ، زع ة قبل المعالجة سماك لتحدید مدى فاعلیة المستخلص في القضاء عاأل ات بالمقارنة مع شدة اإلصاب نسبة لحولى الفطری ساب ال :مة وحسب القانون االتيیز المستخدالمئویة لعدد الفطریات التي قتلت بعد كل معاملة من التراك المقتولة عدد المجامیع الفطریة x 100 = لمقتولة النسبة المئویة للفطریات أ ة العدد الكلي للمجامیع الفطری والمناقشةالنتائج صم نّیتب انف وغال زع من ّ تمcarassius auratusسماك الذهبیة نوع من األً نموذجا250 من فحص جلد، شراؤها ي سوق الغزل ببغداد حدأ سصابتهاإ المحال ف sapr بالفطر جن olegnia sp.ت إلعالج ظهرت النتائج تجارب ا أ ص ن المس خل یاتاء ّوراق الحنر الكزبرة وأالمائي لكل من بذو اسب طرد ت نسبة موت الفطریات لمستخلص بذور الكزبرةبلغو . مع زیادة التركیزًن د كانت نسبة فقأما بالنسبة لمستخلص اوراق الحناء. لتوالي اعلى% 30، 20، 10، 5 عند التراكیز% 100، 86 ،66 ،36 .على التوالي% 40، 30، 20، 10، 5عند التراكیز % 100، 81، 66، 38، 20ات موت الفطری ص الالخاص بتأ) 1(ظهر من الجدول تخل طریات إثیر المس كزبرة في الف د مائي لبذور ال ن هذا المستخلص عن ألسماك فقد كان سل في أما تأثیره. تأثیر في قتل الفطریاتكان لهام المائي لمدة خمس دقائق ّلحمستخدامه بطریقة اإ وك ا ز زاد نشاطها من خالل حصول تهی % 5 عند تركیز ًسماك طبیعیااأل ادة التركی زی ص ولكن ب ج وزیادة عدد مرات ّمن المستخل خااإل ز تها القف اول نب الحوض ومح ن . لحوض وزیادة عدد حركاتها التنفسیةرج اصطدام بجوا ومع ذلك فان هذا التأثیر قد زال ع اسماك عند نقلهااأل نق بیعي بعد مرور دقیقتین هة إذ عادت األ الى أحواض ال یز فيسماك الى وضعها الط حالة المعالجة بالترك ركیز وأ % 10 عالجة بالت %.30وسبع دقائق في حالة المعالجة بالتركیز % 20ربع دقائق في حالة الم طریإ ى الف ء عل ائي لبذور الكزبرة كوسیلة عالجیة للقضا ستخدام وخاصة عند إ، ات قید الدراسةن نجاح المستخلص الم ) 30 ، 20( تراكیز عالیة تیعود % مواد فع الى إح نبات على م للفطریات والمسببات المرضیة ثر هادالة ذات أّواء هذا ال al-rawi & chakr [22]فقد ذكر. خرىاأل avartyنبات على زیوت طی إ تواء هذا ال وفیتامین ارة وزیوت ثابتة وبروتینات ّح c . ی قالل 100/غم8 بتركیز كفاءة المستخلص المائي للكزبرةel-sherbiny et al. [23] نّوب مل في طرد الطیور واإل صناف من األمن تغذیتها على أ معاملة بهذاربعة أ ص قد یعود رز ال رةّجود الزیوت الطی الى و المستخل رأا ي یتفق مع وهذا ال basilico & basiنتائج lico [24]یؤكدان ان الزیوت الطی ن من نبات الكزبرةارةّاللذا ا تاثیر المستخلصة ب له لنمو ط ّ مث pp 1000 بتركیز aspergillus ochraceasالفطر m 25[نت الزاملي ّكما بی. المعالجة منً یوما14 ولمدة[ الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 ى إ تركیز ن المستخلص امن دراستها عل إحادیة ماتّاال في القضاء على المخرّكان فع % 40لمائي لبذور الكزبرة ل يسماك الكارب اإلالمنشأ المتطفلة على أ .عتیاد د ّوراق الحنالخاص بتأثیر المستخلص المائي أل) 2(یتضح من الجدول طریات إن هذا المستخلص عن اء في الف دقاّستخدامه بطریقة الحمإ وراق أما عن تأثیر المستخلص المائي أل. كان له تاثیر في قتل الفطریات ئق ام المائي لمدة خمس ن ماك فقد كان اء في األّالح طبیعیاسلوك األس راكیز قید الدراسة فًسماك عود سبب %) .40، 30، 20، 10، 5( ي جمیع الت وقد ی كس ماج أو حدوث تغییر في سلوك األّعدم تهی دث من تغییر في سلوك اسماك على ع ماك المعرأل ح ص ّس مستخل ضة لمحلول ال كیمیائیة للمواد الفعالمائي لبذور الكزبرة الى الطبیعة ة في كال المستخلصین هذا من جهة ومّ ال خرى فان ذلك قد یعود ال ن جهة ا فسلجیة لألّعَمواد في الفثیر تلك الالى إختالف تأ ألنشطة ال عرالیات وا .]26، 21[ لمعالجةضة للمحلول المستخدم في أّسماك الم ائي أل اء على الّوراق الحنإن نجاح المستخلص الم ید اء كوسیلة عالجیة للقض ستخدام سیما عند إالدراسة فطریات ق عّواء الحنحتإیعود الى % 40التركیز ألخرىالّاء على مواد ف ذ تحتوي على مادة كیمیائیة إ. ة ضد الفطریات والعوامل المرضیة أ یك lawsoneتسمى اللوسن مض دهنیة مثل حامض اللینول یك وحامض األlinoleic acid ومواد راتنجیة وحوا oleicول ء ّ الحن تانینات تعرف باسمكما تحتوي على تانینات. ]palmitic ]27وحامض البالمتیك هم ار أّطی وزیت henna tanninsا (مكوناته الفا و بیتا ایونون α & β ionone ( ئها على عنعن إًفضال ، الحتوا عدنیة مختلفة منها البوتاسیوم صودیوم، اصر م رها المغنسیوم،الكالسیوم والح ید وغی .] 19، 27، 29، 28، 20[ د ضدّكدت فاعلیة مواد الحنهنالك الكثیر من الدراسات التي أ من الفطریات ، فقد قام أاء سیما sinنواع gh & pandey [30]ة الفعبدر ء ّ الحنائي لقلفالیة القاتلة للمستخلص المّاس ي تسبب دا ضد نوعین من الفطریات المرضیة الت اء ي ركیز لمستخلص كفاثبت ا حیث أringwormالقوباء الحلق sinذ ّونف). حجم / وزن (30:1ءة قاتلة ضد الفطریات وبت gh & singh [31]مستخلصات المائیة ألستخدام دراسة حول إ نورال ت الح ر اختباء في إّاق قلف وبذور نبا عا ة ّلف لنوعین الیة القاتل بتقع إذ أمن القوا ت التث من القوا المستخلصا أقع دمائیة كفائتها في القضاء على نوعین نبیةثیراتون مالحظة أي ت ناتجة من جا دراسة قام بها . اء ّیة للحنّمُالیة السّالفع ة ضد ستخدام حول إ]27[العبادي وفي عض األنواعالمستخلصات المائیة والكحولی ب مائي كان فعمن الفطریات الجلدیة لوحظ إ ت عند التراكیز ال ضّن المستخلص ال على مل/ ملغم25مل ، / ملغم20د الفطریا .التوالي ی ق الحن المستخلصات المائیة والكحولیة أل كفاءة]19[یاسین ن ّوب ى الدودة الكالبیة المتطفلة على اء في القضاء علّورا قاتل وبنسبة سماك الكارب االعتیادي فقد كاأ تجة دون حصول أي تأثیرات جانبیة % 40للدودة الكالبیة % 100ن التركیز ال نا نُالیة السّ الفعمن ن سلوك األاء ّمیة للح خدمةًسماك طبیعیاحیث كا كیز المست . في جمیع الترا توالي % 40 ، % 30تركیز اء بّوراق الحنت المائیة لكل من بذور الكزبرة وأن المستخلصایستدل مما تقدم إ م على ال ل اً بل سببت موتاسماك المعالجةا في موت األیتسبب دراسة ً كلی ت قید ال ما یشج. للفطریا تخدع على إّوهذا امها في معالجة س ها فضالٕحاالت اإلصابة هذه ، سیما وا د وسهلة الحصول علی بیئة وال عن إًن هذه النباتات متوفرة في البال ر ملوثة لل نها غی ت جانبیة في ث المستخدمة بالعالج لما لها من تأبعكس المبیدات الكیمیائیة. السمكةث تراكم لها في جسمنخشى من حدو یرا ةالیات الفسلجیةّالفع مك . للس الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 المصادر 198(. محسن، كاظم عبد االمیر .1 رع األسماكتربیة وادارة م)8 .329 : مطبعة جامعة البصرة.زا 198 (.محیسن، فرحان ضمد .2 ماك وطفیلیات األ أمراض،)3 .،227 :مطبعة جامعة البصرة. س 3. duijn, van c. (1973)., jnr. diseases of fishes , 3rd edn.,iliffe books, london : 372 . 4. hoffman, g.l. (1998).p arasit es of nort h american freshwater fishes, 2 nd edn. cornel univ.press, london : 539 . 197( .أسماك الزینة. الجلبي، ضیاء .5 ، بغداد )8 .240: مطبعة الراوي ق حمد،أ .6 198( . هاشم عبد الرزا .279: مطبعة جامعة البصرة. بایولوجیة األسماك )7 7. amlacher, e. (1970).t extbook of fish diseases (en gl.transl.).t .f.h. p ubl., jersey city :302 . 8. khalifa,k.a.; hassan,f.k .; at iah,h.h. and latif, b.m .a. (1978). iraqi j. biol.sci.,6(l): 58 63. یات نوعین من أ)1998( .جوري،منى محمد .9 mاح یسماك عائلة الب دراسة الطفیل ugilidaeثیر البعض منها وتأ .136: رسالة ماجستیر ، جامعة البصرة. على قیاسات الدم 10. klinger,r.e. and f loy d,r.f.u.f./i.f.a.s. 97, ( 1996). اهرةالدار العربیة للنشر والتوزیع. عالم الفطریات ،)1998(. أحمد،محمد علي .11 .907: ، الق 12. olsen,o.w. (1974).animal p arasites: their life cycles and eco logy , 3 rd edn., univ. park press, baltimore : 562 . 13. fly nn,r.j. (1973).parasit es of laboratory animals.iowa state univ.press,ames:884. 14. hoffman,g.l. and m ey er, f.p. (1974).parasites of freshwater fishes : a review of t heir control and treatment .t .f.h. publ. jersey city :224. 15. herwig,n. (1979).handbook of dru gs and che micals used in the treatment of fish diseases : a manual of fish p harmacolo gy and meteria medica. charl es c. thomas publ., springfields: 272. 16. floyd,r.f. (1996). u.f./i.f.a.s.77 یدي ، علي بناوي .17 199( .ّالزب ة ).8 ك الكارب في مزرع یة المتطفلة على أسما یوان دراسات حول المجموعة الح ابل العراق أس محافظة ب رات .141: طروحة دكتوراه ، جامعة بابل أ.ماك الف ري كفا،)2001( ، ، سعد ستار جبوري التمیمي .18 صات النباتیة وبعضءة الفورمالین ومبید الكیموكوزالحش المستخل ادیة أّ المصابة بالمخرمات.cyprinus carpio lسماك الكارب االعتیادي أفي معالجة اطروحة . المنشأ ح .699: دكتوراه ، جامعة بغداد عتیادي سماك الكارب اإلخلصات النباتیة الخام في معالجة أستخدام بعض المستإ).2004(،. یاسین، علي نزار .19 cyprinus carpi المصابة بالدودة الكالبیة lernaea cyprinacea . ، 84: جامعة بغداد رسالة ماجستیر 198(، المنظمة العربیة للتنمیة الزراعیة .20 ریة والسامةالنباتات الط. )8 لدول اجامعة.ربي في الوطن الع ّبیة والعط .477:العربیة ، الخرطوم 21. harborne,j.b. (1982). introduction to ecological bioch emist ry . acd.press, newyork:210. الصرفة والتطبیقیة 200) 4 (22 المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 22. al-rawi,a.and chakravarty ,h.l. (1964). m edicinal plants of iraq m inist ry of agriculture,ba ghdad:109. 23. el-sherbiny ,a.h.;omar,a.m.;el-sisi,a.g.and hewady ,m.a.a. ,(1994). ann.agric.sci., mosht oha,32(2):1053-1064. 24. basilico,m .z.and basilico,j.c. ,(1999).lett.app l.microbiol,29(4):238-241. ملي ، .25 200( .یبي نوال عرالزا منشأ أماتّبادة المخرستخلصات النباتیة في إ بعض المكفاءة).2 حادیة ال ، 90: رسالة ماجستیر، جامعة بغداد..cyprinus carpio l عتیاديسماك الكارب االم أ على جلد وغالصالمتطفلة 26. torssell,k.b.g.(1997).natural product chemist ry :a mechanist ic,biosy nt hetic and ecological app roach.swed.pharmaceut.press,stochholm:480p p . 200(،اسامه علي محسنالعبادي، .27 محلیةّوراق الحنسة مكونات أدرا .)3 ly) اء ال thraceae) lawsniao inermis l. فطریات ال بعض ها علىكب اللوسون المعزول منّمستخلصاتها ومرثیر وتأ .100: رسالة ماجستیر ، جامعة بغداد . الجلدیة 198(،جمیل مجید ،سامي هاشم ومحمود،مهند .28 يالنباتات .)8 یة بین الطب الشعب بحث واالعشاب العراق وال ر ،بغداد .العلمي نش النور للصحافة وال .274:دار 29. ali,m. (1996).h amdard medicus, 39(4):43-48. 30. sin gh, v.k.and p andey ,d.k. (1989).hindus.antibiot.bull.,31(1-2):32-35 31. sin gh,a.and sin gh,d.k. ,(2001).ind.j.exp.biol.,39(3):263-268 saprolegniسماك الذهبیة المصابة بالفطر نتائج معالجة األ: )1(جدول a sp. مستخلص المائي بال الكزبرة لمدة خمس دقائق لبذور تركیز المستخلص % اك والفطریات حول األالمشاهدات سم .سماك طبیعیةاأل 5 .من الفطریات % 36موت د مرات االصطدام بجوانب الحوضسماك فاأل 10 إستعادة .ي حالة تهیج وزیادة عد .حواض النقاهةبعد مرور دقیقتین على نقلها الى أ وضعها الطبیعي ًیعاسماك جماأل .من الفطریات % 66موت رزیادة نشاط األ 20 نب الّسماك من خالل زیادة عدد م طدام بجوا ها ات االص حوض ومحاولت ربع دقائق ًسماك جمیعاإستعادة األ.ضالقفز خارج الحو د مرور أ طبیعي بع وضعها ال .حواض النقاهةعلى نقلها الى أ .من الفطریات % 86موت اك مع محاولة القفز خارج الحوضزیادة عدد الحركات التنفسیة لالس 30 إستعادة .م بعدًسماك جمیعااأل ها الى أ وضعها الطبیعي حواض مرور سبع دقائق على نقل .اهةالنق .موت جمیع الفطریات الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 بالمستخلص المائي saprolegnia sp.سماك الذهبیة المصابة بالفطر نتائج معالجة األ: )2(جدول أل اء لمدة خمس دقائقّوراق الحن تركیز المستخلص % اك والفطریاتت حول األالمشاهدا سم .سماك طبیعیةاأل 5 .من الفطریات % 20موت .ةسماك طبیعیاأل 10 .من الفطریات % 38موت .ةسماك طبیعیاأل 20 . الفطریاتمن % 66موت .ةسماك طبیعیاأل 30 . الفطریاتمن % 81موت .ةسماك طبیعیاأل 40 .جمیع الفطریاتموت ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 using of some aqueous plant extracts in treating the gold fishes, carassius auratus infected with the fungus,saprolegnia sp. a.n.yas een de partment of sciences , college of basic education , university of almustans irya abstract the gold fishes, carasusius auratus infected with the fungus, saprolegnia sp. were treated with different concent rations of a queous extracts of coriander , coriandrun sativum seeds and henna, lawsonia inermis leaves by ap p ly ing the dip method in a water bath for five minutes. the total killin g of these fungi was achieved by using 30 % of the c. sativum seeds from aqueous extract and 40 % of t he l. inermis leaves from aqueous e xtract. changes in behav iors of treated fishes, were increased with the increasin g concentration for plant extract of c. sativum seeds. it was observed excitation of fishes , crushing with aquaria sides, jumping out side of aquaria, as well as increasin g the number opercula movement s . while in case of t reated f ishes w ith p lant extract of l. inermis, it showed normal behav iour in all of t he concentrations of t he st udied extracts. finite difference approximations for two-sided ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 numerical solutions of fractional integral and fractional integrodifferential equations i. i. gorial department of mathematics, college of education ibn al–haitham, university of baghdad abstract in this paper, we introduce and discuss an algorithm for the numerical solution of some kinds of fractional integral and fractional integrodifferential equations. the algorithm for the numerical solution of these equations is based on iterative approach. the stability and convergence of the fractional order numerical method are described. finally, some numerical examples are provided to show that the numerical method for solving the fractional integral and fractional integrodifferential equations is an effective solution method. introduction various fields of science and engineering deal with the dynamical systems, which can be described by fractional-order equations. this topic has received a great deal of attention in the last decade (1, 4, 5). numerical methods associated with integral order ordinary differential equations were treated extensively in the literature. on the other hand, theoretical studies of the numerical methods and the error estimate of fractional order differential equation are quite limited, because theoretical analysis of fractional–order numerical methods is very difficult(2). in this paper, we find the general solution of fractional integral equations of the form:  0 )( 0     bwwd iv n i i , where v > 0 and n+v > 0 .  ,0 )( 0   iv n i i wd where v > 0. we offer fractional differintegrations calculated by nishimoto, since this definition enables us to calculate some fractional differintegrations that are easier to calculate than the other definitions. fractional integral equations of order n+v it's general form is: 0 )( 0     bwwd iv n i i , where v > 0 and n+v > 0 and , k m v   ,, zkm  k≠0 [1] now, to find ai's that satisfies e az solution az ew  then: 0 0    bad n i k m i i ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 baad k m i n i i  0 km k i n i i baad        0 [2] equation [2] is an an algebraic equation of order max(m,nk) in the unknown a and by finding its roots ai's we find the general solution of [1]:    ),max( 0 )( nkm i za i ieczw where sc' are arbitrary constants. example 1: consider fractional integral equations of the form [1] where n =1, 23v , d1=1, d0 =1 and ,2b eps=0.000006 program 020 2 1 )23( 0 )(             wwwbwwd n i iv i now, to find ai's that satisfies az ew  , then: 01 4 1 402 232 1 2 3                aaaaa use fixed point at 0 < a < 1 choose 3 2 4 1 4 1 16 1  aaa 3 1 2 321321 )(),,,( acacccccaf  ),,,( )( ),,,( 321321 cccaf ad d cccad  5.0a 25.0 1 c 25.0 2 c 063.0 3 c ),,,( 321 cccad .19493451588085773769 .19493451588085773769 <1 then ),,,( 321 cccaf 0.73100443455321651638 f (0.73100443455321651638, ),, 321 ccc 0.77536871880939399242 f (0.77536871880939399242, ),, 321 ccc 0.78374322291556063677 f (0.78374322291556063677, ),, 321 ccc 0.78531902901931962366 f (0.78531902901931962366, ),, 321 ccc 0.78561536712613996803 f (0.78561536712613996803, ),, 321 ccc 0.78567108872455685163 f (0.78567108872455685163, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568156605114873639 f (0.78568156605114873639, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568353609401988289 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 f (0.78568353609401988289, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568390651924141194 f (0.78568390651924141194, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568397616992137448 f (0.78568397616992137448, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568398926626797715 f (0.78568398926626797715, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399172876071348 f (0.78568399172876071348, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399219178071858 f (0.78568399219178071858, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399227884189928 f (0.78568399227884189928, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399229521192455 f (0.78568399229521192455, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399229828996376 f (0.78568399229828996376, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399229886872434 f (0.78568399229886872434, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399229897754811 f (0.78568399229897754811, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399229899801013 f (0.78568399229899801013, ),, 321 ccc 0.78568399229900185758 stop condition: |0.78568399229900185758 0.78568399229899801013|=3.886e-15 < eps. then 0.78568399229900185758 is approximate 1 st root so, and in the same way, we find other roots for the equation and put it in: zazaza ecececzw 321 321 )(  where sc' are arbitrary costants and , i a 3,...,1i is the i-th approximate root of the equation. fractional integral equations of order nv it's general form is: ,0 )( 0   iv n i i wd dn ≠ 0 and k m v  > 0, ,, zkm  k≠0 [3] now, to find ai’s satisfies the solution az ew  then: ,0 0   n i azvi i ead since e az ≠ 0, then 0 0   n i vi i ad rewriting this equation in the form:   01 1 1 ... ddadada n n n n v      01 1 1 ... ddadada n n n n k m        kmkn n n n dadadad 01 1 1 ...    [4] which is an algebraic equation of order max(m,nk) in the unknown a. finding its roots ai's w solution of [3] in the form:    ),max( 0 )( nkm i za i ieczw ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 where sc' e find, are arbitrary constants. notice. we use numerical method to solve equations [2] and [4] since we can not obtain theoretical solution always because general roots don't exist to solve equation of order more than the one which equal 5. as a special case, consider the fractional integral equations of order 2v. ,0 )()2(  wbww vv  v > 0, , k m v   ,, zkm  k≠0 example 2: consider fractional integral equations of the form [3] where n =4, 21v , d0= -1, d1 = d2 = d3 = d4= 1 and eps=0.00005. program 00 2 1 .4 2 1 .3 2 1 .2 2 1 .1 2 1 .0 0 )(                                       wwwwwwd n i vi i now, to find ai's that satisfies az ew  , then:     013301 3691222 1 .3 12 1                  aaaaaaaa use a fixed point at 1 < a < 2 choose  12 1 369 133  aaaa 12 1 9 10 8 9 7 8 6 7 5 6 4 5 3 4 2 32110987654321 )(),,,,,,,,,,( acacacacacacacacaccccccccccccaf  ),,,,,,,,,,( )( ),,,,,,,,,( 1098765432110987654321 ccccccccccaf ad d ccccccccccad  5.1a 1 1 c 0 2 c 0 3 c 1 4 c 0 5 c 0 6 c 3 7 c 0 8 c 0 9 c 3 10 c ),,,,,,,,,( 10987654321 ccccccccccad 0.68025578889276714799 0.68025578889276714799 <1 then ),,,,,,,,,,( 10987654321 ccccccccccaf 1.5253332893390171162 f (1.5253332893390171162, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5425681077739530993 f (1.5425681077739530993, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5542943084644395413 f (1.5542943084644395413, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5622724402627148754 f (1.5622724402627148754, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5677002760803632163 f (1.5677002760803632163, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5713928861397996957 f (1.5713928861397996957, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5739049148507729346 f (1.5739049148507729346, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5756137644497782316 f (1.5756137644497782316, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5767762147279333541 f (1.5767762147279333541, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5775669638893329789 f (1.5775669638893329789, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5781048604366752736 f (1.5781048604366752736, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5784707548380016783 f (1.5784707548380016783, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5787196467007653374 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 f (1.5787196467007653374, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5788889495273038146 f (1.5788889495273038146, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5790041135285882146 f (1.5790041135285882146, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5790824508319440980 f (1.5790824508319440980, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5791357376804271389 f (1.5791357376804271389, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5791719846033924980 f (1.5791719846033924980, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5791966405705758888 f (1.5791966405705758888, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792134121050226560 f (1.5792134121050226560, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792248204712984177 f (1.5792248204712984177, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792325806915453767 f (1.5792325806915453767, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792378593625278867 f (1.5792378593625278867, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792414500293495853 f (1.5792414500293495853, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792438924789067742 f (1.5792438924789067742, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792455538860883029 f (1.5792455538860883029, ),,,,,,,,, 10987654321 cccccccccc 1.5792466840112748059 stop condition: |1.57924668401127480591.5792455538860883029| = 1.13e-6 < eps. then 1.5792466840112748059 is approximate 1 st root as in the same way, we find the remaining roots for the equation and put them in: zazazazazazazazazazazaza ececececececececececececzw 121110987654321 121110987654321 )(  where sc' are arbitrary costants and , i a 12,...,1i is the i-th approximate root of the equation. example 3: consider fractional integral equations of the form ,0 )()2(  wbww vv  where 23v , b= -1, 1 and eps = 0.00001 program 00 2 3 2 3 .2 )()2(                wwwwbww vv  now, to find ai's that satisfies az ew  , then: 01301 362 3 3          aaaa use a fixed point at 0 < a < 1 choose 3 6 3 1  a a 3 1 6 7 5 6 4 5 3 4 2 3217654321 )(),,,,,,,( acacacacacacccccccccaf  ),,,,,,,( )( ),,,,,,( 765432176,54321 cccccccaf ad d cccccccad  5.0a 333.0 1 c 0 2 c 0 3 c 0 4 c 0 5 c 0 6 c 333.0 7 c ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 ),,,,,,( 76,54321 cccccccad 4.2889469781380487238·10 -2 4.2889469781380487238·10 -2 <1 then ),,,,,,,( 7654321 cccccccaf 0.59674159596366847153 f (0.59674159596366847153, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.70364454056999046660 f (0.70364454056999046660, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72034885326896709841 f (0.72034885326896709841, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72425624597214515841 f (0.72425624597214515841, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72523130986763758800 f (0.72523130986763758800, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72547834796395703979 f (0.72547834796395703979, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72554117386534124342 f (0.72554117386534124342, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72555716687026665442 f (0.72555716687026665442, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556123905387340202 f (0.72556123905387340202, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556227598903008752 f (0.72556227598903008752, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556254003692763325 f (0.72556254003692763325, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556260727504995250 f (0.72556260727504995250, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556262439682887969 f (0.72556262439682887969, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556262875678689238 f (0.72556262875678689238, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556262986702404804 f (0.72556262986702404804, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556263014973928500 f (0.72556263014973928500, ),,,,,, 7654321 ccccccc 0.72556263022173102582 stop condition: |0.72556263022173102582-0.72556263014973928500|= 7.199e-11 < eps then 0.72556263022173102582 is approximate 1 st root so, and in the same way, we find the remaining roots for the equation and put them in: zazazazazaza ececececececzw 654321 654321 )(  where sc' are arbitrary costants and , i a 6,...,1i is the i-th approximate root of the equation. 4. fractional integro-differential equations we study these of the form: 0 )( 0     bwwd iv n i i , , k m v   ,, zkm  k≠0 and n-1 < |v| < n [5] to solve such kind, suppose az ew  , then: bad n i iv i    0 and as in section 2,we get the solution. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 notice. special kinds of fractional differintegral equations, of variable coefficient are solved theoretically by nishimoto (3). 5. existence and uniqueness to show the existence of a fixed point of fractional integral and fractional integrodifferential equations we give the following theorem. theorem. let g(x) be a function in interval i= [a,b] for all ix  such that continuous, differentiable and there exists a constant  , 0 ≤ λ<1 such that  )(xg ix  .then g has exactly a fixed point i and if ix  0 , then the sequence defined from ),( 1 nn xgx   ,...1,0n .converges to  . proof. to show the existence of a fixed point . suppose ,)( aag  ,)( bbg  then a <g(a) <b, a<g(b) <b let )()( agaah  <0, )(bh >0 then, there exist ),( ba such that ,0)( h then )(xg by mean value theorem. to show ),( 1 nn xgx   let ix  0 converges to  let nn xe  (error) )()( 1  nn xgge  by mean value theorem between , 1n x ))(()()( 11   nn xcgxgg  then 1 )(   nn ecge 1 )(   nn ecge 21   nnn eee  then the sequence   ,0 n e then    n x . to show uniqueness of  let θ be another fixed point of g and θ i . let θ = x0, x1= g(θ)= θ , 0  e   11 xe then 10 ee  but , 01 ee  then 1 e < 0 e which is a contradiction, then ,0 10  ee   . 6. rate of convergence of iterative method give any iterative method its order which is said to be equals p if p nn ece  1 for some number c depending on f where , nn xe  that is p nn ee  1 if, 1p is linear as p increases the method converges faster. since ),(xgx  ,)(  xg 0 <1 nn ee  1 then general iterative method is linear. finally, the method converge if 0 <1 and c must be less then 1. 7. stability the issue of stability is very important when implementing the method on a computer in finiteprecision arithmetic because we must take into account the effects introduced by rounding errors. it is known (6) that the classical iterative method is a reasonable and practically useful compromise in the sense that its stability properties allow for a save application to mildly stiff ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 equations without undue propagation of rounding errors, whereas the implementation does not require extremely time consuming elements. from the results of (7), we can see that these properties remain unchanged when we look at the fractional version of the algorithm instead of the classical one, and therefore it is also clear that the behaviour does not depend on the order of the differential operators involved. references 1.podlubuy, i., (1999) “fractional differential equation”, academic press, san diego , ca, usa. 2. liu, f.;anh, v. and turner, i., (2004), j. comp. and appl. math. 166, 209-219 in press. 3. yuan, l. and agrawal, o.p., (1998), journal of vibration and acoustics 124, 321-324. 4. taha, b., (2004), m.sc. thesis, university of technology. 5. naji , s., (2004), ph.d. thesis, ibn al-haitham, baghdad university. 6. hairer , e. and wanner , g., (1991) “solving ordinary differential equationsii:stiff and differential –algebraic problems”, springer, berlin. 7. lubich , c., (1986), siam.j. math. anal.17 ,704-719. 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد الحلول العددية للمعادالت التكاملية الكسرية والتفاضلية التكاملية الكسرية كولاير ايمان ايشو ادجامعة بغد-ابن الهيثم-كلية التربيةقسم الرياضيات ةصالخال فييه اييلب ب قدييا وييقشنا خناوزيينا لخب اشعييي بدييا ب عييققع ييقعل بنييخب ب شعيياقال ب ضلاشبعييي ب لةيي عي خب ض ا ييبعي ب ضلاشبعييي ب لةيي عيو خبخ لخب اشعيييي ب ديييا ب عييققع ضبيييئ ب شعييياقال واقشيييي تبيير بةيييان ب ضايييا ق ب ضلييي ب عو لشييا ناوزييينا باةيييضا ب عي خب ضايييا ق وب ضقيب لةخ عي ع بط عاي ب عققعي ل ق ب عققعيي ديا ب شعياقال ب ضلاشبعيي ب لةي عي خب ض ا يبعي ب ضلاشبعيي بقيبلع ب وقشنا قعيل باشلبيي ب عققعيي ب ضيه ضلقيل بخ ب ط دا شؤل فعاا شاقخا و عق لبقب لة عي اه ط n−primary submodules ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fuzzy semimaximal ideals i, m.a.hadi , m. a.hamil department of mathematics, college of education ibn-al-haitham university of baghdad abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity. a proper ideal i of r is called semimaximal if i is a finite intersection of maximal ideals of r. in this paper we fuzzify this concept to fuzzy ideals of r, where a fuzzy ideal a of r is called semimaximal if a is a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals. various basic properties are given. moreover some examples are given to illustrate this concept. introduction let r be a commutative ring with unity. it is well-known that a proper ideal m of a ring r is called maximal if for every ideal b of r, m  b  r implies b=r. d.s.malik and j.n.mordeson in (1) introduced and studied the concept of fuzzy maximal ideal of r, where a fuzzy ideal a of r is maximal if 1. a is not constant, 2. for any fuzzy ideal b of r if a  b, then either a = b or b = r in fact d.s.malik and j.n.mordeson in (1) explained that a fuzzy maximal ideal a on r can not be defined as a fuzzy ideal a  r such that for each fuzzy ideal b of r, if a  b  r implies b = r. goodreal in (2) introduced the concept of semimaximal ideals, where an ideal i of r is called semimaximal if it is a finite intersection of maximal ideals. also, this concept was studied by hatem in (3). in this paper, we fuzzify this concept to fuzzy ideals of r, where a fuzzy ideal a of r is called semimaximal if a is a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals of r. moreover, we generalize many properties of maximal and semimaximal ideals in to fuzzy semimaximal ideals of a ring. this paper consists of four sections. in s.1, we recall many definitions and properties which are needed in our work. in s.2, various basic properties about fuzzy semimaximal ideals are discussed. in s.3, the image and inverse image of fuzzy semimaximal ideals are studied. in s.4, we study the behavior of fuzzy semimaximal ideals in a ring r, where r = r1r2 (direct sum of two rings r1, r2). s.1 preliminaries this section contains some definitions and properties of fuzzy subset, fuzzy ideals and fuzzy rings, which we used in the next section. first we give some basic definitions and properties of fuzzy subsets. let r be a commutative ring with unity, a fuzzy subset of r is a function from r into [0,1], (4). a fuzzy subset a is called a fuzzy constant if a(x) = t,  x r, t  [0,1], (4). for each t  [0,1], the set at = {x r, a(x)  t} is called a level subset of a, (4). a denoted the set {x  r,a(x) = a(0)}, (1). if x r and t  [0,1], we let xt denote the fuzzy subset of a define by xt(y) = 0 if x  y and xt(y) = t if x = y, xt is called a fuzzy singleton, (5). if a and b are fuzzy subsets of r, then: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 1. a  b if a(x)  b(x), for all x r, (6), 2. a = b if a(x) = b(x), for all x r, (6). we define a  b by, (a  b)(x) = min{a(x), b(x)},  x r, and let {a:} be a collection of fuzzy subsets of r. define the fuzzy subset of r (intersection) by ( )    x = inf {a:}, for all x r, (6). let a and b be fuzzy subsets of r, then for all t [0,1], (ab)t=at bt,(3). let f be a mapping from a set m into a set n. let a be a fuzzy subset of m and b be a fuzzy subset of n. the image of a denoted by f (a) is the fuzzy subset of n defined by: 1 1 sup { ( ) ( ) ,if (y) , for all }, ( ) 0 otherwise               z z f y f y f where f -1 (y) ={x  m, f (x) = y}. and the inverse image of b, denoted by f -1 (b) is the fuzzy subset of m, denoted by f -1 (b)(x) = b(f (x)), for all x  m, (4). let f be a function from a set m into a set n. a fuzzy subset a of m is called f – invariant if a(x) = a(y), whenever f (x) = f (y) where x, y  m, (7). if f a function from a set m into a set n, a1 and a2 are fuzzy subsets of m and b1, b2 are fuzzy subsets of n, then 1. f (a1a2) = f (a1)  f (a2), whenever a1, a2 f –invariant, (8) 2. f -1 (b1b2) = f -1 (b1)  f -1 (b2), (8). moreover the following definitions and properties are needed later definition 1.1: (9) a fuzzy subset k of r is called a fuzzy ideal of r if for each x, y  r, then: 1. k(x – y)  min {k(x), k(y)}, 2. k(x y)  max {k(x), k(y)}. definition 1.2: (10) let x be a fuzzy subset of a ring r, then x is called fuzzy ring of r if for each x, y  r, then 1. x  0, 2. x(x – y)  min {x(x), x(y)}, 3. x(x y)  max {x(x), x(y)}. proposition 1.3: (1) let {a,} be a family of fuzzy ideals of r, then     is a fuzzy ideal of r. definition 1.4: (11) let x be a fuzzy ring of a ring r, let a be a fuzzy subset of x such that a  x. then a is called a fuzzy ideal of a fuzzy ring x if for each x, y  r 1. a(x – y)  min {a(x), a(y)}, 2. a(x y)  min{max {a(x), a(y), x(x y)}. note 1.5: it is clear that any fuzzy ideal of a ring r is a fuzzy ideal of a fuzzy ring x of r such that x(a) = 1,  a  r. proposition 1.6: let f be a homomorphism from a ring r1 into a ring r2, then the following are true: 1. f (a) is a fuzzy ideal of r2, for each fuzzy ideal a of r1, (6). 2. f -1 (b) is a fuzzy ideal of r1, for each fuzzy ideal b of r2, (7) proposition 1.7: (1) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 let a, b be fuzzy ideals of a ring r such that a(0) = 1 = b(0). then (ab) = a  b. proposition 1.8: (1) let {a:} be a family of fuzzy ideals of r such that a(0) = 1, for all . then ( )      =        . s.2 basic properties of fuzzy semimaximal ideals first, we give the following lemma which summarized the basic properties of fuzzy maximal ideals. lemma 2.1: (1) 1. let a be a fuzzy maximal ideal of r, then a(0) = 1 (see th.3.3). 2. let a be a fuzzy maximal ideal of r, then im(a) = 2; that is a is a two valued, where im(a) denotes image of a and im(a) denotes the cardinality of im(a) (see th.3.4). 3. if a is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r, then a is a maximal ideal of r (see th.3.5). 4. if a is a fuzzy ideal of r and a is a maximal ideal of r, then a is two valued (see th. 3.6). 5. if a is a fuzzy ideal of r and a is a maximal ideal of r such that a(0) = 1. then a is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r (see th. 3.7). 6. if i  r be an ideal of r. then i is a maximal ideal of r if and only if i is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r (see cor. 3.8). thus we introduce the following: definition 2.2: let a be a fuzzy ideal of r, a is called a fuzzy semimaximal ideal if a is a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals of r. remarks 2.3: 1. it is clear that every fuzzy maximal ideal is fuzzy semimaximal ideal. however the converse is not true as the following example shows: let a : z  [0,1] defined by: 1 6 , ( ) 1 otherwise 2         x x it is clear that a is fuzzy ideal of z and a is not fuzzy maximal ideal since a = 6z is not maximal ideal (see lemma 2.1(3)). however a = a1  a2, where a1 and a2 are fuzzy ideals defined by: a1:z  [0,1] a2:z  [0,1] 1 1 2 , ( ) 0 otherwise       x x 2 1 3 , ( ) 0 otherwise       x x a1 and a2 are fuzzy maximal ideals of z since (a1) = 2z and (a1) = 3z are maximal ideals (see lemma 2.1(5)). 2. if a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, then a(0) = 1. proof. since a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, a = a1  a2   an, where ai is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r, for all i = 1, 2, , n. since ai (0) = 1 by lemma 2.1(1), then a(0) = 1 (0)   n i i = min{ ai (0), i = 1, 2, , n} = 1 3. if a and b are fuzzy semimaximal ideals of r, then a  b is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 proof. since a and b are fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, then a = 1  n i i , b = 1  m i i , where ai is a fuzzy maximal ideal, for all i = 1, 2, , n and bi is a fuzzy maximal ideal, for all i = 1, 2, , m. thus a  b = a1  a2   an  b1  b2   bm; that is a  b is a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals of r. 4. if { ai, i = 1, 2, , n} be a family of fuzzy semimaximal ideals of r, then 1  n i i is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r. proof. it is easy, so it is omitted. compare the following result with lemma 2.1(3) proposition 2.4: if a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, then a is semimaximal ideal of r. proof. since a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, so a = 1  n i i , where ai is a fuzzy maximal ideal for all i = 1, 2, , n. since ai (0) = 1 (by lemma2.1(1)), so that a = 1        n i i =   1    n i i (by prop.1.8) but (ai) is maximal ideal,  i = 1, 2, , n by lemma 2.1(3). hence a =   1    n i i . thus a is a maximal ideal. the converse of this proposition is not true in general. however an example which will explain this depend on theorem 2.10. so we shall give it later (see remark 2.11). before giving our next result, we need to recall the following: definition 2.5: (1) let a be a fuzzy ideal of r, then a is called fuzzy prime if either a = r or 1. a is not constant and 2. for any fuzzy ideals b and c of r, if bc  a, then either b a or c  a. definition 2.6: (1) let a be a fuzzy ideal of r. the fuzzy radical of a denoted by  defined by  =  { p:p  £(a)}, where £(a) denotes the set of all fuzzy prime ideals of r which contains a. proposition 2.7: if a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, then  = a proof. since a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, then a = a1  a2   an, where a1, a2, , an are fuzzy maximal ideals of r. but for each i = 1, 2, , n ai is a fuzzy prime ideal, hence  i =ai by (theorem 5.13,(1)). thus  = 1  n i i and so  = a remark 2.8: if a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, then it is not necessary that a is a fuzzy prime ideal. we can give the following example: example: let a :z  [0,1] defined by ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 1 0, ( ) 0 otherwise      x x by (theorem 2.4(12)). a is a fuzzy prime ideal of z, but a = (0) is not a semimaximal ideal in z. thus a is not fuzzy semimaximal ideal (by prop.2.4). compare the following with (lemma 2.1(6)). proposition 2.9: let i be an ideal of r, then i is a semimaximal ideal of r if and only if i is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, where 1 , ( ) 0 otherwise      x x proof. since i is a semimaximal ideal, then 1    n i i , ii is a maximal ideal,  i = 1, 2, , n. it is clear that 1 2       n     . but for each i = 1, 2, , n,   i  = ii so 1 2 , ,   n    are fuzzy maximal ideals by (lemma 2.1(6)).thus 1     n i i   is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal. conversely; if i is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, then by (lemma 2.1(3)), (i) is semimaximal, and since (i) = i. so the result is obtained. compare the following with (lemma.2.1(2)). theorem 2.10: let a be a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, then im a = 2. proof. 1  im a since a(0) = 1 (by rem.2.3(2)). we claim that for any 0  t < 1, at = r. since a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, then a = a1  a2   an, where a1, a2, , an are fuzzy maximal ideals of r. since 0  t < 1, then by the same proof of theorem 3.4 (1), we have (a1)t = (a2)t =  = (an)t = r but at = (a1)t  (a2)t    (an)t , so at = r, for all t, 0  t < 1. suppose there exist t1, t2  [0,1], t1, t2  im a. then 1 2    t t = r which implies t1 = t2. thus im a has two valued namely 1, t. remark 2.11: by using theorem 2.10, we can give an example which explains that the converse of proposition 2.4 is not true in general. example: let a :z  [0,1] defined by 1 6 , 1 ( ) 2 6 , 2 0 otherwise             x x x a is not a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, since im a = 3. however a(0) = 1, a = 6z is a semimaximal ideal of z. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 remark 2.12: if a a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r and b is a fuzzy ideal of r such that b  r and a  b. then it is not necessary that b is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal. example: let a :z  [0,1] defined by 1 6 , ( ) 1 otherwise 2         x x a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal (see remark 2.3(1)). let b :z  [0,1] defined by 1 6 , 3 ( ) 2 6 , 4 1 otherwise 2               x x x it is clear that a  b. however im a = 3, which implies that b is not a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, by theorem 2.10. remark 2.13: if a a fuzzy semimaximal ideal and t  [0,1), then at does’nt need to be a semimaximal ideal of r. as can be seen by the following example: example: let a :z  [0,1] defined by 1 2 , ( ) 1 otherwise 2         x x a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of z and a = 2z which is amaximal ideal and a(0) = 1, this implies that a is a fuzzy maximal ideal, so it is semimaximal. but a1/2 = {x:a(x)  1 2 } = z which is not a semimaximal ideal. recall that, the fuzzy jacobson radical of a ring r denoted by f-j(r) is the intersection of all fuzzy maximal ideals of r (1). f-j(r) does’nt need to be a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r. example: let {ai , i = 1, 2, , n} be the collection of all fuzzy maximal ideals of z, where 1 , ( ) 1 . i          i x p x x p , p is a prime number. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 s a prime no. 1 s a prime no. 1 , f j(r) 1 inf{ , } . i               p i i i p i x p i x p s a prime no. 1 s a prime no. 1 , f j(r) 0 .             p i i i p i x p x p = 01 which is not a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of z. now, let f-j(r) denotes the intersection of all fuzzy semimaximal ideals of r. then fj(r) is called a fuzzy semijacobson radical of r. remark 2.14: f-j(r) = f-j(r). proof. it is clear that f-j(r)  f-j(r). let xt  f-j(r). then xt belongs to any fuzzy maximal ideal. since any fuzzy semimaximal ideal a of r is a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals, so xt  a. it follows that xt  f-j(r). thus f-j(r) = f-j(r). s.3 image and inverse image of fuzzy semimaximal ideals in this section, we consider the homomorphic image and inverse image of fuzzy semimaximal ideals. theorem 3.1: let r1, r2 be two rings, let f : r1  r2 be an epimorphisim and every fuzzy ideal of r1 is f-invariant. then if a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1, then f (a) is a fuzzy semimaximal of r2. proof. a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1, then a = a1  a2   an, where a1, a2, , an are fuzzy maximal ideals of r1. also, since every fuzzy ideal of r1 is f-invariant. so f (a) = f (a1  a2  an) = f (a1)  f (a2)   f (an). on the other hand, f (ai) is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r2,  i = 1, 2, , n by (th. 3.2 (1)) in(13) and note 1.5. hence f (a) is a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals. thus f (a) is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r2. theorem 3.2: let r1, r2 be two rings, let f : r1  r2 be an epimorphisim. if b is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r2, then f -1 (b) is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1. proof. since b is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r2, b = b1  b2   bn, where bi is a fuzzy maximal ideals of r2, for all i = 1, 2, , n. but f -1 (b) = f -1 (b1  b2  bn) = f -1 (b1)  f -1 (b2)   f -1 (bn) but for each i = 1, 2, , n, f -1 (bi) is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r1 by (th. 3.2)(2) in (13) and note 1.5. hence f -1 (b) is a finite intersection of fuzzy maximal ideals. thus f -1 (b) is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1. s.4 direct sum of fuzzy semimaximal ideals ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 in this section, we turn out attention to study fuzzy semimaximal ideals and direct sum. first we give the following lemmas which are useful in our work. lemma 4.1: let r1, r2 be two rings, let a, b be fuzzy ideals of r1, r2 respectively. then ab is a fuzzy ideal of r1r2, where (a  b)(a,b) = min{a(a),b(b)}, for all (a,b)  r1  r2. proof. by using note 1.5 and (th.2.4.1.8)(14) the result follows directly. lemma 4.2: let r1, r2 be two rings, let a be a fuzzy ideals of r1  r2, then there exist fuzzy ideals b1 and b2 of r1, r2 respectively such that a = b1  b2. proof. by using note 1.5 and (th.2.4.1.9)(14) the result is obtained. lemma 4.3: if a and b are fuzzy ideals of rings r1, r2 respectively then (a  b) = a  b. proof. let (x,y)  (a  b), then (a  b)(x,y) = 1 and so min{a(x),b(y)} = 1. this implies that a(x) = 1, b(y) = 1. hence x  a and y  b. thus (x,y)  a  b, so (a  b)  a  b. conversely; let (x,y) a  b. then x  a and y  b. hence a(x) = 1, b(y)=1. thus min{a(x),b(y)} = 1 and so (a b)(x,y) = 1; that is (x,y)(ab). thus (a  b)  a  b and hence (a  b)=a  b. it is known that (see (15)p.53): if r1, r2 be rings, r = r1  r2 and a is an ideal of r then a is a maximal ideal of r iff a = a1  r2 or a = r1  a2, where a1 is a maximal ideal of r1, a2 is a maximal ideal of r2. we generalize this result, to the following: lemma 4.4: let r1, r2 be two rings, r = r1  r2 and a is a fuzzy ideal of r then a is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r if and only if either a = b  r 2  , where b is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r1 or a = r1   c, where c is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r2. proof. if a is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r. since a is a fuzzy ideal of r, so by lemma 4.2, a = b  c for some fuzzy ideals b and c of r1, r2 respectively. hence a = (b  c) = b  c by lemma 4.3. then by (lemma 2.1.(3)), b  c is a maximal ideal. so either b  c = r1  c or b  c = b  r2. hat is either b = r1 or c = r2. if b = r1, then b = r1  . if c = r2, then c = r 2  . hence either b  c = r1  c or b  c = b  r 2  . conversely; if a = b  r 2  and b is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r1. to prove a is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r. by (lemma 4.3), a = b  ( r 2  ) and so a = b  r2. since b is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r1, then by (lemma 2.1(3)), b is a maximal ideal of r1. hence b  r2 = a is a maximal ideal of r. on the other hand, a(0,0) = min{b(0), r 2  (0)}. but b(0) = 1 by (lemma 2.1(1)), so a(0,0) = min{1,1} = 1. then by (lemma.2.1(5)), a is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r. similarly, if a = r1   c, c is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r2, then a is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r. now, we can give the main results, first we have the following: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 theorem 4.5: let r1, r2 be two rings, let r = r1  r2 and a, b be fuzzy ideals of r1, r2 respectively. then (1) a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r if and only if a  r 2  is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r. (2) b is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r2 if and only if r1   b is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r. proof (1). since a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1, a = 1  n i i , where ai is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r1, for all i = 1, 2, , n. hence, a  r2 = 1  n i i  r 2  = 1  n i i  r2 ( ) n times  , since r 2 = r r2 2    n times   = r2 1 ( )    n i i  , by lemma 2.4 (16) but by lemma 4.4, ai  r 2  is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r, for all i = 1, 2, , n. thus a  r 2  is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal. conversely; if a  r 2  is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, then a  r 2  = 1 d  n i i , where di is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r for all i = 1, 2, , n. by lemma 4.2, for each i = 1, 2, , n, di = bi  ci, where bi is a fuzzy ideal of r1, ci is a fuzzy ideal of r2. hence a  r 2  = 1 ( c )    n i i i = 1  n i i  1 c  n i i , by lemma2.4 (16) it follows that a = 1  n i i , 1 c  n i i = r 2  . but 1 c  n i i = r 2  implies that ci = r 2  ,  i = 1, 2, , n. hence bi  ci = bi  r 2  ; that is di = bi  r 2  . then by lemma 4.4, bi is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r1 and so a = 1  n i i is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1. (2). the proof is similarly. next, we can give the following: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 theorem 4.6: let r1, r2 be two rings, let r = r1  r2 and let a be a fuzzy ideal of r. if a is a fuzzy semimaximal of r, then either: (1) there exists fuzzy semimaximal ideals b, c of r1, r2 respectively such that a = b  c, or (2) there exists a fuzzy semimaximal ideal b of r1 such that a = b  r 2  , or (3) there exists a fuzzy semimaximal ideal c of r2 such that a = r1   c. proof. if a is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r, then a = 1  n i i , where ai is a fuzzy maximal ideal of r. by lemma 4.4, for each i = 1, 2, , n, either ai = bi  r 2  or ai = r 2   ci, where bi, ci are fuzzy maximal ideals of r1, r2 respectively. if ai = bi  r 2  , for all i = 1, 2, , n, then a = 1  n i i = 1  n i i  r 2  , putting 1  n i i = c, we get a = b  r 2  and b is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1. if ai = r1   ci, for all i = 1, 2, , n, then a = r1   c, where c = 1 c  n i i and c is a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r2. now if ai = bi  r 2  , for some i = 1, 2, , n. then without loss of generality, we can assume that ai = bi  r 2  , for some i = 1, 2,, k, k < n and ai= r1  ci, for all i = k+1, , n. hence 1  n i i = 1  k i i  1        n i i k 1  n i i = r2 1 ( )    k i i  1 1 ( c )    n r i i k  = r 2 1        k i i   1 1 c         n r i i k  , by (lemma 2.4(16)) = 1  k i i  1 c   n i i k letting b = 1  k i i , c = 1 c   n i i k , then b, c are fuzzy semimaximal of r1, r2 respectively. thus a = b  c. remark 4.7: the converse of theorem 4.6 is not necessary true in general, in fact when b, c are fuzzy semimaximal ideals of r1  r2, then b  c = a need not a fuzzy semimaximal ideal of r1  r2. we can give the following example: example: let b, c :z  [0,1] defined by ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 1 2 , ( ) 1 otherwise 3         x x 1 3 , c( ) 1 otherwise 2        x x b, c are fuzzy semimaximal ideals of z since b, c are fuzzy maximal ideals of z. on the other hand, b  c: z  z  [0,1] and 1 ( , ) 2 3 , 1 ( c)( ) ( , ) 2 ( 3 ), 2 1 otherwise 3                     a b a b a b b  c is not a fuzzy semimaximal ideal, since im (bc) = 3. references 1. malik, d.s. and mordeson, j.n., (1991), "fuzzy maximal, radical and primary ideals of a ring", information sciences, 53: 237-250. 2. goodreal, k.r., (1979), "ring theorey-non singular ring and modules", marceidekker, new york and basel. 3. k.y.hatem, (2007), "semimaximal submodules", ph.d.thesis, university of baghdad. 4. zaheb, l.a. (1965), "fuzzy sets, information and control", 8:338-353. 5. zahedi, m.m. (1992), "on l-fuzzy residual quotient modules and p.primary submodules", fuzzy sets and systems,51:333-344. 6. zahedi, m.m, (1991), "a characterization of l-fuzzy prime ideals", fuzzy sets and systems, vol.44, pp.147-160. 7. kumar, r. (1991), "fuzzy semiprimary ideals of ring", fuzzy sets and systems, 42:263-272. 8. zhao jiandi, shik. yue m., (1993), "fuzzy modules over fuzzy rings", the j. of fuzzy math. 3: 531-540. 9. kumar, r., (1992), "fuzzy cosets and some fuzzy radicals", fuzzy sets and systems, vol.46, pp.261-265. 10. liu, w.j, (1982), "fuzzy invariant subgroups and fuzzy ideals", fuzzy sets and systems, 8:133-139. 11. mordeson, j.n. (1996), "fuzzy intersection equations and primary representations", fuzzy sets and systems, 83: 93-98. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 12. swamy, k.l.n. and swamy, v.m., (1988), "fuzzy prime ideals of rings, j.math. anal.appl, 134:94-103. 13. hadi, i.m.a., (2001), "on fuzzy ideals of fuzzy rings", math. and physics j. 16(4): 14. abu-dareb, a.t.h., (2000), "on qusi-frobenius fuzzy rings", m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 15. larsen, m.d. and carthy, p.j.mc, (1971), "multiplicative theory of ideals", academic press, new york. 16. hadi, i.m.a. and abu-dareb, a.t.h., (2004), "p-f fuzzy rings and normal fuzzy ring", ibn-al-haitham j. of pure and applies sciences, 17(1): 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد المـثاليات الضبابية شبه األعظمية أنعام محمد علي هادي، ميسون عبد هامل ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد -قسم الرياضيات، كلية التربية الخالصة تقاطع عدد منته من مثاليات iيسمى شبه أعظمي إذا كان rمثالي فعلي في iالية ذا محايد.حلقة ابد rلتكن rعلى aيكون المثالي الضبابي اذ، rعظمى. في هذا البحث قمنا بتنصيب هذا المفهوم إلى المثاليات الضبابية على فضال عن مثاليا شبه أعظمي إذا كان تقاطع عدد منته من المثاليات الضبابية العظمى. خواص أساسية مختلفة قد أعطيت قد أعطيت بعض األمثلة لتوضيح هذا المفهوم. هذا 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد اي یردین ب 2-2ترز) ii(یوم ونبین الروث" یانالنتقال االلكتروني المستحث فوتو ا ومثیل الفایلوجین هادي جبار مجبل العكیلي ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد قسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة التربیة الخالصة الجزیئـات ، تتـراوح ث في أي تشكیلة كبیرة من دیمثل التفاعل االبتدائي للعملیات الكیمیائیة التي تح االنتقال االلكتروني .الى النظام الحیوي الكبیر " یة الصغیرة وصوالاالزواج االیون ـــي المســـتحث فوتوئبــــا اللكترو نتقـــال االدراســـة النظریــــة لال m نو مثیـــل الفــــالوجی23)(bpyruیــــوم بـــین الروتون" نـ v 2+ . حققت هنا معینة لمذیبات مختلفة وعند درجة الحرارة نمــوذج أ الضــوء المــذیب وصـف مــن خــاللهـذه الدراســة معتمــدة علــى اسـاس التنشــیط البصــري مــن خـالل امتصــاص . دالة الموجة لمن خال" االستمراریة للعوازل ، واالنتقال كمیا حســبت بطریقـــة شـــبه g‡وطاقـــة التنشـــیط ،g،والطاقـــة الحــرة ام هـــذا التطبیــق ، طاقـــة اعـــادة االلتحــ فــي هـش ومعـدل –اخـذت مـن طریقـة ملیكـان التـي vda االلكترونـيلالنتقـال ة عناصـر مصـفوفة االزدواج االلكترونـي یكالسـیك لنظام ket االنتقال االلكتروني  223)( mvbpyru نموذج كمي أ وفق على حسبتوالتي. نتقال االلكتروني لنظام نتائج حساباتنا لال 223)( mvbpyru مع النتائج التجریبیة المالحظة " اظهرت تطابقا . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 photo -induced electron transfer between ruthenium (ii) tris –( 2,2  bipyrdine ) and methyl viologen h.j.m.al-agealy departme nt of physics , college of education i bnal-haitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract electron transfer (et) reactions represent an elementary chemical p rocess which occurs in a large variety of molecules, ranging from small ion p airs up to large biological sy st em. a theoretical st udy of p hoto – induced electron transfer between ruthenium (ii) tirs -( 2,2  bipy rdine ) ru(bp y ) 2 3 and m ethy l viologen m v 2+ in a variety of solvents at room temp erature is p resented . this st udy is based on an op tical activation by the absorp tion of light .the solvent is described by a dielectric continuum model, and the transferring is represented by a quantum mechanical wave function . in this app lication, the reorganization energy  , the driving free energy g , and the activation free energy g ‡ are calculated with semi classical model . the electronic coupling for the electron transfer dav reaction is taken from m ulliken –hush method, and the rate of electron transfer ket in  22 3)( mvbpyru sy st em are calculated with a quantum mechanical model. our calculation results for the electron transfer in  22 3)( mvbpyru sy st em show a good agreement with the exp erimentally observed results . introduction electctron t ransfer (et) on a molecular level is a very imp ortant class of chemical reactions ranging from simple bimolecular reduction oxidation reactions to comp lex electron transp ort chains in protein (1). the (et) p rocess is like any other chemical reaction , a transition from a metastable initial to a stable final st ate (2). et can be optically or/and thermally activated and triggers p hotosy n thesis , metabolism, polymerization reactions, electrochemical reactions(3). a molecular (et) reaction involves an oxidation of a donor (d) molecule and reduction of an accep tor molecule (a). if the donor and accep tor are freely diffusing in a solvent , then p rior to et a bimolecular diffusion creats an encounter comp lex . in the encounter comp lex , electron transfer reaction occurs at a certain distance and arrangement. the encounter comp lex can either be in close contact, or in a solvent sep arated configuration , and et may occur at a distribution of different donoraccep tor configureations . if the donor and accep tor are att ached to each other, no diffusion p rocesses are needed p rior to et , and unimolecular et reaction kinetic is observed . the theory describing et p rocesses was developed from the transition state theory by m arcus. for this development m arcus was awarded the 1992 nobel prize in chemistry (4,5,6) . the rate of p hoto induced et are evaluated depending on the quantum mechanical theory and non adiabatic limit rda =10a o . the value of et rate const ants k are controlled by : ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 reorganization energy  , driving free energy g ; activation free energy g ‡, and electronic coupling matrix element vda. in this research we will st udy the p hoto induced et from 2 3)(bpyru acting as an electron donor to nn  dimethy l44  bipy ridine (m ethy l viologen) acting as an electron accep tor . the structures of t he 2 3)(bpyru and m v 2+ that are used in this work are shown in figure (1) the system ruthenium (ii) – trisbipy ridine 2 3)(bpyru was used in numerous invest igations as a p hotosensitizer during the last 30 y ears due to the very favorable p hotochemical p rop erties (7). the absorbance in both t he visible and uv regions is high (1,11) . in the excited state , 2 3)(bpyru is both a good reductant and oxidant , and the life time is long enough to be used in bimolecular electron or energy transfer reactions . in addition both the reduced and oxidized forms are relatively st able towards degrading reactions ( 7,8). one way of inducing et is to exp ose aphotosensitizer 2 3)(bpyru to light of a wave length that is absorbed by 2 3)(bpyru , thus transferring it to an excited st ate  2 3)(bpyru eq.[1] (9) ]1.[....................)(*)( 2 3 2 3   bpyruhbpyru  here, the frequency of the sp ectral absorp tion maximum m ax is given by : ]2.......[........................................max  gh  where h, is p lanck constant, m ax is frequency of light ,  reorganization energy and g is free energy . if a quencher (m v 2+ ) is added to the sy st em, this molecule is able to quench the excited st ate of 2 3)(* bpyru .i.e. it is able to remove the excitation energy (10). the quenching mechanism can be et from the sy st em 2 3)(* bpyru to m thy le viologen m v 2+ , fig.(2) gives a reduced m ethy le viologen radicl and oxidized ruthenium 3 3)(bpyru equation [3] (9,10). ]3[..............................)()(* 23 3 2 3 2      mvbpyrumvbpyru et theory of electron transfe r in quantum mechanical models the golden rule exp ression for the transition p robability between different electronic st ates (donoraccep tor), is often used to treat nonadiabatic electron transfer . in the high temp erature limit , when the energy of each vibration is considerably less than the thermal energy , tkh b (12,13), the et rate constant ket between the reactants at a fixed distance is determined by three p arameters: the electronic couplong matrix element vda , the free energy chan ge of the reaction g , and the reorganization ener gy  , which ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 includes both intra molecular  in; and solvent s out coordinates, the exp ression for ket (14). 1 4 2 tkk bet     ]4.[..........). ........exp(2 tk g v b da   where  is p lanck,s const ant divided by bk,2 which is t he boltzman constant, and g ‡ is the gibbs free energy of activation . the p otential energy surfaces of the reactant and p roduct states can be described as free energy surfaces, and et occurs at the crossing of the reactant and product surfaces . the amount of free energy required to bring the reactant t o the crossing p oint is t he free energy of activation, g ‡ , defined as (13). g ‡=   ]5.......[.................... 4 2   g where g is the free energy change for any chemical reaction which is the difference in the energy of the products and the reactants. for et reactions, this can be broken into the work it takes to bring the donor and accep tor together and the difference between the reduction p otentials of t he acceptor and donor. the reorganization energy  is the sum of the inner  in, and outer,  out , reorganization(15)  =  in+  out ………………………[6] the inner reorganization comp onent is the energy required to alter bond distances and bond angles that would change with the change in oxidation st ate. the outer reorganization energy is required for the reorientation of the solvent around the changed comp lexes (15) . in many comp lexes or big molecules that have asmall inner reorganization, such that , we can assume  out out. can be estimated from a dielectric continuum model for the solvent, and give the largest contribution to  in many et reactions in p olar media (16). the solvent reorganization energy in this model is given by (16) ]7.....[.............................. 111 2 1 2 1 4 2                      spodaad rrr e   where e is the charge involved (usually one electron ),  is the vacuum p ermitt ivity , p and s is the op tical and static dielectric constants , (rd, ra,) are the donor and accep tor radii and rda is the donor – accep tor center to center distance . re sults the rate of et is determined by many p arameters . the effective free energy g for the reaction , the value of the reorganization energy of the electron donor (d) and accep tor (a) required up on et , activation free energy g ‡ , and coupling coefficient matrix element of et,vda a more genral exp ression equation eq.[7] was app lied to evaluate the reorganization energy  ,for a donoer 23)(bpyru and acceptor m v2+ sy st em in a variety solvent , where ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 radii ra=6.5  a for accep tor and rd=3.5  a for donor (17), p and s are the op tical and static dielectric constants of the solvent[ p   1.344 and s =37.5for acetonitriale (16) , p  =1.77 and s =78.5 for water ](16,18 ) . the values of reorganization energies , in the p resent sy st em are 0.952ev and 0.908 ev in acetonetriale and water solvent resp ectively. so the other variable in the rate et exp ression is the driving force g ( effective free energy ) that is p rovided by the absorp tion of light in 2 3)(bpyru -m v 2+ sy st em that is very clear from eq.[2] and figure (2) . the driving force is defined as t he part of the work it t akes to bring the donor and accep tor together , and the difference between the reduction p otentials of the acceptor and donor. the theoretical calculation values of the free energy can be evaluated by using eq.[2] , where e= h is the absorp tion energy taken from absorp tion sp ectral of 2 3)(bpyru . these results of g ( ev ) in acetonitrial and water solution are sumarized in table (1). now, by substitut ing the values of the driving force g ( ev ) and the solvent reorganization energy )(ev for both solvents in eq.[5] we can calculate the et activation barrier g ‡ )(ev .these calculated values are summarized in table (2). anot her imp ortant factor for et are the electronic coupling coefficients, vda, which is the most difficult p arameter to obtain exp erimentally. however, according to the theory by hush (19), and the assump tion that the reaction is activationless , the electronic coupling,vda ,can be est imated to be (0.01,0.03,0.2) ev finally we can calculate the rate of the p hoto induced et values k between 2 3)(bpyru and m ethy le viologen m v 2+ in a different solvent by inserting the values of the coefficients )(ev , g ( ev ), g ‡ )(ev , and vda )(ev in equation eq.[4] , the results of rate et are list ed in tables (3-4). discussion when the  22 3)( mvbpyru solution sy st ems are p romoted to electronically excited st ates by the absorp tion of light, some of this absorp tion energy of light is used to distort the nuclear configuration from and its equilibrium donor st ate to the accep tor st ate without transfer of an electron . the resulting values of the reorganization energies were unusually high [0.952 ev in acetonitrile and 0.908ev in water] , which could indicate that large st ructural rearrangements are necessary when v 2+ is oxidized . the calculation result of reorganization energies are fitting with theoretical and exp erimental values in the same solution that is shown in table(5). table (1) shows the overall driving force free energy changes , g , that can be calculated for the 2 3)(bpyru -m v 2+ solution sy st em, which corresp ond to the inverted region . the inverted region may be observed when the driving force for reaction is greater than the reorganization energy ,  g .consequently inverted region effects are most easily discerned for those reactions with small reorganizatioin energies in both solution and ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 large driving force ,which is very clear from table (1). the values of the driving free energy that are calculated theoretically fit with exp erimental values , that are clear for awave length 460a o , g =-1,7ev , 1.73ev (1,11). tables (4-5) and (1) indicate that  g increasing , the rate of et, k decrease with increasing g . this view is for two solvents , because the barrier for et increases as also in table(2). the effect of decreasing ket in the inverted region can be exp lained p hy sically as follows: increasing the driving force g to values learger than the reorganization energy  leads to the increasing of the free energy of activation g ‡ , i.e. barrier of the reaction . the calculation results of ket fit well with t he exp erimental values (1,11). conclusion in our research, theoretical st udies to calculate the rate of electron transfer for the  22 3)( mvbpyru solution molecules sy st em in a variety solvent, are p romoted to electronically excited st ates by the absorp tion of light . up on light absorp tion , an electron is formally transferred from the ru(ii) metal center across one of the bipy ridine ligands to the m v 2+ . the reorganization energies are calculated with dielectric continuum model and are found~ evev 908.0952.0  for a sy st em in water and acetonitrile solution resp ectively . this result show large reorganization energy in more p olar solvent, that means  is p rop ortional to op/1 it turned out that the mode of reaction p ath way st rongly depends on the solvent p olarity whereas et is favored in p olar solvents. also the rate of et for sy st em is a function of the height barrier g ‡ . when a treated quantum mechanically as vibrational wave functions of the reactant nuclear coordinates to coordinate sp ace that overlaps with p roduct coordinates sp ace (also referred to as "nuclear tunnellig"). the p robability to bridge the gab between the reactant and the p roduct g ‡ is the largest. from the present results t hat are concluded , the p hoto induced et in  22 3)( mvbpyru sy st em is activated in the inverted region. the calculation results for the rate of et in  22 3)( mvbpyru solvent sy st em show a good agreement with the exp erimentally observed results. re ferences 1. hammarest rom,l. (2001).labrabory exp eriment for the course ,laser sp ektroskop i nv 1, dep . of p hy sical chemistry , university of up p sala 2. wachsmann,h.(2001). vibronic coupling and ultrafast et studied by p icosecond time – resolved resonance, thesis ,p h.d berlin univesity . 3.chen,p.y.m eyer,t.(1998).j.chem.rev, 98,1439. 4.barbara,p.f.;m eyer,t.j.and ratner,m .,(1996),j.p hy s.chem,100: 1348. 5.bixon,m .jort ner,j.(1997).j.chem.phy s,107,5154 6.jort ner,j.and bixon,m .(1999).adv.chem.p hy s. 106:35. 7.juris,a.; balzani,v.; bargellett i, f.; canp agna,s. and belser,p. (1988). vonzelewsky , apl.coord chem. rev. 84,85. 8. kalyanasundaram, k.(1992). book,academics p ress london. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 9. de armond,m .k. and m y rich,m .l.(1989). 22:364. 10. m eyer,t.j.(1986). pure and appl. chem. 58:1193. 11. helena,b.(2001),electvon and energy transfer in sup amolecular comp lexes designed for arficial p hotosy nthesis thesis, acta university , up salla. 12. jort ner, j.(1976).j.chem.phy s.64,4860. 13.m arcus,r.a.and sutin,n.(1985).biochim.biophy s.acta. 14. hadi,j.m .(2004) . thesis,ph.d. quantum mechanical model for electron transfer-swiched dy e using in solid st ate laser , baghdad university . 15.brunschwig,b.s.;ehrensons,s.and sutin,n.(1986). j.p hy s.chem,90:3657. 16. m ikael,a.(2000). t hesis ,ph.d.tuning electron transfer reaction by selectivo excitation in p orp hy rine accee ptor assemblies ,acta university ,up sala. 17.glaudi.t.j.;jeffrey,m .z.;yanna,m .k.and daniel,g.(1996).j.am.soc. 118: 6060-6062. 18. kucnuskas,et.al, (2001). j.p hy s. chem. b. 105(2): 400. 19.chen,p.and m eyer,t.j.(1996).inoeg.chem. 35:5520. table (1):the free ene rgy )(evg for acceptor mv2+ and donor 2 3)(bpyru wave len gth( nm) evg water evg acet. 300 -3.173 -3.216 320 -2.915 -2.958 340 -2.687 -2.737 360 -2.485 -2.528 380 -2.304 -2.347 400 -2.141 -2.185 420 -1.994 -2.537 440 -1.860 -1.903 460 -1.737 -1.781 480 -1625 -1.669 500 -1.522 -1.566 520 -1.427 -1.471 540 -1.339 -1.382 560 -1.257 -1.301 580 -1.181 -1.224 600 -1.110 -1.153 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (2):the activation free ene rgy g ‡ )(ev for acceptor mv2+ and donor 2 3)(bpyru wave len gth  nm g ‡ evwater g ‡ evacet. 300 1.294 1.345 320 1.010 1.056 340 0.790 0.830 360 0.616 0.652 380 0.479 0.511 400 0.371 0.398 420 0.284 0.309 440 0.216 0.237 460 0.162 0.180 480 0.119 0.135 500 0.085 0.098 520 0.059 0.070 540 0.039 0.048 560 0.024 0.031 580 0.013 0.019 600 0.006 0.010 table(3): rate of et between 2 3)(bpyru and mv 2+ in water sol vent for different vda wave len gth  nm kets -1 vda=0.02 ev vda=0.03ev vda=0.01 ev 300 2.285x10 -8 5.140 x10 -10 5.712 x10 -11 320 1.914 x10 -3 4.307 x10 -5 4.785 x10 -6 340 13.009 0.292 0.032 360 13381.190 301.076 33.452 380 3222297.941 72501.703 8055.744 400 248165224.3 5583717.547 620413.060 420 7832952172 176241423.9 19582380.43 440 1.21308x10 11 2729448305 303272033.9 460 1.068855 x10 12 2.404914 x10 10 2672127376 480 5.96902 x10 12 1.343031 x10 11 1.49225 x10 10 500 2.2887 x10 13 5.1496 x10 11 5.7218 x10 10 520 6.5012 x10 13 1.4627 x10 12 1.6253 x10 11 540 1.4468 x10 14 3.2554 x10 12 3.6172 x10 11 560 2.6258 x10 14 5.9682 x10 12 6.546x10 11 580 4.02385 x10 14 9.0643 x10 12 1.0071 x10 12 600 5.3731 x10 14 1.2089 x10 13 1.3432 x10 12 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 table (4): rate of et between 2 3)(bpyru and mv 2+ in acetoni tril e sol uti on (ch3cn) wave len gth  nm ket(sec) -1 vda=0.02ev vda=0.03ev vda=0.01ev 300 3.0020x10 -9 6.754 x10 -11 7.505 x10 -12 320 3.173 x10 -4 7.1404 x10 -6 7.933 x10 -7 340 2.6593 0.0598 6.64 x10 -3 360 3301.100 74.274 8.252 380 935735.115 21054.040 2339.337 400 837017.730 1883289.894 209254.432 420 3022181989 67999094.64 7555454.96 440 5.3010 x10 10 1192743400 132527044.4 460 5.2186 x10 11 1.1741 x10 10 1304665511 480 3.2207 x10 12 7.2466 x10 10 8051873912 500 1.3613 x10 13 3.06300 x10 11 3.4033 x10 10 520 4.22487 x10 13 9.5059 x10 12 1.0562 x10 11 540 1.0173 x10 14 2.2890 x10 12 2.5433 x10 11 560 1.9879 x10 14 4.4728 x10 12 4.9697x10 11 580 3.2685 x10 14 7.3543 x10 12 8.1714 x10 11 600 4.6572x10 14 1.04789 x10 13 1.16432 x10 12 table(5):our resul t for reorgani zation ene rgie s compared with the oreti cal and experime ntal value s solvent our result  ev exp erimental  ev theoretical  ev water (h2o) o.952 1.00(11) 1(16) acetonitrile 0.908 ~1.0[11] 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract study aimed to determination of chitotriosidase-1 levels in iraqi diabetic and diabetic patients with thyroid disorder. also, study aimed to found relation correlation for chitotriosidase-1 with fsg, t3, t4 and tsh. ninety subjects were including in this study, first group consisted of (30) healthy individuals who have no history of any thyroid disorders or diabetes mellitus as control group. second group (g2) (n=30) patients with diabetic and hyperthyroidism as association disease, and third group (g3) (n=30) include patients with diabetic and hypothyroidism as association disease. serum used in (fsg, t3, t4, tsh, and chitotriosidase-1) determination. results showed a significant elevation in patients’ groups (g2, g3) comparing to control group in fsg. in addition to a significant elevation in g3 compared to g2. results, also, revealed a significant elevation in t3 and t4 levels in g2 when comparing with g1 and g3. while there is significant decrease in these parameters in g3 compared to g1 and g2. results revealed a significant decrease in g2 in tsh levels comparing to g1and g3. while there is significant increase in tsh level in g3 compared to g1 and g2. results revealed a significant increase in chitotriosidase-1 levels in g2 comparing to g1and g3. results, also, showed a significant decrease in g3 comparing to g2 and a significant increase was found in g3 comparing to g1. conclusion could be drowning from this study that chitotriosidase-1 may be helpful in monitoring and early diagnosis of thyroid disorder in these patients. keywords: chitotriosidase-1, iraqi diabetic mellitus with thyroid disorder. 1. introduction diabetes mellitus (dm) and thyroid dysfunction are two endocrine disorders affect each other in a variety of ways. thyroid hormones contribute to the regulation of carbohydrate metabolism and pancreatic function [1, 2]. reasonable mechanism for advancement of t2dm in thyroid disorder patients may be related to disturbed genetic expression of genes in conjunction with physiological aberrations leading to impaired glucose consumption by the augmented hepatic glucose output, muscles, and glucose absorption elevation from intestine chitotriosidase-1 levels in iraqi type 2 diabetic patients with thyroid disorders ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mohammed alwan iedan zeinab m. m. al-rubaei department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn –al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 21 november 2018, accepted 30 january 2019, publish may 2019 mohammadchemist978@gmail.com alizeinabah@yahoo.com doi: 10.30526/32.2.2138 mailto:mohammadchemist978@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:alizeinabah@yahoo.com mailto:alizeinabah@yahoo.com 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 [3]. chitotriosidase-1 is known as an enzyme involved with n-terminal triose phosphate isomerase catalytic groove. the c-terminal chitin-binding domain linked by a short hinge region [4,5]. chitotriosidase-1 are hydrolytic enzymes that break down glycosidic bonds in chitin that found in two forms , 50 kd the dominant form in blood and a 39 kd the dominant form in tissues [4]. chitotriosidase-1 is necessary in chitin digestion by hydrolyzing its β-1, 4 glycoside linkage like a defensive action and/or utilization of chitin as a source of carbon and energy [6]. enzymatically active mammalian chitinases cleave chitin polymers into oligosaccharides of varying sizes (endochitinase activity) and release glucosamine monosaccharides from the end of a chitin polymer (exochitinase activity) [7]. chitotriosidase1 has highly affinity binding to substrate in addition to its responsible for the transglycosylation activity of the enzyme even in the absence of highly substrate concentrations, causing chitotriosidase-1 a complete independent chitinolytic machinery [810]. study are focused on chitotriosidase-1 effects through the processes of chitin recognition, antigen presentation, stimulation of cell mediated immunity and synergistic effects with proteases to kill various kinds of cancer cells [11]. chitotriosidase-1 has been implicated in the pathogenesis of many human diseases by improper stimulation of faulty tissue remodeling and inflammation like nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and neurodegenerative disorders like alzheimer’s disease and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis [12-14]. the aim of the present study was to determine the chitotriosidase-1 levels in iraqi diabetic patients with thyroid disorders, and the study aimed to found relation correlation for chitotriosidase-1 with t3, t4 and tsh. 2. materials and methods a prospective study was conducted on three groups of subjects during the period from june (2018) to august (2018) at the specialized center for endocrinology and diabetes / baghdad. the age range of all subjects was (40-65) years. ninety subjects were included 3 groups in this study that divided into control group g1) that consisted of (30) healthy individuals who have no history of any thyroid disorders or dm. group (g2) (n=30) that consisted of diabetic patients and hyperthyroidism as associated disease, and group (g3) (n=30) include diabetic patients and hypothyroidism as associated disease. 2.1. blood sample collection five milliliters of peripheral veins blood were taken from all subjects in plain tubes. serum obtained stored at (-20ºc) until assay time for analysis of fsg, t3, t4, tsh and chitotriosidase-1. determination of fasting serum glucose 2.2. an enzymatic colorimetric method was used for determination of fasting serum glucose (fsg) based on trinder hydrogen peroxide and the phenol and 4-aminoantipyrine. the quinine(complex) red-violet in colour, measured at 505 nm, 510nm with the intensity of the colour being in proportion to the glucose concentration [15]. 2.3. determination of triiodothyronine (t3), thyroxine (t4), and thyroid stimulating hormone (tsh) the t3, t4 and tsh were determined by enzyme linked fluorescent immunoassay (elfa) competition method with a final detection [16]. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3579558/#r5 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/enzyme https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/glycosidic_bond https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chitin https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3579558/#r19 http://wapedia.mobi/en/hydrogen_peroxide 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 2.4. determination of chitotriosidase-1 sandwich enzyme linked immune sorbent assay (elisa) technique was used for determination of chitotriosidase-1 by ready kit from my bio source, cat.no.: mbs765849. 3. statistical analyses the results were expressed as mean ±sd. students t-test was applied to compare the significant of the difference among the groups. p-value (p≥ 0.05), (p≤0.05), (p≤0.01) were considered statically non-significant, significant, and highly significant respectively. the correlation coefficient test used for illustration the association between the various parameters that studied. 3. results & discussion: descriptive parameters were presented in table 1, which display the levels of fsg, t3, t4 and tsh for all studied groups. table 1, showed a highly significant elevation in patients’ groups (g2, g3) comparing to control group in fsg levels. in addition, a significant elevation in g3 compared to g2 was found. table 1. levels of fsg, t3, t4 and tsh and chitotriosidase-1 for g1, g2, g3. parameters mean±sd (g1) mean±sd (g2) mean±sd (g3) t-test g1 vs g2 t-test g2 vs g3 t-test g1 vs g3 fsg (mmol/l) 4.356±0.76 10.607±2.533 11.091±2.935 p≤0.01 p≤0.05 p≤0.01 t3(nmol/l) 1.66±0.384 2.78±0.170 1.09±0.068 p≤0.05 p≤0.05 p≤0.05 t4(nmol/l) 82.3±9.450 145.21±27.90 48.71±15.507 p≤0.05 p≤0.05 p≤0.05 tsh(nmol/l) 2.15±0.411 0.154±0.06 21.43±4.827 p≤0.01 p≤0.01 p≤0.01 chitotriosidase-1 ( ng/ml ) 0.045±0.003 0.597±0.072 0.09±0.005 p≤0.01 p≤0.01 p≤0.01 *g1: control group. g2: diabetic group. g3: diabetic neuropathy group. results, also, revealed a significant increase in levels of t3 and t4 in g2 when comparing with g1 and g3. while there is significant reduction in these parameters in g3 compared to g1 and g2. results revealed a highly significant decrease in g2 in tsh levels comparing to g1and g3. in addition, there are highly significant increase in tsh level in g3 compared to g1 and g2. diabetic patients seem to influence thyroid function in level of hypothalamic control of tsh release and at peripheral tissue by converting t4 to t3. high levels of glucose lead to decrease in deiodinase enzyme concentration in liver, decreased concentration of t3, elevation levels of reverse t3 and low, normal, or high level of t4 [17]. results in table 1, revealed a highly significant increase in chitotriosidase-1 levels in g2 comparing to g1and g3. results, also, showed a highly significant decrease in g3 comparing to g2 and a significant increase was found in g3 comparing to g1. 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 activity of chitotriosidase-1 elevated in patients with newly diagnosed, untreated, and uncomplicated type 2 dm which is positively linked to glucose levels, age, and asymmetric dimethylarginine (adma) levels of those patients .increased adma levels inhibit nitric oxide production in addition to impair endothelial function [18,19]. evidence from experimental studies illustrated increase in chitotriosidase-1 levels in pathological conditions, like atherosclerosis, coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular dementia and complications of dm [20]. it has been display that increased in chitotriosidase-1 levels may be associated with inflammatory status [21]. study assumed that chitotriosidase-1 have role in the development of atherosclerosis, which forms association with type 2 diabetes patients [22]. correlation of chitriosidase-1 were examined with the other parameters and rcoefficient demonstrate in table 2, with p-value. table 2. rcoefficient and p-value of chitriosidase-1 with tsh, t3 and t4. parameters chitotriosidase-1 (ng/ml) r1 t-test chitotriosidase-1 (ng/ml) r2 t-test chitotriosidase-1 (ng/ml) r3 t-test tsh (nmol/l) -0.265 p≤0.05 0.100 p≤0.05 -0.224 p≤0.05 t3 (nmol/l) 0.033 p≤0.05 -0.260 p≤0.05 -0.012 p≤0.05 t4 (nmol/l) 0.218 p≤0.05 -0.167 p≤0.05 0.159 p≤0.05 a significant negative correlation was observed between chitotriosidase-1 and tsh in g1and g3 (p≤0.05, r1=-0.265, r3= -0.224), while a significant positive correlation was found in g2 (p≤0.05, r2= 0.100) as shown in table 2. table 2, revealed a significant positive correlation was found between chitotriosidase-1 and t3 in g1, while a significant negative correlation in g2 and g3 (p≤0.05, r1=+0.033, r2=0.260, r3=-0.012). a significant positive correlation was found between chitotriosidase -1 and t4 in g1 (p≤0.05, r1=0.218), but there was a significant negative correlation in g2 and g3 (p≤0.05, r2= -0.167, r3= 0.159). 4. conclusion conclusion could be drowning from this study that chitotriosidase-1levels were changed in patients’ groups that may be used in monitoring and early diagnosis of thyroid disorder in these patients depending on the significant relation for chitotriosidase-1 with t3, t4 and tsh. references 1. tomer, y.; dolan, l.m.; kahaly, g.; divers, j.; d'agostino, r.b.; imperatore, g.; dabelea, d.; marcovina, s.; black, mh.; pihoker, c.; hasham, a.; hammerstad, s.s.; greenberg, d.a.; lotay, v.; zhang, w.; monti, m.c.; matheis, n. genome wide identification of new https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3579558/#r76 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5016580/#cit0006 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5016580/#cit0007 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=tomer%20y%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dolan%20lm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=kahaly%20g%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=divers%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=d%27agostino%20rb%20jr%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=imperatore%20g%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dabelea%20d%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dabelea%20d%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=marcovina%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=black%20mh%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=pihoker%20c%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hasham%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hammerstad%20ss%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=greenberg%20da%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=greenberg%20da%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=lotay%20v%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zhang%20w%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=monti%20mc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=matheis%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25936594 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 genes and pathways in patients with both autoimmune thyroiditis and type 1 diabetes, journal of autoimmunity. 2015, 60, 32–39. 2. fleiner, h.f.; bjøro, t.; midthjell, k.; grill, v.; åsvold, b.o. prevalence of thyroid dysfunction in autoimmune and type 2 diabetes: the population-based hunt study in norway, the journal of clinical endocrinal metabolism. 2016, 101, 669-677. 3. wang, c. the relationship between type 2 diabetes mellitus and related thyroid diseases, journal of diabetes research. 2013, 13, 2-3. 4. collet, t.h.; gussekloo, j.; bauer, d.c.; den elzen, w.p.; cappola, a.r.; balmer, p.; iervasi, g.; åsvold, b.o.; sgarbi, j.a.; völzke, h.; gencer, b. subclinical hyperthyroidism and the risk of coronary heart disease and mortality. archives of internal medicine. 2012, 172, 799-809. 5. van aalten, d.m.; synstad, b.; brurberg, m.b.; hough, e.; riise, b.w.; eijsink, v.g.; wierenga, r.k. structure of a two-domain chitotriosidase from serratia marcescens at 1.9-å resolution. proceeding of the national of sciences of the usa. 2000, 97, 58425847. 6. koch, be.; stougaard, j.; spaink, hp. keeping track of the growing number of biological functions of chitin and its interaction partners in biomedical research, glycobiology.2015, 25,469482. 7. bueter, c.l.; specht, c.a.; levitz, s.m. innate sensing of chitin and chitosan. plos pathogens. 2013, 9, 1-4. 8. stockinger, l.w.; eide, k.b.; dybvik, a.i.; sletta, h.; vårum, k.m.; eijsink, v.g.; tøndervik, a.; sørlie, m. the effect of the carbohydrate binding module on substrate degradation by the human chitotriosidase, biochimica et biophysica acta (bba)proteins and proteomics. 2015, 10, 1494–1501. 9. fadel, f.; zhao, y.; cachau, r. new insights into the enzymatic mechanism of human chitotriosidase (chit1) catalytic domain by atomic resolution x-ray diffraction and hybrid qm/mm, acta crystallographica section d. biological crystallography.2015, 71, 1455–1470. 10. eide, k.; lindbom, r.; eijsink, v.; norberg, m. analysis of productive binding modes in the human chitotriosidase, febs letters. 2013, 587, 3508–3513. 11. malaguarnera, l. chitotriosidase: the yin and yang cellular and molecular life sciences cmls. 2006, 63, 3018–3029. 12. manasa, k.; alan, k.; emiko, m. role of chitotriosidase (chitinase 1) under normal and disease conditions. journal of epithelial biology & pharmacology. 2013, 5, 1-9. 13. rosén, c.; andersson, c.h.; andreasson, u.; molinuevo, j.l.; bjerke, m.; rami, l.; lladó, a.; blennow, k.; zetterberg, h. increased levels of chitotriosidase and ykl-40 in cerebrospinal fluid from patients with alzheimer’s disease. dementia and geriatric cognitive disorders extra. 2014, 4, 297–304. 14. james, a.; reinius, l.; verhoek, m. the chitinase proteins ykl-40 and chitotriosidase are increased in both asthma and copd. american journal of respiratory and critical care medicine. 2015, 193, 1-5. 15. trinder, p. determination of blood glucose using an oxidaseperoxidase system with a non-carcinogenic chromogen. journal of clinical pathology. 1969, 22, 2427. 16. caryon, p.; niccoli-sire, p.; lejeune, p. recommendation consensus diagnostic surveillance des maladies des la gland thyroid. annals of clinical biology. 2002, 60, 27-32. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=fleiner%20hf%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26583583 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=bj%c3%b8ro%20t%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26583583 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=midthjell%20k%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26583583 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=grill%20v%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26583583 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=%c3%85svold%20bo%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26583583 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/26583583 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=van%20aalten%20dm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=synstad%20b%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=brurberg%20mb%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hough%20e%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=riise%20bw%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=eijsink%20vg%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=eijsink%20vg%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=wierenga%20rk%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=10823940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=stockinger%20lw%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=eide%20kb%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dybvik%20ai%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=sletta%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=v%c3%a5rum%20km%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=eijsink%20vg%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=eijsink%20vg%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=t%c3%b8ndervik%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=s%c3%b8rlie%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26116146 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ros%c3%a9n%20c%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=andersson%20ch%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=andreasson%20u%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=molinuevo%20jl%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=bjerke%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=rami%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=rami%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=llad%c3%b3%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=blennow%20k%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zetterberg%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254036 45 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 17. shivanada, n. manipal manual of clinical biochemistry 3 rd edition. medical publishers (p) ltd. 2007. 18. elmenshawi, i.; alotaibi, s.; alazmi, a.; alazmi, a.; alruwaili, f.; alazmi, n.; alazmi, z. prevalence of thyroid dysfunction in diabetic patients, journal of diabetes metabolic disorders & control. 2017, 4, 55-56. 19. jain, g.; marwaha, t.s.; khurana, a.; dhoat, p.s. prevalence of thyroid disorders in patients of type 2 diabetes mellitus. international journal of research in medical sciences. 2013, 2, 75-78. 20. nicholas, a. type 2 diabetes mellitus and thyroid dysfunction: an intertwined duo. african journal of diabetes medicine. 2015, 22, 5-7. 21. raghuwanshi, p.k.; singh rajput, d.p.; ratere, b.k.; jain, r.; patel, n.; jian, s. evaluation of thyroid dysfunction among type 2 diabetic patients. asian journal of medical science. 2015, 6, 33-37. 22. sonmez, a.; haymana, c.; tapan, s.; safer, u.; celebi, g.; ozturk, o.; genc, h.; dogru, t.; tasci, i.; erdem, g.; taslipinar, a.; aydogdu, a.; yilmaz, mi.; kurt, i.; kutlu, m. chitotriosidase activity predicts endothelial dysfunction in type-2 diabetes mellitus, endocrine. 2010, 37, 455-459. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=sonmez%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=haymana%20c%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=tapan%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=safer%20u%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=celebi%20g%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ozturk%20o%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=genc%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=genc%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dogru%20t%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=tasci%20i%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=erdem%20g%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=taslipinar%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=aydogdu%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=yilmaz%20mi%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=kurt%20i%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=kurt%20i%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=kutlu%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20960168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20960168 microsoft word 350-363 الكيمياء | 350 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 دراسة تأثير محتوى المالئات واللدائن الحرارية في الخصائص الميكانيكية للمطاط الطبيعي المفلكن محمد على مطر قصي خزعل موجر التربية / جامعة القادسية/ كلية قسم الكيمياء 2014كانون االول ٢١البحث في : ، قبل2014تشرين الثاني 16استلم البحث في: الخالصة ، phr 100:0, 85:15 ,70:30درست في ھذا البحث الخواص الميكانيكية لمزائج المطاط الطبيعي بنسب مختلفة ( and (55:45 المالئات ( اسود الكاربون، وثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوية ) وتبين من االختبارات ، باستعمال نوعين من التي اجريت على النماذج المحضرة أن زيادة محتوى المالئات تحسين خصائص الشد ( قوة الشد، ومعامل المرونة، ) في تركيبة المزيج يعمل على ppروبلين (واالستطالة، والصالدة واالنضغاطية ) . كما تبين من النتائج ان وجود البولي ب ) يؤدي الى حصول مقاومة كبيرة للمواد الكيميائية blendsتقليل درجة االنتفاخية وان زيادة محتواه في تركيبة المزائج ( (الحوامض ، القواعد والزيوت ). .الميكانيكيةوالخواص المطاط الطبيعي، ومزائج المطاط ، والمالئات ،: الكلمات المفتاحية الكيمياء | 351 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة نظراً للتقدم العلمي الحاصل في صناعة البوليمرات صار من الممكن الحصول على مواد بوليميرية جديدة ذات صفات مرغوبة فيھا عن طريق مزج البوليمرات . وتعرف المزائج البوليميرية بأنھا ناتج مزج نوعين او اكثر من خواص مشتركة بين المركبات االساسية ، وھذا يعتمد على نوعية البوليمرات مزجاً فيزيائياً ، إذ يمتلك المزيج الناتج يمزج المطاط الطبيعي مع انواع مختلفة من البوليمرات كاللدائن الحرارية وذلك . وبذلك 2]-[1البوليمرات وطريقة المزج مقاومة الكيميائية للحصول على مجموعة كبيرة من الخصائص التي ال تتوافر في المطاط االم كالصالدة العالية وال للحوامض والقواعد والزيوت ، إذ تمتلك اللدائن عند استعمالھا في درجة حراره مناسبة بعض الخصائص كالمرونة والقدرة على التكيف في درجة حرارة الغرفة ، ومقارنة مع المطاط االعتيادي تمتلك اللدائن الحرارية مميزات تجارية ، لذا يتم ارية وتؤدي ھذه المعالجة الى توفير الوقت والطاقة وانخفاض الھدر المادي عن طريق اعادة تدوير معالجتھا باآلالت الحر . يٌعد المطاط الطبيعي واحداً من أھم انواع المواد المطاطية المستعملة في الصناعة بسبب امتالكه صفات [3]بقايا المواد ية عالية، ومقاومة انثناء في درجات الحرارة الواطئة ومقاومة تتفوق على المطاط الصناعي إذ يمتلك قوة شد عالية، ورجوع ومن أجل الحصول على خصائص مناسبة تستعمل في تطبيقات محددة في بعض االحيان تضاف . [4]عالية للتمزق والقطع في للحصول على تلك الخصائص وقد استعملت مجموعة متنوعة وواسعة من المالئات المطاط الطبيعيالمالئات إلى . وتھدف ][5 صناعة المطاط ألغراض مختلفة من أھمھا التقوية وتخفيض التكاليف المادية، وتحسين خصائص المنتج الدراسة الى التحقق من تأثير محتوى انواع المالئات واللدائن الحرارية في الخواص الميكانيكية للمزائج المطاطية ، وفي مع البولي برولين و لوحظ تحسن في قوة الشد، ومعامل المرونة، واالستطالة، ھذا البحث درسنا استعمال مزيج من المطاط .والصالدة، واالنضغاطية باستعمال المالئات واللدائن الحرارية ق العمل ائ. طر٢ عملة. المواد المست ١٢ اسود الكاربون مجھز من و، k.s.a/(sabic.co)) ، بولي بروبلين مجھز من شركة (smr20مطاط طبيعي ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوي مجھز من شركة و،thailand/(thai carbon product co,ltd)شركة (nanoshel)/americano ،حامض السيتياريك ، وثنائي اوكسيد الزنك ، و )tmtd,mbts و الكبريت) مجھز من . thailand/ (chemmin co. ltd.) شركة للنماذج الميكانيكية –بارات الفيزيائية . االخت٢-٢ : خصائص الشد ١-٢-٢ جھاز عمالدامبل وباست بصورةالمحضر ألنموذجتم قياس خصائص الشد ( قوة الشد ، معامل المرونة ، االستطالة ) ل مم / دقيقة وفي درجة ٢٠٠كيلو نيوتن وسرعة ٢٠ ي حمولةذ china /(laryee co )القياس المجھز من شركة ( ). astm d-412حرارة الغرفة طبقا لمواصفات ( : اختبار الصالدة واالنضغاطية ٢-٢-٢ ) بدرجة حرارة (astm d-2240لمواصفات ) وطبقاً shore aحسب طريقة شور (بتم قياس النماذج بعد فلكنتھا (iso 1653).طبقاً لمواصفاتكما تم قياس انضغاطية النماذج ، الغرفة اختبار االنتفاخية :٣-٢-٢ ةحكام ومملوءإب ةمغلق ةس زجاجيأغمرت النماذج بك، إذ ) astm d-471لمواصفات ( ھذا االختبار طبقاً أجري وفقاً درجة انتفاخاتھا ازالتھا وحددوتمت ساعة لحين ثبوت وزنھا ٩٦بدرجة حرارة الغرفة لمدة توحفظ، باألسيتون : اآلتيةللمعادلة (equilibrium swelling % =[ (w-w0) / w0]* 100) w : 0الوزن بعد االنتفاخ وw نموذج االصلي.: وزن األ الكيمياء | 352 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) dscالتفاضلي ( التحليل الحراري: ٤-٢-٢ نموذج ملغ ) من األ١٠( وضع إذ . dsc 131 evo, setaram, (france)) جھاز بواسطةتم قياس النماذج حدد درجة الذي (dsc)بعدھا تم الحصول على منحني ،دقيقة ٢٠ولمدة 0250cداخل الجھاز وسخن بدرجة حرارة .) tcودرجة التبلور ( ،) tmدرجة االنصھار (و) ، tgالتحول الزجاجي ( : الفلكنة ٣-٢ جھاز كھربائي ھيدروليكي مجھز من عملدقيقة واست ٢٠لمدة 0150cوضعت النماذج تحت الضغط بدرجة حرارة . model (xlb 300x300x2) ( .hitop rubber co)شركة نموذج : تحضير األ٤-٢ بروبلين داخل وضع مزيج المطاط الطبيعي مع البولي إذ ). astm d-3182لمواصفات ( حضر النموذج طبقاً ثم مرر المزيج بين ،دوره بالدقيقة ٥٠دقيقة بسرعة دوران ١٥درجة مئوية لمدة ١٨٠العجانة الداخلية بدرجة حرارة بعدھا اضيف ،دقائق ٣ومرر المزيج لمدة ،حامض الستياريك إليهواضيف ،دقائق ١٠العصارة المختبرية لمدة اسطوانتي بعدھا اضيف ،دقائق ٣ثم اضيفت مضادات االكسدة واالوزون بوقت تمرير ،دقائق ٥ثنائي أوكسيد الزنك ومزج لمدة ١٠العصارة لمدة سطوانتيومررت العجنة بين ا ،ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوية)والزيت والمالئات (اسود الكاربون، ثم تركت لتبرد بدرجة ،دقائق ١٠ومررت العجنة لمدة ،) والكبريت,t.m.t.d) m.b.t.sثم اضيفت المعجالت ،دقائق مئوية ١٥٠تحت الضغط بدرجة حرارة داخل المكبس الحراري ، وتم وضعھاغم من العجنة ٨٠بعدھا اخذ ،حرارة الغرفة ٢سمك ، سم٦عرض سم، ٣٥، بمنطقة القطع سم ١١٥نموذج بطول ثم قطع األ الفلكنة، دقيقة لغرض اتمام عملية ٢٠لمدة ).٤، ٣، ٢، ١وتتلخص مكونات العجنة بالجداول (اجراء االختبارات. لغرض ) سم والمناقشة. النتائج ٣ وى أت :١-٣ وع (أثير محت اربون ن ود الك ي) isafn220س ة ف ائص الفيزيائي ة –الخص الميكانيكي لمركبات المطاط اربون ود الك ل اس ة تحمي أثير كمي ق ت م تطبي يت رة ف اذج المحض ات 6(ر يتحضبالنم دت) عجن ب اعتم ا نس فيھ )50,40,30,20,10 phr 60,من اسود الكاربون نوع ( )(isafn220، ولوحظ ان زيادة محتوى اسود الكاربون يؤدي المرونة والصالبة وحصول نقصان في االستطالة عند القطع واالنضغاطية كما مبين في االشكال وقوة الشد، ةالى زياد بين محتوى اسود الكاربون وقوة الشد واظھر ان قوة الشد تزداد بزيادة محتوى اسود العالقة) أ -١يبين الشكل ( .] [ 6التالية ادة القوة الرابطة بين جزيئات اسود ،)phr 50الكاربون والقيمة القصوى لھا تتحقق عند ( ويرجع سبب ذلك الى زي .9]-[7 و تقلل من انزالق تلك السالسلالكاربون والمطاط التي تقيد من حركة السالسل البوليميرية وتحد ا ادة فيه ويظھر ،بين محتوى اسود الكاربون ومعامل المرونة العالقة) ب -١الشكل (يبين أن معامل المرونة يزداد بزي باالنخفاض عند زيادة محتوى بعدھا يبدأ معامل المرونة،phr 50)والقيمة القصوى له تتحقق عند (، محتوى اسود الكاربون ادة ،الكاربون اسود د الزي الي يكون التفاعل المفضل ، ويرجع سبب ذلك الى احتمال تكوين كتل من المالئات عن وبت .11]-[9 مالئات ) وعدم حصول تفاعل بين المالئات والمطاط –( مالئات ويظھر ان القيمة القصوى لالستطالة عند ، ) العالقة بين محتوى اسود الكاربون واالستطالة عند القطعج -١ويبين الشكل ( )10phr(، ًادة في قوة وصالدة وبعدھا تقل االستطالة تدريجا ادة محتوى اسود الكاربون وذلك بسبب حصول زي مع زي ه ، وان المزيد من زيادة كمية المالئات يسبب تقليل حركة الجزيئات نتيجة التساع يلإالمطاط نتيجة اضافة زيادة من المالئات وين الروابط الفيزيائية بين جزيئات المالئات وسالسل المطاط التي تعمل على تقوية المطاط وخفض االستطالة عند اضافة تك . 10phr( ] [12اكبر من ( ةكمي الشكل ان صالدة المطاط تظھر زيادة من ولوحظ ،) الى العالقة بين محتوى اسود الكاربون والصالدةد -١ويشير الشكل ( ويعود سبب ذلك الى حصول زيادة في التشابك العرضي الفيزيائي ( الذي يقلل من ، زيادة محتوى اسود الكاربونمع ةكبير اء عملية الفلكن ادة مقاومة المطاط للخدش والقطع ةحركة الجزيئات) اثن كما أن صالدة المواد . [13]مما يؤدي الى زي فكلما كان الرابط اقوى ،الرابطة بين الذرات او الجزيئات في المادةعلى نوع القوى اً كبير اً تعتمد اعتماد ةعام ةبصور .15]-[14زادت قيمة الصالدة ـ -١كما يشير الشكل ( ولوحظ من الشكل ان االنضغاطية ،) الى العالقة بين محتوى اسود الكاربون واالنضغاطيةھـ انخفاض في ضغط حركة سالسل المطاط نتيجة ويعود سبب ذلك الى حصول ،تنخفض مع زيادة محتوى اسود الكاربون .[16]للتشابك العرضي الفيزيائي المتكون الكيمياء | 353 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 : تأثير محتوى ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوية ٢٣ تعزيز ان مزج المالئات النانوية مثل (ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم ) مع المطاط يعمل على تقوية او من المعروف جيداً فيالمالئات النانوية وتم مالحظة تأثير [17]ويحسن من الخواص الميكانيكية والكيميائية له ، ملحوظ نحوٍ المطاط بمصفوفة phr 1نسب ( عتمدت) عجنات من المطاط بوجود (ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم ) وا6تحضير ( عن طريقالنماذج المحضرة المرونة والصالبة وحصول نقصان في وات يؤدي الى زياده قوة الشد ، ولوحظ ان زيادة تحميل المالئ ،6) 5, ,4, 3 , ,2 معامل ويظھر أن الخواص الميكانيكية ( قوة الشد ، الذي .[6] )٢الشكل رقم ( االستطالة واالنضغاطية كما مبين في ثم النانوية،) من المالئات phr 5لتصل الى اعلى قيمة لھا عند ( النانويةالمرونة) تزداد بالتدريج مع زيادة محتوى المالئات ويعود سبب ذلك الى ضعف تشتت المالئات ،) 5phrمعدل التحسينات بالتناقص عند زيادة محتوى المالئات اعلى من ( أيبد على سطح المطاط وتكوين كتل او تجمعات من المالئات تعمل على تقليل المساحة البينية بينھا وبين المطاط مما يؤدي الى . كما يالحظ من الشكل ان زيادة محتوى المالئات يؤدي الى حصول نقصان في االستطالة [18]خفض الخواص الميكانيكية وبعدھا تبدأ االستطالة بالتناقص مع زيادة محتوى ،من المالئات النانوية(1phr) القطع لتصل اعلى قيمة لھا عند عند يعمل على تقليل حركة الجزيئات محتوى المالئات ةكما أن زياد، المالئات بسبب حصول زيادة في قوة وصالدة المطاط المجموعة كما لوحظ نقصان في . [12]لئات وسالسل المطاط نتيجة لتكوين روابط فزيائية قويه بين جزيئات الما كما بينت . [16]مع زيادة محتوى المالئات بسبب الضغط الحاصل في حركة الجزيئات نتيجة للتشابك العرضي االنضغاطية تشابك العرضي ويعود سبب ذلك لحصول زيادة في ال النانوية،النتائج حصول زيادة في الصالدة كلما زاد محتوى المالئات .15]-[13والقطع للخدشط تالي تزداد مقاومة المطاالالفيزيائي الذي يؤدي الى زيادة قوة الروابط وب الميكانيكية للمطاط الطبيعي –محتوى البولي بروبلين على الخواص الفزيائية تأثير: ٣-٣ الجيدةعند مزجھا مع المطاط الطبيعي تھب بعض الخواص الميكانيكية والكيميائية الحراريةدائن اللمن المعروف ان ھذا العمل لوحظ تأثير مزج اللدائن الحرارية بنسب فيللمطاط منھا الصالدة والمقاومة الكيميائية للحوامض والقواعد. )45,30,15 phr (الخواص الميكانيكية في– ) الصالبة واالستطالة ،والمرونة ، معاملوكقوة الشد ، الفيزيائية . [19]واالنضغاطية) للمطاط الطبيعي ،ومعامل المرونة ،الخواص الميكانيكية كقوة الشد في) تأثير مزج المطاط الطبيعي مع البولي بروبلين ٣الشكل (يظھر عند زيادة محتوى البولي بروبلين لتصل الى اقصى قوة الشد ومعامل المرونة انخفاضلوحظ ، إذوالستطالة عند القطع محتوى زيادة عند اً بعدھا تنخفض تدريج ،) البولي بروبلينphr 15) من المطاط الطبيعي مع (phr) 85 لھا عند نسبة ةقيم تيجةن ، كما لوحظ من الشكل حصول زيادة في االستطالة عند القطع عند زيادة محتوى البولي بروبلينالبولي بروبلين التي انخفضت عند نقصان محتواه في تركيبة المزيج مما ادى الى مطاط الطبيعيالللطبيعة اللينة والمرنة التي يمتاز بھا سھم مزج البولي بروبلين مع المطاط في زيادة القوة والصالدة للمطاط أكما . [21,20] حصول انخفاض في قيم الخصائص ) من المطاط 55phrوالقيمة القصوى تتحقق عند مزج ( ى البولي بروبلين،د بزيادة محتولوحظ ان الصالدة تزدا إذالطبيعي نسبة استعمال ) من البولي بروبلين مما ادى الى حصول انخفاض في مجموعة االنضغاطية عند 45phrالطبيعي مع ( حاصل عند تطعيم المطاط بالبولي تقيد في حركة السالسل نتيجة للتشابك العرضي الالويعزى سبب ذلك الى فنسھا ، المزج .[21,16] بروبلين المطاط: انتفاخية في الحراريةالمالئات واللدائن تأثير :٤-٣ ) تأثير االنتفاخية في الخواص الميكانيكية للمطاط الطبيعي وللمزيج المتكون من المطاط ٤( من الشكل لوحظ ،أن امتصاصية المطاط لألسيتون يتناقص مع زيادة محتوى المالئاتو( ب) ) أ ( الطبيعي والبولي بروبلين، إذ يبين كل من النانوية،) للمالئات phr 6و( ) من اسود الكاربونphr 60واقل قيمة تم الحصول عليھا لدرجة االنتفاخية كانت عند ( لذلك يصبح من ،اط عند االنتفاخويعزى سبب ذلك الى التشابك العرضي الفيزيائي المتكون الذي يقيد من تمدد سالسل المط .[23,22,16]ة الصعوبة انتشار االسيتون بين فجوات المطاط مما حد من انتفاخ لوحظ ان االنتفاخية تتناقص كلما زاد محتوى الحرارية، إذمزائج المطاط مع اللدائن فياالنتفاخية تأثير) ج(كما يبين ،من بقية النسبه علي ھي) التي تكون عندھا درجة االنتفاخية اقل مما phr 45) الى ( phr 15اللدائن الحرارية من ( كبير على نحوٍ ساعدت وب المستعملة التيويعزى سبب ذلك الى التوافقية في المزج الحاصل بين المطاط واللدائن الحرارية وبذلك يكون ،المطاط بواسطةن بشدة من امتصاص االسيتو وبذلك حد ،في المطاط الموجودةغلق الفجوات او المسامات .[23] من بقية نسب المزج انتفاخيةمن اللدائن اقل (45phr)مع ) phr 55مزج المطاط بنسبة ( الكيمياء | 354 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ةمزائج المطاط المفلكن فيتأثر الزيت :٥-٣ مشكالت عدة منلذا تعاني ،في الكثير من االحيان تكون العديد من منتجات المطاط في اتصال مباشر مع الزيوت لذا اصبح من الضروري اجراء مثل ھكذا ة، اذا كانت تلك المنتجات رقيق وال سيمانتيجة المتصاصھا كمية من الزيت وفي ھذا االختبار غمرت النماذج المحضرة ، للتغيرات ةيمتلك مقاومالذي اختبار للحصول على انواع جديدة من المطاط ) . واظھرت النتائج المبينة في ةساع ٢٤) وتم متابعة الوزن كل ( c 070(حرارة الغرفة ودرجة ايام ) بدرجة ٤لمدة ( كما لوحظ ،) أن وزن النماذج يزداد عند درجة الحرارة المرتفعة مقارنة مع وزنھا بدرجة حرارة الغرفة6و 5,( الجدولين ) من اسود 60phr(نسبة عند ةنتفاخياالالمطاط تنخفض عند زيادة محتوى المالئات لتصل الى اقل قيمة لدرجة ةأن انتفاخي أن االنتفاخية تنخفض عند زيادة محتوى الى ) المالئات النانوية . كذلك تشير االرقام المبينة في الجداول6phrالكاربون و( كثافة التشابك العرضي الذي يزداد بزيادة محتوى ويعزى سبب ذلك الى ،) 45phr( ) الى (15phrاللدائن الحرارية من وھذا التشابك يحد او يقلل من تمدد سالسل المطاط مما يجعل صعوبة ، المالئات واللدائن الحرارية الممزوجة مع المطاط . [24,22]ة االنتفاخي في انتشار الزيت بين فجوات جزيئة المطاط مما يؤدي الى حصول انخفاض في درجة ةكبير مقاومة مزائج المطاط للحوامض : ٦-٣ االھمية القصوى في مقاومة مزائج المطاط للحوامض في حجم التغيرات التي تطرْا عليھا مع مرور تكمن . 26]، [25يكسبه ليونة ومرونة الذي كامتصاص المطاط لكمية من الحوامض الفيزيائيةالوقت ودرجة الحرارة والتغيرات واجري ،) hno4so2h ,3( من الحوامض اننوع استعملغمرھا في الحوامض وقد بوطبق ھذا االختبار على النماذج ھذا االختبار بطريقتين: ) بدرجة حرارة الغرفة . % 50 ,70بتركيز ( ةساع 96غمر النماذج لمدة .١ . c 070) بدرجة حرارة ,70 % 50بتركيز ( ةساع 96غمر النماذج لمدة .٢ حرارة الفي وزن المزائج عند درجة ن) الزيادة والنقصان الحاصال6،و5( ولينولوحظ من النتائج المبينة في الجد ) بتركيز hno4so2h ,3تنخفض عند غمرھا في حامضي ( اظھرت النتائج أن مقاومة المزائجإذ ، المبينةوالتراكيز المزائج المحضرة والمبينة تظھرھا وھذا يتوافق مع المقاومة الجيدة التي ،% 4.9بمقدار ال يتجاوز 96 لمدة (% 70,50) مزيج المطاط الطبيعي ، إذ أظھرعالية كلما زاد محتوى اللدائن الحرارية ةفي الجداول ، كما لوحظ أن المزائج تظھر مقاوم ويعزى سبب ذلك الى ،تجاه الحوامضا ةجيد ة) مقاومphr%45( ة ) مع اللدائن الحرارية بنسب phr %55( ةبنسب المقاومة العالية التي تمتلكھا اللدائن الحرارية تجاه الحوامض والقواعد. ويمكن ترتيب مقاومة مزائج المطاط للحوامض كا -: [27] آلتي nr/ pp (55/45) phr > nr/pp(70/30)phr >nr/ pp(85/15) phr المطاط للقواعد مقاومة مزائج: ٧-٣ ،%70) بتركيز kohغمرھا بھيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم ( بتم تطبيق ھذا االختبار على النماذج المحضرة واجري االختبار بطريقتين : بدرجة حرارة الغرفة .ة ساع 96غمر النماذج لمدة .١ . c 070بدرجة حرارة ةساع 96غمر النماذج لمدة .٢ في وزن مزائج المطاط عند درجة الحرارة ينالزيادة والنقصان الحاصل )6،و5( ينالنتائج المبينة في الجدولواظھرت اظھر مزيج ، إذعالية للقواعد كلما زاد محتوى اللدائن الحرارية ة، كما لوحظ أن المزائج تظھر مقاوم المبينةكيز اوالتر ويعزى سبب ذلك ،جيد تجاه القواعدة ) مقاومphr%45( ةرارية بنسب) مع اللدائن الح phr %55( ةالمطاط الطبيعي بنسب .[27]الى المقاومة العالية التي تمتلكھا اللدائن الحرارية تجاه الحوامض والقواعد nr/ pp (55/45) phr > nr/pp(70/30)phr >nr/ pp(85/15) phr الكيمياء | 355 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) dsc( يتحليل الحراري التفاضل: ال ٨-٣ ةاثناء تسخينھا وتبريدھا او عند درجة حرارفي يعبر ھذا النوع من التحليل عن كمية الطاقة الممتصة من العينة ووقت ثابت ليتم بعدھا تحديد درجة ة، ويتحقق ذلك عن طريق وضع العينة داخل جھاز القياس تحت درجة حرارة ثابت ةثابت ) . وطبق ھذا االختبار على النماذج المحضرة tcودرجة التبلور( ،) (tmدرجة االنصھار و) ، tgالتحول الزجاجي ( لدرجة ةوبينت النتائج ظھور قيمة واحد ،حصول مزج بين المطاط الطبيعي واللدائن الحرارية ةمن اجل التحقق من توافقي لعينة حضرت من مزج dscمنحني ل )٥الشكل ( يبينو. [29,28] في المزج ةعلى حصول توافقي ةدالل يزجاجالتحول ال ) tmواظھرت النتائج قيمة التحول الزجاجي ( ،) phr 15( ة ) مع البولي بروبلين بنسب85phr( ة المطاط الطبيعي بنسب ) مشيره الى حصول زيادة في تدفق درجة الحرارة وبعدھا يزداد معدل امتصاص العينة للحرارة الى أن c 045(للمزيج للحرارة وعن طريق متصاص العينةاثم يقل معدل ، تذوب تماماً ، إذ) c 0165) عند ( tmتصل الى درجة االنصھار ( ).c 0223وكانت ( ،) للمزيجtcدرجة التبلور ( المنحني عينت االستنتاج معامل المرونة ويمكن استخالص ان زيادة محتوى المالئات يحسن من الخصائص الميكانيكية للمطاط ( قوة الشد ، زيادة المحتوى الى انخفاض في االستطالة عند القطع واالنضغاطية والتقليل من امتصاص تؤدي والصالدة ) في حين ذيبات يتون )(الم ة ،االس ت دراس ا بين ة . كم ة االنتفاخي ي درج اض ف ول انخف الي حص أثيروبالت ي) pp( ت واص ف الخ ) 15phr) مع البولي بروبلين بنسبة ( 85phrأن نسبة مزج المطاط الطبيعي ( عنواسفرت ، الميكانيكية للمطاط الطبيعي تلك افضل مقاومة للمواد الكيميائية ( ) تم55/45phrبينت الدراسة أن نسبة مزج ( ، في حين شدال خصائص في افضل في درجة االنتفاخية . اً الحوامض ، والقواعد والزيوت ) وانخفاض المصادر 1. alaa, m. h.and balkees, m. d, (2013), study the physical properties of polymer blends reinforced by metal laminates and micro cotton powder, eng and tech.journale ,31(3). 49-65. 2. rafah, a. n, (2006), development of composite properties using unsaturated polyester with rubber phase, m.sc. thesis, the department of applied science , university of technology. iraq. 3. pimsuda, h, (2005) , improvement of adhesion between natural rubber and nitrile rubber by using adhesion promoter compound based on chlorosulfonated polyethylene and chlorinated natural rubber, m.sc. thesis. faculty of graduate studies mahidol university . malaysian 4. nagdi, k. (1993) rubber as an engineering material: guideline for user. 1 st ed. henser. plublisher. new york 5. waddell ,w.h and evans, l.r, (1996) , use of non black filler in tire compounds. rubber chem. technol.; 69: 377. 6. matthan, r.k, (1998), rubber engineering, mcgraw hill, new delhi, 7. ahmad, a. mohd ,d. h. and abdullah ,i. (2004). "mechanical properties of filled nr/lldpe blends", iranian polymer journal, 13 (3), 173-178. 8. gent,a. n., (1993), ''engineering with rubber; how to design rubber components'', hanser publisher, oxford university, 9. dai ,s.and kim, m. s., (2007). "reinforcement of rubbers by carbon black fillers modified by hydrocarbon decomposition", j. ind. eng. chem., 13 (7), (1162-1168) 10. mostafa ,a.; abouel-kasem, a. ;bayoumi, m. r. and. el-sebaie, m. g, (2009), "insight into the effect of cb loading on tension, compression, hardness and abrasion properties of sbr and nbr filled compounds", materials and design .30, (1785–1791) . 11. chuayjuljit ,s.; imvittaya, a.; na-ranong , n. and potiyaraj,p. (2002) . effects of particle size and amount of carbon black and calcium carbonate on curing characteristics and dynamic mechanical properties of natural rubber", journal of metals, materials and minerals. 12 (1) . 51-57. الكيمياء | 356 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 12. mitchell,  b. s., (2004) , "an introduction to materials engineering and science", copyright by john wiley & sons, inc.,. 13. karima, a. , liu, d.w. and amis, e.j. (2000) ," modification of the phase stability of polymer blends by fillers" , john polymer communication, 41( 23), 8455. 14 . callister, w. d. (2000), " materials science and engineering , an introduction " , john wiley and sons , inc., (20 liu 00). 15. kaufman, h. s. and falcetta, j. j, (1977)," introduction to polymer science and technology an spe textbook " , john wiley and sons . 16. saad , i. fayed,m. and abdel-bary, e. (2009) . "(effects of carbon black content on cure characteristics, mechanical properties and swelling behaviour of 80/20 nbr/ciir blend)", aerospace sciences & aviation technology,13,26-28. 17. arates ,t; leao , k ; tavares, m ; ferreire, a; longe, e and camargo, e, (2009),"(nmr study of styrenebutadiene rubber (sbr) and tio2 nanocomposites)", polymer testing, 28, 490-494. 18. lie, h. ; song , g. ; and gao, l . (2010) , "( study of nbr/pvc/ommt nano composites prepared by mechanical blending)" iranian polymer journal,19(1),39-46. 19. sritragool, k., (2010). "modification of rubber particle filled thermoplastic with high energy electrons, dissertation", chemnitz university of technology. 20. o. k and hashim , a . ;(2011), "( effect of polystyrene-modified natural rubber mo modified natural rubber as high molecular weight modifier in polypropylene based binary blends)", international journal of engineering & technology , 11(04),30-37 21. moonprasith, n ; suchiva , k. and tongcher, o. (2006) , "( blending in latex form of natural rubber and nitrile latices: a preliminary study of morphology and mechanical properties)", national metal and materials technology centeklong1, klong luang, pathumthani 12120 thailand 22. nassir,n .a . (2011) , "(studying the effect of nano carbon black particles on the properties of tire tread)", university of technology. iraq.  23. samsudin, s.a; hassan ,a ; mokhtar , m. and jamaluddin, s. s , ( 2006), chemical resistance evaluation of polystyrene/polypropylene blends: effect of blend compositions and sebs content, malaysian polymer journal ,1(1), p11-24 24. mutar , m.a. , (2003) ,"ebonite and hard resin rubber based on natural and synthetic rubbers", ph.d. thesis, college of education ibn al-haitham/ university of baghdad, iraq 25. brown, r.p,(1979) , physical testing of rubbers, applied science publishers, london. 26. dio, m . (1996), introduction to polymer physics, claredon press, oxford. 27. kostilev, v. v ; kortsa , a .b and bakanov, a .m, (1985), general technology of rubber, chemical publisher, moscow. 28. prabhakar, a; nair ; p and george, k . (2013) ,"(optimisation of clay and rubber content in polystyrene bas ed nanocomposite)", international journal of innovative research in science, engineering and technology,2(8),4082-4089 29. kim , k. r. and park ,c. e. , (1993), "influence of microstructure on dynamic mechanical behaviour of polymeric composites with complex inclusions " , journal of applied polymer science ", 47( 2) , (552-558) . الكيمياء | 357 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 )isaf 220): مكونات العجنة بوجود اسود الكاربون نوع ( ١(رقم جدول ٦العجنة ٥العجنة ٤العجنة ٣العجنة ٢العجنة ١العجنة المكونات 100 100 100100100100 المطاط الطبيعي 5 5 5 555 ثنائي اوكسيد الزنك 2 2 22 22 حامض الستياريك 6ppd 1 111 1 1 10203040 50 60(isafn220)اسود الكاربون 5 5 555 5 زيت العمليات (mbts) 11 1`1 1 1 (tmtd) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.5 2.5 2.52.52.52.5 الكبريت ) : مكونات العجنة بوجود ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوية٢(رقم جدول ٦العجنة ٥العجنة ٤العجنة ٣العجنة ٢العجنة ١العجنة المكونات 100 100 100100100100 المطاط الطبيعي 5 5 5 555 ثنائي اوكسيد الزنك 2 2 22 22 حامض الستياريك 6ppd 1 111 1 1 6 5 1234ثنائي أوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوية 5 5 555 5 زيت العمليات (mbts) 11 1`1 1 1 (tmtd) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.5 2.5 2.52.52.52.5 الكبريت )isaf): مكونات العجنة مزج المطاط الطبيعي مع البولي بروبلين بوجود كاربون نوع (٣( رقم جدول ٣العجنة ٢العجنة ١العجنة المكونات 55 8570 المطاط الطبيعي 45 30 15 البولي بروبلين 5 55 ثنائي اوكسيد الزنك 2 22 حامض الستياريك 6ppd 1 1 1 5050 50(isafn220)اسود الكاربون 5 5 5 زيت العمليات (mbts) 11 1` (tmtd) 0.10.1 0.1 2.5 2.52.5 الكبريت الكيمياء | 358 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ): مكونات العجنة مزج المطاط الطبيعي مع البولي بروبلين بوجود ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوي٤( رقم جدول ٣العجنة ٢العجنة ١العجنة المكونات 55 8570 المطاط الطبيعي 45 30 15 البولي بروبلين 5 55 ثنائي اوكسيد الزنك 2 22 حامض الستياريك 6ppd 1 1 1 5 55ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوية 5 5 5 زيت العمليات (mbts) 11 1` (tmtd) 0.10.1 0.1 2.5 2.52.5 الكبريت بواسطة اسود الكاربون ةالمعزز nr/ppالخصائص الميكانيكية فيالحوامض ، القواعد والزيت تأثير):٥(رقم جدول )isaf( بواسطة ثنائي أوكسيد ةالمعزز nr/ppالخصائص الميكانيكية فيالحوامض ، القواعد والزيت تأثير:) ٦( رقم جدول النانويةالتيتانيوم recipes (pphr) temperature oc change in weight of tested sample % in h2so4 70% h2so4 50% hno3 50% hno3 70% koh 70% oil 15 rt -0.16 -0.18 -0.14 -0.12 +0.35 +0.33 oc -0.14 -0.17 -0.17 -0.10 +0.38 +0.39 30 rt +0. 24 +0. 23 -0.19 -0.13 +0.37 +0.28 oc +0. 25 +0. 26 -0.16 -0.11 +0.33 +0.31 45 rt +0. 25 +0. 27 +0.25 +0.21 +0.28 +0.22 oc +0. 29 +0. 31 +0.28 +0.23 +0.24 +0.25 recipes (pphr) temperatur e oc change in weight of tested sample % in h2so4 70% h2so4 50% hno3 50% hno3 70% koh 70% oil 15 rt -0.14 -0.17 -0.13 -0.11 +0.54 +1.23 oc -0.17 -0.16 -0.17 -0.12 +0.59 +1.25 30 rt +0. 23 +0. 22 -0.17 -0.15 +0.45 +0.85 oc +0. 25 +0. 24 -0.19 -0.13 +0.43 +0.92 45 rt +0. 27 +0. 29 +0.23 +0.22 +033 +0.55 oc +0. 29 +0. 34 +0.27 +0.25 +0.37 +0.74 الكيمياء | 359 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 قوة الشدأ): ١( االستطالةج) : ١( معامل المرونةب): ١( الصالدةد) : ١( االنضغاطية): ھـ ١( الخصائص الميكانيكية للمطاط الطبيعي في) isafn220محتوى اسود الكاربون ( تأثير) : ١( رقم الشكل 0 1 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 نة رو لم ل ا ام مع محتوى اسود الكاربون 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 دة ال ص ال محتوى اسود الكاربون 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 2 4 6 ية ط غا ض الن ا محتوى اسود الكاربون 0 200 400 600 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 لة طا ست اال محتوى اسود الكاربون 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 شد ال وة ق محتوى اسود الكاربون الكيمياء | 360 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 (قوة الشد) ( االستطالة) (معامل المرونة) ( الصالدة) (االنضغاطية) الخصائص الميكانيكية للمطاط الطبيعي في النانوية) : تأثير محتوى ثنائي أوكسيد التيتانيوم ٢( رقم الشكل 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0 2 4 6 ة8 ون مر ال مل عا م محتوى ثنائي أوكسيد التيتانيوم 0 1 2 3 4 0 2 4 6 8 ية ط غا ض الن ا محتوى ثنائي أوكسيد التيتانيوم 0 10 20 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 الة ص اال محتوى ثنائي أوكسيد التيتانيوم 0 2 4 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 شد ال وة ق محتوى ثنائي اوكسيد التيتانيوم 400 420 440 460 480 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 لة طا ست اال محتوى ثنائي أوكسيد التيتانيوم الكيمياء | 361 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 (قوة الشد) (معامل المرونة) (االستطالة) ( االنضغاطية)(الصالدة ) الخصائص الميكانيكية للمطاط الطبيعي. في) : تأثير محتوى البولي بروبلين ٣( رقم الشكل 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 15 30 45 60 نة رو لم ل ا ام مع محتوى البولي بروبلين 0 0.5 1 1.5 0 15 30 45 60 ية ط غا ض الن ا محتوى البولي بروبلين 0 20 40 60 80 0 15 30 45 60 دة ال ص ال محتوى البولي بروبلين 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 15 30 45 60 شد ال وة ق محتوى البولي بروبلين 0 100 200 300 400 0 15 30 45 60 لة طا ست اال محتوى البولي بروبلين الكيمياء | 362 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 انتفاخية المطاط الطبيعي بوجود كاربون نوع (أ) : ) 2tioانتفاخية المطاط الطبيعي بوجود ((ب) : )isaf( nr/ppانتفاخية (ج) : ) بوجود اسود الكاربون وثنائي أوكسيد nr/pp, nrالخواص الميكانيكية ( فياالنتفاخية تأثير) : ٤( رقم الشكل النانويةالتيتانيوم nr/pp لمزيج dsc يمثل منحني :( ٥( رقم الشكل 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ية خ فا نت اال ة ج در محتوى ثنائي أوكسيد التيتانيوم النانوي 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 15 30 45 60 ية خ فا نت اال ة ج در محتوى البولي بروبلين 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ية خ فا نت اال ة ج در (isaf )محتوى اسود الكاربون الكيمياء | 363 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 study the effect of fillers and thermoplastics content in the mechanical properties of natural rubber vulcanized mohammed a. muter qusay k. mugar dept. of chemistry/ college of education/ university of al-qadisyia received in: 16 november 2014, accepted in: 21 december 2014 abstract in this research, the mechanical properties of natural rubber blends in different proportions (70:30, 85:15, 100: 0 55:45 and phr) was studied through the use of two types of fillers (carbon black and titanium dioxide nano) which show through tests conducted on the prepared models that increase fillers content which leads to improve the tensile properties (tensile strength, elastic modulus, elongation, hardness and compressibility). as shown by the results that the presence of polypropylene (pp) in the mix combination works to reduce the degree of intumescent and increase its content in the composition of mixtures which leads to get a great resistance to chemicals (acids, bases and oils). key words: (natural rubber, natural rubber blend, fillers, mechanical properties). 17062012114056_005 17062012114056_006 17062012114056_007 17062012114057 17062012114057_001 17062012114057_002 17062012114057_003 17062012114057_004 17062012114057_005 17062012114057_006 17062012114057_007 chemistry 294 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 synthesis and characterization of some mixed-ligand complexes containing n-acetyl tryptophan and (2, 2′-bipyridine) with some metal salts b. m. sarhan, t.a. hamdan ،b. z. naema department of chemistry, education college ibnal-haitham, university of baghdad *teacher training institutes, ministry of education received in : 15 february accepted in : 17june 2012 abstract some metal ions (mn+2, fe+2 ,co+2,ni+2 ,cu+2, cd+2 and hg+2) complexes of n-acetyl tryptophan( acetrph) and (2, 2′-bipyridine) (2, 2′-bipy)have been synthesized and then characterized on the basis of their ft-ir, uv-vis spectroscopy, magneticsuscptibity conductivity measurements and atomic absorption;from the results obtained and the propsed molecular structure for these complexes as octahedral geometry,the following general formula has been given for the prepared complexes. [m+n(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)]. where m= mn+2, fe+2 ,co+2,ni+2 ,cu+2, cd+2 ,hg+2 (acetrp)=ligand ion(n-acetyl tryptophan) (2, 2′-bipy) = 2,2′-bipyridine key word: n-acetyl tryptophan, 2,2′-bipyridine, complexes. introduction complexes of amino acids present important pharmacological interest as several of them show a wide spectrum of effects, including anti-inflammatory, antiulcer, anti convulsant and even anti-tumoral activity [1-5]α-amino acids form stable five –member chelate complexes with transition metal ions and this complexation has found an application in selective complexing agents based on amino carbon acids[6].some transition metal complexes of nacetyl tryptophan have been synthesized and characterized[7]and synthesis and characterized complexes of fe(ii) and u (iii) with2, 2′-bipyridine[8,9] also mixed ligand complexes of zn(ii) and cd(ii) containing ceftriaxone and amino acids as glycine, proline and methionin have been synthesized and characterized[10].we have invistigated in this paper,the preparation and properties of some metal ion complexes with n-acetyl tryptophan and amine adduct 2,2′-bipyridine. experimental materials and measurements metals salt (mncl2.4h2o, feso4.7h2o, cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, cdcl2.h2o and hgcl2) were obtained from fluka,merk in high purity while ligand (n-acetyl tryptophan) and(2,2′-bipyridine)were obtained form (b.d.h.). conductivity measuremeants were carried out using philips pw.digitalmeter .the ftir spectra in the region(4000-200)cm-1 were recorded using (shimadzu,ftir-8300).infrared spectrophotometer as cesium-iodid disc. the uv-vis. specrtra were recorded using (shimadzu uv-vis 160a), uv-vis spectrophotometer in dimethylform amide solution(10-3),metal contents chemistry 295 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption technique using (shimadzu aa6806),atomic absorption spectrophotometer the magnetic moments (µeff.b.m.) were calculated on farday method by using(magnetic susecptipility balance) model msb-mkt measurements carrietedout at college of science alnahrain university melting point were determined using stuart-melting point apparatus. general method for the synthesis a) n-acetyl tryptophan( acetrph) was derprotenated according to following reaction: n c h c h c o o h nh c o ch3 h + koh n c h2c h c o o k nh c o ch3 + h2o ethanol 1 syn thesis of complexes : an aqueous solution of metal salt (0.5g)(2mmole)of the ligand(actrp)dissolved in (20 ml) of ethanol containing(0.12g)(2mmole) of koh,solution of (1mmole) metal salt contains(0.198g, 0.28g, 0.24g, 0.24g, 0.17g, 0.14g, 0.20g and 0.27g) of mncl2 .4h2o, feso4.7h2o, cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl22h2o, zncl2, cdcl2.h2o and hgcl2)respectivel in ethanol was added drop wise to mixture. the mixture was stirred for an hour at room temperature,complexes were separated by adding solution of the (2,2′-bipy) (0.16g,1mmole) in ethanol and by treating the solution with diethylether until complete precipitation. the precipitation were crystallized form ethanol and dried at(50ºc). result and discussion the isolated complexes were crystalline solids soluble in some of common solvents such as dimethylformamide (dmf),dimethyl sulphoxide (dmso) they are relatively thermally stable. the conductivity measurements in dmf indicated the non-electrolyte their behavior, table(1) includes the physical properties the analytical data confirmed the (1:2:1)(metal:(acetrp):( 2,2′-bipy))composition of the complexes.the magnetic measurements(µeff b:m) for the complexes are also listed in table(1). spectral studies table (2) describes the important absorptions and assignments for the free ligands and its complexes. the spectrum of free ligands the infrared spectrum of ligand (acetrph) fig(2). exhibited a strong band at(3360)cm-1 assigned to the υ(nh),while another strong absorption band at (1720)cm-1 appeared could be explained as (oco)asym where the (oco )sym was noticed at (1240) cm-1 [11-13]the spectrum of free (2, 2′-bipy) showed band observed at (1581)cm-1 was assigned to υ (c=n) [14] . the spectra of complexes exhibited a marked difference fig(3) the absorption band belonging to the stretching vibration of υ(nh) of the amine group have been found in the range between(34003450)cm-1 shifted to higher frequencies by (90-40)cm-1 suggesting the possibility of the coordination of ligand (acetrp) through the nitrogen atom at amine group[15] .absorption assigned for (oco)sym was noticed at the range (1415-1365)cm-1shifted to higher position by(125-175)cm-1 while the band caused by (oco)asym appeared between (1574-1650)cm-1 chemistry 296 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 shifted to lower frequencies by (146-70)cm-1which indicates the coordination of the carboxylic group to metal ion[16-17] the stretching vibration band υ(c=n) has been found in the range(1550-1427)cm-1 shifted to lower frequency by (154-31)cm-1which means that the nitrogen atom of (2, 2′-bipy) was involved in the coordination[18] metal-nitrogen and metal-oxygen bands were further confirmed by the presence of the stretching vibration of υ(m-n)and υ(m-o) around (410655)cm-1and (308-472)cm-1 respectively. electronic spectra free ligands (acetrph) and (2, 2′-bipy) bands of maximum absorptions and assignments related to the ligands its complexes are listed in table(3).the ligand fig(3) exhibited an absorption band in(uv) region at wave number(33500)cm-1which may be attributed to(π→π*) transition. other band of low intensity appeared at(25641)cm-1was expressed at the(n→π*),free(2, 2′-bipy) showed absorption bands at(42553)cm-1 and (35461)cm-1which have been assigned as (π→π*) and (n→π*) transitions respectively[19]. -[mn(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] (d5) the yellow complex spectrum showed two absorption at(34013)cm-1and (27173)cm1which may be attributed to (ct)and [20] 6a1g→4t2g(d) transitions respectively .the observed magnetic moment value mn(ii) complexe is (5.76)b.m. which is the predicted highspin value for an octahedral mn(ii) complex. -[fe(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] (d6) the spectrum of the red complex showed two absorptions have been noticed at (34013)cm-1and (14409)cm-1which may be attributed to (ct)and 5t2g→5eg transitions respectively[21]the magnetic moment value (5.45)b.m for fe(ii) complex in the range of octahedral. -[co(acetrp)2 (2, 2′-bipy)] (d3) the spectrum of violet complex fig(4) exhibited the following bands at(33444)cm1(27397)cm-1,(13422)cm-1 and (10172)cm-1which have been assigned as (c.t.),4t1g →4t1g(p) , 4t1g→4a2g and 4t1g→4t2g respective and(b′) found to be (686.86) and β′ = comes out to be (0.71) [22]which indicates prence covalent band in the complex, and the magnetic moment value for co(ii) complex is (4.57) b.m confirmed the aforementioned geometry. -[ni(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] (d8) the spectrum of green complex exhibited the following absorptions at(34013)cm-1 (25641)cm-1 (17094)cm-1and(12626)cm-1which have been assigned as(c.t.) 3a2g→3t1g(p), 3a2g→3t1g(f) and 3a2g→3t2g respectively and(b′) found to be(323.8)cm-1 and β′= comes out to be (0.31) [23-24]which indicates dicates prence covalent band in the complex and the magneticmoment. -[cu(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] (d9) the spectrum of green complex gave two bands at (33444)cm-1and (15243)cm-1 which may be attributed to (c.t.) and 5eg→2 t2g transitions respectively[25-26]and magnetic moment for cu(ii) complex is (1.78b.m confirmed the aforementioned geometry. -the white complexes[zn(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)], [cd(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] and [hg(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] (d10) confirms the absence of any(d→d) transition[27-28] . according to spectral data as well as those obtained from elemental analyses, the chemical structure of the complexes may be suggested as octahederal for [m(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] m+2 = ( mn, fe, co, ni, cu, cd, hg) acetrp=n-acetyl tryptophan 2, 2′-bipy= 2, 2′-bipyridine chemistry 297 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 references 1. sorenson, j.r.j. (1976) " copper chelates as possible active forms of the antiarthritic agents" j. med. chem., 19: 135–148 2. sorenson, j.r.j. (1982) "metal ions in biological systems"m.dekker, newyork:14:77124. 3. baran, e.j. (1985) "evaluation of superoxide dismutate-like activity in some copper(ii) complexes of aminoacids ",acta farm.bonaerense 4 :125-23 4. farrel, n.(1989) "transition metal complexes as drugs and chemo tberapeutic agents " kluwev, dordrecht. 5. atilio, i.; anzellotti, m. s. and nichotas, f. (2006) "covalent and noncovalent inter actions for [metal(dien) nucleobase]+2complexes with l-tryptophane derivatives: formation of palladiumtryptophane species by nucleobase substitution under biologically relevant conditions" inorg.chem. 45(4): 1638-1645. 6. vandyshev,v.n.; ledenkov,s.f. (2009) " acid-base complexation properties mixtures" russian journal of physical chemistry, 83:12. 7. al-hashimi, s.m.; sarhan, b.m. and salman, a.w. (2002) "synthesis and characterization of complexes of n-acetyl-dltryptophane with some metal ions" j.iraqi chem. soc. 28(1): 8. heilmann,j. ; lerner, h.w. and bolte,m. (2006) "tris((2, 2′-bipyridyl)iron(ii) dibromide, 4, 5-hydrate", acta cryst;b2,1477-1478. 9. maria, a. ;antunest,laura c.j.pereirat, isabel,c.santast, mazzanti,joaquim marcalot and manual almeida,(2011),"[u(tpme2)2(bipy)];acationic uranium(iii) complex with singlemoleculemagnet behaviol"50(20): 9915-9917. 10. el-said, a. i.; aly,a. a. m. ; meligy ,m. s. and ibrahim ,m. a. (2009) "mixed ligand zink(ii) and cadiumum(ii) complexes containing ceftriaxone or cephradine antibiotic and different donors" journal of the argentine chemical society :97,no (2),149-165. 11. jackovitz, j.f.;durkin,j.f. and walter, j.l.,(1967)," infrared absorption spectra of metal-amino acid complexes—vi. the infrared spectra and normal vibrations of metal-alanine chelat "spectrochimica acta;23a:67-80. 12. herlinger a.w. and long,t.v.,(1970),"laser-raman and infrared spectra of amino acids and their metal complexes",j.am.chem.soc.29:6481-6486. 13. pearson,j.f. and slifkin, m.a,(1972) "synthesis of akaolinite-ploy(b-alanine) intercolation compound spectro" chem. acta; 28a:2403. 14. green wood, n.n. and wade,k.(1960) "spectral and electrochemical study of coorination molecules cu4ox6l4:3-methyl pyridine and 4-methylpyridine cu4obrncl (6-n) l4 complexes" j.chem.;soc., 4:1130. 15. battaglia, l.p.; bonamartini,c.a.; macrotrigiano,g .;menabuc,l. and pellacani, g.c. (1980) "synthesis and spectroscopic and structural properties of bis(n-acetyl-dltrytophanato copper(li )complex and its amine adducts" j.am. chem. soc. 10:26632669. 16. kothar, m. and busch, d.h. (1996) "photochemistry of cobalt(lil) complexes containing asulfinate-s ligand";inorg. chem., 8:2276. 17. nakomoto,k. and kieft, j.a. (1967) "infrared spectral of some platinum(li)glycine complexes",j. inorg. nucl.chem. 29:2561-2568. 18. nakomoto, k. (1963) "infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds" wiely, new ork 19. nichllis, d. (1979) "complexe and first-row transition elements".macmiloian chemistry, text,6(4):146. chemistry 298 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 20. heidt, l.f.; koster, g.f. and johnson, a.m. (1958) "absorption spectrum of managanes(li) diethylene triamine complexes", j.am.chem. soc., 80:6471. 21. sutton, d. (1968) "electronic spectra of transition metalcomplexes" mcgraw-hill publishing,company ltd. 22. lever, a.b. (1968) "coordination chem.rev."pergament press oxford, london,3:119. 23. jorgensen,c.k. (1963) "synthesis, characterization and anti bacterial activity of mn(li), co(li), ni(li) and cu(li) complexes of u-carboxaldelyda penyl hydrazone-1phenyl-3-methyl-2-pyrazoline -5-one"advan.chem. phys,5(33):22. 24. juran, n.;periesiuk ,b.; monojloricl, niktic ,s.r.; and cleap, m.b. (1990) " nitrogen15 nmr coordination shifts of β-alanine and glycine in cobalt(iii) complexes".inorg.chem;29:1491-1495. 25. al-hashimi, s.m.; sarhan, b.m. and alwan, a. y. (2005) "synthesis and characterization of same mixedligand complexes contananing -nacetyl glycine and pyridine with some metal ions" ibn-alhaitham j. for pure and appl.sci.(4)18. 26. walton, r. (1967)" synthesis and dynamic nmr studies of fluxionality in palladium(ii) and platinum(ii) complexes of 2,4,6,-tris(2-pyridyl)-1,3,5-triazine (tpt) and 2,4,6-tris(2-pyridyl)-pyrimidine (tpp);inorg. chem. 10: 257-268. 27. g.marcotrigiano,l.; menabu, p. and saladini, m. (1979),"structures of bis(uamino pyridinium)tetrachloro cuprate(ii) mono hydrate"inorganic chimica acta. 32:149-155 28. huheey, j.e. (1983) "inorganic chemistry, principles of structure and reactivity"3rd edition, harper international si edition; maryland. chemistry 299 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1) physical properties of the complexes complexes color dec.ºc or m.p. m% calculate (found) molar conductivity (ohm-1.cm-2mol-1) in dmf 10-3m meff (b.m.) acetrph(ligand) white 206-204ºc 1 2, 2′-bipy(ligand) white 73-70ºc 2 [mn(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] yellow 220ºd 7.82 (6.85) 3 5.76 [fe(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] red 225ºd 7.94 (8.68) 3 5.45 [co(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] violet 226ºd 8.35 (7.87) 8 4.57 [ni(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] green 210ºd 8.32 (8.01) 9 3.25 [cu(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] green 180ºd 8.94 (7.52) 3 1.78 [zn(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] white 224ºd 9.18 (8.26) 4 0 [cd(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] white 296ºd 14.8 (13.72) 3 0 [hg(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] white 234ºd 23.67 (22.89) 3 0 table (2) the characteristic infrared of (acetrph),( 2, 2′-bipy) and its metal complexes complexes υ(c=n) (2,2'bipy) υ(nh:) υ(coo-)asy υ(oco-)sym υ(m-n) υ(mo) acetrph (ligand) 3360 1720(s) 1240 2,2'-bipy( ligand) 1581 [mn(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 1550(w) 3450(b) 1600(s) 1410(w) 410(v.w.) 370(w) [fe(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 1427(s) 3402(b.) 1604(m) 1365(w) 563(m) 324(m) [co(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 1450(m) 3400(sh,) 1620(s) 1401(m) 486 472 [ni(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 1490(w) 3409(b) 1650(b) 1404(b) 655 378 [cu(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 1490(w) 3410(b) 1574(b) 1405(m) 578 425 [zn(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 1442(m) 3409(b) 1604(s) 1396(m) 563 424, [cd(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 1490(w) 3410(b) 1610(s) 1410(s) 410(w) 308 [hg(acetrp)2(2,2'bipy)] 1525(v.w,) 3410(b) 1610(s) 1415(s) 610(w) 401 s=strong, b= broad, m= middle, w= weak, s.b.= strong brod chemistry 300 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table(3) :the electronic spectra for the free ligand (acetrph),( 2, 2′-bipy) and its complexes in dmf(10-3)m complexes גmax(nm) wave number (cm-1) є max l.mo1-1.cm-1 remarks acetrph (ligand) 298.5 390 33500 25641 2439 13 *π→π n→π* 2,2'-bipy( ligand) 235 282 42553 35461 2950 3675 *π→π n→π* [mn(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 294 368 34013 27173 1983 351 c.t. 6a1g→4t2g(d) [fe(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 294 694 34013 14409 1858 5 c.t. 5t2g→5eg [co(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 299 365 745 983 33444 27397 13422 10172 2312 774 12 11 c.t. 4t1g→4t1 g (p) 4t1g→4a2 g (f) 4t1g→4t2 g (f) [ni(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 294 390 585 792 34013 25641 17094 12626 1819 89 50 12 c.t. 3a2g→3t1 g (p) 3a2g→3t1 g (f) 3a2g→3t2 g (f) [cu(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 299 656 33444 15243 2254 107 c.t. 2eg→2t2g [zn(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 294 34013 1794 c.t. [cd(acetrp)2(2,2'-bipy)] 297 33670 1545 c.t. [hg(acetrp)2(2,2'bipy)] 294 34013 1858 c.t. fig.(1):general structure of complexes n o o m n n n acetrp a ce tr p chemistry 301 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 2):ft-ir spectrum of ligand fig.(3) :ft-ir spectrum of [zn(acertp)2(2,2′-bipy)] chemistry 302 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(4):uv-vis spectrum of ligand n-acetyl tryptophan fig.(5): uv-vis spectrum of complex [co(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)] chemistry 303 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 n –تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات الفلزية مع ليكاندات مختلطة من 2,2'bipyridin تربتوفان و استيل ن نعمةتقي الدين حمدان ، *بان زيدا باسمة محسن سرحان، جامعة بغداد ,ابن الهيثم -كلية التربية ,قسم الكيمياء **معهد اعداد المعلمات / وزارة التربية 2012حزيران 17قبل البحث في: 2012شباط 15استلم البحث في : الخالصـــــــــة bipy'2,2فان واستيل تربتو-nبعض المعقدات الفلزية التي تحتوي على ليكاندات مختلطة للمشتق توشخصت حضر والتوصيلية الموالرية ،واالشعة فوق البنفسجية ) ،هذه المعقدات بالطرائق الطيفية(االشعة تحت الحمراء ت،وقد درس ومن نتائج هذه الدراسات التشخيصية اقترح شكل ثماني .والخاصية المغناطيسية وحساب النسبة المئوية للفلز في المعقد ، تي :يأامما تم التوصل الى الصيغه العامة للمعقدات وكالسطوح للمعقدات المحضرة ك [m+n(acetrp)2(2, 2′-bipy)]. hg+2 , cd+2, cu+2, ni+2 , co+2, fe+2 , mn+2=m اذ (n-acetyl tryptophan) الليكاند االيوني = (acetrp) 2,2′-bipyridine = (2, 2′-bipy) داي برديل ، المعقدات . -2,′2تربتوفان ، استيل -n: ةالكلمات المفتاحي 160 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 n3/tio2 لحسابات النظرية لثابت االنتقال االليكتروني عبر سطح ا والصبغة المستضاءه للخلية الشمسية ، جابر شاكر حميد الخاقاني هادي جبار مجبل العكيلي جامعة بغداد ¡ابن الهيثم–كلية التربية قسم الفيزياء ، الجامعة المستنصرية قسم الفيزياء، كلية التربية، 2011تشرين االول 18قبل البحث في 2011حزيران 21لبحث في استلم ا الخالصة النواع من المذيبات حسبت دالة لطاقة tio2معدل االنتقال االلكتروني من الصبغة المستضاءة الى شبة الموصل وصل .إعادة االلتحام والطاقة الحرة للفعالة وحجم شبه الموصل وثابت التوهين ثابت الشبيكه لشبه الم االعتماد القوي لثابت معدل االنتقال االليكتروني على طاقة إعادة الترتيب والطاقة الحرة الفعالة. نتائج الحسابات تدل على المستضاءه في الخلية الشمسية اظهرت نتائج حساباتنا تطابقا n3متاح لالستعمال مع الصبغة 2tioان شبه الموصل جيدا مع النتائج العملية. ،طاقة اعادة االلتحام. tio2 ،شبه الموصلn3:معدل االنتقال االلكتروني،الصبغة المستضاءة ات المفتاحيةالكلم theoretical calculations of rate constant of electron transfer across n3/tio2 sensitized dye interface solar cell h.j.m, al-agealy, j. s. h. al-hakany department of physics,college of education –ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad department of physics –college of education, university of al-mustansirua received in: 21 june 2011, accepted in: 18 october 2011 161 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 abstract the rate of electron transfer from n3 sensitized by dye to tio2 semiconductor in variety solvent have been calculated as a function of reorientation energy effective free energy , volume of semiconductor , attenuation and lattice constant of semiconductor . a very strong dependence of the electron transfer rate constant on the reorientation and effective free energy .results of calculation indicate that tio2 is available to use with n3 dye .our calculation results show that a good agreement with experimental result. key world :the rate of electron transfer, n3dye sensitized, tio2 semiconductor, reorientation energy. introduction the increase of the world's population combined with the growth per capita of energy consumption are expected to bring an explosive rise in energy consumption . to solve these problems , one need to save energy , increase the efficiency of equipment's transforming energy and develop the use of new sources of energy – solar energy is attracting a great deal of attention because it is a clean energy source and will not be depleted[1] . for more than 16 years dye sensitized solar cells (dssc) have been under extensive research since the (dssc) are especially attractive building integrated photovoltaic cell .the cell concept is believed to reduce the production costs and energy pay back time significantly compared to standard silicon cells or other thin film cells [2]. the modern dye technological advancement is almost entirely dependent on the semiconductor devices .the application of the semiconductor devices fabrication commonly requires that defect would be introduced in the semiconductor lattice intentionally during processing stage [3]. the first silicon solar cell with practical energy conversion efficiency appeared in1950 until to 1990s produced cell with efficiency 24%[4]. electron transfer processes play a key role in dye sensitized semiconductor solar cells devices work .in this paper we studied these electron transfer process through the calculation of rate constant of et processes depending on a quantum theory. in contrast, the transfer across molecular/ bulk interfaces has gained attention only recently and is poorly understood. these interfaces play a key role in many emerging fields, creating a need for a better theoretical treatment of the interfacial electron transfer [5]. photo induced et at molecular/bulk interfaces is the primary step in many solar energy–conversion devices because it creates free-charge carriers on the absorption of a photon. increased concerns with energy sources have prompted researchers to propose and test a great variety of these novel photovoltaic designs. examples include dye-sensitized semiconductor solar cells [6]. 162 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 a dye coupled to semiconductor is an excellent model for processes that occur in the above fields. this system represents one of the best-studied photovoltaic devices, the dye-sensitized semiconductor solar cell, or organic dye molecules that are adsorbed to a nanocrystalline tio2 (7). visible light excites the dye-sensitize molecules from the ground state, which is located energetically in the semiconductor band gap, to an excited state resonant with thetio2 conduction band (cb) . the electron is then transferred to the semiconductor on an ultrafast timescale. it travels through the semiconductor to one of the electrodes, carries a load while makingits way to the other electrode, and then enters an electrolyte that brings it back to the chromospheres ground state[8].in this paper we can studies the electron transfer in n3 sensitized dye tio2 semiconductor solar cell system. the chemical structure of n3dye sensitized is shown in figure(1)[9]. theory for the system dye – sensitized semiconductor solar cell setting is that introducing the donor state vector l and acceptor state vector l on solution side perturbs the energy between the electrode of semiconductor and molecule in solution and electron can tunnel to the acceptor state . model hamiltonians is used to describe the interfacial electron transfer dynamics is given by. …………………….(1) where describes the sum of hamiltonians for the molecules of dye state , and the hamiltonian for the semiconductor state that is given by . the rate constant for electron transfer of the molecule dye acceptor relation to the semiconductor donor in solar cells can then be further written as [10] = ………….. (2) for dye sensitized semiconductor solar cells devices where several electron transfer processes play a key role in dye sensitized solar cell ,and it can be outlined as follows [11]. the adsorbed sensitized molecules (s) are brought into their excited state by photon absorption |(semiconductor )+ h | semiconductor (photo excited )..(3) electron injection dynamics from the electronically excited state of dye in conduction band of semiconductor with rate constant |(semiconductor ) |semiconductor + e-cb (semiconductor ) ..(4) the excited sensitized ( ) is relaxation to the ground state . |(semiconductor ) s | semiconductor + h ………(5) the oxidized sensitized in its ground state is rapidly reduced by ions solution (regeneration) 163 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 |(semiconductor )+ s | semiconductor + regeneration ..(6) the probability reduced to the boltzmann's equation where a change transfer from dye molecule sensitized ( donor state ) to acceptor semiconductor state , one need to integrate over all occupied state for [12] = …… (7) the free energy of reaction is related to by [13]. = …………………..(8) and substituting = )[13],in eq(8),results. = ( ) – = ( ) ……………. (9) inserting eq (9) in (7) we gate = where[15]. the coupling by coefficient matrix element is estimated by using [10]. =………………………(12) where is the decay constant , is the lattice constant , is the factor multiplying and is the energy of state k solving integral integrate equation to get . [ +2( ) + ] ……………………(13) simplified to = (0) such that (0)= [ +2( ) + ]… …………..(15) where v is the volume of semiconductor attenuation parameter, a is the lattice parameter ,ħ is the planck constant, is the boltzmann's constant and is the temperature ,λ the reorientation energy and ,the effective free energy(driving force) given by [16]. 164 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 where , is planck constant, is the frequency, c is the velocity of light and is the reorientation energy. the reorientation energy arises from the reorientation of the charge in the medium .its magnitude is dependent on the radius of the molecular donor and acceptor site, on its distance (d) from the semiconductor , and on the dielectric properties of the molecule dye, the semiconductor , and the medium solvent .for electron transfer between reactant molecule dye and semiconductor , the medium reorientation energy is [17]. = [ ( )( )] (17) where = the difference in energy in donor and acceptor ,r is the radius of molecule dye, d is the distance between dye and semiconductor , , are the optical and statistical dielectric constant and and are the optical and statistical dielectric constant for semiconductor. results the theoretical calculation reported here where performed on using quantum model,and first order perturbations theory .the electron transfer rate was calculated for interface from a photo excited state molecular n3 sensitized dye to conduction band of tio2 semiconductor depending on estimated the reorientation energy,driving force(free energy), hight barer,coupling overlap between tio2 state and excited state molecular n3 sensitized dye. one can be used the expression in eq(17) to calculate the reorientation energy for tio2/n3 system with nine variety solvent .inserting the values of optical ,and static dielectric constant for solvent from table [1], and =2.488 , =86 [13] for tio2semiconductor . r n3=6.5 [22],and d=. r n3+1a o,results are summarized in table(2). next we are using eq.(17) to calculate the effective free energy (driving force),with taking the wave length of absorption light for n3 spectral(5001000)nm,and h=6.626×10-34 j.sec,c=3×108m/sec. the results obtained are summarized in table [3], parameters to calculate the rate of electron transfer is volume of tio2 semiconductor that calculated using by v=a.b.c where a=b=4.570ao,and c=2.989 ao[13],for tio2 semiconductor. result of volume of unit cell for v tio2 =6.26424×10 -29m3. for the dye/ semiconductorion , inserting of all these factors as data in a designed program to calculate the rate constant of electron transfer through the solution of the theoretical equation. these factors has been calculated with =0.9 [10],using a mat lab program is writing to compute the all factors that’s guding to estimate the rate constant of electron transfer in tio2/n3 sensitized solar cells system using eq.(14-15),results are listed in table (4). 165 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 discussion electron transfer upon excitation rate were determined by electronic coupling coefficients between the excited state of n3 sensitized dye molecule and conduction band of the tio2 semiconductor, the driving force energy , the reorientation free energy , volume of semiconductor and attenuation parameters. the electron transfer upon excitation in states of molecule n3 sensitized dye when absorption a wave length (500-1000)nm and has to be rapidly injectied into semiconductor before it can fall back to its ground state. the photo induce electron transfer from organic n3 dye molecule to tio2 semiconductor is the first and most important reaction in solar cell system. the electron transfer dynamics are determined by solvent reorientation free energy for orienting the n3 dye molecule with respect to the semiconductor. data of results for rate electron transfer table (4 ) indicates that electron transfer depend on properties of the dye and tio2 semiconductor with polar solvents. as can be seen from table (2), the solvent controlled of reorientation energy for tio2/ n3 system for nine solvents, the tio2/ n3 system has large reorientation energy with most polar solvent than less polar solvent . consequently, the rate of electron transfer is expected to be most favorable in more polar solvent. from table (3) and table (4) we can find the rate is strongly depending on dielectric constant. this means increasing polarity ds for solvent leads to increase the reorientation energy and results to increase in rate constant for tio2/ n3 system and vice versa. but the shift in the reorientation energy and rate constant results in dmf and formamide solvent,indicate because the high value of optical dielectric constant dop ,and 1.445 for dmf and formamide.the results of tio2 force free energy for electron transfer between n3 senstized dye and tio2 semiconductor is relative energy difference between the conduction band and oxidation.results in table (4) show the rate constant of electron transfer is small ,where the driving force due to potential different between the conduction band and the radius of dye was not enough for electron transfer to occur. observably ,a large value of would give rise a small ket ,hover ,these values continue to be large with small value of . the activation energy(height barrier) leading to the small ket.the barrier created between two materials n3 sensitized dye and tio2semiconductor,and depending on characteristic of two materials .near dye/semiconductor interface ,due to energy level difference the barrier is formed with properties of two dye ,semiconductors and caused impedance of charge transfer .consequently the rate of electron transfer to be large when the barrier height is small and vice versa on the other hand ,we can find the rate of electron transfer is proportional with volume oftio2semiconducto ,and inversely proportional withβ. 166 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 conclusion in summary it can be concluded that rate of electron transfer is large in high polar solvent and small in the less polar solvent .this indicates that electron transfer was expected to be favorable in most polar solvents. in order to study the oxidation and conduction band as a function of for electron transfer ,the effective free energy it take for an electron to be recombined and can be determined from absorption of light for dye/semiconductor system .the rate ket shift to minimum for large height barrier and small reorientation energy. based on this work ,we concluded the usetio2semiconducto with n3dye in polar solvent is good matching system ,because of flow of electron from dye to semiconductor is large compared with less polar solvents.also we can see the use of tio2semiconducto with n3dye is attractive because it is wide band gab semiconductor with better carrier mobility, the tio2/n3 a good system. refrences 1. carol , c.;bruce, s. b.and sutin, n.(2006 ),interfacial charge transfer absorption" j.phys.chemb ,15(104):1675-1684 2.johnnes, k.(2006)nanostructure electrodes from in organic materials for hybrid solar cell ",ph.d theses ,linz university. 3.cherubin, n.(2006)dye sensitized solar cells based on praline derivatives,phd .theses, university of kassel 4.david ,f.w. and meyer,g.j.(2004)cation effect sin nano crystalline solar cells",chem.rev.248, 1391-1406 5.walter, r.d and oleg, v. p(2007),theoretical studies of photoinduced electron transfer in dye sensitized tio2"annu.rev.phys.chem.,58, 143-156 6. anderson, n,a. and lian, t.q.( 2005 ), ultrafast electron transfer at the molecule semiconductor nano particle interface" annu. rev. phys. chem., 56,491–519 7. maria, h. a.; erik m. j.; johansson a. s.; plogmaker m. o; daniel. p.; hagberg l.;sun h. s. and ha˚kan r .(2010),electronic and molecular structures of organic dye/tio2 interfaces forsolar cell applications: a core level photoelectron spectroscopy study,phys. chem. chem. phys., 12:1507–1517. 8.kucur, e.'; reigler, j.; urban, g.a. and nann, t.( 2004),charge transfer mechanism inhybrid bulk heterojunction composites"j. chem. phys. , 120:1500–1556 9. jessica, k.( 2003),interface engineering in solid-state dye-sensitized solar cells"ph.d, thesis university heidelberg. 10.gao,y.;and marcus,r.a.( 2000),on the theory of electron transfer reactions at semiconductor /liquid interfaces .ll. a free electron model "j.chem. phys , 113 (15):6351-6360 11. chérubin, n. s., ( 2009 )dye-sensitized solar cellsbased on perylene deerive atives "ph d,theses, kassel university, 167 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 12. hadi, j.al-agealy and al-obaidi, r.i. (2008 ),electron transfer at semiconductor/liquid interface"j.pure and appl.science ,21(3):39-45 13.hadi,j.m.,al-agealy;hussain,k.m,(2011),theoretical calculation of rate constant for electron transfer at metal/semiconductor system interface",thi-qar scientific and refereed journal,unpuplished 14.florian gstrein, (2004),electron-transfer processes at semiconductor/ liquid interfaces and metal/nanogap junctions", ph.d thesis california institute of technologypasadena, california 15.shachi ,s. gosavi(2002),electron transfer at metal surfaces, ph.d, theses , california institute of technologypasadena, california 16. hadi, j. m. al-agealy.( 2004),quantum mechanical model for electron transfer in q-suched solid state laser" ph.d, thesis, baghdad university. 17. hadi j.m. al-agealy;and jabber , sh., h.(2011 ), theoretical calculation of the reorientation energy for electron transport processes in semiconductor /dye sensitized solar cell",al-mustansirya ,education journal un puplished. 18. david, r. l., (2001), handbook of chemistry and physical, physical"6thed.crc.press:bocaraton.fl. 19. mohr , p.j. and taylor p.(2000 ), fundamental physical constant , j. phys . chem data ,l28:1713-1999. 20. hadi, j. m. al-agealy hadi a. z.(2010),et between ketone triplets and organic dyes in variety solvent " j. of the college of basic education , 64, (16):25-36. 21. hadi, j. m. al-agealy.; al obaidi r .i.;and alsaaidi d. f.(2008 ),effect of solvent type s on photo induced electron transfer in methylen blu dye keton" ibn al-haithem j. of pure and appl. sci vol 21,no 3,pp39-49. 22. kuciauskas, y.( 2001),electron transfer in tio2 solar cell" j. phy. b, 105, (2):390-405. viscosity (cc)[18,20] optical dielectric constant dielectric constant [1819] chemical formula[1819] solvent 2.57 1.397[20] 17.84 c4h10o 1-butanol 1.3788[21] 18.8 c4h8o methanol ethyl ketene 0.30 1.3563[21] 21.o1 c3h6o acetone 168 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table( 1): a common properties of solvent table (2): the reorientation energies of electron transfer in tio2/ n3 sensitized solar cell tabl e (3): resu lt of calc ulation of the effective free energy for electron transfer in tio2/ n3 sensitized solar cell 1.94 1.359[21] 25.3 c2h2o ethanol 0.55 1.329[20] 33.0 ch4o methanol 0.34 1.3441[20] 37.5 c2h3n acetone tril 1.370[21] 51.1 ch2o2 formic acid 1.987 1.4305[21] 38.25 c3h7no dmf 3.3 1.445[20] 109 ch2no2 formamide semiconduct or dielectric constant optical dielectric constant energy gab (ev) lattice constant (nm) crystal structure tio2[13] 86 2.488 3.2 a=4.570c=2.989 zinc blend solvent λ(ev) for tio2 1-butanol 0.378832185 me thyl 0.39113637969367 ace ton 0.40901963694359 ethanol 0.41616144754285 me thanol 0.44280216813319 ace tonitrile 0.43818565882596 dmf 0.39455563784532 formicacid 0.43184397805475 formamide 0.40641128112508 effective free energy δgo (ev) wave lengt h solvent 1000nm 950nm 900nm 850nm 800nm 750nm 700nm 650nm 600nm 550nm 500nm 0.8246 0.9272 0.9998 1.0809 1.1721 1.2755 1.393 1.5301 1.6892 1.8772 2.1028 1-bu tan ol 0.8496 0.9149 0.9875 1.0686 1.1598 1.2632 1.3814 1.5178 1.6769 1.8649 2.0905 eth yl 0.8318 0.8971 0.9696 1.0507 1.1420 1.2454 1.3635 1.4999 1.6590 1.8470 2.0726 ace ton e 0.8246 0.8899 0.9625 1.0436 1.1348 1.2382 1.3564 1.4927 1.6518 1.8398 2.0654 eth an ol 0.7980 0.8633 0.9358 1.0169 1.1082 1.2116 1.3298 1.4661 1.6252 1.8132 2.0388 me th an ol 0.8026 0.8679 0.9405 1.0216 1.1128 1.2162 1.3344 1.4707 1.6298 1.8178 2.0434 ace ton i tri l e 169 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (4): rate constant of e lectron trans fe r (e v.m)3 /sec in n3/ sno2 in s e nsitize d s olar ce ll s ys te m. fig.(1): chemical structure of (n3) rul2 (ncs) 2, l=2, 2’-bipyridyl-4, 4’-dicarboxylic acid [10]. 0.8462 0.9115 0.9841 1.0652 1.1564 1.2598 1.3780 1.5144 1.6734 1.8614 2.0870 dmf 0.8089 0.8742 0.9468 1.0279 1.1191 1.2225 1.3407 1.4771 1.6361 1.8241 2.0498 form i c aci d 0.8344 0.8997 0.9722 1.0533 1.1446 1.2480 1.3661 1.5025 1.6616 1.8496 2.0752 form am i de solvent rate constant of electron transfer (ev.m)3/sec 500nm 550nm 600nm 650nm 700nm 750nm 800nm 850nm 900nm 950nm 1000n m x10-47 x10-44 x10-40 x10-38 x10-35 x10-34 x10-32 x10-30 x10-29 x10-28 x10-27 1-but anol 0.0139 0.0889 0.0128 0.0586 0.0109 0.0988 0.0498 0.0155 0.0323 0.0479 0.0532 et hyl 0.0222 0.1414 0.0202 0.0925 0.0171 0.1545 0.0775 0.0240 0.0497 0.0732 0.0806 acet one 0.0437 0.2773 0.0395 0.1792 0.0329 0.2953 0.1470 0.0451 0.0925 0.1348 0.1468 et hanol 0.0574 0.3627 0.0516 0.2333 0.0428 0.3822 0.1896 0.0580 0.1184 0.1718 0.1861 met hanol 0.1574 0.9866 0.1391 0.6226 0.1130 0.9966 0.4880 0.1470 0.2953 0.4205 0.4462 acet onetrile 0.1322 0.8297 0.1171 0.5253 0.0955 0.8445 0.4145 0.1252 0.2522 0.3604 0.3840 dmf 0.0253 0.1609 0.0230 0.1050 0.0194 0.1749 0.0876 0.0271 0.0560 0.0823 0.0904 formic acid 0.1039 0.6539 0.0925 0.4160 0.0758 0.6724 0.3311 0.1004 0.2030 0.2915 0.3121 formamid 0.0396 0.2514 0.0358 0.1627 0.0299 0.2687 0.1339 0.0411 0.0845 0.1233 0.1346 @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 quadrature method for solving fredholm linear integral equations of the second kind wafaa f. mansoor shaymaa m. shraida dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:28 may 2012 , accepted in:9 december 2012 abstract in this paper, we use the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 quadrature method for obtaining the numerical solutions of fredholm linear integral equations of the second kind. this method is more accurately than the repeated corrected trapezoidal method and the repeated simpson's 3/8 method. to illustrate the accuracy of this method, we give a numerical example. keywords : fredholm integral equations, repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method, numerical approximation. 328 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction recall that the following linear integral equation of the second kind: b(x) a u(x) f (x) k(x, y)u(y)dy,= + λ ∫ …(1.1) where a x b,≤ ≤ λ is areal number, f , k are given continuous functions and u is the unknown function that must be determined. if b(x) = b then equation (1.1) is called fredholm linear integral equation of the second kind. also, if b(x) = x then equation (1.1) is called volterra linear integral equation of the second kind. the mathematical modeling for many problems in different disciplines, such as engineering, chemistry, physics and biology leads to the above form of integral equations. most differential equations can be expressed as integral equations, [1], [2]. there are some analytical methods for solving integral equations, [3], [4]. there are several numerical methods for solving the integral equations given by (1.1). for example, repeated modified trapezoid quadrature method [5], runge-kutta method [6], taylor-series method [7], expansion methods [8] and decompostion method [9], [10]. in this paper, we use the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method to find the numerical solution for (1.1) in case b(x) = b, where b is a known constant. to do this, recall that the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method, [11]: [ ] [ ] b 2 8 (8) 0 1 2 3 0 2 1 3 a 3h 3h 81(b a)h f (x) dx 31f + 81(f + f ) + 31f 19 f + 27(f f ) 19f f ( ), a b 224 1120 4480 λ λ − − ′ ′ ′ ′= + − − + ξ ≤ ξ ≤∫ …(1.2) where 0f f (a)= , 1f f (a h)= + , 2f f (a 2h)= + , 3f f (b)= , 0f f (a)′ ′= , 1f f (a h)′ ′= + , 2f f (a 2h)′ ′= + and 3f f (b)′ ′= . solution of fredholm linear integral equations of the second kind in this section we use repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method to find the numerical solutions of the following integral equation: b a u(x) f (x) k(x, y)u(y)dy,= + λ∫ …(2.1) to do this, we approximate the integral part that appeared in the right-hand side of equation (2.1) by the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 rule to get n 2 n 3 0 0 j j j 1 j 1 j j j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... 2 n n 0 0 0 0 j 1 j 1 j 1 j 1 j 1,4,7 3h u(x) f (x) 31k(x, x )u 81 k(x, x )u k(x, x )u 62 k(x, x )u 224 3h 31k(x, x )u 19k(x, x )u 19j(x, x )u 27 k(x, x )u j(x, x )u 1120 − − + + = = + + + + = λ    = + + + + +       λ  ′ ′+ + + +   ∑ ∑ n 2 j j j j n n n nk(x, x )u j(x, x )u 19k(x, x )u 19j(x, x )u −  ′ ′− − − −   ∑ …(2.2) where j(x, y) = k(x, y) y ∂ ∂ . hence for 0 1 nx x , x ,..., x= , we get the following system equations: 329 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 n 2 n 3 i i i,0 0 i, j j i, j 1 j 1 i, j j i,n n j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... 2 n 2 i,0 0 i,0 0 i, j 1 j 1 i, j 1 j 1 i, j j i, j j i,n n j 1,4,7 3h u f + 31k u 81 k u k u 62 k u 31k u 224 3h 19k u 19j u 27 k u j u k u j u 19k u 1 1120 − − + + = = − + + + + =  λ    = + + + + +        λ  ′ ′ ′ ′+ + + − − − −    ∑ ∑ ∑ i,n n9j u , i 0,1,..., n  =  …(2.3) where ' 'i i i i i i i, j i j i,p i pu u(x ), u u (x ), f f (x ), k k(x , y ), j j(x , x ), i, j 0,1,..., n, p 0, n.= = = = = = = from equation (2.1) and setting k(x, y) h(x, y) x ∂ = ∂ we obtain b a u (x) f (x) h(x, y)u(y)dy, a x b′ ′= + λ ≤ ≤∫ …(2.4) we note that if u is the solution of (2.1) it is a solution of (2.4) too. now, for solving equation (2.4), we must consider two cases. case (1): the partial derivative k(x, y) l(x, y) x y ∂ = ∂ ∂ does not exists, in this case, we approximate the integral part that appeared in the right hand side of equation (2.4) with the repeated simpson’s 3/8 rule to obtain: n n 1 3 3 0 0 3 j 1 3 j 1 3 j 2 3 j 2 i 3 j 3 j n n j 1 j 1 3h u (x) =f (x)+ h(x, x )u 3 h(x, x )u h(x, x )u 2 h(x , x )u h(x, x )u 8 − − − − − = =  λ    ′ ′ + + + +       ∑ ∑ …(2.5) by setting 0 1 nx x , x ,..., x= , in (2.5) one can get: n n 1 3 3 i i i,0 0 i,3 j 1 3 j 1 i,3 j 2 3 j 2 i,3 j 3 j i,n n j 1 j 1 3h u =f + h u 3 h u h u 2 h u h u 8 − − − − − = =  λ    ′ ′ + + + +       ∑ ∑ …(2.6) from equations (2.6) and (2.3) one can get the following system which consists of n 2n 3 3 − + equations with n 2n 3 3 − + unknowns 'i 0 pu , i 0,1,..., n, u , u and for i=0, p, n,(p = 1,2,...,n-1)′= 330 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2n 2 n 3 i i i,0 0 i, j j i, j 1 j 1 i, j j i,n n i,0 0 i,0 0 j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... n 2 i, j 1 j 1 i, j 1 j 1 i, j j i, j j i,n n j 1,4,7 3h 3h u f + 31k u 81 k u k u 62 k u 31k u 19k u 19j u 224 1120 27 k u j u k u j u 19k u 1 − − + + = = − + + + + =   λ λ    ′= + + + + + + +          ′ ′ ′+ − − − −  ∑ ∑ ∑ i,n n n n 1 3 3 0 0 0,0 0 0,3 j 1 3 j 1 0,3 j 2 3 j 2 0,3 j 3 j 0,n n j 1 j 1 n 1 3 p p p,0 0 p,3 j 1 3 j 1 p,3 j 2 3 j 2 p,3 j 3 j p,n n j 1 9j u , i 0,1,..., n, 3h u =f + h u 3 h u h u 2 h u h u , 8 3h u = f h u 3 h u h u 2 h u h u 8 − − − − − = = − − − − − =  =   λ    ′ ′ + + + +        λ    ′ ′ + + + + +       ∑ ∑ ∑ n 3 j 1 n n 1 3 3 n n n,0 0 n,3 j 1 3 j 1 n,3 j 2 3 j 2 n,3 j 3 j n,n n j 1 j 1 , p 1, 2,..., n 1, 3h u = f h u 3 h u h u 2 h u h u . 8 = − − − − − = =                = −    λ    ′ ′ + + + + +        ∑ ∑ ∑ …(2.7) by solving the above system given by equation (2.7) the numerical solutions of equation (2.1), are obtained. case (2): the partial derivative k(x, y) l(x, y) x y ∂ = ∂ ∂ exists, in this case, we approximate the integral part that appeared in the right hand side of equation (2.4) with the repeated corrected simpson’s 3/8 rule to obtain: [ n 2 n 3 0 0 j j j 1 j 1 j j j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... 2 n n 0 0 0 0 j 1 j 1 j 1 j 1 j 1,4,7,. 3h u (x) =f (x)+ 31h(x, x )u 81 h(x, x )u h(x, x )u 62 h(x, x )u 224 3h 31h(x, x )u 19h(x, x )u 19l(x, x )u 27 h(x, x )u l(x, x )u 1120 − − + + = = + + + + = λ    ′ ′ + + + +       λ ′ ′+ + + +   ∑ ∑ n 3 .. j j j j n n n nh(x, x )u l(x, x )u 19h(x, x )u 19l(x, x )u − −  ′ ′− − −   ∑ …(2.8) by setting 0 1 nx x , x ,..., x= , in (2.8) one can get: [ n 2 n 3 i i i 0 0 i j j i j 1 j 1 i j j i n n j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... 2 n 3 i 0 0 i 0 0 i j 1 j 1 i j 1 j 1 i j j i j j i n j 1,4,7,... 3h u =f + 31h , u 81 h , u h , u 62 h , u 31h , u 224 3h 19h , u 19l , u 27 h , u l , u h , u l , u 19h , u 1120 − − + + = = − + + + + =  λ    ′ ′ + + + + +        λ  ′ ′ ′ ′+ + + − − −  ∑ ∑ ∑ n i n n19l , u  −   …(2.9) from equations (2.9) and (2.3) one can get the following system which consists of n 2n 3 3 − + equations with n 2n 3 3 − + unknowns iu , i 0,1,..., n,= 0u′ , ' pu and nu′ for i=0, p, n, (p = 1,2,…,n-1). 331 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 2n 2 n 3 i i i,0 0 i, j j i, j 1 j 1 i, j j i,n n i,0 0 i,0 0 j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... n 2 i, j 1 j 1 i, j 1 j 1 i, j j i, j j i,n n j 1,4,7 3h 3h u f + 31k u 81 k u k u 62 k u 31k u 19k u 19j u 224 1120 27 k u j u k u j u 19k u 1 − − + + = = − + + + + =   λ λ    ′= + + + + + + +          ′ ′ ′+ − − − −  ∑ ∑ ∑ i,n n 2n 2 n 3 0 0 0,0 0 0, j j 0, j 1 j 1 0, j j 0,n n 0,0 0 0,0 0 j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... 0, j 1 j 1 0, j 1 j 1 0, j j 0, j j j 1 9j u , i 0,1,..., n 3h 3h u f 31h u 81 h u h u 62 h u 31h u 19h u 19l u 224 1120 27 h u l u h u l u − − + + = = + + + + =   =    λ λ ′ ′ ′= + + + + + + + +        ′ ′+ − −  ∑ ∑ n 2 0,n n 0,n n ,4,7,... 2n 2 n 3 p p p,0 0 p, j j p, j 1 j 1 k, j j p,n n p,0 0 p,0 0 j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... p, j 1 j 1 p, j 1 j 1 p, j j 19h u 19l u 3h 3h u f 31h u 81 h u h u 62 h u 31h u 19h u 19l u 224 1120 27 h u l u h u l − − − + + = = + + + +  ′− −     λ λ  ′ ′ ′= + + + + + + + +       ′ ′+ − − ∑ ∑ ∑ [ n 2 p, j j p,n n p,n n j 1,4,7,... 2n 2 n 3 n n n,0 0 n, j j n, j 1 j 1 n, j j n,n n n0 0 n0 0 j 1,4,7,... j 3,6,... nj 1 j 1 u 19h u 19l u , where p j, j 1 3h 3h u f 31h u 81 h u h u 62 h u 31h u 19h u 19l u 224 1120 27 h u − = − − + + = = + +    ′− − = +     λ λ ′ ′ ′= + + + + + + + +      ′ + ∑ ∑ ∑ n 2 nj 1 j 1 nj j nj j nn n nn n j 1,4,7,... l u h u l u 19h u 19l u − + + =                                   ′ ′− − − −    ∑ …(2.10) by solving the above system given by equation (2.10) the numerical solutions of equation (2.1), are obtained. numerical example in this section, we give some numerical examples to illustrate the above method for solving fredholm linear integral equation of the second kind. also, we compare this method with other methods such as repeated simpson's 3/8 method and repeated corrected trapezoidal method for solving fredholm linear integral equation of the second kind. consider the following fredholm linear integral equation of the second kind: 37 5 7 1 22 2 2 0 2 2 4 u(x) x (x 1) (x 1) x x (x y) u(y)dy 7 5 35 = − + + + − + +∫ , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 …(3.1) where 7 5 7 2 2 22 2 4f (x) x (x 1) (x 1) x x , 7 5 35 = − + + + − 3 2 k(x, y) (x y)= + . this example is constructed such that the exact solution is u(x) = x. it is clear that 2k(x, y) x y ∂ = ∂ ∂ 3 4 (x y)+ does not exist at x = y = [0, 1]. to do this, first, we divide the interval [0,1] into 9 intervals such that i i x , 9 = i 0,1,..., 9= therefore, the numerical solution of system (3.1) can be 332 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 obtained by equation (2.7), and illustrated in table 1، which contains the exact solutions and the numerical solutions by using the repeated simpson's 3/8, repeated corrected trapezoidal and repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method are given for h =0.112. also, the least square error denoted by lser and absolute error denoted by abser are presented in table (1). second, we divide the interval [0,1] into 18 subintervals that i i x , 18 = i 0,1,...,18= therefore, the numerical solution of system (3.1) can be obtained by equation (2.7), the results are presented in table 2. the exact solutions and the numerical solutions using the repeated simpson's 3/8, repeated corrected trapezoidal and repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method for h =0.056. also, in this table, the least square error denoted by lser and absolute error denoted by abser are presented. third, we divide the interval [0,1] into 36 subintervals that i i x , 36 = i 0,1,..., 36= therefore, the numerical solution of system (3.1) can be obtained by equation (2.7), the results of which being presented in table 3. in that table, the exact solutions and the numerical solutions by using the repeated simpson's 3/8, repeated corrected trapezoidal and repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method are given for h =0.028. also, the least square error denoted by lser and absolute error denoted by abser are also included in table 3. discussion in this paper we proposed the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method for solving fredholm linear integral equation of the second kind. this method can be easily applied and it is efficient and accurate to estimate the solution of fredholm linear integral equation when the function k(x, y) x ∂ ∂ , k(x, y) y ∂ ∂ and f (x)′ exist. references 1. burton, t.a. (2005) volterra integral and differential equation, second ed., elsevier, netherlands. 2. kanwal, p. (1971) linear integral equations, theory and technique, academic press, inc. 3. polyanin a. and manzhirov, a. (1998) handbook of integral equations, crc press llc. 4. atkinson, k. (1997) the numerical solution of integral equations of the second kind, combridge university press. 5.saberi-nadjafi, j. and heidari, m. (2007) solving linear integral equations of the second kind with repeated modified trapezoid quadrature method, applied mathematical and computer, 189, no. 4, 980-985. 6. maleknejad, k. and shahrezaee, m. (2004) solving runge-kutta mthod for numerical solution of the volterra integral equations, applied mathematical and computer, 149, no. 2, 399-410. 7.maleknejad, k.; rabbani, m.; and aghazadeh, n. (2006) numerical solution of second kind fredholm integral equations system by using a taylor-series expansion method, applied mathematical and computer, 175, no. 2, 1229-1234. 8. rabbani, m.; maleknejad, k. and aghazadeh, n. (2007) numerical computational solution of the volterra integral equations system of the second kind by using an expansion method, applied mathematical and computer, 187, no. 2, 1143-1146. 9. babolian, e.; biazar, j.and vahidi, a. r. (2004) on the decomposition method for system of linear equations and system of linear volterra integral equations, applied mathematical and computer, 147, no. 1, 19-27. 333 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 10. vahidi, a. r.; mokhtari, m.and vahidi, a. r. (2008) on the decomposition method for system of linear fredholm integral equations of the second kind, applied mathematical sciences, 2, no. 2, 5762. 11.al-sa’dany, sh. (2008) some modified quadrature method for solving systems of volterra linear integral equations, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. table (1): comparison between the solution via corrected trapezoidal, repeated simpson's 3/8 and corrected simpson's 3/8 with exact solution with n = 9 nodes exact solutio ns numerical solutions ui ，n=9 xi ui corrected trapezoidal repeated simpson's 3/8 corrected simpson's 3/8 0 0 0.00000422427391 -0.00000804493901 0.00000074026838 0.1 0.1 0.11111322328397 0.11111173431260 0.11111125469004 0.2 0.2 0.22222443564682 0.22222707233601 0.22222240727548 0.3 0.3 0.33333593424825 0.33334133788125 0.33333358046105 0.4 0.4 0.44444756925228 0.44445521086227 0.44444476277767 0.56 0.56 0.55555929602997 0.55556892483339 0.55555595228195 0.67 0.67 0.66667109471999 0.66668258127157 0.66666714815178 0.78 0.78 0.77778295432453 0.77779623077884 0.77777834986280 0.89 0.89 0.88889486785395 0.88890990091898 0.88888955702285 1 1 1.00000683043123 1.00002360760331 1.00000076931735 lser 1.8653e-010 2.0399e-009 2.5200e-012 abser 4.04300e-005 1.2464e-004 4.522109e-006 table (2): comparison between the solution via corrected trapezoidal, repeated simpson's 3/8 and corrected simpson's 3/8 with exact solution with n = 18 nodes exact soluti ons numerical solutions ui ，n=18 xi ui corrected trapezoidal repeated simpson's 3/8 corrected simpson's 3/8 0 0 0.00000036160574 -0.00000094631322 0.00000006419735 0.1 0.1 0.11111124066062 0.11111112823436 0.11111112071068 0.2 0.2 0.22222235617522 0.22222255247321 0.22222223531051 0.3 0.3 0.33333349057657 0.33333387923624 0.33333335065382 0.4 0.4 0.44444463362786 0.44444517497656 0.44444446649763 0.56 0.56 0.55555578243406 0.55555645888978 0.55555558277799 0.67 0.67 0.66666693572924 0.66666773862347 0.66666669945537 0.78 0.78 0.77777809281810 0.77777901780483 0.77777781650046 0.89 0.89 0.88888925326072 0.88889029834788 0.88888893389011 1 1 1.00000041675099 1.00000158133359 1.00000005160523 lser 1.30200e-012 1.75118e-011 2.0854e-014 abser 4.6354e-006 1.61007e-005 5.5708e-007 334 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (3): comparison between the solution via corrected trapezoidal, repeated simpson's 3/8 and corrected simpson's 3/8 with exact solution with n = 36 nodes exact soluti ons numerical solutions ui ，n=36 xi ui corrected trapezoidal repeated simpson's 3/8 corrected simpson's 3/8 0 0 0.00000003136368 – 0.00000009987493 0.00000000555524 0.1 0.1 0.11111111905472 0.11111111207258 0.11111111176558 0.2 0.2 0.22222223038488 0.22222224437474 0.22222222311676 0.3 0.3 0.33333334291492 0.33333336952570 0.33333333450532 0.4 0.4 0.44444445598728 0.44444449257726 0.44444444592461 0.56 0.56 0.55555556941910 0.55555561485323 0.55555555737127 0.67 0.67 0.66666668313083 0.66666673686136 0.66666666884296 0.78 0.78 0.77777779707885 0.77777785883792 0.77777778033788 0.89 0.89 0.88888891123562 0.88888898090618 0.88888889185461 1 1 1.00000002558200 1.00000010313524 1.00000000339195 lser 9.53366e-015 1.4855e-013 1.71916e-016 abser 5.488e-007 2.0724e-006 6.96503e-008 335 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 لحل معادالت تكاملیة خطیة ةتكررالمعدلة الم 3/8 سمبسون لطریقة التربیعةا من نوع فریدھولم من النوع الثاني وفاء فیصل منصور شیماء مخلف شریدة جامعة بغداد / )بن الھیثما( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /الریاضیات علوم قسم 2012كانون االول 9قبل البحث في: ، 2012ایار 28استلم البحث في: الخالصة الیجاد الحل العددي للمعادالت التكاملیة الخطیة من النوع الثاني. ھذة المطورة 3/8 ھذا البحث نستخدم سمبسونفي لتوضیح دقة . 3/8الطریقة تحل المعادالت التكاملیة الخطیة بدقة أكثر من طریقة شبة المنحرف المطورة وطریقة سمبسون .ھذه الطریقة تم اعطاء مثال عددي المطورة، التقریب العددي )3/8( معادالت فرید ھولم التكاملیة، طریقة سمبسون: المفتاحیةالكلمات 336 | mathematics recall that the following linear integral equation of the second kind: …(1.1) where is areal number, , are given continuous functions and is the unknown function that must be determined. if b(x) = b then equation (1.1) is called fredholm linear integral equation of the second kind. also, if b(x) = x then equation (1.1) is ca... the mathematical modeling for many problems in different disciplines, such as engineering, chemistry, physics and biology leads to the above form of integral equations. most differential equations can be expressed as integral equations, [1], [2]. ther... there are several numerical methods for solving the integral equations given by (1.1). for example, repeated modified trapezoid quadrature method [5], runge-kutta method [6], taylor-series method [7], expansion methods [8] and decompostion method [9],... in this paper, we use the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method to find the numerical solution for (1.1) in case b(x) = b, where b is a known constant. to do this, recall that the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method, [11]: numerical example discussion in this paper we proposed the repeated corrected simpson's 3/8 method for solving fredholm linear integral equation of the second kind. this method can be easily applied and it is efficient and accurate to estimate the solution of fredholm linea... microsoft word 197-204 197 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019 text classification based on weighted extreme learning machine hayder mahmood salman al-turath university college /department of computer science hayder4all@yahoo.com article history: received in:6october2018, accepted in:1 november2018, publish january 2019 abstract the huge amount of documents in the internet led to the rapid need of text classification (tc). tc is used to organize these text documents. in this research paper, a new model is based on extreme machine learning (eml) is used. the proposed model consists of many phases including: preprocessing, feature extraction, multiple linear regression (mlr) and elm. the basic idea of the proposed model is built upon the calculation of feature weights by using mlr. these feature weights with the extracted features introduced as an input to the elm that produced weighted extreme learning machine (welm). the results showed a great competence of the proposed welm compared to the elm. keywords: text classification, multiple linear regression, extreme machine learning. 1.introduction through the growing of social networks, a huge quantity of text data is quickly generated, the need for a well-defined methodology to analyze and classify these voluminous data has drawn many communities' attention to this kind of data which is known as unstructured data [1]. this phenomenon which made the importance of text classification begins to spring up. text classification (tc) is the way toward assigning a document to a class by assessing its content segments. it has been applied effectively on various occasions and is incorporated in our regular day to day existences. for example, daily paper articles and scholastic papers are frequently composed by subject or field [2]. tc gives a solution in consequently arranging innumerable articles and papers. another notable application is spam sifting. tc can help to filter out the annoying emails automatically by classifying these text emails as a spam [3]. tc model can be divided into supervised and unsupervised models. supervised classification consists of two phases training phase and testing phase. during the training phase a set of known labeled data feeds to the machine learning algorithm. the goal of this phase is to reach the desired output by train the algorithm. through the testing phase, a set of unknown, labeled data feeds to the algorithm to classify them into classes depending on the training phase. unsupervised classification not required any prior knowledge about the data where the algorithms attempt to learn the input data and discover the relationship between similar data. based on this similarity the algorithms classify the data into classes. the data classification is performed depending on the classes created. a web search is a good example of unsupervised algorithm. depending upon the search term the algorithms makes classes that provided to the user [4]. classification can also be divided into binary classification or multiclass classification. binary classification attempt to arrange the components of a given 198 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019 input set of data into two classes based on the classification rules. multiclass is the problem of classifying instances into one of three or more classes [5]. in research this paper a model for tc is proposed. the model consists of many phases that comprise: preprocessing, feature extraction, mlr and elm is proposed. the main idea of the proposed model based on computing feature weights using mlr and multiplying these feature weighs by the corresponding features to introduce as input to the eml to produced welm. 2.related works in this section some of tc methods will be investigated. in 2014, d. renukadevi and s. sumathi [9], proposed a method for developing of information technology and cumulative usability of internet. the proposed model consists of many phases. the preprocessing is the first phase, then the term frequencyinverse document frequency (tf-idf) for each term is calculated to rank the document. fuzzy cmean algorithm applied in the last phase to allow similar data to be grouped into the same cluster. their proposed improved the clustering accuracy and it was less classification time [6]. in 2017 conneau et al. build a text classification model based on the character's level. the model called very deep convolutional neural networks (vdcnn) the model start with a look –up table that creates a 2d tensor that contain a number of the embedding character. the model starts by applying one layer of 64 convolutions of size 3, followed by a stack of convolutional blocks. each layer has the same number of feature map, also the model contains 3 pooling operations to reduce the memory size. the model proves increasing in the performance when using up to 29 convolutional layers [7]. in 2018 tingyi zheng et al. proposed a model that consists of support vector machine (svm) with active self-paced learning (aspl). the unlabeled and very little labeled texts utilized to learn the model. the model starts by extracting features using convolutional neural network and classify few labeled texts using the svm, then the unlabeled text will be ranked based on their significance weight. the top ranked text would be selected and produced to the aspl. the process will be repeated and select the next top ranked text. the model shows the tc accuracy can be enhanced by using few labeled and unlabeled text [8]. 3.problem statement tc involves of two parts: the document collection and the number of document classes. the document collection describes the scope of input document patterns. the training patterns and test patterns are selected from the document collection. the set of document classes describes the probable outputs created by the classifier and is utilized to label document patterns. assume we have d={d1,d2,…,dn} is a set of documents collection. c={c1,c2,….,cm}is a set of classes for the documents collection (d). θk={dk,1,dk,2,…dk,l}is a set of documents with the same class. the main goal of tc is to find θk that belong to the same class (ci). 199 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019 4.proposed method tc consists of many phases. figure 1. shows the main phases of the proposed method. these phases include: preprocessing, feature extraction, mlr and elm. the proposed model based on computing features weight using mlr. the welm based on multiplying these feature weights by the feature before entering to the elm, that is made in turn to increase the accuracy of the welm in compared with elm. figure 1. block diagram of the proposed method 4.1. preprocessing tc issues are difficult in nature and are permanently categorized via large dimensionality. to decrease this difficulty investigators, start to apply preprocessing procedures to the original documents in order to output a more simplified text [9]. there are three steps in this stage. atokenization: the main goal of tokenization is separate sentences into words. bstop words removal: is the manner of removing words that appear many times in the text and don't offer the required information for recognizing an important sense of the document. there are many strategies utilized for indicating such stop words list. now, various english stop word list is generally utilized to the tc procedure. c-stemming: is the method of generating origin of the word, in this research paper word stemming is done by using porter’s stemming algorithm [10]. preprocessi features learning feature weights using training document machine learnin g lables new text document preprocessi ng features extractio predictive model expected label 200 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019 4.2. feature extraction an essential aspect of tc is computing features score. the features include: term frequency and inverse document frequency (tf-idf), term frequency and thematic words. 1-tf-idf: identifying the term significance is very useful in tc system, that can be done by weighting term which can be calculated by multiplying tf by the idf [2] which can be calculated as in equation (1).              1 ∗ log (1) where tf= is the term frequency n=number of documents in the document collection. df= is the number of documents in which the term appears   2term frequency (tf): which can be calculated using equation (2). 2 _ (2) where: freqterm= is the number of terms repetitions and max_freq= is the maximum term frequency. 3thematic words (tw): are the most frequently used terms that exist in the document. the calculation of this feature is done by computing the repetition of all terms in the document, then only (k) terms with the maximum repetition is selected, in this paper. this feature is calculated by dividing the number of thematic words by the maximum number of thematic words in the document as expressed in eq. (3) [11].  3 _ (3) where twi= is the number of thematic words(i) tw_max= maximum thematic words in the document. 4.3.multiple linear regression (mlr) mlr is a statistical technique for formulating the correlation between the independent variables and a dependent variable, where there are two or more independent variables, but only one dependent variable [12]. mlr can be formulated as in equation (4) y=w0+w1x1+w2x2+---+xm wm (4) where [y] is the output vector (dependent variable). [w] feature weight vector. [x] the extracted features (independent variables). we rewrite equation (4) to be in the following form as in equation (5). c=w0 +w1f1+w2f2+w3f3 (5) where [c] is the class number. [w] feature weight vector. [f] the extracted features as explained in section 4.2 the regression model can be represented in a matrix form as follows. 201 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019                                              3 2 1 3,2,1, 3,22,21,2 3,12,11,12 1 * .. . w w w fff fff fff cm ci c c ppp where p is the number of documents from the collected document data set. to estimate the weights for the extracted features we must train our model. reuters 21578 dataset set used to train our model. a subset of the reuters 21578 used, where six topics only selected for the proposed model. for each topic, 60 files were used for the training phase to learn the feature weights that used later in the classification phase of the proposed model. the three extracted features (f1, f2, f3) that were described in section 4.2 used as input to the model. the desired output c represents the class number for each document in the document set (d). our goal is to estimate the values of (w) which represent the weights of the selected features [13]. w will be calculated using eq. (6). w=(f.ft)-1.ft c (6) algorithm 1 shows the main step of mlr. algorithm (1): mlr input: matrix f of size p*3 documents features /*where p number of documents, 3 numbers of features*/ desired output c of size p*1 output: vector weight of size (3) step1: initialize vector weight w to zero. step2: for each document in the training set step3: z =f*ft step4: b= z-1 step5: a=ft*c step6: weight=b*a step7:end at the end of this algorithm a vector weight obtained which represent the weight for every feature. 4.4. extreme learning machine (elm) elm is suggested by huang at (2004). the goals of elm are to avoid time consuming that occurred in the most iterative training algorithms and improving the generalization performance. elm is a feedforward neural network that consists of an input layer, hidden layer and output layer. the hidden layer may be a single layer or multi layers. elm is a fully connected neural network, where the node in the input layer connected to every node in the 202 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019 hidden layer which in turn connected to every node in the output layer. the weights between the layers are set initially randomly, also the bias of the hidden layer is generating randomly. elm could avoid falling into a local minimum. there are two phases for the elm: training phase and testing phase. in the training phase a set of documents was used as input and the desired class output were set. at this phase the weights are adjusted to make the elm suitable for the classification purpose [14]. algorithm 2 shows the main steps of the elm. 1. 2. 5.reuters 21578 dataset reuters 21578 is a benchmark dataset for document classification. there are 90 categories in the corpus. the archives in the reuters-21578 gathering showed up on the reuters newswire in 1987. the collection is divided into 22 files. every one of the initial 21 files contains 1000 documents, while the last file contains 578 documents. the files are in sgml format. each of the 22 files begins with a document type declaration line [15]. 6.experimental results there are two main purposes of the proposed tc model. the first purpose is to compute the weight of each selected features which indicates the importance of these features. figure 2. shows the weights of each feature in our proposed method. from the results we can see the order of effective features weights as follows tf-idf, tw and tf. algorithm 2: elm input: feature weight /* from algorithm 1*/ matrix f /* which represent features that extracted from a set of documents that used for training*/ vector c /* the desired output for each class*/ output: vector w /*that represent weight elm*/ step1: randomly initialize w, w1 and bias b step2: x=weight*f repeat step3: hidden_output= sigmoid (b* (x*w)) step3: out_layer=sigmoid (hidden_layer*w1)/* sigmoid activation function step4: w1=(w1*out_layer) + c /*where + is pseudoinverse */ step5: w= (w*hidden output) + until (max_iteration) 203 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 2. features weights the second purpose of the our proposal is to evaluate the tc model. as described in section 5 reuters 21578 were used. only six topics were selected with150 files for each topic so the total number would be 900 files, where 90 files for each topic used in the training phase and the remaining 60 files used during the testing phase. the accuracy was used to measure the performance of the proposed model. (7) where ncorrect is the number of correct classified documents. n is the total number of documents. table 1. shows the accuracy for welm and elm for the six selected topics. table 1. classification accuracy using elm and welm. topic elm accuracy welm accuracy earn 0.76 0.81 money-fx 0.73 0.78 grain 0.75 0.83 crude 0.78 0.85 trade 0.74 0.79 interest 0.77 0.83 the results showed the competence of the welm compared with elm. as known the most important problem of the tc is the misclassification between classes. this problem occurs because the overlap of text features for one class with another class. the proposed model introduced the feature weights to increase the separation between classes to overcome this problem. 6. conclusions in this paper, tc is studied and empirically tested based on the mlr and eml. the mlr was applied to the three features extracted from each document text that produced feature weights that was used in turn with the features in the elm to produce the welm. the introducing of feature weights has improved the performance of the tc. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 tf‐idf tw tf 204 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1978 vol. 32 (1) 2019 the experiment on the reuter 21578 dataset has showed that the welm is effective in tc. the results of a thorough experimental analysis obviously indicate that weml offers a considerably successful performance in terms of accuracy in compared with elm. references 1. zhang, x.; wu, b. short text classification based on feature extension using the ngram model international conference on fuzzy systems and knowledge discovery (fskd).2015. 2. al zaghoul, f.; al-dhaheri, s. arabic text classification based on features reduction using artificial neural networks. uksim 15th international conference on computer modelling and simulation .2013. 3. özgür, l.; güngör,t. two-stage feature selection for text classification springer international publishing switzerland. 2016. 4. jodha, r.; sanjay, g; chowdhary, k.; mishra, a. text classification using knn with different features selection methods. international journal of research publications(ijrp). 2018, 8, 1. 5. mowafy, m.; rezk, a.; el-bakry, h. an efficient classification model for unstructured text document american journal of computer science and information technology. 2018, 6,1. 6. renukadevi, d.; sumathi, s. term based similarity measure for text classification and clustering using fuzzy c mean algorithm. international journal of science. engineering and technology research(ijsetr) .2014, 3, 4. 7. conneau, a.; holger, s.; loïc, b; yann lecun very deep convolutional networks for text classification. in proceedings of the 15th conference of the european chapter of the association for computational linguistics.2017, 1, 107–1116. 8. zheng, t.; wang, l. unlabeled text classification optimization algorithm based on active self-paced learning. ieee international conference on big data and smart computing. 2018. 9. mikolov, t.; karafiat, m.; burget,l.;cernocky,j. ; khudanpur, s.recurrent neural network based language model. in proceeding of the annual conference of the international speech communication association. 2010,1045-1048. 10. porter stemming algorithm: http://www.tartarus.org/martin/porterstemmer. 11. john, a. muti-document summarization system: using fuzzy logic and genetic algotihm. international journal of advanced research in engineering and technology (ijaret). 2016, 7, 1, 30-40. 12. chatterjee, s.; hadi, a. regression analysis by example. a john wiley & sons, inc., publication fourth edition. 2006. 13. timothy,z. multiple regression and beyond: an introduction to multiple regression and structural equation modeling. by routledge, second edition. 2015. 14. guang, b.; qin,z.; chee-kheong,s. extreme learning machine: theory and applications. sciencedirect. 2006.70, 489-501. 15. david d. available at: http://www.daviddlewis.com/resources/testcollections/reuters21578. ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 effect of benzene on some haematological parameters of oil statio n workers f. r. hameed , a.abd-alhusein, a. salim , m. hus sein de partment of medical analys is , college of health and medical teqnique s abstract benzene is a hy drocarbon chemical consist ing of six atoms arranged in a ring struct ure. at normal ambient temp eratures; it is a liquid, which evap orates rap idly at room temp erature and is highly flammable. it has a characterist ic of aromatic odor and is slightly soluble in water (1.5 g/liter at 20ºc) but miscible with most ot her organic solvent s [1]. long-term inhalation of benzene causes blood disorders. it sp ecifically affects bone marrow [2]. and it may cause anemia, excessive bleeding, damage to the immune sy stem and dna [3, 4]. increased incidence of leukemia (cancer of the tissues that form white blood cells) has been observed in p eop le occupationally exp osed to benz ene; so (epa ) environmental prot ection agency has class ified benz ene as a known human carcinogen [5]. the p resent st udy was conducted to evaluate the effect of benz ene on some hematological p arameters on 60 males working in different oil stations that p rovide benzene products for p eop le at waset governorate with a mean y ear for work duration 1 to 20 y ears, 8 hours of work as a mean p er day . a haemoglobin (hb) concentrations as well as white blood cells count (w.b.cs) and p latelets count (plt) were well observed to evaluate the effect of benzene on t hese parameters. results showed that workers in oil st ations indicated normal values for haemoglobin 13.2 and white blood cells (5640 cell/cmm) and p latelets 261000 during the first 10 y ears of w ork. as the duration of work p rogress es, results indicated that there was a gradually reduction in all p arameters . introduction air toxicant s are generally defined as air p ollutant s known or susp ected to cause serious health p roblems, serious health effects including cancer, birth defects, lung damage and nerve damage [2]. although benz ene is a naturally-occurring chemical, found in crude p etroleum at levels of up to 4 g/liter, almost all the benz ene found at ground level comes from human activities. it is p roduced in extremely large quantities worldwide (14.8 million tons) and emissions arise during the p rocessing of petroleum p roducts, in the coking of coal, during the p roduction of toluene, xy lene and ot her aromatic comp ounds, and from its usage as a comp onent of p etrol and in other consumer p roduct s as a chemical intermediate . the distribut ion to fat ty tissue is reflected in the toxic effects of benzene, extremely high concentrations which may cause narcot ic or anest hetic effects and deaths of workers, have been recorded after exp osures to concentrations of several ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 thousand p pm. very high levels of exp osure (over 5000 p p m) on rep eated occasions have led to the development of severe and sometimes fatal damage to the blood-forming element s of the bone marrow, p reventing the manufacture of essential blood cells [6 ,7]. such serious consequences are not a risk associated with exp osure to the concentration of benz ene observed in ambient air and will not occur in workers except as a result of unforeseen and accident al exp osure to very high concentrations. benz ene is a hematop oietic toxin (benzene is toxic to t he blood and blood forming organs) leukemia is of most concern for human health [8], in ؛ p articular, several ty p es of leukemia known collectively as non-ly mp hocyt ic leukemia’s (or my eloid leukemia’s).also benzene or its derivatives cause chromosomal aberrations in humans and laboratory animals and such chromosomal re-arrangements are relevant st ep s in the carcinogenic p rocess. several ty p es of neoplasm have been rep ort ed t o be associated with benz ene exp osure in rats and mice after oral dosing or inhalation exp osures. these tumors were p rimarily of ep ithelial origin (e.g. liver, mammary gland, nasal cavity ) ly mp homas and leukemia’s were observed less frequently in rat s and mice [5]. t he earliest rep ort for toxic effects of benz ene was frank blood disease; this is resulted from heavy occupational exp osure to benzene. the rep ort ed diseases included leucop enia (decrease in white blood cells count ), anemia (decrease in red blood cells count ), t hrombocyt op enia (decrease in platelets count ), and p ancy topenia (decrease in all blood content s count s) and a p last ic anemia [9]. t he st udies also showed that females which had been occup ationally exp osed to benzene suffered from a decrease in the size of the ovaries as well as menst rual p roblems. some st udies, although not y et conclusive, had also suggest ed that the high level exp osure to the chemicals like benzene could also affect the fertility of women; some women who breathed high levels of benzene for many mont hs had irregular menst rual p eriods and a decrease in the size of their ovaries. it is not know n yet whether benzene exp osure affects the develop ing fetus in p regnant women or fertility in men [10]. the st udies on animals had shown a low birth weights, delay ed in bone formation, and bone marrow damage when p regnant animals breathed benz ene. in animal test s; p regnant animals that were exp osed to benz ene via inhalation sustained fetus damage including low birth weight , bone marrow p roblems, and p roblems with bone formation. breathing very high levels of benz ene can result in death, while high levels can cause drowsiness, dizziness, rapid heart rate, headaches, tremors, confusion, and unconsciousness . also eating or drinking foods cont aining high levels of benzene can cause vomiting, irritation of the st omach, dizziness , sleepiness, convulsions, rap id heart rate, and sometimes death [6]. additionally, [11] showed that exposing of p eop les w orked within 1.5 to 72 mont hs consequently (average: 14 mont hs ) have different ty p es of disorders such as leukop enia, agranulocy tosis, anemia, pancy topenia, ap lastic anemia (aa), my elody sp last ic syndrome (m ds), and leukemia m aterial and me thods s amples sixty males working in different oil st ations that p rovide benzene p roduct for p eop le in waset governorate with a mean years of work durations 1-20 years , working 8 hours / day as a mean . on the ot her hand 60 males were used as a controls from the same governorat e who never work in this field blood analysis : ahb ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 this test is based on the reaction between haemoglobin in rbcs with drabkins solution. it acts by convert ing haemoglobin to cyanomethmoglobin and then measured by haemoglobin meter [12]. b-white blood cells count 0.02 ml of blood is mixed with 0.4 ml glacial acetic acid that causes rbcs and p latelets break down , keeps white blood cells intact , then transfers to neubour chamber and left it for 1-2 min for the wbcs to settle down , then count s the wbcs on the four square under low p ower objective lenses [13 ] . cplatelets count blood is mixed with diluent s which has the ability to haemoly ze red corp uscles and p reserve p latelets in p rop ortion sufficient to the relatively large number of p latelets to be count able.[13] st atist ical analy sis st atist ical analysis was p erformed to compare t wo different group s by using anova-test [14 ] results and discussion table (1) shows that workers in oil st ations indicated normal value for the haemoglobin concentration 13.2 g% and white blood cells 5640 count / cmm and for the p latelet was 261000 count / cmm at the first 10 y ears from work . a nd as the duration of the work p rogresses; result s indicate that there was a decrease in the haemoglobin concentrations (11.7), white blood cells (2910) and in the platelet count (1333000). as the work duration progresses up to 20 years of work, result indicated a decrease in the haemoglobin concentrations (9.9), also there was a decrease in the value of wbcs (2840); as well as t he p latelets count (132600). it is well known that phenol, hy droquinone, catechol, and benzene oxide are the major derivative of benzene [15 ] .t he metabolism of benzene initially involves the formation of hy droxy lated benzenes. only small amount s of ring-opened metabolites are formed due to t he st ability of the aromatic ring. the enzy mes cataly zing these hy droxy lations are the mixed function cytochrome monoxy genase enzymes, which are found p redominantly in the liver, but also in the bone marrow, which is the put ative target organ of benz ene toxicity . the oxidizing moieties p roduced by the enzymes p robably involve a cascade of reactive oxy gen sp ecies, including free radicals. these reactive oxy gen sp ecies may cont ribute to benz ene-induced cell damage. the substitut ion of hy droxy l group s ont o the benz ene ring p roceeds by at least two p athway s: an indirect p athway through an ep oxide intermediate and a direct pathway involving direct insertion of hy droxy l group s. bot h p athway s ap p ear to proceed through an enone intermediate. the hy droxylated benz enes can undergo conjugation reactions to form glucuronides and sulfate est ers [15,16], or can be further oxidized to benz oquinones. the benz oquinones are p robably the electrop hilic sp ecies which covalently bind to macromolecules including dna, and therefore may be the ultimate carcinogenic forms of benz ene [17]. , also research indicated that dna damage(as examined with the single-cell gel assay for single-st rand breaks) was detected in p eripheral blood cells, bone marrow and liver in mice exposed to benz ene at 900 mg/m3 [18,19 ]. reference s 1who regional office for europe, (2000).cop enhagen, denmark, ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 2bruce gillis , igor m . gavin , zarema arbieva , step hen t. king , (2005) ,sundararajan jayaraman , bellur s. prabhakar . ident ification of human cell resp onses to benz ene and benz ene metabolites exp osed workers, environ. health persp ect. 113: 801–807. 3-m ajo r, j. et al. (1994).chromosome aberration, sister-chromatid exchange, proliferative rate index, and serum t hiocy anate concent ration in smokers exposed to low-dose benzene. environmental and molecular mutagenesis, 23: 137–142 4benzene. geneva, world health organization, (1993), (environmental health criteria, no.150). 5-aksoy , m. (1985). m alignancies due to occup ational exp osure to benzene. american journal of industrial m edicine. 7: 395-402 6smith,m.t .; vermeulen, r. ; li, g.; zhang, l.; lan, q.; hubbard, a.e. ; forrest ,m .s. ; forrest,c. ; zhao, x. gunn, kitada,l.; gunn, m . ; rap p ap ort,s.m. ; yin,s.; chanock,s. and rothman,n. (2005) use of ‘omic’ technologies to st udy humans exp osed to benz ene, chem. biol. int eract. 153–154, 123–127. 7yoon,b.i. ; li, g.x. ; kitada,k. ; kawasaki,y. ; igarashi,k. ; kodama,y. ; inoue,t. ; kobay ashi,k. ; kanno,j. ; kim,d.y. ; inoue,t. and hirabayashi, y. (2003) , m echanisms of benzene-induced hematotoxicity and leukemogenicity : cdna microarray analy ses using mouse bone marrow tissue, environ. h ealth persp ect. 111 :1411–1420. 8jae, y. c. (2008) suppressive effect of hydroquinone, a benz ene m etabolite, on in vitro inflammatory resp onses m ediated by m acrophages, m onocy tes, and ly mp hocy tes hindawi publishing corp oration mediators of inflammation volume, article id 298010, 11 p ages 9-burnett, c.; robinson, c.; walker, j. (1999).cancer mort ality in health and science technicians.american journal of industrial m edicine. 36(1): 155-158 10 forrest , m .s. ; lan, q. a.; hubbard,e.; . zhang, l; vermeulen,r.; zhao,x. ; li, g.; wu,y.y.; shen, m.; yin,s.; chanock, s.j. ; rothman,n.and smith,m.t . (2005) discovery of novel biomarkers by microarray analy sis of p erip heral blood mononuclear cell gene exp ression in benzene-exposed workers, environ.health persp ect. 113 :801–807. 11shouren , k and w eihui , l : (2005) ,c linical analysis of 43 cases of chronic b enzene p oisoning . chemico-biolo gical int eractions.153-154 ,129-135. 12-brown b. hematology : p rincip les and p rocedures . (1993 ) philadelp hia : lea and febiger ,pp. 13lewis , s.m . (1972). biomedical technology in hos p ital diagnos 14al-mohammed , n.t .; al-rawi,k.m .;y ounis,m .a.and al-morani,w.k. (1986) . princip al of st atist ics . j.al-m ousl university (in a rabic). 15tokantins , l.m archives of pathology . 16kalf, g.f.; post , g.b. and sny der, r. (1987). solvent toxicology: recent advances in the toxicology of benzene, the glycol ethers and carbon tetrachloride. ann. rev. pharmacol. toxicol. 27: 399-427 17snyder, c.a . (1987). in: ethel brow ning's t oxicity and met abolism of industrial solvents, 2nd ed. hy drocarbons. r. sny der, ed. elsevier, new york, 1, 3-37. 18 atsdr. (1992). agency for toxic subst ances and disease regist ry . toxicological profile for benzene. up date. prep ared by clement corp oration under cont ract no. 205-88-0608. u.s. public health service, chamblee, ga. draft for public comment ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 19 forrest ,m .s. ; lan,q. ; hubbard,a.e. ; zhang,l. ; vermeulen,r. ; zhao, x. ; li,g. ; wu,y.y. ; . shen, m; yin,s. ; chanock,s.j. ; rothman, n . and smith,m .t . (2005) discovery of novel biomarkers by microarray analy sis of p erip heral blood mononuclear cell gene exp ression in benzene-exposed workers, environ. health perspect. 113 :801–807. table (1): the relationship between durati on of works and haemoglobin concentration for oi l stati ons worke rs table (2]): the relati onship between duration of works and white blood cells count for oil stations worke rs hb concentration (g%) mean ± s d durati on of work ( ye ars ) worke rs control 1_10 13.2± 1.398 14.4±0.894 11_20 11.7±0.949 14.4±0.894 20_ 9.9± 0.994 14.4±0.894 wbcs count /cmm mean ± s d durati on of work ( years ) worke rs control 1_10 5640± 884.685 5980± 807.465 11_20 2910 ± 703.088 5980± 807.465 20_ 2840± 1863.807 5980± 807.465 ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (3): the relationship between duration of works and total platelets count for oil stati ons workers platelets count / cmm me an ± s d durati on of work ( years ) worke rs control 1_10 261000± 73249.953 189000 ± 34351.12807 11_20 133000± 30568.684 189000 ± 4351.12807 20_ 132600± 37500.222 189000 ± 34351.12807 الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 نسب بعض ألمعاییرالدمیة فيتاثیر مادة البنزین المستعمل في محطات الوقود املین فیها للع شید حمید سین ، فاتن ر میثم حسین، احمد سالم ، احمد عبد الح ة التقنیات ، قسم التحلیالت المرضیة یة كلی الطبیة والصح الخالصة ي ســـریعة االنتــشار والتبخـــر تیادیـــة وهــ درجـــات الحــرارة اإلع یـــة الهیدروكربونیــة الـــسائلة فــي تعــد مـــادة البنــزین مـــن المــواد الكیمیائ ان في الماء بمعدل تراق ولها قابلیة ذوب عض المذیبات كما ان لها قابلیة ألذوبان في ب، درجة مئویة 20 غرام بأللتر في 1.5واالح .العضویة ب تاثیره على سببا فقـر الـدم و النـزف نخـاعان االستنشاق طویل االمد لمادة البنزین یعد مسببا رئیسا المراض الدم بسب ، العظـم ـم ن الــدم ، كمـا انــه یــسبب دمــارا فــي الجهــاز المنــاعي و الــوراثي یة لــسرطا ات الرئیــس میــا(وهــو مــن المــسبب ظــتالــذي لوح) اللوكی حسب تقریر منظمة حمایة البیئة[5]اعراضه في العاملین بتماس مباشر مع هذه المادة ات الـــدم عـــض مكونـــ ــادة علــى ب ر هـــذه المـ ة ـتــاثی ــات الـــدم البـــیض ( لــذلك تمـــت هـــذه الدراســـة لمعرفــ تركیــز الهیموكلـــوبین و كریـ .)الصفیحات الدمویةو نت الدراسة عامل محافظة واسـطٲتظم ب سـنوات الخدمـة ، في محطات الوقود في 8وبمعـدل ، قـسم العمـال الـى ثـالث فئـات حـس ات . یومیا عملساع اظهرت النتائج ان قیم تركیز الهیموغلوبین وكریات الدم البیضاء و اعداد الـصفیحات الدمویـة كانـت طبیعیـة فـي االشـخاص التـي ت 10-1تراوحت فترة عملهم بین دمة في حین اظهرت النتائج انخفاضا في ، سنوا .القیم كلما زادت سنوات الخ 60 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 14 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract in mammals, the kidneys originate in an embryo from the mesoderm through three excretory organs, namely: pronephros, mesonephros, and metanephros. after the formation of metanephros is completed, the kidneys begin to form nephrogenesis through mesenchymal cells located at the tip of the ureteric bud, that contribute in the formation of glomerulus and renal tubules. the stages of glomerulus formation in the embryo of albino mice at the age of 14 to 19 days of gestation were studied. it was obtained after the sacrifice of the expectant mother and the kidneys were excised from the embryos and fixed using aqueous bouin's solution, microscopic slices with a thickness of 6 microns were then made in a paraffin method and were photographed by a camera for microscopic imaging. histological measurements were performed on them using the program image j program and analyzed statistically using the spss program. results of the current study showed the presence of five stages of glomerulus formation, namely, the renal vesicle, which represents the first stage in the formation of the nephron and glomerulus. this is followed by the comma shape stage, s-shaped stage, capillary loop stage and finally the mature glomerulus. this is surrounded by a capsule, known as bowman’s capsule being part of the malpighian or renal corpuscle. the statistical analysis showed that there were significant differences between the average diameters of the glomerular development stages, and that the mature glomerulus was larger in diameter than the rest of the stages. the study aims to determine the stages of glomerulus formation and histologically measure its diameter in the embryo of a mus musculus. doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3000 article history: received 6 september 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq glomerulogenesis and histomorphometeric in mus musculus embryo amar hussein abd ali amar.h.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of biology, collage of education pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. nahla a. al-bakri nahla.ar.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of biology, collage of education pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ateeq m. j. alarami moc.liamg@5102a.otsih department of biology, collage of education, university of thamar republic of yemen https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:amar.h.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:nahla.ar.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:nahla.ar.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 15 keywords: kidney, mus musculus, embryo, ureteric bud, glomerulus, histomorphometry. 1.introduction the urinary system plays a sensitive role in regulating the economy of the body, and this system works through intertwined processes that are intended to maintain the state of the internal homeostasis of the vertebrate bodies[1]. the main function of the kidneys is to maintain the homeostasis of fluids in the body, and to remove waste products, excess water, and electrolytes from the blood [2]. in addition, it can be considered a major gland that secretes some hormones, such as the renin hormone, which regulates blood pressure. and erythropoietin, which works to stimulate the bone marrow to produce red blood cells [3]. the kidneys in mammalian embryos consist of three excretory organs: the pronephros, the mesonephros, and the metanephros, all of which arise from the intermediate mesoderm [4,5]. the nephron consists of the renal corpuscle, which includes the glomerulus, surrounded by bowman’s capsule and the renal tubule [6]. after the formation of the metanephros, the nephron forms, where the ureteric bud emerges from the ducts mesonephros, then enters the metanephros and gathers around the anterior end of the bud, mesenchyma cell that turns into epithelial cells to form the renal vesicle from which glomeruli and renal tubules arise [7]. 2. material and methods sample collection in the present study, mice were used at the last week of gestation. the embryos were anesthetized using chloroform. the embryos were then dissected and excised from their place and then fixed using the aqueous bouin’s fluid for 12-24 hours. after the fixation period ended, the models were washed with 50% and 70% ethyl alcohol [8]. histological study paraffin slices were prepared according to the method described [9], the samples were passed to dehydration with an ascending series of ethyl alcohol, starting with a concentration of 70% and ending with a concentration of 100%, for one hour for each concentration. the purpose of this procedure was to draw the water inside the sample, then using xylene to clearing the sample for 3 minutes. then the specimens were filtered using paraffin wax. these were then put in a mixture of xylene and molten wax at 1:1 for 30 minute, after which the samples were transported to the pure molten wax in the electric oven for one hour. this procedure was done twice to ensure that the specimen was fully impregnated. after that, embedding in high melting paraffin wax. then, the wax molds containing the samples were cut using the rotary microtome and 6 μm-thick microscopic slice were made as serial sagittal sections. the tissue sections were stained by the routine dye hars hematoxin-iosin according to method [10]. the slides were loading using the dpx (dextrin plasticizer xylene). finally, the glass slides were photographed after being examined with the compound microscope using a wifi-720b camera. biometric study and statistical analysis metric measurements were carried out on sagittal tissue images using image j program, to measure the diameters of the glomerulus and malpighian formation stages under a microscope with a power of 40x. then, the measurements were entered into the spss v.21 program to display the results as (mean ± standard error) adopting the value of the least significant difference under the level of significance (p˂0.05). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 16 3.results and discussion 3.1. histological study the results of the current study of the kidney in the mus musculus embryo showed five stages in the formation of the glomerulus, which are as follows: 3.1.1 renal vesicle stage in the kidney of the mus musculus embryo at 14 day of gestation, it appears that the mesenchymal cells located at the tip of the ureteric bud transformed into a closed v-shaped structure with a central cavity known as the renal vesicle. it also appears that it is composed of a row of cells with oval nuclei located at the superficial part of the renal cortex (3-1). [11] noted that the formation of a glomerulus requires the occurrence of segmentation and morphological changes in the renal vesicle, which is the first epithelial structure to arise from the mesenchymal cell. thus, it suffers on its lower side from invagination to form a vascular cleft (fig. 3-1). it also represents the primitive form of the glomerulus [12]. 3.1.2 comma shaped stage in the kidney of the albino mice embryo, a comma-like shape appeared. this represents the second stage of the formation of the glomerulus, which arises from the invagination of the renal vesicle and is divided into two regions: the proximal and distal segment, between which the vascular cleft lies. this corresponds to what was found [13]. this form consists of parietal cells [14] figure (3-2). 3.1.3 s-shaped stage at this stage, the shape of the glomerulus in the kidney of the mus musculus embryo was in the form of a letter s-shape (3-3) consisting of three segment, an upper called the proximal segment, located near the capsule, lined with columnar tissue, and a lower representing the distal segment lined with cuboidal tissue between them located median curve. [11] confirmed in his study that the three segments play an important role in the formation of the glomerulus and renal tubule. he found the parietal layer of bowman’s capsule and the visceral epithelium arise from the proximal segment (upper segment), while the proximal tubule, the henle loop and the distal tubule, arise from median segment. as for the distal segment(lower), it connects the renal tubules to the collecting tubule. at this stage, cells begin to migrate to a vascular cleft called the endothelial cell, arises from stem cells known as angioblast, to form glomerular capillaries [15]. 3.1.4 capillary loop stage in the kidney of the mice embryo, invagination appeared in a letter s shape at its lower segment while its cuboidal cells turned into flat. then, it appeared in the shape of the letter c. its edges are lined with flatting cells and it reaches the endothelial cell to form glomerular capillaries to settle in the previously formed vascular cleft (figure 3-4). [16] indicated in his study that these capillaries undergo rapid changes, including the appearance of the glomerular capillary system, differentiation of the presumptive endothelium cells to malpighian corpuscle, and the formation of renal arteries and veins. 3.1.5 mature glomerulus the mature glomerulus can be distinguished in the area of the cortex as being surrounded by bowman's capsule, it is formed of the following two continuous layers of epithelium: an external or parietal layer of bowman's capsule which is formed of simple squamous epithelium surrounded by reticular fibres and an internal or visceral layer which is adherent to the glomerular blood capillaries the visceral layer of the bowman's capsule is formed of modified ihjpas. 36(2)2023 17 simple squamous cells known as podocytes or glomerular epithelial cells.these cells facilitate the passage of glomerular filtrate to the capsular space ). it appears as being composed of two layers: a parietal layer consisting of squamous epithelium and a layer surrounding the glomerulus known as the visceral layer. while the space between the two layers is called bowman’s space figure (3-5). in embryos 18 and 19 day of gestation, the juxtaglomerular apparatus, as well as the macula densa, were observed (fig. 3-6). [12] indicated that the first three stages can be observed near the surface of the cortex, while the last two stages can be observed deep in the cortex area. although the stages of glomerulogenesis are different, they can be seen in all mus musculus embryos from the age of 14 to 19 days of gestation. this was confirmed by [17], and it is also consistent with what was stated by [12]. that show the development of kidney in human fetus at 14 week gestation. the results of the statistical analysis showed that there were significant differences in the diameters of the stages of glomerulus development at the significance level of (p≤ 0.05). table (3-1). thus, the mean diameter of the glomerulus reached (45.4786 ±2.11797) and it was the largest in diameter, while the mean diameter of the renal vesicle was (25.9578±2.50643). this was the lowest mean than the rest of the diameters of the other stages figure (3-7). figure(3-2):sagittal section in the kidney(comma shape stage) of mice embryo at 16 day gestation observe: (ps) proximal segment, (vc)vascular cleft, (ds) distal segment, (md) metanephric duct (h&e stain, 40x) figure(3-1):sagittal section in the kidney of mice embryo showing first stage of glomerulogenesis glomerulogenesis at 14 day gestation observe: (rv) renal vesicle (cap) cap mesenchyme , (ur) ureteric bud (h&e stain, 40x) figure(3-3):sagittal section in the kidney(sshape stage) of mice embryo at 17 day gestation observe: (ub)ureteric bud, (ps)proximal segment, (mc) median curve, (vc) vascular cleft, (pe) parietal epithelial cell, (ds) distal segment (h&e stain, 40x). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 18 figure(3-4):sagittal section in the kidney (capillary loop stage) of mice embryo at 17 day gestation observe: a(vc) vascular cleft , (gl) glomerular capillary loop; b: (me) mesangial cell, (pe) parietal epithelial cell, (h&e stain, 40x). figure(3-6):sagittal section in the kidney of mice embryo at 19 day gestation observe: (g) glomerulus, (pl) parietal layer, , (bs) bowman’s spase, (vl) visceral layer, (pt) proximal convoluted tubule , (dt) distal convoluted tubule, (po) podocyte, (ma) macula densa , (j) juxtaglomerular apparatus (h&e stain, 40x) figure(3-5):sagittal section in the kidney (mature glomerulus) of mice embryo at 19 day gestation observe: (g) glomerulus, (pl) parietal layer, (bs) bowman’s spase, (vl) visceral layer, (pt) proximal convoluted tubule , (dt) distal convoluted tubule(h&e stain, 40x) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 19 table(3-1):the mean diameters the glomerular development stage in mus musculus embryo 4. conclusions the glomerulogenesis considered one of the main developmental processes in the kidney of embryo ,that occur after formation of metanephros, mesenchymal cell is contribute in happening that ،this study showing five stage for development glomerulus represented by renal vesicle, comma shape stage, sshape stage, capillary loop stage, and finally the mature glomerulus, and make statistical analyze for diameters to every stage, this study explain the important role in glomerulogenesis during the life of the embryo. ethical clearance ethics of scientific research were carried out in accordance with the international conditions followed in dealing with laboratory animals, and included animal health, husbandry and care for it, and providing appropriate conditions for it in terms of food, and appropriate methods were diameter of glomerulogenesis stage (mean±s.e)µm renal vesicle (v-shape) 25.9578±2.50643 comma shape 35.2243±1.05198 sshape stage 38.4146±1.1356 capillary loop stage 35.0716±4.0729 mature from 45.4786±2.11797 v-shape comma sshape capillary mature mean 25.9578 35.2243 38.4146 35.0716 45.4786 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 m e a n o f d ia m e te rs glomerulogenesis stage figure(3-7): statistical analysis to mean diameter for glomerular development stages in m. musculus embryo. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 20 adopted in dealing with it when experimenting, and this is consistent with the instructions of the iraqi ministry of health and environment. references 1.farquhar,m.g.;wissing,s.l.; palade,g.e. glomerular permeability ferritin transfer across the normal glomerular capillary wall.jor. am. soc. nephrol. 1999,(10),2645-2662. 2.mescher, a.l. junqueira’s basic histology text and atlas,15th edt; mcgraw-hill education: new york, usa, 2018; isbn: 978-1-26-002617-7 3.martini ; bartholomew; ober, w.c.; ober,c. e; welch, k. ; petti, k. essentials of anatomy and physiology, 8thed; pearson education: hoboken,usa, 2020; isbn 0135210755. 4.sadler, t.w. langman's medical embryology, 14th. wolters kluwer, philadelphia, usa, 2019; isbn 9781496383907. 5.moore, k.l.; persaud,t.v.n., torchia, m.g. the developing human: clinically oriented embryology,10th ed; elsevier, inc.: philadelphia, usa, 2016; isbn: 978-0-323-31338-4. 6.al-ibrahimi, l. h. ; al-bakri, n.a. teratogenic effect of keppra (levetiracetam) drug on the kidney in albino rat (rattus rattus). ihjpas 2017, 28(2),8-21. 7.robert, b.; zhao x, abrahamson dr. coexpression of neuropilin-1, flk1, and vegf(164) in developing and mature mouse kidney glomeruli. am. j. physiol. renal. physiol. 2000, 279, 275–282 8.alyassiri, s.j. ; al-bakri, n. ; al-kawaz, u. ; selman,m. o. histological study on kidney affected by carbamazepine drug in postnatal rat. world j. pharm. res. 2016,5(11), 205-219 9. suvarna , s. k.; layton, l. ; bancroft, j. d. bancroft's theory and practice of histological techniques, 7th ed; churchill livingstone elsevier ltd.: shanghai, china,2019; isbn 978-07020-6887-4. 10. bancroft, j. d.; suvarna, k. ; layton, c. bancroft theoty and practice of histological techniques, 7th ed.;the churcill livingstone: edinburgh, scottish, 2012 ; isbn 978-0-70204226-3. 11. georgas,k.; rumballe, b.; valerius, m.t.; chiu, h.s.; thiagarajan, r.d.; lesieur, e.; aronow, b.j.; brunskill, e.w.; combes, a.n.; tang, d.; taylor, d.; grimmond, s.m.; potter, s.s.; mcmahon, a.p.; little, m.h. analysis of early nephron patterning reveals a role for distal rv proliferation in fusion to the ureteric tip via a cap mesenchyme-derived connecting segment. dev. biol. 2009,332,273–286. 12. syed,s.a ; joshi, r. a. ; herekar, n. g. histogenesis of kidney in human fetuses. int. j. rec. trends sci. technol. 2012,3(2),44-48. 13. faa, g.; gerosa, c.; fanni, d.; monga, g.; zaffanello, m.; van eyken, p.; fanos, v. morphogenesis and molecular mechanisms involved in human kidney development. j. cell.physiol.2011, 227(3), 1257–1268. 14. nagata, m. glomerulogenesis and the role of endothelium. curr. opin. nephrol. hypertens,2018, 27(3), 159–164. 15. tanigawa, s.; taguchi, a.; sharma, n.; perantoni, a. o.; nishinakamura, r. selective in vitro propagation of nephron progenitors derived from embryos and pluripotent stem cells. cell reports 2016, 15(4), 801–813. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 21 16. haroldsson, b.; nystrom, j.; deen, w.m. properties of the glomerular basement barrier and mechanisms of proteinuria. physiol. rev. 2008, 88,451-487. 17. pokarna, d. j.; kshitija, k. ; saritha, s. histogenesis of human fetal kidney from 14 weeks to 36 weeks: a study. int. j. res. med. sci. 2019, 7(11),4330-4334. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 a new spectrophotometric method for the determination of la (iii) with 3-hydroxy -4-(2-hydroxyphenyl azo) naphthalene -1sulfonic acid received in : 27 june 2010 accepte d in : 9 november 2010 s. a. darweesh , a. s. hammodi , r. m. mahmmod departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn -alhaitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a simple, rapid and sensitive sp ectrop hotometric method has been p rop osed for the determination of la (iii) using 3-hy droxy -4-(2-hy droxy -p henyl azo) naphthalene -1sulfonic acid as a chromogenic reagent. this method is based on the formation of a red-pink colored comp lex, up on the reaction of la(iii) with the reagent in an alkaline medium (p h= 9.50), having a maximum absorbance at 459 nm. beer's law is valid in the concentration range 0.512 µg.ml -1 with a sandell's sensitivity value of 0.0188 µg.cm -2 and molar absorp tivity of 7376.12 l.mol -1 .cm -1 . the st oichiometric comp osition of the chelate is 1:3. the effect of the p resence of different cations as interferants in the determination of la(iii) under the given op timum conditions were invest igated. key words :spectrophotme tric , dete rmination of la (i ii) ,3-hydroxy -4(2-hydroxy-phenyl azo) naphthale ne -1sulfonic acid introduction a basic characterist ic of the lanthanide group is the chemical similarity of individual members. consequently , data on the total lanthanide content often suffer in p ractical p roblems, p articulary when all the lanthanides behave similary , such as the p roduction of alloy st eel or when the ratio of the individual members is constant as in geochemistry .[1] lanthanum and its comp ounds are used in high technology app lications, such as sup erconductors, sup ermagnets, nuclear chemist ry , laser, alloy and also as anticoagulants[2]. various methods such as isotop ic dilution mass sp ectrometry (id-m s)[3], instrumental neutron activation analysis (inaa)[4], inductively coupled p lasma mass sp ectrometry (icdm s)[5], and inductively coupled p lasma atomic emission sp ectrometry (icpaes)[6,7] are available for the determination of la . these methods require costly equip ments or a reactor facilities for (inaa); most of the laboratories are not equip p ed with these instruments, interest. az o dy es are a very imp ortant class of organic comp ounds receiving att ention in the scientific literature. recently , azo metal chelates have drawn the att ention of some research due to their excellence in sensitivity and st ability as op tical recording medium[8,9]. m oreover, the complexes of some azo dy es with metal ions, such as co(ii), ni(ii), zn(ii) and pd(ii) have been recently invest igated as recording materials for dvd-r (digital versatile disc-recordable)[10] . 3-hy droxy -4-(2-hy droxy p henyl azo) naphthalene -1sulphonic acid (m .wt 366.33 gm/mole), (also called solochrome violet (rs), see schem 1) is an azo dy e, used as metal ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 indicator in the chelatometric determination of al (iii) in natural water[11,12]. in addition, rs is a reactive azo dy e belonging to the largest class of dy es commonly emp loyed in textile industry [13]. no information is available about the sp ectrop hotometric determination of la(iii) with rs reagent. in this p resent work, an att emp t to adopt the reagent rs as a chromogenic agent for a sp ectrop hotometric determination of la(iii) was done and the op timum reaction conditions for excellent metal ion sensitivities are evaluated. s chem 1 : the molecular structure of sol ochrome violet (rs ) experimental a cintra 5 gbs scientific equip ment uv – visible sp ectrop hotometer , with 1 cm quartz cells and a philip s model pw-9421 p h-meter was used for the absorbance and p h measurements resp ectively.infrared measurements were carried out on a shimadzu-ir prest ege -zi fourier transform infrared. reagents a stock (100 µg .ml -1 ) solution of la(iii) was p repared by dissolving 0.0117 gm of la2o3 p urity ( 99.5% ) (fluka) in 20 ml 5m hno3 and then diluted to 100 ml with distilled water rsreagent p urity (99.5%) (bdh) 2.72×10 -3 m solution was p repared by dissolving 0.0996 gm in a 100ml distilled water by using a volumetric flask. buffer solution (p h=10.0) was p repared by mixing 3.21 gm nh4cl with 2.24 gm kcl then 22.7 ml of nh4oh was added and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water in volumetric flask[14], the p h being adjust ed with a few drop s of 0.5m naoh or 0.5 m hcl. procedure for preparation of synthetic sample different water samples (tap and river) were collected from various sites. the water samples were filtered through awathman filter p aper no 41. to 20 ml of each sample 0.0117 gm of la2o3 was added followed by addition of 20 ml of 5m hno3 and the mixture was heated with continous st irred until comp lete dissolution. the volume was then made to 100 ml with sample water . test solutions were then p repared by subsequent dilution with the same water samp le. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 general procedure to various volumes of 7.198×10 -4 m (100 µg. ml -1 ) lanthanum (iii) solution, 0.5ml of 2.72×10 -3 m reagent and 0.5ml of buffer solution (p h=9.5) were added, then the resultant solutions were diluted to the 10ml with dist illed water. the absorbance were measured at 459 nm against the reagent blank solution. re sults and discussion the ligand 3-hy droxy -4(2-hy droxy p henyl azo) naphthalene -1-sulfonic acid reacts with la(iii) to form a st able red-pink comp lex sp ecies, which is highly soluble in water. the absorp tion sp ectrum of the la(iii)reagent complex in aqueous solution was st udied over the wavelength range 190-800 nm. the comp lex exhibited an absorp tion maximum at 459 nm against reagent blank (fig.1). effect of ph the effect of p h on the development up on the reaction between la(iii) and reagent was st udied at 459 nm. the p h being adjust ed with a few drop s of 0.5m hcl and 0.5m naoh. a p lot of absorbance against p h (fig.2) ,showed that the absorbance was increased gradually as the p h increased and a maximum absorbance was obtained at the p h 9.50. the absorbance then decreased at p h value above 9.5, hence a p h of 9.50 was used in all the subsequent exp erimental work. effect of reagent concentration various volumes ( 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1 and 1.2 ml ) of reagent solution were added to 6µg.ml -1 of la(iii) solution, 0.5 ml of 2.72 × 10 -3 m was found to be enough to develop the color to its fully intensity and a large excess of reagent solution has deleterious effect on t he absorbance (fig.3). effect of reaction time the reaction is instantaneous, and the la(iii)reagent comp lex att ained maximum and constant absorbance immediately after addition of the reagent and diluting the solution to the final volume. the color obtained remained st rictly unaltered for at least 2 hours. s toichiometry of the complex the stoichiometry of the comp lex has been st udied by the mole ratio method . a series of solutions were p repared by transferring 1 ml aliquots of la(111) solution (3.24x10 -4 ) m , then increasing amount of reagent solution ranging from ( 1.62x10 -4 m mole-1.45x10 -3 m mole ) were added. to each solution 0.5 ml of buffer solution was added and the p h was adjust ed to 9.50 with a few drop s of 0.5 m hcl and for 0.5 m naoh and the resulted solutions were diluted up to the 10 ml with distilled water . the absorbances were measured at 459 nm against the reagent blank solution. the obtained results are given in table (1) and fig (4) which shows that the ratio of la : rs in the comp lex is 1:3, therefore a st ructure of the comp lex could be prop osed as shown in scheme (2). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 s cheme (2) : the propose d structure of the [ la(iii) – (rs)3 ] -3 complex. the ir sp ectra of the ligand and comp lex (fig 5, a and b) show sharp bands at 3417 and 1620 cm -1 , which can be att ributed to the oh and –n=n group s resp ectively. the band at 1620 cm -1 disapp eared and a new band at 1404 cm -1 app eared while the band which corresp oned to – oh group brodened, these indicate that the coordination in the formed charge transfer complex occur through the azo group and one of the hydroxy l group [15]. cal ibration graph (analytical data) under the op timum exp erimental conditions of the p rop osed method, a linear calibration graph was given and obtained between absorbance and concentration in the range given in (fig. 6). the correlation coefficient, intercep t and slop e were calculated using least – square method .the mean sandell , s sensitivity and the app arent molar absorp tivity values together with the limits of detection (d.l) and quantification (q.l)[16] comp iled in table(2), are indicative of the high sensitivity of the prop osed method. method validation the accuracy of the method was evaluated by p erforming five replicate analyses on la(iii) st andard solutions at three different amounts of la(iii) within the working range and calculating the p ercentage error. the p recision was determined by calculating the relative st andard deviations for five determinations at each level. (table 3). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 effect of foreign i ons the effects of over 10 ions on the determination of 7 µg.ml -1 of la (iii) were st udied and the results are summarized in (table 5).as can be seen, a large number of ions have no significant effect on the determination of la(iii). on the other hand the most serious interferences were from ce(iii), ho(iii) and pr(ii) ions, so that p rior sep aration would be essential. application to real sample s to evaluate the analytical app licability and to check the accuracy of the p rop osed method, the method was app lied to t he determination of la(iii) in tap and river water sp iked with la(iii) (i.e sy nthelic samples) and the obtained result is summarized in (table 6). conclusions the p resent st udy described the use of solochrom violet (rs) reagent for the development of selective , sensitive and accurate sp ectrop hotometric methods for the determination of la (111) with (rs) reagent, the accep table –linearity and accuracy of the results indicated that the method can be app lied for routine analysis of la(111) in real samples . re ferences 1. henderson,p.(1984). rare earth geochemistry , elsevier, amst erdam.p213-219. 2. vijayan,s.; m elnky ,a.j.; singh,r.d.and nut tall,k;(1989), recovery of lanthanides and yttrium from red mud by selective leaching . m in. eng. 41,p 13-17. 3.ft hirlwall, f. (1982), a triple – filament method for rapid and p recise analy sis of rare – earth elements by isotop e dilution chem. geol. 35:155-166. 4. jackobs,j.w.; koritev,r.l.; balchard,d.d. and haskin.l.a. (1977), j. radioanal. inter ference from uranium in neutron activation analy sis or rare – earths in silicate rocks. chem. 40: 93-99 . 5.date, a.r.and gary,a.l. (1985), determination of as, la, bi and hg in water samples by flow – injection inductively coupled p lasma mass sp ectrometry with ansitu nebulizer , hy dride generator .spectrochim, acta part b 40 :115. 6.crock, j.g.and lichte,f.e. (1982), determination of rare earth elements in geological materials by inductively coupled argon p lasma / atomic emission sp ectrometry . anal. chem.. 54 :1329-1332. 7. djingova,r.and ivanova,j. (2002),determination of rare earth elements in soils and sediments by inductively coupled p lasma atomic emission sp ectrometry after cation – exchang sep aration. talanta 57(5): 821-829. 8.wang,s.; shen,s. and xu,h. (2000) sy nthesis sp ectroscop ic and thermal prop erties of a series of azo metal chelate dy es pigments 44:195 . 9.chapman, d.d.; goswami, r. and kovacs,c.a. (1995), invest igation of op tical nonlinearities of azo nickel chelate comp ound by the z–scan technique. european patent ap p lication ep 0649884. 10.park,h.; kim,e.r.; kim,d.j. and lee,h. (2002), op tical p rop erties of nickel(11) – azo comp lexes thin films for p otential app lication as high – recordable op tical recording media bull. chem. soc. jap an 75, p2067 . 11.britt ain,h.c. (1979), ap p lication of 8 hydroxy l quinoline –ssulfonic acid in the sp ectrop hotometric determination of some lanthanides anal. chim. acta, 106: 401. 12.wang,x.; lei,j.; gan,s.; bi. n. and wei,z.(2001), determination of the sp eciation of aluminum (111) in natural waters by adsorp tion stripp ing voltammetry and complexation with a 111 . solochrome violet rs analytica chimica acta, number 1:499. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 13.m rowetz,m . and selli,e. (2005), enhanced photocataly tic formation of hydroxy l radicals on fluorinated tio2. phy s. chem .chem. phy s; 7:1100. 14.basavaiah,k. and shakunthala,v. (2004), charan ionp air comp lexometric determination of cyp roheptadine hydrochloride using bromophenol-blue. j of science asia 30: 163-170. 15silverstein, robert m .; bassler clay ton g. and m orrill, terence c.(1981) ,sp ectrometric identification of organic comp ounds .4th edition. john wiley &sons, usa.p 318-322. 16siddap p a,k.;m allikkarjun,m .;reddy ,p.t .andtambe.m .(2008),determination of la (iii) by sp ectrohp otometric analysis ecl.quim, saopaulo,33(4):41-46. 17-fernandez l. and olsina,r. (1990),sensitive sp ectrop hotometric determination of lanthanum with 2 – (3,5-dichloro-2-py rid(azo) -5-dimethy laminop henol). analytical sciences:vol 6 (3): 112-121. 18guo z ien f.; jiao m ai, liang,p. and x. bu. lu.(1999), study on the sp ectrop hotometricdetermination of rare earths with a new chromogenic reagent . dibromo – p –m ethy lchlorosulfonazochinese chemical lett ers 10 (10):851-854 . 19govinda ,p.; m ohan reddy ,k.p.; krishna reddy ,v. and raveendra reddy .p.(2008), 2 hy droxy – 1-naphthaldehyde-p-hy droxy benzoic hydrazone as a sp ectrop hotometric reagent for t he determination of lanthanum(111) . indion.j. of chemistry . 47a :1381-1383. 20yadvendra,k. and shrivast ar.p.(1997), solvent extraction sp ectrop hotometric and indvctively coupled p lasma atomic emission sp ectroscop ic determination of lanthanum(111) with crown hy droxomic acid. tolanta, 45(2):397-404 . 21kokare ,b.n.; han,s.h. and amuse.m .a.(2009),solvent extraction of lanthanum(111) by n – nocty laniline from salicy late media.desalination and water treatment.12:79 – 86 table (1) : mole ratio method results conc. of reagent cl:cm absorbance 1.62 x 10 -5 0.5 0.025 3.24 x 10 -5 1.0 0.070 4.90 x 10 -5 1.5 0.140 6.50 x 10 -5 2.0 0.180 8.09 x 10 -5 2.5 0.240 9.72 x 10 -5 3.0 0.290 1.14 x 10 -4 3.5 0.295 1.30 x 10 -4 4.0 0.291 1.45 x 10 -4 4.5 0.273 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 table (2): se lected analytical paramete rs obtained with optimization experiments. parameter proposed method linear dynamic rang e (µg.ml -1 ) 0.5-12 intercept 0.0116 slope 0.0531 correlation coeffici ent (r) 0.9979 molar absorptivity(l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) 7376.12 sandell sensitivity (µg.cm -2 ) 0.0188 detection limit * (µg.ml -1 ) 0.475 quantitation limit ** (µg.ml -1 ) 1.440 3.3 x s.d of blank * d.l = --------------------------- slop of calibration curve 10 x s.d of blank ** q.l = ------------------------------- slop of calibration curve table (3): evaluati on of accuracy and precisi on of the propose d method. amount of la(iii) (µg.ml -1 ) (error %) * (r.s.d%) * taken found (mean) 5.0 5.04 0.80 2.11 7.0 6.91 1.28 1.41 10.0 10.38 3.80 3.10 * for five determinations table (4): show the p rop osed method has accep table linearity ranges when it comp ared with other method. table(4):comparison of propose d method with other reported spectrophotome tric methods. reagents beer , s law limit µg. ml -1 ref. 2-(3,5-dichloro-2-p y ridy(azo)-5dimethy l amino phenol) 0.6-40 17 dibromo-p -methy l – chlorosulfon-azo 1.0 – 15 18 2-hy droxy -1-naphthaldihyde–p hy droxy benzoic hydrazone 0.22 – 8.33 19 crown hy droxamic acid 1.2 – 20 20 n-n – octy l aniline 0.45 – 18 21 3hy droxy l-4(2hy droxy l-p henyl azo) naphthalene -1sulfonic acid 0.5 – 12 this work ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 table (5): determination of 7 µg.ml -1 of la(iii) in the presence of foreign i ons foreign ions amount added (µg.ml 1 ) amount found (µg. ml 1 ) error % cu +2 0.50 1.20 7.08 7.11 + 1.14 + 1.57 cd +2 0.50 2.90 7.14 7.09 + 2.0 1.28 ni +2 0.50 2.50 7.15 7.02 + 2.14 + 0.28 co +2 1.50 3.00 6.91 7.11 1.28 +1. 57 al +3 0.75 1.00 7.09 7.05 + 1.28 + 0.71 cr +3 0.75 1.00 7.06 7.10 + 0.85 + 1.42 mn +2 0.70 1.25 7.09 7.11 + 1.28 + 1.57 zn +2 0.70 1.25 7.11 7.15 + 1.57 + 2.14 ho +3 0.70 1.50 7.30 7.52 + 4.28 + 7.42 ce +3 0.70 1.50 7.20 7.39 + 2.85 + 5.57 pr +3 0.70 1.50 7.22 7.15 + 3.14 + 2.14 table (6): determination of la(iii) added to a water samples µg.ml -1 . samp le sp iked m easured recovery % tap water 4 6 8 3.80 6.10 8.80 98.0 100.5 102.5 river water 4 6 8 4.30 6.40 8.70 103.0 102.0 101.8 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig.(1):absor ption s pectra of a: 6 µg.ml -1 (la(iii)) b: 6 µg.ml -1 la(iii) ( 4.31x10 -5 m),1.36×10 -4 m ( reagent)at ph=9.50 c: blank 1.36 ×10 -4 m (reagent) at ph=9.50 against disti lled water. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 7 8 9 10 11 12 ph a b s o rb a n c e fig.(2):effect of ph on the absorbance of 6 µg.ml -1 la(iii), 1.36 ×10 -4 m (reagent) at 459 nm. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 reagent volume (ml) a b s o rb a n c e fig.(3):effect of reagent volume on the absorbance of 6 µg.ml -1 lanthanum (iii) sol uti on. fig.(4): mole ratio plot of lanthanum (iii) determination by the propose d method. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 wavenumb er 1/cm fig.(5-a): ir s pctrum of the reagent wavenumb er 1/cm fig.(5-b):ir s pectrum of the la(iii) – reagent complex ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol. 24 (1) 2011 fig. (6) : calibration graph 2011) 1( 24المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة كسي هیدرو -3باستخدام كاشف ) 111(طریقة طیفیة جدیدة لتقدیر الالنثانوم حامض السلفونیك -1-نفثالین )یل ازو فن هیدرروكسي -2( -4 2010حزیران 27:استلم البحث في 2010تشرین الثاني 9:البحث في قبل رؤى مؤید محمود ،ازهار صادق حمودي ، سمر احمد درویش جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهیثم –كلیة التربیة ،قسم الكیمیاء الخالصة – 2(-4-هیدروكســي -3باســتعمال ) 111(طریقــة طیفیــة بســیطة وســریعة وحساسـة لتقــدیر الالنثــانوم تاقترحـ د بلـون احمـر ارجــواني حـامض السـلفونیك كاشـف لـوني تعتمــد الطریقـة علـى تكـوین معقـ -1-نفثـالین ) هیدروكسـي فنیـل ازو p = 9.5 مـع الكاشــف فـي وســط قاعـدي la )111(تفاعــل لنتیجـة h الــذي اظهـر اعظــم امتصـاص عنــد طـول مــوجي مل . مایكروغرام ) 120,5(لقد اظهرت الطریقة انطباق قانون بیر لمدى من التراكیز یتراوح بین . نانومیتر 459مقداره 7376.12عامل االمتصاص المولي یساوي وكان م، ­²سم .مایكروغرام 0.0188وكانت قیمة حساسیة ساندل تساوي ¹ˉ تقـدیر فـيلقـد تمـت دراسـة تـاثیر وجـود متـداخالت مختلفـة ).كاشف : فلز ( 1:3لمعقد المتكون بنسبة ا ¹־سم. ¹־مول.لتر )111 (la بتطبیق الطریقة تحت الظروف المثلى. فنیل ازو هیدروكسي ، (la) تعیین المطیافیة ،:الكلمات المفتاحیة microsoft word 331-344 331 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 دراسة وبائية وتشخيصية للديدان المعوية التي تصيب العصفور في مدينة تكريت، العراق passer domesticus (l.) المنزلي الساعديعبد علي جنزيل الصرفة (ابن ھيثم) / جامعة بغداد قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم وسام حسن عبد الھادي عبدهللا حسين عبدهللا قسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية / جامعة تكريت 2015/حزيران/7قبل البحث في: 2015/نيسان/2استلم البحث في : الخالصة 2013من مدينة تكريت أثناء المدة من أيلول passer domesticusطيرآ من العصفور المنزلي 340جمعت . أظھرت الدراسة انھا مصابة بسبعة أنواع من الديدان الشريطية عائدة الى الجنس 2014ولغاية تموز raillietina األنواع ويتضمنr. tetragona ،r. echinobothrida ،r. cesticellus و r.ransomi ، ويتضمن choanotaeniaعلى التوالي . والجنس %1.8، %15.0، %30.1 ، %36.1بة وبنسبة إصا على التوالي . والجنس %0.6و %15.0وبنسبة إصابة c. passerineو c. infundibulumاألنواع anonchotaenia ويتضمن النوعa. globate ومن بين ھذه الطفيليات تم تسجيل %1.2 . ، وبنسبة إصابة ألول مرة في العراق . فضآل عن ذلك فقد اشارت a. globateو r. ransomi ،c. passerineالدودة .rالدراسة الى تسجيل العصفور المنزلي مضيفآ جديدآ ألربعة أنواع من الديدان الشريطية ھي : echinobothrida , r. tetragona , r. cesticellus وc. infundibulum . : العصفور المنزلي ، الديدان المعوية ، تكريت . الكلمات المفتاحية 332 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة من خالل تغذيتھا على بعض االحياء الضارة مثل الحشرات ويقوم البعض biological controlتسھم الطيور في السيطرة الحياتية ت منھا بنقل العديد من المسببات المرضية كالفيروسات السيما المسببة لمرض انفلونزا الطيور والبكتريا والطفيليات الى الطيور والحيوانا . تصاب الطيور كالحيوانات االخرى بالعديد من الطفيليات التي تسبب لھا [1]واالسماك واالنسان عند االتصال بھا الداجنة االخرى الھالك الكبير احياناً اعتماداً على مجموعة من الظروف المتعلقة بكل من الطفيلي والطائر ، إذ ان الكثير من الطيور سواء أكانت داجنة domestic birds أم بريةwild birds تعد مستودعات لبعض العوامل المسببة لالمراض ، ومن ثم فانھا تمثل دوراً في اختالف ويتأثر الطائر تأثيراً كبيراً بنوعية غذائه ويتأثر الجھاز [3] . و [2]االصابة فيما بينھا نوعاً وكماً وانتشارھا ضمن مدى جغرافي معين تؤدي الطيور دوراً مھماً وكبيراً في حياة االنسان من خالل أھميتھا في عملية . [4]خرىالھضمي بذلك قبل غيره من اجھزة الجسم اال ، التوازن البيئي او ما تسببه من اضرار اقتصادية باتالفھا الكثير من المحاصيل الزراعية فضالً عن نقلھا لالمراض بما تحمله من مسببات ، ويتراوح تأثير الطفيليات ما بين parasitesومن ھذه المسببات الطفيليات [5]راض وھذا ما يجعل المصابة منھا مستودعات متنقلة لالم . وتبرز االھمية االقتصادية للديدان الطفيلية في مدى ما تحدثه في الطيور المصابة من [6]تأثير قليل الى تأثير يؤدي الى موت المضيف االصابة بالطفيليات المختلفة الى عدة اسباب اھمھا : قدرة ھذه الطفيليات على . وقد يعود انتشار [7]امراض مختلفة قد تؤدي الى تفوقه البقاء تحت الظروف البيئية المختلفة ، وقصر الوقت الالزم الستكمال دورة حياتھا . وكذلك قدرتھا على مقاومة بعض المبيدات التي يات المعوية التي تصيب الجھاز الھضمي لطائر العصفور لذا جاءت ھذه الدراسة بھدف تشخيص بعض الطفيل [8] .تستعمل لقتلھا المنزلي وتحديد نسبة اإلصابة وشدتھا ودراسة التغيرات الشھرية النتشار ھذه الديدان . المواد وطرائق العمل طيراً من العصفور المنزلي من مدينة تكريت . بعد 340جمع 2014ولغاية تموز 2013تم خالل المدة من أيلول ذلك سجل تاريخ الصيد والجنس لكل طير ثم جلبت الطيور حية الى المختبر ، قتلت الطيور بطريقة الذبح وجرت عملية الفحص بعد فتح جسم الطير من منطقة البطن والصدر عزلت االحشاء الداخلية ووضعت في الماء لكي تسترخي ، وف الجسمي بعدسة مكبرة يدوية بحثاً عن الطفيليات أو اطوارھا اليرقية ، جرى تقسيم القناة الھضمية الى وفحص الج البلعوم ، والمريء ، والمعدة االمامية الفارزة ، والقانصة ، واالمعاء الدقيقية ، واالمعاء الغليظة ، والزوائد االعورية ، على ماء حنفية مع الديدان ، ⸗ ج محتويات االمعاء في طبق بتري حاووالمجمع ، وبعد فتح ھذه االعضاء طولياً وخرو على ماء مقطر للتخلص من المواد العالقة في جسم الطفيلي.⸗ وبعدھا تم عزل الديدان في طبق بتري نظيف حاو الثالجة وحفظت ھذه العينات في[9] لغرض تثبيت النماذج 5%حاوية على فورمالينvial وضعت الديدان في قناني . رفعت الطبقة المتقرنة للقانصة ومن طبقتھا العضلية وتم ھرس الطبقة العضلية بحثاً عن الديدان الخيطية او اطوارھا .[10]الطبقة المخاطية للثلث االول لالمعاء الدقيقية ومن ثم االجزاء االخرى من االمعاء اليرقية ، جرت عملية قشط . إذ وضعت الديدان الشريطية الصغيرة في aced carminic stain [11]االسيتوكارمين صبغت الديدان الشريطية بصبغة على ماء مقطر ⸗ ساعات، نقلت الديدان بعد ذلك الى طبق زجاجي حاو 3-4الصبغة المحضرة لمدة ساعتين اما الكبيرة فتركت لغاية 70%الزالة محلول الصبغة الزائدة إذ تغسل الديدان بالماء المقطر بھدوء وبعد ذلك وضعت في تراكيز تصاعدية من الكحول ھي : واحدة وروقت بعد ذلك بالزايلول دقائق) ، ومن ثم كحول مطلق لمدة دقيقة (5 %90دقائق) ، 10-5( % 80دقائق) ، 15-10( xylole دقيقة لتوضيح التراكيب الداخلية . وعملت بذلك شرائح دائمة . وشخصت الديدان الطفيلية اعتمادآ على كل من 3-5لمدة [13] .و [12] النتائج والمناقشة ، إذ كانت نسبة 2014 ولغاية تموز 2013 طيرا خالل المدة من أيلول 340 جمع -4) وسجلت إصابات بأكثر من نوع من الديدان الشريطية (جدول (1جدول % 2.9 وشدة إصابة % 48.82اإلصابة (7 . molin,1858)(raillietina cesticillusالدودة الشريطية كما اوضحھا من 2)جدول ( 15.0)سجلت ھذه الديدان من أمعاء العصفور المنزلي بنسبة إصابة ( ويسمى في بعض األحيان الدودة الشريطية davaineidaeطفيلي شريطي يعود الى عائلة [14]قبل تعيش في األمعاء الدقيقة للدجاج و الطيور broad-headed tapewormذات الرأس العريض األخرى مثل الديك الرومي . وتعد من الطفيليات ذات التاثير المرضي النسبي رغم انتشارھا الواسع . فضال عن كبر حجم رأسھا االخرى من خالل صغر حجمھا ، raillietinaيمكن تمييزھا عن أنواع . يبلغ 16] و [15مضائف وسطية الكمال دورة حياتھا beetleنسبيآ ، ويكون الخطم واسعآ ، وتعد الخنافس ، الجھة الظھرية البطنية whitishسم ولونھا ضاربآ إلى البياض 3-1.5سم وعرضھا 15طول الديدان %16.7مغطاة كليا بالجليد . سجلت ھذه الدودة في الحمام جبلي والحمام المطوق في مدينة تكريت بنسبة إصابة . يعّد العصفور [17]) لبعض الديدان المعوية في نوعين من الحمام 2014من خالل دراسة مسحية اجرتھا ماھر ( زلي مضيفآ جديدآ لھذا الطفيلي . المن 333 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 molin 1858) (r. tetragona الدودة الشريطية ) كما اوضحھا 2جدول ( 36.1)سجلت ھذه الديدان في أمعاء العصفور المنزلي بنسبة إصابة ( الدجاج والحمام ومنتشرة في جميع أنحاء الدقيقة لكل من تقطن ھذه الدودة في األمعاء . [18] وتكون عادة كبيرة نسبيآ . يكون neck والعنق scolexجسمھا من الرؤيس العالم . يتكون كبر من بين . إذ تعد ھذه الدودة األ(15) وسطية الكمال دورة حياتھا النمل مضائف سم ويكون لونھا ضاربآ 1.5-1سم و عرضھا 30الطيور ويصل طولھا الى الشريطيات التي تصيب . tegumentالجھة الظھرية ومغطاة كليا بالجليد إلى البياض مسطحآ من من قبل عبد االمير pycnonotus lecuotis mesoptamiaeسجلت ھذا الديدان في طائر البلبل ) في نوعين من الحمام جبلي 2014. وماھر ({19} 2.26وشدة إصابة 10%) في بغداد بنسبة إصابة 2007( جديدآ لھذا . يعد العصفور المنزلي مضيفآ{17} %28.5والحمام المطوق في مدينة تكريت بنسبة إصابة الطفيلي . r. echinobothrida (megnin 1880)الدودة الشريطية تعد من الشريطيات ذات و2) جدول (30.1) سجلت ھذه الديدان في ھذه الدراسة بنسبة إصابة ( 1758في عام linnaeus واسع في الطيور السيما في الطيور االليفة ، كالدجاج . و أشار رانتشا تحتاج إلى مضيفين ھما الطيور والنمل الكمال دورة حياتھا . تسبب ھذه الديدان مرض أنھا سم تقريبا ، 1.5-1سم وعرضھا 25 . بلغ طولھا {20}في الدواجن nodular tapewormالشريطيات العقيدي وتعد microtrichesيحمل الرأس أربعة محاجم وخطم ، تغطى القطع كليا بتراكيب تشبه الشعر تسمى م العثور على ھذا الطفيلي من راكيب امتصاص للمادة الغذائية ؛ وذلك لعدم احتوائھا على جھاز ھضمي . وكذلك ت %35.5على نوعين من الحمام جبلي والحمام المطوق في مدينة تكريت بنسبة إصابة 2014)خالل دراسة ماھر ( جديدآ لھذا الطفيلي . . ويعد العصفور المنزلي مضيفآ[17] r. ransomi الدودة الشريطية يعد 2)جدول ( %1.8 سجلت ھذه الدودة الشريطية في أمعاء العصفور المنزلي بنسبة إصابة قدرھا سم . تمتاز بأن تكون المحاجم بارزة إلى االمام بشكل 7.4تسجيل لھذا الطفيلي في العراق . يبلغ طولھا أول إلى مضيفين الكمال دورة حياتھا الطيور المضيف النھائي والنمل المضيف الوسطي مقدمة الرؤيس . تحتاج ملحوظ في [14] . choanotaenia infundibulum الدودة الشريطية جدول 15.0)سجلت ھذه الديدان في الدراسة الحالية من أمعاء العصفور المنزلي بنسبة إصابة ( ، ويعد ھذا الطفيلي ذا انتشار [21] عزلت ھذه الدودة من الطيور البرازيلية األليفة من قبل 2)( . [22]واسع . إن االخماج العالية لھذه الشريطيات وجدت في الدجاج وفي مناطق مختلفة من البرازيل ملم في منطقة القطع الناضجة ، وتمتاز 1.8ملم والعرض النھائي لھا ھو 56 صل إلى ي طولھا الكلي ) على نوعين 2014فيھا أكبر من طولھا ، عثر على ھذه الطفيلي من قبل ماھر ( بكون عرض القطعة . ويعّد العصفور المنزلي مضيفآ [17] % 10.0صابة المطوق في مدينة تكريت بنسبة إ من الحمام جبلي والحمام جديدآ لھذا الطفيلي . c. passerine الشريطية الدودة ) . 2جدول ( % 0.6سجلت ھذه الدودة الشريطية في امعاء العصفور المنزلي بنسبة إصابة قدرھا يبلغ طول ھذه الدودة في العراق وفي ادناه وصف وقياسات ھذا الطفيلي .التسجيل األول لھذا الطفيلي يعد ملم 0.032سم . يكون العرض اكبر من طولھا ما عدا القطع االمامية . يصل قطر الراس إلى )7.2( وتقع في خصية 27-59 الذكري من ملم . يتكون الجھاز 0.125 الجسم عنق طوله ويفصله عن للقطعة يمر الوعاء الناقل إلى االمام والثلث الخلفي للقطعة يكون كتلة ملتفة التي تمتد النصف الخلفي ملم . أما الجھاز 0.032، الذي يصل قطره cirrusخارجا إلى قاعدة كيس الذؤابة من الخط الوسطي ملم وتقع خلف 0.038 -0.032خلف كيس الذؤابة . قطر الغدد المحية من المھبل األنثوي فيكون فيھا ملم ويشغل المبيض معظم القطعة الذي يقع عرضيآ 0.032 محفظة البيوض المبيض ويصل قطر للقطعة في مقدمة الخصى ويمتد إلى جانب القنوات االبرازية ، وتكون ألمامي الوسطيفي الجزء ا ملم . 0.125الى gravid proglottidالقطع الحبلى البيوض بيضوية الشكل . يصل قطر 334 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 anonchotaenia globateالشريطية الدودة (2)جدول 1.2 % سجلت ھذه الدودة الشريطية في امعاء العصفور المنزلي بنسبة إصابة قدرھا ، يصل قطر الراس التسجيل األول لھذا الطفيلي في العراق وفي أدناه وصف وقياسات ھذا الطفيلي يعد ملم التي تحتوي 0.05ملم . يصل قطر القطعة الناضجة 200 وله ملم ويفصله عن الجسم عنق ط 0.3 على خصى وتقع في النصف الخلفي للقطعة ، يمر الوعاء الناقل إلى االمام . اما القطع الحبلى يصل ال يوجد فرق معنوي بين انتشارآ . الشريطيات اقل ھي من anonchotaeniaملم إن جنس 0.3 قطرھا ) قد t> 0.05 الن ( 16)( وبدرجة حرية ά = 0.05 نسب اإلصابة في الذكور واألناث عند درجة احتمال يكون سبب ذلك الى عدم وجود فرق في نوعية الغذاء الذي يتناوله الجنسين واألنثى ال تقوم بحضانة البيض ، فضآل عن ذلك فأن كل من الجنسين يكونان في البيئة نفسھا وغذائھم متشابه تقريبا . وقد سجلت ايلول و أذار و اإلصابة تبعا لفصول السنة ، إذ ازدات اإلصابة في األناث خالل أشھر تغيرات في نسب نيسان و حزيران و انخفضت خالل أشھر كانون األول ، كانون الثاني ، شباط اما الذكور فقد ازدت اإلصابة فضت خالل أشھر كانون الثاني و شباط ، ويرجع ذلكخالل أشھر ايلول و تشرين الثاني و نيسان و حزيران وانخ بسبب ارتباط اإلناث خالل مدة التفريخ باحتضان البيض والعناية باألفراخ واعتمادھا على مصادر غذائية محدودة مما من العش ، بينما يكون غذاء الذكور على مسافة [23] ينتج عنه اجھادآ مستمرآ لھا يعقبه ضعف في الجھاز المناعي وقد ارجع باحثون اخرون سبب الفرق إلى عوامل أخرى مثل [23]وبذلك يكون اكثر تنوعا األمر الذي أشار له . تزداد نسبة الغذاء الحيواني في الصيف والربيع وھو [25]أو إلى عوامل بيئية [24]االختالفات المناعية في الجنسين . يظھر وجود اخماج [26]كون تغذية العصفور المنزلي على الالفقريات فصل التكاثر وبداية اكتساب اإلصابة إذ ت مفردة واخماج مزدوجة للديدان المعوية في العصفور المنزلي إذ بلغت أعلى نسبة خمج مفرد في الدودة لى نسبة خمج ثنائي في الدودة ، في حين بلغت أع 4)جدول ( 41.6 %بنسبة r. tetragonaالشريطية ، وأعلى نسبة خمج 5)في جدول ( % 83.3بنسبة r. echinobothridو r. tetragonaالشريطية % 50كانت بنسبة r. ransomو r. echinobothridaو r. tetragonaثالثي في الدودة الشريطية و c. infundibulumو r. echinobothrida) أما أعلى نسبة خمج رباعي في الدودة الشريطية 6جدول ( r. ransomi وr. tetragona كما حددت الدراسة ظاھرة التضاد 7)(جدول %66.6 فكانت بنسبة . antagonism بسبعة أنواع من الديدان الشريطية تعود لثالثة أجناس للديدان الطفيلية ، وجد أن العصافير مصابة ، وكانت اإلصابة بنوع واحد أعلى من اإلصابة بنوعين أو ثالثة إصابات في حين كانت اإلصابة بأربعة أنواع ھي بعض العوامل االقل . ان الكثير من الطيور سواء كانت داجنة أو برية ومنھا العصفور المنزلي تعد مستودعات ل المسببة لألمراض وبذلك قد يكون تاثيره غير مباشر في االنسان وبشكل مباشر في الدواجن بنقل األمراض . تسھم من خالل تغذيتھا على بعض االحياء الضارة مثل الحشرات biological controlالطيور في السيطرة الحياتية يد من المسببات المرضية كالفيروسات السيما المسببة انفلونزا الطيور والبكتريا ويقوم البعض منھا بنقل العد ھناك 12). ذكره ( 1)و الطفيليات الى الطيور والحيوانات الداجنة االخرى واالسماك واالنسان عند االتصال بھا ( دية الظھارية المبطنة لھذه الزغابات مع وجود ارتشاح ضمور كبير للزغابات المعوية وتحطم وانسالخ الخاليا العمو اعداد كبيرة من الخاليا اللمفية وكريات الدم البيضاء االلتھابية االخرى ، فضآل عن ذلك حدوث تفكك degeneration [27]في الصفحة االساسية وظھور فجوات عديدة خالية من أية تراكيب نسيجية . 335 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لمصادر ا ) ، قسم اإلعالم والعالقات العامة ، جامعة 1. انفلونزا الطيور . سلسلة أفاق مصرفية ( 2006)الھيتي ، زياد خلف ( .1 صفحة . 80االنبار : ;niklasson, b.; vene, s. and luzzo, j. f. (1993) . lundstroum, j . 2. isolates from europe,africa and australia : further evidance for variation among alpha virus . j . trop . med . hyg ., 49 (5) : 531-537 . lundstroum, j. o; gylfe, a.; bergsterom , s. and olsen, b. (2000) . reactiva3. tion of borrelia infection in bird . j . nature , 403 : 724-725 . صفحة . 24– 27. تغذية الدواجن . دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر جامعة الموصل : 2000)إبراھيم ، إسماعيل خليل (4. 5. lewis, r.; parker, b.; gaffiu, d . and hafnageles, m . (2007) . life of doves, 6 edition , mc graw hill wigher education : 1012 pp . 6. cunningham, w .; cunningham, m . and saigo, b . (2007) . environmental science , edition .mc cancer hill higher education . thaglobal concer , 9 227-245 . new york : guilford press . poulsen, j.; permin, a.; hindsbo, o.; yelifari , l.; nansen , p . and bloch , p 7. . (2000) . prevalence and distribution of gastroin testinal helminthes and arasitees in young scavenging chickens in upper eastern region of ghana, west africa . j .prev . vet . med ., 45 (3\4) : 237-245 . 8. zhang, l., brooks, d. r. and causey, d.(2004) .two species of synhimantus ralliet , henry and sisoff in passerine bird from the area de conservation guanacaste , costa rica . j. parasitol . , 90 (2) : 364-372 . 9. tylor, e. r. and muller, r . (1971) . isolation and maintenance of parasites in vivo . sympbubl . oxford : 109-121. 10. who (1991) . basic laboratory methods in medical parasitology . world health organization , geneva . المستعملة لصبغ الديدان ) . تحوير في تحضير صبغة الكارمين التقليدية وتنقيتھا 1998رھيف ، رعد حربي (11. صفحة . 22: 2)( 8المسطحة (ديدان شريطية والمثقوبات) . مجلة الطبيب البيطري ، soulsby, b. j.l. (1968) . helminthes arthropods and protozoa of domesticated 12. animals , 6 edn . bailliere , tindall and cassell , london : 824 yamaguti, s. (1961) . systema helminthum . vol . 3 the nematodes of verte 13. brates , part 1 and 2 . interscience publication , new york : 1261 . molin, r. (1858) . prospectus helminum quae in prodomo faunae helminthology14. cae venetae continentur .sitz-ber.akad .wiss .wien.math-naturw.classe abt., 30 : 127-158 . -.univer rd olsen, o. (1974) . animal parasites : their life cycles and ecology , 3 .15 sity park press , baltimore , us : 565 . -edition . blackw nd baker , d. (2008) . flynns parasites of laboratory animals , 2 .16 ell publishers : 364 pp . لديدان المعوية في نوعين من الحمام في مدينة تكريت ، . دراسة مسحية لبعض ا 2014)ماھر ، حنين مھند ( 17. صفحة . 86رسالة ماجستير ، كلية التربية للبنات ، جامعة تكريت : 18. amici, r. r. (2001) . the history of italian parasitology . vet . parasitol ., 8 (3) . . دراسة تأثير طفيليات القناة الھضمية في البلبل 2007)عبد االمير ، رنا ماجد ( 19. رسالة ماجستير ، كلية العلوم للبنات ، جامعة بغداد :صفحة ، pycnonotus lecuotis mesoptamiaeالعراقي 122 . diemert, d. j. (2003) . cestode and trematode infection . lowa state press blackw 20. ell publishing company , lowa , usa : 961-972 . 21. morgan, b.b. and a . hawkins . p . (1951) . veterinary helminthology . minnealopis , edition . black well publishers . nd 2 336 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 22. ransom, b.h. (1983) . the tapworms of american chickens and turkeys . 21 ann. rept . bur . animal indust . u.s. dept ., : 268-285 . 23. drobeney, r.d.; trian, c. t. and fredrickson, l.h. (1983) . dynamics of the platyhe lminth fauna of wood ducks in relation to food habits and reproductive state. j. par-asitol., 69 (2) : 375-380 . williams, i.c. and harris, m.p. (1965) . the infection of the gull larus argentatus pont..24 , l. fuscus l . and l. marinus l. with cestoda on the coast of wales . parasital., : 237-256 . 55 25. malhotra, s.k. (1983) . pobulation distribution of hetrakis pussila in gallus gallus l. from india. j . helminthol., 57 : 117-126 . 26. cramp, s. (1977) . hand book of the bird of europe, the middle east and north afr ica, vol. 1. oxford univ press, oxford : 722 pp. . دراسة وبائية لبعض الديدان الشريطية المصيبة للجھاز الھضمي في الحمام 1984)مصطفى ، فاتن عبد الجبار ( 27. صفحة . 133البصرة ، رسالة ماجستير ، كلية العلوم ، جامعة البصرة : في 337 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 عداد طيور العصفور المنزلي المفحوصة والنسب المئوية للسليمة والمخمجة بالطفيليات المعوية:) 1جدول ( ) : أنواع الديدان الطفيلية المعزولة من العصفور المنزلي2جدول ( الديدان الشريطية عدد الطيور المخمجة نسبة الخمج % متوسط عدد الديدان الخطا القياسي s.e مدى الخمج معدل الخمج raillietina tetragona 60 36.1 23.7 9.0 59 2 14. raillietina echinobothrida 50 30.1 raillietina cesticellus 25 15.0 choanotaenia infundibulum 25 15.0 raillietina ransomi * 3 1.8 choanotaenia passerine * 1 0.6 anonchotaenia globate * 2 1.2 المجموع 166 99.8 . بالعراق مرة ألول سجل * عدد الطيور المفحوصة عدد الطيور المخمجة النسبة المئوية لإلصابة العدد الكلي للديدان شدة الخمج% 340 166 48.82 % 482 % 2.9 338 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 : النسبة المئوية للخمج حسب الجنس وأشھر الدراسة للعصفور المنزلي 3)جدول( اشھر السنة عدد الطيور المفحوصة اإلناث الذكور سليم العدد ة للخمج %المخمجة سليمة العدد للخمج % المخمجة ايلول 2o13 25 11 5 6 54.5 14 4 10 71.4 44.7 17 21 38 47.2 17 19 36 74 1ت 19 4 23 42.9 3 4 7 30 2ت 82.6 50 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 3 1ك 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20140 2ك 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 شباط 10 1 9 10 76.9 10 3 13 23 اذار نيسان 37 18 4 14 77.8 19 2 17 89.5 ايار 48 35 31 4 11.4 13 11 2 15.4 حزيران 60 26 12 14 53.8 34 7 27 79.4 تموز 40 22 22 0 0 18 14 4 22.2 المجموع 340 169 10 1 68 40.2 171 73 98 57.3 339 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ) : األخماج المفردة للديدان المعوية في العصفور المنزلي4جدول ( األخماج المفردة عدد العينات المخمجة نسبة الخمج % r. tetragona 52 41.6 r. echinobothrida 25 20 r. cesticellus 24 19.2 r. ransomi 3 2.4 choantaenia infundibulum 19 15.2 anonchotaenia globata 2 1.6 المجموع 125 100 % : األخماج الثنائية للديدان المعوية في العصفور المنزلي 5)جدول ( األخماج الثنائية عدد العينات المخمجة نسبة الخمج % r. tetragona + r. echinobothrida 15 83.3 r. tetragona + r. cesticillus 2 11.1 r. ransomi + r. echinobothrida 1 5.5 المجموع 18 % 100 340 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ) : األخماج الثالثية للديدان المعوية في العصفور المنزلي6جدول ( األخماج الثالثية عدد العينات المخمجة نسبة الخمج % r. tetragona + r. echinobothrida + r. ransomi 3 50 r. cesticellus + r. echinobothrida + r. tetragona 2 33.3 r. tetragona + r. ransomi + c. infundibulum 1 16.6 المجموع 6 100 % األخماج الرباعية للديدان المعوية في العصفور المنزلي7) جدول ( األخماج الرباعية عدد العينات المخمجة نسبة الخمج % r. echinobothrida + c. infundibulum + r. ransomi + r. tetragona 2 66.6 c. passerine + c. infundibulum + r. echinobothrida + r. tetragona 1 33.3 المجموع 3 100 % 341 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 40)( c. passerineالرؤيس a)الشكل ( 40)( c. passerine) قطعة ناضجة bالشكل ( 40 x)( c. passerine) قطعة حبلى c( الشكل 342 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 )40 x( a. globateالرؤيس a)الشكل (ِ )40 x( a. globate) قطعة ناضجة b( الشكل 40 x)( a. globateقطعة حبلى c)الشكل ( 343 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 40 x)( r. ransomi) الرؤيس aالشكل ( )40 x( r. ransomiقطعة ناضجة b)( الشكل r. ransomi 40) قطعة حبلى cالشكل ( 344 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 epidemiolog study and identification for intestinal parasites have influence on passer domesticus in tikrit city, iraq abid a. jenzeel dept. of biology / college of education for pure science-(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad abdullah h. abdullah wisam h. abd al-hade dept. of biology/ college of education/ university of tikrit received in :2 /april/2015, accepted in :7/june/2015 abstract during the period from september 2013 till the end of july 2014 ,a total of 340 birds passer domesticus were collected from tikrit city . the study revealed the infection of birds with seven species of cestoda helminthes , belonging to the genus raillietin . these species included r. tetragona , r. echinobothrida , r. cesticellus and r. ransomi with prevalence infection of 36.1% , 30.1% . 15.0 % and 1.8 % respectively . and the genus choanotaenia . these species included c. infundibulum and c. passerine with pervatence infection of 15.0% and 0.6% respectively . and the genus anonchotuenia . the species included a.globate with prevantence infection 1.2% . among of these parasites r. ransomi , c. passerine and a. globate were reported here for the first time in iraq , in addition , p. domesticus is considered as a new host in iraq for r. tetragona , r. echinobothrida , r. cesticellus and c. infundibulum . key words : passer domesticus , intestinal parasites , tikrit . microsoft word 79-87 chemistry | 79 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 comparative study of thymidine kinase -1 and total antioxidant capacity in iraqi children with platelet count disorder manar satar jabar mmanolamanola2468@gmail.co eiman a a. abass drbiochem2007@gmail.com department of chemistry, collage of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq article history: received 3 july 2018, accepted 4 september 2018, published december 2018 abstract this study aimed to find relationship between thymidine kinase-1 (tk-1) as tumor marker and total antioxidant capacity (tac) in iraqi children patients with thrombocytopenia and with thrombocytosis. the present study conducted 60 children patients (30 patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura (itp) and 30 patients with thrombocytosis caused by leukemia) attending the children fever hospital in the medical city / baghdad, and 30 healthy children as a control group. all study groups were with range ages (1-15) years, and they were diagnosed by assay of platelet count, prothrombin time (pt), and partial thromboplastin time (ptt). the results shown elevation in plasma tk-1 and tac values in children patients with thrombocytopenia and with thrombocytosis when compared with control group, and there was no significant different in tk-1 level and a significant different in tac level in two patient’s groups. there was a highly significant positive correlation between tk-1 and tac levels in both iraqi children patients with thrombocytopenia and with thrombocytosis. the current study concluded that tk-1 may be a novel biomarker for platelet count disorder disease and there was a probability of expose these patients for tumor diseases. keywords: thrombocytopenia, thrombocytosis, thymidine kinase-1, total antioxidant capacity. 1. introduction platelets assume a basic part in hemostasis and thrombosis, additionally are critical in the improvement of obsessive procedures including atherosclerosis and blood vessel thrombosis [1]. platelets are created in the bone marrow by megakaryocytes in a procedure that is managed principally by thrombopoietin (tpo). tpo is created mostly by the liver [2]. both strangely low (thrombocytopenia) and lifted (thrombocytosis) platelet include are regular discoveries a few sicknesses including liver maladies, contaminations, immune system issue and malignancies [3]. idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura (itp) is an immune system infection in which the resistant framework botches the platelets as being remote and crushes them. it can take after an infection, immunization or certain medicines, however for the vast majority the reason is obscure. itp is now and again called insusceptible thrombocytopenic purpura or just, safe thrombocytopenia. childhood resistant thrombocytopenia (itp) is a gained immune system issue described by confined thrombocytopenia (fringe blood platelet check < 100 x 109/l). itp is a standout amongst the most widely recognized draining issue in youngsters, with a rate of roughly four for every 100.000 every year [4,5]. thrombocytosis (ts) or height in the fringe blood platelet tally to values >400,000/µ l is basic in outset and chemistry | 80 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 youth, happening in 3 to 13% of youngsters. in youngsters in relatively every case the raised platelet check is because of another therapeutic condition, for example, intense contamination, interminable aggravation, collagen vascular and renal ailments, langerhans cell histiocytosis, press insufficiency, hemolytic sickliness, and kawasaki malady (kd) [6]. thymidine kinases have a key capacity in the combination of dna and along these lines in cell division, as they are a piece of the special response tie to bring thymidine into the dna. thymidine is available in the body liquids because of debasement of dna from nourishment and from dead cells. thymidine kinase has been having a developing effect in the disease investigate network. it has been discovered that hoisted blood serum levels of tk-1 relates with metastatic abilities of the growth and in this way can be utilized to recognize threatening kinds of tumor, moreover tk-1 has been found to appear in blood serum even before clinical side effects even begin to demonstrate [7]. in clinical science tk is utilized as an expansion marker in the analysis, control of treatment and follow-up of dangerous malady, chiefly of hematological malignancies [8]. well evolved creatures have two isoenzymes that are artificially altogether different, tk1 and tk2. the previous was first found in fetal tissue, the second was observed to be more inexhaustible in grown-up tissue, and at first they were named fetal and grown-up thymidine kinase. before long it was demonstrated that tk1 is available in the cytoplasm just fully expecting cell division (cell cycle-subordinate) [9]. total antioxidant capacity is the term used to portray the capacity of cancer prevention agents in various sustenances to clean unsafe free radicals in the blood and cells. restricted examinations in which plasma add up to cell reinforcement status (tas) was explored show that platelet work changes initiated by intense and interminable exercise might be identified with modifications in cancer prevention agent limit [10,11]. add up to cancer prevention agent limit (tac) test use as a biomarker of sickness in organic chemistry, prescription, sustenance and nutritious sciences. in a wide range of pathophysiological conditions (heart and vascular illnesses, diabetes mellitus, neurological and mental clutters, renal disarranges and lung sicknesses), tac could be a solid biomarker of diagnostics and prognostics.tac could be helpful to assess nutritious mediations with tac-rich sustenances on ailment hazard and avoidance, including hostile to maturing techniques [12]. this study aimed to find relationship between thymidine kinase-1 as tumor marker and total antioxidant capacity in iraqi children patients with thrombocytopenia and with thrombocytosis. 2. materials and methods 2.1 subjects during the period from november 2017 to april 2018, blood samples were collected from (60) children patients were divided into (30) patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura (itp) and (30) patients with thrombocytosis caused by leukemia, in addition to (30) healthy children as control in children fever hospital in the medical city / baghdad. all study groups were with range ages (1-15) years, and they were diagnosed by assay of platelet count, prothrombin time (pt), and partial thromboplastin time (ptt). chemistry | 81 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2.2 estimation of platelet count in blood evaluation of platelets in venous blood is a typical research facility estimation, performed via mechanized hematology analyzers which use a reference extend for an ordinary platelet check between 150,000 to 450,000 platelets/μl of blood. 2.3 estimation of plasma thymidine kinase -1 (tk-1) (ng/ ml) human thymidine kinase -1 (tk-1) was determined by enzyme –linked immune sorbent assay (elisa) kit that supplied by shanghal yehuda biological technology-china, which that based on biotin double antibody sandwich technology. assay range: 0.2ng /ml20 ng/ml 2.4 estimation of plasma total antioxidant capacity (tac) (u/ml) total antioxidant capacity uses enzyme –linked immune sorbent assay (elisa) based on biotin double antibody sandwich technology to assay human total antioxidant capacity, soluble (t-aoc). add total antioxidant capacity to wells that are pre-coated with total antioxidant capacity monoclonal antibody and then incubate. after incubation, add anti taoc antibodies labeled with biotin to unite with streptavidin –hrp, which forms the immune complex. remove unbound enzymes after incubation and washing, then add substrate a and b. the solution will turn blue and change to yellow with the effect of acid. the shades of solution and the concentration of human total antioxidant capacity are positively correlated. assay range 0.3u|ml-90u|ml 2.5 estimation of prothrombin time (pt) (sec) prothrombin time (pt) was examined by pack from stago-france. the guideline of the test comprises of the utilization of calcium thromboplastin to gauge the coagulating time of the patient s plasma and to contrast it and that of a typical standard. the test measures, all in all, the action of the coagulation factor ll (prothrombin), factor v (proaccelerin), factor vll (proconvertin), factor x (stuart factor) and factor l (fibrinogen) [13]. normal value: 12-15 sec. 2.6 estimation of activated partial thromboplastin time (aptt) (sec) the kaolin – initiated halfway thromboplastin time (aptt) was controlled by pack from stago-france. the test includes the recalcification of plasma within the sight of an institutionalized measure of cephalin (platelet substitute), and the factor xll activator (kaolin). the aptt investigates the characteristic coagulation pathway (factors xll, xl, lx, vlll,x, v, ll and l) aside from the platelets[14]. normal value: 28-40 sec 2.7 statistical analysis information were communicated as mean ± sem. the correlation amongst patients and control bunches was communicated by t-test. p-estimation of < 0.005 and < 0. 05 were considered profoundly huge and huge, individually. pearson's connection coefficient (r) is utilized for portraying the relationship between the distinctive investigation parameters.  3. results and discussion the levels of diagnostic parameters in children patients and control groups are summarizes in table 1. the results which expressed as (mean± sem), showed a highly significant decrease (p < 0.005), and a highly significant increase (p < 0.005) in platelet number in both chemistry | 82 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura patients (g1) and thrombocytosis caused by leukemia patients (g2), respectively, when comparing with control group,while there was a highly significant different (p < 0.005 ) in platelet number between two groups. thrombocytopenia is defined as a platelet count of less than 150 × 103 per µl. normally, the platelet count in the peripheral blood is controlled by complex in teractions regulating platelet production in the bone marrow, platelet pooling in the liver and spleen, and their elimination in the reticuloendothelial system, which then feeds back into thrombopoietin regulation [15,16]. the platelet count is rather constant in an individual person. in critically ill patients, however, these mechanisms can fail, which results in a disturbance of the balance among platelet production, platelet pooling, and platelet consumption. thrombocytopenia should be seen as a sensitive marker for considerable alteration of normal physiology [17]. in kids in relatively every case the hoisted platelet check is because of another medicinal condition, for example, intense contamination, incessant aggravation, collagen vascular and renal maladies, langerhan's cell histiocytosis, press lack, hemolytic pallor, and kawasaki disease [18]. in endless myelogenous leukemia, there are diminished levels of serum erythropoietin in polycythemia vera and diminished levels of granulocyte province fortifying element. in myeloproliferative scatters, there is diminished official of thrombopoietin to megakaryocytes due to the diminished number and capacity of thrombopoietin receptors, yet in fundamental thrombocythemia, these ancestors are additionally uniquely touchy to the activity of the hormone. this prompts the expanded megakaryocyte multiplication and platelet generation found in fundamental thrombocythemia [19]. despite the fact that thrombocytopenia is a sign of intense lymphoblastic leukemia (all), in a few arrangement upwards of 25% of youngsters have been found to have platelet tallies surpassing 100,000/mm3 at conclusion. in any case, thrombocytosis isn't normally perceived as an introducing highlight of all. we as of late observed a patient with an underlying platelet check of more than 500,000/mm3, a discovering which had postponed doubt of hematologic danger. in this way, it appears to be likely that the platelet include heights were some path due to the leukemic procedure [20]. the present study showed a significant elevation (p < 0.05) in pt levels in g1 and g2 patients when compared with control, and there was no significant different in pt levels between two groups. also there was a highly significant increase in ptt level (p < 0.005) in g1, and no significant different in ptt level in g2 when compared with control, in addition to a highly significant different in ptt level between two groups. unlike factors viii and ix, the platelet clotting factor is not available until platelets are acted upon by thrombin. in thrombocytopenia, the flawed prothrombin utilization is clear yet the absence of platelets is frequently muddled by a subjective absence of their thickening component. the prothrombin utilization time yields more noteworthy data, in this way, than does the platelet check [21]. the thickening time isn't uncovering since it is ordinary in thrombocytopenia and factor vii inadequacy yet notably drawn out in the hageman attribute, in which hemostasis once in a while is by all accounts traded off. the one-arrange prothrombin time is ordinary in thrombopathy and hemophilias an and b, while the iowa twoorganize prothrombin test is typical in thrombocytopenia and in factor vii inadequacy [22]. the thrombocytopenia was convoluted by thrombopathy, since the platelets were notably lacking in the platelet thickening element (pcf) [23]. the coagulation anomalies specifically owing to intense leukemia and its treatment are in this manner multifactorial. potential reasons for drain rely upon pretreatment factors, for example, kind of intense leukemia, chemistry | 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 introducing impact cell check, and seriousness of thrombocytopenia. the one-organize prothrombin time (pt) and initiated incomplete thromboplastin time (ptt) are perpetually drawn out in these disorders [24]. the outcomes in table 2. demonstrated an exceedingly critical increment (p < 0.005) in plasma thymidine kinase-1(tk-1) levels in both idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura patients (g1) and thrombocytosis caused by leukemia patients (g2), separately, when contrasting and control group, while there was no noteworthy distinctive in tk-1 between two gatherings. in the flow contemplate, the level of tk-1 in youngsters patients with thrombocytosis that caused by leukemia (g2) was higher than that in kids patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenia (g1); in this manner kids patients with thrombocytosis that caused by leukemia might be more inclined to malignancy infections than that in kids patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenia , in light of the fact that thymidine kinase (tk) action in plasma is a tumor development related marker which has been utilized for forecast and observing of treatment of lymphoma and leukemia [25]. tk1 is synthesized by the cell during the s phase of cell division. after cell division is finished, tk1 is debased intracellularly and does not go to body liquids after ordinary cell division [26]. investigation of aufderklamm and et al. [27] shows that tk1 has all the earmarks of being a decent all inclusive marker for growth among both strong and hematological malignancies. earlier examines on stk1, affirm that tk1 in serum isn't helpful for assessment of tumor movement but at the same time is a valuable instrument for assessment of the impact of tumor therapy [28].   to the extent as far as anyone is concerned, there is no information in the writing concerning the plasma level of thymidine kinase-1 chemical in youngster’s patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura and with thrombocytosis that caused by leukemia. accordingly, the present investigation was the primary that planned to reveal an insight into the part and level of tk-1 and its association with tac in such patients, which could investigate at any rate partially the commitment of this catalyst to the pathogenesis of the illness . the outcomes in table 2. uncovered no noteworthy height in plasma add up to cell reinforcement limit (tac) levels in youngster’s patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura patients (g1) and an exceptionally huge rise in kids’ patients with thrombocytosis caused by leukemia patients (g2), individually, when contrasting and control gathering, while there was a critical diverse in tac levels between two gatherings. as of late, a few confirmations have recommended that oxidative pressure assumes a vital part in the pathogenesis of immune system maladies, and it is likewise associated with the improvement of itp. these findings might provide a new hypothesis for the initiation of abnormal autoimmunity and a possible novel therapeutic approach [29]. sinan akgun and et al. in their investigation, they reason that an addition in serum mda, tos, and osi levels, and a decrement in tac levels were found in patients with intense and unending itp. based on these discoveries, they recommend that free oxygen radicals may affect the basic and utilitarian harm of platelets, and on the system of thrombocytopenia in both intense and unending itp, notwithstanding a positive relationship between's thrombocyte check and tac, in patients with intense and ceaseless itp [30]. the platelet obliteration and draining may assume significant part on rise of lipid peroxidation and diminishment in cancer prevention agent limit in patients with itp, additionally examines on oxidant and cell reinforcement status of itp are likewise expected to confirm these outcomes [31]. chemistry | 84 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the findings of (c. q. jin and et al.) [32] think about is proposes that oxidative pressure may affect the auxiliary and practical harm of platelets and on the system of thrombocytopenia in unending itp. thusly, oxidative pressure is thought to assume a part in thrombocyte harm [32]. the expanded aggregate cell reinforcement limit may avert oxidative damage prompted by exercise and change in platelet reactions to preparing might be identified with enhanced cancer prevention agent status [33]. in this study, figures 1. and 2. were showed a highly significant positive correlation between thymidine kinase -1 and total antioxidant capacity levels in both g1 (r = 0.675) and g2 (r = 0.820). table 1. levels of diagnostic parameters in control, children patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura (g1), and with thrombocytosis caused by leukemia (g2) groups. groups parameters control no.(30) g1 no. (30) g2 no.(30) p-value (c &g1) p-value (c &g2) p-value (g1&g2) platelet (103/μl) 290 ± 53.55 23.67 ±4.43 778.60 ±142.20 hs hs hs pt (sec) 11.73±2.14 15.52±2.83 12.58 ± 2.29 s s ns aptt (sec) 32.36±5.90 41.45±7.56 32.60 ± 5.95 hs ns hs table 2. levels of thymidine kinase -1(tk-1) and total antioxidant capacity (tac) in control, children patients with idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura (g1), and with thrombocytosis caused by leukemia (g2) groups. p-value (g1& g2) p-value (c &g2) p-value (c & g1) g2 no.(30) g1 no.(30) control no.(30) groups parameters ns hs hs 7.42 ± 1.35 6.81 ± 1.24 2.99 ± 0.54 tk-1 ( ng/ ml ) s hs ns 40.70± 7.43 27.08 ± 4.60 20.49 ± 3.74 tac (u/ml) chemistry | 85 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 1. correlation between tk-1 and figure 2. correlation between tk-1 and tac tac in children patients with itp. in children patients with thrombocytosis. 4. conclusions this study was the first in the determination of plasma thymidine kinase -1 (tk-1) level as tumor marker in the children patients with thrombocytopenia and with thrombocytosis. current study proved a highly significant elevation in tk-1 levels in the iraqi children patients with platelet count disorder; therefore, tk-1 may be a novel biomarker for this disease and there was a probability of expose these patients for tumor diseases. plasma total antioxidant capacity (tac) levels were increase in iraqi children patients with platelet count disorder, while there was a significant different in tac level in two patient’s groups. there was a highly significant positive correlation between tk-1 and tac levels in both iraqi children patients with thrombocytopenia and with thrombocytosis. references 1. kaplan. z.s.; jackson. s.p. the role of platelets in atherothrombosis. ash education program book. 2011, 201, 11, 51-61. 2. hitchcock. i.s.; kaushansky. k. thrombopoietin from beginning to end. br j haematol.2014,165, 2, 259-268. 3. tefferi. a.; hanson. c.a.; inwards. dj. how to interpret and pursue an abnormal complete blood cell count in adults. mayo clin proc.2005, 80, 7, 923-936. 4. labarque. v.; van geet. c. clinical practice: immune thrombocytopenia in paediatrics. eur j pediatr. 2014, 173, 2, 163-72. 5. kühne.t.; imbach. p. management of children and adolescents with primary immune thrombocytopenia: controversies and solutions. vox. sang. 2013, 104, 1, 55-66. 6. mantadakis.e.; tsalkidis. a.; chatzimichael. a. thrombocytosis in childhood. indian pediatr. 2008, 45, 8, 669–677. 7. alegre. m.m.; robison. r.a.; o'neill. k.l. thymidine kinase 1: a universal marker for cancer. cancer and clinical oncology. 2013, 2, 1, 159-167. 8. ondrej. t.; lubos. h. the role of thymidine kinase in cancer diseases. expert. opin. med. diagn. 2008, 2, 2, 129-141. 9. öhrvik. a.; lindh. m.; einarsson. r. sensitive 5nonradiometric method for determining thymidine kinase 1 activity. clin. chem. 2004, 50, 9, 1597 1606. chemistry | 86 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 10. tozzi-ciancareeli. m.g.; penco. m.; d.i massimo. c. influence of acute exercise on human platelet responsiveness: possible involvement of exercise-induced oxidative stress. eur j appl physiol. 2002,86, 3, 266-272. 11. di massimo.c.; scarpelli. p.; penco. m.; tozzi-ciancarelli. m.g. possible involvement of plasma antioxidant defences in training-associated decrease of platelet responsiveness in humans. eur j appl physiol. 2004, 91, 4, 406-412. 12. carlos. k.; bucalen. f. total antioxidant capacity: a biomarker in biomedical and nutritional studies. j cell mol biol.2008, 7, 1, 1-15. 13. caen. j.; larrieu. m. j.; samama. m.l. hemostase. methods exploration diagnostic pratique. paris: l expansion scientifique . 1975, 24, 344-347. 14. langdell. r.d.; wagner.r.h.; brinkhous. k.m. effect of antihemophilic factor on one-stage clotting tests. j lab clin med. 1953, 41, 637-647. 15. josefsson, e.c.; dowling, m.r.; lebois, m.; kile, b.t. the regulation of platelet life span. in: michelson ad; 3ed.; elsevier inc: london, 2013, p.51-66. 16. grozovsky. r.; begonja. a.j.; liu. k. the ashwell-morell receptor regulates hepatic thrombopoietin production via jak2-stat3 signaling. nat med. 2015, 21, 1, 47-54. 17. segal. j.b.; moliterno.a.r. platelet counts differ by sex, ethnicity, and age in the united states. ann epidemiol. 2006, 16, 2 ,123-130. 18. dame. c.; sutor. a.h. primary and secondary thrombocytosis in childhood. br j haematol. 2005, 129,165-177. 19. axelrad. a.a.; eskinazi. d.; correa. p.n.; amato. d. hypersensitivity of circulating progenitor cells to megakaryocyte growth and development factor (peg-rhu mgdf) in essential thrombocythemia. blood. 2000, 96, 3310-3321. 20. julie. b.; lila. p.; marianna. h. thrombocytosis as a presenting feature of acute lymphoblastic leukemia in childhood, am j hematol. 1989, 31, 46-49. 21. quick a. j. the prothrombin consumption time as a determinant of platelet function, am j clin path. 1974, 61, 4, 449–457. 22. burrows. r.f.; kelton. j.g. perinatal thrombocytopenia. clin perinatal. 1995, 22, 779– 801. 23. duane. k.; hasegawa. m.d. coagulation abnormalities in acute leukemia. lab medicine. 1986, 17, 7, 388-394. 24. hirsh. j. blood tests for the diagnosis of venous and arterial thrombosis. blood. 1981, 57, 1, 18. 25. topolcan. o.; holubec. l.jr. the role of thymidine kinase in cancer diseases. expert opin. med. diagn. 2008, 2, 2, 129–141. 26. zhu. c.; harlow. l.s.; berenstein. d.; munch-petersen.s.; munch-petersen. b. effect of c-terminal of human cytosolic thymidine kinase (tk1) on in vitro stability and enzymatic properties. nucleos nucleot nucl .2006, 25, (9-11),1185–1188. 27. aufderklamm. s.; todenhofer. t.; gakis. g.; kruck. s.; hennenlotter. j.; stenzl. a.; schwentner. c. thymidine kinase and cancer monitoring. cancer lett. 2012, 316, 1, 6-10. 28. huang. s.; lin. j.; guo. n.; zhang. m.; yun. x.; liu. s.; skog. s. elevated serum thymidine kinase 1 predicts risk of pre/early cancerous progression. asian pac j cancer prev. 2011, 12, 2, 497-505. 29. xuewei. li.l.; zhaoyue.w.; xiaofei.q.; dongjie. z. oxidative stress and antioxidant status in immune thrombocytopenia. j blood disord transfus.2017, 8, 4, 1-4. chemistry | 87 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2017 vol. 31 (3) 2018 30. sinan. a.; murat. d.; cihangir. a.; yurdagu. m.; erdal. p.; ali. b.; hu¨seyin. c.; ahmet. f.o. the association of oxidant status and antioxidant capacity in children with acute and chronic itp. j pediatr hematol oncol. 2010, 32, 277–281. 31. polat. g.; tamer. l.; tanriverdi. k.; gurkan. e.; baslamisli. f.; atik. u. levels of malondialdehyde, glutathione and ascorbic acid in idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura. east afr med j.2002, 79, 8, 446–449. 32. jin. c.q.; dong.h.x.; cheng. p.p.; zhou. j.w.; zheng. b.y.; liu. f. antioxidant status and oxidative stress in patients with chronic itp. scand j immunol. 2013, 77, 6, 482–487. 33. ficicilar. h.; zergeroglu. a.m.; ersozi. g.; erdogan. a.; ozdemir. s.; tekin. d. the effects of short-term training on platelet functions and total antioxidant capacity in rats. physiol res. 2006, 55, 2, 151-156. physics 186 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 لسنةا 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the effect of silica sio2 on the dielectric and physical properties of mn –ni ferrite a. k. saadon department of physics ،college of education ibn alhaitham ،university of baghdad received in : 9may2012, accepted in:12 septembre 2012 abstract the effect of sio 2 ) silica) on the dielectric and physical properties of mnx-ni 1xfe2o 4،، x=0.5 is studies. the samples are prepared by the conventional manufacturing method. we found that the physical and dielectric properties of mn-ni ferrite change considerably with the substituent samples . the variation of dielectric constant as a function of frequency of ferrite system decrease with frequency increases and increase with the increase the concentration of sio 2 . it was found that the increase of sio 2 concentration of all our samples produce an increase in mass density and decrease with porosities . key words: ferrite – silica – additives dialectical and physical properties introduction ferrite have widely been used in different electrical engineering applications including radio and tv sets as well as carrier telephone as cores of inductors , transformers and so forth for their good electrical mechanical properties . the magnetic properties and grain boundary structure of mnzn ferrite with addition nb2o5 is studied by inaba , et ,al in 1994 [ 1 ] .the addition to the main constituents small amounts of cationic additions are often used in ferrites mnzn ferrites to improve the magnetic and electrical properties [2] are addition that appear at the grain boundary as a second phase very having . the effect is to increase bulk electrical resistivity of the ferrite on so reduce eddy currents for this purpose the usual additions are sio2 and cao [2]. the kind and amount of substitution determines the properties. it is known that mn-zn ferrite with small amounts of additives such as sio2 , cao,ta2o5, nb2o5 have good magnetic properties at high frequency [ 3] . a.a .sattar, et .al [4, 5] studied the rate earth substitution effect on the electrical and magnetic properties of cu-zn ferrites. marked changes were observed for both electrical and magnetic behavior. experimental the ferrite mn – nife2o4 , x=0.5 was prepared by using ceramic technique involving solid state reaction using metal oxides in the form of grinding powers. the x – ray diffractometer is an instrument for studying samples. for phase identification and study of preferred orientation a full scan of 2 from (10 -80 degrees), which were analyzed to calculate (d) (interatomic spacing) at to index (hkl). the relative intensities were taken from xrd pattern, using highest peak as reference fig (1) , table (1). the samples of the formula mnx-ni1-x fe2o4 where x=0.5 and additives at different concentrations from silica sio2 (1, 2, 5, 10, 15 wt%) were prepared by the ceramic method . the samples of composition were mixed for (5 hrs). after that, the mixture was pressed tp pellets with diameter 1cm and thickness 1 cm . these pellets were sintered at ( 1150 co ) in air for ( 4 hrs ) . the samples were then slowly cooled at rate of (2 co min) . the total porosity pt is calculated according to the relation pt={ } 100% physics 187 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 لسنةا 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 where ws is the weight in the air of the sample saturated with water , wd is the dry sample weight in the air and wss is the weight of saturated of water suspended in water . mass densities were measured by using archimedes method with water as the immersion medium. the dielectric constant was measured by using precision lcr meter model hp 4284 with scale 20hz to 5 mhz . the surfaces of discs are polished. air – dried silver epoxy electrical contacts were deposited , and the dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent () were calculated using the formula : = cd /a , = where c is the measured capacitance , d is the thickness of the sample , a is the area of the capacitor plate ,o is the permittivity of free space and its value is 8.85x10-12 f/m " is the loss factor being the imaginary part of complex permittivity . results and discussion bulk density figure (2) shows the bulk density measured on the pellets sintered at (1150 co) in air for (4 hrs). it can be seen from the figure that with increase of sio2 – concentration the bulk density (ds) was found to be increase, as also discussed by verma for different compositions [6]. increase in bulk density can be attributed to the difference in specific gravity of the ferrite components. porosity the variation of porosity with sio2 concentration wt % for mn-ni ferrite was showed by figure( 3 ) . the higher temperature sintering generally brings about reduced porosity. according to references [7] and [8] at a higher sintering temperature , the number of pores is reduced consequently, grains come closer to each other. the grain to grain contact produces an increase of area which to leads to greater densification or less porosity. dielectric properties figure (4) shows variation of the dielectric constant as a function of frequency for mn-ni fe2o4 ferrite with different additives sio2 concentration was found the dielectric constant decrease with the increases of frequency . the decrease of the dielectric constant with frequency is a normal dielectric behavior of spinal ferrite [9] and is due to reason that as the frequency of the externally applied field increases gradually though the number of the ferrous ions is present in the ferrite materials , the dielectric constant decreases. the reduction occurs because beyond a certain frequency of the externally applied electric field , the electronic exchange between ferrous and ferric ions , i,e , fe2+ fe3+ , cannot follow the alternating field [ 10] . figure ( 5 ) shows variation of the dielectric constant as a function of sio2 – concentration wt % for ferrite. it is clear from the figure the value of dielectric constant was found to increase with the increasing sio2 content , as polarization in ferrites has largely been attributed to the presence of fe2+ ions which give rise to heterogeneous spinal structures [ 11 ] . conclusions the effect of small amount from sio2 on the properties mn-ni ferrite was investigated in this study, and the results are summarized as follows: • he bulk density of mn-ni ferrite increases with the increase of sio2 content. • the porosity of mn-ni ferrite decreases by the increase of sio2 content. physics 188 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 لسنةا 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 • the dielectric constant of mn-ni ferrite decrease by increasing frequency. • the dielectric constant of mn-ni ferrite increases with the increase of sio2 content. references 1.inaba, h; abe, t.; and kitano , y. ( 1994 ), magnetic materials, journal of magnetism and magnetic materials ,133 ( 1-3 ) 487 – 489 . 2.hussan ,s.s; cameran ,m.; and kham, a. (1997) ,principles of material science and engineering, science and education. z – 171. 3.famt ,j.n; bakb d. (1997),preparation of ferrites by wet method, j.phys.college,7,ci-73. 4.sattar, a.a,and el . shokrofy, k.m. ( 1997 ) ,ferromagnetic materials, j.phy. tv colege – ( france ) 7-c1 – 245. 5.sattar, a.a ; walk, a.h. ; el . shokkofy, k.m. and el . tabby m.m . , ( 1999 ) ,theory and application of ferrites,phys – state .sol ( a ) 171 – 563. 6.verma a. ; geol t.c. ; mendiratta r.g; and aiam m.t. , ( 1999 ),newdevelopments in ferromagnetic materials, materials sciene and eng, b 60, 156 – 162 . 7.mangalaraja, r.v. ; anantha ,s and. monohar, p ,materials letters , ( 2004 ),soft ferrities and applications, 58 :593 – 1596 . 8.moinudin, m.k; and ramana, s. (1993) ,electricity and magnetism, journal of alloys and compound, 194,105-107, 9.abdeen, a.m. ( 1999 ) ,introduction to fine ceramics, journal of magnetism and magnetic materials , 192 ,121-129 . 10.ranga, g. ; ravinder, d. ; ramana, a . v. and boyanov b.s , ( 1999 ),the physical properties of magnetism, masterials letters 40 ,34 – 45 . 11.verma, a. ; thakur, o.p. and mendirata , r.g. ( 2005 ) , materials science and engineering , b, 116 ( 1 ) :1-6 . fig.( 1): x-ray diffraction of mnni fe2o4 a= 1.914, b= 0.725, c=0.699 physics 189 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 لسنةا 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.( 2 ): variation of density with sio2 concentration wt % for mn-ni ferrite fig. (3): variation of porosity with sio2 concentration wt % for mn-ni ferrite physics 190 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 لسنةا 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. ( 4 ): variation of dielectric constant e with frequencies for sio2 ferrite fig. ( 5 ): variation of dielectric constant e with sio2 concentration wt % for ferrite physics 191 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 لسنةا 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 n-ni1 الخواص العزلية و الفيزيائية للمركب في sio2 تأثير السليكا فرايت عباس كريم سعدون ابن الهيثم-كلية التربية ,جامعة بغداد قسم الفيزياء, 2012ايلول 12قبل البحث في 2012ر ايا 9استلم البحث في : الخالصة ) ، mn-ni ferriteنيكل فرايت ( –) في الخواص الفيزيائية والعزلية للمركب منغنيز sio2تاثير السيليكا ( ٍ درس والنماذج المستخدمة قد حضرت بطريقة التصنيع التقليدية .لوحظ من الدراسة الحالية بان ثابت العزل يتناقص مع الزيادة في الترددات. وقيم ثابت العزل تزداد مع زيادة تراكيز السليكا .اما بخصوص الكثافة الكتلية فوجدت انها تزداد مع زيادة ان المسامية تتناقص مع زيادة التراكيز.تراكيز السليكا في حين لوحظ االضافات. ،الخواص الفيزيائية والعزلية ،السليكا ،: الفرايت الكلمات المفتاحية 2009) 4(22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تحضیر ودراسة خواص البالطات ومونة الدرز السیرامیكیة المقاومة كیمیائیا للسوائل القاعدیة **،حنان كاظم حسون المیالي** ،أیسر جمعة ابراهیم *سعد بدري حسون فرید معة التكنولوجیةقســـم هندسة المواد ،الجا* قسم الفیزیاء، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد** خالصــةال خواص بالطات ومونة الدرز السیرامیكیة المقاومة كیمیائیا في هذه الدراســـة نظرا لشحـــة النشـــر ت ودرستحضر فرة اة هي خامات متولمعالسیرامیكیة المستوقد كانت معظم المواد . العلمي في هذا الموضوع في حقول المواد السیرامیكیة .فرة تجاریاامحلیا والباقي مواد متو د . قیست الخواص الفیزیائیة والمیكانیكیة للبالطات والمونة المحضرة التي بینت انها تنافس مواد البناء التقلیدیة وقـــ تبار من البالطات والمونة الى محلول اجري فحص اختبار المقاومة الكیمیائیة للسوائل القاعدیة بتعریض نماذج االخ )10%naoh (وبینـــت النتائج عدم وجود اشـــارات الى تأثر نماذج االختبار للبالطات والمونة بالهجوم . مدة اسبوعین .الكیمیائي ـــراقنوقشـــت النتائج ورســـمت أهـــم االستنتاجـــات وذلك لتشجیــــع انشـــاء صناعـــة من هذا النوع في العـ .ـ ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 physical & mechanical properties of chemical resistance ceramic tiles and mortar to alkali solution s.b. h. farid*, ayser j. ibrahim**, hanan k. h. al-mayaly** *departme nt of mate rials engineering, unive rsity of technology **departme nt of physics, i bn al-haitham college of education, unive rsity of baghdad abstract chemical r esistance cer amic tiles and mortar to alkali solution are p repared and characterized in this st udy due to the lack of this kind of p ublications in ceramic literature. m ost of the utilized materials are read ily available r aw materials and the other materials are available commercially. physical and mechanical p rop erties are measured and indicate that the p rep ared ceramic tile and mortars are comp etitive to traditional buildin g materials. chemical r esistance test against alkali solution is a lso p erformed by subjecting test sp ecimens to 10%naoh liquid for two weeks. the results give no indication of chemical att ack to sp ecimens of ceramic tile and mortar. the results are discussed and imp ortant conclusions are drawn to encourage creating such kind of indust ry in iraq. introduction one of the major ap p lications of cer amics is the chemical resist ance. in fact, chemical resistivity is a const ant concern of materials research and development. the prime factors for feasibility study for a ceramic p roduction p lant like ceramic tiles is the availability and accessibility of raw materials, the cost of such materials, economic p roduction p lant and achiev ability of the demanded p rop erties. accordingly, chemical resistance is a p rime factor for ceramic tiles co mposed of cheaper raw materials [1-2]. ceramic tiles and mortars are classified as “traditional ceramics”; in which ceramics raw materials like silica, k aolin, f eldsp ars…etc are comp osing this typ e of ceramics. in contrary , advanced cer amics is gener ally sy nthesized through comp lex chemical p rocess st arting from raw material and finalizin g in the advanced cer amic materials. thus, advanced ceramics is not used in app lications like tile because it consumes much material that draws clear cost boundaries. the selection of raw materials p lus the p reparation processes exp ress the traditional ceramics “technological root” [1,3,4]. the main comp onent of the traditional ceramic p roduct is usually the silica (sio2) usually comp osing 97-98% of natural sand with kaolin, alkali and alkaline o xides as the remaind er. when the silica is exp osed to liquid of alkali effect, e. g. water contains alkali ions r + like naoh, t he attack can be of the form below: siosi  na + oh   sioh + sio  na + the rate of the above reaction depends on the concentration of alk ali ions in the liqu id. if there is enough exp osure to solution of alkali effects, the p rocess of silica n etwork destruction can continue leading to gr adually breakdown in the silica n etwork, i.e. enhance the chance for material f ailure [4-5]. the source of silica in ceramic tiles can be from direct addition of silica to t he starting recipe or as a result of firing of kaolin y ieldin g mullite and silica. there are two strategies which h elp in enhancin g resistance to alkali solution.  the first is includin g the cer amic with oxides of basic effects like alkaline or alkalin e earths or increasing the content of t hose oxides. here, the fluorsp ar caf p lays an ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 imp ortant role due to that it absorbs oxy gen from the environment comp osing the alkalin e earth cao and releases the flour into the matrix. the flour p lay s t wo imp ortant roles, the first, is that it exerts st rong basic effects that p rotect the matrix from alkali att acks which is very useful in fabricating ceramics tiles, the second is that it enhances adhering effects when used in composition of ceramic mortar.  the second st rategy is enhancin g d ensification dur ing sinterin g of the ceramic by choosing p rop er sintering time and temp erature. that is to minimize the porosity of the ceramic tile which led to less p enetration of solution, and as result, minimizing the chemical att ack. the above mentioned st rategies are used in the resear ch, in addition to usin g chemically resistant filler, namely sty rene butadiene liquid r esin sbr in the sy nthesis of the mortar. this addition is intended to enclose the p orosity of the mortar to reduce liquid p enetration and consequently the chemical attach. experime ntal part a. prepa ration of ce ramic tile: the st arting raw materials that are comp osing the ceramic tile are choosen according to p ercentages shown in table 1. the soda lime glass was brou ght from al-taji glass manufacturing site. the soda lime glass p owder is added to reduce the sintering temp erature of the ceramic tile. all the p owder raw materials ar e sieved by 50m sieve before weighing and mixing. 15 ml of tap water was added to each 100g of the p owder blend. m ixing thorough ly and compacting in steel dies. the ap p lied compacting p ressure is 100n/cm 2 . subsequently , the comp acts are sintered in 1000°c for 2hrs. density , p orosity and water absorp tion are measured according to astm c373-88 [6]. the mechanical p rop erties, namely , charpy imp act test and comp ression strength are also measured according to astm c368-88 [7]. b. preparation of ce ramic mortar: to p rep are the mortar, three solid materials are used, namely , the flint, fluoro sodium silicate and soda lime glass. the p owders are sieved by 50m sieve before weigh ing and mixing with the liquid co mponent. t he liquid comp onent is t he sty rene butadiene rubber. the p ercentages of the mortar blend ar e shown in table 2. up to 15 ml of tap water can be added to the blend to achieve agood mixin g. aft er the mixing p rocess, the mortar is applied to the ceramic tiles to p roduce comp lete tile and mortar sy stem. the mortar is also cast ed in steel dies and left to dry . after one week, the dried mortar cast s are subjected to charpy imp act test and compression test. both of the ceramic tile and mortar are subjected to chemical resistance test according to astm c650-97[8]. each sp ecimen is washed in distilled water, dried in 120°c for 24hrs and the dry weights are recorded. then each sp ecimen is immersed in 10% naoh solution in sep arate beakers. the sp ecimens are left in that solution for 2 we eks. then, each sp ecimen again is washed and dried. visual insp ection is app lied to detect any affected area of the sp ecimens by the alkali solution. also, a second dry weight is recorded for the sp ecimens to detect any change of weight that indicates visually undetectable effect of the alkali solution on the sp ecimens. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 results and discussion table 3 disp lay density , p orosity and water absorption of the p rep ared ceramic tile and mortar. the water absorption of both the prep ared ceramic tile and mortar is undetectable to three significant di gits. these results indicate that t he sintering p rocess app lied to t he ceramic t ile was able to close all the op en p orosity which should be opp osing p enetration of the alkali liquid and minimizing the chance for chemical att ack. as well, app lying sbr to the mortar also succeeds to close the open porosity thus p rotects the mortar from alkali liquid penetration and att ack. the mechan ical p rop erties of the ceramic tile and mortar are shown in table 4. sp ecimens 1×1cm base and 4cm height are used to p erform the mechanical test s. it’s clear that the measured mechan ical p rop erties ceramic tile are sup erior to that of the traditional building brick. that makes the prepared alkali resistance ceramic tiles feasible in buildin g r eservoirs for alkali solution. the mortar also has b ett er mechanical p rop erties as compared to that of t he traditional building brick. its p rop erties are, to some extent, lower than that of the ceramic tile, which is accep table due to cast ables which generally have lower mechan ical prop erties as compared to that of the sintered ceramic of comp arable composition. finally, the results of chemical resistance to alkali solution are to be discussed. the visual insp ection did not show any deterioration of sp ecimen faces for both the ceramic tile and mortar. the only visual detectable effect is some co lorin g at t he upp er face of ceramic tile only as seen in figure 1. the origin of this coloring is bett er exp lained in terms of the p recipitation of minor impurities in the naoh liquid on the upp er face of the tile. table 5 shows the weight difference of the cer amic tile and mortar before and after subjecting to chemical resistance test against alkali liquid. the table shows that the weight difference is in forth significant digit which reflects no obvious chemical att ach of the alkali liquid for both t he ceramic tile and mortar. conclusions 1. good mechanical p rop erties are achieved for the p rep ared alkali resistant ceramic tile and mortar compared to that of traditional buildin g br ick. 2. two strategies are used to enhance the cer amic tile and mortar against chemical attach by alkali solution,  the first includes materials of alk ali effect in the composition of the ceramic tile and mortar;  the second st rategy are to close the op en p orosity of the ceramic tile by aprop er choice of sinterin g time and temp erature for the cer amic tile and includin g sbr in the composition of the mortar re ferences 1. liever, e.; klischat, h-j.and wirsing, h.( 2008) refr actory shap ed body with increased alkali resistance, uspt o patent app lication 20080261799, 2. lyckfeldt o. and rundgren k.(1997–1999) advanced r efractories for biofuels,p 19 in ceramic develop ment program research by swedish academic inst itut e, (1997) 3. angermann, j.;m eyer, b. and horlbeck, w.(2002) examinations of chemical r esistance and thermal beh avior of ceramic filter m aterials for hot -gas cleaning, 5th international sy mposium on gas cleanin g at high temp erature, the national ener gy technology laboratory (netl), usa, p .p . 17-20, 4. snavely , w. h.; stapleton, r. e. and krause, a. j., june (1968) alkali metal resistant ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 electrical dev ices, westinghouse electric corporation, technical rep ort apapl-tr 68-61 5. büchel, g.; buhr, a.; gier isch, d. and racher, r.(2005) alkaliand co-resist ance of dense calcium h exalu minate bonite”, 48 internationales feuerfest-kolloquium, p.p . 208214, 6. the american society for testing and m aterials, ap ril (2005) astm c373-88r99 standard test m ethod for water absorp tion, bulk density, app arent porosity, and app arent sp ecific gravity of fired white-ware products”, 15:02 7. the american society for testing and m aterials, ap ril (2005) “astm c0368-88r99 m ethod for impact resistance of ceramic tableware”, 15:02 8. the american society for testing and m aterials, ap ril (2005) astm c650-97 standard test m ethod for resistance of ceramic tile to chemical substances”, 15:02,. fig. (1): the ceramic tile shows some coloring effect on its face after immersing in 10% nao h solution for two weeks. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 table (1): composition of the ceramic tile recipe no. raw material wt % 1 duekhla kaolin 60 2 urdhuma flint (silica) 30 3 soda lime glass 5 4 fluorsp ar (caf) 5 table (2): composition of the ceramic mortar recipe no. raw material wt % 1 urdhuma flint 35 2 soda lime glass 30 3 fluoro sodium silicate 10 4 sodium silicate p enta hy drate 20 5 sbr 5 table (3): physical propertie s of the ceramic tile and mortar bulk density g/cm 3 porosity (op en+closed) % water absorption % tile 2.105 10.42 0.000 m ortar 1.951 16.98 0.000 table (4): the mechani cal propertie s of the tile and mortar charpy impact ener gy [joule] compression test [mpa] tile 0.98 171 m ortar 0.83 42.45 building brick 0.64 28.25 table (5): weight diffe rence of the ceramic tile and mortar before and after che mical resistance test weight before test g weight after test g % weigh loss g tile 12.4343 12.4341 0.0016 m ortar 13.0031 13.0028 0.0023 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |211 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis, characterization and biological evaluation of new dithiocarbamate ligand and its complexes with some metal ions ahmed t. numan dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. kaiss r. ibraheem mohammed k. ibrahim dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of anbar received in:24/may/2017,accepted in:6/september/2017 abstract new bidentate dithiocarbamate ligand (nal) namely [sodium-2-(((3-methyl -4“(2,2,2-tri fluoro ethoxy) pyridin-2”-yl) methyl) sulfinyl)-1h-benzoimidazole -1-carbodithioate] was prepared. this free ligand was synthesized from the reaction of a (rs)-2-([3-methyl -4-(2,2,2-tri fluoroethoxy) pyridin-2-yl] methyl sulfinyl)-1h benzoimidazole, cs2 and naoh in methanol as solvent. from reaction of dithiocarbamate salt (nal) with metal ions (m); co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and pd(ii)”, have obtained the dtc complexes at general molecular formula [m(l)2(h2o)2] and [pd(l)2]. to characterize the ligand and its complexes, used different analyses methods such ftir, uv-vis, elemental microanalysis, atomic absoreption, magnetic susceptibility, conductance, melting points, 1 h 13 cnmr spectroscopy, thermal analysis and mass spectrum. these studies indicated the formation of dtc complexes which their geometries about metal centers are octahedral; except pd-complex is square planer. the bacterial activity evaluation against investigated bacterial species indicated that the metal complexes are more active than the free ligand when compared them. keywords: dithiocarbamate complexes; metal ions; characterization; bacterial activity. chemistry |212 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction “ dithiocarbamates (dtc) are organic compounds, which played an important role in the development of chemistry, especially in coordination chemistry field”. this is due to strongly chelating ability towards metal ions [1,2]. the high ability of dithiocarbamates (dtc) to react with transition metals allowed them to be as useful ligands in both inorganic and bioinorganic chemistry. this is based on the sway of the anionic n-cs2¯ moiety that has a variety of binding modes; mono, bi and bridging-dentate capable to form very stable complexes [3,4]. interestingly, dtcs can be stabilised at a different oxidation states of metals, the compounds form and coordination geometries that show great structural diversities which range from monomeric to polymeric molecular [5,6]. the most common structural arrangements were the square planar and octahedral geometries [7]. the great applications are contributed considerably in developing the dithiocarbamates and their complexes, where included; biomedical applications [8], analytical chemistry applications [9], environmental applications [10], agriculture applications and in the industry [11]. also it investigates about the influence of dithiocarbamates against bacteria, fungi and microorganisms [12]. in this paper we report about synthesis, characterisation and bacterial evaluation of new dithiocarbamate ligand and its metal complexes. experimental “ all reagents used were analar or chemically pure grade by british drug”house (bdh), sigma-aldrich,merck and fluka”. metal salts (cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, zncl2, cucl2.2h2o and pdcl2), (rs)-2-([3-methyl -4-(2,2,2-tri fluoroethoxy) pyridin-2-yl] methyl sulfinyl)-1h benzoimidazole, carbon disulfide, dmso, ethanol and methanol. instrumentations 1 h and 13 c-nmr were recorded using ultra shield 400 mhz switzerland at kharazmi university, iran, conductivity measurements were carried out by philips pw digital meters conductivity in dmso at 10 -3 m, “ft-ir spectra were recorded as kbr discs in the range 4000-400 cm -1 using shimadzu 8300s ft-ir spectrophotometer and as csi discs in the range 400-200 cm -1” .”uv-visible spectra were recorded by shimadzu uv-8300 vis160a ultraviolet spectrophotometer the range of (200-1100) nm at 10 -3 m in dmso”. metal contents of the complexes were determined by flame atomic absorption using (shimadzu at a.a 680 gbc 933 plus) atomic absorption spectrophotometer, magnetic susceptibility (μeff. b.m) were recorded by faraday method using balance magnetic susceptibility model (sherwood scientific). melting point was determined by using (stuart-melting point apparatus).“determinations of (c, h, n and s) content for prepared compounds were carried out using heraeus instrument (vario el)”. thermogravimetric analysis (tga) was carried out using an sta pt-1000 linseis company and mass spectrum by shimadzu gc-mass qpa-2013 spectrometer. synthesis of free ligand a standard method was used in the synthesis of dithiocarbamte compounds [13], it was used with a slight modifications to prepare the free ligand sodium 2-(3-methyl-4-(2,2,2trifluoroethoxy)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)sulfinyl)-1h-benzoimidazole-1-carbodithioate (nal). mixed equimolar amounts from reactors in following; (1 g, 2.70mmol) of (rs)-2-([3-methyl4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)pyridin-2-yl] methylsulfinyl)-1h benzoimidazole was dissolved in 20ml of absolute methanol in a round bottom flask, then was added (0.10g, 2.70mmol) of sodium hydroxide dissolved in 2ml of double distilled water. the mixture was allowed to stir in a room temperature about 30 minutes and then was placed in ice bath. to this cold solution chemistry |213 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 a pure carbon disulfide (0.163ml, 0.20g, 2.70mmol) was added drop-wise with constant stirring. the mixture was maintained at 0 °c for 4 h to result pale yellow solution then it was allowed at room temperature to evaporate, all of that was cleared in scheme (1). sodium salt of dithiocarbamate was formed as a pale yellow powder, dried and recrystallized by methanol, washed several times by diethylether, decomposed at 201-203ºc. yield:“66.67% and elemental microanalysis c.h.n. and s. were listed in table(1)”. synthesis of [ni(l)2(h2o)2] complex “ a general method was used to achieve dithiocarbamate complexes[14,15]”.“a solution of (0.101g, 0.425mmol) nicl2.6h2o in 10ml ethanol was added drop wise to a round bottom flask, volume (100) ml, which contains a solution of (0.4g, 0.850mmol) of the dithiocarbamate ligand salt (nal), dissolved in 10ml of ethanol. the reaction mixture was stirred and heated under reflux for 4 h, then was left to evaporate at room temperatures”. the resulted solid washed with distilled water then by diethyl ether, dried at room temperature to give a pale green solid, m.p= 271 ºc. yield: 0.242g (57.81%), scheme (2) showed that. synthesis of [co(l)2(h2o)2], [cu(l)2(h2o)2], [zn(l)2(h2o)2], [cd(l)2(h2o)2], [pd(l)2] complexes. “a similar method to that mentioned in preparation of [ni(l)2(h2o)2] complex with same quantitatives, was used to prepare nal complexes with cocl2.6h2o (0.101g, 0.425mmol), cucl2.2h2o(0.072g, 0.425mmol), zncl2 (0.058g,0.425mmol), cdcl2.2h2o (0.093g, 0.425mmol) and pdcl2 (0.075g, 0.425mmol).“table (1) displays some physical properties of the prepared complexes, and elemental microanalysis c.h.n. and s. for some prepared complexes”. results and discussion “ the dithiocarbamate ligand (nal) was synthesized in one step. the structure of (nal) was checked and confirmed by elemental miocranalyses data (table (1)), which is in good agreement with proposed formula c17h13f3n3nao2s3”. ir spectrum of the ligand (nal) “ the ftir spectrum of sodium2-(((3-methyl-4-(2,2,2trifluoroethoxy) pyridin-2-yl) methyl)sulfinyl)-1h-benzo[d]imidazole-1-carbodithioate(nal) figure (1), is compared with the ftir spectra of the starting materials and carbon disulfide”.“the spectrum of nal shows no band (disappeared) around 3222 cm -1 was assigned to υ(nh) stretching vibration, compared with that observed in the starting material [16]”.“the ir spectrum reveals new band at 1446 cm -1 can be attributed to υ(c-n) stretching of (n-cs2) moiety [17]”.“also the ir spectrum reveals two new bands at 1055 cm -1 and 942 cm -1 attributed to υasy (cs2) and υsy (cs2), respectively [18]”.”the bands at 3062 cm -1 and 2990, 2943 cm -1 attributed to the υ(c– h) aromatic and υ(c–h) aliphatic stretching vibration respectively”.“the bands observed at 1630 cm -1 and 1587cm -1 were assigned to υ (c=n) and υaromatic(c=c) mode of aromatic system respectively“[19].“while the band observed at 1271 cm -1 recorded to υ (c–n) stretching vibration”[20]. on the other hand the spectrum displayed bands at 1188 cm -1 , 972 cm -1 and 663 cm -1 attributed to the υ(c–o–c), υ(c–s) and υ(c–f) respectively [21]. “the assignments of characteristic bands are summarized in tables (2).” electronic spectrum of the ligand (nal) the u.v-vis spectrum of ligand nal in dmso solution, figure (2) showed two absorption peaks, the first peak at (285 nm =35087 cm -1 ; εmax= 2401molar -1 cm 1 ) was assigned to π→π* chemistry |214 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 electronic transition.”the second peak at (321 nm =31152 cm -1 ; εmax= 1728 molar -1 cm -1 ) was attributed to n→π* electronic transition”[22,23]. “the u.v-vis spectral data of the ligand (nal) were given in table (3).” 1 h, “ 13 c-nmr spectra for the ligand (nal)” “ the 1 h-nmr spectrum for the ligand nal in figure (3) showed the following characteristic chemical shift (dmso-d 6 as a solvent)”: the spectrum showed the singlet signal at =8.35 ppm is assigned to proton for c14. the singlet chemical shifts at =7.57 ppm and 7.55 ppm are assigned to protons for c7 and c4 respectively. the signal at chemical shift =7.54 ppm is assigned to the proton for c15. the multiple chemical shifts at =7.10 ppm and 7.09 ppm refers to the protons of the c6 and c5 respectively. a signal at δ= 4.54 ppm attributed to the two protons for c19 of methylene group, while a multiple signal at δ= 4.36 ppm attributed to the two protons for c11 of another methylene group. the chemical shift at δ=2.51 is assigned to dmso solvent. the chemical shift at δ=2.19 is assigned to the three protons for c18 of methyl group. the nmr spectral data of ligand was reported in literatures [24,25]. the 13 c-nmr spectrum of a ligand nal, figure (4) in dmso-d 6 solvent showed that the chemical shift at = 192.3 ppm attributed to carbon atom c10 for s=c-s of dithiocarbamate group [4]. the carbon atoms c16 and c12 resonated with the chemical shifts at δ= 161.2, 160.1 ppm respectively. the carbon atom c14 resonated with the chemical shift at δ =152.4 ppm. the carbon atoms c2, c9 and c8 resonated with the chemical shifts at δ = 148.0, 144.7 and 127.9 ppm respectively. the carbon atoms c5 and c6 resonated with the chemical shift at δ = 125.1 ppm. the carbon atom c20 of c-f3 group resonated with the chemical shift at δ =122.4 ppm. also the carbon atoms c4 and c7 resonated with the chemical shifts at δ=121.9, 119.5 ppm respectively. while the carbon atoms c17, c15 resonated with the chemical shifts at δ= 117.0, 106.7 ppm respectively. the carbon atom c19 for c-o resonated with the chemical shift at δ= 73.8 ppm, while the carbon atom c11for c-s=o resonated with the chemical shift at δ= 60.1 ppm. the chemical shift at δ=40.06 ppm attributed to dmso solvent. finally the chemical shift at δ =10.5 ppm attributed to the carbon atom c18 of methyl group. the 13 cnmr spectral data of ligand was reported in literatures [9,26]. mass spectrum of the ligand (nal)” “ the electrospray (+) mass spectrum of nal is exhibited successive fragments related to ligand s'tructure”.”the parent ion peak for the ligand is observed at m/z = 467.6 which corresponds to m + (15%) for c17h13n3nao2s3f3; requires = 467.4. the other peak fragments are shown in figure (5).” the ir spectra for the dtc complexes the ftir spectrum of [co(l)2(h2o)2], figure (6),”exhibits bands related to the ligand with the appropriate shift due to complex formation”. “the spectrum displays band at 1629 cm 1 , which is related to ν(c=n) moiety, when the band at 1587 cm -1 was assigned to νar(c=c) modes of aromatic system”.”also the spectrum was displayed band at 1469 cm 1 , which is related to ν(n-cs2) mode, compared with that detected in the free ligand at 1446 cm -1” .”the complex exhibited two bands, which are attributed to the asymmetric ν(cs2) at1055 cm -1 and symmetric ν(cs2) at 942 cm -1 stretching”.”these bands are characteristic for an anisobidentate chelating mode of the ligand to the metal ions[27,28]”.”at lower frequency (far ftir) complex [co(l)2(h2o)2], exhibited two bands at 393cm -1 and 375cm -1 that are assigned to the ν(m-s) vibrational mode and supporting the anisobidentate chelation mode of the ligand [27]”.”the νar(c-h) stretching of the aromatic ring which occurs slightly above 3000 cm -1 is observed at 3068 cm -1 , when the ν(c-h) stretching for the aliphatic group is chemistry |215 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 detected at 2939 cm -1” [19]. also the ir spectrum exhibited broad band at 3471cm -1 and new' band at 816cm -1 that may be attributed to υ(oh) and δ(oh) respectively which refer to coordinated h2o molecule (aqua) with co-complex in molecular formula [29].”the ftir spectra for [ni(l)2(h2o)2], [cu(l)2(h2o)2], [zn(l)2(h2o)2], [cd(l)2(h2o)2] and [pd(l)2] complexes, figures (7) show similar trend to that of the [co(l)2(h2o)2] complex and same reasoning could be used to interpret the spectrum, all the results are summarized in table (2).” the electronic spectra and magnetic studies for the dtc complexes the electronic spectrum of co ii -complex, exhibits five peaks, the first and second peaks at (279 nm=35842 cm -1 ) and (353 nm= 28328cm -1 ) were assigned to the ligand field (l.f), while the third peak at(401 nm=24937 cm -1 ) is due to charge transfer transition. the peaks at visible region (d-d) at (565 nm=17699 cm -1 ), (724 nm=13812 cm -1 ) due to the d-d electronic transition typ ( 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p)) and ( 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f)) respectively, transitions confirming an octahedral structure around co(ii) central metal ion [30].”the magnetic susceptibility measurement for the solid co(ii) complex is (4.86) b.m. also is indicative of three unpaired electron per co(ii) ion suggesting consistency with its octahedral environment[31].” the electronic spectrum of ni-complex showed peaks in the (281nm=35587 cm -1 ) and (352 nm= 28409cm -1 ) were assigned to the ligand field. and another peak in the (390nm=25641 cm -1 ) due to charge transfer transition. and the peaks at visible region at (837 nm=11947 cm -1 ) and (937nm=10672 cm -1 ) due to the d-d electronic transition. these peaks are assigned to ( 3 a2g→ 3 t1g(p)) and ( 3 a2g→ 3 t2g(f)) respectively, transitions confirming an octahedral structure around ni (ii) ion complex [32].”the magnetic susceptibility measurement for the solid ni(ii) complex is (2,9) b.m. also is indicative of two unpaired electrons per ni (ii) ion suggesting consistency with its octahedral geometry[31].” the electronic spectrum of cu-complex showed two peaks in the range (274 nm=36496 cm -1 ) and (352nm=28409 cm -1 ) are assigned to the ligand field. and another peak in the range (371 nm=26954 cm -1 ) is due to charge transfer transition. the peak at visible region at (722 nm=13850cm -1 ) is due to the d-d electronic transition type.”this peak is assigned to ( 2 eg→ 2 t2g) transition confirming a distorted octahedral structure around cu(ii) ion complex [33].”the magnetic susceptibility measurement of cu(ii) complex is (1.89) b.m., which suggests the presence of one unpaired electron with its octahedral environment[31].” the electronic spectral of zn ii -and cd ii complexes. in each case the spectrum showed three intense peaks in the u.v region at (274nm=36496cm -1 , 368nm=27173cm -1 ) and (277nm=36101cm -1 , 347nm=28818cm -1 ) for zn ii and cd ii complexes respectively, assigned to the ligand field. while the peaks at (406nm=24630cm -1 ) and at (401nm=24937cm -1 ) are assigned to the charge transfer transitions. finally the metal ion of these complexes belongs to d 10 system and these metals do not show d–d transition. these complexes are diamagnetic as expected and it showed octahedral geometries [34,35]. the electronic spectrum of pd-complex, figure (8) showed two peaks in the range (302 nm=33112 cm -1 ) and (345nm=28989cm -1 ) are assigned to the ligand field. and another peak in the range (380 nm=26315 cm -1 ) due to charge transfer transition. the peaks at visible region at (719 nm=13908cm -1 ) and (804 nm=12437cm -1 ) due to the d-d electronic transition type. these peaks are assigned to ( 1 a1g→ 1 b1g) and ( 1 a1g→ 1 e1g) respectively, transitions confirming a square planer structure around pd(ii) ion complex, this complex is diamagnetic [36]. electronic spectral data and magnetic susceptibility for these complexes are summarised in table (3) chemistry |216 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 thermal analysis the thermal analysis curve (tga) for [cd(l)2(h2o)2] is shown in figure (9). the thermogram revealed that the complex is stable up to 78 ° c in helium atmosphere.”it is decompose in four steps. the first step observed at 78.4-193 ° c attributed to the loss of (2h2o) fragment, (obs.= 0.5700 mg, 3.00%; calc.= 0.6594 mg, 3.471%).”the second step occurred at 193-319 ° c indicated to the loss of (c14h11n3os2f3+cs2) fragment, (obs.= 8.1624 mg, 42.96%; calc.= 7.9515mg, 41.85%)”.”the third step occurred at 319-415 ° c indicated to the loss of (c12h8nof3+cs2) fragment, (obs.= 5.6335 mg, 29.65%; calc.= 5.8387mg, 30.73%)”. the fourth step found at 415-578 ° c indicated to the loss of (c6h7n2o) fragment, (obs.= 2.4795 mg, calc.= 16.703 mg, 87.912%) while, the residue of the compound is related to the (cdo), (obs.= 2.5346 mg, 13.34%; calc.= 2.2967mg, 12.09%)[37,38]. thermal decomposition data for this complex is summarized in table (4). molar conductivity “ the molar conductance values of the the complexes in dmso lie in the range”(8.2-18) ohm 1 .cm 2 .mol -1 which is quite lower than that expected for an electrolyte and reveal their nonelectrolyte nature [9] as in table (1).” bacterial activity the synthesised dithiocarbamate ligand (nal) and its metal complexes were tested by using disc method inhibition (against four types of pathogenic bacteria, escherichia coli and pseudomonas aeruginosa (g−) that gram negative, staphylococcus aureus and bacillus stubtilis (g+) that gram positive. data of the measured inhibition zones against growth of different bacteria’s are summarised in table (5), which displays the effect of the synthesised compounds on bacterial strains. from obtained data, it is obvious that, the complexes are already more active against these bacterial specie compared with the free ligand, which means complexation increases antimicrobial activity. conclusion “ the new dithiocarbamate ligand (nal) and its metal complexes were aprepared by the mixing of the dtc ligand with metal ion to form the following formula;[co(l)2(h2o)2], [ni(l)2'(h2o)2], [cu(l)2(h2o)2], [zn(l)2(h2o)2] [cd(l)2(h2o)2]”and [pd(l)2], where metal (ii) ions are coordinated by sulfur atoms. magnetic tests and spectroscopic data prove that all complexes are octahedral geometries, except palladium complex shows square planer geometry as expected. the biological evaluation against bacterial species indicated that the metal complexes are more active than the free ligand.” references 1. nami, s. a.; ullah, i.; alam, m.; lee, d-u. and sarikavakli, n.,(2016). “synthesis, characterization, molecular docking and biological studies of self -assembled transition metal dithiocarbamates of substituted pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde”, j. of photochem.and photobio. b: biology, 160. 392-399. 2. kanchi, s.; singh, p. and betty, (2014). “dithiocarbamates as hazardous remediation agent: a critical review on progress in environmental chemistry for inorganic species studies of the 20th century”, arabian j. of chemistry, 7. 11–25. chemistry |217 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 3. baba, i.; raya, i. and yamin, b. m.,(2009). “synthesis and structural studies of lanthanum (iii) dialkyldithiocarbamates 1,10-phenantroline”, j. sains malaysiana, 38(2). 185-190. 4. al-fahdawi, a. s. m., (2013) “formation of bimetallic bis(dithiocarbamate) macrocyclic complexes”., ph.d thesis, babylon university, college of science, 1-242. 5. yih, k.-h.; chen, s.-c.; lin, y.-c.; lee g.-h. and wang, y.,(1995). “new syntheses of [et4n][(c5h10ncs2)m(co)4](m= cr, mo and w):insertion reaction of carbon disulfide into the metal-nitrogen bond”., j. organo met. chem., 494.149-155. 6. edwards, a.; hogarth, g.; hollingsworth, n. and oller, j. j.; (2011). “illusive tungstenimido-dithiocarbamate complexes: facile carbon-nitrogen bond formation”, j.inorg. chem. commun.,14.1932-1936. 7. plyusnin, v.f.; grivin, v.p. and larionov, s.v.,(1997). “photochemistry of fe(iii), fe(iv), ru(iii), mo(vi), and ni(iv) dithiocarbamate complexes”., j.coord. chem. rev.,159.121-133. 8. ozturk, b. c. n.; kourkoumelis, n.; manos, m. j.; tasiopoulos, a. j.; owczarzak, a. m.; kubicki, m. and hadjikakou, s. k., (2014). “synthesis, characterization and biological activity of antimony(iii) or bismuth(iii) chloride complexes with dithiocarbamate ligands derived from thiuram degradation”, j. polyhedron., 67. 89–103 9. hasan, a. h.and yousif, e. i., (2016). “formation of new macrocyclic complexes with bis (dithiocarbamate) ligand; preparation, structural characterisation and bacterial activity”, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci., 29(3).146-166. 10. figueira, p.; lopes, c. b.; danieli-da-silva, a. l.; pereira, e.; duarte, c. and trindad, t.,(2011). “removal of mercury (ii) by dithiocarbamate surface functionalized magnetite particles: application to synthetic and natural spiked waters”, water res., 45(17). 57735784. 11. damicone, j.; (2016). “fungicide resistance management., division of agricultural sciences and natural resources”., oklahoma state univ., epp-7663.1-8. 12. ekennia, a. c.; onwudiwe, d. c; ume, c. and ebenso, e. e.,(2015). “mixed ligand complexes of n-methyl-n-phenyldithiocarbamate: synthesis, characterisation, antifungal activity, and solvent extraction studies of the ligand”,j. bioinorg.chem.& appl., 2015.110. 13. martínez, j. a.; valenzuela, j. and hernandez-tamargo, c. e., (2015). “study of sulfur adlayers on au (111) from basic hydrolysis of piperazine bis (dithiocarbamate) sodium salt”, j. appl. surf. sci., 345. 394-399. 14. ingle, a. d.; devghare, h. and parase, k.,(2013). “metal complexes of ammonium phenyl dithiocarbamate: preparation characterization and biological activity”. j. chem. pharm. res., 5(7). 272-277. 15. kumar, v.; singh, v.; gupta, a. n.; manar, k. k.; drew, m. g.and singh, n., (2014). “influence of ligand environments on the structures and luminescence properties of homoleptic cadmium (ii) pyridyl functionalized dithiocarbamates”, j.cryst. eng. comm.,16(29). 6765-6774. 16. biancalana, l.; bresciani, g.; chiappe, c.; marchetti, f. and pampaloni,g., (2017). “synthesis and study of the stability of amidinium/guanidinium carbamates of amines and α-amino acids”,new j. chem., 41(4). 1798-1805. 17. faraglia, g.; sitran, s. and montagner, d., (2005). “pyrrolidine dithiocarbamates of pd(ii)”, j. inorg. chim. acta., 358. 971-980. 18. yin, d.; zhai, j.; sun, y-y. and wang, d-q., (2008). “synthesis, characterizations and crystal structures of new antimony (iii) complexes with dithiocarbamate ligands”, j.polyhedron, 27(2). 663-670. 19. podunavac-kuzmanovic, s. o.; cvetkovic, d. m.and vojinovic, l. s., (2004). “synthesis, physico-chemical characterization and biological activity of 2 chemistry |218 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 aminobenzimidazole complexes with different metal ions”, j.acta periodica technologica, 35. 239-246. 20. nagarajua, m.; bandichhora, r. and mukkantib, k.,(2013). “identification, synthesis and characterization of potential impurities of dexlansoprazole”, j. chem. bio.interface, 3(6). 366-374. 21. reddy, b. r. l.; raju, k. n. and eswaraiah, m. c., (2012). “formulation and evaluation of controlled release microspheres of lansopprazole”., int. res. j. pharm. app. sci., 2(6). 90-96. 22. orescanin, v.; mikelic, l.; roje, v. and lulic, s., (2006). “determination of lanthanides by source excited energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence (edxrf) method after preconcentration with ammonium pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate(apdc)”, j. analytical chimica acta, 570.2. 277-282. 23. ronconi, l.; giovagnini, l.; marzona, c.; bettio, f.; graziani, r.; pilloni, g. and fregona, d.; (2005). “gold dithiocarbamate derivatives as potential antineoplastic agents:design, spectroscopic properties, and in vitro antitumor activity”, j. inorg. chem., 44.6. 1867-1881. 24. tamizmani, m.; kankanala, r. and sivasankar, c., (2014). “coordinated and uncoordinated anion dictated coordination mode of pn(me)p ligand in pd(ii) complexes and their catalytic applications”, j. organomet. chem., 6 (12). 763-764. 25. pai, n. r. and patil, s. n. s., (2014). “synthesis of lansoprazol impuritiesby conventional method”, inter. j. med. chem. anal., 4(2).116-120. 26. singh, g. s. and pheko, t., (2008) “spectroscopic characterization of the 1-substituted 3,3’-diphenyl-4-(2’-hydroxyphenyl)azetidine-2-ones: application of 13 c nmr, 1 h nmr and mass spectroscopy”, j. spectrochim. acta, part a, 70. 595-600. 27. loveness, b. n.,(2015). “copper dithiocarbamate complexes and copper sulphide nanaparticales: synthesis, characterization and antifungal studies”, m. sc. thesis, university of fort hare, 31-76. 28. siddiqi, k. s.; nami, s. a. a.; lutfullaha and chebudeb, y., (2006) “template synthesis of symmetrical transition metal dithiocarbamates”, j. braz. chem. soc., 17(1). 107-112. 29. nakamoto, k.; (1997). “infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”, parts a and b, 5 th ed., john wiley sons, new york. 30. tiwari, s.; raddey, k. v.; bajpai, a.; khare, k.and nagaraju, v., (2015). “synthesis and characterization of bisdithiocarbamates from weak nitrogen bases and its metal complexes”, inter. res. j. pure &appl. chem., 7(2).78-91. 31. housecroft, c. e. and sharpe, a. g., (2008). “inorganic chemistry”, 3 rd ed., pearson education limited: essex, england, 573-681. 32. nami, s. a.; husain, a. and ullah, i., (2014). “selfassembled homodinuclear dithiocarbamates: one pot synthesis and spectral characterization”, j. spectrochimica acta part a: mol. bio spectroscopy.,118. 380-388. 33. lever, a. b. p., (1984). “inorganic electronic spectroscop”, 2 nd. ed., elsevier publisher, newyork. 34. alyass, j. m. and mohammed, a. f., (2012). “synthesis and characterization of co(ii) , ni(ii), cu(ii) zn(ii) and cd(ii) mixed complexes of imidazol dithiocarbamate and 1,10phenanthroline”., iraqi nat. j. chem., 45.105116. 35. shriver, d.w. and atkins, p.w., (2006). “inorganic chemistry, electronic spectra of tm complexes”. 4 th ed. freeman, new york. 36. karcz, d.; matwijczuk, a.; boron, b.; creaven, b.; fiedor, l.; niewiadomy, a. and gago, m., (2017).“isolation and spectroscopic characterization of zn(ii), cu(ii), and pd(ii) complexes of 1,3,4 thiadiazole-derived ligand”, j. molec. struc., 1128. 44-50. chemistry |219 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 37. al-hamdani, a. a. s.and hamodha, r. g., (2016). “transition metal complexes with tridentate ligand: preparation, spectroscopic characterization, thermal analysis and structure studies”, j. bag. sci., 13(4). 770-781. 38. al zoubi, w.; al-hamdani, a. a. s. and gunko, y.,(2017). “schiff bases and their complexes: recent progress in thermal analysis”, j. separation sci.tech., 52(6). 10521069. table (1): colours, yields, melting points, (c, h, n, s) analysis and molar conductance values for ligand and its dithiocarbamate complexes” comp. m.wt g\mol m.p ºc yield % colour ᴧm s.cm 2 molar microanalysis found (calc) % m% c h n s nal 467.47 201203* 66.67 pale yellow 43.09 (43.68) 2.43 (2.80) 9.74 (8.99) 20.01 (20.57) [co(l)2(h2o)2] 983.93 282* 55.25 green 18.0 5.87 (5.99) (41.50) (3.07) (8.54) (19.55) [ni(l)2(h2o)2] 983.69 271 57.81 pale green 15.7 5.57 (5.97) 40.83 (41.51) 2.91 (3.07) 8.79 (8.54) 19.34 (19.55) [cu(l)2(h2o)2] 988.55 279 61.36 brown 10.9 6.58 (6.43) (41.31 (3.06) (8.50) (19.46) [zn(l)2(h2o)2] 990.38 290* 48.74 white 8.9 6.01 (6.60) 41.06 (41.23) 2.98 (3.05) 8.41 (8.49) 18.85 (19.42) [cd(l)2(h2o)2] 1037.4 326* 63.09 yellow white 8.2 10.81 (10.84) (39.36) (2.91) (8.10) (18.54 [pd(l)2] 995.39 296* 59.06 brown 16.3 10.43 (10.69) 40.77 (41.03) 2.51 (2.63) 8.73 (8.44) 18.41 (19.33) *= decompose “table (2): ft-ir data (wave-number) cm -1 of ligand and its metal complexes.” ν(m-o) ν(h2o) νas(cs2) ν,s(cs2) ν(c-oc) ν(cn) ν(ncs2) νar (c=c) ν(c=n) νalip h(ch) νarom (c-h) ν(oh) water comp. _ _ _ 1173 1275 _ 1583 1631 2983 2927 3066 _ starting materials _ _ 1055 942 1188 1271 1446 1587 1630 2990 2943 3062 _ nal 607 816 1101 914 1173 1261 1469 1587 1629 2939 3068 3471 [co(l)2(h2o)2]* 611 820 1109 922 1173 1261 1473 1591 1627 2966 3032 3439 [ni(l)2(h2o)2] 621 814 1086 916 1170 1259 1470 1579 1631 2976 3078 3437 [cu(l)2(h2o)2] 619 827 1113 915 1173 1275 1456 1579 1622 2972 3086 3444 [zn(l)2(h2o)2] 580 825 1082 928 1176 1263 1464 1591 1647 2951 3070 3440 [cd(l)2(h2o)2] _ _ 1047 918 1169 1257 1477 1581 1633 2966 2931 3080 _ [pd(l)2] chemistry |220 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 * (m–s) observed at 393cm -1 and 375 cm -1 “table (3): uv-vis spectral data of ligand and dithiocarbamate complexes in dmso solutions and magnetic moment” compound wavenumber max molar –1 cm –1 assignment suggested structure μeff (b.m) nm cm –1 nal 285 35087 2401 → * _ _ 321 31152 1728 n→ * [co(l)2(h2o)2] 279 353 35842 28328 2395 569 l.f l.f oh 4.86 401 24937 365 c.t 565 724 17699 13812 34 32 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p) 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f) [ni(l)2(h2o)2] 281 352 35587 28409 2435 637 l.f l.f oh 2.90 390 25641 232 c.t 837 937 11947 10672 10 12 3 a2g→ 3 t1g(p) 3 a2g→ 3 t2g(f) [cu(l)2(h2o)2] 274 352 36496 28409 2230 731 l.f l.f distorted oh 1.89 371 26954 484 c.t 722 13850 23 2 eg→ 2 t2g [zn(l)2(h2o)2] 274 368 36496 27173 2264 1361 l.f l.f oh diamagnetic 406 24630 392 c.t [cd(l)2(h2o)2] 277 347 36101 28818 2424 406 l.f l.f oh diamagnetic 401 24937 171 c.t [pd(l)2] 302 345 33112 28985 2121 2188 l.f l.f sp diamagnetic 380 26315 1231 c.t 719 804 13908 12437 4 2 1 a1g→ 1 b1g 1 a1g→ 1 e1g chemistry |221 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (4): tga/dtg data for [cd(l)2(h2o)2]complex stable up toºc step dec. temp. initial-final (ºc) dtg temp . (ºc) wt. of mass loss (calc) found reaction total mass loss% wt. of mass loss (calc) found % 78 1 78-193 138 (0.6594)-0.5700 2h2o (87.912) 88.66 (3.471)-3.000 2 193-319 296 (7.9515)-8.1624 -(cs2+ c14h11n3os2f3) (41.85)-42.960 3 319-415 383 (5.8387)-5.6335 (cs2 + c12h8nof3) (30.73)-29.65 4 415-578 484 (2.2535)-2.4795 c6h7n2o (11.861)-13.05 residue 578 ≤ (2.2967)-2.5346 cdo table (5): bacterial activity of ligand and its complexes s. aureus (g+) b. stubtilis (g+) p. aeruginosa(g−) e. coli (g−) compounds 16 _ _ 13 nal 26 26 30 16 [co(l)2(h2o)2] 29 28 32 15 [ni(l)2(h2o)2] 22 24 25 17 [cu(l)2(h2o)2] 23 22 23 18 [zn(l)2(h2o)2] 22 26 27 17 [cd(l)2(h2o)2] 22 27 24 15 [pd(l)2] chemistry |222 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 “figure (1): ftir spectrum of nal ligand” “figure (2): electronic-spectrum of nal ligand in dmso solution” figure (3): 1 h-nmr-spectrum of nal ligand in dmso-d6 chemistry |223 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 “figure (4): 13 c-nmr-spectrum of nal ligand in dmso-d6” “figure (5): mass-spectrum of nal ligand” “figure (6): ftir-spectrum of [co(l)2(h2o)2] complex” chemistry |224 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 “figure (7): ftir-spectrum of [ni(l)2(h2o)2] complex” “figure(8): electronic spectrum of [pd(l)2] in dmso solution” “figure(9): tga for [cd(l)2(h2o)2]complex in helium atmosphere” chemistry |225 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 scheme(1) :synthesis route of nal ligand chemistry |226 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1617 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 scheme (2): synthesis route of nal complexes microsoft word 246-253 علوم الحياة | 246 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 enterococcus faecalisتشخيص بكتريا المكورات المعوية البرازية تقنية تفاعل البلمرة المتسلسل عمالباست نساناالالمعزولة من جذور اسنان (pcr) عذراء حميد حسون للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھيثم / جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة / كلية التربية سوزان علي كاظم مديرية تربية الكرخ الثالثة / وزارة التربية ٢٠١٥/اذار/١٥قبل البحث :، ٢٠١٥/كانون الثاني/٢٠ استلم البحث في : الخالصة ا ذي اعمار مختلفة مأخوذة من مرضى ) عينة 100في ( enterococcus faecalisتم التحري عن وجود بكتري مصابين بالتھاب جذر السن للمرة االولى ولم يخضعوا بعد للعالج ( اصابة ابتدائية )، ومرضى مصابين بالتھاب جذر السن ، و عينة من االصابات االبتدائية لجذر ( 70 ) تاخذاذ السن بعد الخضوع للعالج و فشل العالج (اصابة ثانوية ) ، السن ( اعادة العالج ) . ت الثانوية لجذرعينة من االصابا ( 30) عزلة تعود 24شخصت البكتريا باالعتماد على الطرزالمظھرية بالطرائق الكيموحياتية التقليدية حيث تم الحصول على ل رة المتسلس ل البلم ة تفاع تعمال تقني ة باس رز الجيني ى الط اد عل ت باالعتم م شخص ة ، وث ورات المعوي ا المك لبكتري polymerase chain reaction (pcr) assey ى ول عل م الحص ود 32وت ة تع ة عين ورات المعوي ا المك لبكتري البرازية . بكتريا المكورات المعوية البرازية ، جذر السن ، تفاعل البلمرة المتسلسلالكلمات المفتاحية : علوم الحياة | 247 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة في امعاء ( normal flora )كنبيت طبيعي enterococcus faecalisتتواجد المكورات المعوية البرازية االنسان والحيوان ،فضالً عن وجودھا في الجھاز التناسلي االنثوي وفي تجويف الفم وأحيانا في الجھاز التنفسي ، كما توجد لھذا النوع من البكتريا خالل عقد التسعينيات بسبب تنوع االخماج التي . ازدادت االھمية السريرية[1]التربة والميــاهفي ) من االصابات المتسببة عن المكورات المعوية التي تصيب االنسان ، 90%ولة عن حوالي (ؤتسببھا ، اذ وجد انھا المس واألنزيم ( cytolysin ) سينيوان امراضيتھا مرتبطة بقدرتھا على انتاج العديد من عوامل الضراوة التي تشمل السايتوال ة ادات الحيوي ددة للمض ة والمتع ا العالي ن مقاومتھ الً ع ا ، فض اق وغيرھ ل االلتص نس وعوام ون الج دم وفرم ال لل الح فيات بة بالمستش اج المكتس ببة لالخم ة المس ات الرئيس ن الممرض دة م ا واح ا جعلھ رات مم ا [2]والمطھ تھرت بكتري . اش الثانوية االصابات ، وباالصابات االبتدائية لجذور االسنان ي طب االسنان بسبب ارتباطھاالمكورات المعوية البرازية ف وجدتفي احيان قليلة من االصابات االبتدائية لجذور االسنان حيث e.faecalis، وقد عزلت بكتريا [3,4](فشل العالج ) اكثر االنواع المعزولة تكرارا من االصابات الثانوية e.faecalisجنبا لجنب مع البكتريا الالھوائية ،بالمقابل كانت بكتريا ق الزرعية والكيموحياتية التقليدية للتحري عن الكائنات الحية الدقيقة التي تسبب ائالطر ت.استخدم [5]لجذور االسنان واع الموجود ة ھي اكثر االن ة البرازي ا المكورات المعوي ة تكرارا والسيما في اخماج جذور االسنان ، وأكدت ان بكتري ذور وات الج ة لقن ابات الثانوي ي [6].االص تعملة ف ة المس ة التقليدي ق الكيموحياتي ة والطرائ ق الزرعي تعمال الطرائ ان اس المسببة إلصابات جذور االسنان بسبب صعوبة عزل وتشخيص ھذه المجھرية التشخيص محدود جدا في تشخيص الكائنات د استخدم ا ، لھذا فق ة المسببة الخماج جذور البكتري ة للتحري عن االنواع البكتيري ت مؤخرا الطرائق الوراثية الجزيئي باستعمال . اكدت طرائق التشخيص الجزيئية [7]االسنان ولتشمل االنواع البكتيرية التي تكون صعبة العزل والتشخيص ا (pcr ) تقنية ة تكرارا من االصابات الثانوية للقنوات ھي اكثر االنواع المعزول e.faecalisايضا على ان بكتري ة ا ظون .[7,8]الجذري ة بكتري ت دراس ي تناول ات الت ة الدراس نان ، e.faecalisرا لقل ذور االس وات ج ن قن ة م المعزول ا باستعمال تقنية ( ) ألول مرة في pcrوتشخيصھا بالطرائق الوراثية الجزيئية جاءت ھذه الدراسة لتشخيص ھذه البكتري . 16s ribosomal rnaالعتماد على الجين المتخصص بغداد با المواد وطرائق العمل samplingجمع العينات ت( ابين ب )100جمع ى المص ن المرض ة م ة ، اعين ور ، والكرام نان الن ز اس ى مرك راجعين ال ن الم ذر الس اة ج اج قن خم ) لكال الجنسين 15-2-`2014) الى ((15-9-2013بين واليرموك ، وكلية طب االسنان / جامعة بغداد ، في بغداد ، وللمدة ما ( االصابة االبتدائية لقناة جمعت العينات من اشخاص مصابين بالتھاب قناة جذر السن ألول مرة.ومن مختلف الفئات العمرية العالج وأشخاص مصابين بالتھاب قناة جذر السن بعد مصابا . 70 وعددھمprimary root canal infection, الجذر) اثناء مصابا ، 30 وعددھم ، post treatment ( secondary root canal infection)(االصابة الثانوية لقناة الجذر ) المستعملة paper pointخضوعھم لفتح قناة الجذر لغرض العالج . وتم الحصول على العينات وذلك بأخذ الورقة الدقيقة . لتجفيف القيح الموجود في مكان الخمج وزرعھا مباشرة في االوساط الزرعية المنتخبة isolation of e.faecalisعزل المكورات المعوية البرازية وبعدھا تم ،جذر السن بعد فتح وتنظيف قناة الجذرقناة زرعت جميع العينات المأخوذة من االشخاص المصابين بالتھاب لمدة دقيقة العزالت ادخال الورقة الدقيقة عبر القناة المفتوحة لغرض امتصاص القيح الموجود في موضع االلتھاب ، وتركت ( يتكون من ) (2xyetوسط مليلتر من 5داخل قناة الجذر ، ثم نقلت ھذه الورقة الى انبوبة معقمة سعة مليلتر حاوية على ° م 37حضنت في درجة حرارة . [9])واحد لتر لكلوريد الصوديوم لك 0.5رة ، و غم مستخلص الخمي10غم تربتون ، و16 ) الصلب وحضنت االطباق في درجة حرارة azid blood agarساعة ، ثم نقلت المستعمرات النامية الى وسط ( 24لمدة (pfizer selective enterococci) وانتخبت المستعمرات المفردة وزرعت على وسط . ساعة 24-48لمدة ºم 37 no2macconkeyنقلت ھذه المستعمرات النامية الى وسط ( وساعة 24-48لمدة 37في درجة حرارة وحضنت االطباق agar م 37) بطريقة التخطيط وحضنت في درجة حرارةº ساعة . 24لمدة : diagnosis of e.faecalis تشخيص المكورات المعوية البرازية microscopic examinationالفحص المجھري وذلك بأخذ جزء صغير (pfizer selective enterococci) عملت مسحات من المستعمرات النقية النامية على وسط من المستعمرات النامية بوساطة ناقل معقم الى شريحة زجاجية وفرشت بشكل متجانس ، وتركت لتجف ثم ثبتت وصبغت . [10]تجاه صبغة غرام امالحظة الشكل الخلوي وطبيعة اصطباغ البكتريا غرام لملون ب biochemical testsالفحوصات الكيموحياتية لغرض تشخيص العزالت البكتيرية على مستوى النوع اجريت االختبارات الكيموحياتية المعتمدة وكاالتي : catalase testفحص الكاتاليز (بالناقل) من كل عزلة على شريحة زجاجية نظيفة واضيف لھا قطرة من محلول بيروكسيد الھيدروجيننقل جزء من النمو . [11].ان مالحظة تكون الفقاعات داللة على ايجابية الفحص 3 % بتركيز علوم الحياة | 248 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ºم 45و 10فحص النمو في درجة حرارة لكل عزلة بالمزارع السائلة للعزالت البكتيرية بعمر لقحت انابيب حاوية على وسط نقيع القلب والدماغ السائل بواقع انبوبتين ساعة 24 لمدة °م 45واألخرى في درجة حرارة ºم 10ثم حضنت احداھما في درجة حرارة 1%ساعة بحجم لقاح 24 . [12]ولوحظ النمو من خالل تكون العكرة ) كلوريد الصوديوم6.5 %فحص النمو بوجود ( كلوريد الصوديوم بالمزارع السائلة % 6.5لقحت انابيب حاوية على وسط نقيع القلب والدماغ السائل والحاوي على ساعة. لوحظ النمو من 24-18لمدة ºم 45ثم حضنت بدرجة حرارة ، 1%ساعة وبحجم لقاح 24للعزالت البكتيرية بعمر . [13]خالل تكون العكرة داللة على ايجابية الفحص ) 9.6فحص قابلية البكتريا على النمو في الرقم الھيدروجيني( دل ائل المع دماغ الس ب وال ع القل ص ( وسط نقي ذا الفح اص بھ ي الخ ى الوسط الزرع ة عل ب الحاوي رقم لقحت االنابي ال 37موالري من ھيدروكسيد الصوديوم ) بالعزالت البكتيرية وحضنت بدرجة حرارة 0.1 باضافة 9.6الى الھيدروجيني له . [14] ساعة. ظھور النمو من خالل تكون العكرة داللة على الفحص الموجب 24لمدة ºم التشخيص الجزيئي لبكتريا المكورات المعوية البرازية دناعملية استخالص وقياس تركيز ونقاوة ال واستخلص الدنا بحسب ، (promega usa)الكلي والمصنعه في شركة dnaالجاھزة الستخالص الاستخدمت العدة .النشرة المرفقة من قبل الشركة .nanodropباستعمال جھاز دنا ونقاوته تركيز ال قيس pcrتشخيص بكتريا المكورات المعوية البرازية بأ ستخدام تقنية ال لتشخيص بكتريا المكورات المعوية وذلك عن طريق استعمال بادئات pcr assey لسلتفاعل البلمرة المتس استخدمت تقنية استخدمو . s ribosomal rna 16صممت بتسلسل متخصص موجود ضمن المادة الوراثية للبكتريا ، الذي يطابق جين ا الكندية البادئ المصنع في شركة e.f f gtt tat gcc gca tgg cat aag )البادئ ھو وكان تسلسلالف ag , e,f r ccg tca ggg gac gtt cag ) وتم اختيار البادئ زوج قاعدي ، 310، وطول القطعة . [15] لمصدرالمتخصص تبعا ل تخفيف البادئ ، وحفظ كخزين dd h2o ( deionized sterile distilled water) الماء المقطر مليلتر من1خفف البادئ اوال في ( stock ) مليلتر من 1وخفف في خزينمايكرولتر من ھذا ال 100. اخذ °م -20في درجة حرارةdd h2o للحصول ى ز عل والر 10 تركي ايكرو م اھز لل .م يط الج تخدم الخل مى pcr واس ركة (master mix)المس ي ش نع ف والمص )promega usa (من كال من البادئ المصمم مايكرو لتر 1البكتريا ودنا من نانو غرام (50)مايكرولتر 3مزج مع اذ ( forward and reverse) الخالي من ماء المقطرمايكرو لتر بال 25 ، اكمل الحجم الى مايكرو موالر 10ذو التركيز nuclease عليمات الشركة .وبحسب ت ظروف التفاعل از ي جھ ل ف ري التفاع راري اج دوير الح ى thermal cycler الت روف المثل د الظ دة لتحدي ارب عدي راء تج د اج بع )١( الجدول حسببالبرنامج طبق للتفاعل .و باستعمال الترحيل الكھربائي pcrالتحري عن نواتج ال الذي صبغ %0.2بتركيز االكاروز ھالم عشرة مايكرو لتر من النواتج المتضاعفة بوساطة الترحيل الكھربائي في رحلت 30فولت ولمدة 60في فولتية مقدارھا ethidium bromideمايكرو لتر من صبغة ال0.5 باستعمالترحيل بعد انتھاء ال dna عملتحت ضوء االشعة فوق البنفسجية . واستشوھدت الحزم . tbe bufferمايكرو لتر من 0.5دقيقة في ladder )100-1000 pb دي م زوج قاع اطة (marker) كمعل ور بوس م ص ة ( ) . ث اميرا الرقمي digitalالك camera . (نتيجة التفاعل موجبة وذلك عند ظھور قطع عدتdna ازواج قاعدية 310في الجل بطول. النتائج والمناقشة عزل بكتريا المكورات المعوية البرازية اذاعتماداً على الصفات الزرعية للمستعمرات من شكل وحجم ولون وقوام المستعمرات ، se.faecaliبكتريا عزلت ھذا الوسط د في الوسط ويع ري الى اللون االبيض وظھور العكورة داللة على وجود نمو بكتي ( 2xyt )تحول لون وسط الضرورية لنمو البكتريا مثل الكاربون ، جيدا لنمو البكتريا بسبب احتوائه على مستخلص الخميرة وتوفر المواد الغذائية الصلب ذات شكل دائري azide blood baseظھرت مستعمرات ھذه البكتريا على وسط . والكبريت ، وفيتامين ب محدب قليالً وذي حافة ملساء بيضاء او كريميه اللون ، اذ يعد ھذا الوسط جيداً للعزل االولي للبكتريا وھو ذو كفاءة عالية ) التي تثبط sodium azideبكتريا المكورات المعوية من العينات المرضية الحتوائه على مادة ازايد الصوديوم ( في عزل . [16]نمو االنواع المختلفة من البكتريا السالبة لصبغة غرام والسماح للبكتريا الموجبة لصبغة غرام بالنمو عليــــــــــه الصلب لماعة وحولت لون الوسط الى اللون االسود pfizer selective enterococcusظھرت المستعمرات على وسط ، وان انتشار )esculetinبسبب قابليتھا على تحليل االسكولين بوجود امالح الصفراء وشطره الى الكلوكوز واسكيولتين ( علوم الحياة | 249 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 طي اللون االسود للوسط يعالذي ferric ammonium citrateمركب يكونفي االكار واتحاده مع الحديد سكيوليتين اال ، وان احتواء ھذا الوسط على امالح الصفراء ومادة ازايد الصوديوم قد ساعد على تثبيط نمو المسبحيات )١صورة ( ) واالنوع المختلفة من البكتريا السالبة لصبغة غرام مما يميز ھذا dالمحللة لالسكولين التي تعود للمجموعة المستضدية ( االوساط االساسية في تشخيص المكورات المعوية عن االنواع االخرى من غير المكورات المعوية الوسط ويجعله من في حين ظھرت المستعمرات صغيرة الحجم ، ملساء دائرية الشكل ووردية ، [17]التابعة لنفس المجموعة المستضدية أكد العزل االولي لھذه البكتريا العتباره من اللون على وسط المكونكي الصلب وذلك لقدرتھا على تخمير سكر الالكتوز ، و االوساط أالنتخابية اذ يثبط نمو البكتريا الموجبة لصبغة غرام باستثناء المكورات المعوية لمقاومتھا ألمالح الصفراء عزلة من االصابات 19 ،تعود لبكتريا المكورات المعوية عزلة 45علىحصل . [18,19]وصبغة البلورات البنفسجية لسن . وذلك اعتمادا على صفاتھا المظھرية و اعزلة من االصابات الثانوية لقناة جذر 26البتدائية لقنوات جذر السن ، و ا الزرعية . microscopic diagnosisالتشخيص المجھري اظھر الفحص المجھري لمسحات محضرة من المزروع البكتيري للمستعمرات والمصبوغة بصبغة غرام بأنھا خاليا موجبة لصبغة غرام وغير مكونة للسبورات كروية مفردة او بيضوية متطاولة احياناً او على شكل ازواج في احيان اخرى .[11]او تظھر بشكل سالسل قصيرة biochemical testsاتية الفحوصات الكيموحي اجريت الفحوصات للعزالت النامية على االوساط االنتقائية وذلك لتشخيص المكورات المعوية الى مستوى النوع .واستبعاد االنواع البكتيرية االخرى التي تتشابه معھا في بعض الصفات اتاليز الذي يعمل على تحرير غاز االوكسجين من عزلة من العزالت عدم قدرتھا على انتاج انزيم الك 24اظھرت ، ºم 10-45قدرة على النمو بدرجات حرارية تتراوح ما بين ذات ھابيروكسيد الھيدروجين بشكل فقاعات غازية ،اال ان ، والنمو في وسط )9.6 والنمو في وسط ذي رقم ھيدروجيني قاعدي يصل الى ( وتعد ھذه التفاعالت الكيموحياتية المفتاح التشخيصي لجنس . صوديوممن كلوريد ال % 6.5سائل ذي تركيز ملحي ) التي ليس لھا القدرة على النمو في dالمكورات المعوية التي تميزھا عن بقية المسبحيات التابعة للمجموعة المستضدية ( . [11]مثل ھذه الظروف pcrباستعمال تقنية ال e.faecaliالتشخيص الجزيئي لبكتريا التي شخصت مسبقا بالطرائق الزرعية و pcr assay بتقنية العزالت النامية على االوساط االنتقائية جميعشخصت وتضخيم القطعة dna لالرتباط بقالب 16srrnaباديء جين استخدم اذتاكيد التشخيص ، غرض الكيموحياتية ل ھالم االكاروز قطعة استعمال التي اعطت عند ترحيلھا ب e.faecalisعزلة تعود لجنس (32)المطلوبة منه . حصل على dna االصابات االبتدائية لقناة جذر السن منمعزولة ھا عزلة من ( 13 ) 2)الصورة ازواج قاعدية ( 310طولھا primary root canal infection )11 عزلة من (19)و عزلة معزولة من الذكور)2معزولة من االناث ومنھا عزلة عزالت 5عزلة معزولة من االناث وsecondary root canal infection )14االصابات الثانوية لقناة جذر السن . (2)الجدول كما في )معزولة من الذكور ان ھناك اختالف واضح بين نتائج التشخيص بالطرائق الزرعية والطرائق الكيموحياتية والطرائق الجزيئية لوحظ اظھرت عائديتھا عزلة النامية على االوساط االنتقائية 45 من عزلة فقط 24اظھرت نتائج التشخيص الكيموحيوي ان حيث من ال عزلة 32. بينما اظھرت نتائج التشخيص الجزيئي عائدية e.faecalisلبكتريا المكورات المعوية البرازية . e.faecalisلنوع عزلة 45 في e.faecalisعن نسبة تواجد بكتريا بالتحري في دراسته coguluet al. [15]اتفقت ھذه النتائج مع ماتوصل اليه قنوات الجذور الملتھبة و ذلك عن طريق تشخيصھا باستعمال طرائق التشخيص الزرعية والكيموحياتية التقليدية وباستعمال عند تشخيصھا بالطرائق الزرعية في حين وجد عند تشخيصھا % 26بنسبة وجد بانھا كانت متواجدة اذ pcrتقنية ال تواجد عن التحري حول [20 ].ة.كما اتفقت ھذه النتائج جزئيا مع نتائج دراس % 35انھا تشكل نسبة pcr بطريقة ال و % 4وجد انھا تشكل نسبة اذ pcrفي قنوات الجذور االسنان بالطرائق الزرعية وطريقة ال e.faecalisبكتريا في االصابات الثانوية لقنوات الجذور عند استعمال 76 % و % 42في االصابات االبتدائية لقنوات الجذور و % 82 في التشخيص على التوالي .وجاءت ھذه النتيجة متفقة مع نتائج pcrالطرائق الزرعية والكيموحياتية التقليدية وتقنية ال في االصابات االبتدائية والثانوية لقنوات جذور e.faecalisفي دراسته حول التحقق من وجود بكتريا حيث اوضح [21] ان ھذه البكتريا توجد بنسبة اعلى في االصابات الثانوية لقنوات اثبت اذفي تركيا real time pcrاالسنان باستعمال االصابات االبتدائية لقناة جذر 25 % في االصابات الثانوية لقناة جذر السن وبنسبة % 74.4الجذور وكانت تشكل نسبة في 19 %بنسبة e.faecalisحيث اثبت تواجد بكتريا [22]السن . كما اتفقت نتائج الدراسة الحالية مع نتائج دراسة اة الجذر المصابة بالتھاب دواعم السن . في جذور االسنان الشخاص يحتاجون العادة العالج لقن % 38اللعاب ونسبة من االصابات %33تشكل نسبة e.faecalisحيث وجد ان بكتريا دراسة [23]واتفقت نتائج الدراسة الحالية مع نتائج الثانوية لقنوات الجذور وذلك عند دراسته في التحري عن االنواع البكترية الموجودة في االصابات االبتدائية والثانوية جذور االسنان .ل علوم الحياة | 250 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 اذ ( استھالكا للوقت ھاطرائق المستعملة في التشخيص ، واقلالاسھل كانت pcrواكدت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان تقنية ال ) ، واكثر كفائة في التشخيص مقارنة بالتشخيص بالطرائق التي تعتمد على ساعات ونصف 9 حوالي لتشخيصيتطلب ا الطرز المظھرية في التشخيص. في تشخيص البكتريا وذلك 16sr rnaلقد استخدم تسلسل محدد من الحمض النووي البكتيري والذي يسمى جين ال مددومنذ عمل في التصنيف حيث انه است اذھبي امعيار دلكونه عالي الثبات وغير قابل للتغير مع مرور الزمن لذلك فان يع يحتوي على 16sr rnaثباته العالي فان جين ال فضال عن. و[24] طويلة في دراسة العالقات التطورية في البكتريا مناطق عالية التغاير بين االنواع البكتيرية وبذلك فانه يوفر تسلسل خاص بكل نوع من االنواع البكتيرية التي يستفاد منھا في خص في تشخيص االنواع البديل االسرع واألر 16sr rnaتشخيص االنواع البكتيرية ونتيجة لذلك اصبح تسلسل جين ال . [25]البكتيرية بالمقارنة مع الطرائق المعتمدة على الطرز المظھرية في تشخيص البكتريا المصادر 1hayes,j.r. ; english,l.l. ; carr,l.e. , wagner,d.d. and joseph,s.(2004).multiple antibiotic resistance of enterococcus spp.isolated from commercial poultry productionenvironments.appl.environ.microbiol.,70(10):6005 -11. 2de-marques,e.b. and suzart,s. (2004). occurrence of virulence-associated genes in clinicalenterococcus faecalis strains isolated in londrina. brazil. j.med.microbiol.53:1069-7 . 3love, r.m.( 2001). enterococcus faecalis—a mechanism for its role in endodontic failure. int. endod. 34(5): 3 40.articlepubmed. 4kayaoglu, g. and orstavik, d.(2004). virulence factors of enterococcus faecalis : relationship to endodontic disease. crit. rev. oral biol. med. 15(5).: 308 – 320 articlepubmed, 5peciuline, v.; reynauld, a.h.; balciuniene, i. and haapasalo, m. (2001) .isolation of yeasts and enteric bacteria in root filled teeth with chronic apical periodontitis. int. endod;34:429-34. 6-molander, a .; reit, c. ; dahlen, g. and kvist, t.(1998). microbiological status of rootfilled teeth with apical periodontitis. int. endod. j. ;31:17. 7siqueira, j.f. and rôças, i.n.( 2005). uncultivated phylotypes and newly named species associated with primary and persistent endodontic infections. j. clin. microbiol ;43:3314. 8rôças, i.n.;siqueira, j.f.; aboim,m.c.and rosado, a.s.(2014). denaturing gradient gelelectrophoresis analysis of bacterial communities associated with failed endodontic treatment. oral surg. oral med. oral pathol. oral radiol. endod. ; 98:741–9. 9mhmoudpour,a.;rahimi,s.;sina,m.;soroush,h.m.shahisa ,s.andaminabadi,n. (2007) . isolation and identification of enterococcusfaecalisfrom necroticroot canal using multiplex pcr . journal of oral sci..49(3) :221-227. 10collee, j.g.;fraser,a.g.;marmion,b.p. and simmons,a.(1996). "practical medical microbiology" 14th editionchurchill livingstone,u.k. 11macfaddin,j.f. (2000). biochemical test for identification of medical bacteria.3rdedition.lippincott williams &wilkins,co. london. 12-holt,j.g. ; kreieg,n.r. ; sneath,p.h. ; staley,j.t. and williams,s.t. (1994)."bergey`s manual of determinative bacteriology .9th edition. williams2 & wilkins. p:1063. 13-facklam ,r.r.and wilkinson ,h.w.(1981).the prokaryotes . a handbook on habbitats , isolation and identification of bacteria. the family streptococcaceae (medical aspect). 127:1572-1597. . berlin heidelberg , newyork . 14-facklam, r.r. (1972). recognition of group d streptococcal speciesof human origin by biochemical and physiological tests. appi.microbiol.23(6). علوم الحياة | 251 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 15cogulu,d.; uzel,a. and eronat,c.(2007).detectio of enterococcus faecalis in necrotic teeth root canals by culture and polymerase chain reaction method . eur.j. dent.:216-221. 16facklm,r.r. and teixeira,l.m. (1997).enterococcus.in :collier,a. ;balow,s. &sussman,m.(eds.). "microbiology & microbial infections".topiey&wilson.9thedition.edward arnold, london.pp:669-82. 18-huycke,m.m. ; sahm,d.f. and gilmore,m.s. (1998) . multipledrugresistant enterococci : the nature of the problem & an agenda for the future . emerg.infect.dis.,4(2). 19murray,b.e. ; baron,e.j. ; paller,m.a. ; tenover,f.c. and yolken,r.h. (1999). "manual of clinical microbiology".7thedition.asm press. waashington. d.c.pp:297-305. 20-gomes, p.b.; pinhiero,t.e.; sousa, l.r.e.; jacinto,c.r. and zaia,a. a .(2006). enterococcus faecalis in dental root canal detected by culture and by polymerase chain reaction analysis. oral sur., oral pathol. and endod. 102(2): 247-253. 21-selcuk,m.; ozbek, a. and erdorgan, a.s. (2009). analysis ofenterococcus faecalisin samples from turkish patients with primary endodontic infections and failed endodontic treatmenby real –time pcr sybr green method. jornalof appl.oralsci . 17 (5) . 22 wang ,q.q. ;zhange, c.f.;chu,c.h.andzuh,x.f. (2011). prevalence of enterococcus faecalis in saliva and filledroot canals of teeth associatedwith apical periodontitis.internationa journal of oral sci: 19–23. . 23-tennert,c. ;fuhrmann,m ;wittmer,a.;karygianni,l.; altenburger , m .j.; palz,k. hellwig, e. and al-ahmad, a. copyright © (2014).american associationofendodontists.40(5). 24woese, c.r. and fox, g.e. (1977). "phylogenetic structure of the prokaryotic domain : the primary kingdoms". pnas 74(11): 5088–509. 25 kolbert, c.p. and persing, d.h. (1999). "ribosomal dna sequencing as atool for identification of bacterial pathogens.".current opinion in microbiology.2 (3): 299305. المواقع االلكترونية 17-himedialalabs.com/td/m787.pdf. 16s ribosomal rnaالمستعملة لتضخيم جين لبوادئ ا pcrظروف تفاعل ال : )(1رقم جدول الخطوات درجة الحرارة الوقت عدد الدورات 1 3 min °94 cالمسخ االولي 35 30 sec °94 cالمسخ 1 min °58cدرجة ارتباط البادئ 40 sec °72 cاالستطالة 1 5 min °72 cاالستطالة النھائية علوم الحياة | 252 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 اعداد ونسب عزالت المكورات المعوية البرازية المعزولة من اصابات جذور االسنان وفقا لنتائج : (2)رقم جدول pcrالتشخيص الجزيئي باستعمال تقنية ال النسبة المئوية العزالتعدد نوع اصابة جذر السن %18.5 عينة 70عزلة من 13 االصابة االبتدائية للجذر %63.3 عينة 30عزلة من19 االصابة الثانوية للجذر pfizer selective enterococcusعلى وسط e.faecalisنمو بكتريا : )1صورة رقم ( 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 * l 1kb 500 310bp 100 %2في ھالم االكاروز تركيز pcr ستعمال تقنيةالترحيل الكھربائي لنواتج التشخيص الجزيئي با :( 2)صورة رقم )pcr ،1kb) ladder *lھي عينات موجبة للتشخيص بال 14-1من علوم الحياة | 253 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 identification of enterococcus faecalis isolated from infected human tooth root canals human by using polymerase chain reaction athraa h. hasson biology dept. college of education for pure science ( ibn al.haithem)/ univeristy of baghdad susan a. kadhem directorate-general of education baghdad/ karkh 3 15/3/2015received in :20/1/2015, accepted in : abstract one hundred samples of root canal bacteria were isolated from patients teeth with primary and secondary infected root canal from all the ages . biochemical and microscopial tests were done for identification of these isolates. twenty four isolates were confirmed as e. faecalis species by using these tests. genetic diagnosis for the all isolates was also done by using polymerase chain reaction ( pcr ). thirty two isolates were confirmed to belong to e. faecalis species by using this test. key words :e.faecalis , root canal , pcr introduction ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 one algorithm to cipher messages in columnar and fixed period-d transposition cipher j.n. jassim, h. j. muhsen computer science, college of education ,ibn al-haitham university of baghdad abstract one of ciphering systems depends on transposition of letters in plain text to generate cipher text. the programming of transposition depends mainly on 2-dimension matrix in either methods but the difference is in columnar .we print columns in the matrix according to their numbers in key but in the fixed, the cipher text will be obtained by printing matrix by rows. introduction many solvers shy away from transposition, because such problems do not give quite as much opportunity for analytical reasoning. solutions often depend upon exhaustive trails of various widths, or finding the exact method of inscription. in this research we will discuss two types of transposition ciphering, they are columnar transposition and fixed period-d and make comparisons between them in the ways of ciphering and deciphering in methods and programming , they seem that one of them as part of the other. definition transposition ciphers rearrange characters according to some scheme. this rearrangement was classically done with the aid of some type of geometric figure like rectangle. encipherment proceeded into two steps as shown next: plain text ------------→ figure ----------→ cipher text write-in take-off first step the plain text was written into the figure according to some “write-in” path. second step the cipher text was taken off the figure according to some “take-off” path. these two steps proceed according to key; this key consisted of the figure together with the write-in and take-off paths. the geometrical figure was often a 2-dimension array (matrix). types of transposition ciphers there are many types of transposition ciphers: 1columnar transposition. 2double columnar transposition. 3monoliteral transposition. 4polyliteral transposition. 5message reversal. 6route transposition. columnar transposition the plain text was written into a matrix by rows. the cipher text is obtained by taking off the columns in some order. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the most common method is merely to write the message (from left to right),on a prearranged width and then prepared a transposed version by taking the columns off in some order (by a numerical key). the practical consideration dictates that we should have no great number of rows in excess to the number of columns. for example a message of 50 letters might be put into a format from 6 to 8 wide and 7 to 9 deep, for instance 6 rows and 9 columns or other way around, or 7 * 8 in either directions. for example the plain text “ship equipment on the fourth of july “ ,this massage consists of 30 letters , it may take many sizes of rows * columns 10*3 , 3*10 , 6*5 , 5*6 , 2*15 ,15*2 . if the text consists of odd number of letters (e.g. 29) then there will be added another letter like (x) to the end of plain text. if we arrange this text according to columns then the text will be 6*5 no. of columns 1 2 3 4 5 no. 1 s u t f o of 2 h i o o f rows 3 i p n u j 4 p m t r u 5 e e h t l 6 q n e h y if we arrange this text according to rows then the figure will be 6*5 1 2 3 4 5 1 s h i p e 2 q u i p m 3 e n t o n 4 t h e f o 5 u r t h o 6 f j u l y in the second figure if we have key = 24513 then we will copy message by columns such as this: reading column 2 as first column, then reading column 4 as second, then column 5, then column 1 and last column 3. then the cipher text will be: “ hunhrj ppofhl emnooy sqetuf iitetu” col. 2 col. 4 col. 5 col. 1 col.3 here we change only the order but the frequency count on the cipher version is the same as the plain text. in the previous example, we take completely filled rectangle but if the text is “this is transposition “it will take the following figure: 1 2 3 4 1 t h i s 2 i s t r 3 a n s p 4 o s i t 5 i o n in this text there are some columns 5 in deep while others are only 4 , the rectangle is not completely filled ,so we will add another letter “x” to the text which would make the solution more difficult. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 1 2 3 4 1 t h i s 2 i s t r 3 a n s p 4 o s i t 5 i o n x there is another shape of columnar transposition which is fixed period-d fixed period-d in this type of cipher the characters are permuted in a plain text with a fixed period-d. the plain text will be divided into many blocks of d characters. let zd be the integers 1 through d, and let f:zd zd be a permutation over zd . the key for the cipher is given by the pair k= (d, f). successive blocks of d characters are enciphered by permuting the characters according to f. thus, a plain text message m=m1 …..md md+1 ….mzd is enciphered as: e(k) = mf(1) …..mf(d) mf(d+1) …….md+f(d) for example: suppose that d=4 and f gives the permutation: i : 1 2 3 4 f(i): 2 4 1 3 thus the first plain text character is moved to the third position in the cipher text, the second plain text character to first position, the third plain text character is moved to the fourth position and fourth character is moved to second position in cipher text. for example the following plain text will be enciphered as follows: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 “m y f i r s t p l a i n t e x t “ when d=4 and key=2413 then m = m y f i r s t p l a i n t e x t ek( m ) = y i m f s p r t a n t i e t t x this plain text is broken into groups of four letters, the actual cipher text would be transmitted as a continuous stream of characters to hide the period. choosing numerical key in transposition cipher. the numerical key is formed in many ways ,these are some: 1choosing some keywords ( for example london ) if the columns are only four , then eliminate the similar letters if these letters are the same . in our example on will be eliminated .the other letters ( lond ) will be numerated as their order in alphabet , we would put 1 under the lowest letter in alphabetical ( in lond letter d will take number 1 , 2 would be placed under the next earliest letter l ,similarly 3 goes under n and 4 under o) then the key will be lond-----→2431 . 2choosing some random number, its rank equals to the number of columns in matrix or its equals to the period d. to determine the expected number of character required to break a permutation cipher with period d, there are d! possible arrangements of d characters. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 programming and execution we can use only one program to obtain cipher text in both methods columnar and fixed period-d for many reasons which are: 1each of them depends on permutation of letters with others in the same text. 2each block in fixed period-d is one row in matrix of columnar, then if we apply the key function on all matrix, it seems as if we apply the same key function on all blocks of the fixed as period-d, if the long of d is equal to the number of columns in matrix as we will see in the following program and execution of ciphering plain message in both methods in one execution. then we can use the same program for both methods if we have the same number of columns and long of period d, if columns are 4 and each block with 4 letters, and have the same numerical key the algorithme and flowchart 1-start 2-read plain text {x columns, y rows} 3-print plain text 4read key[1..x] 5for i=1 to x 6 c=key[i] 7for j=1 to y 8ciphertext[j,i]=plaintext[j,c] 9for i=1 to x 10for j=1 to y 11print ciphertext[j,i] 12for i=1 to y 13-for j=1 to x 14print ciphertext[i,j] 15end when we execute this algorithm, it will give us results in both ways columnar and fixed period-d. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 for i=1 to x for j=1 to y print cipher[j,i] start read plaintext print plaintext for i=1 to x read key[i] c=key[i] for i=1 to y cipher[j,i]=plain[j,c] a a for i=1 to x for j=1 to y ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 development of program this program is simple, it treats only basic idea of both methods of ciphering. we can add many features to it like: 1the user can choose which one of cipher he wants either columnar or fixed period-d. 2the user reads only his message and the program will compute the size of matrix, number of columns and rows and size of block for period d. 3decipher of receiving cipher message and output plain message. 4open files for output ciphering messages and deciphering messages. differences and similarities 1like columnar transposition, periodic permutation ciphers can be viewed as transpositions of the columns of a matrix in which the plain text is written by rows and one column. 2with periodic permutations, the cipher text is taken off by rows, this is more efficient for computer application because each row (block ) can be enciphered and deciphered independently. 3with columnar transposition the entire matrix must be generated for enciphering and deciphering. 4each block in fixed period-d represents one row in columnar transposition, then if we apply the permutation on block according to key, this is similar to applying key on all rows in matrix, as we see there is only one cipher matrix for both. 5the difference between the two ways only in printing results, in columnar we print column after column according to key and in fixed period-d we print matrix row by row. references 1denning,d.e.r. (1983) cryptography & data security, purclue university 2frank ,w.lewis, (1992) solving cipher problems aegean park press california. 3beker,h.;piper,f.,1998 cipher systems :the protection of communication ستار ،بدرخان ; اديب حمدون سليمان ;ميثم محمد الدبوني ترجمة ;بروس بوزورث ,مقدمة الى امن المعلومات -4 بغداد -طبع الدار العربية للطباعة print cipher[i,j] end 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد d-خوارزمبة واحدة لتشفير الرسائل بطريقتي االبدال العمودي البسيط والفترة الثابتة جنان نصيف جاسم ، هيفاء جاسم محسن ابن الهيثم ،جامعة بغداد -قسم الحاسبات،كلية التربية الخالصة البسيط والفترة الثابتة االبدال العمودي هو احدى طرق تشفير الرسائل ومن انواعه االبدال العمودي d حيث ان فكرة البحث تعتمد على تصميم برنامج واحد او خوارزمية واحدة لتشفير النصوص بكال الطريقتين واظهار النتائج للنص المشفر ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 116 nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules and other related concepts omar a. abdulla ali sh. ajeel haibat k. mohammadali omar.aldoori87@gmail.com ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq abstract our aim in this paper is to introduce the notation of a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule as generalization of 2-absorbing submodule where a proper submodule 𝐾 of an 𝑅module ∁ is called nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, for 𝑎, 𝑏, ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁ implies that either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝐾 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. we got many basic properties, examples and characterizations of this concept. furthermore, characterizations of nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules in some classes of modules are inserted. moreover, the behavior of nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule under 𝑅-epimorphism is studied. keywords: primary submodules, prime submodules, multiplication modules, artirian ring, projective 𝑅-modules , jacobin of a modules . 1. introduction throughout this paper, all rings are commutative with identity and we assume all 𝑅modules are left unitary. prime submodulse are among the most famous concepts of modules theory, where a proper submodule 𝐻 of an 𝑅-module ∁ is said to be a prime submodule if whenever 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝐻, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁ implies that either 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 or 𝑎∁ ⊆ 𝐻[1]. in addition, primary submodules is introduced in [2] as a generalization of a prime submodule, where a proper submodule 𝐻 of an 𝑅-module ∁ is said to be a primary submodule if whenever 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝐻, for 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁ implies that either 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 or 𝑎𝑛∁ ⊆ 𝐻 for some 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+. the well-known generalization of prime submodules is the concept of 2-absorbing submodule, where a proper ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2560 article history: received 4, februaryber,2020, accepted, 13, february 2020, published in january 2021 directorate general of education salahaddin, the ministry of education, tikrit, iraq. directorate general of education salahaddin, the ministry of education, tikrit, iraq. department of mathematics , college of computer sciences and mathematics , tikrit university, tikrit, iraq. mailto:omar.aldoori87@gmail.com mailto:ali.shebl@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq 117 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 submodule 𝐻 of an 𝑅-module ∁ is called 2-absorbing submodule if whenever 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐻, for 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁ implies that either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 or 𝑎𝑏∁ ⊆ 𝐻[3] is studied extensively. there are many generalizations of the concept of 2-absorbing, for example see [4 … 6]. dubey in [7] introduced the concept of 2-absorbing primary submodule, where a proper submodule 𝐻 of an 𝑅-module ∁ is called 2-absorbing primary submodule if whenever 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐻, for 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁ implies that either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 ∁], where 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) is the intersection of all prime submodule of ∁ containing 𝐻. recall that an 𝑅-module ∁ is multiplication if every submodule 𝐻 of ∁ is of the form 𝐻 = 𝐽∁ for some ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅 [8]. again recall that an 𝑅-module ∁ is said to be faithful if 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (∁) = (0). and a ring 𝑅 is said to be artinian if 𝑅 satisfies d.cc on ideals of 𝑅, that is 𝐼1 ⊇ 𝐼2 ⊇ ⋯ ⊇ ⋯, then there exists 𝑛 ∈ 𝑍+ such that 𝐼𝑛 = 𝐼𝑚 for some 𝑛 > 𝑚 [11]. finally a ring 𝑅 is called a good ring, if 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁) where ∁ is an 𝑅-module [12]. 2. nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules in this paper, we will introduce the concept of nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule and give some basic results of these classes of submodules. and discuss on the relationships with class of 2-absorbing submodules and nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules. definition 1 a proper submodule 𝐻 of an 𝑅-module ∁ is said to be nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, if whenever 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐻, for 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁ implies that either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. and a proper ideal 𝐽 of a ring 𝑅 is called nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, if 𝐽 is nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules of an 𝑅module 𝑅. remarks and examples 2 1. it is clear that every 2-absorbing submodule of an 𝑅-module ∁ is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule, while the reverse does not hold in general, the following example show that: let ∁= 𝑍16, 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐾 = 〈8̅〉. 𝐾 is not 2-absorbing submodule since 2.2. 2̅ ∈ 𝐾 where 2 ∈ 𝑅 = 𝑍, 2̅ ∈ 𝑍16, then 2. 2̅ = 4̅ ∉ 𝐾 and 2.2 = 4 ∉ [𝐾:𝑅 𝑍16] = 8𝑍. but 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝑍16, since 𝐽(𝑍16) = 〈2̅〉 and 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) = 〈2̅〉 for all 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑍16 with 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 = 〈8̅〉 implies that either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(𝑍16) = 〈2̅〉 + 〈2̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(𝑍16) = 〈2̅〉 or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [〈8̅〉 + 𝐽(𝑍16):𝑍 𝑍16] = [〈2̅〉: 𝑍16] = 2𝑍. that is 2.2. 2̅ ∈ 𝐾, implies that 2. 2̅ = 4̅ ∈ 〈2̅〉 + 〈2̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or 2.2 = 4 ∈ [〈8̅〉 + 〈2̅〉:𝑍 𝑍16] = 2𝑍. 2. it is clear that every prime submodule of an 𝑅-module ∁ is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule, while the reverse does not hold in general, the following example show that: let ∁= 𝑍8, 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐾 = 〈4̅〉 . 𝐾 is not prime submodule of 𝑍8, since 2. 2̅ ∈ 𝐾, where 2 ∈ 𝑍, 2̅ ∈ 𝑍8 implies that 2̅ ∉ 𝐾 and 2 ∉ [𝐾:𝑍 ∁] = 4𝑍. but 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule of ∁, since 2.2. 1̅ ∈ 𝐾, where 2 ∈ 𝑍, 1̅ ∈ 𝑍8 2 implies that 2. 1̅ ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(𝑍8) = 〈2〉 or 2.2 = 4 ∈ [𝐾 + 𝐽(∁):𝑍 ∁] = 2𝑍. 3. it is clear that every primary submodule of an 𝑅-module ∁ is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule, while the reverse does not hold in general. the following example show that: let ∁= 𝑍6, 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐾 = 〈0̅〉 is a submodule of ∁. 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ but not primary submodule, since 3 ∈ 𝑍, 2̅ ∈ 𝑍6 such that 3. 2̅ ∈ 𝐾, but 118 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 2̅ ∉ 𝐾 = 〈0̅〉 and 3 ∉ √[〈0̅〉: 𝑍6] = √6𝑍 = 6𝑍. but 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁= 𝑍6. for all 𝑎,𝑏 ∈ 𝑅,𝑥 ∈ ∁, with 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 implies that either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) = 〈0̅〉 + 〈0〉 = 〈0̅〉 or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) = 〈0̅〉 + 〈0〉 = 〈0̅〉 or 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [〈0̅〉 + 〈0̅〉:𝑍 𝑍6] = 6𝑍. that is 2.3. 1̅ ∈ 𝐾,where 2,3 ∈ 𝑅, 1̅ ∈ 𝑍6 implies that 2. 1̅ = 2̅ ∉ 〈0̅〉 but 2.3 = 6 ∈ [〈0̅〉 + 〈0̅〉:𝑍 𝑍6] = 6𝑍. the following results are characterizations of a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules. proposition 3 let ∁ be an 𝑅-module and 𝐾 is a proper submodule of ∁. then 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule of ∁ if and only if for each 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], [𝐾:∁ 𝑟𝑠] ⊆ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑟] ∪ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑠]. proof: (⇒) let 𝑥 ∈ [𝐾:∁ 𝑟𝑠], where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾. but 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], then 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁). that is either 𝑥 ∈ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁):∁ 𝑟] or 𝑥 ∈ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁):∁ 𝑠], thus 𝑥 ∈ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁):∁ 𝑟] ∪ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝑠𝐽(∁):∁ 𝑠]. hence, [𝐾:∁ 𝑟𝑠] ⊆ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑟] ∪ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑠]. (⇐) let 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, where 𝑥 ∈ ∁ and 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐾 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. it follows that 𝑥 ∈ [𝐾:∁ 𝑟𝑠], by hypothesis 𝑥 ∈ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑟] ∪ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑠]. hence 𝑥 ∈ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑟] or 𝑥 ∈ [𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾):∁ 𝑠]. therefore 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) , that is 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. proposition 4 let ∁ be an 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of ∁ . then 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule of ∁ if and only if 𝑎𝑏𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 for 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of ∁ , with 𝑎𝑏 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽( ∁ ):𝑅 ∁ ], implies that 𝑎𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝑏𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). proof: (⇒) let 𝐿 be a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ , 𝑎𝑏𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 with 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of ∁ with 𝑎𝑏 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽( ∁ ):𝑅 ∁]. assume that 𝑎𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝑏𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), then 𝑎𝑘1 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝑏𝑘2 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) for some 𝑘1, 𝑘2 ∈ 𝐾. now we have 𝑎𝑏𝑘1 ∈ 𝐿 but 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ and 𝑎𝑏 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽( ∁ ):𝑅 ∁] and 𝑎𝑘1 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), then 𝑏𝑘1 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). also, since 𝑎𝑏𝑘2 ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑎𝑏 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽( ∁ ):𝑅 ∁] and 𝑏𝑘2 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), then 𝑎𝑘2 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). again since 𝑎𝑏(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑎𝑏 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽( ∁ ):𝑅 ∁] we have 𝑎(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝑏(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). suppose that 𝑎(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) = 𝑎𝑘1 + 𝑎𝑘2 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), but 𝑎𝑘2 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), it follows that 𝑎𝑘1 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) a contradiction. suppose that 𝑏(𝑘1 + 𝑘2) = 𝑏𝑘1 + 𝑏𝑘2 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), but 𝑏𝑘1 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), we have 𝑏𝑘2 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) a contradiction. hence 𝑎𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝑏𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). (⇐) let 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑥 ∈ ∁ and 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑏 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽( ∁ ):𝑅 ∁ ]. so that 𝑎𝑏(𝑥) ⊆ 𝐿, it follows by hypothesis 𝑎(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝑏(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). that is 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). hence 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. 119 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proposition 5 let ∁ be an 𝑅-module and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of ∁. then 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule of ∁ if and only if 𝐼𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼, 𝐽 are ideals of 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of ∁, implies that either 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] or 𝐼𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). proof: (⇐) clear. (⇒) assume that 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, and 𝐼𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼, 𝐽 are ideals of 𝑅 and 𝐾 is a submodule of ∁ and 𝐼𝐽 ⊈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. we must prove that 𝐼𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). suppose that 𝐼𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ )and 𝐽𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). it follows that there exists 𝑟1 ∈ 𝐼 and 𝑟2 ∈ 𝐽 such that 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). now 𝑟1𝑟2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 with 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ , impling that by proposition(4) 𝑟1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] . since 𝐼𝐽 ⊈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. it follows that there exists 𝑠1 ∈ 𝐼, 𝑠2 ∈ 𝐽 such that 𝑠1𝑠2 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] . since 𝑠1𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, and 𝑠1𝑠2 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] , we have by proposition(4) either 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) . now, we discuss the following cases: case one: suppose that 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) but 𝑠2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) since 𝑟1𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ with 𝑠2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), implies that 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] by proposition(4). also since 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) but 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), it follows that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). since (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝑠2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) implies that by proposition(4) (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] . that is (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑠2 = 𝑟1𝑠2 + 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] and 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], implies that 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] a contradiction. case two: let it be 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) but 𝑠1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) in similarly steps of case one we get a contradiction. case three: assume that 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) but 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) . now since 𝑠2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), it follows that (𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). we have 𝑟1(𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and (𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), by proposition(4) 𝑟1(𝑟2 + 𝑠2) = 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁].but 𝑟1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] and 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. it follows that 𝑟1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. now, since 𝑠1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and 𝑟1𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), implies that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) since (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑟2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝑟2𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), it follows that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝑟2 = 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] by proposition(4). now, since 𝑟1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] and 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], implies that 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] . also , since (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)(𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) and (𝑟2 + 𝑠2)𝐾 ⊈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ), it follows that (𝑟1 + 𝑠1)(𝑟2 + 𝑠2) = 𝑟1𝑟2 + 𝑟1𝑠2 + 𝑠1𝑟2 + 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] by proposition(4). again since 𝑟1𝑟2, 𝑟1𝑠2, 𝑠1𝑟2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], we get that 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁] a contradiction. thus, we have either 𝐼𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ) or 𝐽𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽( ∁ ). proposition 6 let 𝐻 be a proper submodule of an 𝑅-module ∁, with 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) is a prime submodule of ∁. then 𝐻 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. 120 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proof: suppose that 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ 𝐻, where 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁ and 𝑏𝑥 ∉ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) + 𝐽( ∁ ). since𝐻 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻), then 𝑎(𝑏𝑥) ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻), but 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) is a prime submodule of ∁, then 𝑎∁⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) + 𝐽(∁). that is 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐻) + 𝐽( ∁ ), for some 𝑥 ∈ ∁. thus 𝐻 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. before we introduce the next result, we need to recall the following lemma. lemma 7[10] if 𝑅 is a good ring, ∁ is an 𝑅-module and 𝑁 is a submodule of ∁, then 𝐽(∁) ∩ 𝑁 = 𝐽(𝑁). proposition 8 let 𝑅 be a good ring, 𝐿 and 𝐾 are proper submodules of an 𝑅-module ∁ with 𝐿 ⊊ 𝐾 and 𝐽(∁) ⊆ 𝐾. if 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, then 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule of 𝐾. proof: let 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐿, where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾 ⊆ ∁. since 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, implies that either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑟𝑠∁⊆ 𝐿 + 𝐽(∁). that is either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ (𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) ) ∩ 𝐾 or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ (𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) ) ∩ 𝐾 or 𝑟𝑠∁ ⊆ (𝐿 + 𝐽(∁)) ∩ 𝐾. but by modular law we have (𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) ) ∩ 𝐾 = (𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + ( 𝐽(∁) ∩ 𝐾) = (𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + 𝐽(𝐾) by lemma(7). thus we have either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ (𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + 𝐽(𝐾) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(𝐾) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈∈ (𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) ∩ 𝐾) + 𝐽(𝐾) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(𝐾) or 𝑟𝑠∁ ⊆ (𝐿 ∩ 𝐾) + (𝐽(∁) ∩ 𝐾) = (𝐿 ∩ 𝐾) + 𝐽(𝐾) ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝐽(𝐾). hence 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of 𝐾. recall that for any submodules 𝐿, 𝐾 of a multiplication 𝑅-module ∁ with 𝐿 = 𝐼∁, 𝐾 = 𝐽∁ for some ideals 𝐼 and 𝐽 of 𝑅. the product 𝐿𝐾 = 𝐼∁. 𝐽∁= 𝐼𝐽∁. that is 𝐿𝐾 = 𝐼𝐾, in particular 𝐿∁= 𝐼∁∁= 𝐼∁= 𝐿. also for any 𝑥 ∈ ∁ we have 𝐿𝑥 = 𝐼𝑥[13]. the following result gives a characterization of nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules in class of multiplication modules. proposition 9 let ∁ be a multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐿 is a proper submodule of ∁. then 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ if and only if, whenever 𝐿1𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝐿 for 𝐿1, 𝐿2, 𝐿3 are submodules of ∁, impling that either 𝐿1𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝐿1𝐿2𝑊 ⊆ 𝐿 + 𝐽(∁). proof: (⇒) let 𝐿 be a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ and 𝐿1𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝐿 for 𝐿1, 𝐿2, 𝐿3 are submodules of ∁, with 𝐿1𝐿2 ∁ ⊈ 𝐿 + 𝐽(∁). since ∁ is a multiplication, then 𝐿1 = 𝐼1∁ and 𝐿2 = 𝐼2∁ for some ideals 𝐼1, 𝐼2, 𝐼3 of 𝑅. clearly 𝐼1𝐼2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝐿 and 𝐼1𝐼2 ⊈ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁]. since 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, implies that either 𝐼1𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝐼2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁), it follows that either 𝐿1𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝐿2𝐿3 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) (⇐) assume that 𝐼1𝐼2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, where 𝐼1, 𝐼2 are ideals of 𝑅, and 𝐾 is a submodule of ∁. since ∁ is a multiplication, then 𝐼1𝐼2𝐾 = 𝐿1𝐿2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, by hypothesis either 𝐿1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝐿2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝐿1𝐿2 ⊆ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁) :𝑅 ∁ ]. that is either 𝐼1𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁)or 𝐼2𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝐼1𝐼2 ⊆ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁) :𝑅 ∁ ]. then by proposition (5) 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. 121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 recall that an 𝑅-epimorphism 𝑓: ∁⟶ ∁̅ is called a small epimorphism if ker (𝑓) is a small submodule of ∁ [10]. lemma 10 [10, corollary (9.1.5) ] let ∁ and ∁̅ be an 𝑅-module and 𝑁 be a proper submodule of ∁. if 𝑓: ∁⟶ ∁̅ is an 𝑅homomorphism, then 𝑓(𝐽(∁)) ⊆ 𝐽(∁̅) and 𝐽(𝑁) ⊆ 𝐽(∁). if 𝑓 is a small epimorphism then 𝑓(𝐽(∁)) = 𝐽(∁̅) = 𝐽(𝑓(∁)) and 𝐽(∁) = 𝑓 −1(𝐽(∁̅)). lemma 11 [2] let 𝑓: ∁⟶ ∁̅ be an 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐿 is a submodule of ∁̅ with ker(𝑓) ⊆ 𝐿, then 𝑓(𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿))) = 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(𝑓(𝐿)). proposition 12 let 𝑓: ∁⟶ ∁̅ be a small 𝑅-epimorphism and �̅� is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁̅. then 𝑓 −1(�̅�) be a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. proof: let 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(�̅�), where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁, impling that 𝑟𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ �̅�. since �̅� is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁̅. it follows that either 𝑟𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(�̅�) + 𝐽(∁̅) or 𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(�̅�) + 𝐽(∁̅) or 𝑠𝑟∁̅ ⊆ �̅� + 𝐽(∁̅). thus by lemma (10) and by lemma (11), we have either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(�̅�) + 𝑓 −1(𝐽(∁̅)) = 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝑓 −1(�̅�)) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(�̅�) + 𝑓 −1(𝐽(∁̅)) = 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝑓 −1(�̅�)) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑟𝑠∁ ⊆ 𝑓 −1(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁). hence 𝑓 −1(�̅�) is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. proposition 13 let 𝑓: ∁⟶ ∁̅ be a small 𝑅-epimorphism and 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ with ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝐾 . then 𝑓(𝐾) is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁̅. proof: let 𝑟𝑠�̅� ∈ 𝑓(𝐾), where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, �̅� ∈ ∁̅. since 𝑓 is onto, then 𝑓(𝑥) = �̅� for some𝑥 ∈ ∁. thus 𝑟𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝐾), implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑘) for some 𝑘 ∈ 𝐾, it follows that 𝑓(𝑟𝑠𝑥 − 𝑘) = 𝑜, implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑥 − 𝑘 ∈ ker (𝑓) ⊆ 𝐾, then 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝐾. but 𝐾 is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule of ∁, then either 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑠𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑟𝑠∁⊆ 𝐾 + 𝐽(∁), it follows that by lemma(11) either 𝑟𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾)) + 𝑓(𝐽(∁)) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(𝑓(𝐾)) + 𝑓(𝐽(∁)) or 𝑠𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐾)) + 𝑓(𝐽(∁)) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(𝑓(𝐾)) + 𝑓(𝐽(∁)) or 𝑟𝑠𝑓(∁) ⊆ 𝑓(𝐾) + 𝑓(𝐽(∁)) ⊆ 𝑓(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁̅). also, by lemma (12) either 𝑟�̅� ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(𝑓(𝐾)) + 𝐽(∁̅) or 𝑠�̅� ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁̅(𝑓(𝐾)) + 𝐽(∁̅) or 𝑟𝑠∁̅ ⊆ 𝑓(𝐾) + 𝐽(∁̅). hence 𝑓(𝐾) is a nearly primary-2absorbing submodule of ∁̅. lemma 14 [9, theorem(2.12)] let 𝑅 be a commutative ring with identity, 𝐿 be a proper submodule of a multiplication 𝑅-module ∁ and 𝐽 = [𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. then 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) = √𝐽. ∁= √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁. lemma 15 [2, theorem 1, (1)] let ∁ is a module over artinian ring 𝑅, then 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁). proposition 16 let ∁ be a multiplication module over an artinian ring 𝑅 and 𝐿 be a proper submodule of ∁. then 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. 122 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proof: (⇒) let 𝑎𝑐𝐼 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] for 𝑎, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑅, 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑐 ∉ [[[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r):𝑅 r]] = [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r), that is 𝑎𝑐∁⊈ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + j(r). ∁. but ∁ is a module over artinian ring, then by lemma (15) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁), that is 𝑎𝑐∁⊈ 𝐿 + j(∁) i.e. 𝑎𝑐 ∉ [𝐿 + j(∁):𝑅 ∁] . now, since 𝑎𝑐𝐼 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁], then 𝑎𝑐(𝐼∁) ⊆ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, then by proposition (4) either 𝑎(𝐼∁) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑐(𝐼∁) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁). but by lemma(14) 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) = √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ and by lemma(15) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁). thus either 𝑎𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁ or 𝑐𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁, it follows that either 𝑎𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅) or 𝑐𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). therefore [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. (⇐) assume that [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, and 𝑟𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, for 𝑟,𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝐾 is a submodule of ∁ with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], it follows that 𝑟𝑠∁ ⊈ 𝐿 + 𝐽(∁). but ∁ is a module over artinian ring, then by lemma (15) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁). thus 𝑟𝑠∁ ⊈ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁, it follows that 𝑟𝑠 ⊈ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + 𝐽(𝑅) = [[[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r):𝑅 r]]. now, since 𝑟𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and ∁ is a multiplication, then 𝐾 = 𝐼∁ for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. hence 𝑟𝑠𝐼∁ ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝑟𝑠𝐼 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. but [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅 and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [[[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r):𝑅 r]], then by proposition (4) we have either 𝑟𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + 𝐽(𝑅) or 𝑠𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + 𝐽(𝑅). that is 𝑟𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁ or 𝑠𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁ . but ∁ is a module over artinian ring, then by lemma (15) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁) and by lemma(14) 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) = √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ we get either 𝑟𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁). hence by proposition (4) 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. lemma 17 [10, proposition (17.10)] if 𝑃 is projective 𝑅-module, then 𝐽(𝑅). 𝑃 = 𝐽(𝑃). proposition 18 let ∁ be a multiplication projective 𝑅-module and 𝐿 is a proper submodule of ∁. then 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁ if and only if [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2absorbing ideal of 𝑅. proof: (⇒) let 𝑎𝑐𝐼 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] for 𝑎, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑅, 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑐 ∉ [[[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r):𝑅 r]] = [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r), that is 𝑎𝑐∁⊈ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + j(r). ∁. but ∁ is projective 𝑅-module, then by lemma (17) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁), that is 𝑎𝑐∁⊈ 𝐿 + j(∁) i.e. 𝑎𝑐 ∉ [𝐿 + j(∁):𝑅 ∁] . now, since 𝑎𝑐𝐼 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁], then 𝑎𝑐(𝐼∁) ⊆ 𝐿. but 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁, then by proposition (4) either 𝑎(𝐼∁) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑐(𝐼∁) ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁). but by lemma(14) 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) = √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ and by lemma(17) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁). thus either 𝑎𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁ or 𝑐𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁. it follows that either 𝑎𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅) or 𝑐𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). therefore, [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. (⇐) assume that [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, and 𝑟𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿, for 𝑟,𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, 𝐾 is a submodule of ∁ with 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [𝐿 + 𝐽(∁):𝑅 ∁], it follows that 𝑟𝑠∁ ⊈ 𝐿 + 𝐽(∁). but ∁ is a project 𝑅-module, then by lemma (17) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁). thus 𝑟𝑠∁ ⊈ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁. it follows that 𝑟𝑠 ⊈ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + 𝐽(𝑅) = [[[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r):𝑅 r]]. now, since 𝑟𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝐿 and ∁ is a 123 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 multiplication, then 𝐾 = 𝐼∁ for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅. hence 𝑟𝑠𝐼∁ ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝑟𝑠𝐼 ⊆ [𝐿:𝑅 ∁]. but [𝐿:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅 and 𝑟𝑠 ∉ [[[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + j(r):𝑅 r]], then by proposition (4) we have either 𝑟𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + 𝐽(𝑅) or 𝑠𝐼 ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] + 𝐽(𝑅). that is 𝑟𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁ or 𝑠𝐼∁ ⊆ √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ + 𝐽(𝑅). ∁ . but ∁ is projective 𝑅-module, then by lemma (17) 𝐽(𝑅). ∁= 𝐽(∁) and by lemma(14) 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) = √[𝐿:𝑅 ∁] . ∁ we get either 𝑟𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑠𝐾 ⊆ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐿) + 𝐽(∁). hence by proposition (4) 𝐿 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. we need to invite the following finding before we study the next propositions. lemma 19[14, corollary of theorem. 9] let 𝐼1 and 𝐼2 are ideals of a ring 𝑅 and ∁ is a finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module. then 𝐼1∁ ⊆ 𝐼2∁ if and only if 𝐼1 ⊆ 𝐼2 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (∁). lemma 20[15, proposition. (2.4)] let ∁ be a multiplication 𝑅-module and 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅 such that 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (∁) ⊆ 𝐼, then 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐼∁) = √𝐼∁. proposition 21 let ∁ be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module over an artinian ring 𝑅 and 𝐼 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐼∁≠ ∁. then 𝐼∁ is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. proof: let 𝑎𝑐𝑥 ∈ 𝐼∁ for 𝑎,𝑐 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥 ∈ ∁, then 𝑎𝑐(𝑥) ⊆ 𝐼∁, implies that 𝑎𝑏𝐽∁ ⊆ 𝐼∁ for some ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅 since ∁ is a multiplication. hence by lemma(19) 𝑎𝑐𝐽 ⊆ 𝐼 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (∁), but ∁ is a faithful. it follows that 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (∁) = (0), that is 𝑎𝑐𝐽 ⊆ 𝐼. since 𝐼 is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅, then by proposition(4) either 𝑎𝐽 ⊆ √𝐼 + 𝐽(𝑅) or 𝑐𝐽 ⊆ √𝐼 + 𝐽(𝑅) or 𝑎𝑐 ∈ [𝐼 + 𝐽(𝑅): 𝑅] = 𝐼 + 𝐽(𝑅). it follows that 𝑎𝐽∁ ⊆ √𝐼∁ + 𝐽(𝑅)∁ or 𝑐𝐽∁ ⊆ √𝐼∁ + 𝐽(𝑅)∁ or 𝑎𝑏∁ ⊆ 𝐼∁ + 𝐽(𝑅)∁. but by lemma(15) 𝐽(𝑅)∁= 𝐽(∁) and by lemma(20) √𝐼∁ = 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐼∁). thus either 𝑎𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐼∁) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑐𝑥 ∈ 𝑟𝑎𝑑∁(𝐼∁) + 𝐽(∁) or 𝑎𝑏∁⊆ 𝐼∁ + 𝐽(∁). hence 𝐼∁ is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. proposition 22 let ∁ be a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅-module over an artinian ring 𝑅 and 𝐾 be a proper submodule of ∁. then the next statements are equivalent. 1. l is a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodule of ∁. 2. [l:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. 3. l = j∁ for some nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. proof: 1 ⇔ 2 via proposition(16). 2 ⇒ 3 since [l:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑅 (∁) = [0: ∁] ⊆ [l:𝑅 ∁] and l = [l:𝑅 ∁]∁, implies that l = i∁ where i = [l:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal of 𝑅. 3 ⟹ 2 suppose that 𝐿 = 𝐽∁ for some nearly primary-2-absorbing ideal 𝐽 of 𝑅. since ∁ is multiplication, then l = [l:𝑅 ∁]∁= i∁. since ∁ is a faithful finitely generated multiplication 𝑅module over an artinian ring 𝑅, then we have [l:𝑅 ∁] = j. thus [l:𝑅 ∁] is a nearly primary-2absorbing ideal of 𝑅. 124 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 3. conclusion in this article we introduce a new generalization of (prime, primary, 2-absorbing) submodules called a nearly primary-2-absorbing submodules and we explain the converse implication of the above by examples. many characterizations of this generalization are introduced. relationships of this generalization with other classes of modules are given. references 1. lu, c.p., prime submodules of modules , commutative mathematics, university spatula. 1981, 33, 61-69. 2. lu, c.p., m-radical of submodules in modules , math. japan. 1989, 34, 61-69. 3. badwi.a,on 2-absorbing ideals of commutative rings, bull.austral. math. soc, 2007, 75, 417-429. 4. reem.t.a.; shwkea.m.r., nearly 2-absorbing submodules and related concepts, tikrit journal, for pure.sci, 2018, 23,9, 104-112. 5. haibat, k.m.; omar. a.a., pseudo primary-2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2019, 32,3, 129-139. 6. haibat, k.m.; khalaf, h.a., nearly quasi2-absorbing submodules, tikrit journal, for pure.sci, 2018, 239, 99-102. 7. dubey, m.; aggarwal, p, on 2-absorbing primary submodules of modules over commutative rings, asian-european j. of math, 2015, 8,4, 243-251. 8. a. barnard., multiplication modules, journal of algebra, 1981,71, 174-178. 9. el-bast. z.a.; smith.p.f., multiplication modules, comm. in algebra.1988, 16,4, 755779. 10. kasch f., modules and rings, london mathematical society monographs, new york, academic press.1982. 11. burton, d.m., first couse in rings and ideals , university of new hampshive . 1970. 12. anderson, d.d. ; smith, e, weakly prime ideals , housto journal of mathematic. 2003, 29, 831-840. 13. darani, a.y.; soheilniai, f., 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbing submodules, tahi journal math.2011, 9, 577-584. 14. smith, p.f., some remarks on multiplication modules, arch. math. 1988, 50, 223-225. 15. ahmed, a.a. on submodules of multiplication modules, m.sc. thesis, baghdad university, 1992. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 31 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 lactic acid bacteria biosurfactant role that isolated from human breast milk in inhibit eyes pathogenic bacteria yusra m.b. muhsin usra_ali75@yahoo.com huda z. majeed hudazuheir@yahoo.com, basam basim mohammed basamalrehany@yahoo.com salih a.a. mohammed saleh957@yahoo.com university website :www.uomustansiriyah.edu.iq. dept. of biology, college of science, university of al-mustansiriyah received in:3/december /2017, accepted in:6/june/2017 abstract biosurfactants have a wide-range of applications due to their unique properties like specificity, not toxicity (from lab) and relative ease of preparation. these properties hold promise of biosurfactants to increase breast milk benefit were isolated and described into lactobacillus plantarum, lactobacillus fermentum ,lactococcuslactis, and leuconostocmesenteroides.the degree of microbial destruction of disease, which promotes the effective remediation of disease spreading.this paper presents a review of available research, methods and publications regarding biosurfactant extraction from lactic acid bacteria isolated from human breast milk. 3 samples of human breast milk was provided, lab were isolated and described, biosurfactants recovery and surface activity were tested and extracted endo and extra cellular. in other side 26 samples from eye patients were ordered, diagnosed and their sensitivity to biosurfactant were studied. the results showed that 5 isolates of lab from human breast milk were biosurfactant producer but l. plantarum was the more efficiency in surface activity. in other side, out of 26 eyes sample 18 were positive to pathogenic bacteria included e.coli (7), klebseilla (5), staphylococcus aureus(3)and s.epidermides (3).extracellular biosurfactanthad good effect against tested bacteria, but endocellular (extraction by normal method) had not any effect against any bacteria, whereas by solvents method were the more active against all tested bacteria. the results are promising enough to continue the quest for enhancement of inhibition growth of pathogenic bacteria with biosurfactant application (extracted extracellular by solvents) to look forward for biosurfactant as a solution of antibiotic resistance problem. in this study we concluded thatl. plantarum was the more effectiveness in biosurfactant surface activity and the extracellular biosurfactant by solvent method for extraction were better than endocellular and normal method of extraction. keyword: lactic acid bacteria, biosurfactant , eye pathogenic bacteria https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 mailto:usra_ali75@yahoo.com mailto:hudazuheir@yahoo.com mailto:basamalrehany@yahoo.com mailto:saleh957@yahoo.com http://www.uomustansiriyah.edu.iq/ https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 32 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 introduction human breast milk consists of high amounts of necessary nutrients for infants, including carbohydrates, essential fatty acids, proteins, vitamins and minerals [1]. it plays an important role in development of infants due to transfer of microflora originated in breast milk [2]. human breast milk also contains indigestible nutrients that exert potent bioactive functions on establishment of infants [3][4]. in recent years, more than 200 different species of bacteria have been described in human milk, like probiotics [5][6][7], including bifidobacteria, streptococci and lactic acid bacteria (lab) [8]. probioitics are “live microorganisms and when they administrated in adequate amounts they will confer a health benefit on the host” [9], lab are a group of gram-positive bacteria including many of genera [10], within the group of lab lactobacillus, lactococcus species due to their potential beneficiary properties as probiotics, the activity of these bacteria is known to inhibit a large number of pathogenic bacteria, the use of these bacteria products to control certain infections has started gaining acceptance, the alarming rise of inappropriate antibiotic use and antimicrobial resistance, along with renewed interest in ecological natural methods to prevent infections [11], within these products of lab are cfs (cell free supernatant) which have a very interesting field for researches [12][13][14] or bacteriocin [15]. biosurfactant is one of these products that produced by some species of lab not all of them [16], and other microorganisms like pseudomonas [17] ,and yeast [18] ,and can be defined as the surface-active biomolecules, with wide-range of applications, due to their unique properties like specificity, not toxicity and relative ease of preparation, these surface-active biomolecules have attached wide interest, due to their unique functional properties, biosurfactants were used in several industries including organic chemicals, mining, foods, cosmetics and many others [19]. because of both the importance of human breast milk and its use traditionally by mothers for their babies infected eyes,and biosurfactant application, and no researches detect the effect of this product against eye bacterial contamination, for all these above reasons, this study was objected to determine the effectiveness of lab biosurfactant that isolated from human breast milk against the growth of bacteria that isolated from eye patients. so this product (biosurfactant) if prove its benefit in therapy, would be able to use it as antibiotic alternative agent (natural agent). materials and methods 1. milk specimens collection: milk specimens were taken from 3 milk nursing mothers (healthy women), milk were put in sterilized tube, and under sterilized conditions to bring them to biology laboratory/university of al-mustansiriayh. 1ml from each of the 3 specimens were put in tubes containing mrs (man-rogosa-shape) broth, then, incubated in 37c˚ at 48h. in an aerobic condition, after that serial dilution were done for each tube to obtain single colonies, from the last dilution (1 ml) was taken to on petri dishes with mrs agar and incubated at 37ºc for 24 hr [13]. 2. isolation and identification the lab: smear slide was prepared for each colony and staining, finally examined under a microscope, biochemical tests (fermentation medium) were prepared to diagnose the isolates finally even species. fermentation medium prepared from each of (trehalose, xylose and sorbitol) which were sterilized by millipore filter (0.22µm) and added as 1% from each solution, change in color indicator of sugar fermentation [20]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 33 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 3. lactic acid bacteria biosurfactant production ability test: the lab isolates were tested for their ability to biosurfactant production by growing in mrs broth at 37c˚ for 24h., then 0.1ml from broth was transferred to blood agar medium and left to dry, after that the petri dishes were incubated in 37˚c for 24-72hr. , presence of heamolysis around the colonies is the positive result[21][22]. 4.biosurfactant surface activity test: the surface activity of biosurfactant was tested by culturing the isolates (biosurfactant producing) in mrs broth with 2% inoculation, tubes were incubatedin 37˚ for 24h, centrifuged at 6000 xg for 20 min, filtered by millipore filter,sediment was suspended in 500 ml normal saline after washing three times, to ensure presence biosurfactant binding to cells.then, 0.2 ml from each of supernatant and sedimentation separately were put in sterilized petri containing 20ml distal water and 20ml motor oil to being oil membrane in the center, after (30) sec. the more activity isolate was measured by measuring diameter push the oil from the center [23]. 5.biosurfactant extraction (extracellular): the higher activity isolate was chosen to biosurfactant extraction., 10ml of overnight culture isolate cultured was inoculated to 500 ml of mrs broth and incubated for 24 hr,centrifuged at 10 000 xg for 5 min at 4ºc, filtrated by millipore filter.the filtrated supernatant represented the crude extracellular biosurfactant, [24]. 6.biosurfactant extraction (endocellular): the same procedure followed above and after centrifugation, sediment cells were washed twice with distal water, then superintend with 100 ml of pbs (ph=7), moved by magnetic stirrer in room temperature for 2hr., centrifuged, sedimentation was concealed, supernatant was taken and filtered with millipore filters [25] . 7.partial purification of biosurfactant (endocellular): extraction of the biosurfactant by using the solvents was done as another extraction method, chloroform : methanol with volume 1:2, added to inoculated mrs (10 ml ml of isolate and incubated at 37ºc for 24 hr , centrifuged at 6000 xgat 4ºc, mixed well (supernatant+solvents) and left to dry ,the weight was measured by following calculation [26]: biosurfactant dry weight = petridish weight containing drying biosurfactant _ empty petri dish weight 8.eye samples:  methodology: each of 26 samples were taken from eyes patient (from al-kindy hospital) put in swabs containing (2ml) normal saline separately , (1 ml) of each swabs was taken and cultured on brain heart infusion, or nutrient broth. (for activation the bacteria)., incubated in 37c˚ for 24hr. , serial dilution were made, the last dilution cultured on nutrient, mannitol salt and macconkey agar to separate and purificate the bacterial isolates [27].  media: in the study, 26 samples, to bring them to the laboratory, macconkey, brain heart infusion, mannitol salt and nutrient agar were used to for isolation of bacteria.  identification: all bacterial isolates were identified based on their gram stain and biochemical reactions as described in atlas et al., 1995. [28] 9. determine the antibacterial effects of biosurfactant: the isolate that had the higher biosurfactant surface activity by wells diffusion method were used to detect the antibacterial effect of biosurfactant [29]. mueller hinton agar medium (mha, hi-media,india) were inoculated by 0.1 ml (0.5 macfarland standard) of pathogenic https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 34 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 bacteria that isolated from eyes, added 0.1ml of exo and endobiosurfactant and supernatant (external biosurfactant) and mrs broth as a control in each well prepared by cock pore. the plates were incubated at 37c˚ for 18-24hr., the antibacterial effect was measured by diameter the inhibition zone around the wells. results in our study, five strains of lab were isolated from human milk, as shown in table (1)and (2), according to results depicted in these tables, lactobacillusplantarum (lb. p.) and lactobacillus fermentum (lb. f.) were found and (1) strain of leuconostoc (le.), lactocococcus was found in two species lactococcuslactis 1 (lc. l1) and lactococcuslactis 2 (lc. 12.) as shown in (figure 1). the five lab isolates produced the biosurfactant at biosurfactan ability test, this productivity was different according the diameter around heamolysin area, lactobacillus was the best among other lab in biosurfactant production figure(2). biosurfactant surface activity test was estimated by oil spreading method, resulting higher biosurfactant surface activity in lb. p.,whereas other isolates did not have any surface activity. lb. p.biosurfactant was extracted by two types: extracellular and endocellullar, the first called ex.b and second, en.b. and the en.b. was extracted by two method: normal and solvent extraction assay., as remembered in above., ex.b and en.b. were used in antibacterial activity against eyes pathogens. in other side of our study, 18 out from 26 samples that collected from eyes patients, were observed for bacterial presence., e.coli and klebseilla were found in these samples in large number, staphylococcus also was found with two species s. aureusand s. epidermidis but in fewer number, 7 isolates were observed of e. coli and 5 isolates of klebseilla, 3 isolates of staphyllcoccusaureus and 3 isolates of s. epidermides , so we called them e. coli (1).to e. coli (7) ,klebseilla(1)toklebseilla(5), s. aureus(1)to s. aureus(3)and s. epidermides(1)to s. epidermides (3), to determine the activity of ex. b. and en.b. against them as shown in(table 3). also,our study appeared the antibacterial effect of lb. p. biosurfactant as shown in table (4), showed all bacteria that submitted to ex.b. were sensitive and ex.b. gave higher effect against e.coli and lower effect against s.epidermides ,whereas klebsiella was the medium between e.coli and s.aureus. en.b. extracted by normal method did not give any result against tested bacteria, perhaps because it was not concentrated, that is opposite of en.b. extracted by solvent method which showed very high degree of effect against all tested bacteria, perhaps because it was the result of purification and concentration methods as shown in (table 4) . discussion our results were agreed with nino,(2016)& martin , (2009) [30] [31]who found that human breast milk is rich with lab and bifidobacterium that considered as probiotic,it has been reported that breast milk is a good source to provide all the nutritional requirements for the rapidly and healthy growing of infants because it is a source of beneficial bacteria such as lactobacilli, lactococci, leuconostoc spp., which are the usual commensal bacteria present in breast milk and they play an important role in the defense system of the infant. also our results agreed with other researchers that said, the transparent areas on blood agar are referred to biosurfactant produced by the microorganism and heamolysis area directly proportional to the amount of biosurfactant produced by bacteria [32][33]. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 35 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 lab are characterized within ability of lysis blood and this is which gives probiotic recipe and lysis blood is due to the ability of biousrfactant to agglutinate, then analysis the blood [34]. the differences between isolates activity related to the produced biosurfactant concentration from these isolates [35][36], they found that high concentration of biosurfactant lead to movement the oil particle from their places, due to biosurfactant ability to change the surface tension the good production of lb. p. biosurfactant made this isolate the best for extraction and determination the antibacterial inhibitory effect. [23][37]. eyes bacterial contamination may be due to use not clean hands (workers during working) or cosmetics tools like eye lashes , face sponge, brushers and mascara (during using them from person to another), and bacteria were observed in eyes area were considered true opportunistic pathogenic bacterium, matching, there were evident that the most frequently found bacteria were approximately the same in kind of cosmetic tools or currency contamination [11][38]. the strong effect of biosurfactant rented to its properties like: biodegradability, emulsifying, ph tolerance and surface activity which helps in reducing surface tension and the interfacial tension, leading to reduction adhesion of microbes over the surface, causing slow down the colonization of other strains which are responsible for fouling [16]. these results corresponded with sallehet al., 2011 [40] who refer to normal method of extraction is not efficient way of extraction because of the lipid nature of biosurfactant, this is confirmed by the results of solvents method of extraction,which was independent and favorite method especially the mixture of chloroform: methanol by (1:2)vol:vol because of solvents mixture lead to easier polarity organization between the solvent as extraction material and biosurfactantwhich want to extract it [40]. other authors divided the physiological role of biosurfactant activity to three major pathways. first, lipophilic cell wall filled with hydrophobic substance of polysaccharide nature and have high affinity for hydrocarbons formation. second, hydrocarbons emulsifying and solubilizing compounds synthesis.third, hydrophobic cell wall on the lipophilic, compound basis formation provides direct contact with the hydrocarbon molecules. these ways are typical for the most microorganisms[23][26][41]. conclusions l. plantarumisolated from human breast milk was the most effective in biosurfactant surface activity. l. plantarum extracellular biosurfactant had the inhibitory effect on growth all test bacteria isolated from infected eye.l. plantarum endocelullar biosurfactant by normal method had not effect on growth any isolate in opposite of biosurfactant extracts by solvents method which had the higher. biosurfactant extraction solvents method confirmed that it is the best method and give the best results. recommendations purification the extra and endobiosurfactant, study its effect on pathogenic bacteria from another sources like urinary tract, intestine, wound and others,study the synergistic effect of biosurfactant and other agent from lab like bacteriocin to increase the efficiency of effectin vitro to use it as antibiotic alternative agent. acknowledgments: the authors would like to thank al-mustansiriyahuniversity (www.uomustansiriyah.edu.iq.) baghdad –iraq for its support in the present work. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 http://www.uomustansiriyah.edu.iq/ https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 36 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (1): lactobacillus in microscope table (1): morphology, gram stain and biochemical tests of isolated strains of human breast milk bacteria l.a. morphology in microscop gram stain catalase oxidase s a m p le 1 a. rod-shaped + b. cocci pairs + s a m p le 2 c. cocci – short chain + d. ovoid cocci (chain) or double + s a m p le 3 e. rod shaped + table (2): identification of lab isolates according to different biochemical tests sugars fermentation test symbole of isolate result trehalose xylose sorbitol + a lactobacillus plantarum + b lactococcuslactis + c lactococcuslactis d leuconostoc + + + e lactobacillus fermentum https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 37 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 figure (2): a: lb.plantarum and b:lb. fermentum table (3): isolated bacteria species from eyes patients eye sample symbol sample no. bacteria 2, 3, 6, 11, 14, 19, 23 7 e.coli 4, 9, 15, 18, 24 5 klebseilla 5, 20, 25 3 staphylococcus epidermides 10, 16, 21 3 staphylococcus aureus 1, 7, 8, 12, 13, 17, 22, 26 8 negative culture 26 total table (4): antibacterial effect of lb. p.biosurfactant against tested bacteria by agar well diffusion bacteria inhibition zones of biosurfactant (mm) external biosurfactant enternalbiosurfactant normal method solvent method e. coli (1) 5 7 e. coli (2) 6 12 e. coli (3) 9 13 e. coli (4) 7 15 e. coli (5) 6 9 e. coli (6) 9 8 e. coli (7) 9 7 klebseilla (1) 6 12 klebseilla (2) 7 13 klebseilla (3) 3 20 klebseilla (4) 4 19 klebseilla (5) 5 12 s. aureus (1) 5 13 s. aureus (2) 6 12 s. aureus (3) 7 22 s. epidermides (1) 3 13 s. epidermides (2) 4 15 s. epidermides (3) 4 20 i.z.: inhibition zone exb: extracellular biosurfactant enb: endocellularbiosurfactant n.m: normal method https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 38 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 s.m: solvent method. figure (3): antibacterial effect of lb. plantarumbiosurfactant against tested bacteria by agar well diffusion 61=e. coli (1) ,812=klebseilla(3),18b= s. epidermides(2), c: control 2: extracellular biosurfactant 3: enternalbiosurfactant extracted by solvent method references 1.lim, y.m.; arnes, m.b.; gras, s.l; mcsweeney, c.; lockett, t.; augustin, m.a. and gooley, p.r. (2014). etherification of high amylase starch with short chain fatty modulates degradation by bifidobacterium spp., journal of functional foods, 6: 137-146. 2.martin, v.; maldonado-barragan, a.; moles, l.; rodriguez-banos, m.; campo, r.d.; fernandez, l.; rodriguez, j.m. and jiemenez, e. (2012). sharing of bacterial strains between breast milk and infant feces., journal of human lactation., 28 (1): 36-44. 3. jacobi, s.k. and olde, j. (2012). nutritional factors influencing intestinal health of the neonate., advances in nutritional, 3: 687-696. 4.urbaniak, c.; burton, j.p. and reid, g. (2012). breast, milk and microbes: acomplex relationship that does not end with lactation., women’s health (london, england)., 8 (4): 385-398. 5. solis, g.; de los reyes-gavilan, c.g.; fernandez, n.; margolles, a. and geuimonde, m. (2010) establishment and development of lactic acid bacteria and bifidobacteriamicrobiota in breast-milk and the infant gut., anaerobe, 16 (3): 307-310. 6.arboleya, s.; ruas-madiedo, p.; margolles, a.; solis, g.; salmines, s.; delos reyes gavilan, c. and gueimonde, m. (2011) characterization and in vitro properties of potentially probiotic bifidobcterium strains isolated from breast-milk., international journal of food microbiology, 149 (1): 28-36. 7.hunt, k.m.; foster, j.a; forney, l.j.; schutte, u.m.; beck, d.l.; abdo, z. and mcguire, m.a. (2011) characterization of the diversity and temporal stability of bacterial communities in human milk.plosone., 6 (6): e21313. 8.osmanagaoglu, o.; kiran, f. and ataglu, h. (2010). "evaluation of in vitro probiotic potential of pediococcuspentosaceus ozf isolated from human breast milk". probiotics and antimicrobial proteins, 2 (3): 162-174. 9.moshen, y.m.b.; shawket, d.s. and abd-alsattar, d. (2013). novel probiotic bifidobacterium overcomes synergistic effect of three naturalbiotic omindrug and antibiotic against some uti pathogens. international journal of science and nature, 4 (3): 456-462. 10.rattanachaikunsopon, p. and phumkhachorn, p. (2010) lactic acid bacteria: their antimicrobial compounds and their uses in food production. annals of biological research, 1 (4): 218-228. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 39 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 11.baqer, y.m.; mohammed , basambasim m .; obaid, k.a. and hlail, z.a. (2014). cfs of lactobacillus: anatural agent against bacterial contamination of cosmetic tools. international journal of advanced biological research., 4 (3): 258-264. 12. ahmed, a.a. (2013) in vitro screening of lactobacillus species from homemade yoghurt for antagonistic effects against common bacterial pathogens. jordan journal of biological sciences, 6 (3): 211-213. 13.muhsin, y.m.b.; majeed, h.z. and shawkat, d.s. (2015) cfs and crude bacteriocin of lactococcus against growth and biofilm formation for some pathogenic bacteria. international journal of current microbiology and applied sciences, 4 (7): 35-42. 14. abbas, h.h.; abdnohammed, s.a.; shawkat, d.s. and baker, y.m. (2016) effect of lactobacillussp. crude bacteriocin (cb) and cell-free supernatant (cfs) against e.coli growth and adherence on vaginal epithelial cell surface. international journal of advanced research, 4 (1): 614-620. 15. mohan kumar, a. and murugalatha, n. (2011) characterization and antibacterial activity of bacteriocinproducing lactobacillusisolated from raw cattle milk sample. international journal of biology, 3 (3): 128-143. 16.vijayakumar, s. and saravanan, v. (2015). "biosurfactant-types, sources and applications., review article http://scialer.net/fultest/?doi=jm. 181.192. 17.jadhav, m.s.; kalme, d.; tamboli, d. and govindwar, s. (2011)rhamnolipid from pseudomonas desmolyticum ncim-2112 and its role in the degradation of brown 3 rel. journal of basic microbiology, 51: 385-396. 18.chandran, p. and das, n. (2010)biosurfactant production and diesel oil degradation by yeast species trichosporonasahiiisolated from petroleum hydrocarbon contaminated soil. international journal of engineering science and technology, 2: 6942-6953. 19.banat, i.m. and franzetti, a.; gandolfi, i.; bestetti, g. and martinotti, m.g. (2010) microbial biosurfactants production, applications and future potential., applied microbiology and biotechnology,87: 427-444. 20.al-jassani(2007) effect of lactobacillus filtrates in growth of some aspergillusflavus isolates and their toxins., thesis, al-mustansiriyah university/ college of science. 21.abbas, a.y.k. (2013). effect of biosurfactant produced by locally leuconostocmesenteroides spp. cremoris in pathogenic bacteria isolated from catheters and urinary tract infections,athesis, biology, al-mustansiriyah university. 22.singh, p. and tiwary, b.n. (2016)isolation and characterization of glycolipid biosurfactant produced by a pseudomonas otitidis strain isolated from chirimiri coal mines, india., open access, https://bioresouresbioprocessing.springeropen.com. 23.gudina, e.j.; teixeira, j.a. and rodrigues, l.r. (2011) biosurfactant producing lactobacilli: screening, production profiles, and effect of medium composition. applied and environmental soil science, 54:1-9 . 24.tahmourespour, a.;salehi, r.;kasra, r. and kermanshahi. (2011). lactobacillus acidophilus-derived biosurfactant effect on gtfb and gtfc expression level in streptococcus mutans biofilm cells. brazilian journal of microbiology, 42 (1): 1-9. 25.sharma, d. and saharan, b.s. (2014) simultaneous production of biosurfactants and bacteriocins by probiotic lactobacillus caseimrtl3., international journal of microbiology. doi: 10.1155/ 698713/. 26.rufino, r.d.; de luna, j.m.; de campos, g.m.; takaki, g. and sarubbo, l.a. (2014) characterization and properties of the biosurfactant produced by candida lipolytica ucp03988. electronic journal of biotechnology, 17 (1): 1-10. 27. forbes, b.a.; sahm, d.f. and weissfeld, a.s. (2007)” bailey and scott's diagnostic microbiology”. 12th ed., mosby elsevier, china. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 biology | 40 2018( عام 2العدد ) 13لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 31 (2) 2018 28.atlas, r.m.; parks, l.c. and brown, a.e. (1995) “laboratory manual of experimental microbiology”.1st ed., mosby, usa. 29.bikova, a. ; sepova, k. ; bukovsky, m. and bezakova, l. (2011)antibacterial potential of lactobacilli isolated from a lamp. veterenarymedicine, 56(70): 319-324., 30.nino, s.t.c.; pacheco, s.j.r.; padilla, g.j.a.; garcia, c.a.; garduno, c.a.; reynoso, g.o. and uscanga, a.b.r. (2016) isolation and identification of lactic acid bacteria from human milk with potential probiotic role. journal of food and nutrition research, 4(3): 170-177. 31.martin, r.; jimenez, e.; heilig, h.; fernandez, l.; marin, m.; zoetendal, e.g. and rodriguez, j.m. (2009)isolation of bifidobacterium from breast milk and assessment of the bifidobacterial population by pcr-denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis and quantitative real-time pcr., applied and environmental microbiology ,75(5): 965-969. 32.anandaraj, b. and thivakaran, p. (2010) isolation and production of biosurfactant producing organism from oil spilled soil.journal of bioscience technology., 1 (3): 120-126. 33.ghribi, d.; abdelkefi-mesrati, l.; mnif, i.; kammoun, r.; ayadi, i.; saadaoui, i.; maktouf, s. and chaabouni-ellouze, s. (2012) investigation of antimicrobial activity and statistical optimization of bacillus subtilis spb1 biosurfactant production in solid-state fermmentation. journal of biomedicine and biotechnology: 1-12. 34.benmechernene, z.; chentouf, h.f.; yahia, b.; fatima, g.; qiuntela-baluja, m.; calomata, p. and barros-velazquez, j. (2013) technological aptitude and applications of leuconostocmesenteroidesbioactive strains isolated from algerian raw camel milk. biomedical research international, 13:1-14. 35.brzozowski, b.;bednarski, w. and golek, p. (2011) the adhesive capability of two lactobacillus strains and physiochemical properties of their synthesized biosurfactants. food technology and biotechnology, 49 (2): 177-186. 36jaysree, r.c.; basu, s.; singh, p.p.; ghosal, t.; patra, p.a.; keerthi, y. and rajendran, n. (2011) isolation of biosurfactant producing bacteria from environmental sample, pharmacology online , 3: 1427-1433. 37.jashi, p.a. and shekhawat, d.b. (2014) screening and isolation of biosurfactant producing bacteria from petroleum contaminated soil, european journal of experimental biology, 4 (4): 164-169. 38.mohammed , b.b. (2015) study of the effect of selected commercial detergents (soap, wet wipes ) and probiotic lactobacillus against bacteria isolated from paper currencies in baghdad, iraq. international journal of advanced research, 3( 3):522-532. 39.salleh, s.m.; noh, n.a.n. and yahya, a.r.m. (2011) comparative study: different recovery techniques of rhamnolipid produced by pseudomonas aeruginosa usmar-2, international conference on biotechnology and environmental management ipcbee, 18: 132-135. 40.lotfabad, t.b.;shahcheraghi, f. and shooraji, f. (2013) assessment of antibacterial capability of rhamnolipids produced by two indigenous pseudomonas aeruginosa strains. jundishapur journal of microbiology, 6 (1): 29-35. 41. matvyyeyeva, o.l.;vasylchenko, o.a. and aliiva, o.r. (2014). microbial biosurfactant role in oil products biodegradation, international journal of environmenta al bioremediation and biodegrradation, 2 (2): 1-10. https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1959 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد داء االكریات طفیلي ضد البیاضالدجاج اللحم و دجاجأفراخ تحصین eimeria من جنس مختلفةنواع ال محضرة محلیا حیةكیاس بیض أباستعمال *كامل كسابأثیر ،* یوسف یعقوب ةعالی، هعفاف عبد الرزاق عباس معل المنصور ،المعهد التقني الطبي دبغداجامعة ،كلیة الطب البیطري * ةالخالص عالق حضر محلیا یحوي سبعة عمالهدفت الدراسة تحصین أفراخ الدجاج ضد داء األكریات باست هي نواع من أكیاس بیض مختلفة حیة ضاریة من االكریاتا eimeria tenella, e. brunette, e. necatrix, e. maxima, e. mevati, e. acervulina, e. praecox. دجــاج اللحــم نــوع هـــابرد فرخــا مــن 60 ضــمت ةتجربــفــي بعمــر یــوم واحــد فرخــا 120 الدراســةســتخدم فــي هــذه ا habbard، دجـاج البــیض نــوع لوهمـان فرخـا مــن 60و luhman .ثــالث علــى مـوعتینالمج اتینكـل مــن هــ افــراخ وزعــت كریــاتاال بعـالق اكیـاس بـیض نالعمـر لكـال المجمـوعتین الرئیسـیت حصـنت االفـراخ فـي الیـوم التاسـع مـن .مجـامیع بالتسـاوي بخلـط ، النواع االخرى في العـالقل مختلفة مع نسب e. tenella مبوغ حي بیضةكیس 50 الحاوي على المختلط حیةال بینمـا تركـت االفـراخ فـي ،حوصـلةعـن طریـق التجریـع بـالفم الـى ال الثانیـةلمجـامیع لو األولى لمجامیعل ،اللقاح مع ماء الشرب جرعــة كافــة فــي المعـامالت ایومــ 25بعمـر جرعـت جمیــع االفــراخ .)ســیطرةمجموعــة ( دون تحصـینمــن الثالثــة المجـامیع مــع نسـب االنــواع االخـرى الموجــودة فـي المحلــول العـالق عــن e. tenellaكــیس بیضـة 50000التحـدي الحاویــة علـى اكیـاس أعـداد و الهالكـات :یـةوحسـبت المعـاییر اآلت للمـرض سـریریةال مراقبـة العالمـاتتـم ،طریق التجریع بالفم الى الحوصـلة . ةونسبة الحمای وزنیةال زیادةالو االفراخ ذرقبیض االیمیریا في مــن خــالل فــي اللقــاح ةالموجـود األكریــات ضــد انــواع مقاومــة بـدتأ محصــنةان االفــراخ ال ةاظهـرت نتــائج التجربــ الفـراخ ل ذرق/ المطروحـة فـي غـماألكریـات اكیـاس بـیض واعداد للهالكات ةالمئوی ةالنسبو للمرض سریریةاختزال العالمات ال فـراخ نسـبة األ، فیمـا سـجلت وزنیـةال زیـادةالوعـدم تأثر ضاالبیـالـدجاج من افـراخ دجـاج اللحـم و المحصنة بالماء والحوصلة لكل . ةعالی ةحمای لغـرض عـدم اسـتخدام المـرض اختـزال أفـاد فـي أیـام باللقـاح المحضـر تسـعةاألفراخ بعمر تحصین ان الدراسةیستنتج من هذه . قیحلتللمن أكیاس البیض ةكبیر اعداد المقدمة ضــمن الحیوانــات eimeriorinaأوالــي طفیلیــة تعــود الـى تحــت الرتبــة المســماة ) coccidiosis( داء االكریــاتتسـبب تكــاثر لاالبتدائیـة، التـي تتطفـل فـي القنـاة الهضـمیة للطیـور الداجنـة مسـببة أضـرارًا بالغـة فـي الطبقـة الظهاریـة لالمعـاء نتیجـة التهاب االمعاء واالسهال النزفـي الـذي تختلـف شـدته مـن االصـابات الخفیفـة الـى الطفیلي في خالیا المضیف، مما یؤدي الى ان لكل نوع اذ ،تختلف شدة المرض باختالف نوع االكریات واعداد اكیاس البیض الملتهمة. )1(االصابات الشدیدة 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد تصـــیب الجهــاز الهضـــمي للطیـــور ).,23( نفســه لمضـــیفللتطفـــل فــي المضـــیف وخصوصــیة منطقـــة التطفــل خصوصــیة ا ,eimeria tenella, e. brunetti, e. necatrix, e. maxima: تسعة انواع مـن االكریـات وهـيالداجنة e. mevati, e. acervulina, e. praecox, e. mites and e. hagani (4). تشكل االكریات مشكلة مستمرة في صناعة ب الحـــدوث الطیــور الداجنــة ، كمـــا ان تكــرار االصــابة اصـــبحت معضــلة اقتصــادیة فـــي حقــول تربیــة الطیـــور الداجنــة بســب ونظــرًا للتطــور الكبیـــر فــي مجــال تربیـــة وصــناعة الطیــور الداجنـــة انصــب االهتمــام علـــى ).5(المســتمر للمقاومــة الدوائیـــة ظهـرت فـي السـنوات االخیـرة نسـب . االجراءات الوقائیة والعالجیة ومن ضمنها انتاج بعض اللقاحـات للسـیطرة علـى هـذا الـداء بعـدة انـواع مـن االكریـات، ونظـرًا لشـدة بعـض الحـاالت نفـس المختلط أي اصـابة الطیـرعالیة من االصابات بداء االكریات فانها تسبب خسائر اقتصادیة كبیرة بسبب الهالكات وقلة االنتاجیة، لذلك اتجه العدید من البـاحثین إلیجـاد لقاحـات للحـد مـن & anderson (7) كریـات، كمـا حضـرلقاحًا مختلطًا لسبعة انـواع مـن اال) williams )6فقد حضر . انتشار المرض jorgensen كمـا . بدوره طور الكثیر مـن لقاحـات االكریـات المخـتلط للـدجاج وهذالقاحًا لثالثة انواع من االكریات المضعفة ان استعمال اعداد قلیلة من اكیاس البـیض الحیـة للتمنیـع ضـد االصـابات بـداء االكریـات، تعـد وسـیلة جیـدة لهـا ابعادهـا التـي ة عالیة، وسهلة االستخدام، فضال عن سهولة ي كفاینها تعمل على تكوین مناعة طبیعیة ذمح لها الكثیر من المربین، الطی ، ألن أكیـاس البـیض الحیـة )8( التصنیع بتكالیف بسیطة، مقارنـة بالتحصـین عـن طریـق اكیـاس البـیض المضـعفة بالتشـعیع و )11(الــبعض كمــا أكـد ).10(المسـتهلك فيدون االتــأثیر مـن) 9( تعـد مستضـدات جیــدة الحـداث اســتجابة مناعیـة عالیــة قلـل معـدل الهالكـات وشـدة االفـات ألفـراخ مـن االصـابة باالكریـات، اذة جیـدة فـي حمایـة اان اللقاح الحي أثبت كفای) 12( ـــل مـــن اســــتعمال مضـــاد األكریــــات المســــمى العیانیـــة وأعــــداد أكیـــاس البــــیض المطروحـــة فــــي الفرشـــة وســــجل نتـــائج أفضـ معرفــة مـدى امكانیــة تحصـین أفــراخ تــم اختیـار هــذا النـوع مــن التحصـین محــورا للدراسـة الحالیــة، بهـدف لـذا .السالینومایسـین بعـد عزلهـا مـن ) العتـر المحلیـة(جاج البیـاض باعـداد قلیلـة مـن اكیـاس بـیض االكریـات الحیـة المخـتلط دجـاج اللحـم وأفـراخ الـد الطیـور الداجنـة المصــابة ومـدى الحمایــة الناتجـة ومعرفــة الفـرق بــین نسـبة الحمایـة فــي كـل مــن أفـراخ دجــاج اللحـم والــدجاج .كي یتم تطبیقها حقلیا البیاض المواد وطرائق العمل ادراتهااالفراخ و مـن أفـراخ الــدجاج البیـاض نــوع 60و، habbardنـوع هــابرد دجــاج اللحـم فـراخأمـن 60 :افرخــ 120التجربـة ضـمت فــراخ أ ربیــت. فرخــة 20منهــا علــى وي كـلتــحأكنــان یوزعــت أفــراخ كــل مجموعــة عشـوائیا علــى ثالثــة . luhmanلوهمـان .كافة شروط التربیة ذي حواجز بالستیكیة وفرت فیها أكنان التجربة في قاعة كبیرة، نصبت فیها المستخدمة للتحصین والتحدياالكریات تحضیر أكیاس بیض المحتویـات عزلـت .بـانواع مختلفـة مـن داء االكریـات جمعت نماذج عدیـدة المعـاء وأعـوري دجـاج محلـي مصـاب حسـب طریقــة وتطویفهـا بمحلـول ملحــي مشـبع )14(وتمـت عملیــة التبویـغ )13(ونقیـت أكیـاس البـیض مــن الشـوائب (15) al-at tar .شخصـت ).16( اعتمادا على الكثافة النوعیةاكیاس بیض االكریات المستعملة للتحصین، عقمت جامعــة بغــداد -كلیــة الطــب البیطـري/ فـي مختبــر فــرع الطفیلیـاتاالنــواع المســتخدمة فـي التحصــین والتحــدي عـزالت ني لالفــات وموقـع التطفـل والفحــص المجهـري الكیــاس البـیض مـن حیــث االشـكال واالبعــاد الفحــص العیـااعتمـادًا علـى )17(. 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد طریقــة لغــرض التحصـین والتحــدي حسـب الموجـودة فــي العزلـة المبوغــةنـواع اكیــاس البـیض ألحسـبت النسـبة المئویــة :وكانت النسبة المئویة لكل نوع في المحلول العالق كما یأتي دم البیضالالعدد التفریقي لخالیا تصمیم التجربة انــواع ةلقــاح یحـوي ســبع عمالاالكریــات باسـت داء أفــراخ دجــاج اللحـم والــدجاج البیـاض ضــدتضـمنت الدراســة تحصـین للمجموعـة الحوصـلةالتجریـع ب أو اعطائها عـن طریـق الحدى المجامیع مختلفة لالكریات الحیة عن طریق اعطائها في الماء .لقاحدون تركت من مع مجموعة السیطرة التي تهاومقارناالخرى قسمت افـراخ كـل . خ دجاج بیاضفر 60خ دجاج لحم و فر 60فرخة، 120ملة في التجربة خ المستعمجموع االفرا :فرخه 20مجموعه على ثالثة أكنان یحوي كل منها على 12 فرخة0 60-------------------60 دجاج بیاض اج لحم فرخةدج فرخة ---------- ---------- 1 2 3 4 5 6 جرعت اللقاح بالحقن بالحوصلة 4و 1المجموعتان جرعت اللقاح مع ماء الشرب 5و 2المجموعتان )مجموعة سیطرة(ركت من دون لقاح ت 6و 3المجموعتان ة في التجاربالمعاییر المستعمل جرعــة التحــدي لغایــة الیــوم وبعـد لوحظــت العالمــات الســریریة لالفـراخ بعــد الیــوم الرابــع للتحصــین :العالمـات الســریریة .1 .العاشرلكل منهما :یةریح الطیر الهالك على وفق المعادلة اآلتواحتسبت النسبة المئویة للهالكات بعد تش ادونت الهالكات یومی :الهالكات .2 ویــوم التحصــین یــوم فــي جمیـع المعــامالت بواســطة میــزان حســاس منفــردا تــم وزن كــل فــرخ :الزـیـادة الوزنـیـةحسـاب .3 : یةعلى وفق المعادلة االتاحتسبت الزیادة الوزنیةلغرض حساب الزیادة الوزنیة، ة التربیةالتحدي وفي نهایة مد .محسوبا بالغرام ةوزن الجسم الحي في بدایة المد – ة وزن الجسم في نهایة المد= لوزنیة الزیادة ا 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد e. tenella e. brun ette e. necatrix e. maxima e. mevati e. acervulina e. praecox 40 % 21 % 20 % 7 % 6 % 3 % 3 % عدد االفراخ الهالكة ــــــــــ = النسبة المئویة للهالك ــ ــ 100×ـ عدد االفراخ الكلي واسـتعملت المعادلــة ) 18( اسـتعملت طریقـة مـاك ماسـتر المحــورة: بـیض االیمیریـا فــي الـذرق اكیـاس حسـاب اعـداد .4 :یة لحساب اعداد أكیاس البیض في غرام من الذرقاآلت 15× عدد اكیاس بیض في ردهة واحدة -----------------------------------= غرام واحد من الذرق عدد اكیاس بیض االیمیریا في 0.15 تـم حســاب النسـبة المئویــة للحمایــة المتولـدة لــدى األفـراخ المحصــنة مـن خــالل حســاب : حسـاب النســبة المئویـة للحمایــة .5 ء فحــص التحــدي عــد اجــراألفــراخ المحصــنة واألفــراخ غیـر المحصــنة بلأعـداد أكیــاس البــیض المطروحــة مــع غـم بــراز :ةیالمعادله اآلتوحسب lillehoj (2)طریقة بسبعة أیام باستعمال معدل أعداد أكیاس البیض للمجموعة الملقحة _ معدل أعداد أكیاس البیض لمجموعة السیطرة -------------------------------------------------------------=نسبة الحمایة معدل أعداد أكیاس البیض لمجموعة السیطرة anova طریقــة تحلیـــل التبــاین حصـــائي لبیانــات هـــذه التجربــة باســـتعمالاجـــري التحلیــل اال :التحلیــل االحصــائي .6 وألیجاد مستوى المعنویة االحصـائیة lsd( least significant different(وللتفریق بین المعامالت باستخدام للفـروق بـین معـدالت الزیـادة الوزنیـة واعـداد اكیـاس البـیض المطروحـة مـع الـذرق للمجـامیع المحصـنة بمـاء الشـرب وعــن وحســبت النســبة المئویــة للهالكــات p<0.01و p<0.05طریـق الحقــن بالحوصــلة ومجموعــة الســیطرة علـى مســتوى x(بطریقة مربع كاي 2 stاستنادا الى ، ) eel & t orrie )19 .( نتائجال : العالمات السریریة مـن افــراخ تینلـم تظهــر افـراخ التجربــة المحصـنة ایــة عالمـات ســریریة بعـد التحصــین فـي كــال المجمـوعتین الرئیســ كمـا لـم تظهـر عالمـات سـریریة سـواء تـم التحصـین عـن طریـق ،ضیاجاج البأفراخ الددجاج اللحم و أفراخ التجربة التي شملت اظهـــرت االفــراخ المحصـــنة بــالطریقتین المـــذكورتین اعـــاله دامــا بعـــد التحــدي فقـــ .الحوصـــلةالتجریــع داخـــل مــاء الشـــرب او تمثلـت بـالخمول وتهـدل بسـیط لالجنحـة مــع عاشـرغایـة الیـوم الى لـاابتـداء مـن الیـوم الرابـع للتحـدي و عالمـات سـریریة بسـیطة ) غیــر المحصــنة( فیمــا اظهــرت افـراخ مجموعــة السـیطرة، كمیــات قلیلـة مــن الــدم فـي الــذرق احیانـابخفیــف مصـحوبا اسـهال بسـبب فقـدان الشــهیة، وقلــة اسـتهالك العلـفعالمـات سـریریة شـدیدة واضـحة ابتـداء مــن الیـوم الرابـع للتحـدي متمثلـة بـالخمول مع شحوب العـرف والـدالیات، مـع مالحظـة تجمـع االفـراخ فـي مكـان واحـد اخ الریش فضال عن خشونته وتهدل االجنحةواتس اتضـح ، أفـراخ الـدجاج البیـاض وعند مقارنة العالمات السـریریة الفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم مـع .االسهال الدموي الحادو طلبا للدفيء، ن ال كانت اقـل ممـا هـي علیـه فـي أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم فـي جمیـع المعـامالتض ادجاج البیالان العالمات السریریة في افراخ .االسهال والدم في الذرق كان اقل :لهالكاتلالنسبة المئویة معدل مقارنــة بـــاالفراخ ) (p>0.05ســجلت مجــامیع الســـیطرة لكــل مـــن أفــراخ دجــاج اللحـــم والــدجاج البیـــاض فروقــا غیــر معنویـــة بین مجموعة السیطرة والمجامیع المحصنة بعد p<0.05)(اصبحت الفروق معنویة المحصنة بعد التحصین، بینما 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد التــي لــم یحصـــل بینهــا هالكـــات فـــي مجموعــة الســیطرة مقارنـــة بالمجــامیع المحصـــنة% 10التحــدي بلغــت نســـبة الهــالك . )2جدول( :معدل الزیادة الوزنیة p)بمســتوى فـروق معنویــة والــدجاج البیــاض لـم تســجل أفــراخ دجـاج اللحــم عنــد قیـاس معــدل الزیــادة الوزنیــة (0.05< )امــا بعـد التحــدي فقــد ظهــرت فــروق معنویـة بمســتوى. لالفـراخ بــین المجــامیع المحصــنة وغیـر المحصــنة بعــد التحصــین p غـم تلتهــا 2170، فقـد كـان معـدل الزیــادة الوزنیـة لمجموعـة السـیطرة ألفـراخ دجــاج اللحـم المعـامالتبـین (0.05> ، كمـا تشـیر )غـم 1866(واقلهـا المحصـنة عـن طریـق الحوصـلة التـي سـجلت ) غـم 2054(المحصنة عن طریق ماء الشـرب p)ر فروق معنویة بمستوى و نتائج أفراخ الدجاج البیاض الى ظه سـجلت مجموعـة اذ عـامالت بعـد التحـدي، بـین الم (0.05> واقلهـا المحصـنة عـن طریـق الحوصـلة )غـم( 424ثـم المحصـنة عـن طریـق مـاء الشـرب ) غم 440(السیطرة اعلى المعدالت ).3(كما في الجدول ) غم 359( : معدل اعداد اكیاس البیض المطروحة مع الذرق ولكــن فــي كـل مـن أفـراخ دجـاج اللحــم وأفـراخ الـدجاج البیـاض،اشـارت النتـائج الـى عـدم وجــود اكیـاس البـیض بعـد التحصـین p(ظهرت بعد التحدي فروق معنویة بمستوى في اعداد اكیـاس بـیض المطروحـة مـع الـذرق بـین االفـراخ المحصـنة ) 0.05> 185350وغیر المحصنة ألفراخ دجاج اللحم، اذ كان اعلى معدل ألعداد اكیـاس البـیض فـي مجموعـة السـیطرة التـي سـجلت و 17833غـرام واحــد مـن الـذرق مقارنــة بالمجـامیع المحصـنة عــن طریـق مـاء الشــرب والحوصـلة التـي بلغــت /كـیس بیضـة p(كمـا اظهـرت نتـائج الـدجاج البیـاض فروقـا معنویـة بمسـتوى . غـم ذرق علـى التـوالي/ كـیس بیضـة 20217 فــي ) 0.05> فقـد لـوحظ طـرح . المحصـنة وغیـر المحصـنة بعـد التحـديمعـدالت اعـداد اكیـاس البـیض المطروحـة مـع الـذرق بـین المجـامیع غم ذرق تلتها المحصـنة بالحوصـلة /كیس بیضة 45400مجموعة السیطرة لاعداد كبیرة من اكیاس البیض بلغت معدالتها ولـم تسـجل ،غرام ذرق على التـوالي/كیس بیضة 9500و 15417والمحصنة عن طریق ماء الشرب التي كانت معدالتها كـان معـدل اعـداد اكیـاس البـیض . لكال المجموعتین الرئیسـتین معنویة بین االفراخ المحصنة باختالف طریقة التحصینفروق ). 4(المطروحة مع الذرق في أفراخ دجاج اللحم اعلى من مثیالتها في أفراخ الدجاج البیاض كما یوضحها الجدول :حساب النسبة المئویة للحمایة ئویـة للحمایـة لـدى االفـراخ المحصـنة اعتمـادا علـى حسـاب اعـداد اكیـاس البـیض المطروحـة عنـد حسـاب النسـبة الم ، % 90.378والحوصــلة حمایـة الفــراخ دجــاج اللحـم المحصــنة بمـاء الشــربالمـع الــذرق بعـد فحــص التحــدي، كانـت نســبة % 79.075بالمــاء وبالحوصـــلة فیـــه أفــراخ الــدجاج البیــاض المحصــنة فــي الوقــت الــذي ســجلت. علــى التــوالي% 89.092 ).5(وحسب ما وضح في الجدول على التوالي% 66.042، المناقشة :العالمات السریریة للمرض یؤكـد ان التحصـین لـم یـؤثر ســلبا االفراخ المحصـنة بعـد التحصـین بسـبعة أیـام علىـعـدم ظهـور عالمـات سـریریة ان فـي التحصـین لـم تكـن بالعـدد الـذي یسـمح العـالق المحضـر المسـتعملي المحلـول فـفـي صـحة االفـراخ، أي أن أكیـاس البـیض أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم بأكیـاس البـیض الحیـة بسـبعة بعـد تحصـین williams (20) لتطـور المـرض، وهـذا یتفـق مـع مـا وجـده افراخ مجموعة السیطرة غیر المحصنة بعد التحدي مقارنة شدیدة فيعالمات سریریة ورظه وانأیام، 2009) 3( 22بن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ا اكــد ان التحصـین لـه االثـر الفعـال فـي حمایـة االفــراخ االفـراخ المحصـنة، الخفیفـة فـي مجـامیعالعالمـات السـریریة ب ) lunden & thebo )21مـا وجـده جـاء متفقـا مـع وهـذا.من هذا المرض، ممـا قلـل العالمـات السـریریة لالفـراخ المحصـنة ."احی "القاح e. praecoxعند استعمال اكیاس بیض یمكـن ان ض ادجاج البیـالـأفـراخ ممـا علیـه فـي أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم لمـرض فـي لعالمات السـریریة لإن زیادة وضوح ا ). 22( لالمراضیكون سببها سرعة النمو العالیة ألفراخ دجاج اللحم الذي غالبا ما یتم على حساب مناعتها و مقاومتها :المئویة للهالكات بةمعدل النس بعــد بــین المجـامیع المحصــنة وغیــر المحصــنة معـدل النســبة المئویــة للهالكــات ان عـدم وجــود فــروق معنویــة فــي یعـزى السـبب فـي عـدم وجـود ولكـن بعـد التحـدي . لیس له تاثیر سـلبي فـي زیـادة نسـبة الهالكـاتان التحصین یؤكدالتحصین الهالكـات، دورا كبیرا في تقلیل شدة المـرض ممـا ادى الـى قلـة االفراخ المحصنة، من أن التحصین أدىهالكات في مجامیع نهـا تعرضــت ة التـي ســجلت نسـبة هالكـات عالیــة المناعـة المتولــدة لـدى األفـراخ المحصــنة مقارنـة بمجــامیع السـیطر نتیجـة لل ذلك ظهـرت عالمـات ســریریة ولـشـدیدة، اس البـیض ألول مـرة فـي جرعـة التحـدي التـي أحـدثت أصـابة العـداد كبیـرة مـن اكیـ وان عدم وجود هالكات بین االفراخ المحصنة بعـد التحـدي كانـت نتائجـه أفضـل ممـا . نها لم تأخذ جرعة التحصینشدیدة، ال مجمــوعتین مـن أفــراخ دجـاج اللحـم حصــنت احـداهما بلقــاح عنـد اسـتعمال ،) williams,et.al. )23توصـل الیـه البــاحثین % 3بعـد التحـدي نسـبة هـالك اعطیت مضـادا لالكریـات، سـجلت المجموعـة االولـى واالخرى praecoxنوع حيال االكریات ئج وتماثلـت النتـا%. 0فیما كانت نسبة الهالكات بین األفراخ المحصنة بعد التحـدي لهـذه الدراسـة ،% 3.8سجلت واالخرى .للتحصین عند استخدامه اللقاح الحي) 12(مع ما وجده حسن كانت النسبة المئویة للهالكات فـي أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم للمجـامیع غیـر المحصـنة اكثـر ممـا علیـه فـي أفـراخ الـدجاج د مقاومـة أفــراخ البیـاض قـد یكــون ذلـك بســبب، النمـو السـریع فــي الزیـادة الوزنیــة التـي تســبب اجهـادا كبیـرا للطیــور، وهـذا یؤكــ . الدجاج البیاض لالصابة باالیمیریا اكثر مما علیه في أفراخ دجاج اللحم :معدل الزیادة الوزنیة فـي كـل االفراخ المحصنة وغیـر المحصـنة بعـد التحصـین معدل الزیادة الوزنیة بین عدم وجود فروق معنویة في ان فـروق فـان عـدم ظهـور امـا بعـد التحـدي . فـي الزیـادة الوزنیـةر سـلبا لم یـؤثمن أفراخ دجاج اللحم والبیاض، یؤكد ان التحصین بماء الشـرب فـي كلتـا المجمـوعتین الرئیسـتین مـن الزیادة الوزنیة بین مجموعة السیطرة والمجموعة المحصنة معدل معنویة في محصـنة عـن طریـق الحوصـلة یؤكـد مقارنـة بالزیـادة الوزنیـة التـي سـجلتها المجـامیع ال أفراخ الدجاج البیـاضو أفراخ دجاج اللحم عنـد اسـتعمال ) shirley )24ان التحصین عن طریق ماء الشرب لم یـؤثر سـلبا فـي الزیـادة الوزنیـة وهـذا یتفـق مـع مـا وجـده ــــاكیــــاس البــــیض الحیــــة ــــة ،"القاحـ ـــى الزیــــادة الوزنیـ ـــد أن اللقــــاح المســـــتعمل لــــم یــــؤثر ســـــلبا علـ ویختلــــف مــــع مـــــا . اذ وجـ الزیادة الوزنیـة لالفـراخ المحصـنة، وقـد یكـون السـبب ان أعـداد أكیـاس على من ان اللقاح یؤثر سلبا ) allen,et.al. )25وجده ه البـاحثون ان أقـل ممـا فـي اللقـاح الـذي اسـتعملالبیض الحیة المجرعة لألفراخ في المحلول العالق المحضر فـي هـذه التجربـة كـ . لم یؤثر في الزیادة الوزنیة م یؤثر في استهالك العلف ومن ثمأعاله لذلك ل :أعداد أكیاس البیض المطروحة مع الذرق لكــل مـن أفــراخ دجــاج كافـة لمعــامالترق األفــراخ المحصـنة بعــد التحصـین لان عـدم وجــود أكیـاس البــیض فـي ذ ة تكـاثر الطفیلـي، ممـا عرقللاللحم والبیاض، یؤكد أن اللقاح كان فعاًال في إحداث إستجابة مناعیة ولذلك لم یسبب افة، نتیجة أما وجود اعداد كبیرة من . الى الصفر ة مع ذرق األفراخ المحصنةأدى الى إختزال أعداد أكیاس البیض المطروح 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد االعــداد القلیلــة التــي طرحتهــا المجــامیع مجــامیع السـیطرة مقارنــة بفــراخ ألفــي غــم ذرق المطروحــة اكیـاس البــیض بعـد التحـدي، یؤكـد ان هنـاك اسـتجابة من أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم وأفـراخ الـدجاج البیـاضالمحصنة في كلتا المجموعتین الرئیستین تقلیـل اعـداد اكیـاس البـیض المطروحـة مــع الـى عرقلـة تكـاثرالطفیلي ومـن ثـم مناعیـة تولـدت لـدى االفـراخ المحصـنة ممـا ادى ان اعداد اكیاس البیض المطروحة مع الذرق تعد من اقـوى المؤشـرات التـي یعتمـد علیهـا العدیـد مـن البـاحثین لتقیـیم ، اذلذرقا guzالمعاییر المستخدمة للسیطرة على داء االكریات ومنهم man,et.al. )8 (احدى المجامیع بأكیاس بـیض واعندما حصن انـواع مـن االكریـات الحظـوا بعـد التحـدي اختـزال اعـداد اكیـاس البـیض المطروحـة فـي الـذرق مقارنـة مـع مجـامیع ةحیـة لثالثـ عنـد تحصـینها أفــراخ دجـاج اللحــم ) awadalla )26وكانـت النتـائج مقاربــة لمـا وجدتــه . السـیطرة التـي ســجلت اعـدادا اعلــى كمـا ان أعـداد اكیـاس . كیس بیضة 280كیس بیضة او 40سواء كان التحصین بواقع e. tenellaباكیاس بیض حیة من البـیض المطروحـة لكـل غـم ذرق ألفــراخ دجـاج اللحـم كانـت أعلــى ممـا علیـه فـي أفـراخ الــدجاج البیـاض یؤكـد مقاومـة أفــراخ .الدجاج البیاض لالصابة أكثر مما في أفراخ دجاج اللحم :بعد التحدي النسبة المئویة للحمایة خ دجاج اللحم المحصنة بالماء وعن طریق الحقـن بالحوصـلة نسـبة حمایـة عالیـة وهـذه الحمایـة مقاربـة لمـا سجلت أفرا عند استخدامهم اكیاس بیض مضـعفة بالتشـعیع فـي التحصـین، وافضـل ممـا ) 28(واالعرجي ) 27(سجله كل من االعظمي وا المـواد غیـر الحیـة للطفیلـي فـي تحصــین الـذین اسـتعمل rhalem,et.al. (30)و )wallach,et.al. )29سـجله كـل مـن بینمـا كانـت نسـبة الحمایـة أقـل . اللقاح الحي في التحصـین عند استعمال) 12( حسن أفراخ دجاج اللحم ، ومشابهة لما سجله قــل فــي فـي أفــراخ الــدجاج البیــاض بــالرغم مــن ان أعــداد أكیــاس البـیض المطروحــة فــي ذرق أفــراخ الــدجاج البیــاض كانــت أ ممـا علیـه فـي أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم اال ان نسـبة الحمایـة كانـت أعلـى فـي أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم اي أن اسـتجابتها كافة المعامالت للتحصـین كانــت أفضـل، وقــد یكـون الســبب فـي ذلــك قلــة عـدد المكــررات والفروقـات الفردیــة الكبیـرة بــین أعـداد أكیــاس بــیض .رق التي أثرت في هذه النتائجاألیمیریا المطروحة مع غم واحد من الذ مــع نســـب االنــواع االخـــرىمن جـــنس e. tenellaكــیس بیضـــة 50یظهــر مـــن خــالل نتـــائج نســبة الحمایـــة ان اســـتخدام eimeria في أفراخ دجاج اللحم السیماالموجودة في اللقاح حققت نسبة حمایة عالیة. التوصیات و االستـنتاجات الحیـة اعطـى حصـانة عالیـة لالفـراخ، eimeriaاسـتخدام اللقـاح المخـتلط المحضـر الحـاوي علـى سـبعة انـواع مـن جـنس .1 بــاختزال نســبة الهالكـــات والعالمــات الســریریة للمــرض واعـــداد اكیــاس البــیض فــي الـــذرق لألفــراخ المحصــنة مقارنـــة وذلــك الرئیســتین مـن أفـراخ دجـاج اللحـم وأفـراخ الـدجاج البیـاض ، یــدلل باالعـداد العالیـة فـي مجـامیع السـیطرة فـي كلتـا المجمـوعتین فـي أفــراخ ن اكیــاس البـیض لغـرض التلقـیح والسـیمااعـداد كبیـرة مـ فــي عـدم اسـتعمالعلـى فعالیـة اللقـاح المحضـر ممـا یفیـد .دجاج اللحم .یؤثر اللقاح المحضر سلبا في معدل الزیادة الوزنیة عدا المجموعة المحصنة عن طریق الحوصلة .2 ظهـرت النتـائج ان أفـراخ الـدجاج البیـاض اكثـر مقاومـة مـن أفــراخ دجـاج اللحـم ویتضـح ذلـك مـن قلـة العالمـات الســریریة .3 .اللحمواعداد اكیاس البیض ألفراخ الدجاج البیاض عما علیه في أفراخ دجاج 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مـع بقیـة النســب e. tenella كـیس بیضـة 50اللقـاح المخـتلط الحـي المحضـر الحـاوي علـى توصـي الدراسـة باسـتعمال.4 فـي أفـراخ جیـدة، السـیماتـوفیره نسـبة حمایةلالنواع االخرى الموجوده في اللقاح، نظرا لتحصینه أفراخ دجاج اللحـم والبیـاض ول .دجاج اللحم عند اعطائه مع ماء الشرب، الن الطریقة لم تؤثر سلبا في الزیادة الوزنیة المصادر 1. jacop, j.p.; wilson , h.r.; m iles , r.d.; butcher, g.d. and m ather, f.b. (1998) ,institute of food & agric. sci. fact sheep-35. 2. lillehoj, h.s. (2004), usda-ars immunology and disease resistance laboratory , bldg.1043-10300 baltimore ave. , beltsville, m d 20705-2350 copy right 2004 gale group http ://www.findarticles.com/p /articles 3. august ine, p.c. (2001). int . j. parasitol. 31: 1-8. 4. m cdougald, l.r. (2003). coccidiosis in: disease of poultry . 11 th ed. saif, y. m . iowa state univ. press. 865. 5. williams, r.b. and c atchp ole, j. (2000).vaccine. 18:1178-1185. 6. williams, r. b. (1996) . j. m agy ar. 51 (1): 30-33. (m edline abstract). 7. anderson, g. and jorgensen, w.k. (2004). live vaccines for three sp ecies of eimeria rirdc publication no. 03/143 rirdc p roject no. daq-259. (int ernet). 8. guz man, v.b.; silva, d.a.o.; kawazoe, u. and m ineo, j.r. (2003) . vaccine, 21: 4225 4233. 9. danforth, h.d. (1997). use of live oocy st s based vaccines in a vain coccidian control. in: control of coccidiosis into next millennium. shirley, m .w.; tomley, f.m . and freeman, b .m . (eds.) inst itut e for animal health, compton, new burg berks: 95-96. 10. bafund0, k. (2004) underst anding coccidiosis. prevention st rategies for the breeder p ullet reprint of usa of live coccidian vaccine in broiler breeder p ullet. phibro animal health. new jersey. (internet): 29-38. 11. allen, p.c.; danforth, h.d. and vinyard, b.l. (2004).j. avian dis. 48: 370-375. مقارنة بین لقاح تجـاري لـداء األكریـات والسالینومایسـین فـي تربیـة فـروج اللحـم المخمـج ). 2005(حسن، عامر عبداهللا . 12 .جامعة بغداد/كلیة الطب البیطري رسالة ماجستیر،. تجریبیا بطفیلي األیمیریا 13. ibrahim, a.l.; araf a, e.a. and m sahlabe, a .a. (1997). vet. m ed. j. 37: 133-140. 14. jorgensen, w.k.; stewart, n.p.; jest on, p.j.; m olloy , j.b.; blight, g.w. and dalgliesh, r.j. (1997). isolation and p athogenicity of australian st rains of eimeria praecox and eimeria mitis animal research inst itut e, m oorooka, queensland, 4105: 10-18. 15. al-at tar, m .a. (1981). factors affecting the p athogenesis of eimeria necatrix infections in chicken. ph. d. thesis, university of guelph, canada. 16. davis, l.r. (1973). techniques. in: the coccidia: hammond, d.h. and long, p.l. (eds.) butterworth: 411-458. 17. calnek, b.w.; barnes, h.j.; beard, c.w.; m cdougald, l.r. and saif, y.m . (1997). disease of poultry . 10 th ed. m osby , st. lowis: 865-878. 18. gordan, h.m . and whitlock, h.v. (1939). j. coun. sci. indust. res. 2: 12-50. 19. steel, r.g.d. and torrie. j.h. (1980). princip les and p rocedures of st atist ics: biometrical ap p roach, 2 nd ed. m cgraw hill book, co. new york :195-238. 20. williams, r.b. (2000). progress towards anticoccidial vaccines for broiler chickens harefield, m iddlesex, london: 1-20. 21. lunden, a. and thebo, p. (1999).avd. parasitol, 51(14): 701-705. 22. qureshi, m . and havenst ein, g.b. (1994). poult. sci., 73: 1805-1812. 23. williams, r.b.; c arly le, w.w. ; bond, d.r. and brown, i.a. (1999). int . j. parasitol., 29: 341-355. 2009) 3( 22فة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصر 24. shirley, m .w. (1993). control of coccidiosis with live vaccine. world poultry (m isset) sp ecial issues on coccidiosis. pp .:24-27. 25. allen, p.c.; danforth, h. and levander, o.a. (1997) oocy st s. poult. sci., 76: 1150-1155. 26. awadalla, s.f. (1993). vet. m ed. j. giza, 3: 9-12. . التلقیح بطفیلي االیمیریا نیكاتركس المشعع بجرع مختلفـة مـن اشـعة غامـا ).1999(االعظمي، نور لیث عبد اللطیف . 27 .رسالة ماجستیر كلیة الطب البیطري، جامعة بغداد رسـالة ماجسـتیر كلیـة . تقییم لقاح ایمیریا تنیال المنتج محلیا في ذكورالفاوبرو). 2002( جي، فرقان صبار كاظم األعر .28 .الطب البیطري، جامعة بغداد 29. wallach, m .; halab, a.; pillemer, g. ; m encher, d. ; gilad, m . ;bendheim, u. ; danforth, h.d. and august ine, p.c. (1992). inf. immunol., 60: 2036-2039. 30. rhalem, a.; sahibi, h.; dakak, a.; laurent, f.; kazanji, m .; yvore, p. and parry , s.o. (1993). vetiimmunol. immunop athol. 38: 327-340. تفصیل تصمیم التجربة : )1(جدول المعامالت لیوما عـن طریـق الحوصــلة المحضـر بـالمحلول العـالق االفـراخ فـي المجمـوعتین االولــى والرابعـة اللقـاح یـتعطمنفـردة ، ا كافـة وزنـت األفـراخ 9 .نها مجموعة سیطرةالمجموعتین الثالثة والسادسة من دون لقاح ال ت وفي المجموعتین الثانیة والخامسة مع ماء الشرب وترك لوحظت العالمات السریریة للمرض یومیا منذ الیوم الرابع ولغایة الیوم العاشر بعد التحصین 12 االول كمبورو لقاح + ت بلقاح نیوكاسل جمیع االفراخ في جمیع المعامال حتلق 13 .جمیع االفراخ في جمیع المعامالت بلقاح نیوكاسل الثاني تلقح 19 .الثانيكمبورو جمیع االفراخ في جمیع المعامالت بلقاح ت لقح 21 .منفردة لغرض حساب الزیادة الوزنیة كافة االفراخ توزن 25 جمیـع االفـراخ فـي جمیـع المعـامالت جـرع التحـدي یـتعطبـیض، ثـم االجمعـت سـتة نمـاذج للـذرق مـن كـل كـن للتحـري عـن وجـود اكیـاس 50الحاویة على 00 ألنواع االكریات الموجودة في المحلول العالق عن طریق التجریع بالحوصلةمبوغة كیس بیضة 0 العالمات السریریة للمرض یومیا منذ الیوم الرابع ولغایة الیوم العاشر تحظتم لو 28 جمعــت ســتة نمــاذج للــذرق مــن كــل كــن للتحــري عــن وجــود اكیــاس بــیض منفــردة لغــرض حســاب الزیــادة الوزنیــة، كافــة االفــراخ توزنـ 32 .االیمیریا e وd3 وa فیتامینات + جمیع االفراخ في جمیع المعامالت لقاح نیوكاسل الثالث مع مضاد المایكوبالزما یتعطا 36 .منفردة لغرض حساب الزیادة الوزنیة كافة االفراخ توزن 48 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد لنسبة المئویة للهالكات ):2( جدول المعامالت أفراخ الدجاج البیاض أفراخ دجاج اللحم بعد التحدي بعد التحصین بعد التحدي بعد التحصین 0 المحصنة بالحوصلة a 0 b 0 a 0 b 0 المحصنة بالماء a 0 b 5 a 0 b 5 مجموعة السیطرة a 10 a 0 a 10 a  فروق معنویة الحروف المختلفة الصغیرة تشیر الى وجود)p< 0.05( بین المعامالت عمودیا . )غم(معدل الزیادة الوزنیة ): 3(جدول المعامالت أفراخ الدجاج البیاض أفراخ دجاج اللحم -25بین األیام 32 25بین األیام 48 -25بین األیام 32 بین األیام 25-48 المحصنة بالحوصلة 596 a ±31 1866 b ±119.6 110 a ±6.3 359 b ±24.7 المحصنة بالماء 600 a ±24.4 2054 a ±82.3 153 a ±17.3 424 a ±16.8 مجموعة السیطرة .9641 a ±62.1 2170 a ±75.2 138 a ±13.1 440 a ±23.5  الحروف المختلفة الصغیرة تشیر الى وجود فروق معنویة)p< 0.05 (بین المعامالت عمودیا .  الخطأ القیاسي ±الرقم یمثل المعدل .  2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ذرق / معدل أعداد اكیاس البیض المطروحة في غم): 4(جدول المعامالت أفراخ دجاج البیض أفراخ دجاج اللحم التحديبعد بعد التحصین بعد التحدي بعد التحصین المحصنة بالحوصلة 0 20217 b ±2485 0 15417 b ±3795 المحصنة بالماء 0 17833 b ±1415 0 9500 b ±1349 مجموعة السیطرة 0 185350 a ±55304 0 45400 a ±9578  الحروف المختلفة الصغیرة تشیر الى وجود فروق معنویة)p< 0.05 (بین المعامالت عمودیا. الخطأ القیاسي ±الرقم یمثل المعدل النسبة المئویة للحمایة ): 5(جدول ة التجرب نوع التحصین المستخدم لالفراخ %نسبة الحمایة أفراخ الدجاج البیاض أفراخ دجاج اللحم طریقة التحصین 79.075 90.378 بالماء 66.042 89.092 بالحوصلة ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 vaccination of chicken against coccidiosis by using live oocysts of different species of eimeria a. a. mualla, a. y. yacoub*, a. k. kassab* institute of medical technology,mansoor * college of vete rinary medicine, unive rsity of baghdad abstract the st udy was conducted to vaccinate chickens against coccidiosis using alive vaccine contain seven sp ecies of chicken eimeria, e. tenella, e. brunetti, e. necatrix, e. maxima, e. mevati, e. acerv ulina and e. praecox. a total of 120 chicks were divided into two main group s: broiler group and egg lay ing group . the birds of each group were allocated on to three p ins, each contains 20 chicks. the birds of the exp eriment were vaccinated at day nine of age, with a susp ension of mixed eimeria which contain 50 oocy st s of e. tenella with a different p ercent of other sp ecies, resp ectively. the vaccine was given to chicks in the 1 st p ins of each group with drinking water, the chicks in the 2 nd p ins were given vaccine by crop inoculation, while the chicks in the 3 rd p ins were left with no vaccine as a control group . all group s were challenged at day 25 of age with 50000 sp orulated oocyst s of live e. tenella with the same p ercentage of other sp ecies found in the susp ension p repared, by crop inoculation. clinical signs were observed, with the following p arameters which were calculated; the mortality , body weight gain, oocy st s count and p rotection rate. the results p ointed out that the vaccinated chicks developed a resistance against eimeria sp ecies p resent in the vaccine; by reducing clinical signs, mortality rate, and oocy st s count, with high p rotection rate esp ecially among broilers, while weight gain was not affected esp ecially among those vaccinated with drinking water. it was concluded that the p rep ared vaccin e which was given to the chicks, at nine d ays of age decreases t he severity of the disease, to avoid using high nu mber of oocy st s in the vaccine. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 85 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract oxidative stress and inflammation are connected to the development of metabolic disorders, such as diabetes. diabetic-related oxidative stress is caused by the overproduction of oxidative-free radicals, which have been implicated in the mechanism of inflammation and damage to tissues. our study aimed to investigate the effects of ubiquinone treatment on serum indicators of oxidative stress (malondialdehyde (mda)), inflammation (interleukin 6 (il-6)), vascular homeostasis (nitric oxide (no)), and myopathy (myoglobin (mb)) in addition to measuring blood components parameters in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. rats were separated into three groups; negative control group (n), diabetic control group (d), and ubiquinone-treated diabetic group (t). after 21 days, the blood and serum samples were taken to evaluate fasting blood glucose (fbg), mda, il6, no, mb, and hematological parameters. in hyperglycemic rats, the levels of fbg and serum levels of il-6, mda, and mb significantly increased, while no levels decreased. hyperglycemic condition significantly lowered the count of wbc (p = 0.0098) but insignificantly decreased values of platelets and rbc. ubiquinone treatment significantly reduced blood glucose, il-6, mda, and mb levels in diabetic rats and raised no levels. the effects of ubiquinone on wbc (p = 0.648), rbc (p = 0.001), and (p = 0.398) were insignificant, and only minor variations in wbc and platelet levels were observed. our data support that ubiquinone supplementation could reduce proinflammation, oxidative stress, and myopathy markers and elevate no levels in diabetic rats. the current study indicates ubiquinone may positively impact diabetic complications; however, additional research is required to determine its therapeutic benefit when added to standard diabetes treatment. keywords: diabetes mellitus, hyperglycemia, oxidative stress, antioxidant, ubiquinone supplementation. 1. introduction diabetes mellitus (dm) is a chronic disease of significant concern that is predicted to be the seventh worldwide leading cause of death by 2030, and diabetes-related global health expenditures doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2976 article history: received 17august 2022, accepted 12 september 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq an investigation into the effects of ubiquinone on inflammation, diabetic myopathy and endotheliopathy, and cbc parameters in diabetic rats yousif jameel jbrael department of pharmacology and toxicology, college of pharmacy, hawler medical university, erbil, iraq. yousifjbrael@gmail.com badraldin kareem hamad university of kurdistan hawler (ukh), school of medicine, erbil, iraq. badraldin.hamad@hmu.edu.krd https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:yousifjbrael@gmail.com mailto:badraldin.hamad@hmu.edu.krd ihjpas. 36(2)2023 86 will increase dramatically over the next decade [1, 2]. it is a complex metabolic disorder and elevated blood glucose – hyperglycemia is the major clinical hallmark of unregulated diabetes. hyperglycemia is believed to generate reactive oxygen species (ros) via activation of the hexosamine pathway, stimulation of protein kinase c signaling, and formation of advanced glycation end products (ages), resulting in oxidative stress in various organs [3, 4]. the oxidative stress role has been included as a crucial factor in unraveling the complex mechanism behind diabetes complications. the physiological and pathophysiological role of oxidative stress has been investigated in cardiomyocyte metabolism and coronary blood circulation in diabetic patients [5, 6]. heightened antioxidant defense system consumption, overproduction of free radicals, and lipid peroxidation have been reported in diabetic rats. in recent years, the pivotal and crucial role of oxidative stress in the pathogenesis of several diabetes-related complications has attracted considerable attention [7, 8]. hyperglycemia increases the production of ages by increasing nonenzymatic glycation and binding ages to their receptors, leading to an elevated formation of intracellular ros through nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (nadph) oxidase. correspondingly, the synthesis of diacylglycerol (which is elevated in diabetes) activates protein kinase c, leading to the formation of ros via nadph oxidase [9, 10]. they can oxidize essential cell constituents (nucleic acids, proteins, and lipids) and produce toxic byproducts that result in tissue damage. in addition, they alter the structure of biological molecules, even destroying them [11, 12]. various study articles investigated the effect of antioxidant defense and oxidative stress on the onset of diabetes and its related conditions [9, 13-15]. it has been reported frequently that the development and progression of diabetes are associated with insufficient biological antioxidants which resulting oxidative stress [16]. analyzing and exploring the extraction of natural antioxidants to replace synthetic antioxidants has recently caught the attention of investigators [17, 18]. it was suggested that emerging evidence supports the protective impact of dietary antioxidants as a potential supplementary treatment for delaying or preventing diabetic consequences [19]. accordingly, further research is required to specify the natural source of antioxidants in order to improve the public health of diabetic patients. ubiquinone (coenzyme q10) is a potent lipophilic antioxidant found in the inner membrane of mitochondria. it is an endogenously synthesized constituent that functions as a crucial cofactor in the mitochondrial electron transport system [20, 21]. ubiquinone is also involved in the recycling and regenerating of other antioxidants, including tocopherol, β-carotene, and ascorbate [22, 23]. furthermore, like other antioxidants, ubiquinone hinders certain enzymes that catalyze the free radicals formation, thus attenuating oxidative stress and preventing the initiation and spread of lipid peroxidation in cell membranes. enhancing the enzyme's potential to scavenge free radicals is an additional protective effect of ubiquinone [24, 25]. this research intends to investigate the ubiquinone effect on hyperglycemia consequences that could be deduced from the interpretation of markers of oxidative stress, inflammation, myopathy, and endotheliopathy. lipid oxidation products are the major damaging influence of ros formation, as they consider irreversible oxidative modifications in membranes [26]. mda is one of the most extensively researched end-products of lipid oxidation and is frequently used as an indicator of free radical-induced injuries or oxidative stress [27, 28]. individuals with diabetes have elevated blood levels of interleukin-6 (il-6), which is known as an inflammatory biomarker, and raising its level is regarded as the development of atherosclerosis and vascular disease [29]. furthermore, free radicals, particularly superoxide anions, potentially interact with endotheliumderived nitric oxide (no) and suppress endothelial nitric oxide synthase (enos). this interaction ihjpas. 36(2)2023 87 is one of the most influential pathways behind diabetic endothelial dysfunction [30]. the main regulator of vascular homeostasis, no, is produced by enos in endothelial cells from l-arginine. it has a substantial role in protecting against the onset and development of cardiovascular disease [31]. reduced no bioavailability is characteristic of hyperglycemia-induced endothelial dysfunction [32]. this study aimed to examine ubiquinone impact on glycemic status and hyperglycemia-induced complications in stz-induced diabetic rats. by assessing mda, il-6, no, and mb levels in hyperglycemic rodents, the current study will evaluate the preventive effect of ubiquinone against oxidative stress, inflammation, and myopathy. another objective is to investigate the antioxidant potential of ubiquinone on blood component parameters to gain a deeper understanding of the role of ubiquinone in mitigating diabetic complications. 2. materials and methods chemicals the streptozotocin (stz), with high purity at 97.5 percent, was purchased from shanghai macklin biochemical co., ltd. ubiquinone 200mg which had been purchased was in the gel form manufactured by america (nature’s bounty pharmaceutical inc., usa.). rat malondialdehyde (mda) enzyme linking immune-absorbent assay (elisa) kit (catalogue number: 201-11-0157, 48 tests), interleukin 6 (il-6) elisa kit (catalogue number: 201-11-0136, 48 tests), and nitric oxide (no) elisa kit (catalogue number: 201-11-0704, 48 tests) were purchased from sunred biotechnology company, shanghai, china. the myoglobin (mb) kit was obtained from hotgen biotech. blood component parameters were measured using the swelab alfa standard (boule medical ab, sweden). experimental animals a total of 24 mature sprague-dawley albino rats weighing 250-350 g were purchased from the animal house of the university of soran, and allowed to adapt to the new location for one week. under standard laboratory settings, the animals were kept at a temperature range of 22 to 26 °c with a 12-hs. light:12-hs. dark cycle. before and during the experiments, rats were fed with rat chow (according to the national center for drug research and quality control, baghdad) and tap water. the rats were randomly assigned into three groups of 8 animals per group; negative control, diabetic control, and diabetic rats treated with ubiquinone. all study protocols, including diabetes induction and sacrifice operations, were approved by the institutional ethics committee at hawler medical university. experimental design after acclimatizing for 7 days, the rodents were randomly allocated into three groups: group n: negative control group (n = 7) group d: diabetic control group (n = 7) group t: ubiquinone treatment group (treat with ubiquinone, 5 gm per kg of food) (n = 7) in the second and third groups (16 rats), we induced diabetes. rats from the negative control group (group n) and the diabetic control group (group d) received the rat’s standard diet without any supplementation. the third group (group t) was providedwith the ubiquinone-enriched diet, which was the basic diet enriched with 5 g of ubiquinone per kilogram of food [33-37]. all groups had unrestricted access to their respective diets for a period of three weeks. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 88 diabetes induction the administered dose of stz, a diabetogenic drug that damages pancreatic β-cells, specifies the establishment of a diabetic state in rats [38, 39]. the most typical method is to administer a single dose of stz (40–70 mg/kg) intraperitoneally to rats between 8 and 10 weeks of age [40]. diabetes induction procedure was followed to the protocol written by brian l. furman [41]. induction of experimental diabetes was performed following an overnight fast (8 hrs.) with a single intraperitoneal injection of stz which was dissolved in citrate buffer (ph 4.4 to 4.5, 0.1 mol/l citric acid, 0.1 mol/l trisodium citrate) at dose 45 mg/kg of body weight. seventy-two hours after stz injection, hyperglycemia was validated by applying a small volume of peripheral blood from the animals' tails to test strips. bayer contour® ts blood glucose monitoring system was used for the measurement of rat’s blood sugar. rodents with fasting blood glucose levels of more than 250 mg/dl were considered diabetics [42], and were separated into various experimental groups (diabetic control group and ubiquinone-treated diabeticgroup). another group of rats received a single intraperitoneal administration of the citrate buffer and were deemed non-diabetic. blood and serum collection on the final day of the three-week treatment period, the animals were fasted overnight, sacrificed the next day, and collected blood samples. the blood collection procedure began with anesthetizing rats using a combination of ketamine (45 mg/kg) and xylazine (5 mg/kg), followed by a heart puncture with a sterile, disposable syringe. a portion of blood was obtained into edtacontaining tubes and was immediately analyzed for blood component parameters and blood glucose levels. another portion of the blood was poured into numbered gel tubes at room temperature and allowed to coagulate for 10 to 20 minutes. then, the blood sample was centrifuged between 2000 and 3000 rpm for 20 minutes to separate the serum for biochemical analysis. measurement of serum biomarkers evaluation of mda, il-6 and no oxidative stress (malondialdehyde (mda)), inflammation (il-6), and vascular homeostasis (nitric oxide (no)) markers were evaluated using rat elisa kits through microplate reader according to the absorbance principle. mda, il-6 and no rat kits were purchased to assess mda, il-6 and no according to the supplier's instructions and the protocol of the respective kits. our elisa kits for assessment of mda, il-6 and no were designed to apply the double-antibody sandwich elisa technique. measurement of the optical density (od) is spectrophotometrically accomplished at the wavelength of 450 nm. calculate the standard curve linear regression equation based on the concentration of the standards and the respective od values, and then enter the sample's od values into the regression equation to determine the related sample's concentration. evaluation of serum levels of myoglobin up converting phosphor immunoassay analyzer was employed for quantitative assessment of serum concentration of mb by using commercially available kits (hotgen biotech co., ltd). either plasma or serum biomarker levels are evaluated using a technique that consists of a combination of up-converting phosphor technology (upt) employing immunochromatography. in comparison to other methods, the technical data of upt are uncomplicated to comprehend, there is no background interference with a specified signal, and the luminescence is persistent without a ihjpas. 36(2)2023 89 quench. hotgen produced a poct platform relying on upt (upt-3a) series immunoassay analyzer and support reagents used in our study [43, 44]. evaluation of blood component parameters blood collected via heart puncture was blended by a blood rolling mixer machine and evaluated hematological values such as wbc, platelets (plt), and rbc, employing the automatic hematology analyzer swelab alfa standard (boule medical ab, sweden) at ala private laboratory in soran city. 3. statistical analysis graphpad prism 9 (san ca, usa) was used to conduct statistical analysis. before conducting the analysis, we conducted normality and lognormality tests to confirm that our data passed normality tests (alpha = 0.05), relying on the shapiro-wilk tests. in order to compare the means of each parameter for the three groups (negative control = n, diabetic control = d, and ubiquinonetreated group = t), we conducted one-way anova. in relation to multiple comparisons, the mean of columns n and t has been compared with columns d. dunnett is suggested when performing numerous comparisons using statistical hypothesis testing. all values were provided as mean ± standard error of mean, and the results at p < 0.05 were considered as statistically significant. 4. results effect of ubiquinone supplementation on blood glucose as shown in table 1. and figure 1, the ubiquinone-treated group (5 g of ubiquinone per kilogram of diet) revealed a significant drop in blood glucose (from 4.685±0.35 to 2.701±0.3861 (mg/ml), p = 0.0012) compared to the diabetic group. table 1. the impact of ubiquinone supplement on hyperglycemia and oxidation markers in diabetic rats marker negative control (n) diabetic control (d) ubiquinone treatment (t) p-value d vs. n p-value d vs. t glucose (mg/ml) 0.9590±0.09 4.685±0.35 2.701±0.3861 <0.0001 0.0012 mda (nmol/ml) 4.32±0.38 8.522±0.22 5.083±0.32 <0.0001 <0.0001 values are expressed as mean ±sem, p<0.05 indicates significant difference. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 90 figure 1. effect of ubiquinone on blood glucose and serum mda levels. after three weeks, blood glucose levels (a) and serum levels of mda (b) were measured in three groups of experimental rats; the negative control group (n), the diabetic control group (d), and the ubiquinone treatment group (t). glucose levels were assessed by bayer contour® ts blood glucose monitoring system. serum levels of mda were evaluated by elisa. data are shown as the mean ± se (n=7). during the same medication period, the bars were marked by different asterisks (∗, ∗∗) differ significantly from each another (p < 0.05). the non-asterisk bars are not significantly different from one another (p > 0.05). effect of ubiquinone supplementation on mda serum levels the results were evaluated at the end of 21 days of the study in all groups of the experimental animals, and mda serum levels values are presented in table 1.; also, the changes in mda serum levels are shown in figure 1. there was a significant difference between serum mda levels of group d rats with group n and t. the concentration of mda, as an end product of lipid peroxidation, increased dramatically in the serum of the diabetic rats as compared to the non-diabetic rats (from 4.32±0.38 to 8.522±0.22 nmol/ml, p<0.0001). treatment of diabetic rats with ubiquinone remarkably diminished mda levels in serum as compared to diabetic controls (from 8.522±0.22 to 5.083±0.32 nmol/ml, p<0.0001). effect of ubiquinone supplementation on il-6 serum levels the results were assessed at the end of 21 days of the study in all groups, and the il-6 values are shown in table 2. also, figure 2 shows the changes in serum levels of il-6 in all groups of our experimental animals. group n rats had significantly lower levels of serum il-6 than groups p and t animals. il-6, a proinflammatory marker, was significantly increased in the serum of diabetic control rats relative to normal control rats (p = 0.0493). compared to untreated diabetic rats, treatment with ubiquinone significantly decreased serum il-6 levels (from 66.49±1.87 to 56.71±3.54 pg/ml, p = 0.0233). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 91 table 2. the impact of ubiquinone supplement on inflammation and muscle cell injury markers in diabetic rats marker negative control (n) diabetic control (d) ubiquinone treatment (t) p-value d vs. n p-value d vs. t il-6 (pg/ml) 58.04±1.35 66.49±1.87 56.71±3.54 0.0493 0.0233 no (pg/ml) 44.20±1.91 18.19±0.79 71.00±7.78 0.0370 0.0005 mb (ng/ml) 3.90±0.30 29.65±11.42 3.900±0.33 0.0019 0.0031 values are expressed as mean ±sem, p<0.05 indicates significant difference figure 2 effect of ubiquinone on serum levels of il-6, no, and mb. after three weeks, serum levels of il-6 (a), no (b), and mb (c) were measured in three groups of experimental rats; the negative control group (n), the diabetic control group (d), and the ubiquinone treatment group (t). serum levels of il-6 were evaluated by elisa. serum levels of mb were measured by up converting phosphor immunoassay analyzer. during the same medication period, the bars were marked by different asterisks (∗, ∗∗) differ significantly from each another (p < 0.05). the non-asterisk bars are not significantly different from one another (p > 0.05). effect of ubiquinone supplementation on no serum levels in our study, the recorded nitric oxide values in the normal and ubiquinone-treated groups were significantly higher than in the diabetic group (table 2 and figure 2). compared to normal controls, there was a significant drop in serum no levels in the stz-treated group (p = 0.0370). serum no levels were changed toward normalcy in ubiquinone-treated groups and raised from 18.19±0.79 in group d to 71.00±7.78 pg/ml,p = 0.0005) in group t. effect of ubiquinone supplementation on serum levels of mb as illustrated in figure 2 and documented parameters values in table 2, the highest serum values of mb levels were witnessed in diabetic control rats (group d). serum mb levels were significantly decreased in the diabetic ubiquinone-treated group (group t) compared with untreated rats in group d (from 29.65±11.42 to 3.900±0.33 ng/ml, p = 0.0031). effects of ubiquinone supplementation on blood component parameters table 3 and figure 3 demonstrated the results of total wbc, plt, and rbc count in all groups of rats. the data from the table 3 showed a significantly (p<0.05) decreased count of leukocytes ihjpas. 36(2)2023 92 from 13.74±0.79 (109/l) in normal control rats (group n) to 6.88±1.8 (109/l) in diabetic control rats (group d). while values of thrombocytes in the diabetic control group did not significantly but slightly change when compared to normal rats. erythrocyte values changes between the normal rat group and diabetic control group were insignificant. oral administration of ubiquinone did not significantly but slightly increase wbc and plt parameters compared to diabetic control rats. rbc count in the ubiquinone-treated group (group t) decreased insignificantly compared to untreated diabetic rats. table 3. the impact of ubiquinone supplement on blood component parameters in diabetic rats figure 3. effect of ubiquinone on blood levels of blood component parameters. after three weeks, blood levels of wbc, plt, and rbc were measured in three groups of experimental rats; the negative control group (n), the diabetic control group (d), and the ubiquinone treatment group (t). blood component parameters were evaluated by the automatic hematology analyzer swelab alfa standard (boule medical ab, sweden). data are presented as the mean ± se (n=7). during the same medication period, the bars were marked by different asterisks (∗, ∗∗) differ significantly from each another (p < 0.05). ns: not significant. 5. discussion the current study was performed to investigate the modulating impacts of ubiquinone on fasting blood sugar (fbg), pro-inflammatory adipocytokine (il-6), and the markers of diabetic myopathy, endotheliopathy and blood components in stz-induced diabetic rats. the results of our study showed that ubiquinone attenuates hyperglycemia and ameliorates il-6, mda, no and mb levels. the wbc level, however, has only been slightly altered. parameters negative control (n) diabetic control (d) ubiquinone treatment (t) p-value d vs. n p-value d vs. t wbc (109/l) 13.74±0.79 6.88±1.8 8.4±1.32 0.0098 0.648 plt (109/l) 586.8±68.39 515.7±78.64 624.4±52.43 0.696 0.398 rbc (1012/l) 8.47±0.25 7.18±1.52 7.05±0.29 0.43 0.001 values are expressed as mean ±sem, p<0.05 indicates significant difference ihjpas. 36(2)2023 93 diabetic model validation and the effect of ubiquinone on blood glucose concentration diabetes was confirmed by the significant elevation of fbg in stz-induced diabetic rats; this is caused by the destruction of pancreatic β-cells (β-cell failure) by a diabetogenic agent (stz). as stz toxicity progresses (figure 4), some β-cells survive; however, hyperglycemic toxicity impairs these surviving β-cells further. a high glucose level increases nonenzymatic glycation of proteins, as well as glucose oxidation, all of which lead to oxidative stress [45]. a number of lines of research have described the consequences of persistent hyperglycemia oxidative stress which weakens antioxidant enzymes and other antioxidant molecules [46]. figure 4. a schematic diagram demonstrating the mechanism of β-cell destruction by stz and hyperglycemia and the proposed pathway wherein hyperglycemia triggers the release of il-6 and mda that causes muscle injury. a glucose overload activates several metabolic pathways that produce more ros and oxidative stress, leading to β-cells death (figure 4). combined with a low antioxidant capacity in cells, these pathways result in ros production, causing secondary β-cell failure in diabetics [47]. in the presence of high levels of free radicals, pancreatic islet cells die and become dysfunctional (rosinduced apoptosis). our data from analysis reveal that the administration of ubiquinone significantly lower blood glucose levels in the group of diabetic rats. as per the previous reports, it was found that ubiquinone has an anti-diabetic effect [48-51], while in contradictory some the literatures also revealed that ubiquinone did not have any effect on blood glucose level [52]. this reduction in the levels of fbg would be due to insulin release from survived β-cells which have been protected by the antioxidant impact of ubiquinone. ubiquinone's protective mechanism is due to its ability to neutralize free radicals. the ability of ubiquinone to scavenge ros may be one of the reasons for its ability to inhibit nf-кb activation and protection of pancreatic β-cells [49]. hence, we focused on the antioxidative properties of ihjpas. 36(2)2023 94 ubiquinone on pancreatic β-cell oxidative injury. ubiquinone neutralizes free radicals and prevents their cytotoxic effect on surviving β-cells after stz injection (figure 4). due to its glucose lowering effect, ubiquinone may stimulate the synthesis of insulin from the residual β-cells or recovered β-cells. effect of ubiquinone on parameters of oxidative stress, mda to investigate the protective effects of ubiquinone against oxidative stress in diabetic animals, the levels of mda in the serum samples were measured. after three weeks, our results showed that the mda levels in the diabetic control group were considerably higher than in the normal control group. the diabetic group supplied with ubiquinone at a dose of 5 mg per kg of food had their mda levels lower than the diabetic control group. we noticed a significant increase in the mda concentration in the diabetic rodents' serum, similar findings were reported by other researchers [53, 54] . previous studies have also suggested that high level of free radicals could lead to the formation of lipid peroxidation in stz-induced diabetes [55, 56]. in light of these findings, we hypothesized that ubiquinone prevents membrane lipid peroxidation by reacting with free radicals. our research validated that ubiquinone supplementation substantially improved this oxidative status by reducing mda concentration (figure 4). the beneficial role of ubiquinone treatment was proved to reduce lipid peroxidation and serum mda levels, according to the findings of earlier studies [27, 54, 57]. effect of ubiquinone on the proinflammatory adipocytokine (il-6) hyperglycemia and hyperlipidemia in diabetes and obesity are associated with diminished antioxidant enzymes and elevation of ros levels [58]. researchers demonstrated that elevated levels of ros induced by a high glucose environment increases pancreatic expression of il-6 and triggers mitochondrial dysfunction, inflammatory response, and apoptosis (especially pancreatic apoptosis) via the stress signaling pathway [59, 60]. in addition, mda caused significant increases in the levels of several major proinflammatory biomarkers, including il-6, il-25, il-8, icam-1, and primary peripheral blood lymphocytes (plcs) [61]. consistent with the previous findings, our study revealed an increase in the proinflammatory cytokine il-6 in diabetics rats compared to the control group (p = 0.0493; table 2). the schematic diagram (figure 4) illustrated the heightening effect of hyperglycemia, oxidative stress, and mda on il-6 in. normally, there is a balance between oxidants and antioxidant defense, but hyperglycemia elevates ros levels, leading to an increment of oxidation of proteins, lipids, and nucleic acids [62]. high glucose level also stimulates and enhances the production of reactive species via nadph oxidase activity, which intensifies proinflammatory biomarkers, such as il-1β, il-6, and tnf-α [63]. impairment of endogenous antioxidant defense system results in the production of ages [64]. ages increase il-6 secretion through ros and nf-κb activation [65]. in addition, ros enhance the activation of nf-κb in the cytoplasm and translocate the signal transduction pathway into the nucleus. in inflammation and apoptosis, nf-κb acts as a key regulator. phosphorylation of nf-κb induces secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines such as il-6 [66]. nf-κb, a transcription factor, is responsible for the upregulation of inflammatory proteins such as il-6, inos, and tnf-a by attaching to their promoter [67]. several clinical and experimental pieces of research have revealed the importance of cytokines in developing diabetes complications [68-70]. consequently, antioxidant compounds could be a crucial defense to amelioration of the damaging effect of ros. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 95 in our data, we verified a substantial decrement in serum level of il-6 in ubiquinone-treated diabetic rats compared with the normal rats, as shown in table 2. also, other studies showed the counteracting effect of antioxidants against inflammatory indicator, il-6 [71, 72]. [73]. in support of our findings, a study found that the mrna expression level of proinflammatory cytokines, il6, was significantly downregulated in the animals treated with ubiquinone compared to untreated diabetic rats [67]. ubiquinone having antioxidant properties neutralizes and scavenges free radicals since we suggest that it elicits this beneficial effect via reducing the expression of nf‐κb and, subsequently, downregulating the levels of tnf‐α and il-6. effect of ubiquinone on the determinant of vascular homeostasis, n0 in the present study, we observed that hyperglycemia was accompanied by a reduction in no levels. these findings are consistent with previous studies which reported that diabetes mellitus is correlated to reduced nitric oxide synthesis from endothelial cells [74, 75]. hyperglycemia leads to depletion of the nadph required to produce nitric oxide from l-arginine via nitric oxide synthase [76]. conversely, a number of previous studies have revealed an increase in no generation in diabetics [77, 78]. they postulated that the pro-inflammatory mediators il-6 and tnf-α were the most significant contributors to the excessive generation of nitric oxide in hyperglycemic condition [78]. in the current investigation, no concentration in the ubiquinone-treated diabetic rodents was significantly higher than in the diabetic group. other investigators obtained the same results and stated that ubiquinone could recouple endothelial nitric oxide synthase and modify no-associated signaling [75, 79]. as depicted in figure 4, it appears that ubiquinone's antioxidant characteristics may protect no from oxidative inactivation, allowing its concentration to increase in the treated group. hyperglycemia lowers no serum levels, while ubiquinone normalizes them, which suggests ubiquinone's protective role in cardiovascular endothelial cells. effect of ubiquinone on serum level of myopathy marker, mb as to our investigation, we studied the protective role of ubiquinone against muscle cell injury in stz-induced diabetic rats. we found higher mb levels in diabetic rats than in normal rats. moreover, our data reveals that ubiquinone-treatment diabetic rats had lower mb levels compared to diabetic rats without treatment. cardiovascular biomarkers have a critical role in the early detection of acute myocardial infarction. among numerous cardiac indicators, mb has been extensively recognized as one of the most acceptable potential biomarkers for the early detection of myocardial infarction, despite the fact that it is not cardiac-specific [80-82]. a study observed that mb levels of diabetic patients were higher than that of control subjects [83]. similarly, in our work, we found higher serum level of mb in diabetics rats. focusing on skeletal muscle cell injury and ameliorating impact of ubiquinone in athletes, a study shows lower level of mb in the ubiquinone-treated group than in the subjects with placebo prescription. they presented that 300 mg/day of ubiquinone supplementation over two weeks raised ubiquinone levels in the blood and decreased mb concentrations and creatine kinase activity in 18 elite athletes included in a randomized clinical trial compared to the non-treated group [84]. the lowering impact of ubiquinone on the level of myopathy marker (mb) is attributed to its potential to attenuate oxidative stress and pro-inflammatory signaling and reduce lipid peroxidation [85]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 96 as shown in the proposed diagram, hyperglycemia can stimulate the adipocytes to release proinflammatory cytokines, which cause inflammation and, finally, muscle cell apoptosis. ubiquinone, a powerful antioxidant, would protect muscle tissues in humans and animals with hyperglycemia. first, it has an inhibitory impact on free radical production since it prevents indirect cytotoxicity by inhibiting nf-кb activation, which stimulates the production of il-6, and other proinflammatory proteins. second, by neutralizing free radicals, ubiquinone prevents direct cytotoxicity, which occurs when free radicals react with vital cellular components like dna and proteins and damage them. third, ubiquinone protects pancreatic β-cells and has hypoglycemic properties since it lowers the influence of hyperglycemia on raising il-6; consequently, ubiquinone reduces inflammation and apoptosis in cardiac and skeletal muscles tissue as illustrated in figure 4. effect of ubiquinone on blood component parameters several studies have documented the effects of other antioxidants on hematological parameters, but none have studied ubiquinone's effects. wbc counts decreased in the diabetic control group according to our documented data (table 3 and figure 3). the same results were obtained in diabetes subjects after alloxan-induced hyperglycemia was induced in rats [86]. in contrast to our findings, other researchers [87] found a significant rise in leukocyte counts in diabetic animals and they attributed that to stz 's damaging effects. in our experiment, ubiquinone decreased wbc counts. in other studies, involving p-coumaric acid as an antioxidant, the same result was observed [86]. like other studies' findings [88, 89], our results showed that rats with diabetes had slightly lower rbc count. the non-enzymatic glycosylation of rbc membrane proteins would increase under hyperglycemic conditions. as a result of oxidation of glycosylated membrane proteins and hyperglycemia in diabetes mellitus, lipid peroxides are produced, resulting in hemolysis of rbcs. several pathological consequences of free radical-induced membrane lipid peroxidation include decreased cellular deformability, increased membrane rigidity, reduced deformability of erythrocyte membranes, and increased rbc death, leading to diabetic anemia. [90-93]. in our experiment, the administration of ubiquinone did not improve erythrocyte counts and survival. rbc count was found to be raised after antioxidant treatment by other researchers (citrullus colocynthis pulp) therapy [88]. according to our data, hyperglycemia had a lowering effect on platelet count. a study shows that in children with proven t1dm, the platelet count is significantly reduced [94]. diabetes patients are at higher risk of oxidative stress. oxidative stress generates reactive oxygen species and promotes uncontrolled lipid peroxidation. the vast majority of cell membranes are composed of lipids, so unregulated lipid peroxidation could damage cells. one of the mechanisms underlying platelet dysfunction may involve glycosylation stress resulting in a rise in lipid peroxide levels. a rise of this magnitude could trigger the discharge of arachidonic acid from phospholipids and consequently enhance platelet activation. these findings indicate that increased lipid peroxidation and platelet activation are initial circumstances in t1dm that may be associated with an acute response to inflammation [95]. with respect of our data, supplementation of diabetic rats’ food with ubiquinone slightly increased plt count. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 97 6. conclusions in conclusion, the administration of ubiquinone had an attenuating impact on glucose levels in stz-induced diabetic rats. in diabetic rats, ubiquinone supplementation modulated the level of markers correlated with oxidative stress (mda), inflammation (il-6), and diabetic myopathy (mb). additionally, ubiquinone supplementation increases no levels which could be reduced in diabetic endotheliopathy (no). in this study, ubiquinone was found to be capable of alleviating diabetic complications as a therapeutic agent. acknowledgments the authors expressed gratitude to hawler medical university for providing one of them the opportunity to study as a master's candidate in the pharmacology department and conduct the investigation. the authors express their gratitude to soran university (in particular sarbast a. mahmud) for providing the necessary resources required for conducting a part of the research in their animal house. references 1. zhang, p.; zhang, x.; brown, j.; vistisen, d.; sicree, r.; shaw, j. nichols, g. global healthcare expenditure on diabetes for 2010 and 2030. diabetes research and clinical practice, 2010,87(3),293-301 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2010.01.026 2. world health, o. global status report on noncommunicable diseases 2010. geneva: world health organization, 2011. available from: https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/44579. 3. selvin, e.; coresh, j.; golden, s. h.; boland, l. l.; brancati, f. l.. steffes, m. w. glycemic control, atherosclerosis, and risk factors for cardiovascular disease in individuals with diabetes: the atherosclerosis risk in communities study. diabetes care, 2005,28(8),1965-73 https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.28.8.1965 4. fowler, m. j. microvascular and macrovascular complications of diabetes. clinical diabetes, 2008,26(2),77-82 https://doi.org/10.2337/diaclin.26.2.77 5. severino, p.; d’amato, a.; netti, l.; pucci, m.; infusino, f.; maestrini, v.; mancone, m.. fedele, f. myocardial ischemia and diabetes mellitus: role of oxidative stress in the connection between cardiac metabolism and coronary blood flow. journal of diabetes research, 2019,2019, 9489826 https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9489826 6. ates, o.; bilen, h.; keles, s.; alp, h. h.; keleş, m. s.; yıldırım, k.; ondaş, o.; pınar, l. c.;civelekler, m.. baykal, o. plasma coenzyme q10 levels in type 2 diabetic patients with retinopathy. int j ophthalmol, 2013,6(5),675-9.available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3808920/ 7. giacco, f.. brownlee, m. oxidative stress and diabetic complications. circulation research, 2010,107(9),1058-70 https://doi.org/10.1161/circresaha.110.223545 8. fernandes, s. m.; cordeiro, p. m.; watanabe, m.; fonseca, c. d. d.. vattimo, m. d. f. f. the role of oxidative stress in streptozotocin-induced diabetic nephropathy in rats. archives of endocrinology and metabolism, 2016,60,443-9 https://doi.org/10.1590/2359-3997000000188 9. m santos, j.; mohammad, g.; zhong, q.. a kowluru, r. diabetic retinopathy, superoxide damage and antioxidants. current pharmaceutical biotechnology, 2011,12(3),352-61 https://doi.org/10.2174/138920111794480507 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2010.01.026 https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/44579 https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.28.8.1965 https://doi.org/10.2337/diaclin.26.2.77 https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9489826 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3808920/ https://doi.org/10.1161/circresaha.110.223545 https://doi.org/10.1590/2359-3997000000188 https://doi.org/10.2174/138920111794480507 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 98 10. yang, j.; lane, p. h.; pollock, j. s.. carmines, p. k. protein kinase c-dependent nad (p) h oxidase activation induced by type 1 diabetes in renal medullary thick ascending limb. hypertension, 2010,55(2),468-73 https://doi.org/10.1161/hypertensionaha.109.145714 11. sies, h.; berndt, c.. jones, d. p. oxidative stress. annual review of biochemistry. 2017,86,715-48 https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-biochem-061516-045037 12. pizzino, g.; irrera, n.; cucinotta, m.; pallio, g.; mannino, f.; arcoraci, v.; squadrito, f.; altavilla, d.. bitto, a. oxidative stress: harms and benefits for human health. oxidative medicine and cellular longevity, 2017,2017,8416763 https://doi.org/10.1155/2017/8416763 13. alshehri, a. m. metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular risk. journal of family and community medicine, 2010,17(2),73.available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3045098/ 14. dos santos, j. m.; de oliveira, d. s.; moreli, m. l.. benite-ribeiro, s. a. the role of mitochondrial dna damage at skeletal muscle oxidative stress on the development of type 2 diabetes. molecular and cellular biochemistry. 2018,449(1),251-5 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11010-018-3361-5 15. dos santos, j. m.; tewari, s.. mendes, r. h. the role of oxidative stress in the development of diabetes mellitus and its complications. journal of diabetes research, 2019,2019,4189813 https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/4189813 16. lamb, r.. goldstein, b. modulating an oxidative‐inflammatory cascade: potential new treatment strategy for improving glucose metabolism, insulin resistance, and vascular function. international journal of clinical practice. 2008,62(7),1087-95 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.17421241.2008.01789.x 17. wojcik, m.; burzynska-pedziwiatr, i.. wozniak, l. a review of natural and synthetic antioxidants important for health and longevity. current medicinal chemistry, 2010,17(28),326288 https://doi.org/10.2174/092986710792231950 18. zhang, j.; yuan, k.; zhou, w.-l.; zhou, j.. yang, p. studies on the active components andantioxidant activities of the extracts of mimosa pudica linn. from southern china.pharmacognosy magazin, 2011,7(25),35 https://doi.org/10.4103%2f0973-1296.75899 19. makni, m.; sefi, m.; fetoui, h.; garoui, e. m.; gargouri, n. k.; boudawara, t.. zeghal, n. flax and pumpkin seeds mixture ameliorates diabetic nephropathy in rats. food and chemical toxicology, 2010,48(8-9),2407-12 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fct.2010.05.079 20. crane, f. l. biochemical functions of coenzyme q10. journal of the american college of nutrition, 2001,20(6),591-8 https://doi.org/10.1080/07315724.2001.10719063 21. noh, y.; kim, k.; shim, m.; choi, s.; choi, s.; ellisman, m.; weinreb, r.; perkins, g.. ju, w. inhibition of oxidative stress by coenzyme q10 increases mitochondrial mass and improves bioenergetic function in optic nerve head astrocytes. cell death & disease. 2013,4(10),e820-e https://doi.org/10.1038/cddis.2013.341 22. bhagavan, h. n.. chopra, r. k. coenzyme q10: absorption, tissue uptake, metabolism and pharmacokinetics. free radical research. 2006,40(5),445-53 https://doi.org/10.1080/10715760600617843 . 23. shekelle, p.; morton, s.. hardy, m. effect of supplemental antioxidants vitamin c, vitamin e, and coenzyme q10 for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease. evidence report/technology assessment (summary). 2003,(83),1-3.available from: https://europepmc.org/books/nbk37059 . 24. zduńska, k.; dana, a.; kolodziejczak, a.. rotsztejn, h. antioxidant properties of ferulic acid https://doi.org/10.1161/hypertensionaha.109.145714 https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-biochem-061516-045037 https://doi.org/10.1155/2017/8416763 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3045098/ https://doi.org/10.1007/s11010-018-3361-5 https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/4189813 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1742-1241.2008.01789.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1742-1241.2008.01789.x https://doi.org/10.2174/092986710792231950 https://doi.org/10.4103%2f0973-1296.75899 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fct.2010.05.079 https://doi.org/10.1080/07315724.2001.10719063 https://doi.org/10.1038/cddis.2013.341 https://doi.org/10.1080/10715760600617843 https://europepmc.org/books/nbk37059 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 99 and its possible application. skin pharmacology and physiology. 2018,31(6),332-6 https://doi.org/10.1159/000491755 . 25. baschiera, e.; sorrentino, u.; calderan, c.; desbats, m. a.. salviati, l. the multiple roles of coenzyme q in cellular homeostasis and their relevance for the pathogenesis of coenzyme q deficiency. free radical biology and medicine, 2021,166,277-86.available from: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0891584921001374 . 26. rodríguez-carrizalez, a. d.; castellanos-gonzález, j. a.; martínez-romero, e. c.; miller arrevillaga, g.; pacheco-moisés, f. p.; román-pintos, l. m.. miranda-díaz, a. g. the effect of ubiquinone and combined antioxidant therapy on oxidative stress markers in non proliferative diabetic retinopathy: a phase iia, randomized, double-blind, and placebo controlled study. redox report. 2016,21(4),155-63 https://doi.org/10.1179/1351000215y.0000000040 . 27. lee, b.-j.; huang, y.-c.; chen, s.-j.. lin, p.-t. coenzyme q10 supplementation reduces oxidative stress and increases antioxidant enzyme activity in patients with coronary artery disease. nutrition. 2012,28(3),250-5 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nut.2011.06.004 28. del rio, d.; stewart, a. j.. pellegrini, n. a review of recent studies on malondialdehyde as toxic molecule and biological marker of oxidative stress. nutrition, metabolism and cardiovascular diseases. 2005,15(4),316-28 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.numecd.2005.05.003 29. jain, s. k.; kannan, k.; lim, g.; matthews-greer, j.; mcvie, r.. bocchini jr, j. a. elevated blood interleukin-6 levels in hyperketonemic type 1 diabetic patients and secretion by acetoacetate-treated cultured u937 monocytes. diabetes care. 2003,26(7),2139-43 https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.26.7.2139 30. drzewoski, j. gliclazide, inflammation and atherosclerosis. anti-inflammatory & antiallergy agents in medicinal chemistry (formerly current medicinal chemistry-antiinflammatory and anti-allergy agents). 2008,7(3),224-30 https://doi.org/10.2174/187152308785699263 31. naseem, k. m. the role of nitric oxide in cardiovascular diseases. molecular aspects of medicine. 2005,26(1-2),33-65 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mam.2004.09.003 32. kashyap, s. r.; roman, l. j.; lamont, j.; masters, b. s. s.; bajaj, m.; suraamornkul, s.; belfort, r.; berria, r.; kellogg jr, d. l.. liu, y. insulin resistance is associated with impaired nitric oxide synthase activity in skeletal muscle of type 2 diabetic subjects. the journal of clinical endocrinology & metabolism. 2005,90(2),1100-5 https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2004-0745 33. kunitomo, m.; yamaguchi, y.; kagota, s.. otsubo, k. beneficial effect of coenzyme q10 on increased oxidative and nitrative stress and inflammation and individual metabolic components developing in a rat model of metabolic syndrome. journal of pharmacological sciences. 2008,0806040111https://doi.org/10.1254/jphs.fp0072365 34. turunen, m.; appelkvist, e.-l.; sindelar, p.. dallner, g. blood concentration of coenzyme q10 increases in rats when esterified forms are administered. the journal of nutrition. 1999,129(12),2113-8.available from: https://academic.oup.com/jn/article/129/12/2113/4722094 35. kim, h.-n.; jeon, d.-g.; lim, y.. jang, i.-s. the effects of coenzyme q 10 supplement on blood lipid indices and hepatic antioxidant defense system in sd rats fed a high cholesterol diet. laboratory animal research. 2019,35(1),1-8 https://doi.org/10.1186/s42826-019-0013-1 36. ibrahim, w. h.; bhagavan, h. n.; chopra, r. k.. chow, c. k. dietary coenzyme q10 and vitamin e alter the status of these compounds in rat tissues and mitochondria. the journal of nutrition. 2000,130(9),2343-8 https://doi.org/10.1093/jn/130.9.2343 https://doi.org/10.1159/000491755 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0891584921001374 https://doi.org/10.1179/1351000215y.0000000040 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nut.2011.06.004 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.numecd.2005.05.003 https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.26.7.2139 https://doi.org/10.2174/187152308785699263 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mam.2004.09.003 https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2004-0745 https://doi.org/10.1254/jphs.fp0072365 https://academic.oup.com/jn/article/129/12/2113/4722094 https://doi.org/10.1186/s42826-019-0013-1 https://doi.org/10.1093/jn/130.9.2343 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 100 37. hidaka, t.; fujii, k.; funahashi, i.; fukutomi, n.. hosoe, k. safety assessment of coenzyme q10 (coq10). biofactors. 2008,32(1‐4),199-208 https://doi.org/10.1002/biof.5520320124 38. ganda, o. p.; rossini, a. a.. like, a. a. studies on streptozotocin diabetes. diabetes. 1976,25(7),595-603 https://doi.org/10.2337/diab.25.7.595 39. arison, r.; ciaccio, e.; glitzer, m.; cassaro, j.. pruss, m. light and electron microscopy of lesions in rats rendered diabetic with streptozotocin. diabetes. 1967,16(1),51-6 https://doi.org/10.2337/diab.16.1.51 40. brøndum, e.; nilsson, h.. aalkjaer, c. functional abnormalities in isolated arteries from gotokakizaki and streptozotocin-treated diabetic rat models. hormone and metabolic research. 2005,37(s1),5660.available.from:https://www.thiemeconnect.com/products/ejournals/html/10.1 055/s-2005-861370 41. furman, b. l. streptozotocin‐induced diabetic models in mice and rats. current protocols in pharmacology. 2015,70(1),5.47. 1-5.. 20 https://doi.org/10.1002/0471141755.ph0547s70 42. damasceno, d. c.; netto, a. o.; iessi, i. l.; gallego, f. q.; corvino, s. b.; dallaqua, b.; sinzato, y. k.; bueno, a.; calderon, i. m. p.. rudge, m. v. c. streptozotocin-induced diabetes models: pathophysiological mechanisms and fetal outcomes. biomed research international. 2014;2014:819065 https://doi.org/10.1155/2014/819065 43. li, f.; you, m.; li, s.; hu, j.; liu, c.; gong, y.; yang, h.. xu, f. based point-of-care immunoassays: recent advances and emerging trends. biotechnology advances. 202039,107442 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biotechadv.2019.107442 44. zhao, y.. ying; l. r&d, manufacture, and market. in: song h.. yao j. e., editors. in vitro diagnostic industry in china. singapore: springer singapore; 2021, 147-60 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2316-5_14 45. brownlee, m. biochemistry and molecular cell biology of diabetic complications. nature. 2001,414(6865),813-20 https://doi.org/10.1038/414813a 46. tiwari, b. k.; pandey, k. b.; abidi, a. b.. rizvi, s. i. markers of oxidative stress during diabetes mellitus. journal of biomarkers, 2013;2013:378790 https://doi.org/10.1155/2013/378790 47. wu, j.. yan; l.-j. streptozotocin-induced type 1 diabetes in rodents as a model for studying mitochondrial mechanisms of diabetic β cell glucotoxicity. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy. 2015,8,181 https://doi.org/10.2147%2fdmso.s82272 48. ahmadvand, h. effects of coenzyme q10 on hemoglobin a1c, serum urea and creatinine in alloxan-induced type 1 diabetic rats. iranian journal of pharmacology and therapeutics. 2012,11(2),64-0.available from: http://ijpt.iums.ac.ir/article-1-245-en.html 49. luo, k.; yu, j. h.; quan, y.; shin, y. j.; lee, k. e.; kim, h. l.; ko, e. j.; chung, b. h.; lim, s. w.. yang, c. w. therapeutic potential of coenzyme q10 in mitochondrial dysfunction during tacrolimus-induced beta cell injury. scientific reports. 2019,9(1),1-12 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-44475-x 50. modi, k.; santani, d.; goyal, r.. bhatt, p. effect of coenzyme q10 on catalase activity and other antioxidant parameters in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. biological trace element research. 2006,109(1),25-33 https://doi.org/10.1385/bter:109:1:025 51. hodgson, j.; watts, g.; playford, d.; burke, v.. croft, k. coenzyme q10 improves blood pressure and glycaemic control: a controlled trial in subjects with type 2 diabetes. european journal of clinical nutrition, 2002,56(11),1137-42 https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.ejcn.1601464 https://doi.org/10.1002/biof.5520320124 https://doi.org/10.2337/diab.25.7.595 https://doi.org/10.2337/diab.16.1.51 https://doi.org/10.1002/0471141755.ph0547s70 https://doi.org/10.1155/2014/819065 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biotechadv.2019.107442 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2316-5_14 https://doi.org/10.1038/414813a https://doi.org/10.1155/2013/378790 https://doi.org/10.2147%2fdmso.s82272 http://ijpt.iums.ac.ir/article-1-245-en.html https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-44475-x https://doi.org/10.1385/bter:109:1:025 https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.ejcn.1601464 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 101 52. rauscher, f. m.; sanders, r. a.. watkins iii, j. b. effects of coenzyme q10 treatment on antioxidant pathways in normal and streptozotocin‐induced diabetic rats. journal of biochemical and molecular toxicology, 2001,15(1),41-6 https://doi.org/10.1002/10990461(2001)15:1%3c41::aid-jbt5%3e3.0.co;2-z 53. cui, x.-p.; li, b.-y.; gao, h.-q.; wei, n.; wang, w.-l.. lu, m. effects of grape seed proanthocyanidin extracts on peripheral nerves in streptozocin-induced diabetic rats. journal of nutritional science and vitaminology, 2008,54(4),321-8 https://doi.org/10.3177/jnsv.54.321 54. samimi, f.; baazm, m.; eftekhar, e.; rajabi, s.; goodarzi, m. t.. mashayekhi, f. j. possible antioxidant mechanism of coenzyme q10 in diabetes: impact on sirt1/nrf2 signaling pathways. research in pharmaceutical sciences. 2019,14(6),524 https://doi.org/10.4103%2f17355362.272561 55. stadler, k.; bonini, m. g.; dallas, s.; jiang, j.; radi, r.; mason, r. p.. kadiiska, m. b. involvement of inducible nitric oxide synthase in hydroxyl radical-mediated lipid peroxidation in streptozotocin-induced diabetes. free radical biology and medicine. 2008,45(6),866-74 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.freeradbiomed.2008.06.023 56. hajizadeh, m. r.; eftekhar, e.; zal, f.; jafarian, a.. mostafavi-pour, z. mulberry leaf extract attenuates oxidative stress-mediated testosterone depletion in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. iranian journal of medical sciences, 2014,39(2),123.available from: http://ijms.sums.ac.ir/article_39595.html 57. ahmadvand, h.; tavafi, m.. khosrowbeygi, a. amelioration of altered antioxidant enzymes activity and glomerulosclerosis by coenzyme q10 in alloxan-induced diabetic rats. journal of diabetes and its complications, 2012,26(6),476-82 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2012.06.004 58. rizwan, h.; pal, s.; sabnam, s.. pal, a. high glucose augments ros generation regulates mitochondrial dysfunction and apoptosis via stress signalling cascades in keratinocytes. life sciences. 2020,241,117148 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lfs.2019.117148 59. incalza, m. a.; d'oria, r.; natalicchio, a.; perrini, s.; laviola, l.. giorgino, f. oxidative stress and reactive oxygen species in endothelial dysfunction associated with cardiovascular and metabolic diseases. vascular pharmacology. 2018,100,1-19 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.vph.2017.05.005 60. thongnak, l.; pongchaidecha, a.; jaikumkao, k.; chatsudthipong, v.; chattipakorn, n.. lungkaphin, a. the additive effects of atorvastatin and insulin on renal function and renal organic anion transporter 3 function in diabetic rats. scientific reports. 2017,7(1),1-11 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-13206-5 61. raghavan, s.; subramaniyam, g.. shanmugam, n. proinflammatory effects of malondialdehyde in lymphocytes. journal of leukocyte biology, 2012,92(5),1055-67 https://doi.org/10.1189/jlb.1211617 62. ott, c.; jacobs, k.; haucke, e.; santos, a. n.; grune, t.. simm, a. role of advanced glycation end products in cellular signaling. redox biology. 2014,2,411-29 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.redox.2013.12.016 63. pickering, r. j.; rosado, c. j.; sharma, a.; buksh, s.; tate, m.. de haan, j. b. recent novel approaches to limit oxidative stress and inflammation in diabetic complications. clinical & translational immunology. 2018,7(4),e1016 https://doi.org/10.1002/cti2.1016 https://doi.org/10.1002/1099-0461(2001)15:1%3c41::aid-jbt5%3e3.0.co;2-z https://doi.org/10.1002/1099-0461(2001)15:1%3c41::aid-jbt5%3e3.0.co;2-z https://doi.org/10.3177/jnsv.54.321 https://doi.org/10.4103%2f1735-5362.272561 https://doi.org/10.4103%2f1735-5362.272561 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.freeradbiomed.2008.06.023 http://ijms.sums.ac.ir/article_39595.html https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2012.06.004 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lfs.2019.117148 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.vph.2017.05.005 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-13206-5 https://doi.org/10.1189/jlb.1211617 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.redox.2013.12.016 https://doi.org/10.1002/cti2.1016 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 102 64. rahimi-madiseh, m.; malekpour-tehrani, a.; bahmani, m.. rafieian-kopaei, m. the research and development on the antioxidants in prevention of diabetic complications. asian pacific journal of tropical medicine, 2016,9(9),825-31 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apjtm.2016.07.001 65. ohtsu, a.; shibutani, y.; seno, k.; iwata, h.; kuwayama, t.. shirasuna, k. advanced glycation end products and lipopolysaccharides stimulate interleukin‑6 secretion via the rage/tlr4‑nf‑κb‑ros pathways and resveratrol attenuates these inflammatory responses in mouse macrophages. experimental and therapeutic medicine. 2017,14(5),4363-70 https://doi.org/10.3892/etm.2017.5045 66. taniguchi, k.; karin, m. nf-κb, inflammation, immunity and cancer: coming of age. nature reviews immunology. 2018,18(5),309-24 67. maheshwari, r. a.; parmar, g. r.; hinsu, d.; seth, a. k.. balaraman, r. novel therapeutic intervention of coenzyme q10 and its combination with pioglitazone on the mrna expression level of adipocytokines in diabetic rats. life sciences. 2020,258,118155 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lfs.2020.118155 68. mezzano, s.; aros, c.; droguett, a.; burgos, m. e.; ardiles, l.; flores, c.; schneider, h.; ruiz-ortega, m.. egido, j. nf-κb activation and overexpression of regulated genes in human diabetic nephropathy. nephrology dialysis transplantation. 2004,19(10),2505-12 https://doi.org/10.1093/ndt/gfh207 69. navarro-gonzalez, j. f.. mora-fernandez, c. the role of inflammatory cytokines in diabetic nephropathy. journal of the american society of nephrology, 2008,19(3),433-42 https://doi.org/10.1681/asn.2007091048 70. navarro, j. f.. mora, c. role of inflammation in diabetic complications. nephrology dialysis transplantation. 2005,20(12),2601-4 https://doi.org/10.1093/ndt/gfi155 71. prabhakar, o. cerebroprotective effect of resveratrol through antioxidant and antiinflammatory effects in diabetic rats. naunyn-schmiedeberg's archives of pharmacology. 2013,386(8),705-10 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00210-013-0871-2 72. ojo, o. a.; amanze, j. c.; oni, a. i.; grant, s.; iyobhebhe, m.; elebiyo, t. c.; rotimi, d.; asogwa, n. t.; oyinloye, b. e.. ajiboye, b. o. antidiabetic activity of avocado seeds (persea americana mill.) in diabetic rats via activation of pi3k/akt signaling pathway. scientific reports. 2022,12(1),1-17 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-07015-8 73. lacasa, d. l.; taleb, s.; keophiphath, m.; miranville, a.. clement, k. macrophage-secreted factors impair human adipogenesis: involvement of proinflammatory state in preadipocytes. endocrinology. 2007,148(2),868-77 https://doi.org/10.1210/en.2006-0687 74. suresh, y.. das, u. n. differential effect of saturated, monounsaturated, and polyunsaturated fatty acids on alloxan-induced diabetes mellitus. prostaglandins, leukotrienes and essential fatty acids. 2006,74(3),199-213 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.plefa.2005.11.006 75. anwar, m.; abd el-moniem, m.; megahed, h. a.; el-toukhy, s. e.; mohammed, n. a.. youness, e. r. effect of coenzyme q10 supplementation on markers of oxidative stress in streptozotocin induced diabetic rats. journal of applied pharmaceutical science, 2014,4(6),00915 http://dx.doi.org/10.7324/japs.2014.40602 76. suresh, v.. reddy, a. dysregulation of nitric oxide synthases during early and late pathophysiological conditions of diabetes mellitus leads to amassing of microvascular impedement. journal of diabetes & metabolic disorders. 2021,20(1),989-1002 https://doi.org/10.1007/s40200-021-00799-y https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apjtm.2016.07.001 https://doi.org/10.3892/etm.2017.5045 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lfs.2020.118155 https://doi.org/10.1093/ndt/gfh207 https://doi.org/10.1681/asn.2007091048 https://doi.org/10.1093/ndt/gfi155 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00210-013-0871-2 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-07015-8 https://doi.org/10.1210/en.2006-0687 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.plefa.2005.11.006 http://dx.doi.org/10.7324/japs.2014.40602 https://doi.org/10.1007/s40200-021-00799-y ihjpas. 36(2)2023 103 77. ozkul, a.; ayhan, m.; yenisey, c.; akyol, a.; guney, e.. ergin, f. a. the role of oxidative stress and endothelial injury in diabetic neuropathy and neuropathic pain. neuroendocrinology letters. 2010,31(2),261-4.available from: https://www.nel.edu/the-role-of-oxidative-stress-andendothelial-injury-in-diabetic-neuropathy-and-neuropathic-pain-1080 78. rehman, k.; khan, i. i.; akash, m. s. h.; jabeen, k.. haider, k. naringenin downregulates inflammation‐mediated nitric oxide overproduction and potentiates endogenous antioxidant status during hyperglycemia. journal of food biochemistry, 2020,44(10),e13422 https://doi.org/10.1111/jfbc.13422 79. tsai, k.-l.; huang, y.-h.; kao, c.-l.; yang, d.-m.; lee, h.-c.; chou, h.-y.; chen, y.-c.; chiou, g.-y.; chen, l.-h.. yang, y.-p. a novel mechanism of coenzyme q10 protects against human endothelial cells from oxidative stress-induced injury by modulating no-related pathways. the journal of nutritional biochemistry, 2012,23(5),458-68 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnutbio.2011.01.011 80. aldous, s. j. cardiac biomarkers in acute myocardial infarction. international journal of cardiology. 2013,164(3),282-94 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2012.01.081 81. pervaiz, s.; waskiewicz, d.; anderson, f. p.; lawson, c. j.; lohmann, t. p.; feng, y. j.; contois, j. h.. wu, a. h. comparative analysis of cardiac troponin i and creatine kinase‐mb as markers of acute myocardial infarction. clinical cardiology. 1997,20(3),269-71 https://doi.org/10.1002/clc.4960200316 82. kiessling, w.; ricker, k.; pflughaupt, k.; mertens, h.. haubitz, i. serum myoglobin in primary and secondary skeletal muscle disorders. journal of neurology, 1981,224(3),229-33 https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00313285 83. odum, e. p.; young, e. e. elevated cardiac troponin i, creatine kinase and myoglobin and their relationship with cardiovascular risk factors in patients with type 2 diabetes. diabetes & metabolic syndrome: clinical research & reviews. 2018,12(2),141-5 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsx.2017.12.001 84. kon, m.; tanabe, k.; akimoto, t.; kimura, f.; tanimura, y.; shimizu, k.; okamoto, t.. kono, i. reducing exercise-induced muscular injury in kendo athletes with supplementation of coenzyme q10. british journal of nutrition, 2008,100(4),903-9 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0007114508926544 85. cirilli, i.; damiani, e.; dludla, p. v.; hargreaves, i.; marcheggiani, f.; millichap, l. e.; orlando, p.; silvestri, s.. tiano, l. role of coenzyme q10 in health and disease: an update on the last 10 years (2010–2020). antioxidants. 2021,10(8),1325 https://doi.org/10.3390/antiox10081325 86. shittu, s.-t. t.; oyeyemi, w. a.; lasisi, t. j.; shittu, s. a.-s.; lawal, t. t.. olujobi, s. t. aqueous leaf extract of ocimum gratissimum improves hematological parameters in alloxaninduced diabetic rats via its antioxidant properties. international journal of applied and basic medical research, 2016,6(2),96 https://doi.org/10.4103%2f2229-516x.179016 87. fagbohun, o. f.; awoniran, p. o.; babalola, o. o.; agboola, f. k.. msagati, t. a. changes in the biochemical, hematological and histopathological parameters in stz-induced diabetic rats and the ameliorative effect of kigelia africana fruit extract. heliyon. 2020,6(5),e03989 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e03989 88. dallak, m.; bin-jaliah, i. antioxidant activity of citrullus colocynthis pulp extract in the rbc’s of alloxan-induced diabetic rats. pakistan journal of physiology, 2010,6(1),1-5.available from: http://pjp.pps.org.pk/index.php/pjp/article/view/837 https://www.nel.edu/the-role-of-oxidative-stress-and-endothelial-injury-in-diabetic-neuropathy-and-neuropathic-pain-1080 https://www.nel.edu/the-role-of-oxidative-stress-and-endothelial-injury-in-diabetic-neuropathy-and-neuropathic-pain-1080 https://doi.org/10.1111/jfbc.13422 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnutbio.2011.01.011 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2012.01.081 https://doi.org/10.1002/clc.4960200316 https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00313285 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsx.2017.12.001 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0007114508926544 https://doi.org/10.3390/antiox10081325 https://doi.org/10.4103%2f2229-516x.179016 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e03989 http://pjp.pps.org.pk/index.php/pjp/article/view/837 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 104 89. xulu, n.; ngubane, p.; khathi, a.; booysen, i.. sibiya, n. heamanetic effects of a dioxidovanadium (v) complex in stz-induced diabetic male sprague dawley rats. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy. 2021,14,4321 https://doi.org/10.2147%2fdmso.s214726 90. kennedy, l.. baynes, j. non-enzymatic glycosylation and the chronic complications of diabetes: an overview. diabetologia. 1984,26(2),93-8 https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00281113 91. kolanjiappan, k.; manoharan, s.; kayalvizhi, m. measurement of erythrocyte lipids, lipid peroxidation, antioxidants and osmotic fragility in cervical cancer patients. clinica chimica acta. 2002,326(1-2),143-9 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0009-8981(02)00300-5 92. chalew, s.; hamdan, m. racial disparity in hba1c persists when fructosamine is used as a surrogate for mean blood glucose in youth with type 1 diabetes. pediatric diabetes. 2018,19(7),1243-8 https://doi.org/10.1111/pedi.12696 93. niu, x.; xiao, r.; wang, n.; wang, z.; zhang, y.; xia, q.. yang, x. the molecular mechanisms and rational design of anti-diabetic vanadium compounds. current topics in medicinal chemistry. 2016;16(8):811-22 http://dx.doi.org/10.2174/1568026615666150827094652 94. abdel-moneim, a.; zanaty, m. i.; el-sayed, a.; khalil, r. g.. rahman, h. a. relation between oxidative stress and hematologic abnormalities in children with type 1 diabetes. canadian journal of diabetes, 2020,44(3),222-8 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcjd.2019.07.153 95. davì, g.; chiarelli, f.; santilli, f.; pomilio, m.; vigneri, s.; falco, a.; basili, s.; ciabattoni, g.. patrono, c. enhanced lipid peroxidation and platelet activation in the early phase of type 1 diabetes mellitus: role of interleukin-6 and disease duration. circulation. 2003,107(25),3199-203 https://doi.org/10.1161/01.cir.0000074205.17807.d0. https://doi.org/10.2147%2fdmso.s214726 https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00281113 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0009-8981(02)00300-5 https://doi.org/10.1111/pedi.12696 http://dx.doi.org/10.2174/1568026615666150827094652 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcjd.2019.07.153 https://doi.org/10.1161/01.cir.0000074205.17807.d0 2011 (3) 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة دراسة الخصائص الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیة ألبار مختارة العراق /دیالى –في مدینة المقدادیة ثائر محمد إبراھیم جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الھیثم ،قسم علوم الحیاة 2011 اب 23 :استلم البحث في 2011تشرین االول 18 :قبل البحث في الخالصة ذلك بأخذ عینات عشوائیة للمیاه من درست الخصائص الكیمیائیة و الفیزیائیة للمیاه الجوفیة في مدینة المقدادیة و ومقارنة النتائج مع المحددات القیاسیة المعتمدة من . 2010ستة آبار خالل المدة الممتدة من تموز إلى كانون األول لعام ي .فضالً عن المحددات العراقیة لمیاه الشرب (fao)، ومنظمة الغذاء والزراعة (who)منظمة الصحة العالمیة أجر راسة لـ ل (14)التحلیل والد د المسموح .من العوام آلبار المدروسة تقع ضمن الحدو ا أظھرت النتائج أن میاه معظم ا بھ آلبار .للمعاییر القیاسیة كونھا میاه للشرب ط (w2 , w1)عدا ا التي سجلت قیماً مرتفعة من العكورة خالل فصل الصیف فق الت أشھر الصیف والشتاء خالل مدة الدراسة للخصائص . كما أظھرت الدراسة الحالیة اختالفاً واضحاً بین قیم معد مالعكورة، و األمالح الذائبة الكلیة، و ( ة (الكلوراید، و النتریت، و الصودیو أما بقیة الخصائص فأظھرت اختالفات طفیف ا .خالل المدة نفسھا وبالرغم من أن نتائج الدراسة تشیر إلى أن معظم العوامل المدروسة واقعة ضمن الحدود المسموح بھ م ي وفقاً للمعاییر الدولیة ولكن وجود أیونات الكالسیوم والمغنسیوم والصودیوم الت عسرة دائمة وبشكل متواصل ف ع معد ة راسات صحی ل اختیار طرائق للمعالجة أو أجراء د المیاه تعد مؤشرآ صحیآ خطرآ یجب االنتباه إلیھ وذلك من خال تلفة .متخصصة على سكان المنطقة المستعملین لھذه المیاه ألغراض مخ آلبارالخصائص الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیة ، الم : الكلمات المفتاحیة یاه الجوفیة ، ا المقدمة مجتمعات البشریة ي .تعد المیاه العنصر األساس لحیاة الكائنات الحیة ونمو وتطور ال لذا فأن نوعیة ھذه المیاه الت تحدید صالحیتھا من عدمھا ق .تستعمل لمختلف القطاعات، مثل الشرب أو السقي أو الصناعة تعد نقطة االنطالق ل وفي العرا ي م من توافر المیاه السطحیة ف آلبار مصدرآ من مصادر المیاه الرئیسة، بالرغ تعد میاه ا ة مما أثر في تجھیز المناطق مناطق مختلفة منھ ولكن نتیجة للظروف البیئیة ونقصان اإلمطار المتساقطة ولسنوات متتالی بالماء الصالح للشرب أو قلة ھذا التجھیز من خالل تردي نوعیة وكمیة الماء المناسب لإلغراض الت سقوط اإلمطار خالل السنوات األخیرة، إذ بلغ [1] .المختلفة ن تذبذب معد ت (80.7)فضالً ع ملم لمعدل عشر السنوا ا المعلومات الخاصة حسب تقدیرات الجھاز المركزي لإلحصاء وتكنولوجی 2005 – 1999من ة . [3 , 2]بالمنطقة المدروسة تلف دول المنطق وبسبب االتساع في استعمال المیاه الجوفیة في السنوات األخیرة في مخ ل بشك یلة ومیاه الصرف الصحي ومنھا العراق، لذا أصبح من الضروري متابعة نوعیتھا من خالل أمكانیة تسرب المیاه الثق ر خاص الن الطرائق ال و تأثیر مباشر من خالل الترشیح عبر التربة وصوالً إلى میاه اآلبا مستعملة للتخلص من ھذه المیاه ذ راسة لغرض توفیر قاعدة بیانات حول میاه أبار منطقة المقدادیة . [6 , 5 , 4] ة –تمت ھذه الد محافظة دیالى ومحاول و مراقب ى تشخیص الجوانب السلبیة أو وضع توصیات لمعالجتھا أ نجراف التربة وعوامل التلوث المختلفة األخر ة عملیات ا .والقیام بفحوصات دوریة للعوامل الفیزیائیة والكیمیائیة المعتمدة لتحدید نوعیة المیاه ومدى مالئمتھا لالستعمال البشري وص�ف منطقةالدراس�ة كـم (1033)المعتمـد حالیـاً 1996تبلـغ مسـاحة قضـاء المقدادیـة بمحافظـة دیـالى حسـب التقسـیمات اإلداریـة لتعـداد 2 یقسـم . ــ ى ثــالث منـاطق ھ ي صــیدا ،و الوجیھیـة القضـاء عـل ــاء، وأـب ز القض ي ,ي مرـك ــاء ـق ز القض ــكان مرـك ل س ــا یمـث وتكنولوجی ن % 60.22المعلومـات لعـام د الدراسـة غ ـم ألـف نسـمة حسـب تقـدیرات الجھـاز 194.694مجمـوع سـكان القضـاء ویبـل و . [7] 2007المركـزي لإلحصـاء ــیفاً فـي المــدیین الـی ــاري حـار ص ــاخ قضـاء المقدادیـة ق مي والفصــليیمكــن وصـف من وأقل (33)السنوي لدرجات الحرارة وبارد في الشتاء،إذ إن أعلى معدل شھري لدرجة الحرارة سجل في شھر تموز وبلغ ihjpas 2011 (3) 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة .معدل في شھر كانون األول تقع محافظة دیالى بین دائرتي عرض .20021996درجة مئویة یمثل المعدل الشھري في محافظة دیالى من (6.9)وبلغ (3 .33, 35.6 )شماالً وخطي طول ( 44.22, 45.56) . [3] . المواد وطرق العمل م ار في مركز قضاء المقدادیة آب (6)وذلك باختیار 2010نفذت الدراسة للمدة من شھر تموز إلى كانون األول لعا ي w4حي الشموخ، و w3حي األشبال، و w2حي العروبة، و (w1بمحافظة دیالى وأعطیت الرموز التالیة ح ، w5النصر،و ل)حي أشور w6حي المعلمین وكما موضح موقعھا في الخارطة شك آلبار قید الدراسة شھریاً بعد تشغیل مضخة كھربائی . (1) آلبار المذكورة مدة أخذ أنموذج من میاه ا ة موجودة على فتحة ا أستخدم جھازي قیاس . [8]لتر كما ذكر (2.25)خمس دقائق ووضعت المیاه المسحوبة في قناني بالستیكیة نظیفة سعة wisstechnعلى التوالي وكالھما من صنع شركة (f91,ph90)األس الھیدروجیني، والتوصیلیة الكھربائیة الحقلیین werkst att n لتحدید قیمة األس الھیدروجیني والتوصیلیة الكھربائیةec ًًا .موقعیا أما بقیة العوامل التي تم قیاسھا مختبری ca,mالكالسیوم والمغسیوم -:فشملت كل من g وكاربونات الكالسیوم ،caco3 و الفوسفات ،po4 والكبریتات ،so4 ، turbidity، والعكورة total hardness (th)ة الكلیة ، والعسرcl، والكلور الحر no3,no2والنترات والنتریت (t) وحداتھا(nt u) والمواد الصلبة الذائبة الكلیةtotal dissolved solids (tds) وتم التعبیر عن النتائج النھائیة mg / l) pبـ p m ) . آلبار بوساطة المج ر كما فحصت وشخصت الطحالب المتوافرة في میاه العینات المأخوذة من ا ھ ح قیاس ق ترشی رشیح معتمدین على ور م طریقة الت ا (mµ45)المركب باستخدا مع تثبیت العینة بوساطة لوكال أیودین وكم . [10 , 9]جاء في النتائج والمناقشة الت قیم (2)والشكل (1)من خالل استعراض النتائج جدول : phاألس الھیدروجیني یتضح أن ھناك تقاربا في معد راوحت بین كما ,حداً أعلى في شھر تشرین األول (7.41)حداً أدنى في شھر أب و (7.35)األس الھیدروجیني ،إذ ت ر ى والبئر (7.2) (w6)سجل البئ راسة (7.5) (w3)حداً أدن ذ ,حدًا أعلى لقیم األس الھیدروجیني المسجلة خالل مدة الد إ د . [11]الموجودة في میاه المنطقة (oh)تھ مؤشراً على طبیعة أمالح الھیدوكسیل تعد قیم إذ تعزى قلة التغیرات إلى وجو الب التي تقوم بالدور المعروف في تعدیل قیم p)الطح h) ط من خالل الموازنة بین الكاربونات والبیكاربونات داخل الوس ذا یتفق مع ما أشارت إلیھ الكثیر من والموضحة بالمعادلة االتیة [12 , 13 , 14]البحوث المائي وھ co2 + h2o ↔ h2co3 ↔h + + hco3 إذ فَحصت المیاه للتعرف إلى أنواع الطحالب الموجودة وكانت ثمانیة عشر نوعاً منھا طحالب خضر وخضر مزرقة و alkalinityترتبط كذلك بالقاعدیة (ph)عموماً فأن قیمة .دایتومات ى caco3في المیاه والسیماعندما تكون محتویة عل وعند مقارنة ھذه . [15 , 16]باالتجاه القاعدي كما یشیر إلى ذلك الباحثون (ph)بكمیة عالیة وھذه الزیادة ترفع من قیمة دات العراقیة والحدود المسموح بھا من ر (6.5 , 8.5)التي تتراوح بین faoو whoالنتائج مع المحد نجد أن اآلبا ة مالئمة للشرب من ناحیة األس الھیدروجیني . [17 , 18 , 19]المدروس tds total dissolved s المواد الصلبة الذائبة الكلیة olids : ة وھي تشیر إلى مجموع المواد الصلبة الذائب ء كانت متأینة أو غیر متأینة وال تشمل المواد العالقة أو الغرویة أو ى .الغازات الذائبة في الماء في الماء سوا أو قد تشیر إل ة كما [18] .صالحة للشرب tdsلتر من/ملغم (500)تعد المیاه الحاویة على أقل من .طبیعة الملوحة في المیاه الجوفی ز الت الوصول الى التركی ي بعض الحا ي [20] .لتر و لكن یرافق ذلك طعماً مراً غیر مقبول /ملغم (1500)قد یسمح ف ف ل /ملغم (495.3)أن أعلى معدل سجل في تموز وبلغ (3)والشكل (1)الدراسة الحالیة اظھر الجدول لتر وأدنى معدل سج ي البئر /ملغم (368.8)في شھر تشرین األول وبلغ آلبار فقد سجل ف وبلغت (w4)لتر ،أما أعلى معدل بالنسبة الى ا ل استعراض /ملغم (788.5) دود المقبولة والبالغة لتر ومن خال آلبار المدروسة تقع ضمن الح (1000)النتائج نجد أن ا ة (tds)و (ec)بأن ھناك عالقة وثیقة بین قیم [26]وكما یشیر (who)لتر وفقاً لمعاییر /ملغم توصیلی إذ تعد ال آلبار ي میاه ا ي المیاه السیما ف د الصلبة والذائبة ف ة كما .الكھربائیة مقیاساً للموا وجد عالقة جوھریة بین قیمھما وقیم الملوح kanyومنطقة kollmkodeفي دراسة لكیمیاء المیاه الساحلیة للخلیج الممتد بین منطقة akumati كما تتفق .في الھند ث qyھذه االستنتاجات مع ما ذھب إلیھ الباح edele من خالل النتائج التي حصل علیھا عند دراسة میاه آبار منطقةloqas م [21].في نیجیریا م تعد المیاه المدروسة حالیاً من حیث ھذه الخاصیة مقبولة ولكن یجب االنتباه إلى ارتفاع قی وبشكل عا ي مع وجود نسبة مرتفعة منھا تأثیراً ف العوامل األخرى المتمثلة بالكبریتات و الكاربونات وایونات الكالسیوم التي قد تشكل ةنوعیة المیاه من حیث الطعم و ة معدالت الصیف والشتاء جدول .نسبة الملوح ل (2)وعند مقارن نالحظ وجود زیادة خال ل تحریك مكونات التربة القاعیة والمیاه داخ األشھر الحارة وقد یعزى ذلك إلى سحب كمیات كبیرة من الماء وذلك یؤدي إلى ذا یتفق مع جوف البئر مما یؤدي إلى زیادة إذابة كمیة اكبر من المواد القابلة للذو . [1]بان وھ ihjpas 2011 (3) 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة ة ر : ec electrical conductivityالتوصیلیة الكھربائی تمثل التوصیلیة الكھربائیة قابلیة الماء على نقل التیا ي ا ة المعادن المذابة ودرجة الحرارة الكھربائي التي تعتمد على كمیة آألیونات الذائبة ف ي تتغیر حسب نوعی , 24]لماء والت 23 , 22] . ي البئر (1)من متابعة النتائج جدول ى معدل لھ ف وبلغ (w6)نالحظ أن معدل التوصیلیة الكھربائیة سجل أعل سم كما یبین /سمایكرو سمن (673.17)وبلغ (w3)سم أما أدنى معدل فقد سجل في البئر /مایكرو سمنس (1584.5) ل ي /مایكرو سمنس (875.3)و (977.3)أن معدل التوصیل الكھربائي قد سجل (4)الشك ٌ أعلى وحداُ أدنى ف سم حدا ن البئر د متابعة اآلبار بشكل منفصل نالحظ أ توالي وعن ة (w3)شھري كانون األول و تشرین األول على ال سجل أدنى قیم یلول ي البئر/مایكرو سمنس (527)وبلغتخالل مدة الدراسة في شھر أ ى قیمة سجلت ف (1732)وبلغت (w6)سم وأعل د whoووفقا لمعاییر منظمة .سم في شھر كانون األول/مایكرو سمنس نجد أن المیاه المدروسة حالیاً كانت ذا حدو خالل المقارنة بین نتائج ومن .سم /مایكرو سمنس (500 2000)مقبولة وفقاً للحدود المسموح بھا التي تتراوح بین یف والشتاء جدول ي (ec)نجد أن قیمة الـ (2)فصلي الص متقاربة في معدالتھا العامة وھذا دلیل على أن ھذه المیاه تحتو ى ى ان الزیادة الحاصلة تعود إل ة على مدار السنة والسبب في ذلك ربما یعود إل د الذائب على نسبة عالیة من األمالح والموا ة طبیعة المنطقة الجغرافیة والجیولوجیة وما تسببھ عملیات انجراف التربة في أثناء سقوط اإلمطار أو السقي أو األنشط ذا االستنتاج یتفق مع ما ذھب إلیھ . [25 , 26]البشریة المختلفة وھ turbidityلعكورة ا دة تشیر العكورة إلى االنتشار غیر المتجانس للجزیئات الصغیرة من المواد : العالقة في الماء وعا ُ لمعرفة حالة المیاه ة نتائج الجدو . [27]تستعمل مؤشراُ بیئیا ذا (5)و الشكل (2)ل ومن متابع نجد تفاوتاً كبیراً بین قیم ھ راوحت القیم بین یف (4.22)العامل في فصلي الصیف و الشتاء ، إذ ت وحدة عكورة بوصفھا أعلى قیمة العكورة لفصل الص أضعاف (4.3 )وحدة عكورة نجد انھ یمثل (0.900)وحدة عكورة ومعدلھا في فصل الشتاء (3.843)غ معدلھا التي بل ة وھذا یعود إلى كثرة سحب الماء في فصل الصیف األمر الذي یؤدي إلى تحریك القاع وجوانب البئر والكتل الطینی ووفقاً لمعاییر . [23 , 26]عظم العوالق وھذا یتفق مع الموجودة فیھ بینما في الشتاء یقل االستھالك ویحصل ترسیب لم who ي م (5)نجد أن الحدود المسموح بھا بیئیاً ھ د مقارنة النتائج المستحصل علیھا یمكن القول بأن قی رة وعن وحدة عكو وسة (7.03) ،إذ سجلت معدل w2و w1عدا البئرین .العكورة تقع ضمن الحد المسموح بھ لھذا العامل لآلبار المدر رة على التوالي جدول (6.29)و . (1)وحدة عكو th total hardneالعسرة الكلیة ss : العسرة تمثل صفة الماء الذي ال یكون رغوة مع الصابون فضًال عن زیادة و بشكل منفرد [28]درجة غلیانھ ى كمیة أمالح الكالسیوم و المغنسیوم معاً أ ى سجل .وتعتمد العسرة وبشكل أساسي عل أعل كما أن (6)لتر شكل /ملغم (409.2)لتر وأدنى معدل في شھر آب وبلغ/ملغم (435)معدل في شھر تشرین األول ر د . (1)لتر جدول /ملغم (444.5)فسجل أعلى معدل وبلغ (w5)لتر أما البئر/ملغم (407)سجل (w1)البئ إن الحدو ي ا لتر ، لذا /ملغم 100-500المسموح بھا عالمیاً ھ آلبار تقع ضمن القیم المسموح بھ تعد المیاه قلیلة العسرة الن جمیع ا (2)لتر على التوالي جدول /ملغم (427.89)لتر و /ملغم (419.35)إذ بلغت معدالتھا لفصلي الصیف والشتاء ,عالمیاً (2)األشھر كما مبین في الجدول ویعتقد أن قیم العسرة ھذه تعود إلى وجود أیونات المغنیسیوم والكالسیوم في عینات جمیع . [29]وھنا تجب اإلشارة إلى أن ھذا االستنتاج یتفق مع clالكلورید chloride : دات الكالسیوم و ي المیاه على توافر األیونات األخرى على شكل كلوری یعتمد توافر الكلورید ف م ز .بشكل عام ومیاه اآلبار بشكل خاص التي تتوافر بشكل طبیعي في المیاه ,البوتاسیوم فضالً عن الصودیو كما أن التراكی على األشخاص laxative effectsالعالیة من الكلورید تعطي الطعم المالح للماء، وقد تظھر أعراض اإلسھال الخفیف ن أن تركیز ciالذین یشربون ماًء حاویاً على تركیز عال منھ ، فضًال ع . [18 , 24]یعد مؤشرًا للتلوث بمیاه المجاري لتر أما أدنى معدل لھ فقد سجل في شھر تشرین األول وبلغ /ملغم (1.167)سجل أعلى معدل للكلورید في شھر أب وبلغ فلم تسجل فیھا أي قیمة (w4-w3)أما البئرین . (7)لتر شكل /ملغم (0.16) ل البئر . ciللـ ذه /ملغم (1.16)وبلغأعلى معدل (w1)أما بالنسبة الى المواقع المدروسة فقد سج لتر وعند مقارنة ھ دادت العراقیة لمیاه الشرب و رة fowو whoالنتائج مع الحدود المسموحة بھا بیئیاً نجد أنھا مقبولة وفقاً لمح والمحصو یف)نرى أن معدل األشھر الثالث األولى (2)ومن متابعة النتائج جدول .لتر/ملغم 250 – 350بین (0.939)بلغ (الص ء)لتر أما معدل األشھر الثالث االتیة /لغمم ر/ملغم (0.170)فبلغ (الشتا س .لت یمكن تفسیر ھذا التفاوت في النتائج على أسا ء آلبار، إذ یتم سحب كمیات كبیرة في الصیف ویؤدي ذلك إلى زیادة تركیزه في الماء نتیجة لقلة حجم الما كمیة الماء في ا یحدث العكس تزداد كمیة الشتاء أما في .المتبقي في البئر ل ف الماء نتیجة لقلة السحب و االستعمال مما یؤدي إلى حصو . [1 , 32 , 33]تخفیف في تركیز األمالح فضالً عن فرصة كافیة للترسیب وھذا یتفق مع ما ذھب إلیھ الباحثون ت noالنترات والنتری noو 2 ة تحتوي المیاه الجوفیة على النتریت من خالل عملیة ا : 3 لتصفیة أو الترشیح خالل الترب . [6]وصوال إلى البئر و بشكل طبیعي ،إذ كانت التربة المحیطة حاویة علیھ أو من خالل تلوث المیاه الجوفیة بالمیاه الثقیلة ة درست النترات والنتریت معاً بسبب تحول احدھما إلى اآلخر في البیئة وكالھما موجود بشكل واسع االنتشار في الترب ھم مصادرھا األسمدة النباتیة والحیوانیة المتحللة أو مخلفات الصناعات الكیمیائیة وا أن القیم . [23 , 33]لماء كما أن أ ى معدل في شھر كانون األول وبلغ ذ سجل أدن ى /ملغم (0.008)متقاربة والتفاوت قلیل بین األشھر ،إ لتر للنترات وأعل أما النتریت فقد سجل أعلى معدل لھ في تشرین الثاني وبلغ .لتر /ملغم (0.068)معدل في شھر تشرین الثاني وبلغ د . (8 , 9)لتر شكل /ملغم (0.139)لتر وأدنى معدل في شھر أیلول وبلغ/ملغم (0.978) وتعد جمیع القراءات ضمن الحدو دات العراقیة whoالمسموح بھا حسب no2وعند المقارنة بین معدالت .والمحد یف والشتاء جدول في ال نجد أن نسبھا قد تضاعفت من عینات الشتاء ویعتقد أن السبب في ذلك یعود إلى (2)ص ihjpas 2011 (3) 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة . no2الـنتریت نالحظ ثبات نسبي لقیم [34]ضعف نشاط الطحالب التي تحتاج الى النترات مصدراً لبناء البروتین ن البئر ى معدل للنترات والنتریت وبلغ (w3)أما من ناحیة المواقع فنالحظ أ ل أعل ر /ملغم (0.060)و (0.885)قد سج لت nitrateولكن عملیة اختزالھ بوساطة أنزیم ,وعموماً یعد النترات بحد ذاتھ غیر ضار بالصحة العامة . (1)جدول reductase إلى نتریتno2 ھو الجانب الخطر في البیئة وھذا األنزیم موجود في األحیاء المجھریة المائیة كما قد مع ى نتریت كذلك ، وأیون النتریت لھ القدرة على التفاعل یحدث تحول آخر للنترات في معدة اإلنسان والحیوانات الثدیة إل 2n-n=o (r)و التركیب ذ n-nitrosamineمركبات األمین منتجاً بذلك مركب النتروز أمین ل وأ شارت بعض الدراسات إلى أنھا مركبات مسببة للسرطان فضالً عن أنھا احد أسباب أعراض مرض زرقة األطفا ر من ارتفاع قیم . [13 , 35] مجھریة ذي no3یجب الحذ ك الكشف عن األحیاء ال في المیاه لذا یجب مراقبة مستواھا وكذل .لمراقبة نوعیة المیاه العالقة وعدھا مؤشراً حیویاً soالكبریتات 4 s ulphate س : آلبار عنده احتواء التربة المحیطة على الجب تتوافر الكبریتات بشكل طبیعي في میاه ا م) د كبریتات المغنسیوم مثًال بكمیات كبیرة في المیاه یعطي طعماً مراً . [36](كبریتات الكالسیو فضًال [37]كما إن وجو ي/ملغم 500ذه الكبریتات بتراكیز أعلى منعن أن توافرھ بأن تكون whoلتر تسبب أضراراً صحیة جسیمة لذا توص 400 أما المحددات العراقیة فتوصي بأن تكون قیمة الكبریتات للمیاه ال تزید عن .لتر في میاه الشرب /ملغم 400اقل من نالحظ أن أعلى معدل تركیز سجل في شھر (10)نتائج شكل ومن متابعة ال . [17]لتر حداً أقصى لتوافر الكبریتات/ملغم وھي ضمن الحدود المسموح بھا (197.2)لتر وأدنى معدل سجل في شھر أیلول وبلغ/ملغم (338.8)كانون األول وبلغ ر/ملغم (352.17)وبلغت (w1)أما المواقع فأن أعلى معدل سجل في بئر .كماأشیرسابقاً (w6)لتر وأدنى معدل في البئ ة . (1)لتر جدول /ملغم (214.8)وبلغ تحصل علیھا للكبریتات بفصلي الشتاء والصیف والمبین وعند مقارنة القیم المس یعود ذلك إلى مقدار أو كمیة .نجد أن ھناك اختالفاً على مستوى األشھر وكذلك بین األشھر الحارة والباردة (2)بالجدول داخل البئر الواحد مؤدیاً إلى زیادة تركیز الكبریتات ى انخفاض حجم المیاه السحب للماء في األشھر الحارة مما یؤدي إل ذلك یعود إلى ان الكبریتات منخفضة بشكل .كغیره من األمالح ومن جانب أخر نالحظ اعتدال في قیم ھذا العامل ونعتقد أن ى عام في میاه نھري دیالى ودجلة والمناطق المحیطة بھا مقارنة مع ما موجود منھا في حوض نھر الفرات اعتمادًا عل احثون 39 , 40]طبیعة التربة وھذا یتفق مع ما ذكر الب , 38] . ي توجد في میاه اآلبار قد یكون الب الت فضالً عن أن الطح ً في تقلیل نسبة الكبریتات ،أذ من ً في بناء األحماض لھا دوراً مھما المعروف أنھا تسحب الكبریت بوصفھ جزءاً مھما . [34 , 37]االمینیة والبروتینات النباتیة وھذا یتفق مع الباحثین ملوثة بالمنظفات أو : po4 phosphateالفوسفات وفیة نتیجة لوجود میاه یتوافر الفوسفات بصورة طبیعیة في المیاه الج phospما تشیر بعض المصادر إلى أن بكتریااألسمدة الفوسفاتیة ، ك hatizing bactera كما أن ھناك [35]تقوم بتحریر أیونات الفوسفات إلى صورتھا غیر العضویة من خالل تحلیل أجسام الكائنات المیتة reactive phospأھمھا [41 , 42]أشكال عدیدة من الفوسفات التي تستفید منھا الكائنات المائیة وذالك ما أشار إلیھ hate (0.078)لتر وأدنى معدل سجل في شھر كانون األول بلغ/ملغم (0.223)سجل أعلى معدل للفوسفات في شھر آب وبلغ . ر . (11)الشكل لتر أما /ملغم (0.1)أعلى معدل من بین اآلبار المدروسة وبلغ (w2)أما من ناحیة المواقع فقد سجل البئ نجد أن (2)وعند متابعة النتائج المبینة في الجدول . (1)لتر جدول /ملغم (0.06)وبلغت (w1)أدنى معدل فسجل في بئر ء الت العامة في فصل الصیف كانت أكبر مما سجل في فصل الشتا ًا .المعد وعموماً تعد ھذه القیم مقبولة في المیاه وفق ذه .لتر /ملغم(0.4)و المحدادت العراقیة التي حدد القیم بـ whoلمعاییر ونعتقد أن سبب ھذا االنخفاض یعود إلى ان ھ ى تحتوي عل راعیة التي آلبار مغلقة وبذلك تصل إلیھا كمیات محدودة جداً من میاه الصرف الصحي والمخلفات الز ا انتھا على أن قرب اآلبار وبعدھا من المناطق السكنیة وطبیعة صی . [4 , 31]المركبات األساسیة للفوسفات وھذا یتفق مع كما إن وجود أنواع من .وطریقة التنفیذ تعد من العوامل المھمة في تقلیل نسبة الملوثات التي یمكن أن نتعرف علیھا ي آلبار المدروسة للتثبیت من وجودھا دور مھم ف تشخیصھا في عینات عشوائیة من میاه ا الب والدایتومات التي تم الطح .[34]ضیة الفوسفات الذائبة في نشاطاتھا االی سحب تعد كاربونات الكالسیوم دلیالً على القاعدیة الكلیة التي یمكن تعریفھا على أنھا : caco3كاربونات الكالسیوم د رات المھمة في تصنیف المیاه النھا تشیر phقدرة الماء على معادلة أحماض القویةعن معین، وھي من المؤش ة إلى التفاعالت بین الكاربونات والبیكاربونات والھیدروكسیالت في الماء فضالً عن ارتباطھا الوثیق في العسرة الكلی [23. 22] بلغ (12)أظھرت النتائج في الشكل ى معدل لھا سجل في شھر تشرین األول و ل /ملغم (374.17)أن أعل لتر وأدنى معد ر .لتر/مملغ (299.5)سجل في شھر آب بلغ ى (w6)أعلى معدل والبئر (w3)أما من ناحیة المواقع فقد سجل البئ أدن دولیة نجد أن قیمتھا تعد مقبولة الن . (1)لتر على التوالي جدول /ملغم (292)و (345.33)معدل وبلغ ووفقاً للمعاییر ال ق ولكن یجب الحذر من ھذه التراكیز نتیجة .(100-500)الحدود الدولیة لھا بین عسرة الدائمة التي سب ل ال لوجود عوام نالحظ وجود زیادة طفیفة لمعدل (2)أما عند مقارنة معدالت الصیف والشتاء جدول .ذكرھا مع العوامل األخرى ل في أشھر الشتاء مما یبین الثبات النسبي لھذا العامل في میاه آبار منطقة الكاربونات المسجلة أذا ما قورنت مع ما سج یعود ذلك إلى طبیعة المنطقة الجیولوجیة وتركیب الصخور والتربة التي تساھم بشكل كبیر في تزوید الكاربونات المقدادیة ihjpas 2011 (3) 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة الكالسیوم وبقیة العناصر بشكل متواصل وھذا یتفق مع ما أشار إلیھ الباحثون عند قیامھم بدراسات مختلفة من الجانب . [3 , 11]الجیولوجي وكیمیاء المیاه في منطقة حوض نھر دجلة و دیالى بشكل خاص ریعد عنصر الصودیوم من العناصر العالیة الذوبان بصورة أیون الصو : naالصودیوم ویتوافر بشكل naدیوم الح ل ر وتمث بشري وكذلك مستوى التبخ راعي وال طبیعي في المیاه الجوفیة وتتأثر كمیة وجوده بطبیعة المنطقة والنشاط الز ب/ملغم (200) الي والشكل [43]لتر منھ مسموح بھا للتواجد حس ى (14)وعند متابعة النتائج في البحث الح نالحظ أن أعل أما .لتر/ملغم (1.767)لتر وأدنى معدل سجل في شھر أب وبلغ /ملغم (3.083)كانون األول وبلغ معدل سجل في شھر ر آلبار فقد سجل البئ (w3)لتر إما أدنى معدل فسجل في البئر /ملغم (4.783)أعلى معدل وبلغ (w5)بالنسبة الى ا (200)نجد أنھا مقبولة حیث حددت بـ whoو fowووفقاً للمعاییر المعتمدة من . (1)لتر جدول /ملغم (1.45)وبلغ یلھ من ایونات .لتر /ملغم وأمالحھ المعروفة فضال naكما إن بعض الدراسات الحدیثة قد تحذر من تراكیز اقل مما تم تسج ط عن ایونات الكالسیوم والمغنسیوم التي تشكل خطورة بالغة على األوعیة الدمویة والتي تؤدي إلى اإلصابة بإمراض الضغ د (2)وعند المقارنة بین معدالت الصیف والشتاء وكما مبین في الجدول . [47 , 48]والسكتة القلبیة المفاجئة وغیرھا نج الیاً بحوالي ضعفي معدل الصیف حیث بلغأن معدل فصل ال د /ملغم (1.955)و (3.811)شتاء كان ع ي ویعتق لتر على التوال ح ذلك ھو سحب كمیات كبیرة من الماء في فصل الصیف بشكل یومي وعدم إعطاء فرصة لذوبان األمال أن سبب م . [44 , 45]ما ذكره وھذا یتفق مع .والمركبات الحاویة على الصودیوم والسیما كبریتات الصودیو ترتبط كمیة أمالح الكالسیوم و المغنسیوم بشكل مباشر مع العسرة ، إذ كان : ca,mgایونات الكالسیوم و المغنسیوم ز /ملغم 105.7)و (87.0أعلى معدل للكالسیوم و المغنسیوم ین األول وأدنى معدل للكالسیوم في شھر تمو لتر في شھر تشر ل/ملغم (96.2)وأمالح المغنسیوم سجلت أدنى معدل في شھر كانون األول وبلغلتر /ملغم (80.53)بلغ (15و 13)لتر شك .على التوالي ل (w5)لتر والبئر /ملغم (112.243)فسجل أعلى معدل من أیونات المغنسیوم (w1)أما البئر سجل أعلى معد ى معدل الیو/ملغم (89)الیونات الكالسیوم وبلغ ل في بئر لتر أما أدن ر /ملغم (96.849)وبلغ (w2)نات المغنسیوم فسج لت ي بئر ت . (1)لتر جدول /ملغم (78.1)وبلغ (w1)وأدناه للكالسیوم ف عند مقارنة ھذه النتائج مع المعاییر الدولیة والمحددا ھا لآلبار المدروسة ضمن لتر دولیاً فتعد قیم/ملغم (150)لتر للمحددات العراقیة و /ملغم (100)العراقیة المحصورة بین ل .الحدود المسموح بھا دولیاً الت العامة لفصلي الصیف والشتاء جدو إذ نجد أنھا (2)ویتضح ذلك جیداً عند متابعة المعد ل یشك متساویة لكال العنصرین مما یؤكد وجودھما بھذه النسب على مدار السنة ووجود ھذه العناصر بمثل ھذه التراكیز قد ة . [46 , 47 , 48]خطورة على صحة مستعملي ھذه المیاه الت ترتبط بطبیعة المنطقة من الناحی ویعتقد أن ھذه المعد دار ذو ذا الجیولوجیة من حیث الصخور والتربة ومق بان جزیئاتھا في المیاه ووصولھا إلى اآلبار ومجاري المیاه المختلفة وھ . [30 , 31]یتفق مع ما ذكره الباحثون المصـــادر ي بشیر وسعد هللا ,النعمة 1ي اكبر والعلواني ,بشیر عل آلبار (2011)محمود عبد مشعان ,حسن عل صالحیة میاه ا 35-. 43الصفحات (1)العدد 24مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة المجلد .ق العرا– للشرب في مدینة الفلوجة 11ص ,المجموعة اإلحصائیة السنویة لمحافظة دیالى (2005)الجھاز المركزي لإلحصاء وتكنلوجیا المعلومات 2 .المعدلة لقضاء المقدادیة المكتب االستشاري .قضاء المقدادیة –محافظة دیالى وخصائصھا الطبیعیة (2010)التقریر اإلقلیمي لمحافظة دیالى 3 . 228جامعة دیالى عدد الصفحات –الھندسي 4hassam , a.h. and m usa,s.a.(1986) a modified st andard for groundwater for drink ing in 67.-(2):611iraq .jawrr. 5raja, r. e. ;ly dia sh armila , j. and rrincy m erlin,j.(2002) analysis of ground water. j. (2) ,137.22environ rrot., 6patilet,v.t. and partil,p.r.( 2010) phy sicochemical an aly sis of selected groundwater 116-(1) 1117 samples of amalrer town in jalgaon district , maharshtra, india .e. j. of chem. تقدیرات السكان حسب البیئة والجنس والوحدة . (2007)تقدیرات الجھاز المركزي لالحصاء وتكنلوجیا المعلومات 7 . 145لقضاء المقدادیة لمحافظة دیالى عدد الصفحات \ 2007االداریة لسنة دار الحكمة للطباعة .ة ، فحوصات الماء الھندسة العملیة البیئی (1990)عباوي ، سعاد عبد و حسن ، محمد سلیمان 8 . 296 :جامعة الموصل -والنشر ، العراق 9american publ ic health association, apha (1998) standard m ethods for t he examination of water and west water 20 th ed. ,new york. ترجمھ . 224مطبعة جامعھ بغداد عدد الصفحات .الطبعة األولى . طحالب المیاه العذبة(1991) .آلن بكنسون 10 .مولود والموسوي ihjpas 2011 (3) 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة قسم –ر رسالة ماجستی .ھیدرولیجیة وھیدروكیمیائیة نھر دیالى إلى األسفل . (1985)غیده طارق نشأت ,السنوي 11 . 212صفحھ .جامعھ بغداد –كلیة العلوم –علوم األرض ة معالجة المیاه ( 2006 )السلمان ، إبراھیم مھدي والمحبس ، محمد طاھر والكرتیحي علي عیسى 12،تقییم عملی بحثیة والتطبیقیة )مجلة جامعة سبھا .جنوب لیبیا – الصناعیة المعادلة بالمجمع الصناعي بتمنھنت العدد 5مجلد (العلوم ال 2 . (54 37) ي .(2003)عمـر مصـباح ,إبراھیم مھدي و أبو بكـر ,السلمان 13وجي ـف ي للمرشـح البیوـل دور البیـئ دارسـھ أولیـة لتقیـیم اـل د ,والدراسـات لألبحـاث ,مجلـھ الزرقـاء .جنـوب لیبیـا -محطة أعاده استخدام المیاه العادمة المعالجة في مدینـة سـبھا ,المجـل األردن -الزرقاء1 195 ,177العدد 14burns, f.l. and powling ,i.j.( 1981) dest ratification of lakes and reservoirs to imp rove water quality .australian government publishing service canberra, australian water resources, council conference series 2. 15isersel, m .(2010)ec and ph: what is it and why does it matter .dep artment of hort iculture, university of georgia usa . 16akt oto ,o. and adiy iah , j., (2007) .chemical analysis of drinking waer from some communities in brong ahafo region . int .j. eniron. sci. tech., 4(2),211-214. م .(2009)الجھاز المركزي للتقییس والسیطرة النوعیة 17 ي .لمیاه الشرب (417)المواصفات القیاسیة رق التحدیث الثان .العراق –وزارة التخطیط والتعاون اإلنمائي 18who .(2011) guideline of drinking water quality . 3d. ed. incorporating first and second addenda , vol , l : 210-220. recomendatior.(wsh) . geneva . 19fao.(2011). gaid line of drinking water quality guidelines for p arameters of concern in agricultural drainage water . annex 3 – www.fao.int/water-tables/sumtab.htm . 20rao,s. n. and devadus . j. d. (2005) . quality criteria for ground water use for development of an area. j. appi. geo. chem. 7 (1) 9 – 23 . 21oy edele,k.f. (2009) total desolved solids (tds) m app ing ground water using geophy sical method, dep artment of p hy sics, university of , new york sciences journal, 2(3) , 2 30 . 22shshkena , l.a. ( 1974) hy drochemist ry . 1 st edit, press of hy drology , leann grad , ussr.(in russian ) .لیبیا –عامة للبیئة طرابلس الھیئة ال 1الماء من المصدر إلى المكب ط (2002)عون ، احمد -23 24dahiya, s. and kaur , a. (1999) assessment of p hy sic-chmical characteristics of 288 . -(4) , 2816underground water in rur al areas . j. environ p oll, دراسة مقارنة لنوعیة میاه (2011)السلمان ، إبراھیم مھدي و العلواني ، محمود عبد مشعان و إبراھیم ، ثائر محمد -25 ر)العراق مجلة جامعة كربالء العلمیة –اآلبار لمنطقتي المقدادیة والفلوجة . (بحث مقبول للنش 26rani, a.l.and babu, d. s. (2008). astatistical evalution of ground water. chemistry from 192 .-(2) : 186 37 the west coast of tamil nada, india. ind ian j. of marin seiences. vol. 27brtsc (2010) .turbidity and total suspended solids, dep artment of theluterior bureau of reclamations, water treatment engineering and recourses group . fact sheet. 28pragatt hiswaran , c. ; p aruthiral , g. ; p rakash , p. and suganandam , k.(2008) . sta. tus 608 –(4) : 605 14of ground water quality in hosur during summer . ecol. environ. conserve. . 29ishay a , s.l and abaje,h . ( 2009 ). assessment of bore wells water quality in -(2) ,p p .0321grwagwalad a town of fct ..journal of ecolo gy and natural envronment .vol. 036. 30hamed, b.a.;m utwally, h.m . and omar ,s.a.(2009).some phy siological parameters of irr igated with zamazm desalinized or well vulgare l ticumtri.& l viciafabathe yield of 486.-(4) : 480 5water. world journal of a gricutural sciences تلوث المیاه ألجوفیة في حوض التون .(1986)سھیر أزھر ,سعدي وموسى ,احمد حسن وعبد الجبار ,حسن -31 113. 17101(1)مجلھ علوم الحیاة العدد .(العناصر النادرة والثانویة )كوبري ي ,ابراھیم مھدي و المحبس ,السلمان -32 ة . (2008)علي عیسى ,محمد طاھر والكرتیح البحیرات االصطناعیة المبطن راسات الصحراویة .في الجنوب اللیبي وتأثیرھا في ھدر وتملح المیاه المعالجة المعدلة لیبیا العدد السادس،مرزق، ,مجلھ الد ھ ,منشورات جامعھ الفاتح ,كیمیاء وفیزیاء الملوثات البیئیة (1994)عاطف ,عوض وعلیان ,الحصادي -33 الطبع لیبیا –طرابلس ,االولى ihjpas 34-al-m usawi, a. h. and whitton, b. a.(1983) influence of environmental factors on algae in iraqi marshes. arab gulf. j. sci. r es. (1),237-253. رام للنشر ,ملوثات البیئة الطبعة األولى (2002)كمال ,السید 35 216 .جمھوریة مصر العربیة ,دار األھ 36m anivaskam,n.(2005) phy sical chemical examination of water sewage and industrial effluent, 5 th ed. pragati p rakashan meerut – india . 37al-salmain,i.m .a.(1985). study in effect of so4 ions in p hytosy nthetic characteristic of green phyto p lankton. m .s.c. thesis . dep artment of ecology and hydrobiology . college of biolo gy m oscow state university. sssr راھیم والعبیدي،خنساء حمید 38ي حسین و قاسم،ثائر إب دراسة الخصائص (1995)الالمي،علي عبدالزھرة والسعدي،عل .العرق –بغداد –المؤتمر العلمي الثالث عشر لجمعیة علوم الحیاة العراقیة .الفیزیائیة والكیمیائیة لنھر الفرات، العراق دراسة بیئیة لبعض العناصر . (2010)عادل حسین ,حسن علي أكبر وطالب , عباس مرتضى وسعدهللا ,إسماعیل 39ي میاه بحیرة جزیرة بغداد السیاحیة م –المؤتمر العلمي الخامس .العراق /الثقیلة ف علو ر .جامعة بابل –كلیة ال وقائع المؤتم .vol . sasc. ar 5 294– . 309الصفحات 40ramelow, g.j.; fralick, d. and zhao, y.(1992). factors affectin g the uptake of 93.-:8072aqueous metalions by dried seaweed b iornass.m icro. bio. 41united nation (1993).protection of water resources and aquatic ecosy st em ,water-series,no1. 42hosomi,m . and sudo, r.(1986) simultaeous determination of tot al nitrogen and -:26727p hosp horus in freshwater samp les using p resulp hate digestion. int. j. of enviro. stu., 275. 43-british columbia (2007).sodium in ground water . groundwater association. b. c. minist ry of health files .ht tp ://www.bchealth guide.or g/health filas/index.st m. ل 44د فیص د ,مجلھ العلوم والتكنلوجیا ,اھمیة استثمار الماء في نھضة الوطن العربي .(1989)الرفاعي، محمو العد لبنان –تموز بیروت 18-17 یاه الجوفیة في بعض مناطق تصنیف الم (2004)ثروت حكمت ,عالء حمزة و حنا ,محمد رضا و وھیب ,عبود 45بحتة والتطبیقیة ,شعبیة سبھا لالغراض الزراعیة د ,مجلھ جامعة سبھا للعلوم ال – جامعة سبھا (2)88102العدد 2المجل لیبیا 46vieru,n. d. and vieru,n. p.(2010) levels of magnesium , calcium and inorganic comp ounds in water of wells in rural areas of bot osani conty .r.e.s.d.,nr,400-406. 47roselund, m . p. and pep in, d.(2005)dally intake of magnesium and calcium from drinking water in relation to myocardial infarction. j.ep idem. ,16:570-576. 48sauvant, a.;dalfiu,t. and korz etz ,z.(2002) increased sodium concentration in drinking water increase blood p ressure in neonates .j. hy p ertens,20:203-207. المعدالت العامة لقیم الخصائص المدروسة في میاه اآلبار خالل مدة الدراسة :(1 )جدول mg⁺⁺ mg/l ca⁺⁺ mg/l na⁺ mg/l caco3 mg/l po4 mg/l so4 mg/l no2 ¯ mg/l no3 ¯ mg/l cl¯ mg/l th mg/l t ntu ec µ mho/c m tds mg/l ph الموقع 112.243 78.1 2.25 295.17 0.055 352.17 0.016 0.14 1.16 407 7.023 866.5 430.66 7.21 w1 96.849 84.915 1.965 342.5 0.600 204.33 0.018 0.143 0.648 416.3 6.288 1017.8 454.67 7.5 w2 103.362 85.4 1.45 345.33 0.067 236 0.060 0.885 0 426.5 0.197 673.17 368.83 7.51 w3 99.915 81.833 2.267 309.17 0.19 294.83 0.033 0.313 0 412.7 0.16 719 788.5 7.5 w4 108.287 89 4.783 309 0.11 238.67 0.007 0.072 0.518 444.5 0.192 1165.8 679 7.41 w5 102.115 83.5 2.65 292 0.266 214.83 0.033 0.461 0.833 418.3 0.372 1584.5 679.83 7.23 w6 =th ***، العسرة الكلیة t=turbidity **** العكورة total har dness ،**ntu=nephe lom etric turbidity unit بئر ، =*w العامة لقیم الخصائص المدروسة في میاه اآلبار خالل فصلي الصیف والشتاءالمعدالت :( 2 )جدول mg⁺⁺ (mg/l) ca⁺⁺ (mg/l) na⁺ (mg/l ) caco 3 (mg/l) po4 (mg/l ) so4 (mg/l) no2 ¯ (mg/l ) no3 ¯ (mg/l ) cl¯ (mg/l ) th (mg/l) t ntu ec µ ho/cm tds (mg/l) ph 100.4 6 82.420 1.955 320.06 0.158 238.8 9 0.023 0.294 0.939 419.3 5 3.84 938.6 530.9 9 7.3 7 أشھر الصی ف 101.5 9 85016 0 3.811 299.56 0.104 268.7 2 0.032 0.550 0.170 427.8 9 0.90 0 917.9 9 665.7 7 7.3 9 أشھر لشتاء ا ihjpas 2011 (3) 24المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة . المقدادیة قضاء موقع علیها مبین العراق خارطة: a )1( شكل b :العینات أخذ مواقع علیها مبین المقدادیة قضاء خارطة . 24(3) 2011المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة w3 w 6 w4 w2 w5 w1 دیالى محافظة=1 2= اء المقدادیة قض w=بئر( العینات أخذ موقع( بغداد ← خانقین 1 2 ← a b معدل ال ihjpas ة اآلبار لمیاه الھیدروجیني األس تركیز معدل): 2( شكل البحث مدة خالل المدروس ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه tds الكلیة الذائبة الصلبة المواد تراكیز معدل): 3(شكل البح ة تراكیز معدل): 4(شكل ة التوصیلی ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه ecالكھربائی البح ز راكی الت ملغم / ر لت ز راكی الت س سمن رو مایك / سم w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 ز راكی الت ملغم / ر لت 7.38 7.35 7.39 7.41 7.38 7.39 45 9.3 57 7.8 51 9.8 76 9.3 59 3.7 63 4.7 معدل ال 92 8.2 91 5.0 97 2.7 87 5.3 90 1.3 97 7.3 معدل ال ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب ihjpas 24(3) 2011المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة ة اآلبار لمیاه العكورة تراكیز معدل): 5(شكل البحث مدة خالل المدروس ة العسرة تراكیز معدل) :6(شكل البحث مدة خالل المقدادیة أبار ه لمیاه الكلی ة خالل مدة البحثمعدل تراكیز ) :7(شكل الكلوراید لمیاه اآلبار المدروس ث no2معدل تراكیز الـ ): 8(شكل لمیاه اآلبار المدروسة خالل مدة البح ز التركی ملغم / ر لت n t u حدة و رة عكو w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 3.527 3.783 4.220 1.778 0.585 0.338 معدل ال 42 4.7 40 9.2 42 4.2 43 5.0 42 3.3 42 5.3 معدل ال 0.982 1.167 0.667 0.160 0.185 0.167 معدل ال ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب ز التركی ملغم / ر لت ــار اآلـب 0.020 0.035 0.013 0.020 0.068 0.008 معدل ال ihjpas 24(3) 2011المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة ث no3 معدل تراكیز الـ): 9(شكل لمیاه اآلبار المدروسة خالل مدة البح ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه الكبریتات تراكیز معدل): 10(شكل البح ت تراكیز معدل :)11(شكل ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه po4الفوسفا البح ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه caco3الكالسیوم كربونات تراكیز معدل): 12(شكل البح ز التركی ملغم / ر لت ز راكی الت ملغم / ر لت ز التركی ملغم / ر لت w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 ز التركی ز التركی ملغم / ر لت 24 5.3 27 4.2 19 7.2 19 7.0 28 8.3 33 8.8 معدل ال 0.133 0.223 0.118 0.120 0.115 0.078 30 1.0 29 9.5 35 9.7 37 4.2 27 3.0 25 2.5 معدل ال ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب معدل ال 0.250 0.493 0.139 0.260 0.978 0.412 معدل ال w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 4 3 2 1 0 ihjpas 24(3) 2011المجلد والتطبیقیة الصرفة للعلوم الهیثم ابن مجلة ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه mg المغنیسیوم تراكیز معدل): 13(شكل البح ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه ca الكالسیوم تراكیز معدل): 15(شكل البح ز التركی ملغم / ر لت ز التركی ملغم / ر لت ز التركی ملغم / ر لت w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 w1 w2 w3 w4 w6 w5 w3 w1 w2w4 w5 w6 ث مدة خالل المدروسة اآلبار لمیاه naالصودیوم تراكیز معدل): 14(شكل البح 1.815 1.767 2.283 2.883 3.067 3.083 معدل ال 80 .53 81 .90 84 .83 87 .00 84 .67 83 .82 معدل ال ــار اآلـب ــار اآلـب 99 .05 98 .46 10 3.8 10 5.7 10 2.9 96 .23 معدل ال ihjpas ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.24 (3) 2011 a studyof the physicochemical characteristics of selected wells o f al-migdadiyah town – dyala/iraq t. m. ibrahim departme nt of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad received in: 23 august 2011 accepte d in:18 october 2011 abstract phy sicochemical characterist ics of groundwater in al-m iqdadiyah town were st udied by taking random water samples from six differents wells from july to december 2010. the results were comp ared with the international st andards for drinking-water of who and fao and the iraqian limits . fourt een p arameters were analysed. it was found that most of st udied wells waters in the allowed limits for drinking water . excep t w1 & w2 which had the hight values of turbidity during summer season only . the p resent st udy showed clear differents between winter & summer values in (turbidity , tds , cl , no2 and na) . while the remaining characterist ics showed exiguous differences in the same p eriod .although , the most of results refer to the p arameters with in p rescribed limit of water quality for drinking p urp ose but the p resence of na ,m g and ca ions in addition to the total hardness which considered dangerous health indicator mast att ention to select the suitable treatment methods and sp ecial health st udies on t he pop ulation which used these waters for different p urp oses . keywords : p hysicochemical characterist ics , groundwater , wells ihjpas microsoft word 364-371 الكيمياء | 364 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 تحضير عدد من األمينات المعوضة على سداسي كلورو ثالثي فوسفازين الحلقي صفاء عبد الرحمن احمد السامرائي نبأ نبيل محمد البيراغ قسم الكيمياء / كلية التربية / جامعة سامراء ٢٠١٥ شباط 23 قبل البحث في: ،٢٠١٥ كانون الثاني13 استلم البحث في: الخالصة ير المركب ( 4cl3n3(p(bc)2 (والمركب p)5cl3n3(2) ((dpa)والمركب p)15cl3n3) ((nam)تم تحض )dوالبنزوكائين ( )c، ثنائي فنيل أمين ()bالنيكوتين أميد (و ) aمن تفاعل سداسي كلورو ثالثي فوسفازين الحلقي ( (3) ftirطة طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء ابنسب مولية مختلفة وبوجود ثالثي اثيل امين. تم تشخيص المركبات المحضرة بوس . p31h, 1وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي الفوسفازينات، سداسي كلورو ثالثي فوسفازين الحلقي، ثماني كلورو رباعي فوسفازين الحلقي. الكلمات المفتاحية: الكيمياء | 365 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة نف من المركبات التي تمتلك مجموعة فازينات ص ناف المھمة في كيمياء دھا، وتعتركيبفي -p=n–الفوس من األص فور والنتروجين فازي وتمتلك .]٣-١[الفوس ائص مثيرة لالھتمام حيث تظھر خواص مقاومة للحرارة نتيجة ناتالفوس خص ار عالٍ فور والنيتروجين، وتعد ذات معامالت انكس ريات غير الخطية لمحتواھا العالي من الفوس ولھا تطبيقات في البص من اً تمتلك أيضا ً عدد . وھذه المركبات]٤[كونھا مواد لھا خاصية االستقطاب الكھربائي المستمر وكونھا مواد فعالة ضوئيا ، وقد تم دراسة الفعالية البيولوجية ]٥[الخصائص والتطبيقات الحيوية نتيجةً المتالكھا فعالية قوية كونھا مواد مضادة لألورام .]٦[لھذه المركبات كونھا مواد مضادة للميكروبات والبكتريا أول المركبات 8cl4n4pوثماني كلورو رباعي فوسفازين الحلقي 6cl3n3p سداسي كلورو ثالثي فوسفازين الحلقي ة التي تم عزلھا في عام فور (]١[م١٨٣٠الحلقية غير المتجانس ي كلوريد الفوس مع كلوريد )5pcl، من تفاعل خماس ). ١حتى اآلن تم تحضير عدة انواع من الفوسفازينات الحلقية كما في الشكل (و .)cl4nhاالمونيوم ( اً ، ووجد أن عدد]٧[) مادة بادئة في تحضير مشتقات جديدة مھمة6cl3n3pد سداسي كلورو ثالثي فوسفازين الحلقي (يع نتائج تفاعل مشتقات الفوسفازين مع الكواشف النيوكليوفيلية تعتمد .]٩،٨[من ھذه المشتقات تظھر خصائص حيوية وعقارية . ]١٠[على ظروف التفاعل الجزء العملي يتون وثنائي ط تبريد. المذيبات األس ائل وحمام الثلج الجاف كوس تعمال حمام النتروجين الس ير المركبات باس تم تحض رائه من (]١١[اثيل ايثر النقي والجاف فازين الحلقي النقي تم ش ي كلورو ثالثي فوس داس ). النيكوتين cross organic. س ) تم تنقيته وتقطيره n3et). بينما ثالثي اثيل امين (merckفنيل امين من ( ) وثنائيbdhاميد، البنزوكائين مجھزة من ( قبل االستعمال. ير المركب . ١ cyclotriphosphazene -pentachloro2-2,4,4,6,6 (nicotinamide)تحض (nam)5cl3n3p: ير المركب فازين 5cl3n3p(nam)تم تحض ي كلورو فوس داس مع ) ,6cl3n3p)1mmol0.35gmمن تفاعل س د ( ل امين nam) (0.122gm, 1mmol)النيكوتين أمي ب وبوجود ثالثي اثي ذي انول كم ال األيث تعم اس ,0.14ml) ب 1mmol ائل لمدة تعمال حمام النتروجين الس تمر، تم إجراء التفاعل في قنينة مغلقة وباس اعات. وتم ٣) مع التحريك المس س ).١. المخطط (%95الحصول على المركب بعد الترشيح وتبخر المذيب، نسبة الناتج cyclotriphosphazene -pentachloro 2-2,4,4,6,6 (diphenyamine)تحضير المركب . ٢ (dpa)5cl3n3p: مع ثنائي 6cl3n3(0.35gm, 1mmol) p من تفاعل سداسي كلورو فوسفازين 5cl3n3p(dpa)تم تحضير المركب ل امين ( ل امينdpa) (0.169gm, 1mmol)فني ب وبوجود ثالثي اثي ذي ال األيثر كم تعم اس ,0.14ml) (n3et) ب 1mmol ائل لمدة تعمال حمام النتروجين الس تمر، تم إجراء التفاعل في قنينة مغلقة وباس اعات. وتم ٣) مع التحريك المس س ).٢. المخطط (%77الحصول على المركب بعد الترشيح وتبخر المذيب ، نسبة الناتج ير المركب . ٣ di(benzocaine)cyclotriphosphazene -tetrachloro 2,4-2,4,6,6تحض 2(bc)4cl3n3p: ير المركب فازين 4cl3n3p(bc)2تم تحض ي كلورو فوس داس 6cl3n3(0.35gm, 1mmol) p من تفاعل س يتون الجاف كمذيب وبوجود ثالثي اثيل امينbc) (0.34gm, 2mmol)مع البنزوكائين ( تعمال األس ) n3et) باس )0.28ml, 2mmolتعمال حمام ثلجي لمد تمر، تم إجراء التفاعل في قنينة مغلقة وباس اعات. وتم ٥ ة) مع التحريك المس س ).٣. المخطط (%66خر المذيب ، نسبة الناتج الحصول على المركب بعد الترشيح وتب النتائج والمناقشة ) ١والموضحة في الجدول رقم ( تم تشخيص المركبات المحضرة للتأكد من نقاوتھا عن طريق قياس درجة انصھارھا لصناعة في مختبرات الشركة العامة buchiالمجھز من شركة melting pointباستعمال جھاز قياس درجة االنصھار ذو المدى ftir-8400sء طة طيف األشعة تحت الحمرااسامراء. وكذلك تم تشخيصھا بوس االدوية والمستلزمات الطبية/ )1-4000cm-500( ركة تلزمات في مختبرات shimadzuوالمجھز من ش ناعة االدوية والمس ركة العامة لص الش الكيمياء | 366 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 امراء الطبية/ ي ، س في nmrp 31h,1 )500mhz spectrometer-(brukerوطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيس .٣-١المركبات المحضرة تظھر في المخططات ./ كلية العلوم/ قسم الكيمياءusm مختبرات جامعة العلوم الماليزية :irطيف األشعة تحت الحمراء عة تحت الحمراء للمركب ( اص عند الموقع ١يظھر طيف األش عة تعود إلى مجمو 3425cm-1) حزمة امتص h)-n(υ) اص مجموعة اص مجموعة ( 1625cm.-1عند c=cυ)، وحزمة امتص تظھر عند c=o(υوحزمة امتص 1-1672cm) اص لمجموعة اص ( 1207cm-1عند υ)p=n، بينما تظھر حزمة االمتص تظھر cl-p(υ، وحزمة امتص .للمركبات المحضرة ftir) يوضح طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء ٢، الجدول رقم ( ]١٢[607cm-1عند :p nmr31 طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ي اطيس ب ( p nmr31يظھر طيف الرنين النووي المغن د الموقع ٢للمرك ة عن ائي ارة ثن ، 12.777ppm) إش 12.507ppm 2(تمثل مجموعة(pcl 1.205في حلقة الفوسفازين، أما اإلشارة الثالثية عند الموقعppm ، 0.893ppm 0.823وppmح طيف الرنين النووي ٣] ، الجدول رقم (١٣،١٤[ند مع الحلقةاتمثل ارتباط الليك ) يوض .للمركبات المحضرة p nmr31المغناطيسي :h nmr1طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ي اطيس ب ( h nmr1يظھر طيف الرنين النووي المغن د المواقع ) ٣للمرك ة عن ارة ثالثي ، =1.338ppmδhإش δh=1.380ppm ، δh=1.432ppm ارة أحادية عند المواقع تقابل δh=2.602ppmتقابل بروتون مجموعة المثيل، وإش ل ( تعم ب المس ذي ات الم د الموقع dmsoبروتون ة عن اعي ارة رب ، δh=4.356ppm ،δh=4.386ppm)، وإش δh=4.409ppm ، δh=4.412ppm ن عند المواقع ن ثنائيتيـ ، δh=6.909ppmتقابل بروتونات مجموعة األثيل. وإشارتيـ δh=6.932ppm و δh=7.824pmm ،δh=7.862ppm ارة األحادية عند الموقع تعود إلى بروتونات الحلقة، أما األش δh=6.750ppm ١٥[تقابل بروتون مجموعة االميد[. المصادر 1. liebig, j. ,(1834) , ueber die darstellung des mercaptans und den schwefelcyanäther , ann. chem. , 11 , 1 , (14-18). 2. gleria, m. and de jaeger, r. ,(2004) , phosphazenes: a worldwide insight , nova science publishers , new york . 3. gladstone, j.h. and holmes, j.d. , (1864) , on chlorophosphuret of nitrogen, and its products of decomposition j. chem. soc. , 17 , (225-237). 4. olshavsky, m.a. and allcock, h.r. , (1995) , polyphosphazenes with high refractive indices: synthesis , macromolecules , 28 , 18 , (6188-6197). 5. jun, y.j.; kim, j.i.; jun m.j. and sohn, y.s. , (2005) , selective tumor targeting by enhanced permeability and retention effect. synthesis and antitumor activity of polyphosphazene-platinum (ii) conjugates , j. inorg. biochem. , 99 , 8 , (1593–1601). 6. brandt, k.; kruszynski, r.; bartczak, t.j. and czomperlik, i.p. , (2001) , aids-related lymphoma screen results and molecular structure determination of a new crown ether bearing aziridinylcyclophosphazene , potentially capable of ion-regulated dna cleavage action , inorg. chim. acta. , 322 , (1-2) , (138-144). 7. schenk, r. and romer, g. , (1924) ,berichte der deutschen chemischen gesellschaft(a and b series) , eur. j. inorg. chem. , 57 , 8 , ( 1343-1355). 8. laurencin, c.t.; koh, h.g.; neenan, t.x.; allcock, h.r. and langer, r. , (1987) , controlled release using a new biodegradable polyphosphazene matrix system, j. biomed. mater. res. , 21 , (1231-1246). 9. andrianov, a.k.; svirkin, y.y. and legolvan, m.p. , (2004) , synthesis and biologically relevant properties of polyphosphazene polyacids , biomacromolecules , 5 , 5 , (19992006). الكيمياء | 367 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 10. das, r.n.; shaw, r.a.; smith, b.c. and woods, m. , (1973) , j. chem. soc , dalton trans., phosphorus–nitrogen compounds. part xxxiv. the reactions of hexachloro cyclotriphosphazatriene with ethylamine: comparisons with isopropylamine and tbutylamine, 7 ,(709-715). 11. ahmed, s.a. , (2013) , synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of geminal and non-geminal amino derivatives of hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene. , sci. int.(lahore). , 25 , 1 , (85-89). 12. salah, m. , (2011) , the in-situ reaction of hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene with (2and 4hydroxyaniline) in the presence of 25 mole percent epoxidized natural rubber , iraqi national jornal of chemistry , 43 , (447-466). 13. ozay, h.; yildiz m and dulger b , (2010) , u.h. usyin synthesis, spectroscopic studies and antimicrobial activity of tetrakis (4-bromo-2-formylphenoxy) cyclotriphosphazene and its imino-amino derivatives , asia. j. chem. , 22 , 5 , (3813-3823). 14. kühl, o. , (2008) , phosphorus-31nmr spectroscopy: a concise introduction for the synthetic organic and organometallic chemist.berlin heidelberg:springer-verlag , 9783-540-79117-1. 15. teotonio, e.s.; espinola, j.g.; brito, h.f.; etal. , (2002) , influence of the n(methylpyridyl) acetamide ligands on the photoluminescent properties of eu(iii)perchlorate complexes , polyhydron , 21 , 18 , (1837-1844). ): بعض الصفات الفيزيائية للمركبات المحضرة.١( رقم جدول yield%m.p ˚c color m. wt formula complex 95% 245˚c white 433.31 3op5n5cl5h6c 1 77% 102-103˚c white 480.41 3p4n5cl10h12c 2 66% 151-153˚c white 620.15 3p4o5n4cl23h19c 3        الكيمياء | 368 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 للمركبات المحضرة. ir): طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء ٢( رقم جدول .p nmr31) : طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي ٣جدول رقم ( )ppm2pcl( (p(nh)cl )ppm complex 0.747, 1.448 -1.198, -1.022, -1.388 1 12.777, 12.507 -1.205, -0.893, -0.823 2 1.151, 1.310, 1.384 -12.759, -13.460 3 hn hp n h ph nh h p n p n p n p n p n p n p ohho ho ho oh oh n p n p n p clcl cl cl cl cl cyclotriphosphazene hexahydroxy cyclo triphosphazenetriene cyclotriphosphazenetriene hexachlorocyclotri phosphazenetriene ): بعض انواع مشتقات ثالثي فوسفازين الحلقي.١(رقم شكل 1-pcl)cm(υ 1-n)cm-(pυ 1-p=n)cm(υ 1-c=o)cm(υ 1-c=c)cm(υ 1-nh)cm(υ complex 607(s) 882(m) 1207(s) 1672(s) 1625(s) 3425(m) 1 603(s) 895(m) 1204(s) …… 1605(s) …… 2 562(m) 805(m) 1150(s) 1650(s) 1600(m) 3240(m) 3 الكيمياء | 369 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 nam5cl3n3.p): طيف االشعة تحت الحمراء للمركب ( )٢(رقم شكل 5cl3n3.p(dpa)للمركب p nmr31: طيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي )٣( رقم شكل الكيمياء | 370 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 4cl3n3.p(bc)2 للمركب h nmr1: طيف الرنين لنووي المغناطيسي )٤( رقم شكل الكيمياء | 371 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 synthesis a number of amino substitutions on hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene safaa a. al-samarrai naba' n. al-berag dept. of chemistry / college of education/ university of samarra received in: 13 january 2015, accepted in 23 february 2015 abstract: (dpa)) 5cl3n3(nam)) and compound (2) (p5cl3n3the preparation of compound (1) ((p ) of the reaction hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene (a) and 2(bc)4cl3n3and compound (3) ((p nicotinamide (b), di phenylamine (c) and benzocaine (d) at different rates and by the frared inir -presence of triethylamine. the synthesized compounds were characterized by ft p nmr spectrum. 31h,1 and spectrum keywords: phosphazenes, hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene, octachlorocyclotetraphosphazene. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 232 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract objectives: obesity rates have increased globally with increase in the incidence of comorbidities especially type 2 diabetes mellitus. a cross-sectional study was conducted on healthy obese adults to estimate: (i) comparisons of anthropometric indicators, lipid profile, and glycemic profile in obese compared with non-obese, and (ii) the association of anthropometrics and lipid profile with glycemic profile in obese adults. methods: the study includes 120 individual with aged ranged (25 – 55) years were enrolled in this study. they were divided into two groups: group one (g1) consist of 90 patients with a body mass index (bmi) of more than 25 kg/m2. group two (g2) of 30 healthy adults as a control group with (bmi) of less than 25 kg/m2.waist circumference (wc), hip circumference (hc), and waist/hip ratio (whr) as anthropometric indicators, and fasting serum lipid profile, glycated hemoglobin (hba1c), and homeostatic model assessment for insulin resistance (homa-ir) as biochemical variables were assessed. statistical significance (α) was set at (p<0.05).results: based on independent samples t-test analysis acted as a significant comparison between non-obese and obese groups, anthropometrics and biochemical variables exhibited highly significant higher in obese compared with non-obese. also, a positive significant correlation was found between wc and whr with both of homa-ir and hba1c. finally, a positive significant association of homa-ir with triglycerides (tg), total cholesterol (tc), very low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (vldl-c), low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (ldl-c) except for high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (hdl-c), no significance was found as well as hba1c showed only positive significant association with ldl-c. in conclusion, the present study demonstrated that wc was the strongest indicator for increasing homa-ir than whr. also, this study revealed that abnormalities in lipid profile in obese participants have shown strong positive association with homa-ir, particularly ldl-c. keywords: obesity, visceral fat, lipid profile, insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes mellitus. doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3036 article history: received 25 september 2022, accepted 31 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq a comparative biochemical study between patient’s obese and healthy asmaa salman jasim department of chemistry,college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad iraq. asmaa.salman1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq perry habib saifullah department of chemistry,college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad iraq. perryhs_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:asmaa.salman1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:perryhs_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 233 1. introduction obesity rates have increased globally with an increased in the incidence of comorbidities; particularly type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm). adiposity in the abdomen, particularly visceral adipose tissue (vat), is thought to be a risk factor for the release of proinflammatory mediators and is linked to an increase in dyslipidemia, t2dm and cardiovascular disease (cvd) [1]. the characteristic dyslipidemia of obesity is associated with elevated (tg), (tc), (vldl-c) and free fatty acids (ffa), decreased hdl-c with hdl dysfunction and normal or slightly elevated ldl-c with elevated small dense ldl [2]. atherogenic dyslipidemia refers to the physiologically related combination of lipid abnormalities, such as hypertriglyceridemia and low hdl. in numerous studies conducted in different countries, this pattern of dyslipidemia has demonstrated a high association with t2dm and cvd [3-5]. with this background on the importance of abnormalities in lipid profile, central obesity and glycemic indices as a risk factors for t2dm disease in obese people, this current study was conducted on 120 adults with various bmis to investigate whether (i) lipid profile(tc, tg, hdlc, vldl-c, and ldl-c) as well as abdominal obesity indicators (wc and whr) could predict the bmi, and (ii) any association between glycemic profile, including (homa-ir) and (hb1ac) with bmi, wc, whr as well as lipid profile. 2. subjects and methods 2.1 subjects a cross-sectional design was performed in the current study. during the period of september 2021 to january 2022, all volunteers were recruited from nu'man teaching hospital, bagdad, iraq after obtaining their consent to participate in the research using written informed consent as an ethical consideration. more than ten were refused participation in this study, and three individuals were excluded from the study on the basis of their hba1c test results that were higher than (6.5%). after excluding any pathology that could alter the results of the study, including, rheumatoid arthritis, type 2 diabetes mellitus, thyroid diseases, cancer, pregnant women, and hypertension, 120 subjects were finally included in this analysis. the participants aged 25-55 years’ old were divided into non-obese group with bmi less than 25 kg/m2 and obese group with bmi more than 24.9 kg/m2, matching the ages between them. 2.2 methods demographic and anthropometric information were taken through the interview, including gender, age, the history of current diseases, height, weight, bmi, wc, hc, and whr. bmi was estimated from dividing weight in kilograms by the square of height in square metres. blood sample were obtained after an overnight fasting to evaluate fasting blood sugar (fbs), fasting insulin (ins), and lipid profile. insulin levels were assessed with an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (elisa). hba1c levels were estimated with a sandwich immunodetection method. (tc), (tg), (hdl-c), and fbs were assessed by enzymatic oxidation method. (vldl-c) and (ldl-c) were calculated using friedewald equation [6]. (homa-ir) was estimated according to the following formula [(fasting ins × fbs) mg/dl / 405] [7]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 234 2.3 statistical analysis all analysis and graphs were conducted using the ibm spss software v.22. the data were expressed as mean±sd for numerical values. to examine differences in characteristics between non-obese and obese groups, we performed independent samples ttest. correlations between study variables were conducted using pearson correlation. all of the analyzes were donated (p<0.05) as significantly significant. 3. results comparison of anthropometric measurement and body composition analysis parameters between the two groups showed that (120) adults were included: 90 obese (25 males, 65 females) and 30 non-obese with (8 males, 22 females). their characteristics are detailed in table 1. obese participants showed significantly higher than non-obese participants for wc, whr, homa-ir, hba1c, and lipid profile except for hdl-c that non-obese participants exhibited significantly higher levels than obese participants. the results of pearson correlation analysis between anthropometrics and lipid profile with glycemic profile. positive associations of wc and whr with homa-ir and hba1c were found, as shown in table 2. the most surprising aspect of the data is that a positive significant correlation (p<0.05) was showed between homa-ir with tg, tc, vldl-c, and ldl-c except for hdlc, no significance was found. no significant correlation (p>0.05) was found between hba1c and tg, tc, hdl, and vldl except ldl where a positive significant correlation was showed. their association results are detailed in table 2. table 1. comparison of demographic, anthropometric, and biochemical variables between non-obese and obese participants non-0bese obese (mean±sd) (mean±sd) p-value demographic variables n(120) 30 90 male 8(26.7%) 25(27.8%) female 22(73.3%) 65(72.2%) anthropometric variables bmi (kg/m2 ) 22.9±1.78 32.49±4.33 p<0.001 wc (cm) 78.93±8.23 102.89±13.21 p<0.001 whr 0.78±0.045 0.96±0.085 p<0.001 biochemical variables homa-ir 0.33±0.09 0.86 ±0.17 p<0.001 hba1c (%) 4.93±0.35 5.29±0.38 p<0.001 tg (mg/dl) 102.54±15.8 150.93±18.07 p<0.001 tc (mg/dl) 115.46±14.8 187.9± 23.43 p<0.001 hdl (mg/dl) 56.6±12.8 40.06±12.26 p<0.001 vldl (mg/dl) 20.51±3.2 30.19±3.6 p<0.001 ldl (mg/dl) 46.31±12.98 101.8±19.09 p<0.001 donates statistical significance (p<0.05). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 235 4. discussion as mentioned in casadei and kiel review, anthropometrics are important as diagnostic criteria for obesity, which significantly increases the risk for conditions such as cardiovascular disease, hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and many others [8]. bmi is a simple and widespread indicator for the diagnosis of obesity. the present study was designed to determine the relationship between obesity (higher than 25 kg/m2) and metabolic syndrome, especially insulin resistance, and broadly supports the work of other studies in this area linking obesity with insulin resistance [9], [10]. table 2. pearson correlations between anthropometric variables and lipid profile with glycemic profile. in addition to previous explanations of bmi, wc and whr are more accurate anthropometric measures to describe body fat distribution especially subcutaneous adipose tissue (sat) and visceral adipose tissue (vat) accumulation [11]. the results of present study indicate that the central obesity measures (wc and whr) exhibited higher values in obese group than in non-obese group as well as association of wc and whr with bmi that agrees with jabłonowska-lietz et al. and nadeem et al. studies [12], [13]. as shown in figure 1. another important finding in this study is that there is a significant and progressive increase of homa-ir and hb1ac according to bmi as shown in figure 1, in accordance with previous studies [14-16]. fernstrom et al. study explained increasing of homa-ir levels in obese people from their study. they observed that individuals who consumed more sugar and carbohydrates than is advised had higher homa-ir levels. additionally, they showed that young individuals' healthy insulin resistance (homa-ir) and reduce the risk of developing diabetes were correlated with the recommended diet of seafood, fruits, and vegetables [17]. abnormalities in the lipid profile have been found to be a significant complication that predisposes to a variety of diseases, including cardiovascular disease, diabetes, and obesity. in the current study, as shown in figure 1, the finding is consistent with the work of other studies in this area linking lipid profile with bmi [18-22]. it also seems possible that the impacts of obesity on lipid metabolism are depending on the distribution of adipose tissues. increased vat and upper trunk sat are associated with higher tg and lower hdl-c levels [23], as well as a pro-inflammatory feature of obesity that also alters lipid metabolism by activating resistin that lead to increased generation and secretion of vldl through activating lipolysis in adipocytes, de novo fatty acid and triglycerides synthesis [24]. however, moussavi et al. study showed no significant difference for tc, tg, ldl, and hdl between overweight/obese subjects and normal weight subjects [25]. furthermore, the researchers from the moor et al. study concluded that, despite the fact that dyslipidemia affects half of the sample's obese cameroonian adults, it is unaffected by bmi [26]. this differs from the findings presented here. variables bmi wc whr tg tc hdl vldl ldl homa-ir r 0.811 0.649 0.447 0.351 0.319 -0.11 0.355 0.535 p-value 0.000* 0.000* 0.000* 0.001* 0.002* 0.301 0.001* 0.000* hba1c % r 0.318 0.335 0.362 0.142 0.085 -0.183 0.126 0.364 p-value 0.002* 0.001* 0.000* 0.183 0.425 0.084 0.236 0.000* *donates statistical significance (p < 0.05). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 236 the current study results in table 2 showed a highly significant positive correlation (p<0.01) of homa-ir and hba1c with wc and whr. several studies reported similar results of the present study [27-29]. excess carbohydrate consumption increases triglyceride synthesis in the liver and adipose tissues, and elevated triglyceride levels increase central fat (representative of visceral fat), which is responsible for the release of various adipokines (such as resistin, visfatin, and tumor necrosis factor-alpha (tnf-α)) that are associated positively with insulin resistance and negatively with insulin sensitivity. these explanations are in concordance with the results of the other studies, which also showed wc as the best predictor of insulin resistance [30], [31]. dyslipidemia is recognized as an independent risk factor for type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm) development [32]. according to the chen et al. study, those with hyperlipidemia are more than three times more likely to develop t2dm than individuals with healthy lipids [33]. however, the role of dyslipidemia in the progression from normal glucose tolerance to diabetes remains unknown. the results of the correlational analysis were presented in table 2 and showed a significant association of lipid abnormalities with homa-ir particularly (tg, tc, vldl, and ldl) and hba1c with ldl, in partial accordance with lin et al. study showed that all lipid indices were correlated with homa-ir and hba1c [34]. the most striking result to emerge from the data is that ldl, in accordance with previous studies have demonstrated that ldl levels were positively correlated with glycemic profile [35], [36]. another interesting finding is that a positive association of tg and tc with homa-ir, similar to what has been previously reported in other studies [37], [38]. they also reported a significant correlation with hdl, in contrast to our findings of no association between hdl levels and homa-ir. a possible explanation for these findings is impaired insulin signaling, which leads to the increased hepatic secretion of vldl as well as late clearance of tg-rich lipoproteins, owing to increased substrate levels of tg synthesis [39]. furthermore, insulin resistance reduces lipoprotein lipase activity, resulting in delayed clearance of tg-rich lipoproteins, resulting in small dense ldl-c and lower hdl-c levels [40]. another reason for this may be that the accumulation figure1. comparisons of demographic, anthropometric, and biochemical variables between non-obese and obese participants. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 237 of visceral fat in obesity generates an increase in free fatty acids, which induces adipocyte inflammation and consequently reduced insulin sensitivity, thus changing lipid metabolism [41]. 5. conclusion in this paper, we showed that obesity, defined by bmi, wc, and whr contributing homa-ir elevation as well as wc was the strongest indicator for increasing homa-ir than whr. also, our findings demonstrated that abnormalities in lipid profile in obese participants have shown strong positive association with homa-ir, particularly ldl. however, this analysis had several limitations. first, no inferences could be derived from the current study's cross-sectional approach. second, additional potential factors impacting lipid variables, such as dietary features, were not included in this study. third, the current study employed a small sample size. as a result, future studies that take dietary features into account, as well as additional prospective designs, are required to validate our findings and extend the sample size. references 1. stefan, n. causes, consequences, and treatment of metabolically unhealthy fat distribution. the lancet diabetes & endocrinology. 2020, 8(7), 616-627. 2. klop, b.; elte, j.w.; castro, c.m. dyslipidemia in obesity: mechanisms and potential targets. nutrients. 2013, 5(4),1218-40. 3. irfan, s.r.; safdar, a.m.; habib, s.h.; begum, a.; rahman, a.; mohibullah, a.k. assessment of glycaemic status, bmi and dyslipidemia in a group of official population of bangladesh. bangladesh critical care journal. 2017, 5(1), 42-7. 4. wang, s.; ji, x.; zhang, z.; xue, f. relationship between lipid profiles and glycemic control among patients with type 2 diabetes in qingdao, china. international journal of environmental research and public health. 2020, 17(15), 5317. 5. hami, a.m. association between hba1c and serum lipid profile among a sample of iraqi patients with type2 diabetes mellitus. journal of the faculty of medicine. 2021, 63(3). 6. friedewald, w.t.; levy, r.i.; fredrickson, d.s. estimation of the concentration of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol in plasma, without use of the preparative ultracentrifuge. clinical chemistry.1972, 18(6), 499-502. 7. esteghamati, a.; ashraf, h.; esteghamati, a.r.; meysamie, a.; khalilzadeh, o.; nakhjavani, m.; abbasi, m. optimal threshold of homeostasis model assessment for insulin resistance in an iranian population: the implication of metabolic syndrome to detect insulin resistance. diabetes research and clinical practice.2003, 84(3), 279-287. 8. casadei,k.; kiel, j.; freidl, m. triceps tendon injuries. current sports medicine reports. 2020, 19(9), 367-72. 9. kojta, i.; chacińska, m.; błachnio, z. a. obesity, bioactive lipids, and adipose tissue inflammation in insulin resistance. nutrients. 2020, 12(5),1305. 10. sripetchwandee, j.; chattipakorn, n.; chattipakorn, s.c. links between obesity-induced brain insulin resistance, brain mitochondrial dysfunction, and dementia. frontiers in endocrinology. 2018,9,496. 11. ross, r.;neeland, i.j.; yamashita, s.; shai, i.; seidell, j.; magni, p.; santos, r.d.; arsenault, b.; cuevas, a.; hu, f.b.; griffin, b.a. waist circumference as a vital sign in clinical practice: a consensus statement from the ias and iccr working group on visceral obesity. nature reviews endocrinology.2020, 16(3), 177-189. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 238 12. jabłonowska-lietz, b.; wrzosek, m.; włodarczyk, m.; nowicka, g.new indexes of body fat distribution, visceral adiposity index, body adiposity index, waist-to-height ratio, and metabolic disturbances in the obese. kardiologia polska (polish heart journal).2017, 75(11), 1185-1191. 13. nadeem, m.i.; bakar, y.i.a.; akram, s.; baig, a.a. correlation of anthropometric indices with lipid profile indices among malay obese and non-obese subjects in malaysia. nutrition & food science. 2020, 51(2), 278-288. 14. park, j.; lee, h. obesity as associated factors for insulin, fasting blood sugar, and hemoglobin a1c in korean adults. journal of digital convergence. 2019, 17(10), 349-357. 15. martinez, k.e.; tucker, l.a.; bailey, b.w.; lecheminant, j.d. expanded normal weight obesity and insulin resistance in us adults of the national health and nutrition examination survey. journal of diabetes research. 2017, vol. 2017, 8 pages. 16. boye, k.s.; lage, m.j.; shinde, s.; thieu, v.; bae, j.p. trends in hba1c and body mass index among individuals with type 2 diabetes: evidence from a us database 2012–2019. diabetes therapy. 2021, 12(7), 2077-2087. 17. fernström, m.; fernberg, u.; hurtig-wennlöf, a. insulin resistance (homa-ir) and body fat (%) are associated to low intake of fruit and vegetables in swedish, young adults: the crosssectional lifestyle, biomarkers and atherosclerosis study. bmc nutrition. 2019, 5(1), 1-9. 18. archana, a.v.; ahmad, n.; gupta, a. study of body mass index (bmi) and serum lipid profile of patients at a tertiary hospital: a cross sectional study. int j res med sci. 2018, 6(6), 20602. 19. eslami, o.; shahraki, m.; shahraki, t. obesity indices in relation to lipid abnormalities among medical university students in zahedan, south-east of iran. international journal of preventive medicine. 2019, 10(15). 20. amini, s.; shirali, s.; jafarirad, s.; ehsani, h.; mohseni, h.; bargard, m.s. are lipid profile, body mass index, waist circumference, and blood pressure of depressed elderly patients different from healthy subjects?. international journal of preventive medicine. 2019, 10,185. 21. manawat, r.; shweta, v.k.s. association of anthropometric variables with dyslipidemia in obesity. national journal of physiology, pharmacy and pharmacology. 2020, 10(09), 716721. 22. kiriyama, h.; kaneko, h.; itoh, h.; kamon, t.; mizuno, y.; fujiu, k.; morita, h.; yamamichi, n.; komuro, i. association between changes in body weight and lipid profile in the general population: a community-based cohort study. european heart journal-quality of care and clinical outcomes. 2021, 7(1), 109-110. 23. feingold, k. r. obesity and dyslipidemia. endotext [internet]. 2020. 24. rashid, s.; kastelein, j.j. pcsk9 and resistin at the crossroads of the atherogenic dyslipidemia. expert review of cardiovascular therapy. 2013, 11(11), 1567-77. 25. moussavi javardi, m.s.; madani, z.; movahedi, a.; karandish, m.; abbasi, b. the correlation between dietary fat quality indices and lipid profile with atherogenic index of plasma in obese and non-obese volunteers: a cross-sectional descriptive-analytic case-control study. lipids in health and disease. 2020, 19(1), 1-9. 26. moor, v.j.a.; essama, d.b.; agoons, b.b.; bayem, j.c.; marie, n.g.; jingi, a.m.; nkeck, j.r.; nonga, b.n. lipid profile abnormalities observed in obese cameroonian adults do not depend on their bmi or abdominal circumference. archives of clinical and biomedical research. 2022, 6(1), 30-40. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 239 27. abraham, s.; rubino, d.; sinaii, n.; ramsey, s.; nieman, l.k. cortisol, obesity, and the metabolic syndrome: a cross‐sectional study of obese subjects and review of the literature. obesity. 2013, 21(1), e105-e117. 28. jabłonowska-lietz, b.; wrzosek, m.; włodarczyk, m.; nowicka, g. new indexes of body fat distribution, visceral adiposity index, body adiposity index, waist-to-height ratio, and metabolic disturbances in the obese. kardiologia polska (polish heart journal). 2017, 75(11), 1185-1191. 29. syafiq, w.m.; dwipayana, i.m.p.; saraswati, m.r.; gotera, w. correlation between waist circumference and glycated haemoglobin (hba1c) among type 2 diabetes mellitus patients in diabetic polyclinic sanglah general hospital. neurologico spinale medico chirurgico. 2020, 3(2), 66-70. 30. wasir, j.s.; misra, a.; vikram, n.k.; pandey, r.m.; gupta, r. comparison of definitions of the metabolic syndrome in adult asian indians. japi. 2008, 56, 158-64. 31. misra, a.; khurana, l. the metabolic syndrome in south asians: epidemiology, determinants, and prevention. metabolic syndrome and related disorders. 2009, 7(6), 497-514. 32. deng, j.; wu, g.; yang, c.; li, y.; jing, q.; han, y. rosuvastatin attenuates contrast-induced nephropathy through modulation of nitric oxide, inflammatory responses, oxidative stress and apoptosis in diabetic male rats. journal of translational medicine. 2015, 13(1), 1-9. 33. chen, l.; xu, w.m.; zhang, d. association of abdominal obesity, insulin resistance, and oxidative stress in adipose tissue in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. fertility and sterility. 2014, 102(4), 1167-1174. 34. lin, d.; qi, y.; huang, c.; wu, m.; wang, c.; li, f.; yang, c.; yan, l.; ren, m.; sun, k. associations of lipid parameters with insulin resistance and diabetes: a population-based study. clinical nutrition. 2018, 37(4), 1423-1429. 35. balgi, v.; harshavardan, l.; sahna, e.; thomas, s.k. pattern of lipid profile abnormality in subjects with prediabetes. tc. 2017, 11(98). 36. al amri, t.; bahijri, s.; al-raddadi, r.; ajabnoor, g.; al ahmadi, j.; jambi, h.; borai, a.; tuomilehto, j. the association between prediabetes and dyslipidemia among attendants of primary care health centers in jeddah, saudi arabia. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy. 2019, 12, 2735. 37. xiang, s.k.; hua, f.; tang, y.; jiang, x.h.; zhuang, q.; qian, f.j. relationship between serum lipoprotein ratios and insulin resistance in polycystic ovary syndrome. international journal of endocrinology. 2012, vol.2012, 4 pages. 38. zheng, s.; xu, h.; zhou, h.; ren, x.; han, t.; chen, y.; qiu, h.; wu, p.; zheng, j.; wang, l.; liu, w. associations of lipid profiles with insulin resistance and β cell function in adults with normal glucose tolerance and different categories of impaired glucose regulation. plos one. 2017, 12(2), e0172221. 39. alzahrani, s.h.; baig, m.; aashi, m.m.; al-shaibi, f.k.; alqarni, d.a.; bakhamees, w.h. association between glycated hemoglobin (hba1c) and the lipid profile in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus at a tertiary care hospital: a retrospective study. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy. 2019,12,1639. 40. asato, y.; katsuren, k.; ohshiro, t.; kikawa, k.; shimabukuro, t.; ohta, t. relationship between lipid abnormalities and insulin resistance in japanese school children. arteriosclerosis, thrombosis, and vascular biology. 2006, 26(12), 2781-6. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 240 41. rogero, m.m.; calder, p.c. obesity, inflammation, toll-like receptor 4 and fatty acids. nutrients. 2018, 10(4), 432. chemistry 304 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 طريقة جديدة لتحضير كبسوالت مايكروية لمواد متغيرة الطور المستخدمة في تقليل صرف الطاقة الالزمة لتبريد األبنية حيدر سلمان محمد* ، سميه محمد عباس**، سعاد سلمان محمد*** وزاره العلوم والتكنلوجيا * **قسم الكيمياء، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد مياء، كلية العلوم للبنات، جامعة بغدادقسم الكي *** 2012تشرين األول 20قبل البحث في : 2012نيسان 8استلم البحث في : الخالصة –) مغلفة بالبوليمر بأستخدام طريقة فيزيائية pcmحضرت كبسوالت مايكروية لشمع البارافين مادة متغيرة الطور( ). ان عملية التغليف لتكوين الكبسولة تضمنت تكثيف green methodالكها للطاقة (كيميائية امتازت بالسرعة وقله استه فورمالدهايد) وتكوين البوليمراالولي، الذي يتصلد تدريجيا مكونا البوليمر الذي يغلف الشمع على شكل -الراتنج (ميالمين ت طرديا مع درجة حرارة البوليمر )مايكرون وتناسب220-170كرات. تراوحت معدل اقطار الكبسوالت المحضرة بين( جول/غم) عندما تكون درجة حرارة 12) كانت قيمتها (δhاالولي، و قد بينت التحاليل الحرارية ان اعلى قيمة لالنثالبي ( م). ˚60البوليمر األولي ( ع البارافينفورمالدهايد رزن، شم -الكبسوالت المايكروية، مواد متغيرة الطور، ميالمين الكلمات المفتاحية: المقدمة في الجزائر(اعتمادا على دراسة الطلب العالمي (sonelgaz)استنادا الى تقرير الوكالة الدولية للطاقة والغاز تيرا واط في 36% أى بحدود 7)، ان هنالك نموا في الطلب على الطاقة بمقدار 2004-2002للطاقة الكهربائية للسنين ( )، وأن الطلب العالمي للكهرباء في ساعات الذروة اكبر من العرض بسبب االستخدام الكبير terawatt-hour 36الساعة ( لنظم التبريد والتدفئة في االبنية. ان قطاع االبنية يعد المستهلك االكبر للطاقة وهو المسؤول االكبر عن انبعاث الغازات بب فأن هنالك توجه كببير أليجاد حلول سريعة ألسعاف بسبب االحتياج المستمر للطاقة المستهلكة للتكييف، لهذا الس ].1الطلب على الكهرباء اوال وايجاد بدائل نظيفة وصديقة للبيئة[ من المعروف ان هنالك فرقا كبيرا في درجات الحرارة بين الليل والنهار أو فصول السنة في الكثير من البلدان. انتج ب على الطاقة الكهربائية مما ادى الى العجز في تلبية الطلب على الكهرباء والسيما عند هذا الفرق تفاوتا كبيرا في الطل ساعات الذروة. وقد بذل المهتمون في هذا المجال جهدا اليجاد افضل الطرائق لتخزين الطاقة وعدها الحل االفضل حاليا (phase change materials)ة الطور لمشكلة تقليل الطلب على الكهرباء. لذلك اتجه الباحثون الى مواد متغير (pcm)) وبسبب امتالكها المحتوى الحراري العالي خالل التحول الطوري لها التي يمكن استعمالها مع مواد البناء لتعمل خازنات للطاقة وتقوم بمعالجة الطلب غير المنتظم على الكهرباء ومن ثم يمكن عدها احد المصادر للطاقة المتجددة (renewable energy)]2.[ chemistry 305 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) سوف تعمل على gipson) أو الجبس (cementان اضافة مواد متغيرة الطور الى مواد البناء، مثل السمنت ( زيادة السعة الحرارية لهذه المواد وزيادة طاقة الخزن ومن ثم ستعمل على تقليل التدفق الحراري الى داخل االبنية. غير ان اشر مع مواد البناء سوف تكون مسببة لمشكلتين ال يمكن تجاوزهما، االولى هي تقليل كفاية وجود هذه المواد وبشكل مب مواد البناء، والثانية التسرب الذي سوف يحصل لها وهي في حالتها السائلة من خالل التشققات الموجودة في مواد البناء. ) على شكل كبسوالت وبحجوم pcmيرة الطور (لهذه االسباب تركز جهد الباحثين في كيفية تغليف هذه المواد متغ مايكروية بوساطة مواد غيرذائبة بالماء وال تتفاعل مع مواد البناء وذات خواص ميكانيكية وحرارية مناسبة. ) مايكرون وتتكون بشكل عام من 1000-1) بين (microencapsulationتتراوح اقطار الكبسوالت المايكروية ( روهي تمثل اللب مغلفة بوساطة قشرة خارجية من مواد بوليمرية. ان طرائق تغليف الكبسوالت كثيرة ويمكن مواد متغيرة الطو الطرائق الفيزيائية او الميكانيكية، التي تتضمن باالساس تصنيفها الى نوعين وهي الطرائق الفيزيائية والطرائق الكيميايية. )، أوعملية تبخير المذيب من spry dryingخالل عملية الترذيذ ( عملية تصلب وبلمرة للمادة المحيطة بمادة اللب ]. أما الطرائق الكيميائية فأن التغليف يتم خالل 3) المكون من بوليمر مذاب ومواد متغيرة الطور[emulsionالمستحلب ( ) لبوليمرين cross linking) وبعدها يتم تكثيف البوليمر االولي أوتشابك (prepolymerعملية البلمرة لبوليمر أولي ( ]. 4مختلفين يحيطان بمادة اللب، بوساطة تغيير الظروف الخاصة لكل تفاعل [ ال يقتصر استعمال الكبسوالت المايكروية في مجال تقنين صرف الطاقة في االبنية ، انما دخلت في الكثير من ) fire proofingي على مواد لها مقاومة عالية للحريق (المجاالت فعلى سبيل المثال فقد استعملت كبسوالت مايكروية تحو ، أو مواد تعمل على تباطؤ عملية انجماد السمنت أو الجبس ،وقد تحتوي الكبسوالت على الماء وتستعمل لصب السمنت ). ففي التطبيقات الحديثة دخلت الكبسوالت في صناعة compression moldingالقاسي الذي يشكل بطريقة الكبس ( ].كما استعملت الكبسوالت المايكرويه في 5الصباغ التي تتغير الوانها ذاتيا مع تغير الحرارة وكذلك في الطباعة الملون) [ا المجال الطبي العالجي شكال من اشكال االدوية الحديثه التي تعطى بجرعات محددة وتوفر الحماية وتغلف الطعم وتغير ]6في مواقع امتصاص الدواء[ ) يعتمد على بعض المواصفات المهمة، مثل أمتالكها لحرارة انصهار وكثافة pcmختيار مواد متغيرة الطور (ان ا عاليتين وغير متفاعلة مع مواد البناء المستعملة معها وغير قابلة لالحتراق مع االخذ بنظر االعتبار تكلفة هذه المواد. ) polyethylene glycol) والبولي اثلين كاليكول (fatty acids(اعتمادا على هذه المواصفات تعد االحماض الدهنية ].2)من اهم المواد المستعملة في لهذا الغرض[ hydrated salts) واالمالح المتميئة (waxوالشمع ( ك درجة بالرغم من ان االمالح المتميئة االقل كلفة من بين المواد متغيرة الطور واكثرها سعة حرارية اال انها تمتل كيلو 254م) ،وحرارة انصهاره (˚32درجة حرارة انصهاره ( na2so4.h2o )((gluber salt)انصهار واطئة مثل كيلو 212م) وحرارة انصهاره (˚52) فأن درجة حرارة انصهاره بحدود (wax paraffinجول/كغم). اما شمع البارافين ( ) يمكن استعمالها مع مواد البناء pcmأختياره مواد متغيرة الطور(]، لذلك فأن الشمع هو االكثر مالئمة في 2جول/كغم) [ في أجواء مناخية مشابهة الجواء العراق . -اهتمت بحوث كثيرة بتحضير كبسوالت بطرائق كيميائية اعتمدت على بلمرة وتكثيف بوليمر من راتنج ميالمين زت بالتعقيد و طول المدة الزمنية الالزمة التمام ] و أمتاmelamine formaldehyde ] (9,8,7فورمالدهايد ( فيزيائية) وتمتاز –التفاعل، لهذا سيهتم بحثنا بتحضير الكبسوالت من الراتنج نفسه لكن بطريقة يمكن ان نعدها (كيميائية بسرعة التحضير كذلك دراسة الخواص الحرارية للكبسوالت المحضرة وقياس معدل حجومها. chemistry 306 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 لعمل المواد وطرائق ا 24) الى (flukaمول )من الميالمين ( 0.0381 غم ) ( 4.8فورمالدهايد بأضافة ( –) ميالمين resinحضر الراتنج ( في الماء، حسب التركيز بوساطة قيــاس معامـــــل االنكسار 47) ذي تركيز % merkمول) من الفورمالين (0.513 مل)( ]، ثم سخن 10ومقارنة النتيجه بالجداول[ b8&c32900 digital abbe) بأستخدام جهاز nd=1.3857للمحلول ( ].11م مدة عشر دقائق حتى أصبح شفافا ولزجا [˚40المزيج بدرجة حرارة مل) من حامض 0.6) ثم أضيف (2دورة / الدقيقة ، شكل رقم ( 600) بسرعة stirringوضع الراتنج في خالط ( غم) من 10]. أضيف (7موالر) مع بقاء الخلط مدة دقيقتين للحصول على البوليمر االولي[ hcl )8الهيدروكلوريك مل)من زيت الطعام النباتي. يبرد الخليط 5دورة / دقيقة ثم أضيف ( 1000الشمع الساخن مع زيادة سرعة الخالط الى ،اذ ترسبت الى االسفل بينما طفى الشمع دقائق. فصلت الكبسوالت بأضافة الماء 10تدريجيا مع استمرار الخلط ومدة ساعات للتخلص من بقايا الفورمالدهايد والماء. 4م ) مدة ˚ 100المتبقي الى االعلى. جففت الكبسوالت في درجة حرارة ( -dsc) موديل (dscالفحوص الحرارية للشمع و للكبسوالت اجريت بوساطة منظومة المسعر الحراري التفاضلي ( 60 shimadzu درجة/ دقيقة. حسب معدل اقطار الكبسوالت بأستخدام 10)، بمعدل صعود في درجة الحرارة مقداره ).x50)، بقدرة تكبيرمقدارها (nikon eclipse me 600المجهر الضوئي ( النتائج والمناقشة ثالثي ) هو المركب ميالمينc3h6n6) مع الميالمين (hchoان ناتج تفاعل الفورمالدهايد ( ) كما في المعادلة االتية:triaminemethalolالميثالول( n n n nh2nh2 nh2 h2co n n n nh(ch2oh) (hoh2c)hn nh(ch2oh) + 3 تزداد لزوجة هذا المركب تدريجيا مكونا راتنج لبولمر اولي، يتبلمر هذا الراتنج ويتكاثف بشكل سريع جدا عند زيادة ]. لذلك تعد درجة حرارة البوليمر االولي عند بدأ التفاعل 11) [7) الى ما دون (phدرجة الحرارة اونقصان الحامضية ( عامل مهم في تحضير الكبسوالت، لهذا حضرت ثالث عينات من الكبسوالت تكون درجة الحرارة التي يبدأ فيها التفاعل م على التوالي .˚)40,50,60هي( ) تظهر قمم ماصة للحرارة 2ي الشكل (ان تحليل المسعرالحراري التفاضلي للكبسوالت المحضره كما ف endothermic) ناتجة من انصهار الشمع داخل الكبسوالت وهي تدل على وجود الشمع داخل الكبسوالت المحضرة. أما ( ) 1) وهي العائدة الى الكبسوالت المايكروية بالنسبة الى القمة رقم (2,3,4الزيادة في درجة الحرارة الحاصلة للقمم رقم ( دة الى الشمع فهي ناتجة من التأخير في التدفق الحرارى الى الشمع داخل الكبسوالت بسبب سمك البوليمر المغلف والعائ للشمع، من ناحية اخرى ان كمية الحرارة الممتصة لكل غرام (االنثالبي) من الشمع تتناسب طرديا مع درجة حرارة بدء د مع زيادة درجة حرارة بدء التفاعل .التفاعل اي ان كمية الشمع في داخل الكبسوالت تزدا )، وجود كبسوالت باقطار مختلفة للنماذج الثالثة 3أظهرت نتائج فحص الكبسوالت بالمجهر الضوئي، الشكل رقم ( المحضرة. وعند حساب معدل اقطار الكبسوالت بينت النتائج انها تزداد طرديا مع زيادة درجة حرارة بدء التفاعل. ان الزمن chemistry 307 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 دقيقة (ما عدا فترة التجفيف) وهي ما تمتاز بها الطريقة التي تم اعتمادها في 22الزم لتحضير الكبسوالت لم يتجاوز ال greenهذا البحث بالمقارنة مع البحوث االخرى ،لذلك يمكن عدها الطريقة األقل تلويثا للبيئة واالقل استهالكا للطاقة ( method.( المصادر 1. hamid, a. ; messoudene ,n. and palomo ,e. ( 2008) impact of using wallboard with phase change materials on electric consumption in algeria, journal of engineering and applied sciences: 3(6):516-523. 2. ravikumar,m. and srinivasan,p.s.s.(2005) phase change material as a thermal energy storage material for cooling of building, journal of theoretical and applied information technology: 503-511. 3. choi,jun-kyu; lee,jae goo; kim,jae ho and hyun yang,soo yang, (2001)preparation of microcapsules containing phase change materialsas heat transfer media by in-situ polymerization,ind.eng.chem.: 7(6):358-362. 4. grannen,edward and robhnson leon (1974) chelates composition comprising products of aldehydes and triazine derivatives, patent :05/192570. 5. bojana, b. and bostjan, s. (2008) microcapsulation technology and its application in building construction materials, rmz-materials and geoenvironment: 55( 3): 329-344. 6. kumar, a. and sharma, p. (2011) microcapsulation as a novel drug delivery system, international pharmacutica science: 1,issue:1 7. jun,seok hwang (2006) preparation and characterization of melamine –formaldehyde resin microcapsules containing fragrant oil, biotechnology and bioprocess engneering: 11:332-336. 8. liu yaqing and zhao guizhe (2008) study on the properties of microcapsulated chlorocyclophosphazene polypropylene composites, j. chem.eng.: 15 (3): 429-432. 9. chung,yun hse; feng fu and hui pan (2008) melamine-modified urea formaldehyde resin for building particleboard, forest products journal: 58(4):56-61. 10. bojana boh and boštjan šumiga (2008) rmz materials and geoenvironment: 55(3): 329-344. 11. gohn, f. and blais, (1959) amino resins, reinhold publishing corporation: 19-20. chemistry 308 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 . حامض): رسم توضيحي لعمليه تحضير الكبسوالت بواسطه تكثيف البوليمر االولي حول الشمع باضافه ال1شكل ( δh=210لشمع البارافين، )1) وتظهر فيه قمم االنصهار: (dsc): تحليل المسعر الحراري التفاضلي (2شكل ( δh=3 م، ˚)50) الكبسوالت بحرارة بدء (3جول/غم. (δh 12 =م، ˚)60الكبسوالت بحرارة بدء ( )2جول/غم. ( جول/غم . δh=1.2 م، ˚)40) الكبسوالت بحرارة بدء (4جول/غم. ( تسخين زيت الطعام hcl الشمع المذاب محرك ميكانيكي بوليمر اولي chemistry 309 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 (ا) (ب) (ج) م) ،معـــدل ˚40محضـــرة بحـــرارة بـــدء ( -): صـــور للكبســـوالت المايكرويـــة بـــالمجهر الضـــوئي أ3شـــكل( محضــرة -مــايكرون)، ج205م) ، معــدل أقطارهــا ( ˚50محضــرة بحــرارة بــدء( -مــايكرون)، ب 170أقطارهــا( مايكرون). 220م) ، معدل أقطارها( ˚60بحرارة بدء( chemistry 310 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 a new method for preparation of microencapsulated phase change materials (pcms) for low coast energy in cooling of building h.s.mohammed*, s.m.abbas**, s.s.mohammed*** * ministry of science and technology **department of chemistry ,collage of education, ibn al-haithem , university of baghdad ***department of chemistry , collage of science for women, university of baghdad received in : 8 april 2012 accepted in : 20 november 2012 abstract microencapsulated of paraffin wax which acts as core material of phase change material covered by polymer was prepared by using rabid (physical-chemical) with lower energy (green) method. prepolymer of condensed melamine-formaldehyde resin, was solidified by heat effect gradually and surrounds the paraffin wax as microcapsules. the diameter of the prepared capsules was about (170-220) micron which has a proportion with the prepolymer temperature, otherwise the thermal analysis appears as a best value of enthalpy (δh) which was (12 j/gm) when the prepolymer temperature was (60˚c). key word: microcapsolate, phase change material (pcm), melamine–formaldehyde resin, paraffin wax conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 54 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 removal of chlorpyrifos (dursban) pesticide from aqueous solutions using barley husks shaymaa khalaf ghati intidhar dawood sulaiman najwa issac abdulla dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure sciences ( ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad receved in:27/january/2016,accepted in:6/march/2016 abstract the removal of chlorpyrifos pesticide from aqueous solutions was achieved by adsorption using low cost agricultural residue as adsorbent surface; barley husks. several variables that affect the adsorption were studied including contact time, adsorbent weight, ph, ionic strength, particle size and temperature. the absorbance of the solution before and after adsorption was measured by using uv-visible spectrophotometer. the equilibrium data was suitable with langmuir model of adsorption and the linear regression coefficient r 2 = 0.9785 at 37.5°c was used to knowledge the best fitting isotherm model. the general shape of the adsorption isotherm of chlorpyrifos on barley husks consistent with (h3-type) on the giles classification. several thermodynamic functions such as (gibb's free energy, enthalpy and entropy) of the on-going adsorption process have also been estimated. ( h°=0.0080 ) ,( the results of the pesticide adsorption process on barley husks indicated that the adsorption process is endothermic. the positive values of propose the increasing randomized. the negative values indicated the spontaneous process of adsorption. keywords: adsorption, chlorpyrifos, langmuir model, freundlich model, thermodynamic, barley husks adsorbent. chemistry | 55 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction pollution caused by any (biological, physical and chemical side-effects) of people industrial or social activities. it can impact the (rivers, seas, atmosphere or soil). water pollutants such as chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides are toxic, non-biodegradable and harmful to people health [1, 2]. pesticides are introduced into the environment by disposal, application, and a spill [3]. pesticides freed into environment are present in aquatic systems. they are discovering at low plateau and usually happen in the form of complex mixtures [4]. filter of pesticides, applied to agricultural ground, is one of the major sources for organic pollution in some water streams [5]. the pesticides can reach waterbearing aquifers below ground from applications onto crop fields of contaminated surface water. pesticide contamination of ground water is a subject of international importance because ground water is used for drinking aim. before the mid-1970s, it was thought that ground acted as a defensive filter that stopped the pesticides from reaching ground water [6]. the constant exposure of pesticides to non-target species may lead to induce toxicity once it crosses the threshold limit in the system [7, 8]. the different stages involved in pesticide cycle are illustrated in figure (1). waste water containing pesticides and toxic compounds need very careful treatment before discharge into receiving bodies of water. several (physical, chemical, physico -chemical and biological methods) have been developed to remove contaminants from wastewater. these methods involved; coupled-column liquid chromatography/electro spray ionization [9], gas chromatography [10], solid-liquid extraction [11], hplc [1214], electrochemical methods [1517], stripping voltammetry [18], biodegradation and adsorption treatment [19, 20]. adsorption process has been found one of the most popular physicochemical treatment methods for take out contaminants [21, 22]. the aim of the present study is to find a low-cost eco-friendly agricultural residue adsorbent surface for the elimination of chlorpyrifos contaminant from waste water. experimental apparatus 1. a double beam uv-visible spectrophotometer, shimadzu 1800 (japan) with 1 cm matched quartz cells was used for the absorbance measurement. 2. electronic balance, radwage as220/c/1 was used for weighing the samples. 3. thermostated water bath shaker, labtech lsb-045s (korea). 4. centrifuge, hettich eba20 (germany), 6000 rpm. 5. phmeter with combined glass electrode. materials and methods the adsorbate (chlorpyrifos) chlorpyrifos (0,0-diethyl-0-3,5,6-trichoro-2-pyridylphosphorothioate) is a substance used for killing insects, generally famous as dursban and lorsban [23]. chlorpyrifos is highly toxic to all kinds of life such as birds, fresh water fishes, marine organisms and honeybees [24]. the chemical and physical properties of chlorpyrifos are listed in table (1). the adsorbent (barley husks) barley husks used as adsorbent throughout this study were obtained from isaaqi region in salahuddin province-iraq. the husks were washed several times with amounts of distilled water to take out (soluble materials or dust), and were dryish in an oven at 40 °c. they were then grinded and sieved by using (75, 150 and 250) m sieves. particles of the size (75 m) was used chemistry | 56 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 as adsorbent surface in all experiments of this work. the qualitative analysis for active chemical compounds of barley husks is listed in table (2). chlorpyrifos stock solution (100 mg/l) the stock solution was prepared by dissolving 0.1000g of chlorpyrifos pesticide in 1l of distilled water. the stock solution was protected from light and stored at 25°c. the batch mode of adsorption studies the experiments were done to define the impact of contact time, weight of adsorbent , ph, ionic strength and partical size of adsorbent. absorbance values of solutions of concentrations range (1080) mg/l were measured at selected λmax (265 nm) and plotted against the concentration of pesticide, figure (2) shows the calibration curve of chlorpyrifos. percentage removal of pesticide (r%) and (qe) was calculated using eq.1 and 2 respectively [28, 29]. r% = *100 ……………………….(1) qe ……………………….(2) where: m: the weight of barley husks (g). co : the initial concentration of chlorpyrifos (mg/l). ce: the equilibrium concentration of chlorpyrifos (mg/l). v: the volume of chlorpyrifos solution ( l ). factors affecting adsorption process contact time in a set of conical flasks 10 ml of a fixed concentration (80 mg/l) and ph (7.3) of chlorpyrifos solution was shaken with 0.2 g of barley husks at 37.5 °c. the solution was withdrawn from the shaker for regular time intervals of ( 5, 10, 20, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120 and 150 min) , and centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 20 minutes, the concentration of adsorbate solutions were measured spectrophotometrically. adsorbent weight in a set of conical flasks various weights of barley husks [ 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 , 0.6] g were mixed with 10 ml of a fixed concentration of chlorpyrifos solution 80 mg/l and ph= 7.3, the mixture was shaken at a specified temperature 37.5 °c, then centrifuged at 3000 rmp for 20 minutes to separate the adsorbent. ph effect adsorption experiment were carried out at different ph values (1.5, 3.1, 5.4, 7.3, 9.4 and 11.3). the ph of the solutions were adjusted by adding the required amounts of 0.1 m hcl and naoh. all other parameters were kept constant while carrying out the experiment. effect of ionic strength the effect of the addition (0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4 and 0.5) m of nacl to solutions containing fixed concentration of adsorbate 80 mg/l and ph= 7.3 equilibrated with (0.2g) of barley husks were exact under the experimental conditions substantive before. chemistry | 57 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 particle size effect the effect of particle size (surface area) on adsorption was studied by using four different sizes of sieves (75 ,150, 250 and 300 ). these experiments were performed by using a fixed concentration of adsorbate 80 mg/l and ph= 7.3 with different particle sizes of the same weight of adsorbent 0.2 g under the same experimental conditions described above. temperature effect the adsorption procedure was purified in the same way at various temperatures (10.0, 25.0 and 37.5 °c) to appreciate the basic thermodynamic parameters. result and discussion ftir of the adsorbent surface fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) was performed to give the chemical active groups present in the barley husks. the spectrum of the adsorbent was obtained using (kbr) technique. ftir of assignment groups of barley husks is shown in figure (3). the spectrum shows broad absorption peaks at (35003100) cm -1 , corresponding to the overlapping of –oh and –nh peaks. the peaks in the range (1550800 cm -1 ) can be attributed to the stretching of the c-n and c-o, and to the bending of the n-h, c-h and o-h groups [3032]. equilibrium time the effect of contact time on the chlorpyrifos adsorbed per unit of barley husks was studied at 37.5 °c. table (3) , figure (4) show the values of qe and ce of 80 mg/l chlorpyrifos solution at 37.5 °c. an acute change in adsorption is notice at beginning and thereafter a slow increase was notice in adsorption with increasing time up to 90 minutes, after which a maximum value of adsorption is attained. the time of 90 minutes is treat as the optimum contact time. adsorbent weight the effect of adsorbent dosaget on the r% of chlorpyrifos adsorbed was calculated with 10ml of 80 mg/l initial concentration of chlorpyrifos the results are shown intable (4) and figure (5). it is obvious that r% of chlorpyrifos increased with increasing the adsorbent weight. this may be due to the increase in availability of surface active sites resulting from increased dose. effect of ph the effect of ph on the amount of chlorpyrifos adsorbed was studied by varying the initial ph under constant process parameters at equilibrium conditions. table (5) and figure (6). the extent of adsorption may( increase, decrease, or remain unchanged) as a result of changing the ph [33]. the results in table (5) indicate that the adsorption capacity in acidic medium increase with increasing ph up to 7.3, the maximum adsorption from the original solution takes place at ph value of 7.3. beyond this value the increase in ph was accompanied by a decrease in adsorption capacity. ionic strength the effect of ionic strength on adsorption uptake of chlorpyrifos on barley husks has been studied by adding variable concentrations of sodium chloride (0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4 and 0.5) m. in a previous study for our group at this department [34], the following empirical equation was suggested for the relationship between the ionic strength (i) and the amount of adsorption (qe). chemistry | 58 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 qe = qe° ai -------------------(3) where: qe°: the amount of adsorption at (i=zero] a: empirical constant for the system. i: ionic strength. it was found that the effect of the ionic strength (i) on the adsorption quantity (qe) at equilibrium is a linear relationship as indicated in table (6) and figure (7). generally, the rise in the salt concentration resulted in a lowering of chlorpyrifos removal by barley husks. this result show that the adsorption activity decreases when nacl concentration increases in the chlorpyrifos solution, which could be assign to the competitive effect between pesticide ions and the salt ions for the locations ready for the adsorption process [35]. particle size the effect of particle size on adsorption process was studied by using a fixed concentration (80 mg/l) of chlorpyrifos solution as an adsorbate and four samples of a same weight of barley husks (0.2 g) of different particle sizes (75, 150, 250 and 300 m). table (7) and figure (8) illustrate the influence of particle size of the adsorbent on the amount of chlorpyrifos adsorbed by barley husks at (37.5 °c). the results indicate that the maximum quantity of chlorpyrifos which was adsorbed on the barley husks followed the order: 75 m > 150 m > 250 m > 300 m. hence the increase of the surface area (decrease in the particle size) leads to an increase in the adsorption uptake of chlorpyrifos on the barley husks, such an increase can be attributed to the increase in the active sites exposed to the adsorbate [37, 38]. adsorption isotherms adsorption isotherm can be realized as the relation between qe and ce at fixed temperature. the study of the adsorption isotherm give great and advantageous information to depict the nature of adsorption process and its condition and knowing about the amount of pesticides adsorbed with its concentration in the adsorption process. adsorption of chlorpyrifos from aqueous solution on barley husks was studied at three temperatures (10.0, 25.0, and 37.5 °c) keeping the other parameters of adsorption unchanged. the resulst of this study represented by the initial concentration of adsorbate (co), the equilibrium concentration (ce) and the quantity adsorbed (qe) are indicated in table (8) .the values of (qe) were plotted versus (ce) to take out the adsorption isotherms as shown in figure (9). the results showed an increase in adsorptive capacities of barley husks as the concentration of pesticide increases until reaching a limited value. the general shape of the adsorption isotherm of chlorpyrifos on barley husks consistent with (h3-type) on the giles classification which indicates high affinity between the adsorbate and adsorbent even in very dilute solution [38]. the experimental adsorption data were applied to the empirical langmuir isotherm (eq. 4) [39]. and freundlich isotherm (eq. 5) [40] equations = + ( ----------------(4) logqe = log kf + log ce ----------------(5) chemistry | 59 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 these results indicated the applicability of langmuir and freundlich isotherms according to the values of linearity (r 2 ) as shown by the linear relationship of (ce/qe) versus (ce) and (log qe) versus (log ce) at different temperatures in tables (9), (10) and figures (10), (11). the langmuir and freundlich constant empirical values were obtained from the linear equation at different temperatures. the values are summarized in tables (11), (12). thermodynamic of adsorption process the thermodynamic functions related to the adsorption of pesticide, like, gibbs free energy change , enthalpy change and entropy change . the change in free energy could be determined from the following equations [41]. g = -rt ln kads ---------------(6) ln kads = (h / rt) + ( s / r) ---------------(7) g = h -t s ---------------(8) where r is the gas constant (8.314 j/mol.deg), kads is adsorption equilibrium constant which was calculated at each temperature (t) from the following equation [42]. kads --------------(9) where qe is the amount adsorbed (mg/g), ce is the equilibrium concentration of the adsorbate expressed in mg/l. the values of and were determined from the slope and intercept of the linear plot of (ln kads) vs. (1000/t). the results obtained are given in table (13) and figure (12). , and values were listed in table (14). references 1daintith j., (2005), "the facts on file dictionary of chemistry " , 4ed , market house books ltd, uk ,p.219. 2hill m.k., (2004)," understanding environmental pollution " , 2ed , cambridge , new york , p.11. 3senthilkumaar, s.; krishna, s.k.; kalaamani p.; subburamaan, c.v.; and ganapathi subramaniam n.g., (2010),"adsorption of organophosphorous pesticide using waste jute fiber carbon", 4(6). 4gillion r.j., (2007), pesticides in u.s. streams and groundwater. environmental science and technology, 41, pp: 3408-4314. 5liu, h.; xiyun, c.; yu, w., and jingwen c., (2011),"adsorption mechanismbased screening of cyclodextrin polymers for adsorption and separation of pesticides from water. water research, 45, pp: 3499-3511. 6marer, p.j.; flint, m.l.; and stimmann, m.w., (1988)," the safe and effective use of pesticides", university of california, statewide integrated and natural resources. publication 3324.,oakland, ca.. 7cook, j.l.; baumann, p.; jackman, j.a.; and steven d., (2004)," texas agricultural extension service, pesticides characteristics that affect water quality. chemistry | 60 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 8anju, agrawal, ravi, s. ;pandey, bechan sharma,(2010), " water pollution with special reference to pesticide contamination in india" j . water resource and protection, 2, pp: 432-448. 9williamson, l.n.;and bartlett, m.g.,(2006),"determination of chlorpyrifos and its metabolites in rat brain tissue using coupled-column liquid chromatograohy/electro spray ionization tandem mass spectrometry",20(18),pp:2689-95. 10ling, y.; wang, h.; yong, w. and chu, x.,(2009),"determination of chlorpyrifos and its metabolite in vegetables using gas chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry",27(1),pp:78-81. 11-leila, m.b.r.; kamilla, l.r.; maria, l.r.q.; antonio, a.n.;laercio, z., and ricardo m.o.,(2013),"determination of chlorpyrifos and thiamethoxam in potato tuber and soil of brazil using solid-liquid extraction with low temperature partitioning ",j.braz. chem. soc, 24(12). 12-aqel, w.; and mohamed b.,(2001),"determination of diazinon, chlorpyrifos, and their metabolites in rat plasma and urine by hplc",j.chromatographic. sci.,39. 13-zalat o.a., elsayed, m.a.; fayed, m.s., and abd el-megid m.k.,(2014),"validationof uv-spectrophotometric and hplc methods for quantitative determination of chlorpyrifos",2,pp:58-63. 14-richard, e.m.; thomas, m.p.; theresa, a.b.; john, j.j., and george m.l.,(2006)," simple hplc for the determination of chlorpyrifos in black oil sunflower seeds", 29, pp:339-348. 15-kumaravel,a.;and chandrasekaran,m.,(2015),"electrochemical determinationof chlorpyrifos on a nano-tio2 cellulose acetate composite modified glassy carbon electrod",63(27),pp:6150-6. 16-tan, x.c.; wujia, w.; li, p.f.; yu, h.c., and lixiao y.,(2015),"electrochemical sensor for determinationof chlorpyrifos based on graphen modified electrode and moleculary imprinted polymer", 43(3),pp:387-393. 17-yaoyao, c.; xia, s.; yemin, g.; wenping, z.; and xiangyou w.,(2015),"an electrochemical immunosensor based on interdigitated array microelectrode for the detection of chlorpyrifos", 38,pp:307-313. 18-kamireddy, s.; sreedhar, m.; and sreenivasula, r.j.r., (2007), 40,pp:1939-1950 19-nancy,g.;prakram,s.c.;sonica,s.;shilpa,s.;neena,p.,andnaveen,g., (2014),"biodegradation and analytical methods for detection of organophosphorous pesticide:chlorpyrifos",inter. j.pure and app.sci.and tech.,20(2),pp:79-94. 20mall, i.; srivastra ,v.c.; agrawal, n.k., and mishra i.m., (2005), colloids and surfaces a: physic chem. and eng. aspects, 264, pp:17-28. 21blazquez, g.; calero, m.; hernainz, f.; tenorio, g., and martinlara m.a., (2010), chem.eng. j., 160, pp:615-622. 22 rafatullaha, m.; sulaimana, o.; hashima, r., and ahmadb a., (2010), j. hazard.mater., 177, pp:70-80. 23usepa, (1986), ambient water quality criteria for chlorpyrifos-1986reoort no. epa440/5-86-005., u.s.epa. washington dc. 24(2014), us. geological survey," break down products of pesticides are acutely lethal to amphibians, study finds",science daily. 25seyoun, y.g.; mare, w.; beute, d. r. yong, markus f. ,and james b. h., (2012) ," adsorption and desorption methods of chlorpyrifos pesticides to soils and sediments. 26lide , david, r., (1998)," hand book of chemistry and physics,87 ed., boca raton, fl: crc press, pp: 3-126. 10( " كيًياء انُباحاث انطبيت" يطبؼت اَىار دخهت , بغذاد ص2002يحًىد, يهُذ خًيم ) -27 28voyutsky, s., (1978)," colloid chemistry", mir publishers, moscow, pp: 151, 154-158. chemistry | 61 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 29venkatraman ,b. r.; hema, k.; and arivoli ,s., (2011), j. chem.. res, 3(2), pp: 637-649. 30blazquez, g.; calero, m.; hernainz, f.; tenorio, g. and matin-lara m. a.,(2010), chem. eng. j., 160 pp: 615-622. 31iqbal., saeed a. and zafar s., (2009), j. of hazard. mater., 164 pp: 161-171. 32silverstein, r.m.; webster, f. x. and kiemle d.j., (2005), "spectrometric identification of organic compounds", 7 th ed., john wilely & sons, united states of america,: 82-103. 33gohary, o. m. n., (1997), "in vitro adsorption of mebeverin hcl onto kaolin clay and its relationship to pharmacological effect of the drug in vivo ", pharm. acta. helve, 72,: 1121. 34al-barazingy, kwather a.s., (2001), " a study of some iraqi clays as adsorption of certain drug compounds from their aqueous solution", m.sc.thesis, (college of education ibn-al-haitham). 35johnns, w. h. and bates t. r., (1972), j. pham. sci., 61(5), pp: 730-734. 36glasstone, s., (1962)," physical chemistry ", 2 nd ed., macmillan, london, pp: 518, 11941219. 37schramke, j.a.,murphy, s.f., doucctte w.j. and hintze w.d., (1999)," chemosphere " , 38 (10), p. 2381. 38giles, c.h. and smith, d. (1974), "ageneral treatment and classification of the solute adsorption isotherm", j. colloid and interface science, 47(3), pp: 755-765. 39liu, h.; chen, b.; lany. and chengy. (2004), chem. eng. j., pp:195-201. 40dursun, a.y. and kalayc, c.s. (2005), j.hazard. mater, b 123, pp: 151-157. 41sirichote o., innajitara w., chuenchom l.,chunchit d., and naweekan k. (2002), song klanakarin j. sci.,technol, 24(2), pp: 235-242. 42kippling, j. j. (1965), "adsorption process from solution of non-electrolytes ", academic press. inc., pp: 101-168, 257-259. table (1): physical and chemical characteristics of chlorpyrifos [25, 26] iupac name 0,0-diethyl-0-3,5,6-trichoro-2-pyridyl phosphorothioate trade name dursban or lorsban chemical structure n cl cl cl o p oc2h5 oc2h5 s chemical formula c9h11cl3no3ps molecular weight 350.59 g/mol solubility in water 2 mg/ l (25°) poling point 100 °c colour white chemistry | 62 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (2) the active chemical compounds of barley husks [27] active organic compound barley husks saponins + alkaloids + resins + coumarins flavones + tannins + terpenes table (3): the variation of qe and ce values with time in the adsorption process time (min) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) 5 7.2439 3.6378 20 7.7317 3.6134 30 7.8537 3.6073 60 8.0976 3.5951 90 8.2195 3.5890 120 8.2195 3.5890 150 8.2195 3.5890 table (4): the quantity of adsorbent and r% values for (80 mg/l) chlorpyrifos pesticide weight of adsorbent (g) ce r% 0.1 31.6341 60.4573 0.2 26.7561 66.5549 0.3 20.7805 74.0244 0.4 18.0976 77.3780 0.5 15.1707 81.0366 0.6 11.8780 85.1524 table (5): the values of r% and ce for (80 mg/l) chlorpyrifos pesticide at different ph ph ce r% 1.5 30.6585 61.6768 3.1 21.7561 72.8049 5.4 14.1951 82.2561 7.3 9.4390 88.2012 9.4 32.0000 60.0000 11.3 47.9756 40.0305 table (6): the effect of addition of different concentrations of nacl on the adsorption quantity of (80 mg/l) chlorpyrifos pesticide at 37.5 c°. conc. of nacl (m) ce qe 0.1 13.0976 3.3451 0.2 16.1463 3.1927 0.3 18.9512 3.0524 0.4 21.0244 2.9488 0.5 22.8537 2.8573 chemistry | 63 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (7): adsorption quatities for (80 mg/l), chlorpyrifos pesticide adsorbed by different particle sizes of barley husks at 37.5 c° particle size ( ce qe 75 8.9512 3.5524 150 11.7561 3.4122 250 14.5610 3.2720 300 17.8537 3.1073 table (8): data of pesticide uptake by barley husks at different temperature and ph 7.3 co (mg/l) 10.0 °c 25.0 °c 37.5 °c ce qe ce qe ce qe 10 0 0.5 0 0.5 0 0.5 20 0 1 0 1 0 1 30 0 1.5 0 1.5 0 1.5 40 0 2 0 2 0 2 50 6.8780 2.1561 6.0244 2.1988 0 2.5 60 9.5610 2.5220 8.8293 2.5585 6.7561 2.6622 70 10.6585 2.9671 9.5610 3.0220 7.8537 3.1073 80 11.3902 3.4305 10.2927 3.4854 8.9512 3.5524 table (9): adsorption quantities of chlorpyrifos on barley husks at various temperatures and ph 7.3 according to the application of langmuir equation co (mg/l) 10.0 °c 25.0 °c 37.5 °c ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce/qe (g/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce/qe (g/l) ce (mg/l) qe (mg/g) ce/qe (g/l) 10 0 0.5 0 0 0.5 0 0 0.5 0 20 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 30 0 1.5 0 0 1.5 0 0 1.5 0 40 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 50 6.8780 2.1561 3.1900 6.0244 2.1988 2.7399 0 2.5 0 60 9.5610 2.5220 3.7910 8.8293 2.5585 3.4510 6.7561 2.6622 2.5378 70 10.6585 2.9671 3.5922 9.5610 3.0220 3.1638 7.8537 3.1073 2.5275 80 11.3902 3.4305 3.3203 10.2927 3.4854 2.9531 8.9512 3.5524 2.5198 chemistry | 64 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (10): adsorption quantities of chlorpyrifos on barley husks at various temperatures according to the application of freundlich equation co (mg/l) 10.0 °c 25.0 °c 37.5 °c logce logqe logce logqe logce logqe 10 …….. -0.3010 …….. -0.3010 …….. -0.3010 20 …….. 0 …….. 0 …….. 0 30 …….. 0.1761 …….. 0.1761 …….. 0.1761 40 …….. 0.3010 …….. 0.3010 …….. 0.3010 50 0.8375 0.3337 0.7799 0.3422 …….. 0.3979 60 0.9805 0.4017 0.9459 0.4080 0.8297 0.4252 70 1.0277 0.4723 0.9804 0.4803 0.8951 0.4924 80 1.0565 0.5354 1.0125 0.5423 0.9519 0.5505 table (11): the langmuir constants empirical values and the correlation coefficients for the removal of chlorpyrifos by barley husks at various temperatures temperature (°c) a (mg/g) b (l/g) r 2 10.0 2.9189 3.8670 0.9491 25.0 2.9700 4.3384 0.9504 37.5 3.1726 15.9236 0.9785 table (12): the freundlich constants empirical values and the correlation coefficients for the removal of chlorpyrifos by barley husks at various temperatures temperature (°c) n kf r 2 10.0 2.4510 1.0988 0.6020 25.0 2.2962 1.0995 0.6120 37.5 2.3652 1.2996 0.4660 table (13): the effect of temperature on the thermodynamic equilibrium constant (k) for the removal of chlorpyrifos by barley husks temperature (°c) temperature 1000/t ce qe k ln k 10.0 283 3.5335 2.20 5.50 1.7047 25.0 298 3.3557 8.0 2.40 6.00 1.7918 37.5 310.5 3.2206 3.00 7.50 2.0149 chemistry | 65 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (14): values of thermodynamic functions for the adsorption of chlorpyrifos on barley husks at different temperatures temperature (k) (kj/mol) (kj/mol) (j/mol.k) 283 -4.0110 +14.2014 298 -4.4392 +0.0080 +14.9235 310.5 -5.2015 +16.7778 figure (1): the different stages involved in pesticide cycle figure (2): calibration curve of chlorpyrifos figure (3): ftir spectrum of barley husks figure (4): effect of contact time on the adsorption of chlorpyrifos by the adsorbent 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 tim e (m in) q e ( m g /g ) y = 0.0082x 0.0354 r 2 = 0.99 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0 20 40 60 80 100 co (mg/l) a chemistry | 66 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (5): effect of adsorbent weight on adsorption of chlorpyrifos by the adsorbent figure (6): effect of ph on adsorption of chlorpyrifos by the adsorbent figure (7): effect of ionic strength on the adsorption of chlorpyrifos on the adsorbent figure (8): effect of adsorbent particle size on the adsorption figure (9): adsorption isotherm of chlorpyrifos on the adsorbent at different temperatures figure (10): linear form of langmuir isotherm of chlorpyrifos on the adsorbent at different temperatures 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 weight (g) r % 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 ph r % y = -1.2195x + 3.4451 r 2 = 0.9879 2.8 2.9 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 i q e ( m g /g ) 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 particle size q e ( m g /g ) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 ce (m g/l) q e ( m g /g ) 283 k 298 k 310.5 k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 ce (mg/l) c e /q e ( g /l ) 283 k 298 k 310.5 k linear (283 k) linear (298 k) linear (310.5 k) chemistry | 67 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (11): linear form of freundlich isotherm of chlorpyrifos on the adsorbent at different temperatures figure (12): plot of lnk against reciprocal absolute temperature for adsorption of chlorpyrifos on the adsorbent -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 log ce lo g q e 283 k 298 k 310.5 k linear (283 k) linear (298 k) linear (310.5 k) y = -1.1283x + 5.6286 r 2 = 0.8274 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3.2 3.25 3.3 3.35 3.4 3.45 3.5 3.55 1000/t ln k chemistry | 68 2016( ػاو 3انؼذد ) 29يدهت إبٍ انهيثى نهؼهىو انصرفت و انخطبيميت انًدهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ازانة مبيذ انكهوربايريفوس )انذورسبان( مه انمحانيم انمائية باستعمال قشور انشعير شيماء خهف غاطي اوتظار داود سهمان وجوى اسحق عبذ هللا خايؼت بغذاد /كهيت انخربيت نهؼهىو انصرفت )ابٍ انهيثى( /لطى انكيًياء 2012/ارار/2قبم في: ،2012/كاوون انثاوي/22استهم في: انخالصة حى ازانت يبيذ انكهىربايريفىش )انذورضباٌ( يٍ انًحانيم انًائيت باضخخذاو لشىر انشؼير ضطح ياز يٍ بمايا َباحيت واطئ انكهفت. درضج انؼذيذ يٍ انًخغيراث انًؤثرة في ػًهيت االيخساز وانًخضًُت زيٍ االحساٌ, وزٌ انًادة انًازة, انذانت انحايضيت, انشذة ًطاحت انططحيت نهًادة انًازة, وحأثير درخت انحرارة في ػًهيت االيخساز. حى لياش ليى االيخصاص نهًحهىل لبم وبؼذ االيىَيت, ان فىق انبُفطديت. اٌ ايسوثيرياث االيخساز حخضغ انى يؼادنت الَكًاير واٌ انشكم انؼاو -االيخساز باضخخذاو يطيافيت االشؼت انًرئيت . حى حطاب انذوال انثريىدايُاييكيت االضاضيت نؼًهيت االيخساز وانًخضًُت giles( يٍ حصُيف (h3ناليسوثيرو يخىافك يغ انصُف االَثانبي , االَخروبي , وطالت خيبص انحرة. اظهرث انُخائح اٌ ػًهيت ايخساز يبيذ انذورضباٌ ػهى ضطح لشىر انشؼير يٍ انُىع ظى.انًاص نهحرارة واٌ انؼًهيت يٍ انُىع انؼشىائي غير انًُخ االيخساز, يبيذ انذورضباٌ, ًَىرج الَكًاير, ًَىرج فريُذنش, انذوال انثريىديُاييكيت, لشىر انشؼير.: انكهمات انمفتاحية علوم حياة | 195 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية في بعض الصفات المظھرية لنبات .carthamus tinctorius lالعصفر ماھر زكي فيصل مروة قيس إبراھيم العبيدي جامعه بغداد / )ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحياة 2014كانون االول 21 قبل البحث في:، 2014أيلول 30 في: استلم البحث الخالصة ، جامعة ابن الھيثم / أجريت التجربة في الحديقة النباتية العائدة لقسم علوم الحياة في كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة لدراسة تأثير المجال الكھرومغناطيسي بخمس شدات مختلفة ، وھي 20132014 . بغداد . لموسم النمو )0،5،10،15،20(mt ) ساعات وتداخلھا في بعض الصفات المظھرية لنبات العصفر 1،2،3، بثالث مدد زمنية ، وھي ( ) randomized complete block design )rcbd.صممت التجربة بحسب تصميم القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة ) ،وأظھرت 0.05لكل معاملة ، وقورنت المتوسطات باستعمال اقل فرق معنوي عند مستوى احتمال ( بثالثة مكررات النتائج اآلتي : أدى تعريض البذور لمجال كھرومغناطيسي بشدات مختلفة إلى حصول زيادة معنوية باستثناء عدد االفرع الخضرية ، 1اذ أعطت اعلى معدالت في نسبة انبات البذور وارتفاع النبات وحجم الجذر و مساحة الورقة ، ودليل المساحة الورقية . من المجال الكھرومغناطيسي. 10mtوكانت اعلى زيادة عند تعريض البذور لشدة معنوية في معظم الصفات آنفة تعريض البذور لمدد زمنية مختلفة من المجال الكھرومغناطيسي إلى حصول زيادة أدى 2الذكر باستثناء صفة عدد االفرع الخضرية وحجم الجذر ، وكانت اعلى زيادة عند تعريض البذور لمدة ساعتين لمعظم الصفات المذكورة ، ومدة ثالث ساعات لنسبة انبات البذور. لمدة ساعتين 10mtدروسة مع تفوق المعاملة كان التداخل بين عاملي الدراسة له تأثير معنوي في جميع الصفات الم3 في إعطائھا افضل معدالت للصفات المدروسة مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة . المجال الكھرومغناطيسي , المدة الزمنية , نبات العصفر , الصفات المظھرية . : الكلمات المفتاحية علوم حياة | 196 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة من المحاصيل الزيتية astraceaeالعائلة المركبة الذي ينتمي إلى .carthamus tinctorius lيعد نبات العصفر القليلة التي تالئم البيئة العراقية ، ولھذا النبات أھمية طبية ، كما إن زيته يحتوي على نسبة عالية من االحماض الدھنية غير الغاية األساسية من زراعته ھي البذور التي %[1] . 75إلى lonolic acidالمشبعة إذ تصل نسبة حامض اللينوليك . [2] %/ /11_17والبروتين إلى %/ / 20-40تتميز بارتفاع محتوى البروتين والزيت فيھا إذ تصل نسبة الزيت ) ذات التردد المنخفض لھا اثار emf) electromagnetic fieldsالكھرومغناطيسية أظھرت البحوث أن المجاالت بايلوجية ، لذا أصبحت موضوعاً له أھمية في علمية أثناء العقدين الماضيين إن المجاالت الكھرومغناطيسية ذات التردد المنخفض ھي واحدة من العوامل البيئية التي انبعثت من مصادر مختلفة مثل الحقول المغناطيسية األرضية , الجھد ي الغالف الجوي ,األشعة الكونية ,األجھزة الكھربائية ومحطات توليد الطاقة الكھربائية ، أجمعھا لھا اثار الكھربائي ف تتعرض النباتات في البيئة الطبيعية إلجھادات غير حيوية مستمرة ناجمة عن . [3]كھرومغناطيسية ذات تردد منخفض ض من ھذه المجاالت يكون له تأثير في الكائنات الحية الدقيقة ، المجاالت الكھرومغناطيسية ، و تبين أن التردد المنخف و تختلف األنواع النباتية تختلف في حساسيتھا واستجابتھا لإلجھادات البيئية ، ألنھا تمتلك . [4]والنباتات والحيوانات احداث تغييرات في مستويات إذ وجد أن المجال الكھرومغناطيسي يؤدي الى . [5]استجابات مختلفة لھذه االجھادات فضالً عن زيادة قابلية تجديد الخاليا وتأخير الشيخوخة . [6]االنزيمات المضادة لألكسدة وتحفيز عملية الفسفرة الضوئية أما تأثير المجاالت الكھرومغناطيسية في الصفات الخلوية فيشمل احداث تغييرات في دليل االنقسام الخلوي وعدد . [7] ونظرا لقلة الدراسات في ھذا المجال في نبات العصفر، تھدف ھذه الدراسة إلى معرفة تأثير شدة . [8]نقسمة الخاليا الم المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في الصفات المظھرية لنبات العصفر. المواد وطرائق العمل ابن الھيثم ، جامعة بغداد / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة-علوم الحياة أجريت التجربة في الحديقة النباتية العائدة لقسم ، لدراسة تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في بعض الصفات 2013-2014لموسم النمو البذور صنف ربيع ، وھو الدائرة العامة لتصديق /المظھرية لنبات العصفر . تم الحصول على البذور من وزارة الزراعة .بغداد ،على انھا بذور صنف محلي /صنف محلي له نسبة انبات عالية ، وقد صنف من المعشب الوطني في ابوغريب ) بحسب 1أخذت عينات من تربة الحقل قبل الزراعة لغرض تقدير الصفات الكيميائية والفيزيائية كما موضح بالجدول رقم ( ، اذ تم إجراء التحليل في المختبر المركزي لتحليالت التربة والمياه والنبات قسم علوم التربة [9]الطرائق الموصوفة في والموارد المائية ،كلية الزراعة ،جامعه بغداد. أجريت عمليات الحراثة والتنعيم والتسوية ، بعدھا قسمت ارض التجربة )سم . 120×60وكانت مساحة الوحدة التجريبية الواحدة (وحدة تجريبية ، 15على ثالثة مكررات كل مكرر يحتوي على تم تعريض البذور قبل الزراعة لمجال كھرومغناطيسي بواسطة جھاز توليد المجال الكھرومغناطيسي التابع لمختبر ة مالئمة ابن الھيثم ،جامعة بغداد .اذ تم وضع البذور في حاوي / الكھربائية ،قسم الفيزياء ،كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة mt)0،5،10،15،20االبعاد داخل جھاز ، وعرضت البذور لخمس شدات مختلفة من المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ، وھي ( ) ساعات . صممت التجربة لدارسة تأثير المجال الكھرومغناطيسي في الصفات 1،2،3لكل شدة ثالث مدد زمنية وھي ( randomized completeصميم القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة المظھرية لنبات العصفر ، اذ انتظمت المعامالت في ت block design)rcbd إذ زرعت بذرتان لكل جورة بحسب معامالت 2013/11/25). زرعت البذور بتاريخ ، يوم من زراعة 100اي بعد 2014/3/5التجربة ، وتم متابعتھا من عمليات الري وازالة االدغال. تم اخذ العينات بتاريخ يوماً 128لغرض قياس بعض الصفات المظھرية ، وعد ھذا موعداً أولياً ألخذ العينات، واخذت عينات أخرى بعد البذور ، وعد ھذا موعداً ثانياً لقياس بعض الصفات المظھرية أيضاً تمت دراسة بعض الصفات المظھرية 2014/4/2بتاريخ لنبات العصفر وھي : االنبات استناداً إلى عدد البذور البازغة بعد عشرة أيام من الزراعة ، حسبت نسبة -نسبة انبات البذور %: -1 وفقاً للمعادلة اآلتية : . [10]وعدت البذور بازغة بمجرد ظھور الجذير والرويشة عدد البذور البازغة 100×ــــــــــــ نسبة االنبات = ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ العدد الكلي للبذور المزروعة نباتات من كل وحدة تجريبية من سطح التربة لغاية اعلى قيس ارتفاع النبات لثالثة ارتفاع النبات (سم): -2 نقطة من النبات بواسطة مسطرة مدرجة ، ثم استخرج المتوسط لكل معاملة . تم قياس حجم الجذر بواسطة اخذ حجم الماء المزاح من األسطوانة المدرجة . -:)3حجم الجذر (سم -3 علوم حياة | 197 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 االفرع الخضرية لثالثة نباتات ، ثم استخرج المتوسط ُحسبت عدد ):1-عدد االفرع الخضرية (فرع .نبات -4 لكل معاملة . باعتماد طريقة [11]حسبت مساحة الورقة استناداً إلى الطريقة التي اوردھا مساحة الورقة (سم): -5 األقراص إذ أخذ عدد معين من األقراص وتم تجفيفھا ، ثم حسبت االوزان الجافة لھذه األقراص ، -السطحية لألوراق بحسب المعادلة اآلتية :وحسبت المساحة الوزن الجاف لألوراق مساحة األقراص معلومة المساحة ×مساحة الورقة =ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ الوزن الجاف لألقراص -وكاآلتي : [12]حسبت وفقاً للمعادلة التي أوردھا دليل المساحة الورقية : -6 مساحة أوراق النبات دليل المساحة الورقية =ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ المساحة التي شغلھا النبات . [13] 0.05) عند مستوى احتمالية (lsdحللت النتائج احصائياً بحسب التصميم المتبع واعتمد اقل فرق معنوي النتائج والمناقشة ) أن تعريض بذور نبات العصفر قبل الزراعة لمجال كھرومغناطيسي أدى إلى زيادة معنوية 2أظھرت نتائج الجدول ( وبنسبة زيادة مقدارھا 10mtة في معدل ھذه الصفة بزيادة شدة في معدل نسبة انبات البذور اذ لوحظ ھناك زيادة معنوي فضال عن وجود زيادة معنوية في معدل نسبة االنبات عند تعريض البذور لمجال كھرومغناطيسي وكانت 142.82% اعلى زيادة عند التعريض البذور لمدة ثالث ساعات. اما تداخل المدة الزمنية وشدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي كان له تأثير بنسبة %93.33ولمدة ساعتين ، وبلغ 10mtعريض لشدة معنوي في متوسط ھذه الصفة ، وكانت اعلى زيادة عند الت .تعزى الزيادة الحاصلة بنسبة انبات البذور إلى أن معالجة البذور قبل الزراعة قد حفز بعض %180.01زيادة مقدارھا لضوئي االنزيمات الخاصة بعملية االنبات ، وھذه تعمل على زيادة عملية امتصاص البذور للماء وزيادة عملية التمثيل ا ) ھناك تفوقاً معنوياً عند تعريض البذور لمجال 3اما بالنسبة إلى ارتفاع النبات فقد أظھرت نتائج الجدول ( . [14] . %16.54بإعطائھا اعلى متوسط لھذه الصفة بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا 10mtكھرومغناطيسي بزيادة شدة التعريض إلى . اما %91.01وياً بزيادة مدة التعريض إلى ساعتين أذ أعطى اعلى متوسط وبلغ كما أن متوسط ارتفاع النبات قد ازداد معن التداخل بين المدة الزمنية وشدة التعريض فقد كان له تأثير معنوي في متوسط ، ھذه الصفة وكانت اعلى زيادة في متوسط مقارنة مع نباتات %29.32ارھا لمدة ساعتين بنسبة زيادة مقد 10mtسم عند التعريض لشدة 103.86ارتفاع النبات ھي السيطرة ، وذلك الن المجال الكھرومغناطيسي قد اثر في محتوى النبات من االوكسينات و زاد من محتواه في النبات ، أن التعرض للمجال [15]وبالتالي سبب زيادة انقسام الخاليا واستطالتھا ، وبالتالي أدى إلى زيادة متوسط نمو النبات طيسي بصورة عامة يعمل على زيادة ارتباط األنظمة األحيائية بنحٍو ؛ اكبر الن النباتات تحتوي بداخلھا على الكھرومغنا إشارات كھروكيميائية تمثل تذبذبات موجودة أصالً في الغشاء الخلوي مما يجعل الغشاء ارق مما يغير توزيع المجال . إن معاملة البذور قبل [16]ؤثر في الفعاليات الحيوية داخل النبات الكھربائي داخل الغشاء ، ولھذا تتغير النفاذية مما ي ) وجود 4الزراعة بشدات ومدد زمنية مختلفة من الجال الكھرومغناطيسي اثر في حجم الجذر ، إذ أظھرت نتائج الجدول ( ، و %39.17مقدارھا بنسبة زيادة 10mtزيادة معنوية في متوسط حجم الجذر بزيادة شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي إلى وجد أيضاً أنه ليس ھناك أي تأثير معنوي لمدة التعريض في متوسط ھذه الصفة ، وأعطى التداخل الثنائي تأثيراً معنوياً في لمدة ساعتين بنسبة زيادة 10mtعند تعريض البذور لشدة 3سم19.50متوسط حجم الجذر ، وكانت اعلى زيادة ھي نباتات السيطرة . إن المجال الكھرومغناطيسي أدى إلى زيادة متوسط انقسام الخاليا واتساعھا مقارنة مع % 50مقدارھا وتحفيز الھرمونات المسؤولة عن االنقسام الخلوي في المرستيمات القمية ، وبذلك أدى إلى زيادة طول الجذر مما اثر [17] أي تأثير معنوي لشدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي في ) عدم وجود5. و أكدت نتائج الجدول ([18]إيجاباً في حجم الجذر متوسط عدد االفرع الخضرية لنبات العصفر ،وكذلك الحال بالنسبة إلى تأثير مدة التعريض للمجال الكھرومغنطيسي ، اما فرع .( 17.00التداخل الثنائي بين شدة ومدة التعريض فقد كان له تأثير معنوي في متوسط عدد االفرع الخضرية بلغ مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة . ويعزى %21.25لمدة ساعتين بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا 10mt) عند التعريض لشدة 1-نبات سبب ذلك إلى أن المجال الكھرومغناطيسي شجع نمو النبات بتأثيره في نشاط بعض االنزيمات الخاصة بنمو النبات علوم حياة | 198 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ونشوئه وزيادة العمليات األيضية للنبات ، أن زيادة تراكم النتروجين داخل النبات أدى إلى تحفيز السايتوكاينين الذي له . إن المجال الكھرومغناطيسي قد اثر في [19]دور مھم في نمو البراعم الجانبية وكذلك زيادة متوسط التمثيل الضوئي ) إلى وجود تفوق معنوي في متوسط مساحة الورقة ، 6رقة إذ اشارت نتائج الجدول(النمو الخضري ومنه زيادة مساحة الو . أن متوسط مساحة الورقة قد %36.88بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا 10mtوكانت اعلى زيادة عند تعريض البذور لمجال شدته كان التداخل الثنائي بين عاملي . %57.46ازداد معنوياً بزيادة مده التعريض إلى ساعتين ، إذ أعطت اعلى متوسط وبلغ لمدة 10mtعند التعريض لشدة 2سم79.83الدراسة له تأثير معنوي في متوسط ھذه الصفة ، وكانت اعلى زيادة ھي مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة . سبب ذلك أن المجال الكھرومغناطيسي قد زاد من %53.75ساعتين بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا كما انه قد سبب زيادة في محتوى [20]واستطالتھا وتقليل الوقت المطلوب النقسام الخاليا النباتية متوسط انقسام الخاليا الكلوروفيل داخل البالستيدات الخضر وزيادة عددھا مما سرع من عملية التمثيل الضوئي الذي انعكس بدوره في نمو النبات ) وجود تفوق معنوي في متوسط 7ساحة الورقية ، فقد بين الجدول (. اما بالنسبة إلى دليل الم [21]وزيادة مساحة األوراق بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا 10mtدليل المساحة الورقية ، وكانت اعلى زيادة عند تعريض البذور لمجال كھرومغناطيسي شدته . 0.8توسط بلغ ، أن متوسط ھذه الصفة قد ازداد معنوياً بزيادة مدة التعريض إلى ساعتين إذ أعطت اعلى م 36.88% 10mtعند التعريض لشدة 1.33إن التداخل الثنائي كان له تأثير معنوي في متوسط ھذه الصفة ، وكانت اعلى زيادة ھي مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة . من المعروف أن %53.75لمدة ساعتين من المجال الكھرومغناطيسي بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا ي زيادة مساحة الورقة بزيادة متوسط انقسام الخاليا واستطالتھا الذي بدوره انعكس إيجاباً المجال الكھرومغنطيسي قد حفز ف نستنتج مما سبق أن تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي والمدة الزمنية وتداخلھما في . [20]على دليل المساحة الورقية من المجال الكھرومغناطيسي لمدة 10mtلشدة نبات العصفر أدى إلى زيادة نمو النبات والسيما عند تعريض البذور ساعتين بالنسبة إلى كل من نسبة انبات البذور ,ارتفاع النبات , حجم الجذر ,عدد االفرع الخضرية ,مساحة الورقة ، ودليل المساحة الورقية . المصادر 1-wiess ,e.m. (1971).castor sesame and safflower. barnes and noble ,inc. ,newyork .529-744. 2-helm , j. and schneiter , a.a. ( 1987). safflower production comparative extensive service . north dakota . univ. fargo . noth dakota . 581870. 3-racuciu ,m.(2011). 50hz frequency magnetic fields effects of mitotic activity in the maize root .romanian biophy 21(1):54-62 . 4-shabrangi , z. ; sheidai ,m. ; majed ,a. ; nabluni ,m. and doranian,d.(2010)cytogenetic abnormalities caused by extremely low frequency electromagnetic field in canola. science asia .36:292-296 . 5-behner ,h. ; nelson ,d. and jenson ,r. (1995) . adaptation to environmental stresses plant cell7:111-1099. 6piacentini ,m.p. ; piatti , e. ; fraternal ,d. ;racci ,d. ; albertini ,m.c. and accorsi ,a.(2004). phospholipase c-dependent phosphoinositids breakdown induced by elf–emf in peganum harmala calli.biochimi .86: 9-434 . 7-yaycili , o. and alikamanoglu , s. (2005). the effect of magnetic field on paulomnia tissue organ cult . 83:14-109 . 8-pavela ,a. and creanga ,d. (2005). chromosomal aberration in plant under magnetic fluid influence. jornal of magnetism and magnetic materials . 469-472pp. 9-page ,a.l.; miller ,r.h. and kenney ,d.r. (1982). method of soil analysis ,2nd ed. agron.10 publisher . wisconsin usa. ). دور الكالسيوم في إزالة التأثيرات السمية لكلوريد الصوديوم من 2000،انسام غازي عبد الحليم ( العاني 10 ابن الھيثم ،جامعة بغداد./نباتات صنفين للشعير مختلفي التحمل للملوحة ،رسالة ماجستير ،كلية التربية 11-abu-el-zahab , a.a. ; ashor ,a.m. and alhadecy (1979). (comparative analysis of growth development and yield of five field bean cultivates vicia faba aski-kalaki , arbil ,iraq. علوم حياة | 199 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ) فسيولوجيا نباتات المحاصيل 1990بيرس ، اربرينت وال ميشيل , روجر ( ;كاردينير ، فرنكلين ب . 12 495.غداد:وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي ، كلية الزراعة ،جامعة ب 13sas.2012. statistical analysis system , users guide . statistical version 9.1th sas.inc ..cary .n.c. usa . 14-peyvandi ,m.; kahledi , n.k. and arbabian , s. (2013). the effect of magnetic fields on growth and enzyme activities of helianthus annuus l. seedlings .iranian journal of plant physiology .3(3):717-72. 15-bautista ,r.z. ; aguilar ,g.h. ; lopez , f.s. ; dominguez-pacheco , a.f. ; vargas ; j.v. ;reyes , c,p. and escalante ,i.p. (2014). electromagnetic field in corn grain production and health .african journal of biotechnology . 13(1): 76-83. 16-volkov ,a.c. and brown, c.l. (2004). electrochemistry encyclopedia electrochemistry of plant life . journal of the electrochemical society .14(2): 323-331. 17rajendra , r. ; nayaka , h. s. ; sashidhar ,r.b. ; subramanyam ,c.; devendranath ,r.s.s. and haskaran ,b.(2005) effect of power frequency electromagnetic field on growth of germinating vicia faba l. the broad bean .original or electromagnetic biological and medicine . 24(1):39-54. 18-imbrea ,f. ; pirsan , p. ; marinkovic , b. ; gheorghe ,d. ; botos , l. and jurijsecu , a. (2009). studies concerning the influence of radiation on biological features during imbibtion and sprouting bulletin uasvm agriculture . 66(1): 571-575. 19-faqenbi , f.; tajbakhsh, m. ; bernoosi ,i. ; saberrezaii, m. ; tahari , f. ; paevizi ,s. ; izadkahah , m. ; gorttapeh , a.h. and sedqi , h. (2009). the effect of magnetic field on growth development and yield of safflower and it's comparison with other treatments . med well journals .4(2):174-178. 20bilalis , d. j. ; efthimiadou ,a. ; karkanis ,a.; khah , e. m. and mitsis ,t. (2013). magnetic field pre sowing treatment as an organic friendly technique promote plant growth and chemical element accumulation in early and late cotton . astatine journal of crop science .7(1): 46-50. 21-farzpourmachiani , s. ; majd , a. ; ardadian ,s. ; dorranian , d. and hashemi , m. (2013). study of effect of electromagnetic field on seeds germination , seedlings ontogeny changes in protein content and catalase enzyme in valeriana officinals l. advances in environmental biology . 79 : 2235 2240. علوم حياة | 200 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 يوضح الصفات الكيميائية والفيزيائية لتربه التجربة : )1( رقم جدول الصفة القيمة الوحدة الصفات الكيميائية والخصوبية 7.28 ph درجة التفاعل ds.m-1 1.8 1:1اإليصالية الكھربائيةec o.mالمادة العضوية 0.39 % معادن الكربونات 18.5 mg.kg-1 النتروجين الجاھز % 0.008 الفسفور الجاھز 17.6 البوتاسيوم الجاھز 136 meq.l-1 الكالسيوم 8.1 ةااليونات الموجبة الذائب المغنسيوم 7.1 الصوديوم 6.34 n.1 الكربونات بةالذائااليونات السالبة الكبريات 11.4 البيكربونات 1.0 الكلوريدات 8.0 الخصائص الفيزيائية g.kg-1 الطين 224 الغرين 400 مفصوالت التربة الرمل 367 النسجه 10 مزيجيه تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في نسبة انبات البذور(%) لنبات :)(2 رقم الجدول العصفر المعدل )mtالشدة ( المدة (ساعة) 0 5 10 15 20 1 33.33 43.67 63.33 76.66 39.99 51.39 2 33.33 53.33 93.33 79.99 39.99 59.99 3 33.67 59.99 86.99 73.33 49.99 60.79 --- 43.32 76.66 81.21 52.33 33.44 المعدل :lsdقيمة *)p≤0.05( * 19.64* ، التداخل: 11.29* ، المدة: 13.68الشدة: علوم حياة | 201 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في معدل ارتفاع (سم) لنبات العصفر:)3(رقم الجدول المعدل )mtالشدة( المدة (ساعة) 0 5 10 15 20 1 80.03 82.94 85.57 86.98 78.15 82.73 2 80.31 91.90 103.86 92.86 86.13 91.01 3 79.94 83.59 90.68 83.48 78.26 83.19 --- 80.85 87.77 93.37 86.14 80.09 المعدل :lsdقيمة )*p≤0.05( * 10.44* ، التداخل: 4.37* ، المدة: 5.08الشدة ) لنبات العصفر 3) . تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في حجم الجذر (سم(4الجدول المعدل )mtالشدة ( المدة (ساعة) 0 5 10 15 20 1 13.00 15.50 17.00 18.00 11.50 15.00 2 13.00 16.00 19.50 17.00 12.50 15.60 3 13.50 16.00 18.50 16.50 11.00 15.10 --- 11.67 17.17 18.33 15.83 13.17 المعدل : lsdقيمة )*p≤0.05( ns غير معنوي * 4.18، التداخل: ns 2.47، المدة: * 3.97الشدة: علوم حياة | 202 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ) لنبات العصفر 1تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في عدد األفرع (فرع. نبات :)5الجدول( المعدل )mtالشدة ( المدة (ساعة) 0 5 10 15 20 1 13.88 14.37 15.62 16.37 13.55 14.75 2 14.02 15.25 17.00 15.75 14.37 15.27 3 13.17 14.75 15.00 14.87 11.62 13.88 --- 13.18 15.66 15.87 14.79 13.69 المعدل : * lsdقيمة )*p≤0.05( nsغير معنوي * 3.51، التداخل: ns 2.37، المدة: ns 2.88الشدة: ) لنبات العصفر2تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في مساحة الورقة (سم :) 6 (الجدول المعدل )mtشدة ( المدة (ساعة) 0 5 10 15 20 1 52.30 62.16 73.29 75.78 58.75 64.46 2 51.92 65.36 79.83 75.97 64.47 67.51 3 51.93 58.43 60.76 59.01 57.19 64.66 --- 60.14 70.25 71.25 61.98 52.05 المعدل : lsdقيمة )*p≤0.05( * 13.57* ، التداخل: 7.26* ، المدة: 8.93الشدة: علوم حياة | 203 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 تأثير شدة المجال الكھرومغناطيسي ومدته الزمنية وتداخلھما في دليل المساحة الورقية لنبات العصفر : 7)الجدول( المعدل )mtالشدة ( المدة (ساعة) 0 5 10 15 20 1 0.871 1.035 1.221 1.263 0.979 1.073 2 0.865 1.089 1.330 1.266 1.074 1.124 3 0.865 0.973 1.012 0.198 0.953 0.800 --- 1.002 0.909 1.187 1.032 0.867 المعدل : lsdقيمة )*p≤0.05( * 0.185* ، التداخل: 0.093* ، المدة: 0.107الشدة: علوم حياة | 204 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the effect of the electromagnetic field intensity and duration of time on some of the morphological characteristics of the plant safflower carthamus tinctorius l. mahir z. faysal marwa q. al-obeidy dept. of biology/college of education for pure science ( ibn al haitham)/university of baghdad received in :30 september 2014 , accepted in:21 december 2014 abstract the experiment was carried out in the field of botanical garden belonging to the department of biology sciences, college of education for pure science -ibn al-haitham ,baghdad university. for the growing season. 2014 -2013 to study the effect of the electromagnetic field which included five different intensities (0,5,10,15,20) mt and three periods of time, namely, (1,2,3) an hour and their interaction on some of the morphological characteristics of the safflower plant . designed experiment by randomized complete block design (rcbd) and three replicates per treatment, compared to the average using less significant difference at the level of probability (0.05) , the results showed the following: 1-exposing seeds to different electromagnetic field intensities led to a significant increase except the number of vegetative branches, as it gave the highest rates in the percentage of seed germination, plant height, the size of the root, leaf area and leaf area guide. the highest increase was when the seeds which were exposed to the intensity of the electromagnetic field 10mt. 2-exposing the seeds to different time periods of the electromagnetic field led to obtain a significant increase in most of the treatment mentioned except the character of vegetable branches number and the size of root, and the highest increase when the seeds exposing for two hours for most of the qualities mentioned and for three hours to the percentage of seed germination. 3-the interaction between the factors of the study had significant effect on all treatment with the superiority of treatment 10mt for two hours to give them the best rates for the studied traits compared with the control plants. key words: electromagnetic field, the period of time , safflower plant, morphological characteristics microsoft word 1-7 1 | biology 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 anti-oxidant activity of methanol extracts of arum maculatum l. and physalis peruviana l. plants zahraa h. mohammed dept. of biology / college of education for pure science-(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad ruqaya m. ibraheem dept. of biotechnology /college of science / university of al-nahrain received in :21 /december/2014, accepted in :2/february/2015 abstract total flavonoid contents, reductive ability and radical scavenging activity were studied in the methanol extracts of arum maculatum l. and physalis peruviana l. the results revealed that a. maculatum extract had total flavonoids of 535.3±109.9 µg/ml, which was significantly higher than the recorded flavonoids in p. peruviana extract (352.0±12.7 µg/ml). assessment of reductive ability revealed that both extract were effective in such activity and concentration-dependent. the highest absorbance was found at the concentration 0.64 mg/ml of a. maculatum methanol extract (0.929±0.006), which was significantly higher (p ≤ 0.05) than the corresponding concentration of p. peruviana extract (0.850 ± 0.050) or trolox (0.278±0.010), but the second extract also showed a significant increased absorbance compared to trolox. the results of dpph radical scavenging activity confirmed those of reductive ability, and again the highest concentration (0.500 mg/ml) of both extracts (a. maculatum and p. peruviana) recorded the best radical scavenging activity (93.33±0.58 and 95.33±2.52%, respectively), which was significantly higher than that of vitamin c (64.67±5.03%). in conclusion, both extracts can be considered as important medicinal plants that have the potential of anti-oxidant and free-radical scavenging activities. keywords: arum maculatum , physalis peruviana , flavonoids , anti-oxidant. 2 | biology 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction the human body has a complex system of natural enzymatic and non-enzymatic antioxidant defenses, which counteract the harmful effects of free radicals and other oxidants. free radicals are responsible for causing a large number of diseases including cancer, cardiovascular disease, neural disorders, alzheimer’s disease, mild cognitive impairment, parkinson’s disease, aging and atherosclerosis [1]. protection against free radicals can be enhanced by ample intake of dietary anti-oxidants, and there is a substantial evidence indicates that nutrients containing anti-oxidants and medicinal plants or their secondary metabolite are of a major importance in disease prevention; therefore, anti-oxidants are of a great benefit in improving the quality of life by preventing or postponing the onset of degenerative diseases due to oxidative stress [2]. the oxidative stress results from an imbalance between excessive formation of reactive oxygen species (ros) and/or reactive nitrogen species and limited anti-oxidant defenses [3]. one of the important anti-oxidants is flavonoids, which represent a range of polyphenolic compounds naturally occurring in plants [4]. flavonoids are potentially involved in cardiovascular prevention mainly by decreasing oxidative stress and increasing no bioavailability; therefore the estimation of flavonoid content in plant play important roles in providing protection against ros [5]. various in vitro and in vivo methods are used to investigate the anti-oxidant property of samples (diets or plant extracts). in the present investigation two in vitro evaluations (reductive ability and dpph radical scavenging activity) were adopted. the former is based on the principle of increase in the absorbance of the reaction mixtures. increase in the absorbance indicates an increase in the anti-oxidant activity. in this method, antioxidant compound forms a colored complex with potassium ferricyanide, trichloro acetic acid and ferric chloride. increase in absorbance of the reaction mixture indicates the reducing power of the samples [6]. the second method employs dpph molecule [1, 1-diphenyl-2picrylhydrazyl (α,α-diphenyl-βpicrylhydrazyl], which is characterized as a stable free radical by virtue of the delocalization of the spare electron over the molecule as a whole, so that the molecule does not dimerize, as would be the case with most other free radicals. the delocalization of electron also gives rise to the deep violet color, characterized by an absorption band in ethanol solution. [7]. in this investigation, two plants (arum maculatum and physalis peruviana) were selected to assess their anti-oxidant activity because of their wide range of medicinal applications. arum maculatum l. is a member of the family araceae, and in north of iraq is known as "kardi". the plant is a rich source of important chemical constituents; for instance, alkaloids, saponins, glycosides and lectins [8]. traditional and folk medicine revealed that a. maculatum is suggested to treat kidney stone disease, colitis, liver disease, rheumatic pains and hyperacidities. furthermore, the plant substance ari tubera has been clinically demonstrated to have an anti-inflammatory activity in the intestinal and respiratory tract [9]. in addition, the plant has been reported to have antimicrobial activity, and the plant lectins have been shown to induce neutrophil migration in vitro [10]. physalis peruviana l.is a member of the family solanaceae, and in north of iraq is known as "gulewaje". it is eaten freshly and commonly used in folk medicine as antimicrobial, anti-pyretic and immune modulator agent. it is also suggested to treat malaria, cancer, leukemia, hepatitis, rheumatism, asthma, dermatitis and other diseases [11]. phytochemical studies have isolated a number of compounds from p. peruviana, which confirmed its medical importance such as ticloidine, phygrine, withanolide and viscosalactone [12]. thus different active agents have been extracted from the plant, with a variety of pharmacological activities, and antiinflammatory and cytostatic activity being the most important. it is also an important source of vitamins a and c [13]. 3 | biology 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 material and methods the plants arum maculatum (whole plant) and physalis peruviana (fruits) were obtained from local markets in erbil, and classified at the herbarium of biology department (college of education for pure sciences / ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad). both plants were supplied as air-dried materials, and they were powdered using a coffee grinder. preparation of plant extract both plants were extracted with methanol as previously described [14]. briefly, 50 grams of the plants powder were extracted with 80% methanol (250 ml) at 65°c for 3 hours using the soxhlet apparatus. the extracts solution were concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure in a rotary evaporator to yield dried crude extract, which was frozen at -20°c until use to prepare the required concentrations. determination of total flavonoids total flavonoids content was spectrophotochemically determined in the methanol extract as rutin (flavonoids standard) equivalent by aluminium chloride colorimetric method [15]. briefly, the methanol extract (3.2 mg) was dissolved in 5 ml of 50% methanol, followed by addition of 1 ml of 5% (w/v) sodium nitrite solution. after 6 minutes, 1 ml of a 10% (w/v) aluminium chloride solution was added and the mixture was allowed to stand for a further 5 minutes before 10 ml of a 10% (w/v) naoh solution was added. the mixture was made up to 50 ml with distilled water and mixed well. then, the absorbance was measured at 450 nm with a spectrometer after 15 min. a similar procedure was applied to six concentrations (2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40 and 80 µg) of rutin in order to plot a standard curve. reductive ability the method described by fua et al. [14] was adopted to evaluate the reductive ability, in which 1 ml of each concentration of the plant extract (0.02, 0.04, 0.08, 0.16, 0.32 and 0.64 mg/ml) was mixed with 1ml of 0.2m phosphate buffer (ph 6.6) and 1.5 ml of 1% potassium ferricyanide, and then incubated at 50°c for 20 minutes. after that, 1 ml of 10% trichloroacetic acid was added to the mixture to stop the reaction. the mixture was centrifuged for 10 minutes at 3000 rpm, and 2.5 ml of the supernatant was mixed with 2 ml of distilled water and 0.5 ml of freshly prepared 0.1% ferric chloride. by then, the absorbance was measured at 700 nm. the same procedure was applied to trolox (vitamin e) solutions (standards). all tests were done in triplicates. dpph radical scavenging activity the anti-oxidant activity of plant methanol extract and standard (vitamin c) were assessed on the basis of the radical scavenging effect of the stable dpph free radical [16]. an aliquot of 0.1 ml of the extract or standard (0.062, 0.125, 0.250 and 0.500 mg/ml) was added to 3.9 ml of dpph solution in a test tube. after incubation at 37°c for 30 minutes, the absorbance of each solution was determined at 517 nm using spectrophotometer. all measurements were made in triplicates. the ability to scavenge dpph radical was calculated by the following equation: 100 standard of absorbance sample of absorbance 1 (%)activity scavenging radical dpph        statistical analysis data are given as mean ± standard deviation (s.d.), and differences between means were anova (analysis of variance) followed by either lsd (least significant difference) of duncan test. the analyses were carried out using the statistical package spss version 13. 4 | biology 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 results and discussion methanol extract of a. maculatum was found to have total flavonoids of 535.3 ± 109.9 µg/ml, which was significantly higher than the recorded flavonoids in p. peruviana extract (352.0 ± 12.7 µg/ml) (table 1). however, in both cases, the extracts can be considered as rich sources of flavonoids. as demonstrated by phytochemical investigations, flavonoids belong to a very vast group of plant secondary metabolites with variable phenolic structures and can be found in fruits, vegetables, grains, bark, roots, stems and flowers, and have a broad spectrum of pharmacological activities including their potential role as anti-cancer agents which give them a significance therapeutic advantage [3,4,5]. in agreement with such scope, a positive correlation had been found between flavonoids-rich diet (from vegetables and fruits) and a lower risk of colon, prostate and breast cancers has been observed. it has also been evident, that a treatment with a. maculatum aqueous extract remarkably lowered the mitotic index in bone marrow cells of swiss male mice at all exposure times, and in almost all concentrations tested compared to controls [17]. the authors justified their findings on the basis of high flavonoid contents acting in synergism with other constituents. in addition, flavonoids are known to inhibit lipid-peroxidation and platelet aggregation, and they exert these effects due to their anti-oxidant potential in scavenging free radicals [18]. such potentials and high content of flavonoids encouraged further to assess the anti-oxidant activity of both extracts. assessment of reductive ability revealed that both extract were effective in such activity, in which it was concentration-dependent. the highest absorbance was observed at the concentration 0.64 mg/ml of a. maculatum methanol extract (0.929 ± 0.006), which was significantly higher (p ≤ 0.05) than the corresponding concentration of p. peruviana extract (0.850 ± 0.050) or trolox (278 ± 0.010), but the second extract also showed a significant increased absorbance compared to trolox. however, in both extract, the increase was almost three-folds higher than that of trolox (positive control) (table 2). the results of dpph radical scavenging activity confirmed those of reductive ability, and again the highest concentration (0.500 mg/ml) of both extracts (a. maculatum and p. peruviana) recorded the best radical scavenging activity (93.33 ± 0.58 and 95.33 ± 2.52%, respectively), which significantly higher than that of vitamin c (64.67 ± 5.03%) (table 3). the presented results suggest the antioxidant and free-radical scavenging activities of both extracts, which even exceeded the positive control values of trolox (vitamin e) and vitamin c. it is possible to explain that in the ground of high flavonoid contents, and as presented earlier, flavonoids of natural resources represent important anti-oxidant chemical constituents of plants [3,4,5]. with respect to p. peruviana, interest in the anti-oxidant properties of its fruits is also shared by recent investigations, and some of the medicinal properties of the plant have been associated with the anti-oxidant capacity of polyphenols [19, 20]. however, the anti-oxidant activity of p. peruviana has been suggested to be not a property of a single phytochemical compound, but due to the synergistic effect of different antioxidants existing in the fruits [21]. in a further investigation, hot aqueous and methanolic extracts p. peruviana were also evaluated for anti-oxidant activities, and the authors concluded that ethanol extract possessed good anti-oxidant activities, and the highest activity was observed in 95% ethanol extract, and in addition, this extract demonstrated a strong superoxide anion scavenging activity and xanthine oxidase inhibitory effect [12]; conclusions that are also favored by the present results. the a. maculatum plant is the less studied, but it showed better results than those obtained for p. peruviana, and the presented antioxidant property of the extract was higher. this is possibly might be associated with the higher concentration of flavonoids. the conclusin is that a. maculatum and p. peruviana are a rich source of flavonoids, which lend both plants to have important anti-oxidant and free-radical scavenging properties. however, the presented evidences were based on in vitro experiments, 5 | biology 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 and therefore in vivo evaluations are certainly required to explore the medicinal applications of the two plants especially in the fields of antioxidant and anti-inflammatory potentials. references 1. chatterjee, s., chatterjee, s., dey, k.k. and dutta, s. (2013). study of antioxidant activity and immune stimulating potency of the ethnomedicinal plant, cassia alata (l.) roxb. med. aromat. plants, 2: 4. 2. zhu, x.x., yang, l., li, y.j., zhang, d., chen, y., kostecká, p., kmoníčková, e. and zídek, z. (2013). effects of sesquiterpene, flavonoid and coumarin types of compounds from artemisia annua l. on production of mediators of angiogenesis. pharmacol. rep., 65: 410420. 3. grassi, d., desideri, g., croce, g., tiberti, s., aggio, a. and ferri, c. (2009). flavonoids, vascular function and cardiovascular protection. curr. pharm., 15: 1072-1084. 4. çirak, c., radušien, j., janulis, v., ivanauskas, l., çamaş, n. and kemal, a. (2011) phenolic constituents of hypericum triquetrifolium turra (guttiferae) growing in turkey: variation among populations and plant parts. ayan turk. j. biol., 35: 449456. 5. grassi, d., desideri, g. and ferri, c. (2010). flavonoids: antioxidants against atherosclerosis. nutrients, 2: 889-902. 6. jayaprakash, g.k., singh, r.p. and sakariah, k.k. (2001). antioxidant activity of grape seed extracts on peroxidation models in-vitro. j. agric. food chem., 55: 1018-1022. 7. rengasamy, k.r., aderogba, m.a., amoo, s.o., stirk, w.a. and van staden, j. (2013). potential antiradical and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors from ecklonia maxima (osbeck) papenfuss. food chem., 141: 1412-1415. 8. bedalov, m. and kupfer, f. (2005). studies on the genus arum (araceae). – bull. soc. neuchâteloise sci. nat. 128: 43-70. 9. nikolov, s. (ed.) (2006). specialized encyclopedia of medicinal plants in bulgaria. “bulgarian encyclopedia” sofia . 10. alencar, v.b., alencar, n.m., assreuy, a.m., mota, m.l., brito, g.a., aragao, k.s., bittencourt, f.s., pinto, v.p., debray, h., ribeiro, r.a. and cavada, b.s. (2005). proinflammatory effect of arum maculatum lectin and role of resident cells. int. j. biochem. cell. biol., 37: 1805-1814. 11. ramar, k., ayyadurai, v. and arulprakash, t. (2014). in vitro shoot multiplication and plant regeneration of physalis peruviana l. an important medical plant. int. j. curr. microbiol. app. sci., 3: 456-464. 12. zhang, y.j., deng, g.f., xu, x.r., wu, s., li, s. and li, h.b. (2013). chemical components and bioactivities of cape gooseberry (physalis peruviana). int. j. food nutr. saf., 3: 15-24. 13. chang, j.c., lin, c.c., wu, s.j., lin, d.l., wang, s.s., miaw, c.l. and ng, l.t. (2008). antioxidant and hepatoprotective effects of physalis peruviana extract against acetaminophen-induced liver injury in rats. pharm. biol., 46: 724-731. 14. fua, w., chena, j., caia, y., leia, y., chenb, l., peic, l., zhoua, d., lianga, x. and ruana, j. (2010). antioxidant, free radical scavenging, antiinflammatory and hepatoprotective potential of the extract from parathelypteris nipponica (franch. et sav.) ching. j ethnopharmacol., 130: 521-528. 15. sakanaka, s., tachibana, y. and okada, y. (2005). preparation and antioxidant properties of extracts of japanese persimmon leaf tea (kakinohacha). food chem., 89: 569575. 16. sanja, s.d., sheth, n.r., patel, n.k., dhaval, p. and biraju, p. (2009). characterization and evaluation of antioxidant activity of portulaca oleracea. int. j. pharm. pharm. sci., 1: 7484. 17. nabeel, m., abderrahman, s. and papini, a. (2008). cytogenetic effect of arum maculatum extract on the bone marrow cells of mice. caryologia, 61(4):383-387. 6 | biology 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 18. sandhar, h.k., kumar, b. prasher, s., tiwari, p., salhan, m. and sharma, p. (2011). a review of phytochemistry and pharmacology of flavonoids. internationale pharmaceutica sciencia, 1: 25-41. 19. liu, h., qiu, n., ding, h., and yao, r. (2008). polyphenols contents and antioxidant capacity of 68 chinese herbals suitable for medical or food uses. food res. int., 41: 363−370. 20. vijaya kumar reddy, c., sreeramulu, d., and raghunath, m. (2010). antioxidant activity of fresh and dry fruits commonly consumed in india. food res. int., 43: 285−288. 21. wu, s. j., ng, l. t., huang, y. m., lin, d. l., wang, s. s., huang, s. n., and lin, c. c. (2005). antioxidant activities of physalis peruviana. biol. pharm. bull., 28: 963−966. table no.(1):total flavonoid content in the methanol extract of arum maculatum and physalis peruviana. p ≤ mean ± s.d. (µg/mg) plant methanol extract 0.05 535.3 ± 109.9 arum maculatum 352.0 ± 12.7 physalis peruviana tableno.(2): reductive ability of arum maculatum and physalis peruviana methanol extracts. plant concentration (mg/ml) absorbance (mean ± s.d.) positive control (trolox) arum maculatum physalis peruviana 0.02 c0.109±0.002f a0.504±0.014f b0.446±0.027f 0.04 c0.117±0.002de a0.602±0.010e b0.491±0.022e 0.08 c0.138±0.008d a0.655±0.024d b0.565±0.041d 0.16 b0.164±0.015c a0.715±0.006c a0.704±0.013c 0.32 c0.230±0.022b a0.846±0.006b b0.744±0.014b 0.64 c0.278±0.010a a0.929±0.006a b0.850±0.050a different upper case letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means of columns. different lower case letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means of rows. table no.(3): dpph radical scavenging activity in arum maculatum and physalis peruviana methanol extract. plant concentration (mg/ml) anti-oxidant activity (mean ± s.d.; %) positive control (trolox) arum maculatum physalis peruviana 0.062 c39.00±1.73d a72.33±0.58d b69.33±1.53d 0.125 b46.00±4.58bc a80.00±1.00c a76.67±2.08c 0.250 b50.33±6.81b a83.00±1.00b a88.33±2.08b 0.500 b64.67±5.03a a93.33±0.58a a95.33±2.52a different upper case letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means of columns. different lower case letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means of rows. 7 | biology 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 arum كاردي الفعالية المضادة لالكسدة للمستخلصات الكحولية لنباتي maculatum l. كولة وازهوphysalis peruviana l. زھراء حسين محمد جامعة بغداد.)/ابن الھيثم(قسم علوم الحياة/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة رقية محمد ابراھيم جامعة النھرين.-العلومقسم التقانة االحيائية/كلية ٢/٢/٢٠١٥:، قبل البحث في ٢٠١٤/ ٢١/١٢استلم البحث في: الخالصة درس المحتوى الفالفوني والقابلية االختزالية وفعالية كنس الجذور الحرة في المستخلص الكحولي للنباتين كاردي arum maculatum l. كولة وازهوphysalis peruviana l. أظھرت النتائج امتالك مستخلص .a. maculatum مايكروغرام/مل، بحيث كان مرتفع معنويا مما ھو عليه في مستخلص 535.3±109.9محتوى فالفوني كلي p. peruviana 12.7±352.0) مايكروغرام/مل). واتضح عند تقدير القابلية االختزالية بأن كال المستخلصين كانا ملغم/مل للمستخلص 0.64 مؤثرين في تلك الفعالية ومرتبطا على التركيز. لقد لوحظت أعلى امتصاصية في التركيز ما ھو عليه في مستخلص ) مp ≤ 0.05) والتي كانت مرتفعة معنويا ((a. maculatum 0.006±0.929 الكحولي لنبات p. peruviana لكن كانت امتصاصية المستخلص (0.278±0.010) او عقار ترولكس (0.850±0.050لنفس التركيز ،( معززة لتلك المالحظة dpphالثاني ھي االخرى مرتفعة معنويا مقارنة بالترولكس. جاءت نتائج كنس الجذور الحرة لمادة .p و a. maculatum ملغرام/مل) لكال المستخلصين ( (0.500جل اعلى تركيزفي القابلية االختزالية، بحيث س peruviana) على التوالي)، والتي كانت 95.33±2.52%و 93.33±0.58) أفضل النتائج في كنس الجذور الحرة ، دان الى نباتين ). يمكن االستنتاج بأن كال المستخلصين يعوc )64.67 ± 5.03%مرتفعة معنويا مما ھو عليه في فيتامين ذو اھمية طبية من ناحية القابلية االختزالية وفعالية كنس الجذور الحرة. .arum maculatum , flavonoids , physalis peruviana , anti-oxidantالكلمات المفتاحية: microsoft word 132-138   132 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1979 vol. 32 (1) 2019 evaluate the rate of pollution in soil using simulink environment luma naji mohammed tawfiq luma.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mohammed a. hasan alamery85@yahoo.com ministry of education article history: received 11 october 2018, accepted 4 november 2018, publish january 2019 abstract in this paper we design a simulink model which can be evaluate the concentration of copper, lead, zinc, cadmium, cobalt, nickel, crum and iron. so, this model would be a method to determine the contamination levels of these metals with the potential for this contamination sources with their impact. the aim of using simulink environment is to solve differential equations individually and as given data in parallel with analytical mathematics trends. in general, mathematical models of the spread heavy metals in soil are modeled and solve to predict the behavior of the system under different conditions. keywords: simulink, mathematical model, partial differential equation, soil layers, heavy metals 1. introduction in this paper, a mathematical model [1] based on simulink environment to estimate the concentration of heavy metals which can be used to determine the contamination in soil will be design, which may be used to estimate the concentration of heavy metals in soil before and after the rain. simulink model is a block diagram environment for multi task simulation and model based design. it supports system design, simulation, code generation, and continuous testing [4]. simulink environment can be used to describe and solve different applications of various fields especially contamination model. the new approach used for calculation the dispersion parameter by design suitable simulink model. then design a model equation based on simulink environment that can estimate the effect of rainwaters in the soil which be contaminated by metals. there are many methods to solve pde some of these gave analytic solution, others gave approximate solution for more details see [6-8]. 2. solving an pde by simulink simulink is a graphical setting for planning simulations of systems, after we have access to simulink and matlab, we'll be able to begin matlab associate in nursing on the icon bar there's an icon that we just will click to launch simulink. or else, we'll sort simulink to cite the simulink library browser as shown in figure 1. next, click the yellow and to bring up a replacement model. we have a tendency to build models by dragging and connecting the needed elements, or blocks, from teams like the continual, math operations, sinks, or sources. as associate in nursing example, we'll use simulink to unravel the pde.   133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1979 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 1. the simulink library browser. this is where various blocks can be found for constructing models. 3. creation the model creating an operating model with simulink is easy; the model involves four basic steps as the figure 2.: 1. desired blocks must be select. 2. the block parameters must be configuring. 3. the block of inputs outputs must be connecting when we needed. 4. simulation parameters must be configuring. figure 2. schematic for a general system in which the block takes the input and produces an output. 4. mathematical description of the model the suggested model descriptions of the contamination of soils by  heavy metals which are distributed throughout the soil system remain in the soil solution as iron, organic and inorganic complexes. some of these heavy metals are mobile for uptake by plants. this mobility and availability depends on several factors including soil texture and ph [5]. also, in the industrial regions, where some types of factories are active, several chemical and petrochemical processes would be also active. as a result, industrial water becomes contaminated with various substances which are harmful; these are sources of environmental contamination, which added in the   134 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1979 vol. 32 (1) 2019 description of the model equation. then, the model equation, can be written as the relation between the change of concentration c ( 𝐦𝐠 𝐋 of heavy metals proportionally with the change of time t ( day-1 ) and the change of concentration of heavy metals proportionally with the change of space x ( cm ) multiplicand with the average pore-water velocity v ( ). then adding the fluid velocity in the reactor multiplicand with dispersion parameter d ( . so, the model equation can be written as: 𝐷 ² ² 𝑉 (1) which is a second order linear pde, with initial boundary conditions. now, how to choose initial and boundary conditions. a variety of conditions may be specified depending on the type of soil. there are different types of soil depending on properties, structure, characteristic or layers. in this thesis we classify the soil depending on characteristic and properties of soil as follows: sand (fine and coarse), silt, loam, crags and clay [3]. if the soil is a loam land, then the conditions are: ic: c(x, 0) = cx,0 = 𝐶 𝑒 ˗ bc: 𝐶 0, 𝑡 𝐶° 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∞, 𝑡 0. where; c0: initial concentration ( ). the amount of each element retained by each soil ( was calculated from the initial concentration in solution ( and the final concentration c in solution ( . equation (1), which can be represented as a mathematical model for spread of contamination through soil which can be used to determine the rate of contamination. the solution of model equation gives the concentration of the heavy metals in soil for any space and time. this model can be considered as an important model to give concentrations of heavy metals without spending in traditional laboratory inspecting. thus, the comparison between the result of model equation (1) before and after the rain gives the effect of the rain of contaminated soil. 5. solving the model equation we will use the adomian decomposition method (adm) to solve equation (1). first we consider the following an operator form of linear differential equation lt c = d lxx c ˗ v lx c (2) where l, is the symbol of derivative which can be invertible. take the inverse operator l−1 to both sides of equation (2), and using the initial condition: c(x, 0) = cx,0 = 𝐶 𝑒 ˗ we get: c = 𝐶 𝑒 ˗ + d lt˗1 lxx c ˗ v lt˗1 lx c (3) related to adomian method, we define the solution c by an infinite series of components given by: c = ∑ 𝐶 , then the equation (3) can be written as:   135 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1979 vol. 32 (1) 2019 (∑ 𝐶 , ) = 𝐶 𝑒 ˗ + d lt˗1 lxx ∑ 𝐶 , ˗ v lt ˗1 lx ∑ 𝐶 , (4) where cx,0, cx,1, cx,2 , … can be determined as far as we like. as given in our model, the zeros component 𝐶 , = c 𝑒 ˗ , then: c , = lt ˗1 (d lxx 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ ˗ v lx 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ ) = lt˗1 ( 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ ) = 2t 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ c , = lt ˗1 (d lxx (2t 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ ) ˗ v lx (2t 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ )) = lt˗1 (2t 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ + 2t 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ = 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ c , = lt ˗1 (d lxx ( 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ ˗v lx ( 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ )) = lt˗1 (2𝑡 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ 2𝑡²𝑐 𝑒 ˗ ) = 8 ! 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ and so on for other components. consequently, the solution in a series form is given by: c = c , + c , + c , + c , …… = 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ + 2t 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ + 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ + 8 ! 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ + ... that is: c = 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ { 1+( 2𝑣² ! ² 2𝑣² ² ! ³ 2𝑣² ³ …} i.e., c = 𝑐 𝑒 ˗ 𝑒 ² thus: c = 𝑐 exp 𝑡 = 𝑐 exp 𝑥 2𝑉𝑡 (5) thus, equation (5) represents the closed form solution of the model equation. now, we choose v = 5.14 × 10˗6 ms˗1 44.4096 10 , depending on results of [1-2]. therefore, c = c0 exp . 𝑥 2 44.4096 10 𝑡 (6) so, c = c0 exp . 𝑥 0.888192𝑡 then, d = . . (7) now, we build simulink model to estimate the dispersion parameter d for the equation (7), we firstly looking the terms in the bracket. we have 3 input signal lines: t, y, and x, also we see that   136 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1979 vol. 32 (1) 2019 both t and y are multiplied by constants, as in the first case of the model; this can be done by using a gain block in simulink. the signals are then summed together as illustrated in figure 3. (a) (b) figure 3. simulink model to estimate the dispersion parameter suggested model consist both inputs: x dot and x with outputs of the model. so, a feedback loop must be needed which can be used for each of these signals. the model is must be including a scope block for viewing the results after the running. hence, that the model is complete, we are ready to run the simulation and look at the results. note that simulink model illustrated in figure 3. can be used to estimate the dispersion parameter d for any type of soil in any time. depending on this value we design simulink model to estimate the concentration of heavy metals to measure the effect of rainwater. this model can be considered as an important model to give concentrations of heavy metals without spending in traditional laboratory inspecting. thus, the comparison between the result of suggested model equation (1) before and after the rain gives the effect of the rain for the contaminated soil. depending on those, we design simulink model illustrated in figure 4.   137 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1979 vol. 32 (1) 2019 figure 4. configuration of suggested simulink model 6. conclusions this research demonstrates simulink concept and used to design a model equation that determined the rate of contaminated in soil by estimate the concentration of heavy metals in soil for any depth and time. thus the results provided many of the features, such as:  the simulink model can be considered as a good representation to evaluate the concentrations of heavy metals in soil.  simulink environment requires very good programming skills.  source code is available; therefore, it can be modified and upgraded at no cost.  the program is usually written for an obsessive simulation problem. references 1. bohun, c. s. mathematical models for an undisturbed soil-column. mathematics-inindustry case studies journal. 2010, 2, 1-15. 2. burden, l. r.; faires, j. d. numerical analysis. seventh edition. 2001. 3. gzar, h. a.; gatea, i. m. extraction of heavy metals from contaminated soils using edta and hcl. journal of engineering. 2015, 21, 1, 45-61. 4. kent, n. r.; edward b. s.; arthur, d. s. fundamentals of differential equations and boundary value problems. sixth edition. pearson education. inc. usa. 2012. 5. selim, h. m.; amacher, m. c.; iskandar, l. k. modeling the transport of heavy metals in soil. monograph 90-2. u.s. army corps of engineering. 1990. 6. tawfiq, l. n. m.; yassien. s. m. solution of high order ordinary boundary value problems using semi-analytic technique. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 1. 7. tawfiq, l. n. m.; hussein, r. w. on solution of regular singular initial value problems. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 1.   138 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl.sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/32.1.1979 vol. 32 (1) 2019 8. tawfiq, l. n. m.; rasheed, h. w. on solution of regular singular ordinary boundary value problem. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 2. 9. tawfiq, l. n. m. on training of artificial neural networks. al-fatih journal. 2005, 1, 23, 130-139. 10. tawfiq, l. n.m.; hussein, a. a. t. design feed forward neural network to solve singular boundary value problems. isrn applied mathematics. 2013, 2013. 11. abdulhmeed, e. o.; tawfiq, l. n. m.; jasim, k. a. pollution of soils by heavy metals in east baghdad in iraq. international journal of innovative science, engineering & technology. 2015,2, 6,181-187. 12. abdulhmeed, e. o.; tawfiq, l. n. m.; jasim, k. a. numerical model for estimation the concentration of heavy metals in soil and its application in iraq, global journal of engineering science and researches. 2016,3,3,75-81. 13. tawfiq, l. n. m.; adel. y. design feed forward neural networks for solving ordinary initial value. lap lambert academic publishing. 2013. 14. tawfiq, l.n.m. improving gradient descent method for training feed forward neural networks. international journal of modern computer science & engineering. 2013, 2, 1, 1-25. 15. tawfiq, l.n.m.; eqhaar, q. h. on multilayer neural networks and its application for approximation problem. 3rd scientific conference of the college of science. university of baghdad. 2009. 70 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 rambure diplacodestrivialesدراسة المظهر الخارجي للنوع (odonata :libellulidae)تسجيل جديد للعراق حسن سعيد االسدي، انتصار فيصل عبد ، جامعة بغداد ابن الهيثم/قسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث : 2011تشرين الثاني 23استلم البحث في : الخالصة رتيبة libellulidaeمن عائلة diplacodestrivialisramburيتضمن البحث دراسة المظهر الخارجي للنوع البحث منمحافظة ميسان في شهر نيسان .جمعت عيناتodonata، رتبة الرعاشاتanisopteraمتباينة األجنحة وشملت هذه الدراسة تشخيص وتعريف النوع قيد الدراسة ، الوصف شمل معظم أجزاء الجسم ( الرأس و الصدر .2010 تسجيل جديد diplacodestrivialisramburوالنوع ،ولواحقه و البطن ولواحقها ) ، دراسة السؤتين الذكرية واالنثوية العراقية لرتبة الرعاشات. للمجموعة الحشرية ،افريقيا.diplacodesمتباينة االجنحة ، كلمات مفتاحية :ال المقدمة مليون سنة مضت 220مجموعة بدائية من الحشرات ظهرت أول مرة منذ حوالي odonataتعد رتبة الرعاشات ويعني سن ويشير إلى الفكوك odonمشتق من مصطلح يوناني odonata] . الرعاشات2,1خالل العصر الكاربوني[ ].هناك رأي اخر يقول بأن 4,5[zygopteraو anisoptera]. تقسم الرعاشات الى رتيبتين هما 3القوية المسننة [ ].الرعاشات anisozygoptera]6ورتيبة anisopteraورتيبة zygopteraالرعاشات تقسم الى ثالث رتيبات وهي مفترسة ذات أجزاء فم ماضغة متطورة جدا مع زوجين من األجنحة المتشابهة او غير المتشابهة طويلة غشائية كال حشرات الجناحين ذوا تعريق معقد بعروق مستعرضة صغيرة وعادة ذات بقعة جناحية بارزة ، العيون كبيرة جداً و بارزة ، قرون ات طرف اسطواني، العضو التكاثري للذكر مثل أكثر المجموعات االستشعار قصيرة جداً وخيطية، البطن طويلة وعادة ذ األخرى للحشرات في الرعاشات تنتج الحيامن في األعضاء التناسلية الواقعة في القطعة البطنية التاسعة وذكر الرعاشات ].7الثانية والثالثة [فريد بين الحشرات في امتالك مجموعة األعضاء الجنسية الثانوية الواقعة تحت القطعتين البطنيتين ان خصائص التعريق ليست لوحدها األهم في تقسيم العويالت فهناك صفات غير التعريق أكثر أهمية ال تزال مهملة حتى أالن مثل صفات المساحات الملونة في األجنحة والبقع القاعدية وبقع العقد والحزم الضلعية وغيرها من األجزاء الملونة في بالنسبة للدراسات التصنيفية في العراق فالموسوعة الحيوانية للرعاشــات في العــراق درســـت من ].اما 8االجنحة [ -morton, 1919-1920-1920a-1921; selys, 1887;ris, 1928;; sage, 1960(stقـبل[( quentin,1964] 9]عن. [ المواد وطرائق العمل ولغرض تسهيل عملية فصل ودراسة أجزاء الجسم المختلفة arial netجمعت العينات بأستخدام الشبكة الهوائية ] .10فقد استخدمت أثناء الدراسة الطريقة المتبعة من قبل [ يفية لعزل تم فصل السؤتين الذكرية واالنثوية حيث تم توخي الحذر والعناية نظراً لدقة أجزاء السوءة وأهميتها كصفات تصن األجناس عامة واألنواع خاصة عند الذكور. فقط من السوءة التناسلية أما بقية األجزاء فيفضل عدم فصلها لتسهيل التعرف عليها ورسمها penisتم فصل القضيب والمحافظة على ترتيب األجزاء فيها. . compound microscope ومجهر مركب dissecting stereo microscopeتم الفحص بأستخدام مجهر تشريح ocularتحت قوى تكبير مختلفة وحسب الصفة المنتقاة، تم اخذ القياسات بعد االستعانة بالعدسة العينية ذات المربعات 71 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 sequence lense وشريحة مجهرية مدرجةstage micrometer استخدمت الة تصوير رقمية نوع .nikon d90 لتصوير الجناحين األمامي والخلفي . لنتائج والمناقشةا 2,9سم، طول االنثى 2,8مغزلي او اسطواني، اصفر او زيتوني شاحب ذو عالمات بنية، طول الذكر -:bodyالجسم سم.1,9سم، الجناح الخلفي 2,1سم، الجناح االمامي .) كروي صغير الحجم1: (شكل headالرأس ) سوداء ، 2) ومقعرة قليالً من الجهة العلوية (شكل 1شكل : مثلثة ذات قمة مستديرة من الجهة األمامية (vertexالهامة تنتشر على سطحها شعيرات قصيرة سوداء، اما في االنثى تكون الهامة صفراء براقة. تقسم الى: eyesالعيون البسيطة :ثالثة مرتبة بهيئة مثلث متساوي الساقين قاعدته الى االمام اطول بمرتين من ساقيه، العيون ocelliالعيونالبسيطة بيضوية median ocellus صغيرة اقرب الى القاعدة من القمة، اما العين البسيطة الوسطيةlateral ocelliالجانبية صغيرة بنية اللون محاطة ببقعة سوداء صغيرة. : كبيرة تحتل معظم مساحة الرأس نصف دائرية ترتبط عند الخط الوسطي الظهري compound eyesالعيون المركبة قصيرة، بنية محمرة من االعلى زرقاء فاتحة من االسفل. بمسافة : مستطيلة سوداء ذات اخدود وسطي عميق يقسم سطحها بشكل يشبه حدوة الحصان، اما في االنثى صفراء fronsالجبهة ن براقة، ذات شعيرات قصيرة رفيعة سوداء ، السطح العلوي لها ازرق معدني، اما السطح االمامي ذات بقعتين سوداوتي مثلثتين بقمتين مستديرتين. : مستطيلة تقريباً بنية غامقة في الذكر، صفراء براقة في االنثى، ذات اخدود وسطي مجسر يقسمها الى clypeusالدرقة قطعة صغيرة ذات اخدود وسطيوشريطين رفيعين بنيين على جانبي االخدود anteclypeusقطعتين هما مقدم الدرقة كبير اسود ذو طرفين مثلثين بقمتين مستديرتين. postclypeus الوسطي، مؤخر الدرقة ) قطعة مثلثة صغيرة ذات قمة بنية غامقةوقاعدة بنية مصفرة مقعرة عند منتصفها ذات شعيرات 2: (شكلocciputالقفا طويلة سوداء. جانبين اشبه باألذينات ، اقرب الى الشكل المربع مع بروزين scape) االصل 3(شكل -: antennaeقرون االستشعار متطاول رفيع، محاط بالشعيرات، نهايته المتصلة بالقطعة االولى من السوط مقطوعة pedicelالحامل يتألف من اربع قطع االولى والثانية والثالثة متدرجة في الزيادة بالطول وينتهي السوط بقطعة طرفية flagellum،السوط اشبه بالشوكة. mouthpartsاجزاءالفم قوية incisor region of mandibleأ)كبير قوي بني غامق ذو منطقة اسنان قاطعة 4(شكل :mandibleالفك العلوي صغيرة، توجد شعيرات طويلة بنية مصفرة تمتد منتحت االسنان بأتجاه الحافة molarمستديرة النهاية، االضراس الداخلية، كما يوجد تركيب فصي بني غامق عند قاعدة الحافة الخارجية، و بقعة سوداء او بنية غامقة اعرض في وسط الحافة السفلية . laciniaوالشرشرة galeaلتالية القلنسوة ب) بني مصفر يتألف عادة من االجزاء ا 4: (شكل maxillaالفك السفلي بنية محمرة ذات نهايات مدببة ، جزؤهما السفلي ذو malaمندمجتانمع بعضهما عادة، والجزء العلوي ذو أسنان طاحنة طويلة بنية مصفرة كثيفة موازية لالسنان الطاحنة. يوجد palpal setaeحافات متعرجة بنية غامقة ذات شعيرات ملمسية بنية مصفرة ذات حافات متعرجة بنية غامقة، الجزء العلوي للملمس maxillary palpفصي هو الملمس الفكي تركيب قطعةمتطاولة بنية مصفرة ذات شعيرات طويلة بنية stipeالفكي بني غامق، ذو شعيرات قصيرة بنية مصفرة. اما السويق عة غير منتظمة الشكل.قطcardoمصفرة عند الجزء العلوي لحافته الخارجية، القاعدة ج) قطعة مفردة غير مقسمة نصف دائرية بنية مصفرة ذات حافة سفلية بنية ، الحافة 4(شكل : labrumالشفة العليا االمامية بنيةغامقة ذات نهايتين مستديرتين، معظم السطح الداخلي ذو شعيرات قصيرة بنية مصفرة ، الجزء الوسطي للحافة ين غامقين مع شعيرات قمية بنية مصفرة تحصر بينهما بقعتين صغيرتين غير منتظمتين ذواتا لون االمامية ذو تركيبين بني بني مصفر، الحافات الخارجية متعرجة ذات شعيرات طويلة بنية مصفرة. د) قطعة كبيرة مستطيلة تقريباً بنية مصفرة ذات حافات خارجية متعرجة تتألف من فص 4(شكل : labiumالشفة السفلى مثلث ذو قمة مستديرة وقاعدته محدبة قليالً، ذاتاخدود وسطي يقسمها الى جزئين وشريط قوسي median lobeطي وس مربعين تقريباً مخصران من جزءهما lateral lobesمستعرض بني قريب من قمة الفص الوسطي،الفصين الجانبين بين صغيرين مثلثين بقمتين مدببتين بنيان غامقان على العلوي بأخدود يقسمها الى جزئين، الجزء العلوي يتألف من تركي جانبي الفص الوسطي،كما يوجد بروز ذو قمة غليظة متعرجة بنية غامقة في وسط الجزء العلوي، اما الجزء السفلي تين، تركيبين مربعين تقريباً متالصقين من جزءهما العلوي، اما جزءهما السفلي محدد بشوكتين صغيرتين متقابلتين سوداو السطح الداخلي والخارجي ذو شعيرات طويلة بنية مصفرة. 72 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 دورقي بني مصفر ذو حافات عريضة بنية ، االجزاء العلوية للحافات ه)4: (شكل hypopharynxتحت البلعوم (اللسان) تل الجزء الجانبية بنية غامقة، معظم الجزء الوسطي الداخلي والحافة السفلية ذات شعيرات طويلة بنية مصفرة، كما يح العلوي الداخلي والحافات الجانبية شعيرات قصيرة بنية مصفرة. :thoraxالصدر أ) شبيه السرج بني غامق ذو تخصر وسطي يقسمه الى جزأين امامي وخلفي 5(شكل pronotumظهرالصدر االمامي تفصلهما حافة مستعرضة بارزة الى الخارج ذات شق وسطي عند منتصفها بهيئة تركيب مثلث ذو قمة مدببة ذات شعيرات ين بيضويتين صغيرتين قصيرة صفراء فاتحة، الجزء االمامي ذو حافة امامية مقعرة قليالً بنية مصفرة، توجد بقعت صفراويتين على جانبي الشق الوسطي ،كما توجد بقعتين بيضويتيين كبيرتين صفراويتين محددتين بحافات عريضة بنية كبير بني غامق ذو حافة سفلية مقعرة posterior lobeغامقة فوق الفص الخلفي. اما الجزء الخلفي محدد بالفص الخلفي حة، اما في االنثى يوجد شريط بني غامق وسط الفص الخلفي .مع شعيرات طويلة صفراء فات ب) اسطواني اصفر في الذكر او زيتوني شاحب في 5(شكل synthoraxاو الملتحم pterothoraxالصدر الجناحي االنثى ذو عالمات بنية غامقة او سوداء، المنطقة المحصورة بين الخط الوسطي الظهري والدرز العضدي بنية غامقة، وجد بقعة سوداء صغيرة فوق الفتحة التنفسية، هناك شريطين رفيعين جداً صفراوين على جانبي الخط الوسطي الظهري ت في الذكر، اما في االنثى غير موجودة thoracicappendagesلواحقالصدر قمعية ذات شعيرات طويلة صفراء، coxaا،ب،ج)طويلة سوداء تتألف من حرقفة -6: (شكل legsاالرجل اسطواني ذو صفين من اشواك femurيتألف من جزأين بنيين علوي صغير وسفلي متطاول ، الفخذ trochanterالمدور اشواك قصيرة سوداء، الفخذ 4-3قصيرة وواحد طويل في نهاية الفخذ سوداء اللون، حافة الفخذ المرتبطة بالقصبة ذات صفر على السطح الداخلي، اما الفخذ الوسطي ذو ثالثة اشواك االمامي ذو ستة اشواك متدرجة في الطول ، يوجد شريط ا قصيرة واالربعة االخيرة متدرجة في الطول، اما الفخذ الخلفي ذو ثالثة عشر شوكة قصيرة واالخيرة طويلة. مستطيلة طويلة ذات اشواك طويلة سوداء، السطح الداخلي للساق ذات شريط اصفر عريض، القصبة tibiaالقصبة ذات سبعة mid tibiaذات ثالثة اشواك طويلة والبقية قصيرة بنية مصفرة، القصبة الوسطية fore tibiaية االمام tarsusذات تسعة اشواك طويلة واالخيرة قصيرة. الرسغ hind tibiaاشواك طويلة واالخيرة قصيرة، القصبةالخلفية بني محمر clawرة سوداء، يتصل الرسغ بالمخلب يتألف من ثالث قطع بنية غامقة متدرجة في الطول ذات اشواك قصي صغير جداً اقرب الى القمة منه الى القاعدة.hookذو خطاف ) غشائية قصيرة ذات بقعة بنية محمرة عند قاعدة الجناح الخلفي وصغيرة جداً عند قاعدة 7: (صورة wingsاالجنحة مستطيلة قصيرة منتفخة صفراء، pterostigmaناحية رمادي فاتح. البقعة الج membranuleالجناح االمامي، الغشاء من الخاليا والخلية 2-1الحافتين االمامية والخلفية غليظتين سوداوتين، العرقين الجانبيين رفيعين بنيان غامقان يحيطان بـ من اشواك اصفر ذو حافتين بنيتين محددتين بصفينcostal veinتحت البقعة الجناحية اطول من البقية. العرق الضلعي صفراء ذهبية ذات بقعة بنية غامقة، اقرب الى القاعدة من القمة في كال الجناحين. معظم العروق nodusبنية غامقة. العقدة الطولية والعروق المستعرضة ذات اشواك بنية غامقة او سوداء قصيرة، كما توجد اشواك رفيعة بنية غامقة على الحافات ين االول والثاني صفراء ذهبية، التعريق بني غامق ، الجانبية للعروق المستعرضة، العروق المستعرضة امام العقدة للصف .incomplete distal antenodal nervureعرق واالخير غير مكتمل ½7عدد العروق امام العقدة للجناح االمامي ته للجناح االمامي عمودي على الحافة الخلفية للجناح االمامييتالف من خلية واحدة قاعد triangle cellالخلية المثلثة نصف طول ضلعه، اما في الجناح الخلفي مستعرض صغير يتألف من خلية واحدة قاعدته نصف طول ضلعه.العرق مندمج عند المنشأ بهيئة ساق طويلة في الجناحين االمامي والخلفي، يقع بين العرقين االول والثاني arculusالقوسي عريضة تتألف من صفين من الخاليا anal loopة الشرجيةللعروق امام العقدة بني غامق ذو نهايتين صفراوتين.العرو ينفصل بعيداً عن الزاوية الخلفية للخلية المثلثة. العرقين cubitus vein. العرق الزندي mid ribيفصلهما عرق وسطي iriii وrspl ذات صف واحد من الخاليا ،العرق المستعرض الزنديcubital nervure اصفر ذهبي واحد في كل جناح. تبدأ بصفين من الخاليا ثم تستمر بثالث صفوف وقبل حافة الجناح تكون رباعية الصف. discoidal fieldالحقل القرصي أ،ب) 8(شكل analappendagesاللواحقالشرجية قصيرة صفراء، حافاتها متعرجة، تشبه السكين ذات قمة superior anal appendagesاللواحق الشرجية العلوية أ)، الحافة السفلية حادة الزاوية ذات تسعة اشواك قصيرة 8محددةبشوكة قوية سوداء، تحاط بشعيرات طويلة ذهبية (شكل أ،ب). 9ب)، اما اللواحق الشرجية العلوية لالنثى صفراء اقصر من اللواحق العلوية للذكر(شكل 8بنية غامقة (شكل ورقية صفراء ذات قاعدة سوداء والحافات الجانبية بنية inferior anal appendagesاما اللواحق الشرجية السفلية مصفرة، الحافة االمامية مشطورة قليالً محددة بشوكتين قويتين متجهتين الى االسفل ذواتا لون بني غامق محاط بشعيرات طويلة صفراء. أ،ب). 10(شكل :male genitaliaالسوءة الذكرية 73 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 قوسية صفراء شاحبة ذات شعيرات طويلة صفراء ،الخطاف anterior laminaمامية بنية مصفرة تتألف من صفيحة ا hamule اصفر شاحب او كريمي يتألف من فصlobe كلوي الشكل وخطافhook ملتوي نحو االسفل والخلف بني ارجية طويل اصفر ذو قمة مستديرة عريضة متعرجة، الحافات الخ genital lobeغامق او اسود، الفص التناسلي والداخلية عريضة غير بارزة بنية ، حافاتهذات شعيرات طويلة بنية مصفرة ج)10: (شكل penisالقضيب تركيب انبوبي صغير ذو قمة امامية مستديرة شفافة بيضاء او صفراء فاتحة وقرب قاعدته يوجد تركيبين اصبعيين ذواتا صغيرة بنية غامقةذات شق وسطي، توجد قطعة صغيرة مستطيلة تفصل قمتين مستدرتين وقاعدة ضيقة، اما القطعة الثانية القطعتين الثانية عن الثالثة ،القطعة الرابعة تكون ذات حافة داخلية متعرجة وحافة خارجية يمتد منها بروز صغير مستدير عيرات طويلة بنية.عبارة عن تركيب غير منتظم الشكل بني غامق ذو ش pineal vesicleالنهاية، اما الكيس القضيبي أ،ب) 9(شكل female genitaliaالسوءة االنثوية ذات قمة vulvar scalesالقص البطني الثامن عريض القمة يضيق عند القاعدة، تنشأ منه صفيحة السوءة التناسلية عدته اعرض من قمته، مقعرة بنية مصفرة تضيق تدريجياً حتى القاعدة بنية غامقة او سوداء، اما القص البطني التاسع قا بيضوي بني غامق. vestigial styleيوجد تركيب صغير هو القلم االثري المصادر 1.mitra, t. r.(2003). ecology and biogeography of odonata with special reference to india fauna. zool. surv. india. kolkata.202:1-41 . 2.mitra, t.r. (2006). handbook on–common indian dragonflies (insecta: odonata): 1-124 . 3.samway, m.j. (2008). dragonflies and damselflies of south africa. 1stedn, pensoft .pub. sofia and moscow: 297 pp. 4.paulson, d.r. (2004). field key to adult alaska dragonflies. univ. of puget sound, tacoma. 5.paulson, d.r. (2007). field key to adult washington dragonflies (odonata). univ. of puget sound, tacoma. 6.aguilar, a.c. ; uhia, e. and rivera, a.c. (2003). sperm competition in odonata (insecta): the evolution of female sperm storage and rival's sperm displacement. j. zool. london., 261: 381-398. 7.brooks, s. (2003). dragonflies. pub. in the united state of america in association with the nat. hist. mus. london: 96 pp. 8.belle, j.(1996).higher classification of the south american comphidae (odonata). zool. med. leiden. 70 (21): 297-324 . 9.asahina, s. (1973). the odonata of iraq. japanese j. zool., 17 (1) :17-36 . 10 ). دراسة تصنيفية لعائلة الخنافس المائية الدوارة1980جاسم ، حسن سعيد ( family: gyrinidae من رتبة غمدية coleopteraاالجنحة صفحة. 184في العراق. رسالة ماجستير. جامعة بغداد: 74 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 diplacodestrivialisrambur):قرن االستشعار(ذكر) للنوع 3شكل( scaاالصل .peحامل .flسوط. 75 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 76 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تحت البلعوم -ه diplacodestrivialisrambur): منظر ظهري ألجزاء الفم (ذكر) للنوع 4شكل( ca قاعدة .mo اضراس .mlفص وسطي . s سويق .se شعيرات .ll فص جانبي . mسطح طاحن .ps . شعيرات ملمسية .g قلنسوة .lcشرشرة . irm منطقة االسنان القاطعة للفك العلوي . 77 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 diplacodestrivialisrambur): الصدر (ذكر) للنوع 5شكل ( pn ظهر امامي .ms.pls الدرز الجانبي الوسطي .mb الغشاء . pl فص خلفي .pars الضلع قبل الجناحي والجيب.me.plsالجانبي الخلفي . الدرز se شعيرات .hsc الصفيحة العضدية .me.scالدرع الخلفي . ms.ep.st اعلى القص الوسطيms.sc الدرع الوسطي .dca الجؤجؤ الظهري. ms.pnالظهر الخلفي للصدر الوسطي . me.pn الظهر الخلفي للصدر الخلفي . 78 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 79 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 df . الفرع الثالث للعرق الشعاعي riii. عرق متوسط والقطاع السفلي للعرق القوسي m a. حقل قرصي anc عرق مستعرض امام العقدة. sn تحت العقدة.nod عقدة .sc عرق تحت ضلعي .iriii الفرع االول للعرق الشعاعي الثالث .pt بقعة . . العرق المقحم بين rspi. خلية مثلثة t. عرق ضلعي cجناحية . الفرع االول للعرق الشعاعي ri. عرق زندي cuخلية تحت مثلثة iriii+rivstالعرقين mspl العرق المقحم بين العرقين .cu+maia عرق شرجي .rii الفرع الثاني للعرق الشعاعي .pnc عرق . . عرق cnخلية فوق مثلثة ht. عرق قوسي arc.العرق المستعرض االخير غير مكتمل idtaمستعرض خلف العقدة ع الرابع للعرق الشعاعي . الفرrivمسستعرض زندي al عروة شرجية .rs عرق شعاعي والقطاع العلوي للعرق القوسي . diplacodestrivialisramburللنوع (ذكر) األجنحة: )7 الشكل( 80 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 diplacodestrivialisrambur): اللواحق الشرجية الذكرية للنوع 8شكل ( sap(cr)(القرون الشرجية) اللواحق الشرجية العلوية .iap(ep.pr) . اللواحق الشرجية السفلية (الصفيحة . صفيحة جار pa.pr. اشواكsp. شعيراتseالظهرية) diplacodestrivialisrambur): اللواحق الشرجية االنثوية للنوع 9شكل ( sap(cr)(القرون الشرجية) اللواحق الشرجية العلوية .pa.prالصفيحة جار الشرج . vsصفيحة السوءة التناسلية االنثوية .vst قلم اثري .spاشواك .seشعيرات . 81 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 diplacodestrivialisrambur): السوءة التناسلية الذكرية للنوع 10شكل ( p قضيب .haخطاف .lo فص . seشعيرات . h خطاف .alamصفيحة امامية . pveكيس قضيبي .gloالفص التناسلي . 82 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 external morphological study of diplacodes triviales rambure(odonata :libellulidae)new record to iraq i. f. abd , h. s. al-asady department of biology ,college of education (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in :23 november 2011 accepted in : 11 january 2012 abstract external morphologicalstudy of species diplacodestrivialesrambure of family : libellulidae from suborder anisoptera of the order odonata which were collected from maisan governorate 2010. such study was included : detailed description of most body parts (head, thorax,abdomen and their appendages), identification and recognition of species, study male and female genitalia. the species diplacodes triviales rambure was new record to iraqi fauna of odonata. key words: anisoptera,diplacodes, africa. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 synthesis and characterization of novel tetradentate ligand type n4 and its complexes with co ii,niii,and pdii. e. i. yousif departme nt of chemistry, college of education, i bn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a new schiff base ligand [2,3,8,9–tetra -p henyl-1,4,5,7,10,12-hexa azo-5,12 dihydro -6,11dione 1,3,7,10-dudec-tetra-ene] [h2l] and its comp lexes in general formula [m (h2l)]cl2 (where : m = co ii , ni ii , and pd ii ) were p repared. this ligand was p repared in two st eps,in the first st ep a solution of benzil in methanol was reacted under reflux with semicarbazidhy drochlorid to give an (intermediate comp ound)[benzy l bis–(semicarbazone)] which was reacted in the second st ep with benzil giving the mentioned ligand. the comp lexes co ii , ni ii , and pd ii were sy nthesized by direct reaction of the corresp onding metal chloride with the ligand [h2l].the ligand and comp lexes were characterized by sp ectroscop ic methods (ir, uv-vis, and atomic absorp tion), chloride content and conductivity measurement.from the data of these measurements, we suggestred a tetrahedral geometry for co ii , ni ii comp lexs and a square p lanar for pd ii comp lex. introduction schiff b ases derived from condensation of semicarbazide with carbony l comp ounds were reported as comp lexing agents for various transition metal ions. m any chemist s have reported on the chemical st ructural and biological p rop erties of schiff bases. schiff bases are characterized by the –n=ch-(imine) group which is very imp ortant in elucidating the mechan ism of transmission rasemination reaction in some biolo gical sy st ems[1,2] . during the p ast two decades, considerable att ention has been p aid to the chemist ry of metal comp lexes of schiff b ases containin g n itrogen and other donor atoms[3,4].t his may be att ributed to their st ability , biological activity [5]and potential application in many fields such as oxidatioin catalysis [6] and electrochemistry [7]. in 2006 kurup and co-workers [8]reported that the reaction of 2benzoy l py ridine n(4)-p heny lthiosemicarbazone with variety of cupper salts y ielded a series of cup p er (ii) complexes. the present p ap er rep orts the sy nthesis and characterization of new ligand [2,3,8,9-tetra-p henyl-1,4,5,7,10,12-hexa azo5,12-dihydro-6,11-dione-1,3,7,10-dudec-tetra-ene] [h2l] and its comp lexes with co ii , ni ii and pd ii . experimental reagents were p urchased from fluka and rediel – dehenge chemical co.i.r sp ectra were recorded as (kbr) disc by using a shimadzu 8400 ftir sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000-450) cm -1 .electronic sp ectra of the p repared comp ounds were measured in the region (200-1100) nm for 10 -3 m solution in (dm so) at 25 0 c using a shimadzu 160 sp ectrop hotometer with 1.000±0.001 cm -1 matched quartz cell . m etal contents of the comp lexes were determined by atomic absorp tion (a.a) technique by using a shimadzu a.a 680g atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer. the chloride contents for complexes were ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 determined by p otentiometric titration method on (686-titro p rocessor-665) ,dosinat-metrom swiss.electrical conductivity measurements of the comp lexes were recorded at 25 0 c for 10 -3 m solutions in (dm so) as a solvent by using a pw 9526 digital conductivity meter. s ynthesi s of the ligand [h2l] the ligand was prepa red in two ste ps. step(1): preparation of the [benzil bis -(semicarbazone)] (intermediate compound). a solution of benzil (0.5g,2.37mmole) in methanol (5ml) was added to semicarbazidhy drochlorid (0.53g,2.37mmole) dissolving in methanol (5ml),and then(2-4) drop s of glacial acetic acid were added slowly to the reaction mixture .the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours, and allowed to dry at room temp erature for (24) hours. a white solid materal was obtained. yield (89%),(0.69)g, m.p (215 0 c). s tep(2): preparation of the [2,3,8,9-tetra-phe nyl-1,4,5,7,10,12-hexa azo-5,12-dihydro6,11-dione -1,3,7,10-dudec-tetra-ene ] [h2l]. a solution of [benzil bis-(semicarbazone)](intermediatecomp ound)(0.5g,1.543 mmole) in methanol (5 ml) was added to benzil (0.32g, 1.543mmole) dissolving in methanol (5ml), then (2-4) drop s of glacial acetic acid were added slowly to the reaction mixture .the reaction mixture was refluxed for (5) hours with st irring, filtered and the filtrate was allowed to dry at room temp erature for (48) hours. then , it was washed with (5)ml diethy l ether and dried at room temperature to give the white solid materal. yield (77%), (0.59) g ,m.p (235 0 c). s ynthesis of complexes all comp lexes were p repared by adding a drop wise of a solution of the ligand (h2l) (0.1g,0.2008mmole)in (5) ml methanol with st irring ,to 0.2008mmole of a solution of metal chloride salt m cl2.xh2o dissolved in(5) ml methanol ,where:[m =co ii ,ni ii and pd ii ;x=6 for co ii ,ni ii and x=0 for pd ii ]. the reaction mixture was allowed to be refluxed for (2)hrs , let the coloury p recipitate formed which was filtered,washed with (5) ml diethy l ether and dried at room temp erature.table(1)shows the st ated weight of metal chloride salt ,% y ield and some p hy sica p rop erties of the p repared comp lexes. re sults and discussion a-the ligand [h2l] the new ligand [h2l] was p repared in two st eps according to the general method of p reparation of schiff base ligands [9] shown in scheme (1).the (i.r) sp ectrum for [h2l] (fig. -2) , disp lay a band at 3209 cm -1 which is due to the υ(n-h) stretching vibration [10]. the band at 1687 cm -1 is att ributed to the υ(c=o) stretching vibration [11].the band at 1612 cm -1 is att ributed to υ (c=n) st retching frequency for the imine group vibration [12-13],while the two bands at 1025 cm -1 and 935 cm -1 were att ributed to the foramation of macrocy cle [14] .and finaly , the band at 1062 cm -1 is att ributed to (n-n) st retching vibration [15].the (u.vvis) sp ectrum(fig.-3) exhibits a high intense absorp tion p eak at (300 nm ) (33333 cm -1 ) ( εm ax = 2128 molar -1 .cm -1 ) which is assigned to overlap of (n →π*) electronic transitions [16]. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4)2009 o n h 2 n h c n oo n c h n h 2 n o o n h 3 c l n h 2 n h c o n h n c p h n oo n c ph n h n o p h p h + ( 5) h o ur s u n de r r e f u l xe gl ac ia l a c e t ic a ci d ( 24) dr o p s b e nz i l s e m i ca r b az id h y d ro c h lor i d p h p h b e n z il b is se m i c ar b az o n e + p h p h b e n z il ( 5) h ou r s u nd e r r e f u lx e gl ac ia l a c e t ic a ci d ( 24) d r o p s p h p h 2 st e p (1 ) s t e p ( 2) -2 h 2 o s cheme (1) : preparation of the ligand [h2l] bcomple xes of co ii , ni ii and pd ii with [h2l] the sy nthesis of the comp lexes was carried out by the reaction of [h2l] with [m cl2.xh2o] where m = [co ii ;x=6, ni ii ;x=6 and pd ii ;x=0] in methanol under reflux. these comp lexes are st able in solution and electrolyte (1:2) sy st ems in (dm so) (table3).the analytical and p hy sical data (table-1) and sp ectral data (table-3) are compatible with the suggested st ructures. the (i.r) sp ectra of complexes are p resented in (table-2). the (i.r) sp ectra of the comp lexes show a band at 1679 ,1675 and 1670 cm -1 which are due to υ(c=o) st retching vibration for comp lexes (1) , (2) and (3) resp ectively. these bands were shifted to a lower frequency in comp arison with that of the free ligand at 1687 cm -1 [17,18]. the strong band in free ligand [h2l] at 1612 cm -1 for the imine group υ (c=n) was shifted to a lower frequency and app eared at 1602,1605 and 1598 cm -1 for comp lexes (1),(2) and (3) resp ectively [12-14], showing a reducing in the bond order. this can be att ributed to delocalization of metal electronic density at (t2g) in the π sy st em of the ligand (hom o → lum o) [19]. where hom o = highest occup ied molecular orbital. lum o = lowest unoccup ied molecular orbital. while the bands at 1074,1087 and 1085 cm -1 were assigned to υ (n-n) st retching vibration (15) in the comp lexes(1), (2) and (3) which were shifted to a higher frequency when it comp ared with free ligand. the app earance of the band at 698-507 cm -1 is due to υ(m -n) st retching .this suggests that the nitrogen of imine group was involved in coordination with the metal ion [20-23].figs.(2a),(2b) and (2c) represent t he (i.r) sp ectra of[co (h2l)]cl2, [ni (h2l)]cl2 and [pd (h2l)]cl2.the (u.v-vis) sp ectra for the comp lexes (1), (2) and (3) are shown in figs.(3a) ,(3b) and (3c). the absorp tion sp ectral data for comp lexes are given in (table -3). the sp ectra show two intense peaks in the u.v region at (300,357), (300,361) and (300,371) nm for comp lexes (1), (2) and (3) resp ectively. these peaks were assigned to ligand field and charge transfer transition resp ectively (24).complex (1) exhibited the p eak at 609 nm which can be attributed to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 4 a2→ 4 t1(p)). the observed ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 p eak in sp ectrum of comp lex (2) at 420 nm is assigned to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 3 t1 → 3 t2 ) . the sp ectrum of comp lexe (3) exhibited the very intense p eak at 412 nm which can be att ributed to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 1 a1→ 1 b1). these u.v-vis data suggest a tetrahedral st ructure for co ii ,ni ii comp lexes and a square planar for pd ii comp lexe [25]. (fig.1). the molar conductance values were determined in (dm so) solution (10 -3 m ) at 298 5 k were found in the range (72.03-79.11) λm (ω.cm 2 .m ole -1 ) (table-3) which indicated that t he comp lexes are electrolytic in nature with 1:2 ratio for all comp lexes [26]. the atomic absorp tion analysis and the chloride content results of the comp lexes are in a good agreement with the suggested formula [m (h2l)]cl2. c h n n ph n ph n c n nh ph ph c h n n ph n ph n c n nh ph ph m+mcl2 .xh 2o m eth an ol ref luxe o o o o cl 2 m=co ii , ni ii and pd ii s cheme (2) : preparation of the metal complexes re ferences 1. lau ,k.y.; m ayr, a.and cheung, k .k (1999), “sy nthesis of transition m etal isocy anide comp lexes containin g hy drogen bonding sits inp erp heral locations,” , inorg.chim. .232-:223285,acta 2. shawali , a.s.; harb, n.m .s.and badahah ,k.o,(1985), “ a study of tautonerism in -1397:22 ,.chim.licheterocy ly.j ”,hy droxy coumrin -4diazonium couplin g p roducts of 1403. 3. djebbar,s. s. ;benali, b.o. and deloume. j.p.,(1997),synthesis,characterization and electrochemical b ehavior of copp er(11)complexes with linear and trip odal 2182 2175:16, p olyhedron. ses tetradentate ligand der ived from schiff ba 4. he. l .; gou, s .h. and shi, q.f.(1999),t he formation of a schiff base intermediate :a 207:29.chy st allogr . chem.j.comp lexe of an asy mmetric trip odal ligand )11(nickel 210. 5. liu.c. m .; xiong, r.g. ;you, x.z . ;liu, y.j. and cheung, k.k.,(1996), cry st al structure and some p rop erties of a novel p otent cu2zn2sod model schiff b ase cop p er (11) ).2006(61:15, p olyhedron. comp lexe 6. hamada ,y.j.(1997) t he develop ment of chelate metal comp lexes as an organic ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 .1217-1208: 44,electron devices . trans ieee.electroluminescent material 7. djebbar,s. s.; benali,b.o. ;deloume,j.p .,(1998),sy nthesis,characterization and electrochemical beh avior and cataly tic activity of manganese (11) comp lexes with linear -443 :23. chem.m etal.transit.and trip odal tetradentate ligands derived fro m schiff bases 447. 8. m .josep h, m . ;kuriakose, m .r.p.; kurup , e. and suresh, s.g. bhat.(2006). p olyhedron, 25:4565-4571. 9. fedric m enger, m .; david, j.; gold smith and leon m anden ,(1975),“ organic chemistry ” aconicise ap p roach ,2 nd .,w.a.benijamin, inc.,p.318. 10. m arlin,d. s. and m ascharak, p. k. chem. soc. rev., 29 :69 (2000) 11. parikh ,v.m . “absorp tion sp ectroscopy of organic m olecules” translated by abdul hussain khuthier,jasimm .a.al-rawi,and m ahammed a.al-iraqi (1981). 12. xishi tai,xianhong y in, qian g chen,and m inyuta,(2003), “synthesis of some transition m etal comp lexes of a novel schiff b ase ligand derived from 2,2-bis (p-m ethoxy .440-439:8 , ”and salicylicaldehyde m olecules amine p heny l 13. el-bindary , a.a.; al-shihri.a. s.; el-sonbouti, a.z, (2003),designed m onomers and p oly mers, 6(3): 283-298 . 14. jakel,s.c. ; ciavola,j.; carter,r.c. ;cheek,p.l. and pascarelli,t.d. .3956:22,.chem.inorg,)1983( 15. collins.f.d. nature,(1953),171:469. 16. kemp.w. (1987 )“ organic sp ectroscopy ” 2 nd .ed., 144. 17.pavel kop el, m artin biler, zdenek.travnicek,and m ilan nadvorink ,(1998), “iron( 111)salen and salop h schiff bases brid ged by dicaboxy lic acids” chemical ,37. 18. nakamoto, k. (1996) “ infrared sp ectra of inorganic and coordin ation compounds ” 4 th .ed.,j.wiely and sons , new york 19. pinchas, s. and b en ,d. (1957)ishai,j.amer chem..soc.79:4099,12. 20. raju, k.c and radhakr ishnan, p.k, (2003). “ complexes of cupp er with 2,3dimethy l-4 fomyl(benzhy drazide) -1-pheny l-3-py razolin-5-one”, sy nthesis and reactivity in inorganic andmetal-organic chemistry ,33(8):1307-1318 21. ei.tbleand a.s.; kasher, t.i. ,(1998) p olish j.chem. 72:519. 22. el-sonb ati.a.z . and el-bindary.a.a, (2000) “stereo chemist ry of new nitrogen cantaining aldehydes .v.novel sy nthesis and sp ectroscop ic st udies of some quinoline schiff b ases com p lexes”,polish j.chem,74:621-630 23. ferraro.j ,(1971). “low frquency vibrations of inorganic and coordination compounds ” ed.plenum,new york. 24. green wood, n.n and earnshow,a , (1998) . “chemistry of the elements ” , ed. j. wiley and sons inc. new york ,. 25. lever.a.b.l , (1968), “inorganic electronic sp ectroscopy ” ed. new york . 26. geary. w.j , (1961) coord .rev., ,7:81 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 c h n n p h n p h n c n n h p h p h m c l 2 o o m=co ii , ni ii and pd ii . . fig (1): the suggested structure for the complexes table(1): s ome physical propertie s of the complexes and the weight of me tal chloride sal t. complexes decomposit ion temperature 0 c m.w colour metal chloride salt weight of metal chloride(g ) =0.2008 mmole weight of product g yield % chloride content metal ion % prac. (theo.) [co (h2l] cl2 295 627.8 3 pink cocl2.6h 2o 0.04 0.11 87 nill 8.11 (9.386) [ni (h2l)] cl2 270 627.5 9 green nicl2.6h2 o 0.047 0.1 79 nill 7.97 (9.351) [pd (h2l)] cl2 255 675.3 pale pink pd cl2. 0.035 0.12 88 nill 14.13 (15.755) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (2): i.r spectral data of the ligand and it’s complexes (cm -1 ). ot hor bands υ (m n) υ (nn) υ (c=n) υ( c=o) υ (nh) compound υ ( c=c) 1444 υ (c-h) alp h 2925 υ (c-h) arom 3047 1062 1612 1687 3209 [h2 l] υ (c=c) 1446 υ (c-h) alp h 2898 3060υ (c-h) arom 613 698 1074 1602 1679 3217 [co (h2l] cl2 υ (c=c) 1431 υ (c-h) alp h 2985 υ (c-h) arom 3053 603 636 1087 1605 1675 3220 [ni (h2l)] cl2 υ (c=c) 1442 υ (c-h) alp h 2962 υ (c-h) arom 3074 507 557 1085 1598 1670 3215 [pd (h2l)] cl2 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (3) : electroni c spectral data , and conductance me asurement for the ligand[h2l] and it’s complexes compound λ nm wave number cm -1 εm ax m olar -1 .cm -1 assignment λm(ω. cm 2 .m ole -1 ) prop ose st ructure [h2 l] 300 33333 2128 n →π* 300 33333 2111 ligand field 357 28011 747 char ge transfer [co (h2l)] cl2 609 16420 121 4 a2→ 4 t1(p) 77.55 tetrahedral 300 33333 2362 ligand field 361 27700 870 char ge transfer [ni (h2l)] cl2 420 23809 1846 3 t1→ 3 t2 79.11 tetrahedral 300 33333 2123 ligand field 371 26954 915 char ge transfe [pd (h2l)] cl2 412 24271 611 1 a1→ 1 b1 72.03 square p lanar ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig. (2) .the i.r. s pectrum of the ligand [h2l] fig. (2a) .the i.r. s pectrum of the [co (h2l)] cl 2 fig. (2b) .the i.r. s pectrum of the [ni (h2l)] cl 2 fig. (2c) .the i.r. s pectrum of the [pd (h2 l)] cl 2 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig. (3) .the u.v. s pectrum of the ligand [h2l] fig. (3a) .the u.v. s pectrum of the [co (h2l)] cl 2 fig. (3b) .the u.v. s pectrum of the [ni (h2l)] cl 2 fig. (3c) .the u.v. s pectrum of the [pd (h2 l)] cl 2 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 n4 جدیدسنتحضیر وتشخیص لیكاند رباعي ال نوع معهومعقدات coii , niii and pdii إنعام إسماعیل یوسف ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغدادقسم الكیمیاء ،كلیةالتربیة الخالصة تضمن البحث تحضیر اللیكاند الجدید[h2l] -:الذي یمثل [2,3,8,9-tetra-p henyl-1,4,5,7,10,12-hexaazo-5,12-dihydro-6,11-dione-1,3,7,10-dudec-tetraene] :طوتینخب semicarbazidhy) ( معbenzil) ( الخطوة االولى مفاعلة drochlorid [benzil bis -(semicarbazone)] وینوتك benzil) ( مع الخطوة االولى ناتج مفاعلة الثانیةالخطوة و [h2l] یكاند الجدیدللتحضیر ال co ii , ni ii and pd ii اللیكاندثم مفاعلة [h2l] مع كل من للحصول على) 1:1( المیثانول وسطا للتفاعل وبنسبة المعباست و : العامةةمعقدات جدیدة ذوات الصیغ [m (h2l)]cl2 :اذ m = co ii , ni ii and pd ii ، المرئیة–واألشعة فوق البنفسجیة ،األشعة تحت الحمراء ( :اآلتیةق الطیفیةائ بالطر المحضرةشخصت جمیع المركبات .مع قیاس التوصیلیة الموالریة الكهربائیة ، ومحتوى الكلور ودرجات االنصهار )ومطیافیة االمتصاص الذري للعناصر بینما ، رباعي السطوح المشوههو النیكلت ولا الكوبمقترح لمعقداتلان الشكل الفراغي اف التقنیات السابقةمن نتائج . مربع مستو شكلالبالدیومیتخذ 18 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 التغيرات النسيجية المرضية لالصابة بالفطر metarhizium anisopliae musca domestica l. (diptera: muscidae)ليرقات الذبابة المنزلية ***، حسام الدين عبد هللا محمد **، نوال صادق مهدي *وفاء برغش عبيد *وزارة التربية **قسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم) ، جامعة بغداد ***قسم وقاية النبات ، كلية الزراعة ، جامعة بغداد 2011تشرين الثاني 16قبل البحث في: 2011تشرين االول 23استلم البحث في: الخالصة hous fly musca domesticaللذباب المنزلي اً احيائي اً مبيد metarhiziumالفطر عمالتضمنت الدراسة است بوغ/مل من معلق ابواغ الفطر ، 2.3× 108تم معاملة يرقاتها بطريقة الرش المباشر ورش الغذاء بتركيز إذ وضحت الدراسة النسيجية المرضية لليرقات الميتة التحام واختراق اظهرت اليرقات المصابة خموالً وبطئ في النمو وأ انبوب االنبات لجدار الجسم وبداية نمو الخيوط الفطرية تحت الجلد واجتياح الهايفات ونموها في تجويف الجسم والقناة الهضمية . لليرقات الميتة دراسة نسيجية،metarhizium anisopliae , musca domestica :الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة من اخطر الحشرات من الوجهة الطبية نظراً النتشارها ومالزمتها musca domestica (l.)تعد الذبابة المنزلية وان وجودها باعداد كبيرة يشكل مصدر ازعاج شديد للناس ينغص عليهم عملهم أو لهوهم [1]لالنسان في البيئات القذرة لذباب االشياء الموجودة داخل وخارج المنازل كما ان الذباب له تأثير نفسي سلبي ألن وجوده يُعدِّ عالمة على ويلوث براز ا . يمكن للذباب أن ينقل األمراض ألنه يتغذى بحرية على كل أطعمة البشر وفضالته ، ويلتقط [2]سوء الظروف الصحية نوع من الممرضات 100اكثر من greenberg (1971)ل الجراثيم المسببة لألمراض بينما يمشي ويتغذى وقد سج ، وقد ثبت مختبرياً أن الذباب يمكن أن ينقل ثالثين نوعاً من األمراض [3]تنقل ميكانيكياً 65تحملها الذبابة المنزلية ومنها من الذباب الذي تم جمعه من غرفة 44%ان west (1951) [4]لإلنسان والحيوان بعضها خطير ومميت وقد ذكر مصابين بمرض التيفوئيد كان حامالً للبكتريا المسببة للمرض وقد استمر عزل هذه البكتريا مدة ستة ايام في قناتها الهضمية . [5]ومن الجدير بالذكر ان اليرقات التي تغذت على أطعمة ملوثة بالجراثيم تنتج ذباباً بالغاً مصاباً بها تقد ان عمليات مكافحة الذبابة المنزلية من العمليات السهلة نسبياً مقارنة باآلفات الحشرية األخرى إال ان ما تم من بقدر ما يع جهود في هذا االطار لم يؤِد إلى تحقيق االهداف المرسومة بصورة مثلى وذلك لعدد من العوامل المهمة منها ظهور في انحاء عديدة من العالم نتيجة لذلك فقد لجأ االنسان الى عملةميائية المستالمقاومة تجاه العديد من انواع المبيدات الكي ق في القضاء على هذه اآلفة والتي تتمثل ئاالنظافة البيئية من انجح الطر داستخدام طرائق أخرى للقضاء على هذه اآلفة ، تع . [6]ت بالقضاء أو التخلص من اماكن توالد وتغذية الذباب في المدن والقرى والبيو البكتريا والفطريات التي تقضي على مثل تصاب الحشرات في الطبيعة بانواع مختلفة من االحياء المجهرية الممرضة مثل هذه االحياء في مكافحة عمالفر الظروف المالئمة لنموها وانتشارها لذلك فأن استامجاميع كبيرة منها السيما عند تو . تصيب الفطريات أنواع مختلفة من الحشرات وتمتاز هذه microbal controlالذباب يسمى بالمكافحة الجرثومية الممرضات بأنها تسبب اصابات مميتة ، من الفطريات الممرضة لبالغات الذباب أنواعاً تعود لرتبة entomophthoraleane وهو الفطرentomophthora musca في مكافحة بالغات الذبابة المنزلية وقد تميز عملواست حساسية الذباب المنزلي (2009) [8]، وسجلت عبد [7]بسرعة قتله للذباب الذي يالحظ ملتصقاً على الجدران والزجاج بنجاح في مكافحة بعض اآلفات التابعة لرتبة ثنائية عملةومن الفطريات األخرى المست beauveria bassianaللفطر . وقد تم البحث لدراسة التأثيرات النسيجية المرضية في metarhizium anisopliae االجنحة ومنها الذباب الفطر اليرقات المصابة بهذا الفطر . 19 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المواد وطرائق العمل تربية الحشرة : 1جمعت بالغات الذبابة المنزلية بوساطة شبكة هوائية من حقل دواجن تابع لكلية الزراعة في أبي غريب ، تم تربية واكثار هيكل يالحشرات المتقدم / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / جامعة بغداد ، وضعت البالغات في قفص ذالمستعمرة في مختبر سم يحتوي 4سم مثبت على جوانبه مشبك معدني ، ُجهز القفص بطبق بتري قطره 30× 30× 30خشبي مكعب الشكل غات ، ولغرض تغذية اليرقات ووضع البيض على طبقة خفيفة من القطن الطبي المرطب بالحليب والسكر لغرض تغذية البال .زود القفص بإناء بالستيكي يحوي روث االغنام المجفف المطحون المعقم المضاف له مسحوق الخبز المجفف والمعقم قبل اجراء التجارب ، تم تأكيد عديدة جيالالتم تنقية المستعمرة ] 9 [ 2:1رطبت هذه المواد بالماء المقطر المعقم بنسبة . musca domestica (l.)تشخيص الحشرة من متحف التاريخ الطبيعي العراقي ، جامعة بغداد على أنها تنمية مستعمرة الفطر 2تم الحصول عليها من مركز البحوث الزراعية / وحدة انتاج المبيدات m.anisopliaeعزلة من فطر عملتاست patato dextrose agarالحيوية / جمهورية مصر العربية ، نميت العزلة في اطباق بتري حاوية على الوسط الزرعي (pda) المضاف إليه المضاد الحيويchloram phenicol 27حضنت االطباق بدرجة حرارة m 2 80ورطوبة m . [10] اً يوم 7 – 14مدة 5 التجربة الحيوية وتحضير المقاطع النسيجية 3في يرقات الذبابة المنزلية m.anisopliae بوغ/ مل من معلق ابواغ الفطر 2.3× 108لدراسة تأثير التركيز مل من معلق ابواغ الفطر تركيز 4سم ، ُرشت بـ 5يرقة حديثة الفقس من مستعمرة التربية إلى طبق بتري قطره 15نقلت سم نقلت بعدها اليرقات إلى وعاء 10 – 15مل رشاً مباشراً من مسافة 25بوساطة مرشة يدوية سعتها 2.3× 108 معاملة الى مل من معلق ابواغ الفطر وبالنسبة 10المعامل بـ غم من الوسط الغذائي 5مل يحوي 100بالستيكي نبيذ سعة مل منه كذلك 10وعومل الوسط بـ 0.01%بتركيز tween – 20يرقة بالماء المقطر المضاف إليه 15السيطرة رشت جربة ، غطيت اواني المعامالت بقطع من قماش التول ربطت برباط مطاطي لضمان عدم خروج اليرقات ، نقلت اواني الت [11]ساعة وتم متابعة اليرقات يومياً لمالحظة االصابة 12ومدة اضاءة m 5 80ورطوبة m 2 27الى الحاضنة بدرجة ) ، تم عمل مقاطع نسيجية متسلسلة لبعض اليرقات الميتة 70%نقلت اليرقات الميتة والمشوهة الى محلول حفظ (كحول ساعة ثم أجريت 24مدة 10%تم تثبيت اليرقات في محلول الفورمالين تركيز إذلدراسة التأثير المرضي النسيجي للفطر ، بعد ذلك infiltrationوالترشيح clearingوالترويق dehydrationوالتجفيف washingعليها عمليات الغسل وعوملت المقاطع بصبغة rotary microtomeملم باستخدام المشراح الدوار 5طمرت في شمع البرافين وقطعت بسمك الهيماتوكسلين أرلخ المزدوج مع االيوسين ، فحصت وصورت المقاطع النسيجية المنتخبة باستخدام مجهر ضوئي مركب . [12]مزود بكاميرا النتائج والمناقشة : أدت معاملة اليرقات بمعلق ابواغ الفطر إلى قلة نشاطها وحركتها وبطئ نموها وتجمعها في قعر اواني التجربة ولوحظ أن اليرقات المصابة الميتة كان بعضها ذو لون وردي أو معتم ولوحظ انكماش او استطالة بعضها عن الحد الطبيعي مقارنة حالة االصابة بالفطر التثبتها كانت صغيرة الحجم بسبب قلة التغذية وتم ) فضالً عن أن بعض1باليرقات الطبيعية (شكل ) . 2طريق الفحص المجهري للنمو الفطري (شكل والتثبت pdaعن طريق حضن اليرقات الميتة على الوسط الزرعي أن المقاطع m.anisopliae على بعض اليرقات الميتة بسبب االصابة بالفطر أجريتأظهرت الدراسة النسيجية التي النسيجية المتسلسلة لتلك اليرقات أكدت االصابة بالفطر ، وأظهر الفحص المجهري لتلك المقاطع وجود مظاهر لالصابة إذ ظهرت ابواغ الفطر ملتصقة على جليد (كيوتكل) اليرقات كما في (الشكل ،الفطرية في مناطق متعددة من جسم اليرقات ) ، كما أظهرت بعض المقاطع وجود 4) وأظهرت المقاطع أيضاً بداية أنبات االبواغ على سطح الكيوتكل كما في (الشكل 3 ) ، وأوضحت 5(شكل blastosporeتراكيب تحت الجلد في السائل الدموي لليرقات متمثلة بالحامل الفطري لتراكيب موي لليرقات وبأشكال مختلفة منها االجسام المستطيلة الدراسة كذلك تطور االجسام الفطرية داخل السائل الد rectangular bodies وأظهر الفحص المجهري للمقاطع النسيجية نمو الفطر بشكل خاليا 6التي يوضحها (شكل ( ) ، وأظهرت دراسة المقاطع النسيجية أن 7متبرعمة شبيهة بخاليا الخميرة في التجويف الجسمي الدموي لليرقات (شكل اة الهضمية أمتألت بالغزل الفطري نتيجة لنمو الخيوط الفطرية الناتجة عن نمو االبواغ التي تناولتها الحشرة مع الغذاء القن ) وأظهر الفحص كذلك تحلل وتمزق جدران القناة الهضمية بسبب الضغط الفيزياوي لهذه الخيوط وكذلك بسبب 8(شكل أدى إلى هالك الحشرة بسبب قلة تناولها للغذاء والموت ومن ثمء نموه وهذا اثنا في بعض المواد السامة التي ينتجها الفطر أن االصابة بالفطريات ونموها داخل الجوف الجسمي tefera and pringle (2003) [13]جوعاً وهذا يتفق مع ما ذكره ت الى تمزيق وتلف اجهزة يؤدي الى افراز مركبات سامة وان كتلة الخيوط الفطرية التي تكونت داخل الجوف الجسمي اد اثرت في كمية استهالك الغذاء من اليرقات ، ويتفق هذا أيضاً مع الدراسة التي من ثمالجسم السيما الجهاز الهضمي و عند coptoterms curignathusعلى عامالت حشرة االرضة نوع sajap and kaur (1990) [14]اجراها ذ أظهرت ان انبات االبواغ على كيوتكل الحشرة وتكوين انبوب االنبات يحدث إ m.anisopliaeتعريضها البواغ الفطر 20 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تحدث في appresoriumوتكوين عضو االختراق germ tubeساعة من التعريض وعملية مد أنبوب االنبات 24بعد ه تحدث بسبب فعالية منطقة دخول الفطر ، وبعد االختراق تبدأ الهايفات بالتشعب داخل جسم الحشرة وعمليات االختراق هذ ساعة على المعاملة تبدي الحشرات المصابة اعراض الموت 36، وبعد مرور [15]االنزيمات والضغط الميكانيكي تصبح الحشرات خاملة ، وأن خمول الحشرات ناتج من ان االصابة بالفطر تعيق وصول االيعازات الى إذ ،البدائي العضالت من الجهاز العصبي ونتيجة لذلك يختل التناسق الحركي للحشرات المصابة وخالل هذه المرحلة تبدأ الخيوط ذه االجسام في الحشرات السليمة بشكل انسجة الفطرية بغزو االجسام الدهنية المتواجدة تحت طبقة الكيوتكل وتكون ه ساعة على المعاملة تبدأ الخيوط الفطرية بغزو السائل 48واضحة تمأل الفراغات بين االعضاء الحيوية ، وبعد مرور ان هناك مراحل مختلفة لنمو الفطر hanel (1982) [16]، لوحظ من خالل الدراسة التي اجراها [14]الدموي m.anisopliae في السائل الدموي لحشرةnasutiterms exitiosus ًمنها حدوث تغيرات في اشكال خاليا الدم فضال يمكن و. [17]اثناء نموه في عن زيادة اعدادها في مناطق غزو الخيوط الفطرية نتيجة لتأثرها بالسموم التي ينتجها الفطر ساعة من االصابة وأمكن أيضاً 8–42حظ ظهورها بعد داخل السائل الدموي التي يال ايضاblastosporeمالحظة تراكيب في السائل الدموي إذ هذه االجسام من انقسامات االجسام الهايفية التي rectangular bodiesمالحظة االجسام المستطيلة تمثل مراحل تكون تراكيب مستطيلة الشكل تتجمع مع بعضها ، كذلك توجد االجسام الهايفية واالجسام المتبرعمة فيها والتي حرة للفطر تختلف من حيث الطول والعرض ، تنتشر هذه االجسام في مجرى الدم داخل التجويف الجسمي وبعد موت . بعد اكتمال [16]تتضاعف بالتبرعم لكي تعطي اجساماً فطرية جديدة أو خيوط فطرية blastosporeالعائل فأن تراكيب ساعة من المعاملة يتم غزو االجسام الدهنية 60 – 72ضالت ، فبعد مرور غزو السائل الدموي يقوم الفطر باختراق الع واالنسجة العضلية بغزارة من الخيوط الفطرية فضالً عن حدوث تغيرات خلوية تحدث في خاليا االجسام الدهنية تتمثل االجسام الدهنية وتتلف فضالً بانحالل السايتوبالزم واالغشية الخلوية لخاليا االجسام الدهنية وبتقدم االصابة سوف تنحل عن أن الخيوط الفطرية سوف تنمو وتتشعب داخل العضالت وتمزق االلياف العضلية وتحولها من حزم طويلة إلى حزم . تظهر عالمات االصابة على القناة الهضمية واالنسجة العصبية فيالحظ أن [14]قصيرة وصغيرة خالل هذه المرحلة ات العضلية المعوية والطبقات التالية المتمثلة بالخاليا الطالئية لتجويف المعدة وخالل غزو الخيوط الفطرية تغزو الطبق القناة الهضمية فأن الحوصلة والقانصة تهاجم عن طريق الفطر ويتم تحطيم طبقات العضالت الدائرية للقانصة وخالل تحطم الطبقات الكايتينية المحيطة بها وبذلك ساعة سوف تنحل جميع الطبقات المحيطة بالقانصة فضالً عن 72مرحلة الـ بعد المعاملة ، إال أن الخيوط الفطرية ال 36 – 48يسهل اختراق القانصة ، ورغم أن موت الحشرات يحدث بين الساعة ساعة بعد المعاملة وتظهر الخيوط الفطرية في البداية صفراء شاحبة 100تظهر على جسم الحشرة الخارجي إال بعد مرور ساعة وخالل هذه المدة تبدأ مولدات االبواغ بالتكون فيتحول لون 120اللون ثم تتحول إلى اللون االخضر بعد مرور . [14]الحشرة إلى اللون االخضر المصــادر ات الطبية والبيطرية في العراق (القسم النظري) ، كلية الزراعة ، جامعة ، الحشر (1979)أبو الحب ، جليل كريم . .1 صفحة . 450بغداد ، 2. willomitzer, j. and tomanek, j. (1981) larvicidal efficiency of some inorganic compounds and plant extracts against house fly, acta vet. brno, 50 : 105 – 112 . 3. marcon, p.c.r. ; thomas, g.d. ; siegfried, b.d. ; campbell, j.b. and skoda, s.r. (2003) resistance status of house flies (diptera : muscidae) from southeastern nebraska beef cattle feedlosts to selected insecticides, journal of economic entomology, 96 (3) : 1016 – 1020 . 4.west, l.s. (1951) the house fly, comstock publishing company, ithaca, new york, pp : 584 . ، المرشد إلى علم الحشرات الطبية ، علي محمود سليط ، زهير محمود الصفار ورياض احمد (1984)سيرفس ، م. م. .5 صفحة . 485العراقي (مترجمون) ، مديرية دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر ، جامعة الموصل ، 6. rozendaal, j.a. (1997) vector control, methods for use by individuals and communities , world health organization , geneva. 412 pp . المكافحة الحيوية لممرضات الحشرات ،الجزء الثاني (1994)الباروني ، محمد ابو مرداس والحجازي ، عصمت محمد 7. صفحة . 635، منشورات جامعة عمر المختار ، الجماهير الشعبية الليبية ، adhatodaالكحولي والماء الحار الوراق نبات حلق السبع الشجيري تأثير المستخلص (2009)عبد ، نور سعدي 8. vssica والفطرbeauveria bassiana في حياتية حشرة الذبابة المنزليةmusca domestica l. (diptera : muscidae) . رسالة ماجستير ، كلية العلوم للبنات ، جامعة بغداد ، 21 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تأثير جرع مختلفة من المبيدات الكيميائية في التبدالت الوظيفية والوراثية للذبابة (2004)البيار ، عز الدين عطية 9. ، أطروحة دكتوراه ، كلية العلوم ، جامعة االنبار . musca domesticaالمنزلية 10. hoe , p. ; bong , c.j. ; jugah, k. and rajan , a. (2009) evaluation of metarhizium anisopliae var.anisopliae (deuteromycotina : hyphomycete) isolates and their effects on subterranean termite coptotrtmes curvignathus (isoptera : rhinotermitidae) , american journal of agricultura and biolgical sciences 4 (4) : 289 – 297. 11.sharififard, m. ; mossadegh, m.s. ; vazirianzadeh, b and mahmoudabadi, a.z. (2011) laboratory evaluation of pathogenicity of entomopathogenic fungi, beauveria bassiana (bals) vuill and metarhizium anisopliae (metch) sorok. to larvae and adults of the house fly, musca domestica l. (diptera : muscidae). asian j. biol. sci, 4 : 128 – 137 . 12.bancroft .; j.d and stevens, a. (1982), theory and practice of histology techniques 2nd ed. churchill livingston, london : 662pp. 13.tefera, t and pringle, k.l. (2003), food consumption by chilo partellus (lepidoptera : pyralidae) larve infected with beauveria bassiana and metarhizium anisopliae and effects of feeding natural versus artificial diets on mortality and mycosis. j. inverter. pathol. 84 : 220 – 225 . 14.sajap, a.s and kaur, k. (1990) histopathology of metarhizium anisopliae, an entomopathogenic fungus, infection in the termite, coptoterms curvignathus, pertanika 13 (3) : 331 – 334 . 15.zacharuk,r.y. (1973) electron-microscope studies the histopathology of fungal infections by metarhizium anisopliae. miac.publ.entomol.sac.am.9:112-119. 16.hanel , h. (1982) the life cycle of the insect pathogenic fungus metarhizium anisopliae in the termite nasutitermes exitiosus , mycopathologia 80 : 137 – 145 . 17.sannasi,a. (1969) studies of an insect mycosis 1-histopathology of the integument of the queen of the mound-bulding termite odontotermes obesus.j.invertebr.pathol.13:4-10. )10xبالمجهر التشريحي (الطور اليرقي الثاني للذبابة المنزلية قوة التكبير :)1شكل ( a 2.3: يرقات ميتة نتيجة المعاملة بمعلق ابواغ الفطر بالتركيزx108 . b . يرقات طبيعة من معاملة السيطرة : a b 22 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وفحص النمو pdaمن اليرقات الميتة بعد تنميتها على وسط الـ m.anisopliae: اعادة عزل الفطر a)(2شكل )bالفطري تحت المجهر الضوئي لتأكيد اإلصابة بالفطر ( ):مقطع مستعرض مار خالل جدار جسم يرقات الذبابة المنزلية المصابة الميتة يوضح التحام االبواغ على جدار 3شكل( **1000xالجسم **ملون الهيماتوكسلين وااليوسين ):مقطع مستعرض مار خالل جدار جسم يرقات الذبابة المنزلية المصابة الميتة يوضح بداية نمو واختراق االبواغ 4شكل( **1000xلجدار الجسم**ملون الهيماتوكسلين وااليوسين a b 23 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ):مقطع مستعرض مار خالل جسم يرقات الذبابة المنزلية المصابة الميتة يوضح دخول االبواغ ونموها داخل 5شكل( **1000xالجوف الجسمي لليرقة **ملون الهيماتوكسلين وااليوسين rectangular): مقطع مستعرض مار السائل الدموي ليرقات الذبابة المنزلية يوضح االجسام المستطيلة 6شكل( bodies نتيجة االصابة بالفطرm.anisopliae 1000**ملون الهيماتوكسلين وااليوسين قوة التكبيرx** يوضح نمو فطر m.domestica):مقطع مستعرض مار خالل السائل الدموي ليرقات الذبابة المنزلية 7(شكل m.anisopliae بشكل شبيه لخاليا الخميرةyeast like 1000**ملون الهيماتوكسلين وااليوسين قوة التكبيرx** 24 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 :مقطع مستعرض مار خالل القناة الهضمية ليرقات معاملة بتراكيز معلق الفطر يظهر الغزل الفطري يمأل a) 8شكل ( )مقطع مستعرض مار خالل القناة الهضمية ليرقات معاملة السيطرة**ملون الهيماتوكسلين bتجويف القناة الهضمية /( **1000xوااليوسين قوة التكبير b a 25 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 histopathology of metarhizium anisopliae entomopathogenic fungus infected larve of musca domestica l. (diptera : muscidae) w. b. obaid* , n. s. mehdi** , h.a. mohammad *** ministry of education* department of biology , college of education/ ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad **. department of plant protection , college of agriculture , university of baghdad ***. received in: 23 october 2011 accepted in: 16 november 2011 abstract this study consist of using metarhizium anisopliae as abioinsecticide against house fly musca domestica l. for controlling it biologicaly its larvae were treated by sprying them directly and sprying their food with 2.3 × 108 conidia / ml of metarhizium anisopliae . infected larve showed symptoms of slugishness and slow growth. histopathological study of the dead larve showed conidial adhesion and germ tube penetrations through body wall and begining of fungus hyphal growth under the body wall and hyphal invasion in haemocoel and gut. key words : metarhizium anisopliae , musca domestica , larve , histopathological study. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 time series forecasting by using box-jenkins models hazim m. gorgess raghad ibrahim dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:10 october 2012 , accepted in:9 december 2012 abstract in this paper we introduce a brief review about box-jenkins models. the acronym arima stands for “autoregressive integrated moving average”. it is a good method to forecast for stationary and non stationary time series. according to the data which obtained from baghdad water authority, we are modelling two series, the first one about pure water consumption and the second about the number of participants. then we determine an optimal model by depending on choosing minimum mse as criterion. key words : forecasting, box-jenkins, autoregressive integrated moving average (arima), autoregressive (ar), moving average (ma), autocorrelation function (acf), partial autocorrelation function (pacf) 337 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction time series forecasting is one of the most common forecasting techniques used in operation management due to its simplicity and ease of usage. many time series are non stationary so, we cannot use ar, ma or arma processes directly. one possible way to make them stationary is to apply differencing. the first differences namely (xt – xt – 1) = (1 – b)xt, may themselves be differenced to give second differences and so on. the d th differences may be written as (1 – b)dxt. if original data series is differenced d times before fitting an arma(p,q) process, then the model for the original undifferenced series is said to be an arima(p,d,q) process where the letter i refers to integrated and d denotes the number of differences taken. autoregressive (ar) processes a time series {xt} is said to be an autoregressive process of order p (abbreviated ar(p)) if it is a weighted linear sum of the past p values plus a random shock so that: xt = φ1xt – 1 + φ2xt – 2 + … + φpxt – p + at …(1) where {at} denotes a purely random process with zero mean and constant variance 2aσ . using the backward shift operator “b” such that bjxt = xt – j, the ar(p) model may be written in the compact form φ(b)xt = at …(2) where φ(b) = 1 – φ1b – φ2b2 – … – φpbp is a polynomial in b of order p. an ar process is stationary provided that the roots of φ(b) = 0 lie outside the unit circle, [1]. the simplest case of an ar process is the first order case ar(1) process given by: xt = φ1xt – 1 + at …(3) or (1 – φ1b)xt = at …(4) in order to be stationary the root of φ(b) = (1 – φ1b) = 0 must be outside of the unit circle. that is for stationary process, we have φ1 < 1. the ar(1) process is some times called the markov process because the value of xt is completely determined by the knowledge of xt – 1. the autocovariances can be obtained as follows: γk = e(xt – kxt) = e(φ1xt – 1xt – k) + e(xt – k at) = φγk – 1, k ≥ 1 …(5) and hence the autocorrelation function becomes ρ k = φρ k – 1 = k 1φ , k ≥ 1 …(6) where we use the fact that ρ 0 = 1. the magnitude of these autocorrelations decrease exponentially. for higher order stationary ar processes, the acf will typically be a mixture of terms which decrease exponentially or of damped sine or cosine waves. for an ar(1) process, the pacf from (6) is: 1 1 kk for k 1 0 for k 2 ρ = φ = φ =  ≥ …(7) hence, the pacf of ar(1) process cuts off at lag 1. a useful property of an ar(p) process is that it can be shown that the pacf is zero at all lags greater than p. this means that the sample pacf can be used to help determine the order of an ar process (assuming the order is unknown as it is usually the case) by looking for the lag value at which the sample 338 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 pacf cuts off (meaning that it should be approximately zero, or at least not significantly different from zero, for higher lags). moving average (ma) processes a time series {xt} is said to be a moving average process of order q ( abbreviated ma(q)) if it is a weighted linear sum of the last q random shocks so that: xt = at – θ1at – 1 –… – θqat – q …(8) or xt = θ(b) at …(9) where θ(b) = (1 – θ1b – … – θqbq) is a polynomial in b of order q. it can be shown that a finite order ma process is stationary for all parameter values. however, it is customary to impose a condition on the parameter values of an ma model called the “invertibility condition”. this moving average process is invertible if the roots of θ(b) = 0 lie outside of the unit circle, [2]. moving average processes are useful in describing phenomena in which events produce an immediate effect that only lasts for short periods of time. to discuss further properties of the ma(q) process, let us consider the following simpler case when θ(b) = 1 – θ1b we have the first order moving average ma(1) process xt = at – θ1at – 1 = (1 – θ1b) at …(10) where {at} is a zero mean white noise process with constant variance 2aσ . it can be shown that the autocovariances of the process are: t t kk x x (1 k 0 e k 1 0 k 1 a a σ σ − 2 2 1 2 1  + θ ) =  γ = = − θ =  > …(11) and hence the autocorrelation function becomes: k 1 k 0 k 1 1 0 k 1 ρ 1 2 1  =  −θ = = + θ  > …(12) which cuts off after lag 1. using (11) and (12) the pacf of an ma(1) process can be easily seen to be: 11 1 (1 ) 1 1 ρ 2 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 − θ − θ − θ φ = = = + θ − θ 2 1 22 2 1 (1 ) 1 1 1 ρ ρ 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 4 6 1 1 1 − θ − θ − θ φ = − = = − + θ + θ − θ in general: k kk 2(k +1) (1 ) 1 2 1 1 1 − θ − θ φ = − θ , for k ≥ 1 …(13) the pacf of an ma(1) model tails off exponentially in one of two forms depending on the sign of θ1 (hence on the sign of ρ1). if alternating in sign, it begins with positive value, otherwise, it decays on the negative sign. for the general qth order moving average process the variance is: q 0 j j=0 aσ 2 2∑γ = θ …(14) where θ0 = 1, and the other covariances are 339 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 k 1 k 1 q k q k ( k 1, 2,..., q 0 k q aσ 2 − − −θ + θ θ + ... + θ θ ) =γ =  > …(15) hence the acf becomes k 1 k 1 q k q qk k 1, 2,..., q 1 ... 0 k q ρ − − 2 2 1 −θ + θ θ + ... + θ θ = + θ + + θ=   > …(16) thus the acf cuts off at lag q. this property may be used to try to assess the order of the process (i.e. the value of q) by looking for the lag beyond which the sample acf is not significantly different from zero. the pacf of the general ma(q) process tails off as a mixture of exponential decays and / or damped sine waves depending on the nature of the roots of θ(b) = 0. the pacf will contain damped sine waves if some of the roots are complete. the dual relationship between an ar(p) and an ma(q) processes exists and may be described as follows [3]. a finite order stationary ar(p) process corresponds to an infinite order ma process and a finite order invertible ma(q) process corresponds to an infinite order ar process, this relationship also exists in the acf and pacf. the ar(p) process has its autocorrelations tailing off and partial autocorrelations cutting off while ma(q) process has its autocorrelations cutting off and partial autocorrelations tailing off. table (1) represent the quantity of water consumption of baghdad city for the period (20002008) and table (2) represent the number of participants for the period (2000-2008), where figure (1) represent series water consumption and figure (2) represents the series of number of participants which are non stationary. it is clear that the first is stationary. modeling by box-jenkins method box-jenkins is a famous method which has a high qualified in time series analysis that reflect behaviour of series while if it was seasonal or non seasonal. in this research ,we modeled two series. we depend on spss and minitab programmes to determine tables and figures. table (3) represents the arima model for water series consumption and table (4) represents arima models for series number of participants. conclusion it is clear that by applying box-jenkins methods depending on minimum mse as criterion to choose an optimal model, the best method for water series consumption is (2,0,1) which has no differences and means the series stationary, and the best model for series number of participants is (2,1,2). references 1. chris chatfield (2000) time series forecasting, univ. of bath, dep. of math. sciences. 2. wei,w.w.s. (1989) time series analysis, addision wesley publishing company inc. 3. margherita g. (2010) arima and sarima models. 340 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (1):quantity of water consumption of baghdad city for the period (2000-2008) period year water consumption 31/12/1999 – 30/4/2000 1/5/2000 – 31/8/2000 1/9/2000 – 31/12/2000 2000 150199 058 117836291 110120423 31/12/2000 – 30/4/2001 1/5/2001 – 31/8/2001 1/9/2001 – 30/12/2001 2001 192430197 260990152 248181835 31/12/2001 – 30/4/2002 1/5/2002 – 31/8/2002 1/9/2002 – 30/12/2002 2002 192892689 198365209 195628949 31/12/2002 – 30/4/2003 1/5/2003 – 31/8/2003 1/9/2003 – 30/12/2003 2003 112386361 110389561 111387961 31/12/2003 – 30/4/2004 1/5/2004 – 31/8/2004 1/9/2004 – 30/12/2004 2004 106390698 168258446 119950103 31/12/2004 – 30/4/2005 1/5/2005 – 31/8/2005 1/9/2005 – 30/12/2005 2005 100917650 134876155 140109023 31/12/2005 – 30/4/2006 1/5/2006 – 31/8/2006 1/9/2006 – 30/12/2006 2006 112130164 168329582 113161258 31/12/2006 – 30/4/2007 1/5/2007 – 31/8/2007 1/9/2009 – 30/12/2007 2007 164912005 112033870 148864908 31/12/2007 – 30/4/2008 1/5/2008 – 31/8/2008 1/9/2008 – 30/12/2008 2008 202032553 223789575 129457565 table (2):number of participants for the period (2000-2008) period year number of participants 31/12/1999 – 30/4/2000 1/5/2000 – 31/8/2000 1/9/2000 – 30/12/2000 2000 552825 564314 556327 31/12/2000 – 30/4/2001 1/5/2001 – 31/8/2001 1/9/2001 – 30/12/2001 2001 571845 571731 555949 31/12/2001 – 30/4/2002 1/5/2002 – 31/8/2002 1/9/2002 – 30/12/2002 2002 557170 557109 557140 31/12/2002 – 30/4/2003 1/5/2003 – 31/8/2003 1/9/2003 – 30/12/2003 2003 557102 555611 556357 31/12/2003 – 30/4/2004 1/5/2004 – 31/8/2004 1/9/2004 – 30/12/2004 2004 558600 559519 559837 31/12/2004 – 30/4/2005 1/5/2005 – 31/8/2005 1/9/2005 – 30/12/2005 2005 560903 561551 563386 31/12/2005 – 30/4/2006 1/5/2006 – 31/8/2006 1/9/2006 – 30/12/2006 2006 566547 568128 571265 31/12/2006 – 30/4/2007 1/5/2007 – 31/8/2007 1/9/2009 – 30/12/2007 2007 573615 575894 576591 31/12/2007 – 30/4/2008 1/5/2008 – 31/8/2008 1/9/2008 – 30/12/2008 2008 578429 580834 582955 341 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (3):arima model for water series consumption arima parameters mse (1,0,0) p(1) 0.2218 0.07942 (0,1,0) no autoreg. or movi. average – (0,0,1) q(1) – 0.1980 0.07977 (1,1,0) p(1) – 0.4183 0.11435 (1,0,1) p(1) 0.2044 q(1) – 0.0185 0.08303 (0,1,1) q(1) 0.9142 0.09364 (1,1,1) p(1) 0.2026 q(1) 0.9161 0.09405 (2,0,0) p(1) 0.2245 p(2) – 0.0108 0.08302 (0,2,0) no autoreg. or movi. average – (0,0,2) q(1) – 0.2502 q(2) – 0.0993 0.08250 (2,2,0) p(1) – 0.8795 p(2) – 0.3389 0.21035 (2,0,2) p(1) – 0.8198 p(2) – 0.4803 q(1) – 1.1620 q(2) – 0.8325 0.08240 (0,2,2) q(1) 1.4100 q(2) – 0.4599 0.12312 (2,2,2) p(1) – 0.9689 p(2) 0.0336 q(1) 0.0079 q(2) 0.8890 0.12964 (1,0,2) p(1) 0.7532 q(1) 0.6492 q(2) 0.2550 0.08358 (1,2,0) p(1) – 0.6493 0.22316 (2,0,1) p(1) – 0.8216 p(2) 0.1759 q(1) – 0.9322 0.07903* (2,1,0) p(1) – 0.5041 p(2) – 0.2087 0.11492 (2,1,1) p(1) – 1.1045 p(2) – 0.1028 q(1) – 0.9768 0.10921 (1,2,1) p(1) – 0.1770 q(1) 1.1350 0.11346 (1,1,2) p(1) 0.2120 q(1) 0.9152 q(2) 0.0229 0.09728 (2,1,2) p(1) 0.7569 p(2) – 0.2899 q(1) 1.2970 q(2) – 0.2021 0.09458 342 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 table (4):arima models for series number of participants arima parameters mse (0,1,0) no autoregr. or movin. average – (0,0,1) q(1) – 0.9241 0.00010437 (1,1,0) p(1) – 0.3621 0.00008927 (1,0,1) cannot be estimated with these data – (0,1,1) q(1) 0.4067 0.00008747 (1,1,1) p(1) – 0.0440 q(1) 0.3684 0.00009159 (2,0,0) p(1) 0.7202 p(2) 0.2791 0.00009805 (0,2,0) no autoregr. or movin. average – (0,0,2) q(1) – 0.5492 q(2) – 0.5263 0.00013817 (2,2,0) p(1) – 0.9207 p(2) – 0.7206 0.00009393 (2,0,2) p(1) 1.3055 p(2) – 0.3062 q(1) 0.6447 q(2) – 0.2022 0.00010666 (0,2,2) cannot be estimated with these data – (2,2,2) p(1) – 0.4740 p(2) – 0.5481 q(1) 0.4746 q(2) – 0.3658 0.00012311 (1,0,2) cannot be estimated with these data – (1,2,0) p(1) – 0.6501 0.00016255 (2,0,1) p(1) 0.8022 p(2) 0.1971 q(1) 0.1456 0.00010206 (2,1,0) p(1) – 0.4047 p(2) – 0.2017 0.00009108 (2,1,1) p(1) 0.5321 p(2) 0.2363 q(1) 1.1833 0.00006983 (1,2,1) cannot be estimated with these data – (1,1,2) p(1) – 0.5343 q(1) – 0.4204 q(2) 0.5306 0.00007867 (2,1,2) p(1) – 0.9599 p(2) – 0.4592 q(1) – 0.8780 q(2) 0.0874 0.00006792* 343 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig (1):series water consumption fig (2):series number of participants 344 | mathematics @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 التنبؤ بالسالسل الزمنیة بإستخدام اسالیب بوكس جینكیز حازم منصور كوركیس رغد إبراھیم جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھیثم( للعلوم الصرفة كلیة التربیة /الریاضیات علوم قسم 2012االول كانون 9: قبل البحث في ، 2012تشرین االول 10: استلم البحث في الخالصة اختصاراً باالنحدار الذاتي واالوساط arimaجینكیز تمثل -في ھذا البحث قدمنا نبذة مختصرة عن نماذج البوكس المتحركة وھو اسلوب جید للتنبؤ بالسالسل الزمنیة المستقرة وغیر المستقرة. ووفقا ً للبیانات التي حصلنا علیھا من دائرة نموذج السلسلة اعداد المشتركین ومن ثم تحدید ا االخرىولى سلسلة استھالك الماء وماء بغداد قمنا بنمذجة سلسلتین: اال نموذج.الالختیار ا اً االفضل باالعتماد على اختیار أقل متوسط مربعات الخطأ معیار المشترك، دالة التنبؤ، بوكس جینكیز، النماذج المختلطة، انحدار ذاتي، اوساط متحركة، دالة االرتباط : الكلمات المفتاحیة االرتباط المشترك الجزئي الذاتي. 345 | mathematics قسم علوم الرياضيات / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم) / جامعة بغداد في هذا البحث قدمنا نبذة مختصرة عن نماذج البوكس-جينكيز تمثل arima اختصارا ً بالانحدار الذاتي والاوساط المتحركة وهو اسلوب جيد للتنبؤ بالسلاسل الزمنية المستقرة وغير المستقرة. ووفقا ً للبيانات التي حصلنا عليها من دائرة ماء بغداد قمنا بنمذجة سلسلتي... microsoft word 34-41 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   34    theoretical study of the photons production kinetic in hot quark-gluon plasma matter article history: received 28 january 2020, accepted 15 march, published october 2020. doi: 10.30526/33.4.2523 abstract in this paper, we study flow of photons rate production in a quark-gluon qg plasma. general theory of this study is based on the field theory for hard interaction. the kinetic of photons production from hard interaction in charm with anti-top to production photons with gluon 𝑐𝑡̅ → 𝛾𝑔due to plasma phase at high temperatures (150, 200,250,300 and 350 mev) .it has been investigated and studied using the postulate of quantum chromodynamic theory qcd .the photons production rate of hard photons with(𝐸 1gev) are insensitive to strength coupling and depend mainly on the temperature of system t . despite the different critical temperature (150 and 190mev) comes, we find that same order of flow rate photons magnitude in both cases. in both cases, the flow rate of photons production in the qg plasmais increased with increased temperature of system and photons energy and decreases with increases the strength coupling strength. key word: photons production, kinetic, hot quark-gluon plasma 1. introduction the photons are important valuable tools to probing hot matter in relativistic heavy-ion collisions rhic at bnl and larger hadronic collision lhc at cern[1-2]. the photons have been emitted from the different mechanism such that prompt photons, thermal photons and jet-medium photons .photons are emited during the quark gluon plasma phase qgp and hadron gas phase (hg) due to jets, and by decay of long-lived resonances into real photons [3]. recently, the interaction of quark-gluon plasma has been achieved to understand the equilibrium state. hard photons emission in both compton and annihilation processes with having an energy large the temperature t of system [4]. the production of photons is hadi j.m. al-agealy rawnaq qays ghadhban mohsin a. hassooni department of physics, college of education for pure sciences ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.  ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index rownq.qph@gmail.com hadialagealy2016@gmail.com mohsin.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq         35  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 observable in higher energy relativistic heavy-ion collisions. the interaction of quark–gluon plasma in hot media has radiated thermal photons due to transverse momenta [5]. hard photons are a important tool to investigate and study the characteristic and properties of quark matter in ultrarelativistic heavy-ion collision. it could be probing the dense system during interaction of quark-gluon plasma for a short time[6]. in this paper,we can find the relation between the photons rate and properties in 𝑐𝑡̅ → 𝛾𝑔quark system in plasma media according to the quantum chromodynamic postulate theory using matlap program . 2.theory the production of gamma photons from plasma quark gluon interaction has been related to the retarded polarization of the gamma photon using field theory the number of photons emitted from quarks gluon plasma interaction per unit time and per unit volume is [7-8]. 𝐸 f e im ∏ 𝐸, 𝑞 (1) where e is the energy of system ,q is momentum of quarks ,∏ 𝐸, 𝑞 is the retarded selfenergy for photons emitted at temperature t and f e is the bose-einstein distribution function for gluon and given by [9]. f e (2) where 𝜆 is the fugacity of gluon .substituting eq.(2) in eq.(1) to produce: 𝐸 𝜆 𝑒 1 im ∏ 𝐸, 𝑞 (3) the retarded propagators self-energy term related to photons emission according to spectral density 𝜌 𝑤, 𝑘 by relation [10]. im ∏ 𝐸, 𝑞 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝑑𝑤 𝑑𝑤 ~ 𝛿 𝐸 𝑤 𝑤 ~ 𝐹 𝑤 . 𝐹 𝑤 𝑇𝑟 𝜉 𝑘, 𝑝 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜌 𝑤 𝐸, 𝑘 𝑝 𝜉 𝑘, 𝑝 (4) where 𝑒 is square charge of quark , 𝑘 is soft momentum of quark propagator, 𝑘 𝑃 is the hard momentum of quark propagator ,𝐸 is the energy of system ,𝜌 𝑤, 𝑘 and 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 are the spectral function and conjugate spectral function of quark, and 𝜉 𝑘, 𝑘, 𝑝 𝜉 𝑘, 𝑘, 𝑝 are the propagation and conjugate function of quarks system on the other hand, the 𝐹 𝑤 and 𝐹 𝑤 are fermi dirac representation for quark and anti-quark respectively. the quark and anti-quark distribution are given by the juttner distribution functions [8]. 𝐹 and𝐹 ́ ́ ́ (5) since the trace of system can be reformation using [12]. 𝑇𝑟 𝜉 𝑘, 𝑘, 𝑝 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜌 𝑤 𝐸, 𝑘 𝑝 𝜉 𝑘, 𝑘, 𝑝 2𝑇𝑟 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜌 𝑤 𝐸, 𝑘 𝑝 (6) substituting eq.(6) ,eq.(5) in eq.(4) to result: 𝐼𝑚∏ , 𝑒 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 ~ 𝛿 𝐸 𝑤 𝑤 ~ 𝜆 𝜆 ́ ~ 2𝑇𝑟 𝜌 ∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜌 𝑤 𝐸, 𝑘 𝑝 (7)       36  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 the eq.(6) can simply be using the integral dirac function [11]. ~ 𝛿 𝐸 𝑤 𝑤 ~ ~ 𝛿 𝐸 𝑤 𝑤 ~ 𝑒 1 𝑒 1 𝑑𝑤 ~ 𝑒 1 𝑒 ́ 1 1 (8) then eq.(7) with eq.(8) may be written as 𝐼𝑚∏ , 𝑒 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 1 𝑒 ́ 1 1 𝑇𝑟 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜌 𝑤 𝐸, 𝑘 𝑝 (9) then eq.(3-46)simply due to solve the trace using identity of spectral functions to obtained [12]. 𝐼𝑚∏ , 4𝜋 𝑒 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 1 𝑒 ́ 1 𝛿 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 (10) since the quark –gluon plasma system has interested with large photon energy case have, 𝐸 𝐸 ́ 𝐸 ≫ 𝑇 , that’s can use an approximation to given. 𝑒 1 𝑒 ́ 1 𝑒 𝑒 ́ 𝑒 ́ 𝑒 (11) then eq.(10) simply to: 𝐼𝑚∏ , 4𝜋 𝑒 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝑑𝑘 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 𝛿 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 (12) the eq.(12) reformulated using 𝑑𝑘 𝛿 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 𝑘𝑑𝑘to 𝐼𝑚∏ , 4𝜋 𝑒 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝑘𝑑𝑘 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 𝜌 ∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 (13) however the recursion relation of integral [11]. 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 𝜌∗ 𝑤, 𝑘 1 𝜎 𝑘 1 𝜎 𝑘 1 𝛽 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜃 𝑘 𝑤 (14) then eq.(13 ) with eq .(14) lead to: 𝐼𝑚∏ , 4𝜋 𝑒 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝑘𝑑𝑘 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 𝜎 𝑘 1 𝜎 𝑘 1 𝛽 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜃 𝑘 𝑤 (15) the second term in integral (3-59) refers to the correction term and is given by [12] the integral term in eq. (15) lead to 𝑘𝑑𝑘𝛽 𝑤, 𝑘 𝜃 𝑘 𝑤 𝑘𝑑𝑘 𝑚 ω (16) where 𝛽 𝑤, 𝑘 is irrelevant for the cut term from landau damping and is given by[12]. 𝜎 𝑘 1 𝜎 𝑘 1 𝑘𝑑𝑘 2𝑚 𝑑𝑘 (17)       37  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 then eq.(3-59) with definition integral in eq.(3-67) and (eq.(3-60) must to: 𝐼𝑚∏ , 4𝜋 4𝜋𝛼 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 2𝑚 𝑑𝑘 𝑚 ω . (18) the mass of quark is induced by qcd temperature by formula [13]. 𝑚 𝛼 𝑇 (19) and the integral in eq.(18) is reduce to 2 𝑑𝑘 𝐿𝑛 (20) it may be inserting eq.(20) and eq.(19) in eq.(18) to be reduced to. 𝐼𝑚∏ , 4𝜋 4𝜋𝛼 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 𝛼 𝑇 𝐿𝑛 ω (21) however, it can mentioned here that: ω 1 (22) inserting the eq. (22) in eq. (21) to reduce: 𝐼𝑚∏ , 4𝜋 4𝜋𝛼 ∑ 𝑒 𝑒 1 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑒 𝛼 𝑇 𝐿𝑛 1 (23) the current rate of photons can be calculation by substituting eq.(23) in eq.(3) to results 𝐸 𝛼𝛼 ∑ 𝑒 𝜆 𝜆 𝜆 ́ 𝑇 𝑒 𝐿𝑛 1 (24) where 𝛼 is the electro strength constant ,𝛼 is the strength coupling ,𝑒 is the square of electric charge of quarks system ,𝜆 is the fugacity of gluons , 𝜆 is the fugacity of quark ,𝜆 ́ is the fugacity of anti-quark ,𝑇 is the square of temperature of system and 𝐸 is the photons energy . the strength coupling𝛼 is 𝛼 𝑃 (25) where 𝑁 is the flavor quantum number,𝑃 is the momentum of photons system and the critical temperature 𝑇 . 3.results table (1) shows strength coupling spectra of interaction 𝑐𝑡̅ → 𝛾𝑔system in plasma that is calculated according to quantum flavor number, critical temperature and temperature of system. to obtain the strength coupling, the momentum spectra of system were taken from experimental date pc =1,2,3,4 and 5 gev [14] and elected the critical temperature tc =150 mev and tc= 190mev.it should be mentioned at this point that quantum flavor number was calculated using the summation ∑ 𝑁 6 and estimation the total electric charge of quark using ∑ 𝑒 . the strength coupling was calculated using eq.(25) and inserting𝑁 6 , p =1,2,3,4 and 5 gev and elected tc =150 mev and tc= 190mev. however, the flow photonic rate 𝐸 has calculated using eq. (24) at critical temperature tc=150mev using fugacity of quark 𝜆 =0.85, anti-quark𝜆 ́ 0.9 and gluon 𝜆 0.08 with various temperature t=150,200,250.300 and 350mev with matlab program .results are       38  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 listed in table (2) with tc =150 mev and table (3) with tc =190 mev. figures (1) and (2) show the flow of photons rate plotted verse photons energy. table 1. strength coupling quantum color at tc =150 mev and tc= 190mev. critical temperature the 𝒄�̅� → 𝜸𝒈system 𝑷𝒄=1 gev 𝑷𝒄=2gev 𝑷𝒄=3 gev 𝑷𝒄=4 gev 𝑷𝒄=5 gev 150 mev 0.7642 0.5597 0.4840 0.4416 0.4135 190mev 0.8730 0.6159 0.5254 0.4758 0.4433 table 2. result of flow photonic rate𝐸 in𝑐𝑡̅ → 𝛾𝑔 at tc=150mev with 𝜆 =0.85 𝜆 ́ 0.9 ,𝜆 0.08 . 𝐸 gev 𝐸 𝑑𝑅 𝑑 𝑞 𝐺𝑒𝑉 𝑓𝑚 t=150 mev t=200 mev t=250mev t=300mev t=350mev 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.7642 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.5597 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.4840 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.4416 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.4135 1.0 8.6587e-10 6.6690e-09 2.5694e-08 6.7689e-08 1.4174e-07 1.5 3.5605e-11 6.2224e-10 3.9304e-09 1.4403e-08 3.8180e-08 2.0 1.3896e-12 5.5434e-11 5.7542e-10 2.9372e-09 9.8661e-09 2.5 5.2875e-14 4.8277e-12 8.2441e-11 5.8652e-10 2.4976e-09 3.0 1.9825e-15 4.1489e-13 1.1662e-11 1.1568e-10 6.2461e-10 3.5 7.3629e-17 3.5347e-14 1.6361e-12 2.2632e-11 1.5497e-10 4.0 2.7164e-18 2.9933e-15 2.2819e-13 4.4028e-12 3.8236e-11 table 3. result of photonic rate 𝐸 in 𝑐𝑡̅ → 𝛾𝑔attc=190mev with 𝜆 =0.85 𝜆 ́ 0.9 ,𝜆 0.08 𝐸 gev 𝐸 𝑑𝑅 𝑑 𝑞 𝐺𝑒𝑉 𝑓𝑚 t=150 mev t=200 mev t=250mev t=300mev t=350mev 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.8730 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.6159 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.5254 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.4758 𝜶𝑺𝒕=0.4433 1.0 9.3956e-10 7.1020e-09 2.7156e-08 7.1233e-08 1.4872e-07 1.5 3.8906e-11 6.6529e-10 4.1670e-09 1.5198e-08 4.0157e-08 2.0 1.5243e-12 5.9405e-11 6.1116e-10 3.1041e-09 1.0391e-08 2.5 5.8152e-14 5.1815e-12 8.7669e-11 6.2051e-10 2.6330e-09 3.0 2.1845e-15 4.4580e-13 1.2413e-11 1.2248e-10 6.5896e-10 3.5 8.1247e-17 3.8015e-14 1.7426e-12 2.3977e-11 1.6358e-10 4.0 3.0009e-18 3.2215e-15 2.4319e-13 4.6667e-12 4.0379e-11 4. discussion we discuss behavior of photons flow rateproduction in quark anti quark interaction processes from a non-equilibrated qg plasma at finite potential with effect of coupling strength constant. the results indicate important information concerning photon produced as a signature of qg plasma. the photons flow rateof qg interaction with quantum quark flavor number 𝑁 10 are discussed as follows. figure (1) indicate flow of photon production rate at temperature t = 0.150, 0.200, 0.250, 0.300 and 0.350 gev cross annihilation process for       39  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 quarks quantum flavor number 𝑁 10. it is found the flow photons rate increased function of photons energy at critical temperature𝑇 150 mev. it has been taken the t = 0.350 gev to find large effect of flow photons rate contribution due to increase the photons energy (1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5 and 4 gev). the strength coupling value also effect on contribute of the flow production rate and the rate is increased due to decreased the strength coupling and it has a larger flow rate produced at very higher temperature t=0.350 gev and low strength coupling. figure 1.photon flow rate production throughct̅ → γgannihilation process due to eγ at 𝑇 = 150 mev, 𝑁 10, for with 𝜆 =0.85 𝜆 ́ 0.9 ,𝜆 0.08 figure 2. photon flow rate production through ct̅ → γg annihilation process due to eγ at t = 190 mev, n 10, with fugacity of quark λ =0.85 anti-quark λ ́ 0.9 and gluon λ 0.08 similarly, in figure (2) it can be shown that the flow rate of photon emission is at same temperatures through the interaction of quark gluon at another critical temperature𝑇 190 mev. the flow rate of photons yield is less increased with photons energy compare with 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 10 -18 10 -16 10 -14 10 -12 10 -10 10 -8 10 -6 e (gev) lo g (  ) 1 /g e v 2 f m 4 t =150 mev t =200 mev t =250mev t =300 mev t =350 mev 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 10 -18 10 -16 10 -14 10 -12 10 -10 10 -8 10 -6 e (gev) lo g (  ) 1 /g e v 2 f m 4 t =150 mev t =200 mev t =250mev t =300 mev t =350 mev       40  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure (1) in same interaction process. in comparison with figure (1), the flow photons rate shows better outcome. this implies that critical temperature has more effect beside the strength coupling .in figure (2) ,we can show the less increases in contributions to the flow rate of photon at the same order of quantum flavor number as results of different in the strength coupling of qg plasma process. the flow rate increases with the effect of decreases strength coupling but decreases as temperature decreases. it is found that low temperature t=150 mev produces less flow rate of photons in comparison to the large temperature t=350 mev during the qg plasma. this shows that the flow rate produced by qg plasma process is low in high strength coupling in comparison to the low strength coupling in same processes. the results in both tables (1) and (2) and figures (1) and (2) do not show any huge of flow rate of photons in qg plasma process due to contributed by fugacities of quarks and gluon . in 𝑐𝑡̅ → 𝛾𝑔system, the flow rate contribution from tc=150mev is less than flow rate contribution from tc=190mev over qg plasma process. overall results are less effective in the case of critical temperature whith compared with photons energy and strength coupling .finally, in both figures (1) and (2) , we consider the qg plasma interaction has large effect with photons energy and strength coupling and less effect with critical temperature . it is found that the flow rate of photons due to tc=190 mev is large in comparison to the tc=150 mev. also, it is found a large flow photons rate due to same fugacity. 5.conclusion in conclusion the flow rate of photons yield is evaluated by integrated the flow rate over plasma phase. the calculation of flow rate of photons production as a function of photons energy corporating with strength coupling and critical temperature .so, the flow rate of photons emission from a qg plasma system play an important role in the investigation of photon emission from higher energy collision . it is found that large increase of flow photons production rate with decreased strength coupling and with increasing the temperature t and critical temperature at qg plasma system. therefore, the flow photon rate is important for giving the information to create quark-gluon plasma media and supply more knowledge for the study and understanding of qgp interaction. references 1arsene. i.; bearden. i.g.; beavis. d.; besliu. c.; budick. b.; bøggild. h.; chasman. c.; christensen. c.h.; christiansen. p.; cibor. j. and debbe, r. quark–gluon plasma and color glass condensate at rhic, the perspective from the brahms experiment. nuclear physics a.2005.757(1-2), 1-27. 2adams. j.; aggarwal. m.m.; ahammed. z.; amonett. j.; anderson. b.d.; arkhipkin. d.; averichev. g.s.; badyal. s.k.; bai. y.; balewski. j. and barannikova, o. experimental and theoretical challenges in the search for the quark–gluon plasma: the star collaboration's critical assessment of the evidence from rhic collisions. nuclear physics a.2005,757(1-2), 102-183. 3adam. j.; adamová. d.; aggarwal. m.m.; rinella. g.a.; agnello. m.; agrawal. n.; ahammed. z.; ahn. s.u.; aiola. s.; akindinov. a. and alam. s.n. direct photon production in pb–pb collisions at snn= 2.76 tev. physics letters b.2016,754, 235-248.       41  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 4aurenche. p.; gelis, f.; moore. g.d. and zaraket, h. landau-pomeranchuk-migdal resummation for dilepton production. journal of high energy physics.2003,2002(12), 6. 5arleo. f.hard pion and prompt photon at rhic, from single to double inclusive production. journal of high energy physics.2006.09,015. 6wang. e. and wang. x.n. jet tomography of hot and cold nuclear matter. physical review letters.2002, 89(16), 162301. 7kapusta. j.i. and gale. c. finite-temperature field theory: principles and applications. cambridge university press.2006. 8long. j.l.; he. z.j.; ma. y.g. and liu. b. hard photon production from a chemically equilibrating quark-gluon plasma with finite baryon density at one loop and two loop. physical review c.2005,72(6),064907. 9rammer. j. quantum field theory of non-equilibrium states. cambridge university press.2007. 10baier. r.; peigné. s. and schiff. d. soft photon production rate in resummed perturbation theory of high temperature qcd. zeitschrift für physik c particles and fields.1994,62(2), 337-341. 11hidaka. y.; lin. s.; pisarski. r.d. and satow. d. dilepton and photon production in the presence of a nontrivial polyakov loop. journal of high energy physics.2015,10, 5. 12kapusta. j.; lichard. p. and seibert. d. high-energy photons from quark-gluon plasma versus hot hadronic gas. physical review d.1991,44(9), 2774. 13maher sami saleh. theoretical study of the fugacity effect on the photons emission at annihilation quarks interaction. ms thesis, baghdad university.2018. 14al-agealy, h. j., and sahib, m. j. theoretical evaluations of probability of photons yield depending on quantum chromodynamics theory. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2018,179-186. طريقة جديدة لفصل وتحليل مركبات الكيل الكوكسي 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد لفصل وتحليل مركبات الكيل الكوكسي كفوءةطريقة تثبيت طة كروماتوغرافيا الغازاسايالن بوس *, حقي اسماعيل ابراهيم*جميل موسى ضباب, مؤيد كاصد جلهوم الجامعة المستنصرية قسم الكيمياء, كلية العلوم , وزارة الصناعة شركة ابن سينا العامة* الخالصة ــصررررر صررريي س سرريط ا يرر ـي ـت يررريس اـ ـا اايي اضـرريو ـاـرررر ـصرررررررييو ضركرررر ـارررررريت اضاحـررر اختيرر ط رررر يرو ـ ـ اي ـرررو اررس خرر ارر ا اررس سرو ـضرررو ــ صرريي س ا سرريط ا يرر ـيرر اضسحررإ س خرر تري رر اني رريمـ اضاريررم اضررريت اررل اـ ـررريس اض ي ي ا يى واحرو اريو ـو تيي اس ايواضمت ـر ــ صريي س س سيط ا ي ـي hcl ـياو اني يمـ اضاريم ضى اـ ـضررررو اررس اييرررررو اضتري رررررر ـمصرر سرريط ا ائاضرررر اضات ت ت سررطم ضتحـرري ارر م اضاـ اضا يررى ـ اقوم ضركرر ـ تحييرر اضظررـ ــصر صري سيط ا ي اي ـ صر و اضـريو اضميمر ارس اـ ار سيضوميررو ـ سرو ريط حر ا اضاتحصرر ـ ا ارو 02-02س ـ تتر ا ـاض ا ـ سيمرررط 005ـ 052اضحرررس ـيرررو يرررى اضتررر ـا اا ياـرررس ـصرررتخواا و ررررو ائ ـاررريت ـو ـ مترريئا اضتحييررر اس ـاـررر اررر سرريط ـتحييرر اـ ــ صرررررررريي س اررـ ضركررررررر ـارري ا50%[10%ov – 101]+[dioctyl phthalate%5]%50ا يرر ـيرر ــص صيي س اـيس سيط ا ي ـي ـو ضرك ـ تحيي اـ تم اضحكرررررررررـ يى مو خريو ا ov – 101 %10ـاـ ا ـاضاصررريحو تحرررط يرررو ــصررر مرررو اررر امحمرررى اضا ررريي سررريس اضتـ ـا يررر ـي صررريي س ــ سررريط ا يررر ـي اضامحمررر ضرايرررل اـ ـسا يارر ـ تسررير ـ سرريس rصرريي س -2550ـ 0522 -2550ضهرري ساررو اررس %rsdـ مرريم ا 0.9991 – 1ترر ا ـاض ا 0501 يى اضت المقدمة ـو ـر ـارئو ضيرصرييــس ـ ـ سيتي اس اضصرريضسيو اضـه سيئيو اض ــس حررم اضصررييــس اضري dـ مصرررسو اضرى م اضـري سـس غ سررررريط اضـيررررر اضـضهررررر ا اض مكرررررر اررررر تح ا يرررررو يـ ررررررى خرررررركيئك ـامهررررري اـ ـيو سررررريط اضصرررررييــس اض ـررررر ـصررررر ـ ـررررري اـ ـ ا تصت ا(0) (marcelo)صي س ـمييو اضصررر سيط ررو ــ ـضيا اط ضتحـي اـ سيط اضصييــس س ـا ا(0) (mult)اـ ـضا اط ت ـاو وـيايريء ضس سيط ا سيط سيوئيط اضصيصيو وتويو خيكي اا م اضاـ ـاـ ا (0 )( matsuyama)اضتشيسك سيترررر ر يترررر يرررروخ ارررر ـصررررررت ـاصرررر و ياـررررس ترصررررياهي قاي ـ اررررس اضكررررررررريط اضاهاررررو ضيصيصررررــس اـ اـ يررررىط كرررررمي يو ـاصرررل ارس و رريط اضحر ا اضتر ياـررس ا(4) (robert west)مصرايس ـارس ـارم اري يتايرو سر اررير اضصرييــس ارـ اضارو اض روط ا ظرم اضسحررررـإ اض يايرو اc-300 ˚c (edward) (5)˚ 100حر ا سريس و ررو يضا هي سر حيرإ ياـرس ـصرررررررتيضا ـصرت ـ سررريط اضصرررررريي س ـميو يرررى اـ ــصيس silaneـاضترميرررو اررر ارررري اضكرررمي يط اضصرررررييـ ـي يرررى siloxaneـاضصرررررررييي اضتررر تحتررر ـاضتر تر تسر سر ـان ير ا ري ـاضتر ت ارو (6) (yates)رررررييــس اسيشرر اضصر اريايررررل انضـي ــ ان ير ــ اريايرررررل انضـير ـ ريط اضـياييئير ـييتهي واضرى تريير اضاي ـ ضرك ارس خر اضتريير ارس رر اضاخيرريط اضكريسو (1) (brinker) اضرى ـومرى اصرت س و ايييط اضتري ـ ترم 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد س ــصر صري ساصت اي اـ سريط اضـير اضـ ـ ار تحـري اـ و ار تحيير ـ يا م اضاصرتائرـارس اضر (2) (lewis)يط اضـي ـو ستحصرر اضتـكري اضحر ا ي ـا اا ـ اضارو ـاريت ـيو اـ اضتحيي اضـ سيط اضصييــس اض ـ ـ اس (9) (smith) ت ييس اـ سيط ا اق او ـاي اس تي ي ا(02) )حسـش(اضررسيو اـ اضشس مرسيوااـ اق او اضاصتخواو ضرك ـ تحيي ا م اضاـ ـو ـ اض ا ـاار اضايو اضت تكمل امهي حش ـ امهري صر و اضـريو اضميمر ـ يـرـس ا ري ار اييرو يرو و ـ اضت ت تاو يى ررروط سحرررـإ اخررر قختيررري ااـررر صررريمو كررري ا ئرررم ض اييرررو اضركررر ضا (00) (jeffry)اقاترررواو سررريط اضصرررييــس ـ ـ ـ ـيو س س ـرهيا ـء ر يررو سيرطيهروت ار ا اضسحرإ ضت ا(00) (kanner)ض ـ ــصر ـرر سريط ا ير اي ضركر ـ ت يريس اـ سرريط ــ صرري س ـ اتيس ررو ااـرر اضر صرري س اضاحـرر اررس اـ م ضتحـرري اي سيصررتخوام امصرر اق اررو اضاحـرر ائررا يرر ـيرر ـا اايي اضـيو ـايت استرميو ـ المواد و طرائق العمل زة المستخدمة:االجه ـ ـا اايري اضـريو مر ـايت ايرواس shimadzu cr4a رهريو ا ريضا اضسييمريط gc. shimadzu 14 aرهريو ـ ـ ريئ stirring hot plate اصرخس حر ا ي ـ احر ك a & d 200حصرير heating mantel اصرخس حر ا ي ـيو مسي ا essg( ul 10يو ) ـ ص مرو اييـ ـ micro syringص مرو اييـ المواد الكيميائية: ـاو اضـياييئيو اضاصت ـ و يا رايل اضا (analytical grade reagent) ـيمط يضيو اضمري :تحضير االعمدة ـا ـم ضيكوـ يو و ـصتخواط ـم ـق اضاري ـ و اس اضر ار اييريط اضركر stainless steelاس ان او اضاكم ح ـا ـاي اــ -: (0 مم )ا اضروـ ـاضتحيي التحليل الكروماتوغرافي : ت اضا يى ضيرك -ـ ـت سيط اضظـ ــ صيي س اضرييصيو سيط ا ي ـي تحيي اـ ت اضا يى ضيرك ـت سيط اضظـ ــص صيي س اضرييصيو سيط ا ي ـي تحيي اـ qualitative analysis التحليل النوعي: سررريطيا ـصرررت ــ صررريي س ط اضاحيضيررر اضرييصررريو ضياـ ـمي ) ـيررر ـحررررس اضصرررييـ ــصررر صررريي س ـررر يرررى حرررو ( 10ــي ـضيت اررس ـرر احيررـ س ررو ـختيرري ـاـرر ر يرررو اكرر ضخ ئررر ارر م اضاحيضيرر ضـرر ت سيررط واررس انحتررريو ضـرر اررييـ امهيا quantitative analysisالتحليل الكمي تحضير المحاليل القياسية : أ ــصر صريي س ستصرتاضاحيضي ا طحـ ـا ي ـي ــ سيط ا ي ـي ـ يرو اضـري سـس ـار ي اسرل اي ضرييصيو ضاـ ي ـم ا ا ا اضا ي ا سيط يوتاضت اـيو اقط حـ ا اس خ ـ اسو حرم ا يس اس اضاـ اضصييـ % 5 , % 1ضه م اضاـ ـيو حرايو اضمص ا مص ا م اس % 95 , % 80 , % 50 , % 30 , % 20 , % 10 , ا v \ vائ عمل منحنى المعايرة القياسي ب ــ صييييس سيط ا ي ـي ــص صريي س اضرييصريو ارس خر حررس اضت اـيرو تم ا اضامحمى اضرييص ضاـ ـ ا ي ـي 10 ـ ضرك ارس خر حررس% 95 , % 80 , % 50 , % 30 , % 20 , % 10 , % 5 , % 1اآلتيرو : ــخ اضاصيح ـا اايي اضـيو ـايت يو ا رهيو ـ ـضيت اس ـ تـ ـ س و ـس تم ت سيط ـاـ واييـ تحط اض 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ـضرو صم امحمى اضا يي ضي مو سيس ميم اضاصيحو تحط اضر ـا اا ضهي ا ـايت ـو ـ ـضرط اضمتيئا ا ـ يو اضايو ـتـ ااو التطبيقات العملية للطريقة التحليلية قيد الدراسة ــايررري ـصرررتـيط ـ يررري ـتحويرررواي م ـميو اضرييصررريو سررريط اضصرررييـ ت اضتحييييرررو اضا يرررى ضياـ واررر م اضر يرررر س رررو ت سيرررط اضظرررـ ــصرر صرريي س ( اضترر سرريط ا يرر ـ سرريط ) اـ ـاضترر اررس مائرركررمي يي سرر إ ر ياـررس تحـرري ايضاتيس ررو تحـرري ارر م اضاـ و ـسس صيمي اض ياو ا خ ضهي ياـس تحويو ـي اس ا م اضر م ا انمص ا تحـي سيط ا شـ ا م اضاـ : حساب كفاءة العمود الكروماتوغرافي سررريط اضرييصررريو يرررى يرررتارررط اييررريط حصررري ـري ان ارررو اضاختيررررو و ان ارررو اضاصرررتخواو ارررس خررر حررررس ماررري ة اضاـ ت اضتحيييو ا ـو تحط ـاـ اضظـ ضـ ـختيي ــرت ا : حساب العالقات الثرموديناميكية ـ ضـر ارس صو ترم ت يريس حررم انحترريواضم سيط اضاوـ ـاضاـ ـا اضصيئيو ـا او شو اضتآ سيس انر ضـ حصي ــص صيي س اضرييصيو اريس اريـ و سيط ا ي ـي ـاضتررر ارس اضتر و ريط اضحر ا اضاريرراـ تا ر و رررو حرر ا اضتحيير ـق ي اضروئ سريط ا ـمتخسر خ ضهي تم حصرري انم يضسر اضا ـق ي اضروئر ضاحيضير ار م اضاـ ـس اضار و رريط اضحر ا طـانمت ˚c˚ , 130 c˚ , 140 c˚ , 150 c˚ , 160 c˚ , 170 c˚ , 180 c 120 اآلتيو ضه ا اضـ : النتائج و المناقشة ـا اا ـ اضاسيمرو ار اضرروـ ) ـاريت ( 02( ـ حررس حررم )0س و اس ترم تحـري ـ تهيئرو روو ارس ا ارو اضركر اضـ سررريط سررريط اضرييصررريو ضـرر ارررس اـ ـضت ارررس اررويا اضاـ ــ صرري ساررييـ ــصررر صرريي س اظهررر ط متررريئا ا يرر ـيررر ـ ا يررر اي ـو ـررريس ارررـ انمصررر ضركررر ارررويا اررر م 50%[10%ov – 101]+[dioctylphthalate%5]%50اضتحييررر اس اض اررر سيط ـاي يسيم اضشـ ) (ا0اضاـ ـو ـا اا اس اض ا ـايت ــصرر صيي س اضرييصيو اتظه ط متيئا اضتحيي اضـ سيط ا ي ـي – ov%10ـاي اويرررا اـ سيط ـا 101 ـو انمصررر ضركررر ا م اضاـ ا( 0اضشـ ) يسيم ي اـ اض ا ـا اايري اضـريو trي و واس انحتريو ) ـايت ـ ر ا ـ ـ (00) (jonhson) ( اس اضاريييرر انصيصيو ا اضتشخيررص اضم ـاا ـاضترواخ ط سريس اضاريو اض يو و ي تاو يى ـ اض يسرط ـ اضرر ـمر ـار ا تر يرامهي ا و ر ييس اضـريو اضميمر او اكريهي ـو رو ح ا ـ ررح اضرواـ )اضر ـتــ ـ اضـيو اضميم ا ـم ـضرر ـو ـر صررو 0( ـ )0 اض ا سيط اضاوـ ( وارس انحتررريو ضياـ يى ان او اضاختيرو ا ــ صرري س سرريط ا يرر ـيرر ـاص اـ ـرر اررس ي حررظ اضتررري اضشررويو سررو ريط اييرريس ا (04) (kenrrick)تشرري خرر ــ ا ير صررررريي س ــ مريئ ا ير صرررررريي س ـ ار ا اضترري ير ر اييررـ مرر ر ـير سيس ررس ويئ ـير اكر ار يس اضارـ سيس ـا اايري كرر رروا حترى ضررـ ـصرتخوامي ـررـ ان اررو اس ار ا اضترري سررو ريط اضـييريس ي رر ضياررـ ـايت س ـرهاي ـ ي ـي سيضريمو اضحـ ـا ا يؤوي وخيكيو اضتصي اضى اضتري سيضواس اضاتي ضألاتواو يي يى اضصرح اضااتو )اضصيمو اضكي ( سيس ا اارري ـو ارر ارر يس يـرر ت اييررو اضركرر سرريس ارر يس اضاررـ ـررر ضرر ضك يررر ـصررتـ اضخيكرريو اضررسيررو اضـرر يرو اضا ـ يسررط رريض اضررسيررو ضيتررت ي سيس ستصرررررررررتخوام ررر ـواررس اضاـررـإ يررى اضصررررررررح اضااتررو ايصررررررررر ارر اضاررـ ه اييررو اناتررواو ـا اض يستو اضاصرتخواو ضرم تصررترل اكر ـ ضك اس خ تت ي ظيا اضحإ اس اضرويئيط اضررسيو اس رايل انر اكيهاي ـي يررى ـ اض يسررط اضرر ي يحترر سيس ررس س ـررهاي اق مررواي ـصررتخوامي اضرررررر ي اضررسيررررو dioctyl phthalateارر يس اضاررـ ـياـس تحصررررريس ا يا اضرك اض يضيرررو ا 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ـو ) ويريو اضررو يرى اييرو اضركر ( ا ا اري ـصررررررررررتخوامي صريمو كري ضر اصريحو صرررررررررررحيو ـ يرى ) larg يى ا ا اض ا mesh size )ا ــصررررر صرررر سيط ا ير ـي سريط )ـاي اياي يخص اـ ( 30 – 25ريي س اريس اضرر م اضـسير سرو ريط اييريس ار م اضاـ ـضو ـ سرريط يررى رايرررل ان رررررراو سصررررره ـيررو ـترري اضر كررررررو ضركررررر ار م اضاـ ـضـررس مررو اضاري مررو اررس و ررو ائ وـس ـي ت ريررو ـو ـا ااريط اضتحيير ضأل ارو اضاصرررررتخواو يتـرح ضمري ـس اض ار ـايت ـمارم حريو se – 30 %5سريس ـ ـاـر ي رر اكرررر ـو ـو سويرريو اضمصررسو se – 30 %10ارس اض ارر يررو ضيارريو اضاحايررو يررى اضصرريمو ئـ اضا ـارر ا ي رررل ويرريو تررت ي اضررسيرر ضي ارر اضكي ا ـو ـسرواس تحييير ض ov – 101 %10ـاي اض ار ـو اير مرسر اررو ـ ررى اكرررر ريرو سرارم حريو ـ ة ـارـ ار مار ـو انمص اس سيم ان او اضاصتخواو ا مكي مصسيي ااي ير اس ا ا اض ا ة العمود الكروماتوغرافي :يحساب كفا و ان اررو اضاصررتخوا ـ ضررك اررس خرر حصرري رروو اضكررريئح ـ ا تررري اضكررريحو اضمظ يررو ـ تسرريس يررتررم حصرري ـري ـويس اضت تم اق تايو ييهاري ار اضتحيير تسيس اضم ا و اضرك ي( وو اضكريئح ـ ـري5ـ 4اضرواـ ) يريا ر تيئا اس اض ا ـاض ا 06506ـ 9555 (h)ـ 0050ـ 0551 (n)ااـ متيئا اـيمط مياو يى اضت منحنى المعايرة : يررو اق ـا اايرري اضـرريو اضررى اض مرررو سرريس تـ ـايت ـ ة اضرر ي يررر ي ـوخيضرر اتصرررتمو اضتحيضيرر اضـايرررو ارر ترميرررو ـ ضررى مارر ـاريتـ ر ار ـ ر اضاروـ ـ اض يئرو ضياـ ـاصيحو اض ـارو اضتحيي ( اضتريض 6يسريس اضرروـ ) ا ار ام اضتحيير -امظ ا يوضو اضخر اضاصتريم ـ ا يا اق تسيرا :المعطيات االحصائية للتحليل الكروماتوغرافي سيئـ حص اقمح ات اضرييص اضمصس اضا ح ا اضروـ )ي ـ اقصت ري يو ضياـ ا (6ط ميو اضو اصو ـاي اــ ـو سصرير ار ومرو اضريمر اض اير مصرسو اضحصريسيط اضم سريط ـ ظتشي اضمتيئا حير يرو ار تحـري ت اـيرو ا يمرو ارس اضاـ ـسوا ـسو ما رتهي ضحصيصيتهي اضـسي تريم اض ر ا ا ميتا اس ك ـويميايـيو ـاص اض ا اضخ ـو ا اس حرم اقحتريو اضكيا ـ اض يسرط ار اض ار ـوس ضري تاو يى ـايرو اضرر ي يرر اقخر سمظر اق تسري ـ ـ اضصرريئ ضيحكررـ يررى حررم اقحتررريو اضمرر ـو (vg)اضرر س ارر يـارري اسرر (15)(martin) ارر و رررو حر ا اض ارر اhδـ sδتم حصي (t/1)ـ (vg)ا ـ اس خ صم اض مو سيس (1اضروـ ) ر يرو اضتحييييو اضارت حواضترسيريط اض اييو ضي سيط ميو اضو اصو ا رط متيئر( يسيس اس اضر يرو 0اس خ اضشـ ) ـاـحو ـ اتريسررو ياضاصتخواو ا تحـي اضاـ ـاتا ريمسيو ال ـ ا اقمتيةا ـو م ـر ال اضر يرو اضرييصيو ـ وم االستنتاجات ـا اا ياـس ا ـايت ـو ـ ـو اظه ط اضمتيئا اض اييو اس ااـ ا سيط اضهيضـصي س اـ اض ا صتخواا ضرك ـ تحيي اـ 50%[5%dioctylphthalate]+50%[10%ov – 101] ــصرررر صرريي س اضرييصرريو سرريط ا يرر ـي ـارري اويرررررا اـ ـو ـا اا اس اض ا ـايت ـاقمص ov – 101%10اتظه ط متيئا اضتحيي اضـ اا 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية 3)شكل نواتج : تطابق كروماتوغرام مزيج مركبات مثيل أيثوكسي سايالن القياسية مع أحد ( . ov – 101 %10التفاعل بواسطة الطريقة الثالثة .التحليل على العمود ccl4في m , d , t:كروماتوغرام مزيج (1)شكل + [ov – 101%10]%50على العمود 50%[5%dioctyl phthalate] oven programme: int. temp.=35 c◦\6 min. rate=5 c◦\min.fin. temp.=60 c◦\5 min flow=15ml\min. h : كروماتوغرام مزيج ( 2)شكل لمركبات مثيل أيثوكسي سايالن على العمود ccl4القياسية في 10% ov-101 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد األعمدة المهيئة والمستخدمة في فصل وتحليل المركبات المدروسة:( 1جدول) dimention length x od support mesh size formula chemical name liquid phase 2 m x 1/8" chromosorb 60-80 mesh [(ch3)2sio]n dimethyl poly siloxane 10%se-30 = = = = 5 % se-30 = = [(ph)ch3sio]n + (ch3)2sio]n [ phenyl methyl + dimethyl poly – siloxane 5 % ov-07 1.5 m x 1/4" = [(ch3)2sio]n dimethyl poly siloxane 10% ov-101 2 m x 1/8" = [(ph)2sio]n + [(ch3)2sio]n 50% phenyl + 50% methyl polysiloxane 5% ov-17 2m x 1/8" = [(ch3)2si-o]n + [c6h4 ]n (c7h19cooh)2 75% phenyl + 25% alkyl group 50% [10%ov-101] + 50% [5%dioctyl phthalate] od = out side diameter ايالن القياسية على األعمده المختلفةمن األحتجاز بالدقيقة لمركبات مثيل كلورو سز :( 2)جدول 5% dioctyl oven int. t = 35 c 5% dioctyl oven int. t = 45 c 5% ov-17 5% ov-7 10% ov-101 10% se-30 5% se-30 compound 1.83 1.57 0.95 1.40 0.867 1.195 0.881 sicl4 3.42 3.57 2.86 1.90 1.15 1.675 1.15 m 3.89 3.84 6.89 2.05 1.717 2.558 1.681 d 4.83 4.61 6.89 2.05 1.717 2.558 1.681 t زمن األحتجاز بالدقيقة لمركبات مثيل أيثوكسي سايالن القياسية على األعمده المختلفة :(3)جدول 10% ov-101 5% se-30 10% se-30 compound 1.10 2.01 1.35 (ch3)3sioc2h5 2.07 5.92 3.56 (ch3)2si(oc2h5)2 2.69 12.76 11.69 ch3si(oc2h5)3 6.28 17.88 14.10 si(oc2h5)4 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد :عدد الصفائح النظرية لألعمدة المستخدمة في فصل مركبات مثيل أيثوكسي سايالن( 4)جدول 10%se-30 5%se-30 10%ov-101 12.3 14 15.7 n :أرتفاع الصفيحة النظرية لألعمدة المستخدمة في فصل مركبات مثيل أيثوكسي سايالن(5)جدول 10%se-30 5%se-30 10% ov 101 16.26 14.28 9.55 h يم و معامل االرتباط لمركبات مثيل أيثوكسي سايالنمعادلة الخط المستقالدقة و الظبط و : يبين (6)جدول )وحدات δssمول ( و األنتروبي الموالري الجزئي \) كيلو سعره δhs: األنثالبي الموالري الجزئي (7)جدول على االعمدة قيد الدراسة. ccl4أنتروبي ( لمحاليل مثيل أيثوكسي سايالن في column50%[10%ov101]50%[5%dioctylpht-halite] column 10 % ov-101 compound δs δhs δs δhs 6.44 2.416 0.675 17.114 (ch3)3sioc2h5 5.872 2.748 0.887 16.372 (ch3)2si(oc2h5) 7.116 3.191 1.275 18.304 ch3si(oc2h5)3 6.284 3.335 1.399 16.758 si(oc2h5)4 r y=bx+a rsd % recovery % calc. conc.% compound 0.9999 y = 11310 x + 6116.6 0.93 99.44 9.94 si(oc2h5)4 0 13596 x + 3271.8 1.08 99.72 9.97 ch3si(oc2h5)3 0 14167 x + 6616 1.08 99.71 9.97 ch3)2si(oc2h5)2) 0.9996 = 9749.9 x + 131.64 1.09 99.6 9.96 ch3)3si(oc2h5)) 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد references 1.marcelo, a. ; mercado,l. (2000) , highr coordination in organosilicon compound, electronic docttoral issertations. 2.mult, h. c. and karl, h. heinz, (2007) , industrial inorganic chemistry , 2 nd ed. wiley – vch verlag gmbh, 34. 3.matsuyama, h. and shiraishi,t. (2003) , polymer science and technology , j. of applied polymer science , vol. 54 : 1665 – 1672 4.robert west, (2001), chemical reactions and properties of organosilicon compo unds , academic press n.y. , 46 – 53. 5.edward, r. and s. lawrence, (2005) , organosilicon compounds and their uses as photoinitiators , u.s. patent 6849668. 6.yates ,d. j. c.; behal ,s. k. and kear, b. h. (2000), materials research society , studies of reactions between gaseous organosilicon compounds and metal surface , 3 : 714 – 722 7.brinker ,c. j. , and schener, g. w. (1990), "the phsics and chemistry of sol – gel processing " academic press , n. y. 8.lewis, l. n.; schattenmann , f. j.; jordan , t. m.; jordan , j. c. ;jordan , w. p.; flanagan , r. j.; wroczynski , j. m.; anostario , and m. a. othon, (2002) , inorg. chem., 41, 2608 –2615 . 9.smith and albert lee , (1975), analysis of silicones , widey , new york,p.149. ر م اضرك ريا سـواوا (0920 )ـضس تيس حسـش ا02 11. jeffry, a. , (1958), gas analysis by gas chromatography , welly , n.y. ,1978 , p.127. 12. kanner, b. and king,r. e. (1990), in silicon – based polymer science , adv. chem.ser. , 224,(1987), 607 – 618 , j. m. ziegler and f. m. g. fearon , editors . am. soc. washington dc 13. jonhson, h. w. and stross , f. h. (1958), analytical chem.,p. 30 . 14. kenrrick, m. lewis, (1993) , catalyzed direct reactions of silicone , elsevif london , n.y. , tokyo,p. 265 . 15. martin r. l., (1961), anal.chem. ,33:347 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fixation of efficient method for separation and analysis of alkyl al koxy silan compounds by gas chromatography j.m.dhabab , m.g.jalhoom* , h.e.ibrahim* department of chemistry, college of science, al-mustansiriya ,unevirsity *ibn sina state co.,ministry of in dustry and minerals abstruct modification of gas chromatographic technique for the separation and determination of methyl ethoy silane compounds which were synthesized by the addition of absolute ethanol to methyl chlorosilane compounds have been elaborated experimentally. the addition of absolute dry ethanol to methyl chlorosilane compounds in the presence of a dry stream of nitrogen gas led to sweep out the liberated hcl gas. this method was found to be the suitable method for the preparation of methyl ethoxy silane compounds. the optimum parameter selected after careful and precise studies was between 20 – 30 ml \ min to carrieir gas flow rate, while applied temperatures of detector and injection part were 250 °c and 225 °c respectively. the results showed that suitable chromatographic column for the separation of methyl chloro silane compounds is 50% [5% dioctyl phthalate ] + 50% [10% ov101 ] .while 10 % ov – 101 column was found to be the best for the separation of methyl ethoxysilane compounds . accordingly , a linear relationship for the calibration curve between concentration and peak area is achieved for methyl chlorosilane and methyl ethoxysilane . correlation coefficients here ranged between 1 – 0.9991. the results of percentage rsd alotarned for the methyl chlorosilane and methyl ethoxysilane were 0.512.08 and 0.053-1.37 respectively. diurnal variation of phytoplankton and related ecological parameters in habbiynia lake, iraq 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية احد مواقع في البيئية العواملوعالقتها ببعض ةاليومي للهائمات النباتي التغير بحيرة الحبانية التميمي عبد الناصر عبد اهلل مهدي ،الغافلي عبود كبانامين ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد -بية قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التر كلية التربية للبنات،جامعة االنبار -قسم علوم الحياة الخالصة للمعةر للةة باةةةرا الابل ةة ل فةةم ا ةا اااةد لطاللة ااةة بعة العاا ةا الزةاةلةةةة االاة ةلةالدراسة الاللةة منةة , مغةةلةرا اانةةا اال ةة ماافدةة ةةا در ةة اةةرارا الهةةاا ال ةةةل اظهةةر در ةة اةةرارا سةةلل 42الةا ةةة لةة ا المغةةلةرا مغةلةرا ةا ةة اانةا , ةة الما ةةا الة مظهةر 7 ةل باةرا الابل ةة ال ة فةم ال ل ة الدللةدج اسة ل ة ةل ةلاا مهةةل الالاراةةةد اال لااةة اظهةةرا ببلمةةل سةةبةل , ا ااسةة ة اال غ ةسةةةا لةة مظهةةر مغلةرا ,االاللسةةةا ,االعسةةرا الالةةة ,الاهربةةلةم اطبدةل للدراسة مظهةر ببلمةل سةبةل فلة د اظهر اةلدا سبة ل ا اللةا , ا ل ةة الال نةة الالةة االدللدةة الالةة الذاة ( 7) طاللة الع ةاة ا ة ال ( ا لس 9) ةا الدراس اال باا ا ( سل الطالل طااا 42ا ) م س الا ة مةراا ا ا س اااد ة الطاللة الةايلة ةة, الطالل اللنر ( ا لس 3) ا , الطالل اللنر ال ار ا لس ا لس شمرا فم اربع لل ا دا الدراس , ا د س اللمر /للة 22³× (277 -427) العدد الالم للطالل بة cyclotella ,, navicula ,botrycoccus ,oscillatori ةا اا ل الذ العة ل المقدمة المةم معةد ة ال سةطال ال ه لة ة ال ه فم ال ارا الغربة العرا ة ال سطال ال لةة معد باةرا الابل ب بةللا فةم بدةلل العةلل ال لملزة هب شةل ارا لل ة دلر ة ةا سةطال بب ارا لل االطالل ث الدراسل البةةة اة االةة الدراسةةل لةة ال سةةطال ال لةةةة فةةم اسةةط العةةرال لغلةةة ا رانةةم المراةةة لةة مةةلة ةعةةد ( 4), ا ةةل شةةر (2) ة دبس )الراااا اللةةل( فمعةد بمالابل ة اهار ا باةرمملل (3), ا ل دراس (2922ال سح العل للشرل ا اسط فم ) ة ( الةل56,52لةداد الةداةما ل االطاللة اللنةر ال ار ة )االراةدا فم هذا ال لا االمم اشلر ال مدلر الدراسل للةةة بدةةةةةما ل ايلةةة الدراسةةل للةةة ال سةةةطال ال لةةةة اشةةةلر الةة مغلةةة الةةدا للةةة المةةاالم ةةةا العلةة ا الطاللةة اةةاا الل ةةلة (6)فمعةةد دراسةة فةةم باةةةرا الابل ةةة ا ةة ال سةةاال ال مةةاافرا اةةاا الطاللةة (2) ةةزا الطاللةة الدراسل ال ه فم هذا ال لا , ا ةل المم معد سس العل للبراا الس اةؤ ة االطالل لاسل ال الزةاةلةة االاة ةلة ةةة االطاللةة الهلة ةة اال لم ةةد للةة ال بلمةةل ةة الدراسةةل الراةةةدا ةلاة ةلةةة ااة( اةةاا الل ةةلة الزةاةل5دراسةة ) ا للل ةةلة الزةاةلاةةة االاة ةلاةةة االعةةدد ةةة المغةةلةرا الةا نةةةحالدراسةة الاللةةة ةةل لما للةة باةةةرا الابل ةةة , ا ةةل ا للطالل فم باةرا الابل ة الالم 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية وصف منطقة الدراسه ااد لزنل ال ل الشر م للهنب اهم ال زماا الباةرا ا ط للة (2)شاا معد باةرا الابل ة الزرا هرال ال ه الة شر ل (22 -23) الطم طاا ,ش ل ( 32 -33) دا بة لطم لر ام الغربة الطلر درج شرال ةر م ال اسملدا الباةرا لغر ب 2939لدد بدا فم س فم ا شرل دة الر لدج ا ال دلا ا هر الزرا لسة ال ةل م ظة للا ا ل" شرالاسمع ا هذا ال لز 2926 فم لل الزةنل ا اللباةر ا ( ا ا ل1,2ااالم ) ) لا الارار( طاا الد لا ةبلغاذ ) لظ الارار( ها دلا الر لدج االااةد للباةر فم ااس الزةنل ال باةرا الم رة ةل الباةرا الااةد الذج ةدا ابهل اةسمع ا ا ا اا ها لرج ال ر لر ة االذج ةبدا ,ل ا ل ال لرج البل م فها لرج الذب ,( ا 1,4هذا ال لرج ) لا ااةبلغ طاذ ,ارب فم الفظ االرااا االباةر ابعلد ممبلة ( 7) ( ا 5ةبلغ طالهل ااالم ) لااة مهم فم هر الزرا لبر اال ا الش للم الشر م للباةر (245 -215) بة ا سلا الباةر ممراا ثفم هر الزرا اة ال ةل المغةرا المم ما ا فم لسة ا اس بل ا عدا الع ل مر( 23اا ل ل فبهل ة ا ال ال ) اةلا مر اع ( 3545-2562اا هل بة ) اةلا مر ربا ( 6) مر( 757-452بة ) ةمراا طريقة العمل طريقة جمع العينات ال ا ا ال لملر للدراس االذج ة ا ل ده الة س (252ا) ( س 22ما ل ل ) لة ل ال ةل االطالل ع ال ةل لاةا لة ة انةع فةم الاةةل البةالم امةلةة ا ( لمر 6ا اج الا ل االذ ه ل )بلا ل مسلاة ( س 422) الةةةةة 26/24/4224 ةةةةة ال ةةةةةدا ( سةةةةةلل 42 ةةةةةدا ) لل لاةةةةةا سةةةةةاااةةةةةدا اباا ةةةةةا لة ةةةةة ال سةةةةةمع ل للةةةةة طةةةةةلل ااسةةةةةا فم ةل باةرا الابل ة ة ال مهل ببع العاا ا الزةاةلةة االاة ةلةالعدد الالم للطالل دراس ا 25/24/4224 العوامل الفيزياوية والكيمياوية ا ةةةةس ا س , ◦( 252) ةةةدرج لغلةةةة ماةبدةةة ر اةةةراالهةةةاا اال ةةةل فةةةم الادةةةا بلشةةةرا بلسةةةمع لا اةةةرارادر ةةة سةةة ة لما ةااس , ا ة extechشرا ال ال فم 572 ادةا ph meterالهةدرا ة م لعة ل ال ةل بلسملدا هلا فةم اةة , philips شةرا ال هةا ة pw9526 ادةةا conductivity meterبلسةملدا هةلا الاهربةلةم االاللسةةا الالةة ا ا ةل العسةر mackereth et al (8) مبةلل طرةدة ا الةر المةم ا ةزهل س بل ةة ا ااسة ة ال ةذا ا للة ااة فدةد مة ةلسةهل بل لم ةلد الالاراةةد اال ل أ ةل ,( lind9 ( بلمبةلل الطرةدة المةم انةاهل اال غ سةةا فدةد ةسة apha (22 ), طبدل ال ةس الالة الال نة فم اة اgolterman et al. (22) . ةالهائمات النباتي ةالكمي ةالدراس , ا ةةةةل الغةةةةةر ل ةةةةاة الطاللةةة ( بلل سةةةةب الةةةة ,2413ةةةة )ماآل العل ة شةةةةلة الطاللةةةة بل لم ةةةلد للةةةة ال ةةةةلدر ممةةة العةدد الالةم للطاللة ااسة (16,15,14)ةة مع اة فدد م مشلة هل بل لم لد لل ال لدر العل ةة اآلالالطالل ( ,219) هل ابةر البلابة ل المم ااسمع hinton & maulood (21)اارهل المم mcnabb (17 ) ةد طر بلمبلل فم اسل العدد الالم للطالل :اد هرةل فم اا شرةا ااسملد ال علدل ا مة 32لد اذ ب ارا ااسع 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية سلا ار المرشةح× س ----------------------------------------------------لمر ( = /ة )للالعدد الالم اد هرةل 32 سلا × فم اللمر ا العة ةلاد هر 32ة با س :ال ال الالم للهلة ل ال بلمةه فم اذ التحليل االحصائي بلسةملدا البر ةل ا ا ةلةم ال ةلها pearson’s correlatio coefficientsاسةملد عل ةا ا رمبةلط ا)بةرسة ( ال دراس بة العاا ا ا رمبلط ( سملراج ة عل اspss,4224للالسا ا لم ) شةالنتائج والمناق والدراسة الكمية يةئة والكيمياو ئيعوامل الفيزياال اا اللة در ة اةرارا للهةاا سة ل فةم در ارارا الهاا فم المغلةرا الةا ة ,اعلدمهل امبع در ارارا ال ل ( 22,6بلةغ )ةةا م ابمغةلةر ◦( 25,5البللب ل را اال ة )الل ل فم السلل ،◦( 42,5ل را اال ) الرابع السلل ا ةةد ا ةةد اا ةةدا المغةةلةر الةةةا م للهةةاا اةةل اابةةر ةة ب بةة انةةعل المغةةلةر الةةةا م لل ةةل ل ةةل ل ◦( 3,2للهةةاا ا) ◦ اا ا الهةاا ة ةم اةزدةد الاةرارا بشةاا اسةرل ة ال ةل , اال عةرا , p > 20.1ارمبلط ع اج ل ةد سةماا اام للةة ا الهلة ةةةل اذ المةةةلبةر الاانةةح فةةةم ال ظةةةل البةةةلةالا م ج سةةةطح ةةةلةم , جةةةة ذلزةاةلةاةةةرارا معةةةد ةةة العاا ةةةا ادر ةة ال مة لز ةة لة اذ بدللةدةمهل م ةةا ةةل باةةرا الابل ةة( 3)شةاا ممأبر بشاا اانح بلرمزلل اا لزل هذا العل ةا ال بلمة لة ا الةةا ( 2,65لة مم ةلاا ) ةا ممغةلةر اب ةدةل فم اةة سةلل ة سةللل الدراسة (7,26ا س الهةدرا ة م ل ) اب اظة , p > 20.1ا ةد ا ةد ارمبةلط ع ةاج ل ةد سةماا اام للةة ( 7,72)ال ة الهةةدرا ة م اا الل ة ل س ال دلربة لا هلالةا طااا المغلةرا الةا ة ل ما اانا اا فم ال ل الدللدج ال هلفل ا س الهةدرا ة م ة ا ةةةد ةعةةةاا هةةةذا الةةة ال الةةةاا ال اةةةد ةةةلل ةةةةل العرا ةةةة , ا ا لةةةم الةةةةا م فةةةم ةةةة ا س الهةةةةدرا ة م اةةةل ةةةغةرال ا النرارج عرفة ا س الهةةدرا ة م فةم اةة لباةرا هل الباةرا الددة سبةل , فم ا buffer solutionال ظ (3)شاا ة فم ال ل ةالاةاة االاة ةل الزعللةل فم بلشر دراس لل ال سطال ال لةة له ملبةر ةلةارا سةة س / ( 727ا ةال ةة ا ةا ةل ال ا بة االسةللب الذاةبة فةم ةةل باةةرا الابل ةة مراااة بةة ) اد ل ةد السةلل الاااةدا ظهةرا اب عةدا ا"( لةارا سة س / س اد 332) ا سل لسلبع س ااد الل ل د السلل ا ( 532ا العسةرا الالةة فةم بةل باةةرا الابل ةة لة مة لز لة ) ( 2)/ شاا لةاراسة س ( 413مغلةر ةا م بلغ ) ( لغة / 952اةة لة ةم ةلاا اللة مراةةال ) فةم , دا ا ة ل ا فمرا الدراسة ة لغ / لمر الربا ل الاللسةا فم ا ا العسةةرا مرااةةة( لغةة / لمةةر الربا ةةل الاللسةةةا , ا ةةد ا عاسةة 349لمةةر الربا ةةل الاللسةةةا اب ةةدا مغةةلةر ةةةا م بلةةغ ) دا ( اب 422 – 315( االبل م بة ) 432 – 622الاللسةا اال غ سةا اةث مرااا ل اا بة ) مرااةاالالة لل ا ةد ا ةد ارمبةلط ع ةاج بةة العسةرا الالةة االاللسةةا للاللسةا اال غ سةا للة المةاالم ( 275 – 472مغلةر ةا م بلغ ) ا دا ل p > 20.1ااذا الالا بة العسرا الالة اال غ سةا ل د سماا اام للة , p > 20.1ل د سماا اام للة لسةرا ةدا الابل ةة اة اة الدةاا ا ةةل باةةرا p > 20.1ز سةا ل د سماا اام للةة ارمبلط ع اج بة الاللسةا اال بشاا اانح ل ا مغلةرامهلل مظهر ا ل ا هل اس المدسة ل العلل ة للعسرا 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية عةةة / لمةةةر فةةةم ةةةةل باةةةةرا الابل ةةةة ( ل 22,6 – 7,9بةةةة ) الةةةذاة مرااةةةةا ا ااسةةة ة امراااةةة (2) شةةةاا الدراسةةة فةةةم ال ةةةل دلةةةةا للةةة اللةةة ال سةةة الةةةذاة ر ااطةةةة , اةعةةةد مراةةةةا ا ااسةةة ة ام ةةةةا ةةةةل باةةةةرا الابل ةةةة بمرااةةةةا يةةةة ااسة ة ال ذابة فةةه اما ة اه ةمةه فةم اا ةه البلةالا م فة ا عرف الابةر ل طبةع ال ارد ال لةم عرفة ا ةة ا ( لغة 4,5) ابللر ال للمغلةرالةا م ل ةةل باةةرا االابل ةة فل هةل لة مم ةلاا ال لةة ا اةل الاةاة ل ل ةا ظ ل ل فعلا ل اةةةث العة ةة طةلةة ةةةا ةةا دا مغةةةرا مةةذار سةةبماظهةةر ةةة الالاراةةةد طةةل اانةةال ةةا ببةةل ( 2)شةةاا / لمةةر ( لغة / لمةر ا ةد 242( لغة / لمةر اب عةدا مغةلةر ةةا م بلةغ ) 242ااد لهةل ) ( لغة / لمةر 622س ل الل ة ة ) ( ةا بةل ل ل ةد السةلل البل ة لةة , 2,1ا عاس ة الالاراةد لل ال لاا فم ةل الباةرا اةث لة مة لز لة ) ا د ( ا بل ل 2,4ل ا هذ الدراس ال ل د السلل البل ة ظهرا اال ) فم اة ا الل ة لل لاا س ل ا ةةة ال عةةةرا ا مراةةةةا ال لااةةة بةةةة ةةةة الالاراةةةةد اال لااةةة , p > 20.1ا ةةةد ارمبةةةلط ع ةةةاج ل ةةةد سةةةماا اام للةةةة ب ال ه ة ال ا ةادا اةاسة ال ةل الطعة ة عاس بشاا بلشر لل ماا د ا اةةل ال لةةة اةعةد الالاراةةد ة ا ةا ةل السةلل ا ل ة الال نة الالة فل مظهةر مغةلةر اانةح اةةث ا (6)شاا ال للح اذا ارمبط ا اةا ال ادةا ) لح الطعل ( ( 6)شةاا ( 221اب ةدا مغةلةر ةةا م بلةغ ) ( لغ / لمر 425( لغ / لمر ااد لهل بلغ ) 352الل ة بلغ ) دلبلة لل علدل للدة ةلسة ال اد اس هةدرا ة م عة ام م الال نة فةم ال ةةل لة ا ةاد الالال نة هم اا بةةل م اااسةةةد الاةةلربا , اذ ةة ال اةة ا ةةةدلا بةةل م اااسةةةد الاةةلربا الةة ال ةةةل السةةطاة ةة ال ةةا انةةلف الةة اام ةةلا فدد مرااا بةة ) لاةاج لل ااد العناة بااسط البامرةل , ا ل ة الدللدة ا لم ل ل لةل الملاسد ا ا اد دالا ال ةل فةةل ةةا الطاللةة فةةم ال ةةل ةةةؤدج الةة اةةةلدا للةة غال( افةةم 722( لغةة / لمةةر اب ةةدا مغةةلةر ةةةا م ) 2622 – 123 ( 6)شاا اااسةد الالربا لبل مالدللدة بسب اسم اا الطالل (2) ةةداا ةة الطاللةة ( سةةل 42 ةةدا اربةةا الشةةرة سةةلل مسةة ةا ) ذ الدراسةة للةة باةةةرا الابل ةةة ا مةة لةة ا هةة ( ا ةلس 7ا ) ,bacillariophyceae ( ا ةلس ة الطاللة الع ةاة 9 اال للة ال ةزا الرةةسة اباا ةا ) ا ة س chlorophyceae اللنةر لس ة الطاللة ( ا ة 3ا) cyanophyceae ة الطاللة اللنةر ال ار ة , اب اظ العةدد الالةم للهلة ةل ال بلمةة ا ةد ا اللة لةدد euglenophyceae الةايلة ة الطالل اااد لشةرا العا ةل اد لهةل فدةد سة ا ل ةد السةلل ,( الة للةة فةم اللمةر 277 د س ا ل د السلل الالدة لشةرا ةبلال ابلةغ ) (2) شاا( ال للة فم اللمر 427اال ) لة ة افةراد navicula ,cyclotella ( ا ةلس فةم ةةا اا ةل الةذ العة ةل اهةم 2ا ملا هةذ الدراسة بمسة ةا ) ا ة افةراد الطاللة botryococcus ال ار ة ا ة افةراد الطاللة اللنةر oscillatoria الطاللة الع ةاة ا ل الالدةة لشةر ةبلال ل اظهر المغةرا الةا ةة للعةدد الالةم للهلة ةل ال بلمةة ا ةاد اةةلدمة ا الة ة السة اللنر / 25 بلال ام السلل العلشرا بلال لةةا السلدس ل لاالبل ة الس , 24/4224/ 26ل را لةا البللب ام معد لةلة دلر ة ل بلمة ل ةم لاا لةا للة فم اللمر الاااد المما الل ة للعدد الالم للهلة ل ا, 24/4224 (2) ا ةل فةم باةةرا الةراااا للةة فةم اللمةر لةةا بلغ العدد الالم للهلة ل ال بلمةة اابةر ة اذ الرا سطال لةة ا داةما ل للة الهلة ةل ا لةرا ظةلهرا عرافة سةةلدا الة ا . ال بلمةة ال ال غةذةل اهذا رب ل ةعاد ال فدر هذ الباةرا الدراسةل السةلبد فةم فةم (2)ا ةداا (2)شةاا navicula ل ة س ا ة الا لةد اظة سةةلدا ال لةفم ال ةل العر ددا اةةفل هةل رب ةل مةدا للةة ا ةاد لاا ةا ا لةةرا ا ةلسلة هةةذ الدراسة المةم اظهةر سةةةلدا للة الابل ةة باةةرا ماافر فم ةل الباةرا اهلل 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المصادر 1-cole, g. a. (1983). text book of limnology , 3 rd . edi . the. c.v.mosby co., london 401 pp 2-kolbe, r. w. and kreiger, w. (1942) . susswasseraigen aus mesopotamien and kurdistan .ber . deut . bot . ges . 60 : 336-355 3al – kaisi , k.a., 1964 . studies on the algae of a water system in iraq ph . d. thesis ,univ l of north wales. bangor, u.k , ل ع بغدادرسلل ل سمةر س ل الطالل فم باةرا الراااا, درا (2994) لبادالغلفلم,ا ة -2 5polersca . (1985) . state and prospectives of fisheries in habbaniya lake . polservice consulting engineers. warsaw-poland areport given to state fisheries organization baghdad 6allami, a.a.; kassim, t.i.; muften, f.s. and al-dylymei,a.a. (1998). j.coll educ. for women.univ .baghdad . 9 (2) : 209-216 سةةةةةة البللةةةةةةث , بغةةةةةةداد فةنةةةةةةل ل بغةةةةةةداد فةةةةةةم المةةةةةةلرة , الد (2916) ساسةةةةةة , ا ةةةةةةد -7 1.mackereth , f. j . h . , j . horn and j. f . talling ,1978 water analysis : sci . pu .36 :121 pp 9lind , o. t. (1979) . handbook of common methods in limnology . c. v . mosby co .,. st louis 199 pp. 22-american public health association ( apha ) , (1985) . standarad methods for the examination of water and waste . 16 th ed., a.p. h.a., 1015 eighteenth streeth nw, washington , dc 200356 . 1263 pp 12-golterman , h . l., r. s. clymo and m. a. m. ohnstand , (1979) methods for physical and chemical analysis of freshwater . 2 nd . edi. ibp. hand no. 8 blackwell scientific puplication , osney nead , oxford 213 pp. 14-smith, g.w. (1950). the fresh water algae of united state mcgraw-hill 719 pp. 13-bold , h .c. and wynne ,m .j. (1985) .introduction to the algae , structure and reproduction . 2nd . edi prentice-hall , inc .,englewood cliffs , 720pp 12-germain , h. (1981), flora des diatomees. diatomophycees eau douces et. saumatres du massif armoricion et des contress voisines d europe occidentale. societe nouvelle des edittion bubee, paris 444 15-patrick, r. and reimer, c.w. (1966). the diatoms of the united states excusive of alaska and hawai monograph 16-hadi, r.a.m., al-saboonchi ,a.a. and haroon, a.k.y. (1984). 755-51339: iraq.nova hedwigia 17-mcnaab, c. d.(1960). enumeration of fresh water phytoplankton concentrated on the membrane filter limnol , and oceanogr . 5: 57-61 18-hinton , g. c. f.and maulood, b. k. (1979). , trop . ecol 20: (2) . 19-192 دراس بةةة دلر بة باةرا اةرا بغداد السةلاة (2919 )اس للةا , لبلس رمن -29 ا هر د ل فم بغداد , رسلل ل سمةر , ل ع بغداد 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية naviculaللهائمات النباتية واعداد جنس ة للعدد الكلياليومي ات: التغاير (2)كل ش (: التغايرات اليومية لدرجة حرارة الهواءوالماء واالس الهيدروجيني3شكل ) درجة حرارة الهواء والماء 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 الوقت رة را ح ال جة ر د درجة حرارة الماء درجة حرارة الهواء total count of phytoplankton 0 200 400 600 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 tim e t o ta l c o u n t x 1 0 0 0 navicula total count االس الهيدروجيني 6.8 7 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 الوقت ز كي ر لت ا االس الهيدروجيني 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المذاب(:التغايرات اليومية للعسرة الكلية والكالسيوم والمغنسيوم والتوصيل الكهربائي واالوكسجين 4شكل ) العسرة الكلية والكالسيوم والمغنسيوم 0 1000 2000 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 الوقت م لغ م ز كي ر لت ا ت نا بو ر كا ر لت / وم سي ال لك ا المغنسيوم الكالسيوم العسرة الكلية التوصيل الكهربائي 0 200 400 600 800 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 الوقت سم / س من سي و ر يك ما التوصيل الكهربائي االوكسجين المذاب 0 20 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 الوقت ر( لت م/ لغ )م ز كي ر الت االوكسجين المذاب 2002( 2) 22المجلد هيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية مجلة ابن ال الحامضية الكلية والقاعدية الكلي(: التغايرات اليومية للملوحة والكلورليد و5شكل ) الملوحة 0 0.5 1 1.5 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 الوقت ف( الل با ء ز ج ( ز كي ر الن الملوحة الكلورايد 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 الوقت ر( لت م/ لغ )م ز كي ر لت ا الكلورايد الحامضية الكلية والقاعدية الكلية 0 500 1000 1500 2000 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 الوقت ت نا بو ر كا ر لت م/ غ مل ( ز كي ر الت م( و سي ال لك ا القاعدية الكلية الحامضية الكلية 2002( 2) 22المجلد للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية مجلة ابن الهيثم في بحيرة الحبانية navicula( : التغاير اليومي للهائمات النباتية واعداد جنس 1جدول ) date 15 / 12 / 2002 16 / 12 / 2002 time 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 list of taxa amphora bacillaria botrycoccus calothrix campylodiscus chlorella chrococcus cocconeis cosmarium cyclotella cymbella diploneis euglenia navicula gyrosigma lyngbya merismopedia microcystis nodularia oscillatoria 21 19 13 15 15 25 27 18 18 27 8 11 17 25 19 13 6 8 18 25 31 15 11 8 47 51 62 19 57 47 39 31 18 25 18 25 18 17 13 10 31 19 27 31 45 41 27 35 37 25 21 19 31 19 11 6 3 5 9 9 7 13 18 21 3 5 9 7 8 6 3 8 9 11 12 5 5 6 7 9 5 4 3 13 17 3 8 9 11 13 18 7 11 21 27 39 18 15 6 19 18 7 19 21 5 18 3 5 17 9 8 9 19 18 21 25 29 6 7 5 3 9 21 41 13 8 9 12 12 14 16 21 55 71 61 63 57 41 39 44 51 37 25 21 38 41 51 19 27 31 41 57 63 65 5 44 19 8 18 22 21 19 5 7 4 11 12 19 21 25 27 8 6 3 5 4 2 9 19 15 6 7 8 8 14 16 22 26 28 31 33 39 18 17 188 103 117 93 141 99 83 63 55 79 108 113 119 63 71 82 114 127 135 161 135 141 153 155 21 23 8 7 5 33 19 9 7 5 4 9 8 17 21 18 25 21 23 19 8 7 6 19 26 19 8 21 19 37 36 37 19 17 33 18 8 6 5 17 16 25 23 5 15 45 8 6 7 3 18 19 8 3 19 27 19 37 21 19 7 18 31 8 6 19 21 22 19 17 19 27 25 23 13 9 11 13 18 21 22 19 22 27 31 19 17 21 25 31 33 total count 477 424 380 377 399 286 346 291 236 345 282 217 306 293 386 209 293 336 312 439 390 458 421 457 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 diurnal variation of phytoplankton and related ecological parameters of one location in habbaniya lake, iraq a. a. k. al-ghafily ,a.n.a. m. al-tamimi department of biology¸ college of education¸ university of baghdad department of biology , college of education for women, university of alanbar abstract the presnty study included physical , chemical and phycological study of choosen one station in habbaniya lake to investigat the diurnal variation at each hour along the 24 hours . water temperature showed clear variations and coincided with the air temperature of study , habbaniya water was alkaline with ph more than 7 without clear diurnal variations . conductivity , total hardness , calcium and magnesium values showed no clear varitions . chloride and salinity values appeared relatively stable . the data showed a relative increasing in dissolve oxygen values during the night hours.on the other hand the alkalinity and acidity values were unstable during the 24 hours of the study. according to the quantitative study of algae (20) genera of them were recorded , (9) of them belonged to bacillariophyceae , (7) to cyanophyceae , (3) to chlorophyceae and one genus belonged to euglenophyceae , . the total cell count of algae ranged between (217477)×10³ cell/l , the genera cyclotella , naviculla , botrycocus and oscillatoria were recorded at all hours of sampling 51 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract the main aim of this paper is to apply a new technique suggested by temimi and ansari namely (tam) for solving higher order integro-differential equations. these equations are commonly hard to handle analytically so it is request numerical methods to get an efficient approximate solution. series solutions of the problem under consideration are presented by means of the iterative method (im). the numerical results show that the method is effective, accurate and easy to implement rapidly convergent series to the exact solution with minimum amount of computation. the matlab is used as a software for the calculations. keywords: integro-differential equations, iterative method, temimi and ansari method. 1. introduction integro-differential equations (ides) include in many mathematical formulations of physical phenomena, these problems have a major role of interest and arise in many applications in various fields of science, such as chemical kinetics, fluid dynamics, engineering problems and biological models. in recent years, there exist numerical techniques gained a great interest by many authors such as lagrange interpolation method [1]. waveletgalerkin method (wgm) [2]. adomian's decomposition method (adm) [3-5]. modified adomian decomposition method (madm) [6]. variational iteration method (vim) [7, 8]. differential transform method [9]. tau method [10]. generalized spline method [11], and semi analytical-numerical techniques such that taylor polynomials [12]. and rationalized haar functions method [13]. however, none of a fore mentioned methods are successfully solved higher order ides. furthermore, prior studies need more effort to realize the outcomes, they are not precise and commonly they are improved for specific sorts ides. temimi and ansari (tam) have been suggested a new iterative method, i.e., semi analytic iterative method (saim) for solving linear and nonlinear functional equations [14]. this method has been extensively studied by many researchers recently; it has been successfully applied for application of iterative method for solving higher order integrodifferential equations ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index samaher m. yassein department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. 10.30526/32.2.2139 doi: samamarez@yahoo.com article history: received 13 november 2018, accepted 20 january 2019, publish may 2019 file:///f:/مجلة/2019-5-20/رياضيات/تحتاج%20تصحيح%20مصادر/samamarez@yahoo.com file:///f:/مجلة/2019-5-20/رياضيات/تحتاج%20تصحيح%20مصادر/samamarez@yahoo.com 52 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 solving some linear and nonlinear partial and ordinary differential equations [15-18]. it is worth mentioning, saim is not yet used to solve higher order ides. this method is accurate and powerful technique, needn’t to impose any additional restrictions to get the numerical solution of these problems. it is qualified method for extremely the number of calculations will be reduced while still maintaining the solution is more accurate and efficient. higher order linear fredholm ides was solved by power series and chebyshev series approximation methods in [19]. ides was solved by modified taylor expansion method in [20]. and voltera ides was solved by using the laplace transform method in [21]. in this research, we applied this reliable technique to solve higher order ides. generally, voltera – integro – differential equation [21]. given in the form: y(n)(x) = h(x) + 𝜆 ∫ k(x, t)𝑦(t) x 0 d(t), 𝜆 ≠ 0, (1) and fredholm – integro – differential equation [19]. given in the form: y(n)(x) = h(x) + ∫ k(x, t)𝑦(t) b a d(t) (2) both of equations. (1) & (2) with initial conditions (ics). y(k)(0) = ωk, 0 ≤ k ≤ n − 1 (3) where y(n)(x) is the n th derivatives, k(x, t)and h(x), are given continuous smooth functions, 𝜆 is a parameter, 𝑦(x) unknown function to be determined and 𝑎, 𝑏, ωk are constants. since the results of equation (1) and equation (2) combine the differential and integral operators, then it is necessary to define ics as in (3).the proposed method was applied to establish series solutions for equation (1) or equation (2). we illustrated that this method is effective and perfect in handling to solve higher order ides in scientific and engineering problems. several numerical examples are introduced and comparison with existing methods, the results reveal that the method is accurate and easy to implement. 2. fundamental idea for the iterative method the main steps of iterative method (im). it is rewrite that any differential equation can be written as [14]. l(y(x)) + n(y(x)) + h(x) = 0 (4) with boundary conditions b (y, 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥 ) = 0, where x is the independent variable, l is a linear operator, n is a non-linear operator and the boundary operator is b. the method which proposed as the following way. the initial approximation is the primary step in the im, by assuming that the initial guess 𝑦0(x) is solution of problem y(x) and solution of equation can be solving: l(𝑦0(x)) + h(x) = 0, b (𝑦0, 𝑑𝑦0 𝑑𝑥 ) = 0 (5) to generate the next iteration of the solution as follows: l(𝑦1(x)) +h(x)+n (𝑦0 (x)) = 0, b (𝑦1 , 𝑑𝑦1 𝑑𝑥 ) = 0 (6) 53 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 after several simple iterative steps of the solution, the general form of this equation which is: l(yn+1 (x)) + h(x) + n(yn (x)) = 0 , b(yn+1, dyn+1 dx ) = 0 (7) evidently each iteration of the function 𝑦𝑛 (x) represent effectively alone solution for equation (4). we will implement the steps of method at the equation (1), so equation (1) can be express as: l(y (x)) = h(x) + 𝜆 ∫ k(x, t)𝑦(t) x 0 d(t) , λ ≠ 0, (8) the differential operator l(y (x)) is the highest order derivative in the equation (8), we assume that l is invertible by using the given ics in equation (3) and applying the inverse operator l−1 in both sides of equation (8), we get the following equation: y (x) = ψ0 + l −1(h(x)) + l−1(λ ∫ k(x, t)y(t) x 0 d(t)) , λ ≠ 0, (9) where the function ψ0 is arising from integrating the source term, from applying the given ics in equation (3) which are prescribed. now, we illustrate the method as the following steps: step 1: to get 𝑦0(𝑡) solving l(𝑦0(x)) h(x) = 0 (10) with ics in equation (3) and applying the inverse operator l−1 in both sides of equation (10), we obtain: y0(𝑥) = ψ0 + l −1(h(x)) step 2: the next iterate is: l(y1(x)) − h(x) − ∫ k(x, t)y0(t) x 0 d(t) = 0 with ics in eq. (3) , (11) solving this equation and applying the inverse operator l−1 in both sides of equation (11), leads to get 𝑦1(𝑥) as: y1(𝑥) = ψ0 + l −1(h(x)) + l−1(∫ k(x, t)y0(t) x 0 d(t)) step (3): after several simple iterative steps of the solution, the general form of this equation given as l(yn+1(t)) − h(x) − ∫ k(x, t)yn(t) x 0 d(t) = 0 with ics in eq. (3) , (12) solving this equation and applying the inverse operator l−1 in both sides of equation (12), leads to get 𝑦𝑛+1(𝑥): yn+1(𝑥) = ψ0 + l −1(h(x)) + l−1(∫ k(x, t)yn(t) x 0 d(t)) evidently each iteration of the function 𝑦𝑛 (x) represents effectively solution for equation (8). similarly, by the same steps we solve fredholm ides. 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 3. numerical results we will be applying the saim for solving some examples of the fredholm ides and voltera ides. example 1 consider thirdorder fredholm ide [19]: y(3)(x) = 1 − e + ex + ∫ y(t)dt 1 0 , (13) with ics y(0) = y′(0) = y′′(0) = 1, the exact solution is y(x) = ex solution via implementing same steps as described in the previous section, we first begin by solving the following initial problem to find the initial approximation 𝑦0 (x), the saim will be applied as l(y0) = 1 − e + e x with 𝑦0 (0)= 𝑦0′ (0) = 𝑦0 ′′(0) =1 where h(x) = e − ex − 1, l(y) = d3y dx3 , n(y) = 0. so, the primary step is: l(y0) = 1 − e + e x with 𝑦0 (0)= 𝑦0′ (0) = 𝑦0 ′′(0) =1 (14) then, the general relation as follows: l(yn+1) − h(x) − ∫ k(x, t)yn(t) x 0 d(t) = 0, yn+1(0) = y′n+1(0) = y′′n+1(0) = 1 (15) by solving the problem defined in equation (14), we have y0 = e x − 1934613350591413 6755399441055744 x3 . the first iteration can be gotten as: y1 (3)(x) = 1 − e + ex + ∫ y0(t)dt 1 0 with 𝑦1 (0)= y′1(0) = y′′1(0) =1 (16) thus, the solution of equation (16) as: y1 = e x − 644871116863805 54043195528445952 x3 . the second iteration is: y2 (3)(x) = 1 − e + ex + ∫ y1(t)dt 1 0 with 𝑦2 (0)= 𝑦2′ (0)= 𝑦′′2 (0)=1 (17) then, the solution of eqaution (17) as y2 = e x − 26869629869327 54043195528445952 x3. also, by same steps, the other solutions can be generated from calculating these problems via using matlab, we obtain y3 , y4, … , we get the solution till y11 . y11 = e x − 11 54043195528445952 x3 . 55 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 table 1. numerical results of the illustrative example above of y11. 𝒙 exact solution saim error 0 1.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0 0.1 1.105170918075648 1.105170918075648 0 0.2 1.221402758160170 1.221402758160170 0 0.3 1.349858807576003 1.349858807576003 0 0.4 1.491824697641270 1.491824697641270 0 0.5 1.648721270700128 1.648721270700128 0 0.6 1.822118800390509 1.822118800390509 0 0.7 2.013752707470477 2.013752707470477 0 0.8 2.225540928492468 2.225540928492468 0 0.9 2.459603111156950 2.459603111156950 0 1 2.718281828459046 2.718281828459046 0 figure 1. exact and approximate solution of the illustrative example. example 2 consider thirdorder voltera ide [20]. y(3)(x) − xy′′(x) = 4 7 x9 − 8 5 x7 − x6 + 6x2 − 6 + 4 ∫ x2 x 0 t3y(t)dt (18) with ics y(0) = 1, y′(0) = 2, y′′(0) = 0, x≥ 0, 𝑡 ≤ 1, the exact solution is y(x) = −x2 + 2x + 1, solution applying same steps as in the previous example, we first begin by solving the following initial problem in order to find the initial approximation 𝑦0 (x), the saim will be applied: as l(y0) = 4 7 x9 − 8 5 x7 − x6 + 6x2 − 6 with 𝑦0(0)= 1, 𝑦0 ′(0) = 2, 𝑦0 ′′(0) = 0 where h(x) = − 4 7 x9 + 8 5 x7 + x6 − 6x2 + 6 , l(y) = d3y dx3 , n(y) = 0. so, the primary step is: l(y0) = 4 7 x9 − 8 5 x7 − x6 + 6x2 − 6 with 𝑦0 (0)=1, 𝑦0 ′ (0) =, 𝑦0 ′′(0) = 0 (19) then, the general relation as follows: l(yn+1) − h(x) − ∫ k(x, t)yn(t) x 0 d(t) = 0, yn+1(0) = 1, y′n+1(0) = 2, y′′n+1(0) = 0 (20) by solving the problem defined in equation (19) we have: 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 the solution at n=12 x-axis y -a x is approximate y11 of ex1 exact solution 56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 y0 = x12 2310 − x 10 450 − x 9 504 + x 5 10 − x3 + 2x + 1 by same way in the previous example. the next step is to find y1 as follows: the first iteration can be gotten as: y1 (3)(x) = 4 7 x9 − 8 5 x7 − x6 + 6x2 − 6 + xy0 ′′(x) + 4 ∫ x2 x 0 t3y0(t)dt (21) and has solution y1 = x21 73735200 − x 19 9157050 − x 18 8019648 + 4x 14 85995 − x 12 6600 − x 11 6930 + x7 105 − x3 + 2x + 1 and y2 = 𝑥30 11226184200000 − 𝑥28 1034948105100 − 𝑥27 774096523200 + 20747𝑥23 13750604627760 − 709x21 75209904000 − 1657𝑥20 147891744000 + 31𝑥16 8731800 − 𝑥14 109200 − 𝑥13 108108 + 𝑥9 1260 − x3 + 2x + 1 . hence, in iteration steps, we have: 𝑦12 = 3.062817340869851 × 10−82 × 𝑥120 − 1.101677695323877 × 10−80 × 𝑥118 − 2.725562818772886 × 10−80 × 𝑥117 + 1.778958719423882 × 10−75 × 𝑥113 − 5.682824661052544 × 10−74 × 𝑥111 − 1.370653337095081 × 10−73 × 𝑥110 + 3.984172272372894 × 10−69 × 𝑥106 − 1.119818251782719 × 10−67 × 𝑥104 − 2.628843074816043 × 10−67 × 𝑥103 + 4.503028638092516 × 10−63 × 𝑥 99 − 1.101417450504745 × 10−61 × 𝑥 97 − 2.511985562347862 × 10−61 × 𝑥 96 + 2.827909775701136 × 10−57 × 𝑥 92 − 5.940775524869664 × 10−56 × 𝑥 90 − 1.313503431540083 × 10−55 × 𝑥 89 + 1.026299389853779 × 10−51 × 𝑥 85−1.822336772542073 × 10−50 × 𝑥 83 − 3.896422990960605 × 10−50 × 𝑥 82 + 2.175609109040211 × 10−46 × 𝑥 78 − 3.200678509627877 × 10−45 × 𝑥 76 − 6.598849111192931 × 10−45 × 𝑥 75 + 2.671403340873855 × 10−41 × 𝑥 71 − 3.173731777895746 × 10−40 × 𝑥 69 − 6.287576987469821 × 10−40 × 𝑥 68 + 1.85332923203967 × 10−36 × 𝑥 64 − 1.718197579672121 × 10−35 × 𝑥 62 − 3.257269778930915 × 10−35 × 𝑥 61 + 1.027480158702644 × 10−49 × 𝑥 59 + 6.961493020520868 × 10−32 × 𝑥 57 − 4.798561225077398 × 10−31 × 𝑥 55 − 8.659823953316347 × 10−31 × 𝑥 54 + 3.114021333121303 × 10−44 × 𝑥 52 + 1.32543948187801 × 10−27 × 𝑥 50 − 6.307772348188415 × 10−27 × 𝑥 48 − 1.076556205716984 × 10−26 × 𝑥 47 + 2.671419265527734 × 10−39 × 𝑥 45 + 1.154719813291063 × 10−23 × 𝑥 43 − 3.330521444892846 × 10−23 × 𝑥 41 − 5.329596586395636 × 10−23 × 𝑥 40 + 7.831725504493517 × 10−35 × 𝑥 38 + 3.873151195225192 × 10−20 × 𝑥 36 − 4.991934045359734 × 10−20 × 𝑥 34 − 7.402102900997027 × 10−20 × 𝑥 33 + 7.642681309794397 × 10−31 × 𝑥 31 + 3.461646293785214 × 10−17 × 𝑥 29 + 2.098836527787579 × 10−27 × 𝑥 24 + 1.058401144288997 × 10−24 × 𝑥17 − 𝑥 3 + 2𝑥 + 1 table 2. numerical results of the illustrative example above of y12. 𝒙 exact solution saim error 0 1.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0 0.1 1.199000000000000 1.199000000000000 0 0.2 1.392000000000000 1.392000000000000 0 0.3 1.573000000000000 1.573000000000000 0 0.4 1.736000000000000 1.736000000000000 0 0.5 1.875000000000000 1.875000000000000 0 0.6 1.984000000000000 1.984000000000000 0 0.7 2.057000000000000 2.057000000000000 0 0.8 2.088000000000000 2.088000000000000 0 0.9 2.071000000000000 2.071000000000000 0 1 2.000000000000000 2.000000000000000 0 57 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 2. exact and approximate solution of the illustrative example. example 3 consider fourth – order fredholm ide [19, 22]. y(4)(x) = 1 4 + (1 − 2ln2)x − 6 (1+x)4 + ∫ (x − t)y(t)dt 1 0 (21) with ics y(0) = 0 , y′(0) = 1, y′′(0) = −1, y′′′(0) = 2, the exact solution y(x) = ln(1 + x). solution to find y0 we take l(y0) = 1 4 + (1 − 2ln2)x − 6 (1+x)4 with y0 (0) = 0, y0 ′(0) = 1, y0 ′′(0) = −1,y0 ′′′(0) = 2 where h(x) = 1 4 + (1 − 2ln2)x − 6 (1+x)4 , l(y) = d4y dx4 , n(y) = 0. so, the primary step is: l(y0) = 1 4 + (1 − 2ln2)x − 6 (1+x)4 with 𝑦0(0)=0, 𝑦0 ′(0) = 1, 𝑦0 ′′(0) = −1,𝑦0 ′′′(0) = 2 (22) then, the general relation as: l(yn+1) − h(x) − ∫ k(x, t)yn(t) x 0 d(t) = 0, yn+1(0) = 0, y ′ n+1 (0) = 1, yn+1 ′′ (0) = −1, y′′′n+1(0) = 2 (23) by solving the problem defined in equation (22) we have: y0 = ln(x + 1) + x4 96 − 579905046931621 180143985094819840 x5 by same way the next step is to find 𝑦1 as follows: the first iteration can be gotten as: 𝑦1 (4)(x) = 1 4 + (1 − 2ln2)x − 6 (1+x)4 + ∫ (x − t)𝑦0(t)dt 1 0 (24) and has a solution: 𝑦1 = ln(x + 1) − 3621025736840333 68094426365841899520 𝑥4 + 104493422922097 8106479329266892800 𝑥5 𝑦2 = ln(x + 1) + 398426818305727 1361888527316837990400 𝑥4 − 2407976480303 34047213182920949760 𝑥5 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 the solution at n=13 x-axis y -a x is approximate y12 of ex2 exact solution 58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 hence, in iteration steps, we have: 𝑦7 = ln(x + 1) − 1446180158675437 980744084899180960278380544000000 𝑥4 + 977445743089 1539253760479322796195840000000 𝑥5. table 3. numerical results of the illustrative example above of y7. 𝒙 exact solution saim error 0 0 0 0 0.1 0.095310179804325 0.095310179804325 0 0.2 0.182321556793955 0.182321556793955 0 0.3 0.262364264467491 0.262364264467491 0 0.4 0.336472236621213 0.336472236621213 0 0.5 0.405465108108164 0.405465108108164 0 0.6 0.470003629245736 0.470003629245736 0 0.7 0.530628251062170 0.530628251062170 0 0.8 0.587786664902119 0.587786664902119 0 0.9 0.641853886172395 0.641853886172395 0 1 0.693147180559945 0.693147180559945 0 figure 3. exact and approximate solution of the illustrative example. example 4 finally, consider fourth – order voltera–ide [21, 23]. y(4)(𝑥) = sinx + cosx + 2 ∫ sin(x − t) y(t)dt x 0 (25) with ics y(0) = y′(0) = y′′(0) = y′′ ′(0) = 1, the exact solution y(x) = ex solution to find 𝑦0 we take l(y0) = sinx + cosx with y(0) = y ′(0) = y′′(0) = y′′′(0) = 1, where g(x) = − sinx − cosx , l(y) = d4y dx4 , n(y) = 0. so, the primary step is taken: l(y0) = sinx + cosx , y0(0) = y0 ′(0) = y0 ′′(0) = y0 ′′′(0) = 1 (26) then, the general relation as: l(yn+1) − h(x) − ∫ k(x, t)yn(t) x 0 d(t) = 0, yn+1(0) = y′n+1(0) = y′′n+1(0) = y′′′n+1(0) = 1 (27) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 the solution at n=8 x-axis y -a x is approximate y7 of ex3 exact solution 59 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 by solving the problem defined in eq. (26) we have y0 = cosx + sinx + x 2 + x3 3 as same way, the next step is to find y1 as follows: the first iteration can be gotten as: y1 (4)(𝑥) = sinx + cosx + 2 ∫ sin(x − t) y(t)dt x 0 (28) and has a solution: y1 = 9cosx − 8x + 10sinx − xcosx + xsinx + 4x 2 + 4x3 3 − x4 6 − x5 30 + x6 180 + x7 1260 − 8 y2 = 97cosx − 96x + 223sinx 2 − x 2cosx 2 − x2sinx 2 − 29𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 2 + 27𝑥𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 2 + 36𝑥2 + 12𝑥3 − 2𝑥4 − 2𝑥5 5 + 2𝑥6 45 + 2𝑥7 315 − 𝑥8 2520 − 𝑥9 22680 + 𝑥10 453600 + 𝑥11 4989600 − 96 . table 4. numerical results of the illustrative example above of y2. 𝑥 exact solution saim error 0 1.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0 0.1 1.105170918075648 1.105170918075658 1.0e -014 0.2 1.221402758160170 1.221402758160139 3.0e -014 0.3 1.349858807576003 1.349858807575984 1.9e -014 0.4 1.491824697641270 1.491824697641278 7.e -015 0.5 1.648721270700128 1.648721270700122 6.e -015 0.6 1.822118800390509 1.822118800390498 1.0e -014 0.7 2.013752707470477 2.013752707470502 2.5 e -014 0.8 2.225540928492468 2.225540928492492 2.4 e -014 0.9 2.459603111156950 2.459603111156937 1.2 e -014 1 2.718281828459046 2.718281828459041 4. e -015 figure 4. exact and approximate solution of the illustrative example. the essence of this method, saim in comparison with the other analytical methods does not need large computations such as lagrange multiplier in the vim or any complex assumptions like nonlinear adomian’s polynomials in the adm. it also does not need to constrict homotopy in the hpm. furthermore, this method proved that it is efficient in overcoming the difficulties in calculating and solving high -order integro-differential equations with easier steps. 4. conclusion most integro-differential equations are difficult to be solved analytically. for this purpose, the efficient iterative analytic method (temimi and ansari) is applied to solve such 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 the solution at n=3 x-axis y -a x is approximate y2 of ex5 exact solution 60 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 mentioned type of these equations. the present iteration method has strength features among other analytic methods. the obtained solutions can be shown as a series form that converges to the exact solution with simple computations. no complicated calculations have been shown with the presented method. finally, the advantage of this method is to apply some examples to show that the present iterative method is very accurate and suitable for solving the high order voltera fredholm integro-differential equations. references 1. rashed, m.t. lagrange interpolation to compute the numerical solutions of differential, integral and integro-differential equations. applied mathematics and computation.2004,151,869-878,doi: org/10.1016/s0096-3003(03)00543-5. 2. avudainayagam, a.; vani, c. wavelet-galerkin method for integro-differential equations. applied numerical mathematics.2000,32,247-254,doi:org/10.1016/ s01689274(99) 00026-4. 3. el-sayed, s.m.; abdel-aziz, m.r. a comparison of adomian's decomposition method and wavelet-galerkin method for integro-differential equations. applied mathematics and computation.2003,136,151-159. 4. hashim, i. adomian decomposition method for solving bvps for fourth-order integro differential equations. journal of computational and applied mathematics.2006, 193,658-664. 5. wazwaz, a.m. a reliable algorithm for solving boundary value problems for higherorder integro-differential equations. applied mathematics and computation. 2001,118,327-342, doi: 10.1016/s0096-3003(99)00225-8. 6. abdul razzaq, e.a.l.; yassein, s.m. analytic solutions for integro-differential inequalities using modified adomian decomposition method. ibn al-haitham jour for pure & appl. sci.2017,30,1,177-191. 7. sweilam, n.h. fourth order integro-differential equations using variational iteration method. computers and mathematics with applications.2007,54,1086-1091,doi: org/10.1016/j.camwa.2006.12.055. 8. he, j.h. variational iteration method: new development and applications. computers and mathematics with applications.2007,54,881-894,doi: org /10.1016/ j.camwa. 2006.12.083. 9. arikoglu, a.; ozkol, i. solution of boundary value problems for integro-differential equations by using differential transform method. applied mathematics and computation.2005,168,1145-1158, doi: 10.1016/j.amc.2004.10.009. 10. hosseini, s.m.; shahmorad, s. tau numerical solution of fredholm integro-differential equations with arbitrary polynomial bases. applied mathematical modeling.2003,27,145154. 11. hasan, n.n.; hussien, d.a. generalized spline approach for solving system of linear fractional volterra integro-differential equations. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci.2018,31,1,222-230. 12. maleknejad, k.; mahmoudi, y. taylor polynomial solution of high-order nonlinear volterra_fredholm integro-differential equations. applied mathematics and computation. 2003, 145, 641-653, doi:10.1016/s0096-3003(03)00152-8. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0168-9274(99)00026-4 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0168-9274(99)00026-4 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0096-3003(99)00225-8 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2006.12.055 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2006.12.055 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2006.12.083 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2006.12.083 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0096-3003(03)00152-8 61 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 13. maleknejad, k.; mirzaee, f.; abbasbandy, s. solving linear integro-differential equations system by using rationalized haar function method. applied mathematics and computation. 2004, 155, 317-328, doi:10.1016/s00963003(03)00778-1. 14. temimi, h.; ansari, a. a semi analytical iterative technique for solving nonlinear problems. computers and mathematics with applications. 2011, 61, 2, 203-210, doi: org/10.1016/j.camwa.2010.10.042. 15. farshad, e.; amin, h.; frzad, e.; rohoallah, m. an iterative method for solving partial differential equations and solution of korteweg-devries equations for showing the capability of the iterative method. world applied programming.2013,3, 4,320-327. 16. temimi, h.; ansari, a. a new iterative technique for solving nonlinear second order multi-point boundary value problems. applied mathematics and computation. 2011, 218, 4, 1457– 1466, doi:org/10.1016/j.amc.2011.06.029. 17. nejad, m.z.; rastgoo, a.; hadi, a. effect of exponentially-varying properties on displacements and stresses in pressurized functionally graded thick spherical shells with using iterative technique. journal of solid mechanics. 2014, 6, 4, 366–377. 18. temimi, h.; ansari, h.a. computational iterative method for solving nonlinear ordinary differential equations. lms j. comput. math. 2015, 18, 1, 730–753, doi: org/10.1112/s1461157015000285. 19. gegele, o.a.; evans, o.p.; akoh, d. numerical solution of higher order linear fredholm – integro – differential equations. american journal of engineering research (ajer). 2014, 3, 8, 243–247. 20. rashidinia, j.; tahmasebi, a. approximate solution of linear integro-differential equations by using modified taylor expansion method. world journal of modelling and simulation. 2013, 9, 4, 289–301. 21. wazwaz, a.m. chapter 5. linear and nonlinear integral equations methods and applications. saint xavier university chicago, usa, springer. 2011, isbn 978-3-64221448-6,175189. 22. tawfiq, l.n.m.; yassien. s.m. solution of high order ordinary boundary value problems using semi-analytic technique. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 1 23. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, r.w. on solution of regular singular initial value problems. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 1. 24. tawfiq, l.n.m.; rasheed, h.w. on solution of regular singular ordinary boundary value problem. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 2, 249-256. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2010.10.042 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2010.10.042 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amc.2011.06.029 https://doi.org/10.1112/s1461157015000285 biology 45 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 دراسة نوعية وكمية للهائمات الحيوانية في بحيرة مدينة االلعاب في بغداد ميسلون لفتة الدوري قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية/ ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد 2012نيسان 22في: قبل البحث 2012شباط 14استلم البحث في: الخالصة 2009في البحيرة االصطناعية لمدينة االلعاب في بغداد من مايس zooplanktonدرست الهائمات الحيوانية )، واالس (cm، فضالً عن بعض العوامل البيئية مثل درجة الحرارة ( ْم)، ونفاذية الضوء 2010وحتى نيسان ، cladocera ،copepodaمن الهائمات الحيوانية توزع على المجاميع ( نوعاً 22. لقد وجد phالهيدروجيني rotifera واختفى قسم منها في بعض االشهر من السنة وظهر بعضها االخر طول مدةالبحث ولكن بأعداد متفاوتة . لقد تم ( تي وجدت في البحيرة خالل مناقشة التغايرات الشهرية في اعدادها واختفاء وظهور بعضها االخر. من االنواع السائدة ال cyclops vernalis ، hayalinus c ،c. scutifer ،diaptomus leptopus ، bosminaسنة البحث longirostris ، keretella valga ، brachionus falcatus، b. calyciflorus) 8.4-7.1ن () ْم اما االس الهيدروجيني فكان بي28.4-10.2. وتراوحت درجات حرارة الماء بين ( ) سم على طول سنة البحث.50-20ونفاذية الضوء ( هائمات حيوانية، قشريات، متفرعة اللوامس، مجذافية االقدام، الدوالبيات.كلمات مفتاحية: المقدمة تؤدي الهائمات الحيوانية دوراً كبيراً في النظام البيئي فهي تربط المنتجات االولية (الهائمات النباتية phytoplankton مع المستويات االعلى في السلسلة الغذائية وهي مسؤولة عن مجال اوسع من االضطرابات التي تتخلل ( الحالة الغذائية الي مسطح مائي، والعالقة بين نشاط هذه االحياء وتحلل الهالكات منها تعد ا نموذجاً لنجاح ومدى مساهمة ام بهذه الحيوانات في العراق وتمت متابعة دراستها في اماكن واوقات مختلفة ]، وعلى هذا االساس تم االهتم1الهائمات [ ] ودرست الهائمات الحيوانية في الحبانية 8، 7، 6، 5، 4، 3، 2فمثالً في نهر دجلة درس عدد من الباحثين هذه الحيوانات [ ]9.[ ] 10رست صفاتها الفيزيائية و الكيميائية [تعد بحيرة مدينة االلعاب ضمن سلسلة من المسطحات المائية في العراق اذ د ] ولم يتم دراسة هائماتها الحيوانية وتعد هذه الدراسة هي االولى على هذه البحيرة. تبلغ مساحة 11وهائماتها النباتية [ ة في ) م، تأتيها المياه عن طريق بوابات قناة الجيش من نهر دجل5) الف متر مربع وتصل اعمق نقطة فيها (250البحيرة ( ).1]، خارطة شكل (12منطقة صدر القناة وتصب مياهها في نهر ديالى [ المواد وطرائق البحث ولغاية شهر نيسان 2009) صباحاً وبشكل شهري من شهر مايس 11-10جمعت العينات نهاراً بين الساعة ( الساحل ومنها وسط البحيرة وعلى اعماق من مناطق مختلفة من بحيرة مدينة االلعاب [منها مناطق نباتية قريبة من 2010 ثم حفظت العينات في μ) 55) لترا من ماء كل منطقة اختيرت بوساطة شبكة هائمات قطر فتحتها (40مختلفة]، اذ رشيح ( ].14)% كحول اثيلي [70]، كما باالمكان ان تحفظ في (13)% فورمالين في موقع الجمع نفسه [4( ستخدام مجهر مركب ومجهر تشريح ضوئي واعتمد في التشخيص على المصادر فحصت العينات في المختبر با وحسبت النسبة ph) واالس الهيدروجيني cm]، وقيست درجة حرارة الماء ( ْم) والنفاذية (19، 18، 17، 16، 15[ اخرى.المئوية والكثافة السنوية لكل نوع الى المجموع الكلي من جهة والى مجموعته المنتمي اليها من جهة النتائج ) نوعا 12اظهرت الدراسة ان هناك اختالفاً وتنوعاً واضحاً في وجود االنواع خالل اشهر الدراسة، فقدشخص ( ، اما copepodaوسبعة انواع مجذافية االقدام cladoceraمن الهائمات القشرية منها خمسة انواع متفرعة اللوامس نواع وكما ياتي :فقد وجد منها عشرة ا rotiferaالدوالبيات cladoceraمتفرعة اللوامس -1 biology 46 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 bosmina longirostries، سجل فيها النوع cladoceraسجلت خالل مدة الدراسة خمسة انواع من متفرعة اللوامس )% 7.1) وبنسبة (2اكثر انتشاراً فوجد خالل جميع اشهر البحث وباعداد متفاوتة بلغت ذروتها خالل شهر تموز شكل ( daphiniaو ciriodaphnia riguadiالنوعان ). اما2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.008وكثافة سنوية ( )1جدول ( lumholtz وتشرين الثاني فقد وجدا في مدد قصيرة من السنة، فوجد النوع االول في ثالثة اشهر هي ايلول وتشرين االول ) 1جدول ( )% في ايلول4.6و( رين الثاني)% في تش0.8) وبنسبة مئوية تراوحت بين (3وله ذروة في ايلول شكل ( )، وتراوحت 4)، في حين بلغ النوع الثاني ذروته في كانون الثاني شكل (2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.003وبكثافة سنوية بلغت ( ). وقد 2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.046) وكثافة سنوية (1)% في اذار جدول (2.6)% في كانون الثاني و(32.1نسبته بين ( ) وله نسبة مئوية تراوحت 5خالل اشهر الشتاء وبلغت ذروته خالل شهر نيسان شكل ( alonella cladyiلنوع اختفى ا ). 2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.008)، وله كثافة سنوية (1)% خالل تموز جدول (0.3)% في شهر نيسان و (3.4بين ( لغت اعلى نسبة له في هذا الشهر )، وب6فله ذروة خالل شهر حزيران شكل ( bosmina coregoniاما النوع اعلى bosmina longirostries). وقد شكل النوع 2)% فرد/ لتر جدول (0.022)، وبكثافة سنوية (1)% جدول (8.3( اقل نسبة ciriodaphnia riguadi)% بينما وجد النوع 37.43فبلغت ( cladoceraنسبة مئوية ضمن مجموعته ).3( جدول cladocera)% بين انواع 2.76( copepodaمجذافية االقدام -2 cladoceraوكانت اوسع انتشاراً من متفرعة اللوامس copepodaشخصت سبعة انواع من مجذافية االقدام ) فرد / لتر جدول 0.046على طول مدة البحث بكثافة سنوية ( cyclops hyalinusخالل اشهر الدراسة فوجد مثًال النوع )، وله اعلى ذروة في 1)% في شهري كانون الثاني واذار على التوالي جدول (11-0.5بين ( ) وبنسبة مئوية تراوحت2( ) وهي االقل 2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.030كثافة سنوية ( cyclops crassicaudis)، بينما بلغ النوع 7شهر تموز شكل ( ) 8بلغت ذروته خالل شهر ايلول شكل (اذ انه اختفى خالل االشهر تموز وشباط و copepodaبين انواع مجذافية االقدام فقد اختفى في شهري تموز cyclops scutifer)، كذلك الحال للنوع 1)% جدول (14.5-0.9وبنسبة مئوية تراوحت بين ( )% وله اعلى ذروة في شهر كانون الثاني 28-1.3) وبنسبة مئوية بين (2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.044وآب وبكثافة سنوية ( قد اختفى في االشهر كانون االول والثاني وله ذروة في شهر تموز شكل cyclops vernalisالنوع )، كذلك 9شكل ( ) ونســـــــــبة مئــــــــــــوية تــــــــــــــراوحت بيــــــــــــــــن 2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.092) وبلغت كثافته السنوية (10( ــــــــــــــــما االنـــــــــــــواع)، بينـ1)% جـــــــــــــــــدول (2.9-16.6( diaptomus leptopus وd. birgei وd. dilobatus فانها اختلفت في اوقات وجودها فالنوع االول قد اختفى في ) وبنسبة مئوية 2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.042) وبكثافة سنوية (11شهري تموز وكانون الثاني وله ذروة في شهر آب شكل ( ل وحتى )، والنوع الثاني له ذروة في شهر تموز ويختفي في االشهر من تشرين االو1)% جدول (9.0-1.9تراوحت بين ( )، اما النوع 1)% جدول (14.3-1.7) وبنسبة تراوحت بين (2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.039) وبكثافة سنوية (12اذار شكل ( ) وبكثافة سنوية 13الثالث فأعلى ذروة له في شهر تموز ايضاً ولكنه يختفي في االشهر ايلول وحتى شباط شكل ( )، وهنا تجدر االشارة الى ان االطوار 1)% جدول (7.1-1.5ت بين () وبنسبة مئوية تراوح2)% فرد/ لتر جدول (0.033( cyclops)، وقد شكل النوع 14موجودة على طول مدة الدراسة ولها ذروة عالية في شهر تموز شكل ( naupliاليرقية vernalis النسبة المئوية االعلى ضمن مجموعتهcopepoda ) بينما النوع 22.38فبلغت %(cyclopus crassicaudis ) بين مجموعته 7.30فكانت نسبته االوطأ %(copepoda ) 3جدول.( rotiferaالدوالبيات -3 ) وقد اظهرت تبايناً كبيراً خالل السنة فكان النوع 15شكل ( rotiferaشخضت عشرة انواع من الدوالبيات keratella valga ) 16روة لها في شهر تموز شكل () االكثر توزيعاً خالل اشهر السنة فبلغت اعلى ذ5-15شكل ( hexarthra). اما النوع 2) فرد/لتر جدول (1.689) وبكثافة سنوية (1)% جدول (45.2-2.9وكانت نسبتها المئوية بين ( mira ) فكان االقل انتشاراً وتوزيعاً خالل سنة البحث فوجد خالل االشهر مايس وحتى آب وله ذروة في شهر 8-15شكل ( ). وقد اختلفت 2) فرد/ لتر جدول (0.010) وكثافة سنوية بلغت (1)% جدول (4 -0.3بنسبة مئوية بين () و17تموز شكل ( موجوداً خالل اشهر السنة وبنسب مختلفة cephaodella gibbaبقية االنواع في توزيعها بين هذين النوعين فكان النوع )% فرد/ لتر 0.030) وبكثافة سنوية (1دول ()% في تشرين الثاني ج19.0)% في شهر ايلول و (1.1تراوحت بين ( ) وله اعلى ذروة في شهر تموز شكل 1) واختفى في االشهر تشرين االول وكانون االول وشباط واذار جدول (2جدول ( )18.( ) فرد/ 0.046) وكثافة سنوية (19) فله ذروة في شهر نيسان شكل (6-15شكل ( polyarthra dolicopteraاما الجنس ) فقد 9-15شكل ( squatinella rostrum)، بينما النوع 1)% جدول (21.4) ونسبة مئوية وصلت الى (2ول (لتر جد ). وكانت االنواع 20وجد في االشهر من آب وحتى كانون الثاني وبأعلى ذروة له في هذا الشهر االخير شكل ( monostyla sp.، biology 47 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 euchlanis dilatata ،philodina sp. ،brachionus falcatus ،b. calyciflorus ) 1، 2، 3، 10، 4-15شكل ( ) 25) وتموز ايضاً شكل (24) وتموز شكل (23) و آب شكل (22) واذار شكل (21فكانت ذرواتها في االشهر تموز شكل ( فكانت نسبته rotiferaاالعلى نسبة مئوية بين جماعة الدوالبيات keratella valgaعلى التوالي، وكان النوع )% بين مجموعة 2.20فكانت نسبته المئوية االقل ( hexarthra mira)% الى مجموع الدوالبيات بينما النوع 69.33( الدوالبيات. cladoceraثم متفرعة اللوامس copepodaاالعلى نسبة مئوية يليها مجذافية االقدام rotiferaوقد شكلت الدوالبيات ) يبين التغايرات الشهرية للمجاميع الثالثة بعضا الى بعضها االخر، 26لشكل () في هذا المسطح المائي، وان ا4جدول ( ) 10.2-28.4(°c) اما درجة الحرارة فكانت بين 7.1-8.4وقد اخذت قياسات االس الهيدروجيني فكان يتراوح بين ( ).5و في الجدول (] وكما ه20، وقد صنفت االنواع المشخصة اعتمادًا على [cm) 50-20وكانت النفاذية بين ( المناقشة دورا رئيسا في السلسلة الغذائية للمياه العذبة عن طريق cladoceraومتفرعة اللوامس copepodaتؤدي مجذافية االقدام ]. ان 22]، وتكونان جزءا مهماً في السلسلة الغذائية العضوية [21نقل الطاقة من المنتجات االولية الى المستويات االعلى [ والدراسة الحالية تؤكد وجود ]23كثافة الهائمات الحيوانية في أي مسطح مائي تعتمد اعتماداً كبيراً على تغيرات االنتاجية [ هذه الهائمات بأعداد قليلة ربما تعكس االنتاجية القليلة للبحيرة، كما ان قلة اعدادها قد يعود الى تاثيرها في بعضها البعض، cladoceraيصاحبه نقصان اعداد متفرعة اللوامس copepodaفقد لوحظ خالل اشهر البحث ان زيادة مجذافية االقدام تتغذى على مجاميع متفرعة copepoda) وهذا يعود الى اسباب عديدة منها ان بعض مجاميع من مجذافية االقدام 26شكل( منتجات اولية في المياه cladocera] لذلك فقد تعد بعض انواع متفرعة اللوامس 24الصغيرة [ cladoceraاللوامس سنة لعدة اسباب منها اختالف اوقات النمو والتكاثر ووضع البيض العذبة وقد يكون اختالف وجود االجناس خالل اشهر ال ]، او انه يعتمد على درجة الحرارة فقد تكون احيـــــــــــاناً العــــــالقة بينـــــــــها وبيـــــــــــن تنــــــوع 25[ ل مع النـوع] كمـــــــــــا هو الحــــــــــــا26االحيـــــــــــاء عكـســــــــــــية [ daphnia lumholtzi ) ويسبت في بقية االشهر وقد وجد في اوطأ وابرد نقطة 4فهو يتوافر في اشهر الشتاء فقط شكل ( ) وهو يوجد في 3في نهاية اشهر الصيف شكل ( ciriodaphnia rigudi]. بينما وجد النوع 28، 27في البحيرة [ فوجد خالل اشهر الربيع والصيف في المناطق bosmina coregoniا النوع ] ام29المناطق االستوائية وشبه االستوائية [ ) أي ان بعض االنواع تكون عالقتها طردية مع درجة الحرارة الى حد ما 6الضحلة وعلى اعماق قريبة من السطح شكل ( ، وقد تلعب درجة الحرارة دورا كبيرا في توزيع وعزل االنواع [30] cyclops scutifer وc. crassicaudis وdiaptomus leptopus في شهر تموز عن بقية انواع مجذافية االقدام قد وجد في اشهر الشتاء النه يتحمل cyclops scutifer]. ان النوع 31الموجودة خالل هذا الشهر وهذا ما اكده ايضاً [ ]. 32) ْم [10درجة حرارة اقل من ( بير في انتشار وتوزيع وكثافة الهائمات القشرية فكثيراً من دور ك phكما ان للنفاذية واالس الهيدروجيني الهائمات الحيوانية تهاجر الى اعماق الماء خالل النهار لتقليل تأثير قوة الضوء على سطح الماء ثم تعود ليالً الى السطح قاوم شدة االضاءة اكثر من للحصول على بيئة غنية بالغذاء في حين بعضها يبقى على السطح ليالً ونهاراً النها ممكن ان ت يستطيع ان يعيش في bosmina longirostris]. كما ان نوع 33غيرها مع توفر الطحالب والدايتومات يتوفر الغذاء [ ph 5[يصل الى[ وكذلك يستطيع النوعdiaptomus birgei ]34 وتؤثر سرعة الرياح ، ونسبة الملوحة ، وتغيير .[ ]. وقد يعود سبب 37، 36، 35تها في توزيع وكثافة ووجود الهائمات القشرية بشكل مباشر [حالة الماء الكيميائية وكمي هي cyclopoidsطول مدة البحث الى انها يرقات لالنواع المختلفة. كما وتجدر االشارة الى ان اجناس naupliوجود فهي تشكل المجاميع االساسية للهائمات في المياه العذبة copepodaاالكثر نجاحاً وانتشاراً في مجموعة المجذافيات ].38الحيوانية وهذا يعود الى نجاحها في تحمل الظروف المختلفة اكثر من غيرها [ فقد وجدت بتنوع واعداد اكثر من الهائمات القشرية السباب عديدة منها توافر غذائها rotiferaاما الدوالبيات ي مسطح مائي كما انها ال تعد غذاء لالسماك فهذه االخيرة تتغذى على (بكتريا، طحالب ودايتومات) والنمو الخضري ال الهائمات القشرية، ففي فصل الصيف لها زيـــــــادة تعـــــــــود الـــــــى زيــــــــادة معــــــــدالت االنتــــــــــــاجية ]. خـــــــــــالل مدة الدراســة وجد النوع39،40[ keratella valga ] ً42، 41اكثر انتشاراً الن االكثر مقاومة وتقبالً للتغيرات الفيزيائية للماء وهذا ما اكده ايضا.[ دليل احيائي على حالة المياه الملحية والقليلة التغذية ودليل القاعدية وهي نادراً ما rotiferaوتعد الدوالبيات ]. ان عمر الجيل للقشريات 43مثًال يتواجد في البحيرات قليلة التغذية [ brachionusتخضع للموانع الجغرافية فالجنس ].44يكون ابطأ من الدوالبيات ولكن لها مقاومة حيوية اعلى من الدوالبيات [ biology 48 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 المصادر 1. ramfos, i. s.; somara kis, a.; koutisiko, s.; kallianiotis, a. and fragopoulu, n. (2006).mesozooplankton distribution in relation to hydrology of northestern aegen sea ,eastem mediterran . j. plankton res., 38(3): 241-255. 2. saberi, a. w.; mahmoud, a.s. and maulood, b. k. (1989). astudy on the cladocera of the river tigris . arab gulf j. sc. res., 7(3): 171-183. 3. mangalo, h. h. and akbar, m. m. (1988).correlation between physico –chemical factors and population density of cladocerans in the tigris and diyala rivers at baghdad – iraq . eviron. sci. health, 23(4): 299-310. 4. mangalo, h. h. and akbar, m. m. (1986). seasonal variation in population density of zooplankton in the lower reaches of diyala river , baghdadiraq . j. bio. sci. res., 17(3): 99113. على نهر دجلة قبل دخوله مدينة بغداد. اطروحة ). التأثيرات البيئية لذراع الثرثار 1998الالمي علي عبد الزهرة زبون ( .5 صفحة. 123دكتوراه، الجامعة المستنصرية: 6. sabri, a. w. and ali, z. h. (1988).vertical distribution of zooplanktonic species in sammarra impoundment . sci. sci. conf. baghdadiraq, 5(5): 253-264. 7. mohammad, m. b. m. (1979).annual cycles of some cladocerans in a polluted streem . environ. pull., 18: 71-81. ).التغايرات الشهرية في التكوين النوعي والكمي للهائمات القشرية مجذافية االقدام 2009الدوري، ميسلون لفتة ( .8 copepoda ومتفرعة اللوامسcladocera تفرعاته . مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية، في نهر ديالى وبعض 22)3 :(39-51. 9.ml-doori, m. l. and dauod, h. a. m. (2002).a study on the zooplankton of al – habbaniyalake . ibn al-haitham j. pure & app. sci., 15(2): 20-32. ).دراسة بيئية لبعض العوامل 1997والدوري، ميسلون لفتة ( اسماعيل، عباس مرتضى؛ سعد هللا، حسن علي .10 .26-12): 2(8الفيزياوية و الكيمياوية في بحيرة اصطناعية في بغداد . مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية، 11. esmail, a. m. (1998). astudy on the phytoplankton of man made lake , baghdad . j. cal. edu. for women, 9(1): 97-106. 12. sheriff, h. a.; maulood, b. k. and al-kubaisi, a. r. a. jt. (1993). an ecological study on army canal baghdad , iraq . j. educ. women, 4: 46-50. 13. pipan, t. and brancelj, a.distibution patterns of copepods (crustacean ;copepod)in percolation water of poslojuska jama cave system (slovenia) . (2004). zoological studies, 43(2): 206-210. 14. guhear, h. (2002 ) . cladocera and copepoda (crustacea ) fauna of lake terkos (durusu) . turk j. zool., 26: 282-288. 15. edmondson, w. t. (1959). fresh water biology. 2nd ed. wiely, new york. 16. harding, j. p. and smith, w. a. (1974). a key to the british fresh water cyclopoid and calanoid, copepoid, 2nd ed. british museum. (natural history). 17. scourfied, d. j. and hyuriding, j. p. (1966). a key to the british species of frish water cladocera. 3rd ed. british museum (natural history). 18. pontin, m. r. (1978). a key to the fresh water planktonic and semi-planktonic rotifera of the british isiles. fresh water biologic. associ. scintific public. no. 38. 19. pennak, r. w. (1978). fresh water invertebrate of united state. 2nd ed. john wiely and sons. new york. 20. yalim, f. b.; emre, y. and turan, m. a. (2011 ) .community structure of rotifera , cladocera and copepoda in beymelek lagoon and kaynak lake (antaly a turket ) ; aprelminary study . pakistan j. zool., 43(5): 947-955. 21. celebi, e. a.; cam, h. and karaytug, s.(2007) . cladocera and copepoda (crustacea ) fauna of dam lake ( balikesir , turkey turkish j. fisheries & aquatic sci., 7: 71-73. biology 49 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 22. sterza, j. m. and fernands, l. l. (2006). distribution and abundance of cladocera ( brnchiopoda ) in the paraiba dsul river estuary , rio de janeiro , brazil . brazilian j. oceanograohy, 54(4): 193-204. 23.panarelli, e. a. and casanova, s. m. c. (2010). secondary production and biomass of cladocera in marginal lakes after the recovery of their hydrologic connectivity in a river reservoir transition zone . international lake environment . hydrobiologia enveronm. j., 15: 319-334. 24.marazzo and valentin . (2004) .population dynamics of pseudoevadne tergestina (branchiopoda , onychopoda ) inguanabara bay , brazil . braz , archs . bio . technal . 47 (5):713 – 723 . 25. boxshal, g. a. and de faye, d. (2008). global diversity of copepoda (crustacea:copepoda ) in fresh water. hydrobiologia, 595: 195-207. 26. saygi, y.; gundaz, e.; demiral, f. y. and cagiar, s. s. (2011). seasonal patterns of the zooplankton community in the shallow , brakish liman lake in kizilirmak delta . turk. j. zool., 35(6): 783-792. 27.lennon, j. t.; smith, v. h and wiliams, k. (1999). daphnia lumholtzi and daphnia ambigua :population comparison of an exotica and a nativecladocerans in lake okeechobe , florida . jornal of plankton research , vol .( 21 ), 1537 1551 28. tudorancea, c.; bowen, k. and gerlofsma, j. (2009). daphnia lumholtzi sars a new alien species in lake st. clair . jornal of great lakes reserch . 35(2) :313-316. 29. hodkiss, i. j. and chan, l. t. h. (2006).studies on plover reservoir , hong kong iv . the composition and spatial distribution of crustacean zooplankton . fresh water biology, 6: 301-315. 30. dias, c. o. and bonecker, s. l. c. (2007). study of monstrilloida distribution (crustacea , copepoda ) in southwest alantic . pan american j. aquatic sci., 2(3): 270-278. 31. cardoso, l. s. and marques, d. d. m. (2004). structure of zooplankton community in a subtropical shallow lake (itapeva lake – south of brazil ) and its relationship to hydrodynamic aspects . hydrobiologia, 518: 123-134. 32. johnson, c. r.; o'brien, w. j. and macintyre, s. (2007). vertical and temporal distribution of tow copepods species cyclops scutifer and diaptomus pribilofensis , in 24 h arctic day light j. plankton res., 29(3): 275-289. 33. monika, w. and buergi (2003).seasonal vertical distribution of phytoplankton and copepods species in ahigh – mountain lake hydrobiologia. j., 158(2): 197-213. 34. waerragen, s. b. and nilssen, j. p. (2011).seasonal dynamic and life histories of pelagic cladocerans (crustacea;cladocera ) in an acid boreal lake . j. limnol., 70(1): 83-101. 35. dange a . and heizig a. (2008). abundans , species composition and spatial distribution of planktonic , rotifera and crustaceans in lake ziway (rift valley , ethiopia) hydrobiologia j., 93:210-226. 36. saleshrani, k. and prabhar, c. (2011).studies on cology and distribution of zooplankton biomas in kadalur coastal zone tamil nada , india . current botany j., 93: 01-04. 37. jafari, n.; nabavi, s. m. and akhavan, m. (2011). ecological investigation of zooplankton abundance in river haraz ,northeast iran ;impact of environmental variables . arch. biol. sci. belgrade., 63(3): 785-798. 38. salva, m. w. (2008).diversity and distribution of free living fresh water cyclopoid (copepoda – crustacea ) in the neotropics . braz. j. bio., 64(4): 1099-1106. biology 50 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 39. borges, m. g. and pedrozo, c. s. (2009).zooplankton (cladocera , copepoda , rotifera ) richness , diversity and abundans variation in the jacui delta ,rs brazil , in response to the fluviometric level . acta. limno. bads., 21(1): 101-110. 40. spoljar, m.; janoric, t. t. and lalic, i. (2011). eutropication impact on zooplankton community a shallow lake approach . the holistic approach environment j., 4: 131-142. ). التاثيرات البيئية في تنوع 2000الالمي، علي عبد الزهرة؛ صبري، انمار وهبي و محسن، كاظم عبد االمير ( .41 .64-53): 2(3الهائمات الحيوانية لذراع الثرثار على نهر دجلة . مجلة ابحاث البيئة والتنمية المستدامة، 42. helena, l. and millan, r. n. (2010). influens of managmenton plankton community of fish pods during the dry and rainy seasons . acta. limnologia brasiliensia, 2(1): 70-79. 43. yildiz, s.; ozgokce, m. s.; karaca, i. and polat, e. (2010). zooplankton composition of van lake coastline in turkey . african j. biotechnol., 9(48): 8248-8252. 44. scholl, k. and kiss, a. (2008).spatial and temporal distribution patterns of zooplankton assemblages (rotifera , cladocera , copepoda ) in the water bodies of gemenc floodplain (duna – drava nationalpark , hangary) . opusc. zool. budapest j., 39: 65-76. ): رسم تخطيطي لبحيرة مدينة االلعاب.1شكل ( biology 51 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع5( شكل alonella lumholtzi فرد/ لتر 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 التغايرات الشهرية للنوع): 2شكل ( bosmina longirostries 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع3(الشكل ciriodaphnia longirostries 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع4شكل ( daohnia cladyi فرد/ لتر 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع6شكل ( coregoni bosmina فرد/لتر 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع7شكل ( cyclops hyalinus فرد/ لتر biology 52 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع10شكل ( cyclops vernalis فرد/ لتر 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع 11شكل ( diaptomus leptopus فرد/ لتر 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 ( ر لت / د فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع12شكل ( diaptomus birgei فرد/ لتر 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع 13شكل ( diaptomus dilobatus فرد/ لتر 0 5 10 15 20 25 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع8شكل ( cyclops crassicaudis فرد/ لتر 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع9شكل ( cyclops scutifer فرد/ لتر biology 53 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ( ر لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 فرد/ لتر naupli): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع 14شكل ( ): نماذج الدوالبيات التي وجدت خالل مدة الدراسة.15شكل ( 1brachionus calyciflorus 2b. falcatus 3philodina sp. 4monostyla sp. 5keratella valga 6polyarthra dolicoptera 7cephalodilla gibba 8hexarthra mira 9squatinella rostrum 10euchlanis dilatata. biology 54 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع16شكل ( keratella valga لترفرد / 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع17شكل ( hexarthra mira فرد/ لتر 0 5 10 15 20 25 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع18شكل ( cephalodella gibba فرد/ لتر 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 ر) لت د/ فر ) اد عد اال س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع 19شكل ( polyarthra dolicoptera فرد/ لتر 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع20شكل ( squatinella rostrum فرد/ لتر 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 0 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع21شكل ( monostyla sp. فرد/لتر biology 55 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع22شكل ( euchlanis dilatata فرد/ لتر 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع 23شكل ( philodina sp. فرد/ لتر 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ع): التغايرات الشهرية للنو24شكل ( brachionus falcatus فرد/ لتر 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ر) لت د/ فر ) داد الع ا س ماي ان ير حز وز تم ب آ ول ايل ول ن ا ري ش ت ني ثا ين شر ت ول ن ا نو كا ني ثا ون كان اط شب ار اذ ان س ني 2009 2010 ): التغايرات الشهرية للنوع25شكل ( brachionus calyciflorus فرد/ لتر biology 56 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ] غير موجود-[)، 2009: النسب المئوية لالنواع خالل سنة البحث (a) 1الجدول ( 2009 كانون األنواع اول تشرين ثاني تشرين مايس حزيران تموز آب ايلول اول 9.3 29 7.4 2.8 0.9 4.6 23.3 5.6 15.0 2.0 0.8 0.8 4.0 4.0 2.3 4.0 7.1 19.0 5.5 45.2 3.1 2.3 1.5 1.3 2.6 14.7 1.3 7.3 10.0 6.7 8.0 3.3 30.8 4.0 2.0 3.3 4.0 4.6 2.3 7.0 1.7 14.5 5.8 7.0 1.7 5.2 1.1 1.7 34.3 2.9 4.0 2.9 2.9 0.7 1.4 3.5 8.9 2.5 4.7 5.4 7.5 3.5 7.5 0.9 2.8 3.0 0.5 30.0 4.0 1.8 7.5 2.9 0.3 1.3 7.1 16.6 4.6 3.7 6.8 9.5 3.1 0.3 16.5 7.7 0.2 14.0 7.9 1.5 8.3 5.5 6.2 2.1 0.9 2.7 7.1 8.3 3.4 12.4 3.7 4.0 9.3 5.2 1.2 17.6 1.5 2.9 8.1 3.3 2.9 6.2 3.8 2.4 5.2 9.0 14.3 6.2 1.9 1.4 4.3 2.9 8.6 2.4 1.9 8.1 3.8 cladocera alonella cladyi birge, 1910 ciriodaphnia riguadi richard, 1894 bosmina coregoni baird, 1857 bosmina longirostries o. f. müller, 1785 daphnia lumholtzi sars, 1885 copepoda cyclops vernalis fisher, 1853 cyclops scutifer sars, 1863 cyclops crassicaudis g. o. sars, 1863 cyclops hyalinus rehberg, 1880 diaptomus dilobatus m. s. wilson 1958 diaptomus leptopus s. a. forbes, 1882 diaptomus birgei marsh, 1894 (nauplei) rotifera cephalodella gibba ehrenberg, 1830 hexartha mira hudson, 1871 polyarthra dolicoptera idelson, 1925 squatinella rostrum (schmardam, 1846) keratella valga ehrb., 1834 monostyla sp. euchlanis dilatata ehrb., 1832 philodina sp. brachionus falcatus zacharias, 1898 brachionus calyciflorus pallas, 1766 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 ر) لت رد/ (ف ع نو ل لك داد الع ا مايس حزيران تموز آب ايلول تشرين اول تشرين ثاني كانون اول كانون ثاني شباط اذار نيسان 2009 2010 cladocera copepoda rotifera ): التغايرات الشهرية في مجاميع الهائمات الحيوانية خالل مدة الدراسة.26شكل ( biology 57 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ] غير موجود-)، [2010: النسب المئوية لالنواع خالل سنة البحث (b) 1الجدول ( 2010 األنواع ثانيكانون شباط اذار نيسان 3.4 5.8 8.2 3.4 6.8 6.8 6.3 2.9 3.9 3.4 9.2 20.8 7.7 1.0 2.4 4.3 3.4 1.0 3.6 2.6 12.5 9.9 6.8 11.0 1.5 5.2 7.8 21.4 6.3 4.2 2.0 3.6 4.4 27.8 3.8 12.0 3.8 1.9 5.7 17.0 20.2 1.2 0.6 1.2 7.1 32.1 28.0 1.0 0.5 3.0 5.1 2.0 5.6 5.1 9.2 0.5 0.5 cladocera alonella cladyi birge, 1910 ciriodaphnia riguadi richard, 1894 bosmina coregoni baird, 1857 bosmina longirostries o. f. müller, 1785 daphnia lumholtzi sars, 1885 copepoda cyclops vernalis fisher, 1853 cyclops scutifer sars, 1863 cyclops crassicaudis g. o. sars, 1863 cyclops hyalinus rehberg, 1880 diaptomus dilobatus m. s. wilson 1958 diaptomus leptopus s. a. forbes, 1882 diaptomus birgei marsh, 1894 (nauplei) rotifera cephalodella gibba ehrenberg, 1830 1871 polyarthra dolicoptera idelson, 1925 squatinella rostrum (schmardam, 1846) keratella valga ehrb., 1834 monostyla sp. euchlanis dilatata ehrb., 1832 philodina sp. brachionus falcatus zacharias, 1898 brachionus calyciflorus pallas, 1766 biology 58 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ) فرد/ لتر.2010-2009الكثافة السنوية لالنواع خالل سنة البحث (): 2الجدول ( )2010-2009االنواع خالل سنة البحث ( الكثافة السنوية لالنواع 0.008 0.003 0.022 0.048 0.046 0.092 0.044 0.030 0.046 0.033 0.042 0.039 0.083 0.030 0.010 0.046 0.010 1.689 0.037 0.008 0.012 0.080 0.039 cladocera alonella cladyi birge, 1910 ciriodaphnia riguadi richard, 1894 bosmina coregoni baird, 1857 bosmina longirostries o. f. müller, 1785 daphnia lumholtzi sars, 1885 copepoda cyclops vernalis fisher, 1853 cyclops scutifer sars, 1863 cyclops crassicaudis g. o. sars, 1863 cyclops hyalinus rehberg, 1880 diaptomus dilobatus m. s. wilson 1958 diaptomus leptopus s. a. forbes, 1882 diaptomus birgei marsh, 1894 (nauplei) rotifera cephalodella gibba ehrenberg, 1830 hexartha mira hudson, 1871 polyarthra dolicoptera idelson, 1925 squatinella rostrum (schmardam, 1846) keratella valga ehrb., 1834 monostyla sp. euchlanis dilatata ehrb., 1832 philodina sp. brachionus falcatus zacharias, 1898 brachionus calyciflorus pallas, 1766 biology 59 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ): النسبة المئوية لكل نوع الى مجموعته خالل سنة البحث3الجدول ( االنواع النسبة المئوية 6.53 2.76 17.33 37.43 35.92 22.38 10.68 7.30 11.31 8.09 10.21 9.58 20.26 6.67 2.20 10.22 2.34 69.33 10.96 2.38 3.52 23.64 11.63 cladocera alonella cladyi birge, 1910 ciriodaphnia riguadi richard, 1894 bosmina coregoni baird, 1857 bosmina longirostries o. f. müller, 1785 daphnia lumholtzi sars, 1885 copepoda cyclops vernalis fisher, 1853 cyclops scutifer sars, 1863 cyclops crassicaudis g. o. sars, 1863 cyclops hyalinus rehberg, 1880 diaptomus dilobatus m. s. wilson 1958 diaptomus leptopus s. a. forbes, 1882 diaptomus birgei marsh, 1894 (nauplei) rotifera cephalodella gibba ehrenberg, 1830 hexartha mira hudson, 1871 polyarthra dolicoptera idelson, 1925 squatinella rostrum (schmardam, 1846) keratella valga ehrb., 1834 monostyla sp. euchlanis dilatata ehrb., 1832 philodina sp. brachionus falcatus zacharias, 1898 brachionus calyciflorus pallas, 1766 )2010-2009سنة البحث (): النسبة المئوية للمجاميع خالل 4الجدول ( 2010 2009 المجاميع ثانيكانون شباط اذار نيسان كانون اول تشرين ثاني تشرين مايس حزيران تموز آب ايلول اول 9.2 7.3 32.3 39.2 38.3 1.6 4.0 7.0 5.6 8.8 15.2 14.3 cladocera 41.7 55.0 27.2 37.8 39.3 21.4 48.3 43.0 40.0 41.5 42.7 50.2 copepoda 49.0 37.7 40.5 23.0 22.4 77.0 47.7 50.0 54.3 49.9 42.0 35.4 rotifera biology 60 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 ): تصنيف االنواع المشخصة.5الجدول ( acopepoda and cladocera: phylum: arthropoda latrelle, 1829 sub-phylum: crustacea brunnich, 1772 1class: maxillopoda dahl, 1956 sub-class: copepoda h. milneedwards, 1840 aorder: caleanoida sars, 1903 family: diaptomidae baird, 1850 diaptomus westwood, 1836 border: cyclopoida bumeisters, 1834 cyclops müller, 1785 2class: branchiopoda latereille, 1817 sub-class: phyllopoda bucuresti, 1953 order: cldocera latreille, 1829 sub-order: anomopoda stebbing, 1902 family: bosminidae baird, 1845 bosmina baird, 1845 family: daphniidae straus, 1820 daphnia müller, 1785 ciriodaphnia dara, 1833 brotifera phylum: rotifera cuvier, 1798 1class: eurotatoria de ridder, 1957 sub-class: monogonota plate, 1889 order: plomia hudson and gosse, 1886 *family: brachionidae ehrenberg, 1838 keratella, brachionus *family: hexarthridae bartos, 1959 hexarthra *family: lepadellidae harring, 1913 squatinella 2class: bdelloida hudson. 1884 order: bdelloidae *family: phillodinidae philodina order: plomia *family: synchaetidae hudson, 1886 polyarthra *family: lecanidae romane, 1933 monostyla *family: euchanidae ehrenberg, 1838 euchlanis biology 61 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 1 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 1 vol. 25 year 2012 qualitative and quantitative study of the zooplankton community in madinat al-alab lake at baghdad m. l. al-doori. department of biology, college of education ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad received in:14 february 2012 accepted in: 22 april 2012 abstract zooplanktons from the artificial lake of madenat al-alaab at baghdad city have been studied, during the period from may 2009 to april 2010. in addition to some ecological factors (temperature, ph and turbidity) which were ranged (10.2-28.4)°c (7.1-8.4) and (2050) cm respectively. the results of the present study revealed that there are 22 species of zooplankton belonging to cladocera, copepoda and rotifera. some of the species recorded during all months of the study period, while other have disappeared during some months. numbers of species recorded were varied during different groups . the dominant species were (cyclops vernalis, c. hyalinus, c. scutifer, diaptomus leptopus, bosmina longirostris, keratella valga, brachionus falcatus, b. calyciflorus). key word: zoopplankton, crrustaceae, cladocera, copepoda, rotifera. 10050065 10050066 10050067 10050068 10050069 10050070 microsoft word 70-80 physics | 70 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 the structural and optical properties of zinc telluride thin films by vacuum thermal evaporation technique samir a. maki hanan k. hassun dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in :1/march/2016,accepted in :8/may/2016 abstract different thicknesseses of polycrystalline znte films have been deposited on to glass substrates by vacuum evaporation technique under vacuum 2.1x10-5 mbar. the structural characteristics studied by x-ray diffraction (xrd) showed that the films are polycrystalline and have a cubic (zinc blende ) structure. the calculated microstructure parameters revealed that the crystallite size increases with increasing film thicknesses. the optical measurements on the deposited films were performed in different thicknesseses [ 400 , 450 and 500]nm, to determine the transmission spectrum and the absorption spectra as a function of incident wavelength. the optical absorption coefficient (α) of the films was determined from transmittance spectra in the range of wavelength (400-1100) nm. the dependence of absorption coefficient, on the photon energy showed the occurrence of a direct transition with band gap energy from 2.24ev to 1.92ev (for znte films of different thicknesseses), where with high film thicknesses there are several energy levels resulting in several overlapping energy bands in the band gap of these films. the overlapping energy bands therefore tend to reduce the energy band gap, resulting in lower band gaps for thicker films. keywords: znte thin films, optical measurements, thermal evaporation and structural properties physics | 71 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 introduction polycrystalline thin films of ii-vi compound semiconductors have reasonable importance in electronic and optoelectronic devices fabrication due to their high absorption coefficients and low fabrication costs [1]. amongst the wide band gap ii-vi semiconductor materials, zinc telluride (znte) is the most attractive material and finds several applications in the field of device electronics [2]. in addition, it possesses many interesting properties, such as a wide energy band-gap, large photoconductivity, and high excitonic binding energy high-quality, nanostructured znte films are widely used in various fields such as light emitting diodes, photodetectors, laser diodes , gas sensors, field emission and solar cells[3]. there are several reports on deposition of polycrystalline znte thin films by various techniques ,most of the previous research has focused primarily on the structural, electrical and optical properties of znte both in the form of bulk crystals and sub-micron thin films [4]. in the present work, we focus on the study of the influence of the thicknesses on optical properties of znte. experimental part thin films of high purity (99.999) znte was used as a source material for the evaporation. with [400,450 and 500] nm thicknesses were deposited on glass substrate by thermal vacuum evaporation using (edwards – unit 306) system with 2.1 x10-5 mbar. the thicknesses of films were determined with ( precisa -swiss) microbalance by using weighing method and with deposition rate about (1.2∓0.1) nm/sec. the material was placed into molybdenum boat with a small dimple at the center to act as a point source. the boat was heated indirectly by passing current through the electrodes. cleaned glass slides were used as a substrate. these glass slides were cleaned with chromic acid, ultrasonic cleaner, soap water, distilled water and then with acetone. the material evaporated in vacuum at room temperature onto cleaned glass substrates with (2.5 x 2 x 1) cm3size. the distance between the substrate and the boat is (18) cm. after reaching high vacuum in the vacuum chamber, slowly current was applied to the electrodes to heat the substance. optical transmission measurements were performed with (uv/visible 1800 spectrophotometer). the band gap (eg) and optical constants of the transparent films were determined from the optical transmission spectra. results and discussion structural properties the structure of znte thin films of different thicknesses were analysed by x-ray diffraction system uses cukα radiation source, which has wavelength 1.5418 å. as shown in fig. (1). in znte films only one prominent peak was observed along (111) plane .the films are crystalline in nature and have cubic structure and the corresponding values of inter planar spacing, dhkl ((hkl) are milles indices), were calculated from the bragg equation [5] 2d sin θ = nλ …………………………… (1) where θ is the angle of incidence and λ is the wavelength of the x-rays, n is an integer and it is the order of reflection, and dhkl is the distance between the lattice planes . and we determined lattice parameter, a, from relationship = …….……………… (2) physics | 72 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 compared with the standard values (american standard testing materia )(astm) [6]. the sizes of the crystallites were also determined from x-ray diffraction data using the scherer’s relation . . ß ………………(3) where λ is wavelength of radiation, β is full width half maxima and θ the diffraction angle. and the dislocation density (δ) of films was estimated using the equations . ………………………(4) the crystallite size (g.s), dislocation density (δ) and lattice spacing are calculated and presented in table (1). it is observed from xrd pattern of films that intensity of (111) peak and its grain size have increased with the increase of film thicknesses from 400 to 500nm, the improvement in crystallinity is due to fast growth of crystallite , increased ability of atoms to move towards stable sites in the lattice [7and 9] and due to the decrease in lattice defects among the grain boundaries with the grain size increase [10]. the dislocation is imperfection in the crystal which is created during growth of thin film. the dislocation density decreases with increase of film thicknesses due to fast growth of crystallite [11]. optical properties fig.(2) shows the optical transmittance spectra with wavelength from 300nm to 1100 nm of the znte thin films with different thicknesses, it is shown that the transmission of these films increases rapidly within the range 500-900nm reaching the maximum value. after this maximum, the transmission approximately remains constant at near-infrared wavelengths. also from these curves one can see the transmittance of the thin films varies between 56% 73% , maximum of 73% being reached for znte thin films with lower thicknesses (400nm). with increasing the thicknesses (from 400nm to 500nm ) the spectra show decrease in the transmission. there is a sharp fall from 73% to 56% in the transmittance as the thicknesses rises from 400 to 500 nm; due to increase in the density of the film. due to highly transparent in visible and ir region [12,13]. the transmittance spectra of the films decrease as film thicknesses increases, which is identifyies a good crystallinity of obtained thicknesses [14, 15]. from figs.(3) and (4) can see vice versa in the absorption spectra and reflectance spectra of znte films deposited onto a glass substrate, the absorption edge shifts to higher wavelength for higher thicknesses and it changes with film thicknesses .the reflectance spectra of films are shown in fig.(4). it is observed that the average reflectance film increased rapidly in visible region and then decreases with the increase of wave length from the range of (800 to 1100) nm with the increase in thicknesses. the change in the reflectance of the films suggests that the refractive index films is changed where the shift of transmittance and reflectance indicates changes in the film thicknesses. the ability of a material to absorb light is measured by its absorption coefficient and it is a very strong function of the photon energy and band gap energy [16]. the variation of the optical absorption coefficient with photon energy for various thicknesses is shown in fig.5. the absorption coefficient (α) of a film of thicknesses (t) can be calculated from the transmittance spectrum using the relation [16]: physics | 73 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 .   …………………….…….…. (5) where, a: is the absorbance, which is calculated from the relation {a=log (1/ʈ)}, (ʈ) is the transparence. the calculated values of absorption coefficient are in the order of 104 cm−1. the variation of optical absorbance with wavelength reveals a high absorption of energy at shorter wavelength and vice versa. the spectra also confirms that with increasing film thicknesses the absorption effect decreases exponentially due to the effect of index of refraction of films [17]. the fundamental absorption, which corresponds to electron excitation from valance to conduction band, can be used to determine the nature and value of the optical band gap. the optical band gap of the znte thin films is calculated using the expression [18]: (αhν) = b(hν eg) r ………………(6) where, b is constant, α [cm-1] is the absorption coefficient, hν is the photon energy and eg [ev] is the optical band gap. the parameter (r) is an index related to the nature of the material which is determined by the optical transition involved in the absorption process, it specifies the allowed direct (r = 1/2) and indirect transition (r = 2) in the electronic band structure. the optical band gap energy eg was obtained from the intercept on the photon energy axis after extrapolating of the straight line section of the curve of (αhν)2 versus (hν) plot as shown in fig.(6) . due to increase in film thicknesses the results are decrease of energy band gap from 2.24ev to 1.92ev, the individual levels of free atoms will broaden the energy bands and create overlapping levels. this occurs when atoms become closer to each other. hence, with high film thicknesses there are several energy levels resulting in several overlapping energy bands in the band gap of these films. the overlapping energy bands therefore tend to reduce the energy band gap, resulting in lower band gaps for increment on films thicknesses [19]. conclusions different thicknesses of polycrystalline znte films have been deposited onto glass substrates at room temperature by vacuum evaporation technique. from xrd studies it was found that the film is polycrystalline with only one prominent peak was observed along (111) plane, having the zinc blende structure .the calculated microstructure parameters of the znte thin films such as crystallite size (g.s) showed that the size of crystallites increases with the increase of the film thicknesses, the optical band gap decreases with the increase of the film thicknesses. the increase of ( eg opt) for direct transition may be attributed to the increase in crystallites size. the increase of grain size with thicknesses can be attributed to the improved crystallinity. the improvement in crystallinity is due to increase ability of adding atoms to move towards stable sites in the lattice. physics | 74 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 references 1yahiya, k.z.;salem, e. t. and muhammad, m. s. (2008), optical constants of zinc telluride thin films in the visibleand near-infrared regions, eng.&tech,26,5, laser research unit, school of applied sciences, univ. of tech. 2pattar,j.; sawant, s. n.; nagaraja, m.; shashank, n.; balakrishna ,k. m.; ganesh sanjeev and mahesh,h. m. (2009) structural optical and electrical properties of vacuum evaporated indium doped zinc telluride thin films, int. j. electrochem. sci., 4 369 – 376. 3sharma,d. c.; srivastava ,s.; vijay1, y.k. and sharma, y.k. (2012) effect of mn-doping on optical properties of znte thin films.. iv, issn 2277 –8322 international journal of recent research and review. 4kiran, m.s.r.n.; kshirsagar, s.; krishna, m.g. and surya, p. tewari (2010), structural, optical and nanomechanical properties of (1 1 1) oriented nanocrystalline znte thin films, eur. phys. j. appl. phys. 51, 10502 . 5jeetendra, s.; nagabhushana, h.; mrudula, k.; naveen., c. s.; raghu, p. and mahesh, h.m.( 2014) "concentration dependent optical and structural properties of mo doped znte thin films prepared by ebeam evaporation method", int. j. lectrochem. sci., 9, 2944 – 2954. 6powder diffraction file, jcpds. (1964).international center for diffraction data. [astm] data files ,n .bur .stand (u.s) monogr 253,58 . pennsylvania. 7oztas, m. (2008)“influence of grain size on electrical and optical properties of inp films”, 25, 11, 4090 chinese physics letters. 8mohammed,m.a. (2009) “correlation between thicknesses, grain size and optical band gap of cdi2 film”,27, 6, eng. & tech. journal. 9ibrahim, a. a.; el-sayed, n. z.;kaid,m. a and ashour,a. (2004) "structural and electrical properties of evaporated znte thin films", elsevier, 75, 3, 26 july, 189–194. 10shaaban,e. r. ;kansal ,i.; mohamed,s.h. and ferreira, j. m.f. (2009). microstructural parameters and optical constants of znte thin films with various thicknesseses. physica b 404 ,3571–3576 contents lists available at sciencedirect journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/physb. 11– jeetendra,s.;naveen, c. s. p.; raghu, and mahesh,h. m. (2014). optimization of thicknesses of znte thin film as back contact for cdte thin film solar cells. 560056, karnataka, india. 3,5: 2278-0181, department of electronic science, bangalore university, jnanabharathi bangalore international journal of engineering research & technology(ijert). 12wang ,w. s.and bhat, i. (1997). materials chemistry and physics.5,80. 13john, v. s.; mahalingam, t.and jinn, p. chu , (2005). synthesis and characterization of copper doped zinc telluride thin films .solid state electronics 49,3. 14bozzini, b.; baker, m.a.; cavallotti, p.l.;cerri, e. and lenardi, c. ( 2000) “electrodeposition of znte for photovoltaic cells. thin solid films”, 388, 361. 15potlog, t.; maticiuc, n.; mirzac, a. ;dumitriu, p.and scortescu, d. (2012). structural and optical properties of znte thin films.semiconductor conference (cas), international.2. 321 – 324. 16neamen, d. a. (1992). semiconductor physics and devices. bi-company, inc. university of new mexico, usa. 17raghu, p.; naveen,c. s.; sanjeev,g. h.and mahesh, m.(2013) “thicknesses dependent optical properties of znse thin films”, international journal of engineering research & technology. 2, 11, november . 18sze, s.; m.and kwok, k. ng. (2007), physics of semiconductor devices, john wiley & sons. inc. new york. physics | 75 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 19okereke, n. a.; ezenwa, i. a. and ekpunobi.a. j. (2011) “effect of thicknesses on the optical properties of zinc selenide thin films”, journal of non-oxide glasses, 3, 3 .105–111. table 1. xrd analysis of znte thin films films thicknesses znte (nm) 2 θ d (å) a(å) g.s nm δ x 1015 (m-2) 400 25.2530 3.53386 6.10313 26.4103 1.4337 450 25.2068 3.53023 6.11414 31.411 1.0135 500 25.1788 3.53386 6.12082 31.939 0.9802 physics | 76 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 ɵ (degree) figure(1). xrd of znte thin films 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 400 nm 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 450 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 500 nm in te n si ty ( co u n t / physics | 77 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure. (2 ): transmittance spectra of znte thin films with different thicknesses figure. (3 ): absorption spectra of znte thin films with different thicknesses 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 tr a n sm itt a n ce % wave length nm 400nm 450nm 500nm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 a b so rb a n ce % wave length nm 400nm 450nm 500nm physics | 78 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure. (4 ): reflectance spectra of znte thin films with different thicknesses figure.(5): variation of absorption coefficient as a function of photon energy of znte thin films with different thicknesses 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 r e fle ct io n % wave length nm 400nm" 450nm 500nm 0.00e+04 5.00e-14 1.00e+04 1.50e+04 2.00e+04 2.50e+04 3.00e+04 3.50e+04 4.00e+04 4.50e+04 5.00e+04 1 1.5 2 2.5 3  (c m -1 ) photon energy(ev) 400nm 450nm 500nm physics | 79 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure (6): variation of (αhv)2 with photon energy of znte thin films with different thicknesses 0.00e+00 1.00e+02 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 ( h v) 2 (e v . cm -1 )2 photon energy(ev) 400nm eg 400nm=2.24 ev 0.00e+00 1.00e+02 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 ( h v) 2 (e v . cm -1 )2 photon energy(ev) 450nm eg 450nm=2 ev 0.00e+00 1.00e+02 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 ( h v) 2 (e v . cm -1 )2 photon energy(ev) 500nm eg 500nm=1.92ev physics | 80 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 znteالخواص التركيبية والبصرية الغشية والمحضرة الفراغ في الحراري التبخير بتقنية مكي عطا سمير حنان كاظم حسون ) بغداد جامعة / (الهيثم الصرفةإبن للعلوم التربية كلية /الفيزياء قسم 2016/ايار/8 :،قبل في2016اذار//1 :استلم في الخالصة المتعددة التبلور على ارضية من الزجاج وباسماك مختلفة باستعمال تقنية التبخير الحراري بالفراغ znteرسبت اغشية وبدرجة حرارة الغرفة . تم دراسة الخواص التركيبية من خالل حيود االشعة السينية قد mbar 5-2.1x10تحت ضغط وهوالتركيب) zinc-blende structure( الزنك ركاز نوع مناظهرت النتائج بأن االغشية متعددة التبلور وهي . وكشفت الحسابات التركيبية للحجم الحبيبي بأنه يزداد مع زيادة سمك االغشية .وحددت القياسات البصرية لالغشية المكعبي طيف النفاذية واالمتصاصية كدالة للطول الموجي ,ومن طيف nm[ and 500 450 ,400 ]المرسبة باسماك مختلفة تم تحديد معامل االمتصاص البصري . وكان االنتقال المباشر لفجوة nm (1100-400)لمدى االطوال الموجية النفاذية ولالسماك المختلفة ) التأثير في اعتماد معامل االمتصاص في فجوة znteالغشية 1.92ev (الى 2.24evالطاقة من الطاقة واالستدالل على فجوة الطاقة من سمك الغشاء . , القياسات البصرية , التبخير الحراري , الخواص التركيبية znteاالغشية الرقيقة الكلمات المفتاحية : microsoft word 215-244 chemistry | 217 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 preparation, characterization and study of biological activities of new organozinc compounds drived from cytosine alyaa k. abbas dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad received in:17/november/2015,accepted in:31/january/2016 abstract the novel heterocyclic organozinc compounds were prepared from the reaction of diazonum salt cytosine zinc chloride with thymol and vanilin as coupler components. the prepared compounds were characterized by elemental analysis and uv-vis, ftir and 1hmnr spectroscopic techniques. the biological activity was also studied for all prepared compounds. keyword: organzic, azo cytosine, perparation, identification ,biological activity. chemistry | 218 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction now day, organozinc compound represents the largest and is an indispensable part of synthetic chemist's knowledge [1]. it has received much attention due to the fact that almost every synthesis of natural product has at least one step which contains the use of this type of compounds. so, there is constant need for the development of new method for a simple and effective synthesis organozinc compound [2]. for organozinc bivalent two basic types (r2zn and r zn x) where r being hydrocarbon groups or more generally groups attached to zinc via a zinc-carbon bond and x being a halogen or groups being attached to zinc( oxygen, nitrogen, sulphar, phosphorus and the like). furthermore organozinc compounds are strongly electrondeficient since four low-lying orbitals are available for bonding and only two valance electrons are supplied by zinc [3]. zinc (ιι) compounds have been adopted several coordination geometries commonly octahedral, tetrahedral and various penta coordinate geometries, so these structural flexibility can be attributed to zinc's electronic configuration [ar] 3d104s2. the 3d subshell is filled and therefore, ligand field effects, it does not exist [4]. thus the coordination geometry is determined largely by electrostatic and steric interactions [5]. this type of compounds have been widely employed in many applications such as in clinical, biological and industrial [6,7]. in addition the rich chemistry of the azo compounds are associated with several applications, e.g. industrial, dyeing and biological reactions [8,10] with histochemical detection of compounds containing cytosine moiety. this paper describes the synthesis organozinc compounds include azo moiety. identification and biological activity were studied for prepared compounds. experimental materials and instrument all solvent and chemicals were used directly as purchased. uv-vis spectra were recorded on a (shimadzn uv-160 a) ultra videt-visible spectrophotometer. ftir-spectra were taken on a (shimadzn, ftir-8400s fourier transfor, infrared) spectrophotometer (2004000) cm-1 with samples prepared as csi discs. the 1hnmr spectra were recorded on (brucker-300 mhz ultra shield) using dmso as a solvent and tms as a reference. melting points were obtained by using (stuart melting point apparatus). microelemental analysis (c, h ,n) were performed by using (euro vector ea 3000a elemental analyser). the percentage of (zn) was determined by a.a using a (gbc 933) flame atomic absorption spectrophotometer.the cl% was determined by mohr method. preparation method cytosine zinc chloride was prepared from the reaction of cytosine with zinc chloride according to literature [11] as was shown below: n n nh2 o h + zncl2 n n nh2 o h zncl preparation of (c1 & c2) ( 0.01 mole) of cytosine zinc chloride was dissolved in a mixture of 2 ml h2so4 (conc.), 10ml ethanol and 10ml distilled water. after that this solution diazotized at (0-5)c with 2.5% sodium nitrite solution. the diazo solution was added dropwise with stirring to a cooled alkaline ethanolic solution of (0.01 mole) of vanilin and thymol . color precipitate was chemistry | 219 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 filtered and washed several times with (1:1) etoh:h2o, mixture then left to dry. the reaction is shown below result and discussion the two color compounds (c1and c2) were prepared by coupling thymol and vanillin respectively with diazonium solution of cytosinezinc(ιι) chloride. they are not soluble in water but soluble in most organic solvent (ethanol , chloroform, carbontetrachloride ,dmf, … etc) and are stable in air, moisture and light. the elemental analysis data and physical properties are included in table (1). the synthesized compounds (c1 and c2) were characterized by uv-vis, ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. uv-vis spectra the prepared compounds (c1 and c2) were characterized by uv-vis spectroscopic technique in ethanol (10-3 m) as shown in figure (1 and 2) which were mainly showed two peaks, the first peak at (365,420nm) for (c1 and c2) respectively were assigned to a (π→π*) transition of benzene ring and substituted functional group, so they cause a very pronounced shift and a greatly intensified absorption [12]. the second band which was observed in the region (612nm and517nm) (table1) for (c1 and c2) respectively, due to (π→π*) transition of intermolecular charge transfer involving the whole electronic system through azo moiety [13]. ftir spectra the important vibrational bands have been determined on the basis of t he reported assignments of ir spectral bonds in the literature [14-16].the ftir spectrum for (c1) (figure 3) exhibited a strong and sharp band at (3498 cm -1) with shoulder at (3479 cm -1), which is assignable to ν(oh) on the thymol ring while in the spectrum of (c2) (figure 4) was observed a broad medium intensity band in the region (3581-3400 cm-1) and centered at (3490 cm -1)that attributed to the (o-h) stretching vibration of internally hydrogen bonded enolic group[17]. thus, the ftir spectrum strongly supports the existence of an intra molecular hydrogen bond azo-enol form. the (n-h) in the pyrimidyl moiety was observed at (3402 and 3303 cm-1) in the spectra for (c1and c2) respectively, the changes in shape and position of this band were presumably due to formation of new azo compound boarding of the band in (c2). the (c1 and c2) were exhibited a medium duplet band at (1604, 1585cm-1) and (1676, 1649) cm-1respectively which were assignable to (c=o)ald.+pym. and (c n)pym.. the band for the chemistry | 220 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 (n=n) appeared with broading and shifted to low wave number in the spectrum of (c1 and c2) at (1483, 1450 cm-1) and (1455, 1404 cm-1) respectively may be due to the intramolecular interaction between nitrogen atom for azo moiety and zinc atom (n‒zn) in the solid state [18]. at (1311 cm-1) in the spectrum for (c2) referred to the (c‒o) for the aldehyde group the vanillin moiety. intermolecular interaction for (n–zn) at (459 and 452 cm-1) and (zn‒ cl) at (229 and 230 cm-1) for (c1 and c2) respectively [14, 18]. the characteristic bands for (c1 and c2) are given in table (2). these data are in agreement with these earlier reported. some bands were noticeable at low frequency that attributed 1hnmr spectra figure (5) showed the 1hnmr spectrum for the compound (c1), it was observed different peaks. a singlet signal at (9.18, 1h)ppm referred to the (‒nh) for the proton of pyrimidine moiety and multiplet signal at (7.97.1, 3h)ppm. the singlet signal also appeared at (4-6, 1h)ppm and (3.13, 9h)ppm which corresponded to the phenolic proton (oh) and methyl protons respectively. however the 1hnmr spectrum for compound (c2) (figure 6) showed a singlet signal at (9.93, 1h)ppm, (9.11, 1h)ppm, (6.7, 1h)ppm and (4.78, 3h)ppm for (cho), (n‒h)pyr., (o‒h)ph. and (o‒ch3) respectively. the benzene ring was observed multiplet signal at (7.9-7.2) ppm [15,19]. antibacterial activity due to well known antibiotic properties for these kinds of compounds [20,21], they exhibit a variety biological activities. the antibacterial activities of the prepared compounds (c1 and c2) have been studied against three selected types of bacteria escherichia coli, staphylococcus aursea and bacillus. the paper disc diffusion method has been used and the activity was determined by measuring the diameter of the zone of inhibition in mm. tetracycline was used as standard material in order to make a comparison of it's effectiveness with that at the prepared compounds (c1 and c2) and ethanol was used as a solvent, while the concentration of solution was (10-4m). table(3) shows that the (c1) has high activity against selected bacteria while (c2) appeared different activity which was recorded. conclusion the obtained from elemental analysis, uv-vis, ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy indicated and characterized two new hetrocyclicorgan zinc compounds that prepared by coupling reaction of vaniline and thymol with diazonium salt of cytosine zinc chloride. references 1rapport, z. and marek, i.(2006) "the chemistry of organic zinc compounds", john wiley and sons,new york. 2knochel, n. and jones,p. (1999)"organic reagents-a practical approach",oxford medical publication, oxford. 3sattler, w.; ruccolo, s. and parkin, g.(2013) "synthesis, structure, and reactivity of a terminal organozincfluride compound: hydrogen bonding,and donor-acceptor interaction" j. am.chem. soc., 135(5):18714-18717. 4miessler, g.l. and tarr,d.a. (2011)"inorganic chemistry" 4th ed.,pearson/prentice hall publisher. chemistry | 221 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 5landies,c. r. and weinhold, f. (2007) "valence and extra-valance orbitals in main group and transition metal bonding",journal of computational chemistry,28(1):128203. 6grevy, j. m.(2011) "encyclopedia of inorganic and bioinorganic chemistry", john wiley. 7belhany, a.;fernando, p. and veglia,g.(2006)"biological chemistry of organotin compounds: interactions anddealkylation by dithiols", journal of organometallic chemistry,691:1748-1755. 8manuela,m.r. m.;ferreira, a. m. and pereira,m.n. (2009) "the synthesis and characterization of hetrocyclicazo dyes derived from 5-n,n-dialkylamino-2,2bithiophene couplers", dyes and pigments, 83:59-65. 9khalid, a. and arshad, m. (2008) "accelerated decolonization of structurally different azo dyes by newly isolatedstrains",appl. microbiol. biotech., 78:361-369. 10towns, a.d. (1999) "developments in azodisperese dyes derived from heterocyclic diazo components", dyes and pigment,42:3-28. 11ali,a. and osama,k.(2003) "synthesis and characterization of new azo pyrimidine complexes", j.cood.chem.,56(8):725-742. 12sarkar,d.;kumar, a. and tapan,k.(2013) "synthesis, crystal structure and spectral properties of 2-[(1-methyl-2-benzimidazolyl)azo]-p-cresol: an experimental and theoretical study" spectrochimicaacta part a :molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy,115:421-425. 13youssef, n. and hegab, k.(1999) "synthesis and characterization of some transion metal chelates of5-(1-hydroxy-6-naphthylazo-3-sodium sulphonate) thiobarbituric(l1) and barbituric (l2) acids", j.mater.sci.technol.,15(3):263-266. 14sliverstein,r.m.;bassler,g.c. and morrill, t.c.(1996), 6th ed., john wiley and sons, new york. 15dyes,r.(1969)"application of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds, prentice.hall., englewood cliffs, n, j. london. 16asniza, m. and abdul khallil, h.(2011) "synthesis and characterization of a new hetero cyclic azo pigment",sainsmalaysiana,40(7):765-770. 17sanap,s.v. and patil, r.m.(2013) "synthesis, characterization and biological activity of chiral mixed ligand ni(ιι) complexes", research journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 2(1):1-10. 18fahad, t.(2014) "synthesis, characterization and thermal studies of novel organomercury driven from sulfa drugs" journal of advances in chemistry, 7(2);13381347. 19masoud, m. and alaa, e. (2004) "specrtoscopic studies on someazo compounds and their cobalt, copper and nickel complexes",spectrochimicaacta part a , 60:2807-2817. 20patil, r. m.,(2007) "synthesis,structural and biological properties of binuclear complexes with som schiff bases",actapoloniaepharmaceutca-drug research., 64(4):345-353. 21cobir, b.;avar, b. and gulcan, m. (2013) "synthesis, spectroscopic characterization and genotoxicity of new group azo-oxime metal chelates", turk. j. chem.,37;422-438. chemistry | 222 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (1): physical properties and elemental analysis for c1and c2 eemental analysis (cal.) m.p. yiel d% mwt. color ( max)nm compound cl% m% n% h% c% 9.34 (9.44) 17.32 (17.38) 14.87 (14.89) 3.701 (3.72) 44.66 (44.67) 295 86 374.1 2 blue(612 ) c1 9.43 (9.44) 17.36 (17.38) 14.87 (14.89) 2.36 (2.39) 40.88 (40.95) 310 83 376.0 3 red(517)c2 table (2): the main ftir bands (200-4000) cm-1 for (c1 and c2) compounds compounds (oh) (n–h) (c– h)arm.+alk. (c=o)ald.=im (c=n)im (n=n) (c– o) (n– zn) (zn– cl) c1 3498st, sh 3479vw,shl 3402 vw 3099 w 2954 w 1604m 1585m 1483 sh,st 1450 sh,m – 459 w 229 m c2 3581 3400 3303 w,br 3064 vw 2883 vw 1676m 1649m 1455m 1404m 1311 w 452 w 230 m vw=very weak, w=weak; m=medium, st=strong; sh=sharp, br=broad, shl=shoulder, d=dublet table (3): antibacterial activity for (c1 and c2) compounds e.coli s.auerus bacillus c1 +++ +++ +++ c2 ++ +++ ++ tetracycline +++ +++ +++ ++ (7-9)mm, +++ (10-12)mm figure (1): the electronic spectrum of c1 compound chemistry | 223 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (2): the electronic spectrum of c2 compound figure (3): ftir spectrum for (c1) compound chemistry | 224 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (4): ftir spectrum for (c2) compound figure (5): the hnmr spectrum for c1 compound chemistry | 225 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (6): the 1hnmr spectrum for c2 compound chemistry | 226 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ة جديدة عضوي –تحضير وتشخيص ودراسة الفعالية البايولوجية لمركبات زنك مشتقة من السايتوسين علياء خضير عباس الكيمياء/كلية العلوم/جامعة بغدادقسم 2016/كانون الثاني/31،قبل في: 2015 /تشرين الثاني/17استلم في: الخالصة ع ين م ك سيتوس د الزن دايزونيوم لكلوري ح ال ل مل ن تفاع ك م دة و ذل ك جدي ة للزن وية فلزي ات عض رت مركب حض اطة ت بوس رة شخص ات المحض ة ازدواج المركب انيلين مكون ايمول و الف جية الث وق البنفس عة ف اف االش ة اطي ة -دراس المرئي ن ة م واع منتخب د ان ة ض ة بايولوجي ات فعالي ذه المركب رت ه ي. اظه ووي المغناطيس رنين الن راء و ال ت الحم عة التح واالش البكتريا. زنك عضوية, آزو سايتوسين , تحضير , تشخيص , فعالية بايولوجية : الكلمات المفتاحية   ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 estimation o f the two parameters for generalized rayleigh distribution function using simulation technique a. a .alnaqeeb, a. m .hame d college of health, of medical technology, baghdad mathematical department college of education, ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p aper, suggested formula as well a conventional method for estimating the twop arameters (shap e and scale) of the generalized rayleigh dist ribution was p rop osed. for different sample sizes (small, med ium, and lar ge) and assumed several contrast s for the two p arameters a percentile estimator was been used. m ean square error was imp lemented as an indicator of p erformance and comp arisons of the p erformance have been carried out through data analysis and computer simulation between the suggested formulas versus the st udied formula accordin g to the app lied indicator. it was observed from the results that the suggested method which was p erformed for the first time (as far as we know), had highly advantage than the st udied method, since the whole suggested outcomes of statistics in the suggested method are registered. introduction during the last century , vast activities have b een observ ed in generalizing the distributions. these distributions were formulated by st atisticians, mathematicians, and engineers t o mathematically model or represent certain behavior. r ecently surles and pad gett (2001) introduced two-p arameter burr typ e x distribution, which can also be d escribed as generalized rayleigh dist ribution and it was observed that this p articular skewed distribution can be used qu ite effectively in analy zing lif etime d ata [1]. raqab and kundu; (2003) considered this distribution and discussed its different p rop erties and emp loy ed different methods of estimators. it was concluded that the two-p arameter generalized rayleigh dist ribution is a p articular member of the generalized weibull dist ribution, originally p rop osed by mudholkar and srivastava [2]. rayleigh distribution, which is a sp ecial case of weibull distribution, is widely used to model events that occur in different fields such as medicine, social and natural sciences [3]. the generalized rayleigh with two p arameters (shap e and scale) (gr) distribution has the dist ribution function as following:  ( ) 2 ( ; , ) 1 tf t e       t, α and λ > 0. ---------------------(1) here α and λ ¸ are the shap e and scale p arameters resp ectively, and the two-p arameter gr distribution will be denoted by gr (α; λ). therefore, gr distribution has the density function 2 2 2 ( ) ( )1( ) 2 (1 ) t t tf t e e      -----------------------(2) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 and t he surv ival funct ion 2( ) ( ; , ) 1 (1 ) t s t e       where the hazard function is ( ; , ) ( ; , ) 1 ( ; , ) f t h t f t         2 2 2 2 ( ) ( ) 1 ( ) 2 (1 ) 1 (1 ) t t t e e e               it was observed that for α < 1/2, the p robability density function (p.d.f) of a gr distribution is a decreasing function and it is a right skewed unimodal fun ction for α > 1 /2. and the hazard function of a gr distribution can be either batht ub type or an increas ing function, depending on the shap e parameter α. for α < 1/2, the hazard functions of gr (α, λ) are batht ub type and for α > 1/2, it has an increasing h azard function [2]. the main aim of this p ap er is to study how the estimator of the different unknown p arameters behaves for different sample sizes and for different p arameter values. we mainly comp are p ercentiles estimator between the suggested formulas versus the st udied methods accordin g to the ap p lied indicator by using extensive simulation techniques. the rest of the p ap er is organized as follows, a briefly descrip tion of the p ercentile estimator methods (pce) and their imp lementations including the conventional and the suggested methods. followed by an emp irical work, as well as the simulation results and conclusion. estimators based on percentiles if the data come from a distribution function which has a closed form, then it is quite natural to est imate the unknown p arameters by fitting st raight lin e to t he theoretical percentile p oints obtained from the distribution function and the samp le p ercentile p oints. this method was originally p rop osed by kao (1958, 1959) and it has been used quite successfully for weibull distribution and for the generalized exp onential distribution. in this p aper, we app ly the same technique for the gr distribution [2]. an est imator is statist ic that specifies how t o use the samp le d ata to estimate an unknown p arameter of the p op ulation [4]. in the following sections three estimation p rocedures are considered, the p ercentiles estimators, and compare their p erformances through numer ical simulation for different sample sizes and for different p arameters values. in p ercentile methods t he generalized rayleigh dist ribution has the exp licit distribution function, therefore in this case the unknown p arameters α and λ ¸ can be estimated by equating the sample p ercentile p oints with the p op ulation p ercentile p oints and it is known as the p ercentile method [5]. among the most easily obtained estimators of the p arameters of the weibull distribution are the gr aphical app roximation to the best linear unbiased estimators. it can be obtained by fitt ing a st raight line to the theoretical p oints obtained from the distribution function and the sample p ercentile p oints. in case of a gr distribution also it is p ossible to use the same concept to obtain the estimators of α and λ based on the percentiles, because of the st ructure of its distribution function, when both the parameters are unknown [6]. since   2( ) ( ; , ) 1 ; 0, x f x e x         ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 therefore   1 2 2 1 ln 1 ( ; , )x f x            -------------------------------(3) if pi denotes some estimate of f ( ( )ix ; α, λ), then the estimate of α and λ can be obtained by minimizing (2) as followin g: 2 2 2 (1/ ) ( ) 1 ln(1 ) n i i i x p       -------------------------- (4) 2 2 (1/ ) 3 (1/ ) ( ) 1 2 ln(1 ) 2 ln(1 ) n i i i i x p p                  not e that (4) is a non-linear function and it has to be min imized usin g some nonlinear optimization technique. we call the corresp onding estimators as the p ercentile estimators pce's. several estimators of pi can be used here and in this p aper, we mainly consider pi = i/n+1, which is the exp ected value of f (t (i)). wher e 1 i i p n   represent t he studied formula and ( ( )) 1 i i e f t n   the exp ected value which 1( ) ( ) 1 i i e t f n    f(t) represents cumulative distribution function (c.d.f)for distribution, and ( )ie t named (inverse p robability of the cumulative samp ling d istribution) [7]. then the suggested formula pi wi ll be [8] as follows: 0.5 0.5 i i p n    -algorithms of the suggested methods the cumulative distribution function of the generalized rayleigh d istribution can be written in the form: 2 ( ) 1( ) ( ) t f t e       --------------------(5) since the model (5) involves α and λ in a nonlin ear way as shown in (4) so it can be transformed and taking its logarithms t o the base e as follows: 2 1( ) 1 ( ) t e f t        2 1( ) 1 ( ) t e f t        1 2( ) ln(1 ( ) )t f t       therefore 11 ln 1( ( ) )t f t        ---------------------------------------(6) using un iform d istribution and generating u where ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 1 [0,1] 0 otherwise t u     since u = 1 u in-case of generating continu es uniform r andom v ariable, t hen 1 1 ( ) 1 ( )f t f t      --------------------(7) takin g the logarithm, for the both side of equation [5], then the followin g equation will p roduce: 1 1 ln( ) l n( ) ln ln ( ) 2 t f t           ---------------------------- (8) thus t he equation (8) is intrinsically lin ear for m, in whi ch ln( )iiy t   , 1 ln ln ( ) 2 ix f t       and 0 1 ln( )     in equation (8), the slop e is a constant and equals to 1, which indicates that δ x = δ y, using si mple lin ear r egression equation, then 0 1 + + i i iy x e  where 1 1  emp loying the initial valu e of α & λ in the right sid e of (8) with substitut ion of the generating un iform v alues in ( ) if t u   , to obtain the left side exp(ln( ))t t    and if error is added to t his model, then ii it t e    since that e (e) = 0, where e ~ exp (1), so the errors are independent and uncorrelated [9].in order to m ake a comp arison b etween the two methods (suggested and st udied methods) for pce the same p rocedure in finding equation (8) wi ll b e repeated twice time and the equation of the st raight lin e will p roduce. throu gh out solving them the value of   &   will be founded. hence ln( ) ln( )i i i it e t y     1 & ln[ ln( )] 2 i i x u  and t he est imator 0 1 ln          represents the suggested method which is obtained for the first time (as far as we know). -percentile esti mator (studied) accordin g to equation (8) we have 1 1 ln ln ln ln 2 1 i t n                  1 ln ln ln ln 2 2 1 i t n                  1 2 2 ln 2 ln ln ln 1 i t t n                   ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 ln ln ln 2 ln ( ) 1 21 i t t n                   1 2 1 2( ) exp ln ln 2 ln ( ) 1 i t t n                       ----------------------(9) wher e: 11 1t t e    22 2t t e    and t he same method is used to estimate ( )   and obtain: 1 2 1 1 ( ) exp ln ln ln ( ) 2 1 2 i t t n                    -------------(1 0) -percentile esti mator (suggested) ( )   & ( )   in su ggested formu la of pi will be as follows: 1 0.5 ln ln ln ln 1 2 0.5 i t n                    1 0.5 ln ln ln ln 2 2 0.5 i t n                    1 2 0.5 2 ln 2 ln ln ln 0.5 i t t n                    0.5 ln ln ln 2 ln ( ) 1 20.5 i t t n                    1 2 1 2 0.5 ( ) exp ln ln 2 ln ( ) 0.5 i t t n                        -----------------(11) where: 11 1t t e    and 22 2t t e    1 2 1 0.5 1 ( ) exp ln ln ln ( ) 2 0.5 2 i t t n                      ------------------(12) therefore, it can be con clud ed that the same procedure can b e ap p lied for obtainin g the estimators (α & λ) of gr distribution to other est imation methods such as (ordinary least square (ols), m aximum likelihood (m lh)…) as in example in case o f ols the obta inin g equations will b e flowi n g: accordin g to equation (8) we have ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 1 1 1 ln ln ln ln 2 1 i t n                   the same method is used to est imate ( )   & ( )   , hence 1 2 1 2( ) exp ln ln 1 2 ln ( ) 1 i t t n                        1 2 1 1 ( ) exp ln ln 1 ln ( ) 2 1 2 i t t n                     and ( )   & ( )   in suggested formula of pi wi ll b e 1 2 1 2 0.5 ( ) exp ln ln 1 2 ln ( ) 0 .5 i t t n                         1 2 1 0.5 1 ( ) exp ln ln 1 ln ( ) 2 0.5 2 i t t n                       em pirical work one of the most imp ortant app lications of comp uter science is computer simulation. it is an att empt to model a real-life on a comp uter so t hat it can be studied to see how t he sy stem works. by changing variables, p redictions may be made about the behavior of the sy stem computer simulation has beco me a usefu l p art of modeling many systems in economics, finance, and several app lications [10]. simulation app roaches offer great opp ortunities for working out p robabilities, confiden ce intervals and similar concepts [11].t his analysis may be done, sometimes, through analytical or numerical methods, but the model may be too comp lex to be dealt with. essentially , simulation p rocess consists of building a comp uter model that describes the behavior of a sy st em and exp erimenting with this comp uter model to reach conclusions that supp ort decisions [12]. sometimes, it is not feasible or p ossible, to build a prototype, yet we may obtain a mathematical mod el d escribing, throu gh equations and constraints, the essential behavior of the system. in such extreme cases, we may use simulation to replicate real world st udies that cannot be done, simulation exercises may encounter st atist ical p itfalls that degrade their p erformance, or fail to take advantage of the opp ortunities st atistics can provide for controlling si mulation error and p roducing st atist ically reliab le results [12].in order to make comp arison of the two methods of pce for the p arameters of the generalized rayleigh dist ribution which were st udied in the p revious chap ters to reach into the best estimated method of the shap e p arameter and scale p arameter we make a simulation p rototype and p rovide assump tion of many cases which it can b e exist ed in real world and use the basic step p rocess in any simulation exp eriment once we have estimated the corresp onding simulation model. algorithms steps first ste p: sp ecified the assumed values by choosing differ ent sample size of generalized rayleigh distribution, such as small sample size (n=20) and medium sample size (n=50) and lar ge sa mple size (n=100).and then choosing the v alues of assump tion parameters (α, λ) in each sev eral contrast s and choosing for the initial values of the two p arameters (shap e and scale) parameters as shown in. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 assume d contrast paramete rs [introduced by the researche r]. se cond ste p:generation of data which include : -generated the random data which was taken from the uniform distribution in the interval (0, 1) using excel, and sp ss, soft ware computer package. the gener ation of errors for all d ata and in methods t he random errors hav e been gener ated using the standard exp onential distribution instead of normal distribution which has been used in conventional methods introduced by gupta and kundu. thi rd ste p: this step contains the following: -using the same valu e of t  for three methods and apply ing the equation 11 ln(1 )t u       as mentioned in [5]. -findin g the time event (t) by using the equation ii it t e    where i=1, ------, n -the values of   &   of the generalized rayleigh distribution can be determined accordin g to the estimator of each method usin g the equations (9), (10), (11), and (12) resp ectively. fourth ste p:smoothing the obtained values -in this step the iteration of data will be rep eated 100 times to generate a new different error, so we obtain 100 value of  , and 100 value of   for each contrast . then the mean of each case will b e calculated to find the estimated α and λ. fifth ste p:in this step the followin g comparison indicator will b e emp loyed to make a comparison between different methods by m ean square error (mse). results and conclusion as a consequence for p ractical work and taking the mean square error as the indicator of p reference between the different est imator methods, the following r esults are obtained: 1-for the conventional methods and for different sample sizes the following results are obtained : (i)s mall sample size (n=20) for the assumed contrast p arameters (2, 1), (1, 2), (2, 2) and (1, 1) the pce estimator method was given the best results. (ii)medium sample size (n=50). ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 α λ 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 for the assumed contrast p arameters (2, 2), (2, 1), (1, 2), and (1, 1) the pce estimator method was given the best result. (iii)large sample size (n=100). for the assumed contrast p arameters (1, 1), (2, 2), (1, 2), and (2, 1) the pce estimator method was given the best result. 2-for t he suggested method t he following results are obtained: (i)s mall sample size (n=20) for the assumed contrast p arameters (1, 1), (2, 2), (1, 2), and (2, 1), the pce estimator method was given the best result. (ii)medium sample size (n=50) for the assumed contrast p arameters (2, 1), (1, 1), (1, 2) and (2, 2) the pce estimator method was given the best results. (iii)large sample size.(n=100) for t he assumed contrast p arameters (2, 1), (2, 2), (1, 1), and (1, 2) the pce estimator method was given the best results. 3-the comparison between the studied and suggested methods are summarized as follows : (i) s mall sample size (n=20) for the assumed contrast p arameters (1, 1) and (2, 2) the pce (suggested) estimator method was given the best results in studied. for the assumed contrast p arameters (2, 1), and (1, 2) the pce (st udied) estimator method was given the best results in suggested method. (iii)medium sample size (n=50) for t he assumed contrast p arameters (2, 2), (1, 1), and (2, 1) the pce (st udied) estimator method was given the best results in suggested method. for the assumed contrast p arameters (1, 2), the pce (suggested) estimator method was given the best results in studied method. (iv)large sample size.(n=100) for the assumed contrast p arameters (2, 2), (1, 1), (1, 2), and (2, 1) the (suggested) pce estimator method was given the best results in studied methods. 4-it can be mentioned that when the samp le size increased the mean square error decr eased. 5-it can be noticed that when the assumed values are equal, the values of   and   are equal also, and that consist ent with the gener al mathematical concept. 6-in this work t he white nose error is generated in rayleigh dist ribution and it was followed the dist ribution and gave best results. the results of simulation (estimation of scale and shap e p arameters) of the generalized rayleigh d istribution for studied and suggested methods for different sample size (n=20, 50, and100) are list ed in the table (1) re ferences 1. surles, j. g. and pad gett w. j., (2005), "some p rop erties of a scaled burr typ e x distribution", journal of statist ical plannin g and infer ence, 128: 271-280. 2. d.kundu, d. and raqab m ., (2005)," generalized r ayleigh dist ribution: different m ethods of estimations", comp utational statist ics & data analysis, 49: 18. 3. m ahdi1, s. and cenac m ., (2006), "estimatin g and assessing the parameters of the logist ic and rayleigh dist ributions from three m ethods of estimation”, journal of m athematical comp uter science, 13 : 25-34. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 4. m cclave, t., 1990,"probability and statistics for engineers", 3rd edition, pws-kent p ublishing comp any, bost on. 5. gupt a, r. d. and kundu d., (2007), " generalized exp onential dist ribution: existing results and some recent developments ", journal of statistical plannin g and inference, 137(11): 3537-3547. 6. gupt a, r. d. and kundu d., (2001), " generalized exp onential dist ribution: different methods of estimation ", journal of statist ical computations and simulations, 69(4): 315-338. 7. al –naqeeb, a., (1990)," est imation of the residual variance in linear m odels within cases normal dist . and non-normal dist.", colle ge of administ ration & economicsuniversity of alm ustansiriy ah. 8. al –naqeeb, a., (2007)," estimation some non-linear typ e by using m in ch square method for binary data by simulation method", resear ch journal of al epp o university , basic science series. 9. al –naqeeb, a., 1993,"m easures the coincidence power of the two random variables (dependant and residu al) in the linear regr ession m odels by using the probability plot m ethod" ,5 th international conference of st atist ical scien ces, baghd ad, iraq. 10. "simu lation ", (2009), from wik ipedia, the free encyclop edia, wikimedia foundation, inc., all text is availab le under the terms of t he gnu free documentation license . 11. m ichael wood, (2005),"the role of simulation app roaches in statist ics", university of port smouth, u.k., journal of statist ics education, 13(3). 12. insua, d. r. and etal, (2005), "simulation in indust rial statist ics ", statist ical and app lied m athematical sciences inst itute, technical report, research triangle park, nc 27709-4006, po box 14006, available at www.samsi.info. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vo l.22 (4) 2009 assumed parameter estimators indicator samp le m ethod α λ     m se 1 1 0.130645 0.130645 3.10325 1 2 0.205795 0.346934 2.446409 2 1 0.260983 0.181641 1.614332 pce st udied 2 2 0.125566 0.177578 2.594462 1 1 0.13282 0.13282 1.456683 1 2 0.184391 0.359877 2.504632 2 1 0.221384 0.158 2.702558 20 pce suggested 2 2 0.127188 0.179871 2.051962 1 1 0.168913 0.168913 2.667632 1 2 0.141036 0.283179 2.082187 2 1 0.209621 0.146927 1.617342 pce st udied 2 2 0.149932 0.212036 1.308038 1 1 0.1721 0.1721 2.473099 1 2 0.144298 0.431658 2.478395 2 1 0.210311 0.149445 1.817146 50 pce suggested 2 2 0.153072 0.2164759 3.208128 1 1 0.194146 0.194146 1.593123 1 2 0.118901 0.237803 2.388022 2 1 0.217849 0.152913 2.73559 pce st udied 2 2 0.1536 0.2172234 2.011512 1 1 0.196815 0.196815 1.753823 1 2 0.119837 0.240805 2.22064 2 1 0.217955 0.154118 1.214269 100 pce suggested 2 2 0.155098 0.2193424 1.385011 tables (1) esti mation of s cale and shape paramete rs of ged for suggested table (4-8) the results of si mulation methods 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة تقدیر معلمتي توزیع رالي العام بأستخدام تقنیة المحاكاة األء ماجد حمد ، عبد الخالق النقیب بغداد الكلیة التقنیة الطبیة ، ، ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغدادقسم الریاضیات ، كلیة التربیة لخالصةا ة التقلیدیة لغرض تقدیر معلمتي الشكل و القیاس لتوزیع رالي العام صیغ الً فضال عنجدیدة صیغة حتاقترفي هذا البحث ) .pce( افتراضیة للمعلمتین بأستخدام طریقة عدیدةمع تولیفات) كبیرة ، متوسطة ، صغیرة ( عینات مختلفة ووألحجام تحلیل القیم ة التقلیدیة والمقترحة من خالل صیغ ألفضل اداء ومقارنة بین الًام مؤشر معدل مربعات الخطأ مؤشراستخد و م وت( ة المقترحةصیغلقد تمت المالحظة من خالل النتائج التي تم الحصول علیها بأفضلیة ال. والمحاكاة الحاسوبیة .ة المدروسة التقلیدیةصیغعلى ال) استخدامها ألول مرة على حد علمنا رفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 2009) 3( 22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الص -بیوتان-4,1یة تحضیر و تقییم الفعالیة المضادة للبكتریا لبعض مشتقات ثنائ اوكسادایزول-4,3,1 حنان ابراهیم عمر الدین ، جامعة بغداد ، كلیة الصیدلة قسم علوم المختبرات السریریة الخالصة من حمض االدبیك ثنائي الهیدازید [iiia-j]اوكسادایزول -4,3,1بیوتان-4,1تم تحضیر سلسلة من مشتقات ثنائیة مع بعض الحوامض االروماتیة المختلفة بوجود كلورید الفسفوریل، و قد تم تشخیص هذه السلسلة بأستخدام تقنیة االشعة تحت .الحمراء و تحلیل العناصر و طیف الكتلة م دراسة تأثیر هذه المركبات على الفعالیة المضادة للبكتریا من نوع و قد ت (gram + و gram)و اظهرت الدراسة ان قسم .من هذه المركبات لها فعالیة بایولوجیة ضد انواع من البكتریا ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation o f some bis-1, 3, 4-butane-1-3, 4-oxadiazole derivatives h.i. omar–el deen departme nt of clinical laboratory sciences, college of pharmacy, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a series of new bis-1,4-butane -1,3,4 – oxadizole der ivatives [iii a-j] were sy nthesized from adip ic acid dihydrazide and different aromatic acids in the presence of phosp hours oxy chloide. there comp ounds were characterized by their ir, microanalysis, and mass sp ectral data. in vitro antimicrobial were sy nthesized. in vitro antimicrobial activity of these comp ounds against (gram negative) and (gram p ositive) were rep orted, some of these comp ounds p rep ared derivatives exh ibited antimicrobial activity . introduction m any comp ounds contain 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring sy stem which p ossesses p ossible biological activity (1-2-3). 3-substituted aminomethy l-5-substitued-1,3-4-oxadiazole-2-thione are tuberculostatic (4) and fungicidal, similarly 3,5-disubst ituted – 1,3,4oxadiazole-2-thione have st rong p esticidal (5) and hy p -oglycemic (6) activity . some are bis-(5-mer cap to-1, 3, 4oxadiazole-2-y l) alk anes and they revealed the antifun gal activity (7); they also showed that a slight increase in activity takes p lace as the nu mber of methy lene group s increases (8). in this work ethy l adip ate [i] readily reacted with hy drazine hy drate to give adip ic dihydrazide [ii], p hosp hours oxy chloride was emp loyed in the p rep aration of the bis-1,4-butane -1,3,4 oxadizole derivatives [iii a-j] from adip ic dihydrazide and differ ent aromatic acids (scheme 1). all comp ounds were isolated and purified in satisfactory y ield and their p hy sical data element analysis, melting p oint mass-sp ectrum as shown in table (1), and ir sp ectra are list ed in the exp erimental section. ant imicrobial activity of some sy nthesized comp ounds was carried out against three typ es bacteria: staphylococcus aurevs atcc 25923, escherichia coli at cc 29522, and pseudomonas aeruginosa at cc 27853. some of the sy nthesized comp ounds [iiia-j], showed antibacterial activity as shown in table (1). experime nt the purity of the resultant comp ounds was checked by the melting p oints which are uncorrected and were taken on a“electrot hermal“melting p oints apparatus (m ettle), micro analytical samples were analyzed by iraqi petroleum comp any, mass sp ectra were recorded on shimadzo qp 1000, gas mass sp ectrometer (gc-m s), by using a d irect insertion sy st em from the range of m/z 10-1000 and ionization ener gy (ei), of 20ev or 70ev. ir sp ectra were measured by using a perkin –elmer 1310 infrared sp ectrop ho-meter on kbr disc. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 preparation of adipic dihydrazide [ii] general procedure (9) a mixture of diethy l adip ate [1] (0.01 mole) and excess hy drazine hy drate (0.02mole) were reflu xed for 30 min. the sep arated p reap ilate were filtered and washed with absolute ethanol and used without further p urification , yield 100% , m.p . = 182°c lit, 182°c (10 ). ir (kbr ) v max of these hy drazide show st retching bands (3300,3160,3060cm -1 ) nh2 and n-h group s, (1603 cm -1 ) c=0 amide i , (1540 cm -1 ) c=0 amid e ii. bis-1,4-(5-5-aryl -1,3,4-oxadizole-2y l ) butane [iii a-j]. a mixture of acid d ihydrazide [ii] (0.01mole) aromatic acid (0.02mole) and p hosp hours oxy chloride (5 ml) was reflu xed gently at (80-90) °c for 3 hours. aft er cooling, the mixture was p oured into ice water and made basi c by adding sodium bicarbonate solution. the resulting solid was filtered, dried and recry-st allized from a prop er solvent to give the desired oxadiazole der ivatives. ir(kbr) v m axof these compounds show bands (2900-2825 cm -1 ) c-h aromatic ;(1600-1570 cm -1 ) c ═ n and c ═ c ; (1250-1200 cm -1 ) c-o-o, another p hy sical data are shown in table (1). bacterial strains and culture media for antibacterial activity we used the following microor ganism : staphyloco ccus aureus at cc 25923, escherich ia coli at cc 25922 and pseudomonas aeruginosa attc 27853, these were cultivated in typticase soy a agar (difco), typt icase soy broth (difco). anti microbial activity the compounds of t able (1) were screened for their inhibitory effects against s.aureus, e. coli and ps. aeruginosa by agar diffusion technique (11). the chemical comp ounds were dissolved in dm so to give a final concentration of 1mg/ml. a 20ml of the sterilize tryp ticase soy a agar med ia was p oured in a glass p lates of 9 cm in diameter and after solid ification aloop ful of overnight culture of each test org. was streaked on the surface of the p redried agar p lates, wells of 6mm were maele in the agar media by cork borer after the removal of the agar p illets, 100mg from each test comp ound were p laced in each well in a dup licate. the plates then were incubated at 37°c for 24 hours t o show the inhibition zone. streptomy cin sulfate in a concentration of (0.1 mg/ml) were used as a standard growt h inhibitor for the bacteria. the inhibitory effect of dm so was also examined which shows no inhibitory effect a gainst the test organisms. results and discussion s ynthesis of the compounds the sy nthesis of the bis-1,3 (5, 5aryl -1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl ) butane derivatives [iiia-j] were accomp lished in accordance with t he sequence of r eactions dep icted in scheme 1 ethy l diester [i] were r eflu xed with 98% hy drazine hydrate to give after 30 min. the exp ected hy drazide [ii], which was identified by melting p oint 182°c.lit, 182°c and by infrared sp ectroscopy . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 the 2,5disubst ituted – 1,3,4-oxadiazole were p repared by a route in which the acid dihydrazide [ii] was condensed with the ap p rop riate aromatic acid in the p resence of p hosp hours oxy chloride . the st ructures of 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives [iiia-j] were confirmed by infrared, c,h,nanalysis and mass sp ectroscopy . the ir sp ectra of [iiia-j] were devoided of the amid e bands in the sp ectrum of acid dihydrazide [ii] at (3300,3160,3050 cm -1 ) and (1630 cm -1 ) but showed (c═ n) st retching vibration band (12) ,in the range(1570-1600 cm -1 ) a band in the range (1200-1250 cm -1 ) of c-o-c st retching vibration combined with n-n band of 1,3,4-o xadiazole moiety (13,14). evidence of the presence of aromatic ring which is the p resence of c ═ c aromatic ring which is the p resence of c ═ aromatic stretching band (1400-1570 cm -1) and out of p lane bend ing substitut ed aromatic sy stems in the range (700-850 cm -1) . furt her structural proof for the oxadiazole derivatives was obtained from mass sp ectra, the fragmentation of 2,5disubst itut ed1,3,4oxadiazole is sp ecific and indicative for the st ructure (15). the most informative fragments that were observed in the mass sp ectra of 1,3,4oxadiazole deriv atives are list ed in table (1) which gives a st rong evidence for the presence of oxadiazole ring. anti microbial activity table (1) shows that oxadiazole derivatives containing aryl substituent 64 (a, c, d, f, g, h, i, j) showed antimicrobial activity towards all kinds of bacteria used, althou gh their effect is less than that of t he standard used, the resist ance of some of these bacteria may be due t o the permeability of these compounds through the cell wall (16). re ferences 1. goswami, b.n.; kataky j.c.s. and baruah j.n., (1984) j. heterocylic. chem. 21: 1255. 2. goswam, b.n. i.; kataky j.c.s. and baruah j.n., (1984) indian j. chem. 2313: 796. 3. m astat, a.o.; abussaud m .; tashtoush h. and al-talib m ., (2002) pol. j. pharamacol., 54: 55-59. 4. gladwell, h.c.; shewald r.j. and burkhalter j.h., (1958) j. am. pharm. assoc. sci. edn, 47: 799. 5. kubo, h.; hamura i.; osuga s. and sato r., (1969) z assokenky u, 8: 42, chem. abst., 73: 108594 t (1970). 6. kurihara, t.; h. ito; takeda, h. and sagawa, k., (1971) tohoku yakka daigaku kenky 4 nempol, 7: 43, chem. abst . 75: 10246 r (1971). 7. m ishra, v.k. and bahel s.c. (1983) j. indi an chem. soc., lx: 867. 8. m ahmoud, m .j.; m ust afa i.f. and omar–eldeen h.i., (1999) iraqi j. of che m. 25(2): 157. 9. m ahmoud, m .j.; m ustafa i.f. and at to a.t., (1996) j. for research and studies, 11(5): 155. 10. vo gel, i.a. (1974) “a text book of p ractical organic chemistry ”3 rd ed., longman, london, 439: 58. 11. barry, a.l., (1976):“the ant imicrobial susceptibility test: practical and practices ”. (illus loc and febr iger, philadelp hia):180. 12. lancelot, j.c. ; m aume, d. and robba m . , (1980) j. heterocy lic chem. , 17: 625. 13. dutta m .m .; goswani b.n. and kataky j.c.s., (1986) j. heterocy lic chem., 23: 793. 14. i. felamin g and d.h. williams (1966) “sp ectroscop ic m ethods in organic ch emistry ”m c graw – hill publishing company ltd. london. 15. peet n. (1981) j. barbuch, org. m ass sp ectrum., 18: 1601. 16. sarkis g. y.; skenderian n.y. and abdul ghani z.g. ,(1989) the iraqi chem. so c. 14(1): 50 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (3) 2009 s cheme 1 table (1): the diameter of growth i nhibiti on z one *=growth (no inhibition) com p. s . aureus e. coli ps . ae rugi nosa iii a __ _* 11.0 10.0 iii c 13.0 12.0 12.0 iii d 13.0 10.0 10.0 iii e __ _ __ _ __ _ iii f 13.0 __ _ 12.0 iii g 12.0 13.0 9.0 iii h 12.0 __ _ __ _ iii i 13.0 10.0 10.0 iii j 11.0 8.0 __ _ st rept omycin sulph ate 21.0 23.0 21.0 chemistry 311 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 preparation of ferrocene derivatives of niobium iv a.w.m. abdulla department of chemistry,college of education -ibn al.haetham, university of baghdad received in : 26 august 2012 accepted in : 20 november 2012 abstract this study included the preparation of the dihalogens -1,3 metalla-2[3] ferrocenophanes like cp2nbs2fc,(tbucp)2nbs2fc,cp2nbse2fc and (tbucp)2nbse2fe where (fc=ferrocence) these complexes has been prepared from the reaction of (r)2 nbcl2 with fclim2 , where(r=cp,tbucp) (m = s,se) under refluxing in toluene,the reaction was carried under argon atmosphere . these complexes were characterized by elemental microanalysis ,masse spectra scopy, nuclear magnetic resonance (1hnmr) and melting points . key words: ferrocene , niobium ,selenium , sulfur ,inert atmosphere organometalic complexes introduction the early studies consist the reaction of the compounds as follows 2mecpli +nbcl4 (mecp)2 nbcl2 [1] and products like (mecp)2nbocl ,(iprcp)2 nbocl. cpnbcl4 etc, by other side ferrocene has much derivatives with transition metals like zr,ti,hf,co,mn and many others [2] to understand the niobium compounds properties we must know something about it physical properties like density mpc bpc covalent diameter as follows 8.57 2470 4927 0.134 in base temperature niobium becomes super conductor, niobium halogene derivatives as niobium tetra chloride which react with ferrocene to produce the complexes of our work . ferrocene has two iso energetic [3] conformations eclipsed and staggered [3][4]. but the x-ray and electron diffraction indicate an eclipsed conformation , the rotation barrier about the ironcp ring axis is very weak (2-5kcal.mole), thus the rotation about that axes is,so in fluid solution we find only one 1,1disubstituted isomer [5,6] , because the free rotation makes all position on the first ring equivalent to the second ring the ferrocene molecular orbital diagram shows various metal ring interactions , (cp fe) ,λ(cp fe) and (cp fe) so the reaction of dichaleogene with (ti,zr,hf) underegoes all the important reactions of the early works [7,8]. but reaction between niobium derivatives and ferrocene derivative are not found , so our work focus to prepare new complexes of ferrocene niobium derivatives. results and dissuasion to obtain these complexes we follow the procedure bellow (rcp)2nbcl2 + fc(mh)2 (rcp)2nbm2fc cp2nbcl2 + fc(mh)2 cp2nbm2fc r = +bu fc = ferrocen cp = c5h5 m = s,se chemistry 312 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 nmr study in cdcl3 we get a clear signals which assist groups of massive for the ferrocene between two to four ,there is a variety of chemical displacement without any change of the morphology of the nmr spectrum [10] , the comparison between the spectrums of (s) and (se) complexes leads to the fact that there is a displacement toward the faible field of the forrocenic massives [11] of (s) complexes than that of(se) . the effect of the free electron pair [12] of (s) or (se) toward the other (h) atom of c5h5 ring neighbor at the proton , we constat that the ring torsion is due to the steric [13,14] experiments all the complexes performed under inert gas preparation of a. cp2nbs2fc :-to a solution of fcs2 li tmeda (0.7)gm(1.8)m mol in (20) ml of toluene /thf (2/1) , a solution of cp2nbcl2 (0.5) gm (1.7) m mol in (20)ml of toluene was added , the mixture was refluxed for (30) minutes with stringing an orange crystal obtained (0.55)gm yield (60%) mp 260 dec b. cp2nbse2fc :-to a solution of fcseh2 a (0.42)gm (1.2)ml in (30ml) of (n) toluene a solution of cp2nbcl2 (0.34)gm (1.18)m mol in (20) ml of toluene was added , the maximum was refluxed for (2) hours with stirring , an orange crystals obtained (0.42)gm (61%) yield mp mp260 c c. (tbucp)2nbs2fc:to a solution of (0.4) gm (01.1)m mol of (tbucp)2nbcl2 and (0.3) gm (1.1) m mol of fcs2h2 was added then o.56 ml of net3 in 50 ml of toluene , the mixture was stirred at 70 c for 3 hour , the product was isolated by chromatography , after recrystallization in hexane, we obtained red crystals (0.3)gm 18yeild f 260 d. (tb4cp)2nbse2fc :-to a solution of (0.5)gm (1.2)m mol of (tb4cp)2nbcl2 and (0.4)gm (1.1)m mol of fcseh2 in 50 ml toluene/thf (2/i)then o.65 ml of net3 was added the mixture stirred at 88 c for 3 hours , the product was isolated by chromatography after rercystalisation in hexane weobtained orange crystals f 260 c 56% yield 50% (0.5)gm (0.7) m mol instruments: mpc by electro thermal digital mp apparatus tlc: glass plats coated with merckgelc.f.250 silica gel nmr joel fx(100) of fourier trans former chromatography kiesel gel type 3300 (70 ev at 200c) analysis cnrs france reference 1davison, a. and smart, c. (1979) metalchem,174-322 "symmetrically distributed ferrocenes iv.the preparation and spectral studies of some (3) ferrocenophanes" j.organ,174:321-334 2osborne, g.; g.a.r.e(1981) holand org. metal chem. 205-395 "synthetic and structural studies on some [3] ferro cerophanes.205issue(3): 3osborne,g. (1984) organometal chem.29-226 "synthetic and structural studies on some 1,3di seiena –[3] ferrocenophanes of carbon,silicon and tin ". 4wilkinson ,g.(1975) j. organometalchem 100-273 "the iron sandwich ". chemistry 313 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 5gautheron and taninturier ,g. (1984) .j.organometal 34-262 "conformation de metalla diselena ferrocenophanes " . 6hiller ,s.a. ; tremaine, j.f. (1959) di cyelopenta dienyl iron wiley , newyork 7abdulwahid, a. (1985) synthesis et etude physic chimique de complexes metallocenique (7). 8sato ,m. and yoshi ،t. (1974) organometal chem..67-399 "selenium and fellurim derivatives of di -ᴨ-cyclo penta dienyl –titanium (iv) and zirconium (iv) 9francis ،a. carey. (2006) 6th ed, mc graw –hill,newyork organic chemistry p557. 10ray,p.q.rrewster (2007) organ metallic compounds 11cardorell and françois (2008) natural handbook springer ,london ,newyork. 12crabitree, r.h. (2005) –the organometallic chemistry of the transition metals ,wiley ,newyork 3rd edd. 13yamamoto, a. (mgo) –organotransition metal chemistry ,wiley ,newyork 14elshenbroich ,ch.; salzer, a. (2006) organometallics,vch,weinheim ,4th ed. table(1): 1hnmr spectral data for ligands and complexe (chemical shift ) δ in p.p.m c5h5 cp complex 5.2(1) 4.5(1) 4.0(2) 5.9(5) cp2nbs2fc 4.94(1) 4.38(1) 4.31(1) 4.1(1) 5.92(5) cp2nbse2fc cp + c5h4 tbu complex 576(2) 5.6(1) 5.3 (1) 5.4 (1) 4(1) 1.15(9) 6.42(1) (tbucp)2nbse2fe 4.98(1) 4.1(1) 4.0(1) 1.13(9) 5.62(1) 5.01(1) (tbacp)2nbse2fe table (2): physical properties yield weight of fc m2li weight of nb chloride color mp compound 60% 0.74 0.52gm orange 260> cp2 nbse2fc 61% 0.42 0.42gm orange 260> cp2nbse2fc 48% 0.54 0.7gm red 260> (tbucp)2cp2nbse2fc 50% 0.41gm 0.37gm orange 260> (tbucp)2cp2nbse2fc table (3): masse spectral data for the complexes 470(m+) 450(c2h4fes+) 253(m+) (cpnbscp)+ cp2nbse2fc 566(m+) 314 (c10h8fe se)+ 222(cph10nb)+ 184 (c10h8fe)+ cp2nbse2fc 582 (m+)561(m-tb4cp)+ (tb4cp)2nbse2fc (678(m+),266(c10h8fese) (tbucp)2nbse2fc chemistry 314 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (4) :analytical and physical data for ligands and complexes calc c43% 4.29 nb 17 found c 42.55% h3.01nb 16.8 c2oh18fefe2nb cp2nbse2fc calc c 49.18% h5.94 found c 49.76 % h4.91 c2oh34fese2nb (tbucp2) nbse2fc calc c 50% h3.8 nb 1.97 found c 50.8 h3.9 nb=19.72 c2oh18fes2nb (tbucp)2nb se2fc table (5) :the solubility of prepared complexes ether hexane thf toluene c2h5oh ch3oh water cp2nbs2fc + ÷ + + ÷ cp2nbs2fc + ÷ + + ÷ (tbucp)2nbs2fc + ÷ ÷ ÷ (tbucp)2nbse2fe ÷ + ÷ + ÷ (tbucp)2nbse2fe soluble (+) insoluble (-) sparingly (÷) chemicals used in this work and their suppliers no material company purity % 1-ferrocene 2tmeda 3buli 4-cp2nbcl2 5-toluene 6thf 7(tbucp)2nbcl2 8-hexane 9sulfur 10selenium fc (sch)2 merck b.d.h b.d.h riedel-ochean fluka fluka merck merck b.d.h b.d.h merck 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 chemistry 315 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ivتحضير مشتقات الفيروسين للنيوبيوم عبد الواحد محجوب عبد هللا بغداد ةجامع،ابن الهيثم كلية التربيةقسم الكيمياء، 2012تشرين الثاني 20قبل البحث في : 2012آب 26استلم البحث في : الخالصة فيروسينوفان مثل [3]2ميتاال 3و1ائي كلورو تضمن البحث تحضير معقدات ثن cp2nbs2fc,(tbucp)2 nbs2fc , cp2nbsefc(tbucp)2nbse2fc (fc هو الفيروسين) تم الحصول على هذه المعقدات من مفاعلة معقدات كلوريدات النيوبيوم مع معقد ثنائي ليثيوم الفيروسين لعنصري وجود التولوين كوسطاً للتفاعل مع اضافة ثنائي مثيل اثيل ثنائي امينالكبريت والسليكون وباستخدام التصعيد ب )،وتحت جو من غاز خامل هو االركون ُشِخصت هذه المعقدات باستخدام التحليل الدقيق للعناصر tmeda) (chn) ) وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسيh1 وطيف الكتلة مع درجة االنصهار ( فيروسين ، نيوبيوم ، سلينيوم ، كبريت ، غاز خامل ، معقدات عضوية معدنية-:الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 331-339 331علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 في النمو pseudomonas sppتأثير عزالت بكتيرية محلية من والفجل vinga sinesis وامتصاص العناصر الغذائية لنباتي اللوبيا rhaphanus stativus اصيل منذر حبه محمد عبد الجليل خليل سهاد ياسين الفيلي رامي محمود عيدان الجامعة المستنصريةكلية العلوم/ /قسم علوم الحياة 2016ايار 8، قبل في :2016كانون الثاني 27استلم في: الخالصة في معدل نمو نباتي اللوبيا والفجل وفي تركيز العناصر الغذائية الكبرى pseudomonas sppدرس تأثير اربع عزالت من من ين : الجزء االول عزل وتشخيص اربع عزالت بكتيرية أوالصغرى للمحتوى الخضري . وتضمنت التجربة جز pseudomonas spp ي اللوبيا والفجل في من الترب العراقية في بغداد . وتضمن الجزء الثاني من التجربة زراعة بذور نبات الجامعة المستنصرية . -كلية العلوم -كغم وتم اجراء التجربة في البيت الزجاجي التابع لقسم علوم الحياة 5اصص بالستيكية حجم ايام من 10وبعد يوم من زراعة البذور تم اضافة العزالت البكتيرية الى ترب النباتات المزروعة في االصص البالستيكية ، وبعد من الزراعة تم دراسة بعض مقاييس النمو لنباتات اللوبيا والفجل وشملت ايوم 50الزراعة تم احتساب نسبة االنبات للبذور ,وبعد zn ,cl ,mo، والعناصر الصغرى mg ,p ,k ,fe ,caالطول، الوزن الطري والجاف، وتم قياس تراكيز كل من العناصر الكبرى ,cu, baنتائج أن العزالت البكتيرية كانت فعالة معنويا في تعزيز نمو النباتين في صفات طول النباتات , نسبة االنبات . أظهرت ال معنوية في نسبة تركيز العناصر الكبرى اوالوزن الطري والجاف مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة . واظهرت النتائج ايضا فروق لمعامالت لكال النباتين بعد اضافة البكتريا الى النباتات .وتم تحليل النتائج احصائيا والصغرى في الجزء الخضري وفي جميع ا .0.05وعند مستوى احتمال least significant differenceباستعمال اقل فرق معنوي . محفزات النمو . الفجل واللوبيا . .pseudomonas spp: الكلمات المفتاحية 332علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة بعد التوجه الحديث للسيطرة البيولوجية لحماية النباتات ذات االهمية االقتصادية والطبية من الملوثات بشتى انواعها لها القدرة الكبيرة على التمركز حول جذور النباتات spp pseudomonasمن األنواع البكتيرية مثل اوجد ان عدد نفسهالوقت بكبحها لنشاط المكروبات التي تهاجم النبات فضال عنالمزروعة وانتاجها لمواد ايضية محفزة لنمو النباتات effective siderophores andمثل antibiotically active substancesعن طريق افرازها لمواد pyoverdines التي لها قابلية لالرتباط بالحديد اذ يصبح غير متاح استغالله من قبل الممرضات الفطرية او الجرثومية ,rhizobium , pseudomonas. وتقنية التسميد الحيوي باستعمال االحياء المجهرية التي تعيش بالتربة مثل : [1] bacillus , azotobacter , asospirillum ق الفعالة والناجحة في زراعة المحاصيل لكون هذه رائاهم الط تعد من . هذا [2]الكائنات تحفز نمو النباتات وتنظم وتزيد من جاهزية العناصر المغذية لجذور النباتات وتزيد من خصوبة التربة تعمال االسمدة الكيمياوية والتي تسبب بديال عن اس كونهاانها تقنية صديقة للبيئة واقل تلوثا لها واقل تكلفة مادية فضال عن . ومن احد اهم االحياء المجهرية ] 3 [طويلة في التربة دون ان تحلل او تذوب لمدةتلوثا للبيئة نتيجة سوء استعمالها وبقائها التي تعد و pseudomonas sppالموجودة اصال بالتربة التي تمتلك اليآت متعددة لتحفيز النمو في النباتات هي بكتريا ال ]. ولعل من pgpr (plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria ]4,5ضمن مجموعة البكتريا المحفزة لنمو النبات ( ) الموجود في المحيط الجذري pهي زيادة او رفع جاهزية عنصر الفسفور ( pseudomonasاهم االليات التي تقوم بها psb )ن مجموعة البكتريا المذيبة للفسفور في التربة (للنبات لالمتصاص من قبل الجذور , وبهذا تعد ضم phosphorus-solubiling bacteria)(. [6,7] كما اشارت بعض الدراسات الى ان لبكترياpseudomonas ادور في غير مباشر في حياة النباتات من خالل التقليل من تأثير مثبطات النمو وتطور عوامل سيطرة بيولوجية وهذا يؤثر ايجابيا . وألن استعمال األحياء المجهرية في المجاالت التطبيقية االحيائية يعد واحدا من ابرز االنجازات ] 8 [عملية نمو النبات . في مجاالت التقنيات الحياتية المختلفة. وفعال حققت الكثير من النجاحات الستعمال بعض العزالت البكتيرية كمخصبات . وهناك تزايد واضح ] 9 [مرضة على النبات من جانب آخر حيوية من جانب وتأثيرها ألمثبط في كبح نمو الفطريات الم في اجراء التجارب الحيوية التي يتم فيها معاملة البذور بالمخصبات الحيوية والتي أدت إلى تحسن الصفات النوعية والكمية ].10 [للنباتات الحقلية المختلفة المتواجدة في مناطق مختلفة من pseudomonasلذلك كان الهدف من هذه الدراسة هو: عزل سالالت من بكتريا بغداد و تقييم كفاءة هذه السالالت في رفع معدالت النمو لنباتي اللوبيا والفجل . : عملةاالوساط الزرعية المست المواد وطرائق العمل : nutrient agar. وسط االكار الغذائي 1 & pseudomonas :chromoagar for pseudomonas. وسط غذائي متخصص في نمو بكتريا ال 2 pseudomonas agar base . عينات تربة محلية من مشاتل زراعية من منطقتي شارع المشاتل قرب كلية االدارة ع : تم اخذ ارب جمع عينات التربة السبع بكار ضمن محافظة بغداد . ووضعت بأكياس بالستيكية واخذت الى المختبر جامعة بغداد . ومنطقة -واالقتصاد الجامعة المستنصرية , إلتمام الدراسة . -كلية العلوم -قسم علوم الحياة في ) : تم نخل عينات التربة بشكل جيد إلزالة بقايا جذور النباتات pseudomonasعزل وتشخيص بكتريا ال ( مل . تم 250غم من التربة المنخولة واضيف اليها الماء المقطر لتحضير عالق تربة وبحجم 50زن والحصى . ثم و مل من عالق التربة ولقحت به اطباق بتري حاوية على االوساط الزرعية المذكورة اعاله . حضنت االطباق بدرجة 1اخذ يوم لغاية ظهور المستعمرات البكتيرية . بعد ذلك اجريت االختبارات التالية لتشخيص بكتريا ال 3-2لمدة 27⁰حرارة pseudomonas : . التصبيغ بصبغة كرام والفحص المجهري .1 . catalase. اختبار ال 2 . oxidase. اختبار ال 3 ). imvic ) indole forming , methel-red , voges-proskauer , & citrate test. اختبار ال4 ]11,12,13.[ بعد ظهور المستعمرات الخضراء اللون واجراء االختبارات اعاله والتأكد من جنس البكتريا اخذت : تنقية البكتريا مل من اخر تخفيف وزرع على اطباق حاوية 1تم اُخذ ⁶⁻10مسحة من المستعمرات واجريت لها تخافيف متسلسلة ولغاية ة يومين , وكررت دلم 27⁰. وحضنت بدرجة حرارة pseudomonas agar baseعلى الوسط الزرعي االختياري العملية عدة مرات لغاية ظهور مستعمرات نقية . 333علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 مل من الوسط الزرعي 10حاوية على تم اخذ مسحة من المستعمرات النقية ولقحت بها انابيب : تحضير عالق البكتريا n.agar broth بعدها اخذ العالق البكتيري ووضع بجهاز الطرد المركزي لمدة 27وحضنت لمدة يومين بدرجة حرارة . مل 100ثم اكمل الحجم الى normal salineدقيقة ومن ثم اخذ الراسب وعلق بمحلول -دورة 300دقائق وبسرعة 5 سنادين بعد يوم من زراعة بذور النباتات . واضيف الى التربة في ال اذ نخلت التربة وعقمت بجهاز التعقيم لقتل ,التربة المزيجية في الزراعة عملت: است تحضير التربة وزراعة النباتات كغم تربة في كل سندانه , ثم 4كغم وبوزن 5بالستيكية سعة بأصصاالحياء المجهرية فيها . ثم وضعت التربة 10في هذه األصص وبواقع rhaphanus stativusوالفجل االحمر vinga sinesisعت بذور نباتي اللوبيا زر بذرات في كل اصيص , وكانت المكررات اربعة اصص لكل معاملة ولكال النباتين . الجامعة المستنصرية . وتمت الزراعة في -وضعت األصص في البيت الزجاجي التابع لقسم علوم الحياة في كلية العلوم مل من العالق البكتيري بعد يوم واحد من زراعة البذور ولكل العزالت 100. ثم لقحت السنادين ب 2015 -شهر شباط من الزراعة حصدت النباتات وغسلت ايوم 50بة انبات البذور , وبعد ايام من الزراعة تم احتساب نس 10االربعة , وبعد : اآلتيةجيدا بالماء واخذت للمختبر وتم اخذ القياسات . طول النبات .1 . الوزن الطري .2 . الوزن الجاف .3 . mg , fe , p, k, ca. نسبة العناصر الكبرى 4 .zn, cl, mo, ba, cu. نسبة العناصر الصغرى 5 ) . ray fluorescense-xrf ) xطة جهاز ساتم قياس نسبة العناصر الكبرى والصغرى بو: قياس نسبة العناصر غم) من الوزن الجاف للنبات وطحن بطاحونة خاصة 3جامعة بغداد . اذ تم اخذ ( -كلية العلوم -الموجود بقسم الجيولوجي احتساب نسبة العناصر اعاله بالوزن المطحون .مايكرون ) للجزء المطحون وتم 70 وصوال الى حجم ( مكررات لكل معاملة وقورنت ةبثالث r.c.dصممت التجربة بحسب التصميم الكامل المعشاة : التحليل االحصائي . 0.05عند مستوى احتمالية l.s.d (least significant differenceالمتوسطات باستعمال اقل فرق معنوي ( ]14[ : ج والمناقشةالنتائ اذ نمت pseudomonas اظهرت نتائج التجربة المظهرية والكيميائية على ان البكتريا المعزولة تعود الى جنس ال وكانت chromoagar for pseudomonasالمستعمرات على الوسط الزرعي االختياري لبكتريا السيدوموناس المستعمرات ذات لون اخضر. وبعد الفحص المجهري للبكتريا كانت سالبة لصبغة كرام وعصوية الشكل . كما اظهرت النتائج ان العزالت االربعة اظهرت نتيجة موجبة لفحص االوكسيديز والكاتليز فحص السيتريت اذ تحول لون الوسط ن االزرق واظهرت العزالت نتيجة سالبة لفحص المثيل االحمر من اللون االخضر الى اللو simon citrateالزرعي . ولقد رمز للعزالت ] 15,16,17 [بروسكاور واالندول . وقد اتفقت هذه النتائج مع نتائج دراسات اخرى –والفوكس في معدل 0.05 زيادة معنوية عند مستوى احتمالية )1. وتبين من النتائج جدول (sp4,sp3,sp2,sp 1البكتيرية االربعة الطول والوزن الطري والجاف ومعدل نسبة االنبات وللعزالت البكتيرية حيثنمو النباتات المعاملة بالعالق البكتيري من sp3 ,sp4, sp1 على التوالي, ماعدا العزلةsp2 معدل النمو ولكال النباتين اذ كانت معدالت النمو في اطفيف رهاكان تأثي معدالت النمو فياعلى تأثير sp1كانت مقاربة لنباتات السيطرة , بينما اظهرت العزلة sp2لعزلة للنباتات الملقحة با , sp1واكثر زيادة معنوية حاصلة و لكال النباتين قيد الدراسة . اذ تراوحت معدل اطوال نباتات اللوبيا للعزالت األربعة sp2 ,sp3 ,sp4 12.8 سم مقارنة بنباتات السيطرة التي سجلت معدل طول ) 23.3, 18.3, 14.4, 28.6(على التوالي , 9.6,(19.8على التوالي sp4 , sp3 , sp2, sp1سم . في حين تراوحت معدل اطوال نباتات الفجل للعزالت األربعة عزالت سم .في حين سجل معدل الوزن الطري لنباتات اللوبيا لل 8.5سم مقارنة بالسيطرة التي سجلت ) 15.2, 10.7 غم. اما 2.78غم مقارنة بالسيطرة التي سجلت ) sp1 , sp4 , sp3, sp2)8.9 ,4.9 ,6.4 ,6.6األربعة على التوالي sp1 sp4 , sp3 , sp2, )10.6 ,4.7 ,6.8 ,8.51معدل الوزن الطري لنباتات الفجل للعزالت األربعة على التوالي , sp2غم .اما معدل الوزن الجاف لنبات اللوبيا للعزالت األربعة على التوالي 4.1غم مقارنة بالسيطرة والتي سجلت) 334علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 sp1 , sp4, sp3 2.76) ,2.5 ,2.32 ,2.71 ( غم .في حين سجل الوزن 1.2غم مقارنة بالسيطرة التي سجلت غم في ) sp1 ,sp4, sp3, sp2 )3.52, 3.05, 2.6, 3.71الجاف لنباتات الفجل للعزالت األربعة على التالي األربعة ) للعزالت 1غم . اما معدل نسبة االنبات للنبات اللوبيا فبينت نتائج الجدول رقم ( 2.0حين سجلت نباتات السيطرة . في حين سجلت %56% مقارنة بمعدل نسبة االنبات لنبات السيطرة )sp4, sp3, sp2, sp1 ),76,55,94 82االربعة % مقارنة بالسيطرة )sp4, sp3, sp2, sp1 )78, 70, 48,90بات الفجل وبالعزالت االربعة نسبة االنبات لن ) وجود فروق معنوية في نسبة العناصر الكبرى ونسبة 2.اظهرت نتائج التجربة كما هو موضح في جدول رقم (35% sp4و sp3و sp1ت البكتيرية لنباتات اللوبيا التي اضيفت لها العزال 0.05العناصر الصغرى وعند مستوى احتمالية . لقد كانت العزلة sp2مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة , بينما لم تظهر فروق معنوية واضحة في النباتات التي لقحت بالعزلة sp1 التأثير المعنوي اذ اظهرت النباتات الملقحة بها زيادة معنوية في نسبة العناصر الكبرى حيثهي اكفأ العزالت من fe ,ca ,k ,s ,p ,mg)( اذ كانت نسبها في النباتات) على التوالي مقارنة مع )1.15,7.1,3.96,4.82,1.93,3.85 % التأثير في زيادة حيث%على التوالي . وتليها من )1.07,6.6,3.61,4.27,1.53,3.04(نسبها في نباتات السيطرة اذ كانت في نسب اواضح امعنوي افلم تظهر تأثير sp2. اما العزلة sp3 و sp4نسب العناصر الكبرى والصغرى العزلتين %على التوالي بينما كانت نسبتهما في 3.45 ,4.31 فقط اذ كانت نسبتهما sو mgالعناصر الكبرى سوى في عنصري ال mo ,zn ,cu(تأثيرا معنويا في نسبة العناصر الصغرى sp2% . كما اظهرت العزلة 4.27,3.04نباتات السيطرة ,(mn ,cl 1.02,1.03,1.01,1.04,2.81فقط , اذ كانت النسب في النباتات الملقحة بالبكتريا)( على التوالي مقارنة مع % اظهرت النتائج .% على التوالي )1.00,1.00,1.00,1.00,2.62(نباتات السيطرة اذ كانت النسب العناصر الصغرى في 0.05العناصر الكبرى والصغرى وعند مستوى احتمالية ) وجود فروق معنوية في نسب3الموضحة في جدول رقم ( , اذ اظهرت العزالت الثالثة كفاءة في حصول زيادة معنوية sp4و sp3و sp1نباتات الفجل الملقحة بالعزالت البكتيرية ة الحاصلة مقارنة االكثر تأثيرا في الزياد sp1في نسبة العناصر الكبرى ونسبة العناصر الصغرى في النبات وكانت العزلة feفروقا معنوية في نسب العناصر الكبرى sp1. اذ اظهرت العزلة sp3و sp4ن ا, تليها العزلتاالخرى مع العزالت ,ca ,k ,s ,p ,mg)( وكانت نسبها)على التوالي ,مقارنة مع نسب تلك )1.71,5.98,3.16,4.96,2.59,3.66 % % على التوالي . وكذلك بالنسبة للعناصر )1.24,5.43,2.7,3.91,1.65,2.62(العناصر في نباتات السيطرة اذ كانت % على التوالي 1.07,1.03,1.04,1.03,1.01,3.86 )(, اذ كانت نسبها )ba ,mo ,zn ,cu ,mn ,cl(الصغرى اما % على التوالي .1.02,1.00,1.006,1.00,1.007,2.68)(مقارنة بنسب تللك العناصر في نباتات السيطرة اذ كانت فلم تظهر تأثيرا معنويا في زيادة نسبة العناصر الكبرى والصغرى في النباتات التي لقحت بها , باستثناء عنصر sp2العزلة فقط اذ cl% , وعنصر الكلور 1.65% مقارنة بنسبته في نباتات السيطرة اذ كانت 1.83اذ كانت نسبته ,فقط pالفسفور وقد اتفقت نتائج % في نباتات السيطرة .2.68% بينما كانت نسبة العنصر 2.82كانت نسبته في النباتات الملقحة بالبكتريا في تحفيز وزيادة النمو في النباتات مع دراسات pseudomonas sppهذه التجربة من اذ التأثير االيجابي لعزالت ال قدرة تعوديز النمو في نباتات فول الصويا والحنطة والطماطم على التوالي . وقد ] في تحف[ 18,19,20 وابحاث اخرى في تحفيز النمو وزيادته في النباتات الى االليات والفعاليات الحيوية التي تقوم بها بهذه البكتريا pseudomonas بكتريا ال اذ اكدت العديد من الدراسات العلمية ان رب العلمية .في المحيط الجذري للنباتات , والتي اثبتها العديد من االبحاث والتجا حول المحيط الجذري iaa (indole-3-acetic acideاجناس عديدة من بكتريا السيدوموناس تمتلك قابلية انتاج ال( قسام ) في زيادة النمو في النباتات اذ يحفز على انبات البذور ويفز انiaaلجذور النبات ومما ال يخفى دور حامض ال( .p) الذي تنتجه بكتريا ال iaaان ال ( patten] . واشارت دراسة 21الخاليا واستطالتها , ويحفز استطالة الجذور . [ putida gr1202 كان له دور كبير في زيادة النمو واستطالة الجذور في نبات الفولmungbea ]22 وكما. [ . في pseudomonas sppالذي تفرزه عدة عزالت محلية من ) iaaواخرون الى الدور الفعال ل ( kumarواشار ] . هذه الزيادة المعنوية او التحفيز الحاصل في نمو النباتات ضمن الدراسة الحالية قد 19تحفيز النمو في نبات الطماطم [ لنباتات , ومن ضمن يعزى الى االليات او الفعاليات الحيوية التي يقوم بها بكتريا السيدوموناس في المحيط الجذري ل low-molecularوهي siderophorsاالليات التي تقوم بها السيدوموناس لتحفيز النمو في النباتات وهي انتاج ال mass iron cheators اذ اظهرت بعض االبحاث والدراسات الى ان الsiderophors لها دور كبير في زيادة جاهزية ل هذه المركبات على تحويل اكاسيد الحديد الموجودة في المحيط الجذري الى شكل للنبات اذ تعم fe-uptakeعنصر الحديد .pالمنتجة من قبل بكتريا siderophorsذائب يسهل على الجذور امتصاصها , اذ اشارت دراسات الى ان مركبات ال fluorescence c7 قد ادت الى زيادة نسبة الحديد داخل انسجة نباتarabidopsis thaliana وهذا قد زاد النمو في pseudomonasان مركبات السايدوفور التي تنتجها الساللة sharma 2003] . كما ودلت دراسة اخرى 23النبات [ 335علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 gp3 قد ادت الى زيادة نسبة الحديد ومحتوى الكلوروفيل زيادة النمو في نباتات الحمص االخضرvigna radiata الذي تتحد مع العناصر الثقيلة في siderophors] . كما ان مركبات ال 24من الزراعة [ ايوم 45لقحت بالبكتريا بعد مرور وتعمل على تخفيف تركيز تلك العناصر وهذا يؤدي الى تقليل وتخفيف الشد او الضغط al ,cu ,zn ,pbالمحيط الجذري ] .وان من اهم العمليات الحيوية 25ت [ الحاصل من تلك العناصر على النبات وهذا بدوره يساعد على زيادة نمو النبا لزيادة النمو في النباتات هي زيادة جاهزية عنصر الفسفور لالمتصاص pseudomonas sppالفعالة التي يقوم بها ال من قبل الجذور والفسفور من المغذيات االساسية التي يحتاجها النبات لنموه , اذ تقوم بكتريا السيدوموناس بتحويل مركبات لفسفور غير الذائبة الى الشكل الذائب الذي يسهل على الجذور امتصاص اكبر كمية من عنصر الفسفور لزيادة نموه. ا ].واظهرت بعض الدراسات ان لبكتريا السيدوموناس دورا ايجابيا غير مباشر في تحفيز النمو في النبات اذ 27,26,18[ -acc – deamiase (1-amino cyclopropane-1انزيم ال (اشارت تلك الدراسات الى ان للبكتريا قابلية افراز carboxylate خالل ظروف الشد الملحي والجفاف , ( خالل ظروف الشد السيماولهذا األنزيم دور ايجابي في نمو النبات لل من نمو انقسام الخاليا ويق فيداخل االنسجة النباتية وهذا بدوره يؤثر ethyleneالملحي والجفاف تزداد مستويات ال ) داخل االنسجة ethyleneفي التقليل من مستويات او تركيز ال( acc-deamiaseالنبات ) هنا يأتي دور انزيم ال ] . (29,28النبات.[ فيالنباتية مما يقلل من تاثير ظروف الشد المائي والملحي المصادر 1kloepper j.w .;leong j. ; teintze m. and schroth m.n .(1980). enhanced. plant growth by siderophores produced by plant growth promoting rhizobacteria . nature, 286:885-886. 2-frietas ,ads .;vieira ,cl.; santos ,cers.; stamford ,np., and lyra ,mccp. (2007).characterization of rhizobateria isolated from l.pachyrhyzus erosus cultivated in saline soil of the state of pernambuco ,brazil . braganta , 66:497-504. 3-vessey ,j.k. (2003). plant growth promoting rhizo bacteria as a bio fertilizers . plant soil , 255 : 571-586. 4-rana,a.;saharan,b.;joshi,m.;prasanna,r.;kumar,k.,&nain.(2011). identification of multitrail (pgpr) isolates and evaluating their potential as inoculants for wheat. ann. microbiol., 68:893-90. 5-bhattaccharyya,p.k. & jha,d.k.(2012). plant growth –promoting rhizobacteria (pgpr): emergence in agriculture. world j. microbiol. biotechnol. , 28:1327-1350. 6-ahemad m.,& khan m.s.(2011). pseudomonas aeruginosa strain ps1 enhances growth parameters of greengram [vigna radiata(l.) wilczek] in insecticide-stressed soil. j.pest.sci., 84:123-131. 7-tank n.,and saraf m .(2009). enhancement of plant growth and decontamination of nikelspiked soil using (pgpr). j.basic microbiol., 49:195-204. 8-glick,b.p. (2012). plant growth-promoting bacteria : mechanisms and applications . handawi publishing corporation, scintifi. pseudomonas& بكتيريا pseudomonas aureofaiciens). عزل 2005الرجب، أشواق طالب حميد ( -9 chlororaphis من الترب الرسوبية في محافظة االنبار وتقييم كفاءةpseudomonas aureofaiciens مخصبا ومبيدا حيويا، رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة االنبار. 10-hossain m. (1987). the antagonistic effect of fluorescent pseudomonas sp. on plant growth and the control of soft rot and black leg of potato. plant pathogenic bacteria, martinis nijhoff pub. u.s.a. 11harly j.p., and prescott l.m. (1996) . lab rotary exercises in microbiology . 3rd ed. u.s.a. . p: 484. . 12-holt et.al. (1994). bergey′ s manual of determinative bacteriology . (9th). williams &wikins , baltimore , mayland , usa. 13-brenner,j. ; kreig,r. , and stanly,t. (2005). bergey′ s manual of systematic bacteriology. the probacteria , part a , introductory essay, springer, new york. 336علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 14-sas. (2012). statistical analysis system , users guide statistical. version 9.1th ed. sas. inst. cary. n.c. usa. وتشخيصها من ترب pseudomonas aeruginosa). عزل بكتريا 2011الحاج علي , انور و يازجي ,صباح . ( 15 .242-229: )1). (27لزيت وتقييم انتاجها الانزيم الليباز . مجلة جامعة دمشق للعلوم الزراعية . (سورية ملوثة با 16-laskshmi,v. ; kumari ,s. ; singh,a. , and prabha,c. (2015). isolation and characterization of deleterious pseudomonas aeruginosa kc1 from rhizospheric soil and its interaction and weed seedling . j. of king saud uni.-sci., 27(2):113-119. 17-mayz,julian ; manzi,l. , and larez,a. (2013). isolation , characterization and identification of hydrocarbon clastic pseudomonas species inhibiting the rhizosphere of crotalaria micans link . euro. j. of experimental bio. , 3(5):313-321. 18-parni,k.,and saha ,b.k. (2012). prospects of using phosphate-solubiling pseudomonas as a bio fertilizer. euro. j. biol. sci. , 4(2):40-44. 19-kumar,p.;kaushal ,neha ,and dubey r.c.(2015). isolation and identification of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (pseudomonas spp.) and their effect on the growth promotion of lycopersicon esculentum l. . academic arena .7(5):44-51. 20-sharma,s.k.;johri,b.n.;ramesh,a.;joshi,o.p.,and prassad,s.v.s. (2011). selection of plant growth –promoting pseudomonas spp. that enhanced productivity of soybean, and wheat cropping system in central india. j. microbial. biotechnology. 21:1127-1142. 21-kamble ,k.d. ,and galero ,d.k..(2015). indole acetic acid production from pseudomonas sp. isolated from rhizosphere of garden plants in amaravati. int. j. adv. pharmacy bio. chem.,4(1):23-31. 22-patten,cherly l. ,and glick ,b.r. (2002). role of pseudomonas putida(gr1202) indole acetic acid in development of host plant root system . appl.&envior. microbiol.,68(8):37953801. 23-vansuyt g.;robin a.;briat j.f.;curie c., & lemanceau p. (2007). iron acquisition from fe-pyoverdine by arabidopsis thaliana . mol. plant microbe. interact.,20:441-447. 24-sharma,a.;johri,b.n.;saharma,a.k.,and glick,b.r. (2003). plant growth promoting bacterium pseudomonas sp. strain grp3 influences iron acquisition in mung bean (vigna radiate l. wilzeck) . soil biochem.,35:887-894 25-rajkumar,m.;ae.n.;passad,m.n.v.,and freitas ,h. (2012). potential of siderophoreproducing bacteria for improving heavy metal phytoextraction. trends biotechnology,28:142-149. 26-ahemad,m.,and kibret,m. (2014). mechanisms and applications of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria: current perspective. j.king saud uni. sci. ,26(1):1-20. 27-zaidi,a.;khan,m.s.,ahemad,m.,and oves,m. (2009). plant growth promotion by phosphate solubilizing bacteria. acta. microbial. immunology. ,56:263-284. 28-zahir,z.a.;ghani,u.;naveed,m.;nadeem,s.m.,and asghar,h.n. (2009). comparative effectiveness of pseudomonas and serratia sp. containing acc-deaminase for improving growth and yield of wheat (triticum aestivum l.) under salt-stressed conditions . arch. microbial. ,191:415-424. .29-nadeem,s.m.;zahir,z.a.;naveed,m.,and arshad,m. (2009). rhizobacteria containing acc-deaminase confer salt tolerance in maize grown on salt-affected fields. cand. j. microbial. ,55:1302-1309 . 337علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 ،في معدل طول النبات , الوزن الطري والجاف .pseudomonas spp) كفاءة عزالت ال 1جدول ( rhaphanus stativusوالفجل vinga sinesisالبذور لنباتي اللوبيا ونسبة انبات المعاملة معدل طول النبات (سم ) معدل الوزن الطري للمجموع الخضري ( غم ) معدل الوزن الجاف لخضريللمجموع ا ( غم ) معدل نسبة االنبات (% ) الفجل اللوبيا الفجل اللوبيا الفجل اللوبيا الفجل اللوبيا sp1 28.6*  ±0.5 19.8*  1.8± 8.9*  1.4± 10.6* 1.3±  2.76* 0.4±  3.71*  0.9±  94%*  5±  90%*  3.5±  sp2 14.4 *  ±0.6 9.6 1.7± 4.9* ±   0.7  4.7*  0.5± 2.5*  1.3±  2.6  *   0.5±  55%*  0.9±  48%*  3.0±  sp3 18.3*  1.6± 10.7*  2.0± 6.4*   ±1.2   6.8*  0.6±  2.32*  1.5±  3.05*  0.5± 76%*  2.0±  70%*  2.0± sp4 23.3*  ±1.4  15.2* 0.9± 6.6*   ±0. 2  8.51* 0.5± 2.71*  1.9±  3.52*  0.6± 82%*  3.0±  78%*  1.5±  control 12.8  ±0.7 8.5  ±1 2.78  1.5± 4.1  0.3± 1.2  2.0±  2.0  2.9±  56%  3.0± 35%  0.5± l.s.d 1.2              2.3              1.9               7.5            . 0.05* فرق معنوي على مستوى احتمالية .vinga sinesis) تأثير العزالت البكتيرية االربعة في نسبة العناصر الكبرى والصغرى في نبات اللوبيا 2جدول ( .0.05احتمالية* فرق معنوي على مستوى نسبة العناصر الكبرى (%) المعامالت نسبة العناصر الصغرى (%) mg    p  s  k  ca  fe  cl  mn  cu  zn  mo  ba   sp1 3.85*  0.2±                1.93*  1.5±  4.82*  2.1±  3.96* 1.9±  7.1* 2.0± 1.15* 1.6±  3.46* 1.4±  1.2*  0.04± 1.1*  1.5±  1.09* 1.8± 1.10* 2.8±  1.06* 3.6 ± sp2 3.45*  2.0±  1.55  2.7±  4.31*  1.0±  3.62  1.4±  6.68 0.3± 1.07  2.4±  2.81* 1.6±  1.04* 0.5±  1.01* 1.2±  1.03* 1.6±  1.02* 0.6±  1.01 2.7± sp3 3.66*  1.4±  1.62*  2.5±  4.65*  1.3±  3.81* 0.6±  6.79* 0.04± 1.11* 2.6±  3.22* 0.8± 1.08* 0.07± 1.06* 0.5±  1.06* 2.05± 1.05* 1.7±  1.05* 2.6±  sp4  3.76*  1.2±  1.83* 2.5± 4.73*   1.8±  3.89* 0.9±  6.96* 1.5± 1.13* 0.5±  3.31* 2.2±  1.1*  0.1±  1.09* 1.6±  1.07* 1.03± 1.08* 0.9±  1.06* 1.00± control3.04  0.3±  1.53  2.0±  4.27  0.7±  3.61  1.3±  6.6  0.9± 1.07  0.6±  2.62  2.1±  1.00  0.3± 1.00  0.5± 1.00  4.8± 1.00  4.0±  1.01  3.2± l.s.d 0.7   1.2  0.7 1.4 2.0 1.8 1.3 0.7 0.8 0.2 0.5 0.5  338علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 . rhaphanus stativus ) تأثير العزالت البكتيرية االربعة في نسبة العناصر الكبرى والصغرى في نبات الفجل3جدول ( المعامالت نسبة العناصر الكبرى (%) نسبة العناصر الصغرى (%) mg     p     s     k     ca   fe   cl   mn     cu   zn   mo   ba   sp1    3.66* ±1.9  2.59* ±1.0  4.96* ±2.5  3.16* 3.1± 5.98* ±0.7  1.71* ±2.4  3.86* ±3.0  1.01* ±2.0  1.03* ±4.2  1.04* ±0.5  1.03* ±0.6  1.07* ±3.6  sp2  2.69  ±0.45  1.83* ±1.7  3.96  ±1.5  2.82* ±3.0  5.43  ±1.9  1.25  ±1.7  2.82* ±3.1  1.007 ±2.8  1.004 ±2.9  1.008 ±3.6  1.004 ±3.0  1.03* ±2.8  sp3 3.48*  ±0.8  2.36* ±1.5  4.35* ±0.5  2.96* ±0.5  5.79* ±0.8  1.65* ±1.7  3.11* ±0.5  1.009 ±2.6  1.01* 1.6±  1.02* ±1.8  1.01* ±4.0  1.05* ±0.5  sp4 3.49*  ±2.1  2.48* ±4.2  4.36* ±2.3  2.98* ±2.3  5.81* ±1.5  1.68* ±2.6  3.22* ±3.4  1.009 ±4.0  1.02* ±0.7  1.03* ±5.2  1.02* ±4.7  1.06* ±6.5  ontrol 2.62  ±2.0  1.65  ±1.5  3.91  ±0.7  2.70  ±2.0  5.43  ±1.8  1.24  ±0.5  2.68  ±0.6  1.007 ±0.5  1.000 ±3.1  1.006 ±3.6  1.000 ±4.5  1.02  ±5.1  l.s.d 0.2 0.6 1.6 1.3 0.8 2.0 2.2 1.9 1.0 0.5 0.3 0.4  * فرق معنوي على مستوى احتمالية 0.05. 339علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the effect of a local bacterial isolates of pseudomonas spp in growth and elements nutrition uptake of (vinga sinesis) & (rhaphanus stativus) asseel m.m. habh mohammed a. al-jaleel khalil suhad y. alfili rami m. idan dept. of biology, college of sciences ,university of mustansiryah received in:27january2016, accepted in :8may2016 abstract an experiment was conducted to study the effect of four isolates of pseudomonas spp. on the growth of two plants radish & cowpea and on the concentrations of macro elements & microelements . this experiment included two parts , the 1st. part included isolation and characterization of 4 isolates of pseudomonas bacteria from local iraqi soils baghdad . the 2nd part included planting two plants radish & cowpea in plastic pots size 5kg -soil in the green house biology dept. college of science , after planting we added the isolates to the pots , and after 50 days, the growth parameters length , fresh and dry weight , percentage of germination were recorded , and the concentrations of macro elements mg ,p ,k ,fe, and ca ,and microelements zn ,cl ,mo ,cu ,and ba. the results showed that the bacterial isolates were effective in promoting the growth of two plants comparing with control plants , the concentrations of maco & microelements were increased in both plants after adding the bacteria to the plants. results were analyzed statistically using the least significant difference and at the level of probability of 0.05. key words : pseudomonas spp. . promoting growth . radish & cowpea. physics 192 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 إمكانية تخفيض الموصلية الحرارية للمواد الحرارية السيراميكية إنعام وادي وطن جامعة بغداد ،كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ،قسم الفيزياء 2012تشرين االول 15قبل البحث في 2012شباط 19استلم البحث في الخالصة اميكية عاليــة المســامية بوصــفها عــوازال حراريــة بإضــافة نســب يتطــرق البحــث الــى دراســة إمكانيــة صــناعة اجســام ســير ) grogأضــيفت نســـب وزنيــة مــن الكـــروج (اذ مختلفــة مــن كاؤولينـــات منطقــة دويخلــة المحـــروق الــى الطــين غيـــر المحــروق ،. ق. الــى الطــين غيــر المحــرو mesh 50) المطحــون والمـار بالغربــال 15،25،35،40،0( ونشـارة الخشــب التــي تتــراوح بــين للقطــر وذلــك باســتخدام طريقــة التشــكيل شــبه الجافــة mm30للطــول ،و30mm عينــات اســطوانية الشــكل بإبعــاد وقــد اعــدت )semi-drypressing) وكــــان ضـــــغط التشــــكيل. (n/mm250 ـــة التجفيــــف بدرجـــــة درجــــة مئويـــــة حرقـــــت 110)وبعـــــد عمليــ درجــــة مئويــــة وفــــي أثنــــاء عمليــــة التســــخين )900،950،1000،1050،1100النمـــاذج فــــي فــــرن كهربــــائي وبــــدرجات حراريــــة ( سـوف تحـرق نشــارة الخشـب وتتطـاير وتتــرك فراغـات داخــل الجسـم السـيراميكي ،اذ ادت هــذه العمليـة الـى ارتفــاع قابليـة الجســم السيراميكي للعزل الحراري . يــة ، والمســامية ،ومقاومـــة وبعــد عمليــة الحــرق أجريــت الفحوصــات علــى األجســام الســيراميكية المحروقــة لتحديــد الكثافــة الحجم وقــد وجــد عنــد زيــادة نســبة الكــروج يــودي الــى نقصــان كــل مــن الكثافــة، ومقاومــة االنضــغاط، االنضــغاط ،والموصــلية الحراريــة . والتوصيلية الحرارية وادت اضافة النشارة الى انخفاض اكثر مما سببه اضافة الكروج. حجمية ، الموصلية الحرارية ، مقاومة االنضغاط ، المساميةعوازل حرارية ، الكثافة ال -: مفتاحيةالكلمات ال المقدمة عاليــة وحســب نوعيــة االطيــان ماتاالجســام الســيراميكية الخفيفــة الــوزن بانهــا اجسـام عازلــة حراريــا ذو مســاَّ يمكـن عــد الفـــران التـــي تســتعمل فـــي العديـــد مـــن المســتعملة النتاجهـــا،اذ يمكـــن اســتعمالها مـــوادا عازلـــة حراريــا فـــي المبـــاني، وفـــي تبطــين ا الصــناعات، وان الحاجــة اليهــا هــو لغــرض الســيطرة علــى الحــرارة داخــل المبــاني او االفــران والحيلولــة مــن دون تســربها للخــارج .[3,2,1]وبذلك يمكن االقتصاد بالطاقة المستهلكة خفيفـــة الـــوزن ذي مســـامات عاليـــة وبـــذلك تحســـين عمليـــة العـــزل الحـــراري مـــن خـــالل انتـــاج اجســـام ســـيراميكيةمـــن الضـــروري و اذ ان ،تــنخفض الموصــلية الحراريــة، الن الهــواء الــذي يمــأل هــذه المســامات لــه موصــلية حراريــة أقــل مــن جميــع المــواد االخــرى ) وبهذا فان العزل الحراري يزداد كلما ازدادت المسامية في الجسم السيراميكي .kcal/m.h.oc 0.02مقدارها هو ( واص الحراريـات خفيفـة الـوزن هـي الكثافـة الواطئـة التـي لهـا تـأثير كبيـر فـي الخـواص االخـرى للحراريـات الخفيفــة.اذ ومـن أهـم خـ كلمـا ازدادت الكثافــة ارتفعـت قابليــة الحراريـات علــى الخـزن الحــراري. واالنخفــاض فـي الكثافــة يعنـي زيــادة فـي الفجــوات الهوائيــة ك يمكـن ان زيـادة قابليـة العـزل الحـراري لهـا ومـن ثـم تـؤدي الـى انخفـاض الموصـلية (المسامات) داخل الحراريات المنتجة وبذل physics 193 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 . وتوجـد طرائــق عديـدة النتـاج االجســام السـيراميكية خفيفــة الـوزن وكمـا هــي موضـحة بمــا [4]الحراريـة لالجسـام الســيراميكية : ]5[ياتي اضافة مواد طبيعية خفيفة الوزن .1 ) وهــو الســليكا ذو المسـامية العاليــة، ولقــد diatomiteضــافتها الـى االطيــان هــو الـدياتومايت(مـن المــواد الطبيعيــة التـي يمكــن ا تكونت نتيجة لحدوث البراكين ،اذ يتم انصهار السليكا وبسـبب تحـرر الغـازات التـي تـؤدي الـى تكـوين المسـامات فـي المنصـهر سامي ذي المسامة العالية . و يتم تبريدها بصورة سريعة فيتحول تركيبها البلوري الى التركيب الم ) combustible materialsاضافة مواد عضوية قابلة لالحتراق( .2 فــي هـــذه الطريقـــة تضــاف مـــواد عضـــوية، مثــل نشـــارة الخشـــب الــى الطـــين وهـــي قابلــة لالحتـــراق ومـــن خــالل عمليـــة حـــرق هـــذا ت مملوءة بالهواء.الجسم السيراميكي تحترق نشارة الخشب وتتحول الى غازات متطايرة،اذ تترك فراغا plastic clay ([ 6]) الى الطين غير المحروق (grogاضافة الطين المحروق ( .3 crystalدرجـــة مئويـــة ســـوف يفقـــد المـــاء البلـــوري( 600يعـــد الطـــين مـــن المـــواد االوليـــة اللدنـــة ولكـــن عنـــد حرقـــه الـــى درجـــة structury فـة الـى الطـين اللــدن غيـر المحـروق فـان مســامية )مادتـه ويتحـول الـى مـادة غيــر لدنـة وعنـدما يضـاف وبنســب مختل الجسم السيراميكي المنتج سوف تزداد بزيادة نسبة الطين غير المحروق . اعتمدت كل من الطريقتين الثانية والثالثة النتاج المواد السيرامكية الخفيفة نظرا لرخصها وتوفراها محليا. ونـــة االخيـــرة فـــي صـــناعة الطـــابوق ، اذ تمتـــزج االضـــافات مـــع االطيــــان وقـــد ارتفـــع اداء اســـتعمال المخلفـــات الزراعيـــة فـــي اال الصــالحة لصــناعة الطــابوق العــادي وفــي اثنــاء عمليــة الحــرق ســوف تنــتج هــذه طاقــة حراريــة اضــافية وبــذلك تقلــل مــن الطاقــة . [3,2,1]الكلية االزمة للحرق في فرن حرق الطابوق ئيــة الحراريـــة المهمـــة فـــي حســـابات انتقــال الحـــرارة فـــي االفـــران ومختلـــف االجهـــزة وتعــد الموصـــلية الحراريـــة مـــن الخـــواص الفيزيا ) الــذي يعــرف kوالمعــدات الحراريــة . ان قابليــة المــواد علــى التوصــيل والخــزن الحــراري تعتمــد علــى معامــل التوصــيل الحــراري ( وبفـرق فـي درجـات الحـرارة مقـداره )m2 1) ومسـاحة مقطعـه (1m)مـن خـالل جـدار سـمكه (kcalبانـه كميـة الحـرارة المنتقلـة ( )oc1) لكل ساعة واحدة بين السطحين الحار والبارد وبذلك تكون وحدة معامل التوصيل هي (kcal/m.h.oc. ( -) في المواد الصلبة كما في المعادلة االتية :k) عن عالقة درجة الحرارة بالموصلية الحرارية(fourierويعبر قانون ( ………..(1) q= -ka δx / (t2-t1) q) معدل انتقال الحرارة =kcal/h( a )المساحة السطحية =m2( xδ )سمك الجدار =m( t1= درجة حرارة السطح الساخن t2 درجة حرارة السطح البارد = عنهــا ونظــرا الخــتالف التركيــب البلــوري للمــواد الســيراميكية عــن الفلــزات فــان الموصــلية الحراريــة لهــذه المــواد ال يمكــن التعبيــر بشكل تام بوساطة قانون فورير ،اذ تتميز هذه المواد بوجـود المسـامات بنسـب مختلفـة ممـا يسـتوجب األخـذ بنظـر االعتبـار هـذه .]3[المسامات عند حساب قيمة الموصلية الحرارية physics 194 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 الجزء العملي :تحضير العينات ني تم الحصول على كمية من اطيان دويخلة بالتعاون مع المديرية العامة للمسح الجيولوجي والتحري المعد ) نتـــائج هــــذا 1وأجـــري التحليـــل الكيمـــائي لهـــذا الطـــين لغـــرض معرفـــة صــــالحيته النتـــاج حراريـــات طينيـــة ويبـــين الجـــدول رقـــم ( التحليل . نسـبة اوكسـيد تحـدد [7])علمـا أن المواصـفة االلمانيـة %37ان النتيجة تشير الـى ارتفـاع فـي كميـة اوكسـيد االلمنيـوم ومقـدارها ( %) الذي يزيد من مقاومة الطين ضد الدرجات الحرارية العالية .25االلمنيوم بان التقل عن ( ) الـــذي اوضـــح وجـــود معـــدن 1ومــن خـــالل نتـــائج التحليـــل المعـــدني للطـــين بواســـاطة حيـــود االشـــعة الســـينية وكمـــا فـــي الشـــكل ( ال عن وجود نسبة منخفضة من معدن الكوارتز .) بنسبة كبيرة فضkaolinite) (al2o3.2sio2.2h2oالكؤولينات ( وكــذلك تــم التثبـــت مــن مقاومــة هـــذا الطــين ضـــد الــدرجات الحراريــة العاليـــة وذلــك مـــن خــالل اجــراء فحـــص المقاومــة باســـتخدام ) الـذي يمثـل نتـائج سـلوكية اطيـان دويخلـة اثنـاء 2) ومـن خـالل مالحظـة الشـكل (heating microscopeالمجهر الحراري ( التســـخين بواســـطة المجهـــر الحـــراري ســـوف يظهـــر عـــدم وجـــود مـــا يشـــير الـــى تلـــين أنمـــوذج هـــذا الطـــين الـــى حـــد درجـــة عمليـــة درجة مئوية وهي اعلى درجة مستخدمة في الجهاز. 1420 )ونشـارة الخشـب وبمـا grogوتم تهيئة االجسام السيراميكية الخفيفة الـوزن باضـافة نسـب مختلفـة مـن كـل مـن الطـين المحـروق ( طــين دويخلــة المســتعمل فـــي هــذا البحــث يمتــاز باللدونـــة العاليــة نظــرا لكميـــة المــواد غيــر اللدنــة المتواجـــدة معــه مثــل الرمـــل ان ) grog) فقــد اســتعمل هــذا لتحضــير الطــين المحــروق (3والكلــس وغيرهــا وكمــا هــو واضــح مــن فحــص االشــعة الســينية (شــكل وبـــذلك يمكـــن تشـــكيل ]8[روق الــذي يفقـــد لدونتـــه اثنـــاء عمليـــة الحـــرق وكــذلك تســـتعمل مـــادة رابطـــة لـــربط حبيبـــات الطـــين المحـــ ســـاعة 24درجــة مئويـــة مــع االبقـــاء مــدة 1450نمــاذج االجســـام الســيراميكية خفيفـــة الــوزن، اذ يـــتم احــراق الطـــين اللــدن بدرجـــة المقيــاس لعمليــة مئويــة ولكـي يــتم الحصــول علــى عمليـة تلبيــد بصــورة جيــدة فيجـب تحديــد درجــة 1450تحـت الدرجــة القصــوى وان مــــن فؤائــــد الطــــين % 2.2) ،اذ تــــم التوصــــل الــــى القيمــــة 2-5التلبيـــد بوساطةالمســــامية التــــي تتــــراوح قيمتهــــا بــــين %( ) grogالمحـروق هــي امكانيــة تكســيره وطحنــه والــتحكم بالمقــاس الحبيبــي المطلــوب ،اذ كســر وطحــن الطــين المحــروق المتلبــد ( مـايكرون ، وقــد 300) ،اذ ان الحجـم الحبيبـي لهــذا الغربـال mesh 50كـل منهمـا فــي غربـال (والطـين ونشـارة الخشـب وامــرار ) مــــن كــــل مــــن الطــــين المحــــروق ونشــــارة 15،0، 25، 40،35حضــــرت النمــــاذج الســــيراميكية مــــن اضــــافة نســــب مختلفــــة ( طريقـة الكــبس شــبه مـن المــاء وتمــت عمليـة المــزج لغــرض الحصـول علــى خلـيط متجــانس واســتعملت 15الخشـب باضــافة % وبعـــدها جففـــت العينـــات فـــي مجفـــف kg/cm2500) وباســـتعمال ضـــغط تشـــكيل mm30 ×30الجافــة لكـــبس نمـــاذج بابعـــاد ( oc)1050،1100 ،1000ســاعة ،وقـــد اختيــرت درجــات حــرارة للحـــرق 24درجــة مئويـــة وبقيــت مــدة 110كهربــائي بدرجــة اعتين .وبعـد عمليــة الحـرق اجريـت الفحوصــات علـى االجســام ) مـدة ســ soaking time) وبـزمن انضـاج ( 900، 950، الســيراميكية المنتجــة لتحديــد خواصــها منهــا الكثافــة الحجميــة ، المســامية ، امتصاصــية المــاء، مقاومــة االنضــغاط ،والتوصــيل الحراري وتم كذلك فحص مقاومة هذا الطين ضد الدرجات الحرارية العالية . :اختبار التوصيلية الحرارية فــــي الجامعــــة (lees disk)قيســــت التوصــــيلية الحراريــــة فــــي الدراســــة الحاليــــة للعينــــات الحراريــــة باســــتعمال قــــرص لــــي ) وتـم القيـاس بدرجـة griffin & george .ltdقسـم العلـوم التطبيقيـة بجهـاز بريطـاني الصـنع مـن إنتـاج شـركة (/التكنولوجيـة ) heating coil) وهنالـــك ملـــف تســـخين(a,b,cن النحـــاس الموصـــل (حـــرارة الغرفـــة و الجهـــاز يتكـــون مـــن ثالثـــة إلـــواح مـــ ) ta,tb,tcوتوجــد ثالثــة محــارير لمعرفــة درجــة حــرارة االقــراص هــي ( b,c )موصــل إلــى طرفــي بطاريــة مــا بــين اللــوحين ( physics 195 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ــــك العينــــــات بــــــين لــــــوحي النحــــــاس 4cmولغـــــرض قيــــــاس التوصــــــيلية اســــــتعملت العينــــــات القرصــــــية ذو قطـــــر ( ) ووضــــــعت تلــ ) وتثبـت المحـار يـر فـي الجهـاز وتركـت مـدة ســاعتين إلـى أن وصـلت درجـة حـرارة األقـراص الـثالث إلـى درجــة a,bن(الموصـلي ثـــم رفعـــت العينــة مـــن الجهـــاز ويكـــون حســاب التوصـــيلية الحراريـــة للعينـــات ta,tb,tc)اإلتــزان الحـــراري بعـــدها أخــذت قـــراءة ( :]9[ باستعمال القانون االتي k[(tb-ta)/ds]=e[ta+(2/r)(da+(1/4)ds)ta+(1/2r)(dstb)]…. (2) من معرفة كمية الطاقة الداخلة إلى القرص كما في المعادلة : e )ومن السهل حساب ( iv=пr2e(tb+ta)+2пr e[data+(ds/2)(ta+tb)+db tb +dctc].. (3) da=db=dc=11 mm )v=6 volt; i=0.19 amp ; ds =1cmسمك العينة( )r=15 mmنصف قطر العينة( مقاومة االنضغاط )،إذ يتم تسليط 30،القطر10(السمك mm وقد أجري الفحص بالطريقة البرازيلية للعينات القرصية على نماذج بإبعاد الحمل لمعرفة مقدار تحمل المنتج لالنضغاط بعد عملية التلبيد ،وقد اجري االختبار باستخدام مكبس هيدروليكي ،اذ يقوم نموذج الذي يوضع بين فكي المكبس وتؤخذ القراءة للقوة المسلطة عند أول توقف المؤشر مقياس القوة بتسليط قوة على األ .[10] في المكبس المستخدم وتحسب مقاومة االنضغاط للعينات القرصية من العالقة c.s=2f/πdt………………………. (4) ) mmقطـر االنمـوذج (d)وnر للعينـة بوحـدات (أعلـى قـوة مسـلط حصـل عنـده الكسـf) ،وmpaمقاومة االنضغاط ( c.s اذ ،t) سمك االنموذجmm . ( مناقشة النتائج الكثافة الحجمية فـــي حــين تــم التوصــل الـــى kg/m3 2000لقــد حــددت المواصــفات العالميــة كثافـــة االجســام الحراريــة العاديــة بحــدود درجـــة 1050% والمحروقـــة بدرجـــة 40الخشـــب بمقـــدار نتيجـــة الضـــافة نشـــارة kg/m3 720حراريـــات لهـــا كثافـــة تصـــل الـــى ) وان هــذه النتيجــة التـــي تــم التوصـــل اليهــا تقــع ضـــمن المواصــفات العالميـــة التــي حـــددت 3مئويــة وكمــا موضـــح فــي الجـــدول ( . ]11[1200-600كثافة الحراريات الخفيفة الوزن بين لـى الطـين اللـدن غيـر المحـروق تعطـي كثافـة حجميــة ان النمـاذج المصـنوعة مـن اضـافة نشـارة الخشـب ا 2يالحـظ مـن الشـكل ( )ويفسـر ذلــك بـان نشـارة الخشـب ســوف تحتـرق وتخـرج غـازات مخلفــة grogاقـل مـن تلـك المصـنوعة باضــافة الطـين المحـروق ( . ]12[فراغات وبذلك تزداد المسامية وتنخفض الكثافة بينما ال ينطبق ذلك على النماذج المصنوعة باضافة الطين المحروق % مـــن الطـــين المحـــروق التـــي تـــم حرقهـــا 15للنمـــاذج المصـــنوعة باضـــافة 1964) ان اعلـــى كثافـــة 2ويالحـــظ مـــن الجـــدول ( % مـــن نشـــارة الخشـــب والمحروقـــة بدرجـــة 40لتلـــك النمـــاذج المصــنوعة باضـــافة 720درجـــة مئويـــة واقـــل كثافـــة 1050بدرجــة ).3الحرارة نفسها وكما مبين بالجدول رقم ( physics 196 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 المسامية للمســـامية تـــاثير كبيــــر فـــي الخــــواص الميكانيكيـــة والحراريـــة للحراريــــات الخفيفـــة ،اذ كلمــــا ازدادت المســـامية ازدادت قابليــــة ) والخفيفـــة الـــوزن 15-25العـــزل الحـــراري وقـــد حـــددت المواصـــفات العالميـــة بـــان مســـامية الحراريـــات العاديـــة تتـــراوح بـــين ( % ) عـدم وجـود تغييـر فـي المسـامية علـى النمـاذج المنتجـة مـن اضـافة الطـين 2( الجـدول يبـين . ]13[)25-70تتـراوح بـين ( % 25) ،اذ لــم تصــل المســامية الــى المقــدار االدنــى المحــدد لهــا حســب المواصــفات العالميــة والمســاوية الــى% grogالمحــروق ( وهــذه تقــع 55.5لــى %ا 0c900مــن نشــارة الخشــب والمحروقــة بدرجــة 40وتصــل المســامية للنمــاذج المنتجــة مــن اضــافة % ضــــمن المواصــــفات العالميــــة المحــــددة لالجســــام الســــيراميكية الخفيفــــة الــــوزن ولكــــن يقابلهــــا انخفــــاض فــــي مقاومــــة االنضــــغاط )compressive strenght ومقـــدارها (kg/cm27.8 وهـــي ال تقـــع ضـــمن المواصـــفات والتـــي حـــددتها بمـــا ال يقـــل عـــن kg/cm2 25 نشــارة الخشــب والمحروقــة بدرجــة 15االنضــغاط للنمــاذج المنتجــة باضــافة %ولكــن يمكــن مالحظــة مقاومــة ، وترتفــــــع مقاومــــــة االنضــــــغاط الــــــى 40.4،مســــــامية مقــــــدارها % kg/cm2 26.4 درجــــــة مئويــــــة مســــــاوية الــــــى 1050 kg/cm230.7 % فـــي 32.8مـــن نشــارة الخشــب ويقابلهــا مـــن المســامية مســاوية الــى % 15لتلــك النمــاذج المنتجــة باضــافة ) وهــذه نتــائج جيــدة وتقــع ضــمن المواصــفات العالميــة التــي حــددت مقاومــة 4درجــة مئويــة وكمــا مبــين بالجــدول ( 1100درجــة ). 2570والمسامية بين %( kg/cm2 25االنضغاط بان ال تقل عن مقاومة االنضغاط ة لمقاومــــة التــــاثيرات الميكانيكيــــة ان امــــتالك الحراريــــات خفيفــــة الــــوزن لمقاومــــة االنضــــغاط بصــــورة جيــــدة هــــي ضــــروري الخارجيــة وبمــا انهــا تســتعمل لبنــاء جــدار يقــع بــين االطــار الخــارجي للفــرن والجــدار الــداخلي المبنــي مــن الحراريــات العاديــة أي ) لذا فهـي ال تحتـاج الـى مقاومـة انضـغاط عاليـة، اذ حـددت المواصـفات العالميـة unloadedانها غير مسلط عليها حموالت ( ، وتعتمــد قــوة التحمــل علـــى عوامــل عديــدة منهـــا ضــبط متجــانس، ضـــغط kg/cm2 25 ال تقــل مقاومــة االنضـــغاط عــن بــان .]11[التشكيل، درجة حرارة الحرق،الكثافة والمسامية إلـــــى kg/cm2 46.7) ان هنالـــــك انخفاضــــــا فـــــي مقاومــــــة االنضـــــغاط مــــــن 3) ،والجــــــدول (2نالحـــــظ مــــــن الجـــــدول ( kg/cm234.1 مــن الطــين المحــروق والـــى 35المضــاف إليهـــا %لتلــك النمــاذجkg/cm225.6 %مــن نشـــارة 35بإضــافة ) االرتفـــاع فـــي مقاومـــة االنضـــغاط مـــع الزيـــادة فـــي الكثافـــة 4مئويـــة ،نالحـــظ مـــن الشـــكل ( 1100الخشـــب والمحروقـــة بدرجـــة ومــة االنضــغاط تتــاثر بالمســامية ،اذ الحجميــة التــي تتعلــق بدرجــة الحــرارة ،اذ أنهــا ترتفــع مــع الزيــادة فــي درجــة الحــرارة الن مقا .]14[تنخفض كلما زادت المسامية الموصلية الحرارية kcal/m.h.oc ) ان الموصلية الحرارية لالجسـام السـيراميكية المنتجـة مـن دون اضـافة ترتفـع مـن3نالحظ من الجدول ( درجــة مئويــة ويمكــن تفســير ذلــك 1100لــى ا 900والمحروقــة بــدرجات حراريــة تتــراوح مــن kcal/m.h.oc 0.53الــى 0.47 ) 3الــى عمليــة التلبيــد نتيجــة للتســخين الـــذي يــؤدي الــى تخفــيض المســامية وزيــادة الكثافـــة ويمكــن مالحظــة ذلــك مــن الجـــدول ( ) ان الموصـلية الحراريــة تـنخفض بزيــادة نسـبة المـواد المضــافة النهـا تـؤدي الــى زيـادة المســامية 2،وكـذلك يالحـظ مــن الجـدول ( ، وبصـورة عامـة فـان كـل مـن الكثافـة والموصـلية الحراريــة تنخفضـان مـع الزيـادة فـي نسـب المـواد المضـافة بســبب ]15[كثافـة وال زيــادة المســامية وبــذلك تــزداد كميــة الهــواء وان الهــواء اقــل مــن جميــع المــواد توصــيال للحــرارة ،اذ ان الموصــلية الحراريــة للهــواء ).4واضح في الجدول( )وكما هوkcal/m.h.oc 0.02 )16هي physics 197 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 االستنتاجات ) ونشـــارة grogأثبتــت التجـــارب بـــان كثافـــة االجســـام الســـيراميكية المنتجــة باضـــافة نســـب مختلفـــة مـــن الطـــين المحــروق (.1 )التي ادت الى انخفاض الموصلية الحرارية وزيادة العزل الحراري.fire-clayالخشب الى الطين الناري ( الكثافــــة الحجميــــة و مقاومــــة االنضــــغاط ،اذ تــــنخفض مقاومــــة االنضــــغاط مــــع نقــــص الكثافــــة . وجــــدت عالقــــة واضــــحة بــــين 2 الحجمية . 950) هـــي grogمـــن الطــين المحــروق ( 15تــم التوصــل الــى احســـن درجــة حــرارة حــرق للنمـــاذج المنتجــة مــن اضــافة% .3 ة مقاومــة االنضــغاط مســاوية الــى مــع بقــاء قيمــ kcal/m.h.oc 0.24درجــة مئويــة ،اذ اعطــت موصــلية حراريــة مســاوية الــى kg/cm226.4 . والواقعة ضمن المواصفات المحددة لها درجـة مئويـة عنـدما تكـون نسـبة نشـارة الخشـب 1050احسن درجة حرارة حرق للنماذج المنتجة باضـافة نشـارة الخشـب هـي .4 مقاومـــة االنضـــغاط والكثافــــة وبقيـــت كـــل مـــن 0.34،اذ اعطـــت موصـــلية حراريـــة مســــاوية الـــى 15المضـــافة مســـاوية الـــى % الحجمية في حدود المواصفات المحددة. المصادر 1xulingling,guo wei ,wang tao and yang nanru, (2005),study on fired bricks with ,issue 19construction and building materials , ,replacing clay by fly ash in ligh volume ratio 3.april,243-247. 2-ismailoemir and m sehatbaspinar,(2005),utilization of kraft pulp production residurs in 1537.-, issue 11,november,pp.153340clay brick production, building and environment, 3-hanifi binici and orhan aksogan,( 2007),thermal isolation and mechanical properties of ,issue 21construction and building materials , ,fibre reinforced mud brickes as wall materials 4,april,901-906. 4m.al-taie&tahir.n.hamid, (1975)manufacture of refractory bricks produced for dewechla clay –diposite',building esearch center' ,aug r.p.35/75 5-schmidth and h.data,( 1973), on raw clays for various types of products in the bricke industry ,zi-ziegal-industries, ,mr.6,212. 6-m.al-taie and s.al-rawi,(1975), manufacture of light weight clay bricks from local materials, building research center,may r.p.10/75 7-din(1068)fed.rep.germany. "تقييم خامات كاؤؤلين منطقة سمحات الستخداماتها في صناعة الطابوق الناري )1987,(، مراتب صالحسبتي -8 الطيني " اطروحة ماجستير ، الجامعة التكنلوجية . ،"بحث امكانية انتاج الطابوق الطيني الناري (الشاموت) )1999(الحديثي، عادل ، الطائي ،اثير جواد ونوري وسام،-9 من االطيان العراقية "الجامعة التكنلوجية . .77-74,issue:14,8iraq virtural science library,(2009),leonardo journal of sciences, -10 11 callister w.d,jr., (2003)."materials science and engineering an introduction" 6th ed., john wiely and sons,inc., new york, , 406-407,408-410,413,664,665,661-664. 12-iso(1986)recommendation international organization for standardization 1048.-(6):10428iraq virtural science library,(2008),journal of applied sciences, -13 din5153blatt(1). -14 physics 198 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 15-hanifi binici and orhan aksogan, mehmet nuri bodur, erhan akca and selim kapur, (2007), thermal isolation and mechanical properties of fibre reinforced mud bricks as wall materials",construction and building materials, 21, issue 4, april, 901-906 16-viktor.banhidi,laszlo a.gomze(2008)"improvement of insulation properties of conventional 6.-1,589brick products” materials science forum, يوضح التحليل الكيميائي لطين دويخلة :)1جدول ( )grog يوضح الخواص الفيزياوية للمواد السيراميكية المنتجة باضافة مادة الكروج( :)2جدول( thermal conductivity kcal/h.m.c0 compressive strength kgcm-2 bulk density kgm-3 content of grog% firing temp0c 0.486 20.3 1863 0 900 0.239 14.2 1846 15 0.228 12.4 1807 25 0.179 11.8 1666 35 0.177 10.6 1520 40 0.509 35.7 1932 0 950 0.242 26.4 192 15 0.235 24.7 1843 25 0.128 21.2 183 35 0.190 20.1 173 40 0.539 38.8 1941 0 1000 0.353 27.6 1932 15 0.344 25.4 186 25 0.250 23.7 185 35 0.205 22.8 1775 40 0.652 40.2 1964 0 1050 0.374 36.5 1941 15 0.376 33.8 1881 25 0.267 30.1 1862 35 0.247 29.6 1801 40 0.657 46.7 1970 0 1100 0.392 40.9 1954 15 0.388 37.2 1901 25 0.272 34.1 1881 35 0.267 30.2 1837 40 weight percentage% composition 37.0 al2o3 57.8 sio2 1.6 tio2 1.45 fe203 0.7 cao 0.4 k2o physics 199 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 يوضح الخواص الفيزياوية للمواد السيراميكية المنتجة باضافة مادة نشارة الخشب :)3جدول ( thermal conductivity kcal/h.m.c0 compressive strength kgcm-2 porosity% bulk density kgm-3 content of sawdust% firing temp 0c 0.47 20.3 17.6 1682 0 900 0.30 12.4 26.5 1117 15 0.23 11.2 36.5 996 25 0.19 10.3 46.4 909 35 0.13 7.8 55.5 858 40 0.47 21.3 16.5 1700 0 950 0.32 10.1 25.5 1240 15 0.24 9 32.9 1048 25 0.20 8.1 40.7 922 35 0.15 8 48.5 881 40 0.48 30.1 24.6 1714 0 1000 0.33 10.6 29.8 1226 15 0.26 9.2 36.3 1060 25 0.21 8.8 45.0 872 35 0.17 8.2 46.7 779 40 0.52 35.2 31.0 1797 0 1050 0.34 26.4 40.4 1117 15 0.30 24.6 46.8 952 25 0.23 21.3 53.7 840 35 0.21 20.4 43.2 720 40 0.53 46.7 22.2 2015 0 1100 0.32 30.7 32.8 1765 15 0.31 27.3 38.4 1320 25 0.26 25.6 46.7 1067 35 0.23 22.7 51.5 915 40 درجة مئوية 1000التوصلية الحرارية للمواد السيراميكية بدرجة حرارة حرق :)4جدول( thermal conductivity kcal/h.m.c0 bulk density kgm-3 content of additives 0.53 1941 0 series with grog 0.35 1932 15 0.34 1860 25 0.25 1850 35 0.20 1775 40 0.48 1714 0 series with sawdust 0.33 1226 15 0.26 1060 25 0.21 872 35 0.17 77 40 physics 200 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 التحليل المعدني للطين بوساطة حيود االشعة السينية :)1شكل ( k كاوؤلينات سلوكية الطين (الكاؤولينات) تحت المجهر المسخن :)2شكل ( physics 201 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 900 950 1000 1050 1100 te mpe rature [0c] b u lk d en si ty [ k g /m 3 ] 35%grog 35%sawdust يوضح العالقة بين درجة حرارة الحرق والكثافة الحجمية للمواد السيراميكية:) 3شكل( 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 779 872 1060 1226 1714 bulk density [kg/m3] co m pr es si ve s tr en gh t[k g/ cm 3 ] sawdest(1000c0) يوضح العالقة بين الكثافة الحجمية ومقاومة االنضغاط :)4شكل( physics 202 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 possibility of reducing the thermal conductivity of ceramic refractory materials a. w. watan department of physics, college of education ibn al-haithem, university of baghdad received in: 26 february 2012 accepted in: 15 october2012 abstract the research work covers a study of the possibility of producing porous ceramic bodies as a thermal insulators by adding fired dechla kaolinite (grog)to the same non burned kaolinite. different weight percentage ranged between (0,15,25,35and40)from grog and sawdust passed through mesh 50 to deuchla-clay kaolinit.cylindrical shape samples (30mm diameter and 30mm height) were prepared by the semi-dry methed,moulding pressure was 50 n/mm2. after drying at 110oc,the samples were burnet in the furnace at temperatures 900,950,1000,1050,and 1100 oc. the sawdust burnt out and leaves air spaces which contribute to the high thermal insulation value. the fired samples were investigated to determine bulk density , porosity, compressive strength and the thermal conductivity .it was found that the increase of grog ratio produces a decrease in bulk density ,compressive strength and thermal conductivity, but addition of sawdust to the samples produces decrease greater than when addition the grog. keywords: thermal insulator, bulk density , compressive strength,porosity,thermal conductivity. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 parasites of fishes collected from tigris river, salah aldeen province, iraq f. s. al-nasiri ,f. t. mhaisen department of biology, college of science, university of tikreet department of basic science, college of dentistry, university of baghdad abstract a total of 109 fish specimens belonging to six species (barbus grypus, b. luteus, b. xanthopterus, cyprinion macrostomum, cyprinus carpio and liza abu) were collected from tigris river passing through salah al-deen province during the period from september 2008 till january 2009. these fishes were infected with nine parasite species which included two sporozoans (myxobolus mülleri and dermocystidium percae), three ciliates (trichodina cottidarum, t. elegini and t. murmanica) and four monogenetic trematodes (dactylogyrus rhodeianus, d. vastator, paradiplozoon cyprini and microcotyle donavini). among these parasites, two trichodinids (t. elegini and t. murmanica) were reported for the first time from fishes of iraq. also, b. grypus is considered as a new host in iraq for both d. percae and m. mülleri. apart from d. vastator and p. cyprini, all the remaining seven parasite species were recorded here for the first time from fishes of salah al-deen province. among the inspected fishes, both b. grypus and l. abu harbored the highest number of parasite species (three each), followed by c. carpio (two parasite species) and b. luteus (one parasite species). introduction as parasites are among the deleterious factors in growth and other life aspects of fishes (1, 2), the knowledge of the parasitic fauna of fishes is so important to take measures for their control (3). for this reason, surveys are conducted everywhere to gain basic knowledge on the parasitic fauna of fishes. according to mhaisen (4), a total of 216 reports are available on the parasites of freshwater fishes of iraq (exclusive of 88 reports on parasites of farm fishes). among such reports, only four were done on the parasitic fauna of fishes of salah al-deen province (5, 6, 7, 8) in addition to three reports which included some data on parasites of fishes of this province (9, 10, 11). these seven reports represent 3.2% of the total number of reports on parasites of freshwater fishes of iraq (exclusive of those of farm fishes). this percentage is so ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 low in comparison with 35.2% for basrah province or even with 27.3% for the neighboring province of nineva. the scarce information on the parasitic fauna of fishes of salah al-deen province was behind the task of conducting the present study. materials and methods during the period from september 2008 till january 2009, fish samples were collected from tigris river passing through salah al-deen province at al-alam and albu-ajeel regions, about 4-5 km east of tikreet city. gill nets (mesh size of 2.5, 4.5 and 6.5 cm) and cast nets (mesh size 1.5 cm) were used. fishes were examined for parasites according to amlacher (1). skin and gill smears were prepared and microscopically examined. upon dissection of these fishes, their body cavity and all internal organs were inspected for internal parasites. squashes from some internal organs were also prepared and examined for any internal parasites. parasite identification followed bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya et al. (13), shul'man (14) and gussev (15). the index catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq (4) was followed to indicate the number of host records for each parasite species in order to minimize the number of references for each parasite species. coad's (12) list was followed for the scientific names of the captured fishes. results and discussion during the present investigation, a total of 109 fish specimens were collected. these included 12 barbus grypus heckel, 30 b. luteus (heckel), four b. xanthopterus (heckel), 24 cyprinus carpio l., five cyprinion macrostomum heckel and 34 liza abu (heckel). the parasitological inspection of these fishes revealed their infection with nine species of parasites. these parasites included two species of sporozoans (myxobolus mülleri and dermocystidium percae), three ciliates (trichodina cottidarum, t. elegini and t. murmanica) and four monogenetic trematodes (dactylogyrus rhodeianus, d. vastator, paradiplozoon cyprini and microcotyle donavini). the following is a brief account on the occurrence of these parasites together with a detailed description and measurement of the two newly recorded trichodinid species in iraq. myxobolus mülleri bütschli, 1882: spores of this sporozoan were detected in the present study from gills and liver of b. grypus with an incidence of 25%. this parasite was reported for the first time in iraq from b. xanthopterus by herzog (16) who gave no incidence of infection. three other hosts were ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 reported, later, for this parasite in iraq: b. luteus and l. abu by al-nasiri (17) from a man-made lake, baghdad with an incidence of 7.5% and 0.3%, respectively and from c. carpio by al-zubaidy (18) from a fish farm in babylon province with an incidence of 1%. so, b. grypus of the present study represents the fifth host for m. mülleri in iraq and its first record from fishes of salah al-deen province. according to mhaisen (4), a total of 29 species of myxobolus are, so far, known from freshwater fishes of iraq. dermocystidium percae reichenbach-klinke, 1950: cysts of this parasite were detected in the present study from skin and gills of b. grypus with an incidence of 16.7%. the cysts were elongated, whitish in color and containing many rounded spores. this parasite was reported for the first time in iraq from the gills and skin of common carp (c. carpio) fingerlings in al-zaafaraniya fish farm, south of baghdad with an incidence of 5.5% (19, 20). no further account on the occurrence of this parasite is available in iraq (4). so, b. grypus of the present investigation represents the second host for d. percae in iraq and its first record in fishes of salah al-deen province. d. percae is the only species of dermocystidium so far recorded in iraq (4). trichodina cottidarum forma cyclopteri polyanskii, 1955: this ciliate was recorded in the present study from skin of c. carpio with an incidence of 4.2%. the first report on this parasite from iraq was from the gills of c. carpio from a man-made lake in al-zawraa park, baghdad by abdul-ameer (21) with an incidence of 61.8%. later, it was reported only from two other hosts: hypophthalmichthys molitrix from a fish farm in babylon province (22) and from l. abu from hilla river (23). the present study represents the first record of this species in fishes of salah al-deen province. trichodina elegini shul'man-albova, 1950 (fig. 1 a): this ciliated protozoan was detected in the present study from the skin of l. abu with an incidence of 2.9%. this is the first record of t. elegini from fishes of iraq as no previous account is available (4). therefore, a brief account on its description and measurements are given here, based on five specimens. urceolariidae: diameter of body 40-82 µm, attaching disk 27-73 µm, corona 23-45 µm. external processes (4.3-7 µm) in form of slightly curved lobes with rounded tips. internal processes (3-7 µm) thin, rod like and slightly curved. internal processes attach some distance from edge of internal side of central part of tooth. 4-5 pairs of attaching disc striations are lying between each two adjacent external processes. number of teeth in corona is 22-35. the description and measurements of t. elegini of the present study are agreeable with those reported by bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya et al. (13) and shul'man (14). trichodina murmanica polyanski, 1955 (fig. 1 b): ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 this ciliated protozoan was detected in the present study from the skin of l. abu with an incidence of 5.9%. this is the first record of t. murmanica from fishes of iraq as no previous account is available from iraq (4). therefore, a brief description and measurements which are is given here are based on five specimens. urceolariidae: diameter of body 37-86 µm, attaching disk 27-60 µm, corona 22-50 µm. external processes (4-7 µm) in form of broad lobes with rounded tips, slightly curved. internal processes (3-7 µm) spinelike, broader basally and usually straight. internal processes attach some distance from edge of internal side of central part of tooth. 4-5 pairs of attaching disc striations are lying between each two adjacent external processes. number of teeth in corona is 25-33. the description and measurements of t. murmanica of the present study are agreeable with those reported by bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya et al. (13) and shul'man (14). it is easy to distinguish the three trichodinids of the present study from each others according to the external and internal processes of their teeth. the external processes are falcate in t. cottidarum and slightly curved in both t. elegini and t. murmanica. the last two species differ according to their internal processes which are rodlike in t. elegini and spinelike in t. murmanica. according to mhaisen (4), a total of 12 species of trichodina were, so far, recorded from fishes of iraq. these are: t. acuta, t. borealis, t. cottidarum, t. domerguei, t. gracilis, t. heterodentata, t. mutabilis, t. nigra, t. nobilis, t. pediculus, t. prowazeki and t. reticulata. the results of the present investigation bring the total number of trichodina species in iraq to 14 species. dactylogyrus rhodeianus jalali, papp et molnár, 1955: this parasite was recorded in the present study from gills of b. luteus with an incidence of 10%. this parasite was reported for the first time in iraq from gills of both b. luteus and b. sharpeyi from al-husainia creek, karbala province (24, 25) with an incidence of 0.3% and 0.4%, respectively. no more reports are available on the occurrence of d. rhodeianus in iraq (4). so, the present account represents a second report of d. rhodeianus in b. luteus and represents the first occurrence of d. rhodeianus from fishes of salah al-deen province. dactylogyrus vastator nybelin, 1924: this parasite was recorded in the present study from the gills of c. carpio with an incidence of 20.8%. this parasite was reported for the first time in iraq by ali et al. (26) from gills and skin of c. macrostomum from tigris river at baghdad with an incidence of 2.1%. according to mhaisen (4), the host list of this parasite in iraq now includes 29 species inclusive of c. carpio. the present investigation represents the second occurrence of d. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 vastator in salah al-deen province as it was firstly reported from this province by aljawda et al. (6) from both b. barbulus and b. xanthopterus. according to mhaisen (4), a total of 59 dactylogyrus species were, so far, recorded from fishes of iraq. paradiplozoon cyprini khotenovsky, 1982: this parasite was recorded in the present study from the gills of b. grypus with an incidence of 25%. its first report from fishes of iraq was by al-nasiri and mhaisen (8) from gills of b. grypus from salah al-deen province with an incidence of 25%. no more data are available on the occurrence of this parasite in iraq (4), and hence the present study represents its second occurrence from salah al-deen province. according to mhaisen (4), the genus paradiplozoon is now represented with seven species which include the present species (p. cyprini) and p. bliccae of al-nasiri (7) from salah al-deen province. microcotyle donavini van beneden et hesse, 1863: this parasite was recorded in the present study from the gills of liza abu with an incidence of 2.9%. its first report from iraq was by ali et al. (27) from gills of l. abu at a fish farm in babylon province with an incidence of 0.3%. according to mhaisen (4), the present list of m. donavini in fishes of iraq includes 10 species. the present study represents the first occurrence of m. donavini in fishes of salah al-deen province. m. donavini is the only species of the genus microcotyle so far recorded from fishes of iraq (4). to sum up on the findings of the present study, it is clear that extra seven species of parasites are now added to the parasitic fauna of fishes of salah al-deen province. intensive surveys are expected to reveal more parasites. in connection with the host-parasite list, it is clear that b. grypus and l. abu of the present study were infected with the highest number of parasite species (three parasite species each), followed by c. carpio (two parasite species) and b. luteus (one parasite species). both b. xanthopterus and c. macrostomum were negative for any parasitic infections. references 1. amlacher, e. (1970). textbook of fish diseases (engl. transl.). t. f. h. publ., jersey city: 302pp. 2. mhaisen, f.t. (1983). diseases and parasites of fishes. basrah univ. press: 227pp. (in arabic). 3. shul'man, s.s. (1961). specificity of fish parasites. in: dogiel, v.a.; petrusherki, g.k. and polyanski, yu.i. (eds.). parasitology of fishes. oliver and boyd ltd., edinburgh and london: 104-116. 4. mhaisen, f.t. (2009). index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq. (unpublished). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 5. abdul-ameer, k.n. (1989). study of the parasites of freshwater fishes from tigris river in salah al-deen province, iraq. m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. baghdad: 98pp. (in arabic). 6. al-jawda, j.m.; balasem, a.n.; mhaisen, f.t. and al-khateeb, g.h. (2000). iraqi j. biol.sci., 19 & 20: 16-24. 7. al-nasiri, f.s. (2009). iraqi j. agric. (spec. issue), 14: in press. 8. al-nasiri, f.s. and mhaisen, f.t. (2009). j. tikrit univ. agric. sci., (accepted). 9. nawab al-deen, f.m. (1994). studies on the nematode parasites in many species of freshwater fishes in iraq. m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. mosul: 116pp. (in arabic). 10. muhammed, s.a. (1995). studies on the cestodes parasitized in some teleost fishes in tigris river. ph. d. thesis, coll. sci., univ. mosul: 128pp. (in arabic). 11. rahemo, z.i.f. and mohammed, s.a. (2006). 4 th sci. conf., coll. vet. med., univ. mosul. mosul: 20-21 sept. 2006, vol. 1: 55-56. (in arabic). 12. coad, b.w. (1991). fishes of the tigris– euphrates basin: a critical check-list. syllogeus no. 68, can. mus. nat., 49 pp. 13. bykhovskaya-pavlovskaya, i.e.; gusev, a.v.; dubinina, m.n.; izyumova, n.a.; smirnova, t.s.; sokolovskaya, i.l.; shtein, g.a.; shul'man, s.s. and epshtein, v.m. (1962). key to parasites of freshwater fish of the u. s. s. r. akad. nauk, s. s. s. r., moscow: 727pp. 14. shul'man, s.s. (1984). key to the parasites of freshwater fish fauna of the u. s. s. r. nauka, leningrad, 1: 1-428. (in russian). 15. gussev, a.v. (1985). key to the parasites of freshwater fish fauna of the u. s. s. r. nauka, leningrad, 2: 1-424. (in russian). 16. herzog, p.h. (1969). fischereiwiss., 20(2/3): 132-147. 17. al-nasiri, f.s. (2000). parasitic infections of fishes in a man-made lake at al amiriya region, baghdad. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 133pp. (in arabic). 18. al-zubaidy, a.b. (1998). studies on the parasitic fauna of carps in al-furat fish farm, babylon province, iraq. ph. d. thesis, coll. sci., univ. babylon: 141pp. (in arabic). 19. sadek, a.a. (1999). ectoparasites of the common carp (cyprinus carpio l.) fingerlings intensively stocked during autumn and winter. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 100pp. (in arabic). 20. sadek, a.a.; mhaisen, f.t. and balasem, a.n. (2006). ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci., 19(4a): 32-40. 21. abdul-ameer, k.n. (2004). ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci., 17(3): 1-6. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 22. hussain, h.t. (2005). ectoparasitic infection of the common carp and silver carp fingerlings stocked under winter in al-shark al-awsat fish farm, babylon province. m. tech. thesis, al-musayab technic. coll., found. technic. educ.: 106pp. (in arabic). 23. hussain, h.t. (2007). j. babylon univ., pure appli. sci., 14(3): 228-232. 24. al-saadi, a.a.j.j. (2007). ecology and taxonomy of parasites of some fishes and biology of liza abu from al-husainia creek in karbala province, iraq. ph. d. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn al-haitham), univ. baghdad: 155pp. (in arabic). 25. al-saadi, a.a.j.; mhaisen, f.t. and hasan, h.r. (2009). iraqi j. agric. (spec. issue), 14(2): in press. 26. ali, n.m.; salih, n.e. and abdul-ameer, k.n. (1987). j. biol. sci. res., 18 (2): 19-27. 27. ali, n.m.; mhaisen, f.t.; abul-eis, e.s. and kadim, l.s. (1989). proc. 5 th sci. conf., sci. res. counc., 5(2): 225-233. fig. (1): two newly recorded trichodina spp. from fishes of iraq. a: t. elegini, b: t. murmanica. a b 0 .0 2 m m 0 .0 2 m m 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد طفيليات أسماك مجموعة من نهر دجلة، محافظة صالح الدين، العراق فاطمة شهاب الناصري وفرحان ضمد محيسن قسم علوم الحياة، كلية العلوم، جامعة تكريت، تكريت، العراق كلية طب األسنان، جامعة بغداد، بغداد، العراقفرع العلوم األساسية، الخالصة من ألسمنماا ألاعاةنلس امننو عنناألش وألا نلامر ألاامنطار ألالمنا ر ألالنينن للينط اتعين 901 تجمع عثننناا ألامننلس منن نن عنيننالا األان ننن منن نةننط لج ننو ألامنناط علننط ماا ننو نن ألاننلي إلألافن،ر ألالنناط أل . لانننت هناأل ألسمننماا م نالو لنمننعو عنناألش منن 8001ايننو نةط لننانا ألاثنان غألان ا 8002 نةط عي ننا dermocystidiumا myxobolus mülleriألامفي يننات ألاعاةننلس اننناعي منن ألالاغيننات ألااياألنيننو و t. murmanicaا t. elegini ر trichodina cottidarumث ثنو عنناألش من ألاةلليننننننننننننننننننننات ور ر d. vastatorر dactylogyrus rhodeianusاعطلعنو عنناألش من ألامنطتمنات عاالينو ألامن ن و paradiplozoon cyprini اmicrocotyle donaviniمن ا ناع . م لي هاأل ألامفي ياتر مج سا منننطس ننن ألاعنننطأل . لمنننا نننن، عنننلت t. murmanicaا t.eleginiو trichodinaهنننلليات ألاجنننن . لإمننثناا ألامننطت، m. mülleriألالناغ ر d. percaeألا لام مضيفا" جليلأل" ألاعطأل ال م ألالاغ d. vastator ،األامننطتp. cyprini ن جمينا ألامفي ينات ألامنلعو ألالاتينو نمنج سا منطس من ألسمنماا فاا نو م نالو ماا و ألالي . لانت ل م عمماا ألا لام األان ن وم لني ألسمنماا ألام عنينننالا وم نننالو إلن نةنننا عمنننماا ألالننناط ألر لننن للط عنننلل مننن ألسنننناألش ألامفي ينننو و ث ثنننو عنننناألش الننن منةمنننا ث، عمماا ألاامطا وم الو لناش األال . رلناعي م ألامفي يات ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 51 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: noor.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract the results of the current study showed that the thyroid gland in an adult domestic cat (felis catus) is located in the neck area on both sides of the trachea at rings 1–5. the gland consists of two lobes (right and left), and it is surrounded by a capsule of connective tissue consisting of two outer and inner layers, and a layer of fatty tissue overlaps with the outer layer of the capsule. in addition, the results of this study found that the histological structure of the thyroid gland is composed of several follicles that appear in different sizes and shapes. the follicles are lined with simple cuboidal epithelial tissue and sometimes appear lined with high and low simple cuboidal epithelial tissue. the gland is histologically composed of two types of cells: epithelial cells and parafollicular cells, or calcitonin cells (c-cells), the latter being few in number compared to the epithelial cells and appearing as single cells or forming clusters in two locations: the first is between the follicular and the second is intrafollicular. keywords: thyroid gland, felis catus, anatomical study, histological study. 1. introduction the thyroid gland is one of the largest endocrine glands that has a relationship with evolution or quantitative formation in different vertebrates, and it is unique from other endocrine glands in the method of secretion and storing of hormones [1, 2]. the thyroid gland is composed of two lobes, right and left, which are connected at the ventral surface of the trachea by a narrow isthmus [3]. histologically, the thyroid gland consists of follicles of different shapes and sizes that represent the structural and functional unit of the thyroid gland [4,5]. the follicles of the thyroid gland consist of three main components: the follicular cell lining, basal parafollicular cells, and a colloidfilled cavity. the follicular cells produce thyroid hormones (thyroxin t4 and triiodothyronin t3) doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3114 article history: received 26 november 2022, accepted 2 january 2023, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq morphological and histological study of thyroid gland in felis catus (linnaeus,1758) noor mohammed jaafer hammodi* department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. noor.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq rana alaa al aamery department of biology, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. rana.a.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:noor.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:noor.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:noor.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:rana.a.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:rana.a.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 52 that play a role in cell proliferation, differentiation, and migration, as well as the general growth and metabolism of the fetus [6]. on the other hand, the parafollicular cells, sometimes called ccells, secrete the calcitonin hormone, which regulates the level of calcium in the blood along with the parathyroid hormone (pth) [5,7]. several previous reviews observed the scarcity or insufficiency of research that deals with the phenotypic description and histological structure of the thyroid gland in iraqi mammals, especially the wild type, with the exception that there are few studies in this field. thus, this study aimed to study the anatomical and histological characteristics of the thyroid gland in a domestic cat (felis catus), which may be the first study related to the thyroid gland of a cat from an iraqi environment, with the hope of enriching knowledge in this field. 2. material and methods in the present study, six adult cats were used. samples were obtained from local markets in baghdad governorate and classified according to the taxonomic key provided by the natural history museum research center in baghdad. the animals were anesthetized and dissected by longitudinal incisions, and then the thyroid gland was removed. samples were fixed in formalin (10%) in order to prepare these specimens for the histological study. for the histological study, the samples were passed through an ascending series of alcohols (70%, 80%, 90%, 100%); then all the samples were cleared using xylene and embedded in paraffin wax blocks. the paraffin wax blocks were cut by using a microtome to prepare sections with 6 m in thickness; the sections were stained using haris haematoxylin and eosin stain and periodic acidschiff (pas) stain [8, 9]. the slides were then examined under a photomicroscope that was connected to a digital camera, which was used to take pictures of the selected sections of the thyroid gland. 3. results the morphological description of the gland the anatomical examination of the thyroid gland in the adult male domestic cat (felis catus) showed that the gland is double-lobed and is located in the neck below the larynx, and the two lobes of the gland are located on both sides of the trachea at the rings (1–5) (figure 1). moreover, the isthmus, which connects the two lobes, was not observed, as in many other labyrinths; the lobes of the gland also appear oval to elliptical with a reddish brown color. the histological composition of the thyroid glands the results of the current study found that the thyroid gland in the domestic cat (felis catus) is surrounded by a capsule of connective tissue consisting of two layers represented by an outer and inner layer, and a layer of adipose tissue interferes with the outer layer. the outer layer consists of collagenous fibers, elastic fibers, and a few reticular fibers interspersed with nuclei of fibroblasts, while the inner layer consists of collagenous fibers interspersed with the nuclei of smooth muscle fibers, blood vessels, and nerves (figure 2). thin septa extend from the capsule into the gland tissue, dividing the gland into lobules. the thyroid tissue consists mainly of follicles and parafollicular cells. the follicles are composed of three main components: cells lining the follicles, basal parafollicular cells, and the colloid-containing cavity. the follicles appear in various shapes, ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 53 including oval, circular, and sometimes irregular. furthermore, these follicles are also of different sizes, including small, medium, and large ones (figure 3). the microscopic examination showed that the tissue lining the follicles is simple cuboidal epithelial tissue, and sometimes high and low simple cuboidal epithelial tissue appear depending on the activity of the gland (figure 4). the lumen of the follicles contains colloid material; some of the follicles are filled with colloid, others contain a lesser amount of it, and a few of them appear completely free of colloid. in addition, colloids are purple in color and appear more receptive to pas stain than hematoxylin-eosin (h&e), as they appear in a light pink color. the blood vessels are spread between the follicles; in addition to the follicular epithelial cells, there are parafollicular cells called c-cells, and these cells appear spherical to polygonal in shape or multifaceted, and their nuclei are spherical in shape and large in size, and the cytoplasm is transparent. c-cells are located in two sites: the first is within the follicle (interfollicular) and located between the basement membrane of the follicle and the follicular cells, while the second site is between the follicles (intrafollicular) and is between the follicles in the gland tissue. moreover, these cells are found as single cells or in clusters and in small percentages in the thyroid gland (figure 5). 4. discussion the anatomical examination of the thyroid gland in the adult domestic cat (felis catus) showed that the gland is bi-lobed and is located on the anterior side of the neck on both sides of the trachea at the rings (1–5), and the isthmus did not appear. this result is in agreement with previous studies that studied the thyroid gland morphologically and histologically in different mammals, including the wild african grusscutter [10], the mice, swiss albicans [11], the weasel, herpestes javanicus [12], the hedgohoge, hemiechinus auritus [13], the guinea pigs, and albino rats [14]. while other studies in different vertebrates, including the study of the thyroid gland in local donkey females [15], local iraqi sheep [16], and one-humped camels [17], indicated the presence of the isthmus that connects the two lobes of the thyroid gland, this is not consistent with the current study result, and this may be due to the size of the gland related to the size of the animal or the nature of the functional activity of the gland in the studied animal. several previous studies indicate that there are some differences in the capsule structure that surrounds the thyroid gland, as the study of the thyroid gland goat [18], the local iraqi sheep [16], and the african giant mouse [19] indicates that the capsule consists of a thin layer of connective tissue. while the studies of the thyroid gland in indian buffalo [20], the black bengal goat [21] and rabbit [22] observed that the thyroid gland consists of three layers: outer, middle, and inner layers, whereas this study showed that the capsule consists of two layers, an outer and inner layer, and a layer of fatty tissue interferes with the outer layer. this is consistent with the findings of the guinea pig [14], hussin and al-taay's [23] study on iraqi buffalo, domestic rabbits [24], and other studies. this study on the domestic cat did not show a clear difference in histological structure of the gland with previous studies in terms of the extension of sacs from the capsule to the inside of the gland, and divided it into lobules, as well as the gland containing capillary blood vessels that spread clearly between the follicles. this is in agreement with previous studies that revealed the gland contains large numbers of follicles, which are of different shapes and sizes, including the studies on the wild african grusscutter [10],weasel (herpestes javanicus) [12], hedgehoge (hemiechinus auritus) [13], the giant african mouse [19], indian buffalo [20] and other studies. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 54 the current study observed that the tissue lining the follicles is simple cuboidal epithelial tissue, which is composed of cuboidal cells with a central spherical nucleus, and high and low simple cuboidal epithelial tissue. this is consistent with the study of the gland in wild african grusscutter [10], local female donkeys [15], local iraqi sheep [16], white hybrid pigs [25], and other studies. when the follicle consists of high simple cuboidal epithelial tissue, the gland is hyperactive, but in the case of low cubic epithelial tissue, the gland is underactive, as the type of tissue is an indicator of the gland’s activity and its functional state. it is an indicator of functional activity that is not limited to glands but extends to the lining of hollow organs in the animal's body, such as the digestive canal, urinary and reproductive ducts, and others [5]. the follicles contain a colloid material in the follicular cavity, and some follicles are filled with colloid, while others contain a small amount, while other follicles lack this substance; this is in agreement with previous studies, including the study in wild african grusscutter [10], weasel (herpestes javanicus) [12], guinea pigs and albino rats [14], and iraqi buffaloes [23]. these studies are consistent with the current study in the domestic cat, and they certainly come with a plan for histological structure and physiological composition. the microscopic examination of the histological structure of the thyroid gland found that it contains parafollicular cells, or c-cells, and these cells appear as single cells or in clusters. these cells secrete the calcitonin hormone [5, 10, 15]. the results of this study showed that c-cells are spherical to oval in shape, large in size, with dark circular nuclei, and light-colored cytoplasm, and they appeared clearly with hematoxylin-eosin (h&e) and pas staining. this is consistent with previous studies, including the study of [11, 12, 14, 16, 21, 23]. however, another study revealed the inconsistency with other studies in regards to distinguishing c-cells using routine stains, so their detection is limited by using histological and immunological techniques [7]. the present study also showed that the follicular cells are few in number and occupy two different places in the thyroid gland: the first is within the follicular (interfollicular) between the basement membrane of the follicle and the follicular cells, while the second is intafollicular, which is between the follicles within the gland tissue. these results are in agreement with the studies mentioned previously. the current study observed that the tissue lining the follicles is simple cuboidal epithelial tissue, which is cuboidal cells with a central spherical nucleus, and high and low simple cuboidal epithelial tissue. this is consistent with the study of the gland in wild african grusscutter [10], local female donkeys [15], local iraqi sheep [16], white hybrid pigs [25], and other studies. when the follicle consists of high simple cuboidal epithelial tissue, the gland is hyperactive, but in the case of low cubic epithelial tissue, the gland is underactive, as the type of tissue is an indicator of the gland’s activity and its functional state. it is an indicator of functional activity that is not limited to glands but extends to the lining of hollow organs in the animal's body, such as the digestive canal, urinary and reproductive ducts, and others [5]. the follicles contain a colloid material in the follicular cavity, and some follicles are filled with colloid, while others contain a small amount, while other follicles lack this substance; this is in agreement with previous studies, including the study in wild african grusscutter [10], weasel (herpestes javanicus) [12], guinea pigs and albino rats [14], and iraqi buffaloes [23]. these studies are consistent with the current study in the domestic cat, and they certainly come with a plan for histological structure and physiological composition. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 55 the microscopic examination of the histological structure of the thyroid gland found that it contains parafollicular cells, or (c-cells), and these cells appear as single cells or in clusters. these cells secrete the calcitonin hormone [5, 10, 15]. the results of this study showed that c-cells are spherical to oval in shape, large in size, with dark circular nuclei, and light-colored cytoplasm, and they appeared clearly with hematoxylin-eosin (h&e) and pas staining. this is consistent with previous studies, including the study of [11, 12, 14, 16, 21, 23]. however, another study revealed the inconsistency with other studies in regards to distinguishing c-cells using routine stains, so their detection is limited by using histological and immunological techniques [7]. the present study also showed that the follicular cells are few in number and occupy two different places in the thyroid gland: the first is within the follicular (interfollicular) between the basement membrane of the follicle and the follicular cells, while the second is intafollicular, which is between the follicles within the gland tissue. these results are in agreement with the studies mentioned previously. figure 1.a. positon of thyroid gland in felis catus ,trachea (t), b. left thyroid lobe (l.th ) , c. right thyroid lobe (r.th ) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 56 figure 2. cross section in thyroid gland showing capsule (c) , external layer of capsule (ext), internal layer of capsule (int) , adipose tissue (adp) , blood vessel (bv), trabecule (tb) , follicle (f) (h&e stain, 10x) figure 3. cross section in thyroid gland showing blood vessel (bv), large follicle (if), medium follicle (mf) . small follicle (sf) (pas stain, 40x) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 57 figure 4.cross section of thyroid gland showing high simple cuboidal epithelial tissue (hsc) , low simple cuboidal epithelial tissue (lsc), basement membrane (bm), colloid (co) (h&e stain, 40x) figure 5. cross section of thyroid gland showing intra follicles parafollicular cell (intaf), inter follicles parafollicular cell (int c-c) (h&e stain, 40x) 5. conclusion the current study showed that the thyroid gland in an adult domestic cat (felis catus) consists of two lobes (right and left) and is surrounded by a capsule of two outer and inner layers. the histological structure of the thyroid gland is composed of several follicles and two types of cells: epithelial cells and c-cells. some follicles are filled with colloid, and others contain a lesser amount of it. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 58 references 1. braverman, l.e.; cooper, d. werner and ingbar’s the thyroid: a fundamental clinical text. 10th edition, lippincott williams and wilkins, london. 2012, 875. 2. dickoff, w.w.; darling, d.s. evolution of thyroid function and its control in lower vertebrates. am. zool. 1983, 23, 697-707. 3. eroschenko, v.p. atlas of histology with functional correlations. (11th ed.) lippincott willians and wilkins, london. 2005, 617. 4. kardong, k.v. vertebrates comparative anatomy, function, evolution. (4th ed.). washington state university, 2006, 817 pp. 5. ai-mukhtar, k.; al-rawi, a.a. histology, 2nd ed. dar al-kutub for printing and publishing, baghdad, 2000, 419. 6. rejeb, a.; amara, a.; rekik, m.; rezeigui, h. ; crespeau, f. histomorphometry and hormone secretion of the thyroid gland of the dromedary (camelus dromedaries). j. camelid sci. 2011, 4, 10-22. 7. borda, a.; berger, n.; turcu, m.; al jaradi, m.; veres, s. the c-cell : current concepts on normal histology and hyperplasia. morphol. embryol., 2004, xlv,53-61. 8. bancroft, j.d.; stevens, a. theory and practice of histological techniques, 2nd ed. churchill livingstone, london. 1986, xiv+662pp. 9. humason, g.l. animal tissue technique. 4th ed. w. h. freeman co., san francisca, 1979, xii+661pp. 10. igbokwe, c.o. gross and microscopic anatomy of thyroid gland of the wild african grasscutter (thryonomys swinderianus, temminck ) in southeast nigeria. eur. j. anat. 2010, 14, 1, 5-10 . 11. hussin, a.m.; khudhayer, y.y. a comparative histological study of thyroid tissue in carp fish cyprinus carpsio and mice swiss albicans. bull. iraq nat. hist. mus., 2016, 14(2), 109116. 12. al-aamery, r.a.; dauod, h.a.m. anatomical and histological study of thyroid gland in weasel (herpestes javanicus) (e.geoffroy saint. hilaire. 1818). ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci., 2016, 29, 1. 13. al-aamery, r.a.; dauod, h. a. m. anatomical and histological study of thyroid gland in hedghoge (hemiechinus auritus) (gmelin, 1776). j. madent alelem college, 2016, 8, 1, 133145. 14. batah, a.l.; mirhish, sh. m. comparative histomorphlogical study of thyroid gland in adult males of guinea pigs (cavia porcellus) and albino rats (rattus norvegicus). indian j. o. sci., 2019, 9, 52, 16560-16569. 15. ali, s.a. anatomical and histological study of thyroid gland in female local donkey (eqws africanus ansinus) at basrah city. al-qadisiya j. vet. med. sci., 2014, 13, 1, 85-87 . 16. ali, m.a.; sadoon, a.h.; aj, s.a.; ali, s.a. anatomical and histological study of thyroid gland in local iraqian sheeps . int. j. acadmic res. mult., 2015, 3, 3,195-201. 17. ahmadpanahi, s.j. presence of the parafollicular cells in the thyroid gland of one-humped camel. acta vet eurasia, 2019, 45, 37-41. 18. baishya, g.; ahmed, s.; bhattacharya, m. gross anatomical observation on male gonad and thyroid gland in assam goat (capra hircus) during post natal life (0-9) day. veterinary j. 1985, 62, 349. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 59 19. onwuaso, i.c.; nwagbo, e.d. light and electron micrscopic study of thyroid gland in the african giant rat, cricetomys gambianus, waterhouse. pakistan j. zool., 2014, 46, 5, 12231230 . 20. roy, k.s.; yadava, r.c.b. histological and certain histochemical studies on thyroid gland of indian buffalo. indian j. a. sci. 1975, 45, 201-208. 21. adhikary, m.a.; quasem, m.a. histological observation of thyroid gland at prepubertal , pubertal and castrated black bengal goat. pakistan j. boil. sci., 2003, 6, 11, 998-1004. 22. zakrevska, m.v.; tybinka, a.m. histological structure of the thyroid gland in rabbits with different types of autonomous scientific messenger of lviv national university of veterinary medicine and biotechnologies series: verterinary sciences, 2020, 22, 98, 119-127. 23. hussin, a.m.; al-taay, m.m. histological study of the thyroid and parathyroid glands in iraqi buffalo (bubalus bubalus) . with referring to the seasonal changes. bas. j. vet. res., 2009, 8, 1, 26-38 . 24. nasser, r.a.a. anatomical and histological study of thyroid gland in rabbit (oryctolagus cunicculus). basrah j. vet. res., 2014, 11, 4, 9-17. 25. igbokwe, c.o.; ezeasor, d.n. histological and immunohistochemical changes of the thyroid gland during the foetal and potanatal period of development in indigenous large white crossbred pigs. bulagarian j. vet. medi., 2015, 1-12 . mathematics 341 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the reduction of resolution of weyl module from characteristic-free resolution in case (4,4,3) h. r. hassan department of mathematics, college of science, al-mustansiriya university received in: 8 january 2012 accepted in: 22 april 2012 abstract in this paper we study the relation between the resolution of weyl module fk )3,4,4( in characteristic-free mode and in the lascoux mode (characteristic zero), more precisely we obtain the lascoux resolution of fk )3,4,4( in characteristic zero as an application of the resolution of fk )3,4,4( in characteristic-free. key word : resolution, weyl module, lascoux mode, divided power, characteristic-free. introduction let r be a commutative ring with 1 and f be free r-module by fdn we mean the divided power of degree n. the resolution res[ p, q, r, 21,tt ] of weyl module fk µλ / associated to the three-rowed skew-shape 1 2 2 1 2 2( , , ) / ( , , 0)p t t q t r t t t+ + + + , namely , the shape represented by the diagram 1t p 2t q r in general, the weyl module µλ /k is presented by the "box" map fddfd kfdfdfd fddfd trtqp d rqp rktq k ktp   −−++ > ′ −− > ++ ⊗⊗  →⊗⊗→ ⊗⊗ ∑ ∑ 22 / 11 0 / 0 µλ µλ where the maps fdfdfdfddfd rqprktq k ktp ⊗⊗→⊗⊗∑ −− > ++ 11 0 may be interpreted as kth divided power of the place polarization from place 1 to place2(i.e. )(32 k∂ ),the maps fdfdfdfddfd rqptrtqp ⊗⊗→⊗⊗ −−++∑  22 may be place 2 interpreted as th divided power of the place polarization from place 2 to 3 (i.e. )(32 ∂ ) [1]. buchsbaum in [1], hassan in [2] studied the resolution of weyl module in the case of the partition (2,2,2) and (3,3,3) respectively. in section two of this paper we review the terms of characteristic-free resolution of weyl module in the case of the partition (4,4,3). mathematics 342 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 in section three we apply this resolution to the lascoux resolution in the same case by using the way in [1] and [2] with capelli identities [3]. note: we have to mention that we shall use dn instead of dnf to refer to divided power algebra of degree n. characteristic-free resolution of the partition (4,4,3) in this section, we find the terms of the resolution of weyl module in the case of the partition (4,4,3). in general the terms of the resolution of weyl module in the case of a threerowed partition (p,q,r) which appeared in [3] are ⊕⊗+++∑⊕⊗ −− ≥ + 1 0 )1( 32 ])1;1,([sre]);,([sre     rr dqpyzdoqp ⊗−++++∑ ≥≥ ++ ]);1,1([sre 1221 ,0 )1( 31 )1( 32 121 12    qpzzz )2( 21 ++− rd where x, y and z stand for the separator variables, and the boundary map is zyx ∂+∂+∂ . let again bar(m,a,s) be the free bar module on the set },,{ zyxs = consisting of three separators x, y and z where a is the free associative (non-commutative) algebra generated by 3221, zz and 31z and their divided powers with the following relations: )( 32 )( 31 )( 31 )( 32 abba zzzz = and )(21 )( 31 )( 31 )( 21 abba zzzz = and the module m is the direct sum of tensor product of divided power module rq dd ⊗ for suitable p, q and r with the action of 3221, zz and 31z and their divided powers. we'll consider the case when 4,4 == qp and 3=r . in this case, we see that the index  in the first sum runs from 0 to 2, while the indices 1 and 2 in the second sum are very restricted : 1 must be 0, and 2 can be only 0 and 1 (since 12  ≥ and 121 ≤+  ). these comments are true whatever the values of p and q, then in this case we have ⊕⊗+++∑⊕⊗ −− ≥ + 13 0 )1( 323 ])1;14,4([sre])0;4,4([sre     dyzd ⊗−++++∑ ≥≥ + ]);14,14([sre 1221 ,0 )1( 32 121 2    yz )2(3 21 ++− d so =⊗+++∑ −− ≥ + 13 0 )1( 32 ])1;14,4([sre     dyz 0 )3( 321 )2( 32232 ])3;7,4([sre])2;6,4([sre])1;5,4([sre dzdyzdyz ⊗⊕⊗⊕⊗ where yz )2(32 is the complex 00 )2( 323232 →→→ yzyzz and yz )3(32 is the complex 00 )3(32 )2( 323232 )2( 32323232 →→⊕→→ yzyyzzyyzzyyzyzz then in this case we have the following terms  in dimension zero (m0) we have 344 ddd ⊗⊗ mathematics 343 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012  in dimension one (m1) we have 344 )( 21 dddxz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b=1,2,3,4 and bb b dddyz −+ ⊗⊗ 344 )( 32 with b =1,2,3  in dimension two (m2) we have the sum of the following terms • ;344 )( 21 )( 21 21 dddxzxz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with .4,3,221 =+= bbb • ;254 )( 2132 dddxzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 2,3,4,5. • ;344 )( 32 )( 32 21 bb bb dddxzyz −+ ⊗⊗ with .3,221 =+= bbb • ;164 )( 21 )2( 32 dddxzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 3,4,5,6. • ;074 )( 21 )3( 32 dddxzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 4,5,6,7. • ;24531 )( 32 bb b dddzzyz −+ ⊗⊗ with b= 1,2. in dimension three (m3) we have the sum of the following terms: • ;344 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21 321 dddxzxzxz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with .4,3321 =++= bbbb • ;254 )( 21 )( 2132 21 dddxzxzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with 5,4,321 =+= bbb and 21 ≥b • ;164 )( 21 )( 21 )2( 32 21 dddxzxzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5,421 =+= bbb and 31 ≥b • ;164 )( 213232 dddxzyzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 3,4,5,6. • ;074 )( 21 )( 21 )3( 32 21 dddxzxzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with 7,6,521 =+= bbb and 41 ≥b • ;074 )( 21 )( 32 )( 32 21 dddxzxzyz kk kbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 321 =+ bb and 7,6,5,4=k • 074323232 dddyzyzyz ⊗⊗ • ;155 )( 213132 dddxzzzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 1,2,3,4,5. • ;065 )( 2131 )2( 32 dddxzzzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 2,3,4,5,6. • 065313232 dddzzyzyz ⊗⊗ . in dimension four (m4) we have the sum of the following terms: • 30821212121 dddxzxzxzxz ⊗⊗ • ;254 )( 21 )( 21 )( 2132 321 dddxzxzxzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 5,4321 =++= bbbb and 21 ≥b • ;164 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21 )2( 32 321 dddxzxzxzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5321 =++= bbbb and 31 ≥b . mathematics 344 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 • ;164 )( 21 )( 213232 21 dddxzxzyzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5,4321 =++= bbbb and 31 ≥b . • ;074 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21 )3( 32 321 dddxzxzxzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 7,6321 =++= bbbb and 41 ≥b . • ;074 )( 21 )( 21 )( 32 )( 32 2121 dddxzxzyzyz bb bbcc ⊗⊗ −+ with ,321 =+ cc 7,6,5321 =++= bbbb and 41 ≥b . • ;074 )( 21323232 dddxzyzyzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 4,5,6,7. • ;155 )( 21 )( 213132 21 dddxzxzzzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with .5,4,3,221 =+= bbb • ;065 )( 21 )( 2131 )2( 32 21 dddxzxzzzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5,4,321 =+= bbb and 21 ≥b . • ;065 )( 21313232 dddxzzzyzyz bb b ⊗⊗ −+ with b= 2,3,4,5,6. in dimension five (m5) we have the sum of the following terms: • 1010212121 )3( 21 )2( 32 dddxzxzxzxzyz ⊗⊗ • ;164 )( 21 )( 21 )( 213232 321 dddxzxzxzyzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5321 =++= bbbb and 31 ≥b . • 0011212121 )4( 21 )3( 32 dddxzxzxzxzyz ⊗⊗ • ;074 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21 )( 32 )( 32 32121 dddxzxzxzyzyz bb bbbcc ⊗⊗ −+ with ,321 =+ cc 7,6321 =++= bbbb and 41 ≥b . • ;074 )( 21 )( 21323232 21 dddxzxzyzyzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with 7,6,5321 =++= bbbb and 41 ≥b . • ;155 )( 21 )( 21 )( 213132 321 dddxzxzxzzzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with .5,4,3321 =++= bbbb • ;065 )( 21 )( 21 )( 2131 )2( 32 321 dddxzxzxzzzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 1 2 3 4,5, 6b b b b= + + = and 21 ≥b . • ;065 )( 21 )( 21313232 21 dddxzxzzzyzyz bb bb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5,4,321 =+= bbb and 21 ≥b . in dimension six (m6) we have the sum of the following terms: • ;0011212121 )4( 21 )( 32 )( 32 21 dddxzxzxzxzyzyz cc ⊗⊗ with .321 =+ cc mathematics 345 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 • ;074 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21323232 321 dddxzxzxzyzyzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 7,6321 =++= bbbb and 41 ≥b . • ;155 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21 )( 213132 4321 dddxzxzxzxzzzyz bb bbbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 5,4 4 1 =∑= =i ibb . • ;065 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21 )( 2131 )2( 32 4321 dddxzxzxzxzzzyz bb bbbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5 4 1 =∑= =i ibb and 21 ≥b . • ;065 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21313232 321 dddxzxzxzzzyzyz bb bbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5,4321 =++= bbbb and 21 ≥b . in dimension seven (m7) we have the sum of the following terms: • 101021212121213132 dddxzxzxzxzxzzzyz ⊗⊗ . • 001121212121 )2( 2131 )2( 32 dddxzxzxzxzxzzzyz ⊗⊗ . • ;065 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21 )( 21313232 4321 dddxzxzxzxzzzyzyz bb bbbb ⊗⊗ −+ with 6,5 4 1 =∑= =i ibb and 21 ≥b . and finally in dimension eight ( m8)we have • 001121212121 )2( 21313232 dddxzxzxzxzxzzzyzyz ⊗⊗ . as in [3], it is necessary to introduce a quotient of bar complex modulo the capelli identities relations; the proof these relation are compatible with the boundary map zyx ∂+∂+∂ is complicated and proved in [3]. lascoux resolution for (4,4,3) the lascoux resolution of the weyl module associated to the partition (4,4,3) looks like this 335236 344146 254155 00 dddddd dddddd dddddd ⊕⊗⊕⊗ →⊕⊗→⊕→⊕→⊕⊗→ ⊕⊗⊕⊗ where the position of the terms of the complex determined by the length of the permutations to which they correspond. the correspondence between the terms of the resolution above and permutations is as follows ⇔⊕⊗ 344 ddd identity ⇔⊕⊗ 425 ddd (1 2) ⇔⊕⊗ 353 ddd (2 3) ⇔⊕⊗ 155 ddd (1 2 3) mathematics 346 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ⇔⊕⊗ 326 ddd (2 1 3) ⇔⊕⊗ 146 ddd (1 3) now, the terms can be presented as below, following buchsbaum method [1]. 00 am = 111 bam ⊕= 222 bam ⊕= 333 bam ⊕= and jj bm = ; for j=4,5,6,7,8. where the sa are the sums of the lascoux terms, and the sb are the sums of the others. now, we define the map 1σ from 1b to 1a as follows • );( 2 1 )( 2121 )2( 21 vxzvxz ∂ where 326 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 3 1 )( )2(2121 )3( 21 vxzvxz ∂ where 317 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 4 1 )( )3(2121 )4( 21 vxzvxz ∂ where 308 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 2 1 )( 3232 )2( 32 vyzvyz ∂ where 164 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 3 1 )( )2(3232 )3( 32 vyzvyz ∂ where 074 dddv ⊕⊗∈ we should point out that the map 1σ satisfies the identity: 0101 1 bbaa δσδ = …(3.1) where by 01 aa δ we mean the component of the boundary of the fat complex which conveys a1 to a0. we will use notation iiii baaa 11 , ++ δδ etc. then we can define 011 : aa →∂ as 011 aa δ=∂ . it is easy to show that 1∂ which we defined above satisfies the condition (3.1), for example: ))( 3 1 ())()(( )2(2121 )3( 211 0101 vxzvxz aaaa ∂=δσδ  ))((3 1 )2( 2121 v∂∂= )( )3( 21 v∂= ))(( )3(2101 vxzbbδ= . at this point we are in position to define 122 : aa →∂ by 1212 12 baaa δσδ +=∂ 001 01 baa aa = → δ 1σ mathematics 347 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 proposition (3.1): the composition 021 =∂∂  [1],[2] . now, we have to define a map 222 : ab →σ such that 211 )( 12121212 σδσδδσδ  baaabbab +=+ ………(3.2) we define this map as follows: • ;02121 vxzxz where 326 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;021 )2( 21 vxzxz where 317 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)2(2121 vxzxz where 317 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;021 )3( 21 vxzxz where 308 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)2(21 )2( 21 vxzxz where 308 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)3(2121 vxzxz where 308 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 3 1 21 )3( 2132 )3( 2132 vxzyzvxzyz ∂ where 227 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 6 1 )2( 21 )2( 2132 )4( 2132 vxzyzvxzyz ∂ where 218 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 10 1 )3( 21 )2( 2132 )5( 2132 vxzyzvxzyz ∂ where 209 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;03232 vyzyz where 164 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )( 3 1 )( 3 1 )2( 21313231 )2( 2132 )3( 21 )2( 32 vzzyzvxzyzvxzyz ∂−∂ ;where 137 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )( 12 1 )( 6 1 32 )2( 21 )2( 21323121 )2( 2132 )4( 21 )2( 32 vxzyzvxzyzvxzyz ∂∂−∂∂ ;where 128 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )( 5 1 )( 30 1 )4( 21313231 )2( 21 )2( 2132 )5( 21 )2( 32 vzzyzvxzyzvxzyz ∂−∂∂ ;where 119 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 20 1 )4( 2132 )2( 2132 )6( 21 )2( 32 vxzyzvxzyz ∂∂ where 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )( 12 1 )( 6 1 312132 )2( 2132 )2( 31 )2( 3132 )4( 21 )3( 32 vxzyzvzyzvxzyz ∂∂∂+∂ );( 12 1 32 )3( 213132 vzzyz ∂∂− where 038 dddv ⊕⊗∈ mathematics 348 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 • )( 18 1 )( 9 1 3132 )2( 21 )2( 2132 )2( 3121 )2( 2132 )5( 21 )3( 32 vxzyzvxzyzvxzyz ∂∂∂+∂∂ );( 30 1 )2( 32 )3( 21 )2( 2132 vxzyz ∂∂+ where 029 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )( 36 1 )( 9 1 32 )5( 21313231 )4( 213132 )6( 21 )3( 32 vzzyzvzzyzvxzyz ∂∂−∂∂− where 0110 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 30 1 )2( 31 )3( 21 )2( 2132 )7( 21 )3( 32 vxzyzvxzyz ∂∂ where 0011 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;032 )2( 32 vyzyz where 074 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)2(3232 vyzyz where 074 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );( 3 1 32313231 )3( 32 vzzyzvzzyz ∂ where 065 dddv ⊕⊗∈ it is easy to show that 2σ which is defined above satisfies the condition (3.2), for example we chose one of them ))(( )4(21 )3( 321 1212 vxzyzbbab δσδ + ))(())(()( )2(3132 )2( 21131 )2( 32 )3( 211 )3( 32 )4( 211 vxzvxzvxz ∂∂+∂∂+∂= σσσ ))(()( )4(21 )3( 321 )31( 3121 vxzvxz ∂−∂+ σ )( 2 1 )( 3 1 )( 4 1 )2( 31322121 )2( 32 )4( 2121 )3( 32 )3( 2121 vxzvxzvxz ∂∂∂+∂∂+∂∂= )( 3 1 )( )4(21 )2( 3232 )3( 3121 vyzvxz ∂∂−∂+ )( 2 1 )( 3 1 )( 4 1 )2( 3132212131 )2( 32 )2( 2121 )3( 32 )3( 2121 vxzvxzvxz ∂∂∂+∂∂∂+∂∂= )( 3 1 )( )2(32 )4( 2132 )3( 3121 vyzvxz ∂∂−∂+ )( 3 1 )( 3 1 )( 3 1 )2( 31 )2( 21323132 )3( 2132 )2( 32 )4( 2132 vyzvyzvyz ∂∂−∂∂∂−∂∂− and )( 12 1 )( 6 1 )(( 2131 )2( 2132 )2( 31 )2( 21321 1212 vxzyzvxzyzbaaa ∂∂+∂+ δσδ  ))( 12 1 31 )3( 213132 vzzyz ∂∂− )( 6 1 )( 2 1 ))( 6 1 ( )2(31 )2( 2132 )3( 3121 )2( 3132 )2( 211 vyzvxzvxz ∂∂−∂+∂∂= σ )( 12 1 )( 6 1 ))( 6 1 ( 312132 )2( 2121 )2( 312132213121 )2( 32 )2( 211 vxzvxzvxz ∂∂∂∂−∂∂∂+∂∂∂+σ mathematics 349 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 )( 12 1 )( 12 1 ))( 3 1 ( 3132 )3( 213232 )3( 21 )2( 322132 )4( 21 )2( 321 vyzvxzvyz ∂∂∂+∂∂∂+∂∂−σ )( 6 1 )( 12 1 )( 12 1 )2( 31 )2( 2132 )3( 3121 )2( 31322121 vyzvxzvxz ∂∂−∂+∂∂∂= )( 6 1 )( 6 1 )( 6 1 )2( 31322121 )2( 3132212131 )2( 32 )2( 2121 vxzvxzvxz ∂∂∂+∂∂∂+∂∂∂+ )( 6 1 )( 4 1 )( 2 1 )2( 31 )2( 21323132 )3( 2132 )3( 3121 vyzvyzvxz ∂∂−∂∂∂−∂+ )( 4 1 )( 6 1 )( 3 1 )3( 32 )3( 21213132 )3( 2132 )2( 32 )4( 2132 vxzvyzvyz ∂∂+∂∂∂−∂∂− )( 12 1 )( 12 1 )( 6 1 3132 )3( 2132 )2( 3132212131 )2( 32 )2( 2121 vyzvxzvxz ∂∂∂+∂∂∂+∂∂∂+ )( 3 1 )()( 2 1 )2( 31 )2( 2132 )3( 3121 )2( 31322121 vyzvxzvxz ∂∂−∂+∂∂∂= )( 3 1 )( 3 1 3132 )3( 213231 )2( 32 )2( 2121 vyzvxz ∂∂∂−∂∂∂+ )( 4 1 )( 3 1 )3( 32 )3( 2121 )2( 32 )4( 2132 vxzvyz ∂∂+∂∂−  proposition (3.2) [1],[2] : we have exactness at ai . now by using 2σ we can also define 233 : aa →∂ by 2323 23 baaa δσδ +=∂ proposition (3.3) [1],[2] : 032 =∂∂  . we need to define 333 : ab →σ which satisfying 222 )( 23232323 σδσδδσδ  baaabbab +=+ …(3.3) as follows • ;0212121 vxzxzxz where 317 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;02121 )2( 21 vxzxzxz where 308 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;021 )2( 2121 vxzxzxz where 308 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)3(212121 vxzxzxz where 308 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;021 )2( 2132 vxzxzyz where 227 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;021 )3( 2132 vxzxzyz where 218 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)2(21 )2( 2132 vxzxzyz where 218 dddv ⊕⊗∈ mathematics 350 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 • ;021 )4( 2132 vxzxzyz where 209 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)2(21 )3( 2132 vxzxzyz where 209 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)2(21 )2( 2132 vxzxzyz where 209 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz 21 )3( 21 )2( 32 )(3 1 )2( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂− ; where 128 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )( 4 1 )3( 21213132 )4( 21 )2( 32 vxzzzyzvxzyz ∂ ; where 119 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)2(21 )3( 21 )2( 32 vxzxzyz where 119 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz 21 )5( 21 )2( 32 )(5 1 )4( 2121 )5( 31 )2( 32 vxzzzyz ∂− where 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz )2(21 )4( 21 )2( 32 )(4 1 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂− where 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz )3(21 )3( 21 )2( 32 )(3 2 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂− where 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzyzyz )3(213232 )(3 1 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂− where 137 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)4(213232 vxzyzyz where 218 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzyzyz )5(213232 );(10 1 )3( 21 )2( 213132 vxzzzyz ∂ with 119 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)6(213232 vxzyzyz with 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz 21 )4( 21 )2( 32 vxzxzyz 21 )5( 21 )2( 32 +∂∂ )(6 1 31 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyz )( 30 1 32 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ ; with 0110 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • ;0)2(21 )4( 21 )2( 32 vxzxzyz with 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz )3(21 )3( 21 )2( 32 )(3 2 213132 vxzzzyz with 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzyzyz )3(213232 );(3 1 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂− with 137 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)4(213232 vxzyzyz ; with 128 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzyzyz )5(213232 );(10 1 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂− with 119 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)6(213232 vxzyzyz with 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ mathematics 351 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 • vxzxzyz 21 )4( 21 )3( 32 −∂∂− )(36 1 31 )2( 21213132 vxzzzyz )( 12 1 32 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ ; with 029 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz 21 )5( 21 )3( 32 +∂∂ )(6 1 31 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyz )( 30 1 32 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ ; with 0110 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz )2(21 )4( 21 )3( 32 )(12 1 )4( 2132213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ ; 0110 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz 21 )6( 21 )3( 32 )(60 7 31 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ − ; with 0011 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)2(21 )5( 21 )3( 32 vxzxzyz ; with 0011 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzxzyz )3(21 )4( 21 )3( 32 )(6 1 31 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ − ; with 0011 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzyzyz )4(2132 )3( 32 −∂∂ − )( 6 1 3121213132 vxzzzyz )( 12 1 31 )2( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ ; with 038 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzyzyz )6(2132 )2( 32 ))()(( 60 1 )4( 213121313231 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyzvxzzzyz ∂∂+∂∂ − ; with 0110 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)7(2132 )2( 32 vxzyzyz ; with 0011 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • vxzyzyz )6(21 )2( 2132 )( 60 1 )( 12 1 31 )4( 2121313231 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyzvxzzzyz ∂∂−∂∂ − ; with 0110 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)7(21 )2( 2132 vxzyzyz ; with 0011 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0213232 vyzyzyz ; with 074 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()2(213132 vxzzzyz )(3 1 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂ ; with 137 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()3(213132 vxzzzyz )(3 1 )2( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂ ; with 128 dddv ⊕⊗∈ mathematics 352 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 • )()4(213132 vxzzzyz )(10 1 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂ ; with 119 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()5(213132 vxzzzyz )(5 1 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂ ; with 1010 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()2(2131 )2( 32 vxzzzyz )(3 1 31213132 vxzzzyz ∂ ; with 047 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()3(2131 )2( 32 vxzzzyz ))()(( 12 1 )2( 21322131323121213132 vxzzzyzvxzzzyz ∂∂+∂∂ ; with 038 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()4(2131 )2( 32 vxzzzyz )( 30 1 )( 9 1 32 )3( 2121313231 )2( 21213132 vxzzzyzvxzzzyz ∂∂+∂∂ ; with 038 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()5(2131 )2( 32 vxzzzyz );(20 1 32 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ with 0110 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()7(2131 )2( 32 vxzzzyz );(15 1 32 )4( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ with 0011 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • 0)(213232 vzzyzyz ; with 065 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • )()5(2132 )2( 32 vxzyzyz );(20 1 32 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂ with 029 dddv ⊕⊗∈ again easily we can show that 3σ which defined above satisfies the condition (3.3), and here we chose one of them as an example )( 2323 2 bbab δσδ + =))(( )4(2131 )2( 32 vxzzzyz =∂+∂+= ))(())(())((2 )2(2131 )3( 32232 )5( 21 )3( 322 )5( 21 )3( 322 vzzyzvxzyzvxzyz σσσ )( 15 1 )( 9 1 )( 9 2 )2( 32 )3( 21 )2( 21323132 )2( 21 )2( 2132 )2( 3121 )2( 2132 vxzyzvxzyzvxzyz ∂∂−∂∂∂+∂∂= )( 3 1 )( 5 1 )( 30 1 32 )4( 21313232 )4( 21 )2( 21313232 )2( 21 )2( 2132 vzzyzvxzzzyzvxzyz ∂∂+∂∂−∂∂+ =∂∂+ )( 3 1 31 )3( 213132 vzzyz )( 90 13 )( 9 2 3132 )2( 21 )2( 213132 )2( 3221 )2( 2132 vxzzzyzvxzyz ∂∂∂+∂∂ )( 15 1 )2( 32 )3( 21 )2( 2132 vxzyz ∂∂+ )(3 1 )( 15 2 31 )3( 21313232 )4( 213132 vzzyzvzzyz ∂∂+∂∂+ and mathematics 353 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 )( 2323 2 baaa δσδ + )( 9 1 ( 3132 )2( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂∂ ))( 30 1 3232 )3( 21213132 vxzzzyz ∂∂∂+ )2( 3121 )2( 21323132 )2( 21 )2( 2132 9 2 )( 9 1 ∂∂+∂∂∂= xzyzvxzyz )( 30 1 )( 3 1 32 )3( 2132 )2( 213231 )3( 213132 vxzyzvzzyz ∂∂∂+∂∂+ )(15 2 32 )4( 213132 vzzyz ∂∂+ )( 9 2 )( 9 1 )2( 3121 )2( 21323132 )2( 21 )2( 2132 vxzyzvxzyz ∂∂+∂∂∂= )( 15 1 )( 3 1 )2( 32 )3( 21 )2( 213231 )3( 213132 vxzyzvzzyz ∂∂+∂∂+ )( 15 2 )( 30 1 32 )4( 2131323132 )2( 21 )2( 2132 vzzyzvxzyz ∂∂+∂∂∂ )( 9 2 )( 90 13 )2( 3121 )2( 21323132 )2( 21 )2( 2132 vxzyzvxzyz ∂∂+∂∂∂= )( 15 1 )( 3 1 )2( 32 )3( 21 )2( 213231 )3( 213132 vxzyzvzzyz ∂∂+∂∂+ ).(15 2 32 )4( 213132 vzzyz ∂∂+  so from all we have done above we have the complex 0123 1230 aaaa →→→→ ∂∂∂ …(3.4) where i∂ defined as follows : • );())(( 21211 vvxz ∂=∂ with 335 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );())(( 32321 vvyz ∂=∂ with 254 dddv ⊕⊗∈ • );()()( 2 1 ))(( )2(21323121322121 )2( 21322 vyzvxzvxzvxzyz ∂−∂+∂∂=∂ with 236 dddv ⊕⊗∈ . • );()()( 2 1 ))(( )2(3232 )2( 322121323231322 vyzvxzvyzvzzyz ∂−∂−∂∂=∂ with 155 dddv ⊕⊗∈ . and the map 3∂ is defined as • );()())(( 21313232 )2( 21322131323 vzyzzvxyzzvxzzyzz ∂+∂=∂ with 146 dddv ⊕⊗∈ . proposition (3.4) [1],[2] : the complex mathematics 354 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 )3,4,4(0123 1230 kaaaa →→→→→ ∂∂∂ is exact. references 1. buchsbaum, d. a. (2004), characteristic free example of lascoux resolution and letter place mathods for intertwining numbers, european journal of gombinatorics, 25, 11691179. 2. haytham, r. hassan, (2006), application of the characteristic free resolution of weyl module to the lascoux resolution in the case (3,3,3). ph. d. thesis, universita di roma "tor vergata". 3. buchsbaum, d. a. and rota,g. c. (2001), approaches to resolution of weyl modules, adv. in applied math. 27, 82-191. 4. buchsbaum, d. a. and rota,g. c. (1994), a new construction in homological algebra, natl acad. sci, usa 91, 4115-4119. 5. akin, k.; buchsbaum, d. a. and weyman, j. (1982), schur functors and schur complexes, adv. math. 44, 207-278. 6. vermani, l. r.(2000). an elementary approach to homological algebra, chapman applied mathematics 130. mathematics 355 الصرفة و التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 اختزال تحلل مقاس وايل من صيغة المميز الحر الى تحلل السكو في حالة (4,4,3) هيثم رزوقي حسن قسم الرياضيات، كلية العلوم، الجامعة المستنصرية 2012نيسان 22قبل البحث في: 2012كانون الثاني 8استلم البحث في: الخالصة fkمقاس وايل ( في هذا البحث ندرس العالقة بين تحلل ) في صيغة المميز الحر والتحلل لالسكو في )3,4,4( fkصيغة المميز صفر و بدقة اكثر سوف نحصل على تحلل السكو لـ ا لتحلل تطبيقفي صيغة المميز صفر )3,4,4( fk صيغة المميز الحر. في )3,4,4( : تحلل، مقاس وايل، تحلل السكو، تقسيم القوة، المميز الحر. الكلمات المفتاحية received in: 8 january 2012 accepted in: 22 april 2012 10050007 10050006 10050008 10050009 10050010 10050011 10050012 10050013 10050014 10050015 10050016 ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 seasonal abundance of adult fly species on the exposed carcasses in baghdad city m . s . abdul – rassoul , r. s . augul , h. h. al – saffar iraqi natural history mus eum, unive rsity of baghdad. abstrac t adult of dipt erous flies were collected monthly from exp osed animals carc asses during the p eriod from february 2006 to january 2007 in baghdad city . the results obtained show ed that flies cou ld be co llected all ov er the y ear wit h var iation of their p op ulation densit y in different seasons. the majority of the collected species were abundant during spring and late autumn (at lowest numbers) . in t his invest igation, nineteen species confin ed t o four fa milies w ere collected; these families are: callip horidae, muscidae, sar cop hagidae and fann iidae. the species musca domestica linn .was the most abundant followed by chrysomya megacephala ( fabricius ) , while pollenia sp . and fannia sp . were the least abundant species. introductio n the dip terous flies can be dist inguished from most ot her insects by the possession of only one p air of functional wings; immediately behind the wings arises a p air of club – s hap ed organs called halters which are derived from the posterior p air of wings [ 1 ] .the most important feature of the wings , for p urp ose of identification and class ification ,is the wing – venat ion . this is quite ast onishingly constant within one sp ecies , and oft en genera , tribes and families can be recognized immediately by s ome ap p arently insignificant detail [ 2] . in suborder cy clorrhap ha , the ant ennae are comp osed of three segments an arist ae or st y le carried dors ally on the last segment ; p alp i with a single segment ; this group is large , consist ing mainly of the insects normally called ( flies ) , many are closely similar t o one another and their class ification [2] . the flies of the series schizop hora are remarkable for the p ossession of an eversible sac or p tilinum, which p rot rudes from their heads and with which they p ush op en the p uparium and work their way through t he soil beneath which they may have pup ated [ 3 ] , t he families m uscidae , fanniidae , callip horidae and sarcop hagidae for exam lie of this series above . the families m uscidae , fanniidae of older aut hors , may be defined as calyp trate dip tera which lack a row of st rong set ae on the hy p opleuron [ 1 ] . adult of these families may be recognized by the 6 th (anal) vein (a1) , this vein is short , and does reach wing – margin in bot h families . adult fanniidae can be recognized by the extremely short 6 th (anal ) vein , which does not extend half the dist ance from it s base to the wing – margin , and by the curvat ure of the 7 th vein , an imaginary extension of which would int ersect an imaginary extension of the 6 th vein well before t he wing – margin ; and by the p resence of a true dorsal sub median seta on hind tibia , which the adult of m uscidae recognized it , hind t ibia without a strong median t rue dorsal seta , vein (a1) is longer than (a1) in fanniidae , if extended does not meet an imaginary extension of vein (a2) before w ing – margin [ 4 ] . the callip horidae and sarcop hagidae are the well – known blue bot tles and green bottles flies , also know n as blow flies , and the grey flesh flies [ 5 ] , although bearing a sup erficial resemblance to flies of ot her families ( e . g . muscidae ) the callip horidae are dist inguished by having well – develop ed thoracic squamae and a row of brist les on t he hyp op leuron . in ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 sarcop hagidae (flesh flies), the adult large gray ish – black chequered abdomen and black – st rip ed thorax, a few s p ecies are brow nish – y ellow in colour but the thoracic strip es are alway s p resent [1, 2,3 ] . the adult flies are att racted to carrion and faces at which they normally breed, and occur throughout the world and mostly breed in decay ing animal matt er [6]. flies succession on carrion decomposition are influenced by many factors, most important of them are temp erature, humidity, rain fall [7]. m any studies had been all the four seasons and attemp ted to describe the succession of insect on carrion exp osed such as; [8 ,9 ,10] . flies have been implicated in the direct and indirect mechanical transmission of a number of pathogens responsible for human disease, esp ecially those causing diarrheal illness ; the common factor in the ecology of several sp ecies of flies is their utilization of decomp osing organic materials as food sources for the adults and as develop mental media for their larvae. considering that these materials are often carrion, feces and food wast es (all with associated p athogens) [11], furthermore there are many sp ecies of flies can lay their eggs in an op en wound on man and animals causing m y iasis disease [ 5 ] . the aim of this study is to identify the fly species which are associated with exp osed animal carcass es in baghdad city . m aterials and m ethods the st udy was carried out in the garden of iraqi natural hist ory m useum. a survey of adult flies was undertaken during the p eriod from february 2006 to january 2007 on decomp osed carcass es of rabbits and fishes decomp osition. the rabbit were killed by st rangulation using chloroform, and t hen p laced with fishes in a metal cage according to the method of denno and cot hran [12]. the cage was located in an op en area and was exp osed to direct sunlight and rep licated monthly . collection and samp ling were performed randomly among the carcasses. flies were captured by aerial net, and then killed by freezing and mounted on entomological p ins. the sp ecimens were observed under dissecting microscop e and identified to family and s pecies using numerous key s [2, 3, 4, 13, 14, 15, 16] results adult of dipterous flies collected from the garden of iraqi natural hist ory m useum, baghdad city ; using exp osed carcasses (fishes and rabbits) during the p eriod (from february 2006 to january 2007) of investigation were located in four families. t heir seasonal abundance and the relative annual abundance were given in table (1 ,2 ) and table (3) show ed the temperature and relative humidity which were recorded in baghdad city during this p eriod . (1) family: calliphoridae: five species were collected. calliphora vicina rob – desvoidy; it st arted with a high p op ulation during february . it s natural p opulation then decreased during next mont hs. in jun, july , august, sep tember, october and december, no flies were collected. during november the insect reap p eared with a lowest numbers. results showed that sp ecies ap peared to one p eak during spring. chrysomya albiceps (wiedemann): t his sp ecies was abundant throughout the year, its pop ulation st arted with a lowest level in february , while it had a highest number in ap ril. t he abundance of this sp ecies was fluctuated in ot her mont hs; no flies were collected during january . the p opulation showed one p eak during spring. chrysomya megacephala ( fabricius ) : this species was found all the y ear round , its highest p opulation was reached during april and lowest during february and m arch , also ; september , ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 october , december and january , while the flies reap p ear with a highest numbers in november . this sp ecies ap p eared t o have two p eaks; the first during spring and t he second during aut umn. lucilia sericata (meigen): the p opulation of t his sp ecies was fluctuated during this p eriod; it was highest during spring, no flies were collected during july to january . pollenia sp .: this sp ecies was scare during this investigation; this species was recorded during february only , but in lowest number. the results table (2) show ed that the relative annual abundance of these species; in family of callip horidae was 15.34, 33.93, 39.2, 11.45 and 0.08 % resp ectively . accordingly , ch. megacephala was the most abundant in this family, followed by ch albiceps , c . vicina , l sericata and finally pollenia sp . (ii) family : m uscidae: t here were five collected species. musca domestica linn. : this sp ecies was the most abundant throughout the year excep t december. a high p eak occurred during spring reaching its maximum in ap ril. the p op ulation then decreased gradually reaching the lowest level in january . musca sorbens wied. : the p opulation of this sp ecies was scare in this period, its seasonal abundance show ed a high p eak during sp ring and late summer. no flies were collected during m arch, m ay, jun, july , sep tember, october, december and j anuary . musca biseta hough: t his sp ecies was recorded during august only , but in lowest numbers. musca sp .: its p op ulation st arted with lowest numbers during february , it increased during spring and reached its highest p eak in april. one ot her p eak occurred in november. no flies, however, were collected during june to october; also in december and j anuary . muscina stabulans (fallen): flies were abundant during late winter and spring . the highest p eak was reached in ap ril. no fly was recorded in summer, early autumn and early winter. these results showed that sp ecies in lowest numbers during november and january . the relative annual abundance of the above mentioned sp ecies was 84.46, 2.73, 0.21, 6.4 and 6.2 % resp ectively . accordingly , m . domestica comes first , followed by musca sp . , mus cina stabulans, musca sorbens, and finally musca biseta . (iii) family: fanniidae: there were two sp ecies collected in this investigation. fannia canicularis (linn.): the pop ulation of this sp ecies st arted with a high level in february forming its first p eak. n o flies could be collected for t he next mont hs from ap ril to december. fannia sp .: this species was scare during the invest igating p eriod; it's recorded in lowest number in march only . the relative annual abundance of these species was 97.3 and 2.7 %. accordingly , f. canicularis was much more abundant than fannia sp . (iv) family sarcop hagidae : seven sp ecies were collected during the invest igating p eriod . sarcophaga africa ( wiedemann ) : this was t he most abundant species in this family ; flies were abundant during spring , summer , late aut umn and early winter . the highest level occurred during summer, esp ecially in july. sarcophaga melanura meig . : this was the least abundant of sarcophagid sp ecies. only two individuals were collected during march. sarcophaga sp.1 : this species was collected during march and june only ; the highest number was in june. sarcophaga sp.2: no flies could be collected during february , its p opulation st arted with high numbers during spring. the highest p eak was reached in march. no flies collected from july till january. sarcophaga carnaria (linn.): this sp ecies has a similar abundance of s. melanura, but it was collected during april only. ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 sarcophaga argyrostoma (rob – desvoidy ): flies were collected during late spring and late aut umn with highest number in reached ap ril, there were no flies collected during other months. ravinia pernix ( harr . ) : flies were abundant during sp ring ; the highest p eak was reached in ap ril . no flies could be collected during other mont hs. the relative annual abundance of these sp ecies was 60.23, 2.27, 5.68, 10.23, 2.27, 6.82 and 12.5 % respectively . accordingly s. africa comes first; it was much more abundant than other sp ecies of this family ; followed by r. pernix, sarcophaga sp .2, sarcophaga argyrostoma, sarcophaga sp 1 and last ly s. m elanura , s . carnaria at similar ap p earance. discussion a summary of t he relative annual abundance of the collected sp ecies of adult dipterous flies from one locality in baghdad city is given in table (2), seasonal activity of flies species were fluctuating dep ending on season and environmental condition, temp erature is most important factor affecting the growth and develop ment of insects [17]. the adults of five families of dip tera collected from the carcass es. adults in the families callip horidae and muscidae were the initial colonizers of the carcasses and t hen arriving adults in the family sarcop hagidae ; the species of callip horidae rep ort ed from carrion ; ch . albiceps , ch . megacephala and lucilia sp . [18] ; the abundance of other group of flies in dip tera; it responds to the environmental conditions and that weather exerts a very p owerful influence on their activities such as feeding and emerging [19]. field observations sup port ed by the data recorded in the p resent st udy , show that most, if not all, sp ecies of t he collected dip terous flies are more abundant during the moderate temp eratures of spring and autumn seasons than during cold winter and hot summer seasons. most flies were highly abundant and reached their highest activity during the period from february to m ay except three species; ch. albiceps , ch . megacephala and m . dom estica which p resent all the y ear for the first and the second sp ecies and occurred in eleven mont hs for the third sp ecies; but their p opulations fluctuated during the season of t he y ear influenced by temp erature and relative humidity . it was rapid invasion of carcasses by adults dip tera (especially callip horidae and sarcop hagidae ) , in callip horids ; they were collected c . vicina , l . sericata and ch . albiceps , also assured that l . sericata was able to breed successfully in carrion in rain fall , winter and spring ; in summer , it was surp rising to find adult of t his sp ecies in abundance on carrion from first day after the dead of the animals [10]. the flies associated with p ig carrion and human corp ses, these sp ecies; ch. albiceps, ch. megacephala and lucilia sp . [18] , ch . albiceps which is us ually associated with warm weather was found as well [20] , also find that ch. albiceps is by far the most abundant sp ecies of dip tera found in autumn, while in winter its presence is extremely rare [21] , this result in an agreement with the p resent st udy .on the ot her hand, ch. albiceps is common in summer , although in lower numbers than in aut umn ; this sp ecies is considered to be the p rincipal taxon p resent of the p rimary diptera ; which suggest s colonization of the carcass at the end of summer or beginning of in aut umn , since this w hen ch . albiceps is t he most abundant species [21]. adult sp ecimens of, ch. megacephala, was p resent on a man corpse when the temp erature was 27 c o max & 15 c o minimum [22],while t he t emp erature of 25 c o and 70 % r.h. were best condition for adult flies survival and p roduced higher adult p op ulation , least adult p roduction was at 37 c o and 70 % r.h. [23] . c. v icina occurs in winter in t he subt ropics and in spring when rain fall occurs in the temp erate zone [24]: on t he other hand, c . vicina was well rep resented in carrion in winter only [10]. ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 the c. vicina was identified on meat exp osed, and ass ured that ovip osition of this sp ecies occurrin g in late april (28c o max, 13 c o min. and r.h. max. 91% & 31 % min.) [25], whereas that c . vicina occurred only on t he unsheltered carcass in winter ( the most common sp ecies at this time of t he year ) [20] . on t he other hand, c . v icina was found the most dominant species in the coldest mont hs [26], also this result is in an agr eement with t he p resent investigation . the sp ecies of pollenia sp . was rare in this st udy ; this sp ecies was rep ort ed in diyala governorat e [14]. in m uscidae ; the muscid adults found ear ly arrival such as m . dom esti ca , musca sp . [18]. the flies of this family were found on rabbit carrion e xp osed carcass ; muscina stabulans , m . domestica , m . sorbens ; and assured t hat muscina stabulans was the domin ant fly breedin g in winter [ 10 ] . on the ot her hand fanniidae sp ecies w ere collected in small numbers in this st udy ; it w as rep resented by f . cancularis and fannia sp . in t he cold seasons ; it was record ed in winter and early spring as assured by t antawi et al [10]. s.ar gyrostom a bred successfully in carrion only in ra in fall [10] ; while the other st udies mentioned that the flesh flies ar e p rimary invaders of carrion in warmer temperate and tropical region [ 27 , 28 ] , whereas they are secondary species in cooler regions [ 29 ] . s . africa was identified on meat exp osed and ass ured t hat larvip osit ing of this sp ecies occurrin g in late may as a dominant species [25], and the p rimary role of sarcopha gidae in carrion co lonization [30], while the adult of s. ar gyros toma was dominant fly in rain fall [10] . sarcophaga sp ecies cannot survive in a cold temp erature climate [31], as referenced to ward ' s m anual [32] ; the development rates of sarcophaga species were temp erature and light dep endent , cooler temperatures and less light exposure will slow down the growth of develop ment ; and the opt imal temp erature of development arrest is at 4 c o . in addition, the opt imal culturin g cond itions were 25 c o and 24һ. light e xp osure. generally from this investigation we can conclude that the numbers of sp ecies which were collected on e xp osed car cass es in lowest number durin g summer as comp ared with other season; m ay cause that st ages of decomp osit ion were very quick in summer or hot months [ 20 ]. finally, the callip horidae sp ecies were the most abundant , followed by muscidae , sarcop ha gidae and fin ally fanniidae sp ecies . references 1.oldroy d , h . (1970) diptera : introduction an key to families , handbooks for t he identification of british insects . royal entomol . soc. of london, vol . ix. part 1 . 104 pp . 2.smith , k . g . v . (1973)insects and ot her arthrop ods of medical importance. brit ish m useum ( natural history ) , london . 561 pp . 3.z umpt , f . (1965) my iasis in man and animals in t he world, london: but terworth’s, 267pp . 4.pont , a . c .( 1991) fauna of saudi arab ia , 12 : 312 – 365 . 5.spradbery , j . p . (199 ) a m anual for the diagnosis of screw – worm fly . commonwealth of csiro division of ent omology , aust ralia , canberra : 62 p p . 6.greenburg , b .(1973)flies and disease . vol . 11 , biology and disease transmission , princeton u niversity p ress , princeton , nj . 447 pp . 7.galloway , a . , w . h . brikby , a . m . jones , t . e . henry , and b . o . parks (1989) j . forensic . sci . 34: 607 – 616 . 8.reed , h . b . j . r .(1958) am . midl . nat . 59 : 213 – 245 ( cited in tantawi et al 1996 ) . 9.johnson , m .d . (1975) j . amer . m idland naturalist . 93 : 79 – 90 . ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 10.tant awi , t . i . , el kady , e . m . ; greenberg , b . and el – ghaffar , h . a .(1996) . j . m ed . ent omol . 33 (4 ) : 566 – 580 . 11.white , g . b .(2006) filth flies : significance , surveillence and cont rol in cont ingency op erations , technical guide no . 30 . published and dist ributed by armed forces pest m anagement board , washington , 54 p p . 12.denno , r . f. and cothran , w . r .(1976 ) ann . entomol . soc . am .69 (1) : 109 – 113 . 13.roback , s . s .(1951) ann. entomol . soc . am . 44 : 327 – 361 . 14.m awlood , n . a .(2001) taxonomic st udy of the blowflies ( dip tera : callip horidae ) in middle of iraq. a thesis of ph.d., college of agriculture, university of baghdad . 15.al – saffar , h . h.(2003)t he taxonomic st udy of t he family m uscidae ( insecta : dip tera ) in the middle of iraq . a thesis of m . sc. in biology , college of science, university of baghdad. 194 p p . 16.al – hadidi , s . n.(2005) taxomic st udy on the family flies (dip tera : sarcop hagidae ) in diy ala governorate . a thesis of m . sc. in biology, college of education, diyala university . 116 p p . 17.catts , e . p . and goff , l .(1992) a nn . rev . ent omol . 37 : 253 – 272 . 18.carvalho et al .l . m . l . ;thy ss en , p . j . ; goff , m . l . and linhares , a . x .(2004) anil aggrawal◌ُ s int ernet journal of f orensic medicine and t oxicology , 5 (1): 33 – 39 . 19.kamal , m .(1939) egy pt , m in agr . tech . and sci . bull . 207 , 110 p p . 20.cent eno , n. ; maldonado , m . and oliva , a .(2000) forensic science international , 126 : 63 – 70 . 21.arnaldos , m . i ; romera , e. ; garcia , m. d . and luna , a .( 2001) int ernational. j . of legal medicine , 114 : 156 – 162 . 22.oliveira – costa , j . and m ello –patiu , c . a . (2004 ) anil aggrawal ◌ُs int ernet j . of forensic m edicine and t oxicology , 5(1) : 40 – 44 . 23.al – zuby di, r. sh. a.(2000) comparat ive st udy of some biological and ecological asp ects between old world screw worm fly chrysomya bezziana vill. and big headed secondary my iasis fly ch . megacephala ( fab . ) ( dip tera : calliphoridae ) in baghdad . a thesis of m .sc. in biology , baghdad u niversity . 24.greenberg , b and povolny , d .(1971)bionomics of flies , pp . 57 – 83 . in b . greenberg , flies and disease vol. 1 . p rinceton university p rees , princeton. n .j. 25.leccese , a .(2004).anil aggrawa◌ُls int ernet j . of forensic medicine and toxicology , 5 (1) : 26 – 32 . 26.schroed er , h . ; klotzbach , h . and p uschel , k .( 2003). legal m edicin e, 5 : 372 – 374 . 27.early , m . and goff , m . l .( 1986 ) j . m ed . ent omol . 23 : 520 – 531 . (28)pay ne , j . a .(1965) ecology , 46 : 592 – 602 . 29.rodrigu ez, w . c . and bass w . m .(1983). j . forensic sci : 28 : 423 – 432 . 30.hall , r . d . and doisy , k . e .(1993) ann . ent omol . soc . am . 86 (5): 589 – 593 . 31.sam , s. (2006) bio lo gy j . 1 : 233 – 243 . 32.ward ◌ُs m annal .( 2001) workin g with nasonia . pp . 1 – 2 . ward ◌ُs natural scienc e est ablishments, inc . , rochest er, ny . (cited in sam 2006 ) . ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (1):seasonal abundance of fly adults in baghdad go vernorate during the period from february 2006 to january 2007 __________________________________________________________________ number of flies in mont hly collection d ipterous flies feb.2006ar. ap r. may jul. aug. sept. o ct. nov. dec. jan. 007 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 34 112 35 2 8 1 4 2 14 4 82 4 4 36 20 21 39 7 2 5 5 10 40 15 20 15 1 44 10 3 1 1 23 19 5 75 4 2 4 2 1 1 18 264 391 39 386 16 35 27 8 2 2 3 9 76 31 3 92 64 12 22 17 1 6 2 2 4 1 87 2 2 4 1 2 1 2 6 18 fam.:c alliphoridae cal liphora vicina chryso mya al bi cps ch. megacephala luci lia sericta pollenia sp. fam.:musci dae musca dome stica m.sorben s m.biseta musca sp. muscina stabulans fam.:fanniidae fannia canicularis fan nia sp. fam.sarcophagidae sarcophaga africa s. melanura sarcophaga.sp.1 sarcophaga.sp.2 s. carnaria s.argyro sto ma ravi via pernix ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (2):the relative annual abundance of the collected species of the fl y adults on exposed carcass in baghdad city during the period of i nvestigation annual abundance% dipterous flies 15. 34 33. 93 39. 20 11.45 0. 08 84.46 2.73 0.21 6.4 6. 20 97.30 2.70 60.23 2.27 5.68 10.23 2.27 6.82 12.5 fami ly : cal liphoridae cal liphora vicina chrysomya albiceps ch. megacephala luci lia serieata pollenia sp. fami ly: muscidae musca domestica m. sorbens m. bi seta musca sp. muscina stabulans fami ly : fanni idae fan nia canicularis fan nia sp. fami ly: s arcophagidae sarcophaga africa s. melanura sarcophaga.sp.1 sarcophaga.sp.2 s.carnaria s. argyrostoma ravi nia pernix ibn alh aitham j. fo r pure & appl. s ci. vo l.22 (4) 2009 table(3):the tempe ratuec and relative humidity thro ugh the study mo nths (accord ing to iraq i meteorolo gical o ffice) mo nths feb2006 march 200 6 a pr2006 may 2006 jun 2006 jul 2006 a ug2006 sep 2006 o ct 2006 n ov2006 d ec2006 jan 200 7 8.7 11.5 17.0 22.5 25.5 27.0 26.5 20.9 18.5 8.1 3.1 3.0 mi n ċ max ċ 19.6 26.6 30.3 38.2 44.2 45.3 42.7 40.0 34.0 22.7 15.7 14.0 r.h % 63 43 49 33 20 22 23 28 43 49 62 67 الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 200) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم 9 على الجثث المكشوفة في مدینة ) الدور الكامل ( التواجد الموسمي النواع الذباب بغداد رسول ني عبد الحسینھناء ھا، رزاق شعالن عكل ،محمد صالح عبد ال جامعة بغداد ،متحف التأریخ الطبیعي الخالصة 200شباط ( مدةجمعت كامالت ذباب ثنائیة األجنحة لل 200 كانون الثاني – 6 أوضحت النتائج إنه باإلمكان ،في مدینة بغداد ) 7 یـع ونهایـة سـجلت الدراسـة أعـداد كبیـرة مـن الـذباب خـالل فـصل. الذباب علـى مـدار الـسنة لكـن بكثافـة متفاوتـة لكـل نـوع جمع كامالت الرب .الخریف ر نوعـا تعـود إلـى أربعـة عوائـل calliphoridae ،muscidae ،sarcop: هـي ًسجلت الدراسة تـسعة عـش hagidae و fannidae . mus النوع ca domestica linn . كان األكثر وفرة تاله النوع ) chrysomya megacephala ( fab. ل نـواع خـال ع ـمدةًاعتمـادا علـى أعـداد وظهـور تلـك األ ، بینمـا كانـت األنـوا pollenia sp الدراسـة أعـاله fannia sp و . هـي أقـل . من بین األنواع التي سجلت . وفرة conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |227 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 modules with chain conditions on s-closed submodules rana noori majeed mohammed dept. of mathematic / college of education for pure science-(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad rana.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq received in :31 /may /2017, accepted in : 27 /august/ 2017 abstract let l be a commutative ring with identity and let w be a unitary left lmodule. a submodule d of an lmodule w is called sclosed submodule denoted by d ≤sc w, if d has no proper sessential extension in w, that is , whenever d ≤ w such that d ≤se h≤ w, then d = h. in this paper, we study modules which satisfies the ascending chain conditions (acc) and descending chain conditions (dcc) on this kind of submodules. keywords: s-essential submodules, s-closed submodules , ascending and descending chain conditions. mailto:rana.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mathematics |228 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 introduction throughout this paper, l represents a commutative ring with unity and w be a left unitary lmodule. its well known that “a submodule d of w is called small denoted by d<< w if and only if d + u = w implies u=w for each u submodule of w (u≤w)” [2], and “a submodule d of an l module w is called an essential submodule of w and denoted by d≤ew if every non-zero submodule of w has non-zero intersection with d” [3], while “a submodule d of an lmodule w is said to be a closed submodule of w if d has no proper essential extension inside w, that is if d≤e h≤ w then d=h” [3]. as a generalization of essential submodules , in [4] “zhou and zhang” introduced the concept of sessential submodule , where “a submodule d of an l-module w is said to be an s -essential submodule of w denoted by d≤se w if d∩h=0 with h is a small submodule of w implies h= 0. “mehdi sadiq and faten” in [1] introduced and studied the notion of sclosed submodules, “a submodule d of an lmodule w is called s-closed submodule denoted by d≤sc w, if d has no proper sessential extension in w, that is , whenever d ≤ w such that d≤se h≤ w , then d= h. this paper consists of two sections. in section one, we give some other properties and examples of s-essential submodules and sclosed submodules. in section two, we study chain conditions (that is ascending and descending chain conditions) on s-closed submodules. 1. s-essential submodules and sclosed submodules definition 1 . 1 : [4] a submodule d of an l-module w is said to be an sessential submodule of w denoted by d ≤se w if d∩h= 0 with h is a small submodule of w implies h= 0. remarks and examples 1 . 2 : 1) its clear that every essential submodule is an sessential submodule, hence every submodule of z -module z, ( where p is a prime number, nz+) is sessential. 2) if w is an lmodule such that (0) is the only small submodule then every submodule is sessential submodule in w. in particular , for each submodule of semisimple module ( or free z ˗module ) is sessential. hence its clear that every submodule of z ˗module z6 is sessential, however they are not essential. also every submodule of the z˗ module z  z is sessential submodule. 3) let a be a submodule of an l -module w, then there exists a closed submodule h of w such that a≤e h, it is clear by [3, exc.13, p.20], hence a≤se h. 4) in z24 as zmodule, we have < ̅>, < ̅>, < ̅>, < ̅>, < ̅̅̅̅ >, and z24 are sessential submodules in z24, but < ̅> is not since < ̅>∩< ̅> ={0} while < ̅>  0 is a small submodule in z24. 5) for a nonzero r-module w, w ≤se w. 6) the two concepts essential and sessential are coincide under the class of hollow modules, by[1, remark (2.3)], where “an l -module w is called hollow if every proper submodule of w is small”. [5] proposition 1 . 3 : let w be an l-module and let s ≤se t ≤ m and s ≤se tʹ ≤ w, then s ∩ sʹ ≤se t ∩ tʹ. proof: let u << t ∩ tʹ and (s ∩ sʹ) ∩ u = (0), hence s ∩ ( sʹ ∩ u ) = 0. but u << ( t ∩ tʹ ) implies u << tʹ and u << t. as sʹ∩u u<< t, then sʹ∩u<< t. but s ≤se t, hence sʹ∩u= 0. it follows that u = 0 since s ≤se tʹ and u << tʹ. the following result follows by proposition 1.3 directly. mathematics |229 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 corollary 1 . 4 : let c, d be submodules of w such that c≤sew and d≤sew. then c∩d ≤se w, [4, proposition 2.7(1)(b)] . proposition 1 . 5 : let w=w1⊕w2, and let a = a1⊕a2 ≤se b1⊕b2, where b1 ≤ w1 and b2≤ w2. then a1≤se b1 and a2≤se b2. proof: suppose a1 is not an s-essential submodule in b1. so there exists a nonzero small submodule d1 in b1 such that a1∩d1=(0). since d1⊕(0) is a small submodule in b1⊕b2 and (a1⊕a2) ∩ (d1⊕(0)) = (a1∩d1) ⊕ (a2∩(0)) = (0). then a1⊕a2 is not an s-essential submodule in b1⊕b2 which is a contradiction. thus a1 ≤se b1 and by the same way of proof that a2 ≤se b2. proposition 1 . 6 : let w be a faithful multiplication finitely generated (denoted by fmfg) lmodule, and u a submodule of w. then u ≤se w if and only if there exists an s -essential ideal e of l such that u = ew. proof: () let u≤se w . as w is a multiplication lmodule, so u= ew for some e ≤ l. to prove that e ≤se l, assume j is a small ideal of l and e ∩ j = 0, hence ( e ∩ j )w = 0. then by [6, th. 1.6(i), p. 759] ew ∩ jw = 0, that is u ∩ jw = 0 . but by [8, prop.1.1.8] jw is a small submodule of w and u ≤se w, so jw = 0. hence j= 0 ( since w is a faithful module ) . thus e ≤se l. () to prove u ≤se w. assume v is a small submodule of w, hence v = jw for some j << l. if u ∩ v = 0, then ew ∩ jw = 0 and so (e ∩ j) w = 0. hence e ∩ j = 0 since w is faithful. thus j= 0 because e ≤se l. it follows that v= 0 and u ≤se w. theorem 1 . 7 : let w be a fmfg lmodule. then i≤se j≤ l if and only if iw≤se jw. proof: () let u be a small submodule in jw≤ w, so u≤ w. thus u= kw for some k≤ l. as kw≤jw then k≤ j, by [6, th.3.1] to prove k is a small submodule in j , let k+h = j, so kw + hw = jw. that is hw =jw (since kw = u which is a small submodule in jw). hence hw =jw and so h=j, that is k is a small submodule in j. if iw ∩u = 0, then iw ∩ kw =0. thus (i∩k)w = 0 , so i∩k=0 (since w is faithful multiplication). but i≤se j and k is a small submodule in j, hence k= 0. it follows u= 0, thus iw≤se jw. () if iw≤se jw to prove i≤se j≤ l. let k be a small submodule of j. assume i∩k = 0, then (i∩k) w = 0, so iw ∩ kw = 0. let kw +h = jw. since w is a multiplication module , thus h = cw. hence kw + cw = jw. since kw is a small submodule in jw , then cw = jw and hence c = j. thus h = jw and kw is a small submodule of jw. now, iw ∩ kw =0 and kw is a small submodule in jw implies kw = 0 (since iw≤se jw) and so k=0. it follows i≤se j. recall that , “a non-zero l-module w is called small -uniform (shortly, by s -uniform) if every nonzero submodule of w is s -essential. a ring l is called s-uniform if l is an suniform l-module”. [9] mathematics |230 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 corollary 1 . 8 : let w be a fmfg l-module. then w is s-uniform module if and only if l is s-uniform ring. definition 1 . 9 : [1] a submodule d of an l -module w is called s-closed submodule denoted by d ≤sc w, if d has no proper s -essential extension in w, that is , whenever d ≤w such that d ≤se k ≤ w, then d = k. an ideal e of l is called an s-closed, if its an sclosed submodule in l. where every sclosed submodule in w is closed in w but the converse is not true. examples 1 . 10 : 1) in z24 as a z-module. z24 and < ̅ > are the only s-closed submodules while < ̅>,< ̅>,< ̅>,< ̅> and < ̅̅̅̅ > are not because they have a proper s-essential submodule which is z24. all submodules of z24 have the following properties. a ≤ z24 a<< z24 a ≤se z24 a ≤sc z24 < ̅>    < ̅>    < ̅>    < ̅>    < >    < ̅>    < ̅̅̅̅ >    z24    similarly, < ̅>,< ̅> and < ̅> are not small submodules in < ̅> in z24 but < ̅̅̅̅ > is a small submodule in < ̅> and < ̅>∩< ̅̅̅̅ >{0} thus < ̅> is an s-essential submodule in < ̅>, so it is not an s-closed submodule in < ̅>. 2) if w is a simple module , then < ̅> and w are sclosed submodules. 3) let w be an l-module. if every submodule of w is s-closed (hence every submodule is closed), then w is semisimple module, however the converse is not true, for example in z6 , z6 is a zmodule is semisimple but the submodules < ̅>, < ̅>, < ̅> are not sclosed. proposition 1. 11 : let w be an l-module such that the s-essential submodules satisfy transitive property. then for each a ≤ w, there exists an s-closed submodule such that a ≤se h. proof: let s={k≤w : a ≤se k}. v since a v. so by “ zorn’s lemma” s has a maximal element say h. to prove h is an s -closed submodule in w. assume h ≤se d ≤ w. since a ≤se h and h ≤se d, then a ≤se d (by transitive property), and so d  s. hence h = d ( by maximality of l ). thus h is an s-closed submodule. the following proposition has been given in [1], we will mention it with its proof for the sake of completness. proposition 1 . 12 : lea a be a submodule of b, and let b an s-closed submodule of w, then (b/a) is an s -closed submodule of (w/a). proof: assume (b/a) ≤se (c/a) where (c/a) ≤ (w/a). let π : w  (w/a) be a natural projection map. then b= (b/a), and so by [4, prop.27(2), p.1054] b ≤se c. but b is an sclosed submodule in w. thus b=c. mathematics |231 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 it follows that ( b / a ) = ( c/ a ) and ( b/ a ) is an s-closed submodule in (w/a). proposition 1 . 13 : let a ≤ b ≤ w such that a is an s -closed submodule of an l-module w. then b ≤sc w if and only if ≤sc . proof : () see [1, coro.2.7] () suppose ≤sc and let b ≤se h ≤ w. since a ≤sc w and a ≤ b then ≤se implies b ≤se w by [1, remarks and examples 2.2(6)]. that is a ≤sc b by [1, propo.2.8]. to prove a ≤sc h, suppose that a≤se c for some submodule c of h. as a is an sclosed submodule of w, thus a = c . hence a is an s -closed submodule of h and b ≤se h, that is ≤se , by [1, remarks and examples 2.2(6)]. but ≤sc , so = . then b =h which means b ≤sc w. proposition 1 . 14 : let w be a fmfg l-module, and c≤ w. c is an s-closed submodule in w if and only if c = hw for some s-closed ideal h in l. proof: () let c≤ w , then c = hw. to prove h is an s-closed ideal in l . assume h≤se j. hence hw≤se jm by (th. 1.7) , thus c≤se jw so c = jw that is hw =jw. since w is fmfg module so h = j , hence h is an s -closed ideal in l. () similarly. 2. ascending (descending) chain conditions on s-closed submodules in this section, we study modules with chain conditions on s ˗closed submodules. definition 2 . 1 : an l-module w is said to have the ascending (descending) chain condition , briefly a c c (d c c) on s-closed submodules if every ascending (descending) chain a1  a2  … ( a1  a2 … ) of s-closed submodules of w is finite. that is there exists k z+ such that an = ak for all nk. recall that, “a noetherian module is a module that satisfies the ascending chain condition on its submodules. also, an artinian module is a module that satisfies the descending chain condition on its submodules”. [3] remarks 2 . 2 : 1. every noetherian (respectively artinian) module satisfies a c c ( respectively d c c ) on s -closed submodules. 2. if w satisfies a c c ( respectively d c c) on closed submodules, then w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s -closed submodules. proof: it is clear since every s -closed submodule in w is closed submodule in w. the converse is true if w is hollow by remark 1.2(6) or uniform module , where “ a uniform module is a nonzero module w which is every non-zero submodule of w is essential in w” . [3] recall that, “an l-module w is called chained if for all submodules c and d of w either c ≤ d or d ≤ c”. [7] proposition 2 . 3 : let w be a chained l -module, and let a be an s-closed submodule of w. if w satisfied a c c ( respectively d c c) on s -closed submodules, then a satisfies the a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules. proof: assume w satisfies a c c on s-closed submodules and a1  a2  … be ascending chain of sclosed submodules of a. since a is an s-closed submodule of w and w satisfy chained condition, so by [1, prop.2.11, p.345] ai is an s-closed submodule of w for each i = 1, 2, … . hence a1  a2  … be ascending chain of s-closed submodules of w. but w satisfies a c c on sclosed submodules , thus kz+ such that an = ak for all nk. that is a satisfies a c c on sclosed submodules. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/module_%28mathematics%29 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ascending_chain_condition https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ascending_chain_condition https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/submodule https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/module_%28mathematics%29 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/descending_chain_condition mathematics |232 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 similarly, if w satisfies d c c on sclosed submodules, then a satisfies d c c on sclosed submodules of a. proposition 2. 4 : let w = w1⊕w2 be an l-module satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules. then w1 and w2 satisfy a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules. proof: suppose w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodule and a1  a2  …(respectively a1  a2 …) be ascending (respectively descending) chain of s-closed submodules of w1. thus a1⊕w2, a2⊕ w2, … are s-closed submodules of w1⊕w2 , by [1, prop.2.5]. that is a1⊕w2  a2⊕ w2  … (respectively a1⊕ w2  a2⊕ w2 …) is a chain of s-closed submodules of w, but w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules. so there exists kz+ such that an⊕ w2 = ak ⊕ w2 for all n  k. so an = ak for all nk. hence w1 satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s-close submodules. by the same way of proof, w2 satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules. recall that , “ a submodule c is fully invariant in w if f(c)  c for all f  endr(w)”. [3] proposition 2. 5 : let w = w1⊕w2 be an r-module where w1 and w2 are s-closed submodules of w . then w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on nonzero sclosed submodules if and only if w1 and w2 satisfy a c c (respectively d c c) on nonzero s-closed submodules, provided that every sclosed submodule of w is a fully invariant. proof: () see proposition 2.4. () suppose w1 and w2 satisfy a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules, to prove w satisfy a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules. let and a1  a2  … (respectively a1  a2 …) be ascending (respectively descending) chain of s-closed submodules of w. let πi : w  wi be a projection map for each i = 1, 2. suppose that ai = (ai ∩ w1) ⊕ (ai ∩w2) by [10, lemma.2.1]. note that, ai , w1 and w2 are s-closed submodules of w, for each i. thus by [1, remarks and examples 2.2 (3)] (ai ∩ w1) and (ai ∩w2) are s-closed submodules of w. since (ai ∩ w1)  w1  w, so by [1, prop.2.8, p.345] (ai ∩ w1) is an s-closed submodule of w1 and (ai ∩w2) is an s-closed submodule in w2 for each i = 1,2, … . in fact if ai ∩ wj = 0 for all i = 1,2, … and j = 1,2 then ai = (ai ∩ w1) ⊕ (ai ∩ w2) = 0 which is a contradiction with our assumption. that is ai ∩ wj are nonzero s-closed submodules in w for each i = 1, 2, … and j = 1, 2. so we have the following ascending (respectively descending) chain of nonzero sclosed submodules in wj, (a1 ∩ wj)  (a2 ∩wj)  … (respectively a1∩wj  a2 ∩wj …) for each j = 1, 2. but wj satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules for each j = 1, 2. thus there exists kjz+ such that an ∩ wj = akj ∩ wj ,for all nkj and j = 1, 2. let k = max { k1, k2 }, so an = (an ∩ w1) ⊕ (an ∩w2) = (ak ∩ w1) ⊕ (ak ∩w2) = ak ,for all nk. hence w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c). remark 2. 6 : we can generalize proposition 2.5 for finite index i of the direct sum of l-modules. proposition 2. 7 : let a ≤ b ≤ w such that a is an s-closed submodule of an lmodule w. w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules if and only if satisfies a c c (respectivelyd c c) on s-closed submodules. proof: () suppose w satisfied a c c on sclosed submodules, and let   … , be ascending chain of s-closed submodules of , then bi is an s-closed submodule of w by (proposition 1.12) . thus there exists k  z+ such that bn = bk for all nk . hence = for all nk .that is satisfies a c c on s-closed submodules. mathematics |233 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 () suppose satisfies a c c on sclosed submodules. let a  a1  a2  … be a chain of s-closed submodules of w. since a  a1 and a  a2 , … and a is an s-closed submodule of w, then by [1, coro.2.7, p.345] is an s-closed submodule of w for each i. thus we have   … is an ascending chain of s-closed submodules of , hence by our assumption satisfies a c c on s-closed submodules so there exists k  z+ such that = for all nk. that is an = ak for all nk which means w satisfied a c c on s-closed submodules. by the same way we can prove that w satisfies d c c on s-closed submodules if and only if satisfies d c c on s-closed submodules. proposition 2. 8 : let w = w1 ⊕ w2 be an l-module and l = ann(w1) + ann(w2). then w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules if and only if w1 and w2 satisfy a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules. proof: () see proposition 2.4. () let e1  e2  … be an ascending chain of sclosed submodules of w (since l = ann(w1) + ann(w2), every submodule ei of w has the form ni⊕ki for some ni ≤ w1 and ki ≤ w2). hence by [1, prop.2.5] ni is an sclosed submodule in w1 ,and ki is an sclosed submodule of w2 for all i= 1, 2, … .so n1  n2  … is an ascending chain of sclosed submodules of w1 and k1  k2  … is an ascending chain of sclosed submodules of w2. since w1 and w2 satisfy a c c on sclosed submodules, then there exists t, r  z+ such that nt =nt+i and kr = kr+i , for each i = 1, 2, … . take s = max {t, r}, hence ns⊕ks  ns+i⊕ks+i, for each i = 1, 2, … . that is w satisfies a c c on sclosed submodules. by the same way we can prove that w satisfies d c c on sclosed submodules if and only if w1 and w2 satisfy d c c on sclosed submodules. proposition 2. 9 : let w be an l-module such that the sum of any two sclosed submodules of w is again an sclosed submodule. if a is an sclosed submodule of w such that a and satisfy a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules, then w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules. proof: assume b1  b2  … be ascending chain of s -closed submodules of an l-module w, then by [1, remaks and examples 2.2(3), p.343] bi ∩ a is an s-closed submodule of w, for each i = 1, 2, … , but (bi∩a)  a, thus bi∩a is an s-closed submodule of a, for each i = 1, 2, … , by [1, prop. 2.8, p.345]. also, bi + a is an s closed submodule of w (by our assumption), hence is an s closed submodule of , for each i = 1, 2, … , by proposition 1.12. now consider the two following two ascending chain of s-closed submodules of a and : b1 ∩ a  b2 ∩ a  … , and   … , but a and satisfy a c c on s-closed submodules. therefore , there exists k1, k2  z+ such that bn ∩ a = bk1 ∩ a, for each n  k1, and = , for each n  k2. by isomorphism theorem  [2, th. 3.4.3, p. 56] , so  . hence, = , which means bn ∩ a = bk2 ∩ a , for each n  k2. let k = max{ k1, k2 }, thus bn ∩ a = bk ∩ a for each n  k and bn ∩ a = bk ∩ bn for each n  k. now, for each n  k , bn= bn ∩ (bn + a) = bn∩ ( bk + a) = bk ∩ ( bk + a) = bk . thus, m satisfies a c c on s-closed submodules. by a similarly proof w satisfies d c c on s-closed submodules. mathematics |234 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 proposition 2. 10 : let w be a fmfg l-module. then w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules if and only if l satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed ideals. proof: () suppose w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules. to prove l satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed ideals. let i1  i2  … (i1  i2  … ) be an ascending (respectively descending) chain of s-closed ideals of l. thus by (proposition 1.14) a1 = i1w  a2 = i2w  … (respectively a1 = i1w  a2 = i2w  …) is an ascending (respectively descending) chain of s-closed submodules of w. but w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on s-closed submodules, so there exists k  z+ such that an = ak for all nk, hence inw = ikw for all nk, that is in = ik for all nk . so l satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed ideals. () similarly. recall that, “an lmodule w is called a scalar module if every lendomorphism of w is a scalar homomorphism, that is for each 0 ≠ f end(w), there exists 0 ≠ s l such that f(a)= sa for all aw”. [11] corollary 2. 11 : let w be a fmfg l-module. then w satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed submodules if and only if end(w) satisfies a c c (respectively d c c) on sclosed ideals. proof: () since w be a fmfg l-module, then w is a scalar module by [11, coro.1.1.11], end(w)  by [12, lemma 6.2]. but ann(w) = 0, so end(w)  l. hence the result follows by proposition 2.10. () similarly. future works: 1. give an example shows that every noetherian (respectively artinian) module satisfies acc ( respectively d c c ) on s -closed submodules. 2. give an example shows that the converse of (remark 2.2(2)) is not true in general. 3. give an example shows that the converse of (proposition 2.4) is not true in general. references 1. mehdi sadiq abbas and faten hashim mohammed, (2016), “ small-closed submodules”, international journal of scientific and technical research, 6, 1. 2. kasch, f. (1982), “ modules and rings”, academic press, inc. london. 3. goodearlو k.r. (1976), “ring theory, nonsingular rings and modules”, marcel dekker, inc. new york and basel. 4. zhou, d.x. and zhang, x.r. (2011), “small-essential submodules and morita duality”, southeast asian bulletin of mathematics, 35, (1051-1062). 5. fleury, p. (1974), “hollow modules and local endomorphism rings”, pacific j. math. 53, 2, (379 -385). 6. el-bast, z. a. and smith, p. f. (1988), “multiplication modules”, comm. in algebra, 16, 4, (755-779). 7. osofsky, b. l. (1991), “a construction of nonstandard uniserial modules over valuation domain”, bull. amer. math. soc. (n.s.), 25, 1, (89-97). 8. iman, ali athab, (2004), “some generalizations of projective module”, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. 9. mehdi sadiq abbas and faten hashim mohammed, (2016), “small-extending modules”, mathematics and statics journal, 2, 1, (33-39). 10. ozcan, a.c.; harmanci, a. and smith, p.f. (2006), “duo modules”, glasgow math.j.48, (533-545). http://www.ams.org/bull/ mathematics |235 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1618 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 11. bothaynah najad shihab, (2004), “scalar reflexive modules”, ph.d thesis. university of baghdad. 12. eman abd al-amer mohammad ali, (2006), “on ikeda-nakayama modules”, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad. microsoft word 22-31 22 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 investigation of linear polarization for a specimen insulator of scanning electron microscope in sense of mirror efectronic phenomenon hassan n. al-obaidi dept. of physics/ college of education/ university of al-mustansiriyah ali s. mahdi ministry of education imad h. khaleel dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaithem)/university of baghdad received in :7december 2014, accepted in : 15march 2015 abstract an analytical procedure has been carried out to measure the charge that may be trapped in an insulator sample of scanning electron microscope. it mainly concerns the determination of the deduced polarization charges by means of mirror effect phenomenon. several relations related to such issue have been modified so as to be applicable for regarding charges due to polarization in linear and isotropic material. consequently, the potential arises as a result for both trapped free and polarization charges which is set up. actually the well-known magnification factor method is adopted to be a case study to implement the introduced approach. results have clearly showed that the polarization charge significantly influences the coulomb’s force that incoming electrons suffer from. furthermore, the variation in the sample potential mainly depends on the dielectric constant of the specimen material. keywords: sem, mirror effect, charging process, insulators samples, electron beams. 23 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction a wide investigation has been accomplished concerning electron trapping in insulators due to its own importance when a dielectric material is inspected by means of scanning electron microscope (sem). however, this importance comes from the phenomenon which is occurred inside sem chamber. one of the most spectacular observations related to the electron charging is the well-known mirror effect. mirror effects occur when a primary electron beam scans an insulating sample and the charges on its surface accumulate to a high density. when the energy of the electrical field becomes higher than the primary beam one, it prevents the charged particles from reaching the sample surface, reflecting them somewhere else in the vacuum chamber whose walls act as a mirror. the inner part of the specimen chamber can be therefore imaged. the phenomenon was explained in terms of something very close to what happens to photons interacting with an optical mirror [1]. actually, the inspection process behind insulator irradiation by a charged beam is a very complicated problem. this complication arises from several physical and geometrical situations for the sample to being. where, the sample may be coated by a metallic material or not, grounded with the stage or not, separated from the stage by special distance or not… etc [2]. consequently, various experimental techniques had been presented for measuring the trapped charges that are suitable for specific situation. most of the experimental techniques, including the thermal pulse method, the pressure wave propagation method, the kerr electrooptic method, and the mirror image method, measure the total trapped charge and its distribution in the insulator [3]. concerning with mirror image method, one can mention several literatures which adopted this method to investigate the charging process and so the trapped charges. for example, this technique is employed for the investigation of charging in different cuts of a α-sio2 [4]. also it combined with the classical scattering theory to represent a modified method to calculate the total trapped charge [5]. other authors developed this method to measure the charge distribution volume in insulators [6] where an electrostatic potential expression is derived by assuming the dipolar approximation and hemispheroid distribution. dielectric samples with different relative permittivities are employed in charging experiments to justify this approach. furthermore, scanning electron microscope mirror method was used for studying a cloud of charge stored near the surface of an insulator. the effect of the finite size of the experimental chamber, of the thickness of the sample, and of relativistic corrections was discussed. moreover, it had been made a detailed computation of the electron orbits in the presence of extended sources, and then tests the commonly made assumption that the method measures the radius of curvature of the equipotentials [7]. in addition to that, observation of pseudo– mirror effect had been reported and gave an explanation concerning the factors that could be influenced [8]. other authors had presented a reviewed investigation for the charging effects occurring when an insulating material is subjected to electron irradiation by means of sem. however, they proposed a method to deduce the trapped charge inside the insulator (whether it is coated or not) and so the corresponding internal or external electric field [9]. the electron mirror effect (eme), images was discussed by using the passive solid state backscattered detector (ssbsd), where a non-conductive polyethylene terephthalate (pet) sample was irradiated by high energy electrons [10]. on the other hand, a basic model to calculate the inversion point of electrons of the primary beam launched against the dielectric in connection with simple measurements is presented [11]. this investigation had showed the importance of the analytical properties of eme and ion mirror effect (ime) associates with the investigation of insulator charged surfaces, the whole family of experiments can play a relevant role in the understanding of the basic features of electrodynamics of charged particles in a simple and controllable way. the 24 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 behavior of an accelerated probing electron that orientated towards a charged insulator sample and hence producing mirror images is investigated analytically [12]. where, the distribution of the trapped charges at the sample surface is approximated as a point charge. hence, analytical derivation for the path equation of this electron has been introduced. thereafter a comprehensive investigation is carried out to inspect the influence of trapped charge, scanning potential, working distance and dielectric constant on the images by means of this model [13]. indeed all of the mentioned studies used the conventional way for calculating trapped charges. so no one of them had considered the effect of the polarization charge. therefore the essential goal of this manuscript is to investigate the influence of this kind of charge on the properties of the mirror images. so, attention will be focused on the mechanism by which charges accumulates on the sample surface by means of the free and polarized charges. theoretical structure conductors and dielectrics materials response differently in an electric field. the main difference between them lies in the availability of free electrons in the atomic outermost shells. although the charges in a dielectric are not able to move about freely, they are bound by finite forces and one may certainly expect a displacement when an external force is applied [14]. on the other hand, when a dielectric material is subjected to an electron charging process, there will be an excess in the negative charges over that the material own. indeed, these extra charges accumulate more and more (i.e. trapped at the dielectric surface) during the charging process till the saturation limit. these trapped charges behave as a source of an electrostatic field (potential) which eventually leads to polarizing the dielectric material under consideration. thus, the electrostatic flux density being now gained additional resource due to the linear polarization ( p  )over their counterpart in free space ( eo   ) which can be written as [15]: ped o    (1) for isotropic and linear medium, the and have a linear relationship at every point in the dielectric material and hence equation (1) becomes [16]; ed   (2) where is the material permittivity (dielectric constant), which is the sum of the free space permittivity ( ) and the electric susceptibility, and is the relative permittivity. several assumptions have been proposed to describe the distribution of the trapped charge at the surface of a dielectric material. among most of them is the so called point charge approximation. according to that, the electrostatic potential at a point r, due to a charge qe trapped at a surface of a dielectric material of a permittivity is given by the following relation [4]; r kq v o e sc 4  (3) where is permittivity constant which is equivalent to .the essential condition by means of equation (3) is derived, the grounded walls of the vacuum chamber are supposed to be far enough from the sample to be considered at the infinite. in that sense equations (3) draw spherical equipotential surfaces whose their center is the origin of the trapped charge distribution. however, when the sample is entirely isolated from the stage an experimental approach, called magnification factor method, can be used to determine the number of charges that may be trapped at the sample surface. consequently, equation (3) can be reformulated in terms of the magnification factor (d/d'), working distance (l) and the scanning potential (at which the mirror image is captured) as shown by the following relation [17]; 25 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 scoe v d d k l q   16 (4) where d' is the output diameter of the column and d is its counterpart in the image received by means of mirror effect and l is the working distance. in fact, equation (4) is derived assuming that the incoming electrons undergo a rutherford's scattering from the charges that trapped at the sample surface where the radius of the equipotential surface had been taken the expression [17]; ld d r 4 11   (5) if the point charge kqe was situated in a vacuum, the electric field would be a pure radial field. but since e, d, and p are all parallel to one another at each point, the radial nature of the field is not changed by the presence of the medium. however, gauss’s law could be applied and the gaussian surface can be chosen to be a spherical surface of radius r which is located concentrically about kqe. for convenience, kqe will be located at the origin. then gauss’ law leads to the following form; r r kq d e ˆ 4 2   (6) the electric field and polarization may now be evaluated quite easily using equations (1) and (2) to get respectively; r r kq e ro e ˆ 4 2   (7) and; r r kq p e r ˆ 4 1 1 2          (8) it is seen that the polarization vanishes when the dielectric material is absent. indeed this may justify the validity of the followed procedure. anyway, the polarization has the unit of the flux density which is coulomb per unit area. so polarization charge can be deduced by integrating equation over the gaussian surface enclosing this charge. the result, however, is as in the following formula; e r p kqq         1 1 (9) the minus sign appears in equation (9) is a direct consequence of the opposite directions for the polarization vector and the outward unit normal to the gaussian surface. now, one is able to determine the total charges (qt) surrounded by the gaussian surface, which are the sum of the free electron embedded in the dielectric (qe) due to the charging process, and the polarization charge (qp) due to the polarization as follows;               kqqqq r r epet   1 1 (10) however, equation (10) can be rewritten in sense of equation (4) as follows;                 kv d d k l q r r scot    1 116 (11) actually, a significant conclusion can be predicted from equation (11) in which will be led to equation (4) when the polarization is over. 26 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 results and discussions in order to grant the approach presented in last section a practical importance, some of the experimental data that are published in reference [2] have been adopted. according to this literature, a sample of pet is irradiated by an electron beam of different accelerating potentials with different periods of time. the electron mirror images have been received at a scanning potential 300 v for all of the followed experiments as shown in figures 1a and 2a. the method of magnification factor is used to determine the trapped charge at the surface of pet material and so equation (4) is applied for the measurement process at the values l=15 mm and d'=2.26 mm. it is worth to mention that the net trapped charge in this manner only describe the trapped electrons (free charges) in insulator material, which have been plotted as a function of the column apparent diameter in figures 1b and 2b for irradiation potentials 30 kv and 20 kv respectively. it is quite reasonable to realize that as long as the irradiation process proceed for a long period of time and also a raise-up acceleration potential the number of free-trapped charges increases consequently. figures 3 and 4 show the variation of the trapped charges in the presence of polarization together with the case when it is absent for comparison purposes. it is seen that when the polarization is taken into account the total number of trapped charges decreases. actually one should keep in mind that there is no direct relationship between the total number of trapped charges and the polarization. indeed this may seem to be paradox, but the careful inspection of both of equations (4 and 11) reveal that the quantity qt is calculated as a dependent variable of the sample potential which in this case equals to the scanning potential vsc.strictly speaking, the scanning potential (at the reflection) has a direct proportional with the charges that are being accumulated at the sample surface. therefore, when vsc increases the qt increases too and vice versa. defiantly, the presence of polarization leads to decrease the electric field (due to the trapped charges) by amount equals to as can be seen from equation (7). as a consequence the correspondence potential decreases by a same amount and hence this leads to decrease the trapped charges requested to met vsc. furthermore, figure 5 represents the deviation between qe calculated from equation (4) and its counterpart which is calculated from equation (11) as a function of d. obviously, the difference between them gradually increases as long as more free charges are accumulate at the insulator surface. this behavior clearly interprets that polarization get growth during the implantation of a free electron at the surface of pet material. beside that, the deviation between qe and qt increases with the increase of the irradiation potential. the reason behind that is the increase in the qe (due to the increases of the incoming electron velocity) which makes these electrons to go further under the surface of pet material. conclusions it is seen that the polarization charge has a considerable effect on the sample potential inside a chamber of sem. therefore, it must be taken into account in any calculation operation concerns with physical phenomenon that may occur in this apparatus. additionally, this type of charge significantly alters the electrostatic field due to a dielectric material of high response for the electric field. hence, whenever an insulator material of high susceptibility being examined by a sem, the polarization charge has to be regarded. reference 1.milani, m.; savoia, c. and bigoni d., (2009) electron mirroring: control of electron transport and understanding of physical processes from sem images, proceedings of 27 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 itp2009, interdisciplinary transport phenomena vi: fluid, thermal, biological, materials and space sciences, volterra, italy. 2.abbood, t. h. (2011) formal investigation of the mirror effect in sem, ph.d. thesis, college of education, university of al-mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. 3.song, z.; ong, c. and gong,h.(1996), a time-resolved current method for the investigation of charging ability of insulators under electron beam irradiation, j. appl. phys., 79 (9). 4.gong, h.; le gressus, c.; oh k. h.; ding, x. z.; ong,c. k., and tan b. t. g. (1993), charging trapping on different cuts of a single-crystalline α-sio2, j. appl. phys. 74, (3), 1944. 5.chen, h.; gong, h. and ong, c. k.(1994), classical electron trajectory in scanning electron microscope mirror image method, j. appl. phys. 76, 2, 806. 6.chen, h.; gong, h.and ong c. k.(1995), determination of charge distribution volume in electron irradiated insulators by scanning electron microscope, j. appl. phys., 78, 6, 3714. 7.wintle,h.j.(1999) analysis of the scanning electron microscope mirror method for studying space charge in insulators, j. appl. phys., 86, 11, 5961. 8.belhaj, m.; jbara, o.; odof s.; msellak, k.; rau, e. i., and andrianov, m. v., (2000), an anomalous contrast in scanning electron microscopy of insulators: the pseudo-mirror effect, scanning, 88, 352. 9.jbara,o.;fakhfakh,s.;belhaj, m., and rondot, s., (2004), charge implantation measurement on electron-irradiated insulating materials by means of a sem technique, microsc. microanal. , 10, 697. 10.croccolo, f.and riccardi c. (2008), passive mirror image through a solid-state backscattered electron detector, microscopy today, 16, 40. 11.milani, m.; abdul-wahab, h. n.; abbood, t. h.; savoia, c., and tatti, f., (2010), rear window: looking at charged particles hitting a charged target in a fib/sem, micr. : sci., tech., appl. and edu. , 1741-1754. 12.al-obaidi, h. n. and khaleel, i. h. (2013), computational investigation of electron path inside sem chamber in mirror effect phenomenon, micron, 51, 13-20. 13. khaleel, i. h.(2013), an attempt for inspection of electrons behaviour inside sem concerning mirror effect phenomenon, ph.d. thesis, college of education, university of al-mustansiriyah, baghdad, iraq. 14. sadiku, m. n. o.(2000), element of electromagnetics, 3rd edition, oxford university press, usa. 15. hayt, w. h. and buck, j. a. (2001), engineering electromagnetic, 6th ed., mcgrawhill publishing co. 16.bakshi, u. a. and bakshi, a. v. (2007), electromagnetic waves & transmission lines, technical publications pune, india. 17.vallayer,b.;blaise, g. and treheux, d., (1999), space charge measurement in a dielectric material after irradiation with a 30 kv electron beam: application to single-crystals oxide trapping properties, rev. sci. instr., 70, 7, 3102. 28 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no.(1): (a) electron mirror images record at different irradiation times with irradiation potential of vi=30 kv and magnification 213 [2], (b)the trapped electrons qt versus the inner diameter of sem column output diaphragm as imaged by the electron mirror 29 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no.(2): (a) electron mirror images record at different irradiation times with irradiation potential of vi=20 kv and magn.=128 [2], (b)the trapped electrons qt versus the inner diameter of sem column output diaphragm as imaged by the electron mirror 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 q t (n c ) d (mm) 30 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure no.(3): the total trapped charges qt versus the inner diameter of sem column output diaphragm for vi= 30 kv figure no.(4): the total trapped charges qt versus the inner diameter of sem column output diaphragm for vi= 20 kv figure no.(5): the deviation between qe and qt versus d for two different irradiation potentials 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 q t (n c  ) d (mm) equa on (4) equa on (11) linear (equa on (4)) linear (equa on (11)) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 q t (n c  ) d (mm) equa on (4) equa on (11) linear (equa on (4)) linear (equa on (11)) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 d e v ia ti o n  ( n c ) d (mm) 20 kv 30 kv×2 linear (20 kv) linear (30 kv×2) 31 | physics 2015) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 دراسة االستقطاب الخطي لعينة مادة عازلة للمجھر االلكتروني الماسح في منظور ظاھرة المرآة االلكترونية حسن نوري العبيدي الفيزياء / كلية التربية / الجامعة المستنصريةقسم علي سعد مھدي وزارة التربية عماد ھادي خليل ابن الھيثم / جامعة بغداد-قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ٢٠١٥اذار ١٥: ، قبل في٢٠١٤كانون األول ٧: استلم في الخالصة يمكن أن تحقن في نموذج لمادة عازلة في المجھر االلكتروني الماسح. يعتمد تم انجاز اجراء تحليلي لقياس الشحنة التي ھذا االجراء باألساس على تحديد شحنة االستقطاب بوساطة ظاھرة المرآة االلكترونية. من خالل ذلك تم تطوير عدة لمواد الخطية والموحدة عالقات مرتبطة بھذا الموضوع لتكون قابلة للتطبيق فيما يتعلق بالطبع شحنات االستقطاب ل الخواص، بالنتيجة تم تحديد الجھد الذي ينشأ كنتيجة لتأثير كل من الشحنات المحقونة الحرة والشحنات المستقطبة. بالحقيقة تم تبني طريقة عامل التكبير كدراسة افرادية النجاز االجراء المقدم في ھذا البحث. أوضحت النتائج بشكل جلي ان شحنة تؤثر في قوة كولوم التي تعاني منھا الكترونات المسح فضالً عن ذلك فان التغيير في جھد العينة يعتمد بصورة االستقطاب .رئيسة على ثابت العزل لمادة العينة .: المجھر االلكتروني الماسح، التأثير المرآتي، عمليات الشحن، نموذج عوازل، الحزمة االلكترونيةالكلمات المفتاحية 162 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 abstarct when soft tissue planning is important, usually, the magnetic resonance imaging (mri) is a medical imaging technique of selection. in this work, we show a modern method for automated diagnosis depending on a magnetic resonance images classification of the mri. the presented technique has two main stages; features extraction and classification. we obtained the features corresponding to mri images implementing discrete wavelet transformation (dwt), inverse and forward, and textural properties, like rotation invariant texture features based on gabor filtering, and evaluate the meaning of every property in the classification. the classifier is according to feed forward back propagation artificial neural network (fp-ann) in the classification stage. the properties thereafter derived to be implemented to teach a neural network based binary classifier that will be automatically able to conclude whether the image is that of a pathological, suffering from brain lesion, or a normal brain. the proposed algorithm obtained the sensitivity of 97.50%, specificity of 82.86% and accuracy of 94.3% for clinical brain mri database. this outcome proofs that the presented algorithm is robust and effective compared with other recent techniques. keywords: magnetic resonance imaging, neural network, dsictete wavelet transform, featureextraction, gabor filter. 1. introduction magnetic resonance imaging is used for in vivo imaging of soft tissue in the body. by using magnetic fields together with physical properties of atoms in the body, different tissue types can be distinguished and visualized. mri is especially suited for imaging the brain, since the magnetic fields not are hindered by the dense skull surrounding the brain, which may cause problems in other medical imaging modalities. after acquiring images of the brain, a wide range of analytical operations can be performed in order to reveal important physical and physiological ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index department of basic sciences, college of nursing, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq ahmed shihab ahmed ahmedshihabinfo@conursing.uobaghdad.edu.iq doi: 10.30526/33.1.2363 on-line mri image selection and tumor classification using artificial neural network article history: received 4 may 2019, accepted 10 july 2019, publish january 2020. mailto:ahmedshihabinfo@conursing.uobaghdad.edu.iq 163 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 characteristics. one such analytical operation is segmentation, which aims to partition the brain into segments (like tissue types or by anatomical function) using image information (like intensity value or spatial location). segmentation of the brain into large compartments, such as the left and right hemispheres, the cerebellum and the brain stem are of interest both in order to study the regions separately but also to help locate inner brain structures, to monitor development and to aid surgical planning [1]. using the result from the segmentation, volume calculation is possible for the compartments. monitoring volume change over time is of interest since some neurological diseases are associated with a higher rate of brain atrophy (tissue loss) than normal. the brain tumors have different types that made the diagnostic decision very difficult, while sorting for tumor is very remarkable for sorting what kind of brain tumor truly the patients experienced from. the perfect sorting process heads to the right resolution and present perfect treating. treating differs based on the kinds of brain tumor that are typically specified by first: age, medical history, and total health; second: kind, location, and the tumor size; third: the range of the status, and forth: toleration for particular medications and treatment [2]. magnetic field and radio waves are used to find the reply intensity from several tissues [3]. almost, the public technology to scan the inside structure of the skeleton is mri where all brain mri are t1w and gathered by 0.5 mr modalities. the data set of mri images of patients created by [4, 5]. is used in this work. this brain tumor dataset contains 3064 t1-weighted contrast-enhanced images with three brain tumor types (the dataset information can be found in) [5]. then a reprocessing technique is used in the first step to remove the noise and enhance the images. three main kinds of tumor; benign, pre-malignant, and malignant are known. benign tumor: it does not extend in a sharp way; it doesn’t effect its neighboring healthy tissues and also does not extend to tissues which are non-adjacent. moles are the main examples of benign tumors. the second type of the tumor is pre-malignant tumor: it is a stage prior the cancer, if it is not properly treated, it might be led to cancer. the last type of the tumor is malignant tumor: malignancy (mal= ”bad” and -ignis =”fire”) grows worse with the passage of time and at the end leads to the person death. basically, malignant is medical terms that specify a significant progressing disease. it is a term implemented to describe a cancer [6]. in this work, we create a novel algorithm to mri features extraction and classification using a data set of mri segmented images of patients created by [4]. implementing dwt (inverse and foreword) and textural characteristics and fp-ann. different researchers have proposed related research of mri brain tumor segmentation and classification. a short modern survey is presented in section 2. this paper is divided as presented below: in section 2, the literature survey corresponding to the proposed method is presented. in section 3, the system model is presented. the experimental activities are offered in section 4. section 5 presents the outcomes and discussion related to the presented work and the last, section 6 offers a conclusion. 2. related works in this section, related works corresponding with the work implemented in this paper is presented as shown below. ehab et al., 2010, presented a computer-based method for specifying tumor region in the 164 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 brain implementing mri images. first, they classified a brain into healthy brain or a brain having a tumor. then, in the next step, additional classification is done for specifying the tumor into benign or malignant. this algorithm specifies whether an input image of mri brain performs a tumor or health brain as percentage. in addition, it identifies the tumor type; benign or malignant tumor [7]. in 2012, chan and gal, presented a supervised machine-learning based technique to detect an artery voxels in dce-mri of the brain. this algorithm uses a group of kinetic and local structural properties with a logistic retraction classifier to identify if the arterial voxels is in the image. the evaluation results showed that the presented technique has the prospect to be implemented as a gadget for a precise prediction of arterial input function (aif) in dynamic contrast-enhanced (dce)-mri of the brain [8]. chaddad et al., 2014, presented modern properties type of glioblastoma (gem) detection depending on the gaussian mixture model (gmm). to identify the brain tumor using the tl, t2 weighted and flair mr images, the new properties are used. tree classifier is used on gmm features minimized implementing three prime ingredient to assess the rendering of cancer and normal area segregation decision. the recognition between the typical area and gem containing the images was compared implementing three rendering pointers called accuracy, false alarm, and missed detection. also, three modes of mri images tl, t2 and flair were performed. the features of gmm expounded the best rendering overall. the accuracy rendering was 100% with 0% missed detection and 0% false alarm for the tl and t2 weighted images respectively. the accuracy reduces to 94.11% with 2.95% missed detection and 2.95% false alarm in flair mode [9]. shobana and balakrishnan, 2015, an examination of transform algorithms called discrete wavelet transform (dwt) and discrete cosine transform (dct) each combined detachable with the probabilistic neural network (pnn) is implemented for the brain tumor classification. for the diagnosis of brain tumor, the algorithm includes three stages: iremove the noise and sharpen the image, iifor feature extraction, dwt and dct is implemented, and iiithe brains abnormality is distinguished by probabilistic neural network with radial basis function [10]. in 2016, subramaniam and radhakrishnan, suggested classification of mri brain images, where consisted of 4th steps: pretreatment, identification of region of interest (roi), advantage extraction and classification. to beneficent quality for image, (pde) ”partial differential equations” method was presented and its outcome is contrast with another algorithms such as block analysis method starting by reconstruction and histogram equalization methods implementing statistical factors such as carrier s/r, peak s/r, structural same index measure, figure of merit, mse. the improved image is converted into bi-level image, which is implemented to sharp the regions and padding the fissures in the binaries image utilizing morphological operators. roi is identified using region growing method to extort the five features. the classification performance depending on the extracted image features to specify whether the brain image normal or abnormal is done. therefore, hybridization of neural network (nn) with bee colony optimization for the classification and estimation of cancer effect on given mri image is provided. the authors contrast the rendering of the created classifier with conventional nn classifier implementing statistical measures such as accuracy, sensitivity, and specificity. the work is utilized over 100 mri brain images [11]. 165 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 sonavane et al., 2017, presented a system uses neural network based method for brain and breast image classification. the feature extraction such as texture feature, method named gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm) is implemented. the created algorithm obtained the sensitivity of 82.50%, specificity of 42.6% and accuracy of 68.85% for breast cancer database while it obtains sensitivity of 81.82%, specificity of 77.53% and accuracy of 79.35% for database of clinical brain mri [12]. 3. system model we present the data sets of mri images used in this work in this section then the system architecture of the proposed algorithm. a. data sets in this work, the data set of mri is divided into two parts. the first part is for segmented images of mri for patients age between 30 and 65 years old. the second part of the data set is from segmented images of mri for patients from 0 month to 12 months. these data sets and there segmentation method is provided by [4]. b. system architecture the proposed method has different steps to obtain the goal of this paper which is to classify a tumor of a brain of a patient into benign, pre-malignant, and malignant tumor. first, the segmented image is enhanced and reprocessed to eliminate an expected noise. two different types of enhancement methods are implemented on every input image then we select the enhanced image having better mean square error to be taken for the next step of the algorithm. after selecting the best enhanced image, the features extraction using the wavelet transformation (forewarned and inverse technique). the extracted features are processed into a deep learning back propagation neural network to classify for classification purpose. the algorithm 1 explains the steps of the proposed algorithm. algorithm 1 tumor classification 1: procedure preprocessing 2: input a segmented image 3: denoising method using gabor filter 4: hierarchical correlation histogram analysis and histogram adaptive enhancements 5: end procedure 6: procedure select on-line the best enhanced image. compute peak signal to noise ratio. {‖ ̂ ‖ } 7: select the enhanced image having minimum psnr. 8: end procedure. 9: procedure features extraction 10: using wavelet transformation method. 11: using genetic algorithm. 12: end procedure 13: procedure tumor classification 14: deep learning back propagation neural network. 15: pnn classifier. the classifier is for both feature extraction methods 166 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 16: end procedure. 4. experimental activities in this section, different activities shown in algorithm 1 are explained as below. a. pre-processing the purpose of this step is for minimizing the expected noise that impacts the input image when downloaded from the internet. basically, in this step, to enhance the image and the image fineness to obtain more security and simple in extracting features of the tumor. it consists, three stages that are resizing the image, image filtering, and contrast improvement of an image by histogram equalization.  re sizing the segmented image image resizing is for avoiding complications may happen in the further stage. image resizing is very important stage and one of the main stages in image processing.  gabor filter for evaluating stereo disparity, analyze the texture, and removing noises, the band pass filter implicit on an image processing. through gabor filter processing, we may observe that the basic function minimizes the space (time)-ambiguity product. by putting these functions to 2d, it turns into easy to evolve filters for orientation. the resulted image from gabor filter is highly acceptable in term of peck signal to noise ratio (psnr), entropy, energy, variance, correlation and contrast [13]. suppose (x,y) be the coordinates of an image. the impulsive response of a gabor filter (x, y) is then given by the equation (1). gabor ̆ (1) ̆ +  image enhancement two different methods of image enhancement are use in this work to select the best enhancement to be used in the next steps of this work. the first enhancement method is called contrast limited adaptive histogram equalization (clahe) [14]. it is implemented for enhancing the over noise amplification issue resulted from the method of histogram equalization. it differs from standard histogram modification in which it implements on small areas in the mri image are named as tiles and calculates different histograms, each compared to a specific region of the picture and implements them for redistributing the contrast estimation or brightness of the image. clahe enhance contrast of an image higher than standard histogram equalization in which it provides more detail but still has inclination to increase noise. the second enhancement method is called hierarchical correlation histogram analysis (hcha). it depends on the grayscale distribution degree of intensity of pixel by building a correlation histogram, which can enhance the adaptive contrast enhancement for specific object [15]. figure 1. below depicts the 167 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 enhancement procedure done by the hcha algorithm. figure 1. a: input image b: enhanced image. b. image selection in this phase of the work, we online select the proper image after preprocessing techniques using peak signal to noise ratio (psnr). the psnr depends on a mean square error (mse) evaluation method. in this work the input image is obtained from a data set downloaded from the internet. so, when we implement different enhancement techniques, we will choose the image obtained from the technique that provides higher mse value. thus, the psnr of the selected enhanced image should be lower than the non-selected enhanced image. equation (2) and equation (3) present the mathematical expression of the psnr and mse respectively. (2) where, denotes the maximum pixel value in the original image. ∑ ∑ (3) where, ^ h; h denote the enhanced and original image respectively. also, and denote the dimension of the image. c. features extraction the features extraction phase is spited into two methods. the first method named the discrete wavelet transformation (dwt) method and the second method called a genetic algorithm (ga) are explained below.  feature extraction using dwt for feature extraction, wavelet transform is an efficient gadget because they permit images analysis at different levels of resolution. this method acquires a huge stockpiling and computationally it is more expensive [16, 7]. hence an alternative technique for dimension reduction scheme is implemented. for minimizing the dimension of the feature vector and 168 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 maximizing the distinctive power, the principal component analysis (pca) has been implemented. principal component analysis is appealing since it effectively and efficiently. as a feature vector, the coefficients of discrete wavelet transform (dwt) are implemented by the proposed algorithm. the wavelet is a strong mathematical gadget for feature extraction implemented to extract the wavelet coefficient from mr images. the wavelets are positioned basis functions shifted and scaled versions of some fixed mother wavelets. figure 2. dwt schematically from [14]. the main benefit of wavelets is that they present information of localized frequency about the function of a signal, which is significantly useful for classification [16, 9]. figure 2. depicts the fundamental of the dwt. where, h(n), g(n) denote the functions acts the high-pass and low-pass coefficients filters respectively. { ∑ ∑ (4) the dwt is a linear transformation that rolls on a data vector whose length is an integer power of two, transferring it into a numerically varies vector of the similar length. it divides data into several parameters of the frequency then examines every component with resolution matched to its scale. dwt can be expressed as shown in equation (4) [16, 14]. where, the coefficients aj;k and dj;k corresponding to the approximation components and detail parameters in signal x(n) related to the wavelet function. whilst parameters i and j refer to wavelet scale and translation factors. the main feature of dwt is a function multiscale representation. along the x and y direction, the original image is a processed by h(n) and g(n) filters which, is the row representation of the original image. in figure 2. there are 4 sub-band (ll, lh, hh, hl) images at each scale as a result of this transform. sub-band image ll is only implemented for dwt computation at the next scale. to measure the wavelet features in the first step, the coefficients of the wavelet are computed for the ll sub-band utilizing haar wavelet function. the mean and stranded deviations of the sub-bands are computed to represent the supervised data that will be processed in the probabilistic neural network (pnn) classifier stage.  feature extraction utilizing genetic algorithm (ga) the ga is a search technique via populations. it implements a fixed length binary string to act 169 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 a possible solution or individual for a problem domain. the extracted features implementing the ga are intensity and texture based features. these features are i) skewence, ii) mean, iii) variance, iv) stander deviation and v) entropy. d. probabilistic neural network (pnn) the extracted features from dwt and ga are classified into two classes then every class becomes as a class input. the pnn is corresponding to pdf estimator of the parzen window. a pnn consists of different sub-networks, each of which is a pdf estimator of the parzen window for each of the classes. this network presents a solution to pattern classification problems by following a technique evolved in statistics, named bayesian classifiers [3, 7]. the most essential benefit of pnn is that training is simple and instantaneous [9]. the weights are assigned instead of ”trained”. the available weights must never be immediate, but only new vectors are integrated into weight matrices when training. then, it could be utilized in real-time. while the training and running process could be used by matrix manipulation, the pnn speed is very speedy. in this work, the set of measurements is the input nodes. figure 3. depicts the pnn of two classes. utilizing the gaussian window function with σ = 1, the parzen pdf for class i is presented in equation (5) below. ∑ √ ( ) (5) where, x, n, and i denote the input data, total number of the sampled data, and the index of the class respectively. in this work, three layers are implemented in the pnn: radial basis layer, the input layer, and the competitive layer. radial basis layer asses vector distances between row weight vectors and input vector in a weight matrix. by radial basis function non linearly, these distances are scaled. thereafter, competitive layer detects the closest distance among them, and thus detects the training pattern closest to the input pattern based on their distance. figure 3. a schematic illustration of a pnn. the structure of the network is illustrated in figure 4. the symbols and notations are mentioned as implemented in the book neural network design [9]. i) input layer: the vector of the input expressed as p is the black vertical bar in figure 4. its dimension is r ×1. in this work, r = 5 for ga and 4 for dwt. 170 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ii) radial basis layer: the distances vector between the p vector and the vector of weight created of each row of weight matrix w are computed. in this situation, the distance of the vector is identified as the dot product between two vectors [11]. suppose the w dimension is q × r. the dot product between w i ـــ th row and the p produces the i ـــ th member of the distance vector ‖ ‖, that has a dimension of q × 1, as depicted in figure 4. a combination, n, between the bias vector b and ‖ ‖ is done using multiplication process of element by element as denoted in the expression below. figure 4. network structure [7]. ‖ ‖ in this work, in pnn, the transfer function is constructed into a distance criterion with respect to a center as shown in equation (6). (6) every parameter of n is substituted into equation (6). and results related element of a, the output vector of radial basis layer. the i ـــ th element of a can be represented as shown in equation (7). ‖ ‖ (7) where is the vector made of the i ـــ th row of w and is the i ـــ th parameter of bias vector b. iii) competitive layer: in this layer, the layer weight matrix m is multiplied with the vector a, producing an output vector d and it has no bias. the function of competition, expressed as c in figure 2. results a 1 related to the higher parameter of d, and 0s elsewhere. the index of 1 in c is the tumor number that could be classified by the system. in this work, the output dimension vector, k, is 5. 5. results and discussion in this work, we implemented different experiments. for the classification accuracies, the training size and testing sets were specified and they have been taken into consideration. the data set was separated into two separated data sets: the testing set (20 subjects) and the training set (30 subjects). the set of training is utilized in the network training, whereas the set testing is utilized to validate the effectiveness and the trained network accuracy for the brain tumors classification. 171 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 the proposed classification algorithm is assessed through our work and the sensitivity and specificity algorithm is implemented to evaluate the ppn accuracy. the true position rate (tpr), sensitivity, recall, and true negative rate (tnr) and specificity (spc), respectively are denoted in the equations. ∑ ∑ ∑ (8) ∑ ∑ ∑ (9) then, the accuracy (acc) is. ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑ (10) specificity computes the method ability to specify normal situations. sensitivity measures the method ability to specify abnormal cases. the accuracy is the proportion of correct classifications to the total number of classification tests. the proposed method of brain tumor classification has been implemented on different normal, benign and malignant real mr images and the specificity, sensitivity and the pnn accuracy classifier has been measured, implementing the equations given above. table 1 depicts the accuracy of the proposed method compared to the accuracy of the systems created by [12]. table 1. illustrated the accuracy of the proposed method compared with other accuracy. method accuracy specificity sensitivity the system created by [12] 79.35 % 77.53 % 81.82 %, the proposed system 94.3 % 82.86 % 97.50 % 6. conclusion an online selection of the enhanced mri image is implemented to have this image in the proposed method which is to extract the features of the image using two feature extraction methods (ga and dwt) to classify the brain tumor into benign or malignant using ppn method. in this work, two different image enhancement techniques are implemented and the psnr evaluation method is used to select the optimum image to be processed in the next step of this work. in this paper, the proposed algorithm shows its results can reach a brain tumor classification accuracy, specificity and sensitivity of 94.3 %, 82.86%, and 97.50% respectively. references 1. pessoa, l. understanding brain networks and brain organization. physics of life reviews. 2014, 11, 3, 400-435. 2. peer, m.; salomon, r.; goldberg, i.; blanke, o.; arzy, s. brain system for mental orientation in space, time, and person. proceedings of the national academy of sciences. 2015, 112, 35, 11072-11077. 3. eric, j.h.; james, d. cox. physical and biologic basis of radiation therapy, radiation oncology; 9th ed.; publishing elsevier inc: philadelphia. 2010, isbn 978-0-323-049719. 4. loizou, c.p.; murray, v.; pattichis, m.s.; seimenis, i.; pantziaris, m.; pattichis, c.s. multiscale amplitude-modulation frequency-modulation (am–fm) texture analysis of https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780323049719 https://www.google.com/search?biw=1600&bih=764&q=elsevier+inc&spell=1&sa=x&ved=0ahukewi-uoey0_xhahxrlfakha7zceaqkeeccccoaa 172 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 multiple sclerosis in brain mri images. ieee transactions on information technology in biomedicine.2011, 15, 1, 119-129. 5. jun, c. brain tumor dataset.2017, https://figshare.com/articles/brain_tumor_dataset/1512427/5. 6. samah, a.a.; fauzi, m.f.a.; mansor, s. classification of benign and malignant tumors in histopathology images. ieee international conference on signal and image processing applications (icsipa).2017, 102-106. 7. ehab, f. badran.; mahmoud, e. g.; hamdy, n. an algorithm for detecting brain tumors in mri images. ieee international conference on computer engineering and systems. 2010, 368-373. 8. chan, s.l.s.; gal, y. automatic detection of arterial voxels in dynamic contrastenhanced mr images of the brain. ieee international conference on digital image computing techniques and applications (dicta).2012, 1-7. 9. chaddad, a.; zinn, p.o.; colen, r.r. brain tumor identification using gaussian mixture model features and decision trees classifier. ieee 48th annual conference on information sciences and systems (ciss).2014, 1-4. 10. shobana, g.; balakrishnan, r. brain tumor diagnosis from mri feature analysis-a comparative study. ieee international conference on innovations in information, embedded and communication systems (iciiecs).2015, 1-4. 11. subramaniam, s.; radhakrishnan, m. neural network with bee colony optimization for mri brain cancer image classification. international arab journal of information technology (iajit). 2016, 13, 1. 12. sonavane, r.; sonar, p.; sutar, s. classification of mri brain tumor and mammogram images using learning vector quantization neural network. ieee third international conference on sensing, signal processing and security (icsss).2017, 1-7. 13. seetha, j.; raja, s.s. denoising of mri images using filtering methods. ieee international conference on wireless communications, signal processing and networking (wispnet).2016,765-769. 14. kaur, h.; rani, j. mri brain image enhancement using histogram equalization techniques. ieee international conference on wireless communications, signal processing and networking (wispnet).2016,770-773. 15. chen, c. m.; chen,c. c.; wu, m.c.; horng, g.; wu, h.c.; hsueh, s.h.; ho, h.y. automatic contrast enhancement of brain mr images using hierarchical correlation histogram analysis. journal of medical and biological engineering 2015, 35, 6, 724-734. 16. chaikla, n.; qi, y. genetic algorithms in feature selection. in ieee smc'99 conference proceedings. ieee international conference on systems, man, and cybernetics.1999, 5, 538-540. microsoft word 88-101 chemistry | 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 synthesis and thermal electo conductivity of some new triazole derivatives bearing azo or azomethain group hala abdel rahim saad raied mustafa shakir department, of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham,university of baghdad, iraq , baghdad raiedalsayab@yahoo.co.uk mohammad hady mahdi department, of phesics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham,university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq article history: received 17 may 2018, accepted 8 july 2018, published december 2018 abstract newly acid hydrazide was synthesized from ethyl 2-(2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy) acetate (2), which is cyclized to the corresponding 4-amino-1,2,4-triazole (3). five newly azo derivatives (4a-e) were synthesized from this 1,2,4-triazole by converting the amine group to diazonium salt then reacted with various substituent phenol,as well three newly imine derivatives (5a-c) were synthesized from reacting the amine group of compound (3) with three aryl aldehyde. the thermal electro conductivity of these compounds was tested at 30, 50, 75 and 100 ᵒc. compound 4a showed interesting electro conductivity at 75ᵒc as well 5a at 75ᵒc while 5b showed significant conductivity at 100 ᵒc. keywords: triazole derivatives, electro conductivity, azo, azomethine 1.introduction heterocyclic chemistry can be considered as a separated field in organic chemistry according to their many dictated of history with unboundary spectrum of applications. triazole is one of the famous five membered ring with three nitrogen atoms[1]. during the last seventh decades many researchers have exhibited great interest with synthesis of 1,2,4triazoles and particularly the 4-amino-1,2,4-triazoles derivative due to their interesting biological and pharmaceutical properties. for instance, some 1,2,4-triazoles showed antibacterial activity [2], anticancer [3], antioxidant[4], antifungal [5], anti leishmanial[6] and anti-inflammatory [7]. furthermore, the 1,2,4-triazole showed divers physical properties such as electrochemical, spectro electrochemical [8, 9], corrosion inhibition of copper [10], as well inhibition of mild steel corrosion in hydrochloric [11], optical properties[12] and thermal conductivity [13]. also the compounds which contain azo group and azomethine showed intensive interest in pharmacological and medicinal field besides they exhibited interested physical properties such as ph optical sensor[14], luminance and light-emitting diodes [15, 16] and electro conductive properties[17, 18]. according to the great importance of these compounds, this article presented synthesis of new 4-amino-1,2,4-triazole and their azo and azomethine derivative and investigated their thermal electro conductivity. chemistry | 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2.experimental 2.1 general the chemicals and solvents were utilized brand sigma-aldrich, fisher and merck to synthesize the target compounds without any purification. uncorrected open capillary tube method was utilized to record the melting point by mel-temp ii instrument. thin layer chromatography (silica gel tlc) plate brand merck were used to determine the purities of these compounds and end of reaction. either iodine vapors or uv lights were used to locate the spot. ftir 600 was used to recognize the ftir spectra. all nmr spectra were assigned nmr ready 60,60mhz spectrometer, dmso-d6 was used as the solvent with tms as internal standard. the element analysis (chns) was recognized by euro ea 3000. the thermal electro conductivity of the synthesized compound was detected by lcr-8110g/8105g. all the analysis were carried out at central service laboratory/ college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad. 2.2 synthesis of ethyl 2-(2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)acetate 1. ethyl bromoacetate (16.7 g, 100mmol) was added dropwise to a stirring solution of 2, 3dimethoxy phenol (15.4 g, 100 mmol) and potassium carbonate (13.8 g, 100 mmol) in dry dmf 100ml. the mixture was heated under refluxed at 70 ˚c for 24 hs. the reaction was followed by tlc using hexane: ethyl acetate (1:1) as eluent. after cooling the mixture was extracted by ethylacetate (2× 50 ml). the combine organic layer was dried under magnesium sulfate. after removal of the solvent under reduced pressure affords pale yellow liquid. yield (83%) (19.9 g); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3057, 3124 (char), 2974, 2839 (chaliph), 1755 (c=o), 1668, 1593 (c=c), 1236 (ar-o-c), 1203 (c-o), 1119 (och3-och2) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmsod6, 60 mhz) ppm; 1.22 (t, 3h, ch3) 3.60 (s, 3h, och3), 3.64 (s, 3h,och3), 4.19 (q ,2h ,o=c-ch2), 4.62 (s, 2h, och2), 6.36 -7.05 (m, 3h ,ar-h) . 2.3 synthesis of 2-(2,3di methoxyphenoxy)acetohydrazide 2. excess of hydrazine hydrate (80%) was added to a stirring solution of ethyl-2(2, 3dimethoxyphenoxy) acetate) (19 g,79 mmol) in 40 ml of ethanol. the mixture was left under stirring overnight at ambient temperature. the solvent was reduced to half by evaporation under reduced pressure. the white solid precipitated was collected by filtration then washed with cold distilled water. the crud product was crystallized from methanol to afford white crystal yield (92%) (16.45 g): m.p.(104-106˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3427, 3325 (nh2), 3286 (nh), 3097, 3032 (char), 2999, 2835 (chaliph), 1655 (c=o) 1597, 1441 (c=c), 1304 (c-n), 1263 (ar-o-c), 1117 (och3-och2) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz,) ppm: 3.36 (s, 3h, och3), 3.72 (s, 3h, och3), 4.26 (bs, 2h, nh2), 4.43 (s, 2h, och2), 6.5-7.07 (m, 3h, ar-h), 9.11 (bs, 1h, nh). 2.4 synthesisof4-amino-3-((2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-1h-1,2,4-triazole5(4h)thione.3. excess of carbon disulfide (about, 3ml) was added dropwise to a stirring solution of 2(2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy) acetohydrazide (5 g, 22.1mmol) and potassium hydroxide (22.1 mmol) in absolute ethanol (30 ml) at ambient temperature .the resulting precipitated was filtrated then washed by diethyl ether and dried. the crud potassium 2-(2-(2,3dimethoxyphenoxy)acetyl) hydrazine carbodithioate salt (5g, 14.7 mmol.) was refluxed with 5 chemistry | 90 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 ml hydrazine hydrate 80% for 7 hrs until no more evolving of hydrogen sulfide gas which is tested by lead acetate paper. after cooling the product was poured into 100 ml crush ice .the ph of solution was adjusted to acidic medium (ph= 4-5) using solution of 5% hydrochloric acid. the precipitate was filtrated, washed with cold water and dried under vacuum pressure .the precipitate was crystallized by methanol yield (70%), (2.9g): m.p.(162-164˚c) ; ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3435, 3263 (nh2), 3215 (nh), 3066, 3026 (char), 2968, 2837 (chaliph), 2773 (c-sh), 1643 (c=n), 1601, 1496 (c=c), 1296 (c-n), 1259 (ar-o-c), 1176 (c=s), 1103 (och3-och2) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm; 3.67 (s, 3h, och3), 3.77 (s, 3h, och3), 5.12 (s, 2h, och2), 5.28 (bs, 2h, nh2), 6.67-7.16 (m, 3h, ar-h), 7.75 (bs, 1h, nh). 2.5 general synthesis of-3-((2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-4-((2 or 4-hydroxysubstiuted phenyl)diazenyl)-1h-1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)-thione.4a-4e.(5-9) a cold solution (0-5 c) of sodium nitrite 0.7, 10.14mmol) in 3ml of distilled water was added dropwised with manual stirring to cold solution(0-5 c) of 4-amino-3-((2,3dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-1h-1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)-thione (0.35 g, 1.24 mmol) in 25 ml 4n hydrochloric acid. this mixture was added dropwised with manual stirring to cold solution (05c).of 10.14 mmol of substituted phenol in 15 ml of 4n hydroxide sodium. the mixture was adjusted to neutralized ph, then the precipitated was collected by filtration, washed with distill water and dried. the crud product was recrystallized from methanol. 2.6 (3-((2, 3-dimethoxyphenoxy) methyl)-4-((2-hydroxy-3,4dimethoxyphenyl)diazenyl)1h-1, 2, 4-triazole-5(4h)thione.4a). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain green precipitate yield (72%), (0.4 g): m.p (215-216˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3263 (nh) , 3228 (oh), 3064, 3032 (char), 2968, 2835 (chaliph), 2771 (c-sh), 2139 (n=n), 1601, 1489 (c=n&c=c), 1375 (ohin plane), 1296 (c-n), 1259 (ar-o-c), 1176 (c=s), 1101 (och3-och2), 648 (oh-out of plane) cm-1: 1h nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm ;3.63 (s, 6h, 2 × och3) 3.73 (s, 6h, 2 × och3), 5.60 (s, 2h, och2), 6.78-7.18 (m, 5h, ar-h) 10.19 (s, 1h, oh), 13.61 (bs, 1h, nh). 2.7 (3-((2, 3-dimethoxyphenoxy) methyl)-4-((2-hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl)diazenyl)-1h-1, 2, 4-triazole-5(4h)-thione.4b). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain orange precipitate yield (56%), (0.3 g): m.p (192-194˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax); 3431 (nh), 3228 (oh), 3064, 3030 (char), 2968, 2835 (chaliph), 2771 (c-sh), 2141 (n=n), 1603 (c=n and c=c), 1496 (no2), 1369 (ohin plane), 1296 (c-n), 1259 (ar-o-c), 1176 (c=s), 1107 (och3-och2), 650 (oh-out of plane) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm:3.63 (s, 3h, och3), 3.73 (s, 3h, och3), 5.60 (s, 2h, och2), 6.807.35 (m, 6h, ar-h), 13.81 (bs, 1h, nh). 2.8 (3-((2, 3-dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-4-((2-hydroxy-4,5-dimethyl phenyl)diazenyl)1h-1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)-thione.4c). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain dark brown precipitate yield (74%), (0.38 g): m.p (172-174˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3427 (nh), 3228 (oh), 3064, 3030 (char), 2968, 2835 (chaliph), 2771 (c-sh), 2119 (n=n), 1601, 1496 (c=n & c=c), 1365 (ohin plane), 1296 (c-n), 1259 (ar-o-c), 1228 (c=s), 1107 (och3-och2), 650 (oh-out of plane) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm:-2.0 (s, 3h, ch3), 2.23 (s, 3h, ch3), 3.62 chemistry | 91 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 (s, 3h, och3), 3.72 (s, 3h, och3), 5.07 (s, 2h, och2), 6.77-7.11 (m, 5h, ar-h), 9.53 (bs, 1h, oh), 13.82 (bs, 1h, nh). 2.9 (3-((2, 3-dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-4-((4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)diazenyl)1h-1, 2, 4-triazole-5(4h)-thione.4d). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain orange precipitate yield (70%) (0.39 g) : m.p (210-212˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3417 (nh), 3232 (oh), 3064, 3030 (char), 2968, 2835 (chaliph), 2769 (c-sh) ,2117 (n=n), 1604, 1496 (c=n & c=c), 1369 (ohin plane), 1296 (c-n), 1259 (ar-o-c), 1176 (c=s), 1103 (och3-och2), 648 (oh-out of plane) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm:3.60 (s, 6h, 2 × och3), 3.77 (s, 6h, 2 × och3), 5.22 (s, 2h, och2), 6.65-7.01 (m, 3h, ar-h), 7.14 (s, 2h, ar-hsyringic), 9.34 (bs, 1h, oh), 14.06 (bs, 1h, nh). 2.10 (3-((2, 3-dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-4-((4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl) diazenyl)1h-1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)thione.4e). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain pale yellow precipitate yield (75%) (0.38 g) : m.p (156-157˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax); 3429 (nh), 3201 (oh), 3066, 3005 (char), 2941, 2837 (chaliph), 2775 (c-sh), 2141 (n=n), 1603, 1479 (c=n & c=c), 1356 (ohin plane), 1296 (c-n), 1255 (ar-o-c), 1178 (c=s), 1105 (och3-och2), 623 (oh-out of plane) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm:2.21 (s, 6h, 2 × ch3), 3.67 (s, 3h, och3), 3.77 (s, 3h, och3), 5.04 (s, 2h, och2), 6.70-6.95 (m, 5h, ar-h), 8.37 (bs, 1h, oh), 13.79 (bs, 1h nh). 2.11 general synthesis of 3-((2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-4-((arylidene)amino)-1h1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)-thione.5a-5c.(11-13) an ethanolic solution of aryl aldehyde (1.24 mmol) was add dropwise to a solution of 4amino-5-((2,3methoxyphenoxy)methyl) (2,4)-dihydro-3-h (1,2,4)-triazole-3-thione (0.35 g , 1.24 mmol) in 2ml of ethanol in the presence of three drops of glacial acetic acid. the mixture was heated under reflux (50-60 ᵒc) overnight. the precipitated was filtrated, dried and purified by crystallization utilizing suitable solvent. 2.12 (3-(2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)-4-((3-nitrobenzylidene)amino)-1h-1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)thione.5a). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain pale yellow precipitate yield (76%), (0.4 g ) : m.p.(204-206˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax);3435 (nh), 3230, 3084 (char), 2939, 2835 (chaliph), 2752 (c-sh),1633, 1603 (c=n & c=c), 1531, 1354 (no2), 1294 (c-n), 1259 (ar-o-c), 1174 (c=s), 1105 (och3-och2) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm: 3.50 (s, 3h, och3), 3.67 (s, 3h, och3), 5.19 (s, 2h, och2), 6.58-6.95 (m, 3h, ar-h), 7.46-7.89 (m, 4h, ar-h), 9.98 (s, 1h, ch=n), 14.09 (bs, 1h, nh). 2.13 (3-((2, 3-dimethoxyphenoxy) methyl)-4-((4-hydroxy-3,5dimethoxybenzylidene)amino)-1h-1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)-thione.5b). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain white precipitate yield (69%) (0.38 g) : m.p.(195-196˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3369 (oh), 3221 (nh), 3057, 3005 (char), 2962, 2839 (chaliph), 2762 (c-sh) 1583, 1514 (c=n & c=c), 1371 (ohin plane), 1323, 1290 (c-n), 1254 (ar-o-c), 1178 (c=s), 1115 (och3-och2), 646 (oh-out of plan) cm-1; chemistry | 92 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 1h-nmr (dmso-d6 , 60 mhz) ppm; 3.54 (s, 3h, och3), 3.71 (s, 9h, 3 × och3), 5.16 (s, 2h, och2), 6.58-6.94 (m, 3h, ar-h), 7.08 (s, 2h, ar-h), 9.27 (bs, 1h, nh), 9.60 (s, 1h, ch=n), 14.00 (bs, 1h, oh). 2.14 (4,4-(1,4-phenylenebismethan-1-yl-1-ylidene))bis(azan-1-yl-1-ylidene) bis(3((2,3dimethoxyphenoxy)methyl)-1h-1,2,4-triazole-5(4h)-thione.5c). the crude product was crystallized from chloroform to obtain yellow precipitate yield (61%). (0.5 g) : m.p.(185-186˚c); ft-ir (kbr, ʋmax): 3435 (nh), 3188, 3001 (char), 2964, 2831 (chaliph), 2763 (c-sh), 1597, 1495 (c=n & c=c), 1298 (c-n), 1257 (ar-o-c), 1173 (c=s), 1109 (och3-och2) cm-1; 1h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz) ppm ; 3.50 (s, 6h, 2 × och3), 3.66 (s, 6h, 2 × och3), 5.23 ( s, 4h, 2× och2), 6.69-6.96 (m , 6h, ar-h), 7.88 (s, 4h, ar-h), 10.14 (s, 2h, 2 × ch=n), 14.12 (bs, 2h, 2× nh). 2.15 thermal electro conductivity test the target samples were formed by pressing 0.2 g from pure material to thickness 0.08 cm and 1cm as diameter under 20 mpa.(mega pascal) the conductivity was detected by lcr meter at 50-300000 hz at 30, 50, 75 and 100 ͦ c. the electrical capacity and the tangent of loss angle were determined also electrical conductivity was determined from the following equations [19]. cv=ԑ0a/d ԑr'=cp/c0 cpd/ ԑ0a ԑr"= ԑr' tan(δ) б a.c=ω ԑr" ԑ0 where cp = capacitor materials a = area d = distance c0 =capacity in vacuum ω = angular frequency бa.c = alternating electrical conductivity tan(δ) = tangent of loss angle ɛ0 = permittivity of vacuum ɛr׳ = permittivity of the material ɛr״ = relative permittivity 3.result and discussion newly 4-amino-1,2,4-triazole and their azo and azomethine derivative were synthesized as depicted in scheme (1) and characterized by ftir, 1h-nmr spectra and c.h n analysis. chemistry | 93 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 scheme 1. synthetic route of newly compounds 1-5a-c. ethyl 2-(2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)acetate (1), was synthesized from reaction ethyl bromoacetate with of 2, 3-dimethoxyphenol in dmf in the presence of potassium carbonate as scavenger. the target compound was characterized by ft-ir and 1h-nmr. the ft-ir spectrum exhibited disappearance the oh group of phenol and recorded new band at 1755 cm-1attributed to the carbonyl group. the band located at 1668 and 1593 cm-1 assigned to c=c. moreover, the band at 1236 cm-1was assigned to ar-o-c. besides to the aromatic and aliphatic ch were assigned at their expected 3057, 2839 cm-1 .the 1h-nmr recorded triplets signal at (1.22) ppm attributed to ch3 group at ester while the ch2 group of ester appeared at (4.19) ppm as quartet. also the och2 group attached to carbonyl was appeared as singlet peak at (4.62) ppm. the two methoxy group and the protons of phenyl ring appeared at expected area as depicted in figure 1. the corresponding acid hydrazide (2) was synthesized from reaction of the ethyl-2(2, 3-dimethoxyphenoxy) acetate with excess hydrazine hydrate (3 equivalents) in ambient temperature. this compound was characterized by ft-ir and 1hnmr spectra. the ft-ir spectrum showed disappearing of ester carbonyl and new band appeared at 1655 cm-1 attributed to hydrazide carbonyl as well the band of nh2 and nh of the hydrazide appeared at 3427, 3325 and 3286 cm-1 respectively. the band at 1626 cm-1 attributed nh bending. the 1h-nmr spectrum exhibited disappearing of ethoxyl group of ester and appearing of new broad peaks at (4.26) and (9.11) ppm respectively attributed to protons nh2 and nh of hydrazide group. the methoxy protons were displayed as singlet peak at (3.36) and (3.72) ppm, while the peak of och2 appeared at (4.43) ppm as singlet peak. the aromatic peaks appeared as multiplet peaks at (6.5-7.07) ppm. the 1,2,4-triazole was synthesized by two steps. the first step was synthesis of potassium 2-(2-(2,3dimethoxyphenoxy)acetyl)hydrazine carbodithioate form reacted the corresponding hydrazide (2) in absolute ethanol with carbon disulfide at ambient temperature. the corresponding potassium salt was cyclized to 1,2,4-triazole utilizing hydrazine hydrate. this compound was characterized by ft-ir and 1h-nmr spectra. the ft-ir of the resulting compound displayed band at 3435 and 3263 cm-1 for nh2 and the band at 3215 cm-1for nh .the aromatic and aliphatic ch exhibited at 3066, 2837cm-1. the sh band was located as weak band at 2773cm chemistry | 94 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 1 and the c=s located at 1176 cm-1due to tautomerism between thionethiol fact[20]. the c=n band appeared at 1643 cm-1. the 1h-nmr spectrum exhibited two singlet at (3.67-3.77) ppm for two och3 group and singlet peak at (5.12) ppm for och2. the peak of nh2 appeared as broad singlet at (5.28) ppm. the three aromatic protons appeared as multiplet peak at (6.67-7.16) ppm as well the peak at (7.75) ppm assigned to nh as depicted in figure 2. five new azo compounds (4a-4e) were synthesized from reaction the 1,2,4-triazole-4anine (3) with nitrozo acid to form the corresponding diazonium salt. the resulting diazonium salt reacted with five different substituted sodiume phenoxide at low temperature (0-5 ᵒc). these compounds were characterized from their ft-ir and1h-nmr spectra. the ft-ir spectra exhibited disappearance the band of nh2, which is considered good evidence for success the reaction. the band of azo group was assigned at 2141-2117 cm-1 for (4a-4e). furthermore the ftir spectra for these compounds exhibited the c=n and c=c at 1604-1479 cm-1 the band of nh and oh were detected at 3431-3263 cm-1 and 3232-3201 cm1 respectively. the aromatic and aliphatic c-h were appeared at 3066-3005 cm-1 and 29682835 cm-1 respectively. in addition to the ftir spectra, the 1h-nmr spectra confirm formation of the new proposed structures for compounds (4a-4e). the 1h-nmr exhibited disappearing of the broad peak which belonged to protons of nh2. furthermore, rising new peaks attributed to the substituted phenol besides to the proton of hydroxyl group of phenol at (8.37-10.19) ppm. the 1h-nmr spectrum of compound (4b) displayed the two singlet peaks at (3.63) and (3.73) ppm for six protons of two groups of och3. the two protons of och2 appeared as singlet at (5.60) ppm. the aromatic protons showed multiplet signal due to over lapping and showed integration for six protons. the oh of phenolic hydroxyl was appeared at (10.19-8.37) ppm. in spite of the proton of hydroxyl group of 2-nitrophenol (4b) did not recognize at the 1h-nmr spectrum, that can be referred the intramolecular hydrogen bonding and to the deuterium exchange [21]. the proton of nh for the triazole ring was assigned at (13.61-14.06) ppm. the 1h-nmr of compound (4a) and showed the integration of protons of methoxy group equal twelve protons , while the integration of protons och2 group remained equal to two protons, that refer to two new methoxy group as substituent of phenol. the oh of phenol of this compound appeared at (10.19) ppm respectively the 1h-nmr spectrum of compound (4c) showed the methyl as substituent group of phenol at (2.0) ppm for 2× ch3 and (2.23) ppm for 2× ch3 respectively. figure 3. depected the 1h-nmr spectrum of compound (4c) table 1. showed some selective physical properties table 1. tabulated some physical properties of these compounds (4a-4e). no. r m.p yield m.f color 4a 2,3-di-oh 215-216 ̊c 72% c19h21o6n5s green 4b 2-no2 192-194 ̊c 56% c17h16o6n6s orange 4c 3,4-di-me 172-174 ̊c 74% c19h21o4n5s dark brown 4d 2,6-di-ome 210-212 ̊c 70% c19h21o6n5s orange 4e 2,6-di-me 156-157֯ ̊c 75% c19h21o4n5s pale yellow chemistry | 95 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 these compounds (5a-5c) were synthesized from reaction of the triazole and aryaldehyde in the presence of glacial acetic acid as catalyst. table 2. showed some selective physical properties. table 2. tabulated some physical properties of these compounds (5a-5c). no. r m.p yield m.f color 5a 3-no2 204-206 ̊c 76% c18h17o5n5s pale yellow 5b 3,5-di-ome-4-oh 195 ̊c 69% c20h22o6n4s white 5c terephthalaldehyde 185-186 ̊c 61% c30h30o6n8s2 yellow these compounds characterized from their ft-ir and 1h-nmr spectra. the ft-ir showed disappearance the band of nh2 from 3435-3263 cm-1. the compound (5a) showed new absorption band at 1531-1354 cm-1 for symmetrical and asymmetrical absorption of no2. compound (5b) exhibited band at 3369 cm-1 for oh. moreover, compound (5c) displayed the nh band at 3435 cm-1. the band of c=n appeared in same region of c=c and that result was in agreement with literatures [22-25]. the 1h-nmr exhibited disappearance the broad signal for nh from (9.27-14.12) ppm and appearance new characterized peak at (9.60-10.14) ppm for ch=n with integral of one proton. furthermore, the integration of aromatic was in agreement with proposed structure besides to the protons of two methoxy groups and the protons of och2 group attached 1,2,4triazole ring at position three were appeared at their expected regions. for example, the 1hnmr spectrum of compound (5c) as shown in figure 4. the spectrum showed two singlet peaks at (3.50) and (3.66) ppm respectively for twelve protons of four och3 groups. the singlet peak located at (5.23) ppm with small shoulder, for four protons of two groups of och2. the aromatic region showed multiplet at (6.69-6.96) ppm for six protons while the for protons of 1,4-phenylene group were located as singlet signal with small shoulder. the shoulders for protons of och2 group and 1,4-phenylen group could be attributed to geometric tautomerism [26] which affected at the electronic environment of protons of 1,4-phenylene attached with imine group [27]. the two protons of bis imine group appeared at low field (10.14) ppm and that could be attributed to long chine conjugated and to existence of imine-enamine tautomerism[28]. the peak of nh was assigned at (14.12) ppm. the found percentages of c.h.n.s analysis were in agreement with calculated percentages as tabulated in table 3. 3.1 electro thermal conductivity compounds (4b) and (4c) did not exhibit any notable conductivity, while compounds (4d) and (4e) exhibited low electro conductivity less than (0.0002 (ω.m)-1 at 30 ͦ c, as depicted in figure 5. chemistry | 96 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 5. thermal electro conductivity of compounds (4b-4e) at 30 ͦ c. interested electro conductivity has been observed with compound (4a) at frequency between 50hz to 1mhz 30 ͦ c. as demonstrated in figure 6. figure 6. thermal electro conductivity of compounds (4a) at 30 ͦ c. this group of compounds did not exhibit any notable chance at 50 ͦ c and showed same regular demeanor with 30 ͦ c, when the conductivity tested at 75 ͦ c also, compounds (4b-e) still exhibited same electro properties as it exhibited in 30 ͦ c,. in another hand, compound (4a) was exhibited unexpected demeanor as depicted in figure 7. figure 7.thermal electro conductivity of compounds (4a) at 75 ͦ c. the electro thermal conductivity of these compounds at 30ᵒ c was demonstrated in figure 8. compound (3) do not exhibite any electro conductivity in different temperatures at frequency range 50-300000 hz. compound chemistry | 97 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 8. thermal electro conductivity of compounds (3-5a-c) at 30 ͦ c. compound 5a exhibited the highest conductivity at 30 ᵒc and this conductivity increased at 50ᵒc and 75 ᵒc. the sequence of the electro conductivity of these compounds was changed at 100ᵒc. the electro conductivity of compound 5b to be the forefront and the electro conductivity 5a was decreased. as demonstrated at figure 9. and 10. figure 9. thermal electro conductivity of compounds (3-5a-c) at 50 ͦ c. figure 10. thermal electro conductivity of compounds (3-5a-c) at 100 ͦ c. 4.conclusion two newly series from 4-amino-1,2,4-triazole derivatives (4a-e and 5a-c) were successfully synthesized and characterized. the thermal electro conductivity were screened at 30, 50, 75 and 100 ᵒc. compound 4a exhibited interested conductivity at 30-75 ᵒc. furthermore, compound 5a showed significant thermal electro conductivity at 30, 50 and 75 ᵒc, while compound 5b showed interested electro conductivity at 100 ᵒc. chemistry | 98 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 3. chns analysis of compounds (3-5c). figure 1. 1h-nmr (60 mhz, dmso-d6) spectrum of compound 1. com no m.f theoretical practical 3 c11h14o3n4s c-46.80 h-500 n-19.85 s-11.36 c-46.72 h-5.1 n-19.66 s-10.92 4a c19h21o6n5s c-51.00 h-4.73 n-15.65 s-7.17 c-51.12 h-5.09 n-15.98 s-7.09 4b c17h16o6n6s c-47.22 h-3.73 n-19.44 s-7.42 c-47.31 h-3.89 n-19.56 s-7.32 4c c19h21o4n5s c-54.93 h-5.09 n-16.86 s-7.72 c-55.01 h-5.26 n-17.1 s-7.62 4d c19h21o6n5s c-51.00 h-4.73 n-15.65 s-7.17 c-51.14 h-5.11 n-15.93 s-6.99 4e c19h21o4n5s c-54.93 h-5.06 n-16.86 s-7.72 c-55.02 h-5.21 n-17.08 s-7.61 5a c18h17o5n5s c-52.04 h-4.12 n-16.86 s-7.72 c-52.12 h-4.37 n-17.04 s-7.38 5b c20h22o6n4s c-53.80 h-4.97 n-12.55 s-7.18 c-53.67 h-5.39 n-12.84 s-7.09 5c c30h30o6n8s2 c-54.37 h-4.56 n-16.91 s-9.66 c-54.55 h-5.82 n-17.06 s-9.53 chemistry | 99 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 2. 1h-nmr (60 mhz, dmso-d6) spectrum of compound 3. figure 3.1h-nmr (60 mhz, dmso-d6) spectrum of compound 4c chemistry | 100 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 4. 1h-nmr (60 mhz, dmso-d6) spectrum of compound 5c . references 1. curtis, a. d. m.; jennings, n. book section no. 5.02. 1,2,4-triazoles a2 katritzky, alan r. in comprehensive heterocyclic chemistry iii, ramsden, c. a.; scriven, e. f. v.; taylor, r. j. k., eds. elsevier: oxford. 2008, pp 159-209. 2. ghattas. a. e.-b. a. g.; moustafa. h. m.; hassanein. e. a. a.; hussein. b. r. m. synthesis and antibacterial activity of some new 4-anilino-5-phenyl-4h-1,2,4-triazole3-thiol derivatives. arab. j. chem. 2016, 9, s1654-s1659. 3. shivarama. h. b.; veerendra. b.; shivananda. m. k.; poojary, b., synthesis characterization and anticancer activity studies on some mannich bases derived from 1,2,4-triazoles. eur. j. med. chem. 2003, 38, 7, 759-767. 4. shakir. r. m.; ali. k. f.; hussain.d. f. synthesis and antioxidant ability of some new 6-amino-7h-[1,2,4]triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4]thiadiazin-3-yl) derivatives bearing 2,6-dimethoxy-4-(methoxymethyl)phenol. orient. j. chem. 2017, 33, 5, 2492-2500. 5. zhang, y.; zhan, y.-z.; ma, y.; hua, x.-w.; wei, w.; zhang, x.; song, h.-b.; li, z.m.; wang, b.-l., synthesis, crystal structure and 3d-qsar studies of antifungal (bis)1,2,4-triazole mannich bases containing furyl and substituted piperazine moieties. chin. chem. lett. 2018, 29, 3, 441-446. 6. süleymanoğlu. n.; ünver. y.; ustabaş. r.; direkel. ş.; alpaslan. g., antileishmanial activity study and theoretical calculations for 4-amino-1,2,4-triazole derivatives. j. mol. struct. 2017, 1144, 80-86. 7. al-deeb. o. a., m. a. a.-o., el-brollosy.n. r., habib. e. e., ibrahim. t. m., elemam. a. a., synthesis, antimicrobial, and anti-inflammatory activities of novel 2[3-(1-adamantyl)-4-substituted-5-thioxo-1,2,4-triazolin-1-yl]acetic acids, 2-[3-(1adamantyl)-4-substituted-5-thioxo-1,2,4-triazolin-1-yl]propionic acids and related derivatives. arzneimittelforschung. 2006, 56, 1,40-47. 8. demirbaş. ü.; akyüz. d.; akçay. h. t.; koca. a.; bekircan. o.; kantekin. h., electrochemical and spectroelectrochemical study on novel non-peripherally tetra 1,2,4-triazole substituted phthalocyanines. j. mol. struct. 2018, 1155, 380-388. 9. kumar. d. r.; kesavan. s.; baynosa. m. l.; shim. j. j. 3,5-diamino-1,2,4triazole@electrochemically reduced graphene oxide film modified electrode for the electrochemical determination of 4-nitrophenol. electrochim. acta. 2017, 246,11311140. 10. chang. f.-h.; chen. t.-y.; lee. s.-h.; chen. y.-h.; chen. y.-j.; lin. j.-l. corrosion inhibition of copper particles on ito with 1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylic acid. surfaces and interfaces. 2018, 10, 162-169. chemistry | 101 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2018 vol. 31 (3) 2018 11. prajila. m.; joseph. a. inhibition of mild steel corrosion in hydrochloric using three different 1,2,4-triazole schiff's bases: a comparative study of electrochemical, theoretical and spectroscopic results. j. mol. struct. 2017, 241, 1-8. 12. nadeem. m.; yunus. u.; bhatti. m. h.; ayub. k.; mehmood. m.; saif. m. j. crystal structure, spectroscopic, electronic, luminescent and nonlinear optical properties of (s)-4-amino-5-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2,4-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazole-3-thione: a combined experimental and dft study. j. phys. chem. solids. 2017, 110, 218-226. 13. cetin. a.; korkmaz. a.; kaya. e. synthesis, characterization and optical studies of conjugated schiff base polymer containing thieno[3,2-b]thiophene and 1,2,4-triazole groups. opt. mater. 2018, 76, 75-80. 14. coelho. f. l.; braga. c. d. á.; zanotto. g. m.; gil. e. s.; campo. l. f.; gonçalves. p. f. b.; rodembusch. f. s.; santos. f. d. s. low ph optical sensor based on benzothiazole azo dyes. sens actuators b chem. 2018, 259, 514-525. 15. joo. c. w.; lee. k.; lee. j.; cho. h.; shin. j.-w.; cho. n. s.; moon. j. optical and structural approaches for improved luminance distribution and enhanced efficiency of organic light emitting diodes. j lumin. 2017, 187, 433-440. 16. li. f.; zhang. y.; wu. c.; lin. z.; zhang. b.; guo. t. improving efficiency of organic light-emitting diodes fabricated utilizing azo/ag/azo multilayer electrode. vacuum. 2012, 86, 12,1895-1897. 17. lin. t.-c.; huang. w.-c.; tsai. f.-c. the structural and electro-optical characteristics of azo/cr:cu/azo transparent conductive film. thin solid films.2015, 589,446-450. 18. lin. t.-c.; huang. w.-c.; tsai.f.-c. hydrogen plasma effect toward the azo/cucr/azo transparent conductive electrode. microelectron eng. 2017, 167, 8589. 19. wei, g.; nigel, m. s. an introduction to electronic and ionic materials. 2nd ed.; world scientific: codorado,usa, 2011. 20. davari. m. d.; bahrami. h.; haghighi. z. z.; zahedi. m. quantum chemical investigation of intramolecular thione-thiol tautomerism of 1,2,4-triazole-3-thione and its disubstituted derivatives. j mol model. 2010, 16, 5,841-855. 21. hansen, p. e.; spanget-larsen, j., nmr and ir spectroscopy of phenols. in patai's chemistry of functional groups, john wiley & sons, ltd, 2009. 22. clougherty. l.; sousa. j.; wyman. g. notes c=n stretching frequency in infrared spectra of aromatic azomethines. j. org. chem. 1957, 22, 4, 462-462. 23. siebert. f.; mäntele. w.; gerwert. k. fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy applied to rhodopsin. eur j biochem. 1983, 136, 1, 119-127. 24. kovacic. j. e. the c=n stretching frequency in the infrared spectra of schiff's base complexes—i. copper complexes of salicylidene anilines. spectrochim acta a mol biomol spectrosc. 1967, 23, 1, 183-187. 25. chetti. p.; tripathi. a., a comparative computational study of cn and cc bonding visible to nir absorbing croconines. j. mol. struct. 2018, 1155, 561-567. 26. antonov, l. tautomerism: concepts and applications in science and technology. john wiley & sons, 2016. 27. jackman. l. m.; jen.t., nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. xiii. amidines. vii. proton and carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance studies on the tautomerism, geometrical isomerism, and conformation of some cyclic amidines, guanidines, and related systems. j. am. chem. soc. 1975, 97, 10, 2811-2818. 28. tilyabaev. k. z.; kamaev. f. g.; yuldashev. a. m.; ibragimov. b. t. 1h nmr study on the solvent effect on imine-enamine tautomerism of the condensation product of gossypol with 4-aminoantipyrine. russ. j. org. chem. 2012, 48, 7, 943-947. @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 control of the ac induction motor by using fuzzy logic aws m. abdullah university of baghdad received in:15 april 2012 , accepted in:9 december 2012 abstract the main aim of this research to study and recognize the specifications and main concepts of (fuzzy logic) and its components and studying the practical experiments of the (fuzzy logic) techniques in the electrical engineering field through by using the (fuzzy logic) for controlling the three-phase ac induction motor by using (matlab_ simulation_7) for modeling the system by using the computer. keywords : ac induction motor, fuzzy logic, speed control. 383 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 introduction the term fuzzy logic was developed in 1965 by professor lutffi zadeh. the term is used to describe the groups of multiple values. the concept of multi-valued logic was found in 1920, at university of heisenberg to deal with quantum mechanics. lotffi zadeh applied the logic of multi-values and developed the term (fuzzy sets) which is the group that its elements return to different values, and it's considered as transformation from the classical logic which reflects the wrong or right, and the number one or zero to become a fuzzy logic of multi values between zero to one and it is considered as a moving from traditional mathematics and numbers to the philosophical and linguistic mathematics [1]. the concept of fuzzy logic it is a conventional organization based on the popularization the traditional logic of binary values. it is used as an indication to an uncertain conditions. this concept consists of theories and techniques that use the fuzzy sets which are sets without interrupted borders . this logic is a way to describe and represent the human experience; also it offers practical solutions to the problems of realism, with reasonable and effective cost in comparison with the solutions provided by other techniques [1],[2]. traditional sets and fuzzy sets a) traditional set: in the traditional or classical sets, an element can be either belong to a set or does not belong to it at all. for example, group a and group u. if we define the function µa, which gives each of the elements of group u the degree of belonging to group a, by giving it the number 1 i.e. µa (x) = 1. if the element belongs to the group u i.e. element x belongs to group a. however, if the element x does not belong to a, so the function µa gives number zero i.e. µa (x) = zero. as such, it can be expressed as follows on function µa [2]: µa:u→{ zero, 1} x →µa (x) b) fuzzy sets: in the fuzzy group an element can belong to a certain extent for the group. for example, if the group a was the temperatures that are classified as cold (cold for humans) and considers the group u is all temperatures . let us take the example of the element x = -100, u this temperature is very cold and this exactly belongs to group a i.e. µa (x) = 1. however, if we take a temperature x= +500, this temperature is very warm so the element x dose not belong to a. till now we did not go far from the use of classical logic as a belonged or did not belong. but let's take for example the temperature x =12. in the traditional logic, we have two possibilities either belongs or does not belong a. in the fuzzy logic, we can say that x belongs to a score of 50% to a that is to say temperature 12 is half cold and half moderate for example, a(x) = 0.5. here we see a difference in the definition of function µa. where it is known mathematically as [3]: µa: u →{ 0,1} x→ µa(x) where the function can give results between 1,0 on reverse it in the classical logic, where the function gives either number 1 or number 0 [2],[3]. the operations on the fuzzy sets 1_the contrary: the symbol of the process is a or à. 2_the intersection: the symbol of the process is ∩ or λ. 3_ the integration: the symbol of the process is u or v. 384 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 a) the contrary: let us take, for example a or à. the reverse process of a which is moderate temperatures and b is a. known as non moderate temperatures, where in the classical logic, for example, moderate temperatures must belong as a whole to a, while at the same time they totally do not belong to b. for example, a temperature is 20 to be subjected to the relationship µa (20) = 1, and at the same time µa (20) = 0. this is an embodiment of the classical logic, where temperature is 20 either calculated on the moderate group or non moderate. it is not possible to 20 degrees to be at the same time moderate and non moderate. this can be achieved if the membership function is µa=µb [3]. b) the intersection: the intersection can be defined in the both fuzzy logic and classical logic. as in the case for the contrary process by using mathematical operations on the membership function µ, but in the intersection instead of the use of the subtraction process, we usually use min process. c) the integration: the integration can be defined in both fuzzy logic and classical logic as in the contrary process. i.e. by using of mathematical operations on the membership function µ, but in the integration instead of using the subtraction process, we use max process [3],[4]. some of the terminologies that are used in the context of fuzzy logic given in table (1). the fuzzy systems of controlling there are five preliminary components of systems for controlling fuzzy: 1fuzzy form. 2base of knowledge. 3base of laws. 4information engine. 5fuzzy opening form. automatic change in the design of programs for any five elements it will form adaptive fuzzy controller [4]. fuzzy control system consists of fixed elements, and non-fixed elements are part of the control system which includes conversion sensors from waveform to the digital system and the adapter from conversion from to digital system to waveform system and normalization circuits. there are two types of normalization circuits, the first type is scheduling of an input physical values from controller to natural values. the second type converts the natural values to the physical values[4],[5]. ac induction motor the ac induction motor is the most commonly used type among motors and it is the most famous in the systems of control in the industrial field. in addition to that it is a widespread usage in the main home devices. also, its design is simple and low cost as compared to other engines and it connects the ac induction motor directly to ac power sources. there are different types of induction motors present in the work market and the difference in these species varies according to the desired application. the speed and torque are tools for controlling multiple types of ac induction motor. all kinds of ac induction motors contain a rotor part and fixed part and use the generated magnetic field to rotate the rotor part [5]. speed of induction motor the magnetic field generates within the fixed part in asynchronous quick where its symbol is (ns) and the equation of speed is: ns = 120 f/p where: ns: is the synchronous speed in the fixed part. 385 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 p: is the number of polars. f: is the frequency of the source. the magnetic field is generated inside the rotor part because of the alternating inductive voltage, where the rotor part rotates in a fixed field at lower speed called (nb), and the difference between the ns and nb is called the slip and the last changes according to the equation [5],[6]: slip = ((ns nb) / ns) * 100 technology of matlab_simulink in recent years, the technology of simulink became a broader software packages, from both academic and industrial aspects for modeling and representing of the systems. the benefit of this system or any system similar to it will enable the researcher or user to do the tests that he needs them, so he can build the required forms or taking an older model and do any additions or changes. here, the process of simulation is an interactive process, so it is possible to change some variables and observing the changing in the results directly on the circuit. such models are converting the computer to a laboratory for modeling and analyzing of circuits that can not be represented simply in the practical field [7]. we have used in this research the (matlab_simulink_7) technique in the representation of the three-phase ac induction motor, and it was used technology of fuzzy logic for controlling it, where laws related to fuzzy logic were formulated to deal with the changes of speed and torque in the three-phase ac induction motor, and it can be viewed by clicking on the button of fuzzy logic controller as is shown in the following figure (1) [8]. the laws of fuzzy logic to control the laws of fuzzy logic have been applied to process different situations of expected changes according to the nature of the system, and we will find that the laws are verbal which distinguishes fuzzy logic from other applications: if (slip is vs) then (freqw is vso). if (slip is s) then (freqw is so). if (slip is m) then (freqw is mo). if (slip is i) then (freqw is io). if (slip is vi) then (freqw is vio) [8],[9]. and these laws can be seen in the program (matlab_simulink_7) by this path: start _ toolboxes _ fuzzy logic _fis editor viewer. the results can be shown by pressing button of output which is represented by showing of output curves called (scop), which shows the coordinates of four curves and the coordinates are represented as follows: the first: represents a voltage with time. the second: represents the current with time. the third: represents the torque with time. the fourth: represents the deviation of speed curve. when we press the button of (scop), the following image will appear. conclusions after studying the previous applications in fuzzy logic technique.we chose the technique of fuzzy logic because the flexibility of this application in the formulation of the laws, but for example, if we used the application of artificial neural network we may need a large number of programming steps or we may need to very complicated calculations in the case of using the application of genetic algorithms. the fuzzy logic controller was applied on the threephase ac inductive motor which was modulated by the (matlab_simulink_7). the technique of fuzzy logic is used to deal with uncertain information or fuzzy information through 386 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 relations and laws applied by the applicator according to the changes in the work environment (inputs). for this reason, we recommended for using it in the projects that give different situations for particular entrance more than giving numbers or data. references 1. kaufman,a. and gupta, m. m. (1985), introduction to fuzzy arithmetic: theory and applications, new york: van nostrand reinhold. 2. cox, e. (1992) fuzzy fundamentals, ieee spectrum, 58-61. 3. dubois, d. and prade, h. (1980) fuzzy sets and systems: theory and applications, orlando, fl: academic. 4. maiers j. and sherif, y. s. (1985) ,applications of fuzzy set theory , ieeetrans. syst., man, and cybern., smc-15, 175-189. 5. hiyama, t. and tomsovic, k., (1999) ,current status of fuzzy system applications in power system, ieee, smc99, tokyo, japan. 527-532. 6. klir, g. j. and folger, t. a. (1988) ,fuzzy sets, uncertainty, and information, englewood cliffs, nj: prentice hall. 7. toliyat, h. a.; sadeh, j. and ghazir., (1996) ,design of augment fuzzy logic power system stabilizer to enhance power system stability'', ieee, 11(1). 8. mazin, m., al hadidi, yasir khalil ibrahim, (2008) ,car safety system using fuzzy logic, published in journal of computer science 4(12): 1061-1063. 9. mazin al hadidi, (2007) utilizing the fuzzy logic model to develop the arab management system", published in the ieee computer society, las vegas, itng ,959961. table(1): context of fuzzy logic term contextual usage bandwidth narrowband , broadband blur some what , quite , very correlation low , medium , high , perfect errors large , medium , small , a lot of , not so great ,very large ,very small frequency high , low , ultra resolution low , high sampling low rate , medium rate fig (1): the full form of the system in the program (matlab_simulink_7) 387 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 fig (2): explain output curves fig (3): represents the membership function for the input signal fig (4): shows specifications of the suggested fuzzy logic controller in the system 388 | computers science @1a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@úó‘ój�n€a@î@úœäñ€a@‚ï‹»‹€@·ró:a@âig@ú‹©@ü‹26@@öü»€a@i1@‚b«@h2013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 26 (1) 2013 لحثي المتناوب باستخدام المنطق المضبباالسیطرة على المحرك اوس محمود عبد هللا جامعة بغداد 2012كانون االول 9قبل البحث في ، 2012نیسانفي 15استلم البحث الخالصة fuzzy)إن الھدف الرئیس من ھذا البحث ھو لدراسة والتعرف على الخصائص والمفاھیم األساسیة للمنطق الضبابي logic) وأجزائھ، ودراسة التجارب العملیة لتقنیات المنطق الضبابي (fuzzy logic) في مجال الھندسة الكھربائیة للقیام بالسیطرة على المحــرك الكـــــھربائي ألحثي الــــمتناوب (fuzzy logic) من خالل تطبیق المنطق الضبابي ) للقیام بنمذجة النظام حاسوبیا.matlab_simulation_7برنامج الــ ( ثــــالثي الـــــطور باســــــــتخدام محرك الحث المتناوب، المنطق المضبب، السیطرة على السرعة. : الكلمات المفتاحیة 389 | computers science microsoft word 42-49 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   42    surface contamination and dose rate verification of fertilizers common in iraqi plantations using radeye b20 detector article history: received 28 january 2020, accepted 11 march 2020, published october 2020. doi: 10.30526/33.4.2524 abstract twenty-three samples of granular chemical fertilizers and organic fertilizers commonly utilized in iraqi ranches were collected. the samples were prepaid and stored in a marinelli beaker to measure; dose rate, general count rate and surface contamination of the samples using the radeye b20 detector, firstly with shield, secondly without the shield to estimate the effect of shielding on the measurements. the results showed that using shield made a significant decrease in the radiation measurements reached about 25%. however, the mean value of surface contamination, dose rate and general count rate with shield were 0.54bq/cm2, 0.65µsv/h, and 0.28cps respectively, and without shield being 0.34bq/cm2, 1.33µsv/h, and 1.52cps respectively. keywords: dose rate, surface contamination, radeye b20, compound fertilizer, marinelli beaker. 1.introduction in general, fertilizers are defined as the compounds that provide chemical elements and nutrients for plants. fertilizers consist of three basic elements for plant growth, which are nitrogen, potassium, and phosphorous. phosphorous is taken from phosphate rocks that contain a high proportion of naturally occurring u-238, th-232, and k-40 and their radioactive daughters [1,2]. using fertilizers have not shown any serious health problems during the previous ages. however, the frequent use of these fertilizers or their incorrect use may lead to very serious health problems for humans and animal [3]. the wider use of plant fertilizers in an ill-conceived manner increases the natural radiation level of the soil and thus exposes the environment to radiation pollution [4]. people exposed to critical levels of radiation from fertilizers are at risk for cancer, so it has become necessary to monitor the natural radioactivity resulting from these fertilizers in the perspective of radiation security [5,6]. radeye b20 measuring the radiation doses around it or in the workplace (the ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index yassir a. baqir mano07707966087@gmail.com nada farhan kadhim departement of physics, college of sciences, university of mustansiriyah,baghdad,iraq. dr.nada@uomustansiriyah.edu.       43  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 laboratory) with a warning sound is issued in the event of radiation in a certain area to ensure that the place is free of elements that may affect the accuracy of the readings and the personal safety of workers in the laboratory. general count rate measurements (cps) value is always displayed in the top section of the lcd in order to remind the user that the measured value has been corrected by that particular count rate value. to detect hidden radiation sources, the alarm threshold must be set to the lowest value that does not produce fail alarms [7]. reducing background radiation also getting maximum detection efficiency, redeye b20 is shielded by ortec cylindrical chamber. shielding consists of two parts: the upper part thickness of 5 cm and a length of 20 cm with a cover of 5cm thick, diameter of 22 cm and 54 cm height [8]. the source of mineral phosphorus is phosphate rock, which is found in many of the fertilizers utilized to assist plants grow strong roots [9]. more than a million ton of fertilizers are used annually all over the world to increase agricultural products as well as land reclamation for agriculture [10] and [11]. using phosphate containing fertilizers is the most source of the uranium input within the environment (about 73 % of the total input of uranium) [12] and [3]. concentrations of radionuclides in animal (organic) fertilizers and fertilized soil samples are lower than those obtained in granular (inorganic) chemical fertilizers [13]. using fertilizers in agricultural is a potential source of external and internal exposure to the farmers, animals and general public [14] and [15]. chemical fertilizers (urea or superphosphate) interact with the plant, affecting the plant nutritional process [16,18]. external exposure is directly occurred by gamma rays as it emits from the radionuclides of the uranium chain (u238), thorium chain (th-232) and k-40 that exists inside phosphate rocks, which is the most important element in the fertilizer industry [2,17]. 2.materials and methods 2.1 collection and preparation of the samples in this study, twenty-three local and imported samples of the commonly granular fertilizers of organic and inorganic fertilizers used in iraqi farms were collected from different agricultural offices and farms from all governorates of iraq. nine of these samples were compound fertilizer, seven samples were di-ammonium phosphate, and seven samples were organic as shown in table 1. fertilizer samples were ground by a steel grinder model 100 and sieved to a fine powder by german-made sieve with equal holes of 630µm. after preparation, samples were prepared with suitable masses from 375 gm to 1068 gm and stored in marinelli beakers.       44  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 1. name, code, and manufacturing country of compound fertilizer, di-ammonium phosphate, and organic samples respectively. no. fertilizer name code manufacturing country compound fertilizer 1 npk.1 fs.1 russia 2 npk.2 fs.2 u.a.e 3 npk.3 fs.3 jordan 4 npk.4 fs.4 u.a.e 5 npk.5 fs.5 jordan 6 npk + te 2 fs.6 spain 7 npk.6 fs.7 norway 8 npk.7 fs.8 spain 9 npk.8 fs.9 italia di-ammonium phosphate 17 di-ammonium phosphate1 fs.10 lebanon 18 di-ammonium phosphate.2 fs.11 iraq 19 di-ammonium phosphate.3 fs.12 iraq 20 di-ammonium phosphate.4 fs.13 iran 21 di-ammonium phosphate.5 fs.14 qatar 22 di-ammonium phosphate.6 fs.15 jordan 23 di-ammonium phosphate.7 fs .16 jordan organic samples 10 human organic fs.17 holland 11 animal organic fs.18 norway 12 organic.1 fs.19 china 13 organic.2 fs.20 poland 14 organic.3 fs.21 iraq 15 organic.4 fs.22 iraq 16 leaves organic fs.23 iraq 2.2 digital portable detector (radeye b20) radeye b20 a sensitive germanium tube detector allowing the detection of low radiation levels, is related to measure the radioactive contamination of alpha and beta particles, gamma and x-ray photons, the gamma dose rate ranged from 17-1300 kev under an optional gamma energy filter, and the count per second. measurements with radeye b20 were performed by placed the detector for five minutes -for each measureon the surface of the sample which was previously stored in marinelli beaker. once when the baker was placed inside a shield (cylindrical lead shield) suitable for the beaker size as shown in figure 1 a., another when the baker was placed outside the shield (background) as shown in figure 1 b.       45  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 1. surface contamination reading of sample fs.6 with radeye b20, (a) with shield and (b) without shield 3.results and discussion table 2 shows the maximum values of surface contamination, dose rate, and general count rate per second measurements with shield are 1.775bq/cm2, 0.8µsv/h, and 4.755cps respectively in the spain compound fertilizer sample (fs.6). the minimum values were found in the organic fertilizer sample (fs.20) equal 0.18bq/cm2, 0.10µsv/h, and 0.43cps respectively. while the maximum measurements without shield were 2.105bq/cm2, 1.035µsv/h, and 5.115cps respectively; the minimum values were 0.255bq/cm2, 0.12µsv/h, and 0.485cps respectively. it was noticed that all measurements performed within shield were less than the measurements performed without shield by 75%. the mean values for all samples with and without shield were 0.54 and 0.65 bq/cm2 for surface contamination, 0.28 and 0.34 µsv/h for dose rate, 1.33 and 1.52 cps for count per second.       46  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 2. surface contamination, dose rate, and count rate per second measurements for fertilizer with and without shield. type code surface contamination (bq/cm2) dose rate µsv/h count rate per second cps. with shield without shield with shield without shield with shield without shield compound fertilizer fs.1 1.05 1.17 0.41 0.44 2.35 2.45 fs.2 0.25 0.3 0.13 0.16 0.51 0.87 fs.3 1.56 1.71 0.67 0.57 4.26 4.88 fs.4 0.32 0.43 0.14 0.19 0.84 1.09 fs.5 0.32 0.67 0.14 0.2 0.77 0.97 fs.6 1.77 2.10 0.8 1.03 4.75 5.11 fs.7 1.12 1.27 0.53 0.59 2.67 2.78 fs.8 0.80 0.87 0.35 0.4 1.83 2.06 fs.9 1.27 1.36 0.65 0.86 2.85 3.11 diammonium phosphate fs.10 0.60 0.77 0.78 1 1.23 1.37 fs.11 0.21 0.23 0.12 0.14 0.36 0.55 fs.12 0.19 0.26 0.11 0.14 0.43 0.52 fs.13 0.18 0.23 0.12 0.14 0.39 0.50 fs.14 0.23 0.23 0.28 0.33 0.39 0.54 fs.15 0.33 0.45 0.19 0.22 1.05 1.28 fs .16 0.53 0.59 0.2 0.33 1.22 1.34 organic fs.17 0.22 0.41 0.12 0.21 0.78 0.93 fs.18 0.30 0.41 0.17 0.17 0.96 1.05 fs.19 0.26 0.39 0.14 0.2 0.80 0.89 fs.20 0.18 0.25 0.10 0.12 0.43 0.48 fs.21 0.21 0.27 0.15 0.13 0.54 0.73 fs.22 0.29 0.35 0.12 0.18 0.69 0.80 fs.23 0.29 0.27 0.11 0.15 0.52 0.67 max. 1.77  2.10  0.8  1.03  4.75  5.11  min. 0.18 0.25 0.10 0.12 0.43 0.48 mean. 0.54 0.65 0.28 0.34 1.33 1.52 b.g. 0.15 0.21 0.09 0.12 0.09 0.38       47  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 2. surface contamination, dose rate, and general count rate per second measurements with shield. figure 3. surface contamination, dose rate, and general count rate per second measurements without shield. 4.conclusion three important measurements were made, dose rate, general counting rate, and surface contamination, with and without the shield for all fertilizer samples used in this study, using the radeye b20 and lead shield ortec type. the device' measurements varied according to the type of fertilizer due to the difference in its compounds, the percentages of these compounds, and the places from which they were collected. the lowest measurements recorded by the device were for natural organic fertilizer samples, with or without the shield, while the highest measurements were in compound fertilizer and di-ammonium phosphate samples, respectively, with or without the shield. it turned out that the shield had a big part in reducing radiation levels from fertilizers roughly 25% from its value in the background. from all these       48  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 results, it was found that the dose rate, the general count rate and surface contamination of organic fertilizers were less than the chemical compound fertilizers. chemical fertilizers should not store inside homes and avoid dealing with it unless preparing safety gear. all those fertilizers can be used with the necessary precautions taken because the long-term application of chemical fertilizers can have an effect on the accumulation of radioactivity within soil, plant ends in the human body. acknowledgements authors would like to thank the department of physics, college of science, and mustansiriyah university for their support and help in finishing the manuscript. references 1. jibiri, n. n.; fasae, k. p. activity concentrations of ra-226, th-232 and k-40 in brands of fertilizers used in nigeria. radiation protection dosimetry. 2011, 148,1, 132–137, doi:10.1093/rpd/ncq589. 2. hassan, n. m.; mansour, n. a.; fayez-hassan, m.; sedqy, e. assessment of natural radioactivity in fertilizers and phosphate ores in egypt. journal of taibah university for science. 2016, 10,2, 296–306, doi:10.1016/j.jtusci.2015.08.009. 3. constantinescu, b.f; dusoiu p. g. determination of radioactivity levels in phosphate containing fertilizers, copper and gold ores by direct gamma-ray spectroscopy. romanian reports in physics. 1996, 48,1-2, 31-38, doi: 10.1016/j.jtusci.2015.08.009. 4. al-badrani m. m. determination of radioactive contamination of plant fertilizers using cr-39. rafidain journal of science. 2005, 17,6 1-10. doi:10.33899/rjs.2006.43352. 5. hassan, n. m.; hosoda, m.; ishikawa, t.; sorimachi, a.; sahoo, s. k.; tokonami, s.; fukushi, m. radon migration process and its influence factors; review. japanese journal of health physics. 2009, 44,2, 218–231, doi:10.5453/jhps.44.218. 6. nazaroff, w. w. radon transport from soil to air. reviews of geophysics. 1992, 30,2, 137, doi:10.1029/92rg00055. 7.operating instructions radeye b20-er multi-purpose survey meter https://www.laurussystems.com/wp-content/uploads/db-065e_revi_radeyeb20.pdf 8. haasan abdul amir saddam. revealing of radionuclides and evaluation their radioactivity in some local and imported foodstuff". m. sc. thesis. al-mustansiriyah university/college of science, iraq. 2017. 9.usepa 2016 radioactive material from fertilizer production. https://www3.epa.gov/radiation/fertilizer-production.html. 10. lambert, r.; grant, c.; sauve, s. cadmium and zinc in soil solution extracts following the application of phosphate fertilizers. science of the total environment. 2007, 378,3, 293–305, doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2007.02.008. 11. qiu, s. l.; wang, l. m.; huang, d. f.; lin, x.-j. effects of fertilization regimes on tea yields, soil fertility, and soil microbial diversity. chilean journal of agricultural research. 2014, 74,3, 333–339, doi:10.4067/s0718-58392014000300012. 12. stojanović, m.; stevanović, d.; milojković, j.; mihajlović, m. l.; lopičić, z.; šoštarić, t. influence of soil type and physical–chemical properties on uranium sorption and       49  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 bioavailability. water, air, and soil pollution. 2011, 223,1, 135–144, doi:10.1007/s11270011-0845-2. 13. faweya, e. b.; ayeni, m. j.; olowomofe, g. o.; akande, h. t. estimation of radiation exposure in soils and organic (animal) and inorganic (chemical) fertilizers using active technique. international journal of environmental science and technology. 2017, 15,9, 1967–1982, doi:10.1007/s13762-017-1574-x. 14. khater, a. e. m.; al-sewaidan, h. a. radiation exposure due to agricultural uses of phosphate fertilizers. radiation measurements. 2008, 43,8, 1402– 1407, doi:10.1016/j.radmeas.2008.04.084. 15. scholten, l. c.; timmermans, c. w. m. natural radioactivity in phosphate fertilizers. fertilizer research. 1996, 43,1-3, 103–107, doi:10.1007/bf00747688. 16. al-shamary, m. z. f. the interaction effect of urea and super phosphate fertilizer on the nutritional status of wheat plant (triticum aestivum l.). ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017, 24,2, 2521-3407. 17. nada farhan kadhim, auras muse omron. measurement the natural radioactivity of sheep meat samples from karbala governorate .world news of natural sciences, 2019,110118. 18. kadhim, n. f.; ridha, a. a. radiation hazards of the moassel consumed in baghdad/iraq using nai(tl) gamma spectroscopy. int. j. environ. sci. technol. 16, 8209–8216 2019 https://doi.org/10.1007/s13762-019-02373-9. 229 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 optical properties of sns2 thin films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis n. a. hussain department of physics , college of science, university of al-mustansiriya received in: 18 january 2012, accepted in: 21 may 2012 abstract thin films of tin disulphide sns2 with different thicknesses (2500,4000,5000)a0 have been prepared by chemical spray pyrolises technique on substrate of glass with temperature (603)k . the effect of thickness on the optical properties of sns2 has been studied.the optical study that includes the absorptance and transmittance spectra in the wavelength range (300900)nm demonstrated that the value of absorption coefficient (α) ) was greater than (104 cm-1) the electronic transitions at the fundamental absorption edge were of the indirect kind whether allowed and forbidden . absorption edge shift slightly towards higher wave length.the value of energy gaps (eg) for all the films prepared are decreased with increasing the thickness. absorption and transmission spectra were used to find the optical constant including refractive index(n), extinction coefficient (k), imagenary and real part of dielectric constant (£i , £r), and it was found that all the optical constant was affected . key word: tin disulphide, sns2 optical properties , thin films introduction tin forms a variety of sulfides, sns2, sn2s3, sn3s4, sn4s5, sns and numerous polysulfide anions . due to their electrical and optical properties these binary compounds have a high potential use in opto-electronic devices and photoconductive cells . tin disulfide was first synthesized some 200 years ago and has more than 70 polytype structures . tin disulfide adopts the pbi2 layered structure with hexagonal unit cell, in which tin atoms are located in the octahedral sites betwen two hexagonally close packed sulfur slabs to form sandwich structure.the sns2 sns2 layer is stacked on top of one other along the crystallographic c-axis and is held together by weak van der waals forces . present day technologists are busy using these materials in designing opto-electronic devices, a part of solar collectors, etc. thin films of tin sulfides have been grown by spray pyrolysis , chemical bath , and chemical vapour deposition either from organometallic precursors [1,2,3,4]. high absorption region observed for most semiconductors at α ≥ 104 cm-1 , the absorption is due to the transitions between extended states in both bands.the imperial formula that governs this transition have been found by tauc[5] and kaliannan optical properties of sns2 thin films were studied by thangaraju found that the sns 2 thin films which prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis had a high absorption cofficoent and allowed dirct transition were observed in films[11]. optical properties of sns2 thin films were studied by c. cifuentes ,et.al.[12] they ound sns2 thin films had a high absorption coefficient (greater than 104 cm-1) and an energy band gap eg of about 1.3 ev, indicating that this compound has good properties to perform as absorbent layer in thin film solar cells. 230 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the aim of this research is a preparation of sns2 thin films and studying the optical properties the main task was the effect of the thickness on optical properties of sns2 thin films which were prepared by using the chemical spray pyrolysis technique. experimental : sns2 thin films were prepared by spray pyrolysis of aqueous solution of( sncl4.h2o) and thiourea nh2scnh2 . the molar concentration of the solution equals to 0.3 mole/liter.in order to prepare the solution 0.1 molar few grams[( 2.62935 gm )snci4 .h2o , and ( 0.57093 gm ) nh2scnh2 concentrations from these two materials are weighted by electronic balance (mettler ae-160) with sensitivity( 10-4 gm) needed from each of them , melated in 25 cm3 of distilled water , according to the following equation: m = ( wt / mwt ) . ( 1000/ v )……….(1) wt: weight of the material (gm) v: volum of water (ml) m:molarity(mol/l) mwt: molecular weight (gm/mol) this composition was optimum to give higher optical transparency . the obtained solution is immediately sprayed by used double nozzle sprayer on to heated.substrate of glass plates, the upper container of the nozzle has 4 cm diameter and was connected to capillary of 0.127 mm through the stopcock .the capiliary was surrounded by a tube through which the compressed air was blown at 2kg cm-2 . the sprayer set up has been described. the substrate were heated to a temperature of about 603 k for 20 min before spraying in small amounts to avoid excessive cooling of hot substrate during spraying .the distance between sprayer and substrate was kept 30 cm and spray rate was 10 cm3 min-1 . the period of sprying sec thin stopping period for 55 sec reproducible films were obtained from successive runs.the chemical reaction can be described in equation as: nh2scnh2 + 4h2o → 2h2s + 4nh3 +↑ 2co2….(2) snci6 + 2h2s + 4h2o → sns2 +4 h3o+ 6ci ……….(3) the transmission and absorption spectra were obtained over the range (300-900)nm by using uv-visibale recording spectrometer (shimadzu model uv-160). the absorption coefficient (α), refractive index(n) and extinction coefficient (k)has been calculated from the equations respectively [5]: α = 2.303a/t………………….(4) [(r+1)/(r-1)]-k2)1/2-n= …(5) k= αλ/4π…………………………(6) where r is the reflectance , t is the thickness of the sample which measured by gravimetric method ,the real and imaginary part of dielectric constant (εr)and (εi)can be calculated by using equation: [9,10] 231 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 εr= n2 – k2……………(7) ε i = 2nk……………………….(8) results and discussion fig( 1,2) shows the absorptance and reflectance spectrum for sns2 thin films as a function of thickness t =(2500,4000,5000 )a0 from these spectrum the energy gap and optical constants have been determined in general, the absorption edge shifting to higher wavelength.also the absorptance increase with the increase of thickness and the reflectivity is increased in range(1.3-2.35) ev then the reflectivity is decrease till to highest value. the dominate feature of energy (hυ) dependence of the absorption (α) is the onset of absorption near the region of interband transitions from valance band to conduction band at α > 104 cm1 the optical energy gap of materials e+g obtained from the equation(9) near the band edge[11,12]: αhѵ=b(hѵ-eg)r ..(9) where b is constant , r is a number = 2 for allowed direct transition , and r= 3 for forbidden direct transition.fig (3 ) shows the variation of the absorption coefficient with photon energy which calculated from equation (3) as a function of thickness, it is found in 700 nm that α increased with the increase of thickness from (0.357-0.365-0.432)x104 )cm-1 for ( t=2500,4000 and5000 )a0respectively and this attributed to the increase of concentration by the increase of thickness led to increase in the number of collisions with material and an increase in the values of absorption coefficient ( α).[10] the variation of (αhυ)1/2 and (αhυ)1/3 as a function of hυ are shown in figs (4,5 ) for indirect transitions for three value of thickness. the band gap energy is obtained by intercepting the linear portion of the absorption curves to the energy axis [11 ]. the values of optical energy gap as shown in table (1) from this result the value of eg decreased for all transitions with the increase of thickness .[6] fig(6) shows the variation of k with wavelength, we can see from this figure that the value of k increases with the increase of thickness due to the increase of the number of photon collisions with the material this increase resulted to increasing value of absorption coefficient and this agrees with equation(6).the refractive index (n)which calculated from equation(5) is shown in fig ( 7) and its increase with thickness this agree with the result in reference[12]. also figs (8,9 ) show the variation of the imaginary and real part of dielectric constant (εiand εr ) as a function of thickness and photon energy which were calculated from the equation (7 ,8 ) . the behavior of εr is similar to( n) due to the smaller value of k2 comparison of n2 in equation( 7 )so high value of the curves with the increase of thickness, while εi is mainly depends on the k values, which are related to the variation of α, its found that εi increases with the increase of thickness. conclusions 1the absorptance increases with the increase of thickness and the absorption edge shifting to higher wave length,the reflectivity is increased in the range (300-550)nm then decreased. 2its found that α,the value of extinction coefficient and refractive index (n) increases with the increase of thickness. 3it is found that εi, εr increases with the increase of thicknesses. 232 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 4the value of eg decreased for all transitions with the increase of thicknesses. reference 1jaing . t and ozin g.a . ( 1998 ), new directions in tin sulfide materials chemistry , j. mater. chem. 8 , 1099. 2-patil s .g and fredgold. r.h, ( 1971) " synthesis of sns2 nanoparticles by a surfactantmediated hydrothermal method and their characterization", " j. pure appl. phys ". 4 ,718. 3woulfe ,p, philos and trans. r. soc. (1971) london 61 , 114. 4engleken , r.d, mccloud ,h.d, lee ,c. slayton .m and ghoreishi .h, (1987) ,low temperature chemical precipitation and vapor deposition of thin films ," j. electrochem. soc ", 134 , 2696 . 5ravichandran, d.; francis xavier, p.; sasikala, s. and moorthy babu, (1996), photoconductivity studies of cdse1−xtex thin films as a function of doping concentratio, bull. master sci, 19, 3,437. 6-thangaraju, b . and kaliannan, p .(2000), spray pyrolytic deposition and characterization of sns and sns2 thin films , j.phys d:appl . phys, 33:1054-1059. 7-cifuentes,c.;botero,m.;romero,e.;calderón,c. and gordillo ,g.(2006), optical and structural studies on sns films grown by co-evaporation,braz.j..36, (3b) j.phys 8yang, q.;tang,k.;wang,c.;zuo, j.;zhang, d. and qian, y.(2003), preparation of sns2 colloidal ε quantum dots and their application in organic/inorganic hybrid solar cells , thin solid films , 436, p.203-207. 9budyonnaya, l.; shinkman, m.; sanitarov, v. and kalinkin (1983), 'sov.phys. semiconductor,17, p. 611. 10-hala,a. saheeb , msc thesis, al-mustansirya university, (2006), study influence for thickness and annealing on optical properties for cuo thin films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis. 11ji, y.;zhang, h.;ma, x, xuj and yang, d. (2003), preparation of sns2 thin films by chemical bath deposition" " j.phys, condens.mater, 15, p. 661-665. 12madan,a. and shaw, m. (the physics and applications of amorphous semiconductors, cademic press, ed-madan, in . new york 1986.cademic press, ed-madan, in . new york 1986. table( 1): shows the variation of optical energy gap of sns2 thin films with thickness. eg(ev)at r=3 eg(ev)at r=2 thickness(a0) 0.2 1.3 2500 0.15 1.24 4000 0.1 1.2 5000 http://www.google.iq/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=engleken+r.d%2c+mccloud+.h.d%2c+lee+.c%2c+slayton+.m%2c+ghoreishi+.h%2c+%281987%29%27+j.+electrochem.+soc+%22.+134+%2c+2696+.&source=web&cd=1&ved=0ccqqfjaa&url=http%3a%2f%2fcat.inist.fr%2f%3famodele%3daffichen%26cpsidt%3d7646100&ei=p8stt9etn6nn4qttpmjqdw&usg=afqjcneupgoje-hee-kj3iwbbahno8cryq&cad=rja http://www.google.iq/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=engleken+r.d%2c+mccloud+.h.d%2c+lee+.c%2c+slayton+.m%2c+ghoreishi+.h%2c+%281987%29%27+j.+electrochem.+soc+%22.+134+%2c+2696+.&source=web&cd=1&ved=0ccqqfjaa&url=http%3a%2f%2fcat.inist.fr%2f%3famodele%3daffichen%26cpsidt%3d7646100&ei=p8stt9etn6nn4qttpmjqdw&usg=afqjcneupgoje-hee-kj3iwbbahno8cryq&cad=rja http://www.springerlink.com/content/f01479x817586n81/ 233 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 wave length ( ) (nm ) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 a bs or pt io n ( a ) t=2500 a t=4000 a t=5000 a sns fig.(1): the absorption spectrum of sns2 thin films with different thickness 200 400 600 800 1000 wave length ( ) (nm) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 re fle ct an ce (r ) t=2500a t=4000a t=5000a sns2 fig .(2):the reflectance spectrum of sns 2 thin films with different thicknesses fig.(3): the variation absorption coefficient of sns2 thin films with photon energy as a function of thickness 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 photon energy ( ev ) 0 1 2 3 a bs or pt io n c of fic ie nt ( ) cm x 10 -1 t=2500a t=4000a t=5000a sns2 4 234 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 1 2 3 4 photon energy(ev) 50 100 150 200 250 300 ( hv ) ( cm .e v) -1 1/ 2 1/ 2 sns2 t=5000a t=4000a t=2700a fig(4):shows plots (αhv)1/2 against photon energy of sns2 thin films prepared at different thicknesses 1 2 3 4 photon energy(ev) 10 20 30 40 50 ( hv )(c m .e v) -1 1/ 3 1/ 3 sns2 t=5000a t=4000a t=2500a fig(5):shows plots (αhv)1/3 against photon energy of sns2 thin films prepared at different thicknesses 235 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 photon energy ( ev ) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 ex tin ct io n c of fic ie nt ( k ) t=2500a t=4000a t=5000a sns2 fig(6):the variation of extinction coefficient with photon energy for sns2 thin filmsas a function of thickness fig(7):the variation of the refractive index with photon energy for sns2 thin films as a function of thickness 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 photon energy ( ev ) 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 r ef re ct iv e in de x ( n ) t=2500a t=4000a t=5000a 236 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 photon energy ( ev ) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 im ag en ar y pa rt o f d ie le ct ri c c on st an t ( i ) t=2500a t=4000a t=5000a sns2 fig(8):the variation of the imaginary part of the dielectric constant with photon energy for sns2 thin films as a function of thickness 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 photon energy ( ev ) 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 r ea l p ar t o f d ie le ct ri c c on st an t ( r) t=2500a t=4000a t=5000a sns2 fig(9):the variation of the real part of the dielectricconstant with photon energy for sns2 thin films as a function of thickness 237 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المحضرة بطريقة الرش الكيميائي الحراري sns2الخواص البصرية ألغشية نضال علي حسين الجامعة المستنصرية ¡كلية العلوم ¡قسم الفيزياء 2012ايار 21البحث في : قبل 2012كانون الثاني 8استلم البحث في: الخالصة chemical spray))بطريقـة الـرش الكيميــائي الحـراري sns2حضـرت اغشـية رقيقــة مـن ثنــائي كبريتيـد القصــدير ( pyrolysis technique) 603علـى قواعـد مـن الزجــاج مسـخنة بدرجـة حـرارة)k وبســمك (a)2500,4000,5000(. óñï ) nm äç(900-300الخـواص البصـرية التـي تضـمنت اطيـاف االمتصاصـية والنفاذيـة فـي المـدى الطيفـي تاثير السمك في ) كمـــا وجـــد ان االنتقـــاالت االلكترونيـــة عنـــد حافـــة 104cm-1) لالغشـــية المختلفـــة اكبـــر مــن ( αقــيم معامـــل االمتصـــاص ( ح والممنـوع وان قيمــة فجــوة الطاقـة البصــرية فــي االمتصـاص االساســية كانـت مــن نــوع االنتقـال غيــر المباشــر بنوعيـه المســمو حالـة االنتقــال غيــر المباشــر المســموح تقــل بازديــاد الســمك كمـا اســتعملت اطيــاف االمتصاصــية والنفاذيــة فــي ايجــاد الثوابــت .البصرية المتضمنة الجزء الحقيقي والخيالي لثابت العزل ومعامل الخمود ومعامل االنكسار الخواص البصرية ,االغشية الرقيقة ,ثنائي كبريتيد القصدير: ةمفتاحيالكلمات ال 4engleken , r.d, mccloud ,h.d, lee ,c. slayton .m and ghoreishi .h, (1987) ,low temperature chemical precipitation and vapor deposition of thin films 6-thangaraju, b . and kaliannan, p .(2000), spray pyrolytic deposition and characterization of sns and sns2 thin films , j.phys d:appl . phys, 33:1054-1059. 17062012114509 17062012114509_001 17062012114509_002 17062012114509_003 17062012114509_004 17062012114509_005 17062012114509_006 17062012114509_007 17062012114509_008 17062012114509_009 microsoft word 5 365 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 spectrophotometric determination of sulfamethoxazole following simple diazotization and coupling with diphenylamine husam s. khalaf abdul mohsin a. al-haidari sarmad b. dikran alaa k. mohammed dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in: 7 may 2014,accepted in: 22 june 2014 abstract simple, sensitive, accurate and inexpensive spectrophotometric methods have been developed for the determination of sulfamethoxazole (smz) in pure and dosage forms. this method is based on diazotization of primary amine group of sulfamethoxazole with sodium nitrite and hydrochloric acid followed by coupling with diphenylamine in acidic medium to obtain a stable blue colored dye and show a maximum absorption (λmax) at 530 nm. different variables affecting the completion of reaction have been carefully optimized, following the classical univariate sequence and modified simplex method. beer’s law is obeyed in the concentration range of (0.5-12.0 µg.ml-1) with molar absorptivity of 4.9617×104 l.mol-1.cm-1. the limit of detection was (0.108 µg.ml-1), and sandell’s sensitivity value 5.1047 µg.cm-2. the proposed method was successfully applied to the determination of sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceutical preparation. key words: spectrophotometric, determination, dosage forms, sulfamethoxazole, diazotization reaction, coupling reaction, diphenylamine. 366 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction sulfamethoxazole (smz) is a member of the sulfonamide family of antibacterial and chemically name is 4-amino-n-(5-methyl-3-isoxazolyl)-benzene sulfonamide with molecular formula c10h11n3o3s and molecular weight of (253.279 g.mol-1), the basic structure of the drug is shown in scheme (1). white and yellowish white colored, crystallized powder, its use has been limited by the development of resistance and it is now used mainly as a mixture with trimethoprim [1, 2, 3]. mixture of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim which is known as co-trimoxazole is used to treat a wide variety of bacterial infections e.g.: middle ear infections, genito-urinary tract infections, respiratory-tract infections such as bronchitis, and enteric infections. its main uses now are in pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, toxoplasmosis, and nocardiosis. gastrointestinal disturbances (mainly nausea and vomiting) and skin reactions are the most common adverse effects for this drug combination [4, 5]. literature survey indicated that few analytical methods have been reported for analysis sulfamethoxazole. they include some spectrophotometric method [6-10], hplc [1118], flow injection analysis [19] and micellar electro kinetic capillary chromatography (mekc) [20]. the aim of the present work is to provide an optimized spectrophotometric method using the univariate and multivariate simplex method. in the simplex method, three-interest factors concentration of sodium nitrite, diphenylamine, and hydrochloric acid were designated as independent variables and absorbance as response. experimental instruments the absorption spectra were recorded, and all spectrophotometric measurements were carried out on (cecil 7200) uv-visible double beam spectrophotometer with 1 cm matched quartz cells. materials and reagents pharmaceutical grade sulfamethoxazole powder received in pure form (99.99%) was provided as a gift from the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi). all chemicals and reagents used were of analytical grade. preparation of solutions *sodium nitrite [0.2 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 0.2 g of nano2 in double distilled water and diluting to the mark in a 100 ml volumetric flask using distilled water. *sulfamic acid [1.0 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 1.0 g of h3nso3 in double distilled water and diluting to the mark in a 100 ml volumetric flask using distilled water. *diphenylamine (dpa) [0.5 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 0.5 g of dpa in 25 ml methanol and diluting to the mark in a 100 ml volumetric flask with methanol. *hydrochloric acid [6 m]: prepared by diluting 52.52ml of concentrated hcl and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. *hydrochloric acid [1m]: prepared by diluting 8.75 ml of concentrated hcl and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. *hydrochloric acid [0.4m]: prepared by diluting 3.50 ml of concentrated hcl and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. standard drug preparation (100 µg.ml-1) the standard solution of smz was prepared by dissolving accurate weighted 0.01 g of pure drug in 10 ml of 0.4 m hcl and completed volume to the mark in volumetric flask 100 ml with distilled water. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. 367 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 solution for the analysis of sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceutical preparations i. in tablets the content of 10 tablets was grinded and mixed well. a certain amount of the fine powder was accurately weighted to give an equivalent to 800 mg for tablets and the mean value of the weight of one tablet was calculated .an amount of the powder equivalent to about 0.0126 gm. was accurately weighted, then about 10 ml of 0.4 m hcl was added, transferred into 100ml volumetric flask, and the solution was shaken swirled, left to stand for 5 mints and diluted to the mark in a volumetric flask 100 ml with distilled water to get 100 µg.ml-1. the solution was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or undissolved material before use, and the first portion of the filtrate was rejected. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions with distilled water, and analyzed by the recommended procedure. ii. in syrup each 5 ml of the syrup contains (200 mg of sulfamethoxazole with 40 mg of trimethoprim). an accurately measured volume (0.25 ml) was transferred into a 100ml volumetric flask, then added 10 ml of 0.4 m hcl swirled, left to stand for 5 mints and diluted to the mark with distilled water to get 100 µg.ml-1 smz solutions. the solution was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or un-dissolved material before use, and the first portion of the filtrate was rejected. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions with distilled water, and analyzed by the recommended procedure. determination of sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceutical preparation by standard additions method (sam) 1preparation of smz stock solution 100 µg.ml-1 according to the method of preparation previously mentioned. 2prepare solution of commercial pharmaceutical preparation (syrup or tablets) concentration of (100 µg.ml-1); according to the method of preparation previously mentioned. 3three sets of unknown solution for three drug concentration levels namely; (10.0, 20.0 and 30.0 µg), each set was prepared by using seven 10.0 ml calibrated flasks by the addition of (0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0, 25.0 and 30.0 µg) from the standard stock solution of smz drug. after cooling in an ice bath, 1.0 ml of 0.2 % (m/v) sodium nitrite solution and 1.0 ml of 0.9 m hcl were added to each flask. the solution was shaken thoroughly; 1.0 ml of 0.30 % (m/v) sulfamic acid was added. the solutions were swirled and the resulting diazotized product was coupled with dpa by the addition of 1.0 ml of 1.0 % (m/v), this mixture was allowed to stand for 10.0 minutes. each solution were making up to the mark with 6 m hcl. after mixing the solution well, the absorbance of blue colored dye was measured at 530.0 nm against the reagent blank. figure (10, 11, 12 and 13) shows standard addition plot. general standard procedures two procedures were recommended for the determination of smz via the proposed methods. the first was carried out following the conditions obtained by univariate optimization, while the second based of those conditions obtained by chemometric multivariate simplex optimization. univariate method aliquots of the standard solution (100 µg.ml-1), containing (5-70) μg of sulfamethoxazole were transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flasks. after cooling in an ice bath, 1.0 ml of 0.02 % (m/v) sodium nitrite solution and 1.0 ml of 0.2 m hcl were added to each flask. the solution was shaken thoroughly; 1.0 ml of 0.3 % (m/v) sulfamic 368 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 acid was added. the solutions were swirled and the resulting diazotized product was coupled with dpa by the addition of 1.0 ml of 0.5 % (m/v) and allowed to stand for 10.0 minutes. the solutions were making up to the mark with 6 m hcl. after mixing the solution well, the absorbance of blue colored dye was measured at 530.0 nm against the reagent blank. simplex method aliquots of the standard solution (100 µg.ml-1), containing (5-120) μg of sulfamethoxazole were transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flasks. after cooling in an ice bath, 1.0 ml of 0.2 % (m/v) sodium nitrite solution and 1.00 ml of 0.90 m hcl were added to each flask. the solution was shaken thoroughly; 1.0 ml of 0.30 % (m/v) sulfamic acid was added. the solutions were swirled and the resulting diazotized product was coupled with dpa by the addition of 1.0 ml of 1 % (m/v) and allowed to stand for 10.0 minutes. the solutions were making up to the mark with 6 m hcl. after mixing the solution well, the absorbance of blue colored dye was measured at 530.0 nm against the reagent blank. results and discussion absorption spectra and reaction scheme primary aromatic amine upon treatment with nitrous acid in an ice bath, solution forms diazonium salt. ar-nh2 + nano2 + hcl → ar-n2+cl+ h2o under proper conditions, diazonium salts react with certain aromatic compounds to yield products of general formula ar-n=n-ar`, called azo compounds and the reaction is called di azo coupling reaction [21]. ar-n2+ + ar`h → ar-n=n-ar`+ h+ the proposed method involves coupling reaction of the diazotized sulfamethoxazole with diphenylamine in an acidic medium to yield an azo dye according to (scheme 2). the former blue colored product shows a maximum absorption at 530 nm (figure 1). optimization of reaction variables various parameters (viz effect of diazotization reaction time, effect of sodium nitrite concentration, effect of different acid, effect of acidity on diazotization, effect of sulfamic acid concentration, effect of diphenylamine concentration, effect of coupling reaction time, and effect of acidity) were first optimized, for the development of color dye, univariatly by systematic study of the effects of each parameters in the development of color product. the optimization steps were carried out by varying the parameters each one at a time and controlling all others fixed. effect of diazotization reaction time the optimum diazotization reaction time was determined at ~ 0-5 ºc by following the absorbance of the formed azo-dye for the period of (0-20) min. it was found that a colored product with maximum absorbance at 530.0 nm takes place instantaneous, after which no increase in absorbance values was obtained (table 1), shows the results. effect of sodium nitrite concentration the effect of the concentration of nano2 was studied by measuring the absorbance of the color products at 530.0 nm in the range of (0.01-0.30 % m/v) (figure 2). it was found that 1.0 ml of 0.02 % solution sodium nitrite was needed for constant and maximum color intensity for azo dyes complex, low absorbance values were observed with higher concentrations. effect of different acid various acidic solutions (h2so4, hcl, hno3, and ch3cooh) with 1 m of concentration were tested for diazotization reaction. among these, hcl was found to be the best by virtue of 369 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 highest absorbance values and stability considerations for diazotization; (table 2) shows the results. effect of acidity on diazotization the influence of hydrochloric acid concentration on the diazotization reaction was studied over the range (0.1-1.0) m. maximum and constant absorption intensities were achieved at addition of 1.0 ml of 0.2 m hcl, after which the absorbance of the reaction product began to decrease, therefore; 1.0 ml of 0.2 m was chosen as the optimum value, (figure 3) shows this effect. effect of sulfamic acid concentration the optimum sulfamic acid concentration was estimated by adding 1.0 ml from various concentration (0.1-1.0) % (m/v) of sulfamic acid solution; it was found that 1.0 ml of 0.3 % (m/v) solution give the highest absorbance value. sulfamic acid was added to remove the excess amount of nitrite; (figure 4) shows the effect of sulfamic acid concentration. effect of diphenylamine concentration concentration of diphenylamine ranged from (0.25-1.25) % (m/v) of 1.0 ml solutions were examined to obtain highest color intensity of the azo dye as shown in (figure 5), the investigations showed that 1.0 ml of 0.5 % dpa gave maximum and stable intensity, above this concentration, the absorbance remained unchanged. effect of coupling reaction time the optimum time of coupling reaction time was determined by following the color azodye development at room temperature. the reaction mixture was allowed to stand for different intervals, and it was found that 10 minutes period was required for full color development; the color was stable for at least 1h, as indicated in (table 3). effect of acidity it was found that the optimum concentration of hydrochloric acid leading to a maximum intensity of the complex was 6 m .concentrations below and above this value cause a decrease in absorbance; this may be attributed to the de-colorization of colored azo dye. (figure 6) shows the effect of acidity on color dye. on the otherhand, the simplex program was employed to find the optimum experimental conditions for determination of (smz). the boundary conditions for the three variables delineated above, as recorded in (table 4) together with the step values . four (n+1) arbitrary experimental conditions were chosen, by selecting the values of these parameters within specified boundaries for each, at which they affected the measured absorptions signal of the colored products (1-4 in table 5) , the absorbencies of these four experiments were fed into the program . the simplex program starts to reflect the worst point through the centroid of other points to obtain a new point 5. an experiment was then performed utilizing the variable setting as a reflected point; because this value was better than that at point 3, the latter was rejected and replaced by point 5. a measured absorption signal was feeding again to the program and the process is repeated successively until optimum conditions were obtained similarly to those obtained by the univariate method. (figure 7) shows the progress of the simplex, which indicates gradual improvement in the response function. only 12 experiments were performed, enough to evaluate the proper conditions at maximum response function with the results given in (table 5) . steps 5, 7, 9 and 12 show the same highest response function value obtained. to conclude, the optimum operating conditions for the determination of (smz) are 1.0 ml of each 0.20 % (m/v) sodium nitrite, 1.0 % (m/v) dpa and 0.90 m hydrochloric acid. 370 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 calibration curves and analytical data i. univariate method the effect of concentration on the absorbance behavior at optimum conditions of univariable method was investigated using authentic standard. the results are shown in (figure 8). beer’s law was obeyed in the range of 0.5-7.0 μg.ml-1 of smz. the regression equation, correlation coefficient, molar absorptivity, sandell's sensitivity and detection limit (dol) and quantification of limit (qol) are calculated and listed in (table 6). ii. simplex method optical characteristics and statistical data for the regression equation of the simplex method are given in table 7 and figure 9. precision and accuracy the accuracy of the both methods were established by analyzing the pure drug at three concentration levels of five replicate analyses and the precision was examined by determining the coefficient of variation (c.v) % on the same solution of drug sample (table 8). the low values of c.v % (0.139-0.424) and the range of error at the level (-0.500˗0.275) indicate the high accuracy and precision of the proposed method. interference study to assess the analytical potential of the proposed method, the effect of some common excipients; sucrose, vanillin, glucose, lactose, starch, which often accompany drug, were examined by carrying out the determination of 5.0 μg.ml-1 of smz in the presence of above compounds. the results presented in (table 9), indicate no interferences were found from any of the excipients studied in determination of smz. application in pharmaceutical preparations by standard additions method (sam) standard additions technique followed to check the validity of the proposed method has given good recoveries of the drug in pharmaceutical preparations suggesting a noninterference from pharmaceutical preparations. hence, this method can be recommended for adoption in routine analysis of smz in quality control laboratories. (table 10) shows the result of recovery and coefficient of variation (c.v) for the standard additions method. figures 10 to 13 show the plot of determination of smz in syrup and tablet by standard additions method. conclusion diazotization reaction of primary amine group followed by coupling with diphenylamine in acidic medium was found to be a simple, sensitive, accurate and economic spectrophotometric method for quantitative determination of (smz) in pure form and in pharmaceutical preparation. the classical univariate and modified simplex method have been used for optimizing the different variable affecting the completion of the reaction. the proposed method offers good linearity and precision. 371 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1. wormser, g. p.; (1982) "co-trimoxazole (trimethoprim -sulfamethoxazole) an updated review of its antibacterial activity and clinical efficacy " drugs, 24(6): 459-518. 2. " sulfamethoxazole " (2001); monographs./iarc./fr/eng/monographs ...mono; 79: 361. 3. "sulfamethoxazole" european pharmacopoeia 5th, council of europe, (2005), 2511-2512. 4. sohrabi, m.; fathabadi m. and nouri a.; (2010) "simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in pharmaceutical preparations by using multivariate calibration methods" journal of applied chemical researches, 3(12): 47-52. 5. dinça, e.; kadıoğlub y.; demirkayab f. and baleanuc d.; (2011) "continuous wavelet transforms for simultaneous spectra determination of trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole in tablets" j. iran. chem. soc., 8(1): 90-99. 6. givianrad, m. h. and mohagheghian, m.; (2012) "net analyte signal standard additions method for simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in pharmaceutical formulations and biological fluids" e-journal of chemistry, 9(2): 680-692. 7. upadhyay, k.; asthana, a. and tiwari, n.; (2012) "solid phase extractive spectrophotometric determination of some sulfa drugs" asian j. pharm. clin. res. 5: 222-226. 8. abdulsatar, r. s.; (2009) "spectrophotometric determination of sulfacetamide sodium and sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceutical preparations by oxidative coupling with pyro catechol" j. kirkuk univ. scient. stud., 4: 33. 9. raja, g. v.; sekaran, c. b.; teja, d. w.; madhuri ,b. and jayasree, b.; (2009) "simple spectrophotometric methods for the determination of sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceuticals using folinciocalteau and orcinol as reagents" e-journal of chemistry, 6(2): 357-360. 10. nagaraja p.; naik s. d.; shrestha a. k. and shivakumar a.; (2007) "a sensitive spectrophotometric method for the determination of sulfonamides in pharmaceutical preparations" acta pharm., 57: 333–342. 11. herrera-herrera a. v.; hernandez-borges j.; afonso m. m.; palenzuela j. a.; rodriguez-delgado m. a.; (2013) “comparison between magnetic and nonmagnetic multi-walled carbon nanotubes-dispersive solid-phase extraction combined with ultrahigh performance liquid chromatography for the determination of sulfonamide antibiotics in water samples” talanta, 116: 695-703. 12. waleed m. m.; khaleel d. h.; ghada h.; abdel-salam r. a.; haiss a. and klaus k.; (2013) “simultaneous determination of 11 sulfonamides by hplc-uv and application for fast screening of their aerobic elimination and biodegradation in a simple test” clean-soil air water, 41(9): 907-916. 13. pamreddy a.; hidalgo m.; havel j. and salvado v.; (2013) “determination of antibiotics (tetracycline’s and sulfonamides) in bio solids by pressurized liquid extraction and liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry” journal of chromatography a, 1298: 68-75. 14. asadi s. and gharbani p.; (2013) “simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and phthalazine by hplc and multivariate calibration methods” iranian journal of chemistry & chemical engineering-international english edition, 32(2): 1-8. 15. pietron w.; cybulski w.; krasucka d.; mitura a.; kos k. and antczak m.; (2013) “determination of five sulfonamides in medicated feeding stuffs by liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection” bulletin of the veterinary institute in pulawy, 57(4): 545-552. 372 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 16. hererra-hererra, a. v.; hernández-borges j.; borges-miquel t. m. and rodríguezdelgado m. á.; (2013) "dispersive liquid–liquid micro extraction combined with ultrahigh performance liquid chromatography for the simultaneous determination of 25 sulfonamide and quinolone antibiotics in water samples" j. pharma. biomed. anal., 75: 130-137. 17. shaaban ,h. and go´recki, t.; (2011) "optimization and validation of a fast ultrahighpressure liquid chromatographic method for simultaneous determination of selected sulfonamides in water samples using a fully porous sub-2 µm column at elevated temperature " j. sep. sci., 35: 216–224. 18. liu r.; he p.; li z.; and li r.; (2011) "simultaneous determination of sixteen sulfonamides in animal feeds by uhplc–ms–ms " journal of chromatographic science, 49: 640-646. 19. icardo m. c.; mateo j. v. g.; lozano m. f. and calatayud j. m.; (2003) "enhanced flowinjection–chemiluminometric determination of sulfonamides by on-line photochemical reaction "analytica chimica acta, 499: 57–69. 20. injac r.; kočevar n. and štrukelj b.; (2009) "optimized method for determination of amoxicillin, ampicillin, sulfamethoxazole, and sulfacetamide in animal feed by micellar electro kinetic capillary chromatography and comparison with highperformance liquid chromatography" croat. chem. acta, 82 (3): 685–694. 21. atkins r. c.; carey f. a.; (2006) organic chemistry, 5th edition, mc graw hill, higher education, new york. table no. (1): effect of diazotization reaction time. time (min.) absorbance 0 0.422 5 0.396 10 0.387 15 0.338 20 0.280 table no. (2): effect of different acids on diazotization of (5.0 μg.l-1) smz. acidic solution (1 m) absorbance h2so4 0.575 hcl 0.663 hno3 0.508 ch3cooh 0.290 table no. (3): effect of coupling reaction time. time (min.) absorbance 0 0.642 5 1.018 10 1.032 15 1.040 20 1.031 60 1.036 373 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (4): boundary of simplex for the studied variables. variable minimum boundary maximum boundary step size conc. of sodium nitrite (% m/v) 0.01 0.30 0.01 conc. of hcl (m) 0.10 1.0 0.10 conc. of dpa (% m/v) 0.25 1.25 0.25 table no.(5): multivariate experiments (simplex) for determination of (5.0 μg.ml-1) smz. exp. no. conc. of sodium nitrite (% m/v) conc. of dpa (% m/v) conc. of hydrochloric acid (m) abs. 1 0.01 0.25 0.20 0.788 2 0.02 0.40 0.40 0.878 3 0.10 0.60 0.80 0.904 4 0.16 0.75 0.50 0.918 5 0.20 1.00 0.90 0.995 6 0.20 1.00 1.00 0.988 7 0.20 1.00 0.90 0.995 8 0.18 0.90 0.60 0.978 9 0.20 1.00 0.90 0.995 10 0.19 1.00 0.90 0.975 11 0.20 1.00 0.80 0.970 12 0.20 1.00 0.90 0.995 table no. (6): optical characteristics and statistical data for determination of smz by univariate method. parameter value λmax (nm) 530.0 color blue linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.5-7.0 regression equation y= 0.2043[smz. µg.ml-1]-0.001 calibration sensitivity (l. µg-1.cm-1) 0.2043 correlation coefficient (r)% 99.98 correlation of linearity (r2)% 99.97 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm-1) ε =5.1745×104 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 4.8947 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.034 quantification limit (µg.ml-1) 0.104 374 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (7) : optical characteristics and statistical data for determination of smz by simplex method. parameter value λmax (nm) 530.0 color blue linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.5-12.0 regression equation y=0.1959[smz. µg.ml-1]-0.0083 calibration sensitivity (l. µg-1.cm-1) 0.1959 correlation coefficient (r)% 99.99 correlation of linearity (r2)% 99.98 molar absorptivity (l.mol -1.cm -1) ε =4.9617×104 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 5.1047 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.036 quantification limit (µg.ml-1) 0.108 table no. (8): evaluation of accuracy and precision for the determination of smz by proposed method. conc. of smz (µg.ml-1) relative error % c.v % taken found* for univariate 2.000 1.989 -0.550 0.190 4.000 4.011 0.275 0.424 6.000 6.014 0.233 0.369 for simplex 2.000 1.990 -0.500 0.139 4.000 4.010 0.250 0.233 6.000 6.013 0.216 0.224 *average of five determinations. table no. (9): percent recovery for (5.0 µg.ml-1) of sulfamethoxazole in the presence of (1000 µg.ml-1) of excipients. sulfamethoxazole conc. taken 5.0 (µg.ml1 concentration of excipient (µg.ml-1) excipients recovery % conc. found (µg.ml-1) 100.40 5.02 1000 sucrose 98.80 4.94 vanillin 99.20 4.96 glucose 98.40 4.92 lactose 101.20 5.06 starch table no. (10): application of the proposed method to the smz concentration measurements pharmaceutical preparations by (sam). sample conc. taken (µg.ml-1) conc.* found (µg.ml-1) recovery % c.v* % bactrim tablet (roche-france) 100.00 101.33 101.33 0.442 bactrim syrup (roche-france) 100.00 100.13 100.13 0.443 methoprim tablet (ndi-iraq) 100.00 96.54 96.54 0.867 cotrim syrup (asia-syria) 100.00 101.00 101.00 0.469 *average of three determinations. 375 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 scheme no. (1): the chemical structure of sulfamethoxazole. scheme no. (2): the reaction mechanism for diazotization and reaction between smz and dpa. figure no. (1): absorption spectrum of (5.0 μg.ml-1) smz-dpa against reagent blank under the optimum conditions. s n h2n h o o o n ch3 376 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (2): effect of sodium nitrite on the color development of dye on the estimation of (5 μg.ml-1) smz. figure no. (3): effect of acidity on diazotization on the estimation of (5.0 μg.ml-1) smz. figure no.(4): effect of sulfamic acid concentration on the estimation of (5.0 μg.ml-1) smz. figure no. (5): effect of dpa concentration on the development of dye on the estimation of (5.0 μg.ml-1) smz. 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 a b so rb a n ce concentration of nano2 [% (m/v)] 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 a b so rb a n ce concentration of hcl (m) 0.92 0.96 1 1.04 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 a b so rb a n ce concentration of sulfamic acid [% (m/v)] 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 a b so rb a n ce cocentration of diphenylamine [% (m/v)] 377 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (6): effect of acidity on color dye on the estimation of (5.0 μg.ml-1) smz. figure no. (7): response function progress for simplex. figure no. (8): calibration curve for determination of smz by univariate optimal condition. figure no.(9): calibration curve for determination of smz by simplex optimal condition. 0.99 1 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 0 2 4 6 8 a b so rb a n ce concentration of hcl (m) 0.75 0.85 0.95 1.05 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 a b so rb a n ce experiment number y = 0.2043x 0.001 r² = 0.9997 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a b so rb a n ce cocentration of smz (µg.ml-1) y = 0.1959x 0.0083 r² = 0.9998 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 a b so rb a n ce cocentration of smz (µg.ml-1) 378 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (10): determination of smz in (bactrim) tablet by standard additions method level one, (0.1 ml from 100 µg.ml-1 bactrim tablet). figure no. (11): determination of smz in (methoprim) tablet by standard additions method level one, (0.1 ml from 100 µg.ml-1 methoprim tablet). figure no. (12): determination of smz in (bactrim) syrup by standard additions method level one, (0.1 ml from 100 µg.ml-1 bactrim syrup). y = 2.0143x + 0.2061 r² = 0.9997 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) y = 2.2693x + 0.2189 r² = 0.9988 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) y = 2.0986x + 0.2135 r² = 0.9993 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) 379 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (13): determination of smz in (cotrim) syrup by standard additions method level one, (0.1 ml from 100 µg.ml-1 cotrim syrup). y = 2.1393x + 0.2288 r² = 0.9989 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 a b so rb an ce volume of standard solution (ml) 380 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 واج مع داي الزداو لبسيطةالمتضمن االزوتة الطيفي للسلفاميثوكسازول التقدير ا فينيل امين حسام سليم خلف لحيدريالحميد المحسن عبداعبد سرمد بھجت ديكران عالء كريم محمد دلھيثم) / جامعة بغداالتربية للعلوم ألصرفة (ابن الكيمياء / كلية اقسم 2014حزيران22,قبل في 2014ايار7استلم البحث في: لخالصةا لنقي وفي الكمي للسلفاميثوكسازول بشكله اطورت طريقة طيفية بسيطة وحساسة ودقيقة وغير مكلفة للتقدير لسلفاميثوكسازول بمعاملته مع نتريت اولي في الامين الازوتة مجموعة الطريقة على الصيدالنية. تعتمد المستحضرات ا جراء تفاعل االزدواج مع داي فينيل امين في وسط حامضي للحصول على الھيدروكلوريك ثم الصوديوم وحامض ا نانومتر. وقد تم دراسة العوامل التي تؤثر في اتمام 530كروموجين مستقر ذي لون أزرق يظھر أعظم امتصاص عند لمحورة. السمبلكس االعتماد على طريقة الواحد وبالمثلى وذلك بأتباع نمط المتغير الظروف التفاعل بعناية للحصول على ا ) مع قيمة g.mlµ 12.0 0.5-1لتراكيز يتراوح بين (ان قانون بير ينطبق على مدى من المثلى، وجد الظروف ا عند ) g.mlµ 0.108-1لكشف يساوي (اوكان حد )cm 1-l.mol 44.9617×10.-1( ل متصاصية موالرية مساويةا لسلفاميثوكسازول في المقترحة بنجاح لتقدير الطريقة ا. لقد أمكن تطبيق ) g.cmµ 4.8947-2(وداللة ساندل تساوي لصيدالنية.المستحضرات ا سلفاميثوكسازول، تفاعل االزوتة، تفاعل االزدواج، داي فينيل االشكال الصيدالنية، لطيفي،التقدير ا: لمفتاحيةا الكلمات أمين. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |192 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 algorithm to solve linear volterra fractional integrodifferential equation via elzaki transform amaal a. mohammed yasmin h. abd dept. of ways & transportation / college of engineering / al-mustansiriya university received in :28/ june /2016 , accepted in : 4 /january/ 2017 abstract in this work, elzaki transform (et) introduced by tarig elzaki is applied to solve linear volterra fractional integro-differential equations (lvfide). the fractional derivative is considered in the riemman-liouville sense. the procedure is based on the application of (et) to (lvfide) and using properties of (et) and its inverse. finally, some examples are solved to show that this is computationally efficient and accurate. key word: integral, differential, volterra, fractional, elzaki. mathematics |193 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction many fields of science and engineering are described by integro-differential equation of fractional order such as, fluid mechanics, vis co-elasticity, diffusion processes, biology and so on [1-4]. several methods to solve vfides have been proposed such as, expansion methods and spline method [5], variation iteration method [6], laplace decomposition method [7] and legender pseudo spectral method [8]. in recent years, elzaki transform (et) was introduced by tarig elzaki (2010) has been used to find solutions of a wide class of differential, integral, partial differential and the integrodifferential equations, see [9-12]. in this paper, et and some of its fundamental properties are used to solve lvfides with initial value problems:  t 0 (1)dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)t(g)t(y d α subject to the initial conditions nn,nα1-n,n...,2,1,z,)t(yd zc z-α  where zc is a specified constant, α is a parameter describing the order of the time fractional, g and k are known functions, y(t) is the unknown function and αd is the fractional differential operator of order α . the present paper has been organized as follows. in section 2, some definitions, theorems and properties of the fraction calculus and et are presented. in section 3, the solution steps to solve lvfide by using et are described. finally, in section 4, some test examples are solved. preliminaries in this section, we present some basic definitions, some theorems and useful properties of the fractional calculus and elzaki transform, as well as we proved some theorems which are used in this work. definition (1): [1, 13] the riemann–liouville fractional derivative of order α , is defined to be for α > 0 : dt)t(ft)(x dx d α)γ(n 1 (x)fdd(x)fd x 0 1α n n n n-αnα      or for α < 0 : dt)t(ft)(x )αγ( 1 (x)fd x 0 1αα      where n – 1 < α ≤ n definition (2): [6, 13, 14] the riemann – liouville fractional integral operator of order α ≥ 0 , of a function 1,cf  μ is defined as: dt)t(ft)(x )αγ( 1 (x)fj(x)fd x 0 1ααα    it has the following properties: for 0 γand0β,α  mathematics |194 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 1) (x)f(x)fj 0  2) (x)fj(x)fjj βαβα  3) (x)fjj(x)fjj αβ βα  4) 0α,(x)f(x)fjd αα  5) γαγα x 1)γγ(α 1)γγ( xj     6) ...,10,γ,x 1)γαγ(1)γγ( xd γα-γα      k k c(0)fdandnα1nwhere, 1)kαγ( xc (x)f(x)fdj7) k-α n 1k k-α αα      definition (3): [11, 15] elzaki transform is defined by: ),(u, 0 t 21 2 dt)t(ufu(u)t])t(f[ e kke     where the function f (t) in te set a defined by:          ),[0x1)(tifm)t(f0k,k,m)t(fa jjkt 21 e definition (4): [15, 12] defined for re(s) > 0 , the laplace transform (lt) is given by: dt)t(f(s)f})t(f{ 0 t e    s l some properties of et are given by following theorems: theorem (1): [9, 15] let          ),[0x1)(tifm)t(f0k,k,m)t(fa)t(f jt jk 21 e with lt , f(s) then the et, t(u) of f (t) is given by: ) s 1 (ts(s)fand) u 1 (fu(u)t  theorem (2): [9] let t(u) denote the et of the f(t), the et of the definite integral of f(t), that is t(u)u)]t(h[ethendτ)τ(f)t(h t 0   theorem (3): [9, 11, 15] let the et, f(u) and g(u) of the functions f(t) and g(t) respectively, then the et of the convolution of f and g is: g(u)f(u) u 1 )]t(g)*[(febygivenisdτ)τ-t(g)τ(f)t(g)*(f t 0   theorem (4): [1, 5, 13] the lt of the riemann – liouville is defined as: nn,nα1nandαallfor , xd f(0)d s(s)fs(s)f}(t)fd{l 1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α kααα    theorem (5): if f(s) and t(u) are lt and et of f(t) respectively, then mathematics |195 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 }(t)fd{l(s)fwhere) u 1 (fu(u)t}(t)fd{ ααααα e proof: from definition(3) we have: dt])t(uf[du(u)t])t(fd[e 0 tααα e2     now, let w = ut then we get: ) u 1 (fudw])(wf[du(u)t α 0 uwαα e     theorem (6): the et of the riemann – liouville fractional derivative is defined:    1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α k-1 α αα xd f(0)d u u (u)t (u)t}(t)fd{e proof: at first from the above theorem we have: ) u 1 (fu(u)t])t(fd[e ααα  and using theorem (4) with u 1 s  we obtain:           1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α kαα xd f(0)d ) u 1 () u 1 f() u 1 (u(u)t then by theorem (1), we get:    1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α k-1 α α xd f(0)d u u (u)t (u)t theorem (7): let t(u) be et of the f(x), then et for f(x) = )x(erfxe is given by: u-1 uu t(u) 2  proof: the proof of this equation is easy, by using table of lt, [16] and theorem (1) as follows:   1)(ss 1 )x(erfel x   u1 uu 1) u 1 ( u 1 1 u) u 1 f(u(u)t 2 and     applications to (lvfide) recall equation (1), the lvfide with initial value problems: mathematics |196 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017  t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)t(g)t(y d subject to the initial conditions nn,nα1-n,n...,2,1,z,)t(yd zc z-α  the first step, we apply et on both sides we have:             t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)t(g)t(y d eee can easily be transformed into its et using theorem (6), equivalent to:        t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)u(gc u (u)t e where    1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α k-1 xd y(0)d uc , t(u) and g(u) are et for y(t) and g(t) respectively. the general elzaki solution is: )2(dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku)u(gucu(u)t t 0 ααα        e the second step is to find et of integral in above equation which depends on the type function )τx,(k (kernel of the integral equation) as follows: a. if the kernel is constant that is, )τ,x(k = r , then by using theorem (2) we have: (3)t(u)urdτ)τ(yr t 0       e where t(u) is the et of y(t). b. if the kernel is deference that is, )τx(k)τ,x(k  , by theorem (3) we get: (4)t(u)*k(u) u 1 dτ)τ(y)τx(k t 0        e where k(u) and t(u) are et of the functions k and y respectively. c. if the kernel is any function, we represent the solution as an infinite series, that is:     0i (t)yy(t) i the et of the integral is become: mathematics |197 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 )5(dτ)τ(y)τx,(kdτ)τ(y)τx,(k t 0 0i i t 0                  ee the third step, we substitute either eq.(3) or eq.(4) or eq.(5) into eq.(2), we will get: either, t(u)ur)u(uu(u)t 1ααα gc  then the general elzaki solution: )6( ur1 ))u(g(cu (u)t 1α α     or t(u)*k(u)u))u(g(cu(u)t 1-αα  then )7( k(u)u1 ))u(g(cu (u)t 1-α α    or                      t 0 0i i αα 0i i dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku))u(g(cu(t)y ee matching both sides of this equation yields the following iterative relations:   )8())u(g(cu(t)y α 0 e          t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y 01 ee          t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y 12 ee in general,   )9(...1,0,i,dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y t 0 i α 1i         ee the fourth step, we apply inverse et of either eq.(6) or eq.(7) or (eq.(8) and eq.(9)) give the general solution for (lvfide): either )10( ur1 ))u(g(cu t(t)y 1α α 1              or )11( k(u)u1 ))u(g(cu t(t)y 1-α α 1             or   )12(p(t)))u(g(cu(t)y α10  e mathematics |198 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 with )13(...1,0,i,dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y t 0 α i 1 1i                      ee the function p(t) defined in eq.(12) can be decomposed into two parts: p(t) = p1(t) + p2(t) so, the modified recursion relation is obtained )14( ...2,1,i,dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)p(t)y (t)p(t)y t 0 α t 0 α i 1 1i 0 1 21 10                                                       ee ee the solution depends on the choice of p1(t) and p2(t). we will show how to suitably choose p1(t) and p2(t) as well as testing the method by some examples in the next section. test examples in this section, we present some test examples to show the effectiveness of the et method for solving lvfide's. example (1): consider the following linear lvfide [5]  x 0 dt)t(y1)xerf( xπ 1 )x(y d x0.5 eex with 0)0(yd 1 0.5c  since 1nthen,nα1-nand0.5α  applying (et) of the above equation and since k(x, t) = 1, then by using eq.(10) we have the solution: )15( u1 ))u(g(cu t(x)y 1.5 0.5 1             where 0)0(yduc 0.5 and        1)xerf( xπ 1 g(u) xx eee from appendix given in [11] ( et of some functions) and theorem (7) we have: mathematics |199 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 u1 uuu u u1 u u1 uu uug(u) 3 2 22        substituting in eq.(15), we obtain:                       u1 u t )uu(1u)(1 uuu t(x)y 2 1 32 1 again from appendix given in [11], we get the exact solution: y(x) = e x . example (2): let us consider the following lvfide with difference kernel )16(dt)t(y tx )x(g)x(y d x 0 e 56    where x66x6x3xx 5)14γ( 6 g(x) e23 59  with initial conditions: 0)0(ydand0)0(yd 2 54 1 51 cc   take the (et) of eq.(16) and since k(x, t) is difference kernel, so by eq.(11) yields: )17( k(u)u1 ))u(g(cu t(x)y 51 56 1             where c = u c1 + c2 = 0 .                        u1 uuu 6 u1 u uuuuu6g(x)g(u) 6524519 2 2345519 e and   u1 u k(u) 2 xe   e now, eq.(17) can be written in the form:  51 511 53665 1 u6t ) u1 u (1u)(1 uuu t6(x)y                     upon inverting, we get the exact solution: y(x) = x 3 . example (3): consider the following lvfide mathematics |200 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017     t 0 dτ)τ(yτ)(t 15 65 220.5 tt)t(y d with initial conditions: πc1  . applying the et to both sides of above equation as well as using eq.(12) and eq.(13) give:       ))u(g(cu(t)y 0.51 0 e ...1,0,i, t 0 dτ)τ(y)τt((t)y i 20.51 1i u                         ee where πucu)0(yduc 1 0.5 292 u 2)7γ( ttg(u) 15 65 15 65 and         e (t)p(t)pp(t) t 1 u 15 2)7γ(65 uπe 21 5231 0 3 t 45 2)7γ(28 (t)ythen          so we have the following relations: )18(u t 1 t 0 dτ)τ(y)τt(t 45 2)7γ(82 (t)y (t)y 0 20.51 1 0 3                        ee and ...2,1,i, t 0 dτ)τ(y)τt((t)y i 20.51 1i u                         ee now, we find the et of integral in eq.(18) we have: 2922 u 65 tt 15 2)7γ( 15 56 t 0 dτ τ 1 )τt(                  ee then       51 1 u 15 2)7γ(65 t 2)7γ(28 (t)y 3 45 e that is ...2,1,i0and0 (t)y(t)y 1i1   therefore, the solution is obtained to be and its exact solution: t 1 (t)yy(t) 0i i     . mathematics |201 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 conclusions the properties of the elzaki transform are used to solve and to get the general solution of linear volterra fractional integro-differentioal equations. the fractional derivative is considered in the riemman-liouville sense. the results of illustrate examples as well as the simplicity of the algorithm and obtained exact solution show efficiency and accuracy of the method also show that it is a special case of the analysis methods. finally, the proposed approach is very powerful to find analytical solution of linear problems in fractional calculus field. references 1. oldham, k. b. and spanier, j. (1974) the fractional calculus, london, academic press. inc. 2. nishimoto, k. (1984) fractional calculus: integrations and differentiations of arbitrary order, descartes press co. koriyama, japan. 3. schmidt, a. and gaul, l. (2000) fe implementation of viscoelastic constitutive stressstrain relations involving fractional time derivatives, a report, institute a fur mechanic, universitat stuttgart, germany. 4. adolfsson, k. and enelund, m. (2004), dicretization of integro-differential equations modeling dynamic fractional order viscoelasticity, appl. mech. 5. al-rahhal, d. m. (2005) numerical solution for fractional integro-differential equations, ph. d. thesis, university of baghdad, college of ibn al-haitham. 6. kurulay, m. and secer, a. (2011), variational iteration method for nonlinear fractional integro-differential equations, international journal of computer science & emerging technologies, issue 1, 2, 18-20. 7. yang, c. and hou, j. (2013), '' numerical solution of integro-differential equations of fractional order by laplace decomposition method'', wseas transactions on mathematics, issue 12,12,1173-1183. 8. khader, m. m.; sweilam, n. h. and assiri, t. a. (2013), on the numerical solution for the fractional wave equation using legender pseudo spectral method, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 84, 4, 307-319. 9. elzaki, t. m. and elzaki, s. m. (2011), solution of integro-differential equations by using elzaki transform, global journal of mathematical sciences: theory and practical, 3, 1,1-11. 10. elzaki, t. m. and elzaki, s. m. (2011), the new integral transform ''tarig transform'' properties and applications to differential equations, elixir international journal, 38, 4239-4242. 11. elzaki, t. m.; elzaki, s. m. and elnour, e. a. (2012), on some applications of new integral transform ''elzaki transform'', global journal of mathematical sciences: theory and practical, 4, 1,15-23. 12. chopade, p. p.and devi, s. b. (2015), applications of elzaki transform to ordinary differential and partial differential equations, international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering, issue. 3, 5, 38-41. 13. mohammed, a. a. (2006), approximate solutions for a system of fractional order integro-differential equations of volterra types, ph. d. thesis, university of almustansiriy, college of science. 14. asgari, m. (2015) numerical solution for solving a system of fractional integrodifferential equations, iaeng inter. journal of applied mathematics, 45, 2. 15. elzaki, t. m.; elzaki, s. m. and elnour, e. a. (2012) on the new integral transform ''elzaki transform'' fundamental properties investigations and applications, global journal of mathematical sciences: theory and practical, 4, 1, 1-13. microsoft word 91-103 physics | 91 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 studying laser diode dynamics with optical feedback from 20cm free space external resonator ayser a. h. hemed adnan h. mohammad dept. of physics/ college of education/ university of mustansiriyah received in :28/march/2016,accepted in :29/may/2016 abstract in this experimental study, which was carried out in photonics laboratory at strathclyde university, uk, dynamics of a multi-quantum well semiconductor active medium laser, was studied. this is in order to study its emission stability and pulse shape development under the influence of strong optical feedback level with different deriving currents, in the free space transmission medium. an external stable resonator was constructed by inserting high reflectivity dielectric mirror outside the laser output, 20 cm apart from it, which is an extralarge external cavity. controlling the reflected back optical power was done by using a nonpolarized (50:50) beam splitter. the external resonator supported by focusing (plano-convex) lens in order to make it stable. laser translated from stable emission when it was solitary, to quasi-static, and low fluctuated, behaves, to be coherence collapse. this is due to the strong (50%) level of optical feedback. keywords: semiconductor laser, external cavity, optical feedback, low frequency fluctuations, coherence collapse, chaos. physics | 92 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 theoretical part due to phase amplitude coupling, semiconductor lasers (sls) are very weak to optical feedback (of), and instabilities are typically occurring. in many applications, such as fiber coupling, a non-negligible amount of feedback is produced nearly inevitably. hence, the understanding of sls under the influence of of is of great importance from a point of view of applications. depending on the feedback strength, i.e., on the amount of light that is reflected back into the laser cavity, different types of behaviour are known to occur. below certain feedback strength, the emission of the sl can be stabilized and the line width can be narrowed. if the strength of the feedback exceeds a certain level, the semiconductor can be destabilized and a variety of interesting dynamical behaviours can be observed [1]. the low and moderate ofb level could be interpreted by the lang-kobayashi rate equations model. in this limit of validity modal two simplifications are assumed, the 1st is that the spatial extension of the semiconductor can be neglected to be assuming only single longitudinal mode operation, and the 2nd is that delay time for light reflected in the external mirror and back to the laser is represented by 2 where l is the ec length, and c is the speed of light in vacuum. duarte and solari avoid the two above considerations, and described the diode medium in its full special extension, by allowing to longitudinal multimode operating. on the other hand, they considered the strong feedback level, which was not considered by the first modal [2]. this modal is also works in short as well as long external cavities. monochromatic solutions for the laser in a double cavity can be found by the following electric field equation: , . . . 1 where the subscript indicates the region: 0 for the vacuum and 1 for the active media. the output mirror of the laser and the external source of reflection, which is in the simplest case a mirror, constitute the so called external cavity (ec). modes that are resonant in this cavity are called external cavity modes (ecms). the (equidistant) frequency spacing of these modes is called external cavity frequency (ecf). there is a general discrimination between different ec lengths, i.e., between long and short external ecs. short ecs are characterized by a mode spacing of the ecms, that is larger than the relaxation oscillation frequencies (rofs) of the laser without feedback. most of investigations so far have been restricted to the case of a long cavity. it is a typical issue of this regime that the occurring dynamics are qualitatively independent of small variations of the feedback phase, i.e., the phase with which the reflected light enters back into the laser cavity. remainder of this section, the present study will be mainly focussed on the latter regime. in recent years, secure communication systems based on chaotic dynamics have an increasingly interest in electronics, optoelectronics and optics. sl have been widely used for the studying of optical chaotic (chaos) dynamics. such lasers are rendered chaotic through optical and opto-electronical (oe) feedback. of in sls is performed by re-injecting laser emission in free space ec or via optical fiber by a ring-cavity geometries, while oef can be carried out only by re-injecting a detected optical power to the laser itself [1]. the stability of sls subject to external injection of of has been analysed by different authors in the last two decades [3]. for increasing strengths of feedback or for injection, the laser undergoes a route from stability to the so called coherence collapse (cc) phenomena [4, 5], showing a rich variety of nonlinear dynamic regimes, such as un-damped relaxation oscillation (ro), chaos, bridges of periodic solutions, and low-frequency fluctuations (lffs). one of the most intensely studied phenomena in the case of a long cavity is the so-called lff, which is closely related with the cc phenomena), was observed first by risch et al., physics | 93 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 manifest themselves as sudden dropouts followed by continuous, slow recoveries in the output power of a sl with feedback, at constant current. the term `low-frequency' is hinting to the fact that the frequency of these fluctuations is slow compared to the characteristic time scales of the sl material and the round-trip time of the light in the ec. lffs are typically observed in the vicinity of the solitary laser threshold [6, 7]. the lff have often been modelled using the lang-kobayashi (lk) equations, which describe the coupled dynamics the carrier density and of a single mode laser that is subjected to delay optical feedback from an external mirror [6, 8, 9]. the effects of of on the operating characteristics of a sl depend on several parameters. these include the level of the feedback in comparison to the sl output power, the relative phase of this feedback, the length of the ec, and the injection current of the sl. sl operated with feedback have found applications in a number of areas due to the improvement that the feedback can lead to in many of the operating characteristics of the solitary laser. of of appropriate level has been found to increase the side mode suppression, narrow the line width, and provide enhanced tuneability and frequency stability; relative to that of the solitary laser. a source for coherent optical communication systems (particularly for heterodyne detection and wavelength division multiplexing) and spectroscopic applications is required to be single frequency, narrow line width, and continuously tuneable over a wide range of wavelengths [10]. there are many spectroscopic techniques for which sl with feedback are ideal sources. for the laser induced cooling and trapping of atoms and the manipulation of atomic beams narrow line width low-power stable tuneable sources are required. for these reasons, diode laser with feedback systems are used extensively in many areas of research, communications, and industry [11]. the optical feedback properties of laser diodes have been sometimes classified into ιιι regimes, this is according to the so called “feedback parameter” ( which might have one of three values, c 1, depending on the equation: c f 2|c |τ τ 1 α where = is the feedback fraction, 1 / 2√ with | | is the coupling coefficient from the laser to the external cavity for fp laser with facet reflectivity or for lasers, α is the linwidth enhancement factor, τ is the roundtrip delay time and τ is the roundtrip delay time for solitary laser [12]. there has been a great deal of interesting into the properties of sl in regimes . these regimes encompass the low-feedback properties of sl and the cc state of operation. few studies have been performed on the properties of sls with strong of, which is considered to occur when the external feedback reflectivity is comparable with or greater than the sl facet reflectivity. for the low-feedback regimes of operation the standard lk rate equations have been found to describe adequately the behaviour of the sl. thus, to describe the behaviour of sls subject to arbitrary levels of of, an iterative travelling wave model (twm) based on the original research of sporleder was developed. an iterative twm of a sl subject to strong of, in which a sl is coupled to an external mirror producing strong of. the sl is operating as an ec laser in which the dominant cavity is defined by the mirrors with reflectivity , and . a reference plane is defined just inside the laser facet. if is the ec round-trip delay, and is the laser internal round-trip time and the laser is coated ( ), then only a single external-cavity round trip need be considered; otherwise, multiple reflections around the ec must be taken into account. in their series of papers, starting with [10] then [13, 14 and 15] duarte and solari presented an important modal that describes the laser with of in a doubly cavity configuration for physics | 94 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 arbitrary values of ec mirror reflectivity. this model consists of a set of nonlinear differential equations with time delayed boundary conditions. the external optical feedback is then naturally included as a consequence of the boundary conditions, fixed by the external mirror and by the laser facets. the boundary condition for the fields at 0 (the position at which the diode device ended and ec space started, i.e. semiconductor-vacuum interface) depends on the effective reflection and transmission coefficients of that diode facet and on the reflection coefficient of the external mirror, denoted here by . it is assumed that is frequency independent and the ec is filled with a homogeneous, linear medium [16]. moreover, the semiconductor medium is described in its full special extension, here allowing for multi-longitudinal-mode operation. therefore, they avoid the assumption of single mode-operation and they overcome the inclusion of the external mirror as a perturbative term in the solitary laser rate-equations [17, 18]. the doubly cavity system consists of solitary semiconductor laser cavity and the second one is the external such that: ≫ ℓ delimited by the external mirror of power reflectivity . such a general approach allows for determining the limits of lk equations [19, 20, 21]. thus, the basic solutions of a laser subject to of are known as ecms, which correspond to constant intensity of the laser at a frequency that is selected by the ec. in other words, ecms are due to the fact that the light makes one round trip outside the laser [22]. experimental part the experimental set up is given in figure 1. laser optical power that is directed output the device was incident on a plano-convex lens. that lens situated experimentally in a specific distance, such that focusing the laser spot light exactly on the output mirror. that mirror mounted in a 20 cm distance from the laser output face. between the lens and the external mirror, a non-polarized beam splitter existed, its function was to split the laser power into two parts. one goes to the external mirror and the other is going to the transmission (detection) arm. when the experiment running, one has to try rotate the mirror vertically and observe the dc level in a simple dso, only when this level jamb with the mirror rotation, it has been successfully the re-injected light interacted within the internal laser cavity. in this circumstance the experiment will start, and the data could carry out. our experiment was based on a laser of internal cavity type: distributed feedback (dfb). this lasers device is the standard specifications of “thorlabs co.”, and its model is: 725 11 . the laser is an ingaasp diode, emitting light beam around 1310 , with cw operation and peck power 10 . this type is well suited for light source in longdistance digital transmission systems. it has a homogeneous grating (ar/hr facet coating) structure, wide temperature range operation 40 85 , low threshold current (typical 6 ), high speed response (typical 0.1 ), and flat window cap. a 3 adjustable laser mountain is used for both laser and its collimating lens in order to beam collimating flexibility. air, as a nearly free space medium, is considered in transmission and feeding backs to the laser output. optics that is used are: a laser beam collimating/focusing; antireflected coated plano-convex lens, non-polarized ( beam splitter, different highly reflectivity ( plane mirrors, fresnel reflectance from 1-10% at 45°, “10b20-01nc.2”, (newport) ultrafast laser beam sampler (bs) and different focusing lenses (fl) in signal detection part. with respect to analysing the laser signal, all the following devices were used. which are all connected to the laboratory desktop pc, via a gpib cable network connection, where the program of labveiw is installed to it. the typical photon lifetime in the cavity ranged from few ps to few tenths of ps, while the relaxation oscillations are of the order of ghz. thus the sls are very fast dynamically. fast physics | 95 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 time response is the basic requirements of the sls monitoring equipment. the typical bandwidth for the detection system dealing with sls ranges from 1 mhz up to tenth of ghz. gaas photodetectors (model: thorlabs pda255), are used for the detection, which was ideal for applications that require high speed, high sensitivity, and clean responses. tektronix tds6124c, 4 channels digital storage oscilloscope (dso) 12ghz of bandwidth. optical spectrum analyzer (eosa), was also used for lower resolution optical frequencies analysing. the experiment works optically, which includes: lenses, mirrors, non-polarizing beam splitters. beam splitters have been used either for the detection part of the set-up, or as part of the external cavity (ec). in the ec, a high reflectivity dielectric mirror, which provides a reflectivity r 99.5% , and lower reflectivity dielectric mirror, also a lower r metal mirrors for the detection focusing alignment. in order to laser temperature stabilization, a peltier cell with its heat sinking, for temperature stabilization is used, with a penalty of ∓0.2 temperature fluctuation. in order to optimize thermal contact with the peltier cell, a thermal paste has been used. a thermometer is used for laser temperature screening during the running. results and discussion dfb is attractive kind of lasers which is more important in laser feedback experiments. the internal (self) feedback necessary for the lasing action is distributed along the cavity length using a grating etched so that the thickness of the active layer varies periodically along the cavity length. the grating rejects a little light over each period of the grating until there is no light at the back of the grating. since the light is being rejected by grating the rejected light is always in the correct phase no matter from which portion of the grating it was rejected. dfb lasers have a periodic, spatially-modulated gain, with strong selectivity for the wavelength that matches the period of the gain modulation and lase in the same single longitudinal mode from threshold up to the maximum operating power. the sensitivity of a semiconductor laser to external ofb depends on the stored energy in the cavity and the coupling of the laser mode to the external field. thus, to compare the feedback sensitivities of edge emitted lasers such as dfbs, an optical feedback parameter is used. we set the laser device and the optics and the detection as shown in figure (1). in order to insure that the laser operation is nearly the same threshold and power specifications as given in its data sheet, we test it experimentally. two beams from the three shown in figure (1) were blocked. the only one that still emitting is the detection arm. the laser operating temperature during the 1st (solitary) and the 2nd (operating with feedback) was chosen to be: 14.5co. laser measured threshold current (at solitary running) was 4.03ma , and its maximum output measured optical power was 10.28mw at 30ma. this is after including the reduction of power due to nbs power dividing, and the loss, so it is a 3r class laser. after opening the two blocked beams, it needs to focusing the laser beam onto the external mirror, 20cm apart from the laser. the power dc level was used to ensure the reinjected light alignment. results show a 4.6% threshold reduction in current due to the feedback, which means a 21.90% increase in optical output power, figure (2). in this operating, laser device, as a semiconductor active medium, worked under the effect of seed (self electro-optic effect device). this means that this laser started stimulated emission while the injected current still within the level for spontaneous emission, that is under the effect of optical feedback. the observations for the laser dynamics were started from near above threshold, to maximum current, for random increased levels. figure (3) shows laser dynamics with feedback at injection current 5.38ma, in which, the frequency trace indicates three main lasing modes, 0.7, 1.4 and 2.14 ghz, while the relaxation oscillation is 7.9ghz. in the next level trace, figure (4), at current 7.10ma, the lasing modes become two, and the relaxation physics | 96 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 oscillation extended to be larger than 10ghz. in fact, in all the observations, the relaxation oscillation increased linearly with the current. observations to results, give no distinguished lasing single mode, instead, the laser had in some current levels a double lasing modes, figures (4, and 7) and in others triple modes, figure (3 and 5) and they haven't exact lasing mode in figure (6). the ofb ratio during the experiment was constant, which was 50% of laser output power, this is due to 50:50 nps. but its amount (the portion that reinjecting the semiconductor active medium) differs from current level to another level. from literatures, feedback ratio of 50% is large enough to make the laser under the effect of coherence collapse phenomena, which is observed in figure (6). under this effect, there will be no distinguishable lasing mode, and the pulse will be chaos. the different between the noise (that existed in conjugate of any laser operation) and the chaos effect is that the later amplitude is higher than that in the former. from the other hand one can test the laser output as a data. it should be satisfying the so called strange attractor. also, from the observation to the same figure, one cannot find any periodicity for the time domain signal. furthermore, in seeds, semiconductor device under optical feedback may obey rich dynamics, such as bi-stability and bifurcation, the later makes the laser instable, and its emission will be translating between two or more states. with respect to laser output pulse shape, results show broadening in line shape for all running levels, figure (9). statistics for all operating current levels give a polynomial fitting between fwhm and current figure (10). that’s to say, laser line shape proportional nonlinearly with deriving current. conclusions creating a 20cm external cavity for a semiconductor laser makes it instable in emission. strong feedback (50%) makes the laser signal broadened, and the lasing mode became note single, but function to laser deriving current level. one can employ this technique to develop the laser emission according to the application. three parameters are most commonly used to quantify the feedback level, which are feedback rate , feedback level and the effective power reflectivity for the external mirror, . for that coupling between laser chip and its ec modes insurance, tr should be optimized to be maximum in order to laser running with perfect alignment. references 1. sondermann, m., (2004). on polarization dynamics in vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers: solitary devices and lasers with isotropic optical feedback, a ph.d. thesis, department of physics, university of munster, germany. 2. duarte, a. and solari ,h., (1998), metamorphosis of the monochromatic spectrum in a double-cavity laser as a function of the feedback rate, phys. rev. a, 58, 1, (614-619). 3. erzgraber, h.; lenstra, d.; krauskopf, b.; fischer, a.p.a. and vemuri, g., (2007), feedback phase sensitivity of a semiconductor laser subject to filtered optical feedback : experiment and theory, phys. rev. e 76, 026212, 76, 2. 4. annovazzi-lodi, v; merlo, s. and norgia, m. (2002), characterization of a chaotic telecommunication laser for different fiber cavity lengths, ieee journal of quantum electronics, 38, 9, (1171-1178). 5. mirasso, c. r., (2005), chaotic optical communications, ieee (leos) laser and electro – optics society newsletter, 19, 1, (12). 6. pieroux, d. and mandel, p. (2003), low-frequency fluctuations in the lang-kobayashi equations, phys. rev. e 68, 036204, (130-143). 7. giudici, m., (1999), nonlinear dynamics of a semiconductor laser with optical feedback. ph.d. thesis, university of nice – sophia antipolis, france. physics | 97 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 8. duarte, a. and solari, h., (1998), metamorphosis of the monochromatic spectrum in a double-cavity laser as a function of the feedback rate, phys. rev. a, 58, 1. 9. larson, l.; liu ,j. and tsimring, l., (2006), digital communications using chaos and nonlinear dynamics, springer, institute for nonlinear science, springer science+business media, llc, 233 spring street, new york, ny 10013, usa. 10. petermann, k., (1995), external optical feedback phenomena in semiconductor laser, selected topics in quantum electronics, journal of ieee, 1, 2, (480-489). 11. li ,x.; pan, w.; luo ,b. and ma, d., (2006), control of nonlinear dynamics in externalcavity vcsels with delayed negative optoelectronic feedback, elsevier, chaos, solitons and fractals, 30, 4, (1004–1011). 12. langley, l.; shore, k. and mork, j., (1994), dynamical and noise properties of laser diodes subject to strong optical feedback, optics letters, 19, 24, (2137-2139). 13. melentiev, p.; subbotin, m. and balykin, v., (2001), simple and effective modulation of diode lasers, laser physics, 11, 7, (1-6). 14. ramunno, l. and sipe, j., (2005), external cavity semiconductor laser model for the strong feedback regime, journal of modern optics, 52, 10, (1421 – 1448). 15. torcini, a.; barland, s.; giacomelli, g. and marin, f., (2006), low-frequency fluctuations in vertical cavity lasers: experiments versus lang-kobayashi dynamics, phys. rev. a 74, 6, (1-18). 16. peil, m.; fischer, i. and els¨aßer, w., (2005), a short cavity semiconductor laser system: dynamics beyond lang-kobayashi, enoc-2005, eindhoven, netherlands. 17. giudici, m.; green, c.; giacomelli, g. and tredicce, j., (1997), andronov bifurcation and excitability in semiconductor lasers with optical feedback, phys. rev. e, 55, 6. 18. duarte, a. and solari, h., (1999), stability properties of the monochromatic spectrum in a double-cavity laser, phys. rev. a 60, 60, 3, (2403-2412). 19. duarte, a. and solari, h., (2001), slowly varying envelope approximation in a laser with optical feedback, phys. rev. a, 64, (033803-1 033803-5). 20. green, k.; krauskopf, b.; marten, f. and lenstra, d. (2009). bifurcation analysis of a spatially extended laser with optical feedback, siam journal on applied dynamical systems, 8, 1, (222-252). 21. peitgen, h-o.; jürgens, h. and saupe, d., (2004), chaos and fractals: new frontiers of science second edition. springer science + business media inc. 22. vanwiggeren, g. d. and roy, r., (1998), optical communication with chaotic waveforms, physical review letters, 81, 16, (3547-3550). physics | 98 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 figure( 1): experimental set up ps1: 1st power supply, for the laser device, ps2: 2nd power supply, for the heat sinc, arc: anti-reflected coated convex lens, bs: 50:50 beam splitter 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 o u tp u t p o w e r (m w ) input current (ma) fr ec = 20cm p max. = 6.63 mw p max. = 8.04 mw t = 14.7 o c, 20 cm ec, direct foucsing tr = 4.6% power increasing = 21.90% figure(2): threshold reduction with the effect of optical feedback by 20 cm external cavity red: laser running with optical feedback, black: laser free running. -10 -5 0 5 10 -40 -20 0 20 40 v o lta g e ( m v ) time (ns) 5.38 amp. 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 frequency (1/ns) a m p lit u d e ( m v ) -1500 -750 0 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 frequency (1/ns) p h a se ( d e g ) physics | 99 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 0.00e+000 5.00e+009 1.00e+010 1.50e+010 2.00e+010 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 p o w e r (d b m ) ftrequancy (hz) 5.38 amp. figure( 3) laser dynamics with feedback at injection current 5.38ma. upper left: time space, upper right: fft, and lower: radio frequency -10 -5 0 5 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 v o lta g e ( m v ) time (ns) 7.10 amp. 0 5 10 15 20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 p o w e r (d b m ) frequency (ghz) 7.10amp figure (4) laser dynamics with feedback at injection current 7.10ma. upper left: time space, upper right: fft, and lower: radio frequency -10 -5 0 5 10 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 v o lta g e ( m v ) time (ns) 12.17 amp. 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 0.0 3.1 6.2 9.3 frequency (1/ns) a m p lit u d e ( m v ) 0 460 920 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 frequency (1/ns) p h a se ( d e g ) 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 0.0 3.3 6.6 9.9 frequency (1/ns) a m p lit u d e ( m v ) -570 0 570 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 frequency (1/ns) p h a se ( d e g ) physics | 100 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 0 5 10 15 20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 p o w e r (d b m ) frequency (ghz) 12.17 amp. figure( 5): laser dynamics with feedback at injection current 12.17ma. upper left: time space, upper right: fft, and lower: radio frequency -10 -5 0 5 10 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 v o lta g e ( m v ) time (ns) 16.54 amp. 0 5 10 15 20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 p o w e r (d b m ) frequency (ghz) 16.54 amp figure( 6) laser dynamics with feedback at injection current 16.54ma. upper left: time space, upper right: fft, and lower: radio frequency 0.0 1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 0.0 3.5 7.0 10.5 frequency (1/ns) a m p lit u d e ( m v ) 0 670 1340 0.0 1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 frequency (1/ns) p h a se ( d e g ) physics | 101 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 -10 -5 0 5 10 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 v o lta g e ( m v ) time (ns) 20.18 amp. 0 5 10 15 20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 p o w e r (d b m ) frequency (ghz) 20.18 amp. figure( 7) laser dynamics with feedback at injection current 20.18ma. upper left: time space, upper right: fft, and lower: radio frequency 0 5 10 15 20 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 p o w e r (d b m ) frequency (ghz) 29.93 amp figure( 8) observed laser radio frequency with feedback at injection current 29.93ma. 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 0.0 4.5 9.0 13.5 frequency (1/ns) a m p lit u d e ( m v ) 0 480 960 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 frequency (1/ns) p h a se ( d e g ) physics | 102 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 110 111 112 113 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 a m p lit u d e time (ms) 7.10ma 9.13ma 11.07ma 12.17ma 13.99ma 15.21ma 16.54ma 18.8ma 20.18ma 22.35ma 23.94ma 25.5ma 27.92ma 29.93ma interferometer avarage finesse: 256 =0.022nm in resolution figure( 9) mode shift and pulse shape modifications with increasing injection current for the laser emission with 20cm external cavity. 5 10 15 20 25 30 0.34 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.39 f w h m ( n m ) dfb laser injection current (ma) fwhm polynomial fit of sheet1 fwhm equation y = intercept + b1*x^1 + b2*x^ 2 weight no weighting residual sum of squares 0.0012 adj. r-square 0.37696 value standard error fwhm intercept 0.30939 0.02048 fwhm b1 0.00494 0.00241 fwhm b2 -1.04053e-4 6.40726e-5 figure( 10) fwhm shift with injection current – polynomial fitted. physics | 103 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (2) 2016 ارجي في الليزر مع التغذية العكسية الضوئية بوساطة مرنان خ دراسة ديناميكية سم20الفراغ بطول أيسر عبد الحسين حمد الخفاجي عدنان هاشم محمد الجامعة المستنصرية /كلية التربية /قسم الفيزياء 2016 /مايس/29قبل في :2016/اذار/28استلم في : خالصةال اجريت في احد مختبرات مجموعة الفوتونيات في جامعة ستراثكاليد في المملكة المتحدة في هذه الدراسة العملية التي تمت دراسة ديناميكة الليزر ذات الوسط الفعال شبه الموصل من نوع بئر الجهد المتعدد. وذلك لغرض دراسة مدى ديدة ومستويات تشغيل مختلفةاستقرارية االنبعاث الليزري وتطورات عرض النبضة بتأثير تسليط تغذية ضوئية عكسية ش سم 20تم ترتيب مرنان خارجي مستقر بتركيب مراة شديدة االنعكاسية على مسافة في الفراغ كوسط ناقل للتغذية العكسية. تم اختيار نسبة القدرة المعاد ادخالها لليزر من من الليزر. اذ تصنف هذه المسافة على انها مرنان خارجي من النوع الكبير. . تمت عملية تركيز االشعة (%50)نوع نسبة الفصل للفاصل الضوئي غير المستقطب المستخدم في التجربة والبالغة خالل مستوية بهدف الحصول على مرنان مستقر. تحت هذه الظروف انتقل االنبعاث -الصادرة من الليزر باستعمال عدسة المه ليزر الى حالة االنبعاث المحفز في المنطقة نفسها بتاثير التغذية الليزري من حالة االنبعاث التلقائي للحالة المعزولة ل العكسية. وانتقل االنبعاث الليزري من حالة االستقرار الى حالة الالاستقراريه بتأثير ظاهرة التشعب التي اودت الى حالة .انهيار التشاكه ومن ثم الفوضى المسيطر عليها، كل ذلك بتأثير التغذية الضوئية العكسية ليزر شبة الموصل، تجويف خارجي، تغذية عكسية ضوئية، تقلبات التردد الواطيء، انهيار التشاكه، الكلمات المفتاحية: الفوضى. الحالة التغذوية للأطفال دون الخامسة من العمر في محافظات الجنوب (البصرة، ميسان وذي قار ) 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية دون الخامسة من العمر في محافظات الجنوب )البصرة، فطاا الحالة التغذوية لأل ذي قار(، ميسان خلي محسن مهدي جامعة بغداد ،إبن الهيثم-كلية التربية ،قسم علوم الحياة الخالصة شهررا يهم محايتهال الب هري اميوها ار دهار لدراوه نوهب 95-6طفال بعمر 8383 علىالبحث ميدانيا أجرى % 41االحمههى االوههعا انههل وههرا الم ههابي باإ طفهها النذهها ا ا نوههب اأ أترههرلاالحالهه الذورايهه لرههد ادههد ىالمرضهه % على الذاالم 911،% 4411، % 88،% 8914،% 8113قد انل عها النمها يهم الب هري اميوها ار دهار بواء الذوري ي اب اإ اما نوب نوهههب انهههل% 88،% 8411، %4114قص الهههال للمحايتهههال الههه الث بهههن هههاب اإ علهههى الذهههاالم يهههم حهههي انهههل نوهههب ب عها اهره النوب اعلى يرا م ذلك الموجل يهم القطهر اذشهابس نوه % على الذاالم4118، 511، 518بالرلا اب اإ النما ييس المقدمة % مه اييههال 66( اذوهرد وهاءالذوري بنوهب 4الذوريه ال هحي دارا مرمها يهم ذحوهي هح الفهرد االمجذمه ذهدد بههارمراف يالطفهه الههر يعههانم مهه ههاب ( اهنههاك عالدهه ا يقهه بههي وههاء الذوريهه ااإ8دا الخاموهه مهه العمههر طفهها اأ دا طفههها ( اذذضهههم مدشهههرال وهههاء الذوريههه عنهههد اأ8بهههارمراف ابهههالع هههاب هههر عرضههه لإأ ي ههها وهههاء الذوريههه (1الذقلد ،الخامو م العمر الرلا ، نقص الال ايبههي حالهه يقههدا الههال الذههم ذحههدث ب ههاري حههادي اوههريع ،نههس مدشههر لوههاء الذوريهه الحههادايبههي الرههلا النحايهه أ ( 9 حاءاأ طفا الى الطا للطف امقارنذرا م المعد الطبيعم لألايحوب المدشر بأخر نوب الال رههها مدشههر لوههاء الذوريههه المههلم يههذد احذوهههابس باخههر نوههب الطههها الههى العمههر للطفههه يالههر يبهههي د ههر القامهه ا أمهها الذقههلد اا النحايه ايقها باخهر نوهب لال يانس يبي د ر القام ااما نقص (6 حاءاأ طفا امقارنذرا م المعد الطبيعم لأل (3، 1 حاءاأ طفا لأل الال الى العمر امقارنذرا م المعد الطبيعم دا الخاموهه مهه العمههر يههم محايتههال جنههاب العههرا الب ههري، ميوهها طفهها ابرههدم معريهه الحالهه الذورايهه لأل الوايهه بدايه ذشههري 8669ب مهه منذ هم يمهدههرا البحهث يههم ال اجههر ، ار دهار( اذحديهد نوههب وهاء الذوريهه االمراضه اعلى موذاى البيال ايم مجارل محددي 8669ال انم ق العم ائفطر طفهال 8383ادياوهال جوهماني لهه خا للبحث ذضمنل مدشهرال عه البي ه ، االجهن االمراضه ياوذمار اعدل ،% 8611طفال بنوب 4416ميوا ،% 1618طفال بنوب 4983يم محايتال الب ري ا"شرر 95-6بعمر 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المشهمالي طفها ( ياضه ذاليه اأ4االجهدا طفها ديهد الدراوه مه اأ% 8514طفال بنوب 4441ار دار (epi-v6 5الذحلي باوذخداد برناما جر أاذد حوب المحايت النتائج توزيع العينة حسب العمر أترهرل نذهها ا ذاليهه العينهه حوههب العمههر أ النوههب الم ايهه يههم المحايتههال الهه الث لألطفهها بعمههر أدهه مهه وههن هههم الث الى أربه ابعمر 8813، أما بعمر ونذي الى الث وناال ي انل 4419ابعمر ون الى ون ان م انل ،4418 ( 8 جدا 8411يم حي بعمر أرب الى خم وناال انل 8813وناال ي انل توزيع العينة حسب الجنس ذم : مايأأ أعداد الطفا للمحايتال ال الث االمالعي حوب الجن انل أاضحل الدراو (8 جدا 1313الم اي هم انوبذر 4363 انل أعداد اإناث يم حي 9418انوبذرد الم اي 4566الر ار توزيع العينة حسب البيئة انوبذرد الم اي 4313أ أعداد الطفا للمحايتال ال الث المالعي حوب البي انل يم الحضر بينل الدراو ( 1 جدا 9411انوبذرد الم اي 4536يم الريم ، اأعدادهد 1318 والحمى والسعا سها باإل فطاا مراضة األ ، 4411، 41ههم النوب الم ايه لألطفها للمحايتهال اله الث الم هابي باإوهرا االحمهى االوهعا أ أتررل الدراو ( 9 جدا على الذاالم 911 المعوقين فطاا األ مهههه القياوههههال ادههههد أوههههذبعداا 418ل الهههه الث هههههم أ النوههههب الم ايهههه لألطفهههها المعههههادي اللمحايتهههها أترههههرل الدراوهههه الجوماني التغذويةالحالة عوق النمو )نقص الفطو الى العمر ( أ المفحا ي اناا يعانا م عا النما ا انل اعلى النوب وهااء لوهاء الذوريه طفا النذا ا ا حاالم رب اأ أتررل (6جدا يت ميوا ذليرا الب ري ار دار المذاوط اا الملم يم محا نقص الوزن )نقص الوزن الى العمر( ب لنذا ا ا اعلى نوب لنقص الال انل يم محايت ر دار بليهادي بوهيط عه محايته ميوها امها الب هري ا أتررل (1جدا اد يرا م المحايتذي انفا ي انل نوب نقص الال ييرا الهزا )نقص الوزن الى الفطو ( ج (3جدا ت ر دار ليادي بيري يم محايذواال نوب الرلا ذقريبا يم الب ري اميوا م المناقشة ميهاه ملا ه اا ايريه محضهري منلليها ادد يعلى الوبب يم رلك الهى اوهذعما % عالي 41 ورا باإ اب انل نوب اإ ههاب لإ طفهها %ارلههك لذعههرف اأ4411بههالحمى انههل عاليهه ايضهها طفهها اأ إ ههاب ييههر ههحي ، ا ههرلك نوههب ا ههبطر % اعند 911بالوعا ي انل منخفض عنرما ابنوب اب اما اإ ذرابال المخذلف بالجرا يد المرضي اارل 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ا وهرا % لإ116الذهم انهل 8666برره ارمراف يهم العهرا لعهاد اب مقارن نذا ا البحث م ارداد الخا باإ اا هههر مهه ضهههعفي وههرا اضههعام لإ ( نجهههدها عاليهه ادههد ذ ههه الههى حههاالم ال ههه46% للوههعا 818% للحمههى ا 114 للوعا االحمى 8668، 8668اما واء الذوري يعند مقارن النذا ا م نذا ا المواحال الذوراي الذم اجريل يم القطر للوناال بوههاء الذوريهه نقههص الههال الههى ههاب نجههد ا نوههب اإ لمذاوههط االشههديد( لوههاء الذوريهه ا5الجههدا الذههم يتررههها 8666، ،(44 8668العمههر( ا نقههص الههال الههى الطهها ( ا ههر ب يههر مهه ارردههاد الموههجل يههم نذهها ا الموههاحال الاطنيهه لالعههااد ( اما نقص الطا الى العمر يي اد ي ا مشابرا لرلك الموج يم ارعااد الوابق 46 8666،( 48 8668 :.أن ذلك نرى من خال و ارذفهههاس نوهههب وهههاء الذوريههه باشههه الرا ، المشهههمالي طفههها االحمهههى بهههي اأ وهههرا هنهههاك نوهههب عاليههه مههه المراضههه باإ مه الضهرار ا ذ ها هنهاك بهراما هحي اذورايه ال ه ،مه العمهر يهم المحايتهال ال دا الخاموه طفا لألالمخذلف دا الخامو م العمر اذقلي نوب المراض االاييال بينرد طفا يعال لذحوي الحال ال حي لأل ادرـالمص 1. brown, j. e.(2002). nutrition through the life cycle) the wadsworth group, usa. 2. nutrition for health and development: progress and prospects on the eve of the 21 st century.(1999), geneva, world health organization. (who/nhd/99.9) 3. the world health report (2002) -reducing risks, promoting healthy life. geneva, world health organization. 4. de onis, m.; frongillo, e.a.and blossener, m. (2000) . bulletin of the world health organization,78 (10): 1222-33. 5. physical status: the use and interpretation of anthropometry.(1995). report of a who expert committee. geneva, world health organization, (who technical report series, no. 854). 6. the world health report (2003)shaping the future. geneva. world health organization, 2003. 7. rebert, d.l. and david, c.nieman (2003) "nutritional assessment" third edition mcgraw hill . 8. frisancho, m.a. (1990). "anthropometry standards for the assessment of growth and nutritional status. ann arbon: university of michigan press. 9. norman,g.r. and streiner, d.l.(2000). biostatics, the bare essentials, 2nd ed hamilton bc decker inc. 2002( 2) 22المجلد لتطبيقية مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة وا برنهههاما اريريههه العهههالمم لالمهههد المذحهههدي االجرهههال المر هههل لالح هههاء اذ نالاجيههها المعلامهههال الاري الذخطهههيط االذعهههاا 46 ذحليههه ارمههه الوهههرا م االف هههال الرشههه يهههم العهههرا " برنهههاما اريريههه العهههالمم لالمهههد (8661 العهههرا " -ارنمههها م www.wft.orgلمذحدي ا الجرههال المر ههل لالح ههاء منتمهه ارمههد -الاري الذخطههيط-معرههد بحههاث الذوريهه -دا ههري الادايهه ال ههحي الاري ال ههح 44 ا د طفهها ألذقريههر نذها ا الموهه الميهدانم للحالهه الذورايه ل(، 8668 العهرا –المذحهدي للطفالهه يانيوهيم( بوههداد الخامو م العمر الاري ال ح 12. food & agriculture organization of the united nation, rome & world food programmerrome (2003) "special report, fao/wfp crop, food supply and nutrition assessment mission iraq". لمحافظة: توزيع األفطاا حسب ا(1جدو ) % فطاا عدد األ المحافظة 1618 4983 الب ري 8611 4416 ميوا 8514 4441 ر دار : توزيع األفطاا حسب العمر(2جدو ) % فطاا عدد األ العمر/شهر 6-44 188 4418 48-41 118 4419 43-88 836 515 81-89 318 8813 86-11 318 8813 13-95 386 8411 8383 ال لم : توزيع األفطاا حسب الجنس(3دو )ج % فطاا عدد األ الجنس 9418 4566 ر ر 1313 4363 أن ى 8383 ال لم http://www.wft.org/ 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية : توزيع األفطاا حسب البيئة(4جدو ) % فطاا عدد األ البيئة 1318 4313 حضر 9411 4536 ريم : التوزيع النسبي لمراضة األفطاا (5جدو ) بالسعا صابةاإل بالحمى صابةاإل سها باإل صابةاإل 861 113 986 فطاا عدد األ % 41 4411 911 : نسبة عوق النمو حسب المحافظة(6جدو ) المحافظة عوق نمو متوسفط 2sd عوق نمو شديد 3sd الكلي 8113 513 49 الب ري 8914 4611 4911 ميوا 8816 4618 4811 ر دار : نسبة نقص الوزن حسب المحافظة.(7جدو ) المحافظة قص وزن متوسفط 2sd نقص وزن شديد 3sd الكلي 4114 811 4811 الب ري 8411 111 41 ميوا 88 611 4916 ر دار 2002( 2) 22المجلد بيقية مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتط (: نسبة الهزا حسب المحافظة.8جدو ) المحافظة قص وزن متوسفط 2sd نقص وزن شديد 3sd الكلي 518 818 1 الب ري 511 819 615 ميوا 4118 8166 4616 ر دار : أشكا سوء التغذية حسب المسوحات للسنوات(9جدو ) 2002-2006. 8668 8668 8666 4316 4811 511 نقص الال /العمر 8111 8313 8814 نقص الطا /العمر 318 611 1 نقص الال /الطا ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 prevalence of malnutrition among u5 children in iraqi south governorate (basrah, thi qar and misan) k.m.mahdi department of biology ,college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad abstract the field work to study morbidity & nutritional status of 3828 child aged between 659 months in basra, misan and thi qar governorate. the results indicated that 14%, 11.7% and 5.4% of the children suffer from diarrhea, fever & acute respiratory infection (api) respectively. while the prevalence of malnutrition for the children at the three governorate indicated that the chronic was 24.8%, 25.1% and 23%, general malnutrition was 17.1%, 21.4% and 22% where as the acute malnutrition was 9.2, 9.4 and 14.2 respectively. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 propagation of sedum adolphii in vitro n. k. alani department of biology ,college of science ,university of baghdad abstract sedum adolphii stem cutting 1-2 cm were sterilized and cultured on different media . the favorable medium for callus formation was murashige and skoog (ms, 1962)supplemented with banzylaminopurine ( bap) plus naphalene acetic acid (naa) in10 6 m each . whereas, the best medium for differentiation was ms ,1962 supplemented with bap 10 -7 m and naa10 -7 m . the formed shoots were transferred to media without auxin (control) or with different (naa) concentrations (10 -6 and 10 -7 m) . the best rooted shoots were on control, transferred successfully to jeffy 7 discs and to the green house after 3 weeks. introduction sedum plant is one of crassulaceae family which is called orpine family . the plant sin this family is characterized to have succulent leaves , in some species they hold beautiful flowers. the family distributed all over the world, and contains 25-36 genera and about 1500 species , most of them are perennial, and few are annual or biannual. the height of these plants are 2.5 cm to shrubs. (1). sedum genus grows in the north half of the earth. it’s plants grow in several environments from the seashore to the mountains. many species in this genus are mixed in the nurseries, almost all of them are used as ground cover. sedum adolphii is an erect plant 15 cm height with a succulent shoots and leaves . the leaves are waxy with bronze to yellow color if they exposed to direct sunlight and green in shadow. flowering in these plants needs cold treatment around 10° c . the flowers are small, white emerge in spring(2) normally such plant is propagated by soft cutting . previous studies revealed a good regeneration ability for s. telephium in culture(3). in general this ability reduced as the time pass in culture while in some species it’s continued for several passages (4,5). media components and kind of plant growth regulator are found to be very effective in continuing regeneration ability (6). due to very rare research on this plant , the gool of this study was to design a medium to produce high percent of regeneration and great number s of healthy plants for s.adolphii stem cutting . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 material and methods 1. media preparation: ms(1962) salts were prepared as in imperial lab. company cataloque. 30 g/l sucrose and 7g/l agar were added . ph was adujusted to 5.7 ±1 before autoclaving. 2. environment control: culture glasses were incubated in an air conditioned room with 25±2 ˚c and fluorescent light 600 foot /candle for 10 hours / day (s.d), and 24 hours (c.l). 3. explants used:1-2 cm stem sections cut , sterilized in 1-2% naocl for 10-12 minutes, then, washed in sterilized distlled water 3 times for 5 minutes each time . 4. treatments used: sterilized segments with cut ends were cultured on medium prepared as above in addition to kinetin (10 -6 m) and 2,4-d 10 -6 m in continues light. the explants then, were transferred to medium with bap10 -6 m and naa 10 -5 m . the new buds and callus which were formed on this medium were transferred to different constrations of bap and naa in separate or combination treatments in s.d as in sketch1.the new buds were excited and cultured on medium , without plant growth regulators or with naa 10 6 ,10 -7 m for rooting . the calli were transferred to different concentrotion of plant growth regulators as in sketch 1 , and buds produced from them were rooted . in all treatments cited above six replicates were used. results and discussion explants were cultured on ms medium with kinetin 10 -6 m and 2,4-d 10 -6 m in the beginning of the experiment. callus and shoots which produced were grown towards the medium , because of 2,4-d which impair the middle lamella of these cells (3). later experiments of the explants were transferred to ms medium plus bap10 -6 and naa -5 m to avoid 2,4-d fig (1) showed that callus produced in all cytokinin treatments with no regard to auxin concentrations. callus quantity was inversely proportional with cytokinin concentrations. however, no shoot regeneration is occurred in high cytokinin and the tissue turned brown . this color of the tissue may be due to hormone breakdown and not to a tissue death, as when brown tissue left longer in culture new shoots appeared. this indicates that this plant has a high genetic ability of regeneration in low cytokinin concentration . however, this concentration may moderate endogenous auxin/ cytokinin ratio which controls absorbance of alts from the medium(7). in conclusion ms1962 with low concentration of cytokinin was the best medium for high regeneration ability in s.adolphii. references 1. martin, m.j. and chapman, p.r. (1977), succulents and their cultivation .london faber and faber p156-193 . 2. laurie, a. and ries, v.h. (1950) ,floriculture , fundamental and practices . mcgraw – hill book company.p 323. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 3. brando ,i. and salema (1977) z.pflanzenphysiol.bd.(85s) 1-8. 4. torry, j.g. (1967), physiologia plant.20 :269-275. 5. nickell,l.g.(1967),proceeding 12 th cong.intern.soc. sugar cane technology(puertorico,1965)pp.887-892. 6. vasil , vimila and hilderbrandt.(1965) science n.y. 147, pp1454-1455. 7. murashige ,t. (1974), ann. rev.phys.25, 135-66 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية أكثار نبات السيدم خارج الجسم الحي نبيل خلف العاني جامعة بغداد ،كلية العلوم ،قسم البايولوجي الخالصة سم من نبات السيدم ووضعت بعد تعقيمها على اوساط غذائية مختلفة وكان افضل وسط 2-1اخذت عقل بطول . اما افضل وسط غذائي للتبرعم bap10-6 naa10-6 مضافا اليه 1692النتاج الكالس هو وسط ميورشج وسكوج . نقلت االفرع المتكونة على اوساط غذائية بدون منظمات نمو او حاوية bap10-7 naa10-7مضافا اليه msفكان بتراكيز مختلفة ووجد ان افضل االوساط لتجذير هذه االفرع كانت االوساط الخالية من منظمات naaعلى االوكسين ثم بعدها الى التربة بنجاح jeffy 7اذ نقلت النباتات المتكونة الى اقراص النمو , ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 sketch 1 : different plant growth regulators used in this experiment, in ms media under s.d lighting 3 stem sections kinetin 10 -6 m+ 2,4-d10 -6 m bap10 -6 +naa10 -5 m control, bap10 -5 m, 10 -6 m,10 -7 m,naa10 -5 m, 10 -6 m,10 -7 m bap10 -5 m naa10 -5 m, bap10 -5 m naa10 -6 m, bap10 -5 m naa10 -7 m bap10 -6 m naa10 -5 m, bap10 -6 m naa10 -6 m, bap10 -6 m naa10 -7 m bap10 -7 m naa 10 -5 m, bap10 -7 m naa10 -6 m, bap10 -7 m naa10 -7 m. best shoots to callus on bap10 -6 m with naa10 -6 m and naa10 07 m transferred to naa10 -6 m , naa10 -7 m, control. bap10 -6 m, bap10 -6 m naa10 -6 m, bap10 -6 m naa10 -7 m,bap10 -7 m , bap10 -7 m naa10 -6 m, bap10 -7 m naa10 -7 m , control best shoots to control, naa10 -6 m, 10 -7 m ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (1) : percent of callus, shoots, and roots formed in different plant growth regulators 293الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 دراسة تأثير درجة حرارة التلدين على الخواص التركيبية والبصرية ألغشية znse الرقيقة شھاب المحسن عبد علية خضير حميد إيمان معيبد بجاي فاضل جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء 2014ايلول 8 في: قبل 2014حزيران 3 في:استلم الخالصة الرقيقة المحضرة بطريقة التبخير znseبعض الخواص التركيبية والبصرية ألغشية فيتأثير التلدين الحراري درس من خالل تقنية حيود مدة ساعتين )473,373(kتتراوح حرارة اتبدرج والملدنة )nm (20±550الحراري بسمك بعد اجراء المعاملة والخواص التركيبية واظھرت بأن االغشية تمتلك طبيعة بلورية (تركيب مكعب). درستاالشعة السينية ادة في كثافة االنخال عات اما الخواص الحرارية للغشاء وجد ان عملية التلدين ادت الى نقصان في المقاس البلوري وزي فجوة الطاقة البصرية التي حسبتالبصرية فقد الحظنا زيادة في االمتصاصية ونقصان النفاذية, ومن طيف االمتصاصية .تناقصت قيمتھا بعد اجراء المعاملة الحرارية ) ثم ev )2.68-2.50تراوحت قيمتھا التركيبية ,الخصائص البصرية الرقيقة, التلدين , الخصائص znseاغشية الكلمات المفتاحية: 294الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ةالمقدم تعد فيزياء األغشية الرقيقة واحدة من الفروع المھمة في فيزياء الحالة الصلبة التي تتعامل مع أنظمة ذات سمك قليل جداً ترسب على فأنھا وسھولة تشققھا ةغشيألولقلة سمك ھذه ا[2,1 ] يتراوح بين عشرات النانومترات وبضع من مايكرومتر مثل الزجاج والكوارتز والسليكون ةعلى طبيعة االستخدام والدراس ةمواد اخرى تستخدم قواعد ترسيب ويعتمد نوع القاعد ].3[وااللمنيوم أوائل القرن التاسع وقد أسھمت تقنية األغشية الرقيقة إسھاماً كبيراً في دراسة أشباه الموصالت التي بدأ االھتمام فيھا منذ عن عدد من خواصھا الفيزيائية التي تختلف عن خواص المواد المكونة لھا وھي في وأعطت فكرة واضحة. [4]عشر .(bulk) [5]حالتھا الحجمية استعملت األغشية الرقيقة في عملية التداخل المستخدمة في أجھزة االستنساخ والتصوير الفوتوغرافي، كذلك استخدمت ا في ي الخالي ا ف تفادة منھ ة لالس ة ذات المواصفات الخاص وال الموجي بعض األط حات ل ا والمرش ات والمراي الء العدس ط .[6] بشكل عام ,(detectors) والكواشف, (solar cells) والخاليا الشمسية ,(photo cells) الضوئية والذي ,الجدول الدوري ) منii-viلمجموعة (من اشباه الموصالت الذي ينتمي الى ا (znse)غشاء سيلينيد الخارصين االت المتعددة فقد مجالعملية في ال znseھمية اغشية وأل. ]7[في درجة حرارة الغرفة 2.7ev)(يمتلك فجوة طاقة مقدارھا )انعلو(درس الباحث ونذكر ھنا بعض الدراسات التي قام بھا الباحثون في ھذا المجال فقد ااھتم الباحثون بدراسة خواصھ الرقيقة المحضرة بطريقة التبخير الحراري في الفراغ فقد حصل على znse غشيةالخواص البصرية والكھربائية أل [8] ادة نسبة الخارصين وان التوصيلية cm410-1قيم اكبر من لمعامل االمتصاص وان قيم فجوة الطاقة الممنوعة تزداد بزي ادة الكھربائية تزداد بازدياد درجة الحرارة كما اثير ھول ان كثافة حامالت الشحنة تزداد بزي اثبت من خالل نتائج تجربة ت التي لدنت في الھواء znseقيمة فجوة الطاقة الغشية فيبين تأثير التلدين ف ]garicia) (]9.اما الباحث نسبة الخارصين .دقيقة ووجد زيادة في قيمة فجوة الطاقة 15لمدة k(522,573)بدرجة أثير درجة حرارةوالرقيقة znseھو تحضير اغشية بحث ال ھدفاما بعض الخصائص التركيبية فيالتلدين دراسة ت الخصائص البصرية مثل معامل االمتصاص وفجوة وكذلك على بلوري وكثافة االنخالعاتال مقاسوال ثابت الشبيكةك الطاقة. الجانب العملي الفراغ وب znseاغشية حضرت ) coating unit (306منظومة التبخير أستخدامالرقيقة بطريقة التبخير الحراري ب ا mbar 5 -10صل الى (ياالغشية في حيز ذي فراغ رسبت إذ، (edwards)من نوع لغرفةدرجة حرارة اعند ) تقريب ا وبمسافة nm /sec2 (0.01±وبمعدل ترسيب )nm550(20± ولسمك واالرضية بين المصدر) ما (cm 9) تقريب المعتمدة في وقد استعملت الطريقة الوزنية التقريبية لقياس السمك . وباستخدام حوض من مادة المولبدنيوم ذي الغطاء المثقب .[6]بحوث سابقة في الھواء مدة ساعتين وقد تمت الفحوصات التركيبية k(373,473)الرقيقة بدرجتي حرارة znseوقد تم تلدين اغشية طول موجيوب) xrd600 )cu,kα (shimadzu japan)للغشاء بأستخدام جھاز حيود األشعة السينية من النوع )o(1.5406a رية ات البص ا القياس يس, ام ية ق ي االمتصاص ة (a)طيف ة (t)والنفاذي وال الموجي دى األط لم (400-1100)nm ستعمال مطياف نوع (األغشية المحضرة بلجميع اuv visible 1800 spectra photometer.( النتائج والمناقشة الخواص التركيبية )111( غشية طبيعة بلورية وباالتجاه السائد)الرقيقة وجد ان لأل znseمن خالل فحوصات حيود االشعة السينية الغشية( مقارنة مع ) k (473تناقص بالشدة للغشاء الملدن بدرجة حرارة نالحظ, اذ [10] عليھاوھذا يتفق مع النتائج التي حصل ويدل النقصان الحاصل في قيم الشدة لالتجاه ) 1كما في الشكل ( (g.s)االغشية غير الملدنة مع نقصان بالمقاس البلوري [11] وھذا ال يتفق مع الباحثبلورية السائد على نقصان تبلور الغشاء في ھذا االتجاه، واالبتعاد عن الحالة ال ):aثابت الشبيكة ( [12])1) من خالل المعادلة (aثابت الشبيكة ( حسب (1)-----------------------2=(h2+k2+l2)/a21/d (h,k,l) ، معامالت ميلر :d المسافة بين المستويات : . والموضح في [13]) 05 0552-) المرقمة (astmبطاقة (قد تم الحصول على ثابت شبيكة مطابق لما ھو موجود في )1الجدول رقم ( :معدل المقاس الحبيبي (1)والمبين في جدول رقم 14][(scherer's formula) الحبيبي باعتماد عالقة شيرر المقاس يمكن إيجاد معدل g.s . ---------------------------(2) 295الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 إذ إن: g.sالمقاس الحبيبي بـ : )nm ( λ : طول موجه األشعة السينية الساقطة. :β عرض منتصف الشدة (fwhm)ة .مقاس بالزاوية نصف القطري θ.(بالدرجات) زاوية براك : :(δ)كثافة االنخالعات الطول الكلي لجميع كثافة االنخالع ھي عدد خطوط االنخالع التي تقطع وحدة مساحة في تلك البلورة، وتتمثل بالنسبة بين ]:15خطوط االنخالع وحجم البلورة، وتحسب قيمتھا باستخدام العالقة اآلتية [ . ---------------------(3) 4) (-------------- . =οn οn. عدد البلورات المتكونة ظ نقصان بالمقاس وقد لوح. οnوعدد البلورات المتكونة ),δ(وكثافة االنخالعات ,الحبيبي الحجم) قيم 2الجدول ( يبين البلوري, وزيادة في كثافة االنخالعات, وعدد البلوريات المتكونة الخواص البصرية والنفاذية االمتصاصية كل من طيف االمتصاصية اً فيتغيران ھناك الحظ ) تغير االمتصاصية والنفاذية دالة للطول الموجي وي2يبين الشكل ( الرقيقة وضمن znse ان درجة حرارة التلدين تؤثر في الخصائص النھائية الغشية إذوالنفاذية تبعا لظروف التحضير ادة الطول الموجي ويقابلھا نقصان في .الحظ ي إذ nm(1100-400)مدى االطوال الموجية ادة النفاذية النسبية مع زي زي .دة الطول الموجياالمتصاصية النسبية مع زيا  )α( معامل االمتصاص ) بأنه نسبة النقصان في فيض طاقات اإلشعاع الساقط بالنسبة إلى وحدة المسافة باتجاه انتشار αيعرف معامل االمتصاص ( معرفة ومن الموجة داخل الوسط، ويعتمد معامل االمتصاص على طاقة الفوتونات الساقطة وعلى خواص شبه الموصل، ، ويمكن إيجاده [16]قيم معامل االمتصاص يمكن استنتاج طبيعة االنتقاالت االلكترونية إن كانت مباشرة أو غير مباشرة . [17]من المعادلة اآلتية α 2.303 --------------(5) α 1(: معامل االمتصاص-(cm. t ) السمكnm(. a االمتصاصية. α) أن قيم معامل االمتصاص لجميع األغشية قبل التلدين وبعده كانت3الشكل (ويالحظ من 10 cm وھذا يدل على احتمالية كبيرة لحدوث انتقاالت الكترونية مباشرة عند الطاقات العليا ، وأن معظم المصادر تؤكد أن فجوة الطاقة الممنوعة [18,19]ة مباشرة السداسية) ھي فجوة طاقلمركبات المجموعة (الثنائية ) ان معامل األمتصاص يزداد بعد التلدين، وتعزى ھذه الزيادة في قيم معامل 3اما تأثير التلدين فقد لوحظ من الشكل( .االمتصاص الى تكوين بعض المستويات الموضعية قريبة من حافة التوصيل مل االمتصاص تزداد في مديات الطاقة المقابلة ) فيالحظ ان قيمة معاk 473الغشاء الملدن بدرجة حرارة ( يستثنى من ذلك .) وما بعد ھذا المدى تقل قيمته عن الغشاء غير الملدنnm)535-485لالطوال الموجية فجوة الطاقة ) تبين أن نوع االنتقاالت من النوع المباشر ألن قيمة معامل االمتصاص 5بعد حساب معامل االمتصاص من المعادلة ( [20].)(6فجوة الطاقة من المعادلة حسبتوعلى ھذا األساس α≥10)cm4-1(كانت (6) ------------------------------------------1/2 ) optge-ʋ=b(hʋhα hv طاقة الفوتون الساقط :e فجوة الطاقة البصرية :(ev) r)االنتقال المباشر المسموح : قيمة تعتمد على نوع االنتقال r =1/2واالنتقال المباشر الممنوع),(r =3/2( : :bثابت يعتمد على خواص حزمتي التكافؤ والتوصيل. محور السينات ومد الخط المستقيم من (hʋ)الفوتون (محور الصادات) وطاقة(αhʋ )2وبرسم العالقة البيانية بين الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر المسموح ) يعطي قيمة فجوة (αhʋ)2(0=عند (hʋ)المنحني وتقاطعه مع محور السينات ) 2.68-2.50(ev تراوحت قيمتھما إذ ) تناقص في قيم فجوة الطاقة بعد اجراء المعاملة الحرارية 4(ويالحظ من الشكل التكافؤ ويعزى ذلك الى ان التلدين ادى الى زيادة في كثافة المستويات الموضعية بين حزمتي . [21]وھذا يتفق مع الباحث والتوصيل . 296الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 االستنتاجات  غشية لسينية ألااظھرت نتائج حيود االشعةznse من النوع المكعب الرقيقة ان االغشية تمتلك طبيعة بلورية وعدد البلوريات بعد اجراء نخالعات وزيادة بكثافة األوان ھنالك نقصان في ثابت الشبيكة والمقاس البلوري عملية التلدين .  غشية طيف النفاذية أل فينتائج القياسات البصرية ان التلدين اثر اظھرتznse, اذ تقل النفاذية بزيادة درجة حرارة التلدين وتزداد االمتصاصية بزيادة درجة حرارة التلدين  اظھرت نتائج القياسات البصرية بأن معامل االمتصاص يزداد بزيادة درجة حرارة التلدين  ادة درجة حرارة التلديننقصان فجوة الطاقة بزي المصادر 1 . heavens, o.s. (1973) thin film physics, john wily and sons inc , new york. 2 . ueda, r. and millin, j. b. (1975) crystal growth and characterization, mc graw-hill , new york 3 . simmons, j.g. (1971) hand book of thin film technology, edited by imissia l and ging r. (mc graw-hill new york) 4. ali sh,m. (1996)theoretical study for the heterojunction (n-p amorphous c crystalline silicon), m.sc. thesis, science college, al-mustansiriya u university, 5 . chopra, k.l. (1968) thin film phenomena, mc grw-hill, inc. company, new york. 6 . eckortova, l. (1977) physics of thin films, (plenum press), new york and london, 7 . makhniy, v.p.; slyotov, m. t.;kachenko, i.; sylotov, a.; horley, p, vorobiev yu , gonzalet j and ukr hernades.,(2009), j phys. opt, 10,.4,.206 الرقيقة المحضرة بطريقة التبخير الحراري في الفراغ znse1-xالخواص البصرية الغشية دراسة (1997)علوان، .8 الجامعة المستنصرية-كلية العلوم -ماجستير فيزياء 9 .garscia, vm.; nair, m. t. s. and nair, p .k. (1999) (formation of a znse:in2o3 heterstructure by air annealing znse-in thin film).semiconductors science and technology,.14,.4 10. khairnar, u.behere, s. and pawar, p.(2012), optical properties of polycrystalline zinc selenide thin films, .materials sciences and applications, .3. 36-40 11. bacaksiz, e.; aksu, s. ; polat, i. ;yilmaz ,s. and altunbas, m. (2009) the hnfluence of substrate temperature on the morphology) journal of alloys and compound 487 (280-285) 12. ilican, s.;caglar, m. and yakuphanoglu, f.(2009 ) a study of structural and optical properties of cdo al films deposited by sol-gel process , journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials 3(2)135140. 13. astm-card,(05-0522) 14. pawlowski, l. (2007) the science and engineering of thermal spray coatings, john wiley and sons , 2nd. edition, france . 15 lalita, s.; sathyamorthy, r.; senthilarasu, s.; subbarayan , a. and natarajan, k. ( 2004). (characterization of cdte thin film—dependence of structural and optical properties on temperature and thickness) sol. energy mater. sol. cells, 82, 187-199. 16 alrawi, s.s . ; shaker, s.j. and m.husan, y.(1999)solid state physics ‚ publishing of mosel university arabic version 17 neamen ,d.a. (1992 ) semiconductor physics and devices: basic principles, richard d. irwin, inc., university of new mexico 18 erhaima‚ m.k.( 2010.) structural and optical properties of zno : co (czo) thin films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method” ‚ m. sc. thesis‚ university of baghdad‚ 19 j. singh, ( 2006) optical properties of condensed matter and applications( charles darwin univeersity,darwin,australia) 297الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 20 kumar, v.; sandhu, g. s.;sharma,t. p. and hussain, m. (2007) growth and characterization of cd1−xznxte-sintered films”, research letters in materials science .(impact fctor:0.5). 21 kale,r.p.and lokhande,c.d.(2005)influnce of air annealing on the structural,morphological,optcal and electrical properties of chemical deposited znse. applied surface science. 252, 4, (929-938)   .r.t (b) ta=373 k (a)الرقيقة قبل وبعد التلدين znseحيود االشعة السينية الغشية (1)شكل (c) ta=473 k   0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 i( a .u ) 2θ(degree) (r.t) (a) (b)(ta=373 k) (c) (ta=473 k) (111) ) xrd) بعض النتائج المستحصلة من حيود االشعة السينية (1( رقم جدول )˚a (a )˚a (a (astm) (hkl) )˚d (a ) d (a˚ (astm) 2θ  bserved 2 θ (astm) ta (k) 5.655 5.667 (111) 3.265 3.273 27.285 27.223 r.t 5.707 5.667 (111) 3.295 3.273 27.037 27.223 (373) 5.646 5.667 (111) 3.260 3.273 27.331 27.223 (473) 2‐m15 * 10ο n 2‐m15 δ* 10g.s(nm)fwhm  (deg.)  (hkl) ta(k) 15.56 0.932.8 0.260 (111) r.t 20.70 1.12 29.8 0.286 (111) (373)  18.11 1.02 31.19 0.273 (111) (473) (znse)) الثوابت التركيبية الغشية الـ2( رقم جدول 298الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015                                       االمتصاصية والنفاذية كدالة للطول الموجي :)2(رقم شكل )aغشيةالالمتصاصية )طيف ا znse مختلفةتلدين الرقيقة لدرجات حرارة )bغشيةفاذية الن) طيف ال znse مختلفة تلدين الرقيقة لدرجات حرارة .r.t (b) ta=373 k (a) هوبعد الرقيقة قبل التلدين znseحيود االشعة السينية الغشية ر :)1رقم( شكل (c) ta=473 k 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 i( a .u ) 2θ(degree) (r.t) (a) (b)(ta=373 k) (c) (ta=473 k) (111) 299الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015                           0 2 4 6 8 10 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 x  1 0 0 0 0 ta= (r.t) ta=373 k ta=473 k α (c m )‐ 1 hʋ(ev)     znse . (c) ta=473 (b) ta=373 k (a) r.tالغشية ʋ(h (مع طاقة الفوتون αh)ʋ(2تغير :)4( رقم شكل هوبعد قبل التلدين )hʋدالة لطاقة الفوتون ( )αمعامل االمتصاص( :)3رقم ( شكل 300الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 studying the effect of annealing temperature on structural and optical properties of znse thin films allia a. shehab iman h. kudayer fadhil b.muebed dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science ( ibn al-hatham)/ university of baghdad received in :3june 2014 accepted in:8 september 2014 abstract the effect of thermal annealing on some structural and optical properties of znse thin films was studied which prepared by thermal evaporation method with (550±20) nm thickness and annealing at (373,473)k for (2h), by using x-ray diffraction technique structural properties studied and showed that the films are crystalline nature and have ( cubic structure ) .from the observed results after heating treatment, we found that the annealing to perform decreases in grain size and increases in dislocation and observed the optical properties increase in absorption and decrease in transmission. from absorption spectra optical energy gap calculated about (2.66,2.68)ev which decreases value after heating treatment. keywords: znse thin films ,annealing, structural properties, optical properties. microsoft word 205-217 علوم حياة | 205 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 من pieris rapae (linnaeus, 1758)دراسة المظھر الخارجي للنوع في lepidoptera، رتبة حرشفية األجنحة pieridaeعائلة وشمال العراقوسط حسن سعيد األسدي مھند محمود آغا / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم(قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2015/كانون الثاني /5 ,قبل البحث في:2014//تشرين الثاني18استلم البحث في: الخالصة . شملت pieris rapae (linnaeus,1758)تضمن البحث دراسة المظھر الخارجي لفراشة اللھانة البيضاء المظھرية الخارجية ألجزاء الجسم المختلفة فضالً عن السوأتين الذكرية واألنثوية. تم تعزيز الصفات الدراسة الصفات المظھرية قيد الدراسة باألشكال التوضيحية والصور. جمعت العينات من وسط العراق وشماله ودونت معلومات عن مواقع وتواريخ الجمع. .المظھر الخارجي -فراشة اللھانة البيضاء -راشات اللھانةعائلة ف : حرشفية األجنحةالكلمات المفتاحية علوم حياة | 206 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة واحداً من أكثر األجناس شيوعاً و انتشاراً من بين أجناس عائلة pieris, (schrank, 1801)يعد الجنس نوعاً في 30]. يحوي ھذا الجنس 1وتعرف أنواعه عموماً "البيضاوات أو بيضاوات الحدائق" [ pieridaeفراشات اللھانة العالم تتماثل في أغلب صفاتھا المظھرية الخارجية إلى الحد الذي يصعب تمييزھا حيث يغلب عليھا اللون األبيض مع السبب في تفاوت ألوان الحراشف على األجنحة ]. يعود2درجات متفاوتة من بقع سوداء متقاربة شكالً على كال الجناحين [ ].3إلى وجود صبغة الميالنين المسؤولة عن ظھور البقع والعالمات السوداء على الخلفية البيضاء لألجنحة [ بصفات مظھرية خارجية يسھل بوساطتھا تمييزھا عن أنواع األجناس pieris (schrank)تنفرد أنواع الجنس قرن االستشعار ھراوياً صغيراً أو ملعقياً كبيراً وأطول من نصف طول الجناح األمامي، الملمس القريبة منھا. حيث يبدو ].5، 4الشفوي نحيف ومتطاول، الخلية القرصية لكال الجناحين أطول من نصف طول أي من الجناحين [ اكتشفت ألول مرة في كندا من أكثر األنواع انتشاراً لھذا الجنس حيث p. rapae (l.)تعد فراشة اللھانة البيضاء حيث وصلت إلى سواحل دول خليج المكسيك وجبال روكي حتى وصلت 1886وانتشرت بشكل كبير منذ عام 1806عام ]. وفي العراق انتشرت بشكل واسع بدءاً من أعالي 6أمريكا الشمالية وتوسع انتشارھا حتى أصبحت عالمية االنتشار [ ].7الجبال لغاية شط العرب [ وبيان مدى أھميتھا p. rapae (l.)ف الدراسة إلى تسليط الضوء على صفات المظھر الخارجي للنوع تھد التصنيفية في تعريف النوع، حيث اعتمدت في ھذه الدراسة صفات مظھرية سبق وإن استعملت وأضيفت إليھا صفات استحدثت خالل الدراسة كما تم التركيز على السوأة الذكرية واألنثوية. واد وطرائق العمل الم جمعت البالغات من وسط العراق وشماله باستخدام الشبكة الھوائية واتباع طريقة االكتساح وال سيما لألنواع على ]. قتلت النماذج بعد وضعھا في قناني مناسبة حاوية على كحول مطلق ثم ثبتت بوساطة 9، 8أوراق األشجار واألزھار [ صناديق حفظ الحشرات المعقمة بكرات من مبيد النفثالين وثبتت المعلومات الخاصة دبابيس تثبيت الفراشات وحفظت في بتاريخ وموقع واسم الجامع على أوراق خاصة علقت في دبابيس التثبيت. االجنحة، السوأة –درست صفات المظھر الخارجي ذات األھمية التصنيفية التي تتضمن الرأس ولواحقه، الصدر ]. وفيما يتعلق بدراسة السوأتين الذكرية واألنثوية فقد اتبعت الطريقة 10طريقة المتبعة من قبل [التناسلية باستعمال ال ].11المستعملة من قبل [ -samsung gtتم التقاط الصور الفوتوغرافية لألجزاء التي تتناسب مع ذلك باستعمال آلة تصوير رقمية نوع األجزاء التي استوجب تبيانھا بالرسوم التوضيحية فقد . أماyaxun.yx-ak 15ومجھر لھذا الغرض نوع 19500 ocularباالستعانة بالعدسة العينية ذات المربعات dissecting stereo microscopeاستخدم مجھر تشريح micrometer وشريحة مجھرية مدرجةstage micrometer. النتائج والمناقشة (الفراشة البيضاء الصغيرة) p. rapaeوصف النوع )2، 1: نحيف ومتطاول في الذكر، ممتلئ وقصير في األنثى تقريباً. صورة (♀ ♂ bodyالجسم أ): بيضوي أسود مغطى بحراشف سوداء متعاقبة مع أخرى بيضاء ضاربة إلى اللون 1شكل (♀ ♂ headالرأس الليموني السيما ما بين العيون. محدبة ومكسوة بشعر ناعم أسود غالباً يتعاقب مع أبيض كريمي. vertexالھامة بيضوية كبيرة وبارزة، حافتھا الداخلية مقعرة قليالً الى الداخل والخارجية محدبة، compound eyesالعيون المركبة .orbitحجر معرف بالبنية غامقة لكن في النماذج الحديثة تكون بيضاء بنية المعة؛ العين محاطة بصفيحة رقيقة سوداء ت متطاول يتكون من ثالث قطع، القاعدية والوسطية متماثلتان شكالً وحجماً تقريباً labial palpالملمس الشفوي يكسوھما شعر كثيف أبيض ضارب إلى الليموني يقل تدريجياً اتجاه القطعة القمية التي تكسوھا حراشف سوداء تتناوب مع ).4، 3نھاية مدببة تقريباً. صورة ( أخرى بيضاء كريمية وتكون ذات متضيق صغير ومالصق تماماً لمحجر العين. genaصفيحة مستعرضة رقيقة جداً أثرية، الخد labrumالشفة العليا متطاول وبارز ملتف أسفل العين عند عدم االستعمال، غير مغطى بحراشف أو شعر؛ أبيض proboscisالخرطوم ).5د نقطة اتصاله بالرأس ومستدق عند قمته ذو لون بني غامق تقريباً. صورة (مصفر سميك من األمام عن ب)؛ قرون االستشعار صولجانية طويلة 1مالصقتان للعيون المركبة (شكل antennal pitنقرتي قرني االستشعار pedicelغائرة في محفظة الرأس عريضة تليھا قطعة الحامل scapeحوالي نصف طول الجناح األمامي، قطعة األصل خيطية متجانسة من حيث السمك، تتضخم القطع األخيرة عند flagellumتكون صغيرة وبارزة للخارج، قطع السوط علوم حياة | 207 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ، قطع السوط مكسوةspatulaالنھاية الحرة تكون محدبة من األعلى ومقعرة إلى األسفل تعطي مظھر أشبه بالملعقة بحراشف سوداء تتعاقب مع أخرى بيضاء. القطع األخيرة المتضخمة من األعلى تكون مغطاة بحراشف بيضاء أشبه بالبقعة spot ) 6عند النھاية الحرة. صورة.( )2(شكل ♀ ♂ pronotumالظھر األمامي ذو شكل تاجي، أسود غامق، عريض عند قاعدته ويضيق تدريجياً اتجاه القمة يتألف من الصفائح المتقرنة االتية بشكل أزاوج. صفيحة ذات نھاية أمامية شبيھة بالملقط.: patagiumالطوق الظھري قليالً من الصفيحة : صفيحة تشغل الثلث الوسطي للظھر األمامي مقوسة أطولparapatagiumالطوق جار الظھري التي قبلھا. : زوج من صفائح متقرنة سوداء داكنة تبدو متدلية شبيھة بالمرساة تلتقيان مع بعضھما عند neck organعضو الرقبة صفيحة مستعرضة بشكل متقاطع. تجويف الحرقفة ھاللي متطاول وعريض نسبياً ويمثل محل اتصال حرقفة الرجل األمامية. ♂ pterothoraxأ) منظر جانبي 3(شكل الصدر الجناحي mesothorax (lateral veiw)الصدر الوسطي -1 متضخم، قمته محدبة منبعج قليالً من الوسط مكسو بحراشف بيضاء كريمية غالباً وقليل : scutum 2الدرع الوسطي ذكر يكون أقل كثافة من األنثى) ويمتد منھا سوداء ومبعثرة فضالً عن شعر كثيف ناعم من األعلى إلى األسفل أبيض (في ال على طول الحافة الداخلية للجناح الخلفي. : أسود غامق ذو نھاية منحرفة اتجاه الدرع الوسطي، يوجد غشاء ضيق ومتموج نسبياً scutellum 2الدريع الوسطي يعرف بالحبل اإلبطي يحيط بجزء من الدريع الوسطي وكل الدرع الوسطي رقيق متمفصل يعمل على اسناد الجناح .meso-axillary cordالوسطي واسع قليالً وذو قمة مستديرة، نتوء الجناح األمامي من anterior-fore wing processنتوء الجناح األمامي من األمام مامي ضيق قليالً وذو قمة مستدقة وكالھما غائران إلى الداخل، نتوء الجناح األ posterior-fore wing processالخلف بھيأة صفيحة تشبه شفتين منطبقتين، من الجھة السفلية توجد صفيحة مثلثة pleural-fore wing processمن الجانب ، كما توجد صفيحة مضلعة متسعة تضيق meso anepistrenumأعلى القص الوسطي تسمى أعلى فوق القص الوسطي meso، فوق الحرقفة الوسطي meso episternumتدريجياً اتجاه الحرقفة الوسطية وتسمى فوق القص الوسطي emimeron عبارة عن صفيحة جانبية متطاولة بوقية الشكل ملتحمة من األسفل بالحرقفة الوسطية، الحراقف الوسطية ملتحمة بقوة مع الصدر وتبدو مستعرضة ومتطاولة وذات حواف متعرجة. metathoraxالصدر الخلفي -2 مسطح ومتطاول ذو نصفين غير متماثلين شبيه الغليون مكسو بحراشف وشعر مماثلة لتلك : scutum 3الدرع الخلفي الموجودة على الدرع الوسطي. : غير منتظم الشكل و ذو حواف متعرجة قمته مدببة تقريباً.نتوء الجناح الخلفي من األمام scutellum 3الدريع الخلفي anterior-hind wing process ذو قمة مقوسة، نتوء الجناح الخلفي من الخلف واسع كثيراً وposterior-hind wing process ضيق ذو قمة مستدقة أو حادة قليالً، نتوء الجناح الخلفي من الجانبpleural-hind wing process ي الجناح يحيط بجزء من الدريع الخلفي ومالصق لنتوأ meta-axillary cordضيق ومقعر قليالً، الحبل اإلبطي الخلفي الخلفي من األمام والخلف. metaإلى األسفل توجد صفيحة مستعرضة متعرجة الحواف متوسعة عادةً ھي أعلى فوق القص الخلفي anepisternum وكما توجد صفيحة مستعرضة متموجة الحواف تتسع عند قمتھا وتضيق تدريجياً اتجاه الحرقفة الخلفية . meta، فوق الحرقفة الخلفية meta episternumھي فوق القص الخلفي أشبه بورقة التويج المكونة للزھرة epimeron عبارة عن صفيحة مضلعة ذات نھاية مستدقة اتجاه الحرقفة الخلفية، الحراقف الخلفية ملتحمة مع الصدر ، تبدو أقرب إلى الشكل البيضوي. pterothorax (dorsal view)ب) 3الصدر الجناحي (منظر ظھري) (شكل mesothoraxالصدر الوسطي -1 متوسط الحجم واسع تقريباً، حافته األمامية أضيق من الخلفية بارزة قليالً إلى األمام : scutum 2الدرع الوسطي ومستديرة، حافته الجانبية ذات نصفين متماثلين يفصلھما تخصر. -mesoمتوسط الحجم، حافته األمامية غائرة باتجاه الحافة الخلفية للدرع الوسطي : scuttelum 2الدريع الوسطي scutum الحبل اإلبطي الوسطي ،meso-axillary cord ذو نصفين مخصر من الوسط ويحيط بالحافة الخلفية للدريع الجناح األمامي من الخلف بھيأة مظلة، نتوء anterior-fore wing processنتوء الجناح األمامي من األمام الوسطي. posterior-fore wing process .مستدق وغائر metathoraxالصدر الخلفي -2 زوج من صفائح أقرب إلى الشكل المربع تتصالن مع بعضھما عند الوسط بوساطة حافة : scutum 3الدرع الخلفي مقعرة. علوم حياة | 208 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 صفيحة مسطحة، حافتھا األمامية أضيق من الخلفية وذات قمة مستديرة، حافتاھا : scutellum 3الدريع الخلفي الجانبيتان بارزتان بھيأة نتوء صغير، حافتھا الخلفية عريضة وذات نصفين متماثلين يفصلھما انبعاج بسيط. الحبل اإلبطي ية، نتوء الجناح الخلفي من األمام يحيط بكل من الدريع الخلفي من جھته الجانبية السفل meta-axillary cordالخلفي anterior-hind wing process واسع و ذو حافة مدورة، نتوء الجناح الخلفي من الخلفpost wing process ذو حافة مقعرة قليالً. ♀الصدر مماثل تماماً للذكر لكن أضخم وأعرض قليالً. wingsاألجنحة )7(صورة male ♂ upper side fore wingالسطح الظھري للجناح األمامي أبيض، القاعدة في كال الجناحين والحافة الضلعية مغطاة وعلى مسافة قصيرة بحراشف سوداء متفرقة؛ المنطقة او postالقمية السوداء تكون متضيقة في بعض األحيان وأحياناً أخرى متوسعة؛ البقعة خلف القرصية apical patchالرقعة discal spot 1ة في وسط الخلية للعرق الزندي سوداء مدورcell cu. )8صورة ( under side fore wing ♂السطح البطني للجناح األمامي تكون ذات ظل apical patch (app)، لكن الرقعة القمية upsلون األرضية مماثلة تقريباً للسطح الظھري مخضر شاحب؛ رقعة القرص -تبدو بظل أصفر basal patch (bap)أصفر شاحب أو ذات مسحة بنية؛ الرقعة القاعدية بيضاء وتشغل معظم الجناح عادةً؛ النصف العلوي للخلية القرصية وأعلى الحافة centro discal patch (cdp)المركزي سوداء مدورة تقريباً األولى في post discal spot الضلعية مكسو بحراشف سوداء متفرقة؛ توجد بقعتين خلف قرصية وھذه تكون سائدة على السطحين الظھري والبطني للجناح، واألخرى في أسفل الخط لخلية 1cell cuرق الزندي خلية الع والتي تكون باھتة وغير بارزة بوضوح على السطح الظھري للجناح بينما تكون سائدة على 1cell aالعرق العجزي مفقود؛ وسط upper disco cellularعلى الخلية السطح البطني للجناح. الخلية القرصية حوالي نصف طول الجناح؛ أ متطاول ومقعر قليالً في الوسط. lower disco cellularمائل؛ أسفل الخلية midlle disco cellularالخلية الممتدة على طول الحافتين الخارجية والداخلية تكون ذات لون مصفر شاحب تتبادل مع أخرى بيضاء. ciliaاألھداب )9(صورة ♂ upper side hind wingالظھري للجناح الخلفيالسطح أبيض عموماً؛ قصير مستعرض؛ بيضوي تقريباً؛ توجد بقعة سوداء باھتة وغير منتظمة الشكل صغيرة في خلية ممتدة إلى الحافة الضلعية؛ مكسو بخصل rsوبصورة مستعرضة للعرق الشعاعي radius sectorالعرق الشعاعي )13على طول الحافة الداخلية للجناح (صورة، .tufeة متطاولة شعيرات ناعم )10صورة ( ♂ under side hind wingالسطح البطني للجناح الخلفي منسق؛ الحافة الداخلية عادةً بيضاء متوسعة؛ باقي الجناح كريمي اللون؛ القاعدة والخلية القرصية مغطاة بحراشف أطول من أعلى الخلية midlle disco cellularحوالي نصف طول الجناح؛ وسط الخلية سوداء متفرقة؛ الخلية القرصية upper disco cellular وأسفل الخليةlower disco cellular.أسفل الخلية مائل بحدة إلى الداخل ، )12، 11صورة ( female♀ األجنحة تكون مماثلة للذكر، لكن في النماذج الحديثة الجمع يكون السطح الظھري أبيض ضارباً قليالً إلى اللون الكريمي، تكون سائدة 1cell aسوداء مدورة في الخلية للعرق العجزي post discal spotوكما توجد بقعة خلف قرصية إضافية على السطحين الظھري والبطني للجناح األمامي. األساسي للحافة القمية للجناح األمامي من السطح البطني وكل الجناح الخلفي أصفر غامق أكثر مما ھو في الذكر.اللون wing venation♀ ♂تعريق الجناح ) 12، 8(صورة fore wingالجناح األمامي ف الحافة الضلعية، ينشأ من قاعدة الجناح ويغلق عند وسطه تقريباً، يشكل تقريباً نص scالعرق تحت الضلعي ينشأن من الخلية ويشكالن ثلث الحافة 2rو 1rسميك عند القاعدة ويستدق تدريجياً عند نھايته المغلقة؛ العرقان الشعاعيان قصير جداً (يوجد في 3r، العرق الشعاعي scمتقارب جداً مع العرق تحت الضلعي 1rالضلعية تقريباً، العرق الشعاعي قبل القمة بقليل ويغلق عند قمة الجناح (في بعض النماذج قد 4rنثى مفقود) ينشأ من العرق الشعاعي الذكر عادةً وفي األ منحٍن r 5r +4ينــشأ مــن الــزاوية الــعلوية لــوسط الخــلية القرصــية وھو يمثل 4rيكون مختزل)، العــرق الــشعاعي ، العرق الوسطي r 5r +4 و 3rيصدر من ساق العروق الشعاعية 1m؛ العرق الوسطي 1mتقريباً اتجاه العرق الوسطي 2m 3يصدر من الزاوية العلوية ألسفل الخلية، العرق الوسطيm يصدر من الزاوية السفلية ألسفل الخلية ويكونان ة الجناح ينشأ من قاعد 1aينشأن من الخلية ويكونان متوازيين، العرق الشرجي 2cuو 1cuمتوازيين، العرقان الزنديان ويغلق عند نھاية الحافة الخارجية للجناح. )10صورة ( hind wingالجناح الخلفي صورة وينشأ منه قرب القاعدة؛ scقصير منحن إلى الخارج باتجاه العرق تحت الضلعي pcvالعرق قبل الضلعي الضلعية تقريباً منحٍن اتجاه العرق الشعاعي الحافة ينشأ من قاعدة الجناح ويصل وسط 1r +sc العرق تحت الضلعي يمثل rs العرق ،rs 1ينشأ من الخلية القرصية وينتھي قبل المنطقة القمية بقليل مقوس قليالً اتجاه العرق الوسطيm العرق ، ينشأ من 2mمقوس قليالً ويغلق عند القمة، العرق الوسطي upper disco cellularينشأ من أعلى الخلية 1mالوسطي علوم حياة | 209 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 3mمنحٍن قليالً عند بدايته ثم ينتھي باستقامة واضحة أسفل القمة، العرق الوسطي middle disco cellularوسط الخلية 2cuو 1cuالعرقان الزنديان متوازيان، 3mو 2m، العرقان الوسطيان lower disco cellularينشأ من أسفل الخلية ينشأ من قاعدة الجناح وينتھي تقريباً عند 1aيصدران من الخلية مقعران قليالً إلى الداخل ومتوازيين، العرق الشرجي عند القاعدة يشكل 1aقصير وبتماس مع العرق الشرجي 2a، العرق الشرجي anal angleالزاوية العجزية للجناح تقريباً ثلثي الحافة الداخلية للجناح. أ، ب، ج) 4(شكل male genitaliaكرية السوأة الذ ، قمتھا tegumenصفيحة متطاولة سھمية الشكل قاعدتھا عريضة ذات أخدود عند اتصالھا بــ : uncusالمعقف مستدقة شبيھة بالمنقار حافتھا الجانبية الخارجية مستقيمة تقريباً والجانبية الداخلية متموجة ومجيبة، يستخدمه الذكر لإلمساك نثى أثناء عملية الجماع. وھو تحور من الظھر البطني العاشر.باأل تحور من الظھر البطني التاسع وجزؤه القمي من الظھر البطني العاشر، صفيحة متوسعة بنھايتھا : tegumenالسقيف عريضة، واألخرى المتصلة بالرابط متطاولة أنبوبية الشكل، حافتاه الجانبيتان الخارجية والداخلية uncusالمتصلة بــ متموجتان، وھو يمثل السقف الظھري للسوأة الذكرية. مستدقة واألخرى .tegumenصفيحة أنبوبية متطاولة متموجة الحافات، نھايتھا المتصلة بــ : viniculumالـرابـط يعمل على ربط أجزاء السوأة الذكرية. uعريضة قمعية الشكل تقريباً، عموماً يتخذ شكل حرف .sacالمتصلة بــ صفيحة شبيھة بالجرة، يمثل تحور القص البطني التاسع.: saccusالكيس أكبر صفائح السوأة الذكرية يضيق تدريجياً اتجاه قمته المستديرة وقاعدته تمتدان إلى الجانبين بھيأة : valvaالصمام نتوأين غير متماثلين، ثلثيه القمي الوسطي محاطان بصف من شعيرات ناعمة أو خشنة. قة، قاعدته تشبه ): صفيحة متطاولة شبيھة بالخنجر، قمته عريضة وتضيق لتكون مستدد 4(شكل aedeagusالقضيب عبارة عن تركيب غشائي رقيق على الجانب البطني للقضيب أشبه بعرف الديك. thec.appالمقبض، الكيس الملحق )5(شكل female genitaliaالسوأة األنثوية ة زوج من تراكيب بيضوية، مكسو بشعر ناعم دقيق، تبرز ضمن الحلقة البطني: papilla analisالمالمس الشرجية األخيرة وتكون ذات شكل شفوي (تشبه الشفة تماماً). زوج من الصمامات الجانبية المتصلبة قليالً متطاولة ومنحنية باتجاه : apophysis posteriorالصمام الخلفي الصمامات األمامية. تھا مدببة.زوج من الصمامات أصغر من نظيرتھا الخلفية، مثلثة قم: apophysis anteriorالصمام األمامي أنبوب طويل ملتو يتصل بفتحة الجسم الجرابي.: ductus bursaeالقناة الجرابية بالوني المظھر كبير وعريض شفاف.: corpus bursaeالجسم الجرابي ثنائي الفص متصلب أشبه بثمرة التفاح، مشوك الحواف كلياً أو مسنن أقرب ألسنان منشار : cornutiالدرع المتصلب دادة (وھو يمثل أشواك أو بھيأة أسنان متبقية داخل الجسم الجرابي تتكسر أثناء عملية الجماع)، وھذه األشواك أصلھا من الح الدرع المتصلب الموجود ضمن القضيب الذكري. النماذج المدروسة 37، إناث 51ذكور مكان وتاريخ الجمع 2013/ 8/ 22، 20 محافظة أربيل إقليم كردستان العراق صباحاً 9:10الوقت صباحاً 11:35 2014/ 2/ 22، 2013/ 10/ 28 الزعفرانية بغداد صباحاً 10:15الوقت ظھراً 2:45 2014/ 3/ 25، 22 الجادرية بغداد صباحاً 8:55الوقت ظھراً 12:25 2014/ 4/ 8 الرستمية بغداد صباحاً 9:00الوقت 2014/ 3/ 28 العزيزية -الكوت صباحاً 9:45الوقت 2014/ 4/ 9 كلية الزراعة أبو غريب جامعة بغداد صباحاً 11:40الوقت 2014/ 4/ 18 شرانش -محافظة دھوك -العراق -إقليم كردستان علوم حياة | 210 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 صباحاً 10:20الوقت 2014/ 4/ 19 سرسنك -محافظة دھوك -العراق –إقليم كردستان صباحاً 10:20الوقت شعبة -دائرة فحص وتصديق البذور -بغداد الزعفرانية الحديقة النباتية 8 /5 /2014 صباحاً 8:35الوقت العائل النباتي: الكرنب، في الحدائق وعلى نبات الخزام واألنواع القريبة منه (العائلة الصليبية) المصادر 1-pachuau, l.; vanlaruati, c. & kumar, n. s. (2012). morphological versus molecular characterization of three similar pierid species of butterflies. int. j. pharm. bio. sci., 3(4): (b) 1091-1102. 2abbas, m.; rafi, m. a.; inayatullah, m.; khan, m. r. & pavulaan, h. (2002). taxonomy and distribution of butterflies (papilonoidea) of the skardu region, pakistan. the taxonomic report of the international lepidoptera survey, 3(9): 1-15. 3-stoeher, a. m.; walker, j. f. & monteiro, a. (2013). spalt expression and the development of melanic color patterns in pierid butterflies. evo devo. bio med central., 4(6): 11. 4bingham, c. t. (1907). the fauna of british lindia including ceylon and burma. butterflies. vol. ii. taylor & francis ltd. london: 480. 5-talbot, g. (1939). the fauna of british lindia including ceylon and burma. butterflies. vol. i. taylor and francis ltd. london: 591. 6-capinera, j. l. (2000). imported cabbageworm, pieris papae (limmaeus) (insecta: lepidoptera: pieridae) ifas extension. university of florida. eeny-126: 4. 7-wiltshier, e. p. (1957). the lepidoptera of iraq, government of iraq (ministry of agriculture). revised and enlarged edition: 162. 8-pathania, p. c. & kumari, a. (2011). some notes on rhopaloceran diversity (lepidoptera) of himachal pardesh. department of entomology, punjab agricultural university and department of biosciences, vinayaka misions university. halteres, 3: 71-78. 9-arora, g. s. (1990). collection and preservation of animals: lepidoptera: zoological survey of india. calcutta: 131-138. 10-wallenmaier, t. e. (2007). entomology notes. preparing wing slides of microlepidoptera, michigan entomological society: henry ford community college. m148 128. no., 30: 1-2. 11-mal, b.; memon, n.; shah, m. a. & shah, n. a. (2013). redescription and new record of small arab group of genus colotis (lepidoptera: pieridae) from jamshoro, sindh, pakistan. department of zoology univ. of sindh jamshoro. sindh univ. res. j. (sci. ser.), 45(2): 357-364.                      علوم حياة | 211 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 قائمة المصطلحات والمختصرات المختصر المصطلح اإلنجليزي المصطلح العربي first anal vein 1a عرق شرجي أول second anal vein 2a عرق شرجي ثاني antennal pit an.p نقرة قرن االستشعار meso anepistrenum anepist.2 أعلى فوق القص الوسطي meta anepisternum anepist.3 أعلى فوق القص الخلفي anterior-fore wing process ant.w.p.2 نتوء الجناح األمامي من األمام anterior-hind wing process ant.w.p.3 نتوء الجناح الخلفي من األمام apophysis anterior ap.ant صمام أمامي apophysis posterior ap.post صمام خلفي apical patch app رقعة قمية meso-axillary cord ax.c.2 حبل إبطي وسطي meta-axillary cord ax.c.3 إبطي خلفيحبل basal patch bap رقعة قاعدية costal vein c عرق ضلعي corpus bursa c.brs جسم جرابي centro discal patch cdp ص المركزيررقعة الق compound eye co.e عين مركبة cornuti corn الدرع المتصلب coxal cavity cx.c تجويف حرقفي cubitus vein cu زنديعرق ductus bursae d.brs قناة جرابية discodel cell dis.c (قرص خلوي) خلية قرصية meso emimeron epim.2 فوق الحرقفة الوسطي meta epimeron epim.3 فوق الحرقفة الخلفي meso episternum epist.2 فوق القص الوسطي meta episternum epist.3 فوق القص الخلفي flagellum fl سوط gena g خد labial palp lb.p ملمس شفوي labrum lbr شفة عليا lower disco cellular ldc أسفل الخلية القرصية median vein m عرق وسطي middle disco cellular mdc وسط الخلية القرصية neck organ no عضو الرقبة orbit orb محجر papilla analies pap.an ملمس شرجي para patagium par.pat طوق جار ظھري patagium pat طوق ظھري precostal vein pcv عرق قبل ضلعي post discal spot pds بقعة خلف قرصية pedicel pe حامل pleural-fore wing process pleu.w.p.2 نتوء الجناح األمامي من الجانب pleural-hind wing process pleu.w.p.3 من الجانب نتوء الجناح الخلفي posterior-fore wing process post.w.p.2 نتوء الجناح األمامي من الخلف posterior-hind wing process post.w.p.3 نتوء الجناح الخلفي من الخلف proboscis prb خرطوم radius vein r عرق شعاعي radius sector rs قطاع عرقي saccus sac كيس علوم حياة | 212 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 sub costal vein sc عرق تحت ضلعي scape sca األصل meso-scutum scut.2 درع وسطي meta-scutum scut.3 درع خلفي meso-scutellum scutl.2 دريع وسطي meta-scutellum scutl.3 دريع خلفي tegumen teg سقيف thecal appendage thec.app كيس ملحق tuft tu خصلة upper disco cellular udc أعلى الخلية القرصية uncus unc معقف vertex v ھامة viniculum vin رابط valva vlv صمام   ): السطح الظھري للحشرة 1(رقم صورة .pieris rapaeلنوع ذكر االكاملة ل السطح الظھري للحشرة ): 2(رقم صورة .pieris rapaeالكاملة ألنثى النوع ): الملمس الشفوي الشعري 3(رقم صورة pieris rapaeلذكر النوع ).x 200(قوة التكبير ): الملمس الشفوي المنزوع 4(رقم صورة pieris rapaeالشعر لذكر النوع ).x 200(قوة التكبير علوم حياة | 213 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ): الخرطوم لذكر النوع5(رقم صورة pieris rapae ).x 200(قوة التكبير ).fl): قرن اإلستشعار لذكر النوع (السوط 6(رقم صورة pieris rapae ).x 200(قوة التكبير السطح الظھري للجناح االمامي ): 7(رقم صورة . pieris rapaeذكر النوع ل السطح البطني للجناح األمامي لذكر ): 8(رقم صورة . pieris rapaeالنوع السطح الظھري للجناح الخلفي ): 9(رقم صورة .pieris rapaeلذكر النوع السطح البطني للجناح الخلفي ): 10(رقم صورة . pieris rapaeلذكر النوع علوم حياة | 214 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 السطح البطني للجناح االمامي النثى ):12صورة رقم ( السطح الظھري للجناح االمامي االنثى :) 11صورة رقم ( pieris rapaeالنوع pieris rapae النوع pieris rapaeالنوع لذكر أ): محفظة الرأس 1شكل ( منظر وجھي. pieris ب): محفظة الرأس لذكر النوع 1شكل ( rapae .منظر علوي ) خصلة.tu. (pieris rapaeخصل الشعيرات للجناح الخلفي لذكر النوع ): 13صورة ( علوم حياة | 215 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 pieris rapae): الظھر االمامي لذكر النوع 2شكل رقم ( . pieris rapaeالصدر الجناحي منظر ظھري لذكر النوع ب): 3شكل ( . pieris rapaeالصدر الجناحي منظر جانبي لذكر النوع أ): 3شكل ( علوم حياة | 216 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 القضيب منظر جانبي ظھري د منظر -ج .pieris rapaeللنوع ذكريةالسوأة ال): 4شكل ( منظر جانبي -أ منظر بطني ب . pieris rapaeالسوأة األنثوية للنوع ): 5شكل ( علوم حياة | 217 2015) عام 1العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 external morphological study of pieris rapae (limmaeus, 1758), (lepidoptera: pieridae) mid and north of iraq. hassan s. al-asady mouhannad m. aga depat.of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :18 november 2014 , accepted in:5 january 2015 abstract the work included study of external morphology of white cabbage butterfly pieris rapae (linnaeus, 1758). the study included the external morphological characters of different body regions in addition to the male and female genitalia. the studied morphological characters were supported by photos and illustrations. specimens of the work were collected from north and middle of iraq and dates and sites of collection were fixed. key words: lepidoptera, pieridae, pieris rapae and external morphology.   157 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 interleukin-35 in iraqi's menopausal women with osteoporosis husam s. jasim dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure sciences( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 19 may 2014, accepted in:5 january 2014 abstract osteoporosis is related to the loss of bone mass that occurs as part of the natural process of aging and in menopausal women. the aim of this study is to evaluate the levels of interleukin-35 in menopausal women with osteoporosis, that may be used as an early predicted marker of osteoblastic and osteoclastic activity in osteoporosis patients in relation with other diagnostic parameters. fasting blood samples were obtained from forty iraqi menopausal women with mean age of (61.06±6.59)years who were newly diagnosed of osteoporosis by physicians at baghdad teaching hospital as patients group(g1). in addition to , twenty two healthy women were included in the study as a control group(g2) with mean age(60.75±6.35). serum samples were used for determination of rheumatoid factor (rf), alkaline phosphatase(alp), calcium(ca+2), phosphate(po4-3) and interleukin-35(il-35),while blood sample was used for determination of erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr). the results revealed a highly significant increase in il-35 level in patients group(g1) compared to the control group(g2) while there are no significant differences in alp, ca+2 and po4-3 levels between g1 and g2. the correlation between serum levels of il-35 and alp ,ca+2 and po4-3 in menopausal osteoporosis patients was calculated; a significant positive correlation between il-35 and alp was found (r=0.277,p<0.05), while there was no significant correlation between il-35 and each of ca+2 and po4-3 levels (r=0.191,p>0.05),(r=0.124,p>0.05) respectively. the conclusion obtained from this study that il-35 may be used as an additional biomarker in predicting osteoporosis in postmenopausal women. key words: osteoporosis, interleukin-35 158 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 introduction osteoporosis is a disease characterized by low bone mass and microarchitectural deterioration of bone tissue, leading to enhanced bone fragility and a consequent increase in fracture risk[1].although osteoporosis can occur in men, it is most common in women who have gone through menopause[2]. the interleukin-12 (il-12) family, is composed of il-12, il-23, il-27, and the newly identified il-35[3]. the il-12 cytokine family share binding partners and structural features, there are notable differences in their pattern of expression and secretion. il-12, il-23, and il27 are all primarily produced by antigen-presenting cells, following their activation by recognition of pathogen-specific patterns. in contrast, secretion of bioactive il-35 has been described only in regulatory t cells (tregs)[4-6]. interleukin-12,il-23,and il-27 share the common feature of inducing interferon production and promoting t-helper 1(th1) cell differentiation and proliferation, they act differentially on subsets of t cells and with different kinetics. in contrast, il-35 appears to function solely in an anti-inflammatory fashion by inhibiting t-cell proliferation and perhaps other parameters[3]. the biological effects of il-12,il-23,il-27, and presumably il-35 are mediated through their interaction with their receptor chains which bind to and induce phosphorylation of the janus kinase (jak) family proteins[7]. jak proteins then phosphorylate tyrosine residues on the intracellular domains of the receptor chains, which act as docking sites for various members of the signal transducer and activator of transcription(stat) family. phosphorylated stat proteins form intramolecular complexes that translocate into the nucleus and bind dna to initiate the gene expression profile and cellular response that typifies the given cytokine[8,9]. the aim of this study is to evaluate the levels of il-35 in postmenopausal women with osteoporosis, that may be used as an early predicted marker of osteoblastic and osteoclastic activity in osteoporosis patients in relation with other diagnostic parameters. materials and methods fasting blood samples were obtained from forty iraqi postmenopausal women with mean age of (61.06±6.59) years who were newly diagnosed of osteoporosis by physicians at baghdad teaching hospital as patients group(g1) . in addition to, twenty two healthy women were included in the study as a control group(g2) with mean age of (60.75±6.35). serum samples were used for determination of rf, alp, calcium and phosphate while blood sample was used for determination of esr, using standard procedures of the biochemistry laboratory of the hospital. serum il-35 levels were measured using specific enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) kit (cusabio) human il-35 for in vitro quantitative measurement, according to the manufactures protocol[10]. the data were expressed as mean±sd. the comparison between patients and control group were analyzed using student t-test. pearson's correlation coefficient was used to find the correlation between il-35 with alp, ca+2 and po4-3 in patients group. p-value of < 0.001 and <0.05 were considered highly significant and significant respectively. results and discussion descriptive and diagnostic parameters for the two studied groups(g1,g2) are shown in table(1). the results revealed highly significant increase in il-35, esr and rf levels in patients group(g1) compared to control group(g2) while there are no significant differences in alp, ca+2 and po4-3 levels between g1 and g2. 159 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 calcium is an essential element in the human body and is necessary to many cell functions. calcium and vitamin d have long been recognized as important and required nutrients for bone health and maintenance. calcium is a vital component of bone architecture and is required for deposition of bone mineral throughout life. it is the levels of plasma calcium that dictate calcium balance. adequate intake of calcium is necessary to maintain this balance[11]. the amount of phosphate in the blood affects the level of calcium there. calcium and phosphate in the body react in opposite ways: as blood calcium levels rise, phosphate levels fall[12,13]. alkaline phosphatase (alp)[ec 3.1.3.1] are a group of enzymes that are present in many different tissues, it is made mostly in the liver and in bone with some made in the intestines and kidneys[14]. it is also made by the placenta of a pregnant woman. the liver makes more alp than the other organs or the bones. some conditions cause large amounts of alp in the blood. these conditions include rapid bone growth (during puberty), bone disease (osteomalacia or paget's disease), or a disease that affects how much calcium is in the blood (hyperparathyroidism),vitamin d deficiency, or damaged liver cells[15]. the results of the present study are in agreement with previous study that suggested elevated concentration of alkaline phosphatase even levels within the normal range of the enzyme may indicate an increased level of bone cell activity and, therefore, potential bone loss[16]. bone cell activity is a normal occurrence marked by the breaking down and rebuilding of bone at remodeling sites. when estrogen levels decrease after menopause, the remodeling rate increases, but the process of rebuilding the bone is not as efficient. estrogen helps to keep calcium in the bones, postmenopausal women are at increased risk for bone loss and osteoporosis[17]. the results in table(2) showed the correlation relation between serum levels of il-35 with alp ,ca+2 and po4-3 in menopausal osteoporosis patients, a significant positive correlation between il-35 and alp was noted (r=0.277,p<0.05), while there are no significant correlation between il-35 levels and ca+2 , po4-3 levels were found (r=0.191,p>0.05),(r=0.124,p>0.05) respectively. bone resorption is tightly and dynamically regulated by multiple mediators, including cytokines that act directly on osteoclasts and their precursors, or indirectly by modulating osteoblast lineage cells that in turn regulate osteoclast differentiation. it has been extensively documented that various inflammatory factors produced by activated immune cells act as antiosteoclastogenic factors by different mechanisms. suppression of osteoclastogenesis by inflammatory factors and cytokines functions as a feedback inhibition system that limits bone resorption and tissue damage associated with infection or inflammation[18]. the role of interleukins in bone metabolism has been investigated, which may help to expose new targets for gene therapy[19]. il-12 superfamily of cytokines has pleiotropic immune functions with either activating or suppressive roles in various infectious, inflammatory models and potently inhibits receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa-b ligand (rankl)-induced human osteoclastogenesis and osteoclastic[20,21]. il-12 plays an inhibitory role in osteoclastogenesis by directly inhibits osteoclast precursors or by targets other cell types such as stromal/osteoblastic cells or t cells to indirectly suppress osteoclastogenesis [22]. apoptosis induced by interactions between il-12induced fas ligand (fasl) and tumor necrosis factor (tnf-α)-induced fas contributes to the inhibitory mechanisms of il-12 in tnf-α-induced osteoclastogenesis[23]. the conclusion could be drown from this study that il-35 could be used as an additional biomarker in predicting osteoporosis in menopausal women. 160 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 references 1. assessment of fracture risk and its application to screening for postmenopausal osteoporosis. report of a who study group. geneva: who;( 1994). 2. pagana, k.d.and pagana, t.j. (2010) mosby’s manual of diagnostic and laboratory tests, 4th ed., st. louis, mosby elsevier. 3. collision, l.w.; workman, c. j.; kuo, t.t.; boyd, k.; wang, y.; vignali, k.m.; cross, r.; sehy, d.; blumberg, r. s. and vignali, d. a. a.(2007) the inhibitory cytokine il-35 contributes to regulatory t-cell function, nature, 450,566-569. 4. pflanz, s.; timans, j. c. ; cheung, j. ; rosales, r. ; kanzler, h. ; gilbert, j. ; hibbert, l. ; churakova,t. ;travis, m. ;vaisberg, e.; blumenschein, w. m. ; mattson, j. d. ; wagner, j. l.; to,w. ; zurawski, s.; mcclanahan, t.k. ; gorman, d. m.; bazan, j.f. ; malefyt, r. w. ; rennick, d.and kastelein, r. a.(2002) il-27 a heterodimeric cytokine composed of ebi3 and p28 protein, induces proliferation of naiva cd4(+)t cells. immunity ,16,779-790. 5. hibbert, l.; pflanz, s.; de waal malefyt, r.and kastelein, r.a.(2003) il-27 and ifnalpha signal via stat 1 and stat 3 and induce t-bet and il-12 rbeta2 in naïve t cells, j interferon cytokine res.,23,513-522. 6. ma, x.; chow, j.m.; gri , g.; carra, g.; gerosa, f.; wolf, s.f.; dzialo, r. and trinchieri, g.(1996)the interleukin 12 p40 gene promoter is primed by interferon gamma in monocytic cells, j exp med., 183,147-157. 7. nagai,t.; devergne, o.; van seventer, g.a. and van seventer, j.m.(2007) interferonbeta mediates opposing effects on interferon-gamma-dependent interleukin-12 p70 secretion by human monocyte-derived dendritic cells, scand j immunol,65,107-117. 8. stumhofer, j.s. and hunter, c.a.(2008)advances in understanding the antiinflammatory properties of il-27, immunol lett.,117,123-130. 9. krumbiegel, d.; anthogalidis-voss, c.; markus, h.; zepp, f.and meyer, c.u.(2008) enhanced expression of il-27 mrna in human newborns, pediatr allergy immunol, 19(6), 513-516 10. shiuanada, n.b.(2008) "manipal manual of clinical biochemistry",3rd ed., jaypee brothers medical publishers(p) ltd new delhi. 11. bringhurst, f.r.and demay, m.b.( 2005) bone and mineral metabolism in health and disease. in: harrison’s principles of internal medicine, 16th ed, ii. new york,mcgraw medical publishing division, 2246–9. 12. fischbach, f.t. and dunning, m.b. iii(2009) manual of laboratory and diagnostic tests, 8th ed., philadelphia, lippincott williams and wilkins. 13. strauss, saltman,p.d.(1994) spinal bone loss in postmenopausal women supplemented with calcium and trace mineral, jour nutr.,124, 1064-1064. 14. francis,h.;glorieu john, m.; pettifor and harold juppner(2012)"pediatric bone"2ed ed.,elsevier inc,usa. 15. chernecky, c.c. and berger, b.j. (2008) laboratory tests and diagnostic procedures, 5th ed., st. louis, saunders. 16. jane, l.; lukacs nancy, e. and reame.(2000) concentrations of follicle stimulating hormone correlate with alkaline phosphatase and a marker for vitamin k status in the perimenopause, journal of women's health & gender-based medicine,9,7,731-739. 17. daniel, p.; cardinali1,marta, g.; ladizesky2,verónica boggio1 and rodolfo, a.(2003)cutrera1and carlos mautalen2 article first published online: 31 jan 2, journal of pineal research, 34,2, 81–87. 18. braun,t. and zwerina, j.(2011) positive regulators of osteoclastogenesis and bone resorption in rheumatoid arthritis, arthritis res. ther., 13(4),235. 161 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 19. costa, r.p.; han, s.w.; pochini, a.c. and reginato, r.d.(2011) gene therapy for osteoporosis, acta ortop bras,19,1,52-7. 20. kalliolias,g.d.; zhao, b.; triantafyllopoulou, a.; park-min,k.h. and ivashkiv, l.b.(2010) interleukin-27 inhibits human osteoclastogenesis by abrogating ranklmediated induction of nuclear factor of activated t cells c1 and suppressing proximal rank signaling, arthritis rheum, 62,402-413. 21. furukawa,m.; takaishi, h.; takito, j.; yoda, m.; sakai, s.; hikata,t.; hakozaki, a.; uchikawa, s.; matsumoto, m.; chiba, k.; kimura, t.; okada, y.; matsuo, k.; yoshida, h. and toyama,y.(2009) il-27 abrogates receptor activator of nf-kappa b ligandmediated osteoclastogenesis of human granulocyte-macrophage colonyforming unit cells through stat1-dependent inhibition of c-fos, j immunol, 183,2397-2406. 22. horwood, n.j.; elliott, j.; martin, t.j. and gillespie, m.t.(2001) il-12 alone and in synergy with il-18 inhibits osteoclast formation in vitro. j immunol, 166,4915-4921. 23. kitaura, h.; nagata, n.; fujimura, y.; hotokezaka, h.; yoshida, n. and nakayama, k.(2002) eff ect of il-12 on tnf-alpha-mediated osteoclast formation in bone marrow cells: apoptosis mediated by fas/fas ligand interaction, j immunol,169,47324738. table no.(1): descriptive and diagnostic parameters for the patients and controls groups. parameters groups age (year) bmi esr mm/hr rf iu/ml il-35 pg/ml alp (u/l) ca+2 (mmol/l) po4-3 (mmol/l) patients group (g1) n=40 61.06±6.59 30.52 ± 4.37 32.1 ± 3.14 52.10 ± 4.31 35.13 ± 5.01 78.75 ± 13.63 2.35±0.17 1.12±0.26 control group (g2) n=22 60.75±6.35 30.10 ± 4.08 10.91 ± 1.31 20.99 ± 6.21 22.13 ± 1.99 73.05 ± 10.75 2.21±0.14 1.22±0.20 p-value ns ns hs hs hs ns ns ns ns(no significant) p≥0.05, hs(highly significant) p<0.001 table no.(2): correlation between serum il-35 with alp, ca and po4 parameters il-35 pg/ml alp (u/l) r 0.277 p s ca+2 (mmol/l) r 0.191 p ns po4-3 (mmol/l) r 0.124 p ns s (significant) p<0.05 , ns (no significant) p≥0.05 162 | chemistry 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 عند النساء العراقيات المصابات بھشاشة العظام بعد انقطاع 35-انترلوكين الطمث حسام سلمان جاسم جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2015 كانون الثاني 5قبل البحث في:,2014ايار 19 البحث:استلم الخالصة سن اليأس في تعود ھشاشة العظام الى فقدان كتلة العظم وھو ما يحدث كجزء طبيعي بتقدم العمر وانقطاع الطمث عند النساء. تم الحصول على نماذج الدم من اربعين امرأة عراقية مصابة بانقطاع الطمث عند سن اليأس مع ھشاشة العظام معدل ) تم تشخيصھن حديثاً بواسطة االطباء في مستشفى بغداد التعليمي وعدون مجموعة المرضى 6.59±61.06اعمارھن ( )g1) ة منت الدراس ذلك تض ة22). ك ليمة كمجموع رأة س يطرة ( ) ام ارھن (g2س دل اعم تعمل 6.35±60.75) مع ). اس المصل في تقدير كل من: ) 3-4), phosphate (po+2rheumatoid factor (rf), alkaline phosphatase (alp), calcium (ca and interleukin-35 (il-35). erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) في حين تم استعمال الدم في تقدير عند مجموعة المرضى مقارنةً بمجموعة السيطرة في حين ال il-35اشارت النتائج الى ارتفاع معنوي في مستوى بين مجموعة المرضى ومجموعة السيطرة. كذلك بينت النتائج po +2alp , ca ,4-3 يوجد اختالف معنوي في مستويات وكل il-35في حين ال توجد عالقة معنوية بين alp (r=0.277,p<0.05)و il-35وجود عالقة موجبة معنوية بين على التوالي. 4po (r=0.191,p>0.05) ,(r=0.124,p>0.05)-3و 2ca+ من يمكن ان يعتمد كدالة مساعدة في التكھن باالصابة بھشاشة العظام عند النساء il-35واستنتج من ھذه الدراسة ان المصابات بانقطاع الطمث في سن اليأس. 35-انترلوكين ,ھشاشة العظام الكلمات المفتاحية: 170 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 التركيبية والبصريـة دراسة تأثير التشويب بالقصدير في بعض الخواص ) النقيةcdoألغشيـة أوكسيد الكـادميـوم ( علية عبد المحسن شهاب ، طاهر حمد محمود قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد 2011تشرين األول 18قبل البحث في : èã2011 24: أستلم البحث في الخالصة وذلك ـي الـفراغüüالحراري ف ة التبخيرüüü) بطريقـcdoـة (üüüة أوكسيد الكادميوم النقيüüي هذا البحث تحضير أغـشيـüüüüتـم ف )400 ± 30( nm ) وبسمك300k) على قواعد من الزجـاج بدرجـة حرارة الغرفـة (cdبترسيب معدن الكادميوم النقي ( ةüüة كاملüü) مدة ساع350ºc( ة حرارةüüة بدرجüüاتـجüة النüü، ومن ثـم أكسدة األغشيـ) nm/sec )1.1 ± 0.1ومعدل ترسيب بوجود الهواء . في )ts=473k ة حرارة أساس (üüü) وبدرج1,3ة بالقصدير بالنسبتين % (üüüüأثير األشابüüüـذا البحث تـüüدرس في ه ض الخواص التركيبيـة ألغشيـة أوكسيد الكـادميوم النقيـة وذلك باستـعمال طيف حيـود األشعـة السينية وأظـهرت النتـائجبـع ة النموüيمنüالنوع المكعب مع ه üäالنقي منها والمشـوب ) كانت ذا تركـيب متعدد التبلور وم بـأن جميع النـماذج المحضرة ( شويبüادة نسب التüüüالحجم الحبيبي بـزي ي معـدلüüـة ، مع حدوث تناقص واضح فüüالمحضرة كاف وللنماذج111] باالتجاه [ . 3 )) عند النسبة (%43nmلغاية ( رية ألغشـــــية ُدرس فـــــي البحـــــث أيضـــــا تـــــأثير األشـــــابة بالقصـــــدير بالنســـــب المـــــذكورة فـــــي بعـــــض الخـــــواص البصـــــ cdo النقية ، مثل حساب التüüغير الحاصل فüüي قيمüüüة فüüجوة الطاقüـة البصريüüüة لالنüüالمسموحة تقاالت االلكترونيـة المباشرة ذو قيمةة المحضرة كافة كان üüامل االمتصاص لألغشيüüة معامل االمتصاص، وبينت النتائج أن معüüüوكذلك حساب ودراس الواطئة عند الطاقات الفوتونيةالسيما ة) ، وأن هذه القيمة تزداد بزيادة نسب التشويب المستعملcm -1α 4 10<أكبر من ( م تبدأ بالتناقص بزيادةü) ومن ث2.15ev( ة مساوية إلىüüة النقيüüة البصرية فكانت لألغشيüüة فجوة الطاقüüة إلى قيمüüأما بالنسب ) . 3) لنسبة التشويب (% 1.925evالقصدير لغاية (نسب التشويب ب : أوكسيد الكادميوم ، الخواص التركيبية والبصرية ، التبخير الحراري في الفراغ ، التشويب ةمفتاحيال الكلمات المقدمة ùüüüهر أوكسيد الكüüüüادميوم خüüüüالل السنوات القüüليلüüüة الماضية مüادةً مهüüü فّعالمة وüüüة في العديد مüن التطبüيقات العـلميـة الشمسيـة الياüüüة مثل الخü) والخاليا الفوتوفولتائيphoto cellsة (üüة الخاليا الضوئيüüُه فـي صناعüوالتكنولوجية منها استخدام )solar cellsبسبب امتالك (üüüـه لخواص مüüميزة وهüüüüامة منها التوصيليüüüüكهربائية الüüالعالي ـةüü حامالت الشحنـةة الناتجـة مـن لمكونات عدم التـوافق الجزيئي الناتجـة من )oxygen vacanciesة () بسبب الفراغات األوكسجينـيelectrons(السالبة ع السالبüü æالن üäافـة مüüüـه موصلة شفüüüüـادة شبüüüü] ، ولـذا فـأنـُه يعـد مnon-stoichiometric compound] (1,2المركب ( 171 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 )n-type](3) 2.5] ، ونظراً المتالكه فجوة طاقـة بحدودevالشفاف ةـن ضمن مجموعـة األكـاسيد الموصلتصنيفـُه م ) تمüüة )transparent conducting oxide] (4, 5 [¡ ُفي نافذة على هذا األساس طبقاتٍ واستعملت األغشية المصنعة منه نفسها وجزءاً ةü) في صناعـة الخاليا الشمسيcds) ¡ (in2o3)æ (sno2عن ( وبديال ً مفارق الخاليا الشمسية الهجينة ، ) lcd( liquid crystal display( ( ـةüüـي صناعـة شاشات العرض البلـوريüüüُه فüاستعمال] ، فضالً عن 6[من مكوناتها )antireflection coating اس (üة لالنعكüüüüوالطالءات المانع ¡) ir detectorsتحت الحمراء (ـة üüوكـواشف األشع .8] ) [gas sensors] ، وفي صناعة متحسسات الغازات reflection coating] (7)منها (والعاكسة مركب هüبـأنـ الجـدول الدوري ويـمتاز ) مـنii-ivالسادسة)( -(الثانية موعـةüكادميوم إلى المجد الüمـي أوكسيüينت ) مـن مركبات عنصر الكادميوم يمكن الحصول عليه من التسخين الشديدinorganic compoundالعضوي ( ائيüüيكيـم )cubic(تركـيب بلـوري مكعب æð ¡]9,10ة انصهاره) [درج ة (دونüüüـادميوم النقي في الهواء ولدرجة حرارة معينالك لعنصر ة أوكسيد الكادميومüüأغشي ] ، ويمكن تحضيرnacl](11( كلـوريـد الصـوديـوم ه لتـركـيب بلـورةü) مشـابـfccمتـمركـز الوجـوه ( ةüأغشي ، وأكسدة ]12)[cvd( الكيميائي البخار ، وترسيب ]5[بالمحلول ةüطريقة اإلذاب بطرائق عديدة منها: ة عادة ً üüالرقيق çلكادميوم المحضرة بطريقـة التبخي ñلطريقة في تحضير األغشية قيد الدراسة. الحراري في الفراغ وقد اعتمدت هذه ا ومعامل ةüüü) ، مثل االمتصاصيcdoة (üüقيüادميوم النüüüüة أوكسيد الكüüüüة ألغشيüüüواص البصريüüüüüدف البحث إلى تحسين الخüüüüيه طقتين منüالمن هاتيـنüüلما üü، ل هرومغنـاطيسيüüüن الطيف الكüüüلحمراء مة وتحت اüüüاالمتصاص السيما ضمن المنطقتين المرئي المنظومات الشمسيـة ة المفارق المستعملة فيüة ، مثل صناعüüüة مختلفüüي مجاالت صناعيüüüة كثيرة فüüüة وعمليüüعلمي تطبيقات ) . 1,3بمعدن القصدير وبالنسب %( ، وذلك عن طريق إشابـة األغشيـة قيد البحثصناعة كواشف اإلشارة البصريـةوفي انب العمليالج ةüبطريق )cdة (üنقيüادة الكادميـوم الüمرحلـة ترسيب م :لتين هما üرحüـة بمüادميوم الرقيقüüüُحضرت أغشيـة أوكسيد الك التبخير الحراري في الفراغ ، ومن ثـم مرحلة األكسدة الحرارية لألغـشية المرسبة . المطلوب ) للسمكgm )0.217± 0.006لك أوالً بوضع الـوزن المكافئ حيث ُحضرت أغـشية المادة النقية وذ من ) في حويض%99.9( وبنقاوةة üü) األلمانيfluka( ن شركةüüن مادة الكادميوم النـقي المجهـز مüü) مnm)400 للغشاء 3.5( mbar ) وبـعدما كان يصل الضـغط داخل حـجرة التـبـخير إلـى mo معدن الموليبدنـيوم ( وحدة ) باستعمـال10-5⋆ ة علىüات المثبتüادة على سطح األرضيüüرّسبت الم¡ )edwardsـة (üü) لشرك e 306 coating unitالتغطيـة من نوع ( )ts =300kوبدرجـة حرارة الغرفـة ( )1.1±0.1( nm/sec ) من حويض التبخير بمـعدل ترسيب مقدارهcm 10بعد( إلى المرحلة أألخرى وهي مرحلة األكسدة الحرارية ، يتم أخذها بعد ذلك لتبرد حجرة التبخيـر وبعد أن تـترك العينات داخل ) ولمدة ساعة كاملة وبوجود الهواء .350ºcحرارة ( إذ يتم أكسدتها حرارياً بدرجة العينات يـة أوكسيد الكادميوم ، شوبتـة ألغشüüة النهائيüüة والحصول على الهيئüüدة الحراريـüüـة األكسüüüوبعـد انتهاء عملي والبصرية خواصـها التركيبية ) وتـمت دراسـة بعـضts = 473k() وبدرجة حرارة أسـاس1,3(بمعـدن القصـدير بالنسب % ومقارنتها مع ذات الخواص لألغشية النقية . ةالزجاجـــــياعـــدة علـــى فـــرق الــــوزن للق مــــدوهـــي تعت ي القيـــاسة فــــالوزنيـــ ةغشــــية المحّضـــرة بــــاعتماد الطريقــــِقـــيس ســـمك األ üüüüü ì) ذي مprecisa ( ـتروني حسـاس مــن نــوعüüüüüüاستــخدام ميــزان الكüüüدُه وذلـك بüüüüغــشاء عليـــها وبعüüüüبل ترسيــب الüüüüالمسـتعملة ق ï ) .400±30(nm، ولقد كان السمك لألغشية المحّضرة )gm 410لغاية ( حساسية 172 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 مطيـاف مـن ة لهـا بوساطـةüüüة واالمتصاصيـüüاذيـüüلألغشيـة المحّضرة كافـة وذلك بتسجيل طيـفي النف ُدرست الخواص البصريـة منهـا التي )400-1100( nmةدى األطوال المـوجيü) ضمـن م uv – visible 1800 spectrophotometer( نـوع . الطاقة البصرية فـجوة ُحسبت المعلمات البصريـة األخـرى ، مثل معـامل االمتصـاص ، وقيم النتائج والمناقشة القياسات التركيبية حيود األشعة السينية. 1 الكادميوم) أن جميع أغشية أوكسيد å cukα =λ 1.5406أظهرت نتـائج الفحص بتقنيـة حيود األشعـة السينية ( ]111بلورية هي [ ة اتجـاهـاتüüüüü) مـع نمو ذري بثالثcubic) (% (1,3المحضّرة النقي منها والمشوب بالنسبتين هاüüüميز والسائد منüان المüüüك يüüüüى التوالüüüü) عل33º¡()38.28º ¡( )55.25ºا الحيود ( üüüüüابل زوايüüü] تق220] ¡ [200[ وهـذا يتفـق )1كما فـي الشكل ( كافة ] ولألغشية المحضرة111( تبعاً لطريقة الترسيب المعمول بها ) في االتجاه [ )dhklمن فسح السطوح ( إليهاالتوصل ـة النتـائج التي تمüüüüüüüü، وعند مقارن]13,14مع ما جـاء فـي البحوث المنشورة [ اءمع ما ج )قي والمشوبالنالمحضرة (بنوعيها ميزة لنماذج األغشيةüمـم المüüة لمواقع القüüüوزوايا الحيود البلوري المقابل üüüüüïçæ " standard for testing materialsالم ة لفحصüüüüüüüة المؤسسـة األمريكيüüüüüüüـي بطاقـüüüüüـم الواردة فقيüمـن ال " american )astm1حدٍ ما ، كما مبين في الجدول ( ) كـانت النتائج متطابـقـة إلى. ( ةüüتناقص عند نسبüأخذت بال111] ميزة [üüة المüüاهيüüüة األولى ذات االتجüüüüüدة القمüüüüكيف أن ش üü) á(1يبين الشك كذلك ي ذلكüüفد أعزى الباحث السبب üüü) ، وق3%) مـع حصـول تنـاقص واضح يـظهر عند نسبـة التشويب (1%التشويب ( üþعلـى خل üêüة عملüüüالمادة الشائبى أن ذرات üüüـادة نسب التشويب ، والüüüل بزيüüقüüء تادة الغشاüüüبـلور مüüة تüüüüüإلى أن درج مـن ذرات المـادة ة البلورة للمادة المشابه ومن ثم فأن المستويات الذرية لكلüüة بها داخل شبيكـüüة خاصüüمستويات ذريـ ذا يسببüüُه ، وهüüüنفس الطورüüة الساقطة عليها بüüüة السينيüüسوف ال تعمل على تشتيت األشعـة üüüـة والمـادة المشابüüüالشائب كانت جميع ذرات المادة ة أقل مما لوüüة الموجة المتشتتة الناتجüüتداخالً إتالفياً جزئياً وليس كلياً ولذا ستكون سع ]15[لسينية الساقطة عليها وبالطور نفسه الناتجة من عملية التشويب مشتتة لألشعة ا .حساب معدل الحجم الحبيبي 2 السينية) لألغشيـة المحـضرة كافـة وذلك بـاالستعانة بنتائج حيود األشعة grain sizeُحسب معدل الحجم الحبيبي ( -∶] 16للنماذج المحضرة وباعتماد المعادلة اآلتية [ )1( g.s = ) å 1.5406) : طول موجة األشعة السينية المستعملة ( λإذ تمثل ( )b ) عرض المنحني عند منتصف القمة : (full width at half maximum ()fwhm( بالوحدات النصف قطرية )θ زاوية براك : ( النسبة ) عند52.25nmأظهرت النتـائج أن مـعدل الحجـم الحبيـبي لألغشيـة الـنقية يتناقص بعملية التشويب ليبلغ ( وهذا يتـفق 43nm)عندها () ليبلغ أدنى قيمة له 3%) مع حصول تناقص واضح يظهر عند نسبة التشويب (%1( ة التشويبüüüعملي ) ، ويعزى السبب في هـذا التناقص إلى أن2] وكما مبيـن ذلك فـي الجدول (17مع نتائـج البحث [ نهائي أصغر ، فضال ً إلى حجم حبيبي راكز التنوي وهذا يؤدي بالنتيجة قد عملت على زيادة التنوية ومن ثم زيادة م 173 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ىüـؤدي إلüـر الذي يüاألم الحبيبات üüæمل كحواجز لنمüüüا تعüüüٕانمن التنوي فحسب و üüüüة ال تزيد مüüüن أن الشوائب المضافع ّضرة عندüüة المحüüلألغشي ةüüüراكيب نانويüüى الحصول على تüüüüما يشير إلüüüفـي الحجم الحبيبي النـاتج أيضاً ، م تنـاقص ة .يب المستعملنسب التشو الخواص البصرية ) 1,3%(ـة أوكســــيد الكــــادميوم النـقيــــة والمشــــوبة بـــــالقصدير بالنســــبüüüüüüألغـشي ةüüüüüبعــــد قيــــاس طيفــــي االمتصاصيـــــة والنفاذي والمحضرة -∶)، تم تفسير النتائج كما يأتي ts=473kبدرجة حرارة أساس ( طيف االمتصاصية 1. مادة ن تسخيرüüüملي الذي يمكüüة التطبيق العüüüديد طبيعüüüاذية فائدة مهمة في تحüüüة والنفüüüي االمتصاصيـة طيفüüأن لدراس الغشاء المحّضر في خدمتهِ . بهاüüتركية üüüüدة وطبيعامüüüوع الüüüى المادة وعلى نüüاقـطة علüüüüة السüüüüـونات الضوئيüüüüüة الفـوتüüüüüüـى طاقüة علüüüد االمتصاصيüتعتم üü íالبل ñæ][18 لق .üüüüـد أجريüüüüت جـمüüüüيع قيüüüüüüüـاسـات طيـفـي االمتصاصيüüüüüüüüة والنفـاذيüüüüüüـة ضمـن مüüüــدى األطüüüüáçæü الموجيــة nm)400 -1100 . ولألغشية المحّضرة كافة بنوعيها النقي والمشوب ( والمشوبـة ةüüüالنقيادميوم üüüüة أوكسيد الكüüüüاقط ألغشيـüوتون السüüة الفüüüüüدالـةً لطاقة ü) طـيف االمتصـاصيـ(2ح الشكل يوضـ تبـدأ بشكل عـام بالزيـادة ة المـحّضرة بنوعيهـا النقي والمشوب، إذ يتبين من الشكـل أن امتصـاصيـة األغشيـبـالقصدير غ ذروتهـا وتصبحüüى أن تبلüإل ي الطول الموجي)üüالساقطة (نقصان فة üüفوتونات الضوئيüة الüüüادة طاقüüüة مع زيüüüالتدريجيـ مسـاوية بقيمتهـا أو أكبر مـن قيمـة ة الساقطـةüة الفوتونات الضوئيüüüا تصبح طاقـüüü) عندمquasi sharpه حـادة (üüüشبـ ذلك ة المباشرة ويكـونüاالنتقاالت االلكترونيدل علـى حدوث üüة مـما يüüـة المحّضرة كـافüüة لألغشيüüلبصريـة اüüüفجـوة الطـاقـ لـغشاء الذي يكـون موجـة القطـع üüüáæأو مـا يسمى بط عـادةً عند الطول الموجي المقابل لحافة االمتصـاص األساسيـة دريجيةüüالزيـادة التüüب ) ويـأخذnm 576ة ) مسـاوياً إلى (üüالحالي المحّضر بظروف الدراسةæ أوكسيد الكـادميوم النقي ( بزيـادة نسب التشويب . المحّضرة كافة ، إذ ي قـيم االمتصاصية بـداللة األطوال الموجـية ولألغشية) فـيوضح التـزايد الحاصل ف3ا الشكل (إم ) السيـما في1,3( %المستعملـة ويب üüادة نسب التشüüüوظ بزيüüüüل ملحüüüة تـتـزايد بـشكüüüüüن الشكـل أن االمتصاصيüüüüüين مüيتب ة المستويات الموضعيـة التـيüüüü) وهذا ُيعزى إلـى كثافnm)800 -1100 األشعة تحت الحمراء والقريبة منها ة منطقـ سلماً ذهِ المستوياتüüمل هüوصيل ، إذ تعüكافؤ والتüüالت ين حزمتيüه ما بüüبة فـي المـادة المشابüدة الشائونتهـا ذرات المـاüüüüك ومن من قيمة فجوة الطاقة البصرية لألغشية المحّضرة üüáات األقüüة للفوتونات ذات الطاقüترونات الماصüüقال االلكüüالنت ثم حدوث االمتصاص لها . أعظـمي الدراسـة التي أجريت üü) ف3%ـة تشويب (üüالقصدير بنسبüüüüـة بüüوبüüيوم المشüüüüـادمüüد الكüüüüüيüüـة أوكسüüüلت أغشيüüد سجüüلق ) ، إذ3الشكـل ( )1%ة (üüüüة المحّضرة النـقي منهـا والمشـوب بـالنسبüüüüüüامتصاصيـة مقـارنة مع امتصاصيـة بقـية األغـشي منüعـة ضüüüالموجيـة الواق üüüáçæات األطüüüü) لمديä% )50 -100 يüüüة مـن التشويب بـüüüالنسبــ ـذه ِ üüüüة لـهüüüبـلغـت االمتصاصيـ ـل انعكاسيـةüüاذيـة وأقüüüأ نفøæãü هُ لüüüا قابüذا مüüü) وهـnm )400 800ناطيسي üهرومغüüيف الكüüن الطة مــüـة المرئـيüüüالمنطق ةüهذهِ الطريقـüüن الغشاء المحّضر بüüüكن االستفادة مüüاس يمüüüذا األسüüويب ، وعلى هüüüـة مـن التشüüüلـذات النسب ةüüüüمستحصل ةüüüـي منظومüüة فüüüـارة البصريüüüüلإلش اشفüüü( ك ائي ضوئيüüي تصنيع ثنüüüدير فüüüائب القصـة من شو üüüذهِ النسبüüüوب بهüüوالمش üü ðçñïة مصüüا الشمسيüüة الخاليüüي صناعüüüهرومغناطيسي وفüüüن الطيف الكüüة مüüيüüüة المرئüüüüعمل ضمن المنطقüüاالتصاالت) ي 174 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 . 19][للطاقة في األقمار الصناعية والحاسبات والساعات وغيرها )αمل االمتصاص (معا . 2 -∶ 20]ُحسب مـعـامل االمـتصاص لألغشيـة المحـّضرة كـافـة باعتمـاد العالقة اآلتية [ )2( 2.303 =α سمك الغشاء المحّضر ∶ t االمتصاصية ∶ aإذ تمثل والمشوبـةـامل االمتصاص دالـة لطاقـة الفوتون السـاقط ألغشيـة أوكسيد الكادميوم النقيـة üü) تغير مع4يوضـح الشكل ( ة وهـذاüüüاالمتصاصي وك طيفüüابــه لسلüüـالقصدير، إذ يتضح مـن الشكل أن معـامل االمتصاص يتّصرف بسـلوك مشüüب معامل االمتصاص يبدأ ) 4äã) ، كما يتضح من الشكل (2ة (üüادلüüüهـما ، المعüüüة بينüüüة القائمüüة العالقüüيرجع إلى طبيع üäم برüüُه أكüüüüüيمتüüüüق صبحüüüüى تüüüة حتüüøüüüüüة الساقüüüüوتونات الضوئيüüüüة الفüüüüüüادة طاقüüüع زيüüüة مüüüüüدريجيüüزيادة التüüüüüام بالüüüüع كلüüüüبش )1x 104cm-1لمديات الطاق (üüüة التي تبüüüü) 1.84دأ منevبالنسب (üة إلى األغـشية النقيüة ولمديü الطاقة التي تبـدأات زايدüüüالتüüاالمتصاص بـ عاملüüüüة مüüüيمüüم تستـمر قüüü، ومـن ث ةüüويب المستعملüüüاقي نسب التشüüüى بüüüة إلüüüبالنسبمـن ذلك üüáüبـأق )2.48evة (üüüكافة ولغاي ة البصريـة لألغشيـة المـحّضرةüüüüüüوة الطاقüüüـزيد عن قيمة فجüي تüüüüـة التüüüüات الطاقüüüüلمدي المستمر د تلكüüافؤ والتوصيل عنüüüالتك ن حزمتيüüـا بيüüüüاشرة مüüüة مبüüüالكترونيـ دوث انتقاالتüüüة حüüüاليüüüى احتمüüüüذي يشير إلüüر الüüاألم ة حدوثüüüüـى احتماليـüüüير إلüüشüüت üüü) ä(104cm-1زيد عüüüüي تüüüل االمتصاص التüüüمعامüüة لüüüم العاليüüü، ذلك ألن القي اتüالطاق ة غير مباشرة ، إذüاالت الكترونيüüانتق ن حـدوثüüمنـع ذلك مـüüü) وال يdirect transitionة مباشرة (üüüüüترونيüüالك انتقاالت ة غيرüüالكتروني الية حدوث انتقاالتüüاحتم ىüüü) إل4cm -1 10ة لمعامل االمتصاص التي تـقل عن (üüئüüüتشير القيم الواط üüéðæالمأخ ادة نسب التشويبüوظ بـزيüüل ملحüüüبـشك امل االمتـصاص يتـزايدü) أن مع4( مباشرة ، كذلك يالحظ من الشكل üïüق وائبüüعني أن ذرات الشüüما يüü) ، م3%التشويب ( ةüüüه عند نسبüüüيم لüüـة الواطئـة ويبلغ أقصى قüüüات الفوتونيüüعند الطاق ـادةüم زيüüن ثüüوم ةüüüنسب التشويب )على زيادة االمتصاصيـزيـادة üüة بة ( المتزايدüüüوينها المستويات الموضعيüüدت بتكüساع 2). معامل االمتـصاص وفـقاً للمعادلـة ( ثابتا هüüü) أن معامل االمتصاص يبقى سلوك4ن الشكل (ü) فيالحظ مev)2.48-3.1 أما بالنسبة إلى مديات الطاقة من الطاقات الطاقات وهذا يعزى إلى ثبات قيم االمتصاصية تقريباً عند المـدى المذكور تقريباً خالل هذا المدى من قيم ومن ثم ثبات )2) الشكل ( ة المباشرةüـة االنتقـاالت االلكترونيüüدوث غالبيüüي حüة فüüüها الطاقـات األكثر فاعليüü( لكون . 2)القة (معـامل االمتصـاص عند المـدى نفسه وفقـاً للع )eg. فجوة الطاقة البصرية ( 3 طبيعـةِه تحديد üüعيار الذي يتم على أساسüادة الغشاء المحّضر المüüة البصرية لمüüüوة الطاقüüمة فجüüة حساب قيüüüüد مسألüüتع والخالياا الشمسيـة üüüüثل الخاليüüüüخدمتـِه ، مي üüüüüüّضر فüüüüادة الغشاء المحüüüن استعمال مüüذي يمـكüüüهروبصري الüüüالتطبيق الك ا العاكسüüبنـوعيهة üüالمجمعـات الشمسيعـــة الكــهرومغناطيسيــة وطالءات واشف األشüüـة وكüüوئيüüüة والثنائيات الضüüالضوئيـ والنافذ . ةüفجـوة الطاق م معامل االمتصاص ، حسبتن خالل قيى طبيعــة االنتقـاالت االلكترونيـة الحاصلة مد التعرف علبع -∶] 20[اآلتية البصريـة المبـاشرة لجميـع األغشيـة المحّضرة بنوعيهـا (النـقي والمشوب) باستـخدام العالقـة (3) β = ) ( αhυ 175 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) : ثابت β: طاقة الفوتون الممتص ( hυ) ( -∶إذ تمثل ) : فجوة الطاقة البصرية ( )rلالنتقال المباشر المسموح ويكون مقداره ( ) : معامل أسي يعتمد على نوع االنتقال ( )hν( وتونüüالف ةüüـة البيانيـة بين طاقüـة من رسم العالقüüüة المحـّضرة كافüüـة المبـاشرة لألغـشيüـوة الطاقـة البصريüحسبت فج æ2)αhν( ) ب5، كما في الشكل ، (üüينت نتائج الرسüوم أن قيمüüجة فüüوة الطاقüüüة البصريـü المباشر المسموحة لالنتقال مساوية معامل االمتصاص عندها كانت قيمة ) التي 2.15evة إلى (يد الكادميوم النقية كانت مساويألغشيـة أوكس ــاشرة ، وهذهِ النتيجــةهـــي فجـوة مبــة المحّضرة üüü) مما يؤكد أن فـجوة الطاقـة لمـادة األغشي0.27x 105 cm-1 إلـى ( ناقـصت عندüüüيمـة تüلفـة ، وأن هذِه القüüمخت حضيرüüنيات تüü] ضمن تق 22,23 ,21نشـورة [üüتفـق مـع نتـائج البحوث المüüت ـةüüüالنسب ذهüüهüü ïüقيمتهـا عنüü ê) حيث بلـغ%3( مـة لهـا عند النسبـةüüü) لتبلـغ أدنى قي%1ة (üüüصدير بالنسبüüüــة بـالقüüüابüüüüüاألش )1.925ev وكـما مبيـن ذلك ف (üüü) وموضـح ف3ـي الجـدول (üüüüüüü الشكليc )5( ويمك ،üüüä أن يüüüüعزى السüüüüبب فüüüي هüçðü التوصيل ةüüüن حزم) بـالقرب مـالشوائب (ذرات القصديرالتناقص إلى أن كثافة المستويات المانحة التي كـونتها ذرات ات ذاتüüüüوتونـüüن ثم امتصاص الفüüزمة التوصيل ومüüüالقرب من حüüبع مستوى فيرمي ليصبح üا على رفüüüقد عملت بدوره يشير إلى ) وهـذا3) للتشويب بنسبـة (٪ 1.925eالتشويب ولغاية ( لحالة ما قبل ev 2.15)األقل من ( الطاقـات ذلكüüه بüüüـة االمتصاص البصري ولتتوجüü) قد عملت على زيادة منطق 1,3%( ـة بـالقصدير بـالنسبüüـة األشابüüأن عملي حـــــافة االمتصاص األساسيــــة نحــــو الطاقات الــفوتونيـــة الواطئــــة بزيادة نسب التشويب المستعملـــة وهذا يتفق مــع ما . 24,25]ت إليه الدراسات[توصل االستنتاجات 1 ùã .üüü ت نتـائهرüüüج فحüüüوصات األشعـüüüة السينيüüüألغشي ةüüüة أوكسüüيد الكüüادميوم النقيüüة والمشوبüüة بüüüüüالقصüü1,3(% بالنسب دير( ، بأنها )ts= 472kمقدارهـا ( مشوبةوالمحّضرة بتقنية التبـخير الحراري فـي الفراغ ، وبدرجة حرارة أساس لألغشية ال . cubic)المكعب ( ) ومن الـنوع polycrystallineجميعاً ذات تركيب بلوري متعدد ( واضح يظهرع تناقص م ] ¡111ـاه السائد [üüاالتجüüة المميزة بي شدة القمüüى تناقص فüüاألشابـة بالقصدير إلـ ةüüüüü. أدت عملي 2 عند هüüإذ يبـلغ أقـل قيـمة ل )3ة السيما عند نسبة التشويب (٪üüüجم الحبيبي بـزيادة نسب التشويب المستعملدل الحüمع في لألغشية المحّضرة. إلى الحصول على تراكيـب نانويـة ) مـما يشير 43nmهـذه النسبـة وهي ( 3 .ùãüüüهـرت هـüüذهِ الدراسüüة أن عمليüüüة األشابüüنسب التشـويب يـر أدت إلـى تزايد واضح في قيم االمتصاصيـة بـزيادةـة بالقصد üüü ìعــة ضمن المـüüüـة الواقüüüـات الفـوتونيüüüد الطاقüüüلـة السيمـا عنüüالمستعم ïnm)600-1100( األمüüر الذي يشüير إلـى أتساع )3(% بالقصدير السيما عند نسبة التشويب أشابتها ة االمتصاص البصـري ألغشيـة أوكسيد الكادميوم النقيـة عندمنطق منطقة األشعة يüالمرئية وجزء من تلك الطاقات الواقعة ف لتمتص بذلك معظم الطاقات الفوتونية الواقعة ضمن المنطقة تحت الحمراء والقريبة منها . ـةüüüüüة عاليüمüاص ذا قيüüüüامل امتصüüüüüüüüüüüüüüتلك معüüüüüüüüقي يمüüüوم النüüادميüüüüيد الكüüüüشاء أوكسüüüüة أن غüüüüاسات البصريـüüüüـائج القيüüüü. بينـت نت 4 )α >10 4 cm −1لمديات الطاق (üüüü) 3.1-1.48ةev م (üüüما يشير إلüعند المدى ـى حدوث انتقـاالت الكترونية مباشرة üïüة عنüüملüüüالمستعسب التشويب üüüüادة نüüزيüüüصاص بüüامل األمتüüüüم معüي قيüüüواضح ف ع حدوث تزايدüüات مüüüن الطاقüüüور مüüüالمذك أساس ذلك يستفاد منها في ) التي على3عند نسبـة التشويب (% هـاüüüüة لüüüم قيمüüüüغ أعظüüüة لتبلüüüة الواطئüüüونيüوتüüالف اتüüüالطاق شف اإلشارة البصرية في منظومة االتصاالت .صناعة الخاليا الشمسية وكوا 176 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ألغشيـة أوكسيد ن الدراسة الحاليةüüüــة المستحصلة مüüـة البصريüüـوة الطاقüüـة أن قيمــة فجüüüأظـهرت نتــائج الحسـابـات البصري . 5 2.15ev( äãæكانت مسـاوية إلى ( )400nmبخير الحراري في الفراغ وبسمك (üـقنيـة التüüالكـادميوم النـقيـة والمحـّضرة بت ، األمر )3ة (%)عند النسب1,925ev( قيمة لهاهذه القيمـة أخذت بالتناقص عند األشـابة بمعدن القصدير لتبلغ أدنى ص بذلكلتمت ند أشابتهـا بـالقصديرüüüüيد الكادميوم عüüüة أوكسüüüألغشيـة االمتصاص البصـري üüüüى أتساع منطقüالـذي يشير إل تحت ي منطقة األشعةüüüعة فüüüüالواق اتüüüüن تلك الطاقüüüزء مüüüة وجüüة المرئيüüüüالمنطق عـة ضمنüüوتونيـة الواقüـات الفüüüظم الطاقüüüمع . والقريبة منها الحمراء references 1. jarzberzki , z . m. ( 1973 ) oxide semiconductors , pergamon press , london . 2. chopra , k . l . and ranyan das , s . (1993) thin film solar cells , plenum press , new york . 3. chu , t . l . and chu , s . s . ( 1990 ) , degenerate cadmium oxide films for electronic devices, j. of electronic materials , 19 (9) : 1003 –1005 . 4 . varkey , a . ( 1994 ) , transparent conducting cadmium oxide thin films prepared by a solution growth technique , j. of thin solid films , 239: 211 . 5. santos gruz , j ; torrws delgado,g ; castanedo perez , r ;jimenez – sandoval , s ; marquez marin , j. and zelaya angel , ( 2006 ) , solar energy materials , j. of thin solid films , 80 : 142 . 6 . chu ,t. l. and shirley , s.c. (1990) ,solar cell technique , j. of electronic materials , 19: 1002 . 7. ocampo , i . m ; ferandez , a. m. and sabastian , p. j. (1993) , semiconductor science technology , j. of thin solid films , 8 :750 . 8. salunkhe , r. r. and lokhande , c. d. (2008) , sensors and actuators , j. of thin solid films , b129: 345 . 9. hampel ,c. a. and hawley, g.g .(1973) ,the encyclopedia of chemistry, 3 rd edition , p: 169 . 10. hampel , c. a . (1954) , rare metals handbook , oxford university press . , p: 87103 . 11. wells , a . f. (1984 ) , structural inorganic chemistry , oxford university , clarendon press . 12. bhosale , c. h ; kambale , a . v ; kokate , a .v. and rajpure , k. y. (2005) , materials science and engineering , j. of electronic materials , b 122: 67. 13. maity , r . and chattopadhyay , k . k .(2006) , solar energy materials , solar cell , 90:597. 14. saha , b ; das , s. and chattopadhyay , k. k. (2007) , solar energy materials , solar cell ,91:1692 . 15. yousif , m.g . ( 1989 ) , solid state physics , vol .1 ,baghdad university press . 16. yang, x. c .(2002) ,mater science engineering, j.of electronic materials, b93: 249. 17 . subramanyam ,t. k ; uthanna , s . and naidu , b. s. (1998) , physical script , j. of thin solid films , 57: 317 . 18. neamen , d. a . ( 1992 ) , semiconductor physics and devices , university of new mexico . 19. sze , s. m. (1990) , semiconductors devices physics and technology ,translated to arabic by f. g. hayaty and h. a. ahmed, baghdad press . 20. ibrahim , a . e . ( 2000 ) , the fourth international conference on physics of condensed matter , jordan university press. 21. ferro, r. and rodriguez , j . a . ( 2000 ) , solid state physics , b220 : 299 . 177 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 22. ghosh , p. k . and maity , r. ( 2004 ) , solar energy materials , j .of solar cell materials , 81: 279 . 23. rusu , r. and rusu, g.(2005) , j. of optoelectronics and advanced materials , 7(2) : 823 . 24. al magmaee , z . t. (2003) , a study of optical and some electrical properties of ( cdo ) films doped by silver oxide ( ag2o ) prepared by the chemical spray pyrolysis , m. sc. thesis , al-mustansiriya university. 25. ali , r . s . ( 2008 ) , a study annealing influence on the optical properties of cdo : sb cdo thin films and using image processing technique fo study some structural properties , m. sc.thesis , al-mustansiriya university. مقارنة النتائج المستحصلة من نماذج حيود األشعة السينية ألغشية أوكسيد الكادميوم ∶1)جدول ( )ücdo () لastm) بنتائج بطاقة (1,3النقية والمشوبة بالقصدير بالنسب % ( å) a( observed a(å) )astm( )hkl ( )astm( d (å) observed d(å) )astm( 2θ observed 2θ )astm( sample 4.6418 4.6500 4.6649 4.695 111 200 220 2.6800 2.3250 1.6493 2.7120 2.3490 1.6610 33.4074 38.6952 55.6822 33.001 38.285 55.258 cdo (pure) 4.6424 4.6506 4.6655 4.695 111 200 220 2.6803 2.3253 1.6495 2.7120 2.3490 1.6610 33.4039 38.6916 55.6756 33.001 38.285 55.258 cdo∶sn (1%) 4.6571 4.6648 4.6760 4.695 111 200 220 2.6888 2.3324 1.6532 2.7120 2.3490 1.6610 33.2950 38.5687 55.5427 33.001 38.285 55.258 cdo∶sn (3%) ) النتائج المستحصلة من نماذج حيود األشعة السينية ألغشية2جدول ( 3 ,1)أوكسيد الكادميوم النقية والمشوبة بالقصدير بالنسب ٪( fwhm deg g.s nm tsk t nm sample 0.1618 53.54 r.t 400 cdo pure 0.1658 52.25 473 400 cdo ∶sn(1%) 0.2012 43.04 473 400 cdo ∶sn(3%) 178 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ): قيم فجوة الطاقة لألنتقال المباشر المسموح ألغشية3جدول ( أوكسيد الكادميوم النقية والمشوبة بالقصدير بالنسب ) النقي بدرجة حرارة الغرفةcdo) : مخطط حيود األشعة السينية لغشاء (a )1 شكل )k 473وبدرجة حرارة ( %1 ) بنسبة تشوبsn:cdo: مخطط حيود األشعة السينية لغشاء b)(1 ) شكل allow direct transition eg(ev) substrate temperature ts (k) film and impurity percentage 2.150 300 cdo pure 2.125 473 cdo ∶ sn (1%) 1.925 473 cdo ∶ sn (3%) 179 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 )k 473وبدرجة حرارة ( %3) بنسبة تشويب sn:cdo: مخطط حيود األشعة السينية لغشاء c) (1) شكل ) النقية والمشوبة بالقصدير cdoوتون ألغشية (طيف االمتصاصية كدالة لطاقة الف)2شكل ( ) النقية والمشوبة بالقصديرcdoطيف االمتصاصية كدالة للطول الموجي ألغشية ()3شكل ( 180 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ñ) النقية والمشوبة بالقصديcdoتغير معامل االمتصاص كدالة لطاقة الفوتون ألغشية ()4شكل ( ) النقيcdo) فجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر المسموح لغشاء (a )5شكل %1بنسبة تشويب )cdo:sn( ) فجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقال المباشر المسموح لغشاءb)5 شكل 181 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 %3بنسبة تشويب )cdo:sn( áالمسموح لغشا المباشر لالنتقال) فجوة الطاقة البصرية c)5 شكل 182 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 study the influence of sn dopant on the some structural and optical properties of pure cadmium oxide(cdo) thin films a. a. shehab , t. h. mahmoud department of physics, college of education ibn alhaitham , university of baghdad received in: 24 august 2011 accepted in: 18 october 2011 abstract in this research , pure cadmium oxide thin films were prepared by thermal evaporation under vacuum method , where pure cadmium metal was deposited on glass substrate in room temperature (300k) at thickness (400 ± 30) nm with deposition rate(1.1 ± 0.1) nm/sec and then we oxidize a pure cadmium film in temperature ( 350ºc ) for one hour with existence air flow. this research contained study of the influence of doping process by tin metal (sn) with two different ratios (1,3) % at substrate temperature (473k ) on the some structural properties of pure cadmium oxide films . x-ray diffraction pattern showed that all prepared films ( undoped and sn doped ) are polycrystalline and of cubic kind with preferred orientation along [111] plane for all doped and undoped films , and the average grain size would decrease with apparent shape when the ratio of sn dopant increases until (43nm) at ratio (3%) , also this research included a study of the influence of sn dopant with a mentioned ratios on the some optical properties of pure cdo films, such as calculation of the value of optical energy gap to allow direct transition, and studied and calculated the absorption coefficient . the optical investigation showed that all films prepared ( undoped and sn doped) have absorption coefficient with a value larger than (α >10 4 cm-1) and this value was increased when the increase of the ratios of sn dopant specially in the low photon energy the optical energy gap was founded equal to (2.15 ev) for pure cadmium oxide film and it will decrease when the ratio of sn dopant increases until (1.925 ev) for ratio (3%) . keywords: cadmium oxide , structural and optical properties , thermal evaporation under vacuum , doping microsoft word 14 479 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 novel schiff bases derived from pyromellitic dianhydride athraa m.saloom amina a .fayad emad t .ali dept.of chemistry \ college of education for pure science ( ibn al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 19june 2013,accepted in: 20 october 2014 abstract the new schiff bases derived from pyromellitic dianhydride were synthesized by several steps reaction . a symmetrical diamic acide [i ]a-c were synthesized by the reaction of pyromellitic dianhydride with some aromatic amines (containing electron withdrawing , repulling groups ) in dry acetone. in the second step the diacids were converted to their corresponding diimide [ii ]a-c using acetic anhydride and sodium acetate system as a dehydrating agent, via the intra molecular cyclization steps of amic acids. the third step was to synthesize the hydrazone derivatives from the reaction of diimides , with 80 % hydrazine hydrate at (50-60)c˚ . these hydrazone derivatives were allowed to react with several aromatic aldehydes to form new schiff bases via step four at a temperature near by (50)c˚ . all the novel compounds and their structures have been ascertained by their melting points , mixed melting points , c .h . n analysis , ftir spectroscopy and hnmr for some of them . key words : pyromellitic dianhydride , imides , schiff bases 480 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction due to the two anhydride functional groups present on pyromellitic dianhydride molecule, and due to its high reactivity towards many nucleophiles molecule, pyromellitic dianhydride has wide importance in many fields of synthesis and applications . also because of the highest stability of whole derivatives that derived from it . it takes an attention to many chemists to work with it ,especially in the synthesis of monomers and preparation of a variety of thermoplastic polymers as polyimides , epoxy resin etc ….. . moreover , it is useful in preparation of high preformance coating ,that have been widely used in many fields in our life, since it has an excellent thermal stability and good mechanical properties [ i ]. imides show a very good mechanical properties , thermal stability and they are used as class of bioactive molecules that possess a wide range of pharmacological activity such as androgen receptor antagonistic ,anti-inflammatory, anxioulytic , antiviral , antibacterial , and antitumor properties. besides that , they can be considered as a precursors with application in organic synthesis , polymer synthesis ,and development of the new materials and molecular electronic devises [ 2 ,3 ] . one of the important functional groups present on imide molecules is the carbonyl groups , which can be readily reacted with hydrazine, to form the hydrazone derivatives ( imine ) , which have also a wide applications in organic synthesis to produce a very large types of reaction due to its high neucleophility due to the pair of electron on nitrogen atoms. [ 4 ,5 ] . schiff bases containing ring system have been used in to a wide variety of their apeutically interesting drugs condiclates ineluding anti-septic analysis , anti-biotic, antiallergic, antidepresent , antimicrobial, anti-tumor , and anti-hypertensive [3 ] . schiff bases also take an important roll and attraction at the both organic and inorganic chemists ,due to their importance in a variety of applications and studies . [6 ,7 ] . the aim of the present work is to synthesize of a novel pyromellitic imides containing a hydrazone moiety and to synthesis of novel schiff bases derived from them as shown in the following scheme (scheme 1 ). 481 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 c o cc o c oo o o aceton r= h , no2 , ch3 nh2r cooh hooc hnoc conh r r [i ]a-c (ch 3co)2o/ch3co ona c n cc n c o o oo r r [ ii ]a-c 50 60 c n h2-nh2 gaa , reflux c n cc n c r r nn n n nh2 nh2h2n h2n [ iii ]a-c c h o r gaa c n cc n c r r nn n n n nn n rc h c h r c h c h r r [ iv ]a-d [ iv ]a-d r = h , 4 no2 , 4 ch3 r = cl , br , oh , no2 scheme no.( 1) experimental materials all chemical were supplied from fulka ,merch ,and aldrich chemicals co .and were used as received . 482 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 techniques ft ir spectra were recorded by using kbr discs on a schimadzu ir prestige – 21 ft ir spectroscopy . uncorrected melting points were determined using (stuart/melting point /smp30/ ) , c . h . n analysis were carried out by (elemental analyzer chns/o euro ea) at the central lab. at college of education for pure science –ibn -alhaithamuniversity of baghdad .iraq 1hnmr data were carried out by company bruker ,model :ultra shield 300hz .university of jordan . synthesis of n ,n(diaryl) pyromellitamic diacids [ i ]a-c [8 ] cooh hooc hnoc conh r r [i ]a-c r = (a) h , (b) 4 no2 , (c) 4 ch3 to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride ( 0 .218g , 0 .001mole ) in (15ml ) acetone , a solution of amine (0 .002mole) in ( 15ml ) acetone was added dropwise during one hour , the mixture was then left at room temperature with continues stirring for (24hours) ,the product was then filtered off and recrystallized from acetone or chloroform , the physical properties of the diamic acids are listed in table ( 1) . synthesis of n,n(diaryl) pyromellitdiimide [ ii ]a-c [8] c n cc n c o o oo r r [ ii ]a-c r = (a) h , (b) 4 no2 , (c) 4 ch3 (0.01mole) of n,n-pyromellitamic diacid was placed in (100ml) round bottom flask , a mixture of anhydrous sodium acetate (0 .02mole) and acetic anhydride (5ml) was added . the mixture was maintained between (80 90)c˚ by means of water-bath and stirred for ½hour. the mixture was then allowed to stir for one hour at room temperature .the mixture was poured on to ice water (400ml) , filtered , washed with distilled water. the physical properties of these compounds are listed in ( table 1) . reaction of pyromellit diimide with hydrazine to form the hydrazone derivatives (imines)) (iii)a-c [9 ] a(0 .01mole) of the pyromellitdiimide was placed in a (100ml) round bottom flask , 5 drops of glacial acetic acid was added , and (0.04mole) of 80% hydrazine was added during ½ hour with continuous stirring , the mixture was allowed to react for further 6 hour at (50-60)c˚ using water bath .then the mixture was dropped in to (100ml) water . a coloured precipitate was filtered, recrystallized from a suitable solvents . 483 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 all physical properties of the prepared hydrazones (iii)a-c are listed in (table 1). c n cc n c r r nn n n nh2 nh2h2n h2n [ iii ]a-c r = (a) h , (b) 4 no2 , (c) 4 ch3 1elemental analysis elemental analysis of compound [ iii ]a-c are listed in table no. ( 2 ) . synthesis of schiff bases [ iv vi ]a-d [9 ] a mixture of (0 .04mole) of a selective aromatic aldehydes in 10ml ethanol ,and 5 drops of glacial acid acetic acid was added to(0 .01mole) of compound (iii)a-c hydrazone with continuous stirring during ½ hour ,the mixture was left with stirring at 80c˚ for 4-5 hours , after the reaction has been completed , the yellowish to orange precipitated was filtered off , washed with ethanol and the physical data were given in table (1 ) . c n cc n c r r nn n n n nn n rc h c h r c h c h r r [ iv ]a-d [ iv ]a-d r = h , 4 no2 , 4 ch3 r = cl , br , oh , no2 results and discussion the diamic acid [ 1 ]were synthesized by the reaction of (one mole) pyromellitic dianhydried with two moles of certain aromatic amine in the presence of dry acetone as a solvent at room temperature, the mechanism involved neucleophilic addition reaction [ 7 ] as follows : in scheme (2) oo o oo o nh2r acetone c c c c nh h n o o r r h h c co2hc ho2c hn nh o o r r r-nh2 proton exchange [vii] o o o ort scheme no.(2) the structures of the prepared diamic acids were detected from their melting points, ftir spectroscopy , which showed the disappearance of the absorption band due to nh2 of the aromatic amines ,with the appearance of new bands due to o-h of the carboxylic acid between ( 3377 – 3359 )cm-¹ , c=o (carboxylic acid) at ( 1712 – 1697 )cm-¹ and c=o(amid) at (1666 – 1647 )cm-¹ beside the nh group at ( 3182 – 3132 )cm-¹ [7 ,10 ] 484 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 cooh hooc hnoc conh r r [i ]a-c r = (a) h , (b) 4 no2 , (c) 4 ch3 the ftir absorption bands data of these compound [i ]a-c are listed in table (3). n ,n-disubsititeted pyromellitiimide [ ii ]a-c, were obtained by the intra molecular cyclization reaction of the prepared diamic acid [1]a-c using acetic anhydride-sadium acetate system [3 ,7 ] as a dehydrating agent at (80-90)c˚. the mechanism of the cyclization involves neucleophilic substitution reaction [3] these compounds [ ii ]a-c were characterized by their melting points, ftir spectroscopy . [7 ,10 ] the ftir spectra show the disappearance of the stretching absorption bands of n-h ,o-h and c=o(amid and carboxylic acid moiety) groups of the diamic acid , and the appearance of two peaks in the region (1724 1708)cm-¹ which due to the stretching vibration of the c=o (imide cyclic) and two absorption bonds at about 1130cm-¹ and 721cm-¹ for symmetrical and asymmetrical c-n-c (cyclic) [10 ].the ftir absorption bands data of these compounds [ ii ] a-c are given in table (4 ) c n cc n c o o oo r r [ ii ]a-c r = (a) h , (b) 4 no2 , (c) 4 ch3 due to the presence four carbonyl groups attached to diimide the authors try to treat these compounds with hydrazine hydrate 80% to form the novel hydrazone derivatives (imine) ( iii )a-c ,which were formed by the reaction involves the loss of water molecules according to the following mechanism . [4 ,5 ,12 ] 485 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 c n cc n c o o oo r r 1 nuclophilic attack c n cc n c r r o h2nh2n h2nh2n nh2 nh2 nh2 nh2 nh2 nh2 h2nh2n h2n h2n nh nh2 o o o 2proton transpher c n cc n c r r o oo h2n h2n h2n h2n nh2 nh2 nh2 nh2o h h h h h h hh 3 c n cc n c r r o oo hn h2n h2n hn nh nh2 nh nh2 o h hh h h h h h 4h2 o c n cc n c r r n h2n n h2n n nh2 n nh2 h hh h h2o h2oh2o h2o resonance c n cc n c r r nh2n nh2n n nh2 n nh2 h hh h 5 c n cc n c r r nh2n nh2n n nh2 n nh2 imine hydrazone (iii)a-c adding 5 drops of glacial acetic acid will be needed for protonation of hydroxyl group in step [3 ] to form good leaving group.(water molecules) that step will let to form the 486 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 hydrazone derivatives , these hydrazone derivatives were characterized by their melting points . c . h . n analysis ,ftir elemental analysis for compound ( iii )a-c table (2) . the ftir for the compounds (iii)a-c show the appearance of stretching bands due to c=n in the region (1643-1639 ) cm-¹ , and nh2 stretching bands at (3394 3217 ) cm¹ with the disappearance of c=o (carbonyl group) for imide group at (1732-1778) cm-¹ [10 ,11 ] , these are given in table ( 5 ) . finally the formation of schiff bases (iv vi)( a-d) which were prepared by the reaction of one mole of the last products (iii)a-c with (four moles ) of aromatic aldhydes to from schiff bases derivatives in acidic medium that follows the following mechanism. c n cc n c r r nh2n nh2n n nh2 n nh2 c o h rc o hr c o h ch o r r 1 c n cc n c r r n n n n n n n n c o h rc o h r c h o c h r r h h oh h h h h h 2 c n cc n c r r n n nn n n n n c o h rc o h r c h o c h r r h o h h h h h hhh h h c n cc n c r r n n n n n n n n c o h rc o h r c h o c h r r h o h h h h h h hhh h h 3h 4h2o c n cc n c r r n n n n n n n n c h rc h c h c h r r h h h h r resonance c n cc n c r r n n n n n n n n c h rc h r c h c h r r h h h h 5 487 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 c n cc n c r r n n n n n n n n c h rc h r c h c h r r r = h , no2 , 4 ch3 r = cl , br , oh , no2 a series of schiff bases were obtained from the above reaction mechanism . the detection of these schiff bases was obtained by their m.p . c . h . n. anlysis and ftir , hnmr spectra which show the following data . ftir show the disappearance of c=o (aldehydic) of the c=o (1690-1700)cm-¹ stertching compounds and the formation of c=n at frequencies ranges between ( 16431662 )cm-¹ also the c-n-c bond (hydrazone) derivatives at ( 742-1130 )cm-¹ table (7) . 1hnmr show the following data . [10 ,11 ] 1compound no. vid in which r¯ = no2 show asix protons of two groups of ch3 at δ 2 .53 ppm as a singlet . b-four protons of ch=n (imin protons ) at δ 8 .43 ppm as a singlet . c-26 protons of aromatic ring protons at δ ( 8 .24 – 8 .78 ) ppm 2-compound no . vib in which r¯= br shows afour protons of ch=n (imin protons) at δ 8 .71 ppm as a singlet . b-26 proton of aromatic ring protons at δ ( 7 .74 – 8 .76 ) ppm . 3-compound no. iva in which r¯ = cl shows afour protons of ch=n (imin protons) at δ 8 .70 ppm as a singlet . b28 protons of aromatic ring protons at δ ( 7 .57 – 8 .70 )ppm . the ease of the formation of hydrazone derivatives and schiff bases derivatives which was effected by the presence of attracting or repulling groups attached to the phenyl at imide moiety was translated for further research works . [7 ,13 ] referenes 1-abo – bakr ,a.; hassan , m.; temirek ,h.and mo sallam , a .(2012) " synthesis of some new heterocyclic nitrogen compounds starting from pyromellitic dianhydride." ,oriental journal of chemistry , 28 (4) : 1567-1578. 2-hussein ,sh.;ali,e.and tomma,j.(2012) "evidence supports the formation of isoimide derived from pyromellitic dianhydride",ibn al-haitham journaal for pure and applied science ,2(1772) ,1-14 . 3-awadi ,s . ;jyotil , yadav . m . and pathak , d .(2011)" synthesis and characterization of some substituted pyrazoles as analgesics and anti – inflammatory agents" .scholars research library ,3(1) : 215 – 222 . 4-smith,j.g."organic chemistry " , (2006) library of congress cataloging-in-publication data .1st –edition . 5-francic,a"organic chemistry" , ( 2006 ), library of congress cataloging-in-publication data . 6th. edition. 488 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 6-al-rawi , m . ;tomma ,j. ; muklus , a . and al-dujali,a.(2013)"synthesis and characterization of new schiff bases hetrocyclic compounds and their nacyl ,thiourea and imidazol derived from d-erthroscorbic acid" , american journal of organic chamistry ,3(1) ,1-8 . 7-ali ,e.;(2012)"synthesis of new a symmetrical pyromellitdiimedes derived from pyromellitic dianhydride" ibn al-haitham 3(25) 284 – 93 . 8awad , w .and ali , e ."(1976) "synthesis of some pyromellitic acids , pyromellitidiimides and iso–imides"iraqi journal of chemistry" (2) ,88 – 94 . 9-vogel ,a. i."practical grganic chemistry"(1974) , longman group ltd , london rd edition 10-silverstein ,r.m.;webster,f.x; and kiemle,d.j.(identification of organic compounds" (2005) , john wiley and sons , inc . 7th , eddition . 11-sharma ,y ,r . (2009)"elementary organic chemistry " ramnager , new delhi ind . 4 – th eddition . 12-anthamatten , m.; stephan, a– l.; kathering , d . ; robert ,c .c . , anthony ,p .g . ;tracy , p .h . ; and william ,k .n .(2004)" solid-state amidization and imidization in vapourdeposited poly(amic acid)" . j .polymer sci . , a42 . 5999 – 6010 . 13-zahmatkesh,s.and vakili ,m.r.(2010)"synthesis and characterization of new optically active poly(ethyl l–lysinamide)s and poly(ethyl – lysinimide)s , journal of amino acids , 1 – 6 . table no.( 1) : physical properties of the compounds [ i ] [ vi ] . comp. no. color melting points˚c yield % recrystallization solvent [ i ] [ i ]a white >300 88% acetone [ i ]b white >300 69% acetone [ i ]c white >300 90% acetone [ ii ] [ ii ]a off white >300 72% ethanol [ ii ]b off white >300 66% ethanol [ ii ]c off white >300 75% ethanol [ iii ] [ iii ]a glow yellow >300 79% ethanol [ iii ]b glow yellow >300 75% ethanol [ iii ]c glow yellow >300 79% ethanol [ iv ] [iv]a r r‾ pale grey >300 65% ethanol h cl [iv]b h br pale yellow >300 67% ethanol [iv]c h oh deep yellow >300 67% ethanol [iv]d h no2 yellow >300 62% ethanol [ v ] [v]a no2 cl pale grey >300 70% ethanol [v]b no2 br pale yellow >300 71% ethanol [v]c no2 oh deep yellow >300 78% ethanol [v]d no2 no2 yellow >300 73% ethanol [ vi ] [vi]a ch3 cl pale grey >300 80% ethanol [vi]b ch3 br pale yellow >300 83% ethanol [vi]c ch3 oh deep yellow >300 85% ethanol [vi]d ch3 no2 yellow >300 72% ethanol 489 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no( 2):c . h . n . analysis data of compounds [ iii ]a-c . number of compound molecular formula c h n [ iii ] a c22 h20 n10 c 62 .26 c 4 .11 c 33 .01 f 61 .98 f 4 .09 f 33 .21 [ iii ] b c22 h18 n12 o4 c 51 .36 c 3 .50 c 32 .68 f 52 .09 f 3 .42 f 32 .53 [ iii ] c c24 h24 n10 c 63 .71 c 5 .30 c 30 .97 f 63 .11 f 5 .2 f 30 .25 table no.( 3) : ftir absorption bands of compounds [ i ]a-c . comp. no. υ (oh) cm-¹ υ (c=o) cm-¹ acid υ (c=o) cm-¹ amid υ (nh) cm-¹ υ (c-h) cm-¹ aromatic υ (c=c) cm-¹ aromatic [i]a 3375 1712 1651 3132 3062 1597 [i]b 3359 1697 1666 3155 3089 1597 [i]c 3377 1701 1647 3182 3039 1600 table no.( 4 ):the ft ir data of compounds [ ii ]a-c. comp. no. υ (c=o) cm-¹ imide υ (c-n-c) cm-¹ cyclic asym.sym. υ (c-h) cm-¹ aromatic υ (c=c) cm-¹ aromatic [ii]a 1724 , 1708 1126 ,744 3059 1597 [ii]b 1732 1114 ,748 3093 1597 [ii]c 1724 , 1708 1130 , 721 3035 1585 table no.( 5) : the ftir data for compound (iii)a-c. comp. no. υ(c=n) cm-¹ υ (n-h) cm-¹ υ (c=c) cm-¹ aromatic υ (c-h) cm-¹ aromatic [iii]a 1643 3321 , 3271 1568 3059 [iii]b 1643 3360 , 3217 1550 3074 [iii]c 1639 3394 , 3240 1566 3082 490 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no( 6 ):c . h . n . anaylsis of compounds (iv) – (vi) . com. no. r r c h n molecular formula [iv]a h cl c 65.64 c 3.50 c 15.31 c50 h32 n10 cl4 f 65.19 f 3.44 f 15.08 [iv]b h br c 54.94 c 2.93 c 12.82 c50 h32 n10 br4 f 55.16 f 3.18 f 12.29 [iv]c h oh c c c c50 h36 n10 o4 f f f [iv]d h no2 c 62.76 c 3.34 c 20.50 c50 h32 n14 o8 f 62.01 f 3.24 f 21.01 [v]a no2 cl c c c c50 h30 n12 o4 cl4 f f f [v]b no2 br c 50.76 c 2.53 c 14.21 c50 h30 n12 o4 br4 f 51.02 f 2.59 f 13.98 [v]c no2 oh c 64.51 c 3.65 c 18.06 c50 h34 n12 o8 f 63.99 f 3.61 f 18.28 [v]d no2 no2 c 57.36 c 2.86 c 21.41 c50 h30 n16 o12 f 56.99 f 2.81 f 20.91 [vi]a ch3 cl c 66.24 c 3.82 c 14.86 c52 h36 n10 cl4 f 65.89 f 3.48 f 14.19 [vi]b ch3 br c c c c52 h36 n1010 br4 f f f [vi]c ch3 oh c 71.88 c 4.60 c 16.12 c52 h40 n10 o4 f 71.35 f 4.44 f 16.08 [vi]d ch3 no2 c 63.41 c 3.65 c 19.91 c52 h36 n14 o8 f 64.08 f 3.19 f 20.11 491 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.( 7 ): ftir data of compounds (iv) – (vi) (a-d) . comp. no. r − r υ (c=n) cm-¹ υ (c-n-c) cm¹ asym.sym. υ (c=c) cm-¹ aromatic υ (c-h) cm-¹ aromatic other (υ ) cm-¹ [iv]a h cl 1658 1138 ,744 1608 3047 c-cl 786 [iv]b h br 1658 1141 ,748 1585 3043 c-br 648 [iv]c h oh 1654 1141 ,725 1562 3012 oh 3336 [iv]d h no2 1658 1138 ,744 1597 3043 n-o 1519 , 1346 [v]a no2 cl 1658 1338 ,744 1593 3047 c-cl 762 [v]b no2 br 1658 1141 , 740 1562 3028 c-br 678 [v]c no2 oh 1654 1141 , 736 1562 3016 oh 3325 [v]d no2 no2 1658 1138 , 744 1597 3043 n-o 1519 , 1346 [vi]a ch3 cl 1658 1138 , 744 1593 3047 c-cl 750 [vi]b ch3 br 1658 1141 , 740 1585 3043 c-br 675 [vi]c ch3 oh 1654 1141 , 736 1562 3016 oh 3330 [vi]d ch3 no2 1658 1149 ,740 1566 3039 n-o 1516 , 1342 492 | chemistry 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 مشتقة من انھدريد البايرومليتاميك ةقواعد شف جديدتصنيع عذراء محمد سلوم أمينة عبدالرحمن فياض يعماد تقي عل بغداد ) / جامعةابن الھيثم ( كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفةء /قسم الكيميا 2014تشرين االول 20,قبل البحث في:2014حزيران 19استلم البحث في: الخالصة مشتقات حامض حضرت اذ. بخطوات عدة قواعد جديده مشتقة من انھدريد ثنائي البايرومليتاميك تصنيعتم ] من تفاعل انھدريد ثنائي البايرومليتاميك مع مولين من بعض االمينا ت االورماتية ϲ -а] iناظره البايرومليتاميك المت ن الجاف بوصفه مذيبا. ) في االسيتو ةواخرى دافع ةعلى (مجاميع ساحب ةالحاوي –باستعمال نظام انھدريد الخليك ةتحويل مشتقات حامض البايرومبليتاميك الى االيميدات المقابل ةالثاني ةواشتملت الخطو ]a-c]ii ض . الداخلي لھذه االحما ولقالتح عمليةخالل للماء ومنعامال نازعا خالت الصوديوم ھايدرازين %80مع ] ii[ c-a ] من خالل تفاعل االيميداتb-a]iii مركبات الھيدرازونصنعت في الخطوه الثالثه ˚. م 60-50المائي وعند درجة حراره تتراوح بين ] مع الديھايدات اوروماتيه مختاره c -a]iiiنات وھيدرازــــــمن تفاعل ال جديده ــــقواعد شف ال صنعت وفي الخطوه الرابعه . جميع المركبات المحضرة والمصنعة تم الكشف عنھا وتشخيصھا من خالل ˚ ) م85 -80بدرجة حراره تتراوح بين ( واطياف االشعه ]n,h,c[ر لدرجات االنصھار (مع المواد المتفاعله ) ،تحليل العناصدرجات االنصھار . ومزيج .ةع النتائج المحضردلت الى تطابق التحاليل م اذ ,للبعض منھا وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي تحت الحمراء : انھدريد حامض البايرميليتاميك , ايميد , قواعد شيف الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 34-44 34 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 role of extracted genomic dna on biofilm formation by pseudomonas aeruginosa and klebsiella pneumoniae in vitro sanaa r. oleiwi huayda k. abid dpet.of biology/ college of sciences/ university of baghdad receivd in:18/june/2014 , accepted in :20/ november /2014 abstract bacteria form complex and highly elaborate surface adherent communities known as biofilms.biofilm have been shown to be associated with several human diseases ,and to colonize a wide variety of medical devices . the current study focuses on contribution of extracted genomic dna in biofilm formation by p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae isolates .the percentages of pseudomonas aeruginosa recovery from drinking water in this study were 10%(20 positive p. aeruginosa samples ) and k. pneumonia., 7%(14 positive k. pneumonia samples).the results showed that all p.aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae isolates (100%) were slime producer but in different degrees by forming of black colonies on congored agar: very black colonies , black colonies and red colonies .results indicated that addition of extracted genomic dna to microtitre-plate cultures stimulate biofilm formation(either endogenous or exogenous dna). key words:biofilm ,dna, microtitre-plates , congored agar 35 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction bacterial biofilms are structured communities of cells enclosed in self-produced hydrated polymatrixes that adhere to inert or living surfaces[ 1]. the matrix, which holds bacterial biofilms together, is a complex mixture of macromolecules including exopolysaccharides, proteins and and dna[2,3,4]. p. aeruginosa that are widely spread in the environment and commonly occurring in soil,water and drinking water. p. aeruginosa is an important opportunistic human pathogen that can cause life-threatening infections, especially in patients with cystic fibrosis (cf) and individuals with a compromised immune system[5]. k. pneumoniae is widely distributed in environment(water and soil) ,the gastrointestinal, urinary, and respiratory tracts of healthy people and is one of the most important pathogens causing nosocomial infection [6,7]. it causes opportunistic infections, such as pneumonia , sepsis, inflammation of the urinary tract, and wound infection, in compromised patients. biofilm-associated k. pneumoniae have been shown to be associated with several human diseases[ 8], and to colonize wide variety of medical devices[9]. involvement of extracellular dna in biofilm formation the extracellular matrix, which is essential for interconnecting the bacteria in biofilms, can be composed of polysaccharides, proteins , and extracellular dna(edna)[10 ] . previous studies have shown that edna functions as a cell-to-cell interconnecting matrix compound in p. aeruginosa biofilms[ 10,11 ,12,] subsequently, evidence was provided that edna functions as a matrix component in biofilms formed by many other bacterial species, e.g., staphylococcus aureus, staphylococcus epidermidis, streptococcus intermedius, , streptococcus mutans[13] and k. pneumoniae[14].    vilain et al., 2009 described dna as an adhesin and their results indicate that biofilm formation requires dna as part of the extracellular polymeric matrix[15], extracellular dna( edna) has now emerged as one of the major components the biofilm matrix of many bacteria and has been shown to perform diverse functions in promoting the biofilm mode of existence [16]. thus, the aim of the present study was to evaluate the role of extracted genomic dna in the formation of biofilms formed by p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae in vitro . . material and methods isolation and identification 1sample collection: the sampling was carried out during the period from the beginning of january 2014 till may, 2014; two hundred water samples were collected randomly from houses located in different parts of drinking water distribution system in baghdad areairaq. samples were collected according to the standard methods [17]. prior to collection, water was allowed to run at a uniform rate for 2–3 min., in a sterile bottles containing sodium (w/v) to neutralize any free or combined ulphate to a final concentration of 0.01 thios residual chlorine. one liter of water sample was collected in each bottle ,the samples were carried out to the laboratory special aspectic cool box . all the samples were analyzed within 24 h . 2filtration and culturing of water samples: water was tested for the presence of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae by filtering 100ml volume through 0.45 μm nitrocellulose filter (millipore) and incubated on pseudomonas agar containing cetrimide (for isolation of p. aeruginosa) and macconkey agar(for isolation of k. pneumoniae) at 37 °c for 24h [18]. 3isolation and identification of colonies: after 24 h of incubation, cultures were examined for distinct colonies, the colonies were picked and recultured on to pseudomonas agar and macconkey agar plates and incubated at 37 °c for 1824 h in order to obtain pure well isolated colonies. all the 36 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 colonies were tested for colony morphology and colony color. all bacterial isolates were examined morphologically by gram's stain and subjected to biochemical testes [ 19], and further confirmation api 20e were used in diagnosis as in (biomerieux) france. dna extraction : dna was extracted from p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae isolate ( isolate that had most od value in biofilm assay )[20] as endogenous dna and exogenous dna , as described: 1. spin down 5 ml of saturated cell culture(of each two species ) in eppendorf tubes. 2. add 50 μl of 10% sds buffer,incubate at 37°c for 5-10 min until clear and viscous. 3. put into a new tube . 4. add 550 μl of phenol 5. mix gently by inversion and centrifuge at 4°c at 3000 rpm for 15 min. 6. transfer top layer to a new tube and repeat step 4. 7. transfer top layer to eppendorf 1 8. spin for 3 min and transfer supernatant. 9. add 2 volumes of 100% ethanol and mix by inverting. 10. cool sample at -20°c for 5 min. 11. centrifuge at 3000 rpm for 15 min at 4°c. 12. remove and discard the supernatant, resuspend the pellet by t.e buffer . [20,21] . 13. to determine the purity of the dna and the degree of contamination with protein, spectrophotometer was used to estimate the purity ratio of dna; and the purity ratio estimate according to the following formula,( purity between 1.7 and 2.0 is usually accepted): dna purity = o.d260 / o.d280 detection of bacterial ability to adhesion congo red agar method (qualitative method) medium prepared according to freeman et al.,1989 [22] inoculated with single colony of tested bacterial by streaking, incubated at 37º c for 24 hr.a positive result indicated by black colonies and the non-slime producers usually remained pink . polystyrene microtiter plates ( quantitative method ) in first step , the assay was done without addition of extracted dna (of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae) into microtitre-plate cultures. it was done according to the method described by pfaller et al.,1988 [23]as followes : the bacterial isolates were cultured in brain heart infusion (bhi) broth with 1% glucose ,incubated at 37ºc for 18 hour.after that the bacterial culture was diluted in bhi medium and adjusted in comparison to macfarland tube no. 0. 5. two hundred microliters of bacterial culture were used to inoculate 96-well polystyrene microtiter plates and later all wells were washed with . after incubation periode ,o48 hrs at 37c-incubated for 24 phosphate buffer saline to eliminate the unattached cells for (2-3) times. two hundreds μl of 1% crystal violet was added to each well , shaking the plates three times to help the colorant to get the bottom of the well. after incubation for 10 min at room temperature, each well was washed with 200 μl sterile phosphate buffer saline (pbs) to remove the planktonic cells and stain which not adhered to the surface of well. only the adhered bacteria forming the biofilm were kept on the surface of the well. the crystal violet bound to the biofilm was extracted later with (200) μl of ethyl alcohol, and then absorbance was determined at 570 nm in an elisa reader for determination of the degree of biofilm formation.controls were performed with crystal violet binding to the wells exposed only to the culture medium without bacteria. all tests were carried out in triplicate and the results were averaged.the biofilm degree was calculated as follows: based on o.d of biofilm producing isolates were classified into the following categories: od ≤ odc no biofilm producer, odc < od ≤ 2 × odc weak biofilm producer, 2 × odc < od ≤ 4 × odc 37 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 moderate biofilm producer and 4 × odc < od strong biofilm producer. (stepanovic et al., 2000) [24] . second step , assay was done with addition of extracted genomic dna of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae isolates into microtitre-plate cultures and biofilm assay was done in the same procedure described previously. . before this step , cells of two species should be in competent state to take dna from culture that were done as described by sambrook,2001 [25 ]as follows: preparation of competent cell using cacl2 method 1nutrient agar plates were streacked with p. aeruginosa and k. pneumonia isolates. incubation was done at 37 ˚c overnight ,a singale colony of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae were picked up ,transferred to 100 ml nutrient broth and grown overnight . 2-two ml of suspension were transferred to each ice-cold eppendrof tubes and the culture was cooled to 0˚c by placing the tube in ice for 10 min. . 3-the cell suspension was centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4 ˚c .the tubes were then inverted for 1 min on tissue paper to allow the traces of medium to drain away . 4the pellet was resuspended by gentle vortexing in 1 ml of ice –cold solution of 0.1 m cacl2 .these cells can be directly used for transformation or as an aliquot of 200 l in prechilled microfuge tubes kept at 4˚c. 5resuspend the pellet in 2ml of 100 mm cacl2 in 15% glycerol and store it at -20 ˚c [25]. dna of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumonia isolates was added at a final concentration of 20  μg/ml   and 40 μg/ml(spectrophotometer was used for measuring the optical density at wavelength of 260  (o.d260), then  used    in biofilm assay . dna of p.aeruginosa supplemented to the microtiter plates culture of p.aeruginosa (as endogenous dna )and of k. pneumonia (as exogenous dna ) .on other hand dna of k. pneumonia supplemented to the microtiter plates culture of k. pneumonia (as endogenous dna ) and p. aeruginosa ( as exogenous dna) that described by gilan, 2013[ 26 ]. statistical analysis the statistical analysis systemsas was used to affect of different factors in study parameters. least significant difference –lsd test was used to significant comparison between means in this study. results and discussion isolation and identification two hundred samples of drinking water were collected from different sites in baghdad area were collected to found out the prevalence of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumonia.all the isolates were identified depending on the morphological and microscopic examinations aswell as biochemical tests; then lately conformed by api system. the percentages of p. aeruginosa recovery in this study were 10%(20 positive p. aeruginosa samples ) and k. pneumonia., 7%(14 positive k. pneumonia samples) ,these results were in agreement with other studies[27,28]. detection of slime layer by congo-red agar method ( qualitative method ) the ability of producing slime layer by p. aeruginosa and k. pneumonia isolates was evaluated according to protocol described by freeman et al., 1989 [32]; all tested isolates were cultured on congo-red agar plates. the results showed that all p. aeruginosa and k. .isolates (100%) were slime producer but in different degrees indicated by forming of black colonies: very black colonies(+++) , black colonies(++) and red colonies(+) as illustrated in table (1).these results were in agreement with previous studies [29,30]. micro-titer plate assay ( quantitative method ) the ability of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae isolates to produce biofilm were evaluated (quantitative) by using 96-well polystyrene microtiter plates and then absorbance was 38 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 determined at 570 nm in an elisa reader for determination of the degree of biofilm formation for studied isolates that adhered on the surface of the microtiter wells, optical density (od) represented the degree of the biofilm thickness tha is t formed by the studied isolates. the results indicated that each isolate showed a different potential to form biofilm under the same condition of experiment(without addition of dna).biofilm producer isolates were classified using the scheme of stepanovic ´ et al. (2000)[24] into groups as showed in tables 2,3. od values that are illustrated in table (2,3)showed that the biofilm formation of p. aeruginosa was higher than k. pneumoniae , strong group of p. aeruginosa had 15 isolates with mean of od 0.813 ± 0.042 compared with strong group of k. pneumoniae had 8 isolates with mean of 0.776 ± 0.047. qualitative assays of bacterial biofilm produced by p. aeruginosa and k. pneumoniae were conducted by other researchers[31]. effect of extracted dna on biofilm stimulation results of recent study indicated that addition of extracted dna to microtitre-plate cultures stimulate biofilm formation, in other word optical density od values which represented the biofilm formation were higher in present of genomic extracted dna than in absence it for both p. aeruginosa((p<0.05) and k. pneumoniae(p<0.05)(table 4) . this results came in accordance with whitchurch,etal.,2002[10] who found that dna is required for the initial establishment of biofilms .,and reported that the majority of the extracellular material in biofilm was not exopolysaccharide but dna and therefore hypothesized that this dna may play a functional role in biofilms, but until now there have been no local studies on the role of extracted genomic dna on biofilm formation by p.aeruginosa and klebsiella pneumonia in vitro. the results of recent study are supported other studies which were conducted on other bacteria suggest that dna important for biofilm formation, of streptococcus [,32], k. pneumonia [33],bordetella[34]andstaphylococcus[13]. current results showed that addition of genomic extracted dna of p. aeruginosa in conc. 20 μg/ml   into culture of p. aeruginosa( endogenous ) increased od value from 0.729 to 1.014 but when addition of genomic extracted dna of p. aeruginosa in conc. 20  μg/m into k. pneumonia culture(exogenous dna) increased od value from 0.594 to 0.957 .(table 4) . in other hand addition of genomic extracted dna of k. pneumonia in conc. 20  μg/ml into k. pneumonia culture( endogenousdna) increased od value from 0.594 to 0.937 but when addition of of genomic extracted dna of k. pneumonia in same conc. into p. aeruginosa culture (exogenous dna) increased od value from 0.729 to 1.022 . addition of excess dna( dna in final concentration 40 μg/ml) had approximately the same effect of dna in final concentration 20 μg/ml on biofilm formation ,in other hand the dna sources (from p. aeruginosa ,or k. pneumonia) also had approximately the same effect on biofilm formation (two type of dna had effect on biofilm formation in same degee , these results agreed with liu etal., 2008 [35] which they found that dna promoted bacterial aggregation in a type-nonspecific way . these results suggest that dna functions as a molecular bridge to promote aggregation. the structural role of biofilm is further reinforced by the effect obtained when the bacteria were supplemented with dna (either endogenous or exogenous), which enhanced biofilm formation. [22]. because dna can function as a cell-to-cell connector[10,6] , it is likely that dna also has a role in the accumulative phase of biofilm formation. qin etal., [13] suggest that extracellular dna is important for the initial phase of biofilm development by s.epidermidis on polystyrene or glass surfaces. 39 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 bacteria in natural environments predominantly live in biofilms, i.e. surface-attached microbial communities embedded in a self-produced extracellular matrix[ 3 ]. dna has been implicated as a major structural component for the initial establishment of biofilms in bacteria [10,36 ]. moreover, it has been observed that free dna plays an important role in accumulation phase in biofilm formation [ 37]. dna has an essential role in efficient attachment of cells to a surface, vilain etal demonstrate dna as adhesins that contribute to bacterial biofilm. this property of extracellular dna( edna) based mainly on the observation that addition of dnase i significantly reduced cellular attachment, resulting in reduced biofilm formation. vilain, etal .,2009[15]. comparisonof extracellular dna and(genomic) chromosomal dna by the use of polymerase chain reaction and southern analysis suggested that the extracellular dna is similar to wholegenome dna.[11] and had the same role in biofilm formation (in current study chromosomal dna was used. there are several proposals concerning the role of extracellular dna in biofilm function.the possible roles of extracellular dna as a polymeric substancea structural componen [ 38,39] , and an energy and nutrition source [ 40], and gene pool for horizontal gene transfer (hgt) in naturally competent bacteria have been considered [22]. it was previously shown that the the extracellular dna of p. aeruginosa , klebsiella pneumonia and streptococcus pneumonia could change the properties of the biofilms formed by these bacteria [14,10 ] . others explain this property of dna as dna facilitates twitching motility– mediated biofim expansion. as biofilms of p. aeruginosa contain large quantities of edna[10,11] and the type iv pili (tfp) of p. aeruginosa have been shown to bind dna[41] ,we explored the possibility that edna may also contribute to the twitching motility– mediated biofilm expansion, and this indicates that dna is important in coordinating bacterial movements during biofilm expansion and self-organization of bacterial biofilms is facilitated by extracellular dna[ 37]. . references 1.costerton, j. w., stewart, p. s.and greenberg, e. p.(1999). bacterial biofilms: a common cause of persistent infections. science. 284:1318–1322. 2.sutherland, w. .(2001). the biofilm matrix an immobilized but dynamic microbial environment, trends microbiol.9(5):222-227. 3.costerton, j. w., lewandowski, z., caldwell, d. e., korber, d. r. and lappin-scott, h. m. (1995). microbial biofilms. ann. rev. of microbiol.; 49:711 – 45. 4. høiby, n., bjarnsholt, t.; givskov, m.; molin, s. and ciofu, o. (2010). antibiotic 32. -35(4):322 int j antimicrob agents. resistance of bacterial biofilms . 5. o’toole, g;, kaplan, h. b. and kolter, r. (2000). biofilm formation as microbial development. annu. rev. microbiol. 54:49–79. 6. ramphal, r. and ambrose p. g., (2006). extended-spectrum betalactamases and 72.-15;42 suppl 4:s164 clinical outcomes: current data. clin. infect. dis 7.podschun, r. and ullmann, u. (1998). klebsiella spp. as nosocomial pathogens: epidemiology, taxonomy, typing methods, and pathogenicity factors. clin. microbiol. rev. 11: 589‐603. 8.schroll, c.; barken, k.; krogfelt, k. et al. (2010). role of type 1 and type 3 fimbriae in klebsiella pneumoniae biofilm formation. bmc microbiol. 10: 179 -189 . 9.al-qafaji, m.h.m. (2008). biofilm formation by the external fixators contaminating klebsiella pneumoniae and its antibiotic resistance. msc. thesis. college of science. university of baghdadiraq . 40 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 10 . whitchurch, c.b.; tolker-nielsen t .; ragas, p.c. and mattick, j.s.( 2002). extracellular dna required for bacterial biofilm formation. science 295:1487. 11. allesen-holm, m.; barken, k.b.; yang, .l; klausen, m.; webb, j.s.; kjelleberg, s.; molin, s.; givskov, m. and tolker-nielsen, t.( 2006). a characterization of dna release in pseudomonas aeruginosa cultures and biofilms. mol. microbiol. 59:1114–1128. 12 . barken, k.b.; pamp, s.j.; yang, l.; gjermansen, m.; bertrand, j.j.; klausen, m.; givskov, m.; whitchurch, c.b.; engel, .jn. and tolker-nielsen, t.( 2008). roles of type iv pili, flagellum-mediated motility and extracellular dna in the formation of mature multicellular structures in pseudomonas aeruginosa biofilms. environ. microbiol. 10:2331– 2343. 13 . qin, z.; ou, y.; yang, l.; zhu, y.; tolker-nielsen, t.; molin, s. and qu, d.( 2007). role of autolysin-mediated dna release in biofilm formation of staphylococcus epidermidis. microbiol . 153( 7):2083-92. . 14.tetz, g.v.;artemenko, and n.k.;tetz, v.v .(2009) effect of dnase and antibiotics on biofilm characteristics.antimicrob agents chemother 3:120453:2083–2092. (2009).dna as an adhesin: ..sbrözel, v. and theron, j; .pretorius, j.m; .vilain, s15. bacillus cereus requires extracellular dna to form biofilms. appl. environ. microbiol. 75(9):2861-8. 16 . flemming, h.c. and wingender, j. (2010) the biofilm matrix. nat rev microbiol 8:623–633. 17.eaton, a. ; wef, e. and arnold, e. (2005). standered method for the examination of water and waste water.21 st. edition. american public health association 18. health protection agency. (2007) enumeration of pseudomonas aeruginosa by membrane filtration.national standard method w6 issue 3. 19. forbes, b.e;, sahm,d.f. and weissfeld,a.s.(2007) bailey & scott's diagnostic microbiology.12thed.mosby elsevier. texas, usa . 20 . green ,m.r. and sambrook, j. (2012) molecular cloning. a laboratory manual. 4 th edition 3 volumes . cold spring harbor laboratory press, cold spring harbor, new york. 21 . ausubel, f.m.; brent, r.; kingston, r.r.e and moore, d. (1998) current protocols in molecular biology, john wiley and sons, new york ,usa. 22 . freeman, d.j.; falkiner, f.r. and keane, c.t., (1989). new method for detecting slime production by coagulase negative staphylococci. j. clin. pathol., 42, pp:872-874. 23 .pfaller, m.a.; davenport, d.; bale, m.; barret, m.; konntz, f. and massanari, r. (1988). development of cuantitative micro-test for slime production by coagulase negative staphylococci. eur. j. clin. microbiol. infect. dis., 7:30-33. 24 .-stepanovic, s.; vukovic, d.; dakic, i.; savic, b. ;and svabic-vlahovic, m. (2000) a modified microtiter-plate test for quantification of staphylococcal biofilm formation. journal of microbiol. meth 40: 175–179.  25 . sambrook, j. and russell, d.w. (2001) molecular cloning. a laboratory manual. 3rd edition, cold spring harbor laboratory press, cold spring harbor, new york-usa. 26 .gilan,i. and sivan,a.(2013). extracellular dna plays an important structural role in the biofilm of the plastic degrading actinomycete rhodococcus ruber.adva. in microbiol. 3, 543-551. 27.al-bayatti ,k.k.( 2013) detection of three uncommon bacteria in tigris river and purification stations. ajps, 13(2) 28.al-hashimy,a.b.j.(2012).evaluation of some molecular and traditional methods used for detection of pathogens in water supply in some regions of baghdad area .thesis of ph.d. in genetic engineering and biotechnology institute for postgraduate studies. university of baghdad–iraq. 29.rewatkar,a.r., and wadher,b.j. (2013). staphylococcus aureus and pseudomonas 41 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 aeruginosa biofilm formation methods. . of pharma biol.l sci . (iosr-jpbs), 8(5). :36-40. 30.khudhur,i.m(2013). investigating the ability of some bacterial species to produce slime layer. raf. j. sci.,, 2(14), 36-49. 31. moteeb,s.h.(2008). quantitative and qualitative assays of bacterial biofilm produced by pseudomonas aeruginosa and klebsiella spp. j. al-anbar univ. pure sci : 2(3),: 6-13. 32. petersen, f. c.; pecharki, d. and scheie, a. a. (2004). biofilm mode of growth of streptococcus intermedius favored by a competence-stimulating signaling peptide.j. bacteriol 186:6327–6331 . 33.tetz, g.v.;artemenko, n.k. and tetz, v.v .(2009) effect of dnase and antibiotics on biofilm characteristics. antimicrob agents chemother;53 : :2083–2092. 34.conover,m.s.; mishra, m.and deora, r. (2011) extracellular dna is essential for maintaining bordetella biofilm integrity on abiotic surfaces and in the upper respiratory tract of mice. plos one 6(2) plos one; , 6 ( 2), :1-10. 35 . liu, h.h.; yang, y.r.; shen, x.c.; zhang, z.l.; shen, p. and xie, z.x.(2008). role of dna in bacterial aggregation. currt microbiol. 57:139-144. 36. das,t.; sharma,p.k., busscher,h.j.; van der mei,h.c.. and krom,b.p.(2010)..role of extracellular dna in initial bacterial adhesion and surface aggregation . appl environ microbiol. 76(10): 3405–3408. 37.gloaga ,e.s.; turnbulla ,l.; huangb ,a; vallottonc ,p.; wangd ,h.; nolana ,l.m.; milillie ,l.; hunte ,c.; lua ,j.; osvatha ,s.r.; monahana, ,l.g; cavalierear.; charlesa,i.g.; wandb,m.p.; geed,,m.l.; prabhakare,r. and whitchurcha,c.b .(2013)self-organization of bacterial biofilms is facilitated by extracellular dna pnas 110(28) :11541–11546. 38. maier, b., and j. radler.( 2000). dna on fluid membranes: a model polymer in two dimensions. macromolecules 33:7185–7194. 39. rice, k. c.; mann, e. e. ; endres, j. l; weiss, e. c. ; cassat, j. e. ; smeltzer, m. s. ; and bayles k. w ( 2007). the cida murein hydrolase regulator contributes to dna release and biofilm development in staphylococcu aureus. proc. natl. acad. sci. usa. 104:8113–8118. 40. finkel, s. e., and kolter, r. ( 2001). dna as a nutrient: novel role for bacterial competence gene homologs. j. bacteriol. 183:6288–6293. . 41 van schaik, ej, . (2005) dna binding: a novel function of pseudomonas aeruginosa type iv pili. j bacteriol 187(4):1455–1464. tableno. (1) :the results of slim layer production of pseudomonas aeruginosa and klebsiella pneumoniae isolates isolates degrees of biofilm + ++ +++ p. aeruginosa 5 isolates (25%) 7 isolates (35%) 8 isolates (40%) k. pneumoniae 3 isolates (21.43%) 4 isolates (28.57%) 7 isolates (50%) 42 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(2): the groups of biofilm producer pseudomonas aeruginosa isolates according to optical density(od) values by using the scheme of stepanovic´ et al. (2000)[ od value of control was 0.15 od groups no.(%) of isolates mean of od ± s.e weak 0(0)% 0.00 ± 0.00 moderate 5(25%) 0.496 ± 0.021 strong 15(75%) 0.813 ± 0.042 lsd value --0.191 p-value --0.0001 table no.(3) : thr groups of biofilm producer klebsiella pneumoniae pneumoniae isolates according to optical density(od) values by using the scheme of stepanovic´ et . od value of control was 0.15 ][ (2000) al. od groups no.(%) of isolates mean of od ± s.e weak 2(14.28%) 0.235 ± 0.010 moderate 4(28.57%) 0.409 ± 0.026 strong 8(57.14%) 0.776 ± 0.047 lsd value --0.184 p-value --0.001 43 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (4): od values represent the biofilm formation of pseudomonas aeruginosa and klebsiella pneumonia under experimental different condition ( in present and absence of genomic dna of p. aeruginosa and k. pneumonia ) experimental conditions mean of od ± se p. aeruginosa k. pneumoniae without extracted dna 0.729 ± 0.042 b 0.594 ± 0.066 b with extracted dna of p. aeruginosa in concentration 20 µg/ml 1.014 ± 0.059 a 0.957 ± 0.048 a with extracted dna of p. aeruginosa in concentration 40 µg/ml 1.112 ± 0.048 a 1.031 ± 0.052 a with extracted dna of k. pneumoniae in concentration 20 µg/ml 1.022 ± 0.034 a 0.937 ± 0.047 a with extracted dna of k. pneumoniae in concentration 40 µg/ml 1.029 ± 0.037 a 1.058 ± 0.054 a lsdvalue 0.209 * 0.273 * p-value 0.0467 0.0361 * (p<0.05) a:in present dna ,b :in absence of dna 44 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 pseudomonas لبكتريا الحيوي الغشاء تكوين في المستخلص dna دور aeruginosa , klebsiell pneumonia الحي الجسم خارج عليوي رحمن سناء عبد كريم ھويدا بغداد / جامعة العلوم كلية/ الحياة علوم قسم 2014/ تشرين االول /20, قبل البحث في : 2014/ حزيران / 22في : استلم البحث الخالصة الحيوي الغشاء يرتبط. الحيوي الغشاء يسمى جدا متقنة بصورة بالسطوح ملتصقة ومجتمعات معقدا البكتريا تكون على المستخلص dna دور على الحالية الدراسة ركزت, الطبية االدوات شتى يستوطن وكذلك االنسان امراض ببعض في الشرب مياه من البكتريا ھذه عزل نسبة كانت. k. pneumonia و p. aeruginosa بواسطة الحيوي الغشاء تشكيل جميع ان النتائج اظھرت).k. pneumonia عزلة 14(%7و) p. aeruginosa عزلة 20(%10 ھي الدراسة ھذه المستعمرات بتكوين مختلفة بدرجات لكن اللزجة للطبقة منتجة كانتk. pneumoniae و p.aeruginosa عزالت الى dna اضافة ان الى النتوائج اشارت. حمر و وسود غامقة سود مستعمرات: الكونغو احمر اكار وسط على السود .)خارجي او ذاتي dna كان سواء( الحيوي الغشاء تشكيل يحفز الوسط الكونغو احمر اكار, المعايرة اطباق. دنا, الحيوي الغشاء: المفتاحية الكلمات ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 evaluation o f dot. elisa test for diagnosis visceral leishmaniasis in infected children w. r. ali , r. s. al-sady and a. a. j. j. alsaadi departme nt of biology ,college of education ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract for t he first time in iraq, this study was conducted to evaluate the usefulness of dot .elisa, for detecting anti leishmania donovani antibodies in serum samples from susp ected p atient (children under 8 y ears ) with visceral leishmaniasis v.l.. sera from 73 v.l. , 60 healthy controls, and 57 p atient with ot her parasitic diseases ot her than v.l. (amoebiasis, giardiasis , toxop lasmosis, schist osomiasis , hy datidosis, ascariasis , lupus erythromatosus , viral hep atitis, and cutaneous leishmaniasis) were examined. ant i leishmania donovani antibodies detected in 71 out of 73 susp ected visceral leishmaniasis . data of this st udy showed that infection in male group was more than female group . result of this st udy revealed a high p revalence of p atients with v.l. infection at the age range 1 2.9 and 3 4.9 y ears when comp ared with other range group s (p>0.01). a cross – reaction was found with sera lupus erythromatosus, no cross reaction was found with sera from other disease . sensitivity was determined as 97.3 %, and sp ecificity was found to be 95.7% . positive and negative the values predictive of test were 96% and 97.4% dot .elisa is simp ler, serodiagnosis rap id, sensitive and sp ecific, its use in resp ectively. seeing that of v.l. can be recommended. introduction visceral leishmaniasis v.l. the second largest p arasite killer in the world (after malaria)which is resp onsible for an estimated 500,000 new cases of v.l. occur in each y ear and a tenth of these p atients would die [1]. in iraq esp ecially v.l. was regarded as an endemic disease[2].demonstration of p arasites in bone marrow asp irates or needle biopsy sp ecimens of the sp leen, and lymph node, or by vitro cultivation are the definitive methods of diagnosis [3]. however, these methods are insufficiently sensitive, and the techniques are invasive, p ainful , and even hazardous [4]. a number of serological tests have been developed and evaluated for the diagnosis of v.l., dat [5] and elisa [6, 7]. later flow using recombinant antigen [7,8] and pcr [9].in iraq, various epidemiological survey of v.l. was done by using ifat technique [10]. this test requires more exp ensive and sp ecialized equip ments and it is not suitable for large scale examination of sera [11]. various ty p es of elisa has been developed and described for comp etition , the direct method for detection antibody [ 6 ] and the double antibody sandwich method for detection antigen [7]. it is usful in field owimg to its simplicity dot .elisa has been succefully app lied to the serodiagnosis of p arasitic diseases, because it is simple to p erform, inexp ensive , and highly accurate and serum conservative [ 5 ]. the present st udy aimed to evaluate the dot . elisa for serodiagnosis of v.l. by using promastigote antigen and human sera infected with v.l. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 material and methods venous blood samp les were collected from 73 children under eight y ears susp ected to have v.l. from ch ild ' s central teachin g hosp ital in baghdad during ap rilseptember 2007. v.l. was diagnosed on the basi c le ishmania serology (ifator dip stck) . leishman donov an bodies were detected bone marrow asp irates . control serum samples were obtained from 6o health subjects with no known exp osure to v.l. . cross reactivity were performed by using 57 samples from patient with p arasitic infection than v. l. , including amoebiasis (n=5) , giardiasis (n=5) , toxop lasmosis (n=5) ,schist osomiasis (n=5), hy datidosis (n=5), ascariasis (n=5) , viral hep atitis (a=5/b=2) , lup us erythromatosus (n=5), and cutaneous leishmaniasis (n=15). preparation of antigen the p rimary isolation of p arasites from bone marrow asp irates of susp ected v.l. patients were grown in semisolid medium which p repared according limoncou etal., [12]. some of the asp irates were inoculated in novey , m ac neal, nicol (nnn) medium at 25°c to isolate, and culture visceral st ock [9]. aft er the promastigotes of leishmania donovani growing with 7-10 days [13] on semisolid medium were transferred to 100ml st erile containers, and then 10ml of liquid medium was added [14]. the container was incubated at 25°c in orbital incubator. the growt h of p arasites were examined after two days to ensure a good growt h and sterilely. ot her quantities of liquid medium were added when needed. the p arasites were amp lified on liquid medium after 3-5 days later, a drop of culture were examined to check the p resence of , sufficient number of amastigote . the culture characterist ically contains ≥97% motile promastigotes. the promastigotes were collected by centrifuging the liquid medium overlay at 750g for 15 min at 4 °c. the pellets were washed three times with pbs, parasites fixed in 50ml of 1.5% formalin pbs fore 1hr. at 22°c and washed three times in triethanol amine buffered saline(tbs),p h7.5, and estimation of the p rotein content of antigen to the method of bradford [15]. dot.elis a procedure: dot . elisa was p erformed as described by pap p as etal., [16 ]. a nitrocellulose filter discs (25 mm diameter,0.22µl p ore size, m illip or,inc., bedford.m a) cut into 5 x5mm square, and all discs are handled with forcep s to p revent contamination. 1 µl promastigotes antigen (4.2 x 10 5 promastigotes, 1 µg p rotein ) was dot ted onto each disc by10 µl hamilton sy ringe . antigen was st abilized on the discs by dry ing for 10min.at 56°c. ant igen discs were then st ored at -20°c until used [16 ]. all st eps were p reformed at room temp erature 22-24 °c an all working solution were made in tbs. before antigen discs were left in room temp erature, then p laced in wells of flat-bot tom 96-well micro liter plates (m axi sorp ., nune, roskilde, denmark). un bound sites on the discs were blocked with 75 µl of 5% of bovine serum albumin bsa – tbs (w/v).the micro titer p lates were shaken fore one minute, then incubated for 15 min. the p rocedure adequately blocked all nonsp ecific p rotein binding sites on antigen discs and all surfaces. blocking solution was asp irated off the antigen discs and 50 µl of 4 fold dilution of saea in 1% bsa -tbs (w/v)was added to each well. plates shaken for 1min. and incubated for 30min. sera were asp irated off and washed three times in 100 µl of 0.05 nonided p-40 ( np40.ph6.85,was p urcosed from sheel chemical co., ltd. west orange, nj). during the third wash antigen discs were incubated in np-40-tbs for 10 min. before asp iration 50 µl hors radish p eroxidase (hrp)conjugated goat antihuman igg (sigma chemical) diluted 1:100 in 1% bsa – tbs ( p h7.4 ) was p ipett e in 50 µl volumes into each well and the p lates were shaken then incubated for 30min. conjugated asp irated off all test samples and the p lates were washed as described above. freshly p repared substrate by mixing together 2ml of 4chloro – 1nap hthol ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 4cin, a p ricipitable substrate , was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (3 mg / ml ) and st ored in a brown bottle in the dark at 4°c . every 14 days this st ock solution was p repared fresh. immediately to be for use, 10ml of tbs and 4 µl of 30% h202 were added to 2 ml of 4cin. fifty micro liters of t his solution (ph 7.35 7.4 ) were added to each test well and the p lates were shaken and incubated for 30min. subst rate was asp irated and the p lates were washed three times in tbs and were allowed to dry . serum dilutions causing the develop ment of welldefined blue dots on antigen discs were considered positive. s tatisti cal analysi s: all the st atist ical analysis were done by zar [17]. results table (1) showed that 71 out of 73samples from suspected v.l. male p atients 46 , 64.8 were higher than number and p ercentage of female p atients 25, 35.2 %. data demonst rated in figure(2) showed that the different p revalence of v.l. in patients with represent t o age group s range 1-2.9 and 3-4.9 y ears (46.57% ,n=33) and (26.8%, n=19) were resp ectively more p revalence of si gnificance was (p>0.05). for dot .eli sa , 71 sera fro m susp ected p atients, blue dot were observed against 4 fold dilutions of sera. al l the control sera (60 cases ) gave negative results. a cross – reaction was observed with serum samp les from p atients with lupus erythromatosus .whereas as serum samples from p atients with (amoebiasis , giardiasis, toxop lasmosis ,schist osomiasis , hy datidosis , ascariasis , viral hep atitis , and cutaneous leishman iasis ) didn't cross react.sensitive of 97.3%(71 p ositive of 73 v.l. p atient samp les ), and the sp ecificity was found to be 95.7% (112 negatives of 117 non p atients samp les ).considerin g the above findin gs, t herefore p ositive and negative predictive valu es of the assay were 96%,97.4% resp ectively. discussion numerous epidemiological and clinical st udies had noted difference in the p revalence of leishmania disease between males and females in iraq[10], al-jeboor i [18] found that male : females was 3:1 in the p art central p art of iraq. there were nu merous observations whi ch demonst rated that t he difference in the prevalence of v.l. disease between males and f emales was related to the difference in the host immune resp onse to infection p lay ed an imp ortant role in the resistance and susceptibility of infection due to increased exp ression of inf -gamma in females in comp arison with males which led to increased female protection against the infection [19]. v.l. occurs mostly in y oung p op ulation. the results showed that the p revalence of the disease described in p atients with increasin g of age. similar results were obtain ed in other st udied in iraq and neighboring countries [10, 20, 21, and 22]. these findings might be due to difference in the host immune r esp onse ( humoral and cell mediated immune r esp onse), that will be considered infant is not well develop ed at an early st age of life. the high er rate at age of 1-2.9 y ears might be due to the difference in suscep tibility of p op ulation to the infection. anot her p ossible cause for the infection of the infants was that the sand flies which have bett er opp ortunities of biting relatively immobile infant than other children [23]. the dot. elisa has been successfully app lied in serodiagnosis of many p arasitic diseases and has several advantages [24]. the results can be read with naked eye and the antigen dotted nitrocellulose membrane st rips can be st ored for 3 y ears at 4°c. as demonst rated in yamaura and arak st udy [25], it has been also reported that antigen – dotted nitrocellulose membrane st ored for up to 3 months at room temp erature 37°c. the sensitivity of the dot. elisa in the present study 97.3 % and sp ecificity was 95.7 % in the diagnosis of v.l. p ositive negative predictive values were 96 % and 97.4 % resp ectively. our data agreed with dietz e study [26] which improved that dot . elisa t est with high ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 sensitivity of 97% and sp ecificity of 100 % in diagnosis of canine v.l. our finding is consist with ali st udy [24] in iraq , which found that sensitive 97.3% and sp ecific 95.7% for the diagnosis of human hy datidosis. hatam etal., [27] used dot . elisa to serodiagnosis of amoeboasis was found to be more sp ecific 96.3% and sensitivity 83.3 % , positive and negative predicative values were 93.7% and 89.6% resp ectively. crossreactions were observed between test antigen and sera from 5 p atients with lupus ery thromatosus. this was most likely due to lupus p atients anti – nuclear antibodies reaction with p arasite dna. t hese cross reactions were however, not high crossreactivity with sera from p atients with confirmed cutaneous leishmaniasis was not observed .this is most likely due to the observation that serum antibody levels are characterist ically lower in cases of cutaneous leishmaniasis [16]. dot . elisa had a higher sp ecificity and sensitivity and since it is a simp le , no exp ensive and reliable test , its use can be recommended. re ferences 1boelaert , m . ; criel , b. ; leewenburg , j. ; dammevan , w. and leray , d. (2000) . trans. r. soc. trop . m ed. hy g., 94: 465-471. 2alnadawi , m . n. ; al-safar, ,n. and al-ezz i ,j. (2000). j. fac. bag. m ed.bag.,42(2):95-99. 3-m arsden, p.d.(1979). engl. j. m ed., 300 : 350-352. 4kar, k. (1995). crit. rev. m icobiol., 21:123-152. 5-bagchi , a. k. ; tiwari ,s. ; gup ta , a. and schoone , g. (1998). ann. trop . m ed. parasitol., 92: 154-163. 6 rajasekar iah , g. h. r. ;cardoso , l. ; do gcio , d. a. ; m artin , s.k. and smithy man a. m . (2008). am. j. t rop . m ed. hy g., 78(4) : 616-623. 7hommel , m .(1976). trans. roy . soc. trop . m ed. hy g. , 70: 15-16. 8qu, j. q. ; zhong , l. ; m asoom yasin zai , m . ; abdure – rab , m . ; aksu , h. s. ; reed , s. g. ; chang , k. p. and gilman sachs , a. (1994). trans.r. soc. trop . m ed. hy ge., 88: 543-545. 9singh , s. and siva kumar, r. (2003). j. of post . grad. m edicine., 49 (1): 55-60. 10-jassim , a. h. (1998) . the evaluation and app lied of a locally repaired direct agglutination test for the diagnosis and sero –epidemiology of visceral leishmaniasis in basrah. ph. d. t hesis coll. m ed. univ. al-m ust ansirya. 11shiddo ,s. ; akuffo ;h. ; ohammed ,a. ; huldt , g. ; nilson , l. ; oucherlony , o.and threstenssn , r . (1995). t rans. roy . soc. trop . m ed. hy g., 89 (1):2124. 12limoncu , m . e.; balciĝlu ,i . ,c. ; vereli , k. ; öz bel , y. and öz bilgin , a.(1996).j. clin. m icrobiol., 35 (9) :2430 -2431. 13rassam , m . b. and alm udhaffar, s. a. (1980). ann. trop . m ed.parasitol., 74 (3): 283287. 14al bashir , n. m . ; rassam , m . b. and al-rawi , b. m . (1992). ann. trop . m ed. parasitol. , 86 (5) 487-502. 15-bradford,m .m .(1976). ann. biochm., 72 :248–254. 16-pap p as , m . g. ; hajkowski ,r. and hockmey er ,w. t. (1984). j. immunol.m eth.,64:205-214. 17-zar,j. n. (1999). biost atist ical analysis. 4 th ed. prentice-hall, inc., usa. 18al-jeboori ,t. l. (1979). trans. roy . soc. trop . m ed. hy g. 75: 109. 19islam ,m . z. ; itoh ,m . ; shamsuz zaman , s. m . ; m irza ,r. ; m atin .f. ; ahmed ,i. ; choudhury , a. k. m . s. ; hussain , a. h. ; qiu, xu-g. ;begam , n. ; furuy a ,m . ; leafasia , j. l. ; hashiguchi ,y. and kimura , e.,(2002).clin. diagh. lab.immunol.,9(4):789-794. 20-alwan , s. j. (1985) . the p resent st atus of visceral leishmaniasis in baghdad city . m . sc. thesis .coll. m ed., univ. baghdad. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 21al-alak , s. f.(1997). study of epidemiology of v.l. (kalaazar ) in al-m agger dist rict– m issanp rovince. m . sc. thesis, college of m edicine, university of baghdad. 22satoskar , a. ; alquassi , h.h. and alexander , j. (1998).. immunol. cell.biol., 76 : 159 -166. 23-bray , r. s. (1974) . leishmaniasis. ann . rev. m icrobiol., 28 : 189-210. 24–ali,w. r. (2008). ibn al-haitham j. pure & ap p l. sci., 21(4):1-11. 25yamaura , h. ; araki , k. ; kikuchi , k. ; itoda , i. ; tot suka , k .; kobay akwa ,t. (2003). am. trop . m ed. hy g., 59: 431434. 26-dietz e, r. ; falqueto, a. ; valli, l. c. p. ; rodriques, t. p. ; boulos , m . and corey, r. (1995). ann. j. trop . m ed. hy g., 53 (1): 40-42. 27-hatam ,gh ; khormi , hr. ; sahebani ,n. and sarkari ,b.(2007).shiraze-m ed.j.,8(3):1-9. table (1) distribution of v.l. patients according to ge nder % patie nts no. gender 64.8 46 male 35.2 25 female 100 71 total 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد في تشخیص األطفال المصابین dot. elisaتقییم اختبار االلیزا النقطي الحشائیة اانیابالالشم عبد علي زنجیل جبارة الساعدي رنا صاحب السعدي و ،یدة رشید عليحو ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد -ربیةقسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة الت الخالصة dotاختیار االلیزا النقطي فائدةملتقیی مرة في العراق ألول ةالدراسهذه أجریت .elisaللكشف عن أضداد leishmania donovani. الالشمانیا االحشائیة بمرضإصابتهمالمتوقعة سنوات 8بعمر اقل من "طفال 73 ل v. l. .v.l ریغ أخرى بأمراض لمصابین مصال 57 و ،أصحاء ألشخاصمصال 60 و (amoebiasis, giardiasis, t oxop lasmosis ,sch istosomiasis , hy datidosis, ascaiasis , lupus erythromatosus , viral hep atitis , and cutaneous leishmaniasis). ر ، من اإلصابة في مجموعة اإلناثىأوضحت النتائج إن اإلصابة في مجموعة الذكور كانت اعل ٕ وان نسبة انتشا داللة معنویة عالیة بالمقارنة مع الفئات ي سنة وبفارق ذ4.9 3 2.9 1على ضمن الفئات العمریة المرض كانت األ متوقعة إصابتهم )73 من ( عینة 71 في leishmania donovani أضدادوجدت .) p>0.01(العمریة األخرى . ولم نجد هذا مع األمراض األخرى لجهازياالحمراري ا الذئبة مرضى داء وجد مع أمصال التفاعل تصالبي .بالمرض %96.3 خصوصیةال و ،%97.3 االختبار بلغت حساسیة 97.4 و %96 القیم التنبوئیة االیجابیة والسلبیة لالختبار . . على التوالي% dotاختبار . elisa نوصي باستعماله في ونظرا لذلكحساسیة وخصوصیة وذو ، رخیص الثمن، سریع ، بسیط .اللشمانیا االحشائیةبداء المصليالتشخیص 10050071 10050072 10050073 10050074 10050075 10050076 120 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. the new complex integral transform "complex sadik transform" and it’s applications abstract in this work, we present a novel complex transform namely the "complex sadik transform". the propositions of this transformation are investigated. the complex transform is used to convert the core problem to a simple algebraic equation. then, the answer to this primary problem can be obtained to find the solution to this equation and apply the inverse of the complex sadik transform. as well, the complex sadik transform is applied and used to find the solution of linear higher order ordinary differential equations. as well, we present and discuss, some important real life problems such as pharmacokinetics problems, nuclear physics problems, and beam problems. keywords: complex integral transformation, the inverse of complex transform, sadik transform, ordinary differential equations. 1. introduction in (2018), researcher sadik l. sheikh [11] presented a new integral transformation defined as follows : the sadik integral transform of 𝑔(𝑡) is defined as : 𝐒𝑎[𝑔(𝑡)] = 𝐅(𝑣 𝛼 , 𝛽) = 1 𝑣𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0 𝑔(𝑡)𝑒−𝑣 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡 where 𝑣 ∈ ℂ , 𝛼 ∈ ℝ∗ , and 𝛽 ∈ ℝ . the following properties of sadik integral transform [11] : 1 if 𝑔(𝑡) = 𝑡𝑛 , then 𝐒𝑎[𝑡 𝑛 ] = 𝑛! 𝑣𝑛𝛼+(𝛼+𝛽) , 𝑛 ≥ 0. 2 if 𝑔(𝑡) = 𝑒𝑎𝑡 , then 𝐒𝑎[𝑒 𝑎𝑡 ] = 𝑣−𝛽 𝑣𝛼−𝑎 , where 𝑎 is a constant. 3 if 𝑔(𝑡) = sin 𝑎𝑡, then 𝐒𝑎 [sin 𝑎𝑡] = 𝑎𝑣−𝛽 𝑣2𝛼+𝑎2 . doi: 10.30526/35.3.2850 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index article history: received 12 may 2022, accepted 6 june 2022, published in july 2022. saed m. turq teacher at the ministry of education hebron,palestine saedturq@gmail.com emad a. kuffi college of engineering, al-qadisiyah university, al-qadisiyah, iraq. emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:saedturq@gmail.com mailto:emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 121 4 if 𝑔(𝑡) = cos 𝑎𝑡, then 𝐒𝑎 [cos 𝑎𝑡] = 𝑣𝛼−𝛽 𝑣2𝛼+𝑎2 . 5 if 𝑔(𝑡) = sinh 𝑎𝑡, then 𝐒𝑎[sinh 𝑎𝑡] = 𝑎𝑣−𝛽 𝑣2𝛼−𝑎2 6 if 𝑔(𝑡) = cosh 𝑎𝑡, then 𝐒𝑎[cosh 𝑎𝑡] = 𝑣𝛼−𝛽 𝑣2𝛼−𝑎2 . 7 𝐒𝑎[𝑔 (𝑛)(𝑡)] = 𝑣𝑛𝛼 𝐅(𝑣) − ∑𝑘=0 𝑛−1  𝑣𝑘𝛼−𝛽 𝑔((𝑛−1)−𝑘)(0). now, the complex sadik transform is a new complex transform and it is applied and used to find the solution of ordinary differential equation and has applications in domains such as engineering, applied physics, and signed processing [3,4,7]. we analyze functions in the set 𝐂 defined by a novel complex transform defined for functions of exponential order: 𝐂 = {𝑔(𝑡): there exists 𝑀, 𝐿1 and 𝐿2 are greater than zero such that |𝑔(𝑡)| < 𝑀𝑒−𝑖𝐿𝑗|𝑡|, if 𝑡 ∈ (−1)𝑗 × [0, ∞), 𝑗 = 1,2} where 𝑖 is a complex number. the constant 𝑀 must be a finite number for a particular function 𝑔(𝑡) in the set 𝐂, while 𝐿1 and 𝐿2 are may be finite or infinite. the complex sadik transform (cst) denoted by the operator 𝐒𝑎{. }, the transform as follows: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑔(𝑡)] = 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠𝛼 , 𝛽) = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0 𝑔(𝑡)𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡 where 𝑠 ∈ ℂ , 𝛼 ∈ ℝ∗ , and 𝛽 ∈ ℝ . the aim of this work (complex transform) to find the solution of higher order ordinary differential equations. many researchers have proposed new integral transformations for the purpose of solving ordinary and partial differential equations and their applications [2,8,9,12]. 2. a novel complex transform "complex sadik transform" of important functions in this section, we present the complex sadik transform of famous functions: 1 if 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑡𝑛 , 𝑛 ∈ ℕ , then 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑡𝑛 } = (−𝑖)𝑛+1 𝑛! 𝑠𝑛𝛼+(𝛼+𝛽) , 𝑠 > 0. proof. since 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑡𝑛 ] = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0 𝑡𝑛 𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡 let 𝑢 = 𝑖𝑡 → 𝑑𝑢 = 𝑖𝑑𝑡 or 𝑑𝑢 𝑖 = 𝑑𝑡 or −𝑖𝑑𝑢 = 𝑑𝑡 and we know 𝑢 = 𝑖𝑡 → −𝑖𝑢 = 𝑡, when 𝑡 → 0 then 𝑢 → 0 and when 𝑡 → ∞ then 𝑢 → ∞, that is: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑡𝑛 ] = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑡𝑛 𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   (−𝑖𝑢)𝑛𝑒−𝑠 𝛼𝑢(−𝑖)𝑑𝑢 = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   (−𝑖)𝑛𝑢𝑛𝑒−𝑠 𝛼 𝑢(−𝑖)𝑑𝑢 = (−𝑖)𝑛+1 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑢𝑛𝑒−𝑠 𝛼𝑢 𝑑𝑢 = (−𝑖)𝑛+1𝐒𝑎[𝑡 𝑛 ] = (−𝑖)𝑛+1 𝑛! 𝑠𝑛𝛼+(𝛼+𝛽) ⋅ 𝑠 > 0 2 if 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑒𝑎𝑡 , 𝑎 is a constant number, then : 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑒𝑎𝑡 ] = −1 𝑠𝛽 [ 𝑎 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) + 𝑖 𝑠𝛼 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) ] , 𝑠 > 𝑎 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 122 proof. since 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑒 𝑎𝑡 ] = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑒𝑎𝑡 𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑒−𝑡(𝑖𝑠 𝛼−𝑎)𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑠𝛽 1 𝑖𝑠𝛼 − 𝑎 , = 1 𝑠𝛽 1 (𝑖𝑠𝛼 − 𝑎) (−𝑖𝑠𝛼 − 𝑎) (−𝑖𝑠𝛼 − 𝑎) , = 1 𝑠𝛽 [ (−1)(𝑎 + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 ) (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) ] , = −1 𝑠𝛽 [ 𝑎 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) + 𝑖 𝑠𝛼 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) ] , 𝑠 > 𝑎 3 let 𝑓(𝑡) = sin (𝑎𝑡), 𝑎 is a constant number, then 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [sin (𝑎𝑡)] = −𝑎 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 − 𝑎2) , 𝑠 > |𝑎| proof. since 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [sin (𝑎𝑡)] = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0  sin (𝑎𝑡)𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑒𝑖𝑎𝑡 − 𝑒−𝑖𝑎𝑡 2𝑖 𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡 after simple computations, we get: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [sin (𝑎𝑡)] = −𝑎 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 − 𝑎2) , 𝑠 > |𝑎| the result will be benefit in determining the complicated transform of: 4 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [cos (𝑎𝑡)] = −𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑠𝛽(𝑠2𝛼−𝑎2) , 𝑠 > |𝑎|. 5 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [sinh (𝑎𝑡)] = −𝑎 𝑠𝛽(𝑠2𝛼+𝑎2) , 𝑠 > 0. 6 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [cosh (𝑎𝑡)] = −𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑠𝛽(𝑠2𝛼+𝑎2) , 𝑠 > 0. 2.1. the sadik and complex sadik integral transforms for some basic functions in this section, we will present the sadik transform and the novel complex transform for some basic functions in the following table 1: table 1: sadik transform and the complex sadik integral transform for some basic functions functions 𝑔(𝑡) 𝐒𝑎 [𝑔(𝑡)] = 𝐅(𝑠) "sadik transform" 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑔(𝑡)] = 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) "complex sadik transform" 𝑡 𝑛, 𝑛 ∈ ℕ 𝑛! 𝑠𝑛𝛼+(𝛼+𝛽) (−𝑖)𝑛+1 𝑛! 𝑠𝑛𝛼+(𝛼+𝛽) 𝑒 𝑎𝑡 , 𝑎 constant 1 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠𝛼 − 𝑎) −1 𝑠𝛽 [ 𝑎 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) + 𝑖 𝑠𝛼 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) ] sin (𝑎𝑡) 𝑎 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) −𝑎 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 − 𝑎2) cos (𝑎𝑡) 𝑠 𝛼 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) −𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 − 𝑎2) sinh (𝑎𝑡) 𝑎 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 − 𝑎2) −𝑎 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 123 cosh (𝑎𝑡) 𝑠 𝛼 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 − 𝑎2) −𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑠𝛽 (𝑠2𝛼 + 𝑎2) 2.2. the inverse of sadik complex integral transform : if 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑡)} = 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) is the sadik complex transform, then 𝑔(𝑡) = (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1[𝐅𝑐 (𝑠)] is said to be an inverse of the sadik complex transform. in this section, we present the inverse of sadik complex integral transform of simple functions: 1 (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 [(−𝑖)𝑛+1 𝑛! 𝑠𝑛𝛼+(𝛼+𝛽) ] = 𝑡𝑛. 2 (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 [ −1 𝑠𝛽 [ 𝑎 (𝑠2𝛼+𝑎2) + 𝑖 𝑠𝛼 (𝑠2𝛼+𝑎2) ]] = 𝑒𝑎𝑡. 3 (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 [ −𝑎 𝑠𝛽(𝑠2𝛼−𝑎2) ] = sin (𝑎𝑡). 4 (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 [ −𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑠𝛽(𝑠2𝛼−𝑎2) ] = cos (𝑎𝑡). 5 (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 [ −𝑎 𝑠𝛽(𝑠2𝛼+𝑎2) ] = sinh (𝑎𝑡) 6 (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 [ −𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑠𝛽(𝑠2𝛼+𝑎2) ] = cosh (𝑎𝑡) 3. complex sadik integral transform of derivatives: let 𝑓(𝑡) be a continuous function and piecewise continuous on any interval, then the complex sadik transform of first derivative of 𝑓(𝑡) is given by: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 ′(𝑡)] = 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0 𝑓 ′(𝑡)𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡, integrating by parts. let 𝑢 = 𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼 𝑡 , 𝑑𝑣 = 𝑓 ′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑢 = −𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑑𝑡, 𝑣 = 𝑓(𝑡) 1 𝑠𝛽 [−𝑓(0) + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡] −𝑓(0) 𝑠𝛽 + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 1 𝑠𝛽 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 −𝑓(0) 𝑠𝛽 + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓(𝑡)] 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 ′(𝑡)] = 1 𝑠𝛽 [−𝑓(0) + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 ∫   ∞ 0   𝑒−𝑖𝑠 𝛼𝑡 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡] , or 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 ′(𝑡)] = 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑓(0) 𝑠𝛽 therefore, when substituted 𝑓(𝑡) by 𝑓 ′(𝑡) and 𝑓 ′(𝑡) by 𝑓 ′′(𝑡), we get 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 ′′(𝑡)] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )2𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑓 ′(0) 𝑠𝛽 − 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑓(0) 𝑠𝛽 similarly, 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 ′′′(𝑡)] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )3𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [𝑓 ′′(0) + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑓 ′(0) + (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )2𝑓(0)]. in general: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 (𝑛)(𝑡)] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑛𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [𝑓 (𝑛−1)(0) + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑓 (𝑛−2)(0) + (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )2𝑓 (𝑛−3)(0) + ⋯ + (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑛−2𝑓 ′(0) + (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑛−1𝑓(0)] ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 124 or 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 (𝑛 (𝑡)] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑛𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [∑𝑘=1 𝑛  (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘−1𝑓 (𝑛−𝑘)(0)]. theorem 3.1. let 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) be the complex sadik integral transform of 𝑓(𝑡)(𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓(𝑡)]), then : 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 (𝑛)(𝑡)] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑛𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [∑   𝑛 𝑘=1   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘−1𝑓 (𝑛−𝑘)(0)]. proof. by mathematical induction 1 for 𝑛 = 1, 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 ′(𝑡)] = 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑓(0) 𝑠𝛽 thus true for 𝑛 = 1. 2. assume that, true for 𝑛 = 𝑚 that means: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 (𝑚)(𝑡)] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑚𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [∑   𝑚 𝑘=1   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘−1𝑓 (𝑚−𝑘)(0)] 3 we want to prove for 𝑛 = 𝑚 + 1 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 (𝑚+1)(𝑡)] = 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [(𝑓 (𝑚)(𝑡)) ′ ] = 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 (𝑚)(𝑡)] − 1 𝑠𝛽 [𝑓 (𝑚)(0)], = 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 [𝑓 (𝑚)(𝑡)] − 𝑓 (𝑚)(0) 𝑠𝛽 , = 𝑖𝑠𝛼 [(𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑚𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [∑   𝑚 𝑘=1   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘−1𝑓 (𝑚−𝑘)(0)]] − 𝑓 (𝑚) 𝑠 (0)] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑚+1𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [∑   𝑚 𝑘=1   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘 𝑓 (𝑚−𝑘)(0)]] − 𝑓 (𝑚)(0) 𝑠𝛽 = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑚+1𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [∑   𝑚 𝑘=1   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘 𝑓 (𝑚−𝑘)(0)] + 𝑓 (𝑚)(0)] , = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑚+1𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [∑   𝑚 𝑘=0   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘 𝑓 (𝑚−𝑘)(0)]] , = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑚+1𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [ ∑   𝑚+1 𝑘=1   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘−1𝑓 (𝑚−(𝑘−1))(0)]] = (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑚+1𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [ ∑   𝑚+1 𝑘=1   (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )𝑘−1𝑓 (𝑚+1−𝑘))(0)]] , so theorem is true for 𝑛 ∈ ℕ. 4. applications of complex sadik integral transform: in this section, we introduce three real life problems: pharmacokinetics problem, nuclear physics and beam problems. example 4.1. for a physical explanation of the present scheme, we consider a problem from the field of "pharmacokinetics" for solving the concentration of the drug at any given time " 𝑡 " in the blood during continuous intravenous injection of drug and find its solution in this application. this ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 125 application can be written in terms of 1𝑠𝑡 order linear ordinary differential equation with constant coefficients as [1,5,6]. 𝑑𝑔(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 + 𝜆𝑔(𝑡) = 𝛾 volume , where 𝑡 > 0 (1) with initial conditions 𝑔(0) = 0 (2) here: 𝑔(𝑡) : is the drug concentration in the blood at any time " 𝑡 ". 𝜆: is the constant velocity of elimination. 𝛾 : the rate of infusion (in mg/min.) volume: volume in which drug is distributed. complex sadik transform of both sides of equation (1) gives: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 { 𝑑𝑔(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 } + 𝜆𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑡)} = 𝛾 volume 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {1} (3) applying theorem 3.1, we get: 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑔(0) 𝑠𝛽 + 𝜆𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝛾 volume −𝑖 𝑠𝛼+𝛽 (4) the use of the initial condition equation (2) in (4) gives: 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) + 𝜆𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) = −𝑖𝛾 volume 𝑠𝛼+𝛽 . 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝛾 volume −𝑖𝑠−𝛽 𝑠𝛼 (𝜆 + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 ) (5) applying inverse complex sadik transform in equation (5 ), we get: 𝑔(𝑡) = 𝛾 volume (𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 [ −𝑖𝑠−𝛽 𝑠𝛼 (𝜆 + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 ) ] by a fractional fraction, after simple computations, we get: 𝑔(𝑡) = 𝛾 𝜆 volume [1 − 𝑒−𝜆𝑡 ]. which is the required concentration of drug at any given time " 𝑡" in the blood during continuous intravenous injection of a drug. example 4.2. "complex sadik transform in nuclear physics": consider the first order linear differential equation: 𝑑𝑔(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 = −𝜆𝑔(𝑡) this differential equation is the fundamental relationship describing radioactive decay, where 𝑔(𝑡) represents the number of un decayed atoms remaining in a sample of radioactive isotope at the time " 𝑡 " and 𝜆 is the decay constant, [7,10]. we can apply the complex sadik transform to find the solution to this differential equation. rearranging the above differential equation, we obtain: 𝑑𝑔(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 + 𝜆𝑔(𝑡) = 0 taking complex sadik transform on both sides, we have: 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 { 𝑑𝑔(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 } + 𝜆𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑡)} = 0 then: ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 126 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑥)} − 𝑔(0) 𝑠𝛽 + 𝜆𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑡)} = 0 (𝑖𝑠𝛼 + 𝜆)𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑡)} = 𝑔(0) 𝑠𝛽 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑡)} = 𝑔(0) 𝑠𝛽 (𝑖𝑠𝛼 + 𝜆) , here 𝑔(0) = 𝑔0 then 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑔(𝑡)} = 𝑔0 𝑠𝛽 (𝑖𝑠𝛼 + 𝜆) now, we take the inverse complex sadik transform on both sides, we obtain: 𝑔(𝑡) = 𝑔0(𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 { 1 𝑠𝛽 (𝑖𝑠𝛼 + 𝜆) } = 𝑔0(𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 { 1 𝑠𝛽 (𝑖𝑠𝛼 + 𝜆) 𝜆 − 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝜆 − 𝑖𝑠𝛼 } = 𝑔0(𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 { 1 𝑠𝛽 [ 𝜆 𝑠2𝛼 + 𝜆2 − 𝑖 𝑠𝛼 𝑠2𝛼 + 𝜆2 ]} = 𝑔0(𝐒𝑎 𝑐 )−1 { −1 𝑠𝛽 [ −𝜆 𝑠2𝛼 + 𝜆2 + 𝑖 𝑠𝛼 𝑠2𝛼 + 𝜆2 ]} = 𝑔0𝑒 −𝜆𝑡 which is indeed the correct formula for radioactive decay. example 4.3. problem to beams: a beam that is hinged at its ends, 𝑥 = 0 and 𝑥 = 𝐿 carries a uniform loud 𝑤0 per unit length. find the deflection at any point 𝑃. solutions: the ordinary differential equation and boundary conditions are: 𝑑4𝑦 𝑑𝑥4 = 𝑤0 𝐸1 , 0 < 𝑥 < 𝐿 (6) 𝑦(0) = 𝑦′′(0) = 0, 𝑦(𝐿) = 𝑦′′(𝐿) = 0 (7) where 𝐸 is young's modulus, i is the moment of inertia of the cross section about an axis normal to the plane of bending and 𝐸𝐼 is said to be the flexural rigidity of the beam. some physical quantities associated with the application are: 𝑦′(𝑥), 𝑀(𝑥) = 𝐸𝐼𝑦′′(𝑥) and 𝑆(𝑥) = 𝑀′(𝑥)𝐸𝐼𝑦′′(𝑥) which respectively represent the "slope", bending moment, and shear at a point 𝑃. taking complex sadik transform of both sides of equation (6) , we get, if 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑦(𝑥)}, (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )4𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [𝑦′′′(0) + 𝑖𝑠𝛼 𝑦′′(0) + (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )2𝑦′(0) + (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )3𝑦(0)] = 𝑤0 𝐸𝐼 ( −𝑖 𝑠𝛼+𝛽 ) (𝑖𝑠𝛼 )4𝐅𝑐(𝑠) − 1 𝑠𝛽 [𝐶2 + (𝑖𝑠 𝛼 )2𝐶1)] = −𝑤0𝑖 𝐸𝐼𝑠𝛼+𝛽 , 𝑠4𝛼 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) = −𝑤0𝑖 𝐸𝐼𝑠𝛼+𝛽 + 1 𝑠𝛽 [𝐶2 − 𝑠 2𝛼 𝐶1)] , 𝐒𝑎 𝑐 {𝑦(𝑥)} = 𝐅𝑐 (𝑠) = −𝑤0𝑖 𝐸𝐼𝑠5𝛼+𝛽 + 𝐶2 𝑠4𝛼+𝛽 − 𝐶1 𝑠2𝛼+𝛽 inverting to find the solution: 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶1𝑥 + 𝐶2 𝑥3 3! + 𝑤0 𝐸𝐼 𝑥4 4! , or ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 127 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝐶1𝑥 + 𝐶2 𝑥3 6 + 𝑤0 𝐸𝐼 𝑥4 24 . from the last two conditions in equation (7) , we find: 𝐶1 = 𝑤0𝐿 3 24𝐸𝐼 , 𝐶2 = 𝑤0𝐿 2𝐸𝐼 . thus, the required deflection is : 𝑦(𝑥) = 𝑤0 24𝐸𝐼 𝑥(𝐿 − 𝑥)(𝐿2 − 𝐿𝑥 − 𝑥2). it is possible to calculate the bending moment and shear at any point 𝑃 of the beam, and in particular, at the ends. 5. conclusions the definition and applications of the novel complex sadik transform to solve ordinary differential equations have been demonstrated. references 1. aggarwal, s.;,sharma,n.; chauhan, r. duality relations of kamal transform with laplace, laplace–carson, aboodh, sumudu, elzaki, mohand and sawi transforms. sn applied sciences 2020. 2(1), 1-8 2. aggarwal, s. kamal transform of bessel's functions. international journal of research and innovation in applied science (ijrias), 2018, 3(7),1-4. 3. mansour, e.a; kuffi, e.a.; mehdi, s. complex see transform of bessel’s functions. in journal of physics: conference series. 2ivcps 2021, 1999, 1, 012154. iop publishing. 4. mansour, e.a.; mehdi, s.; kuffi, e.a. application of new transform "complex see transform" to partial differential equations. 2nd international virtual conference on pure science (2ivcps) journal of physics: conference series, 2021. 5. mansour, e.a; mehdi, s.; kuffi, e.a. the new integral transform and its applications. int. j. nonlinear anal. appl., 2021, 12(2), 849-856. 6. mansour, e.a.; mehdi,s.; kuffi, e.a. on the complex see change and systems of ordinary differential equations. int. j. nonlinear anal. appl., 2021, 12(2):1477-1483. 7. kuffi, e.f.; mohammed, a.h.; majde, a.q.; abbas, e.s. applying al-zughair transform on nuclear physics. international journal of engineering technology, 2020, 9(1), 911. 8. rao, r.u. zz transform method for natural growth and decay problems. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies (ijpsat), 2017, 5(2).147-150. 9. saadeh, r.z.; ghazal, b.f. a new approach on transforms: formable integral transform and its applications. axioms, 2021,10(4), 332. 10. sawant, l.s. applications of laplace transform in engineering fields. international research journal of engineering and technology (irjet), 2018, 5(5), 3100-3105 11. shaikh, s.l. introducing a new integral transform: sadik transform. american international journal of research in science, technology, engineering and mathematics, 2018, 22(1),100-102. 12. sanap, r.s.; patil., d.p. kushare integral transform for newton's law of cooling. international journal of advances in engineering and management (ijaem), 2022, 4(1),166-170. 17062012114509_010 17062012114509_011 17062012114509_012 17062012114509_013 17062012114509_014 17062012114509_015 17062012114509_016 17062012114509_017 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 201 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author : nsuzaneiaz@gmail.com abstract myrtle plant was washed, dried, and powdered after harvesting to produce a fine powder that was used in water treatment. created an alcoholic extract from the myrtle plant using ethanol, which was then analyzed using gc-mass, fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, and ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy to identify the active components. zinc nanoparticles were created using alcoholic extract. we used ftir, uv-vis, sem, edx, and tem to characterize zinc nanoparticles. using a continuous processing procedure, zinc nanoparticles with myrtle extract and powder were employed to clean polluted water containing heavy metals. firstly used 2g with 20ml polluted water and the result was ( fe 96.20%, cr 84%, pb 100%, sb 93.70, cd 100%, andcu 90.60%) secondly, weused zinc nanoparticles to treat water the result was (fe 96.20%, cr 84%, sb 54%, 64.50%, cu 64.80). when comparing between results myrtle powder and zinc nanoparticle we found myrtle plant was prefer in treatment water. keywords: myrtle plant, zinc nanoparticle, pollutant water treatment, heavy metals. doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3056 article history: received 2 october 2022, accepted 28 november 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq green synthesis zinc nanoparticles in the treatment of heavy metals in the form of complexes *uslim abdullahmsuzan department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. nsuzaneiaz@gmail.com abbas ali salih al-hamdani department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abbas_alhamadani@yahoo.co.uk farqad abdullah resheed ministry of higher education &amp; scientific research &amp; science and technology / directorate of environment &amp; water. hightower3274@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nsuzaneiaz@gmail.com mailto:nsuzaneiaz@gmail.com mailto:nsuzaneiaz@gmail.com mailto:abbas_alhamadani@yahoo.co.uk mailto:abbas_alhamadani@yahoo.co.uk mailto:hightower3274@gmail.com mailto:hightower3274@gmail.com ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 202 1. introduction there was a pressing need to reuse water, particularly in the fields of industry or irrigation, as the sources of clean water over time started to diminish as the demand for it grew[1]. it was crucial creating scientific, practical, and effective ways to treat water because of the growing demand for pure and industrial water, which simultaneously increases water pollution and affects water sources with chemical pollution (both organic and inorganic)[2]. a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the pollutants in the water must come before choosing a treatment procedure, and only then can the optimal course of action be decided. there are therapies that use physical techniques, and there are others that use chemical or biological techniques. however, cost and efficiency[3,4]. are the key factors to consider when comparing various systems. therefore, researchers looked for affordable and effective therapy options that wouldn't disturb the delicate balance of the environment. due to their propensity to absorb chemical contaminants, plant residues are used in water treatment, according to many studies. wastewater has been treated using water hyacinth, water lettuce, duckweed, and vetiver grass. due to its unchecked development in water bodies, eichhornia crassipes have been labeled a problematic aquatic free-floating weed. it is also challenging to manage and eradicate this plant from water bodies[5,6]. however, it has been regarded as a bioindicator because of its capacity to absorb heavy metals from aquatic habitats. only a little amount of study has been done on the phytoremediation method of employing eichhornia crassipes to clean kitchen wastewater. chemists have been concentrating on nanotechnology in recent years, particularly nanotechnology connected to plants, or "green nano"[7]. in this work, we will investigate the treatment of heavy metals polluted water using zinc nanoparticles in combination with alcoholic myrtle extract using customized columns processing. in order to cleanse water tainted with phenols and aromatic chemicals, silver nanoparticles have already won the use of extracts utilizing specialized capsules[8]. to purify water of inorganic pollutants, another study combined zinc nanoparticles with cumin leaf extract [9]. 2. materials and method 2.1. materials and instrumentation the following chemical substances were employed, and a shimadzu-3800 spectro-meter equipped with a (ftir) in the range (4000-400) cm-1 was used as a detector: methanol, ethanol, zinc sulphate, sodium hydroxide, ascorbic acid, and polyvinyl alcohol. shimadzu 160 spectrophotometer was used to find the electronic spectrum data. compounds were subjected to mass indication analysis using a gc mass100p shimadzu. this study used scanning electron microscopy (sem) to manage the analysis and describe the size and morphology of nanoparticles. the best technique for determining the nps' morphology is (tem). a sample is passed through an intense electron beam during this technique for microscopy, and the outcome of the electrons' interactions with the material is the creation of a picture.a little drop of nanoparticles was applied on a copper grid that had carbon coating, and it was left to dry under a mercury lamp for five minutes. finally, readings were taken under stable voltage conditions at magnifications of 5000x, 10000x, 20000, and 50000x. to validate the presence of the zinc nanoparticle, edx measurements were performed using a high-resolution spectrophotometer in a transmission electron microscope. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 203 2.2 plant harvest and preparation for grinding and extraction used myrtle plants for this study came from the kadhimiya district in iraq's baghdad governorate. it was thoroughly cleaned with deionized water many times to get rid of any impurities, dried at room temperature, and then ground into a very fine powder using a special laboratory grinder for 15 seconds. alcoholic myrtle extract was produced by mixing a solution of 65% methanol, 20% ethanol, and 15% free ionized water, allowing it to sit for a while, and then heating it to 50c. it was condensed simultaneously for eight hours using a laboratory condenser. at 50°c, the extraction procedure is carried out, then evaporation and condensation are used to boost enrichment. show figure 1. 2.3 preparation of zinc nanoparticles the following steps were used to manufacture zinc nanoparticles with myrtle extract, using a modified version of elumalai's method: placing 10 ml:20% of myrtle extract and 1000 ml of pure water in a round flask. the flask was left to be heated and stirred at different temperatures. after one minute, 17.5 g of zinc sulfate was added gradually while being continuously stirred [10] the mixture's acidity was then equalized by adding pure sodium hydroxide. the mixture was then put into a glass container and heated to 200°c for two hours. the filtered solution separates from the precipitate to complete the separation, and the precipitate is then collected and dried from the remaining water in a furnace set to 70°c will be used to do the drying; after it has been crashed, 17.5g of zinc sulfate will be gradually added to finish the mixing of the components. green powder that was produced is kept in an airtight container for characterization.[11]. show figure 2. figure1.a. myrtle plant after wash b. myrtle plant after dryed c. myrtle plant after grinded ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 204 figure 2: a. zinc nano-particles during prepare b. zinc nano-particles after dry 2.4 determining the activated compounds of myrtle plant extract the gas chromatography-mass spectroscopy technique (gc-mass), which is cleaner, quicker, and less expensive than conventional extraction methods, was used to identify the activated compounds in the alcoholic myrtle plant extract. gc-mass is an analytical technique for a qualitative and quantitative group of a broad domain of compounds[12]. substances found in the myrtle extract by gc-mass are shown in figure 3, table 1. table 1.compounds characterized in the myrtle extract by gc-mass peak no. r.t area % comp. name classification 1 25.145 6.60 benzoic acid organic acid soapy compounds 2 25.817 2.14 benzoic acid organic acid 3 33.075 0.92 cyclopentane-1-thione, 2,3,4,4-2-tetramethyl thiophen compounds 4 34.898 1.22 tetradecane aliphatic compounds 5 39.871 1.53 durohydroquinone glycol soapy compounds 6 43.116 4.28 hexadecane aliphatic compounds 7 50.336 1.89 furazan 2-(dimethyl amino methylene amino)4-(1,2,4-trizol-2-yl) triazol 8 50.518 2.62 hexa decanal, 2-methyl aliphatic compounds 9 51.770 13.37 oxirane undecanoic acid, 3-pentyl methyl ester, trans alcohol 10 53.999 3.30 n-hexadecanoic acid alcohol 11 54.759 1.13 epoxy-1vinylcyclododecene-1,2 fatty acid methyl esters soapy compounds 12 56.062 16.52 methyl (furan-2-yl)-6hydroxy x-2-ynoate fatty acid soapy compounds 13 57.171 5.23 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2diethyl amino-2-cyclo buten-1,2-dione epoxyd compounds soapy compounds 14 57.451 3.41 oleic acid methyl esters 15 57.654 2.50 1-cyclo hexylnonene amino acid mrthyl esters soapy compounds 16 58.731 1.67 (octadecanoic acid (z-1) fatty acid ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 205 17 59.709 5.16 iron, tricarbonyl (2,3,4,5tetrahydroxy-2,4cyclopentadien-1-one) aliphatic compounds 18 60.332 1.48 1,3-cyclopentadiene, 5-(1methylpropylidene) fatty acid soapy compounds 19 60.526 1.26 octadic-9-enoic acid 20 61.183 1.49 1,3-cyclopentadiene,5 (1-methylpropyldene) cyclic compounds soapy compounds 21 61.606 17.77 octadic-9-enoic acid fatty acid methyl esters 22 62.326 6.41 thiosulfunic acid (h2s2o2), s(minoethyl) ester 23 62.778 1.83 9-octadecenoic acid, (e)fatty acid methyl esters soapy compounds figure 3. gc-mass for the myrtle extract 3. results and discussion this section describes the results of treating water that has been contaminated with inorganic elements including cd, sb, fe, cr, and cu either using myrtle plants or with zinc nanoparticles and evaluates the effectiveness of the treatment. the water treatment technique that was used was the m. processing research. contrasting the standards for standard water adopted by the who and treated water. 3.1 ultraviolet visible (uv-vis) ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy is the main part to distinguish active compounds in the myrtle plant by studying the absorptions that are visible in spectra due to the colors of the myrtle plant, which has been screened as an alcoholic extract and zinc nanoparticle with myrtle extract then absorbed peaks inthe first one appear at 307,676nm and in nano292nm this peakrefers to the ultraviolet area belong (n→ σ*), (π→π*) [13]. 307 and 676nm these peaks belong to (n→π*) and (π→π*) in the uv area, 676 nm refers to myrtle plant plus organic and inorganic compounds. when comparing the alcoholic extract to the green myrtle plant and the zinc nanoparticle with the alcoholic extract, alcoholic extract peak shifted towards a shorter longer wavelength 10 nm red shift, and another peak in visible area refers to zinc nanoparticle [14,15], as shown figure4. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 206 figure 4. ultraviolet-visible for two samples 3.2 fourier transform-infrared (ftir) infrared fourier transform is a key method. when comparing alcoholic extract with myrtle plant and alcoholic extract with nanocomposite, the method for defining organic components in alcoholic extract refers to the creation of nanoparticles. it is employed to identify active chemicals and test whether they can be joined with another element to create new complexes. a peak may be seen at 3371 cm-1, and at 3417 cm-1 zinc nanoparticles can be seen. the (o-h) group has altered in two compounds at around 46 cm-1 in these peaks, which are then followed by further peaks on 2929 cm-1 in alcoholic extract and 2926 cm-1 in zinc nanoparticle. these peaks correspond to the (ch) aliphatic group (1612 cm-1), the carbonyl group (1552 cm-1), the (ch) group (1037 cm-1 in the myrtle alcohol extract), and the (ch) group (1116 cm-1 in nanoparticle) [16,17]show figure 5,6. figure 5. ft-ir spectrum of myrtle alcoholic extract ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 207 figure 6. ft-ir spectrum of zinc nanoparticle with alcoholic myrtle 3.3.scanning electron microscope (sem) scanning electron microscope for zinc nanoparticles shows spherical crystal shape in average particles (122.8 nm), which refers to zinc element, this indicates that it has granules size includes a range of nano, this result is consisted [18] other nanoparticles appear on (55.96, 63.93, 60.66, 85.32,97.20, 100.1, 122.8) nm, which refer to hydrocarbon group range of nano except for hydrogen because the small size of it[19]. figure7. show sem for zinc nanoparticle with alcoholic extract of myrtle 3.4. x-ray diffraction spectroscopy x-ray technique was used to identify the arrangement of the crystal atoms, where the xray hit the crystal to show certain directions according to the angles and strength of reflected rays, where 3d images are formed for the electrondensity inside the crystal. this technique measure the diffraction of x-ray, the nano-crystals are inserted into the angle meter and transformed while targeting the x-ray on it, which shall result in random diffraction called measurements. all directions image of angles is taken for 2d dimensions in order to be transformed to 3d images representing the electronic density inside the crystal. in the study of xray diffraction used for identifying the crystal molecular weight,the result of x-ray testing, where ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 208 the three readings between were 30-40 due to zinc elements presence in more readings due to the size of nano-molecule with zinc elements, while the remaining values show the presence of hydrocarbon compounds except for the hydrogen which does not appear because of its small size[20]. show figure 8. figure 8. xrd-diffraction of zinc nanoparticles 3.5 energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy x-ray spectroscopy uses edx, a form of x-ray emission, to determine the chemical compounds of the samples; on the other hand, each element has a unique atomic structure and set of values. three peaks in a zinc nanoparticle examined verified it. (1,8.6, 9.8) kev and they were crystal spherical structures[21]. show figure 9. figure 9. energy-dispersive x-ray spectroscopy for zinc nanoparticle (edx) 3.6 transmission electron microscopy (tem) is the greatest method for figuring out how nanoparticles are shaped. a sample is run through a powerful electron beam in this sort of microscopy, and the outcome of the electrons' interactions with the material is the creation of an image. after that, the image is magnified and focused onto ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 209 an imaging medium, such as a charge-coupled device, a fluorescent screen, or a sheet of photographic film[22]. a smaller magnification because of differences in the material's composition or thickness, contrast can be seen in tem pictures of that substance, when using a sample of zinc nanoparticles with myrtle extract, high-resolution transmission electron microscopy (hrtem) revealed that the sample was smooth and spherical on the outside[23]. show figure 10. figure 10. transmission electron microscope of zinc nanoparticles (tem) 4. treatment of heavy metals the polluted water was identified using a specific ratio of (ag, cd, cr, sb, fe, and pb) 2g to each element. thereafter, a continuous technique of treatment was used. ten milliliters of polluted water were added along with two grams of myrtle powder and the same method with zinc nanoparticles. after that, the shaking and mixing process was completed by placing the ingredients onto a magnetic stirrer. a portion of the sample was pulled out after the end flowrate, and the treatment % was calculated. the subsequent myrtle powder percentages are 62%. comparatively, 72%, 82%, 54%, 64.50%, and 64.80% of the components were found. [24,25]. show schemes 1,2.show tables 2,3,4,5. table (2). treatment percentages by continuous process by use zinc nanoparticle with extract myrtle plant metal (ppm) 2gm before after percentage 1. fe 10 3.8 62% 2. cr 10 2.8 72% 3. pb 10 1.8 82% 4. sb 10 4.6 54% 5. cd 10 3.55 64.50% 6. cu 10 3.52 64.80% ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 210 table (3). treatment percentages by continuous process by use zinc nanoparticle with extract myrtle plant 4gm before after percentage 1. fe 10 b.d.l 100% 2. cr 10 b.d.l 100% 3. pb 10 b.d.l 100% 4. sb 10 b.d.l 100% 5. cd 10 b.d.l 100% 6. cu 10 b.d.l 100% figure 11. using zinc nanoparticle to treatment water from some heavy metals table 4. treatment percentages by continuous process by use myrtle powder metal (ppm) 2 gm before after percentage fe 10 0.38 96.20% cr 10 1.6 84% pb 10 b.d.l 100% sb 10 0.63 93.70% cd 10 b.d.l 100% cu 10 0.94 90.60% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% fe cr pb sb cd cu zinc nano particles 2gm 4gm ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 211 table 5. treatment percentages by continuous process by use myrtle powder metal (ppm) 4 gm before after percentage 1. fe 10 0.3 97% 2. cr 10 0.18 98% 3. pb 10 b.d.l 100% 4. sb 10 b.d.l 100% 5. cd 10 0.18 98% 6. cu 10 0.26 97% figure 12. myrtle plant to treatment water from some heavy metals 5. conclusion by utilizing zinc nanoparticles, which were in turn manufactured using zinc sulfate as a starting material and whose creation was proven by the following methodology, we were able to successfully treat water in this study using ecologically acceptable techniques: sem, tem, edx, ftir, uv -visible. then, we treated the contaminated water due to heavy metals using continuous process by flowrate polluted water with myrtle powder and zinc nanoparticle with extract myrtle plant, we found that myrtle powder waspreferred to zinc nanoparticle. 6. acknowledgments department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, prof. dr. abbas ali salih al-hamdani, and ministry of higher education & scientific research & science and technology / directorate of environment & water. 75.00% 80.00% 85.00% 90.00% 95.00% 100.00% 105.00% fe cr pb sb cd cu myrtle powder 2 gm 4 gm ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 212 7. conflicts of interest i hereby confirm that all the figures and tables in the manuscript are mine. besides, the figures and images, which are not mine, have been given the permission for re-publication attached with the manuscript. ethical clearance: the project was approved by the local ethical committee in university of baghdad. 8. author's declaration: abbas alhamdani presented the idea, analysis, discussion of the results and writing of the manuscript. suzan muslim abdullah contributed to the design and implementation of the research, laboratory work, farqad abdullah rashid, labeeb ahmed al-zbaidi, suha mohamed ibrahim verified the analytical methods and discussed the results and contributed to the final manuscript. references 1. ajmi, rn.; sultan, m., hanno, sh. bio absorbent of chromium, cadmium, and lead from industrial wastewater by waste plant. journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research. 2018,103,672-674. 2. al-hadithy, ah.; motlag, kh.; sharaf, me.; hashim, lq. using rustumiya sewage water for irrigation: 1-its effect on some soil properties and corn growth. baghdad science journal. 2011,81,179-187. 3. al zoubi, w.; jirjees v.; suleman, v.; al-hamdani, aa.; ahmed, sd.; kim, yg.; ko, yg.; synthesis and bioactivity studies of novel schiff bases and their complexes. journal physics organic chemistry. 2019.32(11), e4004. 4. reda, s.m; al-hamdani, a.a. synthesis, characterization, thermal analysis and bioactivity of some transition metals complexes with new azo ligand. chemical methodologies 2022, 6(6), 475-493. 5. xia, j.; duan, qy., luo, y., xie, zh., liu, zy., mo, xg. climate change and water resources: case study of eastern monsoon region of china.advances in climate change research. 2017,8(2),63-72. 6. sadiq, h.; sher, f.; sehar, s.; lima, ec.; zhang, s.; iqbal, hm.; zafar, f.; nuhanović, m., green synthesis of zno nanoparticles from syzygiumcumini leaves extract with robust photocatalysis applications. journal of molecular liquids. 2021,335,116567. 7. al-bahadili, zr.; al-hamdani, aas.; al-zubaidi, la.; rashid, fa; ibrahim, sm.; an evaluation of the activity of prepared zinc nano-particles with extract alfalfa plant in the treatments of peptidase and ions in water. chem methodol. 2022, 6(7), 522533. 8. wannas, nm.; al-hamdani, aas.; al-zoubi, w.; spectroscopic characterization for new complexes with 2,2'(5,5-dimethylcyclohexane-1,3-diylidene) bis(azan-1-yl-1-ylidene) dibenzoic acid. journal physics organic chemistry.2020,33(11)e4099. 9. al zoubi, w.; al-hamdani, aas.; sunghun, b.; ko, yg.; a review on tio2-based composites for superior photocatalytic activity. rev inorg chem. 2021, 41(4), 213-222. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 213 10. abdullah, sm; al-hamdani, aas; al-zubaidi, la. water treatment using zinc nanoparticles and apricot plant extracts from organic and inorganic pollution. baghdad science journal. 2023, published online first,1-9 11. surega, r. green synthesis of bioactive silver nanoparticles using plant extracts and their antinemic properties. ph.d. thesis, college of agriculture, tamil nadu agricultural university, coimbatore.2015, 97-102. 12. deshmukh, s.; borle, mn.; studies on the insecticidal properties of indigenous plant products. indian journal of medical ethics 1975, 371,1118. 13. daneshvar, n.; aber, s.; sayed dorraji, ms.; khataee, ar.; rasolifard, mh. preparation and investigation of photocatalytic properties of zno nanocrystals: effect of operational parameters and kinetic study. international journal chemistry biomedical engineering, 2008,11, 24-29. 14. jayanthi, p.; lalitha, p. reducing power of the solvent extracts of eichhorniacrassipes (mart) solms. international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences, 2011, 33, 126-128. 15. al-bahadili, zr.; al-hamdani, aas; rashid, fa.; alzubaidi, la.; ibrahim, sm., an evaluation of the activity of prepared zinc nanoparticles with extract of alfalfa plant in the treatment of heavy metals. baghdad sci j, 2022, 19(6), 1399-1409. 16. al-zoubi, w.; kim, mj.; yoon, dk.; al-hamdani, aa; kim, yg.; young, gk., effect of organic compounds and rough inorganic layer formed by plasma electrolytic oxidation on photocatalytic performance. j alloys compd. 2020, 15, 823: 153787. 17. reda, sm.; al-hamdani, aas., mn(ii), fe(iii), co(ii) and rh(iii) complexes with azo ligand: synthesis, characterization, thermal analysis and bioactivity. baghdad sci j. 2022, 20(6), 1399-1409. 18. al-hamdani, aas, alzoubi w. synthesis and antioxidant activities of schiff bases and their complexes. applorganomet chem. 2016, 32(3),11864-11876. 19. alzoubi w, kim mj, al-hamdani aas, kim yg, ko yg. phosphorus-based and their complexes as nontoxic antioxidants: structureactivity relationship and mechanism of action. appl. organomet. chem. 2019,33(11), e5210. 20. elumalai, k.; velmurugan, s.; ravi, s.; kathiravan v., ashokkumar, s., green synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using moringa oleifera leaf extract and evaluation of its antimicrobial activity. spectrochimicaacta part a: mol. biomol. specteo. 2015, 143, 158-164. 21. kareem mj.; al-hamdani, aas.; young, gk.; al-zoubi, w.; saad, gm., synthesis, characterization, and determination antioxidant activities for new schiff base complexes derived from 2-(1h-indol-3-yl)ethylamine and metal ion complexes. journal molecular structure. 2022,1231,129669. 22. kareem, mj.; al-hamdani, aas.; vian, yj.; mohammad, ek.; abdul, wa.; al zoubi, w., preparation, spectroscopic study of schiff base derived from dopamine and metal ni(ii), pd(ii), and pt(iv) complexes, and activity determination as antioxidants. journal physics organic chemistry.2021,343, e4156. 23. tyner, km.; wokovich, am.; doub, wh.; watson, n., sadrieh comparing methods for detecting and characterizing metal oxide nanoparticles in unmodified commercial sunscreens. nanomedicine. 2009, 4(12), 145-159. 24. obaid s m h, sultan j s, al-hamdani, aas. synthesis, characterization and biological efficaciesfrom some new dinuclear metal complexes for base 3-(3, 4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-[(2-hydroxy-3methylperoxy-benzylidene)amino]-2-methyl propionic acid. indones. j. chem. 2020, 20(6), 13111322. 25. christian p, kammer fv, baalousha m, hofmann h. nanoparticles: structure, properties,preparation and behaviors in environmental media. ecotoxicol https://bsj.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/bsj/article/view/7952 https://bsj.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/bsj/article/view/7952 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 45 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. growth and characterization of vacuum annealing agcuinse2 thin film abstract the influence of annealing on quaternary compound ag0.9cu0.1inse2 (acis) thin film is considered a striking semiconductor for second-generation solar cells. the film deposited by thermal evaporation with a thickness of about 700 nm at r.t and vacuum annealing at temperatures (373,473) k for 1 hour. it was deposited in a vacuum of 4.5*10-5 torr on a glass substrate. from xrd and afm analysis, it is evident that ag0.9cu0.1inse2 films are polycrystalline in nature, having ideal stoichiometric composition. structural analysis indicated that annealing the films following the deposition resulted in the increasing polycrystalline phase with the preferred orientation along (112) direction. , increasing crystallite size and average grain size after annealing . the optical properties of these films are determined by the wavelength between 400 nm – 1000 nm. the band gap of the ag0.9cu0.1inse2 films was evaluated to be (1.68-1.5) ev, and the optical constants calculated, such as the refractive index, the extinction coefficient, and the real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant. keywords: optical properties, agcuinse2, afm, thin film. 1. introduction ternary compounds aginse2 and culnse₂ are direct band gap semiconductors crystallizing in the chalcopyrite structure. the nearest chemical, and electronic properties are analogues to binary zinc blende ii-vi [1,2] i-iii–vi2 semiconductors group involve two metals and one chalcogen [3]. their bandgaps lies between 0.8 and 2.0 ev [4] and between 1.07 and 2.73 ev cover the entire solar spectrum which make it an ideal system for multi-junction solar cell [5]. the crystal structure is tetragonal structure chalcopyrite with the lattice constant a =b= 6.102 a° and c = 11.69 a° of doi: 10.30526/35.4.2868 article history: received 6 june 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. rana hameed athab department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. rana.hameed1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index bushra h. hussein department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. boshra.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rana.hameed1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:boshra.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 46 aginse2 and a =b= 5.781 a° and c = 11.552 a° of cuinse2 [6,7]. these thin-film semiconductor has been attractive material for solar cells because of their low production costs, high absorption, and chemical flexibility that allows for the alteration of the bandgap [8] high optical absorption coefficient, high carrier mobility, long term optoelectronic stability [9] thin film of quaternary compound agcuinse2 has been deposited by several methods such as pulsed laser[1] molecular beam epitaxy [10] hybrid magnetron sputtering /evaporation[5] direct current (dc) magnetron sputtering [11] thermal evaporation [12,13] sputtered [9] the chalcogenide semiconductor family i–iii–vi2 is aginse2, and culnse₂ have suitable band-gap energies, the attention of much recent research because of their excellent electrical and optical properties, very significant application in optical devices (linear and nonlinear), photovoltaic solar cell, nir applications in addition to the preparation of solar cells device and schottky diode [14,15] the ionic radii of cu doping being smaller than the ionic radius of ag ion. is suitable dopant for ais lattice because the lower ionic radii cu+1 (0.71å ) than ag +1 (1.29å). so cu is of great interest as a substitute for ag, the structural, optical and electrical properties of ais film could be controlled. [16,17]. this work concentrate on the fabrication of agcuinse2 thin film by vacuum evaporation method and study the concentrate on the effect of annealing (473,573) k on their description using xrd, afm, optical measurement of agcuinse2 film and the interconnection between these parameters. 2. experimental high purity for quaternary compound silver, copper, indium, and selenium acis elements stoichiometric is proportions by weight (0.9:0.1:1:2). then, mix these four elements and put under the pressure of (3*10-3 mbar) in a tube of quartz. the electric oven (1300 k) used to complete the alloy was higher than the melting temperature of aginse2 & cuinse2 [18, 19]. they are deposited on glass substrates at r.t with 700 nm thickness for photovoltaic application. they we study the electrical, structural, and optical properties of acis thin films, using (e 306) thermal evaporation at r.t of 4.5*10-5 torr. x-ray diffraction xrd and afm has characterized the structural morphology of the acis films. the optical transmission measurements in the range of (400–1000) nm are done to calculate the energy gap. x-ray diffraction has been used to study the structure of these films, and scherer’s formula is used to calculate the crystalline size of the films [20, 21]: 𝐶. 𝑆 = 0.9𝜆 𝐵𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛳 (1) where b (fwhm) is the width of the diffraction peak at half maximum intensity. optical properties of thin film preparation, transmission, and absorption spectrums in the wavelength range between (400 to 1000) nm have been noted, and lambert law and tauc equation have been used to determine the absorption coefficients α and the energy gap (egopt), respectively from absorption spectrum [22,23]: ) 2( r) ge –αhυ = d (hυ α = 2.303 a 𝐭 (3) where d is a constant that depends on the temperature and the properties of the valence & conduction bands and α: the absorption coefficient, h the incident photon energy, r: a parameter for the type of the optical transition. a: absorbance, t: thickness. optical constants such as k : extinction coefficient, n refractive index, real part εr & imaginary part εi of dielectric constant can be considered by the relations below[24,25,26]: ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 47 k = αλ 4π (4) n = [ 4r (r − 1)2 − k2]1/2 − (r + 1) (r − 1) (5) εr = n 2‒ k2 (6) εi = 2nk (7) 3. results and discussion figure (1) displays the xrd patterns of the deposited acis thin films with a thickness (700nm) at r.t and (373,473) k. the patterns show that all thin films before and after annealing have a polycrystalline with tetragonal structures. the strongest sharp peak corresponds to (112) at a diffraction angle of 25.45. all the peaks of diffraction can be assigned to the ternary compound aginse2 icdd 00-038-0952 card standard value. there is another noticeable peak (204) when diffraction angle 42.55 can observe. we can notice when annealing with temperatures (373&473), the places for measured diffraction peaks do not alter significantly, but the intensities peaks increase with annealing, and crystallite size becomes larger. this implies that crystalline films have been improved due to system regularity and reduced defects [27]. inse2 at r.t and ta(373,473) k0.1cu0.9ag xrd pattern for thin film .figure 1 the crystallite size estimated by scherer's formula is listed in table (1), showing that the sample ag0.9cu0.1inse2 at 473 k has a large crystallite size from other samples. the micro strain and dislocation density were calculated, and the calculated values are given in table (1). it is evident that the micro strain δ and dislocation density ε decrease with increasing annealing temperature. this is due to the direct proportionality between the micro strain and fwhm of the main peak and the inverse proportionality between the dislocation density and the crystallite size. the decrease in ag0.9cu0.1inse2 thin film defects with increasing annealing temperature indicates it improved their crystal structure. (112) (204) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 48 table 1. experimental xrd data for thin films ag0.9cu0.1inse2 at r.t and ta (373,473) k at (k) expd (å) exp2θ (deg.) hkl fwhm (deg.) (c.s) (nm) 15δ*10 )2lines/m( 3-ε*10 r.t 3.49 25.45 112 0.40000 21.268 2.2107 97.54 2.12 42.55 204 373 3.49 25.45 112 0.3548 23.977 1.7393 86.52 2.12 42.55 204 473 3.49 25.45 112 0.31210 27.258 1.34587 76.108 2.12 42.55 204 the surface morphology of the ag0.9cu0.1inse2 thin films at r.t and (373,473) k was examined by afm analysis. figure (2) shows these films' granularity cumulation distribution chart and three-dimensional afm images. the small particles have grown on the substrate surface, and the pyramidal morphology variations can be seen. the observed physical dimensions of the structure, such as average grain size (g.s), roughness, and root mean square, are listed in table (2). the structures varied in average grain size from (63.30 to 71.33 nm) as well as the variations in the roughness and root mean square values. it is clear from this table that the average grain size, roughness, and root mean square is increased after vacuum annealing thin film. the sample aics has a high value at 473 k. this behavior is due to the increase of the mobility of the atoms, which causes the agglomeration of particles and of larger particles which in turn clues to a rise of the film roughness. these observations agree with xrd results. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 49 table (2): the grain size, roughness average and root mean square of ag0.9cu0.1inse2 at r.t and ta (373,473) k thickness (700nm) grain size (g.s) (nm) roughness average (nm) r.m.s (nm) r.t 63.30 4.75 5.92 373 68.62 5.84 7.26 473 71.33 8.07 10.4 rt 373k ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 50 figure 2. granularity cumulation distribution chart and three dimension ag0.9cu0.1inse2 at r.t and ta (373,473) k. the transmittance and absorbance spectra of the ag0.9cu0.1inse2 thin films at r.t and (373,473) k in the wavelength range of (400–1000) nm are displayed in figure (3). it can be seen that the transmittance values decrease when there are increases in vacuum annealing temperatures. this means after annealing, the absorbance values for these thin films increase, and the absorption of the photon by the free carrier contributes to the decrease in optical transmittance or might be attributable to the growth of the crystallite size [28]. it is clear from figure 3 that the absorbance value of prepared ag0.9cu0.1inse2 thin film after annealing is near 80%. these high values make these films a desired material for photovoltaic applications. ag0.9cu0.1inse2 film at 473 k has the highest values of 90% when the range of wavelength (400-600) nm. this behavior can be related to xrd and afm data to understand the correlation between surface morphology and the increase in absorbance [29]. figure 3. the transmittance and reflection spectrum of ag0.9cu0.1inse2 at r.t and ta (373,473) k the tauc equation was used to calculate the energy gap. it is appraised from the extrapolation to zero absorption in the tauc equation. the variation of eg ag0.9cu0.1inse2 473k ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 51 thin films at r.t and (373,473) k is illustrated in figure (4). the allowed direct transition optical energy gaps of ag0.9cu0.1inse2 films were calculate from 1.68ev to 1.5ev good agreement with [4,9,12,29]. this means it is decreased after annealing. this decreed due to the dopant atoms at the grain boundaries, and more absorbance can be obtained in ag0.9cu0.1inse2. the absorption coefficient α is calculated from the exponential law, the urbach law. in this present study, the α values before and after annealing are shown in table (3). the high value is 5.3×104 cm-1 for ag0.9cu0.1inse2 film at 473 k. these values indicate the increasing of localized states in the band gap after the annealing. 2.1inse0.9cu0and absorption coefficient with photon energy of ag gwith photon energy e 2 the (αhυ)figure 4. at r.t and ta (373,473) k. k. where ) 373,473( ta at r.t and 2.1inse0.9cu0, α, k, n, εr and εi )for agoptgthe optical parameters (etable 3: λ=550nm thickness (700nm) (ev) optge 4α×10 1-cm n k εr εi r.t 1.68 2.34 1.8 0.1 3.7 0.37 473 1.65 3.49 1.57 0.15 2.46 0.48 573 1.5 3.9 1.52 0.16 2.28 0.51 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 52 figure 5. variation of refractive index, extinction coefficient , of the real and imaginary part of dielectric .at r.t and ta (373,473) k 2.1inse0.9cu0ag constant with wavelength for the value of the refractive index (n), the extinction coefficient (k), and the real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant (εr, εi) for thin film ag0.9cu0.1inse2 at r.t and (373,473) k calculated from equations of optical constants. the calculated values of optical constant at the wavelength (λ) equal to 550nm (within the visible range) are listed in table (3). the refractive index n is a significant parameter for optical material and application. the values of n decrease with vacuum annealing, due to a decrease in the corresponding reflection and the structural and compositional changes with annealing. this result agrees with [1, 12]. the extinction coefficient increases, as seen in table (3), taking the same behaviour as the absorption coefficient because the extinction coefficient is directly related to the light absorption. the fundamental electron excitation spectrum of the film was termed by means of the frequency dependency of the complex dielectric constant. the real (εr) and imaginary (εi) parts of the dielectric constant are related to the n and k values. the value of εr and εi at λ=550nm decreases because the behavior of εr is similar to that of n. in contrast, the behavior of εi is similar to that of k because it mainly depends on the k value. the ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 53 value of εi was smaller than that of the thin film at rt, which indicates a small dielectric loss. the best optical constant was when the vacuum annealing effect of 473 k. 4. conclusions thin films of polycrystalline ag0.9cu0.1inse2 at r.t and (373,473) k with thickness of 700 nm are prepared by the thermal evaporation method. xrd and afm studies reveal that the vacuum annealing effect ag0.9cu0.1inse2 has the strongest effects on the structural and morphology of the films. as well as the crystallite size and the average grain size increase after annealing. ag0.9cu0.1inse2 films display good absorption in the spectral range (400-700) nm. the band gap of the ag0.9cu0.1inse2 films was evaluated to be (1.68-1.5) ev. this makes it suitable for forming a solar cell junction. references 1.valery, g.; ivan, v. b.; ignacio, m.; felix, l. m.; sergeev, n.; and victorov, i. a.; growth and characterization of cuxag1-xinse2 thin films by pulsed laser deposition, solid state phenomena, 1999, 67-68, 361-366, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/286003594 2.tinoco, t.; rincón, c.; quintero, m.; pérez, g. s. n., phase diagram and optical energy gaps for cuinyga1−yse2 alloys, physica status solidi a, 1991, 124, 2, 427–434,https://doi.org/10.1002/pssa.2211240206 3.mahmoud, f. a.; and sayed, m. h.; preparation and characterization of sprayed aginse2 thin films, chalcogenide letters, 2011, 8, 11 , 595-600, https://chalcogen.ro/595_mahmoud.pdf 4.suha, n. s.; bushra, h. h.; influence of al dopant on structural and optical parameters of aginse2 thin film, chalcogenide letters, 2022, 6, 19, 409-416. https://doi.org/10.15251/cl.2022.196.409 5.angel, r.; aquino, a. rockett, s.; little, a.; and sylvain marsillac, cryogenic cathodoluminesc from cuxag1-xinse2 thin films, ieee, 2010, 978, 003586 – 003590. 6.qian, c.; xihong, p.; and candace k.; structural and photoelectrochemical evaluation of nanotextured sn-doped agins2 films prepared by spray pyrolysis, chemsuschem, 2013, 6, 102 – 109, https://doi.org/10.1002/cssc.201200588 7.ferhi, s.; boujmil, m. f.; bessaïs, b., structural and optical modeling of electro deposited cuinse2 thin films, epj webofconferences,2012, 29, 00017, 1-6, http://dx.doi.org/10.1051/epjconf/20122900017 8.angel, r.; aquino, s.; little, a.; sylvain, m.; rob c.; and angus, r.; identification of defect levels in cuxag1-xinse2 thin films via photoluminescence, ieee, 2011, 978, 003532 – 003536. 9.lin, r.; zhang, t.; hao, w. li.; wei, p.; yi c.; chen, x.; mei song1, yongzhe zhang, and hui yan , structure and photoelectrochemistry of silver-copper-indium-diselenide ((agcu)inse2) thin film, superlattices and microstructures, 2017, 114, 370-378, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spmi.2017.12.057 10.keiichirou, y.; nobuyuki, h.; tokio, n.; crystallographic and electrical properties of wide gap ag(in1kx,gax)se2, thin films and solar cells, science and technology of advanced materials, 2006, 7, 42-45, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stam.2005.11.016 11.t. begou, s. a.; little, a.; aquino, v.; ranjan, a.; rockett, r.; w. collins, and s. marsillac, in situ and ex situ characterization of (ag,cu)inse2 thin films, ieee, 2011, 000326 – 003528, doi: 10.1109/pvsc.2011.6185920 12.h. h.; g¨ull¨u ˙i.; candan e. cos¸kun m. parlak, title: investigation of structural and optical parameters of cu-ag–in–se thin films deposited by thermal evaporation method, optik, 2015, 126,18, 1578-1583. 13.hanan k. h.; study the physical and optoelectronic properties of silver gallium indium selenide aggainse2/si heterojunction solar cell, aip conference proceedings, 2018, 1968 (1), 020017-1–020017, https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5039176 14.dingsheng, w.; wen, z.; chenhui, h.; qing, p.; and yadong, l.; general synthesis of i–iii–vi2 ternary semiconductor nanocrystals, chemical communications, 2008, 22, 2556-2558, doi https://doi.org/10.1039/b800726h https://www.researchgate.net/publication/286003594 https://doi.org/10.1002/pssa.2211240206 https://chalcogen.ro/595_mahmoud.pdf https://doi.org/10.15251/cl.2022.196.409 https://doi.org/10.1002/cssc.201200588 http://dx.doi.org/10.1051/epjconf/20122900017 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spmi.2017.12.057 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stam.2005.11.016 https://doi.org/10.1109/pvsc.2011.6185920 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=wp62nm4aaaaj&sortby=pubdate&citation_for_view=wp62nm4aaaaj:tyk-4ss8fvuc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=wp62nm4aaaaj&sortby=pubdate&citation_for_view=wp62nm4aaaaj:tyk-4ss8fvuc https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5039176 https://doi.org/10.1039/b800726h ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 54 15.prabukanthan, p.; sreedhar, m.; meena, j.; ilakiyalakshmi, m.; venkatesan, s.; harichandran, g.; vilvanathaprabu, a.; and seenuvasakumaran, p.; influence of complexing agents-aided cuinse2 thin films by single-step electrochemical deposition and photoelectrochemical studies, journal of materials science: materials in electronics, 2021, 32, 6855–6865. 16.shannon, r. d.; acta crystallogr a., revised effective ionic radii and systematic studies of interatomic distances in halides and chalcogenides, 1976, 32 (5) 751-767, https://doi.org/10.1107/s0567739476001551 17. greenwood n. n.; and earnshaw, a. chemistry of the elements, 2nd edition elsevier, 1997. isbn: 9780750633659 18.panda, r.; khan, s. a.; singh, u. p.; naik, r.; and mishra, n. c.; the impact of fluence dependent 120 mev ag swift heavy ion irradiation on the changes in structural, electronic, and optical properties of aginse2 nanocrystalline thin films for optoelectronic applications, rsc adv., 2021, 11, 26218–26227. https://doi.org/10.1039/d1ra03409j 19.madelung, o.; rössler, u.; schulz, m.; ternary compounds, organic semiconductors, vol. iii, springer, 2000, isbn: 978-3-540-6678. 20.khudayer, i. h.; and hussien, b. h.; study of some structural and optical properties of agalse2 thin films, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci., 2016, 29, 2 ,41-51. 21.bushra, k. h.; characterization of n-cdo:mg /p-si heterojunction dependence on annealing temperature, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci.,2016, 29 3, 14–25. 22.bushra, h. h.; iman h. k.; mohammed, h. m.; and auday, h. s.; effect of v, in and cu doping on properties of p-type znse/si heterojunction solar cell an international journal (pie), 2019, 13, 2, 173-186, https://doi.org/10.1504/pie.2019.099358 23.bushra, k. h.; bushra, h. h.; hanan. k. h.; growth and optoelectronic properties of pcuo:al/n-si heterojunction, journal of ovonic research, 2021, 16 (5), 267 271. 24.bushra, h. h.; hanan, k. h.; bushra, k. h.; suad. h. a.; effect of copper on physical properties of cdo thin films and n-cdo: cu / p-si heterojunction journal of ovonic research, 2022, 18 (1), 37-41, https://doi.org/10.15251/jor.2022.181.37 25.sze, s.; and ng., k.; physics of semiconductor devices, 3rd edition, john wiley and sons, 2007, isbn:9780470068328, https://doi.org/10.1002/0470068329 26.schroder, d.; semiconductor material and device characterization, 3rd edition, john wiley& sons, 2006, isbn:9780471749097, https://doi.org/10.1002/0471749095 27.wadaa, s. h.; ala' fadhil a.; kadhim, a. a.; influence of laser energy and annealing on structural and optical properties of cds films prepared by laser induced plasma, , iraqi journal of science, 2020, 61, 6, 1307-1312, doi:10.24996/ijs.2020.61.6.8 28.tigau, n.; ciupina, v.; prodan, g.; rusu, g. i.; gheorghies, c.; vasile, e.; the influence of heat treatment on the electrical conductivity of antimony trioxide thin films, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 2003, 5, 4, 907-912. 29.kihwan, k.; seung, k. a.; jang, h. c.; jinsoo, y.; young, j. e.; jun, s. c.; ara, c.; jihye, g.; soomin, s.; dae, h. c.; yong, d. c.; jae, h. y.; highly efficient ag-alloyed cu(in,ga)se2 solar cells with wide bandgaps and their application to chalcopyrite-based tandem solar cells, nano energy, 2018, 48, 345352. https://doi.org/10.1039/d1ra03409j https://doi.org/10.1504/pie.2019.099358 https://doi.org/10.15251/jor.2022.181.37 https://doi.org/10.1002/0470068329 https://doi.org/10.1002/0471749095 108 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. (𝜽𝟏,𝜽𝟐)-derivation pair on rings mohammed khalid shahoodh ministry of education, ramadi directorate of education, anbar-iraq moha861122@yahoo.com abstract ring theory is one of the influential branches of abstract algebra. in this field, many algebraic problems have been considered by mathematical researchers who are working in this field. however, some new concepts have been created and developed to present some algebraic structures with their properties. rings with derivations have been studied fifty years ago, especially the relationships between the derivations and the structure of a ring. by using the notatin of derivation, many results have been obtained in the literature with different types of derivations. in this paper, the concept of the derivation theory of a ring has been considered. this study presented the definition of (𝜃1,𝜃2)-derivation pair and jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair on an associative ring γ, and the relation between them. furthermore, we study the concept of prime rings under this notion by introducing some of its properties where 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 are two mappings of γ into itself. keywords: ring theory, derivation theory, prime ring, derivation pair, semiprime ring. 1. introduction the study of derivation has been initiated from the development of galois theory and the theory of invariants. this theory has been studied very widely by many researchers on various algebraic structures. the author in [1] studied this topic on 𝐻∗-algebra by introducing jordan ∗-derivation pair. while the authors in [2] considered the topic of bci-algebras, and the same topic has been investigated on bcc-algebras by the authors in [3]. moreover, some other works with different algebraic structures can be found in [4-5]. on the other hand, some other studies have studied this topic with some types of rings such as prime and semiprime rings, see [6-8]. [12] presented a new definition of derivation pair instead of jordan ∗-derivation pair which was provided by [1]. in this paper, we extended the results of [12] by introducing the notion of (𝜃1,𝜃2)-derivation pair and studied some of its properties. 2. basic concepts this section contains some of the previous results that are needed in this study which are as follows: definition 2.1[9] ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2723 article history: received 21 november, 2021, accepted,25, january, 2022, published in april 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:moha861122@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 109 a non-empty set γ is said to be an associative ring, if for all 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑐3 ∈ γ there exist two binary operations defined on γ and denoted by + and ⋅ respectively, such that i. 𝑐1 + 𝑐2 = 𝑐2 + 𝑐1 ii. (𝑐1 + 𝑐2) + 𝑐3 = 𝑐1 + (𝑐2 + 𝑐3) iii. ∀𝑐1 ∈ γ ∃ 0 ∈ γ such that 𝑐1 + 0 = 0 + 𝑐1 = 𝑐1 iv. ∀𝑐1 ∈ γ ∃ − 𝑐1 ∈ γ such that −𝑐1 + 𝑐1 = 𝑐1 + (−𝑐1) = 0 v. 𝑐1 ⋅ 𝑐2 ∈ γ vi. (𝑐1 ⋅ 𝑐2) ⋅ 𝑐3 = 𝑐1 ⋅ (𝑐2 ⋅ 𝑐3) vii. 𝑐1 ⋅ (𝑐2 + 𝑐3) = 𝑐1 ⋅ 𝑐2 + 𝑐1 ⋅ 𝑐3 viii. (𝑐1 + 𝑐2) ⋅ 𝑐3 = 𝑐1 ⋅ 𝑐3 + 𝑐2 ⋅ 𝑐3. definition 2.2 [9] a ring γ is said to be a prime ring if for each 𝑐1, 𝑐2 ∈ γ, 𝑐1γ𝑐2 = 0 implies that 𝑐1 = 0 or 𝑐2 = 0. definition 2.3 [9] a ring γ is said to be 𝑘-torsion-free if whenever 𝑘𝑐 = 0 implies that 𝑐 = 0, where 𝑐 ∈ γ and 𝑘 ≠ 0. definition 2.4 [10] let γ be a ring, then [𝑐1, 𝑐2] is said to be lie product and given as [𝑐1, 𝑐2] = 𝑐1𝑐2 − 𝑐2𝑐1 and 𝑐1 ∘ 𝑐2 is said to be jordan product and given as 𝑐1 ∘ 𝑐2 = 𝑐1𝑐2 + 𝑐2𝑐1. definition 2.5 [11] the characteristic of a ring γ (for short char(γ)) is the smallest positive integer 𝑧 such that 𝑧𝑟 = 0 with 𝑟 ∈ γ. otherwise, char(γ) = 0. definition 2.6 [12] let γ be a ring and let 𝜇, 𝜎: γ ⟶ γ be two additive mappings, then 𝜇, 𝜎 are said to be derivation pair (𝜇, 𝜎) if the following equations are holds: 𝜇(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝜇(𝑢)𝑣𝑢 + 𝑢𝜎(𝑣)𝑢 + 𝑢𝑣𝜇(𝑢), for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ 𝜎(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝜎(𝑢)𝑣𝑢 + 𝑢𝜇(𝑣)𝑢 + 𝑢𝑣𝜎(𝑢), for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ and are called jordan derivation pair if: 𝜇(𝑢3) = 𝜇(𝑢)𝑢2 + 𝑢𝜎(𝑢)𝑢 + 𝑢2𝜇(𝑢), for each 𝑢 ∈ γ 𝜎(𝑢3) = 𝜎(𝑢)𝑢2 + 𝑢𝜇(𝑢)𝑢 + 𝑢2𝜎(𝑢), for each 𝑢 ∈ γ. 3. main results in this section, we presented the notion of (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair on the ring γ where 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 are two mappings from the ring γ into itself. moreover, some properties of this concept have been proved. definition 3.1 let γ be a ring. let 𝛿1, 𝛿2: γ ⟶ γ be additive mappings, then (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is said to be (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair, if the following are holds: 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢), for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ 𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢), for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ. and are said to be jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair, if the following are holds: 𝛿1(𝑢 3) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿1(𝑢) for all 𝑢 ∈ γ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 110 𝛿2(𝑢 3) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿2(𝑢) for all 𝑢 ∈ γ. example 3.1 let γ be a non-commutative ring, let 𝑐1, 𝑐2 ∈ γ such that 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐1 = 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐2 = 0 (resp. 𝜃2(𝑣)𝑐1 = 𝜃2(𝑣)𝑐2 = 0) for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ .define 𝛿1, 𝛿2: γ ⟶ γ as follows: 𝛿1(𝑢) = 𝑐1𝜃1(𝑢) and 𝛿2(𝑢) = 𝑐2𝜃1(𝑢), ∀𝑢 ∈ γ, where 𝜃1, 𝜃2: γ ⟶ γ are two endomorphism mappings. then (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is a (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair of γ. let 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ, then 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝑐1𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝑐1𝜃1(𝑢(𝑣𝑢)) = 𝑐1𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐2𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐2𝜃1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑣)𝑐1𝜃1(𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) also, 𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝑐2𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝑐2𝜃1(𝑢(𝑣𝑢)) = 𝑐2𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐1𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐1𝜃1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑣)𝑐2𝜃1(𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) thus, (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is a (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair of γ. remark 3.1: every (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair is a jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair, but the converse is not true in general. example 3.2: let γ be a 2-torsion free non-commutative ring, let 𝑐 ∈ γ such that 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢) = 0, ∀𝑢 ∈ γ, but 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑣) ≠ 0 for some 𝑢 ≠ 𝑣 ∈ γ. define 𝛿1, 𝛿2: γ ⟶ γ as follows: 𝛿1(𝑢) = 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢) and 𝛿2(𝑢) = 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢) , ∀𝑢 ∈ γ, where 𝜃1, 𝜃2: γ ⟶ γ are two endomorphisms. then (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is a jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation but not (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation. let 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ, then 𝛿1(𝑢 3) = 𝜃2(𝑢 3)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢 3) and 𝛿1(𝑢 3) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿1(𝑢). thus, 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿1(𝑢) = (𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢))𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢))𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)(𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)) = (𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)) + (𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)) + (𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)) = 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 = 𝜃2(𝑢 3)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢 3). also, 𝛿2(𝑢) = 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢) and 𝛿2(𝑢 3) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿2(𝑢). thus, 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿2(𝑢) = (𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢))𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢))𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)(𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)) = (𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)) + (𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)) +(𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)) = −𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 = 𝜃2(𝑢 3)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢 3). therefore, (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is a jordan(𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 111 now, 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) and 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = (𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢))𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑣)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑣))𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)(𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)) = 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝑐 + 2𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝑐𝜃1(𝑢) = 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢). also, 𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) and 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = (𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢))𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑣)𝑐 + 𝑐𝜃1(𝑣))𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)(𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐 − 𝑐𝜃1(𝑢)) = −𝑐𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝑐 + 2𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑣𝑢). since 𝜃2(𝑢)𝑐𝜃1(𝑣) ≠ 0 for some 𝑢 ≠ 𝑣 ∈ γ, this means that (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is not (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair. theorem 3.1 let γ be a prime ring. let 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 be two automorphisms of γ. if γ is a (𝛿1, 𝛿2)derivation pair such that 𝛿1(𝑢) = ∓ 𝜃1(𝑢) for each 𝑢 ∈ γ, then 𝛿2(𝑢) = 0. proof: let 𝑢 ∈ γ. if 𝛿1(𝑢) = 𝜃1(𝑢) for each 𝑢 ∈ γ (1) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (1), we get: 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (2) that is: 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (3) by using (1) we have: 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (4) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (5) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝛿2(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑣))𝜃1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (6) replacing 𝛿2(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑣) by 𝜃2(𝑣) in (6), and using (1) we get: 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (7) left multiplying of (7) by 𝛿2(𝑢) we have: 𝛿2(𝑢) 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (8) since γ is a prime ring, (8) gives: 𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢 ∈ γ. now, if 𝛿1(𝑢) = − 𝜃1(𝑢) for each 𝑢 ∈ γ (9) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (9), we get: 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = − 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (10) that is: 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = − 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (11) by using (9) we have: −𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (12) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (13) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑣) − 𝛿2(𝑣))(−𝜃1(𝑢)) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (14) by using (9) we have: 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑣) − 𝛿2(𝑣))𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (15) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 112 replacing 𝜃2(𝑣) − 𝛿2(𝑣) by 𝜃2(𝑣) in (15), we get: 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (16) left multiplying of (16) by 𝛿2(𝑢) we have: 𝛿2(𝑢) 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (17) since γ is a prime ring, (17) gives: 𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢 ∈ γ. ∎ theorem 3.2 let γ be a prime ring. let 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 be two automorphisms of γ. if γ is a (𝛿1, 𝛿2)derivation pair such that 𝛿2(𝑢) = ∓ 𝜃1(𝑢) for each 𝑢 ∈ γ, then 𝛿1(𝑢) = 0. proof: let 𝑢 ∈ γ. if 𝛿2(𝑢) = 𝜃1(𝑢) for each 𝑢 ∈ γ (18) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (18), we get: 𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (19) that is: 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (20) by using (18) we have: 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (21) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (22) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝛿1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑣))𝜃1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (23) replacing 𝛿1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑣) by 𝜃2(𝑣) in (23), and using (18) we get: 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (24) left multiplying of (24) by 𝛿1(𝑢) we have: 𝛿1(𝑢) 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (25) since γ is a prime ring, (25) gives: 𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢 ∈ γ. now, if 𝛿2(𝑢) = − 𝜃1(𝑢) for each 𝑢 ∈ γ (26) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (26), we get: 𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = − 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (27) that is: 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = − 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (28) by using (26) we have: −𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (29) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (30) that is: 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑣) − 𝛿1(𝑣))(−𝜃1(𝑢)) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (31) by using (26) we have: 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝜃2(𝑣) − 𝛿1(𝑣))𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (32) replacing 𝜃2(𝑣) − 𝛿1(𝑣) by 𝜃2(𝑣) in (32), we get: 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (33) left multiplying of (33) by δ1(𝑢) we have: ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 113 𝛿1(𝑢) 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (34) since γ is a prime ring, (34) gives: 𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢 ∈ γ. ∎ theorem 3.3 let γ be a prime ring. let 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 be two automorphisms of γ. if γ is a (𝛿1, 𝛿2) derivation pair such that 𝛿2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 (resp. 𝛿1(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0) for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ, then 𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 (resp. 𝛿1(𝑢) = 0). proof: let 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ. if 𝛿2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (35) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (35), we get: 𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (36) that is: (𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢))𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (37) that is: 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (38) by using (35), we have: 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (39) that is: (𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣))𝜃1(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (40) replacing 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) by 𝜃1(𝑣) in (40), we get: 𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (41) left multiplying (41) by 𝛿2(𝑢) we have: 𝛿2(𝑢) 𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (42) since γ is a prime ring, (42) gives: 𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢 ∈ γ. now, if 𝛿1(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (43) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (43), we get: 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (44) that is: (𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢))𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (45) that is: 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (46) by using (43), we have: 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (47) that is: (𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣))𝜃1(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (48) replacing 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) by 𝜃1(𝑣) in (48), we get 𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (49) left multiplying of (49) by 𝛿1(𝑢), we have: 𝛿1(𝑢) 𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (50) since γ is a prime ring, (50) gives: 𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢 ∈ γ. ∎ theorem 3.4 let γ be a prime ring. let 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 be two automorphisms of γ. if γ is a (𝛿1, 𝛿2) derivation pair such that 𝑐𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 or 𝛿1(𝑢)𝑐 = 0 (resp. c𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 or 𝛿2(𝑢)𝑐 = 0) for each 𝑢, 𝑐 ∈ γ, then either 𝑐 = 0 or 𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 (resp.𝑐 = 0 or 𝛿2(𝑢) = 0). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 114 proof: let 𝑢, 𝑐 ≠ 0 ∈ γ. if 𝑐𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑐, 𝑢 ∈ γ (51) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (51), we get: 𝑐𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (52) that is 𝑐(𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢)) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (53) that is 𝑐𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (54) by using (51), we have: 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (55) that is 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)(𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢)) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (56) replacing 𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) by 𝛿1(𝑢) in (56), we get: 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑐 ∈ γ (57) since 𝑐 ≠ 0 and γ is a prime rings, then (57) gives 𝛿1(𝑢) = 0. now, let 𝑢, 𝑐 ≠ 0 ∈ γ. if 𝑐𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑐, 𝑢 ∈ γ (58) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (58), we get: 𝑐𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (59) that is 𝑐(𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢)) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (60) that is 𝑐𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (61) by using (58), we have: 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (62) that is 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)(𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢)) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐 ∈ γ (63) replacing 𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) by 𝛿2(𝑢) in (63), we get: 𝑐𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑢) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑐 ∈ γ (64) since 𝑐 ≠ 0 and γ is a prime rings, then (64) gives 𝛿2(𝑢) = 0. ∎ theorem 3.5 let γ be a prime ring with char(γ) ≠ 2. let 𝜃1and 𝜃2 be two endomorphisms of γ. if γ is a (𝛿1, 𝛿2)-derivation pair such that 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝛿1(𝑢) + 𝛿1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 = 0 (resp. 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝛿2(𝑢) + 𝛿2(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 = 0) for each 𝑢, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ, then 𝑐1 = 0 or 𝑐2 = 0. proof: from the assumption we have: 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝛿1(𝑢) + 𝛿1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ (65) replacing 𝑢 by 𝑢𝑣𝑢 in (65), we have: 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) + 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ (66) that is 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2(𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢)) + (𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢))𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ (67) that is (𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢)) + (𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 ) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ (68) by setting 𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) = 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣) = 1 in (68), we have: (𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝛿1(𝑢) + 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝛿1(𝑢)) + (𝛿1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 + 𝛿1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 ) = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ (69) by using (65), we get: 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢)𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ (70) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 115 by setting 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) = 1 in (70), we have: 𝑐1𝑞𝑐2 + 𝑐2𝑞𝑐1 = 0 for each 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑞 ∈ γ (71) replacing 𝑞 by 𝑥𝑐1𝑦 in (71), we get: 𝑐1𝑥𝑐1𝑦𝑐2 + 𝑐2𝑥𝑐1𝑦𝑐1 = 0 for each 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑐1, 𝑐2 ∈ γ (72) that is 𝑐1𝑦𝑐2 = −𝑐2𝑦𝑐1 and 𝑐2𝑥𝑐1 = −𝑐1𝑥𝑐2 (73) substituting (73) in (72) we have: −𝑐1𝑥𝑐2𝑦𝑐1 − 𝑐1𝑥𝑐2𝑦𝑐1 = 0 (74) that is 2𝑐1γ𝑐2γ𝑐1 = (0) (75) since char(γ) ≠ 2 and γ is a prime, then (75) gives 𝑐1 = 0 or 𝑐2 = 0. ∎ theorem 3.6 let γ be a 2-torsion free ring with an identity element. furthermore, let (𝛿1, 𝛿2) be a jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair such that 𝛿1(1) = 𝛿2(1). then 𝛿1(𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢), ∀𝑢 ∈ γ where 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 are two mappings of γ. proof: let 𝜑: γ → γ be a mapping given by 𝜑(𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢) − 𝛿2(𝑢), ∀𝑢 ∈ γ. by definition 3.1, we have: 𝛿1(𝑢 3) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿1(𝑢) for all 𝑢 ∈ γ (76) 𝛿2(𝑢 3) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝛿2(𝑢) for all 𝑢 ∈ γ (77) subtracting (77) from (76), we get: 𝜑(𝑢3) = 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢 2) − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝜑(𝑢) for all 𝑢 ∈ γ (78) linearizing (78), we have: 𝜑(𝑢2𝑣 + 𝑣𝑢2 + 𝑢𝑣2 + 𝑣2𝑢 + 𝑢𝑣𝑢 + 𝑣𝑢𝑣) = 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢𝑣) + 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣 2) + 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢𝑣) + 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢 2) − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑣) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜑(𝑢) +𝜃2(𝑣𝑢)𝜑(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑣 2)𝜑(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜑(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑣𝑢)𝜑(𝑣)+𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝜑(𝑣) for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (79) replacing 𝑢 by −𝑢 in (79), we get: 𝜑(𝑢2𝑣 + 𝑣𝑢2 − 𝑢𝑣2 − 𝑣2𝑢 + 𝑢𝑣𝑢 − 𝑣𝑢𝑣) = 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢𝑣) + 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) − 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣 2) − 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢𝑣) − 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢 2) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑣) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜑(𝑢) +𝜃2(𝑣𝑢)𝜑(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑣 2)𝜑(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜑(𝑣) − 𝜃2(𝑣𝑢)𝜑(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝜑(𝑣) for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (80) according to (79) and (80), we have: 𝜑(𝑢2𝑣 + 𝑣𝑢2 + 𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑢𝑣) + 𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢 2) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) − 𝜃2(𝑢)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑣) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝜑(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑣𝑢)𝜑(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢 2)𝜑(𝑣) for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (81) replacing 𝑢 by 1 in (81), we get: 2𝜑(𝑣) = 𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(1) − 𝜃2(𝑣)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(1) − 𝜃2(1)𝜑(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑣) + 𝜃2(1)𝜑(𝑣)for all 𝑣 ∈ γ (82) by setting 𝜃1(1) = 𝜃2(1) = 0 in (82), then we have: 2𝜑(𝑣) = 0 for all 𝑣 ∈ γ (83) since γ is a 2-torsion free ring, then 𝜑(𝑣) = 0 for all 𝑣 ∈ γ (84) therefore, (84) gives 𝛿1(𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢) for all 𝑢 ∈ γ. ∎ proposition 3.1 let γ be a ring, and 𝜃1, 𝜃2 be two mappings of γ. then 1if (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is a (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair on γ, then 𝛿1 + 𝛿2 is a (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 116 2if (𝛿1, 𝛿2) is a jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair on γ, then 𝛿1 + 𝛿2 is a jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)derivation. proof: (1) since 𝛿1 and 𝛿2 is a (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair, then by definition 3.1, we have: 𝛿1(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿1(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿2(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿1(𝑢) for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (85) 𝛿2(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = 𝛿2(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)𝛿1(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)𝛿2(𝑢) for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ γ (86) by adding (85) and (86), we have: (𝛿1 + 𝛿2)(𝑢𝑣𝑢) = (𝛿1 + 𝛿2)(𝑢)𝜃1(𝑣𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢)(𝛿1 + 𝛿2)(𝑣)𝜃1(𝑢) + 𝜃2(𝑢𝑣)(𝛿1 + 𝛿2)(𝑢) thus, 𝛿1 + 𝛿2 is a (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation. by a similar way to prove (2). ∎ 4. conclusion as a conclusion, this article presented the notion of (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair with some of its properties. this study displayed that the sum of two (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair is a (𝜃1, 𝜃2)derivation and the sum of two jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation pair is a jordan (𝜃1, 𝜃2)-derivation. references 1. zalar, b. jordan-von neumann theorem for saworotnow's generalized hilbert space, acta math. hungar. 1995,69: 301-325. 2. abujabal, h. a.; al-shehri n. some results on derivations of bci-algebras, journal of natural sciences and mathematics, 2006, 46(1-2):13-19. 3. prabpayak, c.; leerawat, u. on derivations of bcc-algebras, kasetsart journal, 2009, 43(2) :398-401. 4. al-shehrie, n. derivations of b-algebras, journal of king abdulaziz university-science, 2010, 22(1):71-83. 5. al-kadi, d. 𝑓𝑞 -derivations of 𝐺-algebra, international journal of mathematics and mathematical sciences, 2016 :1-5. 6. yass, s. strongly derivation pairs on prime and seniprime rings. msc. thesis, university of baghdad, 2010. 7. kumar, d.; sandhu, g. on multiplicative (generalized)-derivations in semiprime rings, , international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2016, 106(1):249-257. 8. samman, m.; alyamani, n. derivations and reverse derivations in semiprime rings, international mathematical forum, 2007, 2(39):1895-1902. 9. herstein, i. topics in ring theory, university of chicago press, chicago, 1969. 10. ashraf, m,; ali. s,; haetinger, c. on derivations in rings and their applications, aligarh bull. of mathematics, 2006, 25(2):79-107. 11. jackson, n. a first course in abstract algebra, 2016. 12. majeed, a. h.; altay, a. a. on jordan derivation pairs in rings, iraqi j. of science.(to appear). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 bioactivity of bee venom on european foul – brood bacteria a.n. oueed alzubadi, m. a. kareem almusafer, *r s . al-jorany technical colleg, al-mussiab , foundation of technical. education *college of agriculture, university of baghdad abstract laboratory experiments were carried out in technical college almussiab / babylon during 2005 to study bioactivity of different concentration from ( aqueous , alcohol and hexane) extracts of bee venom collected from different workers of bees against some bacterial types that cause european foul – brood melissococcus plutom , bacillus alvei and b. letrosporus which had been isolated from infected arched with disease . two diffusion methods (digging and paper discs) were followed for the extraction of the venom . results showed that digging diffusion method was more efficient for test of bacterial inhibition which led to increase the activity of bee venom extract with general average 7.90 , 8.85 and 8.19 on m. pluton, b. alvei and b. letrosporus. alcoholic bee venom extract showed high efficiency in inhibition for the same bacterial species above by digging method too with diameters average 8.15 ,9.76 and 10.59 mm respectively . while aqueous extract was the less efficient in bacterial growth of these bacterial species that reached 7.26 , 7.70 and 6.26 mm respectively in paper discs method compared with control 6.00 mm. on the other hand 40% concentration of bee venom showed high effect of bacterial growth for m.pluton , b. alvei and b. letrosporus with averages 10.60 , 15.60 and 15.60 mm respectively while 1% concentration had no effect in growth of these bacteria compared with control treatment 6.00 mm .ther is an interaction between the diffusion method, concentration and the kind of the extract . the results reflected that alcoholic extract at 40% con. by digging method gave a higher inhibition of growth 10.60 , 15.60 and 15.60 mm in m. pluton , b. alvei and b. letrosporus respectively. 40% con. of bee venom compounds however was more effective for bacterial species compared with oxytetracyclin antibiotic that was very effective in b. alvei and b. letrosporus and less effective in m. pluton bacteria . 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد الفعالية الحيوية لسم النحل ضد االنواع البكتيرية المسببة لمرض تعفن الحضنة االوربي *عايد نعمه عويد الزبيدي ،محسن عبد اهلل كريم،رضا صكب الجوراني ية التقنية ، المسيب ، هيئـة التعليم التقني الكل كليـة الزراعة، جامعة بغداد * الخالصة ا حرييير ةالي اريييب ةا ر ريييب 5002فييد اسة يييب ية اسريييب ةاسرييي فيييد ةالمرييب ةا حاريييب ةاي ييير فيييد ي ف يييب ا ايي ييي سةلرز ية ملب ين ةاي ةمص ةاي ئرب ةال ارب ةاهل ارب اي اة ةاا ي اس ي يي يسرح يد ةا هي سطي يسرحيب ةا ليس ا ةاي يا ةايسئرل اييسع يلين ةا بياب ةق سايد ال سري melissococcus pluton يسرحيب ةقريسةا ةا سرريب بيا ال سري bacillus alvei b. letrosporus اث ا ر ن اه ةا د زا ين ةي سة يص اب اي ايسع ة بي ةاا ي ئ ةاي اا ن ة 09.0ةن يسرحب ةقا ه س ا ا لس را ةثس ييا ر فد في ارب ايرع ةاي ةمص ين ةال ة ع ييار ةا ثايري ةا يد ام ي ةاد ة هييس مييا ةا يي m. pluton b. alvei b. letrosporusيمي فييد اييي ةاال سريي ..9. 9.2. يمي الي يين ةقايي ةع .092. 909. 9.2.ةاي ي ةما ةال ي اد ل ري ييا ري فييد ييياق ةا ثايري ةاال ريسغ ةا يد ام يي 0959ةاال رسرب ة اله ما ةا ةاد ايسرحب ةا لسةرب فد رن ة يا ةاي ةما ةاي ئد ةري يسثرس فيد ايي ةاال سري امي % ييين 00يميي ة يييا ةا سلرييز 9900حييب ةقرييسةا ةا سررييه يح ساييب ايي يمييب ةا ييريسة يميي فييد يسر 9959 0900 m. pluton , b. alvei b. letrosporusةاي ي ةما ةال ي اد ة ميا ييياق ام ثايري فيد ايي ةقاي ةع ةاال رسريب ر ييا رب ين ةريي س ةا ثايري يم ما ةا ةاد اا ة يي يسرحب ةا لس الس 2990. 15.60 0990.ةا د ام 9900% ةغ يسثرس فيد ايي ةقاي ةع ةاال رسريه ة ياله يح سايب ايي يميب ةا يريسه .ا ا سةلرز ةقةسى فد رن اي رييي ةا سلريز يمييي ةربييي ييين ةا ييياةة ايييرن يسرحيييب ةقا هييي س ةا سلريييز ةاي ييي يي اييي ع ةاي ييي ةما فحيييا ة ييييا ةاي ييي ةما ةال ييي اد يمي فيد ةقاي ةع 2990. 2990. 0990.حيب ةا ليس ة ميا ييياق فيد ةا ثايري ةاال ريسغ ةا يد ام ي % ايسر00ا سلرز % يين ي ةاا ي 00 ميا ةا ي ةاد ةربي ة هيس ةا سلريز m. pluton b. alvei b. letrosporusةاال رسريب ةايي غ ة هييس ييسثرسة فييد ايي د oxytetracyclinفي ارييب فييد ثاييري اييي ةقايي ةع ةاال رسرييب ةاييثالا يح ساييب ا ايبيي ا ةا ريي غ ة ا راا ةايب ا ةا ري غ ةغ يسثرس m. plutonةلثس يي ط مره فد ةاال سر b. alvei b. letrosporus ةاال سر ثاريد باط ____________________________ * ا ا ي ين س اب ي ا رس اما ا ةاث اد 2002( 2) 22لة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلدمج لمقدمة ا ة ا ةط ةا هسة ةقا ي رب ةا د ةط ةقا ن ا سار ه يا ةرا ةايصي س .apis mellifera lا ةاي ازسة ريب ةايهييب فيد ةن ساريب ةاا ي يين ةايهين ة فيد اياي ةاري اايا ياريب الاريب ةين يا ا ه ا صله ي ةاي لراًة طد هسة ةا ي رب يرش اهل ي ئلب ساف ين يمليب لي س ةاا اساب ارب ين ةا حا م ص ةا د اماةنةالثرس ين ه يا هيي ةااايي ةا يي ةح يا يية ي ا ااييب ب ايالييي ةالييسه ةقسبييره اااييً ةاييا اايي يييع ةااا يي مييا ييي يييرش هيي ق يييسع ي ةئييف ا يي ةاي يي ييا رً ةاييا ( .) ا ايح ايي ةااحيي ح ةا ليي مييا ةاايي ع ييين ةييال ة ييي يمرييب محيير ةقزطيي س ةا ر ةاريييب ة ي ييياا ةقييييسةع يييين ةق رييي ح يثييي ةقفييي ةالثريييس يييين ةاهاللييي ا يييا ةصييي ا ه اتفييي ةاا ييي ةاية مليييب ييين ةطيي طيي ه ةقيييسةع ةريييا يييسع يليين ةا بيياب ةق ساييد ة ييا( 5 )سريي ةالي ةال رس يي اال سريي يثيي ةةاياهسرييب ةا د يي اييا ةن ( ر 5 -. )رصر ةاي ا ةارسر ةا ارثب ةاييسة ةا د ح ي ةئف ةاا ي ااب ة ئس ف ا ب ر ا ةاييسع ين ةاال سري ايا غمق ةايرن ةا اة ربي را ةاي سةح ا سة را ي فد ( ةر 2 0 )رص يسط melissococus pluton ةاال سر طد ةاي ا ةاسئرل bacillus alvei b. letrosporus يسةفح ن ةاي اا ن ةاطي رلي ن ةاي يا ة يصي اس ةا ي ةح فيد ةا حي ( اهي طي ه ةاي ياا فيد ي ي لي ثس ةاا ي ايا هي ب 0) ( 3اميسع ) رييه فييد لث فييب ةاا مةا رمييب يصيي اس ةا يي ةح ةاةليي ع ارئرييهةاي ةئييف اييه ةساة اييا يالئيييب ةا ييس ف ي ياييً ة ييي ةصيي اب ةا ايي ا ثحيي فييد رييس ا اهيي ييي ةارسريي ييين ة ييسةع ةقصيي اب ( 2) اما يي اريياة ةاغرييس رصيي اه ةقاةسة ةاي ئلييه ةن ةارسري ةايسربيب فبيال ين اي ايرن ةا اة يرب ي ةايرن ةا اة رب ةةرسًة ال ف ةارسرب ه سط اهل ره س ق م صق فد يا ي ةايايحيب 0... ا ة ه س اميسع فد ةايسةق ( 9(ةاةيرسة رصاس اه سةئ ب لسرهب هاب سةئ ب ةن رييب ي ةئيييف ا ييي ةاي ييي ( .% ) 090.( ةن ةقصييي اب ايييه رييا صييي ةايييا 0) ( اطيي ةسارييي اراييي ى )ةاهييي ارب ق ةالي اييب ة ة يياه ييين ةايييس ايي ةامحيي ةاي يي ايي ز هيي ب ةا يي ةح ا ا رييب ةاصييا رب مييا ايياةئ يليييال ةابيييرلب terramycineيثيييييي ةايبيييييي اة ةا ر رييييييبا يييييي يي اييييييا هيييييي سه ا ةايييييي غ ريييييييام ر رييييييب ييييييين ةقصيييييي اب ايييييي ايسع oxytetracyclin ةا ةئرييب ةاييا يي رييق ةا ح اهيي اييس ةا ال يين يس طيي ه ةايبيي اة مييا ةاييسغ ييين ةايهيي ل ةا ييد ييااه يسرحب ةايسا ةاصا د ام حمر ين ةيس ةايسع ف ةايا ةي ةاا أل ي ي اة ة ييم ( لي 0.) (.ةاي هم ) ةثا اا ه فيد ةاي ةمص ةااا رب ايح يب ةاي ا ةايسبد ة ييم ( فد ةا ا ة ةقةرسة5.) ( ..اه يه ) ي ي ةما ااي ةاز يس فيد ة ي يي ( ةاي غ .ً غريس يبيسة ا اصي ب ةاي ييب )ريل اهي ةيراريب ارئفبال ن هين ةا ه س ةا ا يييب ي ييا يييسع يليين ةا بيياب ااايي ايح بفييس ح( زريي ةا3. )ميييل ف ييب ي يياا ةايييسع ة يييا ا يي ئ يهييايب ة يي ا يسًة قا هي س ةاييسع فيد ةاييسةق رميب ةااسة ي ين فيد ةا يا يين ايي ةاي يا ةايييسع رب اريب ةثا لل ةقيسرلد ايح ييب ي ياا ةاييسع ق يي ح فسصيةق ي يي ق ةا حمراريب ةاهي ئيب ةاياقً يين ةاييس ق ميريب ارثيب ةلرلرب يح ي ه اييس ةاا يي فييد ةاا ييا ةايي غ رهيياف ةاييا اسة ييب ةالي ارييب ةا ر رييب ا يي طيي ة ييين ةاا يي فحييا ةر ييس ياريريي اييايع ةاييي ةا ةايا اييب اه ةاي ااب ةاي اا ةاال رسرب المواد وطرائق العمل / ي ف ب ا ا 5002ال ةاا ا فد ية اس ةايح يب ةق ر ئرب فد ةالمرب ةا حارب ةاي ر عزل وتشخيص وتهيئة المستعمرات البكتيرية أواًل : ة ي اة ما ةق سةع ةاي هسرب األصي اب ةةساي ياة ة ملبسة يص اب ا ايسع ين يا يايي ةي رسر يص اب بي ما زا اب ب ا رلب ييحيب ث يزر ةا يه ح ةقاهيزة ةاهبييرب اييا ةبي فب رييسة ةاهسةج ا يب اهس ا قاسة ةاا رمب ةاييحيب ا امه ث أة ريسة ين ةاييمق ين ةاي ح ةايحيس ةاييح 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ةقا اري m.plutonايز ةاال سر (broth-sgs y ةاا ر اح اه ةقا ار ةا رب ما ةا ي ةازس د ةا ئ ) ةاي بيسة ي اح ايييا ثيالا bacillus ةاةي ا ا ايريب أاي ةع ةاال سري nutrient brothةا رب ما ةا ي ةازسة د ياة 32ال سر ما اساب سةسه ااي ل فد ةا باب ةا س ف ةايالئيب يلسسة ال ياهي با ةقا ار قاييي ةع ةاال سرييي ةا يييد هيييس فرهييي ةايلييي سة ا اا ييياب( اييييا ةةيييسةج ةقا ارييي ةايزس يييب يييين ةا بييياب 0.) ( رييية 3-0 ) bacillus sp. ا اال سريي ا اريي ةا ييد ايي هييس فرهيي ةايليي سة ةاة صييه ةقm.pluton ةةيي ريييسة ييين ةاييمييق ةاال رييسغ 32ةييري بيا ميا اسايب يسةسة ايسرحيب ةا agar nutrient زس ي فيد ةايايق ةا ي غ ميا ةا يي ةاصيم زا ارييب ايييا ةبيي فب ريييسة ييين ةاييي ح ييين ةاي يي ييسة اهييس مييا هييسر ب بريي ايييا اييي ةاال سريي ةةيي ي يي 5 -.ييياة ةامه اصيا ب ليسة ف صي ي ةاياهيس ا اريا ةاي ي ييسة يبةايحيس ةاييح سل ا اف فد ةاه ةح ث ثا ا يب ةا ةييري فد ياق ر غ ما ي صم ا زس اراط ةة ين ل ي ييسة ي ب ةا د ر احر ه ايا ايييا ايي m. plutonال سريي قط ةئريي ا اا يياب ةاييا ةا bacillusأايي ةع اييال ةئريي ا اا يياب ةاييا بييا ةقيايي ق طةربيي ( 2.ا اح هيي ثيي ة رييا ةاييمرييب ألايي ةا صيي مييا ييزق احرييب )رييف صيي ةايييزق ي هسريي ف ييمار لري ر ريي ا سل يييع ااريياط هييهسرً هةصيي ةايييزق ا ييرن ةق يي يي 32فييد ةاثالاييب مييا اساييب ييسةسة ايييا ايي ل يي ةايييزق (9.ةاال رسرب ين ةال ارا ةاصل ةاي سف ا ارب ةال ر ا ارب ةالري ر رب ) ثانيًا : جمع وتحضير مستخلصات سم النحل ه ةزرا ر ةازةئاة ا ن ةا ا ةاي سة ين غاا ةا ةاا فد ه اب ةاا ين ز ج ل رن ةفسةز ر لييسز ةا يد ةن ة يياى ةا يا رن طيد ةا ياة ةا يبيرب ةايب ةام يعةاي غ رليسم ي ر يه اييا ةا ايب فيد ر ياة فيد ليرل ةا ي ( .. ) ( 0 يع ةاه يرن ةاث ارب ر اة لرير رب ) اممب اي قرثس ف ةياس ةاا ي ي ياه بع ةاه ق ا ح زا اد ا رف ي يا ا سرب سهر ايسةئق اراة ة ةالا ةا ايمحيي يين ةاصياس ة ةقاا يه فيايا ي ا هي ة ريا ي ي ي ةاهي اب ةا ما اياسةن ةقاي ح ر يه فاييع ثي اليف ة غيل ةاب ةام يع فيد ةاا ايب ةيلن ة حا اه ما هسر ه زا ارب داة ين ةا ما يسف ةاب ةام ع هس ريسة ةام ع رريق يين اميا ري ةاد ةسغيي ةاهي ابهيا مرهي غهي ح س ليي ة ي ةا ي ح زاي اد غ ف طيب ة ييب ةة ا ساه ي ح يحييس بيع ةا ي (.. ما اام ةا ه ح ف الص ةاب ةام ع ر س ةا ي ياهي ياسرار ةايا ةايي ح فراييع ر ي ةسج يايه ةا ي ) -:ةق رب ةمص ا رن ةق يي ي ةاي فد ةاثالاب ةزن د ر ا رلب ييحيبف المستخلص المائي لسم النحل .1 ييياة ا ير ييد اهيي ز ةاييسج ةاي يي يبييي ييين ةاييي ح ةايحيييس ةاييحيي سج ا 095 ة ريي فييد غيي ييين يي ةاا يي 0905ةةيي يب سريب ةا سهير ي يب رييب ا رلب ين ث سه ةاي مي ا سه ةاي م ا باررحه ايا ةقا ه ح ين يمرب ةق ةا 2. ةايا ةس ي بي ي اهي ز ةاياةيس يب يري يمريب ة ي ةالا ةاي مي الرليه ا ( ثي ةاس whatman no. 1اي ع ) فيييد يلييي ن اةفييييدح ي مييي ا ييييرن ةما بيييع فيييد ريييي ا رليييب ييحيييييبثييي زن ةاي يييي 02 يةمةييي اسايييب ييييسةسة ةق يي المستخلص الكحولي لسم النحل .5 ةال ي ةقثرميد أل ةايب ي يي يين 095 اة ة ي يي ( ة اله.ال ه فد ةالحسة ) ةاةي ة ة ةاي ةاا المستخلص الهكساني لسم النحل 3 ا ييييي يمييييي يييييين ةاهل ييييي ن يييييي را 095 ( ة ييييياله ييييياة ة ييييي يي .فيييييد ةالحيييييسة ) ال يييييه ةاةيييييي ة ة ييييي ةاي ةاا 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد تحضير تراكيز مختلفه من المستخلص ) المائي ، الكحولي و الهكساني ( لسم النحل -ثالثا : ةايي ح ن ي يييييي 95. ة ري فيد ييييغي يين ي ةاا 0952فد ةااسة ه ةةي با برس ةا سةلرز ةاي ييم 50 0. 2 .) % ايياط بيس ةا سةلريز 00ام ص ما ي ةما رر يد ا سلريز ة ةاي ر ةايحيس ةاييح ( .. ) فحي فد ةق ةالا ة يي ةاي ر ةا غ فره يي ةايح ساه فحا ة االة ا س ةي يي يمب ةاالزيب % ( 00 مختبريا oxytetracyclinمقارنة تأثير مستخلص سم النحل مع تأثير المضاد الحيوي -رابعا : oxytetracyclin ةايب ا ةا ر غ ا ثاريد اي ةما ةاا ين اهبةاسغ ةقة ا س ايح ساب ةا ثرس ة .ةا يد يمي اي ا سةلرز ) ةا سرريب ةألريسةا يييييييييييييييرةق ساد ايسرحيب ي ب ةةسى فد ي اا يسع يلن ةا بابين اه يييييين ةايبييييي ا ةا رييييي غ ييييي ةاا ييييي ة ييييي ييم ةريييييسةا اييييي طزةا ةال ييييي اد ي ييييي ةماةايييييين % ( 00 50 0. 2 oxytetracyclin 09بيرف امييسع ة سايب فيد ثايري ةاي ياا ةاال رسريبيرلس غيسة / يي ( ا يسع ةايح 30) يي يميه اي. اهس ا اا هس ةازا اد ا ع ين ةقا ةع ةاال رسربةاا ةا ي ةا ةئد ةاة ا ال زابين ل ين ةاييمح ةاال رسربي ي اي ع اميح سايه ثي بيا ةقياي ق ط ةئري قط ةئري oxytetracyclinيلسسة الي سلريز ييع ريسا يم ثالا ( .. ( ةاي يسة ريس ياع ةااي ةاحسا ا يب ةايزاب لتحليل االحصائي ا سى مر ةا ا رن امي ةي ةااةةمب فد ةا اساب( فد صير ةا ا س ا .c.r.dةا صير ةايه ةئد ةال ي ) ة يي % 0902 يا رب( ي ى ي.l.s.d )اس يي ةة ا س ةالسق ةاييا غ ةقص س (50 ) النتائج والمناقشة تعفن الحضنة االوربي مستخلصات سم النحل في االنواع البكتيرية المسببة لمرض تاثير -أوال : m. plutonالبكتريا -. m. pluton( في ارييب ي ةمصيي يي ةاا يي اهييل يي فييد ةا يي ثرس فييد اييي ةاال سريي .اايي ا يي ئ اييا ) س ةاي ييي ةايب فحيييا ةثيييس يسرحيييب ةا ليييس ييا رييي فيييد في اريييب ايريييع ي ا ايييب فيييد ةا ييي ثرس ايييي ااييي ع ةايييي ر يسرحيييب ةقا هييي فييد يح ساييب يييع ةايييياق يميي .090 9.2. 09.9ل ايي ةا ييدييين ةييال ة يي ع يييار يايي يق ةا ثاييري ةاي ةمصيي مييا ييين ةاي يي ةما ةاييي ئد ةال يي اد ةاهل يي اديميي اليي 0923 9.2. 0959 ةا ييد ام يي يسرحييب ةقرييسةا ةا سررييب يح ساييب ايسرحييب يميي 09.0ةايي غ اميي فييد ةاييييا ةاييي ايييار ةا ثاييري ةا يي ةاد لييي ة هييس يسرحييب ةا لييس ل ريي ييا ريي يم .099ةاييا ةاي اه ةا د ام ةقرسةا ةا سررب اليييال يمييي 9.2.ةاا ييي ئ لييي ق ةاي ييي ةما ةال ييي اد فيييد ةا ييي ثرس فيييد يايييع ةاايييي ةاال ريييسغ ايييييا رييييس امييي ة هيييس فييد يسرحييب ةقرييسةا ةا سررييب ة هييس زريي اة يميي 0959ا ةاي يي ةما ةاييي ئد ةريي ييييا اميي فييد ييرن ة ييي ةايييسرح رن % 2ةا سلريز يياةة ثرسة ةب فد زر اة يياق ةري س ةا ثاري ةاال رسغ الال ةاييسرح رن ل فب سةلرز ةاي ةمص امي ام ثايري ةاال ريسغ% ة ميا يييا 00ارايي ة ييا ةا سلريز فد يسرحب ةا ليس يم 0909ةر ييا ام ثاري ةاال رسغ ام % ةغ ثرس فد ياع ةااي ةاال رسغ يح ساب يع يي يمب ةا ريسة .ةا سلرز فد رن ا ريي ةرب يم ايسرحب ةا لس 0909. يم الال ةايسرح رن ةرب 9900 2002( 2) 22طبيقية المجلدمجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والت س % ط ةقلثيس في اريب فيد ةة اي 00 ة ب ا ئ ةا اةة ارن ةا سةلرز ةاي ةمص ةن ةاي ةما ةال اد ا سلرز ة ييا ة يم فد يسرحب ةقرسةا ةا سررب ط ةقلثس في ارب ةرب فد يسرحيب ةا ليس 0900.ياع ةااي ةاال رسغ اييا ريس يييياةة اييييرن ةايسرحييييب ةا سةلرييييز ةاي ةمصيييي فليييي ن ةييييي ا اا يييياب ةاييييا ةايميييي 0990.يييييس ياييييع ةااييييي ةاال رييييسغ ييييييا ر % ط ةقفب ين 00ةاي ةما ةال اد ا سلرز يميي ييين ةرييع ةاار ايي ريليين ل ييرس في ارييب يي ةاا يي فييد ةا ثاييري ةاال رييسغ ةاييا 0990.اراهيي ايسرحييب ةا لييس احيييس اميي ةاي اي اة اريزةاا ا ا ف يل ةايا غ اا ي يزى ةا د ر غ ما يسلا هل ا اب ارب ة ةا د ر يرز اه ةاة ةا ي ةهي س ي ةايا ةالاسري ةال ا ير ةاه ي يرن ليري يين ةاايس رن ةازري ةاير سة% يين زايه ةاصي فد 090اا ياب ( .5ةاره ) b. alveiالبكتريا -5 ييي ةايليل اه ه ةاال سر يب ةا لس فد ةا ثرس فد ياع ةااي ةاال رسغ رب يسرحب ةقا ه س ا ( لل .ارن اا ) ل ريي يسرحييب ةا لييس ييا رييي اليي ييين ةاي ةمصيي ةا سةلريييز فييد ةا ثاييري ةاال رييسغ فحيييا ايي مييا زريي اة يييار ةا ييي ثرس فيد يع ةايياق يم يح ساب 2. . 909. 9.2. رسغ ةا د ام ين ةال يياق ياع ةااي ةاال ل فب ةاي ةمص ةاييييي ئد ةال يييي اد ةاهل يييي اد يميييي اليييي ييييين ةاي يييي ةما ..09 .93. 0900 ةا ييييد ل ايييي يسرحييييب ةقرييييسةا ةا سررييييب يمي 9.2.هي ةاي غ امي ان ةيال يييا يايع ةاايي ةاال ريسغ اميسرح رن ما ةا ةاد ة هس يسرحيب ةا ليس يسثرسة اري يي يمي ايرن ةاايا ةربي ةن امي ي ةما ةال ي اد 09.0ةا يد لي ن يييااه ةايي ق يياي غ ين يسرحيب ةقريسةا ةا سرريب الس يميي مييا ةا يي ةاد فييد ييرن ةة مليي 909. .93.ة يييا يييياق ةاال رييسغ الييال ةايييسرح رن ة ييسثرسة ييا ريي فييد ةا ثاييري يميي مييا 9.2. 0900يييا ريييس اميي ي اة يييا ةاي يي ةما ةاييي ئد ةريي ييسثرسة ةاي ةمصيي ةقةييسى فييد سثرسطيي فحييا ةا ةاد الال ةايسرح رن ةرب ةا يسثرس لي ن سثرسة ةب فد ياع ةااي ةاال رسغ فحيا ة هس ةا سةلرز ةاي ارب زر اة سةلرزةاي ةمص فحاةاا ةي ا اا اه % 00ة يييا ةا سلرييز اراييي يميي 903. اميي ييييا احيييس ياييع ةااييي ةاال رييسغةايي غ ة يييا ةريي رمييرال %0.ةا سلرييز اييا ةااييي % ةغ ييسثرس فييد ياييع 2% .ليي ييين ةا سلرييزرن ريييي فييد ييرن ايي يميي 3930.ة مييا ييييا اياييع ةااييي ةاال رييسغ اةة اييييرن ةا سلرييييز يميييي الييييال ةايييييسرح رن فييييد يي يمييييب ةا يييي 9900 احيييي يييييياق هي يييييع يي يمييييب ةا ييييريسة ي ةاال رييييسغ ة ل ري ييا ري فيد ةا يسثرس ي ةا ليس الي يين يسرحيب ةقريسةا ةا سرريب% 00 ةاي ةمص ل ن ةاي ةما ةال اد ا سلرز يمي ميا ةا ي ةاد ليي ة هيس ةا ياةة ايرن 2990. 900..ةا يد ام ي فد ياع ةااي ةاال رسغ ين ةال ييياق ةا ثايري 2990.% ايسرحب ةا لس احيس00 ةاا ل ق ةاي ةما ةال اد ا سلرزصم ةا سةلرز ةاي ة بحةايسر يه اب بفيد ةا سةلريز ةاي اري ق يري بايسلاي ي ةاا ي ةا ثاريري b. alveiيمي ف يس ةاا ي ئ ةايا يرب ةاال سري فد ةقة ا س ب اي ايسرحب ةقا ه س ةاي ييمةا ه س ط ه ةايسلا b. letrosporusريا . البكت 3 ( ة ب ايسن ي ةمصي ي ةاا ي ي طي اهيل فيي فيد ثايري ايي ةاال سري .ين ةال ار ا اا ) b. letrosporus ا فييد ةق يي ةالا زريي اة رييا ةة مييف ييسثرس ةاي ةمصيي ايييً ايسرحييب ةقة ايي س ةاييي ر ةاي يي ة ة الي يين ةاي ي ةما ةايي ئد ةال ي اد ةاهل ي اد ثرسة ةب فد ياع ةااي ةاال رسغ ل ن ايسرحب ةا لس ةا سلرز ة يميي مييا ةا يي ةاد الس ريي ييا رييب يح ساييب يييع يسرحييب .092 .092. 9903اهيي ة ييي يييياق ياييع ةااييي ةاال رييسغ يم ميا ةا ي ةاد ليي امي ةايييا ةايي 9922 09.2 9959ام يياق ه ة ال ه ةاي ةمص ةقرسةا ةا سررب يميي ةايي غ ليي ق ييا ريي مييا ..9.ا ثاييري ةااييي ةاال رييسغ ايسرحييب ةا لييس اايرييع ةاي ةمصيي اايرييع ةا سةلرييز ةاي يي ةايب فد ييمهيم ةي ا اا اب ةاا ةاي را ةاي 9992ل ن ةاييا ةاي ة يسرحب ةقرسةا ةا سررب 2002( 2) 22لعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلدمجلة ابن الهيثم ل ةق يي ةالا فحييا ليي ن ةال يي ةقثرمييد طيي ةقفبيي فييد فصيي يسلايي يي ةاا يي ةالي اييب فييد ةا ثاييري ةاال رييسغ فحييا ليي ق يميي اليي ييين يسرحييب .092. 09.2ليي ن ةاال رييسغ ة ةاي يي ةما ةال يي اد ييا ريي فييد ييييا ريييس يايحييب ثاييري ةااييي ةقرسةا ةا سررب ةا لس ما ةا ةاد لي ة هس زر اة سةلرز ايرع ةاي ةمص ةاي ئرب ةال ارب ةاهل ارب ةاا زري اة فيد يرن ة ييا ةا سلريز 095% ا ري يييا 2ة ااأ ةا ثرس اي ا سلرز يياق ثاري ةااي ةاال رسغ الال ةايسرح رن % ةغ يي ثرس فييد ياييع ةااييي ةاال رييسغ .ةا سلرييز يميي اراييي ايي ريييي 09.9. رييسغ اميي ال% ة مييا ييييا اياييع ةااييي ةا 00 يم فد يي يمب ةا اةة ايرن ةا سةلريز ةاي ةمصي 9900 يياق ه يع يي يمب ةايح ساب ة الال ةايسرح رن ةرب يمي 900.س في ارب فد ةا ثاري ةاال رسغ احيس ط ةقلث % ايسرحب ةقرسةا ةا سررب 00لرز ل ن ةاي ةما ةال اد ا س لييي ن رييييس يايحيييب ةا ثايييري ةاال ريييسغ احييييس ة ةيييي فيييد يسرحيييب ةا ليييس لييي ن ةاي ييي ةما ةال ييي اد طييي ةقلثيييس في اريييب ةربييي % فييد ايرييع 00يمي ة هييس ةا يياةة اييرن ةايسرحييب ةا سةلرييز ةاي ةمصيي ليي ق ةاي يي ةما ةال يي اد ا سلرييز 2990. رب يسرحب ( ريلاا ل رس لل 5يم ايسرحب ةا لس ين ةال ةاار ا فد اا ) 299.ةا اةة احيس ثاريد يي يال يب ةا لييس ةاييا زريي اة ةاي يي ب ةا ييي رب ام لييسة ا رييا يي ط فييد زريي اة ةا هيي س ةاي ةمصيي ةا رييب مييا ييةقا هيي س ا فيد ةايسلاي ةالي ايب يين ثي لل ر هي فيد ةلي ةن ازر اة ةا سلرز ةثس يسلا ةاا ة ة ي ر سا ايسرحب ةقرسةا ةا سررب ةا ثاري يح ساب ا ا سةلرز ةاحمرمب فـي تثبـيط نمـو التأثير في oxytetracyclineمن سم النحل مع المضاد الحيوي بين تراكيز مختلفة ةالمقارن -ر :ث ا ربياالو االنواع البكتيرية المسببة لمرض تعفن الحضنة ةق سايد ةا بياباييسع يلين ةاثالثيب ةاي يااب سثرسة فيد ايي ةقاي ةع ةاال رسريب ( ةن ا ةاا 5ة ب اا ) m. pluton b. alvei b. letrosporus يح سايب ييع ةايبي ا ةا ري غoxytetracycline الين اياسا ي ل يب يمي 9.2. احييس يايع امايي ةاال ريسغ امي m. pluton ةاا سثرسة ييا ري فيد ةاال سري فحا ل ن ا ا ع ةاال سر يح ساب يع ةايب ا ةا ر غ oxytetracycline ةا غ ل ن ةلثس سثرسة فد ةااي رن ةقةيسرن يين ةاال سري يم 9900ة يا ييا ةb. alvei b. letrosporus اراييي ليي ن ييييا ثاييري يي ةاا يي ةا يي ةاديميي مييا 5.990 2930. ةايي غ ليي ن ييييا ثاريييه اهييي %ين ةاا في ارب ارب فد ثاري اي 00سلرز يم ما ةا ةاد ة هس ةا .092. 909.اه رن ةاا رن ين ةاال سغ ( 5ين ةاال سر اا ) ةقا ةع ةا احب المصادر صل ه .30 يا ا ه اةس ةايي سف ج ع ( ا ةاي....ةااااد ي يا مد ) -. ( صل يب.9.) ( آفي ا ي ةاي يياييب ا يييب ةايي صي ....ن ) يةازاراغ يارا -5 3-pinnock , d. e. and featherstone ,n. e. (1984) immuno absorbent assay. j. api.cultural research 23 : 168 – 170 . 4bailey , l. and ball b. v. (1991) bacillus larvae j. gen. microbiol. 20 : 711 – 717 . 5shimanuki , h. ; knox d.a. and herbert , f. w. (1970) . . j. eco . entomol. 63. 1062 – 1063 . 6 graham , j.m. ed. ( 1992 ) . the hive and the honey bee . dadant & sons , hamiltion illinios u.s.a. 1324 pp. ةاي ي فيد ييييا د فيدييي( هيةرا ييسع يلين ةا بياب ةق سا9...ةاا اد اؤغ لسر ي يا يس ي يد ةايارن ) -0 20. 139 (:5) 3ل ( يب )زةاييب اميم ةازسة رييب ةايسةررييةايام –د ييةاحيس ةايسةر 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد اس ةاة يل ف يه ةايل( اسة ب يسع يلن ةا بايييييب ةق ساييييد ما ا يييي 5000ةالا اد ي يا اا ةاامر ) -. ا ييب ا اةا –ةاي ةمص ةااا رب ةيس ب ال سةه لمرب ةازسة ب 9warhurat , p. and goebel, r . (1995) . the beebook information series q . 194066 department of primary industries queens land. 10aladin , a s. wan. ; yousif , z. and abo, m.b. ch. ( 1993 ) . guide to chemotherapy laxis in bacterial infections non communicable disease . eastern meditierranean regional office , alexanderia , egypt . ياهي ةا ر رييب ه ييي يا ا هي ةقييسةع ةا يد صيراه يي اا ييي ةاي يييب ا ييي( ييمل9...ةايصسغ ميد ) -.. صل ب .30 سر –ايهق –اةس ةال ةايساد 12werner , v.d.o. and jost, h. dustmann ( 1997 ) . amer. bee jon. mo. 8: 603 – 605 اس ةاة يل ف ه ةايي يد ما اييي ل( اسة ب ارئرب ايسع يلن ةا بايب ةقيسر5005ةا اريد ليرمب سا ) -3. ا ييب ا اةا –ةازسة ب لمريب –ي ا يرس س ايب –ةاي ةمص ةااا ريييب يسرحب ةايسا ةاصا د 14benson , h.j. (1979) . microbiological application . a laboratory manual in general microbiology, wm. c. brown company publishers iawa u.s.a. 15shimanuki , h. and cantwell, g.e. (1987). bee usda .ars – ne 87 : 650 – 760 16bergys manual of determinative bacteriology (1994) 9th williams&wilkins u.s.a. رين ايييا ةايييزريز يز ةايارين يي ;غلي سغ ريي ل ;ةاا سةاد سب صلي -0. ةاسةطري رييي ل يياييب – طرئب ةا يمري ةاي حياد –ايميد ةا هسة ةاا فيب زةسة ةا يمر ةاي اد ةاا ا ة ( 0...) صل ب 0.3ا اةا –ةا ليب اةس ةرع رئد اايع ةاي ةمص ةااا رب ما ايييي ( ةا ثرس ةااز ....ةااييي ن ةاراب ر ال هسرف ) -.. –ةاييم ةيس يب ال ي سةه لمرييييييب – اا ين ةااسةثر ةاي ااب ةا اايب اصا يب لسة ةاي ص ا يييب 19nccls ( national committee for clinical laboratory standards ) ( 1984 ) performance standards for antimicrobial disc susceptibility testing 3rd edn, approved standard m2-a3 national committee for clinical laboratory standards , villarova pa. u.s.a. ديةاي اي ةا يمرييييي زةسة ييييباي س ةازسة رر ةا ييييز صيير مييييةايسة غ ة هيع ي ييا ةميف ةع ايا ةايزر -50 صل ه ةايسةق ..0 ييةاي ص بس ا ييي ةاا ا ةايميد يي اع يؤ ب اةس ةال اميا ه ةااه رس ا امي ةااةس ةايسارييييب –ةايايييب ةق اا –( ةاي ييب فد ميي ةاا ييي 3...ةاا ه ي يا ةمر ) -.5 ( صل ب .00ااا ن ) – 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد في التاثير في oxytetracyclin( المقارنة بين تراكيز مختلفة من سم النحل مع المضاد الحيوي 2جدول ) وربي .تثبيط نمو االنواع البكتيرية المسببة لمرض تعفن الحضنة اال l.s.d. 09203ام سةلرز l.s.d. 09203 ةايح ساب l.s.d. 59.09ام اةة ارن ةا سةلرز يي يال ةايح ساب ةا سةلرز % ةقاييي ةع ةاايل يريسريب m. pluton b. alvei b. letrosporus ةاا ي ي mcg o.t.c 30 mcg ةاا mcg o.t.c. 30 mcg يي ةاا يي mcg o.t.c. 30 mcg 0 9900 9900 9900 .2930 9900 5.990 . 9900 9900 9900 2 .900 9900 .930 .0 .900 .0900 .5930 50 .930 .2900 .0930 00 .0990 .2990 ..2990 5.990 .092. 2930. 909. 9900 9.2. ةاييا 8 ( � 1 )m.pluton , . alvei b . letrosporus b ( ) ( � ) ( � -6 ) � � ( ) ( 6( ) � � ( )6 ) � � ( ) lsd 0.225 lsd 0.142 lsd 0.162 lsd 0.318 lsd 0.201 lsd 0.229 lsd � 0.551 lsd � 0.348 lsd � 0.397 lsd 0.184 lsd 0.116 0.132 lsd � 0.450 lsd � 0.248 lsd � 0.324 lsd � 0.318 lsd � 0.201 lsd � 0.229 lsd � 0779 lsd � 0.492 lsd � 0.561 � m.pluton ) ( � b. alvei ) ( � b. letrosporus ) ( % * * * � * * * � * * * � * * * � * * * � * * * � 0 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 1 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 5 7.00 8.60 7.30 7.63 8.00 8.00 7.00 7.76 6.00 6.60 6.00 6.20 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.30 6.30 7.20 10 7.60 9.00 8.00 8.20 8.60 9.00 8.00 8.53 8.60 10.00 8.60 9.06 9.60 10.0 9.60 9.73 6.00 7.60 6.00 6.53 6.30 12.30 7.60 8.73 20 8.00 9.30 8.30 8.53 9.00 9.30 9.00 9.10 9.60 10.30 10.00 9.96 10.0 15.0 11.30 12.10 6.60 8.30 7.30 7.40 7.00 14.30 9.60 10.30 40 9.00 10.00 9.00 9.33 9.60 10.60 10.00 10.06 10.00 11.00 10.30 10.43 11.3 15.6 13.00 13.30 7.00 9.00 8.00 8.00 7.30 15.60 10.00 10.96 � 7.26 8.15 7.53 7.61 7.86 8.15 7.71 7.90 7.7 8.31 7.81 17.94 8.15 9.76 8.95 8.85 6.26 7.15 6.55 6.65 6.43 10.58 7.58 8.19 biology 73 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 morphological and histological study of the cerebrum in a nocturnal bird species (barn owl)tytoalba sh. a. abd-alrahman. department of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 22 april 2012 accepted in: 12 september 2012 abstract morphological and histoarchitecture aspects on the cerebrum of (barn owl) were made to find outthe cerebrum size, design and the description of cerebral region components at the light microscopic level by using haematoxylin – eosin and periodic acid schift (pas) stain methods. the result of the morphological aspects revealed that the cerebrum was large and an obtuse triangle in shape, its surface had a slight furrow. sagittal sections revealed the location, arrangement and size of pallial and subpallial cerebral divisions. the result of the microscopic examinations indicated that the large and massive hyperpallium (wulst) was thick,hypertrophied wired, and multilaminate structure reflect their wider stereoscopic night vision. the dorsolateral corticoid area (cdl) contained three different cell groups. the well developed dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr) contained mesopalliumnidopallium and arcopallium, contained voluminous nuclear heterogeneous neuron groups and pyramidal cells. the higher density of the large pyramidal cells were found in the nidopallium (nest pallium) that is surrounding the crescent shap lateral ventricle. the striatum had a striated appearance due to its special histoarchitecture. the pallidum was the smallest and the deepest among cerebral subdivision, it had a pale appearance. key words cerebrum, nocturnal birds,owl. introduction birds have relatively large brain, it is associated with the forebrain enlargement [1,2,3]. the forebrain in birds is dominated by the telencephalon hemisphere (cerebrum), which provides a great capacity for learning, memory, attention, integration and consciousness [4,5]. the avian telencephalon includes a large cortical components [6,7,8]. the dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr) in birds is a nuclear matter [4,9, 10,11], its function is to serve as a linkage between inputs and motor outputs [12]. the present study is based on the cerebrum of (barn owl) tyto alba, the only member of the family tytonidae, which belonges to the class aves and order strigiformes. as seen in (fig.1), it is a medium sized owl and has a distinctive heart shaped facial disc, relatively small eyes and lacks ear tufts [13]. the study aims to focuse the histoarchitecture and the pattern of different neurons distribution in a nocturnal bird species cerebrum (barn owl), since nocturnal birds possess cleary different cerebrum regions associated with their wide stereoscopic night vision [6,14 ]. biology 74 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 material and methods five healthy adult (barn owl) were utilized in this investigation, obtained from the spinning market during autumn season. the brain was obtained from the skull by careful dissection of the whole brain.the cerebrum were submersion fixed in 10% buffered formalin. sagittal and three coronal sections were made by a sharp knife, fixed in 10% buffered formalin, washed,dehydrated through ascending grades of alcohol, cleared and embedded in paraffin wax. eight microns thick sections were cut by using rotary microtome. the paraffin wax was removed by immersing the slides in xylene. the slides were passed through descending grades of alcohol, distilled water. the sections were stained with haematoxylin eosin (h&e) and periodic acid schift reagent (pas) cleared with xylene and mounted with d.p.x. as per usual method[15]. result 1morphlogical description of cerebrum: two large cerebral hemisphere were situated in the anterior part of the brain. the surface of the two hemisphere as seen in (fig. 2) had a slight furrow with no deep grooves (sulci) and wrinkles (gyri). the inter hemispheric fissure was narrow and bridged over by a meninges. the cerebrum form as seen in (fig. 3) was an obtuse triangle, the curvature of the anterior hemisphere was so rounded that the two olfactory bulbs can only be viewed on the ventral surface. (fig.4)shows the location, arrangement and size of the pallial and subpallial cerebral divisions. the pallium consisted of outer and large inner cortical areas.the outer contained: the hyperpallium (wulst), it was a large massive pillow viewed also on the dorsal side of each hemisphere, demarcated by obvious groove that houses large blood vessels named the vallecula (fig.2); the piriform cortex; the dorsolateral corticoid area (cdl); and the hippocampal complex, it sits on the top of the brain like mushroom cap. the large inner cortical areas of the pallium named the dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr), it was welldeveloped and had three subdivisions: the mesopallium (middle pallium),it was positioned below the dorsolateral corticoid area, above the nidopallium. the nidopallium (nest pallium) was found surrounding the lateral ventricle; the archopallium (arched pallium), this was a narrow zone located caudally in( barn owl ) cerebrum(fig.4). the subpallium occupied the inner parts of each hemisphere, its location was underneath the nidopallium, it was further divided into two main subdivisions: the striatum and the pallidum, the later was the deepest and the smallest amoung cerebral subdivisions(fig.4). each cerebral hemisphere enclosed a narrow cavity named lateral ventricle. 2histological structure of the cerebrum the (barn owl) hyperpallium (wulst) was thick (fig.4), wired and multilaminate hypertrophied structures, the fibro molecular layer contained few scattered neurons and consisted mainly of dendritic extensions with a horizontallyoriented axons; the hyperpalliumaccessorium (ha),a broad layer of medium sized neurons; the outer and inner bands of intercalates hyperpalliumaccessorium (iha); the hyperpallium intercalates suprema (hism) and the hyperpalliumdensocellulare (hd) a deep lying layer of large cells,it contains no pyramidal neurons but instead stellate cells and each cell was star shaped, the dendrites extended in all directions (fig.5). the piriform cortex was a superficial thin sheet of cells. the thin superficial dorsolateral corticoid area (cdl) contained three main different cell biology 75 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 groups,as seen in (fig.6): the predominant projection neurons classified into asmall,medium sized horizontal cells with smooth moderately branching dendrites and bspinous projecting neurons; aspinous local circuit neurons with short axons that ramify locally and stellate neurons with sparse spinous dendrites and locally arborizing axons. the areas of the hippocampal complex protruding above the lateral ventricle were subdivided into dorsolateral (dl); dorsomedial (dm) and ventral aspects of hippocampus.different classes of neurons were distinguished: pyramidal,pyramidal like,multipolar and ovoid local circuit neurons,the later ranging from small to large size (fig.7). the mesopallium,nidopallium and arcopallium were together designated as the dorsal ventricle ridge (dvr), it contained a voluminousnuclear mass of a heterogeneous neuron groups and pyramidal cells. (fig.8) shows the majority of the small neuron with granular appearance distributed in a random pattern; lossely packed neurons oriented.parallel tothe surface; glial neurons; small sizes of pyramidal neurons; number of axonal collaterals extended superficially toward the surface and spiny dendrites. (fig.9) shows the higher density of the large pyramidal cells, that are found in the nidopalliumcomparsing with other types of neurons. the large pyramidal neurons could be recognized by their large somata, greater length of the single thick apical dendrite that extending in the direction of the upper layers of neighboring cortical surface, and itsbasal dendrites that is originated from the lower corners of each pyramidal extending to either side far beyond the width of the lower(dvr). thelateral ventricle had acrescentshap, surrounding by the (dvr) especially nidopallium. it can be seen also the choroid plexuses ventrally within parts of the wall of the lateral ventricle. (fig.10) shows the highly specialized tissue of the choroid plexus that projects as elaborating folds with many villi. at higher magnification of (fig.10) it can be seen that each villus of the choroid plexus contained a thin layer of a well vascularized pia mater covered by cuboidal ependymal cells. the striatum is consisted of a large mass of different neurons; large masses of mylinated axon bundles and spiny dendrites passing through them giving to this region its striate appearance (fig.11) and therefore its name. the pallidum was the smallest and the deepest cerebral region, it had a sparse distribution of different neurons , giving this region its pale appearance (fig.12) and therefore, its name. discussion barn owl had large and obtuse triangle shaped cerebrum, in comparison to that, it was small and tapers in grey gooses and pekin ducks; large and trapezoid in oriental white stork [3]. the cerebral hemisphere surface had a slight furrow without any gyrus or sulcus,it was similar to that of swimmers fowls and birds of prey,while the surface was entirely smooth in ratitae and in many passeres [16]. the hyperpallium (wulst) was relatively small in potoos (nyctibidae); nightjars (camprimulgidae) [6],and it was very much reduced with shallow vallecula in kiwi [17,18],this finding was different in barn owl,it was large massive,with obvious vallecula. the histomorphological result indicated that the wulst was a multilaminate hypertrophied structure,each of these laminae were well developed in barn owl,which reflects their wider stereoscopic field compared to other diurnal birds [5,14]. wulst neurons were selective for orientation,movement direction,spatial freguency and binocular disparity [6]. the avain visual wulst was the telencephalic target of the ascending thalamofugal visual biology 76 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 pathway thus it was considered equivalent to the striate cortex of mammals [6,14]. the neurohistological aspects of the thin superficial dorsolateral corticoid area (cdl) in barn owl involved the different three cell groups,this observation was in accordance with that in strawberry finch estrildaamandava [7],they stated that this corticoid area in birds corresponds the entorhinal cortex of mammals.the hippocampal complex in barn owl apperead like a mushroom cap situated on the top of the brain and divided histologically into three subdivisions with different classes of neurons.this finding was similar to that of non stoting birds [8] and unlike to that of wood pecker [19] and homing pigeon [20]. the hippocampal complex in both birds and mammals was important for the processing and retention of spatial,rather than purely visual memory [21,22]. perhaps not surprising,the area of the songbird brain with a highest estrogenmaking capability was the hippocampal complex [11]. barn owl had well developed dorsal ventricular ridge (dvr),among birds the best developed dvr was in crows and parrots [4,9] and the less developed was in pigeon and dove [10]. the dvr in barn owl had three subdivisions (mesopallium, nidopallium and arcopallium),similar observation was made by [11,23] on song birds and on passerines[20]. the voluminous nuclear mass of the dvr in barn owl was occupied in song bird about 75% of telencephalon volume and not organized histoarchitectonically into layers as stated [4,11].thedvr receives visual auditory and somatosensory information and sends motor outputs to the basal ganglia [4], it was also thebasic function of mammalian isocortex [12]. the neurohistological aspects of the dvr in barn owl involved the presenceof pyramidal cells and non pyramidal cells (heterogeneous neuron groups). the later named also interneurons,they could be either excitatory or inhibitory,they make local connections and do not leave the cortex. pyramidal cells were excitatory,they received incoming nerve fibers from the thalamus and from other areas of cortex as well as from nearby neurons,its axon could be extended more than a meter down to the spinal cord as stated by [4,16]. the subpallium (striatum and pallidum) also called the basal ganglia [11,23],they comprised major centers of the extra-pyramidal motor system that affected by many neurotoxic agents and play a role in several neuronal degenerative disease [16]. references 1iwaniuk,an.; dean,k. m. and nelson. j.f. (2005). interspecific allometry of the brain and brain regions in parrots (psittaciformes): comparisons with other birds and primates. brain behv. evol.,65: 40-54. 2cnotka,j.; gunturkun,o. ; rehkamper,g.; gray,dr. and hunt,gr. (2008). extraordinary large brains in tool using new caledonian crowscorvusmoneduloides.neurosci. lett.,433(3) :241-245. 3peng,k.; feng,y.; zhang,g.; liu,h. and song,h. (2010). anatomical study of the african ostrich. j. vet. anim. sci.,34(3): 235-241. 4shimizu,t. (2009). why can birds be so smart,background,significance and implications of the revised view of the avain brain. comparative cognition and behavior reviews,4: 103115. 5reiner,an.; yamamoto,k. and katten,h. j. (2005). organization and evolution of the avain forebrain. the anatomical record,part a,287a: 1080-1102. biology 77 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 6iwaniuk,an. and wylie ,d.r.w. (2006). the evolution of stereopsis and the wulst in camprimulgiform birds: a comparative analysis. journal of comparative physiology,192 (12) :1313-1326. 7srivastava, u.c.; chand, p. and maurya, r.c. (2009). neuronal classes in the corticoid complex of the telencephalon of the strawberry finch, estrildamandava. cell and tissu e research,336(3): 393409. 8szekely, a. d. (1999). the avain hippocampal formation : subdivisions and connectivity. behavioural brain research,98 ( 2) : 219-225. 9iwaniuk,an. and hurd,pl. (2005). the evolution of cerebrotypesin birds. brain behav. evol.,65(4) : 215-230. 10rehknipera,g.; frahma,h.d. and cnotkaa,j.(2008). mosaic evolution and adaptive brain component alteration under domestication seen on the background of evolutionary theory. brain behavior and evolution,71:115-126. 11jarvis,ed.; gunturkun,o.; bruce,l.; csillag,a.; karten, h. ; kuenzel, w.;medina,l.; paxinos,g.; perkel,dj.; shimizu,t.; striedler,g.; wild, jm.; ball, gf.; dugas, f.; durand,se.; hough,ge.; husband,s. ; kubikova,l.; lee,dw.;mello cv.; powers, a.; siang, c.; smulders,tv.; wada, k.; whits, sa.; yamamoto, k.; yu, j.; reiner, a. and bulter, ab. (2005) avain brains and a new understanding of vertebrate brain evolution. nat. rev. neuro. sci.,6(2): 151-159. 12wang, y.; prechtl, a.b. and karten, h.j. (2010). laminar and columnar auditory cortex in avain brain. anas, 107(28),:12676-12681. 13cholewiak,d.(2008). general description of owl from wikipedia animal diversity web. the regents of the university of michigam and its licensors: 1-20. 14corfield, j.r.;gsell, a.c.; brunton, d.; heesy, ch.p.; hall, m.i.; acosta, m.l. and iwaniuk, an. (2011). anatomical specializations for nocturnality in a critically endangered parrot,the kakapo strigopshabroptilus.plos one,6(8): 1-26. 15sood, r.(2009). medical laboratory technology: methods and interpretations 6thedi.,ch. 27, newdelhi,india:1436-1450. 16blakemore, c.and jennett, s. (2001). the oxford companion to the body. encyclopedia.com. http: \\www. encyclopedia. com. 17martin, g.r.; wilson, k.j.; wild, j.m.; parson, s.; kubke, m.f. and corfield, j.(2007). kiwi forego vision in the guidance of their nocturnal activites.plose one 2(2): e198, doi: 10.137\ journal. pone. 0000198. 18corfield, j.r.; wild,j.m.; hauber, m.e.; parson, s. and kubke, m.f.(2008). evolution of brain size in the palaeognath lineage with an emphasis on newzealand ratites. brain behavior and evolution,. 7: 187-199. 19volman,sf.; grubb, tc. and schuett, kc.(1997). relative hippocampal volume relation to food storing behavior in four species of woodpecker. brain behav. evol.,49(2): 110120. 20tompol,t.; davies, d.c.; nemeth,a.; sebesteny, t. and alpar,a. (2000). a comparative golgi study of chicken gallusdomesticus and homing pigeon columbalivia hippocampus. ainstructure and function,201(2) : 85-101. 21colombo, m. and broudbent, n.(2000). is the avain hippocampus a functional homologue of the mammalian hippocampus. neuroscience &biobehavioral reviews,24(4): 465-484. 22lee,d.w.; miyasato and clayton, n.s. (1998). neurobiological bases of spatial learning in the natural environment: neurogenesis and growth in the avain and mammalian hippocampus. neuro. report.,9(7): r15-r27. 23jarvis, ed.(2009). bird brain evolution. encyclopedia of neuroscience,2: 209-215. biology 78 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig (1): tytoalba (barn owl). biology 79 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (2): dorsolateral view of (barn owl) brain shows: 1hyperpallium (wulst)2 vallecula 3-right cerebral hemisphere 4-optic lobe 5-medulla oblongata 6-spinal cord 7cerebellum. biology 80 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (4) sagittal section through the brain of (barn owl) illustrates the following: 1olfactory bulb 2-hyperpallium (wulst) 3-pirifrom cortex 4-dorsolateral corticoid area (cdl) 5hipocampal complex 6-archopallium (arched pallium) 7-lateral ventricle 8-mesopallium (middle pallium) 9-nidopallim (nest pallium) 10-diencephalon 11-midbrain 12-optic chiasma 13-striatum 14-pallidum. fig. (5) afirst coronal section through the cerebrum of (barn owl) illustrates the hyperpallium (wulst) (pas) (4x) 1-meninges 2fibromolecular layer 3hyperpallium accessorium (ha) 4outer and inner bands of intercalates hyperpallium accessorium (iha) 5 hyperpallium intercalates suprema (hism) 6hyperpallium densocellulare(hd) biology 81 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ban enlargement of section a (20x): 1meninges [adura-archnoid bpia mater.] 2a neurons with horizontally oriented axon 3amedium sized neurons 4aouter 4binner bands of intercalates hyperpallium accessorium (iha) 5hyperpallium intercalates suprema (hism) 6hyperpallium densocellulare (hd) 6astellate cells fig. (6) asecond coronal section through the cerebrum: (h&e) (10x) 1meninges 2 dorsolateral corticoid area (cdl) biology 82 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 ban enlargement of section a(40x): 1meninges 2horizontal cell 3spinous projecting neurons 4aspinous local circuit neurons 5stellate cell 6spinous dendrites. biology 83 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (7) athird coronal section through the cerebrum (pas) (10x) 1hippocampal complex 2lateral ventricle 3nidopallium (nest pallium). ban enlargement of section a(20x): 2lateral ventrical 5meninges 6dorsolateral parts (dl) 7dorsomedial parts (dm) 8ventral parts 9pyramidal neuron 10pyramidal like neuron 11multipolar neuron 12ovoid local circuit neuron. biology 84 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (8) trasverse section through the mesopallium (middle pallium) (pas) (40x) 1heterogeneous neuron groups 2pyramidal cells 3spiny dendrites 4axonal collaterals 5 apical dendrite 6basal dendrites. fig.(9)transverse section through the nidopallium (nest pallium) (pas) (40x) 1large pyramidal cells 2somata of large pyramidal cells 3-spiny dendrites 4axonal collaterals 5 apical dendrite of pyramidal cell 6basal dendrites of pyramidal cell. biology 85 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(10) atransverse section through the choroid plexsus (h&e) ( 10x) 1villi. ban enlargement of section a( 40x): 1villus 2cuboidal ependymal cells 3pia matter 4capillary . biology 86 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (11) trasverse section through the striatum (pas) (40x) 1-different neurons 2mylinated axon 3spiny dendrites fig.(12) transverse section through the pallidum (h&e) (40x) 1different neurons 2 mylinated axon . biology 87 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 دراسة مظهرية ونسجية للمخ في نوع من الطيورالليلية(البوم البيضاء) albatyto شرمين عبدهللا عبد الرحمن. ،جامعة بغداد الحياة، كلية التربية ابن الهيثمقسم علوم 2012ايلول 12قبل البحث في: 2012 نيسان 22استلم البحث في: الخالصــة ) للتعرف على حجم المخ وشكله (barn owlتناولت الدراسة الجوانب المظهرية والنسجية الخلوية لمخ طائر البوم ومواصفاتها عند فحصها بالمجهر الضوئي وباستعمال تقنية التلوين كما وصف شكل مكونات مناطق المــخ ايوسين و كاشف شف الدوري.اظهرت النتائج المظهرية ان المـخ كبير الحجم، والشكل مثلث المظــهر -الهيماتوكســـيلين مخ اللحائية وتحت مستدق االطراف كما لوحظ على سطحه وجود اخاديدغيرعميقة. اظهرت المقاطع السهمية موقع اقسام ال اللحائية وترتيبه و حجمه. اظهرت نتائج الفحص المجهري ان البروز السهمي الضخم والمتماســـك عبـــــارةعـن تركيب ذي طبقات متعددة ضخمة ومحددة وسميكة تعكس القابلية على الرؤية الليلية المجسمة الواسعة.تضمـــنت مساحات القشرة ث مجاميع خلوية مختلفة. تميزت السلسلة البطينية الظــهرية الجيدة التكوين باحتوائها اللحاء الظهرية الجانبية وجود ثال الوسطي،وعش اللحاء، واللحاء القديم وبكونـها عبارة عن كتلة من النوى الغزيــرة التي تضم العصبونات متغايرة الخواص ة بكثافة عالية في منطقة عش اللحاء المحيطة بالبطين الجانبي و الخاليا الهرمية. كما لوحظ تواجد الخاليا الهرمية الكبير الهاللي الشكل.اتسم المخطط بسبب بنيته النسيجية الخلوية بمظهر التخطيط. يعد الشاحب االصــــغر و االعمق بين اقسام المخ كما اتسم بالمظهر الفاتح بسبب بنيته النسيجية الخلوية. ور الليلية، البوم.المخ ، الطيالكلمات المفتاحية conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 25 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 theoretical spectroscopic study for some diatomic molecules adil neama ayyash dept. of physics/college of science /university of anbar received in :2/april/2017,accepted in:4/june/2017 abstract in this work, four electronic states ( , , and ) of some diatomic molecules (inf and incl) was studied by td-dft with energy represented by the exchangecorrelation energy. the saop/atzp model was applied here to determine all parameters (re, be, de, , , te , and were determined to creation reliable values for electron spectroscopy. also, another set of this calculation has been used represented by two theoretical models: atzp and et-qz3p-xd model. therefore these theoretical models for ( and , and ) of the molecules have been compared with many values, theoretical and experimental values, and appear convergence in values with simple error %. our results showed that the td-dft with basis set in the present work is important for the estimation of spectroscopic parameters and constants for our molecules and the atzp model is very close to et-qz3p-xd model in all electronic states for inf and incl molecules except some of the constants such as (be). keywords: spectroscopic parameters, diatomic molecules, dft. physics | 26 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 introduction indium halides are an important system to work with spectroscopic investigations and scientific lines in chemical, physical and astrophysical fields. for the last years, most researchers studies were about metal halides, that due to their potential applications. these are used in the lighting industry, for example diatomic indium halides have been subject to theoretical and experimental calculations [1]. the electronic spectrum of (inf and incl) molecules appears in three band systems ( , , and ) transitions and observed as first studied by researchers in 1952 [2]. at recent years, the physical and chemical properties of indium halides have great interest because of their application in the development of some semiconductor devices. in 1955, r.f. barrow et al.[3] studied the rotational analyses of several bands of the a–x and b–x systems of inf molecule, in 1969, f.j. lovas et al. [4] made high-temperature mass spectrometric studies of inf molecule of the dissociation energy. recently spectroscopy offers direct determinations of parameters from the potential energy curves in which a molecule resides [5]. to know the properties of molecular spectroscopy we depend upon the molecular states for all electronic states. the ground state is more determined than the excited state, often with incomplete information available [6]. with a high exactitude, the spectroscopic parameters can be estimated, by curves fitting [5]. spectroscopic parameters are very important to determine the spectrum, which is employed as a way to give new spectroscopic theoretical investigations, as the basis set influence, the electron correlation influence [7]. the spectroscopic parameters of all molecules are necessary for poorly characterized electronic states or yet experimentally unknown [8]. the density functional theory (dft)[9] has been used for calculating some of the spectroscopic electronic state parameters. accordingly, dft methods are used in many chemical applications [8]. therefore, the advancement of dft can be used for exactitude potentials, also, give the exactitude estimation of highest electronic states [8]. some of the previous studies of the (td-dft) [10] have been used to calculate transition probability and excitation energy. choosing td-dft methods is accessible in more theoretical packages, and in quantum chemical calculations, one needs a bigger number of the gaussian-type basis than a slater-type basis [11]. sto set has been improved and enter into theoretical calculations. chong [7] evolved a method called by dzp (adzp) method and tzp (atzp) method in his calculations. in our study, another model (et-qz3p-xd) [12] is compared with the improved atzp set. the determination of spectroscopic parameters of the four states of inf and incl molecules requires knowing the location of potential curves carefully. method of computations in our study, we use the td-dft method for calculation, the electronic states ( , , and ) of our molecules (inf and incl) can be studied by this method. the saop/atzp model was used in this work to calculate all spectroscopic parameters and constants: excitation energy (te), bond length at equilibrium (re), the rotational constant (be), harmonic vibrational frequency , vibrational anharmonicity , zero-point energy , centrifugal distortion constant ( de), the vibration–rotation constant . also, another set of this calculation has been used represented by td–dft (saop)/et-qz3p-xd model. which was used to model for ( and , and ) states of inf and incl molecules. in this model, the advanced atzp set [7] was applied. three points determine the creation of our required parameters: (i) generation of the potential energy surfaces by two theoretical models ((saop)/et-qz3p-xd and saop)/atzp); (ii) potential fitting of the electronic states, and (iii) parameters calculation. the spectroscopic parameters and constants of all the electronic states are determined by fitted analytical potential curves. physics | 27 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 by dependending on the quantum approximation and the results of rovibrational energy levels, any potential energy un(ρ) for the electronic states can be written as [13]: ∑ where is spectral constant at ( =1,…,6), and is a spectral parameter equals to (r-re); n= 0,…, 7; ( i.e. ground = 0). for all ground and excited state determined, the calculations were done using two theoretical models. all calculations were done applying the adf theoretical program [14,15], and td-dft. the potential energy curve was fitted to equation (1) for all electronic states. then, in this work, two basis sets were examined, they are labeled as efficient and large basis sets; the established et-qz3p-xd is the large basis set, where x = 1 or 2 according to atoms. the (atzp) is the efficient basis set with x = 1or 0 [7].. the potential energy can be written as follows [16]: ( ) ( ) where is harmonic frequency, ) is anharmonic frequency and (v) is vibration quantum number . also, vibrational zero-point energy (zpe) can be written as[16]: where, the vibrational term, (j): the angular momentum and the rotational constant at (vstate) [16]: ( ) where : rotational constant at equilibrium and : vibrational– rotational constant. the total energy envj can be written as[13] where is the transitional energy, the spectroscopic constants were determined in a program called vibrot [17]. results and discussion the spectroscopic investigation for all constants ( re, , , te , de, be, and ) have been estimated by two models ( atzp and et-qz3pxd) for ( , , and ) states of inf and incl molecules and presented in tables 1 and 2. also, errors % in the states for inf and incl have been determined, which depended on constants above. these errors are given in figures (1–7). these parameters were created by dependending on (atzp) and (et-qz3p-xd) sets and were expressed in figures (8 – 11). the errors in re estimated by the tddft(saop)/atzp model and figure 1 shows that. the errors are about of 0.45%, this is close to researcher’s results [18] for incl and [19] for inf. the constant be is associated to re as below[16]: physics | 28 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 where is dirac constant, is reduced mass and re is bond length at equilibrium, they are the prospect to have symmetric alterations as re but in a reciprocal position, this is because of the inverse relationship between be and re. the errors in be have been expressed in figure 2 for all states of inf and incl. however, in a ground state and excited state, the efficient basis set and the larger basis set gave bond lengths and rotational constants for inf and incl molecules very convergent with the experimental values [18] for incl and [19] for inf (see table 1 and 2). figures (3-a and 3-b) provide an appraisement of the exactitude of the harmonic vibrational frequency , which is the theoretical result, with the two models. also, our theoretical value of ( ) in the ground state is proximate to researcher’s results. the centrifugal distortion constant de (figure 4) exhibit fairly accurate agreement with experiment. the theoretical estimation of has its prominence in high exactitude estimations of experimental values. the vibrational– rotational constant depend upon the third derivative of the potential energy curves, but the fourth derivative is used to obtain on . the errors are the outcome of the first and second excited states. the errors in constants in ground states are by et-qz3p-xd model less than atzp model for inf molecule, but in incl molecule, the errors were in atzp model less than the et-qz3p-xd model. the errors in other excited states were convergent as shown in figures (5-a and 5-b). the constant is associated with other parameters via [16] √ figures (6-a and 6-b) show convergence in the performance of the effective set and performance of the larger set. for normal molecules, zero-point energy (zpe) is small as shown in the tables. also, producing the zpe in this study as a “spectroscopic constant” is an important process. figure 7 shows the errors of the estimation zpe by these models, which also are convergent. adiabatic excitation energy, (te ) of molecules has been discussed in this study for inf and incl molecule as showen in tables (1 and 2) and figures (8-11), where values of (te ) were zero for ground states and convergent values for excited states with experimental values. figure 8 shows a comparison between theoretical models in the ground states of inf molecule by depending on “absolute average percentage deviation (aapd)” for the diatomic molecular parameters. from this figure, the saop give a good agreement with the experimental results in the ground states. the et-qz3p-xd model shows error % less than the atzp model for all constants. the high error % was clear in estimating the anharmonic and the rotational constant (be) in this figure. also, figure 9 shows a comparison between theoretical models in the three lowest-lying excited states of inf molecule. from this figure, the td-dft(saop)/et-qz3p-xd model appears error % less than the td-dft(saop)/atzp model for all constants except rotational constant (be). in figure 10, the results show convergence in errors% between theoretical models of the constants for ground states of incl molecule except for the constants and (be) which show high errors in the td-dft(saop)/et-qz3p-xd model comparing with the tddft(saop)/atzp model, that is, due to the inverse relationship between the two constants (be and re). in figure 11, the results show convergence in errors% between theoretical models of the constants for three lowest-lying excited states of incl molecule except for the constants which show high errors in the atzp model comparing with the et-qz3p-xd model, therefore here et-qz3p-xd model is better than atzp model, and agree with experimental values. physics | 29 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 in general, two theoretical models for state and next three low-lying electronic states , and ) of the molecules have been compared with theoretical and experimental values, and the results show convergence in values with simple error %. our results have shown that the td-dft in conjunction with basis set in this study is an important for the estimation of spectroscopic parameters for ground and excited states of inf and incl molecules, conclusion the important conclusion from our results is the atzp basis set which is very close to larger et-qz3p-xd basis set, as shown in tables and figures in previous results section. that is in all electronic states of inf and incl molecules except some of the constants such as (be) which have different behavior in sometimes. physics | 30 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 references 1ghalouci l.; taibi f.; ghalouci f. and bensaid m.o., (2016), “ ab initio investigation into structural, mechanical and electronic properties of low pressure, high pressure and high pressure-high temperature phases of indium selenide” computational materials science, 124, 62-77. 2welti d. and barrow r. f., (1952), “ the absorption spectra of gallium”, and indium monofluorides”, proc. phys. soc. a 65, 629. 3barrow r.f.; glaser d.v. and zeeman p.b., (1955), proc. phys. soc. a 68, 962. 4lovas f.j., and torring t., (1969), microwave rotational spectrum of indium monofluoride, naturfor. 24 a, 634. 5lin c. y., george; m. w. and gill p. m., (2004), “edf2: a density function for predicting molecular vibrational frequencies”, w. aust. j. chem., 57, 365-370. 6yang g.y. and huang d. g., (2017), modern inorganic synthetic chemistry (second edition), 219-246. 7chong. d. p., (2005), “interpretation of the kohn–sham orbital energies as approximate vertical ionization potentials” mol. phys., 103, 479-492. 8sinnokrot m. o. and sherrill c. d., (2001), “density functional theory predictions of anharmonicity and spectroscopic constants for diatomic molecules”, j. chem. phys., 115, 2439-2448. 9kohn w. and sham l., (1965), phys. rev., 140, a1133. 10runge e. and gross e., (1984), “density-functional theory for time-dependent systems” phys. rev. lett., 52, 997-1011. 11van lenthe e. and baerends e., (2003), “optimized slater-type basis sets for the elements 1–118” j comput. chem., 24, 1142-1156. 12chong d. p.; lenthe e. van; gisbergen s. j., (2004), j comput. chem., 25, 1030. 13bernath p. f., (1995), spectra of atoms and molecules; oxford university press: new york. 14adf program system. release (2003), scientific computing & modelling: amsterdam. 15g.te velde; bickelhaupt f. m.; baerends e. j.; fonseca guerra c.; van gisbergen s. j. a. and snijders j. g., (2001), j comput. chem. 22, 931. 16basov n. g. and bashkin g., (1990), chem. laser, (springer-verlag), 33-34. 17dun t. h., (1978), dunning, jr. vibrot: a vibration-rotation analysis program for diatomic molecules; private communication of dpc to c. n. bauschlicher. 18mishra s.k.; yadav k. s. and singh v. b., (2004), j. phys. chem. ref. data, 33, 2. 19nampoori v. p.; kamalasanan m.; patel m., (1975), j. phys. b: atom. molec. phys., 8. 17. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0927025616303329 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0927025616303329 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0927025616303329 physics | 31 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(1): spectroscopic constants for the electronic states of inf molecule. stat e method re (å) te (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) de×10 8 (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) be (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) et-qz3p-xd atzp expt.[19] 1.972 1.976 1.985 0 0 0 534.112 544.144 535.350 2.5212 2.5000 2.6180 25.2400 25.1600 25.2096 185231 185200 187855 0.2470 0.2410 0.2628 266.42 271.44 267.02 et-qz3p-xd atzp expt.[19] 1.932 1.933 1.985 29335 29156 28145 574.311 573.000 575.200 3.5800 3.5801 3.6700 25.1100 25.0000 25.0000 198011 198000 200000 0.2880 0.2720 0.2732 286.26 285.60 286.68 et-qz3p-xd atzp expt.[19] 1.940 1.945 1.944 31221 31040 31255 588.000 582.300 572.200 2.9100 2.9000 2.6300 25.1112 25.1000 25.0000 201006 201004 201000 0.3050 0.2725 0.2736 293.19 290.42 285.44 et-qz3p-xd atzp expt.[19] 1.952 1.962 1.967 41765 41534 42809 461.244 460.622 463.900 7.1311 7.2461 7.3500 36.5200 36.4100 36.5000 492000 491110 500000 0.2510 0.2441 0.2670 228.83 228.49 230.11 table (2): spectroscopic constants for the electronic states of incl molecule. state method re (å) te (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) de×10 8 (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) be (cm -1 ) (cm -1 ) et-qz3p-xd atzp expt. [18] 2.413 2.417 2.402 0 0 0 316.324 311.881 317.389 1.3241 1.1022 1.0320 5.1100 5.0902 5.1612 51821 51744 51737 0.1277 0.1122 0.1089 157.83 155.66 158.43 et-qz3p-xd atzp expt. [18] 2.330 2.334 2.333 27821 27423 27778 338.112 333.001 340.040 1.9442 1.9331 1.8800 5.2911 5.3477 5.2660 67992 64515 66780 0.1269 0.1392 0.1152 168.56 166.01 169.55 et-qz3p-xd atzp expt. [18] 2.332 2.337 2.338 28001 28433 28563 337.901 335.551 339.100 2.3022 2.2717 2.1930 5.9141 6.0012 5.9000 79821 76999 78740 0.2824 0.9065 0.1149 168.37 167.20 169.00 et-qz3p-xd atzp expt. [18] 2.441 2.462 2.458 37423 37200 37568 176.010 174.261 177.270 12.8220 12.0016 12.5890 14.2076 15.0333 14.9500 36879 35662 36654 0.4822 0.5666 0.1040 84.79 84.13 85.48 physics | 32 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 physics | 33 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 microsoft word 171-177 computer | 171 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2019 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the computer based tests: a digital substitution for the iraqi postgraduate students ammar awni abbas baghdadi computer center, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq ammarawni@uob.edu.iq article history: received 1october 2018, accepted 17 october 2018, published december 2018 abstract the wide spread of computer based test in the iraqi universities raised an important concern for some scholars thinking about integrating computers as an academic assessment tool before making big change in the examination systems, that concern is: how the computerized test score is effected in comparison to old paper and pencil. this paper researches whether test scores of iraqi students varies in the computer, pencil based tests, sixty-four postgraduate graduates from iraqi universities. thirty-five female and twentynine males, all graduated from colleges of science in specializations other than computer science and applying for postgraduate studies in the iraqi public universities. therefore, are obliged to get the iraqi computer skills certification for the postgraduate studies, those students chose the computer center in the university of baghdad to get that certificate. the findings of the study confirmed that postgraduate candidates test scores were not distinctive in the pc based test and in the paper based test, which drove us to presume that pc based testing can be considered as a promising elective method for the logical postgraduate candidates in iraq. keywords: pc based tests, cbt, paper based test, ppt. 1. introduction the strategy for managing tests in which the reactions are electronically recorded, evaluated, or both is called computer-based testing (cbt), computer directed testing, computer-based assessment or e-exam. cbt might be an independent framework or a piece of a virtual learning system, potentially got through the world wide web. for financial, practical advantages with immediate grading; the ministry of higher education and scientific research in iraq (mohesr) progressively moving their pencil-paper tests (ppt) to pc based tests cbt. the reaction of the students is blended and plainly connects with singular contrasts related with pc encounter, pc nervousness and pc dispositions [1]. prior computerized papers were focused on looking at people's scores on the internet-based analysis to studies finished with paper-and-pencil [2, 3]. the following trend of papers considered the key factors between the two types such as content familiarity, computer familiarity, competitiveness and gender [4, 5]. reviews the purposes behind utilizing pcs as an evaluation tool in some tests. results demonstrate that arbitrary based tests can have various significant leverage over settled evaluations; likewise, cbt does not need to be seen in disconnection from the learning condition, yet, can have an effect upon an understudy's examination methodology. cbt can be used in all disciplines of science [6] surveyed under postgraduate medical education students about their preference of cbt and ppt and the majority of students preferred cbt. computer | 172 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2019 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the speed and performance differences where investigated by [7]. the result showed that students finished the pc based appraisal is faster than the paper-based evaluation, with no distinction in scores and different computer interfaces doesn't affect the score of the students. the testing effects, scores, time and motivations were investigated by [8]. this study has employed a solomon four-group experimental design. ppt was a significant impact on time and motivation of the test by the testing effects. cbt was more dependable as far as interior and outer validities and it decreased testing time and expanded testing desire of the students. some studies focused on issues considering equivalence issues between the media by reviewing performance measures [9]. another form of utilizing computer assessment is "digital ink" as suggested by [10]. students might be hindered by the presentation of online appraisal, except if mind is taken with the student– evaluation interface as [11] found. two researches are significantly important and closely related to our work. firstly, [12] demonstrated that test scores of undergrad turkish understudies were not distinctive in cbt and ppt. secondly, [13] compares the test results in cbt and ppt in iranian english language learners. the conclusion of the study demonstrates the superiority of ppt over cbt. 2. iraqi cbt students applying for the postgraduate studies in iraqi universities must show their proficiency in computer skills as part of the requirements for the admission. in 2009 this test was made solely by a pencil and paper. after that period, ic3 digital literacy certification was introduced to accomplish that task. in 2018 the admission examinations for the postgraduate student for 11 departments in 10 universities across iraq were included in the computer based tests, for both scientific and humanitarian colleges. iraq ministry of higher education and scientific research (mohesr) with the aim to guarantee every postgraduate candidate has the basal computerized proficiency abilities to prevail in a worldwide economy have authorized in 2014. a java script computer based tests (cbt) that was written in the computer center in the university of baghdad and reviewed by specialized committee from mohesr. iraqi certificate named "iraqi computer skills and information technology" were used in all iraqi official universities as an assessment tool for computer skills to replace the ic3 certificates. this study aims to tackle the issue of transforming from pencil and paper test (ppt) to cbt for the iraqi students. the coming questions were developed for the end goal of examination: 1. is there a variation in the test scores of the elected iraqi postgraduate candidates in cbt and ppt? 2. is there a variation in the test scores of the elected male iraqi postgraduate candidates in cbt and ppt? 3. is there a variation in the test scores of the elected female iraqi postgraduate candidates in cbt and ppt? in general, the types of questions in both exams is very similar to each other, for example both exams have multiple choice questions (mcq), true and false and practical exams. computer | 173 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2019 vol. 31 (3) 2018 3. method 3.1. instructional setting this study was conducted at the university of baghdad with postgraduate applicant students applying for postgraduate studies in pure science (excluding computer science) such as biology, physics, chemistry, geology, mathematics and astronomy. postgraduate candidates had finished the instructive course taken in the computer center before the study was conducted. this examination concentrated on deciding if the test scores of iraqi postgraduate candidates are distinctive in the iraqi cbt and ppt. results are used to answer the question in the investigation. 3.2. participants the participants were postgraduate candidates applying for postgraduate position in iraqi public college (since the exam is national and any university test center can be accepted as a source of the iraq computer skills certificate). the student was selected to the postgraduate studies according to their scores in the undergraduate studies (average applicant students). students applied to the university of baghdad from the diverse parts of iraq. information were gathered in early 2018 and included sixty-four college of science student (excluding computer science). 3.3. instrument each student was subjected to two exams, first the iraqi cbt for computer skills to investigate students’ knowledge in computers in general. question types ranges from multiple-choice, true or false and practical small tests, after one hour break the students were asked to take a second ppt. all students attended three weeks training course taught by specialized instructors (only one course is needed since the study material conformed for the two exams). the study materials include: 1-computing fundamentals.2-keyapplications.3living online. in the iraqi certificate of computer skills and information technology, all these parts were merged together. the total of a hundred degrees is the total degree earned by the typical answer distributed evenly with no penalty on wrong answers. the iraqi cbt permit instant scoring of the test at the end, while the ppts where graded by special instructors. to make students acquainted with the iraqi cbt condition, an example cbt exercise test was additionally created. in the wake of finishing the cbt, students could see their scores on pcs. partaking students' scores in the cbt were recorded by the examination colleague. members of the study were given one hour for each type of the test. 3.4. analysis the results of the cbt and ppt versions of the test were uploaded into a microsoft excel 2013 for later analysis. anova and t-test was utilized to test the three theories. all statistical analysis reported in this paper were directed with a significant level of (0.05). 4. results data was collected from twenty-nine males and thirty-five female postgraduate candidates. the dispersion of results in the ppt and in the cbt forms of the test is displayed at the table 1. computer | 174 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2019 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 1. statistical results of cbt and ppt. n mean std.dev std.error 95% confidence interval for mean min max cbt 64 70.45 12.24 1.56 3.057 50 93 ppt 64 71.25 11.84 1.48 2.958 50 95 total 128 70.85 12 1.06 2.09 50 95 the first research question, is there a variation in the test scores of the elected iraqi postgraduate candidates in cbt and ppt. anova was unable to dismiss the first null hypothesis that test scores of elected iraqi postgraduate candidate’s students did not vary in the ppt and cbt (f = 0.14, p > 0.05). students’ scores did not differ in the ppt and cbt version of the test (table 2.). (note: df or degree of freedom is the number of values in the final calculation of a statistic that are free to vary). the mean of the square is greater than or equal to the square of the mean, from jensen's inequality. table 2. one way anova between cbt and ppt. sum of squares df mean square f between groups 20.32 1 20.32 0.14 within groups 18275.85 126 145.04 total 18296.17 127 to answer second research question of the study, is there a variation in the test scores of the elected male iraqi postgraduate candidates in cbt and ppt. the dissemination of male students' outcomes in the cbt and ppt variants of the test is exhibited in table 3. table 3. statistical results of male cbt and ppt. n mean std.dev std.error 95% confidence interval for mean min max cbt 29 70.44 12.63 2.34 4.8 50 93 ppt 29 73 11.79 2.18 4.48 54 95 total 58 71.72 12.18 1.59 3.2 50 95 results of the anova failed to dismiss the second null hypothesis that test scores of elected male postgraduate iraqi students did not vary in the ppt and cbt (f = 0.63, p > 0.05). male students’ scores were not statistically variant in the ppt and cbt, as exhibited in table 4. table 4. one way anova between male cbt and ppt. sum of squares df mean square f between groups 94.41 1 94.41 0.63 within groups 8363.17 56 149.34 total 8457.58 56 computer | 175 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2019 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the last research question, is there a variation in the test scores of the elected female iraqi postgraduate candidates in cbt and ppt. the female participants’ scores in the ppt and cbt versions of the test is exhibited in table 5. table 5. statistical results of female cbt and ppt. n mean std.dev std.error 95% confidence interval for mean min max cbt 35 70.45 12.09 2.04 4.15 50 88 ppt 35 69.8 11.85 2 4.07 50 91 total 70 70.12 11.89 1.42 2.83 50 91 anova failed to dismiss the null hypothesis that test scores of elected female iraqi postgraduate students did not vary in the ppt and cbt test (f = 0.0527, p > 0.05). female students’ scores did not vary statistically in the cbt and in the ppt versions of the test, as exhibited in table 6. table 6. one way anova between female cbt and ppt. sum of squares df mean square f between groups 7.55 1 7.55 0.0527 within groups 9750.2 68 143.3 total 9757.8 69 an independent samples t-test is utilized to match the means of the normally distributed interval dependent variable for the two independent groups cbt and ppt. since two means in the investigation originated from similar subjects, matched t-test formula was utilized to compare the mean scores of the students on both tests, as exhibited in table 7, the t-observed value is 1.99 at p < 0.05. this amount of t-value at 63 (n-1) degrees of freedom in a<.05 is greater than the critical value of t, i.e. 1.98. the outcomes of inferential analysis demonstrated a significant difference between the students' mean scores on cbt and ppt. table 7. matched t-test between cbt and ppt. t df t. critical cbt vs. ppt 1.97 126 1.65 5. discussions a tremendous effort is made to put the ppt exams together and a lot of work is made to elevate these exams to the iraqi cbt standards. the fundamental reason for this investigation is to compare iraqi postgraduate students’ performance in ppt and cbt. the results also seem to be consistent with the results of [12]; and contradict with the finding of [13], elected students’ scores in this study did not differ in the ppt and cbt versions of the test. for the question of whether the gender plays an important role in the performance of the student participants, no noteworthy distinction was found in the two types of exams. in a developing country like iraq computer | 176 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2019 vol. 31 (3) 2018 where the use of modern technology in education is made very recently. the need to make an early assessment for the benefits and drawbacks of the whole practice is very useful and help in preventing and anticipating future errors. the time is a very important factor to consider in cbt, but not considered in this study based on previous observations made by test centers supervisors. students didn’t complain about the time to finish the exam with the review that if possible in both cbt and ppt [14]. earlier computer experiences didn’t have an impact on the test score. since all iraqi students are considered to have some degree of experience from their first year of study in the undergraduate studies, computer skills are taught as a mandatory course. this study is made on special specimen of students where all applicants are applying for the postgraduate studies in pure science. students are considered to be the average students in the scientific fields in iraq, but the results cannot be generalized for all student. the most prominent type of question in the exam is the mcq type with less true or false questions, other forms such as fill in the blanks and reorder should be used. the finding of the study shows that we can use the cbt without any reservations or hesitations in scientific fields of study in iraqi universities. in spite of the most common disadvantages of cbt like: computer glitches, errors in content, and security lapses and security breaches, the advantage cbt overcomes its disadvantages [15]. immediate results, choice of taking practice tests at whatever point and testing at home or anyplace they need are a portion of the favorable circumstances of cbt. the instructor, can design different versions of the exams and assignments without having to physically screen which understudies got which tests are rapidly assessing the execution of the test, all information can be put away on a solitary server, or a local computer [16]. the disadvantages include: the possibility of guessing, no ability to assess the steps of execution, the possibility of guessing in the mcq being 25 %( for 4 choices) and 50% for true or false type of questions, loss of information in cases of system failures. cbt isn't appropriate for article composing and investigation or intellectual reasoning testing. references 1. mcdonald. the impact of individual differences on the equivalence of computerbased and paper-and-pencil educational assessments, computers and education. 2002, 39, 3, 299–312. 2. potosky, d.; bobko, p. computer versus paper-and-pencil administration mode and response distortion in noncognitive selection tests. journal of applied psychology. 1997, 82, 2, 293-299. 3. mead, a. d.; drasgow, f. equivalence of computerized, paper, pencil cognitive ability tests: a meta-analysis. psychological bulletin. 1993, 114, 3, 449-458. doi: 10.1037/0033-2909.114.3.449. 4. clariana, r.; wallace, p.; paper-based versus computer-based assessment: key factors associated with the test mode effect. 2002, 33 5. 5. thelwall, m. computer-based assessment: a versatile educational tool, computers and education.2000, 32. 6. lim, e.; ong, b.; wilder-smith, e.; seet, r. computer-based versus pen-and-paper testing: students. 2006, perception. computer | 177 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2019 vol. 31 (3) 2018 7. bodmann, s.m.; robinson, d.h. speed and performance differences among computer-based and paper-pencil tests. journal of educational computing research. 2004, 31,1, 51-60. 8. piaw, c. comparisons between computer-based testing and paper-pencil testing: testing effect, test scores. testing time and testing motivation, in proceedings of the informatics conference at: university of malaya. 2011, 1–9. 9. noyes, j; garland, k. computervs. paper-based tasks: are they equivalent, ergonomics. 2008, 51, 9, 1352–1375. 10. siozos, p.; palaigeorgiou, g.; triantafyllakos, g.; despotakis, t. computer based testing using digital ink. participatory design of a tablet pc based assessment application for secondary education. computers and education. 2009, 52, 811-819. 11. ricketts, c.; wilks, s.j. improving student performance through computer-based assessment, assessment and evaluation in higher education. 2002, l27, 5, 475-459. 12. akdemir, o.; oguz, a. computer-based testing: an alternative for the assessment of turkish undergraduate students. computers and education. 2008, 51, 1198-1204. 13. hosseinia, m.; jafre zainol abidinb, m.; baghdarniac, m. comparability of test results of computer based tests (cbt) and paper and pencil tests (ppt) among english language learners in iran. procedia social and behavioral sciences. 2014, 98, 659 – 667. 14. parshal, c.; spray, j.; kalohan, j.; dave y, t. considerations in computer-based testing, 1st ed., springer, new york 2002, isbn 0-387-98731-2. 15. bartram, d.; hambleton, r. computer-based testing and the internet, 1st ed., wiley, england, 2006, isbn 0-470-01721-x. 16. kuzmina, i. computer –based testing: advantages and disadvantages, bulletin of the ntuu "kpi". 2010, 28, 45, 192-196. physics 203 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 elastic behavior of lead germanate near transition temperature i. j. abdul ghani department of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad receired in:15 april 2012 accepted in: 9december 2012 abstract all the stiffened and unstiffened elastic constants for lead germanate (pb5ge3o11) single crystal have been measured from room temperature 298 k up to 513k by using ultrasonic pulse superposition technique. the correction of piezoelectric stiffening has been used to obtain the unstiffened elastic constants. elastic moduli of lead germanate (c11, c33, c12, c13, c44 and c66) decrease with the increase of temperature. c11, c33, c12 and c13 suffered a dip at transition temperature but they increase with the increase of temperature just above curie temperature between 453 and 473 k because of their positive temperature coefficients in this range, and then decrease slightly (except c12 increases) in the range between 473k and 513k. but for the shear elastic moduli (c44 and c66): c44 shows very slight and gradual increase and then decrease with the increase of temperature, while c66 shows a small and graduate decrease with increasing temperature. these measurements were compared with previous experimental published work. keywords: lead germanate, elasticity, phase transition, optical activity, piezoelectric crystal introduction lead germanate single crystal (pb5ge3o11) is both ferroelectric [1,2] and optically active below curie temperature tc = 450 k [3-5]. in several biaxial ferroelectrics optical activity has been observed, but is the only uniaxial ferroelectric studied in detail. lead germinate undergoes ferroelectric phase transition with emerging of spontaneous polarization along the unique trigonal [6]. lead germanate single crystal is ambidextrous; [7] below curie point (450 k) the handedness of the optical activity inverse when the spontaneous polarization is reversed by an applied electric field. both the optical activity and the spontaneous electric polarization disappear at the curie temperature [8,9]. at tc = 450 k lead germanate undergoes a second order phase transition from the paraelectric to the ferroelectric phase [5,9] which gives rise to very rapid changes of polarization p with temperature just below tc. the curie temperature decreases toward room temperature with uniaxial pressure [10] and doping of germanium in pb5ge3o11 by si or ba [11,12]. measurements of polarization as a function of temperature confirmed the shift in the transition temperature [11]. lead germanate is not of interest as an acousto-optic material [13] or as a transducer since electromechanical coupling factors are small [14] and ultrasonic attenuation is large [13] but the electro-optic coefficients shows more promise [15,16]. by applying resonance technique yamada et al. [14] have measured the values of all elastic, dielectric and piezoelectric constants at room temperature, as well as the temperature dependence of the elastic compliance s11e and of the two piezoelectric constants d31 and d22. both s11e and d31 show upward directed cusp-like anomalies near tc, but d22 is approximately independent of temperature [14]. both in the ferroelectric and in the paraelectric phases, the physics 204 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 dielectric constant ε33 follows a curie-weiss law [2,17], but ε11 is only weakly temperature dependence. several soft raman active modes have been observed [18,19] which decrease with temperature in a manner so as to lead lyddane-sachs-teller relation via to the curieweiss law for ε33 [17]. second order elastic constants (soec) of lead germanate single crystal at room temperature have been calculated [14,20]. the purpose of this work is to report experimental data on all elastic constants (stiffened and unstiffened) versus temperatures from room temperature 298 to 513 k, and to compare the results with previous published work of barsch et al. [21]. at room temperature pb5ge3o11 belongs to the r3 ̄ ̄̄̄ laue group, crystals of which have a more complicated elastic behavior than those belonging to the higher symmetry r3¯m laue group. there are seven independent elastic moduli: c11, c33, c44, c12, c13, c14 and c25. the point symmetry changes to 6¯= 3/m (c3h) at phase transition, decreasing the number of independent elastic constants from seven to five: c11, c33, c44, c12, and c13 [21]. above curie point, c14 and c25 are zero. in ferroelectric state (below curie temperature) lead germanate crystals contain 180o domains. in this work unpoled crystals were used which twinned on a very fine scale too small to be seen optical. because of twining, the effective symmetry is 6¯, rather than 3, so that the elastic constants c14 and c25 are absent in unpoled lead germanate, both above and below the transition temperature. because c14 and c25 are very small, it makes very little difference whether measurements are made on single-domain specimens or not. room temperature measurements on single-domain pb5ge3o11 gave c14 = 0.004x1010 n.m–2 and c25 = 0.00, more than twenty times smaller than the other five elastic constants [20]. till today, very limited experimental data are available in literature on the measurements of the elastic constants of lead germanate at different temperatures, due to the complicated and unique structure of this crystal; its structure changes from ferroelectric rhombohedral below curie temperature to paraelectric hexagonal above curie temperature. experimental procedure good optical-quality large single crystalline boules of pb5ge3o11 grown by czochralski method, and well-characterized growth defect [22] with density value of 7390 kg.m-3. platelets of the crystal about 3 to 5 mm thick with orientations in [100], [001] and in direction of 45o to these crystallographic axes were prepared. for ultrasonic measurements, gold plated quartz transducers x (longitudinal) and y (shear) cut transducers with resonance frequency of 10 mhz and with diameters of 6 mm and 4 mm have been used [23] were cemented to specimen with non-aqueous stopcock grease and also phenyl salicaylate have been found to be suitable for bonding at room temperature, but above 473 k (extempt 9901 lubrication engineering co.) is superior as a bond material. a pulse echo overlap system is used to measure the ultrasonic wave transit time [21,23,24] the travel times of 20 mhz longitudinal and transverse waves were measured for eight different modes at 5 deg intervals from 323 to 523 k, except near transition temperature where data were taken in 1 deg increments. in the vicinity of the transition ultrasonic attenuation was found to increase considerably. errors from thermal gradients and temperature measurements were smaller than 0.3 deg. results in table 1, the relations for the stiffened elastic constants cµv´ = ρv2 (v is actual ultrasonic velocity, and ρ is a density of the crystal), in terms of the unstiffened constants cµve and the piezoelectric correction as obtained from eign values of the christoffel tensor with the piezoelectric contributions included [25] are listed for eight modes measured. the relations physics 205 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 for ρvi2 were obtained from the general relations for c3 symmetry by taking into account that for lead germanate the piezoelectric constants e11 = e14 = 0 [14] and by averaging over two domain states. since the domains differ in the direction of the polar c-axis, the piezoelectric constants e14, e15, e13 and e33 (but not e11 and e22) are of opposite sign in the two types of domains. for the modes i = 6, 7 and 8 the relation for ρvi2 in table 1 are only accurate up to and including fourth power of the piezoelectric constants. in table 2 the present experimental values of stiffened and unstiffend elastic constants of lead germanate at different temperatures (298, 323, 348, 373, 398, 423, 448, 473 and 513 k) calculated using the equations of ρvi2 from table 1 and compared with barsch et al. [21] values. thermal expansion data required for calculating the density and ultrasonic path length versus temperature were taken from iwasaki et al. [12]. measurements are referred to right-handed orthogonal axes x1, x2 and x3 parallel to crystallographic directions [100], [120] and [001]. hexagonal materials are transversely degenerate so that all directions in [001] are equivalent. in fig. 1 both the stiffened elastic constants cµv´ (calculated by ignoring the piezoelectric correction terms in table 1) and the unstiffened elastic constants cµve (after subtraction of piezoelectric stiffening) listed in table 2 are plotted as a function of temperature using pulse superposition technique and compared with barsch et al. results [21] using the same technique. the longitudinal moduli c11 and c33 were obtained from modes number 1, 4 and 7 plus 8, the shear moduli c44 and c66 are calculated from modes 3 and 5, and from modes 2 and 6, respectively. the off-diagonal modulus c12 was obtained from c66 = (c11–c12)/2 and c13 from modes 7 and 8. the dielectric constant data required for the evaluation of the piezoelectric correction terms were obtained by extrapolating the measurements of cline and cross [17] on the frequency dependence of ε33 to 20 mhz. room temperature piezoelectric constants as determined by yamada et al. [14] are e11 = 0.00, e14 = 0.00, e15 = 0.08, e22 = 0.09, e31 = 0.61 and e33 = 0.77 c.m–2. since the only piezoelectric constants for which the temperature dependence has been measured are d31 and d22, and since d22 is practically independent of temperature [14], it was assume that at all temperatures e31 = e33, and that all other piezoelectric moduli are temperature dependence. the modulus e = e31 = e33 was then determined from d31 by means of the relation e = d31 / (s11e + s12e + s13e), where e and elastic compliances s11e, s12e and s13e were determined [14] self-consistently by interaction of the equations given in table 1. since the room temperature value of e obtained in this manner (0.158 c.m–2) is smaller than e31 and e33 of yamada et al. [14]. all values of e were then multiplied by constant factor so as to bring the room temperature value into agreement with the average value (e31 + e33)/2 calculated from the values of yamada et al. [14]. the dielectric constant data calculated from uchida et al. [15] and the piezoelectric constants obtained in the manner outlined are listed in table 3. the elastic constants plotted in fig. 1 as a function of temperature for unpoled lead germanate showed downward directed cusp-like anomalies for the moduli c11, c33, c12 and c13, and a continuous monotonically decrease with the increase of temperature for the shear moduli c44 and c66 = (c11–c12)/2. for c33 and c13, the piezoelectric correction is large, so that the magnitude of the elastic anomalies is larger for unstiffened constants than stiffened ones. since in the paraelectric phase the piezoelectric constant d31 is zero [14] the difference between the stiffened and unstiffened moduli should be negligibly small above the transition. at room temperature, the uncertainty of the data arising from inconsistencies in the different modes and from errors in density and ultrasonic path length, and from piezoelectric correction amount to about 0.5 to 1%. above room temperature the errors should not be significantly larger for c11, c12, c44 and c66 in the ferroelectric phase. because of the unknown error of d31 used in the piezoelectric correction, and especially because of the simplifying assumption e31 = e33 underlying the estimate of the piezoelectric correction term, the errors of c13e and c33e in the ferroelectric phase should be larger than the errors for other physics 206 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 moduli, and they may be expected to increase with the increase the temperature up to curie point. discussion the shape of the curves for the temperature dependence of the elastic moduli in fig.1 suggests decomposing the moduli cµve additively into the usual linearly temperature dependence term cµvo = aµv – bµv t and into the cusp-like elastic anomaly ∆cµv as given by: cµve = cµvo + ∆cµv (1) since it is apparent from fig. 1 that the shear modulus c66 = (c11–c12)/2 does not exhibit an elastic anomaly, which shows good agreement with barsch et al. [21] results. it follows that both in the ferroelectric and in the paraelectric phases the following relation holds: ∆c11 = ∆c12, (2-1) further one obtains from graphical analysis of the data in fig.1 that the relationship: ∆c11 ∆c33 = (∆c13)2 (2-2) holds approximately in ferroelectric phase, but not in the paraelectric phases. the relative error of the ∆cµv shows similar temperature dependence, because the absolute error of the piezoelectric correction increases with the increase of temperature. this suggests that the deviations of the ∆cµv from eq. (2-2) are primarily caused by systematic errors of the ∆cµv. furthermore, c44 does not show an elastic anomaly, thus it is: ∆c44 = 0 (2-3) in both the ferroelectric and the paraelectric phases which show a good agreement with barsch et al. results [21]. barsch et al. [21] discussed in full detailed the reasons of elastic anomalies of lead germinate single crystal for both the ferroelectric phase (c13) and the paraelectric phase (c3h). the elastic anomaly in lead germanate could arise from a soft raman active mode through the internal strain contributions of the elastic constants. all the raman-active modes occur at the brillouin zone center and so lead to displacive ferroelectric phase transition [18]. miller and axe [26] found that the elastic anomaly in β-quartz (space group d16 or d56) obeys the three eqs. (2-1), (2-2) and (2-3), with regular terms cµvo taken as constants. they showed that the elastic anomaly in β-quartz could arise from a soft raman active mode through the internal strain contributions of the elastic constants. axe and shirane [27] have later established that the elastic anomaly in β-quartz could no longer be attributed to the internal strain contributions. they showed that the anharmonic contribution arising from virtual excitation of optical phonon pairs of wave vector q and –q of an over damped soft mode could lead to elastic anomaly of the eqs. (2-1), (2-2) and (2-3) if q is along the crystallographic c-direction [27]. although the explanation of the elastic anomaly originally proposed by miller and axe [27] is not relevant for β-quartz it appears that the internal strain mechanism could account for the elastic anomaly in lead germinate. viswanathan [28] found that the gyrotropic anomaly in pb5ge3o11 during phase transition lead to elastic anomalies on c11, c33, c12, and c13 which suffered a dip at the transition temperature which show agreement with the present results and with barsch et al. [21] results. in ferroelectric phase the elastic anomaly for lead germanate obeys the three relations (2-1), (2-2) and (2-3), and since the lowest of the optical modes are soft and strongly temperature dependent [18,19], it is very likely that the elastic anomaly arise predominantly from soft mode through the internal strain mechanism. barsch et al. [21] found that pb5ge3o11 was the first material for which the linear acoustic–optic mode coupling mechanism proposed by miller and axe [26] is operative. harmonic phonon-phonon interactions may also contribute to the elastic anomaly. physics 207 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 generally, elastic moduli decrease with the increase of temperature, at least one of the coefficients must increase with temperature to achieve temperature compensation. most materials soften at higher temperatures; the few with positive temperature coefficients generally show phase transition of some sort. several of the elastic constants of pb5ge3o11 increase with the increase of temperature just above curie point between 453 and 473 k. c11, c33, c12 and c13 have positive temperature coefficients in this range. since the curie point of pb5ge3o11 can be lowered to room temperature by doping the crystal by si or ba, the temperature compensation region can be moved to a more convenient working range. unfortunately the 20 deg range of positive temperature coefficients is rather narrow and stiffnesses are changing rather rapidly. the piezoelectric coupling coefficients of lead germanate are also rather small for surface-wave devices [14], and losses tend to be high [13]. thus it appears that the advantages of positive temperature coefficients to several elastic moduli are more than offset by other factors, and lead germinate, would be of little use as substrate material for ultrasonic surface wave devices. the discrepancies range for unstiffefend elastic constant at different temperatures for this work comparing with barsch et al. results [21] are from 1% for c33 and 5.3% for c13. conclusions from the present results, it can be concluded that the unpoled lead germanate showes an elastic anomalies for the elastic moduli c11, c33, c12 and c13 and a small continuous monotonically decrease for the shear moduli c44 and c66 with the increase of temperature. several of the elastic constants of pb5ge3o11 increase with the increase of temperature just above curie point. the elastic anomalies for unstiffened elastic constants ce33 and ce13 are larger than the stiffened elastic constants c´33 and c´13 because the piezoelectric correction is large. above curie temperature (450 k) the difference between the stiffened and unstiffened elastic constants was small above transition temperature. the measured present results agreed with the previous results of barsch et al. [21]. acknowledgements i am so grateful to professor g.a. saunders for many helpful discussions and much encouragement of this project. references 1. iwasaki, h.; sugi, k.; yamada, t. and niizeki, n. (1971), 5pbo.3geo2; a new ferroelectric, appl. phys. lett.18 (10): 444-445. 2. nanamatsu, s.;sugiyama, s.; doi ,k. and kondo, y. (1971), ferroelectricity pb5ge3o11, j. phys. soc, japan, 31:616-620. 3. iwasaki, h. and sugii, k. (1971), optical activity of ferroelectric 5pbo.3geo2 single crystal, appl. phys lett,19( 4): 92-93. 4. mendricks, s.;yue ,x.; pankrath, r. and hesse ,h., kip d., (1999), dynamic properties of multiple grating formation in doped and thermally treated lead germanate, appl. phys. b68, 887-891. 5. yue, x.; mandricks, s.; yi hu, hesse h. and ki, d. (1998), photorefractive effect in doped pb5ge3o11 and in (pb1-xbax)5ge3o11, j. appl. phys. 83 (7): 3473-3479. 6. trubitsyn, m.p.; volnianskii ,m.d., ermakov a.s., and linnik v.g, (1999), ferroelictric phase transition in lead germanate pb5ge3o11 studied by esr of cd+3 prope, condensed matter phys.2 (4):677-684. 7. newnham, r.e. and gross, l.e. (1974), ambidextrous crystals, endeavour 23, 18-23. physics 208 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 8. shaldin, yu.v., bush a.a., matyjasik s., and rabadanov m.kh., (2005), characteristic of spontaneous polarization in pb5ge3o11 crystals, crystallography reports 50 (5): 836842. 9. mirsa, n.k.; sati, r. and choudhary, r.n.p. (1996), phase transition in modified lead germanate , ferroelectrics, 189 1, 39-42. 10. molak, a.; koralewski, m.; saunders, g.a. and juszczyk, w. (2005), effect of uniaxial pressure on the ferroelectric phase transition in pb5ge3o11: ba crystal, acta phys. pol. a 108 (3): 513-520. 11. nanda gowswami, m.l.; choudhary, r.n.p. and mahapatra, p.k.,(1999), ferroelectric phase transition in modified lead germanate, ferroelectrics 227( 1): 175-187. 12. iwasaki ,h.; miyazawa, s.; koizumi ,h.; sugii ,k. and niizeki, n. j. (1972), ferroelectric and optical properties of pb5ge3o11 and its amorphous compound pb5ge2sio11, appl. phys. 43(12): 4907-4915. 13. ohmachi, y. and uchida,n. j. (1972), acoustooptic properties of single crystal 5pbo.3geo2, appl. phys.43, 3583-3584. 14. yamada, t.; iwasaki ,h. and niizeki, n., j. (1972), elastic and piezoelectric properties of ferroelectric 5pbo.3geo2 crystals, appl. phys. 433, 771-775. 15. uchida, n.; saku, t.; iwasaki h., and onuki k., j. (1972), electro-optic properties of ferroelectric 5pbo.3geo2 single crystal, appl. phys. 43 (12): 4933-4936. 16. bichard, v.m.; davies, p.h.; hulme, k.f.; jones, g.r. and robertson, d.s., (1972), electro-optic measurements on lithium germanate (li2o.geo2) and lead germanate pb5ge3o11, j. phys. d appl. phys. 5 (11): 2124-2128. 17. cross, l.e. and cline, t.w., (1976), contribution to the dielectric response from charged domain walls in ferroelectric pb5ge3o11, ferroelectrics 11, 333-336. 18. ryan, j.f. and hisano, k. (1973), raman scattering and ferroelectric phase transition in 5pbo.3geo2, j. phys. c. solid state phys. 6, 566-574. 19. burns, g.and scott, b.a. (1972), soft optic phonon mode in ferroelectric pb5ge3o11, phys. lett. a 39, 177-179. 20. almummar, i.j.; saunders, g.a. (1986), acoustic symmetry and vibrational anharmonicity of rhombohedral pb5ge3o11 and pb4.7ba0.3ge3o11, phys. rev. b 34( 6): 4304-4315. 21. barsch, g.r.;bonczar, l.j. and newnham, r.e. (1975), elastic constants of pb5ge3o11 from 25 to 2400c , phys. stat. sol. a 29, 241-250. 22. sugii, k.; iwasaki, h. and migazawa, s. (1971), crystal growth and some properties of 5pbo.3geo2 single crystals, mater res. bull.6, 503-512. 23. al-mummar, i.j. (1985), ultrasonic studies of the elastic properties of lead germanate under pressure, m.sc. thesis, bath university, bath, uk. 24. mc skimin, h.j. (1961), pulse superposition method for measuring ultrasonic wave velocities in solids, j. acoust. soc. am. 33 1, 12-16. 25. kyame, j.j. (1949), wave propagation in piezoelectric crystals, j. acous. soc. am.21, 159-167. 26. miller, p.b. and axe ,j.d. (1967), study of optical and elastic properties of α-β quartz, phys. rev.163, 924-929. 27. axe, j.d. and shirane, g. (1970), study of the α-β quartz phase transformation by inelastic neutron scattering, phys. rev. b1, 342-348. 28. viswanathan, k.s. (1994), elastic and gyrotropic anomalies and acoustic activity in lead germanate, can. j. phys. 72 9-10, 568-573. physics 209 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table( 1): relation between ultrasonic velocities (vi), stiffened elastic constants (cµv´), and unstiffened elastic constants (cµve). mode i direction of ρvi2 propagation polarization 1 x1 x1 c11e 2 x1 x2 c66´ = c66e + e222/ε11s 3 x1 x3 c44´ = c44e + e152/ε11s 4 x3 x3 c33´= c33e + e332/ε33s 5 x3 x1 c44e 6 45o to x1, x3 x2 2 (c44e + c66e) + v2 – ∆ 7 45o to x1, x3 quasi longitudinal [a + (b2 + 4c)1/2 ]/4 8 45o to x1, x3 quasi shear [a − (b2 + 4c)1/2 ]/4 a = (c11e + c33e + 2c44e) + 2(u2 +v2 + w2) + 2∆ b = (c11e − c33e − 2c66e) + 2(u2 –v2 + w2) − 2∆c c = − (c11e + c66e +2u2) (c33e– c66e – 2v2 + 2w2) + (c13e + c44e +2vw) 2 +4v2 (v2+ w2) ∆ = 2v2 [(c11e − c66e +2u2) w2 + (c33e – c66e – 2v2 + 2w2) v2 – 2(c13e + c44e + 2vw) vw] / [(c11e − c66e +2u2) (c33e – c66e – 2v2 + 2w2) – (c13e + c44e + 2vw) 2] u2 = 2(e22)2 / (ε11s + ε33s) v2 = (e15 + e31)2 / 2(ε11s + ε33s), w2 = (2e15 + e33)2 / 2(ε11s + ε33s) physics 210 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table 2. experimental values of stiffened elastic constants (cµv´) and unstiffened elastic constants (cµve) in 1010 n/m2 at different temperatures (calculated from ρvi2 in table 1). t (k) c11e c11´ c12e c12´ c13e c13´ c33e c33´ c44e c44´ c66e c66´ 298 6.78* 6.78* 2.52* 2.50* 1.79* 1.92* 9.30* 9.43* 2.24* 2.20* 2.13* 2.14* 6.80† – 2.57† – 1.89† – 9.42† 9.55† 2.23† 2.21† 2.11† 2.12† 323 6.72* 6.72* 2.48* 2.47* 1.77* 1.90* 9.24* 9.40* 2.24* 2.20* 2.12* 2.13* 6.75† – 2.55† – 1.87† – 9.35† – 2.23† – 2.10† – 348 6.67* 6.67* 2.46* 2.45* 1.75* 1.89* 9.18* 9.38* 2.23* 2.195* 2.11* 2.125* 6.71† – 2.54† – 1.85† – 9.28† – 2.22† – 2.09† – 373 6.61* 6.61* 2.44* 2.41* 1.72* 1.88* 9.15* 9.32* 2.23* 2.19* 2.210* 2.12* 6.66† – 2.52† – 1.83† – 9.20† 9.42† 2.22† 2.20† 2.07† 2.07† 398 6.57* 6.57* 2.41* 2.39* 1.69* 1.84* 9.01* 9.03* 2.22* 2.197* 2.09* 2.1* 6.61† – 2.50† – 1.79† – 9.10† – 2.21† – 2.06† – 423 6.51* 6.51* 2.38* 2.37* 1.66* 1.78* 8.78* 8.80* 2.22* 2.186* 2.085* 2.09* 6.55† – 2.47† – 1.76† – 8.97† – 2.21† – 2.04† – 448 6.36* 6.36* 2.34* 2.34* 1.57* 1.73* 8.84* 8.62* 2.21* 2.173* 2.07* 2.08* 6.34† – 2.41† – 1.67† – 8.73† – 2.20† – 2.01† – 473 6.50* 6.50* – 2.40* – 1.76* – 9.01* 2.20* 2.163* – 2.07* 6.52† – – – – – – 9.06† – 2.167† – 2.00† 513 6.49* 6.49* – 2.44* – 1.64* – 8.98* 2.20* 2.151* – 2.05* 6.50† – – – – – – 8.98† – 2.15† – 1.99† * present experimental results † barsch et al. results [21] table( 3): dielectric constants ε33 (calculated from data of cross and cline [17] and piezoelectric constants e (calculated from data for d31 of yamada et al. [14]) by using the assumption (e = e31 = e33) versus temperature. t (k) dielectric constants (ε33) piezoelectric constants (e) (c.m–2) 298 40 0.690 323 44 0.764 348 50 0.842 373 61 0.941 398 78 1.099 423 133 1.432 448 2100 5.903 physics 211 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): experimental results of elastic constants for lead germanate (pb5ge3o11) as a function of temperature, where (closed circles ••••●••••) represents the present experimental results of stiffened elastic constants (c´ ignoring piezoelectric stiffening) and (closed triangles (• –▲– •) represents present experimental results of unstiffened elastic constants (ce after subtracting piezoelectric stiffening) compared with barsch et a. results [21] for which the solid lines is the stiffened elastic constants (c´) and the dashed lines is unstiffened elastic constants (ce). physics 212 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 السلوك المرن لجيرمانيت الرصاص بالُقْرب من درجِة حرارة اإلنتقال ِ اكرام جميل عبد الغني جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهيثم -كلية التربية ،قسم الفيزياء 2012كانون االول 9قبل البحث في : 2012نيسان 15استلم البحث في : الخالصة قياس جميع ثوابت المرونة الُمَصلَّبة وغيرالُمَصلَّبة لبلورة جيرمانيت الرصاص األحادية بدرجات حرارة تتراوح من التصحيح لعوامل استخدم بإستخدام تقنية التراكب النبضَي فوق الصوتي.وقد 513k الى 298k ةدرجة حرارة الغرف وقد بينت بعد طرحها من ثوابت المرونة الُمَصلَّبة وذلك لحساب ثوابت المرونة غيرالُمَصلَّبة. التصلب الكهروضغطية بزَيْاَدة درجِة الحرارة. تتناقص )c11, c33, c12, c13, c44 and c66(معامالت المرونة لجيرمانيت الرصاص النتائج ان ) اال k450من انخفاض شديد عند درجة حرارة اإلنتقاِل ( c11, c33, c12 and c13 اآلتية تعاني معامالت المرونة اذ وذلك بسبب كون k 473 و 453k انها تزداد بزَيْاَدة درجِة الحرارة مباشرة فوق درجِة حرارة اإلنتقال (كيوري) بين k473بين )يزدادقليال c12عدا ( ثم تتناقص بشكل طفيفمعامالِت درجِة الحرارة ضمن هذا المدى تكون موجبة ي k513و فإنه يزداد بصورة تدريجية بطيئة الى نقطة االنتقال وبعدها يبدأ بالتناقص الضئيل c44.اما ثابت المرونة القصَّ نتائج هذا البحث قورنتيتناقص تدريجيا وباستمرار مع زَيْاَدة درجِة الحرارة.فانه c66التدريجي. اما ثابت المرونة القصي مع النتائج العملية للبحوث المنشورة سابقا. .يرمانيت الرصاص ، المرونة، درجِة حرارة اإلنتقال ، النشاط البصري، البلورة الكهروضغطيةجالكلمات المفتاحية: 10050017 10050018 10050019 10050020 10050021 10050022 10050023 10050024 10050025 10050026 10050027 10050028 10050029 10050030 10050031 10050032 10050033 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بائي لنماذج سیرامیكیة محضرة من األلومینا دراسة خواص العزل الكهر وأوكسید المغنسیوم و شیماء قاسم عبد الحسن*سمیر عطا مكي، زیاد طارق الدهان ، جامعة بغدادكلیة التربیة ابن الهیثمقسم الفیزیاء ، كلیة الهندسة ، جامعة النهرین* 2011اذار، ، 6: استلم البحث في 2011،ایار، 30: قبل البحث في الخالصة مضافًا إلیها أوكسید المغنسیوم بنسـب وزنیـة ) -al2o3(تم في هذا البحث تحضیر نماذج سیرامیكیة من مادة نوع مكـبس الهیـدرولیكي بطریقـة وتـم تشـكیل النمـاذج باسـتخدام ال) 63m(بحجم حبیبي أقل من ) 0.1، 0.2، 0.3، %0.5( ). cm 2(وبقطر ) 5kn(الكبس شبه الجاف بقوة كبس 1500c(ثم تلبید النماذج في درجة o ثابت العزل (ئیة خواص العزل الكهربا فيساعات لغرض دراسة تأثیره 6وبزمن تلبید ) 1k-1m) في مدى من الترددات) ظل زاویة النفدان – )hz . ألوكسـید المغنســیوم ، وأن ثابـت العـزل الحقیقـي یتنــاقص ) %0.5(یمـة لثابــت العـزل عنـد التركیـز أظهـرت النتـائج أن أعلـى ق . بشكل عام مع زیادة التردد العوازل الكهربائیة للسیرامیك، الخواص الكهربائیة، االلومینا :الكلمات المفتاحیة المقدمة وذلك بسبب الترابط القوي مقاومة نوعیة كهربائیة عالیة تتمیز بها تعد معظم المواد السیرامیكیة مواد عازلة لما لها من فـالمواد العازلـة هـي تلـك المـواد التـي ال تمتلـك شـحنات طلیقـة وتكـون مقاومتهـا عالیــة . ]1[بـین الـذرات التـي تكـون تلـك المـواد اذمیًال الكتساب أو فقـدان لاللكترونـات ، ال تبدي و جدًا لمرور التیار الكهربائي وتكون مدارات ذراتها الخارجیة مملؤة تمامًا، ظهـرت الحاجـة الـى انتـاج ولقـد].2[نها مستقرة كیمیائیًا ، لذا فأنها غیر قادرة على التوصیل الكهربائي ولهذا تدعى بـالعوازل ا جویــة مـواد سـیرامیكیة تتمیـز بالمتانـة العالیـة فــي العـزل الكهربـائي وضـمان عـدم تـردي العــازل بمـرور الـزمن ضـمن ظـروف بعدها تطـور ) patent(من 1907وتم التوصل الى انتاج سیرامیك عالي األلومینا عام . مختلفةمعینة واجهادات میكانیكیة ن ا اذكبیـرة عــن طریـق األسـالیب فـي صــناعة المـواد السـیرامیكیة بسـبب ممیزاتــه المختلفـة وخواصـه الجیــدة ، االنتـاج بصـورة sp(مینا كـان لعـوازل شـمعات القـدح أول استعمال للسیرامیك عالي األلو ark-pluk ( لـك ذوالتجهیـزات المختبریـة وتبعتهـا بعـد التطبیقـات فـي المجــال االلكترونـي والهندسـة المیكانیكیــة بعـد الحـرب العالمیــة الثانیـة ، وعلـى العمــوم فـان اسـتعمال االلومینــا االلومینـا فیهــا مثــل ت أخــرى ازداد اســتعمالوهنــاك مجـاال .الغـراض نافعــة انتشــر بسـرعة فــي مجــاالت الصـناعة المختلفــة به من مقاومة كهربائیة عالیة حتى لما تتمیز "اجید اكهربائی "عازال ، كما أن أوكسید األلمنیوم یعد المجال الطبي والعسكري والتوصــیلیة لــذلك فقـد جــذب انتبــاه أكثــر البـاحثین الــى دراســة خـواص العــزل الكهربــائي]. 3[فـي درجــات الحــرارة العالیـة جــدًا خواص العزل الكهربائي ] john](4(درس . لبحوث التي اجریت في هذا المضماروفیما یأتي بعض تلك ا.. الكهربائیة ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ـــزل( ــــدان العــ ـــزل ، فقـ ــــت العــ single cry(لكـــــل مـــــن االلومینـــــا االحادیـــــة التبلـــــور ) ثابـ st alline ( ــــددة التبلـــــور والمتعـ )poly cryst alline( مدى التردد ضمن hz)10 2 -3*10 5 c(1300-900)وفي درجات حراریة مختلفة ) o ، والحظ مـن الســیطرة ] 5) [وجماعتـه lon(كمـا اسـتطاع كـل مـن . یحـدث بسـبب حركـة أغلبیـة الكترونـات التوصـیلأن فقـدان العـزل cr , fe , m(ابـت العـزل لسـیرامیك االلومینـا وذلـك مـن خـالل اضـافة بعـض الشـوائب مـن أیونـات علـى فقـدان العـزل وث g , ca , si ( وكانت ضمن مدى الترددhz)10 2 -8*10 9 c(875-25)وعند درجات حرارة ) o ، وقد وجدوا أن العالقـة خطیـة cr , ca , ti , m(فـي حـین تـأثیر tanترفـع قیمـة siن أیونـات وأ) tan(بین تركیز الشوائب وعامل الفقـد g ( لـیس بتلـك . األهمیة كما أن قیمة كل من فقدان العزل وثابت العزل تقل مع زیادة التردد وتصبح مهملة عند الترددات العالیة ، ) bao-sio2(ا المركبــات بتحدیـد سـبب ارتفـاع قیمـة فقــدان العـزل فـي االلومینـا المضـاف إلیهـ] 6) [james(وقـام العـالم )ca-m go-sio2 ( ،)sro-sio2 ( ـــل یحـــدث نتیجـــة مركبــــات الفلســـبار وقـــد وجـــد أنــــه -sro-al2o3 ( ،)cao(مثـ al2o3( ،)bao-al2o3( التي تسبب ارتفاع قیمة فقدان العزل. مـــع اضــافة بعــض الشــوائب مـــن ) alumina)-بقیــاس ثابــت العــزل [7] وجماعتــة(ahmed قــام العــالم (m anganes oxide) ،m olybdenum oxide) (،cadmium oxide) (وضــمن مـدى التـردد)وعنــد ) 42-5 cدرجــات حــرارة o مــع تغیــر )9.4-10. 63(وقــد وجــدوا ان قیمــة ثابــت العــزل لاللومینــا النقیــة تــزداد مــن )450-100( mدرجــات الحــرارة وعنــد التــردد hz1 . ضــافات فانهــا تــزداد مـــع زیــادة درجــات الحــرارة بســبب الشـــحنة الــى االامــا بالنســـبة .یة بینما تقل مع زیادة التردد بسبب حركة حامالت الشحنة مع زیادة التردداالستقطاب ثابـت العـزل (الخـواص الكهربائیـة فـي والهدف من البحث هو دراسة تـاثیر اضـافة اوكسـید المغنسـیوم بنسـب وزنیـة مختلفـة 1k-1m) ةـختلفم فى ترددات ) الحقیقي، ثابت العزل الخیالي، ظل الفقدان )hz نب العملي اجال االلمانیـة وقــد تمــت عملیــة ) boh(المصــنع مــن شــركة ) %99.9(بنقـاوة ) -al2o3(مســحوق األلومینــا اسـتعمل م تــ) 63m(باســتخدام طاحونــة الكــرات وغربلــت المــادة المطحونــة للحصــول علــى حجــم حبیبــي دي قطــر أقــل مــن الطحـن %الى تحضیر نماذج أخـرى تحتـوي علـى مـادة أوكسـید المغنسـیوم وبنسـب وزنیـة عن " تحضیر نماذج االلومینا النقیة فضال وقـد تــم . %2رابطـة بنســبة التزیـد عـن مـادة ) pva(وأضـیف الیهـا مـادة بـولي فینــال الكحـول ) 0.1، 0.2، 0.3، 0.5( دقـــائق خمـــسوبــزمن ) 50kn(ف باســـتخدام المكـــبس الهیــدرولیكي وبقـــوة كـــبس تشــكیل النمـــاذج بطریقــة الكـــبس شـــبه الجــا 1500c، ثـم تلبیــد النمـاذج باسـتخدام فـرن كهربـائي بصــورة تدریجیـة الـى درجـة ) 2cm(قالـب دي قطـر باسـتخدام o وبــزمن األلمنیوم على وجهي العینة أقطاب من ساعات، الجراء القیاسات الكهربائیة المتناوبة للنماذج السیرامیكیة تم ترسیب 6تلبید وبعـد عملیـة الطـالء تـم ربـط أسـالك نحاسـیة ) lybold heraeus coating(جهاز الطالء المفرغ من نوع وذلك باستخدام silver p(طة مــادة اللحــام الالصــق الفضــي ابوسـ) قطــابا(دقیقـة علــى ســطحي النمــوذج ast ( وبعــد ذلــك اســتخدام جهــاز )lcr-m eter (باكــارد -یولـتالمصـنع مـن شـركة ه)أخـذت قــراءات ) وهـو الجهـاز الخـاص بالقیاســات الكهربائیـة المتناوبـة 1k-1m) الترددات غرفة وضمن مدىعند درجة حرارة ال rوالمقاومة cالسعة )hz ومـن خـالل معرفـةc قیمـة تبحسـ )ε( 8[یة تالعالقة اآل بدقة باستعمال ابعاد المتسعة من قیاس :[ shc/ε  ……………. (1) من خالل "كذلك تم تحدید sh/ε r …………... (2)  : 8.854(سماحیة الفراغ وخي كمیة ثابتة10 f/m( ihjpas 2011) 3( 24مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد s :ساحة أي من لوحي المتسعة المتوازیتین وتقاس بوحدة م)cm( h : بین لوحي المتسعة وتقاس بوحدة المسافة العمودیة)cm( c : سعة المتسعة r : المقاومة أما عامل الفقدان الذي یمثل ظل الزاویة tan = ε /''………….. (3) ε : مقیاس للسعة ثابت العزل الحقیقي وهو " :ثابت العزل الخیالي وهو مقیاس للفقدان الكهربائي المناقشة واالستنتاجات تعد االكاسید من المكونات المهمة في تركیب المواد السیرامیكیة ، ولكـل أوكسـید دور وتصـرف وصـفات خاصـة بـه ]9.[االحتراق دلیة والمیكانیكیة والفیزیائیة عنالخواص الكهربائیة والعز فيتؤثر الوزنیـة ب وزنیة مختلفة الى االلومینا نالحظ أن قـیم السـعة تـزداد مـع زیـادة النسـب سفعند اضافة أوكسید المغنسیوم وبن السـعة مـع زیـادة تغیـر سـاعة الـذي یمثـل 6عنـد زمـن تلبیـد ) 1(المضافة من أوكسید المغنسیوم الى االلومینا كما في الشكل وذلــك لتـأثیر هــذه النســب ) 2(النسـب الوزنیــة لــذلك سـیكون التــأثیر واضــح فـي قیمــة ثابــت العـزل الحقیقــي والمبــین فـي شــكل . الكثافة والمسامیة فيالوزنیة المضافة سـبب ذلـك الـى كما نالحظ مـن الشـكلین السـابقین أن قـیم السـعة وثابـت العـزل الحقیقـي تتنـاقص مـع زیـادة التـردد ویعـزى انخفـاض تـأثیر اسـتقطاب الشـحنات الفراغیـة الـى أن تصـل الـى حالـة مـن الثبـات تقریبـًا عنـد التـرددات العالیـة وهـذا دلیـل علـى . توقف الشحنات الفراغیة النسـب الوزنیــة المضــافة مــن مــع زیــادة )  ،tan"(فیمــثالن النقصـان فــي قیمــة فقــدان العـزل ) 4(و) 3(أمـا الشــكالن ، أمـا بالنسـبة ) زیـادة المقاومـة(من أوكسید المغنسـیوم بسـبب ) %0.5(أوكسید المغنسیوم وأن أقل قیمة لها عند إضافة نسبة ثنائیـات القطـب ال تجـد الوقـت الكـافي لتتبـع تغیـرات انلاللومینـا مـع التـردد فیرجـع سـببه )  ،tan"(الـى النقصـان فـي قیمـة المجـال المتنــاوب األمــر الــذي یــؤدي الـى انخفــاض الطاقــة المفقــودة أو الممتصــة أي سیحصـل فقــدان عــال فــي الطاقــة عنــد أثنـاء دورانهـا وأنـه بزیــادة التـردد یـزداد تیــار فــي قطـباالحتكـاك بــین ثنائیـات الالتـرددات الواطئـة وذلـك للتغلــب علـى مقاومـة ]. 4[التسرب ویقل كل ثابت العزل الخیالي وقیم ظل زاویة الفقدان عند اضافة النسب الوزنیة من أوكسید المغسیوم وكانت ) ε(أظهرت النتائج زیادة قیمة السعة الكهربائیة وثابت العزل نتیجــة )  ،tan"(أكثـر مــن النسـب األخــرى بینمــا أظهـرت االضــافة الزیـادة فــي الفقــدان العزلـي ) %0.5(النسـبة الوزنیــة . نقصان في قیمة المقاومة الكهربائیةلل تغیر الخواص الكهربائیة مع التردد فقد اظهرت النتائج عمومًا تناقصها مع التردد بسبب توقـف الشـحنات الى أما بالنسبة . الفراغیة المصادر 1.suchet, (1979), electrical conduction in solid m aterials,.9, pergamon p ress, oxford, ch.(5) . ، الكھربائیة والمغناطیسیة، جامعة الموصل ) 1977(یحیى عبد الحمید . 2 3. door, e.(1984), alumina (usa). 4. john,v. florlo (1960), "dielectric prop erties of alumina of high temp returs, j.am.soc. 43( 5): 262-267 ihjpas 2011) 3( 24للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد مجلة ابن الهیثم 5. leon, m . at las. hikara nagao and henary, h., naramura. (1962), control of dielectric const ant and loss in alumina ceramic", j.am. ceram. soc.45(l0): 461-470. 6. james, r. floy d (1964), effect of secondary cry st alline phy ases on dielectrics losses in high-alumina bodies, j.am. ceram.soc. 47(1): 539-543. 7.ahmed, f. et al. (2005), study of dielectrics p rop erties of  -alumina doped with m no,cdo and m no, indian j.7ap p lied . phy .43:446-458. فیزیاء الحالة الصلبة، جامعة الموصل ) 1988(یوسف مولود حسن . شاكر جابر ود. سعید الراوي ود. د. . 7 8. clark, frank, m .(1946), insulation m aterials for design and engineering practice, john wilpy and sons, inc,new york. تغیر السعة مع تغیر النسب الوزنیة المضافة من اوكسید المغنیسیوم الى االلومینا وتغیر التردد عند درجة :)1(شكل ساعات 6حرارة الغرفة وعند زمن تلبید تغیر ثابت العزل الحقیقي مع تغیر النسب الوزنیة المضافة من اوكسید المغنیسیوم الى االلومینا وتغیر :)2(شكل ساعات 6التردد عند درجة حرارة الغرفة وعند زمن تلبید ihjpas 2011) 3( 24لوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الهیثم للع تغیر ثابت العزل الخیالي مع تغیر النسب الوزنیة المضافة من اوكسید المغنیسیوم الى االلومینا وتغیر :)3(شكل ساعات 6التردد عند درجة حرارة الغرفة وعند زمن تلبیت مع تغیر النسب الوزنیة المضافة من اوكسید المغنیسیوم الى االلومینا وتغیر ) δ tan( تغیرعامل الفقدان :)4(شكل ساعات 6التردد عند درجة حرارة الغرفة وعند زمن تلبید ihjpas ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.24 (3) 2011 study o f the dielectric properties ceramics specimens prepared from alumina and mgo s. a. mak i,z. t. al-dahan*,sh. k. abd al-hassan departme nt of physics, college of ibn-al-haithm , unive rsity of baghdad * college of engineering, unive rsity of al-nahrin received in : 6, march , 2011 accepte d in : 30, may , 2011 abstract a study carried out on ceramic material made at (-al2o3) dop ed with m go (0.5 , 0.3 , 0.2,0.1)%,with p article size at 63m. a hydraulic p ress of 5kn at diameter of 2cm.a nnalelling at 1500c o and 6 hrs st ill to see the effect on t he changes of the dielectric material. with frequency range at (1k – 1m ) hz . and the result show that at p ercentage of 0.5% of m go, t he real d ielectric material decreased with the increased frequ ency . ke word : dielectrical of ceramic, electrical prop erties, alumina ihjpas separation of cobalt from spent catalyst como by precipitation and ion exchange techniques ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 separation of cobalt from spent catalyst como by precipitation and ion exchange techniques h.h. al-taweel , m.j. ali , k.m. al-azawi department of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad . ibn sina research center, baghdad. department of chemistry, college of education, ibn al-haitham , universityof baghdad. abstract two methods were established to separate cobalt from the spent catalyst como which also contain co, al and fe. the first method was the precipitation technique by controlling the ph. at ph 5, 76% of the cobalt which was collected with 1.4% al and 0.5% fe as contaminants. the second method was the anion exchange by using amberlite 400 resin, 100% of the cobalt and was collected with 99.46% purity.the only contaminant was fe with 0.54% with no al. for a large scale production of cobalt from this spent catalyst, a batch process was designed with a production of 80 grams per batch by using the anion exchange technique. kilograms quantities of co were collected. introduction the catalyst como is used extensively in the oil refinary plants to get the oil derivatives. the catalyst is in a form of rice-grain size pellets which contains as the name indicates the valuable metals cobalt and molybdenum. this catalyst is poisoned after several months of use and is replaced by a fresh catalyst. the spent catalyst is removed and collected in large quantities and considered as a waste since no method of regeneration of this spent catalyst is known. cobalt and molybdenum are valuable metals which have many uses especially in the chemical industry such as glass, petrochemicals and ink. the separation of molybdenum was carried out by another research group in the same research center(1). the residue after the separation of mo was received by our research group for the separation of co. two separation methods were established to separate cobalt from the spent catalyst constituents by using: a) precipitation technique by controlling the ph. b) anion exchange technique using amberlite 400 resin(2-5). the amino exchange technique which was then applied on a large scale for the production of cobalt. experimental the spent catalyst como was firstly dissolved in ammonium hydroxide to separate the valuable metal mo. this work was carried out by another research group as mentioned ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 earlier(1). the residu, after washing with water, was dissolved in ahot concentrated hydrochloric acid. dissolution of cobalt in catalyst the spent como the spent como catalyst was dissolved in 31% hcl according to the following reactions(6,7). co3o4 + 8hcl  3cocl2 + cl2 + 4h2o al2o3 + 6hcl  2alcl3 + 3h2o fe2o3 + 6hcl  2fecl3 + 3h2o the dissolution of the como pellets was not complete, thus filtration was done and the filterate was analyzed by an atomic absorption for co, al and fe, while the residue was found to contain silicate. a set of experiments were carried out to optimize the dissolution of como in 31% hcl at different temperatures and dissolution time. in another experiment the como pellets were fused in a platinum crucible and analyzed for percentage of co. separation of cobalt two methods were separately applied: a. by controlling the ph of solution between 3-5 by gradually adding ammonia solution, then co and the coprecipitated components fe and al were analyzed by aas. b. anion exchange: the separation of co was carried out by using anion exchange resin (amberlite 400), 40 grams of the wet resin was washed with 1m hcl and packed in 1.5cm x 35cm column and finally was adjusted the column molarity to 9m. the solution containing co and impurities was adjusted to 9m and passed on the column with a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min. the effluent solution was analyzed by aas. to the column 350ml of 4m hcl was passed with a flow rate of 1ml/min and an effluent solution was analyzed by aas. to the column 250ml of 0.1m hcl was passed with a flow rate of 1ml/min. the effluent solution was analyzed by aas. large scale production of cobalt for a large scale production of cobalt, a large column was designed, 150cm height and 4cm diameter packed with 4kg of amberlite resin. the flow rate was 40ml/min. the batch production of cobalt from this column was 80g. results and discussion table (1) showes the composition of dissolution solution of como spent catalyst, which consists of 1.80% al, 1.83% co, 0.07% fe and the remaining percentage is undissolved silicate. table (2) showes the % of co in a set of four fusion experiments, where an average co percentage of 2.16 was obtained. the dissolution time was varied between one and two hours and a temperature range between 25-100 o c table (3). one can conclude that the maximum co dissolved is at 100 o c after 2 hours of heating. table (4), showes the results of the separation using the precipitation technique. at ph=3, 90.4% of al and 40.9% of fe are coprecipitated with co. at ph=4 a lesser extend of al and fe are coprecipitated being 13% and 9.9% respectively. yet a better result is obtained at ph=5 only 0.46% al and 1.4% fe are coprecipitated with co. this can be attributed to the aqueous chemistry of the elements under investigation, due to the formation ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 of hydroxides to a certain extend at low acidic solutions such as [fe(h2o)5oh] +2 , [fe(h2o)4(oh)2] + and [al(h2o)5oh] +2 (7). also from table (4), it is clear that more than 20% of co is lost with these hydroxides at the ph range investigated. thus separation of co is possible from both fe and al by controlling the ph to 5, but more than 20% of the cobalt is lost with the hydroxides of fe and al. another method was chosen for the separation of cobalt from al and fe, namely anion exchange method. table (5) showes the results of the effluent solution analyzed by the atomic absorption spectroscopy, where all the cobalt and some of the fe are held by the column and a negligible amount of al. since at 9m hcl, co forms anionic species capable to be held on the strong alkaline resin (amberlite 400), while fe forms such species to a lower extent and al to negligible amounts. then co was quantitatively and selectively eluted by using 4m hcl. the co collected was 99.46% purity with only 0.54% fe. conclusions the anion exchange method was adopted to produce co from the spent como catalyst, 80 grams co per batch, with 99.46% purity and only 0.54% fe. kilograms quantities werequantitively collected by using this method. for a less pure co with more than 20% loss of co, the precipitation method may be adopted. references 1. al-abbassi, m., )1992( ibn sina research center report , baghdad (1992). 2. chiarizia, r. (1998). j. solvent extraction and ion exchange 16: 505. 3. chiarizia, r. and horwitz e.p. (2000). j. solvent extraction and ion exchange 18: 109. 4. dietz, m.l. and horwitz, e.p. (2001). talanta 54: 1173. 5. kirk othmer, (1973). encyclopedia of chemical technology, 2 nd addition 5: 737. 6. mcketta, j. (1981). encyclopedia of chemical processing and design 9: 452. 7. heslop, r.b. and jones, k. (1976). inorganic chemistry, elsevier scientific publishing company: 683. table (1): the composition of dissolution solution of como spent catalyst component percentage al 1.80 co 1.83 fe 0.073 table (2): the percentage of co in como spent catalyst by fussion experiments sample number %co 1 2.51 2 1.80 3 2.08 4 2.25 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (3): the percentage of co dissolved with time and temp. temp. o c time in hours % co 25 1 0.82 25 2 0.84 80 1 1.21 80 2 1.33 100 1 1.62 100 2 2.41 table (4): seperation of co by precipitation technique at different ph values ph % of al remaining with co after precipitation % of fe remaining with co after precipitation % co lost 3 90.4% 40.9% 20.8% 4 13% 9.9% 27% 5 0.46% 1.4% 24% table (5): separation of co using amberlite 400 resin co al fe molarity flowrate composition of solution before percolating on col. 0.165g 0.148g 11.13mg 9m composition of solution after percolating on col. nil 0.148g 0.16mg 9m 0.5 ml/min composition of solution after washing col. with 4m hcl. 0.1645g nil 0.9mg 4m 1 ml/min composition of solution after washing col. with 0.1m hcl. 10.01 mg 0.1m 1 ml/min % recovery of co 99.69% purity of co 99.4% % fe in co 0.547% % al in co nil 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد بتقنية الترسيب والتبادل comoفصل الكوبلت من العامل المساعد المستهلك االيوني محمود توفيقكنعان حسام حيدر الطويل ، محمد جواد علي ، جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهيثم-كلية التربية ،قسم الكيمياء بغداد ،بحوث ابن سينامركز جامعة ديالى ،كلية التربية ،قسم الكيمياء الخالصة ن لفصززا البلت ززت لززن اللالززا اللسززاك اللسززتف ال لال ززالب ت زز م كززن البلت ززت بززا لززن ا لللنيززل اطريقتزز تانجزز يززا ا ت ززا اذ يززت 5اللسززاليو الززق phاذ لجزز ان ميلززو الززو ال ال ززيو ،لال يزز ا الطريقززو ا للززق يززا تقنيززو الترسززي ا ألززا الطريقززو الةانيززو تفززا تقنيززو التتززا ا %0.5لال يزز %1.4لززن البلت ززت لززب اززلان ا لللنيززل تلقزز ار %76اسززتر ا لززب ت ززلق تلقزز ار (%99.46)لززن البلت ززت النقززا %100اذ تزز ال صززلا ك ززق 400ا يززلنا تاسززت ا راتززنر ا لتر يززت بليو ل لللنيل ا لن أب لن لن ال ي تقط 0.54% غززرا ل لجتززو اللا زز ت لتزز تبززرار 80ل نتززاع ك ززق لسززتل لاسززب تزز اكتلززا تقنيززو التتززا ا ا يززلنا ل صززلا ك ززق اللل يو ل صلا ك ق بي لغرالات لن البلت تا ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 semiessential fuzzy ideals and semiuniform fuzzy rings m. a.hamil departme nt of mathematics ,college of education ibn-al-haitham ,unive rsity of baghdad abstract in this p aper, we introduce and st udy semiessential fuzz y ideals of fuz zy rings, uniform fuzzy rings and semiuniform fuzzy rings. introduction zadah in [1] introduced the notion of a fuzz y subset a of a nonempty set s as a mapp ing from s into [0,1], liu in [2] introduced the concept of a fuzzy ring, m artines [3] introduced the notion of a fuzz y ideal of a fuzz y ring. a non zero p rop er ideal i of a ring r is called an essential ideal if i  j  (0), for any non zero ideal j of r, [4]. inaam in [5] fuzzified this concept to essential fuzzy ideal of fuzzy ring and gave its basic p rop erties. nada in [6] introduced and st udied notion of semiessential ideal in a ring r, where a non zero ideal i of r is called semiessential if i  p  (0) for all non zero p rime ideals of r, [4]. a ring r is called uniform if every ideal of r is essential. nada in [6] introduced and st udied the notion semiuniform ring where a ring r is called semiuniform ring if every ideal of r is semiessential ideal. in this p aper we fuzzify the concepts semiessential ideal of a ring, uniform ring and semiuniform ring into semiessential fuzzy ideal of fuzzy ring, uniform fuzzy ring and semiuniform fuzzy ring. where a fuzzy ideal a of a fuzzy ring x is semiessential if i  p  (0) for any p rime fuzz y ideal p of x. a fuzzy ring x is called uniform (semiuniform) if every fuzzy ideal of x is essential (semiessential) resp ectively. in s.1, some basic definitions and results are collected. in s.2, we st udy semiesential fuzzy ideals of fuzzy ring, we give some basic prop erties about t his concept. in s.3, we st udy the notion of uniform fuzzy rings and semiuniform fuzzy rings. several p rop erties about t hem are given. throughout this p aper, r is commutative ring with unity , and x(0) = 1, for any fuzzy ring. s.1 preliminaries let r be a commutative ring with identity . a fuz zy subset of r is a function from r into [0,1]. let a and b be a fuzzy subsets of r we write a  b if a(x)  b(x), for all x  r, (1) and (a  b)(x) = min {a(x), b(x)},  x  r. for each t  [0,1], the set { x  r; a(x)  t} is called the level subset of r, [7]. if a and b are fuzz y subsets of r, then  t  [0,1] 1. (a  b)t = at  bt, [1], 2. a = b iff at = bt, [1] . let f be a map p ing from a set m into a set n, let b be a fuzz y subset of n. the inverse image of b is a fuzzy subset of m defined by f – 1 (b)(x) = b(f (x)),  x m , [1]. let a be a fuzzy subset of a set m . a is called an f-invariant if a(x) = a(y), whenever f (x) = f (y), where x, y m , [8]. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 if f is a function from a set m into a set n, let a1 and a2 be fuzz y subsets of m and b1, b2 be fuzzy subsets of n, t hen 1. f (a1  a2) = f (a1)  f (a2), a1, a2 are f-invariant, [8] 2. f – 1 (b1  b2) = f – 1 (b1)  f – 1 (b2), [8]. 3. f – 1 (f (a1)) = a1, whenever a1 is f-invariant, [8] 4. f ( f – 1 (b1)) = b1, [8]. m oreover the following definitions and p rop erties are needed later 1.1 de fini tion [2] let x be a fuzzy subset of a ring r. x is called a fuzzy ring of r if x  o1 and for each x, y  r 1. x(x – y)  min {x(x),x(y)}, 2. x(x y)  max {x(x),x(y)}. 1.2 de fini tion [3] let x be a fuzz y ring of r, a fuzz y subset a of r is called a fuzzy ideal of x if 1. a  x, 2. a(x – y)  min {a(x), a(y)},  x, y  r, 3. a(x y)  max {a(x), x(y)},  x, y  r. not e that if x is a fuzz y ring of r, then x(a)  x(0),  a  r, [3, p rop osition 2.7] if a is a fuzzy ideal of x, t hen a(a)  a(0),  a  r, [3, p rop osition 2.9]. 1.3 proposi tion a fuzzy subset x : r  [0,1], is a fuzz y ring if xt is a subring of r,  t  [0,x(0)], (3, p rop osition 2.10 (i)). given a fuzzy ring x and a fuzzy set a : r  [0,1] with a  o1, then a is a fuzz y ideal of x iff at is an ideal of xt  t  [0,a(0)], [3, p rop osition 2.10 (iii)]. 1.4 de fini tion [9] a fuzzy ideal p of a fuzzy ring x is called a p rime fuzzy ideal if p  r (where r denotes t he characteristic function of r such that r(x) = 1,  x  r) and it satisfies: min {p(x y),x(x),x(y)}  max {p(x),p(y)} for all x, y r. ifx = r, then p(x y)  max {p(x),p(y)} for all x, y  r. 1.5 de fini tion [10] let x and y be fuzzy rings of r1 and r2 resp ectively. then the direct sum of x and y (denoted by xy) is defined by: xy : r1r2  [0,1] such that (xy)(a,b) = min{x(a),y(b)},  (a,b)  r1r2. if a, b are fuzzy ideals of x and y resp ectively, then a  b : r1r2  [0,1] defined by : (a  b)(a,b) = min{a(a),b(b)},  (a,b)  r1r2. 1.6 proposi tion [9] let x , y be two fuzzy rings of r and r resp ectively and f : r r is a homomorp hism, then if a is a p rime fuzz y ideal of x and a is f-invariant, then f (a) is a p rime fuzz y ideal of y. 1.7 de fini tion [10] let a be a fuzz y ideal of a fuzz y ring x of a ring r, a is called an essential fuzzy ideal if a  k  o1 for each fuzz y ideal k of x, k  o1. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 s.2 semie ssential fuzzy ideals in this section, we introduce the notion of semiessential fuzzy ideals of fuzzy ring as a generalization of (ordinary ) notion semiessential ideals of a ring. we shall give many p rop erties of this concept. 2.1 de fini tion let x be a fuzzy ring of a ring r. let a be a fuzzy ideal of x such that a ox(0)=o1. a is called a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x if abo1, for any p rime fuzz y ideal b of x. 2.2 remark let x be a fuzzy ring of a ring r. it is clear that if a is an essential fuzz y ideal of x, t hen a is a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x. proof: it is easy , so it is omitted. the converse of remark 2.2 is not true in general. however an examp le which will exp lain this dep endens on t heorem 2.3, so we shall give it later (see remark 2.5). 2.3 the orem let x be a fuzzy ring of r, let a be a fuzz y ideal of x, if at is a semiessential ideal of xt,  t  (0,1]. then a is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x. proof: let b be a p rime fuzzy ideal of x such that bo1. to p rove a  b o1, since b is a p rime fuzzy ideal. hence bt is a p rime ideal of xt,  t  (0,x(0)] by [11,p rop osition 1.2.9]. which imp lies at  bt  (0) and at  bt = (a  b)t  (0). hence a  b o1. thus a is a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x. the following remark shows that t he converse of this t heorem is not true in general. 2.4 remark if x is a fuzzy ring of a ring r, a is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x, then it is not necessarily that at is a semiessential ideal of xt,  t  [0,1]. as the following examp le shows: example: let r = z 6, define x: z6  [0,1], a: z6  [0,1] by : 1 if 0 1 x( ) if 2, 4 2 0 otherwise.        a a a 1 if 0 1 ( ) if 2, 4 3 0 otherwise.         a a a it is clear x is a fuzzy ring of z6, a is a fuzzy ideal of x and a  o1. a is an essential fuzzy ideal of x see (5, remark 2.3). hence a is semiessential in x. on the other hand, 1 2  = {0}, 1 2 x = {0,2,4}. hence a 1 2 is not semiessential ideal in x 1 2 . 2.5 remark if x is a fuzzy ring of a ring r, a is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x, then it is not necessarily that a is an essential fuzzy ideal of x, as t he following examp le shows: example: let r = z12, define x: z12  [0,1] by x(a) = 1,  a  z12, let a: z12  [0,1] define by: ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 1 if (6) ( ) 0 otherwise.       x x it is clear a is a fuzzy ideal of a fuzz y ring x, xt = z 12 and at = ( 6 ),  t > 0 is a semiessential ideal in z12 since ( 6 )  ( 3 ) = ( 6 ) and ( 6 )  ( 2 ) = ( 6 ), ( 3 ) and ( 2 ) are p rime ideals of z12. thus a is a semiessential fuzzy ideal by theorem 2.3. but a is not an essential fuzzy ideal since there exists fuz zy ideal b of x defined by : 1 if (4) ( ) 0 otherwise.       x x b  o1.but a  b = o1. 2.6 remark let x be a fuzzy ring of r, let a and b be fuzzy ideals of x such that a  b. if a is a semiessential. then b is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x. proof: it is clear. 2.7 corollary if a and b are fuzzy ideals of a fuzzy ring x of a ring r such that a  b is a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x, t hen a and b are semiessential fuzzy ideals of x. 2.8 remark let a and b be fuzzy ideals of fuzzy ring x of a ring r such that a  b and b is a semiessential, then it not necessarily that a is semiessential fuzz y ideal of x, as t he following examp le shows: example: let x: z12  [0,1], a: z12  [0,1], b: z12  [0,1] defined by: x(a)= 1,  a  z12, 1 if (4) ( ) 0 otherwise. x x       and 1 if (2) ( ) 0 otherwise. x x       . it is clear that xt = z12 ( t > 0) and a, b are fuzzy ideals of fuzzy ring x, bt = ( 2 ) is a semiessential ideal of xt,  t > 0, since ( 2 )  ( 2 ) = ( 2 ) and ( 2 )  ( 3 ) = ( 6 ) where ( 2 ) and ( 3 ) are the only p rime ideals of z12 = xt,  t > 0. thus b is a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x. let 1 if (3) c( ) 0 otherwise.      x x , c is a p rime fuzzy ideal of x, since ct = ( 3 ) is a p rime ideal of xt,  t > 0. but a  c= o1. thus a is not a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x. 2.9 remark if a and b are semiessential fuzzy ideals of fuzzy ring x of a ring r. then it not necessarily that a  b is semiessential fuzz y ideal of x. we can give the following examp le : example: let x: z36  [0,1] define by x(a) = 1,  a  z36 and let a: z36  [0,1], b: z36  [0,1] defined by: 1 if (12) ( ) 0 otherwise.       x x 1 if (18) ( ) 0 otherwise.       x x ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 a and b are fuzzy ideals of x. but for each t  (0,1], at = (12 ), bt = (18 ). it is easy to show that at and bt are semiessential ideals of xt = z36. thus a and b are semiessential fuzzy ideals of x by theorem 2.3. but a  b = o1. thus a  b is not a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x. 2.10 proposi tion let a and b be fuzz y ideals of fuz zy ring x of a ring r such that a is an essential fuzzy ideal and b is a semiessential fuzz y ideal. then a  b is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x. proof: let p be a non-zero p rime fuzz y ideal of x, since b is a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x, then b  p ≠ o1.also a is an essential fuzzy ideal of x, we get (a  b)  p  o1. which imp lies a  b is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x. 2.11 proposi tion let x. be a fuzzy ring of r such that x(a) = 1,  a  r. let i be a semiessential ideal of r. if a : r  [0,1] defined by: 1 if i ( ) r if a i      a a where r  (0,1). then a is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x. proof: it is easy , so it omitted. 2.12 proposi tion let x. be a fuzzy ring of r such that x(a) = 1,  a  r. let i be a ideal of r. then i is a semiessential ideal of r if i is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x where i 1 if i ( ) 0 otherwise     x x proof: it is easy , so it is omitted. before st udy ing the direct sum of semiessential fuzzy ideals, we need the following lemma. 2.13 lemma let x and y be fuzz y rings of rings r1, r2 resp ectively. let w be a fuzz y ideal of t = x  y, then w is a p rime fuzzy ideal of t if there exists a and b p rime fuzzy ideals of x, y resp ectively such that w = a  y or w = x  b. proof: if w is a p rime fuzzy ideal in t = x  y. since w is a fuzzy ideal in xy, there exists fuz zy ideal a and b of x, y resp ectively such that w = a  b by (10,theorem 2.4.1.9). thus wt = at  bt,  t  (0,1]. but w is a p rime so wt is p rime in tt = xt  yt ,  t  (0,1]. hence either wt = i  yt or wt = xt  j where i, j are prime ideals in xt , yt resp ectively, by (12, p age 53). therefore i= a t or j = bt and hence wt = at  yt or wt = xt  bt. it follows that wt = (a  y)t or wt =(x b)t. thus w = a  y or w = x  b. conversely ; if w = a  y or w = x  b, where a and b are p rime fuzzy ideals of x, y resp ectively. if w = a  y, then wt = (a  y)t = at  yt but at is a prime ideal in xt,  t  (0,1] by (11,p rop osition 1.2.9). hence at  yt is p rime in tt by (12,p age 53). that is wt is a p rime ideal in (x  y)t = tt . thus w is a p rime fuzzy ideal of x  y = t by (11, p rop osition 1.2.9). now we can give the following main result. 2.14 the orem let x and y be fuzzy rings of r1, r2 resp ectively. if a and b are semiessential fuzzy ideals of x, y resp ectively. then ab is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x  y. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 proof: to p rove a  b is semiessential fuzzy ideal of x  y. since a  b is a non-zero fuzzy ideal of xy by (10, theorem 2.4.1.9), there exists (a,b)  r1  r2 such that (a  b)(a,b) = min{a(a),b(b)}  0. thus a(a)  0 and b(b)}  0. now, let w be a non-zero p rime fuzz y ideal of x  y, hence either w = c  y or w = x  d, for some prime fuzz y ideals c, d of x, y resp ectively. assume w = c  y. if c = o1, then (a  b)  w = (a  b)  (c  y) = (a  c)  (b  y) = o1  b but (o1  b)(a,b) = min{o1(0),b(b)} = min {1, b(b)} = b(b)  0 thus (a  b)  w  o1. if c  o1, then a  c  o1, since a is semiessential in x. hence there exists a1  r1 such that (a  c)(a1) o1, so min{a(a1),c(a1)}0, since (ab)(cy)= (a  c)  (b  y) = (a  c)  b. it follows that [(a  c)  b](a,b) = min{a(a1),c(a1),b(b)}  0. that [(a  b)  (c  y)  o(x  y)  o1(0,0). similarly , if w = x  d, t hen (a b) wo1. therefore, a  b is semiessential. the converse of theorem 2.14 is not true in general as the following examp le shows; 2.15 example let x: z6  [0,1], y: z12  [0,1] define by x(a) = 1,  a  z6, y(b) =1,  b  z12, let a: z6  [0,1], b: z12  [0,1] defined by: 1 if {0, 3} ( ) 0 otherwise. x x       ,  x  z6 1 if {0,3, 6,9} ( ) 0 otherwise. x x       ,  x  z12 it is easy to check that a and b are fuzzy ideals of t he fuzz y rings x and y resp ectively. 1 if {0,3}, {0, 3, 6, 9} ( )( , ) 0 otherwise.         x y x y (a  b)t = a t  bt = < 3 >  < 3 > is a semiessential ideal in z6  z12. since the p rime ideals in z6  z12 are: < 2 >  z12, < 3 >  z12, z6  < 2 >, z 6  < 3 >. hence ((3 )  ( 3 ))(( 2 )  z12)0, (( 3 )  ( 3 ))  (( 3 )  z12)  0, (( 3 )  ( 3 ))  (z6 ( 2 ))  0 and ((3 )  ( 3 ))  (z6 ( 3 ))  0. which imp lies (a  b)t is semiessential in (x  y)t,  t. thus a  b is semiessential fuzzy ideal of x  y by theorem 2.3. but a is not semiessential fuzz y ideal of x, since there exists p rime fuzzy ideal c of x such that a  c = o1, where 1 if {0, 2, 4} c( ) 0 otherwise.      x x  x  z6. similarly , we can show that b is not semiessential fuzz y ideal of y. next, we have the following p rop osition about the inverse image of semiessential fuzz y ideals. 2.16 proposi tion let x and y be fuzzy rings of rings r1, r2 resp ectively. let f : r1  r2 be a homomorp hism. if a is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of y, then f 1 (a) is a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 proof: by (3,p rop osition 3.3), f 1 (a) is a fuzzy ideal of x. let b be a prime fuzz y ideal of x and b is f-invariant. to p rove that f 1 (a)  b  ox(0) = o1. f (f 1 (a)  b) = f (f 1 (a)  f (b)) = a  f (b) since a, b are f-invariant. however f (b) is p rime fuzzy ideal of y by p rop osition 1.6. therefore, a  f (b)  oy(0), since a is semiessential. on t he other hand, f 1 (a  f (b)) = f 1 (a)  f – 1 (f (b)) = f 1 (a)  b, since b f-invariant  ox(0)  o1. thus f 1 (a) is a semiessential fuzz y ideal of x. s .3 uni form and s emiuniform fuz zy rings recall that a ring r is called a uniform ring if every non zero ideal i of r is an essential ideal, [4] and a ring r is called semiuniform if every non zero ideal i of r is a semiessential ideal of r, [6]. in this section, we introduce and st udy the notion of uniform and semiuniform fuzzy rings and give many p rop erties about t hem. 3.1 de fini tion let x be a fuzzy ring of a ring r. x is called uniform (semiuniform) if every non zero fuzzy ideal a of x is an essential (semiessential) fuzz y ideal of x. 3.2 proposi tion let x be a uniform fuzz y ring, then x is semiuniform fuzzy ring. proof: it is follows by remark 2.2. but the converse is not true in general. 3.3 remark if x is a semiuniform fuzzy ring. then it is not necessarily that x is uniform fuzzy ring as the following examp le shows: example: let x: z36  [0,1] define by x(a) = 1,  a  z36. it is easy to check that x is a fuzzy ring of z36. for each fuzzy ideal a of x, at is an ideal of xt,  t [0,1] and xt=z 36. the ideals of z36 are : (0), ( 2), (3), (4), (6), (12) and (18) which are semiessential ideals in z36. so a is a semiessential fuzzy ideal of x by theorem 2.3. thus x is a semiuniform fuzzy ring. but x is not uniform fuzzy ring since there exist fuzzy ideals a and b of x such that 1 if (12) ( ) 0 otherwise.       x x 1 if (18) ( ) 0 otherwise.       x x ,  x  z36. a is not essential fuzz y ideal since a  b = o1. thus x is not uniform fuzzy ring. 3.4 remark let x be a fuzzy ring of a ring r such that xt is a uniform ring,  t  (0,1]. then x is a uniform fuzzy ring. proof: it is follow by [5, p rop osition 2.4]. 3.5 remark let x be a fuzzy ring of a ring r such that xt is a semiuniform ring,  t , then x is a semiuniform fuzzy ring. proof: let a be a non-zero fuzzy ideal of x. t o p rove a is a semiessential in x. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 sup p ose there exists a non-zero p rime fuzz y ideal p of x such that a  p = o1 since p  o1, there exist t1  (0,1] such that 1 p t  {0}. on the other hand, (a p) = o1. implies 1 1 11 p (o ) {0}    t t t . but this is a contradiction since 1 p t  {0}, 1 p t is a p rime in xt , (11, p rop osition 1.2.9) and 1  t is semiessential in xt. hence ap  o1 and a is a semiessential fuzz y ideal in x. thus x is a semiuniform fuzy ring. the notion of semiessential fuzzy ideal of fuzzy ring can be generalized to semiessential fuzzy submodules similarly we can obtain similar results excep t the direct sum of essential fuzzy ideals. re ferences 1. zadah, l.a., (1965), "fuz zy sets", inform and control, 8, 338-353. 2. liu, w.j., (1982), "fuz zy invariant subgroup and fuzzy ideals", fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 8, 133-139. 3. m artines, l., (1995), "fuzzy subgroup s of fuzzy group s and ideals of fuz zy rings", the journal of fuzzy m ath., 3, no. 4, 833-849. 4. kasch, f., (1982), "m odules and rings", academic press, london, new york. 5. hadi, m .a. inaam, (2001), "some sp ecial fuz zy ideals of fuz zy rings', j. m ath. and phy sic, 6, no.2. 6. al-daban, k.a.nada, (2005), "semiessential submodules and semiuniform m odules", m .sc. thesis, t ukirt university . 7. al-khamees, y. and m ordeson, (1998), "fuz zy princip al ideals and fuz zy simp le field extensions", fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 96, 147-253. 8. kumar, r., (1991), "fuz zy semiprimary ideals of ring", fuz zy sets and sy st ems, 42, 263-272. 9. m artines, l., (1999), "prime and primary l-fuzzy ideals of l-fuzzy rings", fuzzy sets and sy st ems, 101, 489-494. 10. abo-drab, a.t ., (2000), "almost quasi-forbenius fuz zy rings", m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education, ibn-alhaitham. 11. m egeed, n.r., (2000), "some results on ctegories of rings", fuz zy ring and its sp ectrum, m .sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education, ibn-alhaitham. 12. larsen, m .d. and m c.carthy p.j., (1971), "m ultip licative theory of ideals", academic press, new york. (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 المثالیات شبه الجوهریة الضبابیة والحلقات شبه المنتظمة الضبابیة میسون عبد هامل ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد-كلیة التربیة، قسم الریاضیات الخالصة فـي هــذا البحــث قــدمنا ودرســنا المثالیـات شــبه الجوهریــة الــضبابیة فــي حلقـة ضــبابیة، الحلقــات المنتظمــة الــضبابیة .والحلقات شبه المنتظمة الضبابیة ihjpas. 36(1)2023 88 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license preparation of polyester/ micro eggshell fillers composite as natural surface coating . abstract to fabricate an inexpensive surface coating with excellent mechanical properties with good water resistance and thermal diffusion, white eggshell fibers with particle size (~1micrometer) has been added by different weight percentages (1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8 %) to unsaturated polyester. the weight ratio (4%) of eggshell powder is a good ratio to be added to polyester to improve its mechanical properties, such as hardness, impact strength, and wear resistance. the hardness was improved by (3.75%); impact strength has the same value as polyester, flexural strength by (8.43%) and high improvement in wear resistance (74.4%). , as well as to get further improvements in mechanical properties of polyester, the eggshell powder was added with (5%), where the hardness was improved by (3.63%), impact strength improved by (~23%) and the flexural strength by (23.23%)but the wear resistance by (2.15%) only . the resistance to thermal of polyester was improved to (9.95%) and (13.77%) by adding the eggshell powder with ratios (of 4%) and (5%), respectively. (polyester/ 4% eggshells). and (polyester/ 5% eggshells) composites have a higher resistance to water diffusion after being immersed in water between (1-4 weeks). the electron microscope image was used to observe the degree of homogeneity in polyester composite microstructure, which improved the results mechanical and thermal results. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2889 article history: received 16 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq aveen ansaif jassim department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. aveen.ansaif1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq widad hamdi jassim department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. widad.h.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:aveen.ansaif1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:widad.h.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 89 keywords: natural fibers, polyester, eggshell, mechanical properties, thermal conductivity and water diffusion. 1.introduction chicken eggshell (e.s) is a biomaterial consisting of calcium carbonate with a weight fraction(of ~95%) and other materials like (sio2, al2o3 , p, s, cl) with a weight ratio (~5% ) [1, 2]. eggshell has many properties, such as non-toxicity, lightweight, costless, and high strength. calcium carbonate in eggshells has a low density compared to the mineral calcium carbonate, which makes eggshells of great use in many applications, including the use of eggshells by many researchers [3, 4]. chicken eggshell fibers have been used with different percentages and particle sizes to reinforce polypropylene (pp), where the young’s modulus increased because of the improvement of the bonding between eggshell powder and polypropylene matrix [4]. the eggshell has been used with weight ratios (10, 20, and 30 %) as fillers in poly lactic acid (pla), and they have found that the ratio (30% eggshell) was the best to improve the (pla) strength [5]. the epoxy flexural and tensile moduli are improved using the eggshell by the two weight ratios of 10 and 20 % [6]. in this research, the eggshell waste powder was employed in a certain weight ratio to prepare a surface coating with high mechanical properties (hardness, impact strength, flexural strength, and wear resistance) and high resistance to both heat and water diffusion. 2. experimental work 2.1. materials 2.1.1. matrix the thermoset unsaturated polyester resin with trade name (siropol-8341) made by saudi industrial resins limited was used as a matrix 2%cobalt was added to polyester as an accelerator. the resin converts from viscous liquid to solid by adding methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (mekp) with a concentration (of 2.5% wt.); the gel time was (15 min) at a temperature (of 25o c).2.1.2. filler waste white eggshell (e.s) powder was used as a source of bio-caco3 source. the eggshell was cleaned with water and dried by the sun first, then using the oven for four hours at a temperature of 60o c.dried eggshells were crushed and ground for one hour using a special milling device (nqm-0.4 ball mill) to obtain a fine particle size (~1micro meter). figure 1. a) crushed eggshell b) milling device c) ground eggshell ihjpas. 36(1)2023 90 figure 2. volume size distribution of eggshell powder. 2.2. method the unsaturated polyester resin was mixed with a catalyst (mekp), without any filler to prepare neat polyester, and with eggshell powder to prepare the composites (polyester/eggshell). as shown in figure (3), the mixtures were poured into silicone molds to easy composites sheets removal. vaseline was used to rubber the caps in molds. different weight percentages of eggshell powder (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 %) were used to obtain the best percentage of polyester reinforcement when subjected to various tests. the (pe/e.s) mixtures were allowed to cure for (3 hours) at room temperature. to prepare the gel coat, the best weight ratio of the eggshell powder was chosen to mix with the polyester after conducting mechanical and thermal tests on it. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 91 figure 3. molds of silicon of the tests a) impact strength b) flexural strength c) wear resistance d)thermal conductivity 3. tests and measurements 3.1. mechanical test 3.1.1. hardness shore (d) hardness test was performed on the composites using the device (th2io, italy). four measurements of hardness have been taken at different positions on composite surfaces to get the average hardness value. 3.1.2. impact test impact test was carried out on polyester/ micro eggshell fillers (pe/ me.sf) using a charpy impact instrument. this test was performed according to the international system (iso-179). the samples were cast with dimensions (100×10×8 mm). 3.1.3. flexural test to determine the flexural strength of (polyester/ eggshell powder) composite, with dimensions (100×10×4 mm), three-point bending was used according to (astm-d790). 3.1.4. wear test the wear test was performed on the composite specimens using the (pin-on-disk) by applying (500 gm) as a load on the sample. the distance from the center of the sample to the center of the metal disk was (r=500 cm). the sample under test rotates around the disk center by (n=375 cycle/min) turns for five minutes. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 92 to determine the wear loss of specimen, equation (1) was used: wear loss= w0−w 2πnrt ………… (1) [7]. where w0: the original sample weight w: the final sample weight 3.2. physical properties 3.2.1. density measurement density be measured by dividing the sample mass by volume, the density of eggshell powder is pressing using piston to make a circular shape. 3.2.2. thermal conductivity the thermal conductivity of (polyester/eggshell powder) composites was determined using lee’s disk device. 3.2.3. water diffusion the samples of (5×5×5 mm2) were cut from (pe/ me.sf) composites. these samples were weighed before and after being immersed in water for different times (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 weeks). the astm d570 was used to determine the water uptake using equation (1). water diffusion = (w after w before) / w before …………(1) [8]. 3.3. morphology the microstructure of (the pe/ me.sf) composite was checked by electronic photography using the electronic scanning instrument (sem) (tescan) manufactured in british. 4. results and discussions 4.1. hardness the resistance of the material to indentation is hardness. figure (4) shows hardness values increased from (79.27) for neat polyester to (~85) for polyester by adding eggshell at a weight radio of (3%). this means the improvement in the hardness of polyester by (~ 7.22 %), by increasing the weight ratios of addition to (4%) and (5%), the improvement in hardness of epoxy decrease to (3.76) and (3.6), respectively. the hardness maintenance is approximately the same value by increasing the weight ratios of adding eggshells, where the hardness values for all ratios are higher than its value for pure polyester, where the hardness values ranged between (82-85), except for polyester with (8%) of eggshell, where the value of hardness reaches to (87.42). this may be due to the agglomeration of eggshell particles. these results are in agreement with the research [1]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 93 figure 4. hardness values of polyester / micro eggshell composites 4.2. impact test impact strength can be defined as the ability of a material to absorb energy before breaking or falling [9]. figure (5) shows the increase in the value of the impact strength from (8.59 kj/m2) for neat polyester to a higher value (10.57 kj/m2) for polyester reinforced with eggshell powder added by weight (5 %). then it decreased to (9.15 kj/m2) by adding (6%e.sf) to polyester. according to the researchers, this rise and then decline in impact strength is similar to the behavior of polyester composites [10]. figure 5. impact strength values of polyester / micro eggshell composites 4.3. flexural strength flexural strength can be defined as the ability of a material to bend when applying external stress [9]. figure (6) shows the increase in the value of the flexural strength from (55.48 kj//m2) for neat polyester to a higher value (68.37 kj/ m2) for polyester reinforced with eggshell powder added by weight (5 %), then decreased to (37.06 kj/ m2) with adding (7 % e.sf) to polyester. the flexural 79.27 82.95 82 84.966 82.25 82.15 83.2 84.65 87.425 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 h a r d n e s s wt% pe/mes 8.59 10.038 8.57 9.13 8.5 10.57 9.15 10.04 9.49 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 im p a ct s tr e n g th ( k g /m ^ 2 ) wt% ihjpas. 36(1)2023 94 strength of polyester was improved by (8.43%) and (23.23%) by adding (4 %) and (5 %) of microsized eggshell particles, respectively. figure 6.flexural strength valuesof polyester / micro eggshell composites 4.4. wear test the wear loss as a function of the weight percentage of micro eggshell fibers with particle size (~1micron) in polyester is shown in figure (7), the value of wear loss for neat polyester is (3.72×10-7 gm) which is decreased four times by adding (4 %) of the eggshell powder and then it goes back to the amount (3.64×10-7 gm) by increasing the percentage of adding the powder to (5%). this means that adding (4%) and (5%) of eggshell powder improves the wear resistance of polyester by (74.4%) and (2.15%), respectively. these results agreed with [11-12]. figure7. wear loss valuesof polyester / micro eggshell composites 55.48 31.24 62.41 45.46 60.16 68.37 45.72 37.068 64.79 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 f l e x u r a l s t r e n g t h (m p a ) wt% pe/mes 3.72729 1.4343 1.2550129 1.6513 0.95248 3.64 1.2833 1.5947 1.2927 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 w e a r lo ss * 1 0 ^ -7 ( g m ) wt% ihjpas. 36(1)2023 95 3.2. physical properties 3.2.1. density measurement the density ( 𝜌) of polyester with micro eggshells particles and different weight percentages are calculated by rule of matrix [13]. 𝝆 = 𝝆𝒎𝒘𝒎 + 𝝆𝒓𝒘𝒓 … … … … . . ( 𝟑 ) where 𝜌𝑚and 𝜌𝑟 ∶ are the density of matrix and filler, respectively. 𝑤𝑚and 𝑤𝑟 : are the weight fractions of matrix and filler, respectively. figure (8) shows that density of neat polyester increased from (1.04 gm / cm3) to a higher value (1.1gm/cm3) with the addition of the eggshell fibers to epoxy at a weight ratio of 8 %, these results agreed with the results (sunny et al.)[13]. figure 8.densities values of polyester / micro eggshell composites 3.2.2. thermal conductivity figure (9) shows that the thermal conductivity value of polyester (0.4727 watt/m. oc)gradually decreases to (0.425 watt/ m. oc) and (0.407 watt/ m. oc) with the increased weight ratios of adding the eggshell powder to (4%) and(5%) respectively. the thermal conductivity increases to its highest level (0.4819 watt/ m. oc) with the addition (of 6%) of eggshell powder. this means that the polyester with small percentages of addition, like (4%) and (5%), have higher resistances against the 1.04 1.0476 1.0552 1.0628 1.0704 1.078 1.0856 1.0932 1.1008 1 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.1 1.11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 d e n si ty ( g m /c m ^ 3 ) wt% ihjpas. 36(1)2023 96 thermal transition. this is because of the excellent dispersion of eggshell particles in the polyester matrix [3]. figure 9. thermal conductivity of polyester with different percentages of eggshell fibers 3.2.3. water diffusion figures (10-13) show the increase in water diffusion of (polyester/eggshell fiber) composites with an increase in the weight ratios of eggshell fibers. this is because of the osmotic process, where the water molecules are interred to the small voids and cavities of samples. figure (10) shows that the water diffusion of polyester with eggshells with ratios (of 4%) and (5%) (for one-week immersion in tap water), both composites have a higher resistance to water diffusion than the other addition ratios. figures (11and 12) show the improvement in polyester resistance to water diffusion by adding eggshell by weight radio (5%) with an increase in immersion time to ( 2 and 3) weeks, with an increase in the immersion time to (4 weeks) the eggshell ratio (4%) will improve the resistance of polyester against the water diffusion. this is because the capillary process occurs due to the diffusion of water molecules into the interface between the pumpkin fibers and epoxy matrix. these results agreed with ( md . milon et al.) [14]. figure 10. water diffusion of polyester with different percentages of eggshell fibers at ( 1 week) 0.472751 0.43983 0.437869 0.426809 0.425493 0.407114 0.48196 0.452911 0.36398 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 th e rm a l co n d u ct iv it y ( w a tt /m .ᵒ c) wt% mp 3.2739 3.4597 3.6677 3.9089 2.8616 2.7544 4.4474 3.7808 3.3405 0 1 2 3 4 5 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% e % weight% t=1week ihjpas. 36(1)2023 97 figure 11. water diffusion of polyester with different percentages of eggshell fibers at ( 2 week) figure 12. water diffusion of polyester with different percentages of eggshell fibers at ( 3 week) 6.1338 4.8579 4.7089 3.5908 3.2563 2.467 4.7146 4.3226 3.8729 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% e % weight% t=3week 4.2272 3.7596 3.8225 2.8698 3.2231 2.9306 3.9654 4.25822 3.2903 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% e % weight% t=2week ihjpas. 36(1)2023 98 figure 13. water diffusion of polyester with different percentages of eggshell fibers at ( 4 week) 4. scanning electron microscopy there is a strong correlation between the exact composition of the polyester composite and its mechanical and thermal properties. figure (14) shows the polyester when adding eggshell powder by (1%) with the forces of magnification (500×, 1000×, and 2000×). the photographs indicate the homogeneous distribution of the powder within the material at this percentage of addition, which strengthens the polyester and improves its properties as a whole. figure 9. sem images of polyester with (5%wt. ) eggshells with magnification (a)500 ×(b)1000 × (c)2000× conclusions 1the density of polyester increased with the weight ratios of eggshell fibers. 2thermal insulation and impact strength of (polyester/5% e.s) was improved by a ratio (13.77%) and (~23%) compared with (polyester/4% e.s). therefore, the (polyester/5% e.s ) composite was used to work in conditions that required thermal insulation while maintaining high impact strength, like painting the interior doors of homes. 3for (the polyester/4 % e.s) composite, the resistance to wear and water diffusion (four weeks) was improved by a ratio (of 73.8%) and (14.29%) respectively, compared 8.6658 6.391 7.5559 5.8457 5.1229 5.9763 5.8933 5.55 5.2938 0 2 4 6 8 10 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% e % weight % t=4week ihjpas. 36(1)2023 99 with (polyester /5% e.s). therefore, the (polyester/4 % e.s) composite was used as a kitchen floor coating. acknowledgment the authors are grateful to the college of education pure sciences-ibn al-haitham, baghdad university and applied sciences /department of technology university. references 1. hassan, s. b.; aigbodion, v. s.; patrick, s. n.; development of polyester/eggshell particulate composites. tribology in industry, 2012, 34, 4, 217-225. 2. hunton, p.; research on eggshell structure and quality: an historical overview. brazilian journal of poultry science, 2005, 7, 2, 67-71. 3. widad, h. j.; nadir, f. h.; preparation of epoxy chicken eggshell composite as thermal insulation. journal of the australian ceramic society, 2018,54, 2, 231-235. 4. toro, p.; eggshell, a new bio-filler for polypropylene composites. materials letters, 2007, 61, 22, 4347-4350. 5. abdulkareem, m. h.; bohan, a. j.; ati, a. a.; the impact of uncalcined & calcined eggshell powder as biofiller for polylacticacid. diyala journal of engineering sciences, 2020,13, 4, 71-79. 6. stephen, o. s.; duncan, e. c.;, fabrication and characterization pf bio-epoxy eggshell composites, appl. mech. 2021, 2, 694-713 7. hossain, m.; thermal aging of unsaturated polyester composite reinforced with eglass nonwoven mat. autex research journal, 2017, 17, 4, 313-318. 8. widad, h. j.; preparation of the epoxy/chicken eggshell composites to use in surfaces coating. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,2016,29, 1. 9. hameed, h. k.; jassim, w. h.; comparison study of some mechanical properties of epoxy composites using uncarbonized orange peel and carbonized orange peel.in: iop conference series: materials science and engineering. iop publishing, 2020.. 012075. 10. majeed, a. h.; ibrahim, s. q.; mechanical properties of unsaturated polyester filled with silica fume, glass powder and carbon black. engineering and technology journal, 2017, 35, 6, 639-647. 11. olaitan, a. j.; et al. comparative assessment of mechanical properties of groundnut shell and rice husk reinforced epoxy composites. am. j. mech. eng, 2017,5,3, 7686. 12. mohammed, j. k.; hamza, m. k.; layla, m. h.; the wear characteristics of thermoset polymers composites filled with ceramic particles, journal of mechanical engineering research and developments. 2021, 44, 3, 322-333 13. alhazmi, w. h.; jazaa, y.; mousa, s.; abd-elhady, a. a.; sallam, h. e.; tribological and mechanical properties of epoxy reinforced by hybrid nanoparticles, latin american journal of solids and structures, 2021,18, 13.361372 14. bhatia, s.; angra, s.; khan, s.; mechanical and wear properties of epoxy matrix composite reinforced with varying ratios of solid glass microspheres. in: journal of physics: conference series. iop publishing, 2019, 1240, 1, 012080. 15. hosssain, m.; et al. thermal aging of unsaturated polyester composite reinforced with e-glass nonwoven mat. autex research journal, 2017,17, 4, 313-318. mathematics 356 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 minimizing total completion time and maximum late work simultaneously t. s. abdul-razaq and f. sh. fandi department of mathematics, college of science , al_mustansiriya university department of mathematics, college of education, for pure sciences, al-anbar university received in: 1 april 2012 accepted in: 22 april 2012 abstract in this paper, the problem of scheduling jobs on one machine for a variety multicriteria are considered to minimize total completion time and maximum late work. a set of n independent jobs has to be scheduled on a single machine that is continuously available from time zero onwards and that can handle no more than one job at a time. job i,(i=1,…,n) requires processing during a given positive uninterrupted time pi, and its due date di. for the bicriteria problems, some algorithms are proposed to find efficient (pareto) solutions for simultaneous case. also for the multicriteria problem we proposed general algorithms which gives efficient solutions within the efficient range. keyword:schedule, multicriteria, single machine, bicriteria. introduction the problem of scheduling a set n={1,…..,n} of n jobs on a single machine to minimize a variety of multicriteria may be stated as follows. each job i, (i=1,….,n) is to be processed on a single machine which can handle only one job at a time. associ-ated with job i its processing time pi and its due date di. all jobs are available for processing at time zero. a schedule σ=(1,…,n) specifies for each job when it is executed while observing the machine availability constraints and the schedule produce a completion time ci=σpi for each job i, in this paper, for the first time. we use the late work object in multicriteria scheduling problem. given a schedule σ, the late work vi(σ) for job i,(i=1,…,n) which is amount of processing performed on job i after its due date di, is easy compute. we abbreviate vi(σ) to vi for each job i, hence we have: (1) if vi=0, then job i is early with ci ≤ di. (2) if 0 < vi < pi, then job i is partially early. (3) if vi = pi, then job i is late with ci ≥ di + pi. this means that the late work for job i is given by vi= notation and basic concepts: the following notation will be used in this paper: n = number of jobs. pi = processing time of job i. di = due date of job i. ci = completion time of job i. σci= the total completion times. mathematics 357 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 vi= the late work penalty for job i. vmax= max {vi}, the maximum late work. li = lateness of job i, li = ci di. ti = tardiness of job i, ti = max {ci di ,0}. lmax = max{li}, maximum lateness of all job in a schedule. tmax = max{ti}, maximum tardiness of all job in a schedule. the cost fi for each job i, (i=1,…,n) usually takes on the variable ci. common optimality criteria are usually in the form σfi and fmax= max{fi}. theorem(1)(jackson 1955)[1]. the 1// tmax problem is minimized by sequencing the jobs according to the earliest-duedate (edd) rule, that is, in order of non-decreasing di. ■ theorem (2)(smith 1956)[2]. the 1// problem is minimized by sequencing the jobs according to the shortest –processing-time (spt) rule ,that is, in order of non-decreasing pi. ■ theorem(3)(lawler 1973)[3].the 1//fmax problem, fmax is minimized as follows: while there are unassigned jobs, assign the job that has minimum cost when scheduled in the last unassigned position in that position.■ definition(1)[4]: a feasible schedule for a problem 1//lex(f,g) is a schedule in which the primary criterion f is satisfied. definition(2)[4]: an optimal schedule for 1//lex(f,g) is a feasible schedule that minimizes the secondary criterion g. definition(3):a feasible schedule σ* is pareto optimal, or non-dominated(efficient), with respect to the performance criteria f and g if there is no feasible schedule π such that both f(π) ≤ f(σ*) and g(π)≤g(σ*), where at least one of the inequalities is strict. definition(4)[5]: the function f(f,g) is said to be non-decreasing in both argument, if for any pair of outcome value (x,y) of the functions f and g, we have f(x,y) ≤ f( x+a , y+b) for each pair of non-negative value a and b. theorem (4)[6]: if the composite objective function f(f,g) is non-decreasing in both argument, then there exists a pareto optimal schedule that minimize f. definition(5)[7]: the term ”optimize” in a multi-objective decision making problem refers to a solution around which there is no way of improving any objective without worsening at least one other objective. definition (6)[8]: a point x = (x1, . . . , xk) is pareto optimal within a given set s, if s does not contain any other point y=(y1, . . . , yk) with yi ≤ xi for i =1, . . . , k. correspondingly, a schedule σ corresponds to a pareto optimal point if there is no feasible schedule with ≤ for k=1, . . . , k, where at least one of the inequalities is strict; in this case, we say that σ is not dominated. definition(7)[8]:hierarchical minimization: the performance criteria f1, . . . ,fk are indexed in order of decreasing importance. first, f1 is minimized. next, f2 is minimized subject to the constraint that the schedule has minimal f1 value. if necessary, f3 is minimized subject to the constraint that the values for f1 and f2 are equal to the values determined in the previous step. theorem(5)[9]: consider the composite objective function f with f(π )= f(f1(π),…,fk(π)), where f is nondecreasing in all performance criteria fk. there is a pareto optimal schedule with respect to f1,…,fk that minimizes the function f. fmax is regular measure : now, we will consider the bicriteria that concerns the hierarchical and simultaneou s minimization of bicriteria regular cost function for jobs i, which means that fi(ci) does not decrease when ci increased. hoogeveen and van de valde [10] proved that 1//f(σci,fmax) mathematics 358 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 problem is solved in polynomial time, van wassenhove and gelders [11] solved 1//f(σci,tmax) problem, emmons [12] presented the hierarchical problem 1//lex(fmax,σci), where f*=min{fmax} denotes the optimal solution value of the 1// fmax problem, which is solved in o(n2) time by lawler algorithm[3]. let fmax= vmax in our study, since criterion vma x is a particular case of the function fmax . now, consider the following two problems: 1//lex(σci, vmax) problem, and 1//lex(vmax, σci ) problem. the 1//lex(σci,vmax) problem (p1): this problem can be written as: min vmax s.t cσ(i) ≥ pσ(i) i=1,…,n. cσ(i) = cσ(i-1) + pσ(i) i=2,…,n. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )         =≤+ =+<< =≤ = n 1,...,i , iσ c iσ p iσ d if iσ p n1,...,i , iσ pid iσ c iσ d if iσ d iσ c n1,...,i , iσ d iσ c if 0 iσ v pσ(i) ≥ vσ(i) i=1,…,n. vσ(i) ≥ 0 i=1,…,n. σci =∆, where ∆= σci(spt). it is clear that the spt rule is feasible for problem(p1). also the spt rule is optimal for problem(p1) if there exist a tie (jobs with equal processing times) then order these jobs so that vmax is minimum. the 1//lex(vmax, σci) problem(p2): this problem can be written as: min σci s.t cσ(i) ≥ pσ(i) i=1,…,n. cσ(i) = cσ(i-1) + pσ(i) i=2,…,n. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )         =≤+ =+<< =≤ = n 1,...,i , iσ c iσ p iσ d if iσ p n1,...,i , iσ pid iσ c iσ d if iσ d iσ c n1,...,i , iσ d iσ c if 0 iσ v pσ(i) ≥ vσ(i) i=1,…,n. vσ(i) ≥ 0 i=1,…,n. vmax= ∆, where ∆= vmax(lawler). algorithm(1) for finding an optimal value for problem(p2): mathematics 359 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 step(0): compute vmax by using (lawler algorithm) and set σ= (φ). step(1): put ∆= vmax(lawler), n={1,…,n}, k=n, t=cmax= σpi . step(2): calculate vi, i n as follows:       =≤+ =+<< =≤ = n 1,...,i ,ic ipid if ip n1,...,i ,ipid ic id if idic n1,...,i ,id ic if 0 iv step(3): find a job j* n, such that 1.vj*≤ ∆. 2. pj*≥ pi , j*, i n and vi ≤ ∆. then assign job j* in position k of σ =(σ(k), σ ). step(4): set t=t-pj*, n=n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k >1 go to step(2), otherwise go to step(5). step(5): calculate σcσ(i) for the sequence jobs σ =(σ(1),…,σ(n)). step(6): stop. proposition(1): algorithm(1) gives an optimal solution of 1//lex(vmax, σci) problem. proof: since the problem 1//lex(vmax, σci) can be written as: min σci s.t vi ≤ vmax (lawler) i=1,…,n first notice that at each decision point the set of schedulable jobs is inspected (i.e. these jobs that can be scheduled without violating the maximum late work (vmax(lawler))(which is obtained by lawler algorithm)), any job j* that is chosen in step (3) of algorithm(1) to be scheduled last. second, if there exists a tie (more than one schedulable job i) then we choose the job j* with largest pj* to be schedule last which minimizes σci also. hence, any schedule constructed by algorithm(1) is optimal.■ algorithm(1) is a general algorithm can be used for solving problems of the following forms: (1) 1//lex(fmax, σci), where fmax {lmax, tmax, vmax, }. (2) 1//lex(fmax, ), where fmax {lmax, tmax, vmax, }. the 1//lex( ,tmax) problem(p3): this problem can be written as: min tmax s.t =∆, where ∆= (lawler). algorithm(2) for finding an optimal value for problem(p3): mathematics 360 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 step(0): compute =min{max{wivi}}, by using (lawler algorithm). step(1): put ∆= (lawler), n={1,…,n}, k=n, t=cmax=σpi and set σ= (φ). step(2): calculate wivi, i n as follows:       =≤+ =+<< =≤ = n 1,...,i ,ic ipid if ipiw n1,...,i ,ipid ic id if )idi(ciw n1,...,i ,id ic if 0 iviw step(3):find a job j*∈n, such that 1. wj*vj*≤ ∆. 2. dj*≥ di , j*,i n and wivi ≤ ∆. then assign job j* in position k of σ =(σ(k), σ ). step(4): set t=t-pj*, n =n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k >1 go to step(2), otherwise go to step(5). step(5): calculate tmax(σ) for the sequence jobs σ =(σ(1),…,σ(n)). step(6): stop. example(1): consider the problem 1//lex( , tmax) with the following data: i 1 2 3 4 pi 3 1 2 4 di 4 6 1 2 wi 2 3 2 5 by applying lawler,s algorithm (step(0)) we get a schedule σ=(4,1,3,2) with =10 and tmax=8. put ∆=10. i 1 2 3 4 job j* t=cmax wivi 10 6 4 20 2 9 * 4 20 1 6 * * 20 3 4 * * * 4 hence, we get optimal schedule σ = (4,3,1,2) with =10 and tmax=5. 7. minimizing total completion time and maximum late work. in this section we will try to find all efficient (pareto optimal) solutions for 1//f(σci, vmax) problem which is denoted by problem(p4). 7.1 the 1//f(vmax, σci) problem(p4): the 1//f(σci, vmax) problem can be written as: min σci s.t. vmax ≤ ∆, where ∆ [vmax(lawler) , vmax(spt)]. it is clear that the 1//f(σci, vmax) problem originates from 1// σci problem and 1//vma x problem, both problems are solvable in o(n log n) time. in order to find the set of pareto optimal points, we solve the problem of minimizing σci subject to vmax≤ ∆, where ∆ corresponds to the vmax value of a pareto optimal point. mathematics 361 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 algorithm(3) for finding a set of all efficient solutions for problem(p4): step(0): put ∆= σpi, n={1,...,n}, k=n, t=cmax=σpi and set σ = (φ). step(1): calculate vi, i n as follows:       =≤+ =+<< =≤ = n 1,...,i ,ic ipid if ip n1,...,i ,ipid ic id if idic n1,...,i ,id ic if 0 iv step(2): find a job j* n, such that 1.vj*≤ ∆. 2. pj* > pi, j*, i n and vi ≤ ∆, if pj*= pi choose the job with smallest vj*. then assign job j* in position k of σ =(σ(k), σ ). if no job with vj*≤ ∆ go to step(5). step(3): set t=t-pj*, n =n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k >1 go to step(1), otherwise go to step(4). step(4): compute vmax(σ) for the sequence jobs σ =(σ(1) ,…, σ(n)) and ∆= vmax -1, set t=cmax, n={1,...,n}, k=n, σ= (φ), go to step(1). step(5): stop. computational results for algorithm(3) for problem(p4): 8.1test problems: algorithm(3) was tested by coding it in matlab 7.9.0(r2009b) and implemented on intel core (tm) i3 cpu m380 @ 2.53 ghz, with ram 4.00 gb personal computer. test problems were generated as follows: for each job j, an integer processing time pj was generated from the uniform distribution [1,10]. also, for each job j, an integer due date is generated from the distribution[pi,σpi]. results for 10,15, 30 and 50 job problems are given in table (1) because of page limitations, only five examples are given for each problem size. table(1) should be read as follows: nep = the actual number of efficient points for the problem at hand. remember that the procedure finds all these points. mnep = maximum possible number of efficient points for the problem at hand. since an efficient point could exist for each value of the maximum late work between v(spt*) and v(lawler), this maximum possible number equals vmax(spt*) – vmax(lawler) + 1. from our computational results we conclude that: (a) the number of efficient points is usually small. therefore, the decision maker should be able to make his choice. (b) we can find all efficient points. this allows for a justified choice of a sequence that takes both objective functions into account and that is not dominated by any other sequence. very attractive efficient points are found for all the test problems. in most cases we discovered efficient point that were surprisingly close to the optimum value for both objectives. remark 1: if we replace the criterion vmax in problem(p4) by the criterion fmax {lmax, tmax, , } then the efficient algorithm(3) above can be used for their solutions. also for the 1//f(σci, tmax) problem, which is solved by vanwassenhove and gelder [11]. this means that algorithm(3) is a general one and simple that can solve problems of form 1//f(σci, fmax). analysis of the three criteria. mathematics 362 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 first, we present the main multicriteria scheduling results that have appeared in the literature. hoogeveen[8] solves the problem 1//f(fmax, gmax) and the problem 1//f(fmax, gmax, hmax). he presented a polynomial algorithm for both problems and he showed that these can be used if precedence constraints exist between the jobs or if all penalty functions are nondecreasing in the job completion times. hoogeveen[13] solves the general problem 1//f( ,…, ), k finite integer number and each one of these penalty functions is assumed to be non-decreasing in the job completion time. there are two methods for dealing with conflicting criteria, the first one is hierarchical minimization of the performance criteria , ,…, which are indexed in order of decreasing importance. the second method is simultaneous minimization. the criteria are aggregated into a single composite objective function f( , ,…, ), which minimized. in our study we are looking for algorithms, that can be used for solving multicriteria scheduling problem, which is to find the efficient solutions or at least approximation to it. hence we search for feasible solutions yielding the best compromise among objectives that constitutes a so called efficient solutions set. the 1//f( , tmax, vmax) problem(p5): in this section, we will try to find efficient (pareto optimal) solutions for 1//f(σci ,tmax, vmax). this problem can be defined as: min s.t. ci ≥ pi i=1,…,n. ci=c(i-1)+ pi i=2,…,n. ….. p(5) vi≤ pi i=1,…,n. vi≤ ti i=1,…,n. ti≥ ci di i=1,…,n. ti ≥ 0 i=1,…,n. it is clear that this problem is difficult to solve, we will present later local search algorithm to find near optimal solution. this problem has the following special cases. (1) the 1//lex( , tmax, vmax) problem. (2) the 1//lex( , vmax, tmax) problem. (3) the 1//lex(tmax, ,vmax) problem. (4) the 1//lex(tmax, vmax, ) problem. (5) the 1//lex(vmax, ,tmax) problem. (6) the 1//lex(vmax, tmax, ) problem. algorithm(4) for finding efficient solutions for problem (p5): mathematics 363 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 step(0): put ∆= , n={1,…..,n}, k=n, t=cmax= , and σ= (φ). step(1): calculate ti , vi, i n as follows: ti = max {ci di, 0}and vi=min{ti, pi}. step(2): find a job j* n ,such that tj*≤ ∆ and pj* > pi, j*, i n and ti ≤ ∆, if pj*=pi choose the job with smallest tj* and if tj*=ti choose the job with smallest vj*. then assign job j* in position k of σ =(σ(k), σ ), if no job with tj*≤ ∆ go to step(5). step(3): set t=t-pj*, n =n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k >1 go to step(1), otherwise go to step(4). step(4): compute σcσ(i),tmax(σ) and vmax(σ) for the sequence jobs σ=(σ(1),…,σ(n)), and set ∆= tmax(σ)-1, set t=cmax, n={1,…..,n}, k=n, σ= (φ), go to step(1). step(5): put ∆=vmax(σ)-1, n={1,...,n}, k=n, t=cmax , and σ= (φ). step(6): calculate vi , i n as follows:       =≤+ =+<< =≤ = n 1,...,i ,ic ipid if ip n1,...,i ,ipid ic id if idic n1,...,i ,id ic if 0 iv step(7): find a job j* n, such that vj*≤ ∆ and pj* > pi , j*, i n and vi ≤ ∆, if pj*=pi choose the job with smallest vj*. then assign job j* in position k of σ =(σ(k), σ ). if no job with vj*≤ ∆ go to step(10). step(8): set t=t-pj*, n=n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k >1 go to step(6), otherwise go to step(9) step(9): calculate σcσ(i) , tmax(σ) and vmax(σ) for the sequence jobs σ=(σ(1),…,σ(n)), go to step(5). step(10): stop. the 1//f( σwici, tmax, vmax) problem(p6): in this section, we will try to find efficient (pareto optimal) solutions for 1//f(σwici, tmax, vmax) problem. this problem can be defined as: min s.t. ci ≥ pi i=1,…,n. ci = c(i-1)+ pi i=2,…,n. ….. p(6) vi ≤ pi i=1,…,n. vi ≤ ti i=1,…,n. ti ≥ ci di i=1,…,n. ti ≥ 0 i=1,…,n. algorithm(5) for finding efficient solutions for problem(p6): mathematics 364 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 step(0): put ∆= , n={1,…..,n}, k=n, t=cmax= , and σ= (φ). step(1): calculate ti , vi, i n as follows: ti = max {ci di , 0} and vi=min{ti, pi}. step(2): find a job j* n, such that tj*≤ ∆ and pj*/wj* > pi/wi, j*, i n and ti ≤ ∆, if pj*/wj* = pi/wi choose the job with smallest tj* and if tj*=ti choose the job with smallest vj*. then assign job j* in position k of σ = (σ(k), σ ). if no job with tj*≤ ∆ go to step(5). step(3): set t=t-pj*, n =n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k >1 go to step(1), otherwise go to step(4). step(4): compute σwσ(i)cσ(i), tmax(σ) and vmax(σ) for the sequence jobs σ =(σ(1),…, σ(n)), and set ∆= tmax(σ) -1, set t=cmax= , n={1,…..,n}, k=n, σ= (φ) and go to step(1). step(5): put ∆=vmax(σ)-1, n={1,...,n}, k=n, t=cmax, and σ= (φ). step(6): calculate vi , i n as follows:           =≤+ =+<< =≤ = n 1,...,i ,c pd if p n1,...,i ,pd c d if dc n1,...,i ,d c if 0 v iiii iiiiii ii i step(7): find a job j* n, such that vj*≤ ∆ and pj*/wj* > pi/wi , j*,i n and vi ≤ ∆, if pj*/wj* = pi/wi choose the job with smallest vj*. then assign job j* in position k of σ =(σ(k), σ ). if no job with vj*≤ ∆ go to step(10). step(8): set t=t-pj*, n=n-{j*}, k=k-1, if k >1 go to step(6), otherwise go to step(9). step(9): calculate σwσ(i)cσ(i), tmax(σ) and vmax(σ) for the sequence jobs σ =(σ(1),…,σ(n)), go to step(5). step(10): stop. example(2):consider the problem 1//f(σwici,tmax,vmax) with the following data: i 1 2 3 4 5 pi 10 3 9 1 4 di 20 14 25 29 16 wi 4 1 8 5 2 pi/ wi 5/2 3 9/8 1/5 2 hence, efficient sequences for the three-criterion problem(p6) of minimizing σwici, tmax and vmax. sequences σwici tmax vmax swpt=(4,3,5,1,2) 236 13 4 (4,3,5,2,1) 238 7 7 (4,5,1,2,3) 309 4 3 (4,5,2,1,3) 311 2 2 (5,2,1,3,4) 426 1 1 conclusions in this paper, the problems of scheduling jobs on one machine for a variety of multicriteria are considered. we proposed algorithms, which give all efficient solutions within the efficient range for the problems 1//f(σfi, fmax), 1//f(σfi, fmax , gmax), where σfi= σci and fmax, gmax {lmax, tmax, vmax}. mathematics 365 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 references 1. jackson j.r.(1955)."scheduling a production line to minimize maximum tardiness" res. report 43 management science, res. project, university of california, loss angles, ca, 2. smith w.e.(1956)."various optimizers for single stage production", naval research logistics quarterly 3/1, 59-66. 3. lawler e.l.(1973)."optimal sequencing of a single machine subject to precedence constraints", management science 19/5, 544-546. 4. french s. (1982). "sequencing and scheduling : an introduction to the mathematical of the job shop ", john wiley and sons, new york. 5. hoogeveen j.a. (2005)." invited review multi-criteria scheduling ", european journal of operational research 167, 592–623. 6. fry td, armstrong rd. lewis, h. (1989). "a framework for single machines multiple objective sequencing research", omega; 17 (6): 595-607. 7. landa silva e. k. and burke s. petrovic ,"an introduction to multiobjective metaheuristics for scheduling and time tabling " 8. hoogeveen, j.a. (1996).” single machine scheduling to minimize a function of two or three maximum cost criteria “ , journal of algorithms, 21,415-433. 9. bagchi t.p., (1999). "multiobjective scheduling by genetic algorithms", kluwer acadimic publisher. 10. hoogeveen, j.a. and van de velde, s.l. (1995). “ minimizing total completion time and maximum cost simultaneously is solvable in polynomial time”, operations research letters 17, 205–208. 11. van wassenhove, l.n. and gelders. f. (1980). "solving a bicriterion scheduling problem", european journal of operational research 4/1, 42-48. 12. emmons, h. (1975). "a note on a scheduling problem with dual criteria", naval res. logis. quarterly, 22, 615-516 . 13. hoogeveen, j.a. (1991). ” single machine scheduling to minimize a function of k maximum cost criteria “ ,cwi,bs-r9113. table(1): computational results problem size problem number nep mnep efficient points 10 1 2 2 (273, 8), (262, 9) 2 2 2 (208, 8), (189, 10) 3 4 4 (290, 7), (227, 8), (211, 9), (202, 10) 4 1 1 (194, 10) 5 3 4 (353, 7), (317, 8), (293, 10) 15 1 3 3 (388, 8), (354, 9), (337, 10) 2 2 2 (657, 9), (571, 10) 3 3 4 (752, 7), (613, 9), (511, 10) 4 2 2 (599, 9), (501, 10) 5 2 2 (618, 8), (474, 9) 30 1 4 4 (2737, 7), (2418, 8), (2283, 9), (2206, 10) 2 2 2 (1833, 9), (1755, 10) 3 4 4 (2275, 7), (2165, 8), (1861, 9), (1749, 10) 4 6 6 (2599, 5), (2499, 6), (2384, 7), (2283, 8), (2226, 9), (2214, 10) 5 1 1 (1982,10) 50 1 5 5 (6192, 6), (5869, 7), (5477, 8), (5110, 9), (4863, 10) 2 2 2 (6223, 9), (5518) 3 4 4 (5945, 7), (5794, 8), (5437, 9), (5228, 10) 4 6 6 (5715, 4), (5276, 5), (5105, 6), (4810, 7), (4652, 8), (4641, 9) 5 2 2 (5432, 10), (6607, 9) mathematics 366 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 مجموع أوقات اإلتمام مع أعظم عمل تأخير فراس شاكر فندي و صالح عبد الرزاقطارق قسم الرياضيات، كلية العلوم، الجامعة المستنصرية. للعلوم الصرفة، جامعة األنبار قسم الرياضيات، كلية التربية 2012نيسان 22قبل البحث: 2012نيسان 1استلم البحث في: الخالصة هذا البحث المسألة لجدولة الوظائف على الماكنة الواحدة للمعايير المتنوعة درست المسألة لتصغير مجموع في من الوظائف المستقلة التي يمكن جدولتها على ماكنة واحدة والتي nمع أعظم عمل تأخير. المجموعة أوقات اإلتمام وصاعدا ولذلك ال يمكن ان تعالج اكثر من وظيفة واحد في وقت واحد. الوظيفة 0تتطلب معالجة باستمرار من الوقت صفر i تتطلب وقت معالجة موجب معطى مستمر pi الموعد المثالي إلكمال الوظيفة ،di . معايرها فوءة في حالة المسائل التيلمسائل جدولة المعايير الثنائية ، بعض الخوارزميات اقترحت إليجاد الحلول الك ، فقد اقترحنا خوارزميات عامة إلعطاء الحلول الكفوءة ضمن المدى ايضالمسائل المعايير المتعددة و. متساوية األهمية الكفوء. الجدولة، المعايير المتعددة، الماكنة الواحدة، المعايير الثنائية. -الكلمات المفتاحية: | لوم حياةع 218 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 وصف نوع جديد من قفاز األوراق يعود للجنس )assuita lindberg; 1969 (hemiptera: cicadellidae في العراق حسن سعيد األسدي رواء جعفر حميد القيسي / جامعة بغداد)ابن الھيثم (الصرفةقسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم 2015/كانون الثاني /15، قبل البحث في : 2014/تشرين االول/ 29استلم البحث في : الخالصة ، assuita lindberg; 1969تقدم ھذه الدراسة وصفاً تفصيلياً لنوع جديد من قفاز األوراق يعود لجنس وصوراً لصفات المظھر الخارجي ونماذج التبقع على كل من الھامة وتضمنت الدراسة وصفاً تفصيلياً واشكاالً توضيحية والرأس والصدرين االمامي والوسطي وشكل القاعدة البطنية الذكرية والسوءة الذكرية التي تتضمن القضيب، والرابط، والصفيحة التناسلية، والقلم التناسلي. agalliinaeمتشابھة االجنحة، وقفازات األوراق، وعويلة الكلمات المفتاحية: | لوم حياةع 219 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة ] التي تعود الى عائلة agalliinae kirkaldy; 1907 ]1الى عويلة assuita lindberg; 1969يعود جنس ] وھي من أكثر العائالت تشعباً، وتختلف احجام افرادھا ما بين cicadellidae (leafhopper) ]2 ،3قفاز االوراق mm 4 -15 ]2 وتتراوح الوانھا ما بين األحمر، واألصفر، والبني والمبقع، ويستطيع افرادھا القفز والطيران وكذلك ،[ جيرات وكذلك نباتات الزينة الوثب. ولھا دور اقتصادي مھم النھا تتغذى على العصير النباتي لسيقان واوراق األعشاب والش ] التي تضم agalliinae ]4عويلة، منھا عويلة 19مما تسبب إعاقة نمو تلك النباتات وحدوث تقزم لھا. وتضم ھذه العائلة نوع يمتاز افرادھا بالجسم االسطواني والرأس القصير والدرقة الضيقة والعيون البسيطة التي توجد في 600جنساً و 37 ]. ينتشر 5الحافة الجانبية للصدر االمامي قصير جداً، وكذلك يحتوي الجناح الخلفي على أربع خاليا قمية [الوجه عادة، و ].6افراد ھذه العويلة في بعض الدول مثل تونس، والمغرب، والصحراء الغربية، ومصر، والعراق [ المواد وطرائق العمل ، وتم الحصول على light trapوالمصيدة الضوئية sweeping netتم جمع النماذج باستعمال الشبكة الكانسة ، ثم حفظت داخل cm 1×1األنموذج من متحف التاريخ الطبيعي العراقي، إذ ألصق االنموذج على أوراق بيٍض قياس صندوق الحشرات، وسجلت المعلومات الخاصة باألنموذج من حيث موقع وتاريخ الجمع، ثم سجلت الصفات المظھرية ] وتصوير كلٍّ في الھامة، والوجه، والصدر االمامي، والجناح االمامي بواسطة كاميرا 7تم فصل اجراء الجسم [لألنموذج و digital وبقوى تكبير مختلفة للمجھر. ومن ثم رسم كلٌّ من الصدر الوسطي والجناح الخلفي بواسطة مجھر التشريح، اما لسھولة فصل اجزائھا، ثم وضعت السوءة في koh %10ي السوءة الذكرية فقد فصلت ووضعت في أنبوب اختبار يحو ]. 8ومن ثم في الكليسرين، ومن ثم فحصت بقوى تكبير المجھر المركب [ %70كحول النتائج ..assuita sp. novوصف النوع متوسط الى كبير الحجم، اللون العام اصفر باھت. مع بقع قھوائية داكنة او اغمق لوناً، الطول الكلي للذكور : bodyالجسم ).1(صورة mm 2-5واالناث يتراوح بين مستديرة وبارزة قليالً نحو االمام، ذات شريط بني داكن مع زوج من amصفراء باھتة الحافة االمامية : vertexالھامة غير واضح وحل csuر منتظمة على طرفيه وبقع نقطية داكنة غير منتظمة في الشكل والحجم، الدرز التاجي بقع داكنة غي plaمحله منطقة بيضاء متطاولة محاطة بشريط من بقع قھوائية غير منتظمة ممتدة بنحٍو متعرج. الزاوية الخلفية الجانبية قھوائية اللون ceمقوسة بقوة، العيون المركبة pmلخلفية مستديرة مع زوج من بقع قھوائية داكنة بيضوية الحافة ا ).2(صورة صفراء باھتة مع زوج من بقع بھيئة شريطين متعرجين منفرجين يصالن fcاصفر باھت الدرقة الجبھية : faceالوجه عرج قليالً بلون بني واضح ومت epsالى العيون المركبة، وكذلك توجد بقعة داكنة اللون اشبه بالفراشة، الدرز فوق الفمي متطاولة وذات acمتطاول ويتضيق ممتداً باتجاه الخرطوم. الدرقة االمامية gمتطاولة، الخد loداكن، الصفيحة الفكية ).3حافة خلفية بارزة قليالً عند االمام (صورة اللون يصالن قرب اصفر باھت، الحافة االمامية مستديرة مع شريطين متوازيين بنيي: pronotumالظھر االمامي التي ھي ذات نصفين، النصف العلوي محدب ونصفه السفلي مقطوع ومائل، على جانبيه lmمنتصف الحافة الجانبية مقروضة قليالً pmعالمات بھيئة بقع او اشرطة متفرقة غير منتظمة الشكل، ومتباينة في كثافة لونھا البني، الحافة الخلفية ).4زوج مع لون اصفر باھت عند ثلثه األخير (صورة كما توجد ھالة بلون ابيض مم ذو عدة بقع غير stبنية داكنة القمة بارزة قليالً نحو االمام، الدرع psمقدمة الدرع :mesonotumالظھر الوسطي منتظمة، زوج منھا بھيئة شريط متعرج، وزوج اخر دائري بني داكن مع بقعة في المنتصف اشبه بالحشائش، الدرز واضح ومحدب مع زوجين من بقع دائرية قھوائية فاتح، الزاوية الجانبية للدرع بارزة قليالً نحو الجانب، slsuعي الدري ).5متطاول ذو نھاية حادة قليالً (صورة .slالدريع ، ال اصفر باھت تمتد العروق الطولية والمستعرضة لتكون عدداً من الخاليا قھوائية اللون :fore wingالجناح االمامي ولكن تنتشر عليه بقع قھوائية غير منتظمة الشكل والحجم مرتبة بصورة clيوجد عرق مستعرض في منطقة الصولجان iacيصل الى الخلية القمية الداخلية ccsuصفوف طولية، العروق الشرجية مستقيمة، الدرز الصولجاني الجليدي قصيرة واصغر eac، الخلية القمية الخارجية macالتي ھي اكبر الخاليا، الخلية القمية الوسطية متطاولة المتطاولة يصل الى قاعدة rمتطاولة، وجميع ھذه الخاليا ذات قمم مقطوعة ومائلة. العرق cacالخاليا، الخلية القمية الضلعية ).6الجناح (صورة شبه بالشكل المربع مع بعض العروق قھوائية اللون عند القمة، حافته الضلعية شفاف قصير ا: hind wingالجناح الخلفي يتحدان بعرق مستعرض ليتصال بنقطتين بالعرق scو rمتعرجة قليالً ومنحنية قرب قاعدة الجناح، قمته مستديرة، العرقان | لوم حياةع 220 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 مستقيم وقصير، يوجد انبعاجان 2aطويل ومقوس قليالً باتجاه الحافة الخارجية، والعرق 1a. العرق .p.vالمحيطي ).1يمثالن حدود طيات الجناح، شكل ( 1fa ،2faشرجيان male genitaliaالسوءة الذكرية الشكل العام اشبه بالملعقة داخل كأس، القمة متطاولة وذات حافة مقعرة، تحوي صفين من االشواك : aedeagusالقضيب ).2زوج من بروزات جانبية متماثلة (شكل المنتظمة على جانبيھا، القاعدة مستديرة ذات ).3تركيب متطاول، قمته ضيقة، قاعدته اعرض، وكالھما متعرجان (شكل : connectiveالرابط قمته طويلة ومستديرة النھاية وتحوي زوجين من االشواك نحيفين متماثلين بالطول، :genital style القلم التناسلي ).4الحافة الداخلية مائلة، الحافة الخارجية متعرجة، قاعدته مستدقة ومحاط بغشاء (شكل طورة الى متطاولة ذات ثالث قمم تحوي القمة على اثار قواعد الشواك. القاعدة مش: genital plateالصفيحة التناسلية ).5جزأين غير متماثلين الحافة الداخلية مائلة، الحافة الخارجية متعرجة، السطح الظھري يحوي عدة اشواك متفرقة (شكل )6(شكل male basal abdominalالقاعدة البطنية الذكرية لكنه يختلف عنه بـ: .assuita salina sp. novھذا النوع قريب الشبه مع النوع مته متطاولة وحافتھا مستديرة وخالية من االشواك، قاعدته مستقيمة مع زوج من البروزات الجانبية المتماثلة.القضيب ق -1 الرابط متطاول قمته مستدقة وقاعدته مشطورة الى نصفين متماثلين. -2 دته مائلة مقطوعة.القلم التناسلي متطاول، ومنحني قمته طويلة وحادة النھاية اشبه بالمخلب خاٍل من االشواك، قاع -3 الصفيحة التناسلية متطاولة منھا مدببة قليالً وقاعدتھا ضيقة. -4 1 ♂النماذج المدروسة: ذكر واحد الموقع: الجادرية العائل النباتي: الحشائش والشجيرات 1998التاريخ: نيسان المصادر 1-virktamath, c. a. & gincalves, a. c. (2013). review of madagascaran agalliini (hemiptera: cicadellidae): megophthalmina with description of a new genus and species. zootax., 3676: (1-27). 2-de jong, y. s. d. m. (2012). fauna europaea biolib as assinta salina lindberg, 1954. (http://www.faunae.eur.org): 1p. 3hanilton, k. g. a. & whitcomb, r. f. (2010). leafhopper (homoptera: cicadellidae): a major family adapted to grassland habitats. in arthropoda of canaclian grassland 1: 169-197. 4-chris, t.; russell, f. & mizell, i. (2004). common name sharpshooter scientific name (insect: hemiptera: auchenorrhyrcha: cicadellidae). university of florida. tntomol. & nematol., cicadellidae publication number: eeny 334 hast revssion: 2012. 5-dietrich, c. h. (2000). guide the sub family of leafhopper cicadellidae center for biodiversity, iii ionis natural history survery florida. entomology, 88: 502-577. last revision (2006). 6-nast, j. (1972). palaevaetic auchenorrhyncha (homoptera). anannotate checklist. warsawa: polish. sci. pub. home page update 2003. 7-huli & zhongl, z. i. (2012). anew genus and species of agalliini from china (hemiptera, cicadellidae), megophthal (minae). institute of entomology, guizhou. university, the provincial key laboratory for agriculthuars pest management of mountainous region, guiyana. zootax. 3582: 1. 8-cotanach, a. (2002-2009). asurvey of leafhopper (homoptera: cicadellidae) on dominica, wi. ann. entomol. soc. am., 00(0)000-000(0000): 7. 9-hakan, l. (1973). hemiptera insularumcanariesium systemakik, ökologie and verbrbreitungder kanarischen heteroptera and cicadellinae. societasscent larum fenucia comnewtationes biologicae xiv.1 zoologischen musum. universitat helsing fors: 200-202. | لوم حياةع 221 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ). x10× 1.5(): ذكر 1صورة ( ). 1.5 ×x10( vertex): الھامة 2(رقم صورة .) 1.5 ×x10( face): الوجه 3( رقم صورة anterior margin حافة امامية ocelli عين بسيطة compound eye عين مركبة posterior lateral angle زاوية خلفية جانبية spot بقعة posterior margin حافة خلفية frontoclypeus درقة جبھية ocelli عين بسيطة spot بقعة compound eye عين مركبة gena خد epistomal suture درز فوق فمي lorum صحيفة فكية ة ا اال قة ال | لوم حياةع 222 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ). 1.5 ×x10( pronotum): الظھر االمامي 4(رقم صورة ). 1.5 ×x10( mesonotum): الظھر الوسطي 5(رقم صورة anterior margin حافة امامية spot بقعة lateral margin جانبيةحافة posterior margin حافة ة لف prescutum مقدم الدرع scutum الدرع spot بقعة scutum حافة جانبية scutellar suture الدرز الدريعي scutellum الدريع | لوم حياةع 223 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 .) 1.5 ×x10( fore wing): الجناح االمامي 6( رقم صورة .hind wing): جناح خلفي 1( رقم شكل sub costal vein العرق تحت الضلعي radial vein عرق شعاعي corium الجليد medial cellعرق وسطي cubital vein عرق زندي corio‐caval suture الدرز الجليدي الصولجاني anal vein عرق شرجي sub costal vein العرق تحت الضلعي external apical cell خلية قمية خارجية medial apical cell خلية قمية وسطية internal apical cell خلية قمية داخلية sub costal vein العرق تحت الضلعي radial vein عرق شعاعي medial vein عرق وسطي first cubital vein عرق زندي اول second cubital vein عرق زندي ثاني first anal fold طية شرجية أولى first anal vein عرق شرجي اول second anal vein عرق شرجي ثاني second anal fold طية شرجية ثانية | لوم حياةع 224 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 spines (s)اشواك | لوم حياةع 225 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 male basal abdominal): القاعدة البطنية الذكرية 6(رقم شكل | لوم حياةع 226 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 a description of a new species of leafhopper genus assuita lindberg; 1969 (hemoptera: cicadellidae: agalliinae) from iraq hassan s. al-asady rawa' j. h. al-kiasy dept. of biology /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :29/ october /2014 , accpted in: 18/janury /2015 abstract the present study introduces description of a new species of leafhopper of genus assuita lindberg; 1969. this study includes external morphological characters and the spotting patterns and photos of vertex face pronotum, mesonotum, fore wing, hind wing and the shape of male abdominal abodeme, also aedeagus, connective, genital style and genital plate. key words: homoptera, cicadellidae, agalliinae. microsoft word 302-308 302 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 نمو وحاصل نبات الماش في npkznسمادتاثير اضافة (vigna radiatia l.) علية حسين لفتة / جامعة بغداد )ابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحياة 26/4/2015في : البحث قبل، 2015اذار//2في : البحث استلم خالصةال قسم علوم الحديقة النباتية التابعة لفي 2014-2013باستعمال االصص الفخارية لموسم النمو تجربةالاجريت ، 0.2) %وبالمستويات npkzn )1 -15-15-15سماداضافة تأثيرابن الھيثم لمعرفة /الحياة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة في بعض صفات ) فضال عن معاملة السيطرة1ھكغم.ؐ 240، 120، 80على اساس (كيلوغرام تربة 5غرام لكل .0.6و 0.4 والوزن الجاف وطول الجذر . اظھرت النتائج زيادة معنوية في ارتفاع النبات وعدد االوراق لنمو والحاصل لنبات الماشا ودليل بذرة 100البيولوجي والحاصل االقتصادي ووزن والحاصل ومعدل النمو المطلق وكفاءة المعاملةوعدد القرنات . الحصاد مقارنة بنباتات السيطرة .، الحاصل البايولوجيnpkzn، سماد نبات الماش:الكلمات المفتاحية 303 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة ومنھا اسيا وافريقيا ھي الموطن االساسي له دالمحاصيل البقلية الغذائية وتعمن vigna radiatiaيعد الماش ، وھو من المحاصيل الصديقة للبيئة وله دور كبير في االنتاج الزراعي المستدام وذلك لدوره االخرى دول العالم انتشر الى لمنتجة له . يستعمل الماش في اغلب البلدان ا]1[ الكبير في تثبيت النتروجين في التربة لوجود العقد البكتيرية في جذوره بروتين، %26تحتوي حبوب الماش على كغذاءلالنسان بالدرجة االولى وتؤكل البذور مطبوخة ويدخل في عمل الحساء، من الثايمين والرايبوفالفين كاربوھيدرات.ويحتوي على محتوى عال % 6560الياف ، % 4.53.5زيت % 1-1.5 وھو من اكثر البقوليات الھامة في المناطق االستوائية وشبة االستوائية. ]4، 3، 1[ امھم اغذائيامصدر دعلذا ي cوفيتامين مو قصيرة ويزرع لعدة ن بمدةعراق في مناطق عديدة ويتميز ھو من المحاصيل البقولية الصيفية التي تزرع في ال] و5[ ]. 7، 6[ةكعلف اخضر للحيوان وسماد اخضر لتحسين خواص الترب عملالبشري يستفضال عن االستھالك اغراض )symbiosisان للماش اھمية في الحفاظ على خصوبة التربة من خالل تزويدھا بالنتروجين بعملية التكافل( اطةبة به التي يحصل عليھا النبات بوستعتمد النباتات في غذائھا بشكل اساسي على التربة المدادھا بالماء والمواد المذا]8[ غذائية التسميد من العوامل المؤثره في زيادة انتاج المحاصيل الزراعية. والتسميد ھو تزويد التربة بالعناصر ال دالجذور، ويع في التغذية المعدنية لما لھا من دور لبوتاسيوم والزنكوا نتروجين والفسفور. يحتاج النبات عناصرالالضرورية للنبات . ] 9صر الى النبات اما عن طريق تسميد التربة او التغذية الورقية [وتضاف ھذه العنا. فسسلجي مھم في حياة النبات ، تعد للنبات في التربة اقل من المستوى المطلوب للعوائد االقتصادية المثلى اتالمغذي حينما تكون يةئاالسمدة الكيميا تستعمل العراقية بان تھا وتتميز معظم التربالمحاصيل التي تنعكس على انتاجيذية غتية من االسمدة المھمة في ئاالسمدة الكيما ].10جاھزية العناصر ال سيما العناصر الصغرى قليلة التسد احتياجات النبات [ عدد من فيمھم البروتين والحمض النووي وھو جزء في تكوين اوضروري ااساسي االنتروجين مكونيعد نمو والتكاثر في لفي العمليات االيضية وا امھم ادور ؤديلكلوروفيل وبعض الفيتامينات ويالمركبات العضوية مثل ا يدخل في تركيب القواعد النتروجينية مثل البرميدين والببيورين التي بدورھا تدخل في تركيب االحماض النووية النبات، rna,dna، اما الفسفور فھو مكون ]2[توقف نمو النبات بسبب نقص محتوى البروتينونقصه يسبب اصفرار االوراق . ويدخل في تركيب جدار ،.dna, atpيدخل في بناء المركباتوالدھون الفوسفاتية واساسي ومھم للحامض النووي نقص الفسفور المسؤول عن بناء الكلوروفيل ، synthetaseللفسفور دور مھم في تنشيط انزيمات عديدة كانزيم،الخلية ضروري هللمركبات العضوية في الخلية ولكن امھم افقط مكون دالبوتاسيوم اليع . ]16[ سقوط مبكر لالوراقالى يؤدي ، منشط لعديد من االنزيمات التي تشارك في ويساھم في عملية غلق وفتح الثغور،الضوئيواساسي لعملية التنفس والبناء اجه االثار السامة للعناصر المعدنية يو]،2ودوره في عملية التوازن الھرموني [ kinasesوانزيمات الطاقة ،ينبناء البروت والتقزم ،يتوقف نمو النباته يؤدي الى حدوث ترقط في االوراقاالخرى عن طريق الحفاظ على التوازن االيوني، نقص ].16[ وقصور واضح في السالميات وخفض مكونات الحاصل ) indole acetic acide( iaaالھرمون) الذي يتكون منه tryptophaneالزنك يدخل في تكوين الحامض االميني ( اول . يل الورقةفي عدة نشاطات منھا تطور الجنين وتشك امھم ادور ذ يؤدينات التي تنتجه النباتات إوھو من اھم الھرمو فسيولوجي للھرمون ھو التحفيز على استطالة الخاليا وذلك بسبب زيادة المواد االزموزية للخاليا والحد من ضغط تأثير خصاب في وكذلك يدخل في عملية تكوين الكلوروفيل ويؤثر في عملية اال] 16ه [ خلية وزيادة نفاذية الخلية للميالجدار ا rosحيث يعمل على قنص الجذور الحرة anti-oxidative.يعد الزنك حاليا من مضادات االكسدة ]19[ النبات تاج االنظمة الدفاعية في والبروتين عن طريق زيادة ان dna،ي تھاجم االغشية الخلوية والنواةالمتكونة في النباتات الت ال في نمو النبات لما يقوم لغذائية الصغرى فان نقصه يسبب خلعلى الرغم من تصنيف الزنك ضمن العناصر ا]. 20[الخلية كما يؤثر الزنك نباتية.وطبيعتھا داخل الخلية ال به من دور مھم في تحفيزالنظام االنزيمي كتكوين البروتينات وتغير تركيبھا ثباتية الرايبوسوم وان نقص الزنك يسبب النخر. لذلك فيو ( ribonucleic acid) تكوين حامض الرايبونيوكليك في فاف او . شدة نقص الزنك ممكن ان تؤدي الى الج]17، 12[ العنصر في التربة ا اضافة الزنك ضروري لجاھزية ھذ . نقص الزنك يظھر على النموات الحديثة باصفرار بين العروق وصغر حجم االوراق ]18[ االتيبس في خاليا النبات ]. 16[ على الحمضيات اطراف االغصان وظھور بقع زيتية ، موتطاولھا، قصر السالميات بين العقدوت كانت ھذه والذي أدخل حديثا في العراق السيما على المحاصيل البقولية npkznولقلة الدراسات حول استعمال سماد الدراسة والتي تھدف الى معرفة تاثير اضافة ھذا السماد الى التربة في بعض صفات النمو والحاصل لنبات الماش وتحديد المستوى السمادي االنسب ذات التاثير االيجابي في الصفات المدروسة. 304 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 طرائق العمل ذ جلبت التربة من الحديقة النباتية العائدة إكغم تربة لكل أصيص 5وضعت االصص نفذت التجربة باستعمال ، 0.2 (لقسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /ابن الھيثم/ جامعة بغدادوخلط السماد مع التربة بالمستويات اآلتية . فضال عن مقارنة السيطرة 1-ھ) كغم. 240، 120، 80وحسبت ھذه الكميات على اساس ( 1-)غم . أصيص 0.6، 0.4 . 4×3وبثالث مكررات كتجربة عاملية crdوصممت التجربة وفق التصميم التام التعشية االنبات ثم بعد حدوث 2014-5 -9 تاريخ بنية بذور لكل اصيصور الماش في ھذه االصص بواقع ثمازرعت بذ االدغال لحين عملية الحصاد.اخذت وتم متابعة التجربة من عمليات ري وأزالة خمسة نباتات لكل معاملة. الىتم خف النبات يوما من 35(لنباتين فقط)كموعد اول وبعد 14/6/2014عينات نباتية لكامل النبات (جزء الخضري مع الجذر)بتاريخ كموعد ثاني. 17/8/2014الزراعة. وتم حصاد النباتات الباقية (ثالث نباتات) بتاريخ االتية دراسة الصفات تم مدرجة لعينات الموعد االولمسطرة استعمال نبات بارتفاع المجموع الخضري لل : تم قياس ارتفاع النبات (سم) -1 لنباتات الموعد االول عدد االوراق -2 طول الجذر(سم) : بعد فصل الجزء الخضري عن الجذور وبعد تنظيف الجذور تم القياس بوساطة مسطرة مدرجة -3 الغرفة لعدة أيام لحين الجفاف التام حتى ثبات الوزن ثم اخذ الوزن الوزن الجاف : جففت النباتات في درجة حرارة -4 الجاف بوساطة الميزان الحساس =]: 14وحسب المعادلة االتية [ 1-غم وزن جاف . يوم absolute growth rate (agr)معدل النمو المطلق -5 2t – 1/ t 2w – 1w agr = حيث ان 1w 1= الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري عند الموعدd 2w 2= الوزن الجاف للجزء الخضري عند الحصادd 1t= زمن الموعد االول مقاسا باليوم 2t الثاني مقاسا باليوم= زمن الموعد ]: 13[ كفاءة المعاملة %: حسبت بالمعادلة االتية -6 100 ×الوزن الجاف لنبات السيطرة / الوزن الجاف لنبات السيطرة –كفاءة المعاملة % = الوزن الجاف للنبات المعامل مكونات الحاصل : – 7 : تم حسابھا لثالثة نباتات وأخذ المتوسطعدد القرنات -أ ). اء الخضرية + البذورالحاصل البايولوجي (غم ) : الوزن الجاف للنبات ويشمل ( االجز–ب الحاصل االقتصادي : تم الحصول على البذور من خالل فرك القرنات واستخراج البذور منھا ومن ثم اخذ ج االوزان لھا حسب المعامالت بذرة(غم) 100وزن -د . 100 ×الحاصل االقتصادي ]21بيق القانون االتي وفقا ل[: تم حسابه بتطدليل الحصاد% -ھ يالحاصل البايولوج تم قياس التغيرات التي حصلت في صفات النمو التي شملت ارتفاع النبات وعدد االوراق وطول الجذر بذرة ودليل الحصاد ومعدل 100والوزن الجاف وعدد القرنات والحاصل البايولوجي والحاصل االقتصادي ووزن ] 22[ لفقا ) و sas )2014النمو المطلق وكفاءة المعاملة باستعمال التحليل االحصائي النتائج والمناقشة 0.6و 0.4عند المستوى نبات لنبات الماش ) ان ھناك زيادة معنوية في صفة ارتفاع ال1تشير نتائج جدول ( بنبات السيطرة . وتشير نتائج على الترتيب مقارنة %72.4، %93.1 ، بنسبة مقدارھاnpk znسماد غم.اصيص من ، %40، %50عند مستويات السماد الثالثة وبنسبة زيادة ھي عدد األوراق فيمعنوية على ان ھناك فروق نفسه الجدول %67.9وق معنوية واضحة وبزيادة مقدارھا على الترتيب، اما بالنسبة لطول الجذر فأن النتائج تشير ان ھناك فر 50% d1يخص الوزن الجاف للموعد األول ، كذلك تشير نتائج الجدول فيما مقارنة بنبات السيطرة لمستوى السماد الثاني فقط مقارنة بنبات السيطرة. ، %29.6 ھيزيادة فقط عند المستوى الثاني من السماد وبنسبة معنوية الى وجود فروق وعند مستويات السماد المضافة اذ ازدادت ھذه معدل النمو المطلق في ةق معنويوفر وجود) 2تظھر نتائج جدول ( كفاءة أما . وھي عدم التسميد السيطرة بمعاملة مقارنة وعلى الترتيب) % 67.7، 53.8، 31.9الصفة بنسبة زيادة ھي ( ة في ھذه الصفة بين مستويات النبات الثالثة اذ كانت نسبة الزيادة لھذه معنوي ظھرت النتائج وجود فروقلة فقد االمعام 305 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 )% مقارنة بمستوى السماد االول علما بان معاملة 115.0، 74.0الصفة عند المستويين الثاني والثالث من السماد ھي ( السيطرة وھي عدم التسميد لم تعط اية نتائج تذكر. عند المستوى االول وية عدد القرنات فقد زادت بصورة معنمعنوية في ) بأن ھناك فروق 3ل(تظھر نتائج الجدو طرة اما المعاملة الثالثةفلم تعطِ على التوالي مقارنة بنبات السي %129.8، %49.9وكانت نسبة الزيادة والثاني من السماد ناتج من القرنات على االطالق. اما عند مقارنة الحاصل البيولوجي فقد اظھرت نتائج الجدول بان ھناك فرق معنوي فقط معامالت فلم تظھر فروقات مقارنة بنبات السيطرة. وعند مقارنة واما بقية ال %9.8وبنسبة ستوى الثاني من السمادعند الم . وفيما يخص وزن %32.9وبنسبة فقط عند مستوى السماد الثانيية الحاصل االقتصادي فقد اظھرت النتائج فروقا معنو كذلك .ات السيطرةمقارنة بنب %66.6اظھرت نتائج الجدول فرقا معنويا لمستوى التسميد االول والثاني وبنسبة رة بذ 100 لمستوى السماد الثاني %5 21.0) وجود فرق معنوي في صفة دليل الحصاد فقد ازدادت بنسبة 3اظھرت نتائج جدول ( مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. ذ ان إ) تعود الى استعمال السماد 3و2و1ان الزيادات المعنوية في معدل الصفات المدروسة في الجداول ( وجودة في السماد اثرت تاثير ايجابي في الصفات المورفولوجية لنبات الماش. أذ أن النتروجين العناصر الغذائية الم والفسفور تدخل في تركيب عدد من المركبات العضوية المھمة في العمليات الحيوية داخل النبات اذ تدخل في تركيب ال التي تحدث في عملية البناء االضوئي. التي لھا دور مھم في عملية االكسدة واالختز rnaو dna االحماض النووية ]، لذلك 2اما البوتاسيوم له دور مھم في بناء البروتينات. اما الزنك فانه ينشط ھورمونات النمو وينشط انزيمات االكسدة [ لماش فان زيادة جاھزية العناصر اعاله في وسط النمو وامتصاصھا من قبل النبات ينعكس على زيادة نمو وانتاجية نبات ا وھذا اوضحته نتائج الجداول السابقة. كيلوغرام 5غرام لكل 0.4الى التربة وبنسبة npk znمما سبق نستنتج ان اضافة السماد الكيمياوي المركب والحاصل لنبات الماش. مورفولوجيةالصفات التربة يعمل على تحسين المصادر 1nivmala,s. ; bhat, k. v,; rajk, s. and pawank. j,( 2013).identification of salt resistant wild relatives of mungbean (vignaradiata(l.)wilczek).pelagia research library. asian journal of plant science and research, 2013, 3(5):41-49. available online atwww.pelagiaresearchlibrary.com .issn : 2249-7412, coden (usa): ajpsky alliumفي تحمل نبات البصل npkzn). دور حامض السالسليك وسماد 2015الحديثي، مي سعدي فاضل. ( -2 cepa l بغداد،العراق.لالجھاد الملحي. رسالة ماجستير. كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة،ابن الھيثم،جامعة مع التربة lemna minor. اثر اضافة عدس الماء )2012(عبد العزيز حسن ةبثينالمكدمي، وفاق امجد والقيسي، -3 العالمي الرابع .وقائع المؤتمرvigna radiateفي دليل االنقسام الخيطي لقمة جذير بادرات نبات الماش ).171 – 166( : 2012، الجزء الرابع ايار المستنصرية، الجامعة ساسية، كلية التربية االعشر عدس الماء ومنقوع مستخلص . اثر مزج)2011؛ حسن،بثينة عبد العزي و عبد الحافظ،زينة طه.(وفاق امجدالقيسي، -4 877(): 72(سية، ملحق العدد الشاي االسود مع التربة في نمو وحاصل نبات الماش .مجلة كلية التربية االسا 881 .( 5 -abdul karim, hiroshi, f., and tetsushi, h. (2003). photosynthetic performance of vignaradiatia l. leaves developed different temperature and irradiance levels. plant science 164(2003) 451-458. available online at www.sciencedirect.com.japan international research center for agricultural sciences, okinawa subtropical station, 1091-1 meazato, ishigaki, okinama 907-0002, japan. received 14 november 2001; received in revised 6 november 2002; accepted 10 november 2002 ؤسسة دار الكتب للطباعة م ). محاصيل البقول. 1990( طالب احمد وحامد محمود جدعان ؛علي، حميد حلوب وعيسى-6 . 151 147 ،العراق: الموصل والنشر،جامعة ، مجلة التربية والعلم. vigna radiateمن كالس سيقان بادرات الماش ). انتاج نباتات2011رشا فوزي(عبد الرزاق، -7 ، جامعة الموصل.التربية كلية .2012لسنة ،)1( 25 8 anwar, h. and rashed, f. m. (2010). asupply response of potato in bangladesh: a vector correction approach, j. appl. sci., 10(11):895-2010.issn1812-5654.o.96, 45 –العراقية ل السمسم. مجلة العلوم الزراعية رش الحديد والزنك في نمو وحاص تأثير. )2014عمار صادق( ،مھدي-9 )1 : (18 -25 . والرش بالحديد وحامض الجبرليك في نمو npk. تاثير السماد المركب )2009(جاسم ، نبيل و االسحاقياالمام، -10 -issn 1815)). 3( 37، . مجلة زراعة الرافدينميصنف سلي (.punicagarantuml)وحاصل الرمان 316x). 306 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المؤتمر الرابع . كفاءة ھيومات الزنك كمصدر للزنك في التربة الكلسية. )2009(، اكرم عبد اللطيفالحديثي-1 1 بحث conference on recent technologies inagriculture.th4للتكنلوجيا الزراعية الحديثة . ات في تربة كلسية في وسط ). امتزاز وترسيب الفوسف2000(دين شوقي واحمد، نزار يحيى نزھتالعلي، نور -12 .100-91): 2( 31عراقية،مجلة العلوم الزراعية الالعراق. 13-hunt, r. (1978). plant growth analysis studied in biology no 96, edward arnold(pupl) ltd london. 14razieh. k., mehdi,t. and jalal, j. (2012). growth characteristics of mung bean (vignaradiatia l.) affected by foliar application of urea and bio-organic fertilizers. international journal of agriculture and crop sciences. available online at www.ijagcs .com. ijacs/2012/4-10/637-642. issn 2227-670x ©2012 ijacs journal. 15-jain,v.k. (2000).fundamentals of plant physiology.s.chand and company ltd. (an iso 9001:2000 company). ram nagar, new delhi, 110055. 16-havlin, j. l,;beaton,j. d,; tisdale. s. l. and nelson, w. l.(1999).soil fertility and fertilizers, and introduction to nutrient management. prenticehall, inc. 17-anonymous,( 2004). uptake of mineral nutrients from foliar (factors related to spray solution). journal of fruit and ornamental plant research, 12:120-126. الذرة رقي بالزنك والحديد في نمو وحاصلالو ). تااثير التسميد2010حنين شرتوح (شوقي، فوزي محسن وعلي، -18 ،من الزنك والحديد. مجلة االنبار للعلوم الزراعيةومحتوى البذور واالوراق .sorghum bicolor lالبيضاء . iisu: 1992-7479. 2012) عدد خاص بالمؤتمر4( 8 19zago, m. p. andoteiza, p. i. (2001). the antioxidant properties of zinc. interactions with iron and antioxidants, free rad. biol. med., 31:266-274. 20donald, c. m. (1962).in search of yield. j. aust. inst. agric. sci; 28: 171-178. 21sas. (2004). sas/ stat. users guide for personal computers, release 902. sas, institute, cary, nc, usa. من االنبات.في بعض صفات النمو لنبات الماش بعد مرور شھر npk znسماد تأثير :)1(الجدول مستويات السماد )1(غم. أصيص المتوسط ارتفاع النبات (سم) الوزن الجاف (غم) (سم)طول الجذر عدد االوراق control( 10.63 3.33 17.67 0.743السيطرة ( كغم 5غم سماد لكل 0.2 تربة 13.33 5.00 23.67 0.790 كغم 5غم سماد لكل 0.4 تربة 20.53 4.67 29.67 0.963 كغم 5غم سماد لكل 0.6 تربة 18.33 5.00 20.00 0.916 lsd )0.05( 4.797 * 1.215 * 6.028 * 0.181 * 307 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لق وكفاءة المعاملة لنبات الماشطمعدل النمو المفي npk znسماد تأثير:) 2(الجدول مستويات السماد )1-أصيص 1(غم. معدل النمو المطلق 1-غم وزن جاف. يوم % كفاءة المعاملة control( 0.232السيطرة ( 29.40 0.306 كغم تربة 5غم سماد لكل 0.2 51.16 0.357 كغم تربة 5غم سماد لكل 0.4 63.21 0.389 كغم تربة 5غم سماد لكل 0.6 lsd (0.05) 0.022* 5.069 * نبات الماشمكونات الحاصل لفي بعض npk znسماد تأثير :)3(الجدول مستويات السماد )1(غم. أصيص عدد القرنات الحاصل البايولوجي (غم) الحاصل االقتصادي (غم) بذرة 100وزن (غم) دليل الحصاد % السيطرة )control( 6.67 33.00 19.29 3.00 31.62 5غم سماد لكل 0.2 كغم تربة 10.00 30.16 19.71 5.00 31.15 5غم سماد لكل 0.4 كغم تربة 15.33 67.00 25.65 5.00 38.28 5غم سماد لكل 0.6 تربةكغم 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 lsd )0.05 ( 2.606 * 5.156 * 0.998 * 0.564 * 3.522 * 308 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 effect of adding npkzn fertilizer in growth and yield of (vigna raditia l.) aliya h. lafta dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :2/march/2015,accepted in :26/april/2015 abstract experiment was conducted using clay pots at botanical garden of department of biology/ college of education for pure science / ibn –alhaitham, university of baghdad during the growth season of (2013-2014).the experiment aimed to study the effect of npk zn fertilizer in (15-15-15-1)% with the levels 0.2, 0.4, 0.6 grams per five kilograms soil based on (80, 120, 240 kg per hectare)in some of morphological characters and yield of vigna radiatia. the results showed a significant increase in plant height, dry weight, biological yield, economic yield, weight of 100 seeds, harvest index, absolute growth rate (agr) were all increased and amount of output compared with control plants. key words: vigna radiatia, zinc, biological yield. microsoft word 1-9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   1           the impact of glucose and sodium chloride on the biofilm formation of pseudomonas aeruginosa & staphylococcus aureus           abstract the aim of this research is to evaluate the effect of glucose and sodium chloride on biofilm formation by bacteria causing wound infection. for this purpose, 1% and 2% concentration of each of glucose and sodium chloride were used to test the biofilm formation potential of staphylococcus aureus and pseudomonas aeruginosa, which were the most common abundant bacteria that cause infection by biofilm. each of the concentrations was kept in contact with the pathogenic bacteria for 24 hours. after the period of incubation, the concentration of 1% of glucose enhanced moderate biofilm formation capacity for (66% and 80%) on both bacteria respectively. the concentration of 2% glucose, on the other hand, led to a weak biofilm for 33% and 20% on both bacteria isolates respectively. in respect to the effect of sodium chloride, no isolate was able to form neither moderate nor strong biofilms. nonetheless, all isolates succeeded in forming weak biofilms at 2% sodium chloride, while treatment with a concentration of 1% sodium chloride led to inhibited biofilm formation for 43% of isolates. besides, pseudomonas aeruginosa isolates were able to form moderate biofilms in the presence of 1% concentration of glucose, and weak producers in the presence of 2% glucose concentration. the isolates succeeded in forming strong biofilms at both 1% and 2% sodium chloride. keywords: biofilms, wounds infections, bacteria. department of medical and biological, college of biotechnology al-nahrain university, baghdad, iraq. adelestabraq@yahoo.com  ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.4.2525 article history: received 15 march 2020, accepted 23 april 2020, published in october 2020 department of medical and biological, college of biotechnology al-nahrain university and alfarabi university college, baghdad, iraq  estabraq a. mahdi  abdulwahid b. al-shaibani  nedhaal s. zbar  department of medical and biological,college of biotechnology al-nahrain university, baghdad, iraq.  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   2   1. introduction bacterial biofilms are regarded as the major cause of chronic wound infections. their high resistance against antibiotic treatments makes their annihilation more challenging. the majority of chronic wound infections are a result of biofilms that seriously slows down the process of wound healing [1]. biofilm formation shows a protective style of growth that permits the microorganism to stay alive in various environments and capability of biofilm formation that is among the defense strategies of staphylococcus aurous. typical antibiotic treatments are generally impractical in eradicating bacteria that are embedded in biofilms, as the latter are naturally unsusceptible to the immune responses of a host [2]. biofilm construction is a secure adjusting type of thriving that allows bacteria not only to survive in inhospitable conditions like those of a human body but also to propagate and spread their requirements, which are facilitated by their molecular crosstalk known as quorum sensing (qs) [3]. the main inconsistency of chronic infections is their inscrutability, which are in most instances associated with biofilm formation, as the national institute of health in the usa estimates that biofilms are linked to 80% of all bacterial infection. the mechanisms of biofilm resistance to antimicrobial compounds include physical or chemical diffusion barriers to antimicrobial penetration into the biofilm. for example, ciprofloxacin binds to certain components of p. aeruginosa biofilm, thus, the biofilm acts as a barrier to antimicrobial agents [4]. dead remnants of neutrophils in addition to other immune cells found to act as a biological network that promotes the development of biofilms, and neutrophils within biofilms to produce various inflammatory intermediaries, which cause tissue injury. biofilm development is organized by the expression of polysaccharide intracellular adhesion molecule that facilitates cell to cell adhesion. the matrix of bacterial biofilm is made of different polymers such as polysaccharide, proteins, and extracellular dna (edna) .the formation of biofilms is a procedure that goes through multiple stages, the first of which is a provisional attachment to the surface. afterwards, the real attachment is induced by particular bacterial adhesions called microbial surface components, which recognize adhesive matrix molecules. then bacteria agglutinate and form extracellular polymeric substances during the step of accumulation [5]. this process of biofilm construction relies on various factors such as the properties and the nature of the carbon source, its concentration, ph, ionic strength, and temperature [6]. although researchers have attempted to refine the requirements needed for the construction of biofilms by staphylococcal and pseudomonas isolates, certain factors have yet to be sufficiently studied, including the ideal sugar and salt concentrations, and the richness of medium. some researchers have studied the impact on the biofilm phenotype by using glucose supplementation along with tryptone soy broth (tsb). while others have comprehensively elucidated sodium chloride (nacl) dependence of biofilms in s. aureus, but their quantitative analysis and classification, according to the parameters of biofilm formation, are not clear and cannot be repeated in every research laboratory. therefore, there is a desperate need for a simple and generally agreed-upon criterion for laboratory biofilm production by clinical isolates of s. aureus. as far as we are aware, investigators generally do not opt for a concentration of sugar and salt that is beyond 1% and do not conduct enough studies about how the features of s. aureus biofilms are affected by culture medium, fixation, elution, and the supplementation of various degrees of salt and sugar to a wider level of concentration [7]. on the aforementioned grounds, we aim in this study to establish a consensus method to attain the maximum possible in vitro biofilm construction using ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   3   clinical isolates from wound infection bacteria consuming the supplementations with the suitable concentration of glucose and sodium chloride. 2.materials and methods 2.1. clinical iolates and penotypic ientification swabs samples were taken from ninety surgical wounds of patients attending medical city hospital in baghdad, for the period from july to september 2018. the samples were taken by the attending physician of the hospital and collected using sterile sticks with cotton swabs in test tubes. every specimen streaked on nutrient agar, mannitol salt agar (msa), blood agar and macconky agar. then, after 24 hours of incubation at 37 °c, the isolates were identified according to the microscopic characterization, colony morphological features, and gram staining. various biochemical tests including the catalase, coagulase, oxidase and dnase test and others were carried out according to bergey’s manual [8]. 2.2. detection of biofilm in presence different concentration of glucose and sodium chloride biofilm formation was determined by microtiter plate method (mtp) [9], which is regarded as the standard and most frequently applied method in the investigation of biofilm synthesis disclosure. the microtiter plate method was applied to bacteria isolates by incubating overnight in nutrient broth at 37 °c. bacterial isolate suspension that was equal to the mcfarland turbidity standard no. 0.5 was inoculated in the nutrient broth separate sterile, polystyrene, flat-bottomed tissue culture static condition 96-well plate. the nutrient broth was supplemented with 1% and 2% concentrations of glucose and 1% and 2% concentrations of sodium chloride (nacl). subsequently, 200 µl of the inoculum was moved to the inspection wells of a sterile microtiter plate, which was related to an inoculum of approximately 5×106 cells per well. the lids covering each plate were supplied by the manufacturing company. ultimately, the inoculated assay plates were incubated overnight at 37 °c, where the negative control wells consisted of the sterile nutrient broth alone, and the positive control wells had both the nutrient broth along with bacterial cells without glucose or sodium chloride. each well was decanted and washed three times using phosphate-buffered saline (pbs) to remove any non-adherent bacteria. the washed plates were first incubated for a minimum period of one hour at 60 °c to stain fix adherent cells. the purpose of this step was to lessen the variability caused by the biofilm loss during the staining procedure. after the fixation, 200 µl of 0.1 % crystal violet (cv) dissolved in distilled water was introduced to every well at least 15min. for staining. afterwards, the reaction has been ended; phosphate-buffered saline was used repeatedly 3 to 4 times to wash. then every well was introduced with 200 µl of 95% ethanol for 10 minutes. the assays were all done in triplicates. the amount of crystal violet extracted by the ethanol in each well can be directly quantified spectrophotometrically by measuring the optical density (od) at 630 using an appropriate elisa reader [9]. table (1) displays the classifications depending on the values of optical density (od) that were obtained from various strains of staphylococcus and pseudomonas and were utilized for the sake of data simplification and calculation [10]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   4   table 1: bacterial adherence classification according to the method of microtiter plate mean od 630 nm biofilm construction adherence od ≤ odc non–adherent odc < od ≤ 2odc weakly adherent 2odc < od ≤ 4odc moderately adherent 4 odc < od strongly adherent 3. results and discussion 3.1.1. staphylococcus isolation and identification thirty isolates were isolated 90 samples of wound, which constitute 33% of the total number, were able to grew in mannitol salt agar, which is regarded as a selective and differential medium for the staphylococcus species. the colonies looked round, smooth, raised, mucous and glistening, which indicates that these isolates belong to the genus staphylococcus [11]. certain isolates had the capability of fermenting mannitol, generating splendid production, and forming vast golden colonies surrounded by broad yellow fields, causing the medium color to alter from pink to yellow [8]. this golden color feature of s. aureus was accounted for by the carotenoid pigment (staphyloxanthin) according to clauditz et al. [12]. the gold pigment is an eponymous feature of the human pathogen s. aureus that shield the microbe from oxidation-based clearance [13]. after subjecting the thirty isolates to gram staining, the microscopic examination showed that their cells appeared cocci mostly arranged in grapelike irregular clusters. the 30 isolates all gave a negative result to an oxidase test, which was carried out in order to distinguish genus staphylococcus from genus micrococcus that normally yields a positive response. in addition to that, the isolates all responded positively to the catalase test, which was performed to distinguish streptococcus species that typically respond negatively to the test, from staphylococcus species [14]. all mannitol fermenters were noticeably coagulase and dnase positive, and all s. aureus isolates provided positive responses to dnase and developed a beta hemolysis behavior on blood agar, as shown in table (2). table 2: morphology and biochemical of the staphylococcus aureus isolates staphylococcus aureus test gram-positive gram stain β-hemolysis blood agar medium yellow colony mannitol salt agar positive catalase negative oxidase positive coagulase positive deoxyribonuclease (dnase agar) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   5   3.1.2. pseudomonas isolation and identification a total number of 25 /90 isolates had the ability to grow on cetrimide agar plates and were suspected to belong to genus pseudomonas cetrimide agar which differentiated p. aeruginosa from other species of pseudomonas that could not grow on this medium. they were subject to further identification according to morphological characteristics and biochemical tests. colonies of each isolate placed on nutrient agar showed different morphological characteristics of pseudomonas species such as mucoidal growth, smooth shape with flat edges and elevated center, whitish or creamy color, fruity odor, and production of pyocyanin. on the other hand, colonies of pseudomonas aeruginosa that grew on macconky agar medium appeared pale in color and had irregular, oval, and large edges. on blood agar, pseudomonas aeruginosa was able to perform hemolysis completely, which was a reasonable result in comparison with results demonstrated by forbes et al. [15]. microscopic analysis of pseudomonas species revealed that the cells were bacilli; gram-negative; non-spore forming; and appeared single, in pairs, or short chains. these results were comparable to the reported morphological characteristics of pseudomonas aeruginosa and agreed with harley and prescott [16], which certified the identification. biochemical tests for pseudomonas sp. were also made and their results indicated in table (3) showed that these isolates gave a positive result for oxidase and catalase tests, which signified that they belonged o pseudomonas aeruginosa. table 3: morphological and biochemical characteristics of the pseudomonas aeruginosa isolates result test green on cetrimide agar colony color bacilli cell shape negative gram stain positive catalase positive oxidase positive growth on king a positive growth on king b positive growth on cetrimide positive citrate utilization negative growth at 4ºc in nutrient agar positive growth at 42ºc in nutrient agar the numbers and percentages of the microorganisms isolated from the patients ’wound infections were shown in table (4). these results were obtained according to the identification criteria mentioned for the bacterial isolates. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   6   table 4: numbers and percentages of bacteria isolated from the wound infection patients percentages of isolates number of isolates types of isolates 33.3 30 s. aureus 27.7 25 p. aeruginosa 38.8 35 other types 100 90 3.2. effect of glucose and sodium chloride on biofilm formation of the isolates this study showed a trend among the clinical isolates of p. aeruginosa and staph.aureus to form a biofilm. all s. aureus isolates were able to form a weak biofilm in a nutrient broth without any supplementation, while in the presence of 1% glucose biofilm formation capacity was enhanced by 66% for s. aureus isolates, as shown in table (5) and figure (1). it was noted in the results that glucose sugar, with a concentration of 1%, worked to increase the formation of the biofilm by 66%. while the concentration of 2% inhibited the formation of the biofilm by 16% and reduced the ability of isolates to the formation of the moderate biofilm by 33%. whereas it increased the ability to form a weak biofilm to 50% at a concentration of 1%, but the increase did not significantly effeteness. in respect to the effect of sodium chloride, it resulted by the inhibited the biofilm formation by 76% and 43% at a concentration of (1,2%). the results showed a decrease in the ability of the isolates formation of the weak biofilm to 23 and 56% for both concentrations respectively. collectively, results revealed that 1% glucose was significantly better than other glucose concentrations and nacl in improving biofilm formation by s. aureus isolates. glucose has been shown to induce the multicellular aggregation step of biofilm formation [17]. sugimoto et al. suggested that the treatment with a high concentration of nacl enabled them to detach and yield s. aureus biofilm matrices [18]. table 5: effect of glucose and nacl on a biofilm development by staphylococcus aurous after 24 hours of incubation number of s. aureus isolates (%) media use non biofilm weak biofilm moderate biofilm strong biofilm nb without enhancer 0 (0%) 30(100%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) nb + 1% glucose 0 (0%) 10(33%) 20 (66%) 0 (0%) nb + 2% glucose 5(16%) 15(50%) 10(33%) 0 (0%) nb + 1% nacl 23(76%) 7(23%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) nb + 2% nacl 13(43%) 17(56%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) nb; nutrient broth ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   7   figure 1: effect of glucose and nacl on the biofilm formation of s. aureus regarding to p.aeruginosa isolates, the results in table (6) and figure (2) revealed that glucose sugar, with a concentration of 1%, worked to increase the formation of the biofilm by 80%, while the concentration of 2% inhibited the formation of the biofilm by 20% and reduced the ability of isolates to the formation of the moderate biofilm by 20%, while it increased the ability to form a weak biofilm to 60% after it was 20% at a concentration of 1%, in respect to the effect of sodium chloride, it resulted in the strong biofilm formation by 80% and 100% at a concentration of (1,2%).the relative quantities of extracellular polysaccharide intracellular adhesion and teichoic acids relied on the selection of medium and other growth conditions. particularly the existence of sugars seemed to play an important role in the stimulation of this progression [19]. table 6: effect of glucose and sodium chloride on biofilm formation of pseudomonas aeruginosa after 24 hours of incubation number of p. aeruginosa isolates (%) media use non biofilm weak biofilm moderate biofilm strong biofilm nb without enhancer 0 (0%) 25(100%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) nb + 1% glucose 0 (0%) 5(20%) 20(80%) 0 (0%) nb + 2% glucose 5(20%) 15(60%) 5(20%) 0 (0%) nb + 1% nacl 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 5(20%) 20(80%) nb + 2% nacl 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 25(100%) nb; nutrient broth 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 2% glucose 1% glucose 2%nacl 1%nacl o p ti c a l d e n s it y glucose and nacl concentration test control ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   8   figure 2: effect of glucose and nacl on the biofilm formation of p.aeruginosa 4. conclusions supplementing media with 1% glucose led to enhance the biofilm forming capacity while sodium chloride caused inhibition and addition of glucose in concentration more than 1% caused inhibition in biofilm production. references 1. zhao, g.; usui, m.; lippman, s. ; james, g. ; stewart, p.; fleckman, p., et al. biofilms and inflammation in chronic wounds. adv. wound care .2013, 2, 389–399. 2. de rienzo, m.a.; banat i.m.; dolman, b.; winterburn , j. ; martin, p.j. sophorolipid biosurfactants: possible uses as antibacterial and antibiofilm agent. new biotechnol. 2015, 32, 6,720–726. 3. rutherford, s.t. ;bassler, b.l. bacterial quorum sensing: its role in virulence and possibilities for its control. cold spring harb perspectmed;2. 2012. pii: a012427. 4. römling, u. ; balsalobre, c. biofilm infections, their resilience to therapy and innovative treatment strategies. j intern med. 2012, 201;272:541-61. 5. wolcott, r.d.; rhoads, d.d. ;bennett, m.e..chronic wounds and the medical biofilm paradigm. j wound care. 2010,19,2, 45-50, 52-53. 6. croes, s.; deurenberg, r.h.; boumans, m.l.; beisser, p.s.; neef, c. ; stobberingh, e.e. staphylococcus aureus biofilm formation at the physiologic glucose concentration depends on the s. aureus lineage. bmc microbiol.2009,9,229. 7. boles, b.r. ; horswill, a.r. agr-mediated dispersal of staphylococcus aureus biofilms. plos pathog. 2008. 8. schleifer ,k. ; bell, j. a. staphylococcusea.in: bergey's manual of systematic bacteriology. parte, a. c., whitman, w. b., vos, p. de, g. m. garrity, dorothy jones, krieg, n. r., ludwig, w., rainey, f. a., schleifer k. ; whitman ,w. b. (eds) biological sciences building university of georgia athens, ga –usa. 2009, 392-420 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 2% glucose 1% glucose 2%nacl 1%nacl o p ti c a l d e n s it y glucose and nacl concentration test control ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   9   9. mathur, t., singhal, s., khan, s., upadhyay, d.j., fatma, t., rattan, a. detection of biofilm formation among the clinical isolates of staphylococci: an evaluation of three different screening methods. indian j. med. microbiol. 2006 , 24, 25-9. 10. atshan, s. s.; lung l.t. t.; ali a. m., shamsudin m. n.; hamat r. a.; ghaznavi-rad, e.; seng j. s. c.; sekawi, z.; karunanidhi a.; ghasemzadeh-moghaddam, h.; nathan, j.j., and pei c.p. prevalence of adhesion and regulation of biofilm-related genesin different clones of staphylococcus aureus. j. biomed. bioec. 2012. 11. benson, j.h. microbiological application, laboratory manual in general microbiology 8th ed. the mcgrath-hill companies, inc. 2002. 12. clauditz, a., resch, a., wieland, k.p., peschel, a. ; g ootz, f. 2006.staphyloxanthin plays a role in the fitness of staphylococcus aureus and its ability to cope with oxidative stress. infect. immun. 2012. 74,4950-4953. 13. liu, g.y. ; nizet, v. color me bad: microbial pigments as virulence factors. trends. microbiol. 2009,17,406-413. 14. schneewind, o.; missiakas, d. staphylococcus aureus and related staphylococci. in: goldman e. and green l. h.(ed) .(.practical handbook of microbiology). taylor and francis group, an informa business. 2009. 15. forbes , a., sahm, d. and wessfeld, a. diagnostic microbiology. 12th ed. elsevier. texas. 2007. 16. harley, j.p. ; prescott, l.m. laboratory exercises in microbiology. 7th ed. mcgrawhill higher education. new york. 2007. 17. lim, y.; jana, m.; luong, t.t. ; lee, c.y. control of glucoseand nacl-induced biofilm formation by rbf in staphylococcus aureus. j bacteriol. 2004,186,722-9. 18. sugimoto, s., iwamoto, t. , takada, k., okuda, k., tajima, a., iwase, t. ; mizunoe, y. staphylococcus epidermidis esp degrades specific proteins associated with staphylococcus aureus biofilm formation and host-pathogen interaction. j. bacteriol. 2013,195,1645–1655 19. fitzpatrick, f., h. humphreys, and j. p. o’gara. evidence for icaadbc-independent biofilm development mechanism in methicillinresistant staphylococcus aureus clinical isolates. j. clin. microbiol. 2005, 43,1973-1976. spectrophotometric determination of rantidine-hcl in pharmaceutical formulations ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 spectrophotometric determination of rantidine-hcl in pharmaceutical formulations a. s. hammodi department of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad abstract spectrophotometric methods were developed for the determination of rantidine-hcl in pharmaceutical tablets. these methods were based on the reaction of ddq and p-chloranil with rantidine-hcl, resulting in the formation of an orange-red and purple colored products which are quantified spectrophotometrically at 460 and 540nm in ddq and p-chloranil, respectively. a graph of absorbance versus concentration show that beer’s law is obeyed in a concentration ranges of 20-160 and (30-120)g/ml with molar absorptivities of 2.631 x 10 3 and 1.052 x 10 3 l .mol -1 -cm -1 for ddq and p-chloranil, respectively. the optimum conditions for color development are described and the proposed methods were applied satisfactory to pharmaceutical preparations. introduction rantidine, is chemically known as n-[2-{(5-dimethylamino) methyl]-2-furanyl}methylthioethyl)-n-methyl-2-nitro-1,1 ethane diamine, and it is used therapeutically to inhibite the action of histamine on the h2 receptors, so it is a histamine antagonist, reducing gastric acid and secretion under daytime and nocturnal basal condition. and also when it is stimulated by food, insulin, histamine or prostaglandin.(1) the drug is used for the short-term treatment of an active duodenal ulcer and a benign gastric ulcer, for the treatment of pathogenic gastrointestinal hypersecretory conditions and to provide a short-term symptomatic relief of gastroesophageal reflux(1). several types of analytical procedures have been proposed for the analysis of rantidine in pharmaceuticals formulations, these procedures include high-performance liquid chromatography (hplc)(2-4), polarography(5-7), potentiometric methods(8,9) and spectrophotometry(10-12). some of these procedures are not simple for routine analysis and required expensive or sophisticated instruments. this paper reports spectrophotometric methods for the assay of rantidine using 2,3dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone (ddq) and p-chloranil (p-cl) as chromogenic reagents. the proposed methods were applied successfully to the determination of rantidine-hcl either in a pure form or in pharmaceutical formulations, with agood accuracy and precision. experimental apparatus: a single beam uv-vis spectrophotometer from beckman scientific equipment model du-65 with 1cm glass cells were used for absorbance measurements. ph meter model pw-9421 from philips was used for all ph measurements. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 materials and reagents  all chemical which are used were of analytical reagent grade unless otherwise stated, rantidine-hcl standard powder was provided from the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi).  ddq (2x10 -2 m) solution is prepared by dissolving 0.4540gm in 100 ml of acetone by using a volumetric flask.  p-chloranil (2 x10 -3 m) solution is prepared by dissolving 0.0122gm in 25 ml of acetonitrile by using a volumetric flask.  rantidine-hcl.stock solution (500 mg.ml -1 ) it was prepared by dissolving 0.1 gm of rantidine – hcl in 20 ml distilled water, then the solution was rendered alkaline (ph=9.0) by a drop wise of 0.2n sodium hydroxide solution . the solution was quantitatively transferred into a 125-ml separating funnel and then the drug was extracted with 4x20 ml chloroform. the extract was washed with 20ml water, filtered through anhydrous sodium sulphate into a 200ml volumetric flask and made up to volume by using chloroform. recommended procedure 1-ddq method: into a series of 10 ml a calibrated flask transfers increasing volumes of rantidine-hcl (500g.ml -1 ) to cover the range of the calibration graph (20-160) g.ml -1 in a final volume of 10 ml, adding 2.0 ml distilled water rendered alkaline (ph=9.0) by adrop wise of 0.2n sodium hydroxide solution, then adding 1.5 ml of ddq solution, mixed well and dilute the solution to the mark with acetone and allow the reaction mixture to stand for 20 min at room temperature. the absorbance then was measured at 460 nm against reagent blank and prepared in the same manner except the addition of the drug. 2-p-chloranil: in to a series of 10 ml calibrated flask transfer, there is an increase of the volumes of rantidine-hcl (500g.ml -1 ) so as to cover the range of the calibration graph (30-120) g.ml -1 in a final volume of 10 ml, we added 2 ml of distilled water, alkaline is rendered ph=9.0) by a dropwise of 0.2n sodium hydroxide solution, then we added 1 ml of the p-chloranil solution, mix well and dilute the solution to the mark with acetonitrile and allow the reaction mixture to stand for 20 min at room temperature. the absorbance then is measured at 540 nm against a reagent blank prepared in the same manner except the addition of the drug. procedure for pharmaceutical tablets: twenty tablets were washed from the color coat by using distilled water, dried, weighed and finely powdered, then an accurately weighed quantity equivalent to the drug concentration is mentioned in the preparation of standard solution was dissolved in 20 ml distilled water, and quantitatively transferred into a 125 ml separating funnel and rendered alkaline (ph=9.0) by a drop wise of 0.1 n sodium hydroxide, then the solution was extracted with 4 x 20 ml chloroform. the extract was washed with 20ml water, filtered through anhydrous sodium sulphate into 200ml volumetric flask and made up to volume using chloroform. a suitable aliquot of the drug solutions was treated as described under the preparation of calibration graphs. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 results and discussion the reaction of rantidine-hcl with ddq results in the formation of an intense orange-red product which exhibit an absorption band maximum at 460 nm (fig 1). the band may be attributed to the formation of a ddq radical anion(13,14). the suggested mechanism for this reaction depends on the formation of an original donor-acceptor (da) complex through the interaction between tertiary amine (drug) as n-electron donor and ddq as acceptor. the dissociation of da complex was promoted by the high ionizing power of the solvent acetone which completes the electron transfer from the donor to the acceptor moiety that takes place. this is followed by the formation of the ddq radical anions as a predominant chromogen(15). on the other hand, the spectrum of p-chloranil solution in acetonitrile displayed a maximum absorption band at 480nm. mixing the solution of rantidine hcl with the solution of p-chloranil in acetonitrile resulted in the change of the yellow color of the p-chloranil to a purple chromogen that exhibits a strong absorption maximum at 540nm (fig 2). this band can be attributed to the formation of a charge-transfer complex between rantidine-hcl (n-donor) and p-chloranil (-acceptor) followed by the formation of p-chloranil radical anion(15,16). optimization conditions ph effect: the effect of ph on the development of the colored complexes upon the reaction of rantidine-hcl and ddq, p-chloranil is shown in fig (3). the ph of the solution was adjusted to the required value with few drops of 0.1m hcl or 0.1m naoh. maximum and constant absorbances were obtained at the ph= 9.0. the absorbance started to decrease at ph values above 9.0. therefore a ph of 9.0 was used in all the subsequent experimental work. effect of amount of acceptors: various volumes of ddq and p-chloranil were added to a fixed amount of a drug sutution, 1.5ml of 2 x 10 -2 m of ddq and 1 ml of 2x10 -3 m of p-chloranil were found enough to develop the color to it’s full intensity. effect of reaction time: the color intensity reached a maximum after the drug reaction with ddq or p-chloranil solution 20 min of at room temperature. therefore 20 min development time was selected as an optimum for both general procedures. the color obtained was stable for at least 2 hours for ddq and p-chloranil reactions with drug. calibration graph: employing the condition described under recommended procedure, linear calibration graphs for rantidine-hcl was obtained (fig 4,5), which show that beer’s law was obeyed in the concentration range (20-160) and (30-120)g.ml -1 rantidine-hcl for ddq and p-choranil reaction respectively. the molar absorptivities of orange-red and purple formed products were found to be 2.63 x10 3 and 1.05x10 3 l.mol -1 .cm -1 and the sandell sensitivities were found 0.133 and 0.333g.cm -2 for ddq and p-cloranil reaction respectively. structure of complexes: the stiochiometry of the reactions between rantidine-hcl and ddq and p-chloranil were studied by mole ratio method; the results obtained (fig 6 , 7) show that 1:1 rantidine-hcl to ddq and p-chloranil complex were formed at 460 and 540nm respectively. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 precision and accuracy: rantidine-hcl was determined at three different concentrations. the results are shown in (table 1). a satisfactory precisions and accuracies could be obtained with the proposed methods. analytical application: three types of drug containing rantidine-hcl were analysed and they gave good accuracies and precisions. (table 2) references 1.goodman, g.a.; goodman, l.s.; rall, t.w. and murad, f. (1985), the pharmacological basis of therapeutics, 7 th ed (mcmilan, new york). 2.ashiru, d.a.;patel, r. and basit, a.w. (2007) j. chromatogr b. analyt technol biomed life sci. nov 12. 3.zendeiovska ,d. and stafilov, t. (2003) j. pharm biomed anal sep 19(33(2)): 105-73. 4.ho, c.; huang, h.m and hsu, s.y. (1999) (drug dev ind pharm) mar; 25: 379-385. 5.richter, p. ;inestoral, m. and munoz-vargas, f. (1994)london 199: 1371-4. 6.liu kz, li yt and liu hl. (1992) 23: 187-190. 7.sankar, p.s. and reddy, s.j. (1988) indian j pharm sci.; 51: 263-4. 8.mistsana-papazoglou, a.; diamandis, ep. and hadjiioannou, tp. (1987) j pharm sci.; 76: 9.wu, q.; liu, k. and zhang, z. (1991) fenxi huaxue.; 19: 602-604. 10.amin, a.s. ahmed, i.s. dessoaki, h.a. and gouda, e.a. (2003) spectro chimica acta part a.; 59: 695-703. 11.belal, g.f. (2002) j assoc off anal chem.; 85: 1003-8. 12.hassan, e.m. and belal, f. j. pharm biomed anal; 27: 31-38. 13.abdel hamid, m.e.; abdel salam, m.; mahrous, m.s. and abdel khalek, m.m. (1985) tolanta. 36: 1002-1004. 14.ayad, m. m.; shaloby, a.a, and abdellatef, h.e.(1999) journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis.; 18: 975-983. 15.hisham, e. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis.; 17: 1267-1271. 16.fekria, m. (2000) farmaco. 55: 659-664. table (1): accuracy and precision of the proposed method. amount of rantidine-hcl taken (g/ml) recovery %* average recovery % r.s.d %* 30 98.60 1.61 45 100.20 99.73 0.54 60 100.40 1.03 *for five determination ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (2): the application of the proposed method for the determination of rantidine-hcl in pharmaceutical tablets: tablet sample w.t of rantidinehcl (mg) amount of rantidinehcl taken (mg) *recovery % r.s.d %* ranitidine (a) 150 25 35 99.23 99.01 1.11 1.74 rinatadine(b) 150 25 35 103.91 98.42 1.40 1.27 rantisam(c) 150 25 35 98.18 99.05 0.90 1.69 * for five determination. a: marked by zorka pharma (yugoslavia) b: marked by bal pharma ltd (india) c: marked by samara drug industries (iraq) b wavelength (nm) fig (1): absorption spectra of: a.40g/ml rantidine-hcl, 3x10 -3 m ddq at ph=9.0 against blank. b. 3x10 -3 m ddq in acetone (blank) against distilled water. wavelength (nm) fig (2): absorption spectra of: a.50g/ml rantidine-hcl, 2x10 -4 m p-chloranil (p-cl) at ph=9.0 against blank. b. 2x10 -4 m p-cl in acetonitrile (blank) against distilled water. 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 a b so rb a n c e 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 4 3 0 4 4 0 4 5 0 4 6 0 4 7 0 4 8 0 4 9 0 5 0 0 5 1 0 5 2 0 5 3 0 5 4 0 a b so rb a n c e a ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 ph fig (3): of ph on the absorbance of: a.40g/ml rantidine-hcl, 3x10 -3 m ddq at 460nm. b. 50g/ml rantidine-hcl, 2x10 -4 m p-cl at 540nm. drug conc. g/ml fig (4): calibration graph of rantidine-hcl with ddq. drug conc. g/ml fig (5): calibration graph of rantidine-hcl with p-cl. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 a b so rb a n c e 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 a b so rb a n c e 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 a b so rb a n c e y= a x + b y=0.0075 x +0.04 slope 0.0075 y= a x + b y=0.003 x +0.015 slope 0.003 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 mole ratio (cddq/c drug) fig (6): mole ratio plot of 1.74x10 -4 m rantidine-hcl with ddq solution. mole ratio (cp-cl/c drug) fig (7): mole ratio plot of 2.27x10 -4 m rantidine-hcl with p-cl solution.. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 a b so rb a n c e 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 a b so rb a n c e 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد هايدروكلوريد في المستحضرات الصيدالنية-التقدير الطيفي للرانتدين ازهار صادق حمودي جامعة بغداد ،ابن الهيثم -تربيةكلية ال ،قسم الكيمياء الخالصة هيدروكلوريد في الحبوب الدوائية. تعتمد الطريقة على تفاعل -يتضمن البحث تطوير طريقة طيفية لتقدير الرانتدين ddq وp-cl 064هيدروكلورايد لتكوين ناتج برتقالي محمر وقرمزي يعطي امتصاصية عند طول موجي قدره -مع الرانتدين ص مقابل التركيز بان قانون بير على التوالي. يشير الرسم البياني الخطي لالمتصا p-clو ddqنانوميتر لكل من 004و و 004× 03600مايكروغرام/مل مع امتصاصية موالرية مساوية الى 004-04و 064-04طبق ضمن مدى التراكيز ين على التوالي. p-clو ddqلكل من طريقة 0-. سم0-لتر. مول 004× 03400 تمت دراسة الظروف المثلى للتفاعل وتطبيق الطريقة على المستحضرات الصيدالنية. microsoft word 226-238 226 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 spectrophotometric determination of carbamazepine via oxidative coupling reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine sahar r. fadhel dept. of chemistry / college of science/ university of diyala. najwa i. abdulla intidhar d. sulaiman dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in:16/december/2015,accepted in:7/january/2016 abstract an accurate and sensitive spectrophotometric method has been developed for the determination of carbamazepine (crn.) in pure and dosage forms. the method is based on the oxidation of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-dnphz) by potassium periodate than coupling with carbamazepine (crn.) in alkaline medium to form a stable yellowish brown colored water-soluble dye with a maximum absorption at 485 nm. the variables that affect the completion of reaction have been carefully optimized. beer’s law is obeyed over the concentration range of (4-50 μg.ml-1) with molar absorptivity of (6.7335×103 l.mol-1.cm1). the limit of detection was (0.1052 μg.ml-1) and sandell’s sensitivity value was 0.0350 μg.cm-2.the proposed method has been applied successfully to the determination of carbamazepine in pharmaceutical preparation. keywords: spectrophotometric, carbamazepine, 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine ,dosage forms, oxidative coupling. 227 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction carbamazepine (crn.) has the iupac name 5h-dibenzo[b,f]azepine-5-carboxamid (scheme 1) of molar mass 236.269 g.mol-1 and molecular formula c15h12n2o.  it is a highly lipophilic neutral tricyclic compound with a white to off white color almost odorless crystalline powder. it is slightly soluble in water but soluble in alcohol and acetonitrile.[1,2] carbamazepine is an anticonvulsant and mood stabilizing drug used mainly in the treatment of epilepsy and bipolar disorder, it may be used in schizophrenia along with other medications. [3] in 1953 carbamazepine was discovered by swiss chemist walter schindler. it is currently available as a generic medication and is not very expensive.[4] several methods have been reported for the determination of carbamazepine in various matrices using spectrophotometry,[5-7] (hplc) [8,9], flow injection analysis,[10,11] electro-analytical method,[12,13] and capillary electrophoresis.[14,15] the aim of the present work is to suggest a simple and sensitive spectrophotometry procedure for the determination of carbamazepine in pure dosage forms. the method is based on an oxidation of 2,4-dintrophenyhydrazin by potassium periodate and reaction with carbamazepine in alkaline medium to form a colored product. in addition, the reaction conditions were studied one-factor-a time to provide an optimized analytical response. experimental instruments a pg instrument, uv-visible spectrophotometer model t80 (u.k) with 1cm matched quartz cells was used for the absorbance measurements. sartorius bl 210 s electronic balance was used for weighing the samples. materials and methods all chemicals used were of analytical reagent grade and were obtained from bdh and panreac. carbamazepine standard powder was kindly provided by the state company for drug industries and medical appliances, samara-iraq(sdi). carbamazepine stock solution (1000 µg.ml-1) the stock solution of (crn.) was prepared by dissolving an accurately weighed 0.1000 g of pure drug in 10ml of ethanol and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask with ethanol. the stock solution was protected from light and stored at 5ºc. carbamazepine working solution (200 μg.ml-1): prepared by diluting 20ml of the stock solution to 100ml in a volumetric flask with ethanol. 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine solution (2,4-dnphz) (2×10-3m): prepared by dissolving 0.0396g of 2,4-dnphz in 3ml of concentrated sulfuric acid and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask with distilled water. potassium periodate solution (6×10-3m): prepared by dissolving 0.1380g of kio4 in a suitable volume of distilled water and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask. 228 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 sodium hydroxide solution (~4m): prepared by dissolving 16.000g of naoh in a suitable volume of distilled water and the volume was made up to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask. carbamazepine tablets solution (1000µg.ml-1) the content of 10 tablets was accurately weighed and grinded into fine powder then mixed well and an average weight was calculated. an amount of the powder equivalent to 0.0842g and 0.0839g (containing 0.05g of the drug carbamazepine) of carbasam-200mg and tegretol-200mg respectively was accurately and separately weighed, dissolved in 10ml ethanol and stirred for 10 min to ensure complete dissolution of the drug, then transferred into 50 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with ethanol to get 1000µg.ml-1 (crn.). the solution was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or undissolved material before use. working solution (200µg.ml-1) was freshly prepared and analyzed by the recommended procedure. general recommended procedure for calibration in a series of 10ml volumetric flasks, 1ml of 2×10-3m 2,4-dnphz and 1ml of 6×10-3m potassium periodate were added to each flask. the resulting oxidized product was coupled with (crn.) by adding 1ml aliquots of the standard solution containing (40 500) µg followed by 1ml of 4m sodium hydroxide to each flask with shaking. after 10min, the solutions were making up to the mark with distilled water, mixed well and left to stand for 10min. the absorbance of yellowish brown colored chromogen was measured at 485nm against the reagent blank. results and discussion absorption spectra for primary test the primary test for the present method involved oxidation of 2,4-dintrophenyhydrazin with potassium periodate and reaction with (crn.) in alkaline medium to form a colored product. the test was done by adding 1ml of 200µg.ml-1 (crn.), 1ml of 1×10-3m 2,4-dnphz, 1ml of 5×10-3m potassium periodate, and then 1ml of 1m sodium hydroxide in 10ml volumetric flask with shaking. the contents were diluted to the mark with distilled water. the absorbance and λmax of the colored product was measured against the reagent blank. figure (1) shows that the maximum absorption was obtained at a wavelength of 485nm. optimization of reaction variables the various parameters related to the colored product formation have been studied by varying the parameters one at a time and controlling all others fixed and optimum conditions have been selected. 1. effect of 2,4-dnphz concentration the influence of the concentration of 2,4-dnphz on the absorbance of the colored product was investigated in the range between (9×10-4 4×10-3)m figure (2). it was found that the maximum absorbance of the yellowish brown color was achieved with 2×10-3m of the reagent. above this value a decrease in absorbance was observed. therefore, 1ml of 2×10-3m was used during the subsequent work. 2. effect of potassium periodate concentration the study of potassium periodate concentration revealed that the reaction was depending on kio4 as an oxidizing agent. the highest absorbance was attained when the concentration of 229 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 kio4 was 6×10-3m. above this value a decrease in the absorbance reading occurred figure (3). therefore, 1ml of 6×10-3m was used during the subsequent work. 3effect of different bases the effect of different alkaline solutions with concentration of 1m on the absorption intensity of the colored dye formed was investigated. four types of bases namely; sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and ammonium hydroxide were tested and the results were listed in table (1). as can be seen it was found that sodium hydroxide shows the maximum absorption intensity of the colored product, therefore it was selected for subsequent work. 4. effect of sodium hydroxide concentration the effect of sodium hydroxide concentration on the measured absorbance of the formed colored product was investigated by using 1ml of different concentrations of naoh solution ranged between (0.5-6.0)m. the results are presented in figure (4), which reveals that the addition of 1ml of 4m naoh exhibited a better absorbance. above this concentration the absorbance value decreased. therefore, 1ml of 4m naoh was used in all subsequent experiments. 5. effect of coupling reaction time the optimum time for the reaction between (crn.) and 2,4-dnphz was studied at a fixed concentration of (crn.). 20µg.ml-1 reacted with 2,4-dnphz and potassium periodate in alkaline medium. absorbance values were recorded at different intervals ranging from immediate measurement to a waiting period of 25min. the oxidative coupling reaction is completed in 10min as shown in table (2). 6. effect of reagents mixing order effect of different orders of components addition on chromogen formation was investigated by changing the order of addition of reactants four times as shown in table (3). from the results shown, it is obvious that mixing order number one was recommended as it resulted in obtaining a maximum absorbance and hence was followed in the subsequent experiments. 7. the stability stability study of the colored product formed upon reaction of drug solution with 2,4-dnphz was carried out by measuring its absorbance at different time intervals. 10min was selected as optimum time in the general recommended procedure. the color of the solution was nearly stable for at least 60min as shown in figure (5). final absorption spectra the absorption spectrum of the yellowish brown product formed from the treatment of (crn.) 20µg.ml-1 with 2,4-dnphz in the presence of potassium periodate in alkaline medium under the optimum conditions was recorded and showed a maximum absorption at 485nm against the reagent blank as shown in figure (6). calibration curve and analytical data employing the optimum experimental condition, the measured absorbance values at 485 nm versus different standard concentrations of (crn.) were plotted to construct a calibration curve. the linearity of the obtained plot of the (crn.) was in the concentration range of (4 50) µg.ml-1 as shown in figure (7). the statistical treatments of the analytical data are summarized in table (4). 230 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 structure of the product job's method [16] and mole ratio method [17] have been used in the determination of the stoichiometry of the reaction between (crn.) and 2,4-dnphz. the obtained results figures (8) & (9) showed that 1:1 carbamazepine to 2,4-dnphz ratio is obtained. the proposed mechanism of the reaction between (crn.) and 2,4dnphz can be represented in scheme (2). comparison of the methods table (5), shows a comparison between the proposed method and that of another literature spectrophotometric methods throughout some measured analytical parameters. precision and accuracy the precision and accuracy of the proposed method was tested by analyzing three replicate samples of (crn.) in three different concentration levels (within beerʼs law range). the results listed in table (6) indicate an acceptable accuracy and precision of the method. interference study the extent of interfering by some excipients which often accompanied pharmaceutical preparations was studies by measuring the absorbance of solution containing 20 µg.ml-1 of (crn.) and 1000µg.ml-1 of excipient. the results in table (7) show that the studied excipients do not interfere in the determination of (crn.) in its dosage forms. application in pharmaceutical preparation in order to demonstrate the applicability of the proposed method for the determination of (crn.), the method was applied to two types of pharmaceutical formulations (tablets) from different manufacturing sources containing (crn.). the results of the application were satisfactory as shown in table (8). conclusions the reagents utilized in the proposed method are readily available, cheap and the procedures do not involve any critical reaction conditions. moreover, the method is free from interference by excipients. the wide applicability of the new procedure for routine quality control was well established by the assay of carbamazepine in pure form and in pharmaceutical preparations. references 1. "british pharmacopoeia" (2013), cd-rom her majesty ̓s stationary office, london. 2. alagarsamy, v. (2010) "text book of medical chemistry" 1st, elsevier, 199-220. 3. bradley, m. k.; rene, h.; levy, r. r.; matson, r.; meldrum, b.; penry, j. k. and dreifuss, f.e. (1989) carbamazepine and carbamazepine epoxide,antiepileptic drugs, third edition, raven press,ltd., new york, 505-517. 4. mcillin, a. g.; juenke, m. j.; tso, g. and dasgupta, a. (2010) ʺestimation of carbamazepine and carbamazepine-10, 11-epoxide concentrations in plasma using mathematical equations generated with two carbamazepine immunoassays; j. american society for clinical pathologyʺ 133, 728-736. 231 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 5. jayanna, b. k; devaraj, t.d. and ninge, g. (2014) ʺa facile spectrophotometric method for the determination of carbamazepine in tabletsʺ indian journal of drugs, 2(3), 132-135. 6. eman, y.z. f.; zayed, m.a.; omar, m.m.; sally, e. a. e. and gehad, g. m. (2012) ʺspectrophotometric determination of carbamazepine and mosapride citrate in pure and pharmaceutical preparationsʺ arabian journal of chemistry ,5, 375–3827. 7. fadhil, m. n. and muhammad, s. m. (2014) ʺ four spectrophotometric method for simultaneous determination of carbamazepine and lamotrigine in binary mixtures and urine samplesʺ the malaysian journal of analytical sciences, 18(3), 491 – 506. 8. thejaswini, j. c. and bannimath, g. (2014) ʺrp-hplc method development and validation for simultaneous determination of amitriptyline ,carbamazepine and flunarizine in human plasma using mirtazapine as internal standardʺ indo american journal of pharmaceutical research, 4(8), 3597-3602 9. hammam, a. m.; fars, k. a. and gamal, m. e. (2012) ʺ development and validation of an hplc–uv method for the quantification of carbamazepine in rabbit plasmaʺ saudi pharmaceutical journal, 20, 29–34. 10. çomoğlua, t.; gönüla, n.; şenerb, e.; dalb, a. g. and tunçelb, m. (2006) ʺdetermination of carbamazapine by flow‐injection analysis: its application to tablet analysis and dissolution studiesʺ journal of liquid chromatography & related technologies, 29(18), 2677-2690 . 11. zhi‐qi, z.; guo‐xi, l.; jian, m.; ying, l. and yue‐mei, l. (2006) ʺa sensitive flow injection fluorimetry for the determination of carbamazepine in human plasmaʺ analytical letters, 39(12), 2417-2428. 12. liu-li, h.; duan, c. and gao, z. (2012) ʺelectrochemical behaviors and electrochemical determination of carbamazepine at ionic liquid modified carbon paste electrode in the presence of sodium dodecyl sulfateʺ journal of serbian chemical society,77(4), 483-496. 13. atkins, s.; sevilla, j. m.; blazquez, m.; pineda, t. and gonalez-rodriguez, j. (2010) ʺelectrochemical behaviour of carbamazepine in acetonitrile and dimethylformamide using glassy carbon electrodes and microelectrodesʺ electroanalysis, 22(24), 29612966. 14. yan-yu, l.; chun-chi, w.; yu-hsiang, h.; cheng-sheng, c. and shou-mei, w. (2013) ʺanalysis of carbamazepine and its five metabolites in serum by large-volume sample stacking–sweeping capillary electrophoresisʺ analytical and bioanalytical chemistry, 405(1), 259-266. 15. gibbons, s.; wang, c. and ma, y. (2011) ʺdetermination of pharmaceutical and personal care products in wastewater by capillary electrophoresis with uv detectionʺ j.talanta, 84(4), 1163-1170. 16. job, p. (1971) "spectrochemical methods of analysis" wiley, new york, 346. 17. christian, g. d. (1994) "analytical chemistry" fifth ed., wiley, new york, 385–386. 18. tahseen, a. z. and taghreed, s. s. (2012) ʺ developing spectrophotometric method for carbamazepine (antiepileptic drug) determination through preparation and characterization of fe(iii) complex with mixed ligand containing carbamazepine and salicylaldehydeʺ iraqi national journal of chemistry, 46, 199-214. 232 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (1): the effect of different bases on coupling reaction. base (1m) absorbance naoh 0.185 koh 0.162 na2co3 0.064 nh4oh 0.103 table (2): the effect of coupling reaction time. time (min) absorbance 0 0.347 5 0.371 10 0.395 15 0.341 20 0.302 25 0.298 table (3): variation of absorbance with change of reactants addition order in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1 (crn.). no sequence absorbance 1. r+o+d+b 0.421 2. d+r+o+b 0.395 3. r+d+o+b 0.116 4. d+b+r+o 0.048 r: reagent o: oxidizing agent d: drug b: base table (4): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of (crn.). parameter value λmax (nm) 485 color yellowish brown regression equation y= 0.0274[crn.] – 0.0756 linearity range (µg.ml-1) 4 50 calibration sensitivity (ml.µg-1) 0.0285 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9996 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9995 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm-1) 6.7335×103 sandellʼs sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 0.0350 l.o.d. (µg.ml-1) 0.1052 l.o.q. (µg.ml-1) 0.3508 233 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (5): analytical parameters for the analysis of carbamazepine by the proposed method comparing to other methods. methods linear range μg.ml-1 (ε) l.mol-1.cm-1 correlation coefficient ( r) c.v% range ref. proposed method 4.0 50.0 6.7335x103 0.9996 0.017-0.462 … spectrophotometric 0.2 10.0 2.1450x 104 0.9831 0.15-0.25 6 spectrophotometric 10.0-350.0 1.90 x 103 0.9998 0.63–2.17 7 spectrophotometric 1.0 25.0 1.30x109 0.9996 2.12-0.59 18 rp-hplc … … 0.9902 0.22 0.42 8 hplc–uv 0.5 40.0 … 0.9999 0.53–2.75 9 table (6): evaluation of the accuracy and precision of the proposed method for the determination of (crn.). conc. of (crn.) μg.ml-1 er% c.v% taken found* 10.000 9.945 -0.550 0.462 25.000 25.013 0.052 0.031 35.000 35.017 0.048 0.017 *average of three measurements. table (7): recovery values for 20 µg.ml-1 of (crn.) in the presence of 1000 µg.ml-1 of different excipients. excipients carbamazepine conc. recovery (%) name conc. (µg.ml-1 ) taken (µg.ml-1) found (µg.ml-1 ) lactose 1000 20.000 19.877 99.385 glucose 19.921 99.605 sucrose 19.756 98.780 starch 20.074 100.370 magnesium stearate 19.752 98.760 table (7): determination of carbamazepine in pharmaceutical formulations (tablets) by the proposed method. sample weight found* (mg) concentration (µg.ml-1) recovery % c.v % taken found* carbasam 200 mg s.d.i.-iraq 195.920 10.000 9.796 97.960 1.216 201.296 25.000 25.162 100.648 0.607 tegretol 200mg novartis-switzerland 202.020 10.000 10.101 101.140 0.143 205.344 25.000 25.668 102.675 1.352 *average of three measurements. 234 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (1): absorption spectra of: (a) 20 µg.ml-1 (crn.) against reagent blank, (b) blank solution against solvent under the primary test conditions. figure (2): the effect of the concentration of 2,4-dnphz on the color development in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1 (crn.). figure (3): the effect of potassium periodate concentration on the color development in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1(crn.). 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 a b so rb a n ce concentration of 2,4-dnphz [m] 0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 a b so rb a n ce concentration of kio4[m] 235 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (4): the effect of sodium hydroxide concentration on the color development in the determination of 20 µg.ml-1(crn.). figure (5): the stability of the colored product with time. figure (6): absorption spectra of: (a) 20 µg.ml-1(crn.) against reagent blank, (b) blank solution against solvent under the optimum conditions. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 2 4 6 8 a b so rb a n ce concentration of naoh[m] 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce time (min) 236 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (7): calibration curve for the determination of (crn.) under optimum conditions. figure (8): continuous variation method for the reaction of (crn.) with 2,4-dnphz. figure (9): mole ratio method for the reaction of (crn.) with 2,4-dnphz. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce conc. of carbamazepine (μg.ml-1) 0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 a b so rb a n ce vdrug/[vdrug+vreagent] 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 0.13 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 a b so rb a n ce [2,4-dnphz]/[carbamazepine] 237 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 scheme (1): the structural formula of carbamazepine. no2 o2n no2 n n kio4 (i) nn no2 no2 oh hso4 2,4-dnphz diazonium salt azo dye nhnh2 h2so4 (i) + o2n (crn.) n nh2o n nh2o scheme (2): the suggested reaction mechanism between (crn.) and 2,4-dnphz. 238 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 ثنائي-4,2 مع التأكسدي االزدواج تفاعل بوساطة للكاربامازيبين الطيفي التقدير هيدرازين فنيل نايترو سحر ريحان فاضل جامعة ديالى /كلية العلوم /قسم الكيمياء نجوى اسحاق عبد هللا انتظار داّود سليمان جامعة بغداد /الهيثم) ابن( ألصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية /الكيمياء قسم 2016/كانون األول/7 :فيقبل ،2015 /كانون األول/12استلم في: الخالصة تعتمد. الصيدالنية المستحضرات في و النقية بصورته لتقدير الكاربامازيبين وحساسة دقيقة طيفية طريقة تطوير تم الكاربامازيبين مع مفاعلته ثم البوتاسيوم بيرايودات بوجود هيدرازين فنيل نايترو ثنائي-4,2 الكاشف اكسدة على الطريقة الموجي الطول عند امتصاص اعظم تعطي الماء في ذائبه مصفر بني لون ذات مستقرة صبغه لتكوين قاعدي في وسط قانون. المثلى للتفاعل الظروف على للحصول بدقة التفاعل اكتمال في تؤثر التي العوامل من العديد درست. ʺانانومتر 485 وبحد .1-سم.1-مول.لتر 6.7345×310الموالرية واالمتصاصيه 1مل.مكغم)50-4(التراكيز من مدى ضمن ينطبق بير في بنجاح ترحةقالم الطريقة تطبيق تم .2سم.مكغم 0.0350 تساوي ساندل داللة و 1-مل.مكغم 0.1052كشف المستحضرات الصيدالنية. في الكاربامازيبين تقدير الصيدالنية، المستحضرات هيدرازين، نيتروفنيل ثنائي 4,2 الكاربامازيبين، الطيفي، التقدير الكلمات المفتاحية: التأكسدي. االقتران ihjpas. 36(1)2023 367 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license cubic ideals of tm-algebras abstract for the generality of fuzzy ideals in tm-algebra, a cubic ideal in this algebra has been studied, such as cubic ideals and cubic t-ideals. some properties of these ideals are investigated. also, we show that the cubic t-ideal is a cubic ideal, but the converse is not generally valid. in addition, a cubic sub-algebra is defined, and new relations between the level subset and a cubic sub-algebra are discussed. after that, cubic ideals and cubic t-ideals under homomorphism are studied, and the image (pre-image) of cubic t-ideals is discussed. finally, the cartesian product of cubic ideals in cartesian product tm-algebras is given. we proved that the product of two cubic ideals of the cartesian product of two tm-algebras is also a cubic ideal. key words: tm-algebra, cubic t-ideal, cubic ideal, fuzzy ideals. 1.introduction in 2010 the notion of tm-algebras was introduced by [1] as a generalization of bck and bci algebras. after that, many authors studied this structure differently; see [2-6]. the cubic set is an essential concept for generalizing the fuzzy set. so, jun et al. [78] introduced subalgebras and ideals in bck/bci-algebras and discussed the relationship between a cubic subalgebra and a cubic ideal. in [9], yaqoob et al. introduced the cubic ku-algebra, a generalization of fuzzy ku-ideals of ku-algebras. after that, some authors introduced a cubic set of different structures. see [10-13]. this paper introduces the concept of cubic t-ideals in tm-algebra, and investigate some properties of these ideals. also, a few relations between a cubic ideal and a cubic t-ideal are discussed. the cartesian product of cubic t-ideals in cartesian product tm-algebras is given. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2920 article history: received 26 june 2022, accepted 23 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq fatima m. ghlaim department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences,ibn al – haitham/ university of baghdadiraq. fa560fa@gmail.com fatema f.kareem department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences,ibn al – haitham/ university of baghdadiraq. fatma.f.k@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:fa560fa@gmail.com mailto:fatma.f.k@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 368 2. basic concepts we will recall some concepts related to tm algebra and cubic sets. definition (1)[1]. a tm-algebra is a nonempty subset with a constant “0” and a binary operation “*” satisfying the following: (tm1) 𝜌 ∗ 0 = 𝜌, (tm2)(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ (𝜌 ∗ ) = ∗ 𝜏,∀ 𝜌, 𝜏, ∈ ℵ . for ℵ we can define a binary operation ≤ by 𝜌 ≤ 𝜏 if and only if 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 = 0. for any tm-algebra(ℵ,∗ ,0),the following axioms hold.∀ 𝜌, 𝜏 , ∈ ℵ a) 𝜌 ∗ 𝜌 = 0, b) (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ 𝜌 = 0 ∗ 𝜏, c) 𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) = 𝜏, d) (𝜌 ∗ ) ∗ (𝜏 ∗ ) ≤ 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏, e) (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ = (𝜌 ∗ ) ∗ 𝜏, f) 𝜌 ∗ 0 = 0 ⇒ 𝜌 = 0, g) 𝜌 ≤ 𝜏 ⇒ 𝜌 ∗ ≤ 𝜏 ∗ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∗ 𝜏 ≤ ∗ 𝜌, h) 𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏)) = 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏, i) 0 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) = 𝜏 ∗ 𝜌 = (0 ∗ 𝜌) ∗ (0 ∗ 𝜏), j) (𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏)) ∗ 𝜏 = 0, k) if 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 = 0 and 𝜏 ∗ 𝜌 = 0 imply 𝜌 = 𝜏. example (2) [1]. letℵ= {0,1,2,3}be a set with the following table. * 0 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 3 1 1 0 3 2 2 2 3 0 1 3 3 2 1 0 then,(ℵ,∗ ,0) is a tm-algebra. definition (3) [2]. a non-empty subset 𝑆 of a tm-algebra (ℵ,∗ ,0) is called a tm-subalgebra ofℵif𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 ∈ 𝑆whenever 𝜌, 𝜏 ∈ 𝑆. definition (4) [2]. a non-empty subset 𝜓 ofantm-algebra (ℵ,∗ ,0) is said to be an ideal of ℵif it satisfies, for any 𝜌, 𝜏 ∈ 𝜓 i) 0 ∈ 𝜓, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 369 ii) 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 ∈ 𝜓 and 𝜏 ∈ 𝜓 implies that 𝜌 ∈ 𝜓. example (5) [2]. letℵ = {0, 1 , 2 , 3} be a set with a binary operation∗defined inthe following table: * 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 3 2 1 1 0 3 2 2 2 2 0 3 3 3 3 b 0 then (ℵ,∗ ,0)is a tm-algebra and 𝜓 = {0,1} is an ideal of ℵ. definition (6) [1]. a non-empty subset 𝐸 of a tm-algebra ℵ is a t-ideal, if i) 0 ∈ 𝐸 ii) ∀ 𝜌, 𝜏, ∈ ℵ, (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ∈ 𝐸 and 𝜏 ∈ 𝐸 imply (𝜌 ∗ ) ∈ 𝐸. definition (7) [5]. let (ℵ ,∗ ,0) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (ℵ′,∗′, 0′)be a tm-algebras. a homomorphism is a map 𝑓: ℵ → ℵ′ satisfying 𝑓(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) = 𝑓(𝜌) ∗′ 𝑓(𝜏), for all 𝜌, 𝜏 ∈ ℵ. now, we review an interval-valued fuzzy set concepts. definition (8) [5]. let �̃� = [𝑎𝐿 , 𝑎𝑈 ] be an interval number, where 0 ≤ 𝑎𝐿 ≤ 𝑎𝑈 ≤ 1 and let 𝐷[0,1]be denoted the family of all closed subinterval of [0,1], that is , 𝐷[0,1] = {�̃� = [𝑎𝐿 , 𝑎𝑈 ] ∶ 𝑎𝐿 ≤ 𝑎𝑈 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝐿 ≤ 𝑎𝑈 ∈ [0,1]} . the operations≥ , ≤ , = , 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 of two elements in 𝐷[0,1] is defined as follows: let �̃� = [𝑎𝐿 , 𝑎𝑈 ], �̃� = [𝑏𝐿 , 𝑏𝑈 ] in 𝐷[0,1], then (1) �̃� ≥ �̃� 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝐿 ≥ 𝑏𝐿 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎𝑈 ≥ 𝑏𝑈 , (2) �̃� ≤ �̃� 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝐿 ≤ 𝑏𝐿 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎𝑈 ≤ 𝑏𝑈 , (3) �̃� = �̃� 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝐿 = 𝑏𝐿 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎𝑈 = 𝑎𝑈, (4) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�, �̃�} = [𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑎𝐿 , 𝑏𝐿 }, 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑎𝑈 , 𝑏𝑈 }], (5) 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�, �̃�} = [𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑎𝐿 , 𝑏𝐿 }, 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑎𝑈 , 𝑏𝑈 }], and if �̃�𝑖 ∈ 𝐷[0,1] where 𝑖 ∈ ⋀. we define 𝑟 inf 𝑖∈⋀ �̃�𝑖 = [inf 𝑖∈⋀ 𝑎𝑖 𝐿 , inf 𝑖∈⋀ 𝑎𝑖 𝑈 ] , 𝑟 sup 𝑖∈⋀ �̃�𝑖 = [sup 𝑖∈⋀ 𝑎𝑖 𝐿 , sup 𝑖∈⋀ 𝑎𝑖 𝑈 ] . an interval-valued fuzzy set 𝑉 =< 𝜌, �̃�(𝜌) > on ℵ is defined as �̃�(𝜌) = {〈𝜌, [𝜗𝐿 (𝜌), 𝜗𝐿 (𝜌)]〉 ∶ 𝜌 ∈ ℵ}, where 𝜗𝐿 (𝜌) ≤ 𝜗𝑈 (𝜌), for all 𝜌 ∈ ℵ. then,𝜗𝐿 (𝜌) ∶ ℵ → [0,1] 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜗𝑈 ∶ ℵ → [0,1] are called a lower fuzzy set and an upper fuzzy set of 𝜗,̃ respectively. definition (9) [5]. let (ℵ,∗ ,0) be a tm-algebra and �̃�: ℵ → 𝐷[0,1]. then, 𝑉 =< 𝜌, �̃�(𝜌) > is called an interval valued fuzzy sub tm-algebra ℵ, if ihjpas. 36(1)2023 370 �̃�(𝜌 ∗ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�(𝜌), �̃�(𝛾)}, ∀𝜌, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ. definition (10) [5]. let(ℵ,∗ ,0) be a tm-algebra and �̃�: ℵ → 𝐷[0,1]. then 𝑉 =< 𝜌, �̃�(𝜌) > is said to be an interval valued fuzzy ideal if (i1) �̃�(0) ≥ �̃�(𝜌), ∀𝜌 ∈ ℵ, (i2) for all 𝜌, 𝛾 ∈ ℵ, �̃�(𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�(𝜌 ∗ 𝛾), �̃�(𝛾)}. definition (11) [5]. let(ℵ,∗ ,0) be a tm-algebra and �̃�: ℵ → 𝐷[0,1]. then 𝑉 =< 𝜌, �̃�(𝜌) >is said to bean interval valued fuzzy t-ideal if (i1) �̃�(0) ≥ �̃�(𝜌), ∀𝜌 ∈ ℵ, (i2) for all 𝜌, 𝛾, ∈ ℵ, �̃�(𝜌 ∗ ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�((𝜌 ∗ 𝛾) ∗ ), �̃�(𝛾)}. 3. cubic t-ideals of tm-algebra we recall that a cubic set 𝛿 in a set ℵ is the structure 𝛿 = {〈𝜌, �̃�𝛿 (𝜌), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌)〉 ∶ 𝜌 ∈ ℵ}, where �̃�𝛿 ∶ ℵ → 𝐷[0,1] such that �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) = [𝜗𝛿 𝐿 (𝜌), 𝜗𝛿 𝑈 (𝜌)] is an interval valued fuzzy set in ℵ and 𝛼𝛿 is a fuzzy set in ℵ.we write a cubic set by as follows. 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 and we can define the level subset of 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 which is denoted by 𝑈(𝛿, �̃�, 𝑠) as follows𝑈(𝛿, �̃�, 𝑠) = {𝜌 ∈ ℵ: �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ �̃�, 𝛼𝛿 ≤ 𝑠}, for every [0,0] ≤ �̃� ≤ [1,1] and 𝑠 ∈ [0,1]. definition (12).let ℵ be a tm-algebra. a cubic set 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 in ℵ is called a cubic sub-algebra if (1) �̃�δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�(𝜌), �̃�(𝜏)}. (2) 𝛼δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼δ(𝜌), 𝛼δ(𝜏)},∀ 𝜌, 𝜏 ∈ ℵ. example (13). let ℵ = {0, a, b, c} be a set with the following table: * 0 a b c 0 0 a b c a a 0 c b b b c 0 a c c b a 0 then (ℵ,∗ ,0) is a tm-algebra. define�̃�δ(𝜌)ˑand 𝛼δ (𝜌) by �̃�δ(𝜌) = { [0.2,0.9] 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = {0, 𝑎, 𝑏} [0.1,0.3] 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = 𝑐 , 𝛼δ(𝜌) = { 0.2 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = {0, 𝑎, 𝑏} 0.4 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = 𝑐 , by apply definition(12), we can prove that𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉is a cubic sub-algebra ofℵˑ. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 371 proposition (14). if 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉is a cubic sub-algebra ofℵˑ, then �̃�δ(0) ≥ �̃�δ(𝜌) and 𝛼δ(0) ≤ 𝛼δ(𝜌), ∀𝜌 ∈ ℵ proof.since 𝜌 ∗ 𝜌 = 0, then �̃�δ(0) = �̃�δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖 𝑛{�̃�δ(𝜌)ˑ, �̃�δ(𝜌)} = �̃�δ(𝜌)and 𝛼δ(0) = 𝛼δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜌) ≤ 𝑚𝑎 𝑥{𝛼δ(𝜌)ˑ, ˑ𝛼δ(𝜌)} = 𝛼δ(𝜌). theorem (15). let 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 be a cubic set in ℵ, then 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic sub-algebra of ℵ if and only if for all �̃� ∈ 𝐷[0,1] and 𝑠 ∈ [0,1], the set 𝑈(𝛿; �̃�, 𝑠) is either empty or a sub-algebra of ℵ . proof. assumethat 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic sub-algebra of ℵ , let �̃� ∈ 𝐷[0,1] and 𝑠 ∈ [0,1], be such that 𝑈(𝛿; �̃�, 𝑠) ≠ ∅. then, for any 𝜌, 𝜏 ∈ 𝑈(𝛿, �̃�, 𝑠) we have �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ �̃�, �̃�𝛿 (𝜏) ≥ �̃� and 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) ≤ 𝑠,𝛼𝛿 (𝜏) ≤ 𝑠 and since 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic sub-algebra, we have �̃�δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�(𝜌), �̃�(𝜏)} = �̃�. 𝛼δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼δ(𝜌), 𝛼δ(𝜏)} = 𝑠, so that 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 ∈ 𝑈(𝛿; �̃�, 𝑠). hence, 𝑈(𝛿; �̃�, 𝑠) is a sub-algebraof ℵ. conversely, suppose that 𝑈(𝛿; �̃�, 𝑠) is a sub-algebraof ℵand let 𝜌, 𝜏 ∈ ℵ. take �̃� = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�(𝜌), �̃�(𝜏)} and 𝑠 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼δ(𝜌), 𝛼δ(𝜏)} by assumption 𝑈(𝛿; �̃�, 𝑠) is sub algebra of ℵ implies: 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 ∈ 𝑈(𝛿; �̃�, 𝑠), therefore �̃�δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≥ �̃� = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�(𝜌), �̃�(𝜏)} and 𝛼δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≤ 𝑠 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼δ(𝜌), 𝛼δ(𝜏)}. hence 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic sub-algebra of ℵ . definition(16). let ℵ be a tm-algebra. a cubic set𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 in ℵ is said to be a cubic ideal if: (h1)�̃�δ(0) ≥ �̃�δ(𝜌) and 𝛼δ(0) ≤ 𝛼δ(𝜌). (h2)�̃�δ(𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏), �̃�δ(𝜏)} and 𝛼δ(𝜌) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼δ(𝜌 ∗ 𝜏), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)}, for all 𝜌, 𝜏 ∈ ℵ. definition (17). let ℵ be a tm-algebra. a cubic set 𝛿 = 〈�̌�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 in ℵ is said to be a cubic tideal if: (𝐵1)�̃�𝛿 (0) ≥ �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼𝛿 (0) ≤ 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌), (𝐵2)�̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ ) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)}. example (18). let ℵ = {0, 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐} in example(13). define a cubic set 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 in ℵ as follows: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 372 �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) = { [0.1,0.7], if 𝜌 = 0, [0.4,0.5], if 𝜌 ∈ {𝑎, 𝑏} [0.1,0.3], if 𝜌 ∈ 𝑐 , 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) = { 0.1, if 𝜌 = 0, 0.3, if 𝜌 ∈ {𝑎, 𝑏}, 0.6, if 𝜌 ∈ 𝑐 then, we can easy show that a cubic set 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic t-ideal of ℵ . proposition (19). if 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic t-ideal of tm-algebra ℵ, then �̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏)) ≥ �̃�𝛿 (𝜏), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏)) ≤ 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏). proof. taking = 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 in definition 3.6 we get �̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} �̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 )), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 (0), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} = �̃�𝛿 (𝜏) and 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ ) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)} 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏)), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 (0), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏). proposition (20). let𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 be a cubic t-ideal of tm-algebraℵ . if the inequality 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 ≤ holds in ℵ , then�̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ( ), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} and 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ( ), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)}. proof. assume that the inequality 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 ≤ holds inℵ, then (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ = 0 and by �̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)}, if we put = 0 then,�̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ 0) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ 0), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} ………(𝑖) but�̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ ) ∗ 𝜏), �̃�𝛿 ( )} �̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), �̃�𝛿 ( )} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 (0), �̃�𝛿 ( )} = �̃�𝛿 ( ) ……(𝑖𝑖) from (𝑖) and (𝑖𝑖), we get �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ( ), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)}. similarly, we can show that 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ( ), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)}. proposition (21). if 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic t-ideal of tm-algebra ℵand 𝜌 ≤ 𝜏 then �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ �̃�𝛿 (𝜏) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) ≤ 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏). proof. if 𝜌 ≤ 𝜏then 𝜌 ∗ 𝜏 = 0. this is together with 𝜌 ∗ 0 = 𝜌 and �̃�𝛿 (0) ≥ �̃�𝛿 (𝜏) also 𝛼𝛿 (0) ≤ 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏), we get ihjpas. 36(1)2023 373 �̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ 0) = �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ 0), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 (0 ∗ 0), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 (0), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} = �̃�𝛿 (𝜏), also 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ 0) = 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ 0), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 (0 ∗ 0), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 (0), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)} = 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏). theorem (22). let ℵ be a tm-algebra, a cubic set𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉of ℵ is a cubic t-ideal if 𝛿 is a cubic ideal of ℵ. proof. if we put = 0 in (𝐵2), then �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏)), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)} 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏)), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)}. hence 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉is a cubic ideal of ℵ. remark (23). the converse of theorem (22) is not true. the following example shows the reverse direction of theorem (22). example (24). let ℵ = {0, a, b, c} be a set with the following table: * 0 a b c 0 0 a b c a a 0 c b b b c 0 a c c b a 0 then, (ℵ,∗ ,0) is a tm-algebra. define�̃�δ(𝜌)ˑand 𝛼δ (𝜌) by �̃�δ(𝜌) = { [0.1,0.8] 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = {0, 𝑎, 𝑏} [0.1,0.3] 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = 𝑐 , 𝛼δ(𝜌) = { 0.1 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = {0, 𝑎, 𝑏} 0.8 𝑖𝑓 𝜌 = 𝑐 , then, it is easy to show that 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic ideal of ℵ. but not a cubic t-ideal since �̃�𝛿 (𝑎 ∗ 𝑏) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝑎 ∗ 𝑐) ∗ 𝑏), �̃�𝛿 (𝑐)} 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼𝛿 (𝑎 ∗ 𝑏) ≥ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝑎 ∗ 𝑐) ∗ 𝑏), 𝛼𝛿 (𝑐)}. 4. image and pre-image of cubic t-ideals definition (25). let 𝑓: ℵ → 𝑌 be a mapping. if 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubic set of ℵ, then the cubic set 𝜔 = 〈�̃�𝜔 , 𝛼𝜔 〉 of 𝑌 is define by ihjpas. 36(1)2023 374 𝑓(�̃�𝛿 )(𝜏) = �̃�𝜔 (𝜏) = { 𝑟𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝜌∈𝑓−1(𝜏) �̃�𝛿 (𝜌), 𝑖𝑓 𝑓 −1(𝜏) = {𝜌 ∈ ℵ, 𝑓(𝜌) = 𝜏} ≠ ∅ 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑓(𝛼𝛿 )(𝜏) = 𝛼𝜔 (𝜏) = { inf 𝜌∈𝑓−1(𝜏) 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) 𝑖𝑓 𝑓 −1(𝜏) = {𝜌 ∈ ℵ, 𝑓(𝜌) = 𝜏} ≠ ∅ 1 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 it is called the image of 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 under 𝑓. similarly, if 𝜔 = 〈�̃�𝜔 , 𝛼𝜔 〉 is a cubic subset of 𝑌, then the cubic subset defined by �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) = �̃�𝜔(𝑓(𝜌)) and 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) = 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌)),for any 𝜌 ∈ ℵis said to be the pre-image of 𝜔under 𝑓. theorem (26). an epimorphism pre-image of a cubic t-ideal is also a cubic t-ideal. proof. let 𝑓 ∶ ℵ → ℵ′ be an epimorphism mapping of tm-algebra, 𝜔 = 〈�̃�𝜔 , 𝛼𝜔 〉be a cubic tideal of ℵ′ and 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉be the pre-image of 𝜔under 𝑓, then �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) = �̃�𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌)) and 𝛼𝛼 (𝜌) = 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌)) for any 𝜌 ∈ ℵ, then �̃�𝛿 (0) = �̃�𝜔(𝑓(0)) ≥ �̃�𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌)) = �̃�𝛿 (𝜌), 𝛼𝛿 (0) = 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(0)) ≤ 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌)) = 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌). now, let 𝜌, 𝜏, ∈ ℵ , then �̃�𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ ) = �̃�𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌 ∗ )) = �̃�𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌) ∗ ′ 𝑓( )) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�𝜔 ((𝑓(𝜌) ∗ ′ 𝑓(𝜏)) ∗′ 𝑓( )) , �̃�𝜔 (𝑓(𝜏))} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�𝜔 (𝑓((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ )) , �̃�𝜔 (𝑓(𝜏))} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏)}, 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌 ∗ ) = 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌 ∗ )) = 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(𝜌) ∗ ′ 𝑓( )) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝛼𝜔 ((𝑓(𝜌) ∗ ′ 𝑓(𝜏)) ∗′ 𝑓( )) , 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(𝜏))} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝛼𝜔 (𝑓((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ )) , 𝛼𝜔 (𝑓(𝜏))} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌 ∗ 𝜏) ∗ ), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏)}. definition (27). a cubic subset 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 of ℵhas sup and inf properties if for any subset 𝑇 𝑜𝑓 ℵ , there exist 𝑡, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑇 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 �̃�𝛿 (𝑡) = 𝑟𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑡∈𝑇 �̃�𝛿 (𝑡) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼𝛿 (𝑠) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑡∈𝑇 𝛼𝛿 (𝑠). theorem (28). let 𝑓: ℵ → 𝑌 be anepimorphism between tm-algebra ℵ ihjpas. 36(1)2023 375 and 𝑌. for every cubic t-ideal 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 𝑖𝑛 ℵ, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑓(𝛿)is cubic t-ideal of 𝑌. proof. by definition25�̃�𝜔 (𝜏 ′) = 𝑓(�̃�𝛿 )(𝜏 ′) = 𝑟𝑠𝑢𝑝𝜌∈𝑓−1(𝜏′)�̃�𝛿 (𝜌) and 𝛼𝜔 (𝜏 ′) = 𝑓(𝛼𝛿 )(𝜏 ′) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝜌∈𝑓−1(𝜏′)𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) for any 𝜏 ′ ∈ 𝑌 and 𝑟𝑠𝑢𝑝 ∅ = [0,0] = 0. we must prove that �̃�𝜔 (𝜌 ′ ∗ ′) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝜔((𝜌 ′ ∗ 𝜏′) ∗ ′), �̃�𝜔 (𝜏 ′)} and 𝛼𝜔(𝜌 ′ ∗ ′) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝜔 ((𝜌 ′ ∗ 𝜏′) ∗ ′), 𝛼𝜔 (𝜏 ′)} 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝜌′, 𝜏′, ′ ∈ 𝑌. let 𝑓: ℵ → 𝑌 be an epimorphism mappingof ℵ , 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉be a cubic t-ideal of ℵwith sup and inf properties and ω = 〈�̃�𝜔, 𝛼𝜔 〉be the image of 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 under 𝑓. since 𝛿 = 〈�̃�𝛿 , 𝛼𝛿 〉 is a cubict-ideal of ℵ , we have �̃�𝛿 (0) ≥ �̃�𝛿 (𝜌), 𝛼𝛿 (0) ≤ 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌) ∀𝜌 ∈ ℵ . note that 0 ∈ 𝑓 −1(0′) where 0, 0′ are the zero of ℵ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑌, respectively. thus, �̃�𝛿 (0 ′) = rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1(0) �̃�𝛿 (𝑡) = �̃�𝛿 (0) ≥ �̃�𝛿 (𝜌) ∀𝜌 ∈ ℵ , 𝛼𝜔 (0 ′) ≤ inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1(0′) 𝛼𝜔 (𝑡) = 𝛼𝜔 (0) ≤ 𝛼𝜔 (𝜌) ∀𝜌 ∈ ℵ , which implies that �̃�𝜔 (0 ′) ≥ rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜌′) �̃�𝜔 (𝜌 ′) and 𝛼𝜔 (0 ′) ≤ inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜌′) 𝛼𝛿 (𝑡) = 𝛼𝜔 (𝜌 ′)for any𝜌′ ∈ 𝑌. for any 𝜌′, 𝜏′, ′ ∈ 𝑌, let 𝜌0 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝜌′), 𝜏0 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝜏′), and 0 ∈ 𝑓 −1( ′) be such that �̃�𝛿 (𝜌0 ∗ 0) = rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜌′∗ ′) �̃�𝛿 (𝑡), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏0) = rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜏′) �̃�𝛿 (𝑡), �̃�𝛿 ((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0) = �̃�𝜔 {𝑓((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0)} = �̃�𝜔((𝜌 ′ ∗ 𝜏′) ∗ ′) = rsup ((𝜌0∗𝜏0)∗ 0)∈𝑓 −1((𝜌′∗𝜏′)∗ ′) �̃�𝛿 ((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0) = rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1((𝜌′∗𝜏′)∗ ′) �̃�𝛿 (𝑡) .also 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌0 ∗ 0) = inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜌′∗ ′) 𝛼𝛿 (𝑡). 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏0) = inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜏′) 𝛼𝛿 (𝑡), 𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0) = 𝛼𝜔 {𝑓((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0)} ihjpas. 36(1)2023 376 = 𝛼𝜔 ((𝜌 ′ ∗ 𝜏′) ∗ ′) = inf ((𝜌0∗𝜏0)∗ 0)∈𝑓 −1((𝜌′∗𝜏′)∗ ′) 𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0) = inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1((𝜌′∗𝜏′)∗ ′) 𝛼𝛿 (𝑡). then �̃�𝜔 (𝜌 ′ ∗ 𝜏′) = rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜌′∗𝜏′) �̃�𝛿 (𝑡) = �̃�𝛿 (𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿 ((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0), �̃�𝛿 (𝜏0)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 { rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1((𝜌′∗𝜏′)∗ ′) �̃�𝛿 (𝑡) , rsup 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜏′) �̃�𝛿 (𝑡)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝜔 ((𝜌 ′ ∗ 𝜏′) ∗ ′), �̃�𝜔(𝜏 ′)} , 𝛼𝜔 (𝜌 ′ ∗ ′) = inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜌′∗ ′) 𝛼𝛿 (𝑡) = 𝛼𝛿 (𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿 ((𝜌0 ∗ 𝜏0) ∗ 0), 𝛼𝛿 (𝜏0)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 { inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1((𝜌′∗𝜏′)∗ ′) 𝛼𝛿 (𝑡), inf 𝑡∈𝑓−1(𝜏′) 𝛼𝛿 (𝑡)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝜔 ((𝜌 ′ ∗ 𝜏′) ∗ ′), 𝛼𝜔 (𝜏 ′)}. hence, 𝜔is a cubic t-ideal of 𝑌. 5. cartesian product of cubic t-ideals in this section, we provide some definitions of the cartesian product of cubic t-ideals in tmalgebras. definition (29). let𝛿1 = 〈�̃�𝛿1 , 𝛼𝛿1 〉 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿2 〉 be two cubic subsets of tm-algebras ℵ1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ℵ2, respectively. we definethe cartesian product of two cubic sets 𝛿1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛿2 by 𝛿1 × 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 〉 and �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1 (𝜌), �̃�𝛿2 (𝜏)}, 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌, 𝜏) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1 (𝜌), 𝛼𝛿2 (𝜏)}, for any (𝜌, 𝜏) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2 . remark (30). let ℵ and 𝑌 be tm-algebras. we define ∗ 𝑜𝑛 ℵ × 𝑌 by (𝜌, 𝜏) ∗ (𝑢, 𝑣) = (𝜌 ∗ 𝑢, 𝜏 ∗ 𝑣) for every (𝜌, 𝜏), (𝑢, 𝑣) belong to ℵ × 𝑌, then, clearly (ℵ × 𝑌,∗, (0,0)) is a tm-algebra. definition (31). a cubic subset 𝛿1 × 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 〉 of ℵ1 × ℵ2 is called a cubic ideal of ℵ1 × ℵ2 if (𝐂𝐏𝟏)�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0) ≥ �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌, 𝜏) and 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0) ≤ 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌, 𝜏), ihjpas. 36(1)2023 377 (𝐂𝐏𝟐)�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 ((𝜌1, 𝜏1) ∗ (𝜌2, 𝜏2)), �̃�𝛿1×𝛿1 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} (𝐂𝐏𝟑)𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 ((𝜌1, 𝜏1) ∗ (𝜌2, 𝜏2)), 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)}, for any (𝜌1, 𝜏1), (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2. definition (32). a cubic subset 𝛿1 × 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 〉 of ℵ1 × ℵ2 is called a cubic t-ideal of ℵ1 × ℵ2 if (𝐂𝐏𝟏)�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0) ≥ �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌, 𝜏) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0) ≤ 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌, 𝜏), (𝐂𝐏𝟐)�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 ((𝜌1, 𝜏1) ∗ (𝜌3, 𝜏3)) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (((𝜌1, 𝜏1) ∗ (𝜌2, 𝜏2)) ∗ (𝜌3, 𝜏3)) , �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} (𝐂𝐏𝟑)𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 ((𝜌1, 𝜏1) ∗ (𝜌3, 𝜏3)) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (((𝜌1, 𝜏1) ∗ (𝜌2, 𝜏2)) ∗ (𝜌3, 𝜏3)) , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} , for any (𝜌1, 𝜏1), (𝜌2, 𝜏2), (𝜌3, 𝜏3) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2. proposition (33). if 𝛿1 × 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 〉 is a cubic t-ideal of tm-algebra ℵ1 × ℵ2 and if (𝜌1, 𝜏1) ≤ (𝜌2, 𝜏2), we have �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ≤ �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) and 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ≥ 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1). for all (𝜌1, 𝜏1), (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2. proof. let (𝜌1, 𝜏1), (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2, such that (𝜌1, 𝜏1) ≤ (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ⇒ (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ∗ (𝜌1, 𝜏1) = (0,0).this together with (0,0) ∗ (𝜌1, 𝜏1) = (𝜌1, 𝜏1)and �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ≤ �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0) also 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ≥ 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0). consider 𝜗𝛿1×𝛿2 ((0,0) ∗ (𝜌1, 𝜏1)) = �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (((0,0) ∗ (𝜌2, 𝜏2)) ∗ (𝜌1, 𝜏1)) , �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 ((0,0) ∗ (0,0)), �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0), �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} = �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2), 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 ((0,0) ∗ (𝜌1, 𝜏1)) = 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (((0,0) ∗ (𝜌2, 𝜏2)) ∗ (𝜌1, 𝜏1)) , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 ((0,0) ∗ (0,0)), 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0), 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} ihjpas. 36(1)2023 378 = 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2) this shows that �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ≤ �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) and 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ≥ 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏2), for all (𝜌1, 𝜏1), (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2. theorem (34)..let 𝛿1 = 〈�̃�𝛿1 , 𝛼𝛿1 〉and 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿2 〉 be two cubic ideal of tm-algebra ℵ1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ℵ2, respectively. then 𝛿1 × 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 〉 is a cubic ideal of ℵ1 × ℵ2. proof. for any (𝜌, 𝜏) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2, �̃�𝜹𝟏×𝜹𝟏 (0,0) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1 (0), �̃�𝛿2 (0)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1 (𝜌), �̃�𝛿2 (𝜏)} = �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌, 𝜏), 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (0,0) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1 (0), 𝛼𝛿2 (0)} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1 (𝜌), 𝛼𝛿2 (𝜏)} = 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿𝟐 (𝜌, 𝜏). for any (𝜌1, 𝜏1), (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ2. then �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1 (𝜌1), �̃�𝛿2 (𝜏1)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1 (𝜌1 ∗ 𝜌2), �̃�𝛿1 (𝜌2)}, 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿2 (𝜏1 ∗ 𝜏2), �̃�𝛿2 (𝜏2)}} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1 (𝜌1 ∗ 𝜌2), �̃�𝛿2 (𝜏1 ∗ 𝜏2)}, 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1 (𝜌2), �̃�𝛿2 (𝜏2)}} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1 ∗ 𝜌2, 𝜏1 ∗ 𝜏2), �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 ((𝜌1 ∗ 𝜏1)(𝜌2 ∗ 𝜏2)), �̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)}, 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1, 𝜏1) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1 (𝜌1), 𝛼𝛿2 (𝜏1)} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1 (𝜌1 ∗ 𝜌2), 𝛼𝛿2 (𝜏2)}, 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿2 (𝜏1 ∗ 𝜏2), 𝛼𝛿 2(𝜏2)}} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1 (𝜌1 ∗ 𝜌2), 𝛼𝛿2 (𝜏1 ∗ 𝜏2)}, 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿2 (𝜌2), 𝛼𝛿2 (𝜏2)}} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌1 ∗ 𝜌2, 𝜏1 ∗ 𝜏2), 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 (𝜌2, 𝜏2)} hence, for all (𝜌1, 𝜏1), (𝜌2, 𝜏2) ∈ ℵ1 × ℵ1, 𝛿1 × 𝛿2 = 〈�̃�𝛿1×𝛿2 , 𝛼𝛿1×𝛿2 〉 is a cubic idealof tmalgebra ℵ1 × ℵ2. 6.conclusion the goal of this paper is to introduce the definition of a cubic ideal and a cubic t-ideal. the homomorphism of these ideals is defined, and the cartesian product of cubic ideals in cartesian product tm-algebras is given. cubic ideals are presented and studied by more than one author on ihjpas. 36(1)2023 379 different algebraic structures. also, new relations between a cubic ideal and a cubic t-ideal are discussed. references 1. megalai, k.; tamilarasi, a. classification of tm-algebra, computer aided soft computing techniques for imaging and biomedical applications. special issue 2010. 2. ganeshkumar, t.; chandramouleeswaran, m. t−derivations on tm-algebras. international journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2013,85,1, 95-107. 3. megalai, k. ; tamilarasi, a. fuzzy subalgebras and fuzzy t-ideals in tm-algebras. journal of mathematics and statistics. 2011, 7,2, 107-111. 4. thomas, j.; indhira, k.; chandrasekaran, v. m. t-normed fuzzy tm-subalgebra of tmalgebras. international journal of computational intelligence systems. 2019,12,2, 706–712. 5. ghlaim, f. m. ; kareem, f. f. interval valued fuzzy ideals of tm-algebra. accepted in journal of interdisciplinary mathematics. 6. ganeshkumar, t. generalized derivation on tm –algebras. international journal of algebra. 2013, 7, 6, 251 – 258. 7. jun, y. b. ; kim, c. s. ; kang, m. s. cubic subalgebras and ideals of bck/bci-algebras. far east journal of mathematical sciences. 2010, 2, 44, 239–250. 8. jun, y. b. ; kim, c. s. ; yang, k.o. cubic sets. annals of fuzzy mathematics and informatics. 2012, 1,4, 83–98. 9. yaqoob, n.; mostafa, s.m. ; ansari, m.a. on cubic ku-ideals of ku-algebras.isrn algebra. 2013. article id935905, 10 pages. 10. kareem, f. f. ; hasan, o. a. cubic ideals of semigroup in ku-algebra. j. phys.: conf. ser. 1804. 2021, 012018. 11. akram, m. ; yaqoob, n.; gulistan, m. cubic ku-subalgebras. int. j. pure appl. math. 2013,89 ,5, 659665. 12. jun, y. b. ; kim, c. s. ; kang ; kang, j. g. cubic q -ideals of bci-algebras. annals of fuzzy mathematics and informatics. 2011, 1, 1, 2534. 13. janaa, c.; senapati, t. cubic g-subalgebras of g-algebras. annals of pure and applied mathematics. 2015, 10,1, 105-115. microsoft word 309-317 309 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the optical properties of electrostatic design and study mirror by using bimurzaev technique intehaa a. mohammed dept.of physics/college of education for pure science(ibn -al haitham)/university of baghdad received in :17april 2014, accepted in :28 october 2014 abstract in this research a computational simulation has been carried out on the design and properties of the electrostatic mirror and a mathematical expression has been suggested to represent the axial potential of an electrostatic mirror. the electron beam path using the bimurzaev technique had been investigated as mirror trajectory with the aid of runge – kutta method. the spherical and chromatic aberration coefficients of mirror has computed and normalized in terms of the focal length. the choice of the mirror depends on the operational requirements. the electrode shape of mirror two electrodes has been determined by using package simion computer program. computations have shown that the suggested potentials give good result for low value spherical and chromatic aberration cs/fr= 8.05, cc/fr=9.1, l=8mm, a=500volt, which give a good indicator for designing the mirrors key words: electrostatic mirror, bimurzaev technique, chromatic aberration, spherical aberration, simion computer program 310 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction electron mirror is used to correct the chromatic and spherical aberration of lenses, this idea are back to the middle of twentieth century [1]. an electron mirror is creating when an electrode with sufficiently high negative potential is placed in the path of an electron beam. the negative electrode forms a potential hill that decelerates the incident electrons. the electrons lose their kinetic energy before reaching the electrode and are back to re– accelerated in the reverse direction. [2]. an electron mirror are capable of introducing chromatic and spherical aberrations of arbitrary sign . hence, we can utilize mirrors to compensate for the corresponding aberrations of round lenses [3] unlike a light optics mirror, where the reflection occurs at the physical surface, the electron mirror represents a "soft" mirror, which allows the electrons to penetrate into the inhomogeneous reflection medium formed by the electrostatic potential[4] by introducing a reflection in the electron path using an electron mirror, the electron beam direction reverses and the electron velocity changes sign , thus the scherzer theorem no longer applies [5]. the mirror field is usually confined between two electrodes a negative (mirror) electrode and a positive electrode (anode) which may be aground potential. the electrode can be shaped to provide the desired focusing effects along with reversing effect.[6] in ion mirror there is one hard reflecting point, this surface does not necessarily coincide with either the physical location of the turn around point of the ion mirror or a physical electrode surface [7]. the field inside a parabolic mirror (reflection) is curved along the axis and according to the laplace equation it also has a curvature in a radial (or transverse) direction [8]. electron mirror is made in various geometries according to their function in an electron optical instrument . they can be made in the form of two or three concentric cylindrical electrodes at different potentials for reducing aberration [9]. theoretical consideration the inverse problem is important method in the design of electrostatic mirror by suggesting an axial electrostatic potential distribution using potential function.      zaczu tanh ---------------------------------(1) where u(z) is the axial potential along the optical axis z. the constant c,a are affects the properties of this suggested potential. the equation of motion of charge particle in the electrostatic field or paraxial ray equation is given by [10] 0 422 2      r u u dz dr u u dz rd ----------------(2) where u' and u'' are the first and second derivatives of the axial potential u respectively. r represents the radial displacement of the beam form the axis z and the primes denote a derivative with respect to z. this research with the aid of bimurzaev technique and modified on it for solving electrostatic mirror trajectory by applying this trajectory equation twice at the first one applied is zero magnification condition representing the incident beam on the mirror before reflecting and the second one is applied infinite magnification condition representing the reflecting beam from the mirror. the second condition is very important because the optical properties are computed from it. the most important aberrations in an electron-optical system are spherical and chromatic aberration the spherical aberration coefficient cs and chromatic aberration cofficient cc referred to the image side are calculated from the following equations [11]. 311 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )3( 2 3 3 14 24 5 4 5 16 4 2 22342 4 2 1                                            dzru r r u u r r u u u u u u r u c zi zo s )4( 42 2 1 2 1 2 2              dzuru u rr u u r u c zi zo c the shape of the electrodes forming a specific electrostatic mirror has been determind by following equation [11] (5) --------------      2 4 , r zuzuzru  the electrode shape by using simion computer program ,this program used to simulate electrostatic and static magnetic device for accelerating, transporting and otherwise manipulating beams of charged particles. results and discussion a potential distribution function has been suggested to represent an electrostatic mirror by equation 1, figure (1) shows the axial potential u(z) and its corresponding the first and second derivatives respectively based on the proposed expression given in this equation at the above value of the constant ( c, a ) the length of mirror in the case is l= 8mm from figure (1) also we note that there is one inflection point in the second derivative of the potential distribution,( i.e. two electrode mirror have been used or chosen) the beam path along the electrostatic mirror field using bimurzaev technique under the accelerating mode of operation has been considered represented by equation (2), and trajectories of the electrostatic mirror along various lengths l=8mm, 12mm.16mm, 20mm, as shown in figure (2) figure (3) shows the electrostatic mirror focal length fr is inversely proportional with (a) for all mirror length where the increase of the values of (a) causes to decrease the values of the mirror focal length , the mirror focal length can be determined from the reflect beam trajectory where the focal length of reflect beam trajectory represents the mirror focal length , from the result it is noted that the mirror focal length has a positive sign that is means the mirror type is convergence. figure (4) noted that the electrostatic mirror spherical and chromatic aberration cs and cc is directly proportional with (a) for all mirror length it is noted from this figure that the value of mirror aberration (cs,cc) inversely with value (a) where the increase of the value of (a) causes to decrease the value of the mirror spherical and chromatic aberration at the mirror length l=(8,12,16,20)mm. figure (5) noted that the increasing of the values of the (a) causes decreases the values of both cs/fr and cc/fr for all mirror length, these values are listed in table (1) 312 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure (6) showed the relative spherical cs/fr and chromatic cc/fr aberration coefficient have been computed as a function of the relative mirror length l/fr at mirror length l=8 mm where a=(500,300,275,220,175)volt. dimension of the two electrode s electrostatic -figure (7) showed three mirror using bimurzaev technique when the a=500 volt at the mirror length l=8mm using simion computer program conclusion the electrostatic mirror achieved in present investigation are useful for studying surfaces of specimens using bimurzeav technique are considered as mirror trajectories .in this research, good results have been got using the mathematical expression for excel potential and the electron beam to produce the trajectories which are successful. from results ,the obtained negative sign of spherical and chromatic aberration cs and cc can be used to correct the aberration references 1.barnett, m. e., and nixon, w. c. (1966). a mirror electron microscope using magnetic lenses, sci. instrum., 44: 893-898. 2.kuehler, j. d. (1960). a new electron mirror design, j. ibm, 4: 202-204. 3.preikszas , d. and rose , h. (1997), correction properties of electron mirrors, j.electron microsc., 46,1-9. 4.rose, h. and wan, w.( 2005), aberration correction in electron microscopy, proc. ieee, particle accel. conf., knoxville, tennessee., 5: 44-48. 5. feng, j.;forest, e.; macdowell, a.a.; marcus, m.; padmore, h.; raoux, s.; robin, d.; scholl, a.; schlueter, r.; schmid, p.; stohr, j.; wan, w.; wei, d. h. and wu, y.(2005). an x-ray photoemission electron microscope using an electron mirror aberration corrector for the study of complex materials", j. phys: condens. matter., 17: 1339 1350. 6. rempfer,g. f., desloge, d. m., skoczylas, w. p., and griffith,o. h.(1997), simultaneuos correction of spherical and chromatic aberration with an electron mirror: an electron optical achromat, microsc. microanal.3, 14-27 7.rockwood, a. l. (1999). stability conditions for multiply reflection electrostatic ion trap, j. am. soc. mass spectrum. 10: 241-245. 8.doroshenko, v. m.and cotter, r. j., 1999. ideal velocity focusing in a reflection time – of – flight mass spectrometer, j. am. soc. mass spectrum., 10: 992-999. 9.berger,c. and baril , m.(1982), studies of three cylinder electrostatic mirror and lenses, j. appl. phys, 53, 3950-3956 10.grivent, p.( 1972) electron optics, pergamon: oxfords and new york, 1, 174. 11.szilagyi, m., and szep, j.(1987). a systematic analysis of symmetric three – electrode electrostatic lenses, ieee trans. 34: 2634-2642. 313 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (1) the optical properties of electrostatic mirror l(mirror length) (mm) a(volt) cs/fr cc/fr 8 500 -8.05 -9.1 12 300 -9.08 -10.19 16 230 -8.71 -9.8 20 100 -6.59 -7.01 figure no. (1) the axial potential distribution u(z) and its first and second derivatives u`(z) and u``(z) respectively of the electrostatic mirror when c=5 volt, a=300 volt and mirror length l=8mm 314 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 100 200 300 400 500 a (volt) 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 f r( m m ) figure no.(3) the changeability between values of the mirror focal length (fr)mm and (a)volt when l=8,12,16,20 mm 315 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 100 200 300 400 500 a(volt) -3.4 -3.2 -3.0 -2.8 -2.6 c s a n d c c cs cc 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 fr(mm) -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 c s /f r a n d c c /f r cs/fr cc/fr figureno. (5) the changeability between cs/fr and cc/fr as a function of mirror focal length fr (mm) for different values of (a) 316 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (7) the shape of electrodes for electrostatic mirror in three dimensions by using simion computer program 317 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تصميم ودراسة الخواص البصرية لمراة كھروستاتيكية باستعمال تقانه بمرزايف انتھاء احمد محمد التربية للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھيثم/جامعة بغدادقسم الفيزياء/كلية 2014تشرين االول 28، قبل البحث : 2014نيسان 17استلم البحث: الخالصة تم في ھذا البحث إجراء بحث حاسوبي عن تصميم وخواص المرايا الكھروستاتيكية واقتراح صيغة رياضية لتمثيل و تمت دراسة مسار الحزمة االلكترونية باستعمال تقانه بمرزايف على انھا الجھد المحوري لھذه المرأة الكھروستاتيكية .كوتا–مسار مراتي باالستعانه بطريقة رنج وتم تعييرھا بداللة البعد البؤري ان تم حساب الخواص البصرية للمرايا من معامالت الزيوغ الكروية واللونية التشغيل. تم ايجاد شكل اقطاب المراة ثنائية االقطاب ورسمھا من خالل يعتمد على طريقة ومستلزمات اختيار المراة استخدام برنامج سيميون بينت الحسابات ان الجھود المقترحة اعطت نتائج جيدة قيم قليلة للزيغين الكروي واللوني فلقد حصلنا على cs/fr= 8.05 cc/fr=9.1 l=8mm a=500volt والذي يعطي مؤشر جيد لتصميم المرايا :المرا يا الكھروستاتيكية ، تقنية بمرزايف، الزيوغ الكروية، الزيوغ اللونية ، برنامج سيميونالكلمات المفتاحية 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد دراسة تكوین معقد بین حامض الفولیك والفلورین باستخدام مطیافي األشعة تحت الحمراء واألشعة فوق البنفسجیة د كفاء خلف حمود ، ماهر محمود محمد ، عبد اللطیف محمد رؤوف ، سلوان سفیان إبراهیم ، دری عیسى زناد وزارة العلوم والتكنلوجیا ،مركز البحوث الكیمیائیة، بغداد العراق الخالصة للمركبـات الهیدروكربونیـة متعـددة الحلقـات انموذجـاأظهرت دراسة تكون معقد بین حامض الفولیك والفلورین سـم2401االروماتیـة مـن خـالل ظهـور حزمــة أشـعة تحـت الحمـراء جدیـدة فــي -1 فـي حلقــة nh2–c=nد لجـزء تعـو –للتمـازج فــي نظـام واهــب ) نــم 278، 217( البتیـرین لحـامض الفولیــك ونـشوء قمتــي امتـصاص أشــعة فـوق البنفــسجیة فـي لـیس فقـط عملیـة التحــول مــن ثـم ن تكـون المعقـد غیـر بالــضرورة توزیـع الـشحنة مـع المحـیط وأالنتــائج تؤكـد . π-π مـستقبل .ركبات الهیدروكربونیة متعددة الحلقات االروماتیةالحیوي للحامض بل وسمیة الم ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 folic acid with fluorene: a complexation study by uv and ftir spectroscopies k. k. hammud, m. m. mohamme d, abdul l. m. raouf, s. s. ibrahim, d. e. znad ministry of science and technology, centre of chemistry research, baghdad, iraq abstract the comp lexation between folic acid and a typ ical p oly aromatic hy drocarbon, fluorene, was investigated usin g ft ir and uv sp ectra. app earance of a new ir b and at 2401cm −1 demonst rates t hat nh2–c=n moiety on p terin ring in fo lic acid is p rotonated when fluorene is introduced. the emergence of two charge transfer bands at 217 nm and 278 nm in uv differ ence sp ectra shows the p resence of π-π comp lexation between fo lic acid and fluorene. these exp eriments confirm t hat fluorene could comb ine with the pterin ring of folic acid through π-π donor– acceptor interaction and induce the p rotonation p rocess in folic acid up on st rengthening electron accep ting ability of pterin ring. the results suggest that comp lexation between fluorene with folic acid necessarily change their char ge distribution and the surroundings. it is inferred that not only biotransformation p rocess of folic acid, but also t he toxicity of p oly aromatic hydrocarbons could be chan ged. introduction folic acid is comp osed of p amino benzoic acid, glutamic acid, and p terin ring (see scheme -1). folic acid, which p lay s a key in one – carbon metabolism, is essential for biosy nthesis of several comp ounds. the p terin ring changed by reductase enzy me to tetrahy drofolate which receives one carbon fragments from donors ( monocarbonic units)such as serine, glycine, and histidine then transfers them to intermediates in the sy nthesis of amino acids, p urines, t hy mine, and p y rimidine found in dna.[1,2] poly aromatic hy drocarbons are a class of electron rich aromatic p ollutants with three or more fused benzene rings that are widesp read in natural or artificial forms. so me of them are known t o be muta genic and/or carcinogenic. transformation and toxicity of poly aromatic hy drocarbons which were strongly depended on the surroundings was demonst rated.[3-6] the formation of π-π comp lexes between fluorene and some model humic _-acceptor subunits such as o-p henanthroline, py ridine had been invest igated and then exp lained the dependence of the environ mental transformation of p olyaromatic hy drocarbons on the surroundings. [7] y.y. he et al [8] reported that toxicity and transformation p rocess of p olyaromatic hy drocarbons is strongly dep ended on the interaction between p olyaromatic hydrocarbons and the coexisting comp ounds. complexation between fo lic acid and a typ ical poly aromatic hy drocarbon, anthracene was invest igated using ft ir and uv sp ectra. app earance of a new ir band at 2362cm −1 demonstrates that nh2–c=n moiety on pterin ring in folic acid is p rotonated when anthracene is introduced. the shift of the characterist ic ir band of the pterin ring and the emergence of two charge transfer bands at 254 nm and 246 nm in uv diff erence sp ectra show the p resence of π-π comp lexation b etween folic acid and anthracen e. these exp eriments confirm that anthracene could combine with the pterin ring of folic acid through π-π donor–accepter interaction and induce the p rotonation p rocess in folic acid up on st rengthening electron accepting ability of pterin ring. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 the aim of this work is to study the comp lexation between folic acid and another typical p olyaromatic hy drocarbon, fluorene, as a representative comp ound of them by using ft ir and uv sp ectroscop ies. experime nt m aterials (all materials were from bdh chemicals ltd poole, en gland) 0.01 g fluoren e was dissolved in 100 ml methanol, and the sup ernatant liquid was taken out as fluorene saturated solution. 2.50×10 −4 mol l −1 fo lic acid st ock solution was p repared by dissolving 0.0221 g fo lic acid in 1:1 methanol/water (v:v) or water in 200 ml volumetric f lask. also hcl, naoh were used for p h adjustment. ex perime nt methods [8] ft ir sp ectroscopy : m icroscop ic ft ir-sp ectra of the comp lex formed between folic acid and fluorene as well as the sp ectra of folic acid and fluorene were recorded at ftir sp ectrop hotometer (ir prestige -21, sh imadzu, japan) after packed with p otassium bromide at room temp erature. solid folic acid and fluorene were used directly to obtain microscopic ft ir sp ectra, while the samples of complex were prepared by mixing the ap p rop riate quantity of folic acid with fluorene. uv absorp tion sp ectroscopy : uv absorp tion sp ectra have often been used to st udy the st ructure of the complex. uv absorp tion sp ectra were recorded as follows: eight of 5.0×10−5 mol l −1 fo lic acid workin g solutions in 1:1 methanol/water (v:v) were resp ectively adjust ed to p h 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 10.0 with hcl and naoh, which were tagged as group a. then 50μl fluorene saturated solutions were resp ectively added into each 10ml of the solutions from group a, which were tagged as group b. fluorene solution of the same concentration without folic acid were used as sp ectra control. the uv absorption sp ectra of the test solutions were recorded usin g a uv–vis sp ectrop hotometer (uv-1650pc, shimadzu, jap an) against a solvent blank (for group a) or fluorene blank (for group b). s cheme-1-: s tructures of folic acid  results and discussion exact information about the functional group s involved in the interaction p rocess would be given by the comp arison of ftir of folic acid with that of the p roduct after interaction with fluorene. as shown in fi gur e -1-, the bands for p ure folic acid between 3600 3400cm −1 are du e to the hy droxy l (oh) stretching bands of glutamic acid moiety and nh group of pterin ring. the stretching v ibration peak of c=o appears at 1696cm −1 , while the  t he merck index ,2000 by merck & co inc., whitehouse station, nj, usa n h n n nh2n o h n h n cooh o cooh p amino benzoic acid pt erin ring ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 band at 1607cm −1 r elates to the bending mode of nh vibration. the bands between 1511 – 1482 cm −1 are attributed to characterist ic absorption band of the p heny l and pterin ring.[9] when folic acid coexists with fluorene as shown in fi gur e1-, a new absorp tion band appears at 2375cm −1 , and it is ascribed to n + –h st retching vibration band of c= n + h on pterin ring.[10] the appearance of the new band demonst rates that the n atom on pterin ring is p rotonated when fluorene coexists. because there is no other source of the proton, the change of the ir bands would be caused by the proton transfer from carboxy l at glutamic acid moiety to n atoms at pt erin ring. it is well known that the lone-p air electrons on n atoms at pterin ring are not conjugated with ring π sy stem, so they are cap able to combine with p roton to p roduce p ositive salt. the shift of ir bands at 1511 and 1482cm −1 suggests that p henyl or pterin ring is also involved in the interaction of folic acid with fluorene [11]. research performed has de monstrated that a p lanar molecular with rich electrons, such as p oly aromatic hy drocarbons, can interact with opp osing sy stem to p roduce comp lexes named as π-π electron donor–accep ter sy stem. [12]. pt erin ring, a p lanar n-heterocy clic (se e scheme -1-) , would p arallel the p lanar π system of fluorene to p roduce a comp lex by π-π electron donor–accepter interaction through suggested face to face geometry [8]. in consequence, the electron clouds would deflect from fluorene to p terin ring, and then the p roton-accepting ability of n atoms could become st ronger so that the p roton transformation from the carboxy l of glutamic acid to n atoms happens. the interaction between fo lic acid with fluorene is st udied by using the uv sp ectra and uv difference sp ectra as disp lay ed in figure -2uv sp ectra of folic acid shows a strong absorb pterin ion band around 283 nm during p h 3.0–8.0 , and it is assigned to the π-π* transition of p terin ring.[13] the dominant form of p terin ring of folic acid is as shown in scheme -1dur ing p h 3.0–8.0, and the other acid or basic form could be ignor ed because the p ka values of the pterin ring are 8.1 and 2.4 [14], which are r esp ectively ascribed to the dissociation of the p rotonated group s of o=c–n and nh2–c=n. this is consistent with the fact that its max of the uv band is remainin g unchan ged during p h 3.0–8.0. absorption band of fluorene at 289 nm is assi gned to π-π * transition of conju gated π sy stem and it is not interfered by p h. when folic acid and fluoren e coexist, the uv sp ectra against fluorene b lank shows the app earance of two charge transfer bands at 217 and 278 nm during p h 3.0–8.0.t hese two bands are the evidence of the π-π comp lexation between folic acid and fluorene, and they are ascribed to t he dist urbance of the comp lexation on π-π* transition of conjugated π sy stem. the intensities of charge transfer bands should be p rop ortional to the interaction st rength, and the interaction st rength should be p ositive correlation with the p rotonation degr ee of π accepter, so the intensities of charge transfer b ands would be relative to the p rotonation degree of n-atoms on the pterin moiety . the p ka value 2.4 of the p rotonated group nh2–c=n on p terin ring is much smaller than the inflection. this fact p roves that t he comp lexation between folic acid and fluorene indeed chan ges the char ge distribution of the folic acid, esp ecially the pterin ring. consequently , the proton accep ting ability of pterin ring increases. re ferences 1.lip p incott,s illustrated reviews (2005): biochemistry , champ e ,p. c.; harvey , r. a. and ferrier, d. r. (editors), lip p incott willams & wilkins, usa. p. 372, 2. birdsall,b.; feeney , j. s tendeler,j.b.; hammond,s.j. and roberts, g.c.k.(1989), biochemistry 28:2297–2305. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 3. noordman,w.h.; bruinin g,j.w. ; wietz es,. d.and janssen, b. (2000), j. contam. hy drol. 44: 119–140. 4. gensemer, r.w. ; di xon,d.g.; b.m . greenberg (1998), ecotoxicol. environ. safety 39:57–64. 5. chi,f.h. and amy , g.l. (2004), chemosp here 55: 515–524. 6. akkanen, j. ; pentt inen, s.; haitzer, m . and kukkonen ,j.v.k. (2001), chemosp here 45: 453–462. 7. wijnja,h. ; pi gnatello,j.j.and m alekani ,k. (2004), j. environ. qual. 33 :265–275. 8. he,y.y. ; wang,x.c. ; jin b,p.k. and zhao,bo xiaoyuan fan (2009), sp ectrochimica acta part a 72 :876–879. 9. zhang,j. ; rana, s. ; srivastava,r.s. and m isra, r.d.k. (2008), acta biomater 4:40–48. 10. bellamy l.j. (1980), the infrared sp ectra of comp lex m olecules, chapman and hall, london. 11. szakács,z. and nosz ál b. (2006), electrop horesis 27:3399-3409. 12. m ulliken ,r.s. (1952), j. am. chem. soc. 74: 811–824. 13. thomas,a.h.; suلrez,g. ; cabrerizo,f.m . ; m artino,r. and capp arelli ,a.l. (2000), j. phot ochem. photobiol. a 135:147–154. 14. albert,a. (1953) biochem. j. 54 646–654, he,y. y. ;wan g,x.c. ; jin b, p.k. and zhao, bo xiaoyuan fan (2009), sp ectrochimica acta part a 72: 876–879. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig. (1): ir spectra of fluorene and foli c acid before and after interaction with fluorene . 400600800100012001400160018002000240028003200360040004400 1/c m 35 37,5 40 42,5 45 47,5 50 52,5 55 57,5 60 62,5 65 %t flourene + folic acid 400600800100012001400160018002000240028003200360040004400 1/c m 45 47,5 50 52,5 55 57,5 60 62,5 65 67,5 70 72,5 75 77,5 %t 34 12 ,0 8 33 25 ,2 8 31 13 ,1 1 29 24 ,0 9 2 84 3, 07 28 06 ,4 3 23 76 ,3 0 16 95 ,4 3 16 04 ,7 7 13 38 ,6 0 11 05 ,2 1 91 4, 26 76 5, 74 59 4, 08 folic acid folic acid 400600800100012001400160018002000240028003200360040004400 1/c m 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 %t flourene fluorene fluorene+folic acid 2375cm -1 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.(2): uv absor ption spectra of fluorene , folic acid, and the ir mixture against fluorene blank respectively 0.01g fluore ne in 100 m l m etha nol folic a cid a dj usted to ph 210 50μl fluore ne adde d to 10ml (5x10 -5 m ole/l) folic a cid a t ph 2-10 278nm 217 nm 173 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 abstarct recently, digital communication has become a critical necessity and so the internet has become the most used medium and most efficient for digital communication. at the same time, data transmitted through the internet are becoming more vulnerable. therefore, the issue of maintaining secrecy of data is very important, especially if the data is personal or confidential. steganography has provided a reliable method for solving such problems. steganography is an effective technique in secret communication in digital worlds where data sharing and transfer is increasing through the internet, emails and other ways. the main challenges of steganography methods are the undetectability and the imperceptibility of confidential data. this paper presents a steganography method in frequency domain. haar wavelet transform is applied for decomposition of gray level cover image into four sub-bands. the secret image is hidden in the high frequency hh sub-band after applying the histogram modification followed by scrambling process. a histogram modification is adopted, to scale the secret image to normalize its values, that manipulates the secret image from bright image to dark. thus the secret image becomes invisible so it can be hidden in the high frequency sub-band. scrambling the positions can be for rows then columns, which will give strong security of the hiding process. the experimental results demonstrate the proposed method has achieved superior performance in terms of quantifiable measurement (psnr and correlation) and in terms of visual quality. the proposed method propositions good imperceptible results and good response for against the various image attacks. keyword: data hiding, haar wavelet transform, histogram modification, scrambling, correlation. 1. introduction the open environment in digital world has brought a new prospect for achieves the secret ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index department of computer science, college of education for women, university of baghdad department enas muzaffer jamel enasm.altai@gmail.com doi: 10.30526/33.1.2365 image steganography based on wavelet transform and histogram modification article history: received 13 june 2019, accepted 24 july 2019, publish january 2020. file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/enasm.altai@gmail.com 174 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 communication [1]. information hiding has attracted lots of attention due to the proliferating use and exchange of digital media over the internet. information hiding is a science of embedding information through digitally covered media and transmitted it's without leaving any notable trace, which leads to attention of eavesdroppers. the steganography via a digital cover of multimedia data is a good manner to provide protection of data [2]. the major requirements of steganography system are perceptual imperceptibility, capacity and robustness [3]. steganography methods can be categorized to spatial domain and frequency domain. the spatial field hides the confidential information through altering the lsbs for pixels in the cover image. the pixels can be take randomly or sequentially. the benefits of spatial field methods are simple implementation, high capacity but fail to prevent attacks and are easily detected. on the other hand, alternatively methods involve steganography in frequency domain. different transforms such as dft, dct and dwt have been used for vary data hiding techniques. the transforms found numerous applications in image processing. this type of technique is more robust [4]. additionally, this manner enhanced the problem which due to sensitivity and imperceptibility compared to the spatial domain [5]. wavelet transform has the capability of converting images from spatial field into frequency field. compared with dct and dft, the wavelet transform has less intensive resource, so that arises less distortion in the image. there are varying filters that are available, but the haar-dwt and the daubechies-dwt are widely used [5]. haar wavelet transform is precisely reversible without the edge effects problem that are acted in other wavelet transforms [6]. it analyzes the signal to different scales and frequency bands and decomposes the image into different images of the sub band low-low (ll), low-high (lh), high-low (hl) and high-high (hh) [7]. the low frequency part has information of image close to the original image. the high frequency parts have information about edge components. this allows the steganography systems to use the high frequency sub-bands for embedding the secret data. since the human eye is less sensitive, when changes in edges. these changes being unobserved by the human eye, the image becomes durable to penetrate compared to other methods [8]. in the paper [6]. image steganography adopts different orthogonal and biorthogonal wavelet families. using modified lsb method to embedded the secret message. the results showed that haar wavelet is the better choice for image steganography based on modified lsb method. the proposed method is shown to be non-robust to gaussian and salt-n-pepper noise. in [7]. haar wavelet transform is used to decompose of the cover image. data hiding is applied as text, encrypted the data by advanced encryption standard (aes) algorithm before hiding it. the text can constitute the key from alphabetic words taking the length of 8 characters. in ll sub-band wavelet decomposed image, the least significant bit (lsb) method of wavelet coefficients is changed with the encrypted text. the researcher in [9]. using the least significant bit (lsb) to hide secret message in image. where the secret message was converted into binary and the image was divided to the original colors red, green and blue (rgb). the blue sector was converted into binary, and then the hide process is implemented by means of hide two bits of secret message in two bits of least significant bits in the blue sector of the cover image. in [10]. encoded the secret image by huffman coding before hiding it. the cover image is decomposed by applying haar wavelet transform. huffman code is divided into 3-bits blocks that led to constitute a decimal value ranging from 0 to 7. using least significant bit (lsb) method, 3 bits 175 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 of huffman encoded bit stream is embedded into the 3 least significant bits for wavelet coefficients in the high frequency sub-bands. while in [11]. huffman codding was applied to the secret data to provide a kind of security in addition to high capacity, which gives the possibility to compress the information before hidden in the cover. the pixels in the cover image were represented using fibonacci decomposition that increased the system's durability. in this paper, applied steganography system and study of the effectiveness of the haar wavelet transform and histogram modification which were used in the hiding process. histogram modification is used as a threshold for the secret image that manipulates the secret image from bright image to dark. shrink histogram is used to achieve low contrast to secret image, then the low contrast values are shifted by slide histogram to the low end of the range which leads to provide a dark image. thus the secret image becomes invisible. this paper is ordered as follows: section 2 defines haar-wavelet transform. section 3 gives description of histogram modification. section 4 describes the proposed method in detail. the experimental results are presented in section 5. section 6 shows the conclusions. 2. haar wavlet transform the wavelet transform is a mathematical method, has the capability to convert images from spatial domain into frequency domain. the low and high frequencies are extracted by passing the image through the high and low pass filters, respectively. wavelet transforms analysis treaties with the signal and divides in to detail category and the category of approximations. it analyzes the signal to different scales and frequency bands. dwt applies two groups of function: scaling and wavelet that relate with high and low pass filters. the decomposition work by dividing time separation. in other word, in a signal only half of the samples are enough to be the whole signal that makes doubling the frequency separation [12]. in haar wavelet transform, the low frequency wavelet coefficient is produced through compute the averaging of the two pixel values and high frequency coefficients are produced through taking half of the difference for the same two pixels. for two deamination images, wt decomposes the image into different sub – bands as resolution approximation band or low-low (ll) in addition to horizontal high-low (hl), vertical low-high (lh) and diagonal high-high (hh), detail components as shown in figure 1. the important information of the spatial domain image (smooth parts) is existent in the low frequency wavelet coefficients (approximation band) and the edge and texture details typically be existent in the high frequency sub bands, such as lh, hl, and hh [10]. haar wavelet transform is identical to its inverse, that is consider one important feature of it [12]. 176 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 (a) (b) figure 1. shows a: the original image, b: the lena image after one level decomposition of haar wavelet. 3. histogram modification many image processing applications are concerned of histogram techniques. the histogram has tool which is effective and useful not just to about quality of the image but considered also to modify the contrast and brightness of image [13]. it appears as an intensity distribution or probability density function. a histogram of the image can be modified as a result of mapping functions. the gray-scale modification is including two methods are histogram shrink and histogram stretch, sometimes denoted as histogram scaling. the histogram shrink is used to decrease the contrast for image by compressing the gray levels. while the histogram stretch is a obverse of histogram shrink, which spread the histogram across the whole gray level range. that has the effect of increasing the contrast of a low contrast image. the mapping functions for a histogram shrink and histogram stretching can be represented as: ( ( )) * ( ) ( ) +[ ( ) ( ) ] (1) ( ( )) * ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + [ ] (2) where shrink max and shrink min represent the maximum and minimum are chosen in the compressed histogram. image has reduced contrast as result of this process. i(r,c)max and i(r,c)min represent the largest and the smallest gray level value in the image respectively. the max and min denote to maximum and minimum gray level values, probable (these are 0 and 255 for an 8-bit image). in histogram sliding techniques, the complete histogram of the image can be shifted to become either darker or lighter. due to shifting of histogram to rightwards or leftwards, a clear change will be seen in the image. this can be done by addition or subtraction a fixed value for entirely the gray-level values. in this paper, the subtraction process was applied as follows: ( ) ( ) (3) 177 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 where offset denote a fixed value to slide the histogram. in this calculation will create a darker image [14]. 4. proposed image steganography algorithm in this section, the proposed technique for steganography is presented. (a): embedding image (b) : extracting image figure 2. illustrates the hiding and extracting steps of the proposed method. 178 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 a-the hiding algorithm the steps of the hiding algorithm: bextracting algorithm the algorithm involves from four steps as follows: original secret image histogram of original image figure 3. shows the original secret image and histogram of it input: cover image, secret image. output: stego-image. step 1: apply haar wavelet transform to the cover image to get the decomposition subbands (ll, lh, hl, hh). step 2: manipulate the secret image by histogram modification to scale the secret image and normalize its values, using mapping function of a histogram shrink via using various range of histogram such as (80-130), (90-120), (100-110). the next step is to apply histogram slide to shift the histogram range to low end region, where offset= shrinkmin to ensure the histogram doesn't extent low end (zero value), as in figure 3, 4. step 3: scrambling of rows positions then columns positions for the image obtained from step 2, as in figure 5. step 4: embed the secret image in hh sub-band. step 5: calculate inverse haar wavelet transform for image obtained in step 4. input: stego-image. output: recover secret image. step 1. apply hwt for the stego-image to get the sub-bands (ll, lh, hl, hh). step 2. extract secret image is hidden, which represent the scrambled secret image. extract secret image from hh. step 3. de-scrambling the extracted image. step 4. apply histogram stretch for the image of step3 to recover the secret image. 179 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 histogram shrink, range (80 – 130) histogram shrink, range (90 –120) histogram shrink, range (100 – 110) histogram after shrink histogram after shrink histogram after shrink histogram slide for range (80 – 130) histogram slide for range (90 –120) histogram slide for range (100–110) histogram after slide offset=80 histogram after slide offset=90 histogram after slide offset=100 figure 4. shows the steps of the histogram shrink and histogram slide for the secret image with different ranges. 180 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 (a) (b) figure 5. (a) scrambling the rows of secret image, (b) scrambling the columns of secret image. 4. experimental results the proposed system is designed using matlab 7.0 for programming. three different images are used as secret image of size 128x128, lena is employed as the cover-images of size 512x512, 8-bit gray-level images as shown in figure 6. in this section, demonstrates the results and evaluate the efficiency of the hiding algorithm, psnr and correlation criteria are used to test images. psnr is measured as: ( ) (4) ∑ ∑ ( ( ) ( )) (5) where m represents the number of rows and n is the number of columns. l (x, y) and l’(x, y) are the pixel values that denote for the cover and stego-image, respectively [15]. the correlation measures the extent of similarity between the original secret image and the recovered image and can be considered using the following equation: ∑ ( ̅)( ̅) √∑ ( ̅) ∑ ( ̅) (6) where x , y represents the secret image and recovered respectively. correlation of about 0.7 or above is counted passable [16]. the maximum value of correlation is 1 [17]. cover image secret image: (a) peppers, (b) boat and (c) butterfly figure 6. show the cover image and secret images. 181 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 in this work, the efficiency of haar wavelet transform in hiding process is studied. this algorithm devotes the hh sub-bands in the hiding process. the histogram modification is used as scale for secret image, the scale controls the quality of stego-image. that can be done through transform secret image from high contrast to low contrast as a result of shrink histogram, then the low contrast image is shifted to low end of range as a result of slide histogram. finally, the secret image becomes invisible (dark image). the experimental results, including the secret image under different values ranges of histogram scaling (shrinking) which are (80 -130), (90 120) and (100 -110). from the table 1. it can be noted that the smaller range of histogram scaling (shrinking) for secret image can produce high visual quality of the stego-image. since the changes made in the cover image is small. while the large range of histogram scaling (shrinking) that lead to more changes occur in cover image which lead to more distortion and the visual quality are reduced. table 1. show the psnr and corr. with different ranges of histogram shrinking. histogram range (80 – 130) histogram range (90 –120) histogram range (100 –110) secret image recovery psnr= 25.0139 db psnr= 28.9949 db psnr= 35.0258 db corr= 1 psnr=25.1068 db psnr= 29.0843 db psnr=35.0781 db corr= 1 182 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 psnr= 24.3719 db psnr= 28.4125 db psnr= 34.7559 db corr= 1 histogram scaling provides less image distortion and detectability of stego-image. from the results, one can notice that best results are obtained from hiding secret image which has smaller range of histogram scaling. so that the stego-image has highest psnr value that indicate good perceptibly. the psnr of the stego-images for hiding process and correlation of the recovered images shown in table 1. the haar wavelet transform at different range of histogram scaling (shrinking) was performed well, and can be noted that the results of psnr has accepted values. typically, the assortment of psnr values between 20 40 to good quality image [18]. the average psnr of this method for (100-110) range are found to be 34.9533 db. on the other hand, the extracted image has correlation of 1 in comparison with the original secret image. that indicted the proposed algorithm is sufficiently secure. figure 7. presents the histogram of stego-image and considered the image peppers as secret image, and (100-110) as range of histogram scaling (shrinking), which provides the secret image in low contrast. it can be seen from figure 7 a,b. the stego-image histogram is still having the same shape as the original one, so the stego-image quality still good even after the data embedding. 183 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 histogram of the cover image histogram of the stego-image at range (100-110) figure 7. show histogram for original lena image and for stego-image at range (100-110). robustness of the steganography system is its ability to resist various attacks, such as geometrical distortion (cropping), jpeg compression, gaussian noise [19]. and salt & pepper noise [20]. table 2. illustrations the results of attacks for the proposed method test. table 2. show the psnr and corr. of the various attacks. crop 1/16 of image psnr=19.7725 db jpeg compression, compression rate (50%) psnr= 30.8742 db psnr=22.7959 db, gaussian noise mean=0, variance =0.005 psnr= 15.5178 db salt & pepper noise(0.1) 184 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 corr=1 corr=1 corr=1 corr=1 crop 2/16 of image psnr=15.8465 db jpeg compression, compression rate (40%) psnr= 29.8201 db psnr=30.9097 db, gaussian noise mean=0,variance=0.0005 psnr= 22.2012 db salt & pepper noise(0.02) corr=1 corr=1 corr=1 corr=1 crop 3/16 of image psnr=13.7744 db jpeg compression, compression rate (30%) psnr= 28.2021db psnr=28.7628 db, gaussian noise mean=0, variance =0.001 psnr=30.9920 db salt & pepper noise(0.002) corr=1 corr=1 corr=1 corr=1 when tested with various attack, the extracted image has correlation of 1. from results, the proposed method is found strong against various attacks. table 3. illustrations the capacity, psnr and corr. of the proposed method in hiding at hh sub-band for haar wavelet, for lena test image as host with different capacity of secret images. the experimental results presented that the proposed method gives a good performance with a large amount of data hiding capacity in terms of psnr. 185 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 3. show the capacity, psnr, correlation from lena stego-image. capacity of secret image in kb psnr corr. 3584 35.4219 1 3850.24 35.0781 1 4157.44 35.0258 1 5324.8 34.7559 1 5. conclusions this paper, proposed a new steganography algorithm which uses a threshold-based on histogram modification methods for data hiding. histogram modification has been successfully implemented in haar wavelet transform domain [19]. the histogram modification can be achieved to control the quality of steganography images when manipulated the secret image by transform the high contrast to low contrast, then low contrast is shifted to the low end. so that the secret image becomes invisible. before hiding the secret image in the cover, scrambling process is applied to the positions of the rows and then columns which would give strength to the hiding process. so the secret image is difficult identify for someone he wants to attack. according to the experimental results, the psnr is still an acceptable value even with high capacity of hidden secret image, it has been shown that in the stego-image is good quality and there is no any suspicion from existence of hidden secret data when compared with cover image. in addition, the obtained values for the correlation of the secret images were verified that the method of hiding the information obtained by the proposed method was sufficiently secure. from the results, it was confirmed the proposed method is highly strong for against the various attacks. references 1. rabie, t. digital image steganography: an fft approach. in international conference on networked digital technologies.2012, 217-230. 2. fouad, m.m. enhancing the imperceptibility of image steganography for information hiding. ieee: cfp1785n-art c, pti, proceedings of the federated conference on computer science and information systems, 2017, 11, 545–548, doi: 10.15439/2017f10. 3. kasana, g.; singh, k.; bhatia, s. data hiding algorithm for images using discrete wavelet transform and arnold transform. kips, journal of information processing systems. 2017, 13, 5, 1331-1344, 4. cheddad, a.; condell, j.; curran, k.; kevitt, p. m. enhancing steganography in digital images. canadian conference on computer and robot vision, ieee.2008, 326-332, doi: 10.1109/crv.2008.54. 5. atawneh, s.; putra, s. an overview of frequency-based digital image steganography. international journal of cryptology research.2015, 5, 2, 15-27. 6. azad, s. k.; muttoo, s. image steganography based on wavelet families. journal of computer engineering & information technology, scitechnol.2013, 2, 2, 2. 7. reddy, m.i.s.; kumar, a.p.s. secured data transmission using wavelet based steganography and cryptography by using aes algorithm. elsevier, international conference on computational modeling and security (cms), procedia computer science. 2016, 85, 62 – 69, doi: 10.1016/j.procs.2016.05.177. 186 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 8. jiansheng, m.; sukang, l.; xiaomei, t. a digital watermarking algorithm based on dct and dwt. proceedings of the 2009 international symposium on web information systems and applications (wisa’2009) nanchang, p. r. china. 2009, 104-107, academy publisher ap-proc-cs-09cn001. 9. hussein, l.h. hiding data in color image using least significant bits of blue sector. ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 2018, 31, 2, 193-198, doi:10.30526/31.2.1948. 10. nag, a.; biswas, s.; sarkar d.; sarkar, p. a novel technique for image steganography based on dwt and huffman encoding. international journal of computer science and security (ijcss). 2011, 4, 6, 561-570. 11. abu-almash, f.s. new steganography system based on huffman coding and fibonacci decomposition. ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci.2018, 31, 1, 231-243. 12. houssein , e.h.; ali, m.a.s.; hassanien, a.e. an image steganography algorithm using haar discrete wavelet transform with advanced encryption system. ieee proceedings of the federated conference on computer science and information systems. 016, 8, 641– 644, doi: 10.15439/2016f521. 13. sridhar, s. digital image processing; oxford university press, 2011. 14. umbaugh, s.e. computer vision and image processing; prentice hall, 1998. 15. juneja, m.; sandhu, p. s. a new approach for information security using an improved steganography technique. kips, j inf process syst (jips). 2013, 9, 3, 405 – 424. 16. pan, j.s.; huang, h.c.; jain, l.c. intelligent watermarking techniques. world scientific publishing co. pte. ltd, 2004. 17. swain, g.; lenka, s. k. classification of image steganography techniques in spatial domain: a study. international journal of computer science & engineering technology (ijcset). 2014, 5, 03, 219 – 232, issn: 2229-3345. 18. salomon, d. data compression. the complete reference, fourth edition; springerverlag london limited, 2007. 19. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, a.a.t. design feed forward neural network to solve singular boundary value problems. isrn applied mathematics. 2013, 2013, 1-8. 20. tawfiq, l.n.m. using collocation neural network to solve eigenvalue problems. mj journal on applied mathematics.2016, 1, 1, 1-8. 26 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the antigenotoxicity of eruca sativa mill extract on bone marrow cells of male albino mice treated with vincristine s.s.mahdy department of biology, college of education ibn-al-haitham university of baghdad received in:8 september 2011 accepted in:11 january 2012 abstract chemotherapy drugs have a major role in fighting cancer but, that doesn’t mean they are clear from side effect on human health. one of these drugs is vincristine this study, the chemopreventive potency of the crude extract ofin eruca sativa mill which have a good reputation as antioxidant and anticancer against chromosomal aberration and suppressed mitotic index in bonemarrow cells of male albino mice treated with 50µ1 of vincristine intrapritoneally(ip) have been detected. results showed a significant increasing in the percentage of the mitotic index nearly to the control group and a significant decrease in chromosomal aberration after (35) days of treatment with 250 mg/kg crude extract of erucasativa. these results suggested a strong antigenotoxicity effect against vincristine damages onbonemarrow cells. key words: antigenotoxicity ,bonemarrow cell, vincristine ,eruca sativa introduction folk medicine uses many medicinal herbs, which are not free from toxic effects. some of them can cause adverse effects or interact with other medication [1]. it is known that green plants in general are primary source of antimutagens as well as a natural toxic agent can be considered as mutagenic, clastogenic and carcinogenic bothin vivo and [1,2,3,4,5]. troin vi it this study the extract of eruca sativa mill which commonly known as rocket plant or aljarjeer was used .it is a herbaceous plant with great importance as salad vegetable and spice, especially among mediterranean people[6]. it is one of brassicacae family possessesmedicinal and therapeutic properities including inhibition of tumorigenesis[7], eye infection, digestive and kidneyproblems,antiscrbutic,diuretic and it's always considered potent aphrodisiac [6]. also, it has been reported the antioxidant and anticancerabilities [8].another research showed the cytoprotective and antiulcer activities[9] lamyet al. [10] showed the antigenotoxicity of rocket extract on (hepg2) cells (human hepatoma cells) . non aqueous extract of this plant showed maximum antibacterial activity against blb bacterial leaf blight disease of rice[11]. also, antimicrobial resistant gram negativity and positive bacteria [12].methanolic extract of rocket enhanced the activity of clarithromycin against resistant e.colistrains [13].finally,the rocket seed extract was used as anti-inflammatory[14]. 27 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 material and methods a-eruca sativa extraction: the plant material was purchased from local market in baghdad, iraq. for the extraction, the plant was first washed free of sand ,then crushed in to very small piecesand the juice was subseguently squeezed out[10]. b-animal treatment: twenty four adult male mice with weight rang between(30-36) gm were purchased form biotechnology research center and maintained on (10-14) hour light dark cycle in the animal house. control and treated mice were provided with food and water ad libitum, there were no differences in food intaka, each composed of eight mice. the first group received normal saline as control group. the second group received 50µ1 of vincristine obtained from bdh chemicals(i.p) intrapritoneally. the third group received the same does of vincristine then treated with 250 mg/kg of body weight crude extract of eruca sativa for35 days of treatment. c-cytogenic experiments: 1-chromosome preparation from mouse bonemarrow. this preparation was done according to allenet al.[15]. 2-mitotic index (m.i) the slides were examined under high dry power (40x) of light microscope and (1000) divided and non-divided cells were counted and the percentage rate was calculated for only the divided ones according to the following equation: no.ofdividing cells ×100[16] m.i = ----------- no.ofdividingcells+no.ofnondivding cells dstatistical analysis: statistical analysis was performed using (anova) test. statisticalsignificancewas determined at p<0.05[17] results a-the effect oferuca sativa extract on mitoticindex in bonemarrow cells of male albion mice treated with vincristine: table (1) showed a significant (p<0.05) decrease in mitotic index of albino mice bonemarrow treated with vincrstine but, after the use oferuca sativa extract there was an increase in the percentage of mitotic index similar to that found in control group. b-the effect of eruca sativa extract on chromosomal aberration induced by vincristine in bonemarrow cells of male albino mice: there was significant increase (p<0.05) in the percentage of chromosome aberration compared with control group table(2), the percentage of ring chromosome, was similar to that found in control. due to the use oferuca sativa extract, obvious decrease in the percentage of chromosome aberration was found. discussion in spite of the benefits of chemotherapeutic drugs against cancer. it also, can cause chromosomal abnormalities due to the interfering with cell division and targeting the synthesis and function of dna by binding to it (18). they considered a clastogenic compound [19, 20]. also, they can affectct the fertility and progeny outcome [12]. vincristine is one if these drugs which used as anticarcinogenic.various types of secondary tumors in normal cells could resulting from prolonged use of these drugs . so, supplementation with natural antioxidant material may be reduced thegenotoxicity caused by chemotherapy [22, 23]. due to the good reputation of eruca sativa or rocket plant or aljarjeer 28 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 which is widely used in folk medicine ;this study tried to evaluate the effect of this plant extract on the genotoxicity caused by vincristine .the results in table 1 and 2 showed a significant arising in mitotic index percentage and a significant decrease of chromosome abnormalities and that is similar to the results of lamyet al.[10] when they noticed the antigenotoxicity of rocket extract on human hepatoma (hepg2) cells towards benzo (a) pyrene induced dna damage. many researches explained the antimutagenic potential of different plant extracts[24,25,26,23]. concerning the results of this study, the putative role oferuca sativa extract on cancer chemoprevention due to the bioactivity of (gls) glucosinolate hydrolysis product namely (isothiocynate) itcs and its derived erucin (er) which is a major component found in rocket salad leaves and other parts. there is so manyevidenes about the cancer chemoperevention of er in vitro and in vivo studies [8]. the antioxidant effect of er due to it's reactivity with hydrogen peroxide and alkylhydroperoxides accumulated ln cell and peripheral blood to form water and an alcohol [27,28], or induction of phase ii ‖ enzyme, or acting as precursor of sulforaphene (potent inducers detoxification electrophiles and increase cellular antioxidant defenses) [28,29]. other compounds beside itcs may also protect dna from damage, like: polyphenolic compounds, carotenoids, volatile oils, flavonoids [10,14,30,31,32,33,34]. vitamin c which also antioxidant both in vitro and in vivo has the potential of altering the genotoxic effects of reactive oxygen metabolic (roms) which can promote carcinogenesis by damaging dna [35,36]. all these compounds known for theirchemopreventive activities and the interaction of these compounds led to the strong antigenotoxicity of eruca sativa extract [10]. refere nc es 1zink, t. and chaffin, j. (1998). herbal health products: what family physicians need to know. american family physician, 58(5):1133-1140 2higashimoto, m.; purintrapiban, j. and kataoka, k. (1993). mutagenicity and antimutagenicity of extract of three species and medicinal plant in thailand.mut. res., 303(3): 135-142. 3plewa, m. j. and wagner, e. d. (1993). activation of proutagens by green plants. ann. rev of genetics, 27: 93-113. 4nandi, p.; talukader, g. and sharma, a. (1998). plants against cancersome aspects. nucleus, 41(1-2): 53-86. 5aşkin-çelik, t. and aslantürk, s. (2007). cytotoxic and genotoxic effects of lavandulastoechasaqueous extracts.biologia, 62(3): 292-296. 6varga, j.; apahidean, a. s.; lujerdean, a. and bunea, a. (2009). study of some agrotechnological characteristics of rocket (eruca sativa mill) bulletin usavm horticulture, 66(1): 472-474. 7lynn, a.; collins, a.; fuller, z.; hillman, k. and ratcliff, b. (2006). cruciferous vegetables and colo-rectal cancer. proc. nutr. soc., 65: 135-144. 8melchini, a. and traka, m. (2010). biological profile of erucin: a new promising anticancer agent from cruciferous vegetables. toxins, 2: 593-612. 9al-qasoumi, s.; al-sohaibani, m; al-howiriny, t.; alyahyam, m. and rafatullah, s. (2009). rocket " eruca sativa" a salad herb with potential gastric anti-ulcer activity. world j. gastroenterol., 15(16): 1958-1965. 10lamy, e.; schroder, j.; paulus, s., brenk, p.; stahl, t. and merschsundermann,v. (2008). antigenotoxic properties of eruca sativa (rocket plant), erucin and erysolin in human hepatoma (hepg2) cells towards benzo (a) pyrene and their mode of action.food and chern.toxico., 46:2415-2421. 11jabeen, r. (2006). evaluation of botanicals against xanthomonasoryzaepv. oryzae 29 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 causing bacterial leaf blight disease of rice and characterization of bioactive compounds.phd thesis, quaid-i-azam university, islamabad. 12khoobchandani, m.; ojeswi, b. k.; ganesh, n.; srivastava, m. m.; gabbanini, s., matera, r.; lori, r. and valgimigli, l. (2010).antimicrobial properties and analytical profile of traditional eruca sativa seed oil: comparision with various aerial and root plant extract. food chern., 120 (1): 217-224. 13darwish, r. m. and aburjai, t a. (2010). effect of ethanomedicinal plants used in folklore medicine in jordan as antibiotic resistant inhibitors on escherichia coli. bmc complement.altern.med., (abstract). 14yehuda, h.; khatib, s.; sussan,i; musa, r.; vaya, j. and tami, r.s. (2009). potential skin anti-inflammatory effects of 4methylthiobutyl isothiocyanate (mtbi) isolated from rocket (eruca sativa) seeds. biofactors, 35(3): 295-305. 15allen, j. w.; shuler, c.f.; mendes, r.w. and latt, s.a. (1977). asimplified technique for in vivo analysis of sister chromatic exchange using 5-bromodeoxy-uridine tablets. cytogenetics, 18: 231-237. 16shubber, e. k. and juma, a. s. (1999). cytogentic effects of plant extract of urticadiocaon mouse somatic cells. the nucleus. 42 (3):182-187. 17al-mohammed, n. t; al-rawi, k. m.; younis, m. a. and aimorani, w. k. (1986). principle of statistics. j. al-mosuluniversity (in arabic). 18xiaogang, q.; john, o.; trent, i.; waldemar, p. and jonathan, b. (2000).allosteric chiral selective drug binding to dna. proc. natl. acad. sci., 97(22): 12032-12037. 19arni, p. and hertner, t (1997). chromosomal aberrations in vitro induced by aneugens. mutation research / fundamental and molecular mechanisms of mutagenesis, 379(1): 83-93. 20hongping, d.; jianlin, l.; meibian, z.; wei, w.; lifen, j.; shijie, c.; wei, z.; baohong, w. and jiliang, h. (2006). detecting the cytogenetic effects in workers occupationally exposed to vincristine with four genetic tests. mutation research/ fundamental and molecular mechanisms of mutagenesis, 599(1-2): 152-159. 21vaisheva, f.; delbes, g.; hales, b. and robaire, b. (2007). effect of the chemotherapeutic agents for non-hodgkin lymphoma, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine and prednisone (chop), on the male rat reproductive system and progeny outcome. j. andro., 28(4): 1-17. 22selim, n. a.; abdel-khalek, a. m., nada, s. a.and ei-medany, sh.a. (2008). response of growing rabbits to dietary antioxidant vitamins e and c. 1effect on performance. nutrition and digestive physiology in: proc. 9t h world rabbit congress. verona, italy: 803807. 23hassanane, m. m.; ahmed, e. s.; shoman, th. m. and ezz-eldin, a. (2010). evaluation of genotoxicity and antigenotoxicity of curcumin by chromosomal aberration and biochemical studies in the albino rats exposed to methotrexate. global veterinaria, 4(2): 185-189. 24el-ashmawy, 1. m.; el-nahas, a. f. and salama, o. m. (2005).basic clin.pharmacol.toxicol., 97: 238-243. 25qari, s. (2008). in vitro evaluation of the antimutagenic effect origanummajoranaextract on the meristematic root cells of viciafaba. j. taibah univ. sci., 1: 6-11. 26mohammed, b.; karim, k. and yaseen, n. (2009). antimutagenic effect cts of thymus syriacusextract against the genotoxicity of gemcitabine in male albino mice. j. duhok univ., special issue12(1): 216-226. 27lori, r.; bernardi, r.; gueyrard, d.; rollin, p. and palmieri, s. (1999). formation of glucoraphanin by chemoselective oxidation of natural glucoerucin: achemo-enzymatic route to sulforaphane. bioorg. med. cherm. lett., 9: 1047-1048. 28barillari, j.; canistro, d.; paolini, m.; ferroni, f.; pedulli, g.; lori, r. and valgimigli, l. (2005). direct antioxidant activity of purified glucoerucin the dietary secondary metabolite contained in rocket (eruca sativa mill) seeds and sprouts. j. agric. food cherm., 53(7):2475 30 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 2482. 29el-nattat, w. s. and el-kady, r. 1. (2007). effect of different medicinal plants seeds residues on the nutritional and reproductive performance of adult male rabbits. lnternat. j. agric. bio., 9(3): 479-485. 30jirovetz, l.; smith, d. and bnchbauer, g. (2002). aroma compound analysis of eruca sativa (brassicaceae) spme headspace leaf samples using gc, gc-ms and olfactmertry. j. agric. cherm., 50(16): 4643-4646. 31abdo, m. a.; zeinab (2003). using egyptian eruca sativa seed meal in broilerration with or without microbial phytase.egypt j. nutr.feed, 6:97-114. 32alam, m.; kaur, g.; jabber, z.; javed, k. and athar, m. (2007). eruca sativa seeds possess antioxidant activity and exert aprotective effect on mercuric chloride induced renal toxicity. food chern.toxic., 45(6): 910-920. 33martinez-sanchez, a.; llorach, r.; gil, m. i. and ferreres, f. (2007).identification of new flavonoid glycosides and flavonoid profiles to characterize rocket leafy salads (eruca sativa and diplotaxistenuifolia). j. agric. food cherm., 55(4): 1356-1363. 34blazevic, i. and mastelic, j. (2008). free and bound volatiles of rocket (eruca sativa mill).flavour and fragrance j., 23(4): 278285. 35crott, j. w. and fenech, m. (1999). effect of vitamin c supplementation on chromosome damage, apoptosis and necrosis ex vivo.carcinogenesis, 20(6): 1035-1041. 36rahman, k. (2007). studies on free radicals, antioxidants, and cofactors.clin.lnterv. aging., 2: 219-236 . table (1): percentage of mitotic index in male mice bonemarrow cells of different experimental groups. mitotic index % (mean ± se) groups a 10.66 + 1.93 control b 3.83 + 1.45 vincristne (50µ1) a 11.92+ 2.03 (250mg/kg) eruca sativa extract different letters (a,b,c) mean significant at (p<0.05) 31 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (2): percentage of chromosomal aberration inmale mice bone marrow of different experimental groups different letters (a,b,c) mean significant at (p<0.05) chromosomal aberration % m± se groups total chromos omegap chromos ome break ring acenrt ric dicentr ric deletio n chroma tid gap chromati d break a 0.81+0. 023 a 0.02+0.00 9 a 0.08+0.04 a 0.04+0. 008 a 0.21+0. 006 a 0.18+0. 009 a 0.19+0. 06 a 0.04+0.0 06 a 0.05+0.00 5 control b 2.38+0. 81 b 0.14+0.30 b 0.12+0.00 6 a 0.04+0. 004 b 0.82+0. 33 b 0.51+0. 32 b 0.32+0. 07 b 0.21+0.0 7 b 0.22+0.09 vincrist ne (50µ1) a 0.35+0. 07 a 0.00+0.00 a 0.03+0.00 8 b 0.01+0. 003 c 0.06+0. 05 c 0.03+0. 01 a 0.12+0. 08 a 0.01+0.0 03 c 0.00+0.00 (250mg/ kg) eruca sativa extract 32 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 للسمية الجينية لمستخلص نبات الجرجير على خاليا نقي العظم الفعالية المضادة لذكور الفئران البيض المعاملة بعقار الفنكرسيتن شيماء صباح مهدي قسم علوم الحياة ،جامعة بغداد كلية التربية ابن الهيثم 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في: 2011ايلول 8استلم البحث في: الخالصة العقاقير المضادة لألورام لها دور كبير وأساسي في محاربة السرطان. لكن هذا اليعني خلو هذه العقاقير من التأثيرات الجانبية في صحة اإلنسان، احد هذه العقاقير هو الفنكرستين. في هذه الدراسة تم التحقق من القابلية الوقائية يحظي بسمعة جيدة بوصفهنباتاً مضاداً للسرطان وضد التشوهات الكروموسومية للمستخلص الخام لنبات الجرجير والذي مايكروليتر من الفنكرستين المحقون 50وانخفاض دالة االنقسام لخاليا نقي العظم في ذكور الفئران البيض المعاملة بجرعة داخل الخلب البريتوني. نسبة مجموعة السيطرة وكذلك انخفاض معنوي للتشوهات بينت النتائج زيادة معنوية في دالة االنقسام مقاربة ل غم لكل كيلو غرام من وزن الجسم بالمستخلص الخام من 250الكروموسومية بعد خمسة وثالثين يوما من المعاملة بجرعة قار الفنكرستين.نبات الجرجير. هذه النتائج تبين تأثيرا مضاداً للسمية الجينية في خاليا نقي العظام الناتجة من المعاملة بع الفعالية المضادة للسمية الجنية ،خاليا نقي العظم، عقار الفنكرستين ،الجرجير . : الكلمات المفتاحية ihjpas. 36(2)2023 241 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (nafld) is one of chronic liver and defines by fat accumulation ≥5% in liver which can progresses to non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (nash). nafld related to obesity as well as non obese individuals. adiponectin is a cytokine secreted from adipose tissue involved nafld pathogenesis and liked with obesity. irisin is a myokine, has a convenient effect against metabolic diseases such as obesity, disylipemia diabetes type 2 and reversed liver steatosis and may be related with nafld. vitamin d is one of the fat soluble vitamins and more precisely as a pro-hormone through its metabolite (1,25(oh)2 cholecalciferol) the major steroid hormone. after the skin exposure to the light, vitamin d undergoes to activation through two successive hydroxylation reactions in liver and kidney. several metabolic diseases such as dyslipidaemia, obesity, hypertension, t2d and metabolic syndrome (ms) have been related to vitamin d deficiency. keywords: adiponectin, irisin, non alcoholic fatty liver disease. 1. introduction the presence of more than 5% hepatic steatosis without evidence of hepatocellular injury is defined as nonalcoholic fatty liver (nafl), while the more active and aggressive form of nafld, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (nash) includes ballooning of hepato, steatosis and lobular inflammation resulting cirrhosis, fibrosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, affects around 6.5 of the population [1,2]. in most patients, liver disease is stable or slowly progressive and will not result in cirrhosis or liver-related death, but a small proportion of affected individuals developing to advanced fibrosis and complicated to the end-stage liver disease and hepatocellular carcinoma. doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3043 article history: received 26 september 2022, accepted 23 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq evaluation of adiponectin, irisin, vitamin d levels and their relation in iraqi patients with non alcoholic fatty liver disease warka'a t. al-sa'adi department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. warkaaalsaadi@gmail.com alaa abdul sattar f. department of chemistry college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, baghdad, university of baghdad, iraq. alaaabd199712@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:warkaaalsaadi@gmail.com mailto:alaaabd199712@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 242 adiponectin is a protein generally secreted by white adipose tissue (wat) and existent at high levels in circulation [3,4]. also this protein has been detected in cardio myocytes, skeletal muscle, lymphocytes, pituitary gland, adrenal gland osteoblasts, and liver tissue [5]. scherer et al, in 1995 were distinguishing this protein from cell line 3t3-l1 by cdna cloning and its coding gene located on the 3q27 chromosome [5]. adiponectin consists of 244 amino acids with molecular weight 28 kda showing similar structural to tnf-α and collagen. adiponectin also known as acrp30, adipoq, apm1 or gbp28 [6]. the biological function of adiponectin exert through two receptors, (adipor1) mainly expressed in skeletal and (adipor2) the liver [5]. adiponectin also called “adipokines or adipocytokines”, the regulation of adipocytokines is associated and altered in diseases like obesity, atherosclerosis, diabetes type2, and metabolic syndrome (ms) due to the increase in the mass of white adipose tissue [3]. irisin is a glycosylated protein hormone with a molecular weight about 12 kda, composed of 112 amino acids residues [7]. irisin existing a homodimer form and stabilized by interaction between side chains. about 72% of the total amount irisin in plasma comes from skeletal muscle and others from white adipocyte cells [8]. through physical exercise, the extracellular membrane protein fibronectin type iii domain‑containing protein 5 (fndc5) undergoes proteolytic cleavage and resulting irisin secretion [9]. irisin has a convenient effect against metabolic diseases such as obesity, dislipemia diabetes type 2 and reversed liver steatosis [10]but still the correlation between nafld and irisin in human an argumentative and unclear[11]. vitamin d is one of the fat soluble vitamins and more precisely as a pro-hormone through its metabolite cholecalciferol (1,25(oh)2 cholecalciferol the major steroid hormone) [12]. when the skin exposure to the sun light, vitamin d undergoes to activation through two successive hydroxylation reactions in liver and kidney [13]. vitamin d has massive role in calcium regulation and homeostasis which aids calcium level to maintain in the body and bone health [14], anti-inflammatory effects, antifibrotic, and anti-proliferative in the liver [15]. several metabolic diseases such as dyslipidaemia, obesity, hypertension, t2d and metabolic syndrome (ms) have been related to vitamin d deficiency [16-18]. this research aimed to evaluate the levels of adiponectin, irsin and vitamin d3 in obese and nonobese nafld iraqi patients. the correlation between adiponectin with irisin and vitamin d3 in nafld obese and non-obese iraqi patients were also included in this research. 2-materials and methods between november 2021 and march 2022, we collected blood samples of 90 patients who visited gastroenterology and liver teaching hospital and baghdad hospital consultation within the medical city department. from them, 60 examinees were diagnosed with nafld and 30 examinees were fixed as control group (g3). the nafld patients group was based on abdominal ultrasound imaging examine and divided to obese nafld group 34 as (g1) and non-obese nafld group 26 as (g2) according to the body mass index (bmi) by mathematical equation, bmi=weight (kg)/high (m²) [19]. the patient suffering from other complications were excluded from this research. several parameters were assessed like age, sex, and clinical laboratory tests. we evaluated serum levels of adiponectin and irisin by sandwich-elisa technique (elisa kit, elabscince, usa). a vitamin d level was evaluated as 25-hydroxyvitamin d (25(oh) d) by elisa works on ihjpas. 36(2)2023 243 the competitive binding concept (vitamin d kit, sigma-aldrigh, usa). liver enzymes alanine aminotransferase (alt) and aspartate aminotransferase (ast) were evaluated photometrically (alt and ast kits supplied from linear company, spain). statistical analysis: descriptive analysis for variables was statically analyzed by variance anova using computer windows desktop-83quv4r program microsoft office excel 2010 and expressed as (mean± sd). for comparison study between nafld and control groups we used ttest and p ≤ 0.001 was considered as significant [20]. 2.results and discussion table (1) displays the obtained levels of adiponectin, irisin and vitamin d3 in obese and non-obese iraqi patients with nafld and control group. the body mass index (bmi) was found (35.18±5.44), (23.72±0.52) and (24.43± 2.30) for the three groups respectively. high bmi (obesity/excess weight) has a linear relationship with fatty liver disease. one of the risk factor in nafld development is obesity (nafld prevalence >23%) even in absence of t2d and insulin resistance although it is not a diagnostic criteria for nafld [21], but still there are many nafla patients with normal bmi [23]. recent studies have shown that non-obese people with a bmi (< 25 kg/m2) and lean (< 23kg/m2) also have nafld [23]. obesity affects nafld, and nafld may also affect obesity via multiple mechanisms, including hepatic dysfunction, hepatic ir, oxidative stress, glucotoxicity and lipotoxicity. the data in this study showed a significant increase in adiponectin and irisin in g1 as compared with g2 and g3 as showed in table (1). table (1): the (mean ± sd) of adiponectinm, irisin and vitamin d3. parameters mean ±sd p.value g1=no.34 g2=no.26 g3=no.30 g1 vs. g2 g1 vs.g3 g2 vs.g3 age 42.89±8.36 38.6±13.68 41.36±11.96 0.529 0.570 0.68 bmi(kg/m2) 35.18±5.44 23.72±0.52 22.431±2.30 0.001 0.001 0.15 adiponectin (ng/ml) 3.53±1.26 3.19±0.57 1.806±0.09 0.396 0.001 0.002 irisin (pg/ml) 429.87± 92.97 404.68±86.49 62.08±18.32 0.627 0.001 0.001 vitamin d3(ng/ml) 14.23±1.43 15.97±3.87 33.4±2.22 0.035 0.001 0.001 sgpt/alt (u/l) 40.21±17.00 130.97±56.65 27.88±6.88 0.373 0.044 0.250 g1: obese nafld, g2: non obese nafld, g3: controls iraqi patients. the expansion of nafld is 15-30 of the common population and 50-90% in obese. the important risk factor to beginning nafld is visceral obesity [24]. adipose tissue dysfunction results from visceral obesity and fatty liver leads to increase pro-inflammatory adiponectines and decrease anti-inflammatory adipokines, therefore nafld increases with body mass index (bmi) increase [25]. adiponectin expression of nafld is decreased by 20%-40% during the development of nafld and it lower by more than 50% in nash patients, from simple steatosis to nash. the previous study reveled the low level of adiponectin in hepatic steatosis, nash and in obese especially those with visceral obesity and correlate inversely with insulin resistance [26]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 244 other study showed that low serum adiponectin level in nafld and considered adiponectin as a non-classical biomarker of metabolic complications with nafld [27]. irisin synthesized in muscle and a higher amount in adipose tissues thus irisin level correlation positively with obesity and bmi [28-29]. several studies cleared the relation between obesity and disorder of serum irisin, since irisin plays a protective role in obesity, it might be expect that levels of irisin would be lower in populations with obesity. also clinical studies have been described a positive association between circulating levels of irisin and bmi [30]. irisin level was significantly lower in nafld compared with control[31] , and lower in obese nafld in adolescents[32] while another study revealed that irisin level increasing with nafld patients[33] . other study showed that irisin levels were higher in the nafld patient group than in healthy group in asians and the level was higher in mild nafld group than in moderate nafld group[34] . in early stage of nafld, irisin level was increased temporarily then stabilized with aggravation of nafld. in addition the data in table (1) showed a significant decrease in vitamin d3 in g1 as compared with g2 and g3. different studies have referred that vitamin d deficiency (vdd) is associated with the seriousness and disease progression in nafld/nash patients and hepatic steatosis [35-42]. vitamin d3 regulates free fatty acids metabolism via peroxisome proliferatoractivated receptor gamma (ppar-g) which induced ir in vitro, the increased free fatty acids levels in bloodstream enhance fat storage in the liver this will development of nafld [43]. this is in agreement with other studies that lean to an association between low levels of vitamin d3 and nafld [44-46] . resent epidemiological studies have demonstrated the existence of vitamin d3 deficiency and nafld shared with multiple risk factors and about 55% occurs with nafld patients [39]. liver enzymes (alt and ast) gave a significant increase in g2 when compared with g1 and g3. alt is exists in the cytosol of hepatocytes, its level increased in blood stream during hepatic inflammation and liver injury. alt consider as standard indicator for liver function assessment and monitoring the patients with liver diseases [47]. many studies pointed to the alt level increased with nafld[48-51] and the elevation is associated with nash and advanced fibrosis[52] . other study referred that the patients with nafld have normal levels of alt especially as the disease progresses and more than half of patients with nafld have normal liver enzyme concentrations [53-55]. table (2) illustrated the correlations between adiponectin with irisin, and vitamin d3 in obese nafld iraqi patients. table (2): the correlation of adiponectin with irisin and vitamin d3 in obese nafld iraqi patients. adiponectin parameters p.value r irisin 0.001 0.404 vitamin d3 0.001 -0.068 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 245 this study revealed the correlation between adiponectin and irisin, which gave a non significant positive correlation while a non signifivant negative correlation was obtained between adiponectin and vitamin d3 as in figures (1) and (2). figure (1): correlation between adiponectin with irisin in obese nafld iraqi patients. figure (2): correlation between irisin and vitamin d3 in obese nafld. this study also investigated the correlation between adiponectin, with irisin and vitamin d3 in non obese nafld iraqi patients, the data were illustrated in the table (3). table (3): the correlation of adiponectin with irisin and vitamin d3 in non obese nafld patients. adiponectin parameters p. value r irisin 0.001 -0.237 vitamin d3 0.001 -0.067 adiponectin gave a high significant negative correlation with irisin as well as with vitamin d3 as in figure (3) and (4). y = 31.073x + 317.78 r² = 0.1638 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 0 2 4 6 8 10 ir is in (p g /m l) adiponectin (ng/ml) y = -0.083x + 14.524 r² = 0.0047 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 0 2 4 6 8 10v it a m in d 3 c o n c .( n g /m l) adiponectin conc.(ng/ml) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 246 figure (3): correlation of adiponectin with irisin in non obese nafld iraqi patients. figure (4): correlation of adiponectin with vitamin d3 in non obese nafld. 3.conclusion adiponectin and irisin is a good predictor for nafld and may be used as a biomarker for the patients with nafld. while vitamin d3 may be a risk factor in nafld. references 1. grgurevic, ivica; et al. natural history of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: implications for clinical practice and an individualized approach. canadian journal of gastroenterology and hepatology, 2020, 2020. 2. mikolasevic, ivana; et al. "nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and liver transplantation-where do we stand?" world journal of gastroenterology 24.14 ,2018: 1491. 3. yibby, maría luz gunturiz albarracína ana, and forero torresb. "adiponectin and leptin adipocytokines in metabolic syndrome: what is its importance? dubai diabetes endocrinol j 2020;26:93–102. 4. choi, hyung muk; doss, hari madhuri; kim, kyoung soo. multifaceted physiological roles of adiponectin in inflammation and diseases. international journal of molecular sciences, 2020, 21.4: 1219. y = -27.64x + 492.57 r² = 0.0564 100 200 300 400 500 600 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 ir is in (p g /m l) adiponectin(ng/ml) y = -0.4451x + 17.407 r² = 0.0045 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 v it a m in d 3 c o n c .( n g /m l) adiponectin conc.(ng/ml) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 247 5. nguyen; thi mong diep. adiponectin: role in physiology and pathophysiology. international journal of preventive medicine, 2020, 11. 6. enrique, z fisman; alexander, tenenbaum. adiponectin: a manifold therapeutic target for metabolic syndrome, diabetes, and coronary disease? cardiovascular diabetology 2014, 13:103 7. leustean, letitia; et al. role of irisin in endocrine and metabolic disorders—possible new therapeutic agent?. applied sciences 11.12 ,2021: 5579. 8. marrano, nicola; et al. "irisin and incretin hormones: similarities, differences, and implications in type 2 diabetes and obesity." biomolecules 11.2 ,2021: 286. 9. ulualan, gökçen, z. e. y. n. e. p. küskü ki̇raz; bi̇rgül kirel. relation of serum irisin levels to obesity and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. turkish journal of pediatrics 64.2 2022. 10. polyzos, s.a.; anastasilakis, a.d.; efstathiadou, z.a.; makras, p.; perakakis, n.; kountouras, j.; mantzoros, c.s. irisin in metabolic diseases. endocrine 2018, 59, 260–274. 11. hu, jie, et al. circulating irisin levels in patients with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. gastroenterology research and practice, 2020, 8818191. 12. dahiya, kiran; pal, sanghapriya; dhankhar, rakesh.vitamin d in physiological and pathological conditions. meddocs ebooks, resent trends in biochemistry. 2020. 13.angle gil; julio plaz-diaz and maria dolores mesa. vitamin d: classic and novel actions. ann nutr metab. 2018,72: 87-95. 14. mary s. matsui. vitamin d update. current dermatology reports: 2020, 9: 323-330 15. abramovitch s, shirley, et al. vitamin d inhibits proliferation and profibrotic marker expression in hepatic stellate cells and decreases thioacetamide-induced liver fibrosis in rats. gut, 2011, 60.12: 1728-1737. 16. borges-canha, marta, et al. the impact of vitamin d in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: a cross-sectional study in patients with morbid obesity. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy, 2021, 14: 487. 17. cimini, flavia a., et al. relationship between adipose tissue dysfunction, vitamin d deficiency and the pathogenesis of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. world journal of gastroenterology, 2017, 23.19: 3407. 18. wimalawansa sj. associations of vitamin d with insulin resistance, obesity, type 2 diabetes, and metabolic syndrome. j steroid biochem mol biol, 2018; 175: 177–189. 19. nuttall, frank q. body mass index: obesity, bmi, and health: a critical review. nutrition today, 2015, 50.3: 117. 20. daniel, wayne w., and chad l. cross. biostatistics: a foundation for analysis in the health sciences. 2018. 21. johanna k. disefano, glenn s. gerhard. nafld in normal weight individuals. diabetology and metabolic syndrome. (2022).14: 45 22. zou, yang, et al. association between the alanine aminotransferase/aspartate aminotransferase ratio and new-onset non-alcoholic fatty liver disease in a nonobese chinese population: a population-based longitudinal study. lipids in health and disease, 2020, 19.1: 1-10. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 248 23. lee, so-ryoung, et al. nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and the risk of atrial fibrillation stratified by body mass index: a nationwide population-based study. scientific reports, 2021, 11.1: 1-9. 24. divella, rosa, et al. obesity, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and adipocytokines network in promotion of cancer. international journal of biological sciences, 2019, 15.3: 610. 25. hohenester, simon, et al. lifestyle intervention for morbid obesity: effects on liver steatosis, inflammation, and fibrosis. american journal of physiology-gastrointestinal and liver physiology, 2018, 315.3: g329-g338. 26. yamauchi, toshimasa; kadowaki, takashi. adiponectin receptor as a key player in healthy longevity and obesity-related diseases. cell metabolism, 2013, 17.2: 185-196. 27. mohamed, manal sabry, et al. correlation between adiponectin level and the degree of fibrosis in patients with non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. egyptian liver journal, 2021, 11.1: 110. 28. palacios‐gonzález, berenice, et al. irisin levels before and after physical activity among school‐age children with different bmi: a direct relation with leptin. obesity, 2015, 23.4: 729-732. 29. hu, jie, et al. circulating irisin levels in patients with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. gastroenterology research and practice, 2020, 2020. 30. wang, ya-di, et al. new insight of obesity-associated nafld: dysregulated “crosstalk” between multi-organ and the liver?. genes & diseases, 2022. 31. shanaki, mehrnoosh, et al. lower circulating irisin is associated with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and type 2 diabetes. diabetes & metabolic syndrome: clinical research & reviews, 2017, 11: s467-s472. 32. ulualan, gökçen; küskü ki̇raz, zeynep; kirel, bi̇rgül. relation of serum irisin levels to obesity and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. turkish journal of pediatrics, 2022, 64.2. 33. jiang q.; p.yan; y, yang and s. dai, y. luo. correlation between irisin level and insulin resistance in patients with fatty liver disease. modem practical medicine, 2017. 29, 11, 14401441, 2017. 34. hu, jie, et al. circulating irisin levels in patients with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. gastroenterology research and practice, 2020, 2020. 35. karatayli, ersin; stokes, caroline s.; lammert, frank. vitamin d in preclinical models of fatty liver disease. anticancer research, 2020, 40.1: 527-534. 36. barchetta, ilaria, et al. strong association between non alcoholic fatty liver disease (nafld) and low 25 (oh) vitamin d levels in an adult population with normal serum liver enzymes. bmc medicine, 2011, 9.1: 1-7. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 249 37. dasarathy j; periyalwar p;allampati s; bhinder v, hawkins c, brandt p, khiyami a;mccullough aj and dasarathy s. hypovitaminosis d is associated with increased whole body fat mass and greater severity of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. liver int .2014. 34(6): 1 38. nelson je; roth cl;wilson la;yates kp; aouizerat b; morganstevenson v; whalen e, hoofnagle a, mason m, gersuk v, yeh mm and kowdley kv. vitamin d deficiency is associated with increased risk of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis in adults with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: possible role for mapk and nf-kappab? am j gastroenterol. 2016.111(6): 852-863. 39. nobili v; giorgio v; liccardo d; bedogni g; morino g; alisi a and cianfarani s. vitamin d levels and liver histological alterations in children with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. eur j endocrinol.2014,170(4): 547-553. 40. targher g, bertolini l, scala l, cigolini m, zenari l, falezza g and arcaro g: associations between serum 25-hydroxyvitamin d3 concentrations and liver histology in patients with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. nutr metab cardiovasc dis .2007.17(7): 517-524. 41. chung ge, kim d, kwak ms, yang ji, yim jy, lim sh; itani m: the serum vitamin d level is inversely correlated with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. clin mol hepatol.2016 22(1): 146151. 42. bril f, maximos m, portillo-sanchez p, biernacki d, lomonaco r, subbarayan s, correa m, lo m, suman a and cusi k. relationship of vitamin d with insulin resistance and disease severity in non-alcoholic steatohepatitis. j hepatol , 2015.62(2): 405-411. 43. ilaria barchetta, francesco angelico, maria del ben, marco giorgio baroni, paolo pozzilli, sergio morini;maria gisella cavallo. strong association between non alcoholic fatty liver disease (nafld) and low 25(oh) vitamin d levels in an adult population with normal serum liver enzymes. bmc medicine. 2011, 9:85 44. eliades m, spyrou e, agrawal n, et al. meta-analysis: vitamin d and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. aliment pharmacol ther. 2013;38 (3):246–254. 45. liangpunsakul s and chalasani n. serum vitamin d concentrations and unexplained elevation in alt among us adults. dig dis sci. 2011;56 (7):2124–2129. 46. eliades m, spyrou e. vitamin d: a new player in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease? world.j.gastroenterol.2015;21(6):1718–1727. 47.yunkoo kang., sowon park, seung kim; hog koh. normal serum alanine aminotrasferase and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease among korean adolescents: a cross-sectional study using data from knhanes 2010-2015. bmc pediatrics. 2018. 18: 215 . 48. martin-rodriguez jl, gonzalez-cantero j, gonzalezcantero a, arrebola jp and gonzalez calvin jl. diagnostic accuracy of serum alanin aminotransferase as biomarker for nonalcoholic fatty liver desaes and insulin resistance in healthy subjects using 3t mr spectroscopy. medicine (baltimore). 2017 ; 96: e6770 49. isaken vt. larsen ma, goll r, florholmen jr and paulssen ej. hepatic steatosis, detected by hepatorenal index in ultrasonography, as a predictor of insulin resistance in obese subjects. bmc obes. 2016,3:39. 50. bishnu jwarchan, subita lalchan, anil dhakal and ramesh r acharya. comparison of liver enzymes and sonological grading in nonalcoholic fatty liver. asian j medical sciences. 2020 ,11: 2 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 250 51. eri ozaki, hirotaka ochiai, takako shirasawa, et al. eating quickly is associated with a low aspartate aminotrasferase to alanine aminotrasferase ratio in middle-age adults: a large-scale cross-sectional survey in japan. arch. pub health. 2020 ,78: 101. 52. yu z hang, he he, yu-ping zeng, li-dan yang, dan jia, zhen-mei an and wei-guo jia. lipoprotein a combined with alanine aminotransferase and aspartate aminotransferase, contributes to predicting the occurrence of nash: a cross-sectional study. lipids in health and disease. 2020 ,19: 134. 53. elizabeth e powell, vincent wai-sun wong, mary rinella. non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. lancet .2021; 397: 2212–24 54. chalasani n., younossi z., lavine je., charlton m., cui k., rinella m., harrison sa., et al the diagnosis and management of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: practice guidance from the american association for the study of liver diseases. hepatology. 2018, 67: 328-357. 55. xuefeng ma, shousheng liu, jie zhang , mengzhen dong, yifen wang, mengke wang and yongning xin. proportion of nafld patients with normal alt value in overall nafld patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. bmc gastroenterology. 20, 10, 2020. 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract the objective of this paper is, first, study a new collection of sets such as –field and we discuss the properties of this collection. second, introduce a new concepts related to the –field such as measure on –field, outer measure on –field and we obtain some important results deals with these concepts. third, introduce the concept of null-additive on –field as a generalization of the concept of measure on –field. furthermore, we establish new concept related to field noted by weakly null-additive on –field as a generalizations of the concepts of measure on and null-additive. finally, we introduce the restriction of a set function on –field and many of its properties and characterizations are given. keywords: –field, measure on –field, monotone measure, null-additive. 1. introduction the theory of measure is an important subject in mathematics. in 1972, robret [1], discusses many details about measure and proves some important results in measure theory. the notion of –field was studied by robret and dietmar, where be a nonempty set. a collection is said to –field iff and is closed under complementation and countable union [1, 2]. zhenyuan and george in 2009 and junhi, radko and endre in 2014 are used the concept of null-additive on –field, where be a –field, then a set function , is called null-additive on if are disjoint sets in and ( ) , then ( ) ( ) [3,4]. in 2016, juha used the concept of –field to define measure, where be a –field, then a measure on is a set function , such that ( ) and if form a finite or countably infinite collection of disjoint sets in , then ( ) ∑ ( ) [5]. and also used power set to define outer measure, where be a non-empty set, then a set function ( ) , is called outer measure, if ( ) and if such that , then ( ) ( ) and if are subsets of , then ( ) ∑ ( ) [5]. the concept of monotone measure was studied by peipe, minhao and jun in 2018, where be a –field, then a set function , is called monotone measure, if ( ) and if such that , then ( ) ( ) [6]. on a new kind of collection of subsets noted by 𝛅–field and some concepts defined on 𝛅–field ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index hassan h. ebrahim hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq ibrahim s. ahmed article history: received 27 january 2019, accepted 13 march 2019, publish may 2019 10.30526/32.2.2140 doi: department of mathematics, college of computer science and mathematics, university of tikrit, tikrit, iraq. ibrahimsalhahmed69@gmail.com mailto:hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq mailto:hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq mailto:ibrahimsalhahmed69@gmail.com mailto:ibrahimsalhahmed69@gmail.com 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 the main aim of this paper is to introduce and study new concepts such as –field, measure on –field, outer measure on –field and null-additive on –field and we give basic properties, characterizations and examples of these concepts. 2. the main results let be a nonempty set. then a collection of all subsets of a set , denoted by ( ), and it's called a power set of definition 1 let be a nonempty set. a collection ( ) is said to be – of a set if the following conditions are satisfied: 1 . 2if is a nonempty set in and , then . 3if , then ⋂ . proposition 2 for any – of a set , the following hold: 1 2if , then ⋂ 3if , then ⋂ . 4if , then . 5 , then . proof it is easy, so we omitted. example 3 let ={1, 2, 3, 4} and { , {1,2},{1,2,3}, {1,2,4}, }. then is a – of a set . definition 4 let be a nonempty set and is a – of a set .then a pair ( , ) is called measurable space and any member of is called a measurable set. proposition 5 let * + be a sequence of – of a set . then ⋂ is a – of a set . proof since is – , then , , hence and ⋂ , therefore ⋂ . let ⋂ such that , then , but so, we get , hence ⋂ . let ⋂ . then , and ⋂ , which is implies that ⋂ ⋂ . hence ⋂ is a – . definition 6 let be a – of a set and let be a non-empty subset of . then the restriction of on is denoted by and define as: ={ : = ⋂ , for some }. proposition 7 let be a – of a set and be a non-empty subset of such that . then = { : }. 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 proof let . then = ⋂ , for some , hence . therefore { : } and { : }. let { : }. then and , hence = ⋂ , but , then which is implies that{ : } , therefore ={ : }. corollary 8 let be a – of a set and a non-empty subset of such that . then . proof from proposition 7, we have ={ : }. now, for any , then { : }. hence and , therefore . proposition 9 let be a – of a set and let be a non-empty subset of such that . then is a field of a set . proof since is a – of , then . since , then ⋂ and since ⋂ , then φ let such that then . but and is a – of a set , then . now, and , then let then there exist such that = ⋂ where i=1,2,…, now ⋂ =(⋂ ) ⋂ but, is a – , then ⋂ . hence ⋂ .therefore is a – of a set . if we take example 3 and if we assume that ={1,2,4}, then ={ ,{1, 2}, } is a – of a set and . definition 10 let be a – of a set . a measure on is a set function , such that ( ) and if form a finite or countably infinite collection of disjoint sets in , then ( ) ∑ ( ). example 11 let be a – of a set and define , by ( ) = 0, for all . then is a measure on . a measure space is a triple ( ) where is a nonempty set and is a – of a set and is a measure on definition 12 let be a – of a set . a countably subadditive on is a set function , such that ( ) ∑ ( ) where and . if this requirement holds only for finite collection of disjoint sets in , then is said to be finitely subadditive on a – . definition 13 let be a – of a set . then a set function , is said to be monotone measure, if it satisfies the following requirements: 1 ( ) 2if and , then ( ) ( ). 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 definition 14 let be a – of a set . then a set function , is called outer measure, if it satisfies the following requirements: 1 ( ) . 2if and , then ( ) ( ). 3if , then ( ) ∑ ( ). lemma 15 let be an outer measure on – of a set and , ). if : , is defined by ( )( ) ( ) , then ( ) is an outer measure on . proof since is an outer measure on and , then ( ) =0 and ( )( ) = 0. let and , then and ( ) ( ). since ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( ) let , then so, we have ( )( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) but, ∑ ( ) ∑ ( ) ∑ ( )( ). therefore is an outer measure on . lemma 16 let and be two outer measures on a – of a set . if : , is defined by ( )( ) ( ) ( ), , then is an outer measure on . proof since and are outer measure on – and , then ( ) = ( ) = 0 and ( )( ) = 0. let and , then and ( ) ( ) and ( ) ( ). so we have, ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( )( ) let , then . so, we have ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ∑ ( ) ∑ , ( ) ( ) ∑ ( )( ). therefore is an outer measure on . the proof of the following proposition consequence from lemma (15 and 16) with mathematical induction. proposition 17 let , ,…, be outer measure on a – of a set and , ) for all . if a set function ∑ : , is defined by: (∑ ) ( ) ∑ ( ) , then ∑ is an outer measure on – . proof since , ) and is an outer measure on a – for all . then by lemma15 we get is an outer measure on a – = 22 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 let . then we prove that (∑ ) is an outer measure on by mathematical induction. if , then is an outer measure on by lemma16. suppose that (∑ ) is an outer measure on , then we must prove that (∑ ) is an outer measure on , whenever is an outer measure on . (∑ ) ( ) (∑ )( ) (∑ )( ) ( ) since (∑ ) and are outer measure on let and . then (∑ ) ( ) (∑ ) ( ) and ( ) ( ) (∑ ) ( ) (∑ ) ( ) ( ) (∑ ) ( ) ( )since (∑ ) and are outer measure (∑ )( ) (∑ )( ) let . then (∑ ) ( ) (∑ ) ( ) (∑ ) ( ) ( ) ∑ (∑ ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ∑ ,(∑ ) ( ) ( ) ∑ (∑ )( ) ∑ (∑ )( ). therefore, ∑ is an outer measure on definition 18 let be a – of a set . then a set function , is called null-additive on iff are disjoint sets in and ( ) , then ( ) ( ) . example 19 let = {1,2} and = { , {1} , {2}, } and define , by: ( ) = { . then is a null-additive. proposition 20 let be a – of a set . then every measure is null-additive. proof let be a measure on – and let are disjoint sets in and ( ) . then ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ). hence is a null-additive . while the converse is not true and example 19 indicate that is null-additive but not measure, because {1},{2} are disjoint sets in but (* + * +) (* +) + (* +). lemma 21 let be a null-additive on a – of a set and ( ). if : , is defined by: ( )( ) ( ) , then ( ) is a null-additive on . proof let be disjoint sets in such that ( )( ) . then ( ) and hence ( ) since . now, ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( ) therefore, is a null-additive on . 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 lemma 22 let and be two null-additives on a – of a set . if : , is defined by: ( )( ) ( ) ( ) , then is a null-additive on . proof let be disjoint sets in such that( )( ) . then ( ) ( ) , hence ( ) ( ) since and are null-additive on . now, ( )( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( + )( ) therefore, is a null-additive on . proposition 23 let , ,…, be a null-additive on a – of a set and ( ) for all . if a set function ∑ : , is defined by: (∑ ) ( ) ∑ ( ) , then ∑ is a null-additive on . proof since ( ) and is null-additive on for all , then by lemma 21, we get is a null-additive on . let if , then is a null-additive on by lemma 22. let are disjoint sets in such that(∑ ) ( ) . then ( ) for all . (∑ ) ( ) = ( ) ( ) = ( ) ( ) since is a null-additive and ( ) , = (∑ ) ( ). hence ∑ is a null-additive on definition 24 let be a – of a set and let [0, ] be a set function and . if : [0, ] is define by ( ) = ( ) for all , then is called – restriction of proposition 25 let be a – of a set and . if is a measure on , then: (1) is a measure on . (2) ( ) = ( ), whenever . (3) ( ) = 0, whenever are disjoint sets in . proof (1). since is a – , then and ( ) = 0. from definition of we get, ( )= ( ) = ( ) = 0. let are disjoint sets in , then . since n=1,2,…, then and hence ( ) . so, we have ( ) = (( ) ) = ( ( )) = ∑ ( ) = ∑ ( ) . therefore, is a measure on (2). since , then = . so, we have ( ) = ( ) = ( ) (3). since are disjoint sets in , then = and ( ) = ( ) = ( ) = 0. 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 proposition 26 let be a – of a set and . if is an outer measure on , then is an outer measure on proof since is a – , then and ( ) = 0. from definition of we get , ( ) = ( ⋂ ) = ( ) = 0. let and , then ⋂ ⋂ and each of ⋂ ⋂ . since is an outer measure on , then ( ⋂ ) ( ⋂ ) .so, we have ( ) ( ). let . then and n=1,2,…, hence ( ) . so, we have, ( ) = (( ) ) = ( ( )) ∑ ( ) = ∑ ( ) therefore, is an outer measure on from proposition 26, we conclude that if is a monotone measure on , then is a monotone measure on , where is a – of a set and . proposition 27 let be a – of and . if is a null-additive on , then is a null-additive on proof let be disjoint sets in and ( ) . then ( ⋂ ) now, ( ) = (, -⋂ ) = (, ⋂ , ⋂ -) = ( ⋂ ) since is a null-additive on = ( ) by definition of hence, is a null-additive on proposition 28 let be a – of and . if is a measure on , then is a null-additive on proof it is easy, so we omitted. definition 29 let be a – of a set and [0, ] be a set function and be a non-empty subsets of such that . if : [0, ] is define by: ( ) = ( ) for all , then is called the restriction of on proposition 30 let be a measure on – of a set and such that . then is a measure on a – of a set . proof since is a – of a set , then and ( ) = 0. since , then by definition of , we get ( ) = ( )= 0. let be disjoint sets in . then and for all n=1,2,…, hence . so, we have ( ) = ( ) = ∑ ( ) since is a measure on = ∑ ( ) therefore, is a measure on a – of a set . 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 if is an outer measure on – of a set , then we need the following two facts to prove that is an outer measure on a – of a set . lemma 31 let be a monotone measure on – of a set and such that . then is a monotone measure on a – of a set . proof let be a monotone measure on , then ( ) = 0. since is a – , then . from definition of , we get ( ) = ( )= 0. let such that , then and . since is a monotone measure on , then ( ) ( ). but , then ( )= ( ) and ( ) = ( ), hence ( ) ( ) and is monotone measure on of . lemma 32 let be a countably subadditive on – of a set and such that , then is a countably subadditive on a – of a set proof let and ,then and . since be a countably subadditive on , then ( ) ∑ ( ), but . so, we have ( ) ( ) and ( ) ( ) for all n=1,2,…, hence ( ) ∑ ( ) and is a countably subadditive on of a set . proposition 33 let be an outer measure on – of a set and such that . then is an outer measure on – of a set . proof since is an outer measure on , then is a monotone measure and countably subadditive. by lemma 31 and lemma 32 we have is a monotone measure and countably subadditive on of . therefore is an outer measure on of . proposition 34 let be a null-additive on – of a set and such that . then is a null-additive on – . proof: let be disjoint sets in and ( ) . then ( ) now, ( ) = (, ) = ( ) since is a null-additive on = ( ) by definition of . hence, is a null-additive on 3. conclusions the main results of this paper are the following: (1) let be a nonempty set. a collection ( ) is said to be – of a set if the following conditions are satisfied: 1. . 2. if is a nonempty set in and , then . 3. if , then ⋂ . (2) let * + be a sequence of – of a set . then ⋂ is a – of a set . 67 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 (3) let be a – of a set and let be a non-empty subset of . then the restriction of on is denoted by and ={ : = ⋂ , for some }. (4) let be a – of a set . then every measure is null-additive. (5) let , ,…, be null-additive on a – of a set and ( ) for all . if a set function ∑ : , is defined by: (∑ ) ( ) ∑ ( ) , then ∑ is a null-additive on . (6) let be a – of a set and . if is a measure on , then: 1. is a measure on . 2. ( ) = ( ), whenever . 3. ( ) = 0, whenever are disjoint sets in . (7) let be a – of a set and . if is an outer measure on , then is an outer measure on (8) let be a – of and . if is a null-additive on , then is a null-additive on (9) let be a measure on – of a set and such that . then is a measure on a – of a set . (10) let be a monotone measure on – of a set and such that . then is a monotone measure on a – of a set . references 1. robret, b.a. real analysis and probability, academic press, inc, new york.1972, 4-16. 2. dietmar, a.s. measure and integration, eth zürich [internet].2016.available from: https://people.math.ethz.ch/~salamon/preprints/measure.pdf. 3. zhenyuan, w.; george, j.k. generalized measure theory, springer science and business media, llc. 2009, 133-134. 4. jun, li.; radko, m.; endre, p. atoms of weakly null-additive monotone measures and integrals. information sciences. elsevier inc. 2014, 257, 183–192, doi: 10.1016/j.ins.2013.09.013. 5. juha, k. measure and integrals. aalto math [internet].2016.available form: https://math.aalto.fi/~jkkinnun/files/measure_and_integral.pdf. 6. peipei, w.; minhao, yu.; jun, li. monotone measures defined by pan-integral. advances in pure mathematics. 2018, 8, 535–547, doi:10.4236/apm.2018.86031. https://math.aalto.fi/~jkkinnun/files/measure_and_integral.pdf https://math.aalto.fi/~jkkinnun/files/measure_and_integral.pdf 10050077 10050078 10050079 10050080 10050081 10050082 55 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. calculation of modes properties for single-mode and multimode fibers at 633 nm abstract the need for optical fibers has emerged for its ability to transmit information with less attenuation and over long distances. in this work, four optical fibers with core radii from 1 µm to 4.75 µm in steps of 1.25 µm and a numerical aperture of 0.17 were studied and their modes properties have been calculated at a wavelength of 633 nm by using rp fiber calculator (free version 2022). also, the effect of increasing the core radius on these properties has been studied. multimode fibers can be obtained when the radius of the fiber core is large compared to the operating wavelength of the fiber which is less than the cutoff wavelength of the mode. otherwise, a single-mode fiber is obtained. it has been concluded that all the calculated properties increase with increasing core radius. more than half of the power is contained in the core. intensity profiles of all modes were illustrated. keywords: optical fibers, single-mode fiber, multimode fibers, step index fibers, rp fiber calculator. 1. introduction optical fibers are very fine fibers of glass [1]. a step index fiber (sif) consists of a central glass core (having refractive index 𝑛1) surrounded by a cladding layer of slightly lower refractive index 𝑛2 [2]. figure 1 illustrates the two major types of sif. in a single-mode fiber (smf), only one mode can propagate; while a multimode fiber (mmf), allows many modes to propagate [1]. the main difference between the smf and mmf is the core size [2]. the bandwidth of smf is so large compared to that of the mmf that smf is used in all long-haul communications [3]. because of their larger core cross-sectional area, mmfs are more suitable than smfs for power transmission applications [4]. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2851 article history: received 28 april 2022, accepted 14 june 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index wasan m. hmood general directorate of education in baghdad, second rusafa, baghdad, iraq. wasn.mahdi1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq aqeel r. salih department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham), university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. aqeel.r.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:wasn.mahdi1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:aqeel.r.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:aqeel.r.s@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 56 figure 1. schematic diagram showing a sm sif and mm sif, where 𝑟 is the radial position [5]. before 1970, optical fibers have high losses (about 1000 db/km). their use for communication purposes was considered impractical [6]. kao and hockham [7] suggested that glass fibers could be a good transmission medium if impurities could be removed. in 1970, smfs with a loss of about 17 db/km at a wavelength near 633 nm were produced, making fiber-optic communications practical [8]. this is recognized as the birth of optical fiber communication. since then, the progress in this field has been phenomenal [9]. in 2020, salih [10] used rp fiber calculator to design sm sifs at the wavelengths of 1310 nm and 1550 nm. in the same year, ibrahim and salih [11, 12] used this calculator for studying modes properties for sifs at 850 nm and 1300 nm. in 2021, salih [13] designed a mm sif at 1300 nm. in the same year, shnain and salih [14–16] designed sifs and calculated their guided modes properties at 1550 nm. also, salih [17] calculated properties of the fundamental mode for sm sifs at 1550 nm. in this work, the modes properties for sm and mm sifs at 633 nm have been calculated with free fiber optics software rp fiber calculator (version 2022). also, the effect of increasing the core radius on these properties has been studied. 2. theoretical background if the angle of incidence is larger than the critical angle (𝜃c), the incident light undergoes total internal reflection. the critical angle is determined by [18]: 𝜃c = sin−1(𝑛2/𝑛1) (1) the numerical aperture (na) is defined by: na = √𝑛1 2 − 𝑛2 2 (2) the normalized frequency (v) governs the number of modes (m) and their propagation constants [19]. it is given by [2]: v = 𝑘0ana (3) where (𝑘0 = 2 π λ0),⁄ λ0 is the wavelength of light and a is the core radius. in practice, a< 2 µ m for a smf in the visible region. the effective refractive index (𝑛eff) is related to the propagation constant (𝛽) by: 𝑛eff = 𝛽 𝑘0⁄ (4) it varies approximately between 𝑛1 and 𝑛2. the effective area of the fundamental mode is [6]: 𝐴eff = 𝜋𝜔0 2 (5) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 57 where the spot size (𝜔0) of the fundamental mode is given by: (𝜔0 a)⁄ ≈ 0.65 + 1.619v −3/2 + 2.879v−6 (6) the percentage power in core of the fundamental mode is: p in core = [1 − exp (− 2a2 𝜔0 2 )] × 100% (7) the mode cutoff wavelength is given by [9]: 𝜆co = 2π vco ana (8) where vco is the cutoff frequency of the linearly polarized (lp𝑙,𝑚) mode below which it cannot exist [5] as shown in table 1, where 𝑙 = 0, 1, 2, … and 𝑚 = 1, 2, 3, … table 1. cutoff frequencies of the lp𝑙,𝑚 modes in a sif [9]. lp𝑙,𝑚 modes vco lp0,1 0 lp1,1 2.4048 lp2,1 3.8317 lp3,1 5.1356 lp4,1 6.3802 lp5,1 7.5883 lp0,2 3.8317 lp1,2 5.5201 lp2,2 7.0156 lp0,3 7.0156 a sif with 0<v<2.4048 supports only the fundamental (lp0,1) mode. similarly, for 2.4048<v<3.8317, only lp0,1 and lp1,1 modes; for 3.8317<v<5.1356, only lp0,1 , lp1,1 , lp2,1 and lp0,2 modes will exist, and so forth [9]. figure 2 shows the intensity profiles of the modes existing at v=8. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 58 figure 2. observed intensity profiles of all lp𝑙,𝑚 modes at v=8 [20]. 3. results and discussion in this work, rp fiber calculator (free version 2022) (figure 3) is used to calculate the modes properties of sifs. inputs in this calculator are: a = (1 − 4.75) µm, 𝑛1 = 1.45, 𝑛2 = 1.44 and λ0 = 633 nm. outputs are: na= 0.17, v and the modes properties. the na of the fiber can be calculated either from this calculator or from equation (2). the critical angle is 83.3º which can be determined from equation (1). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 59 figure 3. rp fiber calculator (index profile tab). table 2 shows normalized frequencies and fiber modes number. if v<2.4048, there may be only one mode. on the other hand, if v>2.4048, there is more than one mode. table 2. normalized frequencies of the fibers and their modes number. m v a (µm) from rp fiber calculator from equation (3) 1 1.6874 1 2 3.7967 2.25 6 5.9060 3.5 10 8.0153 4.75 five properties of modes have been calculated. these are propagation constant, effective refractive index, effective area, percentage power in core and cutoff wavelength. table 3 shows propagation constant and effective refractive index of the lp0,1 mode of a smf calculated from rp fiber calculator. this fiber has a core radius which is close to the wavelength of light. table 3. propagation constant and effective refractive index of lp0,1 mode (a=1 µm). 𝑛eff 𝛽 (μm −1) mode 1.443026 14.3235 lp0,1 mmfs can be obtained when the radius of the fiber core is large compared to the wavelength. tables 4 to 6 show propagation constants and effective refractive indices of all modes obtained from rp fiber calculator. it can be noted that the first mode has the highest propagation constant and effective refractive index which are related by equation (4). these two properties increase with increasing core radius. table 4. propagation constants and effective refractive indices of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=2.25 µm). 𝑛eff 𝛽 (μm −1) lp𝑙,𝑚 modes 1.447528 14.3682 lp0,1 1.443935 14.3326 lp1,1 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 60 table 5. propagation constants and effective refractive indices of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=3.5 µm). 𝑛eff 𝛽 (μm −1) lp𝑙,𝑚 modes 1.448791 14.3808 lp0,1 1.446957 14.3626 lp1,1 1.444599 14.3391 lp2,1 1.441805 14.3114 lp3,1 1.443849 14.3317 lp0,2 1.440591 14.2994 lp1,2 table 6. propagation constants and effective refractive indices of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=4.75 µm). 𝑛eff 𝛽 (μm −1) lp𝑙,𝑚 modes 1.449288 14.3857 lp0,1 1.448198 14.3749 lp1,1 1.446777 14.3608 lp2,1 1.445053 14.3437 lp3,1 1.443048 14.3238 lp4,1 1.440793 14.3014 lp5,1 1.446295 14.3560 lp0,2 1.444091 14.3341 lp1,2 1.441663 14.3100 lp2,2 1.441297 14.3064 lp0,3 table 7 shows effective area and percentage power in core of the lp0,1 mode of a smf obtained from rp fiber calculator. table 7. effective area and percentage power in core of lp0,1 mode (a=1 µm). p in core (%) 𝐴eff (μm 2) mode 63.1 6.4 lp0,1 tables 8 to 10 show effective areas and percentage powers in core of all modes of mmfs calculated from rp fiber calculator. these two properties increase with increasing core radius. it can be noted that the first mode has the highest percentage power. table 8. effective areas and percentage powers in core of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=2.25 µm). p in core (%) 𝐴eff (μm 2) lp𝑙,𝑚 modes 94.3 12.8 lp0,1 82.8 13.4 lp1,1 table 9. effective areas and percentage powers in core of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=3.5 µm). p in core (%) 𝐴eff (μm 2) lp𝑙,𝑚 modes 98.2 25.4 lp0,1 95.1 23.7 lp1,1 90.1 25.4 lp2,1 82.0 27.5 lp3,1 87.1 22.5 lp0,2 63.4 33.3 lp1,2 table 10. effective areas and percentage powers in core of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=4.75 µm). p in core (%) 𝐴eff (μm 2) lp𝑙,𝑚 modes 99.2 42.8 lp0,1 97.9 39.1 lp1,1 96.1 40.4 lp2,1 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 61 93.5 40.3 lp3,1 89.9 40.4 lp4,1 84.5 41.5 lp5,1 95.2 34.4 lp0,2 90.8 33.9 lp1,2 82.4 41.7 lp2,2 77.9 40.9 lp0,3 table 11 shows effective areas and percentage powers in core of the first mode obtained from equations (5) and (7). a comparison with those in tables 7 to 10 shows a small difference which is due to that the spot size is calculated approximately from equation (6). table 11. effective areas and percentage powers in core of lp0,1 mode. p in core (%) 𝐴eff (μm 2) a (µm) from equation (7) from equation (5) 58.2 7.19 1 92.9 12.0 2.25 96.8 22.4 3.5 97.9 36.9 4.75 tables 12 to 14 show the cutoff wavelengths of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes of the mmfs. it can be noted that the first mode has no cutoff. cutoff wavelengths which obtained from rp fiber calculator are in good agreement with those calculated from equation (8). cutoff wavelengths are more than 633 nm. this is due to that cutoff frequencies of the modes are less than the normalized frequency of the fiber. cutoff wavelengths of the modes increase with increasing core radius. table 12. cutoff wavelengths (nm) of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=2.25 µm). from equation (8) from rp fiber calculator lp𝑙,𝑚 modes lp0,1 999.38 995.22 lp1,1 table 13. cutoff wavelengths (nm) of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=3.5 µm). from equation (8) from rp fiber calculator lp𝑙,𝑚 modes lp0,1 1554.60 1548.12 lp1,1 975.68 971.63 lp2,1 727.96 724.95 lp3,1 975.68 971.60 lp0,2 677.25 674.44 lp1,2 table 14. cutoff wavelengths (nm) of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=4.75 µm). from equation (8) from rp fiber calculator lp𝑙,𝑚 modes lp0,1 2109.81 2101.02 lp1,1 1324.13 1318.65 lp2,1 987.94 983.86 lp3,1 795.22 791.96 lp4,1 668.62 665.88 lp5,1 1324.13 1318.60 lp0,2 919.13 915.31 lp1,2 723.20 720.20 lp2,2 723.20 720.19 lp0,3 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 62 figure 4 shows intensity profile of the lp0,1 mode of a smf. this mode has a single spot profile. figure 4. intensity profile of lp0,1 mode (a=1 µm). figures 5 to 7 show modes profiles of mmfs. modes with 𝑙 = 0 (lp0,1, lp0,2 and lp0,3) have a single spot in their profiles. other modes have (2𝑙) spots. the lp𝑙,𝑚 modes and their number in figure 7 are equal to those in figure 2 which obtained from experimental observation. figure 5. intensity profiles of lp0,1 and lp1,1 modes (a=2.25 µm). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 63 figure 6. intensity profiles of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=3.5 µm). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 64 figure 7. intensity profiles of lp𝑙,𝑚 modes (a=4.75 µm). 4. conclusions it has been concluded that the modes number and their properties are affected by the fiber core radius. if the core radius is close to the operating wavelength, a smf is obtained. as the core radius becomes much larger than the operating wavelength, mmfs are obtained. cutoff wavelengths of the modes are more than the operating wavelength of the fiber. all the modes properties increase with increasing core radius. references 1. tricker, r. optoelectronic and fiber optic technology; newnes press, 2002; isbn 978–0– 7506–5370–1. 2. agrawal, g. p. nonlinear fiber optics; 5th ed.; elsevier, 2013; isbn 978–0–12397–023–7. 3. hadjifotiou, t. the cable and telecommunications professionals’ reference; hill, g., ed.; volume 2: transport networks; 3rd ed.; elsevier, 2008; isbn 978–0–240–80748–5. 4. neumann, e.-g. single-mode fibers: fundamentals; springer, 1988; isbn 978–3–662– 13699–7. 5. senior, j. m. optical fiber communications: principles and practice; 3rd ed.; pearson, 2009; isbn 978–0–13–032681–2. 6. agrawal, g. p. fiber-optic communication systems; 5th ed.; wiley, 2021; isbn 978–1–119– 73736–0. 7. kao, k. c.; hockham, g. a. dielectric-fibre surface waveguides for optical frequencies, proc. iee 1966, 113 (7), 1151–1158. 8. kapron, f. p.; keck, d. b.; maurer, r. d. radiation losses in glass optical waveguides, appl. phys. lett. 1970, 17 (10), 423–425. 9. ghatak, a. optics; mcgraw-hill, 2010; isbn 978–0–07–338048–3. 10. salih, a. r. design of single mode fiber for optical communications, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. 2020, 33 (1), 40–47. 11. ibrahim, h. k. studying properties of propagated transverse modes through step-index optical fibers, m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), 2020. 12. ibrahim, h. k.; salih, a. r. studying properties of propagated transverse modes through optical fibers, aip conference proceedings 2020, 2307 (1), 020017-1–020017-8. 13. salih, a. r. design of step-index multimode optical fiber, journal of physics: conference series 2021, 1879 (3), 032074-1–032074-9. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 65 14. shnain, f. a. design of optical fibers and calculate their guided modes properties at 1550 nm, m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad, college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham), 2021. 15. shnain, f. a.; salih, a. r. design of optical fibers and calculate their guided modes properties at 1550 nm, journal of physics: conference series 2021, 1879 (3), 032079-1– 032079-12. 16. shnain, f. a.; salih, a. r. design and study of few-mode fibers at 1550 nm, journal of educational and scientific studies 2021, 18 (1), 83–95. 17. salih, a. r. calculation of fundamental mode properties for single-mode fibers, tikrit journal of pure science 2021, 26 (6), 73–77. 18. kumar, s.; jamal deen, m. fiber optic communications: fundamentals and applications; wiley, 2014; isbn 978–0–470–51867–0. 19. saleh, b. e. a.; teich, m. c. fundamentals of photonics; wiley, 1991; isbn 978–0–471– 83965–1. 20. mitschke, f. fiber optics: physics and technology; 2nd ed.; springer, 2016; isbn 978–3– 662–52762–7. microsoft word 204-213 204 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 on generalized b*-closed sets in topological spaces zinah t. alhawez dept. of mathematics/college of education for woman / university of tikrit received in:22/december/2014 , accepted in:20/september/2015 abstract in this paper, we introduce and study the concept of a new class of generalized closed set which is called generalized b*-closed set in topological spaces ( briefly .g b*-closed) we study also. some of its basic properties and investigate the relations between the associated topology. keywords: gb* -closed set, gb -closed set,g-closed set. 205 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction 1. levine[9 ] introduced the concept of generalized closed sets (briefly ,g-closed) and studied their most fundamental properties in topological spaces . arya and nour[6], bhattacharya and lahiri[7], levine[10], mashhour[11], njastad[13]and andrijevic[3,4] introduced and investigated generalized semi-open sets,semi generalized open sets, generalized open sets, semi-open sets, pre-open sets and α open sets, semi pre-open sets and b-open sets which are some of the weak forms of open sets and the complements of these sets are called the same types of closed sets. a.a.omari and m.s.m.noorani[14] introduced and studied the concept of generalized b-closed sets(briey gb-closed) in topological spaces. recently sundaram and sheik john [15] introduced and studied w-closed sets. s.muthuvel and r.parimelazhagan [12] introduced and studied b*closed sets , a.poongothai and r.parimelazhagan [5] introduced and studied strongly b*-closed set in topological spaces. in this paper, we introduce a new class of sets, namely gb*closed sets for topological spaces. this class lies between the class b*-closed set and strongly b*-closed set. 2.preliminaries let ( x,t) be topological spaces and a be a subset of x .the closure of a and interior of a are denoted by cl(a) and int(a) respectively, union of all b-open (semi-open , pre-open , α – open ) sets x contained in a is called binterior (semiinterior, pre-interior, α – interior ,respectively) of a, it is denoted by b-int (a)(s-int(a),p-int(a), α-int(a), respectively),the intersection of all b-closed (semiclosed , preclosed , α – closed) sets x containing a is called bclosure (semiclosure, preclosure , α – closure ,respectively) of a and it is denoted by bcl(a) ( scl(a) ,pcl(a) , αcl(a) ,respectively).in this section , we recall some definitions of open sets in topological spaces. definition 2-1[15]: a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a pre –open set if a ⊆ int cl a and pre-closed set if cl int a ⊆ a. definition 2-2[10]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a semi –open set if a ⊆ cl int a and semi-closed set if int cl a ⊆ a. definition 2-3[3]: a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a α –open set if a ⊆ int cl int a and α -closed set if cl int cl a ⊆ a. definition 2-4[8]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a β–open set if a ⊆ cl int cl a and β-closed set if int cl int a ⊆ a. definition 2-5[1]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a b –open set if a ⊆ cl int a ∪ int cl a and b-closed set if int cl a ∩ cl int a ⊆ a. definition 2-6[9]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a generalized –closed set (briefly, g-closed) if cl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is open set . definition 2-7[7]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a semi generalized closed set (briefly, sg-closed) if scl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is semiopen set . 206 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 definition 2-8[8]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a generalized αclosed set (briefly gα-closed) if αcl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is αopen set . definition 2-9[2]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a generalized bclosed set (briefly gb -closed) if bcl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is open set . definition 2-10[8]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a generalized βclosed set (briefly gβ-closed) if βcl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is open set . definition 2-11[5]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called weakly generalized closed set (briefly wg-closed) if cl int a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is open set . definition 2-12[15]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called wekly-closed set (briefly w-closed) if cl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is semiopen set . definition 2-13[12]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called b*-closed set if int cl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is bopen set . definition 2-14[5]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called g* -closed set if cl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is gopen set . definition 2-15[5]:a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called a g*b -closed set if bcl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is gopen set. definition 2-16[5] :a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called strongly b*-closed set (briefly, sb*-closed) if cl int a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is bopen set . definition 2-17[5] :a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called b**-open set if a⊆int(cl(int(a)))∪cl(int(cl(a))) and b**-closed set if cl(int(cl(a))∩int(cl(int(a)) ⊆ ). 3. generalized b*-closed sets. in this section , we introduce and study the concept of generalized b*-closed set in topological spaces . also we study the relationship between this set and the other types of sets. definition 3-1: a subset a of a topological space (x,t) is called generalized b* closed set (briefly, gb*-closed) if int cl a ⊆ u ,whenever a ⊆ u and u is gbopen set . theorem 3-2:every closed set is gb* -closed set. proof : assume that a is a closed set in x then cl (a)=a ,and u be any gb-open set where a ⊆ u . since int a ⊆ a . implies that int cl a ⊆ u .hence a is gb* -closed set in x. 207 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 remark 3-3: the converse of the theorem [32] need not be true as seen by the following example. example3-4: let x={ a,b,c } with t={x ,  , {a} }.in this topological space , the sub set a={b} is gb*closed set but not closed set . theorem 3-5: a set a is gb*-closed set iff int cl(a)-a contains no non-empty gb-closed set. proof : necessity: suppose that f is a non-empty gb-closed subset of int(cl(a)) such that f ⊆ int cl a a . then f ⊆ int cl a ∩ a .therefore f ⊆ int cl a and f ⊆ a . since f is gb-closed set and a is gb*-closed set , int cl a ⊆ f . thus f ⊆ int cl a . therefore f ⊆ int cl a ∩ int cl a  .therefore f=  and this implies that int(cl(a))-a contains no non-empty gb-closed set . sufficiency : assume that int(cl(a))-a contains no non-empty gb-closed. let a ⊆ u ,u is gb-open set .suppose that int(cl(a)) is not contained in u , then int cl a ∩ u is a nonempty gb-closed set of int(cl(a))-a which is a contradiction. therefore int cl a ⊆ and hence a is gb*-closed set . theorem 3-6:let b ⊆ y ⊆ x ,if b is gb*-closed set relative to y and that y is both gb-open and gb*‐closed set in x,t then b is gb*‐closed set in x,t . proof: let u ⊆ b and u be a gb-open set in (x,t).but given that b ⊆ y ⊆ x . therefore b ⊆ y and u ⊆ b . this implies that y ∩ u ⊆ b. since b is gb*-closed set relative to y, then y ∩ u ⊆ int cl y .(i.e) y ∩ u ⊆ y ∩ int cl y .implies that u ⊆ y ∩ int cl y . thus u ∪ int cl b ⊆ y ∩ int cl b ∪ int cl b . this implies that u ∪ int cl b ⊆ int cl y ⊆ int cl b . therefore u ⊆ int cl b . since int(cl(b)) is not contained in int cl b . thus b is gb*-closed set relative to x. theorem 3-7:let a ⊆ y ⊆ x and suppose that a is gb* -closed set in x then a is gb* closed set relative to y. proof : assume that a ⊆ y ⊆ x and a is gb* -closed set in x . to show that a is gb* closed set relative to y , let a ⊆ y ∩ u where u is gb-open in x . since a is gb* -closed set in x , a ⊆ u implies that int cl a ⊆ u , i.e) y ∩ int cl a ⊆ y ∩ u. where y ∩ int cl a is interior of closure of a in y . thus a is gb* -closed set relative to y. theorem 3-8:if a is a gb* -closed set and a ⊆ b ⊆ int cl a then b is a gb* -closed set. 208 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 proof : let u be a gb -open set of x , such that b ⊆ u . then a ⊆ u . since a is gb* closed, then int cl a ⊆ u .now int cl b ⊆ int cl a ⊆ u .therefore b is gb*closed set in x . theorem 3-9 : the intersection of a gb* -closed set and a closed set is a gb* -closed set. proof: let a be a gb* -closed set and f be a closed set . since a is gb* -closed set , int cl a ⊆ u whenever a ⊆ u ,where u is agb-open set . to show that a ∩ fis gb*-closed set ,it is enough to show that int cl a ∩ f ⊆ u whenever a ∩ f ⊆ u , where u is gb-open set . let g =x – f then a ⊆ u ∪ g .since g is open set , u ∪ g is gb-open set and a is gb* closed set , int cl a ⊆ u ∪ g . now int cl a ∩ f ⊆ int cl a ∩ int cl f ⊆ int cl a ∩ f ⊆ u ∪ g ∩ f ⊆ u ∩ f ∪ g ∩ f ⊆ u ∩ f ∪  ⊆ u. this implies that a ∩ f is gb* -closed set. theorem 3-10: if a and b are two gb* -closed sets defined for a non –empty set x, then their intersection a ∩ b is gb* -closed set in x. proof: let a and b are two gb* -closed sets in x. let a ∩ b ⊆ u , u is gp-open set in x. since a is gb* -closed , int cl a ⊆ u ,whenever a⊆ u , u is g-open set in x .since b is gb* -closed , int cl b ⊆ u ,whenever b⊆ u , u is g-open set in x . hence a ∩ b is gb* closed set . remark 3-11: the union of two gb* -closed sets need not to be gb* -closed set. example3-12: let x ={a,b,c} with t={x ,  , {a},{c},{a,c} } .if a= {a}, b= {c} are gb* -closed set in x . then a ∪ b is not a gb* -closed set . theorem 3-13:every gb closed set is gb* -closed set. proof : assume that a be a g b closed set in x. and let u be an open set such that a ⊆ u. since every open set is gb-open set . then int cl a ⊆ bcl a ⊆ u. hence a is gb*-closed set . remark 3-14: the converse of the theorem [3-13] need not be true as seen by the following example. example3-15: let x={ a,b,c } with t={x ,  , {a} }.in this topological space , the subset a={ a,b} is gb* -closed set, but not gbclosed set. theorem 3-16::every gb*-closed set is b-closed set . proof: assume that a is a gb* -closed set in x , and let u be an open set such that a ⊆ u .since every open set is b-open set and a is gb*-closed set, then int cl a ⊆ intcl a ⋃cl int a ⊆ u. therefore a is b-closed set in x . 209 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 remark 3-17: the converse of the theorem [3-16] need not be true as the following example shows. example3-18: let x={ a,b,c } with t={x ,  , {a} ,{b} ,{a,b}}. in this topological space , the subset a={ a,c} is b -closed set but not gb*closed set. theorem 319: every w-closed set is gb* -closed set . proof: assume that a is w-closed set in x , and u is semi-open set such that a ⊆ u, every semiopen set is gb-open set then cl a ⊆int(cl(a)) therefore a is gb* -closed set. remark 320: the converse of the theorem [3-19] need not be true as seen by the following example example 3-21: let x={ a,b,c } with t={x ,  , {a} ,{c} ,{a,c}}. in this topological spaces , the subset a={ a } is gb*closed set but not w-closed set . theorem 322: every b* -closed set is g b* -closed set . proof: assume that a is a b*-closed set in x , and u is bopen set such that a ⊆ u. every b-open set is g b-open set . then int cl a ⊆ , therefore a is g b* -closed set. remark 323: the converse of the theorem 3‐22 need not be true as seen by the following example. example3-24: let x={ a,b,c,d } with t={x , ,{b},{c,d},{ b,c,d} }. in this topological spaces the subset a={ c} is gb*-closed set ,but not b*-closed set . theorem 3-25:every gb*-closed set is g*b-closed set. proof: assume that a is a g b*-closed set in x .then int(cl(a) ⊆ u ,u is gb-open set such that a ⊆ u. then bcl a ⊆ . since every g-open set is gb-open set .then bcl a ⊆ , uis g-open set .therefore a is g*b-closed set. remark 3-26: the converse of the theorem [3-25] need not be true as seen by the following example. example3-27: let x={ a,b,c } with t={x ,  }.in this topological spaces , the subset a={ a,b} is g*b -closed set but not gb*closed set. theorem 328 : every gb*-closed set is sg -closed set . proof: assume that a is gb*-closed set in x , and u is open set such that a ⊆ u every open set is semi-open set, a is gb*-closed and u is gb-closed then int cl a ⊆ a ∪ scl a ⊆ u therefore a is sg -closed set. 210 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 remark 329: the converse of the theorem [3-28] need not be true as seen by the following example. example3-30: let x= {a ,b ,c} ,t={x,,{a,b }, {c}} in this example a={a,b} is sgclosed set but not gb* -closed set. theorem 331: every gb* -closed set is gβ-closed set . proof: assume that a is g*b* -closed set in x , and u is open set such that a ⊆ u, every open set is gb-open set then int cl a ⊆ a ∪ β closed ⊆ u therefore a is g*b* -closed set. remark 332: the converse of the theorem [3-31] need not be true as seen by the following example. example3-33: let x= {a ,b ,c} ,t={x,,{b}, {b,c} }. in this example a={a,b} is gβ –closed set but not gb* -closed set. theorem 334: every gb* -closed set is b** -closed set . proof: assume that a is g*b* -closed set in x , and u is open set such that a ⊆ u, every open set is gb-open set then int cl a ⊆ cl int cl a ∪ int cl int a ⊆ u.therefore a is b**-closed set. remark 335: the converse of the theorem [3-34] need not be true as seen by the following example. example3-36: let x= {a ,b ,c} ,t={x,,{a , b}, { c} } . in this topological spaces the subset a={b, c} is b**-closed set but not g b* -closed set.                                                      gb‐closed closed set                                                                                                                                        wclosed   gβ-closed                                                                                                       sg-closed                                                 gb*-closed set                        b-closed                                                                                               g*b-closed                                b*-closed                      b**-closed  diagram (1) 211 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 4.gb*-closed set is independent of other closed sets in this section ,we explain independency of gb*-closed set with some other closed sets. remark 41: the following example shows that the concept of g-closed and gb*-closed sets are independent . example4-2: let x= {a ,b ,c} ,t={x,,{ b}, { b,c} } , in this topological space ,the subset a={a, b}is g-closed set but not gb*-closed set. and , in this topological space , the subset b={c}is gb*-closed set but not g-closed set. remark 43: the following example shows that the concept of sb*-closed and gb*-closed sets are independent . example4-4 : let x= {a ,b ,c} ,t={x,,{ a},{c} ,{ a,c} } , in this topological space ,the subset a={a,c}is sb*-closed set but not gb*-closed set. and , in this topological space ,the subset b={c}is gb*-closed set but not sb*-closed set. remark 45: the following example shows that the concept of g*-closed and gb*-closed sets are independent . example4-6: let x= {a ,b ,c} ,t={x,,{ b}, { b,c} } , in this topological space ,the subset a={a, b}is g*-closed set but not gb*-closed set. and , in this topological space ,the subset b={c}is gb*-closed set but not g*-closed set. remark 47: the following example shows that the concept of gα-closed and gb*-closed sets are independent . example4-8: let x= {a ,b ,c} ,t={x,,{ a},{c} ,{ a,c} } , in this topological space ,the subset a={b,c}is gα -closed set but not gb*-closed set. and , in this topological space ,the subset b={a}is gb*-closed set but not gα -closed set remark 49: the following example shows that the concept of gp-closed and gb*-closed sets are independent . example4-10: let x= {a ,b ,c} with the topology ,t1={x,,{ a,b},{,c} } , in this topological space ,the subset a={a,c}is gp -closed set but not gb*-closed set. for the topology t2={x,,{ a },{b}, {a,b} } topological ,the subset b={b}is gb*-closed set but not gp-closed set. remark 411: the following example shows that the concept of wg-closed and gb*closed sets are independent . example4-12: let x= {a ,b ,c} with the topology ,t1={x,,{ a } } , in this topological space ,the subset a={a,b}is wg-closed set but not gb*-closed set. for the topology t2={x,,{ a },{c}, {a,c } topological ,the subset b={a}is gb*-closed set but not wg-closed set. 212 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015                                                                                 gp-closed                                            sb*-closed                                                                  gα-closed                                                                                gb*-closed set                                                                                                                            g-closed                             g*-closed                wg-closed  diagram (2) reference 1. el-monsef, m.d.; abd, el-atik ,a. a. and el-sharkasy, m. m., (2005), some topologies induced by b-open sets, kyungpook math. j. 45 . 4, 539{547. 2. ahmad al-omari and mohd. salmi, md. noorani, (2009), on generalized b-closed sets, bull. malays. math. sci. soc(2)32(1) .19-30. 3. andrijevic.d, (1986) ,semi-preopen sets, mat. vesink, 38, 24 32. 4. andrijevic.d, (1996), on b-open sets, mat. vesink, 48 ,59 64. 5. a.poongothai and r ,parimelazhagan,( 2012 )sb*-closed sets in topological spaces , math. j. 6, 47,2325-2333. 6. arya, s. p. and nour, t.: (1990), characterizations of s-normal spaces, indian j.pure. appl. math. 21 (8) ,717–719. 7. bhattacharya,p. and lahiri.b.k, (1987), semi-generalised closed sets in topology,indian j. math., 29(3) ,375 382. 8. dontchev.j, (1995), on generalizing semi preopen sets ,mem .fac.sci.k ochi.ser .a,math., 16 ,35-48. 9. levine.n, (1970), generalized closed sets in topology, rend .circ. math. palermo,19 ,89 96. 10. levine.n, (1963), semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces, amer.math.monthly, 70 ,36 41. 11. mashhour. a. s,; abd ei-monsef.m.e. and ei-deeb. s. n., (1982), on precontinuous and weak pre-continuous mapping,proc. math., phys. soc. egypt, 53 ,47 – 53. 12. s.muthuvel and r,parimelazhagan , (2012 )b*-closed sets in topological spaces ,math. j . 6, ,47,2317-2323. 13. njastad. o, (1965), on some classes of nearly open sets,pacific j.math., , 15 961-970. 14. omari.a.a and noorani .m.s.m, on generalized b-closed sets, bull. malays. math. sci. sco. (2) 32 (1) (2009), 19-36. 15. sundaram,p. and shiek john,m., (2000) on w-closed sets in topology ,acta ciencia indica , 4,389-392. 213 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 *gb–حول المجموعات المغلقة بالنمط زينة طه الحويز قسم الرياضيات /كلية التربية للبنات /جامعة تكريت 2015/أيلول/20قبل البحث في:، 2014/كانون األول/22 :استلم البحث في الخالصة *gbدراسة مفھوم جديد من المجموعات المغلقة يسمى المجموعات المعممة المغلقة يعرض ھذا البحث كما نقوم بدراسة بعض الخصائص األساسية، ودراسة العالقات بينھا وبين المجموعات المغلقة ةفي الفضاءات التبولوجي في الفضاء التبولوجي. : والمجموعات المعممة المغلقة. -bوالمجموعات المعممة المغلقه -*bالمجموعات المعممة المغلقة :الكلمات ألمفتاحيه microsoft word 237-246 237 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the effect of thickness on electrical conductivity and optical constant of fe2o3 thin films bushra k.h.al-maiyaly dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 11may2014 , accepted in : 22 june2014 abstract in this research the electrical conductivity and optical measurements were made on the iron oxide (fe2o3) films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method as a function of thickness (250, 350, 450, and 550)  20 nm. the measurements of electrical conductivity (σ), activation energies (ea1, ea2),and optical constant such as absorption coefficient, refractive index, extinction coefficient and the dielectric constants for the wavelengths in the range (300-900) nm have been investigated on (fe2o3) thin films as a function of thickness. all films contain two types of transport mechanisms, and the electrical conductivity (σ) increases whereas the activation energy (ea) would decrease as the films thickness increases. the optical measurement shows that the fe2o3 films have a direct energy gap, and they in general increase with the increase of thickness. key words: iron oxide, electrical conductivity, optical constant, chemical spray pyrolysis 238 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction one of the most important metal oxide is iron oxides because these materials are useful for many applications such as important sensors, catalysts, resistive heaters, electrochemical and photocells [1,2],the performance of materials depends on their properties which are affected by preparation condition. iron oxide (fe2o3) is a low-cost semiconductor having hexagonal structure, a relatively low band gap of (2-2.2) ev, therefore it can absorb most of the visible light [3] and can be used for potential application as photo anodes in photo electrochemical solar cells [4,5]as well as are widely employed for semi-reflective glasses, not only because of their energy saving effect but also because of their good durability as a glazing of building. [6] electrical and magnetic properties of fe2o3 are strongly dependent on the chemical composition, and method of preparation[1], several methods of deposition techniques have been used by different workers to prepare fe2o3 films such as chemical vapor deposition[4,7], spray pyrolysis[8,9], pulsed laser deposition[10,11], electro chemical deposition[12,13], electro spray technique[14] ,rapid combustion[15], ect. in this research the chemical spray pyrolysis technique was used to prepare fe2o3 thin films, the electrical conductivity behavior and optical constants are studied as a function of thickness. experiment iron oxide (fe2o3) thin films are prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis method at different thickness (250, 350, 450, and 550) nm by spraying the solution of fe(no3)3.9h2o on preheated glass substrates at about (663) k which measured by using thermocouple type nicr , these glass substrates are placed on the hot plate for about ( 25 min) before the spraying process, each spraying period lasts for about (15 sec) followed by (2.5 min) waiting period to a void excessive cooling of the hot substrate due to the spraying process. the distance between sprayer nozzle and substrate of (30) cm, spray rate of (12 ml/min). the solution was prepared in molarity (0.1) by diluted (4.0402) gm of fe (no3)3.9h2o in (100) ml water accordance with the following equation: [16] m = (wt / m wt). (1000 / v) ……………………… (1) where m = molarity, wt = weight of sample, mwt = molecular weight, v = water volume. the obtained solution is used to preparation ( fe2o3) based on the reaction:  2232 heat 33 o3no12ofe2)no(fe4 …………… (2) the films were clear, red-brown colored and having good adhesive properties. for d.c. measurement films deposited on the glass substrate with al electrode keithly models 616 have been used to measure the variation of electric resistance (r) as a function of temperature with range (298473) k, then calculated the resistivity (ρ) by the formula: [17] l tbr   ……………………………………… (3) where t is film thickness, b is electrodes width; l is distance between two al electrodes. the conductivity (σ) of the films was determined by using the relation:   1 c.d ………………………………………… (4) for optical parameters measurement of the prepared thin film, we measured the transmission and the absorption spectrum in the range (200-900) nm by using a double beam spectrophotometer (uv). 239 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the incident photon energy (e=hν) was calculated as a function of wavelength (λ) according to equation: e (ev) = (1240 / λ)………………… (5) the energy dependence of absorption coefficient (α) near the band edge for band to band and exciton transition could be described by tauc formulas: [18] ………………. (6) r )opteg –(α hν) = b` (hν ) is the optical energy optwhere b` is a constant inversely proportional to amorphousity, (eg gap ,r is constant depending on the material and the type of the optical transition and may take values 2,3 for allowed and in allowed direct transitions respectively whereas take values 1/2,3/2 for allowed and in allowed indirect transitions respectively. the variation of absorption coefficient for each wavelength was calculated from equation: [19] α = 2.303 (a / t)………………. (7) where a = absorbance. also transmittance (t) and absorbance (a) spectrum used to determine the optical constants which including refractive index (n), extinction coefficient (k), and dielectric constant (ε) for each wavelength in the range (200-900) nm. the refractive index value can be calculated from the formula: [17] 1)]……………….. (8)-[(r+1) / (r – 1/2}2k-1)]-n = {[4r / (r where r is the reflectance which is calculated by using equation: r = 1-t-a ………………………….. (9) the absorption coefficient (α) is related to extinction coefficient (k) by: [17] α = 4π k / λ ………………………. (10) the complex dielectric constant can be introduced by: [17] ………………………… (11) 2i ε-1ε = ε ………………………… (12) 2k-2n =1where ε = 2nk ………………………… (13) 2ε = imaginary part of dielectric constant. 2= real part of dielectric constant, ε1where ε the thickness of the sprayed samples (250, 350, 450, and 550) nm was measured by using the weighing method according to the following relation: [20] t= (m / à .ρ) ……………………. (14) where t= thickness of film, m= mass of film, ρ= density of films, à= area of film. using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity is of the order (10-4) gm. results and discussion fig (1) shows the plots of lnσ versus 103/t at different thickness for (fe2o3) films, it is observed that the electrical conductivity (σ) increases from (3.01*10-7 ) ohm-1.cm-1 to (9.09*10-7 ) ohm-1.cm-1 with the increase of (t). the increase trend in σ upon increasing thickness can be attributed to the increases number of carriers available for transport due to improvement in the films structure with the increase of (t) it yields more packing density, reducing dangling bonds, the trapping centers of charge carriers, and defects like vacancy sites. this figure also shows two mechanisms for electrical conductivity at lower and higher temperature with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2) for all films. the effect of the film thickness on the activation energies (ea1, ea2) of (fe2o3) films are shown in fig (2), it is clear from this figure that both ea1 and ea2 decrease with the increase of thickness (t), this behavior can be attributed for the same reasons as we mentioned before. table (1) shows the values of the electrical conductivity and the activation energies of deposited films. the influence of different thickness on the optical properties of fe2o3 thin films grown on glass substrates are studied deeply. the variation of the absorption coefficient (α) of (fe2o3) films as a function of photon energy at various thicknesses (250, 350, 450, and 550) nm is 240 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 shown in figure (3), where a decrease in absorption coefficient with the increase of thickness (t) within all the range of the spectrum; we deduce that the absorption is not attributed to the free carriers only, but to impurities or localized electronic states. it could be recognize that all the films exhibits high values of absorption coefficient (α > 105 cm-1) which means that there is a large probability of the allowed direct transition. fig (4) and table (2) show the optical energy gap as a function of thickness (t).the optical energy gap (egopt) values were calculated from tauc equation (6) by plotting the relation (α hν)2 versus photon energy (hν) and select the optimum linear part, which describes the allowed direct transition, then we determined egopt by the extrapolation of the portion at (α =0) as shown in fig (5). it is clear that the egopt increased from ( 2.34 ev) to ( 2.42 ev) when the thickness increased. this increase in energy gap value leads to shift in the band gap to shorter wavelength. this may be due to the fact that the decrease of the density of localize states in the eg which caused the energy gap seems large. other factors, such as the reduction in the number of defects in films and the increases in stoichiometric composition, might also lead to the increase in the optical band gap. the variation of the refractive index values (n) versus photon energy (hν), at different thickness (250, 350, 450, and 550) nm as given in fig (6), it is obvious from result that the refractive index values increase with the increase of thickness, this behavior may be due to improvement in the films structure ,reducing of dangling bonds and defects like vacancy sites, it yields more packing density. the values of the refractive index of these films range from ( 2.45 to 2.74 ) at λ = 450 nm. extinction coefficient (k) versus photon energy as a function of thickness is shown in fig (7), the decrease in extinction coefficient values could be recognized with the increase of thickness, this behavior of the extinction coefficient values similar for all the range of the wavelength spectrum to that of the absorption coefficients for the same reasons as we mentioned before. fig (8 a, b) shows the effect of different thickness on the values of the real (ε1) and imaginary (ε2) parts of the dielectric constant. from this figure we can notice that the real part of the dielectric constant (ε1) increase with the increase of thickness in all the range of the spectrum while the imaginary part of the dielectric constant (ε2) showed an opposite trend because the variation of (ε1) mainly depend on the value of the refractive index while the (ε2) value mainly depend on the extinction coefficient values which are related to the variation of absorption coefficient. conclusion in conclusion, we studied in detail the influence of film thickness on the electrical conductivity and optical constant of (fe2o3) films. throughout our research we showed that: 1. the electrical conductivity are strongly dependent on the film thickness, it shows as increasing behavior with the increase of thickness, whereas the activation energies showed an opposite trend. we should mention that the behavior of the electrical conductivity as a function of thickness is a result of the community between two mechanism of transport, hopping charge transport between localized gap states near fermi level and charge transport to extended state beyond the mobility gap. 2. all films prepared have high values of absorption coefficient (α > 105 cm-1) .we can use (fe2o3) films as a window for wavelength (λ > 450 nm) and as filter for wavelength (λ <450 nm). 3. the optical energy gap values increase when films thickness increases 4. the variation in films thickness resulted increase values of refractive index and real part of the dielectric constant while decrease the values of the absorption coefficient, extinction coefficient, and the imaginary part of the dielectric constant when films thickness increases. 241 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1. reda, s.m. (2013),electric and dielectric properties of fe2o3 / silica nanocomposites, international journal of nano science and technology,1,5,17-28. 2. ruth alunt,adam j.jacksan, and aron walsh, (2013), dielectric response of fe2o3 crystals and thin films, chemical physics letters,586,25,67-69. 3. lide, d. r. (1990), handbook of chemistry and physics, crc press. 4. mark, a.lukowski and song, jin, (2011), improved synthesis and electrical properties of si-doped fe2o3 nanowires, j.phys.chem.c,115, 25, 12388-12395. 5. linsen, li, yanghai, yu, fei meng, yizheng tan, robert j. hamers, and song jin,(2012), facile solution synthesis of α-fef3·3h2o nanowires and their conversion to α-fe2o3 nanowires for photoelectrochemical application, nano letters,12,2,724-731. 6. sakata, n., hyodo m. and kawahara, h. (1982), optical properties and chemical resistance of fe-cr oxide films, journal of non crystalline solids, 49, 429-438. 7. david barreca and cristian massignan, (2001), composition and micro structure of cobalt oxide thin films, 13, (2), 588-593. 8. aki and alaa, (2004) ,microstructure and electrical properties of iron oxide thin films deposited by spray pyrolysis, applied surface science, 221, p.319. 9. shinde, v.r.; mahadik, s.b.; gujar, t.p. and lokhande, c.d. (2006), super capacitive cobalt oxidethin films by spray pyrolysis,”applied surface science,252,issue 20,7487-7492. 10. kennedy,rj,(1995),the growth of iron oxide, nickel oxide and cobalt oxide thin films by laser ab targets,"magnetics",31, issue 6, 3829-3831. 11. dr. t. tepper, (2001),"pulsed laser deposition of iron oxide films", seminar, 12. wang chong, wang dian, wang qiu-ming, huan-jun, (2010), preparation and electrochemical performance of three-dimensional structure foam, “chemical journal of chinese universities”, 31, issue 10, 2058-2062. 13. nicolae spataru, chiaki terashima, kenichi tokuhiro and akira fujishima, (2003), electrochemical behavior of cobalt oxide films deposited at conductive diamond electrodes journal of the electrochemical society, 150, (7), 337-341. 14. gul rahman and oh-shim, (2013), facile preparation of nanostructured α-fe2o3 thin films with enhanced photo electrochemical water splitting activity , j. mater. chem. a,1, 5554-5561. 15.manikana,viiavajj, and kenneylj,(2013), structural, optical and magnetic properties of porous alpha-fe2o3 nanostructures prepared by rapid combustion method,"j.nanosci.nanotechnol,13,4,2986-2992. 16. al-ghabsha.th.s, and al-abachi.m.q (1986)"fundamentals of analytical chemistry” baghdad. 17. kasap, s.o. (2002), principles of electronic materials and devices”, 2nd edition, mc graw hill. 18. tauc, j., (1974),”amorphous and liquid semiconductor”, plenums press.newyork and london. thngineering. an introduction 619. william, d.callister, j (2003),”materials science& e edition, john wiley sons inc, p.96. 20. al-mizban e.s.,(1997),”a study of optical and electrical properties of cr2o3 and co3o4 thin films and their mixture”m.sc thesis university of baghdad,p.47-49. 242 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (1) :the electrical conductivity and activation energies of (fe2o3) films at different thickness table no. (2):the optical constant of (fe2o3) films at different thickness. figure no.(1): variation lnσ versus 103/t as a function of thickness for (fe2o3) films films thickness (nm) σ x 10-7 at r.t (ω.cm)-1 ea1 tem. rang ea2 tem. rang ( ev ) ( k ) ( ev ) ( k ) 250 3.01 0.894 298-393 0.192 403-473 350 4.96 0.802 298-393 0.173 403-473 450 6.611 0.722 298-393 0.144 403-473 550 9.09 0.621 298-393 0.125 403-473 films thickness (nm) egopt (ev) optical constant at λ =450 nm α x 105 cm-1 n k ε1 ε2 250 2.34 0.871 2.453 0.195 2.41 0.613 350 2.37 0.827 2.5 0.188 2.533 0.602 450 2.4 0.8 2.615 0.174 2.73 0.581 550 2.42 0.77 2.74 0.163 2.966 0.564 ln  ( o h m .c m ) -1 1000/t ( k )-1 fe2o3 t= 250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm 243 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(2): variation activation energies as a function of thickness for (fe2o3) films figure no.(3): absorption coefficient behavior as a function of photon energy for (fe2o3) thin films deposited at different thickness figure no.(4): variation optical energy gap as a function of thickness for (fe2o3) films e g o p t  (e v ) thickness  (nm)         a c ti v a ti o n e n e rg y ( e v ) thickness (nm) ea1 ea2 244 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(5): variation (α hν)2 & photon energy as a function of thickness for (fe2o3) films figure no.(6): variation refractive index & photon energy as a function of thickness for (fe2o3) films r e fr a ct iv e    in d e x  ( n o ) photon energy (ev) t=250 nm t=350 nm 245 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(7): variation extinction coefficient & photon energy as a function of thickness for (fe2o3) films (a) (b) figure no.(8): dielectric constant of (fe2o3) thin films & photon energy: (a) real part at different thickness. (b) imaginary part at different thickness. e x ti n ct io n  c o e ff ic ie n t  (k ) photon energy (ev) t=250 nm t=350 nm t=450 nm im a g e n ry p a rt o f d ie le c tr ic c o n s ta n t (  2 ) photon energy (ev) t=250 nm t=350nm 246 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 التوصيلية الكھربائية والثوابت البصريةتأثير السمك على الرقيقة 3o2fe ألغشية بشرى كاظم حسون الميالي / جامعة بغداد) أبن الھيثم الصرفة( للعلوم كلية التربيةقسم الفيزياء / 2014حزيران22قبل البحث: 2014ايار 11استلم البحث : الخالصة المحضرة بطريقة )3o2fe (القياسات البصرية والتوصيلية الكھربائية الغشية أوكسيد الحديد يتفي ھذا البحث أجر ة لتغير السمك ائي الحراري دال التوصيلية ت.ولقد حسب  20 nm (and 550 ,450 ,350 ,250)الرش الكيمي والثوابت البصرية مثل معامل االمتصاص ومعامل الخمود وثابت , ea1(ea ,2 ( وطاقات التنشيط ,(σ)الكھربائية لتغير السمك , وقد أظھرت كل دالة )3o2fe() الغشية nm )900 -300العزل الكھربائي ضمن مدى االطوال الموجية ادة سمك االغشية ادة التوصيلية الكھربائية مع نقصان طاقات التنشيط بزي االغشية آليتين لالنتقال االلكتروني ولوحظ زي فجوة طاقة مباشرة وتزداد قيمتھا بصورة عامة بزيادة السمك. )3o2fe(المحضرة. وبينت القياسات البصرية ان الغشية أوكسيد الحديد ، الثوابت البصرية، التوصيلية الكھربائية ، الرش الكيميائي الحراري . -: المفتاحيةالكلمات قياس مستوى التركيز الفيوكوز (fucose ) وبعض المتغيرات الاخرى في مصل دم مريض داء السكري من النوع الثاني (niddm) مجلة 2002( 2) 22ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ( وبعض المتغيرات االخرى في مصل fucoseقياس مستوى تركيز الفيوكوز ) ( niddmداء السكري من النوع الثاني ) ضىدم مر زينب قاسم غني ،كر عاشور لمياء شا امعة بغداد ج ،زراعةكلية ال، شعبة العلوم األساسية ابن الهيثم،كلية التربية ، الكيمياءقسم الخالصة موحياتية لمرضى داء السكري من يية حياتية سريرية لبعض المتغيرات الكئتضمن هذا البحث اجراء دراسات كيميا الفحوصات اذا اجريت , ى توضيح العالقة بين المتغيرات ع الثاني مقارنة باالصحاء )مجموعة السيطرة ( , هادفة النو ال على العينات قيد الدراسة : االتيهالمختبرية ratio cu/z n , (cu,zn) –lipid profiles ,laf hbaic, tf ,fbs ارتفاعا ملحوظا في , وقد اظهرت النتائج لمرضى znوانخفاظا في مستوى تركيز cu\zn ratio ,hbaicنسبة cu,laf ,tf ,f.b.sمستوى تركيز من النوع الثاني مقارنة باالصحاء .السكري المقدمة في لالنسولين الذي يفرز من خاليا بيتا لنسبي او المطلق يعود الى النقص ا (diabetes mellitus) داء السكري ( 1الوراثة او العوامل الوراثية دورا مهما في االصابة بالسكري .)وتؤدي البنكرياس ن بعض النساء الحوامل يصبن بارتفاع السكر في الدم بالرغم من انهن لم يسبق لهن كما تبين من خالل الدراسات ا (2.) (.gestational d.m)قبل الحمل ويطلق على هذا النوع من المرض بسكري الحمل االصابة بالمرض لتحديد في ثالثة انسجة االنسولين دورا مهما في تنشيط التفاعالت الكيميائية الحادثة في معظم خاليا الجسم وعلى ا يؤدي ( 3معينة هي الكبد , العضالت وخاليا الدهون .) الى صنفين رئيسين هما : (d.m ) يصنف مرض السكري ( (idiopathiel d.mويسمى مرض السكري الذاتي ( (pprimary d.mالصنف االول : مرض السكري االولي االصنف الى نوعين السكر المعتمد على 1سم مرض السكر من هذيحدث تلقلئيا في الجسم دون االرتباط بامراض اخرى ويق %( من حاالت االصابة 11بة به حوالي )اتشكل نسبة االص (insulin depented d.m) (iddm )االنسولين .بالسكري , ويعود سبب االصابة به الى امراض المناعة الذاتية (non-insulin depented d.m )معتمد على االنسولين الاما النوع الثاني هو السكري غير (niddm ) ( 01وهو االكثر شيوعا وتشكل نسبة االصابة به حوالي )% وسبب االصابة بهذا النوع هو نقص في افراز (4االنسولين استجابة للكلوكوز او في مقاومة االنسولين .) انوية نتيجة لوجود سبب وهو يحدث بصفة ث (secondary d.m)سكري الثانوي لاما الصنف الثاني : هو مرض ا (5مرضي ينجم عنه ايقاف نشاط الخاليا التي تفرز االنسولين او تلفها .) مجلة 2002( 2) 22ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد وبين وهو هوغل glycated hemoglobin يمكن تشخيص المرض مختبريا وكذلك تحليل الهيموكلوبين المسكر انواع ةمتحد مع السكر موجود في كريات الدم الحمراء , ويعد الهيموكلوبين من البروتينات المرتبطة ويتالف من ثالث (6.) (ghb)من اهم انواع الهيموكلوبينات المسكرة hbaicويعد hbaic , hbaib, hbaiaمن المكونات الثانوية % من اجمالي الهيموجلوبين , 6فرد الطبيعي بنسبة محددة التزيد عن لدى ال (fhb)يوجد الهيموجلوبين المسكر ومن المهم ان نذكر ان الهيموكلوبين المسكر يتغير باستمرار لدى مرضى السكري ويرتبط بصورة مباشرة بمعدالت سكر رض مزمن هي عالقة طردية . وبصفة عامة مرض السكري هو م ghbان عالقة معدل سكر الدم بنسبة اذالدم , هي مركبات lipidsان الدهون اذنية في الجسم . غية والبروتينية والالكاربوهدرات المواد يتميز بسوء او اختالل في تمثيل عضوية غير ذائبة في الماء وتذوب في المذيبات العضوية ضعيفة القطبية , وظيفتها االساسية هي تكوين حاجز القطبي التي تنتقل بسهولة (lipoproteins )وترتبط مع البروتينات لتكون البروتينات الدهنية الخارجي , بين الخلية ومحيطها , وتحتوي بالزما الدم على خمسة انواع من البروتينات الدهنية هي (7) في البالزما الى مختلف االعضاء في الجسم % من الدقيقة 51تين فيه الذي تشكل نسبة البرو hdl,idl,ldl,vldl ,(chylomicron)الدقائق الكيلوسية ( ويعد الكوليسترول 8المحيطة ونقله الى الكبد .) من االنسجة cholesterol(ch)كما انه مهم في امتصاص ال cholesterol الحيوي لل التكويناحدى المواد التي تدخل فيvit.d3 وامالح الصفراء(bile acids ) وهو من (0) (hydroxy -5,6-cholesterol-3) جسم ويسمى مشتقات الدهنية الموجودة في خاليا ل تدعى الدهون هي استرات الكليسيرول المكونة من جزيئة واحدة من الكليسيرول مرتبطة مع ثالث احماض مشبعة (تخلق في الكبد واالنسجة الشحمية اذ يقوم االنسولين بتنشيط تلك (triglcerides.tgبالكليسيرالت ثالثية االسيل ( lpl) عماليات كما انه يثبط تحللها الى االحماض الشحمية فضال عن دوره في زيادة فعالية انزيمال لذلك فان hdlطة اسو ه اما المتبقي من التحلل فيحمل بمن البروتينات الدهنية الفنية ب (tg)ويعمل على تحلل ال الخلل( وهذا يؤدي الى (lpl( المرتبطة مع ( capillary endotheliumالبطانة الشعرية فينقص االنسولين يؤثر ( 11لمرض السكري . ) hdlفي مصل الدم مع انخفاض (tg) في مستويات الدهون بارتفاع ان اولى لمرضى السكري والسيما المصابون بالقلب ,من (tg)وجماعته زيادة (kluderal-1997)لقد اثبت العالم هون هي شيوع المرض بين االشخاص الذين يعانون من دالمالحظات التي تشير الى وجود عالقة بين داء السكري وال (11السمنة اكثر من االشخاص الذين اليعانون منها ,والسيما السكري من النوع الثاني . ) الى العمل الكامل اوجودها يكون ضروري,اذ ضئيلة التي يحتاج اليها الجسم بكميات ةهناك العديد من العناصر النزر للجسم الكائن الحي وان عدم اخذ كميات كافية من هذه المعادن الضئيلة سوف يتسبب في فشل الوظائف الخلوية الفسيولوجية التي تؤدي الى بعض االمراض واالختالالت الحيوية , والمعادن الضئيلة المهمة لالنسان هو النحاس (12.)والخارصين ها الجسم لوظيفة االتصال يلاالذي هو احد السكريات الثمانية االساسية التي يحتاج (l-fucose )فيوكوز -ل-الفا هو النظير الصناعي للفيوكوز (d)هو الشكل الشائع للسكر بينما الشكل (l)خلية , ان شكل الى المثالي من خلية مع l-fucose ) , ويتحد g /minute 17ة عن طريق االدرار وبمعدل رئيسالفيوكوز في االنسان بصورة ( يطرح13.) البروتينات السكرية والدهون السكرية في االنسان ويوجد بثالثة اشكال فيوكوز حد , فيوكوز مرتبط بالبروتين وفيوكوز مرتبط ( دراسات عديدة استنتجت ان 14) . ثالث تمثل فيوكوز مصل الدم الكلي الاالنواع بالدهون )السكريات الدهنية ( وهذه تمثيل الفيوكوز يكون غير طبيعي في مرضى التليف الكيسي , داء السكري و في امراض التهاب الكبد الفيروسي , وهذه ( 15الدراسات استمرت واقترنت بان السكر يكون مثاال ضد هذا الفيروس .) مجلة 2002( 2) 22جلدابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية الم الجزء العملي نماذج الدم نماذج المرضى -1 اطباء مختصون في المركز الوطني لبحوث وعالج شخصوا من نماذج الدم لمرضى السكر من النوع الثاني الذين تجمع ( سنة .45-17( مريضا , تتراوح اعمارهم بين )61السكري , اذ بلغ عدد المرضى ) نماذج السيطرة ساعة تقريبا بعد سؤالهم 12الحصول على نماذج من مصل دم السيطرة من متبرعين اصحاء ممتنعين عن الطعام مدة تم من سالمتهم من اي مرض قد يؤثر في نتائج التحاليل المتبقية . وقد بلغ عدد النماذج اربعين والتثبت حالتهم الصحية عن (سنة . 51-15( شخصا تتراوح اعمارهم بين) 41) -معاملة االولية لجمع نماذج الدم :ال -مل ( ويوضع في نوعين من االنابيب : 11يسحب من دم المريض بصورة عامة ) 31فهرنهايت مدة 37مل( من الدم في انابيب غير حاوية على مواد مانعة للتخثر يتحرك بدرجة حرارة 8يوضع ) -1 (serum)قة للحصول على مصل الدم دقي 15دقيقة مدة \دورة 3111دقيقة ثم يعمل له طرد مركزي ب يوضع الدم في االنابي ,اذ hbalcلغرض عمل تحليل (edta)مل( من الدم في انابيب على 2يوضع) -2 ( دقائق ثم نقوم بالتحليل المطلوب .5مدة ) ,ثم بعدها يوضع على جهاز المزج الفحوصات المختبرية تقدير تركيز السكر في مصل دم االنسان الصائم -1 (16قيس السكر في االنموذج باستعمال الطريقة اللونية االنزيمية .) hbalcتقدير تركيز الهيموكلوبين المسكر -2 باستعمال طريقة كرموتوغرافيا السائل ذي االداء العالي hbalcقيس الهيموكلوبين المسكر في نوع تقدير مستوى الكولسترول الكلي في مصل الدم -3 سترول باستعمال الطريقة اللونية االنزيميةلالكو يتم تعيين مستوى enzymatic calorimetric test (17) في مصل الدم (tg)الثالثية الكلسيريدات تقدير مستوى -4 ات الثالثية باستعمال دير ا انزيميا بفعل االنزيم الاليبيزو يتم تعيين مستوى الكليسيدات الثالثية بعد تحليلهر تقدير الكلسي ( 18الطريقة اللونية االنزيمية . ) (10تقدير مستوى البروتينات الدهنية في مصل الدم ) – 5 تقدير مستوى الفوكوز الكلي في مصل الدم -6 sulphuric)هذه الطريقة هي التفاعل المباشر بين حامض الكبريتيك المبدأ او القاعدة التي تستند اليها acid ) مع مكونات المصل(serum) ( يرتبط التفاعل مع السستين .(cysteine والناتج الملون يقاس عند الطول , (431nm (. )21-301الموجي ) مجلة 2002( 2) 22ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد المحاليل والمواد المستعملة المحلول االول ستة اجزاء من حامض الكبريتيك + جزء واحد من الماء المقطر . -1 يحضر اسبوعيا ويخزن في %( 3المحلول الثاني : محلول حامض االميني سستين هايدروكلوريد بتركيز ) -2 الثالجة ليتير (من الماء المقطر . مل 1ملغرام ( لكل ) 11كيز )المحلول الثالث : المحلول القياسي الفوكوز بتر -3 (d.w)المحلول الرابع : الماء المقطر -4 طريقة العمل (reagent (1))( من المحلول المحضر ملليتير 4.5ويضاف له ) ice cold serumلتير ( من مل 1.1تاخذ ) -1 (. ببطء مع مزج ثابت في حمام ثلجي ) لمنع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة مدة ذلك في حمام مائي مغلي , ثم تضعها بعد عديدة دقائق لتنقل االنابيب الى حمام مائي بدرجة حرارة الغرفة ال -2 ثالث دقائق بالضبط , يعاد وضع االنابيب في حمام مائي وبدرجة حرارة الغرفة . 301ين نقيس االمتصاصية عند )لكل انبوب ويمزج جيدا , بعد ساعت (reagnd (1)) ملليتير ( من 1.1نضيف ) -3 nm -431nm. ) ( .standardوبالطريقة نفسها يقاس المحلول القياسي للفوكوز ال ) -4 الحسابات absorbance =a االمتصاصية at امتصاصية االنموذج المرتبط مع السستين = asن = امتصاصية المحلول القياسي المرتبط مع السستي (21= عامل التخفيف )12 تقدير الفوكوز المقترن بالدهون في مصل الدم -7 katabadiesetal ( باستعمال طريقة (serumفي انموذج الدم lafيقدر طريقة العمل ( دقائق 5ثم ترج االنابيب مدة ) de-ionized waterمللتير( 151تخفف مع ) serum ملليتير( 51تاخذ ) -1 ي حمام ثلج .ثم نضعها ف ( ثم يمزج .v/v 1:2بنسبة ) chcl3/ch3ohمللتير( من محلول بارد ثلجي من 3تضيف ) -2 ( دقائق 5البارد ونضعه في جهاز الطرد المركزي لمدة ) de-ionize waterملليتير ( من 1.5بعدما نضيف ) -3 دقيقة ( عند درجة حرارة الغرفة .\دورة 3111وبسرعة ) %(51( من محلول ) 50m1العليا من الراشح المفصول و نضيف لة ) ( من الطبقة 1m1تأخذ) -4 phosphotung state ( دقائق بعدها يطرد 5يمزج و يترك عند درجة حرارة الغرفة ثم ترج االنابيب مدة ) ( 300rpmمركزيا عند ) الى الراشح de-ionized( من 1m1نهمل الراسب و يضاف ) -5 مجلة 2002( 2) 22التطبيقية المجلدابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و ( محلول بارد ثلجي 4.5ml( و يضاف له ) 5( من المحلول البارد الثلجي اعالة خطوة رقم ) 0.1m1 تأخذ ) -6 ( دقائق ثم يعاد وضعها في 3( . و يمزج جيدا توضع في حمام مغلي مدة ) v/v 1:6بنسبة ) h2so4من حمام مائي بدرجة حرارة الغرفة عند الطول الموجي ةاالمتصاصي تقرا ( و systein hydro chrorid %3( ) من 0.1mlبعدها نضيف ) -7 (390 mm (. )21) لذري اللهبي طة جهاز االمتصاص ااسو دم بفي مصل ال ةتقدير العناصر المعدني -8 22تقدير مستوى تركيز النحاس و الخارصين في مصل الدم تتم الطريقه بأستخدام جهاز يقيس التركيز مباشرة ) ) ةالنتائج و المناقش ( في مصل الدم tfمستوى تركيز الفوكوز الكلي ) -1 ( المعدل و 1الشكل رقم ) ( و1الفوكوز هو سكر احادي يوجد بتراكيز قليله في المصل الطبيعي يبين الجدول رقم ) ( في مصل الدم لمجاميع مرضى السكري من النوع الثاني غير المعتمدين tfاالنحراف المعياري لتركيز الفوكوز الكلي ) و مجموعة السيطرة . من التحليل االحصائي نالحظ ان هناك زيادة معنويه عاليه ( niddmعلى االنسولين ) sigmificant ( في مستوى تركيزtf( في مصل الدم لمجموعة )iddm مقارنة بمجموعة و سيطرة , يعزى سبب ) gdpالذي يحرر الفوكز fucosetransfase( الى زيادة الفوكز بوساطة زيادة فاعلية االنزيم الناقل للفوكز tfزيادة ال ) (23يرتبط الفوكز بالدهن و البروتين .) من ثمو ( المعدل و 1( و الشكل رقم )1في مصل الدم يبين الجدول رقم ) lafز المقترن بالدهون و مستوى تركيز الفوك -2 يع مرضى السكري من النوع ( في مصل دم مجام lafز المقترن بالدهن )و االنحراف المعياري لتركيز الفوك ( و مجموعة السيطرة .niddmمعتمدين على االنسولين )الغير الثاني ( في مصل الدم lafغير معنوي في مستوى تركيز ) اانخفاضفي التحليل االحصائي للنتائج يظهر ان هناك ( مقارنة بمجموعة السيطرة iddmلمجموعة ) في مصل الدم ةمستوى تركيز المعادن الضئيل مستوى تركيز النحاس في مصل الدم أ ا في العملياتسيلنحاس دورا رئا يؤدي داخل جسم االنسان, اذ ةيعد النحاس من المعادن الضئيله المهم ( ان هناك زيادة معنويه في 2. و يبين التحليل االحصائي و من مالحظة الجدول و شكل رقم ) ةالفسيولوجي مقارنة بمجموعة السيطرة, (niddmمستوى تركيز النحاس في مصل الدم لمجموعة مرضى السكري ) للدهون ةقييعزى سبب الزيادة في مستوى تركيز النحاس عند مرضى السكري الى زيادة االكسدة الفو (per oxidation lipidو المرافقة الى النقص الحاصل في مستوى االكسدة االنزيمي )مثل انزيم ) ةsuper oxide ) dismutase (sod)( )24) مستوى تركيز الخارصين في مصل الدم ب ني مثل ( انزيم معد111يعد الخارصين مهما جدا في جسم االنسان , اذ انه عنصرا اساسيا الكثر من ) وان نسبة افراز االنسولين استجابة الى حافز الكر alcohol dehydrogenaseالكحول ديهايدروجينيز مجلة 2002( 2) 22ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ل االحصائي ان هناك ( يبين نتائج التحلي2تقل في حالة نقص عنصر الخارصين و من مالحظة الجدول و الشكل رقم ) ( niddmفي مستوى تركيز الخارصين في مصل الدم لمجموعة مرضى السكري ) significant امعنوي اانخفاض رنة بمجموعة السيطرة مقا يعزى سبب انخفاض مستوى الخارصين في مصل الدم الى زيادة كمية االدرار المطروح عند مرضى داء السكري بسبب تحافظ ةالدم الذي يؤدي الى زيادة الخارصين في االدرار و كذلك عدم و جود انظمة بروتينيزيادة الكلوكوز في مصل (مقارنة نسبة تركيز النحاس الى الخارصين 25على مستوى الخارصين في الجسم مثل السيروبالزمين لعنصر النحاس ) (cu/zn ratio ( في مرضى السكر النوع الثاني )niddm ان نسبة تركيز النحاس ) الى الخارصين مهمة في دراسة و ذلك الن نسبة تبين مدى تأثير في الجسم و السيما عند قياس عنصري النحاس و الخارصين ةقياسات العناصر الضئيل اذ ان عنصر النحاس يعد من المعادن التي لها عالقة بأنتاج انزيمات مضادة , العنصرين في داخل جسم االنسان (كما ان هذا االنزيم يحتوي على super oxide dismutase sodميوتز ) اوكسايد لالكسدة مثل انزيم السوبر و كذلك يدخل عنصر ( لكثير من االنزيمات co facterمساعد ) عامالرصين ايضا و يعمل عنصر الخارصين الخا (26) ةلجسم االنسان ضد الفيروسات و الصدمات الخارجي ةالخارصين ضمن المواد الدفاعي بين تركيز النحاس الى تركيز الخارصين في ة( المعدل و االنحراف المعياري للنسب2( و الشكل رقم )2ول رقم )يبين الجد ( و مجموعة السيطرة niddmمصل الدم لكل من مجموعة المرضى ) ةعالي ةمالي( و بقيمة احت (significant ةومن مالحظة الجدول و الشكل تبين نتائج التحليل االحصائي هناك زيادة معنوي (p<0.0001في معدالت النسب )ة ( بين النحاس الى الخارصين لمجموعة مرضى السكرىniddm مقا ) رنة بمجموعة ( تزداد cu/znratio( و قد اظهرت نتائج الفحص نسبة النحاس الى الخارصين )27السيطرة و هذا يتوافق مع االبحاث ) اذ ان العالقة بين ,يز النحاس و نقصان في تركيز الخارصينفي حالة مرضى داء السكري بسبب زيادة معدل ترك ةالعنصرين عالقة عكسي المصادر 1.edwards , g.r. ; baird , j.d. ;frier -,b.m .; spephard , j. and toft , a.d (1995). "endocrine and metabolic disease" . in "david sons principles and practice of medicine" . endocrine , c.r , boucheir , i.a. and chilrers , e.r. (eds) . p : 724 2.hadden , d. v. (1996). diabetes in pregnancy : past , present and future . in "diabetes and pregnancy an international approach to diagnosis and management" dorri-liorst, a . and hadd , n. d.r. (eds). john wiley & son , s company. p.3. 3.balch , j.f. and balch , p.a . (1997), prescription for nutritional healing 2nd ed . avery publishing groups , garden city park , new york . 4.american diabete association , (1993) . screening for diabetes care (suppl.ii ). 16 : 7-9. 5.rotter , j . i. and rimion , d.l (1981). am.j.med 70: 116-126. 6.defronzo , r.a. and ferrannini , e . (1982). medicine , 61 (3) : 125-138. مجلة 2002( 2) 22ة والتطبيقية المجلدابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرف 7.zilva,j.f. ; pannall , p.r. and mayne , p. d . (1988) "clinical chemistry in dignosis and treatment" 5 th ed , adivision of hoder and stoughton company. p. i210211. 8.haisman , t. h . and dozy , a. m. (1962). j. labs , chin med. 60 : 302-304 9crgyr , p. e. and childs , b. p. (1996). who has diabetes in "american diabetes association compete guide to diabetes" american diabetes publication .p.6 10. peacock,jj (1984 )cihn.pathol:837-841 . 11.zilva , d.m and myne , p.d. (2002). " clinical chemistry in diagnosis and treatment " . 6 th ed, gillingham , knet printed and bound in inda 12.kultu , h.r. , (2001) . arch tiern. anr ; 54 (2): 129-135. 13.elefson, a.d. and garaway ,w.t., (1987). "fundementals of clinical chemistry" , tietz , n w., w.b ., sanders company philadlphia, london toronts. 14.willon , f . g ., (1991) . "review of medical phesiology", 5th' ed, medical book , 285 pp. 296-310. 15.pieoer , r m . arnett , d.k. and mc govern , p. g. (1997). arch . inter med . ; 153; 2326-2331. 16.trinder , p . and ann. (1964). cli p . biochem. 6:24-25 17.richmond , n. , (1973). clin chem . 19 : 1350-1351 18.friedewald , w. t. , (1972). cilin chem -23:880-882. 19. 19-lopesvirella , m. f. , (1977). cil i n chem . 23:880-882. 20.dische, z. and shettles , l.b. (1948). j. bio chem . , 175 ;595-603. 21.pesce , a . j . and kaplan , l.a. (1987). "methods in clinical chemistry" mosby company .pp. 527-596-m.a 22.yorek , m.a ; conner , c.e, spanheimer , r,.g, cell phsiol (1995) 165: 658666. 23.clay , f.; semen kovich , j. w . and heineke, j.w., (1997). and heineke j . w . , (1997) . diabetes . 46 : 327-323. 24.klujber , l . ; moluar , 1) . ; kardos , m jaszia, v. soltesz, g-y. and mestyon , j . (1979). eur , j . pediat . 132 : 287-288. 25.modrona , m.l. (2004). zing and diabetes report. 26.tsaler , d.l. and zaprianov , z.k. (1984) eds. "atomic absorption sepectrometry in occupational and environ mental health practice" .crc .press . (1) and (2). 27.karahan , s.c.; deyer, o.; erem , c. and alver,a. (2001). clin.chem .med. j 109 115. ( عند مجموعة laf( و الفوكوز المقترن بالدهون )tf( يبين مستوى تركيز الفوكوز الكلي )1م )قجدول ر ( و مجموعة السيطرة niddmالنوع الثاني ) مرضى داء السكري من group no. t f mg/dl mean ± sd l a f pg /dl mean ± sd control 40 15.36 ± 0.73 0.47+0.17 dmii 60 28.22±7.17 0.59±0.23 p value 0.0001 0.017 **p<0.0001(anova & t-test) مجلة 2002( 2) 22طبيقية المجلدابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والت ( يبين المعدل و االنحراف المعياري لتركيز المعادن الضئيله في مصل دم مرضى السكري من النوع 2الجدول رقم ) ( الغير معتمدين على االنسولين و مجموعة السيطرة niddmالثاني ) group no. cu pmol/l mean ± sd zn pmol/l mean ± sd cu/zn ratio control 40 17.43±5.23 11.36±5.12 3.126±1.798 dmii 60 27.86±10.94 7.24±3.28 7.631±5.105 p value 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 **p<0.0001 ( an ova & t-test) تركيز الفيوكوز المفترن بالدهون(و مستوى tf( يمثل مستوى تركيز الفوكز الكلي )1الشكل رقم ) (laf ( لمجموعة مرضى السكرى من النوع الثاني)niddm و مجموعة السيطرة) ( في مصل دم مجموعة مرضى داء السكري cu/zn ratio( و ) zn( و ) cu( يمثل تركيز المعادن )2الشكل رقم ) النسولين و مجموعة السيطره( الغير معتمدين على ا niddmمن النوع الثاني ) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 cu zn dmii p=0.0001 p=0.0001 p=0.0001 27.86 17.43 11.36 7.24 7.63 3.12 cu/zn ratio control 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 dmii tf p=0.0001 p=0.017 28.22 15.36 0.59 0.47 control laf evaluation of fucose level and other parameters in sera of diabetic ( type ii ) l. shaker , z. kassim college of agriculture , university of baghdad college of education ibn – alhaitham , university of baghdad abstract this research included clinical biochemical study of some important biochemical variations of diabetes patients of type ii ( niddm ) in comparison with the normal serum of healthy persons (control group ) , aiming to explain the relation between these variations . the following tests were done :fbs,hba1ctf, laf lipid profiles ,cu, zn , and cu/zn ratio. the results have been constructed by studying the values of the relation between the variations . the relation between tf, laf, fbs, hba1c, cu and cu/ zn ratio is positive , while the relation between the above mentioned variations and zn is negative .for the diabetes patients type (niddm) in comparison with healthy persons . conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees computer | 209 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 a hybrid algorithm to protect computer networks based on human biometrics and computer attributes rahim abdul-al sahib ogla dept. of computer science/ university of technology/ baghdad received in:26/january/2016,accepted in:3/october/2016 abstract objective of this work is the mixing between human biometric characteristics and unique attributes of the computer in order to protect computer networks and resources environments through the development of authentication and authorization techniques. in human biometric side has been studying the best methods and algorithms used, and the conclusion is that the fingerprint is the best, but it has some flaws. fingerprint algorithm has been improved so that their performance can be adapted to enhance the clarity of the edge of the gully structures of pictures fingerprint, taking into account the evaluation of the direction of the nearby edges and repeat. in the side of the computer features, computer and its components like human have unique characteristics. a program has been produced in the visual basic environment. the goal of this program is to get the computer characteristics and merge them with human characteristics to produce powerful algorithms of authentication and authorization can be used to protect the resources that are stored in the computer networks environments through the creation of software modules and interactive interfaces to accomplish this purpose. keywords: biometrics, biometrics features, authentication, authorization, security ,computer attributes ,encryption / decryption, fingerprints computer | 210 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 introduction the verification has dependable approval turned into a basic piece of each man's lifetime for various routine implementations. the computerized of biometrics are a good strategy for perceiving a user taking into account a behavioral and/or physiological trademark. however, the biometrics in its early frame have various tractable perspectives like security, system recovery, and data integrity and fault tolerance. the reliable solution is viewed to secure the personality and the privileges of people such as perceiving remarkable and permanent components. the usefulness of biometrics is utilized for two authentication methods which are illustrated with figure(1).  the identification includes building up a man's character construct just with respect to biometric estimations. the comparator matches the obtain biometric with the ones put away in the database bank utilizing from 1  n matching according to the algorithm of identification that can be found in [1] ,[2] and [3].  the authentication includes affirming or rejecting the user’s claimed identity. the identifier of man (e.g. id number) is a basic identity acknowledged and a biometric format is taken to a coordinated utilizing from 1  1 matching depend on algorithm to affirm the individual's identity [3]. the legitimacy of a biometric framework can't be premeditated precisely, which must be specified in the case of slips similar to the possibility of tolerating a gatecrasher. in suggested work, the biometric data and computer attributes is combining to produce hybrid robust algorithm, the security components are improved. the following sections show the methodology of the proposed mixing between the biometric data and the computer which attributes to secure computer network and its resources. [11] and [12]. classifications of biometrics some biometrics are used as a feature of humans that can be classifies as shown in table (1). [7]. biometrics is fundamentally the acknowledgment of human qualities that are exceptional to every human, which can incorporate dna, facial recognition, retina outputs, voice recognition, fingerprints, palm prints, etc. as shown in table(1). some public metrology, which can be used to determine the characteristics of biological humans possible inclusion in table (2) adopt and integrate them with the characteristics of computer to get a new hybrid algorithm for securing computer networks and their sources.[8]and [13]. biometric devices types some of these devices (table (3)) have been used in our work in order to achieve adequate protection for networks and their sources (data, applications) to prevent unauthorized person from penetrating networks and access to the database stored within the servers or those transferred through networks media. [2],[4] and [6]. computer | 211 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 fingerprint authentication the investigation into fingerprints for coordinating purposes of the most part needs the comparison of a few components of the print patterns. these contain patterns, which are total qualities of ridges, and minutia points, which are interesting elements found inside of the patterns. in addition, the importance of analyzing the structure and properties of human leather are keeping in mind the result is into effectively utilizing a portion of the imaging advancements. three essential patterns are fingerprint buttresses can be stated in the loop, arch and whorl:  loop: the finger is entering direct with the edges, also framework a curve, and end process for exit.  arch: the edges enters from one side of the finger, ascend in the inside framing a circular segment, and afterward leave the opposite side of the finger.  whorl: ridges frame circularly around a main issue on the finger [13]and [14]. researchers have found that relatives frequently have the same general fingerprint patterns, prompting the conviction that these patterns are acquired as shown in figure (2). fingerprints via iris recognition the proposed work focuses on avoiding weaknesses in the fingerprint ,so, hybrid algorithm is created to combine human characteristics and the characteristics of the computer in order to find an algorithm that provides strong protection of sources networks. here are some of the weaknesses in fingerprints compared with iris recognition. [4] and [15]  fingerprint false accept rate varies by vendor, and is approximately 1 in 100,000. iris recognition false accept rate is 1 in 1.2 million statistically..  most high-end fingerprint systems measure approximately 40-60 characteristics; while iris recognition looks at about 240 characteristics to create the unique iris code  fingerprint searches take much longer, may require filtering, and may return multiple candidate matches.  the long association of fingerprints with criminals makes this biometric an uncomfortable method of authentication for some people.  most systems require physical contact with a scanner device that needs to be kept clean (hygiene issue).  based on occupation, trauma or disease, individual fingerprints may be obscured, damaged or changed — meaning some people may need to enroll multiple times over the course of their lives. computer information attributes using computer information characteristics to monitor general data about the pc systems. the data source for these characteristics is wmi (windows management instrumentation).some computer characteristics are shown in figure (4). [12] and [13]. https://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/tivihelp/v15r1/topic/com.ibm.itm.doc_6.2.1/main_win02.htm computer | 212 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 the materials and flow work methods the materials and stream works take two commonly interrelated sides biometric qualities and pc characteristics. every side has its materials and work process systems. in biometric attributes, the materials are studies and perform the most types of biometric calculations to choose best one and some modifications are achieved to improve its performance. computer attributes and numerous of this biometric is accumulated to accomplish coordinating of correlation, encryption and decoding calculations which were examined. some image handling algorithms is utilized to accomplish to increase the robust of suggested hybrid algorithm and make it more secure. [4]and [5] to accomplish the authentication and confirmation of the systems and its applications, in biometry, there are two types of biometric strategies. the first is called behavioral biometrics. it is utilized for verification purposes. verification is figuring out whether a user is who they say they are. this strategy takes a gander at patterns of how certain activities are executed by a person. [6] and [7] the second called physical biometrics is the other type utilized for identifying or confirmation purposes. distinguishing proof alludes to figuring out who a user is. this technique is normally utilized as a part of criminal examinations. [12]and [13] some algorithms are analysis and discovered the best one and more used in the most e-sports is fingerprints. the edge structures of low quality fingerprints pictures are not generally has very much characterized and, consequently, they cannot be effectively distinguished. in the suggest algorithm a quick fingerprint developed algorithm is produced, which can enhance the clarity of the edge and valley forms into intended fingerprint pictures in side view of the assessed adjacent ridge direction and occurrences. fineness index of the separated details and the exactness of an immediately fingerprint conformed framework is used to evaluate the execution of the developed algorithm. the experimental outcomes demonstrate the mixing between human biometric and computer attributes that is produced through hybrid algorithm and using fineness index enhanced the authentication process.[8] and [9] fingerprint enhanced algorithm a fingerprint picture improvement algorithm gets a data from input fingerprint pictures through fingerprint scanner device, where number of middle steps is applied to the intended picture, then finally produce the improved picture. so as to present our fingerprint picture improvement algorithm, some of the necessary concepts are given beneath. the fingerprint picture (i) that has gray level can be characterized as two dimensional array n × n, where, (i, j) represent the pixel intensity of (i-th row × j-th column). we expect that every one of the pictures are examined at a resolution of 700 dots for each inch (dpi). the mean and variance of a gray level fingerprint pictures (i) are described in equations (1) and (2) as comparisons. computer | 213 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016       1 0 1 0 ),( 1 )( 2 n i n j n jiiim ………..………………………...….…(1)       1 0 1 0 2 .2 )2.........(....................))(),(( 1 )( n i n j imjii n ivar the guidance to pictures, p, is characterized as (h ×w) picture, where p(i, j) denotes to a neighborhood edge guidance at pixel (i, j). thereabout edge guiding (directing) is normally determined for a square as opposed to at each pixel; a picture is isolated into an arrangement of k × k none covering pieces and a solitary neighborhood edge orientation is characterized for every square. in practical experimental which clarifies that the fingerprint picture, where is inequality among a nearby edge guidance of 90 0 and 270 0 , because the edges arranged at 90 0 and the edges situated at 270 0 in a nearby neighborhood are not able to separate from one another [15]. a recurrence picture, p, is a (h × w) picture, where p(i, j) denotes to the nearby edge recurrence, that is characterized such as the recurrence of the edge and valley structures of the nearby neighborhood straight is heading ordinary to the neighborhood edge guidance. the edge and valley structures the nearby neighborhood, that are particulars and solitary focuses [15] show up don't form an all-around characterized sinusoidalformed wave. moreover, the circumstances recurrence is characterized as the normal recurrence of the area of the piece (i, j). similarly, the recurrence pictures indicated piece savvy. the visor (mask) v is characterized such as (h × w) a picture, where v(i, j) showing a class of the pixel. a pixel could be either: 1. nonpeak -and-valley (unrecoverable) pixel (with value zero) or 2. peak -and-valley (recoverable) a pixel (with value one). a specified block wise operation is performed as region masks. some primary steps (figure (3)) performed on fingerprint algorithm to improve and develop its work. the primary steps of the calculation include : 1. normalization: intended fingerprint picture is standardized with the goal that it has an evaluated mean and difference values. let p(i, j) stands for the dimension level quality at pixel (i, j), m and var signify the assessed mean and difference of p individually, and g(i, j) stands for the standardized dark level worth at pixel (i, j). 2. orientation image the orientation picture denotes the characterizations of the fingerprint pictures and characterizes invariant directions to the edges and valleys in a nearby neighborhood. with the survey a fingerprint picture is a situated surface, various routines have been applied to gauge the guidance scope of unique mark pictures . 3. estimation of local trend: the trend picture is computed from the standardized fingerprint picture. 4. estimation of local occurrence: the frequency picture is discovered from the standardized fingerprint picture and the assessed orientation picture. computer | 214 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 5. estimation of area mask: the area cover is obtained by arranging every square in the standardized fingerprint picture into a recoverable or an unrecoverable piece. 6. filtering: a bank of gabor filters which is tuned to neighborhood edge direction and edge occurrence is connected to the edge and-valley pixels in the standardized fingerprint picture to acquire an improved fingerprint. experimental results of suggested algorithm the purpose of a fingerprint improvement algorithm is to enhance the clarity of ridges and valleys of input fingerprint images and make them more suitable for the minutiae extraction algorithm. the ultimate criterion for evaluating such an enhancement algorithm is the aggregate sum of "value" change when the calculation is connected to the loud fingerprint pictures. such a change can be estimated subjectively by a visual review of various average improvement results. then again, an exact and steady portrayal of the quality change is past the most important object for evaluation. this work has experimental approach based off the enhancement results are shown in figure (3). for example, the enhanced algorithm has enhanced to be the visibility of the edge and valley structures of fingerprint pictures. suggested and implemented algorithms to carry out the work, four interconnected algorithms have been designed and implemented, the results of one algorithm become the entrance to algorithm, which comes after. these algorithms are: designed and implemented algorithm to get a fingerprint information and stored in temporary file(algorithm (3.1), design and implementation of an algorithm to obtain the current characteristics of the computer (algorithm (3.2), design hybrid algorithm for encryption the human characteristics and the characteristics of computer attributes (algorithm (3.4)) and decryption algorithm (algorithm (3.4) is designed and implemented: the implemented algorithms are explained as follow. algorithm (3.1) (main algorithm) input step one: using user interface to read username, password output step three make matching to accept or reject the current user a. if the user accept, he/she can use the network resources (hw/sw) b. else ,go to step one process: step two: test if user stored in database, then perform the following operations else go to step four 1. open data base 2. get required information from database 3. get computer attributes 4. go to algorithm (3.4) decryption algorithm to execute decryption process and stored information in sql database step four: test if the user is new one then go to algorithm (3.3) step one computer | 215 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 algorithm (3.2) (read attribute & encrypted algorithm) input step one: open vb6 designed program to get readattribute (see figure (4) ) step two: read current computer attributes (properties) as in the figure (4) output: mixed encrypted operation (ci) between human biometric(mi) and computer attributed (ki) stored in sql database. process step three: construct concatenate string from computer attributes step four: construct message-digest using hash function based md5 algo. step five: generate secret key (ki) of length ( 512 byte * 8 bits) from message-digest using md5 algorithm step six: using rsa algorithm to perform encryption operation using ii mk ic where  encryption operation step seven: store ci in the sql database (db) algorithm (3.3) (read biometric information) input: step one: turn on the finger printer scanner device step two: read the new person’s fingerprint (get fingerprint image) output: encrypted information and stored in sql db process: step one: store fingerprint image in temporary computer memory step two: enhanced fingerprint image using mean filter step three: convert fingerprint image to pmb format step four: convert bmp image data to blocks of 512 bytes size step five: convert 512 bytes in step four to bits streams (512 bytes * 8 bits) as massage ( im ) step six: go to algorithm (3.2) /step six (to generate keys and make encryption process) algorithm (3.4) (decryption algorithm) input step one: open sql database step two: read required information from database (ci) output: verification and authentication process of the end user. process step three: using vb readattribute program to read current computer attributes step four: generate message digest from computer attributes step five: generate secure key (ki) based computer attribute and using hush function step six: perform decryption operation to produce verification information as follow: iii kcm  where  is decryption operation step seven: matching operation between database information and entered user ‘s information fingerprinted (thumbprint) in order to obtain computer attributes, modules programs are built using visual basic language and the results of these programs have ridiculed to gather the computer attributes and then combing them with biometric measurements to produce more complex authentication and authorization for computer networks. figure (4) shows some computer attributes which is used in this work. computer | 216 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 results and discussion in order to construct the hybrid algorithm to provide protection for networks this suggested and implemented algorithm based on implementing encryption and decryption processes and secret keys generation. the information that has been obtained from the unique humans vital characteristics through finger print algorithm are described in algorithm (3.3), the encryption keys obtained from the unique characteristics(system type, processor, bios versions, os version, bios mode,..etc) of the computer is by using a message-digest algorithm (mdas) as implemented in algorithm (3.4).a message-digest algorithm is also called a cryptographic hash function. it accepts a message as input (computer attributes) generates and a fixed-length output, which is generally less than the length of the input message. the output is a hash value, which is used as a secret key (ki) as implemented in the algorithm (3.2) step three. message-digest algorithm is used to make the suggested algorithm satisfies the following properties: a. it should be one-way. given the message digest, it is hard to get the original message. b. given both input and output, it is difficult to find another input message that generates same output. c. it should be collision-resistant. it is computationally infeasible to find two messages (two computers attributes), which generates the same message digest. the message digest should satisfy pseudo-randomness. experimental results show that all of the above properties are satisfied, the md5 algorithm is used to generate secret keys (ki) based on computer attributes as shows in figure (4). md5 is used because it has the following properties, bitwise boolean operation, modular addition and cyclic shift operation; experimental results show that these three operations are very fast on a 64-bit machine. therefore, md5 is quite fast and more accurate. md5 (message digest algorithm) hashes are one-way functions that produce a "fingerprint". essentially, they map something with many bits down to just a few bits (128 in the case of md5) in such a way that collisions are as rare as possible. in cryptography, one-way hashes are used to verify something without necessarily giving away the original information; experimental results show the complexity of proposed technique which is achieved. to implement the hybrid algorithm , human biometric information is used to generate messages (mi) of length (512) byte, eas algorithm is used to encrypt the message (mi) using secret key (ki) that has been generated from computer properties as a digest message as implemented in algorithm(3.3). the authentication and verification process is implemented and executed according to algorithm (3.1) . and it is archived in two separate sides ,the first side is matching user information with sql database to allow user access by executing decryption process (shown in algorithm (3.4)) and read the current computer properties ,the second side is reading new fingerprint image through finger print scanner device and computer properties and execute all the algorithms described above. the accuracy and reliability of a biometric fingerprint recognition that is based on the experimental can be described as follow: with a view to ensure that the performance of fingerprint identification/verification technique will be robust with respect to the quality of input fingerprint images by using mean filter, it is fundamental to combine a fingerprint enhancement algorithm in the minutiae extraction module. we present a fast fingerprint enhancement algorithm, which can adaptively improve the clearance of ridge and hollows structures of input computer | 217 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 fingerprint images based on the estimated local ridge direction and hesitation. the local and global structures of minutiae together provide a solid basis for reliable and robust minutiae matching. experimental results show the proposed minutiae matching scheme is suitable for an online processing due to its high processing speed. we have assessed the performance of the image enhancement algorithm using the goodness index of the extracted minutiae and the accuracy of an online fingerprint verification module. experimental results show that incorporating the enhancement algorithm improves both the goodness index and the verification accuracy. summary and conclusions a current electronic security system, which is depending on individual recognizable proof to guarantee that a user is an approved client of a system, has a typical powerlessness: the verification can be copied. which can be almost dispensed with utilizing biometrics. different associations to expand security levels and ensure their information and licenses can utilize biometrics. references 1. maio, d.; maltoni, d.; cappelli, r.; wayman, j. l. and jain. a. k. fvc(2004) third fingerprint verification competition. in proceedings of international conference on biometric authentication, pages 1–7, hong kong, china, july 2004. 2. foster, c.; kesselman, s. and tuecke, “the anatomy of the grid: enabling scalable virtual organizations”, int. j. high performance computing, nist internal report 7123; available at http://fpvte.nist.gov/report/ir_7123_summary.pdf, june 2004. 3. quan zhou; geng yang; jian shegang n and chunming rong, ,( 2005), “a scalable architecture for grid”, sixth international conference on parallel and distributed computing, applications and technologies 4. huynh crystal; brunelle erica; halámková lenka; agudelo juliana and halámek jan (2015). "forensic identification of gender from fingerprints". analytical chemistry(journal) 87 (22):1153111536. doi:10.1021/acs.analchem.5b03323.ret rieved 21 november 2015. 5. hwang, t.; chen, y. and laih, c.s.,( 2007), “non-interactive password authentication without password tables”, ieee conference on computer and communication systems,. 429-431. 6. lee, j.k.; ryu, s.r. and yoo, k.y.( 2002). “fingerprint-based remote user authentication scheme using smart cards”, electron. lett , 38,12, 554555. 7. chang, c.c. and lin, i.c. (2004), “remarks on fingerprint-based remote user authentication scheme using smart cards”, acm sigops operating system rev., 38, 4, 91-96. 8. lin, c.h. and lai,y.y. (2004) ,“a flexible biometrics remote user authentication scheme”, computer standards interfaces, 27, 1, 19-23. 9. davide maltoni; durio maio; anil, k. jain and salil prabhakar, (2002) ,handbook of fingerprint recognition, prentice hall. 10. ruud m. bolle; jonathan h. connell; sharath pankantiand nalini k. ratha, 2003, andrew w. senior, guide to biometrics, john wiley & sons, http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acs.analchem.5b03323 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acs.analchem.5b03323 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/analytical_chemistry_(journal) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/analytical_chemistry_(journal) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/digital_object_identifier https://dx.doi.org/10.1021%2facs.analchem.5b03323 computer | 218 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 11. dodis y.; ostrovsky, r.; reyzin, l. and smith, a. ( 2008) “fuzzy extractors: how to generate strong keys from biometrics and other noisy", appears in siam journal on computing, 38(1):97–139, 12.uludag u; pankanti s.,prabhakar, and jain, a. k., ( 2004). “biometric cryptosystems: issues and challenges,” proc. ieee, special issue on multimedia security for digital rights management, 92, 6, 948–960. 13. angle, s. ; bhagtan, r. and chheda, h. (2005) ,” biometrics : a further echelon of security", uae international conference on biological and medical \\ldots 14. åström paul,( 2007)"the study of ancient fingerprints" (pdf). journal of ancient fingerprints (1) . 15. wang yongchang; hao, q.; fatehpuria, a.; lau, d. l and hassebrook, l. g. (2009). "data acquisition and quality analysis of 3dimensional fingerprints" (pdf). florida: ieee conference on biometrics, identity and security. retrieved march( 2010). table (1): classifications of biometrics [13] table :(2) comparing biometric types. [7] http://www.citeulike.org/user/uaiti/author/angle:s http://www.citeulike.org/user/uaiti/author/bhagtani:r http://www.citeulike.org/user/uaiti/author/chheda:h https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/paul_%c3%85str%c3%b6m http://www.ancientfingerprints.org/nr1_lo.pdf http://vis.uky.edu/~realtime3d/doc/3d_fingerprint_quality.pdf http://vis.uky.edu/~realtime3d/doc/3d_fingerprint_quality.pdf computer | 219 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 figure (1). basic biometric authentication system. figure (3) fingerprint enhancement algorithm table (3) biometric devices [4] table (3) biometric devices [4] figure (2) general fingerprint patterns computer | 220 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 لحماية شبكات الكمبيوتر اعتمادا" على ةخوارزمية هجين figure (4) computer attributes: h/w resources, s/w environment and components computer | 221 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.29 (3) 2016 خوارزمية هجينة لحماية شبكات الكومبيوتر اعتمادا" على القياسات االنسان وسمات الكومبيوتر رحيم عبد الصاحب عكلة علوم الحاسبات/ الجامعة التكنولوجيةقسم 2016تشرين االول//3قبل في :2016كانون الثاني//26استلم في : الخالصة الفريدة من اجل الحاسوبص ئالبيومترية البشرية وخصا الخصائص من هذا العمل هو الخلط بين الغرض حماية بيئات شبكات الحاسوب ومواردها من خالل تطويرتقنيات أثبات األصل والتفويض.في الجانب البيومترية ، وكان األستنتاج هو إن البصمة تعد أالفضل ، عملةوالخوارزميات المست ائقالبشري، تم دراسة أفضل الطر يمكن تكيفها لتعزيز وضوح حافة واخدود اذتحسين أدائها خوارزمية بصمة تم ولكنها تحتوي على بعض العيوب. .تقييم إدخال الحافة القريبة وتكرارل بالحسابات هياكل صور البصمة مع األخذ ، مشابه للخصائص البايلوجية مثل اإلنسان له خصائص فريدة ومكوناته في الجانب مميزات الكمبيوتر، الكمبيوتر برنامج في البيئة الفجول بسك، هدف هذا البرنامج للحصول على خصائص جهاز أعداد، تم في هذا الجانب تخويل يمكن المصادقة وال هجينة لتحقيق الكمبيوتر ودمجها مع الخصائص البشرية للحصول على خوارزمية جية االستفادة منها لحماية بيئات شبكات الحاسوب والمصادر المخزونة في الخوادم من خالل إنشاء وحدات برم الغرض. لتحقيق هذا وواجهات تفاعلية القياسات الحيوية، ميزات القياسات الحيوية، المصادقة واالعتمادية، امنية : فتاحيةمال الكلمات الحاسوب، خصائص الحاسوب، التشفير / فك التشفير ، بصمات األصابع chemistry 220 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 determination of serum zinc, manganese, copper and cobalt traces in type two diabetic patients in sulaimaniyah city using icp technique a. m. abdullah and d. m. salh chemistry department, college of science, sulaimaniyah university, kurdistan region, iraq received in : 23 november 2011 accepted in :26 february 2012 abstract direct determination of trace metals zn, mn, cu and co were performed in serum blood samples of two groups diabetic patient type 2 and non diabetes by icp spectrometric method. results show the low levels of these elements zn, mn and co while high level of cu detected compared with non diabetes according to these results good evidence can be made to control these levels through a special diet containing these metals. keywords: diabetic patients type 2, icp spectrometer, serum trace metals introduction type 2 diabetic is previously known as adult-onset diabetes, maturity-onset diabetes, or non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (niddm). this disease results from loss of responsiveness (sensitivity) of target tissues to insulin; impaired removal of glucose from blood produces hyperglycemia even in the presence of elevated concentration of insulin [1]. diabetes is in the top 10, and perhaps the top 5, of the most significant diseases in the developed world. the prevalence of type 2 diabetes increases with age and obesity in all populations and represents a major public health problem causing high economic costs. type 2 diabetes (niddm) is characterized by insulin resistance in peripheral tissue and an insulin secretary defect of the beta cell. this is the most common form of diabetes mellitus and is highly associated with a family history of diabetes, older age, obesity and lack of exercise [2]. it has been known that in type 2-diabetic patients the levels of some elements like (zn, cu) have a great effect on glucose level or controlling this level in human blood. the trace elements that are important for maintenance of a good health body, they are required mainly as components of enzymes and hormones or are involved in the activation of enzymes [3], can be divided into four major groups based on their physiological function [4] (rda 1989): 1. essential trace elements for which a recommended daily allowance (rda) has been established which are zinc, iodine, selenium and iron. 2. trace elements for which there is definite of an essential role in human metabolism but for which an rda has not yet been established, these include transition metals copper, manganese, cobalt, chromium and molybdenum and the group vii halogen fluorine. 3. trace elements that are consistently found in tissues or biological fluid in (ultra trace) amounts but that have not been shown to be either essential or detrimental at these levels of concentration. these include lithium, nickel, tin, silicon and vanadium. 4. lastly trace metals that have no known biological function in humans but that, if present at relatively low levels, cause pathological changes. these toxic elements include aluminum, cadmium, mercury, lead and arsenic. chemistry 221 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 determination of trace elements needs a very specific and sensitive method. inductively coupled plasma (icp) method, which offers several advantages when compared with the flame and electro thermal absorption methods [5]. among the advantages is their lower inter element interference, which is a direct consequence of their higher temperature. second, good emission spectra are obtained for most elements under a single set of excitation condition as consequence; spectra for dozens of elements can be recorded simultaneously. this property is of particular importance for the multi element analysis of very small amount of samples [4]. flame sources are less satisfactory in this regard because optimum excitations condition vary widely from element to element; highly temperature needs for excitation of some elements and low temperatures for others and finally the region of the flame that gives rise to optimum line intensities varies from element to element. generally the icp method is a more sensitive method for multi element analysis in trace level as in our study and also give a responsible selectivity and its sensitivity can be examined as in the present work by running two standard solutions with the series of sample solutions, then measuring the recovery of both standards, this will give good evidence about the sensitivity of the results during the analysis. plasma emission methods usually have concentration ranges of several orders of magnitude, in contrast to a two or three decade range for the absorption methods. experimental 1. instruments 1. inductively coupled plasma, perkin elmer usa. 2. centrifuge type 3. refrigerator 4. water bath (gfl 1083) 5. glass apparatus, like pipettes, beakers, volumetric flask, test tubes, for preparation of samples and standard solutions. 6. disposable plain tubes. 2. reagents two series of standard solutions at the ranges of concentration between (1-10 ppb for (mn & co) and (10-100 ppb for (zn & cu) of metal ions prepared from standard solutions given with the icp instrument (perkin elmer) 3. sample collection the blood samples were collected in central laboratory in sulaimaniyah educational hospital, at first week of june 2010 with the ages range between (35 – 60) years and divided in to two groups: group i: five non diabetic patients' three females and two males (controls) with normal glucose, range (90-120 mg/dl) and without any other disease. group ii: diabetic patients six females and four males without those: a) had creatinine level more than 1.2 mg/dl. b) with lipemic serum. c) pregnant. d) who used diuretics or anti bodies. a fasting venous blood sample (7-10) ml was withdrawn and left in water bath for 15 minutes, then centrifuged at 5000 rpm for 10 minutes. the serum was isolated in a disposable plain tube. the glucose determination was performed at the same day. then the serum was covered and stored at -15 oc for analysis of trace metals. chemistry 222 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 4. procedure: 1. two ml of serum sample was transferred to a 25ml volumetric flask containing 10 ml of de-ionized water; after mixing the sample solution was diluted to the mark; finally the solution was transferred into a covered plastic container to avoid contamination and interferences. all apparatus and tips were disposable. 2. two series of standard solution were prepared according to the serum reference intervals of these elements which we wish to determine as described before in (2) above. during the running of the serum sample for analysis, we consider two of the different prepared std. solution as unknown samples and introduced them to the instrument as serum samples. 3. after employment of the icp instruments and obtaining a steady state, the series of the standard solutions were determined and when the results confirmed the correct calibration; then all the serum samples were introduced individually to the icp spectrometer for the analysis; and between these samples, two standard solutions were also introduced in order to examine the analysis process; by this we can also determine the recovery percents for these standards and evaluate the sensitivity of the instrument during the analysis process. results there are 15 samples, 10 samples of them are of non hospitalized patients with type 2diabetic mellitus and 5 of them are from non diabetic patients (with out suffering from other diseases). their ages ranged from 35-60 years: fig.(1) shows the calibration curves for the metals (zn & cu) and (mn & co) in the concentration range between (10-100 ppb) and (1-10 ppb) respectively. the final concentration of the elements was found as (µg/dl) in the serum samples as shown in table (1) below: discussion diabetes mellitus is characterized by absolute or relative deficiencies in insulin secretion and /or insulin action associated with chronic hyper glycemia and disturbances of carbohydrate, lipid and protein metabolism [7]. metal ions are known to play an essential role in living system both in growt h and in metabolism. impaired metabolism of trace elements is observed in diabetic patients. the disturbed body distribution of trace elements is often found in human subjects with diabetes mellitus. generally the trace elements level (zn, mn and co) in human body is decreased as described in our results for diabetic 2 patients compared with non diabetes, while reversely (cu) level increases. the element (zn) is subject of growing interested in the public and in scientific communities. in the present study although the mean serum level of (zn) was lower, not significantly, in diabetic subjects than in healthy control. the possible explanation of hypozincemia observed in diabetics can be hyperzicuria and/or decreased gastrointetestinal absorption of zinc [8]. zinc has a great effect on general body activities specially in carbohydrate metabolism and in formation and storage of insulin [9]. zinc depletion has been found in type 1 diabetic also. so generally zinc supplements needed for diabetic patients. antagonistic effect of zinc on insulin may occur in diabetic patients with low tma na/k and ca/k ratios. zinc increase glucocoticoid activity, which raises potassiu m relative to sodium. dysfunctional neuro endocrine-endocrine interactions contribute to the disturbances in trace element metabolism and cause severe complications in diabetic mellitus [9]. the present chemistry 223 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 results showed that the levels of zinc ,manganese and cobalt decreased in the blood of diabetic 2 patients .the loss of theses minerals in urine(glycosurea) in these patients ,which may induce a deficiency or marginal state of these minerals in blood of diabetic patients [10, 11]. the present results also showed the increase in the level of copper in the blood of diabetic 2 patients compared with controls, this might be attributed to hyperglycemia that may stimulate glycation and release of copper ions from copper-containing enzymes, this argument has been supported by lin [12]. no gender related significant differences were observed in our study, this were with agreement with the studies done before [13, 14] for zn and other trace metals. according to these results further evidence can be made for diabetic 2 patients to control the deficiency of those trace elements through taking a special diet that provide a good level of those elements. references 1.genuth, s.; alberti, k.g.and benett, p. (2003) follow up report on the diagnosis of diabetes mellitus.diabets care; 26:3160-3167 2.nancy, w.a. (1996)trace elements in; lawernce ak, pesce aj, editors. clinical chemistry; theory, analysis, correlation 3rd edition ed.u.s.; mosby p.479 3.ducros ,v. (1992) chromium metabolism.biol trace elem. res. jan-mar; 32:65-77 4.bourd sotteot rs fan. (1989) recommended dietary allowances in: council nr; edition; national aced emy press, washington d.c. p.284 5.skoog. holler nieman mc cance dr, (1997) james b r. gavin iii 2001) principles of instrumental analysis 5th edition isbn 0-03-002078-6 6.daniel, c. (2002) harris exploring chemical analysis, 3rd edition isbn 0-7167-0571-0…control diabetes in 6 easy steps lyan sonberg, 7.sasmita, t.s.; sumathi, r. g. b. (2004)mineral nutritional status of type 2 diabetes subjects. intjdiab dev countries, 24 8.chausmer, a.b, (1998) zinc, insulin and diabetes, j. am. coll nutr. 17: 109-115 9.tallman, d.l. and taylor, c.g. (1999)potential interactions of zinc in neuroendocrine-endocrine disturbances of diabetes mellitus type 2. can, j. phsial pharmacol,; 77: 919-33. 10.brown, i.r.;mc bain, a. m.; chalmers, j.; campbell, i. w.; brown, e.r.and lewis, m. j.(1999) sex differences in the relationship of calcium and magnesium excretion to glyceamic control in type 1diabetes mellitus. clin. chim. acta. 283: 119-28 11.isbir, t.; tamer, l.; taylor ,a.and isbir, m.zinc, copper and magnesium in insulin-dependent diabetes. diabetes res. 26 (1); 41-5. 12.lin, j. (1999)the association between copper ion and peroxidative reaction in diabetic cataract. nippon ganka gakkaj zasshi, 100(9); 672-9. 13.akbaraly, t.n.; arnaud, j.and favier, h.i. (2005) selenium and mortality in elderly results from eva study. clin. chem. 51; 2117-2123. 14.augusta, c.n.; chinyere, a.o.u.and maisie ,h.e. (2006) influence of age , gender , and duration of diabetes on serum and urine levels of zn, mg, se, and cr in type 2 diabetics in calabar, nigeria. turk j. biochem. 31(3):107-114. table (1):comparison of plasma zn, mn, cu and co between patient and controls element µg/dl patients (n=10) control (n=5) zn 158 ± 13.2 220 ± 7.3 mn 1.58 ± 0.2 2.3 ± 0.2 co 5.83 ± 0.4 9.2 ± 0.5 cu 166 ± 9.3 110 ± 7.8 chemistry 224 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): calibration curves for the metals (zn, cu, mn & co) chemistry 225 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تقدير المقادير الضئيلة من العناصر (الخارصين، المنغنيز، النحاس و الكوبلت) في مدينة السليمانية بتقنية 2في مصل الدم المصابين بداء السكري نوع )icp( أحمد محمد عبداهللا ، دلير محمد صالح قسم الكيمياء، كلية العلوم، جامعة السليمانية، أقليم كوردستان، العراق 2012شباط 26قبل البحث في : 2011تشرين الثاني 23بحث في :استلم ال الخالصة في نماذج مصل الدم لمجموعتين ( icpبطريقة zn ,mn, cu, coقدرت الكميات الضئيلة من العناصر ات ) و (غير المصابين بالسكري تحت السيطرة ) لقد اظهرت النتائج انخفاض كمي-2-المصابين بداء السكري نوع ( ) مقارنة مع غير المصابين (تحت cu) في دم المصابين بداء السكري ،وارتفاع نسبة ( zn ,mn, coالعناصر( السيطرة) بداء السكري. من هذه النتائج يمكن تصحيح مستويات هذه العناصر في المصابين بداء السكري من خالل تنظيم الغذاء و تنوعه و تنظيم الحمية الغذائية. العناصر النادرة ، icp :مرض السكر النوع الثاني ، طيفالكلمات المفتاحية conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |202 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 approximate solution for fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order using adomian decomposition method ali k. ateea dept. of computer / college of education/ the iraqi universit received in :17/ january /2017 , accepted in : 9 /april/ 2017 abstract in this paper we shall prepare an sacrificial solution for fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order (ffdaes) based on the adomian decomposition method (adm) which is proposed to solve (ffdaes) . the blurriness will appear in the boundary conditions, to be fuzzy numbers. the solution of the proposed pattern of equations is studied in the form of a convergent series with readily computable components. several examples are resolved as clarifications, the numerical outcomes are obvious that the followed approach is simple to perform and precise when utilized to (ffdaes). keywords: fractional calculus, fuzzy set theory , fractional differential algebraic equation , adomian decomposition method. mathematics |203 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 introduction the topic of fractional calculus (that is calculus of derivatives and integrals of any random complex or real order) has obtained large popularity and significance during the past three decades or so, back fundamentally to its pretended applications in abundant seemingly varied and widespread fields of engineering and science. it does de facto provide several potentially helpful tools for solving integral and differential equations, and different other problems including special functions of mathematical physics as well as generalizations of their expansions in one and more variables [1]. in this paper the approximate solution of (ffdaes) will be investigated.the notion of fuzzy sets which was primarily introduced by zadeh [2] leads to the definition of the fuzzy number and its application in approximate reasoning problems and fuzzy control. the basic arithmetic structure for fuzzy numbers was subsequently developed by mizumoto and tanaka [3], nahmias and ralescu [4,5] all of which observed the fuzzy number as a collection of levels, 0 < 1.the basic notions on fuzzy sets, fuzzy differential equations and fuzzy differentials can be found in [6,7,8,9,10]. the study of fuzzy differential equations (fdes) forms an appropriate setting for the mathematical modeling of real world problems in which suspicion or opacity pervades. the recently developed decomposition method proposed by american mathematician, georg adomian has been receiving much attention in recent years in applied mathematics the adm protrude as an alternative method for solving a spacious range of problems whose mathematical models involve integro-differential equations, algebraic , and partial differential equations. thus yields quickly convergent series solutions for both linear and nonlinear stochastic equations and deterministic; it has many features over the traditional techniques, namely it evades discretization and supply an efficient numerical solution with high precision, minimal calculations and avoidance of physically unrealistic assumptions, the theoretical treatment of convergence of the decomposition method has been considered in [11]and the obtained results about the speed of convergence of this method. the solution of the fractional differential equation have been obtained through the adomian decomposition by [12]. however, el-sayed and kaya proposed adm to approximate the numerical and analytical solution of system two-dimensional burger sequations with initial conditions in [13], and the advantages of this work are that the decomposition method reduces the computational work and improves with regards to its accuracy and rapid convergence. the convergence of decomposition method is proved as [14], in [15] applied adm to obtain the approximate solution for the daes system and the result obtained by this method indicates a high degree of accuracy through the comparison with the analytic solutions. in [16], [17] standard and modified adms are applied to solve non-linear daes. while, the error analysis of adomian series solution to a class of nonlinear differential equation, where as numerical experiments show that adomian solution using this formula converges faster is discussed in [18]. also, a new discrete adm to sacrificial is the theoretical solution of discrete nonlinear schrodinger equations is presented in [19] where this tested for single solution waves and plane waves in case of continuous, semi discrete and fully discrete schrodinger equations. momani and jafari, [20] presented numerical study of system of fractional differential equation by adm. this paper is orderly as follows: in section two, we retrieval the basic concept of fuzzy set theory, in section three, the fractional order definitions of derivatives and integration are considered. our approach is presented in section four, and two numerical examples are solved in section five to illustrate the ability and efficiency of the proposed method. mathematics |204 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 some basic concept of fuzzy set theory in this part, we shall display some basic definitions of fuzzy set theory inclusive the definition of fuzzy functions and fuzzy numbers. definition (1), [21]: let y be any set of elements, a fuzzy set ̃ is described by a membership function ̃( ) , and perhaps written as the set of points ̃ *(y, ̃) | ̃( ) + definition (2), [21]: the fragile set of elements that belongs to the set b at minimal to the degree β is called the weak α-level set (or weak β -cut), and is defined by: * ̃( ) + while the strong β level set (or strong β -cut) is defined by: * ̃( ) + definition (3), [2] a fuzzy subset ̃ of a universal space y is convex if and only if the sets are convex, , or equipollent, we can define convex fuzzy set immediately by using its membership function to offset: ̃, ̃( ) * ̃( ) ̃( )+ , -. remark (1), [22]: a fuzzy number ̃ singly represented in terms of its β -level sets, as the following closed intervals of the real line: , √ √ or , where n is the mean value of ̃ ( . this fuzzy number is perhaps written as ̃ , -, where refers to the greatest lower bound of ̃ and to the least upper bound of ̃. remark (2), [22]: like to the second approach given in remark (1), one can fuzzyfy any fragile or non fuzzy function f, by allowing: ( ) = f(x), ( ) ( and hence the fuzzy function in terms of its βlevels is given by =[ -. fractional order derivative and integration in this section we shall present some definitions of fractional order derivatives and integral which will be used further in this paper . definition (4), [23]: the riemann-liouville fractional integral operator of order q > 0 is specify as: f(x)= ( ) ∫ ( ) f(t)dt,q>0,x>0 ..…(1) mathematics |205 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 f(x)= f(x) definition (5)[23]: the riemann-liouville fractional derivative operator of order > 0 is specify as: f(x)= ( ) ∫ ( ) f(t)dt ..…(2) where m is an integer and m 1 < q m definition (6)[23]: caputo fractional derivative operator of order > 0 is defined as: ( )= ( ) ∫ ( ) f(t)dt ..…(3) caputo fractional derivative has a useful property: ( ) ( ) ∑ ( )( ) .…(4) where m is an integer and m 1 < q m and similar to integer order differentiation caputo’s fractional differentiation is a linear operation i.e: ( )[ ( ) ( )] λ ( ) ( ). …(5) where λ are constants , for caputo derivative also we have , c is constant ( ){ ⌈ ⌉ ( ) ( ) ⌈ ⌉ the proposed approach in this section we shall employ the adm to solve fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order and , for this purpose let us consider the following system of fuzzy differential algebraic equation of fractional order with variable coefficients: ( ), ̃( ) ( ) ̃( ) ( ) ...(6) with initial value ̃( ) ̃ ...(7) where represents the caputo fractional derivative of order q and with ( ) is singular ( ) nonsingular matrix ̃ fuzzy number vector. the procedure of solution is given by writing system (6),equivalently as a system of fuzzy fractional daes, then by substituting the algebraic variable in the previous equations ,we get a system of ordinary differential ,equations which can be considered as ̃ ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) ̃ ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) ̃ ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) } ( ) mathematics |206 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 where each equation represents the fuzzy fractional of order q of one unknown functions as a mapping depending on the independent variable t and n-1 unknown functions ̃ ̃ ̃ we can present the system (8) by using the equition as : l ̃ = ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ), i=1,2,...,n-1 ...(9) where l= ̃( ) is the caputo fractional derivative operator of order with inverse which is the riemann-liouville fractional integration of order q .applying the inverse operator on (9) we shall get the following form : ̃ ∑ ̃ ( )( ) ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ( ) as usual in adm the solution of equation (5) and (6) is considered to be the infinite of a series ̃ ∑ ̃ ( ) , i=1,2,...,n-1 ( ) where ̃ = ̃ ( ) ̃ = ,n=0,1,2,.. and if the integrand in eq.(10) is nonlinear , we define : ̃ ̃ ( ) ̃ 3 ...(12) where are the adomian polynomial . since the initial value vector is fuzzy then the solution ̃( ) will be a fuzzy vector solution and therefore ̃( )will be written as ̃( )=[ (t), (t)]and to find (t) we must solve the following problem ( ), ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) with the initial value ( ) …(14) similarly in order to find (t) we must solve ( ), ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) with initial value ( ) ( ) illustrative examples: in this section, two examples are given in order to illustrate the proposed manner. example1: consider the following fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order ( ) ( ̃( ) ̃ ( ) ) ( ( ) ) . ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) / ( ) …(17) with the following initial conditions : . ̃( ) ̃ ( ) / . ̃ ̃ / … (18) the solution ̃ ( )can be written as ̃ ( ) [ ],and to find we must solve: ( ) ( ( ) ( ) ) ( ( ) ) . ( ) ( ) / ( ) ...(19) with the following initial conditions . ( ) ( ) / . √ √ / … (20) equivalently eq. (15) can be written as ( ) [ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( ) mathematics |207 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 ( ) ( ) … (22) by using the adomian decomposition manner on (21) , (22) we have ( ) ∑ ( )( ) 2 0 13 [ ( )] + 2( ) 0 13 ...(23) hence: ( ) ∑ ( )( ) 0 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 + 0 1 + 0 1 ....(24) ( ) 0 ( )1 ....(25) similarly in order to find we must solve: ( ) ( ̅ ( ) ( ) ) ( ( ) ) . ̅ ( ) ( ) / ( ) ...(26) with the following initial conditions . ̅ ( ) ( ) / . √ √ / ..… (27) equivalently eq. (26) can be written as ̅ ( ) [ ( )] ̅ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) .… (29) by using the adomian decomposition manner on (28) , (29) we have ̅ ( ) ∑ ̅( )( ) 2 0 13 , ̅( )+ 2( ) 0 13 ...( 30) hence: ̅ ( ) ∑ ̅( )( ) , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + 0 1 + 0 1 ....(31) ( ) [ ( )( )] ....(32) tables (1) ,(2) and (3) represent the approximate values of ( ) ( ) using adm up to 10 terms for , q= , and 0.5 , and 1 respectively . example 2: consider the following fuzzy fractional differential algebraic equations ( )( ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) )+( ( ) ( ) ( ) )( ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ) ( ) …(33) with the following initial conditions: ( ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ) ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) …(34) the solution ̃ ( )can be written as ̃ ( ) [ ],and to find we must solve: mathematics |208 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 ( )( ( ) ( ) ( ) )+( ( ) ( ) ( ) )( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( ) …(35) with following initial conditions ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( √ √ √ ) …(36) equivalently eq. ( 35) can be written as ( ) [ ( )] [ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0..(37) ( ) [ ( )] ( ) + ( ) ( ) …(38) ( ) =sin(x) …(39) by using the adomian decomposition method on (38) , (39) we have ( ) ∑ ( )( ) [ ( )] [ ( )] 2 0 13 0 1 [ ( )] ...(40) ( ) ∑ ( )( ) , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + 0 ( ) 1 ....(41) then: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ....(42) ( ) 0 ( )1 + 0 ( )1+ 0 ( )1 ....(43) ( ) ∑ ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) + ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ....(44) ( ) 0 ( )1 ....(45) similarly in order to find we must solve: ( )( ( ) ( ) ( ) )+( ( ) ( ) ( ) )( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( ) …(46) with following initial conditions ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( √ √ √ ) …(47) mathematics |209 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 equivalently eq. ( 46) can be written as ( ) [ ( )] [ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) …(48) ( ) [ ( )] ( ) + ( ) ( ) …(49) ( ) =sin(x) …(50) by using the adomian decomposition method on (48) , (49) and (50) we have ( ) ∑ ( )( ) , ( ) , ( ) 2 0 13 0 1 , ( ) ...(51) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + 0 ( ) 1 ....(52) then: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ....(53) ( ) , ( )+ , ( )-+ , ( ) ....(54) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) + ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ....(55) ( ) , ( ) ....(56) tables (4) ,(5) ,(6) and (7) represent the approximate values of ( ) , ( ) ( ) and ( ) using adm up to 10 terms for and and 0.5 and 1 respectively. conclusions in this paper, the approximate solution of the fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order was found by using the adomian decomposition method.it seems from the results of the illustrative examples that the proposed method gave an accurate result and the method followed to find the approximate solution is efficient and can be considered for such types of problems. references 1. kilbas, a. a.; srivastava h. m. and trujillo j.j. (2006) “theory and applications of fractional differential equations”, elsevier. 2. zadeh, l. a. (1965) "fuzzy sets", information control, 8, 338-353, elsevier. 3. mizumoto m. and tanaka, k. ( 1979), "some properties of fuzzy numbers", in m. m.gupta, rajade r. k. and yager r. r. (eds.), advances in fuzzy set theory and applications, north holland, amsterdam, 156-164. 4. nahmias, s. ( 1978), "fuzzy variables, fuzzy sets and system" 1, 97-111. mathematics |210 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 5. ralescu, d.( 1979), "a survey of the representation of fuzzy concepts and its applications", in gupta m. m., rajade r. k. and yager (eds.), advances in fuzzy settheory and applications, north holland, amsterdam, 77. 6. diamond, p. and kloeden, p. (1994), “metric spaces of fuzzy sets”, world scientific, singapore. 7. dubois, d. and prade, h.( 1982), “towards fuzzy differential calculus: part 3, differentiation, fuzzy sets system”. 8, 225–233. 8. kaleva o. (1987), “fuzzy differential equations, fuzzy sets syst.” 24, 301–317. 9. kaleva o. (2006), “a note on fuzzy differential equations”, nonlinear anal. 64, 895–900. 10. puri, m. l. and ralescu, d. a. ( 1983) ,“differentials of fuzzy functions”, j. math. anal. appl. 91, 552–558 11. seng v.; abbaoui, k. and cherruantly, y. (1996), "adomian polynomials for non-linear operators", math. comput. model. 12.ray, s. s. and bera, r. k. (2004), "solution of an extraordinary differential equation by adomian decomposition method". j. appl. math.4, (331-338). 13. el-sayed, s. m. and kaya, d. (2004), "on the numerical solution of the system of twodimensional burgers equations by decomposition method", appl. math. and comput. 158, (101-109). 14. inc, m. (2005), "on the numerical solutions of one-dimensional nonlinear burgers equations and convergence of the decomposition method", appl. math. comput. 170,(7685). 15. celik, e. bayram, m. and yeloglu, t. (2006), "solution of differential-algebraic equations by adomian decomposition method", journal pure and appl. math. issn 0972-9828,3, 1, (93-100). 16. hosseini, m. m. (2006) a, "adomian decomposition method for solution of differentialalgebraic equations", j. comput. appl. math. in press. 197 (495-501). 17. hosseini, m. m. (2006) b, "adomian decomposition method for solution of nonlinear differential-algebraic equations", applied math. and computation 181,(1737-1744). 18. el-kala, i. l. (2007), "error analysis of adomian series solution to a class of non-linear differential equations", issn, (1607-2510). 19. bratsos, a. and ehrhardt, m. (2007), "a discrete adomia decomposition method for the discrete nonlinear schr ̈dinger equation", appl. math. and comput. 20. momani, s. and jafari, h. (2008) ,"numerical study of system of fractional differential equations by using the decomposition method", southeast asian bulletin of mathematics 32,(721-730). 21. zimmerman, h. j. (1987), "fuzzy set theory and its applications", kluwer-nijhcff publishing, usa,. 22. mohammed, d. h.; fadhel, s. fadhel, and abdul-khaleq, f.a. (2011), “differential transform method for solving fuzzy fractional initial value problems” journal of basrah researches ((sciences)), 37,4, c. 23. nazari, d. and shahmorad, s. ( 2010) “application of fractional differential transform method to fractional-order integro-differential equations with nonlocal boundary conditions”, journal of computational and applied mathematics ,234,3,883-891. mathematics |211 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(1) : the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=1 and table(2): the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=1/4 and table(3):the approximate values of ( ) and ( )for q=1/2 and x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) exact solution of ( ) 0 0.1339746 1.8660254 0.2928932 1.7071068 0.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.1 0.131208573 1.698432947 0.275004069 1.554637735 0.462402051 1.367239469 0.914821265 0.914821265 0.91482076 0.2 0.149422991 1.567506247 0.279534536 1.437403817 0.449099243 1.267829996 0.858480964 0.858480964 0.858464619 0.3 0.187906887 1.471041679 0.305636681 1.353381202 0.459065172 1.199883393 0.829599653 0.829599653 0.829474283 0.4 0.245573197 1.406601569 0.35209952 1.300367951 0.49092736 1.161247406 0.826620776 0.826620776 0.826087383 0.5 0.320972472 1.371514386 0.417361475 1.276021044 0.542978099 1.149508759 0.847886169 0.847886169 0.846243429 0.6 0.412312304 1.362881937 0.49952868 1.27790162 0.613191302 1.162002938 0.8891720554 0.8891720554 0.88759712 0.7 0.517482199 1.377593172 0.59639884 1.303528556 0.699245033 1.195830338 0.956524185 0.956524185 0.947537684 0.8 0.634083542 1.412344138 0.705490273 1.350440403 0.798549357 1.247878323 1.0408727 1.0408727 1.023213837 0.9 0.759464232 1.463663549 0.824075715 1.416265655 0.908279057 1.314848724 1.143623156 1.143623156 1.111563878 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.2928932 1.7071068 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 0.095426051 1.015639719 0.179913959 0.931208552 0.28989008 0.82117569 0.555532885 0.555532885 0.2 0.128128109 0.836262752 0.19314433 0.771290196 0.277774567 0.686616294 0.482195431 0.482195431 0.3 0.186594594 0.765776439 0.239771225 0.71263552 0.308990119 0.643380913 0.476185516 0.476185516 0.4 0.26514489 0.75404169 0.310032148 0.709184578 0.36846094 0.650725639 0.50959329 0.50959329 0.5 0.360783267 0.781875558 0.399445165 0.743239625 0.449770538 0.692888286 0.571329412 0.571329412 0.6 0.471227589 0.839153267 0.505008082 0.805395461 0.548979433 0.761401423 0.655190428 0.655190428 0.7 0.59439238 0.919376096 0.624230227 0.889558288 0.66306952 0.850698956 0.756884238 0.756884238 0.8 0.72820384 1.017741457 0.754787261 0.991175888 0.789390338 0.956554959 0.872972648 0.872972648 0.9 0.870526445 1.130312923 0.894378314 1.106477073 0.925425787 1.075413581 1.000419684 1.000419684 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 -0.146022093 -2.520043007 -0.363842571 -2.302222529 -0.647711743 -2.018353357 0.14323225 0.14323225 0.2 -0.110009819 -2.725867835 -0.350019264 -2.48585839 -0.662805662 -2.173071992 0.162262125 0.162262125 0.3 -0.039305401 -2.574450255 -0.271909276 -2.341846381 -0.575044547 -2.03871111 0.211655623 0.211655623 0.4 0.048256041 -2.260467298 -0.163573273 -2.048637984 -0.439634608 -1.772576649 0.275037413 0.275037413 0.5 0.143670526 -1.853853425 -0.039605711 -1.670577187 -0.278455954 -1.431726945 0.344942937 0.344942937 0.6 0.239521719 -1.390544496 0.089960357 -1.240983134 -0.104951805 -1.046070973 0.415049138 0.415049138 0.7 0.327710101 -0.894254744 0.215592737 -0.78213738 0.069478545 -0.636023188 0.478055111 0.478055111 0.8 0.397569739 -0.385061423 0.325761991 -0.313253676 0.232180314 -0.219671998 0.523909414 0.523909414 0.9 0.432382935 0.114269464 0.40319548 0.143456919 0.365157648 0.181494751 0.53638979 0.53638979 mathematics |212 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(4): the approximate values of ( )and ( ) for q=1 and table(5) : the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=1 and table(6) :the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=0.5 and x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) exact solution of ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.1 0.136767408 1.904716153 0.298979728 1.742503833 0.510378939 1.531104622 1.020741781 1.020741781 1.01535451 0.2 0.145795016 2.02730293 0.318426584 1.854671362 0.543404423 1.629693523 1.086548973 1.086548973 1.063011305 0.3 0.162473097 2.24595656 0.353636267 2.05479339 0.60276496 1.805664698 1.204214829 1.204214829 1.145775863 0.4 0.188782322 2.576163909 0.407828665 2.357117567 0.693295415 2.071650816 1.382473116 1.382473116 1.267049925 0.5 0.227201133 3.036859531 0.484992095 2.779068569 0.820951816 2.443108848 1.632030332 1.632030332 1.430891295 0.6 0.280601148 3.650548822 0.589799609 3.341350362 0.992754887 2.938395083 1.965574985 1.965574985 1.642082916 0.7 0.352114402 4.4434352 0.72750008 4.068049522 1.216712219 3.578837383 2.397774801 2.397774801 1.906212199 0.8 0.444982619 5.445565242 0.903794624 4.986753236 1.501730069 4.388817792 2.94527393 2.94527393 2.229761706 0.9 0.56239945 6.691006841 1.124709657 6.128696634 1.857526583 5.395879709 3.626703146 3.626703146 2.62021246 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) exact solution of 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.1 0.158055629 2.07226781 0.333687869 1.89663557 0.562576261 1.667747179 1.020741781 1.11516172 1.11515426 0.2 0.203490098 2.319021732 0.397593743 2.124918088 0.650554536 1.871957294 1.086548973 1.261255915 1.261136624 0.3 0.2701062 2.608130238 0.484623903 2.393612535 0.764188815 2.114047623 1.204214829 1.439118219 1.43851487 0.4 0.357538354 2.941454527 0.594617081 2.7043758 0.903584092 2.395408789 1.382473116 1.64949644 1.647592035 0.5 0.465241212 3.320910221 0.727253726 3.058897707 1.068715081 2.717436352 1.632030332 1.893075717 1.88843404 0.6 0.592508524 3.748510864 0.882077135 3.458942254 1.259450294 3.081569094 1.965574985 2.170509694 2.160904284 0.7 0.738496635 4.226418638 1.058519442 3.906395831 1.475581283 3.48933399 2.397774801 2.482457636 2.464705088 0.8 0.902252333 4.757002293 1.255932233 4.403322393 1.71685685 3.942397776 2.94527393 2.829627313 2.799423801 0.9 1.082744686 5.342902227 1.473621424 4.952025489 1.983021905 4.442625008 3.626703146 3.212823456 3.16459733 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 0.203151908 2.765538086 0.438255221 2.530434773 0.744647822 2.224042172 1.484344997 1.484344997 0.2 0.301733687 3.901403252 0.632009524 3.571127415 1.062433374 3.140703565 2.101568469 2.101568469 0.3 0.434374951 5.280743725 0.879037572 4.836081104 1.458533181 4.256585496 2.857559338 2.857559338 0.4 0.606107664 6.924096442 1.185793937 6.34441017 1.941255793 5.588948314 3.765102053 3.765102053 0.5 0.822070637 8.855550327 1.559156133 8.118464831 2.519744652 7.157876312 4.838810482 4.838810482 0.6 1.088184717 11.101915959 2.006961679 10.183138996 3.204335124 8.985765551 6.095050338 6.095050338 0.7 1.41362934 13.694697983 2.540438386 12.567888938 4.008924519 11.099402804 7.554163662 7.554163662 0.8 1.821207649 16.68024835 3.184550039 15.316905961 4.961292426 13.540163573 9.250728 9.250728 0.9 2.383433053 20.15575553 4.014074026 18.525114556 6.13916671 16.400021873 11.269594291 11.269594291 mathematics |213 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(7):the approximate values ( ) and ( ) for q=0.5 and . x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.134 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 0.287677641 3.547790052 0.586798529 3.248669164 0.976620458 2.858847235 1.917733847 1.917733847 0.2 0.442038115 4.678520642 0.83074263 4.289816127 1.337312215 3.783246542 2.560279378 2.560279378 0.3 0.628764605 5.808485816 1.104012882 5.333237538 1.723368493 4.713881927 3.21862521 3.21862521 0.4 0.845417279 6.981687514 1.408430565 6.418674228 2.142163761 5.684941032 3.913552396 3.913552396 0.5 1.086791209 8.211147628 1.740463091 7.557475746 2.592344871 6.705593966 4.648969418 4.648969418 0.6 1.346550152 9.500469641 2.094686206 8.752333586 3.069676091 7.777343701 5.423509896 5.423509896 0.7 1.619538072 10.851066494 2.466546588 10.004057978 3.570389574 8.900214992 6.235302283 6.235302283 0.8 1.910853017 12.272980584 2.861595938 11.322237663 4.100628231 10.083205369 7.0919168 7.0919168 0.9 2.266861039 13.816655418 3.32657442 12.756942037 4.707619782 11.375896675 8.041758229 8.041758229 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 415 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license block ciphers analysis based on a fully connected neural network abstract with the development of high-speed network technologies, there has been a recent rise in the transfer of significant amounts of sensitive data across the internet and other open channels. the data will be encrypted using the same key for both triple data encryption standard (tdes) and advanced encryption standard (aes), with block cipher modes called cipher block chaining (cbc) and electronic codebook (ecb). block ciphers are often used for secure data storage in fixed hard drives, portable devices, and safe network data transport. therefore, to assess the security of the encryption method, it is necessary to become familiar with and evaluate the algorithms of cryptographic systems. block cipher users need to be sure that the ciphers they employ are secure against various attacks . a fully connected neural network (fcnn) model was initially used to assess how well the models were classified. then, all models, including encoder models, were assessed using true positive (tp) measures for successful classification of the discovered encoder and false positive (fp) measures for imprecise categorization. the accuracy value, retrieval, loss, precision value, and f1 score were then calculated using a confusion matrix to assess the model's efficacy (abbreviated as f1). ecb results with an accuracy of 85% and cbc results with an accuracy of 88% were produced, and the parameters of the fcnn model were tweaked to provide better results. these results helped to identify the encryption algorithm more precisely and evaluate it. keywords: fcnn models, diagnosis, analysis, symmetric key, block cipher. 1. introduction numerous cryptanalysis methods now in use are intended for specific encryption algorithms. as a result, one of the most crucial tasks for cryptanalysis in the era of large data is identifying encryption methods. the ability to resist the encryption algorithm can be used to gauge an algorithm's security, offering a useful benchmark for algorithm creation. the majority of article history: received 10 october 2022, accepted 6 november 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq ali h. alwan department of computer sciences , college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ali.hussein1201a@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ali h. kashmar department of computer sciences , college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ali.kashmar@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq doi.org/10.30526/36.1.3058 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ali.hussein1201a@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ali.kashmar@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 416 classification techniques currently in use are based on statistics and machine learning. the primary functions of statistical methods are the classification and identification of associated statistical indicators, such as the frequency of occurrence of letters. the deep learning approach compares categorizing algorithms to other typical classification tasks. deep learning techniques are used to conduct most current research [1]. the ciphertext alone is supposed to make it harder to identify the encryption algorithm. only some papers in this field take block ciphers or symmetric key ciphers into account [2]. the encryption algorithm is determined by cryptanalysis of the encrypted text the invaders sent. it is challenging to infer the encryption algorithm being used only from the ciphertext. the majority of the time, techniques based on statistics and deep learning are taken into account when attempting to decipher the encryption algorithm from the ciphertext. statistical approaches used the frequency of occurrence of alphabetic elements and their n-grams. in deep learning-based approaches, the encryption algorithm is determined [3,4]. in fact, a cryptanalyst frequently needs to learn which cryptographic technique is used while deciphering particular cipher messages. the first task for a cryptanalyst, is to determine the cryptographic algorithm of the cipher text. the cryptanalyst can then use several methods to decipher the encrypted text, such as brute force, dictionary, rainbow table, math, etc. figure 1 shows how an identification system for encryption methods works with merely ciphertext knowledge [5]. figure 1. recognition of an encryption technique from a ciphertext [6]. this paper reviews three encryption algorithms—aes, 3des, and blowfish—that operate in pattern mode (cbc) and mode (ecb) of cryptographic techniques. our detection methodology is built on the fully connected neural network (fcnn) technology, a type of deep learning-based method, which includes additional modes like output feedback mode (ofb), cipher feedback mode (cfb), and counter mode (ctr). the form must first be used to extract the features of each ciphertext. after entering the ciphertext into the identification form, it can establish the proper encryption algorithm . nonetheless, dl models can be utilized as ways to accomplish these jobs more effectively and to aid in the goal of diagnosis and analysis, which is important in this discipline. the techniques used can be examined to ciphertext using this trained or learned model. an example would be a program that could be trained and tested using various classifiers to detect and analyze the cryptographic techniques employed. this research focuses on using dl techniques to perform cryptanalysis on block ciphers in general. this investigation aims to diagnose and analyze the cryptography algorithms utilized to generate the ciphertext message [7]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 417 background below are some brief explanations of deep learning and symmetric key algorithms, the two particular models he utilizes in this research that have various architectures. 2.1 deep learning different deep networks make up deep learning models. among them, unsupervised learning models include autoencoders, restricted boltzmann machines (rbms), and generative adversarial networks (gans). deep brief networks (dbns), deep neural networks (dnns), convolutional neural networks (cnns), and rurrent neural networks (rnns) are supervised learning models, as shown in figure 2. the amount of deep learning experiments using the identification of encryption schemes has grown significantly in recent years. without the need for manual feature engineering, deep learning models immediately learn feature representations from the original data, such as images and texts. deep learning techniques can therefore be used end to end. deep learning techniques significantly outperform shallow models for massive datasets. network design, hyperparameter selection, and optimization approach are the three main focuses of deep learning research [8]. figure 2. type deep learning techniques [9]. 2.2symmetric key algorithms used with in our experiments 2.2.1 blowfish bruce schneier invented blowfish. although it uses symmetric keys and is similar to des, the key size can range from 32 to 448 bits. it is a block cipher of 64 bits. the two components of the blowfish algorithm are key expansion and data encryption. prior to the data encryption procedure, there is a step called "key expansion" when the key is divided into numerous subkeys. a feistel function is used in the data encryption process and is repeated 16 times or 16 rounds, of the method. a key-dependent permutation and a key-and-data-dependent replacement are both used in each cycle. the s-array uses the four bytes that the feistel function divides from the 32-bit input as its indices. the lookup results are added, and their xor operation is carried out to produce the output [10] 2.2.2 advanced encryption standard (aes) nist introduced aes or rijndael in 2001. a 4*4 matrix, commonly referred to as a state matrix, is used by aes. it is a symmetric key algorithm that runs for 10, 12, and 14 cycles with ihjpas. 36(1)2023 418 keys of 128, 192, and 256 bits, respectively. aes divides the data into four blocks or an array of bytes that create 4*4 matrices to perform rounds. aes has three rounds: an initial round, a final round, and a key expansion. aes uses permutations and combinations in each round. the same procedures must be carried out on the state matrix during every aes cycle except the final one. the following are these operations [10]: substitute bytes: these comprise processes built on specially created substitution boxes. this operation's primary goal is to stop numerous attacks, including mathematical attacks, differential cryptanalysis, and linear cryptanalysis. shift rows: this basic linear procedure is carried out on state matrices. the procedure is carried out with the intention of causing diffusion. mix columns: similar to the shift row operation, this is likewise a fundamental operation. matrix multiplication is involved. add round key: this simple procedure conducts an exclusive operation between the state matrix and the key of that round. this operation's goal is to cause confusion [10]. the outcome is applied in the following round. 2.2.3triple data encryption standard (triple-des) similar to how technology advances. there were various cryptanalytic attacks, such as brute force, which broke the key to deciphering the ciphertext, limiting the use of des. to prevent these attacks, the des cipher was reconfirmed as the triple data encryption standard (3des), using the des cipher three times, i.e., enciphering -decryptionenciphering to encipher the 64-bit plain text into a 64-bit cipher text. this can be done using a 192-bit key composed of key 1, key 2, and key 3 of 64-bit each for enciphering, deciphering, and enciphering, respectively, as depicted in figure 3 [11]. figure 3. triple data encryption standard of block diagram [11]. 2. related works nagireddy, s. in (2019) [12]: the proposal in this study, "identification of the encryption techniques of block ciphers," is a type of cryptanalysis attack. this is the main attack used to evaluate how secure block ciphers are. this task has two issues: (1) identifying the encryption model. (2) determining the encryption methods used by block ciphers is a pattern classification issue. early methods for identifying patterns in block ciphers included the histogram matching approach, support vector machines (svm), and gaussian mixture models. to create a variety of attack methods, including ciphertext-only assault, known-plaintext attack, and side-channel attack. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 419 hu, x.; zhao, y. in (2019, february) [13]: the outcomes show that ciphertext data may be successfully extracted using the created features. this study developed a novel methodology by building a feature based on ciphertext recombination and location detection. eight block ciphers of the electronic codebook mode (ecb) and eight cipher block chaining mode (cbc) were classified using a random forest classifier. in ecb mode, eight algorithms can classify objects with more than 87% accuracy. additionally, it can classify more accurately in cbc mode than at random. kopal, n., in (2020, may) [14]: the proposed cryptanalysis in this research has developed an artificial neural network that is now able to recognize five classical ciphers: simple monoalphabetic substitution, vigen'ere, playfair, hill, and transposition. the network is based on google's tensorflow library as well as keras. this paper presented the current progress in the research on using such artificial neural networks (ann) to diagnose the cryptography type. artificial neural networks (ann) can categorize about 90% of the ciphertexts correctly. using an artificial neural network provides 54% computation time for categories of cipher kinds . yang, w.; park, y. in (2021, jan) [15]: this study presents a new technique to identify symmetric key algorithms using a convolutional neural network (cnn) for traces extracted from intel processor trace (ipt). the ipt interrupts the running of software. the ipt is used to remove the trace that has been symmetric key ciphered first. it is then transformed into an image and fed into cnn. two different datasets were used for the experiment. the training results from the first dataset, which contained traces extracted using various symmetric key algorithms, were categorized into nine classes with 100% accuracy. the second dataset contained traces for each type of symmetric key algorithm, along with the block cipher modes and various bit sizes of the security keys. the accuracy of the classification of the training results into 36 classes was 70.55 percent. this study used a cnn to determine the number of key bits and the block-cipher modes in addition to the types of encryption algorithms that studies have previously identified. 3. proposed model this study suggests a deep learning strategy for determining the encryption algorithm from the cipher text, using the algorithm fully connected neural networks (fcnns). the deep learning strategy is suggested for determining and analyzing the encryption algorithm (secret key) from the cipher text using the fully connected neural networks model (fcnns). the fully connected neural network model (fcnn), a multi-layered feedforward neural network model, is one of the most important deep learning models. fcnn uses the spatial concept to extract characteristics. fcnn is better able to classify and more efficient in using big data and reducing complexity and can store training data. text categorization problems today frequently employ this network design. a fully connected layer multiplies the input by a weight matrix before adding a bias vector. one or more fully connected layers are added after the convolutional (and down-sampling) layers. as the name implies, every neuron in a fully connected layer connects to every neuron in the layer above it. fcnn is the last layer in cnn that performs classification. it delivers the results and communicates the activation function "softmax," where fcnn has more layers like a multiplelayer perceptron, as shown in figure 4, fully connected neural network model. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 420 figure 4 .structure fully connected neural network. 4. experimental process 4.1data set in this research, cipher texts retrieved from the kaggle website containing ciphertext and plaintext, an unlabeled dataset [16], will be used to construct the ciphertext from plaintext data and encrypt data with both the same key and different keys using encryption algorithms. the data will be encrypted and stored in a dictionary, with an 80% discount for training data and 20% for testing taken from ciphertexts in the dataset for the test. after the model is trained and run, the unlabeled dataset will be entered to evaluate the model using a confusion matrix to determine the coding algorithm.1,000 samples were randomly chosen from a selection of 45,133 samples for this study. the unlabeled dataset will be entered after the model has been trained and tested. the model can be assessed using the confusion matrix to identify and analyze the cryptographic technique. 4.2.system model the deep learning algorithm fully connected neural network (fcnn) was applied. preparing encrypted data for the fully connected neural network model's training, cross-validation, and testing was the first step in the experiment. then, the forms were evaluated using a set of accurate measurements. in fully connected neural network model using the activation function softmax. when applying fcnn to classification issues, some common model parameters can be changed. this includes the number of layers and adjusting the weights. to maximize form development, the learning rate could also be modified during the training phase. these were modified as part of the experiment design and model optimization. however, the depth of the forms was modified or, more precisely, raised to assess the efficacy of deeper forms because one of the research hypotheses is to investigate the effects of deep learning algorithm depth on this classification problem. deep architecture is the essential fcnn characteristic. other recent studies show that the more profound the layers, the better the algorithms detect minor patterns in encrypted data. the number of hidden layers also increases as training rounds. each model was trained over 100 epochs and 1000 samples. the limited research resources available and the lengthy training period were the main reasons for the short training cycle. the validation loss and accuracy reach saturation by the middle of the training stage, where the following training visualization group demonstrates that the training epochs are adequate. the form responded fast to the training dataset due to the pre-training model setup. as illustrated in figure 5, the data is preprocessed before being utilized for training the fcnn network. the feature information retrieved by fcnn, as well as the fcnn outputs, are then classified by softmax. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 421 figure 5. structure diagram fully connected neural networks (fcnns) aes, 3des, and blowfish are three encryption algorithms that cooperate with the block cipher modes of the process cipher algorithms. in this study, we explore the cryptographic cipher blockchain mode (cbc) and electronic cipher book mode (ecb) using the same encryption key. our detection algorithm is also built using fully connected neural network (fcnn) technology, a deep learning technique. we must first utilize the model to extract each ciphertext's feature. once the ciphertext has been entered into the identification form, it is feasible to choose the proper encryption algorithm. the results show that performance is good when utilizing the same key in cipher using the proposed method in the diagnostic and analysis of symmetric key cryptosystems. it indicates that the suggested approach produces good results. regular fully connected neural networks model will build a dense fcnn of n layers. the model workflow is shown in algorithm 1. its structure will consist of 5 hidden layers, each layer consisting of 128 neurons, hidden layers activation relu except for the output layer, which consists of two classifiers and used activations softmax, as displayed in figure 6 and algorithm 1 . figure 6. structure fcnn model. algorithm 1: diagnosis and analysis for symmetric key cryptosystem input dnn algorithm, encryption algorithm 1 and encryption algorithm 2 output metrices and confusion matrix. step 1 fcnn algorithm type, encryption algorithm 1 and encryption algorithm 2, get data from the dataset. step 2 generate random plaintext (paragraph) 1000 to 3000. step 3 generate cipher from plaintext for two crypto algorithms at the same time by using the same key, different key. step 4 get cipher text generated (en1+en2), number of trains (epoch) 50, number of steps in each train (iteration) 100, step 5 get cipher from dataset for test step 6 evaluate trained test results step 7 optimized results step 8 show final results step 9 end ihjpas. 36(1)2023 422 5. evaluation the trained models were evaluated or tested using a test data set that used a confusion matrix, the same set of cryptographic algorithms that will use the same key at random. furthermore, it will be used with block cipher modes of operation used in cryptography, including the cipher block chaining (cbc) mode and electronic codebook (ecb) mode. the evaluation was carried out using three different encryption systems. the comparison list used in the test is shown in table1. table 1 .the test's comparability list cipher block chaining (cbc) mode electronic codebook (ecb) mode blowfish or_ aes _cipher same key blowfish_or_3des_cipher same key a confusion matrix can be utilized to test how successfully classification algorithms can analyze symmetric key methods, identify them, and categorize the many kinds of encryption algorithms identified. the columns denote the actual class, and the rows the anticipated class. the confusion matrix's tp and tn values represent the proportion of accurate positive and negative classifications. fp and fn represent the proportion of incorrectly identified negative and positive instances. the confusion matrix can display a number of widely used metrics for rating the classifier's performance at various evaluation levels [17]. 𝑃𝑅𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑆𝐼𝑂𝑁 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃 (1) 𝑅𝐸𝐶𝐴𝐿𝐿 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (2) 𝐴𝐶𝐶𝑈𝑅𝐴𝐶𝑌 = 𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (3) 𝐹1 = 2 ∗ 𝑃𝑅𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑆𝐼𝑂𝑁 ∗ 𝑅𝐸𝐶𝐴𝐿𝐿 𝑃𝑅𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑆𝐼𝑂𝑁 + 𝑅𝐸𝐶𝐴𝐿𝐿 (4) 𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝐹𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (5) in this work, three encryption techniques' categorization tests were used. multiclass categorization can easily be performed by extending this. the classification results were examined once the tests were finished to evaluate the effectiveness of the taught forms. the categorization of all forms is assessed in the first set of analyses. the tables below indicate the evaluation of the confusion matrix for the fundamental models utilized in this research, accuracy, and loss, as well as the most secure modes and algorithm by applying the suggested approach (fcnn) to identify and analyze the symmetric key algorithm. by applying an fcnn to the blowfish vs. aes model with the same key and employing cbc mode and ecb mode block ciphers, this study proved the viability of identifying symmetric key techniques. using the same key and cbc mode, the accuracy in classifying the different symmetric key algorithms was 81%, and the loss was 41%, as shown in figure 7 and table 2 below. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 423 table 2. blowfish vs aes _cipher same key_ cbc mode figure 7. accuracy and loss aes_or_des_cipher_same key_ cbc mode figure 8 illustrates this. the confusion matrix is a (n x n) matrix used to assess the performance of a categorization form, where (n) is the number of target classes. an individual could determine the model's accuracy by observing the diagonal values for measuring the number of correct categorizations by visualizing the confusion matrix. the model has proven to be successful. figure 8. confusion matrix blowfish vs aes _cipher same key_ cbc mode furthermore, table 3 demonstrates the possibility of detecting symmetric key algorithms by using an fcnn on the blowfish vs. aes model, which uses the same key with the ecb mode block cipher. as shown in figure 9, the performance was 81 % accurate in identifying the types of symmetric key algorithms using the same key with ecb mode, and 40 % loss. furthermore, as shown in figure 10, a confusion matrix was used to determine whether the model was successful. table 3. blowfish vs aes _cipher same key_ ecb mode accuracy loss precision value recall f1-score support 0.81 0.41 0.81 0.81 0.81 1000 accuracy loss precision value recall f1-score support 0.81 0.40 0.81 0.81 0.81 1000 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 424 figure 9. accuracy and loss blowfish vs aes _cipher same key_ ecb mode figure 10. confusion matrix blowfish vs aes _cipher same key_ ecb mode the ability to detect symmetric-key algorithms is shown in table 4. the same keys are used with cbc mode block ciphers by blowfish vs. 3des. accuracy in classifying the various symmetric key algorithms using an identical key and cbc mode was 88%. there was a loss of 30%, according to figure 11. table 4. blowfish_or_3des_cipher_same key_ cbc mode figure 11. accuracy and loss blowfish_or_3des_cipher_same key_ cbc mode. a confusion matrix was also used to evaluate the model's effectiveness, as shown in figure 12. one might assess the model's correctness by displaying the confusion matrix and observing the accuracy loss precision value recall f1-score support 0.88 0.30 0.88 0.88 0.88 1000 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 425 diagonal values for the number of correct categorizations. the efficacy of the model has been established. figure 12. confusion matrix blowfish_or_3des_cipher_same key_ cbc mode table 5 displays the potential for finding symmetric key algorithms. with cbc mode block ciphers, blowfish vs. 3des using the duplicate keys. the performance showed an accuracy of 85%, a loss of 34%, and high accuracy in identifying the types of symmetric key algorithms, as depicted in figure 13. table 5. blowfish_or_3des_cipher_same key_ ecb mode figure 13. accuracy and loss blowfish_or_3des_cipher_same key_ ecb mode. as illustrated in figure 14, a confusion matrix was also utilized to assess the model's effectiveness. one can evaluate the model's validity by displaying the confusion matrix and examining the diagonal values for the number of correct categorizations. the model's efficacy has been established. accuracy loss precision value recall f1-score support 0.85 0.34 0.85 0.85 0.85 1000 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 426 figure 14. confusion matrix blowfish_or_3des_cipher_same key_ ecb mode 6. comparing outcomes it is evident from table 6 that the classification model proposed in this research can successfully classify the four algorithms in ecb and cbc mode with an average accuracy of 85%, compared to the source [1], with an accuracy of 87.9%. as for the algorithms in the cbc mode, the percentage reached 88% by the method proposed in the research. as for the source, the accuracy was 12.64%, which is much lower than what we found. both use the same key in encryption. moreover, the security is not high, and it is easier to classify it than others in both cbc and ecb; compared to the current research, the accuracy rate is the highest and best in this research. table 6. comparison of block ciphers' classification accuracy in ecb and cbc mode. the suggested technique, which uses the same key and encryption with cbc mode, is superior to the source [4], which also uses the same key in encryption with cbc mode, according to a performance comparison shown in table 7. table 7. comparisons of cbc mode block ciphers using the same key for classification accuracy. 7. conclusions this work categorizes ciphertexts generated by three different algorithms, including two model block ciphers operating in ecb mode and two model block ciphers running in cbc mode. the objective is to identify the most accurate classification algorithm for these three block ciphers, 3des, aes, and blowfish, using block cipher modes (cbc, ecb). in this paper, classified fully connected neural networks are used for identifying the encryption method, and their accuracy is evaluated with a confusion matrix. the same keys are used for different text data. the paper results show fcnn classifier has the highest classification accuracy for identifying encryption methods for ciphered data. the accuracy is in cbc mode at 88% and ecb mode at 85% using the same key. through this research, the algorithms and their security are evaluated, as well as the modes of security. hence new techniques have to develop to identify encryption methods. in the future, mode the proposed method accuracy source [1] accuracy ecb 85% 87.9% cbc 88% 12.64% mode the proposed method accuracy source [4] accuracy same key same key cbc 88% 87% ihjpas. 36(1)2023 427 using the properties of encryption techniques, we would build efficient categorization features based on the security mode, such as other modes. stream ciphers and public key ciphers are candidates for ciphertext classification study simultaneously. references 1. hu, x.; zhao, y. block ciphers classification based on random forest. in journal of physics: iop publishing. conference series 2019 feb 1, 1168, 3, 032015. 2. manjula, r.; anitha, r. identification of encryption algorithm using decision tree. in international conference on computer science and information technology, springer, berlin, heidelberg.2011, january, 237-246. 3. swapna, s.; dileep, ad.; sekhar, cc.; kant, s. block cipher identification using support vector classification and regression,journal of discrete mathematical sciences and cryptography. 2010 aug 1, 13(4),305-18. 4. dileep, ad.; sekhar, cc. identification of block ciphers using support vector machines. in the 2006 ieee international joint conference on neural network proceedings, ieee.2006 jul 16, 2696-2701. 5. tan, c.; ji, q. an approach to identifying cryptographic algorithm from ciphertext. in2016 8th ieee international conference on communication software and networks (iccsn), ieee. 2016 jun 4, 19-23. 6. nagireddy, s. a pattern recognition approach to block cipher identification. master of science dissertation–indian institute of technology madras,2008. 7. krishna, nivedhitha ramarathnam. classifying classic ciphers using machine learning 2019. 8. liu, h.; lang, b. machine learning and deep learning methods for intrusion detection systems: a survey. applied sciences. 2019 oct 17, 9(20),4396. 9. sarker, ih. deep learning: a comprehensive overview on techniques, taxonomy, applications and research directions. sn computer science. 2021 nov, 2(6),1-20. 10. sohal, m.; sharma, s. bdna-a dna inspired symmetric key cryptographic technique to secure cloud computing. journal of king saud university-computer and information sciences. 2022 jan 1, 34(1):1417-25. 11. vuppala, a.; roshan, rs.; nawaz, s.; ravindra, jv. an efficient optimization and secured triple data encryption standard using enhanced key scheduling algorithm. procedia computer science. 2020 jan 1, 171,1054-63. 12. nagireddy, s. a pattern recognition approach to block cipher identification. lap lambert academic publishing.2019. 13. hu, x.; zhao, y. block ciphers classification based on random forest. in journal of physics: conference series, iop publishing. 2019 feb 1, 1168, 3, 032015. 14. kopal, n. of ciphers and neurons–detecting the type of ciphers using artificial neural networks. in proceedings of the 3rd international conference on historical cryptology histocrypt 2020 may 19, 171, 77-86. 15. yang, w.; park, y. identifying symmetric-key algorithms using cnn in intel processor trace. electronics. 2021 oct 13, 10(20),2491. 16. dataset kaggle website [online] https://www.kaggle.com/code/lemonkoala/cipher-difficulty-1solution/data?select=plaintext_encrypt1.csv . [accessed 14 4 2022]. 17. alhijaj, tb.; hameed, sm.; bara'a, aa. a decision tree-aware genetic algorithm for botnet detection. iraqi journal of science. 2021 jul 31, 2454-62. https://www.kaggle.com/code/lemonkoala/cipher-difficulty-1-solution/data?select=plaintext_encrypt1.csv https://www.kaggle.com/code/lemonkoala/cipher-difficulty-1-solution/data?select=plaintext_encrypt1.csv the efeect of different cytokines on buds proliferation of iraqian date palm cultiver (barhi) in vitro ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the effect of different levels and kinds of cytokinins on buds proliferation of iraqian date palm cultiver (barhi) in vitro a. a. h. al-khalisi department of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad abstract the present study was conducted to determined the action of several levels of cytokinis (n 6 -benzyladenine (ba), 6-furfurylaminopurine (kinetin), n 6 -(∆-isopentyladenine) (2,ip) on buds proliferation of phoenix dactylifera l..3 ml explants of the heart of 3 years old offshoot were cultured on murashige and skoog medium (1962) containing 3 mg/l activated charcoal, 10 mg/l naphthalene acetic acid proposed by (1) as a control. other explants were cultured on this medium supplemented with 0.1, 0.5, 1 mg/l ba. 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4 mg/l kinetin. 0.1, 0.5, 1 mg/l 2,ip. best number of buds proliferated has occurred on control medium containing 3 mg/l. 2ip. introduction the date palm (phoenix dactyllifera l. 2n = 36) is one of the important members of the palmae (arecaceae) family. there are 11 other species in the genus phoenix all of them are dioecious with male and female flowers produced in clusters on a seperat palm in the axils of leaves (2, 3). date palm is sub-tropical in origin and cultivation. the earliest records (3000 b.c.) suggested mesopotamia (iraq) as a possible site (4). till the year 1980 there were 30 million date palm trees in iraq declined to 9 million now (agri. ministry documents). iraqi farmers didn't propagate date palm from seeds due to the facts that approximately half of the progeny will be male and because date palm is heterozygous there will be much variation with the female progeny and desirable characteristics of the parent may be lost. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 rooted offshoots are preferred for conventional propagation because they produce true-to-type trees with fruit quality identical to that of the mother tree. however, there are many problems associated with this system. the availability of offshoots is limited because the number produced by each palm trees is low and must remain attached to its parent tre for a long time (2-3 years) until an adequate root system develops. in addition to that the methods of excision are complicated and time consuming. micropropagation has the potential to provide very high multiplication rates of selected tree genotypes but the genetic stability of plantlets produced from callus is questionable (5). therefore the initiation of primary auxillary buds in vitro provides alternative methods for true-to-type large scale propagation of date palm (6). hormones are chemical messengers in organisms (7). in plant a few of their effects are:cell division, root growth, shoot production and flowering. the factors of increasing the mitosis (cell division) of shoot and buds are cytokines (8). they are adenine derivatives include kinetin, ba (which are synthetics cytokinin stimulate callus) and zeatin, naturally occurring cytokinin which is very costly and 2,ip an efficient hormone which include shoot and leaf growth and suppressing root formation. so this investigation aims to make a comparative study on the effect of different levels of those cytokinins supplemented to medium proposed by (1) for primary auxillary buds proliferation of date palm in vitro. materials and methods plant materials 2-3 years old offshoot of barhi cultivar were defoliated, the bases of leaves were removed sequencely till around 5 cm in diameter offshoots hearts were obtained. few leaves which remained for protecting soft tissues from sterilization agent were cut up to 5 cm. sterilization offshoot heart was surface sterilized for 15 minutes with 9% clorex (sodium hypochlorite naocl), and contained few drops of 20 by using vaccum apparatus connected with bughner flask.. culturing leaves bases and hard hypocontaminated tissues were removed in sterilize condition on laminar air flow cabinet. 3 ml explants were prepared by cutting the soft tissues which have mass of primary auxillary buds under leaflets and cultured them on the media. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 nutrient media control treatmentwhich is employed throughout this study is the medium proposed by (1) for the differentiation of shoot tips obtained from four to six months old seedling. it contains m & s salt, nah2po4.2h2o 170 mg/l, meso-inositol 100 mg/l, thiamine hcl 0.4 mg/l, sucrose 3%, adenine sulfate 2h2o 40 mg/l, 3 g and activated charcoal, naa 10 mg/l. the other treatments employed three kinds of cytokinins n 6 -benzyladenine (ba). 6-furfuryl aminopurine (kinetin). n 6 -(∆ 2 -isopentyl) adenine (2,ip) supplemented to the control treatment medium in 0.1, 0.5, 1 mg/l levels for ba and kinetin and in 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4 mg/l levels for 2ip. ph of all media was adjusted to 5.7. media were dispensed into culture vessels 120 x 120 mm and outocleved for 15 minutes at 121ºc. culture conditions all cultures are incubated in culture room at 29ºc with full darkness. after 4 weeks of incubation, a number of initiated buds was counted and completely randomized design (c.r.d.) was used for 12 treatments with 3 replicates for each. statistical analysis the data were subjected to analysis of variance (anova) and the means were separated with a least significant difference (lsd) at 5% significant level (9). fresh callus which appears for treatments have 1 mg/l kinetin or ba was weighed for 2 treatments with 11 replicates for each. the date were subjected to analysis of t-test (10). the results showed that 2,ip at 3 mg/l level, significantly have increased the number of buds proliferation compared to all other treatments. addition of ba in more than 0.5 mg/l level inhibited buds proliferation from 4 to 2.3 buds and addition of kinetin at the same level inhibited buds proliferation from 2.6 to 1.3. however, ba has significantly increased buds proliferation more than kinetin. 2,ip has improved buds proliferation to 6.6 buds when it was included in nutrient media in the level of 3 mg/l. the results showed that the level of 1 mg/l for both ba and kinetin has stimulated callus formation ,but t-test showed that kinetin significantly gave callus fresh weight more than ba as shown in the table below. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 calculated t= 8.639 tabulated t ( 0.05 probability) 2.228 t-test shows high significant differences for kinetin. discussion micropropagation which used isolated meristems and shoot tips is often periformed to maintain the genetic identify of the parent clone (11, 12, 13). the present investigation has shown that buds can be proliferated from date palm excised offshoot heart comprising mass of primary auxillary buds under leaflets. surface sterilization of explants has been noted to be a paramount problem in palm tissue culture (14). in our study, it was found that 9% of naocl treatment with vaccum were necessary to obtain contaminate-free cultures. prolific 3 ml explants were obtained from the heart of 3 years old of (barhi) offshoot. since the majority of plant tissue culture are heterotrophic, it is necessary to supply them with a carbon source, usually in the form of sugar, macro and micronutrient elements, amoni acids, b vitamins and plant growth regulators. the presence of plant growth regulators in general is essential to promot growth, but the nature and concentrations required varies from species to species. plant growth regulators are the critical media components in determining the development pathway of the explant. there is some considerable difficulty in predicting the effects of plant growth regulators, this is because of great difference in culture response between species, cultivars and even plants from the same cultivar grown under different conditions. cytokinins promote cell division. naturally occurring cytokinins are a large group of structurally related (they are purine derivatives) compounds. two of the naturally occurring cytokinins, have some use in plant tissue culture media. there are zeatin and 2,ip (isopentyl growth regulators replicates degree of freedom mean callus fresh weight in mg sum of square kinetin 11 10 9.0 2.52 ba 11 10 5.7 13.56 sum 20 difference=3.3 sum= 16.08=∑x 2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 adenine), zeatin is not widespread as it is expensive and relatively unstable. the synthetic analogues, kinetin and ba (benzylaminopurine) are therefore used more frequently. among the cytokinins (ba, kinetin and 2,ip) tested, 2,ip particularly the 3 mg mg/l level, was found superior over both , ba and kinetin in accelerating buds proliferation. also, the present investigation has shown that ba or kinetin stimulate white and yellow-white colored friable callus at 1 mg/l level if supplemented to medium contain 10 mg/l naa. it indicates that they are fair enough to stimulate callus which we have to avoid passing through this stage due to genetics stability problems. callus culture concerned the initiation and continued proliferation of undifferentiated parenchyma cells from parent tissue on clearly defined media. we didn't propagate date palm through callus due to the genetic variation among plantlets have been produced which from. this variation included loss or addition of chromosomes, gene mutation or combination of these factors (14). probably ba and kinetin stimulate callus because they are synthetic growth regular but 2,ip is a natural occurring one. our finding coincides with other investigator statements which confirms that 2,ip induces shoot and leaf growth but ba stimulates a production of adventitious shoot and callus. kinetin stimulates shoot and leaf growth at lower concentrations and callus proliferation at higher concentrations (15, 16). so the importance of this investigation is that, this specific medium manipulations can be used to direct the development of date palm in culture and can be used as a protocol to initiate primary axillary buds under leaflet of the heart of date palm shoot in vitro. references 1zaid, a. and tisserat, b. (1981). in vitro shoot-tip differentiation in phoenix dactylifera l. uspa. ars. fruit and vegetable chemistry laborates. 263 s. chester ave. pasadena, ca. 91106. 2tomlinson, p.b. (1961). anatomy of the monocotyledons ii palmae. clarendon press. oxford. 3corner, p.j.h. (1966). natural history of palms. univ. california press. berkeley. los angeles. 4f.a.o. (1982). horticulture crops group. date production and protection. fao. plant production and protection paper. 35 fao rome. 5f.a.o. (1988). first meeting of working group on rapid multiplication of date palm via "in vitro" marrakech. 24-27 may 1988. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 6zaid, a. and wet, p.f. (2002). date palm j., 6(4): 16-36. 7goodwin, t.w. and mercev, e.i. (1983). introduction to plant biochemistry second edition. pregamon press. oxford. 677. 8devlin and withman. (1983). plant physiology willord grent press. boston. u.s.a. 9kintzios, s. and michaelakis, a. (1999). plant res., 18: 684-690. 10snedecor, g.w. (1956). statistical methods, fifth edition. state college press. ames, lowa. 11de fossard, r.a. (1976). tissue culture for plant propagators. univ. of new england, armidals, australia. pp. 1-409. 12murashige, t. (1974). ann. rev. plant physiol., 25: 135-166. 13al-khalisi, a.a. (2004). ibn al-haitham j. for pure & apl. sci., 17(5): 36-54. 14 tisserat. (1981). date palm j., 1: 43-54. 15dodds, j.h. (1982). experiments in plant tissue culture. cambridge. university press. cambridge. 16dixon, r.a. and gonzales, r.a. (1994). plant cell culture. a practical approach. second edition. oxford university press. walton street, oxford ox26dp. the results fig. (1) (a) effect of (2,ip with 10 mg/l naa supplemented to modified m & s medium) on buds proliferation. (b) effect of (ba with 10 mg/l naa supplemented to modified m & s medium) on buds proliferation. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 m e a n o f p ro li fe ra te d b u d s n o . 10 mg/l naa control 0.1 0.5 1 2 3 4 different level of 2,ip (mg/l) a 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 m e a n o f p ro li fe ra te d b u d s n o . 10 mg/l naa control 0.1 0.5 1 different level of ba (mg/l) b ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (2) (a) effect of (2,ip with 10 mg/l naa supplemented to modified m & s medium) on buds proliferation. (c) effect of (kinetin with 10 mg/l naa supplemented to modified m & s medium) on buds proliferation. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 m e a n o f p ro li fe ra te d b u d s n o . 10 mg/l naa control 0.1 0.5 1 2 3 4 different level of 2,ip (m g/l) a 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 m e a n o f p ro li fe ra te d b u d s n o . 10 mg/l naa control 0.1 0.5 1 different level of kinetin (mg/l) c 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد الصنف تفتح براعم في وأنواع مختلفة من السايتوكينينات ير مستويات ثتأ العراقي برحي من نخلة التمر خارج الجسم الحي عاصم عبد الهادي الخالصي معة بغدادإبن الهيثم، جا-كلية التربية ،قسم علوم الحياة الخالصة على تفتح براعم (ba, kinetin, 2,ip) وكينيناتأجريت هذه الدراسة لتحديد فعل مستويات مختلفة من السايت سنوات زرعت علىى وسىم معاملىة 3من قلب فسيلة بعمر 3ملم 3. نماذج بحجم (.phoenix dactylifera l)نخلة التمر naaملغم/لتىر 21غم/لتىر فحىم من ىم و 3بى ( والمجهز 2691) skooge و murshigeالسيمرة الحاوي على وسم baملغم/لتىر 2، 1.0، 1.2(. ونماذج أخرى زرعت على هذا الوسم مجهز بى 2692) zaidو tisseratوالمقترحة من حصىىلت . أعلىىى عىدد مىن البىىراعم المتفتحىة ip,2ملغم/لتىر 4، 3، 1، 2، 1.0، 1.2و kinetinملغم/لتىر 2، 1.0، 1.2و . 2ipملغم/لتر 3على وسم السيمرة المجهز بى 10050083 10050084 10050085 10050086 10050087 10050088 10050089 10050090 10050091 10050092 10050093 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics |34 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 determination and measuring some of the physical and chemical parameters in the clay of lake hamrin, iraq huda dhia jaffar dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad. received in :28/december/2016 , accepted in :3/may/2017 abstract the composition of the clay taken from the lake of hamrin, iraq was studied with the determination of the concentrations of the major oxides and the minor oxides in it. kaolinite was the most dominant clay in the samples, while quartz was the most abundant non-clay mineral. some physico-chemical parameters in lake's water were determined such as oxygen, a chlorosity, nutrient salts, ph, total alkalinity, total nitrogen, total phosphorous and silicate. the effect of increased wastewater and human activities affected the composition of water and lead to a decrease in the productivity of the lake which was reflected by the relatively low ph values (average 8.0) and alkalinity in water as a result of the pollution. an increase in the levels of ammonia (average 5.5 im), nitrite (average 1.6 im) and nitrate (15im average) were apparently due to the influence of large quantities of wastewater expelled into the lake and the utilization of ammonia by aquatic organisms with a slow assimilation. reactive phosphate showed lower concentration in samples collected in the mid of the lake comparing with samples collecting from the shores which indicate the influence of enriched wastewater with phosphate matters. key words: hamrin lake, clay, oxides, x-ray diffraction, nutrient salt, total nitrogen, total phosphorus physics |35 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 introduction the hamrin fold is the most prominent folds present in the bulkana region and its modern sediments is characterized by the presence of high permeability sandstones which lead to increase the seeped water that was going inside the soil leading to a decrease in the amount of running water, but if non-permeable layers of rocks are present above these sandstones, this will increases the proportion of running water (tributaries and rivers) in the region. the fold decreases in height gradually until it reaches a sea level at hamrin lake [1, 2]. the lake is a man-made lake which was established after the foundation of hamrin dam and is located approximately 50 km north-east of the baquba city, in iraqi's diyala province. the lake has an appreciable thickness of sedimentary rock formation, and the dominant rock types include varieties of sandstone, sandy gravel rocks, mud-rock and alluvial rock. there are some gypsum crusts mixed with clay, sand, silt, and sand [3, 4]. kaolin hydrated aluminum silicate, al2si2o5(oh)4-, is an important industrial clay with properties such as: fine particle size, platy shape, inertness, non-toxicity, high brightness and whiteness which made it a more versatile mineral. it can be used in a wide variety of industries. kaolin resources are found as sedimentary deposits, weathering or hydrothermal alteration product of rocks containing a high proportion of alumino-silicate minerals. kaolin deposits are wide spread throughout hamrin lake [5]. members of the kaolin family include dickite, nacrite, allophone, and hallosite. the iron content in each type of kaolin clay determines its color. it is usually white to near white in color. other colors such as purple, bleach brown, etc., are due to the impurities in the material [5, 6]. the scientists use the clay minerals as: (i) indicators of the environment during weathering, allothiand authi-genesis in the sediments and in the study of source area of the detrital supply; (ii) ph indicators of processes of changes in mineralogical, petrological, geological and geochemical investigations [7]. lake hamrin receives huge amounts of drainage water (domestic and agricultural) which contains unspecified quantities of urban, industrial and agricultural chemicals from the town nearby and beyond. its amount of water varies through the years with the lake reached its highest level in 1988 when the surface area was 358.3867 km 2 . at present, the level is 21.23572 km 2 as a surface area [8. 9]. iraq has suffered a severe drought in the past decades and lost a bulk water mass, with rainfall rates 40% below normal levels. in the same period, discharge of large springs and rivers decreased substantially due to project (gap) in turkey, which includes the construction of dams and irrigation schemes in the upstream tigris catchment. additionally, several dams and irrigation projects are under construction in the iranian headwaters of the tigris, which will reduce river flows in northern iraq permanently [9]. many chemicals from human activities would be present in the drainage water. most of these chemicals would be at trace (less than ppb levels). nevertheless nothing is known of the synergistic effects on non-targets of water containing trace levels of many chemicals. many researchers have studied the hydrographic and chemical characteristics of the water and sediments of lake hamrin [10, 11], but the aim of the present work is to study the clay in the area of lake hamrin in order to assess its quality and any variations in the hydrographic lineaments by determining some physico-chemical parameters such as oxygen, chlorosity, nutrient salts, ph, total alkalinity, total nitrogen, total phosphorous and silicate physics |36 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 materials and methods a. clay collection samples (a, b, c and d) of clay were obtained from four different moisture places in winter from the hamrin lake, iraq. b. water collection samples of water were obtained 50 cm below the surface from four sites, two in the mid of the lake and two about 50 meter distance from the shores. water and air temperatures were measured immediately in the field by using mercury thermometer (0-100°c). the ph is measured also using a portable ph meter. c. physical analysis 1. particle size distribution the clay samples were crashed, sieved and divided into 100g lots. each lot was washed with 100ml 5% napo3 (as a deflocculant) and mixed thoroughly with 250 ml of distilled water, and then left to stand for 40 min and was completed to 1000 ml. the dimensions of a particle were measured using laser diffraction spectroscopy (mastersizer 3000e, malvern instruments, england) 2. determination of particle density the particle density was measured according to the method of cresswell and hamilton [12]. each sample was weighted (and its diameter was measured) and then heated for 20h at 110°c. each sample was weighed after it was cooled down. 3. determination of porosity the surface porosity ( ) of a sample was calculated from the particle density according 10 the method of horgan [13]. x-ray diffractometry (xrd) analysis the composition of the clay was determined using diffractometer (xrd) (empyrean, panalytical, netherlands). determination of soil moisture estimated soil moisture was measured using 10 ml soil moisture sensor (vh440, sigma) after calibration. determination of organic carbon content the soil carbon content was measured according to colorimetric method using methyl orange as an indicator as indicated by strickland and parson [14, 15]. 10g of clay were crashed and sieved and then mixed with 100ml 1n k2cr2o7. concentrated h2so4 (200ml) was added to the mixture with careful shaking before the mixture left to stand for 1h at room temperature. 10 ml of sodium dichromate (0.5n) mixed with 4m h2so4 was added to 1g of clay (after it was crashed and sieved). the mixture was shacked for 20min and then left to stand for 1h and the upper level of the mixture was removed carefully and its absorption was read at 660nm using vis-uv spectrophotometer (shimadzu, japan). the calibration curve was drawn using (0-1g glucose) . ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and silicate compositions determination ammonia, nitrite and nitrate were determined as indicated by jaber et al [16]. silicate was determined by a modified method as indicated by sletten and bach using stannous chloride [17, 18]. vis-uv spectrophotometer is used for the measurements of the parameters. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/deflocculant physics |37 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 1. total nitrogen and phosphorous content total nitrogen content as well as total phosphorous content (in clay and water) were determined by bray and kurtz method [19]. the sample (1g) was crashed and sieved before mixing with ammonium fluoride (15ml) and hcl (25ml). after shaking, distilled water was added to 500ml, and after another shaking, the mixture was centrifuged and the supernatant (4ml) was added to 6ml l-ascorbic acid in distilled water and 4ml ammonium molybdate solution. the mixture stands for 5min, and absorbance at 852nm was read by vis-uv spectrophotometer as before. a standard phosphorus solution (0-50mg/l) was prepared. 2. determination of calcium and magnesium in water the determination of calcium and magnesium (total hardness) were done titrimetrically against edta standardized solution according to szabo [20]. 3. determination of total alkalinity and chlorosity total alkalinity was determined as indicated by brinkman [21], while chlorosity was determined using mohr’s titration method as indicated by sheen and kahler [22]. results and discussion 1. chemical composition of the clays the concentrations of the major oxides are ranging from `48.4 to 51.2% for sio2, from 25.2 to 28.1% for al2o3 and from 13.5 to 14.1% for fe2o3, while the concentrations of minor oxides were relatively low (table 1). minor oxides are ranging between 1.9-2.5% for k2o and less than 0.8 for all other clay samples, while the percentage for mgo, p2o3, tio3 and zno were negligent (table 2). the percentage of minerals in the clay of hamrin lake is shown in (table 3). quartz was considered to be the most non-clay according to x-ray diffraction, and closely corresponding with sio2 values, while the most dominant clay was kaolin in the samples. kaolin samples have an average particle density of 1.35g.cm -3 and an average porosity of 0.44% (table 4). kaolin is found as sedimentary deposits containing high concentrations of aluminosilicate minerals. the muscovite and bentonnite were observed in very few samples. these results showed some similarities to those found in other lakes in northern iraq [3, 11]. ph of water the ph values in water fluctuated between 7.70 and 8.5. the obtained low ph values (comparing with ph values obtained by previous researchers in past decades) are showing how the productivity of hamrin lake is decreased with an increase in pollution due to wastewater expelled into the lake. ahmad [3] and ghasan [8] found that the ph varied between 9.04 and 8.26 and 8.9 to 8.5 respectively in 1999 and 2008. the present researcher estimated the difference between the previous data and the present data contemplate an increase in the polluted water in the lake during the previous four decades. there was no doubt that ph values were influencing factors that control other physiochemical parameters. nitrogenous compounds (nutrient salts) ammonia an increase in the levels of ammonia was apparently due to the utilization of ammonia by aquatic organisms as well as to the reducing of nitrate concentrations via a de-nitrification process. the concentration of ammonia in water of the lake varied between 3.2 and 7.9 im. physics |38 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 the lower content of dissolved oxygen inhibits the rate of chemical oxidation of ammonia and that may cause the high concentrations of ammonia. the decay of most organic compounds under anaerobic conditions stopped when reached the ammonia stage [21]. the lowest ammonia content was probably due to the utilization of ammonia by aquatic microorganisms, while the increase in ammonia may be due to the formation of ammonia through nitrate via de-nitrification process [23, 24]. nitrite nitrite was ranged between 1.4 and 1.9 im. the high concentration of nitrite was probably due to the influence of large quantities of wastewater expelled into the lake. actually, a main source of nitrite in the lake was probably the continuous increasing in the decomposition of organic matters. the decreased values of nitrite can be explained due to the reduction process from nitrite to ammonia under anaerobic conditions. this will explain why an increase in ammonia was accompanied by lower nitrite values [10, 26]. nitrate the concentration of nitrate content in the lake is between 11.1 and 22.4 im. the speedy decomposition of organic matters and an increase in amounts of wastewater may explain the high concentration values of nitrate, while a slow assimilation (due to the presence of high concentrations of inorganic matters) might explain the low concentrations of nitrate sometimes in the lake total nitrogen the fluctuations of total nitrogen are probably due to the various agricultural inflows. total nitrogen (tn) was fluctuated between 25.4 and 28.9 im. these values may be due to the slower rate of assimilation by the aquatic organisms than that of inorganic species [24]. silicate compounds reactive silicate content was varied between 27.3 and 39.5 im. the slow rate of rejuvenation of silicate from the deposits may lead to minimize the silicate concentration values, while the high level of silicate concentrations values might be directly correlative to wastewater expelled into the lake. it was found that the content of dissolved oxygen was influencing the higher concentrations of silicate (table 5). it seemed that in poorly oxygenated area, the decay of siliceous compounds increases under the influence of fresh-water microorganisms [25, 26]. calcium, magnesium and phosphate compounds it was found that calcium was fluctuated between 56.59 and 75.11 mg/l, while magnesium differed between 79.22 and 98.35 mg/l. phosphate compounds were always at high concentrations which were probably due to the influence of enriched wastewater with phosphate matters. reactive phosphate was ranging between 7.2 and 10.2 im (table 5). the reproduction and growth of aquatic microorganisms were controlled by phosphate since these microorganisms used organic and inorganic phosphate [7, 24]. from personal point of view, the wastewater enriched with phosphate compounds will increase the concentration of reactive phosphate. if a sample was collected from mid of the lake, it would show decreased value of reactive phosphate due to its uptake by aquatic organisms. 2. total alkalinity total alkalinity varies between 4.0. meq/l and 8.78 meq/l g (table 5). the higher values of total alkalinity might be influenced by the higher co2 content generated as a result of the growth and degradation of aquatic microorganisms as suggested by references [10, 11]. they suggested that the effect of discharged wastewater into the lake and the variation of biological oxygen demand (bod) and ph must be taken into account. physics |39 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 generally, there was an increase in the total alkalinity during the present time comparing with the previous data [5, 9, 10, 11]. 3. a chlorosity the distribution pattern of cholorsity varied between 768 mg/l to 1262 mg/l (table 5). the chlorosity of hamrin lake presented a successive decreasing trend in comparison with the previous decades (9). this is might be due to an increase in wastewater entering hamrin lake. the shrinkage of hamrin lake area may play a role in this as well as an increase in the aquatic plants, which overlay most shores of hamrin lake. there are great differences between previous data collected during previous studies and the data presented in this paper which emulate a rise in the wastewater expelled leading to a rise in polluted water in hamrin lake during the previous four decades conclusions hamrin lake is fed by wastewater expelled from adjacent areas (domestic and agricultural). the present study throws light on the following: 1. there are great differences between previous data collected during previous studies and the data presented in this paper which emulate a rise in the wastewater expelled leading to a rise in polluted water in hamrin lake during the previous four decades. 2. an increase in the levels of ammonia is apparently due to the utilization of ammonia by aquatic organisms as well as to the reducing of nitrate concentrations via a de-nitrification process. 3. the fluctuations of total nitrogen are probably due to the various agricultural inflows. 4. phosphate compounds were always at high concentrations which are probably due to the influence of enriched wastewater with phosphate matters. 5. n/p ratio is so low indicating that nitrogen contributes poorly to the growth of aquatic microorganisms. nitrogen can be considered a limited factor. references 1. central statistics office, the ministry of planning and the ministry of water resources. (2008).water resources report in iraq, 2013g. 2. mulder1, g.; olsthoorn, t.n.; al-manmi, d.a.m.; schrama, e.j.o and smidt, e.h. (2015). identifying water mass depletion in northern iraq. hydrol. earth syst. sci., 19: 1487–1500. 3. ahmad, a.h. (1999). studies on hamrin lake. ph.d. thesis, college of science, university of baghdad. 4. abdullah, a.g. (2013). water resources in the province of diyala and its impact on agricultural change map, m.sc. thesis, college of education for human sciences, university of diyalairaq. 5. taha, m.a. and muhamad, a.h. (2009). geomorphological characteristics of the model and its applications belonging to the valley basin korda rh east lake hamrin, iraq. j. res. diyala humanity. 41: 154-184. 6. al-sheikhly, o.f. (2011). a survey report on raptors hunting and trade in iraq.wme (6): 1-22. 7. abdulzahara, m.o. (2013).tectonic history for the folds, hamrin, ajil,& makhul in the north mesopotamian. iraq. j. geo. res. 17 (7): 22-35. 8. ghasan, m.n. (2008).physcio-chemical aspects of hamrin lake, iraq. j. geo. res. 17 (10): 334-347. 9. abdullah, a. (2013). water resources in the province of diyala and its impact on agricultural change map, msc thesis, college of education for human sciences, university of diyalairaq. physics |40 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 10. taha, m.a. and muhamad, a.h. (2009). geomorphological characteristics of the model and its applications belonging to the valley basin korda rh east lake hamrin, iraq j. res. diyala humanity 41: 154-184. 11. hamdan, s.s. (2014). effects of the geographical construction of dams and reservoirs on rivers flowing permanent (hamrin dam model) al-mustansiriya j. arts 66: 1-20. 12. cresswell, h.p. and hamilton, f. (2002). particle size analysis. in: soil physical measurement and interpretation for land evaluation. eds. nj mckenzie, hp cresswell and kj coughlan, csiro publishing: collingwood, 13. horgan, v.g.w. (1998). mathematical morphology for soil image analysis. eur. j. soil science, 49 (2): 161–173. 14. nelson, d.w. and sommers, l.e. (1996). total carbon, organic carbon, and organic matter. in: black, c.a., ed. methods of soil analysis. part 3. chemical methods. soil science of america and american society of agronomy, madison, wi, usa. 15. strickland, j.d.h. and parson, t. r. (1972). a practical handbook of seawater analysis. 2 nd ed. bull fish res bd canada. j kjeldahl (1883). new method for the determination of nitrogen in organic substances, zeitschrift für analytische chemie, 22 (1): 366-383. 16. jaber, a.m.y., mehanna, n.a. and sultan, s.m. (2009). determination of ammonium and organic bound nitrogen by inductively coupled plasma emission spectroscopy. talanta, 78 (4-5) 1298-1302. 17. mulin, j.b. and riley, j.p. (1965). the colorimetric determination of silicate with special reference to sea and natural water. analytica chimica acta. 12 : 162-176. 18. sletten, o. and bach, c.m. (1961). modified stannous chloride reagent for orthophosphate determination. j. amer. water works assoc. 53: 1031-1037. 19. bray, r.h. and kurtz, l.t. (1945). determination of total, organic, and available forms of phosphorus in soils. soil science, 59: 39-45. 20. szabo, b.l. (1967). determination of calcium and magnesium in sea water by edta titration. bulletin of marine science. 17 (3): 543 550. 21. brinkman, r. (1980). saline and sodic soils. in: land reclamation and water management, p. 62-68. international institute for land reclamation and improvement (ilri), wageningen, the netherlands. 22. sheen, r. t. and kahler, h. l. (1938). effects of ions on mohr method for chloride determination. ind. eng. chem. anal. 10 (11): 628-629. 23. hur, h., lee, b-m., lee, t-h. and park, d-h. (2010).estimation of biological oxygen demand and chemical oxygen demand for combined sewer systems using synchronous fluorescence spectra. sensors (basel). 10 (4): 2460–2471. 24. downes, f. p. and ito, k. (2001). compendium of methods for the microbiological examination of foods. 4 th ed. washington, dc: american public health association. 116134. 25. s p seitzniger (1988). denitrification in freshwater and coastal marine ecosystem: ecological and geochemical significance. limnol. oceanogr. 33: 702-724. 26. abdel halim, a.m., mahmoud, m.g.o., guerguess, m.s. and tadros, h.r.z. (2013). major constituents in lake edku water, egypt. egyptian journal of aquatic research, 39: 13-20 http://iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=168&uilanguage=en http://iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=168&uilanguage=en http://iasj.net/iasj?func=search&query=au:%22.%20sawsan%20sabih%20hamdan%20سوسن%20صبيح%20حمدان%22&uilanguage=en http://iasj.net/iasj?func=issues&jid=95&uilanguage=en https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=lee%20bm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22319257 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=lee%20th%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22319257 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=park%20dh%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22319257 physics |41 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table (1): major oxides (%) in samples of clay from hamrin lake percentage (%) sio2 al2o3 fe2o3 total a 51.2 26.7 13.5 91.4 b 49.3 25.2 13.6 88.1 c 48.9 27.1 14.1 90.1 d 48.4 28.1 13.9 90.4 table (2):minor oxides (%) in samples of clay from hamrin lake percentage (%) cao cr2o3 cu o k2o mg o mn o na2o p2o3 tio 2 zno total a 0.1 0.1 0.33 2.5 *n.d 0.1 0.1 n.d n.d n.d 3.23 b 0.1 0.1 0.35 2.0 n.d 0.1 0.1 n.d n.d n.d 2.75 c 0.2 0.2 0.32 2.5 n.d 0.2 0.2 n.d n.d n.d 3.62 d 0.2 0.2 0.31 1.9 n.d 0.2 0.2 n.d n.d n.d 3.01 *n.d = not detected table(3): the percentage of minerals in the clay of lake hamrin minerals symbol average percent (%) aluminum al 25 calcium ca 1 copper cu 2 iron fe 13 phosphorous p 1 potassium k 3 silicon si 50 sodium na 1 titanium ti 1 zinc z 1 table(4): the particle density and porosity of kaolin samples samples particle density (g.cm -3 ) porosity (%) 1 1.42 0.56 2 1.28 0.47 3 1.30 0.58 4 1.25 0.42 5 1.45 0.33 6 1.45 0.30 7 1.34 0.44 8 1.33 0.46 physics |42 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية الوجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(5): physicochemical variables in hamrin lake during the studyperiod *a and b are samples collected from the mid of the lake, while c and d are samples collected from the shores of the lake. a* b* c* d* degree ph of water 7.7 7.5 8.5 8.4 ammonia 3.2 4.2 7.9 6.3 nitrite 1.4 1.5 1.9 1.7 nitrate 11.1` 13.1 22.4 20.2 phosphorous 6.7 7.8 10.1 9.9 silicate 27.3 29.4 39.5 37.0 total alkalinity 4.0 4.3 8.7 8.8 total nitrogen 25.4 26.3 36.9 34.2 chlorosity 768 779 1262 1251 bod 0.11 0.14 2.13 1.91 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 539 detection of increasing of tropospheric no2 over some iraqi cities by using satellite data saadiyah hasan halos ministry of science and technology, directorate of space technology and communication baghdadiraq e_mail: sadia_alhassan@yahoo.com abstract. this paper focus on study the variations of monthly tropospheric no2 concentrations over three iraqi cities baghdad (33.3° n, 44.4° e), basrah (30.56° n, 47.8° e) and erbil (36.3° n, 44.06° e). monthly no2 retrievals from the ozone monitoring instrument (omi) onboard aura satellite during the period from october 2004 to march 2013 have been used. the results show a high monthly and annual no2 concentrations at baghdad than basra and erbil may be attribute to high densely populations and a high economic activity. during the whole period, baghdad, basrah and erbil were exhibited an average of no2 (8.1±2.5), (3.7±1.3) and (3.3±1.7) in unit 10 15 molecules/cm 2 respectively. the maximum concentration of no2 is found in winter season in all year due to enhancement of atmospheric photochemistry. an elevated trend of no2 concentration is found in study sites where maximum annual increase in no2 is found at erbil (11.53 % per year), basrah (8.59 % per year) and baghdad (7.42 % per year). a statistical study is needed to evaluate the economic activity in iraqi cities to understand the reason of growing the air pollution over iraqi cities. key words: tropospheric no2 concentration; ozone monitoring instrument; iraq. 1. introduction environmental pollution is an important subject because of its relationship to climate change, in addition to serious health effects on human. nitrogen oxides (nox= no + no2) is one of significant segments of air pollution and play a vital role in chemistry of the atmosphere. the main nox in the troposphere is nitric oxide (no) and nitrogen dioxide (no2) and collectively combined as nitrogen oxides [1]. the key source of no2 producing from human activities is the combustion of fossil fuels (coal, gas and oil). in cities, about 80% of surrounding no2 results from motor vehicles. some other sources include refining of gasoline and metals, commercial and food processing; generation of electricity power using fossil fuels also produces significant portions of this gas [2]. the contribution of fossil fuel combustion is regarding around 2/3 of the global source of nox [1] and is concentrated in urban areas. nitrogen oxides are important for the distribution of ozone (o3) and hydroxyl (oh) in the atmosphere. the role of nitrogen oxides in the troposphere varies from the role of nitrogen oxides in the stratosphere. nitrogen oxides in the troposphere lead to ozone production, while in the stratosphere it assumes a part in the destruction of ozone. several of satellite sensors measured the global tropospheric no2 distributions such as: global ozone monitoring experiment (gome) at period (1995-2003) aboard ers-2, scanning imaging absorption spectrometer for atmospheric chartography (sciamachy) (from 2002) aboard envisat platform and ozone monitoring instrument (omi) aboard eos-aura (from 2004) [3, 4, 5& 6]. this study is focus on the tropospheric no2 concentration measured by the satellite instrument (omi). omi is a space borne spectroradiometer measures in three broad spectral regions (uv-1, uv-2, and vis) with a spectral resolution of 0.5 nm. of trace gases that can be recovered from omi, http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ mailto:sadia_alhassan@yahoo.com 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 540 ozone and no2 are identified as fundamental measurements, both for monitoring of the stratospheric ozone layer and for tropospheric air quality [7]. the global coverage and the pixel size of 24×13 km 2 make omi is well suited to observe sources of air pollution. it has recently been shown that satellite observations of tropospheric nitrogen dioxide are useful in estimating anthropogenic emissions of nitrogen oxides [8, 9, 10, 11& 12], in observing emissions by soils [13] and in putting constraints on nox production by lightning [14, 15, 16]. [17] observed a significant increase in nitrogen oxides emissions due to the rising in industry activity and traffic. in rearmost years iraq start growing in economic activity by increase of industry activity and traffic which led to increased emissions of tropospheric pollutants. through monitoring satellite images, high concentrations of no2 emissions are found on densely populated and industrialized cities centers in iraq, as illustrated by the figure 1. figure (1) iraq population density [18]. this research focus on monthly concentration of no2 obtained from omi to investigate monthly, seasonal, annual variations and annual increase of no2 over three iraqi cities during the period from october 2004 to march 2013. 2. tropospheric no2 data source and analysis methods http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.google.com/url?sa=i&source=images&cd=&cad=rja&docid=auxnypqljz1svm&tbnid=zktx8wzoxpmuzm:&ved=0cagqjrwwaa&url=http://www.fao.org/ag/agp/agpc/doc/counprof/iraq/iraq.html&ei=kmkhuan9cifdsgb1migodw&psig=afqjcnejnl_fimfs_vzpl6ybpmm1ivm-bw&ust=1367937960199819 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 541 satellite observations of no2 are based on optical absorption spectroscopy principle to scattered sunlight. the no2 molecule has strong and structured absorption bands in the ultraviolet and visible spectral range which makes it typical target gas for retrievals using the differential optical absorption spectroscopy (doas). to transform atmospheric no2 column to tropospheric no2 column, the stratospheric component has to be extracted and the sensitivity of the measurement with altitude has to be taken into account [19]. the present study uses domino (derivation of omi tropospheric no2, version 2) products which provide from tropospheric emission monitoring internet service. this paper deal with analysis of the spatial–temporal structure of no2 retrieved from omi sensor over cities in the northern, central and southern region of the iraq: erbil (36.313° n, 44.062° e), baghdad (33.313° n, 44.437° e) and basrah (30.563 ° n, 47.812° e) respectively. monthly average concentrations of the no2 data were used for an examination of the monthly, seasonal and annual variations during the period from october 2004 to march 2013 and calculate the percentage of annual increase (i %) of the no2 columns over three iraqi cities by using the equation: i %=( c2-c1)/c1*100 ………………………..(1) where c1 is concentrations of no2 in the start year and c2 is in the follow year 3. results and discussion monthly tropospheric no2 during the period october 2004 to march 2013 obtained from omi to investigate the monthly variations. figure 2 shows the monthly average concentrations of no2 over three sites, baghdad, basrah and erbil. it is obvious that dominant species show considerable seasonal variations. figure (2) monthly concentrations of no2 at iraqi cities (baghdad, basrah, erbil) through whole period no2 showed an average of (8.1±2.5), (3.7±1.3), (3.3±1.7) in unit 10 15 molecules/cm 2 for baghdad, basrah and erbil respectively. maximum concentration of no2 was (15.3×10 15) ) molecules/cm 2 on december 2009 at baghdad, while the maximum of no2 concentration over basrah and erbil became (8.370×10 15 ) molecules/cm 2 on december 2011 and (10.450×10 15 ) molecules/cm 2 on january 2013 respectively. figures 3(a), 3(b) & 3(c) show the highest monthly concentration of this gas at three cities in the whole period. maximum concentrations were found in winter seasons of all years due to increase atmospheric photochemistry. http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 542 to further demonstrate this observation, whisker plots illustrating the seasonal variations of no2 are performed to analyze the change in concentrations. figures 4(a), 4(b) & 4(c) outline the seasonal variations of no2 and standard deviation at three iraqi cities. the whisker ends explain the minimum and maximum magnitudes of the standard deviations and the circle points indicate the median of gas concentrations data. (a) (b) no2 tropospheric column [10 15 molecules /cm 2 ] (c) http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 543 figure (3) omi no2 concentrations over iraq. high values of no2 concentrations at (a) baghdad city on december 2009, (b) basrah city on december 2011 and (c) erbil city on january 2013. figure (4) whisker plots of no2 variations over (a) baghdad (b) basrah and (c) erbil during the period from october 2004 to march 2013. from figure (4) it is noticed that the seasonal variations patterns of this gas are nearly similar at all study sites. increasing population in the major cities led to an increase in economic activity and result increase in use of the electricity plants and vehicles. enhance using the fuel fossil accompanied by increase of emission of tropospheric pollutants. through monitoring satellite images a high concentration of no2 emissions is found centering on the densely populated cities in north, middle, and south of iraq as shown in figure (1). figure (5) shows annual average concentrations of no2 over three iraqi cities baghdad, basrah and erbil, by employing satellite data for the period from 2005 to 2012. from this figure, it is evident that baghdad city have high annual concentrations of no2 than basrah and erbil cities. http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 544 figure (5) annual concentrations of tropospheric no2 over the iraqi cities through the period there is an increasing of no2 concentration was observed in three major iraqi cities. this may be due to enhanced production resulting from increased number of motor vehicles, electric power generators, industrial activities which are used fossil fuels. from the observations, it is show that no2 concentrations suffer an increasing tendency during the study period. the annual increase of no2 concentrations is shown in table (1). table (1) annual increase of no2 concentration locations increase in concentration/year baghdad 7.42 % basrah 8.59 % erbil 11.53 % from table (1) it is found increasing in no2 concentrations during the study period. the maximum increase in no2 is about (11.53 % per year) at erbil and the minimum is about (7.42% per year) at baghdad conclusions monthly tropospheric no2 columns over three major iraqi cities have been recorded using aura omi. it is observed that http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 545 1baghdad city have a high monthly and annual concentration of no2 than basra and erbil cities during whole period of study which may be attributed to high densely population, enhanced traffic emissions and industrial activities. 2the seasonal variations of no2 was examined for three cities at north, middle and south of iraq, it is found that the no2 maximum expected in winter months (december-january-february) and minimum is in spring and summer months (april-jun-july). 3from the results the period of observation that no2 columns over the three major cities have been increased with significant trends of up to 11.53% per year, 8.59 % per year, 7.42 % per year for erbil, basrah and baghdad respectively .these are attributed to changes in emission trends due to accelerated development in these cities. recommendations 1. further study is needed to uncover the reason of increasing in concentrations of no2 using daily space images for incoming period. 2. statistical study is needed to uncover the number of vehicles and factories that cause increasing of emission of polluting gases in major cities. 3. our region needs instrumental measurements of no2 concentrations to support the space images. references [1] ipcc 2007 climate change: the physical science basis. contribution of working group i to the fourth assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change, edited by: solomon, s., qin, d., manning, m., chen, z., marquis, m., averyt, k. b., tignor, m., and miller, h. l., cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom and new york, ny, usa, 996 pp. [2] denison, l, rolfe, k.a. 2000 health effects of five common air contaminants and recommended protective ranges,final report, air quality technical report 12, http://www.mfe.govt.nz. [3] leue, c., m. wenig, t. wagner, o. klimm, u. platt, and b. jähne 2001 quantitative analysis of nox emissions from global ozone moinitoring experiment satellite image sequences, j. geophys. res, 106, 5493-5505. [4] richter, a., and j. p. burrows 2002 tropospheric no2 from gome measurements, adv. space res., 29, 1673-1683. [5] martin, r.v., k.v. chance, d. j. jacob, d.j., kursou, t.p., spurr, r.j.d., bucsela, e., gleason, j.f., palmer, p.i., bey, i., fiori., a.m., li, q. and koelemeijer, r.b.a. 2002 an improved retrieval of tropospheric nitrogen dioxide from gome, j. geophys. res, 107 (d20)4437, doi:10.10129/2001jd001027 [6] boersma, k.f., h.j. eskes and e.j. brinksma 2004 error analysis for troposheric no2 retrieval from space, j. geophys.res., 109 (d0), 4311, doi: 10.1029/2003jd003961. [7] levelt, p. f., hilsenrath, e. et al. 2006b science objectives of the ozone monitoring instrument. ieee transactions on geoscience and remote sensing, 44, pp 1199-1208. doi:10.1109/tgrs.2006.872336. [8] leue, c., m. wenig, t. wagner, o. klimm, u. platt, and b. jaehne 2001 quantitative analysis of nox emissions from global ozone monitoring experiment satellite image sequences, j. geophys. res., 106, 5493 – 5505. [9] martin, r. v., d. j. jacob, k. chance, t. p. kurosu, p. i. palmer, and m. j. evans 2003 global inventory of nitrogen oxide emissions constrained by space-based observations of no2 columns, j. geophys. res., 108 (d17), 4537, doi:10.1029/2003jd003453. http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.mfe.govt.nz/ 2017ihsciconf special issue 9207.ihsciconf.10.30526/2017.org/://doihttps haitham journal for pure and applied science-ibn al for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/ www.ihsciconf.org physics| 546 [10] martin m, chen bt, hopf fw, bowers ms, bonci a. 2006 cocaine self-administration selectively abolishes ltd in the core of the nucleus accumbens. nat neurosci. 9, 868– 869. [pubmed] [11] beirle, s., u. platt, m. wenig, and t. wagner 2003 weekly cycle of no2 by gome measurements: a signature of anthropogenic sources, atmos. chem. phys., 3, 2225 – 2232. [12] richter, a., j. p. burrows, h. nu¨ß, c. granier, and u. niemeier 2005 increase in tropospheric nitrogen oxide over china observed from space, nature, 437, 129 – 132. [12] van der a, r. j., peters, d. h. m. u., eskes, h. j., boersma, k. f., van roozendael, m., de smedt, i., and kelder, h. m. 2006 detection of the trend and seasonal variation in tropospheric no2 over china, j. geophys. res., 111, d12317. [13] jaegle´, l., r. v. martin, k. chance, l. steinberger, t. p. kurosu, d. j. jacob, a. i. modi, v. yoboue´, l. sigha-nkamdjou, and c. galy-lacaux 2004 satellite mapping of rain-induced nitric oxide emissions from soils, j. geophys. res., 109, d21310, doi:10.1029/2004jd004787. [14] beirle, s., u. platt, m. wenig, and t. wagner 2004a nox production by lightning estimated with gome, adv. space res., 34(4), 793 – 797. [15] beirle, s., et al. 2006 estimating the nox produced by lightning from gome and nldn data: a case study in the gulf of mexico, atmos. chem. phys., 6, 1075 – 1089, sref-id: 16807324/acp/2006-6-1075. [16] boersma, k. f., h. j. eskes, e. w. meijer, and h. m. kelder 2005 estimates of lightning nox production from gome satellite observations, atmos. chem. phys., 5, 2311 – 2331. [17] wang, y. x., m. b. mcelroy, t. wang, and p. i. palmer 2004 asian emissions of co and nox: constraints from aircraft and chinese station data, j. geophys. res., 109, d24304, doi:10.1029/2004jd005250. [18] worldofmaps.net 2013 map of iraq (population density) (http://www.worldofmaps.net/en/middle-east/map-iraq/map-polulation-density-iraq.htm) [19] heue, kp., richter, a., wagner, t., bruns, m., burrows, jp., et.al 2005 validation of sciamachy tropospheric no2columns with amaxdoas measurements, atmos. chem. phys, 5, pp 1039-1051. http://www.ihsciconf.org/ http://www.ihsciconf.org/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16732275 microsoft word 1-11 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|1   comparative analysis of various techniques for giardia lamblia detection and association with e coil and shigella among children attending al-imamin al-kadhimin medical city rawaa abdulkhaleq hussein areej atiyah hussein areej.2002@yahoo.com dept. of microbiology/ college of medicine/university of diyala abstract diarrhea is an important public health problem worldwide, several causes associated with diarrhea especially in population live under poverty and unsafe water use. different methods are available and use in diagnosis. this study was carried out to compare of various techniques for giardia lamblia detection and study the association with e coil and shigella in patients with diarrhea. a total of 100 children with diarrhoea were enrolled into the study, 57 were males and 43 were females, aged from 2 months -16 years were attendant to al-imamin al-kadhimin medical city, during the period from may 2014 to february 2015. stool samples were collected and analysed for giardia lamblia presence by used light microscopy, enzyme linked immunosorbant assay and polymerase chain reaction as well as used bacterial culture and one-step colored chromatographic immunoassay for e coil and shigella detection. socio-demographic features of the study subjects were also included. parasitic infection was the most common than bacterial infection. most intestinal infection was recorded in age group 5-10 years and among males. comparative analysis of various techniques for giardia lamblia detection show that microscopy detected only 24 cases, while enzyme linked immunosorbant assay detected 32 cases. however, polymerase chain reaction assay detected 42 cases. statistical analysis showed significant differences. the sensitivities were 57.14% for microscopy and 76.19% for enzyme linked immunosorbant assay, whereas polymerase chain reaction assay had sensitivity of 100% (42/42) and specificity was100%. bacterial culture and immunochromatography assay show positive result for e. coli (12%), and shigella (6%). coinfection between three microorganisms which revealed that 5 patients with giardia lamblia positive test had co-infection with e. coli and 4 patients with giardia lamblia positive test had co-infection with shigella. polymerase chain reaction highly sensitive and specific than other methods for giardia lamblia detection, direct examination exhibited many false positive and negative results with parasitic infection. key word: diarrhea, giardiasis, e. coil, shigella, immunoassay, polymerase chain reaction. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|2   1. introduction despite that mortality caused by diarrhea has sharply decreased in the past three decades [1]. gastroenteritis is still the most common health problem worldwide. about 63 % of all diarrhea cases globally occur in children below five years of age [2]. the most common cause is an infection of the intestines due to either a virus, bacteria, or parasite; a condition known as gastroenteritis. these infections are often acquired from food or water that has been contaminated by stool, or directly from another person who is infected. it may be divided into three types: short duration watery diarrhea, short duration bloody diarrhea, and if it lasts for more than two weeks, persistent diarrhea [3]. protozoan parasites are more prevalent in developing countries epically giardia lamblia constitutes the higher percent followed by entamoeba histolytica and cryptosporidium parvum [4]. giardia lamblia is a flagellated protozoan parasite that colonizes and reproduces in the small intestine, causing giardiasis [5]. escherichia coli is a gram‐negative, facultatively  anaerobic, rod‐shaped bacterium of the genus escherichia that is commonly found in the lower intestine of warm‐ blooded organisms [6]. diarrheagenic escherichia coli (dec) is frequently associated with diarrhea [7]. diarrheagenic escherichia coli is classified into several subtypes based on pathogenic mechanisms and clinical features are divided into enteropathogenic e. coli(epec), enterotoxigenic e. coli (etec), vero toxin-producing/shiga toxin-producing e. coli(vtec/stec) which include its well-known subgroup enterohaemorrhagic e. coli (ehec), enteroinvasive e. coli (eiec), enteroaggregative e. coli (eaec), and diffusely adherent e. coli (daec) [8]. shigella is a genus of gram-negative, facultative anaerobic, non-spore-forming, nonmotile, rod-shaped bacteria genetically closely related to e. coli and one of the leading bacterial causes of diarrhea worldwide [9]. the number of deaths it causes each year is estimated at between 74,000 and 600,000 deaths [10]. enteric pathogen co-infections play an important role in gastroenteritis, but most research efforts have only focused on a small range of species belonging to a few pathogen groups [11]. during microscopical examination of faecal samples has several disadvantages, (i) correct identification depends greatly on the experience and skills of the microscopist; (ii) sensitivity is low, and therefore examination of multiple samples is needed; (iii) in settings with relatively large numbers of negative results [12]. some researchers which revealed that enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (elisa), direct fluorescent-antibody assay (dfa) and polymerase chain reaction (pcr) are more specific and sensitive alternative methods than direct microscopic examination [13]. so this study aims to compare of various techniques for giardia lamblia detection and study the association with e coil and shigella in patients with diarrhea. 2. materials and methods study population we collect one hundred stool samples from children in a clean, dry, tight fit cover, (57) were males and (43) were females, aged from 2 months -16 years, who attended in al-imamin al-kadhimin medical city during the period from may 2014 to february 2015. macroscopic and microscopic examination of giardia lamblia each specimen examined within half hour in microbiology laboratory in al-imamin alkadhimin medical city according to who [14]. so macroscopic examination were used as ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|3   well as microscopic examination done by direct wet mount methods with normal saline and lugols iodine for the detection trophozoite and cyst stage of g. lamblia , the other portions of fecal sample were preserved as -20oc frozen form for elisa tests and pcr tests, in the same day of collection. detection of giardia lamblia antigen by ridascreen® giardia enzyme immunoassay for the qualitative determination of g. lamblia in fecal samples was done according to the ridascreen® giardia test. extraction of giardia lamblia dna from stool the dna extraction was performed by using accuprep® stool dna extraction kit for stool according to the manufactures instructions, then extracted dna was measured by nanodrop 1000 spectrophotometer instrument, 3μl were aspirated using special tips and inserted in specified socket in the machine, dna was quantified by the refractive index using the wave length 260nm, 280nm. dna concentration was calculated with the od260nm. the purity was estimated with the od260nm/od280nm ratio, a ratio of 1.8-2 was generally accepted as pure for dna. dna extraction was successfully observed from samples by agarose electrophoresis (1.5%). then it was used as a template for pcr assay.                    figure (1): agarose electrophoresis of total dna parasites extraction from fecal samples. polymerase chain reaction was performed to amplify the tpi gene for the primary pcr, a pcr product of 605 bp was amplified by using primer set forward primeral3543 and reverse primer al3546 designed by sulaiman et al. [15]. polymerase chain reaction amplification mixture was performed in 20μl final volume with 2μl of template dna in pcr premix (1u of taq polymerase, 250μm each of deoxynucleoside triphosphate (dntp),{ datp, dctp, dgtp, dttp},10mm tris-hcl, 30mm kcl, 1.5mm mgcl2, stabilizer and tracking dye), 1μl of each primer, 16μl distilled water. the thermo cycling conditions briefly, the first stage was started by 5 min of an initial denaturation at 95 °c and following that, thirty-five cycles consisted denaturation at 94 ºc, 45 sec, annealing at 50 °c, 45 sec, extension at 72 °c, 60 sec and 10 minutes final extension at 72 °c. the amplified products were analyzed by electrophoresis in 1.5% agarose gel stained with 0.5 mg/ml ethidium bromide. extracted dna  100‐dna ladder  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|4   1 2 3 4 5 figure (2): agarose electrophoresis of pcr amplification for tpi gene (605bp). line 1 represents dna ladder (100bp), line 2,3,4,5 represent pcr product of g. lamblia from examined samples. fragments were resolved on 1.5% agarose gel and visualized by ethidum bromide staining. culture for bacteria agars were prepared according to the manufacturer company; all stool specimens were inoculated on the macconkey agar and salmonella shigella agar, then incubated at 37°c for 24 hours [16]. in next day many bacteriological and biochemical tests performed to recovered types of bacteria such as indole, catalase, methyl red, production of gas was positive, urease, oxidase, voges-proskauertei, citrate utilization and h2s production according to [17]. chromatographic immunoassay cer test shigella one-step card test is colored chromatographic immunoassay (zaragoza spain) were used for detection of shigella and one step e coli o157:h7 card test for detection of e. coli, after incubation period typical colonies were collected from each culture and then transport into collection tube and mixed with diluents solution to good sample dispersion. cer test for each bacterium was removed just before used it. four drops from sample collection tube were added in the circular window marked with the letter (s) after 10 minutes the results were read according to manufacturer's instructions so green-red mean positive result while green only mean negative result any other result mean invalid result. statistical analysis the chi-squarex2 test and fisher exact test were used to influence different factors in study parameters. the lower level of accepted statistical significant difference is bellow or equal to (p ≤0.05). odd ratio and confidence intervals were used to assess the risk effect of studied factor between groups. sensitivity and specificity were calculated [18] by using the followings sensitivity= number of true positive / total number of individuals in population. specifity = number of true negative / total number of individuals in population. 3. result and discussion        out of total 100 enrolled cases, parasitic and bacterial infection were found in 60% (60/100) of cases and 40% (40/100) of cases may be associated with viral infection or other types of microorganisms. highest infection rate was found in males than females, also age group (6-11) years followed by (2-5) years show high frequency than others, our study showed non-significant differences as shown in table (1)  500 bp  2000 bp  605 bp  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|5   table (1): distribution of study group infected with diarrhea according to gender and age variable factors gender type positive (%) no. of tested cases male 38(66.66%) 57 female 22(51.16%) 43 x2 2.454 ns pvalue 0.117 p<0.05 age groups <2 years 4(40%) 10 2-5 years 20(66.66%) 30 6-11 years 25(64.10%) 39 12-16 years 11(52.38%) 21 x2 3.003 ns pvalue 0.3910 p<0.05 x2: chi square, p: probability, ns: not significant. in the present study, the rate of g.lamblia infection obtained using conventional pcr assay were compared retrospectively with the results obtained by routine microscopy and elisa technique in patients with diarrhea. statistically, the most differences were significant between pcr with microscopic and with elisa in detection of g. lamblia as shown in table 2. so basically 42% of studied group infected with g. lamblia this may be related with fact, g. lamblia and entamoeba histolytica protozoans remain the most common enteric parasitic pathogens in the patients group. the high rate may be due to the existence of resistant cysts of the parasite in the study region [19]. table (2): comparative analysis of various techniques for g. lamblia detection in study group protozoa n method s positive % x2statistic  p-value  g. lamblia micro. elisa pcr 24 24 32 32 42 42 micro. & elisa elisa &pcr micro.& pcr 1.587 2.145 7.327 0.207 ns 0.143 ns 0.006* ns: not significant, * =significant (p ≤0.05), the comparison between microscopy, elisa test and pcr for diagnosis of g. lamblia. the sensitivities were 57.14% for microscopy and 76.19% for elisa test, whereas pcr assay had sensitivity of 100% (42/42) and specificity was100% as shown in table (3). the sensitivity and specifty of giardia lamblia detection was very low (24%) by microscopy due to required experience and skills of the microscopist. followed by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (32%) while more sensitive and specific nucleic acid based methods are ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|6   pcr (42%) these results agree with other researcher indicated molecular techniques which are better than others [20][21][22][23]. diagnosis largely depends on direct stool sample examination, however, rapid copro-antigen detection kits and molecular techniques are being increasingly used [24] [25]. also due to molecular tools for the detection and characterization of these parasites are increasingly being used however, particularly for research purposes due to increased specificity and sensitivity and the ability to identify species [26][27]. table (3):sensitivity and specificity of light microscopy, elisa and pcr for diagnosis of g. lamblia in stool samples from patients group g. lamblia positive sensitivity specificity light microscopy 24 57.14% 100% elisa 32 76.19% 100% pcr 42 100% 100% the results were obtained by pcr in detection of g. lamblia, 42 giardiasis patients detection by this method, we showed that infection was more common in males 29(50.88%) than females13(30.23%) and statistically significant as shown in table (4). this result agrees with that of those of hussein and mohammed in 2014 in bagdad city and with result of study done by hassen (2009) who found that infection rates of giardiasis were 55% and 44.9% in males and females respectively in al-nassiria city, also with study of al-saeed and issa (2006) in dohuk city. this is probably due to the higher activity of male children and more contact with environment outdoors, compared to females. other studies done by al-joudi and ghazal (2005) and jaeffer (2011), who found that there were no significant differences between infection in males and females. the present study disagrees with result from raza and sami (2009) who found that the rate of infection for females was higher (19%) than in males (16%) [28-33]. according to age group, result showed that infection rate with giardiasis was highly in age group 2-5years 17(56.67%) followed by 6-11 years 16(41.03%) but there is no significance between age groups among giardiasis patients as shown in table (4). this result agrees with ismail et al. (2016) who noticed the pre-school age group was the most vulnerable for giardiasis also with study done by al-warid (2012) who found that the maximum infection rate was in age group less than 10 years (51.61%). this result may be due to the poor hygienic inhabits of children beside the other socioeconomic conditions and immune status. giardiasis is a worldwide infection that is detected in all age groups although it is encountered more frequently in children. the higher prevalence in children indicates some degree of acquired resistance to infection in adults [36] [37]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|7   table (4): distribution of giardiasis cases according to gender and age groups       positive % total pvalue or ci gender male 29(50.88% ) 57 0.038 * 2.390 1.039 to 5.495 female 13(30.23% ) 43 1.0 age groups <2 years 3(30.00%) 10 0.186 ns 1.071 0.205 to 5.584 2-5 years 17(56.67% ) 30 3.269 0.993 to 10.754 6-11 years 16(41.03% ) 39 1.739 0.555 to 5.447 12-18 years 6(28.57%) 21 1.0 ns: not significant, * =significant (p ≤0.05), or: odds ratio; ci: confidence interval. bacterial culture and one-step card chromatographic immunoassay were used to investigate presence of e. coli and shigella in study samples and the result demonstrated that 12 out of 100 cases show positive result for e. coli and 6 out of 100 show positive result for shigella. co-infection between three microorganisms which revealed that 5 patients with giardia lamblia positive test had co-infection with e. coli and 4 patients with giardia lamblia positive test had co-infection with shigella as shown in (table 5). table 5: distribution of studied sample according to co-infection co-infection frequency(%) examined no.(%) g. lamblia+ e. coli 5(11.90%) 37(88.09%) g. lamblia + shigella 4(10%) 38(90%) total 9(21.42%) 33(78.57%) p-value according to table (6) and (7), the diagnosis of 42 g. lamblia infections in stool samples by conventional pcr showed that there were 5/42 (11.90%) cases which had co-infection, these co-infections related to e. coli while 3/42(7.14%) cases had co-infection with shigella. statistically, there were no significant differences among co-infection cases. co-infection can also increase treatment costs, probably as a result of clinical complications due to interactions among co-infecting pathogens [38]. giardia lamblia has been linked to co-infections with other microorganisms. the importance of polymicrobial infections has gained tremendous impact in recent years and synergistic infections have been identified. in synergistic polymicrobial infections, one microbe creates a favorable environment in order for another one to more easily colonize a specific niche of their common host [38]. the result of present study comparable with study done by kim et al., (2016) who found that 3.4% (28/821) positive for g. lamblia; and 3.5% (29/821) for e. coli in school children in suburban areas near yangon myanmar. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|8   table (6): distribution of co-infection between e coli and g. lamblia stratified by age age group g. lamblia +ve no (%) g. lamblia –ve no (%) p-value <2 years e. coli +ve e. coli –ve total 1(33.33%) 2(66.66%) 3(100%) 0 7(100%) 7(100%) 0.107 ns 2-5 years e. coli +ve e. coli –ve total 2(11.76%) 15(88.23%) 17(100%) 3(23.07%) 10(76.9% 13(100%) 0.678 ns 6-11 years e. coli +ve e. coli –ve total 2(12.5%) 14(87.5%) 16(100%) 4(17.39%) 19(82.60%) 23(100%) 0.677 ns 12-16 years e. coli +ve e. coli -ve total 0 6(100%) 6(100%) 0 15(100%) 15(100%) 0.000 ns total e. coli +ve e. coli –ve total 5(11.90%) 37(88.09%) 42(100%) 8(13.79%) 50(86.20%) 58(100%) 0.098 ns ns: not significant, * =significant (p ≤0.05) table (7): distribution of co-infection between shigella and g. lamblia stratified by age age group g. lamblia +ve no (%) g. lamblia –ve no (%) p-value <2 years shigella, ve shigella –ve total 1(33.33%) 2(66.66%) 3(100%) 0 7(100%) 7(100%) 0.107 ns 2-5 years shigella +ve e shigella –ve total 2(11.76%) 15(88.23%) 17(100%) 2(15.38%) 11(84.61% 13(100%) 0.772 ns 6-11 years shigella +ve shigella –ve total 1(6.25%) 15(93.75%) 16(100%) 0 23(100%) 23(100%) 0.677 ns 12-16 years shigella +ve shigella -ve total 0 6(100%) 6(100%) 0 15(100%) 15(100%) 0.000 ns total shigella +ve shigella -ve total 4(9.52%) 38(90.47%) 42(100%) 2(3.44%) 56(96.55%) 58(100%) 0.206 ns ns: not significant, * =significant (p ≤0.05) 4. conclusion polymerase chain reaction highly sensitive and specific than other methods for giardia lamblia detection, direct examination exhibited many false positive and negative results with parasitic infection. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|9   references [1] global burden of disease study collaborators. global, regional, and national incidence, prevalence, and years lived with disability for 301 acute and chronic diseases and injuries in 188 countries, 1990-2013. a systematic analysis for the global burden of disease study 2013. lancet. 2015; 386(9995):743-800. 2013. [2] c.l.walker; i. rudan; l. liu; h. nair, e. theodoratou; z.a. bhutta; k.l o'brien; h. campbel,l and r.e black, global burden of childhood pneumonia and diarrhoea. lancet, 381(9875):1405–16. 2013. [3] world health organization. diarrhoeal disease fact sheet n°330". retrieved 9 july 2014. 2013. [4] h.r.ten; t. schuurman; m. kooistra ; l. möller ; l.van lieshout, and j.j. verweij, detection of diarrhea-causing protozoa in general practice patients in the netherlands by multiplex real-time pcr. clin microbiol infect, 13(10):1001-7. 2007. [5] oxford textbook of medicine. 1 (4th ed.). oxford university press. 759–760. 2003 [6] t.olivier;d. skurnik; b. picard, and e.denamur, the population genetics of commensal escherichia coli. nature reviews microbiology, 8 (3): 207–217. 2010 [7] c. garcia ; c. omayra; l. mey; i. david ; b. francesca;  m. erik, and o.theresa , high frequency of diarrheagenic escherichia coli in human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) patients with and without diarrhea in lima , perú. am. j. trop. med. hyg., 82(6): 1118–1120. 2010 [8] m.m.levine, escherichia coli that cause diarrhea: enterotoxigenic, enteropathogenic, enteroinvasive, enterohmorrhagic, and enteroadherent. j. infect dis., 155:377–389. 1987 [9] y. eiko. bacillus dysentericus (sic) 1897 was the first taxonomic rather than bacillus dysenteriae, 1898. international journal of systematic and evolutionary microbiology, 52 (pt 3): 1041. 2002 [10] a. bowen, chapter 3: infectious diseases related to travel. the yellow book: health information for international travel. cdc. isbn 978-0-19-937915-6. 2016 [11] r.t. hove; m. schuurman; l.m. kooistra ller; l.v. lieshout, and j.j. verwei, detection of diarrhoea-causing protozoa in general practice patients in the netherlands by multiplex real-time pcr. european society of clinical microbiology and infectious diseases, 13: 1001–1007. 2007 [12] s. mani; t .wierzba, and r.i. walker, status of vaccine research and development for shigella. vaccine. 34 (26): 2887–2894. 2016. [13] j.v. jaco; a.b. roy; t. kate; s. janke ; a.t. eric; a.a. marianne ;van rooyen, l. lisette van and m.p. anton; simultaneous detection of entamoeba histolytica, giardia lamblia, and cryptosporidium parvum in fecal samples by using multiplex real-time pcr. j of clin microbiol 42(3):1220-1223. 2004 [14] world health organization, guidelines on standard operating procedure for microbiology parasitological examination of feces. 2006. [15] i.m. sulaiman;  f. ronald; b. caryn; h.g. robert; m.t. james; m.s. peter ;  d. pradeep; a.l. altaf; and x. lihua, triosephosphate isomerase gene characterization and potential zoonotic transmission of giardia duodenalis. emerg infect dis, 14:1444-1452. 2003. [16] benson, microbiological applications 8th. ed., the mcgraw-hill companies, united states of america. 2001 [17] n. jaggi, microbiology theory for mlt (medical laboratory technology). 1st ed, sanat printer, kundi. india. 2008. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|10   [18] sas. statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical. version 9.1th ed. sas. inst inc cary nc usa. 2012 [19] j.v. mbuh ; h.n. ntonifor , and j.t. ojong, the incidence, intensity and host morbidity of human parasitic protozoan infections in gastrointestinal disorder outpatients in buea sub division, cameroon. j infect dev ctries, 4:38-43. 2010. [20] j.v. jaco, a.b. roy, t. kate , s. janke , a.t. eric , a.a. marianne ,van rooyen , l. lisette van and m.p. anton. simultaneous detection of entamoeba histolytica, giardia lamblia, and cryptosporidium parvum in fecal samples by using multiplex realtime pcr. j of clin microbiol 42(3):1220-1223. 2004 [21] t . schuurman;  p. lankamp; b.a. van; m. kooistra-smid, and a. vanzwet, comparison of microscopy, real-time pcr and a rapid immunoassay for the detection of giardia lamblia in human stool specimens, 13(12): 1186-1191.2007. [22] j.t. nazeer ; k.k. elsayed ; t.h. von ; m.m. el-sibaei ; m.y. abdelhamid ; r.a. tawfik, and e. tannich,use of multiplex real-time pcr for detection of common diarrhea causing protozoan parasites in egypt. parasitol res, 112(2):595601. 2013 [23] m.j. shakir; and a.h. areej,comparison of three methods (microscopy, immunochromatography and real-time pcr technique) for the detection of giardia lamblia and cryptosporidium parvum. iraqi journal of biotechnology, 14(2): 207218. , 2015. [24] s. selim, , n. nassef , s. sharaf , g. badra and d. abdel-atty .copro-antigen detection versus direct methods for the diagnosis of giardia lamblia in patients from the national liver institute. j egypt soc parasitol. 39: 575-583. 2009. [25] d. stark; s.e. al-qassab; j.l. barratt; k. stanley; t. roberts; d. marriott; j. harkness, and j.t. ellis, evaluation of multiplex tandem realtime pcr for detection of cryptosporidium spp., dientamoeba fragilis, entamoeba histolytica, and giardia intestinalis in clinical stool samples. j clin microbiol. 49: 257-262. 2011 [26] s. breurec ;v. noémie ; b. petulla;  c. loïc ; f. alain ; f. loïc ; f. thierry ; g.v. tamara ;g.jean-chrysostome ;  b. liem;  n. luong ;  o. manuella;   r. clotaire ; r. romy;  t. laura ; s. philippe, and v. muriel ; etiology and epidemiology of diarrhea in hospitalized children from low income country: a matched case-control study in central african republic. plos. negl. trop. dis.,10(1):e0004283. 2016 [27] a.v.easton; r.g.oliveira ; e.m. o’connell; s. kepha ; c.s. mwandawiro ; s.m. njenga ; j.h. kihara ; c. mwatele ; m.r. odiere ; s.j. brooker ;j.p. webster ;r.m. anderson, and t.b. nutman, multi-parallel qpcr provides increased sensitivity and diagnostic breadth for gastrointestinal parasites of humans: field-based inferences on the impact of mass deworming. parasit vectors, 9 (1). p. 38. i. 2016 [28] a.a. hussein and j. sh.mohammed .protection against the giardia lamblia and cryptosporidium parvum infection by tnf-α, iga and ige. international journal of recent scientific research, 5(8):1402-1406. 2014 [29] t.f. hassen, spread of giardiasis among children in al-nassiria city southern. iraqi. j thi-qar sci, 1(3): 2009 [30] a.t. al-saeed, and s.h. issa, frequency of giardia lamblia among children in dohuk, northern iraq. east mediterranean health j, 12 (5):555-561.2006. [31] f.s. al-joudi, and a.m ghazal,the prevalence of intestinal parasite in ramadi, iraq. bull pharm sci assiut university, 28(2):277-281. 2005. [32] h.s. jaeffer,prevalence of giardia lamblia and entamoeba histolytica/ dispar infections among children in al-shulaa and al-kadimyabaghdad –iraq. j univ anbar pure sci, 5(2):6-10. 2011. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1765 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org                                                                                                                                                         biology|11   [33] h.h. raza, and r.a. sami, epidemiological study on gastrointestinal parasites among different sexes ,occupations and age groups in sulaimani district. j duhok univ, 12(1):317-323. 2009. [34] m.a. ismail; d.m. el-akkad,; e.m. rizk; h.m. el-askary, and a.a. el-badry , molecular seasonality of giardia lamblia in a cohort of egyptian children: a circannual pattern. parasitol res, 115(11):4221-4227. 2016. [35] h.s. al-warid , study of some epidemiological aspects of giardiasis in north of baghdad. j baghdad sci, 9(2):251-258. 2012. [36] m.h. al-tukhi ; m.n. al-ahdal , s.r. das; s. sadiqi y. siddiqui; j. achers, and w. peters, pathogenicity and antigenic components of excised giardia lamblia isolated from patients in riyadh, saudi arabia. am j trop med hyg, 45: 442 -452. 1991. [37] r.d. de la guardia; m.b. lopez; m.burgos, and a. osuna, purification and characterization of a protein capable of binding to fatty acids and bile salts in giardia lamblia. j parasitol. 97: 642-647. 2011. [38] j.b.harris; m.j. podolsky; t.r. bhuiyan; f. chowdhury;a.i.khan; r.c. larocque; t. logvinenko; j. kendall; a.s.g. faruque, and c.r.nagler, immunologic responses to vibrio cholerae in patients co-infected with intes tinal parasites in bangladesh. plos negl trop dis, 3(3):e403. 2009 [39] k.a. brogden, j.m. guthmiller, and c.e taylor,human polymicrobial infections. lancet, 365: 253–255. 2005. [40] m.j.kim;b.k.jung; j. cho; d.g. kim; h. song; k.h. lee; s.cho; t.t. htoon; h.h. tin and j.y chai.prevalence of intestinal protozoans among school children in suburban areas near yangon, myanmar. korean j parasitol. 54(3):345-8. 2016   microsoft word 10-19 physics | 10 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 study the shapes of nuclei for heavy elements with mass number equal to (226≤a≤252) through determination of deformation parameters for two elements (u&cf) haider a. zghaier council of ministers / iraqi radioactive sources regulatory authority sameera a. ebrahiem hadeel abdul_jabbar department of physics, collage of education ibn al haithem, university of baghdad, iraq, baghdad samaeb85@gamil.com article history: received 1 october 2018, accepted 10 october 2018, published december 2018 abstract the current paper focuses on the studying the forms of (even-even) nuclei for the heavy elements with mass numbers in the range from (a=226 252) for u and cf isotopes. this work will consist of studying deformation parameters 𝛽 which is deduced from the "reduced electric transition probability" 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ which is in its turn dependent on the first excited state 2 . the "intrinsic electric quadrupole moments" (non-spherical charge distribution) 𝑄 were also calculated. in addition to that the roots mean square radii (isotope shift) 𝑟 / are accounted for in order to compare them with the theoretical results. the difference and variation in shapes of nuclei for the selected isotopes were detected using 3d-plots for them (with symmetric axes); a 2d-plot were also used for each isotope to discriminate between them by the values of semi-major is equal (a) axes and semi minor is equal (b) axes. keyword: nuclear shape, isotopes, electric transition, semi minor, deformation. 1. introduction the state of the atomic of nucleus usually reflects the structure of the protons and neutrons shells from which it is shaped. in the case when the shells are completely filled, we attain a "magic" nucleus, which is spherical in form. most nuclei have a tendency to be deformation on the basis that the shells are partially filled. much of the shapes we encountered are either elongated (prolate) or flattened (oblate). these shapes can be modified between adjacent nucleus by capturing or give-away a proton or neutron. in some cases, it is sufficient re-configure the protons or neutrons within the same nucleus to change its shape. the same nucleus can therefore assume different shapes corresponding to states of different energy. 2.theoretical 2.1. nuclear shape in the stable state, the natural shape of nuclei is spherical. this configuration is the optimum shape to minimize the surface energy. nevertheless, some small deformations can be physics | 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 observed, for instance, in area150 𝐴 190. the shape irregularities can be presented using the ratio [1]: 𝛿 ∆𝑅 𝑅 1 𝑅 is radius average of the nu ∆𝑅 is the differences between semiminor and semimajor axes. ∆𝑅 𝑏 𝑎 2 but the sphere ∆𝑅 is equal zero. 2.2. nuclear surface deformations the collective motion can be clarified as vibrations and rotations of nuclear surface of the (collective model) that was initially suggested by bohr and mottelson [2]. the quadrupole deformation parameter 𝛽 is related to the spheroid axes [3]: 𝛽 4 3 𝜋 5 ∆𝑅 𝑅 1.06 ∆𝑅 𝑅 3 where: the average radius𝑅 𝑅 𝐴 / . ∆r: is the difference between both of the semimajor and minor axes. as long as the value of 𝛽 is larger, the nucleus becomes more deformed. 2.3. the root mean square charge radius (isotopes shift) the stated efficacy of nuclear structure, (e.g. shell closures and initiation of deformity), can be referred to by one key nuclear information which can be represented by the root mean square (rms) of nuclear charge radius 𝑅 〈𝑟 〉 / with one of nuclear ground-state characteristics [4]. the root mean square (rms) of nuclear charge radius 𝑅 〈𝑟 〉 / , with one of nuclear ground-state properties, is considered the key nuclear materials information which refers to stated nuclear structure effectiveness, for instance: shell closures and a deformation starting. [4].this (rms) radius 〈𝑟 〉 / can be directly driven from scattered electrons distribution; for a uniformly charged spherical shape, the radius of square charge distribution is 〈𝑟 〉 [5]: 〈𝑟 〉 3 5 𝑅 3 5 𝑅 𝐴 / 100 4 where: 𝐴 is mass number, 𝑅 is the radius of the sphere, and 𝑅 𝑅 𝐴 / . 2.4. electric quadrupole moment the electric multi-pole moments can fairly represent the spatial distribution and charge allocation in a nucleus in a straight forward application of classical electrostatic principles [6]. constant quadruple moments can be measured experimentally for a number of nuclei. a symmetrical axis oval shape can be anticipated for these nuclei. this classic configuration has guided the way for the definition of intrinsic quadruple moment as in the equation (5) [7]: physics | 12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 𝑄 𝑑 𝜌 𝑟 3𝑧 𝑟 5 where: 𝜌 𝑟 is proton's density of radial charge and 𝑟 radius of charge, 𝑄 can be described as per equation (6), given that it is calculated for a homogeneously charged ellipsoid, with a charge ze and semi-axis (a) and (b) with later pointing along the (z) axis [8]. 𝑄 2 5 𝑍 𝑎 𝑏 6 if the deviation from sphericity is not very large, the average radius: 𝑅 1/2 𝑎 𝑏 and 𝛥𝑅 𝑏 𝑎 from equation 2 can be presented and with 𝛿 𝛥𝑅/𝑅, from equation 1 , the quadrupole moment is [8]: 𝑄 4 5 𝑍𝑅 𝛿 7 the nucleus quadrupole distortion parameter values δ calculated from the equation (8) [9]: 𝛿 0.75 𝑄 / 𝑍〈𝑟 〉 8 the semi-axes 𝑎 and 𝑏 are gained from the two following equations (9 & 10) [10]. 𝑎 〈𝑟 〉 1.66 2𝛿 0.9 9 𝑏 5〈𝑟 〉 2𝑎 10 2.5. quadrupole deformations as a rule of thumb, nuclei with charge value 𝑍 or 𝑁 deviating from the magic number are usually deformed. the most abundant type of deformation is in quadrupole. accordingly, the nuclei shape may either be prolate or oblate where the quadrupole deformation has one symmetry axis (𝑧) as shown in figure 1. [11]. the shape of nuclei deformation can be symmetrical, this can be explained by deformation factor 𝛽 which in turn associated to quadrupole moment 𝑄 , this particular case which indicates a homogeneous distribution of charge [11,12]: 𝛽 √5𝜋 3 𝑄 𝑍𝑅 11 where: 𝑍 is the atomic number, 𝑅 1.2 𝐴 / fm. and 𝛽 is the deformation parameter and 𝛽 1 . 2.6. the reduced electric quadrupole transition probability 𝑬𝟐 ↑ in isotopes, the conversion between different nuclear states through radioactive electromagnetic transformation is the ideal way attains stable nuclear structure, and an opportunity to study different structure models [14]. the transmission of 𝐵 𝐸2 act as a decisive part in determining; the average lifetime of a nuclear state and nuclear deformation 𝛽 . it is also responsible for the volume of essential electric quadrupole moment and the energy levels of low-lying nuclei. highest moments and transmission forces of quadrupole indicate the participation of many nucleons in the combined effects [15]. in this case, the probability of reduced electric quadrupole transition b (e2) ↑ from the spin 0 ground state to the first excited spin 2 state is specified by [16]: physics | 13 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 𝐵 𝐸2 ∶ 0 → 2 5 16𝜋 𝑒 𝑄 12 where: 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ is the reduced electric quadrupole transition probability in the unit of 𝑒 𝑏 and 𝑄 is the intrinsic quadrupole moment in unit of barn (b). the values of 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ are required as an experimental measures independent on nuclear model used. nevertheless, if the model in hand believed to be dependent on the measured quantity is very useful and it represents the deformation parameter 𝛽 . if charge distribution is thought to be uniform reaching up to the distance 𝑅 𝜃, 𝜑 and charge value at zero is below (𝛽 ) can be associated with 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ through the equation (13) [17]: 𝛽 4𝜋 / 3𝑍𝑅 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑/𝑒 13 𝑅 1.2 𝐴 fm 0.0144𝐴 / 𝑏 14 in accordance with the global system, the energy acknowledgement e (kev) of the 2 state is whole that is required of creating a prediction for the corresponding 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ (𝑒 𝑏 value [15]: 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ 2.6 𝐸 𝑍 𝐴 15 3.result 3.1. deformity parameters 𝜷𝟐 the deformations factor for the uranium and californium isotopes 𝛽 can be derived from 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ (miniature electric transition probability) of even-even nucleus by the application of equation (13). miniature electric transition probability 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑: 0 → 2 from the ground 0 to the first excited of 2 states calculated by using equation (15). the energy 𝐸 kev of the first excited states ( 2 was obtained from the references (18). average nuclear radius 𝑅 calculated using equation 14 . 3.2. deformity parameters: 𝜹 another methodology to calculate deformation parameters ( 𝛿 ) is available by utilizing the actual quadrupole moments 𝑄 in equation (8). to assess this method, the following variables need to available: 〈𝑟 〉 which is calculated from equation (4) for 𝐴 100 . 𝑄 of nuclei were calculated from the equation (11). all these values were classify in tables 1 and 2. the major and minor axes (a and b) were calculated using equations (9 and 10), respectively, the difference between them ∆𝑅 was calculated using equations (1 3), respectively. the results are shown in tables 3. and 4. physics | 14 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 𝟏. mass number of isotopes (a) , neutron number (n), gamma energy of the first excited state 2 e , nuclear average radius (r ), reduced electric transition probability b(e2)↑ in unit of e b , intrinsic quadrupole moment qₒ in unit of barn, and deformation parameters β , δ for 92u isotopes. 𝐙 𝐀 𝐍 𝐄𝛄 𝐊𝐞𝐕 [19] theoretical value present work b(e2)↑ e2b2 for ssanm [32] 𝛃𝟐 𝐑𝟎 𝟐 b(e2)↑ e2b2 𝐐ₒ (b) 𝛃𝟐 𝛅 92 226 134 80.5 10 7.161 0.2280 0.5343 7.3680 8.6064 0.2313 0.2084 228 136 59 10 7.966 0.2391 0.5374 9.9940 10.0235 0.2678 0.2413 230 138 51.72 4 8.793 0.2498 0.5406 11.3346 10.6746 0.2836 0.2555 232 140 47.522 7 9.580 0.2592 0.5437 12.2520 11.0982 0.2931 0.2641 234 142 43.498 1 10.310 0.2674 0.5468 13.3230 11.5731 0.3039 0.2739 236 144 45.242 3 10.880 0.2731 0.5499 12.7370 11.3157 0.2955 0.2663 238 146 44.91 3 11.210 0.2756 0.5530 12.7591 11.3256 0.2941 0.2650 240 148 45 1 11.490 0.2775 0.5561 12.6628 11.2827 0.2913 0.2625 table 𝟐. mass number of isotopes (a) , neutron number (n), gamma energy of the first excited state 2 e , nuclear average radius (r ), reduced electric transition probability b(e2)↑ in unit of e b , intrinsic quadrupole moment qₒ in unit of barn, and deformation parameters β , δ for98cf isotopes. 𝐙 𝐀 𝐍 𝐄𝛄 𝐊𝐞𝐕 [19] theoretical value present work b(e2)↑ e2b2 for ssanm [32] 𝛃𝟐 𝐑𝟎 𝟐 b(e2)↑ e2b2 𝐐ₒ (b) 𝛃𝟐 𝛅 98 244 146 40 2 14.970 0.2941 0.5623 15.9872 12.6776 0.3039 0.2739 248 150 41.53 6 15.510 0.2961 0.5684 15.2322 12.3746 0.2935 0.2645 250 152 42.722 15.680 0.2962 0.5715 14.7281 12.1681 0.2870 0.2587 252 154 45.72 5 15.840 0.2961 0.5745 13.6894 11.7312 0.2753 0.2481 table 3. mass number a , neutron number n , root mean square radii r / , major and minor axes (a, b) and the difference between them (∆ r) by three methods for u isotopes 𝒁 𝑨 𝑵 theoretical value present work 〈𝒓𝟐〉𝟏 𝟐⁄ 𝒇𝒎 [18] 〈𝒓𝟐〉𝟏/𝟐fm 𝒂 𝒇𝒎 𝒃 𝒇𝒎 ∆ 𝑹𝟏 (fm) ∆ 𝑹𝟐 (fm) ∆ 𝑹𝟑 (fm) 92 226 134 ------5.8017 2.6424 3.8787 1.3585 1.2363 1.5951 228 136 ------5.8188 2.5646 3.9924 1.5776 1.4278 1.8523 230 138 ------5.8357 2.5323 4.0440 1.6752 1.5117 1.9669 232 140 ------5.8526 2.5138 4.0774 1.7366 1.5636 2.0390 234 142 5.8291 5.8694 2.4920 4.1142 1.8058 1.6222 2.1202 236 144 5.8431 5.8860 2.5154 4.0958 1.7606 1.5804 2.0672 238 146 5.8571 5.9026 2.5222 4.0975 1.7572 1.5753 2.0632 240 148 ------5.9191 2.5322 4.0953 1.7457 1.5631 2.0496 physics | 15 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 4. discussion the present study focuses on nuclei characterized by even-even form for the heavy elements with mass numbers equal to 226 𝐴 252 , which were included in deformation parameters study 𝛽 & 𝛿 derived from the 𝐵 𝐸2 ↑ and 𝑄 values. it is found that the first excited state energy levels 2 of these nuclei (which show a collective behavior), begin to change smoothly when the mass number 𝐴 increases, and the nucleons outside the core polarize either the whole or partial vibrations of the core to one direction and permanent deformation of the nucleus can be acquired. also from evident〈𝑟 〉 / , it was noticed that the increase in 〈𝑟 〉 / values is comparable with (a) increase. for evaluation reasons, it was noticed that the the calculated values of present work 〈𝑟 〉 / nicely correlated with experimental values of 〈𝑟 〉 / in ref [18]. also, the values of (∆r) were calculated using three different methods, and it was found that these results were fairly close. 4.1. uranium isotopes 𝑼𝟗𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟔 𝟐𝟒𝟎 in table 1 [19], stated that the minimum value of 𝛽 0.2313 , corresponding to the energy of the first excited state 𝐸 80.5 mev for (u-226), and the highest is 𝛽 0.3039 corresponding to the of the first excited state energy [20] 𝐸 43.498 kev for (u-234). other values are ranging between these values as shown in the figure 1. it is also noted that these values of 𝛽 are considered large values, which means large deformed shapes as shown in figures (3. & 5.), corresponds small values of the first excited state energies (the gaps between shells are low spaces), also the number of nucleons in the subshell outside closed shell are filled with many nucleons and the collective motion of these nucleons will be rotational motion. on the other hand, and 𝑄 are significant. 4.2.californium isotopes 𝑪𝒇𝟗𝟖 𝟐𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟓𝟐 table 2. shows that there are four isotopes chosen form this element, the highest value of the deformation parameter belongs to 𝐶𝑓 and equals to 𝛽 0.3039 , corresponding to the first excited state energy 𝐸 40 kev .and the lowest value of the deformation parameter belongs to 𝐶𝑓 equals to 𝛽 0.2753 corresponds to the energy of the first excited state 𝐸 45.72 kev . figure 2. shows this behavior. also we note that the number of nucleons 𝑍 98, 244 𝑁 252 that fill the shells outside closed shell are large, the energy values of the first excited state of the selected californium isotopes are considered very small if compared with the energy of the closed shell (the distances between the ground table 4. a mass number, n neutron number, r / root mean square radii, (a, b) major and minor axes and the difference between them (∆ r) by three methods for cf isotopes. 𝐙 𝐀 𝐍 theoretical value present work 〈𝐫𝟐〉𝟏 𝟐⁄ 𝐟𝐦 [18] 〈𝐫𝟐〉𝟏/𝟐 fm 𝐚 𝐟𝐦 𝐛 𝐟𝐦 ∆ 𝐑𝟏 (fm) ∆ 𝐑𝟐 (fm) ∆ 𝐑𝟑 (fm) 98 244 146 ---5.9518 2.5094 4.1430 1.8313 1.6336 2.1501 248 150 ---5.9841 2.5410 4.1240 1.7779 1.5830 2.0874 250 152 ---6.0002 2.5596 4.1107 1.7435 1.5512 2.0471 252 154 ---6.0161 2.5905 4.0816 1.6765 1.4911 1.9683 physics | 16 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 state and the first excited state are small so that the transition of the nucleons between these two states is very easy). therefore, the values of the reduced electrical transition will be large. in addition to that, the values of intrinsic electric quadrupole moments are large too. all these factors work to make the deformation parameters large, which in turn make the nuclei of these isotopes permanently deformed, and elliptical shapes as shown in figure 4. in addition, the collective motion of nucleons in the external orbits is rotational motion. figure 1. deformation parameter (β2) value of the (92u) isotopes as function of neutron number. figure 2. deformation parameter (β2) value of the (98cf) isotopes as function of neutron number. 144 146 148 150 152 154 156 0.27 0.275 0.28 0.285 0.29 0.295 0.3 0.305 0.31 0.315 0.32 neutron number (n) d e fo rm a tio n p a ra m e te r (  2 )  2 for p.w. physics | 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 3. shapes of axially symmetric quadrupole deformation for 𝑈isotope from major (a) and minor (b) axes. figure 4. shapes of axially symmetric quadrupole deformation for 𝐶𝑓 isotope from major (a) and minor (b) axes. figure 5. axially-symmetric quadrupole deformations, the prolate shape of nucleus with 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧) (where z is the minor axis (b) (symmetric axis) and (x, y) are major axes (a) for the u isotopes. -4 -2 0 2 4 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 major axis (a) m in o r a xi s (b ) 92 u isotopes 226 92 u 228 92 u 230 92 u 232 92 u 234 92 u 236 92 u 238 92 u 240 92 u -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 major axis (a) m in o r a x is ( b ) 92 u isotopes 226 92 u 228 92 u 230 92 u 232 92 u 234 92 u 236 92 u 238 92 u 240 92 u -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 major axis (a) m in o r a x is ( b ) 98 cf isotopes 244 98 cf 246 98 cf 248 98 cf 250 98 cf -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 major axis (a) m in o r a xi s ( b ) 98 cf isotopes 244 98 cf 246 98 cf 248 98 cf 250 98 cf -2 0 2 -2 0 2 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 x 234 92 u isotope y z -2 0 2 -2 0 2 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 x 226 92 u isotope y z physics | 18 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 6. axially-symmetric quadrupole deformations, the prolate shape of nucleus with 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧) (where z is the minor axis (b) (symmetric axis) and (x, y) are major axes (a) for cf isotopes. 5. conclusions from the results and the figures of 2d and 3d shapes of the nuclei we conclude the following: it is found that the energy of the first excited state 2 of these nuclei begin to change smoothly when the mass number 𝐴 increases, and the nucleons outside the core polarize either the whole or partial vibrations of the core to one direction and permanent deformation of the nucleus can be acquired and the nuclei are stable and non-spherical shape. far from magic numbers, the motion of the nucleons out of closed shell will be rotational motion and the nucleus will be more distorted especially in the region (242⩽a⩽252). the prolate shape is the dominant form of deformed nuclei. references 1. wong, s. s. m. introductory nuclear physics; second ed.; wiley-vch verlag gmbii co. kgaa, weinheim 2004. 2. bohr, a.; mottelson, b. r.; nuclear structure,.ii nuclear deformations ; world scientific publishing co. pte. ltd 1998. 3. roy, r. r.; nigam, b.p.; nuclear physics theory and experiment; john wiley sons: inc. 1967. 4. greiner, w. and maruhn, j. a.; nuclear models.springerverlag berlin heidelberg. 1996. 5. boboshin. i.; boboshin. b.; orlin, s. v.; peskov. n.; varlamov. v.; investigation of quadrupole deformation of nucleus and its surface dynamic vibrations international conference on nuclear data for science and technology. 2007 doi: 10.1051/ndata:07103.65-68. 6. neyens. g. nuclear magnetic and quadrupole moments for nuclear structure research on exotic nuclei; iop publishing ltd. printed in the uk rep. prog. phys. 2003, 66, 633–689. -2 0 2 -2 0 2 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 x 244 98 cf isotope y z -2 0 2 -2 0 2 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 x 252 98 cf isotope y z physics | 19 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/ 31.3.2022 vol. 31 (3) 2018 7. mohammadi. s. quadrupole moment calculation of deformed nuclei; journal of physics: conference series. 2012. 381, 012129. doi:10.1088/17426596/381/1/012129. 8. henley, e. m.; garcia, a. subatomic physics; 3rd ed.; world scientific publishing co. pte. ltd. 2007. 9. boboshin, i.; ishkhanov, b.; komarov,s. investigation of quadrupole deformation of nucleus and its surface dynamic vibrations ; international conference on nuclear data for science and technology : cea, published by edp sciences 2008. 10. abdul wahab. r. a. deformation parameters and nuclear radius of zirconium (zr) isotopes using the deformed shell model. wasit journal for science & medicine. 2009, 2, 1, 115 125 11. basdevant, j. l; rich, j.; spiro, m. fundamentals in nuclear physics; from nuclear structure to cosmology; springer science+business media, inc: 2005. 12. ertugrala. f.; guliyev. e.; kuliev. a.a. quadrupole moments and deformation parameters of the 166-180hf, 180-186w and 152-168sm isotopes. 2015, doi: 10.12693/a phys. pola. 128.b-254, acta physica polonica a. 13. margraf. j; heil, r.d; kneissl, u. and maier, u. deformation dependence of low lying m1 strengths in even isotopes, physical review. 1993 ,47, 4. 14. bohr, a.; mottelson, b. r. nuclear structure, volume ii: nuclear deformations. world scientific, singapore 1998. 15. raman. s; nestor. c. w; tikkanen. p. at. data nucl. tables. 2001, 78, 1. 16. haberichter, m; lau, p. h. c.; manton, n. s. electromagnetic transition strengths for light nuclei in the skyrme model. kent academic repository. 2015. 17. raman, s. a. tale of two compilations: quadrupole deformations and internal conversion coefficients journal of nuclear science and technology, 2002. 450-454, doi: 10.1080/00223131.10875137. 18. angeli. a. i; marinova. k.p. table of experimental nuclear ground state charge radii; an update. atomic data and nuclear data table 99, elsevier inc: 2013, 69-95. 19. fireston. r.b. an shirly. v.s.; "table of isotopes eighth edition", newyork. 1999, 99. 20. mjebal. h. j.; jarallah. n. t.; ebrahiem s. a.; rabee. r. f. theoretical calculation of the binding and excitation energies for 30 using shell mode and perturbation theory. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2013, 26, 3. 21. ebrahiem. s. a.; zghaier. h. a. estimation of geometrical shapes of mass-formed nuclei (a=102-178) from the calculation of deformation parameters for two elements (sn & yb); 2018 iop publishing, 1003, 1, 012095. biology 88 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 2-aminoacetophenone as a virulent factor for pseudomonas aeruginosa causing sever burn and wound infections in iraq m.k.al-araji , s. ali. department of biology, college of pharmacy ,university of al-mustanseiyia received in:14 may 2012 accepted in: 12 september 2012 abstract various pathological specimens (180) were collected from patients suffering from pseudomonas aeruginosa infections from different hospitals in baghdad from january to may 2011; these specimens include (blood samples,sputum,urine and wound swabs) were tested for pseudomonas aeruginosa producing 2-aminoacetophenone.wounds swabs specially taken from burns and post surgical infections producing a higher concentration of 2acetophenone material than from other samples were tested for this material and most of these were isolated bases on their distinctive grapelike odor of 2-aminoacetophenone production usually linked with patients whose immune system compromised by disease or trauma, its gains access to these patients tissue through burns, although the grape odor is sometimes difficult to detect in culture media. these methods can be utilized to assay 2-aminoacetophenone (2aa) production in a varies media. its synthesis occurs relatively early in the growth cycle. it has proved easy and convenient to detect 2-aminoacetophenone (2aa) excretion by pseudomonas aeruginosa after 24 h of incubation on blood agar plates employing thin layer chromatography of ether extracts of the agar medium. keyword: 2-aminoacetophenone , pseudomonas aeruginosa ,gramnegative baeteria. introduction pseudomonas aeruginosa is a gram-negative, rod-shaped, asporogenous, and monoflagellated bacterium that has an incredible nutritional versatility. it is a rod about 1-5 µm long and 0.5-1.0 µm wide. p. aeruginosa is an obligate respirer, using aerobic respiration (with oxygen) as its optimal metabolism although can also respire anaerobically on nitrate or other alternative electron acceptors. p. aeruginosa is an opportunistic human pathogen. it is “opportunistic” because it seldom infects healthy individuals. instead, it often colonizes immunocompromised patients, like those with cystic fibrosis, cancer, or aids [1]. it is such a potent pathogen that firstly, it attacks up two thirds of the critically-ill hospitalized patients, and this usually portends more invasive diseases. secondly, p.aeruginosa is a leading gram-negative opportunistic pathogen at most medical centers, carrying a 40-60% mortality rate. thirdly, it complicates 90% of cystic fibrosis deaths; and lastly, it is always listed as one of the top three most frequent gram-negative pathogens and is linked to the worst visual diseases [2]. it also exhibits intrinsic resistance to a lot of different types of chemotherapeutic agents and antibiotics, making it a very hard pathogen to eliminate [3]. p. aeruginosa was first described as a distinct bacterial species at the end of the nineteenth century, after the development of sterile culture media by pasteur. in 1882, the first scientific study on p. aeruginosa, entitled “on the blue and green coloration of bandages,” was published by a pharmacist named carle gessard. this study indicated that p. biology 89 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 aeruginosa’s characteristic pigmentation: p. aeruginosa produced water-soluble pigments, which, on exposure to ultraviolet light, fluoresced blue-green light. this was later attributed to pyocyanine, a derivative of phenazine, and it also reflected the organism’s old names: bacillus pyocyaneus, bakterium aeruginosa, pseudomonas polycolor, and pseudomonas pyocyaneus [3]. p. aeruginosa has many strains, including pseudomonas aeruginosa strain pa01, pseudomonas aeruginosa pa7, pseudomonas aeruginosa strain ucbpp-pa14, and pseudomonas aeruginosa strain 2192 [4]. most of these were isolated based on their distinctive grapelike odor of aminoacetophenone, pyocyanin production, and the colonies’ structure on agar media [5]. since p. aeruginosa can live in both inanimate and human environments, it has been characterized as a “ubiquitous” microorganism. in addition, p. aeruginosa is an opportunistic human pathogen that causes chronic infections in patients with cystic fibrosis and is the leading cause of death by gram-negative bacteria [1]. although most p. aeruginosa-plant interactions are detrimental to the plant, a recent study has found a p. aeruginosa strain that actually supports plant growth. this characteristic, along with the fact that p. aeruginosa can degrade polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, suggests the future uses of p. aeruginosa for environmental detoxification of synthetic chemicals and pesticides and for industrial purposes [1]. p. aeruginosa rarely causes disease in healthy humans. it is usually linked with patients whose immune system is compromised by diseases or trauma. it gains access to these patients’ tissues through burns, for the burn victims, or through an underlying disease, like cystic fibrosis. first, p. aeruginosa adheres to tissue surfaces using its flagellum, pili, and exos; then, it replicates to create infectious critical mass; and lastly, it makes tissue damage using its virulence factors [6]. since the powerful exotoxins and endotoxins released by p. aeruginosa during bacteremias continue to infect the host even after p. aeruginosa has been killed off by antibiotics, acute diseases caused by p. aeruginosa tend to be chronic and lifethreatening. and even though a small amount of patients infected by p. aeruginosa developed severe sepsis with lesions with black centers, most patients exhibited no obvious pathological effects of the colonization [6]. p. aeruginosa secrets many virulent factors to colonize cells of its host. for example, exotoxin a, the most toxic protein produced by p. aeruginosa, catalyzes the adp-ribosylation to form adp-ribosyl-ef-2, which inhibits the protein synthesis of the host’s cells. epidermal infections often result from p. aeruginosa infiltrating through a human host’s first line of defenses, entering the body through the skin at the site of an open wound. p. aeruginosa is a common member of hospital bacterial communities where it can infect immunocompromised individuals including burn victims. p. aeruginosa is a source of bacteremia in burn victims [7] following severe skin damage, the prevalence of p. aeruginosa in the environment increases the probability of the organism accessing the bloodstream through the burn victim’s exposed deep epidermal tissue[7]. the pili and flagella of p. aeruginosa play a vital role in the infection of burns and wounds [7]. the spread of p. aeruginosa within host organisms is also dependent on the microorganism’s elastase production and other protease mechanisms. bacterial elastase and other bacterial proteases degrade the host’s proteins, including the structural proteins within membranes, disrupting the host’s physical barriers against the spread of infection. the virulence in p. aeruginosa is both combinatorial and multifactorial and that the genes required for one strain to be pathogenic are not required for virulence in other strains [11]. biology 90 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 materials and methods bacteria and culture conditions bacteria were obtained from different pathological specimens collected from patients of the baghdad medical city and three other hospitals in baghdad from january to may 2011 and inoculated into media directly from initial blood agar plates usually maintained on brain heart infusion agar (difco) with monthly transfers .rich media were tryptone, trypticase soy broth, brain heart infusion, meat infusion (difco).casamino acids and yeast extract (difco) media in 1% concentrations supplemented with 0.4 mm mgcl2 [11]. minimal media consisted of 10 mm concentrations of substrates, 0.4 mm mgcl2, 0.1 mm k2so4,4 mm nh4cl and 4 mm potassium phosphate buffer at ph 7.4.the medium used for the analysis of 2aa production consisted of 10 mm tryptophan, 0.1% yeast extract, 0.4 mm mgcl2 and 4 mm potassium phosphate buffer at ph 7.4.tryptophan was sterilized by filtration through filter with 0.45-um pore size (millipore corp,) and added to the yeast extract medium after autoclaving. blood agar plates consisted of blood agar base medium (difco) plus2% sheep erythrocytes (20 ml per plate) .[12] identification of 2aa p. aeruginosa microorganism was grown in 1 liter of a medium containing 0.1% yeast extract, 4 mm potassium phosphate buffer (ph 7.5), 0.4 mm mgcl2 and 10mm tryptophan at 37 ْ◌c with shaking for 24 h. the cells were centrifuged (3000 rpm/min.) from the medium, and the supernatant fluid was extracted with 100 ml of ether in a separatory funnel [13]..the ether layer was removed and reduced to 0.5 ml by passing nitrogen gas over the surface. the ether solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and injected onto a 10% sp1000 column in a varian aerograph series 2700 gas chromatography equipped with a flame ionization detector [14]. the elution of the grape odor from the column was matched to a peak on the recording by noting the time the odor was detected at the ejection port. the compound was then collected from subsequent injections by trapping the compound from the ejection port in a glass capillary tube chilled with dry ice. the trapped compound was dissolved in pentane and injected onto an sp 1000 colum in a gas chromatograph [15]. identification of the compound responsible for the grape odor of p. aeruginosa as 2aa was based upon three criteria. the compound from ether extracts of culture media migrated at the same location as authentic 2aa on thin-layer chromatograms. time course of 2aa and quinazoline synthesis during culture it was important for physiological and diagnostic reasons to know the time of synthesis of 2aa during the growth curve. p. aeruginosa microorganisms was inoculated into 1 liter of a solution containing 0.1 % yeast extract, 10 mm tryptophan, 4 mm potassium phosphate buffer ph 7.4, 0.4 mm mgcl2 and 10 um fecl3 at a density of 10 3 bacteria per ml. growth was measured by the optical density at 650 nm by using 1-cm cuvettes in a gilford model 240 spectrophotometer. a various times during incubation, samples of 50 ml were withdrawn and extracted with 20 ml of ether. the layers were concentrated and analyzed by gas chromatography. the culture reached a maximum optical density after 30 h. the 2aa concentration reached maximal level at approximately 22 h. the concentration of 2aa then decreased rapidly to 40 um by 80 h of culture. repetitions of the experiment using both gas chromatographic and thin-layer chromatography yielded the same pattern of 2aa. time course of 2aa synthesis during culture without tryptophan to determine the time of synthesis of 2aa in a medium similar to the rich media used for clinical isolation, a l% solution of brain heart infusion broth was prepared with 0.4 mm mgcl2 and a microorganisms of p. aeruginosa was inoculated at a density of 102 bacteria per ml. growth was followed by the optical density of the culture at 600 nm and 40 ml samples biology 91 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 were removed at various times for extraction into ether. the ether layers were concentrated and processed for quantization of 2aa.the culture reached the stationary phase after approximately 20 h of incubation, while the concentration of 2aa in the medium showed a burst of 2aa synthesis at 16 h followed by substantial increase in 2aa concentration as the culture entered the stationary phase [20]. production of 2aa in various media the effects of different culture media on thproduction 2aa were determined by inoculating 103 bacteria per ml into 40 ml of 1% solutions of rich media in 250 ml flasks which were incubated with shaking at 37”c.after 20 h of incubation, the cultures were centrifuged to remove the cells, and the spent media were adjusted to ph 10 and extracted with 20 ml quantities of ether. the ether layers were concentrated and analyzed by chromatography on silicic acid thin layers. analysis of the production of 2aa on blood agar by clinical isolates blood agar is often used as a primary isolation medium for pathogenic bacteria and is constructed with a base medium containing a high concentration of beef heart infusion or meat infusion, which as shown in (table-2), allows considerable production of 2aa by p. aeruginosa isolated from burn unit; all of these bacteria are pyocin production. they were individually streaked for isolation on blood agar plates. the plates were incubated at 37 c for 20 h and were extracted by flooding a plate with 5 ml ether. the plate was swirled occasionally for 5 minutes and then the ether was transferred by pipette to a test tube. this procedure can be used with plastic plates. no ph adjustment is required since blood agar after incubation with p. aeruginosa becomes alkaline. the most direct method of detecting 2aa in the extracts is by viewing the tubes under a handheld ultraviolet lamp (360 nm). most tubes demonstrate very strong fluorescence, visible even in a well-lighted room, whereas other shows a more moderate fluorescence, still easily distinguishable in a dark room. assay of 2aa two methods were used to assay 2aa in the ether extracts of culture media [15].the extraction procedure consisted of mixing 50 ml of culture medium which had been adjusted to ph 10 with 20 ml of ether in a 250 ml separatory funnel. the ether layer was removed and concentrated to between 1 and 4 ml by applying a vacuum (aspirator) to a desicator containing the extracts. gas chromatographic assay of 2aa was conducted in a varian aerograph series 2700 gas-liquid chromatograph on columns’ of carbowax 20 m, quantitation was accomplished by injection increasing concentrations of 2aa, cutting the peaks corresponding to 2aa from the chromatographs, and comparing the weights of the peaks with the quantities of authentic 2aa injected. the standard curve was linear from 0.5 to 10 ug. thinlayer chromatograms of authentic 2aa and ether extracts of alkaline culture media yielded single yellow spots at the position of 2aa when the developed chromatograms were sprayed with ehrlich reagent (1 gm of p-dimethylaminobenzaldeyde (sigma) in a solution containing 25 ml of hcl and 75 ml of methanol) [16]. colorimetric assays for 2aa were conducted on 2 ml samples of ether extracts of alkaline culture media by adding 1 ml of 1% p-dimethylaminobenzaldeyde in methanol, followed by 2 ml of glacial acetic acid. after 10 minutes, the absorbance at 475 nm was compared with a standard curve of absorbance versus 2aa concentration. this curve was used in the range 1 to 8 umol/ml of 2aa .the spectrum of the chromophor was determined in a perkin elmer model 124 spectrophotometer, and the routine colorimetric assays were conducted with a gilford model 240 spectrophotometer [17]. biology 92 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 results aidentification of 2aa chromatographic gas analysis of authentic 2aa and the bacterial product on two chromatography support material gave identical retention times (table-1). analysis of the bacterial grape odor compound yielded a fragmentation pattern confirming its identity as 2aa[18]. btime course of 2aa and quinazoline synthesis during culture quinazolines were not detected early in culture. only after 40 h was there sufficient 4methylquinazoline to allow quantitation.2,4-dimethylquinazoline never accumulated in high concentrations, but a concentration of 1 um 4-methylquinazoline was attained at 60 h of culture [10,19]. cproduction of 2aa in various media brain heart infusion and peptone media allowed the highest levels of 2aa production, yeast extract and meat infusion media allowed intermediate levels and casamino acids, tryptone and trypticase soy broth media allowed low levels of 2aa accumulation (table2). growth on tryptophan as a substrate allowed the greatest accumulation of 2aa of any of compounds tested in minimal medium, but growth on this substrate was extremely slow and a 48 h incubation period was necessary to obtain maximal growth and a yield of 0.68 um 2aa.because the biosynthetic pathway for 2aa branches from the tryptophan catabolic pathway, tryptophan was incorporated into various growth media in 10 mm concentrations. this evoked an increase in the2aa concentration found in the cultures even those in minimal media (table-2). danalysis of the production of 2aa on blood agar by clinical isolates thin-layer chromatography of extracts of p. aeruginosa demonstrated that fresh extracts from plates incubated for 20 h contained 2aa as the only detectable fluorescent compound. other fluorescent copounds were detectable in minute amounts after aging the extracts or extracting plates which had been incubated for 48 h or longer. discussion it is the most common cause of infections of burn injuries and of the outer ear (otitis externa), and is the most frequent colonizer of medical devices (e.g., catheters). pseudomonas can, in rare circumstances, cause community-acquired pneumonias, [21] as well as ventilatorassociated pneumonias, being one of the most common agents isolated in several studies [22] pyocyanin is a virulence factor of the bacteria and has been known to cause death in caenorhabditis elegans by oxidative stress. however, research indicates that salicylic acid can inhibit pyocyanin production [23]. one in ten hospital-acquired infections is from pseudomonas. cystic fibrosis patients are also predisposed to p. aeruginosa infection of the lungs. p. aeruginosa may also be a common cause of "hot-tub rash" (dermatitis), caused by lack of proper, periodic attention to water quality. the most common cause of burn infections is p. aeruginosa. pseudomonas is also a common cause of postoperative infection in radial keratotomy surgery patients. pseudomonas aeruginosa is frequently associated with osteomyelitis involving puncture wounds of the foot, believed to result from direct inoculation with p. aeruginosa via the foam padding found in tennis shoes, with diabetic patients at a higher risk burn wound infection is problematic because it delays healing, encourages scarring and may result in bacteremia, sepsis or multiple-organ dysfunction syndrome (organ failure) whereby organs from several systems are unable to maintain homeostasis on their own, requiring immediate medical attention [24]. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/outer_ear http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/otitis_externa http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/otitis_externa http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/catheter http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/community-acquired_pneumonia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/medical_ventilator http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/pyocyanin http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/virulence_factor http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/caenorhabditis_elegans http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/oxidative_stress http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/salicylic_acid http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/cystic_fibrosis http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/dermatitis http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/radial_keratotomy http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/osteomyelitis biology 93 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 two bacterial species, methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (mrsa) and pseudomonas areuginosa will be examined in depth in this page as they are two of the most prevalent infective agents. these two species have proven particularly difficult to treat because they posses a large number of virulence factors and antimicrobial resistance genes. p. aeruginosa are the most common source of burn infections [24]. they are gram-negative bacilli that possess a single supercoiled circular chromosome. pseudomonas is also a common cause of postoperative infection in radial keratotomy surgery patients. the organism is also associated with the skin lesion ecthyma gangrenosum. pseudomonas aeruginosa is frequently associated with osteomyelitis involving puncture wounds of the foot, believed to result from direct inoculation with p. aeruginosa via the foam padding found in tennis shoes, with diabetic patients at a higher risk [25,26]. the chromatography confirmed that 2aa is responsible for the grape odor of p. aeruginosa. two other products, 4-methylquinazoline and 2,4 dimethylquinazoline were separated and identified along with 2aa by gas chromatography [27,28]. the quinazoline are produced in low concentrations late in the stationary phase of growth and do not interfere with the assay for 2aa.growth studies indicate that 2aa is an early product during the growth cycle, accumulating in large amounts after 20 to 30 h of culture. although the amount of 2aa produced at 20 to 24h is not necessarily represents the maximal concentrations, this is an incubation period which is convenient for rapid analysis in clinical laboratories. although addition of tryptophan to media increases the production of 2aa, it is not necessary for the production of large amount in rich media. olfactory detection of 2aa is often used as a diagnostic aid in identifying p. aeruginosa and the nose is usually sensitive to levels lower than 1 ug/ml. olfactory sensation rapidly becomes saturated with 2aa , however, interfering with repeated analyses. there may also be many interfering odors in the media or other odors produced by the organisms. this report offers the colorimetric assay for rapid detection and quantization of 2aa.the detection of fluorescence in the extracts with hand-held ultraviolet lamp is the most sensitive method. the colorimetric assay may be conducted on the entire ether extract to aid in the identification of the fluorescence as due to 2aa.the ability to measure 2aa in alkaline extracts depends upon the lack of charge on the molecule at basic ph values which allows extraction of 2aa into the ether phase free from other fluorescing molecules. this rapid assay may be of use in early diagnosis of p. aeruginosa on plates used for primary isolation. it may also be of use on plates containing mixtures of microorganisms, but caution must be used because it is not known whether other bacteria produce fluorescent molecules of similar charge which could interfere with the assay. this paper presents information on 2aa production in culture and techniques for identification which may aid in analysis of the compound responsible for the grape odor of p. aeruginosa. 2aa is generated from tryptophan during autoclaving and uninoculated media yield varying amounts of 2aa from tryptophan depending upon aeration, temperature and exposure to light during incubation. control must be included during short as well as prolonged incubation to assess the nonenzymatic degradation of tryptophan. detection of 2aa and the grape odor is a supplement to other characteristics used to identify p. aeruginosa. clearly much more information must be obtained about this compound and its production by other bacteria before an assessment of its importance in diagnosis may be made. p. aeruginosa infections are difficult to treat because these microbes possess multiple strategies for eluding predators, including multidrug efflux pumps, antibioticmodifying enzymes, and tough outer membranes with low permeability [28]. http://microbewiki.kenyon.edu/index.php/pseudomonas_aeruginosa http://microbewiki.kenyon.edu/index.php/pseudomonas_aeruginosa http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/osteomyelitis biology 94 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 references 1. botzenhardt, k. and doring, g. ecology and epidemiology of pseudomonas aeruginosa (1993). pseudomonas aeruginosa as an opportunistic pathogen. 1:1-7. springer international publisher science and technology plenum press new york. 2. fick, r. (1993.) pseudomonas aeruginosa—the microbial hyena and its role in disease: an introduciton. pseudomonas aeruginosa: the opportunist. pathogenesis and disease , fick, r.b.j. (ed). 1:1-6. boca raton, ann arbor, london, tokyo, crc press . 3. lederberg, joshua et al.( 2000.) pseudomonas. encyclopedia of microbiology. second edition. 3. san diego, 876-891. 4. anzai, et al.; kim, h; park, jy; wakabayashi, h. and oyaizu, h. (2000,)., "phylogenetic affiliation of the pseudomonads based on 16s rrna sequence". int j syst evol microbiol, 50 (pt 4):1563–89. 5. gilardi, g.( 1985). cultural and biochemical aspects for identification of glucosenonfermenting gram-negative rods. nonfermenting gram-negative rods. 1: 17-24. . marcel dekker inc.new york. 6. lowbury, e.(1975). biological importance of pseudomonas aeruginosa: medical aspects. genetics and biochemistry of pseudomonas. 1: 37-43. p.h. clarke and mh richmond (ed) .john wiely and sons inc. new york. 7. lyczak, j.b; cannon, c.l and pier, g.b. (2000.) “establishment of pseudomonas aeruginosa infection: lessons from a versatile opportunist”. microbes and infection. 2. issue 9:1051-1060. 8. van delden, c. and iglewski, b.h. (1998). cell-to-cell signaling and pseudomonas aeruginosa infections. emerging infecetious diseases 4 (4). 9. d'argenio da; gallagher la;berg ca and manoil, c. (2001).. "drosophila as a model host for pseudomonas aeruginosa infection". j. bacteriol 183 (4): 1466–71. 10. martínez c; pons e; prats g and león j (2004). "salicylic acid regulates flowering time and links defence responses and reproductive development". plant j. 37 (2): 209–17. 11. lee, d.; urbach, j.; wu, g.; liberati, n.; feinbaum, r.; miyata, s.; diggins, l.; he, j.; saucier, m.; déziel, e.; friedman, l.; li, l.; grills, g.; montgomery, k.; kucherlapati, r.; rahme, l. and ausubel, f.( 2007). “genomic analysis reveals that pseudomonas aeruginosa virulence is combinatorial.” genome biology. 7:355 b.m.c. microbiology ,.london. 12. hassett dj (1996). j. , "anaerobic production of alginate by pseudomonas aeruginosa: alginate restricts diffusion of oxygen". j. bacteriol. 178 (24): 7322–5. 13. cooper, m.; tavankar, g.r and williams, h.d. (2003). microbiology "regulation of expression of the cyanide-insensitive terminal oxidase in pseudomonas aeruginosa". 149 (pt 5):1275–84. bmc microbiology philippa harris, biomed central london u.k. 14. fine, m.j.; smith, m.a. and carson, c.a. et al. (1996). , "prognosis and outcomes of patients with community-acquired pneumonia. a meta-analysis". jama ,275 (2): 134–41 15. diekema dj, pfaller ma, jones rn, et al. (1999). "survey of bloodstream infections due to gram-negative bacilli: frequency of occurrence and antimicrobial susceptibility of isolates collected in the united states, canada, and latin america for the sentry antimicrobial surveillance program,clin. infect. dis. 29 (3): 595–607. 16. rahme, l.g; stevens, e.j; wolfort, s.f;shao, j; tompkins, r.g. and ausubel, f.m. (1995)., "common virulence factors for bacterial pathogenicity in plants and animals". science 268 (5219): 1899–902. 17. rahme, l.g; tan, m.w and le, l et al. (1997).., "use of model plant hosts to identify pseudomonas aeruginosa virulence factors". proc. natl. acad. sci. u.s.a., 94 (24): 13245– 50. http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?tool=pmcentrez&artid=95024 http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?tool=pmcentrez&artid=95024 http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?tool=pmcentrez&artid=95024 biology 95 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 18. walker, t.s; bais, h.p and déziel, e. et al. (2004). "pseudomonas aeruginosa-plant root interactions. pathogenicity, biofilm formation, and root exudation". plant physiol. 134 (1): 320–31. 19. d'argenio, d.a; gallagher, l.a;berg, c.a and manoil, c. (2001). "drosophila as a model host for pseudomonas aeruginosa infection". j. bacteriol. 183 (4): 1466–71. 20. wright, a.; hawkins, c.; anggård, e. and harper, d. (2009). "a controlled clinical trial of a therapeutic bacteriophage preparatioin chronic otitis due to antibiotic-resistant pseudomonas aeruginosa; a preliminary report of efficacy". clinical otolaryngology 34 (4): 349–357. 21. murray, c. and hospenthal, d.r. (2008). “burn wound infections”. emedicine http://emedicine.medscape.com/article/213595-overview (accessed 14 apr 2009). 22. schaber, j.a.; triffo, w.j.; suh, s.j.; oliver, j.w.; hastert, m.c.; griswold, j.a.; auer, m.; hamood, a.n. and rumbaugh, k.p. (2007). pseudomonas aeruginosa forms biofilms in acute infection independent of cell-to-cell signaling. infection and immunity 75 (8), 3715 – 3721. 23. prithiviraj, b.; bais, h.; weir, t.; suresh, b.; najarro, e.; dayakar, b.; schweizer, h.; and vivanco, j. (2005). "down regulation of virulence factors of pseudomonas aeruginosa by salicylic acid attenuates its virulence on arabidopsis thaliana and caenorhabditis elegans". infect immun 73 (9): 5319–5328. 24. church, d.; elsayed, s.; reid, o.; winston, b. and lindsay, r. (2006). burn wound infections. clinical microbiology reviews, 19 (2), 403 – 434. 25. mcvay, c.s.; velasquez, m. and fralick, j.a. (2007). phage therapy of pseudomonas aeruginosa infection in a mouse burn wound model. antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy 51 (6), 1934 – 1938. 26. zetola, n.;francis, j.s.; nuermberger, e.l. and bishai, w.r. (2005). communityacquired meticillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus: an emerging threat. lancet infect dis 5, 275 – 286. 27. van delden, c. and iglewski, b.h. (1998). cell-to-cell signaling and pseudomonas aeruginosa infections. emerging infecetious diseases 4 (4). 28. vassilaros ,d.l; stoker, p.w.; booth, g.m. and lee m.l.(1982). capillary gas chromatographic determination of polycyclic aromatic compounds in vertebrate fish tissue. anal chem. jan;54(1):106–112. table(1): gaschromotographic separation of 2aa from various pathological specimens infection no.of sample retention time (ml/min)sp1000 with carbowax 20m bacteremia 11 24 8 burn wound 37 28 6 lung (pneumonia) 13 26 5.8 u.t.i.(cathetrization) 55 16 31.2 ear(otitis external) 10 10 30 respiratory tract(diffuse bronchopneumia) 22 22 7.8 bones and joints(vertebral osteomylatis,pyoarthrosis,sternoclavicular joint) 12 25 8.1 skin(soft tissue, haemorrhage and necrosis) 6 18 11.2 septic shock(associated with apurple-black skin lesion) 14 25 7.6 http://emedicine.medscape.com/article/213595-overview http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?tool=pmcentrez&artid=1231131 http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?tool=pmcentrez&artid=1231131 biology 96 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table(2): production of 2aa by pseudomonas aeruginosa in various media infection no. of sample medium concentration of 2aa with tryptophan without tryptophan bacteremia 11 peptone 100 120 brain heart infusion 60 210 glycerol 0.05 5 trypticase soys broth 0.4 22 burn wound 37 peptone 88 16 brain heart infusion 52 190 glycerol 0.02 6 trypticase soys broth 0.3 20 lung 13 peptone 88 18 brain heart infusion 52 190 glycerol 0.02 6 trypticase soya broth 0.3 20 u.t.i 55 peptone 60 8 brain heart infusion 55 110 glycerol 0.02 6 trypticase soya broth 0.2 10 ear 10 peptone 40 6 brain heart infusion 22 64 glycerol 0.02 3 trypticase soya broth 0.2 1 respiratory tract 22 peptone 82 18 brain heart infusion 62 200 glycerol 0.05 6 trypticase soya broth 0.3 18 bones and joints 12 peptone 78 20 brain heart infusion 56 186 glycerol 0.04 5 trypticase soya broth 0.4 20 skin 6 peptone 80 20 brain heart infusion 66 190 glycerol 0.04 5 trypticase sota broth 0.3 20 septic shock 14 peptone 92 22 brain heart infusion 62 210 glycerol 0.05 3 trypticase soya broth 0.3 12 biology 97 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 إعتبار ثنائي أسيتومينوفيون عامل شدة مرضية متولد نتيجة الصابة الجروح في العراق pseudomonas aeruginosa والحروق الشديدة بجرثومة سماح علي ،محمد كاظم األعرجي الجامعة المستنصرية ، كلية الصيدلةقسم علوم الحياة ، 2012ايلول 12قبل البحث في: 2012ايار 14استلم البحث في: الخالصة أنموذجاً لحاالت مرضية ألشخاص يعانون من إصابة الجروح والحروق بالتلوث بجرثومة 180أجري الفحص لـ الزائفة الزنجارية والمأخوذة من مختلف مستشفيات بغداد، وقد وجد أن النماذج كانت تحتوي على دم، قشع، إدرار ومسحات الجرثومة.من جروح وحروق ملوثة بتلك لوحظ أن هذه الجرثومة تولد مادة ثنائي أسيتومينافتون بكميات أكثر عند اصابتها للحروق والجروح الملتهبة، اذ إن هذه المادة لها رائحة تشبه رائحة العنب عند زرعها على مختلف االوساط الزرعية. مة الزائفة الزنجارية التي تسبب التهابات مما تقدم يمكن أعتبار تلك المادة عامل شدة مرضية خاصة بتلك الجرثو شديدة للجروح والحروق. بكتريا اكرام سالب، pseudomonas aeruginosa، أسيتومينوفيون -2أمينوالكلمات المفتاحية : ihjpas. 36(1)2023 59 creative commons attribution 4.0 international licensethis work is licensed under a abstract this study was carried out to determine the effects of crude terpenoid compound extracts of melia azedarach l. leaves and fruits on some biological aspects of whitefly bemisia tabaci (genn.) under laboratory conditions of 25 ± 2°c and relative humidity of 65-70%. the results indicated a significant effect on eggs and immature stages when treated with 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 mg/ml of leaves and fruits. the mortality rate increased with concentration. it reached 98.68, 100, 100, 95.70, 86.30, and 42.68% for eggs, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd nymphal instars, pupa, and adults, respectively, at a concentration of 2 mg/ml for leaves extract. at the same time, it reached 94.86, 100,100, 100, 87.89, and 44.90% for eggs, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd nymphal instars, pupa, and adults, respectively, at a concentration of 2 mg/ml for fruit extract. also, the proportion of adults who emerged from sprayed eggs reduced to 91.53% and 95.72% when treated with 2 mg/ml of leaves and fruit extracts, respectively. while the developmental period increased to 23.50 and 24.00 days at 2 mg/ml when treated with terpenoid extracts of the leaves and fruits, respectively, compared with 21.00 and 20.83 days at control. keywords: bemisia tabaci, crude compound, melia azedarach, terpenoids extract, whitefly. 1. introduction the whitefly bemisia tabaci is a tiny, soft-bodied insect belonging to the homoptera order's aleyrodidae family. it has six life stages, egg, crawler (1st larval instar), two sessile nymphal instars (2nd and 3rd nymphal instars), pupa, and the adult [1, 2, 3]. the adults coat their bodies, especially their wings, with white, waxy powder generated by specific glands, mostly on adults' abdomen, thus the name whiteflies (figure 1) [1,2,3]. most whitefly species are arrhenotokous: females are produced from fertilized eggs. males are haploid and develop from unfertilized eggs [3]. whiteflies are considered a significant economic pest in both fields. they protect crops and ornamental plants, including guava, cucumber, eggplant, tomato, sweet doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2951 article history: received 24 julay 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq the effect of the crude terpenoids compounds of melia azedrach leaves and fruits on some biological aspects of whitefly bemisia tabaci osama s. majeed osamaalways230@gmail.com directorate of baghdad education-karkh iii, ministry of education, baghdad, iraq mailto:osamaalways230@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 60 potato, soybean, watermelon, lettuce, cotton, cauliflower, chinese cabbage, cassava, avocado, okra, hibiscus, verbena, poinsettia, garden mum, gerber daisies, lantana, mandevilla and rose [4,5]. when the adult and immature whiteflies feed, they excrete honeydew, a sticky excretory waste composed of plant sugars [6]. over two-hundred plant, viruses are transmitted by whiteflies [5, 6]. more than one hundred were transmitted by b. tabaci [3]. figure 1: female of b. tabaci (40x) "a photo was taken by the author" b. tabaci has developed a high degree of resistance against different groups of insecticides, including organophosphates, carbamates, pyrethroids, insect growth regulators, and chlorinated hydrocarbons [7-10] explained that the resistance of b. tabaci is related to the extensive use of several insecticides, short generation time, high rate of fecundity, and the greater mobility of adults. also, [11] mentioned that chemical control has been challenging to achieve because of the insect's distribution within the plant's canopy and on the underside of leaves and because of its high reproductive rate. the failure to control whiteflies has also been credited to the ability of immature whiteflies to protect them with a wax secretion that covers their body and is impervious to most insecticides [6]. botanical insecticides have long been touted, as attractive alternatives to synthetic chemical insecticides for pest management, because botanicals reputedly pose little threat to the environment or human health [12]. historically, these compounds have been used in agriculture pest control for at least two thousand years in china and the middle east [13]. terpenoids are the largest class of plant secondary metabolites. the mevalonate (mva) pathway in the cytoplasm and the methylerythritol phosphate (mep) pathway in plastids are synthesized in the plant. at least 40000 compounds of terpenoids have been identified in different parts of plants [14,15]. chemically, most terpenoids are aromatic compounds, lipidsoluble. the main terpenoids are essential oils responsible for the odor or smell found in many plants [16]. terpenes are classified according to the number of isoprene units (c5h8) [17]. melia azedarach commonly known as the chinaberry tree, belongs to the meliaceae family. many pieces of the literature indicated that the m. azedarach tree contains various compounds of terpenoids in roots [18], bark [19]; leaves [20, 21]; seeds [22], and fruits [23]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 61 previous studies proved that m. azedarach extracts act as suitable insecticides against whitefly. [24] indicated a significant reduction in second nymphal instars and egg number of white fly bemisia argentifolii when treated with aqueous extracts of fruit m. azedarach. [25] observed that an aqueous extract of m. azedarach has a repent effect against first-instar nymphs of whitefly trialeurodes vaporariorum. [26] found that the leaf extract of m. azedarach act as an effective insecticide against the adult population of b. tabaci at 4 and 6%. also, [27] showed that the second nymphal stage of b. tabaci is susceptible to terpenoid extract of m. azedarach. 2. materials and methods collection and identification of plant samples fruits and leaves of m. azedarach were collected from gardens at baghdad university "jadriyah campus ."plants were identified at baghdad university herbarium, college of science. fruits and leaves of this plant were cleaned from dust, then dried under shade at room temperature for three days. dried fruits and leaves were ground into powder by an electrical grinder. the powder was kept in a refrigerator at 4°c in a clean container until use [28]. all extraction processes were made in the botany laboratory at the biology department, college of science, university of baghdad. insect culture the host plant species used in the study was tomato plants (lycopersicon lycopersicum) grown from seeds in plastic pots (20 cm diameter) were kept in a large cage with dimensions of (150 x 300 x 200 cm). it was covered with a nylon mesh net until they were severely damaged by whiteflies b. tabaci, the new plant added when needed. as well as whiteflies were transferred to potted tomato plants kept inside wooden-framed rearing cages (30 x 30 x 30 cm) covered with white nylon mesh. they were incubated at 25± 2°c, relative humidity 65-70%, and photoperiod was 14:10 (light: dark) hours, provided by fluorescent lamps [29, 30]. insect identification was confirmed by the iraqi national history museum of baghdad university. for delayed effect, firstly, to obtain newly laid eggs 24 hours old, tomato plants with 3040 adults (male & female) were kept in wooden-framed rearing cages (30 x 30 x 30 cm) covered with white nylon mesh. they were kept in an incubator at 25 ± 2°c with a relative humidity of 65-70% and photoperiod 14:10 (l:d) hours [29]. 50 eggs 24 hours of age were sprayed with 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 mg/ml of plant extracts fruits or leaves (three replicates of each concentration and control). the eggs were followed up until the adult's emergence. the development period was calculated during the experiment. extraction of crude terpenoid compounds a quantity of 10 gm of plant powder for leaves and fruits was extracted by 200 ml of chloroform in the soxhlet apparatus for 24 hours for extraction. the solvent then evaporated in a rotary evaporator. crude terpenoid compounds were extracted according to the procedure [28, 31, 32]. the samples were placed in clean dark vials and kept in a refrigerator at 4°c until use. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 62 detection of terpenoid compounds in m. azedarach. the crude extract was dissolved in 2 ml of chloroform and evaporated to dryness. 2 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid was added and heated for about 2 min. a grayish color was considered an indication of the presence of terpenoid compounds [33]. detection of saponins in m. azedarach. 1. foam test: thick foam resulted from shaking 1 ml of extract with 5 ml of distilled water in closed test tube indicated the presence of saponins [34, 35]. 2. mercury chloride reagent: 2 ml of 1% mercuric chloride was added to 5 ml of chloroform extract. the presence of white precipitate indicates the presence of saponins [36]. preparation of different concentrations serial concentrations of terpenoid extract were prepared by dissolving 0.2 mg of terpenoid extraction in 1 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso), the volume was completed to 100 ml by using d.w. [37,38].one drop of citowett added as adhesive agent and surfactant. the control was prepared 1 ml of dmso and 99 ml d.w. and one drop of citowett. different concentrations 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 mg/ml of plant extracts were prepared. effect of crude extract for terpenoids compounds on immature stages leaves of tomato plants with eggs, first, second and third nymphal instars, and pupae (immature stages) of b. tabaci on the lower surface placed on wetted cotton in a petri dish [39]. then sprayed by hand sprayer until runoff, 20 individual (immature stages), four replicates for each concentration as well as control treatment. then incubated at 25 ±2°c and relative humidity of 65-70%. all mortality rates were corrected according to abbott formula; for this control deleted from tables [40]. effect of crude extract for terpenoids compounds on adults the procedure by [29] was used to evaluate the effects of crud extracts on adult b. tabaci. young tomato plant four to six leaves sprayed with crude compounds until runoff, then 10 adults were introduced to the cylindrical classes by aspirator (covered from the upper with white cloth mesh) then put in incubator for 72 hours at 25±2°c, 65-70% relative humidity and photoperiod 14:10 (l:d) hours. different concentrations (0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2, mg/ml) of plant extracts were used. three replicates of each treatment and control. the mortality rate was recorded every 24 hours for three days. all mortality rates were corrected according to abbott formula; for this control deleted from tables [40]. statistical analysis all of experiments designed as factorial experiments with completely randomized design and the least significant difference (l.s.d.) test was used to compare between means [41]. 3.results and discussion table 1 and 2 shows the effect of different concentrations (0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 mg/ml) of crude extracts of leaves and fruits of m. azedarach on different stages of b. tabaci. present study showed that leaves and fruits extracts have an ovicidal effect and suppressed the hatchability of ihjpas. 36(1)2023 63 the eggs even at low concentrations. the mortality rate of eggs was 34.82, 76.83, 84.01 and 98.68% when treated with terpenoids extracts of leaves at concentrations of 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 mg/ml, respectively (table 1). when treated with fruits terpenoids the percentage were 31.93, 59.75, 70.09, and 94.86%, respectively (table 2). also, we observed newly larvae dead after hatching immediately (figure 3). this result might refer to the residual activity of extracts on the emerging crawlers as they were trying to come out of their eggshells. this finding supported by [39] found that treating eggs of whitefly t. vaporariorum 5 and 7 days after oviposition with commercial neem extract effect on larval emergence attributed that to contact of emerging larvae with still active residues of the neem treatment. as well, [42] showed that half-emerging of 1st nymphal stadia of b. tabaci attributed that to the toxic effect of neem residues. also, we found that these extracts act as hypertonic solutions making the eggs lose their water and changed their colors (figure 4). these results are agreeable with those of [43] as they found a reduction in eggs viability of b. tabaci when treated with aqueous extract of neem-seed at 0.2 and 2%. also, [44] concluded that neem oil at a concentration 4 ml/l water was highly effective against eggs of whitefly aleuroclava jasmine. when [45,46] applied pyrrolizidine alkaloids and phenolic compounds from ibicella. lutea leaves on b. tabaci eggs, showed inhibition rate reached 64.5 and 67.5%, respectively. furthermore, [47] found that mortality rate of b. tabaci eggs reached 45.02% when treated with crude phenolic compounds of nerium oleander leaves at a concentration 2%. additionally, numerous studies have been conducted to evaluate the effect of m. azedarach extracts against different insects. [48] found that egg hatching of beetle apriona germari reduced to 87.12% when treated with extracts of m. azedarach fruits at 1000 μg/ml. [49] showed that a significant reduction in eggs hatchability of anopheles pulcherrimus when treated with high concentrations of terpenoid compounds of m. azedarach fruits. [50] demonstrated the toxic effect of ethanolic extract of m. azedarach seeds against haemonchus contortus eggs. also, [51] found that egg hatching of haemonchus contortus inhibited to 99.4% and 100% when applying aqueous and hydro-alcoholic extracts of m. azedarach leaves, respectively at concentration 12.5 mg/ml. [52] showed that the mortality percentages of musca domestica eggs reached 84.18 and 78.57 when treated with crude phenolic compounds of leaves and fruits with concentrations of 0.25-1.5 mg/ml. figure (2): shows 1st nymphal instar dead during the hatching (half-emerged dead crawlers) (x40). figure (3): shows eggs lost their turgidity (x40). http://parasitology.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de/login/frame.php?splink=/login/n/h//0621.html ihjpas. 36(1)2023 64 the mortality rates of first nymphal stadia ranged between 46.87-100% and 48.44-100% at concentrations of 0.5-2 mg/ml when treated with terpenoid extract of leaves and fruits, respectively. whereas, for second nymphal stadia, the mortality rates ranged between 25.32100% and 5 2.75-100% at concentrations of 0.5-2 mg/ml when treated with terpenoid extract leaves and fruits, respectively. while, for third nymphal stadia, it ranged between 57.53-95.70% and 44.08-100% at concentrations of 0.5-2 mg/ml when treated with terpenoid extract from leaves and fruits, respectively (table1 and 2) the present study revealed that nymphal mortality of b. tabaci increased as m. azedarach extract concentrations increased. [53] showed that the 1st and 2nd nymphal instars were more susceptible than pupae when sprayed with m. azedarach extract related to the physiological aspects and increased fat constituent, particularly in pupae or perhaps were associated with the effect of the extract on ecdysis and neuroendocrine hormones. also, young nymphal were more sensitive than older ones. these findings are supported by [43] found that an aqueous extract of neem-seed act as an antiecdysteroids and inhibition the neuroendocrine functions which control ecdysis in the first larval instar of b. tabaci. similarly, several local studies proved that melia extracts act as good larvicidal against different insects. [54] found that the mortality rate of phylloconitis citrella stainton larvae reached 90% when treated with extracts of m. azedarach seeds at 25 gm/l. also, [55] showed that treating b. tabaci nymphs with crude oil extract of m. azedarach fruits led to increased mortalities with increased concentration. as well as, [56] found that oil extract from citrullus colocynthis seed caused 62.5, 71.2, 89.5 mortality against b. tabaci nymphs at concentrations 10, 15, and 20%, respectively. [52] reported that the mortality rate of musca domestica larvae reached 60.92 and 44.98% when treated with crude phenolic compounds of leaves and fruits at concentrations of 1.5 mg/ml. in global studies, the results are compatible with those of [53] indicated a significant reduction in newly nymphal instars of b. tabaci when exposed to fruit extracts from m. azedarach in contrast with eggs and pupae. nathan & sehoon [57] showed that the seed extract of m. azedarach suppressed the larval activity of teak defoliator hyblaea puera even at a low dose. also, [58] found that methanolic extracts of leaves and seeds of m. azedarach showed intense larvicidal activity for an. stephensi. [59] found hydroethanolic extracts of m. azedarach leaves effects on the third and fourth-instar larvae of a. aegypti after 24 and 48 hours of exposure to the products. [51] found the leaves and seed aqueous and hydro-alcoholic extracts of m. azedarach showed 97.8%, 98.4%, and 100% larval development inhibition at 12.5 mg/ml, respectively, of haemonchus contortus. [60] mentioned the aqueous and ethanolic extracts of m. azedarach leaves exhibited an antifeedant activity against s. littoralis larvae. they caused larvae malformations at the concentration of 2% and made it not able to cross further developmental stages. pupae mortality increased by applying the concentrations 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 mg/ml of the extracts. it ranged between 40.79 86.30% at concentrations of 0.5-2 mg/ml, respectively, when terpenoid extracts of leaves were applied. when fruit extracts were used, the pupal mortality rates ranged between 61.67-87.89% when treated with the same concentrations (tables 1 and 2). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 65 partially emerged adults were found. only the head and thorax emerged out of the pupal case. this agrees with gaur and kumar's [61] finding that pupa of tobacco cutworm spodoptera litura could not close from the pupal cuticle when treated with root extracts of withania somnifera. also, [62] observed incomplete adultoid exclusion of peach fruit fly bactrocera zonata from the pupal exuviae after being treated with moringa oleifera leaf extract. the present study also agreed with [45], showing that pyrrolizidne alkaloids of i. lutea leaves have substantial effects on pupa of b. tabaci reached 95.57% at 2% concentration. while it reached 100% when treated with phenolic compounds at the same concentration [46]. [58] found that methanolic extracts of leaves and seeds from m. azedarach showed vigorous pupicidal activity on anopheles stephensi. [52] reported that the mortality rate of m. domestica pupa reached 67.51 and 51.55% when treated with crude phenolic compounds of leaves and fruits at a concentration of 1.5 mg/ml. also, [60] reported a significant decrease in the pupa weight of spodoptera littoralis when treated with leaf extracts of m. azedarach. when plant extracts were sprayed on the foliage of tomato plants (figure2). mortality rates of adults ranged between 8.33-42.68 and 19.90-44.90% at concentrations of 0.5-2 mg/ml when treated with terpenoid extract of leaves and fruits, respectively (table 1 and 2). several previous studies reported that m. azedarach extracts have insecticidal activity. [63] found that the mortality rate of elm leaf beetle xanthogalleruca luteola increased dramatically when adults fed on treated leaves with an ethanolic extract of m. azedarach fruit with 2, 5, and 10%. similarly, [53] showed that the number of b. tabaci adults on tomato plants reduced when treated with fruit and leaf extracts of m. azedarach. [64] showed that the mortality rate of an. pulcherrimus adults ranged between 2.35-16.07% and 0.08-6.7% when treated with terpenoid and phenolic compounds of m. azedarach fruits at concentrations 500 4000 and 500 6000 ppm, respectively. at the same time, ethanol extracts of m. azdarach drupes showed 61.2% mortality, against rice weevil sitophilus oryzae, at 0.4 ml per 20 g of grains [65]. [66] found that oil fruit extracts of m. azedarch caused 100% mortality against ocneridia volxemi at 2% oil and water extracts after 72 hrs. and 144 hrs. of treatment, respectively. [67] reported that the aqueous extracts of fruit and leaves of m. azedarach caused an insecticide effect on d. melanogaster, reaching 90% mortality. the present study agrees with many other studies. [54] found that the mortality of b. tabaci adults was 40% at concentrations of 20% of crude water extract of m. azedarach fruits. in this respect, [45] showed that pyrrolizidne alkaloids of i. lutea leave cause 85% mortality of b. tabaci adults at a concentration of 2%. the mortality rate was 68.3% for b. tabaci adults when sprayed with a phenolic compound of i. lutea leaves at 2%. [68] observed that the mortality rates of whitefly t. vaporariorum were 28.3, 25.6, 38.8, 15.6, 84.7, 23.3, 17.5, 22.9, 4.9%, when treated with methanol extracts of each nerium indicum, fatsia japonica, dendropanax morbifera, ficus carica, f.erecta, pittosparum tobira, pyracantha angustifolia, and camellia japonica, respectively at 10.000 ppm. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 66 table (1): the effects of crude terpenoids extracts of m. azedrach leaves on different stages of b. tabaci. mean (first line) and standard deviation (second line). table (2): the effects of crude terpenoids extracts of m. azedrach fruits on different stages of b. tabaci. mean (first line) and standard deviation (second line). the results in tables 1 and 2 show a reduction in the number of adults that emerged from sprayed eggs. it reached 48.14, 57.34, 83.93, and 91.53% when treated with terpenoid leaves at 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 mg/ml, respectively, and were 26.35, respectively 60.43, 76.35, and 95.72% for fruit terpenoid extract, respectively at the same concentrations. these results agreed with [39] found that a significant reduction in the number of adults whitefly t. vaporariorum emerged from eggs that had been treated with 0.5% neem azal-t/s after 5 and 7 days of oviposition. extract conc. (%) eggs mort. (%) nymphal mort. (%) pupal mort. (%) adults mort. (%) delayed effect (%) 1st 2nd 3rd 0.5 34.82 3.48 ± 46.87 3.60 ± 25.32 2.22 ± 57.53 6.70 ± 40.79 9.58± 8.33 4.11± 48.14 5.56 ± 1 76.83 3.74 ± 78.27 4.31 ± 58.05 6.07 ± 75.92 10.3 ± 64.21 5.00± 22.03 5.65± 57.34 13.23 ± 1.5 84.01 3.28 ± 85.28 6.95 ± 70.72 5.65 ± 89.99 3.60 ± 78.21 7.66± 36.01 12.58± 83.93 8.37 ± 2 98.68 1.31 ± 100.00 100.00 95.70 2.60 ± 86.30 7.00± 42.68 15.14± 91.53 4.23 ± lsd 9.578* 13.780* 13.243* 20.137* 23.901 ns 32.636 ns 27.969* * (p≤0.05), ns: non-significant. extract conc. (%) eggs mort. (%) nymphal mort. (%) pupal mort. (%) adults mort. (%) delayed effect (%) 1st 2nd 3rd 0.5 31.93 9.35 ± 48.44 14.85 ± 52.75 7.84 ± 44.08 14.58 ± 61.67 4.34± 19.90 3.78± 26.35 5.14 ± 1 59.75 4.13 ± 81.05 7.43 ± 82.51 7.45 ± 72.61 2.02 ± 73.34 10.88± 25.00 14.43± 60.43 8.51 ± 1.5 70.09 2.53 ± 88.68 6.55 ± 84.12 7.78 ± 94.50 2.15 ± 81.58 7.52± 43.51 6.01± 76.35 2.64 ± 2 94.86 3.53 ± 100.00 100.00 100.00 87.89 4.37± 44.90 11.90± 95.72 4.27 ± lsd 17.124* 27.516* 20.532* 22.931* 22.487* 32.636 ns 18.186* * (p≤0.05), ns: non-significant. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 67 furthermore, terpenoid extracts of m. azedarach affected the total developmental period of b. tabaci (in days) from eggs to adults. at a concentration of 2 mg/ml, the developmental periods were 23.50 days, while it reached 24.00 days at 2 mg/ml when treated with terpenoid extracts of the leaves and fruits, respectively, compared with 21.00 and 20.83 days at control (table 3). this could be returned to the inhibition of some metabolic enzymes. this finding confirmed by yousef, and el-lakwah [69] showed that terpene extract from m. azedarach fruits decreased the activity of digestive enzymes, reducing the total contents of proteins and carbohydrates in spodoptera littoralis larvae. several previous studies supported our findings and explained the development period of immature stages of b. tabaci is prolonged when sprayed with different plant extracts. [43] showed that the lengthening time of b. tabaci larvae increased when treated with neem seed extract. [70] found that aqueous extract and solvent extract of i. lutea affected the development period of b. tabaci. [71] found that leaves extract of lagenaria siceroia prolongs the developmental period of immature stages of b. tabaci. [45] showed that the development period for both nymph and pupae of b. tabaci increased twice when treated with pyrrolizidine alkaloids of i. lutea leaves at a concentration of 2%. also, [39] found that the nymph developmental period of t. vaporariorum was significantly prolonged when treated with neem products, attributed to the effects of neem ingredients removed gradually. [46] studied the effects of phenolic compounds of i. lutea leaves against b. tabaci. they found a prolongation in larval, pupal, and total development periods when treated with a concentration of 0.25%. [47] showed that the development period of immature stages of b. tabaci delayed significantly after being treated with extracted phenolic compounds of n. oleander leaves and found a direct correlation between the development period and the extract concentration. similar results also have been reported on immature stages of b. tabaci after applying alkaloid extract of i. lutea leaves [72]. this finding matches those of [52], indicating that phenolic compounds of m. azedarach increased the development period of m. domestica pupae from 5 days in control to 6.4 and 7.2 days after being treated with leaves and fruits extracts, respectively at 1.5 mg/ml. table (3): effect of crude terpenoids extracts of m. azedarach on the total developmental period of b. tabaci (in days). mean (first line) and standard deviation (second line). mean of development periods (days) after treatment eggs with extracts. ± s.d. conc. extract 0.0 0.5 1 1.5 2 leaves 21.00 ±0.00 21.16 ±0.16 22.16 0.16± 23.00 1.12± 23.50 1.13± fruits 20.83 ±0.16 21.16 0.16± 21.83 0.16± 23.00 3.38± 24.00 2.00± * (p≤0.05), ns: non-significant ihjpas. 36(1)2023 68 3.conclusions our results indicate that crude terpenoid compounds of m. azedarach leaves and fruits act as a good insecticide against all immature stages of b. tabaci, even at low doses under laboratory conditions (25 ± 2°c and relative humidity of 65-70%). a direct correlation was found between extract concentration and the mortality of all developmental stages. newly nymphal instars are more susceptible than pupae and adults. as well as, the extracts were highly effective against b. tabaci after 21 days of spraying the eggs then, consequently causing a reduction in female fecundity. furthermore, the study suggests using these compounds as an environmentally friendly insecticide to control whitefly. acknowledgments the authors would like to acknowledge baghdad university herbarium and botany laboratory in the biology department college of sciences/ university of baghdad for assisting in plant identification and extraction. acknowledgements are extended to the iraqi national history museum for insect identification. we are thankful to the plant protection department state board of agricultural research /abu-graib. conflict of interest statement the author declares no conflict of interest. references 1. gangwar, r.k.; gangwar, c. lifecycle, distribution, nature of damage and economic importance of whitefly, bemisia tabaci (gennadius). acta scientific agriculture. 2018, 2 (4), 36-39. 2. ghelani, m.k.; kabaria, b.b.; ghelani, y.h.; shah k.d.; acharya, m.f. biology of whitefly, bemisia tabaci (gennadius) on tomato. journal of entomology and zoology studies. 2020, 8(4), 1596-1599. 3. li, y.; mbata, g.n.; punnuri, s.; simmons, a.m.; shapiro-ilan, d. i. bemisia tabaci on vegetables in the southern united states: incidence, impact, and management. insects. 2021,12(3), 198. https://doi.org/10.3390/insects12030198 4. al-mallo, i.m.; abdul-rassoul, m.s. host plants and distribution of some whiteflies species (hemiptera, aleyrodidae) in the middle of iraq, bulletin of the iraq natural history museum. 2017, 14 (4), 295-300. http://dx.doi.org/10.26842/binhm.7.2017.14.4.0295 5. macfadyen, s.; paull, c.; boykin, l.; de barro, p.; maruthi, m.; otim, m.; kalyebi, a.; vassão, d.g.; sseruwagi, p.; tay, w.t.; delatte, h.; seguni, z.; colvin, j.; omongo, c.a. cassava whitefly, bemisia tabaci (gennadius) (hemiptera: aleyrodidae) in east african farming landscapes: a review of the factors determining abundance. bulletin of entomological research. 2018, 108(5), 565-582. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0007485318000032 6. sani, i.; ismail, s.; abdullah, s.; jalinas, j.; jamian, s.; saad, n. a review of the biology and control of whitefly, bemisia tabaci (hemiptera: aleyrodidae), with special reference to biological control using entomopathogenic fungi. insects. 2020, 11, 619, 1-18. 7. naveen, n.c.; chaubey, r.; kumar, d.; rebijith, k.b.; rajagopal, r.; subrahmanyam, b.; subramanian, s. insecticide resistance status in the whitefly, bemisia tabaci genetic https://doi.org/10.3390/insects12030198 http://dx.doi.org/10.26842/binhm.7.2017.14.4.0295 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0007485318000032 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 69 groups asia-i, asia-ii-1 and asia-ii-7 on the indian subcontinent. scientific reports. 2017, 7, 40634. doi:10.1038/srep40634. 8. dağlı, f.; yukselbaba, u.; ikten, c.; topakci, n.; gocmen, h. insecticide resistance in bemisia tabaci (genn.) populations collected from the mediterranean and aegean regions of turkey. applied ecology and environmental research,2020,18,7757-7768. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/348829941 9. horowitz, a.r.; ghanim, m.; roditakis, e.; nauen, r.; ishaaya, i. insecticide resistance and its management in bemisia tabaci species. journal of pest science, 2020, 93, 893– 910 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10340-020-01210-0 10. prabhaker, n.; coudriet, d.l.; meyerdirk, d.e. insecticide resistance in the sweetpotato whitefly, bemisia tabaci (homoptera: aleyrodidae). journal of economic entomology. 1985, 78(4), 748-752. https://doi.org/10.1093/jee/78.4.748 11. butler, g.d.; henneberry, t.j.; willson, f.d. bemisia tabaci (homoprtera: aleyrodidae) on cotton: adult activity and cultivar oviposition preference. journal of economic entomology, 1986, 79 (2), 350-354. https://doi.org/10.1093/jee/79.2.350 12. ahmed, n.; alam, m.; saeed, m.; ullah, h.; iqbal, t.; al-mutairi, k.a.; shahjeer, k.; ullah, r.; ahmed, s.; ahmed, n.a.a.h.; khater, h.f.; salman, m. botanical insecticides are a non-toxic alternative to conventional pesticides in the control of insects and pests. in: el-shafie, h.a.f. (ed.), global decline of insects; 1st ed.; intechopen: london, 2022; isbn 978-1-83969-588-9 https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.100416 13. dougoud, j.; toepfer, s.; bateman, m.l; jenner, w.h. efficacy of homemade botanical insecticides based on traditional knowledge. a review. agronomy for sustainable development. 2019, 39(4), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13593-019-0583-1 14. tholl, d. biosynthesis and biological functions of terpenoids in plants. biotechnology of isoprenoids. springer international publishing: switzerland, 2015, 148, 63-106. doi: 10.1007/10_2014_295 15. noushahi, h.a. khan, a.h.; noushahi, u.f.; hussain, m.; javed, t.; zafar, m.; batool, m.; ahmed, u. liu; k. harrison, m.t.; saud, s.; fahad, s.; shu, s. biosynthetic pathways of triterpenoids and strategies to improve their biosynthetic efficiency. plant growth regulation. 2022, 97(3), 439-454. doi:10.1007/s10725-022-00818-9. 16. stephane, f. f. y., and jules, b. k. j. terpenoids as important bioactive constituents of essential oils. in: de oliveira, m. a., costa, w. a. d. and silva, s. g. (eds.), essential oilsbioactive compounds, new perspectives and applications; 1st ed.; intechopen: london, 2020. 75-108; isbn 978-1-83962-698-2. doi:10.5772/intechopen.91426 17. perveen, s. introductory chapter: terpenes and terpenoids. in: perveen, s. and al-taweel a. (eds.), terpenes and terpenoids; 1st ed.; intechopen: london, 2018,1-12; isbn 978-1-78984777-2 18. faizi, s.; wasi, a.; siddiqui, b.s.; naz, a. new terpenoids from the roots of melia azedarach. australian journal of chemistry. 2002, 55(4), 291-296. https://doi.org/10.1071/ch01101 19. tan, q.; li, x.; chen, h.; feng, t.; cai, x.; luo, x. sterols and terpenoids from melia azedarach. journal of natural products, 2010, 73(4), 693-697. doi:10.1021/np1000472 20. ahmed, m.f.; rao, a.s.; ahemad, s.r.; ibrahim, m. phytochemical studies and antioxidant activity of melia azedarach linn leaves by dpph scavenging assay. international journal of pharmaceutics, 2012, 3(1), 271-276. 21. sen, a.; batra, a. chemical composition of methanol extract of the leaves of melia azedarach l. asian journal of pharmaceutical and clinical research. 2012, 5(3), 42-45. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/348829941 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10340-020-01210-0 https://doi.org/10.1093/jee/78.4.748 https://doi.org/10.1093/jee/79.2.350 https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.100416 https://doi.org/10.1007/s13593-019-0583-1 https://doi.org/10.1071/ch01101 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 70 22. isman, m.b. botanical insecticides, deterrents, and repellents in modern agriculture and an increasingly regulated world. annual review of entomology. 2006, 51, 45-66. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.ento.51.110104.151146 23. zhou, f.; ma x.h.; li, z.j.; li, w.; zheng, w.m.; wang, z.b.; zeng, x.m.; sun, k.h.; zhang, y.h. four new tirucallane triterpenoids from the fruits of melia azedarach and their cytotoxic activities. chemistry & biodiversity. 2019, 13(12), 1738-1746. https://doi.org/10.1002/cbdv.201600149 24. hammad, e.a.f.; mcauslane, h.j. effect of melia azedarach l. extract on bemisia argentifolii (hemiptera: aleyrodidae) and its biocontrol agent eretmocerus rui (hymenoptera: aphelinidae). environmental entomology. 2006, 35(3), 740-745. 25. kumar, a.; singh, r.; sharma, k.c. repellant effect of neem formulation and aqeuous extract of melia azedarach on greenhouse whitefly (trialeurodes vaporariorum westwood, hemiptera: aleyrodidae). journal of applied and natural science. 2016, 8(4), 2037-2039. 26. ashfaq, n.; bashir, m.; noreen, m.; jameel, n.; ayoub, a.; latif, a. insecticidal efficiency of native plant extracts against whitefly (bemasia tabaci) on cotton crop. pure and applied biology. 2019, 8(1), 727-732. https://thepab.org/index.php/journal/article/view/794 27. guerra, j.g.o.; chávez, e.c.; maría, y.; fuentes, o.; flores, j. l.; uribe, l.a.a.; juárez, a.h. insecticidal activity of plant extracts against whitefly nymphs bemisia tabaci (hemiptera: aleyrodidae) in laboratory. journal of entomology and zoology studies. 2020, 8(1), 595-599. 28. stéphane, f.f.; jules, b.k.; batiha, g.e., ali, i.; bruno, l.n. extraction of bioactive compounds from medicinal plants and herbs. in: el-shemy h.a. (ed.), natural medicinal plants; intech open: london, 2021 ,146-186; isbn 978-1-83969-276-5 29. razze, j.m.; liburd, o.e.; nuessly, g.s.; samuel-foo, m. evaluation of bioinsecticides for management of bemisia tabaci (hemiptera: aleyrodidae) and the effect on the whitefly predator delphastus catalinae (coleoptera: coccinellidae) in organic squash. journal of economic entomology. 2016, 109(4), 1766-1771. https://doi.org/10.1093/jee/tow108 30. mostafiz, m.m.; jhan, p.k.; shim, j-k; lee, k.y. methyl benzoate exhibits insecticidal and repellent activities against bemisia tabaci (gennadius) (hemiptera: aleyrodidae). plos one. 2018, 13(12), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0208552 31. abubakar a. r.; haque, m. preparation of medicinal plants: basic extraction and fractionation procedures for experimental purposes. journal of pharmacy & bioallied sciences. 2020, 12, 1-10. doi: 10.4103/jpbs.jpbs_175_19 32. poreds, p. basic extraction and fractionation procedures for experimental purposes in the preparation of medicinal plants. journal of chromatography & separation techniques. 2022, 13, 471. 33. andriani, y.; ramli, n.m.; syamsumir, d.f.; kassim, m.n. i.; jaafar, j.; aziz, n.a., marlinaa, l.; musaa, n.s.; mohamad, h. phytochemical analysis, antioxidant, antibacterial and cytotoxicity properties of keys and cores part of pandanus tectorius fruits. arabian journal of chemistry. 2019, 12(8), 3555-3564. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arabjc.2015.11.003 34. manhas, sh.; attri, c.; seth m.k.; seth a. determination of phytochemical constituents and evaluation of antimicrobial activity of medicinal fern christella dentata. indian fern journal. 2018, 35,169-78. 35. mishra, s.b. essentials of herbal drug technology: a guide of standardization quality control. educreation publication. 1st ed.; educreation publishing: new delhi, 2019, 318. isbn: 9789388719087, 9388719085 https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.ento.51.110104.151146 https://doi.org/10.1002/cbdv.201600149 https://thepab.org/index.php/journal/article/view/794 https://doi.org/10.1093/jee/tow108 https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0208552 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arabjc.2015.11.003 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 71 36. faizy, h.s.; esmail, l.s.; mahdi, h. phytochemicals analysis in watercress (nasturtium officinale) plant extracts. iop conf. series: earth and environmental science, 2021, 761(1), 012042. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/761/1/012042. 37. aydin, t.; bayrak, n.; baran, e.; cakir, a. insecticidal effects of extracts of humulus lupulus (hops) l. cones and its principal component, xanthohumol. bulletin of entomological research. 2017, 107(4), 543-549. doi:10.1017/s0007485317000256. 38. sayed s.m.; alotaibi s.s.; gaber, n.; elarrnaouty, s.a. evaluation of five medicinal plant extracts on aphis craccivora (hemiptera: aphididae) and its predator, chrysoperla carnea (neuroptera: chrysopidae) under laboratory conditions. insects. 2020,11(6), 398. doi: 10.3390/insects11060398. 39. von elling, k.; borgemeister, c.; setamou, m.; poehling, h. m. the effect of neemazalt/s, a commercial neem product, on different development stages of the common greenhouse whitefly trialeurodes vaporariorum westwood (hom., aleyrodidae). journal of applied entomology. 2002, 126, 40-45. 40. abbott, w.s. a method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. journal of economic entomology. 1925, 18, 265-267. 41. sas. 2012. statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical. version 9. 1th ed. sas. inst. inc. cary. n.c. usa. 42. kumar, p.; poehling, h.m.; borgemeister, c. effects of different application methods of azadirachtin against sweetpotato whitefly bemisia tabaci gennadius (hom., aleyrodidae) on tomato plants. journal of applied entomology. 2005, 129 (9/10), 489-497. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1439-0418.2005.01009.x. 43. coudriet, d.l.; prabhker, n.; meyerdirk, d.g. sweetpotato whitefly (homoptera: aleyrodidae): effects of neem-seed extract on oviposition and immature stages. environmental entomology. 1985, 19, 776-779. 44. taha, h.a.; hussan, m.s.; saleh, w.h.; thamer, r.th. efficiency of different concentration of neem oil against jasminia whitefly (aleuroclava jasmini) on citrus trees. 9th arab cong. plant protec, 2006, 153. 45. al-mansour, n.; al-zubaidi, f.; al-sadawi, i. the effects of pyrrolizidne alkaloids of ibicella lutea (staph.) van eslet. (martynaaceae) on the biological performance of bemisia tabaci (genn.) (homoptera: aleyrodidae). journal of babylon university. 2004, 9(3), 875880. 46. al-mansour, n.; al-zubaidi, f.; al-sadawi, i. effects of unicorn plant phenolic compounds of ibicella lutea (staph.) van eslet. (martynaace) on same biological aspects of bemisia tabaci (genn.) (homoptera: aleyrodidae). journal of babylon university. 2005, 10 (3), 833 -837. 47. rathi, m.h.; al-zubaidi, f.s. effect of crude phenolic extracts of nerium oleander l. leaves on the biological performance of bemisia tabaci (genn.) (homoptera: aleyrodida). diyala journal for pure science. 2011, 7(3), 214-226. 48. boguang, z.; xiaoping, c.; yunwe, y.; xiaoping, l. inhibiting effects of the cynanchum komalovii total alkaloids and melia azedarach fruit extracts on oviposition and egg hatch in apriona germari (coleoptera, cerambacidae). scientia silvae sinicae. 2001, 38 (2), 6872. 49. mehdi, n.s.; al-rubei, h.f.; ali, m.a. effect of phenolic and terpenoid compounds isolated from melia azedarach l. and azadirachta indica (a. juss) fruits on anopheles pulcherrimus (diptera: culicidae). ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences. 2009, 23(2), 59-70. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1439-0418.2005.01009.x ihjpas. 36(1)2023 72 50. maciel, m.v.; morais, s.m.; bevilaqua, c.m.l.; camurça-vasconcelos, a.l.f.; costa, c.t.c.; castro, c.m.s. ovicidal and larvicidal activity of melia azedarach extracts on haemonchus contortus. veterinary parasitology. 2006, 140(2), 98-104. 51. kamaraj, c.; abdul rahuman, a.; bagavan, a.; mohamed, m.j.; elango, g.; rajakumar, g.; abduz zahir, a.; santhoshkumar, t.; marimuthu, s. ovicidal and larvicidal activity of crude extracts of melia azedarach against haemonchus contortus (strongylida). parasitology research. 2010,106(5), 1071-1077. 52. al-motery, a.k.; al-zubaidi, f.s. the effects of extractd crude phenolic compounds from the fruits of melia azedarach l. on some biological aspects of housefly museca domestica l. (diptera: muscidae). proceedings of the 4th kurdistan conference on biological sciences university of duhok, 8-10 may, 2012, 9-17. 53. hammad, e.a.f.; nemer, n.m.; hawi, z.k.; hanna, l.t. responses of the sweetpotato whitefly, bemisia tabaci, to the chinaberry tree (melia azedarach l.) and its extracts. annals of applied biology. 2000, 137(2), 79-88. 54. al-rubeai, h.f.; al-jaboory, i.j.; salman, h.a.h.; hasson, b.; jabbo, n. efficacy of some insecticides and plant extracts on citrus leafmainer, phylloconitis citrella stainton. iraqi journal of agricultural. (special issue), 1999, 4(1), 138-146. 55. alrubeai, h.f.; teimmi n.k.; al-daragi, s.f. efficacy of crude extracts of melia azedarach and azadirachta indica a juse in killing nymphs and adults of bemasia tabaci (gennadius). arab journal of plant protection. 2004, 22, 47-52. 56. roman, o.k.; ibade, k.w.; abdil-razaq, a.s. evaluation of bioactivity of citrullus colocynthis seed oil against some agricultural pests. al-anbar journal of agricultural sciences. 2009, 7 (1), 386-390. (in arabic). 57. nathan, s.s.; sehoon, k. effects of melia azedarach l. extract on the teak defoliator hyblaea puera cramer (lepidoptera: hyblaeidae). crop protection. 2006, 25(3), 287-291. 58. nathan, s.s.; savitha, g.; george, d.k.; narmadha, a.; suganya, l.; chung, p.g. efficacy of melia azedarach l. extract on the malarial vector anopheles stephensi liston (diptera: culicidae). bioresource technology. 2006, 97(11), 1316-1323. 59. prophiro, j.s.; rossi, j.c.n.; pedroso, m.f.; kanis, l.a.; silva, o.s. leaf extracts of melia azedarach linnaeus (sapindales: meliaceae) act as larvicide against aedes aegypti (linnaeus, 1762) (diptera: culicidae). revista da sociedade brasileira de medicina tropical. 2008, 41, 560-564. 60. akacha, m.; chaieb, i.; laarif, a.; haouala, r.; boughanmi, n. effects of melia azedarach leaf extracts on nutritional behavior and growth of spodoptera littoralis. tunisian journal of plant protection. (special issue) 2017, 12, 61-70. 61. gaur, s.k.; kumar, k. sensitivity of tobacco caterpillar, spodoptera litura, to extract from a medicinal plant, withania somnifera. international journal of vegetable science. 2019, 26(2), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/19315260.2019.1605556 62. morsy, g.; gazia, e.f.; farag, s.r.; selem, g.s. impact certain plant extracts on toxicity, biochemical effects and some biological measurements of peach fly, bactrocera zonata (saunders). arab universities journal of agricultural sciences. 2020, 28(1), 303-314. 63. valladares, g.; defago, m.t.; palacios, s.; carpinella, m.c. laboratory evaluation of melia azedarach (meliaceae) extracts against the elm leaf beetle (coleoptera: chrysomelidae). journal of economic entomology. 1997, 90(3), 747-750. 64. mehdi, n.s.; al-rubei, h.f.; ali, m.a. effect of melia azedarach l. fruit extract on biological performance of anopheles pulcherrimus theobald (diptera: culicidae). ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied sciences. 2005, 18(3), 32-37. (in arabic). http://parasitology.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de/login/frame.php?splink=/login/n/h//0621.html https://doi.org/10.1080/19315260.2019.1605556 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 73 65. saljoqi, a.u.r.; afridi, m.k.; khan, s.a. effects of six plant extracts on rice weevil sitophilus oryzae. l. in the stored wheat grains. journal of agricultural and biological science, 2006, 1(4), 1-5. 66. bounechada, m.; fenni, m. laboratory evaluation of melia azedarach l. extracts on ocneridia volxemi bolivar (orthoptera, pamphaginae) adults. in: 8th african crop science society conference, el-minia, egypt, 27-31 october. african crop science society, 2007,1009-1011. 67. italo, c.g.; amanda, h.f.; diego, l.r. physical and chemical characterization of melia azedarach l. fruit and leaf for use as botanical insecticide. chilean journal of agricultural research. 2009, 69(1), 38-45. 68. kim, d.i.; park, j.d.; kim, s.g.; kuk, h.; jang, m.s.; kim, s.s. screening of some crude plant extracts for their acaricidal and insecticidal efficacies. journal of asia-pacific entomology. 2005, 8(1), 93-100. 69. yousef, h.; el-lakwah, s.f. effects of melia azedarach ripe fruit extract on some enzyme activities of the cotton leafworm spodoptera littoralis (boisd.). egyptian journal of biological pest control. 2014, 24(2), 315-320. 70. al-mansour, n.; al-zubaidi, f.; al-saadawi, i. bioactivity of unicorn, ibecilla lutea solvent extracts to whitefl bemisia tabaci. journal of babylon university. 1997, 2 (3), 279283. 71. al-zubaidi, f.; al-mansour, n.; and akber, m. resistance of bottle gourd, lagenaria siccarig (molina) to whitefly, bemisia tabaci (genn.). journal of babylon university. 1996, 1(3), 237-241. 72. rathi, m.h.; al-zubaidi, f.s. the effects of crude alkaloid extracted for nerium oleander l. leaves on biological performance of bemisia tabaci genn. (homoptera: aleyrodida). alqadisiyah journal of pure science. 2013, 13(1), 1-10. 47 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. cubic bipolar fuzzy ideals with thresholds (α, β), ( 𝛚 ,𝛝) of a semigroup in ku-algebra abstract in this paper, we introduce the concept of cubic bipolar-fuzzy ideals with thresholds (α,β),(ω,ϑ) of a semigroup in ku-algebra as a generalization of sets and in short (cbf). firstly, a (cbf) subku-semigroup with a threshold (α,β),(ω,ϑ) and some results in this notion are achieved. also, (cubic bipolar fuzzy ideals and cubic bipolar fuzzy k-ideals) with thresholds (α,β),(ω ,ϑ) are defined and some properties of these ideals are given. relations between a (cbf).sub algebra and-a (cbf) ideal are proved. a few characterizations of a (cbf) k-ideal with thresholds (α, β), (ω,ϑ) are discussed. finally, we proved that a (cbf) k-ideal and a (cbf) ideal with thresholds (α, β), (ω,ϑ) of a ku-semi group are equivalent relations. keywords: a ku-semigroup, cubic k-ideal, cubic bipolar fuzzy k-ideal with thresholds (α, β), (ω,ϑ). 1. introduction the fuzzy sets were introduced by zadeh [1] in 1956; after that, many authors applied this concept in different mathematics fields. mostafa [2, 3] studied the notion of fuzzy ku-ideals of ku-algebras and generalizations of fuzzy sets, which are called bipolarfuzzy n-fold ku-ideals. jun [46] studied the notion of a cubic set as a generalization of fuzzy set and interval-valued fuzzy set. kareem and hasan[7,8] defined the cubic ideals of a ku-semigroup and a homomorphism of a cubic set in this structure. bipolar–valued fuzzy sets are extensions of fuzzy sets whose membership degree range is enlarged from the interval [0,1] to [-1,1]. kareem and article history: received,21, november,2021, accepted,25, january, 2022, published in april 2022. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2724 omniat adnan hasan department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham,university of baghdad, iraq umniyatadnan@gmail.com fatema f. kareem department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham,university of baghdad, iraq fatma.f.k@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:umniyatadnan@gmail.com mailto:fatma.f.k@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 48 hassan[9] and kareem and awad [10] defined the concepts of bipolar fuzzy k-ideals and cubic bipolar ideals in ku-semigroup respectively, also kareem and abed [11] presented the idea of bipolar fuzzy-k-ideals with a threshold of ku--semigroup. the paper aims to introduce a cubic bipolar fuzzy k-ideals with thresholds (α,β),(ω,ϑ) of ku-semi group and discuss some relations between a cubic bipolar fuzzy k-ideal with thresholds (α,β), (ω,ϑ) and a bipolar fuzzy k-ideal. 2. basic concepts definition(1)[12]. algebra(ℵ,∗ ,0) is a set ℵ ,and a binary operation ∗ which is satisfies the following ,for all χ,𝛾,τ ∈ ℵ (ku1)(χ ∗ 𝛾) ∗ [(𝛾 ∗ τ) ∗ (χ ∗ τ)] = 0 (ku2) χ ∗0 = 0 (ku3) 0∗ χ = χ (ku4) χ ∗ 𝛾 = 𝛾 ∗ χ = 0 and 𝛾 ∗ χ implies χ = 𝛾 (ku5) χ ∗ χ = 0. we can define a binary operation ≤ on ℵ is defined by χ ≤ 𝛾 ⟺ 𝛾 ∗ χ = 0. it follows that (ℵ,≤)is a~ partially ordered set~. theorem(2)[2]. in a ku-algebra (ℵ,∗ ,0 ) ∀ χ , 𝛾 ,τ ∈ ℵ, then the following holds (1) χ ≤ 𝛾 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑦 𝛾 ∗ τ ≤ χ ∗ τ (2) χ ∗ (𝛾 ∗ τ) = 𝛾 ∗ (χ ∗ τ) (3) 𝛾 ∗ χ ≤ χ ,also (𝛾 ∗ χ) ∗ χ ≤ 𝛾 definition(3)[2]. a non-empty subset i of a ku-algebra ℵ is namedˑˑan ˑideal if ˑfor anyχ ,𝛾 ∈ ℵ, then (1) 0 ∈ 𝐼 (2) if χ ∗ 𝛾 ∈ 𝐼 implies that 𝛾 ∈ 𝐼 . definition(4)[2]. a non-empty subset i of a ku-algebra ℵ is namedˑˑa ku-ideal if (1) 0 ∈ 𝐼 (2) if χ ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏) ∈ 𝐼 , and 𝛾 ∈ 𝐼 imply that χ ∗ 𝜏 ∈ 𝐼 . definition(5)[13]. an algebra-ku--semi group is-a structure containssa nonemptyset ℵ -with twobinary operations ∗,∘ and a-constant 0 satisfying the following (i) the set ℵ with operation ∗ and constant 0 isˑ ku-algebra (ii) the set ℵ with operation ∘ is semigroup. (iii) χ ∘ (𝛾 ∗ τ) = (χ ∘ 𝛾) ∗ (χ ∘ τ),and(χ ∗ 𝛾)∘ τ = (χ ∘ τ) ∗ (𝛾 ∘ τ), for all χ , 𝛾,τ ∈ ℵ. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 49 definition(6)[13]. a non-empty subset a of ℵ is called a sub-ku-semi group of ℵ if χ ∗ 𝛾 ∈ 𝑨 , and χ ∘ 𝛾 ∈ 𝑨 , for all χ,𝛾 ∈ 𝑨 definition(7)[13]. in a ku-semi group (ℵ,∗,∘ ,0), the subset 𝜑 ≠ 𝐼 of ℵ is said to be s ideal -, if (i) it is an ideal in a ku-algebra (ii) χ ∘ 𝑎 ∈ 𝑰 , and 𝑎 ∘ χ ∈ 𝑰 , ∀ χ ∈ ℵ , 𝑎 ∈ 𝑰 definition(8)[13]. in ku-semigroup (ℵ,∗,∘ ,0), the subset 𝜑 ≠ 𝐴 of ℵ is named a -k--ideal-, if (i) it is a ku-ideal of ℵ (ii) χ ∘ 𝑎 ∈ 𝑰 , and 𝑎 ∘ χ ∈ 𝑰 , ∀ χ ∈ ℵ , 𝑎 ∈ 𝑰 in this part , we recall some concepts of fuzzy logic a function μ: ℵ ⟶ [0,1] is said to be a fuzzy set of a set ℵ,and the set 𝑈(𝜇,𝑡) = {𝜒 ∈ ℵ ∶ 𝜇(𝜒) ≥ 𝑡}ˑis said to be a level set of 𝜇, for t, where 1 ≥ 𝑡 ≥ 0 now, an interval valued fuzzy set 𝜇 of ℵ is defined as follows: remark(9)[7-8].a function 𝜇: ℵ ⟶ 𝐷[0,1], where d[0,1] is a family of the closed sub ̂intervals ̂of[0, 1]. the level subset of 𝜇~is ~denoted ~by 𝜇�̃�and it is ~defined ~by 𝜇�̃� ={𝜒 ∈ ℵ:𝜇(𝜒) ≥ �̃�}, for every ~[0,0] ≤ �̃� ≤ [1,1]. o. hasan and f.kareem [7-8] introduced the cubic ideals of the ku-semigroup as follows: definition(10)[7-8]. in the ku-semigroup(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0), a cubic set θ is the form θ = {〈𝜒,𝜇θ(𝜒),𝜆θ(𝜒)〉:𝜒 ∈ ℵ}, such that 𝜆θ(𝜒)"is a fuzzy" set and 𝜇θ:ℵ → 𝐷[0,1] "is an" interval-valued", briefly θ = 〈𝜇θ,𝜆θ〉. definition(11)[7-8]. in the ku-semigroup (ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) a cubic set θ = 〈𝜇θ,𝜆θ〉in ℵ is named a cubic sub-ku-semigroup if: for all 𝜒,𝛾 ∈ ℵ, (1) �̃�θ(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�θ(𝜒)ˑ, �̃�θ(𝛾)},𝜆θ(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ(𝜒)ˑ,𝜆θ(𝛾)} (2) �̃�θ(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�θ(𝜒)ˑ, ˑ�̃�θ(𝛾)}, 𝜆θ(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ(𝜒)ˑ, ˑ𝜆θ(𝛾)}. definition(12)[7-8]. the set θ in ℵ is named a cubic ideal of a ku-semigroup (ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) if, ∀ 𝜒 ,𝛾 ∈ ℵ (ci1) 𝜇𝛩(0) ≥ 𝜇𝛩(𝜒) and 𝜆𝛩(0) ≤ 𝜆𝛩(𝜒), (ci2) μ̃θ(γ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�𝛩(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),𝜇𝛩(𝜒)} , 𝜆𝛩(𝛾) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {λθ(χ ∗ γ)ˑ,λθ(χ)} (ci3) μ̃θ(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�θ(𝜒), ˑ𝜇θ(𝛾)}, 𝜆θ(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ(𝜒)ˑ, ˑ𝜆θ(𝛾)}. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 50 example(13)[7-8]. let ℵ = {0,1,2} be a set. define the operations ∗,∘ by the following tables. then the structure (ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) ˑ is a ku-semi group. a cubic set θ = 〈𝜇θ,𝜆θ〉 is defined by: 𝜇θ(𝑥) = { [0.4,0.8] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒ϵ {0,2} [0.1,0.3] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 1 and 𝜆θ(𝑥) = { 0.1 𝑖𝑓 𝜒ϵ{0,2} 0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 1 then θ = 〈𝜇θ,𝜆θ〉 is a cubic ideal of ℵ . definition(14)[7-8]. in a ku-semigroup (ℵ,∗,∘ ,0), a cubic set θ = 〈𝜇θ,𝜆θ〉 in ℵ is named a cubic k-ideal if ∀ 𝜒 ,𝛾, τ ∈ ℵ (𝑪𝒌𝟏 )�̃�θ(0)) ≥ 𝜇θ(𝜒) , and 𝜆θ(0) ≤ 𝜆θ(𝑥) (𝑪𝒌𝟐)�̃�θ(𝜒 ∗ τ) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ τ)),𝜇θ(𝛾)}, 𝜆θ(𝜒 ∗ τ) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ τ)),𝜆θ(𝛾)} (𝑪𝒌𝟑)�̃�θ(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {�̃�θ(𝜒)ˑ,𝜇θ(𝛾)} ,𝜆θ(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ(𝜒)ˑ, ˑ𝜆θ(𝛾)}. in the following ,we recall some basic concepts of a bipolar fuzzy set. definition(15)[9]. a bipolar fuzzy set  in a set ℵ is a form }:))(),(,{(    , where ]0,1[:)(    and ]1,0[:)(    are two fuzzy mappings. the two membershipdegrees )(  and )(  denotethe fulfillment -degree of- to the property corresponding of  and-the fulfillment-degree of  to some implicitcounter-property of , respectively. kareem and awad[10] introduced the cubic bipolar -idealsof a ku--semigroupin -ku-algebra asfollows: - definition(16)[10]. let ℵ be a non-empty set. a cubic bipolar set in a set ℵ is the structure θ = {〈χ,𝜇θ +(χ),𝜇θ −(χ),𝜆θ +(χ),𝜆θ −(χ):χ ∈ ℵ〉} is denoted as θ = 〈𝑁,𝐾〉, where 𝑁(χ) = {�̃�θ +(χ),𝜇θ −(χ)} is called interval-valued bipolar fuzzy set and 𝐾(χ) = {𝜆θ +(χ),𝜆θ −(χ)} is a bipolar fuzzy set. consider 𝜇θ +:ℵ → 𝐷[0,1] such that 𝜇θ +(χ) = [𝜉θl + (χ),𝜉θu + (χ)] and 𝜇θ −:ℵ → 𝐷[−1,0] such that 𝜇θ −(χ) = [𝜉θl − (χ),𝜉θu − (χ)] , also 𝜆θ +:ℵ → [0,1] and 𝜆θ −:ℵ → [−1,0] it follows that ∗ 0 1 2 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 ∘ 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 51 θ = {< χ,{[𝜉θl + (χ),𝜉θu + (χ)],[𝜉θl − (χ),𝜉θu − (χ)]}, 𝜆θ +(χ),𝜆θ −(χ)} >:χ ∈ ℵ} definition(17)[10]. a (cb) θ = 〈𝑁,𝐾〉 in ℵ is named a (cb) sub-ku-semigroup if: ∀𝜒,𝛾 ∈ ℵ, (1) 𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇θ +(𝜒)ˑ,𝜇θ +(𝛾)}, 𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇θ −(𝜒)ˑ,𝜇θ −(𝛾)} 𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆θ +(𝜒)ˑ,𝜆θ +(𝛾)}, 𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ −(𝜒)ˑ,𝜆θ −(𝛾)}, (2) 𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇θ +(𝜒)ˑ,𝜇θ +(𝛾)}, 𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜇θ −(𝜒)ˑ,𝜇θ −(𝛾)} 𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆θ +(𝜒)ˑ,𝜆θ +(𝛾)}, 𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ −(𝜒)ˑ,𝜆θ −(𝛾)}, example(18)[10]: the following table is illustrates that the set ˑℵ = {0,1,2,3} with binary operations ∗ and ∘ then(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) ˑ is a ku-semigroup. define θ = 〈𝑁,𝐾〉 as follows 𝑀(𝑥) = { {[−0.2,−0.5], [0.1,0.9]} 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = {0,1} {[−0.6,−0.2], [0.2,0.5]} 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 , 𝜆θ +(𝑥) = { 0.5 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = {0,1} 0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝜆θ −(𝑥) = { −0.6 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = {0,1} −0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 and by applying definition 2.17, we can easily prove that θ = 〈𝑁,𝐾〉 is a cubic bipolar sub kusemigroup of ℵˑ. 3. cubic bipolar ideals of a ku-semi group with thresholds (𝜶, 𝜷), (𝝎 ,𝝑) in this part, the notion of cubic bipolar k-ideals with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of a ku-semi group and some properties are defined. in the following, we denote a cubic bipolar fuzzy set by (cbf) ,and let 𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ 𝐷[0,1] ,𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝜔 ,𝜗 ∈ [0,1] ,𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 [0,0] < 𝛼 < 𝛽 < [1,1] ,0 < 𝜔 < 𝜗 < 1, where 𝜔,𝜗 are arbitrary values, and 𝛼,𝛽, are arbitrary closed sub-intervals definition(19). a (cbf) set θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is named a (cbf) sub-ku-semi group with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) if ∀ 𝜒,𝛾 ∈ ℵ (1)𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(𝜒),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝜇θ +(𝛾),𝛽} 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 52 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒),𝜆θ +(𝛾),𝜗} (2)𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝜇θ +(𝛾),𝛽} 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒),𝜆θ +(𝛾),𝜗} remark(20). every (cbf) sub-ku-semi group of ℵ is a (cbf) sub-ku-semigroup with thresholds (𝜶, 𝜷), (𝝎 ,𝝑) , but not converse as it is shown in the following example example(21).let ℵ = {0,1,2,3} be a set with two operations ∗ and  which are defined by the following tables. then(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) ˑ is a ku-semi group.now, we define θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 by the next 𝑀(𝑥) = { [ −0.9,−0.8 ] , [0.8, 0.9 ] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 0 [−0.8,−0.7], [0.7, 0.8] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 1 [−0.6,−0.5] , [0.5, 0.6] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 3 [−0.3,−0.2], [0.2 , 0.3] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 2 𝐿(𝑥) = { −0.9, 0.9 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 0 −0.5, 0.6 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 1 −0.4 , 0.5 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 3 −0.2 , 0.2 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 2 and by applying definition (19), we can easily prove that θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a(cbf)sub ku-semi group with thresholds (𝛼,𝛽) = ( [0.1,0.2], [0.2, 0.2]), and (𝜔,𝜗)=(0.1,0.2) , but not a (cbf)sub ku-semi group since 𝜇θ +(1 ∗ 3) ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(1),𝜇θ +(3)} {𝜇θ +(2)} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(1),𝜇θ +(3)} [0.2 ,0.3] ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{[0.7,0.8], [0.5,0.6]} [0.2, 0.1] ≥ [0.5,0.6] ,which is incorrect phrase 𝜇θ −(1 ∗ 3) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(1)ˑ,𝜇θ −(3)} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 53 𝜇θ −(2) ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{[−0.8 ,−0.7], [−0.6 ,−0.5]} [−0.3, −0.2≤ [−0.6 ,−0.5], which is the incorrect phrase, and 𝜆θ +(1 ∗ 3) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(1)ˑ,𝜆θ +(3)} 𝜆θ +(2) ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{0.6ˑ,0.5} 0.2 ≥ 0.5, it is wrong 𝜆θ −(1 ∗ 3) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝜆θ −(1)ˑ,𝜆θ −(3)} 𝜆θ −(2) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {−0.5ˑ,−0.4} −0.2 ≤ −0.4, which is also wrong. remark(22). if θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a (cbf) sub ku-semi group with thresholds (α, β), (ω ,ϑ) such that α = [0,0], β = [1,1, ] , ω = 0, and ϑ = 1 ,then θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a (cbf) sub-ku-semi group of ℵ. proposition(23).if θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a cubic bipolar sub-ku-semi group with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ ,then for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ (1) 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒), 𝛽} (2) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(0),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽} (3) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗} (4 )𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗} semi group-ku-sub bipolar is a cubicθ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 and since, 𝜒 ∗ 𝜒 = 0)5ku(by proof: with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ , 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0), 𝛼} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜒), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝜇θ +(𝜒), 𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝜒),𝛽}, that is (1) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(0),−𝛼} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜒),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(𝜒),𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽} ,that is (2) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0), 𝜔} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜒),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆θ +(𝜒),𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆θ +(𝜒) ,𝜗} ,that is (3) 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0),−𝜔} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜒),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗},that is (4) proposition(24).if θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a (cbf) sub-ku-semi group with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ ,then for all 𝜒 ∈ ℵ (1) 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0 ∘ 𝜒), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒), 𝛽} (2) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(0 ∘ 𝜒),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽} (3) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0 ∘ 𝜒), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗} (4 )𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0 ∘ 𝜒),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 54 proof: since θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a (cbf) sub-ku-semi group with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ , we have 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0 ∘ 𝜒), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(0), 𝜇θ +(𝜒), 𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒), 𝛽 }, which is (1) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(0 ∘ 𝜒),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(0), 𝜇θ −(𝜒) − 𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽}, which is (2) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0 ∘ 𝜒),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(0),𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗}, which is (3) 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0 ∘ 𝜒),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(0),𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗},which is (4) definition(25). a (cbf) set θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is named a (cbf) ideal of the ku-semi group with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) if ∀ 𝜒,𝛾 ∈ ℵ (cbt1 ) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ −(0),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝜒), 𝛽},and 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗} (cbt2) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ −(𝛾),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),𝜇θ +(𝜒), 𝛽} 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝛾),𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗} (cbt3)𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽} 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗} example(26).the following table illustrates the set ˑℵ = {0,1,2} with binary operations ∗ and ∘ then(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) ˑ is a ku-semigroup. define θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 as follows: 𝑀(𝜒) = { [−0.8,−0.7] , [0.6,0.8] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 0 [−0.6,−0.5] , [0.4,0.6] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 1 [−0.4,−0.3] , [0.3,0.2] 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 2 ∗ 0 1 2 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 ∘ 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 55 𝐿(𝜒){ −0.6 , 0.8 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 0 −0.5 , 0.6 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 1 −0.3 , 0.3 𝑖𝑓 𝜒 = 2 we can show that θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a (cbf) ideal with thresholds ([0.1, 0.1], [0.3,0.2]) and (0.4, 0.2) of ℵ definition(27). a (cbf)set θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is named a (cbf)k-ideal of ku-semigroup with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) if ∀ 𝜒,𝛾,𝜏 ∈ ℵ (cbҡ1)𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ −(0),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝜒), 𝛽} 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜗} (cbҡ2) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽} 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗} (cbҡ3)𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽} 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∘ 𝛾), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗} lemma(28). every (cbf) k-ideal of ℵ is a (cbf) k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ then let, ℵideal of-k )cbf( is a θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉suppose that proof: 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0),𝛼} < 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝛽},and 𝛼 < 𝛽 it follows that 𝜇θ +(0) < 𝜇θ +(𝜒). but that is a contradiction, since θ is a(cbf) k-ideal of ℵ , 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0),𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝛽}, also let 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0),−𝜔} > 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗}, and 𝜔 < 𝜗 , it follows that 𝜆θ −(0) > 𝜆θ −(𝜒); this is a contradiction since θ is a(cbf) k-ideal of ℵ . this means that 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜗}, in the same way, we can prove 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(0),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛽}, and 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒),𝜗} again , assume that 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝛼} < 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ +(𝛾),𝛽}, and 𝛼 < 𝛽 it follows that 𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏) < 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ +(𝛾)} , which is a contradiction, so ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 56 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ +(𝛾),𝛽}, also let 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝜔} > 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} , and 𝜔 < 𝜗, so 𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏) > 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ −(𝛾)} , which is a contradiction. that is 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} in the same way, we get 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ +(𝛾),𝜗},and the condition (cbҡ3) then,θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉is a (cbf) k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽),(𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ. proposition(29). let θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 be a cubic bipolar k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ if 𝜒 ≤ 𝛾 , then (a) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽}, 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽} (b) 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} , 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗} proof: since 𝜒 ≤ 𝛾 ,then 𝛾 ∗ 𝜒 = 0 ,and by (ku3) 0 ∗ 𝜒 = 𝜒 since θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 is a (cb) k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ ,we get 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒),−𝛼} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(0 ∗ 𝜒),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜒)),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(0 ∗ 0),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(0),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒),𝛼} = 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(0 ∗ 𝜒),𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜒)),𝜇θ +(𝛾),𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(0 ∗ 0),𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(0),𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽} = 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝛾), 𝛽},which is (a) , and 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒),−𝜔} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0 ∗ 𝜒),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜒)),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(0 ∗ 0),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(0),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒),𝜔} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0 ∗ 𝜒),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜒)),𝜆θ +(𝛾),𝜗} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(0 ∗ 0),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗} = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(0),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗} ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 57 = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗},which is(b) theorem(30).let θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 be a cubic bipolar fuzzy set of a kusemigroup(ℵ,∗,∘ ,0) then, θ is a (cbf) k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ if and only if it is a (cbf)-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ . proof: ⇒ let θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 be a cubic bipolar k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ ,if we put 𝜒 = 0 in (cbҡ2) , we get 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(0 ∗ 𝜏),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} is 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜏),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ −(𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽} ,also 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{�̃�θ +(0 ∗ 𝜏),𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ −(𝛾), 𝛽} is 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜏), 𝛼} ≥ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ −(𝛾), 𝛽} ,and 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(0 ∗ 𝜏),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗} is 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜏),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗}, also 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(0 ∗ 𝜏), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(0 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏)),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗 } 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜏), 𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗},the other conditions (cbt1), (cbt3) are holds from the definition of (cbf)k-ideal; therefore θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉is a (cb)-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ ⇐ let θ = 〈𝑀,𝐿〉 be a cubic bipolar ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ , by (cbt2) 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝛾 ∗ (𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽}, also 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏), 𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ +(𝛾 ∗ (𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽}, 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝛾 ∗ (𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗}, also 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝛾 ∗ (𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝜆θ +(𝛾),𝜗} applying theorem 2 (2) to the previous four steps ,we obtain 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ −(𝛾),−𝛽}, 𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜇θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),𝛼} ≤ 𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛{�̃�θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜇θ +(𝛾), 𝛽} , and 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏),−𝜔} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ −(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜆θ −(𝛾),−𝜗}, 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ 𝜏) ,𝜔} ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝜆θ +(𝜒 ∗ (𝛾 ∗ 𝜏),𝜆θ +(𝛾), 𝜗}, which is a (cbf) k-ideal, the remaining two conditions (cbҡ1),(cbҡ3) are holds from the definition of (cbf)-ideal . 4.conclusion during this work, we present the definitions of the cubic bipolar sub-ku-semigroup with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) and cubic bipolar k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ. the relationship among these types of ideals and some properties are studied, we obtained the following result: every (cbf) sub-ku-semi group of ℵ is a (cbf) sub-ku-semi group with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of ℵ ,but the converse is not true. finally, we proved that a cubic bipolar fuzzy k-ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) and a cubic bipolar fuzzy ideal with thresholds (𝛼, 𝛽), (𝜔 ,𝜗) of a ku-semi group are equivalents. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 58 references 1. zadeh, l.a. fuzzy sets, inform and control, 1965, 8, 338-353. 2. mostafa, s.m.; abd-elnaby, m.a.; yousef, m.m.m. fuzzy ideals of ku-algebras, int. math, forum, 2011, 6(63), 3139-3149. 3. mostafa, s. m.; kareem, f. f.bipolar fuzzy n-fold ku-ideals of ku-algebras, mathematica aeterna, 2014, 4, 633-650. 4. jun, y. b.; kim, c. s.; kang, m. s. cubic subalgebras and ideals of bck/bci-algebras, far east journal of mathematical sciences, 2010, 2 (44) , 239–250. 5. jun, y. b.; kim, c. s.; kang, j. g. cubic q-ideals of bcialgebras, ann. fuzzy math.inform. 2011, 1 (1), 25-34. 6. jun, y. b.; kim, c. s.; yang, k. o. cubic sets, ann. fuzzy math. inform. 2012,4 (1) 8398. 7. kareem, f. f.; hasan, o. a. cubic ideals of semigroup in ku-algebra, journal of physics: conference series 1804 (2021) 012018 iop publishing 8. kareem, f. f.; hasan, o. a. the homomorphism of a cubic set of a semigroup in a kualgebra, journal of physics, 1879 (2021) 022119 iop publishing. 9. kareem, f.f.; hasan, e. r. bipolar fuzzy k-ideals in ku-semigroups, journal of new theory, 2019,9, 71-78. 10. k awad, wisam k., and fatema f. kareem. the homomorphism of cubic bipolar ideals of a ku-semigroup. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2022, 35(1)., 73-83. 11. kareem, f.f.; abed, m. m. generalizations of fuzzy k-ideals in a ku-algebra with semigroup, journal of physics, 2021, 1879,022108 iop publishing. 12. prabpayak, c. leerawat, u. on ideals and congruence in ku-algebras, scientia magna, 2009, 5(1), 54-57. 13. kareem, f.f.; hasan, e. r. on ku-semigroups, international journal of science and nature. 2018, 9 (1), 79-84. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 318 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license fuzzy transportation model technique to determine the minimum total cost using a novel ranking function rasha jalal mitlif rasha.j.mitlif@uotechnology.edu.iq mathematics and computer applications, department of applied sciences, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. abstract the transportation problem (tp) is employed in many different situations, such as scheduling, performance, spending, plant placement, inventory control, and employee scheduling. when all variables, including supply, demand, and unit transportation costs (tc), are precisely known, effective solutions to the transportation problem can be provided. however, understanding how to investigate the transportation problem in an uncertain environment is essential. additionally, businesses and organizations should seek the most economical and environmentally friendly forms of transportation, considering the significance of environmental issues and strict environmental legislation. this research employs a novel ranking function to solve the transportation problem (tp), where fuzzy triangular numbers represent the fuzzy demand and supply (das). the fuzzy model is transformed and compressed to a crisp model (cm), and the results are compared using the northwest corner method and the least cost method. in addition, a numerical example of the fuzzy transportation model (ftm) is shown. keywords: fuzzy transportation model, fuzzy set, ranking function, triangular fuzzy number, membership function. 1. introduction in today's economy, where there is intense competition, businesses must find new ways to produce and offer value to customers. finding the best ways and times to deliver goods to clients in the quantities they want efficiently is getting more and more challenging. around the world, some practical problems are typically solved by focusing on the transportation problem. in the manufacturing sector, the transportation issue is significant, as are other issues. fuzzy transportation (ft) tries to find the lowest transportation costs (tc) of particular commodities via a capacitated network when the supply and demand of nodes and the capacity and cost of edges are represented as fuzzy integers. many researchers have studied the fuzzy transportation problem (ftp). in a fuzzy environment, maheswari and ganesan provided a simple technique for solving the ftp in which tc, sources of doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2991 article history: received 27 augest 2022, accepted 24 october 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rasha.j.mitlif@uotechnology.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 319 supply, and demand at destinations were all represented by fuzzy pentagonal numbers (pfi). the problem of fuzzy transportation (ft) was solved without transforming to its corresponding crisp form, using a ranking methodology and a new pentagonal fuzzy arithmetic [1]. christi and kumari applied a robust ranking technique to discover the best fuzzy solution to the transportation problem [2]. to obtain the best solution, mary and sivasankari employed the direct method of ftp utilizing fuzzy hexagonal numbers (hfn) with alpha cut (ac) [3]. purushothkumar et al. used the diagonal optimum technique approach to solve fully fuzzy transportation problems [4]. several articles have introduced a new ranking function procedure by which the fuzzy number is converted into crisp [5-9]. the primary goal of this article is to propose a comparative method for solving ftp. the remainder of the paper is organized as follows: some fundamental definitions are provided in section 2 and will be used throughout the article. the ranking function is presented for fuzzy numbers (fn) in section 3. in section 4, an algorithm is used to solve ftp. a numerical example is given in section 5 to demonstrate the proposed strategy. finally, in section 6, the conclusions are provided. 2. preliminaries notions simple definitions relevant to this work are presented in this section: definition1 [10]: let ß̃ be the universal set. a fuzzy set in ß̃ is a set of ordered pairs, a= {ß̃, 𝜇ß̃(𝒢); 𝒢 𝜖 ủ } , where 𝜇ß̃: ủ →[0,1] is called the membership set. definition 2 [11]: a triangular fuzzy number (tfn) �̃� is denoted as (𝓅 , 𝒹, ę), where 𝓅 , 𝒹, and ę are real numbers, and its membership function 𝜇ß̃ is as follows: 𝜇ß̃ = { 𝒢−𝓅 𝒹−𝓅 1 ę−𝒢 ę−𝒹 𝓅 ≤ 𝒢 ≤ 𝒹 𝒢 = 𝒹 𝒹 ≤ 𝒢 ≤ ę definition 3 [12-13]: a ranking function of a fn r: f(ủ) → ủ is the set of all fn defined on ủ:, which maps each fn into a real number. the properties of the rf are the following: (i) ß1̃ ≤ ß2̃ iff ℜ(ß1̃) ≤ ℜ(ß2̃) (ii) ß1̃ > ß2̃ iff ℜ(ß1̃) > ℜ(ß2̃) (iii) ß1̃ = ß2̃iff ℜ(ß1̃) = ℜ(ß2̃) a fuzzy rf meets ℜ (k ß1̃ +𝑙 ß2̃) = 𝑘 ℜ(ß1̃)+𝑙 ℜ(ß2̃) for every ß1̃, ß2̃∊ 𝐹(ủ). 3. suggested a novel ranking function of the fuzzy transportation model: the following is the membership function that is utilized: �̃�(ß̃) = { 𝒻(𝓈−ŗ) ℓ−ŗ 𝒻 𝒻(𝓉−𝓈) 𝓉−ℓ ŗ ≤ 𝓈 ≤ ℓ 𝓈 = ℓ ℓ ≤ 𝓈 ≤ 𝓉 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 320 now, utilizing the triangular membership function (tmf) is to find a novel ranking function as follows: 𝒻(𝓈 − ŗ) ℓ − ŗ = ʋ → 𝓈 = ŗ + 𝛼 𝒻 (ℓ − ŗ) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �̃� (ʋ) 𝒻(𝓉 − 𝓈) 𝓉 − ℓ = ʋ → 𝓈 = 𝓉 − 𝛼 𝒻 (𝓉 − ℓ) = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 �̃� (ʋ). hence, the following ranking function 𝒥(�̃�) can be calculated: 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 1 2 ∫ ʋ10 2 𝛿 0 [ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 (�̃�( ʋ )) + 𝑠𝑢𝑝 (�̃�( ʋ )) ]𝑑ʋ ] ∫ ʋ10 2 𝛿 0 𝑑ʋ 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 1 2 ∫ ʋ10 2 𝛿 0 [ŗ + ʋ 𝛿 (ℓ − ŗ) + 𝓉 − ʋ 𝛿 (𝓉 − ℓ) ]𝑑ʋ ] ∫ ʋ10 2 𝛿 0 𝑑ʋ 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 1 2 ∫ ʋ10 2 𝛿 0 ŗ + ʋ11 2𝛿 (ℓ − ŗ) + ʋ10 2 𝓉 − ʋ11 2𝛿 (𝓉 − ℓ)]𝑑ʋ ] ∫ ʋ10 2 𝛿 0 𝑑ʋ 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 1 2 [ ʋ11 22 ŗ + ʋ12 24𝛿 (ℓ − ŗ) + ʋ11 22 𝓉 − ʋ12 24𝛿 (𝓉 − ℓ)]| 0 𝛿 ] ʋ11 22 | 0 𝛿 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 1 2 [ 𝛿11 22 ŗ + 𝛿12 24𝛿 (ℓ − ŗ) + 𝛿11 22 𝓉 − 𝛿12 24𝛿 (𝓉 − ℓ) ] 𝛿11 22 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 1 2 [ 𝛿11 22 ŗ + 𝛿12 24 (ℓ − ŗ) + 𝛿11 22 𝓉 − 𝛿12 24 (𝓉 − ℓ) ] ] 𝛿11 22 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 𝛿11 2 [ ŗ 22 + (ℓ − ŗ) 24 + 𝓉 22 − (𝓉 − ℓ) 24 ] ] 𝛿11 22 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 𝛿11 2 [ 24 ŗ + 22 ℓ − 22 ŗ 528 + 24 𝓉 − 22 𝓉 + 22 ℓ 528 ] ] 𝛿11 22 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 𝛿11 2 [ 24 ŗ + 22 ℓ − 22 ŗ + 24 𝓉 − 22 𝓉 + 22 ℓ 528 ] ] 𝛿11 22 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 321 𝒥(�̃�) = [ 𝜆11 2 [ 2 ŗ + 44 ℓ + 2 𝓉 528 ] ] 𝛿11 22 𝒥(�̃�) = [[ 2 ŗ + 44 ℓ + 2 𝓉 528 ] ] 𝛿11 22 the following is the proposed formula for a class of valuation ranking functions: 𝒥(�̃�) = 2 ŗ + 44 ℓ + 2 𝓉 48 4. algorithm fuzzy transportation model technique to determine the minimum total cost using a novel ranking function in this section, a novel rf is used to discover the best solution for the ftp. the rf of each fn in the fuzzy problem under consideration is used and resulted in an equivalent crisp linear programming problem (clpp), which is solved using two methods performed on each mathematical operation on fn. in contrast, in our proposed method, crisp numbers perform all arithmetic operations. the following are the steps in the suggested method: step1. triangular fuzzy transportation problems (tftp) with fuzzy demand, supply, and cost were considered. the parameters are in triangular fuzzy number expressions. step2. the ft problems were converted to crisp value programming problems (cvpp) by the new rf 𝒥(�̃�) = 2 ŗ + 44 ℓ + 2 𝓉 48 step3. transportation problem is tested to be balanced or unbalanced. step4. the crisp transportation model (ctm) is solved using nwc and lcm methods. step5. the two methods are compared to find the optimal solution (os). step6. an example is given to test the optimality. step7. the chosen ftp example1 is solved utilizing all the provided approaches, indicating that it is possible to choose the optimal method among the nwc and lcm. example1: consider a transportation problem (tp) with parameters as triangular fuzzy numbers. table 1.fuzzy transportation problem 𝑭𝑩𝟏 𝑭𝑩𝟐 𝑭𝑩𝟑 fuzzy supply 𝑭𝑨𝟏 [14,16,18] [56,58,60] [44,46,48] [66,68,70] 𝑭𝑨𝟐 [82,84,86] [30,32,34] [14,16,18] [38,40,42] 𝑭𝑨𝟑 [86,88,90] [26,28,30] [68,70,72] [86,88,90] fuzzy demand [38,40,42] [66,68,70] [86,88,90] ihjpas. 36(1)2023 322 the given fuzzy problem (fp) can be converted into a crisp value problem (cvp) applying the new ranking 𝒥(�̃�) = 2 ŗ + 44 ℓ + 2 𝓉 48 table 2. crisp transportation problem (new ranking function) 𝐵1 𝐵2 𝐵3 supply 𝐴1 16 58 46 68 𝐴2 84 32 16 40 𝐴3 88 28 70 88 demand 40 68 88 next, the transportation problem (tp) is checked proving to be balanced, as the sum of supply and demand is equal to 196. the problem is solved using 1) is shown in table 3: table 3. the north west corner method 𝑩𝟏 𝑩𝟐 𝑩𝟑 supply 𝑨𝟏 16 58 46 68 𝑨𝟐 84 32 16 40 𝑨𝟑 88 28 70 88 demand 40 68 88 the total cost is found to be equal to 9704 (= 16*40+58*28+32*40+16*0+70*88) 2) least cost method procedure is shown in table 4: table 4. the procedure of least cost method 𝑩𝟏 𝑩𝟐 𝑩𝟑 supply 𝑨𝟏 16 58 46 68 𝑨𝟐 84 32 16 40 𝑨𝟑 88 28 70 88 demand 40 68 88 40 40 0 28 88 88 40 20 88 28 40 68 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 323 the total cost is found to be equal to = 16*40+46*28+16*40+28*68+70*20= 5872 the two methods are compared as shown in table 5. table 5. total cost for north west corner and least cost methods no method transportation cost 1 north west corner method 9704 2 least cost method 5872 the total cost was calculated for each method of transportation model according to table 5. the value describes the total cost of decision-makers in the transportation model. generally, it is chosen to be a monotonically decreasing function concerning the transportation model, which means the lower the total cost value, the stronger the relationship between the compared results. the minimum determined the fuzzy probabilistic preference relation between the two methods. obtain the comparison result obtained with the total cost relation, which is in the form of ranking the numbers. according to the values, the lower the deal, the better the transportation model's ranking will be. 5. conclusion this research proposes a novel rf to determine the lowest total ftp cost. the cost of transportation was considered, as well as supply and demand. in nature, fuzzy triangular numbers are more realistic and general. a new classification process was used to change the ftp of the triple number to ctp. as shown in the comparison table (table 5), the proposed least-cost method produced better results than the northwest corner method. this procedure is easy to understand and implement. references 1. maheswari , p.u. ; ganesan ,k., solving fully fuzzy transportation problem using pentagonal fuzzy numbers , journal of physics: conf. series, 2018 ,1000(1), 1-8. 2. annie christi , m.s. and kumari , sh., two stage fuzzy transportation problem using symmetric trapezoidal fuzzy number, international journal of engineering inventions, ,2015 , 4(1) , 07-10. 3. arokia mary ,a. ;sivasankari, r., direct method of fuzzy transportation problem using hexagonal fuzzy number with alpha cut, international journal of mathematics and its applications, 2016 , 4(4),373-379. 4. purushothkumar ,m. k., ananathanarayanan , m. and dhanasekar , s., fuzzy diagonal optimal algorithm to solve fully fuzzy transportation problems, arpn journal of engineering and applied sciences, 2019 ,14(9), 34503454 . 5. sudha ,l.;shanmugapriya. r.;rama, b. fuzzy transportation problem using nanogonal fuzzy number, jasc: journal of applied science and computations , 2019, vi ( iii), 11001105. 6. bhopale ,m. b. , solution to the fuzzy transportation problem using a new method of ranking of trapezoidal fuzzy numbers , international journal of engineering development and research, 2018, 6, 483486. 7. anushya, b. ; ramaand, b.; sudha, l.transportation problemusing intuitionistic decagonal fuzzy number, international journal of research and analytical reviews, 2019 , 6, 271277. 8. venkatachalapathy, m.;samuel , a. e., an alternative method for solving fuzzy transportation problem using ranking function, international journal of applied mathematical sciences , 2016 ,9(1), 61-68. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 324 9. annie christi , m. s.solutions of fuzzy transportation problem using best candidates method and different ranking techniques, international journal of mathematical and computational sciences, 2017 ,11(4), 182187. 10.jaikumar, k., new approach to solve fully fuzzy transportation problem, international journal of mathematics and its applications, 2016, 4, 155-162. 11.jayalakshmi, m. ; pandian , p., a new method for finding an optimal fuzzy solution for fully fuzzy linear programming problems, international journal of engineering research and applications, 2012 , 2, 247-254. 12. mitlif , r. j., a new method for solving fully fuzzy multi-objective linear programming problems, iraqi journal of science,2016 ,57(3c), 2307-2311. 13. karyati , wutsqa , d. u. ; insani , n., yager’s ranking method for solving the trapezoidal fuzzy number linear programming, international conference on mathematics, science and education , iop conf. series: journal of physics, 2018,1-7 . mathematics 367 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 discuss of error analysis of gauss-jordan elimination for linear algebraic systems s.ab. m. abbas department of mathematics college of science university of baghdad received in:22 january 2012 accepted in:21 may 2012 abstract the paper establishes explicit representations of the errors and residuals of approximate solutions of triangular linear systems by jordan elimination and of general linear algebraic systems by gauss-jordan elimination as functions of the data perturbations and the rounding errors in arithmetic floating-point operations. from these representations strict optimal componentwise error and residual bounds are derived. further, stability estimates for the solutions are discussed. the error bounds for the solutions of triangular linear systems are compared to the optimal error bounds for the solutions by back substitution and by gaussian elimination with back substitution, respectively. the results confirm in a very detailed form that the errors of the solutions by jordan elimination and by gauss-jordan elimination cannot be essentially greater than the possible maximal errors of the solutions by back substitution and by gaussian elimination, respectively. finally, the theoretical results are illustrated by two numerical examples. key words: jordan elimination, data perturbations, error bounds, gaussian elimination. introduction the gauss-jordan algorithm is ideally suited for vector computers [1]. this justifies the study of the numerical stability of the algorithm under data perturbations and rounding errors of floating-point arithmetic. it uses the same direct method of forward analysis as our rounding error analysis of gaussian elimination in [2]. both the solution of general linear systems by the gauss-jordan algorithm and of upper triangular linear system by jordan elimination are analyzed[3]. the main results of the paper are optimal componentwise error and residual estimates, bounds for the stability of solutions and residuals, and upper bound for the errors of the solutions of jordan elimination and gauss-jordan elimination in terms of the optimal error bounds for back substitution and gaussian elimination respectively. the results will prove that the error of the gauss-jordan solution cannot be much greater than the possible maximal error of the solution by gaussian elimination with back substitution. however, the residual bounds of the gauss-jordan solution can be big if the solution vector has components with big relative errors. the first step of the error analysis consists in the derivation of explicit analytical representations of the errors and residuals of approximate solutions of linear algebraic systems as functions of the data errors and the rounding errors of the arithmetic floatingoperations. under standard assumptions on the data errors of the problem and the rounding errors of the floating-point arithmetic these error and residual representations readily yield strict componentwise and, save for terms of higher order in the accuracy constant η. optimal error and residual estimates for the solutions of upper triangular linear systems in the following theorem {the residual of the computed approximate solution vector x of the mathematics 368 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 triangular linear system is bounded componentwise, optimally with respect to the error distributions by ,rr d d tttzxu ηηη +=≤− [2] where u upper triangular linear system, η accuracy constant, 0<ηr< 4/(3n), ηd data accuracy, ηr rounding accuracy in application ηr<<ηd, matrix z defined in the jordan algorithm see [1] for the solution of regular triangular linear systems; u11x1+ u12x2+…+ u1nxn = z1 ux = z: u22x2+…+ u2nxn = z2 unnxn = zn a general linear systems in the following theorem {the residuals of the approximate solutions x of general linear systems by gauss-jordan elimination satisfy the componentwise optimal estimates ,myx ≤−α [4]. where y is column vector,η accuracy constant a basic tool for the formulation of the error and residual bounds are the associated data, rounding, and total condition numbers i r i d i σσσ ,, of the components of the computed solutions ix and j r j d j ttt ,, of the components of the associated residuals jyxa )( − . in addition, using these condition numbers, the stability constants di r iiw σσ /= of the solutions and d j r jj tt /=ψ of the residuals are formed which measure the ratio of the contribution to the total error bound due to the rounding errors in floating-point operations on the one hand and the data perturbations on the other hand. the size of the possible residuals can be assessed by means of the residual stability constants ψj, for jordan solutions n, ,… 2, 1, =i,0≠ix of upper triangular linear systems the upper bound r r m r m d j r j j t t ηρ ρ ψ − ≤= 1 , j= 1, 2, …, n,whewe ρmr is the maximal relative rounding condition number of the solution vector, ηr rounding aceurauy [4]. if 1r r m <ηρ . an analagus estimate holds for general linear system. the magnitudes of the possible maximal errors are measured componentwise, using the total condition numbers j,iσ and g,iσ , i= 1, 2, …, n, by 10, ii r ir r id d ii σσσησησησ +=+= the term d d i ησ is the bound for the contribution of the data perturbations to the total error of the solution, the term r1ir0i , ησησ bound the contributions by eliminations in the lower and in the upper triangle of the coefficient matrix, respectively establishes the estimate. ( ) ]3[,, 1, 2 0 ,, 0 ,, rjim rgjd d girjid d ji gpq q ηησ ησησησησ + +≤+ for solutions 0,0 ,, ≠≠ giji xx i = 1, 2, …, n, for sufficient small accuracy constant ),max( rd ηηη = the constant q is close to 1. 1. the gauss-jordan method the following error analysis deals with the gaussjordan algorithm for solving linear systems mathematics 369 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 niyxayx kik n k ,...2,1,: 1 ===α ∑ = …(1) we shall assume that a=( ika ) is nonsingular and that rows and columns of a have been ordered such that a possesses a triangular factorization. in [5] we have shown how error and residual estimates are used when pivoting is taken into account. let a1 = (a, y ) =( 1 ika )be the n×n+1 coefficient matrix of the linear system (1). the gauss-jordan algorithm successively eliminates by means of the pivotal equation t the unknown xt where the vector x= (xℓ, xℓ+1, …, xn) of (1) is obtained simply by niuwx iiii ,...,1 ,/ == from all other equations i= 1, 2, …., n, i≠t, for t=1,…, n. the coefficients tikt aa )(= of the reduced linear systems thus obtained are specified by the equations 1,...,1 ,,...,1,1 += =−=+ n kniumaa tkit t ik t ik …(2) using the coefficients utk of the pivot equation t and the row multipliers mit, defined by ;1;0;1,...1 ;,...,,2,1, , =≠+= ≠= == tttt tt t it it t tktk munk tiniua mau .….(3) for t=1, …, n. in this way, ntt knikiatik ,...,1,,...,1 ,,...,1,,01 = ==≠=+ …..(4) that is, in the first t columns of the matrix at+1 all offdiagonal entries are zero. hence the coefficient matrix an+1 has the form an+1= ( d , w ) with an n-by-n diagonal matrix d and the vector w where niaw wwuudiagd n nii inn ,...,1, ),();,...,( 1 1, 11 == == + + …..(5) from the associated reduced linear system ,,...,1, : niw xuwdx i iii = == …..(6) the solution vector x=(x1,…, xn) of (1) is obtained simply by ix = iw /uii,i=1,…,n, [6] the residual of the computed approximate solution vector x of the triangular linear system is bounded componentwise, optimally with respect to the error distribution by r r d d t ttzxu ηηη +=≤− mathematics 370 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 if 0x ≠ for i = 1,. . . ,n and 1m <ηρ , the absolute and relative error of the approximate solution x satisfy componentwise, in first order optimal error estimates holds. , 1 ηρ ησ m i ii xx − ≤− n,., . 1,. i , 1 = − ≤ − ηρ ηρ m i i ii x xx [5] …..(7) lemma: the vector of data condition numbers is bounded from below by: r rd x ησσ −≥ 2 ;[2] the rounding condition numbers can be written in the form n r n x≥σ . jordan elimination in comparison with back substitution 1. the behaviour of the errors of approximated solutions of triangular linear systems by jordan elimination (j) will now be compared with that of solutions by gaussian with back substitution (g) in linear algebra, jordan elimination brings a matrix to reduced row echelon form, whereas gaussian elimination takes it only as for as row echelon form. every matrix has a reduced row echelon form, and this algorithm is guaranteed to produced it see [6]. it will be shown that the vectors of data and rounding condition number r j d j σσ , of the jordan solutions can be bounded from above by the corresponding condition numbers r g d g σσ , of the solutions by back substitution. this result means that the errors of the computed jordan solutions jx cannot be essentially bigger than the possible maximal errors of the corresponding computed solutions gx by back substitution. 2. when triangular linear systems are solved by back substitution the associated solution and residual stability constants giw , , gj ,ψ of the solutions gix , are bounded below and above by       ≠ −− −+ ≤≤ + ≠ −− −+ ≤≤ + nj jn jn ni in in w r gj r r gi r for , )(2 2 2 1 for , )(2 2 2 1 , , η ω µ ηµ for i,j=1,…,n …..(8) these estimates are obtained from the error and residual bounds in [2] 3. solving a triangular linear system both by jordan elimination and by back substitution gives two approximations jx , gx for the searched solution vector x see [7]. these two approximations satisfy the error estimates of residual of the computed approximate solution vector x of the triangular linear system is bounded componentwise, optimally with respect to the error distributions by rrdd t ttzxu ηηη +=≤− in first order optimal estimates, that is, , ,1 , , , ηρ ηρ j j x xx m i ji iji − ≤ − , ,1 , , , ηρ ηρ g g x xx m i gi igi − ≤ − ….(9) mathematics 371 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 for i =1, …,n, where 1. 1≠ηρ gm 2. 1≠ηρ jm 3. ρi, is defined i i i x σ ρ = , i = 1, . . ., n. 4. 0, ≠jix 5. 0, ≠gix for comparing the error behavior of the two algorithms .we need the following result lemma[8]: let the two approximate solutions jx , gx have non-vanishing components and let the maximal relative total condition numbers of these solution be bounded by (ρm,j+ ρm,g)η< 2 1 then the componentwise estimates jggj xqxxqx ≤≤ , are valid using the constant 01,01 and ,1 11 1/1 ≠−≠− >      − − − −= ηρηρ ηρ ηρ ηρ ηρ gj g g j j q mm m m m m lemma: let the two approximate solutions gj xx , have nonvanishing components and let the maximal relative total condition numbers of these solutions be bounded by (ρm,j + ρmg) η< 2 1 then the component wise estimates jggj xqxxqx ≤≤ , are valid theorem: (under the assumption of above lemma the estimates 0rdenominado provided , 1 1 ,, 2, ≠ − ≤ gq q d i r d gmji d ji σηρω σ . 2 3 , ≤ r jiσ ( ) n , 1, ifor hold . 1 2 3 3 5 4 3 1 1 , , 2 …=       −++      −+− −+ r gi r r gm q qinin in σ ηρ when. rη is so small that the denominators are positive,[8] solution of general linear system by gaussjordan elimination the solution of general linear systems yx =α by gaussjordan elimination will be analyzed. in the context of rounding error analysis the algorithm is considered as being mathematics 372 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 composed of gaussian forward elimination and a subsequent solution of the upper triangular linear system zux = by jordan elimination see [3]. the computed trapezoidal factors 1,ul of a1= (a, y) or, under data perturbations, )y ,a( a1 = satisfy, according to [2, 1. (13)], the relation gfaul += 11 …..(10) with an error matrix fg. using trapezoidal factorization a1=lu1 of the n-by-(n+1) coefficient matrix, one readily derives from (10) the equation gfaullu +∆=∆+∆ 111 ….(11) since 01 =−= ∧ zuxxu …(12) gfaullu +∆=∆+∆ 111 implies the representation ˆ)(ˆ 1 1 1 xfalxu g+∆=∆ − …(13) this result establishes the dependence of the errors 1u∆ of the n-by-(n+1) coefficient matrix 1u of the upper triangular linear system, which has to be solved by jordan elimination, upon the data errors and the rounding errors in forward elimination, where fg denotes the errors matrix of forward elimination in and fj the errors matrix of the solution by jordan elimination. comparsion of gauss-jordan elimination with gaussian elimination the behavior of the error of the solution of general linear system by gaussian elimination on the one hand and gauss-jordan elimination on the other hand will be compared with each other. in both cases we assume the same perturbed data ., ya then for both methods also computed triangular factors ul, of a and computed coefficients zu , of the upper triangular factor system are the same. the vector of data and rounding condition numbers of gaussian elimination are specified by (see [8, 64]). the solution vector gj xx , of the two method satisfy error estimates of the form .,,1, 1 , 1 ni mx xx m xx i i iii ii = − ≤ − − ≤− ηη ρ ηρ ρ ησ the following equation shows that the total condition numbers ( ),,max,,,1,,,, rdrjirdjidji ni ηηηση η σ η η σ ==+=  of the gauss – jordan algorithm can be bounded from above by for corresponding total condition number σi,g of gaussian elimination for sufficiently small accuracy constant η, the condition number σi,j is, in essence, less than or equal to ( )in −+1 2 3 − times σi,j because the constant q and the denominator are close to 1.the condition number σi constitute , save for terms of higher order in η, optimal bounds for the absolute errors .iii xxx −=∆ hence, the result say that for sufficiently small η the absolute errors ∆xi,j of the solutions by gauss mathematics 373 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 jordan elimination cannot be, in absolute value, essentially grater than ( ) timesin −−+1 2 3 the possible maximal errors nxxx igigi ,,,1,,, −=∆ of the solution by gaussian elimination. numerical example the results of the paper are now illustrated by simple numerical example. the first example is the upper triangular linear system 0.826354 x1+0.432175 x2+0.613256 x3+0.614227 x4 = 0.722872 0.000547x2+0.814712 x3+0.816328 x4 =0.15424 0.915316 x3+0.814275 x4 =0.109844 ….(14) 0.982176 x4 =0.602286 of peters-wilkinson [2].table 1 contains the condition numbers, stability constants and the solution by jordan elimination which were computed in high accuracy and then rounded to 6 decimal digits. table 2 shows the corresponding results of the solution by back substitution. since the data condition numbers d i d i τρ , in essence, depend on the problem only but not on the algorithm these condition numbers coincide in both algorithms in the first 6 digits. the residual condition number 3343, = r jiτ of the jordan solution and the corresponding residual stability constant 1699,1 =jψ (see table 1) are much bigger in this example than those of the solution by back substitution where 3.1 , ≤ gj ψ for j=1,…, 4. (see table 2) in contrast, the relative rounding condition numbers of the solutions and thus the solution stability constants iw do not differ much for the two algorithms. 2. the second example is a linear system with the 5×5 hilbert matrix a of wilkinson [10, iii, 34] and the right-hand side 1. )1,1,1,1,1(,; 1 10 !10*50 5,...,1, 8 =     + =α = t ki y ki ….(15) the first 6 digit of the solution, the condition numbers and stability constants for gaussjordan elimination and gaussian elimination, all computed in high accuracy, are found in table 3 and table 4. the matrix a is ill-conditioned so that the relative data and rounding condition numbers r i d i ρρ , are big in value. the relative error of the computed solution may effect up to 6 decimal digits. nevertheless, the maximal residual stability constant 5.15, =jiψ of gauss-jordan elimination is only about 5.3times bigger than the maximal residual stability constant 9.2,4 =gψ of gaussian elimination. mathematics 374 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 the relative rounding condition numbers riρ of the two algorithms are practically equal. therefore also the stability constants wi of the two algorithms coincide in the leading decimal digits. conclusion error and residual bounds can be computed numerically together with the solutions of the linear systems. the calculated condition numbers and stability constants of the solutions by gauss-jordan elimination as well as by gaussian elimination are determined. the examples show in accordance with the theoretical results that the numerical solutions by the two methods are of comparable accuracy in spite of the ill-conditioning of the two problems. references 1. schonauer, w. (1987) "scientific computing on vector computers" elsevier science publish b. v. north-holland, amstrdam,. 2. stummel, f.(1986) "strict optimal a posterior: error and residual bounds for gaussian elimination in floating-point arithmetic". computing, 37: 103-124. 3. peters, g., and wilkinson, j. h. (1975) "on the stability of gaussjordan elimination with pivoting", commun, acm. 18: 20-24. 4. stummel, f.,(1985)," forward errors analysis of gaussian elimination", numer, math. 46: 365-415. 5. stummel, f.(1985),"fortran-programs for the rounding error analysis of gaussian elimination". center for mathematical analysis, the australian national university, canberra, cma,. p. 72-85. 6. neumaier, a., (1990)," interval methods for systems of equations", cambridge university press, cambridge. 7. lipschutz, seymour, and lipson, (2001) "schaum's out-lines: linear algebra tata mcgraw-hill edition", delhi, 9: 568. 8. stummel, f. (1986) "strict optimal error and residual estimates for the solution of linear algebraic systems by elimination method in high-accuracy arithmetic", proc., symp. accurate scientific computation, bad neuenahr 1985, eds. w. l. miranker, r. a. toupin. lecture notes in computer scince , 235:119-141. 9. gilbert, s. (2003),"siam introduction to linear algebra", 3rd edition, wellesley, massachusetts: wallesely-cambridge press, siam, book google, p. 74 76. 10. fox, l. (1964)," an introduction to numerical linear algebra", clarendon press, oxford., 11. wilkinson, j. h. (1963),"rounding errors in algebraic processes", prenticel hall, englewood cliffs . 12. stummel, f. (1986),"strict optimal a posteriori error and residual bounds for gaussian elimination in floating point arithmetic computing", 37: 103 – 124. 13. moore, r. e. (1995),"the automatic analysis and control of error in digital computing based on the use of interval numbers, in error in digital computation" new york, 1: 30-61. mathematics 375 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table(1): condition numbers, stability constants and solution of the jordan algorithm for triangular linear system (15). i iχ diρ r iρ iw d iτ r iτ iψ 1 0.413155 4639 7207 1.55 1.97 3343 1699 2 0.614928 5955 3313 0.56 1.00 3.20 3.19 3 -0.425517 5.13 4.56 0.89 0.99 2.28 2.28 4 0.613216 2.00 1.00 0.50 1.21 0.60 0.50 table(2): condition numbers, stability constants and solution by back substitution of the triangular linear system (15). i iχ diρ riρ iw diτ riτ iψ 1 0.413155 4639 5531 1.19 1.97 2.54 1.29 2 0.614928 5955 7100 1.19 1.00 1.19 1.19 3 -0.425517 5.13 4.56 0.89 0.99 1.28 1.28 4 0.613216 2.00 1.00 0.50 1.21 0.60 0.50 table(3): condition numbers, stability constants and solution of the “gauss –jordan” algorithm for the linear system ax=y. i iχ d iρ r iρ iw d iτ r iτ iψ 1 1.65344 1.07 1.36 1.27 1.29 2.00 15.5 2 -2.31481 8.69 1.11 1.28 5.05 1.61 15.3 3 9.25926 7.33 9.38 1.28 8.90 1.32 14.8 4 -1.38889 6.34 8.13 1.28 7.72 1.12 14.5 5 6.94444 5.59 7.18 1.28 6.82 9.69 14.2 table(4): condition numbers, stability constants and solution of “gaussian elimination” of the linear system ax=y. i iχ diρ riρ iw diτ r iτ iψ 1 1.65344 1.07 1.36 1.27 1.29 1.93 1.50 2 -2.31481 8.69 1.11 1.28 1.05 2.63 2.50 3 9.25926 7.33 9.38 1.28 8.90 2.47 2.77 4 -1.38889 6.34 8.13 1.28 7.72 2.21 2.86 5 6.94444 5.59 7.18 1.29 6.82 1.99 2.92 mathematics 376 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 مناقشة تحليل األخطاء لكاوس جوردن للحذف لمنظومة المعادالت الخطية شوقي عبد المطلب عباس جامعة بغداد ،كلية العلوم ، قسم الرياضيات 2012ايار 21 قبل البحث في: 2012كانون الثاني 22استلم البحث في: الخالصة جوردن ةوالبواقي للحلول التقريبية لألنظمة الخطية المثلثية بطريقيتعلق هذا البحث بالتمثيالت الصريحة لألخطاء للبيانات ةجوردن للحذف توصف على أنها دال –. أن حل المعادالت الجبرية الخطية بطريقه كاوس ةلعاماللحذف والطريقة األساسي المتصل باألخطاء ومن هذه التمثيالت تم اشتقاق الجزء ةوعمليات أخطاء التدوير لحساب الفارزة السائب ةالقلق وتحديد البواقي. ن تخمين االستقرار للحلول قد تم شرحه في هذا البحث. كما حددت قيود األخطاء للحلول ومقارنتها مع أفضل الحدود إ النتائج وبشكل مفصل ان الحلول الحذف لكاوس على التوالي. وتؤكد ةلألخطاء التي احتسبت بالتعويض المتراجع وطريق جوردن للحذف هي ليست أساسًا أعظم من األخطاء الكبيرة المحتملة بطريقه –كاوس ةبطريقتي جوردن للحذف وطريق النتائج النظرية بمثالين عددين. تالتعويض المتراجع والحذف لكاوس على التوالي. ولقد وضح جوردن للحذف. –كاوس ةيانات المضطربة، حدود األخطاء، طريقجوردن للحذف، الب ةطريق :ةالكلمات المفتاحي microsoft word 258-271 chemistry | 240 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 simultaneous determination of sulfanilamide and furosemide by using derivative spectrophotometry samar a. darweesh dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science/( ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad. received in:8/december/2015,accepted in:1/march/2016 abstract a simple, precise and accurate spectrophotometric method has been developed for simultaneous estimation of sulfanilamide and furosemide in their mixture by using first and second order derivative method in the ultraviolet region. the method depends on first and second derivative spectrophotometry, with zero-crossing and peak to base line and peak area measurements. the first derivative amplitudes at 214, 238 and 266 nm were selected for the assay of sulfanilamide and 240, 260, 284, 314 and 352 nm for furosemide. peak area at 201222, 222-251 and 251-281 nm selected for estimation of sulfanilamide and at 229-249, 249270, 270-294, 294-333 and 333-382 nm for furosemide. the second derivative amplitudes at 220, 252 and 274 nm for sulfanilamide and 248, 272, 292, 334, and 364 nm for furosemide. peak area at 209-229, 239-262 and 262-285 nm for sulfanilamide and at 238-253, 262-281, 281-303, 315-353 and 353-383 nm for furosemide. the first derivative absorption at 270.5 nm (zero cross point of furosemide) was used for determination of sulfanilamide and 322.5 and 352 nm (zero cross point of sulfanilamide) for determination of furosemide. the second derivative absorption at 261 and 283.3 nm (zero cross point of furosemide) was used for determination of sulfanilamide and 266, 334 and 364 nm (zero cross point of sulfanilamide) for determination of furosemide. the linearity was established over the concentration range of 1-35 μg/ml and 1-60 μg/ml for sulfanilamide and furosemide with correlation coefficient r2 0.9991 and 0.9995 respectively. accuracy and precision of the determination method on the various amounts of sulfanilamide and furosemide with known concentrations were evaluated in their binary mixtures. the proposed method has been successfully applied to the estimation of sulfanilamide in its synthetic samples and furosemide in its drug tablets. keywords: derivative spectroscopy, simultaneous determination, sulfanilamide, furosemide. chemistry | 241 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction sulfanilamide chemically is 4-amino benzene sulfonamide (figure1), it is a medicinal compound used to guard against certain bacterial infections. it is frequently used in the form of a topical cream or powder to treat surface infections, as well as a pill for internal infections. it falls into the category of sulfonamide antibacterial drugs, common infections treated by sulfanilamide include urinary tract infections, vaginal infections, strep throat, and some staph infections. depending on the type of infection, either a cream or a pill will be prescribed [1]. furosemide chemically is 4-chloro-n-furfuryl-5-sulfamoyl-anthranillic acid, (figure 2) an effective diuretic, has been widely used in the treatment of chronic renal failure, hypertension, congestive heart failure and cirrhosis of the liver. furosemide is often classified as a loop diuretic due to its predominant action in the nephron, where the drug interferes with the tubular re-absorption of sodium on henle’s loop. furosemide acts inhibiting the cotransportation of sodium, potassium and chloride, and further cause´s excretion of calcium, magnesium and bicarbonate ions. intense and fast dieresis may also mask the ingestion of other doping agents by reducing their concentration in urine [2]. various methods such as, spectrophotometric [3,4], hplc [5-7], flow injection [8], ionselective electrodes [9] have been reported in the literature for the determination of sulfanilamide in pharmaceutical preparations and water samples. on the other hand many publications described for the determination of furosemide include spectrophotometric [10,11], potentiometry [12,13], voltammetry [14], hplc [15-17], gc [18], tlc [19], flow injection [20], fluorimetry [21,22] in pharmaceutical formulations and biological samples. the beginning of derivative spectrophotometry is dated on 1953 when the first analogue spectrophotometer was built by singleton and cooler [23]. but the fast development of this technique started in 70-s of the twentieth century, when new generation of spectrophotometers controlled by computers were constructed. an apogee of its popularity was occurred in 80-s of last century. nowadays, it is only additional technique, rarely used, though it is fully available as a build-in function in software of modern spectrophotometers [24]. derivative spectra can be obtained by optical, electronic, or mathematical methods. optical and electronic techniques were used in early uv-vis spectrophotometers, but have largely been superseded by mathematical techniques. the advantages of the mathematical techniques are that derivative spectra may be easily calculated and recalculated with different parameters, and smoothing techniques may be used to improve the signal-to-noise ratio [25,26]. a narrowing of new signals is observed during the generation of consecutive derivative spectra. this feature leads to narrowing bands and as a consequence to separate the overlapped peaks [24] and allow the assay of certain analytes from complex mixtures or matrices via mathematical interpretation of the absorption signal [27]. the purpose of the present study was to investigate the utility of derivative spectrophotometry in the assay of sulfanilamide in its synthetic samples and furosemide in its drug tablets without the necessity of sample pre-treatment. experimental instruments u.v.-visible double beam spectrophotometer with 10 mm quartz cell shimadzu 1800, windows 7 computer (dell). chemicals and reagents pharmaceutical grade sulfanilamide and furosemide powder received in pure form (99.99%) were provided as a gift from the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi), sodium hydroxide (99.9 %) was provided by panreac . all chemicals used were of analytical grade. chemistry | 242 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 preparation of standard sulfanilamide and furosemide stock solution (100 µg.ml-1) the standard solution of sulfanilamide and furosemide were prepared by dissolving accurate weighted 10 mg of pure drug in 1-2 ml of 1 m sodium hydroxide and further diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. preparation of synthetic sulfanilamide sample 1to 20 mg of the bulk drug, 5 mg of interfering substance mixture (consisting of equal weights of each substance, namely, glucose, fructose, lactose, soluble starch and sucrose) were added. 212.5 mg of the resulted mixture was dissolved in in 1-2 ml of 1 m sodium hydroxide and further diluted to 100 ml with distilled water to obtain 100 μg.ml-1. preparation of furosemide from drug tablets the content of 10 tablets was grinded and mixed well. a 10 mg of the fine powder was accurately weighted to and dissolve in 1-2 ml of 1 m sodium hydroxide then diluted to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water to obtain 100 μg.ml-1. the solution was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or un-dissolved material before use, and the first portion of the filtrate was rejected. general procedures assay procedure for the determination sulfanilamide or furosemide 1.0 ml aliquots, of sulfanilamide standard solution containing 10-350 μg (or furosemide standard solution containing 10-600 μg), were transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flask and diluted with distilled water. the spectrum for each solution was recorded against a distilled water as blank. zero order spectrum was then manipulated for each to get its first derivative (d1) and second derivative (d2). assay procedure for the determination each drug in the presence of the other 1.0 ml aliquots, of sulfanilamide standard solution containing 10-350 μg (or furosemide standard solution containing 10-600 μg), were transferred into a series of 10 ml volumetric flask containing 1.0 ml of 10 μg of furosemide solution (or 1.0 ml of 50 μg of sulfanilamide solution); the mixture was then diluted with distilled water. the spectrum for each solution was recorded against a distilled water as a blank. the recorded spectra were then manipulated to get d1 and d2. results and discussion absorption spectra the absorption spectra of sulfanilamide, furosemide and their mixture were recorded against distilled water as a blank. the absorption spectrum of sulfanilamide which has maximum wavelength of absorption at 252 nm, and the absorption spectrum of furosemide which appears absorption maxima at 272.5 nm, in addition to the absorption spectrum of mixture of two drugs which show a maximum wavelength of absorption at 270 nm which is related to the absorption maxima of the two compounds. figure (3) shows the absorption spectrum of sulfanilamide and furosemide and theirs mixture. chemistry | 243 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 first and second derivative modes sulfanilamide and furosemide are shown broad and overlap spectrum when they are present in the same solution, therefore; they cannot determine using zero order absorption measurements. for this reason, the derivative spectroscopy method applied has the advantage that it locates hidden peak in the normal spectrum. first and second order are demonstrated to be adequate because they allow high amplitude and good spectra profile. the first and second order derivative spectra of sulfanilamide and furosemide and their mixture are shown in figures (4 and 5) respectively. calibration curves for sulfanilamide in order to determine the values of derivative spectra, three graphical techniques: peak to baseline (peak height), area under peak and zero crossing have been used via uvspectrophotometric method for qualitative analyses of sulfanilamide individually and in its mixture with furosemide. the calibration curves were constructed by plotting the graphically measured (nm) amplitudes of the first and second order derivatives spectra vs. the corresponding concentrations of the examined drugs. figure 6 shows first order spectra for sets of solutions containing various amounts of sulfanilamide (1-35 μg.ml-1) in the presence of (1 μg.ml-1) of furosemide. in the first derivative techniques, the results indicated that when the concentration of furosemide is kept constant and the concentration of sulfanilamide varied, the peak amplitudes measured at peak to baseline, zero cross, area under peak were found to be in proportion to the sulfanilamide concentration. for the second derivative technique, the spectra recorded for the previous mixtures of sulfanilamide and furosemide and the results of peak to baseline (peak height), zero cross and peak area at the specified wavelength are used to determine the exact concentration of sulfanilamide in the presence of furosemide. figure (7) shows the measured second derivative spectra of mixture of the examined drugs. table 1 summarizes all the results for sulfanilamide analysis by using first and second derivative technique. calibration curves for furosemide under the experimental conditions described, the graph obtained for uv, first and second derivative spectra showed linear relationship when calibration curves of furosemide were plotted. peak to baseline, zero cross and area under peak techniques are also used for quantitative determination. figure 8 shows the recorded spectra using first derivative uv spectrophotometry for solutions containing (1-60 μg.ml-1) furosemide with (5 μg.ml-1) of sulfanilamide. mixture of furosemide (1-60 μg.ml-1) and (5 μg.ml-1) sulfanilamide of uv second derivetive spectra are obtained and presented in figure(9). the results calculated for the determination of furosemide by proposed methods are listed in table (2). accuracy and precision to study the accuracy of the proposed method, the relative error percentage was carried out for five replicate analyses of two different amounts of each of the examined drug (with beer's law). the techniques of derivative (peak to baseline, zero cross and area under the peak) were selected to deal with the recorded spectra. to determine the precision of the method, two drug solutions at studied concentration levels were analyzed each five times for both first and second order derivative spectrophotometric method, and percent coefficient of variation was calculated, table (3) shows all results. chemistry | 244 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 interferences study to check the interference from excipients may be used in the dosage forms, percentage recovery were calculated. this study was performed by addition of known amounts of excipients to mixture solutions of two examined drugs. first and second derivative techniques are used at the selected wavelength for the concentrations of drugs measurement. high recovery showed that no interferences were found using first and second derivative mode for the determination of sulfanilamide and furosemide in their mixture even in the presence of the excipients added, these results are listed in table (4). application in synthetic sample and in tablet in order to evaluate the efficiency of the derivative technique in the determination of sulfanilamide and furosemide drug, d1 and d2 procedures used for the applications of sulfanilamide in synthetic sample and furosemide in its tablet. good recovery % and c.v% values indicated the suitability of these methods for routine analysis of sulfanilamide and furosemide. the summary of the results is depicted in table (5). conclusion derivative spectrophotometric method was found to be rapid, simple, economical, and sensitive. it can be used in routine analysis of sulfanilamide and furosemide in their pure forms, synthetic samples and drug tablets without prior separation or treatment. reference 1. kent, m. (2000) “advanced biology”, oxford university press, 46. 2. espinosa bosch, m.; ruiz sánchez, a.j.; sánchez rojas, f. and bosch ojeda, c. (2013) “analytical determination of furosemide: the last reserches” ijpbs, 3:168-181. 3. betageri, s.; kulkarni, m.; shivaprasad, k. h. and shivshankar, m. (2011) “kinetic spectrophotometric determination of sulfa drugs in pharmaceutical formulations”, der. pharma. chemica, 3(2):227-235. 4. klokova, e. v. and dmitrienko, s. g. (2008) “spectrophotometric determination of sulfanilamides by a condensation reaction with p-dimethyl amino cinnamaldehyde” moscow university chemistry bulletin 63:284-287. 5. herrera-herrera, a. v.; hernandez-borges, j.; afonso, m. m.; palenzuela, j. a. and rodriguez-delgado, m. a. (2013) “comparison between magnetic and nonmagnetic multi-walled carbon nanotubes-dispersive solid-phase extraction combined with ultra-high performance liquid chromatography for the determination of sulfonamide antibiotics in water samples” talanta 116:695-703. 6. waleed, m. m.; khaleel, n.d.h.; hadad, g.m.; abdel-salam, r.a.; haiss, a. and kummerer, k. (2013) “simultaneous determination of 11 sulfonamides by hplc-uv and application for fast screening of their aerobic elimination and bio-degradation in a simple test” clean-soil air water 41(9):(907-916). 7. shaaban, h. and go´recki, t. (2011) "optimization and validation of a fast ultrahigh pressure liquid chromatographic method for simultaneous determination of selected sulfonamides in water samples using a fully porous sub-2 µm column at elevated temperature " j. sep. sci. 35:216-224. chemistry | 245 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 8. icardo, m. c.; mateo, j. v. g.; lozano, m. f. and calatayud, j. m. (2003) "enhanced flow injection chemiluminometric determination of sulfonamides by on-line photochemical reaction" analytica chimica acta 499:57-69. 9. kharitonov, s. v. and gorelov, i. p. (2000) “ion-selective electrodes for determination of some sulfanilamide drugs” pharmaceutical chemistry journal 34:673-676. 10. semaana, f. s. and cavalheiro, é. t. g. (2006) “spectrophotometric determination of furosemide based on its complexation with fe(iii) in ethanolic medium using a flow injection procedure” analytical letters 39:2557-2567. 11. naveed, s.; qamar, f. and zainab, s. (2014) “simple uv spectrophotometric assay of furosemide” jipbs 1 (3):97-101. 12. semaan, f. s.; pinto, e. m.; cavalheiro, e´. t. g.; and brettb, c. m. a. (2008) “a graphite-polyurethane composite electrode for the analysis of furosemide” electroanalysis 20(21):2287-2293. 13. santini, a. o.; pezza, h. r.; sequinel, r.; rufino, j. l. and pezza, l. (2009) “potentiometric sensor for furosemide determination in pharmaceuticals, urine, blood serum and bovine milk” j. braz. chem. soc. 20(1):64-73. 14. shetti, n. p.; sampangi, l. v.; hegde, r. n. and nandibewoor, s. t. (2009) “electrochemical oxidation of loop diuretic furosemide at gold electrode and its analytical applications” int. j. electrochem. sci., 4:104-121. 15. kher, g.; ram, v.; kher, m. and joshi, h. (2013) “development and validation of a hptlc method for simultaneous determination of furosemide and spironolactone in its tablet formulation” rjpbcs 4:365-377. 16. rao, b. u. and nikalje, a. p. (2012) “determination of furosemide and zonisamide as a drug substance and in dosage form by ion pair –reversed phase liquid chromatographic technique” journal of applied pharmaceutical science 2(5):94-99. 17. patel, h. and solanki, s. (2012) “simultaneous estemation of furosemide and spironolactone in combined pharmaceutical dosage form by rp-hplc” asian j pharm clin res 5:195-198. 18. zaporozhets, o.; tsyrulneva, i. and ischenko, m. (2012) “determination of 8 diuretics and probenecid in human urine by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry: confirmation procedure” american journal of analytical chemistry 3:320-327. 19. wesley-hadzija, b. and mattocks a.m. (1982) “thin-layer chromatographic determination of furosemide and 4-chloro-5-sulfamoyl anthranilic acid in plasma and urine” journal of chromatography b 229:425-432. 20. semaan, f. s.; de sousa, r. a. and cavalheiro, é. t. g. (2005) “flow injection spectrophotometric determination of furosemide in pharmaceuticals by the bleaching of a permanganate carrier solution” j. flow injection anal. 22(1):34-37. 21. liu, y.; wang, h.; wang, j. and li, y. (2013) “a simple and sensitive spectro-fluorimetric method for the determination of furosemide using zinc(ii)1,4-bis(imidazol-1ylmethyl)benzene complexes” luminescence 28(6):882-887. 22. semaana, f. s.; nogueiraa, p. a. and cavalheiro, é. t. g. (2008) “flow based fluorimetric determination of furosemide in pharmaceutical formulations and biological samples: use of micelar media to improve sensitivity” analytical letters 41:66-79. 23. talsky, g. (1994) “derivative spectrophotometry” 1st edition., vch, weinheim. chemistry | 246 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 24. karpinska, j. (2012), "basic principles and analytical application of derivative spectrophotometry" macro to nano spectroscopy, book edited by jamal uddin 253-256. 25. owen, a. j. (1995) "uses of derivative spectroscopy" uv-visible spectroscopy, agilent technologies. 26. owen, t. (2000) "obtaining derivative spectra" fundamentals of modern uv-visible spectroscopy, agilent technologies 8. 27. lakiss, h.; ilie, m.; baconi, d. l. and bălălău, d. (2012) "derivative uv spectrophotometry used for the assay of diazepam from human blood plasma" farmacia 60(4):565-570. table (1): statistical analysis for the determination of sulfanilamide using first and second derivative spectrophotometric technique. r2 regression equation λ (nm) mode of calculation order of derivative 0.9954 y= 0.0082x+0.0012 214 peak to base line first 0.9991 y=0.0042x+0.0109 238 peak to base line 0.9993 y= 0.0042x+0.0059 266 peak to base line 0.9999 y= 0.0039x-0.0055 270.5 zero cross 0.9541 y= -0.0935x-0.4170 201-222 peak area 0.9992 y= 0.0771x-0.1971 222-251 peak area 0.9990 y= -0.0680x+0.0336 251-281 peak area r2 regression equation λ (nm) mode of calculation order of derivative 0.9995 y= 0.0011x-0.0006 220 peak to base line second 0.9960 y= 0.0005x+0.0001 252 peak to base line 0.9991 y=0.0003x-0.0011 274 peak to base line 0.9963 y= 0.0002x+0.0003 261 zero cross 0.9988 y=9e-05x-1e-05 283.3 zero cross 0.9803 y= 0.021x-0.0786 209-229 peak area 0.9978 y= -0.0085x+0.0111 239-262 peak area 0.9951 y= 0.0038x-0.0129 262-285 peak area chemistry | 247 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (2): statistical analysis for the determination of furosemide using first and second derivative spectrophotometric technique. r2 regression equation nm (λ) mode of calculationorder of derivative 0.9824 y=0.0046x+0.023 240 peak to base line first 0.9997 y=0.002x-0.0075 260 peak to base line 0.9995 y=0.0035x+0.0167 284 peak to base line 0.9991 y=0.0003x+0.0014 314 peak to base line 0.9993 y=0.0004x-0.0001 352 peak to base line 0.9992 y=0.0003x+0.0007 322.5 zero cross 0.9993 y=0.0004x-0.0001 352 zero cross 0.9866 y=-0.0565x-0.287 229-249 peak area 0.9993 y=0.0249x-0.0872 249-270 peak area 0.9991 y=-0.0461x-0.1651 270-294 peak area 0.9992 y=0.0091x+0.1612 294-333 peak area 0.9999 y=-0.0119x-0.0383 333-382 peak area r2 regression equation nm (λ) mode of calculationorder of derivative 0.9982 y=0.0006x+0.004 248 peak to base line second 0.9994 y=0.0005x+0.0009 272 peak to base line 0.9997 y=0.0004x+0.0008 292 peak to base line 0.9998 y=4e-05x+0.0002 334 peak to base line 0.9994 y=3e-05x+0.0001 364 peak to base line 0.9991 y=3e-05x+8e-05 266 zero cross 0.9998 y=4e-05x+0.0002 334 zero cross 0.9994 y=3e-05x+0.0001 364 zero cross 0.9842 y=0.0066x+0.0126 238-253 peak area 0.9981 y=-0.0074x-0.002 262-281 peak area 0.9995 y=0.0011x+0.0293 281-303 peak area 0.9993 y=-0.0006x-0.0059 315-353 peak area 0.9992 y=0.0004x+0.0004 353-383 peak area chemistry | 248 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (3): evaluation of accuracy and precision for the determination of sulfanilamide and furosemide by derivative technique. drug order of derivative mode of analysis λ(nm) drug conc. (μg.ml-1) re % c.v% taken *found sfm first peak to baseline 238.0 10.000 10.087 0.870 1.190 25.000 25.068 0.272 0.182 zero cross 270.5 10.000 10.100 1.000 0.629 25.000 24.790 -0.840 0.344 peak area 222.0-251.0 10.000 9.883 -1.170 0.486 25.000 24.873 -0.508 0.307 second peak to baseline 252,0 10.000 9.714 -2.860 0.559 25.000 24.969 -0.124 0.258 zero cross 283.3 10.000 10.072 0.720 0.836 25.000 24.832 -0.672 0.475 peak area 239.0-262.0 10.000 9.800 -2.000 0.789 25.000 25.075 0.300 0.348 drug order of derivative mode of analysis λ(nm) drug conc. (μg.ml-1) taken *found re % c.v% fum first peak to baseline 260.0 20.000 20.072 0.360 0.201 40.000 40.060 0.150 0.078 zero cross 352.0 20.000 19.830 -0.850 0.506 40.000 39.855 -0.363 0.127 peak area 249.0-270.0 20.000 20.081 0.400 0.387 40.000 40.100 0.250 0.095 second peak to baseline 292.0 20.000 19.947 -0.260 0.603 40.000 40.084 0.210 0.219 zero cross 334.0 20.000 20.095 0.475 0.294 40.000 40.125 0.313 0.208 peak area 281.0-303.0 20.000 19.975 -0.120 0.437 40.000 39.920 -0.200 0.109 chemistry | 249 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (4): percent recovery for the mixtures of sulfanilamide and furosemide in the presence of 1000 μg.ml-1 of excipients. mixture of 30 μg.ml-1 of fum with 7 μg.ml-1 of sfm mixture of 20 μg.ml-1 of sfm with 5 μg.ml-1 of fum excipients recovery % conc. found* of fum (μg.ml-1) recovery % conc. found* of sfm (μg.ml-1) 100.67 30.200100.3720.074 glucose 100.33 30.09899.9019.980 fructose 98.60 29.58098.9519.790 lactose 100.00 30.000100.4620.092 starch 101.14 30.342100.7520.150 sucrose *average of three determinations. * d1 and d2 for sulfanilamide peak to baseline at 238nm and 252nm respectively. * d1 and d2 for furosemide peak to baseline at 260nm and 292nm respectively. table (5): application of d1 and d2 spectrophotometric techniques for the determination of sulfanilamide (taken 10 and 25 μg.ml-1) and furosemide (taken 20 and 40 μg.ml-1) in synthetic sample and in tablet. sample order mode of analysis λ(nm) sfm amount (mg) rec.% *c.v% taken found synthetic sample of (sfm) first zero cross 270.5 20.00 20.14 100.70 0.510 second zero cross 261.0 20.00 19.60 98.00 0.442 zero cross 283.3 20.00 20.32 101.60 0.675 sample order mode of analysis λ(nm) fum amount (mg) rec.% *c.v% taken found (fum) in tablet first zero cross 322.5 40.00 39.60 99.00 0.259 zero cross 352.0 40.00 39.75 99.83 0.319 second zero cross 266.0 40.00 40.50 101.25 0.504 zero cross 334.0 40.00 39.41 98.53 0.427 zero cross 364.0 40.00 40.63 101.58 0.362 *average of three determinations. figure (1): the chemical structure of sulfanilamide. figure (2):the chemical structure of furosemide. chemistry | 250 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (3): absorption spectra of: (a) 10 μg.ml-1 sulfanilamide, (b) 20 μg.ml-1 furosemide and (c) a mixture of 10 μg.ml-1 sulfanilamide and 20 μg.ml-1 furosemide. figure (4): first derivative spectra of (a) 10 μg.ml-1 sulfanilamide, (b) 20 μg.ml-1 furosemide and (c) a mixture of 10 μg.ml-1 sulfanilamide and 20 μg.ml-1 furosemide. figure (5): second derivative spectra of (a) 10 μg.ml-1 sulfanilamide, (b) 20 μg.ml-1 furosemide and (c) a mixture of 10 μg.ml-1 sulfanilamide and 20 μg.ml-1 furosemide. chemistry | 251 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (6): first derivative spectra of mixture contain (1-35 μg.ml-1) sulfanilamide in the presence of (1 μg.ml-1) furosemide. figure (7): second derivative spectra of mixture contain (1-35 μg.ml-1) sulfanilamide in the presence of (1 μg.ml-1) furosemide. figure (8): first derivative spectra of mixture contain (1-60 μg.ml-1) furosemide in the presence of (5 μg.ml-1) sulfanilamide. chemistry | 252 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (9): second derivative spectra of mixture contain (1-60 μg.ml-1) furosemide in the presence of (5 μg.ml-1) sulfanilamide. chemistry | 253 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 بأستعمال التقدير األني للسلفانيل أمايد والفروسيمايد مطيافية المشتقة سمر أحمد درويش جامعة بغداد / )ابن الهيثم( قسم الكيمياء/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2016/اذار/1،قبل في:2015/كانون األول/8استلم في: الخالصة طورت طريقة طيفية بسيطة, متوافقة ودقيقة للتقدير األني لعقاري السلفانيل أمايد والفروسيمايد في مزيجهما باستعمال ى والثانية بقياسات التقاطع طريقة المشتقة االولى والثانية في المنطقة فوق البنفسجية. أعتمدت الطريقة على المشتقة االول نانومتراختيرت لتقدير 266و 238و 214الصفري وارتفاع القمة ومساحة القمة. قيم ارتفاع القمة للمشتقة االولى عند و 251-222و 222-201نانومتر للفروسيمايد. مساحة القمة عند 352و 314و 284و 260و 240السلفانيل أمايد و 382-333و 333294و 294-270و 270-249و 249-229اختيرت لتقدير السلفانيل أمايد وعند نانومتر 251-281 و 292و 272و 248نانومترللسلفانيل أمايد و 274و 252و 220نانومترللفروسيمايد. قيم ارتفاع القمة للمشتقة الثانية عند 238نانومترللسلفانيل أمايد وعند 285-262و 262-239و 229-209نانومترللفروسيمايد. مساحة القمة 364و 334 270.5نانومترللفروسيمايد. امتصاص المشتقة االولى عند 383-353و 353315و 303281و 281-262و 253 نانومتر (نقطة تقاطع 352و 322.5نانومتر (نقطة تقاطع الصفر للفروسيمايد) استعملت لتقدير السلفانيل أمايد وعند نانومتر (نقطة تقاطع خ 383.3و 261امتصاص المشتقة الثانية عند الصفر للسلفانيل أمايد) استعملت لتقدير الفروسيمايد. نانومتر (نقطة تقاطع الصفر للسلفانيل 364و 334و 266الصفر للفروسيمايد) استعملت لتقدير السلفانيل أمايد وعند مايكروغرام/ مللتر 60-1مايكروغرام/مللترو 35-1الخطية المطبقة ضمن المدى لت لتقديرالفروسيمايد.أمايد) استعم على التوالي. قدرت الدقة والتوافق لطريقة التقديرعلى 0.9995و 0.9991للسلفانيل أمايد والفروسيمايد بمعامل أرتباط لتقدير لومة في المزائج الثنائية. طبقت الطريقة المقترحة بنجاحكميات مختلفة من السلفانيل أمايد والفروسيمايد بتراكيز مع اقراصه الدوائية. المصنعة والفروسيمايد في السلفانيل أمايد في نماذجه مطيافية المشتقة، التقدير األني، سلفانيل أمايد، فروسيمايد.الكلمات المفتاحية: 183 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the derivation of crystal orientation matrix for triclinic system on two-circle diffractometer n. n. rammo department of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 6april 2010, accepted in:16 november 2011 abstract the limited availability of the two-circle diffractometer to collect intensity measurements down to the monoclinic system has been extended in a novel procedure to collect intensities for the triclinic system. the procedure involves the derivation of matrix elements from graphical representation of the reciprocal lattice. offset of the origins of the upper layers from that of the zero-layer characteristic of triclinic system is determined and the 3 x 3 matrix elements are evaluated accordingly. details of crystal alignment by x-rays for the triclinic system utilizing the intensities of equivalent reflections is described. ke ywords : orientation matrix ; two-circle diffractometer ; single crystal ; unit cell ; structure determination introduction although the four-circle diffratometer in which the counter rotates about the ( 2θ ) axis in one plane and the crystal oriented to the correct angle with the incident and diffracted beams by the three axes of rotations ( φ, χ and ω ) is in common use for single crystal x-ray diffractometry and structure determination, the two-circle diffractometer has also found considerable use, normally in an eqi-inclination ( weissenberg geometry) mode of operation. the two-circle diffractometer has some advantages over the four-circle diffractometer mainly arising from its simpler construction: thus it is reliable and robust, and better suited for low temperature operation. the major drawback is the requirement that the crystal be accurately aligned so that a suitable lattice vector (usually one of the unit cell axes) is collinear with goniometer head axis ( ω ) [1]. the two-circle diffractometer and its modification are well suited to orthogonal crystal systems including the monoclinic in the 2nd or b setting [2]. however for the non-orthogonal crystal system – the triclinic, there is limited availability concerning the collection of intensity data [3]. we have experienced these limitations upon working on the machine when triclinic system had to treated [4-6]. of these, the crystal orientation matrix unaccounted for the complete reciprocal lattice vectors that are necessary to satisfy diffraction condition for triclinic system i.e. the offset arising from incoincidence of crystal and reciprocal axes. the aim of the work focuses on the derivation of the orientation matrix and the means to handle crystals with triclinic system on the two-circle diffractometer for subsequent intensity data collection. the two-circle diffractometer in the diffractometer, the crystal is rotated on ( ω ) axis, and the detector rotates on ( 2θ ) axis by automatic setting. inclination of the x-ray beam to the crystal ( μ ) is set manually. a right-handed xyz coordinate system is defined relative to the diffractometer as shown in figure 1. 184 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 geometry for general orientation general crystal orientation can be represented by 3 x 3 matrix a [7] a*x b*x c*x a = a*y b*y c*y (1) a*z b*z c*z the elements of a are the components of the three unit vectors of the reciprocal lattice with respect to a right handed coordinate system where a* lies along the x-axis of the diffractometer and a* b* plane lies in the xy plane, the z-axis is perpendicular to the xy plane. the reciprocal lattice coordinates (xyz) of a reflection with miller indices (hkl) are obtained by: x h y = a k (2) z l the reciprocal lattice coordinates are related to the angular settings according to figure 2 in the following way: x = ( 2 sin θ / λ ) sin ω cos μ (3) y = ( 2 sin θ / λ ) cos ω cos μ (4) z = ( 2 sin θ / λ ) sin μ (5) where θ is the bragg angle ω is the crystal rotation angle μ is the crystal inclination angle to the x-ray beam λ is the radiation wavelength reciprocal lattice construction a specified region of the reciprocal lattice of the zero-layer (hk0) is systematically searched and the coordinates of the obtained lattice points are used to construct a two dimensional reciprocal lattice net as shown in figure 3. a second search is performed to the 1st layer (hk1) after inclining the crystal to the x-ray beam by ( μ1 = sin -1( λ /2c) where c is the mounting axis predetermined from crystal rotating method. these lattice points are drawn on the same net. the search is extended to the 2nd-layer (hk2) and its lattice points are also drawn on the same net. the direction of the offset is chosen such that a consistent shift in the origins of the upper layers to that of the zero-layer is uniquely determined. referring to figure 3, the elements of a is then: a* x = a* a* y = 0 a* z = 0 b* x = b* cos γ* b* y = b* sin γ* b* z = 0 the elements c* x and c* y can be represented in terms of the offset vector ζ . referring to figure 3, the length of ζ is: 185 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 [ ( xn xn-1 )2 + ( yn yn-1 )2 ]1/2 (6) and its direction with respect to x-axis φ is: tan -1 [ ( yn yn-1 ) / ( xn xn-1 ) ] (7) where n is a number defining the nth layer xn-1 and yn-1 are the origin of the (hk0) layer. xn and yn are the origin of the nth layer i.e. (hkn) n = 1, 2, … φ is the angle the offset vector makes with the x-axis. the elements of c* are therefore: c*x = ζ cos φ c*y = ζ sin φ c*z = 1 / c since it is the perpendicular distance between successive layers. the final matrix a would be: a* b* cos γ* ζ cos φ a = 0 b* sin γ* ζ sin φ (8) 0 0 1 / c the elements of a are refined by least squares method for three pairs of equivalent reflections (hkl) and (-h-k-l) by the application of eqs. 2, 3, 4 and 5; from which the unit cell parameters are obtained. an actual example is given in table 1 for the compound [ th(no3)6 ] . [ ( c10 h8 n2 )1.5 no3 ] that has been utilized on the instrument [4]. the advantage of the method is that no presumption of preliminary cell is required for the determination of the unit cell parameters, therefore it is very practical. when unit cell parameters are known for instance from x-ray photography or other diffractometric methods, the elements of a can also be derived in terms of the reciprocal cell axes and angles with the same consideration of a right handed system shown in figure 4, and the application of the same rules as in figure 3 obviously the elements a*x, b*x and b*y are the same. however, from the geometry of figure 4, one can find that: c*x = c* cos β* (9) c*y = c* (( cos α* cos β* cos γ* ) / sin γ* ) (10) c*z = c* (( 1 – cos2 β* (( cos α* cos β* cos γ* ) / sin γ* )2)1/2 (11) if the accompanied terms with c* in c*x, c*y and c*z are designated by η, κ and τ respectively, the final matrix a is then: a* b* cos γ* c* η a = 0 b* sin γ* c* κ (12) 0 0 c* τ 186 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 these elements can also be refined by least squares as mentioned above to obtain the final cell parameters as shown in table 2 for the compound pr(no3)3 (h2o)4 .2h2o that has been utilized on the instrument [6]. crystal x-ray alignment for crystal systems of high symmetry, the real and reciprocal axes are coincident and the (00l) l = 1, 2, … reflection always remain in reflecting positions at the ewald sphere (see figure 2 for geometrical representation) when the crystal is rotated about its mounting axis. this would facilitate correction in the misalignment of the crystal for subsequent measurements. in low symmetry systems such as monoclinic 1st or a setting and triclinic, the (00l) lattice planes are not always in reflecting position but only when the point (00l) l = 1, 2, … pass the ewald sphere. to find these points, part of the reciprocal space for l = 1, 2, … are explored and suitable reflections are selected. by careful monitoring of the intensities of equivalent reflections (hkl) and (-h -k -l ) accurate alignment is achieved. the disadvantage in the procedure lies in the change of inclination of the crystal to the x-ray beam for each equivalent reflections monitored. concluding remarks the procedure described so far has been applied successfully to calculate the unit cell parameters of the triclinic system and to collect intensity data for subsequent crystal structure determination of various compounds [4,5,6]. the prospect of using the two-circle diffractometer comes from providing excellent tuition experience for the users of this machine in understanding the underlying strategy of x-ray diffraction and crystallography. references 1. clegg, w. and sheldick, g. m. (1984) the refinement of unit cell parameters from twocircle diffractometer measurements, zeitschrift fur kristallographie, 167: 23-27. 2. majzlan, j.; speziale, s.; duffy, t.s., and burns, p.c. (2006) single – crystal elastic properties of alunite kal3 (so4)2 (oh)6, physics and chemistry of minerals, 33: 567-573. 3. al-rasoul, k. and weakley, t.j.r. (1982) structural investigation on lanthanide complexes with bipyridyl, inorganica chem. acta, 60: 191-195. 4. rammo, n.n.; hamid, k.r. and khaleel, b.a. (1990) synthesis and crystal structure analysis of di-bipyridyl hexanitratothorate, j. less comm. metals, 162: 87-95. 5. ibrahim, t.k.; rammo, n.n. and hamid, k.r. (1993) structural investigation of 4,4'bipyridyl with lanthanides: iv. triclinic and orthorhombic systems for nd(iii) 4,4'-bipy complexes, engineering and technology, 12(2): 17-29. 6.rammo,n.n. (2001) synthesis and crystal structure of triclinic trinitratotetraaquapraseodymium(iii) di-hydrate by two-circle diffractometer, j. nahrain uni. science, 5(1): 155-162. 7. hamilton, w.c. (1985) angle setting for four-circle diffractometers, in: international tables for x-ray crystallography vol. iv, kynoch press, birmingham. 8. fuller, c.c. and jacobson, r.a. (1976) structure of praseodymium trinitrate tetraqua dihydrate, cryst. struct. commun., 5: 349-354. 187 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table (1): general orientation cell parameter calculation [ th(no3)6 ] . [ ( c10 h8 n2 )1.5 no3 ] rammo et.al. (1990) [4] triclinic crystal mounted about c a* 1.1846 nm-1 b* 0.5165 nm-1 γ * 63.27 o ζ 0.3916 nm-1 φ 36.62 o 1/c 1.3109 nm-1 1.1846 0.2333 0.3143 a = 0 0.4613 0.2336 0 0 1.3109 refined unit cell parameters calculated from a : a (nm) 0.9536(2) α (o) 100.11(9) b (nm) 2.2021(1) β (o) 97.61(9) c(nm) 0.7628(8) γ (o) 114.56(3) table (2): calculation of matrix a from known unit cell for subsequent refinement known unit cell for pr(no3)3 (h2o)4 .2h2o from fuller and jacobson (1976) [8] a (nm) 0.9297 α (o) 72.48 b (nm) 1.2501 β (o) 68.01 c (nm) 0.6895 γ (o) 62.95 a* 1.2076 nm-1 b* 0.9097 nm-1 γ* 67.24(o) η 0.2798 nm-1 κ 0.0545 nm-1 τ 0.9585 nm-1 1.2076 0.3519 0.4432 a = 0 0.8389 0.0863 0 0 1.5183 refined unit cell parameters obtained from a by rammo (2001) [6] for pr(no3)3 (h2o)4 .2h2o a (nm) 0.9351(2) α (o) 71.96(12) b (nm) 1.2424(2) β (o) 67.55(15) c (nm) 0.6972(6) γ (o) 63.70(20) 188 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): geometry of two-circle diffractometer fig. (2): components of angular set of the reciprocal lattice vector and ewald sphere construction 189 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (3): zero-layer reciprocal lattice (hk0) showing offsetting origins ( o1, o2 ) of non-zero layers. ζ and φ are magnitude and direction of c* locus. non-zero reciprocal layers are omitted for clarity. fig. (4): reciprocal lattice axes relative to orthogonal right-handed axes. x y b * a * c * β * γ * α* z 190 الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 الدائرتين ðíاشتقاق مصفوفة توجيه البلورة للنظام ثالثي الميل لمقياس الحيود نبيل نعيم رمو قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد 2011تشرين الثاني 16قبل البحث في : 2010نيسان 6استلم البحث في: الخالصة الـدائرتين لقياسـات تجميـع الشـدة لغايـة النظـام احـادي الميـل بأسـلوب مبتكـر لتجميـع íاس الحيـود ذتم تمديد محدودية مقي الشــدات للنظـــام الثالثــي الميـــل. يتضــمن االســـلوب اشــتقاق عناصـــر مصــفوفة التوجيـــه مــن التمثيـــل البيــاني للشـــبيكة المقلوبـــة. والتـــي هــي ميـــزة للنظــام الثالثــي وتـــم اشــتقاق وتحديـــد نقــاط اصـــل الطبقــات العليــا عنهـــا للطبقــة الصــفرية offset) ( اذعــين طة األشعة السينية للنظـام ثالثـي الميـل بتوظيـف اتبعا لذلك. وصفت تفاصيل ترصيف البلورة بوس x 3 3عناصر المصفوفة شدات األنعكاسات المتكافئة. حادية ، خلية الوحدة ،: مصفوفة التوجيه ، مقياس الحيود ذو الدائرتين ، البلورة اال الكلمات المفتاحية تعيين التركيب abstract introduction the two-circle diffractometer geometry for general orientation general crystal orientation can be represented by 3 x 3 matrix a [7] reciprocal lattice construction where n is a number defining the nth layer these elements can also be refined by least squares as mentioned above to obtain the final cell parameters as shown in table 2 for the compound pr(no3)3 (h2o)4 .2h2o that has been utilized on the instrument [6]. crystal x-ray alignment concluding remarks references ihjpas. 36(1)2023 197 experimental investigation on adsorption of methyl orange using eggshells as adsorbent surface abstract the role of residues in the adsorption process for removing contaminants from their aqueous solution was highlighted in this study. the adsorption capacity of eggshells were used to remove the methyl orange dye from its aqueous solution. the highest dye adsorption was found to range between (62.30% to 62.33%). the results of using adsorption isotherms (freundlich, langmuir, and temkin) have been revealed that the freundlich model was followed and that the langmuir model did not match, as well as the partial applicability of temkin's model at temperatures (298,308,318) k. the process of adsorption is a physical one. three kinetic models of the adsorption process were also used, with the results demonstrating the applicability of the pseudo second-order model. in this study, the thermodynamic functions were estimated using the value of the enthalpy δh°, which was negative and equal to (-4.7685 kj/mole), the process was discovered to be exothermic, and the entropy δs° value was also negative, equaling ( 11.5100 j/mole.k), indicating a decrease in the randomness of adsorption when added to the gibbs free energy δg°, indicating that the reaction occurred spontaneously. keywords: adsorption; pollution; green chemistry; methyl orange; eggshell . 1. introduction water contaminated with organic dyes is one of the most dangerous that threaten human life. industrial dyes are considered a dangerous water pollutant. they are one of the important groups used in the chemical and textile industries throughout the world, and 10% of these dyes were discharged as liquid waste in 1990 ad [1]. therefore, researchers directed to find many ways to treat and remove water pollutants because of the danger they pose to the environment. adsorption compared to other methods is one doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2890 article history: received 16 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq hareer abd al nasir department of chemstry , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hareernasir@gmail.com suhad s.mohammed department of chemstry , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. suhad.sh.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hareernasir@gmail.com mailto:suhad.sh.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 198 of the most successful techniques used to treat pollution, because of the high efficiency of this technology, ease of use, and its low economic cost when compared to other techniques, and also because of the availability of natural resources that can be used as suitable adsorbent surfaces for the adsorption process, an example of absorbent surfaces (activated carbon, vegetable waste, animal waste, clay, etc.) [2]. adsorption is defined as a physical or chemical bonding process arising from the bonding forces between atoms, molecules or ions of a certain substance called an adsorbate, and it may be liquid or gaseous and porous solid surfaces called (adsorbent). additionally, the degree of adsorption depends on the surface area of the adsorbent materials and their relationship with the size and nature of the adsorbent material [3]. the structure of methyl orange is (sodium 4 -[(4 dimethylamino)phenyl]diazenyl benzene1-sulfonate) which has negatively charged azo anionic dye [4]. moreover, methyl orange dye contain orange dye contains a group (r-n=n-r) therefore it is classified among the azo dyes and because this dye contains sulfonate salts (r-so3) group, its solubility increases in water [5].figure 1. shows the structural formula of (mo-). recently, green chemistry has emphasized the importance of protecting the environment and human health in a beneficial and economic way aimed at avoiding toxins, reducing waste and avoiding the use of toxic chemicals [6]. with the increase in environmental awareness, it was found that using natural materials is safer for human health [7]. in this study, the (mo-) dye was removed from its aqueous solution by eggshells (es). the effect of the initial weight of the adsorbent surface, contact time, kinematic constants and the thermodynamic functions of the adsorption process were studied. figure 1. the structural formula of methyl orange. 2. materials and method 2.1 the adsorbent surface eggs are one of the animal products that consume daily, and eggshells are one of the animal wastes used in the adsorption process. they are a good adsorbent surface because they contain pores in addition to fibers and proteins [8,9]. the eggs were obtained from the local iraqi markets in baghdad iraq. the internal contents of the eggs were discarded to obtain the shells. 2.2 preparation of mostock solution one gram of methyl orange dye was dissolved by nonionic distilled water in a glass beaker, and the solution was diluted in a 1000 ml volumetric vial to obtain the standard solution, to perform the experiments, a series of different concentrations were prepared (10-100 mg/l). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 199 2.3 preparation of es the white eggshells were collected through daily use of eggs available in the local iraqi markets in baghdad governorate. after disposal of the contents of the eggs, they were washed by deionized distilled water 6 times to remove the rest of the contents of the eggs and the pollutants suspended on the surface of the eggshells, then the shells were left to dry for (24 hour) at room atmosphere . the eggshells were ground by a dry electric mill for the purpose of obtaining a fine powder of the shells, then it was sieved by a sieve of granular size (≤75 mµ), the sieving process was repeated more than once to get the sufficient quantity for the purpose of the study. 2.4 determination of λmax for modye to measure the maximum wavelength (λmax) of methyl orange dye, a standard solution was prepared. it was recording in a visible and ultraviolet spectrophotometer, within the range (190 800) nm. the greatest absorption of the dye (464) nm . a quartz cell with a thickness of (1 cm) was used for the purpose of measurement. figure 2. shows the absorption spectrum of modye. figure 2. uv-visible absorption spectrum of modye. 3. results and discussion 3.1 effect of the adsorbent weight surface (es) on the adsorption in order to determine the ideal weight for adsorption of methyl orange dye on the surface of the eggshells, the effect of the weight of the es was studied using an initial concentration of the dye 100 mg/l against a series of different weights of the adsorbent surface (0.05-0.7)g and at (298) k. from observing the results,in figure 3. it was found that the percentage of removal (%r) increased continuously with the increase in the weight of the es (0.05-0.3) g, which was equal to (62.14 -62.30 ) %, due to the increase in the number of active sites prepared for adsorption of mo, and that by increasing these sites the efficiency of the adsorbent surfaces are able to remove the modye from its aqueous solution. then we notice that at the ideal weight of (0.4)g of the es, the %r begins to remain stable, which was equal to 62.3% [10]. nm. 200.00 300.00 400.00 500.00 600.00 700.00 a b s . 2.500 2.000 1.500 1.000 0.500 0.000 1 2 3 62.1 62.15 62.2 62.25 62.3 62.35 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 % r w(g) es ihjpas. 36(1)2023 200 figure 3. effect of the weight of the adsorbent surface (es) for adsorption of modye. 3.2 effect of equilibrium time the effect of the equilibrium time of eggshells with the aqueous solution of modye was studied by using initial concentration of the dye 100 mg/l and at different temperatures (298,308,313) k , granule size (≤ 75µm) and the ideal weight of es (0.4g) under study. figuer 4. shows the effect of time on the adsorption process of the adsorbent surface es. the results showed that (25 min) is the equilibrium time required for the modye adsorption process on es. figure 4. effect of equilibrium time on the amount of modye adsorbed on the surface of es. 3.3 adsorption kinetics models studies three kinetic models were applied to follow the adsorption of methyl orange on eggshells pseudo-first-order (pfo), pseudo-second-order (pso) and the elovich kinetic model.. the linear form of pfo is given as follows [11] ln(qe− qt ) = −k1 t + ln qe 1 qt (mg/g) represents that the adsorption capacity at time, qe (mg/g) is the adsorption capacity at equilibrium and k1(min -1) is the rate constant for adsorption of (pfo). k1 gotten from the slope of the linear plot of in (qe-qt) vs time (t) as shown in figure 5. )pso) constants calculated by the equation (2) [12] 𝑡 𝑞𝑡 = 1 𝐾2 𝑞𝑒 2 + 𝑡 𝑞𝑒 2 k2 (g mg -1 . min -1) represents that the rate constant for the adsorption for (pso) reaction. k2 is gotten from the intercept of the linear plot of in t/qt vs time (t) as shown in figure 5. (elovich) constants ∝ , β calculated by the equation (3) [13] 𝑞𝑡 = 1 𝛽 ln( 𝛽 ∝) + 1 𝛽 ln 𝑡 3 ∝ represents that the initial adsorption rate constant in units of ( mg.g-1.tim-1) and β is the desorption process constant in units of (g.mg-1). and that both β and ∝ are computed from slope and intercept of plotting at against lnt in figure 5. 61.9 62 62.1 62.2 62.3 62.4 62.5 0 20 40 60 % r t (min) 289 k 308 k 318 k ihjpas. 36(1)2023 201 through the results shown in table 1. and by following the values of the correlation coefficient (r2) for the three kinetic models, it is shown that the pso applies to the first because the values of (r2) have high, in addition to the convergence of the theoretical (qe) values from the practical (qe) values [14] , then followed by the partial applicability of the elovich kinetic model due to its weak correlation coefficient, which was less than 0.9 [15]. in addition to the non applicability of the pfo model because the practical (qe) values did not approach the theoretical values in addition to the very few (r2) value [16]. figure 5. the pfo (a), pso (b), elovich (c) kinetic models for the adsorption of the modye on the surface of the es at different temperatures. table 1.the values of the kinetic constants of the adsorbent es surface at different temperatures. t (k) first pseudo order second pseudo order elovich k1 (min-1) qe (mg/g) r2 k2 (g.mg-1.min-1) qe (mg/g) r2 𝛃 (g.mg-1) ∝ )1-.min1-mg.g( r2 298 0.0282 0.0059 0.8939 67.4673 1.5588 1 125 1.2465*10-43 0.8863 308 0.0101 0.0021 0.0101 60.9756 1.5552 1 116.2791 4.9141*10-42 0.7403 318 0.0136 0.0037 0.0083 50.5561 1.5530 1 116.2791 8.4899*10-43 0.7423 3.4 the adsorption isotherms a series of different concentrations of methyl orange 20-120 mg/l and at temperatures (298,308,318) k, the ideal adsorbent surface weight (es) (0.4) g, particle size (≤75µm ( and equilibrium time (25 min) were used to study the adsorption isotherms. the figure 6. drawn shows the relationship between (qt (mg/g)) and (ce (mg/l)) isotherms of adsorption of methyl orange dye on es at different temperatures. figure 6. isotherm of the adsorption process of modye on es figure 6. isotherm of dye adsorption on the surface es of type (s3), which is based on the principles of freundlich for the adsorption process, and this indicates, according to giles classification, that the adsorption process occurs with different forces on the adsorbent surface, where the amount of the adsorbent substance on the adsorbent surface decreases with the increase in the covered part of the adsorbent surface through the adsorbate[17]. in addition that the -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 ln ( q e -q t) t (min) 298k 308k 318k a)) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 10 20 30 t/ q t t (min) 298k 308k 318k ((b -0.79 -0.78 -0.77 -0.76 -0.75 -0.74 -0.73 -0.72 0 1 2 3 4 q e ( m g /g ) ln t 298k 308k 318k (c) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 q e ( m g / g ) ce (mg/l) 298 k ihjpas. 36(1)2023 202 adsorption process occurs perpendicular to the adsorbing surface, meaning that the adsorbate will occupy a smaller amount of the adsorbent surface portions, so the adsorption will be high due to the availability of a vacant space on the surface [18]. 3.5 adsorption isotherm models the collected data were subjected to three models of the adsorption process isotherm, and table 2. displays the values of the three model constants, freundlich, langmuir, and temkin, as well as the correlation coefficients. the isotherm models of the adsorption process are shown in figure 7. the freundlich isotherm adsorption model constants (kf (mg/g)) and (n) were calculated using the equation (4) [19] log(qe) = log(kf) + ( 1 n⁄ ) log(ce) 4 the equation (5) was used to derive the langmuir constants kl(l/mg) and qemax (mg/g). [20] 𝐶𝑒 𝑞𝑒 = 𝐶𝑒 𝑞𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑥 + 1 𝑞𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝐾𝐿 5 the equation (6) was used to calculate the temkin constants kt (l/mg) and bt(j/mol). [21] 𝑞𝑒 = 𝐵𝑇 𝑙𝑛 𝐾𝑇 + 𝐵𝑇 𝑙𝑛 𝐶𝑒 6 figure 7. freundlich (a), langmuir (b), temkin (c) isotherm for the adsorption of the modye on the surface of the es at different temperatures. table 2. the values of the isotherm constants of the adsorbent surface es at different temperatures. table 2. shows that freundlich 's lsotherm equation is well applicable to the adsorption process in this investigation, with values of (n) confined between (1-10) indicating that adsorption is governed by physical forces. in addition, when the temperature under examination rises, the freundlich constant (kf) for the adsorbent surface (es) decreases, confirming the exothermic character of the adsorption process. and the adsorption process took place on heterogeneous surfaces with various adsorption energy locations [22].because of the very weak linear correlation coefficient at the same temperatures used, the langmuir model does not fit, according to the data in table 2.[23] in addition temkin 's model is only partially applicable because the surface correlation coefficient at all temperatures is less than 0.9 [24]. t (k) freundlich langmuir temkin kf (mg/g) n r2 kl (l/mg) qemax (mg/g) r2 kt (l/mg) tb (j/mol) r2 298 0.0731 1.2186 0.8779 0.0091 5.5804 0.1412 0.2122 0.7025 0.6710 308 0.0459 1.0526 0.9008 0.0017 23.5849 0.0099 0.1679 0.7918 0.6990 318 0.0418 1.0363 0.9012 0.0003 135.1351 0.0003 0.1597 0.7926 0.6991 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 0 1 2 l o g q e log ce 298 k (a) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 c e / q e ( g / l ) ce (mg/l) 298k 308k 318k (b) -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 2 4 q e ( m g / g ) ln ce 298k 308k 318k (c) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 203 3.6 calculation thermodynamic functions the influence of temperature on adsorption is critical for calculating thermodynamic functions (standard enthalpy (δh°), gibbs free energy (δg°), and standard entropy (δs°) as well as comprehending the adsorption process' behavior. the values of thermodyna mic functions for adsorption of a modye on es[25] are shown in table 4. equation (7) was used to compute the equilibrium constant for the adsorption process of mo dye on the adsorbent surface (es) and at each temperature to discover the values of thermodynamic functions[26]. keq = qe ∗ w(g) ce ∗ v(l) 7 while keq is the adsorption process' equilibrium constant, qe is the amount of adsorbate on the adsorbent surface in units (mg/g), w is the weight of the ideal adsorbent surface in units (g), v is the volume of the mo dye solution in units (l), and ce is the equilibrium dye concentration in solution in units (mg/l). table 3. values of the thermodynamic equilibrium constants for adsorption of modye on the adsorbent surface of eggshells and at different temperatures. δs° j/mole.k δh° kj/mole δg° kj/mole t (k) adsorbent -11.5100 -4.7685 -1.3486 289 eggplant peels -1.2021 308 -1.1198 318 the linear equation for calculating δh° and δs° was obtained by plotting figure 8. between lnkeq and 1/t. the standard enthalpy of adsorption and standard entropy were determined at each temperature inside the system under these conditions using the linear connection in figure 8. where the slope represents (-δh°/r) and the intercept represents δs°/r, using equation (8). ln keq = −δ𝐻° 𝑅𝑇 + δ𝑆° 𝑅 8 figure 8. vant hof's equation for adsorption of methyl orange dye on the adsorbent surfaces of eggshells . to calculate the change in the gibbs free energy, equation (9)[27] is applied δg° = −rtlnkeq 9 y = 573.55x 1.3844 r² = 0.9859 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 ln k e q 1/t (k-1) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 204 where δg° represents the change in gibbs free energy in units of (kj.mol -1), and r represents the general constant of gases in units of (j/mol.k). table 4. thermodynamic values of the adsorption of modye on the adsorbent surface of the es at different temperatures. the enthalpy of the adsorption process of the adsorbing surface (es) reveals the nature of the adsorption process, which was exothermic, and the enthalpy values were less than (40 kj/mol), indicating that adsorption is physical adsorption [28]. the dye molecules deposited on the adsorbing surface and overlapping are regular and less random when the adsorption process begins, as indicated by the negative entropy values. the gibbs free energy estimates for mo dye adsorption on es are negative, indicating that the adsorption process happens spontaneously [29]. 3.7 effect of ionic strength the effect of salt concentration on methyl orange adsorption from aqueous solution using sodium chloride (nacl) on es with different concentrations (0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3)m with the stability of other factors such as the initial concentration of mo (100 mg/l), granular size (75m), ideal weight (0.4g), equilibrium time (25 min), and at a temperature of (298k).table 5. and figure 9. show the effect of ionic strength on the amount of dye adsorbate on the adsorbent surface. figure 9. effect of the ionic strength of adsorption of modye on the adsorbent surface (es). table 5. data of adsorption of modye on the surface of es at different concentrations of nacl and a temperature of 298k. eggplant peels i [m] %r qe (mg/g) 62.2277 1.5557 0.05 62.2277 1.5557 0.1 62.3586 1.5590 0.2 62.3979 1.5599 0.3 table 5. shows that the amount of adsorbate material on the es surface increases as the salt concentration rises, as does the percentage of removal. to increase the amount of adsorbate substance on the adsorbent surface and the percentage of mo dye removed from its aqueous solution [30]. this is due to the salt's higher solubility in aqueous solution than the dye's, resulting in an increase in the mo dye's bonding ability to the adsorbent surface (es), resulting in a higher eqln k eqk 1/t (k-1) t adsorbent 0.5443 1.7235 0.0034 298 eggplant peels 0.4695 1.5991 0.0032 308 0.4236 1.5274 0.0031 318 62.2 62.25 62.3 62.35 62.4 62.45 0 0.2 0.4 % r i ihjpas. 36(1)2023 205 percentage of the methyl orange dye being removed from its aqueous solution and a higher amount of the adsorbate substance on the adsorbent surface [31]. 4.conclusions in conclusion to this study, methyl orange dye was adsorbed by eggshells in this experiment. the results of the applied kinetic constants revealed that the (pso) model provided the best fit. in addition from being compatible with the freundlich isotherm. the negative δh° value indicated that the adsorption process is exothermic, and its value was less than (40 kj/mol), indicating that the adsorption process is physical, and the negative δs° value indicated a decrease in randomness, in addition to the negative δg° values, indicating that the adsorption process is spontaneous. references 1. mane, s., ponrathnam, s., ; chavan, n. selective solid‐phase extraction of metal for water decontamination. journal of applied polymer science. 2016, 133(1). 2. benjelloun, m. ; miyah, y. ; evrendilek, g. a. ; zerrouq, f., ; lairini, s. recent advances in adsorption kinetic models: their application to dye types. arabian journal of chemistry. 2021, 14(4), 103031. 3. ponec, v. ; knor, z., ; cerny, s. adsorption on solids.2018, butterworth. 4. moody, v.; needles, h. l. tufted carpet: textile fibers, dyes, finishes and processes. william andrew. 2004, 155-175. 5. chung, k. t. azo dyes and human health: a review. journal of environmental science and health.2016, part c, 34(4), 233-261. 6. sheldon, r. a. metrics of green chemistry and sustainability: past, present, and future. acs sustainable chemistry & engineering.2018, 6(1), 32-48. 7. höfer, r. ; bigorra, j. biomass-based green chemistry: sustainable solutions for modern economies. green chemistry letters and reviews.2008, 1(2), 79-97. 8. rápó, e. ; aradi, l. e. ; szabó, á. ; posta, k. ; szép, r. ; tonk, s. adsorption of remazol brilliant violet-5r textile dye from aqueous solutions by using eggshell waste bi osorbent. scientific reports.2020, 10(1), 1-12. 9. burley, r. w. ; vadehra, d. v. the egg shell and shell membranes: properties and synthesis . the avian egg, chemistry and biology john wiley, new york, 1989, 25-64. 10. fathi, m. r. ; asfaram, a., ; farhangi, a. removal of direct red 23 from aqueous solution using corn stalks: isotherms, kinetics and thermodynamic studies. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy.2015, 135, 364-372. 11.patil, s. ; renukdas, s. ; patel, n. removal of methylene blue, a basic dye from aqueous solutions by adsorption using teak tree (tectona grandis) bark powder. international journal of environmental sciences.2011, 1(5), 711. 12. simonin, j. p. on the comparison of pseudo-first order and pseudo-second order rate laws in the modeling of adsorption kinetics. chemical engineering journal.2016, 300, 254-263. 13. dawodu, f. a. ; akpomie, k. g. kinetic, equilibrium, and thermodynamic studies on the adsorption of cadmium (ii) ions using “aloji kaolinite” mineral. pac. j. sci. technol.2014, 15, 268-276. 14. mohammed, s. s. ; al-heetimi, d. t. adsorption of methyl violet dye from aqueous solution by iraqi bentonite and surfactant–modified iraqi bentonite. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2019, 32(3), 28-42. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 206 15. ersöz, g. ; atalay, s. biosorption: a promising technique against dye removal. in bioremediation crc press.2019, 209-228. 16. karmaker, s. ; sintaha, f. ; saha, t. k. kinetics, isotherm and thermodynamic studies of the adsorption of reactive red 239 dye from aqueous solution by chitosan 8b. advances in biological chemistry.2019, 9(01), 1. 17. sanz-santos, e. ; álvarez-torrellas, s. ; larriba, m. ; calleja-cascajero, d. ; garcía, j. enhanced removal of neonicotinoid pesticides present in the decision 2018/840/eu by new sewage sludge-based carbon materials. journal of environmental management.2022,313, 115020. 18. laviron, e. adsorption, autoinhibition and autocatalysis in polarography and in linear potential sweep voltammetry. journal of electroanalytical chemistry and interfacial electrochemistry.1974, 52(3), 355-393. 19. laidler, k. j. ; meiser, j. h. physical chemistry. the benjamin cummings publishing company.1982, 775. 20. langmuir, i. the adsorption of gases on plane surfaces of glass, mica and platinum. journal of the american chemical society.1918, 40(9), 1361-1403. 21. boparai, h. k. ; joseph, m. ; o’carroll, d. m. kinetics and thermodynamics of cadmium ion removal by adsorption onto nano zerovalent iron particles. journal of hazardous materials.2011, 186(1), 458-465. 22. kipling, j. j. adsorption from solutions of non-electrolytes. academic press.1965,129-133, 180-184. 23. nkansah, m. a. ; donkoh, m., akoto, o. ; ephraim, j. h. preliminary studies on the use of sawdust and peanut shell powder as adsorbents for phosphorus removal from water. emerging science journal.2019, 3(1), 33-40. 24. wang, y. ; chen, n.; wei, w.; cui, j. ; wei, z. enhanced adsorption of fluoride from aqueous solution onto nanosized hydroxyapatite by low-molecular-weight organic acids. desalination.2011, 276(1-3), 161-168. 25. sahmoune, m. n. evaluation of thermodynamic parameters for adsorption of heavy metals by green adsorbents. environmental chemistry letters.2019, 17(2), 697-704. 26. umpierres, c. s.; prola, l. d.; adebayo, m. a.; lima, e. c.; dos reis, g. s.; kunzler, d. d.; benvenutti, e. v. mesoporous nb2o5/sio2 material obtained by sol–gel method and applied as adsorbent of crystal violet dye. environmental technology.2017, 38(5), 566-578. 27. abbas, a. m.; mohammed, y. i.; himdan, t. a. adsorption kinetic and thermodynamic study of congo red dye on synthetic zeolite and modified synthetic zeolite. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 28(1), 54-72. 28. vinod, v. p.; anirudhan, t. s. sorption of tannic acid on zirconium pillared clay. journal of chemical technology & biotechnology: international research in process, environmental & clean technology.2002, 77(1), 92-101. 29. melichova, z.; hromada, l.; luptakova, a. removal of pb2+ ions from aqueous solutions by slovak bentonites. rev. roum. chim.2014, 59(3-4), 165-171. 30. montaha k. sultan; suhad s. mohammed. thermodynamic and kinetic study of adsorption of the azo dye from aqueous solution on the surface of iraqi flint, pollution research paper.2021,1410-1416. 31. güzel, f.; sayğılı, h.; sayğılı, g. a.; koyuncu, f. new low-cost nanoporous carbonaceous adsorbent developed from carob (ceratonia siliqua) processing industry waste for the adsorption ihjpas. 36(1)2023 207 of anionic textile dye: characterization, equilibrium and kinetic modeling. journal of molecular liquids.2015, 206, 244-255 انتشار الأخماج البولية عند النساء الحوامل في – محافظة بغدادibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the prevalence of bacteriuria in pregnant women m. a. ibraheem and i. k. diwan rit n n ltsytolonatet lacises ft etutitsni abstract this research was conducted in (baghdad teaching hospital) and (al-alwiya obstetrics hospital). the samples were as follows : (150) (pregnant women) in different times of pregnancy. (25) married women (non pregnant) . (25) un married women capable of pregnancy . the range of their ages was (18-45) years. (10) samples were taken from pregnant women with no evidence of infection as (control) for the comparison of number and type of bacteria which exists naturally (in area surrounded external opening of urinary duct) (urethral meatus) of the infected pregnant women . the result showed that staphylococcus saprophyticus is a common cause in these infections .appearing in (19%) of the studied group, while klebsiella was (17.2%), proteus mirabilis bacteria was (14.7%). in married women, klebsiella pneumoniae was the main cause of urinary infection (33.3%). in unmarried women , escherichia coli scored the highest occurence (52%). 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية أنتشار األخماج البولية عند النساء الحوامل أحمد أبراهيم و إيمان خضير ديوان ميسون المعهد الطبي التقني المنصور -هيئة التعليم التقني الخالصة أجري هذا البحث في )مستشفى بغداد التعليمي( و )مستشفى العلوية للوالدة( وقد توزعت العينات كما يأتي: .أة حامل وباوقات مختلفة من الحمل( إمر 150) .ير حامل( إمرأة متزوجة غ25) ( إمرأة غير متزوجة في سن اإلنجاب .25) عينددة خمدداا البوليددة )( عينددات لنسدداا حوامددل غيددر ملددابات باأ10( سددنة و وأخددذت )45-18وقددد تراوحددت أعمددارهن بددين ) جية المنطقة المحيطة بالفتحة الخار لمتواجدة بلورة طبيعية في سيطرة( بهدف إجراا مقارنة أعداد وأنواع الجراثيم ا-ضابطة للقناة البولية مع النساا الحوامل الملابات باأخماا البولية . ية :بالنسب االتوقد أظهرت نتائج الزرع البكتريولوجي لعينة االدرار نتائج موجبة و لدة إلدابة بدالخمج البدولي ( حا%8حالدة إلدابة بدالخمج البدولي العرضدي و)%(30%( للنساا الحوامل ومن هذه النسدبة)38) .الالعرضي ( كاندت موجبدة عندد النسداا %12( نتيجدة موجبدة للفحدل البكتريولدوجي و)%28نساا المتزوجات إعطدت )أما بالنسبة الى ال غير المتزوجات . ظهرت النتائج أن بكتريا إذ ظهدرت وامدن أكثدر المسدببات شديوعا فدي تلدا اأخمدا staphylococcus saprophyticusوا اآلتي : مكرضات االخرى ( وحدوث المم%19بنسبة ) klebsiella pneumoniae (17.2% )بكتريا proteus mirabilis (14.7% )بكتريا و ومدن المسدببات الرئيسدية لاللدابة بدالخمج البدولي klebsiella pneumoniaeأما فئة المتزوجات فقد كانت بكتريدا اذو أعلدى نسدبة تواجدد escherichia coli اغيدر المتزوجدات فقدد إحتلدت بكتريد ( أمدا فئدة النسداا%33.3إذ كاندت النسدبة ) ( .%52كانت ) و ومداالعوامدل المدرثرة علدى ذلدا ل ومداالهدف من الدراسة كان منلبا على دراسة أتتشار اأخماا البولية عند النساا الحوام االكثر شيوعا . بكتريا المسببة لهذا الخمجو وماانواع ال المقدمة ة الحمدل التدي عددت لشائعة التدي تلديب النسداا خدالل مددخماا البولية من التعقيدات الطارئة واتعد حاالت األابة باأ والتدي وتكمن الخطورة في حالدة تحولهدا مدن حالدة طارئدة الدى حالدة مزمندة اذمرخرا من المداخالت الخطيرة المرافقة للحمل و .(1) تردي في بعض اأحيان الى عجز وقلور كلوي عند الحوامل والتددي تعددد مددن المشدداكل الطبيددة (recurrent infection)جدددا فددي حدددوث األددابة المتكددررة امهمدد ل الحمددل عددامالويمثدد (2). الشائعة التي تعاني منها النساا بشكل عام والحوامل بشكل خال 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية فيددة التددي تطددرأ يسددبة األددابة عنددد النسدداا الحوامددل يعددود الددى سلسددلة مددن التغيددرات التشددريحية والوظولعددل السددبب فددي إزديدداد ن علددى الحامددل والتددي تهيدد الجهدداز البددولي لدددى المددرأة الحامددل ليكددون أكثددر عرضددة وأسددتعدادا ل لددابة بالكائنددات الممرضددة (3. )المسببة إللتهاب المجاري البولية ضدة وحلدول حالدة داث حالة من عدم التدوازن و اأمدر الدذي يدردي الدى نمدو اأحيداا المجهريدة الممر يردي التغير الى إح اذ (4) ( .opportunistic bacteriaرا الطبيعية الى بكتريا أنتهازية )تحول بكتريا الفلو وأعدراض ولدوالداتوعددد ا ووأشدهر الحمدل والعمرنظر االعتبار دراسة بعض العوامل مثل هذه اأسباب فقد أخذ ب فضال عن وأثر النشاط الجنسي في اإللابة . وولنف الدم ووعدد اأسقاطات واألابة اإللدابة بحالدة فقدر و مثدل أثنداا الحمدل فدي يجاد عالقدة بعدض اأمدراض مدع اإللدابة باأخمداا البوليدةاكما تناولت الدراسة البوليددة فدددي لددابة بخمددج المجددارييددادة نسددبة اإلمجمددل هددذه العوامددل دىرت مدددى تأثيرهددا وأمكانيتهددا فدددي ز (anemia)الدددم النساا الحوامل. طرائق العمل تحضير األوساط الزرعية : فددي البحددث حسددب تعليمددات الشددركة الملددنعة والمثبتددة علددى العبددوات وضددبط )االت تعملةحىضددرت اأوسدداط الزرعيددة المسدد بعددددها حضدددنت اأوسدداط الزرعيدددة المسدددكوبة فدددي (autoclaveولددددة )مثدددم عقمدددت اأوسدداط بال ph:7الهيدددروجيني( الدددى ( ساعة لضمان عدم تلوثها .24(م مدة )37االطباق في درجة حرارة ) :جمع العينات و)العيددادة اأستشددارية( ( إمددرأة ممددن راجعددن العيددادة اأستشددارية الخارجيددة )للنسددائية والتوليددد( 210شددملت عينددة الدراسددة ) ( و جمعدت هدذه العيندات مدن النسداا الحوامدل ومدن للدوالدة بغداد التعليمي( و )مستشفى العلويدةللمسالا البولية في )مستشفى تدم مدن خاللهدا ريت مقابلة شخلية لكل إمرأة حامدل وقد أج ولمستشفيين المذكورينلالموظفات والعامالت والنساا المراجعات التددي شددملت : العمددر و اأسددم و الوظيفددة و أشدددهر مددلمددلا إسددتمارة اسددتبيان دونددت فيهددا المعلومددات الخالددة بالنسددداا الحوا فقددر الددم و السدكر ( وقددد تدم اسددتثناا النسداا تحددت )نف الدددم واإللدابة بدبعض اأمددراضو مثدل: الحمدل و عددد الددوالدات و لد المعالجة بالمضادات الحيوية المختلفة . pregnant womenنساا حوامل –أ ( سنة .18-45راوحت أعمارهن )( عينة إدرار من نساا حوامل ت150جمعت ) non – pregnant womenنساا متزوجات غير حوامل -ب ( سدددنة لغدددرض مقارندددة نسدددبة التهددداب 18-45زوجدددات غيدددر حوامدددل وفدددي سدددن اإلنجددداب )( عيندددة إدرار لنسددداا مت25جمعدددت ) المجاري البولية مع النساا الحوامل . un married womenنساا غير متزوجات -جد ( عينددة إدرار لنسدداا فددي سددن اإلنجدداب غيددر متزوجددات لمقارنددة نسددبة أنتشددار التهدداب المجدداري البوليددة مددع النسدداا 25جمعددت ) .الحوامل نساا حوامل )عينة ضابطة( –د ملددابات بالتهدداب المجدداري البوليددة وذلددا بهدددف إجددراا مقارنددة لنسددبة ونددوع ر( عينددات إدرار لنسدداا حوامددل غيدد10جمعددت ) المنطقدة المحيطدة بالفتحدة البوليدة الخارجيدة فدي ( والملوثدة لعيندة اإلدرار normal floraة بلدورة طبيعيدة )الجدراثيم المتواجدد .المسببة ألتهاب المجاري البوليةوبين اأنواع البكتيرية 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية فحص وزرع اإلدرار : – -midأخدذ اإلدرار الوسدطي ) فدي الفحدل واذ جمعدت عيندات اإلدرار بعدد أن (sachadev , 1989قدة )أتبعدت طري stream urine سدددل منطقدددة غ. وقدددد تدددم توضددديخ طريقدددة أخدددذ العيندددة لجميدددع النسددداا بعدددد اطة قنددداني زجاجيدددة معقمددةسددد( بو urethral meatus ورة عددم مالمسدتها مدع أي جددزا ضدر تأكيدددون أسدتعمال المعقمدات و مدع مدن بالمداا واللدابون فقدط و . لطبيعيةمن أجزاا الجسم منعا لتولثها بالفلورا ا ( دقدائق و تدم الدتخلل مدن السدائل 5دورة/دقيقدة( مددة ) 3000 ( مل من اإلدرار ووضعها في جهاز الطرد المركدزي )5أخذ ) :حلت تحت المجهر الضوئي للتحري عنالعلوي وأخذت قطرة من الراسب وف pus cellية لقيحالخاليا ا – bacterial cellsالخاليا البكتيرية – candida albicansو trichomonas vaginalis المسوطات المهبلية والفطريات – epithelial cellالخاليا الطالئية – red blood cellالدم الحمراا خاليا – crystal and castمواد أخرى مثل – ووسددط الهكتددون و(macconkeys agar) يددة : وسددط مدداكونكي تى اأوسدداط الزرعيددة االالعينددات علدد تزرعدد وقددد (hekton agar)و ( ووسددط المددانيتول الملحدديmannitol salt agar)و ( واكددار الدددمblood agar)ووسددط الجوكليددت و (chocolate agar)و ( باأضافة الى وسط السابورودsabouraud dextrose agarمع مراعاة زرعها ) خالل سداعة مدن ينة الى المختبر ففضدلنا حفظهدا عإذ يعد اإلدرار وسطا مالئما لنمو معظم أنواع البكتريا أما في حالة تأخر ولول ال وجمعها ( المعدددروف الحجدددم لنقدددل calibrated loop(م ولدددزرع عيندددة اإلدرار ثدددم أسدددتخدام الناقدددل القياسدددي )4فدددي الثالجدددة بدرجدددة ) -18مددة )(م 37االوساط الزرعية المذكورة سلفا و حفضت جميع االطباق بعد الزرع بدرجدة ) الى لنقله( مل اإلدرار 0.0.) علدددى أسدددات الدراسدددة البكتيريدددةثدددم شخلدددت المسدددتعمرات بكتيدددري( سددداعة وفحلدددت االطبددداق لمالحظدددة وجدددود أي نمدددو 24 المظهرية والفيزيولوجية والكيميائية . دامة العزالت : – حفظ وا جددراثيم المعزولددة مددن كددل عينددة إدرار لقحددت اأنابيددب الحاويددة علددى وسددط )اأكددار المغددذي المائددل( ال تلددن شخبعددد أ (م فددي الثالجددة وأسددتمرت عمليددة اأدامددة بشددكل دوري شددهريا مددن خددالل 4بددالعزالت البكتيريددة قيددد البحددث وحفظددت فددي درجددة ) طويلددة تزيددد عددن ة العددزالت مدددداولغددرض أدامدد مدددة الدراسددة أوسدداط جديدددة لضددمان بقائهددا نشددطة طددوالتجديددد زراعتهددا علددى فدي أنابيدب لدغيرة ( 20%( المضاف اليده الكليسدرول بنسدبة )nutrient brothم استعمال وسط )المرق المغذي( )الشهر ت (م لحين اأستعمال .20-بطريقة التجميد ) لقخ الوسط بالعزالت ثم حفظتوبعد أن :بريالتشخيص المخت – خضعت العزالت للفحول اآلتية : اذ وق التقليديةائوفق الطر على وليالعزالت بشكل أ تلشخ indol testفحل االندول – methyl red testفحل أحمر المثيل – vogas – proskauerفحل فوكت بروسكاور – citrate utilizationفحل استهالا السترات – triple sugar iron tsiفحل – urease testيوريز فحل أنتاا انزيم ال – 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية oxidaseفحل االوكسديز – catalase testفحل الكاتليز – فحل تخمر المانتول هوائيا – coagulaseفحل الكشف عن انزيم تخثر البالزما coagulaseيل المكددورات العنقوديددة السددالبة النددزيم مخثددر البالزمددا لتشددخ api staph systemد نظددام وقددد اعتمدد negative staph نظام واستعملapi 20e لتشخيل العائلة المعوية enterobacteriaceae . haemolysin productionسين ياختبار أنتاا أنزيم الهيموال ( ثدم حضدنت بدد blood agarسدين علدى وسدط )يا اندزيم الهيموالأختبدار قابليتهدا علدى انتدا زرعت العزالت البكتيرية التي يدراد .ستعمرات تعد نتيجة )موجبة( للفحلول المعة( ظهور منطقة تحلل شفافة تحت وحسا 24مدة )(م 37) االوساط الزرعية الشركة الملنعة اسم الوسط الزرعي ت blood agar base mast (england) وسط اكار الدم االسات 1 brain-heart infusion broth mast(england) نقيع القلب والدماغ وسط مرق 2 chocolate agar mast (england) وسط الجوكليت 3 emb eosine methylene blue oxoid (england)وسط اكار 4 hekton agar b b l (u.s.a) وسط الهكتون 5 mac conkeys agar oxoid (england) وسط اكار الماكونكي 6 mannitol salt agar oxoid (england) وسط المانيتول الملحي 7 mr-vp mr-vp medium oxoid (england)وسط 8 muller hinton medium oxoid (england) وسط اكار مولر هنتون 9 1 0 nutrient broth mast (england) وسط المرق المغذي 1 1 nutrient agar medium mast (england) وسط االكار المغذي 1 2 sabouraud dextrose agar ديكستروز اكار وسط السابورود medium difco (u.s.a) 1 3 simmon citrate mast (england) وسط سترات سايمون 1 4 triple sugar iron agar mast (england) وسط الحديد ثالثي السكر 1 5 urea agar base oxoid (england) وسط اكار اليوريا standard strainsالسالالت القياسية الملدر التركيب الوراثي اسم الساللة ت 1 s.aureus wild type atcc 25923 2 e.coli wild type atcc 33625 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية : النتائج : العزل المناقشة الحيداة مدددة مدن ة التدي تلديب النسداا عمومدا فدي مددتعد االلابة بالتهاب المجاري البولية من المشاكل اللحية المهمد (.5) هدا احدد االسدباب المهمدة التدي تدردي الدى زيدادة فضدال عدن ان (6. )وتلديب النسداا الحوامدل بشدكل خدال خدالل مددة الحمدل غير ان عالا االلابة العرضية والالعرضية (7. ) للمواليد مبكرة او تخلف في النمو اتحدوث والدحدوث االسقاطات او ة الحمل يقلل مدن فرلدة حددوث المضداعفات التدي تشدكل خطدورة بالغدة لكدل مدن االم خماا البولية وبوقت مبكر خالل مدلال (8) والجنين. تمت دراستها مخطط يمثل العينات التي عدد العينات الكلي 210 +ve ve ve 143 حامل 93 متزوجة غير حامل 18 غير متزوجة 22 67 10 حامل 57 متزوجة غير حامل 7 متزوجةغير 3 68.1 % 31.9 % نساا حوامل غير ملابات بالتهاب المجاري البولية )عينة ضابطة( امراة ملابة اري بالتهاب المج البولية 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ة الحمدل منهدا الدابة الحامدل بدد )داا السدكر( و )فقدر يدد مدن نسدبة حددوث االلدابة خدالل مددوهناا عوامدل عديددة تز وضراوة البكتريا المسببة لاللتهاب اثر مهدم فدي للحامل وعدد الوالدات المتكررة وقد يكون لضعف االليات الدفاعية (9)الدم( (10)بة بالتهاب المجاري البولية عند المراة الحامل.زيادة نسبة حدوث االلا أظهددرت نتددائج الددزرع البكتريولددوجي لعينددة اأدرار اذ ة عنددد العينددات المدددروتو( نسددبة انتشددار االخمدداا البوليدد1جدددول )يمثددل ية :تنتائج موجبة والبنسب اال %( للنساا الحوامل38) %( للنساا المتزوجات28) سجلت النساا الحوامل اعلى نسبة ألدابة بالتهداب المجداري البوليدة واذا غير المتزوجات%( كانت موجبة للنسا12) (38. )% كانت اكثر المسببات المرضية s.saprophyticus ان بكتريا ](3)ارجع الى جدول )[لقد تبين من خالل البحث ( عزلة مرضدية تليهدا مدن 11( وبواقع )%19.6في حلول التهاب المجاري البولية لدى النساا الحوامل حيث بلغت النسبة ) ( ثدم %14بنسدبة ) proteus mirabilisوبكتريدا و(%17.5بنسدبة ) klebsiella pneumoniae حيدث االهميدة بكتريدا candidaعلدددى التدددوالي. امدددا staph epidermidisو staph aureusو e.coli( لكدددل مدددن بكتريدددا 10.5%) albicans ( واخيرا بكتريا 8.7%فقد كانت النسبة )e.cloacae7بلغت النسبة اذ و%. فددي مجموعددة النسداا الحوامددل يريددد ضددعف اآلليددات s.saprophyticusان ظهدور هددذه النسددبة العاليددة مدن االلددابة ببكتريددا (11)رضات الغازية االنتهازية.ممة الحمل مما يهيا الفرلة لاللابة بالاعية لدى النساا الحوامل ابان مدالدف . لدى النساا التي تليب القناة البولية السيما من الممرضات الغازية اأنتهازية s.saprophyticusد بكتريا وتع هدذه البكتريدا مدن الممرضدات اأنتهازيدة التدي تلديب القنداة حدول عدد (12)وقد جداات هدذه النتيجدة متفقدة مدع نتيجدة الباحثدة %( فقط .4.5 نتفق معها من أن نسبة األابة بها كانت )البولية للنساا الحوامل الملابات بداا السكر وال هدي المسدبب الدرئيت k.pneumoniae( فقدد اوضدحت النتدائج ان بكتريدا 4اما بالنسبة الى فئدة النسداا المتزوجدات جددول ) .s و e. coli( لكل من بكتريا%25( تليها )%33.3) اذ بلغت النسبة بحدود وفي حدوث االلابة epidermidis ثم جاات بكترياproteus mirabilis ( 16.7بنسبة%.) لحددددوث التهددداب المجددداري البوليدددة وبنسدددبة كاندددت تمثدددل المسدددبب الدددرئيت e.coliوللنسددداا غيدددر المتزوجدددات تبدددين ان بكتريدددا . s.epidermidisو k.pneumoniae( لكل من بكتريا %28.5( تليها نسبة )42.9%) فددي نسدب المسدببات الجرثوميددة واعددادها بدين المجدداميع الثالثدة المدروسدة ولعددل ال النتددائج ان هنداا اختالفدونالحدظ مدن خدال الدذي يعطدي فرلدة اقدل لظهدور مل السبب يعود الى لغر حجم العينتين االخريين قياسا بحجم العينة الخالة بالنساا الحوا الدددى ان الظدددروف التدددي يهيئهدددا الحمدددل والتغيدددرات الفسددديولوجية رضدددات قياسدددا لحجدددم عيندددة الحوامدددل او قدددد يعدددود السدددبب المم و اذ يلدبخ ادرار رضدات الجرثوميدة المتنوعدةمل يجعلها اكثر عرضدة لاللدابة بالمموالوظيفية والتركيبية التي تطرأ على الحا األبددومين مددن ت الحمددل وسددطا مشددجعا لنمددو اغلددب الجددراثيم المرضددية وذلددا الحتوائدده علددى كميددات عاليددة النسدداا فددي مدددد رضدددات مددل يجعلهددا اكثدددر عرضددة لاللددابة بالممضددعف االليددات الدفاعيددة لددددى المددراة الحا فضددال عدددناالحمدداض االمينيددة و s. saprophyticus. (13)االنتهازية منها بكتريا السيما امددل بينددت أن إمددرأة ح 1000أجريددت فددي المملكددة المتحدددة علددى و إذ تشددير دراسددة قددد جدداات عدددة دراسددات متفقددة مددع ذلددال جمدل %( مدن م27أحتلدت الترتيدب الثالدث ) اذ وأثر في أحداث اإللابة باأخماا البوليدة كتريا السالبة لمخثر البالزما ذيالب وبهذه الطريقة تم التخلل من التلدوث (spa)ت طريقة السحب المباشر لالدرار من المثانة لماألابات البكتيرية وقد أستع (14)عايشة بلورة طبيعية في اأمعاا .ريا المتتالمحتمل بالبك 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ة لددددد ولددددفها مددددن المسددددببات الرئيسددددو s.saprophyticusبكتريددددا مثددددل (cns)إن ظهددددور أنددددواع مددددن المكددددورات العنقوديددددة urinary tract infection وفدي بلددان مختلفدة نفسده تفقدة مدع عددة دراسدات حدول الموضدوععندد النسداا الحوامدل جداات م مسدداوية لنسددبة أنتشددار s.saprophyticusعديدددة . ففددي دراسددة أجريددت فددي المملكددة المتحدددة وجددد أن نسددبة أنتشددار بكتريددا (15)خال . والحوامل بشكلوتعد المسبب الرئيسي ألتهاب المجاري البولية في النساا بشكل عام e.coliبكتريا اا البوليدة ل لابة باأخمد بر المسبب الرئيتتعت s.saprophyticusوفي دراسة أخرى أجريت في السويد وجد أن البكتريا (16)في النساا الحوامل . فدي تعدد المسدبب الدرئيت s.aureusوجدد أن (17)وفي دراسة محلية مقاربة أجريت في مديندة البلدرة قدام بهدا الباحدث % 31.5بنسددبة e.coli% تلتهددا مددن حيددث اأهميددة بكتريددا 1.00مدداا البوليددة لفئددة النسدداا الحوامددل ونسددبة اإللددابة باأخ فددي إحددداث اإللددابة ولكننددا staphylococcusولكددن الدراسددة لددم تعددط تفسدديرا لددذلا ونتفددق مددع الباحددث فددي أهميددة جددنت واذ وجدددت الباحثددة أن أجريددت فددي مدينددة البلددرةنختلددف معدده فددي نددوع العامددل الممددرض . وتتفددق الدراسددة جزئيددا مددع دراسددة %( أمدا فدي 4.5بنسدبة ) s.saprophyticusتليهدا بكتريدا e.coliللخمج البولي عند النسداا الحوامدل هدي المسبب الرئيت فدددددددي اإللدددددددابة فدددددددي حدددددددين تراجعدددددددت تمثدددددددل المسدددددددبب الدددددددرئيت e.coliالنسددددددداا غيدددددددر الحوامدددددددل فقدددددددد وجددددددددت أن بكتريدددددددا s.saprophyticus جداات نتائجندا مختلفدة مدع الدراسدة اذو (18)في نسبة اإللدابة بدالخمج البدولي .الترتيب الثالث الى أعاله في نسبة اإللابة . ا ل خمدداامسددببا رئيسدد s.saprophyticusبكتريددا عدددأن النتددائج التددي تددم الحلددول عليهددا مددن خددالل الدراسددة الحاليددة فددي تددهور الحالدة اللدحية وسدوا لمنها وجود حالدة وبائيدة حالدلة نتيجدة عديدة ى أسبابعزى الالبولية عند النساا الحوامل قد ت التغذيددة والظددروف المعيشددية اللددعبة التددي يعدداني منهددا مجتمعنددا فددي الوقددت الحاضددر والتددي تددردي الددى قلددة النظافددة وتدددهور .نواع اأخرىدون غيرها من اأ من مشجعة لنمو مثل هكذا بكتريا اآلليات الدفاعية وهي عوامل تعد ( الى ان نسبة انتشار البكتريا السالبة والموجبة للبغة كرام المسببة اللتهداب المجداري البوليدة لددى العيندات 5ويشير جدول ) ( %81.8( و)%56.9حيدددث بلغدددت النسدددبة بحددددود ) ونسدددبة اعلدددى فدددي االلدددابة g-veمثلدددت بكتريدددا اذ والثالثدددة قيدددد البحدددث فدي حدين كاندت نسدبة ونسداا المتزوجدات غيدر الحوامدل والنسداا غيدر المتزوجدات علدى التدوالي( للنساا الحوامل وال%66.6و) ( على التوالي.%43.3( و )%18.2( و)%43.1للعينات المذكورة ) (g+ve)االلابة بد ( عددزالت 5%( وبواقددع )8.7المعزولددة مددن النسدداا الحوامددل كانددت ) candida albicans( أن نسددبة 3يالحددظ فددي الجدددول ) ( التددي كانددت نسددبة األددابة al-rawy, 1998( )12( . وهنددا التتفددق مددع الباحثددة )57مددن الحوامددل والبددالن عددددهن )ظ .االلابات الخالة بالنساا الحوامل%( من مجمل 25بالفطريات في نتائجها مرتفعة و اذ بلغت بحدود ) وعليده . ال االوسداط الزراعيدة الخالدة بدذلااسدتعم ومن خالل هذا البحث لم نتمكن من عزل )البكتريا الالهوائية( بالرغم مدن حدول عددم اهميدة نتيجتندالهذه البكتريا اثرا مهما في االلابة بالتهاب المجاري البولية ولعل اغلب الدراسات تتفدق مدع لم نعد ( الدى 1997)بداقرو و إذ أشدارت الباحثدة مقارندة بالبكتريدا الهوائيدة المسدببة لةلدابة لابةإفي حدوث الالهوائية البكتريا تقدددل نسدددبة اذ وأن البكتريدددا الالهوائيدددة ربمدددا تتواجدددد فدددي حددداالت تحطدددم أنسدددجة المثاندددة مثدددل سدددرطان المثاندددة وتقشدددر اأنسدددجة (18).المجال لنمو البكتريا الالهوائيةفي تلا اأجزاا مما يفسخ اأوكسجين references 1 . smaill, f. (2000) antibiotic for asymptomatic bacteriuria in pregnancy (cochrane library). (from internet). 2. linda, t; frederick, b. (1989) journal infection and immunity . april, p: 1287-1288 . 3. jeffery , p.w.(1999) . urologic issues during pregnancy . file; c: bacterial \ urologic issues during pregnancy . new york hospital ; cornel medical center . urojock @ aol . com . internet. 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ات جدرو العمليد( عزل وتشخيل بعض البكتريا السالبة للبغة كرام مدن خمجدات ...0العزاوي و بتول كاظم سلمان ) 4. كليدددة العلددوم و الجامعدددة –ويدددة )دراسددة وراثيدددة( و أطروحددة ماجسددتير يي للمضددادات الحالجراحيددة ودراسددة التدددأثير الخلطدد المستنلرية . 5. nguyen, v.t. ; myint, s. and pearson, j.c. (1999). journal infection . 27: 192-197. 6. urbat, g.; dudkiewic, j. and oslislo, a. (1998) urinary tract infection in pregnancy, ginekol-pol . 69: 1077-1081.(mid line). 7. villar, j.; lydon, r. and gulmezoglu. (2000). duration of treatment for asymtomatic bacteriuria during pregnancy, cochranedata base. england. (mid line). 8. al-kubiusy ,w.a.(1996). journal comm. med . iraq, 9: 35-39 (cited) 9. internet, (1999) . what is urology. 10. lewis, t.l.t. and chamberlain, g.v.p.(1992) – obstetrics . 5 th edition . butlerd tanner, london. 11. jawetz, e;melnick , j.l;adelberg , e.a.(1998). review of medical microbiology. 21 edition . schuster company. england. 12. al-rawy; s.k. (1998) urinary tract infections in diabetic pregnant women . m.sc thesis, (college of medicine-al-mustansiyia university. 13. jeffery, p.w. (1999) . urologic issues during pregnancy. file; c: bacterial \ urologic issues during pregnancy. new york hospital ; cornel medical center . urojock @asl.com. internet. 14. revees, d.s. ; revumfit, w. and william, d. j.(1968). urinary tract infection second edition p:174-181. 15. bovill, b.; lewis, d. and minassian, m.(1998). the treatment of uncomplicated lower urinary tract infection in women. journal antimicrobial agent, 10:39-47. 16. sandberg, t.; jeltheden, b.; norrby, r. s. (1996) scand-joumal primary health care. 14:122-128. 17. ajeel, n. a. ; hasony, h. j.; yacoub, a. a. and zuhaury, a. (1992) urinary tract infections among pregnant women in basrah, southern iraq . m.j. b, 10:83-91. (cited). ة الجرثومية المرضية عند النساا الحوامل في مدينة البلرة و أطروحدة ( دراسة عن البيل.099ياا كاظم . )باقر و لم 18. كلية التربية و جامعة البلرة . –ماجستير لعينات المدروسة( نسبة انتشار االخماج البولية عند ا1جدول ) عدد العينات عينة الدراسة عدددددددددددد المصددددددددددابات بالخمج البولي النسبة المئوية% %38 57 150 نساا حوامل -1 %28 7 25 نساا متزوجات غير حوامل -2 %12 3 25 نساا غير متزوجات -3 نسدداا حوامددل غيددر ملددابات بددالخمج -4 البولي )عينة ضابطة( اليوجد 10 %31.9 67 210 المجموع 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ( مقارنة بين النساء الحوامل وغير الحوامل2جدول ) ( انواع الجراثيم المسببة في التهاب المجاري البولية في النساء الحوامل )اصابة مختلطة ومفردة(3جدول ) نوع البكتريا المعزولة عددددددددددددددددد العزالت النسدددددددددددددددبة المئوية نوع االصابة 1 saprophyticus staphylococcus 11 19.6% (عدددزالت مدددع بكتريدددا 3الدددابة مختلطدددة لدددد ) sphylococcus.epidermidista 2 klebsiella pneumoniae 10 17.8% الابة مختلطة عزلة واحدة ظهرت مع proteus mirabilis 3proteus mirabilis 8 14.2% 4esherichia e. coli 6 10.7% 5staphylococcus aureus 6 10.7% 6staph .epidermidis 6 10.7% 7candida albicans 5 8.9% 8esherichia. cloacae 4 7.1% %100 56 المجموع الكلي ( انواع البكتريا المسببة اللتهاب المجاري البولية المعزولة من )النساء المتزوجات غير الحوامل( والنسداء غيدر 4جدول ) المتزوجات نسدداء متزوجددات غيددر حوامددل مصددابات بددد البكتريا المعزولة u.t.i u.t.iنساء غير متزوجات مصابات بد عددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد العزالت % عدد العزالت الابة مختلطة % الدددددددددددددددددددددددددددددابة مختلطة 1 klebsiella. pneumoniae 4 %33.3 p.mirabilis 2 28.5% e. coli 2 e. coli 3 25% 3 42.9% 3 s.epidermidis 3 %25 2 28.5% 4 proteus.mirabilis 2 %16.7 %100 7 %100 12 عدد العزالت ضمن عينة المتزوجات المجموع مصابة غير مصابة عدد العينات 150 %38 57 %62 93 نساا حوامل نسدددددددددداا غيدددددددددددر حوامدددددددددددل )متزوجات( 18 72% 7 28% 25 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ( نسددبة انتشددار البكتريددا السدالبة والموجبددة لصددبسة كددرام المسددببة اللتهداب المجدداري البوليددة للمجموعددات الثالثددة 5جددول ) المدروسة عينة الدراسة عدددددددددددددددددددددددد العينات عددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد صاباتاال g –ve g +ve عددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد العزالت % عددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد العزالت % %43.1 25 %56.9 32 57 150 حوامل 1 %18.2 2 %81.8 5 7 25 متزوجات غير حوامل 2 %43.4 1 %66.6 2 3 25 غير متزوجات 3 %39.5 28 %57.5 39 67 200 المجموع الكلي 83 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 seminal fluid analysis in iraqi fertile and infertile males defined by the world health organization criteria of 2010 z. h. m. kadri*, a. i. s. al-assaf*, a. h. ad'hiah**, a. m. qassim***, n. a. kadem***, a. m. al-salih**** department of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad.* tropical-biological research unit, college of science, university of baghdad.** kamal al-samaraie hospital centre of infertility and in vitro fertilization, baghdad.*** baghdad teaching hospital, baghdad.**** received in : 1 november 2011 accepted in : 12 january 2012 abstract a total of 116 males with primary infertility and 32 fertile males (normozoospermia; nor) were studied to evaluate parameters of seminal fluid analysis. based on who criteria of 2010 for general seminal fluid analysis, the patients were distributed into three groups: 32 azoospermic (azo), 40 oligozoospermic (oli) and 44 asthenozoospermic (ast) patients. azo and oli patients and nor shared an approximated mean of seminal fluid volume (2.25, 2.75 and 2.50 ml, respectively), while it was significantly increased (3.58 ml) in ast patients. in nor men, the spermatozoa concentration was 65.13 x 106 spermatozoa/ml, while it was significantly decreased in ast (51.42 x 106 spermatozoa/ml) and oli (5.58 x 106 spermatozoa /ml) patients. the percentage frequency of progressive motility was significantly decreased in oli and ast patients as compared to nor (9.6 and 16.3, respectively vs. 50.6%). in contrast, the non-progressive motile (45.4 and 30.4, respectively vs. 21.9%) or immotile (45.0 and 52.5, respectively vs. 27.5%) spermatozoa were significantly increased in the patients. oli and ast patients shared an approximated mean of abnormal spermatozoa frequency (56.7 and 58.3%, respectively), but both frequencies were significantly higher than the observed frequency in nor (23.1%). key words: male infertility, normozoospermia, azoospermia, oligozoospermia, asthenozoospermia. introduction semen analysis is the method of choice in assessing male infertility. during ejaculation, semen is produced from a concentrated suspension of spermatozoa, stored in the paired epididymides, mixed with, and diluted by, fluid secretions from the accessory sex organs. comparison of preand post-vasectomy semen volumes reveals that about 90% of semen volume is made up of secretions from the accessory organs, mainly the prostate and seminal vesicles, with minor contributions from the bulbourethral (cowper’s) glands and 84 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 epididymides [1]. semen has two major quantifiable attributes: the first is total number of spermatozoa and this reflects sperm production by the testes and the patency of the posttesticular duct system, while the second is total fluid volume contributed by various accessory glands and this reflects the secretory activity of the glands. the nature of spermatozoa (their vitality, motility and morphology) and the composition of seminal fluid are also important for sperm function [2]. under given conditions of collection, semen quality depends on factors that usually cannot be modified, such as sperm production by the testes, accessory organ secretions and recent (particularly febrile) illness, as well as other factors, such as abstention time, that should be recorded and taken into account in interpreting the results [3]. the ‘who manual for the examination of human semen and sperm (semen)-cervical mucus interaction’ [4-6]is widely used as a source of standard methodology for laboratories engaged in semen analyses. however, the interpretation and application of previous who ‘normal’ or ‘reference’ values for semen parameters used thus far have limitations, since the data were derived from imprecisely defined reference populations and obtained from laboratories with unknown comparability with respect to analytical methodologies. these values were limited by the lack of available data on semen variables in recent fathers, and did not define true reference ranges or limits. there have been no consensus around the suitability of these values, as some centers consider the cited values for characteristics of sperm concentration, morphology and motility too high, whereas others consider them too low [7]. the latter group of investigators (cooper et al., 2010) obtained semen samples from over 4500 men in 14 countries on four continents from retrospective and prospective analyses on fertile men, men of unknown fertility status and men selected as normozoospermic. accordingly, they generated that the lower reference limit for semen variables is semen volume, 1.5 ml (1.4-1.7 ml); total sperm number, 39 million per ejaculate (33-46 million); sperm concentration, 15 million per ml (12-16 million); vitality, 58% live (55-63%); progressive motility, 32% (31-34%); morphologically normal forms, 4.0% (3.0-4.0%). based on these finding, the who has changed the reference ranges used in semen analyses and accordingly it issued a new definition of semen variables [8]. accordingly, the present investigation initiated the scope to define fertile and infertile groups of iraqi population. subjects, materials and methods subjects: a total of 116 males with primary infertility attending kamal al-samaraie hospital, centre of infertility and in vitro fertilization (baghdad) and baghdad teaching hospital (infertility clinic) during the period march-august 2010 were enrolled in this study. they were clinically examined and evaluated by the consultant medical staff at the two hospitals. the patients were iraqi arabs and their age mean ± s.e. was 30.3 ± 0.7 years. in addition, 32 fertile males (normozoospermia; nor), matched patients for ethnicity and age (31.4 ± 1.1 years), were also included in the study, and they were husbands of wives who had fertility complications. based on clinical examination and seminal fluid analysis and according to the recommendations of world health organization [8], patients were distributed into three clinical groups: azoospermia (azo; 32 patients and their age was 28.2 ±0.7 years), oligozoospermia (oli: 40 patients and their age was 31.3 ± 1.3 years) and asthenozoospermia (ast: 44 patients and their age was 33.4 ± 1.0 years). 85 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 seminal fluid collection and examination: seminal fluid was obtained by masturbation after 3-5 days of sexual abstinence. the samples were collected in sterile, wide mouthed, nontoxic container and processed in the laboratory within an hour of ejaculation. in accordance with the who manual of seminal fluid examination [8], the seminal fluid was evaluated in terms of macroscopical (appearance, volume, liquefaction, ph and viscosity) and microscopical (spermatozoa concentration, morphology and motility) examinations. motility of spermatozoa was assessed directly after liquefaction, by applying a drop of a gently mixed seminal fluid on a clean slide and covered with a cover slip. after two minutes, the slide was inspected microscopically to determine the type of motility, and at least eight fields were examined. three categories of spermatozoa movement were adopted: progressive motility (pr: spermatozoa moving actively, either linearly or in a large circle, regardless of speed). non-progressive motility (np: all other patterns of motility with an absence of progression, e.g. swimming in small circles, the flagellar force hardly displacing the head, or when only a flagellar beat can be observed). immotility (im: no movement). statistical analysis: data were presented in terms of means ± standard errors (s.e.), and differences between means were assessed by duncan's tests. the difference was considered significant when the probability (p) value was ≤ 0.05. in further analyses, pearson's chisquare was also adopted. the analysis was carried out using the computer programme spss (statistical package for social sciences) version [13]. results and discussion appearance of seminal fluid: in most cases, the normal seminal fluid had a homogenous grey-opalescent appearance, but it was less opaque when spermatozoa concentration was low as in oli patients, or the spermatozoa were not detected as azo patients. volume: the azo and oli patients, as well as, controls shared an approximated mean of seminal fluid volume (2.25, 2.75 and 2.50 ml, respectively), while it was significantly (p ≤ 0.05) increased (3.58 ml) in ast patients as compared with azo patients and nor, but not with oli patients (table 1). although some significant differences were observed in the volume of seminal fluid between the investigated groups of infertility and nor, the means are still higher than the who stricter guidelines for how to recognize an appropriate sperm volume that is stated at approximately 2.0 ml [8]. considering such parameter alone may underestimate its significance, because it reflects testicular volume, and thus is a measure of total testicular sperm output, which is directly related to the chances of pregnancy after coitus [9]. further more, the volume of the ejaculate is contributed mainly by the seminal vesicles and prostate gland, with a small amount from the bulbourethral glands and epididymides; therefore, precise measurement of volume is essential in any evaluation of semen, because it allows the total number of spermatozoa and non-sperm cells in the ejaculate to be calculated [3]. liquefaction: immediately after measuring the volume, the tube containing seminal fluid was incubated at 37°c, and kept under inspection for liquefaction every 15 minutes and up to 60 minutes. initially, the semen was typically a semi-solid coagulated mass. within the first 15 minutes, the semen usually began to liquefy (become thinner), and as liquefaction continued, the semen became more homogeneous and quite watery, and in the final stages only small 86 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 areas of coagulation remain. in most enrolled cases, a complete liquefaction occurred within 15-30 minutes. ph: the ph was measured after liquefaction at a uniform time (30 minutes) using a ph test paper, because it is influenced by the loss of co2 that occurs after production. in most cases, the ph was alkaline with the range 7.5-8.0. viscosity: after liquefaction, the viscosity of the sample was estimated by gently aspirating it into a wide-bore (approximately 1.5 millimeter diameter) plastic disposable pipette, allowing the semen to drop by gravity and observing the length of any thread. a normal sample leaves the pipette in small discrete drops, but if viscosity is abnormal, the drop will form a thread more than two centimeters long. the investigated cases had a normal viscosity. spermatozoa concentration: in nor, the spermatozoa concentration was 65.13 x 106 spermatozoa/ml, while it was significantly (p ≤ 0.05) decreased in ast patients (51.42 x 106 spermatozoa/ml), as well as, oli patients (5.58 x 106 spermatozoa/ml). the azo patients showed no spermatozoa in their seminal fluid (table 2). the spermatozoa concentration is related to both time to pregnancy [10] and pregnancy rates [11] and is a predictor of conception [12]. the present definition of infertility groups (azo, oli and ast) is in agreement with the who guide that stated the lower reference limit in each group, and in addition, the nor are also fit the obligation of such guide [8]. therefore, the observed significant differences in spermatozoa concentration between oli, ast and nor are expected. spermatozoa morphology: the oli and ast patients shared an approximated mean of abnormal spermatozoa frequency (56.7% and 58.3%, respectively), but both frequencies were significantly (p ≤ 0.05) higher than the observed frequency in nor (23.1%), as shown in table 3a. however, when the absolute count of these abnormalities was considered a further observation was made, in which the highest count of spermatozoa abnormalities was observed in ast patients (30.1 x 106 spermatozoa/ml), followed by nor (15.0 x 106 spermatozoa/ml) and finally oli patients (3.0 x 106 spermatozoa/ml). these three means showed significant (p ≤ 0.05) difference between them (table 3b). in term of percentage frequency, oli and ast patients shared a similar an approximated frequency of morphologically abnormal spermatozoa, but the absolute count reshaped such observation, and the highest count was observed in ast patients, while the lowest count was recorded in oli patients. such difference is related to the spermatozoa concentration, because oli demonstrated the lowest level of spermatozoa concentration (table 2); therefore the percentage frequency evaluation is more informative in this regard; and abnormal spermatozoa morphology is suggested to impact fertility in both groups of infertility (oli and ast). accordingly, spermatozoa morphology evaluation is considered to be a highly subjective procedure and based on who criteria, a normal ejaculate must have at least 30% normal spermatozoa, and for the stricter criteria, fertile men must have greater than 14% normal forms in their semen and men with less than 4% of normal forms are considered subfertile [7,8]. however, menkveld et al. [13] have recently criticized that measurement or evaluation and clinical significance of human spermatozoa morphology has always been and still is a controversial aspect of the semen analysis for the determination of a male's fertility potential. such criticism is reasoned by the fact of the strict criteria definition and use of the criteria for spermatozoa morphology evaluation, but again they highlighted that sperm morphology measurement still has a very important role to play in the clinical evaluation of male fertility potential. spermatozoa motility: the percentage frequency of pr motility was significantly (p ≤ 0.05) decreased in oli and ast patients as compared to nor men (9.6 and 16.3, respectively vs. 50.6%). in contrast, the np motile (45.4 and 30.4, respectively vs. 21.9%) or im (45.0 and 87 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 52.5, respectively vs. 27.5%) spermatozoa, were significantly increased in the patients (table 4a). when the three types of spermatozoa motility was considered in terms of an absolute count, a more pronounced findings were gathered. with respect to pr motility, the spermatozoa absolute count showed a gradual decrease in nor and ast and oli patients (33.0, 8.7 and 0.8 x 106 spermatozoa/ml, respectively), and the difference between these means was significant (p ≤ 0.05). in np motility, the nor and ast patients shared an approximated absolute mean count (14.3 and 15.9 x 106 spermatozoa/ml, respectively), but both of them were significantly (p ≤ 0.05) higher than the observed mean in oli patients (2.8 x 106 spermatozoa/ml). when immotility was inspected, ast patients showed the highest mean count (26.8 x 106 spermatozoa/ml), followed by nor (17.9 x 106 spermatozoa/ml) and finally oli patients (2.1 x 106 spermatozoa/ml), and the difference between these means was significant (p ≤ 0.05), as shown in table 4b. the present findings of pr motility (in term of percentage frequency or an absolute count) in oli and ast patients strongly suggest that spermatozoa motility is an important factor that is related to male fertility. furthermore, it has been suggested that spermatozoa motility assessment can be used more directly to address problems affecting the man and his reproductive organs. the presence of inflammatory cells (often peroxidase-positive granulocytes) suggests an ongoing inflammatory reaction and in addition, spermatozoa exposed to seminal vesicular fluid show decreased motility, survival and protection of the sperm chromatin [14], indicating that an abnormal sequence of ejaculation can cause decreased sperm function. reduced spermatozoa motility can therefore be a symptom of disorders related to male accessory sex gland secretion and to the sequential emptying of these glands [15]. in conclusion, such study provides additional information to characterize relationships between semen parameters and male fertility. these data provide information on the value of semen quality measures to predict fertility in populations, and can be used to estimate decrements in fertility for risk assessment, but further investigations are certainly required and larger samples can further define the relationship between seminal fluid parameters and male infertility in iraqi populations. references 1. duncan, w.w. and thompson, h.s. (2007) proteomics of semen and its constituents. proteomics clinical application, 1: 861-875. 2. björndahl, l. and kvist ,u. (2003) sequences of ejaculation affects the spermatozoon as a carrier and its message. reproductive biomedicine online, 7: 440-448. 3. cooper, t.g.; barfield ,j.p. and yeung, c.h. (2005) changes in osmolality during liquefaction of human semen. international journal of andrology, 28: 58-60. 4. comhaire f.; de kretser, d.m. and farley, t.m. who (1987). towards more objectivity in diagnosis and management of male infertility. international journal of andrology, suppl.7: 22-24. 5. the influence of varicocele on parameters of fertility in large group of men presenting to infertility clinics.world health organization, fertility and sterility, who (1992). 57: 12891293. 6. laboratory manual for the examination of human semen and sperm-cervical mucus interaction, fourth edition. cambridge, cambridge university press. who (1999). 7. cooper, t.g.; noonan e., von eckardstein s., auger j., baker h.w.g., behre h.m., haugen t.;b., kruger t.; wang, c., mbizvo ,m.t. and vogelsong ,k.m.(2010) world health organization reference values for human semen characteristics. human reproduction update, 16: 231-245. 88 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 8. laboratory manual for the examination and processing of human semen, 5th edition. who (2010). 9. cooper, t.g.; noonan, e.; von eckardstein, s.; auger, j.; baker h.w.g.; behre h.m.; haugen t.;b., kruger t., wang c., mbizvo m.t. and vogelsong k.m.(2010). world health organization reference values for human semen characteristics. human reproduction update, 16: 231-245. 10. slama ,r.;eustache, f.; ducot, b.; jensen, t.k.; jørgensen, n.; horte ,a.; irvine, s.; suominen, j.; andersen, a.g.; auger, j.; vierula ,m.; toppari ,j.; andersen ,a.n.; keiding n., skakkebaek n.e., spira a. and jouannet p. (2002) time to pregnancy and semen parameters: a cross-sectional study among fertile couples from four european cities. human reproduction, 17: 503-515. 11. zinaman, m.j.; brown ,c.c.; selevan, s.g. and clegg ,e.d. (2000) semen quality and human fertility: a prospective study with healthy couples. journal of andrology, 21: 145-153. 12. larsen, l.; scheike ,t.; jensen, t.k.; bonde, j.p.; ernst, e.; hiollund, n.h.; zhou, y.; skakkebaek n.e. and giwercman a. (2000) computer-assisted semen analysis parameters as predictors for fertility of men from the general population. the danish first pregnancy planner study team. human reproduction, 15: 1562-1567. 13. menkveld, r.; holleboom ,c.a.g. and rhemrev, j.p.t. (2011) measurement and significance of sperm morphology. asian journal of andrology,13: 59-68. 14. jequier, a.m. (2006) the importance of diagnosis in the clinical management of infertility in the male. reproductive biomedicine online, 13: 331-335. 15. bjorndahl, l. (2010) the usefulness and significance of assessing rapidly progressive spermatozoa. asian journal of andrology, 12: 33-35. table(1): volume of seminal fluid in infertile patients (azoospermia, oligozoospermia and asthenozoospermia) and normozoospermia. groups no. mean ± s.e. (ml) azoospermia 32 2.25 ± 0.13b oligozoospermia 40 2.75 ± 0.26ab asthenozoospermia 44 3.58 ± 0.48a normozoospermia 32 2.50 ± 0.18b different letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means. table(2): spermatozoa concentration in infertile patients (azoospermia, oligozoospermia and asthenozoospermia) and normozoospermia. groups no. mean ± s.e. (spermatozoa x 106 /ml) azoospermia 32 0.00 ± 0.00 oligozoospermia 40 5.58 ± 0.62c asthenozoospermia 44 51.42 ± 1.94b normozoospermia 32 65.13 ± 0.88a 89 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 different letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means. table(3a): spermatozoa abnormality (%) in infertile patients (oligozoospermia and asthenozoospermia) and normozoospermia. groups no. mean ± s.e. (%) oligozoospermia 40 56.7 ± 3.0a asthenozoospermia 44 58.3 ± 3.0a normozoospermia 32 23.1 ± 0.6b different letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means. table(3b): spermatozoa abnormality (absolute count) in infertile patients (oligozoospermia and asthenozoospermia) and normozoospermia. groups no. mean ± s.e. (spermatozoa x 106 /ml) oligozoospermia 40 3.0 ± 0.3c asthenozoospermia 44 30.1 ± 2.1a normozoospermia 32 15.0 ± 0.4b different letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means. table(4a): spermatozoa motility (percentage frequency) in infertile patients (oligozoospermia and asthenozoospermia) and normozoospermia. groups no. motility (mean ± s.e.; %) progressive non-progressive immotile oligozoospermia 40 9.6 ± 2.6c 45.4 ± 4.6a 45.0 ± 4.5a asthenozoospermia 44 16.3 ± 2.2b 30.4 ± 2.7b 52.5 ± 3.6a normozoospermia 32 50.6 ± 0.4a 21.9 ± 0.9c 27.5 ± 0.9b different letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means of columns. table(4b): spermatozoa motility (absolute count) in infertile patients (oligozoospermia and asthenozoospermia) and normozoospermia. groups no. motility (mean ± s.e.; spermatozoa/ml x 106) progressive non-progressive immotile oligozoospermia 40 0.8 ± 0.2c 2.8 ± 0.4b 2.1 ± 0.2c asthenozoospermia 44 8.7 ± 1.4b 15.9 ± 1.6a 26.8 ± 2.1a normozoospermia 32 33.0 ± 2.6a 14.3 ± 0.7a 17.9 ± 0.5b different letters: significant difference (p ≤ 0.05) between means of columns. 90 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 عراقيين خصبين وعقيمين وفقا لمعايير منظمة تحليل السائل المنوي في ذكور 2010الصحة العالمية لعام و عمار محمد قاسم*** و **و علي حسين أدحيه *و أنوار أدريس العساف *زهراء حسين محمد قدري ****و احمد محمد الصالح ***نجم عبود كريم * قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية ابن الهيثم، جامعة بغداد. وحدة االبحاث البيولوجية للمناطق الحارة، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد.** مستشفى كمال السامرائي، مركز العقم واطفال األنابيب، بغداد.*** مستشفى بغداد التعليمي، بغداد.**** خالصةال م�ن ال�ذكور الخص�بة لتقي�يم مع�ايير تحلي�ل الس�ائل المن�وي. وف�ي 32المصابين بالعقم األول�ي ومن الذكور 116درس لتحليل السائل المنوي، وزع المرضى عل�ى ث�الث مج�اميع وه�ي الالنطفي�ة 2010ضوء معايير منظمة الصحة العالمية لعام مع��دل حج��م الس��ائل المن��وي ف��ي مرض��ى مريض��اً). تق��ارب 44مريض��اً) ووه��ن النط��ف ( 40) وقل��ة النط��ف (اً مريض�� 32( م��ل، عل��ى الت��والي)، ولكن��ه ارتف��ع معنوي��ا ف��ي 2.50و 2.75و 2.25الالنطفي��ة و قل��ة النط��ف وك��ذلك ف��ي ال��ذكور الخص��بة ( مليون حي�وان منوي/م�ل، بينم�ا 65.13مل). كان تركيز الحيوانات المنوية في الذكور الخصبة 3.58مرضى وهن النطف ( ملي�ون حي�وان 5.58ملي�ون حي�وان منوي/م�ل) وقل�ة النط�ف ( 51.42معنويا في مرضى وهن النطف (انخفض هذا التركيز منوي/مل). انخفضت معنويا النسبة المئوية للحركة التقدمية في مرضى قلة النطف و وهن النط�ف مقارن�ة بال�ذكور الخص�بة 45.4ي�ا الحيوان�ات المنوي�ة الالتقدمي�ة (%)، وعل�ى العك�س م�ن ذل�ك ارتفع�ت معنو50.6، على الت�والي مقاب�ل 16.3و 9.6( %). تق�ارب 27.5، على التوالي مقابل 52.5و 45.0%) أو غير المتحركة في المرضى (21.9، على التوالي مقابل 30.4و %، عل�ى الت�والي)، إال أن 58.3و 56.7معدل تكرار الحيوانات المنوية غير الطبيعية في مرضى قلة النطف ووهن النطف ( %).23.1ارين ارتفعا معنويا مقارنة بالتكرار المشاهد في الذكور الخصبة (كال التكر ,male infertility, normozoospermia, azoospermia, oligozoospermia : الكلمات المفتاحية asthenozoospermia . 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract this paper deals with the numerical solution of the discrete classical optimal control problem (dcocp) governing by linear hyperbolic boundary value problem (lhbvp). the method which is used here consists of: the gfeim " the galerkin finite element method in space variable with the implicit finite difference method in time variable" to find the solution of the discrete state equation (dse) and the solution of its corresponding discrete adjoint equation, where a discrete classical control (dcc) is given. the gradient projection method with either the armijo method (gparm) or with the optimal method (gposm) is used to solve the minimization problem which is obtained from the necessary condition for optimality of the dcocp to find the dcc.an algorithm is given and a computer program is coded using the above methods to find the numerical solution of the dcocp with step length of space variable , and step length of time variable . illustration examples are given to explain the efficiency of these methods. the results show the methods which are used here are better than those obtained when we used the gradient method (gm) or frank wolfe method (fwm) with armijo step search method to solve the minimization problem. keywords: numerical classical optimal control, hyperbolic boundary value problem, finite element method, gradient projection method, armijo step search method, optimal step method. 1. introduction optimal control problems of partial differential equations pdes have wide applications in many real live problems such as in economic, electromagnetic waves, biology, robotics, dynamical elasticity, medicine, air traffic and many others. the numerical solution of the dcocp is studied by many researches. the gparm or gposm are used to find the numerical solution of the dcocp governing either by systems of nonlinear elliptic pdes as in [1, 2], or by systems of semi linear parabolic pdes as in [3, 4], or by systems of nonlinear ordinary differential equations (odes) as in [5, 6], or by systems of lhbvp so as our previous work [7]. since the gfem is one of the most an efficient and fast methods for numerical solution for classical optimal control problem governing by hyperbolic partial differential equation via galerkin finite elementimplicit method with gradient projection method jamil a. ali al-hawasy eman h. al-rawdanee ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index emanalquraishi91@gmail.com article history: received 25 february 2019, accepted 4 march 2019, publish may 2019 10.30526/32.2.2141 doi: department of mathematics, college of science, university of mustansiriyah jhawassy17@uomustanriyah.edu.iq mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com jhawassy17@uomustanriyah.edu.iq 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 solving different types of differential equations in general [8, 9], and dcocp in particular. in fact, the gfeim is used in [7]. to find the numerical solution for the state of the lhbvp and its adjoint equations while the gradient method (gm)and frank wolfe method (fm) with the armijo method is used there to solve the minimization problem which is obtained from the necessary condition for optimality of the dcocp to find the dcc. the our previous work push us to continue in studying the numerical solution for the dcocp governed by lhbvp via gfeim but instead of gm or fwm with the armijo method to find the numerical dcoc, the gpm with both the arm (gparm) and the optimal step method (gposm) is used to find the numerical dcop to solve the minimization problem which is obtained from the necessary condition for optimality of the dcocp to find the dcc an algorithm is given and a computer program is coded in mat lab software to solve the dcocp, the results are drawing by figures and show that the gparm is better than those methods which are used in [7], to solve the minimization problem. 2. description of the ccoc and the dcoc problems [7] 2.1. description of the ccoc problem consider the bounded and open region with lipschitz boundary , let ,t), 0<t< , and = . the ccoc of lhbvp is given by: ⃗ , in , ⃗ (1) with the bc: ⃗ , in (2) and the ics: ⃗ ⃗ , in (3) ⃗ ⃗ , in (4) where ⃗ ̅ is the state which corresponds to the continuous classical control (ccc) ⃗ , ⃗ is a given function and is the second-order operator . the set of the cccs is , where | ⃗ , a.e. in }, is a convex. the cost functional is given by =∫ ⃗ (5) where ⃗ and ⃗ are the desired state and the desired control respectively. the ccoc problem is to minimize the cost functional (5) subject to . in this work, the inner product and the norm in it will be indicated by and respectively, while the norm in sobolev space by , and the norm in by . now, the weak form (wf) of the problem (14) is given by: (6) with the (ics) , in (7) , in (8) 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 where is a bilinear form which is symmetric, and satisfies the following assumptions, , ̅ and for some positive scalars and . (i) (ii) suppose , and then equations (6-8) can be written by: (6a) with the (ics) , in (7a) , in (8a) 2.2. description of the dccocp the discretization of the ccoc is obtained by using the gfem. assume that is polyhedron domain. for every integer (s), let be an admissible regular triangulation of ̅ , be a subdivision of the interval ̅ and be the space of continuous piecewise affine mapping in . for each , the discrete state equations (dses) of (1-4) is written by (for ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) (9) (10) ( (11) (12) where , for . the discrete cost functional (dcf) is defined by ∫ ⃗ (13) the dcoc problem here is to find , such that ̅ ̅ 3. the solution of the dcocp this section deals with some theorems and lemmas which are important in the next section they can be proved by using the same techniques which are used in [7]. theorem 1: for any fixed j ( , and , the dses (9-12) has a unique solution for sufficiently small . theorem 2: the operator is continuous. 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 lemma 3: if the dccs and ̃ are bounded in , and (with is a small positive number) are corresponding discrete states solutions to the dccs and respectively ( then: and or , and theorem 4 (existence of dcocp): consider the dcf in equation (13). assume that is convex and closed. if is coercive, then there exists a discrete classical optimal control. theorem 5 (the necessary conditions for dcocp): the discrete classical adjoint state = is given by (for ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (14) (15) (16) where ,( the discrete directional derivative of g in equation (13) is given by: d ( ( ) ) , (17) where , for ( ), and is called the discrete hamiltonian functional. remark: to prove equation (17) is equivalent to the minimum principle block wise. ( ) ( ) , (18) let and , for all j except once(say ) i.e. , then , since is arbitrary then we have equation (18), and converse is very clear. 4. the gpm method [10]. the gpm is an iterative method used to find the point that minimizes the problem. the following algorithms describe the gp, gparm and gposm; we will use the norm with respect to vector space q. 4.1. the basic algorithm gpm [10] let q be a hilbert space, is a convex subset of an open set , , and let , be a sequence with , for each , and let be an initial classical control, (1) find a direction point and set = − (2) set := max subject to (3) set 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 4.2. algorithm [10] let q be a hilbert space, is a convex subset of an open set , , and let , , be a sequence with , for each . , and let be an initial control. step1: set , solve the system of the wf (9-12) (the system of the adjoint wf (14-16)) by gfem to get ( , and then calculate from equation (17) and from equation (13). step 2: find a direction point , (i.e. a direction ) by applying the gpm as follows: find the unique , such that step 3: solve the system of the wf (9-12) to find the new state corresponding to the new control . step 4: choose using one of the following methods: arm: assume an initial value . find the ( ) from equation (13). if satisfies the inequality ( ) we set ⁄ , and choose for , the last ) that satisfies the above inequality. if unsatisfied, set , and choose for the first that satisfies this inequality. opsm: find an , such that ( ) step 5: set , and we go to step 2. practically the arm is faster and is a finite procedure than opsm. the following examples are solved by using the above algorithm; a computer program in mat lab software version 8.1.0.604 is coded. the solution and in step (1) are found using the gfem with , ( ), the parameters in arm are taken the value , and the parameter 0.5 in the gpm. 5. numerical examples example 1: consider the following classical optimal control problem (cocp) associated with the linear hyperbolic equation: ⃗ , in , ⃗ ⃗ , in = . and the (ics) ⃗ , in ⃗ , in where [0,1], , and ⃗ the control constraint is and the cost functional is given by: =∫ ⃗ , where ⃗ and ⃗ are the desired state and control and are given by ⃗ , ⃗ , and 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ⃗ { with the initial control, ⃗ , ⃗ algorithm (5.1) is used here to solve this problem. the following figures are represented the initial control and its corresponding state. figure 1. initial control at t=0.5. figure 2. corresponding state (of initial control).at t= 0.5. depending on the above initial control and its corresponding state, we get: (i) the gparm, after 6 iterations is used to get the optimal control and its corresponding state, the results show with =5.9085e-08, 6.6150e-04, and =7.6800e-05 where and are the discrete maximum error of the state and the control respectively. the following figures represent the optimal control and its corresponding state which are obtained by using gparm. figure 3. optimal control at t=0.5. 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 4. corresponding state (of optimal control) at t= 0.5. (ii) the gposm, after 2 iterations is used to obtain the optimal control and its corresponding state, with: =5.8424e-08, 6.6150e-04, and =7.1644e-05 the following figures are posted by using gposm and are represented the optimal control and its corresponding state. figure 5. optimal control at t=0.5. figure 6. corresponding state (of initial control) at t=0.5. example 2: consider the cocp, which was considered in example 1, but the control constraint is , and the desired control is given by ⃗ with the initial control, ⃗ { the following figures represent the initial control and its corresponding state. 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 7. initial control at t=0.5. figure 8. corresponding state (of initial control).at t=0.5. (i) in the gparm, after 9 iterations is used to get the optimal control and corresponding state, the results show with: =5.9048e-08, 6.6150e-04, and =4.0813e-05 the following figures are represented the optimal control and its corresponding state. figure 9. optimal control at t=0.5. figure 10. corresponding state (of optimal control) at t=0.5. (ii) the gposm, after 2 iterations is used to get the optimal control and corresponding state, with =5.8570e-08, 6.6150e-04, and =7.4298e-05 the following figures are represented the optimal control and its corresponding state. 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 11. optimal control at t=0.5. figure 12. corresponding state (of optimal control) at t=0.5. 6. conclusion the following conclusions can be derived from the obtained results: (1) the gfeim which is used here to find the dse of lhbvp as well as the discrete adjoint equation for the state equation is fast and efficient than other method e.g., the finite difference methods, methods of lines, variational methods which clearly are needed more time and hence have more computations which are grow up the error. (2) by the results of the above examples, with (step length of space variable , and step length of time we conclude that: (i) the gparm and the gposm which are used to solve the minimization problem (the cost functional), are suitable and efficient methods to find the dcoc governed by hyperbolic boundary value problem, with parameters , and . (ii) although the gposm is needed less iterations than gparm, but the gparm remain better since it is used for general minimization problems, on the contrary of the gposm which is used only for quadratic functional. references 1. chryssoverghi, i. mixed discretization-optimization methods for nonlinear elliptic optimal control problems. lnce. springer, heidelberg. 2007, 4310, 287-295. 2. coletsos, j.; kokkinis, b. optimization methods for optimal control of nonlinear elliptic systems. wseas international conference on simulation, modeling and optimization, 2006, 54-59. 3. chryssoverghi, i.; al-hawasy, j.a. discrete approximation of similinear parabolic optimal control problem. 1 st ic-scce, athens-greece, 2004. 4. chryssoverghi, i. discretization methods for simi linear parabolic optimal control problems. international journal of numerical and modeling. 2006, 3, 02, 437-457. 5. chryssoverghi, i.; coletsos, j.; kokkinis, b. classical and relaxed optimization methods for optimal control problems. international mathematical forum. 2007, 2, 30, 1477-1498. 78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 6. chryssoverghi, i. discretization-optimization methods for optimal control problems. wseas. modeling and optimization. 2005, 4310, 399-406. 7. al-hawasy, j.a.; al-rawdanee, e.h. numerical solution for classical optimal control problem governing by hyperbolic partial differential equation via galerkin finite element with gradient and frank wolfe methods. 2019, 27-28. 8. hussain, e.a.; al-hawasy, j.a.; ali, l.h. finite element method with piecewise linear function for solving nanoscale ⁄ quantum ring structures. ibn al haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci. 2017, special issue, ihsciconf. 9. al-hawasy, j.a.; jawad, m.a. the approximation solution of a nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem via galerkin finite elements method with cranknicolson.ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci. 2018, 31, 3, 126-134. 10. polak, e. optimization: algorithms and consistent approximations, springer, 1997. 11. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, a.a.t. design feed forward neural network to solve singular boundary value problems. isrn applied mathematics. 2013, 2013, 1-8 microsoft word 148-158 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   148    performance enhancement of face recognition under high-density noise using pca and de-noising technique nada jasim habeeb middle technical university nadaj2013@gmail.com article history: received 19 may 2020, accepted 28 june, published october 2020. doi: 10.30526/33.4.2527 abstarct there are many techniques for face recognition which compare the desired face image with a set of faces images stored in a database. most of these techniques fail if faces images are exposed to high-density noise. therefore, it is necessary to find a robust method to recognize the corrupted face image with a high density noise. in this work, face recognition algorithm was suggested by using the combination of de-noising filter and pca. many studies have shown that pca has ability to solve the problem of noisy images and dimensionality reduction. however, in cases where faces images are exposed to high noise, the work of pca in removing noise is useless, therefore adding a strong filter will help to improve the performance of recognizing faces in the case of existing high-density noise in faces images. in this paper, median filter, hybrid median filter, adaptive median filter, and adaptive weighted mean filter were used to remove the noise from the faces images, and they were compared in order to use the best of these filters as a pre-processing step before the face recognition process. experimental results showed that the adaptive weighted mean filter gave better results compared with the other filters. thus, the performance of face recognition process was improved under high-density noise using the adaptive weighted mean filter and principal component analysis. for the corrupted images by 90 % noise density, recognition rate by using median filter reached 0% and 33% by using hybrid median filter. while recognition rate by using the adaptive median filter and adaptive weighted mean filter reached 100%. keywords: hybrid median filter, adaptive median filter, adaptive weighted mean filter, pca, face recognition, high-density noise. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index       149  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 1. introduction face recognition has become the basis in many fields due to the flexibility and high degree of security in recognition of the real personality because it relies on personality traits in human face recognition. face recognition is one of the methods of biometric that has high discrimination accuracy and it is applied in applications such as field confidentiality, image processing, computer vision, access control, video surveillance, etc. the most recent developments in face recognition can be found in [1]. however, sometimes the noise occurs in the face image due to various sources, including noise caused by a malfunction in the imaging equipment used, noise due to an error in the process of data transfer which leads to the emergence of spots or points sporadic randomness in the image and is dark or light, and called the salt and pepper, or noise resulting from image acquisition which is called gaussian noise [2, 3]. in the case of severely deformed in the face image because the image is exposed to high intensity noise, it is difficult to recognize the face. the following section presents literature review of the most recent face recognition techniques using de-noising filter and pca. the paper is organized as follows: section 2 reviews the previous literature related to this work. in sections 3 and 4, the theoretical topics used in this work are presented. the suggested face recognition method based on de-noising filter and pca is described in section 5 describes. in section 6, the experimental results are presented. finally, section 7 presents the conclusion. 2. related works in [4], the author presented a face recognition method based on binary rotation invariant and noise tolerant euclidean (brine) descriptor. principal component analysis (pca) is used for reduction of time complexity in image on brine features. support vector machine is used to predict the input face. faces images that contain noise that adversely affect the accuracy of face recognition are a major challenge. the authors in [5] suggested a face recognition method using a deep neural network to distinguish faces under noise. they introduced a multi-input structure in the final layer of the proposed network to extract a multi-scaled feature and more distinct from the input image. in [6], the authors proposed a face recognition technique for noisy images based on pulse coupled neural networks, principal component analysis, and support vector machine. for clustering the characteristic area of noisy face image, pulse coupled neural network was used. then principal component analysis was used for feature extraction. finally, support vector machine was applied for human face classification and recognition. the author in [7] suggested a method to reduce the noise of the image before the face recognition process. pca was applied to extract two sub-images, one with intensity variance with fewer features and the other with higher intensity variance congaing big features. the kernel pca was applied on the first sub-image to reproduce the image details and a denoising filter was applied to the second sub-image to get a noise-free image. the resulted image was used in the recognition process for better performance. the authors in [8] proposed a face recognition system by integrating neural network, automatic decoding and noise reduction. automatic encryption was used to create a neural network that learns the identification function by setting restrictions to learn accurate input representations.       150  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 despite the good results of these face recognition systems as they have adapted under specific conditions in the low-density of noise, they fail and do not produce the same results in different circumstances. therefore, the efficiency of the face recognition system depends on its ability to recognize faces under changes in the face image due to exposure to high-density noise. in order to perform more robust face recognition under high density noise, the appropriate de-noising filter is applied as a preprocessing step before face recognition process. this will lead to the enhancement of the performance of the face recognition. the steps of the face recognition process based on de-noising technique and pca can be defined as follows: (1) read the corrupted face image (test image). (2) image de-noising filter is applied to the corrupted image. (3) face recognition is performed using pca as a feature extraction. (4) compute the distance between the feature vector of the de-noised test image and feature vectors of the training images. (5) finally, retrieve the face image from the training database that has a minimum distance to test image. 3. image de-noising filter digital image is a matrix containing grey-level or color pixel intensities. the noise model can be defined as: 𝑓 𝑞 𝐼 𝑞 𝑛 𝑞 , (1) where 𝐼 𝑞 is the clean pixel value and 𝑛 𝑞 is the noisy pixel value at location 𝑞. in order to evaluate the performance of the proposed method, this section provides a brief view of the most popular noise removal techniques which are median filter, hybrid median filter, adaptive median filter, and adaptive weighted mean filter. 3.1.median filter median filter (mf) is the basic and simplest filter to remove noise from a noisy image. noisy pixel is replaced by the median value of an arranged sequence of neighboring pixels. the number of neighbors is determined by the size of the window [9]. the mf can be expressed mathematically as in the following equations : 𝑀𝐷 𝑞 𝑀𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑛 𝑞𝑖 (2) 𝑀𝐷 𝑞 𝑞𝑖 𝑁 1 /2 , (3) when 𝑁 is odd 𝑀𝐷 𝑞 ½ 𝑞𝑖 𝑁/2 𝑞𝑖 𝑁/2 , (4) when 𝑁 is even 𝑞1, 𝑞2, 𝑞3, … , 𝑞𝑁 is the sorted sequence of neighbor pixels 3.2.hybrid median filter hybrid median filter (hmf) removes the noise with preserving edges. compared with the mf, the hmf has a better property to maintain corner characteristics. the hmf can be defined as: 𝐻𝑀𝐹 𝑞 𝑀𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑛 𝑓 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝑁 4 𝑞 , 𝑀𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑛 𝑓 𝑞 , 𝑞 ∈ 𝐶𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑁 4 𝑞 , 𝑓 𝑞 . (5)       151  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 in hmf, 𝑞 is the point of the pixel value which can be replaced with: (1) the median of the median of four-neighborhood of the point 𝑞, (2) the median of cross neighbors of the point 𝑞, (3) the pixel value of the point 𝑞 [10]. 3.3.adaptive median filter adaptive median filter (amf) is widely used in many applications. the work of this filter is similar to the work of mf filter, but it has a number of several features: (1) pixels are separated into clean and noisy pixels. (2) it uses a dynamic size window whose size changes according to the amount of noise. (3) this filter works well for the images subjected to low-intensity noise as well as for the images subjected high-intensity noise [11]. 3.4.adaptive weighted mean filter adaptive weighted mean filter (awmf) removes high-intensity noise from noisy images. this filter expands the window size until the minimum and maximum values for two consecutive windows are equal. the pixel is considered noisy pixel if it is equal to the maximum or minimum values, otherwise it is considered clean pixel. noisy pixel is replaced by the weighted mean of the current window. the clean pixels remain unchanged [12]. 4. face recognition based on principal component analysis feature extraction process is a very important step, as it extracts data from an image that is close to the original image [13]. this will facilitate the process of discovering interesting patterns. there are two methods of extracting features: the first method is called holistic feature extraction in which the feature is extracted from the global image and will be as an entry to the recognizing or matching step. the second method is called a local feature extraction, the feature like eye, nose, mouth, etc. these local features will be as an entry to the recognizing or matching step. principal component analysis (pca) is one of the methods to extract the holistic feature from the image [14-19]. the pca algorithm is used in the extraction of features in many applications such as pattern recognition, machine learning, image retrieval, face recognition and others [20]. a comprehensive review of pca can be found in [21, 22]. the pca algorithm is used for face recognition by extracting the principal components to express the image of human face and to reduce the dimension of the face image to obtain a low dimension of the space. in general, pca algorithm extracts the global and low dimensional features [23]. the algorithm of the face recognition using pca can be found in [2426]. 5. de-noising filter and pca based face recognition in order to enhance human face recognition under high density-noise, the de-noising filter can be used to remove the noise from the corrupted images and then the feature extraction is performed by using pca. the pca is used in this work because it is used for dimensionality reduction and it is one of the possible solutions to solve the problem of noisy data [27, 28]. the operations of the suggested face recognition process can be illustrated briefly as follows : 1. load m training images. each image has a size of 𝑁 𝑁 pixels 2. convert each 2d image into 1 d vector γ , γ , … , γ 3. compute the average of image vectors by 𝜓 ∑ γ 4. find the difference between each image and the average image by φ γ 𝜓 5. compute the covariance matrix (c) to find the feature vectors by       152  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 𝐶 ∑ φ φ =𝐴𝐴 , where a= {φ , φ ,…, φ }, c is a matrix with size 𝑁 𝑁 pixels. 6. from c, find 𝑀 eigenvectors of size 𝑁 pixels with the highest eigenvalues, which are called feature vectors or feature space of the training images. w= [w1… w2] is assumed as a vector of points in feature space associated with each face image in training set. 7. read the corrupted image 𝐼 by noise. 8. apply the de-noising filter on the noisy 𝐼 to remove noise from the image. the result is 𝐼 image. 9. from the de-noised image (𝐼 ), obtain feature space or feature vectors by computing the point 𝑊 using the above formulas. 10. compute the distance between feature vector of the test image and feature vectors of the training images. 𝐷𝑖𝑠 𝑚𝑖𝑛‖𝑊 𝑊 ‖, where 𝑊 is a point in feature space of training images. euclidean distance can be used to find the distance. 11. show the face image from the training dataset that has a minimum distance with the test image. figure 1 illustrates the flowchart of the face recognition method based on de-noising filter and pca. figure1. block diagram of the face recognition based on de-noising filter and pca. 6. experiment results the performance of the combination of de-noising filter and pca algorithm for the face recognition have been tested on a free database (facial image database) which was used for research purposes and presented at the site of essex university (https://cswww.essex.ac.uk/mv/allfaces/). each image was formatted in 24 colored jpeg and camera used was s-vhs camcorder. the figure 2 shows a sample of the faces images which were considered as a training data set in this work. this database contains faces images of male and female subjects in separate directories with the size of 180 × 200 pixels for each image. compute euclidian distance output faced image feature extraction using pca database (training faces images  input image (test face image) de-noising filter feature extraction using       153  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 2. a sample of faces images (training dataset) from faces94 databases to evaluate the behaviour of the face recognition algorithm, the experiments were achieved on the training (50 images) and testing data sets (6 images). each original image in the testing data set was corrupted by salt and pepper noise with different noise intensities (10%; 50%; 90%). the figure 3 shows the visual results of the corrupted images by different noise intensities. figure 3. (a) the original images, (b) the corrupted images with noise intensity 10%, (c) the corrupted images with noise intensity 50%, and (d) the corrupted images with noise intensity 90%. from figure 3, adding 90 % density of the salt and pepper noise to the image causes severe damage to the image. the corrupted images can be cleaned by using different de-noising techniques. figure 4 shows the visual comparison of de-noising techniques performed on the test images. figure 4. the comparison results of de-noising the corrupted faces images using (a) mf, (b) hmf, (c) amf, and (d) awmf im1 im2 im3 im4 im5 im6 (a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)       154  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 from the above figure, it can be observed that the awmf filter gives the better results compared with the other filters. peak signal to noise ratio (psnr) is used as metric to measure the image quality. to obtain a better face recognition algorithm, the value of psnr for gray scale image should be maximum. higher the psnr, higher quality in the de-noised images. 𝑃𝑆𝑁𝑅 20𝑙𝑜𝑔 √ (6) 𝑀𝑆𝐸 ∑ ∑ ‖𝑓 𝑖, 𝑗 𝑔 𝑖, 𝑗 ‖ (7) where mean squared error is represented as mse, 𝑓 is the two dimension data of the original image, 𝑔 is the two dimension data of the degraded image in question 𝑣 and 𝑢 are the numbers of rows and columns of pixels of the images respectively. 𝑖 and 𝑗 represent the indexes of the row and column respectively. 𝑀𝑎𝑥 is the maximum value in the original image (clean image). table 1 to table 4 illustrate the comparison of psnr values for the restored images, which were affected by different noise densities, using mf, hmf, amf, and awmf filters respectively. table 1. the comparison values of psnr for the restored images using mf table 2. the comparison values of psnr for the restored images using hmf table 3. the comparison values ofpsnr for the restored images using amf noise image 10% 50% 90% im1 17.6938 12.0136 9.9451 im2 18.0800 12.1232 9.9506 im3 18.1177 12.1382 9.9413 im4 17.9518 12.0134 9.9351 im5 17.4907 11.9717 9.9570 im6 16.4798 11.5605 9.9027 noise image 10% 50% 90% im1 34.6109 14.3554 6.2502 im2 35.9293 14.2834 6.2186 im3 35.7711 14.7425 6.1834 im4 36.2320 14.5863 6.1669 im5 34.5701 14.4894 6.1820 im6 33.7447 13.9790 5.8894 noise image 10% 50% 90% im1 40.4054 28.1009 17.4857 im2 39.7362 27.6846 17.5126 im3 39.8683 28.3658 18.3798 im4 41.7850 29.6597 20.3185 im5 37.2654 26.9900 17.9901 im6 39.7747 27.0106 15.8127       155  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 table 4. the comparison values of psnr for the restored images using awmf from the tables above, the psnr values for the restored images using awmf have better values compared with the other values of psnr. the evaluation of performances of different methods (mf-pca, hmf-pca, amf-pca, and awmf-pca) is presented using the recognition rate for the comparison. table 5 illustrates the experimental results on recognition rates for the different face recognition methods based on de-noising filters and pca. table 5.the comparison of the recognition rate of the face recognition based on de-noising filter and pca from table 5, we can see the face recognition based on awmf-pca and amf-pca has greater values in the recognition rate compared with other methods. using one of these denoising filters, awmf and amf, as preprocessing step in face recognition algorithm will improve the performance of the face recognition under high-density noise. the face recognition based on awmf-pca and awmf-pca gives recognition rate values equal 100% under low and high noise densities. 7. conclusion in this paper, the problem of face recognition for the face’s images corrupted with highdensity noise has been addressed. the popular noise removal filters (median filter, hybrid median filter, adaptive median filter, and adaptive weighted mean filter) were used. a comparison was made for the purpose of finding the best filter to be used as a preprocessing step before the face recognition process using the pca and matching process. numerous studies have demonstrated the ability of the pca to reduce noise from images in addition to reduce dimensional space. results of comparison between filters showed that the best performance of the de-noising filter was the adaptive weighted mean and then the adaptive median filter came after it compared with the other two filters. therefore, it is possible to use one of these two filters as a preprocessing step before recognizing faces. this will help to noise image 10% 50% 90% im1 40.0252 34.9009 25.6418 im2 41.3485 35.8345 26.2244 im3 41.8706 36.6345 27.4689 im4 42.6152 37.5417 28.2581 im5 39.3059 33.8882 25.1361 im6 39.5629 34.3306 24.8526 recognition rate method de-noising corrupted images with noise 10% de-noising corrupted images with noise 50% de-noising corrupted images with noise 90% mf-pca %100 %83 %0 hmf-pca %100 %100 %33 amf-pca %100 %100 %100 awmf-pca %100 %100 %100       156  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 improve the face recognition performance in the event that faces images which are exposed to high noise. in the future work, the problem of noisy face image with high density noise can be solved by using deep learning. this will greatly enhance and improve the performance of face recognition under high-density noise. acknowledgements in this work, the database of face images, which have been provided by essex university, were used in order to analyze the behavior of the performance of the face recognition under high density noise. thanks to essex university for supporting the researcher. references 1. 1.jayaraman, u.; gupta, p.; gupta, s.; arora, g.; tiwari, k. recent development in face recognition. “ neurocomputing, 2020, doi.org/10.1016/j.neucom.2019,08,110. 2. 2.deng, x.; ma, y.; dong, m. a new adaptive filtering method for removing salt and pepper noise based on multilayered pcnn. pattern recognition letters, 2016, 79, 8– 17, doi: 10.1016/j.patrec.2016,04,019. 3. 3.vyas, aparna, soohwan yu, and joonki paik, .multiscale transforms with application to image processing. springer singapore, 2018, doi.org/10.1007/978-98110-7272-7. 4. 4.sreeraj, m. 2015. texture based multi-view face recognition in noisy images using brine feature. international conference on computing and network communications (coconet). ieee, 2015. 5. 5.ding, y.; cheng, y.; cheng, x.; li, b.; you, x.; yuan, x. noise-resistant network: a deep-learning method for face recognition under noise. eurasip journal on image and video processing, 2017, doi:10.1186/s13640-017-0188-z 6. 6.feifei, s.; min, h.; rencan, n.; zhangyong, w. noisy faces recognition based on pcnn and pca. 13th ieee international conference on electronic measurement & instruments (icemi). 2017. 7. 7.berrimi, fella, khier benmahammed, and riadh hedli. denoising of degraded faces images sequence in pca domain for recognition. journal of king saud universitycomputer and information sciences. 2019, doi.org/10,1016/j.jksuci.2019.04,014. 8. 8.görgel, pelin.; ahmet simsek. 2019. face recognition via deep stacked denoising sparse autoencoders (dsdsa). applied mathematics and computation 355 2019: 325-342. 9.görgel, p.; simsek, a. 2019. face recognition via deep stacked denoising sparse autoencoders (dsdsa). applied mathematics and computation, 355, 325– 342, doi:10.1016/j.amc.2019.02.071. 9. 10.george, g.; oommen, r. m.; shelly, s.; philipose, s. s.; varghese, a. m. a survey on various median filtering techniques for removal of impulse noise from digital image. in 2018 conference on emerging devices and smart systems (icedss) (235238). ieee. 2018. 10. wenpeng, zhang, ed. scientia magna, 2011. international book series. infinite study. 7, 4. 2012.       157  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 11. 11.habeeb, nada jasim. comparative analysis of median filter family for removing high-density noise in magnetic resonance images. iraqi journal of science 2019, 2246-2256, doi: 10.24996/ijs.2019,60,10,19. 12. 12.zhang, peixuan.; fang li. a new adaptive weighted mean filter for removing saltand-pepper noise. ieee signal processing letters 21.10 2014, 1280-1283, doi: 10.1109/lsp.2014.2333012. 13. 13.ding, shifei, ding, s.; zhu, h.; jia, w.;su, c. a survey on feature extraction for pattern recognition. artificial intelligence review 37.3 2012, 169-180, doi.org/10.1007/s10462-011-9225-y. 14. kumar, santosh, singh, s. k.; singh, r; singh, a. k. animal biometrics: techniques and applications. springer, 2018, doi: 10.1007/978-981-10-7956-6. 15. 14.najab, abida, et al. classification of settlements in satellite images using holistic feature extraction. 2010 12th international conference on computer modelling and simulation. ieee, 2010. 16. 15.pathan, al-sakib khan, ed. crowd assisted networking and computing. crc press, 2018. 17. camastra, francesco, and alessandro vinciarelli. machine learning for audio, image and video analysis: theory and applications. springer, 2015, doi:10,1007/978-1-84800007-0. 18. 16.sun, zhenan, he, r.; feng, j.; shan, s.; guo, z. (eds.). biometric recognition: 14th chinese conference, ccbr 2019, zhuzhou, china, october 12-13, 2019, proceedings. 11818. springer nature, 2019. 19. 17.tan, tieniu, li, x.; chen, x.; zhou, j.; yang, j.; cheng, h. (eds.). pattern recognition: 7th chinese conference, ccpr 2016, chengdu, china, november 5-7, 2016, proceedings.. 662. springer, 2016. 20. 18.mohammed, nwayyin n., et al. 2018. “face recognition based on pca with weighted and normalized mahalanobis distance.” international conference on intelligent informatics and biomedical sciences (iciibms). 3. ieee. 11. 2018. 21. 19.jolliffe, ian t,; jorge cadima. principal component analysis: a review and recent developments. philosophical transactions of the royal society a: mathematical, physical and engineering sciences 374.2065, 2016: 20150202.,  doi.org/10.1098/rsta.2015.0202. 22. velliangiri, s.; alagumuthukrishnan, s.. a review of dimensionality reduction techniques for efficient computation. procedia computer science, 2019, 165, 104111, doi: 10.5772/18251, doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2020,01,079. 23. 20.revina, i. michael, wr sam emmanuel. a survey on human face expression recognition techniques. journal of king saud university-computer and information sciences 2018, doi.org/10.1016/j.jksuci.2018,09,002. 24. 21.dash, baba (https://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/45750-facerecognition-using-pca), matlab central file exchange. retrieved may 1, 2020. 25. 22.lwin, hteik htar, aung soe khaing, and hla myo tun. automatic door access system using face recognition. international journal of scientific & technology research. 2016, 4.6: 210-221,doi: 10.1109/i2ct.2018.8529749.       158  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 26. 23.wang, chengliang, lan, l.; zhang, y.; gu, m. face recognition based on principal component analysis and support vector machine. 3rd international workshop on intelligent systems and applications. ieee, 2011. 27. 24.babu, y. murali mohan, m. venkata subramanyam, mn giri prasad. pca based image denoising. signal & image processing. 2012, 3.2: 236,  doi: 10.5121/sipij.2012.3218. 28. 25.does, m. d.; olesen, j. l.; harkins, k. d.; serradas‐duarte, t.; gochberg, d. f.; jespersen, s. n.; shemesh, n. evaluation of principal component analysis image denoising on multi‐exponential mri relaxometry. magnetic resonance in medicine. 2019, 81,6: 3503-3514, doi: 10.1002/mrm.27658. microsoft word 87-96 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|87   antimicrobial activity of some plants extracts on bacteria isolated from acne vulgaris patients khetam h. rasool khetamhabeeb112@yahoo.com dept. of biology / college of science / al-mustansiriyah university abstract acne is a cutaneous pleomorphic disorder skin disease most frequently occurring during the adolescent in ages of 12-24, with estimated percentage (85%). there are different ways to treat acne such as using of antibiotics, herpes, and mixing treatments. antibacterial activity of four concentrations (100,50,25,12.5)mg /ml of alcoholic and cold aqueous crude extracts of cinnamon(cinnamomum verum ), henna (lawsonia inermis ) , lupine (lupinus luteus) were studied against aerobic and an aerobic bacteria isolated from inflamed and discharging pus from thirty iraqi acne vulgaris patients refer to dermatology unit at al-kindy hospital from december 2016 to march 2017.all information (age, sex ,diseases and using topical treatments) were recorded .the bacterial isolates were identify using morphological characteristics, biochemical tests and the vitek-2 compact system. among (30) acne samples taken, 8 (26.7%) samples were from males age range (19-33) years and 22(73.3%) were from females within age (17-29) years. twenty-five (83%) samples were culture positive, and only (17%) of samples revealed no growth. most frequent bacteria which isolated (aerobically) from acne patients were staphylococcus aureus ( 60%), staphylococcus epidermidis (20%), escherichia coli (8% ), pseudomonas aeruginosa (4%), and an aerobic bacterial isolates were propionibacterium acnes (8%) isolates. antibiotic sensitivity tests were performed against, ampicillin, clindamycin, gentamicin, cotrimoxazole, erythromycin, vancomicine, tetracycline, doxycycline, and azithromycin.all bacterial isolates were resistance to ampicillin. staphylococcus aureus and s. epidermidis were sensitive (100%) to doxycycline and azithromycin, p. acne were also highly sensitive to these two antibiotics (95.5%,97.1%) respectively, while e. coli and p. aeruginosa were (100%) resistance to these antibiotics. gentamicin and tetracycline were susceptible by most of the study isolates except for p. aeruginosa which was very resistance to cn and te (100%&94.8%) respectively. the antimicrobial potential of cold water and alcoholic crude extracts of cinnamon (cinnamomum verum ), hinna (lawsonia inermis), and lupine (lupinus luteus), in concentrations (100,50,25,12.5) mg/ml against the gram positive and gram negative isolates were tested through a well-diffusion method. alcoholic extract of henna leaves in concentration (100mg/ml) showed high inhibitory activity to all isolates compared with the aqueous extract and the all concentration of cinnamon aqueous and alcoholic extracts, while lupine extracts had no effect on all bacterial isolates. gram-positive bacteria were the most common microorganisms involved in acne infection. there are variations in the incidence of acne infection in relation to sex, age; alcoholic extract of the henna leaves could be used to treat acne. key words: acne vulgaris, bacterial isolation, antimicrobial effects, henna, cinnamon, lupine. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|88   1. introduction acne vulgaris disease effect the pilosebaceous follicle in the face and neck,it appears like non-inflammatory (open and closed comedones) and inflammatory lesions (papules, pustules, and nodules)[1]. commonly most frequent appearance in age (12-25) year, which estimates of 85% of adolescents and young adults [2]. its pathogenesis is multifactorial factors like hormonal [3] bacterial colonization by propionibacterium acnes (p. acnes), and immunological (inflammatory) [4], that results in the formation of acne lesions but the key factor is genetics [5]. acne may affect the psychological and social quality of individual's life, due to acne scars formation (6). although it can be treated with wide-range of therapies like (antibiotics, hormonal therapies, corticosteroids, surgery, herps), which used to reduce the inflammatory lesions and scar formation [6] many plants have been used in treatment of several pathological conditions, due to its antioxidant compounds which play a major role in human health worldwide [7]. while using of antibiotics for treatment acne vulgaris for long time can lead to bacterial resistance and many side effects problems [8]. medical plants with anti-inflammatory and antibacterial activities are used in different ways in the treatment of acne alone or in combination with drugs safely [9], where bacterial cells could be killed by the rupture of cell walls and membranes or by the disruption of the inner when treated with these plants or its extracts [10] organelle aims: to determine the antimicrobial values of some traditional herpes (cinnamon, hinna and lupine) alcoholic and water extracts on acne bacteria. 2. materials and methods subjects: thirty iraqi patients diagnosed by dermatologist as acne vulgaris where enrolled in this study. they refer to al-kindy hospital in baghdad /iraq during the period from december (2106) till march 2017. eight 8 (26.7%) were males age range (19-33) years and 22(73.3%) were females within age (17-29) years. bacterial isolation: for isolation of bacteria from patient's skin, the area of the forehead of a volunteer was cleansed with a sterile swab, and the swab was placed in its tube that containing transporting medium and transport immediately to the laboratory of microbiology for culturing. the samples were cultured on blood agar, macconkey agar and thioglycolate broth. the cultures were then incubated at 37°c under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions for seven days [11]. thioglycolate broth used as a medium for enhancing the growth of propionobacter from skin swab. after incubation an aerobically in co2 incubator for 5-7 days at 35-37c, if growth is detected in the broth, sub culturing was done on 5% human blood agar to categorize and isolate propionobacter. [12] the colonies were determined morphologically and identify by biochemical tests, vitec-2 system was used for final identification. antibiotic susceptibility test: the standard kirby-bauer test (disc diffusion test) for antibiotic susceptibility, has been used for determination the effects nine of standard synthetic antibiotics [13]. preparation of plant extract [14]. the leafs of hinna, cinnamon sticks, lupine seeds, samples were obtaining from herbal medicine store in baghdad /iraq, washed with water, leave to dry, and grounded to powder by blender. the samples powder was added to ethanol (>99.5%), and cold distilled water ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|89   to make a 20% concentration, in sterile 250ml flask wrapped with aluminum foil to avoid evaporation and light. the flask content was mixed thoroughly by platform shaker at (70 rpm) for 3 days, then the mixtures were centrifuged for 10min at 4,000 rpm at room temperature, get off sediment and collected supernatant dried in oven (40) ∘c, and powder kept till use. antibacterial activity: acne bacteria isolates were recultured on nutrient agar plates and incubated at 37∘c for 18 to 24 h. for pure colonies isolation. single pure colony was transferred by cotton swab to a test tubes contain sterile normal saline (4ml) and mixed well, to get about 1.5 × 108 cfu/ml. compared turbidity to that of the 0.5 mcfarland standard solution. mueller hinton plates were streak with bacterial isolates, five millimeter diameter wells were punched into the medium using a sterile cork borer, a well-diffusion method was used for testing antibacterial activity of extracts. 50 𝜇l of extracts solution were employ per well, controls were pure solvents only. the plates were sealed, labeled, and incubate at 37∘c.for 24 hours, inhibition zones in millimeters (mm) were measured by ruler and the average was estimated. results and discussions samples collection and bacterial identification skin swabs were collected from thirty iraqi acne vulgaris patients. eight (26.7%) of samples were from males age range (19-33) years and 22 samples (73.3%) were from females within age (17-29) years. swabs were grown both aerobically on (blood and macconkeys agar) and anaerobically (in thioglycolate broth and sub cultured on thioglycolate agar), 25 (83%) of samples were culture positive, and only 5 samples (17%) revealed no bacterial growth (table 1). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|90   table (1): number and percentage of bacteria obtained from acne swabs culturing cultures samples s. aureus no (%) s. epidermidis no (%) e. coli no (%) p. acne no (%) p. aeruginosa no. (%) total no (%) aerobic acne lesions swabs n=( 15 (60%) 5 (20%) 2 (8%) 1 (4%) 23 ( 92%) anaerobic acne lesions swabs n=(30) 2(8%) 2(8%) total 30 15(60) 5(20%) 2(8%) 2(8%) 1(4%) 25(100%) n=number of acne swabs n =number of isolates the bacterial hyper colonization to sebaceous follicle, especially with propionibacterium acnes, has been considered as a major causative factor for acne vulgaris [15,16]. this bacterium is an anaerobic bacteria found in acne lesions, lead to stimulates inflammation by producing proinflammatory mediators like interleukins and tumor necrosis factor [17,18], and sebum free fatty acids [19,20]. this bacterium with staphylococcus epidermidis are common pus-forming microbes and formation of different types of acne vulgaris. however, it is by no means clear that either bacteria or their products initiate follicular inflammation. therefore, its role in acne cannot be explained by its presence in the follicle. [21] in our study a higher percentage of isolation was for staphylococcus aureus (60%) followed by, staphylococcus epidermidis (20%), escherichia coli (8%), propionibacterium acne (8%) and pseudomonas aeruginosa (4%). this indicate that staphylococcus aureus isolates, have major role in acne vulgaris formation instead of propionibacterium cane bacteria [22,23]. our results ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|91   is in contrast to the results of [24,25] which implicated that both staphylococcus epidermidis and propionibacterium acnes as causing acne vulgaris bacteria . antibiotic susceptibility patterns of bacterial isolates: antibiotic sensitivity tests were performed against, ampicillin, clindamycin, gentamicin, cotrimoxazole, erythromycin, vancomicine, tetracycline, doxycycline, azithromycin, interpretation of the results was done according to clsi (13). table (2) & fig (1). table (2): percentage of antibiotics susceptibility pattern of bacterial isolates in the study antibiotics bacterial isolates s. aureus s. epidermidis e. coli p. acne p. aeruginosa s* r** s r s r s r s r ampicillin 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 clindamycin 67 33 61.3 39.7 54.7 45.3 17.6 82.4 6.9 93.1 gentamicin 93 7 96.1 3.9 90 10 93.4 6.6 0 100 cotrimoxazole 66.4 33.6 70.7 29.3 60.4 39.6 9.4 90 .6 96.9 4.1 erythromycin 80 20 85.4 14.6 86.4 13.6 11.8 88.2 3.4 69.6 vancomicine 87 1 40 60 0 100 0 100 0 100 tetracycline 91.2 8.8 95.1 4.9 90.2 9.8 93.1 6.9 5.2 94.8 doxycycline 100 0 100 0 0 100 95.5 4 0 100 azithromycin 100 0 100 0 0 100 97.1 2.9 0 100 s* =sensitive r**= resistance ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|92   figure (1): antibiotic susceptibility test to s. aureus isolated from acne patients. our results showed that all bacterial isolates were resistance to ampicillin. staphylococcus aureus and s. epidermis were sensitive (100%) to doxycycline and azithromycin, p. acne were also highly sensitive to these two antibiotics (95.5%,97.1%) respectively, while e. coli and p. aeruginosa were (100%) resistance to these antibiotics. gentamicin and tetracycline were susceptible by most of the study isolates except for p. aeruginosa which was very resistance to gentamicin and tetracycline (100%&94.8%) respectively. on the basis of these results, we suggest gentamicin and tetracycline are suitable antibiotics for acne patients. table (2) resistance to antibiotics in bacteria that may cause acne vulgaris has been increased globally, with geographical regions differences [26]. antibacterial activity of plants extracts results of this study indicated that only the crude solvent extracts prepared from the leaves of henna and callus of cinnamon cold water and alcohol, showed inhibitory activity on isolated acne vulgaris bacteria (table 3), (table 4), (table 5), (table 6). while all isolates where resistance to cold water and alcohol lupine extracts in different concentrations (100,50,25,12.5) mg/ml. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|93   table (3:) mean zone diameter of inhibition in millimeter (mm) of cold water henna leaves extracts. bacterial isolates mean water extract concentration of henna (mg/ml) 100 50 25 12.5 s. aureus 24.9 19.5 17.2 13.5 s. epideridis 28.8 22.1 18.4 13.6 e. coli 24 17.6 14 11.3 p. acne 22.5 14.5 10.5 8.5 p. aeruginosa 23 15 12 10 table (4): mean zone diameter of inhibition in millimeter (mm) of cold alcoholic henna leaves extracts. bacterial isolates mean alcoholic extract concentration of henna (mg/ml) 100 50 25 12.5 s. aureus 32.1 18.1 15.4 11.5 s. epidermidis 25 21.6 18.2 16 e. coli 20 17.5 15.5 12.5 p. acne 18.5 16 12.5 7 p. aeruginosa 20 13 12 9 table( 5): mean zone diameter of inhibition in millimeter (mm) of cold water cinnamon extracts bacterial isolates cold water cinnamon extract concentration (mg/ml)  100 50 25 12.5 s. aureus 10.5 9.4 5.0 0 s. epidermidis 10.6 7.6 4.5 0 e. coli 14 9.5 4.3 0 p. acne 9.5 6.5 3.5 0 p. aeruginosa 10 7 5 0 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|94   table (6): mean zone diameter of inhibition in millimeter (mm) of cold alcoholic cinnamon extracts bacterial isolates alcohol cinnamon extract concentration (mg/ml) 100 50 25 12.5 s. aureus 12.5 8.5 6.1 0 s. epidermidis 12.1 12 4.6 0 e. coli 13.5 8.5 7 0 p. acne 13 9 6.5 0 p. aeruginosa 18 10 7 0 although antimicrobial drugs have greatly reduced the incidence of certain infection, including acne [27], alternative and effective natural compounds replacement to antimicrobial chemical drug are needed [28]. antibacterial activity of water and alcoholic extracts of leaves of henna against staphylococcus aureus and staphylococcus epidermidis isolated from acne vulgaris patients have been studied by [29]. their results showed that alcoholic extracts were highly effective than water extracts and staph. epidermidis bacteria was more susceptible to extract activity than staph. aureus, with inhibition zone diameter (22) mm for extract of 1000 μg /ml. (29), this results was in contrast with our result were cold aqueous extract of henna had the higher effect on all bacterial isolates compared with alcoholic extract. previous studies showed that the extracts of henna and roselle may have promising antibacterial activity [30] our results showed that alcoholic extract of cinnamomum in concentration 100mg/ml have the highest inhibition to growth of all isolated acne bacteria, while 12.5 mg/ml of cold alcoholic and water extract had no effects on growth of acne bacteria under the study, this may be due to dilution of the effective material in these extracts. identification of the antimicrobial activity in cinnamomum zeylanicum (c. zeylanicum) bark against bacterial skin infection were studied for the potential uses as alternative remedies in the treatment of skin infections. the cinnamon oil extract at 25%, 50% and 100% concentrations were found to inhibit s. aureus with clear zone diameters of 22.3mm, 23.3mm and 25.3mm respectively whereas the inhibition zone of vancomicine (positive control) was 19mm. [31]. in our study gram negative isolated bacteria were more resistance to all plant extracts than gram positive one. this resistance may be due to its cell wall structure, which prevent the penetration of the plant extract, and increase resistant to these extracts. references [1] k. bhate; hc.williams epidemiology of acne vulgaris. br j dermatol. ;168(3):474–485. 2013 [2] s. hanna; j. sharma; j. klotz acne vulgaris: more than skin deep. dermatol online j. ;9:8. 2003 [3] a. pappas, epidermal surface lipids. dermatoendocrinology, 1, 72–76,2009 [4] y. olutunmbi; k. paley; j.c. english, , 3rd. adolescent female acne: etiology and management. j. pediatr. adolesc. gynecol. 21, 171–176. 2008 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|95   [5] v. goulden; ch mcgeown; wj. cunliffe the familial risk of adult acne: a comparison between first-degree relatives of affected and unaffected individuals. br j dermatol. 141(2):297-300. 1999 [6] b.capitanio; j. l. sinagra; v. bordignon, fei p. c., m. picardo, and zouboulis c. c., “underestimated clinical features of postadolescent acne,” journal of the american academy of dermatology,. 63( 5), pp: 782–788. 2010 [7] k. annan & houghton p.antibacterial, antioxidant and fibroblast growth stimulation of aqueous extracts of ficus asperifolia miq. and gossypium arboretum l woundhealing plants of ghana. journal of ethnopharmacology.119:141-144. 2008 [8] m.patel; w.p., bowe, c.heughebaert, and a.r shalita,. the development of antimicrobial resistance due to the antibiotic treatment of acne vulgaris: a review. journal of drugs in dermatology .;9: 655-664. 2010 [9] h. nasri, m. bahmani, n. shahinfard, a.m. nafchi, s. saberianpour, m.r. kopaei ,medicinal plants for the treatment of acne vulgaris: a review of recent evidences. jundishapur j microbiol.. 8(11): e25580. 2015 [10] f. yujie,; c. liyan,; z. yuangang; l. zhiguo ; l. xia; l.ying and e. liping thomas, , the antibacterial activity of clove essential oil against propionibacterium acnes and its mechanism of action. arch. dermatol. 145:86-88, 2009. [11] p. hassanzadeh; m. bahmani, and d. mehrabani,bacterial resistance to antibiotics in acne vulgaris: an in vitro study.indian j dermatol.; 53(3): 122–124. 2008 [12] oa .alexeyev; ac. jahns, sampling and detection of skin propionibacterium acnes: current status. anaerobe. ;18(5):479-83. 2012 [13]clsi (clinical laboratory standard i nstitution). performance standard for antimicrobial susceptibility testing;twenty first informational supplement .,31(1). 2011 [14] i e .al-saimary; s s bakr; t. jaffar; a e. al-saimary; h. salim and al-muosawi r. effects of some plant extracts and antibiotics on pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from various burn cases, saudi med j. , 23(7) : 802-805. 2002 [15] minegishi k, aikawa c, furukawa a, et al. complete genome sequence of a propionibacterium acnes isolate from a sarcoidosis patient. genome a;1:3e4. 2013 [16] h .brüggemann; a .henne; f .hoster, et al. the complete genome sequence of propionibacterium acnes, a commensal of human skin. science;305:671e3. 2004 [17] t .nakatsuji; tang dcc; l .zhang, et al. propionibacterium acnes camp factor and host acid sphingomyelinase contribute to bacterial virulence: potential targets for inflammatory acne treatment. plos one;6:e14797. 2011 [18] i.nagy; a.pivarcsi; k.kis, et al. propionibacterium acnes and lipopolysaccharide induce the expression of antimicrobial peptides and proinflammatory cytokines/ chemokines in human sebocytes. microbes infect;8:2195e205. 2006 [19] i. kurokawa; fw. danby; ju q, et al. new developments in our understanding of acne pathogenesis and treatment. exp dermatol;18:821e32. 2009 [20] e .contassot and le. french, new insights into acne pathogenesis: propionibacterium acnes activate the inflammasome. j invest dermatol;134:310. 2014 [21] b .kumar; r. pathak ; p. bertin mary ; diksha jha; k .sardana and hemant k. g .new insights into acne pathogenesis: exploring the role of acne-associated microbial populations.dermatologica sinica . 34:67-73.2016. [22[ m .toyoda and m. morohashi an overview of topical antibioticforacne treatment. dermatology. ;196:130–4. 1998 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1774 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|96   [23] e .rodriguez-cavallini and p. vargas-dengo etiologyia bacteriana y susceptiblidad a antibioticos en pacientes con acne. rev biomed. ;15:101–6. 2004 [24] d. thiboutot new treatments and therapeutic strategies for acne. arch fam med. ;9:179– 87. 2000 [25] leyden jj. effect of topical benzoyl peroxide-clindamycin versus topical cindamycin and propionibacterium acnes. cutis. ;69:475–80. 2002 [26] h .ashkenazi; z .malik; y .harth and y. nitzan; eradication of propionibacterium acnes by its endogenic porphyrins after illumination with high intensity blue light. fems immunol med microbiol. ;35:17–24,2003 [27] n.mendoza,; p. o. hernandez,; s. k. tyring,; k. a. haitz, & a. motta, antimicrobial susceptibility of propionibacterium acnes isolates from acne patients in colombia. int j dermatol. 52, 688–692. 2013. [28] c.gupta,; a.p garg,; r.c. uniyal and a. kumari, comparative analysis of the antimicrobial activity of cinnamon oil and cinnamon extract on some food-borne microbes. afr. j. microbiol. res. ; 2(9):247-251. 2008 [29] i.e. alsaimary, antistaphylococcal activity of henna extracts lawsonia inermis l.(lythraceae). donnish journal of microbiology and biotechnology research..1(2) 008-011, 2014 [30] kk .al-rubiay; nn. jaber; al-mhaawe bh; alrubaiy lk. antimicrobial efficacy of henna extracts. oman med j .; 23(4): 253-256. 9. 2008 [31] n.r.m. shabani; z. ismail; w.i. ismail; n. zainuddin; rosdan n.h.; roslan ,m.n.f and azahar ,n.m. antimicrobial activity of cinnamon oil against bacteria that cause skin infections. journal of scientific research and development.. 3 (2): 1-6. 2016   ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 83 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. producing hydrogen energy using cr2o3-tio2 nanocomposite with animal (chitosan) extract via photocatalaysis abstract in this study, an efficient photocatalyst for water splitting was developed. the cr2o3 and tio2 nanoparticles (cr2o3-tnps) nanocomposite with (chitosan extract) was created using ecologically friendly methods, such as the impregnation technique as tio2 exhibits nano spherical (tnps) shape structure. according to the researchers, this nanocomposite material enhanced its ability to absorb ultraviolet light while also speeding up the recombination of photogenerated electrons and holes. the tnps and prepared cr2o3-tnps were characterized by x-ray diffraction (xrd), field emission scanning electron microscopy (fe-sem), energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (edx), and uv-visible absorbance. the xrd of tnps showed a tetragonal phase with 8.9 nm of average crystallite size and 14.2 nm for nanocomposite. fe-sem images showed that the average particle size in the range of (12.5-57.5) nm and uv-vis absorbance has energy gap of 3.8 ev, while the energy gap of cr2o3-tnps is 2.8 ev. it was found that the performance of photocatalysts of the nanocomposite for hydrogen generation was superior. it gave the highest rate of hydrogen production (3.6) ml at 80 min when exposed to ultraviolet light. moreover, the nanocomposite revealed high h2 production rate under ultraviolt light irradiation (λ < 400 nm). the cr2o3-tnps have high photocatalytic effectiveness due to their wide ultraviolt light photoresponse range and excellent separation of photogenerated electrons and holes. keywords: cr2o3-tnps nanocomposite; chitosan extract; hydrogen production; photocatalyst. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2853 article history: received 8 may 2022, accepted 14 june 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ghasaq z.alwan department of physics, college of education mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. gasaq.zuher@gmail.com wisam j. aziz department of physics, college of education mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. wisamjafer14@gmail.com raad s. sabry department of physics, college of education mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. raadsaadon74@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:gasaq.zuher@gmail.com mailto:gasaq.zuher@gmail.com mailto:gasaq.zuher@gmail.com mailto:gasaq.zuher@gmail.com mailto:wisamjafer14@gmail.com mailto:raadsaadon74@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 84 1. introduction hydrogen has the potential to be a powerful energy carrier and an appropriate energy storage material to substitute fossil fuels, a wealth of natural resources such as biomass and water [1][2]. photocatalytic water splitting, in particular, is being investigated as a possible approach for producing hydrogen using solar light [3]. various inorganic or organic semiconductors have been explored over the last 40 years. however, it has primarily been used in the water splitting halfreaction example as the oxidation of water to oxygen (o2) or the reduction of protons to hydrogen (h2 )[4][5]. the limitations of water splitting in pure water over a semiconductor are limited effective separation of photogenerated carriers and the rapid h2-o2 recombination reverse reaction [6][7]. in this case, photocatalysis is a viable method for producing hydrogen because it can utilize solar energy in a cost-effective and environmentally friendly process while also being more costeffective than traditional methods. however, society not only provides comfort and well-known technology but also comes with the well-known disadvantage of co2 release. most combustion activities produce this gas, which is thought to be the primary cause of global warming since global industrialization has risen by a significant amount [8]. hydrogen widely believed to be the most potential clean energy carrier for the future and whose usage is being researched in many technology sectors, is an appealing alternative to fossil fuels as an energy source [9]. water is a natural source of hydrogen and oxygen, and over the last few decades been a surge in interest in using photocatalysis to split water and make h2 [10]. in photocatalysis, tio2 is the most commonly used semiconductor because of its physical and chemical qualities, as well as its wide availability, outstanding stability, inexpensive cost [11], alternation of the surface [12][13], co-catalysts for loading [14][15], heterojunctions creation [16][17] .the photocatalytic process involves photon excitation of a semiconductor to generate electron-hole pair (of appropriate energy higher or equal to the band gap). electrons and holes recombine or migrate to the surface of the semiconductor particle, where reduction and oxidation reactions occur. a semiconductor with a conduction band more negative than the h2o/h2 redox couple (0.0 v) and a valence band more positive than the o2/h2o redox couple is required for h2 generation by water splitting (1.23 v versus nhe) at ph = 0. tio2 (band gap 3.0-3.3 ev) is the semiconductor with the most potential for creating hydrogen from water or biofuels. however, the semiconductor with the most potential for creating hydrogen is biofuels or water. bare tio2 is ineffective in producing hydrogen. it is often attributed to high hydrogen over potential caused by rapid electron-hole recombination. tio2 has been modified with transition-metal cations to increase its absorption capacity for light and its photocatalytic capabilities [18][19]. cr2o3 is generally considered an excellent photocatalytic material for ultraviolet light because of its tight band gap; thus, it has been considered a tio2 dopant [19][20]. cr 3+ was mixed into tio2 powder to increase its photocatalytic capabilities [21]. several studies have suggested adding chromium oxide to titanium oxide and improving the effectiveness of photocatalysis [22]. in this study, chromium oxide (cr2o) with animal (chitosan) extract was loaded on titanium oxide (tio2) to obtain a cr2o3-tio2 nanocomposite using the impregnation technique. it is possible to detect some of the essential constituents in the animal extract (chitosan), including preliminary totals found in the rutin (rutin is a rutinoside that is quercetin with the hydroxy group at position c-3 replaced by glucose and rhamnose sugar groups) vitamin c. cellulose is also included in chitosan, a significant component of the chitosan extract [23]. animal extract (chitosan) was used to synthesize cr2o3-tio2. the oh team has a significant impact on ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 85 reduction. to reduce cr(no3)3 hydroxide, chitosan extract partially reduces cr(no3)3 hydroxide to generate cr2o3-tio2 nanocomposite. this work aims to synthesize the cr2o3-tio2 nanocomposite to improve photogenerated electron-hole pair efficiency and photocatalytic activity by improving optical responsiveness in the ultraviolet range. 2. materials and methods 2.1. preparation of the animal extracts (chitosan) 0.5 gm. of chitosan was dissolved in 1:50 acetic acid with water ratio and ultrasonically mixed for 2 h, then filtered using a micro porous membrane (pore size. μm) and cleared several times by the centrifuge at 4000 rpm for 5 minutes to remove any residual salts and impurities. 2.2. preparation of the cr2o3-tio2 nanocomposites cr2o3-tio2 nanocomposite was synthesized using 0.0329 gm. of cr (no3)3.9h2o with 2 ml from anhydrous ethanol solution and 1 ml of chitosan extract treated with ultrasonic assistance to produce a clear dark blue solution that was then impregnated with 2.5 gm. commercial tio2 nanoparticles were purchased from sky spring nanomaterial. the impregnate was volatilized at 70°c until being annealed for 2 hours at 300°c. 2.3. characterization of cr2o3-tio2nanocomposites characterization of tio2 nanoparticls (tnps), and cr2o3-tnps were carried out by different techniques. uv–visible spectrophotometer type (du8800dchina) within the range (190-1100) nm. the morphological properties was examined used field emission scanning electron microscopy (fesem inspect f-50, company fei, dutch) with energy dispersive (x-ray) spectroscopy (edx). x-ray diffraction was recorded with a shimadzu (xrd-6000, japan) using cukα radiation (λ=1.5406 å). 2.4. the assessment of photocatalytic hydrogen generation as shown in figure 1, the laboratory cell used to separate hydrogen from the water was made locally from a hydrogen gas cylinder quartz glass (6cm x 28cm). the cylinder is equipped with holes for the exit of gas. water decomposition was carried out using an analytical system, such as the quantity of photocatalysts. 2 gm of cr2o3/tio2 placed in a quartz flask containing (500 ml) water and 0.028 m of koh of a sacrificial reagent aqueous solution (cr2o3-tio2) which exposed using ultraviolet light irradiation (λ<400nm). figure 1: laboratory hydrogen separation system. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 86 3. results and dissection 3.1 xrd analysis the xrd pattern of tnps reveals the planes (101), (103), (004), (112), (200), (105), (211), (204), and (116) assigned at 2θ of (24.8°), (36.9°), (37.8°), (38.3°), (48.2°), (53.7°), (55.2°), (62.6°), and (68.2°), respectively as shown in figure 2. the diffraction peaks reveal a tetragonal anatase phase, according to (jcpds no. 84-1285). the strongest diffraction peak at 24.8° indicated to (101) plane of anatase tio2, the anatase structure is responsible for the peaks other than (53.7°) and (55.2°), while the rutile structure is also responsible for the peaks (53.7°) and (55.2°). this indicates that anatase is the dominant crystal phase in tio2 nanoparticles, with the presence of some rutile phases in small amounts in the final product. these findings are consistent with earlier research by[24]. the average crystallite size, founded by scherer's formula [22], equals to 8.9 nm of tnps. figure 2.xrd patterns of tnps figure 3 illustrates the xrd spectra of cr2o3-tnps nanocomposite heterostructures at different cr2o3 percentages. diffraction planes (101), (104), (103), (004), (112), (202), (200), (105), (211), (204), and (116) (jcpds card no. 84-1285), corresponding to 2θ = (24.7°),(36.5°),(37.8°), (38.1°), (47.9°), (53.8°), (55.5°), (62.7°) and (68.5°) are seen in the crystallized anatase phase of cr2o3-tnps. because of the small proportions of cr2o3 particles relative to the tio2 ratio, the xrd result appears the tiny peaks of cr2o3 at 2θ = (33.1°) and (44.2°) (jcpds no. 1308-38-9). according to these findings, the successful modification of titanium dioxide with the amount of cr2o3 has created flaws in the anatase crystal to form ti-o-cr bonds which allow it to interact with both cr3+ ions and tio2. as a result, it is concluded that the presence of cr2o3 blocks the pore wall of tio2.the crystal size of cr2o3-tnps is 14.2 nm. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 87 figure 3. xrd patterns of cr2o3-tnps nanocomposites. 3.2 fe-sem images oftnps and cr2o3-tnpsnanocomposites the morphology of tnps in figure (4-a) appears as semi-spherical, with an average particle size of 12.5-57.5 nm (measured using image j software). figure (4-b) shows cr2o3 with tnps where exhibited the agglomeration of nanoparticles and the formation of a wide surface area [25], where the bonding of chromium and titanium oxide particles by weak forces led to these agglomerations. figure 4. fe-sem images of (a) tnps.(b)cr2o3 -tnps composite 3o2cr ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 88 3.3.edx of of tnps and cr2o3-tnps nanocomposites edx analyses of tnps and cr2o3 with tnps nanocomposite are shown in figure 5 and table 1. it reveals the characteristic emission peaks for ti and o2, in addition to c and some trace elements observed in both samples as a residual that comes from the extracted material. the presence of phytomolecules (polyphenols, alkaloids, and flavonoids) of chitosan is extracts adsorbed on the tnps surface. figure 5.the elements, atomic and weight ratios of (a) tnps (b) cr2o3 with tnps nanocomposite with chitosan table 1. the elements, atomic and weight ratios of tnps and cr2o3 with tnps element tnps cr2o3 with tnps atomic % weight % atomic% weight % o 18.0 41.5 49.9 45.8 ti 57.3 44.2 9.0 31.7 c 24.7 14.3 34.9 19.0 cr ______ ______ 0.1 0.4 s ______ ______ 0.3 0.6 n ______ ______ 5.9 2.5 a b ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 89 3.4 ultraviolet visible (uv-vis) figure 6 depicts the uv-visible absorption spectra of samples where the tnps sample absorption edge is located at 300 nm. the tauc formula was used to determine the energy gap equal to 3.8 ev for the tnps, as shown in figure 7. figure 8 shows that cr3+ loading into tnps improves their absorption in the uv-visible region, the absorption edge of cr2o3-tnps appears at 415 nm, and the energy gap is equal to 2.8 ev, as shown in figure 9. the absorption edge of the cr2o3-tnps nanocomposite with chitosan extract shifted to a greater wavelength in the visible region as compared to the undoped tnps. it may be concluded that proper cr doping resulted in the anatase tio2 band gap narrowing. the introduction of dope levels is to cause a narrower band gap. this would also cause an electron to be excited from the valence band to the dope levels. cr doping may also act as an electron-capture trap, preventing the recombination of electron-hole pairs. on the other hand, cr doping produces deep dope levels and recombination sites that can speed up the recombination of electron-hole pairs [26]. figure 6.ultraviolet-visible absorption spectra of tnps. figure 7.the energy gap of tnps. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 90 figure 8.ultraviolet-visible absorption spectra of cr2o3-tnps nanocomposite figure 9.the energy gap of cr2o3-tnps. 3.5. activity of hydrogen production the photocatalytic decomposition of water under ultraviolet light irradiation generated hydrogen for cr2o3 –tnps. the average hydrogen generation for cr2o3-tnps at different times (10 80) min are summarized in figure (10) and table (2), it was observed that the hydrogen was not produced in the first 10 min of the reaction. the lowest hydrogen production was (0.2) ml at 20 min and the highest hydrogen production at 80 min was (3.6) ml. the effectiveness of the components (such as salts and oxides of transition metals) for many catalysts is spontaneously dispersed on the surface of the carriers, where hydrogen gas is produced in a volume twice the size of oxygen gas through as well as the photocatalyst, an increase in hydrogen production was observed due to the effect photocatalysts on the reaction speed. the work of the photocatalyst must comply with many basic principles to obtain an efficient hydrogen production process, meaning that the best photocatalyst for hydrogen production is the one with the highest quantitative yield and the highest gaseous production rate. the main measure of photocatalyst action is quantitative. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 91 figure (10).time courses of hydrogen evolution over cr2o3-tnps with chitosan extract. table (2).volume of hydrogen generated (ml) and reaction time of (cr2o3-tnps). 5. conclusion impregnation processes were used to create cr2o3-tio2 nanocomposites. xrd and fesem analysis of nanocomposites showed that they contained a mixture of cr2o3-tio2 (nanospherical). the average diameter of the nanospherical was (12.5-57.5) nm. the absorption edge of tnps can be extended to the ultraviolet range was 300 nm, and the energy gap is equal to 3.8 ev is larger than the energy gap of cr2o3-tnps is equal to 2.8ev because the appropriate cr doping resulted in a narrowing of the band gap of the anatase tio2. briefly, it has succeeded in synthesizing environmentally friendly biomolecules via the impregnation route. if the effect of the morphology of the compound cr2o3-tnps was in the form of spherical, it was discovered to have an effect on the performance of the current work, where the compound cr2o3-tnps showed a distinguished performance in hydrogen production through photocatalysts and increased with increasing time, the highest production at the 80 min, it was (3.6) ml. we conclude from the above that the nanocomposite's ability to make hydrogen largely depends on the amount of cr3+ that can be added to the tnps. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 v o lu m e o f h y d ro g e n g e n e ra te d ( m l) reaction time(min) a cr2o3-tnps volume of hydrogen generated (ml) reaction time(min) 0 10 0.2 20 0.76 30 1.0 40 1.4 50 1.9 60 3.0 70 3.6 80 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 92 references 1.gray, h. b.; powering the planet with solar fuel. nat chem. 2009. 1: 7–17 2.tian,b.; gao, w.; zhang, x.; wu, y.; and lu, g.; water splitting over core-shell structural nanorod cds@cr2o3 catalyst by inhibition of h2-o2 recombination via removing nascent formed oxygen using perfluorodecalin, appl. catal. b environ, 2017. 221, 618–625, doi: 10.1016/j.apcatb.09.065. 3.osterloh, f. e.; inorganic materials as catalysts for photochemical splitting of water, chem. mater. 2008. 20, 1, 35–54. 4.tian, b.; zhen, w.; gao, h.; zhang, x.; li, z. and lu, g. carboxyl-assisted synthesis of co nanorods with high energy facet on graphene oxide sheets for efficient photocatalytic hydrogen evolution,” appl. catal. b environ., 2017. 203, 789–797. 5.meng, x.; li, z.; zeng, h.; chen, j.; and zhang, z.; mos2 quantum dots-interspersed bi2wo6 heterostructures for visible light-induced detoxification and disinfection, appl. catal. b environ., 2017. 210, 160–172, 6.jia, l. d.; wang, h. y.; huang, x. a.; xu, w.; and yu, h. q.; highly durable n-doped graphene/cds nanocomposites with enhanced photocatalytic hydrogen evolution from water under visible light irradiation, j. phys. chem. c, 2011. 115, 23, 11466–11473, 7.tian, b.; water splitting by cds/pt/wo3-ceox photocatalysts with assisting of artificial blood perfluorodecalin,” j. catal., 2017. 350, 189–196, 7.caetano, m. a.; gherardi, d. f.; and yoneyama, t.; optimal resource management control for co2 emission and reduction of the greenhouse effect, ecol. modell., 2008. 213, 1, 119– 126. 9.rand, d. a.; and dell, r. m.; hydrogen energy: challenges and prospects. royal society of chemistry, 2007. 2. 45. 10.bahruji, h.; sustainable h2 gas production by photocatalysis, j. photochem. photobiol. a chem., 2010. 216, 2, 115–118. 11.schneider, j.; understanding tio2 photocatalysis: mechanisms and materials, chem. rev., 2014. 114, 19, 9919–9986, 12.wang, h.; hu, x.; ma, y.; zhu, d. ; li, t.; and wang, j. ; nitrate-group-grafting-induced assembly of rutile tio2 nanobundles for enhanced photocatalytic hydrogen evolution, chinese j. catal. 2020. 41, 1, 95–102, 13.wang, p.; xu, s.; chen, f.; and yu, h.; ni nanoparticles as electron-transfer mediators and nisx as interfacial active sites for coordinative enhancement of h2-evolution performance of tio2, chinese j. catal., 2019. 40, 3, 343–351. 14.shen, j. ; wang, r.; liu, v; yang, x.; tang, h.; and yang, j.; accelerating photocatalytic hydrogen evolution and pollutant degradation by coupling organic co-catalysts with tio2, chinese j. catal., 2019. 40, 3, 380–389, 15.meng, a.; zhang, l.; cheng, b.; and yu, j.; dual cocatalysts in tio2 photocatalysis, adv. mater., 2019. 31, 30, 1807660, 16.li, h.; zhou, y.; tu, w.; ye, j.; and zou, z.; state‐of‐the‐art progress in diverse ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 93 heterostructured photocatalysts toward promoting photocatalytic performance, adv. funct. mater., 2015. 25, 7, 998–1013, 17.zhang, w.; zhang, h.; xu, j.; zhuang, h.; and long, j.; 3d flower-like heterostructured tio2@ ni (oh) 2 microspheres for solar photocatalytic hydrogen production, chinese j. catal., 2019. 40, 3, 320–325, 18.wang b.; cr2o3@ tio2 yolk/shell octahedrons derived from a metal–organic framework for high-performance lithium-ion batteries, microporous mesoporous mater., 2015. 203, 86– 90, 19.huang h.; design of twin junction with solid solution interface for efficient photocatalytic h2 production, nano energy, 2020. 69, 104410, 20.mao, g.; xu, m.; yao, s.; zhou, v; and liu, q. ; direct growth of cr-doped tio 2 nanosheet arrays on stainless steel substrates with visible-light photoelectrochemical properties, new j. chem., 2018. 42, 2, 1309–1315, 21.ahmad, m. m.; mushtaq, s.; al qahtani, h. s.; sedky, a.; and alam, m. w.; investigation of tio2 nanoparticles synthesized by sol-gel method for effectual photodegradation, oxidation and reduction reaction, crystals, 2021. 11, 12, 1456, 22.tsegay, m. g. gebretinsae, h. g. and nuru, z. y.; structural and optical properties of green synthesized cr2o3 nanoparticles, mater. today proc., 2021. 36, 587–590, 23.bharathi, d.; ranjithkumar, r.; vasantharaj, s.; chandarshekar, b.; and bhuvaneshwari, v.; synthesis and characterization of chitosan/iron oxide nanocomposite for biomedical applications, int. j. biol. macromol., 2019. 132, 880–887, 24.behnajady, m. a.; eskandarloo, h.; modirshahla, n. ; and shokri, m. ; investigation of the effect of sol–gel synthesis variables on structural and photocatalytic properties of tio2 nanoparticles, desalination, 2011. 278, 3, 10–17, 25.alzahrani, k. a.; mohamed, r. m.; and ismail, a. a.; enhanced visible light response of heterostructured cr2o3 incorporated two-dimensional mesoporous tio2 framework for h2 evolution, ceram. int., 2021. 47, 15, 21293–21302, 26.zhu, h.; tao, j.; and dong, x.; preparation and photoelectrochemical activity of cr-doped tio2 nanorods with nanocavities, j. phys. chem. c, 2010. 114, 7, 2873–2879, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 292 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license on the stability and acceleration of projection algorithms abstract the focus of this paper is the presentation of a new type of mapping called projection jungck znsuzuki generalized and also defining new algorithms of various types (one-step and two-step algorithms) (projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm, projection jungck-picard algorithm, projection jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm, and projection jungck-thianwan algorithm). the convergence of these algorithms has been studied, and it was discovered that they all converge to a fixed point. furthermore, using the previous three conditions for the lemma, we demonstrated that the difference between any two sequences is zero. these algorithms' stability was demonstrated using projection jungck suzuki generalized mapping. in contrast, the rate of convergence of these algorithms was demonstrated by contrasting the rates of convergence of the various algorithms, leading us to conclude that the projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm is the fastest of all the algorithms mentioned above. keywords: metric projection, jungck-picard algorithm, jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm, jungckthianwan algorithm, jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm, fixed point. 1.introduction and preliminary there are a lot of published studies that included new algorithms and studied their strong convergence and stability. in addition, they proved the rate of convergence of these algorithms, see [1-9]. these algorithms are valuable tools used to find the value of the fixed point and to resolve some problems. for example, they were used in solving nonlinear differential equations, integration problems, etc. the algorithms presented by the authors are varied (one-step, two-step, etc.). in 1967[10], scientist jungck introduced a new algorithm called jungck picard algorithm, but sometimes it is called jungck algorithm, as it consists of one step doi,org/10.30526/36.1.2923 article history: received 29 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq zena hussein maibed department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham/ university of baghdadiraq. mrs_ zena.hussein@yahoo.com noor nabil salem department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham/ university of baghdadiraq. nour.nabeel1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ about:blank mailto:nour.nabeel1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 293 ψ𝑘𝑛+1 = 𝑇𝑘𝑛 , where 𝑘0 ∈ c, 𝑛 ∈ ℕ. in 2011[11], the author alfred olufemi bosede presented an algorithm called jungck-krasnoselskii. this algorithm is a special case of jungck-mann. the jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm is defined as follows: ψ𝑛𝑛+1 = ( 1 − 𝛿)ψ𝑛𝑛 + 𝛿 𝑇𝑛𝑛 , where 𝑛0 ∈ c, 𝑛 ∈ ℕ, and 𝛿 ∈ (0,1).he also proved the stability of jungck-mann and jungck-krasnoselskii algorithms. on the other hand, v. brined proved in 2004[12] that the picard algorithm converges faster than the mann algorithm. in 2008, [13] presented a new two-step algorithm named after him. the thianwan algorithm is defined as follows: 𝓏𝑛+1 = ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝓇𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝑇𝓇𝑛 𝓇𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝛽𝑛)𝓏𝑛 + 𝛽𝑛 𝑇𝓏𝑛 , where 𝓏0 ∈ c, 𝑛 ∈ ℕ, and {𝛼𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ and {𝛽𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ are the real sequence in [0,1]. in addition, it has been proven the strong and weak convergence of this algorithm in the uniformly convex banach space. now, we will mention some of the priorities we need: definition (1.1):[12] let {𝓂𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ , {𝓃𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ are two sequence lies in r such that {𝓂𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ converge to 𝓂, {𝓃𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ converge to 𝓃, and 𝒲 = lim 𝑛→∞ |𝓂𝑛−𝓂| |𝓃𝑛−𝓃| 1. if 𝒲 = 0 ⟶ the sequence {𝓂𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ is converge to 𝓂 faster then {𝓃𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ converge to 𝓃. 2. if 0 < 𝒲 < ∞ → {𝓂𝑛 }𝑛=0 ∞ and {𝓃𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ have the same rate of convergence. lemma (1.2):[14] let 𝒰 be a uniformly convex banach space and {𝓂𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ be any sequence such that 0 < 𝔭 ≤ 𝛼𝑛 ≤ 𝔮 < 1, for some 𝔭,𝔮 ∈ ℝ + and for all 𝑛 ≥ 1. let {𝓂𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ and {𝓃𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ are two sequences of 𝒰 such that: lim 𝑛→∞ sup‖𝓂𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑐, lim 𝑛→∞ sup‖𝓃𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑐 and lim 𝑛→∞ sup‖𝛼𝑛 𝓂𝑛 + (1 − 𝛼𝑛 )𝓃𝑛‖ = 𝑐 for some 𝑐 ≥ 0 then lim 𝑛→∞ ‖𝓂𝑛 − 𝓃𝑛‖ = 0 definition (1.3): [15] let ψ, 𝑇 ∶ 𝐶 → 𝐶 such that 𝑇(𝐶)  ψ(𝐶) and 𝑝 a coincidence point of ψ and 𝑇, that is, ψ𝑝 = 𝑇𝑝 = 𝑝. for 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝒸0 𝐶, let the sequence {ψ𝓂𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ generated by the algorithm procedure ψ𝓂𝑛 = 𝑓(𝑇, 𝓂𝑛 ) 𝑛 ≥ 0 converge to 𝑝. let {ψ𝓎𝑛 }𝑛=0 ∞ ⊂ 𝐶 be an arbitrary sequence and set 𝑛 = 𝑑(ψ𝓎𝑛+1, 𝑓(𝑇, 𝓎𝑛)) , 𝑛 = 0, 1,· · · . then, the algorithm ψ𝒸𝑛 will be called (ψ, 𝑇) − 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 if and only if lim 𝑛→∞ 𝜖𝑛 = 0 implies that lim 𝑛→∞ ψ𝓎𝑛 = 𝑝. lemma (1.4): [12] if 𝜂 is a real number such that 0 < 𝜂 < 1 and {𝜖𝑛}𝑛=0 ∞ is a sequence of positive numbers, such that lim 𝑛→∞ 𝜖𝑛 = 0 then, for any sequence of positive numbers {𝓂𝑛 }𝑛=0 ∞ satisfying 𝓂𝑛+1 ≤ 𝜂𝓂𝑛 + 𝜖𝑛 definition (1.5): [16] the mapping 𝑇: 𝐶 → 𝐶 is said suzuki if satisfying the following condition: 1 2 ‖𝓂 − 𝑇(𝓂)‖ ≤ ‖𝓂 − 𝓃‖ ⟹ ‖𝑇(𝓂) − 𝑇(𝓃)‖ ≤ ‖𝓂 − 𝓃‖, ∀𝓂, 𝓃 ∈ 𝐶 2 .main results we introduce a new type of mapping called projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized and by using this type of mapping, we will propose new algorithms and analyse their convergence and rate of convergence. definition (2.1): let 𝒳 be a normed space, 𝐶 be a nonempty closed convex subset of 𝒳. a mapping 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 and 𝒫𝒸 are called projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping if 1 2 ‖𝑥 − 𝑇(𝑥)‖ ≤ ‖ψ𝑥 − ψ𝑦‖ implies that ‖𝑇(𝑥) − 𝑇(𝑦)‖ ≤ 𝐿‖ψ𝑥 − ψ𝑦‖ + 𝜙 (‖𝑥−𝒫𝒸 (𝑥)‖+‖𝑥−ψ𝑥‖) 1+𝑚𝑎𝑥 {‖𝒫𝒸 (𝑥)−𝒫𝒸 (𝑦)‖,‖ψ𝑥−ψ𝑦‖} 𝜙: ℛ+ → ℛ+ is a monotone increasing function such that 𝜙(0) = 0 and 𝐿 ≤ 1. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 294 definition (2.2): the projection jungck-picard algorithm is defined as follows: ψ𝑘𝑛+1 = 𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑘𝑛 , 𝑘0 ∈ c. definition (2.3): the projection jungck-krasnoselskii is defined as follows: ψ𝑛𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝛿)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑛𝑛) + 𝛿𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑛𝑛 , 𝑛0 ∈ c where 𝒫𝒸 is metric projection and 𝛿 ∈ (0,1). definition (2.4): the projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm is defined as follows: ψ𝑢𝑛+1 = 𝒫𝒸 𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛 )ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)) , 𝓊0 ∈ c where 𝛼𝑛 ∈ [0,1] and ψ has property 𝒩, i.e., ψψ(𝑥) ≤ ψ(𝑥), 𝑥 ∈ 𝐶 & ψ is a linear map definition (2.5): the projection jungck-thianwan algorithm is defined as follows: ψ𝓏𝑛+1 = (1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓇𝑛) + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓇𝑛 ψ𝓇𝑛 = (1 − 𝛽𝑛)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓏𝑛) + 𝛽𝑛𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓏𝑛 , 𝓏0 ∈ 𝐶. and this mapping is commute if ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓍𝑛) = 𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝓍𝑛). now, we talk about convergence, stability and rate of convergence. lemma (2.6): let 𝐶 be a non-empty closed convex subset of a uniformly convex banach space 𝒰. the mappings 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 are a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized if {ψ𝑢𝑛 } generated by projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm, such that 1. lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ exists for all 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ), where 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) is the family of a common fixed point. 2. lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψψ𝑢𝑛 − ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)‖ = 0 proof: let 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ), ‖ψ𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛 )ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)) − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛 )ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)) − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝐿‖ψ((1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛 )) − 𝑝‖ + 𝜙(‖𝑝−𝒫𝒸(𝑝)‖+‖𝑝−ψ𝑝‖) 1+max{‖𝒫𝒸(𝑝)−𝒫𝒸((1−𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛+𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸(𝑢𝑛))‖,‖ψ𝑝−ψ((1−𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛+𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸(𝑢𝑛))‖} ≤ [(1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛 ) − 𝑝‖] ≤ [(1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖] ≤ ‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ so, we have ‖ψ𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ (2.1) ≤ ‖ψ𝑢𝑛−1 − 𝑝‖ : ≤ ‖ψ𝑢0 − 𝑝‖ (2.2) from (2.1) and (2.2) lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ is exist now to prove lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψψ𝑢𝑛 − ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)‖ = 0 since, lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = 𝑐 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 295 ⟹ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = 𝑐 now, lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖ψψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = 𝑐 so, lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖ψψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝑐 (2.3) to proof lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝑐 lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖ ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖ ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = 𝑐 so, lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝑐 (2.4) since 𝑐 = lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖ψ𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)) − 𝑝‖ ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)) − 𝑝‖ ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖(1 − 𝛼𝑛)(ψψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝) + 𝛼𝑛(ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝)‖ (2.5) ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝[(1 − 𝛼𝑛 )‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖] ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝[(1 − 𝛼𝑛 )‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖] = lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = 𝑐 so, lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖(1 − 𝛼𝑛)(ψψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝) + 𝛼𝑛 (ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝)‖ = 𝑐 from (2.3), (2.4), (2.5) and by using lemma (1.2) we get lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψψ𝑢𝑛 − ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)‖ = 0. lemma (2.7): let 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 are a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized if {ψ𝑘𝑛 } generated by the projection jungck-picard algorithm, such that lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ exists for all 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) proof: let, 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) ‖ψ𝑘𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖𝑇𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝐿‖ψ𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝜙(‖𝑝−𝒫𝒸(𝑝)‖+‖𝑝−ψ𝑝‖) 1+𝑚𝑎𝑥{‖𝒫𝒸(𝑝)−𝒫𝒸(𝑘𝑛)‖,‖ψ𝑝−ψ𝑘𝑛‖} ≤ ‖ψ𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ so, we have ‖ψ𝑘𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖ψ𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ⟹ {ψ𝑘𝑛} is non-increasing sequence (2.6) ≤ ‖ψ𝑘𝑛−1 − 𝑝‖ : ≤ ‖ψ𝑘0 − 𝑝‖ ⟹ {ψ𝑘𝑛} is bounded sequence (2.7) from (2.6) and (2.7) the lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ is exist. lemma (2.8): let 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 be a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping if {ψ𝑛𝑛} is generated by the projection jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm, such that ihjpas. 36(1)2023 296 1. lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝑛𝑛 − 𝑝‖ exists for all 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) 2. lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑛𝑛) − 𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑛𝑛 ‖ = 0 proof: by following the same steps for the proof of theorem (2.6), we get the wanted results. lemma (2.9): let 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 are a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping if {ψ𝓏𝑛} is generated by the projection jungck-thianwan algorithm, such that: 1. lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ exists for all 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) 2. lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓇𝑛) − 𝒫𝒸 𝑇(𝓇𝑛)‖ = 0 proof: proof in the same way as lemma proof (2.6) theorem (2.10): let 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 are a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping with 𝐿 ∈ (0,1). let {ψ𝑛𝑛} be projection jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm converging to 𝑝 where 𝛿 ∈ (0,1). then, the projection jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm is (ψ, 𝑇, 𝒫𝒸 )-stable. proof: let {𝓎𝑛} ⊂ 𝐶 and 𝑛 = ‖ψ𝓎𝑛+1 − 𝑓(𝑇, 𝓎𝑛)‖ = ‖ψ𝓎𝑛+1 − (1 − 𝛿)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓎𝑛) + 𝛿𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓎𝑛‖ so, 𝑛 = ‖ψ𝓎𝑛+1 − (1 − 𝛿)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓎𝑛) + 𝛿𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓎𝑛‖ if lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑛 = 0 , we get lim 𝑛→∞ ψ𝓎𝑛+1 = 𝑝 then, the projection jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm is (ψ, 𝑇, 𝒫𝒸 )-stable. theorem (2.11): let 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 are a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping with 𝐿 ∈ (0,1). let {ψ𝑢𝑛} be a projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm converging to 𝑝 , where {𝛼𝑛} are sequences in [0,1], such that 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 𝛼𝑛. then, the projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm is (ψ, 𝑇, 𝒫𝒸 )-stable. proof: let {𝓎𝑛} ⊂ 𝐶 and 𝑛 = ‖ψ𝓎𝑛+1 − 𝑓(𝑇, 𝓎𝑛)‖ = ‖ψ𝓎𝑛+1 − 𝒫𝒸 𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛 )ψ𝓎𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 (𝓎𝑛))‖ so, 𝑛 = ‖ψ𝓎𝑛+1 − 𝒫𝒸 𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝓎𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 𝒫𝒸 (𝓎𝑛))‖ if lim 𝑛→∞ 𝑛 = 0, we get lim 𝑛→∞ ψ𝓎𝑛+1 = 𝑝 then, the projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm is (ψ, 𝑇, 𝒫𝒸 )-stable. theorem (2.12): let 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 are projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping with 𝐿 ∈ (0,1). let {ψ𝑘𝑛} be a projection jungck-picard algorithm converging to 𝑝, where {𝛼𝑛} are sequences in [0,1]. then, the projection jungck-picard algorithm is (ψ, 𝑇, 𝒫𝒸 )-stable. theorem (2.13): let 𝑇, ψ: 𝐶 → 𝐶 are projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping with 𝐿 ∈ (0,1). let {ψ𝓏𝑛} be a projection jungckthianwan algorithm converging to 𝑝, where {𝛼𝑛} and {𝛽𝑛} are sequences in [0,1] such that 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 𝛼𝑛 and , 0 < 𝛽 ≤ 𝛽𝑛 then, the projection jungckthianwan algorithm is (ψ, 𝑇, 𝒫𝒸 )-stable. proof: by following the same steps of the proof of theorem (2.9), we get the wanted results. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 297 theorem (2.14): let 𝑇, ψ are projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping and 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) ≠ 𝜙. then, the projection jungck-picard algorithm converges faster than projection jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm. proof: for projection jungck-picard algorithm ‖ψ𝑘𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖𝑇𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝐿‖ψ𝑘𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝜙(‖𝑝−𝒫𝒸(𝑝)‖+‖𝑝−ψ𝑝‖) 1+𝑚𝑎𝑥{‖𝒫𝒸(𝑝)−𝒫𝒸(𝑘𝑛)‖,‖ψ𝑝−ψ𝑘𝑛‖} : ≤ 𝐿𝑛 ‖ψ𝑘0 − 𝑝‖ put 𝒫. 𝒥. 𝑃. 𝒜 = 𝐿𝑛‖ψ𝑘0 − 𝑝‖ for projection jungck-krasnoselskii algorithm. ‖ψ𝑛𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖(1 − 𝛿)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑛𝑛) + 𝛿𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑛𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛿)‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑛𝑛) − 𝑝‖ + 𝛿‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑛𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = (1 − 𝛿)‖𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝑛𝑛) − 𝑝‖ + 𝛿‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝑛𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛿)‖ψ𝑛𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝐿𝛿‖ψ𝑛𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝜙(‖𝑝−𝒫𝒸(𝑝)‖+‖𝑝−ψ𝑝‖) 1+max{‖𝒫𝒸(𝑝)−𝒫𝒸(𝑛𝑛)‖,‖ψ𝑝−ψ𝑛𝑛‖} ≤ (1 − 𝛿(1 − 𝐿))‖ψ𝑛𝑛 − 𝑝‖ : ≤ [1 − 𝛿(1 − 𝐿)]𝑛‖ψ𝑛0 − 𝑝‖ put: 𝒫. 𝒥. 𝒦. 𝒜 = [1 − 𝛿(1 − 𝐿)]𝑛‖ψ𝑛0 − 𝑝‖ now since: 𝒫.𝒥.𝑃.𝒜 𝒫.𝒥.𝒦.𝒜 = 𝐿𝑛‖ψ𝑘0−𝑝‖ [1−𝛿(1−𝐿)]𝑛‖ψ𝑛0−𝑝‖ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞. hence, the projection jungck-picard algorithm converges to 𝑝 faster than the projection jungckkrasnoselskii algorithm. theorem (2.15): let 𝑇, ψ be a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping and 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) ≠ 𝜙. then, the projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm converges faster than the projection jungckpicard algorithm. proof: let 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) and suppose that there exists ʎ; 0 ≤ ʎ ≤ 𝛼𝑛 ≤ 1 for projection jungck –picard algorithm we have, 𝒫. 𝒥. 𝑃. 𝒜 = 𝐿𝑛 ‖ψ𝑘0 − 𝑝‖ from projection jungck-normal 𝒩algorithm ‖ψ𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛 )ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)) − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖𝑇((1 − 𝛼𝑛 )ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛 𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛)) − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝐿‖ψ((1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛 )) − 𝑝‖ + 𝜙(‖𝑝−𝒫𝒸(𝑝)‖+‖𝑝−ψ𝑝‖) 1+𝑚𝑎𝑥{‖𝒫𝒸(𝑝)−𝒫𝒸((1−𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛+𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸(𝑢𝑛))‖,‖ψ𝑝−ψ((1−𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛+𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸(𝑢𝑛))‖} ≤ 𝐿‖ψ((1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛 )) − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝐿‖(1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψψ𝑢𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − (1 − 𝛼𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛)𝑝‖ ≤ 𝐿‖(1 − 𝛼𝑛)(ψψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝) + 𝛼𝑛 (ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝)‖ ≤ 𝐿[(1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖] ≤ 𝐿[(1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝑢𝑛 ) − 𝑝‖] = 𝐿[(1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝑢𝑛) − 𝑝‖] ≤ 𝐿[(1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖] ≤ 𝐿[1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]‖ψ𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ : ihjpas. 36(1)2023 298 ≤ 𝐿𝑛[1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]𝑛‖ψ𝑢0 − 𝑝‖ let, 𝒫. 𝒥. 𝒩. 𝒜 = 𝐿𝑛 [1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]𝑛‖ψ𝑢0 − 𝑝‖ now, since: 𝒫.𝒥.𝒩.𝒜 𝒫.𝒥.𝑃.𝒜 = 𝐿𝑛[1−𝛼𝑛(1−𝐿)] 𝑛‖ψ𝑢0−𝑝‖ 𝐿𝑛‖ψ𝑘0−𝑝‖ → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞ hence, the projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm converges to 𝑝 faster than the projection jungck-picard algorithm. theorem (2.16) let 𝒳 be a normed space and c be a nonempty closed convex subset of 𝒳 if t is a projection jungck zn-suzuki generalized mapping and 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ) ≠ ϕ. then, the projection jungcknormal 𝒩algorithm converges faster than the projection jungck-thianwan algorithm. proof: let 𝑝 ∈ 𝒞ℱ(𝒫𝒸 , 𝑇, ψ)and suppose that there exists ʎ; 0 ≤ ʎ ≤ 𝛽𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ≤ 1 for projection jungck thianwan-algorithm ‖ψ𝓏𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖(1 − 𝛼𝑛)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓇𝑛) + 𝛼𝑛𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓇𝑛 − (1 − 𝛼𝑛 + 𝛼𝑛)𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓇𝑛) − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛 ‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = (1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝓇𝑛) − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛 ‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψ𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛼𝑛 ‖𝑇𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛼𝑛)‖ψ𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝐿𝛼𝑛‖ψ𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝜙(‖𝑝−𝒫𝒸(𝑝)‖+‖𝑝−ψ𝑝‖) 1+𝑚𝑎𝑥{‖𝒫𝒸(𝑝)−𝒫𝒸(𝓇𝑛)‖,‖ψ𝑝−ψ𝓇𝑛‖} ≤ (1 − 𝛼𝑛(1 − 𝐿)‖ψ𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ (2.8) now, ‖ψ𝓇𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = ‖(1 − 𝛽𝑛)ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓏𝑛) + 𝛽𝑛𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓏𝑛 − (1 − 𝛽𝑛 + 𝛽𝑛)𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛽𝑛)‖ψ𝒫𝒸 (𝓏𝑛) − 𝑝‖ + 𝛽𝑛‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = (1 − 𝛽𝑛)‖𝒫𝒸 ψ(𝓏𝑛) − 𝑝‖ + 𝛽𝑛‖𝒫𝒸 𝑇𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛽𝑛)‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝛽𝑛‖𝑇𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛽𝑛)‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝐿𝛽𝑛‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝜙(‖𝑝−𝒫𝒸(𝑝)‖+‖𝑝−ψ𝑝‖) 1+𝑚𝑎𝑥{‖𝒫𝒸(𝑝)−𝒫𝒸(𝓏𝑛)‖,‖ψ𝑝−ψ𝓏𝑛‖} = (1 − 𝛽𝑛(1 − 𝐿))‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿))‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ (2.9) substitute equation (2.9) in to equation (2.8) ‖ψ𝓏𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝛼𝑛 (1 − 𝐿)[(1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿))‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖] = [1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿) − 𝛼𝑛 (1 − 𝐿) + 𝛼𝑛𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ [1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿) − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿) + 𝜆2(1 − 𝐿)]‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ [1 − 2𝜆(1 − 𝐿) + 𝜆2(1 − 𝐿)]‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ [1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]2‖ψ𝓏𝑛 − 𝑝‖ : ≤ [1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]2𝑛‖ψ𝓏0 − 𝑝‖ put: 𝒫. 𝒥. 𝒯. 𝒜 = [1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]2𝑛‖ψ𝓏0 − 𝑝‖ from projection jungck-normal 𝒩algorithm 𝒫. 𝒥. 𝒩. 𝒜 = 𝐿𝑛 [1 − 𝜆(1 − 𝐿)]𝑛‖ψ𝑢0 − 𝑝‖ now since: 𝒫.𝒥.𝒩.𝒜 𝒫.𝒥.𝒯.𝒜 = 𝐿𝑛[1−𝜆(1−𝐿)]𝑛‖ψ𝑢0−𝑝‖ [1−𝜆(1−𝐿)]2𝑛‖ψ𝓏0−𝑝‖ as 𝑛 → ∞ hence, the projection jungck-normal 𝒩 algorithm converges to 𝑝 is faster than the projection jungckthianwan algorithm. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 299 3. conclusion this paper offered a new type of mapping as well as introduced new algorithms and demonstrated their convergence and stability. on the other hand, the acceleration and stability were examined. we discovered that the projection jungck-normal algorithm is quicker than the techniques stated in this paper to achieve the fixed point. references 1. rathee, s. ; swami, m. convergence rate of various iterations with sm-iteration for continuous functi savita ratheel. journal of mathematical and computational science. 2020, 3074-3089. 2. maibed, z. ; thajil, a. zenali iteration method for approximating fixed point of za quasi contractive mappings. haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2021, 78-91. 3. jamil, z.; abed, b, on a modified sp-iterative scheme for approximating fixed point of a contraction mapping. iraqi journal of scienceno. 2015, 56, 3230-3239. 4. daengsaen, j.; khemphet, a. on the rate of convergence of p-iteration, sp-iteration, and diteration methods for continuous nondecreasing functions on closed intervals. hindawi abstr. appl. anal. 2018, 6. 5. ullah, k.; muhammad, a. new three-step iteration process and fixed point approximation in banach spaces. linear topol. algebra. 2018,7, 87–100. 6. maibed, z.h.; thajil, a. q. equivalence of some iterations for class of quasi contractive mappings. j. phys.: conf. ser.1879 022115. 2021, 7. maldar, s.; dogan, k. comparison rate of convergence and data dependence for a new iteration method. tbilisi mathematical journal. 2020, 65-79. 8. maldar, s.; karakaya, v. convergence of jungck-kirk type iteration method with applications. punjab university journal of mathematics. 2022, 54, 75-87. 9. albaqeri, d.; rashwan, r. the comparably almost (s,t)stability for random jungck-type iterative scheme. facta universities (nisˇ). 2019, 34, 2, 175-192. 10. jungck, g. commuting mapping and fixed point. the american mathematical monthly. 1976, 83, 4, 261-263. 11. bosede, a. on the stability of jungck-mann, jungck krasnoselskij and jungck iteration process in arbitrary banach spaces. acta univ. palacki. olomuc. fac. rer. nat. ,mathematica. 2011, 50, 1, 17-22. 12. berinde,v. picard iteration converges faster than mann iteration for a class of quasi contractive operators. fixed point theory and appl2. 2004, 97-105. 13.thianwan, s. common fixed points of new iterations for two asymptotically nonexpansive nonself-mappings in a banach space. journal of computational and applied mathematics. 2009, 224, 2, 688–695. 14. agarwal, r.; sahu, d. fixed point theory for lipschitzian-type mappings with applications; new york: springer, 2009. 15. olatinwo, m. some stability and strong convergence results for the jungck-ishikawa iteration process. creative mathematics and informatics. 2008, 17, 33–42. 16. suzuki, t. fixed point theorems and convergence theorems for some generalized nonexpansive mappings. j. math. anal. appl. 340. 2008, 1088-1095. microsoft word 245-257 chemistry | 227 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 spectrophotometric determination of sulfathiazole using 2,4 –dinitrophenylhydrazine as coupling reagent israa t. humedy ismael m. ali dept. of chemical engineering/ college of engineering / university of tikrit received in: 6/december/2015 ,accepted in:1/march/2016 abstract a rapid, sensitive and selective spectrophotometric method was developed for determination of sulfathiazole (sthz) in aqueous solution. the method is based on the oxidative coupling reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-dnph) in a basic medium (ph 10.9) in the presence of potassium periodate to produce an intense orange colour, soluble in water , stable product and absorbs at 492 nm. beer's law was in the linear range 2.0-28.0 μg/ml of sulfathiazole, the molar absorptivity, sandellʼs sensitivity index and detection limit were 1.1437 ×104 liter. mol-1.cm-1,0.0223 μg.cm-2 and 0.1274 μg/ml respectively. the rsd value was 0.75 1.12 % depending on the concentration. this method was applied successfully to the determination of sulfathiazole veterinary injection liquid solution (bio prime) with average recovery of not less than 100.38 % . keyword: spectrophotometric, sulfathiazole, 2,4-dnph reagent. chemistry | 228 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 introduction the scientific name for the sulfathiazole[1] is: 4-amino-n-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulphonamide the molecular structure for the sulfathiazole is c9h9n3o2s2 and the molecular weight of 255.3 g/mol [2].  sulfathiazole is an organosulfur compound used as a short-acting sulfa drug.it is used for treatment on a regular basis and prevent injuries germ and the drug used as a narcotic and prohibitive for the growth of bacteria and it was used most commonly to treat urinary areas as well as resistance to infections as sulfathiazole used as antibiotics in veterinary applications. side effects of the drug itching ,rash, allergy, edness of skin.[3,4] many different analytical methods were used for the determination of sulfathiazole such as spectrophotometric methods[5-7], high performance liquid chromatographic methods (hplc)[8-14], flow-injection method[15-16], ft-raman technique [17-18] , gas-liquid chromatographic method(glc)[19], electrochemical method[20-21]and chemiluminescence method[22]. in this research a simple, accurate and sensitive spectrophotometric method for determining of sulfathiazole in pure form as well as in veterinary injection liquid solution (bio prime) based on the oxidative coupling using 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-dnph) in presence of potassium periodate in basic medium. experimental apparatus spectrophotometric measurements have been perform using shimadzu uv-visible spectrophotometer uv-160, ultrasonic with water bath, unisonics, jenway ph meter 3310, sartorius bl210 s ag and hot plate with magnetic stirrer (biosan msh 300). reagents and chemicals used all chemicals and analytical reagents used in this research are of high purity. preparation of solutions 1-standard sulfathiazole solution,1000 μg/ml-1 the solution was prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of sulfathiazole in amount of distilled water and the volume is diluted to 100 ml with distilled water in a volumetric flask. 20 ml of this solution diluted to 100 ml with distilled water, to obtain a solution with a concentration of 200 μg/ml (7.834× 10-4 m).this solution was prepared to be used not more than one month. the absorption spectrum of this solution versus distilled water on figure (1) shows that the a maximum absorption of this solution is 286 nm. 22,4-dinitro phenylhydrazine reagent solution (2 ×10-3m) the solution was prepared by dissolving 0.1981g of 2,4-dinitro phenyl hydrazine in 5 ml of sulphuric acid and the volume is completed to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water, then 20 ml of this solution diluted to 100 ml with distilled water to obtain a solution with a concentration of (2 ×10-3m). chemistry | 229 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 3-potassium periodate solution (5×10-3m ) a 0.1150g of potassium periodate was dissolved in amount of distilled water using ultrasonic and the volume is completed to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water. -4 interference solutions 1000 µg / ml a 0.1000 g of each foreign compounds was dissolved in distilled water then the volume is completed to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water. 5-sodium hydroxide solution, ( approximate concentration 1.0 m) the solution was prepared by dissolving 4.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 100 ml of distilled water in a volumetric flask, and the solutions for the lowest concentration are prepared with dilution. 6solution of sthz injection formulation (1000 µg/ml) veterinary injection liquid solution (bio prime) (bioagripharm gmbh-germany), every 1.0 ml contains 40 mg of sulfathiazole, the solution was prepared as follows: the solution was prepared by taking an equivalent of 0.100 g from sulfathiazole and the volume has been completed to 100 ml with distilled water to obtain a solution with a concentration of 1000 µg/ml. a solution of 200 µg/ml is prepared by dilution of 20 ml of the above solution by distilled water in a volumetric flask of 100 ml. preliminary investigations a 1 ml of 2,4dnph reagent is added to 1.5 ml of standard sthz solution in the presence of 1 ml of potassium periodate solution in basic medium using 0.5 ml of 1.0 m sodium hydroxide then diluted with distilled water in a 25 ml volumetric flask to produce an orange color product. absorption spectrum of the colored dye against its corresponding blank reagents shows maximum absorption at 492 nm in contrast to blank reagent. results and discussion optimization of the experimental conditions the effect of various variables on the absorption intensity of 1.5 ml of sulfathiazole solution (200µg/ml), 1.0 ml of (2,4-dnph) and 1.0 ml of kio4 in alkaline medium(0.5 ml,1.0m naoh ) was studied to establish the optimum conditions. selection of the oxidizing agent the study was conducted by adding 1.0 ml of different types of oxidizing agents (5×10-3m) to 1.0 ml of 2,4-dinitro phenyl hydrazine solution (2×10-3m) and 0.5 ml of sodium hydroxide solution(1.0 m)such as: ammonium ceric sulphate dihydrate,  n-bromosuccinimde  potassium hexacynoferrate(iii), potassium periodate, potassium iodate and ferric sulphate, the results showed the potassium periodate solution gives a higher intensity for colored product at 492 nm compared with other oxidizing agents used , so this oxidizing agent was selected in subsequent experiments. effect of ph the effect of ph was studied by adding 0.1-2.5 ml of 1.0 m sodium hydroxide solution. the best ph is found to be in the range of 9.8–11.2, so the ph of 10.9 and 1.5 ml of sodium hydroxide solution was adopted in subsequent experiments, the results are shown in table (1).  chemistry | 230 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 effect of the amount of oxidizing agent the study was conducted to select the best amount of oxidizing agent kio4 (5×10-3m) by adding different volumes (0.3-2.5 ml) of oxidizing agent to volumetric flasks containing 1.5 ml of sthz (200 µg/ml) and 1.0 ml of 2,4-dnph  reagent (2×10-3m), then addition of 1.5 ml of 1.0 m sodium hydroxide and the volume was completed to 25ml with distilled water. the results shown in the table (2) indicate that the volume of 1.2 ml of oxidizing agent kio4 (5×10-3m) is the optimum amount because of highest absorbance, so it was selected in subsequent experiments. effect of the amount of coupling reagent the effect of the amount of coupling reagent was studied by adding different volumes (0.32.5ml) of reagent solution (2×10-3 m) to the volumetric flasks containing 1.5 ml of sulfathiazole ( 200µg/ml) and 1.2 ml of oxidizing agent kio4 (5×10-3m), then the addition of 1.5 ml of 1.0 m sodium hydroxide and the volume is completed to 25ml with distilled water, the results are shown in table (3), it is clear that the volume of 2.0 ml of 2,4-dnph reagent (2×10-3m) is the optimum amount because it gave the highest absorption. so it is used in subsequent experiments. order of additions the effect of different orders of addition on the absorption of the colored product was studied.the results are shown in table (4) indicate that the addition (sthz 2,4−dnph kio4 oh-) achieves a higher absorption of colored product. so it was adopted in subsequent experiments. effect of oxidation time the color intensity reached maximum, after drug it reacted with 2,4-dnph and kio4 for 10 min in basic medium, therefore, a 10 min is sufficient for the oxidation to be completed, so it is adopted in the subsequent experiments. the color obtained was stable for 70 min and the results are shown in table (5). effect of temperature the effect of temperature (5-60°c) on the absorption of the colored product was studied.  the results are shown on figure (2) indicate that the optimum temperature is (25°c)  because it gave the best absorption. so it is used in subsequent experiments. effect of the solvents the effect of the solvents on the formed colored product was studied, the dilution was carried out by different organic solvents instead of water. the results are shown in table (6) indicate that the water is a good medium for reaction and gives good absorption value at the wavelength of 492 nm and due to its availability, it has been used as the best solvent in the subsequent experiments. final absorption spectra the spectrum of the colored product by coupling of 1.5 ml of sulfathiazole solution (200µg/ml) with 2.0 ml of 2,4-dnph (2×10-3m) in the presence of 1.2 ml of kio4 (5×10-3m) in basic medium (1.5 ml,1m naoh ) (ph 10.9 ) and temperature 25°c against its corresponding reagent blank show a maximum absorption at 492 nm in contrast to the blank reagent. the spectra are shown on figure (3). chemistry | 231 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 procedure for construction of calibration curve to a series of volumetric flasks (25ml), 0.25-3.5ml of (200 µg/ml) of sulfathiazole were transferred, 1.2ml of kio4 (5×10-3 m) and 2.0 ml of 2,4-dnph reagent (2×10-3m), 1.5 ml of 1.0m sodium hydroxide solution(ph 10.9 )were added at 25°c . after that the solutions were left for 10 min to complete the reaction, then the volumes were completed to the mark with distilled water. the absorbance was measured at 492 nm against the blank reagent. figure (4) illustrates that the calibration curve is linear over the concentration range of 2.0 -28.0 μg/ml while higher concentrations show a negative deviation from beer's law. the molar absorptivity value is 1.1437 × 104 liter. mol-1.cm-1and the sandellʼs sensitivity index 0.0223µg/cm2. accuracy and precision accuracy and precision were studied by measuring absorption at 492 nm for two different concentrations of the drug within the limits of beer's law, the average recovery (99.88 %) and the relative standard deviation ( 1.12 %) indicate that the method is of high accuracy and precision . the results are shown in table (7). detection limit detection limit was calculated by measuring the absorption for the lower concentration 2 µg/ml at optimal conditions at 492 nm. the results are shown in table (8). the nature of the formed product to know the nature of the formed orange color complex (stoichiometry of drug with the reagent), job's method and molar ratio method were applied. in both methods, the concentration of each of the standard sthz solution and 2,4-dnph reagent solution is equal to 7.834× 10-4 m. in job's method, in a series of volumetric flasks (25 ml ), different volumes of the drug solution ranging from 1-9 ml and different volumes (9-1 ml) of reagent solution were mixed. a 1.2 ml of potassium periodate (5×10-3 m) and 1.5 ml 1 m of sodium hydroxide solution were added and volumes were completed to the mark with distilled water. the absorbance was measured at 492 nm against the blank reagent. the results as it figure (5) show that the ratio is 1:1. in molar ratio method, 1.5 ml of the standard drug solution (7.834× 10-4 m ) in a series of volumetric flasks (25 ml) were transferred and different volumes 0.25 – 4.0 ml of 2,4-dnph reagent solution, 1.2 ml of potassium periodate (5×10-3m) and 1.5 ml 1.0 m of sodium hydroxide solution were added. the volumes were completed to the mark with distilled water and the absorbance was measured at 492 nm against the blank reagent. molar ratio was found to be 1:1. the results are shown in figure (6) which is in agreement with the job's method results . scheme 1 shows the formed complex structure. calculation of the stability constant stability constant for the dye formed was calculated according to mole ratio method under the optimum conditions. for the reaction between a drug and reagent giving ml complex, degree of dissociation and stability constant was calculated [23, 24]: m + l ml k = – if the α degree of dissociation and c concentration of colored product,so: k = – – α – am = is the greatest value of the absorption as = absorption value at the equivalence point (when the ratio of product 1:1) chemistry | 232 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the stability constant was calculated for the value of as is taken (0.458) when the volume of both (drug and reagent) is 1.5 ml of 7.834× 10-4 m, while the value of am (0.482) is taken at volume of 4 ml for 7.834× 10-4 m reagent. the value of the stability constant, is found to be 4.89×105 liter.mol-1 for colored product sthz 2,4-dnph under optimal experimental conditions and this indicates that the product is of high stability. effect of interferences in order to test the efficiency and selectivity of the proposed method, the effect of some foreign substances that usually present in dosage forms was studied by taking volumetric flasks ( 25 ml) containing 1.5 ml of sulfathiazole (200 µg / ml) , then different volumes (2.5 , 5 ,7.5 ml) of foreign substances (1000 µg / ml) were added resulting in a final concentration of (100, 200 ,300 µg / ml ). the optimum conditions were applied and the volumes were completed to the mark with distilled water.the absorbance was measured at 492 nm versus blank reagent and recovery were calculated. the results showed that there is no interferences ,tablet (9). the proposed equation for reaction can be written as follows: scheme (1) applications this method was applied for the determination of sthz in its pharmaceutical formulation bio prime injection (40 mg ). direct method in this method, different volumes (0.25, 0.5ml) of a pharmaceutical formulation solutions (200 µg/ml) were transferred to 25 ml volumetric flasks and the resulting concentrations (2, 4 µg/ml) were treated as in construction of calibration curve. the absorbance was measured at 492 nm for six times. recovery and rsd were calculated and table (10) shows the efficiency and success of the developed method for the determination of sthz in its pharmaceutical formulation, the average recovery is 100.38 %. standard additions method to prove that the developed method is free from interferences , method of standard additions is applied for determining of sthz in its pharmaceuticals. different volumes (0.25, 0.5ml) of a pharmaceutical formulation solutions ( 200 µg/ml) were transferred to six volumetric flasks ( 25 ml) for each volume, then increasing volumes (0.25-2.0 ml) of 200 µg/ml of sthz standard solution were added with leaving the sixth flask without addition. the solution was treated as in construction of calibration curve. the absorbances were measured at 492 nm (figure 7) the measured concentration was calculated from the no2 o2n nhnh2 no2 o2n n kio4  naoh n n o2n no2 orange dye no2 o2n nn n nh2 s o o n h n s chemistry | 233 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 equation of the straight line and the results shown in table (11) indicate that method of standard additions is in consistent with the direct method within the acceptable range of error, indicating that the method is satisfactory and free from interferences. the average recovery is 101.13%. conclusions the results obtained confirm that the proposed method is simple, rapid and of good sensitivity for the determination of sulfathiazole. the method is based on oxidative coupling between sulfathiazole and 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent in presence of potassium periodate in basic medium to form orange colored dye which is water soluble, stable and shows a maximum absorption at 492 nm. this method does not require temperature control, nor use of organic solvents, or solvent extraction and it can be applied successfully for determination of sulfathiazole in veterinary pharmaceuticals formulation with recovery of not less than 100. 38%. references 1-british pharmacopeia, (2005). 5th ed., by system simulation ltd., the stationary office, london, in cd-rom" 2-british pharmacopeia,(2009). 6th ed., by system simulation ltd., the stationary office, london, in cd-rom" 3harvey, r. a.; clark, m. a.; finkel, r. ; rey, j . a. and whalen, k.; (2012). 5th ed.; "lippincotts illustrated reviews : pharmacology". 4www. webmd.com 5azeez, y. j. (2009) ; "spectrophotometric determination of sulfathiazole in different pharmaceutical formulations", wasit journal for science & medicine 2(1), 30 38. 6-dombrowski, l. j.; browning, r. s. and pratt, e. l. (1977) ; "direct spectrophotometric determination of sulfathiazole in presence of sulfadiazine and sulfamerazine", j. pharm. sci., 66(10),1413-1415. 7salinas,f.; espinosa mansilla, a. and berzas nevado, j.j.(1991); "simultaneous determination of sulfathiazole and oxytetracycline in honey by derivative spectrophotometry", microchemical journal , 43(3), 244–252. 8zheng, h.; wang, p. and li, j.(2007) ; "determination of 12 sulfonamides in cosmetics by ultraperformance liquid chromatography", se. pu., 25(2),238-240. 9wu, y.; zhao,l.; liu, y.; jiang,y.; liu, x. and shen, j.(2007) ; "simultaneous determination of nine sulfonamide residues in milk using solid phase extraction and high performance liquid chromatography", se. pu., 25(5), 728-731. 10martel, a. c. and zeggane, s.(2003) ; "hplc determination of sulfathiazole in french honeys", journal of liquid chromatography & related technologies, 26(6), 953961. 11albert, k.; riter, k.l. and smallidge, r.l.(2003) ; " determination of sulfathiazole in type c medicated swine feed by reversed-phase liquid chromatography with post column derivatization", j. aoac. int.,86(4),623-630. 12 smallidge, r.l.; kentzer, e.j.; stringham, k.r.; kim, e.h.; lehe, c.; stringham, r.w. and mundell, e.c. (1988) ; "sulfamethazine and sulfathiazole determination at residue levels in swine feeds by reverse-phase liquid chromatography with post column derivatization", j. assoc. anal. chem.,71(4),710-717. 13clark,s.b.; turnipseed, s.b.; madson,m.r.; hurlbut, j.a.; kuck, l.r. and sofos, j.n. (2005) ; "confirmation of sulfamethazine, sulfathiazole, and sulfadimethoxine residues in condensed milk and soft-cheese products by liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry", j. aoac. int., 88(3), 736-743. chemistry | 234 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 14fang, g.z.; he, j.x. and wang, s. (2006) ; "multiwalled carbon nanotubes as sorbent for online coupling of solid-phase extraction to high-performance liquid chromatography for simultaneous determination of 10 sulfonamides in eggs and pork", journal of chromatography a, 1127(1–2),12–17. 15gui-hua, l.i.u; de-man, h.a.n. ; hua-ding, l.i.a.n.g. ; shouwan, t.a.n.g. ; fu you p.a.n. and rui-qiang, y.a.n.(2012); "determination of four kinds of ulfonamides in aquatic products by flow injection on-line pre concentration andhigh performance liquid chromatography", chinese journal of analytical chemistry, 03. 16evgen'ev, m. i. ;  garmonov, s.yu. and shakirova, l. sh. (2002) ; "flow-injection determination of sulfanilamides in drugs and biological fluids with spectrophotometric detection", journal of analytical chemistry, 57(1), 64-70. 17sanchez, m. l. ; rama, m.j. r. ; medina, a. r.; diaz , a. m. and canada, m. j. a.(2008) ; "pharmaceutical powders analysis using ft-raman spectrometry: simultaneous determination of sulfathiazole and sulfanilamide", talanta, 74(5),1603-1607. 18rama, m.j. r. ; sanchez, m. l.; medina, a. r.; diaz , a. m. and canada, m.j. a. (2005);"flowthrough sensor with fourier transform raman detection for determination of sulfonamides", analyst, 130(12),1617-1623. 19munns, r.k. and roybal, j.e.(1983) ; " rapid gas-liquid chromatographic method for determination of sulfathiazole in swine feed", j. assoc. off anal. chem., 66(2),287-290. 20giahi, m. ; pournaghdy, m. and rakhshaee, r.(2009) ; "a new lidocaine-selective membrane electrode based on its sulfathiazole ion-pair"; journal of analytical chemistry, 64(2),195-200. 21rizzotto, s. b. y. m. ; okulik, n. and jubert, a. (2007) ; "the interaction between sulfathazole and cobalt(ii): potentiometric studies"; quim. nova,30(5), 1136-1142. 22liu, j. ; fang, g. ; zhang, y. ; zheng, w. and wang, s.(2009); "development of a chemiluminescent enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for five sulfonamide residues in chicken muscle and pig muscle"; journal of the science of food and agriculture, 89(1), 80–87. 23bosque-sendra, j.m.; almansa-lopez, e.; garcia-campana, a.m. and cuadros, l. (2003);"rodriguez; data analysis in the determination of stoichiometries and stability constants of complexes"; anal. sci., 19,1431-1436. 24charan, d.d. (2011) ; "analytical chemistry"; phi learning pvt. ltd., 79-85. table (1 ) effect of base ph absorbance ml of 1.0 m naoh 5.4 0.198 0.3 7.9 0.251 0.5 8.6 0.278 0.7 9.8 0.322 1.0 10.4 0.358 1.2 10.9 0.377 1.5 11.2 0.345 2.0 11.6 0.294 2.5 table (2) effect of the amount of oxidizing agent. 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 ml of kio4 (5×10-2m) 0.355 0.361 0.384 0.421 0.378 0.349 0.287 0.218 absorbance chemistry | 235 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (3) effect of the amount of coupling reagent. 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 ml of 2,4-dnph (2x10-3m) 0.463 0.489 0.454 0.438 0. 422 0.395 0.331 0.271 absorbance table (4) order of additions. order number order of addition absorbance i sthz 2,4−dnph kio4 oh0.489 ii -oh 2,4−dnph4kio sthz 0.475 iii -oh +sthz4kio dnph-2,4 0.156 iv dnph-2,44kio −oh sthz 0.108 v sthz +4kio −oh dnph-2,4 0.242 table (5) effect of oxidation time. time(min) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 absorbance 0.267 0.490 0.489 0.489 0.490 0.488 0.488 0.487 0.485 0.485 table ( 6 ) effect of the solvents. propanol isobutanol aceton methanol ethanol water solvent 0.284 0.173 0.335 -------0.264 0.489 absorbance 490 503 500 turbid 485 492 λmax, nm table (7) results of accuracy and precision. re% average recovery% recovery*% rsd% conc. of sthz(ppm) -0.53 99.88 99.47 1.12 4 0.29 100.29 0.75 8 * average of six determinations table (8) detection limit. d.l µg/ ml s x (absorption) concentration µg/ ml 0.1274 0.00153 0.075 2 * average of ten determinations table ( 9 ) effect of interferences. recovery (%) of 12 µg . ml-1 of sthz per µg . ml-1 foreign compound added foriegn compound 300 200100 100.15 98.76 99.53 starch 99.85 99.35100.25glucose 96.95 98.13 100.29 fructose 98.18 97.5497.39maltose 102.02 100.39 100.66 sucrose table (10) direct method for determination of sthz in bio prime injection. recovery*,% rsd,% re,% sthz measured µg/ml sthz present µg/ml 101.50 1.03 1.50 2.03 2 99.25 1.36 -0.75 3.97 4 * average of six determinations chemistry | 236 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 table (11) results of standard additions method. figure (1) :absorption spectrum of the sulfathiazole versus distilled water figure (2): effect of temperature on the absorption of the colored complex 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 a b so rb a n ce temp  ͦc recovery, (%) re% sthz measurd µg/ml sthz present µg/ml type of drug 102.50 2.52.052 injection .99 75 -0.25 3.99 4 a b so rb a n ce wavelength,(nm) 0.50 chemistry | 237 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (3): final absorption spectrum of the colored complex (from 200 μg/ml sulfathiazole). sb : absorption spectrum of colored complex versus blank. sw: absorption spectrum of colored complex versus distilled water. bw: absorption of blank versus distilled water. figure (4): calibration curve for determination sthz by oxidative coupling with 2,4-dnph reagent. figure (5): job's method of formed product by oxidative coupling of sthz(7.834× 10-4m) with 2,4-dnph reagent (7.834× 10-4 m). 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 a b so rb a n ce [sthz] /[sthz] + [2,4‐dnph] 0.50 sw bw sb a b so rb an ce wavelength, (nm) chemistry | 238 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 figure (6): molar ratio method of formed product by oxidative coupling of sthz(7.834× 10-4 m) with 2,4-dnph reagent(7.834× 10-4 m). figure (7): standard additions curve for the determination of sthz in injection. y = 0.045x + 0.0922 r² = 0.9979 y = 0.0449x + 0.1793 r² = 0.9981 ‐0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 ‐6 ‐4 ‐2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 a b so rb a n ce concentration of sthz, µg/ml 0.25 ml, 2 ug/ml 0.5 ml, 4 ug/ml 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 a b so rb a n ce ml of reagent chemistry | 239 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 كاشف االقتران عمالباست التقدير الطيفي للسلفاثايازول هيدرازين نيتروفنيلثنائي -4,2 حميدياسراء طالب اسماعيل محسن علي قسم الهندسة الكيمياوية/كلية الهندسة/جامعة تكريت 2016/اذار/1،قبل في: 2015/كانون األول/6استلم في: الخالصة هذه .تستند المائي المحلول في السلفاثايازول عقار لتقدير وحساسة وانتقائية سريعة طيفية طريقةيتضمن البحث تطوير بوجود العامل المؤكسد في وسط قاعديثنائي نيتروفنيل هيدرازين -4,2الكاشف مع التأكسدي االقتران تفاعل الطريقة على نانوميتر. 492الموجي الطول عند امتصاص أعلى ويعطي الماء في ذائب برتقالي اللون ناتج لتكوينالبوتاسيوم بيريودات 1.1437االمتصاصية الموالرية و. السلفاثايازولايكروغرام/مل من م 28.0 2.0 كانت حدود قانون بير في مدى التراكيز 0.75االنحراف القياسي النسبي ت قيمة. وتراوح2-سم.مايكروغرام 2230.0وداللة ساندل 1.سم 1لتر.مول 410 × الحقن سائل محلول في لتقدير السلفاثايازول بنجاح الطريقة هذه تطبيق تمّ . مايكروغرام/مل 0.1274، وحد كشف % 1.12 .% 100.38من اقل ليست وبمعدل استرجاعية )بايوبرايم(البيطري ثنائي نيتروفنيل هيدرازين. 4,2الطريقة الطيفية, السلفاثايازول, :الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 214-222 214 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 on e-small submodules inaam m.a. hadi sameeah h. aidi dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in :3/june/2015,accepted in :20/september/2015 abstract let m be an r-module, where r is a commutative ring with unity. a submodule n of m is called e-small (denoted by n e  m) if n + k = m, where k e  m implies k = m. we give many properties related with this type of submodules. keywords: small submodule, -small submodule, e-small submodule, and e-coclosed submodule. 215 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 1introduction throughout this work, r is a commutative ring with unity and m is an r-module. a proper submodule n of m is called small (n ≪ m), if n + k = m where k  m implies k = m, [1]. a submodule n of m is called -small if n + k = m with m k is singular implies, k = m, [2]. a submodule n of m is called essential (n e  m) if n  w  (0) for any non zero submodule w of m, [3]. an r-module m is called singular (non singular) if z(m) = m (z(m) =(0)), where z(m) = {x  m: r ann (x)  r}. zhou and zhang in [4] introduce a new type of small submodule namely e-small submodule and give some basic properties of this kind of submodules. in this paper, we continuo the work of zhou [4] and give many other properties of esmall submodule and study the behavior of e-small submodules in certain class of module. 2preliminary definition (2.1): [4] let n be a submodule of a module m. n is said to be e-small in m (denoted by n e m), if n + l =m with l e  m implies l = m. remark (2.2): obviously, every small (-small) submodule of an r-module m is e-small [4], but the converses are not true in general, for example: in the z-module z12, the submodule n = 12 e 2 z   but n  z12, also n δ  z12. also, in the z-module z6, n = 6 e 3 z   , but n δ  z6 and n  z6, [4]. proposition (2.3): [4,proposition 2.3] let n be a submodule of m. the following statements are equivalent: (1) n e  m (2) if x + n = m, then x  m with m x a semisimple module. where x  m, means there exists w  m such that w  x =m. corollary (2.4): [4] if m is a projective module, then every e-small submodule n of m is -small. the next proposition explains how close the notion of e-small submodules to small submodules. proposition (2.5): [4,proposition 2.5] let m be an r-module (1) assume n, k, l are submodules of m with k  n: (a) if n e  m, then k e  m and e n m k k  . (b) n + l e  m if and only if n e  m and l e  m. 216 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (2) if k e  m and f : m  n is a homeomorphism, then f (k) e  n. in particular, if k e m  n, then k e  n. (3) assume that k1  m1 < m, k2  m2  m and m = m1  m2, then k1  k2 e  m1  m2 if and only if k1 e  m1 and k2 e  m2. 3main results proposition (3.1): let m be an r-module, let m  m. then rm e  m if and only if there exists an essential maximal submodule n with m  n. proof: () suppose there exists an essential maximal submodule n such that m  n. hence m = rm + n and so rm e  m. () suppose rm e  m. hence there exists an essential submodule w (w  m) such that m = rm + w. let c = {n e  m: rm + n = m}. then b  . by zorn's lemma, there exists a maximal element n in c such that rm + n = m. we claim that n is a maximal submodule. suppose n is not maximal, so there exists a submodule k of m with n  k  m. but n e  m, so k e  m and m = rm + n  rm + k, thus rm + k = m and hence k  c. but this contradicts the maximality of n. therefore n is a maximal submodule, and n e  m with mn. proposition (3.2): let m be an r-module, let k  n  m be submodules of m. if k e  m and n  m, then k e  n. proof: since n  m, then m = n  w for some w  m. to prove k e  n. assume n =k + u for some u e  n. then m = (k + u)  w = k + (u  w). we claim that (u  w) e  m. to see this : let m  m and m  0. as m = n  w, m = n + w for some n  n, w  w. if n  0, then there exists r  r\{0} such that 0  rn  u, hence rm = rn + rw  0 (because if rm = 0, then rn = – rw  n  w = (0) and hence rn = 0 which is a contradiction). thus 0  rm  (u  w). now if n = 0, then m = w and so 0  1m = 1w  w  (u  w). therefore (u  w) e  m. since k e  m, we get u  w = m. now, assume x  n  m, so that x = u1 + w1 for some u1  u, w1  w. it follows that x – u1 = w  (n  w) = (0), hence x = u1  u. thus n = u and k e  n. 217 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 recall that a submodule n of an r-module m is called coclosed whenever k  n, n m k k  implies n = k [5], [6]. hasan in [7], gave the following definition: definition (3.3): let n be a submodule of an r-module m. n is called e-coclosed if whenever k  n, e n m k k  , then n = k. remarks (3.4): (1) it is known that every direct summand is coclosed. however a direct summand may not be e-coclosed for example: let m be the z-module z6, let n = 2 m  . e n m 0 (0)   , but n  0  . (2) it is clear that every e-coclosed submodule is coclosed, but the converse is true by the same example in (1), n is coclosed and it is not e-coclosed. proposition (3.5): [7,lemma 4.2.8] let a be a submodule of an r-module m. if a is e-coclosed, then for each x  a, x e  m implies x e  a. proof: to prove x e  a. assume a = x + y for some y e  a. we claim that e a m y y  . to see this, let m a c y y y   for some e c m y y  . then m = a + c, so m = x + y+ c implies m=x + c. since e c m y y  , we have e c m . hence c = m since x e  m. this implies m c y y  and e a m y y  . but a is e-coclosed in m, so that y = a. thus x e  a. proposition (3.6): let m be a non singular r-module. a proper submodule n of m is e-small if and only if it is -small. proof: () it is clear by remark (2.2). () let n < m. assume n + k = m with m k is singular. since m is nonsingular, then by [8, proposition 1.21,p.32], k e  m. but n e  m, so k = m. thus n δ  m. proposition (3.7): let m be an indecomposable r-module. a proper submodule n of m is small if and only if it is e-small. proof: () it is clear by remark (2.2). 218 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 () let n < m. assume n + k = m with k  m. since n e  m, then by proposition (2.3), k  m and m x is semisimple. but m is indecomposable and k  (0), so k = m. thus n  m. now we get the following corollaries. corollary (3.8): let m be a an indecomposable r-module and let n < m. the following statements are equivalent: (1) n  m. (2) n δ  m. (3) n e  m. since every uniform module is indecomposable we have the following result which follows directly by corollary (3.8). corollary (3.9): let m be uniform r-module and let n < m. then the following statements are equivalent: (1) n  m. (2) n δ  m. (3) n e  m. recall that for an r-module m, if m has maximal submodule. then e rad m={n e  mn is maximal in m}, and if m has no maximal submodule, e rad m = m, [4]. the following is a characterization of e rad m. theorem (3.10): [4,theorem 2.10] let m be an r-module. then ee rad(m) {n m n m}    . corollary (3.11): [4,corollary 2.11] let m and n be r-modules. (1) if f : m  n is an r-homeomorphism, then e e (rad(m)) rad(n)f  . (2) if every proper essential submodule of m is contained in a maximal submodule of m, then e rad(m) is the largest e-small submodule of m. 219 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 recall that an r-module m is called multiplication if for each n  m, there exists an ideal i of r such that n = im. equivalently m is multiplication if for each n  m, n = (n:m)m, where (n r : m) = {r  r: rm  n}, [9]. corollary (3.12): let m be a finitely generated or multiplication r-module. then e rad(m) is the largest e-small submodule of m. proof: since m is finitely generated or multiplication, then every proper submodule is contained in maximal submodule. hence the result is followed by corollary (3.11). proposition (3.13): let m be an module, let m  m then rm e m if and only if m  e rad(m) . proof: suppose rm e m , then rm e rad m , hence m  e rad(m) . conversely, let m  e rad(m) . assume e rad (m) m . suppose rm e m , then by proposition(3.1), there exists an essential maximal submodule n in m and m  n. hence m  e rad(m) which is a contradiction. thus rm e m . if e rad (m) m , then m has no essential maximal submodule. hence for each m  m, rm e m (by proposition (3.1)). proposition (3.14): an arbitrary sum of e-small submodules of a module m is an e-small submodule of m if and only if ee rad(m) m . proof: () since e rad(m) = the sum of all e-small submodules (by theorem (3.10)), ee rad(m) m . () suppose ee rad(m) m . let {k} be a family of e-small submodules of m. α eeα k rad(m) m    . therefore α eα k m    by proposition (2.5 (a)). proposition (3.15): let m be an r-module. then e rad(m) m if and only if all finitely generated submodules are e-small submodules of m. proof: () suppose e rad(m) m and let n be a finitely generated submodule of m. hence 1 nn rx ... rx   where x1, …, xn  m = e rad(m) , then by proposition (3.13), i e rx m and by proposition (2.5(1.b)) e n m . 220 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 () let m  m. then <m> = rm is finitely generated, so by hypothesis, e rm m and hence <m> e rad(m) . thus e m rad(m) . next (3.16): it is known that for a module m, if rad(m) m then m/rad m has no nonzero small submodulele. however this statement can not be generalized for e rad(m) ,as the following example shows. example (3.17): consider the z-module z24 24 24 ee rad(z ) 2 z   . but 24 2 z z 2   and 2 2 e z z . proposition (3.18): let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module, let n < m. then the following statements are equivalent e n m if and only if (n:m) e r . proof: () assume (n:m) + k = r with k e r . then (n:m)m + km = m, thus n + km = m. but k e r , so by [9,theorem 2.13], km e  m and since n e  m, we get km = m. therefore k = r by [9,theorem 3.1]. () assume n + k = m with k e  m. since m is multiplication n = (n:m)m, k = (k:m)m, and er (k : m) r by [1,theorem 2.13]. thus (n:m)m + k:m)m = m and since m is a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module, then (n:m) + (k:m) = r. as (n:m) e r and e (k : m) r , we have (k:m) = r. it follows that k = m, and n e  m. corollary (3.19): let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module, let n < m. the following statements are equivalent: (1) n e  m. (2) (n:m) e  r. (3) n = im for some i e  r. references 1. fleury, p., (1974), hollow modules and local endomorphism rings, pac.j.math., 53, 379-385. 2. zhou, y.q., (2000), generalizations of perfect semiperfect and semiregular rings, algebra college, 7, 305-318. 3. kasch, f., (1982), modules and rings, academic press, inc-london. 4. zhou, d.x. and zhang, x.r., (2011), small-essential submodules and morita duality, southeast asian bull. math., 35, 1051-1062. 221 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 5. golan, j.s., (1971), quasi-semiperfect modules, quart, j.math.oxford, 2, 22173-182. 6. lomp,c., (1991), on dual goldie dimension, diplama thesis, univ. of dussel dorf. 7. marhoon, h.k., (2014) some generalizations of monoform modules, ms.c thesis, university of baghdad. 8. goodearl, k.r., (1976), ring theory nonsingular rings and modules, marcel dekkl. 9. elbast, z.a. and smith, p.f., (1988), multiplication modules, commuinication in algebra, 10, 4. 222 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 e-الجزئية الصغيرة من النمط حول المقاسات أنعام محمد علي هادي سميعة حسون عيدي جامعة بغداد /)ابن الهيثم ( كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الرياضيات 2015/أيلول/20قبل البحث في: ،2015/حزيران/3استلم البحث في: خالصةال (يرمز له e –يسمى مقاسا ً جزئيا ً من النمط mفي nحلقة ابدالية ذات محايد. المقاس r، إذ rمقاسا ً على mليكن mبالرمز e n اذا كان (n + k = m إذ ،m e k تؤدي الىk = m اعطينا العديد من الخواص المتعلقة لهذا . النمط من المقاسات الجزئية. ، e –، مقاس جزئي صغير من النمط  -مقاس جزئي صغير، مقاس جزئي صغير من النمط :المفتاحيةالكلمات .e -و مقاس جزئي ضد مغلق من النمط ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 different parameters for alkaloid detection in catharanthus roseus tissue culture e. al khateeb, n. k. alani* , b. a.jabar* college of pharmacy , university of baghdad *college of science , university of baghdad abstract tissue culture of catharanthus roseus was established under many parameters to insure good results for detection of the alkaloids present in this plant . it was found that nitsch and nitsch medium containing 8µm benzyladeninpurine plus naphalene acetic acid were the best and the callus of c.roseus left to grow in the dark and had much better influence for the production of alkloids. the precursor phenylalanine showed a better result than other precursor( tryptophan ) . abscisic acid has an inhibitory effect on the production of alkaloid. introduction the genus catharanthus is a member of the botanical family apocynacyeae. c.roseus is one of the most important species endemic to madagascar which has long been estimated as an ornamental plant. it is easily cultivated , seeds freely and in tropical countries becomes naturalized and spreads rapidly as garden escape , two color varieties , pink and white , are found in natural state , while a number of seed hybrids are commercially available . a great deal of confusion regarding the proper nomenclature of this plant has existed in the past. this periwinkle has been known variously as vinca rosea , lochnera rosea, catharanthus roseus , and ammocallis rosea. it has been recognized that the genera vinca and lochnera differ in 34 morphological characters and should not be used as synonyms (1). c.roseus considered as the factory of some seventy five alkaloids, these include a number with demonstrable oncolytic activity and a few with actual clinical value in the treatment of cancer. as a result of various extensive phytochemical efforts, only two alkaloids from this plant (vincaleukeblastine and leurocristine ) have antitumor activity. diuretic, hypoglycemic and antiviral , were found to be associated with a number of alkaloids obtained from this plant . tissue culture of c.roseus crown gall are capable of producing small amounts of alkaloids(2).these were found both in the tissue and in the medium and vindoline was the major alkaloid produced . when vindoline hypochlorite was added to a catharanthus crown gall suspension , the tissue was able to effect several modifications of the vindoline molecule. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 one of the earliest of the culture of normal c.roseus tissue was made by deropp(3) , who worked with cambial tissue from stems .some workers reported that catharanthus callus wauld be maintained without an exogenous auxin supply if certain inorganic salt plus kinetin and inositol were present (4). while several different media were used for the culture of catharanthus callus, most workers have used the basic whites medium(5,6)or that of wood and braun(7).or some modification of these. anumber of growth factors or regulators were included in cultured media in order to stimulate callus growth of c.roseus. babcock and carew (8) used 2,4-d in several concentrations as well as benzothiazole -2 oxyacetic acid(btoa) ,indol acetic acid (iaa) ,and naphalene acetic acid (naa).the level of growth factor is always important and different tissues may be more or less , sensitive to the same concentration. further more, it is often necessary to used one concentration of growth factor to initiate callus formation and then a lesser amount to maintain callus growth. this situation was found to be true for c.roseus leaf callus cultures(9). experiments and results effect of nutrient media: two types of media were used in this study. murashige and skoog (ms1962) , and nitsch and nitsch (n.n.1969) (11) . to both types 2% sucrose were added and banzyladninepurine (bap) plus naphalene acetic acid (naa) in different concentrations were used .agar 10g/l , ph were adjusted to 5.8±1 before autoclaving on 121 °c for 10min. explants used: healthy leaves were harvested from plants growing in gardens (authenticated by botanical garden in college of science, university of baghdad) . leaves first washed in tap water then in distilled water, clean leaves were sterilized in 70% ethanol for 3-5 min, then in 0.1% hgcl2 for 15 min. sterilized leaves were washed three times in sterilized distilled water 5 min each time. the leaves were dried on sterilize filter paper. leaf discs 0.5 cm were made in sterilized cork borer , transferred to media prepared previously and cultured for 4 weeks . the results were summarized in tables 1 and 2. these tables the results reveal that nitsch medium had better response than ms medium and 8µm bap plus naa in nitsch medium was the best concentration , so all latter experiments were carried out on this condition. test for the presence of alkaloids in cultures grown on nitsch medium were shown in table 3. effect of light: leaf discs were sterilized as before and cultured on nitsch medium prepared previously with 8µm bap plua naa. different light conditions were used. the results were summarized in table 4. in this table dark treatment had better alkaloid response than light treatment. effect of precursors: leaf discs were cultured on nitsch medium with 8µm bap plus naa in dark for a week then discs were transferred for 3 weeks to the same above medium plus ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 these different additives phenylalanin and tryptophan as precursors for alkaloids and abscisic acid (aba) as an inhibitor for growth . the results were summarized in table (5). conclusion: callus and cell suspension cultures of c.roseus are known to synthesize small amount of different alkaloids(12). hormonal and nutrition factors play an important role in controlling the synthesis of the desired product. plant growth regulators have a dominant role in the induction and repressing of certain biosynthesis pathways leading to secondary plant products.(13,14,15) . different kinds and quantities of regulators were added to the media and the effects on cell yield and alkaloids production were observed .nitsch and nitsch medium containing bap plus naa8µm each were the best and this agreed with results obtained by zenk when he used a combination of auxin source and benzyladnine in cell suspension cultures of c.roseus.(14). the culture of c.roseus seems to have more alkaloids production in the dark and this will be more economic because no lighting facility needed . this higher level of accumulation suggests that the photodegredation of certain metabolites and /or enzyme may occur , although there is no direct evidence to substantiate this. also increased alkaloids accumulation in darkness could be due to the repression of biodegradative processes which regulate the turnover of plant alkaloids (16, 17) metabolic precursors of the indole alkaloids were added to the medium . the technique of precursor stimulated product synthesis has was been proven to be successful in several cases (14,15) . but in our investigation, it was found that the precursor phenylalanine 100 ppm gives almost the same effect as the control (nitsch medium plus bap + naa 8µm each) , while tryptophan showed that the an expected results (negative response) have completely different behavior than other precursors (18). we are now able to design an alkaloid production medium which consists of the basal medium nitsch and nitsch described earlier plus bap+naa 8µm each and 100ppm phenylalanine ( it is the better to try more than 100ppm such as 300,400,and 500ppm). from this investigation, we hope to continue the study of c.roseus tissue culture by carrying on the phytochemical analysis to insure how many active indole alkaloids we have ? especially serpentine , ajmalicine, vincristine, and vinblastine and then we would try to increase the yield of these alkaloids by modifying the different parameters mentioned before. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 references 1. pichen,m.m. (1948),museum hist.nat-paris xxvii 153. 2. border, g.b.; gorman,m.; johson, i.s. and simposon,p.j. (1964), lloydia 27: 328. 3. deropp,.s. (1947).,am. j.botany34pp53. 4. braun,a.c. and wood, h.n. (1962), pro.national acad. sci. 48. 1776. 5. white, p.r. (1963),the cultivation of animal and plant cells , 2 nd edition.ed. the ronald press , new york . 6. white, p.r. (1942),ann.rev. biochem., 11: 615. 7. wood,h.n.and braun, a.c . (1961), proc.nati.acad. sci. 47: 1907. 8. babcock,p.a.and carew,d.p. (1962),lioydia.25:209. 9. paterson ,b.d. (1968)., ph.d .dissertation , university of iowa 10. murashige ,i.and skoog,f. .(1962),physiol.plant. 15:473. 11. nitsch ,j.p. and nitsch , c. (1969), science. 163:pp85. 12. carew,d.p. inthecatharanthusalkaloids.taylor,w.i.,farnsworth,n,r.(eds)(1975).new york : mercel dakker pp193-208. 13. teuscher, e. (1973), pharmaize.28.pp6-18. 14. zenk,m.h., elshagi,h.,schulte,u. (1975). planta medica79:101. 15. steck,w. constable, f.(1974). lioydia 37:185-191. 16. barz,w., kettner,m.,and husemann,w.(1978),planta medica34:73-78. 17. boham,h. (1978) in frontiers of plant tissue culture, ed.t.a.thorpe. calgary university pp201-211. 18. floss,h.g., mothes, u. (1964).arch mikrobiol. 48:213-221. table (1): fresh and dry weight and callus formation on ms medium and cultured for 4 weeks regulator concentration f.wt.per sample(mg) dry wt.per sample (mg) callus formation control(no regulator) 11.629 1.888 no callus formed, discs turned brown bap+naa2µm each 16.458 2.625 very weak growth of friable callus were formed bap+naa4µm each 15.956 2.304 similar response as above bap+naa32µm each 20.277 2.111 little response were mformed and almost all samples turned brown after 3 weeks in cultures bap+naa64µm 14.423 1.269 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (2): fresh and dry weight and callus formation on nitsch medium and cultured for 4 weeks regulator concentration f.wt.per sample dry wt. per sample callus formation control(no regulator) 15.27 2.4 all samples turned brown and died later bap+naa 2µm each 21.125 3.79 all sample turned brown after 3 weeks in cultures. bap+naa4µm each 65.13 o.6 very weak friable callus in edges of some samples bap+naa8µm 91.66 o.9 healthy friable callus formed in all samples , discs say green. bap+naa32µm each 193.0 11.5 good friable white callus were formed , but number of samples response less than in 8µm treatment. bap+naa64µm 212.0 13.2 table (3): alkaloids response on cultures grown on nitsch medium for 4 weeks : regulator concentration total alkaloids results* control (no growth regulator) negative (no alkaloid) bap+naa2µm each + bap+naa4µm each +++ bap+naa8µm each +++++ bap+naa32µm each +++ bap+naa64µm each + ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table( 4): responses of leaf discs grown on nitsch medium and 8µ m bap+naa in different light conditions light condition f.wt. mg dry wt. mg alkaloid response dark treatment 53700 4092 +++++ light treatment 40420 5394 ++ dark trt(15 day).—light trt.(15day) 4708 1095 +++ table (5): responses of leaf discs cultured for a week on nitsch medium and 3 weeks in different concentrations of phenylalanine , tryptophan , and aba concentration f.wt mg dry wt. mg alkaloid response phenylalanine 50ppm 100ppm 200ppm 3385 3088 2910 325 380 302 ++++++++ tryptophan 50ppm 100ppm 200ppm 400ppm 600ppm 7440 6383 3495 4167 3187 717 570 334 410 170 no response aba 2ppm 5ppm 10ppm 7003 5570 5130 570 460 440 +++ control bap+naa8µm each 91.66 0.9 +++++ 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد البزون بالزراعة دراسة بعض العوامل للكشف عن القلويدات في نبات عين النسيجية *اقبال الخطيب ، نبيل خلف العاني* ، بان عبد الجبار كلية الصيدلة ، جامعة بغداد كلية العلوم ، جامعة بغداد* الخالصة ات الموجودة في اوراق نبات عين البزوون الموروعزة تم في هذه الدراسة استعمال عوامل مختلفة للكشف عن القاويد 8µmوالززذي ييززوي nitsch and nitschباسززتخدام تقنيززة اةنسززجة النباتيززة ن يلنززر مززن النتززاغذ ان الوسزز ال ززذاغي bap+naa هو افضل اةوسا ةنتاج الكالس في اللالم نان استعمال البزواد ملزلphenylalanine كزان لزن نتزاغذ ناما استعمال يامض اةبساسيك اسيد فان لن تالير ملب ةنتاج القلويدات tryptophanافضل من microsoft word 310-319 310علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 تأثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية في الحويصالت المنوية وهرمون التستستيرون لذكور الفئران البيض طه ناجي محمد بغداد جامعة ، الهيثم ابن الصرفة للعلوم التربية ،كلية الحياة علوم قسم 2016نيسان 17قبل في: 2016اذار 13استلم في: الخالصة في الحويصلة المنوية ومستوى هرمون التستستيرون cu-npsاجريت الدراسة لبيان تأثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية فأراً قسمت الى اربعة مجاميع مجموعة السيطرة وثالث مجاميع جرعت فمويأ 20اذ استعملت ،لذكور الفئران البيض حيوانات. تم سحب الدم من الحيوانات 5يوماً وكل مجموعة تضمنت 21و 14و 7وللمدد cu-npsملغم/كغم 100بـ لقياس مستوى هرمون التستستيرون في اليوم التالي بعد كل مدة تجريع يتم قتل الحيوانات وتشريحها. تم اخذ الحويصلة لها لمعرفة التغيرات الحاصله بسبب المعامله . اجريت القياسات المنوية لكل حيوان وقيست اوزانها وعملت مقاطع نسجية المترية للخاليا المبطنة واقطار انويتها وسمك الطبقة العضلية الليفية المحيطة بالحويصلة المنوية. واظهرت النتائج حصول -cuنات المعاملة بـ في معدل اوزان الحويصالت المنوية ومستوى هرمون التستستيرون للحيوا p<0.05انخفاض معنوي nps وللمدد الثالث مقارنة مع السيطرة. اما على مستوى التغيرات النسجية فقد بينت الدراسة حدوث ضمور وتنكس الخاليا المبطنة وتغلظ انويتها فضالً عن انخفاض سمك الطبقة المحيطة بالحويصلة. وقد اكدت هذه النتائج القياسات المترية في معدل ارتفاع الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة ومعدل اقطار انويتها وكذلك سمك الطبقة p<0.05اذ اظهرت انخفاض معنوي المحيطة بالحويصلة. واعتماداً على هذه النتائج فقد اثبتت هذه الدراسة والول مرة بأن جسيمات النحاس النانوية لها تأثير لفئران البيض.سلبي في فاعلية الحويصلة المنوية وهرمون التستستيرون لذكور ا جسيمات النحاس النانوية ، الحويصالت المنوية ،هرمون التستستيرون،الجهاز التكاثري الذكري ، :الكلمات المفتاحية الفئران البيض 311علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 لمقدمة ا انتشر حديثا استعمال الجسيمات النانوية في مجاالت الحياة المختلفة مما ادى الى زيادة تعرض الكائنات الحية ومنها هي احد انواع copper nanoparticles ( cu-nps)االنسان لهذه الجسيمات. وتعد جسيمات النحاس النانوية مكروبات (الفيروسات والفطريات) وبدائل العالج بالمضادات والمستعملة كمضادات لل [1]الجسيمات القائمة على المعدن . وأن االستعمال المتزايد [3]وفي انتاج مواد التشحيم واالحبار والبوليمرات وكذلك في تنقية الهواء والسوائل [2]الحيوية الباحثون ان تعرض لهذه الجسيمات ادى الى حدوث اثارجانبية عند دخولها الجسم. ففي دراسة على اسماك التروت اوضح مايكروغرام / لتر من جسيمات النحاس النانوية ادت الى حدوث اضرار نسجية في الكبد والكلى 100و 20االسماك لـ ان معاملة الفئران بـ [5]. اما ذكور الفئران البيض فقد وجد الباحثان طه وحبيب [4]واالمعاء والطحال والدماغ والغالصم يوماً ادت الى حدوث تغيرات في معدل 21و 14و 7لجسم بجسيمات النحاس النانوية وللمدد ملغم/كغم من وزن ا 100 حدوث تنخر [6]اوزان الخصى والبرابخ وكذلك تغيرات في مواصفات النطف. اما نسج الخصى والبرايخ فقد ذكر حبيب . والهمية غدة cu-npsان البيض بـ وتنكس في النبيبات المنوية للخصى والنبيبات البربخية عند معاملة ذكور الفئر الغني [7]من البالزما المنوي %60الحويصلة المنوية في ذكور الحيوانات كونها احدى الغدد الالحقة التي تفرز حوالي [9&8]بالفركتوز والبروتينات والبروستاكالندينات والكاربوهيدرات المعقدة واالنزيمات المشاركة في تخثر السائل المنوي . وتعتمد الحويصلة [10]فضالً عن اهميتها في تغذية وتحسين حالة نقل وحيوية النطف والتخلص من النطف غير السوية المنوية اعتماداً كبيراً على الهرمونات االندروجينية (ومنها هرمون التستستيرون) في الحفاظ على هيكلية ووظيفة هذه الغدة . اذ اكد الكثير من الباحثين حول دور هرمون التستستيرون في [11]وجينات الدم والتي تكون حساسة جداً لمستويات اندر ملغم 0.1ان معاملة ذكور السنجاب الهندي بـ [12]تثبيط عمل المواد المؤثرة في فاعلية الحويصلة المنوية اذ اشار sustanon (esterizedملغم من مادة 1مع depot medroxy progestron acetate (dmpa)من testosterone) يوماً عن طريق الحقن البريتوني ادى الى تثبيط عمل الـ 30يومياً ولمدةdmpa ولم يؤثر في هيكلية في الحويصالت المنوية ودور هرمون cu-npsووظيفة الحويصلة المنوية. ونتيجة لعدم وجود دراسة تبين تاثير . التستستيرون في ذكور الفئران فقد صممت هذه التجربة المواد وطرائق العمل كان معدل ولرقابة الدوائية اتم الحصول عليه من مركز بحوث اً سويسري اً ابيض اً فأر20 استعملت في هذه التجربة –سم علوم الحياة لقالبيت الحيواني التابع فيالحيوانات وضع . تمغم وبحالة صحية جيدة 22-36يتراوح ما بين وزنها أ فرشت االقفاص بنشارة الخشب .للعلوم الصرفة / ابن الهيثم في اقفاص بالستيكية ذات اغطية معدنية مشبكة كلية التربية ضع الحيوانات طوال مدة الدراسة تحت ظروف مختبرية موحدة من حيث االضاءة اً. تم واسبوعيوتنظف تستبدل كانت التي عملتالتجربة. است مدةطيلة ad libitumاء بصورة مستمرة ودرجة الحرارة والتهوية ، كما اعطيت العليقة الخاصة والم % ومعدل حجم 99.9 تهانقاوالتي كانت sigma aldrich company شركة من قبل ةجسيمات النحاس النانوية المنتج نوية ملغم من جسيمات النحاس النا525 وذلك باذابة ملغم / كغم 100 حضر من هذه المادة تركيز .ترينانوم 50 جسيماتها ملغم من تركيز 2.5 مل لكل حيوان والحاوي على 0.1مل من الماء المقطر وجرعت الحيوانات يوميأ بـ 21 في : أتيوهي كما ي اً يوم 21و 14و 7 الجسيمات ولمدد . ايام 7 المعاملةمدة وكانت فئران 5تضمنت :المجموعة االولى -1 .اً يوم14 لمعاملة مدة اوكانت فئران 5 تضمنت: المجموعة الثانية -2 ماً.يو21 المعاملة مدة وكانت فئران 5 تضمنت :المجموعة الثالثة -3 التجربة. مدةوهي مجموعة السيطرة التي جرعت بالماء المقطر طيلة فئران5 تضمنت :المجموعة الرابعة -4 تم سحب الدم من الحيوانات بوساطة طعنة القلب (لحساب معدل هرمون التستستيرون المعاملة مددمن مدةوبعد انتهاء كل ثم الحويصالت المنوية لتصؤاستو cervical dislocation الحيوانات بطريقة الخلع الشوكي قتلت في المصل) ثم بعدها باستعمال محلول الفورمالين وبعدها ثبتت العينات ، sartorius analytic a 2005ميزان حساس نوع عمالباست وزنت meijiوتم تصوير المقاطع النسجية باستعمال المجهر الضوئي .[13]لغرض عمل المقاطع النسجية اعتماداً على طريقة techno المزود بالكامرة الرقميةdigetal camera نوع(omax a35100u) لغرض تشخيص التغيرات الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة للحويصالت واقطار انوية هذه الخاليا وسمك الحاصلة في النسيج ثم تم قياس كل من ارتفاع وكانت جميع القياسات بالمايكروميتر واستعمل للقياس (stroma)الطبقة العضلية الليفية المحيطة بالحويصلة المنوية cobaseجهاز ستعمالبا هرمون التستستيرونمستوى قياس تمx 40. و 10xالكامره المذكوره اعاله وتحت قوة تكبير .elecsys testosterone іі test (2010)الخاص بالجهاز kitالكت عملواست 411 312علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 التحليل االحصائي مع one way anova test عمل اختبارواست. 20النسخة spssبرنامج عمالاحصائيأ باستتم تحليل النتائج المجاميع على مستوى معدالت لمقارنة االختالفات االحصائية بين least significant difference (lsd)اختبار p<0.05)] (14. [ والمناقشة النتائج في معدل اوزان الحويصالت المنوية لذكور الفئران المعاملة بـ p<0.05اظهرت النتائج حصول انخفاض معنوي يوماً مقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة (شكل 21و 14 و 7ملغم/كغم من وزن الجسم من جسيمات النحاس النانوية وللمدد 100 و 2وقد يرجع السبب الى حصول تحطم وتنخر وضمور بعض الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة للحويصالت المنوية (شكل ٬) 1 ملغم/كغم من كلوريد الكادميوم عن طريق الفم ادى 20و 10ز ان تعرض الجرذ الى تركي [15]) اذ وجد 7و 6و 4و 3 الى حدوث انخفاض في اوزان الخصى والبرابخ والحويصلة المنوية وقد يعود ذلك الى حدوث تحطم وتضرر انسجة مدد ملغم/كغم من جسيمات النحاس النانوية ول 100ان معاملتها بـ [6]االعضاء اعاله. اما في الفئران فقد وجد حبيب مختلفة ادت الى حدوث انخفاض في اوزان اجسام الحيوانات والخصى والبرابخ وتضرر النسج المبطنة لهذه االعضاء وحصول زيادة في نسبة التشوهات النطفية وقد يعود ذلك الى حدوث تنخر وتحطم النسج الخصوية والبربخية. في معدل مستوى هرمون التستستيرون في الفئران p<0.05ان الدراسة الحالية اثبتت ايضاً حصول انخفاض معنوي ). وان سبب 5ملغم/كغم من جسيمات النحاس النانوية وللمدد الثالث مقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة (شكل 100المعاملة بـ ءت متفقة مع ذلك في اعتقادي قد يعود الى انخفاض الفعالية االفرازية لخاليا اليدج المنتجة لهذا الهرمون. ان هذه النتيجة جا جزء من 100اذ الحظ وجود انخفاض معنوي في مستوى هرمون التستستيرون عند معاملة الجرذ بـ [16]ما وجده جزء من المليون) لهذه (25 , 50المليون من جسيمات الذهب النانوية اال انه لم يجد فروقاً معنوية في التراكيز الواطئه فقد وجد ان تجريع الجرذان بثنائي اوكسيد [17]المنتجة لهذا الهرمون. اما الجسيمات ويعود ذلك الى تحطم الخاليا التيتانيوم ادى الى حدوث انخفاض في مستوى هرمون التستستيرون في كل من المصل والنسيج الخصوي وقد يعود ذلك يتانيوم والكاربون االسود اثرت بان الجسيمات النانوية لثنائي اوكسيد الت [18]الى تأثر وظيفة خاليا اليدج. في حين اشار في خاليا اليدج وحيويتها وتوالدها وتعبيرها الجيني. وهذا يوضح تاثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية في انخفاض مستوى هرمون التستستيرون في دراستنا الحالية. رمون التستستيرون وهذا ان االنخفاض الحاصل في اوزان الحويصلة المنوية قد يكون سببه انخفاضاً في مستوى ه او نتيجة االضرار النسجية التي حصلت من المعاملة بالجسيمات النانوية gupta [12]و sastryيتفق مع دراسة الباحثان . وهذا ما حصلنا عليه في الدراسة الحالية اذ اظهرت وجود اضرار نسجية في الحويصالت المنوية للحيوانات [17] 6و 4و 3و 2من جسيمات النحاس النانوية وللمدد الثالث مقارنة مع مجموعة السيطرة (االشكال ملغم/كغم 100المعاملة بـ ). فقد اظهرت المقاطع المستعرضة للحويصالت المنوية لمجموعة السيطرة تراكيب نسجية طبيعية مكونه من النسج 7و ج الظهاري العمودي او العمودي المطبق الكاذب الذي والطيات المبطنة بالنسي ،العضلية الليفية المحيطه بالحويصلة المنوية تتخلله الخاليا الكاسية والشكل الطبيعي النوية هذه الخاليا وتواجد االفرازات المنوية في التجاويف الحويصلية. في حين وللمدد الثالث تغيرات تضمنت تحطم وتنكس وضمور الخاليا cu-npsاظهرت مقاطع المجاميع المعاملة بجسيمات المبطنة للحويصلة المنوية اذ اصبحت بشكل خاليا مكعبة او عمودية قصيرة وكذلك ازدياد اعداد الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة المنوية. اما القياسات المترية فقد بالحويصلة المحيطه الليفية العضلية في بعض المناطق وتغلظ انويتها وتفكك النسج اظهرت الدراسة حصول انخفاض معنوي في كل من ارتفاع الخاليا الظهارية المبطنه وقطر انويتها فضال عن قلة سمك ). اشار2-4الطبقة العضلية الليفية المحيطة بالحويصلة المنوية ولجميع مدد المعاملة مقارنة بمجموعة السيطرة (االشكال ملغم/كغم/يوم من ثنائي اوكسيد 100حدوث احتقان دموي في الحويصالت المنوية للجرذان المجرعة فمويا بـ الى [17] المعاملة من الناتجة المنوية للحويصلة النسجية االضرار توضح دراسات اخرى اسابيع. ولم نجد 8التيتانيوم ولمدة انخفاض في ارتفاع الخاليا العمودية المبطنة لتصبح مكعبة او النانوية. اال ان هناك دراسات اشارت الى حدوث بالجسيمات وفي [19]يوماُ 12ولمدة kisspeptin 10حرشفية الشكل اضافة الى توسع تجويف الحويصله عند حقن الجرذان بمادة لة المنوية دراسة اخرى عن النيكوتين اشار الباحثون الى حصول انخفاض في ارتفاع الظهارة المخاطية المبطنة للحويص . [20]في الجرذ ان المعاملة بالنيكوتين مقارنة مع حيوانات السيطرة االستنتاجات نستنتج من هذه الدراسة ان جسيمات النحاس النانوية لها تأثير سلبي في فاعلية الحويصلة المنوية وافرازاتها ومستوى التكاثري الذكري في انتاج النطف السوية.هرمون التستستيرون ومن ثم تاثيرها في فاعلية الجهاز 313علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المصادر 1shaw, b. j. and handy, r. d. (2011). physiological effects of nanoparticles on fish: a comparison of nanometals versus metal ions. environ. inter., 37: 1083-1097. 2joshi, s. and kaushika, u. (2013). nanoparticles and reproductive toxicity: an overview res. j. pharm. biol. chem. sci., 4(2): 0975-8585. 3noureen, a. and jabeen, f. (2015). the toxicity, ways of exposure and effects of cu nanoparticles and cu bulk salts on different organisms. int. j. biosci., 6(2):147-156. 4al-bairuty, g. a.; shaw, b. j.; richard, s. h. and henry, t. b. (2013). histopathological effects of waterborne copper nanoparticles and copper sulphate on the organs of rainbow trout (oncorhynchus mykiss). aquat. toxicol., 126: 104– 115. تأثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية على اوزان الخصى والبرابخ -5 (2015)ايمن راضي ٬محمد ناجي و حبيب ٬طه مقبول 3 العدد 26 . مجلة علوم المستنصرية. المجلد.mus musiculus lومعاييرالنطف في ذكور الفئران البيض للنشر. نوية للنحاس على بعض اعضاء الجهاز التكاثري الذكري للفئران تأثير الجسيمات النا (2015)ايمن راضي ٬حبيب-6 . كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الهيثم)/ جامعة بغداد ٬. رسالة ماجستير mus musculusالبيض 7noorafshan, a. and karbalay‑doust, s. (2012). curcumin protects the seminal vesicles from metronidazole-induced reduction of secretion in mice. acta medica, 55:32-36. 8gonzales, g. and villena, a. (2001). true corrected seminal fructose level: a better marker of the function of seminal vesicles in infertile men. int. j. androl., 24(5): 255-260. 9gartner, l. p. and hiatt, j. l. (2007). male reproductive system. color textbook of histology. 3ed. saunders elsevier. philadelphia; pp. 489-510. 10troedsson, m. h.; desvousges, a.; alghamdi, a.s.; dahms, b.; dow, c. a.; hayna; j.; valesco, r.; collahan, p. t.; macpherson, m. l.;pozor, m. and buhi, w. c. (2005). components in seminal plasma regulating sperm transport and elimination.  anim. reprod. sci., 89 (1-4):171-186. 11nishino, t.; wedel, t.; schmitt, o.; buhlmeyer, k.; schonfelder, m.; hirtreiter, c.; schulz, t.; kϋhnel, w. and michna, h. (2004). androgen dependent morphology of prostate and seminal vesicle in the hershberger assay: evaluation of immune-histochemical and morphometric parameters. ann. anat., 189:247-253. 12sastry, m.s. and gupta, s.s. (2011). male reproductive toxicity of dmpa on seminal vesicle of indian palm squirrel, funambulus pennant. int. j. sci. nat., 2 (4):764-768. 13bancroft, j. d. and gamble m. (2002). theory and practice of histological techniques. publisher: churchill livingstone; 5th ed., pp: 800. 14griffith, a. (2007). spss for dummies. wiley publishinginc. indianapolis, indiana. pp.1-363. 15couto-moraes, r.; felício, l. f.; de oliveira, c. a. and bernardi, m. m. (2012). postpartum testosterone administration partially reverses the effects of perinatal cadmium exposure on sexual behavior in rats. psychol. neurosci., 5(2): 221 – 229. 16behnammorshedi, m.; nazem, h. and moghadam, m. s. (2015). the effect of gold nanoparticle on luteinizing hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, testosterone and testis iin male rat. biomed.l res., 26 (2): 348-352. 17morgan, a. m.; abd el-hamid, m. i. and noshy, p. a. (2015). reproductive toxicity investigation of titanium dioxide nanoparticles in male albino rats. world j. pharm. pharm. sci., 4(10): 34-49. 18komatsu, t.; tabata, m.; kubo-irie, m.; shimizu, t.; suzuki, k.; nihei, y. (2008). the effects of nanoparticles on mouse testis leydig cells in vitro. toxicol. in vitro, 22: 18251831. 19ramzan, f.; qureshi, i. z.; ramzan, m.; ramzan, m. h. and ramzan, f. (2012). immature rat seminal vesicles show histomorphological and ultrastructural alterations following treatment with kisspeptin-10. reprod. biol. endocrinol., 18: 1-10. 314علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 20lina, s.; hashida, n. h. and eliza, h. (2014). role of habbatus sauda towards the histological features of nicotine treated male rats seminal vesicle and prostate gland. biomed. res.; 25 (1): 11-18. يوضح تاثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية في معدل اوزان الحويصالت المنوية لذكور الفئران البيض المعاملة بـ 1):شكل ( الخطأ القياسي. والحروف المختلفة تمثل ±يوماً. القراءات تمثل المعدل 21و 14و 7وللمدد cu-npsملغم/كغم 100 . p< 0.05الفروقات المعنوية عند مستوى داللة تاثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية في معدل ارتفاع الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة للحويصالت المنوية في ذكور :(2)شكل الخطأ ±يوماً. القراءات تمثل المعدل 21و 14و 7وللمدد cu-npsملغم/كغم 100الفئران البيض المعاملة بـ .p< 0.05القياسي. والحروف المختلة تمثل الفروقات المعنوية عند مستوى داللة 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 7 days 14 days 21 days control cu‐nps ة وي من ال ت ال ص وي ح ال ن زا أو / غم a b b b 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 7 days 14 days 21 days control cu‐nps ية ار ظه ال اليا خ ال ع فا رت أ / تر مي رو يك ما   a c b b 315علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 يوضح تاثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية في معدل اقطار انوية الخاليا الظهارية المبطنة للحويصالت المنوية :)(3شكل ±يوماً. القراءات تمثل المعدل 21و 14و 7وللمدد cu-npsملغم/كغم 100في ذكور الفئران البيض المعاملة بـ .p< 0.05عند مستوى داللة الخطأ القياسي. والحروف المختلة تمثل الفروقات المعنوية يوضح تاثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية في معدل سمك طبقة الستروما للحويصالت المنوية في ذكور الفئران :)(4شكل الخطأ القياسي. ±يوماً. القراءات تمثل المعدل 21و 14و 7وللمدد cu-npsملغم/كغم 100البيض المعاملة بـ .p< 0.05والحروف المختلة تمثل الفروقات المعنوية عند مستوى داللة 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 days 14 days 21 days control cu‐nps ية ار ظه ال اليا خ ال ية نو ا ار ط أق / تر مي رو يك ما a b b b 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 7 days 14 days 21 days control cu‐nps ما رو ست ال قة طب ك سم / تر مي رو يك ما a b b b 316علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 يوضح تاثير جسيمات النحاس النانوية في معدل مستوى هرمون التستستيرون لذكور الفئران البيض المعاملة :)(5شكل الخطأ القياسي. والحروف المختلة ±يوماً. القراءات تمثل المعدل 21و 14و 7وللمدد cu-npsملغم/كغم 100بـ .p< 0.05تمثل الفروقات المعنوية عند مستوى داللة a b c d 317علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 والمجاميع المعاملة a)( الفئران البيض لمجموعة السيطرةذكور في الحويصلة المنويةمقطع مستعرض في (6): شكل على التوالي. مقاطع السيطرة (d and c, b)يوماً 21و 14و 7وللمدد جسيمات النحاس النانوية من ملغم/كغم 100بـ (f)والطيات ،(fm)اظهرت تراكيب نسجية طبيعية مكونه من النسج العضلية الليفية المحيطه بالحويصلة المنوية واالنوية الطبيعية لخاليا (g)سية الحاوي على الخاليا الكا (c)المبطنة بنسيج ظهاري عمودي مطبق كاذب مهدب . اما مجموعة المعاملة (s)واالفرازات الحويصلية في تجاويف الحويصلة (n)النسيج المبطن للحويصلة المنوية الخاليا المبطنة للحويصلة المنوية اذ اصبحت (a)وضمور (ni)وتنكس (d)فاظهرت تغيرات نسجية تضمنت تحطم . h&e. صبغت المقاطع بصبغة (h)لك زيادة اعداد الخاليا الظهارية وكذ (cu)بشكل خاليا مكعبة 318علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 والمجاميع المعاملة a)مقطع مستعرض في الحويصلة المنوية في ذكور الفئران البيض لمجموعة السيطرة ( :)(7 شكل على التوالي. مقاطع السيطرة (d and c, b)يوماً 21و 14و 7ملغم/كغم من جسيمات النحاس النانوية وللمدد 100بـ الحاوي (c)المبطنة بنسيج ظهاري عمودي مطبق كاذب مهدب (f)اظهرت تراكيب نسجية طبيعية مكونه من الطيات . (s)واالفرازات الحويصلية في تجاويف الحويصلة (n)واالنوية الطبيعية لخاليا هذا النسيج (g)على الخاليا الكاسية الخاليا المبطنة للحويصلة (a)وضمور (ni)وتنكس (d)اما مجموعة المعاملة فاظهرت تغيرات نسجية تضمنت تحطم (p) وتغلظ انوية بعض الخاليا (h)وكذلك زيادة اعداد الخاليا الظهارية (cu)المنوية اذ اصبحت بشكل خاليا مكعبة . صبغت (v)) وتفجي سايتوبالزم الخاليا الظهارية fmلمنوية (وتفكك النسج العضلية الليفية المحيطه بالحويصلة ا .h&eالمقاطع بصبغة 319علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2العدد ( 29لمجلد ا هيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية مجلة إبن ال ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the effect of copper nanoparticles on seminal vesicles and testosterone hormone in male albino mice mohammed n. taha dept. of biology, collage of education for pure sciences,ibn alhaitham,university of baghdad received in :13march2016 ,accepted in:17april2016 abstract the study conducted to demonstrate the effect of copper nanoparticles (cu-nps) on the seminal vesicle and testosterone hormone of males' albino mice. twenty mice were used and divided into four groups control group and three groups that orally administrated with 100 mg/kg cu-nps for 7, 14 and 21 days and each group have 5 animals. then, the blood was withdrawn from the animals to measure the level of the hormone testosterone in the next day after all the dosages period and then the animal was sacrificed. seminal vesicles isolated from each animal and measured weight then histological sections were prepared to observe the changes of seminal vesicles sections. then the morphometric was carried out to the lining cells and their nucleus and the thickness of fibro muscular layer surrounding the seminal vesicles. the result showed a significant decrease p <0.05 in the average weights of the seminal vesicles and the testosterone levels of treated animals with cu-nps for all three periods compared to the control. at the histological changes levels, the study showed occurrence of atrophy, degeneration of lining cells and pyknotic their nuclei as well as to decline the thickness of the surrounding layer of vesicles. these results were confirmed by morphometric which showed a significant decrease p <0.05 in the average height of lining epithelial cell and the diameter of their nuclei as well as the thickness of the surrounding layer of the vesicle. depending on the results, this study was approved for the first time that cu-nps have negative impact on the effectiveness of the seminal vesicle and testosterone hormone of male albino mice. key words: copper nanoparticles, seminal vesicle, testosterone hormone, male reproductive system and albino mice microsoft word 208-224 علوم الحياة | 208 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 aspergillus nigerالظروف المثلى إلنتاج حامض الستريك من عزلة فطر محلية بطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة محمد عمر محي الدين جامعة بغداد /كلية الزراعة /قسم علوم األغذية آيدن مازن حسين جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /علوم الحياةقسم ٢٠١٥/شباط / ٢٥قبل في: ، ٤٢٠١/ كانون األول /١٨استلم في: الخالصة ج من ذبعض الفواكه التالفة ونما اشتملتمن مصادر مختلفة عزلة محلية من األعفان ١٤الحصول على في ھذه الدراسة تم ة الثانوية لتبعتھا الغرب الستريك حامضانتاج في لتحديد قابليتھا ھذه العزالت الى الغربلة األولية النوعية التربة. أخضعت قطعة من باستعمال ،تخمرات المغمورة وتخمرات الحالة الصلبةالفي الغربلة الثانوية طريقة تجمع واعتمدتالكمية. أغزر إنتاجاً من بين a7نمو العفن وإنتاج الحامض. فتبين أن العزلة االسفنج كمادة ساندة، ُشبعت بالمغذيات المطلوبة ل عائديتھا الى a7الضوئي، وعلى األوساط الزرعية للعزلة أظھرت الفحوصات المظھرية تحت المجھر. ھاجميع العزالت وبطريقة تخمرات الحالة لية مختلفة إلنتاج الحامض من العزلة المذكورة أومواد استعملت .aspergillus nigerالعفن تبين من خالل تحديد الظروف المثلى إلنتاج . الدراسة عليھا فأكملتأفضل من غيرھا مسحوق الذرة أن . ووجدالصلبة (ماء: وسط) ودرجة حرارة ١:٠٫٧٥حامض الستريك من العزلة المذكورة أن أفضل تلك الظروف تمثلت بنسبة ترطيب أيام من الحضن، حيث بلغت إنتاجية حامض الستريك ٣بوغ / مل وخالل ٧١٠قاح وحجم ل ٣ورقم ھيدروجيني مْ ٢٥ مصدر للنتروجين ، % ١غم من الوسط. ولوحظ في الدراسة أن تدعيم الوسط بمستخلص الخميرة بتركيز١٠٠غم/ ٢٠٫٨ غم من ١٠٠غم / ٢٣٫٠ق زيادة إنتاجية الحامض بلغت يساھمان في تحقيمن الميثانول الى ماء الترطيب، % ٣ وإضافة hplc (highكماً ونوعا بطريقة ( تم تشخيص حامض الستريك المنتج. كان محدوداً فضافة اإليثانول إثير أتأما الوسط. performance liquid chromatography فوجد أن كمية الحامض المنتجة بعد ثالثة أيام من الحضن تحت الظروف وإن ،pyridine وباستعمالوھي أقل من تلك التي قدرت بالطريقة الكيميائية .غم من الوسط١٠٠غم/ ١٣٫٥٤ المثلى تبلغ ثمة مركب آخر رافق إنتاج الحامض بكمية غير قليلة، لم يتم التعرف عليه، قد يكون أحد الحوامض العضوية لدورة نتائج تقدير حامض الستريك على ، الذي يحتمل أنه يتداخل مع حامض الستريك عند تقديره بطريقة البريدين. وبناءً سكريب اإلنتاجية الفعلية للحامض من العزلة قيد الدراسة بلغت القيمة المذكورة أعاله وليس تلك يمكن القول أنً hplcبطريقة .الكيميائية طريقةالعلى أساس احتسبتالتي aspergillus niger العفن تخمرات الحالة الصلبة ، حامض الستريك،:الكلمات المفتاحية . علوم الحياة | 209 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة يُعد حامض الستريك من الحوامض الشائعة في الطبيعة، إذ يوجد، وبالدرجة األساس، في مجموعة الفواكه التي تدعى بالحمضيات كالبرتقال والليمون والكريب فروت واليوسفي وغيرھا، فضالُ عن وجوده في الفواكه األخرى ولكن بنسب في الحقبة التي سبقت إنتاج حامض الستريك بوساطة األحياء المجھرية كان االھتمام ينصب على إنتاجه . متفاوتة وضئيلة من carl wilhelm scheeleمن الحمضيات كالليمون والبرتقال علما بأًن أول من قام بعزله وبلورته الباحث السويدي األھمية التجارية لھذا الحامض ھو حجم السوق ن أحد أھم المعايير التي توضح. إ] ١ [ ١٧٨٤عصير الليمون عام يُستھلك . ] ٢[% ٥مليون طن لكل سنة وبزيادة سنوية تقدر بحوالي ١٫٧الضخمة له حيث يصل إنتاجه العالمي الى تليھا الصناعات الصيدالنية التي وإنتاجهمن مجمل % ٧٠حامض الستريك في تصنيع األغذية بكمياٍت كبيرة تقدر بحوالي وتُعد الفطريات الخيطية .] ٣[ منه تقريباً، أما ما تبقى فيجد طريقه في تطبيقات أوصناعات أخرى متنوعة % ١٢تنفذ تس ق إنتاج ائوتتنوع طر. ]٤[ aspergillus nigerاألكثر إستعماالً لھذا الغرض السيما aspergillusالتي تعود الى جنس submerged cultureوطريقة المزارع المغمورة surface cultureحامض الستريك بين طريقة المزارع السطحية أن حامض الستريك ينتج بطريقة تخمرات ] ٦[وذكر. solid state fermentation [5] الحالة الصلبةوطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة وطريقة المزارع المغمورة . يستعمل حامض الستريك كمادة مضادة لألكسدة ومادة حافظة أو إلعطاء النكھة الحامضية للمشروبات وفي صناعة الجلي والمربيات و الكانديز والنبيذ وغيرھا ، كما أنه من المنظمات الجيدة للحموضة كمادة حافظة مانعة ةالمتزايد استعماالتهكونه يمتلك خاصية مخلبية تربط المعادن. وھذه الخاصية قادت الى عن فضال وتتنوع ] ١١، ٧،٨،٩،١٠ [ألكسدة الدھون والزيوت، كما يستعمل في الصناعات الصيدالنية وفي مواد التجميل وغيرھا البكتريا والخمائر واألعفان. غير أن معظم الدراسات تناولت إنتاجه األحياء المجھرية المنتجة لحامض الستريك ، ما بين منذ أمد بعيد لھذا الغرض، وھو من الفطريات الخيطية الذي يتميز بسھولة التعامل a. nigerمن األعفان. وأستعمل العفن ب نظامه األنزيمي ببس ]١٢ [كمية وفيرة من الحامضل هتخمير مختلف المواد الرخيصة و إنتاجفي قابليته فضال عن معه، -nوثمة سالالت من الخمائر معروفة بإنتاجيتھا العالية منه، ومن بعض المركبات الھيدروكاربونية مثل ]١٣ [المتطور alkanat .مكونات الوسط الغذائي من مصادر الكاربون إنتاج حامض الستريك مثل في عوامل عدة تؤثر وھناك المعدنية وتركيزھا، فضال عن ظروف التخمر وتشمل الرقم الھيدروجيني ودرجة والنتروجين والفوسفات والعناصر solid stateالدراسة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة هالحرارة والتھوية والمحتوى الرطوبي للوسط. واستعملت في ھذ fermentation مجھرية على مواد عرف ھذا النوع من التخمر بأنه عملية تتم فيھا تنمية األحياء اليلغرض اإلنتاج. و مكانية إلوتفضل تخمرات الحالة الصلبة على التخمرات المغمورة ]١٤[أساس صلبة تحتوي على نسبة واطئة من الماء وقلة المخلفات المطروحة، وليس ثمة قلق من تصريف ھذه المخلفات الى البيئة لكون معظم [15] الحصول على ريع مركز وتفضل على المغمورة أيضاً من حيث محدودية إحتماالت تلوثھا ،]١٦[أثناء التخمرالمغذيات فيھا تكون قد استنفذت . وبصورة عامة، فإن الباحثين والعلماء ما زالوا يتحّرون [17] باألحياء المجھرية الدخيلة غير تلك المستعملة في اإلنتاج مثل لحالي خلفات المستعملة في الوقت اعن مخلفات رخيصة غنية بمصادر الكاربون للتحويالت الحيوية، الى جانب الم .]١٨[الموالس الذي القى رواجاً أكثر من غيره في إنتاج حامض الستريك بسبب توفره نسبيا ورخص ثمنه ق العمل:ائالمواد وطر :مصادر العزل تم aspergillusاستعملت في ھذه الدراسة عدد من الفطريات التي تتوافق خواصھا المزرعية والمجھرية مع الجنس الحصول عليھا من مصادر متعددة اشتملت على التربة والفواكه الحامضية التالفة ، فضال عن ثالث عزالت من مختبر التقنية الحيوية. وسطا لعزل وحفظ وتنشيط الفطريات. حيث حضر حسب potato dextrose agar (pda)استعمل العزل والغربلة: لمدة ٢باوند/انج ١٢١ في غم في لترمن الماء المقطر. عقم في المؤصدة ٣٩بإذابة doxoiالشركة المجھزة تعليمات أما دقيقة. وأستعمل كذلك في تنقية العزالت وفي دراسة خواصھا المزرعية وطبيعة نموھا كخطوة باتجاه تشخيصھا. ١٥ ر واحد من الماء ـالمذكورة ادناه في لتات ـة المكونـوحضر بإذابczapek-dox agar عملية الغربلة فقد تمت على وسط وبواقع حسب الھدف من التجربة، مع استبدال النشا بالكلوكوز أو السكروز وبعض التحوير] ١٩ [يـبما ورد فـالمقطر وحس غم ، ٠٫٥ 4mgsoغم ، ١٫٠ 4hpo2kغم ، ٠٫٥ kclغم/ لتر من الماء المقطر. والمكونات االخرى ھي: ٣٠ 3nano 4(3غم، ٣٫٠(so2fe بحامض ٦ضبط الرقم الھيدروجيني للوسط على غم. ١٣. ٠غم ، آكار ٠٫٠١ %٩٥في %١موالري. وعقم اضيف الى الوسط كاشف المثيل االحمر المحضر بتركيز ٠٫١الھيدروكلوريك بتركيز طة على الوسطمل من الوسط بعد التعقيم. نقلت قطعة صغيرة من العزالت المنش ١٠قطرات لكل ٤-١ميثانول وبواقع تكوين الحامض/قطر النمو(سم) خالل مدد تم خاللھا تقدير نسبة قطر ليوم ويومين وثالثة أيام وستة أيام ٠م ٣٠وحضنت في .)١٩٩٥(السامرائي،انتاج الحامضفي معينة من الحضن. واتخذت ھذه النسبة دليال أولياّ على قابلية العزالت علوم الحياة | 210 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 :تحضير اللقاح مل من الماء المقطر المعقم. تم ٥٠حضر لقاح من أبواغ العزالت قيد الدراسة بنقل عدد من قطع النمو من وسط العزل الى تحريك القطع بھدف تفريط األبواغ ، مرر العالق عبر قمع معبأ بالقطن ومعقٍم سلفاً للتخلص من الھايفات. ُحسب عدد . وخفف بالماء المقطر hemocytometerاوية معقمة، وذلك باستعمال شريحة األبواغ في الراشح الذي تم استقباله في ح بوغ . ٦١٠× ٥مللتر منه على ١المعقم بحيث يحتوي :نتاج حامض الستريكا أعتمدت طريقتان النتاج الحامض ھما: جابك دوكس سم بوسط ٨×سم ٢طريقة الساند الصناعي: وفيھا شبع ساند صناعي يتألف من قطعة إسفنجة بأبعاد -أ ٦ْم ولمدة ٣٠. لقحت بلقاح العزالت قيد االختبار وحضنت على [20]الخالي من اآلكار والحاوي على السكروز أيام. . تم تقدير الحموضة الكلية بطريقة التسحيح. وحسبت كفاءة اإلنتاج على أساس النسبة المئوية للحامض لطريقة في الغربلة الثانوية للعزالت.المتكون من السكريات الكلية في الوسط. اعتمدت ھذه ا غم من المادة االولية المتمثلة باحد المخلفات الزراعية وبنسبة ١٠طريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة: وفيھا رطبت ب بوغاً وذلك في دورق مخروطي ٦١٠× ٥مل من لقاح يحتوي على ١من الماء وعقمت بالمؤصدة ولقحت بـ ١:١ مل ٥٠ايام. استخلص الحامض من وسط التخمير بـ ٦لمدة ٠م ٣٠في درجة مل. حضنت الدوارق ٢٥٠بسعة ٨٠٠٠ثم اخضع الراشح للطرد المركزي على قوة whatman no. 1من الماء المقطر ، ورشح عبر ورقة دقيقة للتخلص من الشوائب المحتملة. قدر حجم الراشح و رقمه الھيدروجيني وحموضته ١٥دورة/دقيقة لمدة ق المذكورة ادناه. اعتمدت ھذه الطريقة ائية والسكريات المتبقية فيه، فضال عن حامض الستريك وذلك بالطرالكل عند تعيين الظروف المثلى النتاج الحامض من العزلة األكفا في االنتاج. بأسلوب تخمرات aspergillus niger a7تعيين الظروف المثلى إلنتاج حامض الستريك من العفن :الصلبةالحالة نخالة الحنطة وكسبة زھرة الشمس وسحالة الرز تم انتاج الحامض بالطريقة التي وردت اعاله باستعمال مواد اشتملت على الكمال مسحوق الذرة . اختير تجانس األجزاء تقريباً الى درجة ومسحوق الذرة بعد تجفيف ھذه المواد ھوائيا ثم طحنھا جيدا (ماء: ١:١٫٥الى ١:٠٫٥الدراسة عليھا الفضليتھا، وذلك تحت ظروف متباينة من نسبة الترطيب التي ترواحت ما بين ٨١٠الى ٦١٠ ٥xْم ، وحجم اللقاح الذي تراوح بين ٤٠الى ٢٠مسحوق الذرة)، ودرجة الحرارة التي تراوحت ما بين . علما بان نتائج كل مرحلة من مراحل تعيين الظروف ٧الى ٢راوح من بوغ/مل والرقم الھيدروجيني االبتدائي الذي ت إنتاج في ُدرس تأثير عدد من مصادر النتروجين المثلى قد تم تسقيطھا على المرحلة التالية وبالتسلسل المذكور. كما على مستخلص الخميرة الحامض وتحت الظروف المثلى التي تم التوصل إليھا في التجارب السابقة واشتملت ھذه المصادر . كما درس تأثير تراكيز %١والببتون و كلوريد األمونيوم ونترات األمونيوم إذ أضيفت الى محلول الترطيب وبتركيز بعد ان تبين انھا افضل مصادر النتروجين في انتاج الحامض. % ٢٫٥الى ٠٫٥من مستخلص الخميرة تراوحت من مختلفة نتاج بإضافتھما الى وسط ) كمادة محفزة لال%٩٥الكحول المثيلي واألثيلي (وبتركيز ستعمل في ھذه الدراسة كل مناو ، وكالّ على حده.من ماء الترطيب % ٥، ٣،٤، ٢، ١، ٠ بعد الترطيب والتعقيم وبمستويات ھيمسحوق الذرة ق التقدير :ائطر بعد ضبط الجھاز باستعمال نوعين من ph-meterستعمل جھاز قياس الرقم الھيدروجيني ا تقدير الرقم الھيدروجيني: . 7واألخر برقم ھيدروجيني 4الدوارئ أحدھما برقم ھيدروجيني :تقدير الحموضة الكلية ٠٫١نتاج مع ھيدروكسيد الصوديوم بتركيز مل من راشح اال ٥بتسحيح ] ٢[1قدرت الحموضة الكلية حسب طريقة ى اساس حامض الستريك.موالري باستعمال دليل الفينو فثالين . وحسبت عل تقدير حامض الستريك : مل من ١٫٣مل من راشح االنتاج الى أنبوبة اختبارثم أضيف اليھا ١، إذ نقل ] ٢ [2قدر حامض الستريك وفقا لطريقة ووضعت في حمام acetic anhydrateمل من ٥٫٧ورجت األنابيب بسرعة ثم أضيف اليھا pyridineكاشف البريدين نانوميتر بوساطة ٥٤٠دقيقة لغرض تطور اللون .أخذت قراءة االمتصاصية على طول موجي ٣٥ْم ولمدة ٣٢مائي على . واحتسبت كمية حامض الستريك المنتجة باالستعانة بالمنحنى القياسي spectrophotometerجھاز المطياف الفوتومتري ي.للعالقة بين االمتصاصية وتراكيز متدرجة من حامض الستريك النق علوم الحياة | 211 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 نتاج:تقدير السكريات الكلية والمتبقية بعد اال وحسبت كمية ] ٢[3نتاج الحامض، والمتبقية فيھا بعد انتاجه بإتباع طريقةانتاج قبل قدرت السكريات الكلية في وسط اال السكريات المستھلكة بطرح الثاني من االول. غم من الوسط)١٠٠(غم/ حامض الستريك ١٠٠× كفاءة التحول % = غم من الوسط )١٠٠كمية السكريات المستھلكة (غم/ :hplcتشخيص حامض الستريك كما ونوعا باستعمال كماً ونوعاً في عدد من العينات باستعمال aspergillus niger a7تم تقدير حامض الستريك المنتج من العفن في ادناه . وحسب ظروف استخدام الجھاز hplc(high performance liquid chromatographyجھاز( hplcظروف استعمال جھاز النتائج والمناقشة والغربلة:العزل -١ األعفان من عينات من تربة أخذت من كلية الزراعة ومن الفواكه التالفة، على وسط آكار عزلة محلية من ١٤تم انتقاء دكستروز البطاطا، وتم تنقية العزالت على الوسط نفسه وبعدة نقالت. وروعي إبتداًء أن تكون ھذه العزالت من النوع الذي والمتمثلة بتكوين مستعمرات قطنية سوداء niger aspergillusوالمجھرية للعفن ينطبق عليھا الخواص المزرعية وتكوين ھايفات تنتھى بخاليا قدمية من جھة، وبرؤوس كونيدية داكنة، تتوزع عليھا أبواغ سوداء عارية متسلسلة، ذلك زالت مشخصة تم الحصول عليھا نتاج حامض الستريك. اخضعت ھذه العزالت مع ثالث عالتميّز ھذا النوع من العفن على انتاج حامض الستريك، بتنميتھا على وسط آكار جابك في ة قابليتھا فمن مختبر التقنية الحيوية، الى الغربلة األولية لمعر أيام. أتخذ تحول لون ٦م لمدة ٣٠دوكس الحاوي على السكروز مصدرا للكاربون وكاشف أحمر المثيل وبدرجة حرارة نتاج الحامض في االعزالت ةر الى األحمر جراء تغيّر الحموضة دليالً على تكون الحامض. قورنت كفاءالوسط من األصف ) كفاءة ١يوماً من التنمية. ويوضح الجدول ( ٦و ٣و ٢بحساب النسبة بين قطر المنطقة الملونة الى قطر منطقة النمو خالل عزلة بأن أعطت نسبة إنتاج عالية بلغت ١٧ت من أصل سم . وتميزت ست عزال ٧٫٦ ٣٫٢العزالت ، إذ تراوحت بين الوسط نفسه بعد استبدال باستعمالسم أو أكثر. اختيرت ھذه العزالت الختبارھا في مرحلة الغربلة األولية الثانية ٥ ة ذات انتاجي a7 , a8 , a13أن ثالث عزالت منھا وھي )٢ھو موضح في الجدول( السكروز بالكلوكوز. فتبين وكما وفي خطوة الحقة ).١أيام (الشكل: ٦و ٢و ١عالية من الحامض بداللة نسبة قطر تكون الحامض الى قطر النمو بعد نتاجاً للحامض. أجريت ھذه الخطوة ا أخضعت العزالت الثالثة ھذه، لخطوة إضافية من الغربلة للوقوف على أغزرھا column نوع العمود hitachi lachrom c18-aq (5µm) (4.6 mmi. d.×250 mm) elute محلول الغسل 1mmol/l h٢so٤ + 8 mmol/l na٢so٤ (ph 2.8) flow rate معدل الجريان 1.0 ml/min column temperature درجة حرارة العمود 25°c detection وحدة االمتصاصية uv 210 nm injection vol. حجم الحقن 15 µl علوم الحياة | 212 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 وباستعمال ساند صناعي تمثل بقطعة من األسفنج. تم تقدير الحموضة بطريقة تجمع بين تخمرات الحالة الصلبة والسائلة نتاج على أساس النسبة المئوية للحامض المتكون من السكريات الكلية في الوسط. الكلية بطريقة التسحيح. وحسبت كفاءة اال ٨aنتاج للعزلة االبينما كانت كفاءة % ١٢٫٦٦نتاج الحامض حيث بلغت الاكانت أكثر كفاءة ٧aفوجد أن العزلة كمال الدراسة عليھاال a7على التوالي. عليه وقع االختيار على العزلة ٨٫٦٦و ١١٫٦٦قد بلغت a ١٣والعزلة بأسلوب تخمرات a. niger a7نتاج حامض الستريك من العفنتعيين الظروف المثلى ال : الحالة الصلبة :نتاج الحامضاختبار الوسط األفضل ال-١ نتاج حامض الستريك تضمنت سحالة الرز من المخلفات الزراعية والمتوفرة أثناء الدراسة وسطا صلبا ال أستعمل عدد قد أعطى أعلى إنتاجية a7) أن العفن ٢ونخالة الحنطة وكسبة زھرة الشمس ومسحوق الذرة. ويالحظ من الشكل ( من وسط نخالة الحنطة بينما أظھرت غم ١٠٠غم/ ١٫٠٨غم من وسط مسحوق الذرة و ١٠٠غم / ٢٫٢٥للحامض بلغت نتاجية الحامض من سحالة الرز فكانت واطئة للغاية إذ بلغت اغم أما ١٠٠غم/ ٠٫٣٧كسبة زھرة الشمس إنتاجية بلغت نتاجية الحامض باستعمال مسحوق الذرة وسطاً كانت أعلى من غيرھا، عليه تم اغم من الوسط. ولكون ١٠٠غم/ ٠٫١٩ يُعزى تباين إنتاج الحامض في األوساط الصلبة المختلفة الى عدد من . والالحقة من ھذه الدراسةإعتمادھا في المراحل األسباب أبرزھا تباين مكونات الوسط من المواد العضوية والالعضوية وتكوين معقدات ما بين المواد العضوية مع مكونات اوية للمواد المستعملة في تخمرات الحالة الصلبة لخواص الفيزيفضال عن االوسط الالعضوية من األمالح والمعادن، .، كحجوم الدقائق والمساحة السطحية ومسامية الوسط نزيماتنتاج المركبات األيضية واالاتأثيرات متباينة في :نتاج الحامضال نسبة الترطيب األمثل-٢ غم من مسحوق الذرة في دوارق مخروطية توزيعاً ١٠أجري الترطيب بتوزيع الكمية المطلوبة من الماء على سطح ) أن ٣م ولمدة ستة أيام . ويبين الشكل ( ٣٠متجانساً ما أمكن ذلك. جرت عملية انتاج الحامض في درجة حرارة حضن غم من الوسط بينما ١٠٠غم/ ٤٫٤٠ذ بلغت إنتاجية الحامض (ماء : وسط االنتاج) إ ١:٠٫٧٥أفضل نسبة ترطيب كانت عند . كما لوحظ تدھور اإلنتاجية عند زيادة نسبة ترطيب الى ١:١غم من الوسط عند نسبة ترطيب ١٠٠غم / ٢٫٧٠كانت غم من الوسط عند نسبة الترطيب ١٠٠غم/ ٠٫٩٠غم من الوسط. انخفضت الى ١٠٠غم/ ١٫٣٠اذ كانت ١:١٫٢٥ عامال حرجا وحاسما في تخمرات دإن محتوى الرطوبة يع .النسبة المثلى ١:٠٫٧٥ت نسبة الترطيب دع. عليه ١:١٫٥ الحالة الصلبة ألنه يؤثر على نمو الكائن وتخليق وإفراز المركبات األيضية المختلفة التي يقوم بتخليقھا.إن زيادة نسبة نعدام نتقال األوكسجين أو تعيقه الا ألنھا تّحُد من نخفاضاُ في الحصيلةاالترطيب عن المستويات المطلوبة قد تسبب ختزال ذوبان المواد المغذية للمادة انخفاض المحتوى الرطوبي يؤدي الى اان كما غات البينية بين أجزاء الوسط. االفر د على كل من الخاضعة وانخفاض درجتي االنتفاخ والشد المائي العاليتين وبذلك فإن القيم المثلى للمحتوى الرطوبي تعتم . ] ٢٤ [الكائن الحي المجھري المنتج والوسط الصلب المستعمل درجة الحرارة المثلى للحامض:-٣ ) تأثير درجة الحرارة في إنتاج الحامض من العفن وياُلحظ إنخفاض اإلنتاجية بإرتفاع درجة الحرارة مع ٤يوضح الشكل ( ْم . ٢٠غم من الوسط عند ١٠٠غم/ ١٠٫٦٠كانت اإلنتاجية للحامض م فقد ٢٥و ٢٠تقارب اإلنتاج عند درجتي الحرارة غم من الوسط ثم بدأت بالتدھور عند درجات الحرارة ١٠٠غم/ ١١٫٨٠م فبلغت ٢٥شھدت زيادة عند درجة الحرارة لفسلجية السيما . أن تأثير درجة الحرارة في إنتاج حامض الستريك من األحياء المجھرية يرتبط بتأثيراتھا ا٠م٣٠أعلى من ) مما تتسبب في تراكم بعض المنتجات األيضية األخرى مثل حامض citrate synthaseفعالية األنزيمات ومنھا (في ) تجعل األعفان تميل نحو إنتاج حامض مْ ٤٠الى أن درجة الحرارة العالية ( ] ٢٦ [ وتوصل .] ٢٥[االوكزاليك ر.االوكزاليك بشكل يفوق حامض الستريك بكثي نتاج الحامض:حجم اللقاح األمثل ال -٤ بوغ/مل. إذ يالحظ ان ٨١٠، ٧١٠× ٥، ٧١٠، ٦١٠×٥) نتائج إضافة اللقاح الى الوسط بحجوم مختلفة ھي ٥يبين الشكل ( بوغ/مل . ٧١٠غم من الوسط عند استعمال لقاح بحجم ١٠٠غم/١٢٫٣٠نتاج الحامض يصل حدوده القصوى البالغ ا هان ]٢٧ [. في ھذا الصدد ذكر ٦١٠×٥بوغ/مل إوعند خفضه الى ٨١٠و ٧١٠×٥نتاجية بزيادة حجم اللقاح الى تتدھور اال مع قليل من الكحول بطريقة aspergillus niger m-101نتاج حامض الستريك من العفن قد وجد حجم اللقاح األمثل ال بوغ /مل.٨١٠المزارع المغمورة كان األمثل النتاج الحامض:الرقم الھيدروجيني -٥ علوم الحياة | 213 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 نتاج الحامض مع زيادة الرقم الھيدروجيني اإلبتدائي، وبلغ حده األقصى عند في ا) زيادة قابلية العفن ٦يالحظ من الشكل ( نخفاض تدريجيا مع أرتفاع غم من وسط مسحوق الذرة، بدأت باال١٠٠غم/١٥٫٣فكانت اإلنتاجية ٣الرقم الھيدروجيني كأفضل رقم إلنتاج الحامض في المراحل الالحقة. ٣عتماد الرقم الھيدروجيني اأو أكثر. وعليه تم ٤ى الرقم الھيدروجيني ال سكروز %١باستعمال الموالس وإضافة ٥نتاج حامض الستريك ھو وجدا أن الرقم الھيدروجيني األمثل ال [ 28]بيد أن العنب مخلفات من الستريك حامض نتاجالدروجيني ن أفضل رقم ھيإ ]٢٩[وجد وبطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة. بينما .٦٫٥ھو aspergillus niger الصلبة أيضاً و بوساطة عزلة محلية من العفن الحالة تخمرات باستعمال نتاج الحامض:االمصدر النتروجيني األمثل في -٦ لكونه مھماً لنمو العفن فحسب وإنما في نتاج حامض الستريك ليس اال بد من اإلشارة أن النتروجين جزء أساسي ومؤثر في عمليات األيض األولي والثانوي. ويعد مستخلص الخميرة، مصدراً لعدد من الفيتامينات الى جانب كونه مصدراً نتاج الحامض أكثر من غيره من المصادر النتروجينية ا للنيتروجين. ولعل ھذا ھو السبب الذي ساھم في أن يكون تأثيره في ) تأثير عدد من مصادر النتروجين التي استعملت لتدعيم الوسط ٧ي استعملت في ھذه الدراسة. يوضح الشكل (األخرى الت نتاج حامض الستريك واشتملت على مصادر منھا ماھي عضوية وأخرى العضوية وھي كلوريد األمونيوم ونترات افي في كل أن مستخلص الخميرة كان له التأثير األكبر . ويتبين من الش % ١األمونيوم والببتون ومستخلص الخميرة وبتركيز غم من ١٠٠غم/ ١٤٫٤٠غم من وسط مسحوق الذرة، بينما كانت اإلنتاجية ١٠٠غم/١٦٫٤٠نتاجية الحامض، فكانت ا غم من الوسط بإضافة نترات األمونيوم وكلوريد ١٠٠غم/ ٦٫٥غم و ١٠٠غم/ ١٠٫٠٠الوسط عند استعمال الببتون و نتاجية الحامض على وسط السكروز كانت اأن داقد وج [28]األمونيوم للوسط وعلى التوالي. ويذكر في ھذا الصدد أن أعلى بتدعيمه بنترات األمونيوم مقارنة مع مستخلص الخميرة والببتون. وفي تجربة مكملة جرت محاولة تحديد التركيز ٠٫٥األفضل من مصدر النتروجين األمثل وھو مستخلص الخميرة وذلك بإضافته الى وسط اإلنتاج بمستويات تراوحت من ، % ١) أن أفضل انتاج للحامض قد تحقق عند استعمال ٨ما بين المعامالت. و يوضح الشكل ( % ٠٫٥وبفارق ٢٫٥الى شھد تدھورا واضحاُ إذ فقد كما في التجربة السابقة، حيث شھد إنتاج الحامض باإلنحراف عن ھذه النسبة زيادة أو نقصاناً، .% ٠٫٥غم عند المستوى ١٠٠غم/ ١٠٫١٠وبلغ % ١٫٥غم من الوسط عند المستوى ١٠٠غم/ ١١٫٤٠بلغ :نتاج الحامضنتاج األمثل) المدة الحضن المثلى (زمن اال-٧ نتاج الحامض. تم متابعة جميع المتغيرات الحاصلة في الوسط خالل مدة ا) تأثير مدة الحضن في ٣الجدول ( يوضح حامض الستريك والسكريات المستھلكة. ويالحظ من الحضن، متابعة يومية، من الرقم الھيدروجيني و الحموضة الكلية و غم من وسط ١٠٠غم/ ٢٠٫٨٠نتاجية مع الزمن وبلوغھا حدھا األقصى في نھاية اليوم الثالث إذ بلغت الشكل زيادة اال نتاجية باالنخفاض غم من الوسط .ثم أخذت اال ١٠٠غم/ ٥٫١٠مسحوق الذرة إذا ما قورنت بنھاية اليوم األول إذ كانت غم من الوسط بعد اليوم الرابع والخامس والسادس وعلى التوالي. ويالحظ ١٠٠غم / ١٦٫١٠و ١٦٫٧٠و ١٧٫٥٠غت فبل من الجدول أيضاً أن كفاءة تحويل السكريات الموجودة في الوسط الى حامض الستريك في ضوء ھذه النتائج قد بلغت ھي من السكريات %٥٢، مما يعني أن ما يقارب من %٥١٫٨٥ت األخرى حدھا األقصى في نھاية اليوم الثالث أيضاُ، وكان قد تم تحويلھا الى حامض الستريك وما تبقى قد استغلت من قبل العفن في %٧٣٫٨٤الكلية الموجودة في الوسط والبالغة غم / ٣٠٫١١ت انتاج الطاقة وتكوين الكتلة الحيوية . ومع ھذا فإن كمية السكريات التي بقيت في الوسط دون استغالل كان ومن األسباب الرئيسة في إنخفاض إنتاجية الحامض بعد مدة من وصولھا . غم من الوسط في نھاية اليوم السادس ١٠٠ ، وفي المقدمة منھا حامض catabolitesحدودھا القصوى ھو تراكم النواتج الثانوية والوسطية لعمليات األيض الھدمي اشاروا ]٣٠ [الستريك، وظھور التأثير الكابح لھذه النواتج في فعالية المركبات المشاركة في العمليات األيضية .غير ان ألى أن أفضل مدة إلنتاج الحامض في ظروف التجارب التي قاموا بھا كانت خمسة أيام لحامض:تأثير الكحول المثيلي واالثيلي في إنتاج ا-٨ مستويات من الكحول المثيلي ومثله من الكحول األثيلي في إنتاج الحامض في الظروف المثلى التي تم ةدرس تأثير خمس من الكحول المثيلي (حجم/حجم) % ١زيادة اإلنتاجية عند إضافة )١٠التوصل إليھا في ھذه الدراسة. ويالحظ من الشكل ( الى % ٣وبلغت قيمتھا القصوى عند % ٢رتفعت بزيادة نسبتھا الى غم من الوسط و إ ١٠٠غم/٢٠٫٨٠إذ كانت غم من الوسط وذلك عند ١٠٠غم/0١٦٫٨غم من الوسط، ثم أخذت باالنخفاض والتدھور حتى وصلت الى ١٠٠غم/٢٣٫٠٠ ربما يحّد من نمو نتاج في التراكيز العالية ، أنه . ويعزى التأثير السلبي للكحول المثيلي في اال% ٥نسبة الكحول المضافة نتاج في التراكيز الواطئة فيعود الى دور الميثانول في تكييف المايسيليوم ويؤخر تكوين السبورات، أما سبب الزيادة في اال المايسيليوم إذ يزيد من نفاذية الجدار الخلوي دون أن يضعف أيض العفن وبذلك يسمح للخلية بافراز السترات وتستجيب . بيد أن ] ٥[نتاجھا من السترات من أجل أن تحافظ على مستوى كاٍف منھا في داخلھااعن طريق زيادة الخلية لھذا الوضع نتاج الحامض، مشيرا أنه ليس من احظ أن إضافة الكحول المثيلي الى الوسط وبأي مستوى كان ، يؤدي الى تدھور ال [31] علوم الحياة | 214 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 نتاج ا.بينما aspergillus nigerنتاج إيجابيا مع جميع عزالت أو سالالت العفن الضرورة أن يكون تأثيره في اال غم من الوسط ١٠٠غم/ 0٢١٫٦نتاج حيث بلغ اال %٣الحامض يزداد بزيادة تركيز الكحول االثيلي المضاف وصوال الى . وبمقارنة ھذه %٥التركيز غم من الوسط نفسه عند ١٠٠غم/١٤٫٧٠نخفض الى اثم بدأ اإلنتاج بالتدھور تدريجيا حيث أن إضافة [32],النتائج مع تلك الخاصة بالميثانول يمكن القول أن تأثير األخير كان أفضل من تأثير اإليثانول وبين ٤٠٫٦٥غم الوسط مقابل ١٠٠غم/٤٥٫٨٥غم الوسط قد حققت زيادة في إنتاج الحامض بلغ ١٠٠مل/ ٢٥الميثانول بتركيز إضافة الكمية نفسھا من اإليثانول.غم الوسط جراء ١٠٠غم/ :hplcتشخيص حامض الستريك كماً ونوعاً باستعمال أيام من الحضن في الظروف المثلى، كما ونوعا ٦و ٥و ٣نتاجھا بعد اتم تشخيص حامض الستريك في العينات التي تم ) أن قمة حامض الستريك القياسي يظھر ١٠. ويبين الشكل ( hplcوباالستعانة بالمحاليل القياسية ، وذلك باستخدام جھاز من مجمل المساحة الكلية لمختلف القمم للمحلول القياسي % ٩٤٫٥٨دقيقة وبمساحة بلغت ٨٫٤٠في زمن إحتجاز مقداره من أيام من الحضن فكان ز ٦و ٥و ٣مايكروليتر. أما عينات الحامض المنتجة بعد ١٥الذي حقن في الجھاز بمقدار دقيقة ٨٫٤٤٧و ٨٫٢٩٦و ٨٫٤١٧إحتجازھا مطابقا الى حد بعيد لزمن احتجاز حامض الستريك القياسي، وھي وعلى % ١١٫٠٦٣و % ١٩٫١٩١و % ٢٥٫٦٢١)، شغلت مساحة بلغت نسبتھا من مجمل مساحة القمم ٤(الجدول: يك في العينات مع االخذ بنظر اإلعتبار حجم التوالي. مما يعني أن العينات تتضمن ھذا الحامض. قدرت كمية حامض الستر غم من ١٠٠غم / ٥٫٨٥و ١٠٫١٥و ١٣٫٥٤مستخلصات الحامض وعدد مرات التخفيف قبل الحقن في الجھاز، فكانت نتاج التي تم تحديدھا في ھذه الدراسة . ويالحظ أن ھذه القيم أيام من الحضن في الظروف المثالية لال ٦و ٥و ٣الوسط بعد ) وإن ثمة ٣(الجدول: ١٦٫١٠و ١٦٫٧٠و ٢٠٫٨٠ستعمال البريدين وھي امن تلك التي قدرت بالطريقة الكيميائية ب أقل ) لم ١١(الشكل: تقريباً ٣٫٣ة اإلحتجاز مدنتاج الحامض بكمية توازي أحياناً كمية حامض الستريك وفي امركب آخر يرافق وامض العضوية لدورة كريبس، والذي يحتمل أنه يتداخل مع حامض يتم التعرف عليه أو تشخيصه ، قد يكون أحد الح نتاجية ن االايمكن القول hplcالستريك عند تقديره بطريقة البريدين. وبناًء على نتائج تقدير حامض الستريك بطريقة لى أساس طريقة حتسبت عا غم من الوسط وليس تلك التي ١٠٠غم / ١٣٫٥٤الفعلية للحامض من العزلة قيد الدراسة تبلغ غم من الوسط. ١٠٠غم / ٢٠٫٨٠البريدين وھي المصادر 1-abou-zeid, a.; and mohamed, (1984). production of citric acid : a review agricultural wastes ., 9:51-76 2-kana, e. b. g. ; oloke j. k. , lateef a. and oyebanji a. ,( 2012). comparative evalution of artifical neural network coupled genetic algorithm and respons surface methodology for modeling and optimization of citric acid production by aspergillus niger mcbn297.chem eng. transac., 27:397-402. 3-rodrigues, c. ;vandenbergh l. p. s., sturm w., dergint,d. e. a. spier,m.r. carvaalho j.c.d. and soccol,c. r. ,(2013).effect of forced aeria on citric acid production by aspergillus sp. mutants in ssf. world. j. micro. biotech., 4-kirimura , k . ;yoda, m. ; kumatani, m. ; ishii, y. ; kion, k. and usami, s. (2002). cloning and expression of aspergillus niger icd a gen encoding mitoconderia nadp+-specific isocitrate dehydrogenase j.biosci . and bioeng. 93: 136-144. جامعة الموصل. ).التكنولوجيا الحيوية .دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر١٩٩٣العاني ، فائزعزيز.(-٥ 6-adham, n. z. ; (2002). attempts at improving citric acid fermentation by aspergillus niger in beet-molasses medium. bioresource technology. 84(1) : 97 – 100 . 7-baei, m.s. ; mahmoud, m. & yunesi, h. a. ( 2008) kinetic model for citric acid production f rom apple pomace by aspergillus niger. afr j biotechnol, 7(19), . 34873489. علوم الحياة | 215 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 8-wasay, s.a. ; barrington s. ; and tokunaga.s. (2001). organic acids for the in situ remediation of soils polluted by heavy metals: solid flushing in columns. water, air, and soil pollution.127(1-4):301-314. 9-majumder, l. ; khalil, l . munshi,m.k. alam,k. harunrashid, begum r. and n. alam, ( 2010). citric acid production by aspergillus niger using molasses and pumpkin as substrates. eur. j. biol. sci., 2 : 01 – 08. 10-amenaghawon, n.a. &aisien, f.a. ( 2012). modeling and simulation of citric acid production from corn starch hydrolysate using aspergillus niger. res, 2(1), 73-85 11-aysegul, p. ; and christian p. k. ( 2003). effects of sucrose concentration during citric acid accumulation by aspergillus niger . turk. j. chem. 27:581-590. 12-imandi, s. b. ; bandarru,v. v. r. ; somalanka s. r. and garapati, h. r. ( 2007). optimization of medium composition of citric acid from by product glycerol using dehlert experimental design . enzyme. microbial,technol.1,40:13667-1372. 13-munshi, m., hossain f. ; h uque, r. . rahman, khatun. a.; islam m. and m. i. khalil, (2013) eff ect of biomass and sugar on citric acid production by aspergillus niger using molasses and jackfruit as substares. am. j. food nutr.,1:1-6. 14mazutti , m., ;bender , j.p. ;treichel, h. and luccio , m.d. (2006). optimization of inulinase production by solid state fermentation using sugarcane bagasse as substrate. enzyme and microbial technology, 39 : 56-59. 15-mazaheri, m.a., and nikkhah, m.( 2002). production of citric acid from date pulp by solid state fermentation. j. agric sci. techno. 16-kareem, s. o.; akpan, i. and alebiowu, o. o. (2010) production of citric acid by aspergillus niger using pineapple waste. malaysian journal of microbiology. 6(2),. 161-165 17-imandi, s.b.; bandaru, v.v.r.; somalanka, s.r.; bandaru, s.r. &garapati, h. r. ( 2008) application of statistical experimental designs for the optimization of medium constituents for the production of citric acid from pineapple wastes. bioresource technol, 99(10),.pp 4445-4450. 18-pazouki, m., feles,p.a. sinha j. and . panda t,( 2000). comparative studies on citric acid production by aspergillus niger and candida lipolytica using molasses and glucose. bioprocess eng., 22:353-361 شا بوساطة الفطر ).انتاج حامض الستريك من الن١٩٩٥السامرائي ،سوسن مصطفى عبد الرحمن .(-١٩ aspergillus niger جامعة بغداد. –.رسالة ماجستير .كلية الزراعة ) إستخدام ساند صناعي بدالُ من المخلفات ٢٠١٣محي الدين، محمد عمر، رقيباء على جيجان ومصطفى محمد (-٢٠ وزارة التخطيط / الجھاز .٣٩٢٣الزراعية في إنتاج األنزيمات بطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة. برأءة اختراع برقم المركزي للتقييس والسيطرة النوعية. 21-pearson, d. (1973).the chemical anylases of food. 6 th ed. chemical publishing co., inc., london. 22-marier, j. r. and boulet, m.(1958).direct determination of citric acid in milk with an improved pyridine –acetic anhydrate method . 23-whitaker, j. r. and bernhard, r. a. (1972). experiments for an introduction to enzymology. the whiber press, davis 24-perez-guerra, n.; torrado-agrasar, a.; lopez-marcias, c. and pastrana , l.(2001). main characteristics and applications of solid substrate fermentation. website: copyright 2001 electronic j. of environ. agri. and food chem. علوم الحياة | 216 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 25-arzumanov, t .e.; shishkanova, n. v. and finogennova, t. v. (2000) biosynthesis of citric acid by yarrowia lipolytica repeat-batch culture on ethanol j. appl. microbial and biotechnol.53:525-529. 26-haq , i., ali , s.; qadeer , m. a. and iqbal , j. (2002) . citric acid fermentation by mutant strain of aspergillus niger gcmc-7 using molasses based medium . elect. j. biotechnol. 5 ; 125132. 27-nadeem, a.; syed, q., baig, s., irfan, m. and nadeem, m. (2010) enhanced production of citric acid by aspergillus niger m-101 using lower alcohols. turkish . j. biochem. 35(1):7-13. 28-vasanthabharathi,v. n. sajitha, n. and jayalakshmi, s. ,(2013). citric acid production from u-v mutated estuarine aspergillus niger .advances in biological research 7(3):89-94 علي-٢٩ ) إنتاج حامض الستريك من مخلفات العنب ٢٠٠٦سليمان ( بدوي ، امين و محمد ثلج، كركز محمد و ، احمد aspergillus nigerباستخدام تخمرات الحالة الصلبة بواسطة الفطر . مجلة ، 11 -مجلد مجلد الصرفة، للعلوم تكريت دعد 1. 30-shojaosadati, a. a. and babaeipour, v. (2002) citric acid production from apple pomace in multi-layer packed bed solid state bioreactor. j. process biochem. 37: 909914 31-kuforiji, o; kuboye, a. o. and odunfa, s. a. (2010) orange and pineapple wastes as potential substrates for citric acid production international journal of plant biology 1, 1 32-ashraf, h. ; rehman, a. and haq ,i. (2004) effect of alcohols on the production of citric acid by aspergillus niger.using solid state fermentation .j. food technol. 2:1-4. علوم الحياة | 217 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 czapek doxنتاج الحامض في وسطفي ا المرحلة األولى من الغربلة األولية لتحديد قابلية العزالت .)١(رقم جدول agar الحاوي على السكروز والمثيل األحمر بداللة نسبة قطر تكون الحامض الى قطر النمو نسبة قطر تكون الحامض/قطر النمو(سم)لمدد مختلفة من الحضن مصدر العزالت العزالت ستة أيام ثالثة أيام يومان ١a ٤٫٢ ٤٫٢ ٤ التربة ٢a ٤٫٢ ٤ ٣٫٨ التربة ٣a ٥٫٧ ٤٫٩ ٤٫٣ التربة ٤a ٣٫٦ ٣٫٦ ٣٫٢ التربة ٥a ٣٫٢ ٣٫٢ ٣ التربة ٦a ٤٫٥ ٤٫٢ ٤ الفاكھة ٧a ٧٫٦ ٥٫٩ ٥٫٣ الفاكھة ٨a ٥٫٥ ٤٫٥ ٤٫٥ الفاكھة ٩a ٤٫٥ ٣٫٧ ٣٫٣ الفاكھة ١٠a ٦٫٢ ٥٫٥ ٤٫٥ الفاكھة ١١a ٤٫٩ ٤٫٤ ٤٫١ الفاكھة ١٢a ٤٫٦ ٤٫٣ ٣٫٦ الفاكھة ١٣a ٧٫١ ٥٫٥ ٥٫٢ الفاكھة ١٤a ٤٫٦ ٣٫٧ ٢٫٣ الفاكھة ١٥a عزلة من مختبر التقنية ٥٫٥ ٤٫٥ ٤٫٣ ١٦a عزلة من مختبر التقنية ٣٫٣ ٣٫٢ ٣٫٠ ١٧a عزلة من مختبر التقنية ٤٫٣ ٤٫٢ ٣٫٢ czapek doxنتاج الحامض في وسطفي ا الغربلة األولية لتحديد قابلية العزالتالمرحلة الثانية من .)٢(رقم جدول agar الحاوي الكلوكوز والمثيل األحمر بداللة نسبة قطر تكون الحامض الى قطر النمو العزالت تمصدر العزال لمدة نسبة قطر تكوين الحامض/قطر النمو(سم)بعد الحضن ستة أيام يومان يوم ٣a ٥٫٩ ٤٫٣ ٤٫١ التربة ٧a ٧٫٢ ٥٫٥ ٤٫٧ الفاكھة ٨a ٦٫٣ ٥٫٦ ٥٫١ الفاكھة ١٠a ٥٫٦ ٥٫٢ ٥٫٠ الفاكھة ١٣a ٦٫٧ ٥٫٣ ٤٫٧ الفاكھة ١٥a عزلة من مختبر التقنية ٥٫٢ ٤٫٢ ٤٫٢ علوم الحياة | 218 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 باستعمال مسحوق الذرة بطريقة تخمرات aspergillus niger a7نتاج حامض الستريك من العفن ا .)٣( رقم جدول أيام في ٦خالل المراحل المختلفة من الحضن لمدة ٣بتدائي اوبرقم ھيدروجيني ١:٠٫٧٥الحالة الصلبة المرطبة بنسبة بوغ/مل٧١٠وبحجم لقاح مقداره ٠م ٢٥درجة حرارة مدة الحضن باأليام الحموضة الكلية غم ١٠٠(غم/ من الوسط) حامض الستريك غم ١٠٠(غم/ من الوسط) ية السكريات الكل المتبقية بعد االنتاج غم من ١٠٠(غم/ الوسط) السكريات المستھلكة غم من ١٠٠(غم/ الوسط) كفاءة التحويل* (% ) ٧٣٫٨٤ صفر ٥٥٫٥ ١ ٠٥٫٥ ٣٣٫٢٢ ٢٢٫٦١ ٥١٫٢٣ ٠١١٫٦ ٢ ٧٥٫٩ ٠٤٢٫٣ ٩١٫٠٣ ٣١٫٥٤ ٠٥٫٢٣ ٣ ٠٢٠٫٨ ٥١٫٨٥ ٤٠٫١١ ٣٣٫٧٣ ٠١٩٫٣ ٤ ٥٤٫١٧ ٤٢ .٩٧ ٤٠٫٧٨ ٣٣٫٠٦ ٠١٨٫٥ ٥ ٠١٦٫٧ ٤٠٫٧٣ ٤١٫٠٠ ٣٢٫٨٤ ٧٥٫١٧ ٦ ٠٥٫١٦ ٧٠٫٣٦ ٤٣٫٧٣ ٣٠٫١١ باستعمال مسحوق الذرة بطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة a7 a.nigerإنتاج حامض الستريك من العفن .)٤(رقم جدول hplcتحت الظروف القياسية بطريقة نوع العينة رقم القمة )زمن اإلحتجاز(دقيقة مساحة القمة من مجموع القمم (%) عدد مرات ل التخفيف قب الحقن في الجھاز حامض الستريك غم) ١٠٠(غم/ من الوسط حامض الستريك القياسي مل)١٠٠غم/١( ٦ ٨٫٤٠ ٩٤٫٥٨ _ _ أيام من ٣نتاج بعد اال الحضن في الظروف المثلى ١٧ ٨٫٤١ ٢٥٫٦٢ ١٠ ١٣٫٥٤ أيام من ٥نتاج بعد اال الحضن في الظروف المثلى ١٩ ٨٫٢٩ ١٩٫١٩ ١٠ ١٠٫١٥ أيام من ٦نتاج بعد اال الحضن في الظروف المثلى ٢٠ ٨٫٤٤ ١١٫٠٦ ١٠ ٥٫٨٥ علوم الحياة | 219 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 نتاج حامض الستريك بداللة تغيير لون المنطقة المحيطة بالنمو على الوسط في ا a7قابلية العزلة .)١( رقم شكل czapek dox agar رالحاوي على المثيل األحم على أوساط مختلفة بطريقة تخمرات a7 aspergillus nigerنتاجية حامض الستريك من العفن ا.) ٢(رقم شكل أيام ٦م ولمدة ٣٠بوغاً/مل في درجة الحرارة ٦١٠×٥حجمه وبلقاح ١:١الحالة الصلبة المرطبة بنسبة باستعمال مسحوق a7 aspergillus nigerنتاج حامض الستريك من العزلةاتأثير نسبة الترطيب في .)٣(رقم شكل أيام وبرقم ٦م ولمدة ٣٠بوغاً/مل في درجة الحرارة ٦١٠×٥الذرة وسطاً لتخمرات الحالة الصلبة وبلقاح حجمه ٧ ھيدروجيني 0 1 2 3 4 5 ٠٫٥ ٠٫٧٥ ١ ١٫٢٥ ١٫٥ ة جي نتا اال ) /غم ١ ٠ ٠ ط س لو ن ا م غم ( نسبة الترطيب 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 نخالة الحنطة سحالة الرز كسبة زھرة الشمس مسحوق الذرة ة جي نتا اإل ) /غم ١ ٠ ٠ ط س لو ن ا م غم ( نوع الوسط علوم الحياة | 220 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 باستعمال مسحوق a7 aspergillus nigerنتاج حامض الستريك من العزلةاتأثير درجة الحرارة في .)٤(رقمشكل لإلنتاج بطريقة تخمرات ٧بوغ/ مل ورقم ھيدروجيني ٦١٠×٥وسطاً وبحجم لقاح ١:٠٫٧٥الذرة المرطبة بنسبة أيام ٦الحالة الصلبة ولمدة باستعمال مسحوق a7 aspergillus nigerنتاج حامض الستريك من العزلةاتأثير حجم اللقاح في .)٥(رقم شكل ٦ولمدة ٧ورقم ھيدروجيني ٠م ٢٥وسطاً لإلنتاج بطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة بدرجة ١:٠٫٧٥الذرة المرطبة بنسبة )٦١٠×(حجم اللقاح المذكورأيام باستعمال aspergillus niger a7 نتاج حامض الستريك من العفناتأثير الرقم الھيدروجيني في .)٦(رقم شكل بوغ/مل بطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة في ٧١٠وسطاً لإلنتاج ولقاح حجمه ١:٠٫٧٥مسحوق الذرة المرطبة بنسبة أيام ٦م ولمدة ٢٥ درجة الحرارة 0 5 10 15 ٥ ١٠ ٥٠ ١٠٠ ية ج نتا اإل ) /غم ١ ٠ ٠ ط س لو ن ا م غم ( )مل/بوغ(حجم اللقاح 0 5 10 15 20 ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ة جي نتا اإل ) /غم ١ ٠ ٠ ط س لو ن ا مم غ ( الرقم الھيدروجيني 0 5 10 15 ٢٠ ٢٥ ٣٠ ٣٥ ٤٠ ة جي نتا اإل ) /غم ١ ٠ ٠ ن م غم ط س لو ا ( درجة الحرارة علوم الحياة | 221 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 باستعمال aspergillus niger a7 نتاج حامض الستريك من العفناتأثير مصادر النتروجين في .) ٧(رقمشكل بوغ/مل وسطاً لإلنتاج بطريقة تخمرات الحالة ٧١٠والملقحة بلقاح حجمه ١:٠٫٧٥مسحوق الذرة المرطبة بنسبة أيام ٦م ولمدة ٢٥في درجة الحرارة ٣الصلبة برقم ھيدروجيني aspergillus niger نتاج حامض الستريك من العفناتأثير تركيز مختلفة من مستخلص الخميرة في .)٨(رقم شكل a7 ٣نتاج بطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة برقم ھيدروجيني وسطاً لال ١:٠٫٧٥باستعمال مسحوق الذرة المرطبة بنسبة أيام ٦ولمدة ٠م٢٥بوغ/مل في درجة ٧١٠والملقح بلقاح بحجم قدره 0 5 10 15 20 control مستخلص خميرة ببتون نترات االمونيوم كلوريد االمونيم ية ج نتا اال ) /غم ١ ٠ ٠ ن م غم ط س لو ا ( المصادر النتروجينية 0 5 10 15 20 ٠٫٥ ١ ١٫٥ ٢ ٢٫٥ ة جي نتا اإل ) /غم ١ ٠ ٠ ط س لو ن ا م غم ( مستخلص الخميرة علوم الحياة | 222 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 aspergillus niger a7نتاج حامض الستريك من العفن اتأثير الكحول المثيلي واالثيلي في .) ٩(رقم شكل وبلقاح ٣بتدائي اورقم ھيدروجيني ١:٠٫٧٥بطريقة تخمرات الحالة الصلبة باستعمال مسحوق الذرة المرطبة بنسبة م.٢٥أيام من الحضن على درجة حرارة ٣بوغ /مل خالل مدة ٧١٠حجمه 0 5 10 15 20 25 ٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ غم ة جي نتا اال / ١ ٠ ٠ ط س لو ن ا م %تركيز الميثانول وااليثانول لميثانو لايثانو علوم الحياة | 223 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 علوم الحياة | 224 ٢٠١٥) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 optimization of citric acid production from locally isolate fungus aspergillus niger by solid state fermentation mohammed o. mohi-aldin dept.scince of food/ college agriculture/ university of baghdad aiden m. hussain dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science(ibn alhatham) / university of baghdad received in: 18/ december/2014 , accepted in: 25/february /2015 abstract this study aimed to obtain an isolate of a mold that has well characteristic for production of citric acid from raw materials available locally by solid-state fermentation and determination of the optimum conditions for production .fourteen mold isolates producing acid were obtained from different sources, involved decayed fruits and soils. these isolates were subjected to initial qualitative screening followed by secondary quantitative screening in secondary screening a method combined between the submerged fermentation and solid-state fermentation was followed using a piece of sponge saturated by nutrients required for growth and production of acid. it was found that the isolate of a7 was the highest producer for citric acid than any other isolates including three standard isolates obtained from the laboratory of biotechnology/ college of agriculture. morphological analysis under the light microscope and cultural characteristics on solid media showed that the isolate a7 belongs to aspergillus niger. different raw materials were used for the production of citric acid from this isolate by solid-state fermentation included sunflower waste, wheat bran, rice bran as well as ground corn. it was found that the latter was better than others,therefore it was used for optimization of production conditions of the acid. the optimum conditions were achieved on ground corn moistened with water at a ratio 1:0.75 with an initial ph 3 inoculated with 107 spores/ml during an incubation time of 3 days at 25 c0..the productivity of citric acid under these conditions was 20.8 gm/100 gm of the media. supporting the media with 1% of yeast extract and adding 3% of methanol to moisten solution was found to increase the productivity to 23.0 g /100 g, while the effect of ethanol was limited. citric acid produced in this study was detected quantitatively and qualitatively by high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) and it was found that the amount of citric acid produced after three days of incubation under optimum production conditions was ١٣٫٥٤ gm/ 100 gm of media. this value was less than that estimated by the chemical method using pyridine. it was also noted that, beside citric acid, there was another compound produced in visible quantity. although this compound was not recognized in this study, it is thought to be any of organic acids of kreb's cycle and this compound may be interact with citric acid when determined by pyridine. according to results of determination of citric acid by hplc it can be said that the actual production of citric acid was as mentioned above (13.54 gm/ 100 gm) but not as estimated by the chemical method using pyridine . keyword: solid state fermentation , citric acid, aspergillus niger conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |214 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 combining a hill encryption algorithm and lsb technique with dispersed way for securing arabic and english text messages hidden in cover image enas whab abood dept. of mathematical/ collage of science / university of basrah received in :5/ april /2017 , accepted in : 4 /june/ 2017 abstract in this paper a hybrid system was designed for securing transformed or stored text messages(arabic and english) by embedding the message in a colored image as a cover file depending on lsb (least significant bit) algorithm in a dispersed way and employing hill data encryption algorithm for encrypt message before being hidden, a key of 3x3 was used for encryption with inverse for decryption, the system scores a good result for psnr rate ( 75-86) that differentiates according to length of message and image resolution. key words: steganography and cryptography , hill algorithm , text hiding mathematics |215 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction the internet is the new environment for dealing with information transferring, publishing and connecting people, so the security of the internet became more significant to protect the data and users from unauthorized access , uncover secret information or distortion it [1]. data security concepts and systems was shown and developed by many researchers for electronic information protection like cryptography and steganography [2][3]. the cryptography is the art of transforming data from its original shape to another unreadable or corrupted with cryptography techniques in the side of sender and being decrypted by receiver to retrieve the original message [4].the cryptosystem components are plaintext which is the original message or data , encryption algorithm that converting plaintext to cipher text by applying key , decryption algorithm is invested to get back original text, cipher text and key for encryption [5]. although the using of cryptography is successful in distortion of information or delusion that made the attacker helpless in retrieving information who still trying to find a way to break the codes even with creation of new methods in cryptography because the presence of a distortion information is a clue to presence of important information and could be broken or sabotaged ,so another way was deployed nowadays to protect critical information that is steganography to hide the information from site at all which leads to be pass without interception [2]. steganography which is denoted as the art or science of embedding data in an incent file like image, audio, video and text ,steganography systems are categorized into two main types according to the techniques used for embedding that are spatial domain and transform domain .in spatial domain the hidden message is put directly in least significant bits (lsbs), while transform domain embedding is done by editing the cover file frequency coefficients like the fourier transform and wavelet [5][6][7].steganosystem is consisted of secret data needed to be hidden , cover file that look incent image ,text or any other media ,algorithms for embedding and retrieving and some time a key needed. steganography hitch is that once the existence of hidden information is exposed or yet assumed, the message is could be retrieved. in this paper a hybrid technique is used to secure data transform consist of encryption of a text message using a hill algorithm with some modification to encrypt a text of arabic as well as english letters and characters, then embedding the cipher text in an rgb image with lsb technique in a dispersed way to strengthen the security of hiding against malicious attackers. related work the steganography was well known from long period by greek as “covered writing” that means hiding information within another information[8]and its away to support the cryptosystem for hiding the encrypted information from unauthorized access these two kinds of security system were studied and developed by many researchers .in cryptography, a studies in an encryption algorithms and enhancing its power and the power of used key were presented and tested with new methods of testing . saeed m.ch (2009) presented a new way to generate encryption key used in stream cipher that generate it randomly then submit it to conditions of authentic randomization , if it passes then used, elsewhere a genetic algorithm is applied to invent a new random key with length equal to message length and a new structure to hide cipher key within the message in addition to deception function to increase key safity [9]. a model for finding hash value to overcome the dictionary attack was suggested by tahbob r. and abu taha m. (2011) with comparative between suggested system and md5,sha1,sha512 [20] . a hybrid technique of cryptography and steganography to provide two levels of security were proposed and being widely used and developed by researchers like r.nivedhitha(2012) mathematics |216 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduces two methods for securing image by des algorithm encryption with the key image. then hide in another image by using lsb techniques ,the decryption can be done by the same key image using des algorithm[4]. saleh marwa e. et.al.(2016) proposed a merged technique for data using standard (aes) algorithm has been modified and used for encryption then the encrypted message has been hidden in image by using method that is combining pvd-mpkmethod [11] with msldip-mpk method with high embedding capacity [5] . cryptography cryptography algorithms was presented and developed for securing data and could be classified into two major types according to the type of key used in encryption: symmetric and asymmetric,in symmetric cipher the key used in encryption is the same used in decryption like digital encryption standard (des), triple-des (3des) and hill algorithm.while in asymmetric cipher different keys but mathematically related are used for encrypting and decrypting[12][13] . hill algorithm is most popular symmetric key encryption technique that uses a matrix as a key for encryption and its inverse for decryption and it represents an excellent technique that depends on the algebraic estimation with high speed and productivity[10] . the hill algorithm depend on a key that is could be any n×n matrix of integer value (2×2 , 3×3 , 4×4,…) that have an inverse with integer value to be used for decryption ( hint: the matrix of integer inverse almost have determinative equal to 1) .the text transformed to a matrix with n row equal to the key dimension then multiplies the key with the text matrix to get ascii cipher text.to retrieve the original text from the cipher text the encryption operations is reversed but the multiplication take place with the inverse of the key matrix[14]. another type of classification is block cipher and stream cipher that depends on the amount of data encrypted, in block cipher the plain text is encrypted as blocks of bits each of time and the size of the block either 32bits or 64 bits... etc. like des .stream ciphers techniques encrypt the data continuously bit by bit by integrate a key with original data a mostly using xor , it considered a block cipher with bit length of each block like rc4 algorithm[13][15]. steganography steganography trends are to hide messages in cover files and either the message or cover files could be any type of media like text, image and sound. usually in images the hiding is being in lsb that caused a minor change cannot be realized by bare eyes [16].there are three main types of covered writing (steganography) used in stegosystem:  pure steganography: pure steganography is a system with no information for hiding within a cover file, like key interchanging or any descriptive manner of hiding.  secret key steganography: it depends on using a keyword for each side (sender and receiver), the sender picks up a cover file c for hiding his message m by secret key k . on the receiver side the same key is used with reversal operations to retrieve secret message m.  public key steganography: this method needs two keys private and public ,the public is declared in a general database and used for hiding while the private key is used for secret message retrieval[17]. many of cover writing techniques were shown [18] like: mathematics |217 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 o substitution system: its work is to substitute the unimportant part of cover file by hiding message bits in a consecutive or dispersed way like least signification bit (lsb) that uses for image and sound cover files . o transform domain techniques : the frequency spectrum of image cover file is used to hide messages and this technique produced immunity against segmentation and image processing attacks comparing with lsb. a discrete cosine transform(dct) and wavelet transform represent a kind of transforms used for hiding purposes. o spread spectrum techniques: in spectrum techniques the signal with some wave exceed low limit for sending information and the hiding message data are being spread with independent signal ,while the receiver is retrieving the hiding data using a special code used for sending, generally two shapes of spread spectrum is invested: direct sequence and frequency hopping. o statistical methods: this method works on changing statistical properties of the cover file (i.e. the cover file changes when sending bit 1 while stay the same with bit 0) so the receiver should be able to recognize the modified cover from the other. proposed system the suggested method of hiding is depending on hiding an encrypted text message (arabic and english) in lsb of colored image in dispersed way. 1. text encryption the first step is to encrypt the text consisting of arabic and english letters and characters using hill algorithm 3×3 matrix key as follows:  chose a key as matrix n×n for encryption with the inverse of integer number for decryption : we are free to chose any key with any dimension with condition of having an integer value inverse matrix ,like: [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] …etc in this paper the key is: key= [ ] [ ]  transform the text to ascii code , actually the ascii code for english characters are started from 32 to 126 and arabic characters ascii started from 1569 to 1618 so we subtract 1442 from arabic ascii to get a new enhanced ascii for any sentence or words consists of various characters in range ( 32-176): 'i like math( ترياضيا ) ' → 73 32 108 105 107 101 32 109 97 116 104 40 143 168 133 148 168 133 136 41 32  reshape the one dimensional ascii code to a two dimensional array with row number equals to key dimension , if the chosen key is 3×3 then the text ascii matrix became as 3×m: mathematics |218 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 acsii_text=  multiply the ascii_text with key after subtracting 32 and taking the modulo of 145 that the number of characters to get numbers between 0-176 then add 32 again : ascii_mul =  convert the ascii_mul to character to get encrypted with consideration to the ascii code of arabic character that started from 1569 instead of 127 as in enhanced ascii of the program : encryp_text=  end 2. text hiding : text hiding is done with the lsb in color image that has value between 0 and 1 so any change in this bit gives a minor alternation in color that measured at 1/255 of color rate, which pays no attention from attackers and to strengthen the hiding power in addition to encrypt the text is using another key to represent the seed for random function that produces a random location for spreading the text bits in cover image ,the algorithm of hiding is below: (1) convert the encrypt_text to ascii with binary code with length 8 bits. (2) convert image color value to binary code with 8 bits(0-255). (3) generate the list of random locations for encrypt_text bits using rand () function available by matlab with seed number represents the key for hiding with default value equal to length of encrypt_text bits and could be changed by the system user. (4) the length of encrypt_text bits stored at the end of image bits (5) substitute the bits of encrypt_text by image 8 th bit (lsb) according to the generated locations. (6) reconstruct the cover image by transforming to decimal codes, then reshape it to 3 dimensional matrix. (7) saving new image and send it to the receiver (8) end the system provides a simple gui to the sender to enter necessary information like plain_text, encryption_key (matrix), cover_image and hiding_key (random seed) to process the encryption and hiding smoothly, then saving cover_image as a new file to be sent, figure(1)(2). 3. message revealing (uncovering ) on the receiver side after getting the image the step of retrieving hidden message started by reversing the algorithm of hiding by generating location list using the same hiding_key (random seed) and take the 8 th bit from each location to form the character of cipher_text . mathematics |219 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 4. text decryption the cipher_text is being decrypted by repeating all steps of encryption with exception that decryption_key is equal to the inverse matrix of encryption_key .the process is done with these steps:  translate the encrypted_test to ascii codes and reshaping with row numbers equal to key columns.  adjusting the values of the matrix of ascii values by subtracting 32 from each element.  multiplying the ascii matrix with decryption_key (inverse of encryption_key).  taking the value of remainder modulo 145 to reduce each matrix element.  adding 32 to each element of the resulting matrix.  reshaping the matrix to a one dimensional matrix and translate each ascii value to opposite character with consideration to the value of the element over than 126 is added to 1442 then get opposite character which belongs to the arabic character group. the gui of receiver is shown in figure(3)(4). results and discussion the system was applied to many messages differentiate in length and images with various resolutions. the system produced a clear image with a good rate of hiding ever with bare eye or noise measurement using peak signal to noise ratio (psnr) according to equations[19]: ∑ ∑ m,n : cover_image resolution. i : cover_image before hiding. ic: cover_image after hiding. l : the highest value of ic matrix which is in image case is 255. in table (1) and figure(5) the results of calculating the psnr rate for different length of encrypted_text hidden in different resolution images . obviously from figure(5) the text length effects in psnr that the increasing in text length caused reducing in psnr but it still good in hiding and unable to detection any text in images,also increasing the resolution of image produces a better way to reduce psnr that fortify the hidden process .the dispersed way in distribution bits of text in image enhancing hiding process and strengthen the proposed algorithm. conclution using cryptography for secret message before being hidden gives an extra level of protection against attackers with ability to encrypt arabic and english characters in the same time. the dispersed way in hiding text bit in cover file strengthen the power of hiding specially if happens with key defined by the users. although the numbers of psnr say about presence of distortion or noise in images after hiding ,but still the test of human eyes is important and it shows no noisy in any image or difference after from before hiding. mathematics |220 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 references 1. tacticus, a. (1990), "how to survive under siege / aineias the tactician", pp. 84{90, 183{193. clarendon ancient history series, oxford, england: clarendon press. 2. awadh,w. a. (2012),”text message hiding in text documents”,m.sc thesis,collage of science,basrah university. 3. abdulzahra, h. ; ahmad, r. and norliza, m. n.,”combining cryptography and steganography for data hiding in images”, applied computational science,pp:128-134 5.nivedhitha, r. and dr. meyyappan, t. (2012),”image security using steganography and cryptographic techniques”, international journal of engineering trends and technology. 6. saleh, m. e.; aly ,a. a. and omara,f. a., 2016, “data security using cryptography and steganography techniques”, (ijacsa) international journal of advanced computer science and applications .. 7. sharda, s. and budhiraja, s. (2013) ,“image steganography: a review,” international journal of emerging technology and advanced engineering (ijetae), pp. 707–710, january. 8. al_dobooni, m. m. ;sulaiman, a. h. and bader sadkhan, s. ,(1989), ”the symbols , codes and computers –introduction to information security”,aldar alarabia . stallings w.,(1999)," cryptography and network security", prentice hall “, new jersey,. 9. saeed, m. j. (2009) ,”stream encryption using genetic algorithm “,al-rafedain journal for computers and mathematical science. 10. abo-taha, mohammed and tahboob, radhwan ,(2011),”practical one way hash algorithm using non-invertible matrix based on hill cipher technique”, communications of the arab computer society. 11. saleh m. e.; aly, a. a. and omara, f. a. (2015), “enhancing pixel value difference (pvd) image steganography by using mobile phone keypad (mpk) coding, ” international journal of computer science and security (ijcss), pp. 397 397. 12. stallings, w. (2006) ,“cryptography and network security principles and practices”, prentice hall. 13.“cryptography just for beginnar”, http://www.tutorialspoint.com. (2015) 14.yi-shiung. y, (2008) , “a new cryptosystem using matrix transformation “. proceedings of ieee international canahan conference on security technology, taipei, taiwan pp: 131-138. 15. lars, r. knudsen and matthew, j. b. robshaw, (2011),”the block cipher companion”,information security and cryptography ,springer-verlag ,berlin heidelberg. 16. hill, s. l, (1929): “ cryptography in an algebraic alphabet “. american math. monthly, pp: 306-312. 17. sellars , duncan, (1999),”an introduction to steganography “ computer science department ,university of cape town south africa. 18. katzenbeisser, s. and petitcolas f.a.p. ,(2000), "information hiding techniques for steganography and digital watermarking",arttech house. 19. qi,hairong ; snyder, wesley e.&sander, william a., (2002);”blind consistency-based steganography for information hiding in digital media”.multimedia and expo,2002.icme ’02.proceedings ieee international conference on vol.1,pp:585-588. mathematics |221 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (1): shows the psnr rate values for different text length and different images resolution . image resolution text size psnr 444 x 444 360 75.8453 194 x 265 32 78.5776 1024 x 728 500 79.4432 50 85.4241 100 83.2974 250 81.5445 figure (1): sender gui for encrypting a secret message and hide it in cover_image figure (2) :sender gui for encrypting a secret message and hide it in cover_image mathematics |222 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (3): receiver gui to uncover encrypt_text and decrypt it to get original message figure (4) receiver gui to uncover encrypt_text and decrypt it to get original message mathematics |223 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (5): shows the differences between the psnr rate in different text lengths, and image resolutions,the right image from each group shows the distribution of text bits in cover_image bits. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 94 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. investigating the structural and magnetic properties of nickel oxide nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method abstract this work used the deposition method to synthesize nickel oxide nanoparticles. the materials mainly used in this study were nickel sulfate hexahydrate (as a precursor) and naoh (as a precipitant). the properties of the nanopowder were characterized by xrd, fe-sem, edx, and vsm. the obtained results confirmed the presence of nickel oxide nanoparticles with a face-centered cubic (fcc) structure with a lattice constant (a=4.17834 å). scherer and williamson-hall equations were used to calculate the crystallite size of about (30.5-35.5) nm. the fe-sem images showed that the particle shape had a ball-like appearance with a uniform and homogeneous distribution and confirmed that the particles were within the nanoscale. the presence of oxygen and nickel atoms was confirmed by the edx test. the magnetic properties results showed that nanonio had a narrow hysteretic loop. it consumed the least amount of energy and, therefore, can be used as a core for electric motors and transformers. keywords: nio nanoparticles, williamson-hall, xrd, structural properties, magnetic properties 1. introduction the study of microscopic particles is gaining popularity due to the novel features that materials exhibit as their crystal size is reduced [1]. this is because of their wide variety of usages, such as solar cells [2], supercapacitors [3], electrochemical applications [4], and gas sensors [5]. nio nanoparticles are among the generality of promising metal oxide nanoparticles [6]. given the unique features of nanoscaled materials and their industrial uses, the nano-size impact of magnetism has become a powerful research topic [7]. nickel oxide (nio) is a promising material employed in various applications, including battery cathodes, catalysis, electrochromic films, and doi: 10.30526/35.4.2872 article history: received 8 june 2022, accepted 7 august 2022, published in october 2022. karrar h. musa department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. karrar.hadi1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index tagreed m. alsaadi department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:karrar.hadi1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:karrar.hadi1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:karrar.hadi1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:karrar.hadi1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 95 gas sensors. bulk nio is also antiferromagnetic, making it suitable for a wide range of magnetic applications, including pinning layers in spin valves and magnetic tunnel junctions [8]. the cubic (nacl-type) structure of bulk nio has a lattice parameter of 4.177 å. it's a p-type semiconductor with wide band gap of 3.6 to 4.0 ev. below, neel's temperature of tn = 523 k shows antiferromagnetic ordering in the bulk form [9]. nio nanoparticles' magnetic characteristics are susceptible to the crystal structure, size, and shape, resulting in a wide range of fascinating occurrences [10]. nickel oxide (nio) is one of the best metal oxides, with key qualities such as large specific capacitance, broadband gap, steady durability, and high carrier density. these characteristics are ideal for dye-synthesized solar cells, electrochromic devices, lithium-ion batteries, and other applications. furthermore, ferromagnetism in nio thin films at ambient temperature and its use in spintronic devices [11]. depending on the size of the nanoparticles, nickel oxide (nio) with a neel temperature of 523 k shows varied magnetic characteristics such as ferromagnetism, antiferromagnetism, and superparamagnetism [12]. nickel oxide (nio) is a transition metal oxide with cubic crystal structure and p-type conductivity with a direct wide band gap in the range of (3.6 to 4.0) ev [8]. with the highest neel temperature of 524k, nio exhibits type-ii antiferromagnetic (afm) order. [13] chemical and physical methods [14], such as the co-precipitation method [15], solvothermal [16], and sol-gel method [17], have all been used to make nio nps. co-precipitation is one of the simplest techniques for producing nanoparticles among the different approaches. the coprecipitation approach lowers the temperature of the reaction by precipitating a homogenous mixture of reagents. it is a simple way to make nanopowders of metal oxides that are highly reactive in low-temperature sintering [18]. in this research, we will discuss the effect of the crystal structure and grain size on the magnetic properties of nano nickel oxide prepared by the precipitation method. 2. experimental method the nickel oxide nanoparticles were prepared by the precipitation technique in the following steps: 10.541g aqueous nickel sulfate niso4.6h2o dissolved in 200 ml of deionized water. 3.1998 g of sodium hydroxide naoh was dissolved in 400ml of deionized water. the mentioned solution was mixed for 30 minutes at room temperature. after that, the acidity function of the ph solution was modified by using a ph meter by adding ammonia solution nh3 drop by drop until we reached to11 and the color of the solution became blue. after that step, the solution was heated to 800 ℃ for 2 hours. the drops of dissolved sodium hydroxide were slowly added to the solution until the solution became colorless with a green precipitate. the formed precipitate was separated using filter paper with small pores and washed several times with deionized water. finally, the precipitate was placed in an oven to dry at a temperature of 110 ℃ for 24 hours. the nano compound was placed in the electric furnace at a temperature of 450 ℃ for four hours and then left to cool down to get the nano powder of nio. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 96 3. results and discussion 3.3. x-ray diffraction the xrd patterns of the produced samples clearly reveal the cubic nio characteristic peaks at 37.3426.43.3745, 62.9490, 75.4857, and 79.4885, which correspond to crystal planes (111), (200), (220), (311), and (222) respectively. the sample's diffraction pattern corresponds to the face-centered cubic (fcc) crystalline structure of nio, which matches the standard jcpds card no.04-0835[19]. no impurity peaks are noticed, indicating that the nio samples are of excellent purity as manufactured. figure 1: x-ray diffraction pattern of nio nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. the software “fullprof” is used to calculate the lattice constant and theoretical density of nickel oxide nanoparticles is calculated by the following relation [20] and the result is shown in table 1. ρ = 8 mw n𝐴.a 3 …………………….. (1) where, mw: the molecular weight, n𝐴: avogadro’s number, a: lattice constant. crystallite size the average crystal size of the samples prepared by the precipitation method of nickel oxide nanoparticles is calculated according to scherrer equation [21, 22]: d= 𝐾𝜆 𝛽𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 by adding the term ε = 𝛽𝑆 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃 ,which represents the micro strain to the scherrer equation, the equation becomes in the following form and is called the williamson-hall equation [23,24]: 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 = 𝛽𝑠 + 𝛽𝐷 ………………… (2) 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 = 𝑘𝜆 𝐷𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 + 4ε𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃 ………………… (3) 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 𝑘𝜆 𝐷 + 4ε𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 ……………….(4) d: crystal size (nm). k: shape factor. λ: the wavelength of x-rays. βhkl: maximum width at mid intensity (fwhm). θ: the angle of incidence of x-rays (bragg angle). ε :micro strain. the results are shown in figure 2 and table 1. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 in te n si ty ( a .u .) 2 theta (deg.) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 97 figure 2: plot of w-h analysis of nio nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. it is a property of the material and has great importance, as it is possible to know the properties and type of the material from this value, as the smaller the size of the nanoparticles, the larger the surface area. the surface area is calculated in the following relationship [25.]: sa=6000/d ρ …………………………… (5) sa: surface area (m2/g). d: particle size (nm). ρ: the density of the material (g/cm3). the results are shown in table 1. crystallization factor it is one of the important indicators by which it is possible to know if the sample is monocrystalline or polycrystalline based on x-ray diffraction data. it is calculated according to the following relationship [26, 27]: icry = d(afm,sem) dxrd ……………………………. (6) icry: crystallization coefficient. d: crystal size from afm scan or sem. d xrd: crystal size using scherer equation. if the value of the crystallization coefficient is equal to one, then the crystal is monocrystalline, but if its value is greater than one, then the substance is polycrystalline [28]. the results are as shown in table 1. table 1: some of structural parameters of nio nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. a (å) 𝜌 (g/cm3) dsh (nm) dw-h (nm) micro strain h-wsa )/g2m( shsa )/g2m( icr 4.17834 6.80112 30.5 35.5 4x10-4 24.82 28.96 1.82 the “powdercell” software was used to calculate the length of the ionic bond between the two atoms of oxygen and nickel in the crystal lattice. the results were included in table (2). the angles between them were calculated, and the results were included in table (3). table 2: the length of bonds between ni-o nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. bond number bond length (å) atom2 atom1 2 2.9543 o ni 2 2.9873 ni o 1 4.2069 o o y = 0.0004x + 0.0039 0.0025 0.003 0.0035 0.004 0.0045 0.005 0.0055 0.006 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 β c o sθ 4sinθ ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 98 table 3: the angles between ni-o nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. 3.2. texture coefficient it is a description and measure of the degree of the best orientation ratio between crystalline planes and can be calculated using the harris method according to the following equation [29]: tcℎ𝑘𝑙 = iℎ𝑘𝑙/i°ℎ𝑘𝑙 1 n ∑ iℎ𝑘𝑙/i°ℎ𝑘𝑙n …… ………………….. (7) n: the number of apparent peaks in the x-ray diffraction pattern. ihkl: the measured relative intensity. io : the standard intensity of the plane (hkl) from the (jcpds) card[29]. it can be noticed from the obtained values that there is the highest and best growth of nanoparticles for the samples prepared along the planes (311) and (200). due to its high formation energy, the lack of growth is at other planes, and the lowest growth is at the plane (111). in general, if tc≅1, then this indicates that the planes' crystal growth is in random directions. this is in good agreement with the jcpdc index [30], but if tc>1 indicates a preferred orientation, and if tc<1, it is polycrystalline, meaning there is a lack of growth crystal surfaces [31,32], and the results are shown in table 4. table 4: the value of angles between ni-o nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. tc 222)) tc (311) tc (220) tc (200) tc (111) 0.79 1.01 0.83 1.16 0.77 3.3. dislocation density dislocations that occur in the structure of the crystal strongly affect the properties of the material and represent the number of dislocation lines per unit volume of the crystal, and the dislocation density can be calculated according to the following equation [33]: δ = 15βhkl cosθ 4𝑎𝐷 ………………………………………. (8) δ: intensity of dislocations. d: crystal size (nm). a : lattice constant (å). βhkl: maximum width at mid intensity (fwhm). θ: the angle of incidence of x-rays (bragg angle). crystal defects are formed during the crystal growth process, and it is difficult to get rid of impurities and defects in the crystal, and the presence of defects is sometimes an advantage. among those crystals, defects are dislocations; the dislocation density of samples is calculated for each plane and the results are shown in table (5). angle number angle atom2 atom2 atom1 2 172.0 ni o ni 1 82.91 o o ni 1 85.90 o ni o ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 99 table 5: the dislocation density ofni-o nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. 3.4. magnetic properties a vibrating-sample magnetometer (vsm) was used to measure the magnetic characteristics. because of the odd electron present, nitric oxide has a paramagnetic property (unpaired electron). when this electron is lost, the diamagnetic no+ is created. the relationship between the magnetic flux (b) and the intensity of the applied magnetic field (h) is one of any magnetic material's most important magnetic properties. it is represented by the hysterical loop (b-h loop), which is a measure of the energy lost per unit volume during one magnetization cycle. the chemical composition affects the shape and width of the hysterical loops. figure (3) shows the magnetization curves of the nio nanoparticles for the sample prepared by the deposition method. we notice that the hysterical loop is narrow. from table (6), it is noted that the highest saturation is 0.085 emu/g. furthermore, the samples having the least area for the retardation ring means that they consume the least energy and, therefore, can be used as cores for electric motors and transformers because they have the lowest magnetic loss [34]. the large surface area compared to the volume of nanomaterials, interfaces, defects, and oxygen vacancies make the magnetic properties of nanoscalenio very complex [35]. in addition, it was found that nio nanoparticles' magnetic characteristics are strongly influenced by particle size [36]. figure 3: magnetization versus magnetic field ofni-o nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. table 6: values of magnetic properties ((hc, hs, µs) ofni-o nanoparticles prepared by precipitation method. -0.01 -0.005 0 0.005 0.01 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 m a g n e ti c m o m e n t (e m u /g r) magnetic field (gauss) δ (222) *10 14 (m-2) δ (311) *10 14 (m-2) δ (220)*10 14 (m-2) δ (200) *10 14 (m-2) δ (111) *10 14 (m-2) 21.732 17.876 6.236 14,647 15.715 µs (emu/g) hs (oe) hc (oe) 0.085 8000 -100 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 100 3.5. field emission-scanning electron microscope (fe-sem) analysis the scanning electron microscope (sem) technique is used to photograph the samples for the purpose of knowing the details of the sample's surfaces and knowing the shape, size, and degree of homogeneity of the samples. sem images are magnified at 135 kx, and figure 4 shows the morphology and average particle size present in the samples of nio nps prepared by the deposition method. the sem image shows that the particle shape has a ball-like appearance with a uniform and homogeneous distribution. figure 4: sem micrographs of nickel oxide nanoparticles. 3.6. energy dispersive x-ray (edx) the elements of the prepared nanoparticles can be identified using edx spectroscopy, which measures the energy difference between the two outer shells and the element's atomic structure. the edx spectrum of nio nps shows the peaks corresponding to ni and o, as shown in figure 5. the reason for the presence of c is the residue of the combustion reaction, and the presence of pt is one of the characteristics of the device, as the sample is coated with a layer of pt to increase the conductivity [37]. in addition, the appearance of sulfur s as an impurity in the sample is very small percentage due to the use of nickel sulfate as raw materials in the deposition method. the peaks of the nickel element appear with three energies at (kα, lα) and its quantity kα = 7.480 kev, lα = 0.849 kev, and the peak of the oxygen element is shown at the site kα = 0.525 kev. figure 5: edx spectroscopy of nickel oxide nanoparticles. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 101 4. conclusion the nickel oxide (nio) nanoparticles were prepared in a low-cost method by precipitation technique. the aqueous nickel sulfate niso4.6h2o and naoh were used as precursors. nio has a face-centered cubic (fcc) structure with a crystallite size of (30.5-35.5) nm, a lattice constant of 4.17834 å, and a theoretical density of 6.80112 g/cm3 according to the xrd pattern. the magnetic hysteresis of the studied nio nanoparticles displayed that it has magnetic properties. the hysteretic ring is narrow, and the highest saturation is 0.085 emu/g. the samples with the least area of the hysteresis loop mean that they consume the least energy and, therefore, can be used as the core of electric motors and transformers because they have the least magnetic loss. references 1. tiwari, s. d.; rajeev, k. p. magnetic properties of nionanoparticles, thin solid films, 2006,505(1-2), 113-117. 2. ukoba, k. o.;eloka-eboka, a. c.;inambao, f. l. review of nanostructured nio thin film deposition using the spray pyrolysis technique. renewable and sustainable energy reviews,2018 ,82, 2900-2915. 3. han, d.; jing, x.; wang, j.;yang, p.; song, d.; liu, j. porous lanthanum doped nio microspheres for supercapacitor application. journal of electroanalytical chemistry,2012,682, 37-44. 4. soomro, r. a.;ibupoto, z. h.;abro, m. i.;willander, m. controlled synthesis and electrochemical application of skein-shaped nio nanostructures. journal of solid state electrochemistry, 2015,19(3), 913-922. 5. arif, m.;sanger, a.; singh, a. highly sensitive nio nanoparticle based chlorine gas sensor. journal of electronic materials,2018, 47(7), 3451-3458. 6. al boukhari, j.;khalaf, a.;awad, r. structural and electrical investigations of pure and rare earth (er and pr)-doped nio nanoparticles. applied physics a, 2020,126(1), 1-16. 7. karthik, k.;selvan, g. k.;kanagaraj, m.;arumugam, s.; jaya, n. v. particle size effect on the magnetic properties of nio nanoparticles prepared by a precipitation method. journal of alloys and compounds, 2011,509(1), 181-184. 8. proenca, m. p.; sousa, c. t.; pereira, a. m.; tavares, p. b.;ventura, j.; vazquez, m.;araujo, j. p. size and surface effects on the magnetic properties of nio nanoparticles. physical chemistry chemical physics,2011, 13(20), 9561-9567. 9. tadic, m.;nikolic, d.;panjan, m.; blake, g. r. magnetic properties of nio (nickel oxide) nanoparticles: blocking temperature and neel temperature. journal of alloys and compounds,2015, 647, 1061-1068. 10. duan, w. j.; lu, s. h.; wu, z. l.; wang, y. s. size effects on properties of nio nanoparticles grown in alkalisalts. the journal of physical chemistry c,2012, 116(49), 26043-26051. 11. patil, r. a.;devan, r. s.; lin, j. h.; ma, y. r.;patil, p. s.;&liou, y. efficient electrochromic properties of high-density and large-area arrays of one-dimensional nionanorods. solar energy materials and solar cells,2013, 112, 91-96. 12. bayappagari, b.;shaik, k.;chakraborty, d.;kunapalli, c. k. structural, optical and magnetic properties of vacuum annealed fe, mn doped nio nanoparticles. applied physics a, 2021,127(1), 1-9. 13. panigrahi, u. k.;sathe, v.;babu, p. d.;mitra, a.;mallick, p. effect of mg doping on the improvement of photoluminescence and magnetic properties of nio nanoparticles. nano express, 2020,1(2), 020009. 14. radwan, n. r.; el-shall, m. s.; hassan, h. m. synthesis and characterization of nanoparticle co3o4, cuo and nio catalysts prepared by physical and chemical methods to minimize air pollution. applied catalysis a: general,2007, 331, 8-18. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 102 15. mishra, a. k.;bandyopadhyay, s.; das, d. structural and magnetic properties of pristine and fe-doped nio nanoparticles synthesized by the co-precipitation method. materials research bulletin,2012, 47(9), 2288-2293. 16. anandan, b.;rajendran, v. morphological and size effects of nio nanoparticles via solvothermal process and their optical properties. materials science in semiconductor processing, 2011,14(1), 43-47. 17. alagiri, m.;ponnusamy, s.;muthamizhchelvan, c. synthesis and characterization of nio nanoparticles by sol–gel method. journal of materials science: materials in electronics,2012, 23(3), 728-732. 18. rahman, m. a.;radhakrishnan, r.;gopalakrishnan, r. structural, optical, magnetic and antibacterial properties of nd doped nio nanoparticles prepared by co-precipitation method. journal of alloys and compounds,2018 742, 421-429. 19. kim, j. k.; peg-assisted sol-gel synthesis of compact nickel oxide hole-selective layer with modified interfacial properties for organic solar cells. polymers,2019 11(1), 120. 20. saheb, l.; al-saadi, t. m. synthesis, characterization, and nh3 sensing properties of (zn0. 7 mn0.3-xcex fe2o4) nano-ferrite. in journal of physics: conference series ,2021, december ,2114, 1, 012040. iop publishing. 21. al-saadi, t. m.;abed, a. h.;salih, a. a. synthesis and characterization of alycu0. 15zn0. 85yfe2o4 ferrite prepared by the sol-gel method. int. j. electrochem.sci,2018, 13, 8295-8302. 22. al-kalifawi, e. j.; al-obodi, e. e.; al-saadi, t. m. characterization of cr2o3 nanoparticles prepared by using different plant extracts. acad. j. agric. res,2018, 6, 026-032. 23. abed, a. h.;khodair, z. t.; al-saadi, t. m.; al-dhahir, t. a. study the evaluation of williamson–hall (wh) strain distribution in silver nanoparticles prepared by sol-gel method. in aip conference proceedings, 2019, july,2123, 1, 020019. aip publishing llc., 24. ahmed, o. a.; abed, a. h.; al‐saadi, t. m. magnetic properties and structural analysis of ce‐doped mg–cr nano‐ferrites synthesized using auto‐combustion technique. in macromolecular symposia ,2022, february ,401, 1, 2100311. 25. al-saadi, t. m.;alsaady, l. j. preparation of silver nanoparticles by sol-gel method and study their characteristics. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017,28(1), 301-310. 26. al-dahair, t. a.; al-mahdawy, m. e. influence of doping on k2so4 crystal properties. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2015 ,28(1).] 27. li, z.;hou, b.;xu, y.; wu, d.; sun, y.; hu, w.; deng, f. comparative study of sol–gelhydrothermal and sol–gel synthesis of titania–silica composite nanoparticles. journal of solid state chemistry, 2005,178(5), 1395-1405. 28. roy, r.; ceramics by the solution-sol-gel route. science, 1987 ,238(4834), 1664-1669. 29. niederberger, m.; pinna, n. aqueous and nonaqueous sol-gel chemistry. metal oxide nanoparticles in organic solvents: synthesis, formation, assembly and application,2009, 718. 30. hale, p. s.; maddox, l. m.;shapter, j. g.;voelcker, n. h.; ford, m. j.;waclawik, e. r. growth kinetics and modeling of zno nanoparticles. journal of chemical education,2005 82(5), 775. 31. van dong, p.; ha, c. h.;binh, l. t.;kasbohm, j. chemical synthesis and antibacterial activity of novel-shaped silver nanoparticles. international nano letters,2012 ,2(1), 1-9. 32. kumar, m. s.;soundarya, t. l.;nagaraju, g.; raghu, g. k.;rekha, n. d.;alharthi, f. a.;nirmala, b. multifunctional applications of nickel oxide (nio) nanoparticles synthesized by facile green combustion method using limoniaacidissima natural fruit juice. inorganicachimicaacta, 2021,515, 120059. 33. parashar, m.;shukla, v. k.; singh, r. metal oxides nanoparticles via sol–gel method: a review on synthesis, characterization and applications. journal of materials science: materials in electronics,2020 31(5), 3729-3749. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 103 34. sabouri, z.;akbari, a.;hosseini, h. a.; khatami, m.;darroudi, m. green-based bio-synthesis of nickel oxide nanoparticles in arabic gum and examination of their cytotoxicity, photocatalytic and antibacterial effects. green chemistry letters and reviews,2021 ,14(2), 402-412. 35. xu, j.; yang, h.; fu, w.; du, k.; sui, y.; chen, j.;zou, g. preparation and magnetic properties of magnetite nanoparticles by sol–gel method. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials,2007 ,309(2), 307-311. 36. karthik, k.;selvan, g. k.;kanagaraj, m.;arumugam, s.;& jaya, n. v. particle size effect on the magnetic properties of nio nanoparticles prepared by a precipitation method. journal of alloys and compounds, 2011, 509(1), 181-184. 37. gondal, m. a.;saleh, t. a.;drmosh, q. a. synthesis of nickel oxide nanoparticles using pulsed laser ablation in liquids and their optical characterization. applied surface science,2012 ,258(18), 6982-6986. microsoft word 20-25 physics | 20 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2023 vol. 31 (3) 2018 effect of cu doping on the electrical properties of znte by vacuum thermal evaporation sarmad m. ali alia a. a. shehab samir a. maki department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq sarmadali778@gmail.com article history: received 18 march 2018, accepted 4 september 2018, published december 2018 abstract in this study, the znte thin films were deposited on a glass substrate at a thickness of 400nm using vacuum evaporation technique (2×10-5mbar) at rt. electrical conductivity and hall effect measurements have been investigated as a function of variation of the doping ratios (3,5,7%) of the cu element on the thin znte films. the temperature ranges of (25200°c) is to record the electrical conductivity values. the results of the films have two types of transport mechanisms of free carriers with two values of activation energy (ea1, ea2), expect 3% cu. the activation energy (ea1) increased from 29mev to 157mev before and after doping (cu at 5%) respectively. the results of hall effect measurements of znte , znte:cu films show that all films were (p-type), the carrier concentration (1.1×1020 m-3) , hall mobility (0.464m2/v.s) for pure znte film, increases the carrier concentration (6.3×1021m-3) hall mobility (2m2/v.s) for doping (cu at 3%) film, but decreases by increasing cu concentration. keywords: znte thin films, electrical conductivity, hall effect and cu doping. 1. introduction znte is a material promising for pure-green light emitting diode since where a band gap of 2.26ev at room temperature and the band structure is of direct optical transition type. however, it is difficult to realize p-n junctions because of the well-known compensation effect specific to ii—vi materials. p-type znte can be easily obtained but n-type znte cannot be realized because of self-compensation. the possibility of n-type znte has been studied. the n-type materials are obtained by these techniques but the carrier concentrations have been limited to high 1016 up to low 1017cm-3. znte crystals were annealed in molten zn with n-type dopants and it was reported that n-type conductivity was obtained, but the resistivity was high in the range of 105 to 107ω.cm [1,2,3]. for most semiconductor devices, formation of a low-resistance ohmic contact requires a heavily doped region adjacent to the metal contact in order to establish a tunneling current transport across the interface. regarding ii–vi compound semiconductors, znte can be doped to rather high levels of 1018 cm−3 (or more) with copper and most column v elements for p-type conductivity and al for n-type doping. copper-doped znte has been used as an ohmic contact to cdte in cds/cdte solar cells. however, copper is known to be a fast diffuser in most materials which results in degradation of solar cells.[4] in this research, we have examined the electrical properties of the undoped and copper doped znte polycrystalline thin films deposited by vacuum evaporation. physics | 21 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2023 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2. experimental 2.1. alloy and film preparation znte powders were prepared by the alloy which was obtained by mixing of the appropriate quantities of high purity (99.999 %) material of zinc (1.693 gm) and tellurium (3.306 gm) in evacuated fused quartz ampoules, heated at (1573 k) for 1h, according phase diagram of znte figure 1. [5]. we left the ampoules in the furnace until it gradually cooled to room temperature. undoped and cu doped znte thin films have been prepared onto glass substrate by thermal evaporation technique in a high vacuum system. the base pressure during the evaporation is (2×10-5 mbar) using (coating unit; edwards vacuum ltd, model: e306) from molybdenum boat with thickness (400nm). the distance from molybdenum boat to sample holder was about (18cm), al electrodes of thickness (250 nm) were used as contact material for making the electrical connections. figure 1. phase diagram of znte [5]. znte powder and copper are placed in two molybdenum boat troughs in the vacuum system. the copper doped znte (contains 3, 5, 7 wt % cu) films were deposited at a rate of (3.5nms-1). for dc conductivity and hall measurement, a 30v dc fixed bias is maintained. a power supply (heath kit, 5a, 0-30v adjustable dc) is used to pass a constant dc current through the test sample. an electrometer (fluke, model: 8845a) is used to monitor the current through the sample and a digital multimeter (dmm model: mt -1820) is used to measure the potential differences across each sample. 2.2. characterization of znte and znte: cu thin films for d.c. measurement the variation of electric resistance (r) with temperature range (25 200)oc, were measured using digital multimeter, then calculated the conductivity (σ) by equation (1) [6]: σ . . 1 where: ρ resistivity, t is film thickness, b is electrodes width; l is distance between two al electrodes. hall effect measurements have been carried out to investigate the type of charge carriers, carrier concentrations (nh) and hall mobility (μh) using the hall measurement system. the sign of the hall coefficient (rh) of semiconductor is determined by the sign of the charge carriers. if the conduction is due to one carrier type, we can measure the carrier concentration according to the equation (2) [7]: nh = ±1 / rh.e (2) the mobility is related to the hall coefficient by equation (3) [7]: μh = σ / nh .e = σ . │rh│ (3) physics | 22 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2023 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the films thickness were measured by using the weighing method according to the equation (4):[8] t= m / a .ρo (4) where: m is mass of film, ρo is density of film, a is films area. using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity of the order (10-4). 3. results and discussion figure 2. shows d.c electrical conductivity as a function of the reciprocal temperature (103/t) for znte films pure and different percentage ratio of cu (3, 5, and 7%) at (r.t). we observe from figure 2. that there are two regions where continuous conductivity changes (ln(σdc)). in the sense that there are two values of activation energy as we see in table 1 a low temperature, ln(σdc) increases gradually when temperature increases (high 103/t) within the range (28-85 °c) and (28-133 °c) for pure znte and doping cu thin films (5,7%) respectively. in this region the conductivity depends entirely on the type and concentration of the impurities added is called extrinsic region. it increases sharply within a narrow temperature range. at high temperatures, the conductivity gradually increases with increasing temperature (low 103/t). within the range (103-175oc) and (152-204oc) for znte and znte: cu respectively. this region is called the intrinsic region. we also note that the conductivity of the thin films doping (cu 3%) showed a completely different behavior from the rest. at the high temperature the conductivity decreases i.e. the thin film exhibits the behavior of the conductor. this may be figure 2. ln (σd.c) versus 103/t for znte films at different ratio of cu. 1000/t(k) -1 1000/t(k) -1 1000/t(k) -1 1000/t(k) -1 physics | 23 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2023 vol. 31 (3) 2018 due to a change in the preparation condition for this ratio. the doping was completed in two stages during and after evaporation of the cu, the copper becomes a layer above the znte. the activation energy is calculated by plot between ln(σd.c) as function (103/t) depending on the relationship 5 [9] [10]. σ σ exp (5) where (𝜎 is the minimum electrical conductivity at [0 k], (ea) is the activation energy which corresponds to (eg /2) for intrinsic conduction. (t) is the absolute temperature and (kb) is the boltzmann’s constant. note from table 1 that the values of the activation energy (ea1) equal to 157 mev and less than that value [3] [11] at the intermediate temperature are approximately equal to the copper ionization energy of 150 mev. meaning most impurities is ionized at room temperature or higher. figure 3. shows the linear relationship between the hall voltage (vh) produced by the effect of the magnetic field on the thin films prepared and the current (i) passing through the thin film under the bias of the external voltages within range (0-30). it can be seen that for all undoped and doped thin films, there is directly proportional between the voltage of the hall and the passing current. this indicates that the carriers are the majority of the positive type (p-type). this is consistent with all published literature on this article [12-14]. except for thin films doping cu-3% (figure 3.), they showed different behavior when the voltages from (0-15) volts were recorded inversely proportional i.e. the type of charge is negative (n-type). after this voltage until (30 volts), the carrier has become a positive type. this may be due to the incomplete diffusion of the added impurities due to the difference in the mechanism of preparation of these thin films as shown in the study of conductivity.  in other words, the hall effect appears are behavior of the conductor for the added impurities and increase in the electric field show the effect of holes for the thin film znte semi-conductor. table 1. the activation energy for thin znte films for different ratio of cu at r.t. cu % t (oc) temp. range (oc) ea1 (mev) temp. range (oc) ea2 (mev) 0 rt (28-85) 29 (103-175) 253 3 rt (29-110) 6 5 rt (27-133) 157 (162-202) 218 7 rt (27-134) 119 (152-204) 211 physics | 24 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2023 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 3. hall voltage relationship and the current passing through pure and doping cu thin films prepared at room temperature the type of charge carriers, concentration and hall mobility, have been estimated from hall measurements as shown in table 2. the positive sign of hall coefficient indicates the conductivity nature of the film is p-type. in addition, table 2. carrier’s concentration decreased with increasing ratio cu doping, in general. 4. conclusion in this study, the researcher succeeded in doping znte thin films in different ratio of cu simultaneously, by placing both znte and cu at two molybdenum boats separate in the vacuum evaporation system. we have shown through measurements of both conductivity and the effect of hall that thermal evaporation is a good way to prepare thin films znte of alloy material prepared. electrical conductivity shows that the thin films before and after doping of the copper, increase exponentially with increasing temperature. the thin films also contain two activation energies that are interpreted on the basis two types of transport mechanisms, except for doping cu-3%. the hall effect tests showed that all thin films are positive (ptable 2. summary of hall effect results sample ρ (ω.m) σ (ω.m)1 rh (m3c-1) µh (m2/v.s) na (m-3) pure-rt 0.125 8.000 0.0580 0.4640 1.1e+20 cu3%-rt 0.0005 2000.0 0.0010 2.0000 6.3e+21 0.0006 1666.67 -0.0007 -1.1670 -8.9e+21 cu5%-rt 1.474 0.678 0.7840 0.5316 8.0e+18 cu7%-rt 0.980 1.020 0.4600 0.4690 1.4e+19 physics | 25 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2023 vol. 31 (3) 2018 type). and that the doping resulted in decreasing the concentration of the carriers and the hall mobility. references 1. feng. l. d. ; mao. j. ; tang. r.collins. t.; trefny. j. u. the structural, optical, and electrical properties of vacuum evaporated cu-doped znte polycrystalline thin films, j. electron. mater. 1996, 25, 1422–1427. 2. tao.i. w; jurkovic. m ; wang. w. i. doping of znte by molecular beam epitaxy.appl. phys. lett., 1994, 64, 14, 1848–1849. 3. sato, k. a. ; et al. development of pure green leds based on znte, phys. status solidi appl. res. 2000, 180, 1, 267–274. 4. barati. a. ; klein. a. ;jaegermann. w. deposition and characterization of highly p type antimony doped znte thin fi lms, thin solid films: 2009, 51, 77, 2149–2152, 5. wang, j. ; isshiki, m. wide-bandgap ii–vi semiconductors: growth and properties. in springer handbook of electronic and photonic materials, springer. 2006 , p. 325–342. 6. kasap, s. o. anual, s. (annual) principles of electronic materials and devices ; 2nd editio. ; mc graw hill, anual. 2006 . 7. william, j. d. ; callister materials science and engineering: an introduction:, 6th editio. elsevier, 2003. 8. neamen, d. a. semiconductor physics and devices: basic principles. mcgraw-hill companies. 2003. 9. hossain,m. s; islam, r. ;khan, k. a; dc conduction mechanism in vanadium doped znte thin films, j. optoelectron. adv. mater. 2010 ,12, 6, 1333–1337, 10. tauc, j. amorphous ; liquid semiconductors. springer science and business media. 2012. 11. quan, j. et al., the structural phase transition and mechanism of abnormal temperature dependence of conductivity in znte:cu polycryst alline thin films. thin solid films. 2002, 414, 1, 113–118. 12. wu,d. t;xu, z; shi, y; tian, ;li, x construction of znte nanowires/si p-n heterojunctions for electronic and optoelectronic applications. j. alloys compd., 2016, 661, 231–236. 13. li ,s. et, al. enhanced p-type conductivity of znte nanoribbons by nitrogen dopin g. j. phys. chem. c. 2010, 114, 17, 7980–7985,. 14. rao,g; rao, k. k; bangera, v. an shivakumar, d g. k. the effect of substrate temperature on the structural, optical and electrical properties of vacuum deposited znte thin films, vacuum. 2009, 83, 12, 1485–1488. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 1 the anti-inflammatory effect of vitamin k in aging abstract vitamin k is a fundamental enzymatic co-factor implicated in the carboxylation of several vitamin k dependent proteins involved in the pathogenesis of certain age – related diseases. inflammation is realized as an important factor in such diseases. vitamin k is recognized to play an anti-inflammatory behavior that is distinct of its action as an enzymatic cofactor by suppressing many signaling pathways mainly the nuclear factor κb (nf-κb) signal transduction pathway. as well as to play a role as an antioxidant versus the generation of reactive oxidative species (ros). the purpose of this review is to focus on the protective function of vitamin k as an anti-inflammatory agent in these ageassociated diseases. and the importance of vitamin k complement as a protective nutrient in aging. related diseases, inflammatory -κb, age-vitamin k, aging, inflammation, nf keywords: cytokines 1. vitamin k types vitamin k is considered as a lipid soluble vitamin and it presents in nature in two types; vitamin k1 (phylloquinone) and vitamin k2 (menaquinones) [1]. vitamin k1 is the most current form of vitamin k found in food [2]. vitamin k1 is mostly present in the green vegetables, whereas bacteria synthesized vitamin k2 [3]. and they are mostly present in meat, dairy and fermented food [4]. vitamin k2 can be occurred into 2 types; short series (mk-4) and long series (mk-7, mk-8 and mk-9) [5]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2608 article history: received 29may 2020, accepted 31august 2020, published in 2021. zainab nazar hasan anber zainab.anber@yahoo.com department of therapeutics and clinical pharmacy, baghdad college of medical sciences, baghdad, iraq mailto:zainab.anber@yahoo.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 2 2.vitamin k functions the major role of vitamin k is in the posttranslational carboxylation of specific vitamin k dependent proteins, especially proteins used in coagulation [6]. also, some vitamin k dependent proteins possess important functions in bone metabolism and soft tissue calcification [7]. in addition, vitamin k seems to have anti-inflammatory effect that is separate of its action as enzymatic cofactor [8]. 3.inflammation: inflammation is defined as a biologic process that can be initiated by several factors such as pathogens, toxins and damaged cells. those factors encourage acute and/ or chronic inflammation leading to a tissue harm or a disease. infectious and noninfectious agents stimulate inflammation and activate the inflammatory signals [9]. inflammation can be mediated by the interaction of the inflammatory cytokines with their tolllike receptors (tlrs) such as tumor necrosis factor-α (tnf-α) receptor, interleukin 1 and 6 (il-1 and il 6) receptors [10]. activation of these receptors triggers many signaling routes like the nuclear factor kappa-b (nf-κb), mitogen-activated protein kinase (mapk), activator of transcription (stat) pathways and janus kinase (jak)-signal transducer [11,12]. 4.vitamin k and inflammation: the precise role of vitamin k in inflammation is not clear yet, but it is thought that it affects various fields such as chemokines and cytokines physiology, biology and the molecular biology of their signaling pathways [13]. the nuclear factor kappab (nf-kb) pathway is one of the important ways that participates in several functions in cells such as inflammation, cell growth, apoptosis and tumorogenesis from birth till the death of cells [14-16]. the nuclear factor kappab (nf-kb) is a group of proteins that are present as homoand heterodimers [17]. this dimer is usually present silent in the cytosol of cells in association with an inhibitory protein called (ikb) [18]. phosphorylation of (ikb) by kinase enzymes (ikk) leads to the removal of (ikb) and activation of (nf-kb) protein [19]. the (ikb) protein is then selected to be degraded in the proteasome [20]. the (ikb) protein and the (ikk) enzymes together with the (ikk) modulator system represent the center of nf-kb regulation and activation [21]. recent studies suggested that vitamin k performs a major part in nfkb activation pathway, also in the regulation of the mapk signaling pathway [22]. previous studies stated that il-6 synthesis is under the control of the nf-kb signaling pathway [23], and that this inflammatory pathway is achieved by interaction with certain receptors that can activate both the stat and jak signaling pathways [24]. the way by which vitamin k can influence inflammation biomarkers has not been yet known but it is thought that it might affect the gene expression of the inflammatory cytokines especially il-6 and osteoprotegerin [25, 26]. previous studies stated that plasma vitamin k1 concentration and vitamin k1 ingestion were in reverse relationship with both osteoprotegerin and il-6 concentrations [27]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 3 inflammatory agent -furthermore, vitamin k was shown to have an alternative role as an anti for by suppressing the oxidative stress caused by reactive oxidative species (ros) [28]. example; the reduced form of vitamin k (kh2) was considered as an antioxidant in the peroxidation of the phospholipid cell membrane [29, 30]. vitamin k epoxide reductase complex subunit 1 (vkorc1)-like 1 (vkorc1l1) enzyme plays a major role in increasing the kh2 concentration and decreasing the ros activity intracellularly [31]. both vitamin k1 and vitamin k2 were considered as antioxidants in preventing the death of cells caused by ros in cultured neurons by blocking the 12-lipoxygenase (12-lox) activation pathway [32]. 5.vitamin k and aging: aging is distinguished by low inflammation status [33]. an increase in the levels of tnf-ɑ, il-6 and creactive protein (crp) contribute to the development of chronic age illness like osteoarthritis, cardiovascular and other chronic diseases [3437]. previous studies noted a combination between decrease vitamin k level and poor cognition function [38]. also, there are differences in the daily intake of vitamin k1 in elderly patients with alzheimer’s disease in comparison to healthy controls [39, 40]. presse et al. (2013) stated that elderly people with intact cognition level had high concentration of serum vitamin k1 in association with increased recollection tests and verbal episodic memory [41]. more recent studies documented that elderly individuals with high vitamin k intake had better cognition and behavioral setting [42]. similarly, several studies reported that aging and cognition decline had been correlated with inflammation and increased inflammatory cytokines [43-45]. wichmann et al. (2014) found that patients suffering from cognition impairment had higher levels of il-6 [46].also, sudheimer et al. (2014) reported that high standards of il6 and tnf-ɑ were accompanied with low hippocampal volumes which indicates cognition decline with no such change for il-8 [47]. inconsistence, baune et al. studied that poor performance of memory and speed was associated with high concentration of il8 but not for il-6 and tnf-ɑ in elderly patients [48]. the aging process in human which was characterized by high, low grade pro-inflammatory cytokines was named as (inflamm-aging) in 2000 [49]. recently, it is called as (garb-aging) and it is referred to the accumulation of molecular endogenous macromolecules (molecular garbage) due to a defect in cell autophagy leading to activation of inflammasome in macrophages [50]. several conditions such as dna damage, ros and telomerase loss leading to what´s called as senescence-associated secretory phenotype (sasp) with increased scales of metalloproteinases, pro-inflammatory cytokines and growth factors promoting tissue and systemic inflammation [51]. the decrease in vitamin k level has been accompanied with increased aging and age related disorders by disturbing the gamma carboxylation process of vkdps such as grp and gas6 included in pathological calcification and apoptosis and via modifying oxidative stress, inflammation and ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 4 mitochondrial dysfunction [52]. also, aging has been associated with reduction in the mitochondrial activity regarding the respiratory chain function and the production of adenosine triphosphate (atp) [53, 54]. recent studies proposed that oxidative stress causing injury to the dna present in the mitochondria creating dysfunction of the mitochondrial proteins leading to a state of chronic and systemic inflammation that alter most of the age related disorders [55, 56]. furthermore, there were few studies considering the effect of vitamin k on the mitochondrial function; vos m et al. (2012) stated that mk4 can play a role as an electron carrier in supporting and restoring the mitochondrial function [57]. on studying the anti-inflammatory effect of vitamin k, a previous study achieved on human fibroblasts treated with lps endotoxins; stated that all types of vitamin k (k1, mk3, mk4 and mk7) could inhibit the lps-induced expression of il-6 with greater activity of mk-4 than phylloquinone [8]. consistently, other clinical studies documented the inverse relationship between vitamin k and active crp, il-6 and intercellular adhesion molecule 1 (icam-1)) [58]. recently, the low level of serum phylloquinone was correlated to disability, morbidity, limitation and fragility in elderly [59, 60]. in addition, inflammation was found to accelerate aging in these people and further enhance the functional decline and disability [61]. various studies characterized the relationship between inflammation and muscle weakness in elderly [6264]. a syndrome called sarcopenia was diagnosed in those people with increased loss of muscle mass and strength and increased levels of inflammatory cytokines such as il-6, tnf-ɑ and crp [64, 65]. 6.conclusion: the present study highlights the role of vitamin k as an anti-inflammatory agent. also, it provides an idea about the relationship between inflammation and aging. although fewer studies estimate the benefit of vitamin k complements in elderly, the dietary intake of this vitamin can support the body defense mechanism against inflammation in those people. references 1. shearer, m.j.; newman, p. metabolism and cell biology of vitamin k. thromb. haemost. 2017,100, 530–47. 2. gijsbers, b.l.m.g.; jie, k.s.g.; vermeer, c. effect of food composition on vitamin k absorption in human volunteers. br. j. nutr. 2007, 76, 223–29. 3. bentley, r.; meganathan, r. biosynthesis of vitamin k (menaquinone) in bacteria. microbiol. rev. 1982, 46, 241–80. 4. booth, s.l. vitamin k: food composition and dietary intakes. food nutr res. 2012, 56, 5505. 5. schurgers, l.j.; vermeer, c. determination of phylloquinone and menaquinones in food. pathophysiol. haemost. thromb. 2001, 30, 298–307. 6. booth, s.l. roles for vitamin k beyond coagulation. a review of emerging evidence suggesting physiological and biochemical functions of vitamin k beyond that as an enzyme cofactor for vitamin k dependent clotting proteins. annu rev nutr. 2009, 29, 89– 110. 7. reddi, k.; henderson, b.; meghji, s.; wilson, m.; poole, s.; hopper, c.; harris, m.; hodges, s.j. interleukin 6 production by lipopolysaccharide-stimulated human fibroblasts ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 5 is potently inhibited by naphthoquinone (vitamin k) compounds. cytokine. 1995, 7, 287– 90. 8. ohsaki, y.; shirakawa, h.; miura, a.; giriwono, p.e.; sato, s.; ohashi, a.; iribe, m.; goto, t.; komai, m. vitamin k suppresses the lipopolysaccharide-induced expression of inflammatory cytokines in cultured macrophage-like cells via the inhibition of the activation of nuclear factor kappa b through the repression of ikkalpha/beta phosphorylation. j nutr biochem. 2010, 21,1120–26. 9. chen, l.; deng, h.; cui, h,; fang, j.; zuo, z.; deng, j.; li, y.; wang, x.; zhao, l. inflammatory responses and inflammation-associated diseases in organs. oncotarget. 2018, 9(6), 7204–18. 10. kaminska, b. mapk signaling pathways as molecular targets for anti-inflammatory therapy--from molecular mechanisms to therapeutic benefits. bba. 2005,1754,253–62. 11. hendrayani, s.f.; al-harbi, b.; al-ansari, m.m.; silva, g.; aboussekhra, a. the inflammatory/cancer-related il-6/stat3/nf-κb positive feedback loop includes auf1 and maintains the active state of breast myofibroblasts. oncotarget. 2016, 7, 41974– 85. 12. henríquez-olguín, c.; altamirano, f.; valladares, d.; lópez, j.r.; allen, p.d.; jaimovich, e. altered ros production, nf-κb activation and interleukin-6 gene expression induced by electrical stimulation in dystrophic mdx skeletal muscle cells. bba-mol basis disc. 2015 ,1852, 1410–19. 13. suttie, j.w. synthesis of vitamin kdependent proteins. faseb j. 1993, 7,445-52. 14. nasto, l.a.; seo, h.y.; robinson, a.r.; tilstra, j.s.; ciauson, c.l.; sowa, g.a.; ngo, k.; dong, q.; pola, e.; lee, j.y.; niedemhofer, l.j.; kang, j.d.; robbins, p.d.; vonv. issls prize winner: inhibition of nf-kb activity ameliorates ageassociated disc degeneration in a mouse model of accelerated aging. spine (phila pa 1976).2012, 37(21), 1819-25. 15. del prete, a.; allavena, p.; santoro, g.; fumarulo, r.; corsi, m.m.; mantovani, a. molecular pathways in cancerrelated inflammation. biochem med (zagreb). 2011, 21(3), 264-75. 16. didonato, j.a.; mercurio, f.; karin, m. nf-kb and the link between inflammation and cancer. immunol rev. 2012, 246(1), 379-400. 17. gilmore, t.d. introduction to nf-κb: players, pathways, perspectives. oncogene. 2006, 25(51),6680–4. 18. baeuerle, p.a,; baltimore, d. activation of dna-binding activity in an apparently cytoplasmic precursor of the nf-κb transcription factor. cell. 1988, 53(2), 211–7. 19. ghosh, s.; baltimore, d. activation in vitro of nf-kappa b by phosphorylation of its inhibitor i kappa b. nature. 1990, 344(6267), 678–82. 20. wertz, i.e. tnfr1-activated nf-κb signal transduction: regulation by the ubiquitin/ proteasome system. curr opin chem biol. 2014, 23, 71–7. 21. yamaoka, s.; courtois, g.; bessia, c.; whiteside, s.t.; weil, r.; agou, f.; kirk, h.e,; kay, r.j, complementation cloning of nemo, a component of the ikappab kinase complex essential for nf-κb activation. cell. 1998, 93(7), 1231–40. 22. ghosh, s.; dass, j.f. study of pathway cross-talk interactions with nf-κb leading to its activation via ubiquitination or phosphorylation: a brief review. gene. 2016, s03781119(16), 30152-4. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=chen%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=deng%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=cui%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=fang%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zuo%20z%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=deng%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=li%20y%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=wang%20x%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zhao%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=29467962 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5805548/ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 6 23. libermann, t.a.; baltimore, d. activation of interleukin-6 gene expression through the nf-kappa b transcription factor. mol cell biol. 1990, 10 (5), 2327–34. 24. heinrich, p.c.; behrmann, i.; haan, s.; hermanns, h.m.; müller-newen, g.; schaper, f. principles of interleukin (il)-6-type cytokine signalling and its regulation. biochem j. 2003, 374(pt 1), 1–20. 25. ohsaki, y.; shirakawa, h.; hiwatashi, k.; furukawa, y.; mizutani, t.; komai, m. vitamin k suppresses lipopolysaccharide-induced inflammation in the rat. biosci biotechnol biochem. 2006, 70, 926–32. 26. katsuyama, h.; otsuki, t.; masao, t.; tatsushige, f.; suzuki, n.; saijo, k.; fushimi, s.; sunami, s. menaquinone-7 regulates the expressions of osteocalcin, opg, rankl and rank in osteoblastic mc3t3e1 cells. int j mol med. 2005, 15, 231–6. 27. shea, m.k.; booth, s.l.; massaro, j.m.; jacques, p.f.; d’agostino sr, r.b.; dawsonhughes, b.; ordovas, j.m.; o’donnell, c.j.; kathiresan, s.; keaney jr, j.f.; vasan, r.s.; benjamin, e.j. vitamin k and vitamin d status: associations with inflammatory markers in the framingham offspring study. am j epidemiol. 2008, 167, 313–20 28. li, j.; lin, j.c.; wang, h.; peterson, j.w.; furie, b.c.; furie, b.; booth, s.l.; volpe, j.j.; rosenberg, p.a. novel role of vitamin k in preventing oxidative injury to developing oligodendrocytes and neurons. j. neurosci. 2003, 23, 5816–5826. 29. mukai, k.; shingo, i.; morimoto, h. stopped-flow kinetic study of vitamin e regeneration reaction with biological hydroquinones (reduced forms of ubiquinone, vitamin k and tocopherolquinone) in solution. biol. chem. 1992, 267, 22277–22281. 30. vervoort, l.m.t.; ronden, j.e.; thijssen, h.h.w. the potent antioxidant activity of the vitamin k cycle in microsomal lipid peroxidation. biochem. pharmacol. 1997, 54, 871–76. 31. westhofen, p.; watzka, m.; marinova, m.; hass, m.; kirfel, g.; mu, j.; bevans, c.g.; mu, c.r.; oldenburg, j. human vitamin k 2,3-epoxide reductase complex subunit 1-like 1 (vkorc1l1) mediates vitamin k-dependent intracellular antioxidant function. biol. chem. 2011, 286, 1508594. 32. li, j.; wang, h.; rosenberg, p.a. vitamin k prevents oxidative cell death by inhibiting activation of 12-lipoxygenase in developing oligodendrocytes. j. neurosci. res. 2009, 87, 1997–2005. 33. lópez-otín, c.; blasco, m.a.; partridge, l.; serrano, m.; kroemer, g. the hallmarks of aging. cell. 2013, 153, 1194–217. 34. ershler, w.b. interleukin-6: a cytokine for gerontolgists. j am geriatr soc. 1993, 41, 176–81. 35. strandberg, t.e.; tilvis, r.s. c reactive protein, cardiovascular risk factors, and mortality in a prospective study in the elderly. arterioscler thromb vasc biol. 2000, 20, 1057– 60. 36. bruunsgaard, h.; andersen-ranberg, k.; jeune, b.; pedersen, a.n.; skinhoj, p. pedersen, b.k. a high plasma concentration of tnfis associated with dementia in centenarians. journals gerontol ser a biol sci med sci. 1999, 54, 357–364. 37. greene ma, loeser rf. aging-related inflammation in osteoarthritis. osteoarthritis cartilage. 2015, 23,1966–71. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 7 38. sato, y.; honda, y.; hayashida, n.; iwamoto, j.; kanoko, t.; satoh, k. vitamin k deficiency and osteopenia in elderly women with alzheimer’s disease. arch phys med rehabil. 2005, 86(3), 576–81. 39. presse, n.; shatenstein, b.; kergoat, m.j.; ferland, g. low vitamin k intakes in community-dwelling elders at an early stage of alzheimer’s disease. j am diet assoc .2008, 108(12), 2095–99. 40. shatenstein, b.; kergoat, m.j.; reid, i. poor nutrient intakes during 1-year follow-up with community-dwelling older adults with early-stage alzheimer dementia compared to cognitively intact matched controls. j am diet assoc. 2007, 107(12), 2091–99. 41. presse, n.; belleville, s.; gaudreau, p.; greenwood, c.e.; kergoat, m.j.; morais, j.a.; payette, h.; shatenstein, b.; ferland, g. vitamin k status and cognitive function in healthy older adults. neurobiol aging .2013, 34(12), 2777–83. 42. chouet, j.; ferland, g.; feart, c.; rolland, y.; presse, n.; boucher, k.; barbergergateau, p.; beauchet, o.; annweiler, c. dietary vitamin k intake is associated with cognition and behavior among geriatric patients: the clip study. nutrients. 2015, 7(8), 6739–50. 43. bourassa, k.; sbarra, d.a. body mass and cognitive decline are indirectly associated via inflammation among aging adults. brain behav immun. 2017, 60, 63–70. 44. tegeler, c.; o’sullivan, j.l.; bucholtz, n.; goldeck, d.; pawelec, g.; steinhagenthiessen, e.; demuth, i. the inflammatory markers crp, il-6 and il-10 are associated with cognitive function – data from the berlin aging study ii. neurobiol aging .2016, 38, 112–17. 45. yaffe, k.; lindquist, k.; penninx, b.w.; simonsick, e.m.; pahor, m.; kritchevsky, s.; launer, l.; kuller, l. rubin, s.; harris, t. inflammatory markers and cognition in well-functioning african-american and white elders. neurology .2003, 61(1), 76–80. 46. wichmann, m.a.; cruickshanks, k.j.; carlsson, c.m.; chappell, r.; fischer, m.e.; klein, b.e.; klein, r.; tsai, m.y.; schubert, c.r. long-term systemic inflammation and cognitive impairment in a population-based cohort. j am geriatr soc. 2014, 62(9), 1683–91. 47. sudheimer, k.d.; o’hara, r.; spiegel, d.; powers, b.; kraemer, h.c.; neri , e.; weiner, m.; hardan, a.; hallmayer, j.; dhabhar, f.s. cortisol, cytokines, and hippocampal volume interactions in the elderly. front aging neurosci. 2014, 6, 153. 48. baune, b.t.; ponath, g.; rothermundt, m.; riess, o.; funke, h.; berger, k. association between genetic variants of il-1beta, il-6 and tnf-alpha cytokines and cognitive performance in the elderly general population of the memo-study. psychoneuroendocrinology .2008, 33(1), 68–76 49. franceschi, c.; bonafè, m.; valensin, s.; olivieri, f.; de luca, m.; ottaviani, e.; de benedictis, g. inflamm-aging. an evolutionary perspective on immunosenescence. ann. n. y. acad. sci. 2000, 908, 244–254. 50. franceschi, c.; garagnani, p.; vitale, g.; capri, m.; salvioli, s. inflammaging and ‘garb-aging’ trends. endocrinol. metab. 2017, 28,199–212. 51. muñoz-espín, d.; serrano, m. cellular senescence: from physiology to pathology. nat. rev. mol. cell. biol. 2014, 15, 482– 96. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=barberger-gateau%20p%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26274973 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=barberger-gateau%20p%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26274973 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(2)2021 8 52. simes, d.c.; viegas, c.s.; araújo, n.; marreiros, c. vitamin k as a powerful micronutrient in aging and age-related diseases: pros and cons from clinical studies. int j mol sci. 2019 , 20(17), 4150. 53. preston, c.c.; oberlin, a.s.; holmuhamedov, e.l.; gupta, a.; sagar, s.; syed, r.h.; siddiqui, s.a.; raghavakaimal, s.; terzic, a.; jahangir, a. aging-induced alterations in gene transcripts and functional activity of mitochondrial oxidative phosphorylation complexes in the heart. mech. ageing dev. 2008, 129, 304–312. 54. short, k.r.; bigelow, m.l.; kahl, j.; singh, r.; coenen-schimke, j.; raghavakaimal, s.; nair, k.s. decline in skeletal muscle mitochondrial function with aging in humans. proc. natl. acad. sci. usa. 2005, 102, 5618–23. 55. lópez-armada, m.j.; riveiro-naveira, r.r.; vaamonde-garcía, c.; valcárcel-ares, m.n. mitochondrial dysfunction and the inflammatory response. mitochondrion. 2013, 13, 106–118. 56. theurey, p.; pizzo, p. the aging mitochondria. genes. 2018, 9, 22. 57. vos, m.; esposito, g.; edirisinghe, j.n.; vilain, s.; haddad, d.m.; slabbaert, j.r.; van meensel, s.; schaap, o.; de strooper, b.; meganathan, r.; morais, v.a.; verstreken, p. science. 2012 , 336(6086), 1306-10. 58. shea, m.k.; cushman, m.; booth, s.l.; burke, g.l.; chen, h.; kritchevsky, s.b. associations between vitamin k status and haemostatic and inflammatory biomarkers in community-dwelling adults. thromb. haemost. 2014, 112, 438–44. 59. shea, m.k.; kritchevsky, s.b.; loeser, r.f.; booth, s.l. vitamin k status and mobility limitation and disability in older adults: the health, aging, and body composition study. j. gerontol. a biol. sci. med. sci. 2019, glz108. 60. van ballegooijen, a.j.; van putten, s.r.; visser, m.; beulens, j.w.; hoogendijk, e.o. vitamin k status and physical decline in older adults-the longitudinal aging study amsterdam. maturitas 2018, 113, 73–79 61. stepanova, m.; rodriguez, e.; birerdinc, a.; baranova, a .age-independent rise of inflammatory scores may contribute to accelerated aging in multi-morbidity. oncotarget. 2015, 6(3), 1414-21. 62. walston, j.; mcburnie, m.a; newman, a.; tracy, r.p.; kop, w.j.; hirsch, c.h.; gottdiener, j.; fried, l.p. frailty and activation of the inflammation and coagulation systems with and without clinical comorbidities: results from the cardiovascular health study. arch. intern. med. 2002, 162, 2333–2341. 63. hubbard, r.e.; o’mahony, m.s.; savva, g.m.; calver, b.l.; woodhouse ,k.w. inflammation and frailty measures in older people. j. cell. mol. med. 2009, 13, 3103–9 . 64. wang, j.; maxwell, c.a.; yu, f. biological processes and biomarkers related to frailty in older adults: a state-of-the-science literature review. biol. res. nurs. 2019, 21, 80–106. 65. hubbard, r.e.; woodhouse, k.w. frailty, inflammation and the elderly. biogerontology. 2010, 11, 635– 41. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=simes%20dc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=31450694 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=viegas%20cs%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=31450694 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ara%26%23x000fa%3bjo%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=31450694 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=marreiros%20c%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=31450694 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc6747195/ microsoft word 367-375 367علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 التأثيرات الضارة المباشرة لبعض المواد الكيميائية المستعملة في الزراعة escherichia coliلبكتيريا dna الحامض النوويفي ة العراقية محليال جواد مهدي محمد بغداد جامعة )/الهيثم ابن( الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية/الحياة علوم قسم 2016حزيران 5، قبل في : 2016ايار 5:استلم في الخالصة المواد هذه عن الدراسات من العديد وهنالك, العالم أنحاء في واسع نطاق على الزراعية الكيميائية المواد تستعمل في الكثير من النواحي السيما تسببها اللبائن مثل القوارض في تاثيرها على معظمها اقتصرت لكن ومضارها الكيميائية اخرى حية لكائنات الدنا من اخرى مصادر على الكيميائية المواد هذه تاثير لدراسة البحث هذا صمم, بحدوث االمراض المباشر لمعاملة الدنا كذلك لدراسة التأثير , مثل البكتيريا التي قد يكون بعضها مهما في الزراعة العراق متواجدة في المستخلص منها والذي يكون متشابهاً من حيث التركيب والوظيفة في جميع الكائنات الحية مع تباين في اعداد وتسلسل الدنا مع بقوة ترتبط metaldehyde والرخويات للقواقع القاتلة المادة ان أظهرت الدراسة هذه القواعد النتروجينية, ان النووي الحامض مع معاملتها عند glyphosateاألعشاب كذلك لوحظ التأثير الواضح لمبيدات, يرياالبكت من المستخلص . البالزميد دنا مع كذلك و البكتيريا من المستخلص binding dna, agricultural chemicals, metaldehyde, organic fertilizer : الكلمات المفتاحية 368علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 المقدمة في الزراعة في المستعملة الكيمائية المنتجات من كبيرة مجموعة إلى يشير الزراعية الكيميائية المواد ان مصطلح والهرمونات األسمدة وكذلك الفطريات، ومبيدات األعشاب ومبيدات الحشرية المبيدات ذلك في بما العالم أنحاء جميع المشاكل التي بعض حل أجل من العراق في واسع نطاق الزراعية على الكيميائية المواد وتستعمل] 1[ الحيوية والمضادات وبالنظر معروفة ، معظمها غير مصادر من تستورد أو محليا منها البعض انتاج ويتم تواجه العاملين في هذا القطاع ، الشرق منطقة في موسميا الترابية وهبوب العواصف الجفاف وربما التصحر إلى تؤدي التي الحرارة درجات الرتفاع إلى وقد ننتقل العراق، في التي تعيش الحية الكائنات اجسام تدخل قد الكيميائية المواد فأن هذه السيما في العراق ، األوسط تم فقد لذلك الغذائية ، السلسلة من خالل دخولها الى األخرى الحية الكائنات مهددة عمليات ري المحاصيل خالل االنهر مياه المزارع للعاملين في النووي التلف في الحامض من مستوى للتحقق العالم أنحاء جميع في الفحوصات المختبرية استعمال ] 4[ البطاطا نباتات في البيئية نتيجة تراكم الملوثات النووي الحامض تلف للتحري عن أيضا الفحص ويستعمل هذا ،]3 ،2[ disc diffusion باألقراص االنتشار وطريقة ، ) plate count ( للحياة القابلة البكتيرية حساب الخالياوكذلك طريقة method سمية المبيدات لتقييم المستعملة كثيرة خاليا وهنالك نماذج]. 5[ مبيدات الفطريات عليها تأثير لتحديد المستعملة escherichia coliبكتيريا القولون في والنمو الكيموحيوية ختباراتاإل حديثة باستعمال دراسة شارتوقد أ ،]6[ النووي الحامض استعمال إلى الدراسة هذه تهدف]. 7[ للمبيدات cytotoxicityالخلوية السمية إلى المعزولة من التربة , إذ انه الزراعية الكيميائية المستخلص من البكتيريا كمؤشر على تاثير المواد dna ) الرايبوزي المنقوص االوكسجين ( في المستعملة الكيميائية المواد هذه فأن البلد في الغبارية الرياح هبوب وكثرة التعرية وعوامل االمطار وقلة للجفاف نظرا التعامل التستطيع الحي الكائن من وألجزاء مستهدفة غير كائنات الى تذهب سوف النباتات على ترش التي أو عادة التربة .سلبيا تأثيرا معيشتها وعلى عليها تؤثر فهي وبذلك منها واالستفادة معها التي ، chlorpyriphosو chlorpyrifos + cypermethrin مثل الحشرية وقد شملت هذه المواد على المبيدات تلف الحامض أو ،]9[الحيوانات المنوية الضار في دنا تأثيرها فضالً عن ،]8[ التأكسدي لإلجهاد ومسببة سامة هي مواد الليمفاوية الخاليا في النووي الحامض وكذلك اتالف]. 11 ،10[الجرذان مثل الثدييات في الدماغ أو الكبد لخاليا النووي [13] . األمريكية البيئة حماية وكالة تقرير والذي اليتوافق مع [12] للفئران في النووي الحامض فحوصات يؤدي الى تلف الدنا حسب ماأكدته قد deltamethrin لقد لوحظ ان المبيد الحشري يؤدي الى تدمير الحامض النووي للخاليا كما بينت الدراسات ان رشه على شكل رذاذ ،][14المعاملة بهذه المادة الفئران نتيجة النهاية هذه المادة في تذهب حيث المياه في تعيش التي الكائنات وكذلك تأثيره المباشر في ،]15[ في األطفال الرنا تخليق أثر في قد الدنا فيها تلف أن يبدو اذ األسماك مثل النشاطات الزراعية فهو يؤثر على دنا الكائنات المائية rna، [16] البروتين تصنيعالتأثير في ومن ثم . مخلبية مكونة من حامض عوامل وهي عبارة عن eddhaفقد لوحظ أن المادة النشطة في وفيما يتعلق باألسمدة )(ethylenediamine di-o-hydroxyphenylacetic acid الحديد أو الزنك أو الكالسيوم أو النحاس مع ترتبط والتي quizalofop-p-efuryl هي الفعالة المادة quizalofop-p-efuryl مثل األعشاب كذلك لوحظ ان مبيد ،[17] [18] . اي المرتبط باالثيل وليس بااليفوريل quizalofop-p-ethyl استعمال نتائج يعطي] 19[ مثل الدراسات معظم لكن التي والكمية يعتمد على الوقت إلتالفه النووي الحامض في الفعالة المادة من قوي اي تأثير وأظهرت بعض الدراسات أن ) [20].٪ 300 -21( تجزؤ وتكسر الدنا بنسبة تزيد  أما مبيدات األعشاب مثل glyphosate2 وglyphosate في الفعالة المادة إن الواسعة االنتشار , إذ glyphosate2 و glyphosate هي)n-phosphoro-methyl glycine .(ل الكبير االستعمال ويفسر glyphosate األعشاب لمبيد مقاومة يمنح الذي الجين لديها التي] 21[ وراثيا المعدلة النباتات أنواع على تطبيقه جزئيا وتشير بعض الدراسات الى أن ،]22[ طبيعي بشكل تنمو و في النباتات التنقطع األيضية المسارات فإن من ثم هذا ، glyphosate [23]مقارنة بعينة السيطرة النووي الحامض مستوى اتالف قوي مع يظهر. مما يؤدي الى تهيجها ومن ثم هي تؤثر في الخاليا المخاطيةف metaldehyde ، اما المادة القاتلة للقواقع والرخويات غير الحية الكائنات تسمم كدليل على تأثيرها الضار في الكائن قبل قتله , وهذه المادة تؤدي الى ]. 24[ المخاط إنتاج زيادة والبشر] 29[ والطيور ،]28 ،27[ والكالب ،]26[ واألبقار ،]25[ القنافذ مثل الفقاريات بعض في وقتلها كما المستهدفة، ]30.[ 369علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 تهدف هذه الدراسة الى ايجاد طريقة قليلة الكلفة وسريعة يمكن استعمالها كمؤشر على تأثير المواد الكيميائية الزراعية وى الوراثي اعية على المحترإعتماداً على الحامض النووي الرايبوزي المنقوص االوكسجين للبكتيريا المواد الكيميائية الز باستعمال الدنا المستخلص من البكتيريا . لطرائق المستعملة وا المواد :الزراعية الكيمائيات ومن مستخدميها من األسواق من عشوائيا جمعها المستعملة في هذه الدراسة تم المختلفة الزراعية الكيميائية المواد ) . 1 الجدول( الفعالة وقد احتوت هذه المواد على المركبات. بغداد مدينة من والحدائق العاملين في البساتين العينة المدروسة : مجهزة من مختبر االحياء المجهرية والجزيئي المتقدم في كلية escherichia coli بكتيريا االشريشيا القولونية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / ابن الهيثم / قسم علوم الحياة. الموادالكيميائية الزراعية:تحضير تراكيز وبذات النسب لدراسة تاثيرها في النمو المباشر للبكتريا الزراعية الموادالكيميائيةاعتمدت التراكيز المثبتة على علب وفي الدنا البكتيري. well diffusion methodطريقة االنتشار بالحفر الزراعية باستعمال طريقة الحفر في االكار, اذ لقح سطح طبق االكار المغذي درست الفعالية البيولوجية للمبيدات .macfarland standardوباالعتماد على انبوب العكورة القياسي 104 ×5بالعالق البكتيري وبعدد تقريبي وي ولمدة درجة مئ 37ملم وحضنت االطباق المزروعة بدرجة 5مايكروليتر من المبيدات في حفر بعمق 100ثم وضع . ]31[ساعة, ثم قيست مناطق التثبيط حول كل حفرة 24 :البالزميد عزل دنا  .[32] التحليل القلوية من بكتيريا القولون بطريقة البالزميد استخلص دنا alkaline lysis method الترحيل وأجري ساعة ونصف. صبغ الهالم ولمدة فولت 75 وتحت جهد كهربائي مقداره ،٪1بتركيز االكاروز الكهربائي بأستعمال هالم .البنفسجية فوق األشعة مصدر تحت وصور النووي باستعمال مادة بروميد االثيديوم لمشاهدة الحامض :البكتيريا من النووي استخالص الحامض واستعين بتعليمات الشركة . promega / ) ( a1120استعملت عدة استخالص الدنا المجيني المجهزة من شركة .المجهزة في طريقة االستخالص :النووي الحامض تقدير نقاوة المتحدة (الواليات ،actgene المجهز من شركة ) nanodrop(بإستعمال جهاز النووي الحامض نقاء قدرت – 1.6النقاوة بين نسبة تراوحت وقد. في التقديرراً نانومت 280نانومتراً و 260 واستعملت االطوال الموجية ). األمريكية 1.8 . : الزراعية الكيميائية والمواد النووي مزيج الحامض إعداد وحضرت تراكيز . درجة مئوية 37ساعة في 2 لمدةوحضنت حجم من الدنا المستخلص2 :حجم من المادة 1 مزج .والمدونة على العلبةلتعليمات الشركة المصنعة وفقا الزراعية الكيميائية المواد والمناقشة النتائج ملم , 17على العزلة البكتيرية قيد الدراسة وبقياس تثبيط glyphosateاظهرت نتائج الحفر باالكار فعالية المركب ). ان عدم التثبيط ال يعني بالضرورة عدم التاثير في مكونات الخلية 1ولم تظهر أية نتيجة تثبيط للمركبات االخرى (الشكل [33]). 1ل وهو يتفق مع ماذكر من انها مادة مثبطة لتكوين االحماض االمينية .(جدو والفعاليات االيضية . الحامض دراسة نتائج وأظهرت. الحياة اليومية في االستعمال من طويل تمتلك تاريخ النووي الحامض إتالف ان عوامل البكتيري عند النووي الحامض تكسر إذ أظهرت العينات , في جميع النووي الحامض الحالية وجود تكسر في النووي ، إن المواد الكيميائية , اذ ظهر الدنا على شكل قطع متفرقة على طول الهالممعاملته مع المواد الكيميائية الزراعية cypermethrin eddha, organic fertilizer , naa ,quizalofop-p-efuryl و chlorpyrifosالزراعية وبشكل كلي أو جزئي . النووي من حيث تكسره الحامض مع أظهرت التأثير نفسه 370علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 يالحظ و واضح بشكل النووي الحامض تكسر edttiو eddhaخصبات واالسمدة مثل ان المعاملة ببعض الم ]. 18[ مع النتائج هذه وتتفق. بعينة السيطرة مقارنة التكسر لهذا كمؤشر مساره في الهالم طول علىقطع متفرقة منه وجود  االسمدة مثل مع النمو على قادرة غير كانت المتحولة البكتيريا أنواع بعض أن إلى تشير دراسات اخرى مع وكذلك تتفق eddha ]19[. لتركيز نظرا chlorpyriphosmayو deltamethrinفي لبعض العينات كما حفر الهالم من حركة هنالك تكن لم و فترة المستعمل الذي يجب ان يكون اعلى او ان المادة الكيميائية التي استعملت قد تفاعلت مع الدنا في النووي الحامض وقد ظهر تكسر كامل للدنا عند معاملته مع مادة الحضن مما قلل من قطبيته التي يعتمد عليها في الهجرة الكهربائية ، glyphosate وglyphosate2 نفسها رغم اختالف االسم التجاري او الشركة المصنعة لها , األساسية كونها المادة بسبب أشارت التي هالم طول على قطع متفرقة وبشكل واضحا النووي الحامض تكسركان metaldehydethereبالنسبة لمادة متوقع عند المعاملة مع مادة هو كما النتيجة وكانت الجزيئية األوزان الى قطع مختلفة النووي الحامض من لتكسر metaldehyde )2 الشكل.( فانه قد أظهر تكتلين من الدنا في chlorpyrifos + cypermethrinفانه عند معاملته مع البكتيريا بالزميد أما من الدنا بالمقارنة قطع متفرقة طول ذلك على يدل جدا قليلة تكسرات حفرة الهالم تظهر من بالقرب األول التكتل الهالم ، الثانية . الكتلة في الحال هو كما عينة السيطرة مع eddha و organic fertilizerو naa وdeltamethrin و glyphosateو chlorpyriphos و glyphosate2 .قد اعطت النتائج أعاله نفسها من الثانية الكتلة اختفاء مختلفة من ناحية نتائج فقد أعطت metaldehydeو quizalofop-p-efuryl أما المادتين ويظهر من صورة الهالم وجود السيطرة،عينة في يظهر والذي تكتل قرب الحفرة أول تحت تقع التي النووي الحامض عند المعاملة مع كال العينيتين للمادتين أعاله الهالم نهاية في واضحة قطع متفرقة عليه تدل الثاني في التكتل الكامل التكسر .)3الشكل ( االستنتاجات . الجسم لخاليا المجيني بالمحتوى أضرارا الزراعة تلحق في المستعملة الكيميائية المواد معظم -1 .الزراعة في المستعملة الكيميائية المواد بسبب النووي الحامض تلف عن للكشف الطريقة اعتماد هذه يمكن -2 الوراثي المحتوى في , تؤثر المنخفضة بالرغم من تراكيزها آمنة ينشر عنها بأنها التي الكيميائية المواد من الكثير هناك -3 .للخاليا في هذا إضافية دراسات إلى بين التأثير المباشر للمواد في الدنا وبين دراسة الفعالية الحياتية تحتاج مختلفة نتائج ظهور -4 .المجال المصادر 1agricultural chemical usage swine and swine facilities (acussf) (2006). u.s. department of agriculture national agricultural statistics service. http://usda.mannlib.cornell.edu/usda/current/agchemuseswine/agchemuseswine-12-202006 .txt (11/13/10). 2mccauley, l. a.; lasarev, m.; muniz j.; stewart, v.n.; and kisby g. (2008). analysis of pesticide exposure and dna damage in immigrant farmworkers. j. .agromed. 13(4):237246. 3khayat, c. b.; costa, e. o. a.; gonçalves, m. w.; da cruz, d. m. c.; da cruz, a.s.; de.araújo-melo, c. o.; bastos, r. p.; da cruz, a. d., and silva, d. de m. e. )2013 ( ,assessment of dna damage in brazilian workers occupationally exposed to pesticides: a study from central brazil. environ. sci. pollut. res. int.; 20(10):7334-40. 371علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 4gichner, t.; patkov, z.; szakov, j.; znidar, i. and mukherjee, a.  (2008). dna damage in potato plants induced by cadmium, ethyl methanesulphonate and γ-rays. environ. experi. bot. 62: 113–119. 5mubeen, f.; shiekh, m.a.; iqbal, t.; khan, q. m.; malik, k. a. and hafeez, f. y. (2006). in vitro investigations to explore the toxicity of fungicides for plant growth promoting rhizobacteria. pak. j. bot., 38(4): 1261-1269. 6hreljac, i.; zajc, i.; lah, t. and filipic, m. (2008). effects of model organo phosphorous pesticides on dna damage and proliferation of hepg2 cells. environ. mol. mutagen., 49(5):360-367. 7shetti, a.a.; kulkarni, a.g.; kaliwal, r. b.; shivasharana, c. t. and kaliwal, b. b. (2012). influence of imidacloprid onbiochemical parameters in soil isolate escherichia coli. int j pharm. bio. sci. 3(4): 1155 – 1163. 8idris, s.b.; ambali, s. f and ayo, j. o. (2012). cytotoxicity of chlopyrifos and cypermethrin: the ameliorative effects of antioxidants. afri. j. biotech., 11(99):1646116467. 9-wang, x.; sharma, r.k., sikka; s.c., thomas; j., falcone, t. and agarawal, a. (2003). oxidative stress is associated with increased apoptosis leading to spermatozoan dna damage in patients with male factor infertility. fertil. steril. 80:531-535. 10-mehta, a.; verma, r. s. and srivastava, n. (2008). chlorpyrifos-induced dna damage in rat liver and brain. environ. mol. mutagen., 49(6): 426-33. 11-muthuviveganandave, v.; muthuraman, p.; muthu, s. and srikumar, k. (2011).individual and combined biochemical and histological effect of cypermethrin and carbendazim in male albino rats. j. app. pharma. sci., 1(9): 121-129. 12-rahman, m. f.; mahboob,  m.; danadevi,  k.; salehabanu,  b., and grover, p. (2002). assessment of genotoxic effects of chloropyriphos and acephate by the comet assay in mice leucocytes. mutat res 516(1-2): 139-47. 13epa. (2000) chlorpyrifos (pc code 059101), toxicology data review. 14-abdul-hamid, m.  and salah, m. (2013) lycopene reduces deltamethrin effects induced thyroid toxicity and dna damage in albino rats. j. basic and applied zoolog. 66(4): 155– 163. 15-ortiz-pérez, m. d.; torres-dosal, a.; batres, l. e.; lópez-guzmán, o. d.; grimaldo, m.; carranza, c.; pérez-maldonado, i. n.; martínez, f.; pérez-urizar,  j. and díaz-barriga,  f. ( 2005). environmental health assessment of deltamethrin in a malarious area of mexico: environmental persistence, toxicokinetics, and genotoxicity in exposed children, environ. health perspect.,113 ( 6 ) :782-786 16-sharma, d. k. and ansari, b. a. (2011). effect of deltamethrin and a neem based pesticide achook on some biochemical parameters in tissues liver, ovary and muscle of zebra fish daniorerio (cyprinidae), res.j.chem.sci., 1(4), 125-134, july international science congress association. 17hanafy, a.; khalil,  m.k.; abd el-rahman, a.m. and nadia,a.m.(2012). effect of copper oxychloride or foliafeed d on vegetative growth, leaves physical and chemical properties and yield of valencia orange trees. journal of applied sciences research, 8(2): 1289-1302. 372علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 18sevinc, m. s. and pag,w. j. (1992), generation of azotobacter vine zadii strains defective in siderophore production and characterization of a strain unable to produce known siderophores, j. gen. microbiol. 138(3):587-596. 19mustafa, y., and arikan, e.s. (2008). genotoxicity testing of quizalofop-p-ethyl herbicide using allium cepa anaphase–telophase chromosome aberration assay, caryologia 61(1): 45– 52. 20-hossain, m. m. and richardson, j. r. (2011). mechanism of pyrethroid pesticide–induced apoptosis: role of calpain and the er stress pathway, toxicol. sci., 122(2):512–525. 21-williams, g.m.r., kroes and munro, i.c., (2000). safety evaluation andrisk assessment of the herbicide roundup and its active ingredient, glyphosate, for humans .regul. toxicol. pharm. 31(2):117–165. 22-coutinho, c.f.b.; tanimoto, s.t.; galli, a.; garbellini, g.s.;takayama, m.; amaral, r.b.; luizmazo, h.; avaca, l.a. and machado, s.a.s., (2005). pesticidas: mecanismo de ac¸ão,degradac¸ão e toxidez. pesticidas: rev. ecotoxicol. meioambiente 15(jan-dez): 65–72. 23moreno, n.c.; sofia, s.h. and martinez, c.b.r. (2014). genotoxic effects of the herbicide round up transorb and its active ingredient glyphosate on the fish prochilo duslineatus. environ. toxicol. pharmacol. 37(1): 448–454. 24triebskorn, r., (1989) ultrastructural changes in the digestive tract of deroceras reticulatum (müller) induced by a carbamate molluscicide and by metaldehyde. malacologia 31(1): 141 156. 25keymer, i.f.; gibson, e.a. and reynolds, d.j. (1991). ‘zoonoses and other findings in hedgehogs (erinaceus europaeus): a survey of mortality and review of the literature .vet. rec. 128 (11): 245–249. 26valentine, b.a.; rumbeiha, w.k.; hensley, t.s. and halse, r.r.. (2007). arsenic and metaldehyde toxicosis in a beef herd. j. vet. diagn. invest. 19(2): 212 -215. 27campbell ,a., (2008). metaldehyde poisoning of dogs. vet. rec., 163 (11):343 28andreasen j.r. (1993). metaldehyde toxicosis in ducklings. j. vet. diagn. invest., 5 (3): 500–501. 29shih, c.c.; chang, s.s.; chan, y.l.; chen, j.c.; chang, m.w.; tung, m.s.; deng, j.f. and yang, c.c. (2004). acute metaldehyde poisoning in taiwan.’ vet. human toxicol. 46 (3): 140–143. 30bleakley, c.; ferrie, e.; collum, n. and burke, l. (2008). ‘self-poisoning with metaldehyde’. emerg. med. j., 25 (6): 381–382. 31ogbulie, j. n.; adieze, i. e. and nwankwo, n. c.. )2008( . susceptibility pattern of some clinical bacterial isolates to selected antibiotics and disinfectants. pol. j. of microbiol. 57(3):199-24. 32-brinboim, h. c. and doly, j. (1979). a rapid alkaline extraction procedure for screening recombinant plasmid dna. nucleic acid res. 7(6):1513-1523. 33-  böger,p.;. wakabayashi,k.and hirai,k. (2002). herbicide classes in development,  springer-verlag berlin heidelberg, pp 59-85. 373علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 : المواد الكيميائية الزراعية المستعملة وموادها الفعالة وطريقة التاثير ) 1(جدول 374علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 تمثل )10 -2والحفر من ( e.coli البكتيرية العزلة اتجاه 1في الحفرة رقم glyphosate المركب : فعالية )1(شكل والتي c )السيطرة في الحفرة ( باقي المواد الكيميائية التي لم تظهر أي فعالية مع الدنا البكتيري مقارنة بمجموعة تحتوي البكتيريا غير المعاملة . البالزميدي المحتوى على المستعملة المواد تاثير:)3( شكل الوراثية المادة ضد المستعملة المواد تاثير:) 2( شكل e. coliلبكتيريا e.coli لبكتيريا 375علوم الحياة | 2016) عام 2(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (2) 2016 the direct damaging effect of some agricultural chemicals used locally in iraq on the dna of escherichia coli mohammed m. jawad dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al haitham)/university of baghdad received in :5may2016, accepted in:5june2016 abstract agricultural chemicals on a large scale of use throughout the world, and there are many studies about these chemicals and its disadvantages, but most of them were limited to its impact on mammals such as rodents in determine. this study was designed to determine the impact of these chemicals on dna damage for e. coli bacteria from iraq. the dna is similar in terms of structure and function in all living organisms with a different in number and sequence of the nitrogenous bases among living organisms. this study showed that snails and slugs killer material metaldehyde are strongly bind with the dna extracted from bacteria, and herbicides glyphosate also showed that clearly when treated with dna extracted from bacteria, as well as with the plasmid dna. key words: binding dna, agricultural chemicals, metaldehyde, organic fertilizer biology 98 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 لحشرة ذبابة فاكهة mtdnaدراسة التنوع الوراثي في الدنا المايتوكوندري ceratitis capitata (wiedemann, 1824)البحر المتوسط )diptera:tephritidae بأستخدام طريقة (pcr-rflp في ثالث من (1)محافظات المنطقة الوسطى من العراق. محمد مهدي جواد ، حسن سعيد األسدي ، أحسان عرفان حسين ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد –قسم علوم الحياة، كلية التربية 2012ايلول 12قبل البحث في: 2012حزيران 5استلم البحث في: الخالصة لحشرة mtdnaمن الدنا المايتوكوندري nadh4 (nd4)دراسة للتنوع الوراثي في جزء من الجين يتجرأ بأستخدام طريقة زوج قاعدي 400 يبلغ طوله ceratitis capitata (wiedemann, 1824)ذبابة فاكهة البحر المتوسط pcr-rflp ،ستخدام االنزيم القاطع وبأ ecorv في عينات جمعت من ثالث محافظات تقع في وسط العراق هي والكوت، وقد بينت النتائج وجود تنوع وراثي في هذه المنطقة من الجين بين عينة محافظة الكوت والعينتين ،وبغداد ،كربالء . ecorvاالنزيم القاطع ساطةاألخرتين طبقا لنتائج الهضم بو mtdna ، ceratitis capitata،ecorv، nd4 :الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة أو ceratitis capitata (wiedemann, 1824) mediterranean fruit flyتعد ذبابة فاكهة البحر المتوسط medfly نوع من المحاصيل الزراعية 300تتغذى على أكثر من إذ ، [ 1 ] ; [ 2 ] ،أهم آفة زراعية على مستوى العالم] إال إنها تنتشر اآلن في معظم دول العالم وقد وجدت [ 4 ]أصولها تعود إلى جنوب الصحراء األفريقية من ان رغمبالو ] 3 . لقد كان أول تسجيل للحشرة في العراق 6 ] [وأمريكا الشمالية [ 5 ]؛ [ 2 ]في جنوب أوربا وأستراليا وأمريكا الالتينية وقد ] al-ali 8 [ مننفسه ثم أعيد تسجيلها في السبعينيات من القرن ] 7 [في اربعينيات القرن الماضي من الحيدري ونحن هنا ندرسها من الناحية الوراثية الجزيئية ] 9 [خالل االعوام القليلة الماضية مرة أخرى وجودها سجل الجبوري خاصة بالحشرة في (database)وذلك إلنشاء قاعدة بيانات ةبالحشر ةوفي ثالث محافظات تحتوي على بساتين مصاب الناتجة بسبب اجتياحها أو اعادة اجتياحها ةالعراق وللمساعدة في القضاء عليها بأقل الخسائر ولتجنب االضرار االقتصادي ة وللتعريف بأضرارها وصفاتها التي تصل الى المستويات الجزيئي ةومعرفة مصدر قدومها في كل مر ةللمناطق المدروس والمعروف ببصمته الوراثية mtdnaالدنا المايتوكوندري تاسة التنوع الوراثي لها. لقد استخدم، فضال عن درةالدقيق واألدلة الجنائية diagnosticsالفريدة في الدراسات التصنيفية ودراسة هجرة الكائنات الحية وفي البحوث التشخيصية forensics [10] توكوندري لمعرفة التنوع الوراثي هذه االفة فلقد استخدم الدنا المايالى . وبالنسبةgenetic diversity . ] [ 12؛ [ 11 ] ؛ [ 6 ]ومعرفة مصدر قدومها في مجتمعات سكانية أخذت من مناطق متعددة المواد وطرائق العمل مناطق الجمع والفاكهة المصابة في ثالث محافظات من وسط العراق وهي كربالء نموذج جمعت من أماكن متعددة أ 200أعتمدت هذه الدراسة على أكثر من 2011إلى شهر آذار 2010ومن شهر تشرين الثاني نفسها إلى شهر آذار من السنة 2010من شهر شباط مدةوبغداد والكوت ولل .lإما ثمار المشمش kaki (diospyros kakiوالكاكيmandarin (citrus reticulate l. )ثمرة الاللنكي (الى بالنسبة prunus arminiaca المصابة وثمار التينficus carica l. إلى شهر تموز من السنة 2010فلقد جمعت من شهر حزيران لسنة pears ( pyrusإلى شهر حزيران من نفس السنة وقد جمعت ثمار الكمثرى (العرموط) ( 2011ومن شهر ايار لسنة نفسها communisوقد أصابت الذبابة في بساتين كربالء العنب 2011نفسها في شهر حزيران من السنة المصابةvitis sp. ، وهو مؤشر زراعي خطير جدا على العراق . ولقد جمعت العينات في بغداد من مناطق phoenix dactyliferaوالتمر(األشرسي) وضعت .يرة و الحفرية في الكوت ومنطقتي الصو، ومن مناطق الحر وعون في كربالء ،الكريعات والراشدية والطارمية والمدائن سم يحوي من أحد جانبيه 20 × 20 × 40الثمار المصابة في قفص زجاجي وثبت عليه مكان وتاريخ الجمع. تكون أبعاد القفص ---------------------------------------------------------------------- البحث مستل من أطروحة دكتوراه للباحث االول. (1) biology 99 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 سم محاطة بقماش األوركنزا أو قماش آخردقيق الفتحات لمنع خروج الحشرة وإلدخال 15المربعين على فتحة دائرية الشكل قطرها أيام 7-3ن بتري صغير كل سكر مع قليل من الماء توضع على قطن في صح 3 : 1وتبديل المواد الغذائية والماء، تكون التغذية بخميرة ثم ،، ويحهز القفص بأنبوبة فيها فتيلة من الشاش تحتوي على الماء الذي يصعد في فتيلة الشاش وذلك لتربية الحشرة لحين نضجها التام زميج) أو التربة النهرية (ال ة% وتفرش أرضية القفص بنشارة الخشب الناعم70سحبها من القفص لحفظها إما بالتجفيف أو بالكحول م º 25 ± 1لتسهيل مكان تكوين العذارى ويراقب القفص يوميا للحصول على البالغات. يوضع القفص داخل حاضنة بدرجة حرارة ة أطول للحصول على الحشرات الكاملة أو اليرقات مدضوء وظالم لغرض إدامة المستعمرة لعة سا 12\12و 70 ± 5ورطوبة لغرض الدراسة. نا استخالص الد طة قمة الماصة الدقيقة بعد اغالقها بالحرارة وبإستخدام العدة الخاصة اص دنا الحشره الكلي بعد هرس الحشره بوسللقد إستخ عدة اإلستخالص بإتباع نشرة إذ استخدمت) ، uk dneasy blood and tissue kit from qiagen,باإلستخالص وهي ( .عملالمذاب في المحلول النهائي المست dnaمن lµ200يتم الحصول في النهاية على ،إذ ) المرفقه protocolطريقة العمل( pcr-rflpطريقة ي لتضخيم المنطقة الممتدة داخل أتوكما ي1) ) (جدول n-4-n-9243و n4-8883استخدم زوج من البادئة المتخصصة ( زوج قاعدي تقريبا وهي المنطقة التي سيتم قطعها الحقا باألنزيم 400من الدنا المايتوكوندري، ويبلغ طولها حوالي nd4الجين ecorv. pcrتضخيم الدنا بإستخدام جهاز تقانة لغرض تضخيم منطقة الجينات بإستخدام البادئات المذكورة آنفا pcrة لعمل جهاز عملمن المواد المست االتيةأضيفت الكميات وكما يأتي: ) neb,newengland biolabsمن شركة ( pcr mix ىمايكروليتر من الخليط الرئيس 12.5 مايكروليتر من كل بادئة (أمامي وراجع) 2 + 2 double distilled waterمايكروليتر من الماء المضاعف تقطيره 5.5 dnaمايكروليتر من 3 ن مع المواد األخرى وبالنسبة ين المناسبيذبابة البحر المتوسط وزوج البادئيتم وضع الخليط المحتوي على الدنا المستخلص من عينات , applied biosystemsمن صنع شركة ( شركة pcrالخاص بتقانة thermal cyclerالمذكورة آنفا يتم وضعه في جهاز usa تي :يأامجزء الجين المستهدف وك ) ، حيث يتم تشغيل البرنامج االتي ولكال زوجي البادئة المستخدمة لتضخيم2720موديل دورة 1م °94 دقيقة 2 الدنترة -1 دورة 40م °94 ثانية 30 ارتباط البادئات -2 دورة 40م °46ثانية 30 دورة 40م ° 66دقيقة 2 دورة 1م °72دقيقة 2 استطالة البادئات -3 -م °4∞ حضن -4 من شركة ة المشع cybrsafe صبغة عمال% من هالم االكاروز وباست2طة امن نواتج الجهاز بوس مايكروليتر10ثم تم ترحيل )invitrogen ,usa1 )المطلوب هضمها بأنزيم القطع (شكل ة) لتشخيص القطعة الجيني . وحسب االضافات االتية: ecorvمن أنزيم القطع pcrطة جهاز تقانة اثم يتم هضم الجزء الناتج من التضخيم بوس ن انزيم القطعمايكروليتر م 1 المحتوية على الجين المطلوب) pcr(نواتج dnaمايكروليتر 4 bsaمايكروليتر من البومين المصل البقري 0.2 re bufferمايكروليتر من داريء أنزيم القطع 2 مايكروليتر ماء مقطر 12.8 نفسه لغرض الحضن مدة pcrباستخدام جهاز يحضن في حمام مائي أو الحاضنة أو مايكروليتر 20 فيصبح المجموع الكلي للخليط صبغة عمال% وباست2م حتى يتم الهضم التام . بعد ذلك يرحل الناتج بهالم االكاروز بتركيز 37ºساعات وبدرجة حرارة 4 cybrsafe 2).المشعة وتصوير النتائج ( شكل. النتائج والمناقشة لغرض دراسة التنوع الوراثي 1) زوج قاعدي ( شكل 400) من الدنا المايتوكوندري وطوله nd4إستخدم جزء من الجين ( ) ويقوم بقطعه كما تم توضيح ذلك في طريقة gatatcالذي يتعرف على تسلسل معين هو ( ecorvأنزيم القطع إذ استعملفيه زوج قاعدي وهو 100عدي والقطعة األخرى كان طولها زوج قا 300يكون القطع الواحد منتج لقطعتين يكون طول األكبر إذ ،العمل قام بعمله وقطع من منطقة واحدة منتجا قطعتين في معظم العينات إال ecorvإن األنزيم ،إذما تم إيجاده في معظم العينات المدروسة ات المنطقة الوسطى من التي لم يقطعها مبينا وجود تنوع وراثي في عين2 ) عينة واحدة فقط من عينة محافظة الكوت (شكل bو aوهكذا فلقد حصلنا على رمزين هما bوالتي لم تقطع أعطيت الرمز aالعراق.وبذلك فأن العينة التي تقطع أعطيت الرمز gasparichة من لمعزوج قاعدي على التوالي وذلك تبعاً للتسمية المست 400الناتجة من قطع وعدم قطع المنطقة التي طولها biology 100 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 تم تقطيع إذألول مرة ، nd4على الجين المستخدم في هذه الدراسة وهو -rflp pcrالذين استخدموا طريقة [ 13 ]وجماعته ) فضال عن ecorvتحتوي على موقع واحد للهضم بأنزيم القطع ( nd4قطعة من الدنا المايتوكوندري وهي جزء من الجين درسوا التنوع الوراثي للقطع الناتجة أو التي لم إذالدنا المايتوكوندري ، استخدامهم جينات وانزيمات قاطعة أخرى ألجزاء أخرى من تنتج أو لم يتم تقطيعها ومن هنا جاء التنوع. nd5و nd4هذه المرة هما ةالعمل مستخدمين منطقتين من الدنا المايتوكوندري للحشر[ 14 ] وجماعته gasparichوقد عاود بين المجاميع السكانية لذبابة اً عالي اً ) على التوالي بعد أن وجدوا تنوعmnli, xbai, ecorv(أنزيمات قاطعة هي ةولكن مع ثالث ستخدموها على ما يقرب من مئة عينة سكانية حول العالم االبحر المتوسط في هاتين المنطقتين من الدنا المايتوكوندري لها وقد bواألنزيم الذي ال يقطع يعطى له الحرف aطى له الحرف ن كل أنزيم يقطع يعإ إذوبترتيب معين pcr-rflpوبطريقة حروف. ةوبالترتيب للحصول على صيغة من ثالث لدراسة التنوع الوراثي في ذبابة الفاكهة في المحافظات الوسطى من العراق ولتأسيس قاعدة pcr-rflpطريقة توهكذا إستخدم أم من غيرها ولم نفسها يد ولمعرفة مصدرها وهل أن ذلك المصدر من المنطقة بيانات مستقبلية تفيد عند إجتياح الحشرة للعراق من جد (استخدام بادئات عشوائية لتضخيم rapd) أو أي طريقة أخرى مثل pcrلوحدها (التي ال تستند الى تقانة rflpتستخدم طريقة وتعددها وحسب الطريقة المالئمة لتحقيق الغرض ختالف األهداف الوذلك نتيجة pcr )طة جهاز تقانة امناطق مختلفة من الدنا بوس المطلوب . لقد بينت هذه الدراسة الجزيئية وجود تنوع وراثي في عينة محافظة الكوت مقارنة بعينتي محافظتي كربالء وبغداد ومع ذلك كان البد عليها في منطقة معينة وتهاجم المنطقة بالحشرة نظرا لكونها تعود في كل مرة يتم القضاء السيمامن اجراء دراسات من هذا النوع في تلك المنطقة للحد عملزمنية قصيرة دون معرفة مصدرها أو ان كان لديها مقاومة ضد مبيد معين أستمدة مرة أخرى وخالل نفسها من البحوث دلت على أن العديد إذوما هي طرائق مكافحتها في المنطقة التي جاءت منها ،من انتشارها وماالذي تم عمله للتعامل معها .[ 15 ]وجود مقاومة للمبيدات المستخدمة ضد سالالت معينة من هذه الحشرة ،انما الىتدهور الزراعة في البلد الى يؤدي اللذا توصي هذه الدراسة بفحص المواد الزراعية الداخلة للبلد وذلك ألن إهمال هذه الحالة لة اإلقتصادية لمناطق الريف وغيرها من األمور المعروفة.زيادة أعداد العاطلين عن العمل وتدهور الحا المصادر 1-copeland, r.s. ; wharton, r.a. ; luke, q. and de meyer, m. (2002) indigenous hosts of ceratitis capitata (diptera: tephritidae) in kenya. annals entomol. soc. am., 95(6): 672-694. 2-white,i.m. and elson-harris ,m.m. (1992) fruit flies of important significance :their identification and bionomics,cab international pub.,wallingford,uk,601pp 3-liquido, n. j.; shinoda, l. a. and cunningham, r. t.(1991) host plants of the mediterranean fruit fly (diptera: tephritidae): an annotated world review , entomological society of america, miscellaneous, 77. 4-de meyer, m.; copeland, r.s. ; wharton, r.a. and mcpheron, b.a. (2004) on the geographic origin of the medfly, ceratitis capitata (wiedemann). in barnes , b. (ed.), proceedings of the 6th international symposium of fruit flies of economic importance. ist eg scientific publications, irene, south africa. 45–53. 5-malacrida, a. r.; gomulski, l. m.; bonizzoni m.; bertin, s.; gasperi, g. and guglielmino, c. r., (2007), globalization and fruit fly invasion and expansion: the medfly paradigm, genetica 131:1-9. 6-barr, n. b. (2009), pathway analysis of ceratitis capitata (diptera: tephritidae) using mitochondrial dna., j. econ. entomol. 102(1): 401-411. . 225 – 229) ، ذبابة الفاكهة ، مجلة الزراعة العراقية ، المجلد الثاني ، الجزء الرابع ، 1947الحيدري ، درويش ،( -7 8-al-ali ,a.s. (1976) chaetirellia cazthami on sunflower , fao plant protection bulletin , 133-135. ) ، ذبابة ثمار فاكهة البحر المتوسط افة في بساتين الحمضيات و الفاكهة االخرى ، 2007الجبوري ، ابراهيم جدوع ،( -9 .chandra, s. b. c.; vlk, j-10صفحة . 43زارة الزراعة العراقية ، المشاكل الحلول المقترحة ، نشرة ارشادية / و l. and kapatral, v. (2006) comparative insect mitochondrial genomes: differences despite 1318-(14):1308 5conserved genome synteny, african journal of biotechnology, 11-lanzavecchia, s. b.; cladera, j. l. ; faccio, p. ; marty, n. p.; vilardi, j. c.and zandomeni r. o. (2008) origin and distribution of ceratitis capitata mitochondrial dna haplotypes in argentina., ann. entomol. soc. am. 101(3): 627-638. 12-elfekih,s.;haymer,d.s.;mediouni,j.;hajlaoui,m.r.andmakni,m.(2006), survey of mitochondrial dna markers in populations of ceratitis capitata (wiedmann) from tunisia., http://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=ar&tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22nicanor+j.+liquido%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=2 http://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=ar&tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22lei+ann+shinoda%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=2 http://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=ar&tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22roy+t.+cunningham%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=2 http://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=ar&tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=bibliogroup:%22miscellaneous+publications+of+the+entomological+society+of+america%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=2 http://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=ar&tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=bibliogroup:%22miscellaneous+publications+of+the+entomological+society+of+america%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=2 biology 101 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 proceedings of the 7th international symposium on fruit flies of economic importance, salvador, brazil, fruit flies of economic importance: from basic to applied knowledge, :53-57. 13-gasparich,g.e.; sheppard,w.s.; han,h.y.; mcpherson,b.a. and steck,g.j. (1995) analysis of mitochondrial dna and development of pcr-based diagnostic molecular markers for mediterranean fruit fly (ceratitis capitata) populations. insect mol biol. 4(1):6167. 14-gasparich, g. e.; silva, j. g. , han; h. y. , mcpheron, b. a. ; steck, g. j. and sheppard w. s. (1997) population genetic structure of mediterranean fruit fly (diptera: tephritidae) and implications for worldwide colonization patterns. ann. entomol. soc. amer. 90(6):790797. 15-magana,c.;hernandez-crespo,p.;ortego,f. and castanera,p. (2007) resistance to malathion in field population of ceratitis capitata.,j.econ.entomol.,100(6):1836-1843. ): زوج البواديء المستخدمة والجين المستهدف.1جدول ( الجين المستهدف االتجاه رمز البادئة النتروجينيهتسلسل البادئة من القواعد جزء من الجين nadh4 من الدنا المايتوكوندري 5-taataatccatatcctccta-3 n-4-j-8883 f (أمامي) ttagttttaacatttagaag-3-5 n-4-n-9243 ( (راجع r http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22gasparich%20ge%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22sheppard%20ws%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22han%20hy%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22mcpheron%20ba%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22steck%20gj%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/07742977## biology 102 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 زوج 400من الجين المدروس طولها ةقطع ) يعطيn-4-n-9243 و n-4-j-8883ن (ئي) :اختبار زوج الباد1شكل ( االرقام تشير الى ceratitis capitataمن الدنا المايتوكوندري لذبابة فاكهة البحر المتوسط nd4قاعدي تقريبا من الجين يمثل واصم الوزن mعينة الكوت، 3عينة بغداد، 2 عينة كربالء، ةعينات الدنا المأخوذه من المحافظات الثالث ، new england biolabs،(ukمن شركة( اً قاعدي اً زوج 100-1517من molecular weight markerالجزيئي من هالم االكاروز. 2%المرحلة ب (من molecular marker=الواصم الجزيئي ecorv ،mطة انزيم القطع ابوس nd4): تقطيع جزء من الجين 2شكل ( 1-30 ; اً قاعدي اً زوج 399= الجين المستهدف بطول 1، (newengland biolabs,uk)من شركة اً قاعدي اً زوج1517-100 طة االنزيم القاطع مما يعطي الدليل الم يحدث فيها هضم بوس 23رقم ةمن هالم االكاروز) العين 2 % من محافظة الكوت( في ةعين .ةعلى وجود التنوع الوراثي في عينة المحافظ biology 103 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 study of genetic polymorphism in the mitochondrial dna of the mediterranean fruit fly ceratitis capitata (wiedemann, 1824) (diptera:tephritidae)using the method of pcr-rflp in three governorates in the middle region of iraq. m.m.jawad, h.s.al-asady, i.a.hussein department of biology, college of education al-haitham/ university of baghdad received in: 5 june 2012 accepted in: 12 september 2012 abstract genetic polymorphism in a fragment of nadh (nd4),400bp long from the mitochondrial dna (mtdna) of mediterranean fruit fly ceratitis capitata (wiedemann, 1824) using pcr-rflp method with the restriction enzyme ecorv in samples collected from three governorates in the middle of iraq. the purposes of this study is to establish database, discover the introduction source as well as studying the genetic diversity for this economic pest in iraq. the results show that there is a genetic polymorphism of the studied gene fragment among kut governorate as compaired with the other studied samples according to digestion results of the restriction enzyme ecorv. nd4 mtdna , ، ceratitis capitata، keywords: ecorv : microsoft word 7 393 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis of tetra dentate n2o2 and their complexes with cu[ii), zn[ii), cd[ii) and hg[ii) ions. maysoon. t. tawfiq ahlaam. j. zaier dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science/ (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. muna . i .khalaf dept . of chemistry / college of science / university of baghdad received in: 19 march 2014,accepted in:29 september 2014 abstract a schiff base ligand 1,2-[bis-(1-phenyl-2-hydroxy-2-phenyl)-amino] benzene [h2l] and its complexes with (cu(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)) ions are reported. the ligand was prepared by condensation reaction of ortho-phenylenediamine in methanol under reflux with benzoin to give the mentioned ligand. then the complexes were synthesized by adding corresponding metal salts to the solution of the ligand in methanol under reflux with 1:1 metal to ligand ratio. on the basis of molar conductance i.r., u.v-vis, hplc, chloride content and atomic absorption the complexes may be formulated as k2[m(l)cl2][mii = cu, zn, cd and hg]. the data of these measurements suggest a tetrahedral geometry to complexes cu, zn, cd and hg. key words: synthesis, schiff bases, tetra dentate ligand. 394 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction schiff bases compounds are used as ligands and the bidented ligands have been among those, they are commonly used in preparing metal complexes. these ligands are described according to their donor as n,n donor and n,o donor schiff bases[1,2]. the schiff base complexes are used in catalytic reaction[3] and as models for biological system[4,5]. many schiff base ligands with a variety of donor sets, such as (n,o), (n,s) and (n,n) and (n,n) and their transition metal complexes were reported[6,7]. also schiff base ligands are well known to have pronounced biological activities[8]. the imino group in schiff bases can form complexes with transition metal as coii, cuii and cdii[9]. in 2003 chafa and co-worker[10] prepared a schiff kind (n2o2) [4,4-bis(salicylideneimino)di-phenyl ethane (saldiphz) and its transition metal complexes with coii, cuii and cdii]. in this paper the synthesis and characterization of new ligand 1,2-[bis-(1-phenl-2-hydroxy-2phenyl)-amino] benzene [h2l] and its complexes with cuii, znii, cdii and hgii were reported. literature survey shows that schiff bases complexes have wide range of applications on the industrial scale, such as dyes and pigments [11]. another area of application of these schiff bases is analytical chemistry where some of these compounds are used as ligand in complexometry topic [12]. for a long time tetradentate schiff base complexes have attracted many interests in the field of coordination chemistry [17-18]. also tetradentate schiff bases with a n2o2 donor atom set are well known to coordinate with various metal ions [17-18]. schiff base of 4aminoantipyrine and its complexes have a variety of applications in biological, clinical, analytical and pharmacological areas [19-21]. experimental reagents were purchased from fluka and rediel-dehenge chemical co.ir. spectra were recorded as (kbr) discs using a shimadzu 8400 ft-ir spectrophotometer in the range (4000-450) cm-1. electronic spectra of the prepared compounds were measured in the region (200-900) nm for 10-3m solution in (etoh) at 25c° using a shimadzu 160 spectrophotometer with 1.000 ± 0.001 cm matched quartz cell. metal contents of the complexes were determined by atomic absorption (a.a.) technique using a shimadzu a.a. 680g atomic absorption spectrophotometer. the chloride contents for complexes were determined by potentiometric titration method on (686-titro processor-665), dosinat metrom swiss. electrical conductivity measurements of the complexes were recorded at 25c° for 10-3m solutions in (dmso) as a solvent using a pw952 digital conductivity meter. synthesis of the ligand [h2l] a solution of (o-phenylene diamine) (2.16g ,0.02 mmol) in methanol (15ml) was added slowly to a mixture of (benzoin) (8.84g,0.04 mmol) dissolving in methanol (20ml) with (2-4) drops of glacial acetic acid. the mixture was refluxed for (5 hrs.), and allowed to dry at room temperature for (24 hrs.). a green solid was obtained. recrystillized from ethanol. yield (78%), (3.3g), m.p. (240 0c dec.). synthesis of ligand [h2l] complexes. synthesis of [cu(hl)]cl (1) a solution of (h2l) (0.992g , 0.002 mmol) in (10ml) methanol dissolved in a solution of koh (0.224 g , 0.04 mmol) (5ml) ethanol was placed in (100ml) round bottomed flask. a solution of cucl2.2h2o (0.34g , 0.002 mmol) in ethanol (5ml) was added drop-wise with stirring. the mixture was refluxed at (78)c° in water bath for (5 hrs.) with stirring. then the mixture was allowed to cool at room temperature, filtered, washed with methanol. a deep green solid was formed. recrystillized from ethanol. yield (57%), (0.38g) , (290 0c dec.) . 395 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis of [zn(hl)]cl(2), [cd(hl)]cl(3) and [hg(hl)]cl(4) complexes the method used to prepare these complexes was similar to that mentioned in the preparation of [cu(hl)]cl complex. table(1) states weight to starting materials, % yield and some physical properties of the prepared complexes. results and discussion the new ligand [h2l] was prepared in two steps according to the general method as shown in schem-1. the ir spectrum for [h2l] (fig.2) display a broad band at 3414 cm-1 which is due to the ν(o-h) stretching of the phenolic hydroxyl group [22]. the band at 1678 cm-1 is attributed to ν(c=n) stretching frequency for the imino oxime groups vibration respectively [23-25]. the sharp bands at 1261 and 1207 cm-1 are attributed to ν(c-n) and ν(co) stretching vibration respectively. u.v-vis spectrum of the ligand (fig.3) showed high intense absorption peak at (312) nm, (3401.3)cm-1 (σmax.=2106 molar-1.cm-1) which assigned to overlap of (π→π*) and (n→π*) electronic transition[26]. complexes the synthesis of the complexes was carried out by the reaction of [h2l] with [mcl2.×h2o][where m = cuii, znii cdii and hgii] in methanol under reflux (scheme2). these complexes are stable in solution and electrolyte system (1:1) in dmso (table-3). the analytical and physical data (table-1) and spectral data (table-2) are compatible with the suggested structures (fig. 1). the ir spectra data of complexes are presented in (table2). the ir spectra of the complexes show bands at 3323, 3394, 3341 and 3379 cm-1 which were attributed to ν(oh…..o) stretching vibration of the hydrogen bonding. this band is shifted to lower frequency in comparsion with that of the free ligand at 3414 cm-1 [27-28]. the strong band in free ligand [h2l] at 1678 cm-1 for the imine group (c=n) was shifted to lower frequency at 1668, 1632, 1662 and 1670 cm-1 for the complexes (1), (2), (3) and (4) respectively and this due to coordination with metal ions[23-25]. the bands at 1211, 1180, 1215 and 1208 cm-1 were assigned to ν(c-o) stretching vibration in the ir spectra of complexes (1), (2), (3) and (4). the bands at 642, 651, 644 and 686 cm-1 were assigned to ν(m-n) for complexes (1), (2), (3) and (4) respectively indicating that the imine nitrogen is involved in coordination with metal ions[30-31]. the bands at 422, 424, 416 and 562 cm-1 were assigned to ν(m-o) for compounds(1), (2), (3) and (4), indicating that the phenolic oxygen of the ligand is involved in coordination with metal ions[31-33]. figs. (2-1), (2-2), (2-3) an d (2-4) represent the (ir) spectra of [cu(hl)]cl, [zn(hl)]cl, [cd(hl)]cl and [hg(hl)]cl. the (u.v-vis) spectra for all complexes as shown in figs. (3-1), (3-2), (3-3) and (3-4). the absorption data for complexes are given in (table3). in general, the spectra showed two intense peaks in the u.v region at (301,330), (314,323), (302,335) and (301,334) nm for complexes (1), (2), (3) and (4). these peaks were assigned to ligand field and charge transfer transition respectively[34]. electronic spectrum for complex (1) exhibited peak at 699 nm which can be attributed to (d-d) transition type (2b1g→2b2g). a position of this peak is a good agreement with reported for cuii distorted tetrahedral geometry[35]. the absence of (d-d) transitions in the electronic spectra of complexes (2), (3) and (4) are arrangement with (d10) configuration [36]. the molar conductance values determined in (dmso) solution (10-3m) found in the range (66-78) am (ω1.cm2.mole-1) (table 3) which indicated that the complexes are electrolyte (1:1) ratio[37]. the micro analysis of the (a.a.) and chloride content results for the complexes [cu(hl)]cl, [zn(hl)]cl, [cd(hl)]cl and [hg(hl)]cl, (table-1) are in a good agreement with the calculated values. 396 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1. casellato, u., gerriero, p., tamburini, s., and vigato, p.a. ; (1986), " synthesis and characterization of new ligand schiff base-2-[2-carboxy-ehyldeneamino)-sodium-1propaneat and study of extraction it with zinc ion"., inorg. chem., acta, 119,75 2. goodiwn, j.a., wilson, l.j., stanbury, d.m., and scott, r.a.; (1989), " direct evidence for a geometrically constrained entatic state effect on copper(ii/i) electron-transfer kinetics as manifested in metastable intermediates"., inorg. chem., 28,42. 3.hamiltan, d.e; drago, r.s., and zombeck, a. (1987), " formation and stability of some transition metal complexes with a new tetradentate schiff base ligand"., j.am. chem. soc. 159,374. 4. chen, d, and martel, a.e; (1987), " nitrogen-hydrogen activation. 1. oxidative addition of ammonia to iridium(i). isolation, structural characterization and reactivity of amidoiridium hydrides"., inorg. chem., 26,7,1026-1030. 5. costamagnal, j; vargas, j.; latorre, r.; alvarado a. and mena, g., (1992)," a dinuclear zinc complex with (e)‐4‐dimethylamino‐n′‐(2‐hydroxybenzylidene)benzohydrazide"., coord. chem., rev., 119,67. 6. caseuato ,v.; gerriero p.; tampurini s. and vigato j.p.a; (1992), " synthesis and characterization of novel macrocyclic ligand and its complexes with (co(ii) ,,ni(ii), ,cu(ii), ,zn(ii), and cd(ii))ions"., inorg., chem. acta., 119,75. 7. freybry, d.p.; mockler g.m. and e. sinn., (1976)," transition metal complexes of schiff bases with azide and thiocyanate as collgands: spectral and structural investigations"., j. chem. soc. daltontrans, 5,445. 8. raoand, s.,and mittra, s.a.,(1978),"transition metal complexes of schiff bases and pseudohalogens, their bonding aspects anvplications"., j. indian chem. soc. 55,420. 9. wilkinson, g.w., gillard,,r.d., meclverty, j.a.,,(1987) "comprehensive coordination chemistry", 2.,john wiely, new york. 10. d. haff, t. doudi. s. chafa; transition metal chemistry, (2003), " synthesis, structure spectroscopic, magnetic and electrochemical studies of copper-copper and copper-zinc"., 29, 245. 11. taggi, a.e. hafez, a.m. wack, h. young, b. ferraris, d. and , lectka, t.,(2002)," structural, spectroscopic, and biological studies of n,o donor schiff base copper(ii) complexes "., j am. chem. soc., 124 6626. 12. arg, g.,uelles, m.c.r. belicchi, m.f. bisceglie, f. pelizzi, c. pelosi, s. pinelli, and sassi, m. ,(2004)," synthesis, structure and studies of enzymatic nuclease: mimics by copper(ii) mixed ligand complexes with biologically important ligands: possible models for the chemistry of chemical nuclease"., j. inorg. biochem., 98 , 313. 13. berkessel,a., frauenkon,m., schwenkreis,t., and steinmetz., (1997)," synthesis, characterization and superoxide dismutase activity of two new copper(ii) complexes of benzoylpyridine 4-phenylsemicarbazone"., j. mol. catal. a., chem., 117 , 339. 14. kovbasyuk, l.a., fritzy, i.o. , kokozay, v. n. , and iskendevov, t.s., (1997)," copper(ii) complexes with n-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-iminodiacetic acid and imidazoles: crystal structure spectroscopic studies and superoxide dismutase activity "., tetrahedron, 16 , 1723. 15. nishinaga, a., tsutsui, t. , and moriyama, h. (1993), "copper(ii) complexes as superoxide dismutase mimics: synthesis, characterization, crystal structure and superoxide dismutase activity (sod) of copper(ii) complexes"., j. mol. catal., 83 , 117. 397 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 16. amirnasr, m., vafazadeh, r. and mahmoudkhani, a.h. (2002), " synthesis, characterization and superoxide dismutase activity of a series of copper(ii) complexes containing nno donor schiff base and benzimidazole ligands"., can. j. chem., 80 , 1196. 17. koksal, h., dolaz, m., tumer, m. and serin, s.,(2001), " x-ray k absorption near edge structure (xanes) study of some copper(ii) mixed ligand complexes".,inorg. met.-org. chem., 31 , 1141. 18. ghames, a., douadi, t., haffar, d., chafaa, s., allain, m., khan, m.a. and bouet, g.m. (2006), " cobalt(ii) and copper(ii) in selective coordination of armed ligands: {3,5-dimethyl1h-pyrazol-1yl )methyl]amino}acetic acid and {[bis-(3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazol-1yl)methyl]amino}acetic acid ".., polyhedron, 25 , 3201. 9. titoshi, t., tamao, n., hideyuki, a., manabu, f., and takayuki, m. ,(1997), " synthesis and spectral studies of class i mixed valence binuclear copper(ii) copper(i) complexes"., polyhedron, 16 , 3787. 20. punniyamurthy, t., kalra, s.j.s. and iqbal, j., (1995)," synthesis, characterization and biological activity of ternary copper(ii) complexes containing polypyridyl ligands"., tetrahedron lett., 36 , 8497. 21. trivedi, g.s. , and desai, n.c. , (1992)," synthesis, characterization and superoxide dismutase studies of square pyramidal copper(ii) complexes with bi and tridentate polyamine ligands"., indian j. chem., b31 , 366. 22. lane, l.w., and taylor,l.t.j., (1973)," synthesis, characterization and biological activity of ternary copper(ii) complexes containing polypyridyl ligands".,coord. chem., 2, 295. 23. xishi tai, xianhong yin, qiang chen, and minyuta; (2003), "synthesis of some transition metal complexes of a novel schiff base ligand derived from 2,2-bis (p-methoxy phenyl amine and salicylicaldehyde molecules" , 8,.439-440. 24. el-bindary,a.a., al-shihri, a.s., el-sonbouti, a.z., (2003), "designed monomers and polymers", 6,3,.283-298. 25. souse, c., freire,c., de costro,b., (2003)," synthesis, spectra and biomimetic properties of copper(ii)-copper(ii) and copper(ii)-zinc(ii) binuclear complexes with cun5 chromophores"., molecules ,8, 894 . 26. kemp, w. ,(1987), "organic spectroscopy" 2nd. ed., john wiely, new york, 144. 27. parikh, v.m.,(1981), "absorbtion spectroscopy of organic molecules"., translated by abdul hussain khuthier, jasim m.a.al-rawi, and mahammed a., al-iraqi . 28. robert m.silver schtein, bassler and morrill; (1981), "spectrophotometer identication of organic compound", translated by dr.hadi khazem, awad, dr. fahad ali hussain and subhi al-azawi, 5th ed., john wiely , new york, 89. 29. pinchas, s. and ben ishai, d., (1957), " x-ray, spectral and biological (antimicrobial and superoxide dismutase) studies of oxalato bridged cuii niii and cuii-znii complexes with pentamethyldiethylenetriamine as capping ligand"., j. am. chem.. soc., 79, 4099, 12. 30. raju, k.c. and radhakrishnan, p.k., (2003), "complexes of cupper with 2,3 dimethyl-4fomyl (benzhydrazide)-1-phenyl-3-pyrazolin-5-one", synthesis and reactivity in inorganic and metal-organic chemistry, 33, 8,.1307-1318. 31. el. tbleand, a.s., kasher, t. i. polish; (1998)," paramagnetic resonance in imidazolate bridged homobinuclear copper-copper and heterobinuclear (copper-zinc complexes"., j. chem.soc. 72, 519. 32. el-sonbati, a.z. and el-bindary, a.a., (2000), "stereo chemistry of new nitrogen cantaining aldehydes. v. novel synthesis and spectroscopic studies of some quinoline schiff bases complexes", j. chem.soc., 74,.621-630. 33. ferraro, j., (1971), "low frquency vibrations of inorganic and coordination compounds", plenum, new york. 398 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 34. green wood, n.n. and earnshow, a., (1998), "chemistry of the elements", ed. j. wiley and sons inc. new york. 35. lever, a.b.p.,(1968), "inorganic electronic spectroscopy" 2nd ed., new york. 36. bonati f. and vigo. r.,(1967), j.organomental. chem., 10,. 257-268. 37. geary. w. j., (1961), " ternary and quaternary complexes of copper(ii), nickel(ii) and zinc(ii) with 2,2’,2”terpyridine and imidazole a potentiometric study"., coord. rev. 7,81. table no.(1): some physical properties of the complexes and their reactants quantities. complexes m.p °c color metal chloride weight of metal chloride (g) = 0.002 mole weight of product (g) yield % metal % prac. (theo.) [cu(hl)cl 290 deep green cucl2.2h2o 0.34 0.38 57 11.1 (11.39) [zn(hl)cl 257 brown zncl2.×h2o 0.27 0.30 55 10.2 (11.68) [cd(hl)cl 310 deep green cdcl2.×h2o 0.40 0.48 55 16.89 (16.53) [hg(hl)cl 340 green hgcl2.×h2o 0.54 0.75 45 28.31 (28.87) 399 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.( 2): i.r spectral data of the ligand and it's complexes. table no.(3): electronic spectral data, and conductance measurement for the ligand [h2l] and it's complexes. comp. λ nm wave number cm-1 εmax. molar1 .cm-1 assignment λm (ω1.cm2. mole-1) propose structure [l] 312 34013 2106 π→ π* n→ π* [cu(hl)]cl 301 3322 510 ligand field charge transfer 2b1g→ 2b2g 78 tetrahedr al 330 440 699 1430 331 [zn(hl)]cl 314 3184 2318 ligand field charge transfer 66 tetrahedr al 323 30959 1255 [cd(hl)]cl 302 3311 1384 ligand field charge transfer 69 tetrahedr al 335 29850 1158 [hg(hl)]cl 301 3322 1288 ligand field charge transfer 62 tetrahedr al 334 2994 983 compound υ(o-h) phenol υ(o-h…o) hydrogen bonding υ(c=n) imine υ(c-n) υ(c-o) m-o m-n others bands [h2l] 3414 1678 1261 1207 υ(c=c) 1450 υ(c-h) alph. 2931 υ(c-h) arom. 3059 cu(h2l)cl 3323 1668 1290 1211 422 642 υ(c=c) 1444 υ(c-h) alph. 2980 υ(c-h) arom. 3058 zn(h2l)cl 3394 1678 1222 1180 424 651 υ(c=c) 1446 υ(c-h) alph. 2927 υ(c-h) arom. 3028 cd(h2l)cl 3371 1662 1284 1211 416 644 υ(c=c) 1396 υ(c-h) alph. 2947 υ(c-h) arom.3062 hg(h2l)cl 3379 1677 1256 1205 562 686 υ(c=c) 1352 υ(c-h) alph. 2920 υ(c-h) arom.3085 400 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 c o ch ho + nh2h2n benzoin (2 mole) ortho-phenylenediamine (1mole) g lac ial a cetic aci d m eth a n o l r efle x (4 ) h rs n n c c ch ch oh ho 1,2-[bis-(1-phenyl-2-hydroxy-2-phynel)-imino]benzene [h2l] scheme no.(1): the synthesis route of the ligand [h2l]. 401 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 n n c c ch ch oh ho + mcl2 m eth a n o l ref lu x e (2 h rs .) n n c c ch ch o o m cl h mii = cu, zn, cd, hg scheme no. (2): preparation of the metal complexes. 402 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 n n c c ch ch o o m cl h m=cuii, znii,cdii and hgii figure no .(1) : the suggested structure for the prepared complexes figure no. (2): the i.r spectrum of the ligand [h2l] 403 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(2-1): the i.r spectrum of [cu(hl)]cl figure no. (2-2):the i.r spectrum of [zn(hl)]cl. figure no.(2-3):the i.r spectrum of [cd(hl)]cl 404 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (2-4). the i.r spectrum of [hg(hl)]cl figure no. (3): the u.v spectrum of the ligand [h2l] figure no. (3-1): the u.v spectrum of [cu(hl)]cl 405 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (3-2):the u.v spectrum of [zn(hl)]cl figure no. (3-3):the u.v spectrum of [cd(hl)]cl figure no. (3-4): the u.v spectrum of [hg(hl)]cl 406 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ومعقداته مع 2o2nتحضير ليكاند رباعي المنح نوع (cuii, znii, cdii and hgii)آيونات ميسون طارق توفيق أحالم جاسم زاير جامعة بغداد// كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة( ابن الھيثم ) قسم الكيمياء منى اسماعيل خلف جامعة بغداد/قسم الكيمياء/ كلية العلوم 2014ايلول 29, قبل البحث في: 2014اذار 19استلم البحث في: الخالصة تضمن البحث تحضير ليكاند رباعي المنح [1,2-[bis-(1-phenyl-2-hydroxy-2-phenyl)-amino)]benzene [h2l] ,cuii, znii) ثم مفاعلة الليكاند مع ايونات (benzoin) مع (ortho-phenylenediamine)وذلك من مفاعلة cdii and hgii) بوجود القاعدة koh تكونت سلسلة من المعقدات (1:1) و باستخدام الميثانول وسطا للتفاعل وبنسبة cl[m(hl)]الجديدة ذات الصيغة العامة : :ذإ m = (cuii, znii, cdii and hgii) المرئية , –ية األشعة فوق البنفسج، واألشعة تحت الحمراء اآلتية:لمحضرة بوساطة التقنيات شخصت جميع المركبات ا hplc موالرية ودرجات االنصھار , مع قياس التوصيلية ال ،محتوى الكلورومطيافية االمتصاص الذري للعناصر , و, ھو شكل رباعي اس والزنك والكادميوم والزئبقالكھربائية. من معطيات التحليل فأن الشكل الفراغي المقترح لمعقدات النح السطوح. تحضير، قواعد شيف، ليكاند رباعي السن . الكلمات المفتاحية: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 311 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license the completion of generalized 2-inner product spaces abstract a complete metric space is a well-known concept. kreyszig shows that every non-complete metric space 𝑊 can be developed into a complete metric space ŵ, referred to as completion of 𝑊. we use the b-cauchy sequence to form �̂� which “is the set of all b-cauchy sequences equivalence classes”. after that, we prove �̂� to be a 2-normed space. then, we construct an isometric by defining the function from w to ŵ0; thus ŵ0 and w are isometric, where ŵ0 is the subset of ŵ composed of the equivalence classes that contains constant b-cauchy sequences. finally, we prove that �̂�0 is dense in �̂�, �̂� is complete and the uniqueness of �̂� is up to isometrics. keywords: b-cauchy sequence, equivalent class, metric space, completion generalized 2-inner product space. 1. introduction cho and freese [3-4] introduced 2-normed space by: let w be a real linear space with a dimension greater than 1. suppose that ‖, ‖ is a real-valued function on w × w for all w, y, z in w and α ∈ ℝ satisfying the following requirements: 1. ‖w, y‖ = 0 if and only if w and y are linearly dependent. 2. ‖w, y‖ = ‖y, w‖ 3. ‖αw, y‖ = |α|‖w, y‖ 4. ‖w + y, z‖ ≤ ‖w, z‖ + ‖y, z‖ then ‖, ‖ is called a 2-norm on 𝑊 and the pair (𝑊, ‖, ‖) is called a linear 2-normed space or 2-normed space. for more details, see [11-12] doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2952 article history: received 14 augest 2022, accepted 11 september 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq safa l. hamad department of mathematics , college of sciences, university of baghdadiraq. safalafta2019@gmail.com zeana z. jamil department of mathematics , college of sciences, university of baghdadiraq. zina.z@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://doi.org/10.30526/36.1.3212 mailto:safalafta2019@gmail.com mailto:zina.z@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 312 riys and ravinderan [10] defines the generalized 2-inner product space as a complex vector space w, called a generalized 2-inner product space if there exists a complex valued function 〈(,),(,)〉 on w2 × w2 such that a, b, c, d ∈ w, and α ∈ c, as the following: 1. 〈(a, b), (c, d)〉 = 〈(c, d), (a, b)〉̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅ 2. if a and b are linear independent in w, then 〈(a, b), (c, d)〉 > 0. 3. 〈(a, b), (c, d)〉 = −〈(b, a), (c, d)〉. 4. 〈(αa + e, b), (c, d)〉 = α〈(a, b), (c, d)〉 + 〈(e, b), (c, d)〉. for more details, see [8][2][5]. ghafoor [6], shows that the generalized 2-inner product space is a 2-normed space with ‖w, y‖ = 〈(w, y), (w, y)〉 1 2. after many failures to define orthogonal vectors in 2-normed space, riyas and ravindran, in 2014, [10] defined orthogonal vectors in a 2-normed space by restriction space w × w to w × 〈b〉, where < b > is a non-zero subspace in w. thus, the domain of the generalized 2-inner product restriction with space w2 × 〈b〉2. it is well-known that there are incomplete metric spaces. kreyszig, in 1978 [7] discussed the strategy for completing every metric space by defining an equivalent relation on cauchy sequences and the metric on it. in 2001, cho and freese [3] used the same strategy for the completion of a 2normed space, but some difficulties appeared when defining a metric on it, and then, he had to give another condition on the space. despite that all generalized 2-inner product space is 2-normed space, but in this paper, we give a completion of the generalized 2-inner product space without need any condition using the b-cauchy sequences. this paper includes two sections. the first section discusses some of the properties of the bcauchy sequence in a generalized 2-inner product space. the second section proves the completion of the generalized 2-inner product. we will abbreviate ‖w, b‖by ‖w‖b in the sequel. 2. b-cauchy sequences. this section discusses some of the properties of the b-cauchy sequence in a generalized 2inner product space. mazaheri and kazemi in [9] introduce a b-cauchy sequence concept as follows definition (2.1)[9]: let 𝑊 be a generalized 2-inner product space, 0 ≠ 𝑏 ∈ 𝑊, {𝑤𝑛} be a sequence in 𝑊, then, it is called a b-cauchy sequence if lim 𝑛,𝑚→∞ ‖𝑤𝑛 − 𝑤𝑚, 𝑏‖ = 0. the following definition has been devised from [9] definition (2.2): an open ball of radius 𝑟 and centered at y in a generalized 2-inner product space w is defined as: br(y) ≔ {w ∈ w: ‖w − y‖b < r}. the following proposition is a characterization of b-cauchy sequences in a generalized 2inner product space. but first, we define a neighborhood of 0. definition (2.3): if w is a point in a generalized 2-inner product space w, then a neighborhood u of w is a set containing br(w) for some r > 0, i.e, there exists r > 0, such that w ∈ br(w) ⊂ u. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 313 proposition (2.4): let 𝑊 be a generalized 2-inner product space, {wn} is a b-cauchy sequence in w if and only if for any neighborhood u of 0; there is an integer m(u) such that for all n, m ≥ m(u) implies that wn − wm ∈ u. proof: let u be a neighborhood of 0, then there exists ε > 0 such that b0(ε) ⊆ u. since {wn} is a b-cauchy sequence in w, thus 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛,𝑚→∞ ‖𝑤𝑛 − 𝑤𝑚‖𝑏 = 0 . it implies that there exists m(ε) > 0 such that ‖wn − wm‖b < ε; n, m ≥ m(ε). then, wn − wm ∈ b0(ε) ⊆ u. conversely, let {wn} be a sequence in w such that for every neighborhood u of 0 there is an integer m(u) > 0; wn − wm ∈ u where n, m ≥ m(u). then, there exists δ(u) > 0 such that ‖wn − wm‖b < δ, where n, m ≥ m(u). it implies that for all ε > 0, there exists m(ε) such that ‖wn − wm‖b < ε for n, m ≥ m(ε), then , 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛,𝑚→∞ ‖𝑤𝑛 − 𝑤𝑚‖𝑏 = 0 . thus, {wn} is a b-cauchy sequence in w.∎ 3. completion of the generalized 2-inner product spaces. kreyszig [1] states few steps to prove that an arbitrary incomplete metric space can be completed. in this section, we follow kreyszig strategy to prove the completion of the generalized 2-inner product space: step1: forming �̂� is the set of all b-cauchy sequence equivalence classes. definition (3.1): two b-cauchy sequences {wn} and {yn} in a generalized 2-inner product space w have a relation denoted by {wn}~{yn}, if for every neighborhood u of 0 there is an integer m(u) such that n ≥ m(u) implies that wn − yn ∈ u. it is clear that ~ is a reflexive and symmetric relation. the following proposition shows that this relation is equivalent. proposition (3.2): the relation ~ on the set of b-cauchy sequences in w is an equivalent relation on w. proof: let {wn}~{yn} and {yn}~{zn}. let, u is an arbitrary neighborhood of 0. there exists a neighborhood v of 0 such that v + v ⊂ u. by definition (2.1) and for this v, there exists an integer m such that wn − yn, yn − zn ∈ v for n ≥ m. hence , wn − zn = (wn − yn) + (yn − zn) is an element of u for n ≥ m. therefore, {wn}~{zn}.∎ define ŵ: ={ŵ: ŵ is equivalent class of b-cauchy sequences}. step 2: proof �̂� vector space. let ŵ,ŷ in ŵ. define the terms addition and scalar multiplication. on ŵ where {wn} ∈ ŵ and {yn} ∈ ŷ , as shown below: • �̂� + �̂� = {𝑤𝑛 + 𝑦𝑛} • 𝛼ŵ = {𝛼wn} ihjpas. 36(1)2023 314 the following proposition explains that the two operations defined on ŵ are well-defined because they are unaffected by the elements chosen from {ŵn} and {ŷn}. but first, we need the following proposition: proposition (3.3): a b-cauchy sequence {wn} is equivalent to {an} in a generalized 2-inner product space w if and only if lim n→∞ ‖wn − an‖b = 0. proof: let u be a neighborhood of zero, then, there exists m(u) > 0, such that wn − an ∈ u for n ≥ m(u). hence, for all neighborhood u of 0, there exists ε = ε(u) > 0 such that ‖wn − an‖b < ε; n ≥ m(u). then, for every δ > 0, there exists m(δ) > 0 such that ‖wn − an‖b < δ for all n ≥ m(δ), therefore, limn→∞ ‖wn − an‖b = 0 for n ≥ m(δ). conversely, let {wn}, {an} be b-cauchy sequences in w such that for every neighborhood u of 0, there exists ε > 0 such that bε(0) ⊂ u. by our hypothesis limn→∞ ‖wn − an‖b = 0, then there exists m(ε) > 0 such that ‖wn − an‖b < ε for n ≥ m(ε). hence, wn − an ∈ bε(0) ⊂ u for n ≥ m(ε), then {wn}~{an}.∎ proposition (3.4): if {an} and {bn} are equivalent to {wn} and {yn} in a generalized 2-inner product space w. then, {an + bn} is equivalent to {wn + yn} and {αan} is equivalent to {αwn}. moreover, ŵ is a linear space. proof: since {an}~{wn} and {bn}~{yn} thus we get ‖(wn + yn) − (an + bn)‖b ≤ ‖wn − an‖b + ‖yn − bn‖b then lim 𝑛,𝑚→∞ ‖(wn + yn) − (an + bn)‖b = 0 … (1) on the other hand, lim 𝑛→∞ ‖αwn − αan‖b = 0 ... (2) it implies that {an + bn}~{wn + yn} and {αan}~{αwn}. therefore, from (1), (2) and proposition (2.3), ŵ is a linear space.∎ step3: proof �̂� is a 2-normed space. we will define a 2-norm function on the space ŵ. as: ‖. ‖b̂: ŵ ×< b̂ >→ r + is defined as: ‖ŵ − ŷ‖b̂ = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖wn − yn‖b … (3) where {wn} ∈ ŵ, {yn} ∈ ŷ. the function is well-defined as follows: proposition (3.5): if w is a generalized 2-inner product space, then for any two b-cauchy sequences {wn} and {yn} in w: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 315 1. lim 𝑛→∞ ‖wn − yn‖b exists. 2. for pairs of equivalent b-cauchy sequences {an}~{wn} and {bn}~{yn}, lim 𝑛→∞ ‖wn − yn‖b = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖an − bn‖b . proof: 1. let {wn} ∈ ŵ , {yn} ∈ ŷ be any two b-cauchy sequences, then ‖wn − yn‖b ≤ ‖wn − wm‖b + ‖wm − ym‖b + ‖ym − yn‖b hence, ‖wn − yn‖b − ‖wm − ym‖b ≤ ‖wn − wm‖b + ‖ym − yn‖b on the other hand, if we change m by n, ‖wm − ym‖b − ‖wn − yn‖b ≤ ‖wm − wn‖b + ‖yn − ym‖b it implies that |‖wn − yn‖b − ‖wm − ym‖b| ≤ ‖wn − wm‖b + ‖yn − ym‖b … (4) thus, by taking n, m → ∞ and definition (1.1), it follows that lim 𝑛→∞ |‖wn − yn‖b − ‖wm − ym‖b| = 0 then, {‖wn − yn‖b} is a cauchy sequence in r. but, r is complete, thus lim 𝑛→∞ ‖wn − yn‖b exists. 2. let {an}~{wn} and {bn}~{yn}. by the same argument of (4), it implies that |‖wn − yn‖b − ‖an − bn‖b| ≤ ‖wn − an‖b + ‖yn − bn‖b by taking n, m → ∞ and proposition (2.3), we get lim 𝑛→∞ ‖wn − yn‖b = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖an − bn‖b .∎ from equation (3) and proposition (2.3), the conditions (1-3) of a 2-normed space are done. proposition (3.6): (ŵ, ‖. ‖b̂) is a 2-normed space. proof: since ‖ŵ − ẑ‖b̂ = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖wn − zn‖ b ≤ lim 𝑛→∞ ‖wn − yn‖b + lim 𝑛→∞ ‖yn − zn‖b = ‖ŵ − ŷ‖b̂ + ‖ŷ − ẑ‖b̂, then (ŵ, ‖, ‖b̂) is a 2-norm.∎ step4: construction of an isometric 𝑇: 𝑊 → �̂�0 ⊂ �̂�. let ŵ0 be the subset of ŵ composed of the equivalence classes containing constant b-cauchy sequences. define a function t: w → ŵ0 ⊂ ŵ by t(w) = ŵ = (w, w, … ). it is clearly that t is a welldefined onto and one to one. in fact, ‖tw − ty‖b = ‖ŵ − ŷ‖b̂ = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖w − y‖b = ‖w − y‖b, thus, ŵ0 and w are isometric. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 316 step 5: proof �̂�0 is dense in �̂�. proposition (3.7): if w is a generalized 2-inner product space, then, ŵ0 is dense in ŵ. proof: let ŵ ∈ ŵ − ŵ0 , then, there exists a b-cauchy sequence {wn} ∈ ŵ where {wn} = {w1, w2, … }. define ŵ m = {wm, wm, … } for all m ∈ n, thus �̂� m ∈ x̂0. hence, by definition (1.1) ‖ŵm − ŵ‖b̂ = lim 𝑛,𝑚→∞ ‖wn − wm‖b = 0 . then, ŵ0 is dense in ŵ.∎ step 6: proof completeness of �̂�. theorem (3.8): if w is a generalized 2-inner product space, then ŵ is complete. proof: let {ŵn} be a b-cauchy sequence in ŵ. since ŵ0 is dense in ŵ, thus there exists {ẑn} ∈ ŵ0 such that ‖ŵn − ẑn‖b̂ = 0 . but ‖ẑn − ẑm‖b̂ ≤ ‖ẑn − �̂�n‖b̂ + ‖ŵn − ŵm‖b̂ + ‖ŵm − ẑm‖b̂. then, by equation (3) and definition (1.1) and if we take n, m → ∞, we get lim 𝑛,𝑚→∞ ‖ẑn − ẑm‖b̂ = 0 , it implies that {ẑn} is a b-cauchy sequence in ŵ0. but w and ŵ are isometric. thus, there exists a b-cauchy sequence {zn} in w which is contained in an equivalent class in ŵ, say ŵ. note that, ‖ŵn − ŵ‖b̂ ≤ ‖ŵn − ẑn‖b̂ + ‖ẑn − ŵ‖b̂ = ‖ŵn − ẑn‖b̂ + ‖ẑn − ẑn‖b̂. thus, lim 𝑛→∞ ‖ŵn − ŵ‖b̂ = 0 . therefore, ŵ is complete.∎ step7: proof uniqueness of �̂� up to isometrics. theorem (3.9): the space ŵ is unique up to isometrics. proof: let ŷ be another completion to w with a dense subset ŷ0 in ŷ. then, there exists s: w → ŷ0 is isometric by step 4 defined by s(w) = ŷ = (y, y, … ). we will define h: ŵ0 → ŷ0 by h(ŵ) = st −1(ŵ). it implis that ŵ0 isometric to ŷ0. for ŷ1,ŷ2 in ŷ there exists b-cauchy sequences {ŷ1n}, {ŷ2n} in ŷ0 such that ŷ1n → ŷ1 and ŷ2n → ŷ2. thus, by equation (4) |‖�̂�1 − �̂�2‖�̂� − ‖�̂�1𝑛 − �̂�2𝑛 ‖𝑏 | ≤ ‖�̂�1 − �̂�1𝑛‖𝑏 − ‖�̂�2 − �̂�2𝑛‖𝑏 → 0 by taking n → ∞ ‖�̂�1 − �̂�2‖�̂� = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖�̂�1𝑛 − �̂�2𝑛‖𝑏 (5) by the same argument ‖�̂�1 − �̂�2‖�̂� = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖�̂�1𝑛 − �̂�2𝑛‖𝑏 (6) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 317 thus, by (5) and (6) we get ‖�̂�1 − �̂�2‖�̂� = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖�̂�1𝑛 − �̂�2𝑛‖𝑏 = lim 𝑛→∞ ‖�̂�1𝑛 − �̂�2𝑛‖𝑏 = ‖�̂�1 − �̂�2‖�̂� it implies that ŵ is isometric to ŷ.∎ 4. discussion and conclusion a complete metric space is a well-known concept. every non-complete metric space w can be built into a complete metric space ŵ, which is known as a completion of w. in this paper, we construct equivalent classes of b-cauchy sequences to complete a generalized 2-inner product space. references 1.anshul, r.; ravinder, k., s., ; sumit, c., stability of complex functional equations in 2-banach spaces. journal of mathematical physics, analysis, geometry . 2021, 17, 3, 341–368. 2.bahram, d. ; mohammad, j., atomic systems in 2-inner product spaces, iranian journal of mathematical sciences and informatics. 2018, 13, 1, 103-110. 3.cho, y., j ;freese, r. w., geometry of linear 2-normed spaces, nova science publishers, new york, 2001. 4.y. j. cho, m. matic, j. e., pecaric, on gram’s deteminant in 2-inner product spaces, j. korean math. soc., 2001, 38(4), 1125–1156. 5.debnath, p., saha, m., categorization of n-inner product space. asian res. j. math. 2018,11(4), 1–10. 6.ghafoor, g., r. ; jamil, z., z., study of b-hilbert spaces and some classes of operators, university of baghdad, baghdad, 2018, 27-28. 7.kreyszig, erwin, introductory functional analysis with applications, john wiley and sons, new york, 1978. 8.prasenjit, g., frame operator for k-frame in 2-inner product space, international journal of mathematics trends and technology. 2021, 67. 9.mazaheri, h.; kazemi, r., some results on 2-inner product spaces, nove sad. j.math. 2007, 37, 35-40. 10.riyas, p., ; ravindran, k., t., riesz theorems and ~adjoint operators on generalized 2-inner product spaces, global journal mathematics, 2015, 3, 1, may 18, 244-254. 11.sibel, e. ideal strong lacunary quasi cauchy sequences in 2-normed spaces. aip conference proceedings 2334, 040004 .2021. 12.vijayakumar, s.; baskaran b., a characterization of 2-inner product spaces. aip conference proceedings 2282, 020040 .2020 https://aip.scitation.org/author/vijayakumar%2c+s https://aip.scitation.org/author/baskaran%2c+b ihjpas. 36(2)2023 390 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract this paper deals with the mathematical method for extracting the exponential rayleighh (er) distribution based on mixed between the cumulative distribution function of exponential distribution and the cumulative distribution function of rayleigh distribution using an application (maximum), as well as derived different statistical properties for 𝐸𝑅 distribution ( mode, the median, 𝑟𝑡ℎ moment, the variance, coefficient of skewness , coefficient of kurtosis, moment generating function, factorial moment generating function, quantile function, characteristic function ). then, we present a structure of a new distribution based on a modified weighted version of azzalini’s named modified weighted exponential rayleigh (mwer) distribution such that this new distribution is generalization of the er distribution and provide some special models of the 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution, as well as derived different statistical properties for 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution. keywords: exponential rayleigh (er) distribution, modified weighted exponential rayleigh (mwer) distribution. 1.introduction statistical distributions are very important for parametric inferences and are usually applied to describe real world phenomena. although they are useful in several scientific fields, it is observed that most common distributions, such as exponential, gamma, weibull, rayleigh and lindley are not sufficiently flexible to accommodate various phenomena of nature for example, while exponential distribution is frequently defined as flexible, its hazard function is constant. for this cause, researchers have focused on the expansion of these common distributions in order to ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3044 article history: received 18 september 2022, accepted 12 december 2022, published in april 2023. a class of exponential rayleigh distribution and new modified weighted exponential rayleigh distribution with statistical properties iden hasan hussein 2department of mathematic, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq idenalkanani58@gmail.com lamyaa khalid hussein 1department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq lamyaakhalid8242@gmail.com huda abdullah rasheed 3department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq iraqalnoor1@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:idenalkanani58@gmail.com mailto:lamyaakhalid8242@gmail.com mailto:iraqalnoor1@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 391 produce a more and more realistic and flexible models for data. in 1880, [1] introduced the rayleigh distribution this distribution with one scale parameter is one of the most widely used distributions. exponential and rayleigh were an important distribution in statistics and operation research [2]. [3] mixed exponential and rayleigh distributions based on t-x families. [4]. presented the finite mixture of exponential rayleigh and burr type-xii distribution. [5] mixed multivariate exponential distribution and the multivariate rayleigh distribution to obtained multivariate rayleigh and exponential distributions. [6] introduced a new mixture distribution based on the tail of mixed between exponential rayleigh and exponential weibull distributions using an application (minimum). there are various methods of inputting the shape parameter of a probability distribution model and they may result in a variety of weighted distributions. the weighted distributions are widely used in reliability, survival, bio-medicine, environment, and many other fields of immense practical interest in mathematics, probability, statistics. these distributions naturally arise as a result of observations created by a random process and recorded with some weight functions [7]. the aim of this paper, two distributions have been introduced exponential rayleigh distribution this distribution can be obtained based on mixed between cumulative distribution function of exponential distribution and the cumulative distribution function of rayleigh distribution using an application (maximum) and present a new distribution named modified weighted exponential rayleigh distribution built on a modified weighted version of azzalini’s (1985), this new distribution is a generalization of the exponential rayleigh distribution, as well as present the most important statistical properties of these two distributions, finally the conclusion of this paper is determined. 2. exponential rayleigh distribution a continuous non-negative random variable 𝑍 is called to have an exponential distribution with parameter 𝛼, if its probability density function is given by [8]: 𝑓(𝑧; 𝛼)𝐸 = 𝛼 𝑒 −𝛼𝑧 ; 𝑧 ≥ 0; 𝛼 > 0 …(1) zero otherwise. where 𝛼 is a scale parameter. the cumulative distribution function is: 𝐹(𝑧; 𝛼)𝐸 = 1 − 𝑒 −𝛼𝑧 ; 𝑧 ≥ 0; 𝛼 > 0 …(2) a continuous non-negative random variable 𝑌 is called to have a rayleigh distribution with parameter 𝜆, if its probability density function is given by [9]: 𝑓(𝑦; 𝜆)𝑅 = 𝜆𝑦 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑦2 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0; 𝜆 > 0 …(3) zero otherwise. where 𝜆 is a scale parameter. the cumulative distribution function is: 𝐹(𝑦; 𝜆)𝑅 = 1 − 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑦2 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0; 𝜆 > 0 …(4) the exponential rayleigh distribution introduced by mohammed and hussein in (2019) depends on mixed of the tail (survival) function of exponential distribution and the tail (survival) function of rayleigh distribution using an application (minimum) [6]. this distribution can be also generated in another way depending on mixed between the cumulative distribution function of ihjpas. 36(2)2023 392 exponential distribution as in equation (2) and cumulative distribution function of rayleigh distributions as in equation (4) using an application (maximum) as follows: let 𝑋 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑍, 𝑌) where 𝑍~𝐸(𝛼), 𝑌~𝑅(𝜆) , 𝑍 and 𝑌 are two independent random variables then: 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − 𝑝𝑟(𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑍, 𝑌) > 𝑥) 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − [𝑝𝑟(𝑍 > 𝑥). 𝑝𝑟(𝑌 > 𝑥)] 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − [( ∫ 𝛼 𝑒 −𝛼𝑧 𝑑𝑧 ∞ 𝑥 ). (∫ 𝜆𝑦 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑦2 𝑑𝑦 ∞ 𝑥 )] 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 …(5) figure 1. plot of the cumulative distribution function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 0.1 and different values of (𝛼 = 0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5, 0.6, 0.7 )[ matlab r2013a ]. the probability density function of exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution is given by: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 …(6) zero otherwise. where 𝛼 𝑎nd 𝜆 are scale parameters. such that, • 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 > 0 • ∫ 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = − [ 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ] 0 ∞ = 1 figure 2. plot of the probability density function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 0.1 and different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4,0.5, 0.6, 0.7 )[matlabr2013a]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 393 • the survival function is given by: 𝑆(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑡 + 𝜆 2 𝑡2) ; 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 …(7) figure 3. plot of the survival function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 0.1 and different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [ matlab r2013a ]. the hazard rate function is obtained by: ℎ(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = 𝛼 + 𝜆𝑡 ; 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 …(8) figure 4. plot of hazard rate function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 0.1 and different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [ matlab r2013a ]. the reverse hazard rate function is given by: ∅(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 = (𝛼+𝜆𝑡) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑡 + 𝜆 2 𝑡2) 1− 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑡 + 𝜆 2 𝑡2) ; 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 …(9) figure 5. plot of the reverse hazard rate function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 0.1and different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4,0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [ matlab r2013a ]. 2.1 some statistical properties of 𝑬𝑹 distribution 2.1.1 the mode we can give the mode of 𝐸𝑅 distribution as follows: t t t h e s u rv iv a l f u n c ti o n ihjpas. 36(2)2023 394 𝜕𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥 = − (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥)2 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) + 𝜆 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) [− (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥)2 + 𝜆] 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) = 0 …(10) it is clear that 𝜕𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆)𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥 = [ − {ℎ(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 } 2 + ℎ′(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 ] 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 , where ℎ(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 is the hazard rate function given in equation (8), and 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 is the survival function was given in equation (7). since 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 ≠ 0. thus dividing the equation (10) by 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆)𝐸𝑅 , we get: 𝜆2𝑥2 + 2 𝜆𝛼𝑥 + (𝛼2 − 𝜆) = 0 based on the law of the constitution, we get: 𝑥 = −(2 𝜆𝛼) ∓ √(2 𝜆𝛼)2− 4 𝜆2(𝛼2−𝜆) 2𝜆2 …(11) since 𝑥 > 0, the negative value of 𝑥 is ignored. suppose that 𝑥 = 𝑥0 that is a root of equation (11). this root based on the second derivative of the equation: if 𝜕2𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆)𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥2 ⃒𝑥=𝑥0 < 0 the root is the local maximum. if 𝜕2𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆)𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥2 ⃒𝑥=𝑥0 > 0 the root is the local minimum. if 𝜕2𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆)𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥2 ⃒𝑥=𝑥0 = 0 the point is inflection. 2.1.2 the median the median of 𝐸𝑅 distribution is given by: 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) = 1 2 𝜆 𝑥2 + 2 𝛼𝑥 − 2 ln 2 = 0 based on the law of the constitution, we get: 𝑥 = −(2𝛼) ∓ √4𝛼2+ 8 𝜆 𝑙𝑛 2 2 𝜆 …(12) since 𝑥 > 0, the negative value of 𝑥 will be ignored. 2.1.3 the moment about the origin the 𝑟𝑡ℎ moment about the origin can be obtained by: 𝐸(𝑋𝑟 )𝐸𝑅 = ∫ 𝑥 𝑟 (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(13) let 𝐾(𝑟, 𝛼, 𝜆) = 𝑥𝑟 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) …(14) by maclaurin series: 𝑒−𝛼𝑥 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(15) substituting equation (15) in equation (14), we get: 𝐾(𝑟, 𝛼, 𝜆) = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑟+𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 …(16) substituting equation (16) in equation (13) we get: 𝐸(𝑋𝑟 )𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [∫ 𝛼 𝑥 𝑟+𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝜆 𝑥𝑟+𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥] …(17) now, solve the first integral as follows: 𝐿1 = ∫ 𝛼 𝑥 𝑟+𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = 𝛼 2 𝑟+𝑛−1 2 𝜆 𝑟+𝑛+1 2 𝛤( 𝑟+𝑛+1 2 ) …(18) now, solve the second integral as follows: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 395 𝐿2 = ∫ 𝜆 𝑥 𝑟+𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = 2 𝑟+𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑟+𝑛 2 𝛤( 𝑟+𝑛+2 2 ) …(19) substituting equations (18) and (19) in equation (17) we get: 𝐸(𝑋𝑟 )𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑟+𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑟+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑟+𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑟+𝑛+2 2 )] …(20) the mean: let 𝑟 = 1 in equation (20) we get the first moment which is called the mean, thus: 𝐸(𝑋)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 1+𝑛 2 𝜆 1+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 )] …(21) the variance: the general form of 𝑣(𝑋) of 𝐸𝑅 distribution is given by: 𝑣(𝑋)𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑋 2)𝐸𝑅 − [𝐸(𝑋)𝐸𝑅 ] 2 𝑣(𝑋)𝐸𝑅 = [∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 2+𝑛 2 𝜆 2+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+4 2 )]] – [∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 1+𝑛 2 𝜆 1+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 )]] 2 …(22) 2.1.4 coefficient of skewness the general form of the coefficient of skewness (𝐶. 𝑆) of 𝐸𝑅 distribution is given by: 𝐶. 𝑆𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑋3) 𝐸𝑅 [𝐸(𝑋2)𝐸𝑅] 3 2 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞𝑛=0 2 3+𝑛 2 𝜆 3+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+4 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+5 2 )] [∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞𝑛=0 2 2+𝑛 2 𝜆 2+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+3 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+4 2 )]] 3 2 …(23) 2.1.5 coefficient of kurtosis the general form of the coefficient of kurtosis (𝐶. 𝐾) of 𝐸𝑅 distribution is given by: 𝐶. 𝐾𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑋4) 𝐸𝑅 [𝐸(𝑋2)𝐸𝑅] 2 − 3 = ∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞𝑛=0 2 4+𝑛 2 𝜆 4+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+5 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+6 2 )] [∑ (−𝛼)𝑛 𝑛! ∞𝑛=0 2 2+𝑛 2 𝜆 2+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+3 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+4 2 )]] 2 − 3 …(24) 2.1.6 moment generating function the moment generating function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution can be derived as follows: 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑒 𝑥𝑡 ) = ∫ 𝑒 𝑥𝑡 (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∫ (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − ((𝛼−𝑡) 𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(25) let 𝑊((𝛼 − 𝑡), 𝜆) = 𝑒 − ((𝛼−𝑡) 𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) …(26) by maclaurin series: 𝑒−(𝛼−𝑡)𝑥 = ∑ (−(𝛼−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(27) substituting equation (27) in equation (26) we get: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 396 𝑊((𝛼 − 𝑡), 𝜆) = ∑ (−(𝛼−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 …(28) substituting equation (28) in equation (25) we get: 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [∫ 𝛼 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝜆 𝑥𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥] …(29) now, solve the first integral as follows: 𝐿1 = ∫ 𝛼 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = 𝛼 2 𝑛−1 2 𝜆 𝑛+1 2 𝛤( 𝑛+1 2 ) …(30) now, solve the second integral as follows: 𝐿2 = ∫ 𝜆 𝑥 𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 𝛤( 𝑛+2 2 ) …(31) substituting equations (30) and (31) in equation (29) yields: 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 )] …(32) 2.1.7 factorial moment generating function the factorial moment generating function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution can be obtained as follows: 𝑀(𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑡 𝑥 ) = ∫ 𝑡𝑥 (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 𝑀(𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∫ (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − ((𝛼−ln (𝑡)) 𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(33) let 𝐴((𝛼 − ln(𝑡)) , 𝜆) = 𝑒 − ((𝛼−𝑙𝑛(𝑡)) 𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) …(34) by maclaurin series: 𝑒−(𝛼−ln (𝑡))𝑥 = ∑ (−(𝛼−ln (𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(35) substituting equation (35) in equation (34) we get: 𝐴((𝛼 − ln(𝑡)), 𝜆) = ∑ (−(𝛼−ln (𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 …(36) substituting equation (36) in equation (33) we get: 𝑀(𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼−ln (𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [∫ 𝛼 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝜆 𝑥𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥] …(37) now, based on equations (30) and (31) we get: 𝑀(𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼−ln(𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 )] …(38) 2.1.8 characteristic function the characteristic function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution can be derived as follows: ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑒 𝑖𝑡𝑥 ) = ∫ 𝑒𝑖𝑡𝑥 (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∫ (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − ((𝛼−it) 𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(39) let 𝑃((𝛼 − it), 𝜆) = 𝑒 − ((𝛼−𝑖𝑡) 𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) …(40) by maclaurin series: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 397 𝑒−(𝛼−it)𝑥 = ∑ (−(𝛼−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(41) substituting equation (41) in equation (40) gives: 𝑃((𝛼 − it), 𝜆) = ∑ (−(𝛼−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 …(42) substituting equation (42) in equation (39) gives: ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [∫ 𝛼 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝜆 𝑥𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥] …(43) now, based on equations (30) and (31) we get: ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 )] …(44) 2.1.9 quantile function the quantile function of 𝐸𝑅 random variable is defined as a solution of 𝑝(𝑥 ≤ 𝑥(𝑞)) = 𝐹(𝑥(𝑞))𝐸𝑅 w.r.t. 𝑥(𝑞), therefore, via using the inverse transformation to equation (5), it can be found as: 𝑥(𝑞) = 𝐹 −1(𝑞) ; 𝑥(𝑞) > 0; 0 < 𝑞 < 1 𝑞 = 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥(𝑞) + 𝜆 2 𝑥(𝑞) 2 ) 𝑙𝑛 ( 1 − 𝑞) = −(𝛼𝑥(𝑞) + 𝜆 2 𝑥(𝑞) 2 ) 𝜆 𝑥(𝑞) 2 + 2𝛼𝑥(𝑞) + 2 𝑙𝑛 ( 1 − 𝑞) = 0 based on law of the constitution, we get: 𝑥(𝑞) = −(2𝛼)∓√4𝛼2−8 𝜆 𝑙𝑛 (1−𝑞) 2 𝜆 …(45) since 𝑥(𝑞) > 0, the negative values of 𝑥(𝑞) will be ignored. 3. modified weighted exponential rayleigh distribution this section discusses adding a shape parameter to exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution and generating a modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution as follows: the general definition for extracting modified weighted non-negative models depending on a modified weighted version of azzalini’s (1985) can be summarized by [10]: let 𝑔(𝑥) be a probability density function and �̅�(𝑥) be corresponding reliability (survival) function such that the cumulative distribution function 𝐺(𝑥) exist. then the modified weighted model of distribution is given by: 𝑓(𝑥)𝑀𝑊 = 𝑀 𝑔(𝑥) �̅�(𝜃𝑥) where, 𝑀 is the normalizing constant and 𝜃 > 0 is the shape parameter. in our work this parameter 𝜃 does not depend on the degree of the random variable x. now, consider a probability density function of 𝐸𝑅 distribution as in equation (6) and the survival function as in equation (7), according to the previous definition for extracting modified weighted non-negative models, put 𝑀 = 1 + 𝜃 extract the probability density function of modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution as follows: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = 𝑀(𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝜃𝑥 + 𝜆𝜃 2 𝑥2) 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = (1 + 𝜃)(𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ; 𝑥 ≥ 0 …(46) zero otherwise . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 398 where 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 are scale parameters and 𝜃 > 0 is the shape parameter. such that, • 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 > 0 • ∫ 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 𝑑𝑥 ∞ 0 = ∫ (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) 𝑑𝑥 ∞ 0 = − [ 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ] 0 ∞ = 1 figure 6. plot of the probability density function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 𝜃 = 0.1 and different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4,0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [ matlab r2013a ]. the cumulative distribution function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 can be obtained by: 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃 > 0 …(47) figure 7. plot of the cumulative distribution function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 𝜃 = 0.1 and different values of (𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [ matlab r2013a ]. the survival function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 is given by: 𝑆(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑡 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑡2) ; 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃 > 0 …(48) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 399 figure 8. plot of the survival function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 𝜃 = 0.1 and different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [ matlab r2013a ]. the hazard rate function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 is given by: ℎ(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑡 ; 𝑡 > 0; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃 > 0 …(49) figure 9. plot of hazard rate function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 𝜃 = 0.1 and different values of (𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7) [ matlab r2013a ]. the reverse hazard rate function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 is given by: ∅(𝑡; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = (𝛼(1+𝜃)+𝜆(1+𝜃)𝑡) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑡 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑡2) 1− 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑡 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑡2) ; 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃 > 0 …(50) figure 10. plot of the reverse hazard rate function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution for 𝜆 = 𝜃 = 0.1 and different values of ( 𝛼 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 ) [ matlab r2013a ]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 400 3.1 special models in this section, we provide special models of the 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution: 1. when 𝛼 = 𝜃 = 0 the probability density function of modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution reduces to give the probability density function of rayleigh distribution [11]: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝜆)𝑅 = 𝜆𝑥 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝜆 > 0 zero otherwise. where 𝜆 is scale parameter. 2. when 𝜆 = 𝜃 = 0 the probability density function of modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution reduces to give the probability density function of exponential distribution [7]: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼)𝐸 = 𝛼 𝑒 −𝛼𝑥 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼 > 0 zero otherwise . where 𝛼 is scale parameter. 3. when 𝜃 = 0 the probability density function of modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution reduces to give the probability density function of exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆 )𝐸𝑅 = (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜆 > 0 zero otherwise . where 𝛼 𝑎nd 𝜆 are scale parameters. 4. when 𝜆 = 0 the probability density function of modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution reduces to give the probability density function of new weighted exponential distribution [12]: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜃)𝑁𝑊𝐸 = 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) 𝑒 − 𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝛼, 𝜃 > 0 zero otherwise . where 𝛼 is scale parameter and 𝜃 is shape parameter. 5. when 𝛼 = 0 the probability density function of modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution reduces to give the probability density function of new distribution named modified weighted rayleigh distribution, this distribution is obtain depending on definition of modified weighted version of azzalini’s (1985) as follows: consider a probability density function of rayleigh distribution as in equation (3) and the survival function: 𝑆(𝑥; 𝜆)𝑅 = 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 depending on definition of modified weighted version of azzalini’s (1985) and put 𝑀 = 1 + 𝜃 , define the probability density function of modified weighted rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝑅 distribution as follows: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 401 𝑓(𝑥; 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝑅 = 𝑀𝜆𝑥 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 𝑒 − 𝜆𝜃 2 𝑥2 𝑓(𝑥; 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝑅 = 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝜆, 𝜃 > 0 zero otherwise . where 𝜆 is a scale parameter and 𝜃 is the shape parameter. such that; • 𝑓(𝑥; 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝑅 > 0 • ∫ 𝑓(𝑥; 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝑅 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 = − [ 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 ] 0 ∞ = 1 table 1. special models of the modified weighted exponential rayleigh mwer distribution distribution 𝑓(𝑥) 𝐹(𝑥) 𝑆(𝑡) ℎ(𝑡) 𝑅 𝜆𝑥𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 1 − 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑥2 𝑒 − 𝜆 2 𝑡2 𝜆𝑡 𝐸 𝛼 𝑒−𝛼𝑥 1 − 𝑒−𝛼𝑥 𝑒−𝛼𝑡 𝛼 𝐸𝑅 (𝛼 + 𝜆𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑥 + 𝜆 2 𝑥2) 𝑒 − (𝛼𝑡 + 𝜆 2 𝑡2) 𝛼 + 𝜆𝑡 𝑁𝑊𝐸 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) 𝑒− 𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 1 − 𝑒− 𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 𝑒− 𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑡 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) 𝑀𝑊𝑅 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 1 − 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑡2 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑡 3.2 some statistical properties of 𝑴𝑾𝑬𝑹 distribution 3.2.1 the mode the mode of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution can be derived as follows: 𝜕𝑓(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥 = − (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥)2 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) + 𝜆 (1 + 𝜃) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) [− (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥)2 + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)] 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) = 0 …(51) it is clear that 𝜕𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆,𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥 = [ − {ℎ(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 } 2 + ℎ′(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 ] 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 where ℎ(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 is the hazard rate function was given in equation (49), and 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 is the survival function was given in equation (48). since 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 ≠ 0 thus dividing the equation (51) by 𝑆(𝑥; 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 yeilds: 𝜆2(1 + 𝜃)2𝑥2 + 2 𝜆 𝛼(1 + 𝜃)2𝑥 + 𝛼2(1 + 𝜃)2 − 𝜆(1 + 𝜃) = 0 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 402 based on the law of the constitution, we get: 𝑥 = −2 𝜆 𝛼(1+𝜃)2 ∓ √4𝛼2𝜆2(1+𝜃)4− 4 𝜆2(1+𝜃)2(𝛼2(1+𝜃)2−𝜆(1+𝜃)) 2𝜆2 (1+𝜃)2 …(52) the value of 𝑥 is ignor when 𝑥 < 0, suppose that 𝑥 = 𝑥0 that is a root of equation (52), if 𝜕2𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆,𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥2 ⃒𝑥=𝑥0 < 0 the root is the local maximum. if 𝜕2𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆,𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥2 ⃒𝑥=𝑥0 > 0 the root is the local minimum. if 𝜕2𝑓(𝑥;𝛼,𝜆,𝜃)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 𝜕𝑥2 ⃒𝑥=𝑥0 = 0 the point is inflection. 3.2.2 the median the median of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution can be obtained as follows: 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) = 1 2 𝜆(1 + 𝜃) 𝑥2 + 2 𝛼(1 + 𝜃)𝑥 − 2 ln 2 = 0 based on law of the constitution, we get: 𝑥 = −2𝛼(1+𝜃) ∓ √4𝛼2(1+𝜃)2+ 8 𝜆(1+𝜃) 𝑙𝑛 2 2 𝜆(1+𝜃) …(53) the value of 𝑥 is ignor when 𝑥 < 0. 3.2.3 the moment about the origin the 𝑟𝑡ℎ moment about the origin can be defined as: 𝐸(𝑋𝑟 )𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∫ 𝑥 𝑟 (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(54) let 𝐷(𝑟, 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃) = 𝑥𝑟 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) …(55) by maclaurin series: 𝑒−𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 = ∑ (−𝛼(1+𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(56) substituting equation (56) in equation (55) we get: 𝐷(𝑟, 𝛼, 𝜆, 𝜃) = ∑ (−𝛼(1+𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑟+𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 …(57) substituting equation (57) in equation (54) we get: 𝐸(𝑋𝑟 )𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼(1+𝜃)) 𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [ ∫ 𝛼(1 + 𝜃)𝑥 𝑟+𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 ∞ 0 + ∫ 𝜆(1 + ∞ 0 𝜃)𝑥𝑟+𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥] …(58) now, solve the first integral as follows: 𝐿1 = ∫ 𝛼(1 + 𝜃)𝑥 𝑟+𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 ∞ 0 = 𝛼 2 𝑟+𝑛−1 2 𝜆 𝑟+𝑛+1 2 (1+𝜃) 𝑟+𝑛−1 2 𝛤( 𝑟+𝑛+1 2 ) …(59) now, solve the second integral as follows: 𝐿2 = ∫ 𝜆(1 + 𝜃) 𝑥 𝑟+𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 ∞ 0 = 2 𝑟+𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑟+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 𝑟+𝑛 2 𝛤( 𝑟+𝑛+2 2 ) …(60) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 403 substituting equations (59) and (60) in equation (58) we get: 𝐸(𝑋𝑟 )𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑟+𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑟+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 𝑟+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑟+𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑟+𝑛+2 2 )] …(61) the mean: let 𝑟 = 1 in equation (61) we get the first moment which is called the mean, thus: 𝐸(𝑋)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 1+𝑛 2 𝜆 1+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 1+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 )] …(62) the variance: the general form of 𝑣(𝑋) of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution is defined as: 𝑣(𝑋)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = [∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 2+𝑛 2 𝜆 2+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 2+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+4 2 )]] − [∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 1+𝑛 2 𝜆 1+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 1+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+3 2 )] ] 2 …(63) 3.2.4 coefficient of skewness the general form of the coefficient of skewness (𝐶. 𝑆) of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution can be obtained by: 𝐶. 𝑆𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞𝑛=0 2 3+𝑛 2 𝜆 3+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 3+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+4 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+5 2 )] [∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 2+𝑛 2 𝜆 2+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 2+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+3 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+4 2 )]] 3 2 …(64) 3.2.5 coefficient of kurtosis the general form of the coefficient of kurtosis (𝐶. 𝐾) of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution is given by: 𝐶. 𝐾𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 4+𝑛 2 𝜆 4+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 4+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+5 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+6 2 )] [∑ (−𝛼(1+ 𝜃))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 2+𝑛 2 𝜆 2+𝑛 2 (1+ 𝜃) 2+𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤( 𝑛+3 2 )+ 𝛤( 𝑛+4 2 )]] 2 − 3 …(65) 3.2.6 moment generating function the moment generating function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution can be found as follows: 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∫ 𝑒 𝑥𝑡 (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2)∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∫ (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − ((𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑡) 𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(66) let 𝑇((𝛼(1 + 𝜃) − 𝑡), 𝜆) = 𝑒 − ((𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑡) 𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) …(67) by maclaurin series: 𝑒−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑡)𝑥 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(68) substituting equation (68) in equation (67) we get: 𝑇((𝛼(1 + 𝜃) − 𝑡), 𝜆) = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 …(69) substituting equation (69) in equation (66) we get: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 404 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [∫ 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝜆(1 + ∞ 0 𝜃) 𝑥𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥] …(70) now, solve the first integral as follows: 𝐿1 = ∫ 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = 𝛼 2 𝑛−1 2 𝜆 𝑛+1 2 (1+𝜃) 𝑛−1 2 𝛤( 𝑛+1 2 ) …(71) now, solve the second integral as follows: 𝐿2 = ∫ 𝜆(1 + 𝜃) 𝑥 𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 = 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 (1+𝜃) 𝑛 2 𝛤( 𝑛+2 2 ) …(72) substituting equations (71) and (72) in equation (70) yields: 𝑀𝑋 (𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑡))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 (1+𝜃) 𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 )] …(73) 3.2.7 factorial moment generating function the factorial moment generating function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution can be obtained as follows: 𝑀(𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑡 𝑥 ) = ∫ 𝑡𝑥 (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 𝑀(𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∫ (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − ((𝛼(1+𝜃)−ln (𝑡)) 𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(74) let 𝑈((𝛼(1 + 𝜃) − ln(𝑡)) , 𝜆) = 𝑒 − ((𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑙𝑛(𝑡)) 𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) …(75) by maclaurin series: 𝑒−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−ln (𝑡))𝑥 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−ln (𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(76) substituting equation (76) in equation (75) we get: 𝑈((𝛼(1 + 𝜃) − ln(𝑡)), 𝜆) = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−ln (𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 …(77) substituting equation (77) in equation (74) we get: 𝑀(𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−ln (𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [∫ 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝜆(1 + ∞ 0 𝜃) 𝑥𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥] … (78) now, based on equations (71) and (72) we get: 𝑀(𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−ln(𝑡)))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 (1+𝜃) 𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 )] …(79) 3.2.8 characteristic function the characteristic function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution can be found as follows: ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = 𝐸(𝑒 𝑖𝑡𝑥 ) = ∫ 𝑒𝑖𝑡𝑥 (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∫ (𝛼(1 + 𝜃) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃)𝑥) 𝑒 − ((𝛼(1+𝜃)−it) 𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 …(80) let 𝐶((𝛼(1 + 𝜃) − it), 𝜆) = 𝑒 − ((𝛼(1+𝜃)−𝑖𝑡) 𝑥 + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2) …(81) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 405 by maclaurin series: 𝑒−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−it)𝑥 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 …(82) substituting equation (82) in equation (8 1) gives: 𝐶((𝛼(1 + 𝜃) − it), 𝜆) = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 …(83) substituting equation (83) in equation (80) gives: ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 [∫ 𝛼(1 + 𝜃) 𝑥 𝑛 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝜆(1 + ∞ 0 𝜃) 𝑥𝑛+1 𝑒 − 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥] …(84) now, based on equations (71) and (72) we get: ∅𝑋 (𝑖𝑡)𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 = ∑ (−(𝛼(1+𝜃)−it))𝑛 𝑛! ∞ 𝑛=0 2 𝑛 2 𝜆 𝑛 2 (1+𝜃) 𝑛 2 [ 𝛼 √𝜃 √2𝜆 𝛤 ( 𝑛+1 2 ) + 𝛤 ( 𝑛+2 2 )] …(85) 3.2.9 quantile function the quantile function of 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 random variable is defined as a solution of 𝑝(𝑥 ≤ 𝑥(𝑞)) = 𝐹(𝑥(𝑞))𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 w.r.t. 𝑥(𝑞), therefore, via using the inverse transformation to equation (47), it can be found as: 𝑥(𝑞) = 𝐹 −1(𝑞) ; 𝑥(𝑞) > 0; 0 < 𝑞 < 1 𝑞 = 1 − 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥(𝑞) + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥(𝑞) 2 ) 1 − 𝑞 = 𝑒 − (𝛼(1+𝜃)𝑥(𝑞) + 𝜆(1+𝜃) 2 𝑥(𝑞) 2 ) 𝑙𝑛 ( 1 − 𝑞) = −(𝛼(1 + 𝜃)𝑥(𝑞) + 𝜆(1 + 𝜃) 2 𝑥(𝑞) 2 ) 𝜆 (1 + 𝜃)𝑥(𝑞) 2 + 2𝛼(1 + 𝜃)𝑥(𝑞) + 2 𝑙𝑛 ( 1 − 𝑞) = 0 based on law of the constitution, we get: 𝑥(𝑞) = −2𝛼(1+𝜃)∓√4𝛼2(1+𝜃)2− 8 𝜆 (1+𝜃) 𝑙𝑛 (1−𝑞) 2 𝜆 (1+𝜃) …(86) the values of 𝑥(𝑞) will be ignored when 𝑥(𝑞) < 0. 4.conclusions in this paper, introduce exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution depending on mixed between cumulative distribution function of exponential and rayleigh distribution, as well as introduce a new class depending on a modified weighted version of azzalini’s (1985) named modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution, such that the exponential rayleigh 𝐸𝑅 distribution is special case of modified weighted exponential rayleigh 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution and provide some special models of the 𝑀𝑊𝐸𝑅 distribution. different statistical properties such as the mode, the median, the 𝑟𝑡ℎ moment about the origin, the moment generating function, factorial moment generating function, the characteristic function and quantile function are discuses and study for these two distributions. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 406 references 1. rayleigh, j. w. s. on the resultant of a large number of vibrations of the some pitch and of arbitrary phase, philosophical magazine series, 1880,10, 60, 73 – 78. 2. rahiem, n, a.; j., s. h.; kalaf b. a. estimate the scale parameter of exponential distribution via modified two stage shrinkage technique. journal of college of education, 2010, (6). 3. fatima, k. ;ahmad, s. statistical properties of exponential rayleigh distribution and its applications to medical science and engineering, international conference on recent innovations in science, agriculture, engineering and management 2017, 491 – 506. 4. tahir, m; aslam, m. hussain, z. ; abbas, n. on the finite mixture of exponential, rayleigh and burr type-xii distributions: estimation of parameters in bayesian framework, electronic journal of applied statistical analysis, 2017,10, issue 01, 271 – 293. 5. isaac, r s.; mehta, n. b. ; ieee, s. m. efficient computation of multivariate rayleigh and exponential distributions, ieee wireless communications letters, 2019,8, 2, 456 – 459. 6. mohammed, m. j. ; hussein, i. h. study of new mixture distribution, journal of engineering and applied sciences, 2019,14, 20, 7566 – 7573. 7. shi, x; oluyede, b. o. ; pararai, m. theoretical properties of weighted generalized rayleigh and related distribution, theoretical mathematics & applications, 2012, 2, 2, 45 – 62. 8. oguntunde, p. e; balogun, o. s; okagbue, h. i. ; bishop, s. a. the weibull-exponential distribution: its properties and applications, journal of applied sciences, 2015,15,11, 1305 – 1311. 9. merovci, f. ; elbatal, i. weibull rayleigh distribution: theory and applications, applied mathematics and information sciences, 2015,9, 4, 2127 – 2137 10. nasiru, s. another weighted weibull distribution from azzalini’s family, european scientific journal march, 2015,11, 9, 134 – 144. 11. hussian, m. a. a weighted inverted exponential distribution, international journal of advanced statistics and probability, 2013,1, 3, 142 – 150. 12.oguntunde, p e; owoloko, e. a. ; balogun, o. s. on a new weighted exponential distribution: theory and application, asian journal of applied sciences, 2016,9, 1, 1 – 12. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/recentissue.jsp?punumber=5962382 microsoft word 15 493 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 evaluation of il-35 and hs-crp in iraqi patients with cardiovascular diseases warka'a t. al-sa'adi dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 22 june 2013 ,accepted in:28 october 2014 abstract interleukin-35 (il-35) is a novel anti-inflammatory of il-12 family member cytokine. high sensitive creactive protein (hs-crp) is a marker of inflammation disease. this study was obtained to estimate the concentrations of il-35 and hs-crp in cardiovascular diseases iraqi patients. the study contained 79 subjects divided into two groups, 47 (21 male and 26 female) suffering from cardiovascular diseases and 32 as control group. the concentration of il-35 and hs-crp was measured by enzymelinked immune sorbent assay (elisa). the results revealed that the concentrations of il-35 and hs-crp are increased in patients group. il-35 is strongly expressed in human advanced plaque and hs-crp. therefore these two biomarkers could be useful as addition in diagnosis of cardiovascular diseases. a significant increase of il-35 and hs-crp levels in patients group compared with controls (p<0.005) and there was a positive correlation between il-35 with hs-crp in patients group. the results of this study revealed that il-35 is a potentially anti-inflammatory marker in cardiovascular diseases. key words: inflammatory markers, il-35, hs-crp, cardiovascular diseases, iraqi patients. 494 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction inflammatory plays an important role in the pathogenesis of cardiovascular disease and various studies in dicated that inflammatory markers appear to be protein of cardiovascular events such as interleukin-6, il-10 and c-reactive protein (crp)[1-5]. interleukin 35 (il-35) is the newly identified member of il-12 family[6,7]. il-35 is a heterodimeric cytokine composed of p35 subunit of il-12α and the epstein-bar virus induced gene3 (ebi3)[7,8]. ebi3 is expressed at high levels in human b lymphoblast cells, tonsils and spleen [9]. il-35 is secreted by cd4+ regulatory t (treg) cells rather than cd4+ effector t (teff) cells in mice; therefore, il-35 has been considered to be the characteristic factor of treg cells[10–13]. human treg cells, placental trophoblast cells, endothelial celss, activated dendritic cells, and macrophages also express il-35[14,15]. additional evidence demonstrated that il-35 is an important anti-inflammatory cytokine and can efficiently suppress the teff cell (including th1, th2 and th17 ) activity and reduce the progression of inflammatory diseases and autoimmune diseases [6,7,16,17]. c-reactive protein (crp) is the prototype acute phase protein primarily synthesized in liver and its release is stimulated by interleukin6 (il-6) and other pro inflammatory cytokines[18]. it is composed of five identical non-glycosylated polypeptide subunits each containing 206 amino acid residues. crp is a hepatically derived pentraxin that plays a key role in the innate immune response[19,20]. epidemiological studies have demonstrated that c-reactive protein (crp) is a strong predictor myocardial infarction [21-23], stroke[21,22,24] sudden cardiac death[25], and peripheral arterial disease[24] in apparently healthy adults. high sensitive crp (hs-crp) is a marker of low grade chronic system inflammation and it can amplify the anti-inflammatory response through complement activation, tissue damage, and activation of endothelial cells [26-28]. there is no information mentioned to the relationship between the levels of plasma il-35 and its potential role in cardiovascular disease for iraqi patients. this present study was carried out to assess the levels of serum il-35 in heart diseases patients and the relationship to other parameters, including hs-crp and total cholesterol (tc). methods the study consisted of 79 subjects divided into two groups, 47 subjects (21male and 26 female, range age 48-68 years) suffering from cardiovascular diseases. the other 32 health were controlled as control group (male 13 and 19 female, range age 4465 years). the patients were taken from ccu unit in al-kadymia teaching hospital for period from january to april, while the healthy controls were volunteers. blood samples (5 ml) were drawn from patients and controls. the levels of serum il-35 and hs-crp were measured by using an enzymelinked immune sorbent assay (elisa), according to the manufacturer’s instructions (cusabbio) and (drg) respectively. serum total cholesterol (tc) was estimated by commercially available kit from biosystems. it was estimated by enzymatic method. statistical analysis all data are given as the mean ± sd and where analyzed by an anova. person’s correlation was used to examine the relation between il-35 with hs-crp and tc. a value of p was considered to be statically significant (p< 0.005). 495 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 results the distribution of sex, mean age and total cholesterol for patients and control groups are shown in table 1. the mean age was (50± 4.3) years in iraqi patients and (56± 6.9) in control group. there was no significant difference in age and gender between the iraqi patients with cardiovascular diseases and control group as in table 1. serum total cholesterol showed significant differences between patients and control groups (p < 0.005). mean value of serum total cholesterol (tc) was 228.6 ± 21.05 mg/ dl in patients group while in control group it was 175.34 ± 12.05 mg/ dl. table 2 showed mean value of serum il-35 for patients and healthy control groups which it was 36.21 ± 3.52 pg/ dl and 22.21 ± 2.01 pg/ dl respectively. mean values of hs-crp were 4.36 ± 0.76 mg/ l and 0.77 ± 0.25 mg/l for patients and control groups respectively. discussion the levels of anti-inflammatory cytokine il-35 were measured in cardiovascular diseases for iraqi patients. the results showed that the elevated concentration of il-35 was associated with cardiovascular diseases and positively correlation. the levels of antiinflammatory cytokine il-35, hs-crp and total cholesterol were investigated in cardiovascular diseases for iraqi patients. the results showed that the levels of il-35 and hs-crp were significantly higher in patients than in control group. the results showed that higher il-35 levels were positively correlated with crp (r= 0.11), (figure 3) whereas higher tc levels were negatively correlated with il-35 (r= -0.1) in patients with cardiovascular diseases (figure 4). the serum anti-inflammatory cytokine concentrations levels are still controversial. some studies observed that these levels were increased other studies observed significantly decreased[10-18,29,30]. these studies indicate that the concentrations of anti-inflammatory cytokines can predicate the incidence of cardiovascular events. il-35 is an il-12 family member cytokine composed of an  chain p35 and a  chain ebi3[6,7]. ebi3 and p35 are expressed in almost all advanced plaque lesions and are coexpressed in atheroma vascular smooth muscle cell, indicating that il-35 may be secreted by vascular smooth cells and is involved in the atherosclerosis[3134]. in addition, higher il-35 concentrations showed a positive correlation while higher tc concentration showed a negative correlation with il-35 in patients with cardiovascular diseases, suggestion a potential role of il-35 in prognosis of cardiovascular diseases. it was found that elevated hs-crp was significantly correlated with coronary artery disease[33,34]. a significant difference has been observed regarding the value of hs-crp in cardiovascular disease subjects compared to normal subjects in this study. this reveals that there is as association between hs-crp and cardiovascular diseases[27]. in conclusion: the results that were drown from this research may confirm the relationship between high levels of il-35 and hs-crp with cardiovascular diseases. references 1bucova ,m.; bernadic m. and buckingham t. (2008). c-reactive protein, cytokines and inflammation in cardiovascular disease. bratisl lek listy. 109 (8): 333–340. 2ridker, pm.; fifai n., stampfer mj.; et al. plasma concentration of interleukin-6 and the risk of future myocardial infarction among apparently healthy men.circulation. (2000) 101: 1767– 1772. 3-vasan, rs.; sullivan lm.; roubenoff r.; et al. (2003). inflammatory markers and risk of heart 496 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 failure in elderly subject without prior myocardial infarction: the framingham heart study. circulation. 107: 1486–1491. 4koukkunen, h.; penttila k.; kemppainen a.; et al.(2001) c-reactive protein, fibrinogen, interleukin-6 and tumor necrosis factor-alpha in the classification of unstable angina pectoris. ann med. 33: 37-47. 5lin, y.; huang y.; lu z.; luo c.; shi y.; et al. (2012). decreased plasma il-35 levels are related to the left ventricular ejection fraction in coronary artery diseases. plos one 7: e52490. 6niedbala ,w.; wei xq., cai b; hueber aj.; leung bp.; et al.(2006). il-35 is a novel cytokine with therapeutic effects against collagen-induced arthritis through the expansion of regulatory t cells and suppression of th17 cells. eur j immunol 37: 3021–3029. 7collison, lw.; workman cj.; kuo tt.; boyd k.; wang y.; vignali, k.m.; cross, r.; sehy, d.; blumberg, r.s.; and vignali, d.a.(2007). the inhibitory cytokine il-35 contributes to regulatory t-cell function. nature 450: 566–569. 8collison, lw. and vignali da. (2008). interleukin-35: odd one out or part of the family?. immunol rev 226: 248–262. 9devergne, o.; hummel, m.; koeppen, h.; le beau, m. m.; nathanson, e. c.; kieff, e. and birkenbach, m. (1996). a novel interleukin-12 p40-related protein induced by latent epsteinbarr virus infection in b lymphocytes. j. virol. 70: 1143–1153. 10collison ,lw.; pillai mr.; chaturvedi v. and vignali da. (2009). regulatory t cell suppression is potentiated by target t cells in a cell contact, il-35and il-10 dependent manner, j. immunol. 182: 6121–6128. 11huang, ch.; loo ex.; kuo ic.; soh gh.; goh dl.; et al. (2011). airway inflammation and ige production induced by dust mite allergen-specific memory/effector th2 cell line can be effectively attenuated by il-35. j immunol 187: 462–471. 12wirtz, s.; billmeier u.; mchedlidze t.; blumberg rs. and neurath mf. (2011). interleukin-35 mediates mucosal immune responses that protect against t-cell dependent colitis. gastroenterology 141: 1875–1886. 13whitehead, gs.; wilson rh.; nakano k; burch lh.; nakano h.; et al.(2012). il-35 production by inducible costimulator (icos)-positive regulatory t cells reverses established il-17-dependent allergic airways disease. j allergy clin. immunol 129: 207–215. 14kempe, s.; kestler h.; lasar a. and wirth t. (2005). nf-kappab controls the global pro inflammatory response in endothelial cells: evidence for the regulation of a pro therogenic program. nucleic acids res 33:5308–5319. 15chaturvedi v.; collison lw.; guy cs.; workman cj. and vignali da.(2011). cutting edge: human regulatory t cells require il-35 to mediate suppression and infectious tolerance. j immunol 186: 6661–6666. 16collison ,lw.; chaturvedi v.; henderson al.; giacomin pr.; guy c.; et al.(2010). il35mediated induction of a potent regulatory t cell population. nat. immunol 11: 1093– 1101. 17kochetkova, i.; golden s.; holderness k.; callis g. and pascual dw.(2010). il-35 stimulation of cd39+ regulatory t cells confers protection against collagen iiinduced arthritis via the production of il-10. j immunol 184: 7144– 7153. 497 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 18daniel ,g.; hackam sonia s. and anand. (2003). emerging risk factors for atherosclerotic disease: a critical review of the evidence. journal of american heart association 290: 932 940. 19osmand, ap.; friedenson b.; gewurz h.; painter rh.; hofmann t. and shelton e. (1977). characterisation of c-reactive protein and the complement subcomponent clt as homologous proteins displaying cyclic pentameric symmetry (pentraxins). proc natl acad sci usa 74:739–43. 20thompson, d.; pepys mb. and wood sp. (1999). the physiological structure of human creactive protein and its complex with phosphocholine. structure 7:169– 77. 21ridker ,pm.; cushman m.; stampfer mj.; tracy rp. and hennekens ch. (1997). inflammation, aspirin, and the risk of cardiovascular disease in apparently healthy men [published erratum appears in n engl j med (1997) 337:356]. n engl j med 1997;336:973–9. 22ridker ,pm.; hennekens ch.; buring je. and rifai n. (2000). c-reactive protein and other markers of inflammation in the prediction of cardiovascular disease in women. n engl j med 342:836–43. 23koenig ,w.; sund m.; frohlich m.; fischer hg.; lowel h.; doring a.; et al.(1999). c reactive protein, a sensitive marker of inflammation, predicts future risk of coronary heart disease in initially healthy middle-aged men: results from the monica (monitoring trends and determinants in cardiovascular disease) augsburg cohort study, 1984 to 1992. circulation 99:237–42. 24rost ,ns.; wolf pa.; kase cs.; kelly-hayes m.; silbershatz h.; massaro jm.; et al. (2001). plasma concentration of c-reactive protein and risk of ischemic stroke and transient ischemic attack: the framingham study. stroke 32:2575–9. 25albert, cm, ma j.; rifai n.; stampfer mj. and ridker pm. (2002). prospective study of c reactive protein, homocysteine, and plasma lipid levels as predictors of sudden cardiac death. circulation 105:2595–9. 26ridker, pm.; stampfer mj. and rifai n. (2001). novel risk factors for systemic atherosclerosis: a comparison of c-reactive protein, fibrinogen, homocysteine, lipoprotein(a), and standard cholesterol screening as predictors of peripheral arterial disease. jama 285:2481–5. 27ridker, pm. (2003). clinical application of c-reactive protein for cardiovascular disease detection and prevention. circulation 107: 363–369. 28libby, p.; ridker pm. and maseri a.(2002). inflammation and atherosclerosis. circulation 105:1135–1143. 29tziakas, dn.; chalikias gk.; hatzinikolaou hi.; parissis jt.; papadopoulos ed.; et al.(2003). anti-inflammatory cytokine profile in acute coronary syndromes: behavior of interleukin-10 in association with serum metalloproteinases and proinflammatory cytokines. int j cardiol 92: 169–175. 30bogavac-stanojevic, n.; djurovic s.; jelic-ivanovic z.; spasojevic-kalimanovska v. and kalimanovska-ostric d.(2003). circulating transforming growth factor-beta1, lipoprotein(a) and cellular adhesion molecules in angiographically assessed coronary artery disease. clin chem lab med 41: 893–898. 31kempe, s.; heinz p, kokai e.; devergne o.; marx n.; et al. (2009). epstein-barr virus induced gene-3 is expressed in human atheroma plaques. am j pathol 175: 440–447. 32wang, b.; dai s.; dong z.; sun y.; song x.; et al. (2014). the modulation of endoplasmicreticulum stress by chemical chaperone upregulates immune negative cytokine il-35 in apolipoprotein e-deficient mice. plos one 9(1): e87787. 498 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 33vahdat, k.; jafari sm.; pazoki r. and nabipour i. (2007). concurrent increased hs-crp and chronic infection are associated with cad, a large population study. indian journal of medical sciences 61: 135-143. 34pasupathi ,p.; rao yy.; farook j.; saravanan g. and bakthavathsalam g.(2009). oxidative stress and cardiac biomarkers in patients with acute myocardial infarction. european journal of scientific research 27: 275-285. table no.(1): clinical characteristics of iraqi patients and control groups characteristics patients n=47 control n= 32 p value age (years) 50± 4.3 56± 6.9 n.s sex (male/ female) 21/26 13/19 n.s tc (mg/ dl) 228.61± 21.05 175.34± 12.05 p < 0.005 the data are given as the mean ±sd. tc: total cholesterol, n.s: nonsignificant. table no.(2): plasma il-35 levels and hs-crp in patients and control group characteristics patients control p value il-35 (pg/dl) 36.21± 3.52 22.21± 2.01 p < 0.005 hs-crp (mg/l) 4.36± 0.76 0.77± 0.25 p < 0.005 note: the data are given as the mean ±sd 499 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (1): the correlation between il-35 and hs-crp in patients groups figure no. (2): the correlation between il-35 and tc in patients groups. 500 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 وبروتين سي عالي الحساسية للمرضى العراقيين المصابين 35-تقدير انترلوكين بأمراض األوعية القلبية وركــاء طعمة سلوم السـعدي كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم)/ جامعة بغداد /قسم الكيمياء 2014تشرين االول 28,قبل البحث في: 2014حزيران 22استلم البحث في: الخالصة ضد األلتھابات. بروتين سي عالي الحساسية ھو مؤشر 12-عضو جديد من عائلة انترلوكين 35انترلوكين وبروتين سي عالي الحساسية عند المرضى العراقيين 35-أجريت ھذه الدراسة تقدير تركيز انترلوكين لأللتھابات. انثى) 26ذكراُ و 21حالة ( 47حالة، قسمت على مجموعتين: 79المصابين بامراض األوعية القلبية. تضمنت الدراسة يطرة. حالة غير مرضية مجموعة الس 32يعانون من امراض األوعية القلبية و 35-وبروتين سي عالي الحساسية بطريقة اإلياليزا. اظھرت النتائج زيادة في تركيز انترلوكين 35قيس تركيز انترلوكين وبروتين سي عالي الحساسية يُعبر عند األشخاص 35-وبروتين سي عالي الحساسية في مجموعة المرضى. انترلوكين ن ھذان المؤشران الحياتيان مفيدين في تشخيص امراض األوعية القلبية. بشدة في الحاالت المتقدمة، لذا يمكن أن يكو وبروتين سي عالي الحساسية في مجموعة المرضى مقارنة بمجموعة 35حصلت زيادة معنوية في مستوى انترلوكين . نتائج وبروتين سي عالي الحساسية لمجموعة المرضى 35-وھناك عالقة موجبة بين انترلوكين (p< 0.005)السيطرة مؤشر محتمل ضد األلتھابات في امراض األوعية القلبية. 35-الدراسة أظھرت انترلوكين ، بروتين سي عالي الحساسية، امراض األوعية القلبية.35داالت األلتھابات، انترلوكين الكلمات المفتاحية: microsoft word 8-13 8 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 التأثيرات البيئية في نوعية مياه مزارع االسماك في االقفاص العائمة على نھر 2013المسيب في محافظة بابل الفرات وفي محطات اسالة المياه في قضاء رعد محمود الخفاجي خليل محسن مھدي رغد حامد (ابن الھيثم) / جامعة بغداد-علوم الحياة / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفةقسم 2014/ ايلول/ 29، قبل البحث في : 2014/حزيران/15استلم البحث في : الخالصة لدراسة التأثيرات البيئية الناجمة عن زراعة االسماك في االقفاص العائمة والعاملين في ھذا المجال فقد اختير نھر قفصاً و 541مزرعة اسماك تضم 46كيلومترات التي تقع عليھا 3الفرات عند قضاء المسيب في محافظة بابل ولمسافة عبوة ماءكل عبوتين قبل وبعد كل موقع ولمرتين 12سحبت عينات ماء من ثالث مناطق وعلى طول مسار النھروبواقع واجريت الفحوصات الفيزيائية عليھا كما سحبت عينات من الماء من محطات 2013خالل شھري كانون الثاني وشباط عام -ئج االتية:تصفية المياه في المسيب واوضحت الدراسة النتا والملوحة للمياه كانت ضمن الحدود المقبولة وارتفاع نسبة االوكسجين المذاب وان االوكسجين phان درجة الحموضة الحيوي المطلوب كان كبيراً جدا وال سيما في المياه المأخوذة من بعد االقفاص وان العكارة كانت اكثر من الحدود المسموح نا غير مقبولين مع ارتفاع نسبة المواد الصلبة الذائبة والكلوريدات والعسرة الكلية.بھا وان الطعم والرائحة كا : االقفاص المائية ,مزارع االسماك,التأثيرات البيئية على الماء.الكلمات المفتاحية 9 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة يمثل االستزراع السمكي احد محاور التنمية االقتصادية واالجتماعية ليس في العراق فحسب وانما في العديد من الدول العربية نظراً لتوافراھم المقومات االساسية وھي الموارد المائية والبشرية والمالية ,اذ تقدر المساحة التي يمكن ان تستغل الف دونم وان انتاجھا من 32يمثل االستزراع السمكي منھا ]1[الف دونم 4852دودفي االستزراع السمكي في العراق بح وھذا ادى بدوره الى انحدار حصة الفرد العراقي [2]من حاجة الفرد العراقي %15االسماك في احسن الظروف ال يسد من البروتين %5الذي يمثل غم/فرد/سنة 0.3وان مايستھلكه من البروتين السمكي ھو [3]2000كغم/فرد/سنة عام1الى [4]كغم /سنة من لحوم االسماك .7الذي يحتاج اليه االنسان،ان منظمة الصحة العالمية تؤكد ضرورة حصول الفرد على نظراً للتوسع الحاصل في مشاريع استزراع االسماك فقد بات من الضروري دراسة التأثيرات البيئية لھذه المشاريع السيما تلوث المياه المارة على ھذه االقفاص.ان االثر االكبر للملوثات يعود الى مياه المجاري التي تؤدي الى خفض من ناحية مدى وجد ان ايونات النترات والفوسفات 2007واخرون في kucukese zginففي دراسة اجراھا [5]االوكسجين المذاب . واء في موقع المزرعة او في مناطق جريان المياه بعدھا واالمونيوم في جميع المحطات التي اخذت منھا عينات المياه س كانت عالية مقارنة بالمناطق االخرى خارج المزارع كما وجد ان ھناك اختالفات معنوية من موسم الى موسم في مستويات ان 2007واخرون عام yucel-gierووجد [4]و[3]االمونيوم والفوسفات والنتريت مع عدم وجود فروق بين المحطات كما سجلت زيادة في عكارة [8]قيم النترات ومحتوى الكاربون العضوي اظھرت اختالفات معنوية من محطات االستزراع في المتوسط %30الماء بالقرب من االقفاص االمر الذي يؤدي الى انخفاض كبير في شدة الضوء والذي قدر ب [10]لطمي القريبة من االقفاص مع ارتفاع نسبة التلوث فضالًعن ذلك ھناك زيادة في مستويات المواد العضوية وا[9] ان الحد االقصى لتراكيز المغذيات (االمونيوم ,والنترات ,والنتريت, 2008في klandatosو neofitouووجد على 4.49و 0.28، 2.57،0.10، 1.64والفوسفات ,والسليكات المسجلة في مراكز محطات استزراع االسماك ،كانت ( ان المياه المارة بمزارع االسماك 2005في islamواكد [11]وتنخفض ھذه القيم بزيادة المسافة عن االقفاص . التوالي) انخفاض جودة المياه الى وجود االسماك 2001واخرون jonesوعزا [12]تتراجع نوعياتھا وينقص فيھا االوكسجين وھناك العديد من الدراسات التي تتضمن تقييم طرائق تعديل مستويات [13]بكثافة وارتفاع الحاجة لالوكسجين لھا . [14]النيتروجين والفسفور وتحسين نوعية المياه ھدف البحث ان ما اشارت اليه الدراسات الواردة اعاله يؤشر مزيد من الحاجة لدراسة التأثيرات البيئية في نوعية المياه في مزارع لعائمة في نھر الفرات وفي محطات اسالة المياه وھذا ما شكل حافزاً ألجراء الدراسة الحالية .االسماك في االقفاص ا المواد وطرائق العمل سحبت عينات ماء من زجاجات معقمة قبل وبعد كل قفص من االقفاص المشمولة بالدراسة اي عينتان لكل موقع ومن ثالثة -مواقع (مواقع مختلفة) ولثالث مرات يفصل بين الواحدة واالخرى شھر على االقل وثم القيام بفحوصات المياه االتية : )doتركيز االوكسجين المذاب ( ) bodين الحيوي(تركيز االوكسج ) t.d.sالمواد المذابة الكلية ( phاالمالح الذائبة ،واالس الھيدروجيني . كما سحب عدد مماثل من عينات [13]اخذ ت عينات الماء بوساطة جھاز بيلر على عمق مترين حسب الطريقة المتبعة في ارع االسماك .الماء من محطتين من محطات اسالة الماء في قضاء المسيب يقعان بعد مز الفحوصات الفيزيائية والكيميائية ه نوع روماني). cقيست درجة حرارة الماء مباشرة من موقع اخذ العينات باستخدام محرار (قياس للماء ph) وقيست درجة االس الھيدروجيني hannaقيست التوصيلة الكھربائية باستخدام التوصيل الكھربائي ( . كما قيس االوكسجين [15]كما قيست الملوحة باالعتماد على التوصيلة الكھربائية تبعاً لما جاء في ph meterباستخدام كما قيست العسرة الكلية [16]استخدمت الطريقة المذكورة في bod) وقياس oxygen meterالذائب باستخدام جھاز ( ملغم/لتر . caco3وعبر عنھا 10 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 وعلى حسب ماجاء في -االسالة فأجريت عليھا الفحوصات االتية:اما عينات الماء التي اخذت من محطات :اللون ،والعكارة ،والطعم ،والرائحة ،واالس [18]ومواصفة منظمة الصحة العالمية [17]المواصفة القياسية العراقية والعسرة الكلية.،والمواد الذائبة، والكلوريدات ،والملوثات (مستخلصات الكلورو فورم الكاربونية) ، phالھيدروجيني النتائج والمناقشة قفصاً بابعاد 541مزرعة اسماك ضمت 46كم طوالً من نھر الفرات 3بلغ عدد المزارع في منطقة الدراسة والبالغة صاحب 23كغم وكان عدد المستجيبين للدراسة 1123800متر مكعب وبمتوسط انتاج سنوي 14984 مختلفة وبحجم من المجموع الكلي. %50مزرعة وبذلك تكون نسبة المزارع المشمولة اوالً. الفحوصات الخاصة بالماء في موقع المزارع ) الخواص الفيزيائية والكيميائية لنماذج الماء في مزارع االسماك قبل وبعد االقفاص المائية.1يوضح جدول( .[17]دود المقبولة للماء لمنظمة الصحة العالمية وھي الح 8 -7.4كان الرقم الھيدروجيني بين .1 . [13]واخرون jonesوھي تتطابق مع ماوجده 3مايكرو موز/سم 443-438الملوحة كانت بين .2 ارتفاع نسبة االوكسجين الذائب وقد يعود ذلك الى انخفاض درجة حرارة الماء وشدة التيار وھناك فروقات واضحة بين .3 كل موقع قبل المرور على االقفاص وبعده ,اذ تكون قيمة االوكسجين الذائب اعلى وتنخفض بعدھا القراءات الموجودة ل ويعزى السبب الى استھالك االوكسجين من قبل االسماك. islamارتفاع المتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين بعد مرور الماء على االقفاص مقارنةً بما قبله وھذا يتطابق مع ماوجده.4 [12]. قبل وبعد االقفاص وھذا يعطي مؤشراً الى عدم مساھمة t.d.sال توجد فروقات تذكر للمواد الصلبة المذابة في الماء 5. االقفاص بھذا التلوث. ثانياً. فحوصات الماء المسحوب من محطات االسالة ھا مع الحدود المسموحة ) الخواص الفيزيائية والكيميائية لنماذج المياه من محطات االسالة ومقارنت2يوضح جدول( بالمواصفات القياسية العراقية لمياه الشرب. [17]وحدة وھي تزيد عن ما مسموح به في المواصفة القياسية العراقية 56-55كانت ھناك عكارة في المياه بين .1 . [18]ومنظمة الصحة العالمية .[17]اصفة القياسية العراقية وحدة ) حسب المو 50ان اللون كان ضمن الحدود المسموحة (اقل من .2 . [18]ومعايير منظمة الصحة العالمية[17]ظھور طعم ورائحة غير مقبولة استناداً الى المواصفة القياسية العراقية .3 وھو ضمن المعيار المقبول في المواصفة القياسية العراقية 7.7-7.4كان الرقم الھيدروجيني للماء في المحطتين بين .4 . [18]ومعايير منظمة الصحة العالمية [17] رتفاع نسبة المواد الذائبة في الماء في احدى المحطات اكثر من الحدود المسموحة في المواصفة القياسية العراقية اذ . ا5 كانت النسبة في المحطة االخرى ضمن الحدود المسموحة في المواصفة على الرغم من ان ھذه النسبة اعلى من الحدود . [18]وحة في معايير منظمة الصحة العالميةالمسم 600ملغم/لتر وھي اقل من الحد المسموح به في المواصفة القياسية العراقية 505-450كانت نسبة الكلوريدات بين .6 . [18]اال انه اعلى من المعيار المحدد لمنظمة الصحة العالمية[17]ملغم/لتر فورم الكاربونية )اعلى من الحدود المسموحة في المواصفة القياسية العراقية ارتفاع نسبة الملوثات (مستخلصات الكلورو.7 [17] . . [17]ملغم/لتر وھي اقل من الحدود المسموحة في المواصفة القياسية العراقية 420-450اما العسرة الكلية فكانت بين .8 التوصيات لمزارعي االسماك لعدم حصول معظم المزارع على اجازة عمل من تفعيل دور الرقابة والتوعية من قبل وزارة الزراعة .1 الوزارة المذكورة . تحديد شروط للموافقة على انشاء االقفاص في اعماق تسمح بتحريكھا من موقعھا سنوياً ..2 ورھا في صغار فحص قاع النھرتحت االقفاص دورياً لمعرفة مقدار التلوث ومدى تأثيره في الكائنات النباتية التي تؤثر بد.3 االسماك المستوطنة محلياً. 11 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المصادر ) .دراسة االسس الفنية واالقتصادية النتاج مشاريع تربية وصيد االسماك 1991.المنظمة العربية للتنمية الزراعية (1 .138جامعة الدول العربية ,الخرطوم:–بالوطن العربي .25ي العراق. بحث مقدم الى وزارة الدفاع,الشعبة الزراعية :) واقع الثروة السمكية ف2001.صالح,خليل ابراھيم(2 ) تطبيقات عملية حول التكثير االصطناعي لالسماك وادارة المفاقس .مشروع كتاب مقدم 2010.صالح,خليل ابراھيم(3 .182الى ھيئة التعليم التقني: 4.whittier,t,r.,hall,d.b. and paulsen,s.v,usa lakes,evidence of regional-seale minnow biodiversity losses . canadian journal of fisheries and aquatic sciences 54:593-599. 5. karr,j.r.(1981) assessment of biotic in integrity using fish communities. fisheries (bethesda) 6:21-22. .2010ة العلمية لمناقشة االستزراع السمكي في محافظة بابل ,ايار ) .واقع الندو2010.مديرية زراعة بابل (6 .22) النشرة الفصلية السنوية :2012.مديرية زراعة بابل (7 8.yucel-gier,g..kucuksezgin, f,and kocak,f.(2007). aquaculture research 38,lssue 3 ,.256-267. 9. dimech m., borg j.a. and schembri,p.j. (2000) structural changes in a pollution gradient from a marine fish-farm in malta(central mediterranian) . biologia mediterranian ,7(2) 361364 . 10. cancemi,g; de falco g.and pergent g.(2003) effects of organic matter input from afish farming facility on a posidonia oceanica meadow. esturine coastl and shelf science,56(5-6), 961-968. 11. neofitou, n.and klaudatos, s. (2008) aquaculture research. vol 39 lssue 5. 482-490 wiley online library. 12. islam,m.s.(2005) nitrogen and phosphorus budget in coastal and marine cage aquaculture and impacts of effluent loading on ecosystem riview and analysis towards medal development. marine pollution bulletin 50: 48-61 . 13. jones a.b., o,donohue m.j,anddennison w.c. (2001) assessing ecological impacts of shrimp and sewage effluent: biological indicators with standarad water quality analysis,estuarine,coastal and shelf seience. 52; 91109 . 14. boyed c.e (2003) . guidelines for aquaculture effluent manasement at the farmlevel . aquaculture 226; 101-112. –) دراسة بعض االوامر البيئية الملوثة لمياه نھر شط الحلة في محافظة بابل 2008. العزاوي,اثير ثابت ناجي(15 ) .9-1: ( 13العراق,مجلة القادسية للعلوم والمعرفة المجلد ي مياه ورواسب واسماك ونباتات نھر شط الحلة . اطروحة ) العناصر النادرة ف1999. الطائي,ميسون مھدي صالح (16 جامعة بابل.-دكتوراه,كلية العلوم ) التحديث الثاني 417الماصفة القياسية رقم ( -) مياه الشرب2009. الجھاز المركزي للتقييس والسيطرة النوعية (17 .جمھورية العراق. وزارة التخطيط والتعاون االنمائي. 18. world health organization . (2011) guidelines for drinking –water quality 4 th ed. switzerland:world health organization press. 12 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 لفحوصات الفيزيائية والكيميائية لنماذج الماء في مزارع االسماك قبل وبعد االقفاص)1(رقم الجدول المائية الفحوصا ت p h الملوحة مايكرومو 1-ز سم do الحرارة م ه ملغم/لتر bod ملغم/لتر clغ م/لتر tds غم/ لتر na جزء بالمليو ن الموقع االول 523 19 0.1 0.9 12.35 19.1 7.7440 قبل 524 19 0.2 1.7 11.49 7.4 بعد الموقع الثاني 525 20 0.0 0.35 12.42 18.8 438 8 قبل 526 19 0.0 1.45 11.80 7.5 بعد الموقع الثالث 528 20 0.0 1.11 11.71 19.6 7.9443 قبل 527 20 0.0 1.75 10.98 7.7 بعد االسالة ومقارنتھا مع الحدود المسموحة الفحوصات الفيزيائية والكيميائية لنماذج الماء من محطات رقم) 2(الجدول بالمواصفة القياسية العراقية لمياه الشرب اقصى حد مسموح به المحطة الثانية المحطة االولى الفحوصات وحدة 50 38 35 اللون وحدة 50 56 55 العكارة مقبول غير مقبول غير مقبول الطعم مقبولة رائحة السمك رائحة السمك الرائحة ph 7.7 7.4 7-8.5الھيدروجينيالرقم ملغم/لترtds 1400 15500 1500المواد الذائبة الكلية ملغم/لتر 600 505 450 الكلوريدات الملوثات(مستخلصات الكلورو فورم الكاربونية) ملغم/لتر 0.5 420 0.55 ملغم/لتر t.h 450 420 500العسرة الكلية 13 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the environment effects of fish cages farming in the euphrates river at mysayyib district on water quality at the farms and at the myssayyib water purification stations-2013 raad m. al-khaphaji khaleel m.mahdi raghad hamed dept. of biology /college of education for pure science(ibn alhaitham ) receivd in:15/june/2014, accepted in :29september/2014 abstract the present study aimed to investigate the effects of cages of fish farming of mussayyib district,the fish farming have been selected at euphrates river with in mussayyib districtbabylon province the area of study extend 3 km at the river and includes 541 cages in water with in 46 fish farming . water samples were taken from 3 stations three times within one month for each two of them were taken from two water purification stations in mussayyib ,physical and chemical examination of water quality were taken ,the results for samples from the fish farming indicated that ph and salinity of water within acceptable levels, high proporation of dissolved oxygen and vital oxygen required were very high while the turbidity was more the permissible limits, the test and oder of water were not acceptable for the resuts for water samples of the water purifications stations which indicated that turbidity was high ,test and oder were not acceptable,ph within the acceptable level the tds and chlorides were more than permissible limits while the polluted materials were more than acceptable levels. key words: fish farming,water cages,environment effects,water quality. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 123 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license using the size strain plot method to specity lattice parameters . abstract x-ray diffractometers deliver the best quality diffraction data while being easy to use and adaptable to various applications. when x-ray photons strike electrons in materials, the incident photons scatter in a direction different from the incident beam; if the scattered beams do not change in wavelength, this is known as elastic scattering, which causes amplitude and intensity diffraction, leading to constructive interference. when the incident beam gives some of its energy to the electrons, the scattered beam's wavelength differs from the incident beam's wavelength, causing inelastic scattering, which leads to destructive interference and zero-intensity diffraction. in this study, the modified size-strain plot method was used to examine the pattern of x-ray diffraction lines (101),(121),(202),(042), and (242) for calcium titanate(catio3) nanoparticles in this study. to calculate the new variables, the size strain plot method was created., x-ray line analysis and calculation of crystal size and lattice tension of calcium titanate oxide nanoparticles. it is used to calculate the crystal volume (44.7 nm) and to calculate the determination of network parameters such as the texture modulus (tc), macro stress (ms), specific surface area (ssa), and dislocation density(η), respectively. keywords:calcium titanate,size strain plot,texture coefficient 1. introduction the most important method for determining crystal structure is x-ray diffraction (xrd). the size of crystalline blocks and the degree of crystalline structural deformation in nanocrystals can be determined using this method. methods for analyzing nanocrystalline materials using x-rays are currently being developed. [1-2]. x-ray diffraction is the most important method for determining crystal structure (xrd). this method may determine the size of crystalline blocks and the degree of crystalline structural deformation in nanocrystals. x-ray analysis methods for nanocrystalline doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2891 article history: received 16 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq marwah talib jalil department of phesics,college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. marwa.taleb1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq khalid helal harbbi department of phesics,college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. khalid.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:marwa.taleb1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:khalid.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 124 materials are currently being developed. the x-ray profile analysis is an average method widely used in determining crystalline size. in the size-strain plot technique, which assumes that the gaussian function governs the (strain profile), the significant angular vertices are less critical. [3]. calcium titanate (catio3) is a material of perovskites and one of the most prevalent structural families. it is present in various compounds with diverse properties, uses, and significance. paul scherer developed schererer's formula in 1918, which computes the crystal size (d) of nanomaterials using the entire width of the x-ray diffraction pattern at half is the most significant value of the peaks [4]. the diffraction pattern's maxima are widened by a factor which is inversely proportional to crystallite size, and the extra broadening is measured. the formula can be used to estimate the size of a powder specimen if the crystallites are small enough [5]. calcium titanate is a colorless, diamagnetic solid, often coloured owing to impurities. it is a chemical compound of titanium, oxygen, and calciumperovskite is a mineral with the formula catio3. calcium titanate (catio3) is semi-conductive, photorefractive, and ferroelectric. it is reduced to give ferrotitanium alloys or titanium metal [6]. multiple methods can prepare calcium titanate. catio3 has been synthesized at high temperatures using mixtures of calcium carbonate (caco3), titanium dioxide (tio2), and calcium oxide (cao). it also uses forgiving chemistry methods such as sol-gel or solvothermal methods, hydrothermal or organic-inorganic solution, or coprecipitation [7]. 2. size strain plot data from high-angle reflections are given less weight in this strategy. because xrd data is of lower quality and peaks overlap at greater angles with higher diffracting, the isotropic broadening is improved. the gaussian function depicts the strain profile, while the lorentzian function depicts crystallite size [8]., according to this assumption. the equation was also used to express the real broadening of this method. 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 = 𝛽𝐿 + 𝛽𝐺 (1) l and g peak broadening is represented by lorentz and gaussian functions, respectively. size-strain plot method can be determined by the following equation: (𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃) 2 = 𝑘 𝐷 (𝑑2ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃) + ( 𝜀 2 )2 (2) for spherical particles, the form is expressed as 3/4, where k is a constant in comparison to other methods, the size-strain plot method has a significant benefit, because it gives the great angle peaks are given less weight, [9]. as a result, despite the fact that the gaussian function is believed to control (the strain profile), the great angle peaks are given less weight. [3]. if (𝜀 = 0) d = k(𝑑2ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃) (𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃) 2 (3) if(d=∞) ( 𝜀 2 )2 = (𝑑ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝛽ℎ𝑘𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃) 2 = y_intercept (4) herein case, equation (2) was used to calculate the crystallite size and lattice strain. as indicated in the table, (dhkl 2βhkl cos θ) on x-axis and (dhklβhklcosθ) 2 on the yaxis is calculated for each line shape as shown in table (1). using the marks of plotting the relationship, the crystallite size and lattice strain were calculated. between (dhkl 2βhkl cos θ) and (dhklβhklcosθ) 2. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 125 table 1. the results the size strain plot method of (dhkl 2βhkl cos θ) and (dhkl βhkl cos θ) 2 for all the profile lines peaks 𝟐𝜽(degree) θ(degree) 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝜽 𝜷(deg) 𝜷 (𝒓𝒂𝒅) d (nm) (dβcosθ) 2 x10 -6 (101) 23.26247 11.63123 0.979465 0.219002 0.00382 0.38207 2.04398 (121) 33.25642 16.62821 0.958181 0.392082 0.00683 0.26918 3.11219 (202) 47.48688 23.74344 0.915357 0.292729 0.00510 0.19131 0.79966 (042) 59.30423 29.65211 0.869045 0.731695 0.01276 0.15570 2.98290 (242) 69.53593 34.76796 0.821468 0.310271 0.00541 0.13508 0.36071 the slope and intercept of the plot were calculated in figure (1), using equation (2) to calculate the framework strain from the y-intercept and the crystallite size of the slope (2). figure 1. plot of size-strain plot method table 2. using size –strain plot to calculate crystallite size and lattice strain table (3) calculation of the lattice strain, stress, the crystallite size, and the energy after modifying ƹ=2( intercept)1/2 u (kj/m3) σ (g pa) d(nm) 1.2108x10-3 0.1158x10-3 0.18430463 44.71 3. determination of the lattice parameters: k λ (nm) y( intercept) x1 x2 0.89 0.15406 0.366544014x10-6 3.0936432x10 -4 5.95625427x10-4 slope d( nm)=k/slope ƹ=2(intercept)1/2 y1 y2 0.306616686x10-2 44.71 1.21085x10-3 1.31262383x10-6 2.19034815x10-6 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 126 3.1 texture coefficient (tc): the texture coefficient tc was used to quantify the xrd results (hkl). the following equation can be used to compute this factor for each direction. 𝑇𝑐(ℎ𝑘𝑙) = 𝐼(ℎ𝑘𝑙)/𝐼0(ℎ𝑘𝑙) (1/𝑁)[∑ 𝐼(ℎ𝑘𝑙)/𝐼0(ℎ𝑘𝑙)]𝑁 (5) the obtained and standard intensities of the (hkl) plane are represented by i(hkl) and i0(hkl), respectively, and n denotes the number of diffraction peaks [10]. to determine whether one orientation stands out from the others, the tc formulation compares the power ratios of surfaced coatings to non-textured models. the link is familiarized by comparing each ratio's average value of all replication intensity ratios. the total number of reflections should be equal to the sum of the tc values, so the tc per reflection cannot exceed n. a tc value is greater than the one indicating a texture [11]. 3.2 micro strains (ms): during thin film growth, microstrains form as a result of pressure or stretching in the lattice, causing it to deviate from the lattice constant. as a result, strain stretching is caused by changing the displacement of the atoms in relation to their reference lattice posit ion. the strain was calculated using the equation: < 𝑀𝑆 >= 𝛽 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 4 (6) where: β=fwhm of the intensity of the peak in radian;θ= bragg angle [11]. 3.3 specific surface area (ssa) because of the large surface-to-volume ratio with decreasing particle size, surface states will be crucial in nanoparticles [12]. a crucial characteristic is specific surface area. it is a quantitative value derived from information that can be used to identify the kind and characteristics of a material. it is especially important in adsorption, heterogeneous catalysis, and surface reactions. ssa denotes the surface area (sa) per mass according to [13] (zhang et al., 2016). the specific surface area and the surface-to-volume ratio of materials increase dramatically as their size decreases [14]. 𝑆𝑆𝐴 = 𝑆𝐴𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡 𝑉𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡 ∗𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑦 (7) 𝑆 = 6 ∗ 103 𝐷𝑝 (8) where (s) is the specific outward area, (d) is the sizespherical shaped; and (ρ) is the density of catio3 3.4 dislocation density () the dislocation density () can be calculated from equation [15].  = 1 𝐷2 (𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠/𝑛𝑚2) (9) 4. result and discussion ihjpas. 36(1)2023 127 using equation (5), we calculated the outline lines in the catio3 powder x-ray diffraction design (5). when tc >1, it is confirmed that the selected levels' crystal development will proceed in this direction. the improvement of the material's crystal formation is correlated with the value of this factor when tc < 1 is polycrystalline but in a non-uniform direction. the best situation for surface expansion is if tc=1. table (4) shows the texture coefficient results for all outline lines. table 4. the results of (𝑇𝑐) for all outline lines. peaks i i (h kl ) i (h kl)/i0(h kl) tc (1 01) 10 400.6596 40.06596 1.341837 (1 2 1) 100 1802.3441 18.0234 0.6036 (2 0 2) 40 916.6432 22.9168 0.7675 (0 42) 15 608.5128 40.5675 1.3586 (2 42) 20 554.4279 27.7213 0.9284 sum 149.2951376 av: 1 micro strains were premeditated using equation (6) for the outline lines in the catio3 powder xray diffraction design. table (5) shows the micro strains results for the outline lines . table 5. the results of micro strains all peaks of catio3 nanoparticles (h k l) 2θ(degree) θ(degree) cos θ β ( rad) <m s>x10-3 (1 01) 23.26247 11.631235 0.979465485 0.003820379439 0.93548245 (1 2 1) 33.25642 16.62821 0.958181797 0.006839663761 1.638410328 (2 02) 47.48688 23.74344 0.915357585 0.005106502732 1.168569002 (0 42) 59.3042323 29.65211615 0.869045281 0.012764026 2.77312914 (2 42) 69.5359388 34.7679694 0.821468132 0.005412508205 1.111550751 sum 7.626141671 av. 1.52 for all of the outline lines in the x-ray deflection pattern of catio3 powder, the specific surface area was calculated using equation (7). table 1 shows the results of the specific surface area for all of the outline lines. table 6. the results of specific surface area (ssa) d (nm) v part= 4/3d ssa(m 2 /g) 32.29477611 43.05 35.36 sa intensity 6x10 3 3.94 it can be calculated specific surface area from equation (9) for all the outline lines in the x-ray diffraction pattern of catio3 powder. the results of dislocation density () for all the outline lines are registered in table (7). table 7. the results of dislocation density () ( h kl ) d ( nm) =1/d 2 ( lines/nm 2 ) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 128 (1 01) 36.6424298 0.744785942 (1 21) 20.92171259 0.002284575613 (2 02) 29.33361225 0.001162167982 (04 2) 12.36089207 0.006544860152 (2 42) 30.83831302 0.001051523997 5. conclusions in this study, all the profile lines in the catio3 powder's x-ray diffraction pattern had their micro strains calculated. a specific surface area was calculated for all the profile lines in the catio3 powder x-ray diffraction pattern. for all profile lines in the x-ray diffraction, the dislocation density (h) can be calculated in the x-ray diffraction pattern of catio3 powder. it can be used to determine the kind and characteristics of a material. all the profile lines in the catio3 powder's x-ray diffraction pattern had their texture coefficient calculated. when tc>1, for(101),(042), it is confirmed that the preferred levels' crystal growth direction is in that direction. the improvement of the material's crystal growth is correlated with the value of tc, but tc <1 for (121), (202), and (242) is polycrystalline, albeit in a non-uniform direction. references 1.bykkam, s.; ahmadipour, m.; narisngam, s.; kalagadda, v. r.; chidurala, s. c. extensive studies on x-ray diffraction of green synthesized silver nanoparticles. adv. nanopart, 2015, 4, 1,110. 2. holder, c. f.; schaak, r. e.; tutorial on powder x-ray diffraction for characterizing nanoscale materials. acs nano, 2019,13, 7, 7359-7365. 3.shukla, p.; subhasisa n.; guanjun w.; xiaojun s.; and jonathan l.; surface property modifications of silicon carbide ceramic following laser shock peening. journal of the european ceramic society, 2017,37,9, 3027-3038,. 4.gralik, g.; raupp-pereira, f.; hotza, d.; labrincha, j. a.; zanelli, c.; dondi, m.; formation and quantification of calcium titanate with the perovskite structure from alternative sources of titanium. congresso brasileiro de engenharia e ciência dos materiais ,2014,503-510. 5.langford, j. i.; wilson, a. j.; scherrer after sixty years: a survey and some new results in the determination of crystallite size. journal of applied crystallography, 1978, 11, 2,102-113. 6.sibum, h.; güther, v.; roidl, o.; habashi, f.; wolf, h. u.; titanium, titanium alloys, and titanium compounds. ullmann's encyclopedia of industrial chemistry.2000. 7.cherdchom, s.; rattanaphan, t.; chanadee, t.; calcium titanate from food waste: combustion synthesis, sintering, characterization, and properties. advances in materials science and engineering, 2019. id 9639016 | https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9639016. 8.monshi, a.; foroughi, m.r.; monshi, m.r.; modified scherrer equation to estimate more accurately nano-crystallite size using xrd. world j. nano sci. eng.2012, 2,154–160. 9.anand, s.;amaliya, a. p.; janifer, m. a.; pauline, s.; structural, morphological and dielectric studies of zirconium substituted cofe2o4 nanoparticles. modern electronic materials, 2017, 3. 4,168-173. 10.stylianou, r.; tkadletz, m.; schalk, n.; penoy, m.; czettl, c.; mitterer, c.; effects of reference materials on texture coefficients determined for a cvd α-al2o3 coating. surface and coatings technology, 2019, 359, 314-322. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 129 11.theivasanthi, t.; alagar, m.; titanium dioxide (tio2) nanoparticles xrd analyses: an insight. arxiv preprint arxiv. 2013, 1307, 1091-2001. 12.theivasanthi, t.; alagar, m.; chemical capping synthesis of nickel oxide nanoparticles and their characterizations studies. arxiv preprint arxiv. 2012, 1212, 4595. 13.gao, q. l.; zhang, y. l.; zhou, j. m.; peng, j. g.; hu, s. l.; x-ray diffraction characteristics of kovar alloy and al2o3 ceramics. trans tech publications ltd materials science forum. 2016, 872, 123-127. 14.badawi, e. a.; abdel-rahman, m. a.; mostafa, a.; abdel-rahman, m.; determination of the crystallite size and micro-strain by novel method from xrd profile. 2019. appl. phys, 2, 1-10 15.raj, a. m. e.; nehru, l.c.; jayachandran, m.; sanjeeviraja, c.; spray pyrolysis deposition and characterization of highly (100) oriented magnesium oxide thin films. cryst.res.technol. 2007,42. 867. 2. size strain plot table 1. the results the size strain plot method of (dhkl2βhkl cos θ) and (dhkl βhkl cos θ)2 for all the profile lines figure 1. plot of size-strain plot method table (3) calculation of the lattice strain, stress, the crystallite size, and the energy after modifying 3. determination of the lattice parameters: 3.1 texture coefficient (tc): 3.2 micro strains (ms): 3.3 specific surface area (ssa) 3.4 dislocation density (() 4. result and discussion using equation (5), we calculated the outline lines in the catio3 powder x-ray diffraction design (5). when tc >1, it is confirmed that the selected levels' crystal development will proceed in this direction. the improvement of the material's cry... table (4) shows the texture coefficient results for all outline lines. table 4. the results of (𝑇𝑐) for all outline lines. for all of the outline lines in the x-ray deflection pattern of catio3 powder, the specific surface area was calculated using equation (7). table 1 shows the results of the specific surface area for all of the outline lines. table 6. the results of specific surface area (ssa) table 7. the results of dislocation density (() 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية الفعالية المايكروبية لمستخلصات ثمار نبات الفلفل االسود المجففة ايناس عبد الهادي ابن الهيثم,جامعة بغداد -قسم علوم الحياة,كلية التربية الخالصة اط جهنا االسنتخ و دباسنتلما بدسن piper nigrumالجافن االسند الفلفن استخلصت مركبات خام من ممنار ابنات .ا"% تارة دالماء تارة اخرى مذيب59الكحد االيماادلي لنن بكتيرينن جملنننت منن مر نن دافننن ي النن مست ننف ابننن 23اختبننرت فلالينن المستخلصنننات دبتراكينن مختلفنن لننن ا طن ,pseudomonas spp, proteus sppد e coliاس بكتيرين يني البل ي, خصت ل ااها تلد ال م من اجان ,كمننا لننم ترهننر الاتننافع اي فلالينن للمسننتخلو المننافي فنني حنني ,المسننتخلو الكحنندلي فلالينن دا ننح فنني اللنن الت البكتيرينن للم ننا دمقادمنن impinene , norfloxacinارهنرت الاتننافع ا جمينع اللنن الت كاانت لهننا حساسني الينن للم نا ي amoxcillin, .في حي تحسست جميع الل الت للمستخلو االيماادلي المقدمة ايتم الباحمد مؤخرا" بالكمير م الاباتات الطبي اد االقتصنا ي لمنا مبنت اهنا من ايمين مستخلصناتها فني التطبيقنات ,اذ يتمتننع بايمينن طبينن د جينن ال تقنن نن black pepperالحياتينن المختلفنن . دمنن بنني تلنن, الاباتات,الفلفنن االسنند يننذا ال راسنن ينن فت النن تقيننيم فلالينن ممننار ابننات الفلفنن فنني صنناا التدابنن تصننا ي الاننا احنن الاباتننات الرفيسننايميتننا االق . االسد المتدافرة محليا" التني دغيريا ,دمالي يا ,دالبرا ي ,ساغافدرةد ,داا ادسيا ,تل الها المدط االصلي للابات, كما يات ر في ك م فيتاام فيتاننام حاليننا" اكبننر دلنن فنني اللننالم ماتجنن دمصنن رة لابننات الفلفنن االسنند تلنند (1)النن د المصنن رة لننا بصنندرة رفيسنن تلنن اسني الابات الكام ملمر , دمتسلق ديامند بصندرة طبيلين .دتمتا ممنارا بنالطلم الحنا )الحنار( النذي يلن ى الن مركن (د 3) % كمننا تحنندي الممننار لنن ننرة ا ننلا يننذا 1دينند مركنن قلدينن ي يدجنن فنني الممننار باسننب اقنن منن (charine)ينن ما النذي ي نار, فني ا طناء الممنرة الرافحن القدين الخاصن بهنا ,ف ن " (piperine)الكمي م نبا ج يفني للمركن يلنر % د نن مننن 1د ينندت مابتنن باسننب اقننن منن ,%95ا ننب باسنننب د ,% ( مننن ال ينندت الطيننارة 3.2-1 نن احتدافهننا لنن ) (9( )4) 1525 ام م ممار الفلف ikanم قب piperineدق فص قلدي (2)المركبات االخرى غير الملردف فني دصنفت دلدجي لمستخلصات ممار الابات الجاف الكامل الامند غينر الاا نج قن يما" دحن يما" ,فقن ايذكرت الفلالي الب الابنات لدحن ا اد مسب مر ي ملي ,سداء باستلما كت االق مي لل ج الكمير م االمراض الفسيدلدجي اد الااتج hemorr hoids, runnyلملالجن للحنرارة دكنذل, ا"دخاف ن ا"مابهنخنرى فقن دصنفا الل نابد القن ام امندا د مع اباتنات nose ,diarrhea, gastric aliment,chronic indigestion, as thma (8( )7( )2) دغيريا. , antioxidant ممن فني ممنار الفلفن االسند فني فلاليتهنا الم نا ة piprineامنا حن يما" فت نير البحندى الن ايمين antideresats (5) كما اختبرت فلالي (15) مخبريا"الات ار الخ يا السرطااي ا"كماال كما مبت استلمالا. 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية جين ة ا"دا طت اتافج culex quing uefosciatusالمستخلو االيماادلي لممار الابات تجاا اال دار غير الكامل لبلدض (11) (antisediside)للح رات ا"دبتراكي قليل ج ا" مما يمبت فلاليتا كم ا ال ا ممار الابات لها الق رة ل قت الل ي م االاندا البكتيرين (13)اما فلاليتا االحياء المجهري فق تدص لحفنر الغنذاء لنذل, بصن دغيرينا من المندا التني تسنتلم ممنا يسنب المندم دال %25التي تسنب فسنا الغنذاء يفندق باسنب ".حفر الغذاء طا جا" دصحيايمك -ال : binomenal system(12) اما تصاي الابات فهد دفقا" لارام التسمي الماافي kindom : plantae division : magnoliophyta class : magnoliopsida order : piperales family : piperaceae genus : piper species : p. nigrum (28gm .4)اي منا يسنادي tsp.2طبقنا" لكمين المندا الطبيلين فينا دلكن مللقتني ناي دمن ااحين اخنرى فهند يصنا ال م م اصاا )ممتا ,جي ج ا",جين ( كمنا (calories , dietary fiber,vitamin k ,magnese ,iron)دم المدا ( 14)( 1رقم ) في الج د طريقة العمل مصدر العينة النباتية : 15/2/3558غم م ممار ابات الفلف االسد م مح طاري متخصو في بغ ا بتاريخ 750أ.تم راء .تم التحقق م االسم الللمي للابات قي ال راس م استاذ تصاي متخصو دحفر قسم م الليا في المل لغرض ال راس كهربافي دحفرت بكيس اايلد blenderجن.ارفت الممار جي ا" م ال داف دسحقت باستخ ام ق االستخالص ائطر -ي لممار الابات :فق االتي الستخ و المكداات الكيمياافالطر لملتاست -أ.طريق االستخ و الكحدلي : من مسنحدق ممنار الابنات .دذلن, بد نلها فني ك ننتبا 20ل سنتخ و,بد (sato et al.2000) (15)حندرت طريقن thumble ر فننني جهننننا االسننننتخ و المسننننتم(soxhlet apparatus) ا"مننننذيبمنننن (150)الكحنننند االميلنننني باسننننتلما .بل يا ر ح المستخلو المتجمع في درق االسنتخ و ˚م (60)ب رج حرارة م ى سا اتاستمرت ملي االستخ و ل حفننننر لحنننني م (37)جفنننن المسنننتخلو دجمننننع بباابينننن ملقمنننن دب رجننن حننننرارة , miliporfilterباسنننتخ ام ارننننام التر ننننيح .االستلما .طريق االستخ و المافي البار : سنا (48)من ة من من المناء المقطنر الملقنم (150)غم م مسحدق الابات داقلها فني 35اتبلت الخطدات ا ا بد للتر يح للحصد ل المستخلو . افسهامع الرج المستمر داكملت الخطدات -ج.طريق االستخ و المافي الحار: داكملننت افننس ˚م (155)ب رجنن حننرارة ا"منن كمننذيب (150)المنناء المقطننر الملقننم خطنندات )أ( ا ا,لكنن باسننتلما ا تمنن ت الخطدات للتر يح للحصد ل المستخلو. لحي االستلما ˚( م4ق االستخ و ببد ي جاجي ملقم دب رج حرارة )افحفرت جميع الاماذج المتجمل م طر 2002( 2) 22المجلد لهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية مجلة ابن ا مصدر العينات البكتيرية لنن بكتيرينن م خصنن مل دلنن منن بننرا مر نن بننالغي دافنن ي لمست ننف ابنن البلنن ي ببغنن ا خنن 23تننم الحصنند لنن psuedomonas ن الت 2د proteus spp ن الت 2د e coli ل لبكتريا 32دبداقع 3558)ح يرا دتمد ( للام spp اجريت بلض االختبارات البايدكيميافيbiochemical test . للتحقق م اجااس الل الت في المختبر اختبار فعالية المستخلصات تجاه العزالت -ي:دكما يبت ((ةبار الد ةالمافي )الحار -)الكحدلي ح رت تراكي قياسي م المستخلصات الاباتي م م ماء مقطر ملقم. 1غم م المستخلو داذي في 1مستخلو المافي:د أ.ال غنم من المسنتخلو داذين فني (2)د (deshmukh & bovle 1975) (16):حسن طريقن .المستخلو الكحدلي ملغم/م 455,اي م بماء مقطر ملقم (5)داكم الحجم ال % 95كحد (1.5) م/م , غمل200ح رت ماها التخافي stock solutionسي المحالي ا ا محالي قيا ّ ت غم/م .مل 45, غمغم /مل 100 (100)ا نن ا دذلنن, با ننر اتالختبننار فلالينن المستخلصنن (miles and amyes ,1996) (17)ا تمنن ت طريقنن ملقم دمغمس بالتراكي سا د ت اقراو تر يح (18)ام م ة (5x16cful/ml-1)مايكردليتر م الم رد البكتيري تت م محالي االذاب . controlللمستخلصات ا ا, مع م سيطرة 18م لمن ة 37اص سا ل ما اات ار المستخلو في الدسنط ال ر ني ح نت فني م ة تركت االطباق في الم ج ت منننم حللنننت الاتنننافع اكنننرر م ع م منننالسنننيطرة(اجرياا التجربننن دبداقننن-اقطنننار ماننناطق التمبنننيط بطنننر )الملاملننن تسنننا حسنننب احصافيا". تجاا الم ا ات االحيافي .*اختبار حساسي الل الت البكتيري تجناا الم نا ات اسي الل الت البكتيري المستلمل في الفحو داجراء االختبار لحس who,1991 (18)))ا تم ت طريق : ,rifampin 5 mcg, piperacillin 100mcg, imipenen 10mcg gentamycin 10mcg ,amoxcillin 25mcg, norfloxacin 10mcg ,chloramphenicol 30mcg, احصافيا". الاتافع اقطار مااطق التمبيط لغرض المقارا مع المستخلصات دحللت تحسب النتائج والمناقشة قين ال راسن كتيرين المسنتلمل الت البت ير الاتافع ال فلالي المستخلو الكحدلي لابات الفلفن االسند ن جمينع اللن stock(,اذ ارهننرت فلالينن المسننتخلو الكحنندلي الخنن ي 2 لنن بكتيرينن كمننا ينند مبنني فنني جنن د ) 32دالبننالع نن يا solution ملغم/م 40ملغم/م , 100ملغم/م د 200دتركي ,ملغم /م 400 جميع الل الت البكتيري اي تركي مننن دجننند فلاليننن بايدلدجيننن 12),(19),(20))ينننذا الاتنننافع تاسنننجم منننع منننا تدصننن الينننا (2) نننك كمنننا يننند مد نننح فننني ال منن (21)للمسننتخلو الكحنندلي لابننات الفلفنن االسنند نن البكتريننا دالخمننافر دالفطريننات كننذل, تاسننجم مننع مننا تدصنن اليننا اادا م البكتريا المسبب لتل دفسا االغذي . 6فلاليتا تاسننجم يننذا نن اللنن الت المسننتلمل منن جهنن اخننرى لننم يرهننر المسننتخلو المننافي لابننات الفلفنن االسنند اي فلالينن المقادمنن s.aureusللمسننتخلو المنافي لهننذا الابننات ن لنن ( اكنن دجند فلالينن 32اال ا ) (33الاتيجن مننع منا ذكننرا ) ديلن ى ينذا التبناي فني الاتيجن الن (24)كما ذكر ,bacillus cerus bacillus subtilis,كذل, ل gللباسلي كما مد ح في ج د اد ي الفلف االسد المستلم ق االستخ و للمدا الفلال في الابات داختافاخت طر 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية لمننا" ا كميننر منن المنندا فنني االسننداق المحلينن ال تخ ننع النن الرقابنن (25)اد يتننا فنني ر ة خنن الابننات تننؤم( دمنن 1رقننم ) الغذافي في مرك التقييس دالسيطرة الاد ي حاليا". اانندا ماهننا منن 6 نفقنن ارهننرت حساسننيتها لنن antibioticsامننا نن حساسنني اللنن الت البكتيرينن للم ننا ات االحيافينن impineineسج ك م الم ا ,اذ(2دال ك ) (3)في بحماا يذا كما يد مد ح في ج د لماادا مستل 7اص , norfloxacin مم الم ا االحيافي ا"ا ل تحسسchloramphenicol دياسجم ذل, مع ما تدصلت اليا راس محلي فنني حنني لننم rifampcin مننم gentamycin,pipercillin( يليهننا فنني التننامير26ح يمنن للنن الت مر نني منن اللينند ) ا يننننذا الاتيجنننن ت ننننجع لنننن اسننننتلما . amoxicillinترهننننر اللنننن الت البكتيرينننن اي تحسننننس تجنننناا الم ننننا االحيننننافي فلاليتننننا النننن دجنننند مركنننن الم ننننا ات االحيافينننن ,ديل ى البننناحمد المسنننتخلو الكحنننندلي لابننننات الفلفنننن االسننند بنننن ال" منننن piperine دكمنا ذكرانا (4),(5),(12),(19),(20),(21),(23),(27)تلن ى لنا فلالين التدابن حيى ا لا فلالي بايدلدجي التني antibioticsفي مجاالت الط الب ي ن الم نا ات االحيافين ع ل استخ صا دتاقيتا داستلمالاا ذل, ي ج اكتسبت الل ي م الل الت البكتيري صف المقادم لها . المصادر 1-jones,f.a.(1996) herbs-useful plants .their role in history and today. europan of gastroen terology and hepatology 8: 1227-1231. 2-jaffee, steven (2004) delivering taking the heat:indian spices. 3-harbon ,j.b.(1976). phyto chemical method. aguide to modern techniques of plant analysis, halsted press, john wiley and sons.new york 278pp. 4-harbone,j.b. (1973) phyto chemical methods. chaphan and all itd. london-new yorkpp.192. 5-ikan,r.(1969). natural products,a.lab.guide,pp.178-260,academic press, london. 6-dorman hj,deans sg. (2000).j.app.micro. feb; 88 (2) : 308-160 pmid :1639 7-ravindran pn . (2000) black pepper : piper nigrum . series: medicinal and aromatic plants-industrial profiles . isbn-i stock crcpress, pp . 1-526. 8-aop, hus and zhao al (1998) . l.zhongguo zhong yao za zhi, 23 (1): 42-3, 63. 9jiro retz, l.; buch bauer, g.; ngassoum m.b.; geissler, m. (2002) , app. micro biology 34,477-480 10hood, j.r.,wilkin, j.m.; cavangh, m.a. (2003),j.m.m. 15: 423-433 11mehdi, n.s. (2005) :. tikrit j. of pure science , 10 , 2 . 12pino ,j.a.;marbot, r.; rosado , a.; bastista , a.,(2004) j. agric .. food chem. .16 (3): 186-188 جاملنن بغنن ا الطبلنن االدلنن ,د ارة التللننيم -( لننم تصنناي الابننات ,كلينن الللنندم1587المدسنندي, لي حسنني يسنن )-12 جامل بغ ا .-اللالي دالبحى الللمي 14calucci, l.pinzino, c. zandomeneghi,m . (2003) ,j. chem. feb 12; 51 (4): 927-34 . 15sato, j. ; goto .k; nanjo, f.; kowai; s. murata k. (2000) j.biosci. bioeng, 90 (4): 442446. 16deshmkh,s.d.,borle,m.n. (1975).j.ent., 37 (1): 11-18 . 17-miles,r.s. and amyes,s.g.b. (1996) . labrotory control of antimicrob. therapy .151-176 in practical medical micro-bioagy edit by j.g, college , a.g. feaser , b.p marmion and a.simmons .14 th ed . internation al student edition mackie and mccaartney, churchill living stone. 18who, (1991) . basic laboratory procedures in clinica bacteriology .geneva. 19dorman hjd and deans sg (2000).j. applied microbio logy 88 (2) :308 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية 20chaudhry, nazia masood ahmed ¥ perween tariq (2006) bactenicdal activity of black pepper, bayleaf,aniseed ¥ coviander against oral isolates, depart. of micro . univer. of karachi ,karachi-75270 . pakistan. 21-qutarab, simard re,holley ra, piette gjp and begin a (1997) .international journal of food microbiology, 37 : 155-162 . 22madabhushi, anirudh g. (2005) project n.j 1321 california state acience fair . 23-pere, z. c. and anesini, c. (1994) . antibacterial activity of alimentary plants against staphlococcus aureus grwth. am. j.chin . med., 22: 169-174. 24-singh g, marimuthu p, murali hsand bawa as (2005).. j. of food safety. 25 (2) : 130 25-shama, arun,s.gautam and s.s.judhar (2000) spice 26-a-jibrahim,s.a.m.al-hadaria and m.a.fayidh (2008) bacterial contamination of eduction-ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. department of biology,college of education ibn-al-haitham. 27-khajuria, a.; thusu, n. and zutshi, u. (2002) ,phytomedicine, 9 (3): 224-31 فيه وافرةتصنيف نبات الفلفل االسود حسب المواد الطبيعية المت :(1جدول ) diaty value =dv عدد ونسب البكتريا المعزولة :(2دول )ج black pepper 2.00 tsp 4.28 grams 10.88 calories worlds healthiest foods rating nutrient density dv (%) amount nutrient excellent 19.9 12.0 0.24 mg manganese very good 14.2 8.6 6.88 mg vitamin k very good 11.4 6.9 1.24 mg iron good 7.4 4.5 1.12 mg dietary fiber worlds healthiest foods rating rule excellent dv >=75% or density >=7.6 and dv >=10% very good dv >=50% or density >=4.3 and dv >=5% good dv >=25% or density >=1.5 and dv >=2.5% bacterial isolates no.of isolates percentage % e coli 23 71.8 proteus spp . 6 18.7 pseadomonas spp 3 9.3 total no.isolates 32 %100 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ( حساسية البكتريا المعزولة للمضادات االحيائية 3جدول ) antimicrobial agents e coli 23* proteus spp. 6* pseudomonas spp 3* imipenem 100 (23) 100 (6) 100 (3) piperacillin 2.07 (9) 33.3 (2) 100 (3) rifampin 0 (0) 0 (0) 100 (3) chloramphenicol 60.8 (14) 33.3 (2) 100 (3) norfloxacin 100 (23) 100 (6) 100 (3) amoxicillin 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) gentamycin 52.1 (12) 33.3 (2) 33.3 (1) *total number of bacterial isolates . ** percentage of sensitivity isolates from total number 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 % o f is o la te d isolated bacteria fig.1:precentage of bacterial isolates e. coli proteus spp. pseudomonas spp. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 m e a n o f is o la te d antibiotic fig.3: comparison between low & high percentage for antimicrobial sensitivity of negative bacterial isolated norflacin impinene chloramphenicol pipercillin gentamycin rifampcin amoxcillin 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 % o f is o la te s i n h ib it io n sock soliution 400 200 100 40 concentration (mg/ml) fig.2:comparison between low & high concentration of peper nigrum alcohol extract proteus spp. e. coli pseudomonas spp. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 antibacterial activity of piper nigrum dried fruit extract e. a. hussen department of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham university of baghdad abstract crade extract of dried fruit piper nigrum was made by useing sexhdet for three hours.the dried material was extracted with 95% ethanol and water as solvent. a test was made to the extract effect in certain concentration to 32 gram of negative bacterial isolates , collected from patient admitted to ibn-al-balade hospital . ethanolic extract showed antibacterial activity against bacterial isolates and water extract reveled effectivnes.such isolates showed highly sensitive to norfacin and impinene and less sensitve to amoxicillin . 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة شفاف كهرومیكانیكي) نیكـل-بولیمـر( تصنیع متحسس *صبیحة عبدالجبار بدن ، امیرة عبدالحمید الربیعي، عبدالحمید رحیم الصراف حسن اسماعیل دمبوس اوزارة العلوم والتكنولوجی/ دائرة علوم المواد جامعة بغداد ،كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم ، قسم الفیزیاء * ةــالخالص موصلة للكهربائیة اموادبوصفها لكترونیة متعددة اتطبیقیة في مجاالت ألخیرة اةــاآلون يـــف راتـالبولیم تـاستخدم النیكل وق حمسحاویة على هملم واقل من) 1 (حضرت في هذا البحث أغشیة بولیمریة بسمك. ً للضوء معا)شفافة(ونافذة او لترتیب درجة مئویة120 بدرجة حرارة معدني وعولجت قبل تصلبها في مجال مغناطیسي داخل فرن مفرغ من الهواءال أظهرت هذه األغشیة قابلیتها .وتهیئته للنقل االتجاهي للكهربائیةتوجیه دقائق مسحوق النیكل في االساس البولیمري ).قوة لوحدة المساحة (ح سطالضع على للتحسس الى أي حمل یو ان استعمال االحمال الخفیفة ووضعها على وحدة الخلیة الكهربائیة لهذه االغشیة تمكننا من الحصول على .استخدامه في دوائر تحسس الكهربائیة التطبیقیة متحسس كهربائي شفاف، الذي من الممكن ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.22 (4) 2009 forming electro mechanical transparent (polymer -ni) sensor s. a. al.bedin, a .a . alhame d, a. r. al.sarraf * , h.i.dambus ministry of science and technology, iraq * department of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract poly mers (silicon elastomer) are used lately as a conductive material in electronic application in addition to be transp arent, to light. in this p ap er we p rep ared p olymer films about (1mm) thick and less which contain nimetal p owder cured in magnetic vacuu m furnaces at temp erature 120°c in order to arrange or to be or iented the p articles of the ni p owder through the p oly mer in such a way to be conductive for electric currents. we found that these films are sensitive to any loads on the surface (force p er unit area). using light loads on a unit electric cell from these films, we get an electric transp arent sensor t hat could be used in sensin g app lications. keywords: polymers, ni -powder, el ectrical sensor introduction opt ically transp arent but electrically conductive materials are usefu l for a variety of visual communication, sensor, and electronic device app lications. [1] transp arent materials are in general electrical insulators or high resistively semiconductors because they have very low mobile char ge carriers. although some comp osite materials (such as glass coated with thin transp arent metal) have bot h transp arency and electrical conductivity , which is useful for a variety of device app lications [2]. in order to create a transp arent sheet with vertical conducting p aths, we utilized magneti c field alignment of conductive ferromagnetic p articles in a transp arent matrix material. when ferromagnetic sp heres randomly disp ersed in a viscous medium are subjected to directional magnetic fields, they move and align themse lves into a chain configuration to minimize the magneto st atic energy . the matrix material such as glass, silicon elast omer, epoxy resin and so forth can be cured with a metal led to a comp osite structure that both op tically and electrically an isot rop ic [3, 4] . experime ntal app roximately weight fraction 10-65% of nip owder with an average diameter of about 20 um was thorou ghly mixed by rule of mixtures with op tically transp arent, uncured silicon elastome witch was p rovided by general comp any of chemical indust ry . the mixture ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.22 (4) 2009 was sp read on a flat glass subst rate and a doctor blade was used to form a thin lay er about (1mm) thick and less than; then it was heat -cur ed (120°c for 15min with 10 2 mbar vacuu m) in vacuum oven with the presence of vertical magnetic field of about 0.2 mt. t he cured sheet was p eeled off the substrate and tested for optical and electrical p rop erties [5, 6]. results and discussion we measured the electrical conductivity of the comp osite medium in the x – y directions by using four p robe techniques. we found from the obtained r esults that the conductive material chan ges according to the f ilm thickness. that means when we use a thicker film, the conductive decr eases, due to the alignment of p articles inside the furnace through the magnetic ar ea in comp arison with t hickness. fig (1-a) shows the structure of the electric unit cell circuit used for the composite film. the comp osite sheet was sandwiched between two circuit boards ( myler sheet) coated with al. avominal pressure (we use this term to determine the affected pressure on the film, whi ch is a p ressure resulted fro m a local p ressure as a h ead p en or a thumb)as in fig (1-b) was applied durin g the measure ment to ensure good contacts between metal sp heres so the average through resistance of the comp osite medium was measured so small between 1 and 2 p oints [7]. fig. (2) indicates the changing of electrical conductive by outside p ressure (load) on the nickel p articles, which get a conductive we can use in film sensors. we noticed that the electrical condu ctivity increases due to the decreas of electrical resistance when increasing the load to a p articular value, which d epends on the film thickness and its method of p rep aring. thus, bey ond this value, this film will lose its feature. the p henomenon of p articles align ment or nickel atoms in the medium of insulated p oly mers which is called (p ercolation eff ect) that leads t o the chan ge of nickel – p olymer to a conductive medium because the p olymer here should characterize with a sort of flexibility , so the atoms can move and return to the zero p oint (the beginnin g) when the external effect vanishes. the weight fraction of nick el in polymer (as a volume) p lay s a role in determining the value of electrical conductive of the p rep ared film. in fig. (3), the optical microscope p icture indicates the effect range of nickel concentration in the medium of p olymers up on the film transp arency to light in addition to conductive. we found that there was a relation between nickel concentration and its distribution inside the film on the electrical – mechanical conductive. the increasing of nickel concentration does not mean increasing of conductive unless the atoms ali gnment allow to electrical si gn to p ass through an external load that p ushes t he atoms closer and deletes the internal gaps, and that leads to gett ing the electrical sign. that depends on the nickel atoms array of the film inside the furnace after the thermal treating. conclusion an opt ically transp arent, zdirection conductive med ium such as described here may be useful as a p ressure sensor for visual communication devices such as a write pads or finger – touch sensitivity disp lay screens. t he feasibility of the device dep ends on the concentrations of comp osite medium containing about 1% by volume of the p articles. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.22 (4) 2009 re ference 1.eur, j. (1999) “self – assembled m onolyers as interface for organic op to-electronic devices”. phy s. bll 505:512 . 2.nicast ro, a. j. (1983) “demonstrations of some op tical prop erties of liquid cry st als”. phys. tech. 21: 181. 3.m artin, s. j. ; kambili, a. and walker, a. (1977) “ temp erature and field dep endence of the m obility in liquid cry stal-cryst alline conju gated poly mer films”, advances in electrically conductive m aterials, calverton down, uk 4.berger, k. e. and donald, s.d. (1988) “ journal of m aterials science”, 23(4) : 1368 5. collins,p. j. (1990), “liquid crystals nature delicate phase of m atter”, princton university , press, princton. 6.kleja, p. u. (1987) “ liquid cryst al phy sics”, encyclop edia of phy sical scienmce and technologe, academic press 7:365. 7.braum, d.; cherobon, h. ; reh ahn, m .; riher, h. and voits, b. (2005) “poly mer sy nthesis theory and practice”, sp ringer-verlay berlin heidber g,, p.154 . fig. (1): diagram of e lectric unit cell circuit used the (polyme r – ni) film (a): before and (b): after a local pressure applied ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig. (2): shows the relation between the average resistance and a local load applied for the three different thickness films 0 5 10 15 20 0 50 100 15 0 load (gm) r a ve t=50 (k w ) (mm) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 load (gm) r a v e t = 400 (k w ) (mm) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 10 20 30 40 50 load (gm) r a v e t=700 (k w ) (mm) ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig. (3): the e.m. picture of the film transparency at different weight fraction of ni in silicon elstomer (a) ni =65% ni = 53% ni = 43% (e ) ni = 27% ni = 60% (d) (b) (c) microsoft word 266-281 علوم الحياة | 266 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ديالىمحافظة – نھر بيت زوينة) للمشروع االروائي ( ةيدراسة بيئ انتصار كريم عبد الحسن ابراھيم مھدي عزوزالسلمان جامعة بغداد / أبن الھيثم) الصرفة (كلية التربية للعلوم / قسم علوم الحياة ٢٠١٥/أذار/٢٥:قبل البحث في ،٢٠١٤/كانون االول/١استلم البحث في : الخالصة أجريت الدراسة الحالية على المشروع االروائي المسمى ( نھر بيت زوينة) الواقع في ناحية جديدة الشط ضمن كونه يمر في عدة مناطق زراعيةلللمشروع أھمية بيئية كبيرة ، يتفرع النھر من الجانب االيمن لنھر دجلة ومحافظة ديالى ھدفت ھذه الدراسات السابقة عن ھذا المشروع ولقلةوكذلك يستعمل ألغراض السقي والشرب، دونم 1600تقدر بحولي للمدة خمسة مواقع في) والفيوفايتين aوتضمنت قياس العوامل الفيزيائية والكيميائية فضالً عن قياس (الكلوروفيل الدراسة .2014ولغاية حزيران 2013من تشرين االول 010.83cالعوامل الفيزيائية والكيميائية المدروسة كما يأتي: درجة حرارة الھواء (أظھرت نتائج الدراسة أن مديات ) سم، 152 14.5 (نفاذية الضوء ) سم، 284.33– 165وعمق الماء ( ) 09.17c –28.5 (الماء و )38.75 ) مايكروسمينز/سم، 1027.5 514.83التوصيلية الكھربائية ( أو وحدة عكورة، ) nut 0.27 -106.98والعكورة ( ) ملغم/لتر والمواد العالقة الكلية 278.83 861.60( tdsجزء باأللف، المواد الذائبة الكلية ) 1.154.88الملوحة ( tss )49.872ملغم/لتر ا ( ألس الھيدروجينيph ) 7.98 – 6.25 األوكسجين المذاب، (do )11.25 – 3.65 ( ) 187.5 -115.33( taملغم/لتر، القاعدية الكلية ) bod ) 4.35 – 1.07ملغم/لتر والمتطلب الحياتي لألوكسجين ) ملغم 101.36-52.08/لتر، الكالسيوم (3caco) ملغم th )221.83-338.83 /لتر، العسرة الكلية3cacoملغم 3caco) ملغم 177.89-74.62/لتر والمغنيسيوم (3caco 0.20/لتر، النترات الكلية) –ملغم /لتر، النترات 6.50 ( 283)– ( 4so ) ملغم/لتر والكبريتات0.02 4.16( 4po) ملغم /لتر والفوسفات الفعالة 6.55– 1.55( الفعالة مايكروغرام /لتر على التوالي، .) 85 .0 -25.93والفايوفايتين ( )a ) 25.65 – 0.12ملغم /لتر، الكلوروفيل 131.5 أوضحت نتائج الدراسة أن معظم الخصائص المدروسة السيما (الملوحة والتوصيلية والعسرة الكلية والفوسفات وال 5bod والعكورة والمواد الذائبة الكليةtds والمغنيسيوم ) كانت ذات معدالت مؤثرة أو أعلى مما مسموح به بيئيا حسب توصيات منظمة الصحة العالمية ومنظمة الزراعة واالغذية وكذلك المواصفات العراقية لمياه االنھر مما يبين أن لألنشطة البشرية للمنطقة تأثيرا معنوياً في مياه وبيئة المشروع. لمائية، االنشطة البشرية، الخصائص الفيزيوكيميائية، نھر بيت زوينة.البيئة اكلمات مفتاحية: علوم الحياة | 267 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة أن دراسة العالقة المتبادلة بين تأثير اإلنسان والنظم البيئية المائية أصبحت واحدة من التوجھات االساسية للمھتمين humanأو anthropogenic impact بشؤون البيئة وحماية المصادر الطبيعية، وقد ظھر مصطلح التأثير البشري impact والعالم الروسي الجيولوجي في البيئة ألول مرة في كتابات الباحثalexey pavlov وفي االدبيات األنجليزية ، في المراجع التي تناولت تأثير االنسان في المناخ والنباتات والمجتمعات arthur tansleyعلى يد عالم البيئة البريطاني ، 1970في أواسط عام anthropogenicفأنه عرض مصطلح paul crutzen، أما عالم الغالف الجوي [1]الحيوية وھذا المصطلح يستعمل في بعض األحيان للتعبير عن األنبعاثات التي تسبب تلوث الغالف الغازي الناتج من االنشطة الكبيرة في التأثيرات البشرية لجميع على نطاق واسع ينطبق ولكن بعض العلماء يرى أن ھذا المصطلحالبشرية للسكان ، تعبير االشمل للتأثير البشري بأنه التاثير الذي ينسحب على المجال البيوفيزيائي بمختلف نظمھا ومكوناتھا، لذلك فأن ال البيئة الى أن ھذا 1 ,5,4] [فعلى سبيل المثال يشير الباحثون .3 ,2] [ والتنوع الحيوي والمصادر الطبيعية االخرى في البيئة يوية من خالل مضاعفته لمعدالت االنقراض حوالي التأثير في مجال التنوع الحيوي قد أفقد البيئة كثيراً من االنواع الح مرة عن الحالة الطبيعية من االنقراض وكما ھو معروف أن التطبيقات التقنية في مجال التعامل مع البيئة 1000 -100 طبيعية في البد وأن تنتج عنھا آثار سلبية جانبية نتيجة لمحاولة االنسان استغالل واستثمار أكبر قدر ممكن من الموارد ال التي تمثل العالقة بين الموارد الطبيعية والتلوث الناتج من مجمل pat =1البيئية، وتقاس ھذه التأثيرات بمعادلة عامة ھي دراسات في مجال بيئة المياه العذبة الداخلية بدراسة العالقات التركيبية والوظيفية الاھتمت . لذلك ] 5 ,6 [النشاط المحلي، إذ تعد ھذه الصفات معياراً لتقدير ومدى تأثرھا بالخصائص الفيزيائية والكيميائية والحياتية للمحيط المائيللكائنات الحية ألن التغيرات الحاصلة في نوعية المياه .] 8 ,7 [،ومن ثم تحديد مدى صالحيته water qualityوتقييم نوعية المياه ة التي تعيش فيه ويمكن لھذا التأثير أن يستعمل لتكوين أدلة إحيائية لنوعية تؤثر في نوعية وكمية الكائنات النباتية والحيواني المياه ومن ھذه التغيرات على سبيل المثال ال الحصر، التغير في تركيز األوكسجين الذائب أو العناصر المغذية أو تغير في ومن خالل استعراض . 10 ,9] [حياء، لون وطعم وملوحة المياه أو إن تجعل منھا سامة أحياناً لبعض األنواع من األ االبحاث والدراسات السابقة تبين عدم وجود دراسة بيئية سابقة على ھذا المشروع االروائي رغم أھميته، لذلك صممت ھذه كونه من المصادر المائية المھمةالدراسة لتقييم الواقع البيئي للمياه ومدى تغاير الصفات الفيزيائية والكيميائية فيه لالستعمال المباشر للمجموعات السكانية التي يمر النھر في مناطق سكناھم. منطقة الدراسة كم يبدأ جريانه من ناحية جديدة الشط من المنطقة القريبة للمضخات الرئيسة 17يقدر طول نھر بيت زوينة حوالي الموجودة على نھر دجلة التي تقوم بنقل المياه من النھر الى المشروع ويستمر النھر بجريانه داخل االراض الزراعية ية مختلفة عند مروره بالمناطق ). يتعرض المشروع (نھر بيت زوينة) الى أنشطة بشر1وصوالً الى منطقة الحويش شكل ( السكنية والزراعية منھا الرمي العشوائي للفضالت المنزلة غير المعالجة ، فضالً عن مخلفات احواض االسماك وتصريف دونم المستعملة للزراعة وتربية 1600االراضي الزراعية للنھر اھمية كبيرة بأستصالح اراض زراعية واسعة تقدر ويقسم المشروع على قسمين قسم ترابي وقسم 2005، تم القيام بأنشاء مشروع نھر بيت زوينة عام االسماك والدواجن .[11]مبطن مواقع جمع النماذج: ) لتطبق الدراسة وكما يأتي:s1, s2, s3, s4, and s5تم أختيار خمسة مواقع سميت حسب الترتيب ( يمثل مياه المصدر ( نھر دجلة) السحب بالمضخات الرئيسة على نھر دجلة في ناحية جديدة الشط، يتواجد في ):1موقع ( . ceratophyllum demersumونبات الشمبالن .phragmites australisالموقع نبات القصب كم ويمثل الغطاء 5يمثل النقطة القريبة من مزارع واحواض تربية االسماك ويبعد عن الموقع االول بحدود ) :2موقع ( والموقع غير مبطن . phragmites .australisالنباتي بنبات القصب مثل الغطاء كم وي 7يمثل منطقة ملتقى النھر بالبزول المستعملة للصرف الزراعي ويبعد عن الموقع االول ): 3موقع ( . وھذا الموقع غير مبطن .phragmites australisالنباتي بنبات القصب : منطقة المضخات الثانوية التي تساھم بنقل المياه من نھر بيت زوينة الطيني الى الجزء المبطن من النھر بحدود )4موقع ( بشكل قليل، والموقع غير مبطن. phragmites australisكم وھذا الجزء غير مبطن وينتشر فيه نبات القصب 2 كم بعد الموقع الرابع، وأغلب اشھر 3يمثل الجزء المبطن من المشروع ويقع ضمن المنطقة السكنية بحدود ): (5موقع فضالً phragmites australisالدراسة كانت مناسيب المياه قليلة في ھذا الموقع، ويمثل الغطاء النباتي نبات القصب شوكية وادغال مختلفة على حافة المياه فضالً عن الطحالب الملتصقة .عن نباتات المواد وطرائق العمل ومن المواقع الخمسة الماء سطح من سم 10السطحية بعمق الطبقة منبزيارات نصف شھرية الماء عينات جمعت 5سعة بوليثينية قناني بأستعمال 2014 حزيران شھر ولغاية 2013 االول تشرين شھر اعتبارا من 1المؤشرة في الشكل حقلياً ومختبرياً، إذ قيست درجة حرارة أجريت الفحوصات الفيزيائية والكيميائية والحياتية ،لتر وبواقع ثالث مكررات علوم الحياة | 268 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 hiنوع ph-meter الرقم الھيدروجيني باستعمال جھاز سليلزية،100الى 0الھواء والماء بواسطة محرار مدرج من 9811-portable وكذلك التوصيلية الكھربائية باستعمال جھازcond-meter صنع شركةhanna وقدرت العمق قياسأما [12] كما جاءمايكروسيمنز/سم ). واستخرجت قيمة الملوحة بداللة التوصيلية وعبر عنھا بجزء باأللف ب( . 13] [كما جاء في) سمب ( sikey disckساكي بقرص االضوء نفاذيةقيست ). (سم النتائج عن وعبر معلم بحبل فتم 5bod لمتطلب الحياتي لألوكسجيناو doقدر االوكسجين المذاب ،14] [وفقا العكورة قياس بجھازفقيست العكورة أما ta الكلية القاعدية، [15]كما في azide modificationالمحورة باستعمال االزايد winklerبطريقة وينكلر النتائج عن وعبر، [14]اتباع الطريقة المبينة في تم قياسھا ب ca والكالسيومmg المغيسيومكذلك و th الكلية ةالعسرو صنع hi 96303نوع meter -condبجھاز ھاقياس تم) (tdsالكلية المواد الذائبة ،لترcaco/3 بملغم .[15]في المذكورة الطريقةلقياسھا اتبعت (tss)الكلية، أما االمالح العالقة لتر/ بملغم النتائج عن وعبر hannaشركة بتراكيز قياسية محاليل أربعة حضرتإذ [ 16]قبل من المتبعة الطريقة أعتماداً على 3no الكلية حسبت النترات 13] [في الموضحة بالطريقة الفعالة قيست أما الفوسفات. nm 206 الموجي الطول على االمتصاصية قياس ثم ملغم/لتر، فقد الكبريتاتأما ،لتر بملغمعنھا وعبر nm 880 الموجي الطول على االمتصاصية وقراءة العينة من مل 100 وذلك بأخذ فقد أعتمدت طريقة أ والفايوفايتين أ -أما الكلورفيل gravimetric. بطريقةو[14] الموضحة في الطريقة اعتمدت في التحليل االحصائي لدراسة تأثير المواقع واشھر السنة في sas-212) أستعمل البرنامج (.[17]المذكورة من قبل .19] [) كما في lsdالصفات ألمختلفة، وقورنت الفروق المعنوية بين المتوسطات باستعمال اختبار اقل فرق معنوي ( النتائج والمناقشة ) المتغيرات الشھرية للعوامل المدروسة، ومنھا نجد أن أقل درجة حرارة للھواء 1 22تبين النتائج المبينة في الجداول ( في 0c 38.75وكانت 2014وأعلى درجة في حزيران 010.83cوكانت 2013في شھر كانون االول s1سجلت في s5 ) نما في الماء سجلت أقل ، بي1)وتراوحت قيم الحرارة في المواقع االخرى واالشھر مابين ھاتين القيمتين كما في جدول في 2014في حزيران 28.5 وأعلى قيمة 2013عام s5في كانون األول كذلك في الموقع 9.17قيمة لدرجة الحرارة أيضا، وبينھما قيم المواقع واالشھر االخرى. تمثل درجة حرارة الھواء والماء دورا كبيرا في الخصائص s5المحطة وغيرھا وكذلك على bodو doالسيما في عملية التبادل الغازي والتحلل العضوي وقيم الفزيوكيميائية للنظام المائي عملية توزيع وكثافة االحياء المائية المختلفة، ومن النتائج نجد أن ھنالك ارتباطاً طردياً بين حرارة الھواء والماء، ويعود الطبيعة الجغرافية لمناخ العراق وكذلك الى التفاوت في ذلك وكذلك الفروق المعنوية بين االشھر الى اختالف فصول السنة و وقت أخذ العينات، وكما ذكر ], 20, 8, 7 [ . بينما أكبر عمق وجد في 2013وسجل في شھر تشرين الثاني s5سم في الموقع 16.5كان أقل عمق لمياه المشروع ) وكانت مديات المواقع االخرى وأشھر السنة بين 3سم، كما في جدول ( 284.32وكان 2014في شھر شباط s2الموقع ھذين الحدين، وربما يعود سبب ھذا التذبذب في العمق الى تباين الترسبات في القاع الطيني لمجرى المشروع وطبيعة االنشطة التي يمارسھا اصحاب االراضي المجاورة وكذلك عمليات االنجراف التي تحصل خالل مواسم المطر وفترات . [10 ,20]مضخات سحب المياه وغيرھا من العوامل، ويتفق ھذا التفسير مع ماذھب اليه عمل عند شھر s4سم في152وأكبر نفاذية 2013في شھر تشرين الثاني s5سم في الموقع 14.5سجلت أقل نفاذية للضوء وحدة عكورة، كحد أدنى وأعلى في 106.98و 0.27، بينما تراوحت قيم العكورة من 4)، جدول (2014حزيران )، ويعود ھذا التباين في قيم نفاذية الضوء 5على الترتيب كما في جدول ( 2014في شھر شباط s5و s2المحطات والعكورة الى طبيعة المياه القادمة من نھر دجلة ومايضاف من مخلفات مزارع االسماك وعمليات االنجراف وكذلك تباين قع المختلفة باالضافة الى التباين في كتلة الطحالب خالل فصول السنة فضالً عن كمية ونوعية السواقط عمق الماء في الموا من أمطار وغبار وبقايا المزروعات وانجراف تربة وغيرھا من العوامل السيما مقدار المواد الذائبة والعالقة الكلية في . ] 6 ,22 ,23 ,24 [المياه كما يشير الى ذلك الباحثون 1027.5) نجد أن قيم التوصيلية الكھربائية والملوحة قد تراوحت بين (7و 6وكما بينت النتائج الموضحة في الجدولين ( ) جزء بااللف في شھري 4.88 و1.15 وللملوحة ( 2014ونيسان 2013) مايكروسمنز/سم في كانون االول 514.83 – ، ومن النتائج يتضح وجود تباين بين المحطات وأشھر السنة وربما كحد أدنى وأعلى على التوالي 2014آذار وحزيران يعود ذلك الى عدم انتظام تزويد المشروع بكميات متساوية من المياه وكذلك الى تباين االنشطة الزراعية لسكان المنطقة ياه الصرف الزراعي، وتأثير عملية تساقط االمطار في منطقة الدراسة والظروف المناخية وارتفاع نسب التبخر وبزل م وھذا ماتم مالحظته بما يتعلق بالملوحة السيما في شھر حزيران الذي يتميز بأرتفاع درجات الحرارة وطول النھار، كذلك يمكن أن يعود التأثير الى عدم انتظام مستوى المياه في نھر دجلة المصدر المزود لمياه المشروع، وھذا االستنتاج يتماشى من خالل دراساتھم على مختلف المواقع سواء في العراق أو مناطق اخرى من العالم. [25 ,26 ,27]ون مع ماذكره الباحث ملغم/لتر 861.60و 278.83قد تراوحت بين tds) يتبين أن القيم الدنيا والعليا للمواد الذائبة الكلية 8من الجدول ( على الترتيب، وعموما كانت أدنى من الحدود المسموح بھا s2و s1وفي المواقع 2014في األشھر آيار وكانون الثاني ولكنھا تعد نسبيا عالية لتربية االحياء المائية في بعض االشھر والمواقع، أما بخصوص المواد الصلبة whoمن قبل s5و s4, s5 وفي المواقع 2014نجد أن أدنى وأعلى قيمھا قد سجلت في االشھر كانون الثاني وشباط tssالعالقة الكلية علوم الحياة | 269 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ، ويعود ارتفاع مستوى المواد الذائبة الكلية والعالقة في المياه بشكل 9)ملغم/لتر، جدول ( 49.87و 2وكانت على التوالي عام الى أرتفاع قيم الملوحة والتوصيلية الكھربائية ومجموع االمالح والمعادن والمواد العضوية الواصلة للمياه سواء من فمنھا مايذوب ومنھا مايبقى عالق في االنشطة البشرية أومن العوامل الطبيعية من تعرية وأنجرافات تربة أو سواقط جوية . [10 ,28 ,29]المياه أو يرتبط مع الكائنات المائية الدقيقة في 2013كحد أدنى وأعلى خالل شھري تشرين االول 7.98و 6.25بين phوتراوحت قيم الرقم الھيدروجيني لنتائج يتبين أن مياه المشروع تميل الى ومن ا 10)على الترتيب،جدول ( s4في الموقع 2014وشھر شباط s2الموقع التعادل في أغلب المحطات واالشھر، وھذا يعود الى طبيعة معظم المياه العراقية التي تحتوي على الكاربونات ضمن 3coو 2coوالبكاربونات بتراكيز وفيره فضالً عن وجود النباتات المائية والطحالب التي تعمل على الموازنة بين , 25 ,30 ,31]، وھذا يتفق مع ماذكره mean buffer solutionمى بالمحلول المنظم الرئيسي في المياه قاعدة مايس 3] . ملغم /لتر كحد أدنى 11.25الى 3.65سجل قيماً تراوحت بين do) نجد أن االوكسجين الذائب 11ومن الجدول ( على الترتيب، وتذبذبت نتائج بقية االشھر بين ھذه 2014ني عند االشھر حزيران وكانون الثا s2و s5وأعلى في المواقع 4.35و 1.07) كحد أدنى وأعلى على الترتيب 12جدول ( 5bodالقيم، بينما كانت مديات االوكسجين المستھلك حيويا ستقرار في ، من النتائج نجد أن ھنالك عدم أ2013وكانون االول 2014عند االشھر نيسان s1و s5ملغم /لتر في المواقع قيم كال العاملين خالل االشھر وكذلك في بعض المواقع، ويمكن تفسير ذلك بأنه يعود الى تأثير عدد من العوامل منھا التباين في درجات الحرارة أثناء جمع العينات، وسقوط االمطار وطرح مخلفات المزارع السمكية وكذلك طرح مياه الصرف بقايا النباتات التي لوحظت في بعض اجزاء المشروع وكذلك االختالف في مستوى الزراعي والمخلفات العضوية وخاصة القاع ونوعيته ومستوى العمق المائي وتباين الملوحة، جميعھا عوامل تؤثر في التواجد النوعي لألحياء المجھرية وكتلة والمستھلك داخل المسطح المائي، الطحالب والدايتومات في الوسط المائي وبالتالي تنسحب على كمية االوكسجين الذائب ، أظھرت نتائج التحليل االحصائي وجود فروق معنوية بين أشھر الدراسة وكذلك [7 ,32]كما يشير الى ذلك الباحثون ). p< 0.05وجود فروق معنوية بين بعض المواقع عند ( s1/ لتر وفي الموقع 3cacoملغم 115.33) نجد أن أقل قيمة للقاعدية الكلية سجلت في شھر حزيران 13ومن الجدول( ومديات االشھر والمواقع االخرى كانت بين ھاتين القيمتين، وجدت s2في الموقع 178.5بينما أعلى قيمة في كانون الثاني )، تعد القاعدية دليالً على محتوى المياه من الكاربونات p>0.05فروق معنوية بين بعض االشھر والمواقعى( ، وربما يعود تباين بعض القيم بين [15]نات والھيدروكسيدات وبذلك تعد مؤشراَ مھما في تقييم نوعية المياه والبيكاربو االشھر وبعض المواقع في الزيادة والنقصان الى مستويات التحلل العضوي ونوعية المدخالت البيئية الى بيئة المشروع مثل وكاربونات الكالسيوم كما يشير 2coت النباتية ومقدار تحرر أو أستھالك بطء جريان الماء أو زيادة ونقصان كمية الھائما و 221.83) قيماً دنيا وعليا تراوحت بين 14. بينما سجلت معدالت العسرة الكلية، جدول ([ 8 ,26 ,33]الى ذلك الباحثون على الترتيب، ونجد ,s4s5وفي الموقعين 2013/ لتر، في شھري تشرين االول وكانون االول 3cacoملغم 338.83 من النتائج أن جميع االشھر والمواقع قد سجلت فيھا قيماً مرتفعة من العسرة الكلية، كما بينت نتائج التحليل االحصائي وجود بين جميع االشھر بأستثناء حزيران، بينما كانت فروق معنوية في موقعين فقط، ويعود سبب p> 0.05فروق معنوية ونات الكالسيوم والمغنيسيوم التي سجلت في معظم أشھر السنة وكذلك الى معدالت التبخر وأرتفاع نسبة العسرة الى وجود أي الملوحة كما ترتبط مع قيم القاعدية وكذلك وجود الكلوريدات التي تسھم في قيم العسرة الكاربونية كما تساھم الفضالت ) نجد أن مديات الكالسيوم والمغنيسيوم قد 16و 15لجدولين (ومن ا7 ,34 ,35]. [المطروحة للمشروع بزيادة قيم العسرة /لتر في الموقعين 3cacoملغم 101.36 -52.8تراوحت بين الحدود الدنيا والعليا في مواقع وأشھر الدراسة على الترتيب s4 وs5 3ملغم 177.89 – 74.62للكالسيوم و 2014وآيار 2013عند شھري تشرين الثانيcacoواقع /لتر في المs1 لنفس االشھر كذلك بالنسبة للمغنيسيوم، وكما ھو معروف أن وجود الكالسيوم والمغنيسيوم يعد من المسببات الرئيسية s4و لتأثيره في آلية عمل buffer main solutionلعسرة المياه ألن الكالسيوم يضعف خاصية السعة التنظيمية للمياه بوساطة 2co وكما يظھر من النتائج نجد أن قيم [3]وذوبانه في الماء ،ca كانت أعلى منmg في معظم أشھر الدراسة، أن من الماء فضالً عن كونه أكثر قدرة على التفاعل مع caالسبب في ذلك يعود الى كثرة الھائمات والقشريات التي تسحب 2co 0.05وجود فروق معنوية ( كما بينت نتائج التحليل االحصائي [8 ,36]وتحوله الى بيكاربونات ذائبة<p بين معظم ( االشھر ومواقع أخذ العينات، وتعد ھذه النسب مع وجود عسرة مرتفعة وملوحة عوامل خطرة على صحة السكان عندما تستعمل ھذه المياه للشرب من قبل المزارعين أو عندما تعالج بصورة غير جيدة في محطات المعالجة الصغيرة ألنھا تسبب .[27 ,37]مراض الخاصة بالجھاز الھضمي واالمراض القلبية وبعض أنواع حساسية الجلد وغيرھا عدداً من اال أن تحديد كمية النترات في المياه الطبيعية تعد من الفحوصات الصعبة وذلك للعمليات المعقدة التي تمر بھا ھذه العملية، والنترات واالمونيا وبصورة عضوية على شكل يوريا ألن النتروجين في الطبيعة يوجد بصور مختلفة منھا النتريت 6.50 – 0.20) قيماً تراوحت بين 17، سجلت مديات النترات الكلية كما في جدول (8 ,16] [وأحماض أمينية ودھنية على الترتيب، بينما سجلت مديات النترات 2014وعند االشھر حزيران وآيار s3ملغم/ لتر كحد أدنى واعلى في الموقع كحد 2014وآيار 2013عند االشھر تشرين األول s2و s4ملغم/لتر في المواقع 6.55 -1.55) بين 18الفعالة جدول ( ) بين جميع االشھر ومعظم p>0.05أدنى واعلى على الترتيب، أظھرت نتائج التحليل االحصائي وجود فروق معنوية عند ( شراً يجب االنتباه اليه وخاصة مع الوجود المحتمل لبعض االحياء المائية المواقع، أن وجود النترات بھذه التراكيز يعد مؤ علوم الحياة | 270 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 تعد . كما[ 38,16]التي تسطيع تحويلھا الى نتروز مما يسبب التأثير الضار لألنسان والحيوانات التي تستعمل ھذه المياه ئي لكونھما من المغذيات المھمة التي الفوسفات والكبريتات من المؤشرات البيئية المھمة في دراسة النظام البيئي الما تحتاجھا الھائمات والنباتات المائية وبقية االحياء في النمو وبناء البروتين والدھون المفسفرة والنشاط االيضي في مختلف يع ويعد الفوسفات الفعال الشكل غير العضوي الذائب في الماء أھم صور الفوسفات ألن الكائنات تستط [20]مراحل الحياة s2و s4ملغم/لتر كحد أدنى وأعلى للمواقع 4.16 -0.02) مديات 19االستفادة منه مباشرة، سجلت الفوسفات، جدول ( ملغم/ لتر في 283 –131.5) 20، بينما ترواحت قيم الكبريتات، جدول ( 2014وآيار 2013عند االشھر تشرين االول على الترتيب. أظھرت نتائج التحليل االحصائي وجود فروق معنوية عند 2014في شھر آيار s3 s4و s1المواقع )0.05<p لجميع أشھر الدراسة وفي معظم المواقع، ويعود السبب في ھذه المديات المؤثرة من كال العاملين الى طرح ( فضالً عن شدة الفضالت والمخلفات وقرب بعض القرى والمجمعات التي تستعمل مياه المشروع في التنظيف والغسيل التبخر في االشھر الحارة وكذلك مياه الصرف الزراعي التي تختلط مع مياه المشروع، وھذه االستنتاجات تتماشى مع ) خالل مدة 21 ,22والفايوفايتين كما في الجدولين ( a. تراوحت مديات الكلوروفيل [29,27,10]ماذكره كل من الباحثين s2و s1و s2مايكروغرام/لتر في الموقع 0.85 -25.93 و 25.65 0.12ى الترتيب الدراسة في المواقع واالشھر عل ، بينت نتائج التحليل االحصائي وجود 2014وآذار 2013و تشرين االول 2014عند االشھر كانون الثاني ونيسان s5و اني. ويمكن أن يعزى ھذا التذبذب في ) بين جميع االشھر والمواقع باستثناء شھر تشرين الثp> 0.05عالقة معنوية عند ( القيم لكال العاملين الى التباين بوفرة المغذيات والمدة الضوئية ومستوى التلوث بين المواقع وكذلك كتلة ونوعية الھائمات وبشكل [32 ,39] .النباتية والعالقة العكسية بين تحلل الكلوروفيل وصبغة الفايوفايتين، وھذا االستنتاج يتفق مع ماذكره أوضحت نتائج الدراسة الحالية أن معظم الخصائص الفزيوكيميائية المدروسة السيما (الملوحة والتوصيلية والعسرة عام والمغنيسيوم) كانت ذات معدالت مؤثرة أو أعلى مما tdsوالمواد الذائبة الكلية والعكورة 5bodالكلية والفوسفات وال مسموح به بيئياً حسب معايير منظمة الصحة العالمية ومنظمة الزراعة واالغذية وكذلك المواصفات العراقية المعتمدة وخصائص مياه لمراقبة نوعية مياه االنھر، مما يبين أن لألنشطة البشرية المنفذة في منطقة الدراسة تأثيرا معنويا في نوعية وبيئة المشروع. المصادر 1jump u.p; sahney, s; benton, m.j. and ferry, p.a (2010). links between global taxonomic diversity, ecological diversity and the expansion of vertebrates on land . biology letters, 6 (4): 544–547. 2jump, u.p and bampton, m. (1999). anthropogenic transformation (in): encyclopaedia of environmental science, d. e. alexander and r. w. fairbridge (eds.), kluwer academic publishers, dordrecht, the netherlands, isbn 0412740508. ، أصدارات جامعة سبھا، ليبيا. ١) النظم البيئية، ط2009المثناني، عبد السالم محمد، السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز ( -٣ صفحة.552 4may, r.m. (1988). how many species are there on earth? science, 241 (4872):14419. 5huesemann; m.h and j.a. huesemann. (2011). techno fix: why technology won’t save us or the environment. new society publishers, isbn 0865717044. 6kellogg r.l; nehring r; grube a; goss d.w and plotkin, s. (2000). environmental indicators of pesticide leaching and runoff from farm fields. united states department of agriculture natural resources conservation service. retrieved on 2007-10-03. ه ). دراسة لمنولوجية لبعض العوامل الفيزيوكيميائية لميا2013حمد،عقيل عباس حمد والسلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز.( -٧ كانون االول، جامعة ٥-٣جدول بني حسن وعالقتھا مع مستوى التلوث البكتيري، المؤتمر العالمي الخامس للعلوم البيئية . 283-293العراق. عدد خاص/وقائع المؤتمر: بابل –ي حسن ). دراسة بيئية لجدول بن2014عبد االمير، ھديل محمد ثابت، حسن، فكرت مجيد والسلمان، ابراھيم مھدي. ( -٨ .1319-1327): 3(11محافظة كربالء المقدسة، مجلة بغداد للعلوم، مجلد 9burkhard, b ; kroll, f; nedkov, s and müller, f. (2012). mapping ecosystem service supply, demand and budgets. ecological indicators. 21 :17-29. ). التلوث المحتمل لبعض العناصر الثقيلة وبعض العوامل البيئية لمياه جدول بني حسن، 2014الشريفي، عقيل عباس ( -١٠ كربالء، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة، جامعة -العراق، رسالة ماجستير مقدمة لقسم علوم الحياة -محافظة كربالء المقدسة صفحة.122العراق، –كربالء .٢٠١٣محافظة ديالى، التقرير السنوي لعام مديرية الموارد المائية -١١ 12 golterman, h.l; clymo, r.s and ohnsted, m.a. (1978). methods for physical and chemical analysis of freshwater, 2nd edt. blackwell sci, oxford, 213pp. علوم الحياة | 271 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ، ١دراسات حقلية ومعملية، ط –). البيئة العملية 2007السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز، المثناني، عبد السالم محمد ( -١٣ صفحة. 407أصدارات جامعة سبھا، ليبيا. 14standard methods for examination of water and waste water. (1998).american puplic health association. isbn0-87553-047-8. 15 apha. (2005). american public health association standard method for the examination of water and wastewater. 21st. ed. american public health association. ھران، عمان، دار ز١). التحليل المختبرية للمياه واالغذية، ط2000العكيدي، حسن خالد وبوسعيد،جوزيف أنطون ( -١٦ صفحة. ٢٩٣االردن، 17strickland, j and parsons, t. (1972). a practical hand book of seawater analysis .bull. 167, fishres, board of canada.n, 167:71:76. 18vollenweider, r.a. (1974). a manual on methods for measuring primary production in aquatic environment. int. biol. program hand book 12. blackwell scientific publications ltd. 19sas. (2012). statistical analysis system, users guide. statistical version, 9.1th ed. sas. inst. cary. n.c. 20cristi, c. (1998). biology and ecology of stream, field courseslake and stream ecology,chaya 7@ix, net. com. 21gideon,y.b; fatoye, f and omada, j. (2013). quality assessment of physic-chemical characteristics of okura river, okogi state nigeria, ijst,2(12): 891-899. ث مياه نھر دجلة بالفضالت السكنية شمال مدينة الموصل. ). تلو٢٠٠٠طليع، عبد العزيز والبرھاوي، نجوى ابراھيم ( -٢٢ . ٣٣٢٧: ٢١مجلة التربية والعلم، 23abdel-satar, a. m. (2005). quality of river nile sediments from idfo to cairo. egyptian j. aqua. res., 31(2):182-199. 24adedokun, o. a.; adeyemo, o. k.; adeleye, e. and yusuf, r. k. (2008). seasonal limnological variation and nutrient load of the river system in ibadan metropolis, nigeria. european j. of sci. res., 23(1): 98-108. رسالة العراق، –). تطبيقات دالئل نوعية المياه في نھر دجلة ضمن مدينة بغداد 2011( .الجنابي، زھراء زھراو -٢٥ .صفحة160جامعة بغداد ، العراق، –ماجستير مقدمة لقسم علوم الحياة في كلية العلوم للبنات 26nukurangi,t. (2010). analysis of national rivers water for period 19982007. niwa, client report chc2010038. 27pathak, h. (2012). assessment of physicchemical quality of ground water by multivariate analysis in some polluted villages nearby sagar city .mp, india,j, environtoxicol, 2(5):2-6. 28dole-olivier, m.j (1998). surface water – ground water exchanges in three dimensions on a backwater of the rhone river. freshwater biol,. 40: 93-109. 29diagomanolin,v ; farhang, m; khanzari, g and jafarzadeh, n. (2004). heavy metals ( ni, cr, cu) in the karoon waterway river. iran. toxicol, let,151:63-69. ). دراسة بيئية للھائمات ٢٠٠١السعدي، حسين علي و اسماعيل، عباس مرتضى (الكبيسي، عبد الرحمن عبد الجبار؛ -٣٠ .٧٨ -٦٢):٢(٤النباتية في نھر دجلة قبل وبعد مروره بمدينة بغداد، العراق. مجلة ابحاث البيئة والتنمية المستدامة، 31afiq, w.m; khalik,w; abdullah, m.p and padli, n. (2013). physiochemical analysis on water quality status of bertam river in caneron highland malasysia. j, mater. environ, sci,4(4): 488-495. 32obassi, k; okechukwi, n and nwokoha, n. (2013). speciesdiversity and evenness of organisms in usmani and imo rivers, abia state nigeria. ijst, 2(9): 690695. العراق، –تأثير مخلفات معمل نسيج الديوانية على نوعية مياه ورواسب نھر الديوانية ). 2012الزبيدي،ختام عباس. ( -٣٣ رسالة ماجستير مقدمة لقسم علوم الحياة في كلية العلوم جامعة القادسية، العراق. 34hassan, f.m.(2004).limnological features of diwanyyia river , iraq, j, of umsalama for sci, 1(1): 119-124. 35cooke, s. (2006). water quality in the grand river a summary of current conditions (2000-2004) and long term trends grand river conservation authority, march 2006. 36wetzel, r.g. (2001). limnology lake and river ecology. 3rd ed, academic press, an elsevier science imprint. new yorklondon. علوم الحياة | 272 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ). دراسة مقارنة لنوعية مياه اآلبار في 2012السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي، العلواني، محمود عبد وابراھيم، ثائر محمد.( -٣٧ .16 8 : (2) 25منطقتي المقدادية والفلوجة، مجلة أبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية، دراسة اولية لتقييم الدور البيئي للمرشح البايلوجي في ). 2004السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي و أبو بكر، عمر مصباح. ( -٣٨ 1) ( 6جنوب ليبيا مجلة الزرقاء لالبحاث والدراسات ، –العادمة المعالجة في مدينة سبھا محطة اعادة استخدام المياه :177-195 . 39onuoha, p; nwankwo, p and okgwu, o .(2010). chlorophylla dynamics in relation to environment parameters in atropical lagoon. j. of american sci,. 6 (10):327-337. .lsd) في مواقع الدراسة مع قيم 0م). القيم الشھرية لدرجة حرارة الھواء ( 1( رقم : جدول lsdقيمة المواقع االشھر s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 ns ٢٣٫٣٣ ٢٤٫٣٣ ٢٣٫٩٢ ٢٤٫٠٠ 2013٢١٫٠٠*تشرين االول ns ٢٠٫٠٠ ٢٣٫٤٢ ٢٣٫٤٢ ٢٢٫٨٣ ١٩٫٠٨ *تشرين الثاني * ٤٫٦٨ ١٢٫٠٨ ١٥٫١٧ ١٧٫٥٨ ١٨٫٦٧ ١٠٫٨٣ *كانون اول ns ١٣٫١٧ ١٣٫٠٠ ١٢٫٥٠ ١٢٫١٧ ١٤٫٤٢ 2014كانون الثاني * ٤٫٩١ ١٥٫٣٣ ١٧٫٤٢ ٢٢٫١٦ ١٧٫٨٣ ١٢٫٧٥ شباط ns ١٨٫٩٢ ٢٠٫٢٥ ١٨٫٩٦ ٢٢٫٧٥ ١٩٫٠٨ اذار ns ٣١٫٤٢ ٣٠٫٣٥ ٣١٫٠٨ ٣٢٫٥٨ ٢٩٫٣٣ نيسان ns ٣٣٫٢٥ ٣٣٫٠٠ ٣٣٫٢٥ ٣١٫٢٥ ٣٤٫٢٥ ايار ns ٣٨٫٧٥ ٣٨٫٦٧ ٣٦٫٣٣ ٣٦٫٠٠ ٣٤٫٠٨ حزيران * ٧٫٣٢ lsdقيمة ٦٫١٩ * ٦٫٨٥ * ٨٫٢٢ * ٦٫٩٦ * -- ) *p<0.05 :* .(حزيران – ثاني كانون من االشھر وبقية 2013 عام من االول وكانون والثاني األول تشرين االشھر  2014 .         .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في) 0c( الماء حرارة لدرجة  الشھرية القيم).  2(رقم :  جدول   lsdقيمة المواقع االشھر s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 ns ١٥٫١٠ ١٩٫٥٠ ١٨٫٣٣ ١٨٫٥٠ 2013١٩٫٠٠*تشرين االول ns ١٨٫٦٧ ١٨٫٥٠ ٢٠٫٤٢ ١٩٫٩٢ ١٧٫٣٣ *تشرين الثاني ns ٩٫١٧ ١١٫٩٢ ١٢٫٥٨ ١٣٫٠٠ ١٤٫٤٢ *كانون اول ns ١١٫٩٢ ١٠٫٦٧ ١١٫١٧ ١٠٫٥٨ ١٤٫٢٥ 2014كانون الثاني ns ١١٫٦٧ ١٣٫٠٠ ١٣٫٥٠ ١٣٫٠٠ ١٣٫٢٥ شباط ns ١٧٫٠٠ ١٧٫٠٠ ١٧٫٢٥ ١٩٫٠٠ ١٦٫٠٠ اذار ns ٢٠٫٨٣ ٢٢٫٧٥ ٢٤٫٢٥ ٢٣٫٥٠ ٢١٫٢٥ نيسان ns ٢٧٫٥٠ ٢٧٫٢٥ ٢٧٫٠٠ ٢٧٫٢٥ ٢٦٫٥٨ ايار ns ٢٨٫٥٠ ٢٨٫٣٣ ٢٧٫١٧ ٢٨٫٠٠ ٢٦٫٧٥ حزيران * ٥٫٧٩ lsdقيمة ٥٫٤٢ * ٥٫٦٨ * ٦٫٨٤ * ٥٫٧٦ * -- ) *p<0.05.(    علوم الحياة | 273 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015  .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في سم،/ المائي للعمق الشھرية القيم).  (3 رقم : جدول   lsdقيمة المواقع االشھر s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 * ٤٦٫١١ ٢٦٫١٧ ١٠٨٫٦٧ ١٢١٫٨٣ ١١٤٫٠٠ 2013١٣٣٫٣٣*تشرين االول * ٣٦٫٧٣ ١٦٫٥٠ ١٤١٫٦٧ ١٣٤٫١٧ ١٧١٫٨٣ ٨٦٫١٧ *تشرين الثاني * ٥٨٫٩٦ ١٩٫٣٣ ١٨٣٫٣٣ ١٦٧٫٨٣ ٢٥٨٫١٧ ١٣٦٫٠٠ *كانون اول * ٤٩٫٠٢ ٢٩٫٠٠ ١٨٩٫٦٧ ١٨٩٫١٧ ٢٧٥٫٠٠ ١٠٥٫٦٧ 2014كانون الثاني * ٦٤٫٧٧ ٣٦٫٠٠ ١٨٢٫٠٠ ١٥٨٫٨٣ ٢٨٤٫٣٣ ١٥٤٫٦٧ شباط * ٤١٫٢٥ ٤٤٫٥٠ ١٥٢٫٨٣ ١١٠٫٣٣ ٢١٩٫٠٠ ١٦٢٫٦٧ اذار * ٥٩٫٦٤ ٢٠٫٣٣ ١٣٥٫٥٠ ١٣٥٫٥٠ ٢٤٠٫٨٣ ١٢٧٫٦٧ نيسان * ٤٠٫٧٢ ١٢٧٫٦٧ ١٢٧٫٦٧ ١٢٧٫٥٠ ٢٢٦٫٣٣ ١٣٧٫٨٣ ايار * ٥٢٫٩٦ ١٤٤٫١٧ ٤٠٫٦٧ ١٥٣٫٨٣ ٢٣٩٫٣٣ ١٧٣٫٣٣ حزيران * ٣٩٫٦٢ lsdقيمة ٥٠٫٧٧ * ٤٣٫٢٧ * ٤٨٫٣٠ * ٥٦٫٩٢ * -- ) *p<0.05 .(     .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في سم/الضوء نفاذية الشھرية القيم) .  4( رقم :جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5  االول  *تشرين 201383.67 43.33 38.67 33.17 35.00 17.33 *   * 57.33 39.00 36.67 41.83 14.50 22.75الثاني*تشرين   * 112.83 65.00 43.00 68.83 31.17 19.52اول*كانون   * 104.67 79.83 59.33 68.33 34.83 17.85 2014 الثاني كانون   * 88.17 54.50 34.50 45.50 22.67 20.76شباط  ns 47.00 53.33 35.00 39.67 33.67اذار * 88.50 62.00 24.17 23.33 17.17 22.68نيسان   * 82.33 41.00 27.50 27.50 27.50 18.54ايار   * 30.33 37.33 25.83 152.00 39.17 27.49حزيران    قيمة lsd 32.73 *  24.85 *  22.51 *  36.79 *  20.63 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(     .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في)  nut عكورة وحدة( للعكورة الشھرية القيم).  (5 رقم  جدول   lsdقيمة المواقع االشھر s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 * ١٢٫٦٧ ١٩٫٤٠ ٣٠٫٢٧ ٣٣٫٩٣ ١٧٫٦٧ 2013١٣٫٩٧*تشرين االول * ١٩٫٥٣ ٢٦٫٧٣ ٢٥٫١٨ ٤٣٫٨٥ ٩٫٤٥ ١٧٫٠٠ *تشرين الثاني ns ٨٫٨٨ ٨٫٨٨ ١٦٫٧٠ ٣٫٠٠ ٥٫٩٩ *كانون اول * ١٣٫٦٥ ٤٫٨٧ ٤٫٨٧ ٦٫٢٥ ٠٫٥١ ١٦٫٣٧ 2014كانون الثاني * ١٦٫٣٧ ١٠٦٫٩٨ ١٨٫٧٢ ٣٤٫٨٥ ٠٫٢٧ ٩٫٩٥ شباط * ١٦٫٢١ ٣٧٫٨٠ ٣٢٫٧٨ ٣٤٫١٢ ٧٫٢٦ ٢٨٫٤٣ اذار * ١٤٫٩٤ ٢٧٫٥٥ ٣١٫٢٢ ٣١٫٢٣ ٨٫٩٤ ٧٫٠٢ نيسان * ٢٠٫٣٦ ٣٧٫٩٣ ٢٦٫٠٧ ٣٣٫٠٥ ٥٥٫٢٨ ١٣٫٦٥ ايار * ١٦٫٧٧ ١٩٫٠٧ ١٧٫٨٠ ٣٩٫٤٢ ٢٧٫٤٨ ٢٩٫٠٠ حزيران * ١٦٫٤٢ lsdقيمة ٢١٫٧٩ * ١٨٫٣٢ * ١٦٫٧٥ * ٢٧٫٠٤ * -- ) *p<0.05.(    علوم الحياة | 274 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015  .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في) سم/مايكروسيمينيز( الكھربائية التوصيلية الشھرية القيم). 6(رقم جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 2013616.33 572.67 578.00 594.83 591.50 ns  * 617.00 558.67 567.00 553.00 796.33 102.6الثاني*تشرين   * 514.83 646.33 619.00 667.67 910.00 157.9اول*كانون  الثاني كانون 2014 536.50 556.67 576.17 543.17 519.83 ns  * 715.00 741.17 743.33 677.67 811.33 116.0شباط  ns 707.17 800.83 783.83 809.00 812.67اذار * 684.83 934.00 1026.83 1027.17 1027.50 136.8نيسان   * 593.17 821.17 922.17 922.17 922.17 241.5ايار   * 737.00 738.00 761.33 344.33 815.83 169.7حزيران    قيمة lsd 142.8 *  185.3 *  237.5 *  219.3 *  166.2 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(     .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في) بااللف جزء( للملوحة الشھرية القيم.  7) ( رقم  جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 20132.78 2.52 2.50 4.26 2.41 1.26 *  ns 2.77 2.92 2.88 3.23 2.04الثاني*تشرين  ns 3.22 2.58 2.68 2.44 2.44اول*كانون  ns 2.88 2.93 2.70 2.79 2.79 2014 الثاني كانون  ns 2.36 1.99 2.28 2.46 2.18شباط  ns 2.29 1.76 2.07 1.23 1.15اذار  ns 2.38 1.72 1.57 1.57 1.57نيسان  ns 1.40 1.31 1.77 1.25 1.78ايار  ns 2.22 2.20 2.10 4.88 1.98حزيران  قيمة lsd ns ns ns 1.45 *  ns  ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(  .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لتر/ملغم) tds( الكلية الذائبة الصلبة للمواد الشھرية القيم). 8( رقم جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 2013380.67 386.33 375.92 387.02 384.78 ns  * 402.17 362.83 368.33 359.00 515.87 86.34الثاني*تشرين  ns 336.40 420.33 397.25 432.67 432.67اول*كانون  الثاني كانون 2014 358.82 861.60 374.42 353.77 353.77 118.5 *  ns 468.27 481.67 485.00 440.67 527.50شباط  ns 467.00 515.00 499.50 517.00 513.67اذار * 368.33 504.00 552.67 552.83 550.67 96.73نيسان   * 278.83 359.67 439.67 375.83 419.50 125.6ايار   * 369.67 479.70 440.50 603.75 468.18 114.8حزيران    قيمة lsd 135.8 *  164.3 *  119.06*  157.4 *  129.6 *   ‐‐‐  علوم الحياة | 275 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) *p<0.05.(         .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لتر/ملغم) tss( الكلية العالقة الصلبة للمواد الشھرية القيم.) 9(رقم  جدول  قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 20136.67 8.00 16.52 13.17 9.00 4.75 *   * 8.80 6.33 22.08 8.83 8.00 6.42الثاني*تشرين   * 3.07 5.00 11.36 5.00 5.00 4.57اول*كانون   * 7.33 6.52 12.57 2.00 2.00 4.62 2014 الثاني كانون   * 5.25 9.72 18.32 9.17 49.87 12.58شباط   * 14.08 10.00 18.10 18.00 19.33 5.92اذار   * 3.89 5.24 15.30 15.60 14.30 5.79نيسان   * 6.92 21.67 17.03 12.00 16.00 6.83ايار   * 13.40 13.71 19.33 8.00 9.00 5.36حزيران    قيمة lsd 6.21 *  5.09 *  6.47 *  6.72 *  9.44 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05(     .lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في الھيدروجيني لألس الشھرية القيم).  10(رقم  جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 20137.70 6.25 7.20 7.28 7.67 0.932 *   * 7.52 7.38 7.12 7.15 6.37 0.755الثاني*تشرين   * 6.65 7.43 7.55 7.62 7.00 0.783اول*كانون  الثاني كانون 2014 7.52 7.63 7.52 7.65 7.58 ns   ns 7.60 7.35 7.11 7.98 7.52شباط  ns 7.63 7.50 7.58 7.47 7.70اذار  ns 7.77 7.20 7.30 7.27 7.17نيسان  ns 7.83 7.52 7.75 7.75 7.75ايار  ns 7.67 7.65 7.68 7.78 7.73حزيران  قيمة lsd 0.865 *  0.791 *  ns ns 0.842 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(  lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في المذاب لالوكسجين الشھرية القيم .) 11(رقم  جدول  قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول تشرين 2013 6.50 6.83 7.02 5.95 6.73 ns   ns 8.50 7.58 8.05 9.70 8.18الثانيتشرين  ns 9.77 9.75 9.55 10.48 10.48اولكانون  الثاني كانون 2014 9.17 11.25 9.10 9.10 9.10 ns  * 10.77 8.37 9.93 8.93 6.60 2.36شباط  ns 8.52 9.43 8.97 9.37 9.52اذار  ns 5.30 6.02 6.38 6.45 6.05نيسان * 9.10 5.57 6.02 6.97 4.25 2.71ايار   * 9.53 8.70 4.40 5.57 3.65 2.55حزيران    قيمة lsd 2.63 *  3.02 *  2.77 *  2.16 *  3.58 *   ‐‐‐  علوم الحياة | 276 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لالوكسجين االحيائي للمتطلب الشھرية القيم.)  12(رقم  جدول  قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول تشرين 2013 1.67 1.22 3.57 0.88 3.25 1.68 *  ns 2.63 2.27 2.08 2.27 2.30الثانيتشرين * 4.35 3.45 1.73 2.80 2.80 1.36اولكانون    الثاني كانون 2014 4.33 3.58 1.45 2.05 2.05 1.44 *  ns 1.73 1.85 2.07 2.97 1.43شباط  ns 3.30 1.87 2.77 1.83 2.28اذار  ns 1.75 1.45 1.13 1.23 1.07نيسان  ns 2.50 1.80 1.08 2.05 1.20ايار * 3.75 2.55 1.10 2.38 1.25 1.29حزيران    قيمة lsd 1.46 *  1.09 *  1.26 *  1.19 *  1.12 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(  lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لتر/3caco ملغم الكلية للقاعدية الشھرية القيم .)13( رقم  جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 2013120.67 131.17 133.83 131.50 122.33 ns   ns 137.67 129.50 140.00 136.00 148.67الثاني*تشرين * 124.33 128.00 124.33 124.33 168.17 31.78اول*كانون    الثاني كانون 2014 121.67 178.50 122.83 126.00 118.50 28.55 *  ns 150.00 149.17 144.00 131.83 147.33شباط  ns 129.67 135.00 134.67 136.67 154.67اذار  ns 122.343 132.33 136.67 136.67 135.33نيسان  ns 121.00 135.67 140.67 140.67 140.76ايار  ns 115.33 119.33 122.17 120.83 139.00حزيران  قيمة lsd 24.58 *  31.63 *  ns ns 29.54 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(  lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في) لتر/3caco ملغم( الكلية للعسرة الشھرية القيم).  14(رقم  جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 2013254.33 284.83 273.33 221.83 233.50 ns   ns 261.33 250.17 237.67 237.00 272.17الثاني*تشرين * 237.17 272.83 266.67 285.82 338.83 74.13اول*كانون  ns 242.97 246.00 273.50 271.33 261.33 2014 الثاني كانون  ns 298.17 306.00 309.50 289.00 328.17شباط  ns 295.67 308.50 304.83 314.33 303.67اذار * 288.67 241.33 334.67 334.67 335.00 61.47نيسان  ns 272.33 321.00 331.00 314.33 331.00ايار  ns 302.83 309.67 310.17 298.67 323.67حزيران  قيمة lsd ns 55.36 *  67.42 *  61.39 *  51.09 *   ‐‐‐  علوم الحياة | 277 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في) لتر/3caco ملغم( للكالسيوم الشھرية القيم .)15(رقم  جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 201362.47 69.27 66.87 65.48 79.83 10.34 *   * 54.87 57.48 54.50 52.08 75.42 13.75الثاني*تشرين   * 61.58 60.83 66.33 63.33 88.48 10.93اول*كانون  الثاني كانون 2014 64.42 74.57 78.83 73.50 64.52 ns   ns 84.80 90.20 88.13 85.33 95.33شباط  ns 87.33 84.35 86.07 91.00 89.00اذار * 71.00 89.17 96.17 96.17 96.33 15.85نيسان   * 74.62 92.83 101.33 101.33 101.36 12.33ايار  ns 86.67 83.00 88.17 86.83 96.17حزيران  قيمة lsd 23.36 *  19.74 *  22.69 *  24.63 *  20.17 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في) لتر/3caco ملغم( للمغنيسيوم الشھرية القيم. 16)(رقم  جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 201392.27 89.02 86.36 110.47 112.74 14.67 *   * 74.62 83.38 79.25 81.42 123.18 21.96الثاني*تشرين   * 97.26 86.07 101.83 89.74 139.71 19.54اول*كانون    الثاني كانون 2014 98.27 126.65 131.44 118.61 98.36 18.47 *  ns 142.02 153.60 145.99 143.93 159.57شباط * 147.35 136.76 142.25 163.78 149.62 18.20اذار   * 114.59 146.42 160.10 160.10 160.40 25.68نيسان   * 121.71 147.80 173.89 177.89 173.72 19.31ايار  ns 143.40 141.49 145.98 145.40 162.70حزيران  قيمة lsd 28.53 *  31.38 *  27.55 *  27.41 *  29.68 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لتر/ملغم الكلية للنترات الشھرية القيم. 17)( رقم جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 20130.33 0.25 1.83 0.27 1.85 0.657 *   * 0.25 1.15 2.35 0.35 0.63 0.803الثاني*تشرين   * 0.60 1.11 2.95 0.26 0.26 0.867اول*كانون  الثاني كانون 2014 3.00 2.60 2.90 2.96 2.96 ns  * 2.50 0.45 0.67 0.40 2.37 0.793شباط   * 1.40 0.55 0.92 1.65 2.22 0.883اذار   * 3.45 2.35 2.37 2.40 3.50 0.892نيسان   * 6.15 6.25 6.50 3.58 6.45 1.47ايار   * 0.42 0.30 0.20 3.63 4.50 1.72حزيران   علوم الحياة | 278 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015  قيمة lsd 1.05 *  1.46 *  1.58 *  0.941 *  1.668 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لتر/ ملغم الفعالة للنترات الشھرية القيم) . 18( رقم جدول    قيمةالمواقعاالشھر lsd  s1 s2 s3 s4 s5   االول *تشرين 20133.50 3.00 3.33 1.55 3.33 1.09 *   * 4.00 2.67 3.42 1.67 1.58 1.16الثاني*تشرين   * 3.50 2.45 4.07 3.12 2.67 1.07اول*كانون   * 5.50 5.10 3.83 3.42 3.42 1.36 2014 الثاني كانون   * 5.50 2.50 1.67 1.83 2.25 1.79شباط  ns 2.25 2.30 1.83 2.00 2.40اذار * 5.00 3.40 3.42 3.48 2.60 1.16نيسان   * 6.05 6.55 6.30 3.27 5.95 1.53ايار  ns 5.58 6.00 6.10 5.55 5.57حزيران  قيمة lsd 1.62 *  1.75 *  1.39 *  1.33 *  1.41 *   ‐‐‐  ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لتر/ ملغم الفعالة للفوسفات الشھرية القيم.  19)( رقم جدول     lsd قيمة المواقع  االشھر s1 s2  s3 s4  s5     ns 0.63  0.02 0.70  0.43  2013 0.11 االول *تشرين   ns  0.57  0.35  0.57  0.30  0.23  الثاني*تشرين   ns  0.93  0.93  1.05  0.88  0.84  اول*كانون   ns  0.14  0.14  0.22  0.61  1.06 2014 الثاني كانون   * 0.844  2.18  1.46  1.53  1.78  0.16  شباط   ns  0.43  0.26  0.18  0.29  0.32  اذار   * 0.816  2.58  2.39  2.25  1.83  1.40  نيسان   * 1.36  1.21  1.47  1.59  4.16  2.48  ايار   * 0.952  2.02  0.05  0.78  0.09  0.04  حزيران   ‐‐‐   * lsd  0.882 *  1.29 *  0.894 *  0.882 *  0.914 قيمة ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في لتر/ ملغم للكبريتات الشھرية القيم.  20)( رقم  جدول     lsd قيمة المواقع  االشھر s1 s2  s3 s4  s5    * 46.93 235.00  188.17  195.33  136.00  2013 221.83 االول *تشرين   * 37.40  235.00  178.17  190.00  176.33  271.00  الثاني*تشرين   ns  165.00  165.00  176.00  158.00  145.00  اول*كانون   ns  203.50  203.50  193.00  192.00  170.00  2014 الثاني كانون   * 37.52  230.00  197.50  204.00  190.00  184.00  شباط   * 39.62  230.50  212.00  212.00  204.00  185.00  اذار   * 48.56  262.50  258.00  281.00  227.00  196.00  نيسان   * 37.60  238.00  283.00  283.00  278.50  131.50  ايار   * 33.74  229.00  205.33  232.00  204.00  182.00  حزيران   ‐‐‐   * lsd  51.66 *  48.94 *  42.61 *  59.47 *  44.57 قيمة علوم الحياة | 279 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواع في) لتر/مكغم(النباتية للھائمات للكلوروفيل الشھرية القيم.21 )( رقم  جدول   lsd قيمة المواقع  االشھر s1  s2  s3  s4 s5    * 2.66 2.66  3.61 7.35  4.50  3.75  2013 االول تشرين   * 2.09  2.33  3.12  5.00  2.10  2.90  الثانيتشرين   * 1.78  2.16  1.93  5.67  0.95  2.66  اولكانون   * 1.66  2.62  3.21  4.50  0.12  3.15 2014 الثاني كانون   * 2.54  28.02  9.69  2.78  0.19  3.07  شباط   * 1.68  2.12  2.60  0.20  2.82  3.88  اذار   * 7.94  18.00  21.42  21.23  6.36  25.65  نيسان   * 1.77  2.78  4.31  1.97  0.14  2.38  ايار   * 3.04  1.29  1.30  9.65  1.15  1.41  حزيران   ‐‐‐   * lsd  5.24 *  2.72 *  3.77 *  3.61 *  4.19 قيمة ) *p<0.05.(     lsd قيم مع الدراسة مواقع في) لتر/مكغم(النباتية للھائمات للفايوفايتين الشھرية القيم). 22(رقم  جدول   lsd قيمة المواقع  االشھر s1  s2  s3  s4 s5    ns 2.39  3.20 5.30  0.85  1.19  2013 االول تشرين   * 2.68  3.30  4.77  3.00  8.77  1.22  الثانيتشرين   * 3.73  2.16  1.75  3.75  11.79  1.34  اولكانون   * 3.92  2.62  2.72  3.13  14.77  2014 1.71 الثاني كانون   * 4.51  20.47  8.14  2.68  17.88  6.56  شباط   * 3.77  25.93  2.91  7.05  15.92  3.86  اذار   * 6.61  14.24  17.76  2.77  14.88  21.99  نيسان   * 3.22  3.03  5.29  1.71  1.90  2.40  ايار   * 3.64  1.51  1.28  7.45  1.15  1.52  حزيران   ‐‐‐   * lsd  5.74 *  7.35 *  4.51 *  7.33 *  5.69 قيمة ) *p<0.05.( علوم الحياة | 280 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 مواقع جمع العينات الواقعة على نھر بيت زوينة / محافظة ديالى .)1( رقم الشكل ) google earth ،2014(موقع site1 ، المضخة الرئيسية على نھر دجلةsite2 ، ملتقى البزل مع مشروع نھر بيت زوينة site 3 المنطقة السكنية site5 المضخات الثانوية، site 4احواض االسماك، علوم الحياة | 281 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 an ecological study for irrigational project (beatzwena river) in diyala province intisar k. abdul hassan ibrahim m.a. alsalman dept.of biology/ college of education for pure science-(ibnal haitham) university of baghdad received in :1/december/2014 , accepted in :25/march/2015 abstract the current study was conducted on irrigational project called (beat zwena river), located in jadedatalshat, within the province of dyala, which is divided from the right side of the tigris river, the project significant environmental importance was passed in several agricultural areas estimated about 1600 acres, and it is also used for the purposes of irrigation and drinking. one of the major drawback for the current study is the almost lack data about the physiochemical parameter, in addition to measure (chlorophyll a and phyophtin of the river under investigation, in five locations for the period of october 2013 until june 2014. the range of studied properties was: 10.83 -38.75°c and 9.17 -28.5°c for air and water temperature, water depth (165 284.33 cm), light transmittance, (14.5 152cm) , turbidity (0.27-106.98) nut, electrical conductivity, ec,(514.83 1027.5) µs/cm , salinity (1.15-4.88 part per thousand), total dissolved solids, tds (287.83861.6) mg/l and total suspended solids tss (249.87) mg/l, ph (6.257.98), dissolved oxygen, do (3.6511.25)mg/l and biological oxygen demand. bod5 (1.074.35 mg / l, total alkalinity, ta (115.33187.5 ) mg caco3/l, total hardness, th,( 221.83338.83) mg caco3/l, calcium, ca (52.08-101.36) mg caco3/l, and magnesium , (74.62177.89) mg caco3 /l, total nitrate no3(0.206.50) mg /l, effective nitrate no3 (1.556.55) mg/l and effective phosphate po4 (0.02 4.16) mg/l, sulfate so4 (131.5283)mg/l, chlorophyll a, ( 0.1225.65) and phaeophytin-a, (0.8525.93). mg/l, respectively. results of the study showed that most of the studied characteristics and private (salinity, ec, th, po4, bod5, turbidity, tds and mg) were once influential or higher rates than permitted environmentally, according to who, fao organization, as well as the iraqi specifications for the river water, which show that human activities in the region significant effect on water and environment of project. key word: aquatic environment, pollution, physic-chemical properties, beat –zwena river. 9 98 .creative commons attribution 4.0 international license this work is licensed under a optimization of process parameters for biodiesel production from three indigenous vegetable oils abstract optimization procedures using a variety of input parameters have gotten a lot of attention, but using three non-edible seed oils of jatropha (jatropha curcas), sesame (sesamum indicum), and sweet almond (prunusamygdalus dulcis) has a few advantages, including availability and non-food competitiveness. optimizing a two-stage trans-esterification process using a sodium hydroxide-based catalyst at a fixed catalyst (1.0wt %) and temperature (60 oc) while varying molar ratio (1:3, 1:6, 1:12), time (20–60 min), and mixing speed (500–1000 rpm), to produce optimal responses of yields were studied using response surface methodology (rsm). the optimization solution of molar ratio (1:3), time (40.9 min.), and speed (500 rpm) resulted in an 86.9 % for refined jatropha biodiesel (rjb), the optimization for refined sesame biodiesel (rjb) with molar ratio (1:6), time (41.7 min.), and speed (619 rpm) resulted in an 88.5 %, and the optimization for refined sweet almond biodiesel (rsab) with the molar ratio (1:3), time (49.359 min.), and speed (500 rpm) resulted in an 88.7 % at the conditions. rjo, rjb, and rsab had predicted biodiesel yields of 86.9 %, 88.5 %, and 88.7 %, with less than 0.2 % variation, respectively. the characteristics of biodiesel were studied, and the results were ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2810 article history: received 6 february 2022, accepted 17 april, 2022, published in july 2022. 1aliru olajide mustapha aliru.mustapha@kwasu.edu.ng aliru.mustapha@kwasu.edu.ng yemisi tokunbo afolabi8 ytokunbo.afolabi@gmail.com jesutomisin oladele6 oladelejesutomisin@gmail.com 2kudirat afolashade usman usmankudirat1995@gmail.com usmankudirat1995@gmail.com oluwaseyi mojibade adekoya4 adekoyaoluwaseyi656@gmail.com toheeba aramide zakariyah3 toheebahzakariyah98@yahoo.com 5joseph phillip tosin joephil20166@gmail.com toluwalase solomon amao7 amaotoluwalasesolomon@gmail.com , kwara state sciencesdepartment of chemical, geological & physical sciences, college of pure and applied 8-1 university malete, pmb 1530, ilorin, kwara state, nigeria. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:aliru.mustapha@kwasu.edu.ng mailto:ytokunbo.afolabi@gmail.com mailto:oladelejesutomisin@gmail.com mailto:usmankudirat1995@gmail.com mailto:adekoyaoluwaseyi656@gmail.com mailto:toheebahzakariyah98@yahoo.com mailto:joephil20166@gmail.com mailto:amaotoluwalasesolomon@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 99 determined to meet both astm d6751 and en14214 criteria. the effects of molar ratio, and time on biodiesel yield from their respective oils were important parameters that greatly influenced the yields, but speed only changed the yields marginally. this work has addressed important difficulties influencing mass production of biodiesel such as the utilization of lowcost feedstock such as non-edible vegetable oils, boosting production efficiency through variable optimization of process parameters, and lowering catalyst dosages through catalyst regeneration. keywords: vegetable-oils; biodiesel, optimization, yield; non-edible . 1. introduction several important variables influence the transesterification reaction. to achieve the largest biodiesel production, these variables must be at their peak since the rate of reaction is influenced by the reaction temperature. a higher reaction temperature can reduce the viscosity of oils, increasing the reaction rate as more energy was supplied for the reaction to occur. the reaction temperature must be lower than the alcohol's boiling point (60–70 oc at normal atmospheric pressure for methanol) to prevent the alcohol from vaporizing. as a result, raising the reaction temperature over its optimum range reduces biodiesel yield since the saponification reaction was quickened, resulting in less biodiesel. temperatures between 60 and 80 oc generate the best production, depending on the type of oil [1-2]. the stoichiometric ratio of the trans-esterification reaction in 3 moles of alcohol and 1 mole of triglyceride produced 3 moles of fatty acid ester and 1 mole of glycerol. the forward reaction was more favorable, during trans-esterification, more alcohol was used to ensure that the oils were completely converted to ester [3-5]. a larger alcohol-to-triglyceride ratio can also lead to faster ester conversion. the molar ratio is strongly influenced by the type of catalyst used. in base-catalyzed biodiesel production, a molar ratio of 5:1 or 6:1 of methanol to oil is sufficient to convert jatropha oil to biodiesel if free fatty acids after pretreatment are less than 1% [6-9]. if the fraction of free fatty acids in oils was large, a molar ratio of 20:1 or 24:1 was necessary when using acid-catalyzed transesterification [10-13]. the amount of catalyst used can alter the yield of biodiesel produced as basic catalysts are often favored over acid catalysts due to their better reactivity and reduced process temperature requirements [14]. freedman et al. and ifeoluwa et al. [15-16] discovered that sodium methoxide was more effective than sodium hydroxide due to the lesser amount of water produced when mixing sodium hydroxide with methanol. as the catalyst concentration was increased, the conversion of triglycerides and the generation of biodiesel both increased. it has been demonstrated that a concentration of naoh in the range of 1.0–1.4 percent (w/w) converts jatropha oil to methyl ester by 90–98%. [17-19]. about 95–99 % of jatropha biodiesel has been obtained with koh concentrations ranging from 0.55 to 2.0 percent (w/w) [20-21]. however, if the alkali catalysts were used at higher concentrations than their optimum, the generation of biodiesel was reduced because more soap was generated [22] according to the literature, as the reaction time reduces, the conversion rate increases. because the alcohol was blended and spread into the oil, the reaction was first delayed. after a period, the reaction picks up pace until it reaches its maximum yield. for base-catalyzed transesterification, the output of biodiesel peaks at 120 minutes or less [1]. acid catalyzed transihjpas. 53 (3)2022 100 esterification takes much longer than base catalyzed trans-esterification because base catalysts are frequently more reactive than acid catalysts [14]. according to previous studies [12-13], the reaction time needed to convert triglycerides to biodiesel might be anywhere from 18 to 24 hours. on the other hand, excessive reaction time would limit the product yield due to the reverse reaction of trans-esterification, which causes more fatty acids to be produced in the form of soaps [20]. before biodiesel can be developed and optimized on a large scale, many factors and difficulties must be resolved. the key issues include the utilization of low-cost feedstock such as non-edible vegetable oils, increasing production efficiency through optimization of process parameters, lowering catalyst costs through catalyst regeneration, and the optimization of process parameters to maximize the biodiesel yield. this work seeks to address these issues. 2. materials and procedures the three seeds of jatropha (jatropha curcas), sesame (sesamum indicum) and sweet almond (prunusamygdalus dulcis), and were collected in ilorin markets in kwara state, nigeria. sigma aldrich provided the chemicals and equipment (gillingham, dorset, uk). cold oil extraction was used to extract refined jatropha oil (rjo), sweet almond oil (rsao), and sesame oil (cso) from crude jatropha oil (cjo), sweet almond oil (csao), and sesame oil (cso) (rso). following refinement, the oils were transesterified to obtain refined jatropha biodiesel (rjb), sweet almond biodiesel (rsab), and sesame biodiesel (rsb) using the two-step method recommended by the american standard for testing materials, the association of official analytical chemists and mustapha et al. [22-26]. 2.1the response surface method for optimization of biodiesel the response surface method (rsm) is a technique for calculating the number of parameters it takes for optimal response. correlations between independent and response variables are established using the rsm approach. although box and wilson [27] were the first to create a model or optimal response using experimental data, various techniques to process optimization have expanded its practical use. the p-value for each of the models can be determined using anova. when the values were less than 0.05, the 0.05 p-value for most process variables was favorable, indicating that model terms were significant. design expert ii was chosen as the statistical tool because it includes the three minimal categories of input and response variables, as well as anticipated and experimental values, which are required for the adequacy assessment. 2.2. design of experiments to produce reliable anova models, the rsm must create a design of experiments (doe) using the smallest amount of data possible. because box–behnken design (bbd) designs do not contain axial points, all design points must fall between operating restrictions, and a design matrix (inputs) must be constructed using a bbd. it necessitates a decrease in the number of treatment options. the input components (molar ratio, time and speed) in fixed catalyst and temperature were chosen in a variety of combinations to give yield as an output. a fixed ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 101 sodium hydoxide dose of 1.0 wt. %, a molar ratio of 1:3, 1:6, 1:12, and a temperature of 60 oc were randomly tuned with variable time (20, 40, 60 min), and speed (500, 750, 1000 rpm) [26]. table1. design levels with multiple independent variables. 3. biodiesel optimization test matrices were developed using a fixed sodium hydroxide dose and time. 3.1. biodiesel derived from refined jatropha biodiesel (rjb) table 2. experimental matrix with a variety of molar ratios, times, and speeds factor 1 factor 2 factor 3 response run a:molar ratio b:time c:speed yield (%) s rpm actual predicted 1 7.5 45 750 80.00 80.00 2 7.5 45 750 80.00 80.00 3 12 60 750 73.30 75.64 4 7.5 60 500 86.67 82.34 5 12 45 1000 96.00 89.32 6 7.5 45 750 80.00 80.00 7 7.5 30 1000 66.70 71.03 8 3 60 750 80.00 77.66 9 3 45 500 82.67 89.35 10 12 45 500 85.30 87.30 11 7.5 45 750 80.00 80.00 12 12 30 750 73.30 75.65 13 3 30 750 66.70 64.36 14 7.5 60 1000 73.30 77.64 15 7.5 45 750 80.00 80.00 16 7.5 30 500 80.00 75.66 17 3 45 1000 80.00 78.00 based on the three levels of inputs, the design expert program generated the most number of runs possible. figure 1 depicts the link between the actual values acquired experimentally (table 2) and the yield values predicted by various models. independent factors to production molar ratio 1:3, 1:6, 1:12 naoh (%) 1 speed (rpm) 500, 750, 1000 temperature (oc) 60 time (min) 20, 40, 60 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 102 figure 1. shows a scatter diagram with the 3d surfaces that correspond to it. the variance analysis (anova) the equation represents the second polynomial functions in terms of the actual components used to describe yield in terms of actual factors, the following is the final equation: yield =+46.78389-0.478426molar ratio+3.79436time-0.143413speed-0.049259molar ratio * time+0.002971 molar ratio * speed-4.66667e-06time * speed+0.065432molar ratio²-0.035556 time²+0.000075speed² (1) table 3.anova quadratic model "rjb yield" source sum of squares df mean square f-value p-value model 614.62 9 68.29 2.46 0.1243 not significant a-molar ratio 42.92 1 42.92 1.55 0.2538 b-time 88.25 1 88.25 3.18 0.1178 c-speed 43.43 1 43.43 1.56 0.2512 ab 44.22 1 44.22 1.59 0.2474 ac 44.69 1 44.69 1.61 0.2451 bc 0.0012 1 0.0012 0.0000 0.9949 a² 7.39 1 7.39 0.2662 0.6218 b² 269.47 1 269.47 9.71 0.0170 c² 91.73 1 91.73 3.30 0.1120 residual 194.36 7 27.77 lack of fit 194.36 3 64.79 pure error 0.0000 4 0.0000 cor total 808.99 16 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 103 table 4: constraints for rjb biodiesel optimization name goal lower limit upper limit lower weight upper weight importance a:molar ratio minimize 3 12 1 1 3 b:time minimize 30 60 1 1 3 c:speed minimize 500 1000 1 1 3 yield maximize 66.7 96 1 1 3 table 5. results discovered based on the rsab biodiesel optimization scenario number molar ratio time speed yield desirability 1 3.000 40.910 500.000 86.937 0.843 selected 2 3.000 41.024 500.000 87.021 0.843 3 3.000 41.102 500.000 87.077 0.843 4 3.000 40.609 500.000 86.712 0.843 5 3.000 40.372 500.000 86.531 0.843 tables 2–4 show desirability functions for three different criteria using varied input components (molar ratio, time and speed) for constant naoh, temperature, and the combination of processes that were examined. the optimization strategies identified based on the biodiesel optimization scenario is shown in table 5. using a fixed catalyst of 1.0 wt. %, temperature 60 oc and a molar ratio (1:3, 1:6, 1:12), the optimization solution with the molar ratio (1:3), time (40.910) and speed (500.00 rpm) yielded biodiesel (rjb) of 86.937 %, with the stipulated overall desirability of 0.843. molar ratio, time, and speed were all important variables in biodiesel synthesis, according to the results of the analysis of variance (anova). 3.1.2 biodiesel derived from refined sesame biodiesel (rsb) table 6. experimental matrix with a variety of molar ratios, times, and speeds factor 1 factor 2 factor 3 response run a:molar ratio b:time c:speed yield (%) s rpm actual predicted 1 7.5 45 750 90.00 90.00 2 7.5 45 750 90.00 90.00 3 12 60 750 83.30 84.56 4 7.5 60 500 90.00 90.42 5 12 45 1000 80.00 79.14 6 7.5 45 750 90.00 90.00 7 7.5 30 1000 86.67 86.25 8 3 60 750 86.67 85.40 9 3 45 500 78.30 79.16 10 12 45 500 90.00 88.32 11 7.5 45 750 90.00 90.00 12 12 30 750 83.30 84.57 13 3 30 750 81.67 80.41 14 7.5 60 1000 83.30 82.89 15 7.5 45 750 90.00 90.00 16 7.5 30 500 81.67 82.08 17 3 45 1000 83.30 84.98 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 104 based on the three levels of inputs, the design expert program generated the most number of runs possible. figure 2 depicts the link between the actual values acquired experimentally (table 6) and the yield values predicted by various models. figure 2. shows a scatter diagram with the 3d surfaces that correspond to it. the variance analysis (anova) the equation represents the second polynomial functions in terms of the actual components used to describe yield in terms of actual factors, the following is the final equation: yield=-17.43250+6.76833molar ratio+1.55789time+0.121850speed-0.018519molar ratio * time0.003333molar ratio * speed-0.000780 time * speed-0.216667 molar ratio²-0.008344time²0.000043speed² (2) table 7. anova quadratic model "rsb yield" source sum of squares df mean square f-value p-value model 259.77 9 28.86 14.21 0.0010 significant a-molar ratio 5.54 1 5.54 2.73 0.1424 b-time 12.40 1 12.40 6.11 0.0428 c-speed 5.61 1 5.61 2.76 0.1404 ab 6.25 1 6.25 3.08 0.1228 ac 56.25 1 56.25 27.70 0.0012 bc 34.22 1 34.22 16.85 0.0045 a² 81.05 1 81.05 39.92 0.0004 b² 14.84 1 14.84 7.31 0.0305 c² 30.98 1 30.98 15.26 0.0059 residual 14.21 7 2.03 lack of fit 14.21 3 4.74 pure error 0.0000 4 0.0000 cor total 273.99 16 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 105 table 8. constraints for rsb biodiesel optimization name goal lower limit upper limit lower weight upper weight importance a:molar ratio minimize 3 12 1 1 3 b:time minimize 30 60 1 1 3 c:speed minimize 500 1000 1 1 3 yield maximize 78.3 90 1 1 3 table 9. results discovered based on the rsb biodiesel optimization scenario number molar ratio time speed yield desirability 1 6.930 41.734 619.262 88.545 0.967 selected 2 6.920 41.738 621.375 88.562 0.967 tables 6–8 show desirability functions for three different criteria using varied input components (molar ratio, time and speed) for constant naoh, temperature, and the combination of processes that were examined. the optimization strategies identified based on the biodiesel optimization scenario are shown in table 6. using a fixed catalyst of 1.0 wt. %, temperature 60 oc and a molar ratio (1:3, 1:6, 1:12), the optimization solution with the molar ratio (1:6), time (41.734) and speed (619.262 rpm) yielded biodiesel (rsb) of 88.545 %, with the stipulated overall desirability of 0.967. molar ratio, time, and speed were all important variables in biodiesel synthesis, according to the results of the analysis of variance (anova). 3.1.3 biodiesel derived from refined sweet almond biodiesel (rsab) table 10. experimental matrix with a variety of molar ratios, times, and speeds factor 1 factor 2 factor 3 response run a:molar ratio b:time c:speed yield (%) s rpm actual predicted 1 7.5 45 750 81.40 82.63 2 7.5 45 750 81.40 82.63 3 12 60 750 90.00 79.04 4 7.5 60 500 89.50 86.13 5 12 45 1000 85.80 88.67 6 7.5 45 750 81.40 82.63 7 7.5 30 1000 88.50 90.28 8 3 60 750 85.70 83.64 9 3 45 500 82.80 86.69 10 12 45 500 64.20 76.99 11 7.5 45 750 81.40 82.63 12 12 30 750 92.80 86.62 13 3 30 750 78.50 81.22 14 7.5 60 1000 70.00 76.55 15 7.5 45 750 81.40 82.63 16 7.5 30 500 85.70 77.55 17 3 45 1000 84.20 78.17 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 106 based on the three levels of inputs, the design expert program generated the most number of runs possible. figure 3 depicts the link between the actual values acquired experimentally (table 10) and the yield values predicted by various models. figure 3. shows a scatter diagram of with the 3d surfaces that correspond to it the variance analysis (anova) the equation represents the second polynomial function in terms of the actual components used to describe the yield in terms of actual factors, the following is the final equation: yield=+46.37108-1.65556molar ratio+1.30694time+0.036383speed-0.037037molar ratio * time +0.004489molar ratio * speed-0.001487time * speed (3) table 11. anova linear model "rsab yield" source sum of squares df mean square f-value p-value model 269.87 6 44.98 0.8572 0.5561 not significant a-molar ratio 0.3200 1 0.3200 0.0061 0.9393 b-time 13.26 1 13.26 0.2527 0.6260 c-speed 4.96 1 4.96 0.0946 0.7648 ab 25.00 1 25.00 0.4764 0.5057 ac 102.01 1 102.01 1.94 0.1934 bc 124.32 1 124.32 2.37 0.1548 residual 524.72 10 52.47 lack of fit 524.72 6 87.45 pure error 0.0000 4 0.0000 cor total 794.60 16 table 12. constraints for rsab biodiesel optimization name goal lower limit upper limit lower weight upper weight importance a:molar ratio minimize 3 12 1 1 3 b:time minimize 30 60 1 1 3 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 107 c:speed minimize 500 1000 1 1 3 yield maximize 64.2 92.8 1 1 3 table 13. results discovered based on the rsab biodiesel optimization scenario number molar ratio time speed yield desirability 1 3.000 49.359 500.000 88.664 0.892 selected 2 3.000 49.461 500.000 88.710 0.892 3 3.000 49.186 500.001 88.586 0.892 4 3.000 49.629 500.001 88.786 0.892 5 3.000 48.729 500.000 88.379 0.892 tables 10–12 show desirability functions for three different criteria using varied input components (molar ratio, time and speed) for constant naoh, temperature, and the combination of processes that were examined. the optimization strategies identified based on the biodiesel optimization scenario is shown in table 5. using a fixed catalyst of 1.0 wt.%, temperature 60 oc and a molar ratio (1:3, 1:6, 1:12), the optimization solution with the molar ratio (1:3), time (49.359) and speed (500.00 rpm) yielded biodiesel (rsab) of 88.664 %, with the stipulated overall desirability of 0.892. molar ratio, time, and speed, were all important variables in biodiesel synthesis, according to the results of the analysis of variance (anova). table 14. optimization solutions for the three biodiesel optimizations (rjb, rsb and rsab) number molar ratio time speed yield desirability rjb 3.000 40.910 500.000 86.937 0.995 selected rsb 6.930 41.734 619.262 88.545 0.931 selected rsab 3.000 49.359 500.000 88.664 0.892 selected 4.conclusions the optimal parameters for biodiesel were studied in this study using the surface response methodology of box-behnken design. it demonstrated and compared the desirability package's ability to combine production factors to produce three optimal biodiesel productions with a fixed catalyst, temperature and under diverse molar ratio, time, and speed for the optimization scenarios. the correctness of the projected technique was tested using the biodiesel data obtained from the three sets of combination variable testing. biodiesel yields of 86.937 %, 88.545 %, and 88.664 % were predicted by rjo, rjb, and rsab, respectively, with less than 0.2 % variation. biodiesel properties were investigated, and the results were found to meet both astm d6751 and en14214 standards. the optimal yield outputs for each of these biodiesels were obtained, and the effects of molar ratio, and time on biodiesel yield from the rjo, rso, and rsao were major parameters that greatly influenced the yield, although speed altered only a little. finally, the use of low-cost feedstock, such as non-edible vegetable oils, increasing production efficiency through process parameters and variable optimization, and lowering catalyst prices through catalyst regeneration are all major issues affecting mass production that this work addressed. references ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 108 1. sahoo, p.k.; das, l.m. process optimization for biodiesel production from jatropha, karanja and polanga oils, fuel. 2009, 88, 94-1588. 2. mitrović pm, stamenković os, banković-ilić i, djalović ig, nježić zb, farooq m, et al. white mustard (sinapis alba l.) oil in biodiesel production: a review. front plant sci 2020;11:299. 3. leung, d.y.c.; wux; leung, m.k.h.a. (2010). review on biodiesel production using catalyzed transesterification. applied energy. 2010, 87, 95-1083. 4. chitra, p.; venkatachalam, p.; sampathrajan, a. optimisation of experimental conditions for biodiesel production from alkali-catalysedtransesterification of jatropha curcas oil. energy for sustainable development.2005, 9, 8-13. 5. kumar, s.;jain, s.; kumar, h. experimental study on biodiesel production parameter optimization of jatropha-algae oil mixtures and performance and emission analysis of a diesel engine coupled with a generator fueled with diesel/biodiesel blends. acs omega 2020,5(28):17033–41. 6. lu, h.; liu, y.; zhou, h.; yang, y.;chen, m.; liang, b. production of biodiesel from jatropha curcas l. oil. computers and chemical engineering, 2009,33, 6-1091. 7. jafarihaghighi f, ardjmand m, salar hassani m, mirzajanzadeh m, bahrami h. effect of fatty acid profiles and molecular structures of nine new source of biodiesel on combustion and emission. acs omega 2020,5(26),16053–63. 8. tiwari, a.k.; kumar, a.; raheman, h. biodiesel production from jatropha oil (jatropha curcas) with high free fatty acids: an optimized process. biomass and bioenergy, 2007,31,75-569. 9. mnam, y.; nwm z, nl s. sustainability of palm biodiesel in transportation: a review on biofuel standard, policy and international collaboration between malaysia and colombia. bioenergy res pp. 2020, 1–18. 10. miao, x.; li, r.; yao, h. effective acid-catalyzed transesterification for biodiesel production. energy conversion and management, 2009,50, 4-2680–4. 11. ishola, f.; adelekan, d.; mamudu, a.; abodunrin, t.; aworinde, a.; olatunji, o. et al. biodiesel production from palm olein: a sustainable bioresource for nigeria. heliyon 2020,6(4):e03725. 12. soriano, jr, n. u.; venditti, r.; argyropoulos, d.s. biodiesel synthesis via homogeneous lewis acid-catalyzed transesterification. fuel, 2009, 88, 5-560. 13. gade, al, hauschild, mz, laurent, a. globally differentiated effect factors for characterizing terrestrial acidification in life cycle impact assesment. sci total environ. 2021,761. 14. georgogianni, k.g.; katsoulidis, a.k.; pomonis, p.j.; manos, g.; kontominas, m.g. (2009). transesterification of rapeseed oil for the production of biodiesel using homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis. fuel processing technology. 2009, 90,221016. 15. freedman, b.; pryde, e.h.; mounts, t.l. variables affecting the yields of fatty esters from transesterified vegetable oils. journal of the american oil chemists society, 184, 61, 43-1638. 16. ifeoluwa, a.; bamgbose, ta. ecotoxicity of three plant-based biodiesels and diesel using, eisenia fetida. environmental pollution. 2020,260. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 109 17. berchmans, h.j.; hirata, s. biodiesel production from crude jatropha curcas l. seed oil with a high content of free fatty acids. bioresource technology. 2008, 99, 21-1716 18. chouhan aps, sarma ak. biodiesel production from jatropha curcas l. oil using lemna perpusilla torrey ash as heterogeneous catalyst. biomass bioenergy 2013,55:386–9. 19. cruz, jm, montagnolli rn, bidoia ed. biodegradation of soybean biodiesel generates toxic metabolites in soil. water air soil pollut 2020,231(8). 20. organisation for economic cooperation and development oecd. oecd guideline for testing chemicals: 301 ready biodegradability; adopted by the council on 17 july 1992-ready; oecd: paris, france, 2021, 1–62. 21. patil, p.d.; deng, s. optimization of biodiesel production from edible and non-edible vegetable oils. fuel, 2009, 88, 6-1302. 22. astm, c. standard test method for potential alkali reactivity of cement-aggregate combinations (mortar-bar method)", annual book of astm standards, concrete and mineral aggregates. american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, usa, 2003, 227-03. 23. en14214. automotive fuels-fatty acid methyl esters (fame) for diesel engines requirements and test methods, berling, germany: beuth-verlag, 2003. 24. aoac, aocs official method cd 8-53 peroxides in fats and oils. american oil chemists' society. champaign, illinois, usa: american oil chemists' society, 2006 25. aoac. official methods of analysis, washington d.c., usa: association of official analytical chemist 19th edition, 2012. 26. mustapha, a.o.: adepoju, r.a.: afolabi, y.t. optimization of vegetable oil-based biodiesels by multi-response surface methodology (mrs) using desirability functions, journal of the chemical society of nigeria, jcsn, 2020, 45,5, 917 – 924 27. box, g.e.: behnken, d.w. some new three level designs for the study of quantitative variables, technometrics, 1950, 2, 455-475 mathematics 377 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 on generalized regular continuous functions in topological spaces s. i. mahmood department of mathematics, college of science al-mustansiriyah universityof baghdad received in: 30 january 2012 accepted in: 21 may 2012 abstract in this paper we introduce a new type of functions called the generalized regular continuous functions .these functions are weaker than regular continuous functions and stronger than regular generalized continuous functions. also, we study some characterizations and basic properties of generalized regular continuous functions .moreover we study another types of generalized regular continuous functions and study the relation among them . key words: generalized regular continuous functions, regular continuous functions and regular generalized continuous functions. introduction the concept of regular continuous functions was first introduced by arya,s.p. and gupta,r.[1]. later palaniappan,n. and rao,k.c.[2] studied the concept of regular generalized continuous functions. also, the concept of generalized regular closed sets in topological spaces was introduced by bhattacharya,s.[3] .the purpose of this paper is to introduce a new class of functions, namely, generalized regular continuous functions . this class is placed properly between the class of regular continuous functions and the class of regular generalized continuous functions. also, we study some characterizations and basic properties of generalized regular continuous functions . moreover we study the perfectly generalized regular continuous functions, contra generalized regular continuous functions, generalized regular irresolute functions, contra generalized regular irresolute functions and we study the relation among them . throughout this paper ),x( τ , ),y( τ′ and ),z( τ′′ (or simply x ,y and z) represent nonempty topological spaces on which no separation axioms are assumed, unless otherwise mentioned .when a is a subset of x , )a(cl , a and ca denote the closure ,the interior and the complement of a set a respectively . preliminaries first we recall the following definitions: (1.1)definition: a subset a of a topological space x is said to be : i) a generalized closed (briefly g-closed) set [4] if u)a(cl ⊆ whenever ua ⊆ and u is open in x . ii) a regular closed (briefly r-closed) set [5] if a))a(int(cl = . mathematics 378 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 iii) a regular generalized closed (briefly rg-closed) set [2] if u)a(cl ⊆ whenever ua ⊆ and u is regular open in x . iv) a generalized regular closed (briefly gr-closed) set [3] if u)a(rcl ⊆ whenever ua ⊆ and u is open in x ,where }xofsubsetclosedregularaisf,fa:f{)a(rcl ⊆=  . v) a b-closed set [6] if a))a(int(cl))a(clint( ⊆ . vi) a generalized b-closed (briefly gb-closed ) set [7] if u)a(bcl ⊆ whenever ua ⊆ and u is open in x ,where }xofsubsetclosedbaisf,fa:f{)a(bcl −⊆=  . the complement of a g-closed (resp. r-closed ,rg-closed ,gr-closed ,b-closed ,gb-closed) set is called a g-open (resp. r-open ,rg-open ,gr-open, b-open ,gb-open) set . remarks : 1) closed sets and gr-closed sets are in general independent .consider the following examples: examples: i)let }c,b,a{x = and }}c,b{},a{,,x{ φ=τ . then }b{a = is a gr-closed set ,but not closed . ii)let }c,b,a{x = and }}b{},c,b{},b,a{,,x{ φ=τ . then }c{a = is a closed set ,but not gr closed . 2)every gr-closed set is a g-closed set ,but the converse in general is not true .in (1) no.(ii), }c{a = is a g-closed set, but not gr-closed . 3)every gr-closed set is a rg-closed set, but the converse in general is not true .in (1) no.(ii), }c{a = is a rg-closed set ,but not gr-closed . 4)every gr-closed set is a gb-closed set, but the converse in general is not true .in (1) no.(ii), }c{a = is a gb-closed set ,but not gr-closed . 5)every r-closed set is a gr-closed(resp. g-closed ,gb-closed, rg-closed) set, but the converse in general is not true .in(1)no.(i), }b{a = is a gr-closed (resp. g-closed ,gb-closed, rg-closed) set ,but not r-closed . definition: the intersection of all gr-closed subsets of x containing a set a is called the generalized regular-closure of a and is denoted by grcl(a). if a is a gr-closed set, then grcl(a) = a. the converse is not true, since the intersection of grclosed sets need not be gr-closed .[3]. theorem: let a be a subset of a topological space x .then )a(grclx ∈ if and only if for any gr-open set u containing φ≠ua,x  . proof: ⇒ let )a(grclx ∈ and suppose that, there is a gr-open set u in x s.t ux ∈ and φ=ua  cua ⊂⇒ which is gr-closed in x ⇒ .u)u(grcl)a(grcl cc =⊆ ux ∈ ⇒ cux ∉ ⇒ )a(grclx ∉ , this is a contradiction. conversely, suppose that, for any gr-open set u containing x , φ≠ua  .to prove that )a(grclx ∈ . suppose that )a(grclx ∉ ,then there is a gr-closed set f in x such that fx ∉ and fa ⊆ . cfxfx ∈⇒∉ which is gr-open in x . φ=⇒⊆ cfafa  , this is a contradiction . thus )a(grclx ∈ . definition: a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is called : 1)a generalized continuous (briefly g-continuous)[8] if )v(f 1− is g-closed set in x for every closed set v in y . mathematics 379 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 2)a regular generalized continuous (briefly rg-continuous) [2] if )v(f 1− is rg-closed set in x for every closed set v in y . 3)a regular continuous (briefly r-continuous)[1] if )v(f 1− is r-closed set in x for every closed set v in y . 4) a generalized b-continuous (briefly gb-continuous)[9] if )v(f 1− is gb-closed set in x for every closed set v in y . 5) a generalized irresolute (briefly g-irresolute)[8] if )v(f 1− is g-closed set in x for every g closed set v in y . 6) a regular generalized irresolute (briefly rg-irresolute) [2] if )v(f 1− is rg-closed set in x for every rg-closed set v in y . generalized regular continuous functions in this section we introduce the concept of generalized regular continuous functions in topological spaces and study the characterizations and basic properties of generalized regular continuous functions.also,we study another types of generalized regular continuous functions and we study the relation among them . definition: a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is called a generalized regular continuous (briefly gr-continuous) if )v(f 1− is gr-closed set in x for every closed set v in y . theorem . a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is gr-continuous iff )v(f 1− is gr-open set in x for every open set v in y . proof: it is obvious . theorem: let yx:f → be a function from a topological space x into a topological space y. if yx:f → is gr-continuous, then ))a(f(cl))a(grcl(f ⊆ for every subset a of x . proof: since ))a(f(cl)a(f ⊆ ⇒ )))a(f(cl(fa 1−⊆ . since ))a(f(cl is a closed set in y and f is gr-continuous ,then by (2.1) )))a(f(cl(f 1− is a gr-closed set in x containing a . hence )))a(f(cl(f)a(grcl 1−⊆ . therefore ))a(f(cl))a(grcl(f ⊆ . theorem: let yx:f → be a function from a topological space x into a topological space y . then the following statements are equivalent: i)for each point x in x and each open set v in y with v)x(f ∈ ,there is a gr-open set u in x such that ux ∈ and v)u(f ⊆ . ii) for each subset a of x, ))a(f(cl))a(grcl(f ⊆ . iii)for each subset b of y, ))b(cl(f))b(f(grcl 11 −− ⊆ . proof: )ii()i( → . suppose that (i) holds and let ))a(grcl(fy ∈ and let v be any open neighborhood of y . since ))a(grcl(fy ∈ ⇒ )a(grclx ∈∃ s.t y)x(f = . since v)x(f ∈ ,then by (i) ∃ a gr-open set u in x s.t ux ∈ and v)u(f ⊆ . since )a(grclx ∈ ,then by (1.4) φ≠au  and hence φ≠v)a(f  . therefore we have ))a(f(cl)x(fy ∈= . hence ))a(f(cl))a(grcl(f ⊆ )i()ii( → mathematics 380 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 if (ii) holds and let xx ∈ and v be any open set in y containing f(x). let )v(fa c1−= ⇒ ax ∉ . since cv))a(f(cl))a(grcl(f ⊆⊆ ⇒ a)v(f)a(grcl c1 =⊆ − . since ax ∉ ⇒ )a(grclx ∉ and by (1.4) there exists a gr-open set u containing x such that φ=au  and hence v)a(f)u(f c ⊆⊆ . )iii()ii( → . suppose that (ii) holds and let b be any subset of y . replacing a by )b(f 1− we get from (ii) )b(cl)))b(f(f(cl)))b(f(grcl(f 11 ⊆⊆ −− . hence ))b(cl(f))b(f(grcl 11 −− ⊆ . )ii()iii( → . suppose that (iii) holds, let b = f(a) where a is a subset of x . then we get from (iii) )))a(f(cl(f))a(f(f(grcl)a(grcl 11 −− ⊆⊆ . therefore ))a(f(cl))a(grcl(f ⊆ . definition: a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is said to be perfectly generalized regular continuous (briefly perfectly gr-continuous) if )v(f 1− is gr-clopen (gr-open and gr-closed) set in x for every open set v in y . definition: a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is said to be contra generalized regular continuous (briefly contra gr-continuous) if )v(f 1− is grclosed set in x for every open set v in y . theorem: let yx:f → be a function. then 1) if f is r-continuous ,then f is gr-continuous . 2) if f is gr-continuous ,then f is g-continuous . 3) if f is gr-continuous ,then f is rg-continuous . 4) if f is gr-continuous ,then f is gb-continuous . 5) if f is continuous ,then f is rg-continuous . 6) if f is perfectly gr-continuous ,then f is gr-continuous . 7) if f is perfectly gr-continuous ,then f is rg-continuous . 8) if f is perfectly gr-continuous ,then f is g-continuous . 9) if f is perfectly gr-continuous ,then f is gb-continuous . 10) if f is perfectly gr-continuous ,then f is contra gr-continuous . proof: 1) let f be a closed set in y, since f is r-continuous, then by (1.5) no.3, )f(f 1− is r-closed in x . since every r-closed set is gr-closed ,then )f(f 1− is gr-closed in x . hence f is gr-continuous . 3) let f be a closed set in y, since f is gr-continuous, then by (2.1), )f(f 1− is gr-closed in x . since every gr-closed set is rg-closed ,then )f(f 1− is rg-closed in x . hence f is rg-continuous . 5) let f be a closed set in y, since f is continuous, then )f(f 1− is closed in x . since every closed set is rg-closed ,then )f(f 1− is rg-closed in x . hence f is rg-continuous . 9) let u be an open set in y, since f is perfectly gr-continuous, then by (2.5), )u(f 1− is gr closed and gr-open in x . since every gr-open set is gb-open ,then )u(f 1− is gb-open in x . hence f is gb-continuous . similarly, we can prove (2),(4),(6),(7),(8) and (10) . mathematics 381 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 remarks : 1)continuous functions and gr-continuous functions are in general independent .consider the following examples: examples i)let }c,b,a{x = , }}b{},c,b{},b,a{,,x{ φ=τ and }}b,a{,,x{ φ=τ′ . let ),x(),x(:f τ′→τ be a function defined by : a)a(f = , b)b(f = and c)c(f = . it is clear that f is continuous ,but f is not gr-continuous ,since{c}is closed in ),x( τ′ ,but }c{})c({f 1 =− is not gr-closed in ),x( τ . ii)let }c,b,a{x = , },x{ φ=τ and }}a{,,x{ φ=τ′ . let ),x(),x(:f τ′→τ be a function defined by : a)a(f = , b)b(f = and c)c(f = . it is clear that f is not continuous ,but f is gr-continuous ,since φ=φ− )(f 1 , x)x(f 1 =− and }c,b{})c,b({f 1 =− are gr-closed in ),x( τ . 2)the converse of ((2.7),no.1) in general is not true .consider the following examples: let }d,c,b,a{x = , }q,p{y = , }}d,c{,,x{ φ=τ and }}p{,,y{ φ=τ′ . let ),y(),x(:f τ′→τ be a function defined by : q)d(f)b(f)a(f === and p)c(f = . f is gr-continuous ,since φ=φ− )(f 1 , x)y(f 1 =− and }d,b,a{})q({f 1 =− are gr-closed in ),x( τ . but f is not r-continuous ,since{q}is closed in ),y( τ′ ,but }d,b,a{})q({f 1 =− is not r-closed in ),x( τ . 3)the converse of ((2.7),no.2,3,4) in general is not true .in (1,(i)),f is g-continuous(resp. rg continuous, gb-continuous) since f is continuous, but f is not gr-continuous . 4)the converse of ((2.7),no.5)in general is not true .in (1,(ii)), f is rg-continuous ,but f is not continuous . 5)the converse of ((2.7),no.6,7,8,9) in general is not true .in (2),f is gr-continuous (resp. rg continuous, g-continuous, gb-continuous), but f is not perfectly gr-continuous ,since{p}is open in ),y( τ′ ,but }c{})p({f 1 =− is gr-open, but not gr-closed in ),x( τ . 6)the converse of ((2.7),no.10) in general is not true .consider the following examples: let }b,a{yx == and }}a{,,x{ φ=τ′=τ . let ),x(),x(:f τ′→τ be a function defined by : b)a(f = and a)b(f = . f is contra gr-continuous ,since φ=φ− )(f 1 , x)y(f 1 =− and }b{})a({f 1 =− are gr-closed in ),x( τ .but f is not perfectly gr-continuous ,since{a}is open in ),x( τ′ ,but }b{})a({f 1 =− is gr closed, but not gr-open in ),x( τ . 7)continuous functions and contra gr-continuous functions are in general independent . consider the following examples: i) it is clear that in (1,(i)),f is continuous ,but f is not contra gr-continuous . ii) it is clear that in (6),f is contra gr-continuous ,but f is not continuous . 8)contra gr-continuous functions and r-continuous functions are in general independent . consider the following examples: i) it is clear that in (6),f is contra gr-continuous ,but f is not r-continuous . ii)let }d,c,b,a{yx == , }}d,b,a{},c,b,a{},b,a{},b{},a{,,x{ φ=τ and }}a{,,y{ φ=τ′ . let ),y(),x(:f τ′→τ be a function defined by : a)a(f = , b)b(f = , c)c(f = and d)d(f = . f is r-continuous ,since φ=φ− )(f 1 , x)y(f 1 =− and }d,c,b{})d,c,b({f 1 =− are r-closed in ),x( τ . but f is not contra gr-continuous ,since{a}is open in ),y( τ′ ,but }a{})a({f 1 =− is not gr-closed in ),x( τ . mathematics 382 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 thus we have the following diagram: definition: a topological space ),x( τ is called a grt space if every rg-closed set is gr-closed set . examples: 1)in remarks ((2.8) no.1(ii)), ),x( τ is a grt space, since rg-closed set = {x, φ ,{a},{b},{c}, {a,b},{a,c},{b,c}} = gr-closed . 2)in remarks ((1.2) no.1(ii)), ),x( τ is not a grt space, since }c{ is rg-closed set ,but not gr closed . theorem: let yx:f → be a function such that x is a grt space, then: i)every continuous function is gr-continuous . ii)every rg-continuous function is gr-continuous . iii)every g-continuous function is gr-continuous . proof: i)let f be a closed set in y, since f is continuous, then )f(f 1− is closed in x. since every closed set is rg-closed ,then )f(f 1− is rg-closed in x. since x is a grt space ,then )f(f 1− is gr-closed in x . hence f is gr-continuous . similarly, we can prove (ii) and (iii) . generalized regular irresolute functions definition: a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is called a generalized regular irresolute (briefly gr-irresolute) if )v(f 1− is gr-closed set in x for every gr-closed set v in y . theorem: a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is grirresolute iff )v(f 1− is gr-open set in x for every gr-open set v in y . proof: it is obvious . definition: a function yx:f → from a topological space x into a topological space y is said to be contra generalized regular irresolute (briefly contra gr-irresolute) if )v(f 1− is grclosed set in x for every gr-open set v in y . remarks : 1) gr-irresolute functions and gr-continuous functions are in general independent .consider the following examples: mathematics 383 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 examples: i)let }c,b,a{x = , }}a{,,x{ φ=τ and },x{ φ=τ′ . let ),x(),x(:f τ′→τ be a function defined by : a)a(f = , b)b(f = and c)c(f = . it is clear that f is gr-continuous ,but f is not gr-irresolute, since{a}is gr-closed in ),x( τ′ ,but }a{})a({f 1 =− is not gr-closed in ),x( τ . ii)let }c,b,a{x = , }}a{,,x{ φ=τ and }}b{},c,b{},b,a{,,x{ φ=τ′ . let ),x(),x(:f τ′→τ be a function defined by : a)a(f = , b)b(f = and c)c(f = . f is gr-irresolute ,since φ=φ− )(f 1 , x)x(f 1 =− and }c,a{})c,a({f 1 =− are gr-closed in ),x( τ . but f is not gr-continuous ,since{a}is closed in ),x( τ′ ,but }a{})a({f 1 =− is not gr-closed in ),x( τ . theorem: let yx:f → be a function such that x is a grt space, then: i)every rg-irresolute function is gr-irresolute . ii)every g-irresolute function is gr-irresolute . proof: i)let f be a gr-closed set in y, then by (1.2) no.3, f is rg-closed in y . since f is rg-irresolute, then by (1.5) no.6, )f(f 1− is rg-closed in x . since x is a grt space ,then )f(f 1− is gr-closed in x . hence f is gr-irresolute. ii)let f be a gr-closed set in y, then by (1.2) no.2, f is g-closed in y . since f is g-irresolute, then by (1.5) no.5, )f(f 1− is g-closed in x . since every g-closed set is rg-closed ,then )f(f 1− is rg-closed in x . since x is a grt space ,then )f(f 1− is gr-closed in x . hence f is gr-irresolute. theorem: if yx:f → and zy:g → are functions, then: 1) if yx:f → and zy:g → are both gr-irresolute functions, then zx:fg → is gr-irresolute. 2) if yx:f → is contra gr-irresolute and zy:g → is gr-irresolute, then zx:fg → is contra gr-irresolute . 3) if yx:f → is gr-irresolute and zy:g → is gr-continuous ,then zx:fg → is gr-continuous . 4) if yx:f → is gr-continuous and zy:g → is r-continuous ,then zx:fg → is gr-continuous . 5) if yx:f → is gr-continuous and zy:g → is continuous ,then zx:fg → is gr-continuous . 6) if yx:f → is contra gr-irresolute and zy:g → is gr-continuous ,then zx:fg → is contra gr-continuous . proof: 1)let u be a gr-open set in z, since g is gr-irresolute ,then )u(g 1− is gr-open in y, since f is gr-irresolute ,then ))u(g(f 11 −− is gr-open in x . since ))u(g(f)u()fg( 111 −−− = ,then )u()fg( 1− is a gr-open set in x . thus fg  is gr-irresolute. 2)let u be a gr-open set in z, since g is gr-irresolute ,then )u(g 1− is gr-open in y, since f is contra gr-irresolute ,then ))u(g(f 11 −− is gr-closed in x .since ))u(g(f)u()fg( 111 −−− = ,then mathematics 384 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 )u()fg( 1− is a gr-closed set in x . thus fg  is contra gr-irresolute. 3)let f be a closed set in z, since g is gr-continuous ,then )f(g 1− is gr-closed in y ,since f is gr-irresolute ,then ))f(g(f 11 −− is gr-closed in x . since ))f(g(f)f()fg( 111 −−− = ,then )f()fg( 1− is a gr-closed set in x . thus fg  is gr-continuous . 4)let f be a closed set in z, since g is r-continuous ,then )f(g 1− is r-closed in y ,since every r-closed set is closed, then )f(g 1− is closed in y, since f is gr-continuous ,then ))f(g(f 11 −− is gr-closed in x . since ))f(g(f)f()fg( 111 −−− = ,then )f()fg( 1− is a gr-closed set in x . thus fg  is gr-continuous 5)let f be a closed set in z, since g is continuous ,then )f(g 1− is closed iny, since f is gr continuous, then ))f(g(f 11 −− is gr-closed in x . since ))f(g(f)f()fg( 111 −−− = ,then )f()fg( 1− is a gr-closed set in x . thus fg  is gr-continuous . 6)let u be an open set in z, since g is gr-continuous ,then )u(g 1− is gr-open in y, since f is contra gr-irresolute ,then ))u(g(f 11 −− is gr-closed in x . since ))u(g(f)u()fg( 111 −−− = , then )u()fg( 1− is a gr-closed set in x . thus fg  is contra gr-continuous. references 1. arya,s. p. and gupta,r. (1974) on strongly continuous functions , kyungpook math. j., 14 :131-143. 2. palaniappan ,n. and rao, k.c.(1993) regular generalized closed sets , kyungpook math. j., 33 : (2) 211-219 . 3. bhattacharya,s. (2011) on generalized regular closed sets ,int . j. contemp. math. sciences, 6 : (3) 145-152 . 4. levine , n.(1970) generalized closed sets in topology , rend. circ. math . palermo , 19: (2) 89-96 . 5. stone,m.(1937) applications of the theory of boolean rings to general topology ,trans. amer. math. soc., 41 : 375-381 . 6. andrijevic,d.(1996) on b-open sets , mat. vesnik, 48: (1-2) 59-64 . 7. ganster,m. and steiner,m.,2007, on b τ -closed sets , applied general topology, 8 :(2) 243-247. 8. balachandran, k.; sundaram, p. and maki, h.(1991) on generalized continuous maps in topological spaces , mem. fac. sci. kochi univ. ser. a. math., 12 : 5-13 . 9. al-omari,a. and noorani,m.s.,2009 , on generalized b-closed sets , bull. malays. math. sci. soc., 2: (32) 19-30. mathematics 385 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 في الفضاءات التبولوجية حول الدوال المستمرة المنتظمة المعممة صبيحة إبراهيم محمود الجامعة المستنصرية ، كلية العلوم ، قسم الرياضيات 2012ايار 21قبل البحث في: 2012كانون الثاني 30استلم البحث في: الخالصة generalized regular)أسميناها بالدوال المستمرة المنتظمة المعممة في هذا البحث قدمنا نوعا جديدا من الدوال continuous functions هذه الدوال اضعف من الدوال المستمرة المنتظمة)(regular continuous functions كذلك درسنا بعض . )(regular generalized continuous functionsمن الدوال المستمرة المعممة المنتظمة وأقوى ذلك درسنا أنواعا أخرى من الدوال المستمرة فضًال عنوالخواص األساسية للدوال المستمرة المنتظمة المعممة. أتفالمكا المعممة ومن ثم درسنا العالقة بينها . المنتظمة ة .دوال المستمرة المعممة المنتظمالدوال المستمرة المنتظمة المعممة ، الدوال المستمرة المنتظمة ، ال الكلمات المفتاحية: s. i. mahmood chemistry 226 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 development of two different spectrophotometric methods for the determination of atropine drug in pure form and pharmaceutical preparations a.kh.mahmood department of chemistry, college of education ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad email: alslam_aaa@yahoo.com abstract two methods have been applied for the spectrophotometric determination of atropine, in bulk sample and in dosage form. the methods are accurate, simple, rapid, inexpensive and sensitive. the first method depending on the extraction of the formed ion-pair complex with bromphenol blue (bpb) as a chromogenic reagent in chloroform, use phthalate buffer of ph 3.0; which showed absorbance maxima at 413 nm against reagent blank. the calibration graph is linear in the ranges of 0.5-40 µg.ml-1 with detection limit of 0.363µg.ml-1. the second method depending on the measure of the absorbance maxima of the formed chargetransfer complex with 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone (ddq) at 457 nm against reagent blank; with linearity range 2.5-50.0 µg.ml-1, and detection limit of 2.143 µg.ml-1. the results show the absence of interferences from the excipients on the determination of the drug. the proposed methods have been successfully applied for the determination of atropine in pharmaceutical preparations. keywords: spectrophotometric, atropine, ion-pair, charge-transfer. introduction atropine(scheme 1), was first isolated as an active principle from the roots of belladonna in 1831 by k. mein, a german apothecary, [1], this compound, which have the chemical structure of tropane alkaloids[2], has two main types of actions, one on the central nervous system to cause respiratory stimulation, and the other, to suppress smooth muscles and secretary glands innervated by parasympathetic nerves[3]. it had been used as ingredients in many gastrointestinal drugs owing to their anticonvulsant and analgesic properties [1, 4]. also it was used for bradicardia, following myocardial infection or over dosage of β-blockers and can be produced by typical application of anti cholinergic agent for treatment of irititis causing paralysis of ciliary muscle, leading to blurred vision [5]. for most of the alkaloids have special and distinct physiological properties and toxicity, the determination of atropine is of great importance not only in clinical application but also in pharmaceutical analysis. scheme 1: the chemical structure of atropine http://www.sciencedirect.com.tiger.sempertool.dk/science/article/pii/s0021967305003043#bib9 chemistry 227 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 several methods have been reported for the determination of atropine in bulk and pharmaceutical dosage forms, these methods include high performance liquid chromatography [6-8] gas chromatography [9], potentiometry[10], flow-injection post chemiluminescence [11] and thin-layer scanning method[12]. some of these methods are time-consuming, tedious, and/or dedicated to sophisticated and expensive analytical instruments. spectrophotometry[13-19]; are most convenient techniques because of their inherent simplicity, adequate sensitivity, low cost and wide availability in all quality control laboratories. the present work describes the utility of bpb and ddq reagents for spectrophotometric determination of atropine in pure form as well as in dosage form. in addition, the optimization of chemical dependent variables of affecting absorbance has been studied. apparatus: a cintra 5 spectrophotometer with 1 cm quartz cells was used for absorbance measurements. ph-meter dw-9421 from philips instrument, a sartorius bl 210s balance, and a pentium 4 computer (dell) was used for data processing. experimental material and reagents: all chemicals used were of analytical reagent grad unless otherwise is mentioned, atropine sulfate standard powder (purity 99.8%) were kindly provided by the state company for drug industries and medical appliances, samara-iraq (sdi). bromophenol blue (bpb) (aldrich), 0.1% (w/v) solution was prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of the dye in 5 ml of methanol and then the solution was diluted to a final volume of 100 ml with distilled water. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone (ddq)(bdh); 0.1 %( w/v) solution was prepared by dissolving 0.01 g of the ddq in 5 ml of acetonitrile and then the solution was diluted to a final volume 10 ml with acetonitrile. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. this solution is prepared daily using redglass volumetric flask because it is a light sensitive reagent. hydrochloric acid (aldrich), ~0.1 m, a 0.85 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid (37%, sp.gr1.18) was added to 50 ml distilled water and diluting to the mark in a 100 ml calibrated flask. potassium hydroxide (fluka), ~ 0.1 m, was prepared by dissolving 0.56 g of potassium hydroxide in 25 ml distilled water and diluted to 100 ml in volumetric flask with distilled water. phthalate buffer 0.2m solution was prepared by dissolved 4.08 g of potassium hydrogen phthalate (merck) 25 ml distilled water and diluted to 100 ml in volumetric flask with distilled water, the ph was adjust to 5.5 by using few drops of 0.1m hcl and\or 0.1m koh. atropine standard solution (250µg.ml-1) for bpb method it was prepared by dissolving weighed amount of salt equivalent to 25 mg of atropine base in 20ml distilled water and diluting to 100ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. for ddq method an accurately weighed amount of atropine salt equivalent to 25 mg of the base was dissolved in 20 ml distilled water. the solution was quantitatively transferred into a separating funnel, made alkaline (ph=9) with ammonia solution [20, 21] and shaken with four 20 ml portions of chloroform. the extracts were pooled by filtration through a filterer paper chemistry 228 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 containing anhydrous sodium sulphate into a 100 ml standard flask and made up to volume with chloroform. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. general recommended procedure for bpb method a suitable amount of atropine standard solution was transferred into a series of 50 ml separating funnels, to each funnel 0.5 ml of phthalate buffer of ph 3.0 and 0.3 ml of 0.05% bpb reagent solutions were added. the separating funnels were shaken vigorously with 5 ml chloroform for 4 mints. the two phases were then allowed for clear separation and the absorbance of the yellow colored organic phase was measured at 413nm against a reagent blank prepared similarly without addition of atropine. the calibration graph was constructed by plotting the measured absorbance of the organic phase against the drug concentration. for ddq method a suitable volume of the standard stock solution of the drug were pipette into 5-ml calibrated flasks, 0.2 ml of 0.1% ddq solution was added to each, and then diluted to volume with acetonitrile. absorbance measurements of resulting solutions were done at the wavelength of maximum absorption at 457 nm against reagent blank which prepared by the same manner, but without addition of atropine. solution for the analysis of atropine in pharmaceutical preparations [22,23] i. in ampoules for bpb method the contents of 15 ampoules were mixed well. a volume equivalent to 10 mg of atropine base was quantitatively transferred into 50 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with distilled water. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions and analyzed by the recommended procedures. for ddq method the contents of 15 ampoules were mixed well. a volume equivalent to 10 mg of atropine base was quantitatively transferred into 20 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with distilled water, quantitatively transferred it into a separating funnel, made alkaline(ph=9) with ammonia solution, extract the drug base as under (standard solution). working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions and analyzed by the recommended procedure. ii. in eye drops for bpb method the volume of 5 drops was quantitatively transferred into 100 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with distilled water. a volume equivalent to 25 mg of atropine base was transferred into 100 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with distilled water. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions and analyzed by the recommended procedure. for ddq method the volume of 5 drops were quantitatively transferred into 100 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with distilled water. a volume equivalent to 25 mg of atropine base was quantitatively transferred into a separating funnel, made alkaline (ph=9) with ammonia solution. extract the drug base as under (standard solution).working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilution sand analyzed by the recommended procedure. chemistry 229 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 results and discussion spectrophtometric procedures are popular for their sensitivity in the assay of drugs and hence, ion pair and charge transfer complexes formation has received considerable attentions for the quantitative determination of many pharmaceutical compounds [24-29]. atropine reacts with bpb in acidic buffer to give yellow color chloroform soluble ion-pair complex, which exhibits absorption maxima at 413 nm against their reagent blank; (figure1). some amines salts don’t react with π-acceptors because they don’t possess a lone pair of electrons[29]. similarly, atropine sulfate unable to react with ddq; unless it is extracted with chloroform in basic medium[29], resulting formation of atropine base in the chloroform layer; which acts (as n-donors) react with ddq (as π-acceptors) to give red brown color acetonitrile soluble charge transfer complex, which exhibits absorption maxima at 457 nm against their reagent blank (figure2). under the experimental conditions the reagent blank showed in both cases negligible absorbance thereby permit good analytical conditions for quantitative determination of atropine in pharmaceutical dosage forms. for bpb method effect of ph in order to establish the optimum ph range, atropine was mixed with specified volumes of phthalate buffer. the ph was then adjusted to a value between (2.0 -4.5) with few drops of 0.1m koh or 0.1m hcl. it was noticed that maximum color intensities and constant absorbance values were found at ph 3.0 (figure 3). low absorbencies were observed in solutions with higher or low ph than the optimum value. hence, a ph of 3.0 was used in all the subsequent experimental work. effect of reaction time the optimum reaction time was determined by following the color development at ambient temperature (25±2). it was found that the reaction was instantaneous. hence the product attained maximum and constant absorbencies immediately after atropine have been mixed with bpb and the developed color, remained strictly unaltered for at least 24 hours. effect of reagent volume the influences of reagent volume on the absorbance of complex are illustrated in (figure 4). 0.3 ml of 0.05% solutions of bpb were found to be optimum to develop the maximum color intensities for atropine ion-pair complex, after which no more increase in absorbance values was obtained; therefore, the cited volume of bpb solution were used. effect of shaking time the optimum shaking times for the complete extraction of the formed ion pair complex with chloroform were studied for the period of 1-5 minutes (table 1). it was found that the optimum shaking times for complete extraction of atropine ion pair complex, at room temperature for minutes. effect of the extraction solvent: several organic solvents, such as, chloroform, toluene, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, 1, 2dichloroethane and dichloro methane were examined for their ability to extract the drug-bpb ion-pair complex. it was found to be chloroform the most suitable solvent in terms of extraction efficiency (table 2). on the other hand, it was observed that only a single extraction with 5 ml portion of chloroform was adequate to achieve a quantitative recovery of the complex. chemistry 230 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 for ddq method effect of ph the effect of ph on the development of the colored complex, between the cited drug and ddq was investigated by adjusting the ph to a value between 6.0 and 10 with few drops of 0.2m nh4oh or 0.1m hcl. it was noticed that maximum color intensities and constant absorbance values were found at ph 9.0 (figure 5). low absorbencies were observed in solutions with higher or low ph than the optimum value. hence, a ph of 9.0 was used in all the subsequent experimental work. effect of reaction time: it was found the reaction was instantaneous. hence the product attained maximum and constant absorbancies immediately after atropine have been mixed with ddq and the developed color, remained strictly unaltered for at least 8 hours in drake place. effect of reagent volume the effect of the volume of ddq on the color development was studied by adding different volumes(0.050.30) ml of 0.1%ddq solution to 20µg.ml of atropine .the results revealed the fact that 0.2 ml of 0.1%ddq solution was required to achieve the maximum intensity of the color (figure 6). effect of solvent several organic solvents such as acetonitrile , acetone, methanol, chloroform, 1,2-dichloro ethane, and dichloro methane was studied to choose the preferred diluting solvent for the quantitative measurements.(table3). the results show that acetonitrile was considered as an ideal diluting solvent as it gives good solvating capacity for atropine, and gives the highest yield of the radical anion. stoichiometry of the complexes to establish molar ratio for both complexes, job's method of continuous variation has been used (figures 7 and 8). the results showed that 1:1 ratios for both complexes were formed; through the electrostatic attraction between the positive protonated atropine with the anion of bpb for ion pair complex formation[30], and the complex between the studied drugs, as ndonors, with ddq, as π acceptors for charge transfer complex formation[20],(scheme 1 and 2). chemistry 231 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 scheme 2: proposed reaction pathway between ِ◌◌ِatropine –bpb ion pair complex, under recommended procedure. scheme 3: proposed reaction pathway between atropine –ddq charge transfer complex. under optimum recommended procedure. chemistry 232 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 calibration graphs: employing the experimental conditions, linear calibration graphs for both complexes; were obtained (figures 9 and 10), which show that beer's law was obey in the concentration range of 0.5-40 and 2.5-50 µg.ml-1 for atropine bpb ion pair and atropine ddq charge transfer complexes respectively. spectral characteristics of the proposed methods: according to the optimum experimental conditions of the proposed methods, the regression plots showed linear dependence of absorbance signals on the concentrations of the studied drug in the range given. the regression equations, correlation coefficients, molar absorptivities, detection limits and sandell sensitivities in addition to other parameters are given in table 4. accuracy and precision: the accuracies of the proposed methods were confirmed by analyzing five replicate analyses of three different amounts of the drug (within beer's law) by calculating the relative error percentage (table 5). the results indicated good accuracies for both of the methods. the precision was determined in each case by calculating the percentage relative standard deviation (rsd %) for five determinations at each of the studied concentration level and were found to be in the range of 1.352-1.826% and 1.778-2.103% for atropine bpb ion pair and atropine ddq chrge transfer complexes respectively. the values of the mean error(xi-μ) were less than the values of indeterminate error (±ts/√n), indicating that no significant differences between the mean and the true values; at 95% confidence level. interferences study: the results showed that no interferences were found in the presence of 250 μg of the studied excipients (lactose, sucrose, starch, glucose, magnesium stearate, sodium citrate, and sodium chloride) in the determination of atropine for both methods, (table 6). analysis of dosage forms: it is evident from the aforementioned results that the proposed methods gave satisfactory results with the investigated drug. thus, their pharmaceutical dosage forms were subjected to analysis of their contents of the active ingredient by the proposed methods (ion-pair and charge transfer complexes formation). the results given in (table 7 and 8) were satisfactory. reference 1.donald, j. a.(2003) burger's medicinal chemistry and drug discovery sixth edition, wiley & sons, inc. virginia,pp121.122. 2.ashutosh, k. (2007) pharmacognosy and pharmacobiotechnology, second edition, new age international (p) ltd., publishers, new delhi, p 396, 398,464,465. 3.das, g. (1989) therapeutic review. cardiac effects of atropine in man: an update int j. clin pharmacol ther toxicol, 27(10):473-7. 4.british pharmacopeia (1998) cd-rom her majesty,s stationary office, london. 5.alwan, ala,dine, a. s. and abou, yousif, z.(1990) iraqi drug guide, 1st edition, nbsd , iraq, 22:212. 6.yoshiyuki, s.; katsuhiro, y.; takaomi, t.; masami, k. and shuzo, t.(2011) rapid determination of atropine and scopolamine content in scopolia extract powder by hplc, j. of nat med 65:395–399. 7.shaoyoug, li. and khalil, w. s. (1990) an hplc method for determination of atropine in human plasma, j. of liquid chromatography & related technologies, 13(7):1339-1350. http://www.google.iq/search?hl=ar&tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22ashutosh+kar%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=5 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22das%20g%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2684867 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2684867 chemistry 233 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 8.takanori, o.; masafumi, n.; ichiro, s.; kazunori, k.; kenji, h.; yoshifumi ,t. and kazuaki, k.(1991) determination of atropine in biological specimens by high-performance liquid chromatography, j. of chromatography b: biomedical sciences and applications,567(1):141-149. 9.majlát, p. (1984) gas chromatography determination of atropine, theophylline, phenobarbital and aminophenazone in tablets, j of pharmazie 39(5):325-326. 10.mostafa, g. a. e.; abbas, m. n. (2008) pvc membrane sensor for potentiometric determination of atropine in some pharmaceutical formulations, j. of instrumentation science & technology, 36( 2): 209 – 221. 11.shuwen, s. and jiuru, lu.(2006) flow-injection post chemiluminescence determination of atropine sulfate, j. of analytica chimica acta, 580 (1): 9-13. 12.gilpin, r. k. (1979) determination of atropine by thin-layer scanning method, j. of anal. chem, 51 (5): 257-187. 13.polomik, m. ;sober, m. ; pleho, a. and nikolin، b. (1993) spectrophotometric determination of atropine-sulfate in eyedrops using bromthymol blue, j. of med arh.,47(1-2):25-27. 14.el-shahat, m.,f.; abdel b. m. and daifullah a., a. (1992) spectrophotometric determination of ephedrine hcl, cinchonine hcl, chlorpheniramine maleate, atropine sulphate and diphenhydramine hcl by solvent extraction of reineckate complexes, j. of chem technol biotechnol, 45(2):175-181. 15.suraj p. agarwal and m. abdel-hady elsayed (1981)utility of π -acceptors in charge transfer complexation of alkaloids: chloranilic acid as a spectrophotometric titrant in non-aqueous media, j. of analyst, 106: 1157 – 1162. 16.tehseen, a.; ahmad, h.; irshad, k. and rashid, a.(1994) spectrophotometric determination of atropine j. of analytical letters, 27 (10): 1833 – 1845. 17.sarah, c.; yves. p.; patrick , m. and bertrand, b.(2010) determination of atropine and scopolamine contents in wild and ornamental varieties of datura, j. of ann toxicol anal., 22(4): 173-179. 18.elsayed, m. a. and agarwal s. p. (1982) spectrophotometric determination of atropine, pilocarpine and strychnine with chloranilic acid, j. of talanta, 29(6):535-537. 19.wang, y. and zhang, y. (2007) determination of atropine sulfate in atropine sulfate gel solution by binary derivative spectrophotometry, chinese journal of pharmaceutical analysis 27(1):139-140. 20.walash, m.; sharaf-el din, m.; metwalli, m. e.-s. and reda, s. m. (2004) spectrophotometric determination of nizatidine and ranitidine through charge transfer complex formation, j. of arch pharm res, 27(7): 720-726. 21.basavalahy, k. and charan, v. s. (2002) the use of chloranilic acid for the spectrophotometric determination of three antihistamines, turk j. chem 26: 653 -661. 22.darwish, ia.; husein, sa. ; mohmoud, am. and hassan, ai.(2007) sensative spectrophotometric method for the determination of h2receptor antagonists in pharmaceutical formulation, international j. of biomedical science, 3(2): 123-130. 23.geffken, d. and salem, h. (2006) spectrofluorimetric study of the charge-transfer complexation of certain fluoroquinolones with 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-p-bezoquinone ,american j. of applied sciences 3 (8): 1952-1960. 24.siddappa, k.; mallikarjun, m.; reddy, t. and tambe, m. (2008) simple and sensitive extractive spectrophotometeric method for the assay of mebeverine hydrochloride in pure and pharmaceutical formulations journal of the chinese chemical society, 55:1062-1068. 25. darwish, ia; husein, sa. ; mohmoud am. and hassan, ai.(2008) a sensative spectrophotometric method for the determination of h2receptor antagonists by means of n brmosuccinimide and paminophenol, j. of acta pharm., 58:87-97. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/03784347 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/03784347 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22majl%c3%a1t%20p%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/content~db=all~content=a790769853~frm=titlelink http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/00032670 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=publicationurl&_tockey=%23toc%235216%232006%23994199998%23635602%23fla%23&_cdi=5216&_pubtype=j&view=c&_auth=y&_acct=c000050221&_version=1&_urlversion=0&_userid=10&md5=884f54355284e6eb894516992ebdd5f5 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22polomik%20m%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22sober%20m%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22pleho%20a%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22nikolin%20b%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7934217 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7934217 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22el-shahat%20mf%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22abdel%20badei%20mm%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22daifullah%20aa%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/title~db=all~content=t713597227~tab=issueslist~branches=27#v27 http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/title~db=all~content=t713597227~tab=issueslist~branches=27#v27 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22elsayed%20ma%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22agarwal%20sp%22%5bauthor%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18963183 chemistry 234 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 26.julic, m.and cardso, s. c. (2005) spectrophotometric determination of oxiconazole in topical lotion using methylorange, j. of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 37 (4,1):639-642. 27.zhao yanqing, li hua mccain, gui-zhi zhao, (2005) spectrophotometric determination of erythromycin ethylsuccinate based on the charge transfer reaction between erythromycin ethylsuccinate and quinalizarin”, j.of china modern applied pharmacy, 22 (3): 229-303. 28.hesham, s. (2008) analytical study for the charge-transfer complexes of gabapentin african j.of pharmacy and pharmacology, 2(7):136-144. 29.nafisur, r. and syed, n.h. azmi (2000) spectrophotometric determination of amlodipine besylate by chargetransfer complex formation with p-chloranilic acid, j.of analytical shines (the japan society for analytical chemistry), 16:1353-1356. 30.kanakapura, b. and vaidyanathan, sh. c. (2004) ion-pair complexometric detrmination of cyproheptadine hydrochloride using bromophenol blue j. of science asia, 30, 163-170. table(1): effect of shaking time on extraction of 20 µg.ml-1 atropine; 0.3ml of 0.05%bpb, ph(3.0). shaking time(minute) absorbance 1 0.4121 2 0.4168 3 0.4202 4 0.4329 5 0.4325 6 0.4325 table (2): effect of type of extraction solvent on absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1 atropine; 0.3ml of 0.05%bpb, ph(3.0). extraction solvent absorbance chloroform 0.4329 toluene 0.0221 carbontetrachloride 0.0297 benzene 0.0096 1,2-dichloro ethane 0.3054 dichloro methane 0.2153 table (3): effect of type of organic solvent on absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1 atropine; 0.2ml of 0.1%ddq, ph(9.0). organic solvent absorbance acetonitrile 0.3031 acetone 0.2322 methanol 0.0799 chloroform 0.1413 1,2-dichloroethane 0.0976 dichloro methane 0.2155 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/07317085 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=publicationurl&_tockey=%23toc%235266%232005%23999629995%23589391%23fla%23&_cdi=5266&_pubtype=j&view=c&_auth=y&_acct=c000050221&_version=1&_urlversion=0&_userid=10&md5=f78a82d0e44c01893af11409f564837c http://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/search/?typej=on&typep=on&typer=on&d3=au&dp3=nafisur+rahman&ca=999999&alang=all&rev=all&pl=20&search=%8c%9f%8d%f5%8e%c0%8ds http://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/search/?typej=on&typep=on&typer=on&d3=au&dp3=syed+najmul+hejaz+azmi&ca=999999&alang=all&rev=all&pl=20&search=%8c%9f%8d%f5%8e%c0%8ds chemistry 235 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table(4): spectral characteristics and statistical data of the regression equations for determination of atropine by ion–pair and charge transfer complexes formation. parameter ion–pair complex formation charge transfer complex formation λma x (nm) 413 457 color yellow red-brown linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.5 – 40 2.5 – 50 molar absorpitivites(l.mol-1.cm-1) 5787.6 4051.32 regression equation a = 0.020 x + 0.037 a= 0.014x + 0.012 calibration sensitivity 0.020 0.014 sandell's sensitivity(µg.cm-2) 50.000 71.439 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9998 0.9982 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9999 0.9991 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.363 2.143 table (5): evaluation of accuracies and precisions of the two proposed procedure. method drug concentration (µg.ml-1) relative error % r.s.d.* % xi-μ ±ts/√n taken found* ion–pair complex 2.5 2.488 -0.480 1.352 -0.012 0.039 10 9.932 -0.680 1.414 -0.068 0.161 30 30.205 +0.683 1.826 +0.205 0.634 charge transfer complex 5 4.962 -0.760 1.833 -0.038 0.105 20 19.871 -0.645 1.778 -0.129 0.406 40 40.283 +0.708 2.103 +0.283 0.974 *average of five determinations t = 2.571 for n=5 at 95% confidence level. table(6): percent recovery for 20 µg.ml-1 of atropine in the presence of 250 µg.ml-1of excipients by ion–pair and charge transfer complexes formation. excipients ion–pair complex formation method charge transfer complex formation method conc. fund (µg.ml-1) recovery% conc. fund (µg.ml-1) recovery% lactose 19.779 98.895 19.828 99.140 sucrose 20.231 101.155 20.197 100.985 starch 19.888 99.444 20.302 101.510 glucose 19.862 99.310 20.340 101.700 magnesium stearate 20.316 101.580 19.863 99.315 sodium citrate 19.803 99.015 20.265 101.325 sodium chloride 20.334 101.670 19.798 98.990 *average of three determinations. chemistry 236 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 table (7): spectrophotometric determination of atropine in pharmaceutical compounds by ion–pair complex formation. ion–pair complex drug concentration (µg.ml-1) recovery% r.s.d.* % taken found* atropine sulfate (1ml ampoules) 1mg/1ml payal uk 2.5 2.555 102.200 1.572 10 9.989 99.890 1.521 30 30.562 101.873 1.884 atropine sulfate (1ml ampoules) 1mg/1ml belco india 2.5 2.576 103.040 1.776 10 9.883 98.830 1.902 30 29.505 98.350 2.091 atropina 0.5% 8ml eye drops atropine sulfate 5mg/1ml dalta co.syria 2.5 2.468 98.720 1.769 10 9.876 98.760 1.814 30 29.658 98.860 2.143 apitropine1% 10ml eye drops atropine sulfate 10mg/1ml api jordan 2.5 2.622 104.88 1.852 10 10.264 102.640 2.056 30 30.792 102.650 2.442 *average of five determinations. table (8): spectrophotometric determination of atropine in pharmaceutical compounds by charge transfer complex formation. charge transfer complex drug concentration (µg.ml-1) % recovery r.s.d.* % taken found* atropine sulfate (1ml ampoules) 1mg/1ml payal uk 5 5.146 102.900 1.989 20 20.315 101.575 2.183 40 40.472 101.180 2.552 atropine sulfate (1ml ampoules) 1mg/1ml belco india 5 5.178 103.560 2.286 20 20.617 103.085 2.602 40 40.992 102.480 2.814 atropina 0.5% 8ml eye drops atropine sulfate 5mg/1ml dalta co.syria 5 5.123 102.460 1.792 20 20.287 101.435 2.521 40 40.790 101.975 2.746 apitropine1% 10ml eye drops atropine sulfate 10mg/1ml api jordan 5 5.222 104.440 2.473 20 20.451 102.255 2.756 40 41.243 103.108 2.967 *average of five determinations. chemistry 237 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): absorption spectra of a: 20 µg.ml-1 atropine –btb ion –pair complex against reagent blank, b: reagent blank against chloroform, under optimum conditions. fig. (2): absorption spectra of a: 15 µg.ml-1 atropine–ddq charge transfer complex, against reagent blank, b: reagent blank against acetonitrile, under optimum conditions. chemistry 238 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (3): effect of ph on the absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1atropine; 0.05% bpb. fig. (4): effect of reagent volume (0.05% bpb) on the absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1 atropine; ph 3.0 fig. (5): effect of ph on the absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1 atropine; 0.1% ddq. fig. (6): effect of reagent volume (0.1% ddq) on the absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1 atropine; ph 9.0 chemistry 239 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (7): continuous variation of atropine –bpb ion pair complex, (each 3.456x10-4m), ph 3.0. fig. (8): continuous variation of atropine –ddq charge transfer complex, (each 3.456x10-4m), ph 9.0 fig. (9): calibration graph of atropine-bpb ion-pair complex, under optimum recommended procedure. chemistry 240 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (10): calibration graph of atropine –ddq charge transfer complex, under optimum recommended procedure. chemistry 241 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 طريقتين طيفيتين مختلفتين لتقدير دواء األتروبين بصورته النقية وفي تطوير المستحضرات الصيدالنية علي خليل محمود ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد -قسم الكيمياء ، كلية التربية 2012حزيران 17قبل البحث في : 2012نيسان 15استلم البحث في : الخالصة ان طيفيتان لتقدير دواء األتروبين في عينات نقية وبعض المستحضرات الصيدالنية باالعتماد على اقترحت طريقت تكوين معقدات األزدواج األيوني و أنتقال الشحنة. كانت الطريقتان اعاله دقيقة ، وبسيطة، وسريعة، وغير مكلفة وحساسة. معقد االزدواج االيوني المتكون بين العقار اعاله اعتمدت الطريقة االولى على استعمال الكلوروفورم في أستخالص ، أذ اظهر المعقد المتكون اقصى امتصاص له 3.0والكاشف بروموفينول االزرق من وسط مائي عند دالة حامضية مقدارها نامومتر، ضد محلول الخلب، وأظهر منحني المقايسة عالقة خطية لمدى من التراكيز تراوحت بين 413عند الطول الموجي مايكروغرام /مل. في حين اعتمدت الطريقة الثانية على قياس اقصى 0.363مايكروغرام/مل و بحد كشف 0.5-40 داي -6-5 –داي كلورو -3و2امتصاص لمعقد انتقال الشحنة المتكون بين العقار قيد الدراسة(كواهب لاللكترونات) و نانومتر ضد محلول الخلب وبخطية تراوحت 457جي طول الموبنزوكوينون (كمستقبل لاللكترونات) عند ال -بارا –سيانو مايكروغرام/مل. أظهرت الدراسة أيضآ أن الطريقتين المقترحتين 2.143مايكروغرام/مل، وبحد كشف 50 -2.5بين خالية من تأثير المتداخالت المتعارف على وجودها في المستحضرات الصيدالنية، فقد أمكن تطبيق الطريقتين بنجاح لتقدير تروبين في بعض تلك المستحضرات.األ طيفي، اتروبين، األزدواج األيوني ،انتقال الشحنة الكلمات المفتاحية: 14.el-shahat, m.,f.; abdel b. m. and daifullah a., a. (1992) spectrophotometric determination of ephedrine hcl, cinchonine hcl, chlorpheniramine maleate, atropine sulphate and diphenhydramine hcl by solvent extraction of reineckate complexes, j. of chem technol biotechnol, 45(2):175-181. 191 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 spectral study of the pollutants ( gelbstoff) in water liquefaction of some areas of baghdad province by using the technique of raman, flora r . a. ali , o.m.abdulmunem, s. r. salim department of physics, college of science, university of al mustansiriyah received in: 23 may 2011, accepted in: 7 december 2011 abstract in this research we study one of the pollutants(gelbstoff ) such as humic and fulvic acids in tap waters by using the technique of raman, flora to some regions of baghdad , the results appear that the tap waters were pollutants which know yellow substance or gelbstoff instant of suspending waters, which appear through the scattering of the incident light to same the wave length of raman ,also calculate raman shift which was 3640 cm-1 and force constant to band (o – h ) was 743 n/m, where the peak of raman was at the wave length 441 nm after used the excitation wave length 380 nm . the results were in an agreement with lectures [8][9][10]. key word: types of water pollutants, gelbstoff, raman spectrum introduction the water is considered one of the oldest source which are known by the human and he deals with this matter which enters the biggest ratio the building of his body and it enters the biggest ratio of his foot ,so this matter has been studied in different sides of physics and chemistry [1] [2] . the pollution gelbstoff is a term for (yellow coloured) dissolved organic matter in water. gelbstoff means literally, 'yellow matter' in german. in 1976 kirk suggested the alternative name 'gilvin' (latin, gilvus = pale yellow), for the yellow pigments in natural waters, to replace 'yellow substance' or 'gelbstoff '[3]. gelbstoff or gilvin, is an important component of water quality in natural waters. quantitative study of gilvin production is however difficult since gilvin is not a well defined substance. gelbstoff occurs naturally in waters primarily as a result of tannins released from decaying detritus (non-living particulate organic material) [4]. gelbstoff most strongly absorbs short wavelength light ranging from blue to ultraviolet, whereas pure water absorbs longer wavelength red light. therefore, nonturbid water with little or no gelbstoff appears blue. the color of water will range through green, yellow-green, and brown as gelbstoff increases. well in fact i suppose is well known that if you mix blue and yellow you get green and form the pollution which is known as yellow matter or it is called geltbstoff [5] . we call this pollution matter by yellow matter belongs to its high absorption in the area of (u.v ) ray and the blue of the spectrum [6] . theoretical gelbstaff or yellow substance has double bonds, which participate in the changes that take place in the resultant spectrum , therefore when light falls on the dissolving substances, the absorbing pant follows beer lambert law that states the amount of the absorbing light appropriate with the number of the absorbing particle. this law can be expressed as: 192 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 log ( i / io ) = cε l ………………… (1) where: io , i : incident and transmitted intensity respective c : is the matter concentration ( mol ),l :is the cell thickness ( cm ) ε : molar absorptive the molecule of water which did not absorb in range of dissolving material absorption , is the polarized by the electric field action of the incident rays that leads to emission of raman spectrum that follow the law next law : υr = υex ± ∆ υ …………….. (2) where : υr : is wave number of scattered ray ( raman ) ,υex : is wave number of excitation ray, ∆ υ : is the different in the vibration levels . the positive and negative sign represent the shift toward long and short wavelength respectively. experimental many samples from tap water were taken from different regiens of baghdad such as alatefia, al – mansor, al – hurria, sabea abkar, nafg al – shurta, al – aneearia, al – beaa, al – shurta al – kamisa, matar al – muthana, al – jadiria, al – amiria, al – kamalia, madient al – sadar, zeona, bob al – sham, standard water of suidia ,standard water of suidia for the compare . measurements were made in (spectro fluoro photometer shimatzn) of water the contaminated materials and raman spectrum in 2april 2010, lab of physics/college of science /university of al-mustansiriyah, which consists of the device of two basic units, the unit, which consists of all the parts needed in the measurement process as it includes a lamp zenon-capacity 150 watts if given the long wavelengths (200-800) nm and contains a unit recording, which is a complex electronic system consists of an electronic calculator which is the implementation of all directives to the main unit, also the samples were taken from different areas of the above measurements were taken for the fluorescence spectrum and raman spectrum of samples in the quartz cell 1cm×1cm×5cm. results and discussion it was noticed from the figure (3) to (18) that there are three types of spectrum to show that the light incidence with wavelength 380 nm that is in the same of the excited wavelength, this spectrum belongs to the scattering to rayle spectrum and it confirms the bigger ratio of this scattering spectrum, this spectrum at the partial reelecting to the same level and then backing transferred. from the spectrum noticed that the wavelength 441 nm belongs to raman scattering so called the non elastic scattering and that spectrum appears after the lost 193 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 of molecule part of its energy and it confirms then suffer from red shift towards the long wavelength. the third spectrum consider it as a wide bundle belongs to the florence spectrum for the gelbstoff or yellow substance and the absorption led to the transfer between the electronic levels when these levels suffer in the high excited levels to the ground level that led to emission of fluorescence spectrum and with wide bundle for the polluted substance, also we notice that the difference in the rational intensity from the shapes of florence spectrum for the polluted substance and the reason for that according to the differences in the ratio these substances gelbstoff in the selected samples and that it goes according to berz lambart in equation (1), where the increasing in pollution lead to increase in relative intensity for florescence spectrum as illustrated in figures( 7 ) ( 8 ) ( 12 ) . the pollution ratio in the sample of regions ( itafia , mansour ,and mashtal ) are larger than appeared in the other samples and also pollution ratio is negligible in medinat al–sader sample and consequence with the standard sample of water that is produced in saudi company for raman spectrum it observed the difference in relative intensity that due to variation in pollutions that scatter the spectrum or the incident light with the same wave length of raman spectrum [ 6 ] [ 7 ] where the increasing of this pollution in the water means increasing ratio of scattered spectrum and vice versa [ 8 ] with respect to raman spectrum it was calculated from the relation [ 9 ] . ∆ υ = 107 [ ( 1 / λex ) – ( 1 / λr ) ] ---------------------- (3) λex : excitation wave length λr : raman wave length where the raman shift at 3630 nm and that consequence to most researcher that reach [ 6 ] [ 8 ] [ 10 ] and also calculate force constant of bound from relations : ∆ υ = 1/2 c√ k / m ----------------------------------( 4) where: m: reduces mass and equals mhmo / mh + mo , c : light speed k: extinction coffeicens , mh: mass of hydrogen ,mo: mass of oxygen . where the force constant( 741 n/m) and that consequence to the most researchers that reaches [6] conclusions had been studied many samples of water for different regions show that al–sadar city is the best sample selected in the proportion of pollution compared with ather samples which contained a high proportion of the pollutants exceed allowable which depend on the stander water sample of water to( saudi company), also in raman spectrum note that the samples selected contain a proportion of contaminated materials, which cause an increase in the proportion of the relative intensity of the raman spectrum. references 1-brown, g. i . (1979),introduction to physical chemistry” 2rd ed.von g. i. brown. harlow: longman group ltd, london. 194 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 2-sienko, m. and plane, r. (1971)chemistry mc growhill, vol-ii, longman group limited, london. 3-silverstein, r .; bassler ,g. and morrill, t . (1981) spectrometric identification of organic compound : john wiley publish. 4-hortmann, j. and perrin, m.( 1988),rotational – vibration of spectra of h2o,j.appt , 27 :3902-3913 . 5-renter, r. ;diebl, d . and hengsterm – ann t ,(1993), oceanographic laser remat sencing : measurement of hydrographic sea.j.remate senciny ,14 (5):823-848. 6rafid, a. a. (2001),spectroscopic study to some suspending in iraq rivers water by raman scattering technique ,m.sc, thesis, almustansiriya university . 7-patsayeva first internation airborne remote sensing conference and exhibitation , strosbourge france , (1994). 8-rafid, s . a.; uday, m . n. and amani ,f . (2003), algarcel limitation raman spectrum of water and pollutants 01 alfurate river by raman technique, j.iraqi scince ,45(1): 125 – 130. 9-nike, b.;reater, r. ;heuermann , r. ; wony. h.; bobin, m . and therriault, j., (1997), continental sheif research, 17 (3): 235 – 353. 10rafid, a . a.and uday, m . n. and refah, a. n . (2005), spectroscopic study for the pollutants gelbstoff diyala river and its effect on raman spectrum”, j . eng . &technology , 24 ( 4 ):323-332. table ( 1 ) :relative intensity of gelbstoff and peak of gelbstoff no sample s re lative inte ns ity of ge lbs toff(a.u) pe ak of ge lbs toff (nm) 1 al – kamalia 0.045 out of scale 2 alatefia 0.028 460 3 al – mansor 0.024 460 4 al – aneearia 0.015 459 5 sabea abkar 0.015 459 6 al – jadiria 0.0125 459 7 al – hurria 0.01 458.5 8 bob al – sham 0.007 457 9 al – shurta al kamisa 0.0065 457 10 nafg al – shurta 0.004 456 11 al – beaa 0.0035 456 12 zeona 0.003 456 13 matar al – muthana 0.0025 456 14 al – amiria 0.0025 456 15 madient al – sadar 0.000 …… 195 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table ( 2 ): relative intensity of raman and peak of raman no sample relative intensity of raman (a.u) peak of raman ( nm) 1 alatefia out of scale ……. 2 al – mansor out of scale ……. 3 al – hurria out of scale ……. 4 sabea abkar out of scale ……. 5 nafg al – shurta 0.052 441 6 al – aneearia 0.05 441 7 al – beaa 0.05 441 8 al – shurta al kamisa 0.05 441 9 matar al – muthana 0.048 441 10 al – jadiria 0.046 441 11 al – amiria 0.045 441 12 al – kamalia 0.045 441 13 madient al – sadar 0.044 441 14 zeona 0.03 441 15 bob al – sham 0.029 441 16 standard water of suidia 0.023 441 16 standard water of suidia 0.000 …… 196 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig .( 1 ) :re lative intensity (a.u) fig. ( 2 ) re lative inte nsity (a.u) of s ample s for ge lbs toff of s ample s for raman scatte ring fig. ( 3) fig. ( 4 ) fig. ( 5 ) fig. ( 6 ) التاجي 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) الجادريه 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) الحريه 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) الشرطه الخامسه 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) al – jadiria al – kamalia al – hurria al – shurta al kamisa 197 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. ( 7) fig. ( 8 ) fig .( 9 ) fig .( 10 ) fig. ( 11 ) fig. ( 12 ) العطفيه 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) المشتل 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) العامريه 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) alatefia al – amiria al – aneearia sabea abkar al – ma ns or bob al – sham 198 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. ( 13 ) fig. ( 14 ) fig. ( 15) fig. ( 16 ) fig. ( 17) fig. ( 18 ) مطار مثنى 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) سعودي 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) نفق الشرطه 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) مدينه الصدر 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05 380 430 480 530 580 wav e le ngth nm r e la ti v e i n te n s it y ( a . u ) nafg al – shurta al – beaa zeona madient al – sadar s tandard water of sui dia matar al – muthana 199 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 في إسالة المياه من بعض مناطق (المادة الصفراء)دراسة طيفية للملوثات محافظة بغداد باستخدام تقنية رامان، فلورا سالم سناء رسول ¡عدي مازن عبد المنعم ¡رافد عباس علي الجامعة المستنصرية ¡كلية العلوم ¡قسم الفيزياء 2011 كانون االول 7قبل البحث في: 2011 ايار 23استلم البحث في : الخالصه fulvic æحد الملوثات الكيميائية التي تعرف بالمادة الصفراء والتي هي خليط من حامض ãتم في هذا البحث دراسه humic لبعض مناطق محافظه بغداد ، واظهرت النتائج احتواء باستخدام تقنية رامان، فلورا الموجوده في مياه االساله الى احتوائها على نسب من فضال" عن gelbstoffاله على نسب من الملوثات التي تعرف بالماده الصفراء مياه االس أزاحه طيف رامان و بتلرامان ، و تم حس هبنفس الطول الموجيبالمواد العالقه التي تظهر من خالل تشتيت الضوء الساقط طيف رامان ةان قيم n/m ¡ðç 743وكان قيمته é (o – h )لالصر éوحساب ثابت القو ¡cm-1 3640التي كانت و جميع هذه النتائج كانت مقاربة مع nm 380 بعد استخدام طول موجي مهيج 441nmكانت عند الطول الموجي . [10][9][8]الدراسات السابقة : تلوث الماء ، المادة الصفراء ،أطياف رمان ةالكلمات المفتاحي microsoft word 12-25 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|12   performance of strelitzia reginae flowers dye as sensitizer for new dye-sensitized solar cell fabrication mahmoud a. m. al-alwani mamash73@gmail.com dept. of biology / college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham / university of baghdad abstract in current study, the dye from flowers petals of strelitzia reginae used for the first time to prepare natural photosensitizer for dssc fabrication. among five different solvents used to extract the natural dye from s. reginae flowers, the ethanol extract of anthocyanin dye revealed higher absorption spectrum of 0.757a.u. at wavelength of 454nm. a major effect of temperature was studied to increase the extraction yield. the results show that the optimal temperature was 70 °c and there was a sharp decrease of dye concentration from 0.827 at temperature of 70 °c to 0.521 at temperature of 90°c. the extract solution of flowers of s. reginae showed higher concentration in acidic media, especially at ph 4 (0.902). the c, h, n elemental analyses of natural extract showed the presence of n (10.52%), c (18.97%) and h (2.229%) contents. the presence of anthocyanin in the extract of s. reginae and their functional groups were determined using uv-vis spectroscopy and fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir). the optical properties of deposited tio2 thin film were studied using scanning electron microscope (sem) and x-ray diffraction (xrd). in addition, other confirmation that dye supported surface of tio2, inhibition of crystallinity of tio2 was investigated by the energy disperse x-ray (edx) analysis. according to experimental results, the conversion efficiency of dssc fabricated using anthocyanin dye obtained from s. reginae flowers was 0.1%, with short-circuit current (isc) of 0.6 ma/cm-2, open-circuit voltage (voc) of 0.51 v and fill factor (ff) of 36.83%. keywords: dssc, strelitzia reginae, natural dye, anthocyanin, energy conversion efficiency. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|13   1. introduction photovoltaic cells (pvc) development at the last two decades led to develop the devices that designed to expand the applications of pvc and reduce their production cost to compete with the systems of energy production [1]. dye sensitized solar cells (dsscs) are the devices that convert sunlight into electricity, based on the dyes work as photons harvesting and the wide bandgap semiconductors as substrate [2]. the use of dye sensitization remained limited and rather unsuccessful until 1991, when grätzel and his coworkers developed a solar cell by the successful combination of nanostructured electrodes; efficient charge injection dyes. hence termed this cell was dye and sensitized nanostructured solar cell [3, 4]. dsscs have three primary parts, semiconductor film electrode (anode), electrolyte which typically coated with platinum (pt) catalyst and counter electrodes (cathode) [5]. the power efficiency of dssc mainly depends on the dye (natural or synthesis) used as sensitizer, which plays a key role in absorbing sunlight and converting photons into electrons [6]. two important factors determine the performance of dssc (i) the dye absorption spectrum (ii) the dye anchorage onto the surface of tio2 [5]. several organic dyes and inorganic metal complexes have been synthesized and used as sensitizers such as platinum complexes, ruthenium polypyridyl complex phthalocyanine, fluorescent dyes among others [7]. when compared to other types of manufactured solar cells, the use of an organic dye as a sensitizer is unique to (dsscs). synthesis complexes dyes contain heavy metals that are expensive to synthesis, harmful to the environment and limited in their resources. natural dyes are less efficient but have the advantages of being the most environmentally friendly, freely available because their sources are renewable, non-toxic, can be applied without further purification and have a low cost of production. as the light harvester in the dssc, the natural sensitizer should have an absorption spectrum that covers a broad region from the visible light spectrum and should also have anchoring groups such as hydroxyl or carboxyl groups for binding with the tio2 film [8]. natural dyes or pigments extracted from flowers, leaves, fruits, and seeds using simple procedures can be used as sensitizers in dsscs; these dyes include anthocyanins [9], chlorophyll [10], carotenoids [11], betalains [12]. molecule of anthocyanin contains hydroxyl and carbonyl groups that are bound to the tio2 surface, which excites electron transfer from the dye to the conduction band of theporoustio2 film [10, 13]. anthocyanin dye that extracted from different parts of plants provides different sensitizing conversion efficiency. fernando & senadeera extracted pigments of anthocyanin from tropical flowers such as hibiscus surattensis, nerium oleander, sesbania grandiflora and rhododendron arboretum, and studied their activity as sensitizers for dsscs. the efficiencies of these fabricated dsscs varied from 0.2% to 1.1%. [14]. chang & lo (2010) were used the extracted anthocyanin dyes from mulberry fruit as a natural sensitizer for dsscs. their experimental results showed that the power conversion efficiency of the fabricated dssc was 0.548% [15]. in this study, the natural dye was extracted from a flower of s. reginae to prepare natural sensitizer for dssc fabrication. the effect of solvent, temperature and ph on natural extract yield was investigated. the presence of anthocyanin in the extract of s. reginae and their functional groups were determined using uv-vis absorption spectroscopy and fouriertransform infrared spectroscopy (ftir). the optical properties of the deposited tio2 thin film were studied by scanning electron microscope (sem) and x-ray diffraction (xrd). in addition, other confirmation that dye supported surface of tio2, inhibition of crystallinity of tio2 was investigated by the energy disperse x-ray (edx) analysis. in order to test the anthocyanin dye as a photosensitizer, dssc was designed using flowers of s. reginae extract. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|14   the effective light exposure window of the dssc was 1cm2. the main parameters of the solar cell are short circuit current (isc), open circuit voltage (voc), fill factor (ff), and efficiency (η) and maximum power point (pmax) were determined. 2. materials and experiments 2.1. materials in this study, flowers of s. reginae were collected from universiti kebangsaan malaysia (ukm). the petals of flowers were the part of the plant used to extract anthocyanin dye. the scientific classification of s. reginae is: kingdom: plantae; order: zingiberales; family: strelitziaceae; genus: strelitzia; species: reginae. 2.2. experimental 2.2.1. preparation of sensitizer using natural dye the petals of s. reginae flowers were washed using distilled water dried at 40 ᵒc for six hours. the dried petals were crushed into fine powder using grander (mulry function disintegrator sy-04). the obtained powder used to prepare dye solution which was used to prepare a natural sensitizer for dssc fabrication. 2.2.2 fabrication of dye-sensitized tio2 photoanode the tio2 paste was prepared according to the methodology described in our previous study [16]. to prepare a tio2 paste, 2.0 g of tio2 powder (titanium oxide nanopowder, tio2, anatase, 99.5%, 15nm, supplied from us research nanomaterials, inc.) was grinded with 5.0 ml of 0.1 m nitric acid using a mortar and pestle for 30 minutes. 3 ml of polyethylene glycol (peg) (peg, mw 10,000, supplied sigma-aldrich) was added. five drops of triton x100 (triton x-100 for electrophoresis, supplied from sigmaaldrich) were added to the mixture to ease adhesion of tio2 particles to a conductive surface of glass. the conductive glass coated with fluorine doped tin oxide (fto) was used as a basis for the photoelectrode. the transparent tape (scotch, magictm tape) was used to tape the conductive glass on the table and make sure that the conductive side was facing up using the multimeter probes (sanwa, yx360trf). a tio2 paste was quickly spread by doctor blade technique as evenly as possible into an area of 1 cm2 using a clean glass rod. 2.2.3 preparation of electrolyte the electrolyte solution of iodide/triiodide containing 0.4 m lithium iodide, 0.4 m tetrabutylammonium iodide and 0.04 m iodine (i2) was dissolved in 0.3 m nmethylbenzimidazole in a solvent mixture of acetonitrile and 3-methoxypropionitrile with a volume ratio of 1:1. i−/i3− is a common electrolyte in an acetonitrile (organic solvents) which was used in this study. to facilitate electron transport, lithium ion was added. this electrolyte is suitable for ion diffusion and infiltrates well into the tio2 film, exhibiting the highest efficiency among all dsscs. 2.2.4 dssc assembly prepared electrode was placed facing upward, and the conductive side of the counter electrode faced the tio2 film and sealed by gum. a dssc was assembled by introducing liquid electrolyte into the space between the photo anode (electrode) and the counter electrode (cathode) by capillary action. 2.2.5 characterization and measurements ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|15   the light absorption spectrum peaks and functional groups of anthocyanin extracted from s. reginae flowers were assigned using uv-vis spectroscopy (perkin elmer, lambda 35) and ftir spectra (thermo scientific nicolet 6700). the solar energies to electricity conversion efficiencies were measured under simulated solar light (am 1.5,100 mw/cm2). based on the photo current-voltage (i–v) curve, the fill factor (ff) can be determined using the formula: ff= (imax × vmax) / (isc × voc) where imax and vmax are the photocurrent and photovoltage for pmax (maximum power output), isc is the short-circuit photocurrent and voc is the open-circuit photovoltage. the overall solar conversion efficiency (η) of a dssc is defined as: η = (isc × voc) × ff / pin where pin is the input power. 3. results and discussion 3.1 experimental parameters 3.1.1 absorption of natural dyes figure 1 shows uv-vis absorption spectrum of the natural dye extracted. a broad main absorption peak of dye extracted from s. reginae in the visible region of the spectrum was found at a wavelength between around 350 and 520 nm. the absorption spectrum for the flowers extract of s. reginae agrees with that of anthocyanin [11, 17]. s. reginae flower contains abundant anthocyanin [18, 19]. the photographic image of s. reginae is shown as an inset in figure 1. figure (1): uv-vis absorption spectrum of dye obtained from s. reginae. the inset shows the photographic image of the flowers petals 3.1.2 structure of extracted dye 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 a b so rb a n ce  ( a .u .) wavelength (nm) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|16   identification of the functional group for the chemical active compound of s. reginae extract was measured using ftir spectrum based on the peak values in the region of infrared radiation. the ftir spectrum of natural dye is shown in figure 2. the oh group appears as the broadest peak at wavelength between 3000 cm−1 to 3700 cm−1, which could be attributed to extraction solvent (water or ethanol). the region of the spectrum between 1500-2000cm-1 allows infrared absorption of c=c. moreover, the c=o group at 1634 cm−1 and the peak at 1404 cm−1 corresponds to alkanes contained h-c-h group with slightly difference in the intensity of transmittance. the c-o groups are positioned at 1126 cm−1 and 1066 cm−1 indicating high amounts of dye. the aldehydes were found in wavelength between 900 cm−1 to 600 cm−1 emerging from the base of the natural organic dye [20-22]. figure (2): ftir spectrum of dye obtained from s. reginae flowers 3.1.3 effect of solvent on dye extraction anthocyanin was extracted from flowers petals of s. reginae using five different solvents: ethanol, acetonitrile, methanol, chloroform and n-hexane at room temperature in dark condition for 24 hours. figure 3 shows the effect of different solvent types on the extraction of natural dye from s. reginae flowers. among all dyes extracts, the ethanol extract exhibited the highest absorbance of dye of 0.974a.u. followed by acetonitrile of 0.825a.u. and methanol of 0.809a.u. this result may be due to the fact that natural organic dyes were often extracted in higher concentrations using polar organic solvents such as ethanol [23]. current result was in agreement with previous investigation of chatha et al. (2006) who mentioned that higher extract yield from plant species of rice was obtained using high polar organic solvents. in general, dyes extraction using various solvents offered the highest absorption level with ethanol (95%) [24]. ethanol has been extensively used to extract natural dyes from different organs of various plants [25]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|17   figure (3): effect of five different solvents on the extract absorbance of s. reginae 3.1.4 effect of temperature on dye extraction to determine the maximum concentration of the extracted dye, the effect of temperature on the extraction of dye from flowers of s. reginae was studied. the effect of four different temperatures 30, 50, 70, and 90 ᵒc on dye extraction was investigated (figure 4). aqueous solution of optimal solvent (ethanol:water, 70:30 v/v) used. it can be seen in figure 4, there was an increase in concentration of petal extract of s. reginae flowers which was stable at temperature of 30, 50, and 70 ᵒc. an increase of dye concentration maybe caused by an increase of dye molecules diffusivity and dye solubility that related to increase of the internal energy of molecules which lead to increasing of the extract concentration [26]. a major effect of the increase of temperature was to increase the extraction yield [27]. the results show that the optimal temperature was 70 °c and there was a sharp decrease of dye concentration from 0.827 at temperature of 70 °c to 0.521 at temperature of 90 °c. due to the high susceptibility of dyes to high temperature, the increase of temperature leads to a decrease in dyes yield. temperature above 70 °c probably caused a decrease in the extract concentration due to degradation of chemical structure of dye. durling et al. (2007) reported that an increase in extraction temperature leads to increase of extraction yield. they mentioned also, that the dye solution concentration was decreased because of extracting more inactive compounds at the higher temperature (90°c) [28]. however, further temperature increases to 90°c resulted in lower dye yield [29]. 0.086 0.683 0.809 0.825 0.974 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 n‐hexane chloroform methanol acetonitrile ethanol a b so rb a n ce  ( a .u .) solvent ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|18   figure (4): effect of four different temperatures on the extract concentration of s. reginae 3.1.5 effect of ph on dye extraction the mixture solution of ethanol (ethanol: water 70:30 v/v) at temperature of 70 °c for flowers of s. reginae under ph graduate values from 4, 6, 8 to 10 for time of 30 min were used to select the optimal ph value to obtain higher concentration of a dye. the extract solution of flowers of s. reginae showed higher concentration at acidic media, especially at ph 4 (0.902). it was also found that the dyes concentration gradually increases from 0.328 at ph of 10 to 0.902 at ph of 4. to find out the reason behind this phenomenon, the c, h, n elemental analyses for extracted dye have been done. elemental analyses of natural extract showed the presence of n (10.52%), c (18.97%) and h (2.229%) contents, the alkalinity and the solubility of these nitrogenous compounds will increase in acidic media (low ph), and this will increase the concentration of natural extracts. devi et al. (2012) reported that the ph had the great effect on the stability of extracted dye [30]. figure (5): effect of four different phs on the extract concentration of s. reginae 0.362 0.684 0.827 0.521 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 30 50 70 90 c o n ce n tr a ti o n temperature ᵒc 0.902 0.617 0.452 0.328 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 4 6 8 10 c o n ce n tr a ti o n ph ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|19   3.2 optical and morphological properties of extracted dye and sensitizer 3.2.1 surface morphology of tio2 figure 6a shows the sem image of pure tio2. this figure revealed that tio2 particles aggregated to form nanoclusters and we can also observe that the tio2 matrix is porous and has agglomeration. figure 6b shows the sem image of natural dye extracted from flowers of s. reginae after adsorbed onto the tio2 surface. this figure exhibited that the aggregation of tio2 particles increased. it was also shown a mesoporous surface of the spherical tio2 nanoparticles that form nano-pores across the surface and the spherical shape of the particles slightly changed because of the adsorption of anthocyanin dye on the surface of tio2. these results were in agreement with previous studies of ananth et al. (2014) [31] and noor et al. (2011) [19]. figure (6): sem images of (a) pure tio2 and (b) tio2– s. reginae 3.2.2 energy dispersive x-ray (edx) analysis figure 7a shows the edx spectrum of tio2 particles. the edx analysis of the tio2 shows the presence of titanium and oxygen. the spectrum of titanium (ti) and oxygen (o) exhibit distinguished peaks. the edx data showed a peak at 0.2kev and a sharp peak at 4.2kev. another intense peak appears at 4.5kev. as shown in table 1, the weight of ti and o are 57.24% and 42.76%, respectively, which confirms the high purity of tio2 particles that will be used as photo materials with the natural dye. figure 7b show the edx spectrum of tio2 after adsorbed a dye of s. reginae flowers. in addition to the peaks of ti and o, figure 7b showed another prominent peak of the functional group of the dye. as shown in table 1 and figure 7b, it was clearly seen that the presence of carbon (c) from dye of s. reginae at the weight of 39.93%. this result indicates the presence of the functional groups of the natural dye which are important to adsorb the dye on the tio2 surface. this adsorption is necessary to transfer the electrons from dye to tio2 [4, 32]. (a)  (b) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|20   table (1): edx data of pure and dyed tio2 with extract of s. reginae flower figure (7): edx spectra of (a) pure tio2 and (b) tio2– s. reginae 3.2.3 x-ray diffraction (xrd) analysis figure 8a shows the x-ray diffraction pattern of the tio2 nanoparticles. the well resolved diffraction peaks centered at the 2θ values of: 25.29ᵒ, 37.77ᵒ, 48.05ᵒ, 53.84ᵒ, 55.05ᵒ, 62.63ᵒ, 67.88ᵒ, 70.16ᵒ, 75.03ᵒ and 75.17ᵒ. the experimental xrd pattern agrees with the jcpds card no. 21-1272 (anatase tio2) of the xrd pattern of tio2 nanoparticles and other literature [33]. the inhibition of tio2 crystallinity after adsorbing an anthocyanin dye of s. reginae flowers was investigated by x-ray analysis (figure 8b). this finding confirms that the s. reginae dye was adsorbed on the surface of tio2 film. pure tio2 tio2/ s. reginae element wt.% at. % element wt.% at. % ti 57.24 30.89 ti 16.42 5.36 o 42.76 69.11 o 43.66 42.66 c 39.93 51.98 (a)  (b)  ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|21   figure (8): xrd of (a) pure tio2 and (b) tio2– s. reginae 3.3 performance of dssc sensitized with the extracted natural dye to test the activity of extracted natural dye as sensitizer for dssc, the cell was fabricated using anthocyanin dye extracted from s. reginae flowers as photosensitizer. the corresponding current-voltage (i-v) curve of the dssc of extracted dye under am 1.5 solar illumination was shown in figure 9. the performance of anthocyanin dye as sensitizer for dssc was evaluated by voc, isc, ff and energy conversion efficiency (ƞ). the photoelectrochemical parameters of the dssc sensitized with flower extract are listed in table 2. ftir spectrum of anthocyanin dye from s. reginae flowers show the presence of oh group appeared at wavelength between 3000 cm-1 to 3700 cm-1 and the sharp peak at wavelength of 1634 cm−1 which attributed to the presence of c=o group (figure 2). furthermore, the general chemical structure of an anthocyanin molecule contains carbonyl and hydroxyl groups which bound to the surface of the tio2 semiconductor to allow electron transfer from the sensitizer (anthocyanin dye molecules) to the conduction band of the porous tio2 film [34, 16]. in this study, the dssc based on anthocyanin dye exhibited the conversion efficiency of 0.1% with voc of 0.51 v, isc of 0.6 ma/cm-2 and ff of 36.83% (table 2). the dssc sensitized by an extract of s. reginae mainly composed of anthocyanin did not offer high photo to electric conversion efficiency in dssc (0.1%). this is because of low available bonds between the dye and tio2 molecules which caused low interaction between dye from flowers and tio2 molecules which led to deficiency of the electrons transfer from excited dye molecules of flowers extract to tio2 thin film [35]. these results were in agreement with minicante et al. (2016) [36]. calogero et al. (2008) found that the conversion efficiency of dssc fabricated with anthocyanin extracted from red sicilian orange juice higher than of that extracted from strawberry or blueberry juice [37]. kimpa et al. (2012) reported that the photoelectric conversion efficiency of dssc fabricated with anthocyanin dye extracted from flam tree flower was 0.2% [38]. 0 50 100 150 200 250 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 in te n si ty  ( a .u ) 2‐theta (degree) (a) (b) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|22   table (2): photoelectrochemical parameters of the dssc using s. reginae extract figure (9): photocurrent–voltage curve for dssc sensitized with s. reginae extract 4. conclusion in this work, the performance of dssc was evaluated. this dssc was sensitized for the first time using anthocyanin dye extracted from flowers of strelitzia reginae. the higher energy conversion efficiency (ƞ) of 0.1%, fill factor (ff) of 36.83%, open-circuit voltage (voc) of 0.51v and short-circuit current (isc) of 0.6 ma/cm-2, were obtained from fabricated dssc. the effect of solvent, temperature and ph on natural extract yield was investigated. the optimum conditions of natural dye extraction were achieved using ethanol as the polar organic solvent at temperature of 70 ᵒc which indicates the stability of dye at relatively high temperature and ph of 4. from the results of the current study we found there was a sharp decrease of dye concentration from 0.827 at temperature of 70 °c to 0.521 at temperature of 90 °c. the presence of natural dyes and their functional groups was determined using uv-vis absorption spectroscopy and ftir. results of c, h, n elemental analysis indicated the presence of n which lep to increase of the extracted dye concentration in acidic media gradually from 0.328 at ph 10 to 0.902 at ph 4. correlation between carbon contents and sensitizer performance was indicated by sem, edx and xrd studies. acknowledgments author would like to thank universiti kebangsaan malaysia and university of baghdad, college of education of pure science-ibn al-haitham, department of biology for providing facilities to achieve this study. references [1] m. l., parisi; s.maranghi, and r. basosi, the evolution of the dye sensitized solar cells from grätzel prototype to up-scaled solar applications: a life cycle assessment approach. renewable and sustainable energy reviews 39: 124-138. 2014 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 c u rr e n t  d e n si ty  ( m a /c m 2 ) voltage (v) dye voc (v) isc (ma) jsc )2ma/cm( vm (v) im (ma) pmax (w) η % ff % s. reginae 0.51 0.6 0.6 0.295 0.4 0.1 0.1 36.83 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|23   [2] m. gratzel,dye-sensitized solar cells, j. photochem. photobiol., c 4 .145–153. 2003 [3] h. zhou;w. liqiong; g. yurong, and m. tingli, dye-sensitized solar cells using 20 natural dyes as sensitizers, j. photochem. photobiol. a chem. 219:188–194. 2011 [4] m. a. m al-alwani;a. norasikin ludin;abu bakar mohamad; abd. amir h. kadhum, and kamaruzzaman sopian, extraction, preparation and application of pigments from cordyline fruticosa and hylocereus polyrhizus as sensitizers for dye-sensitized solar cells. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy 179: 23–31. 2017 [5] k.wongcharee ; v. meeyoo,and s. chavadej,dye-sensitized solar cell using natural dyes extracted from rosella and blue pea flowers, sol. energy mater. sol. cells 91 566– 571. 2006 [6] m. a. m. al-alwani ; abu bakar mohamad; abdul amir h. kadhum, and n.a. ludin, effect of solvents on extraction and adsorption of natural dyes extracted from cordyline fruticosa and hylocereus polyrhizus. asian journal of chemistry 26(18): 6285-6288. 2014. [7] l. giribabu, ; s.v. kumar; v.k. challuri, s. yarasi, g.r. veerannagari, y.r. paidi, organicruthenium (ii) polypyridyl complex based sensitizer for dye-sensitized solar cell application, adv. optoelectron (8 pp). 2011. [8] . m. a. m.al-alwani; abu bakar mohamad; a. norasikin; abd.ludin; amir h. kadhum, and kamaruzzaman sopian, dye-sensitised solar cells: development, structure, operation principles, electron kinetics, characterisation, synthesis materials and natural photosensitisers. renewable and sustainable energy reviews 65: 183– 213. 2016. [9] m.alhamed; a.s.issa, and a.w. doubal,studying of natural dyes properties as photosensitizer for dye sensitized solar cells (dssc). journal of electron devices 16: 13701383. , 2012 [10] p.luo; h.niu; g.zheng; x., bai; m.zhang, and w.wang; from salmon pink to blue natural sensitizers for solar cells: canna indica l., salvia splendens, cowberry and solanum nigrum l. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy 74(4): 936-942. 2009. [11] h.zhou;l. wu;y. gao, and t. ma,. dye-sensitized solar cells using 20 natural dyes as sensitizers. journal of photochemistry and photobiology a: chemistry 219(2): 188194. 2011 [12] g.calogero; j.-h.yum; a. sinopoli; g. di marco; m. grätzel, and m. k. nazeeruddin, anthocyanins and betalains as light-harvesting pigments for dyesensitized solar cells. solar energy 86(5):1563-1575. 2012. [13] a. s. polo, and n. y. murakami iha. blue sensitizers for solar cells: natural dyes from calafate and jaboticaba. solar energy materials and solar cells 90(13): 1936-1944. , 2006 [14] j. fernando, and g. senadeera. natural anthocyanins as photosensitizers for dyesensitized solar devices. current science 95(5): 663-666. 2008 [15] h. chang, and y.j. lo,pomegranate leaves and mulberry fruit as natural sensitizers for dye-sensitized solar cells. solar energy 84: 1833-1837. 2010 [16] m. a. m.al-alwani; abu bakar mohamad; abd. amir h. kadhum, and a.norasikin ludin, effect of solvents on the extraction of natural pigments and adsorption onto tio2 for dye-sensitized solar cell applications. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy 138:130–137. 2015. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|24   [17] n.gokilamani; n.muthukumarasamy; m.thambidurai; a. ranjitha, and d.velauthapillai, grape pigment (malvidin-3-fructoside) as natural sensitizer for dyesensitized solar cells. materials for renewable and sustainable energy 3(3): 1-7. 2014. [18] s.porrarud, and a.pranee, microencapsulation of zn-chlorophyll pigment from pandan leaf by spray drying and its characteristic. international food research journal 17: 1031-1042. 2010 [19] m.m.noor;m.h.buraidah;s.n.f.yusuf; m.a.careem; s.r. majid, and a.k. arof, performance of dye-sensitized solar cells with (pvdf-hfp)–ki–ec–pc electrolyte and different dye materials. international journal of photoenergy 2011: 1-5. 2011. [20] r.m.silverstein;g.c. bassler, and t.c. morrill,spectrometric identification of organic compounds. 8th edition. london: john wiley & sons. 2014 [21] h.kim;y.bin;s.karthick;k.hemalatha;c.justin raj venkatesan; s. park s. and vijayakumar, g. natural dye extracted from rhododendron species flowers as a photosensitized in dye-sensitized solar cell. international journal of electrochemcal science 8: 6734-6743. 2013. [22] h.chang; h.m.wu; t.l., chen, huang; k.d., c.s. jwo, and y.j. lo, dye-sensitized solar cell using natural dyes extracted from spinach and ipomoea. journal of alloys and compound 495: 606-610. 2010. [23] f.anwar; m.manzoor, and j.r.bajwa,. antioxidant activity of solvent extracts of strawberry (f. ananassa) using various antioxidant assays. pakistan journal of analytical chemical 5(2): 28-37. 2006 [24] s.a.s.chatha;f.anwar;m.manzoor, and j.r. bajwa, evaluation of the antioxidant activity of rice bran extracts using different antioxidant assays. grasas y aceites 57: 328-335. 2006. [25] m.h., abdille;r.p.singh; g.k. jayaprakasha, and b.s jena, antioxidant activity of the extracts from dillenia indica fruits. food chemistry 90: 891–896. 2005 [26] n. abd razak;s. m. tumin, and tajuddin, r. effect of temperature on the color of natural dyes extracted using pressurized hot water extraction method. american journal of applied sciences 8(1): 45-49. 2011 [27]m.a.m.jinasena;a.d.u.s.amarasinghe;b.m.w.p.k.amarasinghe,andm.a.b. prashantha, extraction and degradation of chlorophyll a and b from alternanthera sessilis. journal of the national science foundation of sri lanka 44(1): 11–21. 2016 [28] n.e.durling;o.j.catchpole;j.b. grey;webby,r.f.; mitchell, k.a; and l.y. foo extraction of phenolics and essential oil from dried sage (salvia officinalis) using ethanol–water mixtures. food chemistry 101: 1417–1424. 2007. [29] b.pongnaravane;m. goto; m.sasaki;anekpankul, t;pavasant, p, and shotipruk, a. extraction of anthraquinones from roots of morinda citrifolia l. by pressurized hot water: antioxidant activity of extracts. the journal of supercritical fluids 37: 390– 396. 2006 [30] p.s.devi; m. saravanakumar, and s. mohandas, the effects of temperature and ph on stability of anthocyanins from red sorghum (sorghum bicolor) bran. african journal of food science 24: 567-573. 2012. [31] s.ananth;p.vivek;g.s. kumar,and murugakoothan, p. performance of caesalpinia sappan heartwood extract as photo sensitizer for dye sensitized solar cells. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy 137: 345-350. 2015. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1766 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|25   [32] m.hamadanian; j.safaei-ghomi; m.hosseinpour; r.masoomi; and jabbari, v. uses of new natural dye photosensitizers in fabrication of high potential dye-sensitized solar cells (dsscs). materials science in semiconductor processing 27: 733-739. 2014. [33] k.thamaphat; p. limsuwan, and b.ngotawornchai, phase transition of tio2 powder by xrd and tem. kasetsart journal (natural science), 42, 357-361. 2008 [34] s.hao; j. wu; y.huang, and j. lin, natural dyes as photosensitizers for dye-sensitized solar cell. solar energy 80(2): 209-214. 2006 [35] c.g. kuo, and b.j. sheen. seaweed chlorophyll on the light-electron efficiency of dssc. journal of the chinese chemical society 58(2): 186-190. 2011 [36]s.a.minicante;e.ambrosi;m.back; j.barichello; cattaruzza,e.; gonella, f.;scantamburlo, e. and trave, e. development of an eco-protocol for seaweed chlorophylls extraction and possible applications in dye sensitized solar cells. journal of physics d applied physics 49: 295601-295608. 2016. [37] g.calogero, and g.d. marco, red sicilian orange and purple eggplant fruit as natural sensitizers for dye-sensitized solar cells. solar energy materials and solar cells 92: 1341-1346. 2008. [38] r. syafinar;n. gomesh;m. irwanto;m. fareq,andy.m. irwan, cocktail dyes from blueberry and dragon fruit in the application for dssc, arpn j. eng. appl. sci. 10 (15) 1–8. 2015.   conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |69 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis, spectroscopic and theoretical studies of some new transition metal complexes with mixed ligands schiff base and bipyridyl abbas ali salih al-hamdani dept. of chemistry/college of science for women/university of baghdad maher abdulrazk mohammad alta'yy nawres khalid gabraael al-dulyme dept. of chemistry/ college of education for women/ university of mousl received in:23/march/2016،accepted in:9/october/2016 abstract the complexes shiff base and mixed ligands complexes of bipyridyl and schiff base 1,5dimethyl-4-(5-oxohexan-2-ylideneamino)-2-phenyl-1h-pyrazol-3(2h)-one (l) with cr(iii), mn(ii), fe(ii) and co(ii) were prepared. the compounds have been characterized by ft-ir, uv-vis, mass and 1 h and 13 c-nmr spectra, magnetic moment, elemental microanalyses (c.h.n.), chloride containing, atomic absorption and molar conductance. the studies made are indicating towards octahedral geometry for these complexes. hyper chem-8 program has been used to prediction structural geometries of compounds in gas state, the heat of formation, binding energy, total energy and electronic energy and dipole moment at 298 o k. the compounds were also screened for their bioactive to antibacterial and antifungal. key words: complexes, mixed ligands, bipyrdayl, bioactive. chemistry |70 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction schiff bases are a class of important compounds in medical and pharmaceutical field. they show biological activities including antibacterial, antifungal[1,2], anticancer and herbicidal activities[3]. the notion of mixed ligands complexes is always fascinating to the chemistry interest in synthesis because of their easiness of synthesis and generally less time requirement for using synthesized ligand and metal salt these reactions to happen than normal complex formation reaction. these formation have prompted many researchers to publish their research work in this wonderful and interesting area of study[4-6]. mixed ligand complexes play an important role in numerous biological and chemical systems such as water softening, ion exchange resin, drying, electroplating, photosynthesis in plants, antioxidant, removal of undesirable and harmful metals from living organisms. much of these metal complexes exhibit good biological activity against pathogenic microorganisms[7-13]. bipyridyl and its derivatives are betwen the most more utilized class of ligands [14-51]. in report herein the synthesis and spectroscopic studies as well as the thermal realization of a new mixed ligands bipyridyl and schiff base with some transition metals to cr(iii), mn(ii), fe(ii) and co(ii). the complexes were characterized by ft.ir, uv-vis, mass spectra, magnetic moment, elemental microanalyses (c.h.n.), chloride containt, atomic absorption and molar conductance, were obtained to determine the structure of the complexes, theoretical and also studies of biological activeties. materials and methods the following chemicals were commercially available and were used without further purification: (2,5-hexanedione, 4-aminoantpyrene, fecl2.h2o, aldrich)( diethyl ether, cacl2, bipyridyl, crcl3.6h2o, bdh) (dmso, pure ethanol, methanol, fluka)(mncl2.4h2o cocl2.6h2o, reedel). ft-ir spectra were recorded in the range (4000-400) cm-1 on a shimadzu 3800, spectrometer. electronic absorption spectra were recorded in the range (200-900)nm for solution in dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso) (103-) on a shimadzu 160 spectrophotometer. 1h 13c nmr spectra were recorded using bruker 400 mhz spectrometer elemental (c.h.n) analyses were carried out on a perkin-elmer automatic equipment model 240.b. mass spectra were obtained by using lc-mass 100p shimadzu. melting points obtained on a buchi smp 20 capillary melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. metal ratio were identified using a shimadzu (a.a) 680g atomic absorption spectrometer. conductivity measurements were measured for solution in dmso(103-) using a jenway 4071 digital conductivity meter in room temperature, chloride ion content is specified by using potentiometric titration method at a 686-titro processor – 665 dosimat metrohm swiss. magnetic properties were measured using (magnetic susceptibility balance model msrmki). study of bioactivity: all the metal complexes,ligands and metal salts were screened against staphylococcus aureus (gram positive ) and pseudomonas aeruginosa (gram negative) bacteria as well fungi like penicillium expansum, fusarium graminearum, macrophomina phasealina, and candida albicans, by using the wall agar diffusion method. using solvent (dmso), the concentration of the compounds by this exposure was (10-3 m) by using disc sensitivity inspection. this method involves the exposure of the zone inhibition toward the diffusion from micro-organism on agar plate. the plates were incubated for 24 and 48 hurs of bacteria and fungi respectively at 37 oc. chemistry |71 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis of schiff base ligand: 1,5-dimethyl-4-(5-oxohexan-2ylideneamino)-2-phenyl-1h-pyrazol-3 (2h) -one. (16) a solution of 4-aminoantpyrene (1 g, 4.92 mmol) in methanol (25 ml) was mixed with a solution of 2,5-hexanedione (0.56g, 4.92mmol). the reaction was stirred and heated at (4050)°c for four hrs. a colorless precipitated formed which was washed with diethyl ether and recrystallized from ethanol: water (1:1) mixture. the product was dried via anhydrous cacl2 in vacuum as shown in scheme (1). the yield is (1.38g), 93.66%, mp.179°c. n n h3c h3c o nh2 ch3 c ch2 h2c c h3c o o n n h3c h3c o n ch3 c h2c ch2 c ch3 o h2o 1,5-dimethyl-4-(5-oxohexan-2-ylideneamino) -2-phenyl-1h -pyrazol-3(2h )-one 2,5-hexanedione meoh / ref luxe 4aminoantipyrene scheme (1) synthesis of schiff base complexes a solution of schiff base ligand (0.25g, 0.836 mmole) in methanol was added gradually with stirring to 0.105g, 0.222g, 0.165g 0.198g respectively, of fecl2.h2o, crcl3.6h2o, mncl2.4h2o and cocl2.6h2o, respectively. the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux and the solid wase collected by filtration recrystallized from ethanol and dried in labortory temperature. microelemental analysis data, yiled and color at the compounds are given in table(1). synthesis of mixed ligands complexes a solution of the schiff base ligand (0.25g, 0.836 mmole)in methanol was added gradually with stirring to the 0.105g, 0.222g, 0.165g 0.198g respectively, of fecl2.h2o, crcl3.6h2o, mncl2.4h2o and cocl2.6h2o, respectively.it was added to the mixture gradually while stirring (0.13g,0.836mmol)of bipyrdayl dissolved in (10)cm 3 methanol, the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux and the solids were collected by filtration recrystallized from ethanol and dried in room temperature. microelemental analysis data, color and yield for the compounds are given in table (1). programs used in theoretical calculation hyper chem-8 program is a sophisticated molecular modeler, editor and powerful computational pack that are known for its type, flexibility and ease of use. it is also uniting 3d visualization and animation with quantum chemical calculations, molecular mechanics and dynamics. at the present work, parameterization method (pm3) was used for the calculation of heat of binding energy and formation for all metal complexes. pm3 is more popular than last semi empirical method due to the availability of algorithms and it is more accurate than last method .pm3 / tm is an extension of the pm3 method to include orbital’s with transition metals[17]. chemistry |72 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 results and discussion the lc-mass for ligand (schiff base) (299.3m/ z) with (c17h21n3o2), (244.2 m/ z) with (c14h18n3o), (243.3m/ z) with (c14h17n3o) and (144.2m/ z) with (c6h14n3o). 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6, ppm): δ 2.044 (s‚3h, n=c-ch3), 2.147 (s‚3h, o=c-ch3), 3.11 (s, 3h, c=cch3), 3.31 (s‚3h, n-ch3), 5.88 (tri, 4h, ch2-ch2), 7.282-7.513 (m, 5h, ar-h). 13 c-nmr (100.622 mhz, dmso-d6): δ 162.22 (c16), 153.25 (c12), 134.67 (c4), 129 (c2, 6), 127 (c8, 10), 124.31 (c9), 109.83 (c11), 105.95(c7), 77.25(c5, 15), 76.93(c3), 50.41(c17), 36.09 (c4), 12.5 (c13), 10.62 (c1), shown the figure (1). molar conductance values in (dmso) solution (10-3m) were found in the range (12-23) s. cm2 mol-1for all complexes cr(iii), mn(ii), fe(ii) and co(ii) which indicates that they are non-electrolytes, except that of cr(iii) mixed ligand complex with bipyrdyl (43) s. cm 2 . mol 1 which refers to electrolyte nature (1:1) [18,19]. physical properties and elemental microanalysis in are listed in table(1). mass spectra for complexes high resolution mass spectra of the [mn(l)cl2(h2o)2], [co(l)cl2(h2o)2] and mixed ligands [cr(l)(bipy)cl2]cl , [mnl(bipy)cl2] and [fel(bipy)cl2] complexes, shous parent ion peak m/z=461.3(m), 465.2(m), 614.3(m), 581.3(m), 571.4(m) respectively[19]. further details for the fragmentation and their relative abunduance for each compound are given in table(2). ir spectra 1.infrared spectra from free ligands the spectrum of ligands(l) and bipy exhibited weak bands at 3035 and 3055 cm-1, this could be attributed to ν(c-h) aromatic respectively. other strong bands belong to the ν(c=n) were found at 1640 and 1617 cm -1 respectively. the spectrum of ligand l, was noticed band at exhibited two bands 1740 and 1696 cm -1 which lwere attributed to ν(c=o)ring of pyrazol and ν(c=o) respectively. 2.infrared spectra complexes the infrared spectra from the prepared complexes exhibited ν(c=n) at the range from 1616-1626cm -1 which exhibited a shifting to the lower frequencies 16-18 cm -1 comparison with ligand (l), also appeared shifting to the higher frequencies among 9-7 cm -1 comparison with ligand (bipy), whose indicated the coordination from ligands with metal ions through the nitrogen atoms by their structures. the spectra of complexes showed bands in the range of 1670-1678cm-1 were differentiate for the carbonyl group which suffer a shift. so, it is suggested that the oxygen atom of the carbonyl group is coordinated with the metal ion [11]. the spectra of complexes showed bands at (487-548) cm -1 referred to the ν(m-n) and in the range of (412-490)cm -1 which was attributed to the of ν(m-o) [20-22]. this indicates that the ligand was coordinated with the metal ions through o carbonyl groups and n azomethine group. the ir-spectral data for the ligands and prepared complexes were listed in table(3) uv–vis spectra, magnetic moments the electronic spectrum from the ligands of schiff base and bipy exhibit intense absorption in (282,280)nm attributed to π→π* respectively. cr(iii) complexes [cr(l)cl3 (h2o)] and [cr(l)cl2(bipy)]cl gave two absorptions at (287, 299nm) assigned to ligand field respectively. the electronic spectrum of [cr(l)cl3(h2o)] complex showed three broad peaks at 493, 601 and 668 nm assigned to(d-d) transition type 4 a2g → 4 t1g (p), 4 a2g → 4 t1g (f), 4 a2g → 4 t2g (f) respectively and the given peak at 361 nm due for charge transfer (c.t). the electronic spectrum of [cr(l)cl2(bipy)]cl complex showed three broad peaks at 487,640 and 752nm chemistry |73 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 assigned to(d-d) transition type 4 a2g→ 4 t1g(p), 4 a2g→ 4 t1g(f), 4 a2g→ 4 t2g(f) respectively and a peak at 414 nm due to charge transfer (c.t). mn(ii) complexes [mn(l)cl2(h2o)2] and[mnl(bipy)cl2] gave absorptions at (293, 293nm) assigned to ligand field respectively. the electronic spectrum of [mnlcl2(h2o)2] complex showed two broad peaks at 429 and 488 nm assigned to (d-d) transition type 6 a1g → 4 a1g, 4 eg(4g), 6 a1g → 4 t2g(4g) respectively. the electronic spectrum of [mnl(bipy)cl2] complex showed two broad peaks at 498 and 632nm assigned to(d-d) transition type 6 a1g→ 4 a1g, 4 eg(4g), 6 a1g→ 4 t2g(4g) respectively and apeak at 428 nm due to charge transfer(c.t). fe(ii) complexes [fe(l) cl2(h2o)2] and [fe(l)cl2(bipy)] gave absorptions at (279, 282,348nm) assigned to ligand field respectively. the electronic spectrum of [fe(l)cl2(h2o)2] complex showed one broad peak at 481 nm assigned to(d-d) transition type 5 t2g(d) → 5 e1g(d) and two peaks at (359, 438nm ) due to charge transfer (c.t). [fe(l)cl2(bipy)] complexes showed one broad peak at 489nm assigned to 5 t2g(d) → 5 e1g(d) and one peak at 436nm due to charge transfer (c.t). co(ii) complexes [co( l)cl2(h2o)2] and [co(l)cl2(bipy)] gave two absorptions at (280, 298nm) assigned to ligand field respectively. the spectrum of [co( l)cl2(h2o)2] complex showed three broad peaks at 611, 652 and 664 nm assigned to(d-d) transition type 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p), 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f) to 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t2g(f),transition respectively and two peaks at 414 and 488nm due to charge transfer (c.t). the spectrum of [co(l)cl2(bipy)] complex showed three broad peaks at 621,669 and 760nm assigned to(d-d) transition type 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p), 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f), 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t2g(f) transition respectively. the (d-d) electronic transition for all prepared complexes were in a good agreement for octahedral geometry around cr(iii), mn(ii), fe(ii) and co(ii) central ion. the magnetic moment value (3.78, 3.79), (5.93, 5.81), (4.91, 5.00) and (3.70, 3.65) b.m. of cr(iii) (d 3 ) mn(ii) (d 5 ), fe(ii) (d 6 ) and co(ii) (d 7 ) complexes respectively are typical for octahedral geometry [22-24]. all these electronic spectra data can be shown in table (4). electrostatic potentials electron distribution governs the electrostatic potential of the molecules. the electrostatic potential (e.p) term the interaction of energy from the molecular system with a positive point charge. (e.p) is helpful at finding sites of reaction in a molecule; positively charged species tend to attack a molecule where the electro static potential is strongly negative (electrophonic attack) [17]. the (e.p) of the free ligand was calculated and shape as 2d contour to investigate the reactive sites from the molecules show in figure (3). also one can interpret the stereo chemistry and rates of many reactions involving “soft” electrophiles and nucleophiles on terms from the properties of frontier orbital homo and lumo. the results of calculations show that the lumo of transition metal ions prefer to reaction with the homo of two-donor atoms of oxygen carbonyl and nitrogen from azomethen group at free ligands [25], figure (2). all theoretically probable structures of free ligand and their complexes have been calculated through (pm3) and (zindo/1) methods in gas state to search for the most probable model building stable structure. calculation from parameters has been optimized bond lengths of the free ligand and metal complexes which to give excellent agreement with the experimental data as shown in table (5). antimicrobial activity of ligands and all complexes bipyridyl, schiff base, metal salts and their complexes of transition metals were screened for antibacterial and antifungal activity. the entire tested compound exhibited variable activity antifungal and antibacterial as shown in figures (4 and 5). schiff base activity exhibited antibacterial against s. aureus and p.aeruginosa but activity was to be lower than the metal complexes and salts metals. bipy also exhibited activity antibacterial against s. aureus and p.aeruginosa but activity high in complexes and metal chemistry |74 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 salts as shown in, figure (4). schiff base which did not exhibit have antifungal activity but exhibited activity was in some metal complexes and salts metals as shown in, figure (4). where exhibited crl and col complex activity lower compared with salts of cr and co against p.expansum and f. graminearum. while the bipy and some salts metals exhibiting antifungal strong activity against p.expansum and c. albicans, by not exhibited antifungal activity against f.graminearum and m. phaseolina as compared with the antimicrobial activity with some mixed ligand metal complexes which exhibited antifungal activity top than ligands as shown in(5). exhibited some complexes prepared antifungal activity strong against f.graminearum and m. phaseolina as compared with the ligands which did not exhibite antimicrobial activity. from the data shown in the table (6) and figures (6,7,8,9 and 10) alot of compounds exhibited bio activety againts 2 kinds of bacteria and 4 kinds of fungal. references 1. baseer, m.a; jadhav, v.d.; phule, r.m.; archana, y.v and vibhute, y.b. (2000). synthesis and antibacterial activity of some new schiff bases, orient.j.chem.,16(3)553-556. 2. pandeya, s.n.; sriram, d. ; nath,g and declereq, e.. (1999). synthesis and antimicrobial activity of schiff and mannich bases of isatin and its derivatives with pyrimidine ilfarmaco.,54(9)624-628. 3. pathak,p.; jolly,v.s and sharma,k.p. (2000). synthesis and biological activities of some new substituted arylazo schiff bases. orient.j.chem. 16(1)161. 4. kiruthika, m.; elayaperumal r. and vennila, t. (2012). synthesis and antifungal potential of a ruthenium(ii) complex. der chemica sinica, 2012, 3(5), 1175-1180. 5. gaikwad, s. t.; rajbhoj, a. s. and arbad, b. r. (2012). study of mixed ligand complexes of copper (ii) with enalpril maleate as primary ligand and some peptides as secondary ligand. der chemica sinica,.; 3(6): 1348-1351. 6. sharam, s. ; ramani, j. ; bhalodia, j. ; patel, n. ;thakkar, k. and patel, r. (2011). synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of some transition metal complexes (mn, co, zn, ni) with l-proline and kojic acid advances in applied research.; 2(4): 374-382. 7. mrinalinil, l. and maniharsingh, a.k. (2012) mixed ligand co(iii) complexes with 1-amidino-o-methyl urea and amino acids, res.j. chem. sci., 2(1), 45-49 8. girgaonkar, m.v. and shirodkar, s.g. (2012). synthesis, characterization and biological studies of cu(ii) and ni(ii) complexes with new bidentate schiff’s base ligands as 4-hydroxy-3-(1-(arylimino)ethyl) chromen-2-one, res. j. recent sci., 1(isc-2011), 110-116. 9. agarwal, ram k. ; sharma deepak and agarwal himanshu. (2006) synthesis, biological, spectral and thermal investigation of cobalt(ii) and nickel(ii) complexes of http://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=8612329548425500645&hl=en&oi=scholarr chemistry |75 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 n-isoniotinamido-2,4-dichlorobenzaldimine, bioinorganic chemistry and applications.;1-9. 10. gupta, y.k.; agarwal, s.c.; madnawat, s.p. and ram narain. (2012) synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of some transition metal complexes of schiff bases, res. j. chem. sci.,2(4), 68-71. 11. sankhala, k. and chaturvedi, a. (2012) microwave assisted synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of some arsenic(iii)derivatives of o-alkyl or o-aryl trithiophosphates, res. j. chem.sci., 2(5), 57-65. 12. gazala mohamed, h. and ben hander.(2012). ternary complexes of cobalt(ii) involving nitrilotriacetic acid and some biological active ligands, res. j. chem. sci., 2(3), 12-20. 13. rajasekar, k. ; ramchandramoorthy, t. and paulraj, a. (2012). microwave assisted synthesis, structural characterization and biological activities of 4-aminoantipyrine and thiocynate mixed ligand complexes, res. j. of pharmaceutical sci., 1(4), 22-27. 14. anjaneyulu, y. ; swamy, r. y. and prabhakara rao, r. (1984). proc. characterisation and antimicrobial activity studies of the mixed ligand complexes of cu(ii) with 8hydroxyquinoline and salicylic acids.indian acad. sci. (chem. sci.).; 93(2):131-138. 15. brolo, a.g. ; jiang, z.; and irish, d.e.(2003). the orientation of 2,2-bipyridine adsorbed at a sers-active. journal of electroanalytical chemistry.; 547: 163-172. 16. al-hamdani, a. a. s. and hamoodah, r .g. (2015). transition metal complexes with tridentate ligand: preparation, spectroscopic characterization, thermal analysis and structural studies. j. baghdad for science, vol , no. in press. 17. norman, a. (1996). hyper chem computational chemistry (practical guide and theory and methods). new york, john wiely and sons,inc. 18. shaker, sh. a.; mohammed, h. a. and al-hamdani, a. a. s. (2010) . preparation, physico-chemical and spectroscopic investigation of thiacetazone and quinalizarin complexes with mn (ii), fe (ii), co (ii), ni (ii), cu (ii), zn (ii), cd (ii) and pb (ii). aus. j. basic. & ap. sci.; 4(10): 5178-5183. 19. sliverstien,r.m. and webser, x. f. (2005) .spctrometric identification of organic compounds. 7 th ed., jon wiley and son, inc. usa. 20. nakamaoto, k. (1981). infarared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, 2 th ed, part 2 john wiley and sons, inc., new jersy:209-212. 21. al-hamdani, a.a. s.; balkhi, a. m. and falah, a. and shaker, sh. a. (2015). new azo-schiff base derived with ni(ii), co(ii), cu(ii), pd(ii) and pt(iv) complexes: preparation, spectroscopic investigation, structural studies and biological activity. j. chil. chem. soc.; 60(1): 2774-2785. http://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:0enyyjriufmc http://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:0enyyjriufmc http://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:0enyyjriufmc chemistry |76 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 22. al-hamdani,a.a.s and al-zoubi, w. (2015). new metal complexes n3 tridentate ligand : synthesis, spectral studies and biological activity.spectrochimica acta part a : mole.and biomol., 137 : 75-89. 23. suresh, m. s. and prakash, v. (2010). preparation, characterization and microbiological studies of cr(iii), mn(ii), ni(ii), co(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii) chelates of schiff base derived from vanillin and anthranilic acid. inter. j. phys. sci.; 5 (9): 1443-1449. 24. carballo, r.; castin eirars, a.; covelog, b.; niclos, j. and vazquelopez e. m. (2011). synthesis and characterization of a potassium complex of magneson: [k(hl)(oh2)2]∞ [h2l=4-(4-nitrophenylazo) resorcinol (magneson)]. polyhedrone. ; 20 : 2415-2420. 25. cramer, ch. j. essentials of computational chemistry theories and models. (2004). 2ed. john wiley & sons. ltd. usa: 131-151, 375-379. table (1):micro element of analysis and some physical properties of the ligands and its complexes element analysis % calcu (found) molar conductance s. cm 2 . mol -1 color m. p °c m. wt. yield% sample formula cl m n h c 14.04 7.07 68.20 colorless 179 299.37 89 l c17h21n3o2 14.44 6.68 68.95 white 70 156.18 bipy c10h8n2 (22.05) (11.04) (9.13) (5.13) (43.16) 19 reddish brown 122 475.74 82 crl c17h23n3o3crcl3 22.36 10.93 8.83 4.87 42.92 (16.03) (12.03) (10.01) (4.86) (44.72) 12 yellow 145 461.24 87 mnl c17h25n3o4mncl2 15.37 11.91 9.11 5.46 44.27 (16.04) (12.87) (9.13) (4.87) (43.92) 20 reddish brown 228 462.15 75 fel c17h25n3o4fecl2 15.34 12.08 9.09 5.45 44.18 (15.24) (13.13) (9.16) (4.98) (44.05) 13 green 185d 465.24 77 col c17h25n3o4cocl2 15.54 12.67 9.03 5.42 43.89 (16.18) (9.13) (11.44) (5.11) (53.13) 43 orange 165 613.91 79 crl+bipy c27h29n5o2crcl3 17.32 8.47 11.14 4.76 52.82 (11.76) (10.01) (12.78) (4.85) (55.10) 23 yellow 161d 581.4 78 mnl+bipy c27h29n5o2mncl2 12.20 9.45 12.05 5.03 55.78 (12.88) (10.18) (11.75) (4.93) (56.03) 21 red 159 582.30 79 fel+bipy c27h29n5o2fecl2 12.18 9.59 12.03 5.02 55.69 (11.95) (10.28) (12.24) (5.15) (55.11) 18 green 163 585.39 76 col+bipy c27h29n5o2cocl2 12.11 10.07 11.96 5.03 55.87 chemistry |77 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (2) :the fragmentation pattern data for complexes complexes assignment peak m/z relative abundance% [mnl cl2 (h2o)2] m= (c17h25n3o4mncl2) 461.3 81% mc6h10o mn = m1 308.2 24% m1ch10= m2 287.2 17% m2-h = m3 286.2 57% m3c2h4n 244.2 16% [colcl2(h2o)2] m= (c17h25n3o4cocl2) 465.2 83% mc5h6o2 co = m1 308.2 24% m1c1h9= m2 287.2 14% m2h = m3 286.2 56% m3c3h6 244.2 16% [crl(bipy)cl2]cl m= (c27h29n5o2crcl3) 614.3 82% mc6h3n2= m1 511.3 9% m1-c9h11o2cr = m2 308.2 24% m2-ch9 = m3 287.2 17% m3-h = m4 286.2 57% m4c2h4n 244.2 16% [mnl(bipy)cl2] m= (c27h29n5o2mncl2) 581.3 82% mc2h4n3= m1 511.3 9% m1-c8h6no2mn = m2 308.2 24% m2-ch9 = m3 287.2 17% m3-h = m4 286.2 57% m4-c2h4n = m5 244.2 16% m5-c3h3 = m6 205.2 13% m6-h 204.2 98% [fel(bipy)cl2] m-c = m1 571.4 14% m1-ch4n2o = m2 511.3 9% m2-c8h4ofecl = m3 308.2 24% m3-ch9 = m4 287.2 7% m4-h = m5 286.2 87% m5-c2h4n = m6 244.2 16% m6-c3h3 = m7 205.2 14% m7h 204.2 98% table (3): the infrared spectra data of the free ligand and its metal complexes in(cm 1 ) comp. υc-h aliph. υc-h arom. υc=o ring υc=o υc=n υc=n rang υh2o υm-n υm-o l 3035 1740 1696 1640 bipy 3055 1617 crl 2916 3063 1736 1670 1623 3422-867 548 470 455 mnl 2916 3036 1736 1674 1624 3429-887 532 490 416 fel 2916 3063 1730 1670 1616 3422-867 548 455 470 col 2916 3033 1734 1672 1622 3422-887 487 422 412 crl+bipy 2915 3076 1741 1675 1626 1582 544 489 476 420 mnl+bipy 2915 3076 1743 1675 1626 1578 544 498 476 420 fel+bipy 2912 3070 1741 1678 1624 1581 544 498 471 420 col+bipy 2915 3073 1746 1673 1623 1580 544 594 474 425 chemistry |78 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (4): electronic spectral data and magnetic moments of the prepared compounds. compound geometry µeff b.m ύ (cm -1 ) abs λmax (nm) ε max l mol -1 cm -1 assignments l 35460.99 2.48 282 24800 π→π * bipy 35714.2 280 π→π* [cr(l)cl3(h2o)] octahedral 3.78 34843.2 27700.8 20283.9 16638.9 14970.0 2.005 0.632 0.506 0.265 0.154 287 361 493 601 668 2005 632 506 265 154 l.f c.t 4 a2g → 4 t1g (p) 4 a2g → 4 t1g (f) 4 a2g → 4 t2g (f) [mn (l)cl2(h2o)2] octahedral 5.93 34129.6 23310.0 20491.8 2.114 0.138 0,187 293 429 488 2114 138 187 l.f 6 a1g → 4 a1g, 4 eg(4g) 6 a1g → 4 t2g(4g) [fe(l)cl2(h2o)2] octahedral 4.91 35842.2 27855.1 228031. 20790.0 1.967 0.689 0.333 0.373 279 359 438 481 1967 689 333 373 l.f c.t c.t 5 t2g(d) → 5 e1g(d) [co( l)cl2(h2o)2] octahedral 3.70 35714.2 24154.5 20491.8 16366.6 15337.4 15060.2 2.034 0.339 0.568 0.125 0.106 0.110 280 414 488 611 652 664 2034 339 568 125 106 110 l.f c.t c.t 4 t1g(f) → 4 t1g(p) 4 t1g(f) → 4 a2g(f) 4 t1g(f) → 4 t2g(f) [cr(l)cl2(bipy)]cl octahedral 3.79 33444.8 24154.4 20533.8 15625.0 13297.8 2.386 0.334 0.670 0.052 0.043 299 414 487 640 752 2386 334 670 52 43 l.f c.t 4 a2g → 4 t1g(p) 4 a2g→ 3 t1g(f) 4 a2g→ 3 t2g(f) [mn(l)cl2(bipy)] octahedral 5.81 34129.6 23364.4 20080.3 15822.7 2.114 0.861 0.710 0.072 293 428 498 632 2114 861 710 72 l.f c.t 6 a1g → 4 a1g, 4 eg(4g) 6 a1g → 4 t2g(4g) [fe(l)cl2(bipy)] octahedral 5.00 34965.0 28735.6 22935.7 20449.8 2.051 0.521 0.201 0.291 282 348 201 489 2051 521 436 291 l.f l.f c.t 5 t2g(d) → 5 e1g(d) [co(l)cl2(bipy)] octahedral 3.65 33557.0 16103.0 14947.6 13157.8 2.312 0.114 0.147 0.056 298 621 669 760 2312 114 147 56 l.f 4 t1g(f) → 4 t1g(p) 4 t1g(f) → 4 a2g(f) 4 t1g(f) → 4 t2g(f) table (5): conformation energetic in (k j.mol -1 ) for the ligands and complexes comp. total energy binding energy heat of formation electronic energy dipole debyes l -78659.2647 -4472.7426 -15.35266 -600793.517 3.160 bipy -37068.2314542 -1736.1966222 615.5193778 -201757.1026775 0.010 crl -113536.5548061 -4632.6657591 170.4572409 -962898.8007352 7.548 mnl -116948.6270148 -4784.8350078 125.7609922 -1002483.2873625 9.225 fel -119947.9356997 -4672.8458167 269.3501833 -1038227.9787860 5.503 col -126215.8958556 -5008.8710646 -63.5750646 -1059178.1703876 6.392 crl+bipy -136611.2137034 -6919.4704874 42.6155126 -1496731.4119088 2.401 mnl+bipy -139955.0160289 -7010.1267259 -75.3407259 -1524685.6060488 2.163 fel+bipy -142965.9951884 -6909.8080094 56.5779906 -1547982.6779546 2.534 col+bipy -148920.3131448 -6932.1910578 37.2949422 -1565519.7816116 3.661 chemistry |79 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (1): structure of schiff base ligand table (6): antibacterial and antifungal activities for ligands, metal salts and complexes. no compound staphylococcu s aureus g(+) pseudomona s aeruginosa g(-) penicillium expansum fusarium graminearum macrophomin a phaseolina candida albicans a b a b a b a b a b a b 1 bipy 35 32 35 32 46 36 ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ *** *** 3 crcl3.6h2o 15 12 16 15 38 28 38 33 ـــــ ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ 4 cocl2.6h2o 40 25 23 18 30 18 26 15 10 20 ــــــ ــــــ 5 mncl2.4h2o 40 18 20 14 ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ ـــــ ـــــ 6 fecl2. h2o 30 12 15 ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ ـــــ ــــــ 7 l 12 ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ 12 ـــــ 8 mnl 20 ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ ـــــ ــــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ 12 ــــــ 9 crl 16 ـــــ ـــــ 16 24 22 28 18 20 ــــــ 15 ــــــ 10 col 20 ـــــ ـــــ 16 25 ــــــ ــــــ ــــــ 13 ــــــ 15 ــــــ 11 fel 12 ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ ــــــ ـــــ ــــــ ـــــ ـــــ ــــــ 10 ـــــ 12 fel+bipy 24 ـــــ ـــــ 15 20 ـــــ ــــــ ـــــ ــــــ 10 14 ـــــ 13 crl+bipy 18 ـــــ ـــــ 15 25 ـــــ ــــــ 20 23 18 20 ــــــ 14 col+bipy 20 12 14 12 ـــــ ـــــ 14 25 ـــــ ــــــ ـــــ ــــــ 15 mnl+bipy 24 8 12 20 24 ـــــ 12 ـــــ 12 15 20 ـــــ 20 con. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ***= highly active, a=conc., b=dilu. chemistry |80 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (2): electrostatic potential (homo and lumo) contours for ligands electrostatic potential -8.77736 ev electrostatic potential -18.68472 ev chemistry |81 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 schiff base and bipy crl complex crl+bipy figure (3):bond length and 3d-structure for ligands and complexes chemistry |82 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (4):the antibacterial activity of compounds against s. aureus and p.aeruginosa figure (5):the antibacterial activity of compounds against p.expansum, f.graminearum, figure (6):effect of the ligands complexes towards the staphylococcus aureus and pseudomonas aeruginosa . 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 b ip y f e c l2 .4 h 2 o c rc l2 .6 h 2 o c o c l2 .6 h 2 o m n c l2 .4 h 2 o m n l c rl c o l f e l f e l + b ip y c rl + b ip y c o l + b ip y m n l + b ip y z o n e o f in h ip it o n e ( m m ) compounds a=conce ,s.aureus a=dilu,s.aureus a=conce,p.aeruginosa b=dilu,p.aeruginosa 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 b ip y f e c l2 .4 h 2 o c rc l2 .6 h 2 o c o c l2 .6 h 2 o m n c l2 .4 h 2 o l m n l c rl c o l f e l f e l+ b ip y c rl + b ip y c o l+ b ip y m n l+ b ip y z o n e o f in h ip it o n e compound a=conce,penicillium expansum b=dilu.,penicillium expansum a=conce, fusarium graminearum b=dilu, fusarium gusarium a=conce,marophomin phaseoline b=dilu ,macrophomina phaseoline a= conce, candida albicans b=dilu,candida albicans chemistry |83 2017( عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة ابن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (7): effect of the ligands and complexes towards the penicillium expansum figure (8): effect of the ligands and complexes towards the fusarium graminearum figure (9): effect of the ligands and complexes towards the macrophomina phaseolina figure (10):effect of the ligands and complexes towards the candida albican. 81 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract some cases of common fixed point theory for classes of generalized nonexpansive maps are studied. also, we show that the picard-mann scheme can be employed to approximate the unique solution of a mixed-type volterra-fredholm functional nonlinear integral equation. keywords: banach space, common fixed point, strong convergence, condition ( ). 1. introduction let b be a non-empty subset of a banach space m. a map t on b is called quasinonexpansive [1]. if ( ) ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) where ( ) denoted the set of all fixed points of t. in 2008, suzuki [2]. introduced a condition on t which is stronger than quasi-nonexpansive and weaker than nonexpansive, called condition ( ) and presented some results about fa fixed pointfor such maps. in 2009, dhompongsa et al [3]. extended suzaicr’s theorems to the general class of maps in banach spaces. garcial-falset et al [4]. defined two generalization of condition ( ), called condition ( ) and condition ( ) and studied their asymptotic behavior as well as the existence of fixed points. on the other hand, bruck [5]. introduced a map called firmly nonexpansive map in banach space. of course, every firmly nonexpansive is nonexpansive. to discuss about convergence theorem for two nonexpansive maps s and t on b to itself, khan and kim [6]. constricted the following iterative scheme to find a common fixed point of s and t: ( ) ( ) where ( ) ( ) ( ) this scheme is independent of both ishikawa scheme and yao-chen scheme [6]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index convergence comparison of two schemes for common fixed points with an application department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. salwa salman abed zahra mahmood mohamed hasan salwaalbundi@yahoo.com zahramoh1990@gmail.com article history: received 13 novrmber 2018, accepted 11 december 2018, publish may 2019 doi: 10.30526/32.2.2146 mailto:salwaalbundi@yahoo.com mailto:salwaalbundi@yahoo.com mailto:/ mailto:/ 82 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 in this paper, we prove some convergence theorems for approximating common fixed points of firmly nonexpansive and maps satisfied condition ( ). 2. preliminaries we will assume throughout this paper that ( ) is a uniformly convex banach space and b is a non-empty closed convex subset of m. for maps the set of all fixed points of s and t will be denoted by ( ). a sequences ( ) in b is called: picard-mann hybrid [7]. ( ) ( ) where ( ) ( ) noor iterative scheme [8]. if ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) where ( ) ( ) ( ) , definition (1) [9]. a map said to be lipschitz continuous or lilipschitzf such that ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ if , then t is nonexpansive. definition (2) [10]. a map is said to satisfying: 1-condition ( ) if ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ → ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ . 2-condition ( ) if ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ → ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) defintion (3)[5]. a map is said to be firmly nonexpansive map if ‖ ‖ ‖( )( ) ( )‖ definition (4)[11]. two maps are called: 1-condition (a) if there is a nondecreasing function , ) , ) ( ) ( ) ( ) such that : either ‖ ‖ ( ( )) ‖ ‖ ( ( )) ( ) *‖ ‖ + ( ) ( ) 2-condition ( ) if ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ definition (5)[12]. a map is called 1-demiclosed at 0 if sequence ( ) such that ( ) converges weakly to ( ) and ( ) converges strongly to 0, then 2-affine if b is convex and ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) , 83 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 definition (6)[7]. let ( ) ( ) be two sequences of real numbers that converging to ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then ( ) converges faster than ( ) lemma (7)[13]. let ( ) ∞ n=0 ( ) ∞ n=0 be nonnegative real sequences satisfying the inequality: ( ) where ( ) ∑ lemma (8)[10]. let m be a uniformly convex banach space and suppose that ( ) ( ) are two sequences of m such that ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ hold for some then ‖ ‖ 3. two lemmas lemma (9): let b be a non-empty closed convex subset of a normed space m, be a firmly noninexpensivep and satisfying lipschitz be satisfying condition ( ).let 1-( ) be as in (1) where ( ) ( ) 2-( ) be as in (2) where ( ) ( ) ( ) , if ( ) then ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) proof: let ( ). by using condition( ), we have ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ → ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then 1-‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ,( ) -‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then ‖ ‖ exists ( ). 2-‖ ‖ ‖( ) ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ,( ) -‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ,( ) -‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ now ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ 84 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 ‖ ‖ then ‖ ‖ exists ( ). lemma (10): let m be a uniformly convex banach space and b be a nonempty closed convex subset of m. let: 1 be firmly nonexpansive map and satisfying lipschitz, be affine and satisfying condition( ) ( ) be as in (1) . 2-t:b→b be firmly nonexpansive map and satisfying lipschitz, s:b→b be satisfying condition( ) ( ) be as in (2). suppose that condition ( ) holds. if ( ) , then ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ proof: let * ( ). 1as proved by lemma (9), ‖ ‖ exists. suppose that ‖ ‖ if there is nothing to prove. now, suppose , since, ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then ‖ ‖ next consider ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ by applying lemma (9),we obtain n n now ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ,( ) ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ by applying lemma (8) , we have ‖ ‖ next, by using condition (i), we obtain ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ thus ‖ ‖ 2as proved by lemma (9), ‖ ‖ exists. suppose that ‖ ‖ if there is nothing to prove. now, suppose , since ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ and as proved by lemma (3.1) ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖. then, ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ moreover ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ 85 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 by applying lemma (9), we get ‖ ‖ now ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then, ‖ ‖ since, ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ which implies to ‖ ‖ that gives ‖ ‖ , so ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ by lemma (9), we obtain: ‖ ‖ next ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ letting n→∞, we have: ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ that means ‖ ‖ 4. convergence and equivalence results theorem (11): let m be a uniformly convex banach space. let ( n) ( n) be as in lemma (10) and t, s satisfying condition (a). if ( ) , then ( n) ( n) converge strongly to a common fixed point of t and s. proof: now, we will show that ( ) is strong convergence. by lemma (10), ‖ ‖ exists. suppose that ‖ ‖ from lemma (9), we have ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ that gives ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ which means, ( ) ( ) → ( ) by using condition (a), we have ( ( ) ‖ ‖ or ( ( ) ‖ ‖ in both situations, we obtain ( ( ) since g is a non-decreasing function and ( ) it follows that ( ) now to show that ( ) is a cauchy sequence in b. let ( ) a positive integer , such that: ( ) 86 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 in particular. *‖ ‖ + thus,it must exist ( ) such that ‖ ‖ . now, , we obtain: ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ hence, ( ) is cauchy sequence in the b of m. then ( ) converges to a point ( ) → ( ) since f is closed, hence ( ) by utilizing the same procedure, we can prove (zn) convergence strongly. theorem (12): let be a firmly nonexpansive and satisfying lipschitz, satisfying condition ( ), with ( ) and, 1-( ) be as in (1) and ( ) ( ) satisfying ∑ . 2-( ) be as in (2) and ( ) ( ) ( ) , satisfying ∑ then ( ) & ( ) converge to a unique common fixed point ( ) proof: 1-‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ,( ) -‖ ‖ suppose ( ) ( ( ) )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ( ) )‖ ‖ by induction ‖ ‖ ∏ ( ( ) )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) ∑ since ∑ ( ) ∑ thus ‖ ‖ 2-‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ,( ) -‖ ‖ setting ( ) ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ now ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ 87 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 ( )‖ ‖ , -‖ ‖ , -‖ ‖ by induction ‖ ‖ ∏ , -‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ∑ since ∑ ∑ thus, ‖ ‖ theorem (13): let be a firmly nonexpansive mapping and satisfying lipachitz, satisfying condition( ) and be a common fixed point of s and t. let ( ) and ( ) be the picard-mann and noor iterations defined in (1) and (2). suppose ( ) ( ) ( ) satisfied the following conditions: 1-( ) ( ) ( ) 2-∑ 3-∑ if ( ) ( ) are bounded, then the picard-mann iteration sequence ( ) converges strongly to ( ) and the noor iteration sequence ( ) converges strongly to ( ). proof: since the range of t and s is bounded, let: *‖ ‖+ ‖ ‖ and *‖ ‖+ ‖ ‖ then ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ therefore ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( ‖ ‖) ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ since t is lipschitzain and firmly nonexpansive, setting ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ 88 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 ( )‖ ‖ ( ‖ ‖) ( ‖ ‖) ( )( ‖ ‖) ( )‖ ‖ ( )( ‖ ‖) ( ‖ ‖) ( )( ‖ ‖) ( )‖ ‖ ( )( ‖ ‖) let ‖ ‖ ( )( ‖ ‖) and by applying lemma (7), we get: ‖ ‖ if ( ) then ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ if ( ) then ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ theorem (14): let be a firmly nonexpansive mapping and satisfying lipschitz with and satisfying condition ( ). suppose that the picard-mann and noor iteration converge to the same common fixed point a * . then picard-mann iteration converges faster than noor iteration. proof: let ( ) then, for picard-mann iteration. ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ setting ( ) , then we have ( ( ) )‖ ‖ next ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ( ) )‖ ‖ ( ( ) ) ‖ ‖ let ( ( ) ) ‖ ‖ now, noor iteration. ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ( ) )‖ ‖ then ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ( ( ) )‖ ‖ assume that ( ( ( ) ) ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ 89 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 let ‖ ‖ now, ( ( ) ) ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ( )) ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then, ( ) converges faster than ( ) . example (15): let , ) be an mappings defined by and choose n n n with initial value 1 the picard-mann iteration converges faster than noor iteration, as shown in table 1. and figure 1. table 1. numerical results corresponding to for 30 steps. n picard-mann noor n picard-mann noor 0 20 20 16 1.0000 1.0353 1 4.8000 13.8250 17 1.0000 1.0238 2 1.7600 9.6569 18 1.0000 1.0161 3 1.1520 6.8434 19 1.0000 1.0109 4 1.0304 4.9443 20 1.0000 1.0073 5 1.0061 3.6624 21 1.0000 1.0049 6 1.0012 2.7971 22 1.0000 1.0033 7 1.0002 2.2131 23 1.0000 1.0023 8 1.0000 1.8188 24 1.0000 1.0015 9 1.0000 1.5527 25 1.0000 1.0010 10 1.0000 1.3731 26 1.0000 1.0007 11 1.0000 1.2518 27 1.0000 1.0005 12 1.0000 1.1700 28 1.0000 1.0003 13 1.0000 1.1147 29 1.0000 1.0002 14 1.0000 1.0774 30 1.0000 1.0001 15 1.0000 1.523 figure 1: convergence behavior corresponding to for 30 steps. 90 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 5. application the following mixed type of volterra-fredholm functional nonlinear integral equation that is appeared in [14]. we use theorem (14) to solve it: ( ) ( ( ) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ) ( ) where: , , be an interval in , , , , continuous functions and g: , , . assume that the following conditions are accomplished: i (, , , , ) ii (, , ) iii such that | ( ) ( )| | | | | | | , , iv such that | ( ) ( )| | | | ( ) ( )| | | , , v ( )( ) ( ) (, , -) theorem (16)[14]. suppose that conditions (i-v) are satisfied. then, the equation (3) has a unique solution (, , -) theorem (17): we deem banach space (, , ‖ ‖) ∑ let ( ) be as shown in step (1) and a map is defined by ( ) ( ( ) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) )) suppose that the conditions (i-v) are accomplished. then, the equation (3) has a unique solution (, , -) and the picard-mann iteration converges to proof: to prove let ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ | ( ) ( )| ( ( ) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ( ( ) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ) | ( ) ( )| |∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) | |∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ) | , ( )( ) ( )-‖ ‖ since, ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) ( )‖ 91 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 ( )‖ ‖ | ( ( ) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ( ( ) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ∫ ∫ ( ( )) ) | ( )‖ ‖ [ ( )( ) ( )] ‖ ‖ * ( [ ( )( ) ( )]+‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ∏* ( [ ( )( ) ( )]+ by condition (v), [ ( )( ) ( )] now, under using theorem (12), we obtain that equation (3) has a unique solution (, , -) and picard-mann iteration converges to . in the same scope you can see the results in [15]. and [16]. where hasan and abed established weak convergence theorems by using appropriate conditions for approximating common fixed points and equivalence between the convergence of the picard-mann iteration scheme and liu el.at iteration scheme in banach spaces. 6.conclusion in the setting of 2-normed spaces [16]. we define firmly nonexpansive and generalized nonexpansive maps. then, we study the convergence of picard-mann iteration and noor iteration. references 1. diaz, j.b.; metcalf, f.t. on the structure of the set of subsequential limit points of successive approximation. bull. am. math. sco. 1967, 73, 516-519. 2. suzuki, t. fixed point theorems and convergence theorems for some generalized nonexpansive mappings. j. math. anal. appl. 2008, 340, 1088–1095. 3. dhompongsa, s.; inthakon, w.; kaewkhao, a.; edelstein, s. method and fixed point theorems for some generalized nonexpansive mappings. j.math. anal. appl.2009, 350,12-17. 4. garcial-falset, j.; llorens-fuster, e.; suzuki, t. fixed point theory for a class of generalized nonexpansive mappings. j. math. anal. appl. 2011, 375, 185-195. 5. bruck, re. nonexpansive projections on subsets of banach spaces. pac. j. math. 1973, 47, 341-355. 6. khan, s.h.; kim, j.k. common fixed points of two nonexpansive mappings by a modified faster iteration scheme. bull. korean. math. soc. 2010, 47, 5, 973-985. 7. khan, s.h. a picard-mann hybrid iteration process. fixed point theory appl. 2013, 2013, 69 8. noor, m.a. new approximation schemes for general variational inequalities. j. math. anal. appl. 2000, 251, 217-229. 9. rajshree, d.; balwant, t.s. a hybrid iteration for asymptotically strictly pesudocontractive mappings. journal of inequalities and applications. 2014, 2014, 374, 1-11, doi: 10.1186/1029-242x-2014-374. 10. anupam, s.; mohammad, i. approximating fixed points of generalize nonexpansive mappings via faster iteration schemes. fixed point theory. 2014, 4, 4, 605-623. 92 lbn al-haitham jour.for pure & appl .sci. 32 (2) 2019 11. khan, s.h.; abbas, m.; khan, a.r. common fixed points of two nonexpansive mappings by a new one-step iteration process. iranian journal of science & technology, transuction a. 2009, 1, 33, a3. 12. deli, w.; yisheng, s.; xinwen, m. common fixed points for non-commuting generalized (f,g)-nonexpansive maps. applied mathematical sciences. 2008, 2, 52, 2597-2602. 13. weng, x. fixed point iteration for local strictly pseudo-contractive mapping. proc. amer. math. soc. 1991, 113, 3. 14. craciun, c.; serban, m.a. a nonlinear integral equation via picard operators. fixed point theory. 2011, 12, 1, 57-70. 15. abed, s.s.; hasan, z.m., convergence theorems of a finite-step iteration algorithm under two finite families of total asymptotically quasi-nonexpansive maps .ieee explore digital library .international conference on advanced science and engineering (icoase). 2018, dol:10.1109/icoase.2018.8548873. 16. abed, s.s.; abed ali, r.s. fixed point for asymptotically non-expansive mappings in 2banach space. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci.2014,27,1,343-350. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/mostrecentissue.jsp?punumber=8526361 https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/mostrecentissue.jsp?punumber=8526361 https://doi.org/10.1109/icoase.2018.8548873 238 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 study the effect of fuel pressure on the operating and phases parameters for pf400j dense plasma focus device r. h. majeed, m. k. jassim, f. m. hady department of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghda received in:19 february 2012, accepted in: 17 june 2012 abstract theoretical calculations are achieved to study the effect of different deuterium pressures on various characteristics parameters for pf400j plasma focus using an international computer code. axial and radial velocities, voltage tube, plasma temperatures, and neutron yields at different operating deuterium pressures are computed. neutron emission has been calculated in the device. the maximum total neutron yield calculated is of the order of and neutrons per shot for entire pressure used. the computed results agree reasonably well with the published neutron yield curves. keywords: plasma focus, neutron yield, deuterium gas, lee code introduction the device which can generate, accelerate and pinch plasma by electromagnetic forces is called dense plasma focus (dpf). the dpf was invented in 1960s and is used in many types of research [1]. in this device the plasma is pinched in very short time ( ), however it is hot and dense enough to enhance nuclear fusion reactions, making the dpf to be multi – radiation source. the dpf works in pulsed mode because the discharge lasts few tens of ( ), hence the dpf efficiently operated in a repetitive regime. mainly there are two types of dpf, mather and filippov configurations. and basically they differ in the geometric design, where the former is adjusted vertically while the latter is adjusted horizontal. further they differ in the dimension of inner and outer electrodes which affect the direction of motion of the accelerated plasma. the plasma focus is divided into two sections. the first is a pre – pinch (axial) section. the function of this section is primarily to delay the pinch until the capacitor discharge approaches its maximum current. this is done by driving a current sheet down an axial (acceleration) section until the capacitor current approaches its peak. then the current sheet is allowed to undergo transition into a radial compression phase. thus the pinch starts and occurs at the top of the current pulse [2]. several models were developed to simulate the plasma motion in both the axial and the radial phases [3 – 6]. one of the most interesting models was developed by lee [3]. he developed the model with a complete description of the plasma focus dynamics in the axial and in the radial phases. although in the literature the dpf is divided into three phases, the code divides the dpf into five phases: axial acceleration phase, radial inward shock phase, radial reflected shock phase, pinch phase, and expanded column phase. to calculate several parameters on dpf based on many model and mechanism lee continually updating the code [3]. the description [7], theory [8], code [3] and a broad range of results of the model are available for download from the "universal plasma laboratory facility" website. 239 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 in addition, the mechanics of fitting the model to a measured current trace which is described in the internet course notes is also available [2]. we configure the lee model code (version radpfv5.15de.xls) which is executed in microsoft excel visual basic that is converted from original old version written in gwbasic. we choose a pf400j machine device to execute in our simulation. the pf400j machine is small and fast plasma focus operating in deuterium. we start with the following published bank and tube parameters of this device [9]: the system operates at low energy in the hundred of joules range ( capacitor bank, , , , current rise time). we follow fitting procedure in the same manner as given in paper [10] to achieve the numerical experiment. we use bank parameters: the static inductance , the storage capacitance , and stray circuit resistance . tube parameters: the tube outer radius the inner radius , and the anode length . operational parameters: are operating voltage and operating initial pressure of deuterium gas . the computed total current waveform is fitted to the measured waveform by putting model parameters: the axial mass swept – up factor the tube current flow factor the radial mass swept – up factor and the radial current factor so that the computed waveform matches with the measured published waveform [9] (fig. 1). once the fitting is done such that the two traces practically inseparable the other computed properties including axial and radial phase dynamics, energy distributions and radiation are all realistic. the current trace of the focus is one of the best indicators of gross performance such that the information is rapidly apparent from the current trace [2]. numerical experiments are then carried out at an operating voltage of and at various initial deuterium fuel pressures. the numerical simulations give insights on factors that affect the dynamic of plasma focus devices by illustrating them graphically. however, the code is executed for certain operating pressure at once. hence collecting data for various fuel pressures of working gas yield a comparative database of how the dynamic of plasma and characteristics of the device change. we look for the effect of pressure varying on dynamics factors in both axial, radial phases and neutron yield of pf400j machine. theoretical approach a brief review to the important equations used in the calculations of the different parameters that describing the completely physical behavior for three important phases occurred in machine are given in the international computer code named lee [10], these phases are explained in the following sections. axial phase this is described by a snowplow model with an equation of motion: in which is axial position of the current sheath ( ), is fraction of mass swept down the axial direction, is fraction of current flowing in the piston, , is gas density, and is permeability of free space. 240 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 in addition, the electrical characteristics of the circuit have the following parameters: where is initial charge applied to the capacitor, is circuit stray inductance ( ), is energy storage capacitance ( ), and is stray circuit resistance ( ). we also define: (surge impedance, ohm) (note: is the l-c circuit cycle time) this is normalized with , and , and we have , where is fraction of mass swept down the tube in the axial direction, and is fraction of current flowing in piston. it incorporates axial phase model parameters: mass and current factors and , and is coupled to a circuit equation: similarly, after normalization, we have: , where with the normalized equations may be integrated numerically by incrementing by an interval, say , until reaches ( is the axial distance of current sheath normalized to the electrode length). radial inward shock phas e this phase is described by 4 coupled equations using an elongating slug model. the first equation computes the radial inward shock speed from the driving magnetic pressure. 241 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 where is radial piston position, is radial shock front position, is modified fm value in the radial phase, is specific heat ratio of the operating gas, and is the gas density. this may be normalized with , , and giving: where the second equation computes the axial elongation speed of the column. similarly, this can be normalized to: the third equation computes the speed of the current sheath, also called the magnetic piston, allowing the current sheath to separate from the shock front by applying an adiabatic approximation. is radial piston position, is radial shock front position, and is axial piston position. after normalization, this becomes: the fourth is the circuit equation: the normalized form is: 242 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the model parameters, radial phase mass and current factors, and , are incorporated in the radial phases. thermodynamic effects due to ionization and excitation are incorporated into these equations, these effects being important for gases other than hydrogen and deuterium. the average temperature and number densities are computed during this phase. the four equations can then be integrated by applying a time difference, , as follows: , , , , and the normalized voltage, can be calculated from considering only the inductive component , where . the normalized voltage is then: in addition, a communication delay between shock front and current sheath due to the finite small disturbance speed is incorporated by calculating an appropriate delay when integrating the shock speed. radial reflected shock (rs) phase when the shock front hits the axis, because the focus plasma is collision, a reflected shock develops which moves radially outwards, whilst the radial current sheath piston continues to move inwards. four coupled equations are also used to describe this phase, these being for the reflected shock moving radially outwards, the piston moving radially inwards, the elongation of the annular column and the circuit equation. the same model parameters and are used as in the previous radial phase. the reflected shock is estimated to be of the inward radial shock speed. the equations used are: a. piston radial speed b. pinch elongation speed c. circuit equation 243 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 d: pinch voltage pinch phase three coupled equations describe this phase; these being the piston radial motion equation, the pinch column elongation equation and the circuit equation, incorporating the same model parameters as in the previous two phases. thermodynamic effects are incorporated into this phase. when the out-going reflected shock hits the in-going piston the compression enters into the radiative phase in which for gases such as neon, radiation emission may actually enhance the compression where we have included energy loss/gain terms from joule heating and radiation losses into the piston equation of motion. the duration of this slow compression phase is set as the time of transit of small disturbances across the pinched plasma column. the computation of this phase is terminated at the end of this duration. the equations used are: a. radial speed b. column elongation c. circuit equation d. voltage in addition, the radiation energies are calculated as follows: 244 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 expanded column phase in this final phase the snow plow model is used, and two coupled equations are used similar to the axial phase. this phase is not considered important as it occurs after the focus pinch. the normalized equations for the circuit and the motion are as follows. a. circuit equation: where b. motion equation: where calculations and results initially we look at variation of tube current with fuel pressure; running pf400j from short – circuit (very high pressure) to a low pressure. to simulate a short circuit we apply very high pressure shot that stops the entire current sheath motion. this shot is just to obtain unloaded case current waveform for comparison with the focusing waveforms at different lower pressures. figure (2) shows the variation of tube current vs. time for this shot. at this extreme high pressure ( ) the current waveform is sinusoid ally damped. in real experiment, this shot to ensure that the current sheet moves past the probe before current move fairly slowly so that the current waveform is near sinusoidal [12]. at lower pressure, the variation of current and other properties with pressure are compiled together in the code. the current waveform distorts from damped sinusoid when plasma focus loaded because of the electro – dynamical effects of the plasma motion, including the axial and radial phase dynamics. figure (3) illustrates this distortion of current waveform (upper bold curves) for several values of deuterium fuel pressure. the flattening of the current waveform at pressure is evident, however, the current peak is lower and comes earlier than ( ). the characteristic of current waveform as the pressure lowered is such that the current peak comes earlier and the current trace is continually compressed more. the current waveform, due to the decreased axial phase, has a dip started at for a pressure ( ), for a pressure ( ) and for a pressure ( ). figure (3) also shows the variation of computed total tube voltage (lower thin curves) during radial phase vs. time. it is clear that increasing pressure leads to lower voltage peak waveform. the start of voltage waveform peak is the end of axial phase and a start of radial pinch phase. obviously, the tube voltage waveform peaks, which is induced by the rapid plasma motion, coincide with the dip of current. however, in this type of numerical simulation it is hard enough to compare measured and computed tube voltage in term of peak value since the response time of dividers is so poor. comprehensibility, low pressure case has too fast a voltage drop from peak voltage due to the instantaneously moving radial phase into the expanded column phase. and as mentioned earlier as the pressure increases the current waveform is flattened and it is from the figure that the voltage waveform has very low peak. 245 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 figure (4) shows the variation of axial position and speed vs. time for different gas pressures. obviously, the axial phase positions (lower thin curves) are decreased as the pressure decreases. the higher pressure results in the plasma last higher time in the axial position before the cut off. at lower pressure, the axial position continues rising at earlier time and longer duration than that of the higher pressure at late time. since the same curves of axial positions of the plasma for various pressures have different durations in the earlier time, the axial speeds (upper bold curves) in turn have distinguished curves displaying axial phase dynamics in term of speed. as the pressure is increased the axial speed decreased. it shows that the current sheath reaches the end of the axial phase at less than with a peak speed of less than for lower pressure used so that the computed current dip comes much too early in (fig. 3). thus it is reasonable to correlate the current dip with the radial phase, so the shift of the current dip comes earlier at lower and lower pressures is consistent with higher axial speeds. the current trace is compressed more and more due to the increased axial speed. the current waveform continues to rise and then due to the radial phase dynamics it is forced down to form a dip. at the end of current dip the pinch phase occurs. the expanded colum phase starts after the end of pinch phase. now, throughout the entire range of pressures the decreasing axial speed decreases the circuit loading and so the peak current comes late. the high speed would also lower the peak current. the current sheet is accelerated, rapidly reaching nearly its peak speed, and continues accelerating slightly toward its peak speed at the end of the axial phase. thus for most of its axial position the current sheet is traveling at a speed close to the end – axial speed. fig (3) also shows that the current sheaths reach the end of the axial phase at with a peak speed of for pressure and for pressure . in deuterium the end of axial speed for pressure less than is observed to be about [13]. figure (5) displays the tube voltage variation vs. time from start of radial phase for different gas pressures. as pressure decreases the curves are at higher voltage and last shorter time, also the tube voltage peaks are thinner. at pressure the radial voltage is while it is for a pressure . figure (6) displays the variation of plasma temperature peaks at middle of pinch duration vs. time for different gas pressures. the figure shows that plasma temperature has a maximum value and an averaged uniform value. increasing gas pressure leads to decrease plasma temperature. the plasma temperature peak is for a pressure and it is for a pressure . figure (7) shows the variation of radial inward (thin curves) and reflected shock position (bold curves) vs. time for different pressures. the inward shock trajectory curve is decreased from same point to for entire pressures value used; however, lower gas pressure suffers shorter duration than higher pressure. its duration is for a pressure and it is for a pressure . when the shock front hits the axis, because the focus plasma is collisional, a reflected shock (linearly increased bold lines) develops and moves radially outwards. we note that the radial trajectories and speeds are difficult to measure, thus the computed radial trajectories and speeds yield insight of how these parameters behave in radial phase. figure (8) shows the variation of radial piston (current sheath) vs. time for various pressures. as time progresses the radial piston sharply falls down reaching to time point such that it linearly decreased. in spite of that, the shock front hits the axis (figure 7); the radial 246 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 current sheath piston continues to move inwards. the piston continues to compress inwards until it hits the out – going reflected shock front. the point where the piston meets the reflected shock is the point of maximum compression, which labels as radial position . the has value of for pressure less than and for this pressure and higher. figure (9) shows the variation of radial pinch elongation speed vs. time for different gas pressures. it is clear that the radial pinch elongation has the similar behavior except that it has longer duration as the pressure increased. it has peak at for all pressure used. figure (10) shows the variation of radial position shock speed vs. time for different pressures. the curves decrease as time develops reaching a peak and then slightly increases. as the gas pressure increases the curve continue to rise but still has negative values of speed. neglecting the negative sign, the radial position shock speed peak is for pressure just before the radial shock hits the axis at after starting of radial phase (fig. 7). at a pressure the radial shock speed peak is before the radial shock hits the axis at after starting of radial phase. figure (11) shows the variation of radial piston (current sheath) speed versus time for different gas pressures. the radial piston speed increases in negative sign reaching to peak and then sharply decreases. as the pressure increases the radial speed piston takes longer time to reach the peak. figure (12) shows the variation of pinch elongation speed versus time for different gas pressures. the pinch elongation speed increases exponentially to a value there is constant speed and then increases at fixed time to a higher speed value. however, at low pressure the pinch elongation speed has higher values than as the pressure increased. figure (13) displays the variation of versus pressure. as pressure increases is rapidly increased reaching to peak at nearly and then decreased. obviously, the increased and decreased of determines the way that neutron yield behave. figure (14) shows the computing the neutron yield as a function of pressure. the pressures had been chosen in order to demonstrate the way the neutron yield varies with pressure. it is clear that increases rapidly from to the peak at nearly . then, the neutron yield also decreases rapidly as the pressure increased. it is obvious that the optimum pressure (for ) is between and . we note that computed neutron yield versus pressure curve agrees reasonably with the published curve [11]. also we note that axial speed has an optimum value for deuterium operation. the average axial speed for optimum neutron yield appears to be just below corresponding to a peak axial speed of (fig. 4) and a peak radial speed of some as the plasma focus radial shock goes on axis (fig. 10). conclusion we studied the computed results, including total current, tube voltage, pinch current, radial and axial trajectories, radial and axial speeds, plasma temperature, and neutron yield. obviously, the axial position, temperature and voltage tube all continue to rise as pressure lowers to rise. however, radial inward, reflected, and piston positions shifted left hand side due to short duration of radial phase as pressure decreased. speeds (axial, radial shock and radial piston) increase as pressure is decreased. the code is used to compute the neutron yield versus pressure curve of the pf400j. the computed results agree reasonably well with 247 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the published curves. the results indicate that this code, incorporated gives realistic plasma dynamics and realistic neutron yield without the need of any adjustable parameters, needing only to fit the computed current trace to a measured current trace. it is necessary to note that our calculated results give a good agreement with the published experimental results [9, 14]. references 1. focus fusion society, what is focus fusion? from (the plasma universe wikipedialike encyclopedia). 2. lee s. and saw s. h. (2010), a course on plasma focus numerical experiments, the abdus salam – international center for theoretical physics, italy. 3. lee, s. (2005), radiative dense plasma focus model computation package, radpfv5.008. ntu/nie nsse plasma radiation source laboratory, singapore. 4. siahpoush v.; tafreshi m.a.;sobhanian s. and khorram, s. (2005), adaptation of sing' lee model to the filippov type plasma focus geometry , plasma, phys. control. fusion 47(7):1065. 5. goudarzi, s.;amrollahi r.and moghaddam, r.s. (2008), a model based on lumped parameters for filipov type plasma focus devices , j. fusion energ., 27(3):195-199. 6. masoud, m.m.;el-gamal, h.a.;el-tayeb, h.a.; hassouba, m.a. and abd al-halim, m.a. (2007), magnetohydrodynamic simulation for plasma focus devices, plasma devices operations, 15(4): 263. 7. lee, s. (1991), a sequential plasma focus, ieee trans on plasma sc, 19 (5):912. 8. liu, m. h. and lee, s. (1998), sxr radiation modeling for neon plasma focus. intern congress on plasma phys, prague. 9. silva, p.; soto, l.; kies, w. and moreno, (2004),pinch evidence in a fast and small plasma focus of only tens of jouls" j plasma sources sci. technol. 13(2): 329. 10. seng,l.l. (2009) lee’s radiative plasma focus model -an improved implementation with auto-tuning of model parameters, a master dissertation, national institute of education, nanyang technological university . 11. lee, s.; saw, s. h., l.; soto, springham, s. v. and moo, s. p. (2009), numerical experiments on plasma focus neutron yield versus pressure compared with laboratory experiments,plasma phys. control. fusion 51 (7):75006. 12. lee, s. (1991) , experiments with the ictp – um 3.3kj plasma fusion facility, spring college on plasma physics, the abdus salam – international center for theoretical physics, italy. 13. lee, s. (1998), scaling of the plasma focs viewpoint from dynamics ,international plasma focus symposium at kudowa, poland, 14. saw ,s. h. and lee, s. (2011), scaling the plasma focus for fusion energy considerations , international. journal of energy research. 35 (2): 81-88 . http://focusfusion.org/ 248 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (1): the variation of tube current vs. time fig. (2): the variation of tube current vs. time at a high fig. (3): the variation of tube current (bold curves), and voltage (thin curves) vs. time for different gas pressures fig. (4): the variation of axial position (thin curves), and speed (bold curves) vs. time for different gas pressures fig. (5): the variation of tube voltage vs. time for different gas pressures fig. (6): the variation of plasma temperature vs. time for different gas pressures 249 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (7): the variation of inward and reflected shock positions vs. time for different gas pressures fig. (8): the variation of radial and reflected shock positions vs. time for different gas pressures fig. (10): the variation of radial position shock speed vs. time for different gas pressures fig.(11): the variation of radial piston speed vs. time for different gas pressures fig.(9): the variation of radial pinch elongation speed vs. time for different gas pressures fig. (12): the variation of pinch elongation speed vs. time for different gas pressures 250 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig. (13): ipi n ch vs. gas pressure fig. (14): yn vs. gas pressure 251 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 pf400j دراسة تأثير ضغط الغاز على معلمات ماكنة بؤرة البالزما الكثيفة رعد حميد مجيد و مصطفى كامل جاسم و فراس محمود هادي جامعة بغداد¡ابن الهيثم-كلية التربية¡قسم الفيزياء 2012حزيران 17البحث في قبل 2012شباط 19استلم البحث في الخالصة انجزت دراسة نظرية لحساب عوامل ميزات بؤرة البالزما الكثيفة عند ضغوط مختلفة لغاز باستعمال برنامج حسابي عالمي. وتم حساب السرع pf400jالديوتريوم لماكنة بؤرة البالزما الكثيفة زما ، ونواتج النيوترون عند ضغوط مختلفة من المحورية والشعاعية ، وفولتية االنبوب ، ودرجات حرارة بال الى غاز الديوتريوم. حيث تم تقدير اقصى ناتج كلي للنيوترونات ذا مرتبة تتراوح ما بين نيوترون لكل تشغيل عند الضغوط المستعملة. النتائج المحسوبة نظريا تتوافق جيدا مع النتائج العملية عالميا. المنشورة : بؤرة البالزما ، الحاصل النيتروني ، غاز الديتريوم ، برنامج لــــــيالكلمات المفتاحية 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد یة لماء جدول الحسینیة،ئ الكیمیا–یة ائبعض العوامل الفیزی *محافظة كربالء، العراق *عبد علي جنزیل جبارة الساعدي، فرحان ضمد محیسن، هادي رسول حسن ثم، جامعة بغدادبن الهیإ-قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة التربیة قسم علوم الحیاة، كلیة التربیة، جامعة كربالء* الخالصة غایـة الـى و2005 أثنـاء المـدة مـن أیـار فـي لمـاء جـدول الحـسینیةالكیمیائیـة والفیزیائیـةأظهـرت دراسـة أهـم العوامـل ،أثنـاء شـهر كـانون الثـاني فـي °م 10 أن حرارة الماء شهدت تذبذبات شهریة واضـحة تراوحـت مـا بـین 2006نهایة نیسان 14.8 و، أثنـاء شــهر آب فـيلتـر/ ملغـم5.5أمـا قـیم األوكــسجین المـذاب فقـد تراوحـت مـا بــین . أثنـاء شـهر آبفـي °م 33و 7.7كما لوحظت تغیرات شهریة طفیفة في قیم األس الهیدروجیني تراوحـت مـا بـین . أثناء شهر كانون الثاني في لتر/ملغم تراوحـت مـا بـین ًأیـضا وسجلت تغیرات شهریة طفیفة في قـیم الملوحـة. أثناء شهر كانون الثانيفي 9 و،أثناء شهر أیارفي ًوشـهدت العكـارة تذبـذبا ملحوظـا . أثنـاء شـهر أیـار في جزء باأللف0.91 و، أثناء شهر تشرین األول في جزء باأللف0.67 ً یتـضح مـن هـذه النتــائج . أثنـاء شـهر كـانون الثـاني فـي سـم 177 و،أثنـاء شـهر نیـسانفـي سـم 12إذ تراوحـت قیمهـا مـا بـین . جدول الحسینیة لمعیشة األسماك النهریة هناكماءمالئمة المقدمة الخارجیـة المباشـرة وغیـر المباشـرة المـؤثرة فیهـا الداخلیـة و المائیة معرفة الكائنات الحیة والعوامـلالبیئةتتطلب معرفة بمعزل عن بیئتها لذا یعد التفاعل ما بین الكائن الحي والمحیط الذي یعیش فیه مبـدًأ وال تستطیع الكائنات الحیة العیش.]1[ ّوتعــد األسـماك مــن أغنـى مجــامیع الفقریـات مــن . ]2[ًأساسـیا فــي علـم البیئــة، ویـؤدي هــذا التفاعـل إلــى تطـور الكــائن الحـي .]3[حیث تعدد أنواعها وتمكنها من العیش في مختلف البیئات المائیة . للماء الـذي تعـیش فیـهالكیمیائیة والفیزیائیةًف األسماك فیما بینها تبعا لتأثرها بما یطرأ من تغیر في العوامل تختل وبــسبب التــداخل فــي العوامـــل . ]4[فــبعض األســماك حــساسة أكثـــر مــن غیرهــا تجــاه تغیـــر فــي هــذا العامــل البیئـــي أو ذاك اآلخـر، یـصعب هابعـضها اآلخـر ویـؤثر بعـضها فـي بعضها علـى بعـضالحیاتیة والالحیاتیة في بیئة السمكة، بحیث یعتمد ومـع كـل ذلـك، فقـد جـرى العـرف علـى . ]3[آخـر في كثیر من األحیان فصل تأثیر عامل بیئي معین عن تأثیر عامل بیئي .ًدراسة مثل هذه العوامل بصورة منفصلة وذلك تسهیال لفهم جوانبها المختلفة لمـاء جـدول الحـسینیة بغیـة تقیـیم الكیمیائیـة – الفیزیائیـةیط الـضوء علـى أهـم العوامـل تهدف الدراسة الحالیة إلى تـسل َ لمعیــشة األســماك فــي ذلــك الموقــع نظــرا لعــدم وجـود دراســة ســابقة حــول هــذا الموضــوع فــي منطقــة الدراســة امـدى مالئمتهــ .الحالیة .جزء من أطروحة دكتوراه للباحث األول* 2009) 4 (22الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلدمجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم موقع الدراسة كم29غایة حدود بلدیة كربالء على یمین نهر الفرات الى ًیبلغ طول جدول الحسینیة إبتداء من ناظمه الرئیس تشكل میاه . والمثمرةمتداده أعداد من القرى والبساتین الكثیفة إهو یخترق المحافظة من الشمال إلى الجنوب وتقع على و متداداته المصدر المائي الرئیس ومنه تتفرع شبكة الري بكاملها حیث یمر الجدول داخل ناحیة الحسینیة ٕاجدول الحسینیة و نحدار سطح األرض إً جنوب غربي متبعا إتجاهیسیر هذا الجدول ب. ومدینة كربالء مما یؤمن الماء لجمیع سكان المنطقة 29الشمالیة والشمالیة الغربیة وبعد قطع الجدول مسافة تین محاذاة المدینة من الناحیبء حیث یسیر حتى یصل مدینة كربال كم ثم ینتهي في األراضي 18 الشمال الغربي لمسافة إتجاهاألول یسمى بالرشدیة ویسیر ب: كم یكون قد تفرع إلى فرعین الجنوب ثم ینحرف نحو الجنوب الشرقي لینتهي في إتجاهیسیر بالمجارة لبحیرة الرزازة أما الثاني المسمى بجدول الهنیدیة ف . م1.68 م ومعدل عمق الجدول 11.1یبلغ معدل عرض جدول الحسینیة . كم15األرض الصحراویة بعد قطع مسافة من كثرة الناتج تجاه الذنائب وذلك لقلة تصریف میاهه بهذا اإلإتجاهومما تجدر اإلشارة إلیه أن عمق وعرض الجدول یقل ب .]5[به الجداول المتصلة ًتتفرع على طول مسار جدول الحسینیة خمسة جداول رئیسة مسیطر علیها بشكل جیـد فـضال عـن أعـداد كبیـرة مـن المآخـذ علـى جـانبي الجـدول غیــر مـسیطر علیهـا بـشكل جیـد ممــا یـؤدي إلـى عـدم ضـبط كمیــات المیـاه بـین جمیـع األراضــي .]6[م الصیف شحة وصول المیاه إلى ذنائب جدول الحسینیة وتنجم عن ذلك في الكثیر من أیا المواد وطرائق العمل 2005 لمــاء جـدول الحــسینیة خـالل مــدة الدراسـة الممتــدة مـن شــهر أیــار الكیمیائیـة والفیزیائیــة أهــم العوامـل تقیـس هـذه یـتإجر. ًة واحـدة شـهریا بواقع مرتین في الـشهر مـع أخـذ المعـدل للحـصول علـى قـراء2006غایة نهایة شهر نیسان الى و ًالقیاسات ما بین الساعة الحادیة عشر صباحا والثانیة عشر ظهرا عند قریة العطیشي قرب مصطفى خـان علـى بعـد كـم 15ً :عن مركز مدینة كربالء وقد شملت الدراسة اآلتي موقعیـا ت القـراءات وأخـذ°م 100 و°م 10 محـرار زئبقـي ذي تـدرج مـا بـین إسـتخدام درجة حـرارة المـاء بتس قی .ًمدة دقیقتین تقریبا بعد تركه هناك سم20 10والمحرار داخل الماء بعمق مـن إنتـاج dissolved oxygen meter جهـاز قیـاس األوكـسجین المـذاب إسـتخدامبموقعیـا س األوكسجین المذاب قی . القبرصیةjenwayشركة مـن إنتــاج 98107 طـراز ph meter األس الهیــدروجیني جهـاز قیـاسخدام باسـتموقعیـا األس الهیـدروجینيّحـدد . اإلیطالیةhannaشركة جهـاز التوصــیلیةإســتخدام بelectrical conductivity درجــة الملوحـة مــن حـساب قــیم التوصـیل الكهربــائي تبحـس سنغافوریة، ومـن ثـم الـeutech مـن إنتـاج شـركة cyberscan 10 co nمـن طـراز electrical conductivity meter الكهربائیـة : وبحسب المعادلة اآلتیة]7[ملوحة تحویل تلك القیم إلى قیم 14.87 –التوصیل الكهربائي ) =جزء باأللف(الملوحة 1589.08 حدیـدي مطلـي بـاللون secchi diskرص سـاكي ق إستخدام عكارة الماء بداللة نفاذیة الضوء التي تم قیاسها بّ قدرت ختفـاء القــرص إأخـذت القیاســات بوحـدات الــسنتمتر بـإنزال القـرص فــي المـاء عمودیـا لحــین . سـم25 األبـیض واألسـود بقطــر وتسجیل طول الحبل المغمور بالماء، ترك القرص ینزل إلى القاع ثم سحب الحبل إلى األعلى فیما بعد مع 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد أجریت القیاسـات فـي ظـل . تسجیل طول الحبل المغمور ثانیة عند ظهور القرص ثانیة، وأخذ معدل القراءتین أعاله .]1[الظروف القیاسیة المتمثلة بالسماء الصافیة، الشمس فوق الرأس مباشرة، وجود الظل والمیاه قلیلة األمواج النتائج والمناقشة بدأت درجات الحرارة فـي موقـع ). 1جدول ( م 33-10ل الحسینیة ما بین تراوحت معدالت درجات حرارة ماء جدو ثـــم بـــدأت ) م° 33(وحتـــى وصـــلت أعلـــى قیمـــة لهــا فـــي شـــهر آب ) م° 18(ًعتبـــارا مـــن شـــهر شــباط إرتفـــاع الدراســة باإل ).م° 10( وبلغت أدنى قیمة لها في شهر كانون الثاني ،نخفاضباإل درجــات ّ إذ تعــد،ونموهــا وتكاثرهــاســة الحالیــة متطلبــات معیــشة األســماك تالئـم درجــات الحــرارة المــسجلة فــي الدرا وبمــا أن األســماك تتـأثر بدرجــة حــرارة المحــیط .]8[عتیـادي لنمــو أســماك الكــارب اإلى م الدرجــة المثلـ28-23الحـرارة مــن م ° 1 0.5محـیط بحــوالي ً تختلـف درجــة حرارتهـا عمومـا عــن حـرارة الاذلكونهـا مـن الحیوانــات متغیـرة درجـة حــرارة الجـسم، تهــا الحیویــة ا، ولهــذا فــالمتوقع أن یــنعكس تغیـر درجــة حــرارة المحــیط علـى نمــو األســماك وعلــى قیامهـا بــأداء فعالی)3(فقـط .المختلفة وفــي تــوفر المــضیفات الوســطیة اتًتـؤثر التغیــرات فــي درجــة حــرارة المــاء أیــضا فــي نمـو األطــوار الیرقیــة للطفیلیــ مـن جهـة أخـرى ممـا یـؤثر ة الوسـطیاتالحیاة غیر المباشـرة وفـي نـشاط المـضیفات دوروات ذاتیاة الطفیلیالالزمة إلكمال ح ًوتتحمـل األسـماك فروقـا حراریـة تتـراوح مـا بــین . ] 9 [ اتحتمـال حـصول التمـاس بـین األطـوار المعدیـة والمـضیفإًالحقـا فـي فـي قنـاة شـط المـسجلةرات الحرارة في الدراسة مطابقة للنتـائج وجاءت نتائج تغی. م إذا كانت هذه التغیرات تدریجیة° 10-12 فـي م فـي شـهر آب، ومقاربـة لـدرجات الحـرارة ° 33 في شهر كانون األول إلى °م 10یمها من ق التي تراوحت ]1[0 البصرة م في شهر ° 36م في شهر شباط إلى ° 10التي تراوحت قیمها من ]11[ األنبارمنطقة آلوس أعالي نهر الفرات، محافظة م ° 36.5م فـي شـهر كـانون الثـاني و ° 14مـا بـین فقـد تراوحـت ]12[ القادسـیةیاه نهر الدغارة في محافظـة أما في م. آب .في شهر تموز إذ یتــضح أن أعلــى ،)1(المــذاب فــي مـاء جــدول الحــسینیة جـدول لوحظـت تغیــرات شـهریة فــي كمیــة األوكـسجین ). لتـر/ ملغـم5.5( وبلـغ أوطـأ تركیـز لـه فـي شـهر آب ،)لتـر/ ملغـم14.8( الثـاني تركیز لألوكسجین المذاب فـي شـهر كـانون تتـسم العالقـة مـا بـین . ًنخفاض مستوى األوكسجین المذاب في شهور الصیف إلى تأثیر درجات الحـرارة المرتفعـة نـسبیاإیعود اســیان لألوكـسجین المــذاب فــي هنـاك مــصدران أس.]13[درجـات الحــرارة وكمیـة األوكــسجین المــذاب بكونهـا عالقــة عكــسیة أمــا . وعملیــة التركیــب الـضوئي الحاصــلة فـي النباتــات المائیــة الحاملـة للكلوروفیــل ،المـاء همــا الهـواء المالمــس لــسطح المـاء نخفاض كمیة األوكسجین المذاب فتعود إلى عملیات تنفس األحیـاء المائیـة وتفـسخ المـواد العـضویة والغـازات األخـرى إأسباب مــع وجـود الملوثــات الالعـضویة المــستهلكة لألوكــسجیننطـالق الــذاتي للغـاز بــسبب الحــرارة العالیـةع مـن القــاع واإلالتـي ترتفــ ة اإلضـاءة الحاصـلة خـالل الــصیف التـي تـؤدي بـدورها إلـى زیـادة نـسبة األوكـسجین المــذاب وعلـى الـرغم مـن طـول مـد.]14[ وثـات العــضویة والالعــضویة إسـتهالك األوكــسجین بــسبب الملإلــى إال أن العكـس قــد حـصل بــسبب الحــرارة العالیـة التــي أدت .]1[ الماءالمذاب في األوكسجین تدني قیم ومن ثم وبمـا أن الـشبوطیات . ]13[لتر كافیـة لغالبیـة األسـماك / ملغم8-5إن كمیة األوكسجین المذاب بتراكیز تتراوح من لـذا یتـضح أن قــیم األوكـسجین المــذاب ،]4[لتــر / ملغـم7-6ن ًعمومـا تتطلـب محتــوى مـن األوكـسجین المــذاب یتـراوح مــا بـی وعنـد مقارنـة قـیم . المسجلة في ماء جدول الحسینیة طول مدة الدراسـة الحالیـة كانـت ضـمن الحـدود المثالیـة لمعیـشة األسـماك 3.6تراوحـت مــن التـي ]10[ فـي قنـاة شـط البـصرة سـة الحالیـة مـع القـراءات التـي سـجلتاألوكـسجین المـذاب المـسجلة فـي الدرا لتر في شهر شباط، وفي میاه نهر الدغارة في / ملغم10.2لتر في شهر تموز إلى /ملغم 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد أثنــاء شــهر كــانون ز فــي )لتــر/ ملغــم12.8(كــان أعلــى مــستوى لألوكــسجین المــذاب ،اذ ]12[محافظــة القادســیة فــي شـهر أیلــول، یتـضح أن قــیم األوكـسجین المــذاب المـسجلة فــي الدراسـة الحالیــة ) لتـر/ ملغــم7.2(الثـاني وأوطـأ مــستوى لـه أن التركیـز األمثـل مــن األوكـسجین المـذاب فــي معیـشة الكــارب وجـدیر بالــذكر .أفـضل بكثیـر مــن قـراءات الدراسـتین أعــاله . وهذا یتطابق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالیة]8[ فما فوقلتر / ملغم7.5عتیادي هو إلا للــشهور 9 7.7أن قــیم األس الهیــدروجیني المــسجلة فـي الدراســة الحالیــة تراوحــت مــن ) 1(یالحـظ مــن الجــدول ومـن الدراســات التـي قـام بهـا بــاحثون . القاعدیـةإتجـاهالمختلفـة وهـذا یـدل علـى أن هنــاك تغیـرات طفیفـة فـي معظــم القـراءات ب أحـد األفـرع الجانبیـة لنهــر وهـو أن قـیم األس الهیـدروجیني لمیــاه نهـر مهیجـران ، ظهـر عراقیـون حـول قـیم األس الهیـدروجیني ، بینمــا 9 7.4بــین ]10[البـصرة فـي قنــاة شــط تراوحـت تلــك القــیم ، فــي حــین 8.6 8تراوحــت بـین ]15[شـط العــرب فـي میـاه أعــالي نهـر الفـرات عنــد و.]16 [الهارثــة ة البـصرة فـي فــي شـط العـرب عنــد جامعـ8.5 7.4قـیم بـین التراوحـت مـدیات قـیم األس الهیـدروجیني لمیـاه في حین كانـت ، 8.3-7.1 فقد تراوحت القیم بین ]11[ منطقة آلوس، محافظة األنبار فـي الدراسـة الحالیـة إن قـیم األس الهیـدروجیني المـسجلة. 8.3-6.9 تتراوح مـابین]12[ نهر الدغارة في محافظة القادسیة .]17[هي ضمن المدیات الطبیعیة التي تتحملها األسماك في القیم الـدنیا والقـصوى لـألس الهیـدروجیني فـي الدراسـة الحالیـة عـن بعـض القـیم " بسیطا"اإختالفیتضح أن هناك الحـالي ال یتــصل بـأي مــصدر فــالموقع . فـي الموقــع الجغرافـيخــتالفالمـسجلة فـي الدراســات أعـاله، وهــذا ربمـا یعــود إلـى اإل مقارنـة مـع مبـازل ومیـاه البـصرة التـي تـصب فیهـا مبـازل كثیـرة باسـتثناء مجـاري اإلسـتخدامات البـشریة المحـدودة هـام، تلـوث ، وعلیــه فــإن أرقـام األس الهیــدروجیني فــي ]15، 10 [ ًفـضال عــن میـاه الخلــیج العربــي الـصاعدة لهــا علــى شـكل مــد وجـزر . لمعیشة األسماك"ار عن كون ماء جدول الحسینیة مالئمّالدراسة الحالیة تعب ًبینت نتائج قیاسات ملوحة مـاء جـدول الحـسینیة حـصول تغیـرات طفیفـة جـدا فـي معـدالت الملوحـة، إذ یتـضح مـن ّ كــان قــد ســجل فـي شــهر أیــار، بینمـا كــان أقــل معــدل ) جــزء بـاأللف0.91(أن أعلــى مــستوى لمعـدل الملوحــة ) 1(الجـدول ة كرمـة یـتراوح مدى ملوحة میاه شط العرب قرب موقع جامعة البـصرة فـي ناح. في شهر تشرین األول) باأللف جزء0.67( كان یتـراوح مـا بـین ف أما مدى الملوحة ألعالي نهر الفرات في محافظة األنبار.]16[ جزء باأللف 1.8 0.8علي ما بین 0.24ریة في ملوحة ماء نهر الدغارة، محافظة القادسیة بـین التغیرات الشهتراوحت ، بینما ]11[ جزء باأللف0.6 0.3 ن المدى الذي سجل في الدراسة الحالیـة یتفـق مـع بعـض المـدیات یتضح من كل القراءات المذكورة ا .]12[ جزء باأللف0.7 أو ]18[ اآلخــر ال سـیما تلــك التـي فــي منـاطق مبــازل الــصقالویة هاالمـسجلة فــي بعـض تلــك الدراسـات ویختلــف عـن بعــض . ویعود السبب في ذلك إلى المحتوى الملحي للمیاه قید الدراسة]10[مصبات مثل قناة شط البصرة سـم خـالل شـهور 177-12 المسجلة فـي الدراسـة الحالیـة مـا بـین )بداللة مسافة نفاذیة الضوء (تراوحت قیم العكارة .لها في شهر نیسانسجلت أعلى قیمة في شهر كانون الثاني وأق،اذ ) 1(الدراسة جدول عنــد مقارنــة نتــائج الدراســة الحالیــة مــع بعــض المـــدیات المــسجلة فــي الدراســات الــسابقة التــي أجریــت علــى المیـــاه سـم خـالل شـهري آب وآذار علــى 43-8 كانـت مـدیات العكـارة تتـراوح مـا بـین اذ،فـي نهـر دیـالى مـثال الطبیعیـة فـي العـراق ، ]10[ سـم خـالل شـهري حزیـران ونیـسان علـى التـوالي101-8مدیات مـا بـین اوحت التر وفي قناة شط البصرة ،]19[ التوالي سـم أثنـاء شـهر آذار 95 و ، أثنـاء شـهر تمـوز فـي سـم20إذ تراوحـت مـا بـین ،في میاه نهري الزاب الصغیر والزاب الكبیر و خـالل شـهر أیلـول بالنـسبة الـى سـم55 و ، سـم خـالل شـهر أیـار12لمیاه نهر الزاب الصغیر في حین تراوحت القیم ما بـین یالحـظ أن المـدیات المـسجلة فـي الدراسـة الحالیـة كانـت مرتفعـة وقـد یعـود الـسبب فـي ذلـك إلـى ،]20[ الكبیرمیاه نهر الزاب إذ إن لـسرعة جریـان المـاء وقیـام مـشاریع الـري والزراعـة ومجمـل الفعالیـات الجاریـة فـي نهـر صــغیر ،المـواد الطینیـة المنجرفـة بداللة نفاذیة الضوء المقاسة باستخدام (إن أوطأ قیم العكارة المسجلة . في ذلك"اول الحسینیة دورمثل جد 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ة مـع مـاء الجـدول المجروفـفي شهر نیسان تعزى إلى الزیادة الكبیـرة فـي كمیـة المـواد الغرینیـة العالقـة) قرص ساكي .التي تصل قمتها في أوائل الصیف ة الفیضاناتخالل مد لمــاء جـــدول الكیمیائیـــة والفیزیائیــةیــستنتج ممــا ذكـــر أعــاله أن القـــیم المــسجلة فـــي الدراســة الحالیـــة ألهــم العوامـــل .الحسینیة تقع ضمن الحدود المالئمة لمعیشة األسماك المتواجدة هناك المصادر 1. welch, p. s. (1952). limnology , 2 nd edn., m cgraw – hill book, new york: 538 . 2. odum, e. p. (1963). ecology . halt, rinehart & winston, new york: 152 . 3. nikolsky , g. v. (1963). the ecology of fishes (engl. transl.). acad. press, london & new york: 352 . 4. huet, m . (1972). textbook of fish culture: breeding and cultivation of fish. fishing news (books) ltd., surrey: 436 . المـــوارد المائیــة ودورهــا فــي اإلنتــاج الزراعــي فــي محافظـــة ). 2000(المــسعودي، ریــاض محمــد علــي عــودة دهــش . 5 . صفحة376: عة بغداد، جام)بن رشدإ(رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة . كربالء دراسـة جغرافیـة لـنظم الـري والبـزل علـى نهـري الحـسینیة وبنـي حـسن، محافظــة ). 1988(مزعـل، عبـد األمیـر كاسـب . 6 . صفحة200: رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة اآلداب، جامعة البصرة. كربالء 7. golterman, h. l.; clymo, r. s. & ohnst ad, m . a. m . (1978). m ethods for p hy sical and chemical analysis of fresh waters, 2 nd edn., blackwell sci. publ., oxford. i.b.p. handbook no. 8: 213 . . تطبیقات السیطرة النوعیـة فـي مـزارع تربیـة األسـماك). 1987(شمعون، البیر رزوق والحبیب، فاروق محمود كامل . 8 . صفحة47: مطبعة أوفسیت المیناء، البصرة 9. kennedy, c. r. (1975). ecological animal p arasitology . blackwell sci. publ., oxford: 163 p p . رسـالة ماجـستیر، . البیاح في قناة شـط البـصرةكبیئة وحیاتیة ثالثة أنواع من أسما). 1986(وهاب، نهاد خورشید . 10 . صفحة155: كلیة الزراعة، جامعة البصرة liza abuدراسـة بعــض الجوانـب الحیاتیــة وطفیلیـات أســماك الخـشني ). 1988( عبـد الــسالم اآللوسـي، محمــد. 11 (heckel)طروحـــة دكتــوراه، كلیـــة العلــوم، الجامعـــة أ. فــي منطقــة آلـــوس، أعــالي نهـــر الفــرات، محافظـــة األنبــار . صفحة121: المستنصریة فـي نهـر الـدغارة barbus luteusاك الحمـري دراسـة مقارنـة لطفیلیـات أسـم). 2005(الوائلي، علي بستان محـسن . 12 . صفحة101: رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة التربیة، جامعة القادسیة. ومیاه المبازل 13. amlacher, e. (1970). textbook of fish diseases (engl. transl.). t.f.h. publ., jersey city : 302 pp . . صفحة279: مطبعة جامعة البصرة. األسماكبایولوجیة ). 1987(أحمد، هاشم عبد الرزاق . 14 15. m haisen, f. t. & yousif, u. h. (1986). j. biol. scs. res., 17(2): 161-168. 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 16. khamees, n. r. (1996). ecological and biological st udies of some copepods (family ergasilidae) infest ing gills of the mugilid fish, liza abu from basrah. ph. d. thesis, coll. agric., univ. basrah: 92 p p . 17. lind, o. t. (1979). handbook of common methods in limnology . c. v. m osby co., st. louis: 199 p p . وعالقتها بتوزیع األسماك في میاه مبازل الكیمیائیة والفیزیائیةدراسة الصفات ). 1978(د، عبد الرزاق محمود محم. 18 . صفحة128: رسالة ماجستیر، كلیة العلوم، جامعة بغداد. الصقالویة .15-1): 1 (15مجلة بحوث علوم الحیاة، ). 1984(جیاد، جمیل هادي . 19 .23-13):4(28مجلة أبحاث البصرة، ). 2002(ومحیسن، فرحان ضمد ن عبد اهللا، شمال محمد أمی. 20 أثناء في لماء جدول الحسینیةالكیمیائیة والفیزیائیةالتغیرات الشهریة في بعض العوامل معدالت ): 1(جدول 2006غایة نیسان الى و2005 المدة من أیار الشهر درجة حرارة الماء )م°( األوكسجین المذاب )لتر/لغمم( األس الهیدروجیني )ph( الملوحة )جزء باأللف( العكارة )سم( 67 0.91 7.7 7.6 25 أیار 72 0.87 8.2 6.1 26 حزیران 53 0.73 8.3 6.4 32 تموز 48 0.70 8.5 5.5 33 آب 68 0.74 8.5 5.6 31 أیلول 71 0.67 8.7 8.6 23 تشرین األول 117 0.79 8.9 8.9 19 تشرین الثاني 163 0.78 8.8 10.4 17 كانون األول 177 0.73 9.0 14.8 10 كانون الثاني 115 0.84 8.9 9.4 18 شباط 73 0.79 8.9 8.2 23 آذار 12 0.79 8.7 8.2 25 نیسان ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 some physico-chemical factors of water of al-husainia creek, karbala province, iraq * a. a. j. j. al-saadi, f. t. mhaisen and h. r. hasan * departme nt of biology ,college of education ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad *departme nt of biology ,college of education ,unive rsity of karbala abstract the study of imp ortant p hysico-chemical factors of water of al-husainia cr eek dur ing the p eriod of m ay 2005 till the end of ap ril 2006 indicated that water temp erature showed clear monthly fluctuations ranged from 10 c° dur ing january to 33 c° during august . dissolved oxy gen values ranged from 5.5 mg/ml during august to 14.8 mg/ml during january. slight monthly chan ges were noticed in ph values, ran ged from 7.7 durin g m ay to 9 during janu ary. also, slight monthly changes were recorded in sa linity values which ranged from 0.67 ppt during october to 0.91 ppt during m ay. clear fluctuation occurred in turbidity values which ranged from 12 cm during ap ril to 177 cm during january. from the above results, it is clear that al-husainia creek water is suitable for fish l ife there. * a part of p h. d. thesis of the first author. microsoft word 97-104 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|97   antimicrobial susceptibility of enterococcus spp. isolated from different clinical sources in kirkuk provency hajir ali shareef shara najmalddin abdullah shareefalill23@gmail.com university of kirkuk –college of medicine. abstract one of the most important problems confronts hospitals is the strains emergence of enterococcus spp. with multiple resistance to antibiotics, which propel researchers to modify or produce new antibiotics or combination between two antibiotics so that to be more effective against enterococcus. this study was aimed to susceptibility some of local enterococcus spp. isolates with of 21 antibiotic using disc diffusion method. the results showed absolute resistant 100% toward (cephalexin, gentamycin, amikacin, erythromycin and nalidixic acid), while showed a high sensitivity toward (vancomycin and impenem ) at percentage of 92.3% for each . also highly inhibitory activity was observed by using penicillins antibiotics groups against most enterococcus isolates. which contribute to that none of the isolates showed it is ability to produce beta – lactamase enzymes by iodometric tube method. also susceptibility to some new and synergetic antibiotic like gentamicin high level(synergy), streptomycin high level (synergy), linezolid, tigecycline, levofloxacin, quinupristin /dalfopristin was conducted by vitek-2 system. the results showed the absolute sensitivity (100%) of isolates toward ( linezolid and tigecycline). all isolates showed multiple –resistant prescription to antibiotics, the number of antibiotics that every isolates resisted range between 6-12 antibiotic. key words: enterococcus spp., antibiotic susceptibility, multi-drug resistance ,linezolid , tigecycline. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|98   1. introduction enterococcus genus contains many species cause infections to human. e.faecalis is one of the most common species associated with nosocomial infections accounting for 90% of the clinical isolates followed by e. faecium which in recent years has shown an increase in prevalence. this may be due to that e. faecalis has most of the virulence factors of this genus, and e.faecium was characterized by the multiple resistance properties of antibiotics [1; 2; 3]. enterococcus have become increasingly important not only because of their hospital infection injury but because of the increase in the prevalence of resistance to many antibiotics that have becomes causes common health problems globally as well as incidence of treatment failure due to the speed of antibiotic resistance through bacterial conjugations mechanisms [4; 5; 6]. antibiotics that show varying degrees of efficacy against in-vitro enterococcus spp. includes penicillins (penicillin, ampicillin, bipercillin), glycopeptides (vancomycin and ticoplanin), carbapenems (imipenem and miropenem), aminoglycosides (gentamycin and streptomycin), tetracycline (tetracycline and oxycycline) and quinolones (ciprofloxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin), chloramphenicol, rifampcin, streptogramin ( quinupristin / dulfopristin (q / d)) , and oxazolidinme and linezolid antibiotics [7]. most enterococcus infections are treated with one type of antibiotic, especially in patients with a normal immune system. utis is treated with ampicillin, if strain resistant ampicillin, vancomycin is used. if it resistant both of them, linezolid used as an alternative treatment, but in severe cases it is preferable to use acombination of beta-lactam antibiotics with aminoglycosides such as nitrufurantion with fasfomycin, as it shown a strong in-vitro effect against enterococcus spp. [7; 8]. in the last decade, several antimicrobial agents have shown a 70% inhibitory effect against multiple-resistance enterococcus and have been successfully used to treat the infections caused by this microbial, including streptogramin (quinupristin-dalfopristin (q / d)), daptomycin , linezolid and tigecyclin, which are used to treat skin and soft tissue infections and abdominal cavity infections [9; 10; 11]. 2. material and methods samples a total of 39 clinical isolates of entrococcus spp. including (e. faecalis, e. faecium ,e. gallinarum and e. durans) were isolated from sample of different clinical soures of reviewed patients to kirkuk hospitals .all isolates identification were done by standard methods including biochemical tests ,serological identification by lancefield methods, identification of enterococcus species by ap system and vitek-2 system [12; 13; 14]. antibiotic susceptibility test isolates under study was investigated for their susceptibility against 21 antibiotics include (penicillin g , ampicillin , amoxicillin , augmentin , cefotaxime , ceftriaxone , cephalexin , imipenem ,tetracycline , rifampcin , gentamycin , amikacin , erythromycin , vancomycin , chloramphenicol , trimethoprim , co-trimoxazole , nitrofurantion , nalidixic acid , norfloxacin , ciprofloxacin ) by disc diffusion method depending on [15]. the diameter of the inhibition zone was measured on each disk and compared with the measurements of clinical and laboratory standards institute (clis) guideline [16]. detection of beta-lactamase enzyme iodine tube method was used to detect the production of the beta-lactamase enzymes [17]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|99   3. results and discussion resistance of enterococcus to antibiotics enterococcus spp. susceptibility to antibiotics are different in studies conducted in all countries, it was observed that the sensitivity varies according to geographical regions and depending on the misuse of these antibiotics [18]. as for the resistance of enterococcus isolates to beta-lactam, the results in table 1 showes that penicillins were the most effective against all isolates. the sensitivity to these antibiotics ranged from 89.7% to amoxicillin, 74.3% to penicillin g and ampicillin and 48.71 % to augmentin, while the cephalosporin antibiotics had low inhibitory effect against all isolates, the resistance to these antibiotics ranged from 92.3% to 97.4% for ceftriaxone and cefotaxime respectively and 100% for cephalexin. these results were consistent with the study of [19] and [20]. the results of the current study were consistent with [6], who recorded a high sensitivity to penicillin.the sensitivity and resistance ratios of these antibiotics varied in many studies in other countries, particularly for penicillin [21; 22; 23]. acquisition of mobile genetic components such the low resistance of isolates in this study to penicillins may be due to their lack producing of beta-lactamase enzyme were confirmed through the detection of these enzymes using the iodine tube method. on the other hand, [5] pointed a high resistance to cephalosporins due to the production of modified pencillin binding proteins (pbp2a) with low affinity binding to beta-lactam antibiotic, or because of its as plasmids and others, as well as the intrinsic resistance to these antibiotics. for the vancomycin a high inhibitory effect 92.3% of isolates study and only two isolates of e. faecalis and one isolate of e. gallinarum have shown resistance for this antibiotic. these resultes were consistent with were recorded in many european countries like denmark, norway, newzealand and france [24]. similar resultes recorded in india and turkey [4; 5]. countries with high vancomycin resistance enterococcui were ireland, germany, portugal and united kingdom [16; 25]. in iraq governorates such as mosul and diyala high rates of resistance to vancomycin were recorded between enterococcus isolates [19; 20]. the interest of researchers and medicines have increased to vancomycin – resistant enterococci (vre) for several reasons, including: the availability of few therapeutic options to treat vre infections that may pass from enterococci to other bacteria such as listeria monocytogenes and staphylococcus aureus. both of [26; 27] certain that when these bacteria are present in the hospital environment they are transmitted to patients and spread directly from one patient to another or indirectly through transport by individuals hands or contaminated surfaces of the environment or patient care equipment as for the remaining antibiotics used in the current study, all isolates showed absolute resistance to both erythromycin and nalidixic acid by 100%, while the sensitivity and resistance ratio for the other antibiotics varied as shown in table (1), with some consistent to studies that earlier refer to it. it was noted through the results that there is a pattern of multiple resistance among enterococcus species . the results showed that the isolates of e.faecalis were able to resist (6) antibiotics of the total (21) antibiotics, while e.faecium and e.gallinarum were able to resist (8) antibiotics,while e.durans had more ability to resist 12 types of the same total antibiotics were used. this result was consistent with [20]. the multi-resistance is a major threat to the life, s of infected patients and is a source of large concern for all members of the community because the transmission of infection caused by these isolates is occur through close contact . ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|100   one of the most important problems encounter hospitals is the problem of the emergence of strains of enterococci with multiple resistance to antibiotics. these problems prompted the researchers to modify or produce new antimicrobial or combining two or more antibiotics to get medicine more effective against enterococcus spp. ,such as combination between penicillin and glycopeptides with aminoglycosides (gentamicin, amikacin, streptomycin, etc.) to treat enterococcus spp. infections, and new antibiotics such as linezolid, tigecycline, daptomycin and dalfopristin / quinopristin . several studies have confirmed the high efficacy of these antibiotics against enterococcus isolates from different clinical sources [2; 28; 29; 30]. the present study confirms the effectiveness of these antibiotics when perform sensitivity testing with vitek 2 compact system . all the isolates studied showed their absolute sensitivity to linezolid, tigecycline and dalfopristin / quinopristin, while showed a sensitivity of 97.5% to the streptomycin high level synergy (hls) and one isolates of e. faecalis was resist it, while the ratio of sensitivity to gentamicin high level synergy (hlg) was 51.28% for 18 isolates of e. faecalis whil one isolate from both e.gallinarum and e. durans resist it table (3). these results are consistent with many studies concerning the first three antibiotics mentioned above [5; 6; 16] also came into conformity with a number of studies that enterococcus isolates showed resistant to high level resistance aminoglycosidase (hlar) as a study [31] in iran and the study researchers [19; 27] in india, study researchers [5; 32] in turkey and study [16] in serbia. the researchers [6; 31] noted that resistance to (hlar) varies from 1 49% with rate of 22.6-12.3 in 27countries in europe. hlar recorded 50% ratio between e.faecalis isolates in italy and 49.5% in slovakia, 48.6% in hungary, 48.4% ratio in poland [24]. in addition to self-resistance to low concentrations of aminoglycosides, enterococcus spp.can acquire resistance against high concentrations of these antibiotics. the mechanism of resistance is due to the presence of genetic elements on the cell chromosome that encode to modified inhibitor enzymes such as aminoglycoside acetyltransferase, aac (6) –ii , these enzymes act to alter the amino-group or carboxylic group of aminoglycoside and thus eliminate the synergy between the active antibiotics on the cell wall and aminoglycosides. this enzyme gains enterococcus spp. high resistance to all important aminoglycosides except the streptomycin [34]. high resistance to antibiotics by microorganisms arise from widespread and indiscriminate use of antibiotics leading to increase the proportion of resistance in bacteria including enterococcus spp. as genetic response in these bacteria as a result of the pressure generated by this use and this makes it difficult to treat the injuries caused by these bacteria [35]. also both disease severity, quality of antibiotics, misdiagnosis of causing agents and lack sufficient control over pharmacies to limit the sale of direct therapy to citizens without prescriptions and non-compliance with therapeutic session gives rise to high resistance against these antibiotics, especially in developing countries [36]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|101   table (1): the number and percentage of enterococcus isolates study with response to antibiotics. resistance isolates sensitive isolates antibiotics % no % no penicillins 25.64 10 74.35 29 penicillin g 25.64 10 74.35 29 ampicilin 10.2 4 89.74 35 amoxicilin 51.28 20 48.71 19 augmentin cephalosporins 97.43 38 2.56 1 cefotaxime 92.307 36 7.69 3 cetriaxone 100 39 0 0 cephalexin carbapenems 7.69 3 92.307 36 imipenem tetracyclines 87.17 34 12.82 5 tetracycline rifampcins 92.307 36 7.69 3 rifampcin aminoclycosides 100 39 0 0 gentamicin 100 39 0 0 amikacin macrolides 100 39 0 0 erythromycin glycopeptides 7.69 3 92.307 36 vancomycin 58.92 23 41.02 16 chloramphenicol 46.15 18 53.84 21 trimethoprime 74.35 29 25.64 10 co-trimoxazole 12.82 5 87.17 34 nitrofurantion quinolones 100 39 0 0 nalidixic fluroquinolones 76.92 30 23.076 9 norfloxacin 71.79 28 28.205 11 ciprofloxacin ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|102   table (2): sensitivity test by vitek-2 system for a number of new antibiotics. tigecycline linezolid (dalfopristin/ quinopristin) levofloxacin,streptomycin high level (synergy)[ gentamycin high level (synergy)[ sensitivity type isolates 1 ) 3.22(% 1 ) 3.22(% 18 )58.1(% r e.faecalis n=31 31 100)(% 31 100)% 31 100)(% 30 )96.72(% 30 )96.72(% 13 )41.9(% s 5 )100(% r e.faecium n=5 5 ) 100(% 5 )100% 5 )100(% 5 )100(% 5 ) 100(% s 1 ) 50(% r e.gallinarium n=2 2 ) 100(% 2 )100% 2 )100(% 2 )100(% 2 )100(% 1 )50(% s s s r s s r e.durans n=1 table (3): pattern of multi-drug resistance in enterococcus spp. mdr type of antibiotics resist to it isolates÷ % no 28.59 6 e,na,ak,gn,clctx e.faecalis 38.1 8 ak,gn,ra,cl,cro,ctx,e,na e.faecium 33.33 7 na,ak,ra,cl,cro,ctx,e e.gallinarium 57.1 12 ak,gn,ra,te,cl,aug,amp,ctp,nit,sxt,e,na e.durans amp : ampicillin , , aug : augmentin , cxt : cefotaxime ,cro : ceftriaxone , cl : cephalexin , te :tetracycline ra : rifampcin , gn : gentamycin , ak : amikacin , e : erythromycin , nit : nitrofurantion ,na : nalidixic acid , ctp : ciprofloxacin references [1] g.giraffa,. enterococci from foods. fems microbiology reviews, 26, 163-171. 2002 [2] e.w. koneman, s.p.allen, w.c. janda, .color atlas and text book of diagnostic microbiology. 6th ed. lippincott-willams and wilkins . 2006 [3] y. sharifi, a.hasani, r.ghotaslou, m. aghazadeh, m. milani, a. bazmany, virulence and antimicrobial resistance in enterococci isolated from urinary tract infections. 3 (1) : 197201. 2013 [4] s. sreeja, prs. babu, ag. prathab, .the prevalence and the characterization of the enterococcus species from various clinical samples in the tertiary care hospital. journal. clin. diagn. res. 6(9):1486-1488. 2012 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|103   [5] l .shah, s .mulla, patel kg, s .rewadiwala .prevalence of enterococci with higher resistance level in a tertiary care hospital. a matter of concern. natl. j. med. res. 291:2527. 2012 [6] rs .shinde, gv .koppikar, s.oommen .characterization and antimicrobial susceptibility pattern of clinical isolates of enterococci at a tertiary care hospital in mumbai, india. ann trop med publ health, 5(2):85-88. 2012 [7] m.j. zervos , m. d. joseph , m.d. chow , annechen , m.d.; r.robert , m.d. muder ,. enterococcus species . infectious disease and antimicrobial agents. 2010 [8] mb perri, e.hershberger, m .ionescu, c .lauter, mj..zervos .in vitro susceptibility of vancomycin-resistant enterococci (vre) to fosfomycin. diagn microbiol infect dis. apr;42:269-71 . 2002 [9] enoch, d.a., j.m. bygott, m.l. daly, et al. (2007). daptomycin. the journal of infection. 55(3): p. 205-13. [10] e.tasina, , a.b. haidich, s. kokkali, et al.efficacy and safety of tigecycline for the treatment of infectious diseases: a meta-analysis. the lancet infectious diseases. 11(11): p. 834-44. 2011 [11] d.yahav, a. lador, m. paul, et al. efficacy and safety of tigecycline: a systematic review and meta-analysis. the journal of antimicrobial chemotherapy, 66(9): p. 1963-71. 2011 [12] j. g. collee, a. g.fraser, marmion, b. p. and a .simmons,. mackie and mccartney. practical medical microbiology. 14th ed. churchill livingstone , uk .1996 [13] b. a. forbes, d. f. sahm, and a. s. weissfeld, baily and scotts .diagnostic microbiology.11th ed.mosby,company baltimore. usa. 2002 [14] r.m. atlas, handbook of microbiological media .4th ed ., taylor and francis group, llc. 2010 [15] p .vandamme, e .vercauteren, c .lammens, pensart n, leven m, pot b, et al. survey of enterococcal susceptibility patterns in belgium. j clin microbiol.34(10):2572–2576. 1996 [16] clinical and laboratory standards institute (clsi). methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically approved standard. m07-a8. 18th ed. vol. 29. wayne, pa, usa: clsi. 2009 [17] k.thomas, and m.barbara , applications in general microbiology. laboratory manual 6th ed .489. 2003 [18] m.mira, m.deana, j.zora, vero, g.; biljana, m., r.biljana, .prevalence of different enterococcal species isolated from blood and their susceptibility to antimicrobial drugs in vojvodina, serbia, 2011-2013. african journal of microbiology research. 8(8): 819 824. 2014 [19]z.h.m.al-azzawi . study on virulence factors and antimicrobial response among enterococci isolated from paients .m.sc. thesis, university of diala . college of education. 2008 [20] n.sh.hanno. astudy on diagnosis and pathogenicity of enterococcus isolated from urinary tract infection and its ability to cause experimental endocarditis . ph.d. thesis , university of msul , college of science. 2002 [21] s .jain, a .kumar, kashyap b, kaur jr .clinico-epidemiological profile and high-level aminoglycoside resistance in enterococcal septicemia fro tertiary care hospital in delhi. int. journal. app. basic. med. res.1:8083. 2011 [22] s .mulla , k.g. patel , t.panwala , rewadiwala,s. the prevalence of enterococci with a higher resistance level in a tertiary care hospital:amatter of concern . national j med res .2(1):25-7. 2012 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1777 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|104   [23] p .doddamani, k., srikanth., t.nandini, r.rajagopalan, (prevalence and antibiogram of enterococcus species in a tertiary care hospital).world journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences, 2 (5), 2689-2698. 2013 [24] european centre for disease prevention and control (2012). antimicrobial resistance surveillance in europe 2011. annual report of the european antimicrobial resistance network (ears-net). stockholm; ecdc:59-63. [25] c.a.arias, g.a.contreras, murray, b.e. management of multidrug-resistant enterococcal infections. clin. microbiol. infect., 16,555-562. 2010 [26] cetinkaya, y.; falk, p. and mayhall, c. g. (2000) . vancomycin – resistant enterococci. clin. microbiol. rev., 13 (4): 686 – 707. [27] s .sood, m .malhotra, das bk, a .kapil .enterococcal infection and antimicrobial resistance. indian journal. med. res.128:111-121. 2008 [28] dy.aksoy, s.unal, .new antimicrobial agents for the treatment of gram-positive bacterial infections. clin. microbial. infect. 14:411-420 .2008 [29] m .yemisen, a .demirel, mete b, kaygusuz a, mert a, tabak f, ozturk r comparative in vitro antimicrobial activity of tigecyclin against clinical isolates of vancomycin-resistant enterooccusz. indian. j. med. microbiol. 27:373-374. 2009 [30] hy .tsai, ch .liao, chen yh, lu pl, huang ch, lu ct, chuang yc, tsao sm, chen ys, lui yc, chen wy, jang tn, lin hc, chen cm, shi zy, pan sc, yang jl, kung ce, liu ce, cheng yj, liu jw, sun w, wang ls, ko wc, yu kw, chiang pc, lee mh, lee cm, hsu gj, hsueh pr .trends in susceptibility of vancomycin-resistant enterococcus faecium to tigecyclin, daptomycin and linezolid and molecular epidemiology of the isolates: results from the tigecyclin in vitro surveillance in taiwan study, 2006 to 2010. antimicrob. agents chemother. 56(6):3402-3405. 2012 [31] m.talebi, f.rahimi, m.katouli, i. ku¨hn, mo¨llby, r., eshraghi, s. and pourshafie, m.r. prevalence and antimicrobial resistance of enterococcal species in sewage treatment plants in iran. water air soil pollut 185, 111–119. 2007 [32] g.baldir, d.o. engin, m.kucukercan , a.inan , akcay,s ., ozyurek ,s.aksaray , s. high-level resistance to aminoglycoside ,vancomycin,and linezolid in enterococcus strains.journal of microbiology and infectious diseases / jmid.3(3):100-103.2013 [33] j.parameswarappa, v.p.basavaraj, c.m.basavaraj. isolation, identification, and antibiogram of enterococci isolated from patients with urinary tract infection. ann of african med. 12(3) : 176 – 181 . 2013 [34] t.c.s. rosvoll . plasmid , resistance and hospital adaptation in enterococci. an epidemiological approach. faculty of health sciences. department of medical biology. 2012 [35] in .okeke, a .lamikanra, r.edelman .socioeconomic and behavioral factors leading to acquired bacterial resistance to antibiotics in developing countries. emerging infectious diseases. 5:18–27. 1999 [36] re .istúriz and c .carbon .antibiotic use in developing countries. infect. control hosp. epidemiol.,21(6): 394-397. 2000   microsoft word 169-186 169 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 synthesis, structural and biological efficiency studies of new azo ligands and their complxes with zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) metal ion alyaa k. abass dept.of chemistry/ college of science / university of baghdad received in: 24/may/2015, accepted in: 23/june/2015 abstract the formation of zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes was studied with two new hetrocyclic azo ligands 2-[4-(1-sulfonaphthalene)azo]-l-histidine (l1) and 2-[7-(1-hydroxy3-sulfonaphthalene)azo]-l-histidine (l2) derived from coupling reaction of diazonium salt of naphthionic acid and 7-amino-1-naphthol-5-sulfonic acid with l-histidine in an alkaline ethanolic solution. the structural features of all new compounds have been characterized from their elemental analyses, metal content, magnetic moment measurement, molar conductance & ft-ir, uv-vis. and 1hnmr spectral studies. furthermore,the composition of complexes have been studied following the mole ratio method after fixing the optimum condition (ph and concentration).beer’s law was obeyed over a concentration range (610-5 810-5m). all data showed that the complexes with (1:2) (m:l) metal to ligand, may be formulated as [m(l)2cl2] and octahedral geometry, in which the ligands (l1 and l2) act as n,n-bidentate chelating agents, coordinated through the azo nitrogen near naphthyl moiety and heterocyclic nitrogen in l-histidine. the stability constant () and gibbs free energy (g) of the complexes have also been studied. biological efficiency of ligands and their complexes were tested aginst eschericha coli and staphylococcus aureus. keywords: l-histidine, azo lignads, structural studies, biological efficiency. 170 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 theoretical scientists found that some naphthalen derivatives have been embodied as new range of active antimicrobials effective against a wide range of human phathogens [1] and thus considered medicinally important part of antibiotic drugs such as nafacillin, naftifine, tolnaftate, etc. which play vital role in the control of microbial infection [2]. the synthesis and development of biologically active compounds have received much attention in the literature [3], and prompting the medicinal chemist have always tried to prepare drug of maximum therapeutic application and minimum toxicity [4].on the other hand the literature survey on synthetic naphthyl azo heterocyclic compounds containing active azo imine moiety (-n=n-c=n-), showed that they act as n,n-donor atoms and -acidic ligand [5] with higher electron negativity of c and n [6]. moreover they have been studied extensively in which the heterocyclic atoms at formally involved in the coordination to a positively charged metal centre might confirm the reactions of nucleophiles with the ligand and thus formed a stable five or six-membered ring assigned to the presence of π*-molecular azo centered [7], therefore activites of metal complexes differ from those of either the free ligands or metal ions [8]. this type of compounds has been used in a number of biological reactions such as inhibition of rna, dna and protein preparation, nitrogen establishing, antifungus and anticancer agent [9]. furthermore azo compounds play an important role in many applications that involve textile dyestuff industry [10] additives [11], cosmetic [12], organic synthesis [13], analytical [14], and non-linear optics [15] as well as photoelectronics [16] especially in optical information storage [15]. all these applications based on high intensity absorption bands in the uv-vis region which include at least a conjugated chromophore azo (-n=n-) moiety in combination with one or more aromatic heterocyclic ring [16]. in spite of having good thermal stability as well as more light stable, weather fastness and impedance to solvents and water [17]. however this type of compounds is less reported, here in this paper the preparation, characterization and antibacterial efficiency of two new ligands, 2-[4-(1sulfonaphthalene)azo]-l-histidine (l1) and 2-[7-(1-hydroxy-3-sulfonaphthalene)azo]-lhistidine (l2) and their metal chelate complexes with [zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)] ions are investigated experimental materials and instruments all reagents and solvents are of highest purity and used as obtained from the manufactures. microelemental analysis (c.h.n.s) was gained on a (euroveetor ea 3000a elemental analyser) in al-al-bayt universityjordan. uv-vis. spectra were performed in ethanol on a (shimadzu uv-160a) ultra violet-visible spectrophotometer. ir-spectra were recorded on a (shimadzu ftir-8400s fourier transform infrared) spectrophotometer (200-4000) cm-1 using csi discs. the 1hnmr spectra were gained on a (jeol ex270 mhz, brucker-400mhz) university of al-al-bayt-jordan using dmso as a solvent and (tms) as a references. conductivities were determined for (10-4m) of complexes in ethanol and dmso at 25c using (hanna instruments / conductivity tester). ph measurement were performed using (hanna instruments ph tester / pocket ph tester). melting points have been gained by using (stuart melting point apparatus). 171 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 synthesis of naphthyl azo ligands (l1 and l2) the ligands (l1 and l2) were prepared as in literature [18] by coupling reaction of lhistidene with the proper diazonium salt, as shown in scheme (1) below: a nh2 b a n b nhso4 a n b n n n ch2chcooh nh2 nano2 h2so4 [conc.] 0oc l-histidine (naoh) l1 = [a = so3h ; b = h]; 2-[4-(1-sulfonaphthalene)azo]-l-histidine l2 = [a = so3h ; b = oh]; 2-[7-(1-hydroxy-3-sulfonaphthalene)azo]-l-histidine a concentrated sulphuric acid (5 ml) was added to precooled aqueous solution of (0.1 mole, 6.9 gm) sodium nitrite till brown fumes were evolved. then the resulting solution was added dropwise at (0c) to (0.01 mole; 2.23 gm and 2.40 gm) of ethanolic solution of the proper amine (naphthionic acid and 7-amino-1-naphthol-5-sulfonic acid respectively. the diazonium sulphate solution was added dropwise with stirring to (0.01 mole, 1.55 gm) an alkaline solution of l-histidine cooled below (0c). the resulting mixture was stirred for (2 hr.) in an ice bath. the product is left in the refrigerator for (24 hr). and then the colored products were filtered, washed several times with (1:1) etoh:h2o, and dried in vacuum desicator. (m.p. = 260 and 272c for l1 and l2 respectively). synthesis of complexes the complexes were prepared by adding gradually with stirring hot ethanolic solution of (2mmole) of ligands to stoichiometric amount of (1:2) (m:l) mole ratio (1mmole) of metal chlorides of [zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)] were dissolved in the buffer solution at optimum ph. the resultant mixture was heated at (60c) with stirring for (2 hr), then left to cool to room temperature . the colored precipitates were filtered, washed and dried in vacuum desicator.the expected stereochemical structure of the complex is shown in scheme (2). m cl cl a n b n n n r a n b n nn r ch2chcooh nh2 r = m = zn(ii) , cd(ii) and hg(ii) l1 = [a = so3h ; b = h] l2 = [a = so3h ; b = oh] 172 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 buffer solution (0.01m, 0.771 gm) of ammonium acetate was dissolved in one liter of doubly deionized water. for adjusted ph range (4-10) was used acetic acid or ammonia solution. standard solution a series of standard solutions of metal chlorides of [zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)] were prepared in different concentration (10-6-10-3 m) at ph range (4-10). at the same time a series of ethanolic solutions of ligands (l1 and l2) within the range of concentrations (10-6-10-3 m) were also prepared. study of biological efficiency the agar-well diffusion method [19] was used to screen the antibacterial activity. the in vitro antibacterial activity of the synthesized ligands (l1 and l2) and their prepared complexes in ethanol(10-4m) were tested against gram-positive bacteria: staphylococeus aureus and gram-negative bacteria: escherichia coli using nutrient agar medium. then (0.1 ml) of test solution was added carefully in spot on the surface of inoculated solid media. the petridishes were incubated at (37c) for (24 hr). the inhibition zone formed by the compounds against the particular test bacterial strain were measured in diameters to evaluate the antibacterial activities of the prepared compounds. results and discussion a well established synthetic route to azo compounds is based on general procedure for the diazo-coupling reaction [18, 19]. azo compounds are prepared by diazotization of hetrocyclic or aromatic primary amines and followed by coupling the diazonium salt to a nucleophile, like aromatic heterocyclic or substituted aromatic ring [20]. which at least azo moiety linked to sp2-hybridized carbon atoms [21], according to it, has been prepared the lignads (l1 and l2) as in scheme (1). the elemental analysis data of the prepared (l1 and l2) and their complexes with [zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)] are in good convention with the calculated result from expected formula of each synthesized compounds table(1). which indicates that diazo-coupling reaction between the diazotized aminonaphthalene and lhistidine occurred in a (1:1) molar ratio. the lignads and their complexes are stable at room temperature, non hydroscopic and slightly soluble in water but soluble in most organic solvents. all the prepared complexes recorded high melting points (> 360c). calibration curve it was constructed as in the general procedure [22]. several molar concentration (106–10-3 m) of mixed aqueous-ethanolic of ligands and metal ions, only the concentration in the range (6-8×10-5m) obeyed beer’s law and appeared perspicuous intense color.best fit straight lines were obtained with correlation factor r>0.9991as shown in figure.(1). optimum conditions to investigate the interaction between the prepared ligands and metal ions under study for the preparation of the complexes,the spectra of blending solutions for the ligands and metal ions to reach to optimum ph and concentration, as well as fixed wave length (max)were studies first .then mole ratio metal to ligand (m:l) was appointed to prepare the complexes. optimum concentration was chosen for complex solution based on which solution gives the highest absorbance at constant (max) at different ph. and results are described in table (2). 173 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the empirical results proved that the absorbance of all prepared complexes are maximum and constant in a buffer solution of ammonium acetate in the ph range (4-10).it was found that all prepared complexes had optimum performance at (ph = 7) as is shown in figure (2). absorption spectra the reaction of the prepared ligands (l1 and l2) with metal ions under study at optimum conditions in solution were studied. the absorption spectra showed an absorption maximum (max) for ethanolic solution for (l1 and l2) at (387 and 375 nm) respectively, whereas the ethanolic-aqueous solution for their complexes are located at wave length range (429-518) for (l1) and (546-570 nm) for (l2). hence a great red shift in the visible region was observed in the complexes solutions spectra when compared with the spectra of ethanolic solution of the free ligands which confirm the complex formation. figure (3) shows a comparison between the spectra of l1 and [zn(ii)-l1] mixed solution. stoichiometry of complexes the composition of the prepared complexes performed in solution by mole ratio method at exact ph and concentration at certain wavelength of maximum absorption (max). the ratio was (1:2) metal ion to ligands at ph (7) figure (4 and 5). the condition for the preparation of complexes are presented in table [2]. all obtained results are in agreement with the values recorded for some naphthyl azo imidazole complexes [22]. determination of stability constant and gibbs free energy the successive stability constant () of the (1:2) metal:ligand complex can be calculated from the relationship [23]: m sm 23 a aa ; c4 1      where: am and as = the absorbance of the fully and partially formed chelating complex respectively at optimum ph and concentration at (max) of solution c = the molar concentration of the complex solution  = degree of dissociation the values of () and log  for prepared complexes are give in table (2). the high values of ()refers to high stability of prepared complexes, which they follows the sequence,; [hg(ii) > zn(ii) > cd(ii)] for (l1) complexes while for (l2) complexes have been noticed the sequence [cd(ii) > zn(ii) > hg(ii)],that basis on the differences between stereochemical structures of the two ligands (l1 and l2) [24]. the thermodynamic parameters of gibbs free energy (g) were also studied. the g data have been calculated from the equation [24]: g = -r t ln k where; r = gas constant = 8.3 j.mol-1.k t = absolute temperature (kelvin) all results were recorded in table (2). the negative value of (g) indicates that the reaction between (l1 and l2) and metal ions understudy are spontaneous. 174 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 molar conductance all prepared complexes showed low molar conductance value in the solution (10-4m) ethanol and dmf at room temperature. the results indicate that they have non-ionic character table (1) and well within the expected. which proposes a formula [ml2cl2] where m(ii) = (zn, cd and hg). so the two chloride ions coordinated with metal ion [25]. magnetic susceptibility the magnetic susceptibility for all prepared complexes have been found to be diamagnetic (d10) (t2g6 eg4), and the electronic spectra don’t show any (d-d) band [26]. spectroscopic characterization ftir spectra and mode of binding the ftir-spectra of the ligands (l1 and l2) and their prepared complexes were recorded in (csi) over the range (200-4000 cm-1). the main vibrational bands have been assigned on the basis of the listed assignments of the ftir spectra bands in the literature m [27, 28]. which are given in table (3), while figure (6-9) showed the spectra of (l1 and l2), [zn(ii)-l1] and [cd(ii)-l2]. as mentioned, the (l1 and l2) have different chelating sites. thus a detailed translated of the spectra of (l1 and l2) and the effect of binding mode of metal ions under study on the vibration frequencies of the free ligands are discussed. the spectra of (l1 and l2) are showed a medium and broad band at (3423 and 3467) cm-1 respectively due to stretching vibration modes of (n-h) of the imidazole moiety [29]. the position of this band remained at nearly in the same region in the spectra of all prepared complexes, which may be explained its non involvement in the coordination of the two ligands to the metal ions [30]. the spectrum of (l1) has showed a sharp band at (1631) cm-1, while (l2) spectrum showed triplet band at (1647, 1623 and 1593 cm-1), can be attributed to stretching vibration of (c=n) of (n-3) imidazole nitrogen which is in agreement with the observation of previous authors [31], on coordination with metal ions, this band was observed with a little change in the shape and locale, these differences support of the π-acidic character of (-n=n-c=n-) azoimine moiety, while metal ions showed π-back donation and suggested the binding of metal ion with nitrogen atom for imidazole moiety [32]. the characteristic band in the spectra of free ligands (l1 and l2) at (1508 and 1492) cm-1 respectively attributed to stretching vibration (n=n), within shifts to lower wave number ( = 74-91) cm-1 in the spectra of the (l1-complexes) and ( = 17-88) cm-1 in the spectra of (l2-complexes), due to complex formation and presence (d miiπ*) (azo of ligands) back donding [25]. at the far ftir spectra for all prepared complexes showed new weak bands that are not present in the spectra of the ligands. these bands are located at (418-429) cm-1 which attributed to the (mn) of an azo group and imidazole moiety [33]. as sell as another weak new band was appeared in the region (210-227) cm-1 which assignable to the (m-cl) [28]. thus the ir results lead to the proposal that the (l1 and l2) act as nutral n,n-bidentate chelate agent, coordinating through the nitrogen atom of azo group nearest to a naphthyl ring and n-3 atom of imidazole moiety to give five membered chelat ring. based on the above, the proposed structure of the prepared complexes can be illustrated an octahedral as in scheme (2). electronic spectra the uv-vis. spectra of (l1 and l2) and their prepared complexes were established in ethanol (10-4m) at room temperature in the region (200-1100) nm. all results are listed in table (4), figure (10-13). the value of molar extinction coefficient () of the two new ligands and their complexes in the range (1040-15490l.mol-1.cm-1), which leads to denote high sensitivity. the spectra of free (l1 and l2) have been appeared three bands, the first and the second bands were noticed at the ranges (205 and 242) nm and (248 and 289) nm 175 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 respectively. these two bands were attributed to (ππ*) transition of intra ligand charge transfer for imidazole and naphthalene moieties [34]. while the third band (max) was noticed at (387 and 375) nm, which owing to (ππ*) transition of intermolecular charge transfer from imidazole to naphthalene ring through the azo moiety [lmct] [dπ(mii)π*(l)] transition[35,36]. on the other hand the (uv-vis.) spectra for [zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)] complexes in ethanol solution have been showed high intense charge transfer [mlct] transition as in table (4). the 1hnmr spectrum the hnmr spectra of the (l1 and l2) and the diamagnetic [hg(ii)-l1] complex were registered in dmso solution with tms as an internal standard. in the hnmr spectra for free azo ligands (l1 and l2) have noticed the main signals as in figure (14 and 15), a signal of one proton at ( = 10.88 ppm) that approved the presence of carboxyl moiety in l-histidine. as well as a singlet signal at ( = 8.42 ppm) attributed to (nh) proton of the imidazole moiety and don’t shift significantly in spectra of [hg(ii)-l1] complex compared with the ligand which indicate that the (nh) of imidazole moiety don’t involve in the coordination. at the same time the multiplet signals at ( = 6.96-7.10 ppm, 7h) and ( = 6.94-7.19 ppm, 6h) for (l1 and l2) respectively, referrer to aromatic protons of naphthyl and imidazole moieties. slightly chemical shift was observed in the spectrum of [hg(ii)-l1] due to complex formation. furthermore the doublet and triplet signals at high field in the spectra of free ligand (l1 and l2) due to aliphatic protons for (ch2) ( = 3.48-3.40 ppm) and (ch) ( = 3.83.46 ppm), were noticed changes on coordination with metal ion [35]. biological efficiency all the prepared complexes and (l1 and l2) have been examined with gram-negative escherichia coli and gram-positive staphylococcus aureus bacteria for the presence of antibacterial constituents, by using disc diffusion method [9]. the data are recorded in table (5). the results explained that all prepared complexes have more toxicity than free ligands. so we owed to the tweedy’s chelation theory [36]. accordingly the coordination compounds reduce the polarity of metal ions due to the partial positive charge within doner moiety and in spite of the electron delocalization (dππ*) [mlct] which leads to increase the lipophillic properties of chelating complexes, so performing it’s force during the lipid layers for the cell membrane. otherwise the presence of the (c=n) and (n=n) group with active centers of cell component gives in the interference with normal cell process. conclusion the n,n-bidentat (l1 and l2) were found to be linked with [zn(ii), cd(ii) hg(ii)] through the azo nitrogen neasrest to naphthyl moiety and the imidazole nitrogen. and so, atentative structure of the prepared complexes could be clarified as in scheme (2). the characteristic of the lignads and their complexes have been studied by different physiochemical techniques ftir, hnmr and uv-vis. spectroscopies and elemental analysis gave satisfactory results corresponding to mole ratio of (1:2) metal to ligand after definition optimum ph and concentration at the (max). the (l1 and l2) and their prepared complexes have showed antibacterial efficiency. 176 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 references 1girish, b.v. and zala, r.v. , (2011), “synthesis and analytical studies of some azo dyes as ligands and their metal chelates”, int. j. chem. sci., 9,1, 87-94. 2wilson & gisvolds., (2004) , “textbook of organic medical and pharmaceutical chemistry”, lippincott williams and wilkins, philadelphia, 255-257. 3 rokade, y. & sayyed r., (2009) , “naphthalene derivatives: a new range of antibacterials with high therapeutic value”, rasāyan j. chem., 2,4, 69-77. 4valentina, c.,(2012), “azo dyes complexes. synthesis and tinctorial properties”; u.p.b. sci. bull., series b, 74,1, 109-118. 5olayinka, oa.; oluwabunmi, ea; alice oa.; abiola e.& winfred ua., (2013) , “synthesis and spectroscopic study of naphtholic and phenolic azo dyes”, phys rev. res. int, 3,1, 28-41. 6santra, p.k.& sinha, c., (2000) , “chemistry of azo pyrimidines part iv aromatic hydroxylation in palladium (ii)-aryl azo pyrimidines, indian acad. sci, 112,5, 523534. 7abd, a.s.; al-saadi, m.h.& ali, a.m., (2014) , “preparation and spectral studies of some mixed ligands transition metal complexes”, asian journal biochemical and pharmceutical research, 4,1, 34-42. 8athira,ch.j.,sidndhu,y.,sujamol,m.s.&mohanan,k., (2011), “synthesis and spectroscopic characterization of some lanthanide (iii)nitrate complexes of ethyl 2[2-(1-acetyl-2-oxopropyl)azo]-4,5-dimethyl-3-thiophenecarboxyate”, j.serb.chem.soc.,76,2,249-261. 9lecroise, a.; boulard, c.& keil, b., (2008) , "chemical and enzymatic characterization of the collagenase from the instect hypatema lineatum”, j. eur. biochem. societies, 10,2, 385-393. 10maradiya, h. r.& patel, v.s., (2001) , “synthesis and dyeing performance of some novel hetrocyclic azo disperse dyes”, j. braz. chem. soc., 12,6, 1-6. 11catino, s.c.& farris, e., (1985) , “concise encyclopedia of chemical technology”, john wiley and sons, new york . 12zollinger, h., (2003) ,“color chemistry, synthesis, properties and applications of organic dyes and pigments”, wiley-vch, weinheim, 3rd ed. 13egli, r.peters at. and freeman, hs. , (1999) , “color chemistry. the design and synthesis of organic dyes and pigments”, elsevier, london, chap.1. 14thia’a, n., (2010) , “spectrophotometric assay of phenylephrine hydrochloride using 4-aminoantipyrine and copper(ii)”, pak. j. anal. environ. chem., 11,1, 01-07. 15li, x., wu, y., gu, d.& gan, f., (2010) , “spectral, thermal and optical properties of metal (ii)-azo complexes for optical recording media” , dyes pigm. 86,2, 182189. 16singh, h., sindhu, j., khurana, j.m., sharma, c.& aneja, k.r., (2014) , “synthesis, biological evalution and phtophysical studies of novel 1,2,3-triazole linked azo dyes”, journal of inorganic biochemistry, 4, 5915-5925. 17egli, r., (1991) , “color chemistry: the design and synthesis of organic dyes and pigments”, elsevier, london, chapter viii. 177 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 18 shibata, s., klaschka, h.& bardard, a.j., (1972) ,“chelates in analytical chemistry”, m. dekker. new york. 19waring, d.r.& hallas, g., (1990) , “the chemistry and applaction of dyes”, plenum press, new york. 20asniza, m., issam, a.m.& abdulkhalil, h.p.s., (2011) , “synthesis and characterization of new heterocyclic azo pigment”, sains malaysiana. 40,7, 765770. 21ching-liu, j.& bailar, j., (1988) , “the structure and properties of lakes of some azo dyes”, inorganica chimica acta, 181-184. 22skooge, a., (1988) ,“fundamentals analytical chemistry”,(2013), 5th ed., new york . 23cao, h.w.& zhao, j.f., (2003) , “stability constants of cobalt(ii) and copper(ii) with 3-[(o-carboxy-p-nitrobenzene)azo]chromotropic acid and selective determination of copper(ii) by competition coordination”, cro. chem. acta. 76,1, 1-6. 24wtter, g., ludwig, n.& horst, s., (1995) , “thermodynamics and statistical mechanics”; springer-verlag, 101. 25geary, w.j., (1971) , “characterization of coordination compounds”, coord. chem. rev., 7, 110. 26cotton, f.& willkinson, g., (1980) , “advanced inorganic chemistry”; interscience, 4th ed., london. 27nakamoto, k., (1978) , “infra-red and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”, 3rd ed., john wiley, new york. 28basheer, m., badu, d.& krishnankmtty, k., (2014) , “hetero aryl azo derivatives of cyclohexane-1,3-dione and their metal complexes”,j. serb. chem. soc., 79,3, 303311. 29bellamy, l.j., (1980) , “the infrared spectra of complex molecules”, chapman and hall, london. 30senapoti, s., (2002) , ray, u.s.; santra, p.k.& sinha, c., “osmium-azo pyrimidine chemistry, part vii: synthesis, structural characterization and electrochemistry”, polyhedron., 21, 753-762. 31alexander, d.& minkin, v., (2004) , “metal complexes from aryl and heteroaryl azo compounds”, arkivoc, iii, 29-41. 32sharma, r., singla, m.& kalia, k., (1996) , “synthesis and characterization of some tris (2-arylazophenolate) rodium(iii)) chelates”, indian journal of chemistry. 35a, 611-613. 33anilha, k.r.; venugopala, r.& vittala, roa, k.s., (2011) , “synthesis and antimicrobial evalution of metal (ii) complexes of a novel bisazo dye 2,2\[benzene-1,3-diyldi(e)diazene 2,1-diyl]bis (4-chloroaniline)” , j. chem. pharm. res., 3,3, 511-519. 34modhavadiya, v.a., (2011) , “synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of metal complexes containing azo dye ligand of sulfa drugs”, asian j. bio. chem. pharm. res., 13,4, 699-702. 178 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 35silverstein, r.m., webster, f.x.& kiemle, d.j., (2005) , “spectrometric identification of organic compounds”, 7th ed., wiley, new york. 36rajasekar, k.; balasubramaniyan, s.& durairaj, p., (2014) , “microwave assisted synthesis, spectral, antibacterial and antifungal activities of cu(ii) complex with 4-aminoantipyrine and oxalation”, world journal of pharmaceutical research., 3,7, 844-849. table (1): synthetic physical and analytical data of ligands and their complexes compound [m.wt. (gm/mole)] color yield% elemental analysis found (calcd.)  ohm-1.cm2.mol-1 c% h% n% s% m% cl% ethanol dmso l1 [389] reddish brown 88 49.37 (49.35) 3.80 (3.76) 17.95 (17.99) 8.20 (8.22) [zn(l1)2cl2] [914] red 74 42.00 (42.01) 3.20 (3.28) 18.56 (18.59) 7.01 (7.00) 6.78 (6.82) 7.47 (7.76) 8.43 7.81 [cd(l1)2cl2] [961] pink 81 39.96 (39.95) 3.16 (3.12) 17.59 (17.68) 6.61 (6.65) 11.65 (11.60) 7.35 (7.38) 7.58 5.11 [hg(l1)2cl2] [1049] reddish purple 72 36.66 (36.60) 2.81 (2.85) 16.27 (16.20) 6.20 (6.10) 19.11 (19.06) 6.61 (6.76) 9.38 8.16 l2 [405] orange 85 47.49 (47.40) 3.81 (3.70) 17.30 (17.28) 7.78 (7.90) [zn(l2)2cl2] [946] reddish purple 69 40.55 (40.59) 3.20 (3.17) 14.77 (14.79) 5.01 (6.76) 7.02 (6.87) 7.48 (7.50) 7.32 7.35 [cd(l2)2cl2] [993] purple 73 38.47 (38.65) 3.18 (3.01) 14.20 (14.09) 3.16 (3.22) 11.28 (11.31) 7.09 (7.15) 4.89 6.93 [hg(l2)2cl2] [1081] violet 67 35.64 (35.52) 2.60 (2.77) 13.01 (12.95) 5.78 (5.92) 18.49 (18.50) 6.58 (6.62) 6.28 8.55 table (2): metal:ligand ratio , stability constant and gibbs free energy data ligand metal ion optimum ph optimum molar conc.×10-5 max (nm) m:l log g j.mol-1 l1 zn(ii) 7.0 7.0 518 1:2 8.328 -43.450 cd(ii) 7.0 7.0 484 1:2 8.069 -42.099 hg(ii) 7.0 7.0 429 1:2 8743 -45.615 l2 zn(ii) 7.0 6.5 570 1:2 8.428 -43.972 cd(ii) 7.0 7.5 546 1:2 9.019 -47.055 hg(ii) 7.0 6.5 550 1:2 7.980 -41.635 179 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (3): the main ir absorption bands of the ligands and their metal complexes in cm-1 units compound (n-h) (c-h) ar. (c=n) (n=n) (o=s=o) (m-n) (m-cl) l1 3423 br.m 3060 v.w. 1631m. 1508 w. 1357 w. [zn(l1)2cl2] 3483 3060 v.w. 1655.3m. 1434 w. 1366 w. 345 w. 227w. [cd(l1)2cl2] 3481.2 3070.4v.w. 1656.7m. 1417 w. 1384.7 w. 329 w. 235 w. [hg(l1)2cl2] 3482 3066.6v.w. 1653m. 1421 w. 1367 w. 341 w. 225 w. l2 3467 m.br. 3051 v.w. 1647 1623 t.m. 1593 1492 w. 1338 w. [zn(l2)2cl2] 3470 m.br. 3060 v.w. 1612 1556 t.m. 1527 1475 1444 d.m. 1350 w. 418.6 w. 217 w. [cd(l2)2cl2] 3477 m.br. 3055 v.w. 1622 1595 d.m. 1568 sh.m. 1438 1404 d.m. 1346 w. 420 w. 212 w. [hg(l2)2cl2] 3475 m.br 3060.8 v.w. 1612 1598 t.m. 1569 1471 1436 d.m. 1346.2 w. 418 w. 210.2 w. w = weak, m = medium, v = very, b = broad, t = triplet table (4): electronic spectral data of the ligands and their complexes compound max (nm) absorption band (cm-1) transition ×104 l.mol.-1.cm-1 l1 387 248 205 25839 40322 48780 ππ* 1.549 0.650 0.380 [zn(l1)2cl2] 518 19305 c.t. 0.221 [cd(l1)2cl2] 484 20661 c.t. 0.311 [hg(l1)2cl2] 429 23310 c.t. 0.513 l2 375 289 242 2666 34602 41322 ππ* 1.422 0.244 0.577 [zn(l2)2cl2] 570 17543 c.t. 0.156 [cd(l2)2cl2] 515,546 19417,18315 c.t. 0.398,0.465 [hg(l2)2cl2] 550 18181 c.t. 0.104 180 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (5): antibacterial efficiency for the ligands and their complexes compound e. coli gram (-) staphyloccus aureus gram (+) l1 ++ + [zn(l1)2cl2] +++ ++ [cd(l1)2cl2] ++ ++ [hg(l1)2cl2] +++ +++ l2 ++ + [zn(l2)2cl2] ++ +++ [cd(l2)2cl2] ++ ++ [hg(l2)2cl2] +++ +++ (+) = 6-8 nm, (++) = 8-10 nm, (+++) > 10 mm fig. (1): calibration curve for [l1-metal ion] fig. (2): effect of ph on the absorption intensity of l1-complexes solution 181 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (3): uv-vis spectra of : a-free ligand (l1) solution, b-(l1-znii) mixed solution fig. (4): mole ratio for [l1-complexes solutions] fig. (5): mole ratio for [l2-complexes solutions] 182 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (6): ft-ir spectrum of the ligand l1 fig.(7): ft-ir spectrum of the complex [zn(l1)2cl2] 183 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig.(8): ft-ir spectrum of the ligand l2 fig. (9): ft-ir spectrum of the complex [cd(l2)2cl2] 184 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (10): uv-vis. spectrum of l1 fig. (11): uv-vis. spectrum of [hg(l1)2cl2] fig. (12): uv-vis. spectrum of l2 fig. (13): uv-vis. spectrum of 185 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (14): 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand l1 figure no.(15): 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand l2 fig. (15): 1hnmr spectrum of the ligand l2 186 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 تركيبية والفعالية البايولوجية لليكندات آزو جديدة ومعقداتھا مع تحضير، دراسة [zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)]األيونات الفلزية علياء خضر عباس جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الكيمياء 2015/حزيران 23، قبل في : 2015/أيار/24 في:استلم الخالصة ـ l)1 مع ليكاندي االزو الجديدة غير المتجانسة الحلقة ,cd(ii) and hg(ii)][zn(ii)تم تحضير معقدات ل )2and l حامض سلفونيك مع -5-نفثول-1-امينو-7والمشتقة من التفاعل االزدواجي لملح الدايزونيوم لحامض النفثونك و من خالل التحليل الدقيق الھستدين في المحلول الكحولي القلوي. الصيغة التركيبية لجميع المركبات المحضرة شخصت للعناصر وقياس الحساسية المغناطيسية والتوصيلية الموالرية والدراسات الطيفية لالشعة تحت الحمراء واالشعة الفوق . فضال عن دراسة النسبة المولية لمعرفة نسبة الفلز:الليكاند لتحضير المعقدات باستعمال hnmrالمرئية و -البنفسجية . باستعمال مدى )max(عند الطول الموجي االعظم phة بعد تثبيت الظروف المثلى من تركيز وطريقة النسبة المولي ) l:m) (1:2بير. جميع النتائج اثبتت ان النسبة المولية ھي كنسبة (-) التي ھي تطيع قانون المبرت5-10×8-6التراكيز ( ) تسلك كليكاندات 2lو 1lسطوح. اذ ان الليكاندين (ذات شكل ھندسي ثماني ال 2cl2[m(l)[فلز:ليكاند والتي لھا الصيغة ترتبط مع الفلز عن طريق نتروجين مجموعة االزو القريبة من حلقة النفثالين ونتروجين الحلقة (-n,n)مخلبية ثنائية السن دراسة غير المتجانسة في الھستدين. كذلك اجريت دراسة ثابت االستقرارية والطاقة الحرة لكبس للمعقدات فضال عن .staphylococus aureusو escherichia coliالفعالية البايولوجية باستعمال الھستدين،ليكاندات اآلزو، الدراسات التركيبية، الفعالية البايولوجية : مفتاحيةكلمات ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 114 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. theoretical investigations of high power yb3+: yag thin-disk laser abstract the present study includes a theoretical treatment to derive the general equations of pumping threshold power (ppump th ), laser output power (pout), and laser device efficiency (ƞ) of the elementdoped thin-disk laser (yb3+) with a quasi-three-level pumping scheme in the continuous wave mode at a temperature of (299k°). in this study, the host crystals (yag) were selected as typical examples of this laser design in a gaussian transverse mode. the numerical solution of these equations was made using matlab software by selecting the basic parameters from the recently published scientific articles for the laser design of these crystal hosts. according to this simulation, this article studied the effect of concentration (n), pumping spot radius (rp), the number of times the pumping beam passes over the disk (mp), and the pumping power on the laser output power. keywords: pumping power, quasi-three-level, yb: yag, wave continuous 1. introduction one of the successful designs of high-energy thin-disc lasers is based on ytterbium-doped yag because of its high efficiency and beam quality. one disc can give a laser power of (1) kilowatts [1]. thin disk lasers mostly consist of a yb-doped yag disk with a thickness ranged from 100 μm to several hundreds of μm [2]. depending on the obtained energy, the diameter of this disk ranges from few millimeters to few centimeters. there are different techniques to join the disk to the heat sink (usually water) where alternative supporting structures are used [2]. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2854 article history: received 8 may 2022, accepted 3 july 2022, published in october 2022. mustafa muwafaq muhammed department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. mostafa.mowafaq1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mudhir shihab ahmed department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. modher.sh.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mostafa.mowafaq1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:modher.sh.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 115 the heat sink is a technical necessity in thin-disk installation because of high density of heat energy. this heat sink significantly improves the thermal lens behavior and makes it small and typical for disk lasers [2]. the gain medium in diode-pumped solid-state lasers is in the shape of thin disk, and its axial dimensions are very small compared to the cross-section and back surface mounted on the heat sink. this surface also acts as one of the laser mirrors, and this is another advantage, and through the axial length of the laser, the heat is removed very efficiently because the cooling surface is large compared to the size [1]. also, we can get a laser by a simple resonator in this lasing design because there is no transverse heat flux in the gain medium. consequently, the thermal lens is small, so the laser works with excellent beam quality [3]. the absorption of the pumping beam depends on the thickness of the crystal and the doping concentration to ensure absorption efficiency and, thence, the efficiency of lasing light [1]. in high-energy laser, there must be a high balance between the parameters to obtain multiple passes through the disk, thus achieving multiple times pumping scheme [4]. the design of a thin-disc with quasi-three levels such as yb: yag requires high pumping intensity to overcome the threshold limit, where a laser can be obtained with the highest efficiency, but on other hand, it is difficult to operate due to the relatively high absorption because the minimum laser level is very close to the ground level at room temperature (299k°) [5]. also the concentration of yb should be high, and the gain medium must be pumped with high pumping power along with low temperature of the crystal. this makes the absorption sufficient in the disk of a thickness (100-300 µm) [1]. the refractive index is an essential parameter in designing this type of laser, as it changes with the concentration of impurities and, therefore, must be considered [1]. when the active medium is pumped with pumping beams, the pumping beam of low brightness is converted into a laser beam of high brightness, governing the conversion efficiency of the second law of thermodynamics. this states that if the brightness increases, a part of the pumping power must be ejected into the environment. this part of the power called the quantum defect is the difference in energy between the pumping photon and the laser photon, and it comes out as heat. therefore, most of the quantitative defects are the heat source inside the laser and thus lead to a dissimilar heat distribution in the gain medium, so the quality of the laser beam decreases [5]. but, what distinguishes the quasi-three-level yb: yag laser is that it has small quantum defects, but this does not mean that it should not be pumped strongly to obtain a laser emission at room temperature. only two-electron states are contained in the yb3 + ion: the excited state 2f5 ∕ 2 and the ground state 2f7 ∕ 2. however, the stark effect divides the ground state into four sub-levels and the excited state into three. in the yb: yag laser, the pumping is at 940 nm, and the laser beam is at 1030 nm, showing a quantum defect of 8.7% [6]. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 116 2. materials and methods 2.1. analytical model 2.1.1. boltzmann occupation factors the energy level of yb: yag in our model (see figure 1) can be described as two-fold system, with the ground 2f7/2 divided into four levels and the excitation state 2f5/2 divided into three levels. the laser and pumping states lie within small spaced manifolds with groups, n1 and n2 lie the laser and pumping states [7]. the population of each state within a manifold is described by boltzmann occupation factors assuming that the population is moved to a level thermally redistributed in a short time via phonon interactions given by [6]: figure 1. illustrates the energy levels of a (yb: yag) crystal, 2f7/2 ground state, and 2f5/2 excited state. 𝑓𝐿𝑝 = 𝑒 − 𝐸10 𝐾𝑇 ∑ 𝑒 𝐸𝑖 𝐾𝑇4 𝑖=1 (1) 𝑓𝑢𝑝 = 𝑒 − 𝐸22 𝐾𝑇 𝐴 ∑ 𝑒 𝐸𝑖 𝐾𝑇4 𝑖=1 (2) 𝑓𝐿𝐿 = 𝑒 − 𝐸21 𝐾𝑇 ∑ 𝑒 𝐸𝑗 𝐾𝑇3 𝑖=1 (3) 𝑓𝑢𝐿 = 𝑒 − 𝐸12 𝐾𝑇 ∑ 𝑒 𝐸𝑗 𝐾𝑇3 𝑖=1 (4) where (fup) and (flp) are the thermal boltzman factor in the lower and upper laser levels at pumping, respectively, (ful) and (fll) is the thermal boltzman factor in the lower and upper laser levels at lasing, respectively, and (k) is the boltzman constant (1.3806488*10-23 j/k0). 1-=0cm10e 1-=585cm11e 1-=612cm12e 1-=785cm13e 1-=10320cm21e 1-=10679cm22e 1-=10923cm23e 5/2f2 7/2f2 ulf lpf upf llf 1n 2n ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 117 2.1.2. beam quality coefficient in the yb: yag laser, due to the low direct quantum defect at room temperature (299k0), the lowest laser level has a thermally induced population of about 4%[8]. but, this means an increase in the pumping power density threshold. this thermal array creates a soft aperture for the resonator modes. the beam quality is greatly improved due to this effect[9]. weber and hodgson suggested a functional equation that could be used to calculate the approximate beam quality [3]: 𝑀2 = 𝐾 𝑟𝑝 𝑟0 (5) where (r0=0.7rp) if tem00 2.1.3. steady-state equation for yb: yag at wave mode continuous, the transient demeanor of the density of population of the excited state n2 and the intra-cavity laser intensity il is described via[10]: dn2 dt = [ σapnt − (σap+σep)𝑁2] ∗ ipηaλp αpdhc + [σalnt − (σal + σel)n2] ∗ ilmlλl hc − n2 τ (6) dil dt = ilmld[(σal+σel )n2 − σaln2t] ∗ c 2l − ilc 2l [−ln(1 − t) − ln(1 − γ)] (7) nt = n1 − n2 (8) at n2=n2th so ∴ 𝑁2𝑡ℎ = ipthηaλpτ dhc where (λp) is the pump wavelength, (λl) is the laser wavelength, (τ) is the fluorescence lifetime of the upper manifold, (nt) is the doping concentration, (t) is the transmission of the output coupler, (γ) is the internal loss of the resonator, (ip) is the effective pump intensity, (d) is the thickness of thin disk, (c) is the velocity of electromagnetic waves in vacuum, (h) is planck’s constant, ( σep, σel) are the dependence of the stimulated cross-section of pumping and lasing transition on wavelength, ( σap, σal) are the dependence of the absorption cross-section of pumping and lasing transition on wavelength, ( αp) is the pump transition absorbance, (l) is the optical length of the resonator, (ml) is the number of passes of the laser beam in crystal per resonator round trip and (aeff) is the spot area of the pumping and is given by equation[11]: 𝐴𝑒𝑓𝑓 = 𝜋 2 𝜔𝑓 2 pp = aeff ip where (ip )is the intensity of pumping. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 118 by replacing the threshold condition (n2=n2th, ip=ipth, and il=0) in eq. (6) the pump power at the threshold (pth) can be qualified as [10]: ppth = 𝐼𝑝𝑡ℎ 𝐴𝑒𝑓𝑓 (9) 2.1.4. the efficiency of laser design for each laser design, there is a pumping power, an output power, and an efficiency are [10]: 𝑃𝑜𝑢𝑡 = 𝑇η𝑎η𝑠 (p𝑝−ppth) [− ln(1−𝑇)−ln(1−𝛾)] (10) when the state-steady condition 𝑑𝑁2 𝑑𝑡 = 0 (η𝑠 ) is the stokes efficiency, and (η𝑎) is the absorption efficiency the efficiency can be defined as: 𝜂 = 𝑇 𝛿 𝜂𝑎 𝜂𝑠 (11) 2.2. numerical imulation in this article, the matlab program was used to find the numerical solution of the equations of pumping power at the threshold (𝑃𝑝𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑡ℎ ) computed from equation (9), the laser output power (pout) computed from equation (10), and the efficiency of the laser device that we are going to study ( ƞ) calculated from equation (11), at the wave mode continuous at temperature (299k0) the selected host crystal (yag) is commonly used in yb: disk-thin laser, table (1) shows the values of parameters of (yb: yag) crystal to know the best laser output power for this crystal host. giveg the high value of the pumping power at the threshold of this host, a range of pumping power (1150-25000) w was chosen to find out the effect of low and high pumping power on the laser output power in this host. table1.shows the value of parameters of (yb: yag) crystal. parameter value unit λp 940*10-9 m σap 0.737*10-24 m2 σep 0.147*10-24 m2 λl 1030*10-9 m σal 1.482*10-24 m2 σel 0.079*10-24 m2 n 1.38*1026 ion/m3 ti 940*10-6 sec ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 119 3.results 3.1. concentration effect table (2) shows the concentration values, pumping threshold power, laser output power, as well as the amount of heat per unit volume. the laser output power changes with concentration at percentage with the stability of the other parameter at the ideal values. figure (2) shows that the output power increases with increasing concentration until it reaches the highest value at 10% and then begins to decrease until it reaches the lowest value at 25%. table2. shows the concentration values, pumping threshold power, output power, and quantity of heat. figure 2.illustrates the effect of concentration on the output power. 3.2. the effect of radius of pumping spot table (3) shows the change in the values of radius of pumping spot and the values of pumping spot power, which leads to a change in the laser output power. figure (3) illustrates that the highest value of the laser output power is when the radius of pumping spot is as small as possible (rp=1*10 3m). then, it decreases until it reaches the lowest value at (rp=4.6*10 -3m). this means that the smaller the radius of the pumping spot, the higher the output power. n at (% ) n*1026 (ion/ms) pth w q *10 13 5 13.33 3.6479 1.6424 10 26.66 5.7479 1.6464 15 39.99 7.7080 1.6463 20 53.32 9.8702 1.6461 25 66.65 13.1178 1.6459 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 120 table 3. shows the values of the pumping spot radius, pumping threshold power, and output power rp *10 -3m pth w 1 5.7479 1.4 11.2660 1.8 18.6233 2.2 27.8200 2.6 38.8560 3 51.7314 3.4 66.4461 3.8 83.0002 4.2 101.3936 4.6 121.6263 figure 3. illustrates the relationship between the radius of the pumping spot and the laser output power. 3.3. effect of number of passes of pump beam. the number of times the pumping beam passes through the crystal for thin disk (mp) affects the output power. in table (3), it can be seen that the change in the pumping power at the threshold changes the laser output power. figure (4) illustrates that the value of the output power increases with increasing (mp) until it reaches (mp = 40). the increase is slight until it reaches (mp =64), where the value of the laser output power is constant. m3-*10pr ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 121 table4. shows the value of (mp ), the pumping threshold power, and laser output power for (yb: yag). mp pth (w) 8 8.2293 16 6.3228 24 5.9099 32 5.7958 40 5.7623 48 5.7522 56 5.7492 64 5.7483 72 5.7480 80 5.7479 figure 4. illustrates the relationship between the value of (mp ) and the laser output power of (yb: yag). 3.4. the effect of pumping power table (5) shows the pumping power used in thin disk laser (yb: yag), and the laser output power for this design. figure (5) shows the relationship between the output power and the pumping power. an increase in the pumping power leads to an increase in the output power. the highest value of the laser output power is at pumping power of 25000 w. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 122 table 5. shows the values of the pumping power and laser output power of the thin disk laser for (yb: yag). figure 5. shows the relationship between the pumping threshold power and the laser output power of the )yb: yag ( disk-thin laser. 4. discussion the results of the numerical calculation of the laser output power increased. the results of the numerical calculation of the laser output power increased with increasing the doping concentration. they then began to decrease as the concentration increased, as the change in concentration affects the pumping ability at the threshold (ppump th ) and the absorption efficiency (𝜂𝑎 ) thus affects the output capacity. the second parameter is the radius of the pumping spot in figure (3). increasing the value of the radius of the pumping spot leads to an increase in the pumping power at the threshold (ppump th ). this leads to a decrease in the laser output power and efficiency. we noticed a decrease in the laser ppump(w) pout (w) 1150 718 3800 2319 6450 4079 9100 5760 11750 7440 14400 9121 17050 10801 19700 12482 22350 14162 25000 15843 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 123 output power with an increase in the radius of the pumping spot, and the highest value was at (rp = 1 * 10-3). the third parameter is the number of times the pumping beam passes through the crystal in figure (4), which shows an apparent increase in the output power and then it tends to stable with a negligible increase. the last parameter is the pumping power, which increases the laser output power, as shown in figure (5), because the output power directly depends on the pumping power, as shown in equation (10). 5. conclusion the results at ideal parameters showed a strong dependence of the laser output power on the doping concentration. the laser output power decreases with the change in concentration. the highest output power was at a concentration (10%) quickly, as the output power rapidly reduced with the increase in the doping concentration. there was a significant increase with the decrease in the radius of the pumping spot, so the highest output power value was at (rp=1* 10-3). the number of times the pumping power beam passes affected the output power so that there was an increase in the output power with an increase in (mp) until it reached a constant value that did not change (mp = 80). the other parameter is the pumping power, as its increase showed an increase in the laser output power. in conclusion, we can conclude the importance of the dependence of the doping concentration and the radius of the pumping spot, as well as the number of times the pumping beam passes through the crystal on the material parameters of the numerical simulation that must be taken into account to obtain a high output power. references 1.javadi-dashcasan, m.; hajiesmaeilbaigi, f. ; razzaghi; m. mahdizadeh, h.; moghadam, m.optimizing the yb:yag thin disc laser design parameters, optics communications281,2008, 4753–4757. 2.speiser, j.; giesen, a.; numerical modeling of high power continuous-wave yb: yag thin disk lasers, scaling to 14 kw, opt infobase conf pap, 2007,1-3. 3.kazemi, s.; mahdieh, mh.; aghaie, m.; dual v-type resonators to enhance beam quality of yb:yag thin-disk lasers, appl opt. 2016,55(10),p.p2559. 4.diebold, a.; jia, z.; graumann, ij.; et al; high-power yb:ggg thin-disk laser oscillator: first demonstration and power-scaling prospects, opt express, 2017,25(2),p.p1452. 5.vorholt, c.; wittrock, u.; intra-cavity pumped yb : yag thin-disk laser with 1.74% quantum defect, optics letters , 2015, 40 , 2-5. 6.zhao, w.; zhu, g.;chen, y.; numerical analysis of a multi-pass pumping yb:yag thick-disk laser with minimal heat generation, appl opt, 2018,57(18),5141. 7.oliver, h.; jochen, k. ; dominik, b. ; sascha, w. ; m.; ultrafast thin-disk lasers. springer ser opt sci, 2016,195, 93-115. 8.voss, a .; brauch, u .; wittig, k .;.giesen, a; efficient high-power-diode-pumped thin-disk yb:yag-laser, 9th meet opt eng isr, 1995,2426, 501-508. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 124 9. arabgari, s.; aghaie, m.; radmard, s.; nabavi, s. ; thin-disk laser resonator design: the dioptric power variation of thin-disk and the beam quality factor, optik (stuttg), 2019,185, 868874. 10.kazemi, s. ; mahdieh, m. ; determination and suppression of back-reflected pump power in yb:yag thin-disk laser, opt eng, 2017,56(2), 026109. 11.contag, k.; karszewski, m.; stewen, c.; giesen, a.; theoretical modelling and experimental investigations of the diode-pumped thin-disk yb : yag laser,quantumelectron,1999,29(8), 697703. microsoft word 317-326 الفيزياء | 317 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 4cshsoكبريتات السيزيوم الھيدروجينية نماء بلورة من أمالح طارق عبد الرضا الظاهر خالد هالل حربي الزبيدي عالء عزيز عباس جامعة بغداد/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة ابن الھيثم/قسم الفيزياء ٢٠١٥شباط ٢٣ل البحث في قب،٢٠١٤كانون االول ١٦أستلم البحث في الخالصة . واظھرت n=1من خالل عملية التبخير البطيء للمحلول المائي وبعياريه 4cshso تم نماء بلورة من المركب من خالل تحسن المواصفات العامة للبلورة ( الشفافية و الحجم و 4cshsoالدراسة اھمية عملية اعادة النماء لبلورات اعتمدت تقنية حيود االشعة السينية للتأكد من التركيب البلوري للبلورات المنماة عن طريق .الشكل و العدد والنوعية) ftir.استھا باعتماد تقنيةايجاد ثوابت خلية الوحدة للشبيكة البلورية. االنماط االھتزازية للبلورات المنماة تمت در وأخيرا تمت دراسة التركيب المجھري للبلورات باعتماد تقنية المجھر البصري ذي الضوء المستقطب المزود بمنصة تسخين عند درجات حرارية مختلفة ، ولوحظت التغيرات التي تحدث على ھذه البلورات من خالل تغير مواضع الذرات .رجات الحرارة القريبة من درجات انتقاالتھا الطوريةوتغير الوانھا ال سيما عند د ، الخاليا الوقودية ، التوصيلية البروتونية المفرطة cshso 4 :الكلمات المفتاحية الفيزياء | 318 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 مقدمة ال خالل العقدين السيما 4cshsoاولى الباحثون اھتماما كبيرا لعملية نماء بلورات كبريتات السيزيوم الھيدروجينية ، تمتاز ھذه البلورات بالتوصيلية البروتونية الفائقة عند ] [2,1ھا في انتاج الخاليا الوقودية عمالالماضيين وذلك نظراً الست درجة ctو تمثل ct>t إذ t. اذ تمتلك البروتونات حركية انتقالية عند درجة حرارة ] 6-3 [درجات حرارة عالية بمجموعة iiالحد الطوري الفاصل ما بين التركيب البلوري االحادي الميل للطور د حرارة االنتقال الطوري التي تع عند 1(i4(amd/بمجموعة فضائية iعند درجة الحرارة الواطئة و التركيب البلوري الرباعي للطور p2)c)1/فضائية درجة الحرارة العالية. ) و rb,cs=mبحيث ( 4mhxoضمن عائلة المركبات 4cshsoتصنف بلورات سيزيوم ھيدروجين سلفات )x=s,se4 انه عند تسخين امالح 1982] عام 7[ ) وبحسب ما وجدهcshso 414الى درجة حرارة k تزداد ا االص ة الى أربعة اضعاف قيمتھ لية قبل التسخين لتصل الى التوصيلة البروتونية بصورة سريعة تصل الى نحو ثالث ، وعند تبريدھا الى درجة حرارة الغرفة الترجع التوصيلية الى قيمتھا االصلية التي كانت عليھا قبل scm 2-10-1نحو عند -لثالثة انتقاالت طورية صلبة بحسب درجة الحرارة وھى كاالتي : 4cshsoالتسخين بل تكون اكبر. وتعاني امالح iiيكون الطور k (370-414)وعند درجة الحرارة المتوسطة iiiيكون الطور k (300-370)درجة الحرارة الواطئة ـ . ان سبب حصول ھذه االنتقاالت الطور iيبدأ الطور k 414وعند درجة حرارة عالية نسبيا تقريبا ھو 4cshsoية ل واالصرة الھيدروجينية. structureفي التركيب البلوري disorderناتج عن تشوه -من انتقاالت طورية مبينة في المخطط االتي : 4cshsoتعاني بلورة (330-370)k (410-415)k phase iii(p21/c) phase ii(p21/c) phase i(i41/amd) ورة ون بل ة تك رارة الغرف ة ح د درج ور 4cshsoعن ي الط ل iiiف ادي المي وري اح ل بل monoclinicبتماث تقريباً . k 343، ويستمر ھذا الطور لغاية درجة حرارة c1p2/وبمجموعة فضائية لالواصر الھيدروجينية zigzag chainsعلى سالســــــل متعرجة 4cshsoيحوي التركيب البلوري iiiفي الطور )·1، كما في الشكل ( tetrahedral 4so، التي ترتبط مع رباعي االوجه bالتي تكون ممتدة على طول المحور الصلب ايضاً ويستمر فيه التماثل iiالصلب الى الطور iiiتنتقل البلورة من الطور k 343وعند درجة حرارة نحو iiiعن الطور iiوتختلف ثوابت خلية الوحدة للطور iiiكما في الطور c1p2/البلوري احادي الميل وبمجموعة فضائية بينما iiللطور 4cshso، وبالرغم من تساوي حجم خلية الوحدة ، ويستمر التعرج في االصرة الھيدروجينية لبلورة .cيكون االمتداد لالواصر الھيدروجينية على طور المحور اً يحصل االنتقال الطوري الصلب من الطور k 414وعند درجة حرارة –(الصلب iالــــــــــى الطور iiتقريب اع ة رب ي ھذه الحال وري ف ل البل ون التماث ائق ويك وني الف يل البروت الطور التوص مى ب ذي يس لب) ال tetragonalي الص ) وتكون في ھذا الطور المواقع المحتملة للبروتونات لكل وحدة خلية اكبر من العدد الفعلي amd )1i4/بمجموعة فضائية للبروتونات وعليه تتمكن ھذه البروتونات بالقفز في المواقع الفارغة ، وھذا يفسر ميكانيكية التوصيل البروتوني من نوع grothuss بالحسبان عملية اعادة التوجه الذي ياخذreorientation 4 لرباعي االوجهso . ·ذي التماثل الرباعي iللطور 4cshso) التركيب البلوري لبلورة 2ويبين الشكل ( الجزء العملي م تحضير بلو . بحسب 4so2hوالحامض 4so2csباضافة كميات موالرية متساوية من المركب 4cshsoة رت .[8] البلورة لتحضير اعتمدت التي .)1المعادلة ( ( cs2so4 + h2so4 2cshso4 ) (1) نماء المناسبة لھذا النوع من المركبات بحسب القابلية الذوبانية ، التقنية دللمحلول التي تع ىء باتباع طريقة التبخير البط ايام ويزداد كبر ھذه البلورات باستمرار عملية التبخر وتنتھي عملية النماء بعد 10نحصل على بلورات صغيرة بعد مرور .mm(5.5x3.5x1(3المحضرة وكانت ابعاد اكبر بلورة 4cshso) يمثل بلورة 3والشكل ( اً يوم 20مرور اعيد نماء البلورات الناتجة من الطريقة السابقة مع تقليل عملية التبخر وحصلنا على بلورات ذات نوعية وشفافية جيدة وكان .) 4كما مبينة في الشكل ( mm(9.5x6.5x3.5)3ابعاد اكبر بلورة . sh1madzu (japan) xrd 6000للتأكد من التركيب البلوري استعمل جھاز حيود االشعة السينية من نوع ة المنماة باستعمال االشعة تحت الحمراء المزود بمحول فورير لمدى من االطوال رتم اخذ مسح طيفي لمساحيق البلو وذلك iraffinity)(shimadzu 1نوع الجھاز 400)– cm (4000-1 الموجية التي تتــــــــــــــــــراوح االھتزازية للمجاميع المكونة لھذه البلورة. لدراسة ومعرفة االنماط الفيزياء | 319 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 فحصت البلورة المنماة بأستعمال تقنية المجھر البصري المستقطب المزود بمنصة تسخين لمدى من الدرجات الحرارية مجھري لھذه البلورة ال سيما عند ال، ومالحظة التغيرات في التركيب bel (model mpl-1) italyمن نوع .الحرارية الحرجة لھا الدرجات النتائج والمناقشة (ftir)نتائج اطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء المزودة بمحول فورير -1 ا عند االطوال 4cshsoالنموذج (ftir)) المسح الطيفي 5يمثل الشكل ( والذي نجد فيه ان ھنالك امتصاصا قوي ضمن ohلالصرة (stretching)ناتجة من تمدد وانكماش (مط) cm–(2924(2480.46-1 الموجية التي تتراوح لالصرة (bending)فھي ناتجة بسبب انحناء cm 1-1288.45 cm 1321.24 ,-1 ن ا، اما القمت 4hso المجموعة . 4hso نفسھا للمجموعة h –o –sالمزدوجة الواقعة في مستوى االصرة . 4so لمجموعة (asymmetric stretching)يالحظ حركة تمدد وانكماش غير متناظرة cm 1170.79-1وعند 1006.84فيظھر عند القمتين 4soلمجموعة (symmetric stretching)الى حركة التمدد واالنكماش المتناظر عنو 1-, 1068.56 cm 1-cm . لمجموعة asymmetric bendingكة انحناء غير متماثل حر cm 1-572.86 cm 613.36 ,-1 وتمثل القمتان 4so ) االنماط االھتزازية لبلورة 1ويوضح الجدول (4 cshso ) فھو عبارة 2عند درجة حرارة الغرفة اما الجدول ( عن مقارنة القيم المستحصلة مع الدراسات السابقة xrdفحوصات االشعة السينية -2 ومقارنتھا مع القيم 4cshsoألنموذج ) d( البلورية ) والفسحθ2للمواضع( القيم العملية (3)يبين الجدول . mitchell [ 9]المقاسة من قبل cshso4يالحظ ان اعلى شدة لنمط الحيود لبلورة .ما بين القراءات المستحصلة مع القيم القياسية معقوالً اً ونالحظ تقارب .) 1 ١١ ( تحصل عند السطوح ، و من قانون الفسح البلورية monoclinicعند درجة حرارة الغرفة احادي الميل 4cshsoان النظام البلوري لـ (d space) نجدc , b , a ًوايضاβ . .عملياً ومقارنتھا بالقيم القياسية βوايضاً c , b , a) القيم المستحصلة لـ 4ويوضح الجدول ( وصات المجھر البصري المستقطبفح 3 يعد المجھر البصري ذو الضوء المستقطب من التقنيات المفيدة لدراسة ومالحظة معالم التركيب الداخلي للبلورات. عند سقوط الضوء المستقطب على البلورة تتولد انعكاسات تظھر بصورة مناطق ملونة داخل البلورة ، وتتغير ھذه االلوان عند ] .14،10بزوايا مختلفة [ تدوير البلورة اً السيما عند درجات يحصل يمكن مالحظة التغيرات المجھرية التي تحصل في بعض مواقع البلورة عند معاملتھا حراري فيھا انتقال طوري . على التوالي ، وال يالحظ أي تغيير c , 40°c°60عند درجة حرارة 4cshso ) بلورة 8) و (7ويبين الشكالن ( ويبين ان ھناك تغيراً في c°145عند درجة حرارة 4cshso ) فھو يمثل بلورة 9بالمالمح العامة للبلورة أما الشكل ( عند تغيرات في التوجھات البلورية وكذلك يتغير لون بعض المواقع الذرية مما نستدل على حصول بعض مواقع الذرات .حصول انتقال طوري من ثمالدرجة وھذه جاتاالستنتا -نستنتج ما يأتي : 4cshso من الدراسة العملية لنماء بلورات احادية من طريقة التبخير البطيء للمحلول المائي ھي الطريقة المثلى لنماء ھذا النوع من البلورات . ̶ ١ عملية اعادة النماء تؤدي الى تحسين ملحوظ في شكل ونوعية وحجم البلورات المنماة . ̶ ٢ ھو احادي الميل بثوابت خلية وحدة مقاربة لقيم الدراسات 4cshsoان النظام البلوري لـ xrdأكدت فحوصات ̶ ٣ 4cshso ) لبلورة ١١1 (السابقة ، وان اعظم شدة انعكاس تحصل عند السطوح ) ھو بسبب عدم حصول انتقال لبعض مواقع c )60-40°أن عدم حصول انتقال طوري عند مدى درجات حرارة -٤ فيالحظ حصول انتقال وتغير في مواقع بعض الذرات وحصول c 145°الذرات داخل البلورة ، اما عند درجة حرارة بعض التباين في الوان البلورة مما يشير الى حصول انتقال طوري عند ھذه الدرجة. المصادر 1-kreuer, k.d. (1996), proton conductivity :materials and applications" chem. mater. 8,610614 الفيزياء | 320 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 2haile ,s. m. (2003) fuel cell materials and components" acta materialia 51,5981-6000. 3komukae, m. ; osaka, t. ;makita, y.; ozaki, t.; itoh, k. and nakamura,e. journ. ,4thermal studies on new phase transitions of cshso dielectric and,(1981) phys.soc.japan,50,3187-3188. 4 ponyatovski, e.g.; rashchupkin, v.i. ; sinitsyn, v. v. ; baranov, a.i.; shuvalov l.a. and jetp , 4cshso proton superionic conductor t phase diagram of -p shchagina, n.m. (1985), lett 41,139 . 4phase conductors cshso,thi,m.; colomban, ph. ; novak, a. and blinc, r. (1985)-pham -5 265." solid state comm. 55, 4and cshseo 6yoshida, y.; matsuo, y. and ikehata, s. (2003),nmr study on irreversible and super-ionic journ.phys.soc.jap. 72,1590. ,4phase transition of cshso 7baranov, a.i.;shuvalov, l.a. and shehagina n.m. (1982),superion conductivity and phase 462.-lett 36,459 jetp ,crystals 4n cshsotransition i 8chisholm,c.r.i. (2003) , superprotonic phase transition in solid acids , a thesis,california institute of technology ,pasadena ,california. 9mitchell, l.e.e.(2008). development of thin cshso4 membrane electrode assemblies,a thesis,university of south florida ,florida. journal ,single crystal 4polarized infrared and raman spectra of cshso,baran, j. (1987) -10 of molecular structure,162 ,211-228. 11pham-thi,m.; colomban,ph. ;novak,a.and blinc, r. (1987) vibrational spectra of and phase transition in caesateium hydrogen sulphate ,jou.of raman spect.,18,185-194. and 4a study of superionic of cshso,varama, v. ; rangavittal, n.and rao, c.n.r.(1993) -12 journal of solid state ,diffraction ray-by vibrational spectroscopy and x 4xlixhso-cs1 chemistry.106 ,164-173 vibrational investigation phase transition in ,baran, j.and marchewka, m.k. (2002) -13 149 -journal of molecular structure 614 ,133 ,crystal 4cshso 14magono, c. and suzuki s. (1967),a study on crystal axes of snow crystals with complicated shapes , utilizing a polarization microscopy,journal of faculty of science ,japan 3:(1). 4cshso) االنماط االھتزازية لالواصر ألنموذج 1(رقم جدول 1-ir cm assignment 2924.09 2906.73 2893.22 2600.04 2480.46 oh stretching group 4so2h 1321.24 1288.45 s – o – h plane bending 1170.79 4so asυ 1068.56 1006.84 4so ssυ 613.36 572.86 4so abυ الفيزياء | 321 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 مع دراسات سابقة 4cshsoلبلورة ftir) مقارنة قيم طيف االمتصاص 2(رقم جدول ir cm-1 experimental baran[10] phamthi[11] varma[12] baran[13] assignment 2924.09 2906.73 2893.22 2600.04 2480.46 2850 2640 2530 2460 2900 2430 2920 2600 2850 2670 2535 2485 oh stretching h2so4 group 1321.24 1288.45 1379 1332 1370 1340 1330 1379 1332 s – o – h plane bending 1170.79 1175 1125 1175 1180 1175 υ as so4 1068.56 1006.84 1060 1030 1000 1040 1000 1048 1005 1003 υ ss so4 613.36 572.86 600 584 574 600 590 570 586 573 584 572 υ ab so4 عند درجة حرارة الغرفة 4cshsoللمركب (xrd)) مقارنة نتائج نمط الحيود 3( رقم جدول 2θ exp. 2θ standard d(å) exp. d(å) standard (hkl) 25.3701 38.1131 65.3983 27.686 51.3716 67.2147 68.5897 24.079 38.0565 65.2517 27.3286 50.9991 67.3609 68.4707 3.50787 2.35926 1.42588 3.21942 1.7772 1.39169 1.36711 3.69287 2.36257 1.42360 3.26068 1.78925 1.38899 1.36916 ( 1 1 1 ) ( 3 0 1) (1 4 0) (1 1 1 ) (4 0 0 ) (1 4 1 ) (4 0 2) الفيزياء | 322 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ومقارنته بالقيم القياسية 4cshso) يوضح مقارنة ثوابت الشبيكة لبلورة 4(رقم جدول this work standard a(å) 7.51201 7.3039 b(å) 5.63034 5.8099 c(å) 5.342101 5.4908 β° 102.01 101.5 لمركب iii) تركيب احادي الميل للطور 1(رقم شكل 4cshso [15] لمركب i) تركيب الرباعي للطور 2(رقم شكل 4cshso [15] الفيزياء | 323 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المحضرة من كميات 4cshso) بلورة 3( رقم شكل ب ن المرك اوية م ة متس امض 4so2csموالري والح 4so2h ناتجة من عملية اعادة 4cshso) بلورات4(رقم شكل حجم اكبر ، التبخر البطيء للمحلول خالل و التبلور 3mm9.5*6.5*3.5 بلورة الفيزياء | 324 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 4cshsoلبلورة ftir) المسح الطيفي 5( رقم شكل الفيزياء | 325 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 4cshso) حيود االشعة السينية لمسحوق 6(رقم شكل عند 4cshso) بلورة 7( رقم شكل c°40درجة حرارة كل مش ورة 8(رق د 4cshso) بل عن c°60درجة حرارة كل مش ورة 9(رق د 4cshso) بل عن c°145درجة حرارة الفيزياء | 326 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 crystal growth of ceasium hydrogen sulfate salts 4cshso tariq a.al-dhahir khalid h.al-harbi ala'a.a.a.al-zubaidi department of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:16 december 2014 ,accepted in: 23 february 2015 abstract single crystal of cshso4 component was grown by slow evaporation method of aqueous solution with normality n=1 . the study shows that the importance of the process of recrystal growth of cshso4 crystals. the results show the improve of the characteristics of crystals (transparent, size, shape, number and quality) . by x-ray diffraction, the crystal structure of these crystals have been confirmed by measurement constants of unit cell of crystal lattice. the vibration modes of crystals were studied by ftir (fourier transform infrared) technique. finally, achieving the study of microstructure of crystals by polarization of microscopy that is supported with hot stage at different temperatures. the changes occur on these crystals by changing in positions of atoms and changing in the colors of crystals especially at temperatures near the phase transition were studied. fuel cells , super conductors 4 , cshso key words: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 236 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license determination of visfatin level in patients with diabetes and peripheral neuropathy as early predicted factor abstract background: peripheral neuropathy represents one of the common diabetic complications in patients with diabetes mellitus type 2 (dmt2). peripheral neuropathy affects the feet, legs, hands, and arms. it was found that one-third to one-half of diabetics have peripheral neuropathy. current study aimed to evaluate the level of visfatin in diabetic patient groups with or without peripheral neuropathy in comparison with healthy subjects to knowledge whether visfatin ca be applied as predictor factor for this type of disease complications. material and methods: the study included 120 male and female ranging in age from 40 to 97 years old. (40 patients with type 2 diabetes, 40 patients with diabetic peripheral neuropathy, and 40 healthy people served as the control group.) all of the diabetes patients had a verified diagnosis (type 2). during the period from october-2021 to december 2021, the patients were assessed at the national diabetes center, al-mustansiriya university in baghdad. visfatin levels were tested using the elisa technique, and hba1c was assessed using cobas c111. results: results showed in patients, hba1c levels are significantly higher (p≤0.05) than in controls. males and females with dpn and dm have greater visfatin mean values than the control group. conclusions: visfatin levels are strong indications for early diagnosis of diabetic neuropathy in both males and females, according to the current study. keywords: peripheral neuropathy (dpn), visfatin, diabetes mellitus (dm). doi.org/ 10.30526/36.1.2924 article history: received 29 june 2022, accepted 11 octobert 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science s journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq haneen ahmed mohammed department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad – iraq hanin.ahmed1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq kadhim k. ghudhaib department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad – iraq kadhemkg_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq firas y. mohsen international diabetes center, university of al mustansiriya, baghdad-iraq firasaldori@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hanin.ahmed1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:kadhemkg_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:firasaldori@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 237 1.introduction diabetes complications such as periodontitis and nephropathy have recently been researched [1-6]. previous studies on diabetic neuropathy and osteoporosis issues have also been conducted [7-9]. diabetes type 2 starts when the pancreas doesn't produce enough insulin or when the body can't effectively use it. insulin controls blood sugar. hyperglycemia, or high blood glucose, is a typical complication of untreated diabetes that damages the neurons and blood vessels [10]. type 1 diabetes, formerly termed insulin-dependent diabetic, is identified by insufficient insulin production and daily insulin delivery. type 2 diabetes, formerly called non-insulin-dependent is caused by poor insulin use. type 2 diabetes is most common. gestational diabetes is "hyperglycemia with blood glucose levels above normal but below diabetes diagnostic levels " [11]. diabetes causes peripheral neuronal damage, such as diabetic neuropathy, a major chronic consequence of diabetes with different clinical symptoms [10,11]. high blood glucose can harm nerve-supplying blood vessels over time. this blocks nerve nutrition. nerve fibers might get injured or vanish [10,11,12]. even with current care, dn prevalence is high [1]. dns have been found in prediabetic individ ua ls and, more recently, in type 1 and type 2 diabetic kids [11,12,13]. diabetes' significant and longterm effects, neuropathy, are a burden on human health, with diabetic neuropathy being the most frequent kind. [14]. peripheral neuropathy symptoms include slow onset numbness, pricklin g, or tingling in feet or hands, which can progress to legs and arms. extreme sensitivity to touch, jabbing, throbbing, or scorching pain pain during actions that shouldn't produce discomfort, such foot pain while weighted or beneath a blanket. coordination issues, falling, weakness, feeling like you're wearing gloves or socks, motor nerve damage causes paralysis [15]. visfatin, also known as nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase (nampt) or pre-b cell colonyenhancing factor (pbef), regulates a number of physiological and pathological processes [15]. visfatin levels have been linked to inflammation and endothelial dysfunction in metabolic disorders. visfatin has also been linked to cardiovascular disease. visfatin plasma levels may induce vascular inflammation and plaque instability [16,17]. patients with type 2 diabetes or metabolic syndrome had higher blood visfatin levels and carotid atherosclerosis [18,19]. visfatin levels in type 2 diabetic atherosclerotic plaque development or connection with damaged vascular area are unknown. visfatin is nicotinamide phosphoribosyl transferase (nampt). in mamma ls, intracellular nampt catalyses the rate-limiting step in the salvage route leading to nad+ production [19]. nampt condenses nicotinamide and 5-pyrophosphoribosyl-1-pyrophosphate to make nmn and inorganic pyrophosphate (prpp). nmn is converted to nad [19]. obesity and type 2 diabetes are separate atherothrombotic disease risk factors. visfatin may be a biomarker of metabolic-related cardiovascular problems [19]. 1.1. diabetes mellitus (dm): diabetes is characterized by elevated blood glucose levels and changes in lipid, carbohydrate, and protein metabolism due to aberrant insulin synthesis, insulin function, or both. [20] type 1, type 2, mody, gestational diabetes, neonatal diabetes, and secondary causes induced by endocrinopathies, steroid use, and other variables are all kinds of diabetes. type 1 and type 2 diabetes are caused by inadequate insulin synthesis and/or action (t2dm). t1dm affects children and adolescents, whereas t2dm affects middle-aged and older persons with persistent ihjpas. 36(1)2023 238 hyperglycemia from poor lifestyle and nutritional choices. t1dm and t2dm have differe nt pathophysiologies, etiologies, symptoms, and treatments. [21] diabetes mellitus is one of four non-communicable diseases that demand prompt attention from all major stakeholders, and hyperglycemia is the third biggest cause of early mortality globally [22]. 1.2. diabetes peripheral neuropathy (dpn) peripheral diabetic neuropathy is sometimes called distal polyneuropathy. we'll call it peripheral neuropathy in this patient guide. diabetic peripheral neuropathy is most common. it affects feet, legs, hands, and arms. after branching off the spinal cord in the low back, the nerves to your feet travel down your legs and into your feet. because nerves to your feet are so long, they are more susceptible to be damaged. diabetes-related foot abnormalities, infections, ulcers, and amputations can develop from nerve loss. [21] 2. materials and methods the research included 120 men and women ranging in age from 40 to 97 years old. (40 individuals with type 2 diabetes, 40 patients with diabetic peripheral neuropathy, and 40 healthy people served as the control group.) all of the diabetes patients had a verified diagnosis (type 2). during the period from to, the patients were assessed at the national diabetes center, aluniversity in baghdad (october-2021 to december 2021). 2.1. groups of analysis included: group 1 (dpn): (40 patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus peripheral neuropathy) group 2 ( dm type 2): (40 patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus) group 3 (control group): consisting of 40 healthy people with no history of diabetes and no systemic illness. 2.2. inclusion criteria: 1. patients ranging in age from 40 to 97 years. 2.type 2 diabetes medical history. 3.hba1c-based diagnostic criteria for type 2 diabetes 4.a control group of volunteers was formed using the following criteria: a. clinically healthy b. negative for clinical indicators of systemic illnesses c. negative for diabetes 2.3. exclusion criteria the following patients/individuals were removed from the research; 1. physiological conditions such as pregnancy and breastfeeding 2. behaviors such as smoking, drinking, and chewing tobacco 3. subjects under the age of 40. 4. those who have had radiation treatment and chemotherapy. 2.4. blood collection for individuals with an unknown hba1c level, five milliliters of venous blood were obtained from the antecubital vein and divided into two halves. part (1) in gel tube (3ml) samples were allowed to coagulate at room temperature for 30 minutes. . after 10 minutes of centrifugation, the serum was separated and kept in eppendorf tubes. the first component was utilized to rapidly identify (cho, tg, uric acid, hdl,ldl, and vldl) in serum using an auto spectrophotometer; ihjpas. 36(1)2023 239 a clinical chemistry analyzer performs diagnostic tests. the second half was maintained at -20°c to assess visfatin and progranulin, which were evaluated using an elisa kit manufactured by my biosource, usa . part (2) test tube containing anticoagulant for hba1c measurement by cobas c111 a device (2 ml). bmi was determined for both the patient and control groups. statistical analysis data uploading was a daily process from the participant’s case sheets into the software of microsoft office excel 2013., analysis of data was done by using statistical package for social science version 9.1th (spss), (cary. n.c. usa.). chi-square, least significant difference (lsd) test was employed to compare the means. 3. results the age of all patients with diabetic peripheral neuropathy, diabetic mellitus and healthy control groups ranged from (40-97) years and the mean ±sd age was 57.43±10.13 years. fiftyeight 58(48%) were female and sixty-two 62 (52%) of males, as illustrated in table 1, figure 1, respectively. figure 1. age and sex of all dpn, dm2 and healthy table 1. demographic data of diabetic peripheral neuropathy, diabetic mellitus and healthy control gender study groups total p. value diabetic peripheral neuropathy no. (%) diabetic mellitus no. (%) healthy control no. (%) female 18 (31.0%) 20 (34.5%) 20 (34.5%) 58 (48%) 0.875ns male 22 (35.5%) 20 (32.3%) 20 (32.3%) 62 (52%) total 40 (100.0%) 40 (100.0%) 40 (100.0%) 120 (100.0%) age mean ±sd rang 60.50±11.22 (41-97) 57.60 ±7.49 (42-87) 54.20 ±11.69 (40-82) 57.43±10.13 (40-97) 0.154ns chi-square= 0.267 * (p≤0.05), ** (p≤0.01). 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 40 50 51 62 63 73 74 85 86+ male female age (years) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 240 table (2) shows the mean values of both age and bmi for males and females in the studied groups in the present study. the results revealed no considerable differences in age of diabetic peripheral neuropathy, diabetic mellitus and healthy control groups (60.50 ±11.22) (59.52 ±8.90) (55.37 ±11.25) (lsd=4.857) (p=0.072), respectively. but the mean values of bmi for males and females is a highly significant difference in the healthy controls group compared with patients with diabetic peripheral neuropathy and patients with diabetic mellitus group, (23.89 ±2.50)(29.82 ±7.06 )(29.54 ±4.40) (lsd=2.223) (p=0.0001), respectively. as illustrated in the table (2). table 2. mean of age and bmi of males and females in all the studied groups mean ± sd groups bmi (kg/m2) age (year) 29.82 ±7.06 a 60.50 ±11.22 a diabetic peripheral neuropathy (no=40) 29.54 ±4.40 a 59.52 ±8.90 a diabetic mellitus (no=40) 23.89 ±2.50 b 55.37 ±11.25 a control (no=40) 2.223 ** 4.857 ns lsd value 0.0001 0.072 p value means having with the different letters in same column differed significantly. ** (p≤0.01). table (3) showed the levels of lipid profile and uric acid in diabetic peripheral neuropathy, diabetic patients and the control group in this study. table 3. mean ± se of lipid profile and uric acid tests of all the studied groups in female and male group diabetic peripheral neuropathy (no=40) diabetic mellitus (no=40) control (no=40) lsd (p value) parameter cholesterol 181.20 ±7.83 a 175.27 ±5.89 a 152.47 ±3.86 b 17.105 ** (0.0028) triglyceride 224.82 ±30.19 a 153.95 ±9.66 b 113.20 ±3.09 b 51.50 ** (0.0002) hdl 55.65 ±3.91 51.77 ±2.77 54.87 ±3.02 9.16 ns (0.676) vldl 45.00 ±6.02 a 29.97 ±1.83 b 22.60 ±0.61 b 10.23 ** (0.0001) ldl 86.87 ±5.90 ab 92.17 ±4.97 a 76.90 ±3.77 b 13.89 * (0.0313) uric acid 4.85 ±0.23 4.42 ±0.18 4.48 ±0.18 0.566 ns (0.259) means having with the different letters in same column differed significantly. * (p≤0.05), ** (p≤0.01). table (4) shows the levels of visfatin, and hba1c of the studied groups in male and female. the mean + sd of visfatin and hba1c, respectively, there are highly significant differences ihjpas. 36(1)2023 241 between diabetic peripheral neuropathy, diabetic patients and control groups in male and female (p= 0.0001), where the mean values for dpn and dm are higher than the control group in visfatin cumbered with hba1c. as shown in table (4). table 4. levels of visfatin and hba1c in all the studied groups groups mean ± sd visfatin hba1c diabetic peripheral neuropathy (no=40) 4.47 ±1.37 a 9.54 ±2.07 a diabetic mellitus (no=40) 3.86 ±1.38 b 9.16 ±1.92 a control (no=40) 1.25 ±0.55 c 4.85 ±0.53 b lsd value 0.519 ** 0.736 ** p value 0.0001 0.0001 table (5) shows the coefficient correlation of visfatin with each of hba1c, cholesterol, triglyceride, hdl, vldl, uric acid , and bmi in diabetic peripheral neuropathy and diabetic miletus groups, respectively. the results indicate that visfatin does not correlate with all the studied parameters in two patient groups depending on the p values that are recorded in table (5). table 5. correlation coefficient of visfatin with the different studied variables in peripheral diabetic neuropathy and diabetic groups. variables diabetic peripheral neuropathy (n=40) diabetic miletus (n=40) r p .value r p .value bmi( kg/m2) 0.11 0.487 0.09 0.541 age (years) -0.26 0.099 -0.14 0.359 hba1c -0.20 0.207 0.24 0.124 s. cholesterol(mg/dl) -0.008 0.957 0.08 0.638 s. triglyceride (mg/dl) 0.28 0.070 -0.07 0.664 s.hdl (mg/dl) -0.32 * 0.043 -0.26 0.092 s.ldl (mg/dl) 0.13 0.403 0.24 0.126 s.vldl (mg/dl) 0.28 0.069 -0.15 0.334 s. uric acid (mg/dl) -0.005 0.973 0.09 0.543 analysis of visfatin reveals the area under the curve (auc) of roc in value of (0.966). the best cut-off point derived from the roc curve shows a sensitivity of (92.5 %) and specificity of (100.0 %), and it is found to be (>2.034 ng/ml). that means the test value of more than 2.034 ng/ml represents the abnormal case, whereas the value less than 2.034 ng/ml refers to the healthy case as shown in figure(2).the significance level is obtained at (p = 0.6647). as illustrated in figure (2). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 242 figure 2. the roc curve for visfatin 4. discussion because axons don't make cholesterol, it must be transported to the tips and schwann cells of regenerating axons by axonal transport or hdl-c and ldl-c. this may explain group dynamics. statins reduce cholesterol levels available for axonal regeneration on two pathways, resulting in a different composition of lipids in the cholesterol-rich myelin sheath of schwann cells. this causes nerve swelling due to reactive thickening of the myelin sheath, similar to hereditary disorders in cholesterol metabolism. an increase in lipid-equivalent nerve lesions and nerve volume, both correlated with a decrease in hdl-c and ldl-c, would represent nerve swelling due to an altered composition of lipids in schwann cells due to insufficient cholesterol supply to regenerating neurites after neuropathic damage, resulting in decreased nerve conduction. [23] the current analysis confirms lorenzo et al.[24] murwan et al.[25], agha et al.[26], satish et al.[27], renuka & vasantha[28]. t2dm, dpn patients have higher blood cholesterol and triglyceride levels than healthy controls. lorenzo et al. [24], gunjan et al.[29], and sujaya et al.[30] found that hdl levels were considerably lower in t2dm (g2) than in controls. several authors have shown elevated triglycerides with normal hdl-c in diabetic patients: khursheed et al. [31], ahmed et al. [32], yassin et al. [33]. renuka & vasantha [14] and lorenzo et al. [24] found that serum ldl was greater in t2dm and dpn patients than in controls. johann et al. [29] found that dpn patients had lower ldl values than t2dm patients [23]. diabetes raises blood lipid levels by mobilising free fatty acids from adipose tissue. reduced insulin action converts excess blood fatty acids to triglycerides, phospholipids, and cholesterol in the liver [34]. visfatin was utilised to identify visceral fat in mice and humans from subcutaneous fat. visfatin in perivascular and epicardial fat may affect the heart. adipocytes and inflammatory cells, such activated macrophages, emit visfatin in adipose tissue. obesity increases adipose tissue inflammation, especially macrophages. visfatin contains the intrinsic enzyme nicotina m ide phosphoribosyltransferase (nampt) (2002). nad+ is crucial in physiology. nampt catalyses the rate-limiting step in the nad+ synthesis pathway in mammals. mixing 5-pyrophosphoribosyl1pyrophosphate with nictinamide yields nmn and inorganic pyrophosphate (prpp). nmnat converts nmn to nad in a second step. nampt has two animal forms. inampt maintains naddependent enzyme activity and is associated to cell metabolism, maturation, and survival. several cell types release extracellular nampt (enampt). encamps are considered to provide a way for 0 20 40 60 80 100 conc.visfatin_male_female_pn 0 20 40 60 80 100 100-specificity s en si tiv ity sensitivity: 92.5 specificity: 100.0 criterion: >2.39 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 243 organs to communicate[35]. previous research by buyukaydin et al. [36] revealed no relations hip between visfatin results and biochemical parameters, oxidative stress biomarkers, or thioldisulphide levels. visfatin may be implicated in endothelial dysfunction, according to alghasham and barakat [37]. liang and dong [38] found reduced serum visfatin levels in diabetic macroangiopathy. visfatin, a proangiogenic adipokine, may be involved in diabetic retinopathy, say wang et al. visfatin levels in diabetic retinopathy patients' blood and vitreous increase with disease severity [39]. mageswari r et al. found that diabetic nephropathy biomarkers increase with disease severity [40]. lee.at al. visfatin levels were much greater in rheumatoid arthritis patients than in healthy controls[41]. mousavi, zohreh, and colleagues connected visfatin levels to non-alcoholic fatty liver disease categorization. autocrine or paracrine processes may be at work when visceral adipose tissue secretes visfatin [42]. visfatin levels are greater in type 2 diabetics with atherosclerotic plaques than in those without plaques. males with atherosclerotic plaques increased the most. visfatin levels were higher in t2dm patients with carotid plaques than femoral or no plaques [19]. 5. conclusion diabetics have high lipid levels due to adipose tissue mobilisation. reduced insulin activit y causes the liver to convert extra fatty acids into triglycerides, phospholipids, and cholesterol. visfatin in perivascular and epicardia fat may damage the cardiovascular system. adipocytes and activated macrophages generate and release visfatin in adipose tissue. obesity promotes inflammatory macrophages in adipose tissue. visfatin is a nampt enzyme. references 1.zainab a. salman; kadhim k. ghudhaib and raghad fadhil. evaluating osteocalcin and ostenectin in serum male patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and periodontitis.eurasian chemical communications. 2022,4,295-302. 2.zainab a. salman; kadhim k. ghudhaib and raghad fadhil.. association of osteopontin and alkaline phosphatase in male patients with diabetes mellitus type 2 and periodontitis. iranian journal of war and public health . 2022,14(1),105-109. 3. reham khuldon ibrahim; kadhim k. ghudhaib and ali abdulmajid dyab allawi. association of ctgf and tgf-β1 with glomerulus fibrosis in iraqi diabetic patients with chronic kidney disease. journal of infection and chemotherapy. 2022, 28 (10): accepted for publishing 4. reham khuldon ibrahim; kadhim k. ghudhaib and ali abdulmajid dyab allawi. evaluat io n of atpase level in iraqi diabetic patients with or without diabetic kidney disease. journal of process biochemistry. accepted for publishing in 2022, 121. 5. ghada salam hamid. ali a. allawi; kadhim k.ghudhaib. correlation of pentosidine with kidney diseases in iraqi patients with diabetic nephropathy. iraqi journal science.2021, 62(10):3436-3442. 6.wahaj sinan mohammed; kadhim k. ghudhaib ; ali a. allawi. evaluation of glomerular disorder in diabetic patients with nephropathy. biochemical and cellular archives. 2022,22 (1), 963-969. 7. marwa nazar; kadhim, k. ghudhaib ; firas y. mohsen. evaluation of nerve growth factor, fetuin a and adiponectin levels in diabetic patients with sensory neuropathy. drugs and cell therapies in hematology (clarivate), 2021, 10(1),4103-4117. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 244 8. zina j. ghaib; kadhim k. ghudhiab ; firas y. mohsen. assessment of neuron specific enolase level and some related biochemical factors in patients with diabetic peripheral nerve disorders . indian journal of forensic medicine & toxicology. 2021,15 (3), 15 issue 3, 1494-1500. 9. kadhim k. ghudhaib; kismat m.turaki ; sabreen a. muzal. estimation of serum osteocalcin levels in osteoporotic postmenopausal women with type 2 diabetes mellitus. baghdad sci. 2014, j. 11 (4):1549-1555. 10. gnatiuc, louisa; et al. sex-specific relevance of diabetes to occlusive vascular and other mortality: a collaborative meta-analysis of individual data from 980 793 adults from 68 prospective studies. the lancet diabetes & endocrinology. 2018, 6,7, 538-546. 11. pop-busui r; boulton, aj; feldman ,el; et al. diabetic neuropathy: a position statement by the american diabetes association. diabetes care .2017,40,136–154. 12. dabelea d; stafford jm; mayer-davis ej; et al.; search for diabetes in youth research group. association of type 1 diabetes vs type 2 diabetes diagnosed during childhood and adolescence with complications during teenage years and young adulthood. jama.2017,317,825– 835. 13.selvarajah; dinesh; sloan; gordon; tesfaye, solomon. diabetic neuropathy. the foot in diabetes. 2020, 89-103. 14.dewanjee; saikat; et al. molecular mechanism of diabetic neuropathy and its pharmacotherapeutic targets. european journal of pharmacology.2018, 833, 472-523. 15.carbone, f; liberale, l; bonaventura, a; vecchie ,a; casula m; cea m; et al. regulation and function of extracellular nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase/visfatin. compr physiol. 2017,7(2),603–21. 16.yu pl; wang, c.; li w; zhang, fx. visfatin level and the risk of hypertension and cerebrovascular accident: a systematic review and meta-analysis. horm metab res. 2019,51(4),220–9. 17. auguet t.; aragones, g.; guiu-jurado, e.; berlanga, a.; curriu, m.; martinez, s.; et al. adipo/cytokines in atherosclerotic secretomes: increased visfatin levels in unstable carotid plaque. bmc cardiovasc disord. 2016,16(1),149. 18. li b; zhao y.; liu, h.; meng ,b.; wang j; qi t; et al. visfatin destabilizes atherosclerot ic plaques in apolipoprotein e-deficient mice. plos one. 2016,11(2). 19.zheng; long-yi; et al. association between serum visfatin levels and atherosclerotic plaque in patients with type 2 diabetes. diabetology & metabolic syndrome, 2019, 11,1,1-7. 20. sapra, amit; priyanka bhandari; and a. wilhite hughes. diabetes mellitus (nursing) 2021 . 21. world health organization. global report on ddiabetes. geneva, switzerland. 2017. 22. danaei; goodarz; et al. national, regional, and global trends in fasting plasma glucose and diabetes prevalence since 1980: systematic analysis of health examination surveys and epidemiological studies with 370 country-years and 2· 7 million participants. the lancet,2011, 378,9785, 31-40. 23. jende; johann, me.; et al. association of serum cholesterol levels with peripheral nerve damage in patients with type 2 diabetes. jama network open, 2019, 2,5. e194798-e194798.. 24.gordon; lorenzo; et al. lipid profile of type 2 diabetic and hypertensive patients in the jamaican population. journal of laboratory physicians, 2010, 2,01, 025-030. 25.sabahelkhier; murwan khalid; et al. a study of lipid profile levels of type ii diabetes mellitus. nova journal of medical and biological sciences, 2016, 5,2, 1-9. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 245 26. artha; i. made junior rina; et al. high level of individual lipid profile and lipid ratio as a predictive marker of poor glycemic control in type-2 diabetes mellitus. vascular health and risk management .2019, 15 , 149. 27.biradar; satish basanagouda; et al. correlation between glycemic control markers and lipid profile in type 2 diabetes mellitus and impaired glucose tolerance. int j adv med,2018, 23,5, 4. 28. saha, sayantaann, ; roopa murgod. evaluation of iron profile in type ii diabetes mellitus cases. international journal of biotechnology and biochemistry.2019,15,1 , 27-37. 29.neboh; emeka e.; et al. lipid profile, aip and glycated haemoglobin level in type-2 diabetic patients in enugu, south-east nigeria. journal of asian scientific research.2012, 2.5, 300-306. 30. abdulkader; rand thair; nada a. kadhim, and firas younus muhsin. the association of low taurine levels with diabetic neuropathy in iraqi patients. indian journal of forensic medicine & toxicology . 2021,15.4. 31. khursheed mu; bikha rd; syed za; tarachand d; thanwar d; samar r; et al. lipid profile of patients with diabetes mellitus (a multidisciplinary study). world applied sciences journal. 2011,12 (9),1382-1384. 32. ahmed se; mustafa e; mohamed ae. assessment of plasma levels of fasting blood glucose, triglycerides, total cholesterol, and hba1c in patients with type 2 diabetes mellit us . international journal of health sciences & research. 2013, 3(9), 1-6. 33. yassin m; altibi h; el shanti a. clinical and biochemical features of type 2 diabetic patients in gaza governorate, gaza strip. west african journal medicine. 2011, 30(1), 51-56 34. khan, ha.; sobki, sh.; khan, sa. association between glycaemic control and serum lipids profile in type 2 diabetic patients: hba1c predicts dyslipidaemia. clin exp med. 2007,7,24–9 35. romacho, tania; carlos f. sánchez-ferrer; and concepción peiró. visfatin/nampt: an adipokine with cardiovascular impact. mediators of inflammation 2013 (2013). 36. buyukaydin; banu; et al. relationship between diabetic polyneuropathy, serum visfatin, and oxidative stress biomarkers. world journal of diabetes . 2020,11,7, 309. 37. alghasham; abdullah, a.; youssef, a. barakat. serum visfatin and its relation to insulin resistance and inflammation in type 2 diabetic patients with and without macroangiopathy. saudi medical journal . 2008,29,2 ,185-192. 38. liang; wei; and dong dong ye. the potential of adipokines as biomarkers and therapeutic agents for vascular complications in type 2 diabetes mellitus. cytokine & growth factor reviews . 2019, 48 ,32-39. 39. wang; yongqiang; ye yuan; hua jiang. serum and vitreous levels of visfatin in patients with diabetic retinopathy. medical science monitor: international medical journal of experimental and clinical research . 2014, 20 , 2729. 40.mageswari; ramalingam; et al. irisin and visfatin predicts severity of diabetic nephropathy. indian journal of clinical biochemistry . 2019,34,3, 342-346. 41.lee; young ho; sang‐cheol bae. circulating adiponectin and visfatin levels in rheumato id arthritis and their correlation with disease activity: a meta‐analysis.international journal of rheumatic diseases. 2018,21,3 ,664-672. 42. mousavi; zohreh; et al. correlation of visfatin level with non-alcoholic fatty liver in metabolic syndrome. medical journal of the islamic republic of iran . 2017, 31 ,28. 146 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. an application model for linear programming with an evolutionary ranking function rasha jalal mitlif department of applied sciences, branch of mathematics and computer applications, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. rasha.j.mitlif@uotechnology.edu.iq orcid id: https://orcid.org/0000-00015033-8753 abstract one of the most important methodologies in operations research (or) is the linear programming problem (lpp). many real-world problems can be turned into linear programming models (lpm), making this model an essential tool for today's financial, hotel, and industrial applications, among others. fuzzy linear programming (flp) issues are important in fuzzy modeling because they can express uncertainty in the real world. there are several ways to tackle fuzzy linear programming problems now available. an efficient method for flp has been proposed in this research to find the best answer. this method is simple in structure and is based on crisp linear programming. to solve the fuzzy linear programming problem (flpp), a new ranking function (rf) with the trapezoidal fuzzy number (tfn) is devised in this study. the fuzzy quantities are de-fuzzified by applying the proposed ranking function (rf) transformation to crisp value linear programming problems (lpp) in the objective function (of). then the simplex method (sm) is used to determine the best solution (bs). to demonstrate our findings, we provide a numerical example (ne). keywords: linear programming (lp), trapezoidal fuzzy number (tfn), ranking function (rf), simplex method (sm). ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2017 article history: received 22 february 2022, accepted 10 may 2022, published in july 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-%205033-8753 file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 147 1. introduction many approaches exist to address mathematical issues in operation research, and these methods help reduce the complexity. lp is a powerful decision-making tool. this is commonly used in real-world problems using the applied operational research approach. the theory of fuzzy sets (fs) has been used in various fields, including industrial applications, systems theory, organizational theory, and mathematical modeling. ranking fuzzy numbers (rfn) is a critical decision-making method in a fuzzy environment. [1], the idea of a fuzzy set was originally introduced as a way of dealing with uncertainty caused by imprecision rather than randomness. [2] were the first to establish the concept of flp. in linguistic multi-criteria decision-making situations, fuzzy number ranking is extremely important. many researchers [3-8] applied different kinds of fuzzy linear programming problems with ranking functions. one of the important types of fuzzy numbers is trapezoidal fuzzy. it used many articles with different methods. [9] introduced the trapezoidal fuzzy number linear programming. [10], the ranking function methods were used to solve fuzzy fractional linear programming problems. [11], using symmetric trapezoidal fuzzy numbers to solve a type of flp problem has been presented. [12] used lpp with some multi-choice fuzzy parameters (fp). [13] suggested a new approach for solving the type-2-fuzzy transportation problem. [14] studied analytical preparations' level-dependent weighted average value of discrete trapezoidal fuzzy numbers. [15] presented a new method for determining the tolerance level and aspiration level based on zimmermans approach. in [16], a generalized model for fuzzy linear programs with tfn was discussed in this paper.the objective of this paper is to explain a novel rf for solving the fuzzy linear programming problems by simplex method by comparing it to other ranking functions. this paper is separated into (6) sections. section one contains the introduction. in section two, we recall the basic definitions. section three introduces trapezoidal fuzzy numbers (tfn). in section four, we concept rf. section five suggests the evolutionary maleki ranking function. in section six, the proposed case study, finally, the paper arrives at a conclusion. 2. basic definitions the background and foundations for fuzzy set theory are given in this section. definition 2.1 fuzzy set (fs) [17]: a membership function (mf) translating elements of a domain, space, or the universe of discourse 𝒰 to the unit interval [0,1] characterizes a fuzzy set, i.e. 𝐴 = {( 𝑀𝐴(𝑥); 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋)}. 𝑀𝐴(𝑥): 𝒰 → [0,1] is a mapping that represents x's degree of membership value (mv) of 𝑥 in 𝑋 in the fuzzy set 𝐴. definition 2.2 fuzzy number (fn) [18]: to be considered a fuzzy number (fn), a fuzzy set (fs) �̃� on r must have at least three properties: i. �̃� must be a standard fuzzy set (fs). ii. every ɕ ∈ [0, 1] must have a closed interval in �̃� . iii. the support of �̃� must be constrained. definition 2.3 linear programming problem (lpp) [19]: ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 148 a linear programming (lp) problem is defined as: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝓉 = ç 𝓍 subject to 𝚀 𝓍 ≤ 𝓎 𝓍 ≥ 0 where ç = (ç1, ç2,…,ç𝑛), 𝓎 = (𝓎1,𝓎2,…,𝓎𝑚) 𝑇 and 𝚀 = [𝓇𝑖𝑗]𝑚∗𝑛 . definition 2.4 fuzzy linear programming problem (flpp) [20]: the following is the description of a fuzzy number linear programming (flp) problem: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝒻 = �̃� ℴ subject to 𝒜 ℴ ≤ 𝓌 ℴ ≥ 0 where 𝓌 ∈ 𝒥𝑚 , ℴ ∈ 𝒥𝑛,𝒜 ∈ 𝒥𝑚∗𝑛, �̃� ∈ 𝐹(𝒥). 3. trapezoidal fuzzy numbers (tfn)[21]: a trapezoidal fuzzy number (tfn) is defined as: �̃� = (𝓆𝑙, 𝓆𝑢, α, β) which is said to be a tfn if its membership function (mf) is: 𝑀𝐴𝑋 = { 𝒿−(𝓆𝑙−𝛼) 𝛼 , 𝓆𝑙 − 𝛼 ≤ 𝒿 ≤ 𝓆𝑙 1 , 𝓆𝑙 ≤ 𝒿 ≤ 𝓆𝑢 (𝓆𝑢+𝛽)−𝒿 𝛽 , 𝓆𝑢 ≤ 𝒿 ≤ 𝓆𝑢 + 𝛽 0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 4. ranking function (rf)[22]: a ranking function (rf), where a natural order exists, is the function 𝒥: 𝐹(𝒥) → 𝒥 that maps each fuzzy number (fn) onto the real line (rl). if �̌�, ᶉ̌ ∈ 𝐹(𝒥) is real, then a) �̌� ≥ ᶉ̌ if and only if 𝒥(�̌� ) ≥ 𝒥( ᶉ̌); b) �̌� > ᶉ̌ if and only if 𝒥(�̌� ) > 𝒥( ᶉ̌); c) �̌� = ᶉ̌ if and only if 𝒥(�̌� ) = 𝒥( ᶉ̌); d) �̌� ≤ ᶉ̌ if and only if 𝒥(�̌� ) ≤ 𝒥( ᶉ̌). if a ranking function 𝑅 such that 𝒥(𝑘 �̌� + ᶉ̌) = 𝑘 𝒥(�̌� ) + 𝒥( ᶉ̌). ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 149 for any �̌�, ᶉ̌ ∈ 𝐹(𝒥), 𝑘 ∈ 𝒥 then 𝒥 is a linear ranking function (lrf) on 𝐹(𝒥). the maleki's ranking function (rf) suggestion for an lrf is as bellow [23]and [24]: 𝒥(�̃�) = 1 2 (𝓆𝑙 + 𝓆𝑢) + 1 4 (𝛽 − 𝛼 ) . 5. evolutionary maleki ranking function in this section, we propose a new ranking function that depends on the idea of the maleki's ranking function with a new weight ( 15 16 ) . assume �̃� = ( 𝓆𝑙, 𝓆𝑢,𝛼,𝛽 ) is a trapezoidal fuzzy number, and use the following formula to find the ranking function of �̃�. 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 .ǥ5 ∫ [𝑖𝑛𝑓 �̃�ǥ + 𝑠𝑢𝑝 �̃�ǥ] ǥ5 1 0 𝑑ǥ 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 .ǥ5 ∫ [ (𝓆𝑙 − 𝛼 ǥ ) 𝑑ǥ + (𝓆𝑢 + 𝛽 ǥ )𝑑ǥ] ǥ5 1 0 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 ∫ [ (𝓆𝑙ǥ5 − 𝛼 ǥ6 ) 𝑑𝛾 + (𝓆𝑢ǥ5 + 𝛽 ǥ6 )𝑑𝛾] ǥ5 1 0 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 [𝓆𝑙 ǥ6 6 − 𝛼 ǥ7 7 +𝓆𝑢 ǥ6 6 + 𝛽 ǥ7 7 ] ǥ6 6 | 0 1 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 [ 𝓆𝑙 1 6 − 𝛼 1 7 +𝓆𝑢 1 6 + 𝛽 1 7 ] 1 6 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 [ 1 6 ( 𝓆𝑙 +𝓆𝑢) + 1 7 (𝛽−𝛼) ] 1 6 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 [ ( 𝓆𝑙 + 𝓆𝑢) + 6 7 (𝛽 − 𝛼) ] 𝒥(�̃�) = 15 16 [𝓆𝑙 + 𝓆𝑢] + 90 112 [𝛽 − 𝛼 ] 6. case study to apply for trapezoidal fuzzy number in linear programming problem, we have data from monthly production of the yogurt section in the abo ghreeb factory in the general company for the food products for the problem below and expressing the types of yogurt product (yogurt, diet yogurt, shenena, and diet shenena). the objective function represents the types of yogurt products. 𝔍1: represent yogurt. 𝔍2 : represent diet yogurt. 𝔍3: represent shenena. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 150 𝔍4: represent diet shenena. the constraints represent the basic materials (milk powder, skim milk powder, salt, starter, and water). the following steps can be used to find the fuzzy optimal solution (fos) to the chosen flpp: step1. the practical lpp is: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝒮 = 69 𝔍1 + 15 𝔍2 + 463 𝔍3 + 11 𝔍4 subject to 160 𝔍1 + 70 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 + 70 𝔍4 ≤ 3600000 1000 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 ≤ 200000 15 𝔍3 + 15 𝔍4 ≤ 500 30 𝔍1 + 30 𝔍2 + 30 𝔍3 + 30 𝔍4 ≤ 18000 840 𝔍1 + 930 𝔍4 ≤ 15000 𝔍1 ,𝔍2 ,𝔍3 ,𝔍4 ≥ 0 step 2. now the problem is solved by the simplex method, and get the optimal solution (os) is as: 𝔍1 = 17.857 ,𝔍2 = 166.667 ,𝔍3 = 33.333 ,𝔍4 = 0 , 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑍 = 19.165480 step 3. in this problem, we take two cases in the following trapezoidal fuzzy number : case1: assuming α=β the fuzzy linear programming problem (flpp) may be written as: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝒮 = (65,73,4,4) 𝔍1 + (13,17,2,2) 𝔍2 + (460,466,3,3) 𝔍3 + (9,13,2,2)𝔍4 subject to 160 𝔍1 + 70 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 + 70 𝔍4 ≤ 3600000 1000 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 ≤ 200000 15 𝔍3 + 15 𝔍4 ≤ 500 𝟥0 𝔍1 + 𝟥0 𝔍2 + 𝟥0 𝔍3 + 𝟥0 𝔍4 ≤ 18000 840 𝔍1 + 930 𝔍4 ≤ 15000 𝔍1 ,𝔍2 ,𝔍3 ,𝔍4 ≥ 0 step 4. convert the problem of fuzzy linear programming (flp) to crisp the linear programming problem (clpp) by using maleki's ranking function (mrf) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 151 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝒮 = 69 𝔍1 + 15 𝔍2 + 463 𝔍3 + 11 𝔍4 subject to 160 𝔍1 + 70 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 + 70 𝔍4 ≤ 3600000 1000 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 ≤ 200000 15 𝔍3 + 15 𝔍4 ≤ 500 𝟥0 𝔍1 + 𝟥0 𝔍2 + 𝟥0 𝔍3 + 𝟥0 𝔍4 ≤ 18000 840 𝔍1 + 930 𝔍4 ≤ 15000 𝔍1 ,𝔍2 ,𝔍3 ,𝔍4 ≥ 0 step 5. now find the optimal solution (os) the in crisp linear programming problem (clpp) by using the simplex method (sm): 𝔍1 = 17.857 ,𝔍2 = 166.667 ,𝔍3 = 33.333 ,𝔍4 = 0 , 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑍 = 19.165480 step 6. to determine the optimal value (ov) of the above problem, we take transform tfn in the objective function (of) to lpp by the evolutionary maleki ranking function (mrf) 𝑀𝐴𝑋 𝒮 = 129.375 𝔍1 + 28.125 𝔍2 + 868.125 𝔍3 + 20.625 𝔍4 subject to 160 𝔍1 + 70 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 + 70 𝔍4 ≤ 3600000 1000 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 ≤ 200000 15 𝔍3 + 15 𝔍4 ≤ 500 𝟥0 𝔍1 + 𝟥0 𝔍2 + 𝟥0 𝔍3 + 𝟥0 𝔍4 ≤ 18000 840 𝔍1 + 930 𝔍4 ≤ 15000 𝔍1 ,𝔍2 ,𝔍3 ,𝔍4 ≥ 0 step 7. finally, the optimum solution (os) of the crisp linear programming problem (lpp) is obtained. thus, 𝔍1 = 17.857 ,𝔍2 = 166.667 ,𝔍3 = 33.333 ,𝔍4 = 0 , 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑍 = 35.935270. case2: assuming α≠β the flpp may be written as: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝒮 = (65,73,2,6) 𝔍1 + (13,17,1,3) 𝔍2 + (460,466,2,4) 𝔍3 + (9,13,1,3) 𝔍4 subject to 160 𝔍1 + 70 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 + 70 𝔍4 ≤ 3600000 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 152 1000 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 ≤ 200000 15 𝔍3 + 15 𝔍4 ≤ 500 𝟥0 𝔍1 + 𝟥0 𝔍2 + 𝟥0 𝔍3 + 𝟥0 𝔍4 ≤ 18000 840 𝔍1 + 930 𝔍4 ≤ 15000 𝔍1 ,𝔍2 ,𝔍3 ,𝔍4 ≥ 0 step 8. convert the problem of flp to a crisp linear programming problem (clpp) by using the maleki's ranking function (mrf) 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝒮 = 70 𝔍1 + 15.5 𝔍2 + 463.5 𝔍3 + 11.5 𝔍4 subject to 160 𝔍1 + 70 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 + 70 𝔍4 ≤ 3600000 1000 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 ≤ 200000 15 𝔍3 + 15 𝔍4 ≤ 500 𝟥0 𝔍1 + 𝟥0 𝔍2 + 𝟥0 𝔍3 + 𝟥0 𝔍4 ≤ 18000 840 𝔍1 + 930 𝔍4 ≤ 15000 𝔍1 ,𝔍2 ,𝔍3 ,𝔍4 ≥ 0 step 9. now find the os in clpp by using the simplex method (sm): 𝔍1 = 17.857 ,𝔍2 = 166.667 ,𝔍3 = 33.333 ,𝔍4 = 0 , 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑍 = 19.283330 step 10. to determine the optimal value of the above problem, we transform the trapezoidal fuzzy number in the objective function to lpp by the evolutionary maleki's ranking function (mrf) 𝑀𝐴𝑋 𝒮 = 132.589 𝔍1 + 29.732 𝔍2 + 869.732 𝔍3 + 22.232 𝔍4 subject to 160 𝔍1 + 70 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 + 70 𝔍4 ≤ 3600000 1000 𝔍2 + 1000 𝔍3 ≤ 200000 15 𝔍3 + 15 𝔍4 ≤ 500 𝟥0 𝔍1 + 𝟥0 𝔍2 + 𝟥0 𝔍3 + 𝟥0 𝔍4 ≤ 18000 840 𝔍1 + 930 𝔍4 ≤ 15000 𝔍1 ,𝔍2 ,𝔍3 ,𝔍4 ≥ 0 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 153 step 11. finally, the os of clpp is obtained. thus, 𝔍1 = 17.857 ,𝔍2 = 166.667 ,𝔍3 = 33.333 ,𝔍4 = 0 , 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑍 = 36.314060. 7. conclusion the simplex method is an important method for solving linear programming problems. this paper proposes an evolutionary ranking function for solving the flpp by sm. the proposed method may transform the flpp into its equivalent crisp linear fractional programming problems (clfpp). a practical problem was used to demonstrate the efficacy of our proposed strategy. reference 1. bellman, r e. ; zadeh, l a. decision making in a fuzzy environment, management science , 1970, 17, 141164. 2. tanaka, h. ; asai, k. fuzzy linear programming problems with fuzzy numbers, fuzzy sets and systems, 1984 , 13, 1-10. 3. dinagar, s. ;kamalanathan, s. solving fuzzy linear programming problem using new ranking procedures of fuzzy numbers, international journal of applications of fuzzy sets and artificial intelligence, 2017, 7, 281-292. 4. hassan, i.; saeed, n. h. solving fuzzy-parametric linear programming problems. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017, 26(1), 303-311. 5. mitlif r, j., ranking function application for optimal solution of fractional programming problem, al-qadisiyah journal of pure science, 2020, 25(1), 27-35. 6. hussein, i h. ; mitlif, r j. ranking function to solve a fuzzy multiple objective function, baghdad science journal, 2021,18, 1, 144-148. 7. mitlif, r j., an efficient algorithm for fuzzy linear fractional programming problems via ranking function, baghdad science journal, 2022, 19(1), 71-76. 8. kabiraj, a.; nayak, p k. , raha, s., solving intuitionistic fuzzy linear programming problem, international journal of intelligence science, 2019, 9, 44-58. 9. karyati, wutsqa, d u., insani, n., the trapezoidal fuzzy number linear programming, journal of innovative technology and education, 2016, 3(1), 123-130. 10. mitlif, r j., solving fuzzy fractional linear programming problems by ranking function methods, journal of college of education, 2016, 1, 93-108. 11. hatami, a. ; kazemipoor, h., fuzzy big-m method for solving fuzzy linear programs with trapezoidal fuzzy numbers, international journal of research in industrial engineering, 2013, 2(3),1-9. 12. pradhan, a. linear programming problems with some multi-choice fuzzy parameters, yugoslav journal of operations research, 2018, 28(2), 249–264. 13. maity, s.; roy, s k., a new approach for solving type-2-fuzzy transportation problem, international journal of mathematical, engineering and management sciences, 2019, 4(3), 683–696. 14. nasiboglu, r.; abdullayeva, r., analytical formulations for the level based weighted average value of discrete trapezoidal fuzzy numbers, international journal on soft computing, 2018, 9(2/3), 1-15. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 154 15. kalaf, b. a.; bakar, r. a.; soon, l. l,; monsi, m. b.; bakheet, a. j. k.,; abbas, i. t.. a modified fuzzy multi-objective linear programming to solve aggregate production planning. international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2015, 104(3), 339-352. 16. nasseri, s h.; zavieh, h. , mirmohseni s m , a generalized model for fuzzy linear programs with trapezoidal fuzzy numbers, journal of applied research on industrial engineering, 2017,4(1),24–38. 17. pathade, p a.; ambedkar, b., optimal solution of balanced and unbalanced fuzzy transportation problem by using octagonal fuzzy numbers, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2018, 119(4), 617-625. 18. narayanamoorthy, s. ; annapoorani, v., santhiya, m. , a method for solving fuzzy and intuitionistic fuzzy assignment problem using ones assignment method with fuzzy numbers, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2017, 117(14), 91-99. 19. pattnaik, m., applying robust ranking method in two-phase fuzzy optimization linear programming problems, scientific journal of logistics, 2014, 10(4), 399-408. 20. sudha, a.; revathy, m., a new ranking on hexagonal fuzzy numbers, international journal of fuzzy logic systems, 2016, 6(4), 1-8. 21. savitha, m t.; mary, g., new methods for ranking of trapezoidal fuzzy numbers, advances in fuzzy mathematics, 2017, 12(5),1159-1170. 22. zhong, y.; jia ,y., chen, d., yang, y., interior point method for solving fuzzy number linear programming problems using linear ranking function, journal of applied mathematics, 2013, 1-9. 23. karyati, wutsqa, d u.; insani, n., yager’s ranking method for solving the trapezoidal fuzzy number linear programming, international conference on mathematics, science and education, 2017, 1-7. 24. sudha, a s.; karpagamani, v., solving fully fuzzy linear programming problem using trapezoidal ranking function, journal of global research in mathematical archives. 2014, 2(6), 21-26. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 52 creative commons attribution 4.0 international licensethis work is licensed under a abstract the study is designed to evaluate the effect of the aqueous extract of the p. lanceolata plant, as well as to know the effect of the drug ccl4 on the formation of micronucleus in vivo 48 female albino mice. in the study mice were separated into eight groups treated intraperitoneally for seven day first group negative control, second positive control( ccl4 0.02%), third group aqueous extract (250 mg/kg), fourth group aqueous extract (500 mg/kg), fifth group (ccl4 0.02%) plus aqueous extract (250 mg/kg), sixth group (ccl4 0.02%) plus aqueous extract (500 mg/kg), seventh group aqueous extract (250 mg/kg) plus (ccl4 0.02%), and eighth group aqueous extract (500 mg/kg) plus (ccl4 0.02%). the genetic-cellular aspect involved measuring the coefficient of micronucleus formation in bone marrow cells in mice treated with ccl4 and plant aqueous extract. the results showed that the treatment of mice with the drug led to a rise in the coefficient of micronucleus formation compared to the negative control group. in addition, it showed the plant's ability to reduce the drug ccl4 effect in the totals of overlaps between the plant extract and the drug at the concentrations used for the plant 250 and 500 μg/ml and reduce the formation of micronucleus. the cellular toxicity of the plant’s aqueous extract on the liver cancer cell line was assessed in hepg2 (liver cancer cell line) and the wrl68 (hepatic human cell line) using concentrations (25, 50, 100, 200, and 400 μg /ml) from the plant’s aqueous extract on the hepg2 liver cancer cell line. the results showed a decrease in cell viability depending on aqueous extract concentration. the vitality of cancer cells decreased with the increase in concentration; the viability of the aqueous extract of the plant on cancer cells reached the minimum at concentration 400 μg/ml 45.34±4.44, while it reached the maximum when concentration 25 μg/ml 84.53±2.41. keywords: plantago lanceolata, ccl4,micronucleous , hepg2 cell line. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2953 article history: received 25 july 2022, accepted 31 august 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq anti-tumor activity of plantago lanceolata aqueous extract in vitro and genotoxicity by micronucleus assay in vivo eman ali hussein al-mosawie department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibnalhaitham) university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. eman.ali1202a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq worood kamil shalash al-maliky department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibnalhaitham) university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. worood_almaliky@yahoo.com mailto:eman.ali1202a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:worood_almaliky@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 53 1.introduction plantago lanceolata is a perennial plant that is extensively distributed. plantago lanceolata is used to treat several malignant conditions and to enhance the immune, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive systems. [1,2]. numerous active chemicals in the plant, such as flavonoids, which stop the oxidation of low-density lipoprotein and eliminate free radicals, give the plant its medicinal potential [3]. flavonoids that are anti-oxidant and anti-mutagenic are present in plants [4]. use test for micronucleus: it is one procedure used to investigate mammals' in vivo genetic toxicity as one of the most effective tests to analyze the induction of chromosomal abnormalities, one of the most significant causes of mutations, and assess the hazards of substances [5]. numerous chemical, physical, and biological agents can kill cells, but a class of agents known as genetic toxins cans also damage genetic material without killing cells. these agents are not necessarily toxic to cells. environmental pollutants expose modern humans to a variety of genotoxic substances. to determine this exposure, genotoxicity tests are used, the most significant and wellknown of which are micronuclei tests performed on organisms both inside and outside their bodies [6]. 2.materials and methods plantago lanceolata gathering and identification plant sample collection the dried leaves of plantago lanceolata were obtained from the local market in baghdad / herb al-razi in august of 2021 and the plant classifies by the college of pharmacy, al-mustansiriya university, and baghdad. preparation of plant aqueous extract after drying, the plant leaves were chopped, and 150 grams of them were extracted for four hours in 250 ml of distilled water using the soxhlet equipment. a water bath provided heating at 45°c. the leaf extract solution was put in plates and incubated in the oven at 37°c to prepare plant extract powder. the powder was added to create the necessary concentration for the laboratory mice [7]. dose of plant aqueous extract two doses of plant extract were given based on lc50 (half lethal concentration) to the plant, to albino female mice, the first dose being 250 mg/kg and the second increased to 500 mg\kg.lc50 of plantago lanceolata 2,940 mg/kg[8]. dose of drug carbon tetrachloride (ccl4) the drug tetrachloride carbon ccl4 was used by thomas baker / india at 0.02 ml and olive oil was added at 99.98 [9]. laboratory animals this study utilized female white mice (mus musuls) from the biotechnology research center alnahrain university. they ranged from 8-12 weeks and weighed 23-27 grams. they were placed in dedicated cages, each set in a cage. each cage contained six female white rats while providing similar conditions for all groups of water, food (standard pellets ), temperature, and lighting. scheme of experiment ihjpas. 36(1)2023 54 forty eight mice were divided into 8 groups. the first group was a negative that received treatment with distal water, and the second group was received one dosage of the medication ccl4 intraperitoneally (i. p.) daily for seven days. for a week, third and fourth groups received 250 mg/kg and 500 mg/kg of plant extract, respectively. on the first day, ccl4 was administered to groups fifth and sixth, and over the next six days, post treatment consisted of 250 mg/kg and 500 mg/kg of plant extract. groups seven and eight received ccl4 (i. p.) for the last day after receiving plant extract treatments of 250 mg/kg and 500 mg/kg i. p. for six days. 0.1 ml of the dosage was administered i. p. to the groups. micronucleus formation assay in vivo to valuation of micronucleus formation, the method of [10] depended on the following steps: the mice were sacrificed and then dissected to obtain the femur. then cutting, both ends of the bone were gripped from the middle with forceps in a vertical position over the edge of a test tube. then the cellular content was collected with heat-inactivated human ab plasma 2 ml using a disposable insulin syringe. 1. after gentle mixing, the test tube was centrifuged (1000 rpm) for 10 minutes, and the supernatant was discarded. the cellular deposit was gently mixed; a thin smear was made on a clean slide, and air-dried at room temperature. 2. the smear was fixed with absolute methanol for 5 minutes, air-dried at room temperature, stained with giemsa stain for 15 minutes, and rinsed with distilled water. the slides were examined under an oil immersion lens (100x), and at least 1000 polychromatic erythrocytes (pce) were examined for the presence of micronucleus formation. the micronucleus index was obtained using the subsequent equation: 100 x pce ofcount total imicronucle ofnumber eus/cell)(micronuclindex usmicronucle        cytotoxicity mtt assay in vitro this study used the liver cancer cell line hepg2 obtained from the university of malaya / college of medicine / department of pharmacology / center for investigation of new therapies in malaysia. a-the kit contents • the mtt (3-(4, 5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide ) solution: vials 10 x 1ml. • the solubilization solution: 50 ml × 2 bottle. b. assay procedure the procedure consists of the following steps [11]. • cells were planted at a density (1×104 to 1 x 106 cell/ml) 100 microliters of hepg2 cells were added to 96 pits in the microliter plate with repetition of each concentration as well as control. • covered the plate and incubated at 37°c for 4-2 hours with 5% c02 after which the culture medium (rpmi-1640) roswell park memorial institute was discarded. • one hundred μl of plantago lanceolata aqueous extract (25, 50,100,200, and 400 μg/ml) were added to each treated pit well in the plate for 48 hours at 37°c. three duplicates for all concentrations were prepared. after the treatment with compounds, ten microliters of mtt solution and incubate for 4 hours at 37 °c. one hundred microliters of solubilization solution per hole for 5 minutes. the results were read using the eliza reader (asys/austria) to check the absorption at a wavelength of 575 nanometers. percentage growth inhibition (gi) for each concentration of the extract was calculated by the subsequent equation method: viability (%)=(optical density of sample / optical density of control) x100 statistical analysis ihjpas. 36(1)2023 55 one mode examination of variance anova (duncan) was made to test statistical significance was defined as (p≤ 0.05). data were expressed as mean± standard error, and statistical significances were carried out using graph pad prism version 6 (graph pad software inc., la jolla). 3.results and discussion 1-micronucleus assay in vivo the results showed that the rate of micronucleus in the negative control group was 0.011±0.001 mn/cell, while the positive control group treated with ccl4 increased significantly (p ≤ 0.05) 0.062±0.008 mn/cell. while in groups treated with p. lanceolata aqueous extract 250 and 500 mg/kg the rate of micronuclei was 0.016±0.001 and 0.015±0.005, respectively where the difference was non-significant compared to a negative control. the two groups treated on the first day with ccl4 and the remaining six days with plant aqueous extract 250 and 500 mg/kg were 0.025±0.004 and 0.020±0.001 respectively. the two groups were treated in the first six days with 250 and 500 mg/kg plant extract, and the seventh day with ccl4 was 0.030±0.001 and 0.027±0.004, respectively. this indicated that the plant has a protective effect as the proportion of micronuclei formation was significantly reduced (p ≤ 0.05) when compared to the positive control group, as shown in table( 1-1) and figure(1-1). table (1-1): the effect of p. lanceolata aqueous extract the formation of micronucleus in albino mice treatment with ccl4 group concentration micronucleus count (mean ±sd) 0.011± 0.015d negative control 0.062±0.008a 0.02 % positive control 0.016±0.001 cd 250 mg/kg p. lanceolata extract 0.015±0.005cd 500 mg/kg p. lanceolata extract 0.025±0.004 bc 250mg/kg+0.02 p. lanceolata +ccl4 0.020±0.001 c 500mg/kg+0.02 p. lanceolata + ccl4 0.027±0.004bc 250mg/kg+0.02 ccl4+ p. lanceolata 0.030±0.001b 500mg/kg+0.02 ccl4+ p. lanceolata different letters: marked variation (p ≤ 0.05) among means figure (1-1): two bone marrow cells of mice treated with ccl4 show the formation of micronucleus using giemsa stain magnification force (x100). micronucleus testing is a reliable application to many cells, such as red and white blood cells and epithelial cells. it is essential for assessing dna damage and defects during cell division [12]. a study proved that the sagittarius plant is rich in flavonoids, with an estimated ratio of ihjpas. 36(1)2023 56 66.9 μg/ml[13]. the plant has an apparent effect on the decrease in the rate of micronucleus formation in the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth mice groups. interactions between aqueous extract and ccl4 drug compared with the positive control group as shown in table 1-1. significant differences and different letters indicate significant differences between groups of mice. 2-cytotoxicity mtt assay cytotoxicity screening was used to assess the toxic effects of the aqueous extract p. lanceolata in the cell line of liver cancer hepg2. cell viability and cancer cell inhibition ratio were estimated by the mtt assay using different concentrations of the plant’s aqueous extract ranging from 25-400 μg/ml. as for the effect of the plant's aqueous extract on the hepg2 liver cancer cell line, the results showed a decrease in cell viability depending on concentration. the vitality of cancer cells has declined as concentration has increased. the viability of the aqueous extract on cancer cells reached a minimum concentration of 400 μg/ml 45.34±4.44, while it reached the maximum concentration of 25 μg/ml 84.53±2.41 as shown in table (2-1). the inhibition efficacy of the plant's aqueous extract on the natural human cell line wrl68 withlc50 was 129.7 μg/ml. the inhibition efficacy of the liver cancer cell line hepg2 was compared with lc50 of 105.0 μg/ml (figure 2-1). table (2-1) :the cytotoxicity effect of p. lanceolata aqueous extract in the hepg2 and wrl68 cell lines viable cell count wrl68 mean ±sd viable cell count of hepg2 mean ±sd concentration mg/ml 64.30±1.79 d 45.34±4.44 e 400 72.49±1.54 c 53.08±1.91 d 200 82.48±0.55 b 65.98±6.04 c 100 93.52±0.53 a 75.54±3.13 b 50 95.02±0.72 a 84.53±2.41 a 25 different letters: marked variation (p ≤ 0.05) among means figure 2-1: the effect p .lanceolata aqueous extract in the hepg2 and wrl68 cell lines hepg2 is a common liver cancer cell line used in many studies to examine the cytotoxicity of substances in the liver [14]. p. lanceolata has a toxic effect on the hepg2 cell line in higher doses than in low doses. through the results, the high dose was more toxic to cancer cells. this is ihjpas. 36(1)2023 57 consistent with a study [15] that showed that the inhibition of cancer cells in plant extracts depends on the dose. a study has proven that the plant p. lanceolata is anticancer by possessing antioxidant properties and has a toxic effect on genes in all concentrations in hepg2 cells[16]. plant toxicity to cancer cells is attributed to its high content of many anticancer compounds, such as glycosides and flavonoid compounds, the most important of which are rutin, myrictin, quarcetin, and kaempferol [17]. 4.conclusion plantago lanceolata modulates the mutagenic effect of the ccl4 drug through the reduced formation of a micronucleus. it has toxic activity on the cell line hepg2(liver cancer cell line). references 1.tutel, b.; kandemir ,i.; kufi ,s.; kence, a. classification of turkish plantago l. species using numerical taxonomy, turk j bot. 2005, 29, 51-61. 2.kurt, b .;bilge, n.; sozmen, m.,; adyin, u.; ö nyay, t.; ozaydin ,i. effects of plantago lanceolata l. extract on full-thickness excisional wound healing in a mouse model, biotech histochem. 2018,93(4),249-257. 3.ji, x.; hou ,c.and guo, x. physicochemical properties, structures, bioactivities and future prospective for polysaccharides from plantago l. (plantaginaceae): a review. int j biol macromolecules.2019,135, 637-646. 4.harborne, j.b.and williams, c.a. advances in flavonoid research since 1992, phytochemistry., 2000,55(6), 481-504, 5.bearai,n.; lesjak m.m.;orcicd.z.;siminn.d.;simind.c.;bozinb.n.; mimica-dukic, n. m. comparative analysis of phenolic profile, antioxidant anti inflammatory and cytotoxic activity of two closely-related plantain species: plantago altissima l. and plantago l.l, food sci technol., 2012, 47, 64-70. 6.de stefano, a.; caporali, s.; di, daniele n.; rovella, v.; cardillo ,c. anti inflammatory and proliferative properties of luteolin-7-oglucoside, int. j. mol. sci.2021, 22,(3), 1321. 7.sabhi, m.; mansouri, s.h.; ramezanian m. gholam -hoseinian a9screening of plant from southeast of iran antimicrobial activity. int j. crud drug res.1987,25,(2),72-76, 8.al-obaidi, z. f., and okhti, z. a. histological effect of plantago lanceolata on different mice organs. research journal of pharm. technol.2022,15(7), 3241-3244. 9.fua,w.;chena,j.;caia,y;leia,y.;chenb,l.;peic,l.; zhoua, d;lianga, x.; ruana, j. antioxidant, free radical scavenging, anti-inflammatory and hepatoprotective potential of the extract from parathelypteris nipponica franch. and sav. ching. j. ethno.pharm.2010,130,521-528. 10.schmid,a. w. the cell micronucleus test for cytogenes analysis in: hollaender, a. ed. chemical mutagens principles and methods for their detection. volume four. plenum press, new york and london.1979, 31-53. 11.rashid, h. ; umamaheswari, g. evaluation of the cytotoxic effect of ginger extract against prostate cancer model using in vitro study. world journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical science, 2017,12,10441053. 12.zehra, s. a. f. i. micronucleus scoring: an available approach in the evaluation of genomic damage in exfoliative cervicovaginal cells. anal. cytol. pathol.2022,5,1, 64-67. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 58 13.sanna, f.; piluzza, g.; campesi, g.; molinu, m. g.; re, g. a.; and sulas, l. antioxidant contents in a mediterranean population of plantago lanceolata l. exploited for quarry reclamation interventions. plants, basel, switzerland.2022,11,6,791. 14. arzumanian, v. a., kiseleva, o. i., poverennaya, e. v. the curious case of the hepg2 cell line: 40 years of expertise. inter. j. of mol. sci. 2021, 22(23),13135. 15.dastan, t.; daştan, s.; cetinkaya, d. atessahin, t. karan.evaluation of in vitro anticancer effect of plantago major l. and p. lanceolata l. leaf extracts from sivas,” cumhuriyet universitesi saglık bilimleri enstitusu dergisi, 2016, 1, 1, 7–14. 16.merve, s. ; sengul ,y. the genoprotective effects of plantago lanceolata extract and luteolin7-b-d-glycoside on lymphocyte and hepg-2 cells. (ijmpnp), 2022, 8,2, 1-8. 17.alsaraf, k. m.; mohammad, m. h.; al-shammari, a. m.; abbas, i. s. selective cytotoxic effect of plantago lanceolata l. against breast cancer cells. j. egypt. natl. canc. inst.2019,31,1,1-7. anti-tumor activity of plantago lanceolata aqueous extract in vitro and genotoxicity by micronucleus assay in vivo تنقية حامض الالجينك من عزلة محلية لبكتريا azotobacter vinelandii ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 purification of algnic acid by local isolate of azotobacter vinelandii j.i.mahdi,m.r.ali, h.m.hamza* foundation of technical education , technical medical instute almansour *univarsity of arbil abstarct the bacteria azotobacter vinelandii was taken from a central research in baghdad, the purification of alginic acid which produced from the bacteria by several steps starting with precipitation with isopropanol (3:1) v/v , washing by ppt with 100ml of isopropanol : distilled water (3:1) v/v , then the ppt was dissolved in warm distilled water and dialysis against distilled water from 24 h/s . to complete the purification , gel filtration chromatography was conducted on sephacryl s-100 column followed by ion – exchange chromatography . using deae cellulose column . the molecular weight of purified al ginic acid was higher than that of blue dextran 2000,it was more than (2) millions dalton . 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية تنقية حامض االلجينك من عزلة محلية لبكتريا azotobacter vinelandii *، محمد رفيق علي، حيدر موسى حمزةجندي علك مهدي المعهد الطبي التقني المنصور،هيئة التعليم التقني جامعة أربيل* لخالصها ثم تمت تنقية azotobacter vinelandiiأخذت عزلة محلية من أحد المراكز البحثية والمشخصة على أنها حامض االلجنيك المنتج منها بعدة خطوات تضمنت الترسيب بالكحول االيزوبروبيلي بحجم يعادل ثالثة أضعاف حجم ول : ماء ( ثم أذابة الراسب بالماء المقطر زوبروبان)اي 3:1من خليط مللتر 311وغسل الراسب بحجم 3:1المستخلص ساعة . 42مدة لمقطر الدافئ والديلزة حيال الماء ا ، وكان حامض االلجينك ذا deae-cellulase استكملت التنقية بكروماتوغرافيا التبادل االيوني بوساطة عمود . 4111االزرق دالتون ، عند مقارنته بالدكستران 401110111وزن جزيئي أكبر من المقدمة تعد خطوة التنقية واحدة من الخطوات المهمة واالساسية في أنتاج المواد الحيوية ، وفي حالة السكريات المتعددة ة لهذه المركبات هي يات الفصل ، ولكن المشكلة الرئيسطرائق النبذ بعمل تقل فيها مشاكل العزل اذ استعملتالخارجية التي . (1)التي تعيق أزاحة الخاليا اللزوجة العالية لتنقية السكريات المتعددة كأعمدة ion-exchange chromatographyأن أستخدام كروماتوغرافيا التبادل األيوني deae-cellulose وأن أستخدام الكروماتوغرافيا يقود في كثير من الحاالت الى ،صاص هذه السكرياتتميعمل على أ ذ وجد أن في السالسل ، اdeae-cellulaseرتبطة مع السكريات المتعددة عند أستخدام عمود فصل الكثير من المواد الم الوزن الجزيئي الواطئ أقل من المواد ذي( يكون أرتباط المواد ذات الوزن linearالمتماثلة ذات التركيب الخيطي ) . (2)الجزيئي العالي ،اذ أن (3)الصناعات الغذائية والصيدالنية مثل : متعددةولألهمية العالية لحامض االلجنيك ودخوله في صناعات ( stabilising) ا"( ، مثبتthickening) ا"( ، مثخنgelling agent) ا"يستخدم مجلتن دة اذت صناعية عديله أستعماال هو حماية طبي مهم لحديثة أن لحامض االلجنيك أستعمال، ولوحظ بالدراسات ا (4)للماء في مجاالت مختلفة ا"أو حاجز . وكذلك (5)محتويات المعدة من االلتهابات وسوء الهضم والعمل على أيقاف النزف من خالل مركبات الجينات الكالسيوم . (6)يستخدم في حشوات األسنان .ولهذا البولمر أهمية في فصل وأستخالص (8)ومعالجة المياه وبتقييد األنزيمات ايضا" في أفالم التصوير يستعمل . (8)( ion-exchange)أيوني "ه كمبادالمن األيونات الفلزية عند أستعمال دالعدي 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المواد وطرائق العمل الترسيب بالكحول االيزوبروبيلي بأضافة الكحول بحجم يعادل ثالثة (jarman …etal)(9)رسب حامض االلجنيك حسب الطريقة الموصوفة من ، غسل الراسب whtman no.1دقائق بورق ترشيح 31أضعاف حجم العينة مع الرج الشديد ثم الترشيح بعد مرور ساعة 42م لمدة 42نموذج بفرن حراري وبروبانول وجفف االر ( ماء : اي1:3مللتر من خليط ) 311 بمحلول الديلزة – ( مع التحريك المستمر ثم أجريت عملية الديلزة حيال ºم22مللتر ماء مقطر دافئ ) 41 غرام( في 2أذيب الراسب ) وحفظ لحين ( lyophilizer)ثم سحب الرائق بجهاز ºم6 – 2ساعة وبدرجة 42الماء المقطر بعدة تبديالت خالل . (10)األستخدام gel filtration chromatographyكروماتوغرافيا الترشيح الهالمي – 11 بسرعة جريان سم وتمت موازنته بمحلول الخالت الداري 404x 66تم تهئية عمود الترشيح الهالمي بأبعاد 401110111 بوزن جزيئي blue dextrant 2000قياسيتان هما الدكستران األزرق ناتعين تمللتر/ساعة ثم أضيف كاًل على t-70 مللتر من الدكستران االزرق والدكستران 1ضافة لتون بأدا 610111بوزن جزيئي t-70 دكستراندالتون وال مللتر/ساعة . 11 حده لسطح الهالم بهدوء بشكل متجانس وشطف بالمحلول الدارئ بسرعة جريان نانوميتر ، أما 611وجي جمع المحلول النافذ أسفل العمود وقرأ األمتصاص بجهاز المطياف الضوئي على طول م نانوميتر . 291فقرأ األمتصاص له على طول موجي t-70 الدكستران مللتر وعينة حامض 2ملغرام/مللتر وبحجم 2بواقع bdhعينة من حامض االلجنيك القياسي شركة تأضيف نانوميتر ثم رسم 291راءة األمتصاص الضوئي ق.تمت متابعة األجزاء النافذة ب نفسيهما التركيز والحجمب المحلية االلجنيك حني األمتصاص الضوئي .من ion-exchange chromatographyكروماتوغرافيا التبادل األيوني – ة :المحاليل المستعمل . 602موالري وبرقم هيدروجيني 10112محلول الفوسفات الدارئ بتركيز –أ ء المقطر وعدل مللتر من الما 01 مللتر من حامض الخليك الى 1026محلول االسترداد والمحضر بأضافة –ب مللتر بالماء المقطر . 311 الرقم الهيدروجيني وأكمل الحجم الى موالري . 103محلول حامض الهيدروكلوريك -جـ محلول فوسفات الصوديوم أحادية الهيدروجين . –د موالري هيدروكسيد الصوديوم . 1042-موالري كلوريد الصوديوم 1042محلول -هـ والري حامض الهيدروكلوريك .م 1042محلول –و تهيئة العمود ثم علق بالماء المقطر بأسطوانة ،(wbitaker)(11)ونشط حسب طريقة deae celluloseغرام من 21وزن موالري هيدروكسيد الصوديوم بواقع 1042 –موالري كلوريد الصوديوم 1042ثم علق بمحلول ،مللتر 211مدرجة بحجم ،ثم غسل مرتين بالماء المقطر ،ثم رشح تحت التفريغ على ورق ترشيح ،م من مسحوق المبادلغرا 421مللتر لكل 211 موالري حامض الهيدروكلوريك ثم غسل بعدها أكثر من مرة بالماء المقطر ثم علق بمحلول 1042ثم غسل بمحلول 103ك بمحلول حامض الهيدروكلوري 601عدل الرقم الهيدروجيني المطلوب والفوسفات الدارئ 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية ( بوساطة مضخة تفريغ degassingموالري وعلق بداري الموازنة وأجريت له عملية أزالة الفقاعات الهوائية ) ازنة )محلول األسترداد( وبسرعة ثم غسل بدارئ المو ،سم 3x42ثم عبئ العمود بأبعاد ،(vaccum pump) مختبرية مللتر/ساعة . 11جريان أضافة النماذج واألسترداد 31ملغرام/مللتر وبحجم 2بعد أذابتها بدارئ الموازنة بتركيز bdhأضيفت عينة حامض االلجنيك القياسي شركة مللتر لكل جزء . 6اقع مللتر الى سطح المبادل بوساطة ماصة وبهدوء ثم جمعت األجزاء المتدفقة من العمود بو .نانوميتر 291النماذج بطول موجي ( وفحصتelutionجرت عملية األسترداد ) ثم رسم منحني األمتصاص نفسها وتحت الظروف نفسيهما أضيفت عينة حامض االلجنيك المدروسة التركيز والحجم نانوميتر . 291الضوئي عند طول موجي النتائج والمناقشة gel filtration كروماتوغرافيا الترشيح الهالمي ث تنقية حامض االلجنيك باستعمالبحتضمن ال chromatography وكروماتوغرافيا التبادل األيوني ion-exchange chromatography وكانت أولى خطوات ، عطاء صورة تقريبية عن الوزن ( حيال الماء المقطر ألكمال التنقية وأdialysisالتخلص من الجزئيات الصغيرة هي الديلزة ) بالمقارنة مع مركبات معروفة الوزن الجزيئي azotobacter vinelandii الجزيئي لحامض االلجنيك المنتج من بكتريا بينت sephacryl-s-1000بوساطة كروماتوغرافيا الترشيح الهالمي ، ثم أمرار عينة حامض االلجنيك من خالل عمود 401110111والذي يبلغ 4111االزرق جزيئي للدكسترانبر الوزن الجزيئي له بالمقارنة مع الوزن ال( ك3النتائج بالشكل ) ظهرت القمة لحامض نانوميتر ف 231عند t-70 مللتر أما الدكستران 402أسترداد حيث ظهرت القمة عند حجمدالتون .مللتر 424االلجنيك عند حجم أسترداد cohen and)(12)دالتون وقد أشار 401110111زن الجزيئي أكبر من ( الى أن الو 4شكل رقم )يشير johnstone) الى أن الوزن الجزيئي لحامض االلجنيك المنتج من بكترياazotobacler -vinelandii أكبر من قياسي أكبر من الوزن الجزيئي ( نجد أن الوزن الجزيئي لحامض االلجنيك ال4دالتون وعند مالحظة شكل ) 4110111 مللتر . 411بلغ حجم األسترداد له اذ نموذج البكتري لال azotobacler -vinelandiiأن حامض االلجنيك النتج من بكتريا (penman and sanderson)(13)لقد بين لمنتجة من الطحالب ، ( مقارنة مع االلجنيات اhomopoly mericيحتوي على نسبة متغيرة من التتابعات المتجانسة ) (14)يك أكبر من حامض الكوليرونيك مقارنة مع االلجنيات الطحلبية ات تكون فيها نسبة حامض المانيرونكما أن االلجني . بسبب صفاته المتميزة من أبرزها القدرة على فصل االوزان الجزيئية العالية 3111-لقد أستخدم هالم سيفاكريل أس . (15)ن( دالتو x 31 41أعلى من ) deae خطوة أضافية أخرى لتنقية حامض االلجنيك بوساطة عمودكروماتوغرافيا التبادل األيوني تأستعمل cellulose ( ، بينت 1قمم عند األسترداد بمحاليل متدرجة من الرقم الهيدروجيني شكل ) وأظهرت النتائج أنفصال أربع ت القياسية وااللجينات المنتجة من هذا البحث ولقد كانت أعلى قمة عند نموذج االلجيناالنتائج أنفصال القمم األربعة ال بالنسبة 1029األمتصاص الضوئي نموذجين ، إذ بلغت قيمة لال 103محلول األسترداد المكون من حامض الهيدروكلوريك خرى نجد أننموذج البكتري ، وعند مقارنة قيم األمتصاص الضوئي للقمم األلال 1062وذج القياسي و ملنالى ا 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية وبلغت قيمة 1024كان 201وعند رقم هيدروجيني ،1021كان 101عند محلول أسترداد ذو رقم هيدروجيني د تعزى هذه النتيجة الى تفاوت ق 201رقم هيدروجيني يمحلول أسترداد ذ عند أستعمال 10162ألمتصاص الضوئي ا المناطق المتبادلة كثافة الشحن الموجودة في تركيب االلجينات من ناحية حامضي المانيرونيك والكوليرونيك ونسبة (alternating regions قد يفسر سبب أنفصال أكثر من قمة وسبب تفاوت الشحنة السالبة بينهما ، فنجد أن محلولي ) تركيز قليل بمالحظة قيم وأن القيم المنفصلة ذ 201و 201 هو الرقم الهيدروجيني ا( ذ103دارئ األسترداد )الخالت ال نموذج البكتيري ، وقد تعزى هذه النتيجة لال 10324و 10146للنموذج القياسي و 1024و 10162األمتصاص الضوئي تنفصل ذا المحتوى الواطئ واألضعف ،اذالمنتجةالى التفاوت في محتوى مجاميع الكاربوكسيل للسالسل المكونة لاللجنيات في حين كانت ذا المحتوى األعلى من الكاربوكسيل األقوى في ،في كثافة شحنتها من العمود في محاليل األسترداد هذه عباري حامض الهايدروكلوريك . 103لذا كانت هي األخيرة في األسترداد عند محلول ،كثافة الشحنة واألقوى أرتباطاً أرقام هيدروجينية متدرجة في مثل هذا البحث لم تطبق سابقًا فأغلب الدراسات ن أستعمال محاليل أسترداد ذيأ ناد الى تفرة أستخدمت أعمدة التبادل األيوني لفصل نواتج التحلل المائي الحامضي لاللجنيات مما ال يسمح باألساالمتو نية وظروفها .هذه التق للفارق الكبير بين أهداف أستعمال نتائجها المصادر 1 – cerning , j. (1990) ,microbio.revi., 87:113-130. 2 – lourent , t.c.(1961). arch . biochem . biophys ., 92: 224-230. 3 – whistler, r.l. and beriller, j.(1973) industrial gums” 2 nd .ed.acadmic press,new york 4 – morris,v.j. (1987).new and modified polysaccharides” . food biotechnology 1 elsevier applied science . london pp.193-249 5 – colwell, r.r.(1985),marine polysaccharides for pharmaceuticsl” and micoobiological application . in biotechnology of marine polysaccharides , washinglon . new york , london . pp. 364-376 . 6 – tyler , v.e. brady,l.r. and robbers , g.e. (1988) “pharmacognosy” 9 th edition . lca and febiger philadelphia 7 – rosevear ,a., (1988)”immobilized plant cell” . food biothechnology” . elsevier applied science pp.83-117, 8 – kakino, k.; mizuno, h.; saito t.( 1980),effect of m/g ratio on sdution properties of alginic acid” . reports on progress in polymer physics in japan vol xxxiv 9 – jarman , t.r.; deavin,l. ; slocombea, s. and righetto, r.c. (1978). effect of. j.of gen . microblo . v.107 : 59-64 10anderson , a.j.,a.j.hacking and e.a.dawes ., (1987). “alternative pathwags for biosynthesis of alginate from fructose and glucose in pseudomonas mendocina and azotobacter vinelandii “ j.gene . microbio 133:1045-1052 . 11 – wbitaker , j.r. (1985). “principle of enzymology for the food science” marcel dekker, inc new york 12 – cohen, g.h. and johnstone ,d.b. (1964). j.bacteriolo . 88 :29-338 . 13 – penman , a. and sanderson ,g.r. (1972). carbohyd . res ,25 :273-282 . 14 – haug , a. and larsen , b.(1971) . carbohyd . res . 17: 297-308 . 15 – pharmacia , fine chemicals .(1987) sephacryl s-400, s-500, s-1000 super fine for the separation of very large molecule and small paiticles . 2002( 2) 22المجلد ثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية مجلة ابن الهي ( سم تمت موازنته x 67 0.0) 1222-في عمود سيفاكريل أس 0222( الترشيح الهالمي للدكستران األزرق 1):شكل 5مللتر/ساعة )حجم الجزء 02بسرعة جريان 7.2وجيني موالري( ذي الرقم الهيدر 0.2بمحلول الخالت الدارئ ) مللتر( . 0.06 0.05 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.03 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ي ج و م ل و ط ى عل ي وئ ض ال ص صا مت أل ا 0 6 6 ر يت وم ان ن الجزءرقم 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية مض األلجنيك المنتج من ( وحا .) ( وحامض األلجنيك القياسي )t-70( الترشيح الهالمي للدكستران 2):شكل ( سم تمت x 67 0.0) 1111-) ( في عمود سيفاكريل أس a.vinelanndii( لبكتريا 1العزلة المحلية ) مللتر/ساعة )حجم 02بسرعة جريان 7.2موالري( ذي الرقم الهيدروجيني 0.2موازنته بمحلول الخالت الدارئ ) مللتر( 5الجزء . . . . . 0.06 0.05 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.03 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ي ج و م ل و ط ى عل ي وئ ض ال ص صا مت أل ا 0 9 6 ر يت وم ان ن رقم الجزء 2002( 2) 22المجلد هيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية مجلة ابن ال في .vinelandii a( التبادل األيوني لأللجينات القياسية واأللجينات المنتجة من العزلة المحلية لبكتريا 3):شكل موالري( ذي الرقم 1012موازنته بمحلول الفوسفات الدارئ ) ( سم تمت1x22، ) deae-cellulose عمود مللتر( 2مللتر/ساعة )حجم الجزء 31. سرعة الجريان 001الهيدروجيني . . . . . . . . . . محلول األسترداد ph5 0.00 1 0.2 0.4 0.8 0.6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 . . . . . . ستردادمحلول األ ph4 محلول األسترداد ph3 محلول األسترداد ph0.1n الرقم الهيدروجيني األلجينات القياسية األلجينات المنتجة من العزلة ي ج و م ل و ط ى عل ي وئ ض ال ص صا مت أل ا 0 9 6 ر يت وم ان ن رقم الجزء ي ين ج و ر يد له ا قم ر ال ي ائ نه ال microsoft word 26-32 physics | 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2024 vol. 31 (3) 2018 synthesis and study the structural and electrical and mechanical properties of high temperature superconductor tl0.5pb0.5ba2can-1cunxnixo2n+3-δ substituted with nickel oxide for n=3 laheeb a. mohammed kareem a. jasim department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq laheebfrahmed@yahoo.com article history: received 21 may 2018, accepted 4 september 2018, published december 2018 abstract the effect of nickel oxide substitution on the pure phases superconductor tl0.5pb0.5ba2can1cun-xnixo2n+3-δ (n=3) where x = (0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8 and 1.0) is studied in this research. the specimens in this work were prepared with used procedure of solid state reaction with sintering temperature 8500c for 24 h. we used technical (4-prob) to calculated and the critical temperature tc . the results of the xrd diffraction analysis showed that the structure for pure and doped phases was tetragonal with phases high-tc phase (1223), (1212) and low-tc phase (1202) and add to the presence of some impure phase. it was noted the value a=b,c the parameter of the lattice increment with the increment of ni content. the increment of (nio) concentration effects electrical resistivity, dielectric constant and the hardness. keywords: superconductors, critical temperature, solid state reaction, dielectric constant. 1. introduction superconductivity, which is explained as a phase transition of electrons, is a phenomenon by which a conductor loss all resistance to electric current under specific conditions and exhibits complete diamagnetism. superconductivity is the property of completely electrical resistance lack in some materials when they cooled below a certain temperature called critical or transition temperature (tc) which varies from material to another [1,2]. the high temperature superconductivity of cuprates was discovered in1986. tl-ba-ca-cu-o this family of superconductors has been discovered in1988 by sheng and hermann is the best among all other cuprates due to their high transition temperature, transport critical current densities and low microwave surface resistances. tbcco materials have perovskite like ba2can-1cuno2n+1 layers and tetragonal crystal structures there are two tl-based superconducting families, tbcco and tscco.the first series of the tl-based superconductor containing one tlo layer has the general formula tlba2can-1cuno2n+3 with n=3. in this paper was focused on the study the effect the partial substitution of copper with nickel oxide on the structural, electrical and mechanical properties of the superconducting [3]. physics | 27 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2024 vol. 31 (3) 2018 2. experimental the tl0.5pb0.5 𝑩𝒂𝟐𝑪𝒂𝟐𝑪𝒖𝟑 𝒙𝑵𝒊𝒙𝑶𝟖 𝜹 with (x=0,0.2,0.4,0.6,0.8 and 1.0) high critical temperature superconducting (hts) was synthesized by solid state reaction process, using the required amounts of pure powders materials high purity oxides (99.99%) of tl2o3.pbo,nio, bao,cao and cuo, and in commensurate with the molecular weights, accordingly for these chemical formulas: [0.25tl2o3+0.5pbo]+2bao+2cao+(3-x)cuo+xnio→ tl0.5pb0.5𝑩𝒂𝟐𝑪𝒂𝟐𝑪𝒖𝟑 𝒙𝑵𝒊𝒙𝑶𝟖 𝜹. the reactants were measured by using a sensitive balance whose sensitivity order (10-4 ) g. the reactants were mixed jointly by a gate mortar with addition of isopropanol (c2h3o5) was to homogenize the mixture dry slurry during the grinding process for nearly (from 40 to 60) minute. the mixture was put in an alumina crucible and dehydrated for in the oven at 120°c. the mixture was compressed into the disc-shape as pellets with diameter 1.5 cm and (0.2 0.3) cm thick; by hydraulic compress under a (7 ton/cm2) pressure. disks putted in a furnace and sintered at 850°c for 24 hours with the rate of (5 °c/min) and then cooled to the room temperature by the same rate. structure of crystal such as phase of crystalline, the polycrystalline, amorphous, grain size, and parameter of lattice of all specimens prepared were examined by xrd technique system (shimadzu japan xrd 600) by records the intensity in the range of bragg’s angle θ from (20-80), cu (kα) radiation source of wavelength (λ=1.5405 ȧ) was employed with generator setting of current 20 ma and voltage 40 kv. the parameter of unit cell was determined using by the software of the check cell computer. the morphology of surface for these specimens observed from the ((afm)) technique, through using spm model aa3000 contact mode spectrometer, supplied by angstrom advanced inc [4]. four probe method at temperature range (77-300) k was used to measure the resistivity(ρ) [5]. critical temperature (tc) calculated using the relation: 𝜌 = (𝑅 ∗ 𝐴)/𝐿 (1) where r is electric resistance, a is area of specimens and l is length of specimens. the mechanical properties were checked by vickers microhardness, measurements of hardness for the specimens were carried out on the polished surface of the tested specimens at room temperature. the test vickers hardness used the square-base diamond pyramid as the indenter and the angle of (136) degrees between faces opposite subjected the applied load, f, was 2.940 n. the full load is normally applied for 15sec [6,7]. hv = 1.8544 (f/ d2) (2) where: f : the amount of inflicted force and d: arithmetic mean of the two diagonals in mm the young modulus e of superconductors is related to the vickers microhardness by the relation [7]: e = 81.96 hv (3) the yield strength y is related to the hardness by the relation [7]: y = hv / 3 (4) the dielectric constant was determined using (hf lcr meter) 6500p series, uk, frequency range from (20hz-120mhz). measurements the dielectric properties that dependent of frequency using a device of lcr meter at frequencies from (50hz-5 mhz) , where it has been measured the conductance (g) ,the capacitance (c) , dialectic constant (έ), the loss of dielectric ( tan ) and conductivity ac ( 𝜎 . ) for all specimens that determined by the equations (5, 6, & 7) [8, 9, 10]: physics | 28 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2024 vol. 31 (3) 2018 έ = 𝒄𝒅 𝑨 𝜺𝒐 (5) and tan δ = ἔ έ (6) ac= έ εo tan δ (7) where: "𝜺𝒓" dielectric loss factor , d is the thickness of the pellet , a is the area of the electrode ,  = 2πf is the angular frequency, εo is the permittivity of free space = 8.85*10-12 f/ m. 3.results and discussion 3.1. structural properties the x-ray diffraction patterns results of pure and substituted tl-based superconductors are shown in figure 1. for (n=3). the main phases in these specimens are high tc phase h (1223), m phase (1212) and low tc phase l (1201) and amounts impurities figure 1. xrd patterns for the specimens of tl0.5pb0.5ba2ca2cux-3nixo9- when x= (0, 0.2,0.4,0.6,0.8 and 1.0). as for the parameters of the crystal lattice a, b, c and c/a, the results as shown in the table 1. shows that for all samples the crystal structure is tetragonal. the c-axis lattice constant increase with the increase of nio ratio, maybe due to some strains and variation of oδ oxygen contents after nio nanoparticles addition. these results were almost identical to those reported in reference [11]. physics | 29 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2024 vol. 31 (3) 2018 table 1. values of lattice parameter, c/a,ρm for the sample tl0.5pb0.5ba2ca2cux-3nixo9-. table 2 .transition temperature tc(onset), (tc(offset), transition width (∆tc ), oxygen content (  ) vicker's hardness hv, young modulus (e) and yield strength (y) for hg0.5pb0.5ba2ca2cu3-xnixo8+. the superconducting transition temperature tc (offset) for pure and doped samples for (1223) phase is higher due to increasing ca-o layer as compared with increasing ni concentration. the critical temperature tc (off) was increased from 118k to 138 k with increasing the ni content at (x= 0.2 -1.0) which are agreement with reference [11,12]. we can be observed the absence resistivity of superconductor transition as shown in figure 2. and from energy gap results at the table 2. [13]. x a=b (a˚) c(a˚) c/a ratio v(a˚)³ dm(gm/cm ³) v ph(1223) % v ph(1212)% v ph(1201) % vp impurities % 0 3.8135 15.2769 4.006005 222.1686 7.454971 74.9457 10.5206 8.7852 5.6399 0.2 3.7326 15.3323 4.107673 213.6142 7.745964 77.5539 11.8944 8.1534 8.4412 0.4 3.8221 15.4090 4.031553 225.1016 7.343511 76.0471 11..0852 9.07441 10.3266 0.6 3.8299 15.5589 4.062482 228.22 7.221973 72.619 16.522 5.114 5.743 0.8 3.8380 15.7034 4.091558 231.3149 7.132317 70.1117 8.8427 7.9448 8..7825 1.0 3.8379 15.8110 4.119701 232.8878 7.091071 83.8009 10.1357 5.8823 9.0497 x tc(off) (k) tc(on) (k) ∆tc (k) tc(mid) (k) eg (ev)  hv e y 0 113 124 11 118.5 0.0360 0.06190 189 15490.44 63 0.2 114 125 11 119.5 0.0363 0.0659 200 16392 66.6666 0.4 128 130 2 129 0.0392 0.2325 212 17375.52 70.6666 0.6 124 133 9 128.5 0.0390 0.0913 219 17949.24 73 0.8 132 135 3 133.5 0.0406 0.1116 225 18441 75 1.0 134 144 10 139 0.0421 0.1258 240 19670.4 80 physics | 30 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2024 vol. 31 (3) 2018 figure 2. the resistivity dependence on temperature for the sample tl0.5pb0.5ba2ca2cu3-xnixo9-δ at x= 0.0, 0.2,0.4,0.6,0.8,1.0. also we can observe the decreasing in c/a ratio with increasing the ni content. this may due to the ionic radii mutuality of ni ion by cu ion which takes a compensate places through the structure of the unit cell instead of the sites interstitial [14]. the results of hv,y,e show in general table 2., increasing in the hardness value with increasing the nio content may due to the nickel ferrites have interesting structural, electrical, mechanical, and magnetic properties ,it has been showing an increase in the value of hardness may due to without interference in the grain boundaries [15] for superconductor tl0.5pb0.5ba2ca2cu3-x 𝑵𝒊𝒙 o9+δ compound with (x = 0-1.0) the properties dielectric have been tested. the changes of dielectric constant are indicated in the figure 3. where we observe a decrease in value with increasing frequency. dipolar polarization at the lower frequency is dominant, but when increasing frequency, the oscillation of the field applied increment and the dipolar polarization becomes longer than of the time constant of the field applied. for this reason, a decrease was observed in έ, carriers cannot track the frequency of the external voltage field applied at high frequencies, and the dielectric resonate becomes ineffective. figure 3. variation of dielectric constant versus frequency. physics | 31 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2024 vol. 31 (3) 2018 the imaginary part ( ἔ ) dependent on frequency variation of all specimens at room temperature that shown in figure 4. all the attain specimens exhibit dielectric disperse where adecrease in is ἔ that observed with increment in frequency. the phenomenon of dielectric disperse has been explained on the basis by the model of maxwell–wagner for dielectrics. figure 4. variation of dielectric constant ε″ versus frequency. 4. conclusions in the present work,we have prepared the high superconductor compound tl0.5pb0.5ba2can1cun-xnixo2n+3-δ (n=3) with (x=0,0.2,0.4,0.6,0.8and 1) by method of solid state reaction, and study the partial substitution nickel oxide of copper for electrical and structure and mechanical properties. all specimen examining by xrd analyses shown tetragonal crystal structure and observed that c-parameter value increase with increase of ni content. the best value of tc obtained for the x = 1.0 where tc= (139 k). as well that , increasing ni concentration strengths interlayer bonding ascertain that by the increase in the hv, e and y values of tl0.5pb0.5ba2can-1cun-xnixo2n+3-δ. references 1. khalid. r. ;e. abdul-majeed; abdul kareem. a. effect of partial substitution of hg.sr on structure and electrical of high temperature bi2-xhgxba2 ysryca2cu3o10+δ super conductor.tikrit journal of pure science. 2012 , 17, 1, 198-203. 2. john, b.; fredrich, m. the development of squidbased gradiometere. msc thesis. stellenbosch university. 2010. 3. md. a. r.; md. z. r.; md. n. s. a review on cuprate based superconducting materials including characteristics and applications american. journal of physics and applications. 2015, 3, 2, 39-56. 4. al-maiyal., b. k. h. synthesis and characterization of hg1-x cdxba2ca2cu3o8+δ thin film superconductors prepared by dc sputtering, journal of chemical, biological and physical sciences. 2015 ,5, 3, 2630-2941.,. 5. abbas, m. m. effect of the electron beam and laser radiation on tc of y1x(gd,pr)xba2ysrycu3o7-δ compounds. ph.d. thesis. university of baghdad. 2003. physics | 32 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. ihjpas https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2024 vol. 31 (3) 2018 6. hassan, a. th. mechanical properties of superconductor system(bi0.8pb0.2)2(sr0.9ba0.1)2ca2(cu1-xnix)3o10+δ. m.sc. thesis. university of baghdad. 2008. 7. charles, k. introduction to solid state physics; 7th ed., 2004, p. 17. 8. mumtaza. m.; liaqat. a.; shoaib. a.; saad. u.; hssaina. g.; rabbania. m. w.; abdul jabbar and nadeem. k. dielectric properties of (zn)x/cutl-1223 nanoparticle– superconductor composites. journal of advanced ceramics. 2016, 5, 2, 159–166 . 9. raghavan, v.; materials science and engineering; 5th ed., a sokek. ghosh limited: new delhi 2010. 10. kwan, c. k. dielectric phenomena in solids, elsevier academic press 2009. 11. jabbar. a. et.al.; irfan. q. synthesis and superconductivity of(ag)x/cutl-1223 composites; progress in natural science: materials international. 2015, 25, 3, 204207. 12. prauch. j.; konig. t.; gritzner. g.; prybylski. k.; phsica. c. preparation and properties of high-tc superconducting tl-1223 thick films obtained by screen-printing method. 2000 ,331, (3-4), 227-232, doi: 10.1016/s0921-4534(00)00027-7. 13. dresselhaus, m. s. solid state physics. fall 2001. 14. musa. m, a. mechanical properties of bi2−xcdxpb0.3sr2ca2cu3o10+δ superconductors. international journal of current engineering and technology. 2015, 5, 3, 1908-1913. 15. brian. s. m. an introduction to materials engineering and science; john wiley and sons. 2004. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 420 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract time series analysis is the statistical approach used to analyze a series of data. time series is the most popular statistical method for forecasting, which is widely used in several statistical and economic applications. the wavelet transform is a powerful mathematical technique that converts an analyzed signal into a time-frequency representation. the wavelet transform method provides signal information in both the time domain and frequency domain. the aims of this study are to propose a wavelet function by derivation of a quotient from two different fibonacci coefficient polynomials, as well as a comparison between arima and wavelet-arima. the time series data for daily wind speed is used for this study. from the obtained results, the proposed waveletarima is the most appropriate wavelet for wind speed. as compared to wavelets the proposed wavelet is the most appropriate wavelet for wind speed forecasting, it gives us less value of mae and rmse. keywords: arima, fibonacci coefficient polynomials, proposed wavelet, time series, wavelet transform. 1. introduction wavelet analysis is an approach for resolving difficult issues in mathematics, physics, and engineering. wavelet transform is the improved form of fourier transform since the fourier transform is a helpful tool for studding the component of a stationary data. however, it is incapable to analyse non-stationary signals, whereas wavelet transform allows for the analysis of nonstationary signal components [1]. morlet, arens, fourgeau, giard, and grossman [2] were the first to use the name wavelet in their work in the early 1980s. jean morlet and alex grossman introduced the concept of wavelets in 1982. the mother wavelet is a family of functions formed by translating and dilation of a single function. wavelets are mathematical functions that divide data into distinct frequency components and analyse each component with a resolution that doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3060 article history: received 16 september 2022, accepted 6 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq a proposed wavelet and forecasting wind speed with application monem a. mohammed department of statistics and informatics, college of administration and economics, university of sulaimani, kurdistan region, iraq monem.mohammed@uivsul.edu.iq layla a. ahmed department of statistics and informatics, college of administration and economics, university of sulaimani, kurdistan region, iraq, department of mathematics, college of education, university of garmian, kurdistan region, iraq layla.aziz@garmian.edu.krd https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:monem.mohammed@uivsul.edu.iq mailto:layla.aziz@garmian.edu.krd ihjpas. 36(2)2023 421 matches to its scale [3, 4]. wavelets are commonly used in time series analysis [5, 6]. in (2013) ramesh and pachiyappan [7] proposed a hybrid predicts approach consisting of wavelet transforms and ann to predict the wind speed. study shows that the proposed method improves the predict accuracy of wind speed and justifies the application's ability to predict short-term wind speed. in (2013) ramana et al. [8] introduced a wavelet neural networks, that is the mixture of wavelets analysis and neural networks for rainfall forecast darjeeling station, india. used discrete wavelet transforms. in (2013) al wadi et al. [9] used a maximal overlaps discrete wavelet transform (modwt) to improve the accuracy of time series data forecasting. the findings demonstrate that combining modwt with the arima model improves predicting accuracy. in (2014) chandra et al. [10] used morlet and mexican hat wavelets for wind speed predicting based on adaptive wavelet neural networks. the results of morlet wavelet wind forecasting were the most accurate of all of these methods. in (2015) kumar et al. [11] proposed a new technique for forecasting time series data based on arima model and wavelet transform. as a result, the results demonstrated that combining arima with wavelet is effective and efficient. in (2015) ji, cai, and zhang [12] identified a wavelet transform in combination with a neuron fuzzy network to prediction the wind power interval. the efficacy of the neuron fuzzy network structure is demonstrated by the creation of prediction intervals based on wind power data. in (2016) lamben et al. [13] proposed a new wavelet function named golden wavelet generated by fourth derivation of a quotient from two different fibonacci coefficient polynomials distinct. the golden wavelet was applied the cardiac arrhythmia classification in ecg signals. the obtained results using the golden wavelet are better than these using other wavelet functions. in (2016) sang et al. [14] discussed four main problems in wavelet transform: inconsistent usage of continuous and discrete wavelet techniques, mother wavelet selection, temporal scale selection, and uncertain evaluation in wavelet-aided predicting. finally, wavelet models have the potential to improve hydrological data set forecasting. in (2017) saini and ahja [15] used propagation trained artificial neural network and wavelet transform to predict wind speed. the results of this study show the low value of root mean square of error and mean absolute of error, suggest that the proposed scheme can be used effectively to predict wind speed for a short period, i.e. one hour ahead of the forecast. in (2018), bunrit et al. [16] we applied multiresolution analysis of wavelet transform for commodities prices time series forecasting. the variances of errors from the proposed method of data sets are much less than the direct use of the actual series data for forecasting. gossler et al. (2018) [17] published a comparison of golden and mexican hat wavelets, finding that golden hat wavelets have double that much vanishing moment than mexican hat wavelets. in (2021) gossler et al. [18] comparison of gaussian and golden wavelets were performed. the derivative of specified basis functions generates these wavelets. the aims of this study are to propose a wavelet function by sixth derivation of a quotient from two different fibonacci coefficient polynomials, as well as to compare arima and waveletarima to determine the best-fitted model. in this study, introduction, autoregressive integrated moving average model, wavelet transform and some of mother wavelets are introduced. next, the proposed wavelet is introduced and then the results of these models are compared. finally, conclusions are given. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 422 2. methodology 2.1 autoregressive integrated moving average model (arima) the (arima) is an appropriate model for the stationary time-series data. it is denoted by 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴(𝑝, 𝑑, 𝑞), 𝑝 is the autoregressive order, 𝑞 is the moving average order, and 𝑑 is the differencing order. box and jenkins generalized this model in 1970 [19]. the general mathematical arima model for non-stationary time series can be defined as [4]: 𝜙(𝐵)(1 − 𝐵)𝑑𝑥𝑡 = 𝜇 + 𝜃(𝐵)𝑎𝑡 (1) where: 𝑡: indexes time. b : the backshift operator. 𝜙(𝐵) = 1 − 𝜙1𝐵 − 𝜙2𝐵 2 … . −𝜙𝑝𝐵 𝑝 is the p-order autoregressive operator. 𝜃(𝐵) = 1 − 𝜃1𝐵 − 𝜃2𝐵 2 … . −𝜃𝑞 𝐵 𝑞 is the q-order moving average operator. 𝑎𝑡 : error term at time t. 𝑎𝑡 = 𝑁𝐼𝐷(0, 𝜎𝑎 2) (2) identification, parameter estimate, diagnostic checking, and forecasting are the four stages of the model building process. 2.2 wavelet transform a wave is typically characterized as a time-varying oscillating function, such as a sinusoid. the term wavelet refers to a small oscillation that decays quickly. the wavelets transform is first introduced for transient continuous signal time frequency domain analysis, and subsequently expanded to the concept for multi-resolution wavelet transform utilizing filtering approximations [20]. a signal is represented by a wavelet transform in the form of specific short time intervals [2123]: 𝜓𝑎,𝑏 (𝑡) = 1 √|𝑎| 𝜓(𝑡−𝑏 𝑎 ) (3) where: 𝜓(𝑡−𝑏 𝑎 ) function parent, 𝑎 scale factor, 𝑏 time shift. continuous and discrete wavelet transforms are the two types of wavelet transforms: continuous wavelet transform is defined as follows: 𝑊𝑎,𝑏(𝑡) = 1 √|𝑎| ∫ 𝑥(𝑡)𝜓( 𝑡−𝑏 𝑎 )𝑑𝑡 ∞ −∞ (4) the transmitted signal evaluated by the signal analysis that is scaled in the time domain coefficients. this signal is "compressed" for (𝑎 < 1) and "stretched" for (𝑎 > 1). discrete wavelet transforms is defined as follows [16] 𝑊𝑎,𝑏(𝑡) = 1 √|𝑎| ∑ 𝜓(𝑡−𝑏 𝑎 )𝑥(𝑡)𝑁𝑘=1 (5) where, 𝑁 is normalization constant. the wavelet transform is based on the 𝜓 ∈ 𝐿2(𝑅) function, often known as the mother wavelet or wavelet. the following conditions are met by this function [1, 5, 11]: i. 𝐶𝜓 = ∫ |�̂�(𝜔)| 2 |𝜔| ∞ 0 𝑑𝜔 < ∞ (6) where, �̂� (𝜔) is the fourier transform of 𝜓(𝑡). the admissibility condition assures that �̂� (𝜔) decrease to zero quickly as (𝜔 → 0). it is necessary �̂� (0) = 0 to verify that 𝐶𝜓 < ∞ . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 423 ∫ 𝜓(𝑡) ∞ −∞ 𝑑𝑡 = 0 (7) ii. wavelet function is that have unit energy [13, 24]. that is ∫ |𝜓(𝑡)|2 ∞ −∞ 𝑑𝑡 < ∞ (8) 2.3 haar wavelet the haar wavelet was the first mother wavelet introduced by hungarian mathematician alfred haar in 1909 [3, 9, 25]. it is an orthogonal wavelet and only has one vanishing moment, making it inappropriate for smooth function reconstruction. the haar wavelet function ψ(𝑡) can be described as [1, 26]: ψ(𝑡) = { 1 0 ≤ 𝑡 < 1 2 −1 1 2 ≤𝑡≤1 0 𝑂𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (9) so, we get only two conditions and two equations ℎ0 + ℎ1 = √2 (10) ℎ0 2 + ℎ1 2 = 1 (11) the solution to these equations is ℎ0 = ℎ1 = 1 √2 (12) 2.4 daubechies wavelet the daubechies wavelet is a discrete wavelet named by belgian physicist ingrid daubechies [3, 27]. the most commonly used daubechies in practical applications are db2-db20 (even index only) a db2 is also called haar wavelet. it is an orthogonal wavelet family and the number of moments is equal to half the length of the support [28]. the conditions for daubechies db4 wavelet lead for the following set of equations: ℎ0 + ℎ1 + ℎ2 + ℎ3 = √2 (13) ℎ1 + 2ℎ2 + 3ℎ3 = 0 (14) ℎ0 2 + ℎ1 2 + ℎ2 2 + ℎ3 2 = 1 (15) ℎ0ℎ2 + ℎ1ℎ3 = 0 (16) 2.5 coiflet wavelets the coiflet wavelet is a discrete wavelet proposed by ingrid daubechies at ronald coifman's request to have vanishing moment scaling functions. it is an orthogonal wavelet. this wavelet is not symmetric but near symmetric [3]. its nature is more symmetric than the daubechies wavelet [27].this wavelet function has (2𝑁) vanishing moments and its scaling function has (2𝑁 − 1) vanishing moments. the set of equations for coefficients for coifet2 is: ℎ−2 + ℎ−1 + ℎ0 + ℎ1 + ℎ2 + ℎ3 = √2 (17) −2ℎ−2 − ℎ−1 + ℎ1 + 2ℎ2 + 3ℎ3 = 0 (18) ℎ−2 2 + ℎ−1 2 + ℎ0 2 + ℎ1 2 + ℎ2 2 + ℎ3 2 = 1 (19) ℎ−2ℎ0 + ℎ−1ℎ1 + ℎ0ℎ2 + ℎ1ℎ3 = 0 (20) ℎ−2ℎ2 + ℎ−1ℎ3 = 0 (21) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 424 2.6 mexican hat wavelet the mexican wavelet is obtained after the second derivative of a gaussian function. this wavelet is non-orthogonal and infinite support. this wavelet is symmetric and explicit expression of 𝜓(𝑡). the analytic formula of 𝜓(𝑡) for mexican hat wavelet [3, 10] as follows: 𝜓(𝑡) = (1 − 𝑡2)𝑒−0.5𝑡 2 (22) 2.7 golden hat wavelet gossler et al (2018) [17], proposed a golden hat function generated by fcps as the fourth derivative of the quotient between 𝑝0(𝑡) = 1 and 𝑝2(𝑡) = 𝑡 2 + 𝑡 + 2, expressed by the equation: 𝜓(𝑡) = 24(5𝑡4+10𝑡3−10𝑡2−15𝑡−1) (𝑡2+𝑡+2)5 (23) the researcher named the new wavelet function 𝜓(𝑡) as golden wavelet, because of the relation between fibonacci sequences and the golden ratio. 2.8 proposed a new wavelet function the researcher proposed a new wavelet function generated by fibonacci coefficient polynomials (fcps). 2.8.1 fibonacci coefficient polynomials fibonacci coefficient polynomials (fcps) introduced by garth mills and mitchell (2007), and they are building by fibonacci sequences. the fibonacci sequence one of the most well-known mathematical formulas. the sum of the two numbers that precede it determines the next number in the sequence. the sequence is 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑠𝑜 𝑜𝑛 [29]. we define polynomial sequence {𝑝𝑛(𝑡)}𝑛=0 ∞ by setting 𝑝0(𝑡) = 1 and 𝑝𝑛(𝑡) = ∑ 𝐹𝑘+1𝑡 𝑛−𝑘𝑛 𝑘=0 , 𝑛 ≥ 1 (24) 𝑝𝑛(𝑡) is called fibonacci coefficient polynomial (fcp) of order 𝑛 [30, 31]. the fibonacci numbers 𝐹𝑘 are the terms of the sequence 𝐹𝑘 = 𝐹𝑘−1 + 𝐹𝑘−2 , 𝑘 ≥ 2 (25) with initial terms are 𝐹0 = 0 and 𝐹1 = 1. 2.8.2 proposed wavelet the researcher proposed a new wavelet function generated by (fcps) by the sixth derivative of the quotient between 𝑝0(𝑡) and 𝑝2(𝑡). the proposed wavelet is: 𝜓(𝑡) = 5040𝐴+25200𝐵 𝐶 7 (26) where 𝐴 = − 𝑡6 + 3𝑡5 + 3𝑡2 − 1 (27) 𝐵 = 𝑡4 + 3 𝑡3 − 𝑡 (28) 𝐶 = 𝑡2 + 𝑡 + 2 (29) a wavelet 𝜓(𝑡) has 𝑁 vanishing moments with a fast decay if and only if there exists 𝑔(𝑡) with a fast decay such that [17]: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 425 𝜓(𝑡) = (−1)𝑁 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡𝑁 𝑔(𝑡) (30) where 𝑔(𝑡) is a function of quotient between 𝑝0(𝑡) and 𝑝2(𝑡). 2.8.3 conditions of proposed wavelet in order to show that 𝜓(𝑡) defied in (26) is a wavelet, it must satisfy the following conditions: 1. admissibility condition. to verify this condition, we use the fourier transform (ft) time derivatives property: �̂�(𝜔) = (𝑖𝜔)6𝐺(𝑖𝜔) (31) where 𝐺(𝑖𝜔) is the ft of the 𝑔(𝑡), thus can be given by 𝐺(𝑖𝜔) = ∫ 𝑔(𝑡)𝑒−𝑖𝜔𝑡 𝑑𝑡 ∞ −∞ = 2𝜋 √7 𝑒0.5(𝑖𝜔−√7|𝜔|) (32) �̂�(𝜔) = (𝑖𝜔)6 2𝜋 √7 𝑒0.5(𝑖𝜔−√7|𝜔|) (33) the obtained result was 𝐶𝜓 = ∫ |�̂�(𝜔)| 2 |𝜔| ∞ −∞ 𝑑𝜔 = 2714.2976𝜋2 117649 < ∞ (34) 2. the second step, was verify the condition of (8). the obtained result was ∫ |𝜓(𝑡)|2 ∞ −∞ 𝑑𝑡 = 22809600 𝜋 117649√7 < ∞ (35) to obtain a wavelet 𝜓(𝑡) satisfying the unit energy condition in (8), it is necessary to multiply the proposed wavelet function obtained in (26) by the normalizing coefficient (𝑁𝐶 ) [24]. 𝑁𝐶 = 1 √∫ |𝜓(𝑡)|2 ∞ −∞ 𝑑𝑡 (36) 3 data analysis and results 3.1 data description in order to illustrate an appropriate model, the average of daily wind speed (m/s) data sets are collected from the meteorological directorate of sulaimani for the period (jan. 2016dec. 2020), have been used matlab and r programming. the plot of wind speed data is represented in figure1. figure 1daily wind speed data series ihjpas. 36(2)2023 426 3.2 results of arima model arima models are created automatically using r's auto.arima function. 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴(2 ,1,1) is the determined model, and it has a minimum akaike information criterion (aic) value (5110.9). this means that the 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴(2 ,1,1) model is the best among all the other models. the parameters have been estimated using r statistical software. the model's parameter estimates are given in table 1. table 1the estimates of 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴(2 ,1,1) model coefficients value s.e ar1 0.4581 0.0240 ar2 -0.0975 0.0240 ma1 -0.969 0.0065 since the model is: (1 − 0.4581𝐵 + 0.0975 𝐵2)(1 − 𝐵)𝑦𝑡 = 𝛿 + (1 + 0.969 𝐵)𝑎𝑡 (37) after estimation the parameters the box-ljung 𝑄 statistic is used to verify the model's overall adequacy. the q statistic as follows: 𝑄 = 𝑛(𝑛 + 2) ∑ 𝑟2(𝑘) 𝑛−𝑘 𝐾 𝑘=1 (38) where, 𝑟(𝑘) is the residual autocorrelation at lag 𝑘, 𝑛 is the number of residuals and 𝐾is the number of lags. because the p-value of the test is (0.2663 ) and greater than (0.05), and the value of box-ljung tests is (23.47), this 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 model is appropriate for future forecasting. for testing the accuracy of the model, we analysed the performance of model is evaluated by using the mean absolute error (mae), mean absolute scaled error (mase), and root mean squares error (rmse) [8, 11 ]. mae = 1 n ∑ |yt − yt̂| n t=1 (39) mase = 1 n ∑ |yt−yt̂| n t=1 1 n−2 ∑ |yt−yt−2| n t=2 (40) rmse = [ 1 n ∑ (yt − yt̂) 2n t=1 ] 1 2 (41) where 𝑌�̂� is the predicted value, 𝑌𝑡 is the actual value, and 𝑛 is the number of observations. 3.3 results of wavelet-arima we used proposed wavelet, golden hat, mexican hat, daubechies, and coiflet to transform the wind speed data using the continuous wavelet transform (cwt). the cwt was used up to 64 scales, and the average of all wavelet coefficients was computed. matlab was used to implement the cwt. an arima model is fitted after the decomposition. other wavelet functions' results were investigated for comparison with the proposed wavelet-arima. table (2) shows that the ihjpas. 36(2)2023 427 (mae), (mase), and (rmse), of the proposed wavelet-arima model are fewer than the mae, rmse, and mase of the direct use of arima model, indicating that the suggested waveletarima model has better predictive capacity. it signifies that the proposed wavelet-arima approach outperforms the direct usage of the arima model for the provided data set. table 2the estimates of 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴(2 ,1,1) model model mae mase rmse arima proposed wavelet-arima 0.68824 0.03363 0.86761 0.56867 0.97999 0.04553 table 3comparison of wavelet-arima mother wavelet mae mase rmse proposed wavelet golden hat mexican hat daubechies 1(haar) daubechies 2 daubechies 3 daubechies 4 daubechies 5 coiflet1 coiflet2 coiflet3 coiflet4 coiflet 5 0.03363 0.04373 0.05917 0.26526 0.09405 0.08737 0.09419 0.07266 0.12240 0.07794 0.06637 0.07659 0.05917 0.56867 0.63261 0.57855 0.82055 0.47276 0.52716 0.52482 0.47772 0.58794 0.47228 0.44251 0.50719 0.42861 0.04553 0.05947 0.05267 0.32138 0.13043 0.12207 0.12841 0.10203 0.17193 0.10910 0.09289 0.10880 0.08277 4. conclusions the aims of this study are to propose a wavelet function, as well as to compare arima and wavelet𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 to determine the best-fitted model. the cwt was used to decompose the data. from the previous results, it is clear that the model for daily wind speed forecasting is the 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴(2 ,1,1) model, and the wavelet𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 model is better than direct use of 𝐴𝑅𝐼𝑀𝐴 for daily wind speed forecasting. as compared to wavelets the proposed wavelet is the most ihjpas. 36(2)2023 428 appropriate wavelet for wind speed forecasting, it gives us less value of mae (0.03363) and rmse (0.04553). references 1. milon, m. h. comparison on fourier and wavelet transformation for an ecg signal. american journal of engineering research. 2017, 6, 8, 1-7. 2. meng, l. t. wavelet-based multi-resoulation techniques for two-dimension data analysis, master thesis, university of london england, 1997. 3. mehra, m.; behera, r. applications and properties of different kind of wavelet. indian journal of industrial and applied mathematics. 2013, 4, 1, 1-15. 4. patel, y.; deb, d. machine inelligent hybrid methods based on kalman filter and wavelet transform for short term wind speed prediction, wind, 2022, 2, 37-50. 5. yaacob, n. a.; jabar, j. j.; pathmanathan, d.; alwadi, s.; mohamed, i. hybrid of the leecarter model with maximum overlap discrete wavelet transform filters in forecasting mortality rates, mathematics, 2021, 9, 2295, 1-11. 6. mandrikova, o.; fatisova, n.; polozov, y. hybrid model for time series of complex structure with arima components. mathematics, 2021, 9, 1122, 1-19. 7. babu, r.; pachiyappan, a. improving forecast accuracy of wind speed using wavelet transform and neural networks. journal of electrical engineering and technology, 2013, 8, 3, 559-564. 8. ramana, r.v.; krishna, b.; kumar s. r.; pandey, n. g. monthly rainfall prediction using wavelet neural network analysis. water resource manage, 2013, 27, 3697-3711. 9. al wadi, s.; hamarsheh, a. and alwadi, h. maximum overlapping discrete wavelet transform in forecasting banking sector. applied mathematical sciences, 2013, 7, 8, 39954002. 10. chandra, d. r.; kumari, m. s.; sydulu, m.; grimaccia, f.; mussetta, m. adaptive wavelet neural network based wind speed forecasting studies. electr eng technol, 2014, 9, 6, 18121821. 11. kumar, j.; kaur, a.; manchanda, p. forecasting the time series data using arima with wavelet. journal of computer and mathematical sciences, 2015, 6, 8, 430-438. 12. ji, f.; x. cai, x.; zhang, j. wind power prediction interval estimation method using wavelet transform neuro-fuzzy network. journal of intelligent and fuzzy systems, 2015, 29, 6, 24392445. 13. alvarado, f. v.; oliveira, b. r.; duarte, q.; lamblem, r. a wavelet generated from fibonacci coefficient polynomials and its application in carbiac arrhythmia classification. national meeting computational modeling and vii ectm-meeting on materials science and technology, joao pessoa, 2016, 19-21. 14. sang, y.; singh, v.; sun, f.; chen, y. wavelet-based hydrological time series forecasting. journal of hydrologic engendering, 2016, 21, 5. 15. saini,s. ahuja, m. wind speed prediction using wavelet transform and artificial neural network. ijrece, 2017, 5, 4, 161-168. 16. bunrit, s.; kerdprasop, n.; kerdprasop, k. multiresolution analysis based on wavelet transform for commodity prices time series forecasting. international journal of machine learning and computing, 2018, 8, 2, 175-180. 17. gossler, f.; oliveira, b.; filho, j.; alvarado,f.; duarte, m. and lamblem, r. a comparative study between mexican and golden hat wavelets. proceeding series of the brazilian society of computational and applied mathematics, 2018, 6, 2, 1-7. 18. gossler, f.; oliveira, b.; filho, j.; alvarado, f.; lamblem, r. gaussian and golden wavelets: a comparative study and their applications in structural health monitoring. trends in computational and applied mathematics, 2021, 22, 1, 139-155. https://ascelibrary.org/author/sang%2c+yan-fang https://ascelibrary.org/author/singh%2c+vijay+p https://ascelibrary.org/author/sun%2c+fubao https://ascelibrary.org/author/chen%2c+yaning ihjpas. 36(2)2023 429 19. john, e. e.; patric, u. u. shortterm forecasting of nigeria inflation rates using seasonal arima model. science journal of applied mathematics and statistics, 2016, 4, 3, 101-107. 20. ergen,b. comparison of wavelet types and thresholding methods on wavelet based denoising of heart sounds. journal of signal and information processing, 2013, 4, 164-167. 21. borowska, m.; bialoblocka, n. multiresolution analysis of eeg signals, studies in logic. grammar and rhetoric, 2016, 47, 60, 21-31. 22. yih kuo, j.; yi you, s.; chi lin, h.; yang hsu, c.; lei, b. constructing condition monitoring model of wind turbine blades. mathematics, 2022, 10, 972, 1-13. 23. shi, m.; yu, h.; wang, h. automated detection of sudden cardiac death by discrete wavelet transform of electrocardiogram signal. symmetry, 2022, 14, 571, 1-14. 24. stepanov, a. polynomial, neural network, and spline wavelet models for continuous wavelet transform of signals. sensors, 2021, 21, 6416, 1-16. 25. arora, s.; brar, y. s.; kumar, sh. haar wavelet transformation of image retrieval. international journal of advanced computer and mathematical sciences, 2014, 5, 2, 27-31. 26. ahmed, m. a.; taha, h. a.; aldeen, m. t. image compression using haar and modified haar wavelet transform. tikrit journal of eng. sciences, 2011, 18, 2, 88-101. 27. shaker, a. n. comparison between orthogonal and bi-orthogonal wavelets. journal of southwest jiao tong university, 2020, 55, 2, 1-10. 28. nury, a.; hasan, k.; alam, j. comparative study of wavelet-arima and wavelet-ann models for temperature time series data in northeastern bangladesh. journal of king saud university-science, 2015. 29. nali, a.; haukkanen, p. on generalized fibonacci and lucas polynomials. chaos solitons and fractals, 2009, 42, 3179-3186. 30. ozkan, e; tastan,m. 2fibonacci polynomials in the family of fibonacci numbers. notes on number theory and discrete mathematics, 2018, 24, 3, 47-55. 31. boonyarak, j. on polynomials generated by the hyperfibonacci numbers. master thesis, university of burapha, 2020. 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 abstract the measurement of uranium concentration in human urine is very important in assessment of occupational and public exposure to uranium. in the present work, the fission track technique was used to decide uranium concentration in blood of kidneys failure patients in almuthanna governorate. the uranium concentration values in urine samples of kidneys failure patients ranged between 0.92 to 4.87 , while healthy group results were ranged 0.91 to 1.82 . results showed that the concentration of uranium in the urine increases in kidney failure patients. keywords: uranium concentrations, urine samples, fission track technique. 1.introduction uranium is a standout amongst the most genuine defilement concerns due to its radioactivity and substantial metal harmfulness. uranium and its mixes are profoundly lethal, which is a danger to human wellbeing and environmental equalization [1]. uranium is across the board in nature, and it exists as solid, liquid, and gaseous compounds. it promptly combines with different components to shape uranium oxide, silicates, carbonates, and hydroxides [2]. natural u comprises of three radioactive isotopes with the accompanying relative isotopic bounties: ( (0.00515%), (0.71192%), and (99.282%).1 regarding toxicity for people, the aerosol presentation pathway is basic for risk appraisal in which inward breath introduction to moderately insoluble u oxide particles represents a potentially long haul supply of inside alpha rot action that can cause cell harm [3]. albeit variable amounts of either solvent or insoluble normal u are routinely ingested by utilization of nourishment and drink, little of this u is retained into the blood stream [4]. as indicated by the world health organization, around 98% of u entering the body by means of ingestion isn't consumed, however is wiped out by means of defecation [5]. the human body contains, by and large, roughly 90 µg of u from typical admissions of water, nourishment, and air. estimation of uranium concentration in urine samples of kidneys failure patients in almuthanna governorate ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.1.2370 ministry of education / directorate of education in najaf department of physics college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) university of baghdad muayad m. abed college of science al muthanna university weam s.al hamadany khalid h. mahdi moaayed99@gmail.com artical history: received in: 14 april 2019, accepted in: june 2019, publish january, 2020. file:///d:/فزياء%20العدد%20الثالث%202019/moaayed99@gmail.com file:///d:/فزياء%20العدد%20الثالث%202019/moaayed99@gmail.com 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 around 66% is found in the skeleton, 16% in the liver, 8% in the kidneys, and 10% in other tissues [6,7]. u excretion in feces and urine for non-uncovered subjects is commonly on the the order of some nanogram per day,7 yet it might depend on the dietary habits [8]. solidstate nuclear track detectors (ssntds) are normally used to determine the uranium concentration in human urine [9, 10]. the fission track technique was suggested by fleischer et al. [11]. the aim of this study is to determine the uranium concentration in the urine of kidneys failure patients in almuthanna governorate and the healthy group using cr-39 nuclear track detector. 2. experimental method the experimental technique for the investigation of uranium concentration is the same as reported elsewhere [9,10,12,13]. in this study, 26 urine samples of individual volunteers (21 patients and 5 healthy), male and female, were taken from almuthanna governorate. the volunteers had no past history occupational exposure presentation to . they finished an extensive poll about statistic data, for example, age and gender. in this research, we employed the natural exposure method for the measurement of uranium concentrations in the urine samples. prior to the treatment, the samples were left for (28-30) days to achieve the equilibrium state for the radionuclides that exist in the samples. the natural exposure method includes exposing the detectors to the urine samples directly for a certain period of time. the detectors were immersed and stored in the urine samples of adequate amounts at room temperature. the exposure times were 4 weeks, and the experimental set up is shown in figure 1. in this technique, the urine samples were irradiated with thermal neutrons from (am-be) neutron source for seven days so as to make inert harm to the detector due to (n, f) reaction. the total neutrons flounce was ( . figure 1. the apparatus of uranium estimation by using cr-39 detector for urine samples. 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 the process of irradiating samples was carried out in (department of physics, college of education for pure sciences / ibn al-haitham, baghdad university, baghdad, iraq), the induced fission fragments were obtained according to the following (n, f) reaction: after the exposure period, all the detectors were etched in naoh solution with 6.25 n at 60ºc for 4 hrs. the detectors were then washed in distilled water and were scanned under the optical microscope with magnification of 400×. the fission track densities were measured on surfaces showing uniform distribution of uranium. figure 2. irradiation of the detectors and urine samples by the neutron source [14]. 3. calculations of uranium concentrations uranium concentration in the urine samples was measured by comparison between track densities registered on the detector of blood samples and that of the standard samples by (eq. 1) [15]. cx = cs . (ρx / ρs) (1) where ρx and ρs are the induced fission track density for unknown sample and standard sample in (tracks/mm2), cx and cs denote the uranium concentration for unknown sample and standard sample in (μg/l). 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 3. the relation between track density and uranium concentration in (μg/l) for standard samples. 4. results and dissection uranium concentrations in urine samples of individual volunteers in almuthanna governorate are summarized in table 1. from this table the uranium concentration in urine samples of kidney failure patients ranged between 0.90 to 3.44 , with the average value of uranium concentration was 1.90 .]. the uranium concentration in urine samples of healthy group ranged from 0.91 to 1.82 , with the average value of uranium concentration was 1.16 . from the results obtained we notice that the concentration of uranium in urine samples for kidney failure patients are very high as compared with concentration of reference healthy people. the explanation for such outcomes can be credited to the way that in al-muthanna governorate was the focal point of military exercises amid the gulf wars i and ii, and the discarded weapons are as yet lying around in this locale. this shows the general population living in al-muthanna governorate presented to the uranium levels higher than those living in different urban communities. the results obtained for healthy people were within the internationally tolerable limits when compared with the results of healthy group concentrations of uranium. small quantities of heavy elements as well as actinides are absorbed by living organisms through the food chain. however, normal physiological functions of the body help in excreting all the surplus quantities of these elements. 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 1. range and average of uranium concentration (μg/l) in urine samples kidneys failure patients in al muthanna governorate. sample code gender age year uranium concentration μg/l s1 female 48 2.2 s2 male 77 4.87 0.382 s3 female 48 2.81 0.188 s4 male 70 3.11 0.422 s5 female 48 2.81 0.07 s6 male 68 3.1 0.204 s7 female 46 1.94 0.115 s8 male 48 2.51 0.208 s9 female 45 2.21 0.211 s10 female 50 2.44 0.205 s11 male 67 0.327 s12 male 55 2.85 0.251 s13 female 50 2.8 0.149 s14 female 49 1.95 0.073 s15 female 70 3.12 0.388 s16 male 57 2.66 0.296 s17 female 62 2.64 0.348 s18 female 43 0.109 s19 female 47 1.93 0.144 s20 male 41 1.927 0.245 s21 female 19 0.92 0.104 table 2. range and average of uranium concentration (μg/l) in urine samples healthy group in almuthanna governorate. sample code gender age year uranium concentration μg/l s1 female 29 0.91 0.116 s2 female 32 1.1 0.124 s3 male 51 1.82 0.134 s4 male 41 1.204 0.086 s5 male 33 0.93 0.040 5. conclusions 1. the uranium concentration in urine samples of kidneys failure patients’ group were higher than the value from the healthy group. 2. the uranium concentration in the urine samples of the groups of study increased with increasing number of years age. 3. the average of uranium concentration for females for patients and healthy were higher than for males. 4. results show that the uranium concentration in the urine of healthy group is close the allowed limit from icrp agency (0.5 ug/l) 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 references 1. zou, w.; bai, h.; zhao, l.; li, k.; han, r. characterization and properties of zeolite as adsorbent for removal of uranium (vi) from solution in fixed bed column. j radioanal nucl chem.2011, 288, 779–788. 2. bankes, d.; royest, o.; strand, t.; skarphagen, h. radioelement (u, th, rn) concentrations in norwegian bedrock ground waters. environ geol.1995, 25, 165–180. 3. the royal society; the health hazards of depleted uranium munitions part i. the royal society: london.2001, 5-8. 4. agency for toxic substances and disease registry (atsdr); toxicological profile for uranium. atsdr, atlanta georgia.2011, 14‑25. 5. world health organization (who); depleted uranium, sources, exposure and health effects. who, geneva.2001, 1-3. 6. bleise, a.; danesi, p.r.; burkar, w. properties use and health effects of depleted uranium (du): a general overview j. environ. radioact.2003, 64, 93. 7. united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation (unscear); sources and effects of ionizing radiation, annex b exposures from natural radiation sources. united nations, new york.2000, 84-113. 8. roth, p.; höllriegl, v.; werner, e.; schramel, p. assessment of exposure to depleted uranium radiat. prot. dosim.2003, 105, 157. 9. tawfiq, n.; ali, l.; al-jobouri, h. uranium concentration in human blood for some governorates in iraq using cr-39 track detector. j radioanal nuc chem.2012, 295, 671– 674. 10. segovia, n.; olguin, m.e.; romero, m. study of uranium in the blood of two population samples. nucl tracks.1986, 12, 1–6, 797–800. 11. fleisher, r.l.; price, p.b.; walker, r.m. nuclear track in solid. university of california press berkeley,1975. 12. romero, m.; sanchez, m.; segovia, n. uranium determination in biological samples. nucl tracks radiat meas.1984, 8, 1–4, 457–459. 13. khan, h.a.; qureshi, a.a. solid state nuclear detection: a useful geological/geophysical tool. nucl geophys.1994, 8, 1, 1–37. 14. abdullah, a.a. internal and external radiation exposure evaluation amongst selected workers and locations in iraq. ph. d. universiti sains malaysia, 2013. 15. tawfiq, l.n.m; jasim, k.a.; abdulhmeed, e.o. mathematical model for estimation the concentration of heavy metals in soil for any depth and time and its application in iraq. international journal of advanced scientific and technical research. 2015, 4, 5, 718-726. http://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=15168015275732533151&hl=en&oi=scholarr http://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=15168015275732533151&hl=en&oi=scholarr http://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=15168015275732533151&hl=en&oi=scholarr microsoft word 223-234 223 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 on 2-absorbing submodules inaam m.ali abdurehman a. harfash dept. of mathematics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 26/may/205,accepted in:1/august/2015 abstract let r be a commutative ring with 1 0 and m is a unitary r-module . in this paper , our aim is to continue studying 2-absorbing submodules which are introduced by a.y. darani and f. soheilina . many new properties and characterizations are given . key words: prime submodule , 2-absorbing submodule , quasiprime submodule, multiplication module , p-primary submodule , pure submodule . this paper is a part of thesis submitted by 2nd author under supervision by 1st author 224 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction the concept of 2-absorbing ideal which is a generalization of prime ideal was introduced by ayman badawi , where "a nonzero proper ideal i of r is called a 2-absorbing ideal of r if whenever a , b , c ∈r , abc ∈ i then ab ∈ i or ac ∈i or bc ∈i" , [1] . this definition can obviously be made for any proper ideal . a. y. darani and f. soheilnia in [2] introduced the concept of 2-absorbing submodule where "a proper submodule n of m is called 2-absorbing submodule of m if whenever a , b ∈ r , m∈ m and abm ∈n , then am ∈n or bm ∈n or ab ∈(n:m)" our concern in this paper is to give a comprehensive study of 2-absorbing submodule , where we give many new properties and characterizations . 1. 2-absorbing submodules – basic properties "definition 1.1: let m be an r-module. n a proper submodule of m is called 2-absorbing submodule if whenever a,b ∈ r , m ∈ m and abm ∈ n, then ab ∈ (n : m) or am ∈ n or bm ∈ n."[2] note that an 2-absorbing ideal of a ring r is a 2-absorbing submodule of the r-module r . remarks and examples.1.2 : (1) "the intersection of each pair of distinct prime submodules of r-module m is 2absorbing" [2] (2) it is clear that every prime submodule is 2-absorbing. however the converse is not true in general, for example: consider z6 as z-module , 0 not prime submodule of z6 since 2 .3 0 ∈ 0 but 3 ∉ 0 and 2 ∉ ( 0 : z z6)=6z but 0 = 2 ∩ 3 is 2-absorbing submodule of z6 as zmodule by part (1) (3) it is clear that every quasi-prime submodule is 2-absorbing, where" a proper submodule n of m is called quasi-prime submodule if whenever a, b ∈ r, m∈ m and a b m∈ n , then a m∈ n or b m∈ n"[3] however a 2-absorbing submodule may not be quasi-prime , as the following example shown : consider the z-module z . the submodule n =4z is a 2-absorbing submodule of z since , if a,b,c ∈z with abc ∈4z=n , then at least two of a,b,c are even . hence either ab ∈ n or ac∈ n or bc ∈ n but 4z is not quasi-prime , since 2.2.1 ∈4z but 2.1∉4z. (4) let n ,w be two submodules of an r-module m and w < n .if n is 2-absorbing submodule of m then it is not necessary that w is 2absorbing submodule of m , for example in z24 as z-module . take n= 6 , w= 12 . since n = 2 ∩ 3 and both of them are prime submodules then n is 2-absorbing submodule by part (1) . but 2.2.3 ∈ w , 2.3 ∉ w and 2.2=4 ∉ w : z =12z . thus w is not 2-absorbing submodule in m . 225 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (5) let n ,w be two submodules of an r-module m and n < w . if n is 2-absorbing submodule of m , then n is a 2-absorbing submodule of w proof: if w =m ,then nothing to prove let a b x ∈n , where a ,b ∈r , x ∈w . since x ∈w then x ∈ m . but n is 2-absorbing submodule of m , so either : a x ∈ n or b x ∈ n or a b ∈ (n:m) and since n < w implies (n:m) (n:w) , then either a x ∈ w or b x ∈ w or a b ∈ (n:w) hence n is 2-absorbing in w ∎ (6) the sum of 2-absorbing submodules is not necessary 2-absorbing . for example: let n1 2z , n2 3z , each of n1 and n2 is 2-absorbing submodule in the z-module z , but n1 + n2 =z which is not 2-absorbing . (7) let n and w be two submodules of an r-module m such that n ≅ w if n is 2-absorbing submodule , it is not necessary that w is 2-absorbing submodule as the following example explains this : consider the z-module z , the submodule 2z is 2-absorbing submodule but 2z ≅ 30z and 30z is not 2-absorbing since 2.3.5 30 ∈ 30 but 2.5 ∉ 30z and 3.5 ∉ 30z and 2.3 6 ∉ 30z (8) the intersection of two 2-absorbing submodule need not be 2-absorbing submodule for example : 6z and 5z are 2-absorbing submodule in the z-module z , but 6z ∩ 5z = 30z which is not 2-absorbing (9) let n be a 2-absorbing submodule of m , then for each a⊆m , either a⊆n or a∩n is a 2-absorbing submodule of a proof : suppose a⊈n . then a∩n ≨ a . let abx ∈ a∩n , and x∈a , a,b∈r . so abx ∈ n . since n is 2-absorbing , either ax ∈ n or bx ∈ n or ab ∈ (n:m) , then ax ∈ a∩n or bx ∈ a∩n or ab ∈ (a∩n:a) . proposition .1.3 : let φ :m ⟶ m′ be an r-epimorphism . if w is 2-absorbing submodule of m′ , then φ (w) is 2-absorbing submodule of m. proof : it is straight for word so it is omitted ∎ proposition 1.4 : let f : m ⟶ m′ be an epimorphism , n < m such that kerf ⊆ n , then n is 2-absorbing submodule of m if and only if f(n) is 2-absorbing submodule of m′ 226 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 proof: ⟹ let abḿ ∈ f n , where ḿ ∈ m′ a,b ∈ r . ḿ f m for some m ∈ m , since f is onto . then abf(m) ∈ f n , so abf(m)=f(n) for some n ∈ n and hence f(abm)f(n) = 0 . thus we get that abm – n ∈ kerf ⊆ n which implies that abm ∈ n . but n is 2-absorbing so either am ∈ n or bm ∈ n or ab ∈ (n : m) . if am ∈ n , then f( am) ∈ f n , that is a f(m) ∈ f n so a ḿ ∈ f n . similarly, bm ∈ n implies that bḿ ∈ f n . if ab ∈ (n : m) , then abm ⊆ n and so f(abm) ⊆ f n which implies that abm′ ⊆ f n and we get that ab ∈ (f n : m′) . ⟸ let abm ∈ n then f(abm) ∈ f n so abf(m) ∈ f n . since f(n) is 2-absorbing either af(m) ∈ f n or bf(m) ∈ f n or ab ∈ (f n : m′). 1) if af(m) ∈ f n then f(am) f n for some n ∈ f n , henc am-n ∈ kerf ⊆ n so am∈ n 2)if bf(m) ∈ f n then similarly that bm ∈ n 3) if ab ∈ (f n : m′) then abm′ ⊆ f n so abf(x) ∈ f n for each x ∈ m so that f(abx)=f(n) for some n ∈ n and hence abx ∈ n for each x ∈ m. thus ab ∈ (n : m) . ∎ by using proposition 1.4 we can get the following result which is given in [ 2] as a direct consequence "corollary 1.5 : let r be a ring , m an rmodule and n , k submodules of m with k ⊆n . then n is a 2-absorbing submodule of m if and only if is a 2-absorbing submodule of " a.y. darani and f. soheilina in [2] introduced the following: "proposition 1.6 : let r be a commutative ring , m is a cyclic r-module and n is a submodule of m . then n is a 2-absorbing submodule of m if and only if ( n : m) is a 2-absorbing ideal of r". sh. payrovi and s. babaei in [4] and s. moradi and a. azizi in [5] introduced the following: theorem 1.7 : "if n is a 2-absorbing submodule of m , then ( n : m) is a 2-absorbing ideal of r" . sh . payrovi , babaei in [4] proved the following " let r be a noetherian ring , m a finitely generated multiplication r-module and n a proper submodule of m such that assr(m/n) is a totally ordered set . if (n :r m) is a 2-absorbing ideal of r, then n is a 2absorbing submodule of m " , where r is a commutative ring with non zero identity . 227 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 however we get the same conclusion under the class of multiplication modules . before giving our result , recall that "an r-module is called a multiplication module if for every submodule n of m, there exists an ideal i of r such that im = n . equivalently , m is a multiplication module if for every submodule n of m ,n=(n :rm)m" . [6] theorem 1.8 : let m be a multiplication r-module and n is a proper submodule of m , if n : m is a 2absorbing ideal of r , then n is 2-absorbing submodule of m proof: let abm ∈ n where a,b ∈ r , m ∈ m then ab(m)⊆ n . but (m)= im for some i r since m is a multiplication r-module , so abim ⊆ n . hence abi ⊆ n : m ,so we get that ( a)(b)i ⊆ n : m . since n : m is a 2-absorbing ideal , therefore (a)i ⊆ n : m or (b)i ⊆ n : m or (a)(b) ⊆ n : m by [1] 1) if (a)i ⊆ n : m , then (a)im ⊆ n so (a)(m)⊆ n thus am ∈ n 2) if (b)i ⊆ n : m , then similarly bm ∈ n. 3) if (a)(b) ⊆ n : m , then ab ∈ n : m ∎ corollary 1.9 : let m be a multiplication r-module and n is a proper submodule of m , then n is 2absorbing submodule of m if and only if n : m is 2-absorbing ideal. remark 1.10 : the condition m is a multiplication r-module can't be dropped from theorem 1.8 . consider the following example : let m be the z-module z and n = 0 . n is not 2-absorbing since : p.p. z = 0 but p. z 0 and p ∉ z ∶ z 0 , also notice that (n: z )= 0 , and 0 is a prime ideal in z , so 0 is 2-absorbing ideal in z . recall that " a proper submodule n of an r-module m is called a p-primary submodule of m if whenever a ∈ r and m ∈m and am ∈ n , then m ∈ n or a ∈ √n ∶ m=p " [7] darani in [7 ] proved the following : " let n be a p-primary submodule of a cyclic r-module. then n is 2-absorbing if and only if (pm)2 ⊆ n " however we improve this theorem as follows . proposition 1.11 : let n be a p-primary submodule of a multiplication r-module m . then n is 2-absorbing if and only if (pm)2 ⊆ n (where (pm)2 = p2m) . 228 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 proof : ⟹ since m is a multiplication r-module , m-radn=√n:m m by[7,th 2.10] but n is p-primary , so p =√n:m is a prime ideal . ; that is m-radn=pm . it follows that p2 ⊆ (n:m) by [1] th. 2.4 . thus p2m ⊆n . hence ( pm)2 ⊆n ⟸ let abm∈n where a , b ∈r , m∈m assume that am∉n and bm∉n . as n is primary with abm∈n and bm∉n , we get a ∈ √n:m=p also abm∈n and am∉n , we get b ∈ √n:m=p thus ab ∈ p ⊆ (n:m) and consequently n is 2-absorbing submodule of m ∎ recall that " a proper submodule n of an r-module m is called a 2-absorbing primary submodule of m if whenever a ; b ∈ r and m ∈m and abm ∈ n , then am ∈ m-rad(n ) or bm ∈ m-rad(n ) or ab ∈ (n :r m)" [8] it is clear that 2-absorbing submodule implies 2-absorbing primary , but the converse may be not hold , as the example shows let m be the z-module z , let n=8z , so n is 2-absorbing primary ,but it is not 2-absorbing submodule . babaei in [4] proved the following : "let r be a noetherian ring , i a 2-absorbing ideal of r , and m a faithful multiplication rmodule such that assr(m /im) is a non-empty totally ordered set . then abm ∈ im implies that am ∈im or bm ∈ im or ab ∈i whenever a; b ∈ r and m ∈ m " [4] , that im is 2-absorbing . where r is a commutative ring with nonzero identity . however we get the same conclusion of this theorem but with less conditions and also we give a simple proof . proposition 1.12 : suppose m is a finitely generated multiplication r-module . if i is 2-absorbing ideal of r such that annm ⊆i , then im is 2-absorbing submodule of m. proof: let abm ∈ im where a , b ∈ r , m ∈ m , hence ab(m) ∈ im . since m is multiplication , then (m)=jm for some ideal j of r . thus abjm ⊆ im and so abj ⊆ i+annm = i . but i is a 2absorbing ideal of r , so either ab ∈ i or aj ⊆ i or bj ⊆ i , it follows that ab ∈ im : m or ajm ⊆ im or bjm ⊆ im ; that is either ab ∈ im : m or a(m) ⊆ im or b(m) ⊆ im thus ab ∈ im : m or am ∈ im or bm ∈ im and so im is a 2-absorbing submodule of m ∎ 229 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 corollary 1.13 : suppose m is a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module . if i is a 2-absorbing ideal of r, then im is a 2-absorbing submodule of m. proof: it follows directly by proposition 1.12 ∎ corollary 1.14 : let m be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module . then every proper submodule of m is 2-absorbing if and only if every proper ideal of r is 2-absorbing . proof : ⟸ it follows directly by corollary (1.13) . ⟹ let i be a proper ideal of r . then n= im is a proper submodule of m so it is 2-absorbing and hence by theorem (1.7) , (n:m) is 2-absorbing ideal . but m is faithful finitely generated multiplication r-module , so (n:m)=i by ([6],th.3.1) ∎ " proposition 1.15 : [4,th 2.4] let m be an r-module , n a proper submodule of m , if n is 2-absorbing then n : m is 2-absorbing ideal for each m ∈m-n " proof: first n : m r for any m ∉ n let abc ∈ n : m then ab(cm) ∈ n , but n is 2-absorbing submodule then a(cm) ∈ n or b(cm) ∈ n or ab ∈ n : m , so that acm ∈ n or bcm ∈ n or abm ⊆ n that is ac ∈ n : m or bc ∈ n : m or ab ∈ n : m hence n : m is 2-absorbing ideal ∎ recall that "a submodule n of m is called a pure submodule of an r-module m if im ∩ n = in for any ideal i of r" [9] proposition 1.16 : let n be a proper pure submodule of an r-module m , if 0 is a 2-absorbing submodule of m , then n is 2-absorbing . proof: let abm ∈ n where a ,b ∈ r , m ∈ m put i =(ab) then abm ∈ im ∩ n , but im ∩ n = in , so abm = abn for some n ∈ n , then ab( m – n ) = 0 , but (o) is 2-absorbing then a ( m – n ) = 0 or b( m – n ) = 0 or ab ∈ annm ⊆ (n : m) . so we get am=an ∈ n or bm=bn ∈n or ab ∈ ( n : m) , thus n is a 2-absorbing submodule ∎ 2. 2-absorbing submodules characterizations . in this section we give some characterizations of 2-absorbing submodules . we start with the following proposition: 230 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 proposition 2.1 : let n a proper submodule of an r-module m . then n is 2-absorbing submodule of m if and only if abk ⊆n for some a , b ∈r , k m . implies ab∈(n:m) , or ak ⊆n or bk ⊆n proof : suppose that ab ∉(n:m) and ak ⊈ n and bk ⊈ n . then there exist m1 , m2 in k such that am1 ∉ n and bm2 ∉ n . since abm1 ∈ n and ab ∉(n:m) , am1 ∉ n , we get bm1 ∈ n. also since abm2 ∈n and ab ∉(n:m) , bm2 ∉ n , we get am2 ∈ n now , since ab(m1 + m2) ∈ n and ab ∉(n:m) we have a(m1 + m2) ∈ n or b(m1 + m2) ∈ n if a(m1 + m2) ∈ n ; i.e. am1 +am2 ∈ n and since am2 ∈ n we get am1 ∈ n which is contradiction ! if b(m1 + m2) ∈ n ; i.e. bm1 +bm2 ∈ n and since bm2 ∈ n we get bm1 ∈ n which is contradiction ! then either ab ∈(n:m) or ak ⊆ n and bk ⊆ n the converse is clear ∎ the following theorem give a useful characterization of 2-absorbing submodule . theorem 2.2 : let n a proper submodule of an r-module m , then the following statement are equivalent : (1) n is a 2-absorbing submodule of m (2) if i j k ⊆ n , for some ideal i and j of r and some submodule k of m then either i k ⊆ n or j k⊆ n or i j ⊆( n:m) . proof : (1) ⟹ (2) suppose n is a 2-absorbing submodule of m and i j k ⊆ n for some ideals i and j of r and some submodule k of m and i j ⊈ ( n:m) . to show that i k ⊆ n or j k ⊆ n. suppose i k ⊈ n and j k ⊈ n . then there exist a1 ∈ i and a2 ∈ j such that a1 k ⊈ n and a2 k ⊈ n . but a1 a2 k ⊆ n and neither a1 k ⊈ n nor a2 k ⊈ n and n is 2-absorbing , so we have a1 a2 ∈( n:m) by proposition (2.1) since i j ⊈ ( n:m) , then there exist b1 ∈ i and b2 ∈ j such that b1 b2 ∉(n:m). but b1 b2k ⊆ n , so we have b1k ⊆ n or b2k ⊆ n by proposition (2.1) now we have the following cases : case (1) b1k ⊆ n and b2k ⊈ n 231 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 since a1b2k ⊆ n and b2k ⊈ n and a1 k ⊈ n so that a1 b2 ∈( n:m) by proposition (2.1) since b1k ⊆ n and a1k ⊈ n , we conclude ( a1+b1) k ⊈ n . on the other hand , ( a1+b1) b2 k ⊆ n and neither ( a1+b1) k ⊆ n nor b2k ⊆ n , we get that ( a1+b1) b2 ∈(n:m) by proposition (2.1) but (( a1+b1) b2 = a1b2+b1b2 ∈(n:m) and a1b2 ∈(n:m) , we get b1b2 ∈(n:m) which is a contradiction! case(2) if b2k ⊆ n and b1k ⊈ n . by a similar argument of case (1), we reach to a contradiction! case(3) b1k ⊆ n and b2k ⊆ n since b2k ⊆ n and a2k ⊈ n , we conclude ( a2+b2) k ⊈ n . but a1( a2+b2) k ⊆ n and neither a1k⊆n nor ( a2+b2)k ⊆ n , hence a1( a2+b2)∈(n:m) by proposition (2.1) since a1 a2∈(n:m) and a1 a2 + a1 b2 ∈(n:m) , we have a1 b2 ∈(n:m) . since (a1+b1) a2 k ⊆ n and neither a2 k ⊆ n nor (a1+b1)k ⊆ n , we conclude (a1+b1) a2∈(n:m) by proposition (2.1) but (a1+b1) a2 = a1a2+b1 a2 , so a1a2+b1 a2 ∈(n:m) and since a1 a2∈(n:m) , we get b1a2 ∈(n:m) . now , since (a1+b1) (a2+b2)k ⊆n and neither (a1+b1)k ⊆n nor (a2+b2)k ⊆n, we have (a1+b1) (a2+b2) =a1a2+ a1b2+b1a2+b1b2 ∈(n:m) by proposition (2.1) but a1a2 , a1b2 , b1a2 ∈(n:m) , so b1b2 ∈(n:m) which is a contradiction! . consequently i1k ⊆n or i2k ⊆n (2) ⟹ (1) it is clear ∎ recall that ". for any two submodules n , k of a multiplication r-module m with n = i1m and k = i2m for some ideals i1 and i2 of r. the product n and k denoted by nk is defined by nk = i1i2m."[2] by using this definition of product of submodules , we give the following characterization of 2-absorbing submodules . theorem 2.3 : let n be a proper submodule of a multiplication r-module m , then n is a 2-asorbing submodule of m if and only if n1 n2 n3 ⊆n implies that n1 n2 ⊆n or n1 n3 ⊆n or n2 n3 ⊆n , where n1 , n2 , n3 are submodules of m. proof : ⟹ since m is multiplication , then n1= i1m , n2= i2m , n3= i3m for some ideals i1 , i2 , i3 of r . it follows that : n1 n2 n3 = i1 i2 i3m ⊆ n . hence i1 i2 i3 ⊆ (n:m) . but n is 2-absorbing submodule of m implies that (n:m) is 2-absorbing ideal by [theorem 1.7]. so by [1 ,th 2.13] either i1 i2 ⊆ (n:m) or i1 i3 ⊆ (n:m) or i2 i3 ⊆ (n:m) . then i1 i2 m ⊆ n or i1 i3m ⊆ n or i2 i3m ⊆ n . thus n1 n2 ⊆n or n1 n3 ⊆n or n2 n3 ⊆n 232 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ⟸ let i1 i2 k ⊆ n where i1 , i2 are ideals of r and k m . since m is multiplication module , k = jm for some j of r . thus i1 i2j m ⊆ n . put n1= i1m n2= i2m . it follows that n1 n2k= i1 i2j m ⊆ n . so by hypotheses either n1 k ⊆ n or n2 k ⊆ n or n1 n2 ⊆ n then i1j m ⊆ n or i2j m ⊆ n or i1 i2 ⊆ (n:m); that is i1 k ⊆ n or i2k ⊆ n or i1i2 ⊆ (n:m) thus n is 2-absorbing submodule of m ∎ proposition 2.4 : let n be a proper submodule of an r-module m . the following statements are equivalent : (1) n is a 2-absorrbing submodule of m (2) (n : i) is 2-absorbing , for each ideal i of r with im ⊈n (3) (n : (r)) is 2-absorbing submodule for each r ∈r with rm ⊈n proof: (1) ⟹(2) let i be an ideal of r with im ⊈m , then (n : i) is a proper submodule of m let a b m ∈ (n : i) , where a , b ∈ r , m ∈ m . then ab(im) ⊆ n . but n is 2-absorbing submodule of m , so by proposition(2.1) , either a(im) ⊆ n or b(im) ⊆ n or ab ∈ (n : m) ⊆ ( (n : i): m) . hence either am ∈ (n : i) or bm ∈(n : i) or ab ∈( (n : i): m . thus (n : i) is a 2-absorbing submodule . (2) ⟹(3) it is clear . (3) ⟹(1) take r =1 then (n : 1 )= n , so n is 2-absorbing. ∎ now we have the following : theorem 2.5 : let n be a proper submodule of an r-module m . consider the following statements: 1) n is a 2-absorbing submodule of m 2) for each a,b ∈ r , m ∈ m . if abm ∉ n , then ( n :abm) = (n:am)∪(n:bm) 3) for each a,b ∈ r , m∈m if abm∉n then (n:abm)=(n :am) or (n:abm) =(n:bm) then (1) ⟹(2) ⟹(3) and if m is cyclic , then (3) ⟹(1) . proof : (1) ⟹(2) let c ∈ ( n : abm) then abcm ∈ n . since abm ∉ n and n is 2-absorbing , so by (1.2 ) , either acm ∈ n or bcm ∈ n . then c ∈ ( n : am) or c ∈ ( n : bm) thus ( n : abm) ⊆ ( n : am) ∪ ( n : bm) . to prove reverse inclusion: let c ∈( n : am) ∪ ( n : bm) , then c ∈( n : am) or c ∈ ( n : bm) so that acm ∈ n or bcm ∈ n it follows that abcm ∈ bn ⊆ n or abcm ∈ an ⊆ n thus abcm ∈ n and hence c ∈ n:abm . 233 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 then ( n:am) ∪( n:bm) ⊆ ( n:abm) . so we get (n:abm)=(n:am)∪(n:bm). (2) ⟹(3) since (n : abm) is an ideal of r , and (n:abm)=(n:am)∪(n:bm). so either ( n : bm) ⊆ ( n : am) or ( n : am) ⊆ ( n : bm) . then ( n : abm) = ( n : am) or ( n : abm) ( n : bm) (3) ⟹(1) now suppose that m= m for some m1 ∈m let abm ∈ n . but m=rm1 for some r ∈ r then abrm1 ∈ n and suppose that a b ∉ n :m)= (n: m ) , abm1 ∉ n and r∈( n : abm1 ) . by (3) ( n : abm1) = ( n : a m1) or ( n : ab m1) = ( n : b m1) . since r ∈( n : abm1 ) , so either r ∈( n : a m1) or r ∈( n : b m1) . then a rm1 ∈ n or b rm1 ∈ n , we get a m ∈ n or b m ∈ n . hence n is 2-absorbing ∎ references 1. badawi ,a(2007), on 2-absorbing ideals of commutative rings, bull. austral. math. soc. 75 , 417–429. 2. yousefian darani,a. and soheilnia,f.(2011), on 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbing submodules , thai j. math., 9, 577-584 3. abdul-razak,h.m (1999), "quasi-prime modules and quasi-prime submodules", m.sc.thesis, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, 4. payrovi,sh and babaei,s.(2012), on 2-absorbing submodules, algebra colloq., 19, 913920. 5. moradi,s. and azizi,a.(2012) , 2-absorbing and n-weakly prime submodule , miskolc mathematical notes , 13 , 1,pp. 75-86 . 6.elbast, z.a. and smith, p.f.(1988), multiplication modules , comm. in algebra, 16(4), 755-779. 7. moore,m.e. and smith,s.j.(2002), prime and radical submodules of modules over commutative rings, comm. algebra, 30 , 5073-5064. 8. hojjat mostafanasab , ece yetkin , unsal tekir and a. y. darani(2015) , on 2-absorbing primary submodules of modules over commutative rings ,arxiv : 1503 . 00308v1 [math.ac] mar 2015 . 9. anderson,e.w. and fuller,k.r.(1992), "rings and categories of modules", springerverlage, new york . 234 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2حول المقاسات الجزئية من النمط المستحوذه على انعام محمد علي ھادي عبدالرحمن عبدهللا حرفش بغداد/جامعة (ابن الھيثم) للعلوم الصرفة كلية التربية /قسم الرياضيات 2015/اب/1،قبل البحث في:2015/أيار/26استلم البحث في: خالصة ال 0 حلقة ابدالية ذات محايد rلتكن . rمقاس احادي على الحلقة mو 1 والتي قدمت من قبل الباحثين 2ھدفنا في ھذا البحث االستمرار في دراسة المقاسات الجزئية من النمط المستحوذة على دارياني وسھيليني . العديد من الخواص والتمييزات لھذا المفھوم قد اعطيت ، المقاسات الجزئية شبه االولية ، 2المقاسات الجزئية االولية ، المقاسات الجزئية المستحوذة على : الكلمات المفتاحية المقاسات الجدائية ، المقاسات الجزئية االبتدائية ، المقاسات الجزئية النقية .   mathematics 386 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 linear prediction of sum of two poisson process s. h. raheem faculty of human science and physical education /school of human science,university of garmian/iraq received in: 17 march 2012 accepted in: 21 may 2012 abstract our goal from this work is to find the linear prediction of the sum of two poisson process )()()( tytxtz += at the future time 0),( ≥+ ττtz and that is when we know the values of )(tz in the past time and the correlation function )(τβ z key words: poisson process, linear prediction, sum of two poisson process. introduction the poisson process has long tradition in applied probability and stochastic process theory, in (1903) thesis fillip lundberg already exploited it as a model for the claim number process n later on in the 1930s , gramer the famous statistician extensively developed collective risk theory by using the total claim amount process s with arrivals ti which are generated by poisson process for historical reasons but also since it has very attractive mathematical properties the poisson process plays a central role in insurance mathematics[1,p7].bellow we will give a definition of poisson process. a poisson process with parameter or rate λ > 0 is an integervalued, continuous time stochastic process }0),({ ≥ttx satisfying : 1. 0)0( =x 2. for all t0 = t1 < t2 < … < tn the increment x(t1) – x(t0), x(t2) – x(t1), …, x(tn) – x(tn – 1 ) are independent random variables. 3. for ,0≥t s > 0 and nonnegative integers k, the increments have the poisson distribution k t( t) e pr[x(t s) x(s) k] k! λλ − + − = = , k = 0, 1, 2, … …(1) it is convenient to view the poisson process x(t) as a special counting process of events in any interval of length t specified via condition (3), [2,p120]. we have to know that poisson process is on of the most important examples of marcov process that plays an important role in both theory and in variety of applications, [3,p346]. an arrival is simply an occurrence of some event-like a phone call, job offer or whatever that happens at a particular point in time [4]. our goal from this work is to find the linear prediction of the sum of two independent homogenous poisson process }),({},),({ tttytttx ∈∈ with parameters λ1, λ2, (i.e.) to find the linear prediction of: }),({}),({}),({ tttytttxtttz ∈+∈=∈ at the future time ( t + τ ) , τ ≥ 0. mathematics 387 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 theorem [2] let x(t), y(t) be two independent poisson process with parameters λ1 and λ2 respectively, then x(t)+y(t) is also a poisson process with density 21 λλ + proof: since )()( tytx + is an additive markov process we let: )()()( tytxtz += ,so ∑ = −=−+⋅=−+==⋅+ n oj jnsytsyjsxtsxsztsz })()(pr{})()(pr{})()(pr{ η )!( )( ! )( 2 0 1 21 jn t e j t e jn t n j j t − ⋅= − = ∑ λλ λλ = ∑ = − +− − n j jnj t tt jnj n n e 0 21 )( )()( )!(! ! ! 21 λλ λλ 1 2( ) t n 1 2 e z(t) ( t t) n! λ λ λ λ − + = + …(2) ∴ z(t) is homogenous poisson process moments of z(t) we can find the first moment of z(t) as follows ∑ ∞ = = 0)( )()(]),([ tz z tftzttze = ∑ ∞ = +− + 0)( )( 21)( )!( ])[( )( 21 tz tz t tz t etz λλλλ = ∑ ∞ = +− +− − + 1)( 11)( 21)( ]!1)([ ])[( 21 tz tz t tz t e λλλλ ∑ ∞ = − +− − + += 1)( 1)( 21)( 21 ]!1)([ ])[( )( 21 tz tz t tz t te λλ λλ λλ t)( 21 λλ += know to find the second moment ∑ ∞ = = 0)( 22 )()(]),([ tz z tftzttze = ∑ ∞ = +− + 0)( )( 21)(2 )!( ])[( )( 21 tz tz t tz t etz λλλλ ∑ ∞ = − +− − + += 1)( 1)( 21)( 21 ]!1)([ ])[( )()( 21 tz tz t tz t tzte λλ λλ λλ let 1)()( −= tztk then we get ∑ ∞ = +− +++= 1)( )( 21)( 21 )!( ])[( )1)(()( 21 tz tk t tk t tkte λλ λλ λλ mathematics 388 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 = )( ]!1)([ ])( ])[( 21 0)( 11)( 21)( 21 21 λλ λλ λλ λλ ++ − + + ∑ ∞ = +− +− tk tk t tk t et 2 21 2 1 2e[z (t), t] [( )t] ( )tλ λ λ λ∴ = + + + …(3) so that: 22 )]),(([]),([]),([ ttzettzettzvar −= = 1 2( )t (4)λ λ+  correlation function of z(t) we have: )()()( tytxtz += the correlation function of z(t) is: )()()( τβτβτβ yxz += or: ),(),(),( τβτβτβ +++=+ tttttt yxz )]()([)]()([ ττ +++= tytyetxtxe )]}([)]([)]()({[)]}([)]([)()({ ττττ +−+++−+= tyetyetytyetxetxetxtxe 2 2 2e[x (t)] e[x(t)x(t ] e[x (t)] e[x(t)]e[x(t )]] e[y (t)]τ τ= + + − − + + + 2e[y(t)y(t )] e[y (t)] e[y(t)]e[y(t )]τ τ+ − − + 2 2e[x (t)] e[x(t)]e[x(t ) x(t)] e[x(t)]e[x(t )] e[y (t)]τ τ= + + − − + + + e[y(t)e[y(t ) y(t)] e[y(t)]e[y(t )]τ τ+ − − + 2222 )]]([[)]([)]]([[)]([ tyetyetxetxe +++= = )()( tvarytvarx + ttz 21)( λλτβ +=∴ = 1 2( )t ...(5)λ λ+ the formulation of the status when finite numbers of values of z(t) are known the idea of best linear prediction is very important linear prediction theory has important application in standard linear models and the analysis of special data the theory has traditionally been taught as part of multivariate analysis. it is important for general stochastic process, time series and it is the basis for linear bayesian method [5, p134] linear prediction is a mathematical operation where future values of discrete – time signals are estimated as a linear function of previous sample [6]. we shall express here how to predict z(t) for the future time )( τ+t and for that we need to know the finite values of the past time and the correlation function )(τβz . suppose we know finite value of z(t) of the past time: )(,),(),( )1(2 )1( 1 )1( nstzstzstz −−−  ; i.e. ~ (1) (1) (1) 1 2 nz(t ) g{z (t s ), z (t s ), , z (t s )}τ+ = − − − …(6) and the prediction is equivalent to the determining value of coefficients α1, α2 , …, αn of the linear combination : 1 1 2 2 n nz(t s ) z(t s ) z(t s )α α α− + − + + − …(7) mathematics 389 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 [7, p.97] so: n(1) (1) (1) 1 2 n k k k 1 g{z (t s ), z (t s ), , z (t s )} z(t s )α = ∑− − − = − …(8) substitute (8) in (6) we get : ~ n k k k 1 z(t ) z(t s )τ α = ∑+ = − …(9) the difference between the point z(1)(t + τ) and its predicted value ~ z (t + τ) represents the prediction error and denoted by : )( ~ )()1(2, ττστ +−+= tztzn we shall consider here only one realization z(1)(t–sk) ,k =1,2,….,n and that is because we can not take the absolute value of the prediction error │ζτ,n│as an index of the quality of prediction formula since it will be different for different realization of z(t) and : 2n 2 ,n k k k 1 e z(t ) z(t s )τσ τ α = ∑= − − − …(10) takes its minimum value and the formula (10) called the mean square prediction error see[4, p145] n n 2 ,n k k k k k 1 k 1 [z(t ) z(t s )][z(t ) z(t s )]τσ τ α τ α = = ∑ ∑= − − − − − − …(11) ])([)()([])()([])()([ 111 ∑∑∑ === −+−−−−+−++= n k kk n k kk n k kk stzetzstzestztzetztze αταατττ hence: ( ) )([)]([ 1 2 , k n k n stztzett −+−+−+= ∑ = ατττβστ ∑∑∑ === −−++−− n k kk n k kk n k kk stzstzetzstze 111 )()([)()([ αατα therefore: στ 2 ,n = ∑∑∑∑ = === −++−+− n n k kk n k kk n k ssstt 1 111 )(])([)()0(  βααβατβαβ then: n n n 2 ,n k k k k k 1 1 k 1 (0) 2 re (t s ) (s s )τσ β α β α α β = = = ∑ ∑ ∑= − + + −   …(12) now we have to find the value of α1 = a1, α2 = a2,…,αn = an in which στ 2 ,n takes its minimum value, by writing (12) as follows: ∑∑∑∑ = === −+−−−+−= n n k kk n k kk n k n ssstt 1 111 2 , )()()()0(  βααβατβαβστ then by: 0 0....,, , 2211 = ∂ ∂ ==== aaa nnk n ααα α στ mathematics 390 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 we can fined the values αααα nnaa === ,....,, 2211 where στ 2 ,n takes its minimum value and: 0)s(10-)s(-0 k n 1 k 0....,, , 2211 =−+= ∂ ∂ ∑ =====   s aaa nnk n βατβ ααα α στ ∑ = =−++−= n kk ssas 1 0)()(  βτβ n k k 1 ( s ) a (s s )β τ β = ∑+ = −   …(13) then we can write (9) by : n k k 1 z(t ) a z(t )τ τ = ∑+ = + …(14) from (13) and since we have the correlation function of the sum of tow poisson process: τλλβ τ )( 21)( +=z we get the following system of equation )()()()( 11212111 sssassassa nn +=−++−+− τββββ  )()()()( 22222121 sssassassa nn +=−++−+− τββββ   )()()()( 2211 nnnnnn sssassassa +=−++−+− τββββ  or: )()()(0 11212 sssassa nn +=−++−+ τ )()(0)( 21111 sssassa nn +=−+++− τ  )(0)()()( 1111212111 sssassassa nn +=+−++−+− −− τβ where this system can be solved to obtain the values of the coefficients a1, a2,…, an after that we can write the beast prediction formula (1.4.12) by using a1, a2,…, an and the know observed values )(,),(),( 21 nstzstzstz −−−  by 0;)()()()( ~ 2211 ≥−++−+−=+ ττ nn stzastzastatz  the mean square error of prediction since we have ∑∑∑∑ = === −+−−−+−= n n k kk n k kkk n k kn ssstst 1 111 2 , )()()()0(  βααβαβαβστ and by (2.2.11) we get: ∑∑∑ = == −=+ n n k kkk n k k ssst 1 11 )()(  βααβα see [1,p101] mathematics 391 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 so : ∑∑∑∑∑ = === = −++−−−= n n k kk n k kk n n k kkn sssass 1 111 1 2 , )()()()0(     βαατββααβστ ∴ ∑∑ = = −−= n n k kkn ss 1 1 2 , )()0(  βααβστ and by using τλλτβ )()( 21 +=z ∑ = ++= n k kkn sa 1 21, ))(( τλλστ = ∑∑ = = − n n k kk ss 1 1 )(  βαα references 1. micosch, th. (2009) non–life insurance mathematic, second edition-verlag barlin heidelberg. 2. www.nas.its.tudelft.nl/people/piet/cupboockapters/pacup. 3. gnedenko, b.v. (1962) the theory of probability, new york. 4. yaglom, a.m, (1962) an introduction to the theory of stationary random function, prentice hall. 5. christensen,r. (2011) plane answers to complex question, fourth edition, science business media, llc. 6. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/linear_prediction 7. winner .n. (1999) extrapolation, interpolation and smoothing of stationary time series, new york. 8. www.ssc.upenn.edu/rwight/cours/poisson. http://www.nas.its.tudelft.nl/people/piet/cupboockapters/pacup http://www.ssc.upenn.edu/rwight/cours/poisson mathematics 392 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 3 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 3 vol. 25 year 2012 التنبؤ الخطي لمجموع عمليتي بوايسون سيران حمزة كريم كلية العلوم االنسانية والرياضية الجامعة، جامعة كرميان 2012ايار 21قبل البحث: 2012اذار 17استلم البحث: الخالصة في زمن المستقبل z(t)=x(t)+y(t) ان الهدف من عملنا هذا هو ايجاد التنبوء الخطي لمجموع عمليتي بوايسون z(t+τ) , τ ≥ 0 وذلك عند معرفتنا لقيمz(t) في الزمن الماضي ومعامل االرتباط لهذا المجموع βz(t). عمليات بوايسون، التنبؤ الخطي، جمع عمليتي بوايسون.الكلمات المفتاحية: the effect of the thickness of the polycrystalline cds film on the efficiency of cu2s/cds solar cell ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 the effect of the thickness of polycrystalline cds film on the efficiency of cu2s/cds solar cell a. m. suhail, w. a. a. twej , s. s. abdulah, n. m. saeed department of physics, college of science, university of baghdad department of physiology, college of medicine, university of al-nahrain department of physics, college of science, university of baghdad abstract in this paper, cu2s/cds solar cells were prepared with different thickness of cds layer, these layers were prepared by using chemical spray pyrolysis technique. the chemical spray solution was prepared by mixing cadmium chloride cdcl2 and thiourea cs(nh2)2 of molar concentration 0.1 m/l, the cds layer was formed after the solution was sprayed on hot aluminum substrate at temperature 400°c. experimentally the type of cds film was found as n–type depending on the results of hall effect, the value of the hall factor (rh) is about – 1.348 x 10 –6 m 3 /c and the density of the majority charge carriers (n) is about 4.64x10 18 cm –3 . the prepared film was tested by using x-ray diffraction; the result shows that the film was cds with a polycrystalline structure. the cu2s layer was prepared by using chemical dip process; this layer was formed on the surface of the cds film and it is always p-type. the heat treatment was utilized to form the p–n junction. the current-voltage characteristics of p-cu2s\n-cds solar cells was studied, the efficiency of the prepared cells of different thickness; (2.19, 2.52, 3.64, and 5.55) μm of cds layer was calculated at 85.4 mw/cm 2 light intensities, the results show that the thickness of the polycrystalline cds film is an important parameter affecting the cell efficiency. introduction semiconductors materials like ii-vi compounds have become more important in making photovoltaic devices, photoconductors, and infrared detectors and solar cells (1, 2). the cadmium sulfide (cds) is an interesting material for the direct conversion of sun light in to electricity, it is characterized by a self –generated electromotive force (e. m. f), and it was identified as a potential material for low cost terrestrial photovoltaic energy conversion. cds is a direct band gap semiconductor and it is a good absorber for sunlight with high optical absorption coefficient. cadmium sulfide /copper sulfide solar cell is one of the important thin films hetrojunction types (3, 4). the chemical spray pyrolysis technique was used to prepare cds layer, it is asimple and law cost thin film technology and it is utilized to form wide area film and it is capable to produce high thickness of cds film, which leads to an accepted efficiency (5). the necessary thickness of the cds film seems to be a function of the relative physical perfection of the film. most of high efficiency cds cells were made from films with thickness of 5–20 μm. in thick film( more than 1 μm); there is an increase in the production of pairs (electron– hole) that leads to increase the photocurrent at the illuminated cell, but in thin cds layer, the number of defects in the active region will probably increase and the conversion efficiency will deteriorate. the behaviour of cu2s–cds solar cell as a function of the thickness is somewhat more involved than for si devices, this reason argues that the cds layer can be reduced to the order of micron without aharmful effect; this would be true in a single crystal device, ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 polycrystalline cds usually made thick to prevent such problems (6, 7). the dipping process is the most often used method for the formation of the cu2s layers for cu2s–cds solar cell. the reaction consisting in the displacement of one cadmium ion (cd +2 ) by two copper ions (2cu +2 ) is according to the following reaction: cu ++ + cds  cus + cd ++ cus + cu ++ + 2e cu2s the cu2s was formed on the cds layers, it is avery thin layer and it is always p–type and highly conductive. the p–n junction should be formed to get a photovoltaic device; generally, a "heat treatment" is used to form the junction. the conditions for the heat treatment depend on the cds and cu2s fabrication method (8). the annealed films may be attributed to the structure improvement and the decrease of the degree of amorphosity leading to decrease the localized states (9). this increasing of the mobility and concentration is due to the reduction of scattering of the carrier from the surface and the ionized impurities scattering gradually takes over, which agree with kasmarski (10) ohmer (11) and jeong and park (12) as well as the elimination of defects in films, and to the increasing in crystalline size which would decrease the number of the grain boundaries. the cds film which was tested by x–ray diffraction (nakamura et al (13).has a hexagonal structure. the experimental work the chemical spray pyrolysis system was used in preparing the cds film on pure aluminum substrate of 3×3 cm 2 area and 1mm thickness. a metal substrate was used since it is already conducting. the spraying solution was prepared by mixing 18.34 gm of cadmium chloride (cdcl2) and 7.612 gm thiourea {cs(nh2)2} of molar concentration 0.1 mole/liter., then they were used as starting materials. the cds film was formed on a hot aluminum substrate at the temperature of 400 c after 2-3 minutes from the beginning of the spray operation from the atomizer, as shown in fig. (1).the temperature of the substrate was controlled by a digital readout temperature controller unit of ±0.1c accuracy. the spraying operation is continued for several times then the yellow–orange deposit layer would appear on the substrate, it was a film of the cds material, according to the following chemical reaction (8, 14): cdcl2 + cs (nh2)2 + 2h2o  cds + 2nh4cl  + co2  yellow-orange deposit the thicknesses of the prepared films were measured by using the "weight method". the cu2s layer was form by dipping the cds film into a hot solution containing cuprous ions for 30 sec. the dipping solution was prepared by adding copper chloride (cucl) with nacl and hydrazine (2nh2.hcl), the materials concentration of the dipping solution are: 6 gm/l cucl, 2 g/l nacl, and 1 ml/l hydrazine. adjusted with hcl, ph=3.5. the reaction is generally performed in an aqueous solution, and it takes place at a temperature around 90 c. the replacement reaction is: cds + 2cucl  cu2s + cdcl2 blue-black deposit by using the dipping method; a thin layer of about 0.1–0.3 μm of cu2s was formed on the surface of cds film and it is in a very intimate contact with it (4, 14). the heat treatment is the required method to form the p-n junction, the layers of cds and cu2s are dried and heated in an oven at 180°c for 3-5 minutes. the ohmic contact made by evaporation aluminum under vacuum using coating system type "edwards e306a", the aluminum mesh used as an upper electrode with the help of the mask, the evaporation condition was done in the pressure of 2×10 –5 bar. by using hall effect; the type of cds film was found as n–type, depending on the value of hall factor (rh.) as shown in figure (2). electromotive force (e. m. f) was supplied on both ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 sides of the solar cell, and then two digital electrometers were used to calculate the output voltage and the output current. visible light was used as the input power pin, the intensity of the light was determined by changing the position of the light (up or down) with asuitable step. result and discussion 1. the properties of cu2s/cds solar cell sample of cds thin film, which was prepared by using chemical spray technique, was tested by x–ray diffraction. the output results of these measurements shows that the film was cds material with polycrystalline structure, as shown in fig. (3). cu2s/cds solar cell was classified as a"frontwall cell" when illuminated from the above (from the cu2s side). the energy gap of cds material is mostly higher than the energy gap of cu2s material, for this reason, the responsivity of the cu2s film for the incident photons is higher than the responsivity of cds film, therefore cu2s film has ahigh ability of the absorption for the photons of energy between 1.2–1.5 ev; where the value of the energy gap of cu2s film is 1–1.2 ev (14, 15). substrate choosing has an important effect in preparing solar cell where it affects the cell properties; the best substrate is that material which reduces the contact resistance for both layers; p–type, and n–type (8) . experimentally; the type of cds film was found as n –type, depending on the value of hall factor (rh.) which was calculated by using the equation(8): bi tv r h h    rh was about –1.348 x 10 –6 m 3 /c, this value was measured for the film of thickness t= 1.203 μm (the film of this thickness has hall electrode), (v /i)h = –0.282 volt/amp and b = 0.257 tesla. where; i is the current flow through the film, vh is the generated voltage on both sides of the film, and b is the magnetic field. the density of the major carriers of the cds film can be relatively calculated from the following relation (8, 16, 17) h re 1 n   where; (n) is the density of the majority carriers, (e) is the charge of the electron. the experimental result of n value for cds film of thickness t=1.203 μm was: n = 4.64x10 18 cm –3 . 2. study the i–v characteristics of cu2s/cds solar cell the i–v characteristics of the prepared p-cu2s/n-cds solar cell were studied at different light intensities, as shown in table (1). at the illuminated cell; the short circuit current depends on the intensity of the incident lights as shown in figure (4a), and there is logarithmic relation between voc and the incident light for the prepared cu2s/cds solar cell, as shown in figure (4-b). one of the main reasons of low short circuit current is the absence of anti–reflection coating layer that can affect on the cell efficiency; other factors such as impurities could be important (18). the electrical properties of four p-cu2s/n-cds solar cells were studied for different numbers of thickness (2.19, 2.52, 3.64, and 5.55) μm of cds layer at 85.4 mw/cm 2 light intensities, as shown in table 2. the results show that layer thickness of the solar cell has an effect on the cell efficiency, as shown in figure (5). 3. calculation the efficiency and fill factor of the cu2s/cds solar cell the conversion efficiency (η) of the solar cell was calculated by using the equation (8): ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 in p vociscff   where fill factor (ff) is equal: iscvoc vmim ff    the maximum efficiency of cu2s/cds solar cell of area 6.25 cm 2 under 85.4 mw/cm 2 light intensity was 2.8 % for 5.55 μm thickness of cds layer. in athick film, there is an increase in the photocurrent at the illuminated cell, so the best efficiency was registered in cell with athick cds layer. fill factor which is defined as the ratio of the maximum power to the (isc×voc) was equal to 0.70, as shown in fig. (6). in the illuminated cell there is the best absorption of the incident light occur in the solar cell of thick cds layer. improving the present setting of the used spray technique can be capable to produce ahigh thickness of cds layer, which leads to an acceptable efficiency. much more work is required on annealing and doping studies before high efficiencies would be observed (5, 19). conclusions the prepared cu2s/cds solar cell by using simple technique was good; it can operate in an acceptable efficiency. the cds layer was easily fabricated by using achemical spray pyrolysis technique. the spray technique is utilized to produce awide area solar cell and it is required for such athick film. the thickness of the polycrystalline cds layer is an important parameter affecting the cell efficiency. acknowledgment the authors would like to acknowledge the head of the thin film laboratory prof. matty al-macadicy and prof. m. al-yass and the master of the general chemical laboratory mr. m. khalel for their assistance during the work. references 1. imad, a.; tuke, g.and stevanovic v. (2000)." iee332:" semi. material and devices ", iowa state university, 2. heiba z. k. (2003). "crys. res. technol. " 38: 488-49. 3. heo, j.; thn, h.; lee, r.;han, y. and kim, d., (2003)."solar energy materials and solar cells" 75: 193-203. 4. cruz, l.r.; de avillez, r.r. (1999). "de superficies y de vacio ", 9: 92-95. 5. suhail, a. m.; taleb, a. m and al–naimee, k.a. edited by. sayigh a. a. m. (2002). "renewable energy" 29 june–5 july cologne, germany. 6. charles, b. (1976). "solar cells", ieee press, new york. 7. hovel, h. j. (1975). "solar cell; semiconductor and semimetals" academic press, london and new york, 11: p.109 8. hill, r. (1978). "active and passive thin film devices". edited by coutts t. j. academic press, new york, 9. al-fawade eman, m. n. ( 2005)."fabrication of pbxs1-x detectors", ph. d. thesis, baghdad university. 10. kazmarski, l. (1980) "polycrystalline and amorphous semiconductors and devices" academic press, new york 11. omar, m. a. (1975). "elementary solid state physics" addison-wesley, publishing co. inc. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 12. woon-jo jeong and gyechoon park. (2003), "solar energy materials and solar cell", 75: 93-100 13..nakamura, k. ;gaton, m. ; fujihara, t.;toyama ,t. and okamoto, h. (2003) "solar energy materials " v. 75: 185-192. 14. seraphen, b. o. (1979). "solar energy conversion": solid–state physics aspect. spring– verlag berlin heidelberg, new york. 15. al–gayem, n. a. (1999). "laser signals detection using cds doped with copper" collage of science, university of babylon. 16. wilson, j. b. and wood. (1973). j. phys. chem. 43:171. 17. cotts, t. j. (1980). "the solid film" 50: 99. 18. al mosawi, k. h. (1982). thesis, "prepare and study the electrical properties of cu2s– cds solar cell", phys. dep. collage of science, university of baghdad 19. issn 0379–6787. "solar cells", (1980). their science, technology, applications and economics. editors: tim coutts, lawrenece l. kazmerski, sigurd wagner. 1:366. table (1): performance of cu2s–cds solar cell at different light intensities of 5.55 μm thickness of cds layer t (cds) thick. (μm) intensity (mw/cm 2 ) isc (ma) voc (mvolt) 5.55 38.4 22 400 56.5 31 420 69.1 41 430 85.4 47 450 table (2): performance of four cu2s–cds solar cells of different thickness of cds layer at 85.4 mw/cm 2 light intensity t (cds) thick. (μm) isc (ma) voc (mvolt ) v max. (mvolt ) i max. (ma ) ff % fill factor η % efficienc y 2.19 39 400 320 29 0.63 1.78 2.52 38 420 330 31 0.64 1.90 3.64 43 430 330 36 0.66 2.30 5.55 47 450 340 44 0.70 2.80 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (1): the setup arrangement of the spray system fig. (2): the electrical circuit to measure the hall factor 1-the doted square is cds films, 2-the dashed lines represent the masks, 3the aluminum substrate i/io 2θ fig. (3): chart of x-ray diffraction of cds layer which was prepared by using chemical spray ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 iintensity (mw/cm2) is c (m a ) fig.(4-a): the relation between isc and the intensity of the incident light 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0 20 40 60 80 100 iintensity (mw/cm2) is c (m a ) fig. (4-b): the relation between voc and the intensity of the incident light -50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 output voltage (volt) p h o to c u rr e n t (m a ) t=5.55 μm t=2.19 μm fig. (5): the i-v plot of the prepared cells of minimum and maximum thickens of the prepared cds layer at the same intensity ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 0.58 0.6 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.68 0.7 0.72 2.19 2.52 3.64 5.55 thickness (μm) f il l f a c to r 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 e ff ic ie n c y % fill factor efficiency fig. (6): the efficiency and fill factor as a function of the thickness of cds layer 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد الخلية المتعدد التبلور على كفاءة cdsدراسة تأثير سمك غشاء cu2s/cds نوع الشمسية **ندى محمد سعيد , *سهام صباح عبد اهلل, عبد علي تويج وسام ,عبد اهلل محسن سهيل جامعة بغداد -كلية العلوم -قسم الفيزياء *قسم الفسلجة, كلية الطب, جامعة النهرين **جامعة بغداد -كلية العلوم -قسم الفيزياء الخالصة كض يييييمت حطضقييي ضعيييح ير يييي مخييييي ةخي ييي ثح ييية cu2s/cdsخالييييم ية يييي ييي تفيييذ يييحث ثحضرييي ر ييي يم ير ي ةر ل ثح ش ةن خ يط ك ييح .ثحكيةيمئذ ثحر ث ي ضم يخحثم يق ي ثح ش يم ير ي حه ثحطضق cdsثحكمحةي م ثاحة يي م ع ي ثحطضقي ثا يمل ثحةيك ي ةين يي ير ل ثحةر ي ييم ش m/l 0.1ثحكمحةي م ثحثمي يم ضي كيي ةي ي ي ةقيحث ه ي .ةئ ح ج 044ثح مخ حح ج كم يت ييةي عمةيل ثحhall effect ليأثي حح ثعيةمحث ع يمئج n–type ةن cdsيضين عة يم من خيمء 1018×4.6 كم يت ييةيايم cds ة ي ر يت ي كيي ر ثةيل ثحيير مت فيذ خييمء x 10–6 m3/c = rh 1.348 ي ل cm ريي ذ ضميعيةيمح ع ي ييم يمت ريي ح ثاييع ثح يي ي ئطضيع يض ثحغيمء ثحةر ي ضط يقي ثحي ش ثحكيةيم ت. فرص3 ي كيت ةيعحح ثحيض يح جح إ ييك ن ةن ةمحة كض ييمت ثحكمحةي م ييكي ن يحث ثحغييمء ع ي طضقي كض يييمت ثحكيمحيةي م ثحيحي ثحضم يعةمل ط يقي ثحغةيل ثحكيةييمئذ cu2sر خيمء . p-nثحةعمحج ثحر ث ي ح رص ل ع ي صي ت يح ث يعة p يةثل ثحةخي ي ض ية ثحةصي ع ح خالييم يي ك م ت ر يض, p-cu2s\n-cdsالييم ثحية يي جايح ح خ-ص يييم خي ث تح ي 85.4فييذ رمحيي ي يي يط ثح يي ء ثحة ئييذ ع ياييم ضيييحة μm (and 5.55 ,3.64 ,2.52 ,2.19)ثحكييمحةي مطضقيي كض ييييمت mw//cm ثحخ ي . يك م فذثحةيعحح ثحيض يأثي يضين إن ح ة خيمء كض ييمت ثحكمحةي م 2 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 149 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license a study of the effectiveness of tin on the thermal conductivity coefficient and electrical resistance of se60te40-xsnx chalcogenide glass . abstract this research calculated the effect of partial replacement of trillium with tin by weight ratios x=0, 5, 10, 15, and 20 of the weight of manufactured samples on the thermal conductivity coefficient of se60te40-xsnx chalcogenide glasses. the thermal conductivity coefficient of the samples was calculated using a disklee. the results showed that increasing the concentration of tin improves the thermal insulation ability by decreasing the thermal conductivity value and then determining the optimal weight ratios at which a large thermal insulation is obtained. the electrical resistivity as a function of temperature was studied. the electrical resistivity (d.c) was calculated as a function of temperature for all samples, using two-point probe techniques in the dark electrical resistivity measurements of se60te40-xsnx glasses for all values made in the temperature range 303-455 k. the electrical resistivity was found that it depends on the change in tin addition, the temperature is clearly affected by the increase in the concentration of tin in the alloy. the electrical resistance increases when the concentration of tin increase of se60te40-xsnx keywords: partial replacement, thermal conductivity coefficient, thermal insulation ability, chalcogenide glasses, concentration of tin. 1.introduction the electrical and thermal properties are among the essential basic properties that must be considered when choosing semiconductor materials. improving one of these two properties may lead to a deterioration of the other property. therefore, these two characteristics must be considered together when selecting certain materials. the decision is left to the manufacturers of these materials to choose in their practical applications. the study of amorphous materials has received significant attention in the recent past due to their interesting electrical, optical, and doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2892 article history: received 20 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq nawal hassan khudhair department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad,baghdad, iraq. nawal.hassan1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq kareem ali jasim department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. kareem.a.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nawal.hassan1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:kareem.a.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 150 magnetic properties in many electronic works and industries [1]. amorphous semiconductor materials have conduction and valence bands with edges extending within the energy gap, resulting in localized states. these states are very dense and may overlap or leave tails within the energy gap depending on the type and composition of the material [2]. amorphous semiconductors can be classified into different groups of tetrahedrons, such as silicon glass and chalcogenide [3]. chalcogenide glasses consist of chalcogen elements from the sixth group of elements of the periodic table [4]. chalcogenide glasses are considered one of the most promising materials in the modern era due to their live technological applications [5] and commercial importance [6]. the present work is based on a tin-containing (se-te) glass system as a third alternative. se-te-sn shows a narrow glass-forming region but has higher transmittance in the infrared region [7].the addition of the third element tin (sn) in the se-te system significantly changes its electrical and optical properties [8]. the present work is based on (se-te) a -chalcogenide glassy system containing tin as the third substitute. se-te-sn shows a narrow glass-forming region but has the advantage of higher transmittance in the ir region [9]. the addition of the third elements tin (sn) in the se-te system changes its electrical and optical properties significantly [10]. replacing the proportions of some chemical elements in the chemical compound may improve some physical properties at the expense of other properties [11-12]. many researchers have found that partial replacement of different proportions of chemical elements such as aluminum, chromium, nickel, and lanthanum affects the thermal, electrical, and structural properties. the partial replacement of chalcogenide glass was found to be significantly affected [14]. the type and method of preparing the compound and controlling the preparation conditions play a significant role in the electrical and structural properties [13]. in this paper, we study the changes in thermal conductivity by partial substitution of tellurium (te) with tin in se60te40-xsnx alloy with different concentrations of tin (0, 5, 10, 15, and 20) and the mechanisms of thermal conductivity in chalcogenides are reviewed. extraction of the thermal conductivity coefficient for each tin substituted value for se60te40-xsnx glasses with different tin concentrations. we also study the change in the electrical resistance. 2.materials and methods the study aims at conducting the process of preparing the alloy with the chemical formula se60te40-xsnx with different concentrations of sn (0, 5, 10, 15, 20) by melting point method. the chemical elements se, te, and sn were taken at high purity (99.999%). the alloy elements were weighted according to the atomic weight ratio and the addition ratios x = 0, 5, 10, 15 and 20. the above chemical elements were mixed using an alcohol solution, and then the elements were ground using an electric grinder for half an hour. the mixture was placed in an oven at 100 °c for drying. samples collected in the form of pellets (1.5 cm in diameter and 0.25 cm in thickness) are obtained by compressing the fine powder of glass ingots under a load of about 7 tons using hydraulic pressure. the tablets were placed in quartz ampoules, deflated, and sealed under a 10-4 swelling vacuum to prevent any reaction of the alloy elements with oxygen at higher temperatures. the ampoules were heated to 1000 °c at a furnace rate of 4-5 k/min. the temperature was heated up and kept for 2½ hours. after the above period, the prepared vitreous material was removed from the ampoules by crushing it. the molten material was extracted and ground with a slurry for half an hour, after which it was pressed using a hydraulic press of less than 5 tons. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 151 after this process, disc-shaped samples were obtained, with the chemical formula as follows when x=0 (se60 te40), x=5(se60 te35 sn5), x=10 (se60 te30 sn10), x=15 (se60 te25 sn15) and x=20(se60 te20 sn20). thermal conductivity was checked using a lee disk, and samples were placed in the apparatus shown in figure 1. each sample was placed between two copper disks, and each copper disk was connected to a thermocouple. the reading of each thermocouple and the application of equation 1 were recorded and figure 1. diagram of lee’s disk. a value of thermal conductivity coefficient of the specimens (k) of a thickness (ds) and radius (r) is calculated by using the equation (1) [13]. k( 𝑇𝐵−𝑇𝐴 𝑑𝑠 )= e[ta+ 2 𝑟 (da+ 1 4 ds)ta+ 𝑑𝑠𝑇𝐵 2𝑟 ] (1) where ds, da, db,dc: are thickness of the sample, disks a, b, c (mm), ta, tb,tc: are temperature of the disks a, b, c (℃) and e: heat loss in (sec/cm2), the results were recorded. electrical resistance was examined as a function of temperature, samples were placed in a mold, and each sample was connected to a wire without resistance. each sample was connected through two electrodes and connected these wires to the voltmeter, ammeter, and thermocouple placed on the sample. the sample was placed in the oven, and its temperature was raised from 303-455 k. the voltage and current were read as a function of temperature, and the results were recorded. then the electrical resistance was found as a function of temperature through the relationship (ρ = ra / t), where r = v / i [15, 16]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 152 figure 2. diagram of electrical circuit 3. results and discussion a lee disc was used to calculate the thermal conductivity by placing each of the five samples under experiment between the three discs in figure 1. the temperature of the disc contacting the electric heater and the two discs in contact with the sample sandwiched between them were calculated by three thermocouples ta, tb, tc, respectively. through these readings, the thermal conductivity was calculated, after it was calculated in equation 1. the thermal conductivity was plotted as a function of temperature for all samples of alloys se60te40-x and for all values of x, as shown in figure 2. figure 2 shows the thermal conductivity temperature dependence of the se60 te40-xsnx glass system (withx = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) as a function of temperature. the reading obtained indicates that the se60 te40-xsnx samples are semiconductors with thermal conductivity behavior that changes with temperature. it was found that the behavior of the samples takes the behavior of a straight line, but the increase in the concentration of tin sn led to a change in the thermal conductivity. this behavior is expected because the tin element is a good conductor of heat. when the chemical elements constituting the alloy have equivalent bonds, the thermal conductivity increases. but, if there is an unevenness, it generates drooping bonds that reduce the thermal conductivity and this is what is observed through the results listed in table 1. and figure 1. [17-18]. figure 3. thermal conductivity is represented as a function of temperature of the se60te40-xsnxglass system (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) the thermal conductivity k of the glass alloy se60te40-xsnx was calculated at temperatures of 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, and 350 °c for each tin concentration value (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) and 0.9979 0.998 0.9981 0.9982 0.9983 0.9984 0.9985 0.9986 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 x=0 x=5 x=10 x=15 x=20 temperature t h e r m a l c o n d u c ti v it y ihjpas. 36(1)2023 153 included in table 1. the results show that the values of thermal conductivity k at different temperatures change when the concentration of sn increases. these results agree with the reference because increasing any metal element in the alloy changes the thermal conductivity. after all, metals have a high thermal conductivity [19]. table 1. represents thermal conductivity k and the concentration of sn of the se60te40-xsnxglass system (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) x k(w/m.k)at 50 k(w/m.k)at 100 k(w/m.k)at 150 k(w/m.k)at 200 k(w/m.k)at 250 k(w/m.k)at 300 0 0.22073 0.09811 0.04906 0.63212 0.0211 0.01785 5 0.0097 0.0028 0.0016 0.001 0.008 0.007 10 0.009 0.0029 0.0017 0.0013 0.001 0.009 15 0.2078 0.0803 0.0471 0.0346 0.0276 0.0236 20 0.1682 0.0706 0.0364 0.0276 0.0217 0.0186 figure 3 represents the thermal conductivity k as a function of the concentration of sn, which can be seen from the figure. when the concentration of sn is 0 in the sample, the value of k is the largest possible as it is equal to 0.09811 (w / m.k). when the concentration becomes 5 and 10, we notice that the values of k fall as low as possible as they take the values 0.0028 and 0.029 (w / m.k). when adding a concentration of sn by 15, we notice changes in the value of k equal to 0.0803 (w / m.k). when the concentration of sn is 20, the k value is 0.0706 (w / m.k). this is due to the formation of equivalent bonds that lead to an increase in thermal conductivity or unevenness, which generates hanging bonds that reduce thermal conductivity, which depends on the values of tin added to the alloy, as noted in figure 3. [19] . figure 4. thermal conductivity k as a function of tin concentration for se60te40-xsnx alloy the electrical resistivity (rd.c) was calculated as a function of temperature for all samples. using two-point probe techniques in the dark electrical resistivity measurements of se60te40-xsnx glasses for all values made in the temperature range 303-455 k. as shown in figures (5-9)[20]. figure 5 represents electrical resistance as a function of temperature. it also represents the pure state of the se60te40-xsnx alloy when x is equal to zero without additives. it can be seen that with increasing temperature, the electrical resistivity increase. -0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0 5 10 15 20 25 k (w /m .k ) sn concentration ihjpas. 36(1)2023 154 figure 5. electrical resistance as a function of temperature of of the se60te40-xsnx glass system (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) figure 6 represents electrical resistance as a function of temperature of the se60te40-xsnx alloy. this figure shows the electrical resistance dependence of the se60 te40-xsnx glass system when x equal to 5, and it can be seen that with increasing temperature, the electrical resistance increase. figure 6.electrical resistance as a function of temperature of of the se60te40-xsnx glass system (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) figure (7) represents electrical resistance as a function of the temperature of the se60te40-xsnx alloy when x is equal to 10. from this figure, it found that with increasing temperature, the electrical resistance increase. figure 7.electrical resistance as a function of temperature of of the se60te40-xsnx glass system (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) figure 8 represents electrical resistance as a function of the temperature of the se60te40-xsnx alloy. this figure shows the electrical resistance dependence of the se60 te40-xsnx glass system 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 x=0 1000/t e le ct ri ca l re si st a n ce ( ω .m ) 0 2000000 4000000 6000000 8000000 10000000 12000000 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 x=5 1000/t e le ct ri ca l re si st a n ce ( ω .m ) 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 x=10 1000/t e le ct ri ca l re si st a n ce ( ω .m ) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 155 when x is equal to 15, and it can be seen that with increasing temperature, the electrical resistance increase. figure 8. electrical resistance as a function of temperature of of the se60te40-xsnx glass system (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) figure 9 represents electrical resistance as a function of the temperature of the se60te40-xsnx alloy. this figure shows the electrical resistance dependence of the se60 te40-xsnx glass system when x is equal to 20, and it can be seen that with increasing temperature and the electrical resistance increase. figure 9. electrical resistance as a function of temperature of of the se60te40-xsnx glass system (x = 0, 5, 10, 15, 20) for all samples above, the electrical resistance was found as a function of temperature through the relationship (ρ = ra / t), where r = v / i, electrical resistivity depended on the change in tin addition. this was because all samples, despite the partial replacement of trillium with tin, did not change the behavior of the alloy as it maintained its behavior as a semiconductor material. the temperature is clearly affected by the increase in the concentration of tin in the alloy. also, the electrical resistance increased when the concentration of tin increases of se60te40-xsnx.this decrease in the electrical resistance was due to the rise in the concentration of tin and the fact that the tin is a metallic element with a high conductivity like other metals. it has a low resistance, causing an increase in its concentration in the alloy to a decrease in electrical resistance. the best samples that gave the best results were the se60 te40-xsnx glass system when x was equal to 10 and 20 4. conclusions in this paper, the effect of partial substitution of tellurium with tin in the alloy se60te40-xsnx(where x= 0, 5, 10, 15 and 20) was prepared and studied by the melting point method. the thermal conductivity was calculated as a function of temperature. it was found that the thermal conductivity 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 x=15 1000/t e le ct ri ca l re si st a n ce ( ω .m ) 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 x=20 1000/t e le ct ri ca l re si st a n ce ( ω .m ) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 156 increased with the increase in the concentration of sn and the value of k at a different temperature increased and decreased when the concentration of sn increased of se60 te40-xsnx.this behavior occurred because the tin element was a good conductor of heat. when specific values increased, it had equivalent bonds with the chemical elements that made up the alloy. the thermal conductivity increased, but if values exceeded the required limit, this disparity generated dangling bonds that reduced thermal conductivity. the electrical resistivity (d.c) was calculated as a function of temperature for all samples. the electrical resistance increased when the concentration of tin increased of se60te40-xsnx with different x. references 1.kumar, s.; hussain, m.; zulfequar, m. optical and other physical characteristics of amorphous se-te-sn alloys, physica b. 2006, 371, 193. 2.cohen, m. h; fritzche, h.; ovshlnsky, s. p. simple band model for amorphous semiconductor alloys, phy. rev latter, 1969, 22, 1065. 3.rashad, m.; darwish, a. a.; atttia, a. a. physical and dielectric properties of sn doped se-te glassy system, j. non-cryst. soilds. 2017, 470, 1. 4.tanaka, k. electrical transport of a-se87te13 nanorodes, j experimental nanoscience, 2011, 6, 337. 5.jasim, k. a.; naser, r. f. the effects of micro aluminum fillers in epoxy resin on the thermal conductivity, journal of physics: conf. series. 2018, 1003, 9, 012082. 6.ellote, s. r. electrical conduction mechanism in se90-xte5sn5inx (x=0, 3,6 and 9) multicomponent glassy alloys, aip advances. 2015,5, 087164, 1-7. 7.mohammed, l. a.; jasim, k, a. improvement the superconducting properties of tlba2 ca2 cu3xnix o9-δ superconducting compound by partial substitution of copper with nickel oxide, energy procedia. 2019, 157, 135–242. 8.chander, r.; thangaraj, r. electrical conduction mechanism in se90-xte5sn5inx (x=0, 3,6 and 9) multi-component glassy alloys, aip advances. 2015, 5, 087164, 1-7. 9.cohen, m. h.; fritzsche, h.; &ovshinsky, s. r. simple band model for amorphous semiconducting alloys. . physical review letters, 1969, 1065. 10.mott, n. f.; davis, e. a. electronic processes in non-crystalline materials. oxford university press, 2012,591. 11.hamid , a, a.; kareem, a.; ali, k. j. study the partial substitution for sr at the ba on the properties of tl1.6hg0.4ba2-ysry ca2 cu3 o10δ5 superconductors, iop conf. series: materials science and engineering. 2020, 871, 012079. 12.ali, k. j. superconducting properties of hg0.8cu0.15sb0.05ba2ca 2cu3o8+δ ceramic with controlling sintering conditions, journal of superconductivity and novelmagnetism.2012. 25, 6 , 1713-1717, 13.subhi, r. a. ali, k. j. dependence the microstructure specifications of earth metal lanthanum la substituted bi2ba2cacu2–xlaxo8+δ on cation vacancies,aims materials science. 2022, 8, 4,550–559. 14.liu, y. k.; zapien, j. a.; shan, y. y.; geng, c.y.; lee, c. s. wavelength-conyrolled lassing in znxcdl-xs single-crystal nanoribbons, adv. mater. 2005, 17,11, 1372-1377. https://dio.org/10.1002/adma.200401606. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 157 15.kadhim, b. b.; risan, r. h.; shaban, a. h.; jasim, k. a. electrical characteristics of nickel/epoxy-unsaturated polyester blend nanocomposites. in. aip publishing llc. aip conference proceedings, 2019,20062. 16.khan, z. h.; salah n.; habbib, s. electrical transport of a-se87te13 nanorodes, j experimental nanoscience. 2011, 6, 337. 17.kareem, a. j.; rihab, n. f. the effects of micro aluminum fillers epoxy resin on the thermal conductivity. ibn al-haithem 1st. international scientific conference. 2017. 18.indra, s. r.; sunil, k. r. k.; prabhakar, s.; kedarsingh, c. electrical conduction mechanism in se90-xte5sn5inx (x=0, 3,6 and 9) multi-component glassy alloys, aip advances. 2015, 5, 087164, 1-7. 19.aqeel, n. a.; ahlam, a.; riyadh, k. c.; kareem, a. j.; auday, h. s. calculating the mechanisms of electrical conductivity and energy density of states for se85te10sn5-xinx glasses materials. journal of green engineering, 2020,5487–5503 20.chillab, r. k.; jahil, s. s.; wadi, k. m.; jasim, k. a.; shaban, a. h. fabrication of ge30te70xsbx glasses alloys and studying the effect of partial substitution on dc electrical energy parameters. in key engineering materials, 2021,163-171. 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 khayatt b. i. abstract the efficient sequencing techniques have significantly increased the number of genomes that are now available, including the crenarchaeon sulfolobus solfataricus p2 genome. the genome-scale metabolic pathways in sulfolobus solfataricus p2 were predicted by implementing the “pathway tools” software using metacyc database as reference knowledge base. a pathway/genome data base (pgdb) specific for sulfolobus solfataricus p2 was created. a curation approach was carried out regarding all the amino acids biosynthetic pathways. experimental literatures as well as homology-, orthologyand context-based protein function prediction methods were followed for the curation process. the “pathologic” component of the “pathway tools” programme was able to predict many amino acid biosynthetic metabolic pathways. the total number of the metabolic pathways was modified to 168 pathways by adding extra pathways that have not been detected by the “pathologic”. amino acid biosynthetic pathways such as alpha-aminoadipic acid (aaa) pathway of lysine biosynthesis and alanine biosynthesis as well as the super-pathway of phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan biosynthesis variation ii were added to the pathway/genome data base of sulfolobus solfataricus p2. discovery of the missing enzymes that have to fill in the metabolic holes in the pathways under study was the main curation task. this approach and the curated amino acid biosynthetic pathways in the pgdb of sulfolobus solfataricus p2 can be used for genomic annotations and metabolic pathway reconstructions of closely related bacteria and archaea. keywords: crenarchaeon, pathway tools, amino acid biosynthesis, metabolic pathways reconstruction, protein function prediction. (supplementary figures can be found at: https://figshare.com/s/8bea91e91cb6ce193fee) 1. introduction ribosomal rna phylogenetic analysis, translation, transcription, and replication-involving protein studies positioned archaea as a distinct domain with bacteria and eukarya. being distanced from either bacteria or eukaryotes does not mean the absence of common features among these life domains. it has been noted that archaea have a eubacterial form and a ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index . department of natural resources, college of agricultural sciences engineering, university of sulaimani, sulaimani, kurdistan-iraq article history: received 10 june 2019, accepted 10 july 2019, publish september 2019. doi:10.30526/32.3.2271 10.30526/32.3.2271https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/#inbox/fmfcgxwdrhtwmlhmcvdh kgkbzbpbnvkq barzan.khayatt@univsul.edu.iq automated reconstruction and manual curation of amino acid biosynthesis pathways in sulfolobus solfataricus p2 https://figshare.com/s/8bea91e91cb6ce193fee mailto:barzan.khayatt@univsul.edu.iq mailto:barzan.khayatt@univsul.edu.iq 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 eukaryotic content [1]. most archaeal proteins participating in dna replication are more similar in sequence to those in eukarya than to analogous replication proteins in bacteria [2]. the absence of a nucleus and the genome organization especially the operonic organization of many genes in a single circular chromosome are the important common features with bacteria. the complete genome of sulfolobus solfataricus p2 was released in 2001 with a single chromosome of 2,992,245 bp, holding 3032 identified genes that code for 2,997 proteins [3]. (for updates see ncbi refseq: nc_002754.1). approximately 1/3 of the proteins has no homologs in other sequenced genomes, 40% appear to be archaeal-specific and only 12% and 2.3% are shared exclusively with bacteria and eukaryotes, respectively (same reference). sulfolobus solfataricus as an important model organism belongs to the phylum crenarchaeota of the life domain archaea. it inhabits extreme soil and water environmental niches with acidic (ph 2 4) and high temperature conditions (around 80 o c). sulfolobus solfataricus as a thermophilic archaea, its proteins remain functional in high temperatures, which can be beneficial in food, synthetic industry, biotechnology, soil and water environmental researches.there is so far limited experimental work regarding the archaeal-specific metabolic pathways and the relating genes characterization. variant metabolic pathways have evolved in archaea, whereas the central metabolic fluxes of bacteria and eukaryotes are generally well conserved [4]. automated prediction of metabolic pathways via the entire genome sequence of an organism is referred to as metabolic reconstruction [5]. reference knowledge bases (kbs), especially metabolic pathway-specific databases such as metacyc [6-9]. are efficiently adopted in metabolic reconstructions of target organisms. pathway/genome databases (pgdbs) specific for different organisms are created through the use of “pathway tools” software [10,11]. these databases are collections of the annotated genome sequences of the target organisms as well as their reconstructed metabolic pathways including information on compounds, intermediates, cofactors, reactions, genes and their products. the recent record of the pgdbs that are now collected in the biocyc database is 14560 [12]. in general, the initial non-curated pgdbs lack many chemical pathways that are actually present in the corresponding organism or conversely consist of false positives. the addition of the absent pathways and removing those that are really not exist in an individual organism help in the quality improvement of the genome annotation. if the corresponding genes encoding the majority enzymes in a metabolic pathway have been identified in the annotated genome, the missing steps are likely to be present amongst the unidentified genes and are worth to be identified and assigned. if a protein has not been assigned a specific function during the annotation process (annotations fail to assign function to 40 – 60% of the newly sequenced proteins), any reaction catalyzed by that protein would appear as a missing enzyme (pathway hole) in a pgdb [13]. few available research works regarding metabolic reconstructions for the model thermoacidophilic archaeon sulfolobus solfataricus, focus on the metabolic networks response to different carbon sources and central carbohydrate metabolism [14-16]. the majority of the genes that are known to be involved in different amino acid biosynthetic pathways were detected in sulfolobus solfataricus p2 genome (http://www-archbac.upsud.fr/projects/sulfolobus/amino_acids_biosynth.html). depending on these detected genes, one cannot assume that sulfolobus solfataricus is able to synthesize all amino acids, despite the signals of that ability (see [17]). there are very limited lab results so far to get complete http://www-archbac.u-psud.fr/projects/sulfolobus/amino_acids_biosynth.html http://www-archbac.u-psud.fr/projects/sulfolobus/amino_acids_biosynth.html 3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 insight into the amino acids biosynthesis in sulfolobus solfataricus. they do not exceed identification and characterization of some individual enzymes catalyzing reactions in some amino acid biosynthetic pathways. there is diversity in amino acid biosynthetic pathways even among the archaeal species. for example the cysteine biosynthesis pathway in methanosarcina barkeri is achieved by a bacteria-like cysk gene encoding oacetylserine(thiol)-lyase-a and an adjacent to cysk gene known as cyse gene (serine transacetylase) [18]. another bacteria-like cysm gene encoding o-acetylserine(thiol)-lyase-b is detected in sulfolobus solfataricus [3]. whereas no orthologs for this gene can be detected in methanocaldococcus jannaschii, methanobacterium thermoautotrophicum and archaeoglobus fulgidus. this can be interpreted by the existence of unrecognizable genes catalyzing the same function (non-orthologous gene displacement) or a different cysteine biosynthesis pathway. the genes encoding histidine biosynthesis pathway, were detected in sulfolobus solfataricus genome (sso0592– 0600 and sso6227), they show a novel organization in histidine operon, hiscgabdfdehi [3]. in the enterobacteria, the two reactions are associated with a single bifunctional polypeptide encoded by hisb, whereas the two reactions in archaea are encoded by two separate genes [19]. the automated reconstruction of the metabolic pathways regarding amino acids biosynthesis in sulfolobus solfataricus p2 showed many enzymatic gaps (pathway holes). the current research intends filling in these gaps by the discovery of the genes and the enzymes they code for the enzymatic reactions in the amino acid synthetic pathways in sulfolobus solfataricus p2 strain. 2. materials and methods 2.1. sulfolobus solfataricus pgdb creation the “pathway tools” software [10]. was used to create a pathway/genome database specific for sulfolobus solfataricus p2, and was saved in a local server (a non-curated version is available at biocyc (https://biocyc.org/organism-summary?object=ssol273057). the initial metabolic pathways were predicted for the target organism via the use of its genome annotation file and the entire genome sequence file (ncbi reference sequence: nc_002754.1) as input files for the “pathologic” component of the “pathways tools” software. the pathway/genome navigator component provides query, visualization, and web-publishing services for pgdbs. the pathway/genome “editors” were used for curation and interactive updating of the created pgdb. the editors are pathway editor, reaction editor, protein editor ...etc. the “pathway tools” used metacyc [7]. as a reference database in the metabolic reconstruction process. metacyc is a multi-organism database of experimentally elucidated metabolic pathways and the associated enzymes as well as their commission (ec) numbers. experimental literature in metabolic pathways of sulfolobus solfataricus and other closely related archaea was used in the pgdb curation process. metabolic pathway-specific databases such as kegg [20,21]. were also used. pubmed, blast and clusters of orthologous groups (cogs) from (ncbi, (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov) were also used in the curation. other databases such as the enzyme database brenda (https://www.brenda-enzymes.org), uniprot (https://www.uniprot.org) and the protein information resource (pir) (http://pir.georgetown.edu) were used as well. https://biocyc.org/organism-summary?object=ssol273057 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ https://www.brenda-enzymes.org/ https://www.uniprot.org/ http://pir.georgetown.edu/ 4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2.2. missing enzymes detection the manual curation of the initial sulfolobus solfataricus p2 pgdb was initiated with the literature search for amino acid biosynthetic pathways, their reactions, reactants and the involving enzymes. by comparing the reaction sets, reactants and the enzymes, identified by wet-lab experimental literature to those in metacyc and the created sulfolobus solfataricus p2 pgdb, enabled identifying the missing steps and enzymes in the pathways (pathway holes). known ec numbers of the missing reactions helped in filling the missing steps depending on the available experimental literature in metabolic pathways of sulfolobus solfataricus, and then the corresponding proteins and their encoding genes were assigned to these reactions. adopting one or more of the protein function prediction methods (see below), was the alternative for the lack of experimental literature. homology search using blastp programme and psi-blast [22]. for a specific enzyme with an assigned ec-number (its sequence has been retrieved from closely related archaea) in sulfolobus solfataricus p2 genome was the main strategy in this step. clusters of orthologous groups of proteins (cogs) (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/cog/) were used to identify the potential candidates for the pathway holes (see [23]). the study of corresponding pathways in phylogenetically close-related species to sulfolobus solfataricus helped in filling the gaps and also creating some other pathway variants in the sulfolobus solfataricus p2 pgdb. identification of the subunits of the enzyme complexes was also included in the curation to give a complete view of some reactions that are catalyzed by complexes. the predicted missing enzymes and the encoding genes were assigned to the corresponding reactions via the “editors” component of “pathway tools” software. 2.3. protein function prediction in order to assign function to an enzyme, one or a combination of the following approaches were applied during the reconstruction and curation of the amino acid biosynthetic pathways (see [24]). a) homology-, orthology-based function prediction; homology search using a protein sequence of an experimentally validated function as a query to find the homologs in the target organism genome helped in finding the missing enzymes for a specific pathway. the detected homologs likely and not necessarily have the same function as the query, that is why the orthology is adopted to be the primary step for function prediction. the orthologs being originally one gene before speciation, they likely possess the similar function. b) gene neighbourhood (context-based function prediction); in case to select which paralog to be assigned the specific function, the physical position of the gene in the genome was taken in consideration. the association of a specific paralog or a gene to a set of genes in a specific operon performing same biological process is likely to be an indicator for the performance of a specific function. the evolutionary conservation of that association in different species confirms the approach. c) gene fusion; detecting subunits of experimentally known enzyme complexes via homology search in the target genome gives strong evidence that these sequences in the target organism perform gene fusion in order to create a specific enzyme complex likely to catalyze the same reaction. in some cases a bifunctional enzyme catalyzes two different steps in a specific pathway in an organism, while two different genes catalyze the two different steps in another organism. it is assumed that the bifunctional enzyme is a result of gene fusion between the two homologs of the other organism. d) phylogenetic distribution (gene co-occurrence); the occurrence of genes of unknown function with other functionally known genes in the same phylogenetic pattern in different species gives 5 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 indication to the role that gene may act. e) conservation of co-expression; hierarchical clustering in the gene expression profile studies organized genes in specific clusters. the occurrence of genes of unknown functions with genes of known functions in same cluster may help in assigning functions to the genes of unknown function. the conservation of this co-expression pattern in different species validates this approach. 3. results and discussion 3.1. initial non-curated pgdb of sulfolobus solfataricus p2 the pathway/genome database (pgdb) of sulfolobus solfataricus p2 that was created by the pathologic component of the pathway tools software is a collection of the genomic information and the reconstructed metabolic pathways of s. solfataricus p2 strain. the pgdb is visualized, queried and can be edited via the pathway tools. the created pgdb is an object-oriented database since the software creates such types of databases and not simple rational databases. all components of the database are represented as frames in the graphical display of the programme. the programme compared all the genomic information of s. solfataricus especially the annotated ec numbers and the enzyme names with those stored in the reference database metacyc. via pathologic algorithm, the programme has predicted all reactions that are probably been catalyzed by these enzymes and then the inferring of the corresponding candidate metabolic pathways for s. solfataricus. according to the programme algorithm, a pathway is added to the database when half or more reactions of that pathway could be detected by the pathologic. the home screen of the pathway tools shows the list of the pgdbs, including the extra copies for manually curation in order to compare the initial pgdb with the so far curated one. initially a total of 159 pathways and 787 enzymatic reactions were predicted. from 3009 polypeptides, 582 enzymes were detected in the genome. in this approach the pgdb was manually curated for the amino acid biosynthetic pathways. the curation is not only addition of extra pathways, which are not detected by the pathway tools but the user may also eliminate pathways for which there is little evidence [25]. 3.2. curation of amino acid biosynthetic pathways pathologic could detect many amino acid biosynthetic pathways including some super pathways. the super pathways list consists of many amino acids groups such as the aromatic and branched chain amino acids. on the other hand the individual amino acids list consists of the majority but not all amino acid biosynthetic pathways. both the super and individual amino acids pathways contain many metabolic holes (missing enzymes) to be filled in during the curation. 3.2.1. aromatic amino acid biosynthetic pathways (phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan) in order to give more complete display to the super pathway of aromatic amino acids biosynthesis, a new version of the super pathway of phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan biosynthesis was created. figure 1. shows the involvement of the three amino acids in the super pathway, whereas the super pathway of the initial non-curated pgdb contains tryptophan only. from chorismate, the new super pathway version shows the production of the three amino acids. in the aromatic amino acids biosynthetic pathways the metabolic holes were identified to be: ec 2.7.1.71 (in chorismate synthesis), ec 2.6.1.5 (in phenylalanine pathway) and ec 1.3.1.12 (in tyrosine pathway) table 1. 6 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 the enzyme (ec 2.7.1.71) catalyzing the fifth reaction of the seven-step chorismate synthesis pathway is an archaeal shikimate kinase (member of the ghmp-kinase family). chorismate is the precursor for the three aromatic amino acids. chromosomal clustering of the chorismate biosynthetic genes helped in identifying the candidate gene encoding this enzyme in methanocaldococcus jannaschii and then later the enzyme was experimentally verified [26]. the archaeal shikimate kinases were found to have no sequence homology to their bacterial counterparts. in s. solfataricus, the enzyme is not experimentally characterized so far. the homology search with the characterized shikimate kinase from methanocaldococcus jannaschii against s. solfataricus genome helped in finding the candidate gene for this enzyme to be sso0308 (cog 1685). figure 1. a new version (less-detailed display) complete super pathway of phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan biosynthesis. table 1. metabolic holes (missing enzymes) in the predicted super biosynthetic pathways of the amino acids groups and the pathways of the individual amino acids in the non-curated pgdb of sulfolobus solfataricus p2. aromatic amino acids biosynthesis (phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan): ec 2.7.1.71 archaeal shikimate kinase sso0308 cog1685 ec 2.6.1.5 (homologous to ec 2.6.1.1) aspartate aminotransferase tryptophan synthase beta chain 2 aspb-1 aspb-2 aspb-3 aspb-4 trpb sso0104 sso0897 sso1177 sso3245 sso1145 cog1167 cog0436 cog0436 cog1167 cog0133 ec 1.3.1.12 archaeal prephenate dehydrogenase tyra sso0302 cog0287 branched-chain amino acids biosynthesis (leucine, isoleucine and valine): ec 2.6.1.42 aspartate aminotransferase as ec 2.6.1.5 individual amino acids biosynthesis: methionine: ec 2.3.1.46 homoserine o-succinyltransferase ? ? cog1897 7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 ec 2.5.1.48 (formerly 4.2.99.9) cystathionine beta-lyase or o-succinylhomoserine (thiol)-lyase (cystathionine gamma-synthase) metb sso2368 cog0626 ec 4.4.1.8 cystathionine beta-lyase or o-succinylhomoserine (thiol)-lyase (cystathionine gamma-synthase) metb sso2368 cog0626 ec 2.1.1.13 methionine synthase ? ? arginine: ec 2.3.1.1 lysx/glutamate n-acetyltransferase lysx /rimk-1 sso0159 cog0189 ec 2.6.1.13 acetylornithine/acetyl lysine aminotransferase(argd/lysj) argd/lysj sso0160 cog4992 alanine: three pathway variations were created (i, ii and iii) ec 2.6.1.66 valine-pyruvate transaminase aspb-1 sso0104 cog1167 ec 2.6.1.2 alanine aminotransferase (alanine aminotransaminase) aspb-2 sso0897 cog0436 cysteine: ec 2.3.1.30 serine o-acetyltransferase (cyse) cyse sso0372 cog1045 serine: ec 2.6.1.52 phosphoserine transaminase/serine-pyruvate aminotransferase (agxt) agxt sso2597 cog0075 ec 3.1.3.3 phosphoserine phosphatase (psp) sso0094 cog0560 glycine: ec 3.1.3.18 phosphoglycolate phosphatase 1 (pgp 1) phosphoglycolate phosphatase 2 (pgp 2) sso0094 sso2157 cog0561 cog0561 ec 1.1.99.14 replaced by ec 1.1.1.26 glycolate reductase/d-3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase (sera-1) sera-1 sso0905 cog0111 ec 2.6.1.4 glycine transaminase /aspartate aminotransferase (ec 2.6.1.1) aspb-2 sso0897 cog0436 glutamate: ec 1.4.1.4 nad specific glutamate dehydrogenase (gdha-1) (gdha-2) (gdha-3) (gdha-4) gdha-1 gdha-2 gdha-3 gdha-4 sso1457 sso1907 sso1930 sso2044 cog0334 cog0334 cog0334 cog0334 proline: unknown ec: found to be ec 1.2.1.41 aldehyde dehydrogenase (aldht) glutamate-5-semialdehyde dehydrogenase aldht ? sso3117 ? cog0014 ? histidine: ec 3.6.1.31 phosphoribosyl-atp pyrophosphatase hise sso6223 cog0140 ec 3.1.3.15 histidinol-phosphatase ? c0849? cog1387 lysine: alpha-aminoadipic acid (aaa) pathway was completely created in sulfolobus solfataricus pgdb the chorismate pathway was curated by adding the gene and its product to the corresponding ec number figure 2. 8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 2. curated chorismate biosynthesis. the last step in the phenylalanine and tyrosine synthetic pathways in eukarya and bacrteria is catalyzed by tyrosine aminotransferase (known also as phenylalanine aminotransferase and also as l-tyrosine aminotransferase (ec 2.6.1.5)). the enzyme is not identified in s. solfataricus, but the pathologic suggested the reaction for both final steps in tyrosine and phenylalanine pathways. in order to detect the candidate gene that encodes this enzyme in s. solfataricus, the results of [27]. were taken in consideration. they showed besides the broad specificity of aspartate aminotransferase in an related archaea (pyrococcus furiosus), that the gene encoding the enzyme was expressed as a polycistronic message as part of the aro operon, in which genes of aromatic amino acids pathways are clustered close to the other aromatic gene cluster (trp operon). the homology search for tyrosine aminotransferase in s. solfataricus p2 genome identified aspartate aminotransferase as the candidate to fill in the gap in the reaction with the corresponding ec 2.6.1.5 figure 3. the gene coding for aspartate aminotransferase (ec 2.6.1.1) was already cloned and characterized in s. solfataricus [28]. and was found to be homologous to tyrosine aminotransferase (ec 2.6.1.5). the other homologous genes were also listed table 1. by homology search for an archaeal prephenate dehydrogenase (from pyrococcus furiosus dsm 3638) in the s. solfataricus p2 genome, the candidate gene encoding this enzyme was identified to be tyra (sso0302) in s. solfataricus p2 (cog0287 and cog1605). in different databases such as brenda, kegg and nicezyme, this enzyme especially in the enteric bacteria possesses ec 5.4.99.5 activity and converts chorismate into prephenate just a step before the reaction (ec 1.3.1.12) catalyzed by this enzyme in tyrosine biosynthesis pathway [29]. figure 3. 3.2.2. branched-chain amino acid biosynthetic pathways (leucine, isoleucine and valine) the final step in leucine, isoleucine and valine biosynthesis is catalyzed by the enzyme branched-chain aminotransferase (bcat, ec 2.6.1.42), which is specified as ilve. the enzyme and its coding gene are not characterized in s. solfataricus due to lack of homology 9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 even with the branched-chain aminotransferase (ilve) from the crenarchaeota pyrobaculum aerophilum. dual substrate recognition by bcats is implemented via the “lock and key” mechanism without side-chain rearrangements of the active site residues [30]. to find the candidate gene encoding this enzyme in s. solfataricus, the relationship among the pathways lysine-aaa, leucine and arginine was taken in consideration. it was found that lysine-aaa gene cluster was analogous in part to the leucine and arginine biosynthetic pathways [31]. and they found that the genes evolutionarily related to lysine-aaa biosynthetic genes in t. thermophilus were all present in the archaea pyrococcus horikoshii. from this point of view, it was found that the analogous gene to ilve in leucine pathway was lysn (lysn, alphaaminoadipate aminotransferase (aaaat), ec 2.6.1.39) in lysine-aaa pathway [32]. lysn recognizes not only 2-oxoadipate, an intermediate of lysine biosynthesis, but also 2oxoisocaproate, 2-oxoisovalerate and 2-oxo-3-methylvalerate, intermediates of leucine, valine and isoleucine biosyntheses [33]. they found also that lysn and aspartate aminotransferase (aspat) share the same common ancestor. when aaaat (st1411) and aspat (st1225) in sulfolobus tokodai were searched in the s. solfataricus p2 genome for their homologous genes, the both searches retrieved again the aspartate aminotransferase (aspb-1 "sso0104", aspb-2 "sso0897", aspb-3 "sso1177", aspb-4 "sso3245"). the curated super pathway of branched-chain amino acids biosynthesis (leucine, isoleucine and valine) is shown in figure 4. the ec 4.1.3.12 is exchanged by ec 2.3.3.13. 10 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 3. curated super pathway of phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan biosynthesis from chorismate (for chorismate biosynthesis, see figure 2). 3.2.3. individual amino acid biosynthetic pathways nishida [31]. proposed a modified variant of alpha-aminoadipic acid (aaa) pathway of lysine biosynthesis for the hyperthermophilic archaeon pyrococcus horikoshii. although the diaminopimelic acid (dap) pathway of lysine biosynthesis was already detected by the pathologic of the pathway tools, the aaa pathway was not created in the pgdb of s. solfataricus p2 because many catalyzing enzymes of this pathway are absent in s. solfataricus p2 genome. 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 4. curated super pathway of branched-chain amino acids biosynthesis (leucine, isoleucine and valine). 12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 that’s why a putative aaa pathway was created and added to the s. solfataricus pgdb figure 5. the clear relationship among aaa-lysine, leucine and arginine pathways [31,32]. and the identified aaa pathway enzymes from pyrococcus horikoshii helped in the identification of the aaa pathway enzymes for s. solfataricus p2. figure 5. the created alpha-aminoadipic acid (aaa) pathway of lysine biosynthesis in s. solfataricus. the broad substrate specificity of aspartate aminotransferase [34,35]. allowed the assignment of its enzymatic function to the reactions (ec 2.6.1.66) and (ec 2.6.1.2) in alanine biosynthetic pathway (three variations were created) figure 6. and to (ec 2.6.1.4) in glycine biosynthesis figure 7. and also to the ec-numbers in other missing steps of the aromatic and branched-chain amino acids biosynthesis table 1. the homology search of such identified enzymes from the closely related archaea in the s. solfataricus genome has always retrieved aspartate aminotransferase (aspb-1 to 4) and no other specific sequences.the previous mentioned analogy between lysine biosynthesis (from alpha-aminoadepate until lysine production) and arginine biosynthesis (from glutamate to arginine) and the close relation among the enzymes involved in both pathways led to the statement that argj is lysx (rimk), (lysx and rimk are already annotated in s. solfataricus p2 genome). and also argd is lysj, and then the both proteins lysx/rimk and argd/lysj were assigned to ec 2.3.1.1 and ec 2.6.1.13, respectively in arginine biosynthesis pathway figure 8. none of meta (ec 2.3.1.46) and methionine synthase (ec 2.1.1.13) was discovered in s. solfataricus p2 genome, thus the route homoserine and methionine biosynthesis is the most reliable 13 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 pathway for methionine biosynthesis, in which metb is responsible for the both reactions ec 2.5.1.48 (formerly 4.2.99.9) and ec 4.4.1.8 (supplementary figure 1.) (see https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/structure/cdd/cog0626). figure 6. three pathway variants of alanine biosynthesis (i, ii and iii). figure 7. super pathway of glycine, serine and alanine biosynthesis. cysteine is produced from serine via two steps (supplementary figure 2). the second step, which is catalyzed by cysm (ec 4.2.99.8 changed to ec 2.5.1.47), was already detected by pathologic. whereas it is difficult to recognize cyse (catalyzes first step) in s. solfataricus due to the lack of homology with the known cyse of other archaea such as methanosarcina sp., pyrococcus abyssi and haloarcula marismortui. sso0372 can be taken as a candidate after domain alignments (cog1045) and its position near to cysm (sso0360). 14 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 8. arginine biosynthesis from glutamate. 15 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 two super pathways (serine to glycine and reverse) were curated and the identified candidate enzymes table 1. were assigned to the corresponding ec-numbers (supplementary figures. 3 ,7). the unknown ec-number in proline biosynthesis pathway was recognized from the proline biosynthesis pathway of other organisms, and found to be ec 1.2.1.41 (cog0014). searching for gamma-glutamyl phosphate reductase (proa) from the archaeon methanosarcina acetivorans in s. solfataricus p2 genome retrieved aldehyde dehydrogenase (aldht) (supplementary figure 4). nad specific glutamate dehydrogenase (gdha) from sulfolobus shibatae was searched in the s. solfataricus p2 genome retrieving (gdha-1”sso1457”), (gdha-2 "sso1907"), (gdha-3 "sso1930”) and (gdha-4 “sso2044”). the enzyme and the genes were assigned to ec 1.4.1.4 in glutamate biosynthesis pathway (supplementary figure 5). phosphoribosyl-atp diphosphatase (ec 3.6.1.31) in histidine biosynthesis pathway was already annotated in the s. solfataricus p2 genome (hise “sso6223). in s. solfataricus the hisbpx gene encoding histidinol-phosphatase (ec 3.1.3.15) is either located at a different position in the genome, or it cannot be recognized due to lack of sufficient sequence similarity. the only candidate orf in the s. solfataricus his operon is c0849 [36]. the both enzymes were assigned to the corresponding ec-numbers in the histidine biosynthesis pathway (supplementary figure 6). 4. conclusions using the annotated genome, automated metabolic reconstruction created the pathway/genome data base (pgdb) specific for sulfolobus solfataricus. manual curation based on literature and protein function prediction methods improved the pgdb and consequently with continuous curation, the genomic annotations can also be improved. curation process in the current study focused on a part of the metabolic pathways specific for amino acids biosynthesis. the curation should expand to cover the other metabolic pathways especially those which are considered to be essential for sulfolobus solfataricus such as sulfur metabolism pathways. the advantage of using pathway tools software for automated metabolic reconstruction is the bird's eye view of the created data base components. the object-oriented nature of these (pgdbs) enables the users to easily visualize the pathways and get detailed information over the reactions, cofactors, genes and the encoding proteins and even the chemical structures of all intermediates. the complete curation of the sulfolobus solfataricus pgdb should include detailed refining by removing non-existing pathways that have been false-detected by the pathologic. more detailed and complete annotations and citations should be added to get as a complete pgdb as possible. a complete-curated sulfolobus solfataricus pgdb same as the other good curated pgdbs can serve as a reference knowledge base for genomic annotations and metabolic reconstructions for other organisms especially the closely related archaea. acknowledgments i would like to thank dr harmen van de werken for his valuable advices during the implementation of this work. thanks also to dr frank h. j. van enckevort, who created the initial pgdb for sulfolobus solfataricus p2. also the author would like to thank and appreciate the great support from professor john van der oost. 16 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 references 1. keeling, p.j.; charlebois, r.l.; doolittle, w.f. archaebacterial genomes: eubacterial form and eukaryotic content. curr opin genet dev.1994, 4, 816-22, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7888750. 2. grabowski, b.; kelman, z. archeal dna replication: eukaryal proteins in a bacterial context. annu rev microbiol. 2003, 57, 487-516, doi: 10.1146/annurev.micro.57.030502.090709. 3. she, q.; singh, r.k.; confalonieri, f.; zivanovic, y.; allard, g.; et al. the complete genome of the crenarchaeon sulfolobus solfataricus p2. proc natl acad sci u s a. 2001, 98, 7835-40, doi: 10.1073/pnas.141222098. 4. verhees, c.h.; kengen, s.w.; tuininga, j.e.; schut, g.j.; adams, m.w.; et al. the unique features of glycolytic pathways in archaea. biochem j. 2003, 375, 231-46, doi: 10.1042/bj20021472. 5. karp, p.d.; paley, s.m. representations of metabolic knowledge: pathways. proc int conf intell syst mol biol. 1994, 2, 203-11, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7584392. 6. caspi, r.; billington, r.; ferrer, l.; foerster, h.; fulcher, c.a.; et al. the metacyc database of metabolic pathways and enzymes and the biocyc collection of pathway/genome databases. nucleic acids res.2016, 44, 471-80, doi: 10.1093/nar/gkv1164. 7. caspi, r.; billington, r.; fulcher, c.a.; keseler, i.m.; kothari, a.; et al. the metacyc database of metabolic pathways and enzymes. nucleic acids res.2018, 46, 633-9, doi: 10.1093/nar/gkx935. 8. karp, p.d.; paley, s.; altman, t. data mining in the metacyc family of pathway databases. methods mol biol.2013, 939, 183-200, doi: 10.1007/978-1-62703-107-3_12. 9. karp, p.d.; riley, m.; paley, s.m.; pellegrini-toole, a. the metacyc database. nucleic acids res.2002, 30, 59-61, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11752254. 10. karp, p.d.; latendresse, m.; paley, s.m.; krummenacker, m.; ong, q.d.; et al. pathway tools version 19.0 update: software for pathway/genome informatics and systems biology. brief bioinform. 2016, 17, 877-90, doi: 10.1093/bib/bbv079. 11. karp, p.d.; paley, s.; romero, p. the pathway tools software.bioinformatics.2002, 18 , 225-32, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12169551. 12. karp, p.d.; billington, r.; caspi, r.; fulcher, c.a.; latendresse, m.; et al. the biocyc collection of microbial genomes and metabolic pathways. brief bioinform.2017, bbx085, doi:10.1093/bib/bbx085. 13. green, m.l.; karp, p.d. a bayesian method for identifying missing enzymes in predicted metabolic pathway databases. bmc bioinformatics. 2004, 5, 76-91, doi: 10.1186/1471-2105-5-76. 14. khayatt, b.i. bioinformatics curation of the carbohydrate metabolism pathways (entner-doudoroff and tca cycle) in sulfolobus solfataricus p2. proceeding, world agriculture congress(4th world research journals congress). 2018, timisoara; romania. 15. ulas, t.; riemer, s.a.; zaparty, m.; siebers, b.; schomburg, d. genome-scale reconstruction and analysis of the metabolic network in the hyperthermophilic archaeon sulfolobus solfataricus. plos one.2012, 7, e43401, doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0043401. 16. wolf, j.; stark, h.; fafenrot, k.; albersmeier, a.; pham, t.k.; et al. a systems biology approach reveals major metabolic changes in the thermoacidophilic archaeon sulfolobus solfataricus in response to the carbon source l-fucose versus d-glucose. mol microbiol. 2016, 102, 882-908, doi: 10.1111/mmi.13498. 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 17. grogan, d.w. phenotypic characterization of the archaebacterial genus sulfolobus: comparison of five wild-type strains. j. bacteriol. 1989, 171, 6710-9, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2512283. 18. kitabatake, m.; so, m.w.; tumbula, d.l.; soll, d. cysteine biosynthesis pathway in the archaeon methanosarcina barkeri encoded by acquired bacterial genes. j bacteriol.2000, 182, 143-5, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10613873. 19. brilli, m.; fani, r. molecular evolution of hisb genes. j mol evol. 2004, 58, 225-37, doi: 10.1007/s00239-003-2547-x. 20. kanehisa, m.; goto, s.; kawashima, s.; nakaya, a. the kegg databases at genomenet. nucleic acids res. 2002, 30, 42-6, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11752249. 21. kanehisa, m.; sato, y.; furumichi, m.; morishima, k.; tanabe, m. new approach for understanding genome variations in kegg. nucleic acids res.2018, 47, d590–d595, doi: 10.1093/nar/gky962. 22. johnson, m.; zaretskaya, i.; raytselis, y.; merezhuk, y.; mcginnis, s.; madden, t.l. ncbi blast: a better web interface. nucleic acids res. 2008, 36, 5-9, doi: 10.1093/nar/gkn201. 23. makarova, k.s.; wolf, y.i.; koonin, e.v. archaeal clusters of orthologous genes (arcogs): an update and application for analysis of shared features between thermococcales, methanococcales, and methanobacteriales. life (basel).2015, 5, 81840, doi: 10.3390/life5010818. 24. gabaldon, t.; huynen, m.a. prediction of protein function and pathways in the genome era. cell mol life sci 2004, 61, 930-44, doi: 10.1007/s00018-003-3387-y. 25. tsoka, s.; simon, d.; ouzounis, c.a. automated metabolic reconstruction for methanococcus jannaschii. archaea. 2004, 1, 223-9, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15810431. 26. daugherty, m.; vonstein, v.; overbeek, r.; osterman, a. archaeal shikimate kinase, a new member of the ghmp-kinase family. j bacteriol. 2001, 183, 292-300, doi: 10.1128/jb.183.1.292300.2001. 27. ward, d.e.; de vos, w.m.; van der oost, j. molecular analysis of the role of two aromatic aminotransferases and a broad-specificity aspartate aminotransferase in the aromatic amino acid metabolism of pyrococcus furiosus. archaea.2002, 1, 133-41, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15803651. 28. cubellis, m.v.; rozzo, c.; nitti, g.; arnone, m.i.; marino, g.; sannia, g. cloning and sequencing of the gene coding for aspartate aminotransferase from the thermoacidophilic archaebacterium sulfolobus solfataricus. eur j biochem.1989, 186, 375-81, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2513189. 29. koch, g.l.; shaw, d.c.; gibson, f. tyrosine biosynthesis in aerobacter aerogenes. purification and properties of chorismate mutase-prephenate dehydrogenase. biochim biophys acta.1970, 212, 375-86, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/5456988. 30. bezsudnova, e.y.; boyko, k.m.; popov, v.o. properties of bacterial and archaeal branched-chain amino acid aminotransferases. biochemistry (mosc).2017, 82, 157291, doi: 10.1134/s0006297917130028. 31. nishida, h.; nishiyama, m.; kobashi, n.; kosuge, t.; hoshino, t.; yamane, h. a prokaryotic gene cluster involved in synthesis of lysine through the amino adipate pathway: a key to the evolution of amino acid biosynthesis. genome res.1999, 9, 117583, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10613839. 18 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 32. lombo, t.; takaya, n.; miyazaki, j.; gotoh, k.; nishiyama, m.; et al. functional analysis of the small subunit of the putative homoaconitase from pyrococcus horikoshii in the thermus lysine biosynthetic pathway. fems microbiol lett.2004, 233, 315-24, doi: 10.1016/j.femsle.2004.02.026. 33. miyazaki, t.; miyazaki, j.; yamane, h.; nishiyama, m. alpha-aminoadipate aminotransferase from an extremely thermophilic bacterium, thermus thermophilus. microbiology.2004, 150, 232734, doi: 10.1099/mic.0.27037-0. 34. marino, g.; nitti, g.; arnone, m.i.; sannia, g.; gambacorta, a.; de rosa, m. purification and characterization of aspartate aminotransferase from the thermoacidophilic archaebacterium sulfolobus solfataricus. j biol chem.1988, 263, 12305-9, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/3137225. 35. xing, r.y.; whitman, w.b. characterization of amino acid aminotransferases of methanococcus aeolicus. j bacteriol. 1992, 174, 541-8, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1729242. 36. charlebois, r.l.; sensen, c.w.; doolittle, w.f.; brown, j.r. evolutionary analysis of the hiscgabdfdehi gene cluster from the archaeon sulfolobus solfataricus p2.j bacteriol.1997, 179, 4429-32, url: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/9209067. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees biology | 19 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 effect of carthamus tinctorius safflower aqueous extract against nickel chloride induces hematotoxicity and immunotoxicity in adult male rabbits layla abd-al-sattar sadiq laylani dept. of community health / instituted kirkuk technical /northern technical received in :24 /november /2016 , accepted in : 22 / november / 2017 abstract this study was designed to show, the role of carthamus tinctorius safflower aqueous extract against toxicity of nickel chloride (nicl2). twenty male, rabbits were used and divided into four groups (with 5 rabbits in each group); group (control group) received normal diet, group ii received orally 100mg/kg nicl2 for six weeks, group iii received 100mg/kg nicl2 and 100mg/kg extract six weeks, group iv received 100mg/kg nicl2 and 200mg/ kg extract six weeks. hematological parameters showed (rbc (red blood cells), hb (hemoglobin), pcv (packed cells volume) decreased and wbc (white blood cells) increased) significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with control group. immunological parameters (igg, iga and igm increased) and oxidative stress factors (mda increased and gsh decreased) show significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with control group. while, safflower aqueous adverse the negative effects of nicl2 and causing ameliorative effects on all hematological parameters, hematological immunological parameters and oxidative stress factors showed no significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with control group. it was concluded that flower extract of carthamus tinctorius has been antioxidant role against nickel chloride toxicity in rabbits. keywords: carthamus tinctorius; hematological parameters; immunological parameters; oxidative stress factors biology | 20 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 introduction carthamus tinctorius (safflower) is a member of the family compositae or asteraceae, cultivated mainly for its seed, which is processed to edible oil (this oil is composed of typically linoleic acid, oleic acid and linolenic acid) and used as bird seed [1-2]. safflower is a highly branched, herbaceous, winter annual, usually with many spines on the leaves. plants are 30-150 cm length with globular flower heads and brilliant yellow, orange or red flowers [3]. carthamus tinctorius has biological and pharmacological activities including cardioprotective [4], swelling associated with trauma, antidepressant [5], sedative, antiinflammatory and anti-tumor activities [6-7], neuroprotective [8], inhibition of platelet aggregation, increase of peripheral blood flow, increase in the beating amplitude of cultured myocardial cell sheet and inhibition of tumor promotion in mice [9]. in korea, safflower was used for the promotion of bone formation and in the treatment of rheumatism and osteoporosis [10]. nickel is a toxic metal that found into the environment by industrial activities, such as companies of batteries and paints. thus nickel is an important metal in industries, and hence, the exposure to nickel compounds by contaminated water and foodstuffs lead to public health environmental problems [11]. after the body exposure to nickel, nickel penetrates all organs but mainly accumulates into liver, kidney, lungs and bone. nickel can induce severe liver and kidney damage by changing several enzymes and ascorbate cholesterol metabolism along with histopathological changes [12-13]. materials & methods animal model twenty adult males were collected locally (kirkuk city markets). the weights and age ranged between (1.5-2 kg and 7-11 mon respectively). rabbits were kept under the same environmental conditions. all animals received free food and water. the animals were observed to avoid any possibility for infection. plant extraction flowers of carthamus tinctorius were powdered, macerated in 200 ml distilled water for 1 h, the mixture was extracted by boiling for 60 min. after filtering, extract was autoclaved (at 121°c for 20 min) and then it was stored in a 4°c [4]. experimental design nickel chloride (nicl2) was obtained from kirkuk university / science college. rabbits administrated daily with nickel chloride (nicl2) at a dose of 100mg/kg body weight orally [14]. rabbits were used in this experiment and divided as follow (each group consists of five rabbits): i. negative control: rabbits received normal diet and used as control. ii. positive control: rabbits received orally (100mg/kg) nicl2 for six week, and then killed. iii. subjects received orally (100mg/kg) nicl2 and 100mg/kg extract in same time for six weeks, and then killed. iv. subjects received orally (100mg/kg) nicl2 and 200mg/kg extract in same time for six weeks, and then killed. blood samples collection the blood samples were collected by cardiac puncture under anesthesia and put in test tubs, under anesthesia. after clotting, the blood sample tubes were centrifuged (5000 cycle/min for 10 min) to isolate blood serum. serum was taken and stored by deep freezing to estimate the biochemical measurement. biology | 21 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 measurements 1. hematological parameters: red blood cell (rbc) count, hemoglobin (hb) concentration, packed cell volume (pcv) and white blood cell (wbc) count was estimated utilizing fully automated hematological cell counter. 2. immunological parameters: immunoglobulin type igg, igm and iga was estimated by single redial immuno diffussion assay (srida) technique [15]. 3. oxidative stress factors: mda (malonedialdehyied), by thiobarbituric acid (tba) according to method [16], and glutathione (gsh) by using dtnb according to method [17]. statistical analysis the data were analyzed using one-way anova by statistical minitab program. the data were presented as the mean ± sd. p < 0.05 was considered significant. results hematological parameters the results of the present study showed significant changes (p < 0.05) in levels of rbc, hb, pcv and wbc counts (4.69 ± 0.33; 9.4 ± 0.3; 28.66 ± 3.51 and 10.7 ± 0.69 respectively) in rabbits received nickel chloride compared with control rabbits (6.01 ± 0.17; 11.57 ± 0.38; 34.83 ± 2.75 and 5.8 ± 0.3 respectively). the same hematological parameters levels (5.41 ± 0.21; 10.3 ± 0.5; 30.67 ± 2.08 and 8.13 ± 0.32 respectively) in rabbits received nickel chloride and 100mg/kg flower extract show high significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with normal rabbits. while, the hematological parameters levels in received nickel chloride and 200mg/kg flower extract show no significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with normal rabbits as shown in table (1). . immunological parameters in the results of present study show significant changes (p < 0.05) in levels of igg, iga and igm (3753.1 ± 252.9; 516.8 ± 24.11 and 274.5 ± 32.8 respectively) in rabbits received nickel chloride compared with normal rabbits (2978.2 ± 189.7; 280.8 ± 18.94 and 149.23 ± 24.15 respectively). the same immunological parameters levels (3221.3 ± 251.7; 375.5 ± 32.43 and 207.97 ± 13.53 respectively) in rabbits received nickel chloride and 100mg/kg flower extract show high significant increased (p < 0.05) compared with normal rabbits. while, the immunological parameters levels in rabbits received nickel chloride and 200mg/kg flower extract show no significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with normal rabbits as shown in table (2). oxidative stress factors the results of present study show significant changes (p < 0.05) in levels of malonedialdehyied (mda) and glutathione hormone (gsh) levels (2.85 ± 0.41 and 0.265 ± 0.032) in rabbits received nickel chloride compared with normal rabbits (1.43 ± 0.15 and 0.626 ± 0.03). mda and gsh levels (1.96 ± 0.14 and 00.435 ± 0.026) in rabbits received nickel chloride and 100mg flower extract show high significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with control rabbits. while, the levels of mda and gsh (1.47 ± 0.31 and 0.641 ± 0.059) in rabbits received nickel chloride and 200mg/kg flower extract show no significant changes (p < 0.05) compared with control rabbits as shown in table (3). biology | 22 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 discussion the exposure to highly nickel-polluted environments leads to different pathologic effects. nickel was entering body by dermal absorption, ingestion and inhalation. nickel was lead to fibrosis, cardiovascular and kidney diseases, dna damage and cancer [18]. the results of hematological parameters (rbc, hb, pcv decreased and wbc increased) is in agreement with dahdouh et al. (2016) who referred that the nicl2 has been heamatotoxicity in mice. they found that mice treated with nicl2 showed decreased in rbc (5.46±0.65x 10 6 ), hb (10.1±0.08mg/dl) and pcv (32.7±0.13%) with wbc (8.05±0.40x10 3 ) increased compared to control mice (7.28±0.4 x10 6 ; 44.12±0.9; 13.37±0.6; 6.06± 0.22 respectively). they suggested that nickel leads to adverse effect on hematopoietic process and bone marrow activity [11]. wu et al. (2014) referred that the nicl2 has been immunotoxicity in broilers. they found that broilers treated with nicl2 showed decreased in iga+ b cells and siga, iga, igg, igm in the intestinal mucosal. they suggest that nicl2 at high levels has intestinal mucosal humoral immunotoxicity in animals [19]. also, in study of bencko et al (1983) on 38 production workers exposed to nickel (compound not specified). they found significant increases in levels of immunoglobulin g (igg), iga, and igm [20]. the results of oxidative stress factors (mda increased and gsh decreased) in agreement with sunderman et al. (1985) who referred that the nicl2 lead to elevated the levels of sera mda in rats [21]. also, chen et al. (1998) referred that the nicl2 lead to increase the levels of sera mda in rats [22]. c. tinctorius flowers were used as a medicinal herb. this herb has been considered to relieve the sting pain, clear the throat. safflower oil is used as antiseptic, wound healer, reducing cholesterol level, relieving rheumatism and treatment of atherosclerosis [23]. the results of hematological parameters when used the flower extract against nickel chloride back to the normal ranges. where, in study of jawad et al (2013) referred that the extract of plant leads to an increase of hematological parameters (rbc and hb). they suggested that the carthamus tinctorius possess eriodicytol that stimulating bone marrow to produce rbc [24]. also, in study of namjoo et al (2013) referred that the extract of plant leads to have no adverse effects on hematological parameters (rbc, hb and wbc) [25]. about the role of carthamus tinctorius in an immunity in this study, the results show that the immunoglobulin (g, a and m) back to normal ranges. in study of wajadan (2015) to show the role of carthamus tinctorius extract. suggest that the carthamus tinctorius extract in mice lead to stimulate the immune system to increase the wbc count and elevated the plasma proteins (albumin and globulin) [26]. the oxidative stress foctors (mda and gsh) back to normal ranges after using carthamus tinctorius extract, where in study hu & wei-xing (2015) to showed the effect of carthamus tinctorius extract against diethylnitrosamine. they found that carthamus tinctorius extract inhibited mda formation in den-induced rat liver and they suggest that carthamus tinctorius have antioxidant effects [27]. it was concluded that flower extract of carthamus tinctorius has an antioxidant role against nickel chloride toxicity in rabbits. biology | 23 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 references 1. monfared, a. l. and amir, p. s. (2012). the effects of carthamus tinctorius l. on placental histomorphology and survival of the neonates in mice. j. phytomed., 2(3): 146-152. 2. tomaa, w. ; luciana, l. g. ; alba r.m.s. ; britob, a. r.; fernando, s. c.; fábio, h. p. and augusto, c. (2014). safflower oil: an integrated assessment of phytochemistry, antiulcerogenic activity, and rodent and environmental toxicity. j. rev bras farmac., 24: 538-544. 3. gyulai, j. (1996). market outlook for safflower. p.15 in proceedings of north american safflower conference, great falls, montana, lethbridge, canada. 4. mirhoseini, m.; masoomeh, m. and layasadat, k. (2012).toxic effects of carthamus tinctorius l. (safflower) extract on mouse spermatogenesis. j assist reprod. genet., 29:457–461. 5. qazi, n.; khan, r. a. and rizwani, g. h. (2015). evaluation of antianxiety and antidepressant properties of carthamus tinctorius l. (safflower) petal extract. pak j pharm sci., 28(3): 991-995. 6. loo, w. t. y.; cheung, m. n. b. and chow, l. w. c. (2004). the inhibitory effect of an herbal formula comprising ginseng and carthamus tinctorius on breast cancer. life sci., 76(2):191–200. 7. rashmi, d. r. and dixit, a. k. (2015). a review on potential pharmacological uses of carthamus tinctorius l. world j pharm sci. 3(8): 1741-1746. 8. hiramatsu, m.; takahashi, t.; komatsu, m.; kido, t. and kasahara, y. (2009). antioxidant and neuroprotective activities of mogami-benibana (safflower, carthamus tinctorius linne). neurochem res., 34(4):795–805. 9. asgary, s.; parivash, r.; parvin, m. and hossein, m. (2012). antidiabetic effect of hydroalcoholic extract of carthamus tinctorius l. in alloxan-induced diabetic rats. j. res. med. sci., 17(4): 386-392. 10. koyama, n.; kanna, k. and tetsuya, s. (2006). serotonin derivatives, major safflower (carthamus tinctorius l.) seed antioxidants, inhibit low-density lipoprotein (ldl) oxidation and atherosclerosis in apolipoprotein e-deficient mice. j. agric. food chem., 54: 4970−4976. 11. dahdouh, f.; salah, a.; mohamed, r. d. and zine, k. (2016). effect of the joint supplementation of vitamin c and vitamin e on nickel heamatotoxicity and nephrotoxicity in male swiss albino mice. int. j. pharm. pharm. sci., 8(6): 234-239. 12. das, k. k.; gupta, a. d.; dhundasi, s. a.; patil, a. m.; das, s. n. and ambekar, j. g. (2006). effect of l-ascorbic acid on nickel induced alteration in serum lipid profiles and liver histopathology in rats. j. basic. clin. physiol. pharmacol., 17(2): 29–44. 13. tikare, s. n.; saeed, y.; amrita, d. g.; salim, a. d. and kusal, k. d. (2012). effect of garlic (allium sativum) on hematology and erythrocyte antioxidant defense system of albino rats exposed to heavy metals (nickel ii & chromium vi). j. physiol. pharmacol., 56(2) : 137–146. 14. ali, w. a.; abdul razak, n. k. and eman, a. a. (2015). ameliorative role of silymarin extracted from silybum marianum seeds on nickel chloride induce changes in testicular functions in adult male rabbits. bas.j.vet.res., 14(1): 135-144. 15. hussain, a.b. (2011). study of some immunological criterions against some antigen of boophilus annulatus in local rabbits. j. sci. vet. 4(1): 117-124. 16. mahmood, n. a. (2010). glutathion-stransferase enzyme and malondialdehyde (mda) in colorectal cancer and in healthy control. j. can. med. gen., 3(1): 21-26. biology | 24 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 17. mahmood, b. m.; nahi, y. y. and fawzi, s. (2013). investigating the influence of emitted cadmium from crude oil combustion on glutathione level in workers at al qudis power plant, baghdad. j. sci. 55(4):1792-1801. 18. duda-chodak, a. and urszula, b. (2008). the impact of nickel on human health. j. elementol., 13(4): 685-696. 19. wu, b.; hengmin, c.; xi p.; jing, f.; zhicai, z.; junliang, d. and jianying, h. (2014).toxicological effects of nickel chloride on iga+ b cells and siga, iga, igg, igm in the intestinal mucosal immunity in broilers. j. environ. res., 11: 175-192. 20. bencko, v.; wagner v.; wagnerová, m. and reichrtová, e. (1983). immunobiochemical findings in groups of individuals occupationally and nonoccupationally exposed to emissions containing nickel and cobalt. j. hyg. epidemiol. microbiol. immunol., 27 : 387-394. 21. sunderman, f.w.; marzouk, a.; hopfer, s. m.; zaharia, o. and reid, m. c. (1985). increased lipid peroxidation in tissues of nickel chloridetreated rats. j. ann. clin. lab. sci., 15: 229-236. 22. chen, c. y.; huang, y. l. and lin, y. h. (1998). association between oxidative stress and cytokine production in nickel-treated rats. j. arch. biochem. biophys., 356: 127132. 23. sereshti, m. (2006). consumption of herbal drugs in pregnant women. j. reprod. nonreprod., 7(2):31-125. 24. jawad, s. m.; wajadan, k. n. and dilal, a. (2015). the biological effect of flowers extract of carthamus tinctorius in some bllod and biochemical parameters in albino female rats. j. app. pur. sci., 1(23): 219-233. 25. namjoo, a.; hamid, n.; abbas, t.; azar, b. and mahmoud, r. k. (2013). safety profile of carthamus tinctorius l. in lactation: brain, renal and hepatotoxicity. j. med. sci., 29(1): 378-383. 26. wajadan, k. n. (2015). study of the immune impact of the cold aqueous extract of carthamus tinctorius l. plant flowers at albino rat females rattus rattus. j. uni. kar. sci., 13(4): 33-43. 27. hu, z. and wei-xing, w. (2015). effect of carthamus tinctorius l extract on diethylnitrosamine-induced liver cirrhosis in rats. j. pharma. res., 14 (7): 12131216. biology | 25 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 table (1): the levels of rbc, hb, pcv and wbc count parameters groups rbc (iu/l) hb (iu/l) pcv (iu/l) wbc (iu/l) control 6.01 ± 0.17 a 11.57 ± 0.38 a 34.83 ± 2.75 a 5.8 ± 0.3 a nicl2 100mg/kg 4.69 ± 0.33 c 9.4 ± 0.3 c 28.66 ± 3.51 b 10.7 ± 0.69 c nicl2 100mg/kg + 100mg/kg flo. extract 5.41 ± 0.21 b 10.3 ± 0.5 b 30.67 ± 2.08 ab 8.13 ± 0.32 b nicl2 100mg/kg + 200mg/kg flo. extract 5.94 ± 0.24 a 11.47 ± 0.5 a 35 ± 3.61 a 6.1 ± 0.27 a note: different letters mean, significant changes and same, letters mean non-significant changes table (2): the levels of igg, iga and igm in sera parameters groups igg (mg/dl) iga (mg/dl) igm (mg/dl) control 2978.2 ± 189.7 a 280.8 ± 18.94 c 149.23 ± 24.15 c nicl2 100mg/kg 3753.1 ± 252.9 c 516.8 ± 24.11 a 274.5 ± 32.8 a nicl2 100mg/kg + 100mg/kg flo. extract 3221.3 ± 251.7 b 375.5 ± 32.43 b 207.97 ± 13.53 b nicl2 100mg/kg + 200mg/kg flo. extract 2602.8 ± 148.2 a 262.33 ± 38.81 c 141.47 ± 11.51 c biology | 26 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1597 2017( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 table (3): the levels of mda and gsh in sera parameters groups mda (mmol/l) gsh (mol/l) control 1.43 ± 0.15 c 0.626 ± 0.03 a nicl2 100mg/kg 2.85 ± 0.41 a 0.265 ± 0.032 c nicl2 100mg/kg + 100mg/kg flo. extract 1.96 ± 0.14 b 0.435 ± 0.026 b nicl2 100mg/kg + 200mg/kg flo. extract 1.47 ± 0.31 c 0.641 ± 0.059 a microsoft word 26-30 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1772 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|26    detection of tox a gene in pseudomonas aeruginosa that isolates from different clinical cases by using pcr rana m. abdullah al-shwaikh dr.rana_alshwaikh@yahoo.com abbas falih alornaaouti dept. of biology / college of education) ibn-al haitham)for pure science, university of baghdad. abstract current study obtained (75) isolate of pseudomonas aeruginosa collected from different cases included: 28 isolates from otitis media, 23 isolates from burn infections, 10 isolates from wound infections, 8 isolates from urinary tract infections and 6 isolates from blood, during the period between 1/9/2014 to 1/11/2014 the result revealed that the tox a gene was present in 54 isolates (72%) of pseudomonas aeruginosa. the gel electrophoresis showed that the molecular weight of tox a gene was 352 bp. the result shows 17 isolates (60.71%) from otitis media has tox a gene, 18 isolates (78.26%) from burn followed by 8 isolate (80%) from wound infection and 5 isolates (62.5%) from urinary tract infection, finally 6 isolates (100%) from blood have this gene. key words: pseudomonas aeruginosa, tox a gene. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1772 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|27    1. introduction pseudomonas aeruginosa are one of the opportunistic pathogens that infect humans [1]. cause many diseases that lead to the death of a person so it is necessary to follow the accurate and rapid methods in the diagnosis of this type of infection [2]. pseudomonas aeruginosa cause many infections, especially in patients with an immune compromised [3] as well as get infected by respiratory infections, which have a role in the spread of p. aeruginosa and transmission from one person to another by tissue and hands of patients and then transmitted directly by skin and the patient's clothing, as well as injuries digestive system and water and food pollution by carriers of the pathogen [4]. p. aeruginosa increased resistance to a variety of chemical compounds, including antibiotics, detergents and disinfectants [5]. these bacteria can be stay in disinfectants, liquid medicines, as well as on the floor of the hospitals and this has helped to increase the infection of bacteria in patients which are asleep in hospitals, especially in intensive care unit [6]. this bacterium has many virulence factors including external toxin type a is a highly toxic protein, which is one of the factors which are too severe and cause some deaths when excreted by the bacteria p. aeruginosa which cause topical and systemic disease and is linked to the occurrence of necrosis at the site of injury bacterial [7]. exotoxin a in the inhibition of the process of protein synthesis in the host cells through the formation of the complex 5-diphosphate ribosyl with one elongation factors ef2 through the transfer of adp-ribosyl of nad to factor ef2 and thus prevents the protein chain elongation on the ribosome therefore exotoxic a mechanism similar to the work of the diphtheria toxin. but the exotoxic are present on the cell surface are different from the diphtheria toxin receptor [8]. and also to the role of this toxin to penetrate tissue, especially in patients with cystic fibrosis it found that strains that are unproductive for external toxin be less virulent strains producing [9]. tox a gene encodes exotoxin a, this toxin when produced by the bacterial cell is linked to specific receptors on the surface of the host cell, which allowed to enter [10]. the aims of study to detection of gene tox a in pseudomonas aeruginosa that isolated from different clinical cases. 2. experimental 2.1. material and method 2.1.1.collection of bacteria:collection the bacteria from different infection cases include (burn and wound infections, otitis media, urinary tract infection and blood samples) during the period between 1/9/2014 to 1/11/2014 2.1.2. identification of bacteria: identification the isolates by culturing on media culture include:macconkey agar, blood agar, cetrimide agar, pseudomonas agar and chromagar orientation then identified by using biochemical tests including (oxidase and catalase test) and further identification by using a api20e system [11]. 2.1.3. isolate of dna: use dna kit to extract dna of bacteria isolates (geneaid biotech kit system, uk) according to the manufacturer's instructions. 2.1.4. detection of tox a gene: -to detection tox a gene of p. aeruginosa isolates by using the primer in this study:-primer sequence(5′–3′)f (ggtaaccagctcagccacat) r (tgatgtccaggtcatgcttc) size 352bp, lanotte et al. (2004) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1772 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|28    detection of gene tox a attended the solution concentration of 10 pekmole / µl (by taking 10 µl from stock solution and addition of 90 µl of distilled water alloaona) save the stock solution under 20 ° c . using polymerase chain pcr interactive and conditions described below interaction. program step 1 (initial denaturation at 94ºc for 3 min 1 cycle), step 2 (30 cycles) a: denaturation dna template at 94 ° c for 30 sec, b:annealing at 55 ºc for 1 min, c:extension at 72 ºc for 1 min . step 3 (a final extension at 72 ºc for 5 min 1 cycle) [12] 2.1.5. separation of dna bands: pcr products were separated on a 2% agarose with 5µl ethidium bromide, at 50 volt for 2 hour. using 100 bp ladder. the dna bands were visualized and photographed under uv light [13]. 3. result and discussion we obtained (75) isolate of pseudomonas aeruginosa collected from different cases included : 28 isolates from otitis media, 23 isolates from burn infections, 10 isolates from wound infections, 8 isolates from urinary tract infections and 6 isolates from blood . the result revealed that the tox a gene was present in 54 isolates (72%) of pseudomonas aeruginosa. the gel electrophoresis showed that the molecular weight of tox a gene was 352 bp. the result shows 17 isolates (60.71%) from otitis media has tox a gene , 18 isolates (78.26%) from burn followed by 8 isolates (80%) from wound infection and 5 isolates (62.5%) from urinary tract infection , finally 6 isolates (100%) from blood has this gene is shown in table (1) and figure(1). this study was similar with [14] who showed 73% of her isolated was tox a and does not have an agreement with 15 who found 81.5% of p . aeruginosa that isolated from wound swab and cystic fibrosis patent has tox a gene .as well as nikbin et al. [16] found 90% of the isolates of this bacteria own tox a gene this high rate is mostly due to the isolates obtained source was one of the swabs burns and this result agrees with the results of the current study that isolate 23 from burns swabs and all of the isolates has tox a 100%. the tox a gene encodes exotoxin a, a highly toxic proteins and has a lot to do with the occurrence of necrosis at the site of infection with the bacterium the danger of this toxin in the inhibition of the process of protein synthesis [8] also, for this toxin role to penetrate the tissue process, particularly in patients with cystic [9]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1772 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|29    figure (1): agarose gel electrophoresis (2%) of pcr products of tox a gene (352bp). line m: dna marker (100bp -2000 bp ladder, promega, usa); lanes 51, 53,54,56,59,60,61, 64, 65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73 pseudomonas aeruginosa pcr-positive isolates. 4. conclusions the results of detection of virulence genes tox a was found in 72 % of pseudomonas aeruginosa isolates. this gene encodes exotoxin a, a highly toxic proteins and has a lot to do with the occurrence of necrosis at the site of bacterium infection. references [1] s.bentzmann, and p. plesiat, the pseudomonas aeruginosa opportunistic pathogen and human infections. j. applied micribiology. 13(7): 1655-1665. 2011 [2] j.overhage,; m. bains,; m.d. brazas, and r.e. hancock, swarming of pseudomonas aeruginosa is a complex adaptation leading to increased production of virulence factor and antibiotic resistance. j. bacteriology190(8): 2671-2679. 2008 [3] s.hassan,; o. parviz, and y. bagher, drug susceptibility and molecular epidemiology of pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated in a burn unit. american j. infectious diseases. 10: 301-306. 2009 [4] l.martinez-solano,; m.d. macia,; a. fajardo,; a. oliver, and j.l. martinez, chronic pseudomonas aeruginosa infection in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. clinical infection disease. 47: 1526-1533. 2008 table (1): number and percentage of tox a gene of p. aeruginosa (%) tox a no. of tox a positive isolates sources no. 17 (60.71) 28 otitis media 1 18 (78.26) 23 burn 2 8 (80) 10 wound 3 5 (62.5) 8 uti 4 6 (100) 6 blood 5 54 (72) 75 total 352 bp  2000  1000  800  600  500  100  400  200  700  900  300  1600  1200        m  51  52  53  54   55  56  57 58   59  60  61 62 63    64  65  66  67  68  69  70  71  72  73   ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1772 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|30    [5] m. mitiku,; s. ali, and g. kibru, antimicrobial drug resistance and disinfectants susceptibility of pseudomonas aeruginosa isolates from clinical and enviromental samples in jimma university specialized hospital, southwest ethiopia . ame. j. biom. life sci., 2(2): 40-45. 2014 [6] s.a. ochoa; f. lopez-montiel, ; g. escalona, ; a.cruz-cordova, ; l.b. davila; b.lopez-martinez, ; y. jimenez-tapia, ; s. giono, ; c. eslava ; r. hernandez-castro, and xicohtencati-cortes, j. pathgenic characteristics of pseudomonas aeruginosa strians resistance to carbapenems associated with biofilm formation. j. bol. med. hosp. infant. 70(2): 133-144. 2013 [7] b. baradaran,; s. farajnia,; j. majidi,; y. omidi, and n. saeedi, recombinant expression and purification of pseudomonas aeruginosa truncated exotoxin a in escherichia coli. pharmaceutical sciences. 19(1): 31-34. 2013 [8] d. xing,; r. youle,; d. fitzgerald, and i. pastan, pseudomonas exotoxin a mediated apoptosis is bak dependent and preceded by the degradation of mci-1. j. pmc. 1: 1-9. 2010 [9] m. davinic,; n.l. carty,; j.a. colmer-hamood,; m.s. francisco, and hamood, a.n. role of vfr in regulation exotoxin a production by pseudomonas aeruginosa . j. microbiology. 155: 2265-2273. 2009 [10] j. morlon-guyot,; j. mere; a. bonhoure, and b. beaumellem processing of pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin a is dispensable for cell intoxication. j. infec. imm. 77(7): 3090-3099. 2009 [11] e. j. baron,; s. m. finegold, and . l. r. peterson, ibailey and scott،s diagnostic microbiology. 9th ed. mosby company. missouri. 2007. [12] p. lanotte; s. watt; l. mereghetti; n. dartiguelongue,; a. rastegar-lari,; a. goudeau, and r. quentin, genetic features of pseudomonas aeruginosa isolates from cystic fibrosis patients compared with those of isolates from others origins. j. medical microbiology. 53: 73-81. 2004 [13] j. sambrook, and d. w. rusell, molecular cloning a laboratory manual. cold spring harbor, ny: cold spring harbor laboratory press. 2001. [14] e.t. garallah, molecular analysis of some virulence genes of pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from cystic fibrosis and non-cystic fibrosis sources. m.sc. thesis. college of science. al-mustansiryia university. 2015. [15] s.r. taee; b.khansarinejad,; h. abtahi,; m. najafimosleh, and ghaznavi-rad, e. detection of alg d, opr l and exo a genes by new specific primers as an efficient, rapid and accurate procedure for direct diagnosis of pseudomonas aeruginosa strains in clinical samples. jundishapur j. microbiol. 7(10): 1-10. 2014 [16] v.s. nikbin; z. m.m.aslani; sharafi; m. hashemipour,; f. shahcheraghi, and ebrahimipour, g. h. molecular identification and detection of virulence genes among pseudomonas aeruginosa isolated from different infectious origins.iranian j. microbiology., 4(3):118-123. 2012   ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 19 study of efficacy adsorption of methyl green by attapulgite and modified attapulgite clay from aqueous solution hussein jawad ministry of education abstract this paper includes the modification of the attapulgite by precipitation of iron and aluminum compounds . attapulgite (atta) and modified attapulgite (atta-m) clays are characterized by many techniques ( ftir , xrd ,sem with edx ) .the attapulgite clay before and after modification were used as the adsorbents for adsorption of methyl green (mg) . the results indicate ,that the percentage of removal (mg) at equilibrium by using (atta) and (atta-m) clay were reached to 94% and 97% respectively. indicating that the clay modification process was in addition to a relative improvement in the adsorption potential of the clay after modification. keywords: methyl green, attapulgite, modified clay ,adsorption. 1. introduction the waste water disposed by textile industries is causing major hazards to the environment and drinking water due to presence of large number of contaminants like acids, bases, toxic, organic, inorganic, dissolved solids and color. in effect the discharge of contaminants such as dyes in the environment is warring for both toxicological and esthetical reasons as damage the quality of the receiving streams and is toxic to food chain organisms. these colored compounds are not only aesthetically displeasing but also inhibiting sunlight into the stream and reducing the photosynthesis reaction. since many organic dyes are harmful to human beings, the removal of color from process or waste effluents becomes environmentally important [1]. conventional methods to treat contaminated effluents can be classified into several categories: adsorption [2], precipitation [3], physico-chemical techniques (e.g. solvent extraction and membrane separation) [4,5] and biological techniques (e.g. biosorption, phytoextraction) [6,7]. adsorption is, however, more popular among all these methods because of its low cost, simple design, easy operation and the possibility of adsorbent recycling [8]. some researchs proved to treatment using natural materials such as clays for removing dye pollutants treat the wastewater has been gaining more attention because the materials are cheap ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2550 article history: received 23,june,2019, accepted 27,august,2019, published in january 2021 ahmed mohammed abbas department of chemistry, college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad ahmed.phychem@gmail.com mailto:ahmed.phychem@gmail.com mailto:ahmed.phychem@gmail.com 20 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 and available and their high specific area, and a variety of surface and structural properties. adsorption is a method of treatment, although adapted to remove a variety of toxic compounds in our environment [9, 10]. several studies in this field are mentioned, the clay minerals have already been extensively investigated to remove various organic pollutants and metal ions, and how to improve their adsorption capacity is critical to practical application. in the paper, raw attapulgite clay was modified by hydrochloric acid to improve its adsorption capacity for dye. the adsorption properties of methylene blue (mb) from aqueous solutions onto modified attapulgite clay were further evaluated. the maximum adsorption capacity is 217.4 and 271.7 mg · g –1 at 298 k and 318 k, respectively. the kinetic experiments show that the adsorption follows the pseudosecond-order kinetic model well. considering its high adsorption capacity and low cost.[11] palygorskite (pal) ( another name of the attapulgite ) was activated via a simple hydrothermal process (with ammonium sulfide) , the hydrothermal process evidently improved the dispersion of pal crystal bundles, increased surface negative charges and built more active – si–o− groups served as the new “adsorption sites”. the activated pal exhibited a superior adsorption capability to the raw pal for the removal of mv (from 156.05 to 218.11 mg/g). the kinetics for mv adsorption followed pseudo second-order kinetic models. the structure analysis of pal before and after adsorption demonstrated that electrostatic interaction and chemical association of –x–o− are the prominent driving forces for the adsorption process.[12] the aim of this work is studied and characterization of attapulgite clay modification and evaluated the adsorption capacity of adsorbents (atta) and (atta-m) in removing methyl green from aqueous solutions in batch system. 2.expermental 2.1 adsorbate methyl green dye properties it was used simulated waste water as adsorbate,the chemical formula c26h33n3cl2 , molecular weight = 458.5 g/mol , λmax =618nm (measured by uv-vis spectrophotometer ,double beam, shimadzu. 1800), the chemical structure of methyl green is shown as in figure (1). figure1.chemical structure of methyl green dye stock solution (100 mg/l) was prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of methyl green dye in distilled water (1 l), and then dilutes the stock solution to give the appropriate concentration. 2.2. adsorbent 2.2.1 properties of attapulgite clay this study includes use attapulgite clay which obtained from the general company for geological survey and mining, baghdad, iraq. it was obtained from akashatt area in iraqi western desert. it was collected from an opened mine. it is a buff material (yellow-light orange powder) and is practically insoluble in water, organic and inorganic acids and in solutions of the alkali hydroxides. the chemical analysis of attapulgite was obtained by same company mentioned above and listed in table (1). 21 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 table 1. the chemical analysis of attapulgite compounds sio2 al2o3 fe2o3 cao mgo so3 l.o.i total wt% 49.0 12.6 6.2 6.2 6.0 1.5 11.6 93.1 the ore of the attapulgite clay was broken and crushed by a domestic mill to a fine powder to ensure the quality of the washing process after that the clay powder was washed with sufficient quantity of distilled water seven times to remove the material exotic substances are soluble in water and then dried in an oven( daihan labtech oven ldo060e) at a temperature of (80°c) for 72 hours. was grinded dried clay with a domestic mill for the purpose of obtaining soft particles after sieving powder using sieves for particles sizing (150 μm) is required in all experiments related to this study 2.2.2 modification of attapulgite (atta-m): the modification method includes adding (300ml) of the ferric chloride solution (0.05m) in a suitable flask and then add (50 ml) of ammonium hydroxide solution (1m) as a single batch and then gradually add 25g of the prepared ethylene clay with constant stirring (hotplate daihan labtech co., ltd, stirrer) for two hours then the mix is dispersed by ultrasound(ultra sonic cleaner power sonic 0405s) for one hour. the filtration and washing process will be done with distilled water and drying at 100 ° c and grinding. the first part of the second surface shall be modified with the iron element. the second part is to be modified by mixing the 300 ml of the hydrolytic aluminum sulphate 18-hydrate solution (0.01m) with 50 ml of the sodium carbonate solution (0.2m). then add the mixture to the sample in the first part gradually with continuous stirring, the mixture is then dispersed in ultrasonic dispersion and then washed with distilled water, filtration, drying, milling and sieve to obtain a particle size (150 μm) from the second surface of the atta-m clay. this clay is diagnosed before and after modification using several techniques (edx, sem, xrd and ftir). 2.3. adsorption procedure (batch system) adsorption experiments carried out by placing a constant mass of clay or modified clay (0.01 g) with 10 ml of (mg) dye solution (50 mg/l) in glass bottles in constant agitation shaker ( shaking water bath , labtech) at temperature 25°c . when the adsorption process reached to equilibrium. after that samples were separated by centrifuge (6000rpm, hettich (eba-20) then absorbance measured using by uv-vis spectrophotometer .the amount of (mg) dye adsorption on the adsorbents calculated as follows:   )1...(.......... m vcc q eo e   where, co and ce is the initial and final or equilibrium concentration of (mg) dye in solution (mg /l) respectively, m is the clay mass in grams (g) and v is the solution volume in liters (l). the percentage amount: [13] of adsorbate adsorbed on the adsorbent was calculated by equation (2). 22 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021   )2...(..........100%    c cc e eo where e% percentage adsorption of the adsorbate. 3. results and discussion 3.1characterization of adsorbents attapulgite (atta) and modified attapulgite (atta-m) were characterized by ftir spectroscopy (shimadzu. iraffinity-1(8400s) , x-ray diffraction (6000 shimaduz) ,sem (inspect s50 ,fe ) and edx ( xflash 6110,bruker) techniques. figure ( 2 ) shows a number of distinctive peaks of |attapulgite clay formation (2800-3700)cm -1 , which is a set of compact peaks, the most prominent of which is 3641 cm -1 , which is due to the stretching vibration of the structural hydroxyl aggregates of the attapulgite structure, is due to the bending vibration of the absorbed water molecules at 1650cm -1 and a sharp peak at 1041 cm -1 due to the stretching vibration of the si-o group, alongside it, there is a top that is due to the bending vibration of the si-oh group at 918cm -1 ,figure (3) for (atta-m) shows a variable change in the positions of a number of peaks with the same value for both surfaces. on the other hand, a significant change in the intensity and shape of most peaks, as well as the absence or disappearance of new peaks. deposition of hydroxides of both aluminum and iron with the presence of attapulgite has led to changes or occurred a physical connections to the surface by pressing the clay structure without distortion to produce the surface (atta-m).[14,15] figure 2 . ft-ir spectrum for (atta) surface 23 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 3. ft-ir spectrum for (atta-m) surface figures ( 4 ) and ( 5 ) show that the distinctive peaks are characterized by their high intensity with a relative change in the shape of the peaks of the attapulgite clay before and after the modification. this confirms the slight relative effect on the crystals of all surfaces. on the other hand, (2θ) and the intensity of all the distinctive peaks of the attapulgite clay and this is due to the modification of iron and aluminum hydroxides in certain proportions as the stage of modification and inclusion to produce the surface (atta-m), these additions have involved the introduction and bonding of these elements (such as aluminum and iron) and their electronic effects on the surface and inside gaps and pores and between the crystalline levels of the attapulgite clay, which causes pressure on it without distorting or destroying its crystalline structure. this is confirmed by all spectra of x-rays of the surfaces all through do not show or disappear new peaks after adjustments.[16] figure 4. xrd spectrum for (atta) surface 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 in te n si ty 2 theta atta 24 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 5. xrd spectrum for (atta-m) surface we observe from the figures (6) and (7) the result observed two sem images of the attapulgite clay before and after the adjustment with a magnification force (10μm) to see the clusters and the homogeneity of the surfaces. the process of addition of iron and aluminum hydroxides worked to dissipate the assemblies of the attapulgite molecules into smaller clusters with less sharp endings by the adjustment, giving a more homogeneous image. [17] figure 6. sem images of ( atta ) surface 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 in te n si ty 2 theta atta-m 25 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 7. sem images of ( atta-m ) surface figure 8. edx spectrum for (atta) surface figure 9. edx spectrum for (atta-m) surface 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 table 2. weight ratios of constituents of the attapulgite surface before and after modification surface elements si al fe mg ba co in na o total atta wt% 27.509 13.353 4.283 3.286 1.344 1.382 1.178 0.666 46.998 100 atta-m 29.880 14.586 4.713 1.076 1.132 48.613 100 figures (8), (9) and table (2). we note that the edx analysis of the ratio of elements in the pre-modified attapulgite clay shows that the highest components are oxygen and secondly the elements of silicon, aluminum and iron, and then other elements in lower proportions where these elements or the groups that are responsible for producing and the differentiation of some properties of the clay, including adsorption ability, but with the process of modification of the attapulgite clay through the inclusion of molecules of iron hydroxides and aluminum prepared, we notice a change in the proportions of both iron and aluminum and oxygen with the disappearance of some elements such as barium, cobalt and sodium, which did not have the minimum energy in order to sensitive edx spectrum, which will change the properties of the modified mud (atta-m) [18] 3.2. studying the adsorption properties of the adsorbent surfaces after most conditions, the weight and particle size of the adsorbents surface (atta, atta-m) ,the concentration of the adsorbate (mg) and the temperature were fixed for the purpose of studying the adsorption of the (mg) dye of both surfaces. the application of the practical results of the adsorption process in equations (1,2) where both the amount of adsorption (qe) were calculated and represented by figure (10) and the percentage of adsorption (%e) it was represented in figure (11). from the figures (10) and (11) ,the amount of adsorbate (mg) or percentage of adsorption increases of time and is quick at the beginning to provide a large number of adsorption sites that are not do but with time the process begins to slow down with the decrease in the number of sites not occupy,on the other hand, the speed of this process is greater at the modified surface than the first surface in total, the average surface access to saturation (absence of vacant sites) (97%) is faster than the first surface (94%), reflecting an improvement in the adsorption properties of the modified surface. the modification process is expected to provide an increase in the number of adsorption sites, an increase in surface area or a reduction in adsorption energies, which facilitates greater adhesion of the adsorbed material to the surface. this is in line with the diagnostic tools mentioned above .[19,20] 27 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 10. effect of contact time on adsorption of (mg) by atta ,atta-m surfaces figure 11. adsorption percentage of (mg) by atta ,atta-m surfaces 4. conclusions we conclude from this study that the process of modification of atta clay by iron and aluminum hydroxides have been done without breaking the structure of the clay or crystalline structure and was diagnosed with several techniques ( ft-ir ,xrd and sem with edx) on the one hand and on the other hand the modification process to improve the relative properties of adsorption of clay after modification (atta-m) . acknowledgments: the authors thank and appreciate the deanship of the faculty of education for pure sciences ibn al haytham for supporting this work in terms of laboratories, equipment and materials references 1bennani. a.b.; mounir.b; hachkar.m; bakasse.m.; yaacoubi.a. adsorption of malachite green dye onto raw moroccan clay in batch and dynamic system , canadian journal on environmental, construction and civil engineering.2011,2, 5-13. 2. souza.c.; d. majuste.d.; dantasm.s.s.; ciminelli.v.s.t. selective adsorption of gold over copper cyanocomplexes on activated carbon, hydrometallurgy.2014, 147–148, 188–195. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 q e (m g lg ) t(min) atta atta-m 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 a d so rp ti o n p e rc e n t t(min) atta atta-m 28 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 3.haddou,n.; ghezzar,m.r.; abdelmalek,f.; ognier, s.; martel ,m.; addou,a. plasmacatalytic removal of lead acetate assisted by precipitation, chemosphere.2014, 107 , 304–310. 4. wang, l.y. ; lee. m.s. separation of zr and hf from sulfuric acid solutions with aminebased extractants by solvent extraction, separation and purification technology. 2015,142 , 83–89. 5. zulhairun , a.k. ; ismail. a.f. the role of layered silicate loadings and their dispersion states on the gas separation performance of mixed matrix membrane, journal of membrane science.2014, 468 , 20–30. 6. tabaraki , r .; nateghi,a.; ahmady , a.s.; biosorption of lead(ii) ions on sargassum ilicifolium: application of response surface methodology, international biodeterioration & biodegradation. 2014 , 93 ,145–152. 7. yuan, m.; he. h.; xiao. l.p.; zhong, t.; liu, h.; li, s.; deng, p.; ye, z.; jing, y. enhancement of cd phytoextraction by two amaranthus species with endophytic rahnella sp. jn27, chemosphere. 2014 , 103, 99–104. 8. malan, m. a. ; ijaz, s.; ashiq, m. n. removal of various dyes from aqueous media onto polymeric gels by adsorption process:their kinetics and thermodynamics, desalination.2010, 263, 249-257 . 9. özavci , s.; çetin , b. determination of radiation attenuation coefficients in concretes containing different wastes, acta. physica. polonica. a .2016 ,130, 316-317. 10. akarslan, f.; altinay, ö. investigation on water retention properties of boric acid doped textile surfaces, acta. physica. polonica. a. 2015 ,128, 405 -406. 11. zonggao , h.; fengjuan, s. ; guangxue, l.; bing ,z.; hongsong, z. removal of methylene blue from aqueous solution by adsorption onto modified attapulgite clay, energy and environment focus, 2015, 4(4), , 316-323. 12.tian ,g.; wang ,w.; , kang.y.; wang ,a.ammonium sulfide-assisted hydrothermal activation of palygorskite for enhanced adsorption of methyl violet, journal of environmental sciences,2016, 41, 33 – 4 3. 13.abbas, a. m.; mohammed, y. i. ; himdan, t. a. adsorption of anionic dye from equeous solution by modified synthetic zeolite ,ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,2015, 28,2,52-68. 14. blanco, c.; gonzalez, f.; pesquera, c.; benito .i.; differences between one aluminic palygorskite and another magnesic by infrared spectroscopy, journal .spectroscopy. letters,1989, 6 , 659–673. 15. mendelovici, e. infrared study of attapulgite and hcl treated attapulgite, clays and clay miner. 1973, 21,2,115-119. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/13835866 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/03767388 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/03767388 https://www.ingentaconnect.com/search?option2=author&value2=hu,+zonggao https://www.ingentaconnect.com/search?option2=author&value2=shi,+fengjuan https://www.ingentaconnect.com/search?option2=author&value2=liu,+guangxue https://www.ingentaconnect.com/search?option2=author&value2=zhang,+bing https://www.ingentaconnect.com/search?option2=author&value2=zhang,+hongsong https://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/asp/eef http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/177 http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/177 29 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 16cheney,m.; bhowmik,p.; qian, s.; joo, s.; hou, s. w. ; okoh,j. a new method of synthesizing black birnessite nanoparticles: from brown to black birnessite with nanostructures, journal of nanomaterials,2008, 1-8. 17jiang, d. y.; shi, y. y.; feng, l.d.; tang, r. m. fabrication of a new type modified attapulgite and its best adsorption conditions of cu 2+ ion, advanced materials research,2012, 549, 234-237. 18jaleel , e. a. ; abd, a. n. ; juad, h. h. preparation nanocomposite cuo-attapulgite, used as catalyst in photo degradation of methyl orange, world journal of environmental biosciences,2018 , 7( 1), 104-109. 19abbas, a. m. ; abd, s. s. ; himdan, t. a. kinetic study of methyl green dye adsorption from aqueous solution by bauxite clay at different temperatures, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,2018,31(1),58-66. 20amari , a.; gannouni , h.; khan , m. i. ; almesfer , m. k. ; elkhaleef , a. m. ; gannoun, a. effect of structure and chemical activation on the adsorption properties of green clay minerals for the removal of cationic dye , applied science.2018 , 8,1-18. https://www.scientific.net/author-papers/ding-yun-jiang https://www.scientific.net/author-papers/ying-ying-shi-1 https://www.scientific.net/author-papers/liang-dong-feng-3 https://www.scientific.net/author-papers/ru-miao-tang http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/1853 http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/1853 microsoft word 187-203 187 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 synthesis and characterization of some mixed-ligand complexes containing azo dye and 1,10-phenanthroline with coii, znii, cdii and hgii ions hasan a. hasan wasan m. alwan riyadh m. ahmed enaam i.yousif dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pur sciences (ibn -al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 10/june/2015, accepted in: 19/october/2015 abstract in this work, the ligand was obtained from the reaction of diazonium salt of naphthyl amine with 1-amino-2-naphtol-4-sulfonic acid. the bidentate ligand type (no) donar atoms was reacted with 1,10-phenanthroline and matel salt in a 1:1:1 mole ratio to give the complexes, using naoh as a base. physical-chemical teqnichas were used to characteriz the prepared compounds ft-ir,u.v-vis, fluorescence and 1hnmr spectroscopy, atomic absorption , chloride content along with conductivity and melting point measurements .finally, thermal analysis was used to confirm the presence of coordination h2o molecule in the complexes structure. according to memtioned characterization methods, the general formula proposed for coii znii, cdii and hgii complexes is [m(l)(phen)(h2o)cl]. keywords: azo-dye , ligand , complex , 1,10-phenanthroline 188 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction azo compounds are a very important class of chemical compounds that received attention in scientific research. they are highly colored and have been used as dyes and pigments for a long time [1,2]. furthermore, they have been studied widely because of their excellent thermal and optical properties in applications such as optical recording medium [3-6], link-jet printing[7,8] and oilsolution light fast dyes [9]. 1,10phenanthroline has a rigid framework and possesses a super, ability to chelate many metale ions via two nitrogen donors, which shows potential for technological applications , due to their high charge transfer mobility , bright light-emission and good electroand photo -active properties [10-15]. azo metal chelates have also attracted increasing attention due to their interesting electronic and geometrical features in connection with their application for molecular memory storage , nonlinear optical elements and printing systems [4],[6]and[16].the presence of aromatic and /or heteroaromatic groups in the structure of nitrogen donors gives these ligands additional properties, for instance, poly nitrogen donors containing aromatic and/or heteroaromatic groups conjugate the ligational ability with the photophysical properties typical of these groups and accordingly, they have been widely used as chemosensors for metal ions in solution, since their coordination may affect the properties of the photosensitive group giving rise to an optical response [17-19]. recently man singh and sushma anant prepared a new azo dye, n,ndimethylazoleucine, composed of leucine (nh2ch-(ch2ch(c2h6))cooh) as basic moiety and 1,2-dimethyl aniline (c6h5n(ch3)2) and its pr(iii) complex with 1,10 phenanthroline (heterocyclic compound) adduct to assess the possibilities of pr(iii) complexes formation and spectral changes that occur due to complexation [20].in this paper, preparation of new complexes of mixed ligand containing(2-(2-(naphthalen-5-yl)diazenyl)-4-amino-3hydroxynaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid) and 1,10-phenanthroline were reported, the fluorescence properties of the prepared compound were studied. experimental an electro thermal apparatus stuart melting point was used to measure the melting points. infrared spectra were performed using fi-ir testscan shimadzu (ft-ir)8300 series spectrophotometer in the range (4000– 400 cm–1); spectra were recorded as potassium bromide discs at college of education for pure science ibnalhaitham/ baghdad university. the electronic spectra of the compounds were obtained using (u.v–vis) spectrophotometer uv-1800, in the range (1100– 200 nm) using quartz cell of (1.0) cm length with concentration (10–3) mole l–1 of samples in dmso at 25c and fluorescense spectrophotometer type agilent, the measurement conducted was in central labrotary of college of education for pure science ibnalhaitham bagdad university .atomic absorption and chloride content were determined by potentiometric titration method on (686-titro proceccor-665 dosinat metrome swiss) in ibn sina company ministary of industary baghdad iraq . electrical conductivity measurements of the complexes were recorded at (25c) for (10–3–10–5) m solutions of the samples in dmso using eutech 150 conductivity meter. 1hnmr,  spectra for the ligand and cdii complex were recorded in dmso-d6 using brucker, model: ultra sheild 400 mhz, origin: switzerland and are reported in ppm (s), at kashan university iran, tg and dsc, thermograph were obtained using apparatus type sta pt-1000 linseis as the temperature range of 30-600c0, the measurement obtained in central laboratory, college of education for pure science ibnalhaitham bagdad university. synthesis of the ligand (hl) this compound was prepared as described in the literature [21,22]. a mixture of 1-naphthyl amine (1g, 6.98 mmol) in water (10 ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2.62 ml, 30.00 mmol) was stirred until a clear solution was obtained.the mixture was cooled to 0– 5c and a solution of sodium nitrite (0.76g, 11.00 mmol) in water (5 ml) was then added dropwise, maintaining the temperature below 5c. the resulting mixture was stirred for an additional 1h in an ice bath and then a little urea was added and was buffered (ph 6–7) with solid sodium acetate (solution 1). 1-amino-2-naphtol-4sulfonic acid (1.67g, 6.98 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml aqueous naoh (10 mmol) solution, cooled to 0 5c in an ice bath (solution 2).the solution was then gradually added to the cold solution 1, and  189 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the resulting mixture was continually stirred at 05c for 2 hrs. the resulting crude precipitate was filtered by acidification and washed several times with cold water.yield 72%,m.p(290c dec.). synthesis of the complex [co(l)(phen) (h2o)cl] to a solution of (0.5 g,1.27 mmol ) of the ligand dissolved in 15 ml of methanol,it was added (0.051 g, 1.27 mmol) of sodium hydroxide dissolved in 10 ml methanol and (0.25 gm, 1.27 mmol) of 1,10-phenanthroline in 10 mlwith stirring and heating, of cobalt (ii) chloride (0.30 g, 1.26 mmol) hexahydrate dissolved in 10 ml methanol was added to the a bove solution .the resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 hrs., the product was filtered off, washed with absolute methanol and recrystallized from methanol.yield 77%,m.p(over 320 c dec). synthesis of the complexes [zn(l)(phen)(h2o)cl], [cd(l)(phen) (h2o) cl] and [hg(l) (phen) (h2o) cl] a similar produce described to that mentioned in preparation of coii complex was used to prepare the complexes of [hl] with [znii ,cdii and hgii],ions . table no.(1) shows some physical properties of the prepared [hl], and its complexes and their reactants quantities. results and discussion mixed potentially bidentate ligand type no donor atoms and 1,10-phenanthroline with metal salt were used in a 1:1:1 molar ratio to synthesiz complexes using methanol as a solvent as shown in schem no.(2). the ligand contains labile proton [hl] and by removing this proton an ionic(-1) bidentate system is formed. the ligand [hl] was synthesized by the reaction of diazonium salt with 1amino-2-naphtol-4-sulfonic acid in a 1:1 molar ratio using methanol as a solvent as shown in schem no.(1). i.r. spectrum for ligand [hl], figure no.(1), displayed a band at (3234.62) cm–1 may be attributed to the interference of the v(n.h)asym and v(n.h) sym bands of (nh2) group [23] .the band at (3095.75)cm-1 may be referred to aromatic (c-h) [24]. a broad band at (2912.51)cm-1 may refer to the phenolic oh group [25-27]. this band was ascribed of intramolecular hydrogen bonding (n…ho) and (nh…o-h) groups [28] .the spectrum showed a weak band at (1656.85)cm-1 referred to the bending of (n-h) group. the medium bands at (1598.99-1527.62)cm-1 assigned to (c=c) stretching of aromatic rings [24] . while band at (1467.83)cm-1 can be attributed to (n=n) azo group [29] . the spectrum showed band at (1352.10)cm-1 attributed to phenolic (c-o) stretching [23] . finally the spectrum showed two bands at (1166.93 and 1043.49)cm-1can be attributed to the v(so3h)asym ,v(so3h)sym stretching respectively [30] . the spectrum of the 1,10-phenanthroline. figure no.(2) shows the band at (3363.86)cm-1 attributed to oh group of the adsorbed water molecules (c12h8n2.h2o) and bands at (3062.96)cm -1 , (1645.28)cm-1 and ( 1585.49-1525.70)cm-1 may be assigned to v(c-h)aro. , v(c=n)phen. and v(c=c)aro groups respectively , while the bands at (1344.38-1217.08)cm-1 may be assigned to the v(c-n) stretching, the assignment of characteristic bands are summarized in table no.(2). the i.r. spectra for complexes of coii, znii, cdii and hgii are shown in figures no.(3),(4),(5) and (6) respectively . the bands arising due to vibrational v(c=n)phen. mode at (1645.28)cm-1 frequency in the free 1,10-phenanthroline were observed to be shifted to lower frequencies , and appears at (1620.21)cm-1,(1624.06)cm-1, (1618)cm-1 and (1614.42)cm-1 for complexes of coii, znii, cdii and hgii respectively .the movement of v(n=n) stretch of the complexes to relatively lower frequencies ,at ( 1425.04), (1423.47), (1421) and (1450.47)cm-1 for complexes coii, znii, cdii and hgii respectively , compared to that of free dyes or ligand indicates coordination via the n=n group [31-33]. on the other hand the band at (1352.10)cm-1 referred to v(c-o) of free ligand , shifted to lower frequency and appeared at (1280.37), (1296.16), (1230) and (1257.59)cm-1 for complexes of coii, znii, cdii and hgii respectively.the see result indicaties the involvement of nitrogen of pyridime ring oxygen and nitrogen the azo ligand in the 190 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 complex formation[34-36]. the spectra of complexes displayed a band at (3215.34),(3307.92) and (3273.20)cm-1 for complexes of co, zn, cd and hg respectively can be attributed to v(nh2) group[24]. while the band at (3431)cm-1in cd complex spectrum may assign to interference of v(nh2) stretch with the oh group of the coordinated water molecule [23].the spectrum of co complex displayed a band at (3379.29) cm-1 may indicates oh group of the coordinated water molecules[23].finally the spectra showed new bands at [(653.87 , 657.73 , 675 and 665.44)] ; [(601.79 ,634.58 , 621 and 663.15)] and [(551.64 , 611.43 , 523 and 561.29)] cm-1 can be refer to v(m-n)azo. , v(m-n)phen. and v(m-o) for complexes co, zn, cd and hg respectively. the new bands also supported the coordination of the ligand to the metal center through azo group nitrogen , phen. group nitrogens and phenolic oxygen atoms. these results are supported by several reports [ 37,38]. the characteristic bands are summarized in table no.(2) . the u.v-vis spectrum for [hl], figure no.(7) , shows peak at (253nm) (39525 cm-1) (max= 3843molar-1 cm-1) assigned to –* transition of the aromatic ring [23]. peak at (333nm) (30030 cm-1) (max= 2750molar-1 cm-1) assigned n–* transition. finally peak at(437nm)(22883 cm-1)(max= 1063molar-1cm-1in ligand spectrum may be attributed to the azo group (n=n) [27]. u.v-vis spectrum for 1,10-phenanthroline , figure no.(8) , shows peak of shortest wave length presenting at (257nm) (38910 cm-1) (max= 1352molar-1 cm-1) may be assigned to over lape of n–* and –* transition ,[39-41] .the absorption data of the ligand and 1,10-phenanthroline are given in table no.(3) figures no.(9),(10), (11) and (12) show the (u.v-vis) spectra of the complexes co, zn, cd and hg respectively. table no.(3) summarized the absorption peaks of the complexes, in each case the spectrum showed intense peaks in the (u.v) region at (260nm) (38461 cm-1) (max= 3933molar-1 cm-1); (298nm) (33557 cm-1) (max= 3887molar-1 cm-1); (244nm) (40983 cm-1) (max= 1756molar-1 cm-1) and (228nm) (43859 cm-1) (max= 735molar-1 cm-1) for complexes of co, zn, cd and hg respectively , which can be assigned to –* transition [23]. the peaks at (260nm) (38461 cm-1) (max= 3933molar-1 cm-1); (300nm) (33557 cm-1) (max= 3887molar-1 cm-1); (293nm) (34129 cm-1) (max= 3952molar-1 cm-1) and (302nm) (43859 cm-1) (max= 735molar-1 cm-1) for complexes of co, zn, cd and hg respectively , assigned the n–* transition .the bands at (339nm) (29498 cm-1) (max= 4000molar-1 cm-1); (345nm)(28985cm-1) (max= 3730molar-1 cm-1) ; (310nm) (32258 cm-1) (max= 1833molar-1 cm-1) and (425nm) (23529 cm-1) (max= 755molar-1 cm-1) for complexes of co, zn, cd and hg respectively , may assigned to ml charge transfer transition [23].the n=n band of the free ligand at (437nm) (22883 cm-1) (max= 1063molar-1 cm-1) shifted to lower wave lengthes in the complexes and appeared at (403nm) (24813 cm-1) (max= 3032molar-1 cm-1); (421nm) (23752 cm-1) (max= 2037molar1 cm-1); (411nm) (24330 cm-1) (max= 951molar-1 cm-1) and (441nm) (22675 cm-1) (max= 755molar-1 cm-1) for complexes of co, zn, cd and hg respectively as a consequence of coordination when binding with a metal , confirming that the azo nitrogen was coordinat to the metal atom. the peak in the visible region can be associated with d-d transition . the coii complex shows a band at (620nm) (16129 cm-1) (max= 1788molar-1 cm-1) assignable to 4t1g(f)4a2g(f) suggesting distorted octahedral geometry around coii ion . finally znii, hgii and cdii complexes with an electronic configuration of d10 did not show any (d-d) transitions. instead the absorption bands in the spectra were due to charge transfer transitions which suffered from blue shift with hyper chromic effect [42]. the 1hnmr spectra of dmso-d6 solution of ligand and it cdii complex showed well resolved signals figure(13) and figure(14), table(4) .the spectrum of the free ligand showed multiplet chemical shift at the range (  =7.3-7.8 ppm) assigned to aromatic protons. the characteristic signals at(  = 8.8 ppm) and (  =11.1 ppm) were assigned to nh2 and oh 191 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 phenolic groups respectively , because of intramolecular hydrogen bonding with the nitrogen atom on the phenolic ring [23]. the 1hnmr spectrum of cdii complex showed the aromatic protons at chemical shifts at the range( = 7.2-8.2 ppm), signal observed at ( =8.8 ppm) assigned to nh2 group and ( =9.2 ppm) assigned to nh proton of azo group, this information supports the fact that there is keto hydrazone tautomer for the synthesized ligand [43]. the chemical shifts at( = 11.1 ppm) which can be attributed to the proton of the phenolic group in the ligand spectrum , disappeared in the complex spectrum due to the deprotonation process. fluorescence emission spectra the emission spectra of the ligand and 1,10-phenonthroline are shown in figure (15) and figure(16), respectively complexes spectra are shown in figures (17-20).the fluorescence emission spectra of ligand display maximum emission wavelengths (λem,max) at 455 nm with excitation wavelengths at 437 nm , while 1,10-phenonthroline shows maximum emission wavelengths (λem,max) at 348 nm with excitation wavelengths at 257 nm the complexes (coii, znii, cdii and hgii) exhibit maximum fluorescence emission wavelengths (λem,max) at 340,330,340 and 324 nm with excitation wavelengths at 339,300,310 and 302 nm respectively . the coii and cdii show very good fluorescence emission behavior upon excitation of the intraligand charge transfer band [44]. the shifts in complexes data compared with ligand indicate that the ligand successfully chelated to metal ions. fluorescence spectral data are shown in table (5). molar conductivity measurement for the complexes in (dmso) are summarized in table (6). thermal analysis studies the tga thermal analysis curves for [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl]and [cd(l) )(phen)(h2o)cl] complexes is shown in figures (21) and (22),and data are listed in table(7). the coii complex decomposes in three steps. the first stage is the loss (h2o +n2+nh3) with mass losses of 9.25897% (calc. = 8.918766978%) within a temperature range of 30-248.930c, the decomposition of the complex in the 30-248.930c range is indicated by endothermic processes at 84.5 0c the second step involves the loss of the organic fraction , (c10h8+nacl) within the temperature range of 248.93-446.80 0c, the decomposition of the complex in the 248.93446.800c range is indicated by exothermic processes at 311.60c, with mass losses of 26.2889% (calc. =26.40114529%). the final weight of the compound observed at 57.1701% (calc. =64.68001614%) within a temperature range of 446.80-572.340c. the difference in the calculations in observed of the residue weight may be related to the sublimation upon thermal decomposition .the cdii complex decomposes in two steps. stage one is the loss (1,10phenanthroline+c10h8+h2o+n2+nh3+cl+so3na) within the temperature range of 30402.120c, the decomposition of the complex in the 30-402.120c range is indicated by endothermic and exothermic respectively processes at 130.8c0 and 363.20c , within mass losses of 68.4125%(calc. =69.44892265%). the final stage is the loss (mo) within the temperature range of 402.12-593.610c within mass losses of 16.0405% (calc. =16.8993%), the difference in the calculations in observed of the residue weight may be related to the sublimation upon thermal decomposition[44]. 192 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 reference 1koh, j. and greaves. a.j, (2001), synthesis and application of an alkali-clearable azo disperse dye containing a fluorosulfonyl group and analysis of its alkali-hydrolysis kinetics ,dyes pigments 50, 117-126. 2sekar ,n. (1999),colourage 46, 63-65. 3katz ,h.e, singe k.d. r, sohn .j.e, dirk .c.w, king .l.a and gordon .h.m,(1987), j. am.chem. soc. 109 (21),6561-6563 . 4abe ,t.; mano. s.; yamada, y. and tomotake. a, (1999), j. imag. sci. tech. 43, 339-344. 5chino.t and yamada m, (2002), jp 2001220519. 6wang, s.; shen ,s. and xu .h,( 2000), dyes pigments 44, 195-198. 7hallas, g. and choi, j.h.; synthesis and properties of novel aziridinyl azo from 2amino thiophenes-part 2, application of some disperse azo dyes to polyester fibres ,(1999), dyes pigments 40, 119-129. 8gregory ,p.; waring, d.r. and hallos .g, (1990), ‘the chemistry and application of dyes’, 18-20, plenum press, london. 9kandil ,s.s. (1998), trans. met. chem. 23, 461-465. 10williams, a f.; piguet,c. and bernardinelli . g,(1991) ,angew. chem. int. edit. 30 1490. 11hurley, d j. and tor ,y ,(2002), j. am. chem. soc. 124 3749. 12felder. d, nierengarten. j f, barigelletti. f, ventura b and armaroli n, (2001), highly luminescent cu(i)-phenanthroline complexes in rigid matrix and temperature dependence of the photophysical properties., j. am. chem. soc.123 6291. 13baek. n, kim h, hwang . g and kim. b ,(2001), mol.cryst. liq. cryst. 370 387. 14connors. p j, tzalis. j d, dunnick . a l and tor. y,(1998), inorg. chem. 37 1121. 15liu. q d, jia. w l and wang. s n, (2005), inorg. chem.44 1332. 16wu. s, qian. w, xia. z, zou. y., wan. s. gan shen . ds, (2000),chem. phys. lett. 330,535-540. 17bazzicalupi. c, a. bianchi, giorgi .c and valtancoli .b, (2012) , inorg. chim. acta, 381 229. 18motlagh, m.k; noroozifar, m.; moodi, a.; niroomand, s .(2013), j. photochem. and photobio. b: biology, (2013), article in press. 19 – devereux. m, mccann. m, kellett.a., (2007), synthesis, x-ray crystal structures and biomimetic and anticancer activities of novel copper(ii)benzoate complexes incorporating 2-(4'thiazolyl)benzimidazole (thiabendazole), 2-(2-pyridyl)benzimidazole and 1,10-phenanthroline as chelating nitrogen donor ligands. ,j. inorg. biochem. 101 881. 20singh, m and anant. s, (2012), synthesis and spectral characterization of praseodymium(iii) complex with new amino acid-based azo dye, international journal of inorganic chemistry, 2012,id 767080, 6 pages,doi:10.1155/2012/767080. 21kocaokutgen . h and erdem. e, (2004),synth. react. inorg. met-org. chem., 34-1843. 22law, ky.; tarnawskyj, iw. and lubberts, pt. (1993) ,dyes pigment, 23-243. 23erdem, e.; sari, e.y.; kilinçarslan, r. and kabay, n.(2009), kılınçarslan, r. and kabay, n. ‘synthesis and characterization of azo-linked schiff bases and their nickel(ii) and zinc(ii) complexes’, transition metal chemistry,trans. met. chem., 34, 167174. 24socrates, g.(1980), “infrared characteristic group frequencies”, wiley, new york. 25karipcin, f. and kabalcilar. e,(2007), acta. chim. slov., 54, 242-247. 26parikh. v.m, (1985), “absorption spectroscopy of organic molecules”, translated by abdul hussain khuthier, jasim, m.a., al-rawi, and mahammed a. al-iraqi. 27silverschtien, r.m.; bassler, and morril, (1981), “spectrophotometers indentification of organic compound”, translated by ali hussain and suphi al-azawi. 193 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 28souza, p.;jose, a.; vazguez , g.and masaguer, jr. (1985), trans. met. chem., 10-410. 29swati, p.; singh, r.; karnawat, i.k; sharma, and verma, p.s(2011), synthesis, electrochemical and antimicrobial studies of 2-phenylazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid,int. j. chem. tech.res., 3, 3, 1164-1171. 30al-rubaie, l.a.r.and mhessn, r. j, (2012), synthesis and characterization of azo dye para red and new derivatives,e-j. chem., 9, 1, 465-470. 31masoud, m.s. and muhamed, g.b, (2002), spectral, magnetic and thermal properties of some thiazolylazo complexes, j. korean. chem. soc. 2, 99-116 . 32maiti, d.; paul, h.; chanda, n. and chakraborty, s., (2004), polyhedron 23, 831-840. 33ertanan, n. d p. ,g¨urkan,(1997),d yes pigments 33, 137-147. 34rentschler. e, von malotki. c,( 2008), inorg. chimica. acta, 361 ,3646. 35dilip, c.s, kumar. v. s, venison. s.j., potheher i.v, subahashini. d. r, (2013), synthesis, structural characterisation, bio-potential efficiency and dna cleavage applications of nicotinamide metal complexes, j. mol. str., 1040 ,192. 36el-ghamry, m.a..;saleh, a.a.; khalil. s.m.e.; mohammed, a.a, (2013), mono, biand trinuclear metal complexes derived from new benzene-1,4-bis(3-pyridin-2-ylurea) ligand. spectral, magnetic, thermal and 3d molecular modeling studies., spectrochim. acta a, 110 205. 37addison, a.w.; rao, t.n. and sinn, e., (1984), inorg. chem., 23, 1957-1967. 38preti, c.. and tosi, g., (1977) can, j. chem ,55, 1409. 39vukovic. n, sukdolak. s, solujic. s, milosevic. t, (2008), synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of some novel 2-aminothiazole derivatives of 4-hydroxy-chromene-2-one ,arch. pharm., 341 ,491. 40rover, s.cesura. m.a, huguenin. p, szente. a, (1997), synthesis and biochemical evaluation of n-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamides as high-affinity inhibitors of kynurenine 3hydroxylase,j. med. chem., 40, 4378 . 41panico. a.m, geronikaki. a., mgonzo. r, cardile .v, gentile. b and i. doytchinova, (2003), aminothiazole derivatives with antidegenerative activity on cartilage. ,bioorg. med. chem., 11 ,2983. 42lever, a.b.p. (1968), inorganic electronic spectroscopy. amsterdam: elsevier publishing. co. ltd . 43tunçel . mand serin. s, (2006), synthesis and characterization of new azo-linked schiff bases and their cobalt(ii), copper(ii) and nickel(ii) complexes, trans. met. chem., 31, 805-812. 44 yan. he, chaofan zhong*, zhou. yu and hailiang zhang, (2009), synthesis and luminescent properties of novel cu (ii), zn (ii)polymeric complexes based on 1,10phenanthroline and biphenyl groups, j. chem. sci., 121,4,407–412. 45walaa mahmoud1. h, gehad mohamed1*. g, maher el-dessouky1]. m.i.(2014), synthesis, characterization and in vitro biological activity of mixed transition metal complexes of lornoxicam with 1,10-phenanthroline, int. j. electrochem. sci., 9 ,1415 – 1438. 194 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (1): some physical properties of [hl], complexes and their reactant quantity empirical formula m.wt wt of metal salt (g) wt of product (g) yield % color dec.c0 found,(calc)% m m cl [hl] 393.42 72 dark red 290 [co(l)(phen) (h2o)cl] 706.37 0.302 0.7 77 dark prown >320 (8.34) 8.98 (5.01) 5.10 [zn(l)(phen) (h2o)cl] 712.83 0.104 0.5 68 light green >320 (9.17) 9.22 (4.97) 4.98 [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 759.85 0.056 0.8 69 light orange >320 (14.79) 14.85 (4.66) 4.75 [hg(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 848.03 0.140 0.4 61 light prown >320 (23.65) 23.71 (4.18) 4.25 dec.= decomposition table (2):ft-ir spectra data (wave number v-1)cm-1 of the ligand and its metal complexes compound v(nh2) v(c-h)aro. v(oh) broad v(c=c)aro. v(n=n) v(c=n)phen. v(c-o) v(m-n)azo. v(mn)pheen. v(m-o) additional peaks hl 3234.62 3095.75 2912.51 1598.99-1527.62 1467.83 1352.10 v(n-h)bending 1656.85 v(c-n)1282.661215.15 v(so3h)asy 1166.93 v( so3h)sym 1043.49 1,10phenanthroline 3062.96 3363.86 1585.94-1552.70 1645.28 v(c-n) 1344.38-1217.08 [co(l)(phen)(h2o )cl] 3215.34 3061.03 3379.29 1581.63-1517.98 1425.04 1620.21 1280.73 653.87 601.79 551.64 v(c-n) 1317.38-1367.53 [zn(l)(phen)(h2o )cl] 3307.92 3016.67 1564.27-1516.05 1423.47 1624.06 1296.83 657.73 634.58 611.43 v(c-n) 1388.75-1352.10 [cd(l)(phen)(h2o )cl] 3431 3053 3431 1581-1520 1421 1618 1230 675 621 523 v(c-n) 1350-1387 [hg(l)(phen)(h2o )cl] 3273.20 3134.33 1541.12-1510.26 1450.47 1614.42 1257.59 665.44 663.51 561.29 v(c-n) 1396.46-1369.46 195 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (3): electronic spectral data of ligand and metal complexes compound wave number max molar–1 cm–1 assignment suggested structure nm cm–1 hl 253 39525 3843 –* octahedral 333 30030 2750 n–* 437 22883 1063 n=n 1,10-phenanthroline 257 38910 1352 –*, n–* [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 260 38461 3933 –* 278 35971 3866 n–* 339 29498 4000 c.t 403 24813 3032 n=n 620 16129 1788 4t1g(f)4a2g(f) [zn(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 298 33557 3887 –* octahedral 300 33333 3966 n–* 345 28985 3730 c.t 421 23752 2037 n=n [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 244 40983 1756 –* 293 34129 3952 n–* 310 32258 1833 c.t 411 24330 951 n=n [hg(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 228 43859 735 –* octahedral 302 33112 3605 n–* 425 23529 755 c.t 441 22675 755 n=n table (4): 1hnmr data for ligand and [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] in dmso-d6 and chemical shift in ppm() compound funct. group (ppm) hl c-c aromatic 7.3-7.8 nh2 8.8 o-h phenolic 11.1 [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] c-c aromatic 7.2-8.2 nh2 8.8 o-h phenolic 9.2 196 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (5): fluorescence spectra for ligand and complexes compound λmax (em) λmax (ex) hl 455 437 1,10-phenanthroline 348 257 [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 340 339 [zn(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 330 300 [[cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 340 310 [hg(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 324 302 table (6): the molarconductivity of the complexes compound m s.cm2 molar–1 [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 15.2 [zn(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 10.32 [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 4.14 [hg(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 14.57 table (7): thermoanalytical results (tg and dsc) of [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] and [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] compounds mass loss temp./ºc mass loss theoretically mass loss practically dsc [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 30-248.93 8.918766978 9.25897 84.5(endo) 248.93-446.80 26.40114529 26.2889 311.6 446.80-572.34 64.68001614 57.1701 [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 30-402.12 69.44892265 68.4125 130.8(endo) and 363.2 (exo) 402.12-593.61 168993 16.0405 197 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 scheme (1): synthesis of the ligand (hl) n n nh2 so3h + ho n n n n n n nh2 o so3na m ch3cooh, glacial meoh,naoh ref lux where:m= coii,znii,cdii,hgii clh2o scheme (2): synthesis of the complexe fig (1): ir spectrum of the ligand(hl) fig (2): ir spectrum of the 1,10-phenanthrolin [w] nano2 ice bath (0 co) hcl con. n nnh2 1-naphthyl amine sodium nitrite diazonium salt n n ho so3h nh2 diazonium salt 1-amino-2-naphtol-4-sulfonic acid [dissolved in 10 ml aqueous naoh (10 mmol)] ho so3h nh2 n n ice bath (0 co) 2-(2-(naphthalen-5-yl)diazenyl) -4-amino-3-hydroxynaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid cl cl 198 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig (3):ir spectrum of the [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (4): ir spectrum of the[zn(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (5): ir spectrum of the[cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (6): ir spectrum of the[hg(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (7): uv spectrum of the ligand 199 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig (8): uv spectrum of the 1,10-phenanthrolin fig (9): uv spectrum of the complex [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (10):uv spectrum of the complex [zn(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (11): uv spectrum of the complex [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (12): uv spectrum of the complex [hg(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 200 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig (13):1hnmr spectra for the ligand fig (14):1hnmr spectra for the complex [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (15):emission spectra of the ligand fig (16):emission spectra of the 1,10-phenanthroline 201 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig (17):emission spectra of the [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (18): emission spectra of the [zn (l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (19): emission spectra of the [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (20): emission spectra of the [hg(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 202 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig (21): thermograph of [co(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] fig (22): thermograph of [cd(l)(phen)(h2o)cl] 203 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 -1,10معقدات حاوية على ليكندات مختلطة من صبغة االزو و تحضير وتشخيص الثنائية التكافؤ الكوبلت، الكادميوم، الخارصين، الزئبقفينانثرولين مع ايونات حسن احمد حسن وسن محمد علوان رياض محمود احمد انعام اسماعيل يوسف جامعة بغداد/الھيثم) قسم الكيمياء /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن 2015//تشرين االول19البحث في: ، قبل2015/حزيران/10استلم البحث في: الخالصة 4-نفثول-2امينوتفاعل اتضمن العمل تحضيرمعقدات حاوية على ليكاندات مختلطة من صبغة االزو المحضرة من كليكاند ثانوي مع امالح فينانثرولين-10,1السن و نفثايل امين كليكاند اولي ثنائي -1سلفونيك اسيد مع ملح الدايزونيوم وباستعمال ھايدروكسيد الصوديوم كوسط قاعدي. 1:1:1) للحصول على المعقدات بنسبة 1:1:1الفلزات وبنسبة ( الفيزيائية في تشخيص المركبات المحضرة بوساطة اطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء وفوق –واستعملت التقنيات الكيميائية والفلورة وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي واالمتصاص الذري ومحتوى الكلور وقياسات التوصيلية المرئية-يةالبنفسج الكھربائية مع درجات االنصھار.كما استعملت تقنية التحليل الحراري في اثبات وجود جزيئات الماء المتناسقة في تركيب الخارصين الثنائيالثنائي و معقدات الكوبلت الثنائي والكادميومالمعقدات وبناًء على ما سبق اقترحت الصيغة االتية ل o)cl]2[m(l)(phen)(hالثنائي.والزئبق فينانثرولين -10، 1االزو ، ليكاند ، معقد ، –صبغة :المفتاحيةالكلمات ihjpas. 36(1)2023 100 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license the water area of sawa lake as derived from land surface temperature and remote sensing data . abstract sawa lake is one of the unique lakes in iraq. it is located in the southwestern part of iraq. it is one of the closed lakes, as no surface water source works to feed the lake. the lake feeds on groundwater. the source of this groundwater is the dammam basin. during the past ten years, the lake has had many changes, which led to a decrease in water levels. this also led attention to study of the causes of these changes. many types of research were presented in the study of the state of the lake. this research used remote sensing images from landsat 8 oli to monitor the changes during 2020-2021 by applying the ndwi equation to extract water area from image data. the results of the areas were obtained from a special report by normalized difference water index (ndwi). then, the lake surface water temperature was derived from landsat 8 thermal bands (tirs). the lake water area and temperatures increased in summer and decreased in winter and autumn. then, it is not the main reason for the change in the lake water area. the levels of the lake water rise during the dry period and decrease during the rainy period. the natural factors have little influence in reducing the lake water. it is attributed to human factors, groundwater depletion, and a reduction in water supply from the dammam basin, which feeds the lake. keywords:sawa lake, normalized difference water index(ndwi), water extraction, water temperature. 1.introduction sawa lake is one of the inner basins [1]. it is located in the western desert of southern iraq, 23 km away from al-muthanna governorate [2]. it is considered one of the closed basins, as no surface tributaries pour into it [3]. the lake is one of the water sources on which the region depends [4]. what distinguishes the lake is the presence of underground sources that work to nourish it and are not fed by surface sources except for rainfall of a few millimeters in the winter season [5]. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2873 article history: received 14 june 2022, accepted 7 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq haidar a radeef department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. haidar.aboud1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq inbethaq m-ali abdulameer department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. inbethaq.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:haidar.aboud1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:inbethaq.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 101 tectonic activity in the region played an essential role in forming the lake depression [2]. the region's climate is characterized by dryness and high temperature in summer [6].and little rainfall in winter [7]. the continuing rise in temperatures and decrease in precipitation due to climate change is a significant challenge for the region [8]. the temperature difference is vital in the mechanical weathering process, as it changes the features of the earth's surface in the study area and the lack of rainfall, wind movement, and vegetation cover [9]. because of the intense evaporation, the lake was exposed to many current studies investigated its impact on the lake and showed that the depth of the lake water decreases over time. the lake water depth was about 4 to 5 m 35 years ago, and the water depth has become between 1-2 m in recent years with the continuation of the decrease in the vicinity of the lake along with the reduction of its surroundings [10]. as a result of the lake being located in a desert area characterized by drought and high temperatures in the summer and the increased demand for water resources to meet agricultural land needs, all of this affected a decrease in groundwater levels [11]. detecting temporal changes in the area is essential in determining changes in the area of water bodies for long periods. this is done by continuous monitoring of multi-time remote sensing data [12]. the temperature of the earth's surface is an essential source that provides us with a lot of data about the earth's surface, such as the amount of actual or potential evaporation and net radiation [13]. remote sensing is one of the effective ways to restore regional and global land surface temperature [14]. satellites are used to obtain images of the earth's surface, which carry devices with high spatial accuracy [15]. many studies have used remote sensing to study wetlands areas [16]. few researchers have conducted scientific and theoretical studies to analyze lake changes [17]. multispectral remote sensing is used to monitor water bodies, and maps can be drawn in many ways, and this depends on the response of water bodies to those different spectral ranges. the natural difference water index (ndwi) is used to measure the area of water bodies through short-wave infrared and visible green light [18]. there are many ways to determine the water surface, depending on the water surface (specular or diffuse), the type of suspended substance in the water, the depth of the water and the visible spectra, and that the reflectivity of pure water is less than that of turbid water [19]. in recent years, algorithms have been made to show the water body, which depends on the study area's spectral characteristics. these algorithms can identify the pixels of the main water [20]. what distinguishes water bodies is that they are dynamic, as they can expand, contract, or change their appearance over time, and this is due to human or natural factors [21]. many studies have studied the interaction between water dynamics with global climate change. climate change has an impact on internal water bodies, and one of those influencing factors is temperature change [22]. the rays coming from the sun into the earth's atmosphere are considered the main engine of atmospheric processes, and their impact is direct and indirect on the climate elements [23]. in this research, the impact of changing the study area's temperature on sawa lake water dynamic is studied through remote sensing and analysis of landsat satellite images during the period 2020 and 2021. 2.study area sawa lake is one of iraq's unique lakes. it is one of the permanently closed lakes, located in the sabkha area in the southwestern part of iraq, (23(km southwest of al-muthanna governorate ihjpas. 36(1)2023 102 [9], as shown in figure(1). it is scientifically and ecologically essential and is characterized by biological diversity [24]. it is bordered on the east and northeast by the atshan river, a euphrates river branch, and is (3.3) km away from the west and southwest. it is bordered by the flood plain, from the south by factory salt samawah, and from the east and west by dunes [25]. sawa lake is located between longitudes (44°59'35.64" and 45°0'44.73") and latitudes (31°18'36.91" and 31°18'53.95") [26]. the topography of the study area increases at a rate of 2.7 m per km as we move from the northeast to the southwest [2]. sawa lake has an area of 4.7 km2, a maximum length of (13.5 km), a maximum width of 1.936 km, and a minimum width of (0.5 km) [10]. a gypsum barrier surrounds it, its height ranges between (2-5)m, and its length is (12.5 km), which makes it isolated and closed to the surrounding area [4]. it rises above sea level (18-16) m and from the euphrates river (11) m [6]. the average temperature of the study area ranges between the minimum and the highest (27.449.5), and the rainfall is 110 mm per day [27]. the wind direction is northwesterly at a (4.1)m/sec [4]. west, the study area, is surrounded by desert lands and is divided into three types, a gypsum desert, dunes, a stone desert, and the region containing groundwater, as well as a little rain. in the area, there are very few houses that back to farmers working during the growing season, and the rise in temperature leads to an increase in the water needs of crops cultivated in this area during this season [28]. figure 1. study area of the sawa lake, iraq 3.methodology this research uses the available data from landsat 8 sensor (oli) satellite. envi 5.3 program was used to clip the study area and convert the clipped images data from digital pixels to wave values through the following reflectivity equalizer [29]: ρλ= (mp∗qcal + ap )/sin θ (1) where ρλ, = toa planetary reflectance. mp= = reflectance was multiplicative of each band. qcal= represents pixel value in dn.ap = reflectance additive scaling for the bands and (θ) = solar elevation angle the images were extracted with a smaller area by selecting the coordinates [496335 e, 3469215 n (upper)], [505305 e, 4360635n (down)]. a stacking process was performed in seven bands, including [aerosol, blue, green, red, infrared near-infrared (nir), short wave infrared (swir 1), ihjpas. 36(1)2023 103 and short wave infrared (swir 2)]. some adjustments were made to seven bands, including (band name, wavelength, image capture time, pixel size, and sensor type). to monitor the changes in the lake's water area, it is necessary to measure the water area during a specific period to study these changes and know the reasons for that. therefore, the period was chosen in the years (2020-2021), when the lake's water level decreased and the lake's size decreased. the geographical information systems (qgis) program was used. this program is considered one of the best and most accurate programs in analyzing the image elements that were pulled from the satellite and one of the best programs used in engineering and geographic mapping. it was used by applying the (ndwi) method as in the following equation (2) [30]. ndwi= (rgreen – rnir) / (rgreen + rnir) (2) where r green reflectance of the green band.rnir reflectance of the near-infrared band. the ndwi value ranges from -1 to 1. the sample type is water if ndwi >0 and non-water if ndwi ≤0[5]. the reclassification table window was applied to measure the area of the four classes. through it, the reflectivity values were arranged from the minimum value to the maximum value, and the difference between these values represents the areas of the four classes. the reflectivity value for water was positive, and for plants and soil, it was negative [5]. a reference to the satellite image data was determined by downloading the ground control points (gcp is a point on the earth's surface of a known location) on the image modified by the (qgis) program. the area limits of the lake water were fixed by downloading the gcp, which was considered a reference for monitoring changes in the lake water area in recent years. to study the impact of the temperature of the study area on the fluctuation of the lake water levels, the reading data of the temperature during the year's seasons were followed up in the period specified for the study. this was obtained during (20202021) from the meteorological data of the study site for nasa. the surface temperature of the study area was measured from the band (10) by converting the reflected spectral radiation from the region to the brightness temperature, which was done using the data from the heat band file (10). the following brightness temperature equation was applied [31]: 𝑇 = 𝐾2 𝑙𝑜𝑔( 𝑘1 𝑠1 +1) – 273 (3) 𝑇: temperature )c°),1 and 𝐾2: heat transfer constantss1: spectral radiance (w/(m2*sr*m2)). 4.results and discussion the results reached in our research represented the readings of the lake area. they were obtained from the qgis program from the report (ndwi) and the temperature readings obtained from the application of the brightness temperature equation, which was conducted during the period (2020-2021) and these results can be it is described as follows: 1. the results of the readings taken from (ndwi) showed fluctuation and instability in the lake water levels during the specified period. all indicators and readings indicate a varying decrease in the lake area during the year's months, as the lake's lowest area reached (3.1032)km2 in january 2020, after which the area stabilized until the end. after that, the area expanded until it reached its ihjpas. 36(1)2023 104 most enormous amount in mid-july, which was (3.726) km2, and then began to decline until it went an area of (3.2545) km2 in december. this was close to the area in january of the same year. in 2021, the water level fluctuation was more significant than in 2020. the decline continued significantly, as its area reached at the end of march( 1.0751) km2 and then began to rise drastically to reach july 24,624 square kilometers to stabilize its area. with a slight increase until the beginning of september, its area suddenly decreased to get the lowest area during december by (0.774) km2, the lake's lowest area reached during the period specified for the study. the results obtained from the ndwi readings can be observed in the following table (1). table 1. the sawa lake area in years (2020-2021) date area(m2) date area(m2) 19/1/2020 3.1032 21/1/2021 2.5362 23/3/2020 3.321 26/3/2021 1.0751 26/5/2020 3.1311 13/5/2021 1.2195 13/7/2020 3.726 16/7/2021 2.4624 15/9/2020 3.5353 2/9/2021 2.5182 20/12/2020 3.2545 5/11/2021 1.8576 23/12/2021 0.774 figure (2) shows the change in the area of sawa lake through the zigzag curve in the period (2020-2021), and the recorded readings show a decrease in the area of lake water in the autumn and winter seasons to mid-spring, starting from the end of the tenth month to the end of the fourth. the increase in the water area is limited in summer and begins from the middle of the fifth month to the end of the tenth month. it declines with the fluctuation of its proportions, representing a dashed straight line. this situation is repeated within two years in addition to the continuation of the lake water. figure 2. sawa lake area in proud (2021-2021) 3.1032 3.321 3.1311 3.726 3.5353 3.2545 2.5362 1.07511.2195 2.46242.5182 1.8576 0.774 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 sawa lake area a re a (m ²) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 105 figure 3. water cover changes (2020-2021) positive values range between 0.312-0.646 represent water, while negative values represent plants and soil. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 106 figure 4. sawa lake with (gcp)locations, landsat-8 oli from 2020-2021. 2the gcp was used as a constant reference to compare the lake area. the results showed that the amount of the area fluctuated relative to the gcp during the seasons, showing low in the first and last months of the year. it also showed an increase in the soil area instead of a decreasing water area. as for the months that fall in the middle of the year, specifically from the month the fifth to the end of the tenth month, an increase in the lake area appeared. this situation was repeated during the two years specified in the research. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 107 3we applied the equation of brightness temperature to the intensity of the spectrum emitted from the surface of the lake water and based on the band 10 data (from the landsat 8 satellite of the oli sensor. the results representing the average surface temperature of the lake water during the specified period (2020-2021) were obtained. the readings appeared low in autumn and winter, medium in spring, and high seasonality in summer. in 2020, its lowest amount was in january, which was 13 c°. it has 9 c°, the highest amount was 30 c°, and table (2) shows the amount of these readings. the highest amount was in july, 30.5 c° in 2020. and it was the lowest amount. table 2. shows the surface temperatures of lake sawa water from the brightness temperature equation during the years (2020-2021) the graph shows the fluctuation of the surface temperatures of the lake water obtained from the brightness temperature equation in the application of remote sensing. this fluctuation in temperature represents a normal condition because the weather in the study area is cold in winter. hot, so the curve shape has bottoms that appear in the cold winter season. it has peaks that appear in the hot summer season, as shown in figure (5). 4the temperature readings obtained from the image in 2020 showed the lowest degree was 8.33 c° in january and the highest temperature was 37.96 c° in july. still, in 2021 the lowest temperature was in january 4.91 c°, and the highest temperature was 36.48 c° in july, as shown in the following table, as shown in figure (6). data t(c°) 19/1/2020 13 23/3/2020 17 26/5/2020 23.5 13/7/2020 30.5 15/9/2020 28.5 23/12/2020 12.5 21/1/2021 9 26/3/2021 20 13/5/2021 30 16/7/2021 33 2/9/2021 32 5/11/2021 20.5 23/12/2021 12.5 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 108 table 3. shows temperatures (during the years (2020-2021). figure 6. temp. changes during (2020-2021) 5the curves in figure (7) showed a phase convergence of the two curves with a slight difference in amplitude, as there is a small difference in temperature in both tables, and the two curves were combined (2,3). 6the results of the readings of the surface water temperature of sawa lake and the readings of the lake water area showed similarity in some periods of increase and decrease. this can be seen in the fluctuation of the lake water area curve with the curve phase of the lake surface temperature fluctuation. there is an increase in each of them in summer and a decrease in autumn and winter. the highest point of each was reached in july 2020. data ts (c°) 19/12020 8.33 23/3/2020 15.74 26/5/2020 28.8 13/7/2020 37.96 15/9/2020 36.02 23/12/2020 8.93 21/1/2021 4.91 26/3/2021 18.19 13/5/2021 29.21 16/7/2021 36.48 2/9/2021 35.58 5/11/2021 18.24 23/12/2021 10.82 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 te m p (c °) date t s ( c° ) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 109 figure 7. temp. and water temp. changes during (2020-2021) in 2021 the lake recorded the highest surface area in july and the highest surface temperature in august, with the lowest point in january 2020. in 2021, the lake reached the lowest surface area in december and the lowest surface temperature in january of the same year. these results indicate that the temperature is not the reason for the decrease in the area of the lake water because the increase in temperature leads to the evaporation of water and thus leads to a decrease in the area of the water, but what happened with the lake is the increase in the area during the period of high temperatures, as shown in the figure (8): figure 8. temp. and the water area changes during (2020-2021) 5.conclusions 1 the ndwi indicates a large fluctuation in the area of sawa lake during the years (2020-2021), it decreased, and its area reached less than (1) km2 at the end of 2021 in january. this is a serious indicator indicating the disappearance of the lake permanently soon. 2the lake area increases in the summer and decreases in the fall and winter until the end of the spring months. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 te m p (c °) date t s ( c ° ) 0 10 20 30 40 te m p (c °) date c h a rt t i t l e ts (c°) t(c°) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 a re a (k m 2 ) te m p (c °) date t(c°) area(m²) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 110 3-the increase in the lake water temperature in the summer coincides with the rise in the lake area. the decrease in the temperature of the lake water in the winter and autumn is also in conjunction with the decrease in the lake area. 4the temperature change in the study area is not the cause and the essential factor in the decrease is the water area of sawa lake. 5the increase in the water area of sawa lake occurs in the dry seasons, and the decrease in its area appears in the rainy seasons. this indicates that the weather elements in the study area, represented by temperature, evaporation, and rain, are not the main reason for the change in the lake water levels. 6the sawa lake area decreased because the groundwater misuse in the area has lowered the underground water table that is itself drained by wells (4000 wells and more than 1500 wells illegally dug for agriculture), with low rainfall and climate change. 2022 is a drought year for the second consecutive time. references 1. boschetti, t.; boschetti, s.m ; mariani, e.s. ; the origin and mgcl2–nacl variations in an a thalassicsag pond: insights from chemical and isotopic data, aquatic geochemistry, 2018, 24, 2, 138-162. 2. awadh, s.m. ; outstanding universal values of the sawa lake as a world natural heritage, bulletin of the iraq natural history museum, 2016, 24,1, 1 11. 3. jamil, a.k.; geological and hydrochemical aspects of sawa lakes. iraq, bull. coll.sci., 1977, 18,1, 221-253. 4.ameen, n.; rasheed, l.; khwedim, k.; evaluation of heavy metal accumulation in sawa lake sediments, southern iraq using magnetic study, iraqi journal of science, 2019, 60,4, 781-791. 5. al-quraishi, r.i.; hydrochemistry of lake sawa in southern iraq, m.sc. thesis,department of earth science, faculty of science, university of bagdhad, 2013. 6. al-mosawi, w.m.; al-tememi, m.k.; ghalib, h.b.; nassar, n.a.; sub-bottom profiler and side scan sonar investigations, with the assistance of hydrochemical and isotopic analysis of sawa lake, al-muthana governorate, southern iraq, mesopotamian journal of marine sciences,2015, 30,1, 81-97. 7.al-khafaji, a.k.; detection of the pollution status of soil and water in the sawa lake area using remote sensing techniques, m.sc. thesis, facultyof agriculture, university of muthanna, 2016. 8. hatem, a.j.; al-jasim, a.a.n; abduljabbar, h.m.; a study of the climate and human impact on the future survival of the al-sannya marsh in iraq, journal of water and land development, 2021, 51, 168-173. 9. sabri, w.k.; geomorphological landforms prevailing in sawa lake, badia and sawa lake studies center, al-muthanna university, 2019. 10.al-tememi, m.k.; al-mosawi, w.a.; abdulnabi, z.a. ;monitoring the change of water level and its effect on water quality in sawa lake, southwest iraq, iraqi journal of science, 2019, 60,10, 2177-2185. 11.al-jayshi, j.w.; mousa, a.n. ; valleys and depressions in the desert of al-muthanna badia iraq and the possibility of investing its water resources in agricultural development, route educational & ihjpas. 36(1)2023 111 social science journal, 2020, 7,3, 584-612. 12.naji t.h.; abduljabbar, h.m.; the seasonal effect on the water bodies in iraqi marshlands, plant archives,2019, 19,2, 4397-4403. 13. cristo´bal, j.; jime´nez-mun˜oz, c.; sobrino, j.a.; ninyerola, m.; pons, x.; improvements in land surface temperature retrieval from the landsat series thermal band using water vapor and air temperature, journal of geophysical research, 2009, 114,8, 1-16. 14. hashim, b.m.; al maliki, a.; sultan, m.a.; shahid, s.; yaseen, z.m.; effect of land use land cover changes on land surface temperature during 1984–2020: a case study of baghdad city using landsat image, natural hazards, 2022,112,2,1223-1246. 15.abdul ameer, i. m. a.; abduljabbar, h.m.;the effect of re-use of lossy jpeg compression algorithm on the quality of satellite image, neuroquantology,2020.18,5,17-25 16. abbas, h.n.; abdul ameer, i.m.a.; a study of the climate change impacts on al shuwaija marsh wasit province using satellite remote sensing, aip conference proceedings, 2020, 2307, 1, 1-6 17. abduljabbar, h.m.; hatem, a.j.; abdul ameer, i.m.a.;practical study for the properties of hueckel edge detection operator, journal of physics: conference series, 2018.1003, 1, 1-6. 18. ahmed, a.i.;shahfahad, s.; baig, m.r.i.; talukdar, s.; asgher, m.s.; usmani, t.m.; ahmed, s.; rahman, a.; lake water volume calculation using time series landsat satellite data: a geospatial analysis of deepor beel lake, guwahati, emerald publishing limited, 2021,1,1,107-130. 19. abduljabbar, h.m.; naji t.a.h.; separating the terrain cover of iraqi marshes region usinq new satellite band combination, iraqi journal of agricultural sciences, 2020, 51,6, 1504-1516. 20. naji, t. a. ; hatem, a. j.; new adaptive satellite image classification technique for al habbinya region west of iraq, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,2013, 26,2, 143-149. 21. karpatne, a.; khandelwal, a.; chen, x.; mithal, v.; faghmous, j.; kumar, v.; global monitoring of inland water dynamics: state-of-the-art, challenges, and opportunities, computational sustainability, 2016, 121-147. 22. song, c.; huang, b.; ke, l.; modeling and analysis of lake water storage changes on the tibetan plateau using multi-mission satellite data, remote sensing of environment, 2013, 135, 25–35. 23. jabbar, l. p.; ali, r.m.; hussein, b.m.; an overview of the site of lake sawa in terms of area and environmental, climatic and hydrological characteristics, ministry of water resources, marsh recovery center, department of study and design, baghdad, 2018. 24. mahdi, m.m.; khaleefa, u.g.; hareef, n.f.; study of sawa lake fauna, holocene deposits, al-muthanna province, southern iraq,mesopotamian journal of marine sciences, 2017, 32,2, 104-114. 25.al-fadhli, a.a.; the rare earth forms of sawa lake and the role of climate in its formation, badia and sawa lake studies center, al-muthanna university, 2019. 26. abed, s.a.; occurrence of anatidae in sawa lake: a ramsar wetland site in sothern iraq, research journal of pharmaceutical, biological and chemical sciences, 2017. 8, 3, 2440 2446. 27. hadi, k.w.; geotechnical assessment of soil in the site of sawa lake southern iraq, eurasian journal of biosciences,2018,12,1, 27-33. 28. al-abdan, r.h.; al-mehamed, a.k.; habeeb, a.; the geographical potential of agricultural investment in the southern plateau of; international journal of agricultural and statistical sciences,2018, 14, 139-151. 29.qassim, z.h.; changing of bagdha land cover for the period (1986-2019), m.sc, thesis, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad, 2020. 30. ganaie, h.a.; hashia, h.; kalota, d.; delineation of flood prone area using normalized ihjpas. 36(1)2023 112 difference water index (ndwi) and transect method: a case study of kashmir valley, international journal of remote sensing applications, 2013, 3, 2, 53-58. 31. mahdi, m.h.; an analytical study of soil temperature with respect to its salinity, m.sc.,thesis, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham , university of baghdad, 2019. 3-the increase in the lake water temperature in the summer coincides with the rise in the lake area. the decrease in the temperature of the lake water in the winter and autumn is also in conjunction with the decrease in the lake area. 4the temperature change in the study area is not the cause and the essential factor in the decrease is the water area of sawa lake. 5the increase in the water area of sawa lake occurs in the dry seasons, and the decrease in its area appears in the rainy seasons. this indicates that the weather elements in the study area, represented by temperature, evaporation, and rain, are not... 82 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract new class is introduced of meromorphic univalent functions with positive coefficient ∑ { } defined by the integral operator in the punctured unit disc { | | }, satisfying | ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) | . several properties were studied like coefficient estimates, convex set and weighted mean. keywords: meromorphic univalent function; coefficient estimates; convex set; weighted mean. 1. introduction let denote the class of functions of the form: ∑ { } which are analytic and meromorphic univalent in the punctured unit disc { | | } { } the hadamard product [1]. (convolution) of function in (1) and a function : ∑ { } is defined in the class as integral transforms of new subclass of meromorphic univalent functions defined by linear operator i ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index aqeel ketab al-khafaji aqeel ketab al-khafaji aqeelketab@gmail.com department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, university of babylon, babylon, iraq. article history: received 15 january 2019, accepted 18 march 2019, publish may 2019 doi: 10.30526/32.2.2147 mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ∑ { } let be a subclass of the class of functions of the form: ∑ { } a function in the class is said to be meromorphic starlike and meromorphic convex of order [ ] respectively if { } and { } in 2013, juma and zirar [3]. defined the function ̃ as follows: ̃ ∑ | | for { } is the pochhammer symbol. gaussian hypergeometric function ( ∑ ) was used, where ̃ and the hadamard product for corresponding to the function ̃ the linear operator [ ] defined on by ̃ ∑ | | and ( ) and for ( ) ( ( )) ∑ | | in [4]. darus and frasin studied the operator ( ) now, the condition for the function which is defined in (4) belongs to a class where according to equation (6). definition 1: a function of the form (1) is said to be in the class if satisfies the following condition: 84 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 | ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) | where in this paper, a new class of meromorphic univalent functions is studied and discussed the positive coefficient defined by integral operator in the punctured unit disc . several properties are resulted such as, coefficient estimates, convex set, extreme point and obtain some interested results. see also references [5-9]. 2. results in this section we introduce the results of the study in the two subsections: 2.1. coefficient estimates in the first theorem, the necessary and sufficient condition is given to be the function in the class . theorem 1: a function defined by (4) is in the class if and only if: ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] where proof assume that (8) holds true. it is enough to show that: | ( ( )) ( ( )) | | ( ( )) ( ( )) | for | | from (8), that resulted: | ( ∑ | | ) ( ∑ | | )| | ( ∑ | | ) ( ∑ | | )| 85 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 |∑ | | | |( ) ∑ | | [ ] | ∑ | | ( ) ∑ | | [ ] ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] hence, conversely, let then (7) holds true, so: we have: | ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ( )) | | ∑ | | ( ) ∑ | | [ ] | since | | for all , it follows that: { ∑ | | ( ) ∑ | | [ ] } now, we choose the value of on the real axis so that ( ) is real. letting through real values, we obtain: ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] hence, the result follows finally, sharpness follows if we take 86 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 [ ] | | [ ( ) ] corollary 1: if defined by (4) is in the class , then: [ ] | | [ ( ) ] where now, the function was defined as follows: ∑ 2.2. convex set here, the class will prove as a convex set and give some result about it. theorem 2: the class is convex set. proof let the functions defined by (11), be in the class then for every that showed must: [ ] thus, we obtain: ∑[ ] and ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] [ ] 87 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] therefore, by theorem (1), the result followed theorem 3: let the functions defined by (11) be in the class then ∑( ) in the class where: [ ][ ] | | [ ( ) ] [ ] proof since then by theorem (1), we have: ∑ ( | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ) ∑ ( | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ) and ∑ ( | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ) ∑ ( | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ) it follows from (13) and (14), that: 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ∑ ( | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ) ( ) but if and only if: ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ( ) the inequality (15) is satisfied if: | | [ ( ) ] [ ] | | [ ( ) ] [ ] hence: [ ][ ] | | [ ( ) ] [ ] since is an increasing function of letting in (16), we get: [ ][ ] | | [ ] [ ] this completes the proof theorem 4: let the functions defined by (12) be in the class then: ∑ in the class where: ∑ proof since , for all ( , it follows from theorem (1) that: 011 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] hence: ∑ | | [ ( ) ] ∑ | | [ ( ) ] ( ∑ ) ∑ (∑ | | [ ( ) ] ) [ ] therefore by theorem (1), we get theorem 5: let the functions defined by (11), be in the class then the function: ∑ belongs to the class where: ∑ proof for every , it follows from theorem (1) that: ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] but ∑ ∑ ( ∑ ) ∑ (∑ ) therefore ∑ | | [ ( ) ] (∑ ) 010 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ∑ (∑ | | [ ( ) ] ) ∑ [ ] [ ] this end of the proof definition 2 [2]: the weighted mean of functions defined by [ ] theorem 6. let the functions defined by (11), be in the class then the function, then the weighted men of is also in the class proof by definition (2), we have [ ] [ ( ∑ ) ( ∑ )] ∑ [ ] since in the class , then by theorem (1), we have: ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] and ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] hence ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] ∑ | | [ ( ) ] 011 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 ∑ | | [ ( ) ] [ ] [ ] [ ] so 3. conclusions from above and [10] we can use this class to generate another using the definition of meromorphic multivalent function. also by suitable operator with meromorphic multivalent function can getting on a good class studies. references 1. ruscheweyh, s. new criteria for univalent functions, proc. amer. math. soc.1975, 49, 109-115. 2. duren, p.l. springer-verlarg, new york, berlin, heidleberg, tokyo, 1983. 3. juma, r.s.; zirar, h. on a class of meromorphic univalent functions defined by hypergeomatric function, gen. math. notes. 2013, 1, 63-73. 4. darus, m.; frasin, b.a. on certain meromorphic function with positive coefficient. south east asian bull. math. 2004, 28, 615-623. 5. al-khafaji, a.k.; atshan, w.g.; abed, s.s. on the generalization of a class of harmonic univalent functions defined by differential operator. mathematics. 2018, 6, 12, 312. 6. al-khafaji, a.k.; atshan, w.g.; abed, s.s. on a differential subordination of a certain subclass of univalent functions. journal of kufa for mathematics and computer. 2018, 5, 3, 11-16. 7. abed, s.; faraj, a. fixed points results in g-metric spaces. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science. 2019, 32, 1, 139-146. 8. abed, s.; abdul sada, k. common fixed points in modular spaces. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 500-509. https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1822. 9. jabber, a.k.; tawfiq, l.n.m. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 31, 2, 151163, doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954. 10. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 31, 1, 151163, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 https://doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 weakly approximaitly quasi-prime submodules and related concepts haibat k. mohammadali shahad j. mahmood dr,mohammadali 2013@gmail.com hasanenjassm@gmail.com department of mathematics ,college of computer sciences and mathematics ,university of tikrit, tikrit, iraq abstract let r be commutative ring , and let t be unitary left r − module .in this paper ,wapp-quasi prime submodules are introduced as new generalization of weakly quasi prime submodules , where proper submodule c of an r-module t is called wapp –quasi prime submodule of t, if whenever 0≠rstϵc, for r, s ϵr , t ϵt, implies that either r tϵ c +soc(t) or s tϵc +soc(t) .many examples of characterizations and basic properties are given . furthermore several characterizations of wapp-quasi prime submodules in the class of multiplication modules are established. keywords: weakly quasi prime submodules ,wapp-quasi prime submodules , socle of modules , z-regular modules , projective modules . 1. introduction throughout this paper , all rings are commutative with identity , and all modules are left unitary r-modules . weakly quasi prim submodules was first introduced and studied in 2013 by [1] as a generalization of a weakly prime submodule , where proper submodule c of rmodule t was called weakly prime submodule of c , if whenever 0≠atϵc ,for a ϵr , t ϵt, implies that either tϵc or at c [2] , and a proper submodule c of r-module t is called weakly quasi prime submodule of t , if whenever 0≠abtϵc , for a ,b ϵr t ϵt, implies that either at ϵc or bt ϵc . recently many generalization of weakly quasi prime submodules were introduced see [3, 4, 5] . in this research we introduced another generalization of weakly quasi prime submodule , where proper submodule c of r-module t is called wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , if whenever 0≠abtϵc for a, b ϵr , tϵt implies that either atϵc+soc(t) or bt ϵc +soc(t). soc(t) is the socle of a module t, defined by the intersection of all essential submodule of t [6] , where a nonzero submodule a of an r-module t is called essential if a∩ b ≠ (0)for each nonzero submodule b of t [6] . recall that r-module t is ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2613 article history: received, 21,april ,2020, accepted 21,june,2020, published in april 2021 file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/العدد%20الثاني%20هدر/شهد.docx mailto:2013@gmail.com mailto:hasanenjassm@gmail.com 57 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 multiplication if every submodule c of t is of the form it for some ideal i of r , in particular c=[c:r t] t [7]. let a and b be a submodule of multiplication module t with a=im and b=jt for some ideals i ,j of r , then ab=ijt=ib . in particular at=itt=it=a. also for any t ϵt , at=a< t >= it [8]. recall that an r-module t is faithful , if ann(t)= (0) [7] .a rmodule t is a projective if for any epimorphism f from r-module x into x ’ and for any homomorphism g from tin to x’ there exists a homomorphism h from t in to x such that f o h=g [7].recall that an r-module t is a z-regular , if for each tϵt there exists fϵt*=hom(t,r) such that t=f(t)t [10] 2.basic properties of wapp-quasi prime submodule in this section, we introduced the definition of wapp-quasi prime submodules and established some of its basic properties , characterization and examples. definition(1) a proper submodule c of an r − module t is called weakly approximaitly quasi prime submodule of t (for short wapp-quasi prime submodule) , if whenever 0≠abt ϵc , for a, bϵr, tϵt, implies that either atϵ c+soc(t) or btϵc+soc(t). and an ideal j of ring r is called wapp-quasi prime ideal of r if j is wappquasi prime submodule of r-module t. examples and remarks(2) 1. the submodule c=< 12̅̅̅̅ > of the z-module z24 is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of z24, , since soc(z24)=< 4̅ > , and for 0≠abtϵ< 12̅̅̅̅ > ={0̅ , 12̅̅̅̅ } for a,b ϵz ,tϵz24, implies that either atϵ< 12̅̅̅̅ >+soc(z24) or bt ϵ< 12̅̅̅̅ >+soc(z24) . that is either atϵ< 12̅̅̅̅ >+soc(z24)=< 4̅ > or btϵ< 12 >+soc(z24)=< 4̅ > thus 0≠2.3. 2̅ϵ< 12̅̅̅̅ > for 2,3,ϵz, 2̅ϵz24 implies that 2. 2̅=4̅ϵ < 12̅̅̅̅ >+< 4̅ >=< 4̅ >={0̅, 4̅, 8̅, 12̅̅̅̅ , 16̅̅̅̅ , 20̅̅̅̅ } . 2. the submodule 12z of the z-module z is not wapp-quasi prime submodule , since soc(z)=(0) and whenever 0≠3.4.1ϵ 12z , for 3,4,1ϵz , implies that 3.112z+soc(z) and 4.112z+soc(z) 3. it is clear that every weakly quasi prime submodule of an r-module t is wapp-quasi prime but not conversely . the following example explains that : consider the z-module z24, and the submodule c=< 6̅ > ={0̅, 6̅, 12̅̅̅̅ , 18̅̅̅̅ } , c is not weakly quasi prime submodule of z24 since 2.3.1̅ϵc =< 6̅ > , for 2,3 ϵz , 1̅ϵz24 , implies that 2. 1̅=2̅≠< 6̅ > and 3. 1̅=3̅ < 6̅ > . bat c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of z24 , since soc(z24)=< 4̅ > , and whenever 0≠ abt ∈ c = < 6̅ > = {0̅, 6̅, 12̅̅̅̅ , 18̅̅̅̅ } for a, b ∈ z , t ∈z24 implies that either at∈ c + soc(z24)= < 6̅ > +< 4̅ >=< 2̅ > or bt∈ c + soc(z24)= < 6̅ > +< 4̅ >=< 2̅ > . that is 0≠ 2.3. 1̅ ∈ c, for 2,3 ∈ z , 1̅ ∈z24 , implies that 2.1̅ ∈ c + soc(z24)=< 2̅ >. 4. it is clear that ever weakly prime submodule of an r-module t is a waap-quasi prime but not conversely . the following example explains that : 58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 consider the z-module z24 and the submodule c=< 12̅̅̅̅ >={0̅, 12̅̅̅̅ }. from (1), c is wappquasi prime submodule of z24. but c is not weakly prime submodule of z24 . since if 0≠ 3. 4̅ ∈ c , for 3ϵz , 4̅ϵz24 , but 4̅ c and 3[c:z24]=6z 5. the residual of wapp-quasi prime submodule c of an r-module t needs not to be wapp-quasi prime ideal of r . the following example explains that : we have seen in(1) that the submodule c=< 12̅̅̅̅ > of the z − module z24 is a wapp-quasi prime but [c:z z24]=[< 12̅̅̅̅ >:z z24]=12z is not wapp-quasi prime ideal by (2). 6. the submodules pz of a z-module z is a wapp-quasi prime if and only if p is prime number 7. the intersection of two wapp-quasi prime submodule of r-module, t need, not to be wapp-quasi prime submodule of t for example: the submodule 2z and 5z of the z-module z are wapp-quasi prime submodule by (6). but 2z∩5z=10z is not wapp-quasi prime submodule of thez − module z , since 0≠2.5.1ϵ10z, for 2,5,1ϵz but 2.1=210z+soc(z) and 5.1=510z+soc(z) the following proposition are characterizations of wapp-quasi prime submodules . proposition(3) let 𝑇 be an r − modul and c be proper submodul of t , then c is wapp − quasi prime sub modul of t if and only if , whenever 0≠rsbc , for r, sϵ r, b is submodul of t , implies that either r bc +soc(t) or s bc +soc(t). proof: () assum that c is awpp-quasi prime submodule of t and 0≠rsbc . for r, s ϵr , b is a submodule of t , with r b c+ soc(t) and s b c +soc(t), that is there exists a nonzero elements b1 ,b2 ϵb such that rb1 c +soc(t) and s b2  c +soc(t).now 0≠rsb1 ϵc , and c is wapp-quasi prime submodule and r b1 c +soc(t) , implies that s b1 ϵc +soc(t). also 0≠rsb2 ϵc , and c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t, and sb2 c +soc(t) .,implies that rb2ϵc+soc(t). again since 0≠rs(b1+b2)ϵc and c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , implies that either r(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) or s(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) . if r(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) ,that is rb1+rb2ϵc+soc(t) ,and since rb2ϵc+soc(t), it follows that rb1ϵc+soc(t) which is contradiction . if s(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) , that is sb1+sb2ϵc+soc(t) and since sb1ϵc+soc(t), it follows that sb2ϵc+soc(t) which is contradiction. hence r bc +soc(t) or s b c +soc(t). () let 0≠rstϵc , for r, s ϵr , t ϵt , it follows that 0≠rs<t>c , so by hypothesis either r<t>c+ soc(t) or s<t>c+ soc(t) . that is either r tϵ c+ soc(t) or s tϵ c+ soc(t) .hence c is wapp − quasi prime submodul of t. 59 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proposition(4) let𝑇 be r − module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodul of t if and only if whenever 0≠ijb c , for i,j are ideals of r and b is a submodule of t , implies that either ibc +soc(t) or jbc +soc(t). proof: ()assume that 0≠ijbc . for i,j are ideal of r , b is a submodule of t , with ibc+soc(t) and j bc +soc(t), so there exists a nonzero elements b1 ,b2 ϵ b and a nonzero elements r ϵi , s ϵj such that rb1 c +soc(t) and sb2 c +soc(t).now 0≠rsb1 ϵc , and c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule and rb1 c+soc(t) , implies that sb1ϵ c+soc(t). also 0≠rsb2ϵc , and c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t, and sb2 c+soc(t) .,implies that rb2ϵc+soc(t). again 0≠rs(b1+b2)ϵc and c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , implies that either r(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) or s(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) . if r(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) ,that is rb1+rb2ϵc+soc(t) ,and rb2ϵc+soc(t), implies that rb1ϵc+soc(t) contradiction . if s(b1+b2)ϵc +soc(t) , that is sb1+sb2ϵc+soc(t) and sb1ϵc+soc(t), implies that sb2ϵc+soc(t) which is contradiction. hence ibc+soc(t) or jbc+soc(t). () suppose that 0≠rstϵ c , for r, s ϵr , tϵt , that is 0≠<r><s><t>c , so by our assumption either (r)(t) c+ soc(t) or (r)(t)  c+ soc(t) . that is either rt∈ c + soc(t) or st∈ c + soc(t) .hence c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. as a direct consequence of the above propositions, we get the following corollaries. corollary(5) let 𝑇 be r − module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodule of t iff whenever 0≠rit c , for r ϵr, i is an ideals of r and t∈ t, implies that either r t ϵc +soc(t) or i t c +soc(t). corollary(6) let 𝑇 be r − module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodule of t iff whenever 0≠ijt c , for j, , i is an ideals of r and tϵ t , implies that either j tc +soc(t) or itc +soc(t). corollary(7) let 𝑇 be r − module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodul of t if and only if, for each r ϵr and every ideal i of r and every submodule b of t, with 0≠rib c , implies that either rbc +soc(t) or ibc +soc(t). proposition(8) 60 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 let 𝑇 be r − module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodul of t if and only if for each r,s ϵr ,[c:rs][0:t rs]∪[c+ soc(t)::t r]∪[c+soc(t):t s] . proof: ( )let tϵ[c:t rs] , implies that rstϵc .if rst=0 , then tϵ[0:t rs], and hence tϵ[0:t rs]∪[c+ soc(t)::t r]∪[c+ soc(t)::t s] .suppose that 0≠rstϵc and since c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , it follows that either rt ϵc +soc(t) or st ϵc +soc(t) , implies that either tϵ[c+soc(t):t r] or tϵ[c+soc(t):t s] .that is tϵ[0:t rs]∪[c+ soc(t)::t r]∪[c+ soc(t)::t s] .hence, [c:t rs][0:t rs]∪[c+ soc(t)::t r]∪[c+ soc(t):t s] . ()assume that 0≠rstϵc , for r,sϵr , tϵt , implies that tϵ,[c:t rs][ [0:t rs]∪ [c+ soc(t):+:t r]∪[c+ soc(t):t s] . but 0≠rst , then t [0:t rs] , hence tϵ [c+ soc(t):t r]∪[c+ soc(t):t s] , it follows that rtϵc+soc(t) or stϵc+soc(t).hence, c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. proposition(9) let 𝑇 be r − modul and c be proper submodul of t . then c is wapp − quase priem submodul of t iff for every rϵr , and tϵt with rtc +soc(t) ,[c:r rt][0:r rt]∪[c+soc(t):r t] proof: ()suppose that c is wapp-quase ,and let sϵ[c:r rt], implies that rstϵc .if rst=0 then sϵ[0:r r], hence sϵ[0:r rt]∪[c+soc(t):r t]. if 0≠rstϵc and c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t and rtc +soc(t) ,then stϵc+ soc(t) that is sϵ[c+ soc(t):r t] . hence sϵ[0:r rt]∪[c+ soc(t):r t] . thus ,[c:r rt][0:r rt]∪[c+ soc(t):r t]. as a direct consequence of proposition (9) and proposition (3),we get the following corollary: corollary(10) let 𝑇 be r − modul and c be proper submodul of t . then c is wapp − quase prim submodul of t iff for every rϵr , and any submodule b of t with rbc +soc(t) ,[c:r rb][0:r rb]∪[c+soc(t):r b] as a direct consequence of proposition (9) and proposition (4)we get the following corollary. corollary(11) let 𝑇 be r − module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodule of t iff for every ideal i of r , and every submodule b of t with ibc +soc(t) , ,[c:r ib][0:r ib]∪[c+soc(t):r b]. proposition(12) 61 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 let 𝑇 be r − module and c be proper submodule of t . then for every s, rϵr , and tϵt ,[c:r rst][0:r rst]∪[c+soc(t):r r t] ]∪[c+soc(t):r s t]. proof: suppose that eϵ[c:r rst] ,implies that rs(et)ϵc .if rs(et)=0, implies that eϵ[0:r rst] and hence eϵ[0:r rst]∪[c+soc(t):r r t] ]∪[c+soc(t):r s t].if rs(et)≠0 ,and c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , then either r(et)ϵc+soc(t) or s(et)ϵc+soc(t). that is either eϵ[c+soc(t):rrt] or eϵ[c+soc(t):rst] thus eϵ[0:r rst]∪[c + soc(t):r r t] ]∪[ c + soc(t):r s t].therefore ,[c:r rst][0:r rst]∪[ c + soc(t):r r t] ]∪[ c + soc(t):r s t]. the following are characterizations in the multiplication module . proposition(13) let t be multiplcation r_module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is a wapp − quasi prime submodule of t iff 0≠k1k2t c , for some submodules k1 ,k2 of t , and tϵt implies that either k1tc +soc(t) or k2tc +soc(t). proof: () suppos that c is wapp − quasi prime submodul of t , and 0≠k1k2t c for some submodules k1 ,k2 of t , and tϵt . since t is a multiplication , then k1=it and k2=jt for some ideals i,j of r .thus 0≠k1k2t=ijt c. since c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t then by corollary (6) either itc + soc(t) or jt c + soc(t). hence either k1t c + soc(t) or k2t c + soc(t). () assume that 0≠ijtc , for some ideals i,j of r ,tϵt .that is 0≠k1k2t c for k1=it and k2=jt . it follows that either k1tc+soc(t) or k2tc+soc(t); that is it c + soc(t) or jt c + soc(t).hence c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t by corollary(6). proposition(14) let t be multiplcation r_module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodule of t iff 0≠k1k2h c , for some submodules k1 ,k2 and h of t , implies that either k1hc +soc(t) or k2hc +soc(t). proof: () assume that 0≠k1k2h c for some submodules k1 ,k2 and h of t . since t is a multiplication , then k1=it ,k2=jt for some ideals i,j of r hence 0≠k1k2h=ijh c. but c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t then by proposition (4) either ih c + soc(t). or jh c + soc(t).. hence either k1h c + soc(t). or k2h c + soc(t).. () let 0≠ijhc , where i, j are ideals of r , and h is a submodule of t .since t is multiplication , then 0≠ijh=k1k2hc , hence by assumption either k1h c + soc(t) or k2h c + soc(t).that is either ih c + soc(t) or jh c + soc(t). thus by proposition (4)c is wapp-quasi prime submodul of t . 62 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 it is well − knwon that if t is z − regular r − module , then soc(t)=soc(r)t [11;prop.(325)] . proposition(15) let t be z_regular multiplcation r_module and c be proper submodule of t . then c is wapp − quasi prime submodul of t iff [c:r t] is wappquasi prime ideal of r. proof: ()suppose that c is wapp − quasi prime submodule of t and let 0≠abi[c:r t] ,for a,bϵr , i is an ideal of r .it follows that 0≠ab(it)c . since c is wappquasi prime submodule of t , then by proposition(3) either aitc+soc(t) or bitc+soc(t).but t is a z –regular module , then soc(t)=soc(r)t ,and since t is multiplication , then c=[c:r t]t . hence either ait[c:rt]t+soc(r)t or bit[c:rt]t+soc(r)t. thus either ai[c:rt]+soc(r) or bi[c:rt]+soc(r) . hence by proposition [c:rt] is a wappquase priem ideal of r. ()suppose that [c:rt] is a wapp-quasi prime ideal of r , and 0≠rsb c , for r,sϵr , and b is a submodule of t . since t is a multiplication , then b=it ,for some ideal i of r ,that is 0≠rsi tc, it follows that0≠rsi[c:r t] . for [c:rt] is a wapp-quasi prime ideal , then by proposition(3) either ri[c:rt]+soc(r) or si[c:rt]+soc(r) , it follows that either rit[c:rt]t+soc(r)t or sit[c:rt]t+soc(r)t. but t is a z-regular soc(t)=soc(r)t and since t is a multiplication , then [c:rt]t=c .thus either rbc+soc(t) or sbc+soc(t).hence by proposition (3) c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. it is well-known that if an r-module t is projective , then soc(t)=soc(r)t [11;prop.(3-24)] proposition(16) let t be a projective multiplication r-module and c be a proper submodule of t . then c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t if and only if [c:r t] is a wappquasi prime ideal of r. proof: ()let 0≠rij[c:r t] ,for rϵr , i ,j are ideal of r .then 0≠r i(jt)c . since c is wapp quasi prime submodule of t , then by corollary(7) either r(jt)c+soc(t) or i(jt)c+soc(t).now since t is a projective module , then soc(t)=soc(r)t ,and since t is multiplication , then c=[c:r t]t . hence either r(jt)[c:rt]t+soc(r)t or i(jt)[c:rt]t+soc(r)t. it follows that , either rj[c:rt]+soc(r) or ij[c:rt]+soc(r) . hence by corollary(7) [c:rt] is a wapp-quasi prime ideal of r. ()let t 0≠rib c , for r ϵr ,i is an ideal in r, and b is submodule of. since t is a multiplication , then b=jt ,for some ideal j of r .thus 0≠rij tc, implies that 0≠rij[c:r t] . but [c:rt] is a wapp-quasi prime ideal , then by corollary(7) either rj[c:rt]+soc(r) or ij[c:rt]+soc(r) , that is either rjt[c:rt]t+soc(r)t or ijt[c:rt]t+soc(r)t. since t is a projective then soc(t)=soc(r)t and since t is a multiplication , then [c:rt]t=c .thus 63 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 either rbc+soc(t) or ibc+soc(t).hence by corollary (7) c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. we need to recall the following lemma before we introduce the next proposition . lemma(17)[12, coro, of theo, (9)] let t be a finitely generated multiplication r-module and i ,j are ideals of r . then itjt if and only if ij+annr (t). proposition(18) let t be a finitely generated multiplcation z_regular r_module and i is wapp − quasi prime ideal of r with annr (t) i . then it is an wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. proof: let 0≠i1 i2 b it , for i1,i2 are is ideals of r,and b is submodul of t. since t is a multiplication then b=j t for some ideal j of r. that is let 0≠i1 i2 (j t) it, it follows by lemma (17) 0≠i1 i2 j i+annr(t). but annr(t)i ,implies that i+annr(t)=i. that is 0≠i1 i2 j i. but i is a wapp-quasi prime ideal of r , then by proposition (4) either0≠i1 j i+soc(r) or 0≠ i2 j i+soc(r). it follows that either0≠i1 j t it+soc(r)t or0≠ i2 j t it+soc(r)t. but t is a z-regular then soc(r)t=soc(t). hence either 0≠i1 b it+soc(t) or0≠ i2 b it+soc(t). thus by proposition (4) it is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . proposition(19) let t be a finitely generated multiplication projective r-module and i is a wappquasi prime ideal of r with annr (t) i . then it is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. proof: let 0≠ri1 b it , for rϵr ,i1 is an ideal of r, and b is submodule of t. since t is multiplication then b=jt for some ideal j of r. that is let 0≠ri1 (j t) it, it follows by lemma (17) 0≠ri1 j i+annr(t). but annr(t)i ,implies that i+ annr(t)=i. hence 0≠ri1 j i, and since i is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r , then by corollary (7) either0≠i1 j i+soc(r) or0≠ r j i+soc(r).that is either 0≠i1 j t it+soc(r)t or0≠ r j t it+soc(r)t. but t is a projective then soc(r)t=soc(t). thus either 0≠i1 b it+soc(t) or0≠ r b it+soc(t). hence by corollary (7) it is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . it is well-known that cyclic r-module is multiplication [13], and since cyclic r-module is a finitely generated, we get the following corollaries: corollary(20) let t be a cyclic z-regular r-module and i is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r with annr (t) i . then it is an wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. corollary(21) 64 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 let t be a cyclic projective r-module and i is an wapp-quasi prime ideal of r with annr (t) i . then it is an wapp-quasi prim submodule of t. it is well-known that if a submodule c of an r-module t is essential in t, then soc(c)=soc(t) [6, p.29]. proposition(22) let t be r-module ,and a,b are submodules of t with a b and b is an essential in t. if a is an wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , then a is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of b. proof: let 0≠rstϵa ,for r,sϵr ,tϵb, that is tϵt . since a is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , then either rtϵa +soc(t) or stϵ a +soc(t). but b is essential in t , then soc(b)=soc(t). that is either rtϵa+soc(b) or stϵa+soc(b).hence a is an wapp-quasi prime submodule of b. corollary(23) let t be r-module ,and a,b are submodules of t with a b and soc(t) soc(b). then a is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of b. it well-known that if a is a submodule of an r-module t , then soc(a)=a∩soc(t) [9,lema 2.3.15] proposition(24) let t be r − module , and a, b are submodules of t with b not contain in a ,and soc(t) b. if a is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , then a∩ b is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of b. proof: it is clear that a∩ b is an proper submodule of b .now ,let 0≠rstϵ a∩ b, for r,sϵr ,tϵb, implies that 0≠rstϵ a, since a is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t ,then either rtϵa+soc(t) or stϵa+soc(t) ,hence either rtϵ(a+soc(t) )∩ bor stϵ(a+soc(t))∩ b. since soc(t)b, then by module law either rtϵ(a∩ b)+ (b∩ soc(t)) or stϵ(a∩ b)+(b∩ soc(t)). that is either rtϵ(a∩ b)+ soc(b) or stϵ(a∩ b)+soc(b).thus a∩ b is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of b. it well-known that for each submodule a of an r-module t , then soc(a)=a, then asoc(t)[9,theo.(9.1.4)(c)]. proposition(25) let t be an r − module , and a, b are submodules of t with b not contain in a, with soc(a)=a and soc(b)=b. then a∩ b is a wapp-quasi prime sub module of t. proof: 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 let 0≠rsl a ∩ b, for r,sϵr ,l is submodule of t, then 0≠rs l  a ,and 0≠rs l b. but both a ,b are wapp-quasi prime submodule of t, then either rla+soc(t) or sla+soc(t), and rl b+soc(t) or sl b+soc(t). but soc(a)=a and soc(b)=b , then asoc(t) and bsoc(t), hence a+soc(t)=soc(t) and b+soc(t)=soc(t) ,a∩ b soc(t) , implies that a∩ b + soc(t)=soc(t) ,so either rlsoc(t)= a∩ b + soc(t) or sl soc(t)= a∩ b + soc(t). hence a∩ b is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t proposition(26) let f:t→t′ be an r-epimorphism , and c be an wapp-quasi prime submodule of t with kerfc . then f(c) is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t′. proof: let f:t→t′ be an r-epimorphism , and c be an wapp-quasi prime submodule of t with kerfc ,let 0≠rst’ϵf(c) , for r,sϵr ,tϵt′ .since f is onto , then f(t)= t , for some tϵt , it follows that 0≠rsf(t)ϵf(c), 0≠f(rst)ϵf(c) , so there exists a nonzero xϵc such that, 0≠f(rst)=f(x). that is f(rst-x) =0, implies that rst-xϵ kerfc, implies that 0≠rstϵc. but c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , then either rtϵc+soc(t) or s tϵ c +soc(t). that is either r f(t) ϵf(c)+f(soc(t)) f(c)+soc(t′) or sf(t)ϵf(c) +f(soc (t))  f(c) +soc(t′) . thus either r𝑡′ ϵ f(c)+soc(t′) or s𝑡′ϵ f(c) +soc(t′) . hence f(c) is an wapp-quasi prime submodule of t′ . proposition(27) let f:t→t′ be an r-epimorphism , and c be wapp-quasi prime submodule of t′ . then f −1(c) is an wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . prove: it is clearly that f −1(c) is proper submodule of t. let 0≠rstϵ f −1(c) , for r,s ϵr ,tϵt , it follows that then 0≠rsf(t)ϵc, but c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t , then either r f(t) ϵc +soc(t) or sf(t)ϵ c +soc(t). thus either r tϵ f -1(c)+f -1 (soc(t′)) f -1(c)+soc(t) or s tϵ f -1(c) + f −1 (soc (t′))  f −1(c) +soc(t) .hence f −1(c) is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . proposition(28) let t be a z-regular finitely generated multiplication r − module , and c be a proper submodule of t . then the following statements are equivalent : 1. c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . 2. [c:rt] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r . 3. c=it for some wapp-quasi prime ideal i of r with annr(t)≤i . poof: (1)  (2) follows by proposition [15] 66 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (2)  (3) follows directly . (3)  (2) suppose that c=it for some a some wapp-quasi prime ideal of r. since t is multiplication , then c=[c:rt]t=it and since m is finitely generated multiplication , then .[c:rt]= i+annr(t). but annr(t)i it follows that i+annr(t)=i. thus [c:rt]=i is a wappquasi prime ideal of r. hence [c:rt] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r. the following corollary is a direct consequence of proposition (28) corollary(29) let t be a cyclic z-regular r-module , and c be proper submodule of t . then the following statements are equipollent : 1. c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . 2. [c:rt] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r . 3. c=it for some wapp-quasi prime ideal i of r with annr(t)i . proposition(30) let t be a finitely generated multiplication projective r-module , and c be a proper submodule of t . then the following statements are equipollent : 1. c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . 2. [c:rt] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r . 3. c=it for some wapp-quasi prime ideal i of r with annr(t)i . proof: (1)  (2) follows by proposition (16) (2)  (3) follows directly. (3)  (2) follows as in proposition(28). as a direct consequence of proposition (30), we get the following corollary : corollary(31) let t be cyclic projctive r − module , and c be proper submodule of t , and c be a proper submodule of t . then the following statements are equipollent : 1. c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t . 2. [c:rt] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r . 3. c=it for some wapp-quasi prime ideal i of r with annr(t)i . it is well-known that if t is faithful multiplicationr − module , then soc(t)=soc(r)t [7,coro.(2.14)(1)]. proposition(32) let t be a faithful multiplication r − module and c be a proper submodule of t . then c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t iff [c:r t] is a wappquasi prime ideal of r. 67 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proof: ()let 0≠ijk[c:r t] ,where i , j and k are ideals of r .then 0≠ ij(kt)c . since c is wappquasi prime submodule of t , then by proposition(4) either j(kt)c+soc(t) or j(kt)c+soc(t).but t is a faithful multiplication ,it follows that c=[c:r t]t and soc(t)=soc(r)t . thus either i(kt)[c:rt]t +soc(r)t or j(kt)[c:rt]t +soc(r)t. hence either i k[c:rt]+soc(r) or jk[c:rt]+soc(r) . thus by proposition(4) [c:rt] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r. ()let t 0≠abb c , for a,b ϵr , and b is submodule of t. since t is multiplication , then b=jt ,for some ideal j of r . thus 0≠abjtc, it follows that 0≠abj[c:r t] . but [c:rt] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r , then by proposition(3) either aj[c:rt]+soc(r) or bj[c:rt]+soc(r) , it follows that either ajt[c:rt]t+soc(r)t or bjt[c:rt]t+soc(r)t. but t is a faithful multiplication r-module then either abc+soc(t) or bb c+soc(t).thus by proposition (3) c is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t. the following corollary is a direct consequence of proposition(32) corollary(33) let t be a faithful cyclic r − module and c be a proper submodule of t . then c is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t if and only if [c:r t] is a wappquasi prime ideal of r. 3.conclusion in this proper, we introduced and studied the concept wapp-quasi prime submodule , and we established several examples , characterizations and basic properties of this concept . wapp-quasi prime submodule is generalization of a weakly quasi prime submodule so we give example for converse . among c, the main results of this paper are the following: 1. proper submoduel c of r-module t is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t iff whenever (0)≠rsbc , for r,sϵr, b is a submodule of t ,implies that either rbc+soc(t) or sbc+soc(t) 2. proper submodule c of r-module t is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t iff whenever (0)≠ijbc , for i,j are ideals of r, and b is submodule of t ,implies that either ibc + soc(t). or jbc + soc(t). 3. proper submodule c of r-module t is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t iff for all r,sϵr , [c:t rs][0:t rs]∪[c:dt r]∪[c:t s] 68 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 4. proper submoduel c of r-module t is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t iff for all rϵr ,tϵt with rtc + soc(t) ,[c:t rt][0:t rt]∪[ c + soc(t):t t]. 5. proper submodule c of multiplication r-module t is wapp-quasi prime submodule of t iff whenever (0)≠k1k2tc , for some submodules k1,k2 of t and tϵt, implies that either k1tc+soc(t) or k2tc+soc(t) 6. proper submodule c of z-regular multiplication r-module t is a wapp-quasi prime submodule of t iff [c:r t] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r. 7. proper submodule c of projective multiplication r-module t is wapp-quasi prim submodule of t iff [c:r t] is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r. 8. if t is a cyclic a z-regular r-module and i is wapp-quasi prime ideal of r with annr(t)i. then it is wapp-quasi submodule of t. references 1. waad, k . h. ;weakly quasi prime modules and weakly quasi prime submodules ; m. sc. thesis , university of tikrit 2013. 2. behboodi ,m.; koohy h .;weakly prime modules; vietnam j. math. , 2004 ,32 ,2, 185-195. 3. haibat, k. m. ; khalaf h.a. ; weakly quasi -2-absobing submodules ; tikrit j. of pure sci .2018,23 ,7,101-104 . 4. haibat, k . m. ; saif, a.h. ;we-primary submodule and we-quasi prime submodules ; tikrit j. of pure swwci , 2019 ,24 ,1 ,68-102 . 5. haibat, k. m. ; omer, a.a. ;pseudo quasi 2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts ; ibn al-hatham j . for pure and applied sci .,2019,32, 2, 114-122. 6. gooderal, k.r. ;ring theory, non singular ring and modules; marcel .dekker , new york , 1976. 7. el-bast , z. a. ;smith p.f. ;multiplication modules; comm . in algebra , 1988, 16, 4, 755-779. 8. darani, a.y. ;sohelnai, f. ; 2-absorbing and weakly 2-absorbing submodules ; tahi journal math.2011 ,9 , 577-584 . 9. kasch, f. ; modules and rings ; london math . soc. monographs , new-york , academic press , 1982 . 10. zelmanowitz, j. m .;regular modules ; trans .amer. math .soc .(1973),163 , 341-355. 11. nuha ,h. h. ;the radicals of modules ;m .sc. thesis , university of bagdad , 1996. 69 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 12. smith, p.f. ;some remarks on multiplication modules; arch. math . 1988, 50 ,223-223. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 structural and spectroscopic study of novel tetradentate macrocyclic ligand type n4 and it’s complexes with criii, mnii, feii, coii, niii ,cuii, pdii and cdii m.j. al-jeboori , s.m.lateef , a. s. mohamme d * department of chemistry ,college of education , i bn alhaitham unive rsity of baghdad *department of chemistry, college of education of women , anbar unive rsity abstract ethy lenediamine was reacted in the first st ep with 2,5 – hexandion to p roduce the p recursor [a] , then [a] was reacted with diethy lmalonate to give the new tetradentate macrocy clic ligand [h2l].this ligand was reacted with some metal ions in ethanol to give a series of new metal comp lexes of the general formula [m (hnl)x] m ( where : m = cr ii i , n = 0 , x= cl2 , m= -1 ; m = m n ii , fe ii , ni ii , cu ii , n = 1 , x= cl2 , m = -1 ; m = co ii , n = 0 , x = cl , m = -1 ; m = pd ii , n = 0 , x=0 , m = 0 ; m = cd ii , n = 2 , x = 0 , m = +2 . all comp ounds were characterized by sp ectroscop ic methods [i.r, u.v-vis , hplc , at omic absorp tion] , microanaly sis of elements (c.h.n) along with conductivity measurements . from the above date the p rop osed molecular st ructure for cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii , ni ii and cu ii comp lexes is octahedral, while co ii , pd ii , and cd ii form trigonal bipy ramid , square planar and tetrahedral geometries resp ectively . introduction the macrocy clic comp ounds ty p es n4 are considered to be good coordinated ligands because they involve hard nitrogen atoms as well as the high selectivity of these compounds to extract some metal ions such as co ii , cu ii , and ag i , [1,2] . m oreover there is a great imp ortance of tetradentate ligands ty p e n4 with variety substituents on t he molecule and their comp lexes with some transition metals , m g ii and ca ii in the metallic enzy me , blood protein [3] , vitamin b12 which contains cobalt ion and in the chlorop hy ll which contains m g ii [4] . recently , comp lexes containing macrocy clic ligand ty p e n4 donor atoms p lay a very imp ortant role in the biological sy st ems such as ca ii , fe ii and pd ii comp lexes [5] and high st able comp lexes of this ty p e ligand with tc 99m , re 186 , re 188 are used for radiop harmaceuticals app lications [ 6,7 ] and in magnetic resonance imaging [8] , also with ni ii which are used as cataly st for division dna molecules [9] and fe ii comp lex with p orp hy rin as a model for biological p roteins such as hemoglobin in blood [4,10] . this p aper reports the sy nthesis and characterization of new macrocy clic ligand derived from the reaction of ethy lenediamin with 2,5-hexandion to p roduce p recursore [a] which reacted with diethy lmalonate , then the new macrocy clic ligand comp lexes with cr ii , m n ii , fe ii , co ii , ni ii , cu ii , pd ii and cd ii were prepared . experimental amaterials and physical me asureme nt : all chemicals are from fluka and redial-dehenge chemical co. elemental microanaly sis were carried out by c.h.n analyzer ,model 1106 (carlo-erba) ( at t he ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 laboratories of chemistry dep artment, collage of science , al-m ust ansiriy a university ) . m etal contents of the comp lexes were determined by shimadzu–a.a-680g at omic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer ( at laboratories of ibn ceena co.) . ir sp ectra were recorded as kbr discs by using shimadzu 8300 ft ir sp ectrop hotometer in the range (4000-400) cm -1 (sp ectra were recorded at collage of science , al-m ust ansiriy a university ). electronic sp ectra of the p repared comp ounds were measured in the range (200-900) nm for 10 -3 m solution in dm so at 25 o c by using shimadzu , 160 sp ectrop hotometer with 1.000± 0.001 cm matched quartz cell ( at collage of science baghdad university ) . electrical molar conductivity measurements of the comp lexes were recorded at 25 o c for 10 -3 m solution of samples in dm so by using pw , 526digital conductivity meter. high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) was used in order to record the chromatogram of the complexes by using (hplc) shimadzu lc-6a and column (ods-c18) at 250 nm by using ch2cl2 as mobile p hase and by isocratic elutions (ods=octadecy lsilance) ( at laboratories of ibn ceena co.) . m elting p oints were recorded by using st urat melting p oint ap p aratus. b s ynthesi s of ligand [h2l] : the ligand [h2l] was prepared in two ste ps : in the first st ep, the solution of 2,5 – hexandion (1.0gm , 8.7mmole) was dissolved in (60)ml ethanol and was added slowly to a mixture of ethy lenediamine (1.05gm , 17.4 mmole) dissolved in ethanol (10ml) and (0.3ml) of (48%) hbr in (100ml) round bottom flask with st irring under inert atmosp here of n2 gas. the mixture was allowed to reflux for (4)hrs, t hen the solvent was removed under reduced p ressure , during this time, a red oily p roduct was obtained (precursore a) , y ield (1.7)gm (89%) . in the second st ep p recursor [a] (0.6gm , 3mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (40ml) in ( 100ml) round bottom flask , with et3n (0.16ml,1.2 mmole) as a base to comp lete the reaction which is very sensitive to et3n , then diethy lmalonate (0.48gm,3 mmole) was dissolved in (30ml) ethanol which was added to the above solution with st irring under inert atmosp here of n2 gas. the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux for (2)hrs then cooled at room temp erature and filtered and let the unreacted st arting materials and ethanol to be removed under vacuum to give a dark red oily sep arate , yield (0.74)gm , (91%) (table-1) . c-s ynthesi s of complexes : all complexes were prepared as fol lows : a mixture of [h2l] (0.072gm , 0.3mmole) in ethanol (10)ml and et3n (0.16ml,1.2mmole) was added drop wise to (100ml) round bottom flask which contains a solution of metal chloride salt m cln.xh2o (0.3mmole) dissolved in (5) ml ethanol, (where : m =cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii , co ii , ni ii , cu ii , pd ii and cd ii ; n = 3,2,2,2,2,2,2 and 2 ; x=6 , 4,4,6,6,2,0 and 2 resp ectively . the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux for (1.5)hrs, during this time the coloury p recipitate was formed which was filtered and dried at room temp erature to give the weight of p roduct complex and yield % (table-1) . re sults and discussion a the prepared precursor [a] : the p recursor [a] was p repared by using a high dilution method which contains the reaction of 2,5-hexandion with ethy lenediamine in ethanol solvent according to the general method shown in scheme-1. the p recursor [a] was dissolved in h2o,dm so,ch3oh and c2h5oh . some p hy sical prop erties and microanalysis c.h.n for [a] were listed in table-1 and table-2. the i.r sp ectrum for [a] (fig.1) disp lay ed two bands at (3450)cm -1 and (3354) cm -1 due to υasy .(n-h) and υsy .(n-h) resp ectively [11] , the band at (1630) cm -1 is assigned to υ(c=n) for the imine group [12] with the disap p earance of absorp tion band at (1750) cm -1 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 which was att ributed to st retching frequency of ketonic carbony l group υ(c=0) for 2,5hexandion , other bands of [a] were listed in table-3 . b the prepared ligand [h2l] the p ro-ligand [h2l] was p repared by the reaction of p recursor [a] with diethy lmalonate by using et3n in ethanol solvent according to the general method shown in scheme -1 . the ligand [h2l] was dissolved in dm so , dm f , ch3oh and c2h5oh , some phy sical prop erties and microanalysis c.h.n for [h2l] were list ed in table -2 . the i.r sp ectrum for [h2l] (fig.2) disp lay ed two bands at (3382)cm -1 and (3286) cm 1 is due to t he υasy .(n-h) and υsy .(n-h) st retching frequency resp ectively [13] , the band at (1652) cm -1 due to st retching frequency of amidic carbony l group υ(c=0) [14], also i.r sp ectrum disp lay ed absorp tion band at (1600) cm -1 due to υ(c=n) [12,15] which was shifted to alower frequency when it comp ared with υ(c=n) at (1630) cm -1 in i.r sp ectrum for [a] . in addition to these bands ,a new double band at (1022) cm -1 and (979) cm -1 was observed which was due to the formation of macrocy cle [16,17] , other bands of [h2l] were listed in table-3 . the u.v-vis sp ectrum for [h2l] (fig.6) exhibits a high intense absorp tion p eak at 208nm ( 48077cm -1 , εmax = 2200m -1 , cm -1 ) due to ( π π * ) electronic transition while the two absorp tion peaks at 294nm ( 34013 cm -1 , εmax = 281 m -1 .cm -1 ) and 338nm (29585 cm -1 , εmax = 274m -1 .cm -1 ) are att ributed to (n π * ) electronic transition for (n) electrons of o and n atoms in [h2l] [18]. c the prepared complexes reaction of [h2l] with metal chloride salt m cln.xh2o (exp erimental part-c) was carried out in ethanol under reflux in the p resence of et3n which was used in order to remove the hy drogen from two amidic group s (nh). all comp lexes are st able in solution and electrolytes (table-4) , the analytical and p hy sical data (table-1,table-2) and sp ectral data (table-3, table-4) are comp atible with the suggested st ructures (fig.10). all comp lexes dissolve in methanol and dm so solvents . molar conductance the molar conductance of the comp lexes in dm so solvent in 10 -3 m at 298 o k (table-2) indicated electrolytic nature with(1:1) ratio for [et3nh][cr(l)cl2] , [et3nh][m n(hl)cl2] , [et3nh][fe(hl)cl2] , [et3nh][co(l)cl] , [et3nh][ni(hl)cl2] , [et3nh][cu(hl)cl2] comp lexes and (2:1) ratio for [cd(h2l)]cl2 comp lex while the molar conductance value for [pd(l)] comp lex indicate neutral nature [19,20] . i.r spectra the i.r sp ectra for all complexes (table-3) gave different sp ectra in comp arison with t hat of free ligand [h2l] . 1in general, the i.r sp ectra for all comp lexes exhibit a shift in st retching frequency of amidic carbony l group υ (c=o) when comp ared with that of free ligand[h2l] at (1652) cm -1 , in addition to overlap a band of υ(c=o) in all comp lexes with a band of υ(c=n) at range (1614-i633)cm -1 . this shifting can be related to the delocalization of metal ion electronic density in π -orbital of the ligand and formation of π -back bonding (dπ-pπ) which indicates the coordination between n atoms of c=n group s of t he ligand [h2l] and metal ion [21,22]. 2the i.r sp ectra of m n ii , fe ii , ni ii (fig.3) , cu ii and cd ii (fig.4) comp lexes revealed a broad band at range (3413-3460) cm -1 due to t he overlap of υasy . (n-h) and υsy .(n-h) which were shifted to a higher frequency when comp ared with that of free ligand at (3382) cm -1 , also δ(n-h) was shifted to a lower frequency and app eared at range (1512-1525)cm -1 , while the bands of υ(n-h) and δ (n-h) disapp eared in i.r sp ectra of cr ii i (fig.5),co ii and pd ii comp lexes , this indicates two p rotons of (n-h) group s in [h2l] which were removed and anionic ligand (-2) was formed in cr ii i , co ii and pd ii comp lexes only. the shifting of υ(n-h) ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 and δ(n-h) in i.r sp ectra of some comp lexes and disapp earance of it in other comp lexes refer to the coordination between n atom of amidic group and metal ion [23] . 3the band of υ(c-n) at range (1157-1172) cm -1 in i.r sp ectra of all comp lexes was shifted to a higher frequency in comparison with t hat of free ligand [h2l] at (1147)cm -1 . 4new bands app eared at range (440-536) cm -1 in i.r sp ectra of all complexes which haven’t been p resent in the ligand sp ectrum , this may be attributed to υ(m -n) [24,25] . 5the i.r sp ectra of cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii , co ii , ni ii , and cu ii comp lexes exhibit three bands at (2744,2677,2489) cm -1 assigned to the vibration frequencies of ammonium group [et3nh] + [26]. electroni c spectra 1the electronic sp ectral data of all comp lexes are summarized in (table–4) . the two p eaks (208) nm and (338) nm in the electronic sp ectrum of [h2l] were shifted to a higher frequency but the p eak at (294)nm was shifted to a lower frequency and these three p eaks ap p eared in the electronic sp ectra of all comp lexes at range (236-258) nm , (267-280) nm and (342358)nm , these shiftings in ligand field p eaks indicate coordination[h2l]with metal ion [18] . 2new absorp tion p eaks app eared at (479)nm and (454) nm in the electronic sp ectra of fe ii , cu ii comp lexes resp ectively att ributed to charge transfer electronic transition (m l) [27]. 3the electronic sp ectra of cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii (fig.7) , ni ii and cu ii comp lexes disp lay ed new absorp tion peaks assigned to (d-d) electronic transitions as follows : cr ii i comp lex 806 nm ( 4 a2g 4 t2g) ; m n ii comp lex 442nm ( 6 a1g 4 eg(g) , 4 a1g(g)) ,494nm ( 6 a1g 4 t2g(g) ) , 538nm , ( 4 a1g 4 t1g(g)) ; fe ii comp lex 888nm ( 5 t2g 5 eg) , ni ii comp lex 622nm( 3 a2g 3 t1g ) and cu ii comp lex 800 nm ( 2 eg 2 t2g) , in fact t hese results are in a good agreement with the p revious works of cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii , ni ii and cu ii comp lexes of octahedral geometry [28-32) . 4new p eak app eared in the u.v-vis sp ectrum of co ii comp lex (fig.8) at (756)nm was assigned to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 4 à2(f) 4 e ̀(f) ) suggesting a trigonal bipy ramidal geometry about co ii [33]. 5while the u.v-vis sp ectrum of pd ii comp lex shows a new absorp tion peak at (454)nmwhich was assigned to (d-d) electronic transition ty p e ( 1 a1g 1 b1g) which is a good evidence for a square p laner geometry about pd ii [31,32]. 6finally , the u.v-vis sp ectrum of cd ii comp lex shows no absorp tion p eak at range (3701100) nm , that indicates no (d-d) electronic transition happ ened (d 10 -sy st em) in visible region , that is a good result for cd ii tetrahedral complexes [34]. atomic absorption the atomic absorp tion measurements (table-2) for all comp lexes gave app roximated values for their theoretical. high performance liqui d chromatography the hplc chromatograms for cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii (fig.9a) and co ii (fig.9b) comp lexes exhibited interfering signal at tr(3.29 , 3.73)min, (2.56 , 2.94) min (3.54,3.89)min and (2.30,2.42)min resp ectively , indicating two isomers (cis,trans) for cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii comp lexes and (trigonal bipy ramidal , square p y ramidal) for co ii comp lex. while the chromatograms for ni ii (fig.9c) and cu ii (fig.9d) comp lexes show one signal at tr(2.91)min and (3.75)min resp ectively indicating the purity of the complexes. conclusion our invest igation suggests that the ligand [h2l] behaves as tetradentate on complexation with metal ions forming octahedral geometry about cr ii i , m n ii , fe ii , ni ii and cu ii trigonal ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 bipy ramidal geometry about co ii , square p lanar coordinated about pd ii , and finally tetrahedral geometry about cd ii . re ferences 1zolotov,y,a.(1979),“m acrocyclic comp ounds in analytical chemistry ” new york , 2 nd , 82 . 2handel, i.l.; m uller,r.and gnglielmeti,r. (1983),inorg.chimi.acta 66 :514. 3brown ,d.g. (1973), prog.inorg.chem. , 13:177 . 4warren, m .j. and shah , h.n. (2000), biolog.chem , 275:316 . 5kimura , e. ; koike , t.; watanabe, t. ;aoki , s. and shiro, m . (1996), j. am . chem. soc. , 118 :2696 . 6franz , j. ;volkert, w.a. ;barefield , e.k. and holmes , r.a. (1987), nucl. m ed. biol. ; 14: 569 ,. 7jurisson , s. ;bering, d. and dongshema (1993), inorg.chem.-rev.; 93 : 1137,. 8long , k.m . and busch , d.h. (1970), inorg. chem, 9 :505 . 9brown , k.l. and evans , d.r. (1990),inorg. chem. ; 29:2559 ,. 10tenhunen , r. ;m arver , h.s. and schmid , r. (1968), proc. nacl. acad. sci. u.s.a. , 61 :748 11socrates , g. (1980),“ infrared characteristic group frequencies“ john willy and sons , ltd , new york . 12hadzi , d. (1956), j. chem. soc , 2725 . 13fabiametal , j. (1956),bull. soc. chim. france , 1499. 14bear , m . (1958), j. chem. phy s. , 29 , 1097 . 15m argerum , j.d. and sousa , j.a. (1965),ap p . sp ectro. , 19 :91. 16jakels , s.c. ; clavola , j. ;carter , r.c. ; cheek , p.l. and pascarelli, t.d. (1983),inorg. chem. , 22:3956 . 17shakir,m .; m ohamed,a.k.; varkey , s.p.and nasman,o.s.m . (1996), indian j.chem., 35:935 18al-m ukhtar, s.e. and m ust afa, l.h.a. (1988) ‘’ inorganic and coordination chemistry ‘’ . m osul university ,iraq,1 st ,612 . 19kettle, s.f.a. (1975) “ coordination comp ounds “. thomas nelson and sons , london, 165. 20quaglian,j.v.; fuseta, j. and franz,g. (1961),j.am.chem.soc ,81:377. 21hadzi, d. and premru, l. (1967), sp ectrochim.acta., 23a:35 . 22agrawal,r.k.; prasad,s. and gahlot, n. (2004),t wk. j.chem., 28 . 23m arcotrigano , g. and pellaccani , g.c. (1975),z .anorg. allg. chem. , 415:168-274 24prehadaran , g.p. and patelc, c.j. (1969),j.inorg. nucl. chem., 13:3316. 25nakamato,k. (1977), “ infrared and raman sp ectra of inorganic and coordination comp ounds “ . john wiley and sons , inc. new york . 26rouschrian, q. and wilkinson , g. (1968), j.chem . soc, 489. 27lever , a.b.p. (1963), j. chem. soc. , 2552. 28jorgensen , c.k. (1963), advan. chem . phy s. , 5:33. 29heidt, l.f. ; koster , b.f. and johnson , a.m . (1958), j.am, chem. soc. , 80:6471 30m adeia , k. and konig,e. (1964), j. inorg. nucl. chem., 25 :2408 . 31lever, a.b.p. (1968), “ inorganic electronic sp ectroscop y “, elsevier publishing comp any , new york . 32holmes , o. g. and m cclure , d.s. (1957), j. chem. phy s.,26:1686. 33dance, l.g.; gerloch,m .; lewis,j.; stephens ,f.s. and liorrs, f. (1966), nature 210:289. 34bonati,f. and vgo,r. (1967), j. organometal. chem.,10: 257-268. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 s cheme –1 : preparation method for precursor [ a] and li gand [h2l] fig. (1): i.r. s pectrum of the precursor [a] . ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.(2): i.r. s pectrum of the ligand [h2l] . fig. (3): i.r. s pectrum of the complex [et3nh][ni (hl)cl 2] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.( 4): i.r. s pectrum of the complex [cd(h2l)] cl 2 fig. (5): i.r. s pectrum of the complex [et3nh][cr(l)cl 2] fig. (6): electroni c s pectrum of the ligand[h2l] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig. (7): electroni c s pectrum of the complex [et3nh][fe(hl)cl 2] fig. (8): electroni c s pectrum of the complex [et3nh][co(l)cl ] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 fig.(9): chromatogram of the complexes : a. [et3nh][fe(h l)cl 2] . b. [ et3nh][co(l)cl ] c. [et3nh][ni (hl)cl 2] . d. [et3nh][cu(hl)cl 2] ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 a b c d fig.( 10) :the suggested s tructures for the prepared complexes . (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 ومعقداته مع n4نوع د دراسة تركیبیة وطیفیة للیكاند رباعي السن الجدی criii, mnii, feii, coii, niii ,cuii, pdii ، cdii محمد جابر الجبوري ، ساجد محمود لطیف ، عید صالح محمد * جامعة بغداد ، ابن الهیثم – كلیة التربیة ،قسم الكیمیاء جامعة األنبار ، كلیة التربیة للبنات، قسم الكیمیاء* الخالصة بخطــوتین ، فـي الخطــوة األولـى تــم مفاعلـة األثیلــین ثنــائي n4نــوع ] h2l[حـضر اللیكانــد ربـاعي الــسن الجدیـد مـع ثنـائي أثیـل ،]a[بینمـا تـضمنت الخطـوة الثانیـة مفاعلـة المـشتق ] a[ هكسان دایون إلنتاج المشتق – 5 ، 2األمین مع . مالونیت m]الفلزیة ذا الصیغة العامة ] h2l[حضرت سلسلة من معقدات اللیكاند (hnl)x] m : تمثل اذ m = cr ii i , n = 0 , x= cl2 , m= -1 ; m = m n ii , fe ii , ni ii , cu ii , n = 1 , x= cl2 , m = -1 ; m = co ii , n = 0 , x = cl , m = -1 ; m = pd ii , n = 0 , x=0 , m = 0 ; m = cd ii , n = 2 , x = 0 , m = +2 ـــراء ، المرئیــــة ( شخـــصت جمیــــع المركبــــات المحــــضرة بــــالطرائق الطیفیــــة فــــوق البنفــــسجیة ، –األشــــعة تحــــت الحمـ ـــل الكمـــي الــــدقیق للعناصـــر والتوصــــیلیة ) األداء العــــالي واالمتـــصاص الــــذريو كروموتوكرافیـــا الـــسائل ذ ًفـــضال عـــن التحلیـ ــــة ــــ ــــات. الموالریـــ ــــ ـــــذه التقنیــــ ــــ ــــــات هــ ــــ ـــن معطیـ ــــ ــــداتومــــ ــــ ــــسطوح لمعقــــ ــــ ـــــاني الـــ ــــ ـــــــشكل ثمــ ـــرح الــــ ــــ cr اقتــــ ii i ،m n ii ،cu ii , ni ii , fe ii co والشكل ثنائي الهرم المثلثـي لمعقـد ، ii cdوالـشكل ربـاعي الـسطوح لمعقـد ii واتخـذ معقـد ، pd ii . هیأة المربع المستوي ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 fractio nal chemical co mpo sitio n o f asphalt as a functio n o f its durability a.f.kassir departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad a bs t ra c t in order to get better understanding of asp halt p avement p erformance, asp halt from five iraqi refineries (qay arah, nassiriy ah, baiji, samawah and daurah) were analyzed into five chemical fractions includin g asp haltenes, p olar comp ounds, first acidaffins, second acidaff ins and saturated hy drocarbons where the last four fractions called maltenes. polar compounds /saturated hy drocarbons ratio (pc/s) and the ratio of the reactive to the unreactive components of the maltenes fraction (durability rating) p arameters were determin ed. the st udy showed that baiji asp halt has the best durability over other asp halts, while qay arah asp halt is considered to have the least durability grade. these results confirm the correlation of the chemical co mposition of asp halt as a function of its durability . introduction asphalt, is a sticky , black and high ly viscous liquid or semi-solid that is p resent in most crude p etroleums and in some natural deposits termed asp haltum. it is most commonly modeled as a colloid with asp haltenes as the disp ersed phase and maltenes (the chemical fractions of asp halt material excep t asp haltenes) as the continuous p hase [1]. asphalts lose their p last icity and therefore harden and crack or crumble when they lose their more volatile lower molecule weight constituents or when these constituents are o xidized; this p rocess is known as aging. m oisture from rain and other sources can also invade and damage asp halts p articularly aged or o xidized asp halts because they have a large nu mber of p olar constituents to attract water molecules [2]. asphalts which are used in the field of construction p avements are sp ecified by using the p enetration gradin g sy st em .the (40-50) p enetration grade asp halts that p roduced from the various refineries in iraq are most widely used in p aving the roads desp ite dourah refinery p roduces other types of asp halts in the grades (40-100).viscosity may also be consider ed as an accep ted system. table (1) shows some p hy sical p rop erties of original grades of asp halt and asp halt after aging according to astm (d1754) [3]. to obtain a prop er idea of asp halt p avement, the chemical prop erties of asp halt are considered. asphalts p roduced from various refineries are anticip ated to have different fraction comp onents. asphalt can be sep arated into five fr action comp onents accordin g to astm (d2006) [4].these fractions have functions [5] as shown below: 1. asphaltenes (a): the p ortion that is insoluble in 50 volume of n-p entane. it acts as (body ing agent). 2. polar compounds (pc): the nitro gen bases, the portion that is soluble in p entane and that reacts with cold 85% sulfuric acid. it serves as p eptizer for asp haltenes (highly reactive resins). 3. first acidaffins (al): the p ortion that does not react with cold 85% sulfuric acid, but does react with cold concentrated sulfuric acid. it functions as a solvent for p eptized asp haltenes (more reactive-resinous hy drocarbons). 4. second acidaffins (a2): the p ortion that does not react with cold concentrated sulfuric acid but does react with cold fuming (30% free so3) sulfuric acid. silica gel is substitut ed for fumin g acid p recipitation. it acts as a solvent for p eptized asp haltenes (less reactiveslightly unsaturated hy drocarbons). 5. saturated hydrocarbons (s): the paraffin, the p ortion that does not react with cold fuming sulfuric acid or it is t hat one that is not adsorbed on silica gel, while all other comp onents are adsorbed on silica gel. it serves as a gelling agent for t he asp halt comp onents. asphaltenes are soluble only in the p olar compounds. first acidaffins and se cond acidaffins act as a medium to disp erse the dissolved asp haltenes, and the saturated hy drocarbons (p araffin) develop the setting char acterist ics of t he entire solution [6]. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 asphalts can be also separated into four fractions accordin g to astm (d4124) [7] defined as saturates, nap hthene aromatic, polar aromatics and nc7 asphaltenes, but the first procedure is considered as one of the unco mplicated methods for analyzing asp halts [8]. apparatus and materials 1. adsorp tion column, an 813mm (32 in.) len gth of 20 mm o.d glass tubing with one end drawn to approximately 8 mm was constructed and prepared. a cotton absorbent p lug was tamp ed in the bottom of the column followed by 43 g of silica gel; p ore size 22°a, 28 to 200 mesh, 15 g of silica gel; p ore size 140°a, 60 to 200 mesh and finally 3-4 g of silica gel; p ore size 140°a, 4 to 10 mesh. each of them was t app ed to settle resp ectively. 2. dist illing ap p aratus (rost ler-sternberg) was made of borosilicate glass. 3. boiling water bath. 4. water-cooled condenser. 5. vacuu m source, cap able of reducing p ressure in dist illing app aratus to 15 mm hg within 3 minutes. 6. pentane, sulfuric acid (98% reagent grade), sod ium hy droxide pellets. all of these reagents and materials were p rovided from bdh comp any. procedure five samples were taken from the refin eries of qay arah, nassiriy ah, baiji, samawah and daurah for the work and analyzed according to astm (d2006) [4]. de termination of asphal tenes. 1±0.1 g sp ecimen was we ighed into 100 ml we ighing flask, war med to d istribute the sp ecimen, cooled to room temp erature, then 50 ml of n-p entane was added, swirled and allowed the mixture to stand for 15 hours. the mixture was filtered, rinsed with 10-20 ml p entane three times until the filter p aper showed no oily ring. the filtrate was transferred into a p reviously weigh ed bulb and distilled. when the distillation of solvent had ceased, the condenser was disconnected from the distillin g app aratus while the bulb st ill immersed in the boilin g b ath, a vacuum suction was carefully applied to t he app aratus till the foaming subsides. t he bulb was separated, dried, cooled and weighed. the residue r1 is the pentane-soluble portion of the sp ecimen. de termination of polar compounds 1±0.1 g of sp ecimen was weighed, dissolved in 5 ml n-p entane and transferred quantitatively to 100 ml cylinder by rinsing with n-p entane until the vo lume of the solution was 20 ml then 2.5 ml of 85% h2so4 was added. the cy linder was glass st opp ered, covered with a cloth p ad, grasp ed tightly and shaken hardly for 3 minutes. the acid sludge was settled from the pentane solution by allowing the cylinder to stand for 2 hours. the n-p entane solution was then decanted into 250 ml flask, rinsing the cylinder twice with n-p entane and decanting into the 250 ml flask while the acid sludge was discarded. 20 g of sodium hy droxide p ellets were added, swirled and allowed to st and a min imum of 20 minutes. the solution was filtered, rinsed with n-p entane until filter p aper showed no oily ring. the solvent was distilled as mentioned p reviously (asp haltene determination).the residue r2 is the fraction not reacting with 85% h2so4 . de termination of first acidaffins 1±0.1 g of sp ecimen was weighed, d issolved in 5 ml n-p entane then 2.5 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid was added, shaken, settled, decanted, neutralized with 20g of sodiu m hy droxide p ellets and finally distilled and evaporated to dry ness and weighed as above. the r esidue r3 is the fraction not reacting with concentrated sulfuric acid. de termination of se cond acidaffins and s aturated hydrocarbons 1±0.1 g of sp ecimen was we ighed, dissolved in 20 ml n-p entane then p assed into the silica gel at the top of the adsorption column and the effluent was received at the bottom of the column. the upper part of the column was rinsed with n-p entane till 100 ml of t he eff luent was co llected. the collected n-p entane solution was distilled as above and the residue r 4 is the saturated p ortion of the sp ecimen. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 c a l c ul a t io ns q 1= (r1/ s1 ) x 1 0 0 ………………………………….(1) where q1= p ercentage soluble in pentane r1= weight of p entane-soluble fraction, g s1= weight of sp ecimen used, g q2= (r2/s2) x 1 0 0 …………………………………... (2) where q2 = p ercentage not reacting with 85% h2so4 r2= weight of fraction not reacting with 85% h2so4, g s2= weight of sp ecimen used, g q3= (r3/s3) x 1 0 0 … … … … … … … … … … … … . ( 3) where q3= p ercentage not reacting with concentrated h 2 so 4 r3= weight of fraction not reacting with concentrated h2so4, g s3= weight of sp ecimen used, g q4= (r4/s4) x l 0 0 … … … … … … … … … … … … . (4) where q4= p ercentage not adsorbed on silica gel r4= weight of fraction not adsorbed on silica gel, g s4= weight of sp ecimen used, g therefore the weight p ercentage of the comp onents is as follows: asphaltenes, % by weight= 100-q1 polar comp ounds, % by weight= q1-q2 first acidaffins, % by weight= q2-q3 second ac idaffins, % by weight= q3-q4 saturated hy drocarbons, % by weight= q4 results and discussion table (2) demonst rates t he results of chemical composition of the gr ades for both the original and aged asp halts. the p recision and accuracy were calculated and exp ressed by the relative st andard deviation (rsd %) and the relative error (re %). the results show that qay arah asp halt with high asp haltenes content and relatively lowcontent of p olar comp ounds exhibits a gel st ructure, while nassiriy ah asp halt with lower asp haltenes and high er content of p olar comp ounds y ields sol typ e asp halt. sy neresis, which is the incomp atibility of asp haltenes with t he acidaffins and saturated hy drocarbons, is gov erned by the ratio pc/s (p olar comp ounds/ saturated hy drocarbons). t herefore, asp haltenes content and the ratio of pc/s are consider ed resp onsible for the rheolo gical p rop erties of asp halt sol-gel characterist ics [9, 10]. it was reported that during aging p rocess an incr ease in the asp haltene fraction of asp halt is occurred except baiji asp halt (almost constant), and as a result, the ratio of maltenes to asp haltenes is reduced causin g dry and britt le asp halt and this may be clue to the conversion of maltene co mponents to asp haltene comp onents [5]. the pc/s ratio of original and aged asp halt p roduced from the various refineries is shown in table (3); it varies between (0.76-2.58) for or iginal asp halt. baiji asp halt shows t he lowest ratio while nassiriy ah and daurah asp halts show t he highest. aft er aging the (pc/s) ratio is altered to range between (1.08-2.60).the ratio pc/ s must be 0.5 or gr eater to assure these components will not sep arate [6, 11]. the durability rating (rost ler and white parameter), (pc+a1/s+a2), defined as the ratio of the more reactive to the less reactive fractional comp onents in asp halt is shown also in table (3). the durability rating values vary between (0.83-1.92) for original asp halt, but altered to (1.021.78) after aging. the asp halt durability increases with the decrease in durability rating .the qay arah asp halt is considered as t he least durability grade. rost ler and white, mentioned that asp halt with durability rating not exceed ing (1.5) is considered to be satisfactory [12]; while the issue of tricor refining, lcc and the sp ecification of the city of lafayett e (usa) considered the limitation between (0.2-1.2) to assure good aging p rop erties [5,11]. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 conclusion the analysis covers determination of the comp osition of asp halt in terms of comp onents that are characterized by sp ecific chemical r eactivity . the determination of second acidaffins and saturated hy drocarbons by the adsorption method has been found to be suitable for asp halt. the five group s of components (asp haltenes, p olar comp ounds, first acidaffins, se cond acidaff ins and saturated hy drocarbons) give bett er understanding of (pc/s) ratio, asp halt durability and rheolo gical prop erties of asp halt. the durability of asp halt depends up on the ratio (pc+al/s+a2) as determined by astm method d2006. during the p rocess of aging, the ratio of maltenes (the remainder of the asp halt material left after p recipitation of the asp haltenes) to asp haltenes is reduced, resulting in bein g dry and brittle asp halt p avement. re ferences 1. wikipedia, the free ency clop edia, "asp halt", http ://en.wikipedia.org. (2008). 2. m ichael freemantle, (1999), am erican chemical so ciety , chemical and engineering news, 77(47), 81-83. 3. annual book of astm st andards d1754, (1986). 4. annual book of astm st andards d2006, (1976). 5. boy er, r.e., transp ortation sy stems (2000) (t s2k) workshop , san antonio, texas. 6. tricor refining, lcc issue, (2005). 7. annual book of astm st andards d4124, (1986). 8. little, (1986), proceedings aapt, 55, 314-322 9. philip s petroleum company , (1975), us patent 3900692 10. loeber, l. ; m uller, g.; m orel, j. and sutton, o., (1998), bitumen in collo id science: a chemical, st ructural and rheological ap p roach, inist-cnrs france. 11. city of lafayette standard sp ecifications, t-39, (2002). 12. rost ler and white, (1970), proceedings aapt, 39, 532-557. table (1): some physical properties of original grades of asphal t and asphal t after aging physical p rop erties of asp halt qay arah asp halt nassiriy ah asp halt baiji asp halt samawah asp halt daurah asp halt original asp halt penetration; 1/10mm 25°c, l00g, 5 sec 43 41 43 46 45 absolute viscosity at 60°c, p oises 5265 4420 4112 3150 2065 sp ecific gravity 1.053 1.028 1.028 1.022 1.051 aging asp halt penetration; 1/10mm 24 28 22 28 31 absolute viscosity at 60°c, poises 10550 9785 9064 5022 2637 m ass loss, % 0.56 0.02 ------0.10 0.58 ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i. vol. 22 (4 ) 2009 table (2 ): chemi cal fraction of the asphalt grades for both the original and after agin g chemical fraction q ayar ah asp h alt n ass iriy ah asp h alt b aiji asp h alt sa maw ah asp h alt d aur ah asp h alt o r igin al as p h alt asp h alt ene 39.95 2 4 .9 1 3 0 .4 1 2 7 .4 3 22.3 r e%± 0 . 15 0 . 12 0 . 21 0 . 20 0 . 31 r sd% 0 . 19 0 . 15 0 . 25 0 . 24 0 . 36 p o lar co mpo un ds 1 6 . 5 1 3 3 .3 4 1 5 .0 7 2 6 .9 6 2 5 .3 1 r e%± 0 . 57 0 . 66 0 . 29 0 . 18 0 . 39 r sd% 0 . 81 0 . 87 0 . 42 0 . 22 0 . 53 first acidaffins 2 3 . 0 3 1 3 . 7 7 1 6 .6 2 1 6 . 37 20.22 r e%± 0 . 15 0 . 49 0 . 30 0 . 21 0 . 56 rsd% 0 . 20 0 . 65 0 . 36 0 . 29 0 . 76 second acidaffins 7 . 52 1 5 .0 9 18.22 1 4 .7 5 21.80 r e%± 1 . 06 0 . 38 0 . 31 0 . 13 0 . 33 rsd% 1 . 35 0 . 46 0 . 38 0 . 19 0 . 40 saturates 1 2 .9 9 1 2 .8 9 1 9 .6 8 1 4 .4 9 1 0 .3 7 r e%± 0 . 34 0 . 33 0 . 31 0 . 17 0 . 21 rsd% 0 . 45 0 . 40 0 . 47 0 . 21 0 . 26 aging asp halt asphaltene 4 0 .5 3 0 .1 3 2 9 .8 7 3 1 .0 0 2 4 .8 2 r e% ± 0 . 15 0 . 16 0 . 23 0 . 17 0 . 19 rsd% 0 . 19 0 . 22 0 . 32 0 . 20 0 . 26 polar compounds 2 9 .7 9 2 3 .8 9 2 1 .1 0 3 2 .4 7 2 7 .3 9 re%± 0 . 16 0 . 11 0 . 32 0 . 18 0 . 17 rsd% 0 . 23 0 . 13 0 . 40 0 . 23 0 . 27 first acidaffins 8 . 35 1 4 .8 7 1 4 .3 7 9 . 44 1 7 .2 1 re%± 0 . 39 0 . 25 0 . 20 0 . 18 0 . 13 rsd% 0 . 44 0 . 33 0 . 25 0 . 21 0 . 16 second acidaffins 6 . 41 1 5 .3 7 1 5 .2 8 1 0 .4 1 2 0 .0 5 r e%± 0 . 35 0 . 21 0 . 19 0 . 43 0 . 35 rsd% 0 . 43 0 . 26 0 . 26 0 . 50 0 . 40 saturates 1 4 .9 5 1 5 .7 4 1 9 .3 8 1 6 .6 8 1 0 .5 3 re%± 0 . 25 0 . 19 0 . 11 0 . 16 0 . 28 rsd% 0 . 29 0 . 25 0 . 14 0 . 22 0 . 42 table (3): parameters of original and oven-age d asphalt produced from va rious refineries qay arah nassiriy ah baiji samawah daurah parameters asp halt asp halt asp halt asp halt asp halt original asp halt pc/s 1.27 2.58 0.76 1.86 2.44 durability rating pc+a1/s+a2 1.92 1.68 0.83 1.48 1.41 aging asp halt pc/s 1.99 1.51 1.08 1.94 2.60 durability rating pc+a1/s+a2 1.78 1.24 1.02 1.54 1.45 2009) 4(22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة التحلیل الكیمیائي التجزیئي لالسفلت دالة لقوة تحمله عبداالحد فرید قصیر ابن الهیثم ، جامعة بغداد-قسم الكیمیاء ، كلیة التربیة الخالصة سفلت المستعمل في أعمال التبلیط فقد أجري التحلیل الكیمیائي التجزیئي لغرض الحصول على مفهوم أفضل الداء اال :التي تضمنت مكونات) القیارة، الناصریة، بیجي، السماوة والدورة(لخمسة نماذج مأخوذة من مصافي العراق الخمسة (asp haltenes, p olar comp ounds, first acidaffins, second acidaff ins and saturated hydrocarbons) maltenesوتدعى المقاطع االربعة االخیرة p تم استخراج كل من olar comp ounds/saturated hy drocarbons (pc/s) ونسبة التحمل التي تمثل نسبة االسفلت لقد بینت الدراسة أن.لكل أنموذج أسفلت maltenesالمقاطع التجزیئیة الفعالة الى المقاطع التجزیئیة غیر الفعالة للـ المنتج في مصفى بیجي كان أفضل أنواع االسفلت تحمال من غیره من أنواع االسفلت االخرى المنتج في باقي المصافي .العراقیة فیما عد أسفلت القیارة أقلهم درجة تحمل سفلت ومن ثم تعطینا ان النتائج المستحصلة أكدت أن العالقة بین المكونات الكیمیائیة لالسفلت تعد دالة لقوة تحمل اال .مفهوما أفضل الداء االسفلت conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemestry|69 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 synthesis , characterization and biological evaluation of the cr(iii), mn(ii), fe(ii), fe(iii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu (ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) ioncomplexes with mixed ligands (quinolone antibiotics and α-aminonitrile derivatives) mohammed h. a. al-amery saad khudhur mohammed dept. of chemistry / college of science / university of baghdad received in:27/janury/2016,accepted in:15/march/2016 abstract quinolones l1 (ciprofloxacin) are manufactured wide range anti-infection agents with great oral ingestion and magnificent bioavailability. because of the concoction capacities found on their core (a carboxylic corrosive capacity at the 3-position) and much of the time an essential piperazinyl ring (or anothertn-heterocycle) at the 7-positionh and a carbonylvoxygenc atomi atothel 4-positioni) quinolones bind metal particlesiframing buildings which can go about as bidentate. bidentateiligands l2=2-phenyl-2-(p-methoxy anilinee) acetonitrilel was set up by the response of primiryiaminejwithjbenzaldehyde, in nearness of potassiumbcyanidej and acidicimedia . theimetalledifices were portrayed by the miniaturized scale component examination (c.h.ni), chloridekcontentei, 1h-inmr , 13cnmrb, ft-iir and uv-viis spectra, molariconductivityiand in addition attractive vulnerability estimation. the coordination science and holding practices ofitheemetal particlesaandaligands has been contem plated by spectrayofjthebbuildingsion uv-visiand ir districts. as per the got information the possibleecoordinationngeometriesnofithese buildings werejproposed as octahedral. somenbuildingsiwere observedhto beinoni electrolytenothersiwereeobserved toebeiweaknelectrolyte.ithe accompanying metal particle buildings were set up alongeside theirerecommended formulaenbased onithe accompanying: the metal particle edifices of the ligands (l1 and l2) by buildiup an answer blend of [cr(iii),imn(ii),ife(ii), fe(iii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii),izn(ii),ecd(ii) andl hge(ii)] particles separately,inabsoluteethanolewithimixingegaveethevformulaei:e[ml1l2cl(h2o)].2h2oewhere em:{imn 2+,. fe2+,co2+,ni2+ ,cu2+,zn2+,cd2+ and hg2+i}and [ml1l2cl(h2o)]cl.xh2o. where m:{cr3+,fe3+},x:{2or3} keywords: quinolonesi(ciprofloxacin) 2-phenyl-2(p-methoxy aniline) acetonitrileetransition metal-ions. chemestry|70 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction the utility of quinolone subsidiaries in territories of medication, nourishment, "impetus, color, materials , refineries and gadgets is well established."as an outcome, the amalgamation of quinolone centereand its isubordinates have been an appealing objective for the engineered naturalescientific expert.iquinolones shape metal buildings because of their ability to tieemetal ions [1]. ingtheir metalybuildingse, the quinolone sn cango aboutj as bidentate ligande, as unidentateeligand and as crossing over ligand. much of the time, the quinolones are composed in a ibidentateeway,tthrough one of the oxygen iatom of deprotonated carboxylic of the ringeandithe ring of the carbonylgoxygennmolecule. the nonspecific term "quinolone anti infection agents"alludes to the ring of manufactured antiinfectioneagents with bactericidal,ithe principal compound of the arrangement, was presented in treatment in the 1960i[2]. the clinical utilization of nalidixic corrosive was restricted by its limited range of movement. a few changes were made on the premise core keeping in mind the end goal to broaden theeantibacterialirangent and to enhance the pharmacoikinetics properties, twop of the seconsideredbas beingy real: presentationj of apiperazine moiety or anotherinheterocycliciintheposition7aandipresentationoof a fluoridehparticlemat the positionh6[3].the new 4-quinolonesh, fluoroquinolonesi, have beenifoundb beginning in the1980[4]. preparation of the ligand theiligandi(l2) was set up by taking after a formerly reported aside from changing of essentialaaromatic amine (p-methoxy aniline). potassiumjcyanidee(0.13g, 0.002moll) was dissolvedi in (4ml) of distilledi waterj and cooledibelow 5°c. to this solutionn, benzaldehydee(0.212g, 0.002molb) in (25ml of 95% ethanol) was aadded. the mixturee was mixed keeping up temperature belowi5°c. glacial acidic acidee (0.12g, 0.002mol) was included withcconstant mixing with keeping the temperaturebbelow 5°c, this was trailed by the expansion of p-methoxy aniline (0.476g, 0.002mole) in (10ml of 95% ethanol) and (5ml) of glacialaacidicaacide (cooled at 5°c) with constant blending in all around ventilatedehood. theetemperature wasikept up at (15°c). by stirring the mixture about 2 hrs and was ikept at room temperature for one day. the obtained pricipitate (longipurple needles), was washed with diluted hcl (0.2imole) to remove any excess of potassium cyanide. the compound wasrrecrystallized with 95%eethanol. the percentageeyield of this procedure was (70.9%). the synthesis of the ligand was shown in reaction belowi: benzaldehyde p-methoxyaniline 2-phenyl-2-( p-methoxy aniline )acetonitrile(l2) chemestry|71 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 preparation of complexes(c1-c10) preparation of (c1) complex: aisolution of (0.385gb, 1mmoln) of ciprofloxacin ligand (l1) in (10ml) of absoluteethanol and (0.258gm, 1mmoll) of 2-phenyl-2-(p-methoxy aniline) acetonitrile ligand in (10ml) of absoluteethanol was added drop wise to an answer of 1.0mmoln of metalvchloridec(0.197g, 0.266g, 0.198g, 0.270g, 0.238g, 0.237g, 0.170g, 0.135g, 0.209g and 0.271g) for(rcrcl3.6h2o,iimncl24h2o,rfecl2.4h2o,rfecl3i.6h2o, rcocl2.6h2o,rnicl2.6h2o,rcucl2.2h2o,rzncl2 andrhgcl2i) separately, dissolved in (20ml) of total ethanolrand refluxedrwith mixing under anhydrous surroundings utilizing na2so4 (anhydrous) for 24 hrs [7]. the acquired buildings were gathered after vanishing and thercompounds wereyleftu in the desiccatorj to be dried underep2o5. resultsband discussionc the significance of making α-aminonitrile compounds stand up from their versatilitym as startingnmaterials forbthe synthesisxofnmanybcompounds[8]. the configurations of preparedm α-aminonitrilesiwere identified by c.ih.in. (table 1), ft-irc(table 2), 1h-nmrcand 13cnmr spectra (table 3) and uv-visiblec (table 4) techniques. ftirvspectra of ciprofloxacin and α-aminonitrilehligandsh theeft-ir spectral data oficiprofloxacin (l1)iand α-aminonitrilebligand (l2) were shownninitable (2). l1 ligandc was showed the band at (1706icm -1) which was assigned to the υ(c=io)sstretchingxvibrationnof the carboxylicbgroup (l1) and thebmostkimportantkstretchingvmodes exhibited by (l2) which was represented by α-amino and nitrileegroups. theebandsgassignedeto stretchingfvibrationeof aromatic and aliphaticc(c-h) of l1 and l2 ligands appeared at (3000ii3170) cm -1 and (2850i-i3000) cm-1rrespectively [9]. the band relatedito υ(c≡in)istretching vibration ofethe freeiligandhappearediat (2176cm -1)[10]. theeband correlated tooυ(nh)estretchingbvibrationsslooked at (3348 cm -1)[11]. the band related to υ (n-ih)bbending vibrationn appeareddat (1621) cm 1[12-14]. ft-irvspectra of the complexes (c1-c10) the ft-irispectralidataiof the complexesiwereishowniin table (2) anditherspectrumiofi(c8)iwas showniin figuree(1). the spectraiof all the complexesiexhibitedicharacteristicibands ofeeithericoordinatediwater appearedi at (34453506) cm-1 aassigned to υ(oh) of theecompexess(c1-c10) or cross section water showed up at (748-792) cm-1 assigneddto ρw(h2o) in all complexess[15-17]. inew groups were presented up in the area (414-493) cm-1 and (501-585) cm-1 were assigneddto υ(m-io) and υ(min),rrespectivelyi[18]. the band i whichaappeared at 3348 cm -1 iwas assignedsto ithe υ(n-h) extending vibrationsto the (n-h) groupiof (l2)iwassshifted in theispectra of theecomplexess(c1-ic10) toi(3357, 3358, 3361,3356,3363,3386,3357,3357,3357 and 3357)cm 1 rrespectively.thisigave a signithat theiligand was collectediwithitheiimetal ionnthrough the nitrogeni atom of α-aminoi groupp[19]. the band which appeareddat (2176icm -1)iwas allocated to the extending vibration of υ(c≡in)ggroup of (l2) which was moved in the spectra of complexes (c1-ic4 and c6i-c10) to lower frequenciesi (2163, 2166,i2170, 2163, 2162, 2163, 2165, 2160 and 2166) cm-1rrespectively which alludes toitheilinkage ofi(c≡in) groupifrom nitrogenaatom. the range of complexx(c5) demonstrated an expanded move in υ(c≡n) extending vibration towards higher frequency as an effect of coordinationiwith metaliiion throughi the solitary combine electrons of nitrogenaatom [20]. the declines of υ(c≡in) extending vibration of metal-ion complexes(c1-c4 and c6-c10) were ascribed to metal dπ to ligand pπ∗ back-holding. yet, the expansion of υ(c≡n) extending vibrationb of complexi (c5) chemestry|72 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 recognized to presenceiof π accepter ligandsi into complexi (c5) should decreasei the back bondingi of electrons fromi the metali into the nitrileiligand. the bandiat 1631 cm -1 whichi was consignedg to thei δ(n-h) bendingivibrationi of(n-h) group of (l2) was shiftediin the spectra of metal-ion complexesi (c1-c10) to (1631, 1629,r1616, 1628, 1629, 1604, 1627, 1616 and 1627) cm-1 rrespectivelyi, this provideimore submission that theligandiwas coordinatedi with metal-ions throughithe nitrogeniatom of α-aminogroup and thus supports the complexesiformation [21]. the band at 1706 cm -1 whichiwas assignedito the υ(c=io) stretchingivibration of the carboxylicigroupj of (l1i) as well ,ionic carboxy likcgroupihave two absorption bandsi in the range of (1600-i1510) cm -1and (1400-i1257) cm -1 iwhichicould bea ssignedi to υ(c-o-c) asymmetrice and symmetrice which was removed in the spectrai of stretching vibrationiseparately[22]. the absorptioni band appeariaround (1485-1494) cm –1, agreeing to the stretchingivibrationsc of (c–ic) and (c–in) bonds in quinolone ring (l1). the coordination by two oxygen atomsi from quinoloneimolecule (one oxygen from pyridinei and the ether fromithe carboxylicigroup)[22]. 1h-nmrz and 13c-nmraspectra of the ligands and complexesoo 1h-nmrz the two ligands (l1 and l2) were considered by 1h-nmr and spectroscopichmethodsj, in additionf to sex complexesf(c2, c5, c7-c10) usinghdmsox (d6) as showns in table (3) and figure (2). the 1h-nmrfspectrarof thevligandd(l1) presentedufiveupeaksy; the firstj one looked at δ(1.42) ppmo which wastassignedhtoothee(-ch2-), the secondtpeakuappearediat δ(2.22) ppmk was assignedjto theh(=nh) protonb while the thirdppeak appearedj at δ(3.46) ppmjwhichnwasuagreedito the (-ch2-n=) [21]. the forward peakz showed up at δ(7.45-7.55) ppm was ascribed to the fragrant protons and the last one showed up at δ(8.92) ppmlassignedzto the (-icooh) [22]. the 1h-inmr spectra ofbthe ligandt(l2) demonstrated five peakse; the first one was showed up at δ(i2.51)ippm which was related to the (-ioch3i)pprotons, the second peakxshowediup δ(i2.77)ippm was assignedito the dissolvable peakeof (dmson), the third peakr showed up at δ(i3.62) ppm was compares to the (nh) protoni, theifourthione was showedbup at δ(i5.35) ppmnwhich was credited to the (-ichc≡n) proton andi the lastkpeaksshowed up at δ(6.82-i8.00) ppmnwhichuwasicompared toithe fragrant protons [23]. the 1h-inmrv spectra of theerest of the complexese(c2, c5, c7-c10 ) were likewise like that of the ligands, the main distinction wasvthatbthe standard of (n-h) of theiligandbjwas move in these compoundsrby (0.52, 0.36 and 0.36) ppml erespectively this provided a sign for organizations arrangement. 13c-nmr spectra the twoiligandst(l1 and l2) were described by 13c-nmr spectroscopic techniques,i in additionrto sex compoundsr(c2, c5, c7-c10) utilizing dmsoj (d6) as appeared in table (i3) and figure (3). the 13c-inmr range of (l1) demonstrated seven peaksr; the principal peakk showed up at δ(7.7) ppmh which was related to the (-ich2-ich2-). the second peakr showed up at δ(35.8) ppmf was compared to the (= chg-n=) carbon, the third peaktshowed up at δ(i45.8)ippm was allocated to the ( ch2-inh-) carbong, the forward peaknshowed up at δ(51.3) ppm was assignedtto the (-ich2-n=) carbonc, thehfifthi peakxshowed up at δ(166.2) ppm which was appointed to the (-icoohi) carbonu, the 6th peakc showed up at δ(i176.4) ppm was assignednout to the (-ic=o) carbonc, andb the lasti peakr showed up at δ (102-115) ppml was alloted to the sweet-smelling carbon molecules [21]. the 13c-nmrf range of theiligandm (l2) demonstrated threeicharacter tops; the firest principal top was chemestry|73 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 showed up at δ(38.04) ppmk which wasicompared to the dissolvable peakr 0f (dmso), the secondj peakf was showed up at δ(52.20)ppmiwhich related to the (-zch-c≡n) carbon and the last peaki showed up at δ (i115.37) ppmiwas appointedito the (ch-sc≡n) carbon particle [22]. the 13c-nmruspectrar of theo complexesr (c2, c5, c7-c10) were like that of the ligands, the main contrast waspthatvthecstandardg of (-ichz-c≡n) carbon of the (l2) ligandl (was moved in these complexestby (0.83, 8.41, 3.38, 0. 29, 1.23 and 3.7) ppmtrespectively. the standard of (ch-ic≡n) carbon was moved inithese compoundst by (1.99, 1.75, 4.66, 1.4, 1.26 and 1.4 2) ppm and the standard of (-icooh) of (l1) was moved in these complexeseby (1.99, 1.75, 4.66, 1.40, 1.26 and 1.40 ) and the standard of (-zc=o) of a similar ligand was moved in these complexesnby (3.00, 0.74, 2.41, 1.75, 0.21rand1.96)erespectively,ithissgaveaaisigntforrbuildingsiarrangement[23]. electronic spectra(uv-vis.) thei electroniciabsorptiongdatatof theuligandsi(l1 and l2) and their metal ionicomplexes wererrecordediin ethanolbathroomhtemperaturekwas shownj in table(5), while some of their spectraiwere shownf in figuresi(4, 5 and 6). the spectra of the two ligandsswasishown a high intensityibands looked in thekregiont(48543 and 41666 )cm-1u respectively, assignedj to π→π∗ of conjugatedksystemi[24]. lowrintensityfbandscappearediin near uv-visible regioni(31645 and 34364) cm-1 correspondingly, wereygiven to n→π∗ transition, ithe concentrationiand positions of theseibands be influenced by the structurefof moleculesf and the natureiof the used solventi[25]. the electronic spectra ofkthe complexeshexhibitedvnewdbands, iwith intensities and places of these bandsiare mostlyidependentionntheiligandf field effects, istereochemistry of complexes and electron shapeiofithegmetali ionsz[26]. thermal analysis of complexes warm decay of the comlexess(c1-c3 and c5-c9) takes after tg strategies, warming extent (30-450)°c and warming rate (10 °c/min). the warm decay information for all comlexesshave three stages where given in table (5) and their thermographs of zn(ii) complex (c8) was appeared in figure (7). the accompanying results were acquired: 1.the principal organize which occurred at temperature scope of (50-150)°c. incorporate leaving the lattice water atoms and counter chloride particles [27,28]. 2.the accompanying stage incorporate leaving the organized water particles and takeioff the chloride particles at temperatures relying upon security energies came about because of coordination ofiligands [29,30]. 3.the last phase of warm decay of comlexess gave metal oxides as last live contingent upon the sort of metal particle and on (m-l) proclivity [31,32].h innvetronantibacterialnactivityy the antibacterial exercises of all compoundsswere divided against test microbes in particular; staphylococcuaurouss,ibacillus subtilish (gram+ 7), escherichiac and pseudomonasyaeruginp (gram-). agarx, (well-dispersion strategy) used to decide the movement [33]. borerj of 0.6 mm distanceb across was utilized, the convergence of all compounds was (10-3m) utilizing (dmsoo) as a dissolvable and was utilized as a controlfgramgnegativeiwhile ciprofloxacingwas utilized as a controlhgramkpositive. the dissolvable (dmsog) demonstrated no action againstctheh tried microscopic organisms, while some of arranged compounds indicated great results [34]. tablei(6) demonstrates the hindrance zones ofithe dissolvable and the arranged buildings. the hindrance zones chemestry|74 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 wereumeasuredj in (mm) and contrasted with the restraint zone of expansive range antiinfection. all edifices demonstrated no movement against the gram negative bacterium (iescherichia coli), which can bring about ailment, for instance, enter toxigenic strains deliver a poison in the gut, coming about regularly in looseness of the bowels [35]. the complexese(c2 and c4) demonstrated most elevated movement against pseudomonas and staphylococcus aureus. this bacterium is known for its imperviousness to the greater part of the created anti-infection agents and is known to be the real instance of numerous medical problems and contaminations [36]. numerous elements were accounted for to control the organic exercises of metal buildings [37]. sort of ligand, kind ofumetal, chargeiof complex, the move arrangement, design of metal particle and geometryr of metalucomplexiare affected on organic activity[38]. thernomenclature of suggestedxstructurescof the complexesn theisuggestedgstructuresyofitheipreparedhcomplexesewereiconfirmedxbyntheirnelemental analysise(c.h.n.), thermal analysis, infrared,1h-nmrnvand 13c-nmrc spectra, uvvis.spectroscopyband by molar conductanceh values. accordingd to the observationiobtainedc the structuresj of the metal ion complexesbarehsuggestedu as illustratedginhfigures (8, 9 and 10)bbelow:m : references 1buchbinder, m. webb, j.c. anderson, l.v and mccabe, w.r, 1962, laboratory studies and clinical pharmacology of nalidixic acid (win 18, 320). antimicrob. agents chemother, 2 , 308–317. 2brighty, k.e .and gootz, t.d, 2000, chemistry and mechanism of action of the quinolone antibacterials. in the quinolones, 3rd ed.; andriole, v.t., ed.; academic press: san diego, ca, usa 12(3), 33–97. 3senf, h.j, 1988, fluorochinolone (gyrasehemmer). pharmazie , 43, 444–447. 4smith, j.t. and lewin, c.s, 1988, chemistry and mechanisms of action of the quinolone antibacterials. in the quinolones; andriole, v.t., ed.; academic press: london, uk, 22 , 23–81. 5surya, k, 2005, nickel (ii) chloride catalyst one-pot synthesis of αaminonitriles journal of molecular catalysis a: chemical, 225, 169-171. 6arban, kshah, noor-ulh.khan and govindsethia , 2012, tin exchanged zeolite as catalyst for direct synthesis of α-aminonitriles under solvent-free condition, applied catalysis a: general arpan, 4(19), 22-30. 7syamala, m, 2009, recent progress in three-component reactions an update. organic preparation and procedures international, 41, 12-13. 8abdul, majeed. s and balamurgan, r , 2012, titanium compounds and process for cyanation of imines, patent application publication no: us \ 0209007 a9. 9 march, j, 1974, advanced organic chemistry, reaction, mechanisms and structure, 2nd edition, john wiley & sons, 22, 874. 10taillades, j. and commeyras. a, 2012, formation mechanism in aqueous solution of αalcoyl amino isobutyronitrile from acetone , hydrogen cyanide and ammonia , methyl or dimethyl, tetrahedron, 30, 2493-2501. 11 stanley, j. w. beasly. j.g. and matheson, l. w, 1972, evidence for a cationic imine intermediate in n,n-disubstituted α-aminonitrile formation, j. o. chem, 37, 3746. 12 ogata, y. and kawasaki. k.1971. mechanistic aspects of the streckeraminonitrile synthesis, j. chem .soc, 32, 325-329. chemestry|75 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 13salomons, t. w, 1988, organic chemistry 4th edition, 11, 1103. 14mowry, d. t.1948. the preparation of nitriles, 42, 189-283. 15mohammad. g. dekamin, mojtaba. azimoshan and leila, r.2013, chitosan: highly efficient renewable and recoverable bio-polymer catalyst for expeditious synthesis of and imines under mild condition green chemistry, 10, 1. 16westeringh, c. v. daele, p. van, herman. b. eycken, c. v and janssen. p. a. g, 1964, 4-substituted piperidines. i. derivatives of 4-t-amino-4piperidinecarboxamides, j. med. chem, 7, 619-623. 17enders. d. and shilvok. j. p, 2002, some recent applications of alpha-amino nitrile chemistry, 29, 359-373. 18-marijazupaniztokar ,p. b. and alojzkodre, c, 2002, physico-chemical study of the interaction of cobalt(ii)ion with ciprofloxacin ccacaa 75(1)1-12 19marijazupan, i. t. peter b. rewj, p. white, b. and david, j. w, 2001, synthesis and characterization of two novel zinc (ii)complexes with ciprofloxacin ,ccacaa 74 (1) 6174. 20kathiravan. m. k., slake. a. b., chothe. a. s., kale a. n., kulkarni. m. m. mundhe. p. j., dudhe. p. b., phalke. p. l. and kavade. s. r, 2012, a rapid and facile synthesis of αaminonitriles employing ionic liquid. chemistry journal, 2 ,199-205. 21anacona, j.r and toledo, c, 2001, synthesis and antibacterial activity of metal complexes of ciprofloxacin, 26, 228-231. 22sultana, n. arayne, m.s. rizvi, s.b.s. haroon, u and mesaik, m. a, 2013, synthesis, spectroscopic and biological evaluation of some levofloxacin metal complexes. med. chem. res, 22: 1371-1377. 23mehandjiev. d.r. and bontchev. p. r, 2010, application of magnetic methods to the study of 3d transition metal complexes. journal of the university of chemical technology and metallurgy, 45(4), 415-420. 24 paola galletti, m. p and daria, g, 2011, catalyst-free strecker reaction in water: a simple and efficient protocol usingacetone cyanohydrins as cyanide source, issue 20-21, eur.j.org. chem, 20(11), 3896-3903. 25 alan. r. katritzky, p. p. mohapatra, s andkostyantyn, k, 2005, synthesis of α-amino amides via α-amino imidoylbenzotriazoles, j. serb. chem. soc, 70(3), 319-327. 26ahmad, a. z. beg,2001. antimicrobial and phytochemical studies on 45 indian medicinal plants against multi-drug resistant humanpathogens, journal of ethnopharmacology, 74(2), 113–123. 27taquikhan, b. najmuddin, k. shamsuddin, s. annapoorna, k and bhatt, j, 1991,synthesis, antimicrobial, and antitumor activity of a series of palladium(ii) mixed ligand complexes, journal of inorganic biochemistry, 44(1), 55–63. 28james, b. kaper, j. p and harry. l. t. 2011. mobley, pathogenic escherichia coli, microbiology, 2: 123-140. 29banin, e. brady, k. m and greenberg, e. p.2012. chelator-induced dispersal and killing of pseudomonas aeruginosa cells in biofilm, applied and environmental microbiology, 72, 2064-2069. 30mutalik, r.b. and gaikar, v. g.2010. cell permeabilization for extraction of penicillin asylase from escherichia coli reverses micellar solution, enzyme and microbiological technology, 32 :14-26. 31shelke, v.a . shankarwar1, s.g. munde a.s and chondhekar1,t.k, 2012, synyhesis, characteraization, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal studies of some transit -ion and rare earth metal complexes of nbenzylidene-2-hydrox ybenzohydrazine, bull. chem. soc. ethiop, 25(3), 381-39. chemestry|76 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 32huda, k. j. mahasin, f. a and tamara abed al-azez kareem, 2012, preparation , charactarazition and biological activity of some complexes of potassium 2-carbomethoxy amino-5trithiocarbonate 1,3,4-thiadiazole, j. baghdad for sci, l.9(3), 511-520. 33taquikhan, b. najmuddin, k. shamsuddin, s. annapoorna, k. and bhatt, j, 1991, synthesis, antimicrobial, and antitumor activity of a series of palladium(ii) mixed ligand complexes, journal of inorganic biochemistry, 44(1), 55–63. 34james, b. kaper, j. p. and harry. l. t, 2004, mobley, pathogenic escherichia coli, microbiology, 2, 123-140. 35banin, e. brady, k. m and greenberg, e. p, 2006, chelator-induced dispersal and killing of pseudomonas aeruginosa cells in biofilm, applied and environmental microbiology, 72, pp2064-2069. 36mutalik, r.b. and gaikar, v. g, 2003, cell permeabilization for extraction of penicillin asylase from escherichia coli reverses micellar solution, enzyme and microbiological technology, 32, 14-26. 37shelke, v.a .shankarwar1, s.g. munde a.s and chondhekar1. t.k, 2011, synyhesis, characteraization, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal studies of some transition and rare earth metal complexes of nbenzylidene-2-hydroxybenzohydrazine, bull. chem. soc. ethiop, 25(3), 381-39. 38huda, k. j. mahasin, f. a and tamara abed al-azez kareem, 2012, preparation , charactarazition and biological activity of some complexes of potassium 2-carbomethoxy amino-5trithiocarbonate 1,3,4-thiadiazole, j. baghdad for sci, 9(3), 511-520. chemistry | 77 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table [1]: elementalhmicro analysis and somej physical iproperties ofithe ligands (l1 and l2) and their preparedicomplexes comp. formula m.w.t yield % color m.p (°c) c % cal (found) h % cal (foun) cal (foun) m % cal (found) chlorin e % l1 c17h21fcln3o4 (385.8) ----light white 255-257 52.87 (52.20) 5.44 (5.13) 10.88 (10.07) -----9.18 (8.65) l2 c15h14n2o (238) 77.6 leaden 79-83 75.63 (74.88) 5.88 (5.27) 11.76 (11.08) ---------- c1 cr[l1l2cl(h2o)]cl.3h2o (764.7 ) 86.2 green 317 dec. 50.21 (49.48) 4.05 (3.66) 9.15 (7.98) 6.66 (5.19) 9.27 (7.87) c2 [mnl1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (749.2) 71.7 pall yellow 350-352 51.25 (49.76) 3.87 (4.03) 9.34 (7.90) 7.32 (6.10) 9.46 (7.90) c3 [fel1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (714.6) 65.8 yellow 319 dec. 53.73 (50.76) 4.05 (3.37) 9.56 (8.84) 7.62 (6.78) 4.84 (3.09) c4 [fel1l2cl(h2o)]cl.2h2o (750.1) 75.2 yellow 329-332 51.19 (48.75) 3.86 (3.59) 9.33 (7.43) 7.43 (6.1) 9.45 (8.11) c5 [col1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (717.7) 82.4 blue 290 dec. 53.50 (50.68) 4.04 (3.85) 9.75 (8.03) 8.20 (7.26) 4.93 (93.38) c6 [nil1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (717.4) 73.6 metallic bronze 310-312 53.52 (51.73) 4.04 (4.13) 9.75 (8.10) 8.16 (6.56) 4.93 (3.57) c7 [cul1l2(h2o)2] cl.1.5h2o (695.3) 73.4 gray 285 dec. 55.23 (54.91) 4.31 (3.92) 10.06 (8.76) 9.13 (7.1) 5.09 4.78 c8 [znl1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (724.2) 68.9 white 294 dec. 53.02 (50.42) 4.00 (4.58) 9.66 (8.47) 9.03 (7.32) 4.88 (3.75) c9 [cdl1l2cl(h2o)].2h2o (771.2) 79.1 white 288 dec. 49.79 (46.76) 3.76 (4.39) 9.07 (7.16) 14.57 (13.03) 4.59 (3.10) c10 [hgl1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o ( 894.8) 67.1 white 308 dec. 43.82 (---) 4.56 (--) 7.98 (--) 22.82 (---) 8.02 (---) dec.=decomposition chemistry | 78 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table(2): characteristichinfrared absorptionubands ofnligandsk(l1 and l2) andtheircmetal ions com plexes where: s=strongh, m=mediumy, w=weakh, v=very, br=broadh, sh=sharp comp. υ(ν−η) cm-1 υ(c≡n) cm-1 υ(c=o) cm-1 δν−η cm-1 υ(c-o-c) (asy)cm-1 υ(c-o-c) (sy)cm-1 υ(m-o) cm-1 υ(m-n) cm-1 l1 3378 w.sh -----1707 v.sh 1625 s.sh -------------------- l2 3348 w.sh 2176 s.sh -----1621 -------------------- c1 3357 m.sh 2164 s.sh -----1631 m.sh 1520 w.sh 1300 s.sh 585 w 418 w c2 3358 w.sh 2167 m.sh -----1629 s.sh 1557 m.sh 1300 s.sh 501 w 441 w c3 3361 m.br 2170 m.sh -----1616 w.br 1514 w.sh 1292 s.sh 555 w 443 w c4 3356 m.br 2163 m.sh -----1628 v.sh 1504 m.sh 1247 m.sh 547 w 483 w c5 3363 m.br 2204 w.br -----1629 v.sh 1571 s.sh 1305 m.sh 572 w 420 w c6 3386 m.br 2162 w.sh -----1622 s.sh 1504 s.sh 1247 s.sh 547 w 493 w c7 3357 w.sh 2165 m.sh -----1604 m.sh 1562 m.sh 1302 s.sh 574 w 420 w c8 3357 m.sh 2165 v.s.sh -----1627 m.sh 1573 w.sh 1402 w.sh 514 w 414 w c9 3357 m.sh 2160 m.sh -----1616 s.sh 1566 w.sh 1271 s.sh 541 w 470 w c10 3357 m.sh 2166 s.sh 1712 m.sh 1627 m.sh --------557 w 458 w chemistry | 79 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (3): 1h-nmrxand 13c-nmr of the ligands (l1 andbl2) and som of theirgmetal iongcomplexes y comp. formula groups chemical shifts δ(ppm) groups chemical shifts δ(ppm) l1 c17h21fcln3o4 (-ch2-) (=nh) (-ch2-n=) (ar-h) (-cooh) 1.42 2.22 3.46 7.45-7.55 8.92 (-ch2ch2-) (-c-h-n=) (ch2-nh-) (ch2-n=) (cooh) (-c=o) ar-h 7.7 35.8 45.8 51.3 166.2 176.4 102-115 l2 c15h14n2o (-o-ch3) (=nh) (=ch≡n) (ar-h) 2.51 3.62 5.35 6.82-8 (ch-l≡n) (-ch-c≡ln) 52.20 115.37 c2 [mnl1l2cl(h2o)]cl.2h2o (-nh) (=ch-c≡n) (ar-h) 3.98 5.59 7.62-7.93 (ch-cl≡n) (-ch-cl≡n) (-lcooh) ( -cl=o ) 60.01 120.06 167.46 176.19 c5 [col1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (-nh) (=ch-c≡n) (ar-h) 3.55 5.87 6.90-7.89 (ch-cl≡n) (-ch-cl≡n) (-lcooh) (-cl=o) 57.95 118.91 168.19 179.40 c7 [cul1l2(h2o)2] 1,5h2o (=nh) (=ch≡n) (ar-h) 3.91 5.80 6.81-7.92 (ch≡n) (-ch-c≡n) (cooh) (-c=o) 58.49 115.98 167.60 178.15 c8 [znl1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (=nh) (=ch-c≡n) (ar-h) 3.83 5.71 6.81-7.85 (ch-cl≡n) (-ch-cl≡n) (-lcooh) (-cl=o) 55.40 119.40 161.54 173.99 c9 [cdl1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o (=nh) (=ch-c≡n) (ar-h) 3.84 5.71 6.98-7.92 (ch≡n) (-ch-c≡n) (cooh) (-c=o) 50.37 119.38 167,95 177.14 c10 [hgl1l2cl(h2o)]cl.2h2o (-nh) (=ch-c≡n) (ar-h) 3.79 5.71 6.88-7.92 (ch≡n) (-ch-c≡n) (cooh) (-c=o) 55.08 119.39 164.78 178.36 chemistry | 80 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (4): electronicjspectra,lparameter,lmolar conductance,lmagneticssusceptibility andssuggested stereo chemical of thebligandsnand their metallion complexess. comp. wavlengt h (λ)lnm wave no. cm-1 assignment molarlcond. ω-1 lcm2lmol-1 b.lm b cm-1 β dq/b15b cm-1 geometry suggested l1 316 280 31645 48543 n→π* π→π* ----------------------------- l2 291 240 34364 41666 n→π* π→π* ------------------------------ c1 ---600 448 16111* 16666 22321 4a2g→ 4t2g 4a2g→ 4t1g(f) 4a2g→ 4t1g(p) 50.9 3.91 771 0.840 1.25 11566 octahedral c2 506 19762 6a1g→ 4t1g 22.3 1.41 ------------octahedral c3 503 19880 5t2g→ 5eg 18 2.34 ------------octahedral c4 758 645 13192 15503 6a1g→ 6t1g(g) 6a1g→ 4a1g + 4eg 29.1 5.72 ------------octahedral c5 659 ---490 15174 15501* 20408 4t1g(f)→ 4t2g(f) 4t1g(f)→ 4a2g 4t1g(f)→ 4t1g(p) 23.3 4.68 641 0.660 1.24 9613 octahedral c6 778 591 224 12853 16920 44642 3a2g→ 3t1g 3a2g→ 3t1g(f) 3a2g→ 3t1g(p 23.5 ------------octahedral c7 503 19880 2eg→2t2g 35.8 1.97 ------------distorted octahedral c8 327 288 30581 34722 n→π* 21.2 ----------------octahedral c9 321 284 31152 35211 n→π* 23.1 ----------------octahedral c10 310 281 32258 35587 n→π* 13.6 ----------------octahedral * calculated value chemistry | 81 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (5):thermal decomposition data for some metal ion complexes comp. molecularcformulah stepj temp. rang of theidecompositionn c° suggestedbformula of resultant compound mass loss% cal. ifound c1 [crl1l2cl(h2o)]cl.3h2o 1 2 3 80-170 170-210 210-375 cri[l1l2(h2o)(cl)]cl cr[l1l2] cr2o3 7.04 11.6 76.8 5.86 10.4 74.5 c2 [mnl1l2cl(h2o)]cl.2h2o 1 2 3 94-152 152-233 233-397 mnf[l1l2(h2o)(cl)]c lmn[l1l2] mno 4.58 11.3 74.9 4.04 10.2 73.5 c3 [fel1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o 1 2 3 50-105 105-175 175-380 [fel1l2cl(h2o)] [fel1l2] feo 4.92 7.3 76.7 3.78 6.14 73.7 c5 [col1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o 1 2 3 60l-140 140l-195 195l-360 cog[l1l2(h2o)(cl)] [col1l2] coo 4.9 7.27 80.1 3.89 6.24 76.8 c6 [nil1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o 1 2 3 73l-127 127l-186 186l-350 nib[l1l2(h2o)(cl)] ni[l1l2] nio 4.9 7.28 80.2 4.3 6.8 79.10 c7 [cul1l2(h2o)2] 1,5h2o 1 2 3 54l-100 100l-153 153l-388 cub[l1l2(h2o)2] cu[l1l2] cuo 3.95 5.27 86.2 3.76 4.89 85.1 c8 [znl1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o 1 2 3 57l-142 142l-165 165-376 zn[l1l2(h2o)2]cl zn[l1l2] zno 4.85 7.15 79.4 3.76 6.01 78.6 c9 [cdl1l2cl(h2o)] 2h2o 1 2 3 55-130 130-215 215-380 cdv[l1l2(h2o)(cl)] cd[l1l2] cdo 4.56 6.72 74.7 3.74 6.3 72.8 table (6):inhibition zonesbmeasuredhin (mm) ofldmso, ciprofloxacin and metal ion complexess compoundl inhibitionlzone (mm)lescheric hia coli inhibition zone (mm)pseudom onaslaerugino sa inhibitionlzo ne (mm)staphyl ococcus aureus inhibitionlzone (mm) streptococci dmso ------------ l1(ciprofloxacin) 18.50 23.70 18.15 12.23 c1 12.00 35.00 7.00 14.00 c2 8.00 44.00 21.00 18.80 c3 11.00 25.10 6.00 13.00 c4 21.00 40.70 21.00 15.00 c5 22.00 29.40 22.50 18.00 c6 14.00 12.00 5.80 12.10 c7 12.00 14.00 23.00 13.00 c8 11.50 10.50 6.02 13.70 c9 10.00 11.00 22.50 15.20 chemistry | 82 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 8of chir spectrum-(1): ftcurefig figure(2): 1h-nmr spectrum of c8 chemistry | 83 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure(3): 13 c-nmr spectrum of c8 1of l visible spectrum-(4): uvurefig chemistry | 84 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure(5): uv-lvisible spectrumlof l2 figure(6): uv-visible spectrum of c1 chemistry | 85 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 8of c (7): thermographcurefig where: m {cr 3+ or fe 3+ } and x{2 or 3} [crl1l2cl(h2o)]cl.3h2o [chloro mono aqua ciprofloxacin {2-phenylh-2-(pmethoxyhanilino) acetonitrile}chrome (iii)] chloride (3)hydrate [fel1l2cl(h2o)]cl.2h2o [chloro mono aquauciprofloxacinb {2-phenyl-2-(pmethoxyanilino)acetonitrile} iron(iii)] chlorideddihydrate figure (8): suggestedhthe structuresbof c1 and c4 complexes ml1l2cl(h2o)].2h2o where: m {mnh 2+ , feh 2+ , coc 2+ ,nix 2+ , znc 2+ , cd 2+ and hg 2+ } [chloro mono aqua ciprofloxacinh {2phenyl-2-( p -methoxyaniline)acetonitrile } metalh(ii)] dehydrate figure (9): suggestedystructurehof c2, c3, c5, c6 , c8 and c10 complexes chemistry | 86 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 [cul1l3(h2o)2]cl. 2h2o [diaquagciprofloxacinb {2-phenyln-2-( pmethoxyanilinet) acetonitrilec} copper(ii)]chloride dihydrate figure(10): suggestedgstructurecofgc7 complex chemistry | 87 2016( عام 3العدد ) 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 المنغنيز و (iii) الكروم من البيولوجي الفعالية تقييم و تحضير وتشخيص (ii )الحديدو (ii )الحديدو (iii )والكوبلت (ii )النيكلو (ii )والنحاس (ii ) ليكندات المعقدات من مزيج ايون( ii) والزئبق( ii) الكادميومو( ii) والزنك ومشتقات الفا امينو نتريل()سبروفلوكساسين العامري عباس محمد حسين سعد خضر محمد جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الكيمياء 2016اذار/15 /،قبل في:2016/كانون األول/27استلم في: الخالصة طريق الفم الكينولين )سيبروفلوكساسين( هي المضادات الحيوية االصطناعية واسعة الطيف مع امتصاص عن . ونظرا إلى وظائف مادة كيميائية موجودة في النواة )وظيفة حمض الكربوكسيلية في ةممتاز ةجيدة والفعالية البيولوجي ( وذرة 7)ع( في موق n-heterocyclicأو ) piperazinyl)الحاالت حلقة األساسية ) ( وفي معظم3موقف ) -2. بروابط ثنائي السن ( وارتباط الكينولين بأيونات المعادن ثنائي السن4) عأوكسجين مجموعة الكربونيل في موق ميثوكسي األنيلين( األسيتو نتريل بواسطة تفاعل األمينات األولية مع بنزيلديهايد، في وجود سيانيد -pتم إعداد ) /-2-فينيل طيف , c.h.nالبوتاسيوم في الوسط الحمضية. شخصت المعقدات المحضرة كميا ونوعيا باستخدام تحليل العناصر الخاصية ,االمتصاص الذري ,نووي المغناطيسي المرئية الرنين ال-طيف االشعة فوق البنفسجية ,األشعة تحت الحمراء وفقا للبيانات التي تم الحصول عليها اقترح الشكل الهندسي التنسيق .التحاليل الحرارية وقياس التوصيلية ,المغناطيسية أعدت اآلخرين غير موصل لتيار الكهرباء.-المحتملة لهذه المعقدات ثماني السطوح. بعض المعقدات موصل لتيار الكهرباء ( من 2lو 1l) اتالمعقدات أيونات المعادن التالية معهما الصيغ المقترحة على ما يلي: المعقدات أيون الفلز من الليكند ( ii( والنحاس )ii(والنيكل )ii(والكوبلت )iii(والحديد )ii(والحديد )ii(والمنغنيز )iii]الكروم ) منخالل التكثيف خليط ([ األيونات على التوالي، في االيثانول مع التحريك أعطى الصيغ األتية :ii( والزئبق )ii(والكادميوم )iiوالزنك ) o2o)].2h2cl(h 2l1[ml حيث m :} 2+, mn 2+, fe2+, co2+, ni2+, cu 2+, zn2+,cd 2+{ hg o.2o)]cl.xh2cl(h2l1[ml حيثm :} 3+, fe3+{cr :x {2 ,3} اليةميثوكسي انلين( اسيتوىتريل ايونات العناصر االنتق-)ح-2-فينايل-2-: كوينولونز )سبروفلكساسين(المفتاحيةالكلمات ihjpas. 36(2)2023 301 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract fuzzy numbers are used in various fields, such as fuzzy process methods, decision control theory, problems involving decision making, systematic reasoning, and fuzzy systems, including fuzzy set theory. in this paper, pentagonal fuzzy variables (pfv) are used to formulate linear programming problems (lpp). here, we will concentrate on an approach to addressing these issues that uses the simplex technique (sm). linear programming problems (lpp) and linear programming problems (lpp) with pentagonal fuzzy numbers (pfn) are the two basic categories into which we divide these issues. the focus of this paper is to find the optimal solution (os) for lpp with pfn on the objective function (of) and right-hand side. new ranking function (rf) approaches for solving fuzzy linear programming problems (flpp) with a pentagonal fuzzy number (pfn) have been proposed, based on new ranking functions (n rf). the simplex method (sm) is very easy to understand. finally, numerical examples (ne) are used to demonstrate the suggested approach's computing process. keywords: fuzzy set (fs), pentagonal fuzzy number (pfn), linear programming problem (lpp), simplex method (sm), ranking function (rf). 1.introduction there are various applications for the discipline of linear programming (lp), which is a subfield of operations research (or) [1]. a primal model's linear programming parameters and values must be precise. this assumption, however, does not reflect reality in the real world. there may be some degree of parameter uncertainty in the issues that we must deal with regularly. first, [2] and [3] used constrained and unrestricted linear fractional programming problems (lfpp) with doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2957 article history: received 4 august 2022, accepted 5 september 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq a novel algorithm to find the best solution for fuzzy pentagonal numbers with linear programming problems rasha jalal mitlif rasha.j.mitlif@uotechnology.edu.iq branch of mathematics and computer applications, department of applied sciences, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. raghad i. sabri raghad.i.sabri@uotechnology.edu.iq branch of mathematics and computer applications, department of applied sciences, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. eman hassan ouda eman.h.ouda@uotechnology.edu.iq applied chemistry, department of applied sciences, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rasha.j.mitlif@uotechnology.edu.iq mailto:raghad.i.sabri@uotechnology.edu.iq mailto:eman.h.ouda@uotechnology.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 302 interval coefficients in the goal function using the development lagrange technique and developed the idea of fuzzy linear programming (flp). several authors have investigated fuzzy linear programming [4-8]. [9] examined the use of a linear ranking function (lrf) as a creative method of solving difficulties with fuzzy numbers (fn) in lp. the novel proposed method of s. k. das [10], which is based on the ranking function, transforms to the crisp linear programming (clp) problem. the currently available lp method is being used to solve the obtained clp problem. the structure of this article is as follows: the introduction and fundamental definitions of fuzzy sets and the pentagonal fuzzy number (pfn) are provided in section two. a new ranking function (nrf) technique and an illustration are provided in section three. section four is a novel algorithm to find an optimal solution of pfn with lpp, with examples followed in section five, and the conclusion is described in section six. 2.basic concepts this section recalls some simple definitions of fuzzy numbers (fn) and pentagonal fuzzy numbers (pfn). definition 2.1 (fs) [11]: a fuzzy set (fs) is specified by = {(𝒢,̃(𝒢)): 𝒢 ∈𝑋,𝜇 (𝒢)∈[0,1]}. in the relationship (𝒢,̃(𝒢), the membership function is the interval [0, 1] between the second element 𝜇 (𝒢) and the first element 𝒢, both of which are members of the classical set 𝒩. definition 2.2 ( pfn) [12]: a pentagonal fuzzy number (pfn) of a fuzzy set ę is defined as ë= {ą, ʂ, ᶒ, í, ƍ}, and its membership function is given by, ë(ḩ) = { 𝐾1(ḩ) = (ḩ − ą) (ʂ − ą) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ą ≤ ḩ ≤ ʂ 𝐾2(ḩ) = (ḩ − ʂ) (ᶒ − ʂ) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ʂ ≤ ḩ ≤ ᶒ 1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ḩ = ᶒ 𝐻1(ḩ) = (ḩ − ą) (ʂ − ą) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ᶒ ≤ ḩ ≤ í 𝐻2(ḩ) = (ḩ − ą) (ʂ − ą) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 í ≤ ḩ ≤ ƍ 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 3.approach new ranking function (nrf) technique: we introduce a novel ranking method in this study with a weighted pentagonal membership function. now, we use the following ranking function: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 303 ƞ(ȍȶ) = ∫ 𝜑15 ɣ 0 [ 𝐾−1(𝜑) 2 + 𝐻−1(𝜑) 2 ]𝑑𝜑 ∫ 𝜑15 ɣ 0 𝑑𝜑 ƞ(ȍȶ) = 1 2 [ 1 2 ∫ 𝜑 15 ɣ 0 [ą+ʂ+ (ᶒ−ą)𝜑+í+ƍ− (ƍ−ᶒ)𝜑 ]𝑑𝜑 ∫ 𝜑 15 ɣ 0 𝑑𝜑 ] by using 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝛼− 𝑐𝑢𝑡 where 0≤ ɣ ≤ 1 ƞ(ȍȶ) = 1 2 [ 1 2 [ ą 16 + ʂ 16 + ᶒ 17 − ą 17 + í 16 + ƍ 16 − ƍ 17 − ᶒ 17 ] 1 16 ] ƞ(ȍȶ) = 1 2 [ 1 2 [ ą + 17ʂ + 32ᶒ + 17í + ƍ 272 ] 1 16 then, ƞ(ȍȶ) = 1 4 [ [ą + 17ʂ + 32ᶒ + 17í + ƍ ] 1 17 ƞ(ȍȶ) = [ ą+17ʂ+32ᶒ+17í+ƍ 68 ] 4.a novel algorithm to find the best solution for pentagonal fuzzy numbers step 1: create a linear programming problem from the provided problem. step 2: convert the indicated data into an interval-valued pentagonal fuzzy number. step 3: using the given problem approach, convert the interval value into a pentagonal fuzzy number. step 4: the pentagonal fuzzy number can be reformulated to the clpp using the proposed ranking function applying to the right-hand side and main objective. step 5: the clpp is solved using the simplex method to obtain the os. 5.illustrative example take the following lpp: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 ġ = 15 ƹ1 + 6 ƹ2 + 3 ƹ3 subject to the constraints, ihjpas. 36(2)2023 304 13 ƹ1 + 5 ƹ2 + 3 ƹ3 ≤ 103 10 ƹ1 + 6 ƹ2 + 5 ƹ3 ≤ 80 5 ƹ1 + 7 ƹ2 + 3 ƹ3 ≤ 83 ƹ1 ,ƹ2 ,ƹ3 ≥ 0 the optimal solution is given by the simplex method: ƹ1 = 7.786 ,ƹ2 = 0.357 ,ƹ3 = 0, 𝑀𝑎𝑥 ġ = 118.929 consider the following lpp with fuzzy variables (fv), 𝑀𝑎𝑥 ġ = (13,14,15,17,19)ƹ1 + (4,5,6,8,10)ƹ2 + (1,2,3,5,7)ƹ3 subject to the constraints, 13 ƹ1 + 5 ƹ2 + 3 ƹ3 ≤ (101,102,103,105,107) 10 ƹ1 + 6 ƹ2 + 5 ƹ3 ≤ (78, 79 , 80,82,84) 5 ƹ1 + 7 ƹ2 + 3 ƹ3 ≤ (81,82 , 83,85,87) ƹ1 ,ƹ2 ,ƹ3 ≥ 0 by using a new ranking function ƞ(ȍȶ) = [ ą+17ʂ+32ᶒ+17í+ƍ 68 ], the flpp is converted into clpp becomes: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 ġ = 15.279 ƹ1 + 6.279 ƹ2 + 3.279 ƹ3 subject to 13 ƹ1 + 5 ƹ2 + 3 ƹ3 ≤ 103.279 10 ƹ1 + 6 ƹ2 + 5 ƹ3 ≤ 80.279 5 ƹ1 + 7 ƹ2 + 3 ƹ3 ≤ 83.279 ƹ1 ,ƹ2 ,ƹ3 ≥ 0 the optimal solution of the above lpp is ƹ1 = 7.796, ƹ2 = 0.387 , ƹ3 = 0 , 𝑀𝑎𝑥 ġ = 121.540 6.conclusion in this study, we present a simplex method for addressing pentagonal fuzzy number problems in fuzzy linear programming. using the suggested approach and turning the given problem into a crisp equivalent problem, a numerical example is solved. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 305 references 1. zaidan, a. a.; atiya, b.; abu bakar, m. r.; zaidan, b. b a new hybrid algorithm of simulated annealing and simplex downhill for solving multiple-objective aggregate production planning on fuzzy environment. neural computing and applications, 2017, 31(6), 1823-1834. 2. tanaka, h.; okuda .t.; asai. k. on fuzzy mathematical programming, the journal of cybernetics,1974, 3, 37-46. 3. mitlif, r. j. development lagrange method for solving linear fractional programming problems with intervals coefficients in the objective function, al-mustansiriyah journal of science, , 2016 , 27(1) , 88-90 . 4. slevakumari , k.; tamilarasi, r . ranking of octagonal fuzzy numbers for solving fuzzy linear programming problems, international journal of engineering research and application, baghdad science journal , 2017, 7, 62-65,. 5. onasanya , b.o.; feng ,y.; wang , z.; samakin , o.v; wu ,s. , liu ,x. optimizing production mix involving linear programming with fuzzy resources and fuzzy constraints, international journal of computational intelligence systems, 2020 , 13(1), 727–733. 6. ghadle, k. p.; deshmukh, m. c.; jadhav. o. s. a novel methodology for decipher mixed constraint fuzzy linear programming problem, turkish journal of computer and mathematics education, 2021, 12(14) , 606-612 . 7. stephen, d. ; kamalanathan, s. solving fuzzy linear programming problem using new ranking procedures of fuzzy numbers , international journal of applications of fuzzy sets and artificial intelligence , 2017 ,7 , 281-292. 8. kalaf, b. a.; bakar, r. a.; soon, l. l.; monsi, m. b.; bakheet, a. j. k.; abbas, i. t. a modified fuzzy multi-objective linear programming to solve aggregate production planning. international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2015, 104(3), 339-352. 9. nasseri,s. h. and ardil , e. , yazdani , a. and zaefarian, r ., simplex method for solving linear programming problems with fuzzy numbers, world academy of science, engineering and technology , 2007, 10 , 877-881 . 10. das, s. k. ; chakraborty , a. a new approach to evaluate linear programming problem in pentagonal neutrosophic environment , complex & intelligent systems, 2020, 7(1) , 101–110 . 11. dinagar , d. s. ; jeyavuthin , m. m. distinct methods for solving fully fuzzy linear programming problems with pentagonal fuzzy numbers , journal of computer and mathematical sciences, 2019 ,10 (6), 1253-1260. 12. pathinathan . t.; ponnivalavan .k. pentagonal fuzzy number, international journal of computing algorithm integrated intelligent research (iir) , 2014 , 03, 1003-1005. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=das%20sk%5bauthor%5d https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=chakraborty%20a%5bauthor%5d conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |177 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 on double stage shrinkage estimator for the variance of normal distribution with unknown mean muna d. salman dept. of mathematics/college of education for pure science(ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :19/ may /2016 , accepted in : 22 /february/ 2017 abstract this paper is concerned with preliminary test double stage shrinkage estimators to estimate the variance ( 2 ) of normal distribution when a prior estimate 2 0 ( ) of the actual value ( 2 ) is a available when the mean is unknown , using specifying shrinkage weight factors () in addition to pre-test region (r). expressions for the bias, mean squared error [mse ()], relative efficiency [r.eff ()], expected sample size [e(n/ 2 )] and percentage of overall sample saved of proposed estimator were derived. numerical results (using mathcad program) and conclusions are drawn about selection of different constants including in the mentioned expressions. comparisons between the suggested estimator with the classical estimator in the sense of bias and relative efficiency are given. furthermore, comparisons with the earlier existing works are drawn. keywords: normal distribution, double stage shrinkage estimator, bias ratio, mean squared error , relative efficiency , expected sample size. percentage of overall sample saved and probability of avoiding the second sample . mathematics |178 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction " the normal distribution is the most widely known and used of all distributions. because the normal distribution approximates many natural phenomena so well, it has developed into a standard of reference for many probability problems. the question, why is the normal distribution useful?, and the answer is many things actually are normally distributed, or very close to it. for example, height and intelligence are approximately normally distributed; measurement errors also often have a normal distribution , the normal distribution is easy to work with mathematically. in many practical cases, the methods developed using normal theory work quite well, even when the distribution is not normal . the normal distribution plays a vital role in many applied problems of biology, economics, engineering, financial risk management, genetics, hydrology, mechanics, medicine, number theory, statistics, physics, psychology, reliability, etc., and has been extensively studied, both from theoretical and applications point of view, by many researchers, since its inception. there is a very strong connection between the size of a sample n and the extent to which a sampling distribution approaches the normal form. many sampling distributions based on large sample of size can be approximated by the normal distribution even though the population distribution itself is definitely not normal"; [1],[12] . the probability density of the normal distribution is: 2 2 ( x ) 21 f (x | , ) e , x 2             …(1) here, μ is the mean or expectation of the distribution (and also its median and mode). the parameter σ is its standard deviation with its variance then σ 2 . if μ = 0 and σ = 1, the distribution is called the standard normal distribution or the unit normal distribution denoted by n(0,1) and a random variable with that distribution is a standard normal deviate. assume that x1, x2, …, xn be a random sample of size (n) from a normal population with unknown mean () and unknown variance ( 2 ). in conventional notation, we write xn(, 2 ). in this work, we suggest the problem of estimating the variance ( 2 ) when some prior information 2 0 ( ) regarding the variance (2) is available. more specifically, we assume that the prior information regarding is due the following reasons, [10]: 1. we believe that 2 0 ( ) is close to the true value of 2, or 2. we fear that, 2 0 ( ) may be near the true value of 2, i.e.; something bad happens if ( 2 ) approximately equals to 2 0 ( ) and we do not known about it. in such a situation it is natural to start with the mvue 2 ˆ( ) of 2 and modify it by moving it closure to 2 0 ( ) using shrinkage weight factor [()], so that the resulting estimator though perhaps biased, has a smaller mean squared error [mse] than that of 2 ˆ( ) in some interval around 2 0 ( ) . this method of constructing an estimator that incorporates the prior value leads to what is known as a shrinkage estimator i.e.; 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) [1 ( )]        ; 0  1 2 ˆ( )  1. (2) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/probability_density https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mean https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/expected_value https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/median https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mode_%28statistics%29 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/standard_deviation https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/variance mathematics |179 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 where i 2 ˆ( ) , 0  i 2 ˆ( )  1 is shrinkage weight factor specifying the belief in 2 ̂ and 2 i ˆ(1 ( ))   specifying the belief in 2 0 ( ) and 2 i ˆ( )  may be a function of 2 ̂ or a constant. preliminary test double stage shrinkage estimator for the variance ( 2 ) that utilize a prior estimate 2 0 ( ) is represented as following steps: 1. select two positive integers (n1) and (n2). 2. obtain a random sample of size (n1) on x [first stage sample]. compute sample variance 2 2 1 1 ˆ (s ) [mvue], where 1n 2 i 1 2 i 1 1 1 ˆ(x ) s n 1      and 1 ̂ is the first sample mean. 3. choose a suitable region (r) around 2 0  . noted that, this work concerns with pre-test region. 4. if 2 1 ̂  r, take the shrinkage estimator of the form defined in (1). here, we put forward 1() = k= 4  however, if 2 1 ̂  r, obtain a second stage random sample of size n2 on x and advise the estimator 2 p ̂ of  2 as polling estimator of two samples variance. i.e.; 2 2 2 p 1 1 2 2 ˆ ˆ ˆ(n n ) / n     (3) where 2 2 ̂ is the variance of the second random sample and n = n1 + n2. thus, the suggested form of preliminary test double stage shrunken estimator (pdse) has the following form: 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 12 ds 2 2 p 1 ˆ ˆ ˆk( ) , if r, ˆ ˆ, if r,             (4) where r is the pre-test region for testing the hypothesis h0 : 2 ̂ = 2 0  against ha : 2 ̂  2 0  with level of significance () using test statistic ̂ ̂ . i.e.; 2 2 2 20 0 1 / 2,n 1 / 2,n 1 r x , x n 1 n 1              (5) 2 i ̂ (i=1,2) is the sample variance of stage (i), 2 1 / 2,n 1 x   and 2 / 2,n 1 x   are the lower and upper 100(/2) percentile point of chi-square distribution with degree of freedom (n – 1) and n = n1 + n2. and for simplest we shall assume that r=[a,b]. the aim of this paper is to show that the proposed estimators defined in (4) is better than the classical estimators and some estimators introduced by some authors in the sense of mean squared error and relative efficiency. several authors have studied (pdse) for estimating the mean and variance of normal distribution and also for estimating the parameters of different distributions, for example, katti [7],thompson [10],al-joboori [3,4], al-joboori et al[5,6],waikar, schuurmann and raghunathan [11] , handa, kambo and al-hemyari [8] and maha [9]. mathematics |180 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 preliminary test double stage shrunken estimator (pdse) in this section, recall (pdse) defined in (3) for estimating the variance of normal distribution . the expressions for bias and mean squared error [mse()] of 2 ds  are respectively as follows: 2 2 ˆbias( , r)   ds 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 1 2 1 2 ˆ ˆ0 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ[ ( ) ( )] ( ) ( ) d d        r k f f           + 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 1 2 2 0 1 2 1 2 1 2ˆ ˆ0 ˆ ˆ1 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ[ ( ) ] ( ) ( ) d d 2                    r n n f f n n where , 1 3 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 12 2 2 ( 1) ˆ ˆ( 1) / exp 2 ˆ, 0 , 0 , 1, 2 ˆ( ) ( 1) 2 2 0 ,                                i i i n n i i i i n i i n n for i f n otherwise         …(6) and by simple calculations, we get   2 2 2 ds 1 i i 1 0 i i 1 ˆbias( , r) k j (a , b ) (n 1) j (a , b ) 1         n 1 0 i i 1 i i 1 0 i i 1 (n 1)( 1)j (a , b ) [j (a , b ) (n 1)j (a , b ) 1 u             …(7) the bias ratio of 2 ds  = 2 2 ds ˆbias( , r)  / ( 2 1 1  n ) …(8) and, 2 2 2 2 2 ds ds 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 1 2 1 2 rˆ 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 p 1 2 1 2 rˆ 0 mse ( , r) e[ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆk( ) ( )] f (s / )f (s / )d d ˆ ˆs f (s / )f (s / )d d                                            we conclude,  4 2 2 ds 2 i i 1 1 i i2 1 mse ( , r) k j (a , b ) 2(n 1) j (a , b ) ( 1)           n   )]b,a(j)1n()b,a(j)[1)(1n(k2)b,a(j)1n( ii01ii11ii0 22 1  mathematics |181 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 )1un( )1n( . u1 u 2)1n( u1 1 2)b,a(j)1()1n( 1 2 1 2 1 2 ii0 22 1                  )]b,a(j)1n()b,a(j)1n(2)b,a(j[ u1 1 ii0 2 1ii11ii2 2              2 1 0 i i 1 u (n 1) 2 j (a , b ) 1 u (un 1)           …(9) where 1 1 b 1 1 j ( , ) y f (y)dy, 0,1, 2.  a a b (10) i 2 2 20 i i n 1 (n 1)s , y ~ x          , (11) a1 =  1 2 1 / 2,n 1 x   , b1 =  1 2 / 2,n 1 x  , …(12) also u = n2/n1, and n = n1 + n2, the expected sample size can be obtained as: e(n 2 ,r) = n1 [1 + u(1 – j0(a1,b1))] …(13) the efficiency of 2 ds  relative to 2 2 ˆ (s ) is given by : 2 ds 2 ds ˆmse( r.eff ( , r) [mse( , r)][e(n , r) / n]               …(14) where [e (n/  , r)/n] is the expected sample size proportion. the probability of avoiding the second sample computing by p( 2 1 ˆ r  ). finally, the percentage of overall sample saved can be obtained by (n2/n) p( 2 1 ˆ r  )*100 …(15) see for example [3],[4], [9] ,[10] and [11]. numerical results and discussion the computations (using mathcad program) of relative efficiency [r.eff()], bias ratio [b()], expected sample size [e(n,r)], expected sample size proportion, percentage of the overall sample saved and probability of avoiding the second sample were used for the estimator 2 ds  . these computations were performed for n1 = 5,7,9,11,13; u =,2,6,8,10;  = 0.0(0.1)1,2;  = 0.01,0.05,0.1. some of these computations are given in annex tables (1)-(17) . the observations mentioned in the tables lead to the following results: i. r.eff( 2 ds  ) are adversely proportional with small value of . ii. r.eff( 2 ds  ) are maximum when 2 2 0  and decreasing otherwise mathematics |182 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 iii. the bias ratio of 2 2 1 ds ds ds2 n 1 [b( ) bias( )]      are reasonably small when  2  2 0  , otherwise b( 2 ds  ) will be maximum. iv. b( 2 ds  ) are reasonably small with small value of . v. r.eff( 2 ds  ) and b( 2 ds  ) are decreasing function with respect to first sample size n1. vi. the expected values of sample size of 2 ds  is closer to n1 specially when  2  2 0  and start faraway slowly with increasing of . vii. percentage of the overall sample saved [ 2n n j0(a1,b1)100] is a decreasing function of , and has a maximum value when  2  2 0  . viii. r.eff( 2 ds  ) is an increasing function with respect to u (u = n2/n1). iv. the suggested estimator 2 ds  is more efficient than the estimators introduced by albermani [2] and al-joboori[ 4 ] . conclusions from the above discussions, it is obvious that by using guess point value one can improve the usual estimator by using shrinkage technique. it can be noted that if the guess point is very close to the actual value of the parameter, the proposed estimator perform is better than the usual estimator. if one has no confidence in the guessed value, then proposed preliminary test shrunken estimators can be suggested. we can safely use the proposed estimators for small sample size at the usual level of significance and moderate value of shrunken weight factor . the difficulty of obtaining samples is because of the scarcity and high cost led researchers to use the double stage shrinkage estimators to reduce the sample size that we need and for achieving savings of the items in the sample and obtaining high efficiency estimators. references 1. ahsanullah,m. et al.,(2014)," normal and student’s t distributions and their applications", atlantis press and the authors. doi: 10.2991/978-94-6239-061-4_2. 2. al-bermani,m.h.,(2008), "comparison between bayesian shrinkage estimators and shrinkage estimators for the variance of normal distribution by using simulation",ph.d. thesis, college of administration and economics, university of baghdad. 3. al-joboori,a.n.(2010) , “pre-test single and double stage shrunken estimators for the mean of normal distribution with known variance”, baghdad j. for science, 7 (4), 14321442. 4. al-joboori,a.n.,(2011), single and double stage shrunken estimators for the variance of normal distribution". journal of education, al-mustansiryia. university, 2 , 597-608. 5. al-joboori, a.n., et. al , (2014), single and double stage shrinkage estimators for the normal mean with the variance cases , international journal of statistics ,.(38),2,.1127 1134. mathematics |183 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 6. al-joboori, a.n. and ameen, m. m.(2016), on double stage minimax-shrinkage estimator for generalized rayleigh model, international journal of applied mathematical research, 5 (1 ), 39-47. 7. katti, s.k., (1962), use of some a prior knowledge in the estimation of means from double samples, biometrics,.18,.139-147. 8. handa, b.k., kambo, n.s. and al-hemyari; z.a., (1988), "on double stage shrunken estimator of the mean of exponential distribution", iapqr trans,.( 13),1,.19-33. 9. maha.a. m.(2011) , double stage shrinkage estimator of two parameters generalized rayleigh distribution, education college journal al-mustansiriya university (2), 566-573 10. thompson, j.r., (1968), some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean, j. amer. statist. assoc,.63.113-122. 11. waikar, v.b., schuurmann, f.j. and raghunathar, t.e., (1984), on a two-stage shrinkage testimator of the mean of a normal distribution, commum. statist-theor. meth., a,.13 (15),.1901-1913. 12. https://www3.nd.edu/~rwilliam/stats1/x21.pdf. table (1): shows bias ratio [b()] and r.e.ff w.r.t. α, n1 and λ when u =2 λ α n 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 0 .0 1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.4225875 -1.3026559 6.921051 -1.5453646 17.5040876 -0.8971937 34.055869 0.0153905 19.9017239 0.9868869 8.5142224 1.9653436 4.335779 2.9382656 2.5633057 3.902073 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 2.5218328 -1.4307066 4.5657778 -2.20102 12.7316908 -1.3479203 28.0764855 0.0157813 14.2199712 1.4734652 5.5730906 2.9296484 2.7507472 4.3617489 1.6013574 5.76015 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 2.2344079 -1.3689823 3.4244664 -2.7706791 10.2563163 -1.7927305 25.4964189 0.0159786 11.3593618 1.9578157 4.1642427 3.8804139 2.0076996 5.7438821 1.1539179 7.5241258 1 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 2.1910011 -1.2082129 2.7529803 -3.2566881 8.6693885 -2.2313379 24.0612878 0.0160965 9.5571863 2.4399322 3.326823 4.8161439 1.574551 7.0770414 0.8951149 9.1721113 1 3 r.eff(-) b(-) 2.2811736 -1.0097075 2.3156926 -3.6626852 7.5393297 -2.6635711 23.1480114 0.0161745 8.2890208 2.9197667 2.7683441 5.7353787 1.2902951 8.3540981 0.7267732 10.684783 0 .0 5 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.6194909 -0.8929279 6.1808134 -1.208987 14.5712829 -0.7460543 27.1849786 0.0480284 17.6374379 0.9402995 7.933749 1.8412993 4.0761615 2.7191497 2.406342 3.5619491 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 2.9246212 -0.8955581 4.2077426 -1.6696883 10.8292699 -1.1277614 22.9410048 0.0490329 12.8134551 1.3835582 5.1866676 2.6961091 2.5615348 3.9248409 1.4850268 5.0444625 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 2.7826467 -0.7871207 3.25824 -2.0348087 8.8296177 -1.4992136 21.0500992 0.0495215 10.3076319 1.8205121 3.8608721 3.5130704 1.8563702 5.0225485 1.0656958 6.3026994 1 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 2.8635758 -0.6412647 2.7085502 -2.3148738 7.5250407 -1.8601538 19.9818656 0.0498112 8.7026587 2.2514014 3.0727202 4.2914965 1.4509899 6.008853 0.8312489 7.3316557 1 3 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.0579131 -0.4968093 2.3588939 -2.5203237 6.5853355 -2.2105946 19.2959357 0.049997 7.561666 2.6762825 2.5489063 5.0307925 1.1900405 6.88241 0.6854149 8.1350713 0 .1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.809139 -0.7040529 5.8752143 -1.0102327 12.8310536 -0.6359713 22.523826 0.0714824 15.5288307 0.8853387 7.3579544 1.7015398 3.8501684 2.4774536 2.2911515 3.1963249 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.2170698 -0.6720805 4.1163008 -1.3703967 9.6938813 -0.967212 19.242412 0.0727881 11.4827459 1.2837426 4.8503737 2.4483068 2.4332978 3.4831665 1.4289644 4.3586444 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.1448576 -0.5642185 3.2715374 -1.6389512 7.9930075 -1.2865157 17.7562484 0.0733923 9.3307197 1.6732909 3.630191 3.1433387 1.7788781 4.3485916 1.0457584 5.2481266 1 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.2748593 -0.4403664 2.7871275 -1.8297872 6.8728943 -1.5937468 16.9099419 0.0737264 7.9327245 2.054479 2.9040967 3.7879236 1.4075725 5.0795818 0.8379534 5.886642 1 3 r.eff(-) b(-) 3.4937754 -0.3276427 2.4844107 -1.9555015 6.0604952 -1.8890279 16.3637492 0.0739318 6.9291647 2.4275048 2.4226542 4.3832542 1.1723785 5.6833953 0.7136349 6.3014258 https://www3.nd.edu/~rwilliam/stats1/x21.pdf mathematics |184 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (2): shows expected sample size of w.r.t. α, u, and λ when u=2 table (3): shows expected sample size proportion w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 2 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.6308451 0.4107491 0.3518939 0.34 0.3390883 0.3406987 0.3430539 0.3457927 0.7306957 0.4935137 0.3959724 0.3666667 0.3633845 0.3694604 0.3791265 0.3904612 0.7809504 0.5524243 0.4397922 0.4 0.3948049 0.4046508 0.4209772 0.4402237 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.727498 0.4396426 0.3552634 0.34 0.339943 0.3433398 0.3481827 0.3541712 0.8196781 0.5363242 0.4035673 0.3666667 0.3664974 0.3792894 0.3976147 0.4191827 0.8608605 0.5995286 0.4497106 0.4 0.3997576 0.4204508 0.4501507 0.4840935 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.8028776 0.4689237 0.3586518 0.34 0.3408684 0.3463768 0.3545074 0.3651045 0.8807625 0.576462 0.4110165 0.3666667 0.369759 0.3897431 0.4178015 0.4511351 0.9123294 0.6421232 0.4593403 0.4 0.4048729 0.4366387 0.4800529 0.5288369 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.8598196 0.4983351 0.3620964 0.34 0.3418434 0.3497779 0.3619909 0.3785392 0.9220211 0.6140456 0.4184097 0.3666673 0.3731012 0.4006598 0.4392468 0.4852084 0.945175 0.6806899 0.468797 0.4 0.4100512 0.4529807 0.5100832 0.5730448 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.9017526 0.5275974 0.3656082 0.34 0.3428607 0.3535288 0.3706006 0.3943621 0.9494897 0.6490968 0.4257681 0.366667 0.3765001 0.4119551 0.4616244 0.5204888 0.9659467 0.7155566 0.4781183 0.4000006 0.4152593 0.4693671 0.5398603 0.6157779 table (4): shows percentage of overall sample saved w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 2 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 36.9154908 58.9250912 64.8106099 66 66.0911727 65.9301318 65.6946101 65.4207316 26.93043 50.6486313 60.402762 63.3333333 63.6615452 63.0539602 62.0873511 60.9538781 21.9049616 44.7575669 56.0207761 60 60.5195074 59.5349218 57.9022763 55.9776293 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 27.2502024 56.035744 64.4736623 66 66.0056967 65.6660242 65.1817254 64.5828769 18.0321895 46.3675819 59.6432699 63.3333333 63.350258 62.0710574 60.2385331 58.0817348 13.9139454 40.0471431 55.0289363 60 60.0242367 57.9549245 54.9849309 51.5906472 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 19.7122408 53.1076264 64.1348246 66 65.9131643 65.3623175 64.5492614 63.4895536 11.9237526 42.3537951 58.898351 63.3333333 63.0241004 61.025691 58.2198476 54.8864896 8.7670569 35.7876824 54.0659732 60 59.5127109 56.3361273 51.994714 47.1163077 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 14.0180372 50.1664879 63.7903596 66 65.8156573 65.0222124 63.8009135 62.1460797 7.797889 38.5954388 58.1590257 63.3332681 62.6898751 59.9340168 56.0753164 51.4791632 5.4824996 31.9310052 53.1202997 60 58.9948844 54.7019278 48.9916837 42.6955182 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 9.824736 47.2402616 63.4391808 66 65.7139302 64.6471179 62.9399354 60.5637872 5.0510283 35.0903195 57.4231882 63.3332994 62.3499858 58.8044877 53.8375641 47.9511213 3.4053325 28.4443414 52.1881723 59.9999423 58.4740712 53.0632869 46.0139709 38.4222114 λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.50 1.25 1.75 2 2 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 9.4626764 6.1612363 5.2784085 5.1 5.0863241 5.1104802 5.1458085 5.1868903 10.9604355 7.4027053 5.9395857 5.5 5.4507682 5.541906 5.6868973 5.8569183 11.7142558 8.286365 6.5968836 6 5.9220739 6.0697617 6.3146586 6.6033556 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 15.2774575 9.2324937 7.4605309 7.14 7.1388037 7.2101349 7.3118377 7.4375958 17.2132402 11.2628078 8.4749133 7.7 7.6964458 7.9650779 8.349908 8.8028357 18.0780715 12.5900999 9.4439234 8.4 8.3949103 8.8294659 9.4531645 10.1659641 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 21.677695 12.6609409 9.6835974 9.18 9.2034457 9.3521743 9.5716994 9.8578205 23.7805868 15.5644753 11.0974452 9.9 9.9834929 10.5230634 11.2806411 12.1806478 24.6328946 17.3373257 12.4021872 10.8 10.9315681 11.7892456 12.9614272 14.2785969 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 28.3740477 16.445059 11.9491813 11.22 11.2808331 11.5426699 11.9456985 12.4917937 30.4266966 20.2635052 13.8075215 12.1000215 12.3123412 13.2217745 14.4951456 16.0118761 31.1907751 22.4627683 15.4703011 13.2 13.5316881 0.4529807 0.5100832 0.5730448 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 35.168353 20.576298 14.2587195 13.26 13.3715672 13.787624 14.4534252 15.380123 37.030099 25.314775 16.604957 14.300013 14.6835055 16.0662498 18.00335 20.2990627 37.6719203 27.9067068 18.6466128 15.6000225 16.1951122 18.3053181 21.0545513 24.0153376 mathematics |185 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (5): shows bias ratio [b()] and r.e.ff w.r.t. α, n1 and λ when u =6 λ α n 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 0 .0 1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 11.5006501 -1.5075366 33.8896946 -1.6724435 128.4109443 -0.9400311 367.1232704 6.5959247e-3 144.7705775 0.9894473 50.2690886 1.9725209 23.7539585 2.9485466 13.5001075 3.9153134 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 7.824044 -1.6642392 19.8793331 -2.3842134 85.9709005 -1.4066272 293.141886 6.7634277e-3 97.6234315 1.4801297 31.6149811 2.9441184 14.4828724 4.3834731 8.0291786 5.7900406 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 6.7130198 -1.600479 13.6628666 -3.0082667 65.1865558 -1.8677671 261.9441267 6.8479789e-3 74.7424065 1.9690037 22.8642487 3.9040281 10.1646016 5.7813398 5.482838 7.5781944 1 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 6.5571466 -1.418965 10.2569075 -3.5457157 52.5095898 -2.3232238 244.7941858 6.8984803e-3 60.8410979 2.4560206 17.7495447 4.8507276 7.6624893 7.1345046 4.0189104 9.2577111 1 3 r.eff(-) b(-) 6.9381658 -1.1906399 8.1644261 -3.9992212 43.8607296 -2.7728235 233.9596269 6.9319302e-3 51.3673362 2.9411151 14.3824044 5.782728 6.0326161 8.4356936 3.0809526 10.8086101 0 .0 5 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 11.9571477 -1.0751756 26.3678738 -1.3863891 96.7325926 -0.8374679 279.9319496 0.020581 120.1103596 0.9486396 41.7774658 1.8700222 19.2261266 2.7618359 10.5928915 3.6163367 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 9.2710531 -1.0793316 16.0497764 -1.9078691 64.8867595 -1.2501509 226.6866491 0.0210104 80.7341533 1.4074243 25.5180318 2.7515257 11.1806818 4.0054699 5.9511695 5.1488562 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 8.8439706 -0.9505521 11.5218048 -2.3241581 49.1298125 -1.6521752 203.8020931 0.0212187 61.3853871 1.8605786 17.9695621 3.5978076 7.5716586 5.1465369 3.9374258 6.4646175 1 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 9.371124 -0.7761139 9.0678239 -2.6461336 39.493593 -2.0434257 191.1080902 0.0213418 49.5700178 2.3081601 13.6334173 4.4076609 5.5762673 6.1798519 2.8671892 7.5543804 1 3 r.eff(-) b(-) 10.4950917 -0.6025631 7.579985 -2.8847259 32.9274671 -2.423926 183.0477624 0.0214203 41.5061007 2.7501513 10.8394335 5.1800754 4.3402899 7.102504 2.2319648 8.4182427 0 .1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 12.7626413 -0.8649671 23.7335622 -1.2001307 78.9331919 -0.7526722 215.928713 0.030574 99.0740976 0.897929 35.1681173 1.7493915 16.1459181 2.5500459 8.8558915 3.2882648 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 10.5600862 -0.82466 15.0114678 -1.6168933 53.6450635 -1.1218638 176.6596949 0.0311074 66.9926153 1.3214546 21.3915861 3.6124198 5.0146261 4.5197047 5.0146261 4.5197047 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 10.5459862 -0.692626 11.1664975 -1.929093 41.008249 -1.4778917 159.5533794 0.0313403 51.0635638 1.7365953 6.3899673 3.2772928 3.4077472 4.5357948 3.4077472 5.4777418 1 1 r.eff(-) b(-) 11.4988003 9.0868879 33.2356514 -2.1522249 33.2356514 -1.8208237 150.0039513 0.0314575 41.2888982 2.1435705 11.4400968 3.9657723 4.782322 5.3237704 2.578555 6.179403 1 3 r.eff(-) b(-) 13.0387903 -0.403068 7.8389809 -2.3003672 27.9187493 -2.1508414 143.9156124 0.0315197 34.6026821 2.5424719 9.1401254 4.604823 3.8043577 5.9819398 2.0999618 6.6488272 mathematics |186 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (6): shows expected sample size of w.r.t. α, u, and λ table (7): shows expected sample size proportion w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 6 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5253723 0.2423917 0.1667207 0.1514286 0.1502564 0.1523269 0.155355 0.1588763 0.6537516 0.3488033 0.2233931 0.1857143 0.1814944 0.1893062 0.2017341 0.2163073 0.7183648 0.4245456 0.2797329 0.2285714 0.221892 0.234551 0.2555422 0.2802876 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.6496403 0.2795404 0.1710529 0.1514286 0.1513553 0.1557225 0.1619492 0.1696487 0.7681576 0.4038454 0.233158 0.1857143 0.1854967 0.2019435 0.2255046 0.2532348 0.8211064 0.4851082 0.2924851 0.2285714 0.2282598 0.2548653 0.2930509 0.3366917 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.7465569 0.3171877 0.1754094 0.1514286 0.152545 0.1596273 0.1700809 0.1837057 0.8466946 0.4554512 0.2427355 0.1857143 0.1896901 0.215384 0.2514591 0.2943166 0.8872807 0.5398727 0.3048661 0.2285714 0.2348366 0.2756784 0.3314965 0.3942189 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.8197681 0.3550023 0.1798382 0.1514286 0.1537987 0.1640001 0.1797025 0.200979 0.8997414 0.5037729 0.2522411 0.1857151 0.1939873 0.2294198 0.2790316 0.338125 0.9295107 0.5894585 0.3170247 0.2285714 0.2414943 0.2966895 0.3701069 0.4510576 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.873682 0.3926252 0.1843534 0.1514286 0.1551066 0.1688228 0.1907723 0.2213227 0.9350582 0.5488387 0.2617019 0.1857147 0.1983573 0.2439423 0.3078027 0.3834856 0.9562172 0.634287 0.3290092 0.2285722 0.2481905 0.3177577 0.4083918 0.5060001 table (8): shows percentage of overall sample saved w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 6 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 47.4627739 75.7608316 83.327927 84.8571429 84.9743648 84.7673123 84.4644987 84.1123692 34.6248385 65.1196688 77.660694 81.4285714 81.8505581 81.0693774 79.8265943 78.3692718 28.1635221 57.5454432 72.0267121 77.1428571 77.8107952 76.5448994 74.4457838 71.9712376 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 35.0359746 72.0459566 82.8947087 84.8571429 84.8644672 84.4277453 83.8050755 83.0351275 23.1842436 59.6154625 76.6842041 81.4285714 81.4503317 79.8056453 77.4495426 74.6765161 17.8893584 51.489184 70.7514895 77.1428571 77.1740186 74.5134743 70.6949112 66.3308321 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 25.3443096 68.281234 82.4590602 84.8571429 84.7454969 84.0372654 82.9919076 81.6294261 15.330539 54.4548794 75.7264513 81.4285714 81.0309862 78.4616028 74.8540898 70.5683438 0032202111 46.0127345 69.5133941 77.1428571 76.5163426 72.4321637 66.8503466 60.5781099 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 18.0231907 64.4997701 82.0161766 84.8571429 84.6201308 83.5999874 82.029746 79.9021024 10.0258572 49.622707 74.7758902 81.4284876 80.601268 77.0580216 72.0968354 66.1874956 7.0489281 41.0541495 68.2975282 77.1428571 75.8505657 70.3310501 62.9893076 54.8942377 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 12.6318034 60.7374792 81.564661 84.8571429 84.4893389 83.1177231 80.9227741 77.8677263 6.4941792 45.1161251 73.8298134 81.4285277 80.1642675 75.6057699 69.2197253 61.6514417 4.3782846 36.5712961 67.0990787 77.1427829 75.1809487 68.224226 59.1608198 49.3999861 λ u n 1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.50 1.25 1.75 2 6 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 18.3880292 8.4837089 5.8352256 5.3 5.2589723 5.3314407 5.4374254 5.5606708 22.8813065 12.2081159 7.8187571 6.5 6.3523047 6.6257179 7.060692 7.5707549 25.1427673 14.8590949 9.7906508 8 7.7662217 8.2092852 8.9439757 9.8100668 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 31.8323725 13.6974812 8.3815927 7.42 7.4164111 7.6304048 7.935513 8.3127875 37.6397206 19.7884234 11.42474 9.1 9.0893375 9.8952338 11.0497241 12.4085071 40.2342144 23.7702998 14.3317701 11.2 11.1847309 12.4883976 14.3594935 16.4978923 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 47.033085 19.9828226 11.0507921 9.54 9.610337 10.0565228 10.7150982 11.5734615 53.3417604 28.693426 15.2923357 11.7 11.9504787 13.5691903 15.8419234 18.5419434 55.8986839 34.0119772 19.2065617 14.4 14.7947042 17.3677369 20.8842816 24.8357908 1 1 0.01 0.05 0.1 63.1221431 27.335177 13.847544 11.66 11.8424993 12.6280097 13.8370956 15.4753811 69.2800899 38.7905156 19.4225645 14.3000646 14.9370236 17.6653234 21.4854368 26.0356284 71.5723254 45.3883048 24.4109033 17.6 18.5950644 22.8450915 28.4982332 34.731437 1 3 0.01 0.05 0.1 79.5050589 35.7288939 16.7761585 13.78 14.1147016 15.362872 17.3602755 20.140369 85.0902969 49.9443262 23.8148698 16.9000397 18.0505166 22.1987494 28.01005 34.8971881 87.015761 57.7201205 29.9398384 20.8000675 22.5853367 28.9159543 37.163654 46.0460127 mathematics |187 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (9): shows bias ratio [b()] and r.e.ff w.r.t. α, n1 and λ when u =8 λ α n1 r.eff(-) b(-) 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 0 .0 1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 15.7992081 -1.5416833 51.243284 -1.6936233 221.9193302 -0.9471706 750.5055682 5.1301631e-3 255.3246925 0.989874 83.6829607 1.9737171 38.7486865 2.9502601 21.7570903 3.9175201 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 10.5963984 -1.7031613 29.171536 -2.4147456 145.3474248 -1.4164116 596.7733005 5.260443e-3 169.5630469 1.4812404 51.9979693 2.9465301 23.2798893 4.3870937 12.68689 5.7950224 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 9.045174 -1.6390618 19.616913 -3.0478647 108.3130188 -1.8802732 532.1530326 5.3262048e-3 128.2543243 1.9708684 37.1936914 3.9079638 16.0918181 5.7875827 8.4817049 7.5872058 11 r.eff(-) b(-) 8.8373127 -1.4540904 14.486276 -3.5938869 86.0098203 -2.3385382 496.6870436 5.3654835e-3 103.3795428 2.458702 28.5774649 4.8564916 11.945746 7.1440818 6.0866627 9.2719778 13 r.eff(-) b(-) 9.3905281 -1.2207954 11.3847566 -4.0553105 70.9699266 -2.7910323 474.3030401 5.3914999e-3 86.5662921 2.9446732 22.9288293 5.7906195 9.2631688 8.4492929 4.5730995 10.8292479 0 .0 5 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 16.3784606 -1.1055502 38.1751751 -1.4159561 158.3777524 -0.8527035 548.2465274 0.0160065 202.6710004 0.9500296 65.8214265 1.8748094 29.3966741 2.7689502 15.8692206 3.6254012 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 12.6272074 -1.1099605 22.6975465 -1.9475659 103.5790628 -1.2705491 441.2897603 0.01634 133.5242593 1.411402 39.3949258 2.7607618 16.6710742 4.0189081 8.6530577 5.1662551 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 12.074578 -0.9777906 16.0400529 -2.372383 76.9340319 -1.6776688 395.5866532 0.0165016 99.9286385 1.8672564 27.2668572 3.6119305 11.0550078 5.1672016 5.5915848 6.4916038 11 r.eff(-) b(-) 12.8963957 -0.7985888 12.4842686 -2.7013436 60.9012672 -2.0739711 370.3070947 0.0165969 79.6540237 2.3176199 20.38264 4.4270216 8.0009247 6.2083517 3.9977397 7.5915012 13 r.eff(-) b(-) 14.6253932 -0.6201888 10.3513612 -2.9454596 50.1327912 -2.4594812 354.283013 0.0166575 65.9664258 2.7624628 15.9974695 5.2049559 6.1379857 7.1391863 3.0679499 8.465438 0 .1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 17.5479115 -0.8917862 33.8859019 -1.2317803 125.6270148 -0.7721223 408.0886038 0.0237559 161.466766 0.9000274 53.2351603 1.7573668 23.6664404 2.5621447 12.711558 3.3035882 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 14.5043071 -0.8500899 21.0108329 -1.6579761 83.2637693 -1.1476391 331.625787 0.0241606 106.8234348 1.3277399 31.7118932 2.5537544 13.4014449 3.633962 7.0154928 4.5465481 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 14.5867575 -0.7140273 15.4296581 -1.97745 62.481054 -1.5097877 298.5410309 0.0243316 80.0743853 1.747146 21.9405279 3.2996185 8.9865301 4.5669953 4.682014 5.5160111 11 r.eff(-) b(-) 16.1093432 -0.5579119 12.4465036 -2.2059645 49.9081068 -1.8586699 280.1330665 0.0244127 63.8832813 2.1584191 16.4581892 3.9954137 6.6336712 5.3644685 3.4968988 6.2281965 13 r.eff(-) b(-) 18.5877299 -0.4156389 10.6714167 -2.3578448 41.4304458 -2.194477 268.4201894 0.024451 52.94306 2.561633 13.0032137 4.6417512 5.2203146 6.0316972 2.8206194 6.7067275 mathematics |188 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (10): shows expected sample size w.r.t. α, u, and λ when u=8 table (11): shows expected sample size proportion w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 8 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5077935 0.2143321 0.1358585 0.12 0.1187844 0.1209316 0.1240719 0.1277236 0.6409276 0.3246849 0.1946298 0.1555556 0.1511794 0.1592805 0.1721687 0.1872816 0.7079338 0.4032324 0.2530563 0.2 0.1930732 0.206201 0.2279696 0.2536316 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.636664 0.2528567 0.1403512 0.12 0.119924 0.124453 0.1309103 0.138895 0.7595708 0.3817656 0.2047564 0.1555556 0.1553299 0.1723859 0.1968196 0.2255769 0.8144807 0.4660381 0.2662808 0.2 0.1996768 0.2272677 0.2668676 0.3121247 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.636664 0.2528567 0.1403512 0.12 0.119924 0.124453 0.1309103 0.138895 0.8410166 0.4352827 0.2146887 0.1555556 0.1596787 0.1863241 0.2237354 0.2681801 0.8831059 0.5228309 0.2791204 0.2 0.2064972 0.2488516 0.3067371 0.3717826 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.7371701 0.2918983 0.144869 0.12 0.1211578 0.1285024 0.1393432 0.1534726 0.8960281 0.4853941 0.2245463 0.1555564 0.164135 0.2008798 0.2523291 0.3136112 0.9269 0.5742533 0.2917293 0.2 0.2134015 0.270641 0.3467776 0.4307264 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.8690035 0.3701298 0.1541443 0.12 0.1238143 0.1380384 0.1608009 0.1924828 0.932653 0.5321291 0.2343575 0.155556 0.1686669 0.2159402 0.2821658 0.3606517 0.9545956 0.6207421 0.3041577 0.2000008 0.2203457 0.2924895 0.3864804 0.4877038 table (12): shows percentage of overall sample saved w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 8 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 49.2206544 78.5667883 86.4141465 88 88.1215635 87.9068424 87.5928135 87.2276421 35.9072399 67.5315084 80.537016 84.4444444 84.8820603 84.0719469 82.7831348 81.2718374 29.2066155 59.6767559 74.6943681 80 80.6926765 79.3798957 77.2030351 74.636839 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 36.3336033 74.7143254 85.9648831 88 88.0075957 87.5546989 86.9089672 86.1105026 24.0429193 61.8234426 79.5243598 84.4444444 84.4670106 82.7614099 80.3180442 77.442313 18.5519272 53.3961908 73.3719151 80 80.0323156 77.2732327 73.3132412 68.7875296 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 36.3336033 74.7143254 85.9648831 88 88.0075957 87.5546989 86.9089672 86.1105026 15.8983367 56.4717268 78.5311347 84.4444444 84.0321339 81.3675881 77.6264635 73.1819862 11.6894092 47.7169099 72.0879642 80 79.3502812 75.1148365 69.3262854 62.8217436 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 26.2829877 70.8101686 85.5130995 88 87.884219 87.1497567 86.0656819 84.6527382 10.3971853 51.460585 77.5453677 84.4443575 83.5865002 79.9120224 74.7670885 68.6388843 7.3099995 42.5746736 70.8270663 80 78.6598459 72.9359038 65.3222449 56.9273576 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 13.0996479 62.9870155 84.5855744 88 87.6185737 86.1961572 83.9199139 80.7517162 6.7347044 46.7870927 76.5642509 84.4443991 83.1333144 78.4059836 71.7834189 63.9348284 4.5404433 37.9257886 69.5842298 79.999923 77.9654283 70.7510492 61.3519612 51.2296152 λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.50 1.25 1.75 2 8 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 22.8507055 9.6449453 6.1136341 5.4 5.3452964 5.4419209 5.5832339 5.7475611 28.841742 14.6108212 8.7583428 7 6.8030729 7.1676239 7.7475893 8.4276732 31.857023 18.1454599 11.3875344 9 8.6882956 9.2790469 10.2586342 11.4134224 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 40.1098299 15.929975 8.8421237 7.56 7.5552147 7.8405397 8.2473507 8.7503834 47.8529608 24.0512312 12.8996533 9.8 9.7857833 10.8603118 12.3996322 14.2113428 51.3122859 29.3603998 16.7756935 12.6 12.5796412 14.3178634 16.812658 19.6638564 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 40.1098299 15.929975 8.8421237 7.56 7.5552147 7.8405397 8.2473507 8.7503834 68.1223472 35.2579013 17.3897809 12.6 12.9339716 15.0922537 18.1225646 21.7225912 71.5315786 42.349303 22.608749 16.2 16.7262722 20.1569825 24.8457089 30.1143877 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 59.7107799 23.6437634 11.7343894 9.72 9.8137826 10.4086971 11.2867976 12.4312821 88.7067866 48.0540208 22.230086 15.4000861 16.2493648 19.8870978 24.9805823 31.0475046 91.7631005 56.8510731 28.8812044 19.8 21.1267526 26.7934553 34.3309775 42.641916 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 101.6734119 43.3051919 18.034878 14.04 14.4862688 16.150496 18.8137007 22.520492 109.1203959 62.2591015 27.4198264 18.200053 19.7340221 25.2649992 33.0133999 42.1962508 111.6876814 72.6268274 35.5864512 23.4000901 25.7804489 34.2212724 45.2182054 57.0613502 mathematics |189 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (13): shows bias ratio [b()] and r.e.ff w.r.t. α, n1 and λ when u =10 λ α n1 r.eff(-) b(-) 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 0 .0 1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 20.1608911 -1.5634131 70.0901591 -1.7071014 337.8975179 -0.951714 1.3283519e+3 4.1974058e-3 397.6598069 0.9901455 124.8418315 1.9744783 56.9138232 2.9513505 31.6400086 3.9189244 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 13.3973709 -1.7279299 39.0274664 -2.4341752 217.5781913 -1.4226381 1.0535918e+3 4.3039982e-3 261.0147471 1.4819473 76.7975902 2.9480647 33.7481223 4.3893978 18.1241341 5.7981926 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 11.3994496 -1.6636145 25.8338403 -3.0730633 159.9465795 -1.8882317 938.3261324 4.3578032e-3 195.5715793 1.972055 54.4183679 3.9104683 23.0147832 5.7915555 11.8933723 7.5929403 11 r.eff(-) b(-) 11.1412572 -1.4764429 18.8554033 -3.6245414 125.5839342 -2.3482836 875.1259032 4.38994e-3 156.4276203 2.4604083 41.440367 4.8601595 16.8569689 7.1501764 8.382714 9.2810565 13 r.eff(-) b(-) 11.8744639 -1.2399852 14.6867545 -4.0910038 102.6244565 -2.8026196 835.2613431 4.411226e-3 130.1326415 2.9469375 32.965176 5.7956414 12.9025777 8.4579469 6.1950229 10.8423811 0 .0 5 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 20.8613574 -1.1248795 50.5030161 -1.4347714 229.6000232 -0.8623989 929.6749514 0.0130954 302.3386783 0.9509142 93.3190785 1.8778557 40.7379243 2.7734775 21.6438516 3.6311696 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 16.029387 -1.1294517 29.5492404 -1.9728274 147.3846837 -1.2835298 745.5066524 0.0133679 196.1790652 1.4139333 54.9541643 2.7666393 22.6409719 4.0274596 11.5270072 5.1773272 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 15.3578356 -0.9951243 20.6607021 -2.4030716 107.9248367 -1.6938919 667.0983423 0.0134998 145.0392399 1.8715058 37.5186889 3.6209178 14.7696354 5.1803519 7.3170393 6.508777 11 r.eff(-) b(-) 16.497595 -0.812891 15.9609391 -2.7364772 84.4687135 -2.093409 623.805499 0.0135774 114.4561662 2.3236398 27.7215424 4.4393421 10.5487783 6.226488 5.1616786 7.6151236 13 r.eff(-) b(-) 18.8799178 -0.6314051 13.1624716 -2.9841083 68.8833075 -2.4821073 596.3929771 0.0136267 93.9822353 2.7702973 21.5408041 5.2207889 8.0061526 7.1625296 3.9211192 8.4954713 0 .1 5 r.eff(-) b(-) 22.4114451 -0.9088528 44.3832194 -1.251921 178.0034482 -0.7844997 670.6915364 0.0194171 233.5318898 0.9013627 72.9627158 1.7624419 31.6895138 2.5698439 16.7617537 3.3133394 7 r.eff(-) b(-) 18.521388 -0.8662726 27.157685 -1.6841197 115.868162 -1.1640416 542.716628 0.0197399 152.0394491 1.3317397 42.7926667 2.5633405 17.6322489 3.6476707 9.0783545 4.5636303 9 r.eff(-) b(-) 18.7244342 -0.7276463 19.7741578 -2.0082226 85.7923384 -1.5300851 487.5814411 0.0198716 112.5621374 1.7538601 29.2462296 3.3138258 11.6709842 4.5868502 5.9814853 5.5403642 11 r.eff(-) b(-) 20.8738002 -0.5685978 15.8588915 -2.2401624 67.8167002 -1.8827538 456.9695181 0.0199297 88.9104098 2.1678682 21.7230208 4.0142765 8.5311762 5.3903673 4.4272972 6.2592469 13 r.eff(-) b(-) 24.4004725 -0.4236386 13.5423265 -2.3944215 55.8224208 -2.2222451 437.5157543 0.0199527 73.0752811 2.5738265 17.0242182 4.6652509 6.6628313 6.063361 3.5477961 6.7435731 mathematics |190 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (14): shows expected sample size of w.r.t. α, u, and λ table (15): shows expected sample size proportion w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 10 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.4966069 0.196476 0.116219 0.1 0.0987567 0.1009527 0.1041644 0.1078991 0.6327669 0.3093368 0.176326 0.1363636 0.131888 0.1401733 0.1533543 0.1688108 0.701296 0.3896695 0.2360803 0.1818182 0.174734 0.1881602 0.2104235 0.2366687 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.6284063 0.2358762 0.1208137 0.1 0.0999223 0.1045542 0.1111583 0.1193244 0.7541065 0.3677148 0.1866827 0.1363636 0.1361328 0.1535765 0.1785655 0.2079763 0.8102644 0.4539026 0.2496054 0.1818182 0.1814877 0.2097056 0.2502055 0.2964912 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.7311967 0.2758051 0.1254342 0.1 0.1011841 0.1086957 0.1197828 0.1342334 0.8374034 0.4224482 0.1968407 0.1363636 0.1405804 0.1678315 0.206093 0.2515479 0.8804492 0.5119861 0.2627367 0.1818182 0.188463 0.2317801 0.2909812 0.3575049 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.8088449 0.3159115 0.1301315 0.1 0.1025138 0.1133335 0.1299875 0.1525535 0.8936652 0.4736986 0.2069224 0.1363645 0.1451381 0.182718 0.2353366 0.2980114 0.9252386 0.5645772 0.2756323 0.1818182 0.1955243 0.2540646 0.3319316 0.4177884 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.8660263 0.3558146 0.1349203 0.1 0.103901 0.1184484 0.1417282 0.1741302 0.9311223 0.5214956 0.2169565 0.1363641 0.1497729 0.1981206 0.2658514 0.3461211 0.9535636 0.6121226 0.2883431 0.181819 0.2026263 0.2764097 0.3725368 0.4760608 table (16) :shows percentage of overall sample saved w.r.t. α, u, n1 and λ λ u n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 10 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 50.3393056 80.3523972 88.3781044 90 90.1243263 89.9047252 89.5835592 89.2100885 36.7233136 69.0663154 82.3674027 86.3636364 86.811198 85.982673 84.6645697 83.1189246 29.8704022 61.0330458 76.3919674 81.8181818 82.5266009 81.1839842 78.9576495 76.3331308 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 37.159367 76.4123782 87.9186304 90 90.0077683 89.5445784 88.884171 88.0675594 24.5893493 63.2285208 81.3317316 86.3636364 86.3867154 84.642351 82.1434543 79.2023656 18.9735619 54.6097406 75.0394586 81.8181818 81.8512318 79.0294425 74.9794512 70.3508825 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 26.8803284 72.4194906 87.456579 90 89.8815876 89.130433 88.0217202 86.5766641 16.2596626 57.7551751 80.3159332 86.3636364 85.9419551 83.2168514 79.3907013 74.8452131 11.9550776 48.8013851 73.7263271 81.8181818 81.1536967 76.8219918 70.9018828 64.2495105 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 19.1155053 68.4088471 86.986854 90 89.7486236 88.6666533 87.0012457 84.7446541 10.633485 52.6301438 79.3077624 86.3635474 85.4861934 81.7282047 76.4663405 70.1988589 7.4761358 43.5422798 72.4367724 81.8181818 80.4475696 74.5935379 66.8068414 58.2211612 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 13.3973672 64.4185385 86.5079738 90 89.6099049 88.1551608 85.8271847 82.5869825 6.8877658 47.8504357 78.3043475 86.36359 85.0227079 80.1879377 73.4148602 65.3878927 4.6436352 38.7877383 71.1656895 81.8181031 79.7373699 72.3590276 62.746324 52.3939246 λ u n 1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.50 1.25 1.75 2 10 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 27.3133819 10.8061816 6.3920426 5.5 5.4316205 5.5524012 5.7290424 5.9344513 34.8021775 17.0135265 9.6979285 7.5 7.2538411 7.7095298 8.4344867 9.2845914 38.5712788 21.4318248 12.984418 10 9.6103695 10.3488087 11.5732928 13.016778 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 48.3872874 18.1624687 9.3026546 7.7 7.6940184 8.0506746 8.5591883 9.1879792 58.0662011 28.314039 14.3745667 10.5 10.4822291 11.8253897 13.7495402 16.0141785 62.3903573 34.9504997 19.2196169 14 13.9745515 16.1473293 19.2658226 22.8298205 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 72.3884749 27.3047043 12.4179868 9.9 10.0172283 10.7608713 11.8584971 13.2891026 82.902934 41.8223766 19.4872261 13.5 13.9174644 16.6153171 20.4032057 24.903239 87.1644732 50.6866287 26.0109362 18 18.6578403 22.9462281 28.8071361 35.3929846 1 1 0.01 0.05 0.1 97.8702386 38.225295 15.7459067 12.1 12.4041654 13.7133495 15.7284927 18.4589686 108.1334832 57.3175261 25.0376075 16.500107 6 17.561706 22.1088723 28.4757279 36.0593807 111.9538756 68.3138414 33.3515054 22 23.6584407 30.7418191 40.1637219 50.5523949 1 3 0.01 0.05 0.1 123.8417649 50.8814899 19.2935975 14.3 14.857836 16.93812 20.2671259 24.900615 133.1504949 74.5738769 31.024783 19.500066 2 21.4175277 28.3312491 38.0167499 49.4953135 136.3596017 87.5335342 41.2330639 26.000112 6 28.9755611 39.5265905 53.2727567 68.0766878 mathematics |191 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (17): shows probability of a voiding second sample w.r.t. α, n1 and λ ζ n1 α 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.25 1.50 1.75 2 5 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5537324 0.8838764 0.9721591 0.99 0.9913676 0.988952 0.9854192 0.981311 0.4039564 0.7597295 0.9060414 0.95 0.9549232 0.9458094 0.9313103 0.9143082 0.3285744 0.6713635 0.8403116 0.9 0.9077926 0.8930238 0.8685341 0.8396644 7 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.408753 0.8405362 0.9671049 0.99 0.9900855 0.9849904 0.9777259 0.9687432 0.2704828 0.6955137 0.894649 0.95 0.9502539 0.9310659 0.903578 0.871226 0.2087092 0.6007071 0.825434 0.9 0.9003636 0.8693239 0.824774 0.7738597 9 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.2956836 0.7966144 0.9620224 0.99 0.9886975 0.9804348 0.9682389 0.9523433 0.1788563 0.6353069 0.8834753 0.95 0.9453615 0.9153854 0.8732977 0.8232973 0.1315059 0.5368152 0.8109896 0.9 0.8926907 0.8450419 0.7799207 0.7067446 11 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.2102706 0.7524973 0.9568554 0.99 0.9872349 0.9753332 0.9570137 0.9321912 0.1169683 0.5789316 0.8723854 0.949999 0.9403481 0.8990103 0.8411297 0.7721874 0.0822375 0.4789651 0.7968045 0.9 0.8849233 0.8205289 0.7348753 0.6404328 13 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.147371 0.7086039 0.9515877 0.99 0.985709 0.9697068 0.944099 0.9084568 0.0757654 0.5263548 0.8613478 0.9499995 0.9352498 0.8820673 0.8075635 0.7192668 0.05108 0.4266651 0.7828226 0.8999991 0.8771111 0.7959493 0.6902096 0.5763332 figure (1): graph for pdf of normal distribution microsoft word 209-225 209 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis and characterization of [benzyl (2-hydroxy-1naphthylidene) hydrazine carbodithioate] and its metal complexes with [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] ions basim i. al-abdaly noor k. ahmed dept. of chemistry/ collage of science/ university baghdad received in:17/september/2015,accepted in:12/october/2015 abstract the formation of co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)-complexes (c1-c5) respectively was studied with new schiff base ligand [benzyl(2-hydroxy-1-naphthalidene) hydrazine carbodithioate derived from reaction of 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde and benzyl hydrazine carbodithioate. the suggested structures of the ligand and its complexes have been determined by using c.h.n.s analyzer, thermal analysis, ft-ir, u.v-visible, 1hnmr, 13cnmr , conductivity measurement , magnetic susceptibility and atomic absorption. according to these studies, the ligand coordinates as a tridentate with metal ions through nitrogen atom of azomethane , oxygen atom of hydroxyl, and sulfur atom of thione and the ratio of ligand to metal (m:l) as (1:2) all the complexes were octahedral except copper-complex was distorted octahedral. key words: schiff base ligand. 210 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction schiff bases are typically formed by the condensation of a primary amine and an aldehyde or ketone. schiff bases are generally bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate or polydentat ligands [1]. the type of aliphatic schiff's bases are relatively unstable in aqueous acid or base solution where hydrolyzed back to their aldehydes or ketones and amines, while aromatic counterparts are stable due to the resonance [2,3] . schiff bases are the significant compounds owing to their wide range of biological activities and industrial applications [4]. benzyl hydrazinecarbodithioate (sbdtc) is interesting due to the fact that its derivatives have the potential to be modified in various ways by introducing several different substituents [5]. 2-hydroxy schiff base ligands are very important due to the existence of (o–h···n and n–h···o) type hydrogen bonds tautomer’s between of enolimine and keto-enamine forms [6]. the spectra of different schiff -bases have been studied in polar and nonpolar solvents and mixed solvents, it was established that the tautomeric equilibrium in 2-hydroxy-1-naphthylidene aniline schiff bases depend on the polarity of the solvent, the acidity of the medium, the temperature and the strength of the hydrogen bond[7]. schiff bases are used in drug. it is well known that the shape of a certain molecule is the most important factor that affects drug activity. the four major factors that affect the properties of a drug are: its ability to chelate with metal ions, its lipophilicity, steric effects and electronic effects [8]. this paper reports the synthesis and characterization of new schiff base ligand derived from reaction 2-hydroxy-1naphthaldehyde and benzyl hydrazine carbodithioate and its complexes with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii). experimental materials and instruments all reagents and solvents are of highest purity and used as obtained from the manufacture. melting points were determined by using (gallenkamp melting point apparatus) at baghdad university. u.v-vis. spectra were performed in a mixture of ethanol and acetone (2:1) on a (shimadzu uv-1800) in the range (200-1100) nm at baghdad university. ir-spectra were recorded on a (shimadzu ftir8400s) in the range (400-4000)cm-1 using kbr disk, and ( 2504000) cm-1 using csi disk at baghdad university . the 1hnmr spectra were gained on the (advance iii 400 bruker 400 mhz) using dmso as solvent at iran / isfahan university. the element analysis (c.h.n.s) was gained on a (euro ea 3000) at ibn alhaitham, baghdad university. thermal analyses (tg-dtg) were gained on a (shimadzu 60-h thermo gravimetric analyzer) at college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham, baghdad university. atomic absorption spectroscopy was gained on a(gbc 933 plus absorption spectrophotometer) at bagdad university. molar conductivity measurements (at conc. 10-3m) in dmso were carried out by using hunts capacitors trade mark british at bagdad university. magnetic susceptibility were gained on the auto magnetic susceptibility balance model sherwood scientific) at al-mustansiriyah university . 211 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis of schiff base ligand [benzyl(2-hydroxy-1-naphthyldiene) hydrazine carbodithioate] a solution of (0.99gm, 0.005 mole from benzyl hydrazine carbodithioate (sbdtc) in (35ml) of hot ethanol (99.9%) was added to solution of 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde (0.86gm ,0.005 mole) in (35ml) of hot ethanol (99.9 %).the mixture was heated with stirring (reflux 6h), then the mixture was cooled in ic-bath to complete the recrystallization. the yellow product was washed in cold ethanol and recrystallized and dried overnight in vacuum desiccator that contains silica gel (yield 70%, m.p. 204-206°c) as shown in scheme(1)[9]. scheme(1) synthesis of complexes the mole ratio of synthesis complexes was (1:2)(m:l). schiff base l (0.176 gm ,0.0005 mole) was dissolved in mixture of acetone and absolute ethanol (20 ml of ethanol + 10 ml of acetone) and heated at 70 0c with stirring until became clear solution. a half mole of metal salts [as acetate in cobalt(ii)( 0.0622gm),zinc(ii)(0.0548gm), and cadmium(ii)(0.0665gm), as chloride in nickel (ii)(0.059gm) and copper(ii)(0.0606gm)] was dissolved in absolute ethanol (10ml) and heated. both solutions were mixed together and heated with stirring (reflux 10 h). then the mixture is allowed to cool and the precipitate formed filtered off. results and discussion the schiff base ligand was prepared by the condensation reaction. the element microanalysis data of the prepared (l) and its complexes with [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii) ] ions are in good convention with the calculated results from expected formula of each synthesized compounds as listed in table(1). thermal analysis of l and its metal complexes the first stage of mass-lose is resulted in the temperature ranges (140-430),(180455),(160-290), (165-315),(80-210), and (180-310) oc were defined for the ligand (l) and its complexes (c1,c2,c3,c4, and c5) respectively. as evidenced from calculated and observed mass-loss, where, the first stage of mass-loss to confirm the existing of water hydration and solvent molecules. the final stage of mass-loss in the thermal decomposition of some complexes gave oxides or sulfide as final residue depending on the altimetry between the metal and binding atom of the ligand. this refers to the stability of these oxides or sulfides within the decimate temperatures range. the ligand and its complexes are stable at room temperature. the thermal analyses data of ligand and its complexes were listed in the table (2). the thermograph of the ligand(l) and its co-complex(c1) are shown in the figures(1 and 2). 212 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 spectroscopic characterization ft-ir spectra the ft-ir spectra of synthesized ligand and its synthesized complexes were recorded in (kbr) and (csi) disk . the ir spectrum of ligand (l) was showed a sharp absorption band at (1622.02 cm-1) which attributed to stretching vibration of υ(c=n) which was shifted to (1616.24, , 1616.24, 1616.24, 1620.21.and 1618.17cm-1) in the (c1-c5) respectively[10,11]. the weak band appeared at (1083.92cm-1) is assigned to vibration of υ (c=s)[12,13]. ir spectra of complexes show no more v(n-h) peak but do no exhibit a v(c=s) band since the thiones groups was relatively unstable in the monomeric forms and have a tendency to change into more stable thiol form by enethiolization process[14] .however they show v(c-s) band at around (975.91-1000.00)cm-1. these indicate that the complexation occurred between schiff base and metal ion in the solid state, the ligand remains in the thione form. the sharp and strong band appeared at (1319.22cm-1) which is attributed to vibration of υ (c-n) of the ligand which was shifted to (1336.58 cm-1with shoulder in c1, 1338.51 cm-1 and became weak in c2, 1336.56 cm-1 in c3, 1330.88 cm-1in c4, and 1325.01 cm-1 in c5) [15]. the weak band appeared at (3028.03cm-1) was attributed to vibration of υ (nh) in the ligand [16], while absorption bands appeared at (528.46-553.51cm-1) were attributed to υ (m-n) for c1-c5 respectively[6,17].the absorption bands appeared at (374-383cm-1) were attributed to stretching vibrations of υ (m-s) for c1-c5 respectively[18,19]. the absorption bands appeared at (450478cm-1) were attributed to stretching vibrations of υ (m-o) for c1-c5 respectively [1]. while the weak absorption bands appeared at (3409.91-3446.56 cm-1) were assigned to υ(h2o) , υ (oh) [5,20]. the ir spectra of ligand and its co-complex (c1) are shown in the figures(3and 4) and the data listed in the table(3). molar conductance the molar conductance of all synthesized complexes were measured in dmso at room temperature. the values obtained lie in the range (3.3-24.0 s.cm2.mol-1), these indicate that all the synthesized complexes are non-electrolyte. the data of molar conductance were listed in the table(4). magnetic susceptibility according to the magnetic moment values, all synthesized complexes are paramagnetic except complexes (c4 and c5) are diamagnetic because the zinc and cadmium ions have filled d-orbital. the data of magnetic susceptibilities were listed in the table(4). electronic spectra the uv-vis. spectra of the ligand and its metal complexes were established in mixed of ethanol and acetone (2:1) at (10-4m) at room temperature in the region (200-1100)nm. the ligand showed bands at (265,335) nm assign to ( π→ π* and n→π*) transitions , which are shifted to [(263,311), (291, 326), (273, 327), (266, 334), and (320)] nm in c1-c5 respectively[16,22]. in addition the ligand spectrum showed three high intensity bands appeared in the near visible region at (381,400,and 475) nm were assigned to intra-ligand charge transfer (ilct), which are shifted to [(411,434,464), (406,430), (418), (415), (410)] nm in the(c1-c5) respectively [21,23]. while c1 appeared bands at (709, 787, 806) nm, c2 appeared three bands at (544, 592,and 649) nm, and c3 appeared band at(680)nm and these bands were attributed to d-d transitions[17,18,22]. there is no d-d transition in c4, and c5 213 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 because of fill d-orbital in the zn and cd ions. the electronic spectra of the ligand and its cocomplex (c1) were shown in the figures (5 and 6) and their data were listed in table(4). the nmr spectra 1hnmr spectra the 1hnmr spectra for ligand and its (zn(ii)-l) (c4) complex were registered in dmso as solvent. the free ligand showed multiple peaks from δ(7.228.07ppm) refer to aromatic ring which are shifted to δ (6.96-8.07ppm) in the c4 [17,24,25]. the peak appeared at δ(9.2ppm) referred to the proton of azomethine group (ch=n) in the ligand that was shifted to δ( 9.50 ppm) in the c4 complex[21,25]. the peak appeared at δ (4.60ppm) was attributed to chemical shift of s-ch2 proton for ligand and shifted to δ(4.41 ppm) in the c4 complex [4,16].the peak appearance of a signal at δ (11.08 ppm) attributed to oharomatic for ligand that sifted to δ (10.00 ppm) in the c4complex[14, 25]. the peak appeared at δ (13.50 ppm) was attributed to nh group for ligand [4,26,27]. the 1hnmr of complexes show no more v(n-h) peak but do no exhibit a δ (c=s) band since the thiones groups was relatively unstable in the monomeric forms and have a tendency to change into more stable thiol form by enethiolization process[14]. the weak peak appeared at δ (2.09 ppm) and sharp peak appeared at δ (1.91ppm ) refer to ch3 of ethanol in ligand and its zn-complex, and the peak appeared at δ(3.42-3.6) ppm refer to protons of h2o of moisture for dmso in the ligand and refer to water molecule in the zn complex, the peak appeared at δ(2.51-2.68)ppm referred to the solvent [28,29] . the 1hnmr spectrum of (l) and its zn-complex (c4) are shown in the figures (7 and 8) and listed in the table (5). 13cnmr spectra in the free ligand, the aromatic carbons appeared in the range δ(109.13136.90 ppm) which were shifted to δ(106.96-138.65ppm) in the c4 [30,31]. the peak appeared at δ (158.27ppm) referred to the c-oh for naphthalene ring for ligand which was shifted to δ (162.50ppm) in the c4, the azomethine group appeared a peak at δ(146.09 ppm) in the ligand which was shifted to δ(154.30ppm) in the c4 [4,16]. the peak appeared at δ(194.42ppm) in the ligand which referred to δ(c=s). the peak appeared at δ(172.15ppm)which was assigned to δ(c-s) in the c4 [4,30].the methyl carbons of the ligand appeared at δ(37.45ppm), which was shifted to δ (34.18 ppm) in the c4 [4].the peak appeared at (39.23-40.08 ppm ) was corresponded to the solvent peak (dmso). the 13cnmr spectra for (l) and its zn-complex (c4) were shown in the figures (9 and 10) and listed in the table (6). according to the spectral data and measurements mentioned above of the synthesized complexes, the suggested structures of these complexes (c1,c2,c4 and c5) were concluded as octahedral geometry except copper-complex(c3) was appeared as a distorted octahedral as shown in figures(11-15). conclusion the schiff base (l) was found to be linked with [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] ions through nitrogen atom of azomethane group , sulfur atom of thiocarbonyl, and oxygen atom of hydroxyl group. the chemical structure for the ligand and its complexes have been studied by different physiochemical techniques ftir, nmr, uv-vis spectroscopies, thermal analysis ,atomic absorption, conductivity measurements, magnetic susceptibilities and element analysis were gave a results corresponding to mole ratio of (2:1) and the structures of the 214 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesized complexes was octahedral geometry expect the cu-complex was distorted octahedral geometry. references 1. adeola ,a., j. (2009) “metal(ii) schiff base complexes and the insulin-mimetic studies on the oxovanadium(iv) complexes”, thesis. 213. 2. mohammad, m.s., and suhair, s. d. (2007) “synthesis of some schiff's bases derivatives from aminoazo compounds”, um-salama science journal, 4(3), 1-4. 3. lekhal (2014) “studies on the synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial applications of rare earth metal schiff base complexes”, thesis, 280. 4. siliveru, s. and parthasarathy, t. (2012) ” synthesis of sulfonamide based schiff’s base and their biological evaluation towards colletotrichum gloeosporioides”, international research journal of pharmacy, (3), 213-215. 5. mohammed, k., b.; ibrahim, m.; tahir, m.; karen, a. and teng-jin k. (2013)” synthesis, characterization, and bioactivity of schiff bases and their cd2+, zn2+, cu2+, and ni2+ complexes derived from chloroacetophenone isomers with s-benzyldithiocarbazate and the x-ray crystal structure of s-benzyl-n-(4-chlorophenyl) methylene dithiocarbazate”, bioinorganic chemistry and applications, (2013), 13. 6. abdullah, m. a. and khadija, o. b. (2007) ” synthesis of some new anils: part 1. reaction of 2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde and 2-hydroxynaphtha aldehyde with 2-aminopyridene and 2aminopyrazine” , molecules, (12), 1796-1804. 7. saleem1, l.m.n. and sultan ,r.h. (2014) ” keto-enol tautomerism of schiff-bases derived from 2-hydroxy naphthaldehyde and substituted aniline with lsr pr (fod)3”, international journal of enhanced research in science technology & engineering, (3), 167-172. 8. isam, h.,t. (2014)“physico chemical and in-vitro microbial studies of newly synthesis organometallic complexes”, the electronic journal of chemistry, (6), 6. 9. nadiah ,a., and uwaisulqarni. o. (2013) “synthesis and characterization of co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii), zn(ii) and ni(ii) complexes of schiff base ligand derived from s-benzyldithiocarbazate (sbdtc) and acetophenone with their biological activity studies”, iosr journal of engineering, (3), 38-50. 10. aliyu ,h. n. (2011) ” synthesis, physicochemical characterization and microbial activity of n, n’ bis(2-hydroxyl-1-naphthalyl) propylene diiminato metal (ii) complexes”, journal of asian scientific research, 1(8), 399-406. 11. pulak, d. and sukalyan, b. (2011) “liquid–liquid extraction of silver (i) with 2-hydroxy1-naphthaldehyde thiosemicarbazone into cyclohexene from nitrate medium in presence of neutral oxygen donor compounds” , int.j. chem.tech res., 3(3), 1349-1358. 12. al-amin, a. m.; islam, a.; sheikh, m. c.; alam, m. s.; zangrando, e.; alam, m. a.; tarafder, m. t. h. and miyatake, r. (2014),” synthesis, characterization and bio-activity of a bidentate ns schiff base of s-allyldithiocarbazate and its divalent metal complexes: x-ray crystal structures of the free ligand and its nickel(ii) complex”, transition met chem ., ( 39), 141–149. 215 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 13.garima, m.;robina., a.; chetan, s. and smita, c. (2013) ” synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial evaluation of diorganotin(iv) complexes of schiff base”, indian journal of advances in chemical science, 1(3), 157-163. 14. tarafder, m.; khoo, t. j.; crouse, k. a.; ali, a. m.; yamin, b. m. and fun, h.-k. (2002) “coordination chemistry and bioactivity of ni2+, cu2+, cd2+ and zn2+ complexes containing bidentate schiff base derived from s-benzyldithiocarbazate and the x-ray crystal structure of bis[s-benzyl-ß-n-(5-methy-2furylmethylene)dithiocarbazato]cadmium(ii)” , polyhedron , 21 (2002) , 2547-2554. 15. mohammed, m. a.; moudar ,m. a. and salim, j. m. (2012) “synthesis and characterization of co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii) complexes with aroyl hydrazonemonoximes”, raf. j. sci., (23), 51-69. 16. abeer ,k.,y.; and isam, h.,t. (2013) and “preparation, characterization and spectroscopic study of new tridentate schiff base and its cu(ii), ni(ii) and zn(ii) metal complexes”, j. baghdad for sci., 10(1), 198-206. 17. gehad, g. m.; mohamed, m. o. and ahmed, m. h. (2006) ” metal complexes of schiff bases: preparation, characterization, and biological activity”, turk .j. chem.,(30), 361-382. 18. shakru, r.; subhashini, n. j. p.; sathish, k. k. and shivaraj, (2010) “synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies on cobalt (ii), nickel (ii), copper (ii) and zinc (ii) complexes of n, o, s donor schiff bases”, j. chem. pharm. res., 2(1), 38-46. 19. pearly. s. c. (2007) ” studies on some new schiff base complexes of ruthenium and neodymium”, thesis, 190. 20. adedibu, c. t.; and joshua, a. o. (2011) “divalent metal complexes of 4-amino-npyrimidin-2-ylbenzene sulphonamide and their antimalarial activities against plasmodium berghei”, bull. chem. soc. ethiop., 25(3), 371-380. 21. gomathi,v.; selvameena, r.; subbalaksshmi, r. and valarmathy, g. (2013) “synthesis, spectral characterization and antimicrobial screening of mn(ii), and zn(ii) complexes derived from (e)-1-1((p-tolylimino) methyl) naphthalene-2-ol ”, orient. j. chem., (29), 533538. 22. sreesha ,s. i. (2008) “transition metal complexes of schiff bases withazide and thiocyanate as collgands: spectral and structural investigations”, (2008), thesis, 1-262. 23. selen, b.; zeynel,k.; zeliha, h.; tuncer, h. and serap, .s. (2009)” intramolecular hydrogen bonding and tautomerism in schiff bases:part vi. syntheses and structural investigation of salicylaldimine and naphthaldimine derivatives”, j. chem. sci., (121), 989–1001. 24. gupta ,v.k.; jain ,a.k. and gaurav, m. (2007) ” synthesis, characterization and pb(ii) ion selectivity of n, n´-bis(2-hydroxy-1-napthalene)-2,6-pyridiamine (bhnpd)”, int. j. electrochem. sci.,(2), 102 -112. 25. robina ,a.; garima, m.; manju, l.u. and tripti ,g. (2013), “triorganotin(iv) complexes of schiff base derived from glycine: synthesis, characteristic spectral studies and antifungal activity”, chem. sci .trans., 2(2), 389-394. 26. muhammad, k. r. (2010) “solution-phase synthesis of a combinatorial n,n′-disubstituted thiourea library: complexation, characterization and biological studies”, thesis, 231. 216 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 27. fikriye, t. e.; ulvi, a. and nebahat, d. (2011) ”synthesis and characterization of new thiourea derivatives substituted 1,10phenanthroline and crown ether”,main group chemistry, (10), 17-23. 28. surya, g. k. p.;tisa, e. t.; inessa, b. and arjun, p. (2008) “efficient green synthesis of αaminonitriles, precursors of α-amino acids”, royal society of chemistry, (10), 1105-1110. 29. reda, a.a. a. and abdel-nasser, m. a. a. (2013) “synthesis, spectroscopic characterization and potentiometric studies of a tetradentate [n2o2] schiff base, n,n'-bis(2hydroxybenzylidene)-1,1-diaminoethane and its co(ii),ni(ii),cu(ii) and zn(ii) complexes”, int. j. electrochem. sci., (8) , 8686 – 8699. 30. tarjeet ,s.; ram, l. and girija, .s. s. (2013), “chemoselective n-benzoylation of aminophenols employing benzoylisothiocyanates” , arabian journal of chemistry, 1-4. 31. jaigeeth, d. and prashant, s. p. (2010) “biodegradation of phenanthrene by alcaligenes sp. strain pph: partial puri¢cationand characterization of1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid hydroxylase”, fems microbiol lett , (311), 93–101. table (1): physical properties and analytical data of ligand and its metal complexes. sym. color decom. temp. (m.p.)oc %yield % element analysis found (cal.) % metal found (cal.) %c %h %n %s l yellow 204-206 70 63.98 (63.33) 4.79 (5.52) 7.76 7.03 16.80 16.08 c1 brown 186 68 59.43 (59.02) 4.41 (4.28) 6.88 (7.06) 13.29 (16.14) 7.15 (7.42) c2 brown >260 66 59.48 (58.84) 4.03 (4.53) 6.76 (6.86) 13.93 (15.69) 7.31 (7.19) c3 green 172 70 57.77 (57.71) 3.96 (4.80) 5.64 (6.56) 14.34 (15.01) 7.44 (7.45) c4 golden yellow 230 64 57.48 (57.74) 4.81 (4.57) 5.75 (6.73) 14.89 (15.37) 7.35 (7.86) c5 yellow 240 68 52.74 (53.19) 3.58 (4.43) 5.81 (6.20) 11.93 (14.18) 12.00 (12.45) 217 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (2):the thermal analysis data (tg and dtg) of ligand and its metals complexes. comp. step temp.range of decomposition at tg oc peak temp. at dtg oc suggested formula of loss % mass loss found cal. l 1 140-430 240 etoh, c6h6ch2 c10h6(oh)ch 73.70 73.62 2 430-595 540 cnhn 9.38 10.30 3 > 595 s2 16.91 16.08 c1 1 180-455 234.8 0.5 etoh, 0.5h2o, c10h6, c6h5ch2, c6h5 41.67 41.11 2 455-592 499.7 c10h6chnncss,h hcnn 35.69 36.07 3 >592 oh, ch2scs, coo 22.63 22.94 c2 1 160-290 220 etoh, 0.5h2o, c10h6oh 24.55 24.15 2 290322 312 c10h5ch2s 14.31 15.07 3 322-455 372 c6h5ch2 11.53 11.15 4 455-595 518 c6h5ch(oh)chn, ncs 28.23 27.83 5 >595 chnncs, nis 21.42 21.53 c3 1 165-315 240 1.5etoh,h2o 2c10h6ch 42.18 42.82 2 315395 355 c6h5ch2 10.11 10.67 3 395-595 495 c6h5ch2scsnn, s, c,h 28.54 28.15 4 >595 nns, oh ,cuo 19.19 18.36 c4 1 80-210 108 etoh , h2o c3h3 11.63 12.39 2 210-405 323 c3h2 ch2 , 2c10h6 36.37 36.56 3 405-590 273 c10h7scnnch, scnnch 31.38 31.39 4 >592 183.3 oh,s2 ,zno 20.62 19.64 c5 1 180-310 273.4 etoh, 2h2o, c6h5ch2 c10h6ch, 34.53 34.79 2 310-595 531.3 c6h5ch2, hcn,nhn 24.52 24.04 3 >595 chnncss,nncss, oh,h, cdo 40.97 41.37 218 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table(3): infrared spectral data of ligand and its complexes. comp. υ c=n cm-1 υ c=s cm-1 υ c-n cm-1 υ c-s cm-1 υ h2o cm-1 υ m-n cm-1 υ m-s cm-1 υ m-o cm-1 l 1622.02 1083.92 1319.22 3420 _ _ c1 1616.24 1336.56 987.49 3421.48 550.00 379.95 450.00 c2 1616.24 1338.51 1000.00 3446.56 553.53 383.81 470.60 c3 1616.02 1336.58 985.56 3421.48 540.03 379.95 478.31 c4 1620.21 1330.88 983.70 3433.29 536.17 374.16 464.81 c5 1618.17 1325.01 975.91 3409.91 528.46 360.60 462.88   table (4): the electronic data and conductivity measurement of ligand and its complexes. comp wave length λ(nm) wave no. ῡ (cm -1 ) assignment molar. cond. (s. cm 2 mol-1) μeff (b.m) suggested geometry l 265 335 381 400 475 37736 29851 21186 25000 26247 π→ π* n→π* ic.t ic.t ic.t c1 263 311 411 434 464 709 787 806 38023 32154 24331 23041 21552 14104 12706 12406 π→ π* n→π* c.t. l→m c.t. l→m c.t. l→m 4t1g(f)→ 4t1g(p) 4t1g(f)→4a2g(f) 4t1g(f)→4t2g(f) 13.0 4.5 octahedral c2 291 326 406 430 544 592 649 24691 23256 24691 23256 18382 16891 15408 π→ π* n→ π* c.t. l→m c.t. l→m 3a2g(f)→3t1g(p) 3a2g(f)→3t1g (f) 3a2g(f)→3t2g (f) 9.5 2.5 octahedral c3 234 249 273 327 418 680 42735 40161 36630 30581 23923 14706 π→ π* π→ π* π→ π* n→ π* c.t. l→m 2eg→2t2g 24.0 1 distorted octahedral c4 266 334 415 37594 29940 24096 π→ π* n → π* c.t. l→m 5.0 diamagnetic octahedral c5 320 410 31250 24390 n → π* c.t. l→m 3.3 diamagnetic octahedral 219 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 table (5): the 1hnmr spectral data of ligand and its complexes. assignment l zn(l)2 ar-h δ(7.228.07ppm) δ (6.96-8.07 ppm) ch=n δ(9.20 ppm) δ(9.50ppm) s-ch2 δ(4.60ppm) δ(4.41ppm) ar-oh δ(11.08ppm) δ(10.00ppm) cs nh δ(13.50ppm) ch3 δ(2.03ppm) δ(1.89ppm) table (6): the 13cnmr spectral data of ligand and its complexes. assignments l zn(l)2 ar-c δ(109.13136.90 ppm) δ (106.96-138.65 ppm) ch=n δ(146.09 ppm) δ(154.3ppm) s-ch2 δ(37.45ppm) δ(34.18ppm) c-oh δ(158.27ppm) δ(162.50ppm) cs δ(194.42ppm) δ(172.15ppm) ch3 δ (37.45 ppm) δ (34.18 ppm) figure (1): thermograph of l. 220 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (2): thermograph of c1. figure (3): the ftir spectrum of l. 221 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (4): the ftir spectrum of c1. figure (5): the electronic spectrum for l. 222 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (6): the electronic spectrum for c1. figure (7): the 1hnmr spectrum of l. 223 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure (8): the 1hnmr spectrum of c4. figure (9): the 13 cnmr spectrum of l. figure (10): the 13 cnmr spectrum of c4. 224 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 figure(11): the structure of [co(l1)2](0.5h2o) figure(12): the structure of [ni(l1)2] (0.5h2o ) (0.5 etoh). (etoh). figure (13): the structure of [cu(l1)2](h2o) figure(14): the structure of [zn(l1)2] (h2o) (1.5etoh). (etoh). figure (15): the structure of [cd(l1)2](2h2o) (etoh). 225 | chemistry 2016) عام 1العدد ( 29مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 كاربوداي نفثاليدين ) هيدرازين -1-هيدروكسي -2بنزايل (تحضير وتشخيص مع األيونات الفلزية هثايوات ومعقدات [co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] باسم أبراهيم العبدلي نور كاظم احمد بغداد قسم الكيمياء / كلية العلوم/ جامعة 2015تشرين األول//12،قبل في: 2015أيلول//17استلم في: الخالصة قاعدة شف مع ليكاند co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii), and cd(ii)] [أليونات الفلزية تحضير معقدات لتم نفثالديهايد -1هيدروكسي-2والمشتق من تفاعل ثايوات ]نفثاليدين) هيدرازين كاربوداي -1هيدروكسي-2بنزايل ([جديدة بية للمعقدات المحضرة وفقا للتحليل الدقيق للعناصر , التحليل شخصت الصيغة التركيبنزايل هيدرازين كاربوداي ثايوات. و , قياسات التوصيلية, الحساسية cnmr13 ,hnmr1المرئية ,-الحراري , االشعة تحت الحمراء, االشعة فوق البنفسجية السطوح بأستثناء ثماني أذ أظهرت هذه القياسات بأن المعقدات المحضرة ذات شكل ,المغناطيسية و االمتصاص الذري الليكاند ) ويتناسق 1:2هي ( (m:l) أن النسبة بين الليكاند وااليون الفلزي.و معقد النحاس ذي شكل ثماني السطوح المشوه ذرة النتروجين لاليزوميثين وذرة الكبريت للثايوكاربون وذرة االوكسجين السن مع االيون الفلزي من خالل ثالثيبشكل لمجموعة الهيدروكسيل. .: ليكند قاعدة شفالكلمات المفتاحية conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |112 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 modified simplex spectrophotometric determination of clonazepam via charge-transfer complexation faeza hazim zankanah sarmad bahjat dikran dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in:28/september/2016,accepted in:2/november/2016 abstract a simple, sensitive, accurate, and precise spectrophotometric method for the determination of clonazepam (clnz) was developed. the method is based on charge transfer reaction between clnz and p-bromanil (p-br) to form a colored complex. the optimum conditions of complex formation were investigated by (1). unvariable method, for the optimization of reagent concentration, base concentration, temperature, and time. (2). multivariable simplex method including the effect of three experimental factors via; reagent concentration, concentration of naoh and time. the linearity range of clnz was (1-30) μg.ml -1 at 378 nm under condition established via simplex method with molar absorptivity (1.9069x10 4 ) l.mol -1 .cm -1 , sandell's sensitivity index (0.0165) μg.cm -2 , detection limit of 0.2957μg.ml -1 , quantification limit 0.9858µg.ml -1 and association constant of the formed complex (2333.3). the proposed method has been successfully applied for the determination of clnz in pure form and pharmaceutical preparations. keywords: clonazepam, charge transfer complexation, p-bromanil, spectrophotometry. chemistry |113 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction clonazepam (clnz) is a benzodiazepine, has the iupac name (5-(2-chlorophenyl)-7nitro-1, 3-dihydro-2h-1, 4-benzodiazepin-2-one) [1] (figure 1), medically considered as an anticonvulsant drug which is broadly used in the controlling of epilepsy. it affects chemicals in the brain that may be unbalanced [2, 3]. for the importance of clnz compound, several researches have been conducted to deal with its estimation of that compound. in this respect, different methods for clnz identification have been reported in all dependent pharmacopeia, such as ir and tlc [1]; potentiometric and hplc methods [4,5]. different analytical methods have been used for the determination of clnz such as (hplc) [6, 7], (tlc) [8, 9], (lc) [10, 11], capillary electrophoresis [12] and spectrophotometry [13-15]. simplex optimization of experimental parameters was first introduced by spendley [16] and then modified by nelder [17] and aberg [18]. a simplex is a geometric figure in which there are n +1 vertices, where (n) represents the number of variables [19]. the method found a lot of applications in field of analytical chemistry [20-23], because it offers the capability of optimizing several factors simultaneously depending on a statistical design search to find out the maxima or minima of response, by rejecting the point producing the worst response and a replacement of it by the new point which is obtained statistically. the aim of this work is to develop an inexpensive, simple and fast spectrophotometric method based on charge transfer (ct) reaction between clnz as donor and bromanil (p-br) as acceptor in alkaline medium. experimental materials all the chemicals and reagents used in the present study were of analytical grade. clnz was provided by the state company for drug industries and medical appliances, samara-iraq (sdi). absolute ethanol and acetonitrile were supplied from aldrich while p-br was supplied from merck. rivotril tablets (switzerland) labeled to contain 0.5 mg of clnz per tablet was purchased from commercial source. preparation of stock and working standard solutions: a stock solution of clnz (250 µg.ml -1 ) was prepared by dissolving accurately 0.0625g of clnz in 250 ml ethanol. the stock solution was further diluted to get working concentrations of (1.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0, 25.0 and 30.0) µg.ml -1 . p -bromanil (1x10 -2 m) solution: prepared by dissolving 0.4237g of p-br in 40 ml acetonitrile and the solution was diluted to final volume of 100 ml with acetonitrile. sodium hydroxide (~ 0.4m) solution: prepared by dissolving 1.6000 g of naoh in 30 ml distilled water and diluted to 50 ml in volumetric flask with distilled water. potassium hydroxide (~0.4 m) solution: prepared by dissolving 2.2444 g of koh in 50 ml distilled water and diluted to 100 ml in volumetric flask with distilled water. preparation of sample solution: fifteen of rivotril tablets were weighed and finely powdered. a quantity of powder equivalent to 0.7545g of clnz (an equivalent amount of five tablets) was dissolved in 25 ml ethanol, left to stand for 5 min and transferred to a 50.0 ml volumetric flask and diluted with ethanol to obtain 50µg .ml -1 clnz. the solution was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or undissolved material before use. chemistry |114 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 apparatus all spectrophotometric measurements were performed using shimadzu 1800 uv-vis; with match silica cells, a sartorius bl 210s balance and water bath memmert w-200 ring were used throughout the work. general procedure for the determination of clonazepam i. under condition established by univariate method: to a series of 25ml volumetric flasks, 5.0 ml of standard solution containing (25.0-750.0) μg of clnz were transfered. then, 5.0ml of 5.0x10 -3 m p-br solution was added to each flask with shaking followed by the addition of 5.0ml of 0.2m naoh. the flasks were allowed to stand in water bath for 25 minutes at 70 o c, and completed with the ethanol .the absorbance was measured at 384.0 nm against the reagent blank. ii. under condition established by simplex method: a series of calibrated 25 ml volumetric flasks, 5.0 ml aliquots of standard solutions containing (25.0-750.0) μg of clnz and 5.0 ml of 1.0x10 -3 m p-br solution different amounts and 5.0 ml of 0.12m koh were shaking, the solution were then allowed to stand in water bath for 15 minutes at 70 o c . the volume of each flask was then completed to the mark with ethanol and the absorption value of the resulted product was measured against the corresponding reagent blank at 378.0 nm. results and discussion selection of wavelength the absorption spectra of the product solution versus reagent blank and for reagent blank versus ethanol were recorded (figure 2-i). the product shows a maximum absorption at 384.0 nm under primary test. optimization studies optimization of reagent concentration the effect of p-br concentration on the colour intensity of the product was examined in the range of 1.0x10 -3 to 9.0x10 -3 m. however, 1 ml of 5.0 x 10 -3 m p-br is found to be suitable for quantitative determination of clnz as well as for attainment of maximum and reproducible colour intensity (figure 3-a). optimization of koh concentration the effect of different concentrations in the range of (0.04 0.40m) of koh on the absorbance has been investigated. figure 3-b shows that 1.0 ml of 0.2m koh solution was optimum and it was recommended for the subsequent experiment. optimization of the base type the effect of 0.2 m solution of different bases (naoh, koh and na 2 co3) was investigated (table 1(. it was found that naoh solution gives the maximum absorption intensity of the colored complex, which is used for the following experiments. optimization of heating time the absorbance of the developed colored complex with respect to different time intervals (1-35 minutes) was investigated (figure 4-a). constant absorbance value was obtained of the 25 min of heating, which is used in the subsequent experiments. chemistry |115 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 optimization of temperature the effect of different heating temperatures (10 to 100 °c) was examined and the results are depicted (figure 4-b). the absorbance attains maximum colour intensity at temperature 70 °c, while higher temperatures gave no satisfactory results because the product solution starts to show a slight turbidity. optimization of solvent type different organic solvents (ethanol, methanol, acetone, dmso, benzene, toluene and acetonitrile) have been tried for dissolving the reagent by studies on the absorbance. acetonitrile was found to be the most suitable solvent and also gives optimum stability of the absorbance values of the formed charge transfer complexes (table 2). optimization of diluting solvent the effect of solvent on the absorptivity of the clnz-br complexes was studied by using different solvents (absolute ethanol, ethanol: h2o (1:1), h2o and acetonitrile) for diluting the reaction mixture. ethanol was proved to be the most suitable diluting solvent (table 3). sequence of addition different orders of addition of reagents were experimented (figure 5-a). it was found that the order of addition: clnz + p-br + base was efficient in producing the obtained results. stability the effect of time on formed charge transfer product was investigated by allowing standing for varying times. the results showed that the complex remains stable at least for 60 minutes (figure 5-b). simplex method simplex method is used to confirm the optimum conditions, which were obtained by the univariate procedure. the simplex procedure (table 4) optimized three major parameters: reagent concentration, concentration of naoh and heating time. after setting the boundary conditions for each variables (table 5), four (n + 1) arbitrary experimental conditions were chosen, within specified boundaries for each, at which they affected the measured absorption signal of the colored product (experiments 1 4 in table 4). the absorbance of these four experiments was fed into the modified multisimplex program, which starts to reflect the worst point through the centroid of other points to obtain a new point 5. an experiment was then performed utilizing the variable setting as a reflected point; because this value was better than that at point 3, the latter was rejected and replaced by point 5. a measured absorption signal was fed again to the program and the process was repeated successively until optimum conditions were obtained similarly to those obtained by the univariate method. final absorption spectra figure 2-ii shows the final spectra of charge transfer product which exhibits maximum at 384 nm, 378nm under the univariate conditions and simplex method respectively. validation of beer’s law (linearity, accuracy and precision) according to the optimum conditions, linear calibration graph was obtained by plotting absorbance versus varying concentration of clnz and beer’s law is valid over the concentration range of 1.0-30.0 μg.ml -1 for both univariate and simplex methods (figures 6-a b) at 384nm and 378 nm respectively. table (6) shows the different analytical parameters obtained such as slope, intercept, correlation coefficient, sandell’s sensitivity, molar chemistry |116 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 absorptivity (ε), standard deviation, limit of quantification, limit of detection and relative standard deviation. the precision and accuracy of the univariate and simplex methods were evaluated by performing three replicate analyses on pure drug solutions at three different concentration levels within the beer’s law limits. the percent error (re %) and relative standard deviation (rsd) values presented in table (7) reveal the high accuracy and precision of the methods. stoichiometric ratio the stoichiometric ratio of the reactants was determined by employing job’s method of continuous variation [24] and molar ratio method [25]. the results indicated that the interaction occurs between equimolar solutions of clnz and p-br and the complex was formed in the ratio of 1:1 as illustrated in figures (7 –a  b) and scheme 1. association constant (benesi–hildebrand equation) the association constants of clnzp-br complex has been calculated via benesihildebrand equation [26]: where [aº] is the initial concentration of acceptor, [dº] is the initial concentration of donor. a ct is the absorbance of the charge transfer complex, ε ct and k ct are the molar absorptivity and association constant of the complex respectively. a straight line was obtained by plotting [a o ]/a ct versus 1/ [d o ] (figure8) and the calculated parameters are presented in table (9). interferences study the results showed that no interferences were found in the presence of 10 μg.ml -1 of the studied excipients (lactose, sucrose and glucose) in the determination of clonazepam. (table 10). application of the method to pharmaceutical preparation (commercial tablet) the proposed method was applied successfully to determine clnz in the commercial dosage form as tablets (0.5 mg/tablet) and the obtained results are given in table (11). the recommended method was statistically compared with other methods, no significant differences were found between the calculated and theoretical values of ttest at 95% and 90% and ftest at 95% confidence limit (table 12). analytical application by standard additions method (sam) standard addition method has been followed to check the validity of the proposed method. good recoveries suggesting non-interference were obtained as presented in figure (9a and b). conclusion a charge-transfer complexation between clnz with p-br reagent occurred with a 1:1 stoichiometry and maximum wavelength of absorption at 378 nm. the proposed method is beneficial over univariate method due to its sensitivity, accuracy, low relative standard deviation and high percentage of recovery and therefore it can be used in rapid quantitative determination of clnz in both pure and dosage form. chemistry |117 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 references 1. british pharmacopeia, (2013) cd-rom her majesty, s stationary office, london. 2. dahlin, m.g., amark, p.e., nergårdh, a.r.; amark; nergårdh (january 2003). "reduction of seizures with low-dose clonazepam in children with epilepsy". pediatr. neurol. 28 (1): 48–52. doi: 10.1016/s0887-8994(02)00468-x. pmid 12657420. 3. martindale, (2009), the complete drug reference, pharmaceutical press, 36th edition, 478-479. 4. the indian pharmacopoeia, (2010), the indian pharmacopoeia commission, ghaziabad, 6th edition, ii: 1111-1114. 5. united state pharmacopoeia, (2007) rockville, usp convention, inc, 30th edition 17951797. 6. bhimanadhuni, c. n., garikapati, d. o.and usha r.,(2012)," development and validation of an rp-hplc method for the simultaneous determination of escitalopram oxalate and clonazepam in bulk and its pharmaceutical formulations", international current pharmaceutical journal, 1(8): 193-198. 7. patil, p.m.; wankhede, s. b. and chaudhari, p. d., (2015)," a validated stability– indicating hplc method estimation of clonazepam in the bulk drug and pharmaceutical dosage form", pharm anal acta, 6:2. 8. thangaduraia, s., dhanalakshmia, a., and kannan m. s. (2013)," separation and detection of certain benzodiazepines by thin-layer chromatography" malaysian journal of forensic sciences 4(1). 9. khedkar, t. s.; reddy, y. r., and mali, b. d., (2012)," a thin-layer chromatographic chromatography detection of some benzodiazepines "international journal of medical, legal medicine. 15. 10. john, c.; ghosh, p.; varshney, k. m. ; kaur, s.; shukla, s. k. and satyanarayana s., (2014)," determination of clonazepam in human hair and nail using liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (lc-ms/ms)", journal of liquid chromatography & related technologies, 37:1917–1928. 11. jing, d.; yintao, s.; and junwei w., (2014)," qualitative and quantitative analysis of clonazepam and its metabolite 7-aminoclonazepam in blood by lc-tandem qtof/ms and lc-ms/ms", forensic sci sem, 4(1): 45-52. 12. wo´zniakiewicz, a.; wietecha-posłuszny, r.; wo´zniakiewicz, m.; bryczek, and e., ko´scielniak p., (2015)," a quick method for determination of psychoactive agents in serum and hair by using capillary electrophoresis and mass spectrometry", journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis 111, 177–185. 13. hadi, h.,(2015) "spectrophotometric determination of clonazepam in pure and dosage forms using charge transfer reaction, iraqi j pharm sci,.24(1). 14. ibrahim, f., el-enany, n., shalan, s., and and elsharaway r.,(2016)," validated spectrofluorometric method for the determination of clonazepam in pharmaceutical preparations", department of analytical chemistry, university of mansoura, mansoura, egypt, 31, 3, 682–687. 15. karajgi, s.; patil, a.; and kotnal, r., (2016)," area under curve uv spectrophotometric method for the determination of clonazepam in tablets" human journals, 6 (2): 314-323. 16. snežana, s. m.; aleksandra, n. p.;snežana, b. t.; emilija, t. p.; milan, n. m. and milan b. s., (2012)," development and application of ligand-exchange reaction method for the determination of clonazepam", tropical journal of pharmaceutical; 11 (1): 91-98. chemistry |118 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 17. spendley, w.; hext, g.r.; and himusworth, f.r.t. (1962) application of simplex designs in optimisation and evolutionary sequential operation, journal of technometrics. 4: 441462. 18. nelder, j. a. and mead, r. a. (1965) asimplex method for function minimization, computer journal, 7: 308-313. 19. aberg, e. r. and gustavsson, a.g.t. (1982) design and evaluation of modified simplex methods, analytica chemica acta, 144:39-53. 20. walters, f. h.; parker, l. r.; morgan, s. l.; and deming, s. n. (1991) sequentialsimplex optimization, 1st, crc press,inc., boca raton, florida, 44. 21. momenbeik, f.; momeniz, z. and kharasani, h., j.,(2005) separation and determination of vitamins e and a in multivitamin sy rup using micellar liquid chromatography and simplex optimization, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 37(2): 383387. 22. murillo pulgarn, j.a.; alanon molina, a. and alanon pardo, m .t. (2002) the use of modified simplex method to optimize the room temperature phosphorescence variables in the determination of an antihypertensive drug, journal of talanta, 57, 795-805. 23. tinoi, j.; rakariyatham, n. and deming, r.l. (2005) simplex optimization of carotenoid production by rhodotorula glutinis using hydrolyzed mung bean waste flour as substrate, journal of process biochemistry 40, 7: 2551-2557. 24. yoe, j. h., and jones, a. l. (1944) colorimetric determination of iron with disodium-1, 2 dihydroxybenzene-3, 5-disulfonate, anal. chem.16, 111-5. 25. delvie, r. (1997). "principles of quantitative chemical analysis", international edn. mcgraw-hill inc., singapore, 498 p. 26. benesi, h. a., and hildebrand, j. h. (1949). a spectrophotometric investigation of the interaction of iodine with aromatic hydrocarbons. journal of the american chemical society, 71(8), 2703-2707. 27. al-abachi, m. q. hammoudi, m. a. (2015)," batch and flow injection spectrophotometric methods for the determination of clonazepam in pharmaceutical preparations via oxidative coupling with pyrocatechol"iraqi journal of science, vol 56, .2a, and: 898-908. 28. mouayedq.,hadi h. (2015) flow injectionspectrophotometric determination of clonazepam based on its oxidative condensation with promethazine hydrochloride, almustansiriyah journal of science,. 26, 1. table (1): effect of type of bases. type of bases(0.2m) absorbance naoh 0.5521 koh 0.5333 lioh.h2o 0.3748 na2co3 0.3509 chemistry |119 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (2): effect of different types of solvent on the absorbance of 10µg.ml -1 clnz. table (3): effect of different diluting solvents on the absorbance of 10µg.ml -1 clnz. table (4): boundary of simplex independent variables for determination of clnz. variable minimum boundary maximum boundary step size con. of p-br (m) 1.0x10 -3 9.0x10 -3 1.0x10 -3 con. of naoh (m) 0.04 0.40 0.04 time(minute) 0.0 35.0 5.0 table (5): simplex method for determination of 10µg.ml -1 clnz. solvent absorbance acetonitrile 0.6327 methanol 0.4370 acetone 0.2142 ethanol 0.5633 dmso 0.6515 benzene immiscible toluene immiscible solvent absorbance acetonitrile 0.6845 h2o 0.2460 ethanol 0.6327 ethanol: h2o 0. 4998 exp.no factors absorbance at 378 nm con.of p-bromanil (m x 10 -3 ) con. of naoh (m) heating time (minute) 1 1.0 0.08 5.0 0.6643 2 6.0 0.32 20.0 0.5840 3 5.0 0.04 1.0 0.3294 4 2.0 0.04 11.0 0.6877 5 1.0 0.20 20.0 0.6485 6 1.0 0.04 0.0 0.6600 7 2.0 0.04 0.0 0.2826 8 1.0 0.12 15.0 0.7015 9 1.0 0.16 25.0 0.6568 10 1.0 0.08 15.0 0.6667 11 1.0 0.12 25.0 0.6544 12 1.0 0.08 10.0 0.6911 13 1.0 0.12 10.0 0.6481 chemistry |120 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (6): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of clnz by univariate and simplex methods. parameter univariate method simplex method λmax (nm) 384.0 378.0 colour purple yellow linearity, (μg. ml -1 ) 1.0-30.0 1.0-30.0 regression equation y=0.0567x +0.0329 y=0.0604x +0.0544 slope (ml. µg -1 ) 0.0567 0.0604 intercept 0.0329 0.0544 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9983 0.9986 molar absorptivity (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) ε =17963.967 ε =19068.956 sandell's sensitivity(µg.cm -2 ) 0.0176 0.0165 *detection limit (µg.ml -1 ) 0.0632 0.0594 **quantification limit (µg.ml -1 ) 0.2108 0.1979 *lod = 3.3 σ /s , **loq = 10 σ/s table (7): evaluation of accuracy and precision via intra-day and inter-day. method taken con. (μg. ml -1 ) intra-day accuracy and precision inter-day accuracy and precision found* (μg. ml -1 ) re% rsd% found* (μg. ml -1 ) re% rsd% univariate 5.00 4.975 -0.500 1.6470 4.890 -2.200 1.930 12.00 12.046 0.300 1.0242 12.110 0.900 1.545 20.00 19.880 -1.000 1.5180 19.604 -1.978 1.848 simplex 3.00 3.020 0.670 0.3340 3.042 1.334 0.827 15.00 15.145 0.967 0.1285 15.170 1.130 0.289 25.00 24.861 0.563 0.2060 24.890 0.440 0.244 *average of three measurements. table (8): analytical parameters for the analysis of clnz by the proposed and other methods. methods linearity (µg.ml -1 ) max (nm) correlation coefficient ( r) recovery% rsd% ref. proposed method 1.0-30.0 378 0.9986 96.50 97.90 0.846-1.253 spectrophotometric 5.0-40.0 532 0.9984 99.10 104.11 1.07 4.32 [13] spectrofluorometric 0.1-0.5 383 0.9999 99.33 101.55 0.776 [14] spectrophotometric 0.32 – 4.1 425 0.9985 97.28 103.12 1.53 3.39 [15] rp-hplc 20.0-120.0 -----0.9992 99.41-99.95 ------[6] hplc 5.0 – 25.0 254 0.9993 99.00-101.00 0.22220.5810 [7] chemistry |121 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (9): parameters from benesi–hildebrand plot for the formed complex. parameter value intercept 7e-05 slope 3e-08 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9973 *ε ct (l.mol-1.cm-1) 14285.7 ** k ct 2333.3 log k ct 3.367 *** δgº, j/mol -22112.7 δgº,kj/mol -22.1127 * ε ct = 1/intercept ** k ct = intercept/slope *** (δgº=-2.303rt log k ct ) table (10): percent recovery for 10 µg.ml -1 of clnz in the presence of 10µg.ml -1 of excipient. recovery% con. found µg.ml -1 excipients 107.00 10.56 sucrose 105.00 10.71 glucose 106.00 10.66 lactose 102.89 10.29 starch table (11): determination of clnz in pharmaceutical tablet. *average of three determinations. table (12): tand fvalues for the analysis of 10 µg.ml -1 clnz in pharmaceutical compound. x n s.d tvalues a f-valuesb ref. 19.580 3 0.1874 3.8799 ---------proposed method c 19.880 4 0.3698 1.266 3.8961 [13] 20.139 5 0.3242 2.6763 2.9945 [27] 19.970 4 0.1997 2.6192 1.1362 [28] a. theoretical value for t-test: n=2(4.303), n=3(3.182) and n=4(2.776) at 95% confidence limit. b. theoretical values for f-test : n = (3,2), at 95% is (19.16) and n= (4,2) at 95% is (19.25) c. clonazepam 0.5mg/tablet, switzerland. clonazepam (0.5mg tablet) switzerland found amount mg conc. taken µg.ml -1 conc.* found µg.ml -1 recovery * % s.d* rsd* % 0.4825 5.0 4.8250 96.50 0.0408 0.8457 0.4879 10.0 9.7593 97.65 0.1223 1.2533 0.4883 20.0 19.5802 97.90 0.1874 0.9571 chemistry |122 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (1): chemical structure of clonazepam. figure (2): absorption spectra a-(ii) 10 μg.ml. -1 of clonazepam only against ethanol. b. 10 μg.ml. -1 of clonazepam against reagent blank: (i)-under primary test. (ii) -under the optimum conditions c. 10 μg.ml. -1 of clonazepam under simplex conditions d. the reagent blank measured against ethanol. figure (3): (a) effect of p-br concentration. (b) effect of koh concentration on the absorbance of 10μg.ml -1 of clnz. 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 1.0 5.0 9.0 a b so rb a n ce concentration of p-br( m) x 10-3 a 0.36 0.41 0.46 0.51 0.56 0.04 0.13 0.22 0.31 0.4 a b so rb a n ce concetration of koh(m) b chemistry |123 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (4): (a) effect of heating time. (b)effect of temperature on the absorbance of 10μg.ml -1 of clnz. figure (5): (a) effect of order of addition (d: drug, r: reagent, b: base) (b) effect of time on the stability of clnzp-br complex (10 μg ml-1). figure (6): calibration graph for clnz by (a) univariate method (b) the simplex condition. figure (7): (a) job’s method of continuous variation (b) mole ratio method ([clz], [p-br] = 1.5x10 -5 m, λmax=387nm). 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 1 9 17 25 33 a b so rb a n ce heating time(minute) a 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 a b so rb a n ce tempreature (oc) b 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 1 2 3 a b so rb a n ce number order of addition a r+b+d r+d+b d+b+r 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.67 1 11 21 31 41 51 a b so rb a n ce time(minute) b y = 0.0567x + 0.0329 r² = 0.9969 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0 10 20 30 a b so rb a n ce µg clnz/25 ml a y = 0.0604x + 0.0544 r² = 0.9973 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 10 20 30 a b so rb a ce µg clnz / 25ml b 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.0 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.0 a b so rb a n ce mole fraction of clnz a 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 a b so rb a n ce molar ratio p-br to clnz b chemistry |124 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (8): benesi–hildebrand plot for clnz –p-br complex. figure (9): determination of clnz in tablet (rivotril) by sam (a) (0.5 ml from 50 µg.ml -1 ). (b) (1.0 ml from 50 µg.ml -1 ). scheme (1): charge transfer complex formed between clnz and p-br. y = 8e-09x + 2e-05 r² = 0.9948 1.0e-04 1.5e-04 2.0e-04 2.5e-04 3.0e-04 10000 20000 30000 [a o ] / a c t ( m o l/ l) 1/[do] mol-1.l y = 0.6838x + 0.3406 r² = 0.9979 0.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 -0.7 -0.2 0.3 0.8 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution (ml) cstdx vstd= cunkx vunk -(50x--0.4981)=cunk x 0.5ml cunk= 49.81ml a -0.4981 y = 0.6142x + 0.6369 r² = 0.9968 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 -1.3 -0.6 0.2 0.9 1.6 a b so rb a n ce volume of standard solution(ml) cstd x v std=cunkx vunk -(50ppmx-1.0369)=cunk x1.0ml cunk =51.845 ppm b -1.0369 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 161 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. 0 study the efficiency of poly nicotine amide as anticorrosion coating on stainless steel and study its biological activity abctract using an electrochemical polymerization technique at room temperature, poly nicotine amide (pna) was produced from the monomer nicotine amide (na) in aqueous solution. the structure of polymer layer generated on the stainless steel surface (316 l) (working electrode) is investigated by fourier transmission infrared region (ft-ir). the anti-corrosion activity of polymer coating on the stainless steel (ss 316 l) is investigated by electrochemical polarization in 0.20m solution of hcl at 293-323k. the graphene -modified polymer film-coated ss had greater protection efficiency (pe percent) when compared to nano zno -modified polymer filmcoated ss. for the corrosion process of ss 316 l, kinetic and thermo-dynamic parameters of activation are estimated. the antibacterial activity of coated film has been tested on both gram positive as well as gram negative bacteria by well diffusion approach, which include staphylococcus aureus (staph.aure) and ecoli. through adding nanoparticles to a monomer solution to raise the effecincy of the polymer against the corrosion and bacterial, as a result, after modifying poly nicotine amide with nanomaterial, the inhibition zone values increased (nano zno and graphene). keywords: corrosion, electrochemical polymerization, stainless steel, poly nicotinamide, biological activity, nanomaterials, protection efficiency 1. introduction the process of the electro-chemical polymerization involves oxidizing monomer for the purpose of producing radical, after that, those radical cations have been reacted with one another, or with some other monomer, the purpose of producing radical dimer that transferred to longer and trimer chain [1, 2]. monomer oxidation had happened on working electrode (we) that is made of article history: received 12 may 2022, accepted 27 june 2022, published in october 2022. sana a. habeeb departmentof chemistry/ college of science for women/ university of baghdad/ baghdad/ iraq sana.a.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq doi: 10.30526/35.4.2856 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mayasa i.ali department of chemistry, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. chemistmayasa@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:sana.a.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:chemistmayasa@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 162 a variety of the materials, like the indium tin oxide coated glass and stainless steel [3,4]. the conductive polymers have wide field in numerous applications, they are typically utilized in the rechargeable batteries, chemical transistors, producing indicators and ion selective electrodes, corrosion inhibitors and bio-chemical analyses [5-7]. using the coating that has anti-microbial activities is one of the effective methods for the decrease of the microbial numbers on the healthcare surfaces. the anti-microbial agents can be defined as materials having a capability to kill the pathogenic micro-organism [8]. sufficient anti-microbial polymers have to be biocidal to a wide variety of the pathogenic micro-organism, may be re-generated in the case of activity loss, insolubility in the water for different applications, and inability of being de-composed into toxic substances [9]. in the present study, an electro-chemical polarization approach has been implemented for the purpose of studying protection efficiency of conductive polymer film upon ss corrosion in 0.20m of the hcl solution at temperature that ranges between 293 and 323 k. the effects of the addition of the nano-materials (zno (nano) and graphene) upon anti-corrosion actions of polymer films on the ss surfaces are studied. *corresponding author email:chemistmayasa@gmail.com 2. experimental part 2.1. preparation of samples the sample used in this work is ss 316, which diameter disk 2.2 cm prepared according to the following steps: step one:the samples were polished by different grade of silicone carbide include (800,1200 and 2000 mesh grit), and after that, washed with the distilled water and acetone and kept it in desiccator. step two:the sample was immersed in monomer solution (nicotine amide) which is (0.1 g) of nicotine amide in (100ml) of h2o with adding 3 drop ps of (98% conc.h2so4) to increase conductivity of the solution at room temperature for electrochemical polymerization process by dc power supply [10]. step three:addition of nanomaterial, the nanomaterial used in this work are (0.04 g of nano zno) and (0.004 g of graphene) to improve the efficiency of the polymer film against corrosion and bacterial. 2.2. corrosion measurement the tests of corrosion have been carried out with an advanced potentio-stat (winking mlab200, bank electronic–intelligent controls gmbh, germany) complete with all of the accessories, including a cell, electrodes (working electrode, reference electrode, and auxiliary electrode), and a working electrode holder. corrosive media was a 0.2 m hcl solution, and curves of polarization have been scanned from (-200mv) to (+200mv) from open circuit potential, corrosion currents, and corrosion potentials. ecorr have been calculated with extrapolating anodic and cathodic tafel lines from the curves of polarization at 4 temperature degrees: 293, 303, 313, and 323k. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 163 2.3. biological activity in this work, the prepared polymer (poly nicotine amide) (800 µg/ml) evaluated for biological activities towards gram-positive bacteria (s.aureus) as well as the gram negative bacteria (ecoli). well diffusion approach that has been utilized for the determination of inhibition potential of the prepared poly nicotine amide against bacterium and the used solvent is dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso). 3. results and discussions 3.1. fourier transform infrared region (ftir) for monomer and polymer the asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibrations of na (monomer) resulted in two absorption bands at (3335.13 and 3238.40) cm-1 (-nh2). other absorption bands at (1525.5 and 1618.23) cm1 are a result of (c=n) imine, (c=c) aromatic, and other absorption bands at (1525.5 and 1618.23) cm-1 are a result of the (c=n) imine, (c=c) aromatic, respectively. pna (polymer) exhibited bands of absorption at (3448, 3425) cm-1 as a result of (o-h) carboxyl and (n-h) amide, as well as absorption bands at (1718.48 and 1668) cm-1 due to (c=o) carboxyl and (c=o) amide [11,12]. table1: ft-ir spectral data (cm-1) for monomer (na) monomer (na) absorption band intensity (cm-1) functional group 3335.13& 3238.40 ν n-h 3065.53 aromatic c-h 1690.8 c=o (amide) 1618.23 aromatic c=c 1525.5 c=n polymer (pna) 3453.13 ν o-h 3425 ν n-h 2914.24 & 2898.81 aliphatic c-h 1718.48 c=o (carboxyl) 1668 c=o (amide) 3.2 corrosion measurements figure 1 shows the impact of a polymeric layer upon cathodic and anodic curves of polarization of ss in 0.2m solution of hcl at temperatures ranging from 293k to 303k in the absence and presence of nanomaterial. extrapolation tafel lines were used to determine the corrosion current density. table 2 shows effects of a polymeric layer in the presence and absence of the nanoparticles. corrosion potential (ecorr), cathodic tafel slope (c), corrosion current density (icorr), and anodic tafel slope (a) were discovered to be corrosion characteristics. the following equation [13] is used to calculate protection efficiency: %pe = (icorr)o−(icorr) (icorr)o ∗ 100 (1) where the (icorr)o represents current density of the corrosion for the uncoated ss, (icorr) the density of the corrosion current for the coated ss. corrosion potential (ecorr) has been shifted to more positive values (i.e. towards the noble direction) and icorr has been reduced after adding the nano-materials. the resistance of polarization (rp) has been determined by the stern-gerry eq. [14]: rp = ba+bc 2.303 (ba+bc)icorr (2) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 164 the measurements of the polarization resistance (rp) have similar requirements to full polarization curve measurements and it has been considered beneficial as one of the methods for the identification of the corrosion upsets and initiate the remedial actions [15]. rp values have been presented in table 1. -500 -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 p o te n ti a l (m v ) icorr (µa/cm2) 293k 303k 313k 323k a -500 -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 0.00001 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 p o te n ti a l (m v ) icorr (µa/cm2) 203k 303k 313k 323kb -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 p o te n ti a l (m v ) icorr (µa/cm2) 293k 303k 313k 323k c ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 165 figure1.tafel plot for: a) uncoated ss, b) coated ss with polymer film, c) coated ss with the polymer film that has been modified by nano zno, d) coated ss with polymer film that has been modified with the graphene. table2. parameters of corrosion for the coated as well as the uncoated ss in 0.20m solution of the hcl 3.3. kinetic and thermo-dynamic parameters of activation the thermo-dynamic parameters of activation include energy of activation ea, activation entropy s* and activation enthalpy h* that have been computed with the use of arrenhius eq. and its alternative formulation that has been referred to as the state of transition, and the energy of activation has been determined from plot which represents correlation between the log icorr and reciprocal of the absolute degree of the temperature (1/t) [16]. 𝐋𝐨𝐠 𝐢𝐜𝐨𝐫𝐫 = 𝐋𝐨𝐠 𝐀 − 𝐄𝐚 𝟐.𝟑𝟎𝟑𝐑𝐓 (3) icorr: represents the current density of corrosion, a: represents pre-exponential factor, ea: represents energy of activation, r: represents gas constant (8.315jk-1mol-1), t: denotes absolute temperature (k). whereas the state of transition is represented by the equation below[17]: -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 0.00001 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 p o te n ti a l (m v ) icorr(µa/cm2 293k 303k 313k 323k d coating t/k -ecorr [mv] icorr [µa/cm²] βc mv/de c βa [mv/dec] pe% wl [g/m²d] pl [mm/y] rp [ω.cm2] uncoated ss 293 116.7 18.42 188.7 159.8 1.48 0.20 2039..681 303 126.0 21.37 199.1 185.8 1.72 0.23 1952.858 313 206.6 24.35 207.7 220.5 1.96 0.27 1906.821 323 271.8 25.89 171.6 258.5 2.08 0.28 1729.746 coated ss with pna 293 68.7 4.09 112.6 100.0 77.796 0.033 0.004 5622.868 303 72.3 6.47 134.8 144.4 69.724 0.052 0.007 4678.897 313 132.4 7.44 137.1 141.4 69.446 0.059 0.008 4062.513 323 210.6 8.21 153.6 166.1 68.250 0.066 0.009 4220.667 coated ss with pna modified with nano zno 293 48.9 3.29 93.3 108.0 82.139 0.265 0.036 6606.505 303 89.4 4.48 97.7 94.1 79.036 0.361 0.049 4645.833 313 117.7 6.60 125.4 120.3 72.895 0.531 0.072 4039.43 323 163.5 7.39 129.5 136.4 71.456 0.595 0.080 3903.259 coated ss with pna modified with graphene 293 10.5 0.472 185.4 255.5 97.438 0.038 0.005 98838.15 303 58.6 0.529 335.5 254.2 97.525 0.043 0.006 118710 313 87.1 0.606 148.8 256.5 97.511 0.049 0.007 67475.66 323 125.3 0.813 215.8 319.0 96.859 0.066 0.009 68748.98 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 166 log icorr t = log [ r nh + δs∗ 2.303r ] − δh∗ 2.303rt (4) n denotes the avogadro's number (6.0220 1023mol) and h is the blanks constant (6.620 10-34js). the activation entropy s* and enthalpy h* have been calculated using plot in figure 3 that depicts correlation between log (icorr/t) and reciprocal of absolute temperature (1/t). where the intercept is (log (r/nh) + s*/2.303 r) and slope is (h*/2.303rt). the activation free energy is computed with the use of the equation below: ∆g* = ∆h* -t∆s* (5) figure 2.plot of log icorr versus 1/t for uncoated and coated ss with polymer film absence and presence of nanomaterials in 0.20m hcl figure 3. plot of log icorr/t versus 1/t for coated ss with polymer film with presence and absence nano-material in 0.20m hcl -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0.00305 0.0031 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 0.00345 lo g i co rr ( µ a /c m 2 ) 1000/t(k-1) pna pna + nano zno pna + graphene uncoated ss 316l -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.00305 0.0031 0.00315 0.0032 0.00325 0.0033 0.00335 0.0034 0.00345 lo g i co rr /t ( µ a /c m 2 .k ) ((1000/t pna pna+nano zno pna + graphene uncoated ss316l ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 167 table3. transition state thermo-dynamic parameter at a variety of the temperature degrees for corrosion of coated as well as uncoated ss with polymer film in presence and absence of nano-materials in 0.20m hcl solution coating r2 ea kj.mol1 a/molecule. cm-2s-1 r2 ∆h* kj. k-1mol1 -∆s* j.k-1mol-1 ∆g kj. k-1mol-1 uncoated ss316l 0.9789 9.103 4.721*1026 0.958 6.546 198.112 64.593 66.574 68.555 70.536 coated ss with pna 0.981 17.726 3.901*1023 0.855 15.169 199.737 73.692 75.689 77.687 79.684 coated ss with pna+ nano zno 0.969 22.242 1.861*1028 0.961 19.685 186.745 74.401 76.269 78.136 80.004 coated ss with pna+graphene 0.932 13.808 7.878*1025 0.903 11.252 201.342 70.245 72.259 74.272 76.285 thermodynamic activation values (ea & h*) for polymer layer on ss surface were higher than for ss uncoated by polymer film, indicating that the energy barrier was increased. the activation entropy values for ss coated with polymer film and ss uncoated with polymer film are negative, indicating that activated complex in rate-determining step has been an association instead of a dissociation step, and that disordering which happens in the case of going from the reactants to the activated complex has been decreased [18]. table 3 shows that the free energy activation has positive values and that the change with rising temperature is essentially negligible, which indicates that activated complex isn’t stable and that a chance of its creation decreases with increasing the degree of the temperature. 3.4 biological activity results have demonstrated that pna inhibited staph.aures and e.coli effectively at concentrations of 800 g/ ml, as shown in table 4. the role of stable complex that has been generated between cleaved dna and drug-bound topoisomerases is thought to be responsible for the polymer's capacity to kill bacteria. however, because of its capacity to disrupt the drug–dna combination, topoisomerase inhibition may have serious ramifications for the cell. as a result of their high ratio of surface area to volume (s/v) and compact sizes, nanomaterials are regarded biocidal effective materials [19,20]. as a result, after modifying poly nicotine amide with nanomaterial, the inhibition zone values increased (nano zno and graphene). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 168 table 4. anti-microbial activity of polymer in the presence and absence of the nano-materials. compounds stap.aure (gram positive)(mm) e.coli (gram negative) (mm) pna 15 14 pna modified with graphene 18 18 pna modified with nano zno 18 17 amoxicillin 30 30 4. conclusions with rising temperature, corrosion current density (icorr) and corrosion potential (ecorr) increased. in absence and presence of a nanomaterial, corrosion current density (icorr) has been reduced after covering ss with a layer of polymer. in presence and absence of nano-material, corrosion potential (ecorr) of ss that has been coated with polymer film shifts to higher position than that of uncoated ss, which implies that polymer film works as anodic protection. in presence and absence of nanomaterial, protection efficiency (pe percent) of the uncoated and coated ss reduced with rising temperature. the graphene-modified polymer film-coated ss had greater protection efficiency (pe percent) when compared to nano zno-modified polymer film-coated ss. references 1. guimard, n; k gomez ; n , schmidt , c. e . conducting polymers in biomedical engineering. progress in polymer science, 2007, 32(8), 876-921. 2. pringle, j; m., ngamna, o., chen, j., wallace, g. g., forsyth, m., macfarlane, d. r; conducting polymer nanoparticles synthesized in an ionic liquid by chemical polymerisation. synthetic metals, 2006, 156(14(, 979-983. 3. hammond, p. t. form ; function in multilayer assembly: new applications at the nanoscale. advanced materials, 2004,16(15): 1271-1293. 4. amaal, s. sadiq ;entesar, o. al-tamimi; synthesis and characterization of new polymers bearing tetrazole and triazole moieties with studying their corrosion protection of stainless steel surface in hydrochloric acid.iraqi journal of science, 2020,61, (10),24672478. 5. holder, e., tessler, n.; rogach, a. l . hybrid nanocomposite materials with organic and inorganic components for opto-electronic devices, , journal of materials chemistry, 2008,18(10), 1064-1078. 6. joanny, j. polyelectrolyte adsorption ; charge inversion. the european physical journal b-condensed matter and complex systems, 1999, 9(1), 117-122. 7. kenawy e.r. biologically active polymers. iv. synthesis ; antimicrobial activity of polymers containing 8-hydroxyquinoline moiety, , j. appl. polym. sci., 2001, 82(6), 13641374. 8. kenawy e.r, worley s.d ;broughton, r. the chemistry and applications of antimicrobial polymers: a state-of-the-art review, polymers of high molecular weight have been used, biomacromolecules, , 2007, 8(5), 1359-1384. 9. -khulood, a.s. khalil, s.k ;muna, i.k. preparation of poly (n-imidazolylmaleamic acid) /nanomaterial coating films on stainless steel by electrochemicalpolymerization to study ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 169 the anticorrosion and antibacterial action.,journal of pharmacy and biological sciences, 2018,13,30-36. 10. silverstein r.m., webster, f.x; kiemle, d.j. spectrometric identification of organic compounds, 1963, 7th ed., john wiley & sons, westford, us. 11. shirner, r., fuson, r., cartin, d; mrril, t. the systematic identification of organic compound, 1980, 8th ed., john wiley & sons, ne. 12. tretherwey, k.r; chamberlain, j. corrosion for science and engineering, 1996,2nd, ed., , addision wesley longman ltd. 13. heitz, e; schwenk, w. theoretical basis for the determination of corrosion rates from polarization resistance: prepared for the european federation of corrosion working partyon physiocochemical testing method of corrosion fundamentals and application, british corrosion j., 1976, 11(2),74-77. 14. jalal m. ; yousif k. bulletin of the chemical society of japan ,1989,62, 1237. 15. jsseling, f. the application of the polarization resistance method to the study of the corrosion behaviour of cuni 10fe in seawater, corrosion science, 1974,14(2), 97-100. 16. enders, d. ; shilvock, j. p. some recent applications of αamino nitrile chemistry, chemical society reviews, 2000,29(5),359-373 17. fontana, m ; greene, n. corrosion engineering: new york: mcgrawhill. 1986. 18. gomma, m; wahdan, m. corrosion behavior of zn in alcholwater solvents. mater. chem. phys, 1995,39(3),209-213. 19. roselli, m., finamore, a., garaguso, i., britti, m.s; mengheri, e. zinc oxide protects cultured enterocytes from the damage induced by e.coli, j.nutr. 2003,,133(12),4077-4082. 20. khulood, a. saleh; mayasa, i. ali. electro polymerization for (n-terminal tetrahydrophthalamic acid) for anti-corrosion and biological activity applications, iraqi journal of science, 2020, 61(1). conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics |43 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 a comparative study for the proton electronic stopping power of some polymers by using mathematica, srim2013, pstar, libdedx, and experimental databases mustafa kamil jassim dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al – haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :10/april/2017,accepted in :3/may/2017 abstract the available experimental data of proton electronic stopping power for polyethylene, mylar, kapton and polystyrene are compared with mathematica, srim2013, pstar and libdedx programs or databases. the comparison involves sketching out both experimental and databases data for each polymer to discuss the agreement. further, we use statistical means via standard deviation resulting from the mean normalized difference to describe the precise agreement among the databases and the experimental data. we found that there is not a specific one database can describe the experimental data for certain material at given proton energy. keywords: proton electronic stopping power, mathematica, srim2013, pstar, libdedx, polymers. physics |44 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 introduction stopping power referred to the rate that charge particles lose energy in their travel through a certain material [1]. it consists of two parts, the electronic stopping power (esp) and nuclear stopping power (nsp). the former results in due to the slowing down of ion and are attributed to interaction of incidence ions with the bound electrons of the material as a result of inelastic collisions. the last process expresses that the energy is lost by the ions that are dissipated out of electron cloud into thermal vibrations of the material. the collisions involved both excitations of electron cloud and bound electrons of the material [2]. there are several physical models that describe the (esp) [3]. however, it is difficult to represent the entire interactions involved due to large number of collisions and the frequently change of ion charge state that traverse the material [4]. for example, the bethe formula considers the (esp) in high energy range as momentum transfer between ion and electrons of the target. theoretically it is very difficult to determine the accurate (esp) and thus various programs yield different (esp) depending on the manner of calculations and considerations. the programs used for our purpose are mathematica, srim2013, pstar, and libdedx. the mathematica is a mathematical commercial software uses in many scientific fields. the newest version of mathematica provides a database for stopping power for so many elements and materials at any given ion energy. the other well – known database is the srim2013, or stopping and range of ions matter, which calculates the interaction of ions with matter based on monte carlo simulation. this program provides tables for stopping power for ions and various materials. the other well – known database is the pstar, which calculates the stopping power and range for ions in many elements and 74 materials. the pstar database uses methods that are described in icru 37+49 reports [5]. the original libdedx program is written in c which provides libraries to calculate variety of stopping power. however, the website dedx provides a java script front end to the libdedx stopping power library and for many additional libraries including libdedx. we choose for our propose icru73+49 that is described in icru 73+49 reports and bethe-ext00 to collect the (esp) from this website. the bethe-ext00 is working of bethe equation expanded to low proton energy and is implemented as a function not based on tabulated data [6]. the plastics and polymers under investigation are polyethylene ( ) which is most common plastic material used in plastic bags and container such as bottles. the second material is the polyethylene terephthalate (mylar) ( ) is a thermoplastic polymer resin of polyester used as a fiber for liquid and foods containers and as fibers for clothing. the third material used here is the polyimide film ( ) is a polymer known as a kapton, which has high heat resistance and then uses various military applications. the last polymer is the polystyrene ( ) , which is a synthetic aromatic polymer used as disposable cutlery and protective packaging such as dvd and cd cases. the aim of this research is to test the agreement among experimental and databases for the (esp) using some polymers by graphs and statistical means. thus it can be decided which of these programs are closer to the experimental data and whether these programs are compatible with each other or mismatch. due to lower effect of (nsp) on total stopping power, we involve with (esp) only for our purpose. theory to facilitate the calculations for the sake of statistical comparison, the experimental and databases data are casting to a specific range. the normalized difference between experimental and any set database is given by [7] ( ) (1) physics |45 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 where , are the experimental and table electronic stopping power, respectively. the mean normalized difference between experimental and any corresponding database is calculated for the same material and same proton energy [7] 〈 〉 (2) then the standard deviation is calculated using [7] √〈 〉 〈 〉 (3) results and discussion the (esps) of the polyethylene are shown in figure (1) for both databases used and the three available of experimental data. the (esp) increases rapidly with increasing energy of protons reaching to a maximum and then slowly decreases. one can divide roughly the curves of (esp) into three categories by energy of the incidence proton; low where the curves are raising, intermediate where the maximums of (esp) occur, and high where the curves have decreasing exponential behavior. at the low and intermediate proton energy the srim2013 calculations indicate higher (esp) than the other counterparts programs, while this curve is less than the rest of the programs in the high proton energy. the mathematica, pstar and libdedx (icru73+49) give approximately similar results. on the other hand the libdedx (bethe-ext00) gives lower curve in the low and intermediate regions but not in the higher energy. the curves of mathematica, pstar and libdedx (icru73+49) databases are lower than srim2013 curve in low and intermediate regions of energy, while it is higher than the srim2013 curve at high proton energy. it is clear that the peak of the (esp) for srim2013 database is higher in value than the other programs. further, it is shifted to the left compared to the other peaks of databases. it is noted that the peak for libdedx (betheext00) is located at relatively higher proton energy. at higher proton energies, the entire databases relatively match the calculations of each other. it notes that for the experimental data (refs 8-10) are relatively described by the pstar, libdedx (icru49-73) and mathematica databases. only few points of ref. (10) data are lying on srim2013 database and it is far from the other program curves. in respect to data of ref (9), only some points are nearly lying on srim2013 curve that are closed to the maximum. similar to polyethylene figure (2) shows the (esp) as a function of proton energy for mylar. clearly various databases yield different values of the (esp) in low and intermediate proton energies, however, the curves are close to each other at the high energy used. the maximum of the (esp) for libdedx (bethe-ext00) database is shifted to the higher proton energy compared with the rest of the databases and this curve is lower than the curves of other programs. the mathematica, pstar, and libdedx (icru49+73) databases are identical since the curves match on each other. the curves of (esp) as a function of proton energy for mylar continue to mismatch as the proton energy increased and finally match on another at the high proton energies for srim2013, libdedx (bethe-ext00) databases. the experimental data for mylar are limited to a high energy region for the energy range used. the data of ref. (11) above agree with the all the databases used. but at higher than this energy, they dispersed between compatibility and incompatibility. all the points of ref. (12) are located on the curves of programs, while the ref. data (13) are relatively coincide with curves of mathematica, pstar, and libdedx (icru49+73) databases. regarding to the data of ref. (14) most of points are placed lower than the curves of these three databases compared with the ref. data (15) where the points are located on these curves. the libdedx (bethe-ext00) database is well to describe the data of ref. (16). the agreement between experimental data and the using databases would be clear on our discussion with statistical tools figure (3) shows the variations of (esp) verses proton energy using the entire databases used with the available experimental data for the kapton. obviously, the libdedx (bethe-ext00) database gives a curve that shift to the right towards the higher proton energies compared to curves of the rest of the databases. this shift is lying at the intermediate physics |46 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 energy domain. at highest energies all the databases curves are compatible. further the peak of (esp) curve for the libdedx (bethe-ext00) database is lower compared to the other databases peaks. at the beginning of increased proton energy, the curve of (esp) due to srim2013 database is lower than the other rest three databases expect libdedx (betheext00). the curves of the four databases then meet at the proton energy equal to . after this energy the curve of (esp) for the srim2013 is lower than other three databases. the curves continue to rise but the curve peak of srim2013 is less than that of other three databases. all (esps) of entire databases meet at proton energy of . the calculations of (esp) in polystyrene are shown in figure (4). for the polystyrene the entire databases except libdedx (bethe-ext00) and srim2013 still give identical curves of (esp). it is noted that for all the polymers used the curve of (esps) in libdedx (bethe-ext00) database is lower than the curves of the rest of the databases. again the maximum of the (esp) curve in the libdedx (bethe-ext00) database is shifted to the right towards the high energies, in the intermediate proton energy range. at higher proton energies the differences in calculations are relatively very little and the decreasing of the differences soon is very small at higher protons since all curves match each other. figure (5) shows (esp) of the databases for all polymers used. the databases share the same behavior the (esp). the differences of (esp) for the polymers used depend on it chemical structure. obviously, the polyethylene has a higher (esp) compared to the other polymers. it is interesting that the mylar and kapton curves coincide on each other due to srim2013 calculations. moreover, figure (5) shows the matching of curves for mathematica, pstar, and libdedx (icru49+73) databases. generally the libdedx (bethe-ext00) gives lower curves for the polymers compared to other databases. statistically to describe the agreement between two sets of data, one could use the standard deviation resulting from means normalized difference of experimental and databases data. for this purpose, we build a matlab program to achieve the calculations and explain the agreement. tables (1) show and its calculations between experimental and mentioned databases data for the used polymers. normally, the difference of two means denotes the range where these values may lie. it specifies the confidence interval for these differences. this statistical tool gives interesting information to compare two data parameters. for a given level of confidence, it may consist zero and in this case the difference of two means has no any significant. the standard deviation denotes how far the data are spread below and above the . this means that a high gives a widely spread of the data around or less reliable results. on the other side the more reliable results are to have low where the data are collected closely around . the perfect or high agreement between two data is when the equals to zero. thus the smaller is the narrower range between both the experimental and theoretical data. for polyethylene, in the given restricted range, the database icru49+37 is the best to describe experimental data of ref (8 and 9) compared to other databases due to smaller . the gives the accuracy of database table and signifies the best agreement between experimental and this database table. the pstar table yields good agreement with experimental data of ref (10) due to lower . since and of the libdedx (bethe-ext00) are larger than other databases, so it is far away from agreement with experimental data. there are six references of experimental data for mylar. however, we cannot decide the good agreement of all those with the mentioned databases. the mathematica is characterized by its ability to calculate the (esp) by any fraction of protons energy for given material, but unfortunately, other databases cannot. therefore, we cannot decide the good agreement for all those experimental data expect for refs (12, 13). mathematica database describes good agreement with data of ref (12) for mylar, and pstar with ref (13) have lower compared to other databases, thus well agreement between experimental data and this database is obtained. physics |47 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 for the same reason mentioned above, we give the calculations of mathematica only since the data of refs. (17 – 19) for kapton are not supported by the rest of databases used. here, we cannot decide the agreement priority of database over others. finally, for polystyrene the srim2013 database has a better agreement compared to the programs for data of refs (21, 2, 3), while pstar achieved good agreement with data of ref (1). conclusion and suggestion the (esp) data for certain polymer is different for various databases. the (esp) data for given database depends on manner of calculations and the parameters involved. one cannot decide the good agreement among those databases and experimental data by sketching out the diagrams only. by using the statistical tools, we can examine how far the agreement between the database and experimental data are approaching the reality. with this sense, we suggest using other statistical means to examine the agreement between empirical data and programs such as chi square goodness of fit test. references 1. yadav, v.; sirisha, s. n. l.; and bhatnagar, s., (2012), “study for stopping power of proton in different materials – a geant4 simulation”, proceedings of the dae symposium on nuclear physics (57), (734 – 735). 2. jafer, r., (2009), “laser-plasma protons and applications in cancer therapy and proton radiography”, ph.d. thesis, university of milanobicocca, italy. 3. banerjee, (2002), “quantum mechanical model of electronic stopping power for ions in a free electron gas”, 14th international conference on ion implantation technology proceedings, usa. 4. leroy, c.; and rancoita, pg., (2004), “principle of radiation interaction in matter and detection”, word scientific publishing co. singapore. 5. ervin, b. podgoršak, (2010), “radiation physics for medical physicists”, springer – verlag berlin heidelberg. 6. toftegaard, j., a.; lȕhr; sobolevsky; and bassler, n., n., (2014), “improvements in the stopping power library libdedx and release of the web gui dedx.au.dk”, journal of physics: conference series 489 (012003), (1 -5). 7. natanasabapathi, g., (2012), “modern practices in radiation therapy” chapter 7, intech publishing. 8. haque, a. k. m. m.; mohammadi, a.; and nikjoo, h., (1989), “ stopping power for low – energy protons” , journal of physics d: applied physics, (22), (8), (1196). 9. lorents, d. c.; and zimmerman, e. j., (1959), “stopping of low – energy h + and he + ions in plastics”, physical review (113), 1199. 10. sautter, c. a.; and zimmermann, e. j., (1965), “stopping cross sections of carbon and hydrocarbon solid for low – energy protons and helium ions”, physical review (140a), 490. 11. rauhala, e. and räisänen, j., (1988), “stopping powers and energy loss of 3 -22 mev 12c ions in havar, nickel, kapton, and mylar”, physical review b (37), (16), (9249). 12. shiomi-tsuda, n.; sakamoto, n. and ogawa, h., (1995), “stopping powers of mylar for protons from 4 to 11.5 mev”, nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (103), (3), (255 – 260). physics |48 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 13. shiomi-tsuda, n.; sakamoto, n.; ogawa, h.; tanaka, m., saito, m. and kitoba, u., (1997) “stopping powers of mylar for protons from 0.4 to 3.25 mev”, nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (129), (1), (14). 14. l'hoir, a. and schmaus, d., (1984), “stopping power and energy straggling for small and large energy losses of mev protons transmitted through polyester films” nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (4), (1), (1-12). 15. damache, s.; ouichaoui, s.; belhout, a.; medouni, a. and toumert, i., (2004), “stopping of 236 kev – 3.019 mev protons in mylar and polypropylene films” nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (225), (4), (449-463). 16. ammi, h.; zemih, r.; mammeri, s. and allab, m., (2005), “mean excitation energies extracted from stopping power measurements of protons in polymers by using the modified bethe – bloch formula”, nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (230), (1), (68 -72). 17. plompen, a. j. m.; munnik, f.; räisänen, j. and wätjen, u., (1996), “stopping powers of 200–3200 kev 4 he and 550 –1550 kev 1 h ions in polyimide”, journal of applied physics, (80), (6), 3147. 18. wallace, w. e.; rothman, j. b.; composto, r. j., (1994),“the stopping power of 1–3 mev hydrogen and helium in polyimide”, journal of applied physics, (75), (5), 2312. 19. rauhala, e. and räisänen, j., (1998), “stopping powers of 0.5 – 8.3 mev protons in havar, nickel, kapton and maylar”, nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (35), (2), (130-134) 20. wallace, w. e.; rothman, j. b. and composto, r. j., (1994), “the stopping power of 1 to 3 mev hydrogen and helium in polystyrene”, nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (84), (1), (14) 21. leblanc, l.; ross, g. g. and wallace, w. e., (1995), “measured stopping powers of hydrogen and helium in polystyrene near their maximum values” nuclear instruments and methods in physics research b, (95), (4), (457462). 22. porter, l. e.; naylor, h. and duder, j. c., (1978), “stopping power of polystyrene for 2.2 to 5.9 mev protons”, nuclear instruments and methods, (155), (1), (2528). 23. bednyakov, a. a.; bulgakov, yu.; nikolaev, s. and chernov, l., (1980),“energy losses hundred ke energy after passing through metal and polystyrene films”, " sov. phys.-jetp 51 (5), (954 – 958). 24. bednyakov, a. a.; bulgakov, yu.; nikolaev, s. and chernov, l., (1981), “energy straggling of hydrogen and helium ions in al, c, and polystyrene at energies of tens and hundreds kev per nucleon”, phys. status solidi (a68), (187 – 192). 25. wolke, r. l.; bishop, w. n.; eichler, e. ; johnson, n. r. and o'kelley, g. d., (1963), “range and stopping cross section of low – energy tritons”, phys. rev. (129), 2591. physics |49 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 tables (1) describe the experimental data as a reference compared with used programs (a –p). polyethylene ref. (8) ref. (9) ref. (10) energy (mev) no. of points mathematica (a) polyethylene ref. (8) ref. (9) ref. (10) energy (mev) no. of points 11 18 15 srim2013 (b) polyethylene ref. (8) ref. (9) ref. (10) energy (mev) no. of points 13 19 17 pstar (c) polyethylene ref. (8) ref. (9) ref. (10) energy (mev) no. of points 10 18 15 icru49+73 (d) polyethylene ref. (8) ref. (9) ref. (10) energy (mev) no. of points 11 18 15 bethe-ext00 (e) mylar ref. (11) ref. (12) ref. (13) ref. (14) ref. (15) ref. (16) energy(mev) 0.336-8.26 4-11.5 0.4-3.25 0.2891.942 0.23683.0196 1.0913.502 no. of points 39 16 17 17 35 11 mathematica physics |50 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 (f) mylar ref. (12) ref. (13) energy(mev) 411 0.4-3.25 no. of points 11 14 srim (g) mylar ref. (12) ref. (13) energy(mev) 410 0.4-3 no. of points 13 16 pstar (h) mylar ref. (12) ref. (13) energy(mev) 411 0.4-3.25 no. of points 11 14 icru49+73 (i) mylar ref. (12) ref. (13) energy(mev) 4-11 0.4-3.25 no. of points 11 14 bethe_ext00 (j) kapton ref. (17) ref. (18) ref. (19) energy(mev) 0.56211.5485 2.938.28 0.8572.93 no. of points 39 23 9 mathematica (k) polystyrene ref. (20) ref. (21) ref. (22) ref. (1) ref. (23) ref. (24) ref. (2) ref. (25) ref. (3) energy (mev) 0.899 2.966 0.04 0.4 2.248 5.88 0.4 0.1 0.1289 0.4641 0.0699 0.4882 0.0250.335 0.03250.9069 0.040.35 no. of points 9 16 13 13 18 25 20 12 17 mathematic a (l) polystyrene ref. (21) ref. (1) ref. (2) ref. (3) energy (mev) 0.04-0.4 0.4-0.1 0.025-0.325 0.04-0.35 no. of points 12 11 19 15 srim2013 physics |51 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 (m) polystyrene ref. (21) ref. (1) ref. (2) ref. (3) energy (mev) 0.04-0.4 0.4-0.1 0.025-0.3 0.04-0.35 no. of points 8 11 14 16 pstar (n) polystyrene ref. (21) ref. (1) ref. (2) ref. (3) energy (mev) 0.04-0.4 0.4-0.1 0.025-0.325 0.04-0.35 no. of points 12 11 19 15 icru49+73 (o) polystyrene ref. (21) ref. (1) ref. (2) ref. (3) energy (mev) 0.04-0.4 0.4-0.1 0.025-0.325 0.04-0.35 no. of points 12 11 19 15 bethe-ext00 figure (1): the electronic stopping power verses proton energy for polyethylene for some databases used and available experimental data. physics |52 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 figure (2): the electronic stopping power for mylar as a function of protons energy for the databases used and for some available experimental data. figure (3): the electronic stopping power as a function of proton energy calculated by using different programs and the experimental data for kapton. physics |53 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الوجلد ) هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 figure (4): the electronic stopping power verses proton energy for polystyrene for some programs used and available experimental data. figure (5): the electronic stopping power as a function of proton energy calculated for different polymers by using (a) mathematica (b) srim2013 2013 (c) pstar (d) libdedx (icru49+73) (e) libdedx (bethe-ext00). 145 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 table abstract uncompressed form of the digital images are needed a very large storage capacity amount, as a consequence requires large communication bandwidth for data transmission over the network. image compression techniques not only minimize the image storage space but also preserve the quality of image. this paper reveal image compression technique which uses distinct image coding scheme based on wavelet transform that combined effective types of compression algorithms for further compression. ezw and spiht algorithms are types of significant compression techniques that obtainable for lossy image compression algorithms. the ezw coding is a worthwhile and simple efficient algorithm. spiht is an most powerful technique that utilize for image compression depend on the concept of coding set of wavelet coefficients as zero trees. the proposed compression algorithm that combined dual image compression techniques (dict) invest an excellent features from each methods, which then produce promising technique for still image compression through minimize bits number that required to represent the input image, to the degree allowed without significant impact on quality of reconstructed image. the experimental results present that dict will improve the image compression efficiency between 8 to 24%, and will result high performance of metrics values. key words: dual compression, image compression, sphit and ezw. 1. introduction as a result of large growth in new technology like smart phones and powerful applications in the civil communication fields, as the image be the core of these technology development which basically faces from large image size which required large number of bits. there are many difficulties to develop solutions for this large amount of information [1]. the large storage capacity and high bandwidth are needed to ‎transfer uncompressed data of images. in ‎order to efficiently transmit large multimedia data, it must be reduce the file size by utilizing proposed ‎compressed technique [2]. the suitable solution for large image data is image compression that depends on the reducing of the required number of redundancy bits, that completely affecting the saved or transmitted information. digital image is ordered of pixels in a matrix that represent a form of specific rows and columns which identify image width and height. each individual pixel contains an intensity value which declared by fixed abo bakir s. merchany ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index 10.30526/32.2.2121 doi: an improved image compression technique using ezw and sphit algorithms ameen babakir article history: received 4 march 2019, accepted 14 april 2019, publish may 2019 aqeel k. kadhim university of al neelain, al-khartoumsudan kadhimaqed@gmail.com mailto:kadhimaqed@gmail.com mailto:kadhimaqed@gmail.com 146 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 bits number. the compression technique be a goal to overcome the wasted bytes, depend on the utilization of redundancy, in which cover all types of repetition or similarity, and needless or undesired values of image pixel. generally, there are two categories image redundancy, (i) statistical and (ii) psych-visual redundancy [3]. image compression basically reduces the size of image by represent the important image data with smaller size of bits, by removing the not important image information [4, 5]. most significant topics in the techniques of image compression are how to manage digital image data in order to increase grade of compressed image and the ratio of compression efficiency during data transmission and storage. the above-mentioned problems are among the topics of interest to researchers working in the field of image compression. one of these solutions is a dual compression method for high compression ratio [6]. a dict is a technique that combining superior features for each group of methods. the goal of this paper is to identify how to develop a dual compression technique that being utilize to improve the performance metrics of image compression. this technique based on using two separate compression schemes, firstly, the wavelet transform with sphit method and the resulting data reduction file will be compressed again with lzw. the resulting compressed file will have a good quality, data reduction and there is large percentage in performance improving. 2. related works many researchers present various image compression techniques, improvements and developments have been going on for several decades. in [7], a modified combined wavelet methods which presents better image compression was introduce, new wavelet transform that based on bi-orthogonal filter can give better result for calculate psnr and mse metrics. comparison the previous method with (wavelet 9/7 and wavelet 5/3) filter. a new concept for compression technique presents from [8], which improve ultrasound and angio images by utilizing wavelet transform, the experimental simulation give better results as compared with dct. an image compression scheme by utilizing bi-orthogonal wavelet transform is present from [9], which results high compression efficiency and fast processing speed. in [10], the researcher introduces a practical method used for mr image compression, the transform coding method depends on wavelet transform and vector quantization. a summarized survey of elected famous wavelet coding techniques used to compression data of true color images introduce in [11], which present suggestions to enhance new algorithms for better implementation. sharing of multi-image compression algorithms is presents from sure. from [12], presents that the application of combining ezw, spiht and with modified spiht algorithms are engage with huffman encoding. the researcher also offered the pros and cons of each of these compression algorithms. the efficiency of uses bi-orthogonal scheme over the hybrid compression technique performance is presents in [13], also offer a comparison study of bi-orthogonal family filters through utilizing huffman coding, run length coding and a combining of both techniques and presents the enhancement on the compression performance. a hybrid wavelet compression scheme is present from [14], which used three compression methods (a hybrid of bi-orthogonal filter, quantization and huffman coding). this combined method will saved 20% for decoding time and at the same advantage in decompressing the compressed image. the improvement in the compression performance after using a combined of orthogonal and bi-orthogonal filters with discrete wavelet transform is presents in [15]. in this paper, utilizing of two types for wavelet families to explain the 147 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 performances of each one separately, the experimental results show that bi-orthogonal wavelet family give better performance than orthogonal wavelet family. in [16], present that the implementation of lifting wavelet transform (lwt) method has good compression performance for color images, also this method is faster than classical wavelet. 3. image compression data compression technique is the art of how to representing image data in a compact form. the main aim is to minimize the number of bits that required representing a series of data. therefore, the storing and transmission of data image must be performed with efficient manner. decreasing data redundancy is the main topic in compression process. image compression technique, is the process of encode the original data image with at least as possible number of bits, and will reduce the size of data storage. the original image will retrieve by decoding the compressed image. the decoding image must be similar to original image as much as possible [17]. normally, the capture images from camera will be in analog form. but in order to transmit, process, and store data images must be in transform to digital form [18]. the adjacent pixels in digital image are correlated, thus these pixels comprise from redundant bits [19]. the compression technique will remove the redundant bits from the data of image, which reduce the image size accordingly [18]. the advantages that gained from image compression techniques basically are to eliminate redundant information from the proposed image [19]. the main types of data redundancy can be counted in three kinds [18].  inter pixel redundancy.  psychovisual redundancy.  coding redundancy. image compression not only reduces storage capability, but also minimizes the transmission time [20, 21]. there are many types of image compression techniques, but more common of these techniques will be split in two categories: lossless compression and lossy compression techniques. 4. embedded zerotrees of wavelet transforms (ezw) the ezw coding is a worthwhile and simple effective algorithm. ezw coding take advantage of the multi resolution features of the wavelet transforms, to gain an easy method that give acceptable performance if it's compared with another wavelet transforms. the procedure of embedded coding and decoding is called a progressive transmission. the wavelet encoder with this method is based on progressive coding for image compression which produces a stream of bit which increases accuracy. this yield that if extra bits will be added to the bit stream, the decomposed image will has an explained detail. ezw is one of the powerful algorithms for lossy image compression . for pixel representation of low bit rates, which means, high compression ratios, major coefficients that generate by a sub-band transform (like wavelet transform) will be tend to zero, or close to zero. this is happen because very close in "real world" tend to consist of primary highly correlated low frequency information. in the edges of the image where the information of high frequency will exists, this is especially important in the terms of image quality for human perception, and thus must be carefully represented in each high quality coding platform. the ezw encoding process is depend on two main perceptions [22]. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/algorithm https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/image_compression https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sub-band_coding https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sub-band_coding https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/wavelet_transform 148 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 1. in wavelet transformation, the sub bands energy is decreases as the scale decreases. this means that coefficients of wavelet will be larger in the lower sub bands than in the higher sub bands. this will present to us that the higher sub bands will append detail only. 2. large wavelet coefficients are very necessary as compared to small ones. the smaller wavelet coefficient, it is left for the next pass. 5. set partitioning in hierarchical trees (spiht) spiht coding is an advance algorithm from ezw algorithm; spiht will produce higher compression and improve performance efficiency than ezw [22]. is hierarchical tree algorithm that used for lossy image compression algorithm. spiht will invest the inherent similarities through the sub-bands of image wavelet decomposition [23,24]. spiht algorithm is refers to next generation for wavelet transform, which employing more advanced coding. spiht in fact will develop wavelet transformed images properties to increase its efficiency. this method becomes image compression state-of-the-art method. nowadays spiht is one of the best powerful methods in wavelet image compression techniques which used for lossy image compression. one of the most advantages of this method its capability to provide an output image with good quality, high psnr value and it is consider as the better method for continually image transmission [24]. spiht algorithm generate an embedded bit stream, this bit stream will reconstruct best images with low mean square error which resulted from different bit rates. spiht algorithm will produce best results of compression ratio with highest psnr values for a speared range of images [21]. the spiht technique is not an easy addition of classical image compression methods, but it performs a significant enhanced in the domain. the prime characteristics of spiht wavelet method are [24], [21]. 1. high quality, good psnr, particularly for color images 2. cumulative image transmission 3. the coded file is fully embedded 4. straightforward quantization algorithm 5. speedy coding/decoding method 6. large applications, fully adaptive 7. basically, utilized with lossless compression 8. efficient combination with error protection 9. exact bit rate coding and error protection 10. completely adaptive 6. the proposed compression system this paper is presenting the development of compression technique that depends on utilizing dual combined compression techniques. the type of data compression will have a powerful advantage on achieving important reduction of data in image size, in turn the image distortions didn't influenced on the quality of image. to use the proposed dual combined image compression system, the steps bellow must be under consideration: step 1: load input uncompressed image and read by matlab software, then store it in a file. step 2: compress the original image component by using set partitioning in hierarchical trees spiht compression method with bior 4.4 wavelet filter. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/compression_algorithm https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/wavelet_transform http://www.siliconimaging.com/spiht.htm#quality http://www.siliconimaging.com/spiht.htm#embedded http://www.siliconimaging.com/spiht.htm#algor http://www.siliconimaging.com/spiht.htm#stop http://www.siliconimaging.com/spiht.htm#error http://www.siliconimaging.com/spiht.htm#applic 149 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 step 3: load the saving compressed image and use the uncompressing method. step 4: decompress the image gained from step 2 and compare the result image with the original image. step 5: calculate the performance metrics for the compressed image: cr, mse, bpp and psnr. then utilize these measures to determine the error between compressed and original images. step 6: extra compression technique must be used to improve the results; by compress the gained components of decoded image through used a new progressive compression method. step 7: the resulted decoded image from step 4 will compress, by using a progressive compression method ezw (embedded zero trees) with haar wavelet method. step 8: again load the gained dual compressed image and step through the extra dual uncompressing process. step 9: extra dual decompress the retrieved image from step 7 file and then compare it with the original image. step 10: calculate the performance metrics for the compressed image: cr, mse, bpp and psnr. then utilize these performance measurements to determine the difference between original and dual compressed images. the gained image must be useful while preserve a better visual perception. 7. system performance measures the compression system performance rating is measured utilizing some compression performance measures. the commonly used metrics are: acompression ratio (cr) this metric is used to measure the decrease in data representation size produced by a compression algorithm. cr also called compression power is computed as the ratio of the uncompressed image (original image) file size to the compressed file size [25]. 𝐶𝑅 = 𝑈𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝐹𝑖𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝐹𝑖𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑧𝑒 (1) bmean square error (mse) another metric for determine the performance of image compression algorithms, is by used a vital estimation parameter to compute the compressed image quality. the comparison of the original data image with decompress image, then show the distortion level [26]. generally the distortion is the difference between the original and compressed image. the error function er is compute as a difference between the original (input g(x,y)) and the reconstructed (output g'(x,y)) image [27]. 𝐸𝑟 = 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑦) − 𝐺 ′(𝑥, 𝑦) (2) the mse is defined as: 𝑀𝑆𝐸 = 1 𝑊 × 𝐻 ∑ ∑ 𝐸𝑟2 𝐻−1 𝑦=0 𝑊−1 𝑥=0 (3) it is present that mean square error (mse) is measured in db. where w, h is the width and height of the image individually. 150 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 cpeak signal to noise ratio (psnr) psnr is one of the most important tools for the estimate of the compressed image. it is more powerful than the mse measure, and it is easy to calculate. it presents the similarity between the original and reconstruct image. the psnr is measured in decibels (db) and is defined as [28]. 𝑃𝑆𝑁𝑅(𝑑𝐵) = 10𝑙𝑜𝑔10 [ (𝑅 − 1)2 𝑀𝑆𝐸 ] (4) where; r is the intensity level number of the image. dcompression gain (cg) the compression gain is defined as: 𝐶𝐺 = 100 log𝑒 𝑅𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑖𝑧𝑒 (5) where, reference size is present the input stream size. the unit of compression gain is percent log ratio, which is indicated by % [29]. edata compression rate this metric is measured by divide the average bits number that needed to represent a single element. it is presented by the term of bits per pixel (bpp) [30]. bits per pixel (bpp) = ( 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑠 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑙𝑠 ) → ( 8 ∗ 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑦𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑁 ∗ 𝑁 ) (6) fspeed of compression the compression speed is depending on the used compression technique, as well as, the platform nature of the hosts that include the compression process. the speed of compression is influenced by memory size and calculation complexity [17]. gpower consumption the power consumption is the significant performances metric. the multimedia nature needs large capacity of storage and high bandwidth which dissipate high power. the power of transmission that needed to utilize for visual flows, the energy-aware compression methods used to decrease transmission time. thus, regulate the processing complexity, will reduce the data size, the reduction of transmission power will save energy [30]. 8. discussions of experimental results this paper presents a dual combined compression technique to enhance the data reduction of still color images, the resultant image must satisfactory while remaining a good visual observation. the test images which utilize in this work are selected from a dataset of jpeg images.  the proposed true color dataset images are shown in figure 1.  table 1, shows the results of compression test images by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms based on (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods.  table 2, shows the results of compression test images by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms with (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods based on metric features.  figure 2, presents the result of 1st compression by using sphit compression algorithm based on bior 4.4 wavelet method. 151 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019  figure 3, presents the result of 2nd compression by using ezw compression algorithms based on haar wavelet method.  figure 4, presents bar chart of the data set test images before and after compression by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms based on (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods.  figure 5, presents bar chart of the compression ratio by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms based on (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods. figure 1. the original dataset color images. table 1. the results of compression test images by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms based on (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods. image title file size in byte file size after 1 st compression file size after 2 nd compression friends 15087 11712 10448 child 15803 12257 11128 old car 10362 9595 8855 battle 17329 13935 12461 patrol 11559 9249 7986 sport man 8054 6820 5673 table 2. the results of compression test images by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms based on (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods based on metric features. performanc e measures image title friends child old car battle patrol sport man 1 st compressio n cr 6.230164 6.280518 3.274028 8.763123 4.859416 4.981995 bpp 1.495239 1.495239 0.785767 2.103149 1.166260 1.195679 mse 10.089981 10.089981 17.40611 3 12.02841 1 7.063161 1.537283 psnr 28.091900 28.091900 28.04873 1 27.32872 1 29.64081 3 36.26326 4 2 nd compressio n cr 15.787252 17.548625 16.19822 2 23.39274 1 12.34334 3 8.164469 bpp 3.788940 4.211670 3.887573 5.614258 2.962402 1.959473 mse 12.939852 13.775117 18.82952 9 15.38366 7 8.721612 2.590226 psnr 27.011511 26.739850 25.38240 9 28.72483 6 28.72483 6 33.997427 a. friends b. child c. old car d. battle esport man e. patrol 152 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 a. friends b. child c. old car d. battle e. patrol f. sport man figure 2. shows the result of 1st compression by using sphit compression algorithm based on bior 4.4 wavelet method. a. friends b. child c. old car d. battle 153 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 e. patrol f. sport man figure 3. shows the result of 2nd compression by using ezw compression algorithms based on haarwavelet method. figure 4. shows bar chart of the data set test images before and after compression by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms based on (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods. figure 5. shows bar chart of the compression ratio by using dual combined (sphit + ezw) compression algorithms based on (bior 4.4 + haar) wavelet methods. 9. conclusion in this paper we performed dict which involve two compression approaches spiht and ezw that based on bior 4.4 and haar wavelet methods, the performance metrics for six test color images will be compared. among the different wavelet families, the haar wavelet presents a better metrics performance (cr, bpp, mse and psnr) as compared with other types. spiht and ezw dual combined algorithms be tested on different elected color images, 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 1 2 3 4 5 6 im a g e s iz e i n b y te test data set images uncompressed image 1st compression 2nd compression 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 friends child old car battle patrol sport man c o m p re ss io n r a ti o dataset images 1st compression 2nd compression 154 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 from experiment results that obtained, we can see that the utilizing of dict, have an excellent performance on several estimation measurements like cr and psnr as compared with another lossy compression techniques that used for still color image. through the results obtained, it became clear to us that the image with high color variation has high compression ratio and image with low color variation has low compression ratio. from dict practical results the efficiency of image compression is improved between 8 to 24%, which yields better performance metrics values. references 1. raid, a.m.; khedr, w.m.; el-dosuky, m.a.; ahmed, w. jpeg image compression using discrete cosine transform a survey. international journal of computer science & engineering survey (ijcses). 2014, 5, 2, 39-47. 2. tripathi, b.a. survey on various image compression techniques. msc. thesis of bachelor of technology in computer science & engineering bachelor. department of computer science & engineering national institute of technology. india. 2014. 3. saha, s. image compression—from dct to wavelets: a review. acm crossroads student magazine.2000, 6, 3,12-21. 4. subramanya, a. image compression technique. potentials ieee. feb-march. 2001, 20, 1, 19-23. 5. shrikhande, r.n.; bairagi, v.k. comparison of different methods for lossless medical image compression, global journal of engineering, design& technology (gjedt).2013, 2, 3, 36-40. 6. setyaningsih, e.; harjoko, a. survey of hybrid image compression techniques. international journal of electrical and computer engineering (ijece).2017, 7, 4, 22062214. 7. swetha, k.p. still image compression by using new wavelet bi-orthogonal filter coefficient. indian journal of applied research (ijar), 2013, 3, 7, 304-306. 8. puniene, j.; punys, v.; punys, j. ultrasound and angio image compression by cosine and wavelet transforms. international journal of medical informatics.2011, 64, 2–3, 473–481. 9. junkim, h.; li, c.c. unified image compression using reversible and fast biorthogonal wavelet transform. proceedings iwisp '96. elsevier sciencedirect. manchester. united kingdom.1996, 263-266. 10. angelidis, p. a mr image compression using a wavelet transform coding algorithm. magnetic resonance imaging. 2014, 12, 7, 1111–1120. 11. rehna, v.j.; kumar, j.m.k. wavelet based image coding schemes: a recent survey. international journal on soft computing (ijsc).2012, 3, 3, 101-118. 12. srikanth, s. compression efficiency for combining different embedded image compression techniques with huffman encoding. msc. thesis of technology in electronics and communication engineering national institute of technology rourkela. odisha-india.2013 13. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 31, 1,151163, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 https://www.elsevier.com/solutions/sciencedirect http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 155 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 14. yap, v.v.; comley, r. a hybrid wavelet-based compression system. proceedings of the third international conference on information technology and applications (icita’05). ieee. 2005. 15. sharadha, r.; bhanuprakash, c. image compression technique for color images using wavelets. international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering.2013, 3, 322–327. 16. samson, c.; sastry, v.u. an rgb image encryption supported by waveletbased lossless compression. international journal of advanced computer and applications (ijacsa).2012, 3, 9, 36–41. 17. al-khafaji, gh.; al-iesawi, s.; abd rajab, m. a hybrid lossy image compression based on wavelet transform. polynomial approximation model. bit plane slicing and absolute moment block truncation. baghdad university. dept. of computer science. international journal of computer science and mobile comp.2015, 4, 6, 954 – 961. 18. neelamani, r.; de queiroz, r.; fan, z.; dash, s.; baraniuk, r.g. jpeg compression history estimation for color images. ieee transactions on image processing.2006, 15, 6, 1365 – 1378. 19. parmar, c.k.; pancholi, k. a review on image compression techniques. journal of information. knowledge and research in electrical engineering.2015, 2, 2, 281-284. 20. singh, p.; panda, s.a. survey of image compression techniques. international journal of engineering and innovative technology (ijeit).2014, 4, 2, 83-86. 21. kumar, v.v.s.; reddy, m.i.s. image compression techniques by using wavelet transform. journal of information engineering and applications.2012, 2, 5, 35-39. 22. raid, a.m. image compression using embedded zerotree wavelet. signal & image processing: an international journal (sipij).2014, 5, 6, 33-39. 23. tawfiq, l. n.m.; hussein, w. r. design suitable neural network for processing face recognition. global journal of engineering science and researches.2016, 3, 3, 58-64. 24. rajakumar, k. implementation of multiwavelet transform coding for image compression. ph.d. thesis submitted for anand nagar. krishnankoil –126. 2015. 25. bannore, v. iterative-interpolation super-resolution image reconstruction. ebook isbn 978-3-642-00385-1. springer-verlag berlin heidelberg. south australia. 2009. 26. umbaugh, s.e. computer vision and image processing: a practical approach using cvip tools. book. prentice hall, inc.1998. 27. ibraheem, n.a.; hasan, m.m.; khan, r.z.; mishra, p.k. understanding color models: a review. arpn journal of science and technology.2012,2,3,265-275. 28. salomon, d. data compression: the complete reference; 4th edition; springer computer science department california state university northridge, usa.2007. 29. setyaningsih, e.; harjoko, a. survey of hybrid image compression technique, international journal of electrical and computer engineering (ijece).2017, 7, 4, 22062214. 30. rehna, v.j.; jeya kumar, m.k. wavelet based image coding schemes: a recent survy. department of electronics & communication engineering. noor al islam university. international journal on soft computing (ijsc).2012, 3, 3, 101-118. https://arxiv.org/search/cs?searchtype=author&query=rehna%2c+v+j https://arxiv.org/search/cs?searchtype=author&query=kumar%2c+m+k+j ihjpas. 36(2)2023 407 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract the concept of the extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules was recently introduced by omar a. abdullah and haibat k. mohammadali in 2022, where he studies this concept and it is relationship to previous generalizationsm especially 2-absorbing submodule and quasi-2absorbing submodule, in addition to studying the most important propositions, charactarizations and examples. now in this research, which is considered a continuation of the definition that was presented earlier, which is the extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules, we have completed the study of this concept in multiplication modules. and the relationship between the extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule and extend nearly pseudo quasi-2absorbing ideal. we also studied more result of extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule in multiplication module. in the end, we obtained new propositions and distinguished results in studying this concept. keywords: exnpq-2-absorbing submodule, multiplication modules, non-singular modules, faithful module, projective module, good rings and local rings. 1. introduction in recent years, many generalizations have appeared about the concept of the 2-absorbing submodule such as (pseudo quasi-2-absorbing, nearly quasi-2-absorbing and soc-qp2absorbing) submodules see [1, 2 and 3]. the concept of the extend nearly pseudo quasi-2absorbing submodules is one of the recent generalizations that were recently introduced by us, researchers, omar and haibat see [4]. where we dealt with in the previous research basic properties with relationships. the present work is divided into three parts. part one is preliminaries part, we present in this part of the work the necessary background needed later consisting of definitions, propositions and remarks (without proof) and in the second part we introduced and studied the concept of the extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule in multiplication module. also we got a lot of important results like propositions 3.2, 3.6 and 3.7. in the end we doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3045 article history: received 16 september 2022, accepted 6 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules(ii) omar a. abdullah department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university / iraq. omer.a.abdullah35383@st.tu.edu.iq haibat k. mohammadali department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university / iraq. h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:omer.a.abdullah35383@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 408 presented more result of extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule in multiplication modules. see propositions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.10. 2. preliminaries the following list some fundamental definitions and notations that will be utilized in this paper. definition 2.1[4]. a proper submodule 𝑉 of an ʀ-module ѡ is said to be extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ( for short exnpq2ab ) submodule of ѡ if whenever ɑɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉, where ɑ,ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, ӽ ∈ ѡ, implies that either ɑ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ)+𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓӽ ∈ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). and an ideal ƥ of a ring ʀ is called exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, if ƥ is an exnpq2ab ʀsubmodule of an ʀ-module ʀ. definition 2.2[5]. an ʀ-module ѡ is multiplicatiion, if every submodule 𝑉 of ѡ is of the form 𝑉 = ƥѡ for some ideal ƥ of ʀ. equivalently ѡ is a multiplicatiion ʀ-module if every submodule 𝑉 of ѡ of the form 𝑉 = [𝑉:ʀ ѡ]ѡ. definition 2.3[6]. an ʀ-module ѡ is faithful if 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = (0), where 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = {𝑟 ∈ ʀ: 𝑟𝑤 = (0)}. definition 2.4[6]. an ʀ-module ѡ is finitely generated if ѡ = ʀ𝑥1 + ʀ𝑥2 + ⋯ + ʀ𝑥𝑛 for 𝑥1, 𝑥2,….., 𝑥𝑛 ∈ ѡ. definition 2.5[7]. an ʀ-module ѡ is called concellation module if ƥѡ = ɓѡ for any ideals ƥ and ɓ of ʀ implies that ƥ = ɓ. lemma 2.6[ 5, coro. (2.14) (i)]. let ѡ be faithful multiplication ʀ-module, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). lemma 2.7 [ 8, coro. (2.14) (i)]. let ѡ be faithful multiplication ʀ-module, then 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ = 𝐽(ѡ). definition 2.8[6]. an ʀ-module ѡ is a projective if 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 ʀ-epimorphism 𝑓 from an ʀ-module ѡ on to an ʀmodule ѡ̅ and for any homomorphism 𝑔 from an ʀ-module ѡ̿ to ѡ̅, there exists a homomorphism ℎ from ѡ̿ to ѡ such that 𝑓 ∘ ℎ = 𝑔. lemma 2.9[ 6, theo. (9.2.1) (g)]. for any projective ʀ-module ѡ, we have 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ = 𝐽(ѡ). lemma 2.10[ 8, prop. (3.24)]. for any projective ʀ-module ѡ, we have 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). remark 2.11[6]. ʀ is a good ring if 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ = 𝐽(ѡ). definition 2.12[9]. aring ʀ is artinian if ʀ satisfies (dcc) is an ideals of ʀ, that is if {ƥ∝}∝∈⋀ is a family of ideals of ʀ such that ƥ1 ⊇ ƥ2 ⊇ ⋯ , then ∃ɱ ∈ ȥ + such that ƥ𝑛 = ƥɱ for any 𝑛 ≥ ɱ. definition 2.13[10]. aring ʀ is said to be local ring ʀ if ʀ has a unique maximal ideal. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 409 lemma 2.14[ 6, coro. (9.7.3) (b)]. if ʀ is an artinian ring, then ʀ is a good ring. lemma 2.15[ 11, prop. (1.12)]. if ѡ is an ʀ-module over local ring ʀ, then 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ = 𝐽(ѡ). definition 2.16[12]. an ʀ-module ѡ is 𝑛𝑜𝑛-𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 if ȥ(ѡ) = ѡ, where ȥ(ѡ) = {𝑥 ∈ ѡ: 𝑥ƥ = (0), for some essential ideal ƥ of r}. lemma 2.17[ 12, coro. (1.26)]. let ѡ be is a non-singular ʀ-modules, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ). lemma 2.18[ 13, coro of theo. (9)]. let ѡ be a finitely generated multiplication ʀ-module ƥ and ɓ are ideals of ʀ. then ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ if and only if ƥ ⊆ ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ). definition 2.19[14]. an ʀ-module ѡ is called a 𝑍-regular if for each 𝑒 ∈ ѡ 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑠 𝑓 ∈ ѡ′ = 𝐻𝑜𝑚ʀ(ѡ, ʀ) such that 𝑒 = 𝑓(𝑒)𝑒. definition 2.20[15]. an ʀ-module ѡ is called weak cancellation if ɓѡ = ƥѡ, implies that ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = ƥ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) for ɓ, ƥ are ideals in ʀ. lemma 2.21[ 8, prop. (3.25)]. let ѡ be a 𝑍-regular ʀ-module, then 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ. lemma 2.22[ 7, prop. (3.9)]. if ѡ is a multiplication ʀ-module, then ѡ is finitely generated if and only if ѡ is weak cancellation. lemma 2.23[ 7, prop. (3.1)]. if ѡ is a multiplication ʀ-module, then ѡ is concellation if and only if ѡ is faithful finitely generated. proposition 2.24[ 4, prop. (3.4)]. a proper submodule 𝑉 of ѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if ɑɓ𝑐ℒ ⊆ 𝑉, for ɑ, ɓ, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ and ℒ is a submodule of ѡ, implies that either ɑ𝑐ℒ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɓ𝑐ℒ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɑɓℒ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proposition 2.25[ 4, prop. (3.5)]. let ѡ be module and 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for every submodule 𝐴 of ѡ and for every ideals ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 of ʀ such that ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉, implies that either ƥ1ƥ2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proposition 2.26[ 4, coro. (3.7)]. let ѡ be an ʀ-module and 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for each 𝑟 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and every ideals ƥ, 𝐽 of ʀ with 𝑟ƥ𝐽𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉, implies that either 𝑟ƥ𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐽𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ𝐽𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proposition 2.27[ 4, coro. (3.8)]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 410 let ѡ be an ʀ-module and 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for every ideals ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 of ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ such that ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 implies that either ƥ1ƥ2𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proposition 2.28[ 4, coro. (3.9)]. let ѡ be an ʀ-module and 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for any 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ and any ideal ƥ of ʀ and every submodule 𝐴 of ѡ with 𝑟𝑠ƥ𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 implies that either 𝑟𝑠𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟ƥ𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠ƥ𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proposition 2.29[ 4, coro. (3.10)]. let ѡ be an ʀ-module and 𝑉 ⊂ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if for each 𝑟 ∈ ʀ and any ideals ƥ, 𝐽 of ʀ and every submodule 𝐴 of ѡ with 𝑟ƥ𝐽𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 implies that either 𝑟ƥ𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐽𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ𝐽𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). 3. main results in this part we introduced some characterizations of extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules in multiplication modules. proposition 3.1 let ѡ be a multiplication ʀ-module and 𝑉 ≠ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if whenever ӈ1ӈ2ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 for some submodules ӈ1,ӈ2,ӈ3, 𝐴 of ѡ, implies that either ӈ1ӈ2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ӈ1ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ӈ2ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proof. (⟹) let ӈ1ӈ2ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 for some submodules ӈ1, ӈ2, ӈ3, 𝐴 of ѡ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then ӈ1 = ƥ1ѡ, ӈ2 = ƥ2ѡ, ӈ3 = ƥ3ѡ and 𝐴 = ƥ4ѡ for some ideals ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 and ƥ4of ʀ. that is ӈ1ӈ2ӈ3𝐴 = ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ ) ⊆ 𝑉. but 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, hence from proposition 2.25 we get either ƥ1ƥ2(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). next, following either ӈ1ӈ2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ӈ1ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ӈ2ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). ƥ (⟸) let ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 for ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 are ideals of ʀ and 𝐴 is a submodule of ѡ. put ӈ1 = ƥ1ѡ, ӈ2 = ƥ2ѡ and ӈ3 = ƥ3ѡ. that is ӈ1ӈ2ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉. now, by hypotheses either ӈ1ӈ2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ӈ1ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ӈ2ӈ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), thus ƥ1ƥ2𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3𝐴 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore by proposition 2.25 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.2 let ѡ be a multiplication ʀ-module and 𝑉 ≠ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if whenever ƒ1ƒ2ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 for some submodules ƒ1, ƒ2, ƒ3 of ѡ,𝑥 ∈ ѡ, then either ƒ1ƒ2𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƒ1ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƒ2ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proof. (⟹) let 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ and ƒ1ƒ2ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 for some submodules ƒ1,ƒ2, ƒ3 of ѡ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then ƒ1 = ƥ1ѡ, ƒ2 = ƥ2ѡ and ƒ3 = ƥ3ѡ for some ihjpas. 36(2)2023 411 ideals ƥ1, ƥ2and ƥ3 of ʀ. that is ƒ1ƒ2ƒ3𝑥 = ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉. but 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, hence from proposition 2.27 we get either ƥ1ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ2𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). next, following either ƒ1ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƒ2ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƒ1ƒ2𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). (⟸) let ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 for ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 are ideals of ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ. put ƒ1 = ƥ1ѡ, ƒ2 = ƥ2ѡ and ƒ3 = ƥ3ѡ. that is ƒ1ƒ2ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉. now, by hypotheses either ƒ1ƒ2𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƒ1ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƒ2ƒ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), thus ƥ1ƥ2𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3𝑥 ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore by proposition 2.27 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.3 let ѡ be a multiplication ʀ-module and 𝑉 ≠ ѡ. then 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if whenever ɱ1ɱ2ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 for some ɱ1,ɱ2,ɱ3 ∈ ѡ, ӈ is a submodule of ѡ, implies that either ɱ1ɱ2ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɱ1ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɱ2ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). proof. (⟹) let ɱ1ɱ2ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 for some ɱ1,ɱ2,ɱ3 ∈ ѡ and ӈ is a submodule of ѡ. that is (ɱ1)(ɱ2)(ɱ3)ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 since ѡ is a multiplication, then (ɱ1) = ƥ1ѡ, (ɱ2) = ƥ2ѡ, (ɱ3) = ƥ3ѡ and ӈ = ƥ4ѡ for some ideals ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 and ƥ4 of ʀ. that is (ɱ1)(ɱ2)(ɱ3)ӈ = ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉. but 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, hence from proposition 2.25 we get either ƥ1ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ2(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). next, following either ɱ1ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɱ2ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɱ1ɱ2ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). (⟸) let ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 for ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 are ideals of ʀ and ӈ is a submodule of ѡ. put (ɱ1) = ƥ1ѡ, (ɱ2) = ƥ2ѡ and (ɱ3) = ƥ3ѡ. that is (ɱ1)(ɱ2)(ɱ3)ӈ ⊆ 𝑉. that is ɱ1ɱ2ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉. now, by hypotheses either ɱ1ɱ2ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɱ1ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ɱ2ɱ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ), thus (ɱ1)(ɱ2)ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or (ɱ1)(ɱ3)ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or (ɱ2)(ɱ3)ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). then ƥ1ƥ2ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3ӈ ⊆ 𝑉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore by proposition 2.25 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. remark 3.4 if 𝑉 is an exnpq2ab submodule of an ʀ-module ѡ, then [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] need not to be exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. the following example shows that: let ѡ = 𝚉48 , ʀ = 𝚉 and the submodule 𝑉 = 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, since 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝚉48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 ∩ 〈8̅〉 ∩ 𝚉48 = 〈8̅〉 and 𝐽(𝚉48) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉. then 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝚉48) + 𝐽(𝚉48) = 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉 + 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉, hence for all ɑ, ɓ, 𝑒 ∈ 𝚉 and ɱ ∈ 𝚉48 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ɑɓ𝑒𝑚 ∈ 〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that either ɑɓɱ ∈ 〈2̅〉 or ɑ𝑒ɱ ∈ 〈2̅〉 or ɓ𝑒ɱ ∈ 〈2̅〉. but [〈16̅̅̅̅ 〉:ʀ 𝚉48] = 16𝚉 is not an ihjpas. 36(2)2023 412 exnpq2ab 𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 of 𝚉, since 2.4.2.1 ∈ 16𝚉, for 1,2,4 ∈ 𝚉, implies that 2.4.1 ∉ 16𝚉 and 2.2.1 ∉ 16𝚉 and 4.2.1 ∉ 16𝚉. under certain conditions, the above observation is fulfilled. proposition 3.5 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ is faithful multiplication ʀ-module. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. proof. (⟹) let ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, and ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] for some ideals ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 and ƥ4 of ʀ, then ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4ѡ ⊆ ƒ. but ѡ is a multiplication, then ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4ѡ = ƒ1ƒ2ƒ3ƒ4 ⊆ ƒ, by taking ƥ1ѡ = ƒ1, ƥ2ѡ = ƒ2, ƥ3ѡ = ƒ3 and ƥ4ѡ = ƒ4. but ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then by proposition 3.1 either ƒ1ƒ3ƒ4 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƒ2ƒ3ƒ4 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)or ƒ1ƒ2ƒ4 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since ѡ is multiplication, then ƒ = [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ, and since ѡ is faithful multiplication, then by lemma 2.6 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ and by lemma 2.7 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. thus either ƥ1ƥ3ƥ4ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or ƥ1ƥ2ƥ4ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. hence either ƥ1ƥ3ƥ4 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or ƥ1ƥ2ƥ4 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). therefore [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. (⟸) 𝑆uppose that [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, and 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝐴 ⊆ ƒ for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ and 𝐴 is a submodule of ѡ, since ѡ is a multiplication, then 𝐴 = ƥѡ for some ideal ƥ of ʀ, that is 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ƒ , implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ], but [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, then by proposition 2.24 either 𝑟𝑠ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑟𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). thus either 𝑟𝑠ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑟𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. since ѡ is a faithful multiplication, then [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ = ƒ and by lemma 2.6 and lemma 2.7 either 𝑟𝑠𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). thus by proposition 2.24 ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.6 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ is multiplication projective ʀ-module. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. proof. (⟹) assume that ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, and ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3𝑏 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] for some ideals ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 of ʀ and 𝑏 ∈ ʀ, then ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3(𝑏ѡ) ⊆ ƒ. but ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then by proposition 2.25 either ƥ1ƥ3𝑏ѡ ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ2ƥ3𝑏ѡ ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ2𝑏ѡ ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). since ѡ is multiplication, thenƒ = [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ, and since ѡ is projective ʀ-module ѡ, then by lemma 2.10 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ and by lemma 2.9 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. thus either ƥ1ƥ3𝑏ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or ƥ2ƥ3𝑏ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or ƥ1ƥ2𝑏ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. hence ƥ1ƥ3𝑏 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)or ƥ2ƥ3𝑏 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or ƥ1ƥ2𝑏 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). therefore by proposition 2.27 [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 413 (⟸) 𝑆uppose that [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, and 𝑟𝑠ƥ𝐴 ⊆ ƒ for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ and some submodule 𝐴 of ѡ and for some ideal ƥ of ʀ since ѡ is a multiplication, then 𝐴 = 𝐽ѡ for some ideal 𝐽 of ʀ, that is 𝑟𝑠ƥ𝐽ѡ ⊆ ƒ , implies that 𝑟𝑠ƥ𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ], but [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab 𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 of ʀ, then by proposition 2.28 either 𝑟𝑠𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑟ƥ𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑠ƥ𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). thus either 𝑟𝑠𝐽ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑟ƥ𝐽ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑠ƥ𝐽ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. hence by lemma 2.10 and lemma 2.9 either 𝑟𝑠𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟ƥ𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠ƥ𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). thus by proposition 2.28 ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 3.7 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ is non-singular multiplication ʀ-module ѡ over an a good 𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 ʀ. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. proof. (⟹) let 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑡 ∈ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] for 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ, then 𝑎𝑏𝑐(𝑡ѡ) ⊆ ƒ. but ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then by proposition 2.24 either 𝑎𝑏(𝑡ѡ) ⊆ ƒ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑎𝑐(𝑡ѡ) ⊆ ƒ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑏𝑐(𝑡ѡ) ⊆ ƒ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). since ѡ is multiplication, then ƒ = [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ and since ѡ is non-singular multiplication, then by lemma 2.17 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ and ʀ is a good ring then by remark 2.11 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. thus either 𝑎𝑏(𝑡ѡ) ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or (𝑡ѡ) ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑎𝑐(𝑡ѡ) ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ), then either 𝑎𝑏𝑡 ∈ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑏𝑐𝑡 ∈ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑎𝑐𝑡 ∈ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)). hence by proposition 2.24 [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. (⟸) 𝑆uppose that [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, and 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑥 ∈ ƒ for 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ, hence 𝑎𝑏𝑐(𝑥) ⊆ ƒ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then (𝑥) = 𝐽ѡ for some ideal 𝐽 of ʀ, that is 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝐽ѡ ⊆ ƒ , implies that 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ], but [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, then by definition either 𝑎𝑏𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑎𝑐𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑏𝑐𝐽 ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). thus either 𝑎𝑏𝐽ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ) ѡ or 𝑎𝑐𝐽ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑏𝑐𝐽ѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. hence by lemma 2.17 and remark 2.11 either 𝑎𝑏(𝑥) ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑎𝑐(𝑥) ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐(𝑥) ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). next, follows either 𝑎𝑏𝑥 ∈ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑎𝑐𝑥 ∈ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑏𝑐𝑥 ∈ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ).therefore ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. as a direct application of proposition 3.7, we get the following corollary: corollary 3.8 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ is non-singular multiplication ʀ-module ѡ over artinian 𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 ʀ. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. by proof of proposition 3.7 and using lemma 2.15 we get: proposition 3.9 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ is non-singular multiplication ʀ-module ѡ over local ring ʀ. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 414 proposition 3.10 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ is 𝑍-regular multiplication ʀ-module ѡ over an a good ring ʀ. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. ƥ proof. (⟹) let 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ and ƥ is an ideal of ʀ, then 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ƒ. but ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then either 𝑟𝑠ƥѡ ⊆ ƒ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ƒ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ƒ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). since ѡ is multiplication, then ƒ = [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ and since ѡ is a 𝑍-regular, then by lemma 2.21 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ and ʀ is a good ring then by remark 1.11 𝐽(ѡ) = 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. thus either 𝑟𝑠ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ), it follows that either 𝑟𝑠ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑟𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)). hence by proposition 2.24 [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. (⟸) 𝑆uppose that [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, and 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝐴 ⊆ ƒ for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ѡ and 𝐴 is a submodule of ѡ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then 𝐴 = ƥѡ, that is 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝐴 = 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ƒ , implies that 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ], but [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab 𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 of ʀ, then by proposition 2.24 either 𝑟𝑠ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑟𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ).thus either 𝑟𝑠ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ) ѡ or 𝑟𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ [ƒ:ʀ ѡ]ѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. hence by lemma 2.21 and remark 2.11 either 𝑟𝑠𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡𝐴 ⊆ ƒ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). therefore ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. as a direct application of proposition 3.10, we get the following corollary: corollary 3.11 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ is 𝑍-regular multiplication ʀ-module ѡ over artinian ring ʀ. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. by proof of proposition 3.10 and using lemma 2.15 we get: proposition 3.12 let ƒ ≠ ѡ and ѡ 𝑍-regular multiplication ʀ-module ѡ over local ring ʀ. then ƒ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ if and only if [ƒ:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. 4. more result of exnpq2ab submodules in multiplication modules. in this part we studied more result of exnpq2ab submodules in multiplication modules. and we got the most important results. proposition 4.1 let ѡ be a finitely generated multiplication projective ʀ-module, and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 415 (⟹) let 𝐻1𝐻2𝐻3𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ for some submodules 𝐻1,𝐻2,𝐻3, 𝐴 of ѡ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then 𝐻1 = 𝚥1ѡ, 𝐻2 = 𝚥2ѡ, 𝐻3 = 𝚥3ѡ and 𝐴 = 𝚥4ѡ for some ideals 𝚥1, 𝚥2, 𝚥3 and 𝚥4of ʀ. that is 𝐻1𝐻2𝐻3𝐴 = 𝚥1𝚥2𝚥3𝚥4ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ. but ѡ is a finitely generated multiplication ʀ-module then by lemma 2.18 𝚥1𝚥2𝚥3𝚥4 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ), but 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ, implies that ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = ɓ, thus 𝚥1𝚥2𝚥3𝚥4 ⊆ ɓ. now, by assumption ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ then by proposition 3.2 either 𝚥1𝚥3𝚥4 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝚥2𝚥3𝚥4 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝚥1𝚥2𝚥4 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)), hence either 𝚥1𝚥3𝚥4ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝚥2𝚥3𝚥4ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝚥1𝚥2𝚥4ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ. since ѡ is a projective then by lemma 2.10 and lemma 2.9 (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) = (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ), thus either 𝐻1𝐻3𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝐻2𝐻3𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝐻1𝐻2𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). hence by proposition 3.2 ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. (⟸) let ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4 ⊆ ɓ, for ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 and ƥ4 are ideals in ʀ, implies that ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ. but ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then by proposition 2.25 either ƥ1ƥ2(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ))or ƥ1ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or ƥ2ƥ3(ƥ4ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). but ѡ is a projective then (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) = (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ). thus either ƥ1ƥ2ƥ4ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or ƥ1ƥ3ƥ4ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ, hence either ƥ1ƥ2ƥ4 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or ƥ1ƥ3ƥ4 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or ƥ2ƥ3ƥ4 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). then by proposition 2.25 ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. proposition 4.2 let ѡ be a faithful finitely generated multiplication ʀ-module, and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. (⟹) let 𝑟ƥ𝐽𝑥 ⊆ ɓѡ for any 𝑟 ∈ ʀ, 𝑥 ∈ ѡ and ƥ, 𝐽 are ideals of ʀ. next, follows 𝑟ƥ𝐽(𝑥) ⊆ ɓѡ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then (𝑥) = ƥ1ѡ for some ideal ƥ1 of ʀ, that is 𝑟ƥ𝐽ƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ. thus by lemma 2.18 we get 𝑟ƥ𝐽ƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛(ѡ), but ѡ is faithful, then 𝑎𝑛𝑛(ѡ) = {0}, that is 𝑟ƥ𝐽ƥ1 ⊆ ɓ. since ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, then by proposition 2.27 either 𝑟ƥƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑟𝐽ƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or ƥ𝐽ƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ), hence either 𝑟ƥƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑟𝐽ƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or ƥ𝐽ƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ, hence by lemma 2.6 and lemma 2.7 either 𝑟ƥ(𝑥) ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐽(𝑥) ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ𝐽(𝑥) ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). that is either 𝑟ƥ𝑥 ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝐽𝑥 ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or ƥ𝐽𝑥 ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). hence by proposition 2.26 ɓѡ is an exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. (⟸) let 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ ɓ for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ and ƥ ideal of ʀ, hence 𝑟𝑠𝑡(ƥѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ, but ɓѡ is an exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then either 𝑟𝑠(ƥѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡(ƥѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡(ƥѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ). thus by lemma 2.6 and lemma 2.7 either 𝑟𝑠ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑟𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ, hence either 𝑟𝑠ƥ ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑟𝑡ƥ ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). therefore ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 416 proposition 4.3 let ѡ be a finitely generated non-singular multiplication module over good ring ʀ and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. (⟹) let 𝑟𝑠ƥ𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ, for 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ ʀ, ƥ is an ideal of ʀ and 𝐴 is a submodule of ѡ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then 𝐴 = ƥ1ѡ, for some ideal ƥ1 of ʀ, then 𝑟𝑠ƥƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ. but ѡ is a finitely generated multiplication ʀ-module then by lemma 2.18 𝑟𝑠ƥƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ), since 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ, implies that ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = ɓ, hence 𝑟𝑠ƥƥ1 ⊆ ɓ. but ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ then by proposition 2.28 either 𝑟𝑠ƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑟ƥƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑠ƥƥ1 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)). thus either 𝑟𝑠ƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑟ƥƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑠ƥƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ). since ѡ is non-singular, then by lemma 2.17 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) and ʀ is good ring then 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ = 𝐽(ѡ). hence either 𝑟𝑠ƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟ƥƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠ƥƥ1ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). that is either 𝑟𝑠𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟ƥ𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠ƥ𝐴 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). therefore by proposition 2.28 ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. (⟸) let 𝑟ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3 ⊆ ɓ, for 𝑟 ∈ ʀ, and ƥ1, ƥ2, ƥ3 are ideals of ʀ, implies that 𝑟ƥ1ƥ2(ƥ3ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ. since ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then by proposition 2.29 either 𝑟ƥ1(ƥ3ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟ƥ2(ƥ3ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or ƥ1ƥ2(ƥ3ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). but ѡ is non-singular and ʀ is good ring then (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) = (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ). thus either 𝑟ƥ1ƥ3ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑟ƥ2ƥ3ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ), then either 𝑟ƥ1ƥ3 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑟ƥ2ƥ3 ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or ƥ1ƥ2ƥ3 ⊆ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). hence by proposition 2.28 ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. corollary 4.4 let ѡ be a finitely generated non-singular multiplication module over artinian ring ʀ and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 4.5 let ѡ be a finitely generated non-singular multiplication module over local ring ʀ and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. similarly to the proof of proposition 4.3 by using lemma 2.15. proposition 4.6 let ѡ be a finitely generated multiplication 𝑍-regular module over good ring ʀ and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 417 proof. (⟹) let 𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑥 ∈ ɓѡ for 𝑟, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ʀ and 𝑥 ∈ ѡ, that is 𝑟𝑠𝑡〈𝑥〉 ⊆ ɓѡ. since ѡ is a multiplication, then 〈𝑥〉 = ƥѡ for some ideal ƥ of ʀ, that is 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ. but ѡ is a finitely generated multiplication ʀ-module then by lemma 2.18 𝑟𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ ɓ. but ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ then by proposition 2.24 either 𝑟𝑠ƥ ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑟𝑡ƥ ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)) or 𝑠𝑡ƥ ⊆ ɓ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ)). thus either 𝑟𝑠ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑟𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ) or 𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ). since ѡ is 𝑍-𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 then by lemma 2.21 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) and ʀ is good ring then 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ = 𝐽(ѡ). hence either 𝑟𝑠ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠𝑡ƥѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). that is either 𝑟𝑠〈𝑥〉 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟𝑡〈𝑥〉 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠𝑡〈𝑥〉 ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)), thus either 𝑟𝑠𝑥 ∈ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑟𝑡𝑥 ∈ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑠𝑡𝑥 ∈ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). therefore ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. (⟸) let 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑑 ∈ ɓ, for 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑 ∈ ʀ, implies that 𝑎𝑏𝑐(𝑑ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ. since ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ, then by proposition 2.24 either 𝑎𝑏(𝑑ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑎𝑐(𝑑ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) or 𝑏𝑐(𝑑ѡ) ⊆ ɓѡ + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)). but ѡ is 𝑍-regular and ʀ is good ring, then (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ѡ) + 𝐽(ѡ)) = (𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ). thus either 𝑎𝑏𝑑ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑎𝑐𝑑ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ or 𝑏𝑐𝑑ѡ ⊆ ɓѡ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ)ѡ + 𝐽(ʀ)ѡ, then either 𝑎𝑏𝑑 ∈ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑎𝑐𝑑 ∈ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ) or 𝑏𝑐𝑑 ∈ ɓ + 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ʀ) + 𝐽(ʀ). hence ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. corollary 4.7 let ѡ be a finitely generated multiplication 𝑍-regular module over artinian ring ʀ and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proposition 4.8 let ѡ be a finitely generated multiplication 𝑍-regular module over local ring ʀ and ɓ is an ideal of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. then ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ if and only if ɓѡ is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. proof. similar to the proof of proposition 4.6 by using lemma 2.15. proposition 4.9 let ѡ be a faithful finitely generated multiplication ʀ-module and 𝑉 ≠ ѡ, in which case the following claims are equivalent: 1. 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. 2. [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. 3. 𝑉 = ɓѡ for some exnpq2ab ideal ɓ of ʀ. proof. (𝟏 ⇔ 𝟐) by proposition 3.6. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 418 (𝟐 ⇒ 𝟑) since [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ and ѡ is a faithful, that is (0) = ɑ𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = [0:ʀ ѡ] ⊆ [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] and ѡ is a multiplication, so v = [𝑉:ʀ ѡ]ѡ, implies that v = jѡ for some exnpq2ab ideal j = [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] of ʀ. (𝟑 ⇒ 𝟐) suppose that 𝑉 = 𝐽ѡ for some exnpq2ab ideal 𝐽 of ʀ. since ѡ is multiplication, then v = [v:ʀ ѡ]ѡ. that is 𝐽ѡ = [v:ʀ ѡ]ѡ, but ѡ is faithful finitely generated multiplication then by lemma 2.23 we get [v:ʀ ѡ] = j. thus [v:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. proposition 4.10 let ѡ be a finitely generated multiplication projective ʀ-module and 𝑉 ≠ ѡ, in which case the following claims are equivalent: 1. 𝑉 is exnpq2ab submodule of ѡ. 2. [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. 3. 𝑉 = ɓѡ for some exnpq2ab ideal ɓ of ʀ. proof. (𝟏 ⇔ 𝟐) by proposition 3.7. (𝟐 ⇒ 𝟑) clear. (𝟑 ⇒ 𝟐) assume that 𝑉 = ɓѡ …..(1) for some exnpq2ab ideal ɓ of ʀ with 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ. while ѡ is a multiplication, then 𝑉 = [𝑉:ʀ ѡ]ѡ…..(2), from (1) and (2) we have [𝑉:ʀ ѡ]ѡ = ɓѡ. since ѡ is a finitely generated, then by lemma 2.22 ѡ is weak cancellation, then [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = ɓ + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ), but 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ ɓ, and 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) ⊆ [𝑉:ʀ ѡ], implies that 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) + ɓ = ɓ and [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] + 𝑎𝑛𝑛ʀ(ѡ) = [𝑉:ʀ ѡ]. thus ɓ = [𝑉:ʀ ѡ], but ɓ is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ, hence [𝑉:ʀ ѡ] is exnpq2ab ideal of ʀ. 5. conclusion. in this paper, we introduced the some characterizations in class of multiplication modules. and, we show by example the residual of extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodule need not to be extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing ideal; we gave an example of that. under a certain condition it is equivalent. also, we studied the characterized extend nearly pseudo quasi2-absorbing ideals by extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules. in the end, we got a lot of important results. references 1. haibat, k.; mohammedali.; omar, a. abdalla., pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules and some related concepts, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2019, 32(2), 114122. 2. haibat, k.; mohammedali; khalaf, h. alhabeeb., nearly quasi2-absorbing submodules, tikrit journal for pure. sci,2018, 23(9), 99-102. 3. reem, t. abdulqader.; zinah, t. abdulqader.; haibat, k. mohammedali.; akram, s. mohammed., soc-qp2-absorbing submodules, turkish journal of computer and mathematics education, 2022, 13(3), 761-770. 4. omar, a.abdalla.; haibat, k. mohammedali. ,extend nearly pseudo quasi-2-absorbing submodules(i), ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied scince, 2022, too aper. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 419 5. el-bast, z. a .;smith, p. f., multiplication modules, comm. in algebra, 1988, 16(4), 755-779. 6. kash, f. modules., rings. london math. soc. monographs new york , academic press , 1982, 370. 7. ali, s. m., on cancellation modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 1992. 8. nuha, h.h., the radicals of modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 1996. 9. barnard, a. multiplication modules, journal of algebra , (7), 174 178. 1981. 7. 10. behboodi, m.; koohi, h. ,weakly prime modules, vietnam j. of math., 2004,32(2), 185-195. 11. payman, m. h., hollow modules and semi hollow modules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 2005. 12. goodearl, k. r., ring theory, marcel dekker, inc. new york and basel, 206. 1976. 13. smith, p.f. some remarks of multiplication modules, arch. math, 1986, (50), 223-225. 14. zelmanowitz, j. ,regular modules, trans. amerecan, math. soc. ,1973 (163), 341-355. 15. mijbass, a. s. on cancellation modules, m.sc. theses, university of baghdad. 1993. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 91 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license synthesis of manganese dioxide nanoparticles by plant extract mediated and their effect on biofilm formation *corresponding author: zainabjs_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract in the current work, punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis extracts were used to prepare manganese dioxide (mno2) nanoparticles utilizing a green method. energy-dispersive x-ray (edx) analysis, fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) analysis, and filed emission-scanning electron microscopy (fe-sem) analysis were used to evaluate the produced mno2 nps. fe-sem pictures demonstrated how agglomerated nanoparticles formed. according to fe-sem calculations, the particle size ranged from 18.7-91.5 nm. ftir spectra show that pure mn-o is formed, while edx results show that mn and o are present. the ability to suppress biofilm growth in the produced mno2 nps was examined. the outcomes showed that both bacterial and fungal biofilms were effectively inhibited by the mno2 nps produced. keywords: manganese dioxide nps, biofilm inhibition, plant extracts. 1.introduction serious worldwide concern has evolved in the form of antibiotic and antifungal treatment resistance in pathogenic bacterial and fungus species [1]. the production of biofilms by these microbes is a major factor in the antimicrobial medications' ineffectiveness [2]. these harmful microorganisms can tolerate 1,000 doses of traditional antibacterial drugs in the form of biofilms [3]. in addition, these harmful microorganisms have acquired resistance to antibiotics by creating efflux mechanisms, reducing cell wall penetration, changing the drug's target locations, etc [4]. because these pathogenic bacteria species are responsible for various infectious disorders, these antimicrobial medicines are ineffective in treating them. by creating nanosized materials, doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3061 article history: received 7 october 2022, accepted 21 february 2023, published in july 2023. sabeeha k. shanshool department of physics, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. sabeha.khaleel1104a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq zainab j. shanan* department of physics, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. zainabjs_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:zainabjs_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:sabeha.khaleel1104a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:sabeha.khaleel1104a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:zainabjs_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:zainabjs_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 92 nanotechnology has arisen as a solution to the problem of antimicrobial resistance in this situation [5]. medicine has been modernized with the introduction of nanotechnology, the most significant breakthrough in recent years. nanotechnology, a groundbreaking science, will influence our efforts to improve human health. the medical industry has studied the longevity, efficiency, durability, flexibility, and inimitable physicochemical characteristics of nanoparticles. they are being utilized in numerous therapeutic approaches, such as the targeted delivery of medications, prognostic visual monitoring of therapy, and even tumor identification [6]. nanoparticles (nps) have become a useful weapon in the fight against bacterial biofilms. it is because nps are immune to the processes that cause antibiotic resistance [7]. metal oxide nanoparticles, including tio2, fe3o4, zno, mno2, cuo, and several mixed metal oxides, are among the numerous nps but are the most promising and extensively investigated [8]. many metal oxide nps have been shown to display biological characteristics far more favourably than the nps of the parent metals. because of this, the scientific community showed the most interest in metal oxide nps [9]. nps and other nanomaterials are gaining a lot of interest due to their distinctive physical properties. furthermore, because of their physical properties, nps are ideal for use in biological, electrical, sensing, and optoelectronic applications [10]. gram-negative bacteria escherichia coli, klebsiella pneumonia, gram-positive bacteria staphylococcus aureus, bacillus subtilis, and c. albicans, as well as biofilm development, were used to examine the antibacterial properties of manufactured manganese dioxide nanoparticles. 2.materials and methods: 2.1. green methods of synthesis manganese dioxide nanoparticles preparation of hot aqueous extract the leaf powder (10gm) of punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis was mixed well with (150 ml) of distilled water boiled at 80°c and then homogenized on a magnetic stirrer for 2 hours, although the colour of the aqueous solution was different. the aqueous solution was then filtered and centrifuged at 6000 rpm for 20 min, then kept at 4°c until use. 2.2. the synthesis of mno2 nps by using aqueous extract of punica granatum l. peel ,artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l. and camellia sinensis. to make the precursor solution, combine 0.2g manganese acetate (ch3cooh)2 mn.6h2o with 100 ml of distilled water and heat for ten minutes with magnetic stirring. to make mno2 nanoparticles, 50 ml of the precursor solution was mixed with 5 ml of aqueous extracts from punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis extracts on a magnetic stirrer at 70°c for 60 minutes, despite the fact that the colour of the aqueous solution varies. the hue of the solution changed to brown when manganese acetate was added to both punica granatum l. peel, matricaria chamomilla l. and camellia sinensis extracts. the hue of the solution changed to dark brown when it was mixed with extracts of artemisia herbaalba asso. after that, the sample was centrifuged for 15 minutes at 8000 rpm. the solution was baked for 2 hours at 250°c, also carefully collected and kept the powder for characterization purposes. (see figure1). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 93 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure1. manganese dioxide nanoparticles green synthesized via (a) punica granatum l. peel (b)artemisia herbaalba asso. extract (c) matricaria chamomilla l. extract (d) camellia sinensis extract. 2.3. biofilm formation method biofilm formation assays were performed using a 96well microtiter plate, based on the protocol by goh, s. et al. (2013) [11], different bacterial strains were cultured in ts broth for an overnight period before being diluted to 1:100 (tsb + 1% w/v glucose). except for the control well, which was left empty, the microtiter plate's wells were each filled with 100 ml of medium and 100 mno2 nps. following that, the plate was incubated for 24 hours at 37 °c, poured into the wells, stained for 10 minutes at room temperature, and then washed off by immersing the plate in a water tray and letting it dry in the air. the optical density (od) of the wells was measured in a tiny plate reader at 630 nm after the wells were stained for 10 minutes at room temperature with 95 percent ethanol [12]. 3. characterization the synthesized mno2 nanoparticles are subjected to various characterization studies to study their structural and optical properties, such as fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir), filed emissionscanning electron micrographs (fe-sem), and energy dispersive x-ray (edx). the results obtained are discussed below. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 94 3.1.ftir analysis the prepared manganese oxide nanoparticles were also subjected to ft-ir spectroscopy. stabilized manganese nanoparticles' ftir spectrum is seen in (fig. 2. the spectra were captured between 1000 and 4000 cm1. the ftir spectrum has recognizable peaks. according to the findings, the peak between (3428.81 and 3431.71) cm-1 can be attributed to the o-h stretching of any ethanol or water that is present in the system. due to interaction with manganese dioxide nanoparticles, secondary metabolites in plant extracts exhibit c=o stretching between (1631.48 and 1635.34) cm-1. the absorption peak between (1360.21-1368.25) cm-1 demonstrated the bending band of adsorbed water of mn nanoparticles. peaks located between (1057.76 and 1160.04) cm-1 were used to identify the (c-o) band presence that is present in plant extracts. the mno2 nanoparticles were confirmed to be present in the sample by the substantial absorption peaks between 993.16 and 995.089 cm-1 that matched the distinctive stretching bonds o-mn-o. as a result of our findings, green-synthesized mno2 nps are completely capped with biologically active phytomolecules from plant extracts with such functional groups [13]. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 2. ftir analysis of green-synthesized of mno2 nps using (a) punica granatum l. peel extract (b)artemisia herba-alba asso. extract (c) matricaria chamomilla l. extract (d) camellia sinensis extract. 3.2. fe-sem analysis manganese dioxide nanoparticles made from punica granatum l. peel extract were examined using a field emission-scanning electron microscope (fe-sem), and the results showed that during the synthesis process, polymorphic agglomeration occurred. the particle size was found to be in the range of (34.1-89.6) nm (figure 3a) according to the surface morphology of the mno2 nps by artemisia herba-alba asso. as shown in fig. 3b, the particles were in cubic form and in different sizes, the particle size was in the range of (20.6–82.7) nm. in (figure 3c) shows the fe-sem of ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 95 mno2 nps using matricaria chamomilla l. extract, the particle size is found in the range (18.779.3) nm, which are small and large lumps combined with each other and with irregular shapes. synthesized in green from mno2 nps via camellia sinensis extract, they are lumps of various sizes, have a spongy texture, and the particle size ranged from (32.9-91.5) nm, as shown in (fig.3d). (a) (b) (c) (d) figure3. fe-sem analysis of green-synthesized of mno2 nps using (a) punica granatum l. peel extract (b)artemisia herba-alba asso. extract (c) matricaria chamomilla l. extract (d) camellia sinensis extract. 3.3. edx analysis the chemical structure of the green composite mno2 nps were investigated using edx analysis. the successful green synthesis of nps was validated using biomolecules from punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis by edx pattern and edx mapping (figure 4). the edx peaks at 1.2 kev and 2.4 kev in the edx spectrum confirmed the presence of the chemical element (mn) in the produced nps [14]. the presence of the carbon (c) and oxygen (o) peaks in the edx spectrum, in addition to the mn edx peaks, confirmed the adsorption of biological molecules on the surface of nps made from plant extracts. the edx results further confirmed that the mno2 nps contained very few impurities. as a result, the edx results show that plant extracts have successfully been used to synthesize nps of interest. the edx patterns of mno2 nps synthesized in green are consistent with those previously reported in the literature [15]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 96 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure4. edx analysis of green-synthesized of mno2 nps using (a) punica granatum l. peel extract (b)artemisia herba-alba asso. extract (c) matricaria chamomilla l. extract (d) camellia sinensis extract. 3.4. biofilm inhibition investigations mno2 nps were tested for their biofilm inhibitory effect against infectious bacterial and fungal species using leaf extracts from punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis. according to the findings, mno2 nps have significant net biofilm inhibitory activity, inhibiting the formation of biofilms in both bacterial and fungal strains. moreover, as shown in fig. 5, the green production of mno2 using punica granatum l. peel and artemisia herba-alba asso. extracts showed the highest percentage of biofilm suppression activity, while the activity of mno2 nps prepared by camellia sinensis extract was the lowest among the rest of the extracts, as shown in table 1. in addition, we tested the biofilm inhibition activity data against both fungal strains employing green production of mno2 using punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis extracts, which demonstrated a substantial difference, where the highest percentage of mno2 nps was prepared by artemisia herba-alba asso. extract, as shown in table 2. the expression of cell wall proteins can change the surface of the cell wall from hydrophilic to extremely hydrophobic toward nanoparticles, which can affect the tolerance or susceptibility of bacteria and fungi to nanoparticles and diffusion within biofilm matrixes [16]. table 1. the effect of mno2 nps on bacterial biofilm formation. bacterial isolates control treatment by samples 9 10 11 12 bacillus subtilus 0.256 0.095 0.143 0.175 0.188 staphylococcus aureus 0.255 0.110 0.089 0.115 0.139 escherichia coli 0.471 0.288 0.314 0.357 0.398 klebsiella pneumonia 0.505 0.389 0.393 0.415 0.477 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 97 where the numbers (9, 10, 11 and 12) refer to manganese dioxide nanoparticles prepared by the extracts (punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis) respectively. figure5. after treatment with different mno2 nps bacteria's biofilm development differed. table 2. the effect of mno2 nps on biofilm growth on fungi fungal isolates control treatment by samples 9 10 11 12 c.albicans 0.684 0.453 0.434 0.456 0.516 figure6. c. albicans biofilm development discrepancies following treatment with various mno2 nps. 0 0.5 1 o p ti ca l d e n si ty 3 6 0 n m ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 98 4.conclusion the plant extracts of punica granatum l. peel, artemisia herba-alba asso., matricaria chamomilla l., and camellia sinensis demonstrated the ability to produce manganese dioxide nanoparticles. with the use of several spectroscopic methods, the produced mno2 nps were effectively characterized. the creation of pure and crystalline mno2 nanoparticles with high purity and crystallinity, decreased particle size, and increased surface flaws is confirmed by fe-sem and ftir. these characteristics make these particles favorable for usage in a variety of environmental and application settings. edx spectrum shows the mn & o nanoparticles are present in the prepared nanoparticles. the ability to prevent biofilms with the produced mno2 nps was examined. the outcomes showed that both bacterial and fungal biofilms were effectively inhibited by the produced mno2 nps. references 1. khan, s. a.; shahid, s.; lee, c. s. s.; green synthesis of gold and silver nanoparticles using leaf extract of clerodendrum inerme; characterization, antimicrobial, and antioxidant activities. biomol. ther. 2020,10, 83-85. 2. khan, s. a.; shahid, s.; mahmood, t.; lee, c. s., contact lenses coated with hybrid multifunctional ternary nanocoatings (phytomoleculecoated zno nanoparticles:gallic acid:tobramycin) for the treatment of bacterial and fungal keratitis. acta biomater. 2021,128, 262–276. 3. khan, s. a.; shahid, s.; shahid, b.; fatima, u.; abbasi, s. a., green synthesis of mno nanoparticles using abutilon indicum leaf extract for biological, photocatalytic, and adsorption activities. biomol. ther. 2020. 10, 78-85. 4. lopez, y. c.; antuch, m., morphology control in the plant-mediated synthesis of magnetite nanoparticles. curr. opin. green sustain. chem. 2020, 24, 32–37. 5. khan, s. a.; shahid, s.; hanif, s.; almoallim, h. s.; alharbi, s. a.; sellami, h., green synthesis of chromium oxide nanoparticles for antibacterial, antioxidant anticancer, and biocompatibility activities. int. j. mol. sci. 2021, 22(2), 502-511. 6. wong, i.y.; bhatia, s.n.; toner, m., nanotechnology: emerging tools for biology and medicine. genes dev. 2013, 27(2),2397–2408. 7. hu, l., the use of nanoparticles to prevent and eliminate bacterial biofilms. in antimicrobial research novel bioknowledge and educational programs; formatex: badajoz, spain, 2017, 8(2), 344–350. 8. vidic, j.; stankic, s.; haque, f.; ciric, d.; le goffic, r.; vidy, a.; jupille, j.; delmas, b. selective antibacterialmeffects of mixed znmgo nanoparticles. j. nanopart. res. 2013.15(5), 1595. 9. ciorita, a.; suciu, m.; macavei, s.; kacso, i.; lung, i.; soran, m. l., green synthesis of agmno2 nanoparticles using chelidonium majus and vinca minor extracts and their in vitro cytotoxicity. molecules. 2020, 25(4),819-823. 10. khan, m.; shaik, m. r.; adil, s. f.; khan, s. t.; al-warthan, a.; siddiqui, m. r. h., plant extracts as green reductants for the synthesis of silver nanoparticles: lessons from chemical synthesis. dalt. trans. 2018, 47(35), 11988–12010. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 99 11. goh, s. n.; fernandez, a.; ang, s. z.; lau, w. y. effect of different amino acids on biofilm growth, swimming, motility and twitching motility in escherichia coli bl 21. j. biol. live sci. 2013,4(2), 2157-6076. 12. shahid, s.; khan, s. a.; ahmad, w.; fatima, u.; knawal, s., size-dependent bacterial growth inhibition and antibacterial activity of ag-doped zno nanoparticles under different atmospheric conditions. indian j. pharm. sci, 2018, 80(35), 173–180. 13. saranya, d.; sekar, j., gc-ms and ft-ir analyses of ethylacetate leaf extract of abutilon indicum (l.) sweet. int. j. adv. res. biol. sci. 2016, 3(2), 193–197. 14. balakumar, v.; ryu, j.w.; kim, h.; manivannan, r.; son, y.a. ultrasonic synthesis of αmno2 nanorods: an efficient catalytic conversion of refractory pollutant, methylene blue. ultrason. sonochem. 2020, 62(12), 104870. 15. manjula, r.; thenmozhi, m.; thilagavathi, s.; srinivasan, r.; kathirvel, a. green synthesis and characterization of manganese oxide nanoparticles from gardenia resinifera leaves. mater. today proc. 2019,10(5),207-218 16. sabah, m.; zainab, j.; sabeeha, k., study characterizations of cuo nanoparticles by using the chemical and green method and their effect on biofilm formation. current research in microbiology and biotechnology, 2018, 2(6),1595-1600. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |150 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 adsorption of tetracycline on the bauxite and modified bauxite at different temperatures israa m. radhi yousif i. mohammed takialdin a. himdan dhefaf h. badri dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure science) ibn al haitham(/ university of baghdad received in:24/may/2017,accepted in:28/may/2017 abstract in this study, bauxite and modified bauxite /polymer, which were prepared as an adsorbent surfaces to adsorption of the tetracycline from aqueous solutions. a series of adsorption experiments were conducted to determine the equilibrium time and temperature effect on the adsorption process. the results showed that adsorption was agreed with the freundlich equation model for the surface of the bauxite. as for the modified bauxite surface, the results were consistent with the langmuir equation model. the values of the basic thermodynamic functions of the adsorption process were calculated, so the process of adsorption was founded spontaneous and endothermic. key word: bauxite, modified bauxite, adsorption, tetracycline chemistry |151 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction antibiotics are widely used in human therapy [1]. tetracycline is a broad-spectrum antibiotic that works against grampositive and negative bacteria and inhibits their growth. recently, tetracycline became a concern the trend to the environment[2]. it is detected through contaminated water from water treatment plants [3,4], so that the removing it has a great importance. the removal is done using certain adsorbents such as montmorellonite [5] where this method is the easiest and the most economical. in this study, bauxite and modified bauxite were used as good adsorbents surfaces to adsorption of the tetracycline from aqueous solutions. bauxite is the most important type of aluminum ores, it consists of gibbsite, boehmite and diaspore in large quantities, as well as less goethite and hematite and small amounts of anatase [6]. it was first discovered by french geologist pierre berthier in 1821[6]. experimental part in this study, the following devices were used : 1-double beam uvvisible spectrophotometer type shimadzu. 1800, japan. 2a water bath shaker labtech. korea. 3 balance (0.0001 g ±) type sartorius lab. bl 210 s, germany. the chemicals were used (melamine from bdh, urea from hannover, formaldehyde and hydrochloric acid from reidel-de haen). the bauxite from the general company of geological survey in iraq. the tetracycline from sdisamarra. the modified bauxite has been prepared previously [7]. effect of contact time the equilibrium time was determined at a temperature of 293k, taking 50 ml of the tetracycline solution at a concentration of 40ppm and adding it to 0.05g of both adsorbents which were shaken in the shaker water bath. the time period ranged from 10min-180 min, after every 10 minutes separate the solution using a centrifuge at 5000 rpm for 10 minutes. then the solution was separated and analyzed using a spectrophotometer at the λmax=356 nm. the results indicated that the best time for equilibrium was 2 hours and 3 hours for bauxite and modified bauxite, respectively. adsorption isotherms a volume of 50 ml. of six different concentrations of tetracycline (20,30,40,50,60 and 70) ppm was shaken with 0.05 g of both adsorbents at acertain temperature in the shaker water bath. after the equilibrium time is elapsed, separate the solution using a centrifuge at 5000 rpm for 10 minutes. after the separation, the absorption of the solution was measured using a spectrophotometer at the λmax. through absorption values, we can calculate the concentration at equilibrium using the calibration curve. results and discussion the amount of drug adsorbed at certain conditions of temperatures was calculated from equation: ( ) …….(1) where, (v) is the volume of solution in litres, (c0) and (ce) are the initial and equilibrium concentration of the drug in milligrams per litre. (m) is the weight of adsorbent which was taken equal to 0.05 g. [8] the extent of adsorption of tetracycline at (25,30,35,40 and 45) 0 c from aqueous solution on bauxite and modified bauxite is given in figure (1)and (2). chemistry |152 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 in figure (1), the general pattern of adsorption isotherm of the tetracycline on the surface of the bauxite follows the s2max pattern at low temperatures and then begins to convert to l2max pattern at high temperature. figure (2) shows that the adsorption of the tetracycline on the modified bauxite surface follows the lmax pattern at low temperatures and then changes to the smax pattern at high temperatures (up to 318k). the maximum-adsorption occurs when the adsorbed particles reach a certain level of concentration, which begins by interfering strongly with each other in the solution to form agregations. these agregations increase the solubility of the adsorbent by increasing the concentration and thus decrease the adsorption potential of these molecules [9] .when the literatures were reviewed, it was found that tetracycline tends to form agregations by attracting different charges on the tetracycline molecules itself ,and that these agregations have less adsorption capability. this is due to decreased adsorption and the formation of the maximum end point in the isotherm curve[10,11]. there are several isotherm adsorption models that help to explain the obtained results for isotherm: freundlich isotherm model the isotherm freundlich equation (2) [12]for tetracycline adsorption was applied to the bauxite and modified bauxite surface at different temperatures as shown in figure(3) and (4). ln qe = ln kf + 1/n ln ce ……..(2) where kf and n are freundlich constants, qe the amount of drug adsorbed (mg/g) and ce is the equilibrium concentration of tetracycline (mg/l). a plot of log qe against log ce would give the values of n and kf from the slope and intercept respectively. the values of freundlich constants with the correlation coefficients are shown in table 1. the results shown in the table indicate that the values of the freundlich constants at different temperatures on the surface of bauxite have an increase in the value of kf by increasing the temperature, while is fluctuate in value at different temperatures. as for the values of the freundlich constants on the modified bauxite surface, we observe their variability at different temperatures. this indicates that bauxite corresponds to the model well while modified bauxite has a weak corresponds. langmuir isotherm model the isotherm langmuir equation (3)[13]for tetracycline adsorption was applied to the bauxite and modified bauxite surface at different temperatures as shown in figure(5) and (6). ce/qe = 1/a k + ce/a ……..(3) where k and a are langmuir constants, qe the amount of drug adsorbed (mg/g) and ce is the equilibrium concentration of tetracycline (mg/l). a plot of ce/qe against ce would give the values of a and k from the slope and intercept respectively. the values of langmuir constants with the correlation coefficients are shown in table 2. the results shown in the table indicate there is a fluctuation in the values of the equilibrium constant or the constant of the adsorption process according to langmuir in the case of bauxite at different temperatures. in the case of modified bauxite, we observe negative values, which are mainly due to non-typical adsorption and then become positive when the temperature rises. as for the values of the maximum amount of absorbent matter calculated according to the langmuir model of the bauxite modified bauxite surface, we note that there is a fluctuation of these values at low temperatures followed by a continuous increase at high temperatures. these results indicate that the modified bauxite corresponds to the model well, while bauxite is moderately consistent. interpretation of thermodynamic functions the equilibrium constant (keq) for the adsorption process at each temperature is calculated from the equation (4): keq =qm/ce ……..(4) chemistry |153 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 where qm is the amount of maximum absorbent at equilibrium (mg/g) and ce is the equilibrium concentration of tetracycline (mg/l). the change in free energy (∆g) could be determined from the equation (5): ∆g = -rtlnk ….(5) where r is the gas constant (8.314 j.mol -1 .k -1 ) and t is the absolute temperature the heat of adsorption (∆h) may be obtained from the equation (6): ……..(6) where k is the equilibrium constant. table 3 gives k values at different temperatures. a plot of lnk versus 1/t would give a straight line with a slope = (-∆h/r) as shown in figure (7) and (8). the change in entropies (∆s) was calculated from gibbs equation (7): ∆g = ∆h-t∆s ……..(7) table 4 shows the basic thermodynamic values of adsorption of the tetracycline on bauxite and modified bauxite. the values shown in the table indicate that the heat adsorption of tetracycline, whether on the surface of the bauxite or modified bauxite, is positive and this indicates that the adsorption process is andothemic process. this indicates to the possibility of a high absorption process associated with adsorption process and this result agrees with the results of the study[14]. we also note that the values of change in free energy are negative and this indicates that the process of adsorption is spontaneous. as for the values of the change in the entropy, it is positive and its value on the surface of the bauxite is higher than the modified bauxite surface. this is the reason for the possibility of forming the symmetric bond between the neoclophilic groups in the tetracycline molecule with empty orbitals that found in the aluminum atom on the surface of the bauxite. its value on the modified bauxite surface is lower. this indicates that the formal structures taken by tetracycline molecules when trapped inside the polymer paths and pores are not significantly different from the probability of their arrangement in the aqueous solution. references 1 zhang, l. et al. (2011) “studies on the removal of tetracycline by multi-walled carbon nanotubes”. chem. eng. j. 178, 26–33. 2 gao y. et al. (2012) “adsorption and removal of tetracycline antibiotics from aqueous solution by graphene oxide”. j. colloid interf. sci. 368, 540–546. 3 – beausse, j. (2004) “selected drugs in solid matrices: a review of environmental determination, occurrence and properties of principal substances”. trac-trend anal. chem. 23, 753–761. 4 golet, e. m.; strehler, a.; alder, a. c. & giger, w. (2002) “determination of fluoroquinolone antibacterial agents in sewage sludge and sludge-treated soil using accelerated solvent extraction followed by solid-phase extraction”. anal. chem. 74, 5455– 5462. 5 – parolo, m. e.; avena, m. j.; pettinari, g. r. & baschini, m. t. (2012) “influence of ca 2+ on tetracycline adsorption on montmorillonite”. j. colloid interface sci. 368, 420–426. 6 suman pawar; krishna gurlhosur and sreekanth b. (2015) “removal of lead by adsorption with bauxite in a fluidized -bed operation”, international journal of new technologies in science and engineering. 2,. 1, issn 2349-0780. 7 – israa, m. r. al-fadhli ;yousif, i. m. abuzaid and takialdin, a. himdan, (2016) “interactions investigation of new composite material formed from bauxite and melamineurea formaldehyde copolymer”, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure &appl. sci., vol. 29 (1). 8 alla a. ibrahim, ( 2016)“adsorption study of tetracycline on new prepared attapulgiteazo polymer complex”. chemistry |154 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 9 – giles, c. h.; macewan, t. h.; nakhwa, n. and smith, d. (1960) „„studies in adsorption ,part xi:a system of classification of solution adsorption isotherm mechanisms and in measurement of specific surface area of solids‟‟, j. chem.soc., 786:3973-3993. 10 siegfried schneider; matthias o. schmitt, georg brehm, markus reiher, pavel matousek and mike towrie , (2003) "fluorescence kinetics of aqueous solutions of tetracycline and its complexes with mg 2+ and ca 2+ ", photochem. photobiol. sci., 2, 1107–1117. 11 kumar r.; mohamed kamil, m. g., shri prasad s., gayathri g. s. and shabeer t. k., (2013) "ultrasonic and viscometric study of molecular interaction of antibiotic doxycycline hycalte", indian journal of pure & applied physics, vol. 51, pp. 701-707. 12 liangliang, j., s. yun; xu. zhaoyi, z. shourong and z. dong qiang, (2010) “adsorption of monoaromatic compounds and pharmaceutical antibiotics on carbon nano – tubes activated by kom etching”, sci. technol. 44 (16), 6429 – 6436. 13 – israa m. radhi, (2015) “physical study of bauxite and modified bauxite surfaces identification for tetracycline adsorption on them at different temperatures”. 14 – hussein, h. k.; jassim, s. m. and isa, s. a., (2001) sent for publication. table (1): experimental freundlich constants and correlation coefficient values for tetracycline adsorption on bauxite and modified bauxite/polymer surfaces 298 k 293 k adsorbent r 2 n kf(l/mg) r 2 n kf(l/mg) 0.4753 1.339008 0.201857 0.562 1.418795 0.173421 bauxite 0.1404 -6.37004 9.495273 0.3629 -2.50705 17.13394 polymer 308 k 303 k adsorbent r 2 n kf(l/mg) r 2 n kf(l/mg) 0.7775 2.013136 0.625257 0.5677 2.245408 0.681169 bauxite 0.0024 -52.0096 4.219827 0.0003 -328.961 2.816479 polymer 318 k 313 k adsorbent r 2 n kf(l/mg) r 2 n kf(l/mg) 0.8115 2.002192 0.950128 0.863 1.626741 0.479041 bauxite 0.1161 4.765777 2.814918 0.5465 3.318814 1.644996 polymer table (2): experimental langmuir constants and correlation coefficient values for tetracycline adsorption on bauxite and modified bauxite/polymer surfaces 298 k 293 k adsorbent r 2 a(mg/g) k(l/mg) r 2 a (mg/g) k(l/mg) 0.2434 8610.754 0.015168 0.3394 6018.494 0.017015 bauxite 0.8808 4194.708 -0.1248 0.8352 1816.136 -0.04119 polymer 308 k 303 k adsorbent r 2 a(mg/g) k(l/mg) r 2 a(mg/g) k(l/mg) 0.7839 7845.14 0.026525 0.6555 6602.84 0.029652 bauxite 0.9214 3323.093 -0.12732 0.9534 2828.241 0.825802 polymer 318 k 313 k adsorbent r 2 a(mg/g) k(l/mg) r 2 a(mg/g) k(l/mg) 0.7769 12818.22 0.022848 0.8031 12579.92 0.01515 bauxite 0.5995 7107.203 0.163886 0.9396 7134.041 0.065825 polymer chemistry |155 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (3): constant equilibrium values at different temperatures for tetracycline adsorption on the bauxite and modified bauxite/polymer surfaces ln k k 1/t k -1 t/k adsorbents 4.09 60.09 0.0034 293 bauxite 4.40 81.77 0.0034 298 4.37 78.89 0.0033 303 4.41 82.61 0.0032 308 4.56 95.98 0.0032 313 4.88 131.53 0.0031 318 4.25 69.84 0.0034 293 polymer 4.65 104.38 0.0034 298 4.24 69.28 0.0033 303 4.88 131.45 0.0032 308 4.38 79.53 0.0032 313 4.89 133.88 0.0031 318 table (4): values of thermodynamic functions the adsorption of the tetracycline on the bauxite and modified bauxite/polymer surfaces bauxite t (k) ∆s (j.mol -1 .k -1 ) ∆h (kj.mol -1 ) ∆g (kj.mol -1 ) 100.91 -9.97 293 102.35 -10.91 298 100.96 19.59 -11.00 303 100.30 -11.30 308 100.53 -11.87 313 102.16 -12.89 318 modified bauxite t (k) ∆s (j.mol -1 .k -1 ) ∆h (kj.mol -1 ) ∆g (kj.mol -1 ) 81.74 -10.34 293 84.30 -11.52 298 80.14 13.61 -10.67 303 84.74 -12.49 308 79.85 -11.38 313 83.50 -12.95 318 figure (1): isotherm adsorption of tetracycline on the surface of bauxite 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 20 40 60 80 100 q e (m g /g ) ce(mg/l) 293 k 298 k 303 k 308 k 313 k 318 k chemistry |156 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (2): isotherm adsorption of tetracycline on the surface of modified bauxite figure (3): isothermic freundlich for tetracycline adsorption on the surface of bauxite figure (4): isothermic freundlich for tetracycline adsorption on the surface of modified bauxite figure (5): isothermic langmuir for tetracycline adsorption on the surface of bauxite 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 q e (m g /g ) ce(mg/l) 293 k 298 k 303 k 308 k 313 k 318 k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 ln q e lnce 293 k 298 k 303 k 308 k 313 k 318 k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 ln q e lnce 293 k 298 k 303 k 308 k 313 k 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.000 20.000 40.000 60.000 80.000 100.000 c e /q e ce(mg/l) 293 k 298 k 303 k 308 k 313 k chemistry |157 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1609 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (6): isothermic langmuir for tetracycline adsorption on the surface of modified bauxite figure (7): the van huff's curve for tetracycline adsorption on the surface of bauxite figure (8): the van huff's curve for tetracycline adsorption on the surface of modified bauxite 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.000 20.000 40.000 60.000 80.000 100.000 120.000 c e /q e ce(mg/l) 20c 25c 30c 35c 40c 45c 4.000 4.200 4.400 4.600 4.800 5.000 0.0031 0.0032 0.0032 0.0033 0.0033 0.0034 0.0034 0.0035 ln k e 1/t k-1 4.200 4.400 4.600 4.800 5.000 0.0031 0.0032 0.0032 0.0033 0.0033 0.0034 0.0034 0.0035 ln k e 1/t k-1 microsoft word 32-40 32 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 optical properties of pva/k2cro4 composite itab f. h.al-sulaimawi dept.of physics/college of sciences/university of mustansiriya e-mail: itabfadhil@yahoo.com received in :2april 2015,accepted in:7june 2015 abstract the change in the optical properties for samples of pure pva and pva /k2cro4composite have been studied .the samples were prepared with different percentage (1,3,5,and 7)%wt of k2cro4 by casting method technique .in this work ,we are study the absorption ,reflectance spectra ,absorption coefficient, energy gap ,extinction coefficient ,and transmittance spectra as a function of wavelength range (200-800)nm ,also real and imaginary part of dielectric constant have been studied in the range of wave length .the results exhibit the optical properties change by the increase of k2cro4 concentration, and the values of energy gap for indirect transitions decrease by the increase of the concentration of k2cro4. keyword : poly (vinyl alcohole),k2cro4,optical properties 33 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction in the precent years, optical polymers have attracted considerable attention because of their significant manufacturing application such as solar cells,filters of light , diodes….etc. [1] in this paper, we used polyvinyle alcohol(pva) as a semi crystalline polymer which has various features like gloss nature ,adhesive, easy film forming, compactable for wide application [2,3]. different additives are usually used for the refinement of the properties of polymeric membranes for example potassium chromate (k2cro4) [4,5,6]. k2cro4 is a yellow-colored compound that is in form of crystalline solid and it is very stable [7].in the present work, we studied the effect of various concentrations of potassium chromate on the optical properties of pva polymer . optical properties the measurements of optical absorbance were taken for pure pva and pva/k2cro4 samples. absorbance (a) is defined as the ratio between absorbed light intensity (i) and the incident intensity of light (i0) [8] a= -log t = log( i/i0) -----(1) while the absorption coefficient is defined as the ability of sample to absorb the light and its calculated by using this equation [9,10] i=i0exp(-ad) -------------(2) i=(2.303/d)logi/i0 -----------(3) where d :is the thickness of the sample and extinction coefficient (k) can be back according to high absorption coefficient and its calculation by this relation: /4 ------------(4) the optical energy gap (eg) is calculated from this relation ---------(5) where is the energy of phonon, and b is constant, r is power factor depending to the electronic transition, and taken the value (1/2,2) respectively for allowed direct, indirect transition and (3/2,3) respectively for forbidden transition. the reflective index (n) is a basic optical property of material and it’s the ratio of velocity of light in vacuum to the velocity in the sample, and it's calculation by this equation: 1 ------------(6) dielectric constant (real part ( and imaginary part ) are defined as response of material in a direction of incident electromagnetic field, real and imaginary part can be calculated by this equation[10] 34 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 -------------(7) ---------------(8) so the complex dielectric constant ----------------(9) experimental work the polymer pva was dissolved in distilled water by using magnetic stirrer in blending process to obtain homogenous solution. potassium chromate k2cro4 with various concentration (1, 3, 5 and 7) %wt was added to pva polymer and mixed for 2hr to obtain homogenous solution . then the solution molding in petri-dish with diameter 3cm,and left to vaporate for (24hr) at room temperature .the dried samples are set aside by tweezers clamp .the optical properties measurements were made using shimadzu-uv-vis in the wavelength (200-800)nm result and discussion from figure (1). the intensity of absorption peak has increased by the increase of the concentration of k2cro4, the absorbance dependence of the incident intensity and it records high value in the range (350-450) nm of wavelength and became constant in the wave length range larger than 500nm, this expiation of the absorbance result is matched with many researchers such tagreed k.hameed2015 [11]. if the destination to get a diaphanous composite, the doped need to be diaphanous and scattering at the attach between the doped and matrix requirement to be as small as possible to decrease the absorbed [12]. figure (2) shows the relation between the absorption coefficient with wavelength, the composite has a high absorption coefficient at small wavelength while the pure pva sample has low absorption coefficient, this may be as outcome of low crystallinity and the local state of density which decrease the absorption coefficient value[13,14]. figure (3) shows the relation of transmission spectra as a function of wavelength for samples of pva and pva/k2cro4. it is noticed that the low value of transmission in the range between (300-400) nm of wavelength but the optical transmission increase rapidly within the range larger than 450nm, in general it is clear that transmission spectra of composite sample decrease with the increase of the concentration of potassium chromate, this result is in agreement with the work of many researchers such as bakhtyar k.azize 2013 [15]. the relation between reflectance and wavelength is shown in figure (4) from this figure, within the range of (200-500) nm of wavelength, reflectance exhibited a clear change, while remained constant at wavelength larger than 500nm for all samples. figure (5) showed the variations of extinction coefficient (k) with wavelength .it is observed that the extinction coefficient increase by the increase of the concentration of k2cro4. this result referred that the rate of doping atoms of k2cro4 will change the structure of host polymer [10]. the values of indirect energy gap (eg) are tabulated in table (1).and these values of optical energy gap (eg) which allowed indirect transition are plotted in figure (6), from this 35 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figure the relation between (αһυ)1/2of pure pva and pva is doped by k2cro4 plots as a function of photon energy, it is observed that when the concentration of k2cro4 increases the values of energy gap decrease. while the value of energy gap reliance is on the crystal structure and allocation way of atoms in crystal lattice, and the decrease in the band gap energy of polymer can refer to the interaction of host polymer matrix which prepared additional charge in the matrix diminishing of optical energy gap [8,14] figure(7) represents the relation of refractive index as function to wave length , it's clear the values of refractive index increase by the increase of the concentration of k2cro4, this variation can be indicated of the increase in the peak density as a result to the change in the molecular structure of pva[14].figures( 8&9) show the relation between real, imaginary parts of dielectric constants and the wavelength for different samples composite .it is clear that the magnitude of real part is greater than imaginary part. this result can retrain to the effect of free carriers and lattice vibration modes of dispersion [12] conclusion in this work, samples of pure pva and pva/k2cro4 composite prepared using casting methods, transmission spectra measurement exhibit high value and the optical properties increase by the increase the concentration of k2cro4,while the energy gap values decrease by the increase of the concentration of k2cro4 .according to these results of optical properties, this material may be suitable as a solar cell. reference 1.hassan,k.i.and rusel,d.salem (2012),optical properties of polvinylealcohol (pva)doped with alizarin orange azo dye thin films prepared by cast method , journal of kufa.physics .4,1,11-21. 2.deshmukh,k;ahmed, j and hagg, m.b. (2013).''influence of tio2 on the chemical ,mechanical and gas sepration properties of polyvinyl alcohol-titanium dioxide (pvatio2)nanocompositemembrances ionics; international journal of polymeranalysis and characterization ,18,4,287-296. 3.joshi, g.m.;khatake, s.m.;kaleemulla, s.,rao n.m. and cuberes t. (2011), effect of dopant and dc bias potential on dielectric properties of polyvinyl alcohol (pva)/pbtio2composite films ,current appl.phys ,11(6),1322-1325 4.bottino ,a. and capannelli,g. (2011),properation and properties of novel organic –lnorganic porous memberance .puriftechnol 22(23),269-275 5.lu,h.;zhang,l and xing,w.;wang (2005),preperation of tio2 hollow fibers using polyvinyl idea fluoride,hollow fiber micro filtration membrance as atemplate .meter.chem.phys.94[23],322-327 6.chun-chem (2007),4''synthesis and characterization of the cross-linked pva/tio2 composite polymer memberance for allkaline dmfc. j. member.sci.288(1-2),51-60 7.adityeb and rutwesh sh., (2014)" fabrication of dye doped polymer composite and specific resistance''international journal of chem.tech research .6 ,3 .1861-1863. 8.abd el-rahmeem m.m,(2007)"optical properties of gese thin film"j.phys.condens matter.19, (21) 216209. 36 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 9.bahaa h.rabee.(2011) '' study the optical and mechanical properties for (pva-agco3) composites ,european journal of scientific research .57,4 .583-591. 10.nahida .j.h. (2011) study of the optical constant of pmma/pc blends,eng.&tech.j. 29,4,pp 698-708 11.tagreed k hamad(2013),refractive index dispersion and analysis of the optical parameters of (pmma/pva)thin film ,j-alnahran university .16(3) .164-170 . 12.laurissa.a,(2008)"effect of carbon filler characteristic on the electrical properties of conductive polymer composites" possessing segregated new york microstractures a thesis of m.sc georgia institute of technology 13.mwolf ,n.holouyak and stillman, g.b, (1989) ''physical properties semiconductor prentice hall,newyork. 14.omed gh. abdullah (2015) ,the optical characterization of polyvinylalcohol, advance materials letters 6(2)153-157, 15.bakhtyar k.azize, (2013) optical characterization of polyvinylalcohol-ammonium nitrate polymer electrolyte film,chemistry and material research .9,3,84-90. table no. (1) :optical energy gap for pva /k2cro4 samples 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 a b so rb a n ce  % wavelength (nm)  (pva pure)  (pva+1% k2cro4) (pva+3% k2cro4) (pva+5% k2cro4) (pva+7% k2cro4) sample type pva pure pva+1%k2cro4 pva+3%k2cro4 pva+5%k2cro4 pva+7%k2cro4 eg 3.9 2.9 2.8 2.75 2.62 figure no.(1). absorbance as a function of wavelength for( pva/k2cro4)samples 37 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 a b so rp ti o n  c o e fi ci e n t  (c m ‐1 ) wavelength (nm) pva pure pva+1%k2cro4 pva+3%k2cro4 pva+5%k2cro4 pva+7%k2cro4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 300 500 700 t ra n sm is io n  % wavelength (nm) pva pure pva+1%k2cro4 pva+3%k2cro4 pva+5%k2cro4 pva+7%k2cro4 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 r  % wavelength (nm) pva pure pva+1%k2cro4 pva+3%k2cro4 pva+5%k2cro4 pva+7%k2cro4 fig. no. (3): transmission spectra as a function of wavelength for ( pva/k2cro4)samples fig. no. (4): reflectance as a function of wavelength for( pva/k2cro4)samples fig. no. (2): absorption coefficient as a function of wavelength for( pva/k2cro4)samples 38 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 0 0.0002 0.0004 0.0006 0.0008 0.001 0.0012 0.0014 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 k wavelength (nm) pva pure pva+1% k2cro4 pva+3% k2cro4 pva+5% k2cro4 pva+7% k2cro4 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 1 2 3 4 5 (α h ʋ )1 /2 (c m ‐1 .e v )1 /2 hʋ (ev) pva pure pva+1% k2cro4 pva+3% k2cro4 pva+5% k2cro4 pva+7% k2cro4 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 n wavelength (nm) pva pure pva+1% k2cro4 pva+1% k2cro4 pva+1% k2cro4 pva+1% k2cro4 fig. no. (5): extinction coefficient as a function of wavelength for( pva/k2cro4)samples fig no. (٧) refractive index as a function of wavelength for( pva/k2cro4)samples . fig. no. (6): indirect transition as a function of photon energy for ( pva/k2cro4)samples 39 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 400 500 600 700 800 900 ᵋ1 wavelength (nm) pva pure pva+1% k2cro4 pva+3% k2cro4 pva+5% k2cro4 pva+7% k2cro4 0 0.0002 0.0004 0.0006 0.0008 0.001 0.0012 400 500 600 700 800 900 ᵋ2 wavelength (nm) pva pure pva+1% k2cro4 pva+3% k2cro4 pva+5% k2cro4 pva+7% k2cro4 fig. no. (٨): real parts of dielectric constants as a function of wavelength for( pva/k2cro4)samples. fig no. (٩): imaginary parts of dielectric constants as a function of wavelength for ( pva/k2cro4)samples 40 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 4cro2pva/kالبصرية لمتراكباتالخصائص عتاب فاضل حسين السليماوي /الجامعة المستنصريةكلية العلوم /قسم الفيزياء ٢٠١٥حزيران ٧،قبل في : ٢٠١٥ نيسان ٢استلم في: الخالصة ) النقي pvaتم دراسة التغير في الخصائص البصرية لنماذج من البولي فانيل الكحول ( ) . حضرت العينات 4cro2pva/kومتراكبات من البولي فانيل الكحول وكرومات البوتاسيوم ( ) % باستعمال طريقة الصب . تم في ھذا ٧، ٥، ١،٣باضافة نسب مختلفة من كرومات البوتاسيوم ( االنكسار البحث دراسة طيف االمتصاصية، االنعكاسية، معامل االمتصاص،معامل الخمود ومعامل وطيف النفاذية و،وفجوة الطاقة والجزء الحقيقي والخيالي لثابت العزل كدالة للطول الموجي ضمن ) نانومتر. بينت النتائج ان الخصائص البصرية تتغير بزيادة كرومات ٨٠٠-٢٠٠المدى ( وتاسيوم .البوتاسيوم،وان قيم فجوة الطاقة لالنتقال غير المباشر تقل بزيادة تركيزكرومات الب بولي ( فانيل الكحول) ، كرومات البوتاسيوم ، الخصائص البصرية. الكلمات المفتاحية : 17062012123850_003 17062012123850_004 17062012123850_005 17062012123851 17062012123851_001 17062012123851_002 17062012123851_003 17062012123851_004 17062012123851_005 17062012123851_006 17062012123851_007 17062012123851_008 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 5 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. investigation of the ada enzyme and lipid profile in children infected with enterobius vermicularis abstarct adenosine deaminase (ada) and lipid profile may be associated with some diseases. parasitic diseases have also been reported to be associated with ada and lipid profiles. this study aimed to evaluate ada, lipid profile, and total protein among children infected with e.vermicularis. this research was carried out in baghdad province from october 2021 to the end of march 2022. one hundred samples were collected from both sexes, ranging in age from (3-16) years. they all underwent examination for ada, cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein (ldl), high-density lipoprotein (hdl), and total protein levels. results showed no significant differences between e.vermicularis positive group and e.vermicularis negative group regarding ada, ldl, and triglycerides, although their levels were lower in children with e. vermicularis infection versus the control. in contrast, results showed significant differences (p˂0.05) in cholesterol, hdl, and total protein between e.vermicularis positive group and e.vermicularis negative group. all these values decreased significantly compared to the control group. keywords: adenosine deaminase; enterobius vermicularis; lipid, protein 1. introduction one of the most prevalent human parasitic helminths, enterobius vermicularis (pinworms), is thought to infect 200 million individuals globally, with children aged 5 to 10 making up more than 30% of cases [1]. pinworm infection can be transmitted easier by a few things, such as inadequate personal or group cleanliness and overcrowding in preschools, schools, orphanages, and family groups, regardless of one's specific socioeconomic status, race, or culture [2, 3]. these circumstances encourage the spread of pinworm eggs from one person to another, either directly through the anus-to-mouth route and finger contamination or indirectly through contaminated objects, such as toys, school tables, chairs, or the floor [4, 5]. preschoolers who live in crowded settings, such as kindergartens, are the most likely to have pinworm infections because personal cleanliness and exposure are major transmission factors [6]. cells are used to create the host doi: 10.30526/35.4.2925 article history: received 29 june 2022, accepted 11 august 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index haneen esam akram department of biology, college of sciences, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq hhhaneen406@gmail.com harith saeed al-warid department of biology, college of sciences, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq harith.saeed@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hhhaneen406@gmail.com mailto:harith.saeed@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 6 immune system's defense against parasites. cytotoxic substances, reactive oxygen, and intermediate nitrogen products play significant roles in activated cells. these items are oxidizing chemicals that negatively impact the viability of parasites [7, 8]. in mammals, adenosine, two deoxyadenosine, and known ribozids are all catalyzed by adenosine deaminase (ada), aminohydrolase involved in the breakdown of nucleotides [9]. on the other hand, lymphocytic cells have ten times greater ada activity than erythrocytes. researchers have identified ada serum levels for various illnesses, including typhoid, acute pneumonia, tuberculosis, sarcoidosis, liver diseases, acute leukemia, various malignity, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematous (sle), and behcet's syndrome [10, 11]. ada can be thought of as an immunity indicator. these infections included parasitic illnesses as well. some researchers looked into this enzyme's activity in people with parasite illnesses. (karman et al., 2009) looked at the prevalence of ada in individuals with giardiasis and toxoplasmosis [12]. patients with visceral leishmaniasis with various clinical states were investigated for serum ada activity by [13]. the current study aimed to evaluate ada, lipid profile, and total protein levels between enterobius vermicularis positive children and control children, taking into account ada as cellular and humoral immunity signal and as it acts on glucose and lipid metabolism. 2. materials and methods 2.1. study design and subjects between october 2021 and march 2022, case-control research was conducted. samples were collected from children in public elementary schools, primary health care clinics, and an orphanage in baghdad, iraq, recruited for this study. one hundred children of both sexes (male, n=28; female, n=72) were included. their age ranged from 3 to 16 years. forty-three were between 3 and 9, and 57 were between 10 and 16. the ministry approved the study protocol of health and environment in baghdad, iraq, and the local ethics commission (ref.:csec/0122/0009), department of biology, college of science, university of baghdad. the administrators of the primary school and the orphan care facility also gave their consent. cellophane tape was used to examine each subject (scotch, usa) for e.vermicularis infection. before attaching the tape to a glass slide, the adhesive side of the tape was applied to the participant's anal and perianal areas 1-2 times [14]; with the support of the children's guardian, this procedure was made possible. the procedure was carried out early morning or night before defecation. the slides were delivered to the lab, where a light microscope was used to examine them (1000x). based on their cellophane tape for the e. vermicularis investigation, the 100 participants were split into two groups. children in the first group (n=50) were shown to have the infection (e. vermicularis positive group), while children in the second group (n=50) were thought to be free of e. vermicularis (e.vermicularis negative group, control) 2.2. biometric measurements all of the kids' heights and weights were measured using a portable stadiometer and an electronic scale. each participant had to stand still while their weight was being calculated. 0.1 kg and 0.5 cm of accuracy are used in the weighing and measuring. the kids were weighed without shoes and in only the most basic clothing. by combining weight (kg) and height squared, the body mass index (bmi) is computed (m). based on their bmi, the children were given the designations of malnutrition (bmi ≥18.5 kg/m2) and normal bmi (bmi = 18.5-25 kg/m2) [15]. 2.3. blood collection and serum preparation about 5–6 ml of blood was drawn from each participant using a venipuncture technique. once the blood samples were collected, they were immediately put into edta tubes for anticoagulation, preserved in a cooling box, and delivered, within an hour, to the lab for hematological analysis. the rest of the blood samples were put in suction, clot, and gel activator tubes and centrifuged for ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 7 10 minutes at 3000 rpm after allowing them to coagulate for around 30 minutes at room temperature. five equal portions of each serum sample were divided. each portion was placed into a sterile eppendorf tube for biochemical analysis using a sterile micropipette. within 10 hours of being drawn, all blood samples underwent testing. 2.4. laboratory analyses in this study, total protein, lipid profile, and adenosine deaminase (ada) quantitative measures were assessed for each participant. according to the directions provided by the maker of the ada kits, ada was evaluated using an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) (shanghai yl biotech., co., ltd.). the elisa reader was then used to read the results at 450 nm. at the same time, the spectrophotometer was used to quantify triglycerides, cholesterol, and highdensity lipoprotein (hdl) (human diagnostics, germany). the manufacturer's instructions were followed for each of these tests. 2.5. statistical analysis statistical data analysis was made using sas (statistical analysis system version 9.1). student t-test was used to assess the significant differences between e.vermicularis +ve and e.vermicularis –ve children regarding the means of ada, cholesterol, ldl, hdl, triglycerides, and total protein. one-way anova was also used to determine the differences regarding the same previously mentioned parameters among e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition, e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi, and e.vermicularis -ve with malnutrition. all data are expressed as mean± standard deviation (sd). 3. results the results of ada are illustrated in table (1). no significant differences were noticed in the level of ada between e.vermicularis +ve and e.vermicularis –ve groups. although the mean of ada concentration was slightly lower in e.vermicularis +ve (2.06±3.29 ng/ml) than e.vermicularis –ve group, their mean of ada concentration was (2.47±4.85 ng/ml). furthermore, nutritional status had no significant influence on ada in both e.vermicularis +ve and e.vermicularis –ve groups. e.vermicularis -ve who had malnutrition showed the highest ada level (3.07±1.02 ng/ml) compared with other groups (e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition, and e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi) who showed lower ada levels were as follow: (2.64±1.19 ng/ml), (1.85±0.4 ng/ml) and (1.39±0.4 ng/ml), respectively. a significant difference (p˂0.05) was noticed in cholesterol levels between the infected group versus the control. the cholesterol concentration was decreased significantly in e.vermicularis +ve children (132.27±20.24 mg/dl) versus an increase in cholesterol in the control group (143.14±27.77 mg/dl) (table 2). in contrast, non-significant differences in cholesterol levels were noticed between groups (e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition and e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi and e.vermicularis –ve with malnutrition), although the highest cholesterol level was detected among e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi group (table 2). non-significant differences were noticed between groups regarding ldl, although its level was lower in children who had e.vermicularis infection (1.9±0.45 mmol/l) versus high concentration in the control group (2.2±0.67 mmol/l) (table 3). non-significant differences were noticed among (e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition and e.vermicularis – ve with normal bmi, and e.vermicularis –ve with malnutrition), although its concentration was increased in e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi group. while the result of hdl was completely different as its concentration was increased significantly (p˂0.05) in children with e.vermicularis infection compared to the control group with lower hdl concentration value (table 4). hdl levels varied significantly (p˂0.5) among groups ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 8 (e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition and e.vermicularis – ve with normal bmi, and e.vermicularis –ve with malnutrition). the highest level of hdl levels was noticed among e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi and e.vermicularis –ve with malnutrition. the level of their hdl was (53.89±6.8 mg/dl) and (50.3 ±8.11 mg/dl) respectively (table 4). triglyceride level was not significantly varied between e.vermicularis +ve group and the control group. however, its level was slightly lower in the enterobiasis group (107±49.82 mg/dl) compared with the control group (108±24.3 mg/dl). triglyceride levels were insignificantly varied among (e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition, e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi, and e.vermicularis –ve with malnutrition). in contrast, total protein was significantly (p˂0.05) varied between groups (table 5). the mean value of the total protein was significantly decreased in e.vermicularis + group (63.95±6.67g/l) while the mean concentration of total protein was increased significantly (72.93±6.33 g/l). total protein also showed significant differences between groups (e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition, and e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi and e.vermicularis –ve with malnutrition). the highest total protein level was noticed among e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi (72.97±7.4 g/l) and e.vermicularis –ve with malnutrition (72.91±5.7 g/l). (table 6) table 1. adenosine deaminase levels among different studied groups table 2. cholesterol levels among different studied groups groups ada ng/ml (mean±sd) p value e.vermicularis +ve children (n=50) 2.06±3.29 0.4 t-test=0.3 e.vermicularis -ve children (n=50) 2.47±4.85 e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi (n=13) 2.64±1.19 0.4 f-test=0.8 e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition(n=37) 1.85±0.4 e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi (n=18) 1.39±0.4 e.vermicularis -ve with malnutrition (n=32) 3.07±1.02 groups cholesterol mg/dl (mean±sd) p value e.vermicularis +ve children (n=50) 132.27±20.24 0.01 t-test=2.23 e.vermicularis -ve children (n=50) 143.14±27.77 e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi (n=13) 131.99± 5.7 e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition(n=37) 123.37± 3.35 0.7 f-test=2.4 e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi (n=18) 149.91± 6.98 e.vermicularis -ve with malnutrition (n=32) 139.33± 4.66 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 9 table 3. low density lipoprotein levels among different studied groups table 4. high density lipoprotein levels among different studied groups table 5. triglyceride levels among different studied groups groups ldl mmol/l (mean±sd) p value e.vermicularis +ve children (n=50) 1.9±0.45 0.1 t-test=1.4 e.vermicularis -ve children (n=50) 2.2±0.67 e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi (n=13) 1.87±0.13 0.3 f-test=1.07 e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition(n=37) 1.9±0.07 e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi (n=18) 2.17±0.1 e.vermicularis -ve with malnutrition (n=32) 1.93±0.11 groups hdl mg/dl (mean±sd) p value e.vermicularis +ve children (n=50) 44.95±10.45 0.00024 t-test=3.6 e.vermicularis -ve children (n=50) 51.6±7.81 e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi (n=13) 47.8±7.9 0.0015 f-test=5.45 e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition(n=37) 43.95±11.1 e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi (n=18) 53.89±6.8 e.vermicularis -ve with malnutrition (n=32) 50.3±8.11 groups triglyceride mg/dl (mean±sd) p value e.vermicularis +ve children (n=50) 107±49.82 0.4 t-test=0.17 e.vermicularis -ve children (n=50) 108±24.3 0.7 t-test=0.34 e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi (n=13) 102.72±7.9 e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition(n=37) 108.51±9.1 e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi (n=18) 99.62±7.6 e.vermicularis -ve with malnutrition (n=32) 110.55±4.4 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 10 table 6. total protein levels among different studied groups 4. discussion the current study findings showed that although ada levels were somewhat higher in the enterobiasis group, there were no statistically significant differences between children with enterobiasis and the control group. adenosine deaminase's most significant biological function is defending lymphocytes from the harmful effects of 2-deoxyadenosine and deoxyadenosine triphosphate, which weaken the immune system [16]. the marginally elevated levels of ada in the enterobiasis group compared to the control group implied that this was accompanied by a higher cellular immunological activation by the host to be protected against the parasites. the findings were in contrast to those of karamanet al. (2014) [12] and kiran et al. 2019 [17], which revealed that ada dropped significantly in e. vermicular is infection patients compared to the control group. this investigation also showed that malnutrition had a negligible impact on ada in both the e. vermicularis +ve and e. vermicularis -ve groups. although, e.vermicularis -ve who had malnutrition showed the highest ada compared with other groups (e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi, e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition, and e.vermicularis –ve with normal bmi) who showed lower ada levels. adenosine deaminase (ada) activity may increase in the thymus, serum, and other fluids when there is a severe nutritional shortage [18]. on the other hand, cholesterol levels decreased significantly in those who had enterobiasis versus control. the findings are consistent with the theory that some parasitic helminths absorb cholesterol via a carrier-mediated mechanism. when the capacity of the medium's micellar phase is increased, cholesterol uptake is decreased, indicating that uptake includes an intermediary partitioning of sterol from micelles into the water phase of the medium [19]. the findings of this current study revealed a non-significant decrease in ldl in the enterobiasis group compared to the control. but hdl was decreased significantly among enterobiasis children versus the control group. direct lipid consumption by helminths is one potential route. some helminths rely on the host's cholesterol supply because they cannot generate it [20]. on the other hand, malnutrition affected non-significantly the levels of both ldl and hdl in e.vermicularis +ve and e.vermicularis – subjects. although e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi showed the highest ldl and hdl concentration, decreased plasma albumin and total cholesterol concentrations in children with lower ldl-c might indicate underlying nutritional status. therefore, malnutrition is linked to low ldl and hdl levels [21]. triglyceride levels in the study's enterobiasis group did not change appreciably. these findings were in line with recent results [22] that showed an antagonistic relationship between hdl-c and the frequency of infection by several parasitic worm species, including hookworm, strongyloidesstercoralis, and trichuris trichiura. the mean serum total protein and serum iron levels in the enterobiasis-positive group were significantly lower than those in the enterobiasis-negative group. the results showed a significant decrease in total protein groups total protein g/l (mean±sd) p value e.vermicularis +ve children (n=50) 63.95±6.67 0.000001 t-test=6.9 e.vermicularis -ve children (n=50) 72.93±6.33 e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi (n=13) 62.99±3.6 0.0000002 t-test=15 e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition(n=37) 64.28±7.4 e.vermicularis -ve with normal bmi (n=18) 72.97±7.4 e.vermicularis -ve with malnutrition (n=32) 72.91±5.7 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 11 concentration among e.vermicularis +ve with normal bmi e.vermicularis +ve with malnutrition. the enterobiais group's low protein levels may have been caused by increased nutritional loss from vomiting, diarrhea, or blood loss and decreased food intake. these consequences make anemia, protein energy deficiency, and other nutrient deficits worse [23]. these findings are consistent with those made public by other researchers [24, 25]. 5. conclusion based on the study findings, it is concluded that enterobius vermicularis infection can alter some parameters related to lipid profile, but it may not be associated with ada. references 1. kucik, c.j.; martin, g.l.; sortor, b.v. common intestinal parasites. amer. family physic. 2004, 69, 5, 1161-1168. 2. chen, k.-y.; yen, c.-m.; hwang, k.-p.; wang, l.-c., enterobius vermicularis infection and its risk factors among pre-school children in taipei, taiwan. j. microbiol. immunol. infection. 2018, 51, 4, 559-564. 3. suraweera, o.s.; galgamuwa, l.s.; iddawela, d.; wickramasinghe, s. prevalence and associated factors of enterobius vermicularis infection in children from a poor urban community in sri lanka: a cross-sectional study. int. j. res. med. sci., 2015, 3 (8), 19941999. 4. li, h.-m.; zhou, c.-h.; li, z.-s.; deng, z.-h.; ruan, c.-w.; zhang, q.-m.; zhu, t.-j.; xu, l.-q.; chen, y.-d., risk factors for enterobius vermicularis infection in children in gaozhou, guangdong, china. infect diseases poverty, 2015, 4, 1, 1-8. 5. rakhshanpour, a.; shirazy, a. a.; shafiei, r.; rahimi, m. t., second-hand clothe, a new threat for acquiring parasitic infection. iran j. public health, 2021, 50, 1, 211. 6. chang, t.-k.; liao, c.-w.; huang, y.-c.; chang, c.-c.; chou, c.-m.; tsay, h.-c.; huang, a.; guu, s.-f.; kao, t.-c.; fan, c.-k., prevalence of enterobius vermicularis infection among preschool children in kindergartens of taipei city, taiwan in 2008. korean j. parasitol., 2009, 47, 2, 185. 7. amanvermez, r.; celik, c. superoxide dismutasis, glutathione, vitamin c, total antioxidant and total tiyol levels in hydatic cysts. turk. clin. j. med. sci. 2004, 24, 213-218. 8. maizels, r. m.; pearce, e. j.; artis, d.; yazdanbakhsh, m.; wynn, t. a., regulation of pathogenesis and immunity in helminth infections. j. exper. med. 2009, 206, 10, 2059-2066. 9. flinn, a. m.; gennery, a. r., adenosine deaminase deficiency: a review. orphanet j. rare dis. 2018, 13, 1, 1-7. 10. hatipoğlu, k.; yüksekol, i.; özkan, m.; balkan, a.; tozkoparan, e.; bedirhan, i.; bilgiç, h.; demirci, n. the importance of measuring serum adenosine deaminase ın tuberculosis. gülhane tip dergisi 2003, 45, 2, 165. 11. hitoglou, s.; frydas, s.; hatzistilianou, m.; pappa, s.; gougoustamou, d.; kotsis, a., response of ada and its isoenzymes in mice infected by trichinella spiralis and treated with mimosine. int. j. immunopathol. pharmacol. 2004, 17, 2, 191-200. 12. karaman, ü.; beytur, l.; kıran, t.; çolak, c. adenosine deaminase level in the serum of the patients toxoplasma gondii seropositive and giardia intestinalis. 2009, 3, 10, 654-657 13. karaman, u.; kiran, t.; colak, c. the levels of adenosine deaminase (ada) in the serum of enterobius vermicularis positive patients. med-science. 2014, 3 , 1648-1654. 14. dudlová, a.; juriš, p.; jarčuška, p.; vasilková, z.; vargová, v.; sumková, m.; krčméry, v. the incidence of pinworm (enterobius vermicularis) in pre-school and school aged children in the eastern slovakia. helminthologia. 2018, 55, 4, 275. 15. amare, b.; ali, j.; moges, b.; yismaw, g.; belyhun, y.; gebretsadik, s.; woldeyohannes, d.; tafess, k.; abate, e.; endris, m., nutritional status, intestinal parasite infection and allergy among school children in northwest ethiopia. bmc pediatrics 2013, 13 (1), 1-9. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 12 16. bradford, k. l.; moretti, f. a.; carbonaro-sarracino, d. a.; gaspar, h. b.; kohn, d. b., adenosine deaminase (ada)-deficient severe combined immune deficiency (scid): molecular pathogenesis and clinical manifestations. j. clin. immunol. 2017, 37, 7, 626-637. 17. kiran, t. r.; karaman, u.; arici, y. k.; yildiz, s. comparison of malondialdehyde, nitric oxide, adenosine deaminase and glutathione levels in patients with entamoeba coli, enterobius vermicularis, giardia intestinalis, demodex spp. positive, hydatid cyst and toxoplasma gondii serum positi. ann. med. res., 2019, 26, 7, 1420-1425. 18. mishra, o.; agrawal, s.; ali, z. usha, adenosine deaminase activity in protein‐energy malnutrition. acta paediatrica. 1998, 87, 11, 1116-1119. 19. johnson, w. j.; cain, g. d. the selective uptake of cholesterol by the rat tapeworm hymenolepisdiminuta (cestoda). comparative biochemistry and physiology. b, comp. biochem. 1988, 91, 1, 51-58. 20. alving, c. r.; wassef, n. m. naturally occurring antibodies to cholesterol: a new theory of ldl cholesterol metabolism. immunol. today 1999, 20, 8, 362-366. 21. wang, b.; liu, j.; chen, s.; ying, m.; chen, g.; liu, l.; lun, z.; li, h.; huang, h.; li, q. malnutrition affects cholesterol paradox in coronary artery disease: a 41,229 chinese cohort study. lipids health dis. 2021, 20, 1, 1-8. 22. wiedermann, u.; stemberger, h.; unfried, e.; widhalm, k.; kundi, m.; altenriederer, m.; savedra, m.; wiedermann, g. intestinal worm burden and serum cholesterol or lipid concentration in a shipibo population (peru). zentralblatt für bakteriologie. 1991, 275, 2, 279-286. 23. solomons, n. pathways to the impairment of human nutritional status by gastrointestinal pathogens. parasitology 1993, 107, s1, s19-s35. 24. olivares, j. l.; fernández, r.; fleta, j.; rodríguez, g.; clavel, a., serum mineral levels in children with intestinal parasitic infection. digestive dis. 2003, 21, 3, 258-261. 25. airauhi, l.; idogun, e., demographic and biochemical features associated with children infected with intestinal helminths. pak. j. med. sci. 2008, 24, 2, 269. 91 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 lycopersicon)دراسة بعض صفات النمو لصنفين من نبات الطماطم esculentum mill.) النامي تحت تأثير كلوريد الصوديوم في المحلول المغذي والحامض االميني البرولين رشاً على المجموع الخضري* زينة محمود شريف الحطاب ،د. عباس جاسم حسين الساعدي قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية ابن الهيثم/ جامعة بغداد 2012شباط 12قبل البحث : 2011تشرين االول 11: استلم البحث في الخالصة نفذت التجربة في البيت الزجاجي العائد لقسم علوم الحياة في كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم)/ جامعة بغداد، لموسم النمو بهدف دراسة تأثير تراكيز متزايدة من كلوريد الصوديوم في المزرعة المائية وتراكيز متزايدة من الحامض 2010-2011 حتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي ونسبة الكاربوهيدرات الذائبة وعدد االزهار االميني البرولين رشاً للمجموع الخضري في م ومحتوى البرولين للمجموع الخضري. وكذلك لتحديد التركيز المناسب من البرولين الذي يقلل من التأثيرات الضارة يز كلوريد كانت تراك (hymar f1, olga f1).لكلوريد الصوديوم في الصفات المدروسة لهجينين من نبات الطماطم وتراكيز حامض البرولين المستعملة رشاً 1-مليمول.لتر 150، 100، 0الصوديوم المستعملة في المزرعة المائية هي . نفذت التجربة تجربة عاملية وفقاً للتصميم العشوائي الكامل وبثالث 1-ملغم.لتر 30، 15، 0للمجموع الخضري هي وبنسبة hymar f1على الصنف olga f1ظهرت النتائج تفوق الصنف حاوية بالستيكية. ا 54مكررات بحيث تضمنت )% للصفات المذكورة اعاله على التوالي ولكال الحشتين بالنسبة 10.82و 16.22% و(15.66% و58.66% و4.95زيادة صفر لصفة االخيرة. كما اوضحت النتائج انخفاض معدل الصفات المدروسة عند رفع تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم منالى ا % للصفات الثالثة االولى أما 37.70% و32.87% و23.87في المحلول المغذي وبنسبة انخفاض 1-مليمول.لتر 150الى وبنسبة 1-مليمول.لتر 150الصفة االخيرة وهي محتوى البرولين فقد ازداد المعدل عند رفع تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم الى فر من كلوريد الصوديوم لكال الحشتين على التوالي. تم االستنتاج الى ان )% مقارنة بالتركيز ص151.48و 168.30زيادة ( تحمل olga f1قد ادى الى خفض التأثيرات الضارة لكلوريد الصوديوم وان الصنف 1-ملغم.لتر 15البرولين بتركيز في جميع الصفات المدروسة. hymar f1الملوحة اكثر من تحمل الصنف ،كلوريد الصوديوم،البرولين،المحلول المغذي.esculentum mill lycopersicon الكلمات المفتاحية: المقدمة تعد ملوحة ماء الري من اهم العوامل المؤثرة في االنتاج الزراعي وذلك لدور المياه المالحة في احداث مشاكل اكدت بعض الدراسات أن الحد الحرج لملوحة ماء .]1[التملح للتربة فضالً عن االضرار المباشرة في النبات المزروع درجة ملوحة اقل من ذلك يوربما قد يحدث انخفاض في نمو النباتات التي تروى بمياه ذ 1-ديسيمنز.م 2الري بشكل عام هو . ان الملوحة العالية في وسط النمو تؤدي الى نقصان امتصاص الماء من هذا الوسط وهذا يؤدي اخيرا الى جفاف [2] . وان الكثير من المحاصيل النباتية ال تستطيع البقاء تحت ظروف االجهاد الملحي العالي او يمكن ان تبقى لكن [3]فسلجي جديدة وممكنة لزيادة الحاصل بهدف التغلب على كلفة االنشاء اساليبنتاجية قليلة، لذا من الضروري استخدام اب بعض المركبات العضوية ومن هذهِ االساليب زيادة تحمل نبات الطماطم للشد الملحي عن طريق استخدام . [4]واالدارة اً خارجي استعمل تطبيقاً ، ولقد prolineالموجودة بصورة طبيعية في النبات ومنها الحامض االميني البرولين exogenous application قلة الدراسات في العراق الى .وبالنظر [5]في تقليل اضرار الملوحة لبعض نباتات الطماطم تقنية الزراعة المائية لذا فان عمالحول استعمال حامض البرولين في التقليل من اضرار الملوحة على نباتات الطماطم باست -هدف الدراسة هو: تراكيز المتزايدة لكل من كلوريد الصوديوم في المزرعة المائية والبرولين رشاً في بعض صفات دراسة تأثير ال -1 النمو لصنفين من نباتات الطماطم النامية في المزرعة المائية. تحديد التركيز المناسب من البرولين الذي يقلل من التأثيرات الضارة لكلوريد الصوديوم في الصفات المدروسة. -2 92 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المواد وطرائق العمل لموسم النمو -جامعة بغداد-نفذت التجربة في البيت الزجاجي العائد لقسم علوم الحياة في كلية التربية /ابن الهيثم lycopersicon esculentumستعمال تقنية الزراعة المائية واختيار صنفين من نبات الطماطم (اوب 2011-2010 mill. هما (hymar f1, olga f1. 8ثقب غطاء كل حاوية بـ لتر. 2سم وسعة 12سوداء اللون وذا قطر plastic containers استعملت حاويات بالستيكية ثقوب ستة منها لتثبيت النباتات فيها والسابع الضافة المحلول المغذي واالخير النبوب التهوية، اما نظام التهوية فيتكون من ممتدة داخل كل حاوية بالستيكية، rubber tubesصيني المنشأ متصلة بانابيب مطاطية compressorمضخة هواء المحلول المغذي الخاص بالتجربة مع حضرساعات وحسب توفر الكهرباء. 5-6وكانت عملية التهوية تتم يوميا بمعدل وكما موضح مكوناته في [7]والمحورة من [6]مراعاة استبعاد اي مصدر آليوني الصوديوم والكلوريد حسب طريقة ستعمال حامض الهيدروكلوريك ا) ب6.5إلى 6.0المحلول المغذي بين ( ph) مع مراعاة المحافظة في ضبط الـ1الجدول ( . kohوهيدروكسيد البوتاسيوم hclالمخفف محلول مركز للحامض االميني البرولين من اذابة غرام واحد من حامض البرولين في لتر واحد من الماء المقطر ثم حضر حسب قوانين التخفيف فضال عن تركيز معاملة السيطرة وهو 1-ملغم.لتر 30و 15حضرت التراكيز المطلوبة وهي .[8]صفر لتر من الماء 1غم في 58.5جزيئي غرامي معلوم منه وهو مول من كلوريد الصوديوم من خالل اذابة وزن 1 حضر حسب قانون التخفيف. 1-مليمول.لتر 150و 100المقطر ثم حضرت التراكيز المطلوبة وهي تجربة عاملية completely randomized design (c.r.d.)التصميم العشوائي الكامل عمالنفذت التجربة بأست factorial experiment (3x 2x 3x 3) :لتشمل ما يأتي ثالثة تراكيز من حامض البرولين والمحضر مسبقا.-1 ثالثة تراكيز من كلوريد الصوديوم والمحضر مسبقا. -2 .(olga f1, hymar f1)ن من نبات الطماطم هما اصنف -3 ثالثة مكررات. -4 المزرعة المائية.) تصميم التجربة ونمو نباتات الطماطم في حاويات 2الشكل (يوضح و شتالت صنفي الطماطم من منطقة أجبلة /محافظة بابل سبق وان زرعت بذورها في اطباق فلينية تحتوي بتموس جلبت الشتالت الى وحدة تنقل 1/12/2010. وفي تاريخ 1/11/2010معامل بالمبيد الفطري كاريبتانول وكان تاريخ الزراعة ) وبعد مدة من النمو بتاريخ 1لمقطر مضافاً اليه المغذيات المذكورة في جدول رقم (المزارع المائية الحاوية على الماء ا الماء المقطر بالتراكيز الملحية المحضرة سابقا مع اضافة المحلول المغذي في كل مرة يتم فيها تبديل أبدل 13/12/2010 رش حامض 15/12/2010النباتات وبتاريخ اوراق في 6-4التراكيز الملحية مع متابعة التجربة يوميا وبعد الحصول على واستعملت في عملية الرش البرولين على النباتات وحسب التراكيز المطلوبة اي بعد يومين من اضافة التراكيز الملحية. النباتات بصورة عامة حتى مرحلة البلل الكامل مع رش معاملة المقارنة بالماء المقطرفقط تلتر، رش 1مرشة يدوية سعة من تاريخ نقل البادرات الى وحدة المزارع الغذائية اً يوم 32اخذت ثالثة نباتات كحشة اولى اي بعد 2/1/2011وبتاريخ (h1-d32)ورمز لها ة المائية اخذت ثالث نباتات اخرى حشة ثانية من تاريخ نقل البادرات الى المزرع اً يوم 53وبعد ورمز لها 23/1/2011لكل معاملة بتاريخ (h2-d53 العينات النباتية للمجموع الخضري لكال الحشتين بعد فصل تجفف (oven)المجموع الخضري عن المجموع الجذري بأستخدام فرن بعد ذلك طحنت ساعة 72م ولمدة 70-65على درجة خضري لكال الحشتين بمطحنة كهربائية صغيرة وحفظت العينات في اكياس ورقية لغرض تقدير عينات المجموع ال -الصفات ومنها: الصفات المدروسة -محتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي: -1 جهاز قياس الكلوروفيل ساطةبو 2010/12/29الكلوروفيل الكلي في النبات النامي في المزرعة المائية بتاريخ قّدر minolt a (spad) .من الهيئة العامة للبحوث الزراعية /قسم المحاصيل الحقلية، وذلك باخذ اربع أستعيرياباني الصنع قراءات لعدد من االوراق لكل وحدة تجريبية ثم حساب المعدل لهذه القراءات. وطريقة القراءة هي تصفير الجهاز ثم وضع سجلتاز وبعد قراءة الجهاز لمحتوى الكلوروفيل الجزء العريض من الورقة على شاشة قياس الكلوروفيل في الجه القراءات. -نسبة الكاربوهيدرات الذائبة:2 -:تحضير المنحنى القياسي-أ ملغم من الفركتوز في لتر من الماء المقطر، 50ملغم من الكلوكوز و 50الكلوكوز والفركتوز باذابة stok)خزين( حّضر مل من 1مل من هذه التراكيز واضيف له1وبعدها اخذ 1-ملغم.لتر 0.0 ,0.2 ,0.4 ,0.6 ,0.8 ,1.0)ثم حضرت التراكيز ( ) ومزج جيدا بعدها حددت h2so4مل من حامض الكبريتيك المركز (5) ومزج جيدا ثم اضيف له 5%كاشف الفينول ( 93 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 . ثم رسم 488nmعند الطول الموجي spectrophotometerجهاز ساطةاللون الناتج بقياس الكثافة الضوئية بو شدة المنحني القياسي من العالقة بين التركيز وقراءة الكثافة الضوئية. -تقدير نسبة الكاربوهيدرات الذائبة في المجموع الخضري:-ب التي تدعى طريقة (الفينول [9] قدرت نسبة الكاربوهيدرات الذائبة في المجموع الخضري للحشة الثانية باستخدام طريقة مل من 50غم من كل عينة من العينات النباتية الجافة للمجموع الخضري واضيف له 5تم اخذ وزن إذك) حامض الكبريتي العينة واكمل الراشح الى رشحتم ولمدة نصف ساعة بعد ذلك 80الماء المقطر المغلي وبعدها جفف في حمام مائي بدرجة مل 5) ومزج جيدا ثم اضيف له 5اشف الفينول (%مل من ك1مل من الراشح واضيف له 1بعدها اخذ مل ماء مقطر، 50 رتقدّ بعدها مل من الماء المقطر لغرض التخفيف ثم ترك ليبرد بدرجة حرارة الغرفة.10كذلك h2so4من .488nmعند الطول الموجي spectrophotometerجهاز ساطةالكاربوهيدرات الذائبة بقياس شدة اللون بو -عدد االزهار: -3 نباتات من كل معاملة ثم اخذت قيمة المعدل لهذه النباتات ليصبح لدينا معدل عدد االزهار 3عدد االزهار في كل حسب للنبات الواحد. -محتوى البرولين: -4 [11]المحورة عن طريقة [10]وفق طريقة على قدر محتوى البرولين في عينات المجموع الخضري لكال الحشتين تي:يأاموك مل من حامض 20مل من حامض الخليك و30 غم من الننهايدرين مع 1.25حضر محلول الننهايدرين القياسي بمزج ساعة من 24موالري وسخن المزيج مع التحريك على جهاز التسخين الهزاز حتى الذوبان ويستعمل خالل 6الفسفوريك م. 4دا في الثالجة بدرجة تحضيره النه يتحلل بعدها ويصبح غير صالح لالستعمال ويحفظ بار (ميثانول: كلوروفورم: mcwمل من 5ملغم من الوزن الجاف للمجموع الخضري لكل عينة ثم اضيف لها 100وزن هاون خزفي ووضعت في جهاز الطرد المركزي ساطة مل على التوالي ثم سحقت بو 12: 5: 1ماء مقطر) وبالنسب مايكروليتر من الراشح ونقل الى انابيب 125م ، بعد ذلك سحب 4دقائق وبدرجة 10مدة 1-دورة.دقيقة 10000وبسرعة مل من محلول الننهايدرين 1.5مايكروليتر من الماء المقطر ثم اضيف له 875اختبار نظيفة وخفف عن طريق اضافة ninhydrin أتدرجة حرارة الغرفة قرِ دقيقة ب 30دقيقة وبعدها ترك 60م مدة 100 وضع المزيج في حمام مائي بدرجة نانوميتر، جرى حساب محتوى حامض 520جهاز قياس الطيف الضوئي وعلى الطول الموجي ساطةاالمتصاصية بو .[10]البرولين بالمقارنة مع المنحنى القياسي لحامض البرولين least significant وتم مقارنة المتوسطات بأستخدام اقل فرق معنوي [12]النتائج احصائيا حسب طريقة ِحلّلت differance)l.s.d. 0.05.) عند مستوى احتمال النتائج والمناقشة معدل محتوى معنوياً في olga f1تفوق الصنف ) على التوالي6، 5، 4، 3اوضحت النتائج في الجداول ( فقد بلغ محتوى hymar f1الكلوروفيل الكلي ونسبة الكاربوهيدرات الذائبة وعدد االزهار ومحتوى البرولين على الصنف % وعدد 1.79% و2.84. ونسبة الكاربوهيدرات الذائبة 2-مايكروغرام.سم 33.36و 35.01الكلوروفيل الكلي في االوراق 28.16للحشة االولى و 1-ملغم.لتر 19.42و 22.57البرولين في المجموع الخضري /نبات ومحتوى 2.81و 3.25االزهار للحشة الثانية للصنفين على التوالى. وعليه فإن النسبة المئوية للزيادة في محتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي 1-ملغم.لتر 25.41و قد بلغت olga f1ي للصنف ونسبة الكاربوهيدرات الذائبة وعدد االزهار ومحتوى البرولين في المجموع الخضر على التوالي. hymar f1)% بالمقارنة مع تلك للصنف 10.82و 16.22% و(24.07% و58.66% و4.95 1-مليمول.لتر 150كما اوضحت النتائج انخفاض معدل الصفات المدروسة عند رفع تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم من صفر الى ونسبة الكاربوهيدرات 2-مايكروغرام.سم 30.17الى 39.63من في المحلول المغذي فقد انخفض محتوى الكلوروفيل الى 0/نبات عند رفع تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم من 2.27الى 4.02% وعدد االزهار من 1.92% الى 2.86الذائبة من الذائبة وعدد على التوالي.وعليه فقد بلغ االنخفاض في محتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي ونسبة الكاربوهيدرات 1-مليمول.لتر 150 % على التوالي. أما الصفة االخيرة وهي محتوى البرولين فقد ارتفع المعدل من 37.70% و32.87% و23.87االزهار في الحشة الثانية عند رفع تركيز 1-ملغم.لتر 36.64الى 14.57في الحشة االولى ومن 1-ملغم.لتر 30.05الى 11.20 )% مقارنة بالتركيز صفر من 151.48و 168.30وبنسبة زيادة ( 1-.لترمليمول 150كلوريد الصوديوم من صفر الى كلوريد الصوديوم لكال الحشتين على التوالي. 2كما ان رش النباتات بحامض البرولين اعطى فروقاً معنوية في معدل الصفات المدروسة كما هو موضح في الجداول ( % 2.65و 2-مايكروغرام.سم 38.60حامض البرولين وهو 1-ملغم.لتر 15) وكان اعلى معدل عند التركيز 6و 5و 4و في الصفات الثالثة االولى على التوالي أما الصفة االخيرة فقد كان اعلى معدل لمحتوى البرولين عند التركيز /نبات 3.91و للحشتين على التوالي. 1-ملغم.لتر 35.86و 28.14وهو 1-ملغم.لتر 30 94 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ان تأثير التداخل بين الصنف وتركيز البرولين كان معنوياً في معدل الصفات 6و 5، 4، 3كما أظهرت النتائج في الجداول بإعطائه اعلى معدل للصفات المدروسة عند hymar f1على الصنف olga f1 المدروسة إذ نالحظ تفوق الصنف وللكاربوهيدرات 2-مايكروغرام.سم 37.63و 39.58الكلي للصنفين فقد بلغ محتوى الكلوروفيل 1-ملغم.لتر 15التركيز % للصفات 28.36% و54.33% و5.18/نبات وبنسبة زيادة 3.42و 4.39% ولعدد االزهار 2.08و 3.21الذائبة 30بأعطائه اعلى معدل عند التركيز olga f1المدروسة على التوالي أما في صفة محتوى البرولين فقد تفوق الصنف )% للحشتين على التوالي.4.74و 15.63وبنسبة زيادة ( 1-ملغم.لتر يؤكد وجود فروق معنوية في معدل الصفات المذكورة فأما تأثير التداخل الثنائي بين الصنف وتركيز كلوريد الصوديوم فقد بلغ محتوى الكلوروفيل hymar f1على الصنف 1-مليمول.لتر 150عند التركيز olga f1اعاله إذ تفوق الصنف 2.50% ولعدد االزهار 1.29و 2.54وللكاربوهيدرات الذائبة 2-مايكروغرام.سم 28.78و 31.55الكلي للصنفين للحشة الثانية 1-ملغم.لتر 33.93و 39.35للحشة االولى و 1-ملغم.لتر 27.26و 32.83/نبات ولمحتوى البرولين 2.03و )% للصفات المذكورة اعاله على التوالي ولكال الحشتين 15.97و 20.43% و(23.15% و96.90% و9.62وبنسبة زيادة لصفة االخيرة.الى ابالنسبة أما التداخل الثنائي بين تركيز كل من كلوريد الصوديوم وحامض البرولين فقد اعطى فروقاً معنوية وكان اعلى معدل عند وصفر 1-مليمول.لتر 150البرولين واقل معدل كان عند التركيز حامض 1-ملغم.لتر 15التركيز صفر كلوريد الصوديوم و على التوالي، أما صفة محتوى البرولين فقد كان اعلى معدل عند التركيز الصفات الثالثة االولى المدروسة حامض برولين حامض البرولين للحشتين على التوالي. 1-ملغم.لتر 30كلوريد الصوديوم والتركيز 1-ملميول.لتر 150 أظهرت نتائج التداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة عدم ظهور فرق معنوي في قيم محتوى الكلوورفيل الكلي بينما تفوق 15والتركيز 1-مليمول.لتر 150بإعطائه قيم اعلى عند التركيز hymar f1معنوياً على الصنف olga f1الصنف /نبات للصنفين 2.92و 3.59% وعدد االزهار 1.63و 2.86في معدل صفة نسبة الكاربوهيدرات فقد بلغت 1-ملغم.لتر بإعطائه olga f1% للصفتين على التوالي أما صفة محتوى البرولين فقد تفوق الصنف 22.95% و75.46وبنسبة زيادة 41.86اذ بلغت ،حامض البرولين 1-ملغم.لتر 30 كلوريد الصوديوم والتركيز 1-مليمول.لتر 150اعلى القيم عند التركيز )% مقارنة 5.38و 16.15للحشة الثانية وبنسبة زيادة ( 1-ملغم.لتر 47.01و 49.54للحشة االولى و 1-ملغم.لتر 36.04و للحشيتن على التوالي. hymar f1بالصنف حتى تحت التركيز العالي المدروسة في قيم الصفات hymar f1على الصنف olga f1اوضحت النتائج تفوق الصنف ويرجع السبب الى اختالفهما hymar f1للملوحة أكثر من مقاومة الصنف‘ من كلوريد الصوديوم مما يدل على مقاومته وراثياً. كما اوضحت أن رش المجموع الخضري بالبرولين قد ادى الى زيادة معنوية في معدل جميع الصفات المدروسة. نوي في محتوى األوراق من الكلوروفيل الكلي تحت تأثير كلوريد الصوديوم قد اعزي الى عوامل متعددة ان الهبوط المع منها تأثير كلوريد الصوديوم في التركيب الداخلي للورقة مما تؤدي الى قلة عدد البالستيدات الخضر او الحاق الضرر في رعة بناء الكلوروفيل بسبب قلة العوامل الضرورية الالزمة إلى ان الملوحة تعمل على االبطاء من س فضالً عنتركيبها كما يؤثر كلوريد الصوديوم سلباً في المساحة الورقية ويؤدي [13].المعدنية والكاربوهيدرات ،والعناصر ،مثل الماء ئه،لبنا في البالستيدات الخضر مما يؤدي إلى انخفاض co2انخفاض تركيز ثاني أوكسيد الكاربون من ثمإلى تقليل عدد الثغور و .[14]معدل البناء الضوئي في زيادة محتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي في النبات وهذا يعود إلى تحفيزه لبناء اً ايجابي اً إن للحامض االميني البرولين دور كما ان [15].نزيمي للبالستيدات صبغات الكلوروفيل وتكوين الحبيبات البالستيدية وله دور في المحافظة على النشاط اال حامض البرولين يحث آلية عزل آيوني الصوديوم والكلوريد وزيادة امتصاص االيونات االساسية ومن ضمنها آيون دوره في تأخير شيخوخة األوراق وزيادة المساحة الورقية فضالً عنالمغنيسيوم المهم في بناء جزيئة الكلوروفيل، هذا دة محتوى االوراق من الكلوروفيل، لذلك فإن التغذية الورقية بحامض البرولين تزيد من النمو الخضري زيا من ثمللنبات و للعالقة الوثيقة بين نسبة البناء الضوئي والنمو والسيطرة على غلق وفتح الثغور وزيادة صبغات البناء الضوئي وحمايتها .[17]البحث الحالي مع نتائج دراسة . وتتفق النتائج التي تم التوصل اليها في[16]من التلف الصوديوم المضاف إلى المحلول المغذي ان انخفاض نسبة الكاروهيدرات ترجع إلى تأثير التركيز العالي من كلوريد الكلوروفيل وقلة عدد البالستيدات الخضر في الورقة تكوينفي عملية البناء الضوئي بما في ذلك تأثيرات الملوحة على كذلك في تشريح الورقة، باالضافة إلى تقليل المساحة الورقية كذلك تقليل نشاط االنزيمات المثبتة لثاني اوكسيد الكاربون دة الحاصلة في نسبة . أما الزيا[13]قلة المحتوى المائي لالوراق وهذه من شأنها ان تقلل من انتاج الكاربوهيدرات فضالًعن فضالً عنتعود إلى تاثير البرولين في زيادة المساحة الورقية وعدد االوراق فالكاربوهيدرات نتيجة الرش بحامض البرولين ة البناء الضوئي ومن ثم انتاج الكاربوهيدرات. يزيادة محتوى االوراق من الكلوروفيل الكلي وهذهِ من شأنها ان تزيد من كفا تعود إلى التأثير السلبي لكلوريد الصوديوم في نمو النبات من حيث ارتفاع النبات فاما سبب انخفاض عدد االزهار تأثير كلوريد الصوديوم في محتوى النبات من العناصر الضرورية فضالً عنوالوزن الجاف وطول الجذر وحجم الجذر. من امتصاص العناصر الضرورية للنمو عن طريق التنافس على مواقع للنمو ومنها الفسفور والكالسيوم اذ ان الملوحة تقلل االمتصاص كما انها تعمل على تدمير االغشية الخلوية واضطراب نفاذيتها نتيجة إلزالة آيونات الكالسيوم الموجودة في لبالزمي مما يؤدي إلى آيونات الصوديوم وإحاللها محلها مؤدية إلى فقدان تكامل الغشاء ا ساطةاألغشية البالزمية بو . كما تؤثر في انخفاض محتوى الكلوروفيل، وتتفق النتائج [18]اضطراب وظيفته وانخفاض امتصاص العناصر المهمة 95 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 مع زيادة تركيز ملوحة 3-97في انخفاض العدد الكلي لالزهار في نباتات الطماطم صنف يوسي [5]الحالية مع ماذكره عود إلى دور حامض البرولين في الحد من فتفي عدد االزهار عند الرش بحامض البرولين ماء الري. أما الزيادة الحاصلة وهذا يؤدي الى [19]التأثير السلبي لكلوريد الصوديوم عن طريق التنظيم االزموزي واقتناصه للجذور الحرة المؤكسدة زيادة عدد النورات من ثمكلوروفيل وزيادة نمو النبات عن طريق زيادة امتصاص العناصر الضرورية للنمو ومحتوى ال .النباتات غير المعرضة الجهاد كلوريد الصوديوم وادى الى زيادة عدد ازهارها فيالزهرية، كما اثر الرش الورقي أيضاً ان محتوى البرولين يزداد تحت ظروف االجهاد الملحي وذلك لحماية النبات من هذه الظروف ويرجع سبب زيادة محتوى وزيادة تراكمه إلى قلة اكسدته من ناحية أو من زيادة هدم البروتين وتحوله إلى احماض امينية منها البرولين. من البرولين -pyrroline-5 (p5cr)ناحية اخرى اذ ان زيادة تراكم آيونات الصوديوم تزيد من فعالية االنزيم المختزل carboxylate reductase الذي يختزل الحامض(p5c) pyrroline-5-carboxyleic acid إلى حامض وقلة سرعة استعماله نتيجة لبطء آلية التغذية ئه البرولين،وعليه فأن زيادة تجمع حامض البرولين يعود إلى زيادة سرعة بنا حامض االسبارتك وحامض فضالً عنحامض البرولين، كوينلعملية ت (feed back mechanism)االسترجاعية التأثير الضار وان تحول هذهِ االحماض االمينية إلى حامض البرولين هو احد الوسائل الدفاعية للتقليل من يالكلوتاميك ذ الحاصل من وجود كلوريد الصوديوم يعود الى تركيزه العالي الى الضرر [21]واشار [20]. تأثير الضار لهذه االحماض يرا الى الجهد التأكسدي الناتج عن زيادة تجمع الجذور الحرة تأثيره في النمو العام للنبات مش من ثمفي وسط النمو و من اهم الجذور الحرة المؤكسدة الذي superoxide (o-2)وعَد reactive oxygen species (r.o.s.)المؤكسدة يؤكسد البروتين ويؤثر في انزيمات الستروما في الكلوروبالست ويهاجم الغشاء الخلوي محدثا اكسدة الدهون الموجودة فيه مض ان ليس لجميع النباتات القدرة في التجميع او االنتاج الطبيعي لحا [22]مؤثراً بذلك في نفاذيته. واكدت نتائج دراسة دورا أدتالبرولين تحت ظروف االجهاد البيئي لذلك اصبح من الضروري ادخال المركب داخل النبات، فالهندسة الوراثية مهما في تعديل النباتات وراثيا بحيث صار لها جينات مسيطرة على مسلك بناء حامض البرولين واشارا الى ان الرش نبات وعلى مرحلة نموه ووقت االضافة والتركيز المناسب. واوضح الورقي بحامض البرولين يعتمد على نوع وصنف ال super في دراستهم على نبات الحنطة المعرض لجهد ازموزي حيث انخفضت فيه فعالية انزيم [23] oxidedismutase (هو انزيم مضاد لالكسدة) بزيادة تجمع الجذور الحرة المؤكسدة واشاروا الى دور حامض البرولين التأثير السلبي للجذور الحرة كونه مقتنصا للجذور الحرة.في ازالة ) ان المعاملة بالبرولين رشاً قد ادت إلى حدوث زيادة معنوية في محتوى البرولين في االوراق 5ويالحظ من الجدول ( رولين ويعود سبب ذلك الى امتصاص االوراق للبرولين المرشوش ومن ثم زيادة تراكمه فيها وبذلك ازداد محتوى الب في [5]البروتين. وهذا يتفق مع ماذكره كوينالداخلي وكذلك ازداد محتوى االحماض االمينية االخرى التي تدخل في ت لزيادة تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم في المحلول اً سلبي اً هناك تأثيرلهذه الدراسة فأن استنتاجاً دراسته على نبات الطماطم. و . وان رش المجموع الخضري olga f1, hymar f1المغذي على جميع الصفات المدروسة لصنفي نبات الطماطم ادت اضافة حامض البرولين والسيما كما بحامض البرولين وبتراكيزه المختلفة له دور ايجابي في زيادة نمو النبات. الى تثبيط التأثير السلبي لكلوريد الصوديوم في جميع الصفات المدروسة. 1-ترملغم.ل 15التركيز المصادر ). التسميد الورقي اهمية في تحسين نمو النبات وزيادة االنتاج في االراضي المتملحة. مجلة 2004صالح، حمد محمد (.1 .16 -8: 2الزراعة العراقية، ). تأثير ملوحة ماء الري في حاصل ونوعية البنجر السكري. مجلة زراعة الرافدين، 2005الراشدي، صالح محمد (.2 33)1 :(13-16. 3.yusuf, m.; hasan, s. a.; ali, b.; hayat, s.; fariduddin, q. and ahmad, a.(2007). effect of salicylic acid on salinity induced changes in brassica juncea. j. integr. plant biol., 50(9): 1096-1102. 4.sjut, y. and bangerth, f.(1984). induced partheno carpyaway of manipulating levels of endogenous hormones in tomato fruits. 2-diffusable hormones. plant growth regulation, 2: 49-56. . استجابة نباتات الطماطة لملوحة مياه الري. اطروحة دكتوراه، كلية الزراعة، جامعة 1999)احمد، يوسف محمد عبده.(.5 الزقازيق، مصر. 6.chaudhry, f. m. and loneragen, i. f.(1972). zinc absorption by wheat seedling. i. inhibition by macronutrient ions in shortening zinc nutrition. soil sci. soc. amer. proc., 36: 323-327. ). دراسة تأثير الجبس في النمو والحالة الغذائية لمحصول الحنطة في منطقة 1996الساعدي، عباس جاسم حسين.(.7 كلية الزراعة والغابات، جامعة الموصل، العراق. محدودة االمطار. اطروحة دكتوراه، 96 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 vicia. تأثير بعض منظمات النمو النباتية على اصناف مختلفة من الباقالء 1996)القيسي، وفاق امجد محمد خالد.(.8 faba l..اطروحة دكتوراه، كلية الزراعة، جامعة بغداد، العراق . 9.d.; philips, p. j. and strange, r. e.(1971). methods in microbiology. acad. press, lond. 10.hyun, d. y.; lee, i. s.; kim, d. s.; lee, s. j.; seo, y. w. and lee, y. i.(2003). selection azetidine-2-carboxylic acid resistant cell lines by in vitro mutagenesis rice oryza sativa l.. j. plant biotech., 5(1): 43-49. 11.bates, l. s.; waldren, r. p. and teare, i. d.(1973). rapid determination of free proline for water stress studies. plant and soil, 39:205-207. 12.little, t. m. and hills, f. j.(1978). agricultural experimentation design and analysis. john wiley and sons, new york. 13.salisbury, f. b. and ross, c. w.(1985). plant physiology. wadsorth publ. comp. inc. blemont california, u.s.a.. الطبعة الثانية، المركز القومي للبحوث، ). الهرمونات النباتية والتطبيقات الزراعية. 2000الشحات، نصر ابو زيد.(.14 الدار العربية للنشر والتوزيع، القاهرة، مصر. 15.singh, s. p.; singh, b. b. and singh, m.(1994). effect of kinetin on chlorophyll, nitrogen and proline in mung bean vigna radiate under saline conditions. j. plant physiol., 37(1): 3739. ). فسلجة الشد المائي في النبات. دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر، جامعة الموصل، وزارة التعليم 1992ياسين، بسام طه.(.16 العالي والبحث العلمي، العراق. لملوحة مياه الري والبرولين. رسالة ماجستير، كلية ). استجابة نباتات الطماطة2001الساعدي، ميسون موسى كاظم.(.17 الزراعة، جامعة البصرة، العراق. ). دور الكالسيوم في ازالة التأثيرات السمية لكلوريد الصوديوم في نباتات 2000العاني، انسام غازي عبد الحليم.(.18 الهيثم)، جامعة بغداد، العراق. صنفين للشعير مختلفي التحمل للملوحة. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية (ابن 19.tan, j.; zhao, h.; hong, j.; han, y.; li, h. and zhao, w.(2008). effects of exogenous nitric oxide on photosynthesis, antioxidant capacity and proline accumulation in wheat seedlings subjected to osmotic stress. world j. agric. sci., 4(3): 307-313. 20.stewart, c. r.(1983). proline accumulation: biochemistry aspects. in: physiology and biochemistry of drought resistance in plants. paleg, l. g. and aspinall, d. (eds.), acad. press. aust. 21.upadhyaya, h. and panda, s. k.(2004). responses of camellia sinensis to drought and rehydration. biol. plant, 48: 597-600. 22.ashraf, m. and foolad,m. r. (2007). roles of glycinebetaine and proline in improving plant abiotic stress resistance . environ. exp. bot., 59:206-216. 23.tan, j.; zhao, h.; hong, j.; han, y.; li, h. and zhao, w.(2008). effects of exogenous nitric oxide on photosynthesis, antioxidant capacity and proline accumulation in wheat seedlings subjected to osmotic stress. world j. agric. sci., 4(3): 307-313. 97 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ):مكونات المحلول المغذي الخاص بالتجربة1جدول( 0b1 تbللعناصر اً االمالح المستعملة مصادر الغذائية 2b3 الصيغة الكيميائيةb التركيز )1-لتر.(مايكرومول ca(no3)2 250 نترات الكالسيوم 1 k2so4 250 كبريتات البوتاسيوم 2 nh4no3 100 نترات االمونيوم 3 mgso.7h2o 100 كبريتات المغنيسيوم المائية 4 5 diethyl triamine penta acetic acide-fe dtpa fe 10 kh2po4 5 فوسفات البوتاسيوم ثنائية الهيدروجين 6 h3bo3 3 البوريكحامض 7 mgso4.h2o 1 كبريتات المنغنيز المائية 8 znso4.7h2o 0.3 كبريتات الزنك المائية 9 cuso4.5h2o 0.1 كبريتات النحاس المائية 10 co(no3)2 0.04 نترات الكوبلت 11 6mo7o24h2o 0.02(nh4) مولبيدات االمونيوم المائية 12 تأثير الصنف وتراكيز مختلفة من كلوريد الصوديوم في المزرعة المائية وتراكيز مختلفة من حامض رشاً :)2جدول ( ) للمجموع الخضري لصنفي نبات الطماطم بعد 2-مايكروغرام.سمفي محتوى الكلوروفيل ( للمجموع الخضري وتداخالتها من نقلها الى المزرعة المائية. اً يوم 30مرور الصنف تركيز البرولين )1-(ملغم.لتر تركيز xالصنف )1-تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول.لتر 150 100 0 البرولين olga f1 0 36.13 29.15 25.58 30.29 15 43.14 38.95 36.65 39.58 30 39.62 33.48 32.42 35.17 hymar f1 0 33.90 25.47 20.78 26.72 15 41.58 36.67 34.63 37.63 30 43.37 32.93 30.94 35.75 lsd (0.05) n.s. 1.821 الصنف تركيز xالصنف كلوريد الصوديوم olga f1 39.63 33.86 31.55 35.01 hymar f1 39.62 31.69 28.78 33.36 lsd (0.05) 1.821 1.051 تركيز البرولين تركيز كلوريد تركيز x الصوديوم البرولين 0 35.02 27.31 23.18 28.50 15 42.36 37.81 35.64 38.60 30 41.50 33.21 31.68 35.46 lsd (0.05) 2.230 1.287 30.17 32.78 39.63 تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم lsd (0.05) 1.287 98 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تأثير الصنف وتراكيز مختلفة من كلوريد الصوديوم في المزرعة المائية وتراكيز مختلفة من حامض :)3جدول ( في نسبة الكاربوهيدرات (%) للمجموع الخضري لصنفي نبات الطماطم البرولين رشاً للمجموع الخضري وتداخالتها ية).من نقل النباتات الى المزرعة المائية (الحشة الثان اً يوم 53بعد مرور الصنف تركيز البرولين )1-(ملغم.لتر تركيز xالصنف )1-تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول.لتر 150 100 0 البرولين olga f1 0 2.45 2.25 2.09 2.26 15 3.60 3.17 2.86 3.21 30 3.54 2.92 2.66 3.04 hymar f1 0 1.96 1.29 0.99 1.41 15 2.64 1.97 1.63 2.08 30 2.94 1.47 1.25 1.89 lsd (0.05) 0.715 0.413 الصنف تركيز xالصنف كلوريد الصوديوم olga f1 3.20 2.78 2.54 2.84 hymar f1 2.51 1.58 1.29 1.79 lsd (0.05) 0.413 0.238 تركيز البرولين تركيز كلوريد x الصوديوم تركيز البرولين 0 2.21 1.77 1.54 1.84 15 3.12 2.57 2.25 2.65 30 3.24 2.20 1.96 2.47 lsd (0.05) 0.505 0.292 1.92 2.18 2.86 تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم lsd (0.05) 0.292 99 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) تأثير الصنف وتراكيز مختلفة من كلوريد الصوديوم في المزرعة المائية وتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين 4جدول ( من نقل النباتات اً يوم 31لصنفي نبات الطماطم بعد مرور 1-في عدد االزهار. نبات رشاً للمجموع الخضري وتداخالتها الى المزرعة المائية. الصنف تركيز البرولين )1-(ملغم.لتر تركيز xالصنف )1-تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول.لتر 150 100 0 البرولين olga f1 0 3.09 2.25 1.67 2.34 15 5.34 4.25 3.59 4.39 30 3.92 2.91 2.25 3.03 hymar f1 0 2.75 1.64 1.42 1.94 15 3.92 3.42 2.92 3.42 30 5.09 2.41 1.75 3.08 lsd (0.05) 0.495 0.286 الصنف تركيز xالصنف كلوريد الصوديوم olga f1 4.12 3.14 2.50 3.25 hymar f1 3.92 2.49 2.03 2.81 lsd (0.05) 0.286 0.165 تركيز البرولين تركيز كلوريد x الصوديوم تركيز البرولين 0 2.92 1.95 1.55 2.14 15 4.63 3.84 3.26 3.91 30 4.51 2.66 2.00 3.06 lsd (0.05) 0.350 0.202 2.27 2.82 4.02 تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم lsd (0.05) 0.202 100 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) تأثير الصنف وتراكيز مختلفة من كلوريد الصوديوم في المزرعة المائية وتراكيز مختلفة من حامض البرولين 5جدول ( ) للمجموع الخضري لصنفي نبات الطماطم بعد 1-في محتوى البرولين (ملغم.لتر رشاً للمجموع الخضري وتداخالتها من نقل النباتات الى المزرعة المائية (الحشة االولى والحشة الثانية). اً يوم 53و اً يوم 32مرور الصنف تركيز البرولين (ملغم. )1-لتر )1-لتر.تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم (مليمول h1d32 h2d53 xالصنف 150 100 0 تركيز البرولين الصنف 150 100 0 x تركيز البرولين olga f1 0 6.61 12.59 19.37 12.86 7.60 18.10 25.46 17.05 15 12.77 23.99 37.25 24.67 17.16 31.99 43.05 30.73 30 15.60 33.08 41.86 30.18 20.17 40.35 49.54 36.69 hymar f1 0 6.30 11.19 14.24 10.58 7.15 14.60 16.18 12.64 15 12.05 21.18 31.50 21.58 15.73 31.40 38.60 28.58 30 13.85 28.41 36.04 26.10 19.58 38.49 47.01 35.03 lsd (0.05) 2.222 1.283 2.452 1.416 الصنف الصنف xالصنف تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم olga f1 11.66 23.22 32.83 22.57 14.98 30.15 39.35 28.16 hymar f1 10.73 20.26 27.26 19.42 14.15 28.16 33.93 25.41 lsd (0.05) 1.283 0.741 1.416 0.817 تركيز البرولين تركيز البرولين تركيز كلوريد xالصوديوم تركيز البرولين 0 6.46 11.89 16.81 11.72 7.38 16.35 20.82 14.85 15 12.41 22.59 34.38 23.13 16.45 31.70 40.83 29.66 30 14.73 30.75 38.95 28.14 19.88 39.42 48.28 35.86 lsd (0.05) 1.571 0.907 1.734 1.001 36.64 29.16 14.57 30.05 21.74 11.20 تركيز كلوريد الصوديوم lsd (0.05) 0.907 1.001 101 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تصميم التجربة ونمو نباتات صنفي الطماطم في المحلول المغذي في البيت الزجاجي :)1شكل ( 102 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 a study of some growth of two hyborids of tomato plant (lycopersicon esculentum mill.) grown under the influence of sodium chloride in the nutrient solution and proline spraying to shoot. a.j.h. al-saedi , z.m.sh. al-hattab department of biology, college of education ibn al-hatham, university of baghdad received in :11october 2011 accepted in : 12february 2012 abstract the experiment was conducted inside a glasshouse at the department of biology/ education college ibnalhaitham/ baghdad university during the growing season 20102011. the aim of the study was to assess the influence of increasing of nacl concentration in the nutrient solution and different concentrations of proline as spray on the vegetative growth on the chlorophyll content, soluble carbohydrates percentage, flowers number and the proline content of vegetative growth. the aim of this study was also to determine the satiable concentration of proline while decrease the injerion. effect of nacl on the studied traits of two hyborids of tomato plants namely olga f1 and hymar f1. sodium chloride concentration of 0, 100. 150 mm/l and proline with 0, 15, 30 mg/l were used factorial experiment within completely randomized design (c.r.d.) was used with 3 replicates cie. 54 plastic containers were included. results revealed that, olga f1 was superior with increase percent 4.95, 58.66, 15.66 and (16.22, 10.82)% for the above mentioned characteristics respectively and for the tow harvests of the last trait. results also revealed a decrease of the studied characteristics with increasing nacl concentration from zero up to 150 mm/l in the nutrient solution giving a decrease percent of 23.87, 32.87 and 37.70% for the its three traits, where as proline concentration increased as nacl increased to 150mm/l giving 168.30 and 151.48% increment percentage as compared with the control for the two harvests respectively. it coaled be concluded that, increasing the proline to 15 mg/l caused a decrease in the injurious effect of nacl, and the hybrid olga f1 was more to tolerant to the salinity than hymar f1 in all studied traits. solution nacl, proline, nutrient. keyword: lycopersicon esculentum mill الصيغة الكيميائية الاملاح المستعملة مصادراً للعناصر الغذائية التركيز (مايكرومول.لتر-1) ت microsoft word 327-336 الفيزياء | 327 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 مشبع الدراسة تباين سلوك التمدد الحراري لراتنج البولي استر غير )upالمحتوي على الفينوليك بيكااليت(pf)تقنية التحليل الميكانيكي عمال) باست )tmaالحراري( عبد الحميد رحيم الصراف عبدالكريممريم اسامة جامعة بغداد /)ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء ٢٠١٥كانون الثاني ٥،قبل في: ٢٠١٤تشرين األول ٢٧استلم في : الخالصة ) المحتوي على نسب upمشبع (ال) لدراسة سلوك التمدد الحراري لراتنج من البولي استر غير tmaضبت تقنية ( ) αتمكنا من خالل ھذة التقنية من تقدير معامل التمدد الحراري الخطي ( مئوية مختلفة من الفينوليك بيكااليت،وزنية ) له من ناحية اخرى .وقد اتضح من ھذة tgللمتراكب البوليمري المحضر من ناحية وتعيين درجة االنتقال الزجاجي ( ) . ولوحظ ان tg(ي مادة البولي استر المحضر ادى الى نقصان الالدراسة ان االسراف بزيادة نسبة الفينوليك بيكااليت ف بينما تنخفض في الدرجات الحرارية العالية وھذا يدل على تحول المادة ) تزداد في الدرجات الحرارية الواطئة αقيم ( اعطي اوطئ %١٥الى . وان زيادة نسبة الفينوليكبزيادة درجة الحرارة البوليمرية من الصفة المرنة الى الصفة اللدنة . بالنماذج المحضرة االخرى) مقارنة αقيمة ل ( ) درجة االنتقال الزجاجي ،الفينوليك بيكااليتα،معامل التمدد الحراري ( tma: الكلمات المفتاحية الفيزياء | 328 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة اساسيا في كل مكان من حياتنا واصبح من الصعب تخيل عالمنا الحديث بدون لقد اصبحت البوليمرات جزءا̋ " فھذا المنتوج يعد من:اصناف المواد المنزلية وقطع غيار السيارات وأطارات الطائرات والھواتف plasticالبالستيك " الصناعي والعظام االصطناعية واجھزة الكومبيوتر وأالطراف الصناعية لجسم االنسان واالستعماالت الطبية مثل القلب وكذلك التطبيقات الكھربائية واالجزاء التي تدخل ضمن تصنيع المضخات والمحركات والعديد من السلع المادية االخرى ،حيث ان البوليمرات تمتلك خصائص ممتازة تجعل ارتباطھا بمواد اخرى ممايعطي [1]المستعملة في حياتنا اليومية [2]ا خواص فريدة من نوعھ ،وتكون بقوام صلب في شكلھا ˶يمكن تعريف البالستيك بشكل عام على انھا مواد عضوية ذات وزن جزيئي عال (thermoplastic)، ھنالك نوعان رئيسان من المواد البالستيكية،ھما المواد البالستيكية (اللدائن)الحرارية [3]النھائي )التقليدية الى حدود معينة molding).وكالھما ينصھران بالقولبة ( (thermosetsوالمواد البالستيكية المتصلبة حراريا [4]ثم يتصلبان على شكل المنتج المطلوب ا ) ووجود ھذcross linkفالمواد البالستيكية المتصلبة حراريا توصف بالبالستيك الصلب ذي الترابط الشبكي يدعى ( الترابط يؤدي الى اعاقة السالسل من االنزالق الواحدة على االخرى لذلك من الصعب اعادة نفسه مرة اخرى وبالتالي ھي صلبة وغير مرنة وذلك بسبب ان نقاط االتصال لسلسة الشبيكة يعيق تمدد السلسلة ومن اھم مميزاته اليتحول الى منصھر ، والعائالت البالستيكية المتصلبة حراريا ھي الفينوليكات ep[5]تحلل مثل ) ولكنه يtmعند بلوغه درجة االنصھار( ،اليوريافورمالديھيد، الميالمين فورمالديھيد ،االيبوكسي ،البولي استرات المتصلبة حراريا ،ومعظم انواع البولي يوريثان [4]. بعدة اشكال (رقائق ،حبيبات ، سائل نقي ) ويعد ينتج البولي استر من بلمرة كحوالت معينة مع الحوامض وھو يتوفر من افضل البوليمرات المتصلبة حراريا كراتنج مدعم حيث يتصف بصالبته وقوته الممتازة مع قدرتة في مقاومة الحرارة لمدة طويلة ، كما يتمتع بمقاومة لتغيرات الظروف الجوية والكيمياوية ولمعظم المذيبات والحوامض 260لدرجة لذلك فھو يدخل في الكثير من التطبيقات الصناعية كصناعة المواد البالستيكية المختلفة وصناعة [6] واالمالح وازل وكمواد مركبة في صناعة ھياكل الزوارق الرقائق(االفالم)وتحضير بعض انواع الطالءات الواقية وفي صناعة الع [7,8]الصغيرة والطائرات وھياكل البناء والجسور [h2co]مع األلدھيدات مثل الفورمالديھيد oh]5h6[c phenolاما الفينوليك فينتج من تفاعل الفينول formaldehyde phenol ويرمز له بالرمز ،pf) نسبة لألسم العلمي فينول فورمالديھيد(phenol formaldehyde من قبل المخترع ليو بيكالند الذي سمي على اساسه الفينوليك تجاريا اسم بكااليت 1909حيث تم ابتكار ھذة الطريقة عام bakeliteليك ھي الميكا (، وتكون المنتجات الفينوليكية اما محشوة او مقواة ومواد الحشوة المستخدمة في الفينوmica ،( ) mineral fibers، االلياف المعدنية (cellulose))، السليولوز ((flour wood)، نشارة الخشب (clayالصلصال ، والفينوليك يمكن الحصول عليه كسائل للقولبة والصب والطالء ويمكن chopped fabric [4])ونتافات االقشمة ( اسود وھو من اللدائن الرئيسية في الصناعة نظرا لما يتميز به من صالدة وصالبة انتاجه على شكل مركبات قلوية بلون ومقاوم لمعظم المذيبات الشائعة والحوامض الضعيفة وقلة 260عندما يدعم وله عزل ممتاز ومقاومة للحرارة تصل الى فيش الكھرباء فھو يفضل في الصناعة امتصاصه للماء لذلك يستخدم في االجھزة الدقيقة وكذلك يستخدم في مقابض المقالي و [9]لرخص ثمنه يعرف معامل التمدد الطولي الحراري بانة تقدير تغير طول النموذج بداللة درجة الحرارة .استعملت ھذة التقنية قديما في صناعة الفخار والتعدين وحاليا في المواد البوليمرية .ففي حالة البوليمرات توجد قياسات اخرى غير الطول مثل قياس شوھات الحرارية تحت االجھاد ومعامل الشد وغيرھا لذلك يمكن استبدال تعبير نقطة الطراوة وتحوالت الزجاج والت tma) (thermomechanical analysisالتمدد الحراري باخر اوسع واشمل منه وھو التحليل الميكانيكي الحراري [10] [11]تب على الشكل االتييربط معامل التمدد الحراري بتغير ابعاد المادة عند تغير درجة الحرارة ،لذلك يك درجة الحرارةtالطول الجديد بعد التمدد،lھو الطول االصلي للجسم ، ˳lحيث الفيزياء | 329 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) وجماعته دراسة تاثير قولبة وتلدين البولي استر في سلوك التمدد الحراري .( nabil)اجرى الباحث 2011في عام ( في δl&α)اسة امكانية استعمال المتغيرات الحرارية (وذلك لدرtmaباستعمال تقنية التحليل الميكانيكي الحراري [11]عمليات االعادة واالسترجاع للبوليمر للحصول على خليط او مادة متراكبة مثالية للتطبيقات الھندسية كب والمتراpvcوفي العام نفسه قام الباحث حيدر وجماعته بدراسة تاثير اضافة الزجاج في الخواص الفيزيائية للبوليمر pvc/pmma حيث تم استعمال تقنية التحليل الميكانيكي الحراريtma وتم التوصل الى ان اضافة الزجاج الى [12]يودي الى زيادة درجة حرارة التحول الزجاجي pvcالبوليمر تالك باودر –قام الباحثان (خالد وھدى ) بدراسة تحسين المواصفات الحرارية لمتراكب االيبوكسي (2012)وفي عام (ep-talc powder) باستعمال تقنية التحليل الميكانيكي الحراريtma حيث اظھرت النتائج ان زيادة نسبة التالك قد حسنت الخصائص الحرارية والسيما درجة االنتقال الزجاجي كما ان قيم معامل التمدد الحراري في حالة ھبوط طفيف مع [13]ارتفاع درجة الحرارة الساسي من البحث دراسة تباين سلوك التمدد الحراري لمادة مركبة ذات اساس من راتنج البولي استر غير ان الھدف ا باستعمال تقنية التحليل (wt%5,8,15)بكسور وزنية مختلفة (pf)) المحتوي على الفينوليك بيكااليت upالمشبع ( (tma)الميكانيكي الحراري الجزء العملي المواد المستعملة في البحث ة سائل شفاف متصلد حراريا ٲفي ھذا البحث استعمل راتنج البولي استر غير المشبع الذي يكون على ھي -المادة االساس: ) بدرجة حرارة الغرفة.2%) اليه بنسبة (mekp.يصلد ھذا الراتنج باضافة مادة بيروكسيد مثيل اثيل كيتون ( تم استعمال مادة الفينوليك المحلي بوصفة مادة مطعمة في تحضير المادة المتراكبة البوليمرية .وھي عبارة التطعيم : مادة عن مادة بالستيكية متصلبة حراريا وتكون على شكل مسحوق ذي لون رمادي غامق تصنيع العينات البوليمري حيث تم تحضير المتراكب ير عينات ) في تحضhand layup modling( ةاليدوي ةتقنيه القولب عمالتم است ) مع مصلده الى pf) بعدھا تم اضافه ماده الفينوليك (%٢راتنج البولي استر غير المشبع باضافه محلول مصلد اليه نسبه ( العينات قطعت في القوالب التي تم تھيأتھا مسبقا.المزيج راتنج البولي استر وتم مزجھما معا لحين التجانس وبعد ذلك يصب 20mmوبطول 5mmبقطر tmaلغرض اجراء التحاليل الحرارية الميكانيكية الجھاز المستعمل :) في تنفيذ اختبار التحليل الميكانيكي الحراري التي تتكون من tma pt 1000منظومه ( عمالتم است حجره النموذج حامل النموذج الفرن المتحسسات المسيطر   ةوالطابع ةالحاسب  يبين منظومة التحاليل الحرارية الميكانيكية(1)الشكل رقم : ةالحراريية مبدأ عمل منظومه التحاليل الميكانيك بعد وضع النموذج في مكانه داخل الماسكات وادخاله الى الحيز المخصص له في قلب الفرن الحراري تبدأ المنظومه ت االعداداتلقائيا بتطبيق المدى الحراري الذي تم تحديده واعداده سلفا لذلك تبدأ العينه بالتمدد او االنكماش حسب ل العينه بدقه متناھيه ومن ثم يرسل كأشاره الكترونيه الى جھاز الموضوعه حيث يعمل المجس على تسجيل التغير في طو الحاسوب الذي بدوره يحول ھذه االشاره الى بيانات واشكال مفھومه حيث تعرض بشكل مخطط بدالله التغير بالطول والزمن ةودرجه الحرار النتائج والمناقشة من خالل ھذة الدراسة واعتمادا على قياس التغير الحاصل في طول النماذج المحضرة من البولي استر غير النتائج المستحصلة تمكنا من .ومن خالل (%15_%5))الحاوي على نسب مختلفة من الفينوليك بيكااليت من upالمشبع( )ھي العامل االساس في c_200 ̊c̊ 20معرفة ان ارتفاع درجة حرارة النماذج المحضرة في الدرجات الحرارية مابين ( حدوث زيادة الطاقة الحرارية للجزئيات في السلسلة البوليمرية مصحوبة بمعدالت انفعال كبيرة نسبيا اثناء عملية التسخين ن ھنالك ٲذ ٳ)، 2لنھاية الى حدوث تغير لدن كبير يسبب زيادة الطول القياسي للنماذج المحضرة (شكل رقم،ما يؤدي في ا الفيزياء | 330 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 حدود معينة من النسبة المئوية لالستطالة الحرارية لمادة البولي استر غير المشبع الذي يحتوي على نسب مختلفة من ) ومن اھمھا : ٣ a,b)الفينوليك بيكااليت يمكن القبول بھا (شكل رقم( فينوليك بيكااليت عن %5ال تقل النسبة المئوية لالستطالة الحرارية لمادة البولي استر غير المشبع ذي النسبة ٭ٲ للنموذج 10*0.9 )-3( %فينوليك بيكااليت وعن %8) للنموذج ذي النسبة 10*1.05-3%) وعن(10*3-5.3 %( c̊ 20ن درجة حرارة فينوليك بيكااليت ع %15 ذي النسبة فينوليك بيكااليت عن ( %5ال تزيد النسبة المئوية لالستطالة الحرارية لمادة البولي استر غير المشبع ذي النسبة٭ٲ فينوليك %15)للنموذج ذي النسبة %0.95فينويك بيكااليت وعن ( %8) للنموذج ذي النسبة%2.31)وعن( 2.81% ̊ c 200بيكااليت عن درجة حرارة ) الذي يقودنا للتوصل الى المواصفات النوعية القريبة من الواقع التنفيذي ٤) والشكل (٢من جانب اخر يتضح من الشكل ( من خالله astm –e1545وفق المواصفة tgرة وھي امكانية احتساب درجة االنتقال الزجاجي لھذة النماذج المحض تتناقص تبعا لزيادة النسبة المئوية الوزنية للفينوليك بيكااليت في جسم البولي tg)ان قيم ٤التي تبين وحسب الشكل ( للنموذج ذي النسبة c̊ 29ليك بيكااليت وفينو %5للنموذج ذي النسبة c̊ 60ھي tgاستر،كما نالحظ من الشكل ان قيمة فينوليك بيكااليت.%15للنموذج ذي النسبة c̊ 23فينوليك بيكااليت و 8% بما ان درجة االنتقال الزجاجي تعتمد على حركة مجاميع الذرات والجزيئات في المادة اللدائنية فبالتالي كلما تعقد الربط ) اعلى حيث انھا سوف تحتاج الى طاقة اعلى لتحريك المجاميع (tgللدائنية وازدادت قوة االواصر امتلكت المادة ا ،وان وجود مادة الفينوليك بيكااليت داخل البوليمر ولو بنسب قليلة قد عمل على اضعاف القوى بين [ 14] الجزيئية رارة قد تؤدي الى حركة الجزئيات مما ادى ان تكون الطاقة الالزمة لتكسير االواصر قليلة بحيث ان زيادة درجة الح وبالتالي انخفاض [ 15 ] الوحدات االبتدائية للسالسل الجزيئية وارتخاء االواصر فيما بينھا ممايؤدي الى زيادة ليونة المادة درجة االنتقال الزجاجي كلما زادت نسبة الفينوليك بيكااليت الن ذلك يدل على تحول المادة من االقل مرونة الى االكثر مرونة . ولعل ھذة الحقائق ، اي ظھور تناقص في درجة االنتقال الزجاجي مع زيادة النسبة المئوية الوزنية للفينوليك بيكااليت في على عمل مادة الفينوليك بيكااليت كشائبة او كحشوة في جسم البولي استر جسم البولي استر غير المشبع لم تكن اال مؤشرا̋ غير المشبع ، ومن الحقائق المعلومة ايضا ان كل المواد المحضرة كانت تمتلك درجة انتقال زجاجية واحدة ، اال ان ھذا ال حرارة الغرفة يقود الى تكوين خالئط يعني بالضرورة عند مزج البولي استر بالفينوليك بيكااليت باسلوب التعاقب وبدرجة من (cross linking)بوليمرية ، ولكي نستطيع تفھم وتصور ھذة العملية يجب فھم طبيعة التفاعل التشابكي الترابطي حيث عالقتة بحرارة التفاعل فالبولي استر غير المشبع تحدث عملية تحوله من مادة بوليمر اولي كمر (اي بمعنى بوليمر cross))، وعموما التفاعالت التشابكية 2±25غير كامل البلمرة )الى بوليمر كامل البلمرة بدرجة حرارة الغرفة ( linking) لي استر غير المشبع تقود الى ارتفاع درجة حرارة مزيج البولي استر ومصلده ( وفي اثناء عملية تصلب البو وھي [16] ٧٥ الى درجة حرارة بحدود methyl ethyl keton peroxide,mekp)بيروكسيد مثيل اثيل كيتون القولبة فيه بدرجة حرارة اعلى درجة حرارة غير كافية التمام تفاعالت التشابك الترابطي للفينوليك بيكااليت التي تتم عملية كحد اقصى وبالتالي فان اضافة الفينوليك بيكااليت الى مزيج البولي استر ومصلده اثناء عملية c̊ 150واقل من c̊ 100من القولبة له تكون غير كافية لحدوث التفاعل التشابكي الترابطي مابين خليط النوفوالك ومصلده( ھيكسا مثيلين تترامين hexamethylene _tetraamine,hmta الذي ھو المكون االساس للفينوليك بيكااليت وھذا يتفق مع الباحثين ( [17](adams& hanoush) اللذين اوضحا في دراستھما السابقة ان تفاعل مادة االيبوكسي مع الراتنج الفينولي المخلوط &shokralla)[18]تفق مع الباحثانوكذلك ي c̊ 100مع بعضه البعض بالتعاقب اليحدث اال في درجة حرارة muaikel)(سعاد حامد) ھذا يعني ان تفاعل مثل ھكذا خالئط التكون في احد انواعه القابلية في حدوث [ 19]والباحثة .c̊ 100تفاعالت التقسية بدرجة حرارة الغرفة اال بدرجة التقل عن ية ووفق مفھوم علم المواد تعني الحصول على مادة متراكبة ان ھذة المؤشرات التي امكن تثبيتھا في دراستنا الحال ) ٢٥±٢بوليمرية من مزج البولي استر غير المشبع بالفينوليك بيكااليت عند النسب المستعملة وفي درجة حرارة الغرفة( قد وجدت ھذة وھكذا يساعد وجود مادة الفينوليك بيكااليت في جسم البولي استر في تحسين مقاومته للتمدد الحراري،ف ) مدى تأثر معامل التمدد الحراري بدرجة حرارة المادة المتراكبة المحضرة وان درجة ٥الدراسة ومن خالل الشكل رقم ( ان انخفاض قيم وما بعدھا تؤثر في مقدار قيمة معامل التمدد الحراري وc̊ 100حرارة المادة المتراكبة ضمن حدود ال ي استر مع زيادة النسبة المئوية الوزنية للفينوليك بيكااليت وان سبب ذلك يعود الى حقيقة ) للبولαمعامل التمدد الحراري( جدا ˶تفوق الراتنجات الفينولية بصورة عامة على بقية المواد البوليمرية بثباتھا الحراري لكونھا تمتاز بثبات حراري عال [20] االستنتاجات مادة الفينوليك بيكااليت كشائبة او كحشوة في جسم البولي استر غير المشبع ت عمل-١ تنتاقص تبعا لزيادة النسبة المئوية الوزنية للفينوليك بيكااليت في جسم البولي استر tgان قيم -٢ تحسين مقاومته للتمدد الحراري فيوجود مادة الفينوليك بيكااليت في جسم البولي استر يساعد -٣ الفيزياء | 331 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ومابعدھا ١٠٠ يتأثر معامل التمدد الحراري بدرجة حرارة المادة المتراكبة المحضرة ضمن حدود ال -٤ المصادر 1 national research council(u.s.).committee on polymer science and engineering ,(1994),"polymer science and engineering:the shifting research," national academy press,washington. ،"دراسة الخواص الميكانيكية لنظام بولي )٢٠١٤خنساء سلمان ،صباح نوري ،احالم عبد االمير وليث محمد، ( 2 ١٧٤،الصفحات (١،العدد ١٤كاربيد البورون "،المجلة العراقية للھندسة الميكانيكية ،المجلد -المشبع استر غير ١٨٥.( 3 hansiurgen saechtling and wilhelm beer,(1983), international plastic handbook, collier macmillan , canada. ،"اللدائن المقساة بالحرارة "،سلسلة شذى لعلم البالستيك ،دار دمشق )١٩٩٦فة ،(ترجمة واعداد المھندس :سليمان خلي 4 .للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع 5 baddley, d.f. and cannon, j.a.,(1988),"progressive engineering materials",united kingdom 6 biron, m. ,(2007),"thermoplastics and thermoplastic composite ",1stedition ، burlington ، ma:elsevier 7 budinski, k.g. ,(1996),"enginerring materials ,properties &selection",pretic hall,new jersey )،"تاثير اضافة زجاج الشموع التالفة على بعض الخواص الميكانيكية للبولي استر " مجلة جامعة ٢٠١٣مسار نجم عبد ،( 8 .٣،العدد ٢١العلوم الھندسية ،المجلد /بابل ،"البالستيك تصميم وانتاج "،دار دمشق للطباعة والنشر.(1991)سليمان خليفة ، 9 ،التحاليل الحرارية ،جامعة بغداد ،كلية العلوم. (1985)فاضل جاسم ، ، محمد 10 11 rmmo . n.n., harbee .k.h and mahdi .h.a.,(2011),"tmaand dsc study of molded and annealed polyester:a thermal expansion and crystallization evalution"al_mustansiriyah. "دراسة تاثير اضافة الزجاج (2011)قاصد ،صباح عجيب ، ;عباس، سمية محمد ;حسين ،مظفر يعقوب ;حيدر سلمان ،محمد12 10."،مجلة الكوفة الھندسية ،المجلد الثالث،العدد االولpvc/pmmaوالمتراكب pvcعلى الخواص الفيزيائية للبوليمر ،"تحسين المواصفات الحرارية لمتراكب االيبوكسي _تالك باودر (2012)علي ،ھدى محمد جعفر ، ;خالد رشاد   ، الراوي 13 (ep_talc powder) باستخدام تقنية التحليل الميكانيكي الحراريthermomechanical analysis(tma) مجلة كلية التربية، جامعة بابل ،العدد خاص/االساسية 14 mccrum. n.g., buckly ,c.p., and  bucknall ,c.bb.,(1997),"principle of polymer engineering  "second  edition, jhonwiley&sons,new york   15     thernton, p.a., and colangelo, v.j. ,(1985)," fundamental of engineering                                                 materials",prentic ‐ hallinc,lnc    ،"تاثير التقوية بااللياف على الموصلية الحرارية والخواص الميكانيكية للراتجات المتصلبة (2011)سلمان ،علي جاھل ،         16 .١،العدد٤حراريا "،مجلة القادسية للعلوم الھندسية ،المجلد الفيزياء | 332 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015   s of                       ,w.s.,(1999),"synthesis of some new sequen al ipng.a. and hanoush, ,  adams17                                                novolac_epoxyresins",iraqi j.polymer, 3, 1              18        shokralla ,  s.a. and al_muaikel ,n.s.,(2010),"thermal proper es of epoxy(dgeba)/phenolic                                 resin (novolac)blends,the arabian journal for science and engineering , 35, 1b  ،"دراسة تاثير درجة الحرارة على الخواص الميكانيكية لمتراكبات ذات اساس بوليمري "،رسالة (2008)سعاد حامد العيبي ، الربيعي،          19 .دادجامعة بغ–دكتوراة ، كلية تربية ابن الھيثم ماجستير ،"دراسة الخصائص الحرارية والميكانيكية لمادة النوفوالك ومتراكباتھا"،رسالة (2001)الصافي، روال عبد الخضر عباس ، ٠2      ، قسم العلوم التطبيقية ، الجامعة التكنولوجيا.         الفيزياء | 333 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015   ) tma) منظومة التحاليل الميكانيكية الحرارية (١شكل رقم (          ) مقدار االستطالة كدالة لدرجة الحرارة للتراكيز المختلفة للفينوليك بيكااليت ٢شكل رقم ( 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 50 100 150 200 250 δ l[ µ m ] temperture(  ̊c) ٥% ٨% ١٥% الفيزياء | 334 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 )a( )b(  ) عند a: النسبه المئوية لالستطاله الحرارية كدالة للنسب الوزنية للفينوليك بيكااليت :( (3)شكل رقم سيليزي. ٢٠٠) عند درجة حرارة bسيليزي ، ( ٢٠درجة حرارة ) : درجة االنتقال الزجاجي كدالة للنسب الوزنية المختلفة للفينوليك بيكااليت.٤شكل رقم ( 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 5 10 15 20 t h e  p re ce n ta g e  o f  e lo n g a ti o n % * e ‐3 w.fraction% 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 5 10 15 20 t h e  p e rc e n ta g e  o f  e lo n g a ti o n   % w.fraction% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 5 10 15 20 tg (◦ c) w.fraction% الفيزياء | 335 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015  ) : معامل التمدد الحراري كدالة لدرجة الحرارة للنسب الوزنية المختلفة للفينوليك بيكااليت . ٥شكل رقم (           . 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 50 100 150 200 250 t h e rm a l  e x p a n si o n   c o e ff ic ie n t  [e ‐6 /  k ] temperture(◦c) ٥% ٨% ١٥% الفيزياء | 336 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 study the contrast of thermal expansion behavior of the unsaturated polyester resin (up) containing phenolic bakelite(pf) by using the thermomechanical analysis technique(tma) abdil hameed r. al-saraf mariam o. abd alkareem dept.of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad received in :27october 2014, accepted in :5january 2015 abstract tma technique was used to study the behavior of the thermal expansion (α) of the unsaturated polyester resin(up) containing ratios wt % of different phenolic bakelite. we can through this technique evaluate the coefficient of linear thermal expansion (α)  on the one hand and the glass transition temperature(tg)  of his other hand of polymer composite prepared .evidenced from this study that extravagant increases the ratio of phenolic bakelite in polyester prepared led to a decrease in the tg and it was observed that there is increase in the values of (α) in low temperture and decrease in high temperture due to transformation of polymeric material from elastic to plastic , and therefore, increase the ratio to 15% phenolic which gave a low value of (α)compared to the other the samples prepared. keywords: tma, thermal expansion coefficient, the glass transition temperature and phenolic bakelite synthesis and characterization of new metal complexes of -amminonitriles derived from pmethoxybenzaldehyde with aromatic 2002( 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ) تحضير وتشخيص معقدات فلزية جديدة أللفا أمينونتريل مشتقة من بارا ميثوكسي بنزالديهايد مع األمينات األروماتية رواء عباس مجيد جامعة بغداد ،كلية الزراعة ،شعبة العلوم األساسية الخالصة مررر [cu(ii), ni(ii),co(ii), fe(iii)]عقررر ف ية جرررة ل جررر و ارررلعن صج ارررق فاعاق ررر ف ا ققاجرررة مضررر ح مجث كارف صاجةجار – )لرق ف hliiلرق ف مجث كارف ياجر فارج ا ج -مثجر فاجةجار -= )لرق ف hliفاةجكقا جن فامحضر جن ارقلقق ار جن –مجث كارف لا فا جاقجر مر لرق ف جقة ار جك لماقلةرة لرق فلق ف مجث كاف ياج فاج ا ج . حض فاةجكقا فن لط– صااررج جن لةررت فا رر فاف. را رر فكجرر فامعقرر ف فااة جررة فال جرر و ل اررقطة ف م ررقن فارر فاةالررف يضرر لررن لررق ف ا جةجة فاكا لقئجرة فام ئجة. ح فجضق فاا قئن فامغاقطجاجة ف -صطجقف فألرعة ح فاحم فء فألرعة ي ق فالااالجة اةمعق ف فااة جة، كقن اة ك فاةجكقا ف ثاقئجة فاان ج لطقن لقألج اق فااة جة لن ط جق ف فاا لجن dmfيف م ج ni(ii)فحرق فاارن لق لقطرر مر صجرر ن قاررة ك hliiاررةك فاةجكقار c6لر ف فامعقر فمجارر ملم لرة فاا جرر -املم لرة فاارق ا ج يقط .لن ط جق ملم لة فا ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 synthesis and characterization of new metal complexes of -aminonitriles derived from pmethoxybenzaldehyde with aromatic amines r. a. majeed divison of basic sciences college of agriculture, university of baghdad . abstract new metal complexes of some transition metal ions [fe(iii) , co(ii) , ni(ii) and cu(ii)] of two previously prepared ligands hli=(p-methyl anilino)p-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile and hlii =(p-methoxy anilino)-pmethoxy phenyl acetonitrile were synthesized. the two ligands were prepared by strecker's procedure which included the reaction of pmethoxybenzaldehyde with p-toluidine and p-anisidine respectively. the structures of the new metal complexes were characterized by atomic absorption , i.r and u.v.-visible spectra . magnetic susceptibilities and conductivity measurements in dmf of metal complexes were also studied. these ligands coordinate as abidentate molecules through nitrogen atoms of amino group and nitrile group except the complex c6 of the ligand hlii coordinates as monodentate with ni(ii) ion through nitrile group only. introduction the chemistry of nitrile and -aminonitrile compounds and their derivatives has received special attention because of their application as potential ligands for a large number of metal ions (1-5). strecker was the first to prepare -amino nitriles for treating aldehydes or ketones by their treatment of alkaline cyanide and salts of amines (6). the ligands (hli and hlii) previously prepared were synthesized by a modified strecker's procedure (7). nitriles and -aminonitrile derivatives had a biological activities (8,9) as herbicides (10) , pharmacological agents (11) and biological synthesis of chemical compounds by it’s microbial metabolism in some organisms (12). complexes containing more than ametal centre represent the synthetic models of ferromagnetic interaction between the metal centers which can explain oxidationreduction processes in biological systems in addition to their catalytic and biological activities (13-16). beside that, some aminonitriles were used to prepare racemic compounds (17) . in this work the synthesis and the characterization of new metal complexes of some transition metal ions [fe(iii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii)] of hli(p-methyl anilino)p-methoxy phenyl aceto nitrile and hlii (p-methoxy anilino) –pmethoxy phenyl aceto nitrile are studied . coordination behaviour of ligands with metal ions were investigated the structural formula of two ligands are illustrated in scheme(1). r= ch3 in hli with m=ni(ii), co(ii) and fe(iii); = och3 in hlii with m=cu(ii), fe(iii) and ni(ii). scheme(1):-aminonitriles derived from pmethoxy benzaldehyde with aromatic amines. r nh ch c n och3 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 experimental apparatus melting points (uncorrected) were obtained by using gallenkamp mf-600-010f melting point apparatus. infrared spectra of metal complexes were recorded as csi discs on perkinelmer 1310r. spectrophotometer. electronic spectra of two ligands and their complexes in dmf were recorded on u.v.-visible spectrophotometer shimadzu u.v.-160a. electrical conductivities of metal complexes, in dmf (10 -3 m) were measured at room temperature by using hunts capacitors trade mark (british) . magnetic susceptibility (μeff b.m) of metal complexes were measured at room temperature by faraday method using balance, magnetic susceptibility, model msb-mk-1. determination of metal content (%) of complexes were carried out by using varian-aa775, atomic absorption spectrophotometer and perkin-elmer 5000 atomic absorption spectrophotometer. materials and methods metal salts fe (no3)3. 9h2o 99.9%, co(no3)2. 6h2o 99% (fluka); ni(no3)2. 6h2o 99.9%, cu(no3)2.3h2o 99% (merck) ethanol absolute 99% (fluka) were used as received from the suppliers. dimethyl formamide (dmf) was dried and distilled prior to use (18) . preparation of -aminonitriles (hli and hlii) : the aldehyde p-methoxy benzaldehyde 0.05 mole was dissolved in 50 ml of glacial acetic acid , (p-toludine , p-anisidine) sulfonic acid was added in small portions to bring the ph to 2 , followed by the additions of 0.05 mole of the amine. the ph was adjusted to 3-4 by adding concentrated h2so4 drop wise . kscn 0.05 mole was added to the mixture which was kept stirring . the end of the reaction was checked by the disappearance of the starting material (the amine) and development of a higher spot on t.l.c . the reaction mixture was poured on ice and made slightly alkaline with ammonia . the solid product was filtered , washed with water and dried . preparation of metal complexes of hli (c1 of ni(ii) , c2 of co(ii) and c3 of fe(iii)) and hlii (c4 of cu(ii) , c5 of fe(iii) and c6 of ni(ii)): a solution of a metal salt of fe(iii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) in absolute ethanol was added to ethanolic solution of the ligand with a continuous stirring. the molar ratio of the reactants was 1:2 in c1 , c2 and c6 , 1:1 in c3 and 2:2 in c4 and c5. precipitation of c4 and c5 took place immediately, while precipitation of other complexes required heating under reflux for 30-60min. the products were filtered off , washed several times with ethanol and dried under vacuum. results and discussions a) physical data and atomic absorption : table (1) describes the physical properties of metal complexes of hli and hlii. the suggested molecular formula were further supported by spectral studies. atomic absorption of few complexes showed less agreeable results because of technical errors in the instrument. all the complexes were insoluble in water , methanol and ethanol .the complexes are however , soluble in dmf and chloroform. b) infrared spectra: important characteristic stretching frequencies of the ligands and their metal complexes are described in table (2) and their spectra are shown in figure(1). the i.r spectrum of complexes c2, c3 and c5 showed shifts in position of c≡n band (19,20) this band is increased in complex c3 and c5 from free ligand. this refers to c≡n coordination to metal ion via-σ donation of the lone pair of electrons of nitrile nitrogen atom (19). the spectra of complex c2 showed decreases of c≡ n , the decreases were attributed to metal d to ligand p * back bonding (1,2,20). in complexes c1, c4 and c6 showed the bands of c≡ n splitting which refers to coordination of metal ion to nitrogen atom (2,20). the ftir spectra of complexes c1 and ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 c2 exhibited the n-h and n-h (1500-1516)cm -1 shifted to lower frequencies from free ligand while those of compared with the c3, c4 and c5 showed the disappearance of the n-h and n-h . these changes which refer to coordination of α-amino nitrogen to the metal ion (15,20). the complex c6 exhibited achange of n-h to ahigher frequency. this is attributed to the absence of both hydrogen bonding and coordination with ni(ii) ion (21). the bands appeared at (3321-2970) and (2960-2843) cm -1 were assigned to aromatic and aliphatic c-h respectively (22). the bands related to aromatic c=c vibration appeared at (1603-1612) cm -1 (23) . the bands related to c-o, ch3, and c-c vibrations appeared at (1078-1015) , (1306-1466), (1182-1173) and (966-934)cm -1 respectively (22,23,24). nitrate ions exhibited vibration modes related to ionic behaviours in complexes c1,c2, c3,c4 and c6 , while bidentate bonding in c3 and c5 and monodentate in c5 (21,23) . vibration modes of lattice and coordinated water were observed in spectra of c3, c4, c5 and c6 (21,25). new bands appeared at lower frequencies were assigned to m-n≡c, m-n and m-o stretching modes (21,23,26). from the above spectra, it is concluded that the ligands hli and hlii act as bidentate ligand coordinating through the nitrogen atoms of the α-amino group and the nitrile group, this is in the case of c1, c2, c3, c4, and c5 complexes, but in the case of c6 complex the ligand would coordinate through the nitrogen atom of nitrile group with ni (ii) ion. c) electronic spectra, magnetic susceptibility and conductivity measurements: the electronic spectra of the prepared -aminonitrile showed main band observed in the u.v region and was assigned to →* transition of the aromatic rings and cn group and other conjugated system (24). the spectrum of hlii showed low intensity band observed at (27419)cm -1 was assigned to n→* transition may be masked by →* band .table (3) describes bands of maximum absorption of ligands and their metal complexes in dmf with their assignments together with crystal field parameters (dq/b`, b` , 10dq and ) . the latters were determined by applying band ratios on tanabe saugano diagrams of specified metal ion (27-29). the absorption bands of ligands and their metal complexes are shown in figure (2). complexcation with metal ion caused shifts of ligand bands to lower wave numbers and the appearance of new bands in the visible and near i.r. regions. these additional bands may be related to m-l charge transfer bands and ligand field (d-d) transitions (27-29). ni (ii) complexes c1 and c6: the complex c1 was found diamagnetic which refered to a square planar geometry (23,30). the spectrum of these complex in dmf showed two bands attributed to a square planar ni(ii) transitions (23,27,30,31). the spectrum of the complex c6 exhibited two bands were attributed to octahedral ni(ii) complexes (27,28) . the band appeared at (27274)cm -1 was due to (c.t) transition (27-29). by applying band energies and ratio υ2/υ1 (1.44) on tanabe saugana diagram, the energy of 10dq and υ3 was calculated from diagram and the results are given in table (3) . the value of β indicated covalent character (28) . magnetic moment of the complex c6 was 3.78 b.m came in an agreement with those of octahedral geometry (15,23,25,27) . co (ii) complex c2: magnetic moments (eff =3.81b.m) of co(ii) complex referred to a tetrahedral geometry (32). the spectrum of this complex in dmf exhibited a single band at (10256)cm -1 was assigned to (2) and multiplet of three bands appeared at (15000, 17046 and 19231)cm -1 and the average value of muliplet (17092)cm -1 was assigned to (3). the position of the absent band (1) was calculated by applying band ratios and energies of absorptions band on tanabe saugano diagrams (27-29). the transitions of these bands are given in table (3) of tetrahedral co(ii) geometry (27-29) the value of β indicates a covalent character (27,28) . band observed in complex was referred mainly to ligand →metal charge transfer (28). fe (iii) complexes c3 and c5: magnetic moments of c3 and c5 were 5.57 and 3.89bm respectively. magnetic moment of c5 is lower expected due to the presence of antiferromagnetic interaction of the dimeric ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 octahedral fe(iii) complexes (16,25,28). low intensity bands were observed in the spectra of the two complexes were attributed to the forbidden transition which was the characteristic of d 5 octahedral complexes (27-29). the band at (23077) cm -1 in c3 was assigned to lm(c.t) transition (27-29). cu (ii) complex c4: magnetic moments of the complex c4 (eff =1.89 b.m) suggests that the unpaired spins of two copper atoms are coupled through conjugated ligand bridge. the spectra of the complex showed that three bands were attributed to spin allowed the transitions of jahn teller tetragonally distorted octahedral cu(ii) complexes (15,26-28) . conductivity measurements of complexes c1, c2, c3,c4, and c6 in dmf (10 -3 m) showed that they were electrolytes with ionic ratio of 1:2 in c1 c2, c4 and c6 and 1:1 in c3 while c5 was found to be non electrolytic (33). references 1.nlbertin , g.a.; antoniutti, s.; lanfrnchi, m.; pelizzi, g. and bordignon, e. (1986) inorg. chem, 25,950-957. 2.clarke , r.e. and ford , p.c. (1970) . inorganic chemistry 9,2, 227-233. 3.bancroft ,g.m.; mays, m.j.; prater , b.e. and stefanini, f.p. (1970), j. chem. soc. (a), 2146-2149. 4.tranchier , j.p.; chavignon , r.; prim , d.; auffrant , a.; plyta , z.; rose munch f. and rose ,e. (2000) , tetrahedron letters , 41 , issue 19 , 3607-3610 . 5.enders d.; and shilvock, j.p. (2000) , chem. soc rev, 29, 359-373. 6.a) harusawa,s.; hamada ‘y. and saioiri,t. (1979) tetrahedron letters, 48,4663-4666.; b) ogata ,y. and kawasaki, a. (1971) , j.chem. soc. (b), 4, 325-329. 7. kh. a. al-timeemey, m.sc. thesis, baghdad university, 2000, and references cited therein. 8.weeb ,l.j. and boxer, s. g.; (2008) , biochemistry, 47,1588-1598. 9.a) liu,g.; (2003), nuclear medicine and biology, 29, lssue1, 107-113; b) cameron, l.m.; lafrance, r.j.; hemens ,c.m. and rajaraman, k.; (1985) , anti-cancer drug 1,1, 27-36 (eng). c.f. c.a. 104 (1986) 102055e. 10.helga, s.; woldemer,w.; juergen, h.; kramer and wilfried, (1985) , ger. (east). dd 223,624 (cl.101n57/20), 19 jun (1985) appl, 256,649, 14 nov (1983); 8pp.c.f. c.a. 104 (1986) p16541d. 11.kalir,a.; ederey, h.; pelah,z.; baldormon d. and porath,g.; (1969), med., j. chem., 12,474-478. 12.wyatt j.m and linton, e.a.; (2007), " cyanide compounds. in biology" . john wiely, inter science online book. 13.a) meyer , f.; h-kryspin , i.; kaifer , e. and kircher , p.; (2000) , european journal of inorganic chemistry ,issue 4 , 771-781 . b) incarvito , c.; al. rheingold , al. gavrilova , qin ,c. and and bosnich ,b. (2001) , inorg. chem. , 40 , 17 , 4101-8 . 14.patel, k.v.; bhattacharya, p.k.; (1986), polyhedron, 5,3,731-734. 15.m. shakir , a. mohamed , s.p. varleey and o.s. nasman , (1996) , indian journal of chemistry , 35a,935-939 . 16.saha , m.k.; dey , d.k.; choudhury , c.r.; dey ,s.k.; mitra , s. and lehmann , c.w.; (2003) , chemistry letters , 32 , 12 , 1136 . 17.beaufort – droal ,v.; pereira , e.; thery v. and aitken , d.j.; (2006) , tetrahedron , 62 , issue 51 , 11498-11954. 18.vogel, a. (1972) , " text book of practical organic chemistry" 3 rd . edn logman 167-69. 19.getahun, z.; huang,c-y.; wang, t.; deleon, b.; degrado ,w.f. and gai, f.; (2003), j.am.chem. soc, 125, 405-411. 20.refat , m.s. and sadeek , s.a .; (2006) , canadian journal of analytical sciences and spectroscopy , 51 , 6 , 312-322 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 21.nakamoto k., (1997)., " infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds " 5 th edu. john wiely and sons, inc. new york. 22.dyer,r.; (1965), " applications of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds" , prentic-hall , inc., englewood cliffs, n.j. london. 23.campbell, m.j.; card d.w. and grzeskowiak, r. ; (1970) , j. chem.. soc. (a), 672-675. 24.silverstein r.m.; bassler, c.g.; morril, t.c., (1974) , " spectrometric identification of organic compounds " , 3rd. edn., john wiely and sons inc. new york . 25.burger, k.; (1967) " coordination chemistry: experimental methods" , london, butter worth. 26.lever , a.b.p. and ramawamy , b.s.; (1973) , can. j. chem. , 51 , 514-519 . 27.lever, a.b. p.; (1984) , " inorganic electronic spectroscopy" , elsevier publishing company, amsterdam, london, new york. 28figgis, b.n.; (1966) , " introduction to ligand fields " interscience division of john wiely and sons new york. 29.sutton, d.; (1968) , " electronic spectra of transition metal complexes " 1st edn mc graw-hill. publishing company ltd., london. new york. 30.h.reeddy, k.; reddy , m.r. and lingappa, y., (1996) , indian journal of chemistry, 35a , 775-778. 31.el-halabi , n.m. and awadallah , a.m.; (2005) , journal of the islamic university of gaza , 13 , 2 , 85-90 . 32.jenkins , d.m.; di bilio , a.j.; allen , m.j.; betly , t.a. and peters , j.c. ; (2002) , j.am.chem.soc. , 124 , 51 , 15336-15350 . 33.gearg ,w.j ; (1971) , coordination chem. , revie , 7 , 81 . according to these observations and data obtaind from atomic absorption and i.r spectra the structures of complexes were suggested as illustrated . c2: [co(hli)2].(no3)2 c1: [ni(hli)2].(no3)2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 c4: [cu2(lii)2(h2o)8].(no3 )2 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 table (1): molecular formula physical properties and atomic absorption of metal complexes for hli and hlii and their names symbol molecular formula (colour) names m.p˚c yield% m% found (calc.) hli c16h16n2o (yellow) (p-methyl anilino)-p-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile 95-96 70 c1 [ni(hli)2](no3)2 (greenish yellow) [bis{(p-methyl anilino)-p-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile} nickel (ii)] nitrate 250-252 55 9.11 (8.55) c2 [co(hli)2](no3)2 yellow [bis{(p-methyl anilino)-p-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile} cobalt (ii)] nitrate 248 decomp. 50 8.11 (8.58) c3 [felino3(h2o)2].no3.2.2 h2o (dark brown) [nitrato-diaqua{(p-methyl anilino)-pmethoxy phenyl aceto nitrile} ferric (iii)] nitrate. (2.2) hydrate 230 decomp. 45 11.04 (11.02) hlii c16h16n2o2 (brown) (p-methoxy anilino)-p-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile 103-104 60 c4 [cu2(lii)2(h2o)8](no3)2 (dark brown) [octaaqua-di--{(p-methoxy anilino)p-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile} dicopper(ii)] nitrate < 270 42 13.42 (13.67) c5 [fe2(lii)2(no3)4(h2o)2]. 5h2o (dark brown) [tetra -nitrato-diaqua-di--{(pmethoxy anilino)-p-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile} diferric(iii)] (5) hydrate < 270 33 10.42 (10.93) c6 [ni (hlii)2 (h2o)4](no3)2.0.2 h2o (greenish brown) [tetraaquabis{(p-methoxy anilino)-pmethoxy phenyl acetonitrile} nickel (ii)] nitrate. (0.2) hydrate 240-242 59 10.73 (10.68) table (2): characterterstic stretching vibrations  (cm -1 ) of i.r. spectra for ligands and their metal complexes symbol n-h  c n h2o lattice (coordinate)  m-nc m-n m-o no3 -ch out of plane hl1 3360 2220 840 740 700 c1 ni(ii) 3230 2400 2164 446 (295) b 1750 e 1645 833 c2 co(ii) 3352 2172 412 (289) b 1750 e 1660 870 785 750 c3 fe(iii) 2430 3414 (694) 428 (356) a (316) c (298) d (1670) e 1415 g 1364 785 725 775 hlii 3320 2220 840 790 740 c4 cu(ii) 2300 2137 (650) (600) 467 (353) a (320) c 1750 e 1650 839 745 700 c5 fe(iii) 2370 3454 (704) 467 (357) a (312) c (285) d (1512) f 1366 g 1312 830 780 700 c6 ni(ii) 3422 2200 2168 3500 650 615 448 390 c 353 (1750) e 833 756 where : a = m-n, b=m-nh , c = m-oh2 d=m-ono2, e=free ion no 3 , f = monodentate of no 3, g =bidentate of no 3 table (3): electronic spectral data, electrical conductivities (dmf 10 -3 m), magnetic susceptibilities (effb.m) and suggested geometries for metal complexes of hli and hlii symbol maximum absorption υmax (cm -1 ) band assignment dq/b` b` cm 1  10dq υ2/υ1 molar conductivity in dmf s. mol -1 cm 2 eff b.m suggested structure hli 31447   * c1 ni(ii) υ 1 14286 υ 2 18750 1 a1g  1 a2g 1 a1g  1 b1g 165 diamagnetic square planar c2 co(ii) υ 1 6266 (cal.) υ 2 10256 υ 3 17092(avr) υ 4 27777 4 a2  4 t2(f) 4 a2  4 t1(f) 4 a2  4 t1(p) l  m (c.t) 1.1 570 0.587 6270 1.64 145 3.81 tetrahedral c3 fe(iii) υ 1 15974 υ 2 18750 υ 3 23077 υ 4 26366 υ 5 28000 6 s(a1g)  4 g ( 4 t2g) 6 a1g  4 t1g l  m (c.t)   *   * 57 5.57 octahedral hlii υ 1 27419 υ 2 32075 n  *   * c4 cu(ii) υ 1 12376 υ 2 15385 υ 3 18181 2 b1g  2 a1g 2 b1g  2 b2g 2 b1g  2 eg 170 1.89 octahedral c5 fe(iii) υ 1 10072 υ 2 18868 6 s( 6 a1g)  4 g ( 4 t2g) 6 a1g  4 t1g 30 3.89 octahedral c6 ni(ii) υ 1 10256 υ 2 14815 υ 3 23333 (cal.) υ4 27274 3 a2g  3 t2 g(f) 3 a2g  3 t1g (f) 3 a2g  3 t1g (p) l  m (c.t) 2.06 4.92 0.48 10135 1.44 174 3.78 octahedral c.t intraligand ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (1) : i.r spectra of hli and hlii ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (1) : continued ftir spectra of hli complexes c1:ni(ii), c2:co(ii) and c3:fe(iii) c1 c2 c3 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 ftir spectra of hlii complexes c4:cu(ii), c5:fe(iii) and c6:ni(ii). fig. (2): electronic spectra of hli and hlii and their metal complexes c1:ni(ii), c2:co(ii), c3:fe(iii), c4:cu(ii), c5:fe(iii) and c6:ni(ii), fig. (1) : continued c6 c4 c5 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 fig. (2): electronic spectra of hli and hlii and their metal complexes c1:ni(ii), c2:co(ii), c3:fe(iii), c4:cu(ii), c5:fe(iii) and c6:ni(ii), fig. (2): electronic spectra of hli and hlii and their metal complexes c1:ni(ii), c2:co(ii), c3:fe(iii), c4:cu(ii), c5:fe(iii) and c6:ni(ii), hli hlii c5 c2 c6 c3 c1 c4 microsoft word 31-40 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|31    teratogenic effect of levetiracetam drug on the development of the kidney in embryo rat lamyaa h. m. al-ibrahimi lamyaahadi2016@gmail.com dept. of anatomy / section of histology and embryology / college of medicine / alnahrain university nahla a. al-bakri dept. of biology / college of education for pure scienceibnal-haitham / university of baghdad abstract the new antiepileptic drugs, levetiracetam (lev), are used to treat tonic-clonic seizures and myoclonic seizures in adults and children. thirty pregnant rats were enrolled, which were divided into two groups a control (10), b treated (20). group (a) were given distilled water orally for 15 days of pregnancy period. the other group was subdivided into two subgroups b1, b2 (each with 10 rats), which were treated with lev for 14 days for subgroup (b1) and 15 days for the other subgroup (b2). the drug (350 mg/kg/day) is administered orally. based on our results there was damage in the kidney due to the toxicity of the drug. the histopathological effects are represented by damage of cortical glomeruli in which there were hemorrhage, shrinking, accumulation of glomerular cells, and enlargement of capsular space. severe malformations in the kidney were observed when the drug is used constantly during the organogenesis stages of pregnancy. keywords: embryo rat, kidney, levetiracetam drugs. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|32    1. introduction epilepsy is chronic condition which is characterized by repeated provocation epileptic seizures [1]. levetiracetam (lev) is one of the newest antiepileptic drugs (aeds), it is used as adjunctive therapy for myoclonic seizures of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, and primary generalized tonic-clonic seizures, partial-onset seizures. lev had pharmacokinetic advantage. its plasma concentrations peak is approximately one hour after oral administration, which rapidly and completely absorbed after oral intake [2, 3]. the plasma half-life of oral lev is 7±1 hours in adults [4]. it's eliminated that 66% of the administered drug is remained unchanged [5]. the renal clearance is 0.6 ml/min/kg and 0.96 ml/min/kg is the total body clearance. lev metabolism is not dependent on the liver cytochrome p450 enzyme system [4,5]. the precise mode of action of lev is unknown. however, lev can bind to synaptic vesicle protein sv2a which is thought to prevent nerve conduction across synapses [6,7]. the mechanism of secretion is glomerular filtration and follows partial tubular reabsorption [9]. lev drug that given to the pregnant female appears a significant increase in clearance during pregnancy and a coloration fall of blood concentrations [8]. its malformation risk is unknown; thus this study was conducted to assess the effect of the drug on the kidney of the albino rat embryo. 2. material and methods: animal breeding: healthy pregnant female albino rats (rattus rattus) strain weighted 250300 g, and aged 10-12 weeks were used which was obtained from al-nahrain university / the high institute of infertility diagnosis and assisted reproductive technologies animal house. all animals were housed at 21±4 ºċ. the rats were allowed adlibitum access to water and food throughout the gestation [9]. experimental design: thirty pregnant females were divided into two groups: (a) represents control group, (b) represents treated group. group (a): given distilled water orally. group (b): treated with lev drug, which is subdivided into two sub-groups (b1&b2) each include 10 rats. treatment: syrup levetiracetam (100mg/ml) (ucb pharma, inc., smyrna, ga., usa) was used for the treatment. the 1st group was treated with the drug orally for 14 days of pregnancy period. the other subgroup was treated orally for 15 days of pregnancy period. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|33    newborn collection: pregnant females were anesthetized by mixing solution (xylazine10 mg / kg and ketamine 10 mg / kg of body weight) embryo extraction was made by abdominal incision at the median line from placental sacs by cervical dislocation of uterus, remove the outer membranes of embryos and then kidney was taken from the treated and the control group, then fixed in bouins fluid for 12-24 hours and later washed several times with 70% ethyl alcohol and was kept until use [10,11]. paraffin embedded sections were made by rotary microtome. stained with periodic acid schiff (pas) and haematoxylin-harris and eosin stain [12]. photographs were taken by microscope imaging compound type meiji canon camera and that in the developed embryos laboratory in the department of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad. 3. results: histopathology of kidney: 1. day fourteen of gestation: the kidney of embryo in control group showed differentiation of glomerulus, glomerular capsule and clear collecting tubules (figure 1). in the treated kidney, there was a hemorrhage of glomerular cells and collecting tubules, accumulation and shrinkage of glomerular cell, death of cells and detachment of the damaged cells. degeneration of collecting tubules cells was evident by loss of nuclei (figure 2). 2. day fifteen of gestation: as in the day fifteen, the kidney of embryo in control group showed differentiation of glomeruli which are covered by bowman capsule that consist of two layers (inner visceral layer and outer parietal layer). in addition to that there was clear differentiation to collecting tubules (figure 3). in treated group, enlargement of capsular space, glomerular cell shrinkage, cell death and detachment of cells from basement membrane, and damage of the bowman capsule were observed (figure 4). discussion: the embryonic stage is critical stage. exposure to drugs during this period can cause toxic effects to the fetus, such as changes in size or function of certain organs, developmental and behavioral abnormalities, or growth restriction [13]. our results showed that in the treated kidney, there was a hemorrhage of glomerular cells and collecting tubules in comparison with the control group. the drug might be possibly responsible for this event. this result is in agreement with [14] who mentioned that blood accumulation with damaged cells (loss of their nuclei) of collecting tubules may be caused by the high concentration of the drugs in the biologically active organs in the body. the current study showed that there were glomerular cells accumulations, cells are characterized by abnormal aggregation of cells, loss their nuclei, glomerulus shrinking and ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|34    atrophy in comparison with the control groups. this result is in agreement with [15] who reported that cell accumulation disorder may be due to increase in the number of abnormal cells or reduce the number of normal cells. [16] mentioned that glomerular cell accumulation might be occur due to the destruction of nucleus, or may be due to the glomerular cell loss and extracellular matrix accumulation. there was death of cell of collecting tubules which is characterized by decreasing size of cell or swelling and loss of their nucleus. this result is compatible to what was obtained by [17], who reported that cell death, cell shrinkage, cytoplasm eosinophilia, presence of a shrunken and small nucleus with chromatin condition due to the toxicity of drug. there was enlargement of the space that was present between the glomerulus and bowman's capsule. this result is compatible to what was observed by [18], who reported that the appearance of abnormal enlarged capsular space may result from disappearance of glomerular cells or shrinkage. [19] reported that enlargement of capsular space might be due to induction of cytoplasmic microtubules because of the toxicity of the drugs. damage of collecting tubules which were evident by loss of their nucleus, detachment of epithelial cells from basement membrane when compared with the control group. this result is compatible to what was obtained by [20], who reported that damaged cell might be caused by the cell death which may occur by toxicants.   cd 50µm b 50µm bc g ct a ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|35    figure (1): cross section in kidney of embryo at (14th) day of gestation in (control group) showed: (bc) bowman's capsule, (cd) collecting duct, (ct) collecting tubules, (g) glomerulus, (pl) parietal layer. (a) :(h&e), scale bare: 50µm, 40x. (b): (pas), scale bare 50µm, 40x. (c)&(d) : (pas)، scale bare: 20µm , 100x. dc pl g ct 20µm 20µm   a b he sh dbm 50µm 50µm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|36    figure (2): cross section in kidney of embryo at (14th) day of gestation in (treated group) showed: (ac) accumulation, (dbm) damaged of basement membrane, (he) hemorrhage, (ecs) enlargement capsule space, (sh) shrinkage glomerular. (a): (pas)، scale bare: 100µm,10x . (b): (h&e), scale bare: 50µm, 40x . c: (pas), scale bare: 50µm, 40x. d: (pas) , scale bare: 20µm, 100x.   d ac a ct g bc 50µm ecs 20µm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|37    figure (3): cross section in kidney of embryo at (15th) day of gestation in (control group) showed: (bc) bowman's capsule, (ct) collecting tubules, (g) glomerulus, (pl) parietal layer. a: (pas), scale bare: 50µm 40x .(b)&(c): (pas), scale bare: 20µm, 100x. pl ct b ct c g 20µm 20µm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|38    figure (4): cross section in kidney of embryo at (15th) day of gestation in (treated group) showed: (bc) damage of the bowman's capsule, (cd) cell death, (dbm) damaged of basement membrane, (ecs) enlargement capsule space, (sh) shrinkage glomerular. (a): (h&e), scale bare: 50µm, 40x. (b) & (c): (pas), scale bare: 20µm, 100x . d: (h&e), scale bare: 50µm, 40x. e: (pas) scale bare: 20µm, 100x. a  bc sh b  sh bc c 20µm 20µm  50µm d  cd  sh cd e 20µm50µm dbm ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|39    references [1] j. jr engel. a proposed diagnostic scheme for people with epileptic seizures and with epilepsy: report of the ilae task force on classification and terminology. epilepsia.42:96– 803. 2001 [2] patsalos, pnpharmacokinetic profile of levetiracetam: toward ideal characteristics. pharmacol. ther. 85:77–85. 2000 [3] pn. patsalos , the pharmacokinetic characteristics of levetiracetam. methods find exp. clin. pharmacol, 25:123–9. 2003 [4] pn. patselas, clinical pharmacokinetics of levetiracetam. clin pharmacokinet. 43(11):70724. 2004 [5] ra. radtke, pharmacokinetics of levetiracetam. epilepsia. 42(suppl.4):24–7. 2001 [6] xf. yang, weisenfeld a and rothman sm. prolonged exposure to levetiracetam reveals a presynaptic effect on neurotransmission. epilepsia. (2007), 48:1861–1869. 2007 [7] ma. rogawski, "diverse mechanisms of antiepileptic drugs in the development pipeline". epilepsy research. 69(3):273–94. 2006 [8] ba. lynch, n. lambeng, k. nocka, p.kensel-hammes, bajjalieh, sm.matagne, a. and fuks, b. the synaptic vesicle protein sv2a is the binding site for the antiepileptic drug levetiracetam. pnas (proceedings of national academy of sciences of usa). 101/26: 9861–6. 2004 [9] k. g. chelab, and s. kh majeed,. methotrexate-induce histological changes in the kidneys of mice. iraqi journal of veterinary science., 23(2):219-222. 2009 [10] ba.buehler, epoxide hydrolase activity in fibroblasts: correlation with clinical features of the fetal hydration syndrome. proc. greenwood genet cent. 6:117. 1987 [11] e. kaliste, the welfare of laboratory animals. springer, netherlands. (2007), pp:111112. [12] jd. bancroft, and m. gamble, theory and practice of histological techniques. 5th ed.churchill livingstone. (2001). [13] t. l.king, and m. c.brucker, pharmacology for women's health. jones and bartlelt publishers llc. u.s.a. pp:1049. 2009 [14] l. d. garver, j. m. davis, f. d. jones, f. d.casper, r.caper, and j.harazti, pharmacokinetics of red blood cell phenthiazinc clinical effect. arch. gen psychiatry. 33(7): 862-866. 1976 [15] a. t. look, arsenic and apoptosis in the treatment of acute promyelocytic leukemia. j. natl. cancer ins., 90:86-88. 1998 [16] h. sugiyama, n. kashihara, h. makino, y. yamasaki, and z. ots, apoptosis in glomerular sclerosis kidney int, 49:103-111. 1996 [17] m. mouedden, and g. laurent, apoptosis in renal proximal tubules of rat treated with low dose of aminoglycosides. amtimicrob. agents chemother. 44(3):665-675. 2000 [18] a. j. howie, hand book of renal biopsy pathology. springer science & business media llc. new york. (2009), pp:iv+39. 2009 [19] p. andrews, morphology alternations of the glomerular (visceral) epithelium in response to pathological and experimental situation. journal of electron microscopy. 9(2):115-144. 2005 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1768 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|40    [20] m. p. waalkes, d. a. fox, t.j. christophers, s. r. patierno, and j. m. mccabe, metal and disease of cell accumulation: modulation of apoptosis and cell proliferation. toxicology sci., 56(2):255-261. 2000 97 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. solving nonlinear covid-19 mathematical model using a reliable numerical method abstract this research aims to numerically solve a nonlinear initial value problem presented as a system of ordinary differential equations. our focus is on epidemiological systems in particular. the accurate numerical method that is the runge-kutta method of order four has been used to solve this problem that is represented in the epidemic model. the covid-19 mathematical epidemic model in iraq from 2020 to the next years is the application under study. finally, the results obtained for the covid-19 model have been discussed tabular and graphically. the spread of the covid-19 pandemic can be observed via the behavior of the different stages of the model that approximates the behavior of actual the covid-19 epidemic in iraq. in our study, the covid-19 pandemic will disappear during the next few years within about five years, through the behavior of all stages of the epidemic presented in our research. keywords: system of ordinary differential equations, infectious diseases, epidemic model, covid-19 mathematical model, runge-kutta methods. 1. introduction the covid-19 virus was discovered in wuhan, hubei in china. in december 2019, the world health organization (who) declared coronavirus a pandemic on march 11 since it was quickly outbreaking in all of china, [1]. covid-19 varies from infectious diseases since it includes strongly infectivity during the disease incubation period of 3-7 days or a maximum of 14 days which differs basically across patients, in addition, the time delay between for getting the number of confirmed cases each day and true dynamics,[1]. covid-19, unlike its close sibling sars, does not appear any symptoms for covid-19 on the patients during the incubation phase [2]. one of the most difficult problems in the study of epidemics is predicting future trends, such as how article history: received, 28, february,2022, accepted,7, march, 2022, published in april 2022. doi: 10.30526/35.2.2818 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index emad talal ghadeer for education of collegedepartment of mathematics, haytham-al ibn / science pure university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. emad.talal1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq maha abduljabbar mohammed of collegedepartment of mathematics, -al ibn / science pure for education university of baghdad, baghdad, haytham iraq. maha.aj.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:emad.talal1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:maha.aj.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 98 many people will be infected daily, [3,4,5], what policies will be needed to control this epidemic and how the policies will affect the epidemics, and so on [6-8]. following the epidemic outbreak, all necessary measures have been adopted to understand and control the behavior of this epidemic by the government and individuals together. several well-known cases in 2003 were sars [9], 2009 h1n1 flu [10], and the current covid-19. epidemic modeling was constructed in 1927 by kermack and mckendrick's work, their models were used during cholera and plague outbreaks [11,12]. the most important contributions to epidemiology modeling are to understand virus dynamics best, give good predictions for transmission of the virus, and provide the public health policymakers with beneficial information to control the virus [13-15]. coronaviruses are three subgroups: alpha, beta, and gamma; the new group is called delta coronaviruses (sars-cov). the first appearance of the coronavirus was in the mid-1960s, and this virus was among humans. in 2020, this virus reappeared and was spread all over the world quickly,[11,12]. many researchers analyzed different types of epidemics, some of the social epidemics like the obesity mathematical model that was solved numerically using rk4, rk4, rk45 and rk78 methods,[16]. the alcohol consumption model and smoking habit model analyzed the epidemic's behavior analytically and numerically,[17,18]. on the other hand, some disease epidemics analyzed the epidemic's behavior numerically, like the influenza epidemic model discussed and solved using the runge-kutta numerical method of orders 4 and 45,[19]. furthermore, the other analyzed the behavior analytically solved sir epidemic model using the tamimi and ansari iterative method with laplace transform,[20]. the interest in studying epidemiological mathematical models increases to know whether the epidemic will increase or decrease in the future, especially when coronavirus appears in 2020. the global stability of covid-19 model was discussed by [21]. the covid-19 model was analyzed using euler’s and runge-kutta methods of orders 2 and 4, applying to turkey and iraq [22]. the sir covid-19 mathematical model in kurdistan region in iraq, estimates the reproductive number and solve the model numerically by rk4 was analyzed by [23]. a new seivr covid-19 model with vaccination campaign was created by [24], and solve numerically using runge-kutta method of order 4. multi parameters and multivariate in one system are difficult to get the exact or analytic solutions for some real complex modeling. these models are our systems under study. this research is concerned with solving these models efficiently, fast, accuracy, with a common numerical method which is the runge-kutta method. computer programming for these numerical methods is established to quickly and easily get results, [25]. the present study is arranged as follows: in section 2, the mathematical model of seivr covid-19 model with vaccination campaign, section 3 is establishing the covid-19 model numerically using runge-kutta of 4 order (rk4) method. section 4, provides some results that are presented tabular and graphically with their discussion. the end of our research in section 5 supplies the conclusion of this study. 2. covid-19 mathematical model mathematical modeling depends on the mathematical language that describes the behavior of a natural phenomenon. the covid-19 pandemic model including the vaccination campaign is of natural phenomenon which can be represented as a system of differential equations for the first order, the model is formed (1),[24]. the population of covid-19 pandemic model is divided into five individuals named compartments, 𝑆(𝑡), 𝐸(𝑡), 𝐼(𝑡), 𝑉(𝑡) and 𝑅(𝑡), so this model is made (𝑆𝐸𝐼𝑉𝑅),[24]. the first stage;susceptible population is the healthy individuals with the symbol (𝑆), the second stage; ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 99 exposed population; the infected individuals in the incubation period who do not show symptoms of disease and are denoted by (𝐸). the third stage; the infected population is the infected individuals and the given rise to infection after incubation interval and symbolized by (𝐼), the fourth stage; the vaccinated population is the individuals who take the vaccination and symbolized by (𝑉), the fifth stage; recovered population are the individuals who die or recover which are coded by (𝑅). the derivatives of all compartments of the coronavirus model are continuous at t ≥ 0. the solutions of the model are non-negativity, the existence and uniqueness can be viewed in [21]. the system of covid-19 understudy is offered in (1), [24]: 𝑑𝑆 𝑑𝑡 = λ − (𝛼𝐸 + 𝑚 + 𝜇)𝑆, 𝑑𝐸 𝑑𝑡 = 𝛼𝑆𝐸 + 𝑝𝑉𝐸 − (𝑓𝐼 + 𝑐 + 𝜇)𝐸, 𝑑𝐼 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑓𝐸𝐼 − (𝑧 + 𝜇 + 𝜎)𝐼, 𝑑𝑉 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑚𝑆 − (𝑝𝐸 + 𝜇)𝑉, 𝑑𝑅 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑧𝐼 + 𝑐𝐸 − 𝜇𝑅, (1) where table 1. has a description of the parameters of the covid-19 model. table 1. description parameters of the covid-19 model with their values [24] parameters description value of parameters source 𝛬 mobilization rate of coronavirus 50 [26] 𝛼 rate of transition from susceptible persons to exposed persons 0.002 estimated 𝑚 the proportion of vaccinated susceptible persons 0.5 estimated 𝑓 the rate at which exposed people become infected 0.008 estimated 𝑝 the rate for vaccinated persons who are exposed to disease 0.08 estimated 𝑧 the recovery rate of infected persons 0.012 estimated 𝜇 rate of natural death 0.009 estimated 𝑐 the recovery rate of exposed persons 0.05 estimated 𝜎 mortality related to the disease 0.25 estimated 3. solving covid-19 model by numerical method a numerical method is a process to find the solutions approximately at specified points, most initial value problems can be solved numerically like the covid-19 epidemic system in the present work. in this section, a numerical method rk of order 4 can be utilized to solve the covid-19 epidemic problem in iraq in 2020. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 100 different forms of the rk method concerning the order of the method, in the current work, rk has the form of order 4, so, this work needs four stages to get the final formula [27]. rk4 the method in a general form can be shown in [27]. first, the form of rk4 is presented below, the general formula of 𝑆𝑖+1, 𝐸𝑖+1, 𝐼𝑖+1, 𝑉𝑖+1 and 𝑅𝑖+1 for the rk4 method is: 𝑆𝑖+1 = 𝑆𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑔𝑆1 + 2𝑔𝑆2 + 2𝑔𝑆3 + 𝑔𝑆4), 𝐸𝑖+1 = 𝐸𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑔𝐸1 + 2𝑔𝐸2 + 2𝑔𝐸3 + 𝑔𝐸4), 𝐼𝑖+1 = 𝐼𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑔𝐼1 + 2𝑔𝐼2 + 2𝑔𝐼3 + 𝑔𝐼4), 𝑉𝑖+1 = 𝑉𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑔𝑉1 + 2𝑔𝑉2 + 2𝑔𝑉3 + 𝑔𝑉4), 𝑅𝑖+1 = 𝑅𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑔𝑅1 + 2𝑔𝑅2 + 2𝑔𝑅3 + 𝑔𝑅4). where 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚 − 1. (2) now, to find 𝑔𝑆1, 𝑔𝐸1, 𝑔𝐼1, 𝑔𝑉1 and 𝑔𝑅1, the next steps are done by substituting the form of 𝑔𝑆1, 𝑔𝐸1, 𝑔𝐼1, 𝑔𝑉1 and 𝑔𝑅1 in (1) as below; where 𝐸𝑞1, 𝐸𝑞2, 𝐸𝑞3, 𝐸𝑞4 , 𝐸𝑞5 are the equations of (1), ℎ is a step size and 𝑡 is a time : 𝑔𝑆1 = ℎ𝐸𝑞1(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝐸𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ) = ℎ(𝛬 − (𝛼𝐸𝑖 + 𝑚 + 𝜇)𝑆𝑖 ), 𝑔𝐸1 = ℎ𝐸𝑞2(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝐸𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ) = ℎ(𝛼𝑆𝑖 𝐸𝑖 + 𝑝𝑉𝑖 𝐸𝑖 − (𝑓𝐼𝑖 + 𝑐 + 𝜇)𝐸𝑖 ), 𝑔𝐼1 = ℎ𝐸𝑞3(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝐸𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ) = ℎ ( 𝑓𝐸𝑖 𝐼𝑖 − (𝑧 + 𝜇 + 𝜎)𝐼𝑖 ), 𝑔𝑉1 = ℎ𝐸𝑞4(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝐸𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ) = ℎ (𝑚𝑆𝑖 − (𝑝𝐸𝑖 + 𝜇)𝑉𝑖 ), 𝑔𝑅1 = ℎ𝐸𝑞5(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝐸𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ) = ℎ( 𝑧𝐼𝑖 + 𝑐𝐸𝑖 − 𝜇𝑅𝑖 ). in the same process, 𝑔𝑆2, 𝑔𝐸2, 𝑔𝐼2, 𝑔𝑉2 and 𝑔𝑅2 can be found by substituting the form of 𝑔𝑆2, 𝑔𝐸2, 𝑔𝐼2, 𝑔𝑉2 and 𝑔𝑅2 in (1): 𝑔𝑆2 = ℎ𝐸𝑞1(𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅1) = ℎ (𝛬 − (𝛼(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1) + 𝑚 + 𝜇)(𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1)), 𝑔𝐸2 = ℎ𝐸𝑞2 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅1) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 101 = ℎ (𝛼 (𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1) (𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1) + 𝑝(𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉1)(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1) − (𝑓(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 ) + 𝑐 + 𝜇)(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1)), 𝑔𝐼2 = ℎ𝐸𝑞3 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅1) = ℎ (𝑓(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1)(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1) − (𝑧 + 𝜇 + 𝜎)(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 )), 𝑔𝑉2 = ℎ𝐸𝑞4 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅1) = ℎ (𝑚(𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1) − (𝑝(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1) + 𝜇) (𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉1) ), 𝑔𝑅2 = ℎ𝑓5 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆1, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅1) = ℎ (𝑧(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼1 ) + 𝑐(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸1) − 𝜇( 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅1)). in the third stage, try to find 𝑔𝑆3, 𝑔𝐸3, 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑔𝑉3 and 𝑔𝑅3, by substituting the form of 𝑔𝑆3, 𝑔𝐸3, 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑔𝑉3 and 𝑔𝑅3 in (1) as below: 𝑔𝑆3 = ℎ𝐸𝑞1 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅2) = ℎ (𝛬 − (𝛼(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2) + 𝑚 + 𝜇)(𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2)), 𝑔𝐸3 = ℎ𝐸𝑞2 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅2) = ℎ (𝛼(𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2)(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2) + 𝑝(𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉2)(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2) − (𝑓(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2 ) + 𝑐 + 𝜇)(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2)), 𝑔𝐼3 = ℎ𝐸𝑞3 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅2) = ℎ (𝑓(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2)(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2) − (𝑧 + 𝜇 + 𝜎)(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2 )), 𝑔𝑉3 = ℎ𝐸𝑞4 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅2) = ℎ (𝑚(𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2) − (𝑝(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2) + 𝜇) (𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉2) ), 𝑔𝑅3 = ℎ𝐸𝑞5 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ 2 , 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑆2, 𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2 , 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑉2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅2) = ℎ (𝑧(𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐼2 ) + 𝑐(𝐸𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝐸2) − 𝜇( 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 𝑔𝑅2)). the fourth stage needs to find 𝑔𝑆4, 𝑔𝐸4, 𝑔𝐼4, 𝑔𝑉4 and 𝑔𝑅4 , substituting the form of 𝑔𝑆4, 𝑔𝐸4, 𝑔𝐼4, 𝑔𝑉4 and 𝑔𝑅4 in (1) as below: as below: 𝑔𝑆4 = ℎ𝐸𝑞1 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3, 𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3, 𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑉𝑖 + 𝑔𝑉3, 𝑅𝑖 + 𝑔𝑅3) = ℎ (𝛬 − (𝛼(𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3) + 𝑚 + 𝜇)(𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3)), 𝑔𝐸4 = ℎ𝐸𝑞2 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3, 𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3, 𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑉𝑖 + 𝑔𝑉3, 𝑅𝑖 + 𝑔𝑅3) = ℎ (𝛼(𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3)(𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3) + 𝑝(𝑉𝑖 + 𝑔𝑉3)(𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3) − (𝑓(𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3 ) + 𝑐 + 𝜇)(𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3)), ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 102 𝑔𝐼4 = ℎ𝐸𝑞3 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3, 𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3, 𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑉𝑖 + 𝑔𝑉3, 𝑅𝑖 + 𝑔𝑅3) = ℎ (𝑓(𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3)(𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3) − (𝑧 + 𝜇 + 𝜎)(𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3 )), 𝑔𝑉4 = ℎ𝐸𝑞4 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3, 𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3, 𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑉𝑖 + 𝑔𝑉3, 𝑅𝑖 + 𝑔𝑅3) = ℎ (𝑚(𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3) − (𝑝(𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3) + 𝜇)(𝑉𝑖 + 𝑔𝑉3) ), 𝑔𝑅4 = ℎ𝐸𝑞5 (𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 𝑔𝑆3, 𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3, 𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑉𝑖 + 𝑔𝑉3, 𝑅𝑖 + 𝑔𝑅3) = ℎ (𝑧(𝐼𝑖 + 𝑔𝐼3 ) + 𝑐(𝐸𝑖 + 𝑔𝐸3) − 𝜇( 𝑅𝑖 + 𝑔𝑅3)). finally, by substituting in (2), all of 𝑔𝑆1, 𝑔𝐸1, 𝑔𝐼1, 𝑔𝑉1,𝑔𝑅1, 𝑔𝑆2, 𝑔𝐸2, 𝑔𝐼2, 𝑔𝑉2,𝑔𝑅2, 𝑔𝑆3, 𝑔𝐸3, 𝑔𝐼3, 𝑔𝑉3,𝑔𝑅3, 𝑔𝑆4, 𝑔𝐸4, 𝑔𝐼4, 𝑔𝑉4,𝑔𝑅4 for four steps, the numerical results for each of 𝑆(𝑡), 𝐸(𝑡), 𝐼(𝑡), 𝑉(𝑡) and 𝑅(𝑡) can be computed. 4. results and discussion the initial conditions of (1) are taken from the iraq data from the world health organization website [28,29], and it is as follows: 𝑆0 = 500, 𝐸0 = 46, 𝐼0 = 23, 𝑉0 = 0, and 𝑅0 = 12. numerical results for the covid-19 epidemic problem in iraq in 2020 are discussed and analyzed in this section. table 2 gives the results of each of the epidemic stages 𝑆(𝑡), 𝐸(𝑡), 𝐼(𝑡), 𝑉(𝑡) and 𝑅(𝑡) for rk4 method, that rk4 results converge with step sizes 0.02 in a weak and 0.003 in a day. but the results of step size ℎ = 0.003 are more accurate than the results of step size ℎ = 0.02, this is the principle of numerical methods. figures 1, 2, 3, and 4 are to show the behavior of all epidemic stages 𝑆(𝑡), 𝐸(𝑡), 𝐼(𝑡), 𝑉(𝑡) and 𝑅(𝑡) for rk4 the method in two cases: case1: when the step size ℎ is 0.02 in a weak during 10 and 15 years; the results are presented in figures 1 and 2, from 2020 the beginning of the breakout of the virus until 2030 and 2035 respectively. case2: when the step size ℎ is 0.003 in a day for 10 and 15 years; the results are presented in figures 3 and 4, from 2020 the beginning of the breakout of the virus until 2030 and 2035 respectively. figures 1, 2, 3, and 4 describe the behavior of each phase of the covid-19 epidemic. the behavior of 𝑆(𝑡), the population has decreased gradually since the virus began, then will be stable at the end of 2022 to the following years. on the other hand, it is noticeable that the 𝐸(𝑡) has increased since the beginning of the spread of the virus, reaching its highest possible in 2021. then it starts declining from 2021 to the end of 2022. after that, it settles to the same level. it is clear that the behavior of 𝐼(𝑡) the population has been increasing since the beginning of the epidemic and begins to decrease gradually after 2023, it will maintain the same level after 2025. at the beginning of the spread of the virus, the vaccine was not available until the end of 2021, therefore, the behavior of the vaccine curve before the middle of 2021 should be ignored. with the vaccination campaign began, we note that the curve of 𝑉(𝑡) gradually raised to 2023 and remained in a noticeable rise until 2025, then began to decline and stabilize at a certain level in 2025 for the coming years. finally, the curve 𝑅(𝑡) began to increase and rise gradually until 2026. the increase would be very little in the coming years for the curve 𝑅(𝑡). ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 103 all the present study results agree with the previous studies, [24] for all stages of the coronavirus epidemic in the results. the matlab program of version r2017a has helped to supply numerically solving the pandemic model at the present work. table 2. numerical solutions for the covid-19 model 15 years 10 years step size (h) population 87.5900398275115 89.3593198158165 0.02 s 87.5900398209401 89.3598850965887 0.003 32.09564036298 28.4319382456529 0.02 e 32.0956403779949 28.4309679558064 0.003 183.971491059345 210.285219546379 0.02 i 183.971490970528 210.294376974796 0.003 17.1116618577972 19.9586546831238 0.02 v 17.1116618474704 19.9595517884747 0.003 84.1216912610883 68.2557582669928 0.02 r 84.1216910919618 68.2524273304788 0.003 figure 1. rk4 numerical results of covid-19 model of 𝑆, 𝐸, 𝐼, 𝑉, 𝑅 from 2020 with step size ℎ = 0.02 during 10 years. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 104 figure 2. rk4 numerical results of covid-19 model of 𝑆, 𝐸, 𝐼, 𝑉, 𝑅 from 2020 with step size ℎ = 0.02 during 15 years. figure 3. rk4 numerical results of covid-19 model of 𝑆, 𝐸, 𝐼, 𝑉, 𝑅 from 2020 with step size ℎ = 0.003 during 10 years. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 105 figure 4 . rk4 numerical results of covid-19 model of 𝑆, 𝐸, 𝐼, 𝑉, 𝑅 from 2020 with step size ℎ = 0.003 during 15 years. 5. conclusion this model is compatible with the corona virus epidemic in iraq in all its stages, and the observation data for iraq is used as initial values, so the obtained results match the spread of the virus in iraq. using rk4 the method gives accurate results. as well, it is an effective iterative numerical method that is applied for solving the nonlinear system of differential equations for initial value problems, it has given accurate and reliable results at present work, for the corona virus epidemic model. in the current research, the used numerical method helped us analyze the outbreak of the epidemic in the covid-19 model in iraq. the results obtained displayed that the number of susceptible populations gradually decreased in some years, then maintained its level after 3 years of disease beginning. while the number of exposed and infective populations increased in the same years, then it has some stability after (2-5) years from the starting of the disease. when the vaccination campaign began, the number of vaccinated gradually rises for 3 years, then begins to decline and stabilize at a certain level in 2025 for the coming years. on the other hand, note a slight rise from the beginning of the disease to the coming years, and then it stabilizes for the recovered population. we conclude our research, through the behavior of all epidemic stages, with the expectation that the epidemic will disappear during the next few years within about five years. references 1.wang, c.; horby, p. w.; hayden, f. g.; gao. g. f. a novel coronavirus outbreak of global health concern. the lancet. 2020, 395(10223), 470-473. 2.zhao,s.; chen, h. modeling the epidemic dynamics and control of covid-19 outbreak in china. quantitative biology. 2020, 8(1), 11-19. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 106 3. huang, y.; yang, l.; dai, h.; tian, f.; chen, k. epidemic situation and forecasting of covid-19 in and outside china. bull world health organ. 2020, 10. doi:10.2471/blt.20.255158 4. jd, v. w.; osinga. s.; kuip. v. m.; tanck. m.; hanegraaf. m.; pluymaekers. m.; et al. forecasting hospitalization and icu rates of the covid-19 outbreak: an efficient seir model.[submitted]. bull world health organ. 2020. 5.yang,w.; zhang, d.; peng, l.; zhuge, c.; hong,l. rational evaluation of various epidemic models based on the covid-19 data of china. epidemics. 2021, 37, 100-501. 6. li, m. y. an introduction to mathematical modeling of infectious diseases (vol. 2): springer, 2018, isbn 978-3-319-722121-7. 7.lutz, c. s.; huynh, m. p.; schroeder, m.; anyatonwu, s.; dahlgren. f. s.; lutz. c. s.; huynh.m. p.; schroeder, m.; anyatonwu, s.; dahlgren,f. s. g.; danyluk, d.; fernandez, s.k.; greene,n.; kipshidze. l. l., et al. applying infectious disease forecasting to public health: a path forward using influenza forecasting examples. bmc public health. 2019, 19(1), 1-12. 8. basu,s.; andrews, j. complexity in mathematical models of public health policies: a guide for consumers of models. plos medicine. 2013, 10(10), e1001540. [9] han, x. n.; de vlas, s. j.; fang, l. q.; feng, d.; cao, w. c.; habbema, j. d. f. mathematical modelling of sars and other infectious diseases in china: a review. tropical medicine & international health. 2009, 14, 92-100. 10. beauchemin, c. a.; handel, a. a review of mathematical models of influenza a infections within a host or cell culture: lessons learned and challenges ahead. bmc public health. 2011, 11(1), 1-15. 11.kermack, w. o.; mckendrick,a. g. contributions to the mathematical theory of epidemics--i. 1927. bulletin of mathematical biology. 1991, 53(1-2), 33-55. 12. kermack, w. o.; mckendrick, a. g. contributions to the mathematical theory of epidemics. ii.—the problem of endemicity. proceedings of the royal society of london. series a, containing papers of a mathematical and physical character. 1932, 138(834), 55-83. 13.diekmann, o.; heesterbeek, h..; britton, t. mathematical tools for understanding infectious disease dynamics: princeton university press, 2012; isbn: 9781400845620 14. kretzschmar, m.; van h. s.; wallinga, j.; van w. j. ring vaccination and smallpox control. emerging infectious diseases. 2004, 10(5), 832. 15. rodrigues, h. s.; monteiro, m. t. t.; torres, d. f. vaccination models and optimal control strategies to dengue. mathematical biosciences. 2014, 247, 1-12. 16. mohammed, m. a., noor, n. f. m., siri, z., ; ibrahim, a. i. n. (2015). numerical solution for weight reduction model due to health campaigns in spain. paper presented at the aip conference proceedings. 17.sabaa, m. a.; mohammed, m. a., abd almjeed, s. h. approximate solutions for alcohol consumption model in spain. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences. 2019, 32(3), 153-164. 18. sabaa, m. a.; mohammed, m. a. approximate solutions of nonlinear smoking habit model. iraqi journal of science. 2020, 435-443. 19. mohammed, s. j.; mohammed, m. a. (2021). runge-kutta numerical method for solving nonlinear influenza model. paper presented at the journal of physics: conference series. 20. huisen, r. w.; abd almjeed, s. h.; mohammed, a. s. a reliable iterative transform method for solving an epidemic model. iraqi journal of science. 2021, 4839-4846. 21.mohsen, a. a.; al-husseiny, h. f.; zhou, x.; hattaf, k. global stability of covid-19 model involving the quarantine strategy and media coverage effects. aims public health. 2020, 7(3), 587. 22. ahmed, a.; salam, b.; mohammad, m.; akgul, a.; khoshnaw, s. h. analysis coronavirus disease (covid-19) model using numerical approaches and logistic model. aims bioeng. 2020, 7(3), 130-146. 23. mohammed, d. a.; tawfeeq, h. m.; ali, k. m.; rostam, h. m. analysis and prediction of covid-19 outbreak by the numerical modelling. iraqi journal of science. 2021, 62 (5), 1452-1459. http://dx.doi.org/10.2471/blt.20.255158 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 107 24. yavuz, m.; coşar, f. ö.; günay, f.; özdemir, f. n. a new mathematical modeling of the covid-19 pandemic including the vaccination campaign. open journal of modelling and simulation. 2021, 9(3), 299321. 25. yousif, m.s. and kashiem, b.e., solving linear boundary value problem using shooting continuous explicit runge-kutta method. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017, 26(3), 324-330. 26. mandal,m.; jana, s.; nandi, s. k.; khatua, a.; adak, s.; kar, t. a model based study on the dynamics of covid-19: prediction and control. chaos, solitons & fractals. 2020, 136, 109889. 27. tay, k. g.; kek, s. l.; cheong, t. h.; abdul-kahar, r.; lee, m. f. the fourth order runge-kutta spreadsheet calculator using vba programing for ordinary differential equations. procedia-social and behavioral sciences. 2015, 204, 231-239. 28. world health organization. weekly report. 2022, january 5 “weekly epidemiological update”. who team. retrieved january 28, 2022, from https://www.who.int/publications/m/item/weeklyepidemiological-update---5-january-2021 29. world health organization weekly report. 2022, january 5 “weekly epidemiological update”. who team. retrieved january 28, 2022, from https://covid19.who.int/region/emro/country/iq. https://www.who.int/publications/m/item/weekly-epidemiological-update---5-january-2021 https://www.who.int/publications/m/item/weekly-epidemiological-update---5-january-2021 https://covid19.who.int/region/emro/country/iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 158 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license a study of the land cover of razzaza lake during the past 25 years using remote sensing methods abstract in this study, the earth's surface was studied in razzaza lake for 25 years, using remote sensing methods. images of the satellites landsat 5 (tm) and 8 (oli) were used to study and determine the components of the land cover. the study covered the years 1995-2021 with an interval of 5 years, as this region is uninhabited, so the change in the land cover is slow. the land cover was divided into three main classes and seven subclasses and classified using the maximum likelihood classifier with the help of training sets collected to represent the classes that made up the land cover. the changes detected in the land cover were studied by considering 1995 as a reference year. it was found that there was a significant reduction in the water mass that made up the lake and its transformation into arid land. the vegetation cover was characterized by the relative stability of the crop class. its constant percent ranged 60% to 80%, unlike the natural plant class, which fluctuates due to its dependence on environmental factors, which is characterized by change. the kaju presence of continuous change between soil subclasses was due to the different environments affecting the study area. the most affected class was the shallow water class, which disappeared as a result of the drought experienced by the lake. keywords: constancy percent, omission, commission, landsat 8 & landsat 5. 1. introduction particular attention must be paid to natural resources, especially water, to maintain the balance of the ecosystem, especially in countries with arid and semi-arid climates, such as iraq, where water resources have suffered from many problems affecting the quality and quantity of water. these water resources have changed from one season to another because of the weather and the amount of falling rain [1]. therefore, gis and remote sensing were the two technologies that have grown in importance due to their ability to provide critical environmental data derived from the analysis of satellite imagery. they have been used in various applications that help us learn more about the world around us [1]. it is an acronym for geographic information systems; it can be doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2893 article history: received 20 june 2022, accepted 7 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq noor s. ahmed department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. nour.shaker1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq hameed m. abduljabbar department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hameed.m.aj@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nour.shaker1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hameed.m.aj@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 159 defined as a set of data organized in a certain way. computer hardware and software are used to store, manage, and retrieve data to obtain maps and spatial data and to analyze and interpret data and information [2]. the land cover classes must be classified according to the criteria established by the us geological survey (usgs) in defining the land cover classes (anderson classification), with each significant class containing several subclasses [3]. the land cover components reflect specific percentages of the total land cover area. therefore, its change is a collection of changes that emerge on its primary types. the natural factor encompasses all variables arising due to the environment's effects and changes. for example, when the amount of fallen rain decreases, naturally vegetated regions become barren, and in a hot climate, wet soil becomes dry[3-5]. by utilizing physical phenomena such as reflection and emission, we can measure, identify, and analyze the land cover attributes without directly contacting the target or object in question [7]. remote sensors often record wavelengths in various ranges, including visible and infrared rays (near, medium, and far), ultraviolet rays, and other types. these energies are processed and recorded as data, then saved for future use [8]. iraq is going through a historical water crisis for internal and external reasons. the internal factors are: the increased demand for sweet water, its use for agriculture and human requirements, and the exploitation of water resources after 2003. external factors include water projects in neighboring countries, climate change, and high temperatures. remote sensing is essential because it has the potential to provide us with huge amounts of data and regulatory information that can be reproduced efficiently and at a low cost over large areas [6-7]. the track of land cover feature changes that have occurred in specific locations is essential in many research fields, which can be achieved by recognizing and distinguishing differences and similarities and comparing scenes from different years or periods taken in the same location [6-7]. in iraq, most water resources come from the tigris and euphrates rivers, which feed many lakes, especially razzaza lake, the second largest lake in iraq after tharthar lake. it is located in southwest iraq and derives water from the euphrates river, one of the country's most important rivers [8]. a decrease in the water level of razzaza lake was recorded due to the neglect of the lake, which may lead to the drying up of the lake in the future. the importance of water bodies and the necessity to address their deterioration led to much research on the subject. the following are some of the studies that have been conducted: remote sensing has been used to evaluate water quality parameters, and gis-gps techniques were used to give a valuable tool for water monitoring and evaluation. to improve water quality, changes in water standards and quality were tracked. they conclude that increased remote sensing techniques should be used when satellites with higher spectral and spatial resolutions are launched [9]. four types of water depths were detected in this study for different seasons from habbaniyah and razzaza lakes: (extremely shallow, shallow, moderate, and deep). this needed satellite images according to depth and water reflection by taking three pictures of baghdad and its surroundings for the year (1991-1999). 2014) [10] ihjpas. 36(1)2023 160 determination the land covers the razzaza lake area between 2000 and 2015 using remote sensing techniques. the area of the lake decreased by about 320 km2, with a significant increase in the saline areas in 2015. this was due to an increase in the aridity of the lake and a significant decrease in the water cover in terms of depth and volume [11]. the winter season was chosen as the time for the study to investigate the changes in al-saadya marsh from 1987 to 2012, and because it is the season of the recovery of the marshes in iraq. the period spanned seven years (1987, 1990, 1995, 2000, 2007, 2014, 2017). the marshes receded after rehabilitation from 1990 to 2014, during which natural and human forces altered the swamp, according to the study that used the classifier (maximum likelihood) [12]. 2. study site description razzaza lake is a water body surrounded by desert from all sides. that has increased the importance of the lake. the area of the lake is (1575km2)and was about 29m above sea level in 1995. this lake is located between the governorates of karbala and anbar, 15 kilometers north of karbala, and the western side of the lake is more profound and covered with dense vegetation. razzaza lake is mainly fed by the majara regulator, located in the northern part of the lake, and connects it to lake habbaniyah, the lake's only tributary [11]. it is situated between the longitude 33º 9'55.33] to [43º18'4.42] and latitude [32º27'10.13] to [43º55'37.85], as shown in figure 1. the eastern and southern parts of the lake are surrounded by desert and semi-arid areas. (b) anbar and karbala provinces (a) razzaza lake (c) iraq map figure 1. the location of razazza lake in iraq (1995) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 161 3. methodology the main steps used in this research are illustrated in the below: 1. using equation 1: the operational land image (oli) bands were converted from a digital pixel-based (dn) system to top-of-atmosphere (toa) reflectance. the scenes were converted from pixel-based digital (dn) to toa reflection in landsat 5 scenes using envi5.3 software [13]. 𝜌𝜆 = 𝑀𝑝∗𝑄𝑐𝑎𝑙+ 𝐴𝑝 sin 𝜃 (1) where: 𝜌𝜆 =toa planetary spectral reflectance, with correction for the solar angle. 𝑀𝑝 =reflectance multiplicative band scaling factor (reflectance multiband from the metadata). 𝐴𝑝= reflectance additive scaling factor for the band (reflectance addband from the metadata). 𝑄𝑐𝑎𝑙 = pixel value in dn. 2. seven bands representing the oli sensor (blue, green, red, coastal, ir, swir-1, swir-2) in landsat 8 scenes were selected to represent the spectral signature of the land cover. 3six bands (blue, green, red, ir, swir-1, swir-2) were selected in landsat 5 scenes .to represent the spectral signature of the land cover. 4the research area was clipped from the landsat 8 and 5 sceneries. 5gathering training sets for the various land cover classes offered. 6using the supervised maximum likelihood classifier to classify the satellite scenes. 7statistics were calculated for each scene. 4. results and discussion using the us geological survey website, images of landsat 5 (tm) and landsat 8 (oli) were obtained [14].the scenes were captured in jun and july of each year, as shown in table 1. table 1. the satellite scenes information date time (gmt) satellite sensor row bath 7/23/2021 07:39-47.19 landsat 8 oli 167 39 7/23/2015 7:39:24 am landsat 8 oli 167 39 7/9/2010 7:30:20 am landsat 5 tm 167 39 7/11/2005 7:27:31 am landsat 5 tm 167 39 7/16/2001 7:20:11 am landsat 5 tm 167 39 7/29/2000 7:16:58 am landsat 5 tm 167 39 6/25/1999 7:17:40 am landsat 5 tm 167 39 7/16/1995 6:44:35 am landsat 5 tm 167 39 examining the images of razzaza lake, one can note that the deterioration began in 2000. it is considered a turning point for the lake, so two scenes were used with a one-year difference from ihjpas. 36(1)2023 162 this year to follow the lake's deterioration meticulously. in contrast, five years difference was to be considered between each successive scene for the rest images. the land cover components were classified for the study area using the maximum likelihood classifier, as shown in figure 2. the land cover components were represented in pseudo colors, making it easy to distinguish between them. the study area was divided into three main classes and seven sub-classes, as shown in table 2. table 2. the main and subclasses of the study site land cover water deep water shallow water plant natural plant crops soil white soil gray soil yellow soil 1995 1999 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 163 2000 2001 2005 2010 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 164 2015 2021 figure 2. changing the surface area of razzaza water from 1999 to 2021. the accuracy percentage of the classification step was calculated compared to the training sets to verify the credibility of the results and the extent of dependence on them in the land cover analysis. it was found that the results have a high accuracy rate, as shown in table 3. table 3. the classification accuracy no year overall accuracy kappa coefficient 1 1995 100 1 2 1999 100 1 3 2000 99.91 0.99 4 2001 99.72 0.99 5 2005 99.96 0.99 6 2010 100 1 7 2015 100 1 8 2021 99.94 0.99 despite the high accuracy percentage of classification, when calculating the accuracy percentage for the user and the classifier, it becomes clear that the year 1995 suffered from a decrease in the accuracy percentage, as shown in figure 3 and 4: ihjpas. 36(1)2023 165 figure 3. user accuracy percent figure 4. producer accuracy percent the decrease in classification accuracy for both the user and the classifier for the year 1995 led to an apparent omission in classifying some classes to their correct class and commissioning them to classes that do not represent them, as shown in figures 5 and 6. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 1995 1999 2000 2001 2005 2010 2015 2021 p e rc e n t % year deep water shallow water plant natural plant gray soil white soil yellow soil 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 1995 1999 2000 2001 2005 2010 2015 2021 p e rc e n t % year deep water shallow water plant naturel plant gray soil white soil yellow soil ihjpas. 36(1)2023 166 figure 5. the omission percent figure 6. the omission percent by choosing a 10% threshold for each of the omission and commission percent, two classes suffered from omission, which are gray soil and yellow soil, where they were omitted in the classification as it classified as white soil, and this is due to close spectral response since they belong to the same main class, as illustrated in table 4. table 4. the omission and the commission between the classes year omission commission notes 1995 gray soil → white soil belong to the same main class (have a close spectral response) yellow soil → to study the change in the land cover in the study area, 1995 was adopted as a reference year to measure the percentage of class constancy in the study area over time, as shown in figure 7. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1995 1999 2000 2001 2005 2010 2015 2021 p e rc e n t % year deep water shallow water plant naturel plant gray soil white soil yallow soil 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1995 1999 2000 2001 2005 2010 2015 2021 p e rc e n t % year deep water shallow water plant naturel plant gray soil white soil yallow soil ihjpas. 36(1)2023 167 figure 7. the constancy percentage of the class for the adopted years the constancy percentage of the plant class (the plant that the beneficiaries of the land, such as crops, have cultivated) is fixed at about 60%, and sometimes it reaches 80%. this is because these areas are cultivated permanently and do not change significantly. with time, it is stable because it is always planted. only the percentage of cultivation varies from year to year according to the amount of rain, unlike the natural plant class. it can be noted that it fluctuates in some years such as 1999 where its percentage is high, and in some years such as 2010 where the percentage is low. since iraq was suffering from drought, we noticed a decrease in the percentage of categories of water bodies for many reasons, including climatic conditions and the amount of rain that affects the percentage of natural vegetation, and therefore it changes from year to year, as shown in table 5 table 5. water releases of al-razzaza lake year june july average 1995 57 53 55 1999 54 53 54 2000 47 43 45 2005 45 41 43 2010 41 45 43 2015 37 32 35 2016 34 37 36 2017 32 34 33 2018 29 31 30 2019 27 30 29 2020 29 31 30 2021 27 24 26 one of the classes that face a reduction in its percentage is the deep water class due to the drying up of the razzaza lake. in contrast, after several years, the shallow water class suffered from extinction because it dried up and turned into a land where it existed only in 1999 by only 20% 0 20 40 60 80 100 1999 2000 2001 2005 2010 2015 2021 p e rc e n t % year deep water shallow water plant naturel plant gray soil whitesoil yellow soil ihjpas. 36(1)2023 168 compared to 1995. it disappeared in the rest of the years that followed 1999 since the deep water class replaced it due to the decrease in the deep water. for the soil, classes are in a state of fluctuation. this fluctuation is due to the quality of the soil, as it changes according to climatic conditions in terms of the moisture content inside the soil, which changes it from one type to another. 5. conclusions according to the results, the following conclusions can be driven:  the water mass of razzaza lake has declined to about 20% or 30% compared to the year 1995.  some classes have been transformed into others, such as (water turned into soil or became a plant, plants turned into soil, and part of it is a natural plant and not stable).  the land cover components for the study area are few and distinct, as most are desert and water areas, with few cultivated areas compared to other varieties. this makes it easy for us to classify the area with high accuracy. references 1.abduljabbar, h. m.; hatem a. j.; al-jasim, a. a.; desertification monitoring in the southwest of iraqi using fuzzy inference system, neuroquantology, 2020, 18, 1. 2.abed, d. j.; a study of alshoayga marsh's digital elevation model using g1s and remote sensing methods, baghdad/iraq: university of baghdad college of education for pure sciences / ibn al-haitham, 2021. 3.anderson, j. r.; a land use and land cover classification system for use with remote sensor data, fourth printing 1983 ed., washington: us government printing office, 1976. 4.bukheet, y. c.; al-abudi, b. q.; mahdi, m. s.; land cover change detection of baghdad city using multi-spectral remote sensing imagery, iraqi journal of science, no. special issue, part a, 2016,195-214. 5.abbas , h. n.; ali, i. m.; a study of the climate change impacts on al shuwaija marsh-wasit province using satellite remote sensing, aip conference proceedings, 2020, 2307, 020048. 6.naji, t. a.; hatem, a. j.; new adaptive satellite image classification technique for al habbinya region west of iraq, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017, 26, 2, 143-149. 7.abbas, a. h.; sadiq, a.; hussain, l.; vegetation detection using remote sensing images and ndvi index: in marshlands of iraq, science international, 2018, 30, 4, 541-544 8.mohammed, m. a.; hatem, a. j.; change detection of the land cover for three decades using remote sensing data and geographic information system, aip conference proceedings, 2020, 2307, 020029. 9.muhsin, i. j.; monitoring of south iraq marshes using classification and change detection techniques, iraqi journal of physics, 2017, 15, 78-86. 10.huang, c.; chen, y.; zhang, s.; detecting, extracting, and monitoring surface water from space using optical sensors, journal of geophysical, 2018, 56, 2, 333-360. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 169 11.mashpee, f. k.; ali, a. r. b.; jasim, m. s.; spatial monitoring for degradation al-razzaza lake by analysis temporal of remote sensing data using geographic information system techniques, eurasian journal of biosciences, 2020, 14, 50, 14677-14684. 12.ritchie, j. c.; zimba, p. v.; everitt, j. h.; remote sensing techniques to assess water quality, american society of photogrammetry, 2003, 69, 6, 695-704. 13.kadhum, s. n.; alsudani, e. s.; monitoring the land covers around alrazaza lake iraq based upon multi-temporal analysis technique, al-mustansiriyah journal of science, 2021,32, 2, 2521-3520 . 14.abdel meguid, m. i.; predicting water depth of lake using remote sensing image, iraqi journal of science, 2015, 56, 2, 1208-1215. 15.al-jasim, a. a.; hatem, a. j.; abduljabbar, h. m.; utilizing remote sensing for studying alsaadya marsh in the period 1987-2017, eurasian journal of biosciences, 2020, 14, 2, 6415-6420. 16.zanter, k.; landsat 8 (l8) data users handbook, sioux falls, south dakota: department of the interior, u.s. geological survey, 2016. 17.earthexplorer, u.s. geological survey (usgs), [online]. available: https://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/. [accessed 1 12 2021]. 18.richards, j. a.; richards, j.; remote sensing digital image analysis., springer, 1999. 19.abduljabbar, h. m.; satellite images fusion using modified pca substitution method, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2017,30, 1, 29-37. 20.mashpee, f. k.; ali, a. r. b.; jasim, m. s.; spatial monitoring for degradation al-razzaza lake by analysis temporal of remote sensing data using geographic information system techniques, eurasian journal of biosciences, 2020, 14, 50, 14677-14684. 21.qassim, z. h.; abduljabbar, h. m.; land cover change for baghdad city in the period 1986 to 2019, aip conference proceedings, 2020, 2307, 020031. https://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/ 175 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. a scoping review of machine learning techniques and their utilisation in predicting heart diseases abstract heart diseases are diverse, common, and dangerous diseases that affect the heart's function. they appear as a result of genetic factors or unhealthy practices. furthermore, they are the leading cause of mortalities in the world. cardiovascular diseases seriously concern the health and activity of the heart by narrowing the arteries and reducing the amount of blood received by the heart, which leads to high blood pressure and high cholesterol. in addition, healthcare workers and physicians need intelligent technologies that help them analyze and predict based on patients’ data for early detection of heart diseases to find the appropriate treatment for them because these diseases appear on the patient without pain or noticeable symptoms, which leads to severe concerns such as heart failure and stroke and kidney failure. in this regard, the authors highlight an amount of literature considered the most practical in utilizing machine learning techniques in predicting heart disease. twenty articles were chosen out of fifty articles gathered and summarised in a table form. the main goal is to make this article a reference that can be utilized in the future to assist healthcare workers in studying these techniques with ease and saving time and effort on them. this article has concluded that machine learning techniques have a significant and influential role in analyzing disease data, predicting heart disease, and assisting decision-making. in addition, these techniques can analyze data that reaches millions of cohorts. keywords artificial intelligence, machine learning, cardiology, predication, heart diseases. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2813 article history: received 1 march 2022, accepted 8 may 2022, published in july 2022. maad m. mijwil computer techniques engineering department, baghdad college of economic sciences university, baghdad, iraq. mr.maad.alnaimiy@baghdadcollege.edu.iq ban salman shukur computer science department , baghdad college of economic sciences university, baghdad, iraq. dr_bansalman@baghdadcollege.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:mr.maad.alnaimiy@baghdadcollege.edu.iq mailto:dr_bansalman@baghdadcollege.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 176 1. introduction this century is marked by the spread of harmful diseases and pandemics that claimed the lives of many people, so their number decreased, their standard of living decreased, and it has become challenging to recover from these diseases, as the patients suffer from different stages of the development of the disease in their body [1]. the most famous pandemics experienced by the inhabitants of the planet are the coronaviruses (covid-19) [2], and the most famous diseases are heart diseases [3], which may lead to sudden death. in addition, chronic diseases are prevalent diseases that appear obviously in the elderly and lead to a change in their lifestyle and diet. the most common reason for the emergence of these diseases is smoking and alcohol [4], in addition to other causes. the most famous of these diseases are diabetes, hypertension, heart diseases, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, arthritis (joint inflammation), cancer, asthma, and alzheimer. fortunately, sciences and technology have made worthwhile and significant contributions to the medical domain in modeling, predicting, and controlling diseases and pandemics that humanity is fighting against and helping clinicians and healthcare workers to make decisions [5]. artificial intelligence is among the most famous of these sciences, which can predict and track the spread of the covid-19 pandemic disease [6]. artificial intelligence is the science of creating programmed machines, thinking like humans, and imitating humans [7]. in other words, these machines simulate human intelligence in every way of life [8]. it is utilized among humans to describe machines that mimic the brain's cognitive functions [9]. for instance, machines learn the logical interactions shown by humans or animals and do the same. programs that simulate brain features such as learning, problemsolving, and a similar brain structure are programmed and designated on the machine. after learning the behavior, the machine acts similarly to solve any problem it encounters. the most helpful feature of artificial intelligence is that actions with a high probability of occurring can be prepared and applied in real life to achieve an explicit purpose. besides, artificial intelligence has various sub-components: machine learning, artificial neural networks, computer vision, deep learning, cognitive computing, and natural language processing. machine learning and deep learning are the most influential, widespread, and widely accustomed sub-components. the concept that computer programs automatically learn from new data without the help of humans and can adapt to it when the data is modified this technique is called "machine learning" [10]. for deep learning [11], it is machine learning by capturing and using large amounts of unstructured data such as text, images, or videos and training the model on this data. artificial intelligence in healthcare involves designing computer algorithms to execute assignments generally associated with human intelligence. also, artificial intelligence is widely employed in technical and standard glossaries to encompass a range of learning, including but not limited to machine learning, feature learning, deep learning, and natural language processing. whatever the detailed technology, the overall purpose of these techniques in medicine is to operate computer algorithms to extract relevant information from data and aid decision-making in the clinical stage. on the other hand, artificial intelligence can enhance the medical crew and patient effects through clinical decision support, patient monitoring, healthcare interventions such as patient management, aiding in diagnosis and treatment selection, risk prediction and disease stratification, reducing medical errors and increasing productivity, reducing costs, and improving community productivity as well as providing important opportunities such as the influence on health. figure 1 shows healthcare workers ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 177 using artificial intelligence techniques to get their work done. personal health data is accumulated from multiple technology platforms such as web servers, electronic health records (ehrs), genetic data, personal computers, smartphones, mobile applications, wearable devices and sensors, demographic information, and healthcare. in concise, artificial intelligence can go beyond the cognitive ability of humanity to manage information effectively, as it has the role of extracting notes from x-ray images [12], laboratory results, genetic data, etc., efficiently and helping healthcare workers determine the patient's condition accurately. machine learning techniques have developed significantly and remarkably recently. physicians and healthcare workers have utilized them to support them in analyzing and predicting heart diseases of all types due to their excellent ability to give effects that help make decisions about the patient’s condition. figure 1. healthcare workers using artificial intelligence techniques [downloaded from google]. the principal contribution of this article is to summarise the role of machine learning in predicting heart disease by focusing on the 20 most influential papers issued between 2017 and 2021. the authors try to make this an essential reference for future use. in addition, the article shows the vital role of machine learning in analyzing heart images and understanding heart diseases and how they impact human life. this article is outlined as follows; machine learning and its techniques are detailed in section two, followed by section three, which shows the articles selected by the authors as they are presented in a table with their details. finally, a conclusion is drawn up in section four. 2. machine learning techniques artificial intelligence, machine learning, and deep learning are concepts that are often perplexed by each other. chiefly, artificial intelligence is the ability of programs to learn and act like humans, whereas machine learning is algorithms written for the same purpose. machine learning has noticed tremendous interest in the last few years, and this matter is still going ahead in persistent steps [13]. nevertheless, people look at machine learning as an advanced technology that could be developed, applied, and accessed only by experts. this view is becoming less adopted, and now more categories of professionals are interested in using or adopting machine learning and other artificial intelligence methods and tools to support their investigation and work [14]. it is built on the sub-domains of mathematics such as probability, statistics, and optimization. also, it is a science that will continue to be an ever-expanding domain. there are many motivations for this. first, separate research communities in symbolic machine learning, computational learning theory (colt), statistics, neural networks, and pattern recognition discovered each other and began to work together. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 178 figure 2. the role of artificial intelligence in the healthcare domain [15]. second, machine learning techniques can be involved in new problems such as knowledge discovery in databases, robot control, language processing, and co-optimization, as well as traditional issues such as speech recognition, handwriting recognition, face recognition, and medical problems. in healthcare, researchers are now more interested in adopting and using artificial intelligence and machine learning techniques to gain more knowledge and help (see figure 2). for instance, machine learning techniques can be a good source of originating hidden knowledge from medical data and records to assist society in reducing the number of trials required to diagnose a person's disease accurately. a survey shows that half of the organizations classified as healthcare are using or scheduling the use of artificial intelligence in imaging. moreover, machine learning techniques are naturally divided into supervised and unsupervised [15]. supervised learning is based on training a data sample from the data source with the correct pre-defined classification while self-organising neural networks learn to utilise an unsupervised learning algorithm to identify hidden patterns in unlabelled input data. unattended refers to learning and organising information without providing an error signal to evaluate a solution. the type of supervised learning is divided into classification and regression. it is possible to use different algorithms according to the dataset's content. the most influential machine learning techniques will be briefly addressed in this section. 2.1 naïve bayes this classification algorithm relies on a set of influential hypotheses for the independence of covariates and makes them consistent with bayes theory [16]. moreover, this algorithm assumes independence between the predictor variables conditional on the response and a gaussian distribution of numeric predictors calculated from the training dataset with mean and standard deviation. also, this classifier is the most comfortable supervised machine learning method. it is employed by few data mining practitioners at the expense of traditional methods such as decision trees or logistic regressions [17]. in addition, the benefit of this ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 179 technique is the simplicity of programming, comfort, and speed of parameter estimation (even in massive databases). despite its benefits, its little use in practice comes partly from the fact that there is no simple explicit model (interpretation of preconditional probability); the practical usefulness of such a technique is called into question. 2.2 support vector machine svm algorithm is mainly made to solve classification problems but has been grown and reworked over the years. its most famous variant is the svm for regression, svm for solving integral equations, svm for estimating density support, and svm that uses different soft-margin costs and parameters. it is considered one of the broadly used algorithms in the machine learning subject within the cardiac domain. for instance, svm can classify data in binary problems perfectly by finding the optimal solution to distinct data points of first-class from other data acting as a second class. it is a straightforward algorithm capable of solving complex nonlinear relationships, making it very suitable to be employed in heart disease prediction systems containing patient records with binary data [18]. in [19] mentions that svm has 90% accuracy in predicting in-stent restenosis from plasma metabolite levels. also, this technique tries to fetch the optimal hyperplane, which maximizes the distance from the nearest training data points of any class utilized in classification problems because of having influential capabilities in generalizing new unrecognized data items, flexible non-linear decision boundaries, and their dependency on few hyper-parameters. 2.3 logistic regression: this technique is one of the most expressive, versatile, and diverse techniques for analyzing clinical and pandemics. it is a statistical model to interpret relations between a set of qualitative variables and a generalized linear model that uses a logistical function as a link function. moreover, it is utilized to predict the probability of an event occurring, such as indicating a particular disease in the human body [20].for example: a patient dies or not before discharge.  a person stops smoking or not after treatment.  in a retrospective study, an individual is either a case or a control.  whether or not an hiv-positive patient is in stage iv. besides, logistic regression is a worthwhile quantitative procedure for concerns where the dependent variable takes values in a finite set. it was created in the 1960s by three scholars, confield, gordon, and smith [21], but its actual use began in the 1980s due to its computational facilities. 2.4 k-nearest neighbours classification of query points whose class is unknown is from the goal of the k-nearest neighbours’ technique due to their respective distances to point in a learning set [22]. this technique supposes that each example in the learning set is a random vector. in short, its purpose is to classify the quantitative or qualitative dataset based on fourth votes, namely metrics, kernels, overlap metrics, and value difference metrics. on the other hand, it is an essential and straightforward classification technique. it is explicitly used when there is little or no information about the data distribution. also, it is a non-parametric technique [23]. this means that it does not make any presumptions about the data distribution used in the analysis. it can handle dimensionality reduction tasks in a unified ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 180 manner and is suitable for realistic environments where actual data availability doesn’t follow the theoretical statistics like in normal distribution. therefore, knns do not make any generalization and keep all data because it uses a quick training step. 2.5 random forest it is considered one of the most widely used techniques in predicting and data analysis. we can convey that most studies employ machine learning techniques, including the random forest technique. it is a supervised machine learning technique operated on classification and regression issues. furthermore, a random forest is an ensemble classifier [24]; that is, it consists of a large number of individual decision groups. each tree within its distribution provides a prediction of a specific event. the class with the most significant votes is considered the typical prediction. each tree in the forest collects random samples from the dataset with replacement; this process is called bagging (bootstrap aggregation) [25]. the out-of-bag score will give a complete description of the model's performance during the training phase. 2.6 linear regression this technique is considered one of the most statistical techniques utilized to verify or estimate the relationship between dependent variables and a set of independent descriptive variables within a dataset [26]. in general, this technique is employed in data analysis. however, it is not influenced by the size of the database, as it has the ability in a qualitative research method to model and analyze many variables. in this technique, the dependent variable is a predictive or descriptive element and can be described as the result or response to a particular query within a large dataset. moreover, this technique allows examining the relationship between two or more variables and identifying the most significant changes on a topic of interest, especially in medical data, because they are extensive data. variables are divided into two styles: the dependent, which is the factor that tries to understand or predict, and the second is the independent variable, which is the factor that affects the special dependent variable. 2.7 linear discriminant analysis it is the standard feature extraction technique in pattern classification problems [27]. it is defined as a linear model for classification and dimensionality reduction. this technique is distinguished by dropping data from the dimensional feature space to the dimension space to increase the variability between the categories and reduce the variability within the categories. in short, the most crucial feature of this technique is the symmetric squared distance effects. this technique is an alternative to logistic regression when the qualitative variable has more than two levels. in addition, this technique is distinguished from logistic regression by the following:  if the categories are sufficiently separated, then the parameters estimated in the logistic regression model are inconsistent. the lda method does not suffer from this issue.  if the number of observations is low and the distribution of the predictors is nearly normal in each category, the lda will be more regular than the logistic regression. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 181 2.8 learning vector quantisation it is a supervised machine learning method and is a type of artificial neural network inspired by biological models of neural systems [28]. moreover, this technique can self-organize its network training and deals with the problem of multi-category classification. also, it contains two layers of input and output. in general, lvq is considered a model to classify learning which establishes a promising alternative for deep networks, mainly relying on euclidean metrics to compare data vectors with prototype vectors. it is a known algorithm specialized in classifying patterns or selecting prototypes through its network that depends on nearest neighbour patterns in its classification process and is appropriate for solving non-linear separation problems and classification of large amounts of data [29]. by applying the smallest euclidean distance, the lvq algorithm is designed to decide which vector is winning, which will cause this vector to be chosen [30]. 3. machine learning in cardiology machine learning has the extraordinary ability to predict vital information from a large set of data [31]. physicians can make decisions based on the effects of these techniques. for instance, the medical field is rich in information that arises from the womb of laboratory examinations and clinical and physiological observations. physicians and healthcare workers started analyzing patient data with different data and organized algorithms that depend on constantly updated data sets to improve the ability to diagnose a disease or predict patient outcomes. in addition, machine learning cannot replace the physician, but physicians who utilize machine learning techniques will replace traditional physicians who are not keeping pace with artificial intelligence techniques. in this section, a list of contributions of machine learning techniques in diverse fields of cardiology in the last five years from 2017 to 2021 that we consider to be of paramount importance is included with a detailed description of each study in terms of the type of disease that is predicted, the number of patients and the names of the techniques employed in the prediction process with the conclusions of the study as illustrated in table 1. to clarify, the literature is selected based on two main factors: the number of techniques applied and the accurate data about patients (patient cohorts). table 1. a bunch of literature indicates heart disease for patient cohorts utilising machine learning techniques between 2017-2021. references disease type utilisation patient cohorts technique s outcomes weng et al. [32] cardiovascula r risk prediction heart disease over ten years, where data collected are free of cardiovascular disease and likened with american college of cardiology guidelines. 378,256 patients from uk family practices rf, lr, gb, and nn the highest executed model is nn with an auc of 0.764. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 182 budzianows ki et al. [33] arrhythmia prediction of early recurrence of atrial fibrillation following cryoballoon ablation 118 patients with 56 clinical signs oversampling, svm and gbt techniques have achieved in predicting a range of early matters of the disease nanayakkar a et al. [34] heart failure predict the probability of dying from cardiac arrest in hospital 39,566 patients from australian and new zealand lr, gbm, svc, rf, ann, and ensemble the most useful technique in predicted mortality is ann with an accuracy of 46.7% and auc 0.85. yıldırım et al. [35] arrhythmia prediction cardiac arrhythmia based on 17 classes of mit bih arrhythmia database and employing the effects of longduration electrocardiograph y (ecg) signal analysis. based on 1000 ecg signal from 45 patients 1d-cnn the accuracy is 91.33% with time per single sample of 0.015 s ul haq et al. [36] heart failure prediction heart failure based on patient diagnostic data through a hybrid intelligent system framework based on seven machine learning classifiers and three feature selection algorithms. 303 patients lr, knn, ann, svm, nb, and dt the most acceptable classifier of prediction is svm. [ accuracy= 86%, specificity=88 %, sensitivity=78 %, and auc=86%] tesche et al. [37] coronary ct angiography predicting heart disease by studying coronary ct angiographyderived fractional flow reserve 85 patients mla sensitivity of 79% & specificity of 93% attia et al. [38] heart failure prediction atrial fibrillation during sinus rhythm for patients aged 18 and over, based on 180,922 patients cnn auc of 0·87, sensitivity of 79%, specificity of 79·5%, f1 score of 39·2%, ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 183 laboratory data between 1993 and 2017. and accuracy of 79·4%. dinh et al. [39] cardiovascula r risk predicting diabetes and cardiovascular disease 131 variables lr, svm, rf, and gb the most beneficial effect is gb earned an auc of 86.2% (without laboratory data) and 95.7% (with laboratory data). oikonomou et al. [40] coronary ct angiography prediction medical risks employing coronary ct angiography to detect perivascular fat by relying on three types of patients 312 patients in three cases rf the result of rf is c-statistic 0.77 [95% ci: 0.62– 0.93] hill et al. [41] arrhythmia predicting a severe heart disease, atrial fibrillation, which is one of the most common heart diseases for cohort adults whose age ≥30 years without a history of atrial fibrillation 2,994,837 patients nn, lr, rf, svm, and cr the best result is lr: 75% sensitivity and auc= 0.695 tiwari et al. [42] arrhythmia prediction of incident atrial fibrillation for patients with arrhythmia depending on the electronic health history data from jan 1, 2011, to oct 1, 2018 2,252,219 patients from three large hospitals in colorado, usa. nb, lr, rf, nn, and gbm the most acceptable prediction effect is for nn: f1score is 0.110 and auc is 0.800 alhusseini et al. [43] atrial fibrillation to classify intracardiac electrical patterns during atrial fibrillation based on hilberttransform to produce 175 000 35 patients cnn the accuracy is 95% ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 184 image grids in patients loring et al. [44] atrial fibrillation prediction of the effect of atrial fibrillation by analysing the orbit-af and garfield-af registries to determine the death and stroke 74,792 patients lr, rf, gb, and nns the most helpful performance is provided by the lr model with results of predications as follow: for death [auc = 0.80 in orbitaf, 0.75 in garfieldaf] and stroke [auc = 0.67 in orbit-af, 0.66 in garfieldaf] ward et al. [45] atheroscleroti c cardiovascular disease prediction atherosclerotic risk of cardiovascular disease in multiethnic folks 797,505 patients lr, rf, gbm, and egb the most suitable performing model in the test is gbm (auc 0.835, 95% ci: 0.825–0.846) krittanawon g et al. [46] coronary artery disease, heart failure, and arrhythmia prediction and investigation of heart diseases and stroke 3,377,318 patients bm, svm, and cnn auc of bm is 0.88, auc of svm is 0.92, and auc of cnn is 0.90 vinter et al. [47] atrial fibrillation predicting heart disease and distinguishing between disease in men and women based on the heart's electrical system within three months 1122 patients [female =332 & male =790 ] lr and rf discrimination is fair for both rf (0.59 for women and 0.56 for men) and lr (0.60 for women and 0.59 for men). wang et al. [48] arrhythmia expect the happening of arrhythmia after acute myocardial infarction 2084 patients with acute myocardial infarction dt, rf, and ann the optimal execution is ann with an accuracy of 0.668 and auc of 0.654 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 185 lip et al. [49] atrial fibrillation prediction of atrial fibrillation in older adults with covid-19 and non-infected. 280,592 patients from usa lr the effect of lr is 0.729 (95%ci 0.7180.740) wang et al. [50] heart failure prediction of malignant arrhythmia in hospitalized patients with heart failure 2794 hospitalise d patients llr-1, llr-2, mars, cart, rf, and xgboost the best effect gained by this investigation is the xgboost technique with 0.998 auc khurshid et al. [51] atrial fibrillation the prediction is based on ecg data from three hospitals to infer 5-year happening af risk employing ecgs in patients obtaining longitudinal primary care. 45,770 patients (53% women and 47% men) from brigham and women's hospital and uk biobank cnn the findings indicate that cnn utilising ecg to estimate af risk is robust and valid [auc 0.823 (0.790-0.856) for 5-year] for patients at massachusetts general hospital 5. conclusion more often than not, machine learning for some physicians is complicated mathematics, meaning that their responses are not optimistic when they hear the pronunciation of the word machine learning. there are also appropriate responses and a great desire to utilize machine learning techniques. these technologies have a fantastic future in making predictions in determining heart diseases and require cardiologists to interact and cooperate fully with the practices of these technologies. for this collaboration to grow, cardiologists need a high-level knowledge of the role presented by these technologies, awareness of machine learning efforts in detecting and analysing heart disease, whether from patient data or through images, and knowledge of potential shortcomings in machine learning techniques. most studies that have been issued use machine learning techniques in analyzing heart images and other assignments. nevertheless, these techniques have a significant role in extracting patient data and predicting disease regardless of the large number of patient data or the increase in the size and variety of the training data set. despite the significant effect of these techniques, no published clinical trials have compared these techniques to the human evaluation of the data set. therefore, it is required to achieve future controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the proficiency and efficacy of these techniques in clinical practice. in addition, confirmation should be carried out not using data from the same group employed in training but also from other groups so that these techniques can be analyzed more efficiently. in the future, a group of studies will be executed on the use of machine learning techniques in analysing heart data and predicting potential human diseases. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 186 nomenclatures acronym description ann artificial neural network auc area under the curve cart classification and regression trees cnn convolutional neural network covid-19 coronavirus 2019 cr cox regression dt decision trees egb extreme gradient boosting gb or gbt gradient boosting gbm gradient boosting machine knn k-nearest neighbours lr logistic regression mars multivariate adaptive regression splines mla machine learning algorithm nb naïve bayes nn neural network rf random forest svm support vector machine references 1. hoffman, d. j.; reynolds, r. m.; hardy, d. b. developmental origins of health and disease: current knowledge and potential mechanisms. nutr rev. 2017, 75 (12), 951-970. 2. mijwil, m. m.; al-mistarehi, ah; mutur, d. s. the practices of artificial intelligence techniques and their worth in the confrontation of covid-19 pandemic: a literature review. mob forensics j. 2022, 4(1), 11-30. 3. núñez-gil, i. j.; fernández-ortiz, a.; eid, c. m.; huang, j.; romero, r.; becerra-muñoz, v. m. underlying heart diseases and acute covid-19 outcomes. cardiol j. 2020, 28 (2), 202-214. 4. taylor, k.; elhakeem, a.; nader, j. l. t.; yang, t. c.; isaevska, e.; richiardi, l.; vrijkotte, t.; moira, a. p.; murray, d. m.; finn, d.; mason, d.; wright, j.; oddie, s.; roeleveld, n.; harris, j. r.; andersen, a. n.; caputo, m.; lawlor, d. a. effect of maternal prepregnancy/early‐pregnancy body mass index and pregnancy smoking and alcohol on congenital heart diseases: a parental negative control study. j am heart assoc. 2021,10(11),1-78. 5. mijwil, m. m.; al-mistarehi, ah.; aggarwal, k. the effectiveness of utilising modern artificial intelligence techniques and initiatives to combat covid-19 in south korea: a narrative review. asian j appl sci. 2021, 9 (5), 343-352. 6. aggarwal, k.; mijwil, m. m.; al-mistarehi, ah.; alomari, s.; gök, m;, alaabdin, a. m.; abdulrhman, s. h. has the future started? the current growth of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and deep learning. iraqi j comput sci math. 2022, 3(1), 115-123. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 187 7. ostheimer, j.; chowdhury, s.; sarfraz, i. an alliance of humans and machines for machine learning: hybrid intelligent systems and their design principles. technol soc. 2021, 66, 101647. 8. guzman, a. l.; lewis, s. c. artificial intelligence and communication: a human– machine communication research agenda. new media soc. 2019, 22(1), 70-86. 9. mijwil, m. m.; salem, i. e; abttan, r. a. utilisation of machine learning techniques in testing and training of different medical datasets. asian j comput inf sys. 2021, 9(5), 29-34. 10. matsuzaka, y.; uesawa, y. a molecular image-based novel quantitative structureactivity relationship approach, deepsnap-deep learning and machine learning. curr issues mol biol. 2020, 42(1), 455-472. 11. rasheed, j.; hameed, a. a.; djeddi, c.; jamil, a.; al-turjman, f. a machine learningbased framework for diagnosis of covid-19 from chest x-ray images. interdiscip sci. 2021,13, 103-117. 12. mijwil, m. m. implementation of machine learning techniques for the classification of lung x-ray images used to detect covid-19 in humans. iraqi j sci. 2021, 62 (6), 20992109. 13. farhan, b. i.; jasim, a. d. a survey of intrusion detection using deep learning in internet of things. iraqi j comput sci math, 2022, 3 (1), 83-93. 14. rudin, c; ustun, b. optimized scoring systems: toward trust in machine learning for healthcare and criminal justice. informs j appl anal. 2018, 48 (5), 449-466. 15. johnson, k. w.; soto, j. t.; glicksberg, b. s.; shameer, k.; miotto, r.; mphil, m. a.; ashley, e.; dudley j. t. artificial intelligence in cardiology. j am coll cardiol. 2018, 71(23), 2668-2679. 16. rimal, y. naïve bayes machine learning classification with r programming: a case study of binary data sets. int j orange technol. 2019, 1 (2), 27-34. 17. albashrawi, m. detecting financial fraud using data mining techniques: a decade review from 2004 to 2015. j data sci. 2016, 14(3), 553-569. 18. djerioui, m.; brik, y.; ladjal, m.; attallah, b. neighborhood component analysis and support vector machines for heart disease prediction. ing des syst d'information. 2019, 24 (6), 591-595. 19. cui, s.; li, k.; ang, l.; liu, j.; cui, l.; song, x.; lv, s.; mahmud, e. plasma phospholipids and sphingolipids identify stent restenosis after percutaneous coronary intervention. jacc cardiovasc interv. 2017, 10 (13), 1307-1316. 20. laitinen, e. k; laitinen, t. bankruptcy prediction: application of the taylor's expansion in logistic regression. int rev financ anal. 2020, 9 (4), 327-349, 21. pérez, m. d. f; pérez, j. c. r. la regresión logística: una herramienta versátil. nephrology. 2000, 20, (6), 477-565. 22. rodrigues, é. o. combining minkowski and chebyshev: new distance proposal and survey of distance metrics using k-nearest neighbours classifier. pattern recognit lett. 2018, 110, 66-71. 23. abedi, r.; bonyad, a. e.; moridani, a. y.; shahbahrami, a. evaluation of irs and landsat 8 oli imagery data for estimation forest attributes using k nearest neighbour nonparametric method. int j image data fusion. 2018, 9(4), 287-301. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 188 24. belgiu, m; drăguţ, l. random forest in remote sensing: a review of applications and future directions. isprs j photogramm remote sens. 2016, 114, 24-31,. 25. wang, y.; xiu, c.; zhang, x.; yang, d. wifi indoor localization with csi fingerprintingbased random forest. sensors, 2018, 18 (9), 1-23. 26. ghosal, s.; sengupta, s.; majumder, m.; sinha b. linear regression analysis to predict the number of deaths in india due to sars-cov-2 at 6 weeks from day 0 (100 cases march 14th 2020). diabetes metab syndr. 2020, 14 (4), 311-315. 27. zhang, d.; zhao, y.; du, m.; a novel supervised feature extraction algorithm: enhanced within-class linear discriminant analysis. int j comput sci eng. 2016, 13(1),13-23. 28. mouloodi, s.; rahmanpanah, h.; gohari, s.; burvill, c.; tse, k. m.; davies h. m. s. what can artificial intelligence and machine learning tell us? a review of applications to equine biomechanical research. j mech behav biomed mater. 2021, 123, 104728. 29. badbe, v. c.; londhe, v.; shirole, g. analysis of heart disease by lvq in neural network. int j recent innov trends comput commun. 2016, 4(4), 603-604. 30. putri, n. k.; rustam, z.; sarwinda, d. learning vector quantization for diabetes data classification with chi-square feature selection. iop conf ser mater sci eng. 2019, 546, 1-8. 31. bharti, r.; khamparia, a.; shabaz, m.; dhiman, g.; pande, s.; singh, p. prediction of heart disease using a combination of machine learning and deep learning. comput intell neurosci. 2021, 8387680, 1-11. 32. weng, s. f.; reps, j.; kai, j.; garibaldi, j. m.; qureshi n. can machine-learning improve cardiovascular risk prediction using routine clinical data?. plos one, 2017, 12(4),1-14. 33. budzianowski, j.; hiczkiewicz, j.; burchardt, p.; pieszko, k.; rzeźniczak, j.; budzianowski, p.; korybalska, k. predictors of atrial fibrillation early recurrence following cryoballoon ablation of pulmonary veins using statistical assessment and machine learning algorithms. heart vessels. 2018, 34, 352-359. 34. nanayakkara, s.; fogarty, s.; tremeer, m.; ross, k.; richards, b.; bergmeir, c.; xu, s.; stub, d.; smith, k.; tacey, m.; liew, d.; pilcher, d.; kaye, d. m. characterising risk of in-hospital mortality following cardiac arrest using machine learning: a retrospective international registry study. plos medicine. 2018, 15 (11), 1-16. 35. yıldırım, ö.; pławiak, p.; tan, r.; acharya, u. r. arrhythmia detection using deep convolutional neural network with long duration ecg signals. comput biol med. 2018, 102, 411-420. 36. ul haq, a.; li, j. p.; memon, m. h.; nazir, s.; sun r. a hybrid intelligent system framework for the prediction of heart disease using machine learning algorithms. mob inf syst. 2018, 2018, 1-22. 37. tesche, c.; de cecco, c. n.; baumann, s.; renker, m.; mclaurin, t. w.; duguay, t. m.; bayer, r. r.; steinberg, d. h.; grant, k. l.; canstein, c.; schwemmer, c.; schoebinger, m.; itu, l. m.; rapaka, s.; sharma, p.; schoepf, u. j. coronary ct angiography–derived fractional flow reserve: machine learning algorithm versus computational fluid dynamics modeling. radiology, 2018, 288(1),64-72. 38. attia, z. i.; noseworthy, p. a.; lopez-jimenez, f.; asirvatham, s. j.; deshmukh, a. j.; gersh b. j. an artificial intelligence-enabled ecg algorithm for the identification of patients with atrial fibrillation during sinus rhythm: a retrospective analysis of outcome prediction. lancet. 2019, 394(10201), 861-867. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 189 39. dinh, a.; miertschin, s.; young, a.; mohanty, s. d. a data-driven approach to predicting diabetes and cardiovascular disease with machine learning. bmc medical inform decis mak. 2019, 19, 1-15. 40. oikonomou, e. k.; williams, m. c.; kotanidis, c. p.; desai, m. y.; marwan, m.; antonopoulos, a. s. a novel machine learning-derived radiotranscriptomic signature of perivascular fat improves cardiac risk prediction using coronary ct angiography. eur heart j. 2019, 40 (43), 3529–3543. 41. hill, n. r.; ayoubkhani, d.; mcewan, p.; sugrue, d. m.; farooqui, u.; lister, s.; lumley, m.; bakhai, a.; cohen, a. t.; o’neill, m.; clifton, d.; gordon, j. predicting atrial fibrillation in primary care using machine learning. plos one, 2019, 14(11), 1-13. 42. tiwari, p; colborn, k. l.; smith, d. e.; xing, f.; ghosh, d.; rosenberg, m. a. assessment of a machine learning model applied to harmonized electronic health record data for the prediction of incident atrial fibrillation. jama netw open. 2020, 3(1),1-12. 43. alhusseini, m. i.; abuzaid, f.; rogers, a. j.; zaman, j. a. b.; baykaner, t.; clopton, p.; et al. machine learning to classify intracardiac electrical patterns during atrial fibrillation. circ arrhythm electrophysiol. 2020, 13(8), e008160. 44. loring, z.; mehrotra, s.; piccini, j. p.; camm, j.; carlson, d.; fonarow, g. c.; fox, k. a. a.; peterson, e. d.; pieper, k.; kakkar, a. k. machine learning does not improve upon traditional regression in predicting outcomes in atrial fibrillation: an analysis of the orbit-af and garfield-af registries. ep europace. 2020, 22(11), 1635–1644. 45. ward, a.; sarraju, a.; chung, s.; li, j.; harrington, r.; heidenreich, p.; palaniappan, l.; scheinker, d.; rodriguez, f. machine learning and atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease risk prediction in a multi-ethnic population. npj digit med. 2020, 3(125), 1-7. 46. krittanawong, c.; virk, h. u.; bangalore, s.; wang, z.; johnson, k. w.; pinotti r.; zhang, h.; kaplin, s.; narasimhan, b.; kitai, t.; baber, u.; halperin, j. l.; tang, w. h. w. machine learning prediction in cardiovascular diseases: a meta-analysis. sci rep. 2020, 10, 16057, 1-11. 47. vinter, n.; frederiksen, a. s.; albertsen, a. e.; lip, g. y. h.; fenger-grøn, m.; trinquart, l; frost, l.; møller, d. s. role for machine learning in sex-specific prediction of successful electrical cardioversion in atrial fibrillation?. openheart. 2020, 7, 1-7. 48. wang, s.; li, j.; sun, l.; cai, j.; wang, s.; zeng, l.; sun, s. application of machine learning to predict the occurrence of arrhythmia after acute myocardial infarction. bmc medical inform decis mak. 2021, 21(301), 1-14. 49. lip, g. y. h.; genaidy, a.; tran, g.; marroquin, p. estes c. incident atrial fibrillation and its risk prediction in patients developing covid-19: a machine learning based algorithm approach. eur j intern med. 2021, 91, 53-58. 50. wang, q.; li, b.; chen, k.; yu, f.; su, h.; hu, k.; et al. machine learning-based risk prediction of malignant arrhythmia in hospitalized patients with heart failure. esc heart fail. 2021, 8(6), 5363–5371. 51. khurshid, s.; friedman, s.; reeder, c.; achille, p. d.; diamant, n.; singh, p.; harrington, l. x.; wang, x.; al-alusi, m. a.; sarma, g.; foulkes, a. s.; ellinor, p. t.; anderson, c. d.; ho, j. e.; philippakis, a. a.; batra, p.; lubitz, s. a. ecg-based deep learning and clinical risk factors to predict atrial fibrillation. circulation. 2021, 145(2), 122-133. 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 haider m.j. haider kareem a. jasim abstract the superconductor compound (yba2cu2.8zn0.2o7+δ) is prepared by solid state reaction (ssr), sol-gel (sg) and laser pulse deposition (pld) methods. we used the x-ray diffraction technique, which shows an orthorhombic crystalline system for all the samples, and increase in the high-phase (y-123) and decrease in low-phase and vary in proportion according to the method of preparation with the emergence of some impurities. the behavior of the samples in terms of electrical resistance and critical temperature was investigated all samples showed superconducting behavior. the properties of the dielectric (real dielectric constant, imaginary dielectric constant, loss tangent, alternating electrical conductivity) were studied as a function of frequency and range (50 hz-1mhz) at room temperature. the results are demonstrate the apparent change in the dielectric properties by using the method of preparation of laser pulse deposition pld at the expense of other methods, microscopic images of the samples were examined at very high magnitudes through the scanning electron microscopy (sem). in addition to using the titration method to determine the proportion of oxygen. keywords: yba2cu3o7+δ, superconductivity, critical temperature, xrd,dielectric constant. 1.introduction the functional use of high superconductors is basically bounded by the obtainable technique to prepare superconductor with properties appropriate for use in electrical and electronic applications [1]. after the discovery of ceramic-based materials (cuo) (which has a critical temperature close to 100 k) in a short time, a unique vault event in the record of superconducting materials in 1987, when c.w.chu and m.k.wu co-operated the research group at the university of houston with another group at the university of alabama, published a report on their success in the preparation of the ceramic compound (y-ba-cu-o), which has a temperature of its transformation 90 k [2]. where temperature exceeded the effect of composition and dielectric properties for (ybco) superconductor compound in different preparation methods ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index department of physic collage faculty of education for girls / kufa university alhaidery83@yahoo.com department of physics collage of education for pure science ibn al haitham / university of baghdad kaj_1964@yahoo.com doi: 10.30526/33.1.2372 artical history: received in: 19 february 2019, accepted in: 17 march 2019, publish january, 2020. file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/alhaidery83@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/kaj_1964@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/kaj_1964@yahoo.com 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 transition temperature for the first time in history the boiling point of nitrogen gas, amounting to (77 k).which became the basis for many compositions that followed it when it alerted researchers to study this new generation of compositions in the hope of obtaining compounds that turn into superconductors at room temperature. the term (ybco) is an abbreviation for the high-temperature superconducting system (htsc) consisting of element oxides (yttrium oxide, barium oxide and copper oxide) and its general chemical formula (yba2cunxznxo2n+1+δ) where ( n =1,2.3), it has special attention because of its high frequency capability, the crystalline structure (y123) is characterized by the arrangement of copperoxygen levels and chains [3]. it corresponds to the general hts classification as a modification of cu-1212 where ca is completely replaced by y. this alternative offers an additional negative charge in cuo2 layers due to high valence in y (+3) compared with ca (+2) [4]. it also has high critical temperature, good chemical resistance against moisture and does not contain rare earth elements, therefore, great efforts have been made in studying the methods of preparation, treatments and properties of this system [5].the sequence is stacking for layers (ybco) along the c-axis (bao-cuo2-y-cuo2-bao) for crystallization. the layers of the perovskite's structure (ybco) are separated by cuo2 with the atoms of the atrium between the copper-oxygen levels. superconductivity disappears when the oxygen content is less than 6.3 the superconducting properties and transition properties of high-temperature cuo compounds are very differentiated [6]. one of the common characteristics of all superconductors basic (cuo) is not to adopt the alternate conductivity on the frequency and as well as having a low dielectric constant at high frequencies (60 ghz) at room temperature, and that the polarization of the material may indicate or include the adoption of conductivity on the frequency.and the qualitative difference of conductivity between the two directions (level (a, b) and trend (c)) suggests that there are two different connecting mechanisms that can work in both directions the first one is level(a,b) which show a qualitative resistance with metallic behaviour, while the other, which is in the direction of the axis (c) is still the subject of disagreement and controversy, the study showed that the true dielectric constant of the single crystal with oxygen deficiency of the system (ybco) is (k =10) towards the axis (c) at room temperature and outside this range the copper oxide layers did not show high polarization towards (c) and the study showed a decrease in the value of the true dielectric constant for the single crystallization while of the crystallization system showed a very high dielectric constant (k = 600), the high dielectric constant of the (ybco) system is due to the granular nature of the material, which can show the double coupling between the grains, the study showed that the alternating conductivity was not adopted for multi crystallization models and full oxygen at even frequency (200mhz) while the oxygen-deficient models were (100-600), which can be explained because they are capacity at the granular boundary or due to differing densities or porosity. the alternating conductivity of the completed oxygen and oxygen deficient models was measured in the direction of the axis (c) as well as the axes (a, b) to 1ghz, has been found do not support alternating conductivity on the frequency, and that the determination of the conductivity of jumping in systems with the identification of electron cases is support alternating conductivity on the frequency, that the jump of the electron between two sites can give a contribution to the alternating conductivity supported on the frequency and that the length of the alternating jump becomes similar or smaller than the continuous jump length for this, the alternating conductivity begins to bypass the continuous conductivity [7]. 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 2. experimental methods the samples were prepared in three different methods (solid state reaction(ssr), solgel(sg) and laser pulse deposition(pld)) by using appropriate weights of high purity oxides and nitrate powders from according to the general chemical formula for ssr,pld methods: y_2 o_3+2bao+3-xcuo+xzno→yba_2 cu_2.8 zn_0.2 o_(7+δ) the chemical formula of the preparation method sol-gel(sg) they are as follows: y_2 o_3+2ba〖(〖no〗_3)_2+3-xcu(〖no〗_3)_2.2(h_2 o)+xzn(〖no〗_3 )_2.6(h_2 o)→10(〖no〗_2 )+11(h_2 o)+yba_2 cu_2.8 zn_0.2 o_(7+δ) in the solid state reaction, the powders are dried at 125 ° c for two hours to dispose of water vapor, then all were weighed interaction materials by a sensitive digital balance of kern-4 for four decimal digits. the powders were mixed and grinded with a spiral electric mixer for two hours to achieve optimum homogeneity and fine powders. then dry the resulting powders in the drying oven under 250 ° c for one hour. the mixture is then formed in the form of cylindrical discs (1.5 cm) and thickness (0.15 cm 0.25cm) using a manual hydraulic press and under pressure (7ton / cm2) for one minute. the plates are sintering at 860 ° c at 48 hours and at a heating rate (5 ° c / min) for coherent samples. either in the mode of laser pulse deposition (pld), the material resulting from the solid state reaction is used, including the sedimentation method and used, short and intense laser pulses to dissipate the target material. the particles are extracted from the target and condense on the surface of the slide. sedimentation occurs in a vacuum chamber of air to reduce particle dispersion and is used in the nd: yag laser excision process [8]. finally, in the sg method we can obtain high purity materials and homogeneous structures and can be produced under lower temperatures than other methods. the basic condition in this method is to choose a solvent that does not react with the ingredients. where we weigh the required quantities of materials and each solution with acetic acid, nitric or distilled water using a magnetic mixer for 30 minutes. add the rest of the solute elements to the basic compound and then mix them with a magnetic mixer at 6070 ° c. after a while we notice the gel form of the mixture, then burn the mixture in the oven at a temperature of 600 ° c and for 12 hours to get rid of the nitrates. grind the mixture, then press on the shape of the plates and then go to the sintering process at 800 ° c for 48 hours at 5 ° c / min and then cool to room temperature at the same heating rate. after obtaining the samples, they were examined by xrd for structural properties, then the cell unit density was measured, the percentage of phases formed in the sample was then calculated on the basis of the following relationship [9]. vph=(∑iᵒ)/(∑iᵒ+∑i1+∑i2)*100% (1) the mass density (dm) was calculated using the following equation [10]. d_m=mwt/(n_av) (2) 𝑑𝑚-mass density in mg/cm3, nanumber of avocadro 6022*1023 mol-1, 𝑀𝑤𝑡-molecular weight, v-cell unit size equal to (a*b*c) molecular weight of orthorhombic system. the measurement of electrical resistance as a function of the temperature using the technique of the four probes, where the samples were cooled using liquid nitrogen. to determine the inertial properties, which include the electrical dielectric constant (the real dielectric 02 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 constant(ἐ), the imaginary dielectric constant(ἕ), the loss tangent(tanδ), the alternating electrical conductivity(ζa.c)), it was done through the capacity calculation(c) and conductivity(g) using the impedance analysis using a device(lcr) and frequency range of (50hz-1mhz) and according to the following relationships [11]. ἐ=cd/aϵₒ (3) ἕ=gd/2πρϵₒ (4) tanδ=ἕ/ἐ (5) σ_(a.c)=2πfϵₒἕ (6) where: drepresents the thickness of the sample, arepresents the area of the electrodes, εₒ represents the vacuum permission (8.85*10-12f/m), ρis the electrical resistivity,frepresents the frequency.also the microscopic images of the samples were examined through the sem microscope of the compound (yba2cu2.8zn0.2o7+δ). 3.result and discussions 3-1. structural properties the crystalline structure of the samples that were prepared by (xrd) was also studied. it was found that the compound has a multi-phases orthorhombic structure. figure 1. x-ray diffraction pattern preparation by solid state reaction method. 07 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 2. x-ray diffraction pattern preparation by sol-gel method. figure 3-a. x-ray diffraction pattern preparation by pulse laser deposition (pld) method, annealing at 400 degrees celsius. there was also a marked decrease in peaks intensity of all the samples prepared compared to the peaks of the sample prepared in the form of sol-gel. figure 2. shows that this sample has the optimal structural properties, which are clearly shown by the height of the high phase and the lack of the slow phase, while the rest of the samples prepared by solid state reaction and laser pulse deposition showed a significant decrease in the ratio of the high phase and an increase in the percentage of the lower phases compared to the samples prepared by sol-gel method, as shown in figures 1,3. figure 3-b. x-ray diffraction pattern preparation by pulse laser deposition (pld) method, annealing at 600 degrees celsius. figure 3-a.for the sample prepared by the pulse laser deposition (pld) after it has been sintering at a temperature of 400°c for two hours where the pattern of overlapping peaks was not clear and difficult to obtain from the crystalline structure or calculation of the lattice parameters therefore, the re-generation was also done at 600 °c for 2 hours, as in figure 3-b. 00 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 there was a marked improvement in the crystalline structure of the membrane after the second sintering compared with the first sintering. we observe a sharp decrease in the higher phase with a significant increase in the low phase. as well as an increase in lattice parameters (a,b) with a decrease in axis length (c) which is reflected in the decrease in the ratio (c/a) as well as in the density that can be explained on the basis of the increase in cell unit size, as shown in table 1. note that the behavior of the sample prepared by the deposition method by pulse laser, had a negative effect on structural properties this is evident in the change of constants and the ratio (c/a) as well as density, the change in the lattice constants of these samples may indicate the inclusion of oxygen, which may be due to the effect of the environment surrounding the preparation conditions, which have a significant effect in the concentration of oxygen, which leads to a change in the phases and lattice parameters in the superconducting compounds [12]. table 1. values of the parameters a,b,c with different substitution. method a( ) b( ) c( ) c/a v s.s.r. 3.521 3.543 12.60 3.5808 157.28 6.9506 3838% 7.31% s.g. 3.493 3.523 12.62 3.6137 155.33 7.0377 3.38% 10.5% p.l.d. 3.522 3.562 12.48 3.5440 156.59 6.9813 .336% %31.. note that the sample prepared by the sol-gel method is optimal in terms of structural properties compared with other preparation methods. it is possible that the preparation conditions will have a significant effect on the properties of the resulting samples in terms of (granular size of the powder, mixing method, grinding, sintering temperature, length of time sintering), where the effect of the temperature of the sintering and its length is not limited to the possibility of generating microscopic cracks in the sample, but also possible to reach a state closer to the solubility, which supports the growth of low phases and impurities at the expense of the high phase and its formation therefore, the temperature and duration of sintering are critical factors in the production of high-frequency samples. it has been shown that the best temperature of sintering is the temperature near the melting point [13]. 02 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 4. the relationship between the resistance and the critical temperature of the prepared compound by: a-solid state reaction (ssr), b-sol-gel (sg), c-pulse laser deposition (pld). figure 4. illustrates the behavior of electrical resistivity as a function of the temperature, where we note that all the samples had a metallic behavior in the region before (tc-offset), which then turns the material into the superconducting state. the reason for the sudden drop in resistivity is the possibility that other impurities and secondary phases can add other energy levels in the (cuo) layers, which correlate with the (cuo) level, causing a bond between the two levels to create the exciton. this compound also showed a difference in the critical temperature measured for the three different methods, it was the highest critical temperature is for the prepared compound in a sol-gel where it reached (98.5) k followed by critical b type equation here. a type equation here. c type equation here. 02 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 temperature of the recorded compound in a solid state reaction reaching (96) k and then which was measured for the pulsed laser membrane that reached k (91), as in table 2. table 2. relative temperature, energy gap and oxygen content in three ways. method tc(off)(k) tc(on)(k) ∆tc(k) tc(mid)(k) eg(ev)  s.s.r. 96 103 7 99,5 0.0292 0,017 s.g. 98,5 105 6,5 101,75 0.0299 0,193 p.l.d. 91 96 5 93,5 0.0277 0,054 table 2. shows that there is a marked increase in the critical transition temperature tc(off) of the samples prepared by the sol-gel method. the reason for this characteristic behavior is due to the high phase formation rate, which is reflected in obtaining a higher critical transfer temperature than the critical temperature of the samples prepared by the methods of solid state reaction and pulse laser deposition, this is due to the decrease in the different methods and conditions of preparation and this condition can cause distortion in the structure and this deformity can lead to the emergence of point defects in the lattice, which can be grouped together in the form of clustered problem of defects in the stack, which can facilitate the process of impurities and growth of low phases therefore, there is a decrease in the value of the critical transition temperature [14].we also observe an increase in the transition width (∆tc), which can be attributed to the mixed state of the high phase and low phases with high phase dominance (y-123). in addition, the increase in the critical transfer temperature of samples prepared by the sol-gel method can be attributed to a state of strong bonding and increased contact between the granules during the sintering process resulting in a decrease in porosity. all of this discussion agrees with obtained results of oxygen content values which listed in table 1. [15]. as a result of the increase in the critical transition temperature, energy for this sample.the electronic survey was carried out by the (sem) electron microscope (yba2cu2.8zn0.2o7+δ) in different preparation methods. as we observed regularity in homogeneity of the material as we observed from the appearance of dark areas and luminous regions and at a different magnification degree 20.5 (μm). we observed that the proportion of light areas is more than the dark and was homogenous. as observed in different shapes and images by different methods of preparation of the compound homogeneity of the material and the emergence of granules large size and these sizes of granules consistent with the results of (xrd) in terms of the emergence of sharp peaks as the tops of the sharp indicates the increase in the size of granules as the decrease of the width of the peaks means increasing the size of granules according to schiller's law). increasing the size of granules means decreasing the area of the granular boundary, which in turn impedes the movement of superconducting currents. as shown in figure 5,6,7. the granules of this sample are composed of granules with a plate type and a small number of granules. we also note that the distribution of granule size is fairly homogenous. we also observed the formation of black plate particles and small grains. the characteristic of black platelets in morphology is believed to be the result of the high phase as indicated by lopera et al [16]. 02 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 5. shows the sem of the ssr at degree of magnification (20,5)μm. figure 6. shows the sem of the sg at degree of magnification (20,5)μm. figure 7. shows the sem of the pld at degree of magnification (20,5)μm. 3-2. dielectric properties to measure the properties of the dielectric for samples, lcr-meter and (50hz-1mhz) were used at room temperature. the measurements included (real and imaginary dielectric constant, loss tangent, alternating electrical conductivity). 5µm 20µm 5µm 20µm 5µm 20µm 02 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 8. change the true dielectric constant as a function of the frequency. figure 8. shows an increase in the values of the real dielectric constant of the ybco system samples, especially in the pulsed laser deposition method and significantly while the decrease in the value of the sample prepared by the method of sol-gel and of solid state reaction, the reason is due here to the method of preparation, which may generate secondary spores and impurities in addition to the impact of the presence of pores, which increase the impact of the mechanism of polarization, the low value of the dielectric constant can be attributed to differences in the electronegative of the components of each sample [17]. which could result in an increase in concentration of charges and gaps in samples, which is observed at 50 hz by an increase in the values of the real dielectric constant or because of the change in the nature of the material within the conductive levels and transformational in the charge carriers which works on reduction of some defects, secondary phases and impurities, this is consistent with xrd tests, as well as pores that can reduce the effect of the polarization mechanism, thus reducing the value of the real dielectric constant of the material than it is in the samples for different compounds. in frequency (1 mhz) we notice a decrease in the value of the dielectric constant due to the cancellation of the work of some polarization mechanisms. figure 9. change the imaginary dielectric constant as a function of the frequency. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0,00e+00 2,00e+05 4,00e+05 6,00e+05 8,00e+05 1,00e+06 1سلسلة 2سلسلة 3سلسلة ssr sg pld frequency(hz) ἐ 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0,00e+00 2,00e+05 4,00e+05 6,00e+05 8,00e+05 1,00e+06 1سلسلة 2سلسلة 3سلسلة ssr sg pld ἕ frequency(hz) 01 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 the imaginary portion of the electric dielectric constant in figure 9. refers to the absorption and dispersion of energy at the joints (granular boundary, localized defects, localized stacking, as well as crystalline defects) under the influence of alternating electric field, where we note the value of the imaginary dielectric constant decreases with increasing frequency due to polarization mechanisms and distribution within the sample. it is noted that the frequency constant increases the values of the imaginary dielectric constant of the sample prepared by the pulse laser deposition method compared to the samples prepared by other methods. this can be attributed to the increase in the number of dipoles that lead to increased energy lost due to the rotation and friction of the dipoles. the decrease in the amount of dielectric constant is attributed to the fact that the movement of carriers of the charge and the number of the number during the article may slow down when the convergence of any phase in the material and because of the existence of multiple and these phases, it can lead to the depletion of absorbed or dispersed energy, therefore, there is a decrease in the value of the imaginary dielectric constant [7]. figure 10. change (tanδ) as a function of the frequency. in figure 10. change the dielectric of loss tangent (tanδ) as a function of the frequency ofprepared compound samples, where we note the loss of loss tangent by increasing the frequency within the sample and for all the samples. where we note decreased shadow lossby increasing frequency within the sample and for all samples,losses are produced by friction and thermal irritation, which works to resist the routing of dipoles and impede its rotation with the influential field, the energy needed to keep this rotation causing loss of capacity, as the frequency increases, the surface and surface leakage current increases (the result of the presence of moisture and impurities), and the difference in the values of (tanδ) and other dielectric factors may be due to the heterogeneity of the distribution of the phases within the sample because of the possibility of different distribution of heat on the sample inside the furnace during the process of sintering of the sample as well as between samples [7]. 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 0,00e+00 2,00e+05 4,00e+05 6,00e+05 8,00e+05 1,00e+06 1سلسلة 2سلسلة 3سلسلة ta n δ frequency(hz) ssr sg pld 01 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 11. change (ζac (ω.cm)) as a function of the frequency in different methods. figure 11.shows the change in alternating conductivity with the samples frequency of the prepared compound, where it is noted that the conductivity increases with increasing frequency, according to equation (6).this increase can also be attributed to the presence of spot defects that are dominant in ionic and covalent materials as well as due to the increase of surface leakage generated on the surface of the sample due to moisture and impurities. this leads to increased alternating conductivity until it reaches the state where the maximum energy is absorbed from the field in which the amplified field frequency is equal to the normal frequency of the material in which the maximum value of the alternating electrical conductivity. the difference in the behavior of conductivity through the model of frequency probation can be explained on the basis of different methods of preparation of the sample and its multiple phases, which causes asymmetry in the behavior of the alternating conductivity relative to the directions of the cell axes where the conductivity towards the axis (c) may be different from its behavior towards level (a,b). in general, the low values of alternating conductivity (ζa.c) can be due to the effect of the temperature and the time of the sintering, were lead to a decrease in porosity and increase in density, which indicates the reduction of crystalline defects and reduce the dissipative energy, which means a decrease in the value of alternating electrical conductivity [18]. 4. conclusions of the compound (yba2cu2.8zn0.2o7+δ) and the prepared by (solid state reaction method(ssr), sol-gel method (sg) and pulse laser deposition method) showed (xray) tests that all the samples have a orthorhombic crystalline structure and the higher phase ratio (y123) was increased for samples prepared by sg compared to samples prepared by other methods, while the electrical resistivity tests showed that all samples conduct superconducting behavior with high critical temperature of samples prepared by sg compared to other methods. there was also an increase in the inertial properties of the samples prepared in pld compared to those prepared by other methods, and they depended largely and directly on the frequency of the alternating electrostatic field. from this we conclude that the preparation of samples in the superconducting system (ybco) depends on the method and conditions of preparation for its effect on the structural, electrical and inertial properties of the system, leading to a change in superconductivity properties. 0,00e+00 1,00e-04 2,00e-04 3,00e-04 4,00e-04 5,00e-04 6,00e-04 7,00e-04 0,00e+00 2,00e+05 4,00e+05 6,00e+05 8,00e+05 1,00e+06 1سلسلة 2سلسلة 3سلسلة frequency(hz) σ a c (ω .c m )1 ssr sg pld 01 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 references 1. grigorashvili, y.e. manufacturing technology of the (bi,pb)2sr2ca2cu3o10 high temperature superconductor, superconductors properties, technology, & applications.2012, 241. 2. mollie, r.l.h. hand book of superconductor and superconductivity, new york,publisher: science publishing group.2016,129,10036,isbn:978-1-940366-36-4. 3. jorgensen, j.d.; beno, m.a.; hinks, d.g.; soderholm, l.; volin, k.j.; segre, c.u.; zhang, k.; kleefisch, m.s. superconductivity basic and application to magnets phys.1987, 36, 3608. 4. paulseidel, applied superconductivity, handbookon devices and applications edi.1 s. .2015. 5. yang, d.r.; tsai, d.s. raising pyrolysis yield of preceramic polymers of silicon carbonitride, journal of material science.1995, 30, 17, 4463-4468. 6. sharma, r.g. superconductivity basic and application to magnets.2015, 106. 7. haider, s.; kareem, a. the partial substitution by lanthanum (la) and its effect on dielectric properties for (bscco) superconductor compound (bi2sr2ca2cu3xlaxo10+δ)", university of karbala scientific journal.2017, 5, 2, 318-328. 8. suzan, m.; shakouli, fabrication of bi1.6pb0.4sr2ca2cu3-xznxo10+s superconduct-ing thin film preparedby pld method, ph.d, thesis university of baghdad, 2012. 9. noor, q.f.; kareem, a.j. prepare and study the sro additive on structural and electrical properties for hgba2-xsrxca2cu3o8+δ superconductor scince letters journal.2016, 10, 1 ,1-3. 10. jasim, k.a.; mohammed, l.a. the partial substitution of copper with nickel oxide on the structural and electrical properties of hgba2 ca2 cu3xnix o 8+δ superconducting compound, iop publishing, journal of physics: conf. series.2018, 1003, 1, 012071. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012071. 11. tawfiq lnm, hassan ma. estimate the effect of rainwaters in contaminated soil by using simulink technique. journal of physics: conference series. 2018, 1003, 012057, 1-7. 12. yilmazar, m.o.; aydin, h.; akdogan, m.; terzioglu, c. the effect of sm→ca substitutio on mechanical properties of bscco superconductors,chin. phys journal.2007, 45, 2, 128. 13. kakani, s.l.; kakani, a. material science new age international publishers.1 st ed.2004, 540–542. 14. hermiz, g.y. thermal analysis &phase transformation htsc of (bi1-xpbx)2 (sr1ybay)2ca2cu3o10+δ compound, ph.d, baghdad university.2001. 15. mohammed, a.a.; kareem, a.j. studying the influence of fast neutron irradiation on properties of bi2-xpbxsr2ca2cu3-yniyo2n+4+ δ superconducting system ,elsevier, energy procedia journal, athenagreece.2018, 19, 21. 16. wong-ng, w.; cook, l.p.; kearsky, nd.a.; green, w. wood precessing of high temperature superconductors.2003, 104, 299. 17. tawfiq lnm; jasim ka, abdulhmeed eo. pollution of soils by heavy metals in east baghdad in iraq. international journal of innovative science, engineering & technology, 2015, 2, 6, 181-187. 22 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 18. mumtaz, m.; khan, n.a.; khan, s. study of dielectric properties of oxygenpostannealed cu0.5ti0.5ba2ca2 (cu3-ymy)o10-δ superconductor, ieee transactions on applied superconductivity journal.2013, 23, 2, 1-8. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 27 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 determining the concentrations of elements in tobacco selected in iraqi markets using x-ray fluorescence technique jamal k. alsaide nada m. hasan fadi h. khudhur ministry of science and technology/ baghdad received in : 8/may/2017,accepted in :6/septemper/2017 abstract x-rays fluorescence technology was used to measure the concentrations of trace and toxic elements in tobacco smoke. one sample local and eight samples were imported selected from iraqi markets. the results proved that tobaccos contain few concentrations of element (calcium, potassium, sodium, manganese, magnesium, chlorine, and sulfur), trace concentrations of element (aluminum, vanadium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper and zinc), and toxic concentrations of element (arsenic, selenium, bromine, antimony, cadmium, mercury and lead). results are proved the concentrations of elements of samples are lower levels with the other countries in few element like (calcium, potassium, sodium and manganese), while the other elements were highest than the other countries. key words: x-rays fluorescence, toxic elements, tobacco https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 28 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 introduction tobacco is herbaceous plant that contains nicotine ,carbon monoxide, tar, irritants and other noxious gases emitted in tobacco smoke. also it contains heavy metals, toxic elements . these element affects on biochemical processes in the human body[1]. cigarette smoke is a complex mixture of chemical compounds. researchers had estimated that cigarette smoke contain 7,357 chemical compounds from many different classes [2]. in assessing the nature of tobacco, scientists must consider chemical composition, concentrations of components, particle size, and particle charge. these characteristics vary with the cigarette design and the chemical nature of the product. more than 3040 chemical compounds have been isolated from processed tobacco leaf. they are considered the risk for cancer, cardiovascular disease, and heart disease [3]. according to who, at least one person dies per 10 second as a result of cigarette smoking . these deaths can ultimately be traced to repeated toxicant exposures overtime [4]. increasing the concentration of toxic elements is attributable to the atmosphere pollution, fertilizer, agriculture pesticides, packaging storage and other operations , as well as other chemicals to improve the taste and burn better [5] .variety of analytical techniques are used to measure the heavy metals and other elements in tobacco cigarette. these techniques are comprised : inductively coupled plasmamass spectrometry (icp-ms) [6-7], inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectroscopy (icp aes) [8-9], optical emission spectroscopy (icp-oes) [10], atomic absorption spectrometry (aas) [11-12] . these techniques are destructive to the original sample. several methods are applied to determination of trace metals in tobacco. instrumental neutron activation analysis (inaa) [13], and x-ray fluorescence (xrf) [14]. these techniques are non-destructive. identifying the chemical components in tobacco with the greatest potential for toxic effects in samples . this study done is to explore the toxic heavy metal concentrations in the tobacco from a selected cigarettes sample used xrf. materials and methods procedure for sample analysis: in this study material consisted of selected-brands cigarettes (local and foreign) grouped according to most widely used in iraqi market and more purchased at the same time. eight imported samples were selected namely (pine light, gitanes, royal, marlboro gold, marlboro extra, kint silver, gauluises, pine slims), and one local sample (sumer) . the cigarettes sample paper -wrap was removed. tobacco was mixed with a binder (pvc) added to the samples. they were crushed to dimeter range of less than 125 µm and greater than 63 µm, then drying in at 100-120 0 c for 24 h. after cooling samples were pressed in hydraulic press into 15 ton/cm 2 in dimeter 32 mm. the pellets were loaded in the sample chamber for measurement. x-ray fluorescence (xrf): xrf is one of the most important techniques for the analysis of metals and trace elements which is independent to the chemical form of the elements [15]. in this work x-ray tube manufactured by spectro xepos company is used, with detector silicone – lithium, with energy resolution 45ev in 5.9kev of iron (fe-55) isotope. the detector is cooled using peltier phenomenon. the analysis work out using the comparative method with standard sources. there are advantages of connecting to the computer via ethernet technology and xlabpro program. the thickness of beryllium window is 0.076mm. several targets were used to generate different x – ray energy. the targets are highly oriented pyrolytic graphite (hopg), alumina (al203) and molybdenum. figures 1, 2 and 3 depicted the royal sample spectrum. precision and accuracy were tested by normal standard reference https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 29 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 analysis in xrf unit. table 1 shows the results which are proof that the unit xrf is credible for use in such measurements. results and discussions concentration of essential elements detected in the selected brands of cigarettes analyzed were presented in table (2) . the trace and toxic elements is presented in table (3) and (4) .the result of this work was compared with other reports in table (5) . the range of elements are (0.11-0.15)% , (2.27-3.84)% , (1.94-2.6)% , (0.01-0.023)%, (0.017-0.022)% , for na, k , ca, mn , mg respectively. we found k is higher than ca level. the averaged levels are obtained for k , ca and mn in this work agree with the other in most reported value [16,17] . the value obtained for magnesium was observed to be ten times lower than magnesium level in cigarette reported in the other countries [17] . heavy metals in tobacco include aluminum (al), arsenic (as), barium (ba), beryllium (be), cadmium (cd), chromium (cr), iron (fe),copper (cu), lead (pb), mercury (hg), selenium (se), nickel (ni), and cobalt (co) are designated by the international agency for research on cancer (iarc) as group 1 carcinogens [18]. table (3) shows the trace elements can quickly become toxic when in higher concentrations. the range is obtained for fe (393-790.7)ppm which is lower than the other reported[1,18]. aluminum concentration are less than the other reported [19].the range for al are (39-371)ppm, cu (12.7-22.0)ppm, and zn(33.1-40.4)ppm were observed higher than the other reported level in cigarette [20]. the toxic elements, in this work has high toxicity even at a very low concentration in table (4). arsenic was found in all samples convergent concentrations. the chemical is contains arsenic compound either to boost yield or as insecticide. in this work was observed to be higher level than arsenic in cigarette reported in the literature for countries[21,22]. the range of pb is (3.5-6.0)ppm . the value was obtained in this work was observed to be five times higher than lead level in cigarette reported in the literature for countries [21,23]. maximum permitted levels (mpl) are (3 mg/kg) and (10 mg/kg) for as and pb respectively in tobacco cigarettes [21]. the similarity in the antimony to arsenic chemically in some biological effect leads. pterions work conclude that tobacco smoke and antimony could interact in similar way to arsenic in producing toxicity[24] and the range for sb are (5.0-23.0)ppm .this study confirms that tobacco is a notable source of many heavy metal pollutants particularly cd. smoking of 20 cigarettes per day has been estimated to result in the inhalation of 2–4 μg cd and 1–5 μg pb, or even more [25] . the range of cadmium is (3.0-6.3) ppm was observed higher than the other reported level in cigarette [21,23]. another high toxicity element found mercury with low concentration range of (1.0-2.1) ppm. this work applied to the american environmental protection agency for medium weight adult human organism. daily dose of mercury that does not invoke apparent health disturbances may reach up to 21 µg[26]. conclusion this study confirms that tobacco is a notable source of many ‘‘toxic’’ heavy metal pollutants particularly (cd, pb, as, hg, cu), and evaluate the contents of ‘‘essential’’ (ca,mg,k,na,p) the value obtained for some elements like iron and magnesium lower than the other reported . the other elements like copper ,zinc, arsenic , cadmium , mercury , lead were observed higher than the other reported level in cigarette. according to the world health organization study group on tobacco product regulation (tobreg), further studies are required on the concentrations of metals in cigarette tobacco [27], as well as concentrations of metals in tobacco smoke obtained with the iso. https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 30 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 references 1. nnorom, innocent chidi, (2015), copper, iron and zinc concentrations of tobacco leaves and ready-to-use snuff products on sale in imo state southeastern nigeria., j. appl. sci. environ. manage. sept, 19 (3): 459 – 467. 2. u.s. department of health and human services. how tobacco smoke causes disease: the biology and behavioral basis for smoking-attributable disease: a report of the surgeon general. atlanta, ga: us department of health and human services, centers for disease control and prevention, national center for chronic disease prevention and health promotion, office on smoking and health, 2010. (accessed 27 jan 2014). 3. kleenman, m.j., schauer, j.j., and cass, g.r., (1999).j. environ. science. technol.v0l. 33: 3516-3523. 4. who 1999 environmental health criteria 211 – health effects of interactions between tobacco use and exposure to other agents (who), 1999. geneva. 5. cobb gp, sands k, waters m, et al. (2000), accumulation of heavy metals by vegetables grown in mine wastes,j. environ toxicol chem.19,.:600–607 6. mark r. fresquez, steven r. pappas, and clifford h. watson , (2013),establishment of toxic metal reference range in tobacco from us cigarettes , journal of analytical toxicology , 37 (5) june . 7. steven r. pappas, naudia martone, nathalie gonzalez-jimenez, mark r. fresquez and clifford h. watson, (2015), determination of toxic metals in little cigar tobacco with ‘triple quad’ icp-ms, journal of analytical toxicology advance access published, 27,:1-6. 8. joshua ryan and michael clark, (2010), trace metal determination in tobacco and cigarette ash by inductively coupled plasma, journal of analytical chemistry, 1, : 34-41. 9. perez-bernaa j.l., amigo j.m., fernandez-torresa r., belloa m.a., callejon-mochon m., (2011), trace metal determination in tobacco and cigarette ash by inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectroscopy, j. forensic science international, 204, : 119–125. 10. moerman j. w., potts g. e., (2011), analysis of metals leached from smoked cigarette litter, j.tobacco control , 20,: 30-35. 11. wang n.x., cui x.g., han l., zhaxi y.and dawa z., (2007), change of the trace elements content from cigarettes (tobacco) to its ash and to look at harm of stuck cigarette, ncbi, sep;27(9):1845-7. 12. asneem gul kazi, nusrat jalbani, muhammad balal , muhammad khan jamali, hassan imran afridi and abdul qadir shah, (2009), determination of toxic elements in different brands of cigarette by atomic absorption spectrometry using ultrasonic assisted acid digestion,j. environmental monitoring and assessment, 154 :155-167 . 13. hosseini a.a., amirabadi a., afarideh h., hadji-saeid s.m., behrozi a.h.,(1996), determination of toxic and non-toxic hair trace elements in tobacco smokers using pixe and naa techniques , j.nuclear interactions with materials and atoms,.109,.: 239-242 14. rosalie v. caruso, richard connor j. o., edryd stephens w., michael cummings k. and geoffrey t. fong, (2014), toxic metal concentrations in cigarettes obtained from u.s. smokers in 2009: results from the international tobacco control (itc) united states survey cohort, int. j. environ. res. public health,.11.:202-217 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 31 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 15. erick k. towett , keith d.sheoherd and geory cadisch ,(2013), quantification of total element concentration in soil using x-ray fluoresce spectroscopy ,j. science of the total environment, 463: 374-388. 16. abdulkadir levent, yavuz yardim and cengiz demir , (2013),determination of trace metal and mineral levels in the tobacco and cigarette samples using by fass, j.chem.soc.pak, 35(2).:257-261. 17. chiba m. and masiron r.,(1992),toxic and trace elements in tobacco and tobacco smoke, j.bull world health organ., 70(2) : 269–275 18. adams, s.v., passarelli, m.n.and newcomb, p.a. (2012), cadmium exposure and cancer mortality in the third national health and nutrition examination survey cohort. occup. environ. med., 69:153–156. 19. yebpella g. g., oladipo m. o. a., magomya a. m.,. abechi s. e, udiba u. u.and kamba e. a., (2013),multi-element analysis of selected brands of cigarettes in nigerian market , archives of applied science research, 5 (6):61-67 . 20. akpoveta o.vincent , osakwe a. steven , aqharevba felix , osaro k. ize-lyamn , akpoveta a. veronica and osazuwa e.jato ,(2011),a comparative evaluation and toxicity assessment of heavy metals in commonly smoked cigarette brands and local tobacco snuff purchased and consumed in nigeria, research journal of environmental toxicology , 5, (6) :359-368. 21. konstansa lazarevic, dejan nikolic, ljiljana stosic, suzana milutinovic, jelena videnovic and dragan bogdanovic, (2012), determination of lead and arsenic in tobacco and cigarettes: an important issue of public health, cent eur j public health 20 (1): 62–66 . 22. oyewele a.o., funtua i.i. and ekwmengbo p., (2002), a comparative evaluation and toxicity assessment of heavy metals in commonly smoked cigarette brands and local tobacco snuff purchased and consumed in nigeria , journal of scientific & induvial reserch , 61:45-52 . 23. muhammad a.and ,waqar ashraf ,(2012),levels of heavy metals in popular cigarette brands and exposure to these metals via smoking, the scientific world journal, 2012: 1-5 . 24. smodis b., dermeu m., jaimovi r., (1995) , detemination of trace elements in tobacco using different techniques of neutron activation analysis , jourrral of radoaralytical and nuclear chenristty, articles, 190(1) :3-11 . 25. massadeh a. m., alali f. q., and jaradat q. m., (2005), determination of cadmium and lead in different cigarette brands in jordon, environmental monitoring and assessment, 104 : 163–170. 26. zawartosc rteci w, dymie i ,wypełnieniu wybranych and marek papierosów, (2009), mercury content in smoke and tobacco from selected cigarette brands , j.ecological chemistry and engineering s,16(52). 27. who study group on tobacco product regulation. report on the scientific basis of tobacco product regulation; (2012), who technical report series; world health organization: geneva, switzerland: 25–28. https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 32 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 table(1) : shows the comparison of results between experimental data and the results published in [certificate data] table(2):major concentration elements % ± s.d. using xrf ele. measured concentration certified value error% e.s. measured concentration certified value error% na 0.44 0.46 4.34 mn 0.617 0.6 2.83 mg 10.80 11.19 3.48 fe 1.511 1.35 11.92 al 0.32 0.35 8.57 co 0.0054 0.0056 3.57 si 9.69 9.48 2.21 ni 0.44 0.37 18.91 p 2.38 2.40 0.83 cu 0.0003 0.0003 0.0 cl 0.75 0.87 13.79 se 0.003 0.004 25 k 6.012 7.00 14.11 mo 0.01 0.0092 8.69 ca 2.21 2.23 0.89 hg 0.001 0.0011 0.91 cr 0.021 0.031 32.25 pb 0.0001 0.0001 0.0 name na mg s cl k ca mn pine light 0.12±0.0 0.018±0.0 0.12±0.0005 0.29±0.0005 2.39±0.007 2.38±0.006 0.02±0.0006 gitanes 0.12±0.0 0.018±0.0 0.11±0.0004 0.27±0.0005 2.58±0.007 2.32±0.006 0.017±0.0005 royal 0.11±0.0 0.017±0.0 0.1±0.0004 0.21±0.0004 2.38±0.007 2.15±0.008 0.017±0.0005 marlboro gold 0.11±0.0 0.018±0.0 0.11±0.0004 0.19±0.0004 2.52±0.007 2.01±0.006 0.016±0.0005 marlboro extra 0.12±0.0 0.017±0.0 0.12±0.0005 0.23±0.0004 2.58±0.007 2.44±0.007 0.022±0.0006 kint silver 0.15±0.0 0.022±0.0 0.13±0.0005 0.35±0.0006 3.84±0.01 2.6±0.004 0.017±0.0006 sumer 0.12±0.0 0.019±0.0 0.10±0.0004 0.30±0.0005 3.04±0.008 1.94±0.006 0.023±0.0006 gauluises 0.12±0.0 0.018±0.0 0.11±0.0004 0.23±0.0004 2.99±0.008 2.0±0.006 0.01±0.0005 pine slims 0.11±0.0 0.017±0.0 0.11±0.0004 0.25±0.0005 2.27±0.007 2.08±0.006 0.02±0.0006 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 33 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 table(3):trace elements ppm concentration ± s.d. using xrf table(4): toxic elements ppm concentration ±s.d. using xrf table(5):comparison between the present result and another reported content of elements in cigarettes name al v fe co ni cu zn mo pine light 44±0.0 5.3±0.4 532.5±7.6 12.7±1.5 5.2±0.9 18.7±0.9 33.6±0.8 17±0.0 gitanes 371±10 9.1±0.6 509±7.9 18.9±1.6 6.3±0.9 18.3±0.9 35.0±0.8 18.2±9.8 royal 41.0±0.0 5.4±0.5 790.7±9.5 23.3±1.8 6.2±0.9 20.7±0.9 37.0±0.8 18.0±0.0 marlboro gold 39±0.0 4.5±0.4 566.4±7.7 17.7±1.5 6.5±0.9 16.8±0.8 36.6±0.8 16.0±0.0 marlboro extra 43.0±0.0 4.3±0.4 732.4±9.1 20.3±1.7 5.7±0.9 17.6±0.8 36.0±0.8 24.0±5.2 kint silver 55.0±0.0 6.1±0.5 639.2±9.8 20.5±1.9 5.4±1.0 22.0±1.0 40.4±1.0 26.0±0.0 sumer 45.0±0.0 5.7±0.4 393.4±6.9 14.9±1.5 5.6±0.9 13.7±0.8 33.1±0.8 18.0±4.6 gauluises 52.2±12.0 4.3±0.4 608.9±8.2 13.5±1.6 4.8±0.9 15.8±0.9 36.3±0.8 21.0±4.8 pine slims 48.9±11.0 6.0±0.5 499.0±7.4 12.4±1.5 4.6±0.8 16.4±0.8 33.5±0.8 16.0±0.0 aspen export 40.0±0.0 3.9±0.3 400.4±6.4 8.7±1.4 5.8±0.8 12.7±0.8 30.1±0.7 16.0±0.0 name as se br sb cd hg pb name as se br sb cd hg pb pine light 0.6±0.0 0.7±0.3 46.4±0.5 23.0±2.9 3.7±0.0 1.2±0.4 4.2±0.7 pine light 0.6±0.0 0.7±0.3 46.4±0.5 23.0±2.9 3.7±0.0 1.2±0.4 4.2±0.7 gitanes 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 42.8±0.4 13.0±0.3 3.7±0.0 1.7±0.5 3.5±0.7 gitanes 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 42.8±0.4 13.0±0.3 3.7±0.0 1.7±0.5 3.5±0.7 royal 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 65.1±-.5 10.0±0.2 4.4±0.0 1.0±0.3 4.8±0.7 royal 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 65.1±-.5 10.0±0.2 4.4±0.0 1.0±0.3 4.8±0.7 marlboro gold 0.5±0.0 0.4±0.0 36.2±0.4 5.0±2.4 3.7±0.0 1.6±0.5 4.1±0.6 marlboro gold 0.5±0.0 0.4±0.0 36.2±0.4 5.0±2.4 3.7±0.0 1.6±0.5 4.1±0.6 marlboro extra 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 42.2±0.5 11.0±3.4 5.4±0.0 1.1±0.4 4.2±0.7 marlboro extra 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 42.2±0.5 11.0±3.4 5.4±0.0 1.1±0.4 4.2±0.7 kint silver 0.6±0.0 1.3±0.3 82.5±0.7 9.1±0.0 6.3±0.0 2.1±0.5 4.3±0.8 kint silver 0.6±0.0 1.3±0.3 82.5±0.7 9.1±0.0 6.3±0.0 2.1±0.5 4.3±0.8 sumer 0.6±0.0 0.6±0.3 51.2±0.5 5.8±0.0 3.9±0.0 1.5±0.4 4.1±0.7 sumer 0.6±0.0 0.6±0.3 51.2±0.5 5.8±0.0 3.9±0.0 1.5±0.4 4.1±0.7 gauluises 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 43.1±0.5 6.3±2.9 4.7±0.0 1.7±0.5 6.0±0.7 gauluises 0.6±0.0 0.5±0.0 43.1±0.5 6.3±2.9 4.7±0.0 1.7±0.5 6.0±0.7 pine slims 0.6±0.0 0.7±0.3 41.4±0.4 6.3±0.0 3.4±1.7 1.2±0.4 4.6±0.7 pine slims 0.6±0.0 0.7±0.3 41.4±0.4 6.3±0.0 3.4±1.7 1.2±0.4 4.6±0.7 aspen export 0.5±0.0 0.9±0.3 66.8±0.5 13.0±2.5 3.0±1.2 1.8±0.4 3.9±0.6 aspen export 0.5±0.0 0.9±0.3 66.8±0.5 13.0±2.5 3.0±1.2 1.8±0.4 3.9±0.6 element concentration min concentration max ref present work min present work max ca% 0.1389,2.1 1.0842,17.4 [16],[17] 1.94 2.6 k% 0.67, 2.39 2.116, 4.68 [16],[17] 2.27 3.84 mg% 1.3, 0.4128 5.4,0.2358 [17],[16] 0.017 0.022 mn% 0.016,0.0118 0.065,0.0267 [16],[17] 0.01 0.023 fe/ ppm 678,168 919,393 [1],[16] 393 790.7 al/ ppm 295 2302 [19] 39 371 cu/ ppm 0.18 6.01 [2] 12.7 22.0 zn/ ppm 6.97,7.3 25.25,24.02 [9], [20] 33.1 40.4 as/ppm 0.008,<0.02 0.02,2.04 [21],[22] 0.5 0.6 pb/ppm 0.12,0.97 3.1,2.64 [21] ,[23] 3.5 6.0 cd/ppm 0.02,0.18 3.55,0.78 [21],[23] 3.0 6.3 hg/ppm 0.00648 0.01056 [25] 1.0 1.8 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1598 physics | 34 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 76 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. turbidity changes in the tigris river using satellite data during the covid-19 related lockdown abstract in the present study, an attempt has been made to study the change in water quality of the river in terms of turbidity during lockdown associated with covid-19. iraq announced the longest-ever lockdown on 25 march 2020 due to covid-19 pandemic. in the absence of ground observations, remote sensing data was adopted, especially during this period. the change in the visible region's spectral reflectance of water in part of the river has been analyzed using the landsat 8 oli multispectral remote sensing data at tigris river, salah al-din province (bayji / near the refinery), iraq. it was found that the green and red bands are most sensitive and can be used to estimate turbidity. furthermore, the temporal variation in turbidity was also analyzed through a normalized difference turbidity index ndti at each location. the ndti decreased by 7.14% in april 2020 (lockdown period) as compared to november 2020 (6 months after lockdown), when it was observed that the turbidity in the river (near bayji oil refinery) had drastically decreased. the study confirmed that the remote sensing approach can be used to make qualitative estimates on turbidity, even in the absence of field observations. it was concluded that the water quality of tigris river has improved and has shown signs of restoration. keywords: tigris river, remote sensing, turbidity, ndti, covid-19 lockdown. doi: 10.30526/.35.4.2874 article history: received 13 june 2022, accepted 10 august 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index omar h. obaid department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. omar.hajoob1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq inbethaq m. ali abdulameer department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. inbethaq.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:omar.hajoob1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:inbethaq.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 77 1. introduction river water quality assessments are essential to provide effective and sustainable management of drinking water resources, where natural processes can increase the impact of pollution on river water [1]. land use and anthropogenic changes in land cover tend to cause increased pollution levels. pollution is the most important challenge facing water nowadays, where water quality, now and in the future, is classified as an un-renewable resource because it is difficult to return back to its original status before pollution. its purification is also slower than its deterioration [2]. turbidity is an important optical characterization parameter of the water body. the turbidity increases by increasing water's suspended solids and sediment concentration [5]. the change in the concentration of suspended matter will change the light propagation direction in the water and cause the attenuation of light energy [3,4]. both climate change and human activities can cause changes in turbidity [6]. in recent years, remote sensing technology has been widely used to observe this characteristic of the river by analyzing how suspended sediment concentration affects water's optical elements . compared with in situ measurement data, remote sensing techniques offer enticing possibilities for estimating and monitoring river turbidity and spatiotemporal patterns. several researchers are now using the spectral bands (especially the green and red bands, where the reflectance increases with increasing water turbidity) remote sensing technology found in the landsat satellite system for this purpose [7]. covid-19 is considered a global pandemic as one of the deadly diseases that affect human life. to protect the population from this deadly disease, the government of iraq announced a complete closure in march 2020. the lockdown brought about the halting of work in factories and reduced the work of oil refineries, where the possible cleansing of the rivers occurred as a natural process. the pollution level of rivers has been reduced, and it has become much cleaner [8]. in this study, to explore the impact of lockdown on the water environment, the visible band reflectance and the normalized difference turbidity index (ndti) of landsat8 data were used to analyze the changes in tigris river (near bayji oil refinery) quality before and after the lockdown. through the monitoring of the water turbidity of the river, it is found that the water quality has significantly changed during the lockdown of covid-19. a comprehensive literature review on water quality remote sensing is presented as follows: al-bahrani [9] reported strong negative correlations between digital numbers (dns) in bands 1 and 2 of landsat satellite images with water quality indices according to bhargava and canadian methods. these two indices were calculated for the euphrates river from april 2007 to december 2010 for 16 stations along the river inside iraqi lands, and satellite image models were built to classify the water of the river for irrigation use. nelson et al. [10] developed a regression model to estimate water clarity measured by secchi disk transparency (sdt) from landsat data calibrated using 93 lakes in michigan, usa. they correlated the natural log of the sdt with the range of landsat dns of (band 1/band 3). they discovered that using landsat to measure water clarity is sensitive to the distribution of water clarity used in the calibration set. selman et al. [11] have employed remote sensing with gis to study the hydrochemical properties of water at himreen dam reservoir, located on diyala river in iraq. an analytical study on the spectrum reflectance value of the study area was performed using satellite images taken by landsat. al-rubai’i [12] used a thermal technique of remote sensing to evaluate its capability to detect and ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 78 identify water pollution that results from petroleum-related pollution. a mathematical model was developed using dns of thermal satellite images to measure water temperature. 2. study site the tigris river is one of the largest rivers in the middle east, with more than 1,900 km, of which 1,415 km are inside iraqi territory [13]. the tigris river enters salah al-din governorate in (369320.077 e), (3878592.11 n), and the length of the tigris river in salah al-din governorate is estimated to be more than 200 km [14]. the water quality mainly affects the production and lives of residents of the surrounding areas. the study area is in the north of the city of salah aldin (bayji / near the oil refinery). figure (1) shows the studied area. figure 1.(up) landsat 8 image of path 169, row 36, showing the location of study site in the tigris river, salah aldin, iraq.(down)turbidity monitoring station location bayji, near the oil refinery (study area satellite images were taken in 5/04/2020 by landsat 8) (google earth). 3. methodology 3.1. imagery data and preprocessing landsat-8 is the eighth member of the landsat series; its system consists of 11 bands of different wavelengths, where this satellite consists of two independent working sensors: the operational land imager (oli) and the other one is the thermal infrared (tir) [15]. the oli sensor has been used to collect the information from the visible range of the em spectrum. all cloud-free data are downloaded from the usgs data center. all data in this study have been geometrically corrected. the data used is shown in table 1. envi 5.3 software processes radiometric correction, calibration, band combination, and algorithm input. convert the digital value of the satellite images to the top of atmosphere (toa) radiance and reflectance values. radiometric calibration is used to convert image pixels into reflectance values. the radiometric corrections are sun angle corrections to fix error reflectance values caused by sun positioning [16]. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 79 table 1. list of the satellite image datasets used. date of the image acquisition satellite sensor 15/4/2020 landsat-8 2/5/2020 landsat-8 19/8/2020 landsat-8 26/11/2020 landsat-8 3.2. determination of turbidity by ndti the turbidity has been calculated by using ndti. the ndti formula uses red and green bands, and its values vary between -1 and +1. the formula for ndti is: 𝐍𝐃𝐓𝐈 = 𝐑𝐑−𝐑𝐆 𝐑𝐑+ 𝐑𝐆 (1) where rr, rg are the reflectance in the red and green bands respectively. the reflectance in the green band higher than that in the red band for pure water, but for turbid water, the red band shows higher reflectance compared to green band. when the turbidity is high, the ndti value also increases and vice versa [17]. 4. results and discussion the temporal study of the landsat-8 data has been performed for the lockdown time frame. cloud-free satellite images have been considered for this study. for the processing of the image, envi software has been used. furthermore, as no field data were present for this period (during lockdown), the results are represented in river normalized difference turbidity index (ndti) values. existing algorithms for calculating the river water ndti from equation (1) have been used in this analysis. the result has been presented as a box plot for river ndti during the time of lockdown. different months have been chosen for this study to cover the remaining period during and after the lockdown. for the ndti representation, april 2020, may 2020, august 2020, and november 2020 have been considered. ndti during the lockdown in april 2020 shows a significant decrease compared to november 2020, with a slight upward trend in may 2020 compared to april 2020. then in august 2020, the ndti showed an increase compared to april 2020, and the ndti parameter indicates an upward trend until it reached the highest value in november 2020 for the considered stretch. in the tigris river stretch, near bayji oil refinery in early april 2020, the ndti ranges between 0.011 and 0.033, and in early may 2020, the ndti value is between 0.041 and 0.054. the ndti shows a slight increase in later may 2020 when it ranges between 0.072 and 0.094. the ndti depicts an almost similar range for the river near and stretching the refinery. in the early period of august 2020, it was 0.12, but later the ndti value increased to 0.154. for early november 2020, the ndti ranges between 0.17 and 0.18, and for later november 2020 period, it ranges between 0.189 and 0.19. the ndti value was considerably high figure (2). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 80 figure 2.box-plot representation of the ndti values for the analysis of the covid-19 lockdown effect using landsat8 datasets for the tigris river, salah al-din (bayji / near the oil refinery). turbidity is a significant optical property of water that diminishes the energy required for aquatic growth. an increase in turbidity can hinder the growth of aquatic cora and fauna. with decreasing the photosynthesis which in turn depletes the productivity of the aquatic system, the effect of lockdown has become a blessing in disguise for aquatic ecosystems. due to this, domestic the industrial and domestic waste discharge in the river has drastically reduced. so, this can also act as an additional factor for lowering the turbidity. most factories were closed during the lockdown, and minimal industrial waste was discarded into the river. this leads to a decrease in river turbidity (april 2020), which immensely enhances this region's aquatic ecosystem. even during the post-lockdown period (may 2020), most industries remained closed, and significantly fewer anthropogenic activities occurred. therefore, tigris river near the oil refinery was moderately turbid. the river turbidity value for the oil refinery region was high in august 2020 compared to april 2020 because of the industrial waste discharged near the oil refinery, wastewater and anthropogenic activities are the main reasons for increasing the turbidity. rainfall in november 2020 is also resulted in increasing the turbid water in this region, as shown in figure (3). figure 9. ndti values for the tigris river stretch, salah al-din (bayji / near the oil refinery) using landsat 8 datasets for the period of (a) april 2020, (b) may 2020, (c) august 2020, and (d) november 2020. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 81 figure 3. ndti values for the tigris river stretch, salah al-din (bayji / near the oil refinery) using landsat 8 datasets for the time period of (a) april 2020, (b) may 2020, (c) august 2020 and (d) november 2020. 5. conclusion satellite images have been used for the spatiotemporal analysis of the river water quality parameter in the considered study stretch for the lockdown time. several polluting industries were closed, and anthropogenic activities have also been reduced to a great extent due to the lockdown. a significant impact of the lockdown had occurred on the water quality of the tigris river stretch in salah al-din (bayji / near the oil refinery) and its nearby regions. the decrease in the ndti value showed a different trend. the river showed the most significant decrease by 0.26 in april 2020 compared to november 2020. the reduction in the ndti value was calculated by 0.24 in the river stretch in may 2020 compared to may 2019. for the river stretch, the decline of the ndti value was 0.22 in may 2020 compared to may 2019. after a period since the lockdown had begun, the production of oil items and other industries had been allowed by the government. so obviously, there had been more discharge and effluent generation. this situation has given a vast chunk of toxic load to the river. anthropogenic activities were also carried out, which increased the pollution level of the river. the water quality improvement due to the lockdown phenomenon is delayed. necessary regulations should be implemented to reduce further deterioration of the water quality while considering the increasing rate of urbanization and pollution load into the river. one of the biggest challenges is to sustain the improvement in water quality. during the lockdown, the river's water quality has shown progress. the water quality parameters have shown improvement, especially around the oil refinery, industrial clusters, and urban areas. a significant reduction in the river turbidity was also very apparent, and it is evident that the leading cause of water quality degradation is oil refinery wastewater. so, highly polluting industries in the river's catchment areas must be regulated soon. the covid-19 global pandemic occurrence plagued the world. nevertheless, it presents an excellent opportunity to redesign the existing frameworks and implement a robust and dynamic mechanism to clean polluted rivers and other similar watercourses in the country. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 82 references 1. slaymaker,o ; the role of remote sensing in geomorphology and terrain analysis in the canadian cordillera, international journal of applied earth observation and geoinformation,2001, 3,1, 1117. 2. al-sabah, b. j.; assessment of sediment quality collected from al-hawizeh marsh, southern iraq, marsh bulletin,2013 ,8, 1, 27-38. 3. al-fahdawy, a. d. a.; determine the water quality of lake habbaniyah, using satellite data and geographic information systems ,m.sc. thesis, college of agricultures, al-anbar university ,2012. 4. dezuane, j.; handbook of drinkingwater quality (2nd ed.),john wiley and sons. isbn 0-47128789-x, 1997. 5. boland, d.h.p., trophic classification of lakes using landsat-1 multispectral scanner data,us environmental protection agency ecological research series rpt,1976 , epa-600j3-76-037. 6. walker, j.e., gallagher, t.w. ; schott, j. forest damage assessment system (fordas) study. calspan corp. rpt. to u.s. forest service, northeastern forest experiment station,1977. 7.coleman, p. b. practical sampling techniques for infrared analysis, crc press, 1993, 23-25. 8.zanter, k.;landsat 8 (l8) data users handbook, sioux falls, south dakota: department of the interior, u.s. geological survey, 2016. 9. al-bahrani, h.s.; a satellite image model for predicting water quality index of euphrates river in iraq, phd thesis, environmental engineering department, university of baghdad, iraq, 2012. 10. nelson, s.a.c., soranno, p.a., cherueil, k.s., batzli, s.a. ; skole, d. l.; regional assessment of lake water clarity using satellite remote sensing,journal of limnology, 2003, 62, 1, 27–32. 11. selman, n.m., salih, s.a.h. ; al-samawi, a.; a study on suspended sediment distribution in himreen reservoir using remote sensing techniques, msc thesis, building and construction engineering department, university of technology, iraq,2006. 12. al-rubai’i, h.i.; evaluation of thermal behavior of oil storage tanks using remote sensing techniques for environmental pollution purposes, msc thesis, building and construction engineering department, university of technology, iraq, 2006. 13. ahmed, m. f. a. a. b. a.; using gis and remote sensing techniques to study water quality changes and spectral analysis of tigris river within mosul city, north of iraq, iraqi journal of science, 2019, 2300-2307. 14. abdulhafid,e. k. ;hydrogeochemical and environmental evaluation of drinking water system in the unified tikrit project/salahaddin governorate, university of tikrit/college of science/ department of applied geology/(master thesis),2019. 15.abbas,h. n. a. a. a. i. m.-a. ;a study of the climate change impacts on al shuwaija marshwasit province using satellite remote sensing, aip conference proceedings, 2020, 020048. 16.jannah h azzawi, i. m.-a. a. ;environmental monitoring of water area in the najaf sea, iraq during 1990-2020 using remote sensing data, accepted for american institute of physics (apc) indexed,2021. 17. lacaux,j. a. t. y. a. v. c. a. n. j. a. l. m. ;lassification of ponds from high-spatial resolution remote sensing: application to rift valley fever epidemics in senegal, remote sensing of environment,2007, 66-74. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 inhibition of bacterial growth by lawsonia inermis (henna) leaf extracts in vitro m. a. merdaw departme nt of clinical laboratory sciences ,college of pharmacy, unive rsity of baghdad abstract leaf sa mples of lawsonia inermis were collected fro m basrah city , south of iraq to examin e their antimicrobial activity . the effects of water and chlorofor m crude extracts of the leaves in different con centrations were obtain ed and bioassay ed in vitro for its bioactivity to inhibit t he growt h of si x typ es of bacteria . the extract of water was clearly sup erior for all bacteria esp ecially the bacteria s taphlylococcus aureus (inhib ition zone was 21mm in concentration 70mg/ml) fro m gram p ositive bacteria, and klebsiella pneumoniae (inhib ition zone was 20mm in the same concentration) , and the growt h of all bacteria was inhibited to varying degrees by increasin g the concentration of the henna leaves and are commonly known to p ossess antimicrobial activity . these results confirm the antibacterial activity of henna leaves and sup p ort the traditional use of the p lant in therapy of bacterial infections . introduction the p lant lawsonia inermis (henna) belon gs to the family lythraceae and is best known for its colouring matter contained in the leaves [1] , and it is a glabrous much br anched shrub or quite a small tree with grayish –brown bark [2] . the henna p lant is one such p lant known since with healing att ributes and is now the subject of intense scientific st udy [3,4] . the p lant constituents are made up of mannite , tannic acid , mucila ge and gallic acid , but the main constituent is 2-hy droxy nap hthoquinone (lawsone) , known to be the major bioactive constituent , dried p owdered leaves of henna contain about 0.5-1.5% lawsone . henna is naturalized and cultivated in the trop ics of america , egy pt , india and parts of t he midlle east [2,5]. in early islamic culture henna usa ge is very evident in the book prop hetic m edicine where the medicinal p ractices of prop het m ohammed (pbuh) , as mentioned by his followers and others that were close to him in his household , were recorded [6]. the therap eutic efficacies of many indigenous p lants for several disorders have been described by p ractitioners of traditional herbal med icines [7] . b ein g sources of many lif e sustaining metabolites , the research is still on for p lants t o be used in healin g . this in part is due to the growing p roblem of worldwide antibacterial resistance . isolation of microbial agents less suscep tible to regular antibiotics and recovery of resistant isolates during antibacterial therap y is increasin g throughout the world [8,9] . indeed the sy nthesis and evalution of antimicrobial activity of the natural naphthoquinone p roducts and their derivatives has been invest igated [10,11] . although naphthoquinones do appear to exhibit a wide sp ectrum of biological activities , the mechanism/s of action r emains somewhat unclear[12] . however lawsone was shown to elicit in vivo lower toxic effects in mussel tissues than tissues in higher or ganisms . this may be due to the lower detectable levels of xanthine oxidase in the invertebrate mussels [13,14] . leaves of henna are useful to bring down the severity of many medical p roblems like dy sentery , diseases of the sp leen , lumbago , bronchitis and syp hilitic eye infection [5] . based on these observations this study was undertaken to determine the p ossible antimicrobial activities of lawsonia inermis against different bacterial sp ecies . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 materials and methods plant material : the henna p lant lawsonia inermis leaves samples used in this study were collected from basrah city ,south of iraq . fresh leaves wer e dried in shad e , then wer e ground to p owder . preparation of extracts : dried lawsonia inermis leaves were p owdered mechan ically and mixed with st erile distilled water in a conical flask and left to soak overnight at room temp erature , the residue was then filterated . the filterate was then mixed with the chloroform in a sep arating funnel , the mixture was shaken until sep aration was observed in form of two lay ers ; the water and the chloroform extract . the different lay ers were run out into sep arate beakers and p laced in an oven to dry at 50c .residues and the extracts were made into susp ensions using st erile distilled water at concentrations (30 , 50 , 70 ) mg/ml . bacterial species : three types of gram p ositive bacteria namely staphylococcus aureus , bacillus subtilis and streptococcus pyogen es , and three types of gram negative bacteria namely escherichia coli , pseudomonas aeruginosa and k lebsiella pneumoniae were used . the bacteria was cultered on nutrient brot h (oxoid) at 37c for 24h . de termination of diameter of growth inhibition : the agar well diffusion method was emp loyed . four 9mm wells were made in each p late of solidified nutrient agar . 0.5 ml of each concentration of the extracts was measured out and mixed with 0.3g of agar . the well was carefully filled with this mixture and left to solidify . each of the plates was seeded with each of the d ifferent or ganisms and incubated in the incubator for 24h . the measurements were then taken again by using linear measurement method [2,15] . results and discussion the p lant leaves of lawsonia inermis are commonly used in v arious dy e industries for commer cial p urp oses. m any st udies showed that these leaves containes n aphthoquinone (lawsone) in high er concentrations which was p roved to have analgesic, anti inflammatory and antipyretic effects in rat models. inhibitory action of henna was shown against both gram p ositive and gram negative bacteria . ant ibacterial activity is recorded when the zone of inhibition is greater than 6mm [2]. results as shown in table 1and 2 indicated that all of the two tested leaf extracts of henna p lant (lawsonia inermis) at different concentrations supp ressed the growt h of the tested bacteria at varying degr ees . extract of water was clearly sup erior in bioactivity as comp ared to that of chloroform . the maximum inhibition zone was found in 70mg\ml water extract concentration and it was 21mm in the bacterial isolate of staphylococcus aureus , while the least inhibition zone in the same concentration was 14mm for the p athogen pseudomonas aeruginosa . the activity increased with the increase of the extract concentration . even in the lowest concentration of water extract i.e., 30mg\ml , all of the bacterial isolates showed substantial inhibition in their resp ective growt h . the minimu m inhib ition zone in 30mg\ml concentration was observed in ps.aeruginosa with 9mm inhibition zone table (2). the chloroform extract of the plant showed maximum activity against the klebsiella pneumoniae where the zone of inhibition was 12mm and the weakest activity was observed against streptococcus pyogenes and pseudomonas aeruginosa (8mm) in the same concentration (30mg\ml) .this data is in close agr eement with p revious reports elsewhere using the same p lant [2,5] . it is not p ossible to make a direct correlation between the observed activity of the p lant extracts in vitro and the actual effects when used in vivo for the diseases observed by the indigenous p eople and traditional healers [16] . therefore , it is imp ortant that the p lant should also be further investigated to evaluate the sign ificance of these extracts , clin ical role ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 and the medical sy st em of indigenous p eople . additional deep research is ne cessary to isolate and characterize their active co mpounds for p harmacological test ing. conclusions it is clear that lawsonia inermis leaves as an extract may be useful as an antimicrobial agent against the above mentioned bacteria . further studies need to be undertaken regarding toxicity , safety and absorp tion p attern of the active ingredients . isolation of the active ingr edient from lawsonia inermis will facilitate further studies . the present study identifies henna as source of biolo gical antimicrobial, since it showed a high activity against wide sp ectrum of bacteria to be killed without any side effects and/or bacterial resist ance as current sy nthetic antibiotics are doing and this sp ecifity app ears as additional p oint in the natural antibiotics research. re ferences 1.habbal, o.a.; aljabri, a.a.; el-ha g, a.h.; al-m ahrooqi, z.h. and al-hashmi, n.a. (2005) , in vitro antimicrobial activity of lawsonia inermis linn (henna). a p ilot st udy on the omani henna . saudi m ed j 26(1): 447-50 . 2.m uhammad, h.s. and m uhammad, s.(2005).the use of lawsonia inermis linn. (henna) in the management of burn wound infections. african j of biotechnology .4(9) :934-37. 3.singh, a. sin gh, d.k.(2001), m olluscicidal activity of lawsonia inermis and its binary and tertiary combinations with other p lant derived mollusc icides .indian j e xp biol 39(3): 263-8 4.az aizeh, h.s.; fulder, k. said, o.(2003),ethno-botanical knowledge of local arab p ractitioners in the m iddle easter region. fitot erap ia ,74 : 98-108 5.bhuvaneswari, k.; gana poongothai, s. ; kuruvilla, a. and app ala raju, b.(2002), inhibitory concentrations of lawsonia in ermis dry p owder for urinary p athogens. indian j of pharmacolo gy 34: 260-63 6.al-arnaoutt, s. al-arnaoutt, a.k.(1987), in al-jozieh ik prop hetic m edicine beirut: al risala publishin g. 7.natarajan, v.; venugop al, p.v. m enon, t.(2003), effect of azadarichta indica (n eem) on the growt h p attern of dermatop hy tes. indian j m ed. m icrobiol.21: 98-101. . 8.bonjar, s.g.h.(2004), screening for ant ibacterial p rop erties of some iranian p lants against two strains of escherichia coli. asian j.plant sci.3(3) : 310-14. 9.bhavani, s.m . ballow, c.h.(2000), new agents for gr am-p ositive bacteria. current op inion in m icrobiol 3: 528-34. 10.oliveira,c.g.t .; m irranda, f.f.; ferreira, v.f.; freitas, c.c.; r abello, r.f.and carballido, j.m . and correa, l.c.d.(2001), sy nthesis and antimicrobial evalution of 3-hy drazinonaphthoquinone as analogs of l apachol.j brazillian chem soc 12: 339-45. 11.riffel, a.; m edina, l.f.; stefani, v. ; santos, r.c.; bizani, d.and brandelli, a.(2002), in vitro antimicrobial activity of a new series of 1,4-nap hthoquinones .braz j m ed biol res 35:811-18. 12.heinrich, m .; barnes, j.; gibbons, s. and williamson, e.m .(2004), in: fundamentals of p harmacognosy and p hytotherapy : important natural p roducts and p hytomedicines in pharmacy and m edicine . london:elsevier health sci. 13.lall ,n.; das sarma, m .; hazra, b.and m ey er, j.m . (2003), ant imy cobacterial activity of diospy rin derivatives and st ructural analogue of diospy rin against mycobcterium tuberculosis in vitro. j antimicrobial chemother 51: 435-8. 14.osman, a.m .; rott eveel, s.; den best en, o.j.and van noort , p.c.(2004), in vivo exp osure of dreissena p olymorp ha mussles t o the quinines mendione and lawsone .j app l toxico l 24(2):135-41. 15.abdulmoneim, m .a.(2007), evalution of lawsonia inermis linn.(sud anese henna)leaf extracts as an ant imicrobial a gent. res j of biolo gical sciences 2(4); 419-23 . ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 16.goun, e.g.; cunningham, d.c.; nguy en, c. and m iles, d.(2003), antibacterial and antifungal activity of indonesian ethnomedical p lants. fitoterap ia, 74:592-96. table (1): in vitro antibacterial activity of lawsonia inermis leaf extracts on gram positive bacteria zone of inhibition mm,diameter concentration mg/ml extract organisms 11 17 21 30 50 70 water 9 16 19 30 50 70 chloroform staphyloco ccus aureus 11 14 17 30 50 70 water 8 12 15 30 50 70 chloroform streptococcus pyogenes 11 15 18 30 50 70 water 10 12 17 30 50 70 chloroform bacillus subtilis ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 200 table(2):in vitro antibacterial activity of lawsonia inerm is leaf e xtracts on gram negative bacteria zone of inhibition mm, diameter concentration mg/ml extract organisms 13 17 19 30 50 70 water 11 17 18 30 50 70 chloroform escherichia coli 9 11 14 30 50 70 water 8 11 14 30 50 70 chloroform pseudomonas aeruginosa 13 18 20 30 50 70 water 12 17 20 30 50 70 chloroform klebsiella pneumoniae 2009) 4 (22 المجلد مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة lawsonia( مستخلصات ورق نبات الحنة باستعمالبكتیريتثبیط النمو ال inermis (خارج الحي میسون عبد الزهرة مرداو جامعةبغداد، كلیةالصیدلة، فرع العلوم المختبریةالسریریة الخالصة ر . من مدینة البصرة لفحص نشاطها الضد مایكروبي lawsonia inermis جمعت اوراق نبات الحنة تم االختبا نمو فيالحیوي خارج الحي لمعرفة تأثیر مستخلصات الماء والكلوروفورم لالوراق بتراكیز مختلفة ومالحظة تأثیرها المثبط ة المستخلص المائي كان اوضح تأثیرا من مستخلص الكلوروفورم. ستة انواع بكتیریة على كل انواع البكتیریا المدروس من البكتیریا الموجبة ) مل/ ملغم70ملم عند التركیز21منطقة التثبیط ( staphylococcus aureus بكتیریا السیما من البكتیریا السالبة لصبغة ) نفسهمم عند التركیز20منطقة التثبیط ( klebsiella pneumoniaeلصبغة كرام وبكتیریا ة ی ونمو كل االنواع البكتیریة ثبط بدرجات مختلفة تختلف بأختالف تركیز ورق الحنة مما یعني امتالك نبات الحنة الكفاكرام .الضد مایكروبیة . تعمال التجاري للنبات في عالج االصابات البكتیریة ھذه النتائج تثبت النشاط الضد بكتیري لورق الحنة وتدعم االس 33 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 in vitro antimicrobial activity of thymus vulgaris,origanum vulgare and rosmarinus officinalis against dental caries pathogens b. a. abdul sattar , a.m. hassan , a.s.hassan department of biology, college of science, university of al-mustansiryah . received in : 3 october 2011 accepted in : 11 january 2012 abstract the in vitro antimicrobial activity of thymus vulgaris,origanum vulgare and rosmarinus officinalis water extracts were studied against streptococcus mutans, lactobacillus acidophilus and candida albicans isolates two of each isolate. all cold water extracts exhibited antimicrobial activity against all tested microorganisms. the largest zone of inhibition was obtained against candida albicans isolates. streptococcus mutans isolates and one isolate of lactobacillus acidophilus showed no effect in 300mg\ml concentration of thymus vulgaris extract,while the same concentration of rosmarinus officinalis extract had no effect on all streptococcus mutans isolates and lactobacillus acidophilus isolates .origanum vulgare extract had inhibitory effect in 200mg\ml concentration with (10mm) diameter against all isolates .this study depicts that the extract of thymus vulgaris,origanum vulgare and rosmarinus officinalis extracts possess very good antifungal and antibacterial activities respectively and can be used as a potential source of novel antimicrobial agents used to cure dental caries. key words: in-vitro, antimicrobial activity, herbal extracts, dental pathogens. introduction dental caries are one of the public health concerns for several reasons. teeth affected with dental caries are sources of infection, which can cause an inflammation of dental pulp, periodonteum and gums. if left untreated, this disease gradually leads to teeth loss, which causes chewing difficulties and aesthetic problems [1]. it remains one of the most widespread diseases of the mankind. in developing countries, dental caries is often at epidemic proportions, especially among the poor. since the 19th century, when sucrose became a daily used sweetener by many people worldwide, the increasing prevalence of dental caries had also been noticed[2],therefore clear that dental diseases have detrimental effect on quality of life both in childhood and older age [3].medicinal plants since ancient times have been employed for prophylactic and curative purposes[4]. many studies have investigated the antimicrobial activity of different plant species in various geographical regions in search for new antibiotics. the use of plant derivatives as antimicrobials has not been extensively addressed until recently since most antibiotics were derived from bacterial or fungal origin. with the increase in resistance and the realization that the effective life span of any antibiotic is limited, new sources especially plant sources are currently being heavily investigated. thousands of phytochemicals with antimicrobial activity have already been identified but they should be subjected to animal and human studies to study their toxicity and their effectiveness in whole organism systems. several phytochemicals are already being studied in humans [5]. thymus vulgaris (garden thyme) is a small shrubby plant with a strong, spicy taste, and odor. this plant is indigenous to the mediterranean region of europe and is extensively cultured in http://www.hindawi.com/journals/jb/2010/464087/#b6 34 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the united states. known primary constituents of the thyme include essential oil (borneol, carvacrol, cymol, linalool, and thymol), tannin, flavonoids (apigenin and luteolin), saponins, and triterpenic acids. essential oil and extracts from fresh leaves and flowers can be used as aromatic additives in foods, pharmaceuticals, and cosmetics. thymus vulgaris has antispasmodic, carminative, diaphoretic, expectorant, and sedative properties. thyme is frequently used in throat and bronchial problems, including acute bronchitis, laryngitis, and whooping cough, and also for diarrhea, chronic gastritis, and loss of appetite [6].an aqueous extract of 1:1 thyme dose-dependently inhibited helicobacter pylori in a growth inhibition test and two urease activity assays in vitro [7]. the thyme extracts have direct antimicrobial actions and also potentiate the effectiveness of tetracycline against drug-resistant staphylococcus aureus [8].rosmarinus officinalis (rosemary) have been known to have antimicrobial, antioxidant, anti-diabetic, and anti-tumorigenic activities [9-12].in addition, it is known to affect the cell’s adhesive properties, self-aggregation, and protein secretion; and this might help in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases and thrombosis [9] .rosmarinus officinalis have anticancer properties [13]. rosmarinus officinalis (rosemary) was traditionally used for the treatment of several illnesses such as urinary tract infections, rheumatoid cholecystitis, diarrhea, and hypertension.origanum vulgare(oregano) has antioxidant properties and exhibits antimicrobial activity against bacteria and fungi[1415].the objective of this study was to see in vitro antibacterial and antifungal properties of thymus vulgaris , rosmarinus officinalis and origanum majorana water extract against common dental caries causing microorganisms that can be assigned as a novel remedy for dental caries. materials and methods test microorganisms six isolates of streptococcus mutans,lactobacillus acidophilus and candida albicans two of each were collected from students in biology department of college of science, the organisms were identified by standard microbiological techniques including colonial characteristics, morphological characteristics and biochemical characteristics[16]. collection of the plant samples the herbal sample consisted of three different plants: leaves of rosmarinus officinalis (rosemary), leaves of origanum vulgare (oregano) and thymus vulgaris (thymus) .they were collected from local market, identified, and characterized by a taxonomist. collected plants were washed thoroughly, dried and grinded into powdered form for preparation of cold water extract and stored in air-tight bottles at 4 c°. preparation of the cold water extract 50 grams of plant powder was dissolved in 500 ml of distilled water, put in shaking incubator for 24hrs at 28 c° then filtered by filter paper. the mixture were then centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 minute, the supernatant filtered by whattman no.1 filter paper, then evaporated in the incubator at 37c °for 48hrs to obtain the crude extract, kept in clean vial at 4c°. the procedure was applied for all three plants [17]. the antimicrobial activity the antimicrobial activity of rosmarinus officinalis (rosemary),origanum vulgare(oregano) and thymus vulgaris extract was determined by agar well diffusion method against two isolates of each streptococcus mutans,lactobacillus acidophilus and candida albicans isolate as described by[18]. in this method, pure isolate of 24hrs growth was cultured 35 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 in muller-hinton agar plate (hi media, mumbai, india) by using sterile swab so as to achieve a confluent growth. the plates were allowed to dry and a sterile cork borer of diameter 8.0mm was used to bore five wells in each agar plates. five concentration of the crude extract were made by dissolving 1 gram of the crude extract in 2ml distilled water to obtain 500mg\ml filtered in millipore filter paper and used as stock to prepare the other concentrations(100,200,300,400)mg\ml .a 10μl volume of each concentration was applied by micropipette in the wells into muller-hinton agar plate. distilled water served as control [19]. the plates were allowed to stand for 1h or more for diffusion to take place and then incubated at 37ºc for 24hrs. the zone of inhibition was recorded. each experiment was performed in duplicate. result and discussion all aqueous extracts exerted antimicrobial activity against all isolates with different diameters of inhibition in different concentrations. the inhibitory activity of water extract of thymus vulgaris lasted up to 300mg\ml concentration in case of one isolate of lactobacillus acidophilus and candida albicans isolates, while streptococcus mutans showed no effect at the same concentration as shown in table 1. in our study thymus vulgaris extract inhibited growth of candida albicans at low concentration and that agree with [20], another study revealed that exposure of s. mutans to thyme extract showed a time and concentration-dependent decrease in bacterial viability. the greatest effect was observed when s. mutans had been exposed to 20% thyme extract for a period of 48 h which resulted in 96% inhibition of bacterial growth. furthermore, the adhesion of s. mutans to buccal epithelial cells was also reduced when either buccal epithelial cells or s. mutans had been pre-incubated with different concentrations of aqueous thyme extracts (83-98% and 75-89% inhibition respectively). there was also greater reduction in the adherence of bacterial cells to buccal epithelial cells after mouth rinsing with 20% aqueous thyme extract compared to rinsing with chlorhexidine digluconate (45% and 89% inhibition of bacterial adhesion respectively). [21].in general, the mechanisms by which microorganisms survive the action of anti-microbial agents are poorly understood and remain debatable [22].the reason why yeast is more susceptible to the extracts than bacteria is unclear .in this study, the incubation time and temperature were the same for bacteria and fungi. in table 2 the results indicate inhibitory activity against all isolates used in this study up to 200mg\ml concentration of origanum vulgare water extract. the inhibition zones obtained from aqueous origanum vulgare extract varied from 9-16 mm in diameter. scientists studied the antifungal activity of thymol, a component in oregano oil against fluconazole-sensitive and –resistant strains of candida albicans and found it effective against 24 fluconazoleresistant and 12 fluconazole-susceptible clinical isolates of candida albicans[23]. but water extract studies are very little. that may due to the extraction of secondary metabolites which highly depends on using extractor techniques that depend on the chemical properties of these compounds. water-soluble compounds and proteins can be extracted in water or polar solvents whereas water insoluble compounds can be extracted with organic solvents [24].another study [25]studied 82 indian medicinal plants traditionally used in medicines, by using well diffusion method and determined that alcoholic extracts showed greater activity than their corresponding aqueous and hexane extracts[26].while candida albicans isolates were inhibited by rosmarinus officinalis extract and the diameter of inhibition ranged (10-20) mm,the inhibitory effect stopped at 300mg/ml concentration against lactobacillus acidophilus isolates as shown in table 3.on the other hand rosmarinus officinalis water extract showed inhibitory activity against streptococcus mutans this come along with [27] which demonstrated that rosemary has antibacterial activity against streptococcus mutans.. the antimicrobial activity of plant extracts is due to the presence of secondary metabolites, 36 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 such as alkaloids, flavonoids, phenolics, polyphenols, quinines, flavones, flavonols, tannins, terpenoids, lectins, polypeptides, proanthocynidins, tannins, and quercetin[28].plant extracts provide protection by immune stimulation and do not have any known side effects[29].to the best of our knowledge, as few studies have been done on antimicrobial effects of medical plants against oral pathogens, it is better that the effect of herbal extracts on other oral bacteria that have cariogenic activity be studied because of the antimicrobial effects of some medical plants, which have minimal side effects in comparison with chemical drugs, more in vivo and in vitro investigations about oral cavity flora should be recommended and it is suggested that more research should be carried out to find plants with antimicrobial activity for producing herbal mouthwashes,if a similar results are confirmed in clinical trial, this plant extracts can be used to produce new, useful and economic antimicrobial agent to cure from dental caries caused by different dental pathogens. references 1-allen, p. f (2003). assessment of oral health related quality of life, health and quality of life outcomes 1: 40. 2-hamada, s (2002). role of sweeteners in the etiology and prevention of dental caries, pure and applied chemistry 74: 1293-1300. 3-moynihan, p. and petersen, p.e (2004). diet, nutrition and the prevention of dental diseases, public health and nutrition 7: 201-226. 4-amadi, e.s.; oyeka, c.a.; onyeagba, r.a.; ogbogu, o.c. and okoli, i (2007). antimicrobial screening of breynia nivosus and ageratum conyzoides against dental caries causing organisms, j. biological sciences 7(2): 354-358. 5cowan ,m. m. (1999) “plant products as antimicrobial agents,” clinical microbiology reviews, 12, (4): 564–582 6-leung, ay.and foster ,s.(1996) encyclopedia of common natural ingredients used in food, drugs, and cosmetics. 2nd ed. new york, usa: john wiley & sons. 7-tabak, m.; armon, r; potasman, iand neeman i. (1996). in vitro inhibition of helicobacter pylori by extracts of thyme. j appl bacteriol; 80: 667-72 8-fijita, m;shiota s, kurdoa, t.; hatano,; t,yosshida, t,;mizusshima, tand tsuchiya t.(2005) remarkable synergies between baicalein and tetracycline and baicalein and beta lactams against methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus.microbial immmuno l.(49):391396. 9gupta, a.; gupta ,r. and lal ,b. (2001).“effect of trigonella foenum-graecum (fenugreek) seeds on glycaemic control and insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes mellitus: a double blind placebo controlled study,” journal of association of physicians of india,. 49,. 1057–1061. 10-leeja and j. e. thoppil (2007).“antimicrobial activity of methanol extract of origanum majorana l. (sweet marjoram)” journal of environmental biology, l. 28, no. 1, pp. 145–146. 11chao,s; young,g; oberg,c and nakaoka k. (2007) “inhibition of methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (mrsa) by essential oils,” flavour and fragrance journal,. 23, no. 6,. 444–449. 12yazdanparast ,r. and shahriyary, l. (2008) “comparative effects of artemisia dracunculus, satureja hortensis and origanum majorana on inhibition of blood platelet adhesion, aggregation and secretion,” vascular pharmacology, vol. 48, no. 1, pp. 32–37. 13huang,m.-t. c.; ho,t. and ho,c.-t (1994) “inhibition of skin tumorigenesis by rosemary and its constituents carnosol and ursolic acid,” cancer research, 54, (3): 701–708. 14-busatta, c.; mossi, a.j.; rodrigues, m.r.a.; cansian, r.l.and oliveira, j.v. (2007). evaluation of origanum vulgare essential oil as antimicrobial agent in sausage. braz. j. microbiol., 38: 610-616. http://www.scialert.net/asci/result.php?searchin=keywords&cat=&ascicat=all&submit=search&keyword=in+vitro http://www.scialert.net/asci/result.php?searchin=keywords&cat=&ascicat=all&submit=search&keyword=antimicrobial+activity http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ffj.1904 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ffj.1904 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.vph.2007.11.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.vph.2007.11.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.vph.2007.11.003 37 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 15-aligiannis, n.; kalpoutzakis, e.; mitaku, s.and chinou, i.b. (2001). composition and antimicrobial activity of the essential oils of two origanum species. j. agric. food chem., 49, 4168-4170. 16-holt ,jg. (ed).(1986) bergey’s manual of systematic bacteriology, 2,4t h ed. s.t. williams and m.e. sharpe, baltimore, md: williams and williams. 17-ratheesh, m. and helen, a.(2007).anti-inflammenytar of ruta graveolens l. on carrageen an induced paw edema in wister male rats.africian j. biotechnology 6(10):1209-1211. 18-magmmod,m.j;jwad,a.y.;huseein,a.m.;al-omari and m.,al-nabi.(1989) .intro antimicrobial activity of salsola rosanarinus and adiantum capillus var venerisiny.j.crude druge res.27:14-16. 19-crespo,m.e.;jimenez,j.;gomis,e. and navarro,c.(1990).antibactrial activity of the essential oil of thymus serpylloides sub species gadorensis.microbios.61:181-184. 20-el astal, z.y;ashour a.e.r.aand kerrit, a,a.m.(2005).antimicrobial activity of some medicinalplant extracts in palestine.pak j med sci.21(2):187193. 21-hammad, m; sallal ak and darmani h.(2000).inhibition of streptococcus mutans adhesion to buccal epithelial cells by an aqueous extract of thymus vulgaris.:int j dent hyg.nov 5(4):232-235. 22-okemo, p; mwatha. w, chhabra sand fabry w. (2001)the kill kinetics of azadirachta indica a. juss.(meliaceae) extracts on staphylococcus aureus, e. coli, psedomonas aeruginosa and candida albicans.afr j sci tech. 2:113-118. 23-guo ,n.; liu, j.; wu ,x.;, bi, x.; meng ,r.; wang ,x.; xiang, h.; deng ,x. and yu l.(2009).antifungal activity of thymol against clinical isolates of fluconazole-sensitive and – resistant candida albicans. journal of medical microbiology. 58(8): 1074-1079. 24cseke,l. setzer, w.; vogler,b.; kirakosyan,a and kaufman.p. (2006).“traditional, analytical, and preparative separations of natural products,” in natural products from plants,. 263–318, crc press/taylor and francis, boca raton, fla, usa. 25-ahmad, i.; mehmood, z. and mohammad.f. (1998).screening of some indian medicinal plants for their antimicrobial properties. j. ethnopharmacol. 62: 183-193. 26-van der vyver, p,j. botha; f.s. herbst ,d and ismail.m. (2009).antimicrobial efficacy and irrigating potential of irrigation solutions using different activation methods. sadj, 64: 58-60. 27.dalirsani,z.;aghazadeh,m.; amirchaghmaghi,m. pakfetrat a., mosannen p .; , mehdipour,m.; taghari zenooz.a. (2011).in vitro comparison of the antimicrobial activity of ten herbal extract against streptococcus mutans with chlorhexidine.j. of applied science 11(5):878-882. 28-cowan mm.(1999).plant products as antimicrobial agents. clin microbiol rev;12:56455682. 29-fatima s, farooqi ah, kumar r, kumar tr and khanuja sp(2000).antibacterial activity possessed by medicinal plants used in tooth powder. j med arom pl sci;22:187-189 38 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 table 1: antimicrobial activity of thymus vulgaris extract against test organisms. test organism thymus vulgaris extract concetratiom mg\ml 500mg\m l 400mg\m l 300mg\ml 200mg\ml 100mg\m l inhibition zone (mm) streptococcus mutans 1 15 10 streptococcus mutans 2 15 11 lactobacillus acidophilus 1 12 10 lactobacillus acidophilus 2 15 13 9 candida albicans 1 20 18 14 candida albicans 2 20 17 13 *inhibition zone (mm) table 2: antimicrobial activity of origanum vulgare extract against test organisms. test organism origanum vulgare extract concetratiom mg\ml 500mg\ml 400mg\ml 300mg\ml 200mg\ml 100mg\ml inhibition zone (mm) streptococcus mutans 1 14 12 10 9 streptococcus mutans 2 13 12 11 9 lactobacillus acidophilus 1 15 14 13 10 lactobacillus acidophilus 2 15 14 12 10 candida albicans 1 16 13 12 10 candida albicans 2 16 14 14 10 *inhibition zone (mm) table 3: antimicrobial activity of rosmarinus officinalis extract against test organisms. test organism rosmarinus officinalis extract concetratiom mg\ml 500mg\ml 400mg\ml 300mg\ml 200mg\ml 100mg\ml inhibition zone (mm) streptococcus mutans 1 13 10 streptococcus mutans 2 13 10 lactobacillus acidophilus 1 12 10 lactobacillus acidophilus 2 13 11 candida albicans 1 15 13 10 candida albicans 2 20 14 10 inhibition zone (mm)* 39 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 دراسة الفعالية ضد ميكروبية للمستخلص المائي لنبات الزعتر،اوريكانو و اكليل الجبل ضد بعض الممرضات المسببة لتسوس االسنان اشرف سامي حسن ، علي مرتضى حسن عدي عبد الستار ،بان الجامعة المستنصرية ، كلية العلوم، قسم علوم الحياة 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في : 2011تشرين االول 3استلم البحث في : الخالصة اكليل الجبل ضد بعض الممرضات المسببة تم في هذه الدراسة استعمال المستخلص المائي لنبات الزعتر،اوريكانو و ، streptococcus mutansعزالت من لتسوس االسنان وذلك بأستعمال طريقة االنتشار بالحفرضد ست lactobacillus acidophilus وcandida albicans عزلتين من كل نوع.اظهرت كل المستخلصات فعالية عالية streptococcus. لم تتأثرعزالتcandida albicansعلى عزالتضد كل العزالت واكبر منطقة تثبيط ظهرت mutans وعزلة واحدة منlactobacillus acidophilus مل.بينما كل عزالت \ملغم300بمستخلص الزعتر بتركيز streptococcus mutans وlactobacillus acidophilus من مستخلص اكليل نفسه التركيزبقيد الدراسة لم تتاثر ملم ضد كل العزالت قيد 10مل وبقطر \ملغم 200بتركيز اً تثبيطي اً الجبل في حين مستخلص االوريكانو اظهر تاثير الدراسة.يشير البحث الى ان المستخلص المائي لنبات لنبات الزعتر،اوريكانو و اكليل الجبل يحوي مواد فعالة ضد هذه المستخلصات في عالج تسوس االسنان. عمال االسنان وباالمكان استالفطريات والبكتريا المسببة لتسوس ا in-vitro, antimicrobial activity, herbal extracts, dental pathogens الكلمات المفتاحية : . ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 study of some biochemical parameters in iraqi male children with thalassemia h. k. al-hakeim *,t. al-madani **,m. m. r.mahammad *** d. a. kate b *,s. a. nassir *,s, kareem * * department of chemistry, college of science, al-kufa unive rsity ** department of pediatrics, college of medicine, al-kufa unive rsity ***departme nt of chemistry, college of medicine, al-kufa unive rsity abstract thalassemia is a term that refers to a group of genetic disorders characterized by a defect in the sy nthesis of hemoglobin. it is sometimes called m editerranean anemia. m any biochemical changes in the blood accomp any this disease. in this research, some biochemical p arameters were measured in thalassemic p atients and comp ared with healthy control group . these p arameters include serum iron, ferritin, tibc, hemoglobin, uric acid, albumin, calcium, transferrin, and transferrin saturation percentage. the results of the research showed that there is a significant increase (p<0.05) in serum iron and ferritin in thalassemic p atients group in comp arison with healthy control group . a significant decrease (p<0.05) in serum uric acid, tibc, transferrin p rotein concentration, and hemoglobin. there is no significant difference (p>0.05) in serum albumin and calcium in both group s. the results of this research can be exp lained by different mechanisms involving the hemolysis of ery throcytes and consequence precipitation of iron in the tissues. in addition, the hy p oxia may be one of the reasons about the biochemical changes in thalassemic p atients. m onitoring the measured p arameters may be useful in the p rognosis and follow up of the thalassemic patients. introduction thalassemia is a term that refers to a group of genetic disorders characterized by insufficient p roduction of hemoglobin, wherein there is a defect in the sy nthesis of hemoglobin. it is sometimes called m editerranean anemia. to understand how thalassemia affects the human body , we must first understand a little about how blood is made. if the body doesn't p roduce enough of alp ha and a beta chains of globin, the red blood cells do not form p rop erly and cannot carry sufficient oxy gen. the result is anemia that begins in early childhood and last s throughout life. genes involved are those that control the p roduction of alp ha and beta globins contained in hemoglobin [1]. the two main ty p es of thalassemia, alpha and beta, are named for the two p rotein chains that make up normal hemoglobin. since thalassemia is not a single disorder but a group of related disorders that affect the human body in different ways. t halassemia can be classified according to sy mptoms or to the genes affected. thalassemia major that is st udied in this work is inherited from both p arents. beta thalassemia tends to be more common in p eople from many ancestry including m editerranean and arabian peninsula. thalassemia in iraq is a real p roblem due mainly to the deficiency in the equip ments and drugs during different p eriods of lack of security and wars. thalassemia is a p roblem in many areas in iraq [2]. of 1064 coup les recruited from the public health laboratory in basra, sout hern iraq, about 5% had beta-thalassemia trait and the carriers of major beta-gobin disorders comp rised 11.48%. these defects constitut e a real health p roblem and necessitate a management p lan and public health education for early diagnosis and therap y . in iraq-najaf ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 government, till october-2007 there are 288 p atients' files who are still treating in the thalassemia unit in al-zahra'a teaching hosp ital. the p atients are more dependent on blood transfusions, the more likely he or she is t o be classified as thalassemia major. biochemical changes may include; serum iron, increased/normal total iron binding cap acity (tibc), decreased/normal ferritin, increased/normal and increased transferrin saturation p ercentage (tisp). these factors in addition to others are st udied in iraqi p atients in this work in addition to uric acid, calcium and albumin which are not st udied extensively in thalassemic p atients. transferrin acts as iron transp ort p rotein between sites of absorp tion, storage, and use . ferritin is a ubiquitous p rotein in which the only clearly defined function is t he sequest ration and st orage of iron [3]. ferritin sy nthesis may be induced by iron . the serum ferritin is a universally available and well-st andardized measurement that has been the single most imp ortant laboratory measure of iron st atus during the past quarter century . the well-known limitation of the serum ferritin is the elevation in values indep endent of iron status that occur with acute or chronic inflammation, malignancy , liver diseases, and alcoholism .therefore, transferrin-bound iron and transferrin saturation must be measured in the same serum sample with ferritin p rotein to distinguish iron st atus from inflammation. just as a high serum ferritin p rotein may mean inflammation rather than iron overload, a low serum iron may mean inflammation rather than iron deficiency . only if both serum iron and serum ferritin p rotein go in the same direction (i.e., both go up or down) can reasonably assess iron st atus from them. there is no treatment when asy mptomatic. different methods for t reating thalassemia are available partial sp lenectomy was associated with a dramatic reduction of mortality in the iraqi p atients [2]. thalassemia in iraq was st udied in different areas at different fields of st udy [4], but the comp lete p icture about the chemical changes in iraqi thalassemic p atients is not understood y et. the aim of the st udy is to identify variation in biochemical changes in thallasemic p atients in comp arison with healthy control group . these p arameters include serum iron, ferritin, tibc, hemoglobin, albumin, calcium, uric acid and tisp. materials and methods 1-patie nts: fort y -five male children with thalassemias have p articip ated in this research. age range was (6-10 y ears) from al-zahraa teaching hosp ital for obstetrics and children during the p eriod from 1-7-2007 till 1-10-2007. thirty non-thalassemic children were taken as control group . 2-biochemical (me asureme nts): blood was asp irated from individuals in the morning and collected in p lain tubes for serum in order to est imate the following p arameters. hemoglobin electrop horesis shows; hgb a decreased, hgb f increased, and hgb a2 variable. biochemical analysi s serum iron was estimated by using colorimetric method[5], total iron binding capacity were estimated by using colorimetric method by the following method: an excess of iron is added to the serum iron to saturate the transferrin. the unbound iron is p recipitated with basic magnesium carbonate. aft er centrifugation the iron in the sup ernatant is determined). hemoglobin was estimated by using colorimetric method. calcium was estimated by using colorimetric method using o-cresolp htaleine comp lex comp ound, at alkaline p h, albumin was estimated by using colorimetric method by binding to the bcg dy e to p roduce a blue green color. uric acid was used for estimation by using colorimetric method. the ferritin quantitative test is based on a solid phase enzy me-linked ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 immunosorbent assay (elisa). t he assay sy st em utilizes one rabbit anti-ferritin antibody for solid p hase (microtitre wells) immobilization and a mouse monoclonal anti-ferritin antibody in the antibody -enzy me (horseradish p eroxidase) conjugate solution. transferrrin saturation p ercentage (tisp) was calculated by dividing serum iron concentration by tibc (17) concentrations, using the formula: serum iron (µmol/l)/transferrin (g/l) x 3.98. the formula is based on the maximal binding of 2 mol fe 3+ /mol of transferrin and a molecular weight of 79,570 dalton for transferrin [6]. as shown in the formula : 98.3*%. )/(. )/( saturationntransferri lumolirons lgntransferri  biostati sti cal analysi s: the results were exp ressed as (mean±st andard deviation ). pooled t-t est was used for the comp arison of a significant difference between the healthy and control group s in the measured p arameters. correlation coefficient (r) was also used for searching about any correlation between the p arameters. re sults the results of the research exp ressed as mean ±standard deviation are shown in table (1). there is a significant increase (p<0.05) in serum iron, ferritin, and tisp in thalassemic p atients group in comp arison with healthy control group .. a significant decrease (p<0.05) in serum uric acid, tibc, transferrin p rotein concentration, and hemoglobin. there is no significant difference (p>0.05) in serum albumin and calcium in both group s. the correlation coefficient values (r-value) of serum iron versus different measured p arameters for healthy and thallasemic group s are shown in table (2). there was no st rong correlation, either p ositive or negative, between serum iron and the p arameters excep t for the tisp, which is st rongly correlated with serum, iron in both group s. discussion some hematological and biochemical characterist ics of our thalassemic p atients are list ed in table (1) and comp ared with those of healthy controls. iron indices, with the excep tion of tibc and transferrin p rotein concentration, were markedly increased, and the mean concentration of serum ferritin was more than seven times higher than normal (table 1). in st ates of iron overload or excess, the iron comp osition of ferritin increases and this may be the most imp ortant cause for the elevation of serum ferritin. the results of our research on iraqi thallasemic p atients are comp arable with the result of fairbanks (1999) [7]. in that research the following results were obtained in thalassemic p atients; serum iron is normal or increased, tibc is normal, tisp is 30-100%, serum ferritin is increased. some researches showed a higher level of ferritin in thalassemic p atients than healthy children and the ferritin level was t wenty times higher than normal . serum ferritin was found to be 5506 +/635 microg/l in thallasemic p atients in one st udy [8]. . in one st udy carried out in one of iraqi neighboring country , iran, the serum ferritin showed a higher concentration ( 3503 ± 201 ng/ml) in thalassemia major in many thalassemic patients which is absent in our iraqi sample group [9]. these differences may be due to the difference in mutation defects, causes thalassemia in iraqi's, differs from those reported in the surrounding countries and the difference between races and subp op ulations in transferrin saturation and ferritin data [10] ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 serum ferritin concentration results from the leakage of tissue ferritin. while tissue ferritin clearly p lay s a role in intracellular iron handling. the level of ferritin in p lasma rep resents the balance between its secretion, which is directly related to intracellular iron sy nthesis, and its clearance, mainly in liver and other organs [11]. serum ferritin p rotein levels >400 ng/ml define iron overload in most clinical laboratories, but, in fact, such interp retation requires confirmation by finding a high p ercentage of saturation with iron of iron binding cap acity (transferrin). . while other researches have suggest a higher serum ferritin values (>2000 mg/dl) which are much more likely to be an indicator of iron overload as shown in different disorders including those in thalassemic p atients with haemochromatosis [11]. hence, the iraqi p atients in this work are less likely to correlate with haemochromatosis as a sy ndrome but instead they suffer from mild increase in serum iron (table 1) and subsequent events of this increaser which are not well documented. these changes in some hematological and biochemical changes may be mainly due to iron overload and p recipitation of iron as different ions or complex in hep atocy tes. in one research, all the p atients were iron overloaded. m arkers of free radical injury such as malondialdehyde (m da) and antioxidant enzy mes levels were significantly elevated in thalassemic children while mean glutathione p eroxidase levels were decreased in p atients comp ared to controls .all these markers are significantly correlated with serum ferritin levels. . anot her significant fact is obtained from the effective chelation therap y , when initiated, the serum ferritin falls more rapidly than body iron. this may happ en p artly because of the imp rovement in liver function and p artly because serum ferritin may reflect p redominantly reticular endothelial iron rather than parenchymal iron in the liver and other organs [12] the other imp ortant p rove for the result of our work is the tisp that is an app roach to saturation (95.6±22.9) as shown in table (1). suominnen et al (1998) (34) found that p lasma ferritin iron increases markedly in those with fully saturated transferrin. furt hermore, there was a significant difference (p = 0.01) between mean serum ferritin in thalassemic p atients with endocrine comp lications and thalassemic p atients without endocrinopathies in many p revious researches [13]. this indicates the involvement of the harmfull effect of increase iron st orage and precipitation on the endocrine glands t hat must be studied in the future works in details. from table (1) a high serum ferritin is accomp anied by a high p ercentage of saturation of a normal serum transferrin which usually indicates iron overload. these two p arameters are p ositively correlated (table (2) at which iron overload clearly app ears clinically and biochemically in our p atients. transferrin level showed a decrease in thalassemic p atients as comp ared with healthy controls t able (1). this result may be due to the fact t hat t ransferrin is a reverse acute p hase reactant. thus the decrease in hemoglobin in thalassemic p atients is accomp anied by an acute p hase resp onse confirmed by the decrease in transferrin concentration and increase in serun ferritin level as an antagonist cause of the elevation of serum ferritin in addition to the increase in serum iron in thalassemic p atients. for examp le, during the acute p hase resp onse, inflammatory cytokines such as interleukin 1 beta and tumor necrosis factor alp ha increase the sy nthesis of both subunits of ferritin [14]. hence, serum ferritin can be elevated in inflammation. in table (2) there is no significant difference in blood hemoglobin indicating that thalassemia is not related to iron within hemoglobin molecule but instead it correlates with iron librated from the hemoglobin molecules after hemolysis and degradation. statist ically significant correlations were found between serum fe, serum ferritin (5). under various p athological conditions associated with iron overload, including thalassemia, there is an evidence of an increase in low molecular weight iron in serum and in the intracellular transit p ool of iron. this is the same in our thalassemic p atients (table 1). this p romotes p eroxidative damage to cell and organelle membranes" in organs that ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 accumulate excess iron, including liver, p ituitary gland, p ancreas, and heart (40). iron p lay s a key role in the formation of toxic oxy gen radicals that can att ack all biological molecules. hence, sp ecialized molecules for the acquisition, transp ort (transferrin), and st orage (ferritin) of iron in a soluble nontoxic form have evolved [15]. transferrin saturation can be elevated by increased iron st ores and a variety of other conditions . in p atients with severe iron overload, p lasma can contain transferrin comp letely saturated with iron and also a chelatable low molecular weight iron fraction not associated with transferrin . hence, over saturation in some other thalassemic patients may be due to the p resence of these sp ecies of non-transferrin bound iron where the tisp range is (95.6±22.9) as shown in table (1). nonsp ecific, non-transferrin–bound iron is rapidly cleared from the p lasma, mainly by the liver [16]. non-t ransferrin-bound iron (ntbi) app ears in the serum of individuals with iron overload and in a variety of other p athologic conditions. because ntbi constitut es a labile form of iron, it might underlie some of the biologic damage associated with iron overload. thalassemic sera contained nt bi in 80% of the cases (range, 0.9-12.8 micromole/l).[17] total iron-binding cap acity (a measure of p lasma transferrin levels) is app roximately 56 umol/liter; thus, t ransferrin is about one-third saturated with iron, with app roximately 10% p resent as a diferric transferrin. [18]. hence, there seems to be a control mechanism that guarantees that rate of iron release from st ores which p erfectly matches the one with which the iron is taken up by tissues, but the nature of this regulation is unknown. table (1) showed a significant decrease in serum hemoglobin as comp ared with healthy control group . this result is exp ected mainly due to the hemolysis of rbc and the release of iron from the degraded abnormal hemoglobin molecules chain. (hb) anemia can occur in severe iron overload . a number of st udies also indicate that re cells release significant amounts of erythrop hagocytosed iron in the form of hemoglobin , or ferritin. it has been sp eculated that hemoglobin release results from macrophage cell death after the ingestion of too many erythrocytes, whereas others argue that hemoglobin release represents a normal p hy siological p rocess . interest ingly, m oura et al. (1998b) [19] noted that most early release consists of hemoglobin, whereas ferritin and low-molecular-weight iron are the main forms released subsequently. it has also been p rop osed that iron and oxy gen radicals may p lay a key role in the p rogression of chronic renal failure, the fact that may be related to the changes in kidney excretionb of different substances . prot einuria, resulting from the glomerular injury , may p erpetuate renal injury , and it has generally been assumed that the tubulointerstitial injury is induced by albumin. patients with hemoglobinop athies including thalassemia would develop albuminuria and this may affect the blood concentration of albumin. we concluded that renal disorders are not rare in p atients with beta-thalassemia major . the albuminuria or decrease in serum albumin are not shown in our work neither any correlation between albumin and iron st atus. m any works obtained the same results [20] also noticed no correlation between seum ferritin with serum albumin. nut ritional deficiencies are common in thalassemia secondary to the use of desferrioxamine, the hemolytic anemia, and iron overload that accomp anies this disease. calcium in our work is changed and this result differs from the results obtained from other thalassemic p atients group in m osul-iraq [21] at which the mean serum level of calcium had no significant difference as comp ared with healthy control group . in the m osul st udy , the thalassemic p atients was 105 p atients while in the p resent study only 45 p atients are involved due to the variation in samp ling between the centers. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 some calcium metabolism markers were measured in another st udy . serum levels of calcium, p hosp hate, p arathy roid hormone (pt h), calcitonin and 25-oh vitamin d were measured. average serum levels of pt h and vitamin d were significantly lower in thalassemic patients than in control group . [22] it is suggested that increasing the circulating igf-i concentration through aggressive nutritional therap y and/or gh/igf-i therap y with sup p lementation with vitamin d and/or calcium might imp rove bone growt h and mineralization and p revent the development of ost eoporosis and consequent fractures in thalassemic p atients. secondary gout is a well-recognised comp lication of disorders characterized by increased nucleic acid catabolism and disordered renal function. however, in the p resent work, there is a significant decrease in serum uric acid in comp arison with control group (table 1). this results agrees with a st udy carried out in turkey . while, in italian st udies t hat carried out by gallerani et al (1989 ) [23] showed that uric acid levels in beta thalassemia were higher than in the control group . hyp eruricemia and microscopic hematuria are more common in thalassemia intermedia than thalassemia major. m icroscop ic hematuria in thalassemia intermedia might be related to either hyp ercalciuria or hyp eruricosuria (9). conclusion our st udy should be qualified for its relatively small sample size (n =45) and its crosssectional design. while causality cannot usually be detected in cross-sectional st udies, associations can be examined. m oreover, the markers of inflammation were not measured in this st udy , nor were other measures of malnutrition. therefore, it is imp ortant t o understand iron metabolism not only at the molecular and cellular levels but also at the level of the whole organism. in thalassemia p atients, the iron absorp tion is increased and the excretion rates of iron should be achieved to maintain a "safe" level of body iron. m onitoring of iron st atus requires: estimation of the iron content of different body organs, and assessment of the function of the organs p articularly damaged by iron overload namely ; heart, liver, and endocrine glands,. thus, the monitoring of iron st atus is of imp ortance to overcome the p ossible consequences that could occur in vital organs. these asp ects are of imp ortance and they are the targets of our future works. references .894: 90blood . )1997(. g,her s;. g,oren k;.t ,einarson;.p ,oghertyd.1 2.sheikh a ,a.k.; salih, z.t.; kasnazan, k.h.; khoshnaw, m.k.; al-m aliki, t.; al-azraqi, t.a.andzafer, m .h. (2007) can j surg. oct;50(5):382-6. .1−40: 1331; biochim biop hy s acta)1997(. p , ponkaand .r.d ,richardson.3 4.al-kubaisy , w.a.; al-naib, k. t .and habib, m . (2006)east m editerr health j. jan m ar;12(1-2):204-10. 5.richer, stuart; rudy , david ; statkut e, laisvy de; karofty, kurt ; frankowski, jim, (2002) .february/january, 28-25):1(9. american journa l of therapeutics 6.m organ, e.h. t ransferrin. haeberli a eds. (1992)human p rotein data vch weinheim. .95-6:198341)1999( engl j m ed .n. f.v,fairbanks .7 8.m ourad,f.h.; hoffbrand, a.v.; sheikh-taha, m .; koussa, s.; khoriaty , a.i.and taher, br 9-187): 1(121; ap r)2003(. haematol -j 9.(ali d, m ehran k, m oghaddam ag.. saudi j kidney dis t ransp l. 2008 m ar ap r;19(2):206-9 .104-:98140)2000(. am heart j. schwartz, woloshin s, ornstein dl, zacharski lr(.10 11.kattamis a, ;dinop oulos, a.; ladis, v.; berdousi, h.and kattamis, c. am j hematol .224–221 : 68 )0012( ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 .:293492 )1998(b lood . et al, suominn en p.12 13.saka, n.; sukur, m .; bundak, r.; anak, s. ; neyzi, o.and gediko glu, g. j pediatr endocrinol m etab. 1995;8:181–186. pubm ed 14.rogers, j.t .; brid ges, k.r.; durmowicz, g.p.; glass, j.; auron, p.e.and m unro, h.n . j biol chem 1990 ; 265: 14572–14578. x.69002.sup p l1755.1999.055-1523.j/.104610:do i; 11s–2s:55) 1999 (onkap remp.15 16.craven, c.m .; alexander, j.; eldridge, m .; kushner, h.p.; bernst ein, s. and kaplan, j. ;1987 .3461−3457: 84proc natl acad sci u sa )1987 ( 17.breuer,w.; ronson,a.; slotki,in.; abramov,a.; hershko,c.; cab antchik,zi (2000)blood. 82-2975): 9(95; 1m ay 18.bothwell, t.a.; charlton, r.w.; cook, j.d. and finch ,c.a. (1979) iron m etabolism in m an oxford, blackwell scientific. 19.m oura, e.; noordermeer, m .a.; verhoeven, n.; verheu l, a.f. and m arx, j.j. (1998). .2519–:251192blood .)1076-:106648)2002(. clinical ch emistry. 1a and loth ar thomas1christ ian thomas.20 21. (al-samarrai ah, adaay mh, al-t ikr it i ka, al-an zy mm . saudi med j. 2008 jan;29(1) :94 97). 22.pratico,-g; di-gregorio,-f; caltabiano,-l; palano,-g-m [ pediatr-m ed-chir. (1998) jul aug; 20(4): 265-8. 23.gallerani m, faggioli m, martinelli l, ricci a, colett i m.minerv a med. (1989) nov.80(11):1199-204. table (1): the biochemical parameters of thal assemic patients as compared with healthy control group. biochemical parameter thalassemic m ±sd control m±sd significance s.ferritin (u g/l) 556.5±103 73.8±31.2 significant s.calcium (u mol/l) 2.58±0.13 2.46±0.22 nonsignificant s.albumin ( g/l) 41.5±10.5 43.8±5.7 nonsignificant s.tibc (umol/l) 51.9±8.9 61.6±8.3 significant s.iron (umol/l) 49.1±12.3 20±5.5 significant hemoglobin (g/l) 72±17 135±21 significant tisp % 95.6±22.9 32.9±9.1 significant trans ferrin conc.g/l) 0.131±0.023 0.155±0.021 significant s.uric acid (umo l/l) 278.8±53.6 319.9±67.9 significant (*): significant only when p <0.05. ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 22 (4) 2009 table (2): correl ation coefficie nt of serum iron versus different biochemical parameters concentration in both thal assemic patients and healthy control group. the comp ared parameters thallasemic patients healthy control s.iron vs. ferritin 0.66 0.54 s.iron vs. tisp 0.67 0.89 s.iron vs. trans ferrin 0.52 0.15 s.iron vs. album in 0.19 -0.04 s.iron vs. uric acid 0.04 0.10 s.iron vs. calcium 0.08 0.27 s.iron vs. tibc -0.52 -0.47 s.iron vs. hb 0.17 0.10 2009) 4(22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد بین ادراسة بعض المتغیرات الكیموحیاتیة في مصول االطفال العراقیین المص میابمرض الثاالسی *ضرغام عزیز كاتي *** محمدرضامھدي محمد ،**ني طالب المد، *حسین كاظم الحكیم * سرور كریم ،*صفاء عبد المھدي ناصر ة جامعة الكوف–كلیة العلوم ، قسم الكیمیاء * ة جامعة الكوف–كلیة الطب ، قسم األطفال ** ة جامعة الكوف–كلیة الطب ، قسم الكیمیاء *** الخالصة یطلـق مــصطلح الثاالســیمیا علــى مجموعـة مــن االضــطرابات الوراثیــة التــي تـؤثر فــي عملیــة تــصنیع الهیموكلــوبین . یرافـق هـذا المـرض الكثیـر مـن التغیـرات الكیموحیاتیـة فـي الـدم. ویسمى هذا المرض أحیانـا بفقـر دم البحـر األبـیض المتوسـط شـــملت . یــة المهمـــة فــي المرضــى وقورنــت نتــائجهم بمجموعــة الــسیطرة بعــض المتغیــرات الكیموحیاتتفــي هــذا البحــث قیــس و ، وحـامض الیوریـك ، و الهیموكلـوبین،و سـعة ارتبـاط الحدیـد الكلیـة،و الفیـریتین ،الحدید : القیاسات العملیة المتغیرات التالیة . و نسبة تشبع الترانسفرین،و الترانسفرین ،و الكالسیوم ،األلبومین بینمـا لـوحظ انخفاضـا معنویـا فـي تراكیـز ،في تراكیز الحدید و الفیریتین (p<0.05)ارتفاعا معنویا أظهرت النتائج حـامض الیوریــك و ســعة ارتبــاط الحدیــد الكلیــة و الهیموكلــوبین و الترانــسفرین و نــسبة تــشبع الترانــسفرین و لــم تتغیــر تراكیــز .ع مجموعة السیطرةاأللبومین و الكالسیوم في مصول مرضى الثاالسیمیا مقارنة م یمكن تفسیر نتائج هذا البحث من خالل میكانیكیات مختلفة تتـضمن تحلـل كریـات الـدم الحمـر وترسـب الحدیـد فـي . كـذلك ان قلــة نقـل األوكــسجین لألنـسجة قــد یكـون ســببا فـي التغیــرات الكیموحیاتیـة التــي لوحظـت فــي هـذا البحــث. األنـسجة . اكیز هذه المتغیرات قد یكون مفیدا في عملیة متابعة تطور المرضیمكن االستنتاج بان قیاس ومتابعة تر conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |192 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 algorithm to solve linear volterra fractional integrodifferential equation via elzaki transform amaal a. mohammed yasmin h. abd dept. of ways & transportation / college of engineering / al-mustansiriya university received in :28/ june /2016 , accepted in : 4 /january/ 2017 abstract in this work, elzaki transform (et) introduced by tarig elzaki is applied to solve linear volterra fractional integro-differential equations (lvfide). the fractional derivative is considered in the riemman-liouville sense. the procedure is based on the application of (et) to (lvfide) and using properties of (et) and its inverse. finally, some examples are solved to show that this is computationally efficient and accurate. key word: integral, differential, volterra, fractional, elzaki. mathematics |193 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction many fields of science and engineering are described by integro-differential equation of fractional order such as, fluid mechanics, vis co-elasticity, diffusion processes, biology and so on [1-4]. several methods to solve vfides have been proposed such as, expansion methods and spline method [5], variation iteration method [6], laplace decomposition method [7] and legender pseudo spectral method [8]. in recent years, elzaki transform (et) was introduced by tarig elzaki (2010) has been used to find solutions of a wide class of differential, integral, partial differential and the integrodifferential equations, see [9-12]. in this paper, et and some of its fundamental properties are used to solve lvfides with initial value problems:  t 0 (1)dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)t(g)t(y d α subject to the initial conditions nn,nα1-n,n...,2,1,z,)t(yd zc z-α  where zc is a specified constant, α is a parameter describing the order of the time fractional, g and k are known functions, y(t) is the unknown function and αd is the fractional differential operator of order α . the present paper has been organized as follows. in section 2, some definitions, theorems and properties of the fraction calculus and et are presented. in section 3, the solution steps to solve lvfide by using et are described. finally, in section 4, some test examples are solved. preliminaries in this section, we present some basic definitions, some theorems and useful properties of the fractional calculus and elzaki transform, as well as we proved some theorems which are used in this work. definition (1): [1, 13] the riemann–liouville fractional derivative of order α , is defined to be for α > 0 : dt)t(ft)(x dx d α)γ(n 1 (x)fdd(x)fd x 0 1α n n n n-αnα      or for α < 0 : dt)t(ft)(x )αγ( 1 (x)fd x 0 1αα      where n – 1 < α ≤ n definition (2): [6, 13, 14] the riemann – liouville fractional integral operator of order α ≥ 0 , of a function 1,cf  μ is defined as: dt)t(ft)(x )αγ( 1 (x)fj(x)fd x 0 1ααα    it has the following properties: for 0 γand0β,α  mathematics |194 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 1) (x)f(x)fj 0  2) (x)fj(x)fjj βαβα  3) (x)fjj(x)fjj αβ βα  4) 0α,(x)f(x)fjd αα  5) γαγα x 1)γγ(α 1)γγ( xj     6) ...,10,γ,x 1)γαγ(1)γγ( xd γα-γα      k k c(0)fdandnα1nwhere, 1)kαγ( xc (x)f(x)fdj7) k-α n 1k k-α αα      definition (3): [11, 15] elzaki transform is defined by: ),(u, 0 t 21 2 dt)t(ufu(u)t])t(f[ e kke     where the function f (t) in te set a defined by:          ),[0x1)(tifm)t(f0k,k,m)t(fa jjkt 21 e definition (4): [15, 12] defined for re(s) > 0 , the laplace transform (lt) is given by: dt)t(f(s)f})t(f{ 0 t e    s l some properties of et are given by following theorems: theorem (1): [9, 15] let          ),[0x1)(tifm)t(f0k,k,m)t(fa)t(f jt jk 21 e with lt , f(s) then the et, t(u) of f (t) is given by: ) s 1 (ts(s)fand) u 1 (fu(u)t  theorem (2): [9] let t(u) denote the et of the f(t), the et of the definite integral of f(t), that is t(u)u)]t(h[ethendτ)τ(f)t(h t 0   theorem (3): [9, 11, 15] let the et, f(u) and g(u) of the functions f(t) and g(t) respectively, then the et of the convolution of f and g is: g(u)f(u) u 1 )]t(g)*[(febygivenisdτ)τ-t(g)τ(f)t(g)*(f t 0   theorem (4): [1, 5, 13] the lt of the riemann – liouville is defined as: nn,nα1nandαallfor , xd f(0)d s(s)fs(s)f}(t)fd{l 1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α kααα    theorem (5): if f(s) and t(u) are lt and et of f(t) respectively, then mathematics |195 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 }(t)fd{l(s)fwhere) u 1 (fu(u)t}(t)fd{ ααααα e proof: from definition(3) we have: dt])t(uf[du(u)t])t(fd[e 0 tααα e2     now, let w = ut then we get: ) u 1 (fudw])(wf[du(u)t α 0 uwαα e     theorem (6): the et of the riemann – liouville fractional derivative is defined:    1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α k-1 α αα xd f(0)d u u (u)t (u)t}(t)fd{e proof: at first from the above theorem we have: ) u 1 (fu(u)t])t(fd[e ααα  and using theorem (4) with u 1 s  we obtain:           1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α kαα xd f(0)d ) u 1 () u 1 f() u 1 (u(u)t then by theorem (1), we get:    1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α k-1 α α xd f(0)d u u (u)t (u)t theorem (7): let t(u) be et of the f(x), then et for f(x) = )x(erfxe is given by: u-1 uu t(u) 2  proof: the proof of this equation is easy, by using table of lt, [16] and theorem (1) as follows:   1)(ss 1 )x(erfel x   u1 uu 1) u 1 ( u 1 1 u) u 1 f(u(u)t 2 and     applications to (lvfide) recall equation (1), the lvfide with initial value problems: mathematics |196 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017  t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)t(g)t(y d subject to the initial conditions nn,nα1-n,n...,2,1,z,)t(yd zc z-α  the first step, we apply et on both sides we have:             t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)t(g)t(y d eee can easily be transformed into its et using theorem (6), equivalent to:        t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(k)u(gc u (u)t e where    1-n 0k 1-k-α 1-k-α k-1 xd y(0)d uc , t(u) and g(u) are et for y(t) and g(t) respectively. the general elzaki solution is: )2(dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku)u(gucu(u)t t 0 ααα        e the second step is to find et of integral in above equation which depends on the type function )τx,(k (kernel of the integral equation) as follows: a. if the kernel is constant that is, )τ,x(k = r , then by using theorem (2) we have: (3)t(u)urdτ)τ(yr t 0       e where t(u) is the et of y(t). b. if the kernel is deference that is, )τx(k)τ,x(k  , by theorem (3) we get: (4)t(u)*k(u) u 1 dτ)τ(y)τx(k t 0        e where k(u) and t(u) are et of the functions k and y respectively. c. if the kernel is any function, we represent the solution as an infinite series, that is:     0i (t)yy(t) i the et of the integral is become: mathematics |197 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 )5(dτ)τ(y)τx,(kdτ)τ(y)τx,(k t 0 0i i t 0                  ee the third step, we substitute either eq.(3) or eq.(4) or eq.(5) into eq.(2), we will get: either, t(u)ur)u(uu(u)t 1ααα gc  then the general elzaki solution: )6( ur1 ))u(g(cu (u)t 1α α     or t(u)*k(u)u))u(g(cu(u)t 1-αα  then )7( k(u)u1 ))u(g(cu (u)t 1-α α    or                      t 0 0i i αα 0i i dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku))u(g(cu(t)y ee matching both sides of this equation yields the following iterative relations:   )8())u(g(cu(t)y α 0 e          t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y 01 ee          t 0 α dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y 12 ee in general,   )9(...1,0,i,dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y t 0 i α 1i         ee the fourth step, we apply inverse et of either eq.(6) or eq.(7) or (eq.(8) and eq.(9)) give the general solution for (lvfide): either )10( ur1 ))u(g(cu t(t)y 1α α 1              or )11( k(u)u1 ))u(g(cu t(t)y 1-α α 1             or   )12(p(t)))u(g(cu(t)y α10  e mathematics |198 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 with )13(...1,0,i,dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y t 0 α i 1 1i                      ee the function p(t) defined in eq.(12) can be decomposed into two parts: p(t) = p1(t) + p2(t) so, the modified recursion relation is obtained )14( ...2,1,i,dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)y dτ)τ(y)τx,(ku(t)p(t)y (t)p(t)y t 0 α t 0 α i 1 1i 0 1 21 10                                                       ee ee the solution depends on the choice of p1(t) and p2(t). we will show how to suitably choose p1(t) and p2(t) as well as testing the method by some examples in the next section. test examples in this section, we present some test examples to show the effectiveness of the et method for solving lvfide's. example (1): consider the following linear lvfide [5]  x 0 dt)t(y1)xerf( xπ 1 )x(y d x0.5 eex with 0)0(yd 1 0.5c  since 1nthen,nα1-nand0.5α  applying (et) of the above equation and since k(x, t) = 1, then by using eq.(10) we have the solution: )15( u1 ))u(g(cu t(x)y 1.5 0.5 1             where 0)0(yduc 0.5 and        1)xerf( xπ 1 g(u) xx eee from appendix given in [11] ( et of some functions) and theorem (7) we have: mathematics |199 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 u1 uuu u u1 u u1 uu uug(u) 3 2 22        substituting in eq.(15), we obtain:                       u1 u t )uu(1u)(1 uuu t(x)y 2 1 32 1 again from appendix given in [11], we get the exact solution: y(x) = e x . example (2): let us consider the following lvfide with difference kernel )16(dt)t(y tx )x(g)x(y d x 0 e 56    where x66x6x3xx 5)14γ( 6 g(x) e23 59  with initial conditions: 0)0(ydand0)0(yd 2 54 1 51 cc   take the (et) of eq.(16) and since k(x, t) is difference kernel, so by eq.(11) yields: )17( k(u)u1 ))u(g(cu t(x)y 51 56 1             where c = u c1 + c2 = 0 .                        u1 uuu 6 u1 u uuuuu6g(x)g(u) 6524519 2 2345519 e and   u1 u k(u) 2 xe   e now, eq.(17) can be written in the form:  51 511 53665 1 u6t ) u1 u (1u)(1 uuu t6(x)y                     upon inverting, we get the exact solution: y(x) = x 3 . example (3): consider the following lvfide mathematics |200 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017     t 0 dτ)τ(yτ)(t 15 65 220.5 tt)t(y d with initial conditions: πc1  . applying the et to both sides of above equation as well as using eq.(12) and eq.(13) give:       ))u(g(cu(t)y 0.51 0 e ...1,0,i, t 0 dτ)τ(y)τt((t)y i 20.51 1i u                         ee where πucu)0(yduc 1 0.5 292 u 2)7γ( ttg(u) 15 65 15 65 and         e (t)p(t)pp(t) t 1 u 15 2)7γ(65 uπe 21 5231 0 3 t 45 2)7γ(28 (t)ythen          so we have the following relations: )18(u t 1 t 0 dτ)τ(y)τt(t 45 2)7γ(82 (t)y (t)y 0 20.51 1 0 3                        ee and ...2,1,i, t 0 dτ)τ(y)τt((t)y i 20.51 1i u                         ee now, we find the et of integral in eq.(18) we have: 2922 u 65 tt 15 2)7γ( 15 56 t 0 dτ τ 1 )τt(                  ee then       51 1 u 15 2)7γ(65 t 2)7γ(28 (t)y 3 45 e that is ...2,1,i0and0 (t)y(t)y 1i1   therefore, the solution is obtained to be and its exact solution: t 1 (t)yy(t) 0i i     . mathematics |201 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 conclusions the properties of the elzaki transform are used to solve and to get the general solution of linear volterra fractional integro-differentioal equations. the fractional derivative is considered in the riemman-liouville sense. the results of illustrate examples as well as the simplicity of the algorithm and obtained exact solution show efficiency and accuracy of the method also show that it is a special case of the analysis methods. finally, the proposed approach is very powerful to find analytical solution of linear problems in fractional calculus field. references 1. oldham, k. b. and spanier, j. (1974) the fractional calculus, london, academic press. inc. 2. nishimoto, k. (1984) fractional calculus: integrations and differentiations of arbitrary order, descartes press co. koriyama, japan. 3. schmidt, a. and gaul, l. (2000) fe implementation of viscoelastic constitutive stressstrain relations involving fractional time derivatives, a report, institute a fur mechanic, universitat stuttgart, germany. 4. adolfsson, k. and enelund, m. (2004), dicretization of integro-differential equations modeling dynamic fractional order viscoelasticity, appl. mech. 5. al-rahhal, d. m. (2005) numerical solution for fractional integro-differential equations, ph. d. thesis, university of baghdad, college of ibn al-haitham. 6. kurulay, m. and secer, a. (2011), variational iteration method for nonlinear fractional integro-differential equations, international journal of computer science & emerging technologies, issue 1, 2, 18-20. 7. yang, c. and hou, j. (2013), '' numerical solution of integro-differential equations of fractional order by laplace decomposition method'', wseas transactions on mathematics, issue 12,12,1173-1183. 8. khader, m. m.; sweilam, n. h. and assiri, t. a. (2013), on the numerical solution for the fractional wave equation using legender pseudo spectral method, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 84, 4, 307-319. 9. elzaki, t. m. and elzaki, s. m. (2011), solution of integro-differential equations by using elzaki transform, global journal of mathematical sciences: theory and practical, 3, 1,1-11. 10. elzaki, t. m. and elzaki, s. m. (2011), the new integral transform ''tarig transform'' properties and applications to differential equations, elixir international journal, 38, 4239-4242. 11. elzaki, t. m.; elzaki, s. m. and elnour, e. a. (2012), on some applications of new integral transform ''elzaki transform'', global journal of mathematical sciences: theory and practical, 4, 1,15-23. 12. chopade, p. p.and devi, s. b. (2015), applications of elzaki transform to ordinary differential and partial differential equations, international journal of advanced research in computer science and software engineering, issue. 3, 5, 38-41. 13. mohammed, a. a. (2006), approximate solutions for a system of fractional order integro-differential equations of volterra types, ph. d. thesis, university of almustansiriy, college of science. 14. asgari, m. (2015) numerical solution for solving a system of fractional integrodifferential equations, iaeng inter. journal of applied mathematics, 45, 2. 15. elzaki, t. m.; elzaki, s. m. and elnour, e. a. (2012) on the new integral transform ''elzaki transform'' fundamental properties investigations and applications, global journal of mathematical sciences: theory and practical, 4, 1, 1-13. 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 kawther ayad obead azhar kamil rashid abstract in this work, new di-acid monomers 4, 4’-di-carboxillic-2”-chloro-4”nitro triphenylamine (di-co2h-1), 4, 4’di-carboxylic -2”,4”,6”-trichloro-triphenylamine (di-co2h-2) were synthesized by reaction of p-cyanobenzofluride with two aromatic amines (2-chloro 4-nitro aniline and 2,4,6-trichloro aniline by aromatic nucleophilc substitution method to produce two di cyano intermediates compounds 4, 4’-dicyano-2”-chloro-4”nitro triphenylamine (di-cn1) and 4, 4’-dicyano-2”,4”,6”-trichloro-triphenylamine (di-cn2) which form final di-carboxylic monomers after alkaline hydrolysis. finally, these monomers react with two different aromatic di amines, phenylene diamins and benzidine respectively via polycondensation reaction to form final polyamides 2”-chloro-4”nitro -triphenylamine-4, 4'-polyphenylbenzamide (pa), 2”,4”,6”trichloro-triphenylamine -4,4'-polyphenylbenzamide (pb), 2”-chloro-4”nitro triphenylamine4,4'polyphenylbiphenylamide (pc), 2”,4”, 6”-trichloro-triphenylamine-4,4’ polyphenylbiphenylamide (pd). the chemical structure of these polymers characterized by ftir and nmr techniques. the polyamides showed a good thermal stability with height glass transition temperatures (tg). thin casting films of these polyamides in cyclic voltammetry (c.v) on glass substrate of iridium-tin oxide (ito) as working electrode in dry ch 3 cn solvent contains 0.1 m of tetrabutylantimoneperchlorate (tbap) as an electrolyte gave one redox wave. keywords: glass substrate, polyamides, benzidine, thermal stability, working electrode. department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. kawtyher70@yahoo.com doi: 10.30526/33.1.2384 article history: received 15 july 2019, accepted 15 october 2019, publish january 2020. new n-triaryl-substituted polyamides materials as light emitters for semiconductors applications ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index azhar_almasody@yahoo.co.uk mailto:kawtyher70@yahoo.com azhar_almasody@yahoo.co.uk 49 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 1. introduction polyamide compounds containing tri-arylamine groups are positively charged carrier in the application of light emitting polyamide (pleds). this type of polymers has received considerable attention because of its important applications in many areas including screens and lighting points [1, 2]. polyamides with tri-arylamine groups appear as electrochromic materials as whole transporting layer in led devices [3-8]. these polyamides are known as low ionization of energy and activity and oxidized easily to be converted to stable radical cations [9-13]. these aromatic polyamides are known as a high rigid material resulting from hydrogen bonding between their backbones. this phenomenon of these polyamides for which there might be a wide range of applications, including optical switching devices, smart windows, memory elements, largearea information panels, electronic papers (e-papers), and chameleon materials. [14–21]. the main application of semiconductor in daily life is used in solar technology, used in 3d printing. machines, temperature sensors which used in air conditioners. in industry, the properties of semiconductor materials make possible numerous technological wonders, including transistors, microchips, solar cells, and led displays. with the microprocessor, we can control the operation of car, trains and space vehicles. the microprocessor is made up by numerous transistor and other controlling devices, which made up by the semiconductor material when the big group are incorporated between these backbones lead to break this rigidity and make the chains with high flexibility [22-24]. all aromatic polyamides are high performance polymers due to their high thermal and mechanical stabilities [25-26]. polyamides are called conducting polymer because of these behaviors as electrochromic materials [27–30]. withdrawing groups in the polyamids chains increase their oxidation behavior and solubility in organic solvents [31-34]. 2. materials and methods 2.1. materials sodium hydride (aldrich, 98%), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (aldrich, 97.5%), 2-chloro-4nitro aniline, (acros, 97%), 2”,4”,6”tri-chloro aniline, (aldrich, 95%), dimethylsulfoxide (dmso) (merck, 98%), ethanol (merck, 99.5%), triphenyl phosphite (merck, 98%), cacl2 (merck, 99%), nmethyl pyrrolidone (nmp) (aldrich, 99%), phenylene diamine, (aldrich, 97%), di-phenylene diamine (aldrich, 98%), potassium hydroxide, (merck, 99%), hydrochloric acid, (fluka, 36.5%). 2.2. characterization technique the spectra of ft-ir for all new materials were measured by shimadzu, 8400s, spectrometer. 1h and13cnmr data are recorded by a bruker spectrometer at 400 mhz, uxnm. uv–vis absorption spectrum were performed in (10-5 m) dmso on shimadzu, uv-1800,1 nm. dsc and tga were performed on a perkin elmer dsc6 instrument under n2 atmosphere with a scan rate of 20 °c/min and an sdt q600 thermogravimetric analyzer. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0749603610002570 50 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 2.3. synthesis of di-cyanide intermediates (di-cn1) and (di-cn2) 2.3.1. synthesis of 4, 4’-dicyano-2”-chloro-4”nitro triphenylamine (di-cn1) in a round flask with stirrer containing 80 ml (dmso), was added 2 g (0.02 mol) of nah at a room temperature for half an hour. 2.50 g (0.02 mole) of 4-fluorobenzonitrile, 2.00 g (0.02 mole) of 2-chloro-4nitro aniline were added alternately. the stirring mixture was heated at 100 °c for 12 h. after cooling, poured into about 300 ml of cold water. after filtering of the yellowish precipitate product recrystallized from ethanol 2.7 g (yield: 73%), m.p = 160 c°. ftir: 2229 cm-1 (cn), (1579, 1489) cm-1 (no2) stretch. other di-cyanides prepared by using same above method. 2.3.2. synthesis of 2”,4”,6”tri-chloro triphenylamine (di-cn2) red brown precipitate, 1.2 gm (yield: 60 %), m.p = 158 c°. ftir: 2220.61 cm-1 (cn), (1510, 1446) cm-1 (no2) stretch. 2.4. synthesis of di-carboxylic monomers 2.4.1. synthesis of 4, 4’di-carboxylic -2”-chloro-4”nitro triphenylamine (di-cooh1) a mixture of 2.00 g (0.02 moles) of di-cyanide intermediate (di-cn1) and 8.00 g of koh in 80 ml distilled water and 80 ml ethanol was stirred at 120°c until all ammonia is finished. after the solution became cool, the ph value was regulated to about 3 by dilute hcl. the collected yellowish precipitate was filtration and washed via water and recrystallized from acetic acid to give crystals in yellowish color, 1.8 g (82% yields), mp ꞊ 222°c. ftir: 1681cm-1 (c=o), 27873358 cm-1 (o-h). 2.4.2. synthesis of 4, 4’di-carboxylic -tri-chlorotriphenylamine (di-cooh2) red brown precipitate, 1.7 g (77% yields), m.p ꞊ 210 c°. ftir: 1678 cm-1 (c=o), 2776-3342cm1 (o-h). 51 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 scheme 1. the synthesis routes of di-cyanide intermediates and the monomers. 2.5. synthesis of polyamides (p1-p4) 2.5.1. synthesis of (p1) the stirring mixture of 0.10 g ( 0.03 mole) of p-phenylenediamine, 0.4 g ( 0.03 mole ) of the monomer (di-coo1), 4.0 ml of triphenyl phosphite (tpp), 0.5 g of calcium chloride, 2.0 ml of (nmp) and 2 ml of pyridine was heated at 80°c for 4 h. the collected of high viscosity polymer was poured slowly in 100 ml of stirring cold water which formed stringy dark brown precipitate collected after filtration, washed by hot water and dried in thermal oven for 24 h [35]. (76 % yield), mp ꞊ 255°c. the ftir spectrum band of amide group was at 3312.25 (n-h stretching), and 1648.07 cm-1 (amide carbonyl). by using same above method, other polyamides (p2) (p4) were prepared. 2.5.2. synthesis of (p2) dark brown precipitate, m.p= 241 °c, (78 % yield), ir spectrum 3344 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1639 cm-1 (amide carbonyl). 2.5.3. synthesis of (p3) brown precipitate, m.p= 160 °c, (71 % yield), ir spectrum 3360 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1654 cm-1(amide carbonyl). 2.5.4. synthesis of (p4) dark brown precipitate, m.p= 120 °c (68 % yield), ir spectrum 3394 cm-1 (n-h stretching) and 1654 cm-1(amide carbonyl). scheme 2. shows the synthesis routs of (p1-p4). 52 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 scheme 2. the synthesis routs of (p1-p4). 3. result and discussion 3.1. monomer synthesis the new monomers (di-cooh1) and di-cooh1) were synthesized by the hydrolysis of synthesized intermediates (di-cn1) and (di-cn1) to form the final product s shown in scheme 1. all the chemical characterization of the intermediate and monomers were confirmed by ftir and nmr technique. intermediate compounds (di-cyanides) showed a characteristic band in the range (22202229) cm-1 (c≡n stretching). the (di-carboxylic) monomers gave after the intermediates hydrolysis, absorption band in the ranges (1678-1681) cm-1 (c=o), broad band (2787-3358) cm-1 (o-h) for (di-cooh1) and 1678 cm-1 (c=o), 2776-3342cm-1 (o-h) for (dicooh2) figures 1, 2. . 53 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 1. ftir spectra of the intermediate (di-cn1) before hydrolysis. figure 2. ftir spectra of the monomer (di-cooh1) after hydrolysis. 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 1h and 12c-nmr spectrum are used to confirm the structures of (di-cn1) and (di-cooh1). figure 3. shows big sharp doublet peaks (a) and (b) resulting from four phenylene protons (a) and (b) respectively. two doublet peaks (e) and (d) are assignable to protons he and hd. one singlet proton is assignable to proton (c) hc. 13c nmr spectra as shown in figure 3. showed the two mains peaks of carbon atoms 2 and 3 assignable to the four carbon atoms no. 2 four atoms no. 3. one peak is resulting from two carbon atoms of (cn) group. peak no. 4 is assignable to two carbon atoms. finally, singlet peaks 5,6,7,8,9,10 are resulting from carbon atoms with same numbers. 55 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 3. 1h and 13c nmr spectrum of the (di-cn1). 56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 4.1h and 13c nmr spectrum of the monomer (di-cooh1). 57 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 4. shows a very broad singlet peak and hardly observable proton of carboxylic group at the chemical shift 12.76 resulting from the proton substitution of the carboxylic group with deuterium of dmso solvent and h-bonding formation. other evidence is disappearance of the carbon atom of the cn peak at 103.68 ppm and appearance of the carboxylic peak at 167.67ppm. 3.2. polyamides synthesis the structure form of the synthesized (p1-p4) were confirmed by ftir spectra which showed absorption bands in the range (33133318) cm-1 (n-h stretching) and (16391654) cm-1 (c=o stretching of amide group) as shown in figure 5. figure 5. ftir spectra of the synthesized polyamide (p1). the 1h nmr spectrum of (p1) showed that the peak of cooh proton at 12.76 ppm is disappeared with appearance of singlet peak of the amide group at 10.19 after polymerization. the main doublet peaks at 7.79-7.61 ppm (a) and 7.43-7.35 ppm (b) are resulting from the four protons (a) and four protons (b) in the triphenylamine group respectively. doublet peak in the region 6.5-6.8 ppm is assignable to four equivalent protons f of the phenylene diamine group figure 6. the 13c nmr spectrum of the polyamide (p1) showed the main peak at 165.03 ppm which is assignable to the carbonyl carbon atom of the polyamide. the higher chemical shift of four carbon atoms of peak 6 attached to carbonyl group in the region 133.01 ppm. the lower chemical shift peak 7 of four carbon atoms in the region 124.77 ppm figure 7. 58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 6. 1h nmr spectrum of the polyamide (p1) figure 7. 13c nmr spectrum of the polyamide (p1). 59 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 3.3. xrd analysis the synthesized polyamides (p1-p4) were investigated by waxd. figure 8. shows that there is no clear sharp peak because the bulky tpa groups along the polymer chain which decrease the chain–chain interactions lead to inhibit the crystallinity and an enhance the solubility figure 8. figure 8. wxrd of the polyamides (p1) (p4). 3.4. electrochemical properties the synthesized polyamides electrochromic consists in the formation of new optical transitions in an electroactive surface film or an electroactive solute as the result of electrochemical oxidation or reduction [36]. polyamides are called conducting polymer which are important part of electro chromic materials. electro chromic materials can convert color reversibility by mean of important result of energy saving and sufficient electrochemical potential or redox steps [37]. the redox behavior of polyamides was investigated by cyclic voltammetry (cv) where the cast films on an itocoated glass substrate as a working electrode. cyclic voltammetry (cv) was used to verify the redox properties of synthesized polyamides. the method support on synthetic a working electrode as anode by coating a special glass plate containing (tio) by a thin layer of the polyamide. this electrode is a part of the electrolytic cell with external cathode electrode ag/agcl. the used electrolyte in this process is dry ch3cn contains 0.1 m of tetrabutylammonium perchlorate (bu4nh4clo4). figure 10. shows a typical cyclic voltammetry curve for the synthesized polyamides (p1)-(p4). all polyamides showed the half-wave at oxidation potential in the range e1/2 = (1.07-1.16) v with scan rate at 0.2 v/s to remove two unpaired electrons from the nitrogen atom at each repeating triarylamine unit to form stable polymide2+ [38]. by change the potential scans between 0.0 1.8 v lead to conversion the pale yellowish color to the blue. homo and lumo) energy levels of the compatible polyamides are calculated from the oxidation half-wave potential e1/2 and the onset absorption wavelength of the uv-vis 60 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 absorption (λabs onset) of the solution [39]. the result data are listed in table 1. the external ferrocene/ferrocenium (fc/fc+) redox standard e1/2 was 0.41 v vs ag/agcl in ch3cn and the homo energy for the fc/fc+ standard was 4.80 ev. energy gab (eg) can be calculated by the equation: eg = 1242/ λabs, onset (1) where 1242 is a constant, λabs onset is the onset wavelength which can be calculated by intersection of two tangents on the absorption edges as shown in figure 9. figure 9. uv-vis absorption spectrum of polyamide (p1) in (10-5 m) dmso. therefore, the homo energy for (p1) can be calculated as follows: ehomo = [e1/2 ─ e1/2(ref.) +4.8] ev (2) where e1/2 is the oxidation half-wave potential which can be determined from the relation: e1/2 = (ered + eox) /2 (3) where ered and eox are the potentials of cathode and anode respectively e1/2 (ref.) is the external standard oxidation energy of ferrocene/ferrocenium ion couple under the same experimental conditions. its value is 0.41 v versus ag/agcl in ch3cn. from application of above equations on the synthesized polyamide (p1) as following: e1/2 = (ered + eox) /2 e1/2 = 1.61 v + 0.72 v / 2 =1.164 v ehomo = [e1/2 e1/2(ref.) +4.8] ev = [1.164 v 0.41 v + 4.8] ev =5.55 ev egap = 1240/λabs.onset = 1240/401 = 3.097 ev elumo = ehomo egap elumo = 5.55─3.097 = 2.45 ev table 1. contain all calculated data fpr all synthesized polyamides 61 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 10. (c.v) of (a) ferrocene as reference and (b) the cast film of polyamides. 62 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 1. electrochemistry data for all the synthesized polyamides. a: homo energy levels were calculated from (c.v) which referenced to ferrocene/ferrocenum couple (4.8 ev). b: elumo =ehomo – egap. c: energy gap data. 4. conclusion in this research, a new non-crystalline aromatic polyamide containing triphenylamine group along its chains, was prepared by poly condensation reaction method. the solutions of all synthesized polyamides showed good electrochemical properties after manufacture of anode electrode by coating a special type of glass plate by solution of this polyamide, which it is used a part of an electrochemical cell. after applied the electric voltage, the anode layer changed from yellow to blue color that mean electronic transmission took place between the cathode and anode. references 1. tang, c.w.; vanslyke, s.a. organic electroluminescent diodes. applied physics letters. 1987, 51, 913-918. 2. tang, c.w.; chen, c.h. electroluminescence of doped organic thin films, journal of applied physics.1989, 65, 3610-3617, https://doi.org/10.1063/1.343409. 3. ogino, k.; kurjata, j. oxidative coupling polymerization of 4-methyltriphenylamine. macromolecular rapid communications.1999, 20, 103-106, https://doi.org/10.1002/(sici)15213927(19990301)20:3<103::aid-marc103>3.0.co;2-q. 4. chou, m.y.; lin, c.c.; liu, j.h.; bbkuo, c.k. electropolymerization of starburst triarylamines and their application to electrochromism and electroluminescence. chemistry of materials.2001, 16, 654-661, doi: 10.1021/cm034735p. 5. cheng, s.h.; liou, g.s. novel aromatic poly (amine-imide) s bearing a pendant triphenylamine group, synthesis, thermal, photophysical, electrochemical, and electrochromic characteristics. macromolecules.2005, 38, 307–316, doi: 10.1021/ma048774d. 6. hsiao, s.h.; chen, h.w.; liou, g.s. novel aromatic polyamides and polyimides functionalized with 4-tert-butyltriphenylamine groups. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry.2006, 44, 4579–4592. 7. beaupre, s.; leclerc, m. toward the development of new textile/plastic electrochromic cells using triphenylamine-based copolymers. chemistry of materials.2006, 18, 4011– 4018, doi: 10.1021/cm060407o. polymer codes e1/2 v vs.ag/agcl λabs, onset (nm ehomo a (ev) elumo b (ev) ehomo -elumo c gap (ev) (p1) 1.16 401 5.55 2.45 3.097 (p2) 1.07 405 5.46 2.39 3.066 (p3) 1.12 410 5.51 2.48 3.029 (p4) 1.13 408 5.52 2.47 3.044 https://aip.scitation.org/journal/apl https://aip.scitation.org/journal/jap https://aip.scitation.org/journal/jap https://doi.org/10.1063/1.343409 https://doi.org/10.1002/(sici)1521-3927(19990301)20:3%3c103::aid-marc103%3e3.0.co;2-q https://doi.org/10.1002/(sici)1521-3927(19990301)20:3%3c103::aid-marc103%3e3.0.co;2-q https://pubs.acs.org/action/showcitformats?doi=10.1021%2fcm034735p https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/cm060407o https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/cm060407o 63 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 8. choi, k.; zentel, r. spin-coating of desigend functional planar defects in opal filims: generalized synthesis. chemistry of materials.2006, 18, 5640-5642. 9. adachi, c.h.; nagai, k.a.; tamoto, n.o. electroluminescence of doped organic thin films. journal of applied physics n, applied physics letters.1995, 66, 2679-2685. 10. sun, y.; maindron, t.; dodelet, j.p.; iorio, m.d. synthesis and characterization of a blue light emitting polymer containing both hole and electron transporting units. chemistry of materials.1999, 11, 2501–2507, doi: 10.1021/cm9902063. 11. yarn, j.f. high performance polymers. sage publications: new york, 2008. 12. kulkarni, a.p.; jenekhe, s.a. electron transport materials for organic light-emitting diodes. journal of materials chemistry.2004, 16, 4556-4573, doi: 10.1021/cm049473l. 13. thelakkat. m.; schmidt, h.w. aromatic high-strength fibers. wiley: new york, 1989. 14. rauh, r. d. electrochromic windows: an overview. electro him acta.1999, 44, 3165– 3176. 15. rosseinsky, d.r.; mortimer, r. electrochromic systems and the prospects for devices. advanced materials.2001, 13, 783-793. 16. heuer, h.w.; wehrmann, r.; kirchmeyer, s. electrochromic window based on conducting poly (3,4‐ethylenedioxythiophene)–poly(styrene sulfonate) adv funct mater.2002, 12, 89–94. 17. mortimer, r.j.; dyer, a.l.; reynolds, j.r. electrochromic organic and polymeric materials for display applications. displays.2006, 27, 2–18, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.displa.2005.03.003. 18. sonmez, g.; sonmez, h.b. polymeric electrochromic for data storage. j mater chem.2006, 16, 2473–2477, doi: 10.1039/b600053c. 19. anderson, p.; forchheimer, r.; tehrani, p.; berggren, m. printable all‐organic electrochromic active‐matrix display. adv funct mater .2007, 17, 3074–3082. 20. baetens, r.; jelle, b.p.; gustavsen, a. properties, requirements and possibilities of smart windows for dynamic daylight and solar energy control in buildings: a state-of-the-art review. sol energy mater sol cells.2010, 94, 87–105. 21. beaupre, s.; breton, a.c.; dumas, j. multicolored electrochromic cells based on poly (2, 7-carbazole) derivatives for adaptive camouflage. j m. chem mater.2009, 21, 1504–1513. 22. imai, y. synthesis of novel organic-soluble high-temperature aromatic polymers. high performance polymers.1995, 7, 337, https://doi.org/10.1088/0954-0083/7/3/010. 23. hsiao, s.h.; wang, h.m.; chou, j.s.; guo, w.; tsai, t.h. synthesis and characterization of novel organo soluble and thermally stable polyamides bearing triptycene in their backbones. journal of polymer research.2012, 19, 9902-9912. 24. hsiao. s.h.; peng, s.c.; kung, y.r.; leu, c.m.; lee, t.m. synthesis and electro-optical properties of aromatic polyamides and polyimides bearing pendent 3,6dimethoxycarbazole units. european polymer journal.2015, 73, 50−64. 25. tang, c.w.; jianmin, s. anthracene derivatives for stable blue-emitting organic electroluminescence devices.applied physics letters.1987, 80, 3201-3207. 26. sadavarte, n.v.; avadhani, c.v.; naik, p.v.; wadgaonkar, p.p. regularly alternating poly(amideimide)s containing pendent pentadecyl chains. synthesis and characterizationeuropean polymer journal.2010, 46, 1307-1315. https://aip.scitation.org/author/adachi%2c+chihaya https://aip.scitation.org/author/nagai%2c+kazukiyo https://aip.scitation.org/author/tamoto%2c+nozomu https://aip.scitation.org/journal/jap https://aip.scitation.org/journal/apl https://doi.org/10.1016/j.displa.2005.03.003 https://doi.org/10.1039/b600053c https://doi.org/10.1088%2f0954-0083%2f7%2f3%2f010 https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=awrcwpnuei5c90ya.p4pxqt.;_ylu=x3odmtbyohzyb21tbgnvbg8dymyxbhbvcwmxbhz0awqdbhnlywnzcg--/rv=2/re=1546578645/ro=10/ru=https%3a%2f%2fwww.sciencedirect.com%2fjournal%2feuropean-polymer-journal/rk=2/rs=vqw2ttcai_.bpmk6tp_nmnzazoghttps://aip.scitation.org/journal/apl https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=awrcwpnuei5c90ya.p4pxqt.;_ylu=x3odmtbyohzyb21tbgnvbg8dymyxbhbvcwmxbhz0awqdbhnlywnzcg--/rv=2/re=1546578645/ro=10/ru=https%3a%2f%2fwww.sciencedirect.com%2fjournal%2feuropean-polymer-journal/rk=2/rs=vqw2ttcai_.bpmk6tp_nmnzazog 64 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 27. hsiao, s.h.; yeh, s.j. synthesis and optoelectronic properties of novel polyamides with 2naphthyldiphenylamine units. macromolecular chemistry and physics.2014, 215, 705−715. 28. hsiao, s.h.; cheng, s.l. new electroactive and electrochromic aromatic polyamides with ether-linked bis(triphenylamine) units. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry.2015, 53, 496−510. 29. liou, g.s.; yen, h.j. synthesis, photoluminescence, and electrochromic properties of wholly aromatic polyamides bearing naphthylamine chromophores. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry.2006, 44, 6094–6102. 30. oishi, y.; kakimoto, m.; imai, y. preparation and properties of new aromatic polyamides from 4, 4′‐diaminotriphenylamine and aromatic dicarboxylic acids, journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry.1990, 28, 1763-1769. 31. sheng, s.r.; pei, x.l.; huang, z.z.; liu, x.l.; song, c.s. novel soluble fluorinated aromatic polyamides derived from 2-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy) terephthaloyl chloride with various aromatic diamines. european polymer journal.2009, 45, 230−236. 32. bera, d.; dasgupta, b.; chatterjee, s.; maji, s.; banerjee, s. synthesis, characterization, and properties of semifluorinated organo-soluble new aromatic polyamides. polymers for advanced technologies.2012, 23, 77−84. 33. hsiao, s.h.; lin, k.h. a comparative study on the properties of aromatic polyamides with methylor trifluoromethyl-substituted triphenylamine groups. journal of fluorine chemistry. 2016, 188, 33−42, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfluchem.2016.06.001. 34. hsiao, s.h.; wang, h.m.; liao, s.h. redox-stable and visible/near-infrared electrochromic aramids with main-chain triphenylamine and pendent 3, 6-di-tertbutylcarbazole units. polymer. chemistry.2014, 5, 2473−2483. 35. yamazaki, n.; kawataba, h.f. studies on reactions of the nphosphonium salts of pyridines. xi. preparation of. polypeptides and polyamides by means of triaryl phosphites in pyridine. journal of polymer sciences part a: polymer chemistry.1974, 12, 2149-154. 36. monk, p.m.s.; mortimer, r.j.; rosseinsky, d.r. electrochromism and electrochromic devices; cambridge university press: cambridge, uk, 2007. 37. hsiao, s.h.; cheng, s.l. new electroactive and electrochromic aromatic polyamides with ether-linked bis(triphenylamine) units. journal of polymer science part a: polymer chemistry.2015, 53, 3, 496−510. 38. selby, t.d.; blackstock, s.c. patterned redox arrays of polyarylamines i. synthesis and electrochemistry of a p-phenylenediamine and arylamino-appended p-phenylenediamine arrays. chemistry of mateialsr.2002, 14, 1685-1690, doi: 10.1021/cm0106769. 39. leeuw, d.m.; einerhand, r.e. stability of n-type doped conducting polymers and consequences for polymeric microelectronic devices. synthytic metals.1997, 87, 53-59. https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=awrcwpnuei5c90ya.p4pxqt.;_ylu=x3odmtbyohzyb21tbgnvbg8dymyxbhbvcwmxbhz0awqdbhnlywnzcg--/rv=2/re=1546578645/ro=10/ru=https%3a%2f%2fwww.sciencedirect.com%2fjournal%2feuropean-polymer-journal/rk=2/rs=vqw2ttcai_.bpmk6tp_nmnzazoghttps://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfluchem.2016.06.001 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |245 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 بىني اسوييخبفُيهيٍ ببراكزيسىل كًبدة -ححضيز و حشخيص يعقذ االحببهغبيج َبَىيت يزكبت عالء عبذ انكزيى ابزاهيى حقي انذيٍ عبذ انهبدي حًذاٌ يىسف ابزاهيى يحًذ ابى سيذ عبِؼخ ثغذاد /(اثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ )اٌزشث١خ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخو١ٍخ /لسُ اٌى١ّ١بء 2012/ايهىل/2،قبم في:2012/حشيزاٌ/11اسخهى في: انخالصت فٟ ٘زٖ اٌذساسخ رؾؼ١ش ٚ رشخ١ض ِبدح ِشوجخ ٔب٠ٛٔخ عذ٠ذح ِٓ خالي ثٍّشح ا١ٌّزبف١ٍ١ٕٓ داٞ ا١ِٓ اٌّزّٛػغ ث١ٓ رُ ث١ٕذ إٌزبئظ اْ اٌج١ٌّٛش إٌبِٟ ادٜ اٌٝ ػضي ؽجمبد ارؽجمبد ؽ١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌؼشالٟ ِغ ِبدح اٌجبساوش٠سٛي اال١ٌِٕٛٛس١ٍىب ٌط١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ ػٍٝ شىً طفبئؼ ٔب٠ٛٔخ صٕبئ١خ اٌجؼذ ِغّٛسح فٟ وزٍخ اٌج١ٌّٛش اٌّؾؼش ِغ فمذاْ اٌزشر١ت ا١ٌٍفٟ االطٍٟ ٌط١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ ِٓ خالي فه االٌزفبف اٌؾٍضٟٚٔ ٌطجمبد اٌط١ٓ ػٓ ثؼؼٙب اٌجؼغ. : اٌّٛاد اٌّشوجخ, ث١ٌّٛشاد االصٚ, االربثٍغب٠ذ, ١ِزب ف١ٍ١ٕٓ داٞ ا١ِٓ, ثبساوش٠سٛي.انكهًبث انًفخبحيت chemistry |246 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 انًقذيت ٚ ٔظشا ٌىٍفزٗ اٌٛاؽئخ ٚ [1]٠ظٕف االرجٍغب٠بد وبؽذ اٌّٛاد اٌطج١ؼ١خ راد اٌج١ٕخ ا١ٌٍف١خ ػٍٝ اٌّسزٜٛ إٌبِٔٛزشٞ رشو١جٗ اٌّسبِٟ ٚ اٌفؼب١ٌخ اٌؼب١ٌخ فٟ ِغبي اٌزجبدي اال٠ٟٛٔ فبْ ٘زٖ اٌظفبد اوسجزٗ ا١ّ٘خ وج١شح ِسبؽزٗ اٌسطؾ١خ اٌؼب١ٌخ ٚ اٌِّٛٔٛش٠خ ال س١ّبوّب اْ لبث١ٍزٗ ػٍٝ اٌزذاخً اٌمٛٞ ِغ ثؼغ اٌّٛاد اٌؼؼ٠ٛخ [2]فٟ ِغبي ِؼبٌغخ ا١ٌّبٖ ٚاصاٌخ اٌزٍٛس اْ ٘زا االرغبٖ ٠ؼذ ا١ٌَٛ ِٓ اُ٘ ارِغ ؽمً اٌّٛاد اٌج١ٌّٛش٠خ فزؾذ اٌجبة ٌذِظ ٘زٖ اٌظفبد اٌفش٠ذح ٌٙزا اٌط١ٓ [3] ٚ ٠ؼشف ٘زا اٌّغبي ِٓ اٌجؾٛس [4]االرغب٘بد فٟ اٌؾظٛي ػٍٝ ِٛاد ِشوجخ راد ث١ٕخ خبطخ ػٍٝ اٌّم١بط إٌبِٔٛزشٞ ٚ رزشاٚػ polymer-clay nano-composite materialsثبٌّٛاد اٌط١ٕ١خ اٌج١ٌّٛش٠خ اٌّشوجخ راد اٌطج١ؼخ إٌب٠ٛٔخ ِغبالرٗ اٌزطج١م١خ ِٓ اٌؾظٛي ػٍٝ ِٛاد راد طفبد ١ِىب١ٔى١خ ػب١ٌخ اٌٝ رٍه راد اٌظفبد اٌفش٠ذح فٟ ِغبي اٌؼضي ٚرؼزّذ خظبئض ٘زٖ اٌّٛاد فٟ ٔٙب٠خ اٌّطبف [8-5]اٌؾشاسٞ ٚ اٌىٙشثبئٟ ٚ اصاٌخ اٌزٍٛس ٚ اٌؼٛاًِ اٌّسبػذح ٚ غ١ش٘ب اٌج١ٕ١خ ث١ٓ ِىٛٔبرٙب. ِٚغ رٌه, فئْ خظبئظٙب رزأصش ثشىً وج١ش ثبثؼبد٘ب اٌّغٙش٠خ ػٍٝ رى٠ٕٛٙب اٌّغٙشٞ ٚاٌزفبػالد .[9]ؽش٠مخ ؽشٛ٘ب رٙذف ٘زٖ اٌذساسخ اٌٝ رؾؼ١ش ِبدح ٔب٠ٛٔخ ِشوجخ ِٓ ؽ١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ ِغ ث١ٌّٛش ِٓ ٔٛع االصٚ ِٚٓ صُ رشخ١ض اٌج١ٕخ ٍٝ اٌّسزٜٛ اٌّغٙشٞ.اٌجٍٛس٠خ ٌٙب ٚؽج١ؼخ رشاثطٙب اػبفخ اٌٝ اٌّظٙش اٌؼبَ ٌٙب ػ طزيقت انعًم :انًسخعًهتاالجهشة x-rayاالعٙضح ا٢ر١خ فٟ ٘زٖ اٌذساسخ ٌزشخ١ض االرجٍغب٠ذ ٚ االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌّؼذي: عٙبص ؽ١ٛد االشؼخ اٌس١ٕ١خ اسزؼٍّذ diffraction6000 shimaduz) ِط١بف االشؼخ رؾذ اٌؾّشاء ٔٛع .)shimadzu. iraffinity-1 (8400 s), japan ( ِٞغٙش اٌمٜٛ اٌزس .)atomic force microscopyspm aa3000 usa 2008 ِٟاٌّخزجش اٌخذ scaningelectronاثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ. اٌّغٙش االٌىزشٟٚٔ اٌّبسؼ ) اٌّخزجش اٌخذِٟ و١ٍخ اٌزشث١خ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ microscopyٌاالعٙضح اٌزب١ٌخ:ِط١بف االشؼخ زؼّبيط١ٓ فزُ اس( اٌغبِؼخ اٌزىٍٕٛع١ب لسُ إٌبٔٛ. اِب اصٕبء ِؼبٌغخ ٚرؼذ٠ً ا ±g 0.0001(. ١ِضاْ ؽسبط ٔٛع ) double beam, shimadzu. 1800, japanاٌّشئ١خ / فٛق اٌجٕفسغ١خ ٔٛع ) sartorius lab. bl 210 s, germany, ( فشْ ِخزجشٞ ٔٛع.)daihanlabtech oven ldo – 060e .) .عٙبص اٌسىس١ٌٛذ ٚ 150umل١بط sievesِٕخً ٠ذٚٞ عًهتانًىاد انكيًيبئيت انًسخ m-phenylendiamine hydrochloride ,p-cresol ,sodiumاٌّٛاد اٌى١ّ١بئ١خ االر١خ زؼّبيرُ اس hydroxide ,hydrochloric acid ,sodium nitrite ع١ّؼٙب ِٓ ششوخ ٚbdhاٌّبء اٌّمطش ؼّبي, ٚرُ اسز فٟ رؾؼ١ش اٌّؾب١ًٌ. deionized waterاٌال٠ٟٛٔ االحبهغبيج ِٓ اٌششوخ اٌؼبِٗ ٌٍّسؼ اٌغ١ٌٛٛعٟ ؽ١ش ِظذسٖ ِٕطمخ ػىبشبد فٟ إٌّغُ ؼًّرُ اٌؾظٛي ػٍٝ ِبدح االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌّسز ( ٠ٛػؼ رؾ١ًٍ اٌؼٕبطش ٌط١ٓ االرجٍىب٠ذ اٌّسزخذَ.1اٌّفزٛػ فٟ اٌظؾشاء اٌغشث١خ ٚاٌغذٚي ) حهيئت سطح االحبهغبيج اٌىسبسح اٌّؼذ١ٔخ , صُ غسً اٌط١ٓ ثبٌّبء اٌّمطش اٌال٠ٟٛٔ ٌٚؼذح ؼّبيرىس١ش االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌٝ اعضاء طغ١شح ثبسزعشٜ رُ غسٍٗ ٌّذح اوضش ِٓ سجؼخ ا٠بَ ِٚٓ صُ رُ رؾ٠ًٛ ارِشاد ٚرٌه ثٙذف اٌزخٍض ِٓ االِالػ ٚاٌّٛاد اٌزائجخ ٚاٌشٛائت (ºc 80)سبػبد فٟ دسعخ ؽشاس٠خ 5ٌّزجم١خ . ِٚٓ صُ عفف ٌّذح اٌط١ٓ اٌٝ عٙبص اٌسىس١ٌٛذ ٌٍزخٍض ِٓ اال٠ٛٔبد ا . ٚشخض فٟ عٙبص ؽ١ٛد االشؼخ (µm 150)ؽغُ ؽج١جٟ ٞٚثؼذ٘ب ؽؾٕذ اٌّبدح ِٓ عذ٠ذ ٚرُ ٔخٍٙب ثبسزؼّبي ِٕخً ر . (ftir)ٚا٠ؼب فٟ عٙبص ِط١بف١خ االشؼخ رؾذ اٌؾّشاء (xrd)اٌس١ٕ١خ (am)(attapulgite – m-phenylendiaminححضيز يعقذ ) ِٓ ِبدح ا١ٌّزبف١ٍ١ٕٓ داٞ ا١ِٓ صُ ٚػغ اٌّض٠ظ فٟ (5gm)ِٓ ؽ١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ ِغ (20gm)ؽؼش ٘زا اٌّؼمذ ِٓ ِضط ٘بْٚ ٚرُ اػبفخ لطشر١ٓ ِٓ اٌّبء اٌّمطش ٌىٟ ٠زُ رس١ًٙ ػ١ٍّخ اٌّضط . ثؼذ٘ب رُ سؾٓ اٌّض٠ظ ٌّذح ٔظف سبػخ ٚرشن ِغٍك رّبِب الرّبَ ػ١ٍّخ اٌزشبثه ٚاٌزذاخً .ٌّذح ػششح ا٠بَ فٟ ٚػبء chemistry |247 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 (a-m-p)(attapulgite – p-cresol – m-phenylendiaminححضيز بىنيًز ) صُ ٚػغ اٌّض٠ظ فٟ (%17)ؽبِغ ا١ٌٙذسٚوٍٛس٠ه (10ml)ِغ (am)ِٓ اٌّؼمذ (5gm)ؽؼش اٌج١ٌّٛش ِٓ ِضط ٠ٚزشن ػٍٝ 5º cفٟ ؽّبَ صٍغٟ دسعخ اٌؾشاسح ف١ٗ الً ِٓ ٚػبء صُ ٚػغ ِؾشاس داخً ٚػبء اٌزفبػً ٠ٚغّش اٌٛػبء لطشح لطشح ِغ اٌزؾش٠ه اٌٝ (%10)ثزشو١ض nano2ِٓ ِؾٍٛي ٔزش٠ذ اٌظٛد٠َٛ (4.4ml)اٌزؾش٠ه , صُ رُ اػبفخ َ ِٓ ِؾٍٛي ١٘ذسٚوس١ذ اٌظٛد٠ٛ 10ml. اػ١ف 5ºcاٌّؾٍٛي االٚي ِغ أثمبء اٌّؾبفظخ ػٍٝ دسعخ اٌؾشاسح صبثزخ الً ِٓ ا٠ؼب رىْٛ االػبفخ لطشح لطشح ِغ اٌزؾش٠ه ٚاٌجمبء ػٍٝ اٌذسعخ اٌؾشاس٠خ دْٚ p-cresolِٓ ِبدح 0.6gِغ (% 10) . ٠ٚغسً اٌشاست 45º c. صُ ثؼذ رٌه عفف اٌج١ٌّٛش ثذسعخ ؽشاسح )ٚرٌه ٌىٟ ال ٠ؾذس رفىه ٌٍّؼ اٌذا٠ض١َٔٚٛ (5ºcاٌـ فٛق اٌجٕفسغ١خ ٌؾ١ٓ اٌٛطٛي اٌٝ اِزظبط١خ اٌّبء /ثبٌّبء اٌّمطش ٚرُ ِزبثؼخ ٔمبٚح اٌشاشؼ ثٛاسطخ ِط١بف١خ االشؼخ اٌّشئ١خ .ٙباٌّمطشٔفس , ِٚغٙش اٌمٜٛ (ft-ir)عٙبص ِط١بف١خ االشؼخ رؾذ اٌؾّشاء ؼّبي, ٚوزٌه ثبسز(xrd)عٙبص ؼّبيشخض اٌج١ٌّٛش ثبسز .(sem), ٚاٌّغٙش االٌىزشٟٚٔ اٌّبسؼ (afm)اٌزس٠خ انُخبئج و انًُبقشت (xrd)حيىد االشعت انسيُيت a=12.78a)اثؼبد خ١ٍخ ثٍٛس٠خ اٚر (monoclinic)ّٔؾ ثٍٛسٞ ِٓ ٔٛع ا٠ؼذ ِؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ ر ˚ , b=17.86a ˚ , c=5.24 a ˚ ٌٍّسز٠ٛبد اٌجٍٛس٠خ ا١ٌّّضح ٌٍّؼذْ ٚوّب ِج١ٓ فٟ ( ٠ٚظٙش فٟ عذٚي ؽ١ٛد االشؼخ اٌس١ٕ١خ اٌؾضَ االسبس١خ ( ٌّؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ ؽظً ف١ٗ رمٍض اٚ أىّبش 110( اْ اٌّسزٛٞ اٌجٍٛسٞ االسبسٟ )1(. ٠الؽع فٟ اٌشىً )2اٌغذٚي ) ش٠مخ ٠ٚؼٛد رٌه اٌٝ ربصش ِؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ ثط [10]فٟ اثؼبدٖ ػٓ ِب ٘ٛ ِٛعٛد فٟ االدث١بد ثبٌٕسجخ ٌالرجٍغب٠ذ اٌؼشالٟ ؽخ ٘زٖ اٌطش٠مخ ػًّ ػٍٝ اصاٌخ بٚ رذ٠ٚش اٌّبء اٌّمطش ثٛس( soxhlet) ؽخ عٙبص اٌسٛوسٍذباْ غسً اٌط١ٓ ثٛس اراٌغسً k)ِؼظُ اٌىبر١ٛٔبد اٌّٛعٛدح ث١ٓ ؽجمبد ٘زا اٌّسزٛٞ + ,na + ,ca +2 ِّب ادٜ اٌٝ ؽظٛي ِغبي اللزشاة ؽجمبد ٘زا ( ١خ ِغ عض٠ئبد اٌّبء اٌج١ٕ١خ ٚاٌزٟ رؼًّ ػًّ عسٛس سثؾ ث١ٓ ؽجمبد ؽخ اٌزبطشاد ا١ٌٙذسٚع١ٕبٙب ثٛسؼاٌّسزٛٞ ِغ ثؼ ٘زا اٌّسزٛٞ. ٚاٌزٟ رؼٛد اٌٝ اٌّسزٛٞ (2θ=19.82)(, ٠الؽع اْ اٌؾضِخ 2اِب ِؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ ثؼذ اٌزؼذ٠ً اٌزٞ ٠الؽع فٟ اٌشىً ) ٌجٍٛسٞ اٌغبٔجٟ فٟ ٚؽذح اٌشجى١خ ٌُ رزغ١ش ٚثّب اْ ٘زٖ اٌؾضِخ رؼٛد ٌٍّسزٛٞ ا (˚d=4.48a)ل١ّخ اصاؽخ ٞاٌجٍٛسٞ ر ٚؽذح اٌخ١ٍخ اٌجٍٛس٠خ ٌُ ٠زبصش ثبٌجٍّشح ثسجت ٚعٛد (b)اٌجٍٛس٠خ ٌالرجٍغب٠ذ ٠ؼٕٟ رٌه اْ ٘زا اٌّسزٛٞ اٌّزّضً ثؼشع )ث١ٓ ؽجمبد (c)رشاثؾ رسبّٟ٘ ث١ٓ اٌزساد. اِب ثبلٟ اٌّسز٠ٛبد اٌجٍٛس٠خ فززبصش ثشذح ٔز١غخ ّٔٛ اٌج١ٌّٛش فٟ اٌجؼذ اال١ٌِٕٛٛس١ٍ١ىب( ِّب ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ فه اٌزفبف ٘زٖ اٌطجمبد اٌّىٛٔخ ٌٍزشاو١ت االثش٠خ ٚٚطٛي ؽجمبد ِؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌٝ d=3.33a)راد اصاؽخ (2θ= 27)ّشطٛطخ. ٚاٌؾضِخ االسبس١خ اٌزٟ ثم١ذ فٟ ِخطؾ اٌؾ١ٛد ٟ٘ اٌاٌؾبٌخ غ١ش ˚ ٚاٌزٟ ( ١ىب ٚاٌزٟ ٌُ رزغ١ش ٌُٚ رزبصش ٔز١غخ اٌجٍّشح, ٚا٠ؼب ٔالؽع ٚعٛد ؽضِخ اسبس١خ ٌُ رزغ١ش رؼٛد ٌٛعٛد ِؼذْ اٌىٛاسرض اٚ اٌسٍ .[11, 12](calcite or dolomite)ٟٚ٘ رؼٛد اٌٝ ٚعٛد ِؼذْ اٌىٍسب٠ذ اٚ اٌذٌِٚٛب٠ذ (2θ=30.8)ػٕذ صاٚٞ (ft-ir)يطيبفيت االشعت ححج انحًزاء cm 3618(, ٚعٛد ؽضَ ػٕذ 3ٛاػؼ فٟ اٌشىً )ِؼذي اٌ اي٠الؽع فٟ ؽ١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ غ١ش -1 رؼٛد اٌٝ اال٘زضاص االِزطبؽٟ ٌّغّٛػخ ا١ٌٙذسٚوس١ً اٌؾشح غ١ش اٌّزبطشح ١٘ذسٚع١ٕ١ب ٚاٌّٛعٛدح ػّٓ ث١ٕخ اال١ٌِٕٛٛس١ٍ١ىب aluminosilicate 3543فٟ ِؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ. ٚٚعٛد ؽضِز١ٓ ِزغبٚسر١ٓ ػٕذ cm -1 ٚ3404 cm -1 رؼٛداْ اٌٝ اص االِزطبؽٟ ٌّغب١ِغ ا١ٌٙذسٚوس١ً اٌّزبطشح ١٘ذسٚع١ٕ١ب ٚاٌّٛعٛدح فٟ ث١ئبد ِخزٍفخ ػّٓ ِؼذْ اال٘زض cm 1803.ػٕذ رشدد [13]االرجٍغب٠ذ -1 ٔالؽع ٚعٛد ؽضِخ رؼٛد اٌٝ اال٘زضاص االٔؾٕبئٟ ٌغض٠ئبد اٌّبء اٌّٛعٛدح ث١ٓ cm ٠ٚ1039الؽع ػٕذ رشدد [14]. ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ -1 ٚعٛد ؽضِخ ل٠ٛخ ٚػش٠ؼخ رؼٛد اٌٝ اٌٛؽذح اٌجٕبئ١خ اٌزشو١ج١خ االسبس١خ ار(,4اِب فٟ ؽبٌخ ؽ١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌّؼذي اٌّج١ٓ فٟ اٌشىً )al(mg)-o-si .[15], اٚ si–o–siفٟ ا١ٌِٕٛب س١ٍ١ىب اٌّزبطشح ١٘ذسٚع١ٕ١ب oh–٠الؽع ثمبء ِغّٛػخ ا١ٌٙذسٚوس١ً اٌؾشح غ١ش اٌّزبصشح ثٛعٛد اٌج١ٌّٛش ٌٚىٓ ثبٌٕسجخ ٌّغّٛػخ )اٌزٟ رشثؾ ث١ٓ ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ(, ٔالؽع ربصش٘ب ٔز١غخ ٌٛعٛد اٌج١ٌّٛش اٌؾبٚٞ ػٍٝ ػذد ِٓ ِغب١ِغ ا١ٌٕٛو١ٍٛف١ٍ١خ ِضً رٍه اٌزٟ وبٔذ سبثمب رشثؾ oh–اٌزٟ رؼًّ ػٍٝ اٌزشاثؾ ا١ٌٙذسٚع١ٕٟ ِغ ِغب١ِغ phenoxyِٚغّٛػخ azoِغّٛػخ cm 1606ثؾ ث١ٓ ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ ٚاٌج١ٌّٛش. ٚػٕذ ث١ٓ اٌطجمبد ٚؽب١ٌب اطجؾذ رش -1 ٔالظ ظٙٛس ؽضِخ اِزظبص ِزٛسطخ -1504)اٌؼبئذح ٌٍؾٍمبد االسِٚبر١خ اٌّٛعٛدح فٟ اٌج١ٌّٛش. اِب ػٕذ اٌزشدداد c=cرؼٛد اٌٝ اال٘زضاص االِزطبؽٟ ٌالطشح 1417) cm -1 . اِب ؽضِخ c=n[16]خ االصٚ ٠الؽع ٚعٛد ؽضَ ِزٛسطخ اٌشذح رؼٛد اٌٝ اال٘زضاص االِزطبؽٟ ٌّغّٛػ cm 1039اٌٛؽذح االسبس١خ اٌزٟ ظٙشد فٟ اٌسطؼ اٌغ١ش ِؼذي ػٕذ -1 cm 1036, فبٔٙب ظٙشد فٟ اٌسطؼ اٌّؼذي ػٕذ 1 ِّب ٠ؼٕٟ اْ اٌٛؽذاد اٌجٕبئ١خ ٌٍط١ٓ ثؼذ اٌجٍّشح اطجؾذ فٟ ث١ٕخ الً شذح ٔز١غخ أفزبػ اٌزشار١ت اٌٍّز٠ٛخ ٌٍجٍٛساد ٚرؾٌٛٙب اٌٝ ث١ٕبد ؽجمخ ِفزٛؽخ ٠زخٍٍٙب اٌج١ٌّٛش.اٌّغٙش٠خ ٌالرجٍغب٠ذ chemistry |248 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 (atomic force microscope)يجهز انقىة انذريت ؽخ عٙبص ب٠الؽع رٛص٠غ ؽغُ اٌذلبئك اٌّبخٛرح ثٛس ارٌط١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ لجً اٌزؼذ٠ً (afm)( طٛسح ٠5ظٙش شىً ) (afm) اْ دلبئك االرجٍغب٠ذ رزشاٚػ الطبس٘ب(165-45 nm) ٠ٚىْٛ اٌمطش اٌسبئذ ػٕذ(92.83nm) وّب اْ طٛسح 27.69)( رظٙش اسرفبع ٘زٖ اٌذلبئك ٠ظً اٌٝ 6اٌضالصٟ االثؼبد ٌذلبئك االرجٍغب٠ذ إٌّشؾ لجً اٌزؼذ٠ً اٌّج١ٕخ فٟ اٌشىً ) nm)( ًطٛسح 7. فٟ اٌشى )(afm) 115-15)اطجؼ رٛص٠غ الطبس اٌذلبئك ٠زشاٚػ ث١ٓ ارٌسطؼ االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌّؼذي nm) ْوّب اْ اٌمطش اٌسبئذ وب(73.42 nm) ِّب ٠ؼٕٟ أٗ لً ؽغُ دلبئك االرجٍغب٠ذ ثؼذ اٌزؼذ٠ً ٚػٕذ ِشاعؼخ طٛسح ٚطً ار٠مً اسرفبع دلبئك االرجٍغب٠ذ ثظٛسح وج١شح عذا ار( ٔالؽع ربو١ذ ِبر٘جٕب ا١ٌٗ سبثمب 8صالص١خ اٌجؼذ اٌّج١ٕخ فٟ اٌشىً ) .(nm 2.53)الظٝ اسرفبع ٌذلبئك االرجٍغب٠ذ scaning electron microscope (sem)انًجهز االنكخزوَي انًبسح ( micro crystalls)٠الؽع فٟ اٌّغٙش االٌىزشٟٚٔ اٌّبسؼ ٌّٕٛرط االرجٍغب٠ذ غ١ش اٌّؼذي اْ اٌجٍٛساد اٌّغٙش٠خ nm(10-13)ٔز١غخ اٌزفبف ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ ثشىً ٌٌٛجٟ ٠ٚزشاٚػ لطش اٌجٍٛسح [15]ٌّؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ رزشرت ثشىً اثشٞ (. اِب ثبٌٕسجخ ٌط١ٓ االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌّؼذي ٔالؽع اخزفبء اٌزشر١ت االثشٞ ٌّؼذْ االرجٍغب٠ذ 9ٚثبؽٛاي ِخزٍفخ وّب فٟ اٌشىً ) بف ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ ثشىً االثشٞ ( ِّب٠ذي ػٍٝ صٚاي اٌزف10ٚرؾٌٛٗ اٌٝ رشار١ت رشجٗ ٔذف اٌٛسق اٌٛاػؼ فٟ اٌشىً ) ٚأفزبؽٙب ٔز١غخ رّٛػغ اٌج١ٌّٛش إٌبِٟ ث١ٓ رٍه اٌطجمبد. ٠ٚالؽع ا٠ؼب اْ إٌزبئظ اٌزٟ رُ اٌؾظٛي ػ١ٍٙب ِٓ عٙبص (afm) اػبفخ اٌٝ طٛسح عٙبص(sem) رذي ػٍٝ رؾطُ اٌج١ٕخ اٌط١ٌٛخ ٌجٍٛساد االرجٍغب٠ذ اٌّغٙش٠خ ِٓ خالي فه اٌزفبف ؽجمبد ا١ٌِٕٛب س١ٍىب اٌّشىٍخ ٌّؾٛس اٌطٛي فٟ ثٍٛسح االرجٍغب٠ذ ٚرؾٛي رٍه اٌجٍٛساد اٌٝ ِب٠شجٗ ٔذف اٌٛسق ٌجٍٛساد اٌّغٙش٠خ ٌّؼذْ اٌّّضق ٚاْ ٘زا ٠ؾظً ٔز١غخ رّٛػغ ّٚٔٛ اٌج١ٌّٛش ث١ٓ ؽجمبد اال١ٌِٕٛب س١ٍ١ىب ٚداخً ا االرجٍغب٠ذ ٚ٘ٛ ِب ٠ؼًّ ػٍٝ رغ١١ش ث١ٕزٗ اٌّغٙش٠خ. انًصبدر 1 yang, li,x.; zhang,d.; liu,x. and shi,l., (2016) a tandem demetalization– desilication strategy to enhance the porosity of attapulgite for adsorption and catalysis”, chemical engineering science, 141, 184–194. 2shi,y.; zhang,q.; feng,l.;xiong,q. and chen,j., (2014) “preparation and adsorption characters of cu(ii)-imprinted chitosan/attapulgite polymer”, korean j. chem. eng., 31(5), 821-827. 3gürses, a., (2016), “introduction to polymer–clay nanocomposites”, taylor & francis group, llc, 112-113, turkey. 4al-bassam, k., (2000), “the iraqi palygorskite geology mineralogy” geochemistry, genesis and industrial uses, baghdad geosurv., 237. 5re,g., (1968), “clay mineralogy” mc graw-hill, inc., new york. 6harben, p. w., (2002),“attapulgite and sepiolite in the industrial minerals”, hand book 4 th ed., 22-26, uk. 7wang, l.; wang, t.;lv, y. andxu, m., (2015),“study on organic modification of attapulgite with silane coupling agents kh570”, international conference on chemical, material and food engineering, chinese chemical society press, china. 8zhua, l.;guoa, j. andliua, p., (2016), “effects of length and organic modification of attapulgitenanorods on attapulgite/polystyrene nanocomposite via in-situ radical bulk polymerization”, applied clay science, 119, 87-95. 9 ismadji, s., (2015), "clay materials for environmental remediation", springerbriefs in green chemistry for sustainability,5-37 uk. 10zhang, g.; wang, h.;guo, s.; wang, j. and liu, j.,(2016), “synthesis of cu/tio2/organo-attapulgite fiber nanocompositeand its photocatalytic activity for degradation of acetone in air”, applied surface science, 362, 257–264. chemistry |249 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 11ali, i.; mohammed, y. and himdan, t.,(2013), “melamine-attapalgiteandattapalgite melamineformaldehyde physical interactions: synthesis and characterzation”, al mustansiriyah j. sci, 24(1), 112. 12xie, a.; zhou, x.; zhou, w.;cai, k.; li, w. and luo, s., (2016) “fabrication of pt/porous pani using attapulgite as template for electro-oxidation of glycerol”, electrochimicaacta, 189, 215–223. 13bradley, w., (1940), “the structural scheme of attapulgite” am. min., 25, 405-410. 14che,c.;glotch,t.;bish,d.; michalski,j. and xu,w.,(2011), “spectroscopic study of the dehydration and/or dehydroxylation of phyllosilicate and zeolite minerals”, journalof geophysical research, 116, 22. 15zarubin, d., (1999), “infrared spectra of hydrogen bonded hydroxyl groups in silicate glasses. a re-interpretation”, phys. chem. glasses, 40(4), 184-192. 16joseph,j. and jemmis, e., (2007), "red-, blue-, or no-shift in hydrogen bonds: a unified explanation", jour. amer. chem. soc.", 129, 4620-4632. ( يًثم انخحهيم انكيًيبئي نًعذٌ انخبهغبيج1جذول ) wt% compound 44.66% sio2 13.36% al2o3 13.71% cao 4.20% fe2o3 3.20% mgo 0.23% so3 17.77 loss on ignition 97.33 total ( يىضح انحشو االسبسيت نًعذٌ االحبهغبيج2)جذول 2d dspacing hkl 2theta number of peak 15.02 7.54 [110] 11.73 1 8.9 4.45 [040] 19.94 2 7.54 3.77 [220] 23.5 3 6.04 3.02 [201] 29.52 4 5.06 2.53 [330] 35.52 5 4.18 2.09 [600] 43.73 6 3.8 1.90 [440] 47.94 7 chemistry |250 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نًعذٌ االحبهغبيج (xrd)يخطظ :(1انشكم) نًعذٌ االحبهغبيج انًعذل (xrd)يخطظ :(2شكم ) chemistry |251 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نسطح االحبهغبيج (ft-ir)طيف االشعت ححج انحًزاء :(3شكم ) نسطح االحبهغبيج انًعذل. (ft-ir)طيف االشعت ححج انحًزاء :(4شكم ) chemistry |252 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نسطح االحبهغبيج (afm)صىرة :(5شكم ) (afm)صىرة ثالثيت االبعبد نسطح االحبهغبيج بىاسطت جهبس :(6شكم ) chemistry |253 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نسطح االحبهغبيج انًعذل (afm)صىرة :(7شكم ) (afm)صىرة ثالثيت االبعبد نسطح االحبهغبيج انًعذل بىاسطت جهبس :(8شكم ) chemistry |254 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نسطح االحبهغبيج (sem)صىرة :(9شكم) نسطح االحبهغبيج بعذ انخعذيم semصىرة :(10شكم ) chemistry |255 2017ػبَ ( 2اٌؼذد ) 30ِغٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙضُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّغٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 preparation and characterization of the complex attuplgite-polyazo m-phenelen p-kresole as a composite nano material alla abdulkareem ibrahim takialdin abdulhadi himdan yousif ibrahim mohammedabuzaid dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science) ibn al haitham(/ university of baghdad received in:19/june/2016,accepted in:6/september/2016 abstract in this study a new composite nano material was prepared and characterized through the polymerization of inter attuplgie layered m-phenylendiamine with p-kresol. the results indicated that the propagated polymer separated the clay aluminosilicate layers as a two dimensional nano-sheets soaked in the prepared polymer matrix with losing the original fibrous structure of attuplgite clay. key words: composite materials, azo polymers, attuplgite, m-phenylendiamine, p-kresol. حساب القدرة التحليلية باستخدام دوال تحليلية 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية الثنائية القطب المتناظرة المغناطيسية للعدسات حساب القدرة التحليلية محددة مسبقا دوال تحليلية باستعمال محمد جواد ياسين ، حسين صالح حسن لمستنصرية قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية ، الجامعة ا فرع الفيزياء ،قسم الفسلجة ، كلية الطب ، جامعة النهرين الخالصة دراسة نظرية أجريتوباالستفادة من طريقة التوليف األمثل للعدسات االلكترونية المغناطيسية، في هذا البحث النظري ة، غير المشبعة مغناطيسيا، مشغلة بنمط التشغيل ثنائية القطب المتناظر اللحساب القدرة التحليلية للعدسات المغناطيسية :التحليلية المعروفة في بصريات اإللكترون، مثل مجال مغناطيسي متناظر لبعض الدوال استعمالعن طريق ، ألمرقبي (.الظل الزائديمجال و أنموذج كاوسمجال لنز، أنموذج -أنموذج كالزر، أنموذج كرفت) ولكن تحت شروط نفس للدوال التحليلية المستعملة نفسهال تعميم الدراسة الحاليةن في إمكانية إن أهمية البحث تكم غير متناظر و دوال تحليلية أخرى مجالها المغناطيسي عمال، وكذلك استوعند شروط تشغيل مختلفة التشبع المغناطيسي تشغيل مختلفة. لشروطسي و وعند التشبع المغناطيتحت شروط انعدام التشبع المغناطيسي متناظر المقدمة وتعرف على أنها (resolving powerتتميز العدسات أو المجاهر االلكترونية بخاصية معينة تعرف بقدرة التحليل ) ائد كان االعتقاد الساذ نموذج، االلنقطتين متجاورتين على صورتين منفصلتين المجهر االلكتروني في تكوين أوالعدسة قابلية تكبير عال، عدسات مثالية وذا صنع أحسنما إذاالمجهر ي البناء الداخلي للمادة باستخدامالتفاصيل ف أدقمن الممكن رؤية بأنه ال يتمكناستنتج أن القدرة التحليلية تكون محددة بظاهرة الحيود. وان أي نوع من العدسات أو المجاهر abbe))إال أن العالم نموذج إذا كان انفصالهم عن بعضيهما اقل من حدود التحليل صلة لنقطتين متجاورتين على االمن تكوين صورة منف (resolving limit) وتدعى هذه الحدود بالمسافة الحرجة لتلك العدسة أو المجهر(critical distance) وتعطى بالعالقة اآلتية: ………… [1]    sinn k  s، (wave length) ألموجي: الطول ، حدود التحليل )المسافة الحرجة( ::ناإذ i nn : الفتحة العددية (numerical aperture)، n و )الشيئية( نموذج والعدسةوسط بين االمعامل انكسار ال  زاوية نصف مخروط الحزمة فإذا كان المطلوب هو الحصول على .(1) (0.61ثابت تعتمد قيمته على شكل الفتحة وللفتحة الدائري يساوي ): k، الضوئية ه العملية فائدتان أوالهما تقليل الفسحة بين الجسم والعدسة الشيئية بزيت معين. ولهذ ملئتقدرة تحليلية عالية، يذ مجهر (2). التحليلية المجهرزيادة قدرة لالنعكاس عن سطح العدسة واخرهماالخسارة في الضوء نتيجة ا 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية وزيادة الفتحة لموجيانقصان الطول نا إذ(، rayleigh criterionوفق مقياس رايلي ) على [1]وقد اشتقت المعادلة sphericalكن هناك حدود لزيادة الفتحة العددية بسبب ظهور الزيغ الكروي )لو ،العددية يساهمان بزيادة القدرة التحليلية aberration) (3) لموجياو لتقليل الطول () ي اقرب طول موجي لألشعة فوق البنفسجية )ال يمكن تجاوزها وهultra violet .) والفتحة العددية هما العامالن اللذان يحددان القدرة التحليلية للمجهر االلكتروني لموجياوهذا يعني أن الطول . اكبر قيمة للمقام هي واحد عندما تكون ) أن ونالحظ أيضا o 90 الوسيلة الوحي أن(، أي( دة لتقليل قيمة هي تقليل قيمة ) : (5)بالصيغة اآلتية [1]يه يمكن كتابة المعادلة لوع، (4) () لموجياالطول ……………. [2]    61.0  ، ويمكن (وذلك بسبب صغر قيمة ) عالية جدا مقارنة بالمجهر الضوئي في المجهر االلكتروني إن قدرة التحليل يرتبط الطول اذ ، المصححة نسبيا وذلك بزيادة فولتية التعجيل (عن طريق تقليل قيمة ) أفضل قدرة تحليل ىعلالحصول ) بفولتية التعجيل المصححة نسبيا( nmمقاسا بالنانومتر ) لموجيا r v) ( مقاسة بالفولتvoltبالمعادلة ا ):آلتية r v nm 5.1 )(  ………… [3] )فولتية التعجيل المصححة نسبيا وتحسب r v ):من العالقة اآلتية )10978.01( 6 vxvv r   ……… … [4] 60kv=تساوي ) المصححة نسبيا فمثال عندما تكون فولتية التعجيل(، voltة بالفولت )( هي فولتية التعجيل مقاسv) :ناذ ا r v )لموجياالطول فأن ( 0.005=للحزمة االلكترونية يساويnm أي اقل من معدل الطول ،)للضوء المرئي الذي ألموجي يجعل باال مكان رؤية وتفحص التراكيب في المستوى الذري عند وهذا ما (6) ( مرة105بمقدار ) (500nm=يبلغ حوالي ) تكتب بالصيغة اآلتية: [2]المعادلة ( فانعلى حدود التحليل) وعند إدخال تأثير الزيغ الكروي الفولتيات العالية.   4/13 7.0  s c ………….. [5] s c( معامل الزيغ الكروي :spherical abbreviation coefficient.للعدسة ) وعند األخذ بنظر االعتبار اختالف مسار يمكن كتابتها بالشكل اآلتي: [5]فان المعادلة ( 4/الموجة الذي يجب أن ال يزيد عن)   4/13 61.0  s c …………. [6] 5): ) تكتب على النحو اآلتي [6]ا يمكن قياسه لذلك المعادلة عملي (اختالف مسار) إن   4/13 43.0  s c ……….. [7] .المجهر االلكترونيالعدسات أو أفضل قدرة تحليل في [7]المعادلة تعطي و وحصل على ت مستخدما طريقة التوليفبتصميم منظومة بصرية مغناطيسية ثالثية وخماسية العدسا (7)لقد قام الباحث بينما كانت قيمة الزيغ الكروي واللوني للمنظومة الثالثية ،(0.06nm=متساوية للمنظومتين وتساوي ) قدرة تحليل     mmcmmc tstc 91.0,20.1 الخماسية والمنظومة    mmcmmc tstc 36.1,79.1  من مجموعة كبيرة من الباحثين، فقد )التقليدية( ق التحليليةائالتحليل للعدسات المصممة بالطرحسبت قدرة ، بينما على التوالي 1.20mm=بتصميم عدسة ثنائية القطب المخروطي المقطع، وحصل على ) (8)قام s c) ( 2=عندmv r v وكانت القدرة) ( أفضل خواص بؤرية وقدرة 1الجدول ) يبين ،(0.11nm=يمة الزيغ الكروي المذكور تساوي )التحليلية لتلك العدسة عند ق . (9)لمجموعة من الباحثين مشبعة مغناطيسيةتحليل لعدسات الدوال التحليلية توزيع مجالها المغناطيسي اإللكترون معروفة في بصرياتنماذج رياضية ألربعةالقدرة التحليلية درستفي هذا البحث ، هي إحداثيات بداية ونهاية المحور البصري على التوالي ezو szن اذ ا ez <z <szة على امتداد المد المحوري متناظر : (10)والنماذج الرياضية هي 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية glaser bell-shape model [8] 2 2 1         w z b b m z )624.2(cosh        w z b b m z grivet-lenz model [9]              2 2 2 ln w z expbb mz gaussian field model [10] )270.2(cosh 2        w z b b m z hyperbolic tangent field model [11] ( المسافة على zالقيمة العظمى لكثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري، ) (bm)( كثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري ، (bzن اذ ا عرض النصف للمجال (w)المحور األفقي )البصري( مقاسة من موقع القيمة العظمى لكثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري و المغناطيسي المحوري. هو الشبه الكبير بين توزيع المجال المغناطيسي المحوري للعدسات المغناطيسية الثنائية النماذج هذه في استعمال إن السبب على متغيرات أمثلية من ضمن المعلمات لهذه النماذجوكذلك احتواء البنية الرياضية هذه النماذجالقطب المتناظرة ومنحني (، وطول bm=1tتثبيت قيمة ) حساب قدرة التحليل عند في هذا البحث تم للعدسة. الهندسية والفيزيائية الضرورية واألساسية وكما والسبب في ذلك (w=1,2,3,4,5mm) وتغيير قيمة عرض نصف المجال المغناطيسي إلى القيم( l=100mmالعدسة ) عندما يتم تغييره، انظر على سبيل نه العامل األهم الذي يسبب تغييرا في الخواص البؤرية الشيئية السابقة ا أثبتته الدراسات . (11),(10),(7)المثال النتائج والمناقشة لنز عند -وأشكال األقطاب ألنموذجي كالزر وكرفت (bz)( توزيعات كثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري 1يوضح شكل ) w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr)القيم 1/2 (w)انه عند زيادة قيمة ج كالزر نموذ، بالنسبة الى ا(20= يزداد ونتيجة لذلك فان خطوط الفيض المغناطيسي التي تخترق الدائرة ni))تهيج العدسة أنالمحني أي تحت تزداد المساحة . (10) دلوحدة المساحة تكون متزايدة العد (air gap) (s)المغناطيسية والفجوة الهوائية ويعد أنموذج كالزر من النماذج حسب توزيع لذلك ، (11) نهايةلى الماالويمتد إ االنحدار بطيء المحوري الرياضية التي يكون توزيع مجالها المغناطيسي (، z=±50mmكثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري عند ) للعدسات الثنائية األيسر العلوي األقطاب فتمثل ربع القطب أشكال أما تؤدي إلى زيادة في كل من قطر فتحة w)) ويتضح من الشكل أن زيادة قيم تغيرة، الم w))القطب المتناظرة لكل من قيم ، وذلك للسماح للمجال المغناطيسي باالمتداد إلى مناطق ابعد عن مركز التناظر(s)، وعرض الفجوة الهوائية (d)القطب الصفر إلىتصل (bz)ن اشديد االنحدار إذ نز ل-بينما يكون توزيع كثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري ألنموذج كرفت . (10) (، w=3mm) و( w=2mm( ،)z=±17.3mm) و( w=1mm( ،)z=±11.6mm) و( z=±5.8mm) عند (z=±33.2mm )و (w=4mmو ) عند (z=±29mm )و (w=5mm) ، لفة -أي ال توجد خسارة في األمبير((ni. أما ، إذ يالحظ من أشكال أقطاب هذا المتغيرة w))لعدسات المتناظرة لكل قيم األيسر ل العلوي تمثل ربع القطبف األقطابأشكال . (12) األنموذج أن االمتداد المحوري للقطب يزداد كلما ازداد عرض النصف الظل الزائدي ومجال وأشكال األقطاب ألنموذجي (bz)( توزيعات كثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري 2يوضح الشكل ) w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr)كاوس عند القيم ال مج 1/2 نالحظ من الشكل أن توزيع كثافة .(20= ( و z=±3.6mmتصل إلى الصفر عند ) (bz)ن اشديد االنحدار إذ مجال الظل الزائديالفيض المغناطيسي المحوري ألنموذج (w=1mm( ،)z=±7.1mm( و )w=2mm( ،)z=±10.6mm( و )w=3mm( ،)z=±14.1mm( و )w=4mm و ) هذا األنموذج أكثر انحدارا من و أن .ni))لفة -األمبير خسارة في أي ال توجد (،w=5mm( و )z=±17.6mmعند ) ، المتغيرة (w)للعدسات المتناظرة لكل قيم األيسر العلوي وأشكال األقطاب تمثل ربع القطب ،لنز-كرفت ي كالزر وأنموذج أما توزيع . (11) كال أقطاب هذا األنموذج أن االمتداد المحوري للقطب يزداد كلما ازداد عرض النصفإذ يالحظ من أش لذلك يالحظ (11)يمثل توزيعات المجال المغناطيسي لعدسة رقيقةف كاوسمجال كثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري ألنموذج 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية من توزيعات المجال المغناطيسي المحوري (أكثر شدة انحدار)تمركزا أكثرتوزيع مجاله المغناطيسي المحوري يكون أن (، w=2mm( و )w=1mm( ،)z=±4.6mm( و )z=±2.3mm( إلى الصفر عند )bzو تصل ) ، (11) للنماذج السابقة (z=±6.9mm( و )w=3mm( ،)z=±9.2mm( و )w=4mm( و عند )z=±11.5mm( و )w=5mm)، أي ال توجد ، إذ المتغيرة w))األيسر للعدسات المتناظرة لكل قيم العلوي وأشكال األقطاب تمثل ربع القطب .ni))لفة -خسارة في األمبير . (11) صفرض النعاالمتداد المحوري للقطب يزداد كلما ازداد يالحظ من أشكال أقطاب هذا األنموذج أن القدرة التحليلية والطول [7]و [6] [5],المحسوبة من المعادالت () قدرة التحليل (8) ،( 7(، )6(، )5(، )4، )(3)األشكال توضح [3]المحسوب من المعادلة ربعةللنماذج األ الثنائية القطب المتناظرة للحزمة االلكترونية الداخلة مجال العدسات () ألموجي ، البعد (vr)، فولتية التعجيل المصححة نسبيا ni)) العدسة تهيج، (w)دالة لعرض نصف المجال المغناطيسي المحوري ,w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t)عند القيم cc))و الزيغ اللوني cs))، الزيغ الكروي fo))البؤري الشيئي ni/vr 1/2 مع أسيا قلت الناتجة من النماذج األربعة لموجي وقدرة تحليل العدسات اأن الطول جميع األشكالن نالحظ م ،(20= ,fo, cs , cc, ni)تؤدي إلى زيادة قيم كل من w)) قيم الن زيادة ، cc)و w، ni، vr ،fo ،cs)كل من زيادة قيم vr) ( 2انظر الجدول) ذا األساس نستنتج انه بتقليل قيموعلى ه (14),(13) يهاوهذا يتفق مع النتيجة التي توصل إل (w) يمكن .وقدرة تحليل عالية جيدة )زيوغ قليلة( بصرية خواص يالحصول على عدسات مغناطيسية ذ معامل الزيغ قيم إنمن بقية النماذج، بالرغم من )أفضل قدرة تحليلية( أقل كالزرألنموذج (قيم قدرة التحليل ) إن بسبب زيادة (الطول الموجي )قيم قلة إلى عودبقية النماذج وهذا ي بالمقارنة مع قيم األكبرهي لهذا األنموذج cs)الكروي ) .(2)انظر الجدول لهذا األنموذج ( (vrقيم فولتية التعجيل المصححة نسبيا االستنتاج أو غير متناظر تحليلية أخرى توزيع مجالها المغناطيسي المحوري متناظر "دراسة الحالية يمكن أن تعمم لتشمل دواالإن ال التشبع شروطانعدام التشبع المغناطيسي أو تحت شروطلحساب قدرتها التحليلية عند أنماط تشغيل مختلفة و تحت ضل كالزر أفألنموذج اظرةيل العدسة المغناطيسية الثنائية القطب المتنأن قدرة تحل ، كما أن هذه الدراسة أثبتتالمغناطيسي ، غير أن زيوغ هذه العدسة غير جيدة بسبب زيادة عرض للعدسات الثنائية القطب الناتجة من النماذج األخرى من قدرة التحليل ض الفجوة الهوائية. نصف المجال المغناطيسي المحوري الذي يؤدي إلى زيادة قطر فتحة القطب المحوري وعر المصادر 1. grundy, p.j. (1976), "electron microscopy in the study of materials", (edwared arnold,london. .117 كلية العلوم /جامعة بغداد، ص (، البصريات، 1171يعقوب، يعقوب عزيز و حسون، عباس محمد، ). 2 3. goodhew, p. j. (1975), electron microcopy and analysis, wykeham science series. ، أطروحة لعدسة الكترونية ال تقليدية ذات مجالين مغناطيسيين متعاكسين، دراسة حاسوبية (1115. ياسين، محمد جواد، )4 دكتوراه / كلية التربية/ الجامعة المستنصرية. 5. benjamin, m. and siegel, (1964), modern developments in electron microscopy, (academic press: new york and london). 6. agar, a.w, alderson, r.h and chesco,d., (1974), principles and practice of electron microscope operation(north holland)”. ة حاسوبية في تصميم عدسات المجهر االلكتروني النفاذ، أطروحة (، دراس2007. الشافعي، طالب محسن عباس، )7 دكتوراه 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية الجامعة المستنصرية. ،كلية التربية، 8. cleaver, j.r.a. (1980), optik 57: 9 -34. (، تصميم العدسة الشيئية الثنائية القطب الالمتناظرة المشبعة مغناطيسيا لمسار 1115) . الجبوري، وسن جواد كاظم، 1 .الجامعة المستنصرية ،كلية التربية ،، أطروحة دكتوراه ألمرقبياألشعة محددة ، توليف العدسات االلكترونية بمساعدة الحاسوب باستخدام دوال تحليلية (2001) ، سامي جمعان سالمين، دريقان. 10 الجامعة المستنصرية . ،كلية التربية ،ماجستير أطروحة مسبقا (، التصميم العكسي للعدسات المغناطيسية باستخدام مجال مغناطيسي محدد ، أطروحة 1116. البطاط، على هادي ، )11 .الجامعة المستنصرية ،كلية التربية ،ماجستير 12. szilagyi, m. (1988) electron and ion optics, plenum press: new york. 13. al-obaidi, h. n., (1999), journal of education college, al-mustansririyah university, 3: 3546. 14. knell, g. and plies, e.(1999), nucl. instr. and meth. a427: 99-103. 2002( 2) 22المجلد لصرفة والتطبيقية مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم ا أفضل خواص بؤرية شيئية وقدرة تحليل لعدسات مشبعة لمجموعة من الباحثين :(1جدول )  cc(mm) cs(mm) fo(mm) bz(t)(nm) نوع العدسة 1 2.7 1.7 1.9 0.12 العدسة الحلقية ب المخروطي العدسة ثنائية القط ةالمقطع المتناظر 0.13 4.4 2.4 7 5 1.78 13 2.9 7.3 0.14 خالية من الحديد 2.5 7.6 1.85 4.3 0.13 ية القطب المخروطي بوجه كروي أحاد 612 0142 212 2102 4110 ثنائية القطب المخروطي بوجه كروي 2 2 112 612 4112 ملفين وأحادية القطب الكروي ذ 214 014 216 616 1116 ب الكروي الالمتناظرةثنائية القط 614 .012 611 21.0 4110 ثنائية القطب الكروي المتناظرة 0110 1112 4122 410 4114 ثنائية القطب الكروي الالمتناظرة 2002( 2) 22المجلد مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية لطول الموجي للحزمة االلكترونيةا، vr، فولتية التعجيل المصححة نسبيا ni تهيج العدسة، (fo,cs,cc) رية الشيئية البؤ الخواص :(2جدول ) للنماذج األربعة [7]و [6] [5],المحسوبة من المعادالتالقطب المتناظرة الثنائيةوقدرة تحليل العدسات المغناطيسية [3]المعادلة المحسوب من (w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr1/2=20).عند القيم glaser bell-shaped model δ(nm)eq.(7 ) δ(nm)eq.(6) δ(nm)eq.(5) λx10 -2 (nm) cc(mm) cs(mm) fo(mm) nix10 4 (a.t) vrx10 5 (volt) w(mm) 0.3577 0.5075 0.5823 0.9924 0.73 0.49 1.11 0.2468175 0.152297 1 0.2534 0.3595 0.4126 0.5027 1.43 0.95 2.19 0.4872743 0.5935907 2 0.2077 0.2946 0.3381 0.3396 2.13 1.39 3.26 0.7213863 1.3009957 3 0.1806 0.2562 0.294 0.2581 2.8 1.81 4.31 0.9491786 2.2523499 4 0.1622 0.2301 0.264 0.2092 3.46 2.21 5.34 1.1706861 3.4262649 5 grivet-lenz model δ(nm)eq.(7 ) δ(nm)eq.(6) δ(nm)eq.(5) λx10 -2 (nm) cc(mm) cs(mm) fo(mm) nix10 4 (a.t) vrx10 5 (volt) w(mm) 0.598 0.8482 0.9734 2.571 0.31 0.22 0.43 0.0952744 0.022693 1 0.4102 0.582 0.6678 1.2855 0.58 0.39 0.84 0.1905488 0.0907721 2 0.3328 0.4721 0.5418 0.857 0.85 0.57 1.25 0.2858231 0.2042372 3 0.2882 0.4088 0.4692 0.6427 1.13 0.76 1.66 0.3810975 0.3630883 4 0.2585 0.3666 0.4207 0.5142 1.42 0.95 2.07 0.4763719 0.5673255 5 hyperbolic tangent field model δ(nm)eq.(7 ) δ(nm)eq.(6) δ(nm)eq.(5) λx10 -2 (nm) cc(mm) cs(mm) fo(mm) nix10 4 (a.t) vrx10 5 (vol t) w(mm) 0.8199 1.1632 1.3348 3.4937 0.22 0.16 0.31 0.0701123 0.0122893 1 0.575 0.8157 0.9361 1.7468 0.41 0.29 0.6 0.1402246 0.0491574 2 0.4695 0.6661 0.7643 1.1646 0.63 0.44 0.9 0.2103369 0.110604 3 0.4058 0.5756 0.6605 0.8734 0.83 0.58 1.19 0.2804492 0.1966294 4 0.3637 0.5159 0.592 0.6987 1.04 0.73 1.5 0.3505615 0.3072334 5 gaussian field model δ(nm)eq.(7 ) δ(nm)eq.(6) δ(nm)eq.(5) λx10 -2 (nm) cc(mm) cs(mm) fo(mm) nix10 4 (a.t) vrx10 5 (volt) w(mm) 0.6377 0.9046 1.0381 2.0892 0.26 0.2 0.36 0.0847076 0.0179384 1 0.4481 0.6356 0.7294 1.4458 0.51 0.39 0.72 0.1694152 0.0717538 2 0.3619 0.5133 0.5891 0.9639 0.75 0.56 1.06 0.2541228 0.1614459 3 0.3148 0.4465 0.5124 0.7229 1 0.76 1.42 0.3388303 0.287015 4 0.2808 0.3983 0.4571 0.5783 1.25 0.94 1.77 0.4235379 0.4484609 5 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -50 -25 0 25 50 z(mm) b z (t ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 z(mm) r p (m m ) glaser model glaser model 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -50 -25 0 25 50 z(mm) b z (t ) grivet-lenz model 0 10 20 30 40 50 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 z(mm) r p (m m ) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -50 -25 0 25 50 z(mm) b z (t ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 z(mm) r p (m m ) hyperbolic tangent field model hyperbolic tangent field model grivet-lenz model عند القيم لنز-كالزر وكرفت ألنموذجي األقطاب وأشكال bz توزيعات كثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري (1شكل ) (w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr 1/2 =20). 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -50 -25 0 25 50 z(mm) b z (t ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 z(mm) r p (m m ) λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 2 4 6 w(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) glaser model λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 0 2 4 6 w(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) grivet-lenz model gaussian field model gaussian field model عند القيم الظل الزائدي وكاوسوأشكال األقطاب ألنموذجي bz( توزيعات كثافة الفيض المغناطيسي المحوري 2شكل ) (w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr 1/2 =20). λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 4 0 2 4 6 w(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) hyperbolic tangent field model gaussian field model λx 102 (nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 2 4 6 w(mm) δ (n m ), λ x1 0 -2 (n m ) للحزمة االلكترونية والطول الموجي [7]و [6] [5],من المعادالت سوبةالمح قدرة التحليل( 6شكل ) λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.5 1 1.5 nix10 4 (a.t) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) glaser model λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 nix10 4 (a.t) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) grivet-len z model λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 nix10 4 (a.t) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 nix10 4 (a.t) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) hyperbolic tangent field model gaussian field model عند القيم wكدالة لعرض نصف المجال المغناطيسي المحوري للنماذج األربعة الداخلة مجال العدسات (w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr 1/2 =20). λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 1 2 3 4 vrx10 5 (volt) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 1 2 3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 nix10 4 (a.t) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) grivet-lenz model glaser model λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 1 2 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 vrx10 5 (volt) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 vrx10 5 (volt) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) gaussian field model hyperbolic tangent field model والطول الموجي للحزمة االلكترونية الداخلة مجال العدسات [7]و [6] [5],المحسوبة من المعادالت( قدرة التحليل 0شكل ) .(w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr1/2=20)عند القيم ni لتهيج العدسةللنماذج األربعة كدالة λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 2 4 6 fo(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) glaser model λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 fo(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) grivet-lenz model االلكترونية الداخلة مجال العدسات والطول الموجي للحزمة [7]و [6] [5],المحسوبة من المعادالت( قدرة التحليل 5) شكل ,w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t)عند القيم vrلفولتية التعجيل المصححة نسبيا للنماذج األربعة كدالة ni/vr 1/2 =20). λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 4 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 fo(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 fo(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) gaussian field model λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 cs(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) glaser model λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 1 2 3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 cs(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) grivet-lenz model hyperbolic tangent field model االلكترونية الداخلة مجال والطول الموجي للحزمة [7]و [6] [5],المحسوبة من المعادالت( قدرة التحليل 6شكل ) ,w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t)عند القيم foللبعد البؤري الشيئي العدسات للنماذج األربعة كدالة ni/vr 1/2 =20). λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 cs(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 cs(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) gaussian field model λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 1 2 3 4 cc(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 1 2 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 cc(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) hyperbolic tangent field model االلكترونية الداخلة مجال العدسات والطول الموجي للحزمة [7]و [6] [5],المحسوبة من المعادالت( قدرة التحليل 7شكل ) .(w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr1/2=20)عند القيم csللزيغ الكروي للنماذج األربعة كدالة glaser model grivet-lenz model λx 10-2(nm) δ(nm)e q. (5) δ(nm)e q. (6) δ(nm)e q. (7) 0 1 2 3 4 0 0.5 1 1.5 cc(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) λx10 -2 ( nm) δ( nm) eq.( 5) δ( nm) eq.( 6) δ( nm) eq.( 7) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 cc(mm) δ (n m ), λ x 1 0 -2 (n m ) gaussian field model hyperbolic tangent field model االلكترونية الداخلة مجال العدسات والطول الموجي للحزمة [7]و [6] [5],المحسوبة من المعادالت( قدرة التحليل 8شكل ) .(w=1,2,3,4,5mm, l=100mm, bm=1t, ni/vr1/2=20)عند القيم ccللزيغ اللوني للنماذج األربعة كدالة ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 calculating the resolving power for symmetrical double pole piece magnetic lenses by using a preassigned analytical functions m.j.yaseen, h.s.hasan department of physics, college of education, university of al-mustansiriya department of physics, college of medicine, university of al-nahrain abstract in this theoretical paper and depending on the optimization synthesis method for electron magnetic lenses a theoretical computational investigation was carried out to calculate the resolving power for the symmetrical double pole piece magnetic lenses, under the absence of magnetic saturation, operated by the mode of telescopic operation by using symmetrical magnetic field for some analytical functions well-known in electron optics such as glaser’s bell-shaped model, grivet-lenz model, gaussian field model and hyperbolic tangent field model. this work can be extended further by using the same or other models for asymmetrical or symmetrical axial magnetic field under magnetic saturation or absence of magnetic saturation, operated by other modes operation. 651 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 monem.rahma@yahoo.com nabamaster85@ yahoo.com [ abstract detection moving car in front view is difficult operation because of the dynamic background due to the movement of moving car and the complex environment that surround the car, to solve that, this paper proposed new method based on linear equation to determine the region of interest by building more effective background model to deal with dynamic background scenes. this method exploited the permitted region between cars according to traffic law to determine the region (road) that in front the moving car which the moving cars move on. the experimental results show that the proposed method can define the region that represents the lane in front of moving car successfully with precision over 94%and detection rate 86% and fom 90%. keywords: dynamic background, background subtraction, self-driving car, background model 1. introduction a or self-driving car or driverless car, it’s a robotic vehicle, operates moving car independently through feedback data returned from different types sensors. the objectives of these cars are reducing risks, problems, and cost that coming from human operation. one of ac major functions is detecting moving car in the front view based on computer vision technologies which help to make the decision for determining the path and avoid accidents [1]. background modeling and subtraction is the most common detecting technique, while how correctly detecting moving objects is still a challenge [2] . exploited the conventional methods of background modeling the temporal variation of each pixel to model the background and using change detection for foreground detection. the previous decade witnessed very useful background modeling publications. however, recently applications in the dynamic background like recordings are taken from mobile devices or internet videos need developments to detect moving objects in challenging environments. so that, to deal with a dynamic background in real scenes with effective methods are needed and may be used many different strategies like automatic feature selection, hierarchical models, or model selection. using advanced models with low memory requirements is another feature of abdul monem s. rahma article history: received 6 may 2018, accepted 30 april 2019, publish may 2019 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index modeling dynamic background based on linear equation nabaa basil abd department of computer science, university of technology, baghdad, iraq. 10.30526/32.2.2122 :ido file:///d:/عدد%202019/2019-5-20/حاسبات/monem.rahma@yahoo.com file:///d:/عدد%202019/2019-5-20/حاسبات/monem.rahma@yahoo.com file:///d:/عدد%202019/2019-5-20/حاسبات/نبا%20باسل%20ح%20عدد2%202019.docx file:///d:/عدد%202019/2019-5-20/حاسبات/نبا%20باسل%20ح%20عدد2%202019.docx 651 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 background modeling method. to meet these requirements, redesigned algorithms is necessary [3]. this study comprises the follows an overview of existing approaches of background models is presented. section 3 describes the proposed method in detail, and then section 4 provides the experimental results and comparison with other methods. section 5 includes conclusions. 2. background modeling in computer vision applications, the moving object detection is critical operation. this process focuses on moving objects and insignificant information in the scene is ignored. many approaches and methods and algorithms have been proposed to achieve that goal based on either a probabilistic or predictive mechanism [4-7]. in practical applications, for detecting foreground objects, background subtraction which removes a background image from the input is widely used, because it enables us without any prior knowledge to detect foreground objects [8]. obtain a background image which doesn’t contain any moving object is the simplest method to model the background. a static background is not available in some environments, where the background changes dynamically because of the moving objects or the varying illumination. therefore, representation model of the background must be adaptive and robust to address these challenges. as a result, over the last decade many background subtraction techniques have been designed and can be found several surveys [9].[10]. background modeling approaches construct a model of the background and then, comparing input image pixels with model pixels to classify them as bg or fg [11]. many background modeling approaches have been proposed by many researchers for dealing with a dynamic background. traditional background modeling can be classified as the following types: basic models, cluster models, statistical models, estimation models and neural network models [10].recent background model can be classified the recent background models as the following types: fuzzy background model, advanced statistical background model, discriminative subspace learning model, sparse models, transform domain model and rpca models. recently, combined foreground (fg) and background (bg) models have been described with temporal and spatial information for background subtraction. these models contain prior information about the fg in the bg modeling [11]. hao et al., 2013,suggested a method originated from a combined spatiotemporal foreground and background modeling. prior probabilities were estimated in order to adopt background changes in each video frame. firstly, temporal and spatial information were acquired for background modeling by using of kernel density estimation (kde).secondly, using gaussian formulation, to depict the spatial correlation between targets in motion to develop foreground model. lastly, a fusion background frame was produced along with the proposal of updating rates [12]. maddalena et al.2014, introduced an approach called (3dsobs+) to detect moving object. the proposed approach was based on neural background model. self-organizing method is used for generation of neural background model automatically. firstly, build a neural background model which contains n images referred as layers and each layer consists of weight-vector for the corresponding pixel. initialized neural background model by changing all model layers by estimated background model using temporal median method, and then each pixel of the current frame was compared to pixels of neural background model; if that pixel was close enough to estimated model in this case the pixel was estimated to be foreground pixel otherwise it was considered as background pixel. finally, the model is updated in [13]. rashid 651 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 and thomas, 2016, proposed an approach for simultaneous non-parametric modeling of foreground and background, which was applied in a competitive manner for pixels classification as foreground or background. selective updating of the foreground and background models was employed to harmonize changes in the background. in the model updating, both spatial and temporal dependencies of pixels were utilized [14]. yizhong et al, 2017, proposed a nonparametric method for detection moving object, which contains both temporal and spatial features. the dynamic background was accurately detected by using the proposed method. also, several mechanisms to maintain and update the background model were proposed. background model was built by the first n1frames and sampling m times in (3×3) neighborhood region randomly. spatiotemporal model represented dynamic background scenes well. on the other hand, a new update strategy made the background model it the dynamic background. also, the proposed method could deal with ghost well [2]. 3. proposed method in autonomous car, one of the important functions is detecting a moving object in front of it, so that can avoid the collision and select its path. the front view scenes of the autonomous car are acquired by using camera placed inside ac along an axial line. the process of separating frames of a video sequence into moving object and background according to features referred to as object detection, to locate and identify objects. because cars have different shapes, sizes, and colors, it has become difficult to depend on these features to detect cars. in addition, the car is moving and the background is dynamic, therefore the proposed method is appropriate identification to the portion of image that represents the street (the road) i.e. building a model that can detect the part that represents the street then the car can be detected after that. this section describes all steps of the new method for modeling the background by using the common form of a linear equation with two variables x and y to identify the region of interest, in other words, building a background model to predict the background region based on the linear equation and then separating the foreground objects. 3.1. background modeling based on linear equation after the image pre-processing step is conduct3d, the image is converted to grayscale. then using the proposed method to define the region of interest. the using of linear equation for background modeling and is as follow: 1selecting two points (i1, j1) and (i2, j2) on the gray image, these points are in one straightness line and perpendicular to the bottom of the image and near the bottom. 2the form of linear equation is: (1) applying the equation on these two points as follow: compute x and y values to use in the equation: x: represents the distance from that point to the bottom of the image. (2) where i the height coordinate of the pixel (point). y: represents the averaging of intensity of that point with its eight's 651 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 neighbors by using window of 3x3. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )+ ( ) (3) the resultant equations after computing x and y illustrated by equation (4): (4) 3computing the value of a and b by solving equations (4) using the substitution method for linear equations. 4repeating all previous steps with another two points p3 and p4 also, are on one straightness line and perpendicular to the bottom of the image and near the bottom of the image and exactly parallel to the previous two points. 5in this case there are two values for a and b, by computing the average of a values and average of b values, these averaging values can be used to calculate the expecting pixels intensity by using equation (5), ̅ ̅ ̅ (5) where represents the expecting pixel intensity, ̅ and ̅ are the averaging values from previous step, and ̅ value computed by equation (2). figure 1. shows the representation of background modeling method. 3.2. applying subtraction operation this step has done by subtracting each pixel of grayscale image or frame from the expected value of the same pixel which is supplied by equation (5). equation (6) shows the subtraction operation. ( ) | ( ) ( )| (6) then, binary image is obtained by setting the threshold th, (converting the image to black and white) as in equation (7). ( ) { ( ) } (7) where, ( ) binary image result from background subtraction operation after applying threshold. 3.3. post processing the output of background modeling phase contains many noises because of surrounding environment changes or illumination changes, using filter can improving the result and remove noise, then can use some processes to extract moving car. 611 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 algorithm1: background modeling based on linear equation. input: grayscale image i. output: binary image (b). step 1: read grayscale image (i) and selecting two points in one straightness line and perpendicular to the bottom of the image (i) and near the bottom. p1 ( , ); p2 ( , ); width ← i.width; height ← i.height; step 2: applying equation (1) on these two points. step 2.1: compute x by applying equation (2): ← height – ; ← height – ; step 2.2: compute y by applying equation (3) by define window of 3x3 for each point of its’ eight neighbors: ← of p1( , ) with its eight neighbors ← of p2( , ) with its eight neighbors the resultant two equations after computing x and y are: step 3: computing the value of and by solving the two equations above using the substitution method for linear equations. step 4: repeating step1, step2 and step3 with another two points p3 and p4. the resultant two equations after computing x and y for the new points are: computing the value of and by solving the two equations by using the substitution method for linear equations. step 5: computing the average of a values and average of b values: 616 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 av← + /2 bv← + /2 step 6: calculate the expecting pixels intensity by using equation (5). ̅ step 7: applying subtraction operation: for i←0 to height loop for j←0 to width loop ( ) | ( ) ( )| if ( )<= th ( )←1 else ( )←0 end if end for end for end. figure 1. illustrating representation of background modeling. 611 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 4. result and discussion the new method was implemented using visual studio 2015 with c# programming language. this method has been tested using empty streets to make sure that it is defined the region that represents the road. two tests have been used, the first one was used (40) single images and the second was used video length 20 sec. frame rate (30 fps). table 1. illustrates the result of the first test for 6 single images and table 2. illustrates the result of the second test for 4 frames of the sequenced images. in order to evaluate the performance and measure the robustness of the present method, the following performance matrices are used which depending on following parameters, true positive (tp), false positive (fp), and false negative (fn). 1detection rate (dr) also called recall: defined by (8) measures the predicted true positive (tp) percentage as compared to the total number of actual positives. recall =tp/(tp+ fn) (8) 2precision: provide by (9) measures the correct detection percentage as compared to the total number of detections as positives. precision= tp/(tp + fp) (9) 3figure of merit (fom): it’s a better performance evaluation defined by (10). it is weighted harmonic mean measured jointly with precision and recall fom= (2x recall x precision)/(recall+ precision) (10) table 1. results of evaluation the proposed method. samples recall precision fom 40 single images 0.825 0.942 0.879 video frames 0.9 0.947 0.922 total 0.862 0.944 0.90 table 2. shows the results of evaluating the proposed method based on recall, precision and fom metrics to first and second testing samples. table 2. the result of test single images. no. original grayscale after modeling 1 2 611 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 3 4 5 6 table 3. the results of second test on video frames. fram e no. original image grayscale after modeling 30 104 611 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 184 520 table 2 and 3, show the result of the testing for single image and sequenced images respectively, where the second column is the original images and the third column is the images after converting to the grayscale and forth column is the output of the proposed method. table 4. comparison in the performance of the proposed method with other approaches. methods precision recall fom spatiotemporal model [2]. 0.87 0.72 0.79 st-kde [12]. 0.95 0.84 0.89 background foreground competitive model [14]. 0.78 0.66 0.71 proposed method 0.94 0.86 0.90 table 4, shows the comparison in performance of the proposed method with other approaches based on (precision, recall, fom) matrices. the result show that the proposed method has value in fom higher than other methods, which means the proposed method robust than other method. 5. conclusions in this study, a new method has been proposed for detecting the dynamic background of the moving car in the scene ahead of the autonomous car. the proposed method exploited the traffic law and used the permitted region between the cars according to that law. this method based on linear equation with two variables to detect the part that represents the dynamic region (road) in front of the car. the method was tested and the results show the ability of the method on detecting the dynamic background which represents the road and the complex environment was removed and it became easy to detect the moving car. 615 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 references 1. rahma, a.m.s.; abd, n.b. detection of a moving car based on invariant moments. journal of computer science. science publication. 2018, 14, 10-316,doi: 10.3844/jcssp.2018.310.316. 2. yizhong, y.; qiang, z.; pengfei, w.; xionglou, h.; nengju, w. moving object detection for dynamic background scenes based on spatiotemporal model. advances in multimedia.2017, 2017, 1-9. 3. bouwmans, t.; gonzàlez, j.; shan, c.; piccardi, m.; davis, l. special issue on background modeling for foreground detection in real-world dynamic scenes. machine vision and applications.2014, 25, 1101-1103. 4. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 31, 1,151-163, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 5. wang, s.c.; su, t.f.; lai, s.h. detecting moving objects from dynamic background with shadow removal. ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing (icassp).2011,5946556,925 – 928, doi:10.1109/icassp.2011,5946556. 6. mansour, h.; vetro, a. video background subtraction using semi-supervised robust matrix completion. ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing (icassp).2014, 14447992, 6528 – 6532, doi:10.1109/icassp.2014.6854862. 7. tawfiq, l. n.m.; hussein, w. r. design suitable neural network for processing face recognition. global journal of engineering science and researches.2016, 3, 3, 58-64. 8. yoshinaga, s.; shimada, a.; nagahara, h.; taniguchi, r. object detection based on spatiotemporal background models. computer vision and image understanding. elsevier inc.2014, 122, 84-91,doi://doi.org/10.1016/j.cviu.2013.10.015. 9. bouwmans, t.; porikli, f.; hörferlin, b.; vacavant, a. background modeling and foreground detection for video surveillance,crc press, taylor and francis group. 2014.isbn -13: 978-1-4822-0538-1. 10. bouwmans, t. traditional and recent approaches in background modeling for foreground detection: an overview. computer science review. elsevier inc.2014, 11–12, 31-6, doi: doi.org/10.1016/j.cosrev.2014.04.001. 11. sajid, h.; cheung, sen-ching, s.; jacobs, n. appearance based background subtraction for ptz cameras. signal processing: image communication. elsevier inc.2016, 47, 417425, doi://doi.org/10.1016/j.image.2016.07.008. 12. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, r.w. efficient semi-analytic technique for solving nonlinear singular initial value problems. ibn al-haitham journal for pure & applied sciences.2014, 27, 3, 513-522. 13. tawfiq, l.n.m. using collocation neural network to solve eigenvalue problems. mj journal on applied mathematics.2016, 1, 1, 1-8. 14. rashid, m.e.; thomas, v. a background foreground competitive model for background subtraction in dynamic background. procedia technology. elsevier inc.2016, 25, 536 – 543. http://dx.doi.org/10.30526/31.2.1954 https://doi.org/10.1109/icassp.2011.5946556 https://doi.org/10.1109/icassp.2014.6854862 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cviu.2013.10.015 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/15740137 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/15740137/11/supp/c https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosrev.2014,04.001 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosrev.2014,04.001 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.image.2016.07.008 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 28 suhad shaker mohammed dhafir t.a. al-heetimi abstract natural bentonite (b) mineral clay was modified by anionic surfactant sodium dodecyl sulfate (sds) and characterized using different techniques such as: ftir spectroscopy, scanning electron microscopy (sem) and x-ray diffraction (xrd). the bentonite and modified bentonite were used as adsorbents for the adsorption of methyl violet (mv) from aqueous solutions. the adsorption study was carried out at different conditions such as: contact time, ph value and adsorbent weight. the adsorption kinetic described by pseudo– first order and pseudo – second order equilibrium experimental data described by langmuir, freundlich and temkin isotherm models. the thermodynamic parameters standard free energy (∆g°), standard entropy (∆s°) standard enthalpy (∆h°) were investigated and determined. keywords: adsorption, natural bentonite, anionic surfactant, methyl violet, isotherm, thermodynamic. 1. introduction environmental pollution has been become a large problem [1]. a large number of dyes flow into the rivers by many industries such as plastics, paper, rubber, cosmetics, pharmaceutical and foodstuff [2]. 12% of synthetic textile dyes used each year is lost during manufacturing process and 20% of these dyes go into the environment through effluents [3]. methyl violet is popular dye due to its various purposes such as biological stain, dermatological agent, and veterinary industrial products [4]. methyl violet is a mutagen and mitotic poison which may cause cancer and can cause severe eye irritation through ingestion or skin contact [5]. there are different physical and chemical techniques to remove methyl violet from their aqueous solution such as oxidation [6]. adsorption [7]. and ion exchange [8]. adsorption is one of the most active treatment processes to remove methyl violet from waste water by using different kinds of adsorbents such as zeolite [9]. carbon nanotubes [10]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index . department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 22 january 2019, accepted 24 february 2019, publish september 2019. doi:10.30526/32.3.2278 dhafir1973@gmail.com adsorption of methyl violet dye from aqueous solution by iraqi bentonite and surfactant – modified iraqi bentonite mailto:dhafir1973@gmail.com ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 29 sepiolite [11]. and bentonite [12]. modified bentonite also shows efficient to remove of methyl violet from aqueous solution. al-dujaili et al., [13]. used surfactant – modified bentonite and kaolinite clays to remove and appear to be more efficient than unmodified samples. bentonite is yellow solid clay mineral, very hard and high porosity [14]. it consists of aluminum oxide and silica with small amounts of impurities such as cao, mgo, fe2o3 , so3 and na2o . the chemical structure of bentonite is al2o3 . 4sio2 . h2o minerals clays have low content of organic carbon and hydrophilic character due to the nature of the interlayer spaces of the minerals [15]. the ion – exchange with surfactant due to the mineral’s clays can convert from organophilic to organphobic and increases the minerals clays interlayer [16]. in this study, a negative surfactant sodium dodecyl sulfate (sds) was used to modify the bentonite clay. isotherm, dynamics and thermodynamic functions to removal the methyl violet dye from its aqueous solution on the surface of bentonite clay and on the modified bentonite surface were studied. the modified clay was diagnosed by (ftir), (xrd) and (sem). 2. material and methods 2.1 adsorbate and adsorbent the adsorbate methyl violet (mv) used in this research was obtained by sigma-aldrich ≥ 98%, c24h28n3cl, m.wt = 393.5 g/mol and the used surface was bentonite clay obtained by general company for geological survey. the chemical analysis of the clay is listed in table1. the anionic surfactant sodium dodecyl sulfate (sds > 98%) was purchased from the romil company. a stock solution (1000 mg/l) was prepared by dissolving of 1g of methyl violet in 1l of deionized water. table1. the chemical analysis of bentonite (b). sio2 al2o3 cao mgo fe2o3 so3 na2o l.o.i total% 54.66 14.65 4.77 6.00 4.88 1.20 0.65 12.56 99.37 2.2 preparation of surfactant impregnated mineral clay the clay, which is in the form of powder was washed several times with deionized water and then dried the clay at 90°c for 6 hours and then left to cool at room temperature. the bsds was attended by dissolving 3.5g of sds in 1l of deionized water and mixed with 50g of bentonite with stirring for 24 hours. the suspension washed several times by deionized water, then dried at 100°c for 7 hours. the b and b-sds used in this research were sieved (≤ 75𝜇𝑚). 2.3 characterization of the modified adsorbent the minerals analysis of b and b-sds were characterized by using x-ray diffraction (xrd) technique (shimadzu 6000) powder diffractometer (japan) using cuk ∝ radiation, λ = 1.5418a° at 40kv, 30ma and 2θ range from 10-80°. the fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) (shimadzu 8400, japan) in the wave number range of (4000-600cm−1) was used to identify the modification of b. scanning electron microscope (sem) type –tscan, vega -111 (czech) was used to identify the surface morphology of the clays. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 30 2.4 adsorption isotherm studies adsorption experiments were performed with the addition of 0.1g of b and 0.1g of b-sds (separately) with 10ml of methyl violet into conical flasks (100ml) at different initial concentrations of (100,150,200,250,300,350 and 400) mg/l. equilibrium of adsorption, surface weight, acid function, kinetics, temperature effect of various degrees (25,35 and 45)℃ and thermodynamics studied. the concentration of the dye methyl violet was determined by the adsorption measurement using uv-vis spectrophotometer bg (t80) at 580 nm. the amount of the adsorbent of methyl violet (qe, mg/g) was calculated by equation (1). qe = (𝐶𝑜 − 𝐶𝑒 ) × 𝑉 𝑤 (1) where v is the volume (l), w is the adsorbent weight (g), 𝐶𝑜 is the initial concentration (mg/l) and 𝐶𝑒 is the residual concentration at the equilibrium (mg/l). the percentage of methyl violet removal was calculated by using equation (2). % removal (r%) = (𝐶𝑜−𝐶𝑒) 𝐶𝑜 × 100 (2) 3. result and discussion 3.1 ftir spectra the ftir spectra for b and (b-sds) are shown in figures 1a,1b. respectively. the bands in figure 1a. at 3612.67cm−1 and 3541.31cm−1 can be attributed to the vibrations for the structural hydroxyl group (oh stretching) and the band at 1647.21cm−1 attributed to the group oh deformation. the bands at 1006.84cm−1 , 914.26cm−1 , 877.61cm−1 and 796.60cm−1 attributed to si-o, al-oh, fe-o and mg-o stretching bands respectively. after modification with surfactant sds figure 1b. the bands at (3612.67, 3541.31, 1006.84, 914.26, 877.61 and 796.60) cm−1 were shifted and change in the intensity of all bands. the bands at 2924.09cm−1 and 2852.72cm−1 in modified b can be attributed to the symmetric and asymmetric stretching vibrations of ch3 and ch2 groups of the sds surfactant respectively [17,18]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 31 figure 1. ftir spectra of (a) b and (b) b-sds. (b) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 32 3.2 sem analysis the scanning electron microscopic analysis shows crystalline structure, surface texture and porosity of the surface material. the sem micrograph of b and b-sds are shown in figure 2. with a magnification force of (5kx). the micrograph in figure 2a. shows that the b outer shape contains a number of similar conglomerates and hillside or plateau forms containing a number of pores. in figure 2b. shows that the outer shape of the b-sds was covered with a thin layer of surface-active material and filled with pores on the surface [19]. figure 2. sem photomicrographs for b(a) and b-sds (b). 3.3 xrd analysis the xrd analysis of b and b-sds are shown in figure 3a, b. the difference between b and b-sds is only in the intensity of the xrd peak, while there is no change in the b metal clay. this indicates that the crystalline structure of the b remains intact and has not been destroyed after the surface has been modified by the surface-active materials as noted in the figure 3. this is corresponding with that mentioned in the literature [20, 21]. (a) (b) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 33 figure 3. xrd analysis of the b(a) and b-sds (b). 3.4 adsorbent weight effect the effect of the weight of b and b-sds to remove of the mv dye were studied at 25℃ and an initial concentration of 250 mg/l is shown in figure 4. the increasing in the extent of the removal ratio (r %) of the dye mv on the b after 0.1g of the surface was not removed and the adsorption proves approximately (99%). on the other hand, the removal ratio of the dye mv increases by increasing in the weight of b-sds, and this increase can be explained by the abundance of adsorption sites free and insert the high concentration between the solution and the surface of the solid surface [22]. in addition, increasing of removal ratio (99.59%) can be attributed to the high surface area of the b-sds because of the increase in the particle space of the b-sds, which increases the removal capacity of the surface [23]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 34 figure 4. effect of adsorbent dosage on the removal of mv onto b and b-sds at 25℃. 3.5 effect of contact time the effect of contact time on dye adsorption on both b and b-sds was studied at an initial concentration 250 mg/l, 25℃ , ph=4.45 and 0.1g of b and 0.1 g b-sds respectively. the capacitance of the mv increased over time and reach affixed value at a specified time. it found that the time needed to reach equilibrium is 8min and 1.5min for b and b-sds respectively, figure 5. the adsorption speed in the primary stage was high because of the availability of vacant positions on the surfaces of the mezza and after a certain period of time, the adsorption capacity remains constant due to the lack of effective adsorption sites available. the mv dye absorbed on the surface of b-sds was faster than the surface of b due to the higher affinity on the b-sds surface [24]. in addition, the surface of b changed from hydrophilic to hydrophobic after modification of sds [25,26]. figure 5. effect of contact time on adsorption of mv onto (a) b and (b) b-sds at 25 o c. 24.7 24.72 24.74 24.76 24.78 24.8 24.82 24.84 24.86 24.88 0 5 10 15 q e m g /g t (min.) (a) 97 97.5 98 98.5 99 99.5 100 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 r % wt (g) b b-sds 24.1 24.2 24.3 24.4 24.5 24.6 24.7 24.8 0 1 2 3 q e m g /g t (min.) (b) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 35 3.6 influence of ph the effect of ph on the removal of (mv) on b and b-sds was studied using concentration of 250mg/l at 25℃ and absorbent weight of 0.1g for both b and b-sds. the results are explained in figure 6. the removal of (mv) onto b and b-sds decreased with increasing the ph of a solution. cationic dye produces molecular cations (𝑁+) dissolution in water and depends on the water ph. at low ph, the surface of the adsorbent become protonated results at lower adsorption of the protonated dye [27]. figure 6. influence the ph of solution on the removal of (mv) onto b and b-sds at 25 o c. 3.7 adsorption isotherm the adsorption of the (mv) dye from its aqueous solution on the surfaces of b and b-sds was studied by using three adsorption models: langmuir, freundlich and temkin [28]. the langmuir isotherm is represented in the following equation [29]. ce qe = 1 klqmax + ( 1 qmax ) ce (3) where the 𝐶𝑒 and 𝑞𝑒 are the concentration at equilibrium (mg/l) and the quantity of (mv) adsorbed onto b and b-sds (mg/g), respectively 𝑞𝑚𝑎𝑥 (mg/g) is the maximum adsorption capacity and k𝐿 is the langmuir constant in (l/mg). the intercept 1 𝐾𝐿𝑞𝑚𝑎𝑥 and the slope 1 𝑞𝑚𝑎𝑥 can find them graphically by drawing 𝐶𝑒 𝑞𝑒 against 𝐶𝑒 [30]. the second isotherm model was freundlich which used for the purpose of description the adsorption of heterogenerous system [31]. the freundlich isotherm is represented in the following equation: log qe = log kf + 1 n log ce (4) where kf (slope, mg/g) represented adsorption capacity and n (intercept, unit less) represented adsorption intensity. the freundlich constant (kf,n) calculated by drawing log qe against log ce . the latest model is the temkin isotherm can be calculated using the following equation: qe = b ln kt + b ln ce (5) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 36 by drawing ge vs.ln ce we can determine temkin constants (ktand b) [32]. by observing the correlation coefficient 𝑅2 values in table 2. the langmuir model is not applicable. while observe the applicability freundlich and temkin isotherms at all temperatures, it shows the temkin and freundlich isotherms are the good fit of experimental date compared that of langmuir model [33]. on the other hand, kfvalues increased by increasing the temperature of all mv adsorption systems on the b and b-sds surfaces. temkin isotherm is the good fit of experimental data compared to freundlich and langmuir models. table 2. listed the langmuir, freundlich and temkin isotherms parameters. 3.8 thermodynamic parameters the thermodynamic parameters such as gibbs free energy (∆𝐺°), standard entropy changes (∆𝑆°) and standard enthalpy (∆h°) were calculated by using the following equations: ∆𝐺° = −𝑅𝑇 ln 𝐾𝑒𝑞 (6) 𝐾𝑒𝑞 = ( 𝑞𝑒 𝑐𝑒⁄ ) ∗ ( 𝑤 𝑉⁄ ) (7) ∆g° = ∆h° − t∆s° (8) where (r) is the universal gas constant, (t) is the absolute temperature. 𝐾𝑒𝑞 is the equilibrium constant for the adsorption process , 𝑞𝑒 (mg/g) is the amount of (mv) adsorbed at equilibrium , 𝐶𝑒 (mg/l) is the equilibrium dye concentration in solution , w(g) is the weight of (band bsds) used and v(l) is the volume of (mv) solution used. ∆h° and ∆s° are standard enthalpy and standard entropy respectively can be calculated by using vent's hoff equation: ln keq = ∆s° r⁄ − ∆h° rt⁄ (9) the ∆h° and ∆s° can be obtained by drawing ln keq against 1 t⁄ as the slope and intercept values respectively as shown in figure 7. table 3. shows the thermodynamic parameters values at different temperatures. the negative values of (∆g°) at all temperatures, which became more negative when the temperature increases. this indicated that the process was more spontaneous at higher temperature. while the positive (∆h°) and (∆s°) an indication that (mv) adsorption on b and b-sds is a endothermic and randomized process [34]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 37 table 2. langmuir, freundlich and temkin isotherm parameters for the adsorption of (mv) onto b and bsds. isotherm adsorbent 298k 308k 318k 𝑲𝑳 (l/mg) 𝒒𝒎𝒂𝒙 (mg/g) 𝑹𝟐 𝑲𝑳 (l/mg) 𝒒𝒎𝒂𝒙 (mg/g) 𝑹𝟐 𝑲𝑳 (l/mg) 𝒒𝒎𝒂𝒙 (mg/g) 𝑹𝟐 langmuir b 0.6430 52.3560 0.9562 0.2253 125.0000 0.1841 0.0810 333.3330 0.0252 b-sds -0.2530 -36.7647 0.2976 -0.2892 -32.8947 0.2538 0.0984 256.4102 0.0340 freundlich 𝐾𝐹 (mg/g) n 𝑅2 𝐾𝐹 (mg/g) n 𝑅2 𝐾𝐹 (mg/g) n 𝑅2 b 19.2663 1.8663 0.9047 23.0727 1.2362 0.7791 25.3454 1.0900 0.7936 b-sds 12.4680 0.6269 0.7906 13.7943 0.6142 0.7020 23.3991 1.1534 0.7308 temkin 𝐾𝑇 (l/mg) b (kj/mol) 𝑅2 𝐾𝑇 (l/mg) b (kj/mol) 𝑅2 𝐾𝑇 (l/mg) b (kj/mol) 𝑅2 b 5.8048 12.0680 0.9702 3.9804 18.3240 0.8394 3.6494 21.2410 0.8929 b-sds 1.3438 37.1860 0.9070 1.4099 38.4310 0.8249 3.5240 20.3730 0.8479 figure 7. the relationship between ln keq and 1/t (a) b and (b) b-sds. y = -1943.9x + 11.558 r² = 0.873 5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 ln k e q 1/t (k-1) (b) y = -1760.6x + 11.134 r² = 0.9347 5.15 5.2 5.25 5.3 5.35 5.4 5.45 5.5 5.55 5.6 5.65 0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 l n k e q 1/t (k-1) 38 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 3. thermodynamic parameters for the adsorption of (mv) on b and b-sds. adsorbent t(k) ∆𝐆° (kj.𝒎𝒐𝒍−𝟏) ∆𝐇° (kj.𝒎𝒐𝒍−𝟏) ∆𝐒° (j.𝑲−𝟏.𝒎𝒐𝒍−𝟏) b 298 -12.8781 0.0002 +3.0986 308 -14.0168 318 -14.7194 b-sds 298 -12.5802 16.1615 +96.0932 308 -13.2018 318 -14.5169 3.9 adsorption kinetics in order to find the mechanism for the adsorption of (mv) on b and b-sds two models were applied to study the adsorption kinetics which is the pseudo-first order known as equation (lagergren) and pseudo – second order known as equation (ho and mckay). the adsorption process was carried out at 25,35and 45℃ on different times, ph=4.45 and an initial concentration of (mv) of 250mg/l. the linear formula of the pseudo –first order can be represented by the following formula [35]. ln(𝑞𝑒 − 𝑞𝑡 ) = ln 𝑞𝑒 − 𝐾1. 𝑡 (10) where 𝑞𝑒 and 𝑞𝑡 (mg/g) the amounts of (mv) adsorbed at equilibrium, at t time, 𝐾1(𝑚𝑖𝑛 −1) is the rate constant of first order. the amount of 𝐾1 was determined by drawing ln(𝑞𝑒 − 𝑞𝑡 ) against t as explain in figure 8. the linear formula of the pseudo – second order can be represented by the following equation: 𝑡 𝑞𝑡 = 1 𝐾2𝑞 2 𝑒 + 𝑡 𝑞𝑒 (11) where 𝐾2 (𝑔. 𝑚𝑔 −1. 𝑚𝑖𝑛−1) is the rate constant of pseudo – second order calculated from the slope of drawing t/𝑞𝑡 versus time as explain in figure 9. table 4. listed the pseudo – first and second order kinetic parameters. on the other hand, the values of correlation coefficient (𝑅2) indicate that the adsorption mechanism of (mv) in the b and b-sds system were more fitted to the pseudo – second order. figure 8. pseudo-first order plot of (mv) adsorption onto (a) b and (b) b-sds. -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 0 2 4 6 l n ( q e -q t) t (min.) 298 k 308 k 318 k (a) -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 ln (q e -q t) t (min.) 298 k 308 k 318 k (b) 39 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 9. pseudo-second order plot of (mv) adsorption onto (a) b and (b) b-sds. table 4. kinetic parameters for the adsorption of (mv) on to b and b-sds. adsorbent t(k) pseudo – first order 𝑲𝟏(𝒎𝒊𝒏 −𝟏) 𝑹𝟐 pseudo – second order 𝑲𝟐(𝒈. 𝒎𝒈 −𝟏. 𝒎𝒊𝒏−𝟏) 𝑹𝟐 b 298 0.7456 0.9930 4.0402 1 308 0.2473 0.9465 8.0808 1 318 0.4026 0.9109 20.1005 1 b-sds 298 1.8438 0.9977 8.0000 1 308 2.2597 0.9781 5.4138 1 318 1.5939 0.9823 5.4406 1 4. conclusion in this study bentonite and modified bentonite were used to remove the (mv) dye from aqueous solutions. the results indicate high adsorption of this dye using both surfaces. adsorption models have been applied the results showed that model temkin was the most effective of models langmuir and freundlich the adsorption mechanism was studied and the pseudo – second order was the most suitable for both surfaces. the thermodynamic functions of ∆g o , ∆h o and ∆s o were calculated and the process of adsorption of (mv) on both surfaces was found endothermic, spontaneous and randomness. references 1. paul, j.; rawat, k.p.; sarma, k.s.s.; sabharwal, s. decoloration and degradation of reactive red-120 dye by electron beam irradiation in aqueous solution. applied radiation and isotopes.2011, 69, 7, 982-987. 2. stolte, m.; vieth, m. fondement histopathologique des modifications de la muqueuse œsophagienne. ce que l’endoscopiste peut (et doit) voirpathologic basis of mucosal changes in the esophagus. what the endoscopist can (and must) see. acta endoscopica. 2001, 31, 2, 125-129. 3. alizadeh, n.; mahjoub, m. removal of crystal violet dye from aqueous solution using surfactant modified nife2o4 as nanoadsorbent; isotherms, thermodynamics and kinetics studies. journal of nanoanalysis.2017, 4, 1, 8-19. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 2 4 6 t/ q t t (min.) 298 k 308 k 318 k (a) 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0 0.5 1 1.5 t/ q t t (min.) 298 k 308 k 318 k (b) 40 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 4. adak, a.; bandyopadhyay, m.; pal, a. fixed bed column study for the removal of crystal violet (ci basic violet 3) dye from aquatic environment by surfactant-modified alumina. dyes and pigments.2006, 69, 3, 245-251. 5. jirekar, d.b.; pramila, g.; farooqui, m. kinetics and isotherm studies on crystal violet dye adsorption onto black gram seed husk. international journal of chemtech research.2014, 15, 427-434. 6. pera-titus, m.; garcı́a-molina, v.; baños, m. a.; giménez, j.; esplugas, s. degradation of chlorophenols by means of advanced oxidation processes: a general review. applied catalysis b: environmental.2004, 47, 4, 219-256. 7. diaz-nava, m.c.; olguin, m.t.; solache-rios, m. adsorption of phenol onto surfactants modified bentonite. journal of inclusion phenomena and macrocyclic chemistry.2012, 74, 1-4, 67-75. 8. park, y.; ayoko, g.a.; horváth, e.; kurdi, r.; kristof, j.; frost, r.l. structural characterisation and environmental application of organoclays for the removal of phenolic compounds. journal of colloid and interface science. 2013, 393, 319-334. 9. apreutesei, r.e.; catrinescu, c.; ungureanu, a.; teodosiu, c. removal of 4chlorophenol by surfactant modified zeolites and surfactant modified alkali-treated natural zeolites. environmental engineering and management journal.2009, 8, 5, 10531060. 10. ding, h.; li, x.; wang, j.; zhang, x.; chen, c. adsorption of chlorophenols from aqueous solutions by pristine and surface functionalized single-walled carbon nanotubes. journal of environmental sciences.2016, 43, 187-198. 11. yildiz, a.; gür, a. adsorption of phenol and chlorophenols on pure and modified sepiolite. journal of the serbian chemical society.2007, 72, 5, 467-474. 12. yu, j.y.; shin, m.y.; noh, j.h.; seo, j.j. adsorption of phenol and chlorophenols on hexadecyltrimethylammonium-and tetramethylammonium-montmorillonite from aqueous solutions. geosciences journal.2004, 8, 2, 191-198. 13. al-dujaili, a.h.; alkaram, u.f.; mukhlis, a.a. the removal of phenol from aqueous solutions by adsorption using surfactant-modified bentonite and kaolinite. journal of hazardous materials.2009, 169, 1, 324-332. 14. goldschmidt, v.m. the principles of distribution of chemical elements in minerals and rocks. the seventh hugo müller lecture, delivered before the chemical society on march 17 th 1937. journal of the chemical society (resumed).1937, 655-673. 15. grim, r. clay mineralogy, 2 ed mc graw-hill, newyork,1968. 16. ngulube, t.; gumbo, j.r.; masindi, v.; maity, a. an update on synthetic dyes adsorption onto clay-based minerals: a state-of-art review. journal of environmental management.2017, 191, 35-57. 17. karadag, d.; turan, m.; akgul, e.; tok, s.; faki, a. adsorption equilibrium and kinetics of reactive black 5 and reactive red 239 in aqueous solution onto surfactantmodified zeolite. journal of chemical & engineering data.2007, 52, 5, 1615-1620. 18. ma, y.; zhu, j.; he, h.; yuan, p.; shen, w.; liu, d. infrared investigation of organomontmorillonites prepared from different surfactants. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy.2010, 76, 2, 122-129. 19. biglari, h.; rodríguezícouto, s.; khaniabadi, y.o.; nourmoradi, h.; khoshgoftar, m.; amrane, a.; vosoughi, m.; esmaeili, s.; heydari, r.; mohammadi, m.j.; rashidi, r. 41 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 cationic surfactant-modified clay as an adsorbent for the removal of synthetic dyes from aqueous solutions. international journal of chemical reactor engineering.2018, 16, 5, 114. 20. hussein, m.m.; khader, k.m.; musleh, s.m. characterization of raw zeolite and surfactant-modified zeolite and their use in removal of selected organic pollutants from water. international journal of chemical sciences.2014, 12, 3, 815-844. 21. mao, h.; li, b.; li, x.; yue, l.; liu, z.; ma, w. novel one-step synthesis route to ordered mesoporous silica-pillared clay using cationic− anionic mixed-gallery templates. industrial and engineering chemistry research.2009, 49, 2, 583-591. 22. zhang, l.; zhang, b.; wu, t.; sun, d.; li, y. adsorption behavior and mechanism of chlorophenols onto organoclays in aqueous solution. colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects.2015, 484, 118-129. 23. el-dars, f.m.; hussien, m.y.m.; kandil, a.h.t. toc reduction in drinking water using anionic surfactant modified bentonite. international journal of scientific and engineering research.2015, 6, 3, 584-594. 24. luo, p.; zhao, y.; zhang, b.; liu, j.; yang, y.; liu, j. study on the adsorption of neutral red from aqueous solution onto halloysite nanotubes. water research.2010, 44, 5, 1489-1497. 25. nourmoradi, h.; avazpour, m.; ghasemian, n.; heidari, m.; moradnejadi, k.; khodarahmi, f.; moghadam, f.m. surfactant modified montmorillonite as a low-cost adsorbent for 4-chlorophenol: equilibrium, kinetic and thermodynamic study. journal of the taiwan institute of chemical engineers.2016, 59, 244-251. 26. songül uçar, atilla evcin, mustafa uçar, rafiğ alibeyli and marek majdan. removal of phenol and chlorophenols from aquatic system using activated clinoptilolite. journal biology and chemistry.2015, 43, 3, 235-249. 27. ullah, h.; nafees, m.; iqbal, f.; awan, s.; shah, a.; wassem, a. adsorption kinetics of malachite green and methylene blue from aqueous solutions using surfactant-modified organoclays. acta chimica slovenica.2017, 64, 2, 449-460. 28. mahmoud, m.e.; nabil, g.m.; el-mallah, n.m.; karar, s.b. assessment of the adsorptive color removal of methylene blue dye from water by activated carbon sorbentimmobilized-sodium decyl sulfate surfactant. desalination and water treatment.2016, 57, 18, 8389-8405. 29. lee, c.k.; low, k.s.; gan, p.y. removal of some organic dyes by acid-treated spent bleaching earth. environmental technology.1999, 20, 1, 99-104. 30. xie, j.; meng, w.; wu, d.; zhang, z.; kong, h. removal of organic pollutants by surfactant modified zeolite: comparison between ionizable phenolic compounds and non-ionizable organic compounds. journal of hazardous materials.2012, 231, 57-63. 31. maderova, z.; baldikova, e.; pospiskova, k.; safarik, i.; safarikova, m. removal of dyes by adsorption on magnetically modified activated sludge. international journal of environmental science and technology.2016, 13, 7, 1653-1664. 32. kuleyin, a. removal of phenol and 4-chlorophenol by surfactant-modified natural zeolite. journal of hazardous materials.2007, 144, 1, 307-315. 33. mahdavinia, g.r.; zhalebaghy, r. removal kinetic of cationic dye using poly (sodium acrylate)-carrageenan/na-montmorillonite nanocomposite superabsorbents. journal of materials and environmental science.2012, 3, 5, 895-906. 42 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 34. wang, s.; qiao, n.; yu, j.; huang, x.; hu, m.; ma, h. effect of ionic strength on the adsorption behavior of phenol over modified activated clay. desalination and water treatment.2016, 57, 9, 4174-4182. 35. doğan, m.; alkan, m.; demirbaş, ö.; özdemir, y.; özmetin, c. adsorption kinetics of maxilon blue grl onto sepiolite from aqueous solutions. chemical engineering journal.2006, 124, 1, 89-101. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 306 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract the objective of this paper is to define and introduce a new type of nano semi-open set which called nano 𝑆𝐶 -open set as a strong form of nano semi-open set which is related to nano closed sets in nano topological spaces. in this paper, we find all forms of the family of nano 𝑆𝐶 -open sets in term of upper and lower approximations of sets and we can easily find nano 𝑆𝐶 -open sets and they are a gate to more study. several types of nano open sets are known, so we study relationship between the nano 𝑆𝐶 -open sets with the other known types of nano open sets in nano topological spaces. the operators such as nano 𝑆𝐶 -interior and nano 𝑆𝐶 -closure are the part of this paper. keywords: nano closed sets, nano semi-open sets, nano 𝑆𝐶 -open sets, nano 𝑆𝐶 -interior, nano 𝑆𝐶 closure. 1.introduction the notion of nano topological space (briefly 𝑁𝑇𝑆) introduced by thivagar and carmel [1] with respect to a subset 𝑋 of a universe 𝑈 which is defined in terms of lower and upper approximations. levine [2] introduced the notions of semi-open. later, nano semi-open sets introduced by thivagar carmel [1], also nano 𝑆𝛽 -open sets introduced by [4], and more nano open sets defined in [5-7]. in this paper, we introduce the concept nano 𝑆𝐶 -open sets as a strong form of nano semi-open sets, since every nano 𝑆𝐶 -open (briefly 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -oprn) sets is nano semi-open sets and the relationship with some class of nano near open sets. all forms of family of nano 𝑆𝐶 -open sets under various cases of approximations idea also derived. also, operators such as nano 𝑆𝐶 -interior and nano 𝑆𝐶 -closure are the part of this paper. doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2958 article history: received 14 august 2022, accepted 12 september 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq nano 𝑺𝑪-open sets in nano topological spaces nehmat k. ahmed department of mathematics, college of education, salahaddin university-erbil, 44001, erbil. nehmat.ahmed@su.edu.krd osama t. pirbal department of mathematics, college of education, salahaddin university-erbil, 44001, erbil. osama.pirbal@su.edu.krd https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nehmat.ahmed@su.edu.krd mailto:osama.pirbal@su.edu.krd ihjpas. 36(2)2023 307 2. preliminaries definition 2.1. [8] let 𝒲 ≠ 𝜙 denote the finite universe and the equivalence relation 𝑅 on the universe 𝑊 called the indiscernibility relation. the pair (𝒲, 𝑅) is called the approximation space. let 𝑋 ⊆ 𝒲: i. the lower approximation defined by 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = ⋃ {𝑅(𝑥); 𝑅(𝑥) ⊆ 𝑋}𝑥∈𝑈 , where 𝑅(𝑥) stands the equivalence class by 𝑥. ii. the upper approximation defined by 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = ⋃ {𝑅(𝑥); 𝑅(𝑥)⋂𝑋 ≠ 𝜙}𝑥∈𝑈 . iii. the boundary region defined by 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) − 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋). definition 2.2. [1] let 𝒲 denote the universe and r be an equivalence relation on 𝑊 and 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = { 𝜙, 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋)} where 𝑋 ⊆ 𝒲. then the followings axioms hold for 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋): i. 𝑊 and 𝜙 ∈ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) ii. 𝐴, 𝐵 ∈ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋), then 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) iii. the intersection of any finite subcollection of 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) is in 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋). then 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) forms a topology on 𝒲 and called nano topology on 𝒲 with respect to 𝑋. also (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) is called the 𝑁𝑇𝑆 and the members of 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) are called nano open sets. definition 2.3. let (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 and 𝐾 ⊆ 𝒲. the set 𝐾 is called nano: i. regular-open [1], if 𝐾 = 𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑛𝑐𝑙(𝐾)). ii. 𝛼-open [1], if 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑛𝑐𝑙(𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑡((𝐾))). iii. semi-open [1], if 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑛𝑐𝑙(𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐾)). iv. 𝛽-open (nano semi pre-open) [3], if 𝐾 ⊆ 𝑛𝑐𝑙(𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑛𝑐𝑙(𝐾))). v. 𝜃-open [1], if for each 𝑥 ∈ 𝐾, there exists a nano open set 𝐺 such that 𝑥 ∈ 𝐺 ⊆ 𝑛𝑐𝑙(𝐾) ⊆ 𝐾. vi. 𝑆𝛽 -open [4], if 𝐾 is nano semi-open and the union of nano 𝛽-closed sets. the set of all nano regular-open (resp. nano 𝛼-open, nano semi-open, nano 𝛽-open, 𝜃-open and nano 𝑆𝛽 -open) sets denoted by 𝑛𝑅𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) (resp. 𝑛𝛼𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋), 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋), 𝑛𝛽𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋), 𝑛𝜃𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) and 𝑛𝑆𝛽 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋)). theorem 2.4. [1] if 𝐴, 𝐵 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋), then 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). theorem 2.5. [1] let (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆, then: i. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ τ𝑅 𝜃 (𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. ii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = τ𝑅 𝜃 (𝑋). iii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 ⟹ τ𝑅 𝜃 (𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. iv. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ τ𝑅 𝜃 (𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. v. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) where 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ τ𝑅 𝜃 (𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. theorem 2.6. [1] let (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆, then: i. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ 𝑛𝑅𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. ii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝑅𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). iii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 ⟹ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝑅𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). iv. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝑅𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 308 v. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) where 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝑛𝑅𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋)}. theorem 2.7. [1] let (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆, then: i. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ 𝑛𝛼𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. ii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝛼𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). iii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 ⟹ 𝜙 and those sets 𝐴 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐴 are the only 𝑛𝛼open sets in 𝒲. iv. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜙 and those sets 𝐴 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐴 are the only 𝑛𝛼-open sets in 𝒲. v. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) where 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜙, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋), any set containing 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) are the only 𝑛𝛼-open sets in 𝒲. theorem 2.8. [1] let (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆, then: i. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. ii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). iii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 ⟹ 𝜙 and those sets 𝐴 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐴 are the only 𝑛𝑆open sets in 𝒲. iv. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜙 and those sets 𝐴 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐴 are the only 𝑛𝑆-open sets in 𝒲. v. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) where 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜙, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋), any set containing 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 where 𝐵 ⊆ [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝑐 are the only 𝑛𝑆open sets in 𝒲. theorem 2.9. [4] let (𝑊, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆, then: i. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 ⟹ 𝑛𝑆𝛽 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. ii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝑆𝛽 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). iii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = {𝑥}, 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲, ⟹ 𝜙 and those sets 𝐴 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐴 are the only 𝑛𝑆𝛽 -open sets in 𝒲. iv. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 and 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) containing more than one element of 𝑈 ⟹ 𝜙 and those sets 𝐴 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐴 are the only 𝑛𝑆𝛽 -open sets in 𝒲. v. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙 and 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) containing more than one element of 𝒲 ⟹ 𝜙 and those sets 𝐴 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐴 are the only 𝑛𝑆𝛽 -open sets in 𝒲. vi. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) where 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙 ⟹ 𝜙, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋), any set containing 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 where 𝐵 ⊆ [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝑐 are the only 𝑛𝑆𝛽 open sets in 𝒲. 3. nano 𝑺𝑪-open sets definition 3.1. a subset 𝐴 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) is said to be nano 𝑆𝐶 -open (briefly 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open) sets in 𝑁𝑇𝑆 𝒲 if for each 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴, there exist a nano closed set 𝐹 such that 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴. the family of all nano 𝑆𝐶 -open subsets of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 𝒲 denoted by 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). definition 3.2. the complement of 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets in a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) is said to ne 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closed sets. the family of all 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets denoted by 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝐶(𝒲, 𝑋). remark 3.3. every 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set is 𝑛𝑆-open set, but the converse may not be true in general, as it shown in the next example. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 309 example 3.4. let 𝒲 = {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑} with 𝒲 𝑅⁄ = {{𝑎, 𝑏}, {𝑐}, {𝑑}} and 𝑋 = {𝑏, 𝑐}, then 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐}, {𝑐}, {𝑎, 𝑏}} and [𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑑}, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑}, {𝑐, 𝑑}}. the 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐}, {𝑐}, {𝑎, 𝑏}, {𝑐, 𝑑}, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑}}. then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑐, 𝑑}, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑}} and it is clear that the subset {𝑐} is 𝑛𝑆-open but not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set in 𝒲. proposition 3.5. a subset 𝐴 of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open if and only if 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆-open and the union of nano closed sets. proof. obvious. remark 3.6. i. nano open sets and 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets are independent. in above example, the subset {𝑐, 𝑑} is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open but not nano open in 𝑈, also, the subset {𝑐} is nano open but not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set in 𝑈. ii. 𝑛𝛼-open sets and 𝑛𝑆𝐶-open sets are independent. in above example, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐} is 𝑛𝛼-open set but not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open, also {𝑐, 𝑑} is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open but not 𝑛𝛼-open. iii. 𝑛𝑅-open sets and 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets are independent. in above example, {𝑎, 𝑏} is 𝑛𝑅-open set but not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open, also {𝑐, 𝑑} is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open but not 𝑛𝑅-open. iv. the intersection of tow 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets may not be 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open. in above example, {𝑐, 𝑑} and {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑} are 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open but {𝑐, 𝑑} ∩ {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑} = {𝑑} which is not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open in 𝑈. so that, the family of 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets forma supra topology. proposition 3.7. let {𝐴𝛼 : 𝛼 ∈ δ} be a collection of 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets in a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)). then ⋃{𝐴𝛼 : 𝛼 ∈ δ} is 𝑛𝑆𝐶-open. proof. let 𝐴𝛼 be 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set for each 𝛼, then 𝐴𝛼 is 𝑛𝑆-open and hence by theorem 5, ∪ {𝐴𝛼 : 𝛼 ∈ δ} is 𝑛𝑆-open. let 𝑥 ∈ ⋃{𝐴𝛼 : 𝛼 ∈ δ}, there exist 𝛼 ∈ δ such that 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴𝛼 . since 𝐴𝛼 is 𝑛𝑆-open for each 𝛼, there exists a nano closed set 𝐹 such that 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴𝛼 ⊆ ⋃{𝐴𝛼 : 𝛼 ∈ δ}, so 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹 ⊆ ⋃{𝐴𝛼 : 𝛼 ∈ δ}. therefore, ∪ {𝐴𝛼 : 𝛼 ∈ δ} is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set. in the following results, we study all form of 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets in term of upper and lower approximations in 𝑁𝑇𝑆. theorem 3.8. let (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆, then: i. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. ii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙, then 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). iii. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝑊, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. iv. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝑊, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝜙, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. v. if 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) where 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, [𝐵𝑅(𝑋) ∪ 𝐵], [𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵]}, where 𝐵 = [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶. proof. i. follows form that 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = [𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 = 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝑋, 𝒲) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. ii. suppose that 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝒲 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ≠ 𝜙, then 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋)} = [𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 . then by theorem 9, 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋). therefore, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋) = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). iii. let 𝐴 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). by theorem 9, 𝜙, 𝒲 and any subset 𝐴 for which containing 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) are the only 𝑛𝑆-open sets in 𝒲. if 𝐴 = 𝜙 or 𝐴 = 𝒲, the result is clear. let 𝜙, 𝒲 ≠ 𝐴 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝑈, 𝑋), then 𝐴 containing 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋), but since [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 is the only non-empty proper ihjpas. 36(2)2023 310 nano closed set in 𝒲 and [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 ⊈ 𝐴 for every 𝑥 ∈ 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊇ 𝐴, hence 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲}. iv. the proof is similar to part (𝑖𝑖𝑖). v. let 𝐴 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋). by theorem 9, 𝜙, 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋), 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋), any set 𝐺 ⊆ 𝒲 for which 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋) ⊆ 𝐺, 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 and 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 are the only 𝑛𝑆-open sets in 𝒲 where 𝐵 ⊆ [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶. it is clear 𝜙 and 𝒲 are 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open sets in 𝒲. if 𝐴 = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋), then 𝐴 is not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 open set, since every non-empty proper nano closed set containing [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 and [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 ⊈ 𝐴. if 𝐴 = 𝐵𝑅(𝑋), then 𝐴 is not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, since every non-empty proper nano closed set containing [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 and [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 ⊈ 𝐴. if 𝐴 = 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋), then 𝐴 is not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 open set, since every non-empty proper nano closed set containing [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 and [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 ⊈ 𝐴. if 𝐴 containing 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋), then 𝐴 is not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, since every non-empty proper nano closed set containing [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 and [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 ⊈ 𝐴 ⊇ 𝑈𝑅 (𝑋). if 𝐴 = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 where 𝐵 ⊂ [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶, then 𝐴 is not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, since every non-empty proper nano closed set containing [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 and [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 ⊈ 𝐴. if 𝐴 = 𝐵𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 where 𝐵 ⊂ [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶, similarly 𝐴 is not 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set. if 𝐴 = 𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 where 𝐵 = [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶, then 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, since every non-empty proper nano closed set containing [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 and [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶 ⊆ 𝐴 for every 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴. if 𝐴 = 𝐵𝑅(𝑋) ∪ 𝐵 where 𝐵 = [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶, similarly 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set. therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, [𝐵𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵], [𝐿𝑅 (𝑋) ∪ 𝐵]}, where 𝐵 = [𝑈𝑅 (𝑋)] 𝐶. proposition 3.9. let (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) be a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 and 𝐾 be any subset of 𝑈: i. if 𝐾 is 𝑛𝜃-open set, then 𝐾 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open. ii. if 𝐾 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, then 𝐾 is 𝑛𝑆𝛽-open. iii. if 𝐾 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, then 𝐾 is 𝑛𝛽-open. iv. if 𝐾 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, then 𝐾 is 𝑛𝜆-open. v. if 𝐾 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set, then 𝐾 is 𝑛𝛿𝛽-open. proof. obvious. 4. nano 𝑺𝑪-operators definition 4.1. a subset 𝑁 of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) is said to be a 𝑛𝑆𝐶-neighborhood of a subset 𝐴 of 𝑊, if there exists a 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 such that 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐺 ⊆ 𝑁, and denoted by 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -neighborhood. definition 4.2. a point 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲 is called a 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -interior point of 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑊, if ∃ a 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 containing 𝑥 such that 𝑥 ∈ 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴. the set of all 𝑛𝑆𝐶-interior points of 𝐴 is called 𝑛𝑆𝐶-interior of 𝐴 and denoted by 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). theorem 4.3. let 𝐴 be any subset of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)). if a point 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴), then ∃ a nano closed set 𝐹 containing 𝑥 such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴. proof. suppose that 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝐴, then ∃ a 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 containing 𝑥 such that 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴. since 𝐺 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋), then ∃ a nano closed set 𝐹 containing 𝑥 such that 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴. hence 𝑥 ∈ 𝐹 ⊆ 𝐴. theorem 4.4. let 𝐴 be any subset of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)), then: i. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ⊆ 𝐴. ii. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) =∪ {𝐺: 𝐺 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑆𝐶open and 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴} iii. 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 open if and only if 𝐴 = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 311 iv. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑛𝑆𝛽 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ) = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). v. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝜙) = 𝜙 and 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝒲) = 𝒲. proof. i. follows form definition. ii. 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴), then 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴 for some 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 such that 𝑥 ∈ 𝐺. therefore, 𝑥 ∈∪ {𝐺: 𝐺 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑆𝐶-open and 𝑥 ∈ 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴}. if 𝑥 ∈∪ {𝐺: 𝐺 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open and 𝑥 ∈ 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴}, then 𝑥 ∈ 𝐺 for some 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴. therefore, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). iii. if 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open and 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴, then 𝑥 ∈∪ {𝐺: 𝐺 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open and 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴}. that is, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴), hence 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴), but since 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ⊆ a. therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) = 𝐴. conversely, if 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) = a, then 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open in 𝑈 since 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open. iv. follows from part (𝑖𝑖𝑖). v. since 𝜙 and 𝒲 are 𝑛𝑆𝐶-open set, then by part (𝑖𝑖𝑖), 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝜙) = 𝜙 and 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑈) = 𝒲. theorem 4.5. let 𝐴 and 𝐵 be any two subset of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)), then: i. if 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐵, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵). ii. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∪ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵). iii. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∩ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵). proof. i. if 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐵 and 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴), then 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴 for some 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 containing 𝑥. hence 𝐺 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵). therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵). ii. since, 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵, by (𝑖), 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵). again since 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵). therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∪ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵). iii. since 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 and 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐵, by part (𝑖), 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∩ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵). the inclusion of parts (𝑖𝑖 and 𝑖𝑖𝑖) of above theorem cannot be replaced by equality in general, as it shown in the following example. example 4.6. let 𝒲 = {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑} with 𝒲 𝑅⁄ = {{𝑎}, {𝑏, 𝑐}, {𝑑}} and 𝑋 = {𝑎, 𝑏}, then 𝜏𝑅 ( 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑎}, {𝑏, 𝑐}, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐}} and 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑎, 𝑑}, {𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑}}. for part (𝑖𝑖), take 𝐴 = {𝑏, 𝑑} and 𝐵 = {𝑐, 𝑑}, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∪ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵) = 𝜙 ∪ 𝜙 = 𝜙 but 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) = {𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑}. therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∪ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵) ≠ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵). for part (𝑖𝑖𝑖), take 𝐴 = {𝑎, 𝑑} and 𝐵 = {𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑}, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡({𝑑}) = 𝜙, but 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∩ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵) = {𝑎, 𝑑} ∩ {𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑} = {𝑑}. therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) ≠ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ∩ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐵). definition 4.7. a point 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲 of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)) is said to be 𝑛𝑆𝐶-cluster point of a subset 𝐴 of 𝑈, if 𝐴 ∩ 𝐺 ≠ 𝜙 for every 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 containing 𝑥. definition 4.8. the set of all 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -cluster points of a subset 𝐴 of 𝒲 is said to be 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closure of 𝐴 and denoted by 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴). equivalently, the 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) is the intersection of all 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closed sets containing 𝐴. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 312 theorem 4.9. let 𝐴 be any subset of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)). a point 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) if and only if 𝐴 ∩ 𝐻 ≠ 𝜙 for every 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐻 containing 𝑥. proof. obvious. corollary 4.10. for any subset 𝐴 of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)), the following statements are true. i. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙 (𝒲 − 𝐴) = 𝒲− 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). ii. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝒲 − 𝐴) = 𝒲 − 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴). proof. i. let 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙 (𝒲 − 𝐴), then 𝐺 ∩ (𝒲 − 𝐴) ≠ 𝜙 for any 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 containing 𝑥. therefore, 𝐺 ⊈ 𝐴 where 𝐺 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶-open set containing 𝑥. that is, 𝑥 ∉ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). therefore, 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲 − 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). thus, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝒲 − 𝐴) ⊆ 𝒲 − 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). conversely, if 𝑥 ∈ 𝒲 − 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴), then 𝑥 ∉ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴), and this mean 𝐺 ⊈ 𝐴 for every 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 containing 𝑥. therefore, 𝐺 ∩ (𝒲 − 𝐴) ≠ 𝜙 and so 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝒲 − 𝐴). hence, 𝒲 − 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝒲 − 𝐴). hence, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝒲 − 𝐴) = 𝒲 − 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝐴). ii. the proof is similar to part (𝑖). theorem 4.11. for any subset 𝐴 and 𝐵 of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)), the following statements are true: i. if 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐵, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐵). ii. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) ∪ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐵) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙 (𝐴 ∪ 𝐵). iii. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) ∩ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐵). proof. i. if 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐵 and 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴), then 𝐺 ∩ 𝐴 ≠ 𝜙 for every 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -open set 𝐺 containing 𝑥.since 𝐺 ∩ 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐺 ∩ 𝐵, 𝐺 ∩ 𝐵 ≠ 𝜙 whenever 𝐺 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶-open set containing 𝑥. therefore, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐵). hence, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐵). ii. since 𝐴, 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵, then by part (𝑖), we get the result. iii. since 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 ⊆ 𝐴, 𝐵, then by part (𝑖), we get the result. the inclusion in (𝑖𝑖 and 𝑖𝑖𝑖) of above theorem cannot be replaced by quality in general, as it shown in the following two examples. example 4.12. let 𝒲 = {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑} with 𝒲 𝑅⁄ = {{𝑎}, {𝑏, 𝑐}, {𝑑}} and 𝑋 = {𝑎, 𝑏}, then 𝜏𝑅 ( 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑎}, {𝑏, 𝑐}, {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐}}, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑂(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑎, 𝑑}, {𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑}} and 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝐶(𝒲, 𝑋) = {𝜙, 𝒲, {𝑏, 𝑐}, {𝑎}}. for part (𝑖𝑖), take 𝐹 = {𝑎, 𝑑} and 𝐸 = {𝑎, 𝑏}, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐹 ∩ 𝐸) = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙({𝑎}) = {𝑎}, but 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐹) ∩ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐸) = 𝒲. therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐹 ∩ 𝐸) ≠ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐹) ∩ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐸). for part (𝑖𝑖𝑖), take 𝐹 = {𝑏, 𝑐} and 𝐸 = {𝑎}, then 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙({𝑏, 𝑐} ∪ {𝑎}) = 𝒲, but 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙({𝑏, 𝑐}) ∪ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙({𝑎}) = {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐}. therefore, 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐹) ∪ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐸) ≠ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙 (𝐹 ∪ 𝐸). theorem 4.13. let 𝐴 be any subset of a 𝑁𝑇𝑆 (𝒲, 𝜏𝑅 (𝑋)), then the following statements are true: i. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝜙) = 𝜙 and 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝒲) = 𝒲. ii. 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴). iii. 𝐴 ∈ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝐶(𝑊, 𝑋) if and only if 𝐴 = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 313 iv. 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙 (𝑛𝑆𝛽 𝑐𝑙(𝐴)) = 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) proof. i. follows form the fact that 𝜙 and 𝒲 are 𝑛𝑆𝛽 -closed set. ii. by definition of 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closure, 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴). iii. let 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closed set, then 𝐴 is smallest 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closed set containing itself and hence 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) = 𝐴. conversely, if 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) = 𝐴, then 𝐴 is the smallest 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closed set containing itself and hence 𝐴 is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closed set in 𝑊. iv. since 𝑛𝑆𝐶 𝑐𝑙(𝐴) is 𝑛𝑆𝐶 -closed set, then the proof follows from part (𝑖𝑖𝑖). references 1. thivagar, m. l.; richard, c. on nano forms of weakly open sets. international journal of mathematics and statistics invention, 2013, 1, 31-37. 2. levine, n. semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces. the american mathematical monthly, 1963, 70, 36-41. 3. revathy, a., ilango, g. on nano β-open sets. int. j. eng. contemp. math. sci, 2015, 1, 1-6. 4. pirbal, o. t.; ahmed, n. k. on nano 𝑆𝛽 -open sets in nano topological spaces. general letters in mathematics, 2022, 12 , 23-30. 5. rajasekaran, i.; meharin, m. ; nethaji, o. on nano gβ-closed sets. 2017, 5, 377–382. 6. padma, a.; saraswathi, m.; vadivel, a.; saravanakumar, g. new notions of nano m-open sets. malaya journal of matematik, 2019, 1, 656-660. 7. rajasekaran, i.; meharin, m.; nethaji, o. on new classes of some nano open sets. international journal of pure and applied mathematical sciences, 2017, 10, 147-155. 8. pawlak, z. rough sets. international journal of computer & information sciences, 1982, 11, 341-356. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 68 hall and joule's heating influences on peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid with variable viscosity in an inclined tapered asymmetric channel rasha yousif hassen hayat a. ali department of mathematics and application of computer, university of technology, rashamath80@yahoo.com 100048@uotechnology.edu.iq abstract this paper presents an investigation of peristaltic flow of bingham plastic fluid in an inclined tapered asymmetric channel with variable viscosity. taking into consideration hall current, velocity, thermal slip conditions, energy equation is modeled by taking joule heating effect into consideration and by holding assumption of long wavelength and low reynolds number approximation, these equations are simplified into a couple of non-linear ordinary differential equations that are solved by using perturbation technique. graphical analysis has been involved for various flow parameters emerging in the problem. we observed two opposite behaviors for hall parameter and hartman number on velocity axial and temperature curves. keywords: heat transfer, hall effect, joule's heating, bingham plastic fluid, tapered channel. 1. introduction peristaltic transport is a successive sinusoidal waves movement of fluids along a flexible channel walls. it is naturally found in human living body such as urine movement from kidney to bladder, food swallowing process and blood flow in the small vessels [13]. moreover, the peristaltic transport of nonnewtonian fluid gained much attention in various modern industrial and biomedical phenomena like polymer industry and artificial hearts that their devices designed in a manner where the fluid flows without internal moving parts [4-6]. inspired by this fact and since the modern industrial fluids are characterized by their variable viscosity, a few researchers indicate studies regarding the peristaltic transport of fluids having variable viscosity. adnan and abdulhadi [7] analyzed the effect of an inclined magnetic field on peristaltic flow of bingham plastic fluid in an inclined symmetric channel with slip conditions. in the same year adnan and abdulhadi [8] investigated the peristaltic flow of the ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2554 article history: received 20, january, 2020, accepted 26, february, 2020, published in january 2021 mailto:rashamath80@yahoo.com mailto:100048@uotechnology.edu.iq mailto:100048@uotechnology.edu.iq 69 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 bingham plastic fluid in a curved channel. hayat et al. [9] studied the effect of soret and dufour on the peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid considering magnetic field. while lakshminarayana et al. [10] investigated the heat transfer and the effect of slip condition and wall properties on the peristaltic transport of bingham fluid. ara et al. [11] explored the jefferyhamel flow of bingham plastic fluid in converging channel in the presence of external magnetic field. however, salih [12] illustrated the influence of varying temperature and concentration on (mhd) peristaltic transport of jeffery fluid with variable viscosity through porous channel. for more information see [7,13]. in this paper, the influence of hall and joule's heating on the peristaltic flow of bingham plastic fluid passing through an inclined tapered asymmetric channel with variable viscosity is studied. a long wave number and low reynolds number are taken into consideration to simplify the problem. perturbation technique is used to solve and find the last shape of stream function. finally, the effects of various parameters on axial velocity, temperature, stream function and heat transfer coefficients are discussed graphically. 2. mathematical modeling the peristaltic transport of an incompressible bingham plastic fluid in a tapered inclined channel at an angle 𝛼 which is an asymmetric channel with a total width(2𝑑) is considered. characterizing the flow by the existence of a strong transverse magnetic field 𝐵 = (0, 0, 𝛽0). a magnetic reynolds number is taken small and the induced magnetic field is prescribed neglected. the flow is achieved by the peristaltic waves of length 𝜆 with different amplitude and phases moving with a constant speed 𝑐 along the channels walls. the geometry of the walls surfaces is described by 𝑌1 = 𝐻1(�̅�, 𝑡) = 𝑑 + 𝑚1�̅� + 𝑎1𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( 2𝜋(�̅�−𝑐𝑡) 𝜆 ) (1) 𝑌2 = 𝐻2(�̅�, 𝑡) = −𝑑 − 𝑚1�̅� − 𝑎2𝐶𝑜𝑠 (2𝜋(�̅� − 𝑐𝑡)/𝜆 + ø) (2) where 𝑌1, 𝑌2 are the upper and lower wall respectively, 𝑚1 is the non-uniform parameter, 𝑎1, 𝑎2 are the wave amplitudes, 𝑡 is the time and (�̅�, �̅�) the rectangular coordinates in a fixed frame. ø is the phase different and ø ∈ [0, 𝜋] such that when ø = 0 corresponds to asymmetric channel with waves out of phase, and when ø = 𝜋 , the waves are in phase. further 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∅ satisfy the necessary condition 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 + 2𝑎𝑏𝑑 𝑐𝑜𝑠∅ ≤ (2𝑑)2 (3) by applying the generalized ohm's law [2], we include the hall current as follows �⃑� = 𝐽 × �⃑⃑� (4) such that 𝐽 = 𝜎[�⃑⃑� × �⃑⃑� − 1 𝑒𝑛 (𝐽 × �⃑⃑�)] (5) 70 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 hence, �⃑� = ( −𝜎𝛽0 2(𝑈−𝑚𝑉) 1+𝑚2 , 𝜎𝛽0 2(𝑉+𝑚𝑈) 1+𝑚2 , 0) (6) in which �⃑� is the magnetic force, 𝐽 assigns to the current density vector, �⃑⃑� = (𝑈, 𝑉, 0) the velocity field, 𝜎 the electrical conductivity, 𝑛 the number density of electron, 𝑒 the electric charge, 𝛽0 the magnetic field strength and (𝑚 = 𝜎𝛽0 𝑒𝑛 ) the hall parameter. the fluid satisfies bingham plastic model and its extra stress tensor is given as follows [11]: 𝑆̅ = ( 𝜇(�̅�) + 𝜏𝑦 𝛾. ) �̅�1 for 𝜏 ≥ 𝜏𝑦 𝑆̅ = 0 for 𝜏 < 𝜏𝑦 } (7) such that �̅�1 = ∇�⃑⃑� + (∇�⃑⃑�) 𝑇 (8) and 𝛾. = √ 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑐(�̅�1) 2 2 (9) 𝑆̅ represents the extra stress tensor,𝛻 = (𝜕/𝜕�̅�, 𝜕/𝜕�̅�, 0) the gradient vector, 𝜏𝑦 the yield stress �̅�1is the first rivlinerickson, and 𝜇(�̅�) is the dynamic variable viscosity. the fundamental equations of the flow can be written as below: 𝑑𝑖𝑣 �̅� = 0 (10) 𝑋-component of momentum equation 𝜌 ( 𝑑�̅� 𝑑𝑡 + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� ) = − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� − 𝜎𝛽2( �̅�−𝑚 �̅�) 1+𝑚2 + 𝜌𝑔 sin 𝛼 − 𝜇 𝜅 �̅� (11) 𝑌-component of momentum equation 𝜌 ( 𝑑�̅� 𝑑𝑡 + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� ) = − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅��̅��̅� 𝜕�̅� − 𝜎𝛽2( �̅�+𝑚 �̅�) 1+𝑚2 + 𝜌𝑔 cos 𝛼 − 𝜇 𝜅 �̅� (12) and energy equation with joule heating effect is 𝜌𝑐𝑃 ( 𝜕𝑇 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕𝑇 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕𝑇 𝜕�̅� ) = 𝐾 ( 𝜕2𝑇 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2𝑇 𝜕�̅�2 ) + (𝑆�̅̅��̅� − 𝑆�̅̅��̅�) 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝑆�̅̅��̅� ( 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� ) + 𝜎𝛽0 2 (�̅�2+�̅�2) 1+𝑚2 (13) in which 𝜎, 𝐾, 𝜅, �̅�, 𝜇 , 𝜌, 𝑐𝑃, 𝑔 are the electrical conductivity, the thermal conductivity, the porosity parameter, the dynamic viscosity, the density, the specific heat, and the gravity respectively. the corresponding boundary slip conditions are 71 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 �̅� ∓ 𝛾𝑆�̅�𝑦 = 0 𝑎𝑡 �̅� = 𝐻1, 𝐻2 𝑇 ∓ 𝛽1 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑦 = 𝑇0 𝑎𝑡 �̅� = 𝐻1, 𝐻2 } (14) and the wall flexibility condition is [−𝜏 𝜕3 𝜕�̅�3 + 𝑚2 𝜕3 𝜕�̅�𝜕𝑡2 + 𝑑′ 𝜕2 𝜕𝑡𝜕�̅� ] �̅� = 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝑎𝑡 �̅� = 𝐻1, 𝐻2 (15) where 𝑇0, 𝜏, 𝑚2, 𝑑 ′, 𝛾, 𝛽1 are the temperature at the upper and lower walls, the elastic tension, the mass per unit area and the coefficient of viscous damping, velocity slip coefficient, and temperature slip coefficient respectively. dimensional analysis is used for normalizing the flow equations eqs. (7) (15) by using the following as bellows: 𝑥 = �̅� 𝜆 , 𝑦 = �̅� 𝑑 , 𝑢 = �̅� 𝑐 , 𝑣 = �̅� 𝑐 , ℎ1 = 𝐻1 𝑑 , ℎ2 = 𝐻2 𝑑 , 𝑝 = 𝑑2�̅� 𝜆𝜇𝑐 , 𝛿 = 𝑑 𝜆 , 𝛾∗ = 𝛾 𝑑 , 𝛽1 ∗ = 𝛽1 𝑑 , 𝑆 = 𝑑�̅�(�̅�) 𝜇𝑐 , 𝑅𝑒 = 𝜌𝑐𝑑 𝜇 , 𝜃 = 𝑇−𝑇0 𝑇0 , 𝐸1 = −𝜏𝑑3 𝜆3𝜇𝑐 , 𝐸2 = 𝑚2𝑐𝑑 3 𝜆3𝜇𝑐 , 𝐸3 = 𝑑′𝑑3 𝜆2𝜇 , 𝑃𝑟 = 𝜇𝑐𝑃 𝑘 , 𝐻 = 𝛽0𝑑√ 𝜎 𝜇 , 𝐸𝑐 = 𝑐2 𝑐𝑃𝑇0 , 𝐵𝑟 = 𝐸𝑐𝑃𝑟 , 𝐹𝑟 = 𝑐 √𝑔𝑑 , 𝑑1 = 𝑎1 𝑑 , 𝑑2 = 𝑎2 𝑑 , 𝑚1 ∗ = 𝑚1𝜆 𝑑 , 𝐵𝑛 = 𝑑𝜏𝑦 𝜇𝑐 , 𝜇(�̅�) = 𝜇(𝑦) 𝜇 (16) where 𝛿 is the wave number, 𝐸1 the wall elastance parameter, 𝐸2 the mass per unit area parameter, 𝐸3the wall damping parameter, 𝑅𝑒 the reynolds number, 𝑃𝑟 the prandtl number, 𝐻 hartman number, 𝐸𝑐 eckret number, 𝐵𝑟 brinkman number, 𝐹𝑟 froude number, 𝑚1 ∗ the dimensionless non-uniform parameter, ℎ1 the dimensionless lower wall surface, ℎ2 upper wall surface, 𝑥, 𝑦 components of the dimensionless coordinates, 𝑢 axial velocity, 𝑣 transverse component of velocity, 𝜖 the fluid dimensionless viscosity parameter, 𝛾., 𝛽1 ∗ the dimensionless velocity and thermal slip parameters respectively and 𝐵𝑛 bingham number. note that we omitted asterisks for simplicity introducing the stream function 𝜓(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑡) and make use of the following relation 𝑢 = 𝜓𝑦, 𝑣 = −𝛿𝜓𝑥 applying eq. (17) into eqs. (9) – (16) and making use of eq. (17), the continuity equation (11) vanishs identically, other flow equations take the following form 𝛿𝑅𝑒(𝜓𝑡𝑦 + 𝜓𝑦𝜓𝑥𝑦 − 𝛿𝜓𝑥𝜓𝑥𝑦) = −𝑃𝑥 + 𝛿 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑥 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑦 𝜕𝑦 − 𝐻2 (1+𝑚2) (𝜓𝑦 + 𝛿𝑚𝜓𝑥) − 𝜓𝑦 𝜅 + 𝑅𝑒 (𝐹𝑟)2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 (17) 𝛿2𝑅𝑒(−𝛿2𝜓𝑡𝑥 − 𝛿 2𝜓𝑦𝜓𝑥𝑥 + 𝛿 3𝜓𝑥𝜓𝑥𝑦) = −𝑃𝑦 + 𝛿 𝜕𝑆𝑦𝑦 𝜕𝑦 + 𝛿2 𝜕𝑆𝑦𝑥 𝜕𝑥 − 𝐻2𝛿 (1 + 𝑚2) (−𝛿𝜓𝑥 + 𝑚𝜓𝑦) − 𝜓𝑦 𝜅 − 𝛿𝑅𝑒 (𝐹𝑟)2 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 (18) 72 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝑅𝑒𝑃𝑟 (𝛿 𝜕𝜃 𝜕𝑡 + 𝛿𝜓𝑦 𝜕𝜃 𝜕𝑥 − 𝛿𝜓𝑥 𝜕𝜃 𝜕𝑦 ) = 𝛿2 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝐵𝑟𝑆𝑥𝑦(𝜓𝑦𝑦 − 𝛿 2𝜓𝑥𝑥) + 𝐻2𝐵𝑟 (1+𝑚2) ((𝜓𝑦) 2 + 𝛿2(𝜓𝑥) 2) + 𝛿𝐵𝑟(𝑆𝑥𝑥 − 𝑆𝑦𝑦)𝜓𝑥𝑦 … (19) adopting the assumptions of peristaltic long wavelength and low reynolds number, eqs. (17) (19) will be reduced into following form 𝑃𝑥 = 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑦 𝜕𝑦 − ( 𝐻2 (1+𝑚2) + 1 𝜅 ) 𝜓𝑦 + 𝑅𝑒 (𝐹𝑟)2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼, (20) 𝑃𝑦 = 0, (21) 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑦2 = 𝐵𝑟𝑆𝑥𝑦𝜓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐻2𝐵𝑟 (1+𝑚2) (𝜓𝑦) 2, (22) 𝑆𝑥𝑦 = 𝑆𝑦𝑥 = 𝜇(𝑦)𝜓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐵𝑛 (23) 𝑆𝑥𝑥 = 0, 𝑆𝑦𝑦 = 0, (24) and the dimensionless boundary conditions are 𝑢 ∓ 𝛾𝑆𝑥𝑦 = 0 𝜃 ∓ 𝛽1 𝜕𝜃 𝜕𝑦 = 0 (𝐸1 𝜕3 𝜕𝑥3 + 𝐸2 𝜕3 𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑡2 + 𝐸3 𝜕2 𝜕𝑡𝜕𝑥 ) 𝑦 = 𝜕𝑆𝑥𝑦 𝜕𝑦 − 𝐻2𝜓𝑦 1+𝑚2 + 𝑅𝑒 (𝐹𝑟)2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼] at 𝑦 = ℎ1, ℎ2, (25) where ℎ1 = −1 − 𝑚1𝑥 − 𝑑1 (𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝑥 − 𝑡) + ∅) , ℎ2 = 1 + 𝑚1𝑥 + 𝑑2(𝐶𝑜𝑠 2𝜋(𝑥 − 𝑡)) furthermore, heat transfer coefficient at lower wall is derived as 𝑍 = 𝜕ℎ1 𝜕𝑥 𝜃𝑦(ℎ1) (26) through eqs. (20) and (21), we obtain 𝜕2𝑆𝑥𝑦 𝜕𝑦2 − ( 𝐵𝑟𝐻2 (1+𝑚2) + 1 𝜅 ) 𝜓𝑦𝑦 = 0 (27) we toke the dimensionless approximate expression for 𝜇(𝑦)as 𝜇(𝑦) = 𝑒−𝜖𝑦 = 1 − 𝜖𝑦, where𝜖 < 1, 𝜖 is nondimensional viscosity parameter. 3. solution methodology by using the perturbation method for a small nondimensional viscosity parameter 𝜖 and expanding the flow quantities in a power series of 𝜖 , we obtain 𝜓 = 𝜓0 + 𝜖 𝜓1 (28) 73 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝜃 = 𝜃0 + 𝜖 𝜃1 (29) substituting eqs. (28), (29) into eqs. (22) (27) and then comparing the coefficients of same power of 𝜖 up to the first order, we obtain the following two systems 3.1. zeroth order system the general form of zerothorder system is: 𝜓0𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 − ( 𝐻2 1+𝑚2 + 1 𝜅 ) 𝜓0𝑦𝑦 = 0 (30) 𝜃0𝑦𝑦 + 𝐵𝑟 ( 𝜕2𝜓0 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝐵𝑛) 𝜓0𝑦𝑦 + 𝐻2 1+𝑚2 𝐵𝑟𝜓0𝑦 2 = 0 (31) now with the respect to the boundary conditions, we have: 𝜓0𝑦 ∓ 𝛾(𝜓0𝑦𝑦 + 𝐵𝑛) = 0 (32) 𝜃0 ∓ 𝛽1𝜃0𝑦 = 0 (33) 𝐸1 𝜕3𝑦 𝜕𝑥3 + 𝐸2 𝜕2𝑦 𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑡2 + 𝐸3 𝜕2𝑦 𝜕𝑡𝜕𝑥 = 𝜓0𝑦𝑦𝑦 − 𝐻2 1+𝑚2 𝜓0𝑦 + 𝑅𝑒 (𝐹𝑟)2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 (34) 𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = ℎ1, ℎ2, 3.2. first order system the general form of firstorder system is 𝜓1𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝜓0𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 − 2𝜓0𝑦𝑦𝑦 − ( 𝐻2 1+𝑚2 + 1 𝜅 ) 𝜓1𝑦𝑦 = 0 (35) 𝜕2𝜃 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝐵𝑟(𝜓1𝑦𝑦 − 𝜓0𝑦𝑦)𝜓1𝑦𝑦 + 𝐻2 1+𝑚2 𝐵𝑟𝜓1𝑦 2 =0 (36) with the respect to the boundary conditions 𝜓1𝑦 ∓ 𝛾(𝜓1𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝜓0𝑦𝑦) = 0 (37) 𝜃1 ∓ 𝛽1𝜃1𝑦 = 0 (38) 𝜓1𝑦𝑦𝑦 − 𝐻2 1+𝑚2 𝜓1𝑦 = 0 (39) solving the both system using mathematica program, we get the closed form for 𝜓, and 𝜃 𝜓 = 1 𝑘1 2 (𝑐1𝑒 𝑘1𝑦 + 𝑐2𝑒 −𝑘1𝑦) + 𝑐3 + 𝑦𝑐4 + 𝜖 8𝑘1 3 (𝐴1 + 𝐴2 + 8𝑘1(𝐴3 + 𝑘1 2 (𝑐7 + 𝑦𝑐8)), 𝜃 = − 𝐵𝑟 𝑘1 2𝜅 (𝐴4 + 𝐴5 + 𝐴6) + 𝑛1 + 𝑦𝑛2 − 𝜖 3840𝑘16𝜅 𝐵𝑟𝑒−2𝑘1𝑦( 𝐴7 + 𝐴8 + 𝐴9 + 𝐴10 − 𝐴11) + 𝑛3 + 𝑦𝑛4, where 74 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝐴1 = 𝑐1𝑒 𝑘1𝑦(−3 − 2𝑘1𝑦 + 2𝑘1 2 𝑦2) , 𝐴2 = 𝑐2𝑒 −𝑘1𝑦(3 − 2𝑘1𝑦 − 2𝑘1 2 𝑦2), 𝐴3 = 𝑐5𝑒 𝑘1𝑦 + 𝑐6𝑒 −𝑘1𝑦, 𝑘1 = ( 𝐻2 1+𝑚2 + 1 𝜅 ) 1/2 , 𝐴4 = (𝑐1𝑐2𝑦 2 − 1 2 𝑐4 2𝑘1 2 𝑦2 + 1 2 𝑐4 2𝑘1 4 𝑦2𝜅), 𝐴5 = 𝑐2 2𝑒−2𝑘1𝑦(−1+2𝑘1 2𝜅) 4𝑘1 2 + 𝑐1 2𝑒2𝑘1𝑦(−1+2𝑘1 2𝜅) 4𝑘1 2 , 𝐴6 = 𝑐2𝑒 −𝑘1𝑦(2𝑐4+𝐵𝑛𝑘1𝜅−2𝑐4𝑘1 2𝜅) 𝑘1 + 𝑐1𝑒 𝑘1𝑦(−2𝑐4+𝐵𝑛𝑘1𝜅+2𝑐4𝑘1 2𝜅) 𝑘1 , 𝐴7 = (15𝑐2 2(−27 + 16𝑘1 5 𝑦3𝜅 + 8𝑘1 6 𝑦4𝜅 + 2𝑘1 2 (2𝑦2 + 9𝜅) − 8𝑘1 3 (𝑦3 + 3𝑦𝜅) − 4𝑘1 4 (𝑦4 + 4𝑦2𝜅)), 𝐴8 = 5(3𝑐1 2𝑒4𝑘1𝑦(−27 − 16𝑘1 5 𝑦3𝜅 + 8𝑘1 6 𝑦4𝜅 + 2𝑘1 2 (2𝑦2 + 9𝜅) + 8𝑘1 3 (𝑦3 + 3𝑦𝜅) − 4𝑘1 4 (𝑦4 + 4𝑦2𝜅)), 𝐴9 = 192𝑘1 2 (𝑐6 2(−1 + 2𝑘1 2 𝜅) + 4𝑐6𝑒 𝑘1𝑦𝑘1(𝑐5𝑒 𝑘1𝑦𝑘1𝑦 2 + 𝑐8(2 − 2𝑘1 2 𝜅)) + 𝑒2𝑘1𝑦(8𝑐5𝑐8𝑒 𝑘1𝑦𝑘1(−1 + 𝑘1 2 𝜅) + 2𝑐8 2𝑘1 4 𝑦2(−1 + 𝑘1 2 𝜅) + 𝑐5 2𝑒2𝑘1𝑦(−1 + 2𝑘1 2 𝜅))), 𝐴10 = 32𝑐1𝑒 2𝑘1𝑦𝑘1(3𝑐5𝑒 2𝑘1𝑦(2 + 𝑘1𝑦 − 2𝑘1 3𝑦𝜅 + 2𝑘1 4 𝑦2𝜅 − 𝑘1 2 (𝑦2 + 3𝜅)) + 𝑘1(6𝑐8𝑒 𝑘1𝑦(3 − 6𝑘1𝑦 + 2𝑘1 2 𝑦2)(−1 + 𝑘1 2 𝜅) + 𝑐6𝑘1𝑦 2(−15 + 2𝑘1𝑦 + 𝑘1 2 (𝑦2 + 6𝜅))))), 𝐴11 = 4𝑐2𝑘1(120𝑐6(2 − 𝑘1𝑦 + 2𝑘1 3 𝑦𝜅 + 2𝑘1 4 𝑦2𝜅 − 𝑘1 2 (𝑦2 + 3𝜅)) + 𝑒𝑘1𝑦𝑘1(−240𝑐8(3 + 6𝑘1𝑦 + 2𝑘1 2 𝑦2)(−1 + 𝑘1 2 𝜅) + 𝑒𝑘1𝑦𝑦2(40𝑐5𝑘1(−15 − 2𝑘1𝑦 + 𝑘1 2 (𝑦2 + 6𝜅)) + 𝑐1(375 − 60𝑘1 2 (𝑦2 + 4𝜅) + 4𝑘1 4 (𝑦4 + 15𝑦2𝜅))), where 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑐3, 𝑐4, 𝑐5, 𝑐6, 𝑐7, 𝑐8, 𝑛1, 𝑛2, 𝑛3, 𝑛4,can be found using simple calculations. 4. result and discussions in this section we visualize graphically the influence of different inclusive parameters on velocity profile, temperature distribution, heat transfer coefficient and trapping phenomenon. 4.1. velocity profile figures 1-3 elucidate the behavior of velocity profile against the following various important parameters (𝐸1, 𝐸2, 𝐸3 𝜅, 𝑚, 𝐻, 𝜙) and for fixed values of (𝜖 = 0.04, fr = 0.8, re = 0.2, 𝛼 = pi 2 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝑡 = 0.1, d1 = 0.4, d2 = 0.4, 𝑥 = 0.4, 𝑚1 = 0.1) . fig.1 (a) is plotted to describe the effect of wall elasticity parameters on velocity profile. one can conclude a significant increase upon enhancement of wall rigidity and tension parameters respectively 𝐸1, 𝐸2 whereas the velocity profile slightly rises as mass characterization parameter 𝐸3 increase. similar observation is seen for enhanced values of permeability parameter 𝜅 and hall number 𝑚 on velocity curve i.e. 𝑢(𝑦) is increasing and these results are shown in figure 1(b) and figure 2 (a). a reversed situation for the larger magnitude of both hartman number 75 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝐻 and bingham number 𝐵𝑛 are shown in figure 2 (b) and figure 3 (a). from figure 3 (b), we notice that the velocity profile enhances for higher values of phase difference parameter 𝜙. 1. (b) figure 1:velocity profile for different values of (a) elasticity parameters 𝐸1, 𝐸2, 𝐸3 (b) permeability parameter 𝜅. (a) (b) figure 2: velocity profile for different values of (a) hall number 𝑚 (b) hartman number 𝐻 , (a) (b) figure 3: velocity profile for different values of (a) bingham number 𝐵𝑛 (b) phase difference parameter 𝜙. e1 0.1 , e2 0.2 , e3 0.3 e1 0.2 , e2 0.2 , e3 0.3 e1 0.1 ,e2 0.4 ,e3 0.3 e1 0.1 , e2 0.2 , e3 0.6 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 5 10 15 y u y 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 5 10 15 20 y u y m 0.2 m 0.4 m 0.6 m 0.8 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 5 10 15 20 y u y h 1.6 h 1.8 h 2 h 1.4 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 5 10 15 20 y u y bn 0.2 bn 0.4 bn 0.6 bn 0.8 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 5 10 15 20 y u y 6 4 3 2 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 5 10 15 20 y u y 76 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 4.2. temperature distribution figures 4-6 are plotted to elaborate parabolic behavior for temperature distribution against axial 𝑦 axis for different magnitudes of the parameters (𝐵𝑟, 𝐹𝑟, 𝐻, 𝛽1, 𝑚, 𝐵𝑛). figure 4(a) illustrates the impact of brinkman number on 𝜃(𝑦) . it is seen that 𝐵𝑟 react directly on temperature profile. however, in figure 4(b) froude number 𝐹𝑟 record quite opposite behavior compared to brinkman number. the effect of hartman number on temperature profile testified in fig. 5(a). it is evident that the rise in lorentz force produces a resistance for a larger value of hartman number and consequently reduces the temperature profile. figures. 5(b), 6(a), and 6(b) clarify an increment in temperature slip parameter 𝛽1 hall number 𝑚 and bingham number 𝐵𝑛 causing rise in the temperature distribution curve. (a) (b) figure 4: temperature profile 𝜃(𝑦)for different values of (a) brinkman number 𝐵𝑟 (b) froude number 𝐹𝑟. (b) figure 5: temperature profile 𝜃(𝑦)for different values of (a) hartman number 𝐻 (b) temperature slip parameter 𝛽1. (a) (b) br 0.3 br 0.5 br 0.7 br 0.9 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 0 50 100 150 200 y y fr 0.3 fr 0.5 fr 0.7 fr 0.95 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 20 40 60 80 100 y y h 1 h 1.5 h 1.7 h 2 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 0 20 40 60 80 100 y y 1 0.3 1 0.5 1 0.7 1 0.9 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 0 20 40 60 80 y y 77 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 6: temperature profile 𝜃(𝑦)for different values of (a) hall number 𝑚 (b) bingham number 𝐵𝑛. 4.3. heat transfer figures 7-8 elucide the impact of brinkman number 𝐵𝑟 , froude number 𝐹𝑟 , phase difference parameter ∅, and permability parameter 𝜅 on the coefficient of heat transfer at the lower wall profile. these figures show an oscillatory behavior of 𝑍(𝑥) via the flow of peristaltic waves along the channel wall. figure 7(a) portrays the increasing function of heat transfer coffecient due to arise in 𝐵𝑟 value. however figure 7(b) depicts an oppsite reaction for 𝐹𝑟. figure 8(a) charactrizes a mixed behavior for 𝑍(𝑥) for a higher value of ∅ . we deduce from figure 8(b) that for ascending magnitude of 𝜅, the rate of heat transfer increases . (a) (b) figure 7: heat transfer coefficient z(𝑥)for different values of (a) brinkman number 𝐵𝑟 (b) froude number 𝐹𝑟. (a) (b) m 0.2 m 0.4 m 0.6 m 0.8 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 0 20 40 60 y y bn 0.2 bn 0.4 bn 0.6 bn 0.8 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 0 50 100 150 200 y y br 0.2 br 0.4 br 0.6 br 0.8 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 200 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 x z x fr 0.2 fr 0.4 fr 0.6 fr 0.8 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 200 100 0 100 200 300 x z x 78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 8: heat transfer coefficient z(𝑥)for different values of (a) phase difference parameter 𝜙 (b) permeability parameter𝜅. 4.4. trapping phenomenon a phenomenon in which an amount of fluid trapped in closed streamlines is called bolus. in this part of work, some results of the phenomenon of trapping are portrayed. figures 9-15 highlight the impact of wall elasticity parameters 𝐸1, 𝐸2, 𝐸3 and for 𝐻, 𝜅, 𝑚, 𝜖, 𝐹𝑟, 𝐵𝑛 values. graphical results show two asymmetric regions, the first region begins from (0.2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 0.7)while the second region (0.7 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1.2). one can observe an increment in size and number of trapped bolus, whereas the second region witnesses a less number of generated bolus. the effect of wall rigidity and tension parameters respectively 𝐸1, 𝐸2 and mass characterization parameter 𝐸3 on trapping phenomenon are shown in figure 9. however, it is important to note that both parameters 𝐸1, 𝐸2 increase the trap bolus in magnitude and number while a higher value of 𝐸3 parameter that reduces the size of bolus but in the right side, its number reduces. figure 10 reveals that ascending value of hartman number 𝐻 is due to increases in lorentz force which resists the fluid flow as a result decreases the size of trapping bolus. opposite to this result, permeability parameter 𝜅 directly acts on trapping bolus in size and number; see figure 11. the variation of hall number 𝑚 and dimensionless viscosity parameter 𝜖 on trapped bolus are reflected in figures 12 and 13. one can observe the increasing function for them on trapped bolus size. in figure 14, we demonstrate that a larger value of froude number 𝐹𝑟 reduces both the size and circulation of bolus. figure 15 interprets the independence of trapping bolus of variation of bingham parameter 𝐵𝑛. (a) " 6 4 3 2 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 40 20 0 20 40 x z x x 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.9 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 4 2 0 2 4 x z x 79 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (b) (c) figure 9: streamlines for variation of parameters (a) wall rigidity 𝐸1 (b) wall tension 𝐸2 (c) mass characterization 𝐸3 with 𝜖 = 0.02, 𝜅 = 0.2, 𝑚 = 0.2, 𝐹𝑟 = 0.8, 𝐻 = 1, 𝑅𝑒 = 0.2, 𝛼 = 𝑃𝑖 6 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝜙 = 𝑃𝑖 4 , 𝑡 = 0.1, 𝑚1 = 0.5, 𝐵𝑛 = 0.5 . (a) (b) 80 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 10 streamlines for variation of hartman number 𝐻 with 𝐸1 = 0.4, 𝐸2 = 0.2, 𝐸3 = 0.3 𝜖 = 0.02, 𝜅 = 0.2, 𝑚 = 0.2, 𝐹𝑟 = 0.8, 𝑑1 = 0.1, 𝑅𝑒 = 0.2, 𝛼 = 𝑃𝑖 6 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝜙 = 𝑃𝑖 4 , 𝑡 = 0.1, 𝑚1 = 0.5, 𝐵𝑛 = 0.5 . (a) (b) figure 11 streamlines for variation of permeability parameter 𝜅 with 𝐸1 = 0.4, 𝐸2 = 0.2, 𝐸3 = 0.3 𝜖 = 0.02, 𝐻 = 0.2, 𝑚 = 0.2, 𝐹𝑟 = 0.8, 𝑑1 = 0.1, 𝑅𝑒 = 0.2, 𝛼 = 𝑃𝑖 6 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝜙 = 𝑃𝑖 4 , 𝑡 = 0.1, 𝑚1 = 0.5, 𝐵𝑛 = 0.5 . (a) (b) 81 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 12 streamlines for variation of hall number 𝑚 with 𝐸1 = 0.4, 𝐸2 = 0.2, 𝐸3 = 0.3 𝜖 = 0.02, 𝐻 = 0.2, 𝜅 = 0.2, 𝐹𝑟 = 0.8, 𝑑1 = 0.1, 𝑅𝑒 = 0.2, 𝛼 = 𝑃𝑖 6 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝜙 = 𝑃𝑖 4 , 𝑡 = 0.1, 𝑚1 = 0.5, 𝐵𝑛 = 0.5 . (a) (b) figure 13 streamlines for variation of nondimensional viscosity parameter 𝜖 with 𝐸1 = 0.4, 𝐸2 = 0.2, 𝐸3 = 0.3 𝑚 = 0.2, 𝐻 = 0.2, 𝜅 = 0.2, 𝐹𝑟 = 0.8, 𝑑1 = 0.1, 𝑅𝑒 = 0.2, 𝛼 = 𝑃𝑖 6 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝜙 = 𝑃𝑖 4 , 𝑡 = 0.1, 𝑚1 = 0.5, 𝐵𝑛 = 0.5 . (a) (b) 82 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 14 streamlines for variation of froude number 𝐹𝑟 with 𝐸1 = 0.4, 𝐸2 = 0.2, 𝐸3 = 0.3 𝑚 = 0.2, 𝐻 = 0.2, 𝜅 = 0.2, 𝜖 = 0.8, 𝑑1 = 0.1, 𝑅𝑒 = 0.2, 𝛼 = 𝑃𝑖 6 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝜙 = 𝑃𝑖 4 , 𝑡 = 0.1, 𝑚1 = 0.5, 𝐵𝑛 = 0.5 . (a) (b) figure 15 streamlines for variation of bingham number 𝐵𝑛 with 𝐸1 = 0.4, 𝐸2 = 0.2, 𝐸3 = 0.3 𝑚 = 0.2, 𝐻 = 0.2, 𝜅 = 0.2, 𝜖 = 0.8, 𝑑1 = 0.1, 𝑅𝑒 = 0.2, 𝛼 = 𝑃𝑖 6 , 𝛾 = 0.7, 𝜙 = 𝑃𝑖 4 , 𝑡 = 0.1, 𝑚1 = 0.5, 𝐹𝑟 = 0.5 . 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 5. conclusions the peristaltic transport of nonnewtonian bingham plastic fluid with variable viscosity in an inclined tapered asymmetric channel is performed, taking into account hall and joule's heating influences. adopting assumptions of long wavelength and low reynolds number the problem is modeled and reduced into a pair of nonlinear differential equations which are solved approximately by using a perturbation method. a parametric analysis is permitted through various graphs that made us outcome with some following important observations 1. the velocity profile is an increasing function of 𝑚, ∅, 𝜅, and wall elasticity parameters whereas it decreases with arise up of 𝐻,and 𝐵𝑛 parameters. 2. it is observed from the figures that the froude number is oppositely affected by the temperature distribution profile. 3. hartman number𝐻 impact on temperature profile totally revers hall number 𝑚 effect i.e. the first one shows a reduction behavior while hall number enhances it. 4. the absolute heat transfer shows an oscillatory behavior along the length of peristaltic wave as well as it depicts a mixed behavior for a larger value of phase difference parameter 𝜙. 5. the trapping phenomenon is divided into two asymmetric regions, and from the figures one can notice that the trapped bolus increases in size and circulation as 𝐸1, 𝐸2 increase whereas it decreases for a higher magnitude of 𝐸3. 6. the trapped bolus remains unchanged in size when bingham number 𝐵𝑛 enhances. references 1. mirsa,j.c.; mallick, b.; sinha, a. heat and mass transfer in asymmetric channel during peristaltic transport on mhd fluid having temperature-dependent properties, alexandria eng. 2018,57, 391-406. 2. hayat,t.; igbal rija; tanveer anum; alsaedi,a. influence of convective conditions in radiative peristaltic flow of pseudo plastic nano fluid in a tapered asymmetric channel, j. magn. magn. mater. 2016,408. 3. adnan, f.a.; abdualhadi, a.m. effect of a magnetic field on a peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid in asymmetrical channel. sci. int. (lhore).2019, 31, 1, 29-40. 4. ali nasir; asghar zaheer. mixed convective heat transfer analysis for the peristaltic transport of visco plastic fluid: perturbation and numerical study, aip advances.2019, 9, 095001-1-9, 095001-10. 5. hina, s.; mustafa, m.; hayat, t.; alsaedi, a. peristaltic flow of powell-eyring fluid in curved channel with heat transfer: a useful application in biomedicine, computer methods and programming in biomedicine 135. 2016, 89-100. 6. hayat, a.ali; ahmed, m. abdulhadi. analysis of heat transfer on peristaltic transport of powelleyring fluid in an inclined tapered symmetric channel with hall and ohm's heating influences, journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics.2018,10 ,2. 84 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 7. farah alaa adnan; ahmad, m. abdul hadi. effect of an inclined magnetic field on peristaltic flow of bingham plastic fluid in an inclined symmetric channel with slip conditions, iraqi j. of science. 2019, 60,7, 1551-1574. 8. farah alaa adnan; ahmad, m. abdul hadi, peristaltic flow of the bingham plastic fluid in a curved channel, ibn al-haitham j. pure & appl. sci. 2019, 32 ,3. 9. hayat, t; farooq, s.; mustafa, m.; ahmed, b.; ahmed, b. peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid considering magnetic field, soret and dufour effects, results in physics. 2017, 7, 2000-2011. 10. lakshminarayana, p.; sreenadh, s.; sucharitha, g. the influence of slip, wall properties on the peristaltic transport of conducting bingham fluid with heat transfer, procedia eng. 2015, 127 1087-1094. 11. ara, a.; khan, n.a.; sultan, f.; ullah, s. numerical simulation of jefferyhamel flow of bingham plastic fluid and heat transfer in the presence of magnetic field, appl. compute. math. 2019, 18,2, 135-148. 12. dheia gaze salih, influences of varying temperature and concentration on (mhd) peristaltic transport of jeffery fluid with variable viscosity through porous channel, doi: 10.29304/jqcm.2019,11,3,586. 13. ahmad, t.s.; abdulhadi, a.m. peristaltic transport of mhd flow and heat transfer in a tapered asymmetric channel through porous medium: effect of variable viscosity, velocitynon slip and temperature jump, int. j. of advance sci. tech. research.2017, 7, 2, 53-69. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 251 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract the characterization and design of this study of new liquid crystals with were reported. this study reported the characterization and design of new liquid crystals with a v shape compounds containing thiazolidine-2,4-dione and 1,3-phenylene as a core unite with mesophase properties. chloroacetic acid, water, and thiourea were used to prepare thiazolidine-2,4-dione [i] in the presence of strong hydrochloric acid. the 4hydreoxybenzaldehyde and n-alkyl bromide were reacted with potassium hydroxide to create the n-alkoxy benzaldehyde, and then the compound [i] reacted with [ii]n in the presence of piperidine to produce compounds [iii]n. in addition, resorcinol was converted to a corresponding compound [iv] by refluxing pyridine and dmf with two moles of chloroacetyl chloride; the compounds [iii]n and [iv] were then interacted with sodium acetate to form compounds [v]n.. ft-ir and 1hnmr spectroscopy were really used to determine the structures of the produced substances. using polarized optical microscopy, these mesogens' mesomorphic characteristics were studied (pom).the synthesized molecules exhibited enantiotropic liquid crystal phases; the substances [v]1-4 exhibited an only the enantiotropic nematic phase. keywords: thiazolidine-2,4-dione, heterocyclic, thermotropic lc, v liquid crystals. 1. introduction heterocyclic compounds are an important class of organic compounds with many applications in various fields of science [1]. five-membered heterocyclic compounds with liquid crystalline properties have been successfully evaluated [2,3]. in general, the molecule is made up of connecting units, terminal groups, and long, flexible chains with flat, stiff cores [4]. mesogenic molecules' ability to arrange themselves and self-assemble is influenced by molecular shape. in doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3046 article history: received 27 september 2022, accepted 31 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq design of new v shaped thermotropic liquid crystals containing heterocyclic athraa j. ali department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn-al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. athraajameel97@gmail.com nisreen h. karam department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn-al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. anisreenhkaram@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:athraajameel97@gmail.com mailto:anisreenhkaram@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 252 order to create a mesogenic molecule, it is crucial to select the right core, connecting unit, or terminal group. in the course of researching heterocyclic liquid crystal derivatives, various thermotropic liquid crystals with heterocyclic units have been created over a long period of time. [5,6] in line with our investigation of heterocyclic unit-containing derivatives of liquid crystals, various thermotropic liquid crystals with heterocyclic units have been created over a long period of time. [7-9]. the geometry of rigid-cored calamitic molecules has been thought to be the most conducive to mesogenic activity. [10]. therefore, understanding the link between structure and property is crucial when developing new liquid crystal materials. numerous mesogens have been created and studied as a result of the utilization of novel thermotropic liquid crystals [11]. examples of real-world lc applications in science and technology include display devices, photoconductors, organic light-emitting diodes, and semiconductor materials. [12-14]. in this paper, we synthesize a new v homologous series bearing two arms containing thiazolidine2,4-dione with an alkoxy chain and study their liquid crystal properties. there are no known substances with properties and synthesis identical to those of liquid crystals. based on the various alkoxy chains' lengths, the liquid crystalline compounds' characteristics were explained. understanding the impact of these molecules' skeletal structures and their capacity to induce the liquid crystal mesophase is the primary goal of this work. 2. experimental materials were obtained from merck co., fluka, and aldrich. techniques with the tms serving as an internal standard, the compounds were dissolved in dmso-d6 solution; the 1h-nmr spectra were measured at 400 mhz by the company bruker and reported in ppm (δ). shimadzu recorded ft-ir spectra (ir affinity-1) in the 400–600 cm-1 wavenumber range of the ft-ir spectrometer. the method was used by gallen kamp to test melting point. an instec hot stage and a meiji mt9000 polarizing optical microscope were used to examine the properties of liquid crystals. synthesis scheme 1 shows the pathway of the newly produced compounds: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 253 h2ncnh2 s clch2cooh h2o con.hcl s nh o o[i] ho cho cnh2n+1br koh /etoh choh2n+1cno [ii] py./dmf clh 2 cco oc ch 2 cl oo o ch s nh o o [iii]n h2n+1cn 2ch 3 coona etoh hc h2n+1cno ocnh2n+1 [v]n + c o cl ch 2 cl2 ch s n o o o c ch2 o oc ch 2 o s n o o n=1-4 scheme1 piperidine/etoh [iv] ho oh scheme 1:route synthesis of compounds [i-v4] synthetic procedures preparation of thethiazolidine-2,4-dione [i] a flask of 250 ml with three necksa was filled with a mixture of 45.6g (0.6m) of thiourea and 56.4g (0.6m) of chloroacetic acid. the mixture was left until the appearance of white precipitat thin it was agitated for 15 minutes at 100–110 °c, the reaction mixture was agitated and refluxed for 10–12 hours. at this point, 60 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was carefully added using a falling funnel to dissolve the precipitate. the mixture of reactions solidified into a mass of white needle clusters after cooling to get rid of any remaining hydrochloric acid. the filtered item was washed with water, dried, and then recrystallized from ethanol, yielding 80%, m.p 123–125 °c [15]. ftir(cm-1): 3135 (ν n-h), 3047 (ν arom..-h), 2947-2823 (ν aliph.-h), 1735 to 1654 (νc=o), 617(c-s). general procedure of prepared 4-n-alkoxybenzaldehyde[ii]n 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (10.61 g,0-087 mole) and 0.13 mole of n-alkyl bromide, absolute ethanol (50 ml), potassium hydroxide (4.87g, 0.087 mol), diethyl ether (50 ml) with water (50 ml) were all added to a (4.87g, 0.087 mole) of potassium hydroxide solution in 100 ml ethanol. the mixture was then refluxed, using 25 ml of water and 10% sodium hydroxide in 25 ml. 25 ml of water was added after the mixture's synthetic phase had been removed. to get oily 4alkoxybenzaldehyde, the organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, then filtered and evaporated [16], yielding (75-80%). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 254 synthesis of 5-arylidene-thiazolidine-2,4-dione: general procedure [iii]n a mixture of compound [i] (2.21g, 0.01mole) and aromatic aldehyde[ii]n (0.01mole) with 5ml ethanol was refluxed for three hours while piperidine (0.5ml) was present. the product was then cooled before being placed in cold water. the solid was cleaned, dried, and recrystallized from acetone after filtering and cleaning. 5-(4-methoxybenzylidene) thiazolidine-2,4-dione[iii]1 molecular formula c11h9no3s, yield 95%, m.p 219lit[15]216-218° c, color light yellow ftir(cm-1): 3224 (ν n-h), 3016(ν (c-h arom.), 2958-2835(νc-h aliph.), 1732-1693(νc=o thiazolidinone), 1589(νc=c), 1257(νc-o). 5-(4-ethoxybenzylidene)thiazolidine-2,4-dione[iii]2 molecular formula c12h11no3s, yield 85%, m.p 189° c, color light brown ftir(cm-1): 3240(ν n-h), 3074(ν (c-h arom.), 2981-2827(ν c-h aliph.), 1735-1697 (νc=o thiazolidinone), 1600 (νc=c), 1257(νc-o). 5-(4-propoxybenzylidene)thiazolidine-2,4-dione[iii]3 molecular formula c13h13no3s, yield 78%, m.p 207° c, color yellow ftir(cm-1): 3406(ν n-h), 3062(ν (c-h arom.), 2939-2808 (ν c-h aliph.), 1743-1697 (νc=o thiazolidinone),1612(νc=c), 1253(νc-o). 5-(4-butoxybenzylidene)thiazolidine-2,4-dione[iii]4 molecular formula c14h15no3s, yield 75%, m.p 174° c, color dark brown ftir(cm-1): 3406(ν n-h), 3059(ν (c-h arom.), 2997-2839(ν c-h aliph.), 1743-1685(νc=o thiazolidinone), 1597(νc=c), 1280(νc-o). preparation of 1, 3-phenylene bis(2-chloroaceate) [iv][17] chlororo acetylchloride (0.002mole) was slowly added to a stirred solution of resorcinol (0.11g,0.001mole), pyridine 1ml, and dmf 2ml at 48 °c. then, 10% hcl was added to the reaction mixture, which had been stirred for three hours at ambient temperature. the precipitate was subsequently filtered, washed with water and dried. the ethanol residue was recrystallized. molecular formula c10h8o4cl2 ,: reddish color,yield70%,m.p.=66-68°c synthesis of 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(5-(4-alkoxybenzylidene)-2,4-dioxothiazolidin-3-yl)acetate) [v]n reluxing was done for four hours with a mixture of compounds [iii]n (0.002mole), compound [iv] (0.001mole), sodium acetate (0.16g, 0.002mole), and ethanol (5ml). ice water was then added when the mixture had been cooled. after filtering, the mixture was acidified with 10% hcl. after adding ethyl acetate to get chemicals, the organic layer was separated and dried. 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(5-(4-methoxybenzylidene)-2,4-dioxothiazolidin-3-yl)acetate) [v]1 molecular formula c32h24n2o10s2, yield 95 %, m.p 76°c, color off white ftir(cm-1): 3093 (ν c-h arom.), 2927-2854 (ν c-h aliph.), 1732-1693 (ν c=o), 1589 (νc=c), 1288 (νc-o), 1149 (νc-n). 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(5-(4-ethoxybenzylidene)-2,4-dioxothiazolidin-3-yl)acetate)[v]2 molecular formula c34h28n2o10s2, yield80 %, m.p 110°c, color yellow ftir(cm-1): 3097 (ν c-h arom.), 2993-2962 (ν c-h aliph.), 1724-1681 (ν c=o), 1593 (νc=c), 1280 (νc-o), 1149 (νc-n). 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(5-(4-propyloxybenzylidene)-2,4-dioxothiazolidin-3-yl)acetate)[v]3 molecular formula c36h32n2o10s2, yield75 %,gumme, color brown ftir(cm-1): 3024 (ν c-h arom.), 2970-2839 (ν c-h aliph.), 1735-1693 (ν c=o), 1604 (νc=c), 1284 (νc-o), 1149 (νc-n). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 255 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(5-(4-butoxybenzylidene)-2,4-dioxothiazolidin-3-yl)acetate)[v]4 molecular formula c38h36n2o10s2, yield80 %, gumme, color brown ftir(cm-1): 3012 (ν c-h arom.), 2954-2840 (ν c-h aliph.), 1735-1697 (ν c=o), 1604 (νc=c), 1211 (νc-o), 1149 (νc-n). 1h-nmr(400mhz,dmso-d6)δ(ppm):(7.94-6.16)(m,12h,ar-h&2h,2ch=c),(4.26-4.14) (t,4h,2och2), (2.72-3.72) (m,4h,2 ch2n& 8h,2 (ch2)2), 1.23 (t,6h,2 ch3). 3. results and discussion equimolar amounts of thiourea and chloroacetic acid were reacted to produce 2,4thiazolidinedione [i]. the derivatives [ii]n were then synthesized by reacting absolute ethanol with 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, which was then combined with alkylbromide and potassium hydroxide. knoevenagel used condensation to create compounds [iii] by combining selected aromatic aldehydes with compound [i]. these compounds infrared spectra revealed a prominent functional group absorption band that ranged between 1589 and 1612 cm-1 for c=c and 1743, 1685 cm-1 for the carbonyl groups at the thiazolidine-2,4-dione ring at positions 2 and 4 [18]. we combined resorcinol with two moles of chloroacyl chloride in pyridine and dmf to create the derivative [iv]. the ftir spectrum of compound [iv] revealed a disappearing band for the oh group that was present in the starting material as well as at 1732 cm-1; a new absorption extending band -1 that was attributed to the ester group's c=o. a stretching band for ch2cl was also shown at 790 cm-1. from the reactions of two moles of compounds [iii]n and one mole of compounds [iv] with sodium acetate in ethanol, we obtained the compounds [v]n. the absorbance bands of n-h and ch2-cl for the starting materials vanished from these substances' ftir spectra, while new bands of the c-n and c=o ester groups appeared at 1149 cm-1 and 1735–1681 cm-1, respectively. figure 1 represents the 1h-nmr spectrum for compound [vi]4. dmso was used as a solvent. the following distinctive chemical changes were noticed: multiplet indications of two ch=c group protons and twelve aromatic protons at (6.16-7.94) ppm, a triplet signal at δ(4.26-4.14) ppm for four protons of och2 groups, and also multiplat signal at (2.72-3.72) ppm for four protons of ch2n and eight protons of two (ch2)2 groups and a triplet signal at 1.23 ppm. figure1: the 1hnmr spectrum for compound [v]4 liquid crystalline properties the properties of liquid crystalline compounds were assessed using polarized optical microscopy [v]n (pom). under polarized light and at a specific temperature, pom exhibits liquid crystal characteristics. the values for the transition temperatures were shown in table 1. microscopy examinations were used to determine the mesophase's texture using the richter [19] and gray and goodby categorization systems. [20]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 256 table 1: the temperatures at which compounds in the series [v]n change into phase compound phase transition [v]1 cr n i 195 230 [v]2 cr n i 210 300 [v]3 cr n i 160 250 [v]4 cr n i 180 270 cr , crystalline phases ; isotropic liquid and nematic phase, respectively novel symmetrical compounds bearing two arms containing thiazolidine-2,4-dione with connected to the core by 1,3-phenylene were successfully synthesized via many-steps. thus, it can be inferred that in order to manage the phase-transition properties of lc compounds, it is crucial to consider both the molecular geometry and the length of the flexible alkoxy unit. only under pom is there an enantiotropic nematic phase in the compounds [v]1-4, as seen by the texturing of the nematic phase in figures (2a–d), respectively. the alkoxy chain of series [v]n's transition temperature is plotted. consider figure 3's n, which represents the number of carbon atoms. this behavior can be characterized in terms of the terminal/lateral (t/l) contact forces ratio, resulting from the size of the alkoxy terminal chain. when this ratio is high, chemicals produce fewer organized mesophases (nematic mesophase), and when it is low, compounds produce more ordered mesophases (smectic phase). figure 2: polarization-reversing optical textures (a) compound [vnematic ]'s phase obtained in the nematic phase for compound [v] after cooling at 200 °c. 2 heated to 220 °c (c) compound [vnematic ]'s phase 3 on cooling at 180 degrees (d) compound [vnematic ]'s phase 4 was achieved after heating to 190 °c (at 200 x magnification). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 257 figure 3: a graph of the alkoxy chain of [v]n series of transition temperature against carbon atom count (n) 4. conclusions thiazolidine-2,4-dione with a core of 1,3-phenylene was used to create new symmetrical compounds. molecular geometry and the length of flexible alkoxy units played the key roles in regulating the liquid crystal compound phase-transition properties. acknowledgments the font size adjustment was partially supported by ibn alhaitham college of education for pure sciences/ department of chemistry, baghdad university references 1. guo, l. ; zhang d. cyclic poly(α-peptoid)s and their block copolymers from n-heterocyclic carbene-mediated ring-opening polymerizations of n-substituted n-carboxylanhydrides. j am chem soc. 2009, 131,50,18072-18074. 2. abed, f.a. ; karam, n. h. ; tomma, j. h. synthesis ,characterization and study of liquid crystalline behavior of new bent core mesogenes derived from isophthalic acid. ibn alhaitham jour. for pure and appl. sci. 2016 ,29 (1),150-165. 3. karam, n. h.; jber, n. r; al-dujaili, a. h. a new series of triazine-core based mesogenic derivatives:synthesis, characterization and mesomorphic study. mol. cryst. liq. cryst. 2018, 675, 1, 39-48. 4. jeong, m.j.; park, j.h. ; lee, c; . chang, j.y. discotic liquid crystalline hydrazone compounds:  synthesis and mesomorphic properties. org. lett. 2006, 8,11, 2221–2224. 5. jabar, m. a ; karam, n. h.. synthesis and characterization of azo liquid crystal compounds based on 5h-thiazolo [3,4-b][1,3,4] thiadiazole unit. revistabionatura 2022, 7, 2, 17. 6. karam,n. h.; kurdi, a.n. ; al-dujaili, a. h. designed new mesogens via vilsmeier–haack reagent: synthesis and phase transition study. phase transitions 2022, 95, issue8-9,634-641. 7 karam,n. h.; atto , a. t. ; al-dujaili, a.h. synthesis and mesomorphic behavior of two new homologous series containing azobenzene and 1,3,4-oxadiazole units. mol. cryst. liq. cryst. 2014,605,1–11. 8. yong-wei cheryl, l.; sie-tiong, h.;guan-yeow, y.;sreehari sastry, s. synthesis and mesomorphic properties of new heterocyclic liquid crystals with central ester–chalcone linkages. journal of taibah university for science 2017, 11, 1, 133-140. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 0 1 2 3 4 5 number of carbon atoms (n) n-i cr-n t e m p e ra tu re ˚ c https://www.tandfonline.com/author/lim%2c+yong-wei+cheryl https://www.tandfonline.com/author/lim%2c+yong-wei+cheryl https://www.tandfonline.com/author/ha%2c+sie-tiong https://www.tandfonline.com/author/ha%2c+sie-tiong https://www.tandfonline.com/author/sastry%2c+s+sreehari ihjpas. 36(2)2023 258 9. ibraheem, t. k.; karam, n. h. ; al-dujaili, a. h. synthesis and characterization of symmetrical liquid crystalline compounds based on oxazole and thaizole rings. mol. cryst. liq. cryst. 2020 710, 1, 1–12. 10. jamain, z.; khairuddean, m. ; tay,g.s. synthesis of new star-shaped liquid crystalline cyclotriphosphazene derivatives with fire retardancy bearing amide-azo and azo-azo linking units. int. j. mol. sci. 2020, 21,4267. 11. yuksel, f. ; atilla, d.; ahsen,v. synthesis and characterization of liquid-crystalline asymmetric phthalocyanines. polyhedron 2007 ,26, 4551-4556. 12. petti,l. ; rippa, m.; fiore,a.; manna l.; mormile, p. dynamic orientational photorefractive gratings observed in cdse/cds nanorods imbedded in liquid crystal cells. opt. mater. 2010, 32, 1060-1065. 13. shurpo, n.a. ; vakshtein, m.s. ; kamanina, n.v. effect of cdse/zns semiconductor quantum dots on the dynamic properties of nematic liquid-crystalline medium. tech. phys. lett.,2010, 36, 319-321. 14. hoang,m.h.; cho,m.j. ; kim,k.h.; lee,t.w.; jin, j.i. ; choi,d.h. semiconducting 2, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11-hexakis {[4-(5-dodecylthiophen-2-yl) phenyl] ethynyl} triphenylene and its discotic liquid crystalline properties. chem. lett. 2010, 39(4), 396-397. 15. shahnaz, m.; bhai, pkbr. synthesis, characterization of 2, 4 -thiazolidinedione derivatives and evaluation of their antioxidant activity. journal of drug delivery and therapeutics 2013 , 3(6), 96-101. 16. parra,m.; belmar, j. ; villouta,s.; martinez,r. ; zuniga, c. ; zunza,,h. schiff bases: synthesis and mesomorphic properties. bol. soc. chil. quim. 1995 ,40, 175-182. 17. karam, n. h. ; shanshal ,a.k. synthesis, characterization and study of mesomorphic behavior of new bent and liner core compounds containing heterocyclic.ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci. 2017 ,30 (3),195-210. 18. tuncbilek, m.; bozdağ-dündar, o.; ayhan-kılcıgil, g.; ceylan, m.; waheed, a.; verspohl, e.j.; ertan, m. synthesis and hypoglycemic activity of some substituted flavonyl thiazolidine derivatives-fifth communication: flavonyl benzyl substituted 2,4-thiazolidinediones. il farmaco 2003, 58, 1, 79-83. 19. richter,d. textures of liquid crystals, veb, deutscher verlag fur grundstoffindustrie, leipzig, 1980. 20. gray, g.w. ; goodby,j. w. smectic liquid crystals: textures and structures,leonard hill, london, 1984, isbn 0-249-44168-3. https://scholar.google.co.il/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=th&user=mdzjlziaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=mdzjlziaaaaj:lkgwnxomwfcc https://scholar.google.co.il/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=th&user=mdzjlziaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=mdzjlziaaaaj:lkgwnxomwfcc https://link.springer.com/article/10.1134/s1063785010040097 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1134/s1063785010040097 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=vi&user=hln67x0aaaaj&citation_for_view=hln67x0aaaaj:kndyix-mwkoc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=vi&user=hln67x0aaaaj&citation_for_view=hln67x0aaaaj:kndyix-mwkoc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=vi&user=hln67x0aaaaj&citation_for_view=hln67x0aaaaj:kndyix-mwkoc 252 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ه ا لتيار ا لقديم لتكوين باي حسن تجا لرسوبية وتحديد ا كيب ا لترا ا ق لعرا ا لباليوسين) شمال شرق(ا مرتضى جبار عيسى ة بغدادع، جام / ابن الهيثم،كلية التربيةقسم الكيمياء 2001أذار 29قبل البحث في: 2000تشرين الثاني 13البحث في:استلم الخالصة في مواقع مختلفة من )(الباليوسينتناول البحث دراسة التراكيب الرسوبية األولية والثانوية في تكوين باي حسن شمال العراق وتم التعرف على مختلف التراكيب منها التطبق المتقاطع والتطبق المتدرج والتراكيب القنانية والكرات الطينية المترسبة في السهول الفيضية العائدة لهذا التكوين وكذلك تم دراسة اتجاهات التيارات القديمة التي نقلت الرسوبيات المختلفة ين وذلك باستخدام التراكيب المترسبة والمتكونة بوساطة التيارات المتجهة باتجاه واحد. التكو صخور المصدرالتراكيب الرسوبية،أتجاه التيار القديم،الكلمات المفتاحية: هدف البحث المختلفة لهذا دراسة التراكيب الرسوبية المختلفة في تكوين باي جسن (الباليوسين) لغرض معرفة البيئات الترسيبية ).1التكوين في ثالث مكاشف حجرية في شمال وشرق العراق هي زاخوومندان وصالح الدين (شكل المقدمة تعرف التراكيب الرسوبية بأنها التراكيب المصاحبة لعمليات ترسيب الصخور الرسوبية والتي يمكن مالحظتها ، وتعتبر من أهم [6]ودراستها في المكاشف الصخرية المختلفة بشكل أفضل من العينات اليدوية أو الشرائح الصخرية ية، بسبب عدم قابلية أوٕاعادة ترسيبها كما هو الحال في الظواهر الرسوبية التي يمكن استخدامها في التفسيرات البيئ وتنقسم على [7]لذا فهي تعكس العمليات الترسيبية الحقيقية التي أدت الى الترسيب (texture)المتحجرات أو النسيج قسمين هما: )(primary sedimentary structureالتراكيب الرسوبية األولية -1 عمليات ترسيب الصخور الرسوبية وتتكون خالل أو بعد الترسيب بمدة وجيزة نتيجة تتكون هذه التراكيب بمصاحبة الظروف الطبيعية (فعل العمليات الفيزياوية) وتتضمن نوعين من التراكيب هي: (inorganic sedimentary structure)التراكيب الرسوبية غير العضوية أ وتشمل: التطبقالمتقاطع بنوعيه المسطح والحوضي (planar & trough type of cross bedding) (ripple marks)عالمات النيم 253 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 (organic sedimentary structure)التراكيب الرسوبية العضوية ب وتتكون بفعل األحياء وتشمل (boring)، والحفر (trials)، واثار المسار (burrows)المثقبات secondary sedimentary structureالتراكيب الرسوبية الثانوية -2 ونتيجةالقوى [7]وهي التي تتكون بعد مدة من حدوث الترسيب، وتنتج بشكل أساس بفعل العمليات الكيمياوية المختلفة التي تؤثر في الصخور الرسوبية بعد تكونها مثل الطيات والصدوع وتشمل: (styolites)، وخطوط محاليل الضغط (conceretion)الكتل المتحجرة التراكيب الرسوبية التي أمكن مالحظتها في تكوين باي حسن هي التراكيب الرسوبية األولية غير العضوية، إنأهم وتتضمن: normal graded)والتطبق المتدرج الطبيعي (lenticular bed)والطبقات العدسية (channels)القنوات bedding) صوي والكرات الطينية، فضال عن بعض التراكيب التراكب، التطابق، التطبقاألفقي، التطبق المتقاطع الح اما التراكيب العضوية فلم يتم مالحظتها في رسوبيات هذا (veins)والعروق (calcrete)الرسوبية الثانوية مثل الكالكريت التكوين وقد يكون السبب األساس هو ندرة وجود المتحجرات فيه. وذلك لموضوعية [7]وبية على التصنيف المقترح من قبل سلي اعتمدت الدراسة الحالية في تصنيف التراكيب الرس التصنيف وكونه يربط بصورة جيدة بين األنواع المختلفة من التراكيب الرسوبية وتاريخها الرسوبي. التراكيب الرسوبية األولية غير العضوية القنوات -1 تُعدُّ القنوات اكبر التراكيب الرسوبية التي يمكن مالحظتها في الحقل وتتواجد في مختلف البيئات الرسوبية ابتداءا من . إالأن نمط هذه القنوات [7]الى بيئة الرف القاري (sub aerial alluvial plain)بيئة السهول الفيضية شبه الهوائية لى أخرى. وطولها وعرضها وسمكها يختلف من بيئة ا تبدو القنوات واضحة للعيان عند مشاهدتها بمقطع عرضي من خالل الفاصل القاعدي الذي يكون بهيئة تقعر نحو األعلى، وقد أمكن مالحظة القنوات في مدملكات تكوين باي حسن ولكن بشكل محدود نسبيا. وقد يكون السبب في ذلك وجودها في التكوين قليل باألساس. عدم توفر المقاطع العرضية المناسبة لذلك، أو أن إن الميكانيكية التي تتكون بها القنوات تبدأ بنشوء سطح لتعرية موقعية نتيجة جريان الموائع، وبمساعدة حمولة القاع تبدأ القناة بالتكون. ومن ناحية ثانية فأن سطوح تعرية أفقية تتكون وتنمو بسبب التعرية الحاصلة في األجزاء السفلى من ة القناة يتبعها انهيار وتساقط لألجزاء العليا المعلقة. ضف وهذه األهمية تكمن في فائدتها في تحديد اتجاه التيار [7]تكون القنوات ذات أهمية كبيرة من الناحية الرسوبية لذلك. وفي هذه القديم، ويتم ذلك من خالل متابعة القناة في أماكن متعددة خاصة اذا كانت طبيعة المكان الصخرية مالئمة الموجودة في القنوات بسهولة. (sinousity)الحالة يمكن قياس التعرجات الطبقات العدسية -2 وهي تلك الطبقات التي يقل سمكها تدريجيا نحو األطراف باتجاه خط مضرب الطبقات. إن معظم صخور تكوين يان مالحظتها بسهولة في المكاشف الصخرية باي حسن األعلى هي من هذا النوع وان لم يكن باإلمكان في معظم األح 254 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 بسبب السمك واالمتداد الكبيرين لهذه الطبقات، اال انه عند تتبعها جانبيا يمكن مالحظة النقصان في سمك الطبقات بشكل واضح. يتفاوت سمك هذه الطبقات من متر أو اقل من ذلك الى عشرات األمتار، ويكون الحد الفاصل بين هذه الطبقات في وقد يكون مستوي أو متعرج، إال انه في بعض األحيان يمكن أن يكون تدريجيا. (sharp)معظم األحيان متمايز بوضوح إن شكل هذه الطبقات واالختالف الكبير في سمكها وطبيعة فواصلها العليا والسفلى يعود الى طبيعة الظروف الترسيبية التي أثرت عليها. التطبق المتدرج الطبيعي -3 ويكون [6]عبارة عن التدرج في حجم الحبيبات من الخشن الى الناعم نحو االعلى على امتداد سمك الطبقة وهو على نوعين: (distribution grading)التدرج الشامل أ ويشمل التناقض في الجسم لجميع الحبيبات نحو االعلى، ويتكون نتيجة اضافات متتالية من الرواسب والتي كل أ) 2منها اصغر حجما من سابقتها (شكل رقم إن هذا النوع من المحتمل انه ناتج بفعل تيارات طبيعية متضائلة والتي يحصل هبوط في كفاءتها خالل فترات طويلة من الزمن. (coarse – tail grading)رج الجزء الخشن تد ب ب) ويتكون نتيجة إضافات متتالية 2ويشمل هذا النوع التناقض في حجم الحبيبات الخشنة فقط نحو األعلى (شكل من الرواسب كل منها متشابهة التي تسفلها باستثناء أن الحبيبات الخشنة اقل حجما. إن هذا النوع من المحتمل أن يتكون . إن النوع األول ال يحتوي على مواد ناعمة في الجزء األسفل منه، في (suspension)ترسيب من المواد العالقة بفعل ال حين ان المواد الناعمة في الثاني تكون منتشرة في جميع أجزاءه. محالل إن معظم التطبق المتدرج الذي لوحظ في تكوين باي حسن هو من النوع األول ويعتقد انه تكون بفعل االض المتواصل في شدة التيار الذي نقل الصخار مما أدى الى ترسيب الحصى الخشن ثم أعقبه الحصى الناعم فاألنعم، ويدل . هنالك نوع آخر من التطبق المتدرج وهو [1]التناقص في حجم الحصى نحو األعلى على انه قد ترسب بفعل تيار واحد وفيه يزداد حجم الحبيبات نحو األعلى. وفي (reverse graded bedding)اقل شيوعا يدعى التطبق المتدرج المقلوب الحقيقة ال يعرف لحد االن انه كان هناك فعال تطبق متدرج معكوس، ا وان الطبقة الخشنة قد التحمت بدقة مع الطبقة التي . [1]تسفلها بحيث أعطت ما يشبه التطبق المتدرج المعكوس التراكب -4 ويكون [5]لحصى بهيئة معينة بحيث يتراكب على بعضها البعض ويميل قليال باتجاه النهر هو االنتظام المميز ل ellipsoidal)أكثر تواجدا وتطورا في الحصى المفلطح، إال انه من الممكن أن يتواجد في الحصى البيضوي الشكل pebble) . يتواجد التراكب بشكل شائع في مدملكات باي حسن في معظم المقاطع باستثناء مقطع قيماوة. ويكون ذات أهمية كبيرة في تحديد اتجاه التيار القديم المرسب لهذا النوع في الصخور، حيث يعتبر من أكثر التراكيب الرسوبية دقة في إعطاء ر هو عكس اتجاه الذي يؤشره ميالن الحصى اال انه هناك حاالت شاذة ] يكون اتجاه التياjohnson,1965اتجاه التيار [ . [2]وقادرة في نفس الوقت يكون فيها اتجاه التيار باتجاه ميالن الحصى التطابق -5 255 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 يتواجد هذا التركيب بشكل شائع في مدملكات تكوين باي حسن ويكون على شكل طبقات غير مستمرة أوأحزمةأفقيةأو مائلة ذات صفات مشتركة فيما بينها وتختلف عن بقية األجزاء. إنهذه الصفات المشتركة قد تكون بشكل ، أو يكون (fluctuating)أو تذبذبي (pulsating)تدريجي وفي هذه الحالة فأن عملية الترسيب تكون على شكل نبضي وقد تم مالحظة كال النوعين 1]فجائي حاد وفي هذه الحالة فأن كل طبقة تمثل ظروف ترسيب تختلف عن الطبقة المجاورة [ في تكوين باي حسن. التطبق المتقاطع الحصوي: -6 صفاته باستثناء انه يتكون في هذه يشابه هذا التركيب التطبق المتقاطع المتكون في الصخور الرملية في اغلب الحالة في الترسبات الحصوية، يتواجد هذا التركيب بشكل محدود في مدملكات تكوين باي حسن وعادة صخور المدملكات ) متر، وذات حصى ناعم نسبيا وجيد التناسق. 2-1التي تضم هذا التركيب بسمك ( الكرات الطينية: -7 تتكون في الصخور الطينية، تتراوح أحجامها من بضعة سنتمترات الى حوالي وهي تراكيب كروية الشكل تقريبا ]. 6) سنتمتر أوأكثر من ذلك [30( تتواجد هذه الكرات بشكل شائع في صخور مدملكات العائدة للتكوين، كما أمكن مشاهدتها في عدسات الحجر عظم االحيان جيدة االستدارة ولكن قد تتواجد )سم تكون هذه الكرات في م3-1الرملي ولكن بأحجام صغيرة تتراوح من ( بأشكالغير مستديرة في بعض الحاالت. تعد الكرات الطينية من التراكيب الشائعة في البيئة النهرية، وفي بداية نشأتها تكون على شكل قطع طينية تنتج فيضي، ثم تنتقل بطريقة الدحرجة بفعل التعرية السريعة للصخور الطينية الموجودة على ضفاف األنهارأو قاع السهل ال ] إن وجود األنواع 6لمسافة قصيرة وذلك لعدم قدرتها على تحمل مسافة النقل الطويلة، لذا فهي تتواجد قريبة من المصدر [ غير المستديرة منها يعكس قربها الشديد من المصدر وانتقالها مسافة قصيرة أوأنها لم تنتقل أساسا. األولية العضوية فلم يتم مالحظتها في رسوبيات هذا التكوين. أما التراكيب الرسوبية التراكيب الرسوبية الثانوية -2 الكالكريت -1 هي عبارة عن تراكيب كلسية تنتج بفعل العمليات الكيمياوية (التحويرية) تكون ذات ألوان بيضاء أو مصفرة، وتتخذ أشكاال متعددة كأن تكون على هيئة عقد كروية الشكل تقريبا، او على شكل طبقة رقيقة تمتد لمسافة معينة أو على منتشرة في الصخرة بشكل غير منتظم، (patch)ى شكل بقع شكل تراكيب عدسية مختلفة األحجامواالمتدادات، أو عل وأحيانا على هيئة مالط ابيض اللون شديد الصالبة. يتواجد هذا التركيب في كل من الصخور الطينية والغرينية وصخور المدملكات ويكون عادة على شكل عقد د هذه التراكيب في البيئات النهرية ذات المناخ سنتمتر في الصخور الطينية والغرينية، تتواج )2-0.5(صغيرة تتراوح من الجاف وشبه الجاف. إنأصل هذا النوع من التراكيب يمكن أن يتم بثالثة أنواع من العمليات: عمليات تكوين التربة -1 عمليات سطحية -2 عمليات مقترنة مع ترشيح وتبخر المياه الجوفية. -3 256 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 من المحتمل أنها تكونت بفعل العمليات الثالث المذكورة وتراكيب الكالكرين التي شوهدت في تكوين باي حسن سابقا. العروق -2 . (pettijohn, 1975)تعد العروق من التراكيب الرسوبية الثانوية التي تكون عادة بفعل العمليات الكيمياوية وتتواجد هذه العروق بأحجام صغيرة بيضاء اللون في بعض الصخور الطينية والغرينية المرافقة لصخور المدملكاتإال انه أمكن مالحظة عرق واحد كبير وواضح جدا في صخور المدملكات لمقطع زاخو يكون تقريبا عموديا على مستوى التطبق هذا العرق هو حصول كبير أو فاصل في صخور المدملكات، ثم اخذ ويتكون من المواد الكلسية. ومن المحتمل أنأصل يمتلئ بالترسبات نتيجة الترسيب بفعل المحاليل المشبعة بكاربونات الكالسيوم. تحليل اتجاه التيار القديم إن الهدف األساس من تحليل اتجاه التيار القديم هو تحديد موقع صخور المصدر المجهزة للرسوبيات والتعرف على شكل وتوزيع األنهار التي عملت على نقل هذه الرسوبيات، واستنتاج شكل حوض الترسيب بواسطة مدلوالت االنحدار يمكن استخدامها في إيجاد التيار القديم، قسم من هذه التراكيب القديم لسطح الترسيب.هنالك عددا كبيرا من التراكيب التي ، اتجاه (score & fill)تفيد في إعطاء خط سير التيار فقط وهذه تشمل التطبقات المتقاطعة، قنوات الملئ والحفر ير التيار ، القنوات وغيرها. وقسم اخذ يفيد في إعطاء اتجاه س (crientation of pebble)المحور الطويل للحصى ، (asymmetric ripple mark)، عالمات النيم غير المتناظرة castوتشمل التطبقات المتقاطعة المسطحة، القوالب . إن معظم معلومات اتجاه التيار القديم في تكوين باي حسن أخذت من قراءات اتجاه المحور الطويل [7]التراكب وغيرها يتبين من المدرجات التكرارية الدائرية، وجود [2]با ما يشير الى اتجاه التيارللحصى، حيث ان اتجاه المحور الطويل غال نوعين من أنظمة الميل في تكوين باي حسن، األول من الشمال الغربي وباتجاه الجنوب الشرقي والمتمثل بمقطع زاخو، دان.واستنادا الى هذا فأن صخور واآلخر من الشمال الشرقي في اتجاه الجنوب الغربي والمتمثل بمقطعي صالح الدين ومن المصدر التي عملت على تجهيز رسوبيات تكوين باي حسن في مقطع زاخو هي الصخور الواقعة في أقصى الشمال والشمال الغربي والمتمثلة بجبال طوروس من حيث أن صخور المصدر المجهز لرسوبيات الكلورين في مقطعي صالح لواقعة في أقصى الشمال والشمال الشرقي والمتمثلة بسلسلة جبال زاكروس ويجب الدين ومندان فيما حرة هي الصخور ا اإلشارة هنا الى وجود بعض االختالفات البسيطة يف اتجاه التيار القديم في بعض المواقع ضمن المقطع الواحد. إن هذه قد تعزى الى االلتواءات والتدرجات في مجرى النهر خالل مدة الترسيب. references 1harms, j.c.; southard, j.b.; spearing, d.r., and walker, r.g., (1975), depositional environments as interpreted from primary sedimentary structures and stratification sequences, soc. econ. paleon. mineral., short course no. 2 dalas, 161p. 2krmmbein, w.c. (1941), measurement and geologic significance of shape and roundness of sedimentary particles, jour. sed. pet. 64-72. 3krumbein, w.c. and pettijohn, f.j., (1938), manual of sedimentary petrography, appleton-century grofts, inc., new york, 549. 4krumbein, w.c. and sloss, l.l. (1963), stratigraphy and sedimentation, 2nd ed. w.h. freeman and co., san francisco, 660. 5picard, m.d. and high, l.r., (1973), sedimentary structures of ephernerd, developments in sedimentology, elsevier scientific publ. co., amesterdam, 223. 257 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 6pettijohn, f.j.;potter, p.e. and siever, r. (1973), sand stones, springerverlag, new york, 618. 7selley, r.c.(1976), an introduction to sedimentology, academic press, london, 408. الدائرية التجاه التيار القديم في تكوين باي حسن المدرجات التكرارية :)1شكل ( (األسهم تمثل اتجاه التيار القديم) 258 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 التطبق المتدرج الطبيعي في صخور المدملكات :)2شكل ( الجزء الخشنتدرج -ب-تدرج شامل -أ 259 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 األصل المجموعة األنواع التي أمكن التعرف عليها في التكوين . التراكيب الرسوبية األولية 1 التراكيب الرسوبية غير العضوية -أ a قبل الترسيب bفي أثناء الترسيب عموما تنتج بفعل التعرية عموما ترسيبية األنواع التي أمكن التعرف عليها في التكوين القنوات الطبقات العدسية التدرج الطبقي الطبيعي التراكب التطابق التطبق األفقي التطبق المتقاطع الحصوي بعد عملية الترسيب -2 أخرى -أ التراكيب الرسوبية العضوية -ب عموما تنتج بفعل التشويه تنتج بفعل األحياء الكرات الطينية الكالكوريت تنتج بفعل العمليات التحويرية التراكيب الرسوبية الثانوية -3 العروق يظهر تصنيف التراكيب الرسوبية في تكوين (باي حسن) :)1جدول ( (selley, 1976)حسب تصنيف سلي 260 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 sedimentary structure and determine the diriction of the old current to the by hassan formation northeast iraq m.j.issa department of chemistry, collage of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in:13 november 2000 accepted in:29 march 2001 abstract this research deal the primary and secondary sedimentary structures in the by hassan formation in the three locations in the northeast of iraq. can be recognize many geological structures such as cross bedding, planer bedding, graded bedding, channel structure and mud ball house deposit in the flood plain. the ether side this research study the direction of old current and sedimentary structure that made by the one direction current. keyword:sedimentary structures ,diriction of the old current ,source rocks. 155 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. some properties for the restriction of 𝓟∗– 𝐟𝐢𝐞𝐥𝐝 of sets abstract the restriction concept is a basic feature in the field of measure theory and has many important properties. this article introduces the notion of restriction of a non-empty class of subset of the power set on a nonempty subset of a universal set. characterization and examples of the proposed concept are given, and several properties of restriction are investigated. furthermore, the relation between the p*–field and the restriction of the p*–field is studied, explaining that the restriction of the p*–field is a p*–field too. in addition, it has been shown that the restriction of the p*–field is not necessarily contained in the p*–field, and the converse is true. we provide a necessary condition for the p*–field to obtain that the restriction of the p*–field is included in the p*–field. finally, this article aims to study the restriction notion and give some propositions, lemmas, and theorems related to the proposed concept . keywords: σ −field, σ– ring, field, smallest σ −field and restriction. 1. introduction in the real analysis and probability, the σ–field concept is the class ℳ for a subset of a universal set 𝒰 such that 𝒰ϵℳ and it is closed under the complement, countable union [1] and [2]. the main reason for σ–field is the idea of measure, which is substantial in the real analysis as the basis of lebesgue integrals, where it exponent as a family of events which may ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2814 article history: received 20 february 2022, accepted 17 may, 2022, published in july 2022. hind f. abbas department of mathematics / college of computer science and mathematics / tikrit university/ iraq. hind.f.abbas35386@st.tu.edu.iq ali al-fayadh department of mathematics and computer applications / college of science/al – nahrain university/ iraq aalfayadh@yahoo.com hassan h. ebrahim department of mathematics / college of computer science and mathematics / tikrit university/ iraq hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:hind.f.abbas35386@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:hind.f.abbas35386@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:aalfayadh@yahoo.com mailto:hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 156 be assigned probability [3] and [4]. in the probability theory, a σ–field is essential in the conditional expected. also, in statistics, sub σ–field is necessary for an official mathematical definition for sufficient statistic, where a statistic be a map or a random variable. a σ– ring idea was studied by [5] as a class ℳ such that b1\b2ϵℳ and ⋃ bn ∞ 𝑛=1 ϵℳ wheneverb1, b2, … ϵℳ . many authors were interested in studying σ–field and σ– ring; for example, see [6], [7], and [8]. in this work, we denote a universal set by 𝒰. preliminaries in the following, we mention some basic definitions and notations in measure space that will be used in this paper. definition 2.1 [9]. suppose ℳ is a class of subsets of 𝒰 . then, ℳ is 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰 if: 1φ ϵ ℳ. 2n, mϵℳ; then, n⋂m ϵ ℳ. 3m2, … ϵ ℳ; then, ⋃ mi ∞ i=1 ϵ ℳ. example 2.2 [9]. let 𝒰 ={1,2,3,4}. consider ℳ ={ φ,{1},{1,2},{1,3},{1,2,3}}. then ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰. definition 2.3 [5]. the family of all subsets of 𝒰 is called a power set and denoted by p(𝒰), in symbols: p(𝒰) = { b ∶ b is a subset of 𝒰}. proposition 2.4 [9] . if {ℳi}iϵι is a family of 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰, then so is ⋂ ℳi iϵι . definition 2.5 [9]. let ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰). then, 𝒫∗(ℐ) = ⋂{ℳi: ℳi is a 𝒫 ∗– field of 𝒰 and ℳi ⊇ ℐ , ∀i ∈ ι} is called the 𝒫∗– field generated by ℐ. proposition 2.6 [9]. if ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰), then 𝒫∗(ℐ) is the smallest 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰 that contains ℐ. proposition 2.7 [5]. if ℳ is σ– field, then ℳ is a σ– ring. proposition 2.8 [9]. every σ– field is 𝒫∗– field. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 157 proposition 2.9 [9]. every σ– ring is 𝒫∗– field. 2. the main results in this section, the basic definitions and facts related to this work are recalled, starting with the following definition: definition 3.1 suppose ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰 and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰, then a restriction of ℳ over ℬ is defined as: ℳ|ℬ = { n: n =m⋂ ℬ, for some m ϵ ℳ}. proposition 3.2 suppose ℳ is 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰 and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰, then ℳ|ℬ is 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ. proof. since φϵ ℳ and φ = φ⋂ℬ, then φϵ ℳ|ℬ . let n1, n2ϵ ℳ|ℬ, then there is m1, m2ϵ ℳ such that ni=mi⋂ℬ where i=1,2 which implies that n1⋂n2= ( m1⋂ℬ) ⋂(m2⋂ℬ ) = (m1⋂m2)⋂ℬ. since ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰, then, m1⋂m2ϵ ℳ. thus n1⋂n2ϵ ℳ|ℬ let n1, n2, … ϵ ℳ|ℬ, then there is m1, m2, … ϵ ℳ such that ni=mi⋂ℬ where i=1, 2… which implies that ⋃ , ni ∞ i=1 = ⋃ (mi ∞ i=1 ⋂ ℬ)= (⋃ mi ∞ i=1 ) ⋂ ℬ.. since ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of a set 𝒰, then ⋃ mi ∞ i=1 ϵ ℳ and hence ⋃ ni ∞ i=1 ϵ ℳ|ℬ. thus, ℳ|ℬis a 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ. proposition 3.3 if ℳ is 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰 and c ⊆ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰 such that cϵℳ, then cϵℳ|ℬ. proof. clearly. the following examples explain that if ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of a set 𝒰 , then it is not necessarily that : 1ℳ|ℬ ⊆ ℳ. 2ℳ ⊆ ℳ|ℬ example 3.4 let 𝒰 ={1,2,3,4}and ℳ ={ φ,{1,3},{1,2,3},{1,3,4},𝒰 }. then, ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰. if ℬ ={2,3,4}, then ℳ|ℬ ={ φ,{3},{2,3},{3,4}, ℬ}. it is clear that ℳ|ℬ ⊈ ℳ, since {3}∈ ℳ|ℬ but {3}∉ ℳ. example 3.5 let 𝒰 ={1,2,3,4}and ℳ ={ φ,{1,2},{1,2,3},{1,2,4},𝒰 }. then, ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰. if ℬ ={2,3,4}, then ℳ|ℬ ={ φ,{2},{2,3},{2,4}, ℬ}. it is clear that ℳ ⊈ ℳ|ℬ, since {1, 2}∈ ℳ but {1,2}∉ ℳ|ℬ. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 158 proposition 3.6 if ℳ is 𝒫∗– field on 𝒰 and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰 such that ℬϵ ℳ. then ℳ|ℬ= {c ⊆ ℬ: cϵ ℳ}. proof. assume that nϵ ℳ|ℬ, then n=m⋂ ℬ, for some mϵ ℳ and thus nϵ ℳ. hence, nϵ{c ⊆ ℬ: cϵ ℳ}. therefore, ℳ|ℬ ⊆ {c ⊆ ℬ: cϵ ℳ}. let dϵ {c ⊆ ℬ : cϵ ℳ}. then d ⊆ ℬ and d ϵ ℳ, hence d = d⋂ ℬ, but dϵ ℳ, then dϵ ℳ|ℬ. so, we get {c ⊆ ℬ : c ϵ ℳ}⊆ ℳ|ℬ. consequentially, ℳ|ℬ={c ⊆ ℬ : cϵ ℳ}. corollary 3.7 if ℳ is 𝒫∗– field on 𝒰 and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰 such that ℬϵ ℳ. then, ℳ|ℬ ⊆ ℳ. proof. the proof follows proposition 3.6. definition 3.8 if 𝒰 is a universal set and ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰) and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰, then a restriction of ℐ on ℬ is defined as: ℐ|ℬ = {n: n=m⋂ ℬ, for some mϵ ℐ}. proposition 3.9 if ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰) and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰. assume ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field of 𝒰 that contains ℐ and ℬϵ ℳ, then 𝒫∗(ℐ)|ℬ is a 𝒫 ∗– field of ℬ. proof. the proof is done by proposition 2.6 and 3.2 theorem 3.10 assume ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰) and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰, then 𝒫∗ (ℐ|ℬ ) is the smallest 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ that contain ℐ|ℬ , where 𝒫∗ (ℐ| ℬ ) = ⋂{ℳi|ℬ : ℳi|ℬ is a 𝒫 ∗– field of ℬ and ℳi|ℬ ⊇ ℐ|ℬ, ∀i ∈ ι}. proof. in the same way as in proposition 2.4, we can prove that 𝒫∗(ℐ| ℬ ) is a 𝒫∗– field on ℬ. to prove that 𝒫∗(ℐ|ℬ ) ⊇ ℐ|ℬ , assume that ℳi|ℬ is a 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ and ℳi|ℬ ⊇ ℐ|ℬ , ∀i ∈ ι, then ℐ|ℬ ⊆ ⋂ ℳi|ℬ i∈ι ; hence ℐ|ℬ ⊆ 𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ). now, let ℳ ∗|ℬ be a 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ such that ℳ ∗|ℬ ⊇ ℐ|ℬ. then, ℳ ∗|ℬ ⊇ 𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ). therefore, 𝒫(ℐ|ℬ ) is the smallest 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ containing ℐ|ℬ . theorem 3.11 if ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰) and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰, define a class ℳ by: ℳ ={m ⊆ 𝒰 : m⋂ ℬ ϵ 𝒫∗(ℐ|ℬ ) }. then ℳ is a 𝒫 ∗– field on a set 𝒰. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 159 proof. by theorem 3.10, we have 𝒫∗(ℐ| ℬ ) as a 𝒫∗– field on ℬ, so φ ϵ 𝒫∗(ℐ|ℬ ). since φ= φ ⋂ ℬ, then we get φϵℳ. assume that m1, m2 ϵ ℳ. then (mi⋂ℬ)ϵ 𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ), for each i=1,2. now, (m1⋂m2)⋂ℬ = ( m1⋂ℬ) ⋂(m2⋂ℬ ). since 𝒫 ∗(ℐ| ℬ ) } is a 𝒫∗– field on ℬ, then ( m1⋂ℬ) ⋂(m2⋂ℬ )ϵ𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ) and hence (m1⋂m2)⋂ℬϵ𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ), thus m1⋂m2ϵ ℳ. let m1, m2 , … ϵ ℳ. then (mi⋂ℬ)ϵ 𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ), for i=1,2,… since 𝒫∗(ℐ| ℬ ) } is 𝒫∗– field on ℬ, then ⋃ (mi ∞ i=1 ⋂ ℬ)ϵ𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ). now, (⋃ mi ∞ i=1 )⋂ℬ = ⋃ (mi ∞ i=1 ⋂ ℬ)ϵ𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ), thus ⋃ mi ∞ i=1 ϵ ℳ. therefore, ℳ is 𝒫∗– field on a universal set 𝒰. theorem 3.12 if 𝒰 is a universal set and ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰) such that φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰, then 𝒫∗(ℐ| ℬ ) = 𝒫∗(ℐ)| ℬ . proof. by proposition 2.6, we have 𝒫∗(ℐ) is 𝒫∗– field on 𝒰. so, we get 𝒫∗(ℐ)|ℬ is 𝑎 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ by proposition 3.2. assume𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 nϵℐ|ℬ. then n = m⋂ ℬ for some mϵ ℐ. but ℐ ⊆ 𝒫∗(ℐ), so we have mϵ 𝒫∗(ℐ) and thus nϵ 𝒫∗(ℐ)|ℬ. hence ℐ|ℬ ⊆ 𝒫 ∗(ℐ)|ℬ. therefore, 𝒫 ∗(ℐ)|ℬ is a 𝒫 ∗– field on ℬ that containing ℐ|ℬ . by theorem 3.10, we have 𝒫∗(ℐ| ℬ ) is the smallest 𝒫∗– field on ℬ that containing ℐ|ℬ, which implies that 𝒫∗(ℐ| ℬ ) ⊆ 𝒫∗(ℐ)|ℬ. now, if we define a class ℳ by ℳ= {c ⊆ 𝒰 : c⋂ ℬ ϵ 𝒫∗(ℐ|ℬ ) }, then in theorem 3.11, we have ℳ as 𝑎 𝒫 ∗– field on 𝒰. let cϵ ℐ, then (c ∩ ℬ) ϵℐ|ℬ, but ℐ|ℬ ⊆ 𝒫(ℐ|ℬ ) implies that (c ∩ ℬ)ϵ 𝒫 ∗(ℐ|ℬ ), hence cϵ ℳ and ℐ ⊆ ℳ. now, if we assume that nϵ 𝒫∗(ℐ)|ℬ, then n= m ∩ ℬ, for some mϵ 𝒫(ℐ). but 𝒫 ∗(ℐ) ⊆ ℳ, then mϵ ℳ, hence nϵ 𝒫∗(ℐ|ℬ ). consequentially, 𝒫 ∗(ℐ)|ℬ ⊆ 𝒫 ∗(ℐ| ℬ ). this completes the proof. 3. conclusions we tried to define the concept of measure relative to the 𝒫∗– field ℳ of 𝒰 and also define the idea of the restriction of measure on ℳ|ℬ of a set ℬ. also, we discuss many properties of these notions. in this article, the idea of 𝒫∗– field is given to refer to the generalization of each σ– field and σ–ring. furthermore, some properties of the purposed notion are proven as explained below: 1. let ℳ be a 𝒫∗– field of a set 𝒰 and let ℬ be a nonempty subset of 𝒰. then, ℳ|ℬ is a 𝒫∗– field of a set ℬ. 2. assume 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field on 𝒰 and a ⊆ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰. if aϵ ℳ, then aϵ ℳ|ℬ. 3. if ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field and ℬ be a nonempty subset of 𝒰 such that ℬϵ ℳ. then ℳ|ℬ= {a ⊆ ℬ: aϵ ℳ}. 4. suppose that ℳ is a 𝒫∗– field and ℬ ⊆ 𝒰 such that ℬϵ ℳ. then ℳ|ℬ ⊆ ℳ. 5. if ℐ ⊆ p(𝒰) and φ ≠ ℬ ⊆ 𝒰 and 𝒫∗(ℐ)|ℬ is a 𝒫∗– field on ℬ. then, 𝒫∗(ℐ| ℬ ) = 𝒫∗(ℐ)| ℬ . ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 160 references 1. wang, z. ; blir, g.j. fuzzy measure theory. springer science and business media, llc, new york, 1992; isbn 978-1-4419-3225-9. 2. ahmed, i.s. ; ebrahim, h.h. generalizations of σ-field and new collections of sets noted by δ-field, aip conf proc. 2019, 2096, 1, 020019. 3. robret, b. a. real analysis and probability. academic press, inc. new york. 1972. 4. ahmed, i.s. ; asaad, s.h. ; ebrahim, h.h. some new properties of an outer measure on a σ–field, journal of interdisciplinary mathematics. 2021,24 (4), 947–952. 5. wang, z. ; george, j. ℬ. generalized measure theory, 1st ed. springer science and business media, llc, new york, 2009. 6. endou, n. ; naℬasho, ℬ. ; shidama, y. σ-ring and σ-algebra of sets, formaliz. mathematics. 2015, 23 (1), 51–57. 7. ebrahim, h.h.; ahmed, i.s. on a new kind of collection of subsets noted by δ–field and some concepts defined on δ–field, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2019,32 (2) , 62-70. 8. ebrahim, h.h.; rusul, a.a. λ– algebra with some of their properties, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2020,33 (2) ,72-80. 9. abbas, h.f. ; ebrahim, h.h. ; al-fayadh, a. 𝒫∗–field of sets and some of its properties, accepted in computers and mathematics with applications, 2022. microsoft word 41-51 41 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 study the effect of irradiation on structural and optical properties of (cdo) thin films that prepared by spray pyrolysis seham h. s. ajar enas y. a. ahmad dept.of physics/ college of education for pure sciensce (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad esraa a. a. hussein dept.of physics/ college of education/ university of al-mostansiriyah aeshah a.h. habib dept.of physics/ college of education for pure sciensce (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in : 5may 2015, accepted in :23 june 2015 abstract in this research, the study effect of irradiation on structural and optical properties of thin film (cdo) by spray pyrolysis method, which deposited on glasses substrates at a thickness of (350±20)nm , the flow rate of solution was 5 ml/min and the substrate temperature was held constant at 400˚c.the investigation of (xrd) indicates that the (cdo) films are polycrystalline and type of cubic. the results of the measuring of each sample from grain size, micro strain, dislocation density and number of crystals the grain size decreasing after irradiation with gamma ray from(27.41, 26.29 ,23.63)nm . the absorbance and transmittance spectra have been recorded in the wavelength range (300-1100) nm in order to study the optical properties. the optical band gap for (cdo) decreasing after irradiation with gamma ray from(2.4, 2.35, 2.25)ev with increasing time irradiated, while extinction coefficient, refraction index,the optical conductivity increase after irradiated with gamma ray with increase irradiation time . cs137 is used to obtain gamma ray with energy( 662)kev, activity( 4.3)ci , the irradiation time (1-3)week . keywords: thin film cdo ,irradiation. 42 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 introduction cadmium oxide is one of the promising transparent conducting oxides (tcos) from to group of semiconductors [1] and its important material for the development of various technologies of soiled state devise, panel display, optoelectronic components, thermally insulating alas, etc.[2].cadmium oxide is a transparent oxide the in visible and nir spectral region. it is n-type semiconducting[3].therefore it is used in many industrial productions like solar cells, smart windows, flat panel display optical communications, photo-transistors, irdetectors, storage batteries, ceramic glasses and other optoelectronic applications[4-5]. a variety of methods has been used to prepare thin films of cadmium oxide such thermal evaporation metal organic, chemical bath deposition[6],silar deposition technique[7], rapid thermal oxidation (rto) of cd[8],successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction (silar) method[9],etc. the effect of radiation onto films represents linear energy transfer (kev) which is proportional to the square shipment and inversely with the square speed. due to their small size and light weight have contribute to the current development the filed of electronic digital in addition to the development of space. the effect of irradiation on thin filmsis that it improves the behavior of these membranes where found the optical properties values increased with increasing irradiation dose and that the value of the energy gap less result generate extra energy levels between the valence and conduction bands[10]. abdulmajed et.al.[11]was studied prepartion of the subjected to gamma –ray for (5,10)min and(24)h with energy (0.662)mev. the results, irradiation leads to decrease in energy gap value. assmaa[10] study effect of radioactive dose foe alphapractical, which energy (5.49)mevon optical properties of(cdo)which prepared by spray pyrolysis. with doses of values (135,410,1100,5500)rad.the results showed decreasing in energy gap and changes in other properties with absorbed dose. majidet.al.,[1] studied thin films of cdo and 9 % mg doped cdo doped have been prepared using spray pyrolysis technique. the deposited thin films were exposed to γ rays. we have studied the transmission, absorptions and absorption coefficient as a function of photon energy before and after irradiation. the aim of this study is fabrication thin film by spray pyrolysis and study effect irradiation gamma-ray with different times on structural and optical properties of (cdo) thin films. experimental cadmium oxide (cdo) films were prepared on glass substrates by spray paralyses technique. the spray solution used of 0.1 m of high purity cadmium acetate dissolved in 100 mil distilled water and add two drops acetic acidin 15 min. the atomization of the solution into a spray of fine droplets was carried out by the nozzle, with the help of compresses air as carrier gas. the flow rat of solution was 5 ml/min  ,spraying  me  was  10  sec  lasted  by  2  minutes to avoid excessive cooling and the substrate temperature was held constant at 400 ˚c using a chrome – alumel thermocouple with the help of a digital millimeter supplied by pasco. the nozzle to substrate distance was (30) cm and the diameter of nozzle was 0.3 mm. the substrates were cleaned by alcohol and distilled water before coating. film thickness is determined by the weight – difference method ( t=m/ρa) where a, is the area of the film, m its mass, t its thickness and ρ its density (8.15 g/cm 3). the structural of cdo film was obtained by xray diffraction (shimadzu japan) xrd600,wave length 1.5418 a˚ and the optical transmission absorbance of the films were obtained in ultraviolet/ visible/ near 43 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 infrared (200-1100)nm using (uv-visible 1800 spectra photometer) . cs137 used to obtained gamma ray with energy( 662) kev , activity ( 4.3)ci, the irradiation time(1-3)week. cadmium oxide are formed on the substrate surface according to the following reaction [12][13] ……………(1) results and discussion fig. 1 shows the x-ray diffraction (xrd) of cdo thin film ,which appear some peaks at 2θ=33.104o ,38.39o, 55.38o the most peak at 33.10o corresponds to (hkl) (111) with cell constant a=4.68ao and d=2.703ao .it clearly shows the cdo thin film is a polycrystalline structure and type of cubic, this result is agrees with[11]. the intensity from films has been increased after the process irradiation and became sharper due to crystallinity. the calculated value of the structural parameters, fwhm, interplanar spacings, grain size, strain and number of crystals determined with the use of the following formulas and using the (astm) cardscdo-00-005-0640: 1-the strain(ε) [14]: ε= βcosθ/4............(2) β the full width at half maximum of (111) peak of xrd pattern, and 2θ is the bragg angle. 2-dislocation density(): [15] =1/ (g.s) 2…………………………………….(3) g.s:the crystallites size of the grains in the films is estimated using the sherer formula [16] : g.s=k /cos……………………………….(4) where k is a constant taken to be 0.94, λ the wavelength of x-ray used (λ=1.54 å). 4number of crystals (no)[17]: no=t/ (g.s)3………….(5) 5the interplanar spacing(d)[18]: using the miller indices of these planes, the lattice parameters a=b =c of the unit cell are evaluated according to the relation:[18] d=a/(h2 +k2+l2)1/2……………………(6) where d is the interplanar spacing, and (hkl) are the miller indices. these ruslts are shown in table 1and2. the decreases of grain size with increase of time irradiation may be attributed to the improvement of growth crystalline that leads to crystallinity and increases of strain and dislocation density with increase time irradiation that leads to increases structural defect fig. 2 shows the relation between absorbance and photon energy, we found the increase in  absorption with the increase of photon energy,and increase with increase time irradiation.  because irradiation may increase the number of charge carriers which increases the absorption that is films [19]. fig. 3 shows the relation between transparent and photon energy, we had found decrease with increase of photon energy. fig. 4 shows the relation between the absorption coefficient (α) and photon energy, was calculated using the formula[20]: =2.303a/t………………………(7) where a is the optical absorbance, increasing absorption coefficient value with increase of irradiation time in depended on absorbance  and the absorption edge shifted toward long wavelength region. αhν=b(hν-eg)r …………………..(8) eg energy gap ,r is constant debend on kind transparent. 44 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 fig. 5 shows the relation between(αhν)2and photon energy, we had found the values energy gap decreased from(2.4-2.35-2.25)ev with increase time irradiation with γ rays due to the increase of the density of localized states in the band gap, which causes a shift to lower values this results agree with results [1],[10],[11]. fig. 6 shows the relation between extinction coefficient and photon energy . it was found that the increasing at extinction coefficient value with increase time irradiation because of increasing absorption coefficient value with increase of irradiation time in depended on relation (7)and relation(9)[21]. k= ………………(9) where k is the extinction coefficient which is related to the absorption coefficient and the wavelength. fig. 7shows the relation between refractive index and photon energy,during our showing to curves we notice that the behavior of curves is the same behavior before and after irradiation refractive index is increasing with increasing of photon energy until it arrives peak at photon energies (2.2-2.6) ev ,then it began to decrease, with increasing it these value decrease with increasing time irradiation reflective index is calculated from relation: [22] n =[ -k2]1/2 …………(10) where r:the reflection which calculated from the relation: [18] r + t+ a = 1 ………………………………. (11) fig. 8 shows the relation between optical conductivity and photon energy,the optical conductivity increase with increasing time irradiation with γ rays . the optical conductivity was calculated using the relation[23] σ = …………..(12) where c:the velocity of light in space. conclusion 1. cdo thin film is a polycrystalline structure , the dominant orientation (111) 2.increase intensity with increase irradiation time . 3. after irradiated with gamma ray increase irradiation time refers to the increase in absorption value and decrease in transparent value. 4. the values energy gap decreased with increasing irradiation time. 5. the optical conductivity increase after irradiation with increase irradiation time with γ rays. references 1.hassouni,m. h.;mishjil,k. a.; chiad, s. s.and habubi, n. f. (2013) , effect of gamma irradiation on the optical properties of mg doped cdo thin films deposited by spray pyrolysis, international letters of chem., phy. and astronomy,11 ( 26-37) , issn 22993843. 2.rusu, r.s. and rusu, g.i.(2004) ,the hall effect in cdo:sn thin films,j. tomul xlix, 2, (3-10). 3.virk, h.s.(2011) ,effect of 90 mev carbon ion irradiation on cadmium oxide quantum dots, j.current science, 100, 10, (1540-1543). 4.mummoorthi, m.;anandhan,n., marimuthu t. , ravi g. and suganya t.,(2014) , “an effect of supporting electrolyte based cdo polycrystalline thin film prepared by electrode position method j. chem tech research, 6, 13, (5304-5308). 45 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 5.zaien, m.;ahmed,n.m. and hassan,z. (2013), fabrication and characterization of n cdo:in/p-si thin film solar cell by thermal evaporation in a vacuum, j.electron devices, 17, (1457-1464). 6.ezekoye,b.a.;ezekoye,v.a.;offor;p.o.and utazis,c.(2013) sythesis, structural and optical characterizations of cadmium oxide (cdo) thin films by chemical bath deposition (cbd) technique,j. academic, 8, 31, (1597-1601). 7.mahaboobbeevia,m.anusuyab m.and saravananc v.,(2010) characterization of cdo thin films prepared by silar deposition technique,j. chemical engineering and applications,.1, 2, (150-154). 8.habubi,n.f.;ismail,r.a.and ali,a.m.(2012) photovoltaic properties of cdo/ porous si heterojunction photo detector,j. college of education, al-mustansiriah, 3, (11-31). 9.şahin b.,( 2012),physical properties of nanostructured cdo films from alkaline baths containing sacchar in as additive, j. chemical engineering and applications, 3, 11, (165-171). مجلة جامعة النھرين ،تأثير التعرض لجسيمات الفا على الخواص البصرية للغشاء الرقيق )٢٠١٢اسماء احمد (عزيز .10 ).٣١٢٧، (١٣، ١٠للعلوم، 11.ibrahim,a.e, abd-aljabaar, n.f.and mahmoodk.h. ,(2010) study effect irradiation by gamma-ray on the structural and optical properties of the thin films"j.university of tikrit, 1, 5, (54-64). 12.seod,j., (2004),structural and optical properties of cdo films deposited by spray pyrolysis,j. korean phys. soc., 45 (6), (1575–1579). 13.uplane m.d, kshirsagar p.n., lokhande b.j.and bhosalec.h.,(2000)"characteristic analysis of spray deposited cadmium oxide thin films"mater. chem. phys., 64,( 75–78). 14.saeedt. and brien p., (1995)” thin solid films”,271, 35. 15.hussain s.,(2008), "investigation of structural and optical properties of nanocrystallinezno" m.sc. thesis, linkpoing university. 16.emmett f.k, (1967) ,"hand book of x-ray". 17.dhanam, m.; prabhu,r.r.and manoj, p.k.(2008) investigations on chemical bath deposited cadmium selenide thin films,j. materials chemistry and physics, v 107, 289-296. 18. yousif, m. g.(1989)solid state physics , 1, university of baghdadbook. 19.a. ashour, turk j phys 27 (2003) (551-558). 20.dakhal, a.(2003), structural and optical properties of evaporated zn oxide, ti oxide and zn-ti oxide films, j. appl. phys. a, 77,.677. 21.ilican,s.;zor,m.;caglar,y.and caglar,m. (2006),optical characterization of cdzn(s1xsex)2 thin films deposited by spraypyrolysis method,j.optica applicata,7776(1), (29-37). 22.ashour,a.;kaid,m.a;el-sayed, n.z. and ibrahim,a.a. (2006),physical properties of zno thin films deposited by spray pyrolysis technique,j.applidsurfase science,252, (7844-7848). 23.pankove,j.i. (1975) optical processes in semiconductors, dover ublications, inc. new york, 91. 46 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 table no.(1): comparison of structural parameters with (astm) cards hkl a(astm)ao a(xrd)ao d(astm)ao d(xrd)ao2θ(astm) 2θ(xrd) sa (111)4.69 4.694 2.7120 2.71029 33.0013 33.0236 before (200) 4.6946 2.34902.3473 38.2849 38.3148 (220)4.693 1.661 1.6593 55.258 55.3193 (111)4.682 2.7036 33.1044 after(1week) (200)4.685 2.3427 38.3926 (220)4.688 1.6751 55.386 (111)4.646 2.68238 33.3773 after(3week) (200)4.653 2.32663 38.6686 (220)4.666 1.64983 55.6659 table no. (2): comparison of structural parameters, fwhm, grain size, strain and number of crystals fwhm (rad) fwhm (deg) no*10-3 (nm)-2 η*10-3 (nm)-2 δ*10-3 g.s (nm) ts. t(nm) sa.(cdo) 0.0055089 0.3158 16.99 1.33 1.32 27.41 400 350 before 0.0057427 0.3292 19.26 1.45 1.37 26.29 after(1week) 0.006395 0.3666 26.83 1.79 1.53 23.63 after(3week)                     47 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015                   figare no.(1) shows the x-ray diffraction (xrd) for the cdo before and after (rad.)(1,3)week         0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 intensity(cps) 2θ 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 20 40 60 80 100 intensity(cp s) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 20 40 60 80 100 intensity(cps) 2θ 2θ before after (1)week after(3)week 48 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015   figare no.(2) shows the relation between absorbance and photon energy figare no.(3) shows the relation between transmition and photon energy figare no.(4) shows the relation between absorption coefficient and photon energy 0 20 40 60 80 100 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 a b so rb a n ce a%before a%a er1week a%a er3week 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 tr a n sm it io n t%before t%a er1week t%a er3week hν (ev) hν (ev) 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 100000 0 1 2 3 a b so rp ti o n  c o e ff ic ie n t α before α after1week αafter3week hν(ev) 49 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 `figare no.(5) shows the relation between(αhν)2and photon energy figare no.(6) show the relation between extinction coefficient and photon energy figare no.(7) shows the relation between refractive index and photon energy 0 1e+10 2e+10 3e+10 4e+10 5e+10 6e+10 7e+10 8e+10 9e+10 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 (α h ν )2 (e v .c m ‐1 )2 (α e)^2before (α e)^2after 1week (α e)^2after 3week hν (ev) 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 e x ti n ct io n  c o e ff ic ie n t kbefore k a er3week k a er1week hν(ev) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 re fr a ct iv e  i n d e x n a er3week n a er1week n before hν(ev) 50 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 figare no.(8) shows the relation between optical conductivity and photon energy 0 1e+14 2e+14 3e+14 4e+14 5e+14 6e+14 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 o p ti ca l  co n d u ct iv it y σo.p(befor) σo.p(after)1week σo.p(after)3week hν (ev) 51 | physics ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 دراسة تاثير التشعيع على الخواص التركيبية والبصرية الغشية اوكسيد المحضرة بطريقة الرش الكيميائي الحراريالكادميوم الرقيقة رسھام حسن سلمان عج ايناس ياسين عبد احمد يزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة(ابن الھيثم)/جامعة بغدادفقسم ال اسراء اكرم عباس حسين قسم الفيزياء/ كلية التربية/ الجامعة المستنصرية عائشة علي حسين حبيب التربية للعلوم الصرفة(ابن الھيثم)/جامعة بغداديزياء / كلية فقسم ال ٢٠١٥حزيران ٢٣، قبل في:٢٠١٥ايار ٥استلم في: الخالصة في ھذه البحث تم دراسة تاثير التشعيع على الخواص التركيبية والبصرية الغشية اوكسيد الكادميوم المحضرة ودرجة ml/min 5 ومعدل الرش nm(20±350) , وبسمكبطريقة الرش الكيميائي الحراري على قواعد زجاجية وباستخدام تقنية حيود االشعة السينية وجد ان االغشية ذات تركيب متعدد التبلور ومن النوع c˚ 400 حرارة القاعدة المكعب قد وجد كل من الحجم الحبيبي وتشوه البلورة وكثافة االنخالعات وعدد الطبقات وقد وجد ان الحجم الحبيبي يقل من (27.41, 26.29 ,23.63)nmةل الموجياطوتصاصية والنفاذية ضمن مدى االاالم سجل طيف .بعد التشعيع باشعة كاما تقل بزيادة زمن بعد التشعيع باشعى كاما وقد وجد ان فجوة الطاقة لغرض دراسة الحواص البصرية (300-1100) معامل الخمود ومعامل االنكسار والتوصيلية البصرية تزداد بزيادة بينما ازداد كل من ev(2.25 ,2.35 ,2.4)التشعيع من وكان زمن ) ci(4.3 وبفعالية 662kevذو طاقة للحصول على اشعة كامااستخدم 137csالمصدر المشع ،تشعيعزمن ال التشعيع اسبوع وثالثة أسابيع اغشية رقيقة، اوكسيد الكادميوم، تشعيع. الكلمات المفتاحية: 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 aqeel r. salih abstract in this work, a step-index fiber with core index and cladding index has been designed. single-mode operation can be obtained by using a fiber with core diameters 4–13 µm operating at a wavelength of 1.31 µm and by 4–15 µm at 1.55 µm. the fundamental fiber mode properties such as phase constant, effective refractive index, mode radius, effective mode area and the power in the core were calculated. distributions of the intensity and the amplitude were shown. key words: single mode fiber, step-index fiber, optical communications. 1. introduction fiber optics plays a key role in communications [1]. a step-index fiber (sif) consists of a core of refractive index surrounded by a cladding of slightly lower refractive index , as shown in figure 1 [2]. this difference enables the fiber to guide the light by total internal reflection [3]. these indices are close to 1.5 for silica glass fibers [4]. figure 1. refractive index profile of a sif [2]. a single-mode fiber (smf) is designed to propagate only a single guided mode (fundamental mode), where lp stands for linearly polarized [5]. in 1966, kao and hockham discussed the theory and potential use of optical fiber for communications [6]. in 1970, a smf with attenuation below 20 db/km was developed [7]. this is recognized as the start of fiber optic communications [8]. in 1979, smfs with a loss of only 0.2 db/km at 1.55 µm were fabricated [9]. the smfs have continued to evolve. kao (1933–2018) was awarded the 2009 nobel prize in physics for his theoretical work on the smf [10] which is extensively used in optical communication systems [11]. draqeelrsalih@gmail.com article history: received 3 december 2019, accepted 5 january 2020, publish january 2020. design of single mode fiber for optical communications doi: 10.30526/33.1.2373 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al haitham / university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/draqeelrsalih@gmail.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/draqeelrsalih@gmail.com 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 2. important parameters and basic equations in designing a smf, several parameters that affect its performance must be considered. 1. numerical aperture (na) the fiber na is given by [12] √ it describes the light-gathering capacity of the fiber [13]. 2. v number the v number is defined as [14] where ⁄ is the vacuum wavenumber, is the vacuum wavelength of operation and is the core radius. two low loss operating wavelengths used in optical communication systems are 1.31 µm and 1.55 µm [9, 15]. the v number determines the number of guided modes. if the fiber will be sm [16]. 3. phase constant ( ) the phase change per of propagation along the fiber. the phase constant is [14] the effective refractive index ( ) lies between and . 4. effective mode area the effective mode area is defined as [17] it determines how tightly light is confined to the core. for a si smf, the mode radius can be calculated either from marcuse's formula [18]. ( √ ) or from a modified formula [19] ( √ ) which becomes ( √ ) 5. p in core the fraction of power propagating within the fiber core is [17] ⁄ for smfs, that fraction is low for low values and reaches near 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 3. results and discussion in this work, a sif with and , giving has been designed. design variables are the core radius and the wavelength. the fundamental mode properties can be calculated from rp fiber calculator software. it is evident from tables 1, 3. that the phase constant β lies between and . this means that the effective refractive index lies within the range of and .the effective mode area decreases when v<2 and then increases when v >2. the v number, the phase constant (and thus and p in core increase with increasing fiber core radius . with increasing v number, the fraction of the power propagating within the core increases more and more.when v >2, more than 74% of the power is carried in the core and less than 26% in the cladding. table 1. v number and mode parameters at λ= 1.31 µm. from rp fiber calculator from eq. 2 r mµ p in core % m) 2 µ) β mµ/ v 1.4 6788.4 1.443003 6.92111 0.7290 2 9.7 738.2 1.443037 6.92127 0.9113 2.5 23.9 281.4 1.443126 6.92170 1.0936 3 38.5 181.8 1.443256 6.92233 1.2758 3.5 51.0 149.5 1.443404 6.92303 1.4581 4 60.8 138.7 1.443551 6.92374 1.6403 4.5 68.4 137.2 1.443689 6.92440 1.8226 5 74.3 140.7 1.443814 6.92500 2.0049 5.5 78.8 147.3 1.443926 6.92554 2.1871 6 82.4 156.1 1.444025 6.92601 2.3694 6.5 values for are listed in tables 2, 4. the mode radius is larger than the core radius. values of calculated from eq. 6 and values of p calculated from eq. 7 are in good agreement with those in tables 1, 3. table 2. mode radius, effective mode area and p in core for v >1.2 at λ= 1.31 µm. r mµ from eq. 5 from eq. 6 from eq. 7 ω mµ m) 2 µ) ω mµ m) 2 µ) p in core % 3.5 8.544 229.3 7.495 176.5 35.3 4 7.476 175.6 6.967 152.5 48.3 4.5 7.058 156.5 6.766 143.8 58.7 5 6.933 151.0 6.736 142.5 66.8 5.5 6.955 152.0 6.802 145.3 73.0 6 7.061 156.6 6.926 150.7 77.7 6.5 7.216 163.6 7.088 157.8 81.4 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 3. v number and mode parameters at λ= 1.55 µm. from rp fiber calculator from eq. 2 r mµ p in core % m) 2 µ) β mµ/ v 0.1 151755.6 1.443000 5.84944 0.6162 2 2.5 4815.5 1.443007 5.84947 0.7702 2.5 10.5 937.9 1.443041 5.84961 0.9242 3 22.6 416.0 1.443116 5.84991 1.0783 3.5 35.2 274.4 1.443223 5.85035 1.2323 4 46.4 221.8 1.443345 5.85084 1.3864 4.5 55.7 200.2 1.443471 5.85135 1.5404 5 63.3 192.6 1.443593 5.85185 1.6944 5.5 69.3 192.5 1.443708 5.85231 1.8485 6 74.2 196.9 1.443813 5.85274 2.0025 6.5 78.1 204.5 1.443908 5.85313 2.1566 7 81.3 214.3 1.443995 5.85348 2.3106 7.5 table 4. mode radius, effective mode area and p in core for v >1.2 at λ= 1.55 µm. from eq. 7 from eq. 6 from eq. 5 r mµ p in core % m) 2 µ) ω mµ m) 2 µ) ω mµ 32.0 260.8 9.112 354.5 10.62 4 43.5 223.1 8.427 266.6 9.212 4.5 53.3 206.2 8.102 230.3 8.562 5 61.3 200.0 7.979 215.5 8.281 5.5 67.8 199.8 7.975 211.1 8.198 6 72.9 203.4 8.046 212.7 8.229 6.5 77.0 209.5 8.166 217.9 8.329 7 80.3 217.5 8.321 225.6 8.474 7.5 from the above tables, it can be seen that, as the wavelength increases: 1. the v number decreases. 2. the phase constant (and thus decreases. 3. the mode radius (and thus increases, and p in core decreases accordingly. figures 2, 3. show 2d profiles and plots of the radial dependence. both can be based either on intensities or amplitudes. the amplitude is proportional to the square root of the intensity. the fundamental mode corresponds to a circular spot. in the radial profiles, the gray vertical line shows the position of the core-cladding interface. the intensity drops quickly with increasing radial position. for large values of , the mode has an approximate gaussian profile. 00 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 r (µm) type of plot 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 2d profile intensity 2d profile amplitude radial intensity radial amplitude r (µm) type of plot 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 2d profile intensity 2d profile amplitude 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 radial intensity radial amplitude figure 2. mode profiles of the fiber at λ= 1.31 µm. r (µm) 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 r (µm) 7.5 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 figure 3. mode profiles of the fiber at λ= 1.55 µm. 4. conclusions in this work, several parameters have been considered. it is shown that to obtain smf, the diameter of the core must be less than or equal to 13 µm at a wavelength of 1.31 µm and 15 µm or less at 1.55 µm. it is desirable to have most of the power in the core. so, for practical smfs, v ≥1.5 is the range of highest practical interest. references 1. goff, d. r. fiber optic reference guide, 3rd ed., focal press. 2002. 2. kumar, s. ; m. jamal deen , fiber optic communications: fundamentals and applications, wiley. 2014. 3. hill, g. (ed.) the cable and telecommunications professionals' reference,volume 2, 3rd ed., elsevier. 2008. 4. lecoy, p. fiber-optic communications, iste and wiley. 2008. 5. neumann, e. g. single-mode fibers: fundamentals. springer-verlag.1988. 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 6. kao, c. k. ; g. a. hockham, dielectric-fibre surface waveguides for optical frequencies, proc. iee . 1966,113 ,7, 1151–1158. 7. keck, d. b. ; p. c. schultz, method of producing optical waveguide fibers, u. s. patent.1973 ,3711262. 8. tricker, r. optoelectronic and fiber optic technology, newnes press. 2002. 9. miya, t., y. terunuma, t. hosaka ; t. miyashita, ultimate low-loss single-mode fibre at 1.55 μm, electron. lett. 1979,15 ,4, 106–108. 10. http://www.nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/physics/laureates/2009/ 11. ghatak, a. optics, mcgraw-hill. 2010. 12. bass, m. ; e. w. van stryland (eds.) fiber optics handbook: fiber, devices, and systems for optical communications, mcgraw-hill. 2002. 13. saleh, b. e. a. ;m. c. teich , fundamentals of photonics,wiley. 1991. 14. dong, l. ; b. samson fiber lasers: basics, technology, and applications. crc press. 2017. 15. horiguchi, m. ; h. osanai, spectral losses of low-oh-content optical fibres, electron. lett. 1976,12 ,12, 310–312. 16. dutton, h. j. r. understanding optical communications, ibm. 1998. 17. agrawal, g. p. fiber-optic communication systems, 4th ed., wiley. 2010. 18. marcuse, d. loss analysis of single-mode fiber splices, bell syst. tech. j.1977, 56 ,5, 703–718. 19.hussey, c. d. ;f. martinez, approximate analytic forms for the propagation characteristics of singlemode optical fibres ,electron. lett. 1985,21,23, 1103–1104. http://www.nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/physics/laureates/2009/ http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/articledetails.jsp?arnumber=4251626 http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/articledetails.jsp?arnumber=4251626 http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/articledetails.jsp?arnumber=6768444 http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/articledetails.jsp?arnumber=4251626 microsoft word 41-48 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|41      effect of sesame oil on lipid profile and liver enzymes in male albino rats treated with carbone tetrachloride (ccl4) rashaa faiq abdul-lattif whiterose508@yahoo.com dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) university of baghdad abstract this study was designed to investigate the effect of sesame oil on lipid profile and liver enzyme in male albino rats treated with carbone tetrachloride (ccl4). forty adult male rats were divided into four equal groups, first group was daily administrated with tap water, the second group was injected with ccl4 (80mg/kg.bw/day), the third group was administrated with sesame oil (150mg/kg.bw/day) and the fourth group was injected with ccl4 (80mg/kg.bw/day) and was administrated with sesame oil (150 mg /kg.bw /day) for 30 days. the statistical results of the present study showed a significant (p<0.05) increase in the level of cholesterol , triglycerides and low density lipoprotein (ldl) in the group treated with ccl4 compared with control group, also a significant (p<0.05) increase in the level of liver enzymes aspartate aminotransferase (ast) and alanine aminotransferase (alt) , no difference on high density lipoprotein (hdl) level .the fourth group that was administrated with sesame oil and injected with ccl4 showed a significant (p<0.05) decrease in the level of cholesterol, triglyceride , ldl and also a significant (p<0.05) decrease in liver enzymes aspartate aminotransferase (ast) and alanine aminotransferase (alt) compared with the group that injected with carbone tetrachloride ccl4. it is concluded that sesame oil has a protective effect against the toxicity of carbone tetrachloride on the liver. key wards: lipid profile, ccl4, liver enzymes, rats. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|42      1. introduction sesame oil is the extract of the plant sesamum indicum [1], family pedaliaceae [2, 3]. sesame has part of the human diet since ancient times [4] ,sesame oil is one of the majordietry oil in asian countries[5] ,also it is one of the oldest oil seeds and it is considered to have medicinal properties also nutritional value[6] .sesame seeds and sesame oil have long been cauterized as a traditional health food in india and other east asian countries [7] ,sesame seeds and sesame oil contain several kinds of sesame lignans that my contribute to improved human health .the most a bunchant lignans [4], in sesame seeds sesamin , sesaminol , episesamin and sesamolin[7] ,sesame seeds contain fatty acid and non-fatty [9], the relative amount of each bounds upon variety and quality of seeds .sesame oil consists of glycerides ,linoleic, palmatic, stearie and muristic acids ,and also contain a crystal in substance sesame is rich in selfer it contains amino oxalic acids 2.5% and phytic 5% [2], sesame also exhalent source of copper and calcium, also it is rich in phosphorus ,iron, zinc [10], manganese, magnisum and vitamins thiamin b1(0.98%mg 100g) [11] riboflavin (0.25%gm/g) nicen (5.4%gm/g) –e [9,12] ,as well as sesame oil rich in phospholipids [13], mineral trace element [14]. sesame oil employed in ancient chinease medicine to increase energy and prevent aging [15], also sesame oli contains 34% of poly unsaturated fatty acids that are useful for body [7,16,17] 40 % of mono unsaturated fatty acids [4]. sesamine and sesaminol are the major constituents of the sesame oil, with broad spectrum pharmacological effect, the effect included anti mutagenic, antihypertension, anti-inflammatory, antithrombotic, antioxidant and ant estrogenic [5,11] the high antioxidant properties of sesame seeds appeared to be related to lignins such as pinoresinol, sesamolinol , sesamol and sesaminol [12] ,sesame oil was effective in improved the reproductive system parameters [16]. carbon tetrachloride (ccl4) is one of the most commonly used hepatoxins in the experimental study of liver disease [18], ccl4 is well established as xenobiotic [19] ,it is highly chemical toxic agent and the most famous drug that used to induce liver damage [20], preview studies showed that liver and kidney are the target organs of ccl4 , the acute hepatic of ccl4 lies in its bioters formation to trichloromythyle (ccl3) [21] , which initial free radical mediated lipid peroxidation of cytoplasmic membrane phospholipids and causes functional and morphological changes in the cell membrane which lead to accumulation of lipid-derived oxidants cause injury [22], or trichloroperoxyle radical (ccl3oo) by the mixed function cytochrome p 450 [20] , ccl4 metabolized to toxic component by the mixed function oxidase system and free radical may be important modelers of the toxicity of these two halothanes [19]. the present study aimed to investigate the effect of sesame oil on lipid profile and liver enzyme in male albino rats treated with ccl4. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|43      2. experimental 2.1. material and method chemical material carbone tetrachloride was purchased from sigma chemical company. preparation of sesame oil sesame oil was purchased from local markets in baghdad. animals forty mature male of rats (145-160) gm were used in this study. they were obtained from animal house of the biotechnology research center al nahrian university. the animals were kept in air conditional room at (25+3) c and with light period of 10:14 hours. animals were divided into four main groups: first group: were administrated with 0.1 ml (tap water) second group: were injected with ccl4 (80mg/kg bw/day) for30 days. third group were administrated with sesame oil (150mg/kg bw/ day) for 30 days. fourth group were injected with ccl4 (80 mg/kg bw/day) and administrated with sesame oil (150 mg/kg bw/day) for 30 days. after the end of the experiment all groups were sacrificed post 24 h the last administration and injected. [23] blood collection blood samples were collected from rats by cardias puncture and were transferred into sterilized sample tube. the samples were allowed to clot at room temperature and then we were centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes, the serum were collected and stored at 18 c for biochemical assay. to measure the lipid profile [a spinreact, spainy] minividas, and liver enzyme by using colorimetric [biomerieux – france]. 3. result & discussion effect of sesame oil on lipid profiles of male rats showed in table (1), the result showed a significant (p < 0. 05) increase on the level of cholesterol in the group that treated with ccl4 compared with the control group, also result showed a significant (p < 0.05) increase ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|44      in the level of triglycerides and ldl, but a significant decrease on the level of hdl compared with the control group. whereas the group that administrated with sesame oil the result showed no change (p<0.05 )on the level of cholesterol ,triglyceride and ldl , and a significant ( p< 0.05 )increase on hdl level compared with the control group , the group that administrated with sesame oil and treated with ccl4 the result showed an improving decrease (p< 0.05) of sesame oil effect on the level of cholesterol, triglycerides and ldl , but the level of hdl showed a significant ( p< 0,05 ) increase compared with ccl4 group. table(2) showed the result of sesame effect on liver enzymes , the result showed a significant( p< 0.05 ) increase on the level of ast and alt in the group treated with ccl4, in the group that administrated with sesame oil the present study showed a significant (p< 0.05) increase on ast level and no a significant increase on level of alt ,result showed also a protective effect of sesame oil on the level of ast and alt a significant( p< 0.05 ) decrease in the group that treated with ccl4 and administration with sesame oil compared with the group that treated with ccl4 . ccl4 has been known to produce hepatic damage by generation of highly reactive methyl (ccl3)and tricolor methylproxyle (ccl3oo) radical when metabolized by cytochrome p 450 [24].ccl4 also known to cause oxidative damage in the liver so hepatic lipid peroxidation level in the serum was increased, this agrees with [ 25,26], these activated radical bind covalently to the macro molecules and induce per oxidative degradation of membrane lipid of endoplasmic reticulum rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids [27], this leads to the formation of lipid peroxidation , this peroxidase degradation of bio membranes in one of the principles caused of hepatotoxicity of ccl4 [ 28], this evidence by amelioration in the serum marker enzymes ast and alt.sesame oil was found to reduce significantly total cholesterol and decrease ldl and lower triglyceride to the normal level [29,30], ,the positive effect of sesame oil against ccl4 effect due to antioxidant component lignans which inhibits the absorption of cholesterol in the intestine ract increase the excretion of cholesterol in bile salt ,and increase the activity of 3-hydroxy -3methylglutamiu co enzyme avedactase [29], also lipid lowering effect of sesame oil related to an increase excretion of cholesterol, neutral sterol ,bile acids and an increase in hepatic acid content [31] ,sesame oil reduces ldl, this agrees with [ 32 ,33], because fiber content of sesame which reported lower plasma ldl by interrupting the cholesterol and bile acid or activity , sesame oil is also known to maintain hdl and lower ldl [22 ,34 ].the presence of sesamin in sesame oil which a major lignans have lipid lowering effect as these lignans inhibits the absorption of cholesterol from the intestine [32] , the increase of hdl level in serum group due to phytoestrogen content as estrogen in sesame that increasing hdl while lowering ldl [35 ], even the antioxidant component [25], in sesame oil plays role in the ion of lipid profile [ 30], also sesame oil contains a diversity of phytochemicals including lignans poly phenolic and flavonoids component , dietary fibers lecithin which all possess documented antihyperlipidmic functions[36]. different lignans dervitetive of sesame such as sesamin ,sesamol , sesaminol, sesaminolion land pinoresinol possess antioxidant function and can prevent against membrane lipid peroxidation , adpfe3/nadph-induced microsomal lipid peroxidation [37 ,7] ,even vitamins e and fl avoids that naturally occur in sesame have been reported to possess antioxidant and lipid lowering properties [38] ,sesamol and sesamolionl and sesainol antioxidant component may be largely responsible for this protective response[39], liver damage induced by ccl4 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|45      involves biotas' formation of free radicals devtivers increased lipid peroxidation and excusive cell death in liver tissue[40]. the hepatic cell after the treatment with ccl4 were found suffer oblivious fatty degeneration , necrosis and vacuole formation, serum of ast and alt are the most sensitive biomarker used in the diagnosis of liver disease ,and its marker of hepatocellular damage [25], ccl4 causes necrosis and damage membrane release the enzyme into circulation and lance it can be measured in the serum alt more specific to the liver [18] ,so the level of ast and alt were increased [40] ,elevated level of serum enzyme are indicative of cellular leakage and loss of functional integrity of cell membrane in liver [27], the antioxidant component on sesame oil are able to block liver injury through free radical generated due to toxic chemicals [25], sesame seeds has potent hepato protective effect against ccl4 induced hepatic damage in rats [6] and elevated the level of ast and alt, this agrees with[ 40]. sesame oil was more effective in lowering the enzymes level, the protective effect due to the antioxidant component and sesame oil contain some powerful antioxidant (1p-6,phytate ,lignans ,pinoresionol ,vitamins e ,lecithin , myristic acids and lineolate ) which may prevent free radicals formation and scavenge free radicals that already formed [34] ,sesame oil works on increase of secretion bile salt in liver [36] ,alt secretion from heart , liver and muscle ,and sesame oil known as protect heart work and lowering cholesterol blood because antioxidant component vitamins e, a,i and flavonoids (sesamin ,sesamol and sesamolin) which protect cell body from the damage of free radicals [40] also fatty acids contain non saturated and saturated lanolin which are important acid on action [28].ast because of flavonoids and antioxidant vitamins b6 transform to pyridol-5-phosphate plp which work like co enzyme for amino translate and reduce glycogenesis and over antioxidant hydrogens for betides [41].sesame oil also activated co a-oxidation and increase the active of co a–oxidase cycle, even sesame oil contains amino acids helping of protect liver function and immunity (sesamol , sesamolionl and sesaminol ) responsible for this protective response [ 40,42] high amount of sesamin and sesamol have been identified in sesame and they are reported to increase the hepatic mitochondria and peroxismol fatty oxidation rate , also sesame lignans have antioxidant and health promoting activities [43]. table (1): effect of sesame oil on lipid profile of male rats treated with ccl4 experimental parameters control mean ±se cci4 mean ±se sesame oil mean ±se ccl4 and sesame oil mean ±se cholesterol mg/dl 96.64±2.3 159.12±5.72 88.17±1.82 120.52±3.28 tg mg/dl 87.10±1.09 145.39±5.02 90.33±1.21 110.23±2.06 hdl mg/dl 45.12±1.22 32.11±1.04 60.20±1.01 44.19±1.54 ldl mg/dl 40.04±.24 90.15±.28 39.11±0.35 57.12±0.62 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|46      table (2): effect of sesame oil on liver enzymes of male rats treated with ccl4 groups aspartate aminotransferase (ast) (u/l) alanine aminotransferase(alt) (u/l) control 80.07± 3.22 35.62 ±1.43 ccl4 80mg/kg bw 120.98± 2.12 85.6 ±1.99 sesame oil 150mg/kg. bw 95.56± 3.65 48 67± 0.44 sesame oil 150mg/kg bw and.ccl4 80mg/kg bw 100.53± 2.96 59 40± 2.34   4. conclusions in conclusion the sesame oil has a protective effect against the liver toxicity by carbone tetrachloride (ccl4). references [1] m.m .soliman,; f a. hossam and ghada a el_ella. genetic and histopathological alterations induced by cypermethrin in rat kidney and liver; protection by sesame oil .international journal of immunopathology &pharmacology.7(2); 20-26. 2015 [2] n. a. ghani,; s. s. muayed and a. u. mahfood. effect of ethanol extract of sesamum indicum l.seeds on lipid profile in vivo .current resaech journal of biolojized science 4(2):159-163. 2012 [3] a.j. mahabadi ,; b. h. hassani; h.nikazad; a. taherian , and m. salehi , .effect of diet contains sesame seed on adult wister rat testis.int.j.morphol.31(1):197-202. 2013 [4] k.ganttamani, and t.s. mohammed nutraceutical value of sesame oil.phcog.rev.3 (6):264-269. 2010 [5] k .r. anilakuma,; p. aajay; k. farhath and amarinde r. s. b.nutritional ,medicinal and industrial uses of sesame (sesamum indicum l.) seeds an over view. agriculture conspectus scientificus,75 (4):159-168. 2010 [6] n.maree,; i.al balouni,; s.s. moselhy, and t. kumosani ,. dietry fish and sesame oil effect on serum lipid profile of rats fed on coconut oil based high fat diet .turkish journal of biochemistry34 (4);220-225. 2009 [7] d. sanker,; m, r. rao,; g. sambandam, and k.v. bugalend , effect of sesame oil on diuretics or b-blockers in the modulation of blood pressure ,anthropometry, lipid profile and redox status. yale journal of biology and medicine70 (1):19-26. 2006 [8] y.h. jasim,; m. abd al salam , and amjad ,a.biochemical study for effect the alcoholic extract in of thymus vulgaris lowering the induced toxicity of liver kidney in albino mice. tikrit journal of pure science,22(1): 4-40. 2017 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|47      [9] y.enya,; k.oluyemi,; e.ashamu,; c.saalo , ; o. oyewo , and makanjoula , v. pro fertility effects of alcoholic extract of sesame in male spraguedawley rats. the international journal of nutrition and wellness 5(2); 2007 [10] z.abbasi,; s.r.f.tabatabaei,; y. mazharai , ; f. barati , and morovvati ,h.effect of sesame oil on the reproductive parameters of diabetes. the world journal of mens health..31(2);141-149. 2003 [11] a., b.saba,; a.a. oyagbeni, and aziz, oj.amelioration of ccl4 –induced hepatoxicity and haemotoxicity by aqueous leaf extract of cnidoscolus aconittfolius in rats.nig.j.physiolol,sci.25:139-147. .(2010). [12] ,a.j. mahshinabadi;m.,k .; h. bafarani , ; h.,n. and taherian,aeffect of diet contains sesame seed on epididymis histology of adult rat .int.j.mophol.(2013).31(1):264-270. 2013 [13] f.h.kratzer; j.d.latshaw; s.i.lesson,; e.t.moran,; c.p. parseons,;sell , and waldroup , p.w. nutrient requirement of poultry .9 rev .ed .national academy press, washington, d.sc. 1994 [14] s.d. dhiab, the effect of sesame oil in some biochemical test liver and blood samples in rabbits male .journal of kerbala university.1(3);42-47. 2013 [15] r q. majeed,.prophylactic effect of the sesame oil and camphor oil on the infected burn skin of mice .tikrit journal of pure science. 17(4);26-33. 2012. [16] b. khani,; s r .bidgoli,; f .moattar, and h. hassani,. effect of sesame on sperm guilty of infertile men .pmcid. 18 (3):184-187. 2013 [17] n.singh,; n.khullar,; v.kakkar, and p. kaur,. sesamol loaded solid lipid nanoparticles' promising intervention for control of carbone tetrachloride induced hepatotoxicity. iscmr.5:142. 2015. [18] m.g. palnivae,; b .rajkapoor,; r.s. kumar; j einstien,; e p.kumar.; kumar, m r; kavith, k; kumar m p and jayakar, b. .hepatopropective and antioxidant effect of pisonia aculeatel. against ccl4 –induced hepatic damage in rats.sci.pharm,76:203-215. 2008 [19] j. arrak,; b.m. jwad, and mohammed, s a k. toxic pathological and biochemical effects of carbone tetrachloride ccl4 with residual accumulation in liver of mice. kufa journal for veterinary medical science . ( 4(1); 57-68. 2013 [20] m a. ahdab,.effect of sesame oil nigella sativa l oil and their mixtures on lipid profile and liver enzymes in hypercholesterolemia rats .journal of america science,11(12). 2015 [21] m k .haghighian,; b.alipoor,; b.e .sader ,; a m. mhdavi ,; a. moghaddam , and vatankhah, a m.. effect of sesame seed supplementation on lipid profile and oxidative stress biomarkers in patients with knee osteoarthritis .health promotion perspectives. 4(1); 90-97. 2014. [22] m .r. sharif,; j alizarger , and a.sharif ,.evaluation of the wound healing activity of sesame oil extract in rats.worled journal of medical science.9(2):74-78. . 2013 [23] r.c.borah,; p.mohan, ; b.h choudhury, and i.c. barua,.hepatoprotective activity of phyllanthus fratemusal and glycosmis phentaphylla (retz) correa used against jaundice in n-e india bioprospecting of commercially imporatant plants proceeding of the national symposiumon biochemical approachesfor utilization of exploitation of commercially important plants. jorhat; 259-262. 2004 [24] d. dahria,; o j .obi, and h. umeran,. effect of hibiscus sablariff calyx extract on ccl4 inducer liver damage. biochemistry. 15(1):27-33. 2003 [25] ab.saba,; aa, o. and oi, a. . amelioration of ccl4 induced hepatoxixcty by aquose leaf extract of cnidoscolus aconitifolius in rat's .nig .j .physiol. sci25:134-147. . 2012. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1769 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|48      [26] t. athnnian,; albokhadain.i and r, s. el-baha.biochemical and histopathological study in rats antioxidant with ccl4 and treated with camel milk .springer plus,2(1):57-63. 2013 [27] d.chakraborty,; j. das,; das, p .k. ; s. c. bhattacharjee , and das, s. . evaluation of the parameters affecting the extraction of sesame oil from sesame (sesamum indicum l.) seed using soxhlet apparatus. international food research journal.24(2) :691-695. 2016 [28] tc. incu , ; h.shiloh, and l. dembao ,. . drug induced hepatoxicity of chemical induced liver damage. drug chem toxicol.. 1: 163 -171. 1986 [29] li ,r .;guo ,w. ;fu ,z. ;ding ,g. ;zou ,y . and wang .z. . hepatprotective action of radix paeoniae rubra aqueous extract against ccl4 – induced hepatic damage .molecules .(2011).16:8684-8693. [30] s.boulbroud , ; a el –hessni , ; f z azzad , and mesfioui ,a. sesame seed oil and flax seed oil effect plasma lipid level and. biology and medicine .(2012).4(3) :102110. [31] h n t inone ,; k. nishihra , ; m. sugan ,; k.akimoto , ; shimiza , s. and yamada ,h. . inhibition of cholesterol absorption and synthesis in rats by sesamin. journal of lipid research.32: 629638. 1991 [32] s. n n v .deverage, and h. deverage, . increased binding of ldl and vldl to apo b, e receptor of hepatic plasma membrane of rats treated with fiber. nat. euro .j. nut..42:262 – 274. 2003 [33] t.n m. nabil,; e a .mandour,; mohmmed , m and emarah ,r t .effect of sesame oil on serum and liver profiles in hyperlipidmic rats. alexandaria journal of velnnariy science,42:17-25. 2014. [34] np.visavadiya, and a v. narasim,. sesame as hypocholestermic and antioxidant dietary component. food chem .toxicol.46:11889-1895. . 2008 [35] s.satchithanandam ,; r. chanderbhan,;kharroubi ,at.; rj calvert ,.;klufeld ,d.;tepper,aas. and kritchevsky ,d. effected of sesame oil on serum liver and lipid profile in rats. international journal for vitamin and nutrition res..66: 386-392. 2012 [36] t. s m. saleem,; m. chilly, and s. kavimaan, .sesame oil enhance endogenous antioxidant in ischemic mycocardium of rat. revista brasileria de farmacognosia.22(3):669-675. 2012 [37] g. zuliani ,; m.galvani , ; e. latersdoprf ,; m.volpato , ; m.gavalieri , and fellin , r . .the role of polyunsaturated fatty acids (pufa) in the treatment of dylipidemic .current pharmaceutical design .15(36):4087-4093. 2009 [38] y m .hu,; h.wang, and ye, w c .flavones from flower of sesamum indicum l. china journal of chinese malera medical. 32(7): 603605. 2007. [39] a. e .azab, hepatoprotecive effect of sesame oil against lead induced liver damage in albino mice: histological and biochemical studies. 2(6):1-11. 2014 [40] rb.drotman, and gt. lawhorn , serum enzyme are indicatication of chemical induced liver damage. drug chem. toxicol. 1:163-171. 1978 [41] m h. kang,; y.kawai, ; m .naito , and t. osawa ,. dietry deffated sesame flour decrease susceptibility to oxidative strees in hyperecholesterolemic rabbits .the journal of nutrition. 129 (10):1885-90. 1999 [42] d. e. johnson, and kroening , sjohnson , d. .mechanism of early ccl4 toxicity in cultured rat hepatocytes .pharmacol . toxicol.83:231-239. (1998). [44] a.uthandi, and ramasamy , k. hepatoprotective activity of sesame meal on high fat fed wister rats. international journal of science and research .2 (12):205-211. 2011 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 241 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. solving of the quadratic fractional programming problems by a modified symmetric fuzzy approach abstract the aims of the paper are to present a modified symmetric fuzzy approach to find the best workable compromise solution for quadratic fractional programming problems (qfpp) with fuzzy crisp in both the objective functions and the constraints. we introduced a modified symmetric fuzzy by proposing a procedure, that starts first by converting the quadratic fractional programming problems that exist in the objective functions to crisp numbers and then converts the linear function that exists in the constraints to crisp numbers. after that, we applied the fuzzy approach to determine the optimal solution for our quadratic fractional programming problem which is supported theoretically and practically. the computer application for the algorithm was tested, and finally compared modified symmetric fuzzy approach with the modified simplex approach which is shown in the table 1. finally, the procedures of numeric results in the paper indicate that modified symmetric fuzzy approach is reliable and saves valuable time. keywords: fuzzy system, modified simplex approach, modified symmetric fuzzy, quadratic fractional programming problems. 1. introduction mathematical programming finds many applications in the field of management. optimization of resources in any organization is mostly addressed with the use of mathematical programming. qfpp, which deals with situations where a ratio between two mathematical doi: 10.30526/35.4.2858 article history: received 17 may 2022, accepted 25 july2022, published in october 2022. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index maher a. nawkhass department of mathematics, college of education salahaddin university-erbil, erbil, kurdistan region, iraq. maher.nawkhass@su.edu.krd nejmaddin a. sulaiman department of mathematics, college of education salahaddin universityerbil, erbil, kurdistan region, iraq. nejmaddin.sulaiman@su.edu.krd https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:maher.nawkhass@su.edu.krd mailto:maher.nawkhass@su.edu.krd mailto:nejmaddin.sulaiman@su.edu.krd ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 242 functions is either maximized or minimized, is an important class of mathematical programming problems that has attracted a lot of research and interest because it is useful in production planning, economic and financial planning, medical services, and healthcare planning. there are many managerial decision-making situations where the uncertainties in working situations are best explained by use of fuzzy set theory. the nation of fuzzy set theory is developed by [1], since then a considerable number of scholars have expressed their interest in the application of fuzzy set theory. [2] established the notion of decision making in a fuzzy environment and their concept of fuzzy decision making is used in mathematical programming [3]. many authors have discussed the use of fuzzy set theory in qfpp e.g., [4, 5 ,6 ,7]. the fuzzy system plays a very significant role in the theory of linear programming (lp). thus, researchers have shown their interest in the concept of the script for a linear program under a fuzzy environment as well e.g., [8], their works formulates a quadratic fractional bi-level (qfbl) programming problem with probabilistic constraints in both the first (ruler) and second (supporter) levels, with two-parameter exponential random variables with recognized probabilistic, and fuzziness as a triangular and trapezoidal fuzzy number. using a chanceconstrained programming approach, the issue is first turned into an a like deterministic quadratic fractional fuzzy bi-level programming model in the suggested model. second, each objective function of the bi-level qfp issue has its own nonlinear membership function in the proposed model. in [9], the fuzzy environment with parabolic concave membership functions is used to investigate a certain form of convex fractional programming issue and its dual. an ambition level technique is used to determine appropriate duality outcomes. it differs from other research in that it uses parabolic concave membership functions to reflect the decision-level maker's of pleasure. the fully fuzzy quadratic fractional programming problem (ffqfpp) is solved using a solution process in which all variables and parameters are triangular fuzzy integers. in this case, ffqfpp was converted into a multi-objective quadratic fractional programming issue (moqfpp). using a mathematical programming method, moqfpp is then turned into an analogous multi-objective quadratic programming problem. a fuzzy goal programming paradigm for handling bilevel programming issues with decision-makers' objectives in quadratic fractional form. the membership functions for the defined fuzzy goals of the decision-makers' objectives at both levels are established first in the suggested approach. then, in order to find the most satisfactory answer in the decision-making environment, a fuzzy goal programming model is constructed to minimize the group regret of the degree of satisfaction of both decision-makers. in [10], the linear constraints of quadratic fractional objective programming problem (qfopp) have been established and developed. the wolfe's technique and a modified simplex approach were used to solve the specific case for this problem. to extend this work, we study and introduce a modified symmetric fuzzy approach to solve qfpp. an algorithm and practical technique with theoretical support are suggested, also solving such a problem by a modified simplex approach, and test the validity will be compared against both outcomes. 2. fundamentals of fuzzy set, and fuzzy algebra operation some fundamentals and algebra operations of the fuzzy environment that are utilized in this research are listed [11, 12]: ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 243 2.1. fundamentals of fuzzy set fuzzy set: a fuzzy set α̃ in χ is a set of ordered pairs: α̃ = {(𝓍, 𝜇α̃(𝓍))|𝓍 ∈ χ}, 𝜇α̃(𝓍) is titled by the membership function of 𝓍 in α̃. if χ is a assemble of contraption defined generally by 𝓍. the support: 𝑆(α̃) is the crisp set of all 𝓍 ∈ χ if 𝜇α̃(𝓍) > 0 is called by the support of fuzzy set α̃. 𝛼-level set :the fragile set of elements that pertinence to the fuzzy set α̃ at the lower to the grade 𝛼 is named by 𝛼-level set: α𝛼 = {𝓍 ∈ χ|𝜇α̃(𝓍) ≥ 𝛼}, α𝛼 ′ = {𝓍 ∈ χ|𝜇α̃(𝓍) > 𝛼} is defined by "strong 𝛼level set" or "strong 𝛼-cut". 2.2. fuzzy algebra operation algebraic sum: the algebraic sum (likelihood sum) ∁̃= α̃ + β̃ is illustrated as ∁̃= {(𝓍, 𝜇α̃+β̃(𝓍))|𝓍 ∈ χ}, where 𝜇α̃+β̃(𝓍) = 𝜇α̃(𝓍) + 𝜇β̃(𝓍) − 𝜇α̃(𝓍). 𝜇β̃(𝓍). bounded sum: the bounded sum ∁̃= α̃ ⨁ β̃ is defined as ∁̃= {(𝓍, 𝜇α̃ ⨁ β̃(𝓍))|𝓍 ∈ χ}, where 𝜇α̃ ⨁ β̃(𝓍) = min {1, 𝜇α̃(𝓍) + 𝜇β̃(𝓍)}. bounded difference: the bounded difference ∁̃= α̃ ⊖ β̃ is defined as ∁̃= {(𝓍, 𝜇α̃⊖β̃(𝓍))|𝓍 ∈ χ}, where 𝜇α̃⊖β̃(𝓍) = min {1, 𝜇α̃(𝓍) + 𝜇β̃(𝓍)}. 3. mathematical model formula 3.1. linear programming models a special kind of decision model introduced by [13], is considered as linear programming models, the restrictions define the decision space; the objective function defines the "target" (utility function), and the kind of choice is decision making under conditions. the standard linear programming model is as follows: 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑇 𝑥 such that: 𝐴𝑥 ≤ 𝑏 𝑥 ≥ 0 with 𝑐, 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅𝑛, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅𝑛, 𝐴 ∈ 𝑅𝑚×𝑛 3.2. linear fractional programming formula the linear fractional programming problem (lfpp) introduced by [14] can be stated in the following manner: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑊 = 𝑐1 ′ 𝓍 + 𝛽 𝑐2 ′ 𝓍 + 𝛿 subject to: 𝐴𝓍 = 𝑏, 𝓍 ≥ 0 . (2) (1) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 244 where (i) 𝑥, 𝑐1, and 𝑐2 are 𝑛 × 1 column vectors. (ii) 𝐴 is 𝑛 × 𝑚 matrix. (iii) 𝑏 is an 𝑚 × 1 vectors. (iv) the prime { ′ } on the vectors 𝑐1, and 𝑐2 indicate as a transpose of vectors and (v) 𝛽, 𝛿 are comparatively numeric. the procedure solution of such problems solved by [15]. 3.3. quadratic programming problem (qpp) quadratic programming is a particular kind of mathematical optimization problem it is a problem of reducing or maximizing a quadratic function of numerous variables under linear constraints. the qpp can be written as follows:: max. 𝑧 (or min. z) = 𝑥𝑇 𝐺𝑥 + 𝑐𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼 subject to: 𝐴𝑥 ( ≤ ≥ = ) b 𝑥 ≥ 0 where 𝐴 = (𝑎𝑖𝑗 )𝑚×𝑛 matrix of coefficients, for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑚 and 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑛, 𝑏 = (𝑏1, 𝑏2, … , 𝑏𝑚) 𝑇, 𝑥 = (𝑥1, 𝑥2, … , 𝑥𝑛 ) 𝑇,𝑐𝑇 = (𝑐1, 𝑐2, … , 𝑐𝑛), 𝛼 is scalar and 𝐺 = (𝑔𝑖𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛 is assumed negative definite of the problem in maximization, and positive definite of problem in minimization, the objective function is quadratic, whereas the restrictions are linear. [16]. 3.4. quadratic fractional programming problem (qfpp) this section discusses a specific situation of qfpp's mathematical form, which contains a quadratic function in the numerator and a denominator that can be represented as the product of two linear components, as the following: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑍 = (𝑐1 𝑇𝑥+𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇𝑥+𝛽) (𝑒1 𝑇𝑥+𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇+𝛿) = (𝑤1)(𝑤2) (𝑤3)(𝑤4) subject to: 𝐴𝑥 [ ≥ ≤ = ] 𝑏 𝑥 ≥ 0 𝐴 is 𝑚 × 𝑛 matrix, where 𝑥 is 𝑛 × 1 column vector𝑠 of decision variables, 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑒 are 𝑛 × 1 column vectors of constants, 𝑏 is 𝑚 × 1 column vectors of constants. 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 and 𝛿 are scalars, the prime (𝑇) over the vectors 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 denoted the transpose of the vectors. 𝑤1𝑤2 and 𝑤3𝑤4 are the values of numerator and denominator of objective function respectively 3.5. symmetric fuzzy linear programming we will suppose that the decision-maker can select an ambition level, z, for the value of the objective function he or she wishes to reach, and that each restriction is modelled as a fuzzy set in model (1). our fuzzy album then transforms into: (3) (4) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 245 find x such that 𝑐𝑇 𝑥 ≧ 𝑧 𝐴𝑥 ≦ 𝑏 𝑥 ≥ 0 here ≦ signifies the fuzzified form of ≤ and has the linguistic interpretation "essentially smaller than or equal to.” ≧ signifies the fuzzified form of ≥ and has the linguistic interpretation "essentially greater than or equal to." the objective function of a model (1) might have to be written as a minimizing goal to consider z as an upper bound founded by [13]. 3.6. zimmermann’s approach: a symmetric model principle for determining the fuzzy choice to solve the problem's fuzzy system of inequalities (fsi) (1). as a result, the following neat linear programming issue arises. 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝛼 subject to, 𝜇0(𝑐 𝑇 𝓍) = (1 − 𝑧−𝑐𝑇 𝑝0 ) ≥ 𝛼 𝜇𝑖 (𝐴𝑖 𝓍) = (1 − 𝐴𝑖𝓍 −𝑏𝑖 𝑝𝑖 ) ≥ 𝛼 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝛼 ∈ [0,1] 𝑥 ≥ 0 or 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝛼 subject to 𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍 ≥ 𝑧0 − (1 − 𝛼)𝑝0 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 ≥ 𝑏𝑖 + (1 − 𝛼)𝑝𝑖 . , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝜆 ∈ [0,1] 4. modified simplex approach development dantzig invented the simplex approach in 1947. the simplex technique is a systematic approach that involves moving from one basic variable solution (on the vertex) to another in a predefined order in order to elicit the value of the objective function. this leaping from vertex to vertex operation is repeated. if the goal function improves with each leap, no basis will ever be duplicated, and there will be no need to return to the vertex because it has already been covered. the algorithm must lead to the optimum vertex in a finite number of steps since the number of vertices is finite. (6) (5) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 246 for addressing linear programming problems, the simplex method is an iterative (step-by-step) approach. it entails the following: having a fundamental workable solution to constraint equations. ii) determine whether it is the best option. iii) using a set of criteria to improve the initial trial solution and continuing the procedure until an ideal solution is found. for more details. 4.1. modified simplex approach to solve quadratic fractional programming problem this section deals with the solution of the quadratic fractional programming problem developed by [17], which the solution procedure has some similarity. this technology can be used to high-speed computing with success. this strategy can be used if the problem's constraints are linear functions. i.e., the issue is of the following existence: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑧 (𝑜𝑟 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝑧) = (𝑐1 𝑇𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) (𝑒1 𝑇𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿) subject to: 𝐴𝑥 ( ≤ ≥ = ) 𝑏 𝑥 ≥ 0 𝐴 is 𝑚 × 𝑛 matrix; 𝑥, 𝑐1, 𝑐1, 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 are 𝑛 × 1 column vectors; 𝑏 is 𝑚 × 1 column vectors; 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛿 are 𝛾 scalars and prime (𝑇) denoted the transpose of the vector. where 𝑧1 = (𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) 𝑧2 = (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿) and supposed 𝑧1 1 = (𝑐1 𝑇𝑥 + 𝛼) 𝑧1 2 = (𝑐2 𝑇𝑥 + 𝛽) 𝑧2 1 = (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾) 𝑧2 2 = (𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿) to apply simplex process, first ∆𝑗1 and ∆𝑗2need to be found from the coefficients of the first linear vector and second linear vector of objective function respectively, by using the following formula: ∆𝑖𝑗 = 𝑐𝑖𝑗 − 𝑐𝐵𝑖 𝑥𝑖𝑗 , 𝑖 = 1, 2. 𝑗 = 1, 2, … , 𝑚 + 𝑛 𝑧1 = 𝑧1 (1)𝑧1 (2) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 247 𝑧2 = 𝑧2 (1)𝑧2 (2) 𝑧 = 𝑧1/𝑧2 the values of objective functions in this approach the formula is defined to find ∆𝑗 from ∆𝜉1𝑗 , ∆𝜉2𝑗 , 𝑧1, 𝑧2 following: ∆𝑗 = 𝑧1∆𝜉1𝑗 + 𝑧2∆𝜉2𝑗. 5. modify symmetric fuzzy approach (msfa) to solve quadratic fractional programming problems our modified approach depends on the adopted "fuzzy" version of formula (4) is: find 𝑥 such that (𝑐1 𝑇𝑥+𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇𝑥+𝛽) (𝑒1 𝑇𝑥+𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇+𝛿) ≳ (𝑤1)(𝑤2) (𝑤3)(𝑤4) 𝐴𝑥 ≲ 𝑏 𝑥 ≧ 0 here 𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑒1and 𝑒2 are the vector of coefficients of numerator and denominator respectively of the ratio of the goal function, 𝑏 denoted as a vector of constraints, and 𝐴 is the factor of matrix. the sign " ≲" indicate the fuzzified type of " ≦ " and read out "basically smaller than or commensurate to". note that (7) is wholly symmetric with observance to goal function and constraints, to solve the above problem, first choose an appropriate membership function for each of the fuzzy inequality of (7). in particular, let 𝑓0 denote the membership function for objective function and 𝑓𝑖 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 denote the membership function for constraint, let 𝑝0 and 𝑝𝑖 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 be the permissible tolerances for objective function and constraint and let 𝑓0 and 𝑓𝑖 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 be a continuous and nondecreasing linear membership which is explained below: we have two cases that include only for 𝑓0: first case if (𝑤3)(𝑤4) > (𝑤1)(𝑤2) 𝑓0(𝑐 𝑇 𝓍) = { 1 1−(((𝑤1)(𝑤2)−(𝑤3)(𝑤4)) −((𝑐1 𝑇𝑥+𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇𝑥+𝛽)−(𝑒1 𝑇𝑥+𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇+𝛿))) 𝑝0 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ((𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) − (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿)) > ((𝑤1)(𝑤2) − (𝑤3)(𝑤4 )) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ((𝑤1)(𝑤2) − (𝑤3)(𝑤4)) − 𝑝0 ≤ ((𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) − (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿)) ≤ ((𝑤1 )(𝑤2) − (𝑤3)(𝑤4)) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ((𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) − (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿)) < ((𝑤1)(𝑤2) − (𝑤3)(𝑤4)) − 𝑝0 with 𝑓𝑖 (𝐴𝑖 𝓍) = { 1 1−(𝐴𝑖𝓍 −𝑏𝑖) 𝑝𝑖 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 < 𝑏𝑖 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑏𝑖 ≤ 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 ≤ 𝑏𝑖 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 > 𝑏𝑖 + 𝑝𝑖 +𝑝𝑖 , i = 1, … , m now, in order to solve the problem we dentify the fuzzy decision as following approach: the crisp linear programming denoted by (𝐿𝑃)(𝑓,𝜆) is: in case (𝑤3)(𝑤4) > (𝑤1)(𝑤2) we have: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜆 subject to, (7) (9) (8) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 248 𝑓0(𝑐 𝑇 𝓍) = ( 1−(((𝑤1)(𝑤2)−(𝑤3)(𝑤4)) −((𝑐1 𝑇𝑥+𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇𝑥+𝛽)−(𝑒1 𝑇𝑥+𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇+𝛿))) 𝑝0 ) ≥ 𝜆 𝑓𝑖 (𝐴𝑖 𝓍) = ( 1−(𝐴𝑖𝓍 −𝑏𝑖) 𝑝𝑖 ) ≥ 𝜆 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝜆 ∈ [0,1] 𝑥 ≥ 0 or 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜆 subject to, ((𝑤1)(𝑤2) − (𝑤3)(𝑤4)) ≤ 1 − 𝜆𝑝0 − ((𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) − (𝑒1 𝑇𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿)) ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑘 𝑥𝑘 𝑛 𝑖=1 ≤ 𝑏𝑘 + 1 − 𝜆(𝑝𝑘 ) , 𝑘 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝜆, 𝑥𝑘 ≥ 0 , 𝑘 = 1, … , 𝑚. second case if (𝑤3)(𝑤4) < (𝑤1)(𝑤2) 𝑓0(𝑐 𝑇 𝓍) = { 1 1−(((𝑤3)(𝑤4)−(𝑤1)(𝑤2)) −((𝑐1 𝑇𝑥+𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇𝑥+𝛽)−(𝑒1 𝑇𝑥+𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇+𝛿))) 𝑝0 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ((𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) − (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿)) > ((𝑤3)(𝑤4) − (𝑤1 )(𝑤2)) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ((𝑤3)(𝑤4) − (𝑤1 )(𝑤2)) −𝑝0 ≤ ((𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) − (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿)) ≤ ((𝑤3)(𝑤4) − (𝑤1)(𝑤2)) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 ((𝑐1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛼)(𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛽) − (𝑒1 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛾)(𝑒2 𝑇 + 𝛿)) < ((𝑤3)(𝑤4) − (𝑤1)(𝑤2)) − 𝑝0 with 𝑓𝑖 (𝐴𝑖 𝓍) = { 1 1−(𝐴𝑖𝓍 −𝑏𝑖) 𝑝𝑖 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 < 𝑏𝑖 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑏𝑖 ≤ 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 ≤ 𝑏𝑖 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 > 𝑏𝑖 + 𝑝𝑖 +𝑝𝑖 , i = 1, … , m now, in order to solve the problem we identify the fuzzy decision as following approach: the crisp linear programming denoted by (𝐿𝑃)(𝑓,𝜆) is: in case (𝑤3)(𝑤4) < (𝑤1)(𝑤2) we have: 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜆 subject to, 𝑓0(𝑐 𝑇 𝓍) = ( 1−(((𝑤3)(𝑤4)−(𝑤1)(𝑤2))−((𝑐1 𝑇𝓍+𝛽)−(𝑐2 𝑇𝑥+𝛿))) 𝑝0 ) ≥ 𝜆 𝑓𝑖 (𝐴𝑖 𝓍) = ( 1−(𝐴𝑖𝓍 −𝑏𝑖) 𝑝𝑖 ) ≥ 𝜆 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝜆 ∈ [0,1] , 𝑥 ≥ 0 or (10) (11) (12) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 249 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜆 subject to, ((𝑤3)(𝑤4) − (𝑤1)(𝑤2)) ≤ 1 − 𝜆𝑝0 − ((𝑐1 𝑇𝓍 + 𝛽) − (𝑐2 𝑇 𝑥 + 𝛿)) ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑘 𝑥𝑘 𝑛 𝑖=1 ≤ 𝑏𝑘 + 1 − 𝜆(𝑝𝑘 ) , 𝑘 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝜆, 𝑥𝑘 ≥ 0 , 𝑘 = 1, … , 𝑚. 𝑤1𝑤2 and 𝑤3𝑤4 are the values of numerator and denominator of objective function respectively, and 𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍 are 𝑛 × 1 column vectors for 𝑗 = 1,2 by using simplex algorithm, we can solve problem (10 or 13), the optimum result to (10 or 13) is the optimal solution as well to (7) and as well to (4). theorem 5.1: in problem (7), let the membership functions 𝑓𝑖 : ℝ → [0,1], (𝑖 = 0, … , 𝑚), be continuous and nondecreasing. then the fuzzy solution of (7) is assumed by the parametric solution of the parametric fractional linear programming problem. 𝐏𝐫𝐨𝐨𝐟. we have to solve the following problem to obtain the solution of (7). (𝐿𝑃)(𝑓,𝜆) 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜆 subject to 𝑓0(𝑐 𝑇 𝓍) ≥ 𝜆 𝑓𝑖 (𝐴𝑖 𝓍) ≥ 𝜆 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝜆 ∈ [0,1] where 𝑓0(𝑐 𝑇 𝓍) = inf (𝑓0𝑗 (𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍) ) and 𝑓i(𝐴𝑖 𝓍) = inf (𝑓ij(𝐴𝑖𝑗 𝓍) ) , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚. but 𝑓ij is nondecreasing and continuous function, given that 𝑓𝑖𝑗 −1 exist, and 𝑓0𝑗 (𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍) ≥ 𝜆 ⇒ 𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍 ≥ 𝑓0𝑗 −1(𝜆) with 𝑓ij(𝐴𝑖𝑗 𝓍) ≥ 𝜆 ⇒ 𝐴𝑖𝑗 𝓍 ≥ 𝑓𝑖𝑗 −1(𝜆). therefore, the problem (𝐿𝑃)(𝑓,𝜆) can be written as 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜆 subject to 𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍 ≥ 𝑓0𝑗 −1(𝜆) 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 ≥ 𝑓𝑖𝑗 −1(𝜆). , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝜆 ∈ [0,1] which is equivalent to (6) 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝛼 subject to 𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍 ≥ 𝑧0 − (1 − 𝛼)𝑝0 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 ≥ 𝑏𝑖 + (1 − 𝛼)𝑝𝑖 . , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝛼 ∈ [0,1] thus, the fuzzy linear programming (10 or 13) can be solved by the (crisp) linear programming 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝛼 subject to (13) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 250 𝑐𝑗 𝑇 𝓍 ≥ 𝑧0 − (1 − 𝛼)𝑝0 𝐴𝑖 𝓍 ≥ 𝑏𝑖 + (1 − 𝛼)𝑝𝑖 . , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝛼 ∈ [0,1] which is the same as problem (6) with 𝜆 = 𝛼 . remark 5.1 if the problem (7) has fuzzy as well as crisp constraints, then in the alike (crisp) linear fractional programming problem, the original crisp constraints will not have any modification as for them the tolerances are nil. 6. algorithm to solve qfpp by using msfa to find the result of optimal solution for the qfpp of formulation (4), a procedure is given as below: step one: convert the main problem to the fuzzy version as formula 7 step two: find the value of 𝑝0 and 𝑝𝑖 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 which are the permissible tolerances for objective function and constraint by using formula (8, 11) and (9, 12), respectively. step three: construct the crisp linear programming (𝐿𝑃)(𝑓,𝜆) by using formula (10, 13) step four: optimize step 3 by using simplex algorithm. 7. an illustrative numerical example and results: in this section, we solve an example through msfa and compared with modified simplex approach. example: maximize z = (4𝑥1+6𝑥2−2)(2𝑥1+3𝑥2+1) (6𝑥1+9𝑥2+3) 2 subject to: 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≤ 2 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0 step one: the fuzzy version of problem is: find 𝑥 such that: (4𝑥1+6𝑥2−2)(2𝑥1+3𝑥2+1) (6𝑥1+9𝑥2+3)(6𝑥1+9𝑥2+3) ≳ (𝑤1)(𝑤2) (𝑤3)(𝑤4) 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≲ 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≲ 5 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≧ 0 step two: find the value of 𝑝0 and 𝑝𝑖 , 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚 which are the permissible tolerances for objective function and constraint. firstly, obtain the value of (𝑤1), (𝑤2), (𝑤3) and (𝑤4) by simplex algorithm as follows: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = (4𝑥1 + 6𝑥2 − 2) subject to: 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≤ 2 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0 optimal solution: 𝑥1 = 0.2, 𝑥2 = 1.6 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = 8.4 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = (2𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 + 1) subject to: 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≤ 2 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0 optimal solution: 𝑥1 = 0.2, 𝑥2 = 1.6 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = 6,2 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 251 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = (6𝑥1 + 9𝑥2 + 3) subject to: 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≤ 2 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0 optimal solution: 𝑥1 = 0.2, 𝑥2 = 1.6 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = 18.6 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = (6𝑥1 + 9𝑥2 + 3) subject to: 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≤ 2 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0 optimal solution: 𝑥1 = 0.2, 𝑥2 = 1.6 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑤1 = 18.6 now, find 𝑝0 by using case 1 at decision variable 𝑥1 = 0.2, 𝑥2 = 1.6 since (𝑤3)(𝑤4) > (𝑤1)(𝑤2), so can get it as follow: ( 1 − ((18.6)(18.6)) − (8.6)(6.2)) − ((4𝑥1 + 6𝑥2 − 2)(2𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 + 1) − (6𝑥1 + 9𝑥2 + 3)(6𝑥1 + 9𝑥2 + 3)) 𝑝0 ) ≥ 𝜆 → 𝑝0 ≥ 2 now, find 𝑝1 by using formula (9) at decision variable 𝑥1 = 0.2, 𝑥2 = 1.6 as follow: ( 1 − ( (𝑥1 + 3𝑥2) − 5) 𝑝1 ) ≥ 𝜆 → 𝑝1 ≥ 2 for 𝑝2 by using formula (9) at decision variable 𝑥1 = 0.2, 𝑥2 = 1.6 as follow: ( 1 − ( 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2) − 5) 𝑝2 ) ≥ 𝜆 → 𝑝2 ≥ 2 step three: construct the crisp linear programming (𝐿𝑃)(𝑓,𝜆) by using formula (10,13) 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝜆 subject to, 2𝜆 − 6𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 30.6 2𝜆 + 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 6 2𝜆 + 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≤ 3 𝜆, 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0 step four: optimize crisp linear programming (𝐿𝑃)(𝑓,𝜆) by using simplex algorithm, found that the decision variable is 𝒙𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟐, 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔 and 𝑴𝒂𝒙. 𝒁 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 in additional, will solve the such numerical example by computational procedure of quadratic fractional algorithm introduced by [10], section 4.1 to compare between two methods (msfa) and (modified simplex approach). now, maximize z = (4𝑥1+6𝑥2−2)(2𝑥1+3𝑥2+1) (6𝑥1+9𝑥2+3) 2 subject to: 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 ≤ 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ≤ 2 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≥ 0 introduce the slack variables s1 ≥ 0 and s2 ≥ 0 the problem in the standard form becomes: 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑊 = (4𝑥1+6𝑥2−2)(2𝑥1+3𝑥2+1) (6𝑥1+9𝑥2+3)(6𝑥1+9𝑥2+3) = 𝑧 (1)𝑧(2) 𝑧 (3)𝑧(4) subject to: ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 252 𝑥1 + 3𝑥2 + s1 = 5 2𝑥1 + 𝑥2+s2 = 2 𝑥1, 𝑥2, s1, s2 ≥ 0 for starting table, we will find ∆1 = −72, ∆2 = −108, ∆3 = 0, ∆4 = 0. we choose min ∆𝑗 (∆2 in this case). thus, z can be increased by taking x2 in the basis. the method to determine the leaving variables and also the new value of xij, xb, ∆1, ∆2, ∆3 and ∆4 corresponding to improved solution will be the same as for ordinary simplex method. thus, s1 will be the departing variable. starting table c1b 4 6 0 0 c2b 2 3 0 0 c1b 6 9 0 0 c2b 6 9 0 0 b c1b c2b c1b c2b xb x1 x2 s1 s2 min ( xb x1 ) s1 0 0 0 0 5 1 3 1 0 1.6 s2 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 0 1 2 𝑧1 (1) = c1bxb = −2 δk1 1𝑗 -4 -6 0 0 𝑧1 (2) = c2bxb = 1 δk1 2𝑗 -2 -3 0 0 𝑧2 (1) = 𝐶1bxb = 3 δk2 1𝑗 -6 -9 0 0 𝑧2 (2) = 𝐶2bxb = 3 δk2 2𝑗 -6 -9 0 0 𝑧1 = 𝑧1 (1)𝑧1 (2) = −2 ∆𝜉1𝑗 -8 -12 0 0 𝑧2 = 𝑧2 (1)𝑧2 (2) = 9 ∆𝜉2𝑗 0 0 0 0 𝑧 = 𝑧1 𝑧2 = −0.222 ∆𝑗 -72 -108 0 0 first iteration table introducing x2 and dropping s1, we get the following table: c1b 4 6 0 0 c2b 2 3 0 0 c1b 6 9 0 0 c2b 6 9 0 0 b c1b c2b c1b c2b xb x1 x2 s1 s2 min ( xb x1 ) x2 9 9 6 3 5/3 1/3 1 1/3 0 5 s2 0 0 0 0 0.33 1.66 0 -0.33 1 1.19 𝑧1 (1) = c1bxb = 8 δk1 1𝑗 -2 0 2 0 𝑧1 (2) = c2bxb = 6 δk1 2𝑗 -1 0 1 0 𝑧2 (1) = 𝐶1bxb = 18 δk2 1𝑗 -3 0 3 0 𝑧2 (2) = 𝐶2bxb = 18 δk2 2𝑗 -3 0 3 0 𝑧1 = 𝑧1 (1)𝑧1 (2) = 48 ∆𝜉1𝑗 -4 0 4 0 𝑧2 = 𝑧2 (1)𝑧2 (2) = 324 ∆𝜉2𝑗 0 0 0 0 ∆𝑗 -1296 0 1296 0 second iteration table introducing x1 and dropping s2, we get the following table: c1b 4 6 0 0 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 253 c2b 2 3 0 0 c1b 6 9 0 0 c2b 6 9 0 0 b c1b c2b c1b c2b xb x1 x2 s1 s2 min ( xb x1 ) x2 9 9 6 3 1.6 0 1 0.39 -0.2 x1 6 6 4 2 0.2 1 0 -1.19 0.602 𝑧1 (1) = c1bxb = 8.4 δk1 1𝑗 0 0 1.34 2 𝑧1 (2) = c2bxb = 6.2 δk1 2𝑗 0 0 0.67 0.6 𝑧2 (1) = 𝐶1bxb =18.6 δk2 1𝑗 0 0 2.01 1.8 𝑧2 (2) = 𝐶2bxb =18.6 δk2 2𝑗 0 0 2.01 1.8 𝑧1 = 𝑧1 (1)𝑧1 (2) = 52.08 ∆𝜉1𝑗 0 0 2.68 2.4 𝑧2 = 𝑧2 (1)𝑧2 (2) =345.95 ∆𝜉2𝑗 0 0 0 0 𝑧 = 𝑧1 𝑧2 =0.15 ∆𝑗 0 0 926342 83020 since all ∆𝑗 ≥ 0 we have reached the optimal solution: 𝐗𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟐, 𝐗𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔, 𝐒𝟏 = 𝟎, 𝐒𝟐 = 𝟎, 𝑴𝒂𝒙. 𝑾 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 . the fuzzy and unfuzzy results are shown in the following: table 1the result of numerical example solved in two methods unfuzzy [modified simplex approach] and fuzzy [msfa] unfuzzy (modified simplex approach) fuzzy (msfa) 𝑥1 = 0.2 𝑥2 = 1.6 𝑊 = 0.15 𝑥1 = 0.2 𝑥2 = 1.6 𝑊 = 0.15 constraints: 1 5 1 6 2 2 2 3 we conclude from the solution we have same profit under regard all constraints. 8. conclusion this paper used modify symmetric fuzzy approach. after converting to crisp linear programming, the maximum value of qfpp was discovered and compared to the modified simplex technique. the values of the objective function are used to compare these techniques, the study found that 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑧 resulted of those two methods are same but modify symmetric fuzzy solve the problem directly without iteration while modified simplex approach take two iterations. therefore, we can solve special case of qfpp by these two methods under our approach and algorithm. consequently, reliable results have been found. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 254 references 1. zadeh, l.a., fuzzy sets, in fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic, and fuzzy systems: selected papers by lotfi a zadeh. world scientific, 1996, 394-432. 2. bellman, r.e.; l.a. zadeh, decision-making in a fuzzy environment. management science, 1970, 17, 4, 141-164. 3. tanaka, h., t. okuda,; k. asai, fuzzy mathematical programming. transactions of the society of instrument and control engineers, 1973, 9, 5, 607-613. 4. biswas, a.; k. bose. fuzzy goal programming approach for quadratic fractional bilevel programming. in proceedings of the international conference on scientific computing (csc). 2011. citeseer. 5. kassa, s.m.; t.h. tsegay, an iterative method for tri-level quadratic fractional programming problems using fuzzy goal programming approach. journal of industrial engineering international, 2018, 14, 2, 255-264. 6. rakshit, m.; m.s. kumar, a bilevel quadratic–quadratic fractional programming through fuzzy goal programming approach. international journal of mathematics trends and technology (ijmtt), 2016, 38, 3, 130-137. 7. abdulrahim, b.k.; s.o. abdulla, a moqfpp method for solving quadratic fractional programming under fuzzy environment, jug ,2019, 6, 1, 114-122. 8. kausar, h., a.y. adhami,; a. rahman, quadratic fractional bi-level fuzzy probabilistic programming problem when bi follows exponential distribution. reliability: theory & applications, 2021, 16, 2, 289-300 9. saxena, p.; r. jain, duality for a nonlinear fractional programming under fuzzy environment with parabolic concave membership functions. international journal of advanced and applied sciences, 2017, 4, 1, 131-136. 10. nejmaddin a. suleiman; maher a. nawkhass, solving quadratic fractional programming problem. international journal of applied mathematics research, 2013, 2, 2, 303-309. 11. hamadameen, a., a novel technique for solving multiobjective fuzzy linear programming problems. aro-the scientific journal of koya university, 2017, 5, 1, 1-8. 12. zimmermann, h.-j., description and optimization of fuzzy systems. international journal of general system, 1975, 2, 1, 209-215. 13. zimmermann, h.-j., fuzzy set theory—and its applications. 2011: springer science & business media. 14. sharma, s., nonlinear and dynamic programming. kedar nath ram nath and co., meerut, india, 1980, 547. 15. nejmaddin a. suleiman; maher a. nawkhass, symmetric fuzzy approach to solve complementary multi-objective linear fractional programming problem. international journal of nonlinear analysis and applications, 2022: 1-6. 16. antoniou, a. and w.-s. lu, practical optimization. 2007: springer. 17.maher a. nawkhass; nejmaddin a. suleiman; a new modified simplex method to solve quadratic fractional programming problem and compared it to a traditional simplex method by using pseudoaffinity of quadratic fractional functions. applied mathematical sciences, 2013, 7, 76, 3749-3764. microsoft word 156-166   156  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       design the modified multi practical swarm optimization to enhance fraud detection zainab khamees muter abeer tariq molood     article history: received 13 november 2019, accepted 5 january2020, published in april 2020. abstract financial fraud remains an ever-increasing problem in the financial industry with numerous consequences. the detection of fraudulent online transactions via credit cards has always been done using data mining (dm) techniques. however, fraud detection on credit card transactions (ccts), which on its own, is a dm problem, has become a serious challenge because of two major reasons, (i) the frequent changes in the pattern of normal and fraudulent online activities, and (ii) the skewed nature of credit card fraud datasets. the detection of fraudulent ccts mainly depends on the data sampling approach. this paper proposes a combined svmmpsommpso technique for credit card fraud detection. the dataset of ccts which consists of 284,807 transactions performed by european cardholders in 2013 was used in this study. the proposed technique was applied to both the raw dataset and the pre-processed dataset. the performance of these techniques is evaluated based on accuracy, and the fastest time it takes to detect fraud. this paper, proposed a technique that uses svm, mpso and mmpso to form an ensemble for the detection of credit card fraud. keywords: fraud detection, svm, mmpso, financial fraud. 1. introduction fraud is defined as unlawful activities or behaviors encountered in industrial & commercial organizations like insurance companies, banks, and mobile phone companies. in the credit card companies, fraud is a serious issue and the rate of its increase demands effective methods for its early prevention and detection [1]. financial fraud detection using the conventional internal audit technique is a complicated task which in some cases, is even an impossible venture [2]. this is because, first, most auditors may not be equipped with the current knowledge of accounting fraud characteristics, and secondly, accounting data manipulation is not done always, hence, most auditors may not have the required expertise to prevent or detect such manipulations. another issue is related to the management officers of banks, such as the chief financial officer (cfo), accountants, and financial managers. these people always try to intentionally confuse or deceive the auditors [3]. since they are aware of the limitations of an audit, they may decide that the standard or traditional auditing techniques are not enough for fraud detection. with these ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index 110032@uotechnology.edu.iqzooz_kh1990@yahoo.com  doi: 10.30526/33.2.2425 department of computer science, university of technology/baghdad   157  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 financial auditing limitations, it becomes necessary to device automatic data analysis tools and procedures that will ensure perfect and efficient detection of financial statements’ falsification. the security of information and communication systems are ensured by using effective fraud detection systems (fds) which are similar to other measures, such as firewalls, antivirus software, and access control schemes. fds is conventionally categorized into signature-based, anomaly-based, and hybrid detection systems [4]. for the signature-based detection (sbd) system, the pattern of the network traffic or application data is taken to be malicious, but in the anomaly-based detection (abd) systems, network activities are matched against a pre-defined normal pattern. regarding hybrid fraud detection systems, they are a combination of sbd and abd systems. there are advantages and challenges of each technique; some of the advantages of abd systems over the other systems include: (i) ability to detect insider attacks (for instance, when a stolen account is being used to perform transactions beyond the normal profile of the legal owner of the account, the system will generate alarm), (ii) ability to detect invasions based on customized profiles (making it difficult to launch an attack without triggering the alarm), and (iii) ability to detect previously unknown attacks. the fds monitors the network for anomalous activities instead of the attacks. the role of credit cards in today's economy is significant as it has become an integral part of peoples’ daily lives. despite the huge benefits of using credit cards when used responsibly, fraudulent activities on such cards can cause significant financial damages. several methods of preventing the proliferation of card fraud have been proposed and among all, fraud detection remains the most explored aspect [6]. credit card frauds are prevented using several authorization techniques, such as credit card number, signatures, cardholder's address, identification number, etc. meanwhile, these methods cannot effectively prevent credit card fraud; thus, fraud detection techniques equipped with the capability to analyze data in a bid to detect and prevent credit card-related fraud must be developed and used [7]. pattern recognition remains the commonest approach to credit card fraud detection; it involves an automatic analysis of the users’ spending pattern as the spending pattern of a user normally contains information related to transaction amount, item category, day of the week, customer address, and elapsed time since last purchase. anomaly-based detection systems can depend on classification as a technique to learn a set of training data in order to be capable of efficiently classifying a test dataset into normal or anomalous categories. this study proposes the utilization of svm learning for ccts detection; furthermore, the optimization of the svm parameters using a modified multi-practical swarm optimization algorithm (mmpso) is also projected in this study. this mmpso approach provides chaos optimization, as well as a processing mechanism and a premature judgment. 2. related work johannes et al (2016) used long short-term memory (lstm) networks to integrate transaction sequences in order to describe the issue of fraud detection as a sequence classification task. they also incorporated state-of-the-art aggregation techniques for features and reported the outcomes using traditional metrics for retrieval. a comparison with a baseline random forest (rf) classification showed that the lstm increased the precision of detection on offline transactions when the cardholder is physically present at a merchant. both sequential and non-sequential learning methods benefit greatly from aggregation strategies for manual features. nuno et al. (2017) explored the combination of manual and automatic classifications to provide insights into the entire process of growth and compared distinct techniques of machine learning. the study can assist scientists and professionals in designing and executing fraud detection or comparable   158  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 issues based on information mining technologies. the proposed solution enhanced the manual revision process not only with an automatic scheme but also with insights to the fraud analysts, resulting in a superior overall result. han & cho (2005) proposed an evolutionary neural network-based intrusion detection system (ids) for the determination of the weights and structure of call sequences, while a hybrid flexible neural tree-based ids was developed by chen, abraham, & yang (2007); this system combined three algorithms which are evolutionary algorithm, flexible neural tree, and pso. among the ann-based ids, hybrid ann has attracted the most attention; however, the performance of a hybrid ids is dependent on the way that the hybrid ann is constructed. 3. methods & algorithms  support vector machine (svm) svm is one of the commonest algorithms for classification tasks due to its strong theoretical basis [8]. the ability to process highly dimensional dataset, as well as its generalization performance. an overview of svm learning is provided in this section, beginning with linear svms, then, to their application in non-linear cases. as a statistical learning approach, svm has been applied in several fields. its first introduction was made by cortes & vapnik [9]. and then, has been successfully applied in several classification problems. svms are closely related to neural networks (nn); since svms depend on kernel functions, they are normally considered an alternative approach to the development of nn classifiers. svms are supervised machine learning frameworks that have found application in one-class setting anomaly detection [9]. in such techniques, one-class learning techniques are used to train svm in the region that contains the training datasets [8]. svm classification frameworks are based on the concept of mapping a hyperplane as the decision plane which maximizes the distance between the positive and negative modes. the robustness of svms is attributed to their kernel representation and margin optimization. svm can learn complex regions using rbf kernel. svms are mainly attractive owing to the ease of their training phase; they are not prone to local optimal as in nn. svms perform extremely well in high dimensional datasets and the balance between error and classifier complexity can be explicitly regulated. the major problem of svm is the need to find the best kernel function to apply. in a high dimensional feature space, the dot product of projections of 2 data points is represented by the kernel function. the classification function in svms is a hyper-plane that demarcates the different data classes. its basic concept requires the demonstration of the smallest hypersphere in the kernel space with all the training features, followed by the determination of the side of the hypersphere where the test case lies. test cases lying on the outer side of the hypersphere are considered suspicious. a special type of linear model called the maximum margin hyperplane (mmh) is found by the algorithm; the mmh correctly classifies all the training cases by inserting a hyperplane that separates them into correct classes. the mmh provides the maximum separation between the classes. the mmh is expressed as follows: 𝒎𝒂𝒈𝒊𝒏 𝒂𝒓𝒈𝒙∈𝑫 𝒅 𝒙 𝒂𝒓𝒈𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒙∈𝑫 |𝒙 𝒘 𝒃 ∑ 𝒘𝒊 𝟐𝒅 𝒊 𝟏 𝟏   159  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 where x represents the vector point, w represents the weight (also a vector). for a correct data separation [a] must always be > 0. from all the possible hyperplanes, the one with the largest hyperplane distance is selected by the svm. with good training data, every test vector should be located within a radius r from the training vector. however, if the farthest possible hyperplane from the data is selected [10]. this anticipated hyperplane with the maximum margin will also divide the lines between the nearest points on the convex hull of the two datasets. hence, [a], [b] & [c] will be derived. being that x is on the hyperplane, the distance of the hyperplane with the closest point to the origin can be determined by maximizing the x. the closest instances to the mmh are referred to as the support vectors (sv). each class has at least one sv but often, there are more. for each test case in the detection of credit card fraud, the aim is to determine the location of the test instance within the learned region. test instances that fall within the learned region are considered normal while those outside the learned region are considered anomalous. this model achieved higher detection accuracy compared to other algorithms. it is time-efficient and has generalization ability. when calculating the svm, it is obvious that the aim is to ensure the correct classification of all the data. for mathematical calculations: 𝐴 𝑖𝑓 𝑌 1;  𝐵 𝑖𝑓 𝑌 1; 𝑤𝑥 𝑏 1  𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑖, 𝑌 𝑤 𝑏 1 the scenario is similar to the other side points. the total distance from the separating hyper plane to the closest points is derived by solving and subtracting the two distances, maximum margin = m = 2 / ||w||. figure 1. representation of hyper planes.  multi-swarm pso (mpso) multi-swarm concepts are mainly based on the inter-relationship between natural groups during a search for the solution to a common problem. several multi-swarm-inspired techniques have been presented based on inspiration from natural concepts. this work suggests a novel multi-swarm interaction scheme based on the inspiration from human social behavior (inspired by the way a group of people (clan) interact with their leaders). in the suggested approach, there are several swarms known as clans and each clan is made up of numerous solutions that are represented by the members of the clan. each clan's greatest member is the leader of the clan and has power over its clan members as to when to move and where to move [11,12].   160  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020   in each generation, the clan leaders occasionally assemble in a room to elect an overall best leader (obl) whose new-found position will be used to adjust that of the other leaders using eqs. 2, 3, & 4. 𝑦 𝑡 1 𝑦𝑖 𝑡 𝑖𝑓 𝑓 𝑥 𝑡 1 𝑓 𝑦 𝑡 𝑥𝑖 𝑡 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑓 𝑥 𝑡 1 𝑓 𝑦 𝑡 2 𝑉 𝑡 1 𝑉 𝑡 𝐶 𝑟 𝑡 𝑦 𝑡 𝑥 𝑡 𝐶 𝑟 𝑡 ŷ 𝑡 𝑥 𝑡 (3) where ˆyij is the best position, found by the neighborhood of particle i in dimension j. the local best particle position, yˆi, i.e. the best position found in the neighborhood ni, is defined as: ŷ 𝑡 1 є 𝑁 │𝑓 ŷ 𝑡 1 min 𝑓 𝑥 , ɐ𝑥 є 𝑁 (4) this knowledge-sharing behavior ensures a balanced exploration stage with the exploitation stage of the pso. the model of the proposed meeting room approach (mra) allows that each clan performs only one pso search (inclusive of velocity and position updating) during the generation of a new local population. upon the emergence of a new generation, a clan leader is chosen for each clan and sent to the common meeting room where the overall best leader (global best) will be chosen from the local clan leaders. the position of the newly-elected overall best leader is shared with the rest of the normal leaders as follows: 𝑤 𝑥 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 (5) 𝑣 𝑡 1 𝑤 𝑥𝑣 𝑡 𝑟𝑐 𝑃 𝑃 𝑡 (6) 𝑥 𝑡 1 𝑥 𝑡 𝑣 𝑡 (7) where 𝐿𝑛 is the normal clan leaders and 𝐿𝑔 is the overall best leader. 𝑥𝑖𝐿 is the normal leaders’ current position, while 𝑣𝑖 𝐿𝑛 is the normal leaders’ velocity. 𝑤𝐿𝑔 is the inertia weight of the overall best leader and 𝑤𝐿𝑛 is the inertia weight of the normal leaders. at the end of each generation, there is a change in the position of the swarm members; hence, a new leader will be elected for each swarm or should be updated in the meeting room. the exploration search of the algorithm is controlled by the new inertia equation in the meeting room. the evaluation of the performance of mpso showed that it can solve various numerical problems. however, its dependence on uniform distribution equations for initialization can make it initiate from inappropriate positions; in this situation, the particles can search wrong search spaces, making the algorithm susceptible to local optima. in this study, the significant contribution is the initialization of the mpso particles in each swarm using a popular chaotic map (logistic map); this is aimed at enhancing the particles’ starting positions and improving the convergence performance of the framework [13]. the figure 2. shows the mpso-svm algorithm: output: best position [x, y]; input: learning dataset;   161  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 set number of swarms (s); set number of particles in swarms (p); set number of generations (g); initialize particles with random positions (pp); initialize swarm best fitness (sbf); initialize swarm best position (sbp); initialize leader best fitness (lbf); initialize leader best position (lbp); initialize worst-swarms (ws); while gcount i generation do for swarm in swarms do for particle in swarm.particles do particle.fitness (pf) = svm(particle.position); if pf < sbf then sbf = bf; sbp = particle[pp]; end end if sbf < lbf then ibf = sbf; ibp = sbp; end if ws.fitness < swarms.fitness then ws = swarmcurrent ; end end generate new swarm (ns); while true do; if ws in meeting-room ns.fitness i ws.fitness then if meeting-room is full then remove ws from swarms list; end else generate new swarm (ns) end end gcount = gcount + 1 end figure 2. mpso-svm algorithm.  modified mpso (mmpso) multi-swarm optimization was based on the decomposition method which uses the conventional mathematic technique to decompose the mpso into several single objective problems (also known as sub-problems to be solved). each sub-problem represented a multi  162  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 objective weight vector, and the optimal solution to each sub-problem was a pareto solution of the mpso. each sub-problem is optimized by the neighborhood sub-problems with closest weight vector owing to their closeness to the pareto solution on the pareto front. this was achieved by estimating the euclidean distance of the weight vectors, thereby determining the neighborhood problem of the sub-problem. this is the major concept of the multi-objective decomposition evolution strategy. the problem of the mpso algorithm is the performance of the meeting room. the existence of many swarms in the meeting room degrades the learning performance. the proposed solution suggests the use of a new mechanism for the meeting room in order to improve performance. adding and removing swarms from the learning space leads to the execution of many operations as each new swarm needs to start learning from zero. furthermore, adding new swarms to the learning space will not always give a better solution because the new swarm may not offer better fitness. additionally, the new swarm may be removed after one iteration due to the fitness value if it has the worst solution. to improve the effectiveness of the pso algorithm, a number of modifications towards the standard version were introduced. these improvements were on exploring the search space and the way of information collection by the swarm. the essential modification relies on a rebuilt of the velocity vector updating equation to which an additional element was introduced. the modified mpso focused on the mechanism of the meeting room. in the meeting room, the swarms were being tested in every iteration in order to find the worst swarm with the worst fitness. the detected swarm was not removed from the room until a new swarm was generated and added to the learning space. the new swam was compared with the worst swarm in order to find if the new swarm could present better fitness for the learning space. if the new swarm is better than the worst one, a new swarm was added to the space and the worst one was removed, else, the new swarm will be discarded, and another new swarm will be generated. this mechanism was repeated until a better swarm with better fitness was found. this has allow finding the best swarm in less time with higher accuracy because there was no useless swarm added or removed until a better one is found. the mpso-svm algorithm, as shown in figure 3. represents the main steps and modifications that were made to use mmpso with svm for credit card fraud detection. to summarize the concepts and process of mmpso-svm solution, the steps of learning should be described. the proposed solution involved the following steps towards finding the best position for the learning of fraud detection: 1. first, the dataset was loaded to the svm model after reading all the dataset records and selecting 30% of those records for learning purpose. 2. mmpso algorithm was initialized with the specific number of swarms and particles in each swarm. 3. each particle in each swarm was initialized with initial position and speed. 4. now, each swarm run its particles by performing the svm model as fitness function for the particles. 5. the error value was used as the fitness value for the particle; therefore, the particle with the least error value was considered as the best fitness particle. 6. the swarm leader toked the position and the fitness value of the best particle in the clan. 7. the global leader of mpso toked the value of the position and fitness of the best swarm. 8. each swarm was examined to find the worst swarm in the clan. 9. the worst swarm was removed if the mmpso finds a better new swarm.   163  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 10. the fitness value, meeting room size, and the fitness of the new swarm were controlled. 11. the meeting room manages the swarm addition/removal mechanism. figure 3. shows flowchart of the mmpso. 4. results and performance measures: the proposed solution was implemented and developed using the python programming language with a real dataset. using such tools to implement the proposed solution was to ensure getting the best performance and results with real-world data. datasets are an integral part of the field of machine learning. gathering data is one of the hardest tasks, especially when it is related to the financial domain such as credit card fraud. in this study, the dataset comprised of credit card start determine the number of swarms and the number of particles identify the best particle within each swarm as leader by  fitness fun.  global leader selection in meeting room take best position,  fitness value    initialize for each particle: initial position and speed  identify the worst  leader in the meeting  room create better new  swarm by mmpso  output the gbest best solution  end   figure 3. flow chart of mmpso.   164  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 transactions performed by european cardholders within two days in september 2013. the datasets contain 284,807 records and 28 features for each record. this section presents the results of the benchmarking functions usually deployed in evolutionary studies [14]. there are variations in each test function with respect to the number of dimensions (fixed and dynamic) and modality (unimodal and multimodal). the evaluation of the mpso for performance in this study was based on comparison with the standard pso [15]. the proposed solution has been implemented using specific parameters in order to balance the number of swarms, particles, and the amount of processing that is needed to perform the solution in the environment. the mpso-svm parameters are set to number of swarms = 5, number of particles in each swarm = 5, number of generations for learning = 10, amount of learning data = 30% of the overall data, amount of accuracy testing data = 100% of the dataset records, inertia factor = 0.729, cognitive weight = 1.49445, social weight = 1.49445, global weight = 0.3645. 4.1. accuracy the accuracy value represents the number of frauds successfully detected by the detection system over the number of frauds in the dataset; therefore, the higher the accuracy value, the better the detection system. the accuracy of learning was calculated for svm, pso-svm, and mpso-svm algorithms. the results show that the mpso-svm algorithm obtained higher learning accuracy than svm and pso-svm as shown in figure 4. and table 1. pso-svm achieved less accuracy because the algorithm requires a high number of iterations to find the best result and improve the accuracy of svm. 4.2. mean square error (mse) the mse is another comparison parameter used in many literature solutions to compare between optimization algorithms. the mse value was calculated for svm, pso-svm, and mpso-svm as shown in figure 3. and table 1. from the table, the best value of mse was achieved with mpso-svm because of its high accuracy, followed by svm with about 0.5 and pso-svm with about 0.55. 4.3. learning speed it can be noticed that the pso-svm algorithm gave better learning speed than mmpso-svm because there was only one swarm in the learning space; however, the accuracy was worse than that of svm without any improvement as mentioned before. compared with the mpso-svm algorithm, the proposed solution offered better performance, being about 4 sec faster than mpso-svm. the amount of time needed to perform mmpso-svm algorithm was acceptable compared with the accuracy value since accuracy is a very critical part of credit card transactions. so, using the mpso-svm algorithm for fraud detection can efficiently increase the learning accuracy with better performance.   165  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% svm pso‐svm mpso‐svm mmpso‐svm 95.312 94.79 96.42 97.21 5.474 8.78 15.64 11.645 0.49206349 0.5566853 0.04761924 0.03451221 acuraccy time mse figure 4. comparison of the performance of the proposed approach with other techniques. table 1. performance evaluation of the proposed approach. algorithm accuracy (%) time(sec) mse svm 95.31 5.47 0.4920635 pso-svm 94.79 8.78 0.5566853 mpso-svm 96.42 15.65 0.0476192 mmpso-svm 97.21 11.65 0.0345122 5. conclusion in this paper, the modified mpso-svm (mmpso-svm) algorithm was used to predict and classify credit card transactions into fraudulent or normal categories. the data set contains the record of credit card transactions performed by european cardholders within two days in september 2013. there are several conclusions drawn from the performance of the modified hybrid algorithm. the present research investigated a new method of optimizing credit card fraud detection based on multi-swarm particle optimization and svm algorithm to ensure a better detection system. the mpso's performance was validated in terms of accuracy and learning speed and compared with the traditional svm and pso-svm detection systems. the results show that the proposed solution achieved better accuracy with acceptable performance. it outperformed svm and pso-svm in terms of accuracy. the optimization process was executed on the performance of the detection system. using multi-swarm with many particles in the learning space can decrease performance because of the number of processes and learning tasks to be performed on the dataset. in all, the use of this hybrid technique to enhance fraud detection can offer better performance accuracy and enhanced fraud transaction detection.   166  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 references 1. accounting fraud definition and examples retrieved http://www.accountingelite.com/accountingtips/accounting-fraud-definition-and-examplesfreeaccounting-fraud-article. 2. ngai, e.w.t.; hu, y.; wong, y. h.; chen, y.; sun, x. the application of data mining techniques in financial fraud detection: a classification framework and an academic review of literature, decision support system. 2010, doi:10.1016/j.dss.2010.08.006. 3. fanning, k.; cogger, k.; srivastava, r. detection of management fraud: a neural network approach. international journal of intelligent systems in accounting, finance & management.1995, 4, 2, 113– 26. 4. fanning, k.; cogger, k. neural network detection of management fraud using published financial data. international journal of intelligent systems in accounting, finance & management. 1998, 7, 1, 2124. 5. patcha, a.; park, j.m. an overview of anomaly detection techniques: existing solutions and latest technological trends; computer networks. 2007. 6. bolton, r.j.; hand, d.j. statistical fraud detection: a review. statistical science. 2002. 7. awoyemi, j.o.; adetunmbi, a.o.; oluwadare, s.a. credit card fraud detection using machine learning techniques: a comparative analysis. in 2017 international conference on computing networking and informatics (iccni), ieee. 2017, 1-9. 8. chapelle, o.; vapnik, v.; bousquet, o.; mukherjee, s. choosing multiple parameters for support vector machines. machine learning. 2002, 46, 1-3, 131-159 9. shi, y. particle swarm optimization: developments, applications, and resources. in proceedings of the 2001 congress on evolutionary computation (ieee cat. no. 01th8546) ieee. 2002, 1, 81-86. 10. singh, a.; jain, a. adaptive credit card fraud detection techniques based on feature selection method. in advances in computer communication and computational sciences. springer, singapore. 2019, 167-178. 11. singleton, t.w.; singleton, a.j.; bologna, g.j.; lindquist, r.j. fraud auditing and forensic accounting. john wiley & sons. 2006. 12. panigrahi, s.; kundu, a.; sural, s., majumdar, a.k. credit card fraud detection: a fusion approach using dempster–shafer theory and bayesian learning. information fusion. 2009. 13. salih, s.; alsewari, q.a.; al-khateeb, a.b.; zolkipli, m.f. novel multi-swarm approach for balancing exploration and exploitation in particle swarm optimization, in recent trends in data science and soft computing. 2019. 14. jamil, m.; x.s. yang, h.j.d. zepernick. test functions for global optimization: a comprehensive survey, in swarm intell. bio-inspired comput. 2013, https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-405163-8.00008-9. 15. shi, y.; eberhart, r.c. empirical study of particle swarm optimization, evol. comput. 1999, https://doi.org/10.1109/cec.1999.785511. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 355 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license quasi semi and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convexity in non-linear optimization programming abstract the class of quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions are presented in this paper by combining the class of 𝑝-convex functions with the class of quasi semi 𝐸-convex functions and pseudo semi 𝐸-convex functions, respectively. various non-trivial examples are introduced to illustrate the new functions and show their relationships with (𝑝, 𝐸)convex functions recently introduced in the literature. different general properties and characteristics of this class of functions are established. in addition, some optimality properties of generalized non-linear optimization problems are discussed. in this generalized optimization problems, we used, as the objective function, quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex (respectively, strictly quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions), and the constraint set is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set. ams subject classification: 46n10, 47n10, 90c48, 90c90, 49k27 keywords: (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set, (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function, quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function, pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function 1. introduction and preliminaries generalized convexity has drawn the attention of many researchers in recent years due to its vast applications in different areas, especially in optimization and applied sciences (see e.g., [1][16]). one of the well-known generalizations of convex sets and convex functions is the class of so-called 𝐸-convex sets and 𝐸-convex functions introduced by [1] where mapping 𝐸: 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅𝑛 is employed in this type of the generalized convexity. due to some erroneous appeared in youness's first paper, a new class of 𝐸-functions called semi 𝐸-convex functions, is introduced by [2], and its properties is studied [3]. this class also includes quasi-semi 𝐸-convex and pseudo semi 𝐸doi.org/10.30526/36.1. 2928 article history: received 18 july 2022, accepted 31 august 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq revan imad hazim department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al – haitham/ university of baghdadiraq. van.emad1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iqri saba naser majeed department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al – haitham/ university of baghdadiraq. saba.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rivan.emad1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:saba.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq2 mailto:saba.n.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq2 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 356 convex functions. youness motivated other researchers to extend some concepts from convex analysis into 𝐸-convexity and apply this concept to optimization problems (see, [4], [5], [6], and references therein). another important recent generalization of convex sets and functions is 𝑝convex sets [7] and 𝑝-convex functions [8], affecting the actual number 𝑝 ∈ (0,1]. very recently, [9] presented the class of (𝑝, 𝐸 )-convex sets and (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions by combining 𝐸-convex sets (respectively, 𝐸-convex functions) with 𝑝-convex sets (respectively, 𝑝-convex functions). inspired by the above research works and due to the importance of studying non-convex functions close to the convex in some sense, the class of quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions is introduced by combining 𝑝-convex functions with quasi semi 𝐸-convex and pseudo semi 𝐸-convex functions, respectively. these non-convex functions enrich the study of many real-life problems which are non-convex in nature by modeling them as optimization problems that are close to convex problems. the paper is presented as follows. the rest of this section contains preliminary material that makes this work self-contained. in section 2, the definitions of quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions are presented, and various examples and relations related to the new functions with (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions are provided. in section 3, we provide different properties of quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions. section 4 is specified to study some optimality properties of non-linear optimization problems in which the objective function is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex or pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions and the constraint set is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set. in all the definitions and results throughout this paper, let 𝑝 ∈ (0,1] and 𝑅𝑛 is the 𝑛-dimensional euclidean space. assume that 𝐴 is a non-empty subset of 𝑅𝑛, 𝑓: 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑅𝑛 ⟶ 𝑅 be a function, and 𝐸 : 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅𝑛 is a given mapping. let us now recall the concepts related to 𝐸-convex set (respectively, 𝐸-convex function) and 𝑝-convex set and function. definition 1.1. [1], [7] for any 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴, 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ [0,1], and 𝑝 ∈ (0,1] such that 𝑟𝑝 + 𝑠𝑝 = 1. the set 𝐴 is named as 1. 𝐸-convex if 𝑟𝐸(𝑥) + (1 − 𝑟)𝐸(𝑦) ∈ 𝐴. 2. 𝑝-convex if 𝑟𝑥 + 𝑠𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. definition 1.2. [1], [2], [8] for any 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴, 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ [0,1], and 𝑝 ∈ (0,1] such that 𝑟𝑝 + 𝑠𝑝 = 1. the function 𝑓 is named as 1. 𝐸-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑥 if 𝐴 is 𝐸-convex set and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸(𝑥) + (1 − 𝑟)𝐸(𝑦)) ≤ 𝑟𝑓(𝐸(𝑥)) + (1 − 𝑟)𝑓(𝐸(𝑦)). 2. quasi semi 𝐸-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑥 if 𝐴 is 𝐸-convex set and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸(𝑥) + (1 − 𝑟)𝐸(𝑦)) ≤ max {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)}. 3. pseudo semi 𝐸-convex on 𝐸-convex set 𝐴 if there exists a strictly positive function 𝑏: 𝑅𝑛 × 𝑅𝑛 ⟶ 𝑅 such that if 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦) then 𝑓(𝑟𝐸(𝑥) + (1 − 𝑟)𝐸(𝑦)) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) + 𝑟(𝑟 − 1)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦), for 0 < 𝑟 < 1. 4. 𝑝-convex if 𝐴 is 𝑝-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑥 set and 𝑓 (𝑟𝑥 + s𝑦 ) ≤ 𝑟𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑠𝑓(𝑦). very recently, hazim and majeed [9] have extended the concepts of 𝐸-convexity and 𝑝convexity defined above to (𝑝, 𝐸)-convexity as follows. definition 1.3. [9] the set 𝐴 is called (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set if for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 and for all 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ [0,1], 𝑝 ∈ (0,1] such that 𝑟𝑝 + 𝑠𝑝 = 1 we have 𝑟𝐸(𝑥) + 𝑠𝐸(𝑦) ∈ 𝐴. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 357 definition 1.4. [9] for any 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴, 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ [0,1], and 𝑝 ∈ (0,1] such that 𝑟𝑝 + 𝑠𝑝 = 1. the function 𝑓 is named as (𝑝, 𝐸)-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑥 if 𝐴 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸(𝑥) + 𝑠𝐸(𝑦)) ≤ 𝑟𝑓(𝐸(𝑥)) + 𝑠𝑓(𝐸(𝑦)). remark 1.5. from the definition of (𝑝, 𝐸)-convexity, one observes that i. in definition 1.3, if 𝑝 = 1, the definition of 𝐸-convex set is obtained. also, if 𝐸 = 𝐼 (identity mapping), then 𝐴 is 𝑝-convex set; ii. likewise, from definition 1.4, if 𝑝 = 1 we have 𝑓 is 𝐸-convex function and when 𝐸 = 𝐼, then the definition of 𝑓 is 𝑝-convex function is obtained. for the rest of the paper, the next remark is needed. remark 1.6. 1. the mapping 𝐸(𝑥) will be written as 𝐸𝑥. 2. the set 𝐴 is (𝑝, 𝐸) convex set. 2. quasi semi and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions in this section, a new class of functions, which includes quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions, is introduced. this class generalizes each of quasi semi 𝐸-convex and pseudo semi 𝐸-convex functions [2]. some properties and related examples are established for this class. definition 2.1. the function 𝑓 is named as i. quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on 𝐴 if 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} , and 𝑓 is strictly quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex if 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) < {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} , where 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ (0,1). ii. pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex if there exist a strictly positive function 𝑏: 𝑅𝑛 × 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅 such that if 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦) 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠) 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦), for all 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ (0,1). remark 2.2. in definition 2.1(i), if 𝑝 = 1 then 𝑓 turned to be quasi semi 𝐸-convex. likewise, 𝑓 in definition 2.1(ii) becomes pseudo semi 𝐸-convex function. quasi semi and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions are not necessarily (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function as the following example shows. example 2.3. let 𝑓, 𝐸: 𝑅 → 𝑅 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑓(𝑥) = { −3 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 0 and 𝐸𝑥 = { 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0 4 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 0 . ihjpas. 36(1)2023 358 let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑝 ∈ (0,1] and 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ [0,1] 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑟𝑝 + 𝑠𝑝 = 1. first, we show that 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. for showing 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex, we consider three cases: case 1: if 𝑥 = 𝑦 = 0 , we get 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓(0) = −3 = {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} . case 2: if 𝑥 ≠ 0, 𝑦 ≠ 0, we get 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓(4𝑟 + 4𝑠) = 1 = {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)}. case 3: if 𝑥 = 0 , 𝑦 ≠ 0 , we get 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓(4𝑠) = { −3 if 𝑠 = 0 1 if 𝑠 ≠ 0 (1) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} = {−3,1} = 1 . in all cases, 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} , and hence 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. from case 3, we get 𝑓(𝑥) = −3 < 1 = 𝑓(𝑦). thus, from (1), one can choose a strictly positive function 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) such that 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) = 1. thus, 𝑓 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. finally, to show that 𝑓 is not ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex, take 𝑥 ≠ 0, 𝑦 ≠ 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝 = 1 2 with 𝑠 = 𝑟 = 1 4 . then, 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 1 > 𝑟𝑓(𝐸𝑥) + 𝑠𝑓(𝐸𝑦) = 𝑟𝑓(4) + 𝑠𝑓(4) = 𝑟 + 𝑠 = 1 2 as required. the next example provides (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function which is neither quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex nor pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. example 2.4. let 𝐴 = [−5, −∞) × [−5, −∞) ⊆ 𝑅2 and 𝐸: 𝑅2→ 𝑅2 such that 𝐸(𝑥1, 𝑥2) = { ((𝑥1 + 1) 2 , (𝑥2 + 1) 2) if 𝑥1, 𝑥2 < 0 (0,0) o. w. define 𝑓: 𝑅2 → 𝑅 such that 𝑓(𝑥1, 𝑥2) = { 𝑥1+𝑥2 3 if 𝑥1, 𝑥2 < 0 0 o. w. first, we show that 𝐴 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set. let 𝑥 = (𝑥1, 𝑥2), 𝑦 = (𝑦1, 𝑦2) ∈ 𝐴. if 𝑥1, 𝑥2, 𝑦1, 𝑦2 < 0 then 𝑟𝐸(𝑥1, 𝑥2) + 𝑠𝐸(𝑦1, 𝑦2) = ( 𝑟(𝑥1 + 1) 2 + 𝑠(𝑦1 + 1) 2, 𝑟(𝑥2 + 1) 2 + 𝑠(𝑦2 + 1) 2) ∈ [0, +∞) × [0, +∞) ⊆ 𝐴. similarly, if 𝐸𝑥 = 𝐸𝑦 = (0,0) then 𝑟𝐸(𝑥1, 𝑥2) + 𝑠𝐸(𝑦1, 𝑦2) = (0,0) ∈ 𝐴. thus, 𝐴 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set. to show that 𝑓 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function on 𝐴, let 𝑥 = (𝑥1, 𝑥2), 𝑦 = (𝑦1, 𝑦2) ∈ 𝐴. if 𝑥1, 𝑥2, 𝑦1, 𝑦2 < 0, then 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 0 = 𝑟𝑓(𝐸𝑥) + 𝑠𝑓(𝐸𝑦). similarly, 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑟𝑓(𝐸𝑥) + 𝑠𝑓(𝐸𝑦) ∀𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. hence, 𝑓 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function as required. now, take 𝑥 = ( −1 2 , −1 2 ), 𝑦 = ( −1 4 , −1 4 ), 𝑟 = 𝑠 = 1 4 and 𝑝 = 1 2 . then, 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓 (𝑟 ( 1 4 , 1 4 ) + 𝑠 ( 9 16 , 9 16 )) = 0 > max {− 1 3 , − 1 6 } = − 1 6 . ihjpas. 36(1)2023 359 also, 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦) and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 0 > 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = − 1 6 + (− 1 16 ) 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦), for a strictly positive function 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦). hence, 𝑓 is neither quasi semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex nor pseudo semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex. the relation between pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex function and quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions are given in the next proposition and example. proposition 2.5. every pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex function on 𝐴 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex. proof. let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 such that 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦). since 𝑓 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex, then we have 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)}. ■ example 2.6. let 𝐴 = { 𝑥 = (𝑥1, … , 𝑥𝑛 ) ∈ 𝑅 𝑛: ∑ |𝑥𝑖 | 1 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ≤ 1 }, and 𝐸: 𝑅 𝑛→ 𝑅𝑛 such that 𝐸(𝑥) = 𝐸(𝑥1, … , 𝑥𝑛 ) = ( 𝑥1 2 , … , 𝑥𝑛 2 ) for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅𝑛. define 𝑓: 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑓(𝑥) = { −1 if 𝑥𝑖 = 0 ∀𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛 0 o. w. from [9, example 2.4], the set 𝐴 is ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex. next, we show that 𝑓 is quasi semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)convex function on 𝐴. to this end, let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 and we consider three cases: case 1: if 𝑥𝑖 = 𝑦𝑖 = 0 ∀𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛, then 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓(0, … ,0) = −1 = {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} . case 2: if 𝑥𝑖 ≠ 0 ∀𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛 and 𝑦𝑖 ≠ 0 for some 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛. 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = { −1 if 𝑟 𝑥𝑖 2 + 𝑠 𝑦𝑖 2 = 0 ∀𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛 0 o. w. ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} = 0 . case 3: if 𝑥𝑖 ≠ 0 and 𝑦𝑖 = 0 for some 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛. 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 0 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} . from all cases, we have 𝑓 is quasi semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex function on 𝐴. to show 𝑓 is not pseudo semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex function on 𝐴, 𝑡ake 𝑥 = (0, … ,1), 𝑦 = (0, … ,0) such that 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦). let 𝑟 = 𝑠 = 1 4 then there exist strictly positive function 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = 3 such that 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓(𝑟𝐸(0, … ,1), +𝑠𝐸(0, … ,0)) = 𝑓 (0, … , 1 2 𝑠) = 0 > 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = −1 − 3 16 = − 19 16 hence, 𝑓is not pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 360 proposition 2.7. the function 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on 𝐴 if and only if the level set 𝐾𝑛 = {𝑥 ∈ 𝐴: 𝑓(𝑥) ≤ 𝑛} is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set for all 𝑛 ∈ 𝑅. proof. let 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set 𝐴. then, for any 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛, we have 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 , 𝑓(𝑥) ≤ 𝑛, 𝑓(𝑦) ≤ 𝑛, and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} ≤ 𝑛. it follows that 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛. conversely suppose that 𝐾𝑛 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex for all 𝑛 ∈ 𝑅. let 𝑛 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} . since 𝐴 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set then 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑛 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} . hence, 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on 𝐴. ■ proposition 2.8. if 𝑓 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function on 𝐴 then the level set 𝐾𝑛 is (𝑝, 𝐸)convex set. proof. let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛. we show that 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛. now, since 𝑓 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. then, we have a strictly positive function 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) such that if 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦) then 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦). hence, 𝐾𝛼 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set. ■ the converse of the proceeding proposition does not satisfy as it is clarified in the next example. example 2.9. let 𝑓, 𝐸: 𝑅 → 𝑅 such that 𝑓(𝑥) = { 1 if 𝑥 ∈ [0, ∞) −1 if 𝑥 ∈ [−∞, 0) and 𝐸(𝑥) = { 𝑥2 if 𝑥 ≥ 0 −𝑥2 if 𝑥 < 0 then, for any 𝑛 ∈ 𝑅, the level set 𝐾𝑛 = { [−∞, 0) if 𝑛 ∈ [0,1) ℝ if 𝑛 ≥ 1 to show that 𝐾𝑛 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set, we consider the following cases: case 1: if 𝐾𝑛= 𝑅 (i.e., 𝑛 ≥ 1) then, 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛 for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛. hence, 𝐾𝑛 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set. case 2: if 𝐾𝑛= [−∞, 0) for 𝑛 ∈ [0,1). then, 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓(−𝑟𝑥 2 − 𝑠𝑦2) = −1 ≤ 𝑛 for all 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛. thus, 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑛 which yields the (𝑝, 𝐸)-convexity of 𝐾𝑛. from both cases, we obtain the (𝑝, 𝐸)-convexity of 𝐾𝑛. to confirm that 𝑓 is not pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. let 𝑥 = −1, 𝑦 = 1, 𝑟 = 𝑠 = 1 4 , and 𝑝 = 1 2 then 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦) and there exists 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = 3 > 0 such that 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓 (− 1 4 𝑥2 + 1 4 𝑦2) = 𝑓(0) = 1 > 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = 𝑓(1) + (− 1 16 ) (3) = 13 16 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 361 hence, 𝑓 is not a pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. 3. some properties of quasi semi and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions in this section, we discuss some properties of quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex functions. we start first by showing that the increasing quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions (respectively, strictly increasing pseudo quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex) functions defined on 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑅 are closed under addition and nonnegative scalar multiplication. proposition 3.1. let 𝑓, 𝑔: 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑅 ⟶ 𝑅 are two increasing quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions on 𝐴. then, 𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔 is increasing quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function for all 𝛼, 𝛽 ≥ 0 . proof. let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 then either 𝑥 ≤ 𝑦 or 𝑦 ≤ 𝑥. if 𝑥 ≤ 𝑦 and 𝑓 and 𝑔 are increasing functions, then 𝑓(𝑥) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) and 𝑔(𝑥) ≤ 𝑔(𝑦) which yield 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {(𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑥), (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑦)} = (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑦) (2) hence, 𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔 is increasing function. let 𝑧 = 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. then (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔 )(𝑧) = 𝛼𝑓(𝑧) + 𝛽𝑔(𝑧) ≤ 𝛼 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} + 𝛽 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑔(𝑥), 𝑔(𝑦)} = 𝛼 𝑓(𝑦) + 𝛽𝑔(𝑦) = (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑦) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑥), (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑦)} , where the last conclusion follows from (2). hence, 𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔 is increasing quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex function. if 𝑦 ≤ 𝑥 , we proceed similarly to obtain the required conclusion. ■ proposition 3.2. let 𝑓, 𝑔: 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑅 ⟶ 𝑅 are strictly increasing pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on 𝐴.then, for all 𝛼, 𝛽 ≥ 0, 𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔 is strictly increasing pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on 𝐴. proof. from the definition of 𝑓 and 𝑔 we have, if 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦) and 𝑔(𝑥) < 𝑔(𝑦) then then there exist 𝑏1, 𝑏2: 𝑅 𝑛 × 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅 such that (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑥) < (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑦), (3) thus, 𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔 is strictly increasing. let 𝑧 = 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 then 𝑓(𝑧) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠) 𝑏1(𝑥, 𝑦) and 𝑔(𝑧) ≤ 𝑔(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠) 𝑏2(𝑥, 𝑦). now, (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑧) = 𝛼 𝑓( 𝑧) + 𝛽𝑔(𝑧) ≤ 𝛼 (𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏1(𝑥, 𝑦)) + 𝛽(𝑔(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏2(𝑥, 𝑦)) = (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)[𝑏1(𝑥, 𝑦) + 𝑏2(𝑥, 𝑦)] = (𝛼𝑓 + 𝛽𝑔)(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠) 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦), (4) where 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = 𝑏1(𝑥, 𝑦) + 𝑏2(𝑥, 𝑦). since 𝑏1 and 𝑏2 are strictly positive functions, then 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) is strictly positive. from (3) and (4), we obtain the required conclusion. ■ next, we show the supremum property of an arbitrary non-empty finite collection of quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions. proposition 3.3. let 𝑓𝑖 : 𝑅 ⟶ 𝑅 be bounded from above increasing quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions for each 𝑖 ∈ 𝛬 = {1, … , 𝑛}. define, 𝑓: 𝑅𝑛 ⟶ 𝑅 such that 𝑓 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑖∈𝛬 𝑓𝑖 . then 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. proof. let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑅 such that 𝑥 ≤ 𝑦 and 𝑓𝑖 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex for each 𝑖 ∈ 𝛬 = {1, … , 𝑛}. then, 𝑓𝑖 (𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ {𝑓𝑖 (𝑥), 𝑓𝑖 (𝑦)} = 𝑓𝑖 (𝑦) for each 𝑖 ∈ 𝛬. applying the supremum for the both sides of the above inequality respectively, we get 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑖∈𝛬 𝑓𝑖 (𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑖∈𝛬 {{𝑓𝑖 (𝑥), 𝑓𝑖 (𝑦)} }, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 362 𝑓((𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑖∈𝛬 𝑓𝑖 (𝑦) = 𝑓(𝑦) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 {𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)}. the last inequalities yields 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. if 𝑦 ≤ 𝑥 , we proceed similarly to obtain the required conclusion ■ two composite properties are held for quasi semi (respectively, pseudo semi) (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions as shown next. proposition 3.4. let 𝑓:𝐴 ⊆ 𝑅𝑛 ⟶ 𝑅 and 𝐺: 𝑅 ⟶ 𝑅 is an increasing function. then i. if 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑥 on 𝐴, then 𝑔𝑜𝑓 ∶ 𝐴 → 𝑅 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. ii. if 𝑓 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑥 on 𝐴 and 𝐺 is sublinear and strictly positive, then 𝑔𝑜𝑓 ∶ 𝐴 → 𝑅 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. proof. let us show (i). let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 and 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on 𝐴, then 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)} . since 𝐺 is an increasing function then, 𝐺(𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥), 𝑓(𝑦)}) . that is, (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝐺(𝑓(𝑥)), 𝐺(𝑓(𝑦))} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{ (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑥), (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑦} . hence, 𝐺𝑜𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on 𝐴. for proving (ii), if 𝑓(𝑥) < 𝑓(𝑦) then 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦). since 𝐺 is an increasing function, then, using the last expression, if (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑥) < (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑦) we get (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝐺[𝑓(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦)]. from the assumption, 𝐺 is a sublinear mapping. thus, the last inequality yields, (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠𝐸𝑦) ≤ (𝐺𝑜𝑓)(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)(𝐺𝑜𝑏)(𝑥, 𝑦). since 𝐺 and 𝑏 are strictly positive functions, then (𝐺𝑜𝑏)(𝑥, 𝑦) is strictly positive. hence, we obtain the required conclusion. ■ proposition 3.5. let 𝑔: 𝐴 ⊆ 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅𝑛 be a linear mapping such that 𝐸𝑜𝑔 = 𝑔𝑜𝐸. assume also that 𝑓: 𝑉 ⊆ 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅 such that 𝑉 = 𝑔(𝐴). then i. if 𝑓 quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function, then 𝑓𝑜𝑔: 𝐴 → 𝑅 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. ii. if 𝑓 pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function, then 𝑓𝑜𝑔: 𝐴 → 𝑅 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. proof. let 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 then 𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠 𝐸𝑦 ∈ 𝐴. for proving (i), we need to show that (𝑓𝑜𝑔)(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠 𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑔(𝑥)) , 𝑓(𝑔(𝑦))} . now, from the linearity of 𝑔 and the fact that 𝐸𝑜𝑔 = 𝑔𝑜𝐸, we have (𝑓𝑜𝑔)(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠 𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓(𝑟 𝑔(𝐸𝑥) + 𝑠 𝑔(𝐸𝑦)) = 𝑓(𝑟 (𝑔𝑜𝐸)(𝑥) + 𝑠(𝑔𝑜𝐸)(𝑦)) = 𝑓(𝑟(𝐸𝑜𝑔)(𝑥) + 𝑠(𝐸𝑜𝑔)(𝑦)) = 𝑓 (𝑟 (𝐸(𝑔(𝑥))) + 𝑠 (𝐸(𝑔(𝑦)))). (5) note that, since 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴 then 𝑔(𝑥), 𝑔(𝑦) ∈ 𝑉 = 𝑔(𝐴). also, we have 𝑉 = 𝑔(𝐴) is (𝑝, 𝐸)convex set (see [9, proposition 2.11]) thus 𝑟 (𝐸(𝑔(𝑥))) + 𝑠 (𝐸(𝑔(𝑦))) ∈ 𝑉. (6) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 363 from (5)-(6) and the fact that 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function, we get (𝑓𝑜𝑔)(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠 𝐸𝑦) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑔(𝑥)), 𝑓(𝑔(𝑦))} = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{(𝑓𝑜𝑔)(𝑥), (𝑓𝑜𝑔)(𝑦)} . hence, 𝑓𝑜𝑔 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. let us prove (ii), from the assumption 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝐴, 𝑔(𝑥), 𝑔(𝑦) ∈ 𝑉 = 𝑔(𝐴), and 𝑓 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. hence, 𝑓(𝑔(𝑥)) < 𝑓(𝑔(𝑦)) (7) again, we follow the steps of the proof of (i) to obtain the equality (5). namely, (𝑓𝑜𝑔)(𝑟𝐸𝑥 + 𝑠 𝐸𝑦) = 𝑓 (𝑟 (𝐸(𝑔(𝑥))) + 𝑠 (𝐸(𝑔(𝑦)))) from definition of 𝑓 there exist strictly positive 𝑏: 𝑅𝑛 × 𝑅𝑛 → 𝑅 such that the right-hand side expression above yields ≤ 𝑓(𝑔(𝑦)) + (−𝑟𝑠) 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = (𝑓𝑜𝑔)(𝑦) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) (8) thus, from (7) and (8), 𝑓𝑜𝑔 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. ■ 4. applications to non-linear optimization programming in this section, a non-linear optimization programming problem denoted by (𝑁𝐿𝑃) and is defined as 𝑓(𝑥) subject to 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴, where 𝐴 is (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex. the set of all optimal solutions (or global minimum) of problem (𝑁𝐿𝑃) is defined as 𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑚𝑖𝑛𝐴 𝑓= {𝑥 ∗ ∈ 𝐴: 𝑓(𝑥 ∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥) for all ∈ 𝐴 }. a point 𝑥 ∗ is called a local minimizer for problem (𝑁𝐿𝑃) if there exists 𝛿 > 0 such that 𝑓(𝑥∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥) for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝐵(𝑥∗, 𝛿) ∩ 𝐴 where 𝐵 𝛿 (𝑥 ∗) is an open ball. the following optimality properties are satisfied under different conditions for the objective function 𝑓 and the mapping 𝐸. proposition 4.1. let 𝑓 is pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. then, every local minimum 𝑥 ∗ = 𝐸(𝑥 ∗) ∈ 𝐸(𝐴) of problem (𝑁𝐿𝑃) is a global minimum. proof. suppose 𝑥∗ = 𝐸(𝑥 ∗) is not global minimum, then there exists 𝑢 ∈ 𝐴 with 𝑓(𝑢) < 𝑓(𝑥∗) = 𝑓(𝐸𝑥 ∗). from the assumptions on 𝑓, we have for all 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ [0,1] with 𝑟𝑝 + 𝑠𝑝 = 1 (𝑖. 𝑒. , 𝑠 = (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝 ), if 𝑓(𝑢) < 𝑓(𝑥 ∗). then , we have 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑢 + 𝑠𝐸𝑥 ∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥∗) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥∗, 𝑢). now, if 𝑓(𝑥∗) ≤ 0 or 𝑓(𝑥∗) ≥ 0. then we have 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑢 + 𝑠𝐸𝑥 ∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥∗) + (−𝑟𝑠)𝑏(𝑥∗, 𝑢) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥 ∗). (9) now, for sufficiently small, 𝑟 ∈ (0,1]) then 𝑟𝐸𝑢 + (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝𝑥∗ will be close enough to 𝑥 ∗. i.e., there exists 𝛿 > 0 such that 𝑟𝐸𝑢 + (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝𝑥∗ ∈ 𝐵 𝛿 (𝑥 ∗) ∩ 𝐴. from the local minimality of 𝑥 ∗, one obtains 𝑓(𝑥∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑢 + (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝𝑥∗) which contradicts (9). thus, 𝑥 ∗ is a global minimum. ■ proposition 4.2. let 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex function. then every local minimum 𝑥∗ = 𝐸(𝑥 ∗) ∈ 𝐸(𝐴) of problem (𝑁𝐿𝑃) is a global minimum. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 364 proof. suppose 𝑥∗ = 𝐸(𝑥 ∗) is not global minimum, then there exists 𝑢 ∈ 𝐴 with 𝑓(𝑢) < 𝑓(𝑥∗) = 𝑓(𝐸𝑥 ∗). from the assumptions on 𝑓, we have for all 𝑟, 𝑠 ∈ [0,1] with 𝑟𝑝 + 𝑠𝑝 = 1 (𝑖. 𝑒. , 𝑠 = (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝 ). since 𝑓(𝑢) < 𝑓(𝑥∗) and 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex then we have 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑢 + 𝑠𝐸𝑥 ∗) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑢), 𝑓(𝑥∗)} = 𝑓(𝑥∗) (10) now, for sufficiently small, 𝑟 ∈ (0,1]) then 𝑟𝐸𝑢 + (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝𝑥∗ will be close enough to 𝑥 ∗. i.e., there exists 𝛿 > 0 such that 𝑟 𝑢 + (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝𝑥∗ ∈ 𝐵 𝛿 (𝑥 ∗) ∩ 𝐴. from the local minimality of 𝑥 ∗, we have 𝑓(𝑥∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑢 + (1 − 𝑟𝑝) 1 𝑝𝑥∗) which contradicts (10). thus, 𝑥 ∗ is a global minimum. ■ remark 4.3. the conclusions of propositions 4.1 and 4.2 do not hold if the objective function 𝑓 is not quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex (respectively, not pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex) function as the following example confirms. example 4.4. consider the optimization problem 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) such that (𝑥, 𝑦) ∈ 𝐴, where 𝐴 = {(𝑥, 𝑦) ∈ 𝑅2 ∶ |𝑥| 1 2 + |𝑦| 1 2 ≤ 4} and 𝑓: 𝑅2 → 𝑅 such that 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = { (𝑦 − 1)2 − 2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2 (𝑦 − 1)2 − (2 − 𝑥)2 o. w. define 𝐸: 𝑅2 → 𝑅2 as 𝐸(𝑥. 𝑦) = (0, 𝑦). then 𝐴 is ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex set, 𝑓 is not quasi semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸) convex and not pseudo semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)convex on 𝐴. to show 𝐴 is ( 1 2 , 𝐸)convex set, let (𝑥1, 𝑦1),(𝑥2, 𝑦2) ∈ 𝐴. then, |𝑥1| 1 2 + |𝑦1| 1 2 ≤ 4 and |𝑥2| 1 2 + |𝑦2| 1 2 ≤ 4. now, 𝑟𝐸(𝑥1, 𝑦1) + 𝑠𝐸(𝑥2, 𝑦2) = (0, 𝑟𝑦2 + 𝑠𝑦2). note that |0| 1 2 + |𝑟𝑦1 + 𝑠𝑦2| 1 2 ≤ 𝑟|𝑦1| 1 2 + s|𝑦2| 1 2 ≤ 4(𝑟 + 𝑠) ≤ 4. hence, 𝐴 is ( 1 2 , 𝐸)-convex set. next, we show that 𝑓 is not quasi semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)convex on 𝐴. let (2,1), (−2,1) ∈ 𝐴, and 𝑟 = 𝑠 = 1 4 , 𝑝 = 1 2 . then 𝑓 ( 1 4 𝐸(2,1) + 1 4 𝐸(−2,1)) = 𝑓 (0, 1 2 ) = 1 4 > 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(2,1), 𝑓(−2,1)} = 0. also, 𝑓 is not pseudo semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)convex on 𝐴. to this end, let 𝑥 = (2, 1 2 ) , 𝑦 = (2,1) ∈ 𝐴 and 𝑟 = 𝑠 = 1 4 , 𝑝 = 1 2 such that 𝑓(𝑥) = 1 4 < 𝑓(𝑦) = 0. then, 𝑓 ( 1 4 𝐸 (2, 1 2 ) + 1 4 𝐸(2,1)) = ( 1 8 + 1 4 − 1) 2 = 25 64 > 𝑓(2,1) − 1 16 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦) = − 1 16 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦), for any strictly positive function 𝑏(𝑥, 𝑦). thus, 𝑓 is not pseudo semi ( 1 2 , 𝐸)convex on 𝐴 as claimed. now, take 𝑥0 = (0,1) ∈ 𝐴 such that 𝐸(0,1) = (0,1) and 𝑓(0,1) = 0 ≤ 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) for all ihjpas. 36(1)2023 365 (𝑥, 𝑦) ∈ 𝐴 ∩ [−2,2] × 𝑅. hence, 𝑥0 = (0,1) is a local minimum. however, the conclusion of propositions 4.1 and 4.2 does not satisfy, i.e., 𝑥0 is not a global minimum. indeed, take = (3,1) ∈ 𝐴 . then 𝑓(3,1) = (1 − 1)2 − (2 − 3)2 = −1 < 𝑓(𝑥0) = 0. proposition 4.5. let 𝑓 is strictly quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex on 𝐴. then, the global minimum of problem (𝑁𝐿𝑃) is singleton. proof. let 𝑥 ∗, 𝑦∗ be two different global minima of (𝑁𝐿𝑃) then 𝑓(𝑥∗) = 𝑓(𝑦∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥) for any 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴. from the assumptions on 𝑓 and 𝐴, we have 𝑟𝐸𝑥∗ + 𝑠𝐸𝑦∗ ∈ 𝐴 and 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥 ∗ + 𝑠𝐸𝑦∗) < 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥∗), 𝑓(𝑦∗)} = 𝑓(𝑥∗). the above inequality yields that 𝑟𝐸𝑥 ∗ + 𝑠𝐸𝑦∗ is a global minimum which is a contradiction. hence, there is a unique global minimum. ■ proposition 4.6. let 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)convex on 𝐴. then, the set of global minima of problem (𝑁𝐿𝑃) is (𝑝, 𝐸)convex. proof. let 𝑥1 ∗, 𝑥2 ∗ ∈ 𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑚𝑖𝑛𝐴𝑓 = {𝑥 ∗ ∈ 𝐴: 𝑓(𝑥∗) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥) ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝐴} the set of global minima of problem (𝑁𝐿𝑃) we must prove 𝑟𝐸𝑥1 ∗ + 𝑠𝐸𝑥2 ∗ ∈ 𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑚𝑖𝑛𝐴𝑓. since 𝑓 is quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex on the (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex set 𝐴, we have 𝑟𝐸𝑥1 ∗ + 𝑠𝐸𝑥2 ∗ ∈ 𝐴 and for each 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴, 𝑓(𝑟𝐸𝑥1 ∗ + 𝑠𝐸𝑥2 ∗) ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑓(𝑥1 ∗), 𝑓(𝑥2 ∗)} ≤ 𝑓(𝑥). therefore, 𝑟𝐸𝑥1 ∗ + 𝑠𝐸𝑥2 ∗ ∈ 𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑚𝑖𝑛𝐴𝑓 as required. ■ 5.conclusion in this paper, new generalized convex functions (quasi semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex, and pseudo semi (𝑝, 𝐸)-convex functions) are defined, and their various general and optimality properties are studied. these functions are a combination of 𝑝-convex and 𝐸-convex functions introduced in the literature. different examples are established to illustrate these functions and to confirm some properties proved throughout the work. references 1. youness, e. a. e-convex sets, 𝐸-convex functions, and e-convex programming, journal of optimization theory and applications 1999, 102, 439-450. 2. chen, x. some properties of semi 𝐸-convex functions. journal of mathematical analysis and applications 2002, 275, 251-262. 3.chen,x. some properties of semi 𝐸-convex functions and semi-𝐸-convex programming. the eighth international symposium on operations research and its applications (isora'09) 2009, 20-22. 4. jian, j. b. on (𝐸, 𝐹) generalized convexity. international journal of mathematical sciences 2003, 2 (1), 121-132. 5.abdulmaged, m. i. on some generalization of convex sets, convex functions, and convex optimization problems. ms.c. thesis, department of mathematics, college of education ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, 2018. 6. syau, y-r.; lee. e.s. some properties of 𝐸-convex functions. applied mathematics letters 2005, 18, 1074-1080. 7.bayoumi, a.; fathy, a. 𝑝 -convex function in discrete sets. international journal of engineering and applied sciences, 2017, 4 (10), 63 – 66. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 366 8. sezer, s.; zeynep, e.; gultekin, t.; gabil, a. 𝑝-convex function and some of their properties. numerical functional analysis and optimization, 2021, 42(4), 443-459. 9.hazim, r. i.; majeed, s. n. (𝑝,𝐸)-convex sets and (𝑝,𝐸)-convex functions with their properties, al-kadhum 2nd international conference on modern applications of information and communication technology (maict 2021), aip conference proceeding, 2022, to appear (accepted). 10.fulga, c.; preda, v. nonlinear programming with 𝐸-preinvex and local 𝐸-preinvex functions. european journal of operational research 2009, 192, 737-743. 11.adilov, g.; yesilce, i. some important properties of 𝐵-convex functions. journal of nonlinear convex analysis 2018, 19(4), 669–680. 12. adilov, g.; yesilce, i. 𝐵−1-convex functions. journal of convex analysis 2017, 24(2), 505– 517. 13.majeed, s. n. strongly and semi strongly 𝐸ℎ-𝑏-vex functions: applications to optimization problems. iraqi journal of science 2019, 60(9), 2022–2029. 14. abdulaleem, n. mixed 𝐸-duality for 𝐸-differentiable vector optimization problems under (generalized) 𝑉-𝐸-invexity. operations research forum 2021, 2, 1-18. 15. emam, t. nonsmooth semi-infinite 𝐸-convex multi-objective programming with support functions. journal of information and optimization sciences 2021, 42 , 193–209. 16.elbrolosy, m. e. semi-(𝐸, 𝐹)-convexity in complex programming problems. aims mathematics 2022, 7, 11119-11131. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 levels of trace and essential elements in sera o f chronic renal failure patients before and after dialysis a. h. jawad*, a.a.al-mulla **,a. .s.a.zardlek awee** * departme nt of chemistry,college of sciences, al-nahrain unive rsity **departme nt of chemistry, college of education ibn al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract this st udy included a group of (15) chronic renal failure p atients (crf), an addition group of (15) healthy individual was concluded in this st udy for control. trace and essential elements ( zn, cu , ca , k , na) were measured by atomic absorp tion and flam analyzer in sera of crf p atients p re and p ost dialysis and control group s. t he results showed a significant ( p < 0.05) increase in zn and k+ concentration in sera of crf p atients p re and p ost dialysis comp ared to the control group . while there is a significant decrease for copp er concentration in sera of crf p atients p re and p ost dialysis compared to the control group . there was no significant alteration (p > 0.05) in ca and na+ concentration in sera of crf p re and p ost dialysis compared to the control group . introduction chronic renal failure (crf) is sy ndrome, which results it’s a st rong p rogressive and an irreversible dest ruction of nephrons [1]. the dest ruction lead to t he reduction of glomerulur filtration rate (gfr) [2] uremia often occurs as a sy mptom and comp lication of crf , though some patients may be asy mptomatic until the gfr falls below 5-10 ml /min, nephrous can regenerate and restore normal function after acute failure , but ( crf) requires a kidney transp lant or hemodialysis [ 3] hemodialy sis is not limited to the treatment of renal insufficiency it is also used in liver disease to remove wastes normally detoxified by the liver zinc is an essential trace element and is a required component of many enzy mes [4] zinc exists in high concentration in kidney among other organs zinc which influences many body sy st ems and function .zinc as a cofactor for many metal enzy mes ,it is transp orted in p lasma mostly by albumin (60-70) %.although serum or p lasma were the usual sp ecimen of assessment of zinc st atus, urine and leukocyte zinc level were also used .cop p er is an essential element in biological sy st em. cop p er is incorp orated into several enzy mes involved in hemoglobin formation, carbohy drate metabolism, catecholamine biosy nthesis, and crosslinking of collagen, elastin and hair keratin [5]. a 70 k gm human, adult body contains app roximately 80 mg of copp er. following absorp tion copp er the main site of bounded cu is cerrup lasmine and is mainly deposited in liver hepatocy tes with lesser amounts in the kidney . biliary excretion is t he major route with small amounts secreted in the urine elevated serum copp er level over 2.0 mg/l (31.5 mol/ l)can result from the use of oral contracep tive and estrogen therap y and are usual during the third trimester of p regnancy . serum levels are also elevated in some p atients undergoing renal dialysis calcium is essential for both the phy sical structure of bone and for normal phy siological function (e.g., nerve ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 conduction, muscle contraction, blood clotting membrane p ermeability , enzy me activation, and acety lcholine sy nthesis [6]. the average healthy adult body contains about 1200g of calcium 99%of which is found in bone and teeth, with remaining 1% in the extra cellular fluids, intracellular structures, and cell membranes very large chronic intakes are associated with hy p ercalcemia and / or hy p ercalciuria. ot her sy mptoms of calcium excess include renal failure and soft tissue calcification. high – calcium diets could increase the risk of kidney st ones in suscep tible individuals and reduce the bioavailability of zinc and iron which oxidation on the surface of the metal may form highly reactive sup eroxides , which can detonate the bulk causing sp att ering and skin and eye penetration . the main trace element is k in the intracellular fluid, accumulating to a concentration about 30 times higher than in p lasma. pot assium in p lasma is involved in nerve transmission, muscle contraction and blood p ressure homeost asis. the gastrointest inal absorp tion of p otassium is nearly comp lete: p lasma concentrations are kept within a narrow range by regulation of urinary excretion and by depletion of body st ores in cases of low p otassium intake [4]. pot assium app ears to moderate the effect of increased sodium intake on elevating p ressure p robably by affecting renal sodium excretion. sodium is the main element of extra cellular fluid and the p rimary regulator of extra cellular fluid volume [7]. sodium also regulates osmolarity , acid –base balance and membrane p otential and p articip ates in active transp ort across cell membranes. renal excretion of sodium maintains homeost asis over a wide range of intakes and losses, via aldost erone control of tubular excretion [6]. the aim of this st udy included the measurement of the trace elements (zinc, copp er) and essentially elements (p otassium, sodium and calcium) for p re and p ost dialysis chronic renal failure by using atomic absorp tion and flame analyzer. s ampling the samples were collected from (al-kadhmeia teaching hosp ital and sp ecialized surgical hosp ital) they were classified into two group s as t he following: 1.control group : included [15] healthy individual from both sexes, with no p revious disease, which may interfere with the parameters analyzed in this st udy . 2.patients group : include [15] chronic renal failure patients (crf) (p re and p ost ) dialysis s amples and methods col lection of blood ten ml venous blood was taken from the above group s , p lace in p lane tube ( no anti coagulant ) left for ( 15 min ) at room temp erature , then centrifuged ( at 300 rp m ) for (20 min ) to get serum ,which is stored at ( -20 c) unless used immediately . experimental determination of (zinc, cop p er, calcium, sodium, & pot assium)concentration in serum was p erformed by using atomic absorp tion sp ectrop hotometer shchimadzu aa 670 ( japan ) (, while the concentrations of ( na+ & k+) in serum samples were determined by flame analyzer ( gallen kamp).[8] s tatisti cal analysi s statist ical analyses were p erformed by using m icrosoft excel 2003. data p resented were the means and standard deviations. analy sis of student t test was also made to compare the significance of difference in the mean values of any tow group s (p< 0.05) was considered st atist ically significant [9]. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 re sult and discussion serum zinc, copp er concentration ( mol/ l) and serum calcium concentration ( mmol/ l ) of chronic renal failure and control group s were shown in table (1) and figure (1) . from table (1) and fig (1) zinc and copp er concentration shows a significant decrease in sera of (p re and p ost ) dialysis in crf group comp ared to normal control no significant alteration in serum calcium level (p re and p ost ) dialysis in crf group comp ared to normal control [10]. zinc deficiency was first described in human in the early 1960s research which has elucidated many of its sp ecific metabolic interaction moreover the discovery of a variety of zinc –related clinical disorders has directly demonst rated the importance of zn in human nutrition .the zinc metabolism is altered in chronic uremia, and it is not corrected by maintenance dialysis therap y [11].the cause of zinc deficiency associated with chronic uremia has not been elucidated increased the urinary zinc losses or decreased intestinal zinc absorp tion which may contribute to the p resence of zinc deficiency in uremia. previous st udies p erformed in laboratory have shown a decreased renal tubular re –absorp tion of zinc both in chronic uremia p atients and rat model of chronic uremia [12]. the low level of serum zinc concentration found in the p resent st udy consists with the reports of other invest igators ongajooth et al. (1996) [13] observed that p lasma zn was significantly lower in the hemodialy sis (hd) p atients than in the controls. some factors that may count for low serum zn levels in crf p atients are restriction of p rotein diet , low dietary zn intake, a sp ecific zn transp ort defect, and absence of intest inal zn ligand. zn sup p lementation was recommended when p rotein is restricted in crf p atients. the cause of zinc deficiency is not well known in uremic p atients but malnutrition and malabsop tion are most common, decreased bioavailability of zinc in the diet, dietary habits drug intra zinc and increased urinary excretion of zinc as factor underly ing zinc deficiency was observed that z inc urea is directly connected to p rotein urea in patients with nephrotic has reported that they observed a relationship between zinc deficiency with crf [14]. in some st udies, serum cu levels were higher in hd p atients while in others, the serum cu levels in p atients with crf were within normal ranges or lower . serum cu levels were significantly lower in the hd p atients than in the controls. our results are comp atible with that reported value in crf,. although, this may seem to be and inconsist ency with other st udy claimed that , t he serum levels were also within normal ranges. also st udy by , krachler reported elevated p lasma cu content before and after hd and invest igated kinetics of p lasma cu during hd sensation revealed that p lasma cu is st eadily increasing. similarly , it was showed a higher concentration cu in hd p atients while showed no change during the dialy sis t reatment calcium is an imp ortant ion in the normal functioning and survival of animal cells. the human body is equip p ed with an efficient p rotection sy st em against hy p ocalcaemia. this sy st em is comp osed of p arathy roid glands bone, kidney , and intestine by app rop riate action of p arathy roid hormone (pt h) and active vitamin-d, a small fall of extra cellular calcium ion concentration is instantly corrected. thus, a defect of any st ep in this sy st em results in the development of hy p ocalcaemia [16] overloaded calcium either from bone or intest ine is efficiency excreted into urine ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 thus hy p ercemia develops almost exclusively when a greater amount of calcium than the kidney can excrete is loaded . in chronic dialysis p atients, either hy p ocalcaemia or hy p ercalcemia may develop because of defects in these two defense sy st ems against calcium imbalance . calcium accumulations in erythrocytes were associated with a wide range of toxic factors. increased in intracellular ,calcium concentration of ery throcytes may cause decreased deformability and observed erythrocytes [17]. m any reports indicate that ca p reand p ost – hd remain higher than control the suggestion is that many factors, such as comp lement activation, shearing st ress, and p eroxidative damage of the membrane’s lip id-may increase the erythrocytes membrane p ermeability during hd and favor calcium influx [18]. the p otassium and sodium concentration ( meq/l) in sera of st udied group s were p resented in table ( 2) and fig ( 2) .the results of p otassium for p re and p ost –dialysis in crf were ( 6.8429 ±1.506) meq / l (6.0 ± 1.600) meq /l resp ectively comp ared to the normal control (4.729 ± 0.6887) pot assium concentration was significantly increased for p re and p ost – dialysis comp ared to control pot assium (k) is the major determinate for the rest ing membrane p otential of excitable cells [19]. the concentrations of p otassium should be kept 3-5 mmol/l. severe hy p okalemia leads to p ronounced hy p er p olarization of the cell membrane which causes ventricular arrhynias. plasma k + levels higher than 7 mmol/l cause life-threatening cardiac events as well as blood p ressure decreases. m ichael and hermiann (1999) reported that elevated p lasma k concentration in hd p atients decreased st eadily during hd to level of healthy adult. documented to the rapid fall ectop y in serum p otassium concentration during dialysis ,our results are in an agreement with the rep orted value [20]. the development of intracellular acidosis in kidney from p otassium deplete rats was demonst rated by 31 p nm r st udies. t he 31 p nm r st udy also showed that an infusion of kcl led to a rapid (30 minute) returned to normal p h in kidney from p otassium deplete rats, suggesting the p ossibility of an interchange of (h + ) and (k + ) within an intracellular comp artment. while severe p otassium depletion induces an intracellular acidosis in muscle. early st udies associated with more modest st udy of p otassium dep letion failed to demonstrate an intracellular acidosis the decrease of p lasma p otassium concentration was p revented by the increase of k + concentration in the dialysis according to its p redialy sis p lasma level one of the goals of p eriodic dialsate is the removal of k from the body that has accumulated over the two to three days between blood and dialy sis p otassium concentration [21]. na is the representative of the extra cellular electrolytes that are subst antial for maintaining the osmotic balance between extra-and intra cellular sp ace. m oreover, na is an imp ortant determinant in blood p ressure control, and the p lasma level of na should be kep t in the range of 135-145 mmol/l . high p lasma na concentrations (hy p ernatermia) give rise to elevated blood pressure, and consequently , lead to an increased p reload of the heart. table (2) and fig (2) showed the results of sodium in sera of p re – dialysis , p ost -dialysis were ( 138.363 ± 4.148) ( 137.03 ± 3.448) resp ectively comp ared to control group ( 137.58 ± 7.858) on along run, high p lasma na level leads to cardiovascular disease and hence adequate na balance during dialysis is of major imp ortance for the p revention of comp lication (20) . to keep the na balance in patients, the required range was 135-145 meq/l. our results (134-144) m mol/l is compatible with the rep orted value in hd for chronic renal failure. this balance ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 was established by an app rop riate selection of the na + concentration in the dialsate, and no ionic flow across the membrane occurred. low sodium concentration (hy p onatremia) possible causes of sodium deficiencies include p rolong sweating, renal disease in which sodium is reabsorbed inadequately , adrenal cortex disorders in which aldost erone secretion is insufficient to p romote the reabsorp tion of sodium and drink too much water. possible effect of hy p onatremia include the development of extra cellular fluid that is accomp anied by osmosis , the concentration of na in p lasma and dialysis fluid were almost identical and did not change during hemodialysis(21 ) . re ferences 1.cerpts, e.x.(1991): am. kidney.j.;renal data sy st em: 18(sup p 12), college of medicine , department of chemistry and biochemist ry , laboratory manul , second y ear ,p art t wo p p .(980-980 2.internet (2004) , human p hy siology , htt// www.egy p t.com ,files all in htm. 3. hakim, r.m ., (1999) assessing the adequacy of dialysis kidney ; 12:17 4.national research council, (1989) recommended dietary allowances, 10 th ed. national academy p ress, washington, dc. 5.agency for toxic substances and disease registry (at sdr) (1990) : toxicologicalp rofile for cop p er .atlanta,ga. 6.internet (2004) , kidney function inter , . www.kager.com,journals,nef 7.krenzelok , e.p. (1992) : sodium and potassium in : hazardous materials toxicology , edited by j.b. sulliran jr ., and g.r. krieger, pp . 797-799. williams &wilkins , baltimore , m .d. 8.aclock,w.n, (1987) copp er. in : methods in clinical chemistry p esce a.m . and kap lan l.a(eaitors) , m osby , co;usa 9.degroot, m .h. (1986) :probability and statist ics; 2 nd edition , adison wesley p ublishing comp any , 5: 20-22. 10.burtis , c.a. and ashwod. (1994) clinical chemist ry , 2 nd edition , philadelphia , 11.iotovap, ionnova,d.; kuleva, and ant or, (1997) nep hron dail transp lant 12: 370 371. 12.young, t.k.; wang, s.c.; chen, s.m . and shice, (1996) clin p hy siol 39: 43-48.. 13.ongajooth, likidlilid, a. ;chantachum,y.; shayakui, c.n.and warangkur, s. (1996) j.m ed assoc. thai, 791-800. 14.prehn, b. ( 1991) urol. nep hro., 17: 66. 15.gallient , m .; bracaccio, d.;cozz olino, m . and sabbioni, (1996): nep hroldial transp lant, 11: 1232-1235 16. al-deeb ,h. m . internet(2004):evaluation of educational program from hemodialysis p atients at p rincess basmal hosp ital 17. gardner, d.g(2001):am.m ed.15:736-737 18.luciak m . and trendelk, (1991): nephron dial transp lant; 6: 66-70 19.tannen, r. l.; davsion, a.w.; grunfeld, d. p. and kerr diritz, e. (ed.), (1992): hy p er kalamia in came1ons: "oxford textbook of clinical nephrology " oxford university p ress, p p .895917. 20.m ichael and hermiann (1999): jt race element in exp erimental medicine; 2:297 21.radaelli b., (1996): nephron dial. transp ort; 39:41. 16.hussein m ust afa aldeeb , internet 2004: evaluation of educational program from hemodialysis p atients at p rincess basmal hosp ital . 17.gardner d.g(2001): am. m ed: 15: 736737. ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 table (1) :concentration of zn, cu and ca in sera of patient and control groups p ca (mmol/l) p cu ( mol/l) p zn ( mol/l) no. 2.52 ± 0.3545 26.34 ± 7.558 10.102 ± 3.068 15 control p >0.05 3.1813 ± 0.163 p < 0.05 23.329 ± 8.744 p < 0.05 16.54 ± 7.36 15 pre dialysis p >0.05 2.9330 ± 0.328 p < 0.05 22.00 ± 9.565 p < 0.05 17.075 ± 7.726 15 postdialysis table (2): concentration of k+, and na+ in sera of patient and control groups p na+ (m eq/l) p +k (m eq/l) no. 137.58 ± 7.858 4.729 ± 0.6887 15 control p >0.05 138.363 ± 4.148 p < 0.05 6.8429 ± 1.506 15 predialysis p >0.05 137.03 ± 3.448 p < 0.05 6.0 ± 1.600 15 post-dialysis ibn alhaitham j. fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l.22 (4) 2009 0 10 20 30 zn&cu (umol/l), ca(mmol/l) control pre-dialysis post-dialysis control 10.102 26.34 2.52 pre-dialysis 16.54 23.329 3.1813 post-dialysis 17.075 22.004 2.933 zn cu ca fig. (1): concentration of zn, cu and ca in se ra of patient and control g 0 2 4 6 8 k+(meq/l) k+ 4.729 6.8429 6 control prepost fig. (2): concentration of k+ in se ra of patient and control groups 136 137 138 139 na+(meq/l) na+ 137.58 138.368 137.03 control prepost fig. (3): concentration of na+ in sera of patient and control groups 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الهیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد عناصر النزرة واالساسیة في مصل دم مرضى الفشل الكلوي المزمن مستویات ال قبل وبعد الدیلزة **،اواز صالح الدین عبد اللة الزردلیكاوي **،ازهار عباس اسماعیل المال * عالء حسین جواد جامعة النهرین ،كلیة العلوم قسم الكیمیاء ، * جامعة بغداد، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم،قسم الكیمیاء ** الخالصة العناصـر .ًفـردا مـن االصـحاء) 15( ال عـن ضفـًمریضا من مرضى الفـشل الكلـوي المـزمن ) 15( تضمنت هذة الدراسة ي فـي مـصل دم مرضـى الفـشل تـم قیاسـها بواسـطة االمتـصاص الـذري والمحلـل اللهبـ) zn, cu, ca ,k, na(االساسـیة والنـزرة p( وفـي مجموعـة الـسیطرة اظهـرت النتـائج الزیـادة المعنویـة . الكلوي المزمن قبل وبعـد عملیـة الـدیلزة zn فـي تركیـز ) 0.05 > بینمــا كــان هنالــك ،مرضــى الفــشل الكلـوي المــزمن قبــل وبعــد عملیـة الــدیلزة بالمقارنــة مــع مجموعـة الــسیطرة فـي مــصل دمk+و .في تركیزالنحاس في مصل دم مرضى الفشل الكلوي قبل وبعد عملیة الدیلزة بالمقارنة مع مجموعة السیطرة نقصان معنوي conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |125 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis, characterization and studying the enzyme activity of new benzothiazole schiff base ligand (hl) and its complexes with some of metal ions basim h. al-zaidi asia h. abed fadhel r. hafedh dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ al-mustansiriyah university ali n. niseaf dept.of chemistry/college of education (ibn al-haytham)/ university of bahgdad received in:5/december/2016,accepted in:25/january/2017 abstract a new heterocyclic schiff bases ligand (hl) derived from condensation of 2amino-4-methylbenzothiazole with 4-diethylaminosalicylaldehyde have been synthesized and characterized by (ftir & uv.vis) spectroscopies, ( 1 h & 13 c)nmr spectra, mass spectrum, elemental microanalysis (c,h,n,s). metal complexes with co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii) ions have been also synthesized and characterized by (ftir & uv.vis) spectroscopies, flame atomic absorption, molar conductivity measurements and magnetic susceptibility. these studies indicate that the mole ratio (l:m) is (2:1) for co(ii) complex and (1:1) for other complexes. the spectral results indicate that the ligand coordinates with metal ions as monobasic bidentate, via azomethine nitrogen and phenolic oxygen atoms. the study suggested octahedral geometry for co(ii), ni(ii) and zn(ii) complexes and square planar and tetrahedral geometries for cu(ii) and cd(ii) complexes, respectively. the enzyme activity of the ligand and its metal complexes with acetylcholine esterase1 (ache) have also been studied. the study of enzyme activity indicates that the ligand and its metal complexes revealed different inhibition behaviors. key words: benzothiazol, schiff bases complexes, enzyme activity chemistry |126 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction benzothiazoles are bicyclic ring system with multiple applications which have been the subject of great interest because of their biological activities like antibacterial[1], antifungal[2], antiviral[3], anticancer[4], antitubercular[5], anthelmintic[6], anticonvulsant[7], cytotoxic[8], anti-inflammatory[9] and enzymatic[10] activities. heterocycles bearing nitrogen, sulphur and thiazole moieties constitute the core structure of a number of biologically interesting compounds[11]. schiff base complexes derived from heterocyclic compounds have found increased interest in the context of bioinorganic chemistry[12]. although non-participation of nitrogen atom of benzothiazole moiety in coordination with metal ions[13], schiff base compounds derived from 2-aminobenzothiazole and salicylaldehyde or its derivatives can be attached to central metal ion via nitrogen atom of azomethine group (schiff base) and hydroxyl group to form six member chelate ring[13 and 14]. experimental reagents and physical measurements: all reagents and solvents were obtained from commercial sources and used as received without further purification. melting points were recorded by a stuart melting point (digital) smp30 apparatus. ftir spectra were recorded by a shimadzu (ft-ir) model 4800s spectrophotometer in the range (4000-400) cm -1 . the u.v.visible spectra of compounds were recorded by using a (u.v-visible) spectrophotometer type cary 100con. in the range (800–200) nm. mass analysis of prepared ligand was performed on gc-ms qp-2010 (shimadzu). nmr spectra of ligand was recorded at a bruker dmx-500 spectrophotometer (300 mhz), by using dmso-d6 and (cd3)2co for 1 h and 13 c spectra, respectively. elemental analyses (c,h,n,s) of complexes were performed on an ea: company: euro vector, model: ea 3000a. magnetic susceptibility of prepared complexes were determined at (r.t) °c by auto magnetic susceptibility balance (sherwood scientific). the metal percentages were determined by using a phoenix-986 aa spectrophotometer. conductivity measurements were recorded at (r.t) °c for solutions of samples in dmso solvent using an inolab multi 740, wtw 82362 weilhiem-germany. all physical measurements have been done at al-mustansiriyah university, collage of science, chemistry department, except the nmr spectra have been down at al albayt university, jordan. preparation of ligand (hl) a solution of 2-amino-4-methylbenzothiazol (1.64 g, 10 mmol) in absolute ethanol (20 ml) was added gradually to acidified solution of 4diethylaminosalicylaldehyde (1.93 g, 10 mmol) in (15 ml) from same solvent. the final reaction mixture refluxed for 4 hrs., the formed bright yellow microcrystal precipitate filtered off, washed with distilled water and cold absolute ethanol, dried at room temperature, and finally recrystallized from hot absolute ethanol. the synthesized ligand dissolved in the following solvent ethanol, acetone, ethyl ether, dmso and dmf. purity of ligand (hl) was detected by (tlc) using silica gel as stationary phase and (hexane/ ethylacetate) as eluent, in ratio (60:40)%. scheme (1), represents the preparation reaction of ligand (hl). chemistry |127 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 scheme (1) preparation of metal complexes the metallic complexes have been prepared by using the same method, where the salts of [cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, zncl2.h2o and cdcl2.2h2o] were dissolved in (7 ml) ethanol and added to (15 ml) ethanolic solution of (hl) in (1:1) (metal:ligand) mole ratio respectively with stirring. the ph of resultant solutions were justified by adding few drops of (koh) solution. color change has been noticed after mixing both solutions. the reaction mixture then heated under reflux for 4hrs. the complexes precipitates were obtained after reducing the volume of reaction mixture by slow evaporation at room temperature. finally all precipitates filtered off, washed with distilled water and ethanol, respectively, then dried at room temperature. table (1) represents some physical properties and metal percentage of ligand and its metal complexes. 1 hnmr spectrum of ligand (hl) 1 h-nmr spectrum of the ligand, figures (1) and (2), shows a signal at (=12.38 ppm, 1h) assigned to phenolic (o-h) group[15], while the singlet signal appeared at (=9.01 ppm, 1h) refers to azomethine proton[16]. the spectrum reveals signals related to protons of aromatic rings at (=7.83 ppm, d, 1h, benzo.), (=7.60 ppm, d, 1h, phen.), (=7.23-7.26 ppm, d,t 2h, benzo.), (=6.45 ppm, d, 1h, phen.) and (=6.16 ppm, s, 1h, phen.)[16]. the quartet signal of methylene group appeared at (=3.42-3.49 ppm, 4h)[16] beside the signal of dmso-d6 water molecules[17]. the triplet signal of methyl group appeared at (=1.12-1.17 ppm, 6h)[16]. the singlet signal of benzothiazole methyl group appeared also beside the signal of dmso-d6 at (=2.61 ppm, 3h)[16]. 13 c-nmr spectrum of ligand (hl) the 13 c-nmr spectrum of ligand, figure (3) in (cd3)2co exhibited chemical shift, at (=164.4 ppm) assigned to benzothiazole azomethine carbon atom (c7)[16]. the chemical shift of schiff base azomethine carbon atom (c8) appeared at (=153.5 ppm). the chemical shifts appeared at (135.6, 135.5), (132.0), (126.29), (123.8), (118.5), (104.9) and (96.4) ppm were assigned to the carbon atoms of aromatic rings (c10, c12), (c5), (c4, c6), (c3, c14), (c2, c9), (c1, c13) and (c11) respectively[16]. the chemical shifts appeared at (=43.9) and (=11.5) ppm were assigned to the carbon atoms (c15 , c17) and (c16 , c18) of ethyl group, respectively[18]. the methyl carbon atom of benzothiazole moiety appeared at (=17.0 ppm)[19]. chemistry |128 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 mass spectrum of ligand (hl) the mass spectrum of ligand, figure (4), showed the mother ion peak at (m/z=339), as a base peak, which corresponds to (m + ). suggested fragmentation pathways and structural assignments of fragments are described in scheme (2). ftir-spectra of ligand (hl) and its metallic complexes the main stretching frequencies of characteristic bands related to the free ligand and its metal complexes and their assignments are presented in table (2). the (o-h) vibration of phenolic hydroxyl group which appeared at (3387 cm -1 ) in free ligand spectrum, disappeared[20] at all spectra of its metal complexes which indicate clearly the participation of oxygen atom of this group in coordination with metal ions after losing its proton. the phenolic ʋ(c–o) stretching vibration in the free schiff base is observed at 1253 cm −1 , which is shifted by 11–14 cm −1 towards lower wave numbers in the complexes, thus indicating coordination of the phenolic oxygen to the metal ions[21]. the (c=n) vibrational frequency of the schiff base which appeared at (1633 cm –1 ) shifted to lower frequencies[13] in all complexes except cd(ii) complex appeared at (1635 cm –1 ). it is thought that the lone pairs of ring sulfur and nitrogen have very less probability to take part in coordination, because of the lone pair of electrons of the sulfur is involved in aromaticity of the ring and hence comparatively less available. also the presence of azomethine group attached at 2-position sterically hinders the attack of a lewis acid on ring nitrogen and sulfur, thus making these donor sites less favorable for coordination[12,22]. in addition, the presence of phenolic hydroxyl group at ortho position makes the nitrogen atom of schiff base azomethine group more favorable for coordination by forming six chelation ring with central metal ions. although non-participation of nitrogen atom of benzothiazole moiety in coordination with metal ions[13], this group suffered from changing in position as a result of changing the electronic environment around it[13]. the (m–o) and (m–n) vibrations were observed at (563-540) cm -1 and (476457) cm -1 , respectively[20]. the ir spectra of complexes reveal a considerable peak observed in the 3200–3580 cm −1 range assigned to the νa(oh) and νs(oh) vibration modes from coordinated water molecules [23]. the presence of coordinated water was also confirmed by the medium strength bands at 825–827 cm –1 , characteristic of ρr(h2o) frequencies[20]. electronic spectra and magnetic properties of the prepared complexes the magnetic susceptibility measurements were used in combination with electronic spectral data to establish the structure of complexes. the effective magnetic moment (eff) values were observed at room temperature (300 k) for the complexes have been listed in table(3) with electronic spectra of ligand and its metal complexes. the electronic spectra of ligand and its metal complexes were recorded in dmso solutions at wave lengths range (200-800) nm. the uv-vis spectrum of yellow solution of the prepared ligand reveals two peaks at (275 nm, 36363 cm -1 ) and (440 nm, 22727 cm -1 ), the first absorption peak may be assigned to  * transition of -ch=ngroups and phenyl rings. the second high intensity absorption peak may be assigned to intra-ligand charge transfer transitions (ilct)[24]. chemistry |129 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 the absorption peaks observed in spectrum of co(ii) complex at (265 nm, 37735 cm -1 ) and (275 nm, 36363 cm -1 ), were assigned to ligand field transitions. the absorption peak at (360 nm, 27777 cm -1 ), was assigned to the (mlct) transition[25,26]. the spectrum also reveals new high intensity absorption peak at (445 nm, 22471 cm -1 ), assigned to the higher energy, third spin allowed ( 4 t1g(f)  4 t1g(p)) (3) transition[27]. at a high concentration, the spectrum revealed another new peak in visible region at (560 nm, 17857 cm -1 ), assigned to the second spin allowed transition, 4 t1g(f) 4 a2g(f) (2)[14]. the first low energy, spin allowed transition ( 4 t1g(f) 4 t2g(f)) (1) has not been observed, but calculated theoretically,(914 nm, 10934 cm -1 ). the value of 10dq is equal to energy difference between 4 t1g(p)(3) and 4 a2g(f)(2) transitions[28]. the other ligand field parameters (b \ ) and () have been calculated and their values were (497 cm -1 ) and (0.51), respectively. the value of (), indicates moderate covalence character of the bonds between ligand and metal. the calculated value of effective magnetic moment was seen at (4.48) b.m within the expected range of octahedral geometry[26]. the spectrum of ni(ii) complex exhibited two peaks in uv. region at (265 nm, 37735 cm -1 ) and (350 nm, 28571 cm -1 ), were assigned to ligand field spectra[25]. at a high concentration the spectrum showed two new peaks in visible region at (683 nm, 14641 cm -1 ) and (624 nm, 16025 cm -1 ), were assigned to 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t2g(f) (1) and 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(f)(2),respectively[14]. the third high energy, spin allowed transition 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(p)(v3) has been not observed practically, but calculated theoretically,(413nm, 24156 cm -1 ) by applying the bands ratios of (2/1)[25] on (d 8 ) diagram. the 10dq value is equal to the lowest energy transition (1)[28]. the others ligand field parameters (b \ ) and () have been calculated and their values were (366 cm -1 ) and (0.35), respectively. the small value of (), confirmed the presence of strong covalence bond between ligand and metal. the magnetic moment value was (3.4 b.m) and the ligand field parameters confirmed an octahedral configuration around ni(ii) ion[29]. the spectrum of cu(ii) complex revealed two peaks in uv. region, exactly at (265 nm, 37735 cm -1 ) and (350 nm, 28571 cm -1 ), were assigned to ligand field spectra[25]. the spectrum also showed third peak at (420 nm, 23809 cm -1 ) assigned to 2 b1g→ 2 b2g+ 2 eg transition[28]. the position of this peak is in a good agreement with that reported for highly distorted octahedral geometry. the magnetic moment value (1.78 b.m) and the ligand field parameters confirmed the square-planar configuration around cu(ii) ion[20]. the spectra of zn(ii) and cd(ii) complexes exhibited three absorption peaks , at (275 nm, 36363 cm -1 ),(280 nm, 35714 cm -1 ), (365 nm, 27397 cm -1 ),(350 nm, 28571 cm -1 ) and (440 nm, 22727 cm -1 ),(440 nm, 22727 cm -1 ). the first two peaks in both complexes were assigned to ligand field spectra[25]. the third peak in two complexes were assigned to metal to ligand charge transfer (mlct)[24]. the magnetic moments of the zn(ii) and cd(ii) complexes were found to be diamagnetic. according to these results in addition to the results of elemental analyses and flame atomic absorption, we can suggest octahedral and tetrahedral geometries for both complexes, respectively. chemistry |130 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 molar conductance of prepared complexes the values of molar conductance of ni(ii) and zn(ii) complexes in dmso were (41.6 & 33.5 s.cm 2 .mole -1 ), indicated the (1:1) ratio electrolyte nature[29]. the values of the other complexes co(ii), cu(ii) and cd(ii) in dmso were within the range (11.4-16.7 s.cm 2 .mole -1 ), indicated the non-electrolyte nature[30] of these complexes. according to all previously mentioned analyses, we proposed the following structures of prepared complexes as shown in figure (5). studying of enzyme activity methods determination of ache activity human serum ache activity was determined using ellman et al. method[31] . determination of biological activity of ligand and its metal complexes and type of inhibition[32]. the inhibition percentage was calculated by comparing the activity between with and without inhibitor under the same conditions according to the following equation[32]: results and discussion present work determined the activity of human ache in the absence and presence of ligand and its metal complexes under different substrate concentrations and designed to investigate the biological activity and effects of a series of compounds listed in table (4). first experiment tried to study the effect of solvent dmso which did not show any inhibitory effect. then examine the ligand and complexes in the mixture at different concentrations (10 -1 , 10 -3 , 10 -5 ,10 -7 ) m. before each set of inhibition experiments were conducted, the ache activity was measured by using four different concentrations of acetyl thiocholineiodide (substrate) (0.02, 0.04, 0.06, 0.08) m as shown in figure(6). the effect of maximum concentration of each inhibitor at different acetylcholine concentrations on ache activity is illustrated in figure(7). the biochemical tests indicated that all compounds have caused noticed inhibitory effects on enzyme activity compared with the measured normal values of enzyme activity, table (4). table (4) showed that the greater inhibition percent was found at concentrations (10 -3 ) m, for cu(ii) and cd(ii) complexes and (10 -7 ) m, for ligand and other complexes. these can be attributed to the presence of more than one nucleophile sides in mother thiazole compound which may led to good orient to active site gorge beside the new nucleophile center that produce after complexion with metals. the greatest significant inhibition was found at concentration (10 -3 m) in compound cu(ii) and cd(ii). it has been observed that the nature of these metals to chelate with ligand make a less steric hinders compared to other complexes which gave it more freedom to compute with substrate. chemistry |131 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 study type of inhibition the second part of this study is to determine the type of inhibition and kinetic parameters (km,vmax, and ki) at different concentrations of substrate and under the same conditions by using linweaver-burk equation as shown in figure (8) and table(5). from this presentation the study indicated that km was varied from higher, lesser or the same in the presence of ligand and its metal complexes compared with noninhibition system. a high km means that the inhibitor fits very well into the activesite cleft of the enzyme which is present in ligand, cu(ii), and co(ii), on other hand, zn(ii) complex does not compute with substrate on the active site of enzyme (noncompetitive inhibition), the affinity of asch (substrate) increases in the presence of ni(ii) and cd(ii) complexes, which appeared uncompetitive inhibition with km value lesser than control. the biochemical tests revealed that ki (the binding affinity of the inhibitor) for compounds cu(ii) and cd(ii) complexes is higher than the rest of compounds as well as table (4) has showed previously the inhibition percent of cu(ii) and cd(ii) complexes were the greater (83 and 87) % respectively. this difference in ki values enables to conclude that not all of the assumptions underlying classic michaelis–menten equations are being obeyed and that the data are consistent with the kinetics of a tightbinding inhibitor. also, the results demonstrated that, the ligand and its metal complexes exhibited different types of inhibition at maximum own concentration. the mixed inhibition by ligand and cu(ii) and co(ii) can be explained in order to inhibitors structure that make a conformational changes after binding to –sh,-cooh, imidazole group of ser, his, glu in ache, which are either localized in the active center or are important in determining the active conformation of enzyme molecule. on the other hand, non and uncompetitive inhibition can be explained according to the classical models described that the inhibitor bind to another site that caused conformational changing lock of the enzyme and preventing the substrate binding or decreasing substrate affinity to ache. in comparison, inhibition by metal ions is related to the binding affinity towards the amino acid side chain. proteins containing the histidine residue are the most vulnerable to the metal binding such as by zinc and copper [33 and34]. the imidazole group of histidine provides the strongest cation-π attraction that may interact with nitrogenous cations of substrates or free metal ions [35,36]. copper, cadmium, and zinc have been reported to display noncompetitive inhibition behavior towards che activity, while mercury has been reported to act as an irreversible inhibitor [37]. conclusions condensation of 2-amino-4-methylbenzothiazole and 4-diethylamino salicylaldehyde produces a new schiff bases ligand having potential binding sites towards metal ions to form six member chelate ring. heterocyclic schiff base ligand acts as monobasic bidentate ligand by coordinating through azomethine nitrogen and phenolic oxygen atoms. different geometries have been obtained from coordination of the prepared ligand with selected bivalent metal ions. dmso has been used in preparation of solution in studying of enzyme activity which did not reveal any inhibitory effect. the inhibition concentration was (10 -3 )m for cu(ii) and cd(ii) complexes and was (10 -7 )m for ligand and other complexes. ligand and co(ii), cu(ii) complexes showed competitive inhibition. complexes of ni(i) and cd(ii) revealed un-competitive inhibition. zn(ii) complex exhibited non-competition behavior. chemistry |132 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 references 1. sibaji, s.; rajani, c,; and jaya, d., (2015); synthesis and antibacterial activity of some azetidinone derivatives containing 2-amino 6,7 substituted benzothiazole" turk j. pharm. sci." 12(1), 39-44. 2. deshpande, vg., s.; shah, mm. deshpande; seema i habib and . kulkarni pa (2013); synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of schiff bases derived from 2-amino-4, 6-dimethyl benzothiazole with 2hydroxynaphthalene-1-carbaldehyde, 3-methyl-thiophene2-carbaldehyde and their metal complexes" int. j. of pharm. and chem. sci.", 2 (2), 801-807. 3. srinivasan, r.; gary, a. d.; daniel, p.; hwang, f.; james, a.; jeffrey, l.; joseph, j.; kathryn, a.; geralyn, p.; nandini, k.; pramod, p.; christie, l.; and lisa, b., (2003); discovery of novel benzothiazolesulfonamides as potent inhibitors of hiv-1 protease,” bioorganic and medicinal chemistry", 11,(22), 4769–4777. 4. rossana, c.; maria, l.; nicola, m.; aaron, d.; moshin, a.; maria, z.; and silvana, g.; (2012) "synthesis of benzothiazole derivatives and their biological evaluation as anticancer agents,” medicinal chemistry research, 21, 2644–2651. 5. asif, r.; navin, b.; and dhanj, r.; (2014), "antimycobacterial and antimicrobial studies of newly synthesized 3-(4-(6methylbenzo[d]thiazol-2yl) phenyl) quinazolin-4(3h)-ones", ind. j. of res. in pharm. and biotech., 2(1), 935 – 942. 6. nikhil, d.; bhoomendra, a.; and kishore, p.; (2015), "synthesis and biological evaluation of some 4-(6-substituted-1, 3-benzothiazol-2-yl) amino1,3-thiazole-2-amines and their schiff bases, arabian journal of chemistry 2014. arabian journal of chemistry, (8), 545–552. 7. shanmukha, i.; madhusudhana, a.; jayachandran, e.; vijay, m.; and prakash, b.; (2014), "comparative study of anticonvulsant property among different fluoro substituted synthesized benzothiazole derivatives",british journal of pharmaceutical research, 4(6): 759-769. 8. sanjay, b.; sarangapani, m.; vinod, u.; vankateshwar, r.; and vankatesham, a.; (2015), "rational design and synthesis of benzothiazolo-isatins or antimicrobial and cytotoxic activities", (54b); 418-429. 9. patil, v.; asrondkar, a.; bobade, v., b.; chowdhary, a.; (2015)," synthesis and anti-inflammatory activity of 2-amino-6-methoxy benzothiazole derivative", journal of applied chemistry, 8 (1); 01-02. 10. dao, t.; hoang, v; sang, h.; hyun, j.; byung, w.; hyung, s.; jin, t.; sang, b.; and van, t.; (2011)," benzothiazole-containinghydroxamic acids as histone deacetylase inhibitors and antitumoragents,” bioorganic & medicinal chemistry letters, 21(24), 7509–7512. 11. sharma & sharma k.v.; (2009). synthesis and biological activity of some 3, 5-diaryl-1benzothiazolopyrazoline derivatives: reaction of chalcones with 2-hyrazinobenzothiazoles., e-journal of chemistry, 6(2), 348-356. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0960894x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0960894x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0960894x/21/24 chemistry |133 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 12. munirajasekar, d.; himaja, m.; & sunil, m.; (2011). synthesis and anthemintic activity of 2-amino-6-subtituted benzothiazoles, international research journal of pharmacy, 2(1); 114-117. 13. irvin, n.; muhammed, i.; thomas, i.; matthew, a; and benjamin, v.; (2012),"oxo and oxofree rhenium(v) complexes with n,o-donor schiff basess. afr. j. chem., (65); 174–177. 14. hiremath, s.; t. suresh, suresh, d.; kotresh, and shivaraj; (2015),"synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies on cu(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes with biologically active benzothiazole schiff bases", int. j. of pharm. life sci., 6(8-9); 4708-4718]. 15. sathiyaraj, s.; ayyannan, g.; and jayabalakrishnan, c.; (2014),"synthesis, spectral, dna binding and cleavage properties of ruthenium(ii) schiff base complexes containing pph3/asph3 as co-ligands, j. serb. chem. soc. 79(2); 151–165. 16. tao, t.; xu, f.; chen, x.; liu, q.; huang, w.; and you, x.; (2012), "comparisons between azo dyes and schiff bases having the same benzothiazole/ phenol skeleton: syntheses, crystal structures and spectroscopic properties", dyes and pigments, (92); 916-922. 17. gottlieb, h.; kotlyar, v.; and nudelman, a.; (1997), "nmr chemical shifts of common laboratory solvents as trace impurities", j. org. chem.,(62); 7512-7515. 18. fang, t.; tsai, h.; luo, m.; chang, c.; and chen, k.; (2013)," excited-state charge coupled proton transfer reaction via the dipolar functionality of salicylideneaniline",chinese chemical letters, (24);145–148. 19. deshpande, v.g.; seema, i. h.; naheed, a.; and kulkarni, p.a.; (2015), "synthesis,characterization and antimicrobial activities of some novel heterocyclic schiff bases",int. j. app. bio. and pharm. tech., 6(2); 261-266 20. mishra, a. p.; mishra, r. k.; and shrivastava, s. p.; (2009), "structural and antimicrobial studies of coordination compounds of vo(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) with some schiff bases involving 2-amino-4-chlorophenol", j. serb. chem. soc.", 74(5): 523-535. 21. mohanty, d.; mohapatra, p.; and samal, s.; (2014)," synthesis and characterization of the polymeric phenolic schiff bases containing aminothiazole moiety", chemical science transactions, 3(4), 1288-1299. 22. singh, p.; and srivastava, a.; (1974); infrared and electronic spectral studies of metal halide complexes(iii) preparation and spectral studies of nickel(ii) halide and perchlorate complexes of 2-aminobenzothiazole," j. inorg,nucl.chem.", (36), (928-930). 23. pahonțu, e.; ilieș, d.; shova, s.; paraschivescu, c.; badea, m.; gulea, a.; and roșu, t.; (2015), "synthesis, characterization, crystal structure and antimicrobial activity of copper(ii) complexes with the schiff base derived from 2-hydroxy-4 methoxybenzaldehyde", molecules, (20); 5771-5792. 24. issa, r. m.; khedr, a. m.; and rizk, h., (2008), " 1 h nmr, ir and uv/vis spectroscopic studies of some schiff bases derived from 2 chemistry |134 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 aminobenzothiazole and 2-amino-3 hydroxypyridine;"journal of the chinese chemical society, (55), 875-884. 25. liver, a. b. p.; (1968), "inorganic electronic spectroscopy", 1st edition, elsevier, amesterdam, 249-360. 26. pradeepa, s.; naik, h.; kumar, b.; priyadarsini, k.; barik, a.; and naik, t.; (2013), " cobalt(ii), nickel(ii) and copper(ii) complexes of a tetradentate schiff base as photosensitizers: quantum yield of 1 o2 generation and its promising role in anti-tumor activity", spectrochemica acta part a, (101); 132-139. 27. kalit, m.; bhattacharjee, t.; gogoi, p.; barman, p.; kalita, r.; sarma, b.; and karmakar, s.; (2013), "synthesis, characterization, crystal structure and bioactivities of a new potential tridentate (ons) schiff base ligand n-[2(benzylthio) phenyl] salicylaldimine and its ni(ii), cu(ii) and co(ii) complexes" polyhedron,(60); 47–53. 28. miessler, g. l.; fischer, p. j.; and tarr, d. a.; (2014), "inorganic chemistry", 5 th edition, pearson education. 29. sakthilatha, d.; and rajavel, r.; (2013), " the template synthesis, spectral and antibacterial investigation of new n2o2 donor schiff base cu(ii), ni(ii), co(ii), mn(ii) and vo(iv) complexes derived from 2-hydroxy acetophenone with 4-chloro-2,6-diaminopyrimidine", j. chem. pharm. res., 5(1); 57-63. 30. kettle, s. a.; (1975), “coordination compound”, thomas nelson and sons, london, p.3, 186, 212. 31. ellman, g.; courtney, k.; andres, v.; feather, m.; (1961)," a new and rapid colorometric determination of acetylcholinesterase activity", biochemical pharmacology, (7): 88-95. 32. zaizafoon, n.; (2015), "kinetics for the inhibition of serum acetylthiocholin esterase activity by some prepared phenobarbital derivatives", international journal of biochemistry research & review. 7(2); 100-111. 33. abdelhamid, r; obara, y; uchida, y.; (2007), "π-π interaction between aromatic ring and copper-coordinated his81 imidazoleregulates the blue copper active-site structure" journal of biological inorganic chemistry, 12(2); 165–173. 34. rajesh, r, balasubramania, a.; and boopathy, r., (2009), "evidence for presence of zn+2-binding site in acetylcholinesterase", biochimie, 91(4); 526–532. 35. stellato, f; menestrina, g; serra, m; (2006), "metal binding in amyloid βpeptides shows intraand inter-peptide coordination modes", european biophysics journal, 35(4); 340–351. 36. dvir, h.; silman, i.; harel, m.; rosenberry, t.; and sussman, j.; (2010), "acetyl cholinesterase: from 3d structure to function" chemico-biological interactions. 187(1–3); 10–22. 37. armentrout, p; yang, b; and rodgers, m.; (2013), "metal cation dependence of interactions with amino acids: bond energies of rb+ and cs+ to met., phe., tyr., and trp.", journal of physical chemistry b, 117(14); 3771–3781. chemistry |135 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (1): physical properties, yield percentage and elemental analysis of ligand and its metal complexes elemental analysis found (calculated) yield% m.p 0 c color chemical formula (m.wt) g.mole -1 compound symbol m% s% n% h% c% ---- 9.44 (9.45) 12.69 (12.38) 6.33 (6.24) 67.58 (67.23) 83 140-142 bright yellow c19h21n3os (339.45) (hl) 8.10 (7.64) 7.75 (8.31) 11.61 (10.89) 5.57 (5.75) 60.42 (59.13) 67 317-319 orange c38h44n6o4s2co (771.86) [co(l)2(h2o)2] 12.40 (11.63) 6.68 (6.35) 7.67 (8.33) 5.11 (5.59) 44.57 (45.22) 52 204-206 brown c19h28cln3o5ni 504.65 [ni(l)(h2o)4]cl 14.70 (13.95) 6.23 (7.04) 9.38 (9.23) 4.78 (4.87) 48.88 (50.10) 60 128-130 brown c19h22cln3o2scu 455.46 [cu(l)(h2o)cl] 13.31 (12.79) 5.38 (6.27) 8.49 (8.22) 4.90 (5.52) 43.83 (44.63) 58 298-300 yellow c19h28cln3o5szn (511.34) [zn(l)(h2o)4]cl 21.89 (22.29) 5.96 (6.36) 7.70 (8.33) 4.90 (4.40) 44.85 (45.25) 59 89-93 yellow c19h22cln3o2scd (504.33) [cd(l)(h2o)cl] table (2): ftir spectral data (cm -1 ) for ligand (hl) and its metal complexes compound symbol (o-h) coord.(h2o) ρr(h2o) (c–h) arom. aliph. (c=n) schiff. (benzo.) (c=c) benzen (c-o) (c-s-c) (m–o) (m–n) (hl) 3387(br) -- -- 3099(w) (2924-2866)(w) 1633(m) (1583)(m) 1570(m) 1510(m) 1253(m) 740(s) --- --- [co(l)2(h2o)2] -- (3500-3580)(br) (825)m (3082-3065)(w) (2974-2862)(w) 1612(m) (1554)(m) 1508(m) 1479(s) 1244(m) 732(w) 563(w) 468(w) [ni(l)(h2o)4]cl -- (3225-3430)(br) (827)w 3088(w) (2968-2937)(w) 1607(sho) (1579)(m) 1510(w) 1485(w) 1246(m) 744(w) 555(w) 464(w) [cu(l)(h2o)cl] -- (3380-3440)(br) (825)w 3054(w) (29642866)(w) 1610(m) (1572)(s) (1519 1460)(m) 1244(m) 727(w) 543(w) 460(w) [zn(l)(h2o)4]cl -- (3450-3530)w (825)m 3065(w) (2968-2902)(w) 1610(m) (1558)(s) 1508(m) 1479(s) 1244(s) 748(w) 550(w) 476(w) [cd(l)(h2o)cl] -- (3468-3552) (825)m 3075(w) (2982-2866)(w) 1635(m) (1589)(m) (1512, 1491)(s) 1240(m) 742(s) 540(w) 457(w) s = strong w = weak m = medium sho=shoulder chemistry |136 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (3): electronic spectral data, magnetic moments, molar conductance and proposed geometries of ligand and its metal complexes compound symbol max nm ( cm -1 ) assignment ligand field parameters molar conductance s.cm 2 .mole -1 eff (b.m) suggested geometry 10dq cm -1 (b \ ) cm -1 ()% hl 275 (36363)  * ------ 440 (22727) ilct [co(l)2(h2o)2] 265 (37735) 275 (36363) 360 (27777) ligand field 4614 497 0.51 11.4 (4.48) o.h 445 (22471) (mlct) & 4 t1g(f)  4 t1g(p) (3) 560 (17857) 914(10934) * 4 t1g(f) 4 a2g(f) (2) 4 t1g(f) 4 t2g(f)(1) * [ni(l)(h2o)4]cl 265 (37735) 350 (28571) ligand field 14641 366 o.35 38.6 (3.4) o.h 683 (14641) 624 (16025) 413(24156) * 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t2g(f)(1) 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(f)(1) 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(p)(v3) * [cu(l)(h2o)cl] 265 (37735) 350 (28571) ligand field --16.7 (1.78) s.p 420 (23809) 2 b1g→ 2 b2g+ 2 eg [zn(l)(h2o)4]cl 275 (36363) 365 (27397) ligand field --33.5 (0.0) o.h 440 (22727) (mlct) [cd(l)(h2o)cl] 280 (35714) 350 (28571) ligand field --13.8 (0.0) t.h 440 (22727) (mlct) table (4): the effect of different concentrations of ligand and its metal complexes on the human serum ache activity. compound inhibition conc. (m) ache activity μmol/3min/ml %inhibition control zero 1.25 hl 10 -1 0.4 68 10 -3 0.5 60 10 -5 0.675 46 10 -7 0.375 70* [co(l)2(h2o)2] 10 -1 0.48 61 10 -3 0.537 57.04 10 -5 0.45 64 10 -7 0.42 66.4* [ni(l)(h2o)4]cl 10 -1 0.38 69.6 10 -3 0.4 68 10 -5 0.47 62 10 -7 0.375 70* [cu(l)(h2o)cl] 10 -1 0.25 80 10 -3 0.212 83.04* 10 -5 0.425 66 10 -7 0.287 77 [zn(l)(h2o)4]cl 10 -1 0.537 57.04 10 -3 0.687 45.04 10 -5 0.4 68 10 -7 0.375 70* [cd(l)(h2o)cl] 10 -1 0.2 84 10 -3 0.1625 87.04* 10 -5 0.637 49.04 10 -7 0.35 72 * maximum inhibition concentration of each compound chemistry |137 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (5): the kinetic properties of ache with and without ligand and its metal complexes sample inhibitor concentration (m) km (m) vmax (μmol/ml/min) ki (m) inhibition type control zero 0.046 1.1835 hl 10 -7 0.0658 0.1057 9.75×10 -9 mix [co(l)2(h2o)2] 10 -7 0.051 0.0684 6.106×10-9 mix [ni(l)(h2o)4]cl 10 -7 0.0303 0.0624 5.48×10-9 uncomp. [cu(l)(h2o)cl] 10 -7 0.0303 0.0624 5.48×10-9 uncomp. [zn(l)(h2o)4]cl 10 -7 0.046 0.0767 6.89×10 -9 non comp. [cd(l)(h2o)cl] 10 -3 0.0302 0.1018 9.411×10 -5 uncomp. figure (1): 1 hnmr spectrum of ligand (hl) in dmso-d6 figure (2): expansion 1 hnmr spectrum of ligand (hl) in dmso-d6 figure (3): 13 cnmr spectrum of ligand in (cd3)2cs chemistry |138 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (4): mass spectrum of ligand (hl) figure (5): proposed structures of the prepared complexes figure (6): michaelis-menten plot of ache with different concentrations of substrate without inhibitor. 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 a ch e a ct iv it y μ m o l/ 3 m in ./ m l [s]m chemistry |139 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 hl at max. inhib. conc. 10 -7 co(ii) at max. inhib. conc. 10 -7 ni(ii) at max. inhib. conc. 10 -7 cu(ii) at max. inhib. conc. 10 -3 zn(ii) at max. inhib. conc. 10 -7 cd(ii) at max. inhib. conc. 10 -3 figure (7): michaelis-menten plots of ache with different concentrations of substrate in presence of inhibitors. figure (8): lineweaver-burk plots of ache of compound(1-6) all with each maximum inhibitory concentration which selected. 0 0.05 0.1 0 0.05 0.1 a ch e a ct iv it y μ m o l/ 3 m in ./ m l [s] m 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0 0.05 0.1 a ch e a ct iv it y μ m o l/ 3 m in ./ m l [s] m 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0 0.05 0.1 a ch e a ct iv it y μ m o l/ 3 m in ./ m l [s] m 0 0.05 0.1 0 0.05 0.1a ch e a ct iv it y μ m o l/ 3 m in ./ m l [s] m 0 0.05 0.1 0 0.05 0.1 a ch e a ct iv it y μ m o l/ 3 m in ./ m l [s] m 0 0.05 0.1 0 0.05 0.1 a ch e a ct iv it y μ m o l/ 3 m in ./ m l [s] m i c 0 50 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 1 /v 1/s hl i c -20 0 20 40 60 -50 0 50 100 1 /v 1/s [co(l)2(h2o)2] i c 0 20 40 60 -50 0 50 100 1 /v 1/s [ni(l)(h2o)4]cl i c -20 0 20 40 60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 1 /v 1/s [cu(l)(h2o)cl] i c -50 0 50 100 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 1 /v 1/s [zn(l)(h2o)4]cl i c -10 0 10 20 30 -50 0 50 100 1 /v 1/s [cd(l)(h2o)cl] chemistry |140 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 scheme (2): proposed fragmentation pathways of ligand (hl) microsoft word 286-301 286 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ) في عالج متالزمة المبيض brassica oleracea دور نبات البروكلي ( rattus norvegicusالبيض المستحدث في الجرذ متعدد االكياس الشاھري نھلة جاسم رقية أحمد صالح بغداد جامعة / الھيثم) (أبن الصرفة للعلوم التربية كلية / الحياة علوم قسم 2015/ نيسان /26، قبل البحث في : 2015/ اذار/ 8استلم البحث في : الخالصة الستقصاء فائدة نبات البروكلي ( لما له من خاصية مضادة لالندروجين) في وقاية وعالج ةالحالي ةتھدف الدراس polycystic ovaryاالضطرابات التكاثرية والھرمونية وااليضية المصاحبة لمتالزمة المبيض متعدد االكياس syndrome )pcos حيث .(ستحدث نموذج الـ اpcos بحقن عقار الل) تروزولl( letrozole 39لمدة حت الجلد ت :آلتيأناث لكل مجموعة ) كا 8مجاميع ( 6 علىناث اليوماً وقسمت ا 21غير البالغة بعمر يوماً في اناث الجرذ (السيطرة). nacl %0.9 مليلتر من المحلول الملحي الفسيولوجي 0.1حقنت االناث بـ المجموعة االولى: . lمايكروغرام من الـ 400 مليلتر بتركيز 0.1 حقنت االناث بـ المجموعة الثانية: عصارة البروكلي في بفموياً مع التجريع lمايكروغرام من الـ 400مليلتر بتركيز 0.1حقنت االناث بـ المجموعة الثالثة: الوقت ذاته. ساعة من اخر 24وبعد nacl % 0.9مليلتر من المحلول الملحي الفسيولوجي 0.1حقنت االناث بـ المجموعة الرابعة: يوماً اخرى (السيطرة).30 الماء لمدة ب فموياً حقنة جرعت ساعة من اخر حقنة جرعت 24وبعد lمايكروغرام من الـ 400مليلتر بتركيز 0.1: حقنت االناث بـ المجموعة الخامسة يوماً اخرى. 30الماء لمدة ب فموياً ساعة من اخر حقنة جرعت 24وبعد lمايكروغرام من الـ 400مليلتر بتركيز 0.1: حقنت االناث بـ المجموعة السادسة يوماً اخرى. 30عصارة البروكلي لمدة ب فموياً لكل وايضية وزنية ونسجية وھرمونية ةساعة من أخر معاملة الجراء دراس 24قتلت جميع االناث بعد مرور والھرمونية وااليضية المصاحبة للمتالزمة. كما اظھرت االناث المعاملة بعقار اللتروزول االعراض التكاثريةمجموعة. متالك عصارة ار الى أعراض المتالزمة في االناث المجرعة بعصارة البروكلي مما يشي جميعواضح في سجل تحسن البروكلي دوراً وقائياً وعالجياً ضد المتالزمة. . ذ ، الجريبات المتكيسة ، عقار اللتروزول، البروكلي ، الجرمتالزمة المبيض متعدد االكياس : المفتاحية الكلمات 287 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة د من االكياس مع وجود العدي ةالشھري ةي اضطراب صمي تفشل بموجبه االباضھ pcosمتالزمة الـ حدوثه مع ارتفاع االندروجين ةلغير المتطورة المصحوبة بانعدام ظھور الطمث او ق ة) الصغيرة( الجريبات المبيضي . تتضمن [2]، واالختالل الوظيفي في عملية االباضة وكذلك االجھاض [1] ةقبل المبايض) عن مستوياته السوي (المنتج من العالجات الدوائية او الھرمونية او الجراحية او العالج باالعشاب ، وتتصف عماللمتبعه في عالج المتالزمة استالطرائق ا . بالنظر لما تمتلكه النباتات [3]للمتالزمة بدالً من تقديم العالج لھا ةومحدودة لمواجھه االعراض المصاحبعقدة بكونھا م أذ تتفاعل جميع synergic medicinal ةأما ان تكون نباتات طبية تآزري الطبية من خصائص عند استخدامھا كعالج فھي ةالمرض، أو تكون نباتات طبية ساندلمسببات ةأو معادل ةأو ضار ةمكمل ي وقت واحد وبذلك ستكون أماف ةالمكونات النباتي supporting medicinal التي ة (الحاالت السرطانيه) لالدوية المرخصة طبياً كما ھو الحال عند عالج الحاالت المعقد ةك بتقليل التاثيرات الجانبيض وذلتؤثر فيھا جداً، أو تكون نباتات طبية وقائية أذ تتميز بقدرتھا على منع ظھور االمرا الملفوفية اذ للعائلة المنتمي الشتوية الخضار البروكلي من يعد. كما [4]العالجات المصنعه كالعالج الكيميائي عمالالست لون اخضر وحولي ذ عشبي نبات وھو المتوسط (الموطن االصلي) البحر حوض منطقة في منه البرية األنواع توجد يحتوي على عدد من العناصر . اذ[5]غامق، يشبه مورفولوجياً نبات القرنابيط اال انه يمتلك سيقان قاسية وزھيرات طرية المعدنية كالبوتاسيوم والكالسيوم والفسفور والكلور والفوسفات والكبريت ومقدار ضئيل من الحديد والخارصين والمغنيسيوم كما له دور في حماية . d [6] وa وc نياً بالفيتامينات مثل الثيامين والبيتا كاروتين وفيتامين والنحاس والصوديوم ويعد غ خاليا الجسم من اعراض السرطان وذلك لما يحتويه من نسب عالية من المركبات الكيميائية الدوائية الفعالة حيوياً. اذ من نبات البروكلي خواص مضادة لالندروجينالمشتق diindolylmethane (dim) الى امتالك مركب[7] توصل antiandrogenic properties كشادة لھرمون االندروجين عماله الذي باالمكان استandrogen antagonist عند كما بينت الدراسات ان البروكلي يساعد في خفض الكولسترول بفعل امتالكه مركب .عالج سرطان البروستات في االنسان صممت الدراسة الحالية بھدف اختبار كفاءة مادة نباتية غذائية تتميز بمفعولھا القوي جداً .sulphoraphane [8]ـ ال كمضاد لالندروجين ( فرط االندروجين السبب الرئيس لحصول المتالزمة) اال وھو نبات البروكلي الذي يتميز ايضاً بكونه والمتوفر بأسعار زھيدة كعالج للمتالزمة وللتقليل من مضاعفاتھا من النباتات االمينة ذات القيمة الغذائية والصحية العالية بدالً من االعتماد على االدوية الھرمونية او العشبية او اجراء العمليات الجراحية. المواد وطرائق العمل sprague ةساللمن rattus norvegicus (albino rats البيض ( حصول على اناث وذكور الجرذتم ال dawley في اجراء تجربة الدراسة الحالية. عمالھايوماً المطلوب است21 وتمت مزاوجتھا لغرض الحصول على اناث بعمر االسم يذletrozole (l)عقار اللتروزول عمالالدراسة. تم است مدةلالناث طيلة ةقد أجري فحص اللطاخات المھبلي مايكروغرام 400سويسرا. لتحضير التركيز المطلوب والبالغ novartis ,basel من انتاج شركة femaraالتجاري مليلتر من المحلول الملحي الفسلجي 1مليغرام في 2.5الجراء التجربة الحالية، تم اذابة حبة واحده ذات تركيز 0.9% .nacl كما تم الحصول على البروكلي broccoliضير العصارة بغسل من األسواق المحلية في بغداد، وتم تح البروكلي بالماء جيدا ثم جفف من الماء وقطع ووضع في الخالط للحصول على العصارة تم رشحت العصارة بقطعة من 0.1إذ بلغ حجم العصارة المجرعة فموياً بين . [9]غرام لكل كيلوغرام من وزن الجسم 7آنياً بتركيز عملتالشاش وأست في اناث الجرذ غير تحت الجلد اللتروزول ةأستحدث نموذج المتالزمة بحقن ماد اية التجربة.مليلتر ابتداءاً وحتى نھ 2الى مجاميع 6 على/عمر البلوغ). وقسمت حيوانات التجربة اً يوم60 (الى عمر يوماً 39يوماً ولمدة 21البالغة بعمر :اآلتيك ةأناث لكل مجموع 8بواقع . (السيطرة) nacl %0.9مليلتر من المحلول الملحي الفسيولوجي 0.1حقنت االناث بـ المجموعة االولى: .l مايكروغرام من الـ 400 مليلتر بتركيز 0.1 المجموعة الثانية: حقنت االناث بـ بعصارة البروكلي في فموياً مع التجريع lمايكروغرام من الـ 400مليلتر بتركيز 0.1المجموعة الثالثة: حقنت االناث بـ . الوقت ذاته من آخر ساعة 24وبعد nacl %0.9مليلتر من المحلول الملحي الفسيولوجي 0.1المجموعة الرابعة: حقنت االناث بـ . يوماً اخرى (السيطرة) 30بالماء لمدة فموياً حقنة جرعت ساعة من آخر حقنة جرعت 24وبعد lم من الـ مايكروغرا 400مليلتر بتركيز 0.1المجموعة الخامسة: حقنت االناث بـ . يوماً اخرى 30بالماء لمدة فموياً ساعة من آخر حقنة جرعت 24وبعد lمايكروغرام من الـ 400مليلتر بتركيز 0.1المجموعة السادسة: حقنت االناث بـ . يوماً اخرى 30بعصارة البروكلي لمدة فموياً 288 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ، وسحب الدم من القلب diethyl ether قليلة من المادة المخدرة ثاني اثيل ايثرثم عرضت الحيوانات الى كمية ت في مصل الدم والبايوكيميائية لبعض الموشرا ةلغرض اجراء الدراسة الھرموني heart punctureبوساطة طعنة القلب بھما. ةالملتصق ةوسائد الدھنيلمبايض واالرحام والكافة. فتح التجويف البطني الستئصال كل من ا ةوللمجاميع المذكور ساعة لغرض 24لمدة bouin's solution ورق ترشيح تم ثبتت االعضاء بمحلول بون عمالستاجففت ھذه األعضاء ب and transverse longitudinal sagittalتحضير الشرائح النسجية.حضرت مقاطع طولية سھمية ومستعرضة sections ملون ھارس عمالميتر. لونت جميع المقاطع باستمايكرو 5بسمك ستعمال المشراح اليدويالألعضاء المختلفة ب من مجھر عمالع النسجية باستم فحصت المقاطث. harris hematoxylin and eosinايوسين المزدوجة –ھيماتوكسلين أجريت التحليالت وتم التقاط الصور الفوتوغرافية لبعض المقاطع النسجية. kruss biological microscopeنوع . anovaاختبار تحليل التباين عملستاوالخطأ القياسي اذ ائية اليجاد المعدلاألحص النتائج والمناقشة الوداقية ةالدورو لمبايضل يةوزنالتغيرات ال يوماً (المجموعتان الثانية والخامسة)، أدى إلى ظھور 39تروزول لمدة تائج الدراسة الحالية أن حقن اللأظھرت ن باالضطرابات التكاثرية والصمية وااليضية بالرغم من اختالف مدة الحقن المتبعة في عالمات المتالزمة والمتمثلة عة ) في معدل وزن المبايض عند المقارنة مع نظيراتھا في مجموp<0.05ل ارتفاع معنوي (صحالدراسات السابقة ، فقد للمجموعتين الثانية والخامسة الى lبكل منھما. كما أدت المعاملة بعقار ةوعتان االولى والرابعة) الخاصالسيطرة (المجم مع المجموعتين االولى والرابعة التي ةع توقفھا في طور الوداق بالمقارنحصول اضطراب في انتظام الدورة الوداقية م ةالممتلئ لى ظھور أعداد كبيرة من الجريبات المتكيسةاايام. ويمكن أرجاع السبب 5الى 4كل ةاظھرت تكرار الدور ية في وزن إذ سجل زيادة معنو [10]بالسائل متمثلة بسعة اقطارھا، وقد جاءت ھذه النتيجة منسجمة مع ما توصل اليه كذلك انسجمت مع ماتوصل اليه . يوماً 90مايكروغرام من الليتروزول لمدة 400عند حقنھا بـ المبيض في اناث الجرذ إذ سجل زيادة معنوية في معدل اوزان المبايض نتيجة لزيادة عدد كل من االكياس المملؤة بالسوائل وكذلك زيادة في [11] لى ا[12] يوماً. وكذلك توصل 70مايكروغرام من اللتروزول لمدة 400بـ ات الرتقية عند حقنه اناث الجرذاعداد الجريب يوماً. يالحظ 28مليغرام لكل كيلوغرام لمدة 1باللتروزول بــ المبايض عند معاملة أناث الجرذ معنوي في أوزانارتفاع . باالمكان تفسير اضطرابات بالرغم من اختالف مده الحقن pcosمما تقدم ان عقار اللتروزول يتسبب في احداث الـ نخفاض في مستوى ھرمون اأثبتته الدراسة الحالية اذ لوحظ عن االضطرابات الھرمونية وكما اً الدورة الوداقية بكونه ناجم )fsh (follicle stimulating hormone و  estrogen (e2) و   progesterone (p) مع االرتفاع في مستوى الذي انعكس على اللطاخات المھبلية، وجاءت النتيجة منسجمة مع ما توصل يتسبب بتوقف الفعالية التكاثرية مما tھرمون .المحقونة باللتروزول في الدورة الوداقية الناث الجرذاذ سجل اضطراب [13]اليه لى تحسن في أغلب ان اللتروزول (المجموعة الثالثة) في حين أدى التجريع بعصارة البروكلي بالتزامن مع حق في معدل وزن المبايض بالمقارنة مع القيم النظيرة في )p<0.01(ة معنويعالي الالمعالم المدروسة، إذ حصل انخفاض كما بالمقارنة مع المجموعة االولى.في معدل وزن المبايض )p>0.05في حين لم يكن الفرق معنوياً (المجموعة الثانية، (المجموعة السادسة) قد أثر بصورة ايجابية بعد االنتھاء من المعاملة جريع بعصارة البروكلياظھرت النتائج الحالية أن الت في ،في معدل وزن المبايض بالمقارنة مع المجموعة الخامسة )p<0.05( في جميع المؤشرات اذ ادى إلى انخفاض معنوي أدى التجريع بالعصارة كماالرابعة. المجموعة بالمقارنة معفي معدل وزن المبايض ) p>0.05حين لم يكن الفرق معنوياً ( عمالنظر لعدم وجود دراسات حول استبال ).1 الدورة وانتظامھا (الجدول ةلى استعاداتين الثالثة والسادسة للمجموع سواء كان في المجموعة الذي طرأيمكن ارجاع نجاح عالج المتالزمة عصارة او مستخلص البروكلي في ھذا المجال ف السادسة الى تأثيره االيجابي بتعديل مستوى الھرمونات مما انعكس ايجابياً على الصورة النسجية للمبايض. وقد مالثالثة أ لى خمسة أيام وللمجموعتين الثالثة والسادسة بالمقارنة اوانتظامھا وتكرارھا في كل أربعة لوحظ استرجاع للدورة الوداقية اذ أن أرتفاع ھرمون البروجسترون في مصل دم االناث ربما نجم عن دعم وعتين الثانية والخامسة على التتابع، مع المجم البروكلي لالجسام الصفر أما بصورة مباشرة أو ربما بصورة غير مباشرة من خالل التاثير االيجابي في العوامل االخرى . 15] [ 14,الوكسيتوسين كتين أو االداعمه لالجسام الصفر مثل ھرمون البروال 289 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 الدراسة النسجية الفسلجية نواع المختلفة للجريبات واالجسام الصفرد االعدافي ا التغيرات الذي يالحظ من خالل في المعالم التركيبية المبيضية أن حقن عقار اللتروزول قد أثر تأثيراً بالغاً 2-يبين الجدول الجريبات المتكيسة (المؤشر المھم لحصول المالمح الشكليائية للمتالزمة) مع االنخفاضاالرتفاع الكبير في معدل اعداد الواضح في معدل اعداد الجريبات السوية واألجسام الصفر الحاصل في اناث المجموعتين الثانية )p<0.01(ة المعنوي عالي ). ويمكن ارجاع سبب االضطراب في 2و 1والخامسة بالمقارنة مع مجموعتي السيطرة الخاصة بكل منھما، (الشكالن بط بفعل تأثير اللتروزول المث testosterone (t(الشحمون الخصوي النمو الجريبي الى االرتفاع في مستوى ھرمون االستمرار بانتاج من ثَمَّ لراجع السالب لالستروجين ومما يمنع آلية التلقيم ا 2eلى ھرمون الألنزيم المسؤول عن استقالبه الى أن حقن اللتروزول بجرعة [10]لى اضطراب النمو الجريبي المذكور أعاله. وقد أشارا المبيضي مؤدياً tھرمون ) في النمو المبيضي. tتسبب من خالل تأثير غير مباشر (ارتفاع ھرمون ناث الجرذايوماً في 90مايكروغرام ولمدة 400 إذ سجل ظھور عدد كبير من الجريبات المتكيسة مع فرط النسيج [13]وجاءت النتيجة الحالية منسجمة مع ما توصل اليه البيني. أن المجموعة المجرعة بعصارة نبات البروكلي مع حقن اللتروزول (المجموعة الثالثة) 2-نالحظ من الجدول ةمعنويال عاليأثرت ايجابياً في التطور الجريبي واالباضة وعالج الجريبات المتكيسة بصورة معنوية اذ حصل انخفاض p<0.01)( ةمعنويعالي المع ارتفاع ) 3-) في أعداد الجريبات المتكيسة، (شكلp<0.01 في معدل االجسام الصفر ( ال أن افي معدل اعداد الجريبات السوية )p>0.05( بالمقارنة مع المجموعة الثانية، وبالرغم من انعدام الفرق المعنوي ية المبيضية من خالل االرتفاع الحاصل في معدل أقطارھا ومن خالل الحالة التجريع حسن فعالية ھذه الوحدات الوظيف في ) p>0.05في حين لم يكن الفرق معنوياً (السوية لطبقتي جدارھا (الطبقة الغالفية والحبيبية) مقارنة بالمجموعة الثانية. وجاءت نتائج التحليل الھرموني مؤكدةً عودة االولى. بالمقارنة مع المجموعة اعداد الجريبات المبيضية واالجسام الصفر .pرتفاع الحاصل في مستوى ھرمون الى القيمة السوية مع اال 2eھرمون كما أن لتجريع العصارة بعد االنتھاء من المعاملة باللتروزول (المجموعة السادسة) تأثيراً إيجابياً مماثالً للمجموعة ي معدل أعداد الجريبات ف p<0.01)بيضية متمثلة بانخفاض معنوي كبير(الثالثة، إذ تسبب في تحسين الشكليائية الم االرتفاع المعنوي فضالً عن ايض إناث تلك المجموعة،التي لم تعد ظاھرة في معظم المقاطع النسجية لمبالمتكيسة (p<0.01) مما يدل على 5و 4ھور الجريبات السوية واالرتفاع الواضح في معدل أعداد األجسام الصفر،(الشكالن ظفي .( في عالج الجريبات المتكيسة واصالح النمو الجريبي واسترجاع عملية االباضة من خالل اً أن لعصارة البروكلي دور ) p>0.05في حين لم يكن الفرق معنوياً (ظھور األعداد الكبيرة لالجسام الصفر وكما أوضحته الدراسة النسجية للمبايض. وجاءت ھذه النتائج منسجمة مع عودة رابعة. االجسام الصفر بالمقارنة مع المجموعة الفي اعداد الجريبات المبيضية و لما أوضحته نتائج الدراسة الحالية. اتھا السوية في مصل الدم استناداً الھرمونات الى مستوي أقطار الجريبات وسمكھا واالجسام الصفر في التغيرات أن حقن الليتروزول (المجموعتان الثانية والخامسة) تسبب في حصول ارتفاع معنوي 3-يظھر الجدول p<0.05)و (p<0.01 ًفي معدل أقطار الجريبات المتكيسة وفي سمك الطبقة الغالفية، بينما كان االنخفاض معنويا (p<0.01) ض معنوي (في معدل سمك الطبقة الحبيبية. أما بالنسبة للجريبات السوية فقد سجل انخفاp<0.01 في معدل ( في سمك الطبقة الغالفية بالمقارنة مع (p<0.01) أقطارھا وفي سمك الطبقة الحبيبية، في حين حصل ارتفاع معنوي .(p<0.01)مجموعتي السيطرة الخاصة بكل منھما. بينما كان االنخفاض الحاصل في معدل أقطار األجسام الصفر معنوياً في مصل tمما ادى الى ارتفاع مستوى ھرمون ةم اللتروزول بتثبيط عملية االرمتعتماداً على قياباالمكان تفسير السبب ا ي كل من الوطاء يتبعة غلق أللية التلقيم الراجع السالب التي يظھرھا الھرمون ف 2eالدم مع انخفاض مستوى ھرمون المسؤول عن النمو الجريبي مما أثر سلباً فيه فأنعكس على األقطار.وھذا fshاعاقة افراز ھرمون الــ من ثَمَّ والنخامى و 2eما اثبتته نتائج التحليل الھرموني خالل الدراسة الحالية، اذ يالحظ االنخفاض الحاصل في مستوى كل من ھرموني الــ للتروزول تسبب في ارتفاع . كما أوضحت الدراسة الحالية أن اtمع االرتفاع المعنوي في مستوى ھرمون fshوالـــ معنوي لسمك الطبقة الغالفية لكل من الجريبات المتكيسة والسوية في حين حصل انخفاض معنوي في كل من سمك الطبقة غشية الخلوية من الحبيبية، قد يكون سبب االنخفاض في السمك ناتجاً عن تولد الجھد التأكسدي الذي يعمل على تضرر اال لذلك. ويمكن تفسير االرتفاع الحاصل في سمك الطبقة الغالفية بحصول تكاثر خلوي في ھذه [16]ر ذ أشاإخالل أكسدتھا، أن فرط التنسج الحاصل في الطبقة الغالفية والنسيج المبيضي في المصابات بالمتالزمة ناجم عن [17]الطبقة، إذ ذكر في الطبقة الحبيبية بسبب فرط في تخليق األندروجين. زيادة التكاثر الخلوي والمترافق مع الموت الخلوي المبرمج الحاصل الى أن فرط األندروجين المبيضي الناتج عن حقن اللتروزول يؤدي إلى تنبيه مستقبالت االندروجين [10] وقد أشار من قبل تلك مما يحرض التأثيرات االبتنائية ألنواع كاالنسان والقرود والجرذالموجودة في الخاليا الغالفية في العديد من ا المستقبالت مع تكاثر الخاليا الغالفية. 290 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لى التأثير المحسن للعصارة في شكليائية اإلى احداث تغيرات ايجابية تشير بينما أدى التجريع بعصارة البروكلي لى حصول انخفاض اباللتروزول (المجموعة الثالثة) المبيض وفعاليته، إذ أدى التجريع بالعصارة مع الحقن ) في معدل قطر الجريبات p<0.01( ) في معدل قطر الجريبات المتكيسة، كما تسبب في ارتفاع معنويp<0.01معنوي( في معدل سمك الطبقة الغالفية لكل من الجريبة )p<0.01السوية واالجسام الصفر وكذلك في حصول انخفاض معنوي ( ية سمك الطبقة الحبيبية للجريبتين المتكيسة والسو) في معدل p<0.01( المتكيسة والجريبة السوية، في حين حصل ارتفاع واالجسام الصفر وسمكھاالجريبات اقطار) في p>0.05في حين لم يكن الفرق معنوياً (. ةبالمقارنة مع المجموعة الثاني بالمقارنة مع المجموعة االولى قد حصل انخفاض معنوي(المجموعة السادسة) ف تروزولالعصارة بعد االنتھاء من حقن اللأما عند تجريع (p<0.01) سمك الطبقة الغالفية، في حين كان االرتفاع معنوياً فضالً عنمعدل أقطار الجريبات المتكسية في(p<0.01) (p<0.01)في سمك الطبقة الحبيبية بالمقارنة مع المجموعة الخامسة. أما بالنسبة للجريبات السوية فقد سجل ارتفاع معنوي في سمك الطبقة الغالفية. (p<0.01)في معدل كل من أقطارھا وسمك الطبقة الحبيبية، في حين حصل انخفاض معنوي في حين لم يكن في معدل أقطار األجسام الصفر بالمقارنة مع المجموعة الخامسة. (p<0.01)بينما ظھر ارتفاع معنوي رابعة.االجسام الصفر بالمقارنة مع المجموعة ال) في اقطار الجريبات وسمكھا وp>0.05الفرق معنوياً ( الھرمونية والمؤشرات البايوكيميائية التغيرات والــ 2eوالــ fshفي معدل مستوى كل من ھرمون الـ (p<0.01)حصول انخفاض معنوي 4 -يوضح الجدول p وكذلك الــhdl ) عند حقن مادة الليتروزول (المجموعتان الثانية والخامسة)، في حين حصل ارتفاع معنويp<0.01 عند المقارنة مع ldlواألنسولين والكلوكوز والكلسترول والــ lhوالـ t في معدل مستوى كل من الـ p<0.05)و في مصل دم اناث المجموعتين 2eون الـ ان االنخفاض في المستوى السوي لھرممجموعة السيطرة الخاصة بكل منھما. من خالل تنافس اللتروزول aromataseناجحاً النزيم االروماتيز مثبطاً ديعود لكون مادة اللتروزول تع الثانية والخامسة ة) (المنتج من الخاليا الغالفيt لھرمون aromatization على جزيئة الھيم في االنزيم مما يؤدي الى توقف عملية االرمتة الى أن االروماتيز عبارة عن سايتوكروم [18]ذ أشارت إ انخفاض مستواه في مصل الدم. من ثَمَّ الى ھرمون االستروجين و p450 اي بالھيم. إن توقف عملية االرمتة ةلوحدة الثانوية الداخلة في تركيبويعمل اللتروزول على تثبيطه عند ارتباطه با في مصل الدم ، 2eمع انخفاض في مستوى ھرمون tيعقبھا ارتفاع في مستوى ھرمون 2e الى ھرمون الـ tلھرمون ) فأن انخفاض مستواه يعد 2e عن نمو الخاليا الحبيبية (المصدر الرئيس لھرمون الـ يعد مسؤوالً fshولكون ھرمون الـ اً أو كابح اً مانع اً ي مصل الدم تأثيركما أن الرتفاع مستوى االندروجين ف في مصل الدم. 2eسبباً أخر ألنخفاض مستوى -gonadotropin ( الوطائية الفارزة للـ للتلقيم الراجع السالب لكل من االستروجين والبروجسترون على العصبونات releasing hormone (gnrh الموجھة للقند اتھرمونلفرازھا لامؤدياً الى زيادة سرعة gnrh وھي الحالة التي ينتج ). وجاءت ھذه fshفراز ھرمون الــ الى تنبيه االفراز النبضي البطيء التي تؤدي (المعاكس ل lhعنھا تحرر ھرمون الــ يوماً، أذ حصلت زيادة في 90مايكروغرام من اللتروزول لمدة 400عندما حقن [10] النتيجة منسجمة مع ما توصل اليه النتيجة المشترك في مسار التخليق الحيوي لألندروجين. كما انسجمت cyp17aالرسول للبروتين التعبير الجيني للرنا بجرع مختلفة عند تجريع اناث الجرذ tوالـــ lhأذ سجل ارتفاع في مستوى ھرموني الــ [19]مع ما توصل إليه ةالحالي يوماً. أما بالنسبة لالنخفاض الحاصل 21مليغرام لكل كيلوغرام من وزن الجسم من مادة اللتروزول لمدة 1و 0.5و 0.1 في مصل دم اناث المجموعتين الثانية والخامسة يمكن تفسيره باالعتماد على االنخفاض الحاصل في pفي مستوى ھرمون جاءت ھذه النتيجة .[20] الھرمون االمصدر الرئيس لھذھي باضة األجسام الصفر والمتكونة بعد اال عملية االباضة لكون باللتروزول عند تجريع اناث الجرذ 2eوالــ pذ سجل انخفاض في مستوى كل من ھرموني إ [11]مماثلة لما توصل اليه يوماً. 21فمويا لمدة على انه ناجم عن وجود خلل في ةالحالي ةوى الكلوكوز خالل الدراسيمكن تفسير االرتفاع الحاصل في مستو لكلوكوز وفي حالة دخال ااالمعروف أن االنسولين يعمل على ذ أن منإ، t)لالنسولين (نتيجة ألرتفاع ھرمون ةستجاباال ةوانسجمت النتيج ستجابة الخلية لالنسولين التتمكن الخلية من أدخالة فيبقى مستواه عالياً في مصل الدم.احصول الخلل في المعاملة ناث الجرذا) في مصل دم (زيادة مستواه إذ سجل ارتفاع معنوي في مقاومة األنسولين [11]اء به مع ما ج . أما االختالل الواضح في أيض الدھون خالل الدراسة الحاليه والمتمثل باالرتفاع الحاصل في مستوى باللتروزول النظيرة في مجموعة الثانية والخامسة مقارنهً بالقيم في المجموعتين hdlواالنخفاض المعنوي للـ ldl الكلسترول والـ ختالل الدھون االى أن ظھور [21]، فقد أشار ةبالمتالزم ةيضاً من المعالم المرافقه التي تظھر عند االصاباالسيطرة فھي الكياس.المبيض متعدد ا ةمصل دم النساء المصابات بمتالزم في hdlوانخفاض مستوى الـ ldlكارتفاع مستوى الـ دى التجريع بالعصارة مع الليتروزول (المجموعة الثالثة) إلى تحسن واضح، إذ حصل ارتفاع معنوي ابينما )p<0.01 وp<0.05 ( في معدل مستوى كل من الـfsh 2والـــe والــp والــhdl كما حصل انخفاض معنوي ، ) p<0.01وp<0.05 في مستوى كل من ھرمون الـ ( t والــlh واالنسولين والكوكوز والكلسترول وكذلك الــldl بالمقارنة مستوى الھرمونات ) في p>0.05في حين لم يكن الفرق معنوياً ( بالمقارنة مع القيم النظيرة في المجموعة الثانية. مع المجموعة االولى. 291 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لى نتائج مماثلة، إذ ظھر ابالليتروزول (المجموعة السادسة) دى التجريع بالعصارة بعد االنتھاء من المعاملة او ، كما حصل hdlوكذلك الــ pوالــ 2eوالـــ fshفي معدل مستوى كل من ھرمون الـ ) p<0.01ارتفاع معنوي ( واالنسولين والكلوكوز والكلسترول والــ lhالــ t ) في مستوى كل من الـ p<0.05وp<0.01 انخفاض معنوي ( ldl .في حين لم يكن الفرق معنوياً ( عند المقارنة بالمجموعة الخامسةp>0.05نات بالمقارنة مع ) في مستوى الھرمو .رابعةالمجموعة ال لية عمل عصارة البروكلي ضد المتالزمة خالل الدراسة الحاليةآ البروكلي لنموذج المتالزمة امتالك البروكلي تأثيراً وقائياً وعالجياً من خالل التحسن أكدت نتائج التجريع بعصارة ن أ. اذ tومن ابرزھا انخفاض مستوى ھرمون ةبالمتالزم ةتي تعد مؤشرات لالصابالكبير المتمثل بتراجع االضطرابات ال الذي ربما بروكلي دوراً مضاداً لالندروجين الى مستواه السوي، يعود الى امتالك نبات ال tالتحسن المتمثل باعادة ھرمون اما من خالل زيادة التعبير gnrhنجم عن دعمة أللية التلقيم الراجع السالب للبروجسترون على العصبونات المولده للـ فاعقبه lhمما يؤدي الى كبح افراز الـ gnrh خفض سرعة تكرار افراز الـ من ثَمَّ ي لمستقبالت البروجسترون والجين وبلوغه المستوى السوي، مما تسبب في انخفاض الجريبات المتكيسة fsh وكذلك عودة الفراز الـ tانخفاض ھرمون وكما ھو واضح في النتائج الحالية. وقد يعود التحسن الظاھر بتاثير التجريع بالعصارة خالل الدراسة الحالية الى تاثير الداعم lhفي الخاليا الغالفية، مما نتج عنه زوال تاثير الـ lh لبروكلي المباشر من خالل قيامه بخفض مستقبالت الـا اليه) في سمك لتضاعف الخاليا الغالفية المكونة لجدار الجريبة فأعقبة حصول االنخفاض الواضح (وكما اشرته الدراسة الح (أذ ان الخاليا الغالفية تعد مصدر رئيس وحيوي لتخليق tي مستوى ھرمونحصول االنخفاض ف من ثَمَّ ھذه الطبقة و المبيضي). ويمكن تفسير الفعالية القوية للبروكلي الواضحة خالل النتائج الحالية من خالل مايمتلكه من تاثير tھرمون فض لفعاليتھا سواء اكانت تاثيره الخا فضالً عنء الحيوي لالندروجين سلبي في تخليق االنزيمات المشتركة في البنا ، أي ان لنبات البروكلي oh progesterone-17او مسار oh pregnenolone-17 االنزيمات المشتركة في مسار بفعل tلية جار الصمية للھرمون (التنبيه) في الخاليا الغالفية.أو قد يكون االنخفاض في مستوى ھرمونفي الغاء اآل اً دور ذ إ)،tلحالية ناجم عن دور البروكلي المعروف بخفضه للكلسترول (الجزيئات السلف البتناء ھرمونالبروكلي في الدراسة ا والـ pregnenoloneمن مركبي tالى ان التجھيز الثابت من الكلسترول يعد ضرورياً لبناء ھرمون [22]سبق واشار androstenedioneع المعاملة و الجريبي واالباضة في المجامي. باالمكان تفسير التحسن الحاصل في كل من عمليتي النم scavengerاعتماداً على مايمتلكه البروكلي من فعاليه مضادة لالكسده اذ يعد كاسحاً ةالحالي ةبالعصارة خالل الدراس من الفينوالت والفالفونيدات وذلك بفعل مايمتلكه من محتوى عالٍ لمواد التاكسد المتسببة في تحطم الخاليا الحية، مضادة لالكسده. ةن مثل ھذه المركبات تعد ذا فعاليا [23]والفيتامينات. اذ اكد فباالمكان ةيالحال ةخالل الدراس ةللمتالزم ةالمرافق ةرابات االيضيوبالنسبة أللية عمل البروكلي في تعديل االضط البالزمية ةداخل الخلية وايصاله الى االغشي ني لناقل الكلوكوز ونقلهتفسيرھا على ان العصارة عززت زيادة التعبير الجي عودة الكلوكوز ومن ثم االنسولين الى مستوياتھم السوية، اذ أشار من ثَمَّ كلوكوز الى داخل الخاليا ومما يساعد في ادخال ال ظھورھا باعداد كبيرة من ثَمَّ جاء الخلية ولكلوكوز في ارالى ان االنسولين ينبه التعبير الجيني للبروتينات ناقلة ا [24] البروكلي في ايض الدھون ويساعد ايضاً في نقلھا واضافتھا للغشاء. كما يمكن ان تكون ألية التاثير االيجابي لعصارة عن احتواء البروكلي على مركب ةلسوية خالل الدراسة الحالية ناجما ةبعودة مستوى الكلسترول الى القيم ةوالمتمثل sulphoraphane يعد البروكلي من النباتات لخفض الكلسترول كما ةعالي ةفعالي الى امتالك ھذا المركب [8]، اذ اشار وان ارتباط تلك االلياف مع الكلسترول في الدم يسھل طرحه او ابرازه الحقاً مما يقلل من مستويات ةبااللياف الذائب ةالغني ويعمل على تقليل الكلسترول بنسبه ةبروكلي نبات غني بااللياف الذائبالى ان ال [25] الكلسترول في مصل الدم. واشار يقلل من cمن فيتامين ةن احتواء البروكلي على كميه عالي. كما ا%40 ةبنسب ldl cholesterolكما يقلل من 30% القدرة على منع تكون الجذور cالى ان لفيتامين [26]، اذ اشار low –density lipoprotein (ldl)الكلسترول والـ الذي يمتلك carotene -βاحتواء البروكلي على فيتامين فضالً عن، cholesterol-hdl، مما يزيد من تكون الـ ةالحر . ldl كمضاد لالكسدة مما يمنع تكون الـ cلفيتامين مماثالً اً دور 292 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المصادر 1. charnvises,k.; weerakiet,s.; tingthanatikul,y. and wansumrith,s.(2005).acanthosis nigricans clinical predictor of abnormal glucose tolerance in asian women with polycystic ovary syndrome. gyneco. endocrinol.21:161-164. 2. goodarzi,m.o.; dumesic,d.a.; chazenbalk,g. and azziz,r.(2011).polycystic ovary syndrome : etiology, pathogensis and diagnosis. nat. res. endocrinol. 7: 219-231. 3. raisbeck,e.(1999).a sympathetic approach to pcos sufferers.practice nurse. 18(4):212– 216. 4. hassan,b.a.r.(2012).medicinal plants (importance and uses).pharmaceut.anal.acta.3:10 (one page). .465نتاج محاصيل الخضار.جامعة دمشق.عدد الصفحات:ا).2004بسام، أبو ترابي وأبراھيم،البسيط.( ;متيادي، بوراس 5. 6. hugck,l.(2012).using, storing and processing broccoli.phd thesis. michigan state univ. 7. le,h.t.; schaldach,c.m.; firestone,g.l. and bjeldanes,l.f.(2003).plant-derived 3,3'diindolylmethane is a strong androgen antagonist in human prostate cancer cells.the journal of biological chemistry.u.s.a .278(23). 21136–21145 pp. 8. suido,h.; takeuchi,a.;makino,t. and yanaka,t.(2003).serum cholesterol lowering effect of a broccoli and cabbage mixture in rats. proceedings of xiiith international symposium on arthroscleroses, kyoto japan, abstract. p. 238. 9. fowke,j.h.; longcope,c. and hebert,j.r.(2000).brassica vegetable consumption shifts estrogen metabolism in healthy postmenopausal women.cancer.epidemiol.biom.prev.9(8): 773-779. 10. ortega,i.; sokalska,a.; villanueva,j.a.; cress,a.b.; wong,d.h.; stener-victorin,e.; stanley, s.d. and dulebaa.j.(2013).letrozole increases ovarian growth and cyp17a1 gene expression in the rat ovary. fertil.steril.99(3):889–896. 11. rezvanfar,m.a.; saadi,h.a.s.; gooshe;m.; abdolghaffari,a.h.; baeeri,m. and abdollahi,m. (2014).ovarian aging-like phenotype in the hyperandrogenism-induced murine model of polycystic ovary. abstract. 12. thakor,a.p. and patel,a.j.(2014).normalizing of estrous cycle in polycystic ovary syndrome(pcos) induced with tephrosia purpurea (linn.) pers.j.appli. and natu. sci. 6(1): 197-201. 13. manneras, l.; cajander, s.; holmäng, a.; seleskovic, z.; lystig, t.; lönn, m. and stenervictorin,e.(2007).a new rat model exhibiting both ovarian and metabolic characteristics of polycystic ovary syndrome. endocrinol.148(8): 3781-3791. 14. uilenbroek, j. t. and van der linden, r. (1984). effects of prolactin on follicular oestradiol production in the rat. j. endocr. 102(2): 245-250. ) على الوظائف الفسلجية للمبيض والرحم في (oxytocin).تأثير حقن ھرمون األوكسيتوسين 1987شاھر، نھلة جاسم 15. محمد.الجرذان .رسالة ماجستير.كلية العلوم.جامعة بغداد. 16.amalfi,s.;velez,l.m.; heber,m.f.;vighi,s.; ferreira,s.r.;orozco,a.v.; pignataro,o.and motta,a.b.(2012).prenatal hyperandrogenization induces metabolic and endocrine alterations which depend on the levels of testosterone exposure. plos one.7(5):e37658. doi: 10.1371/ journal.pone.0037658. 17. hughesdon,p.e.(1982).morphology and morphogenesis of the stein-leventhal ovary and of so-called hyperthecosis .obstet.gyne. sur.137(2):59-77. 293 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 18. radwan,d.m.(2010).comparative histological and immunohistochemical study on rat ovarian and endometrial responses to letrozole versus clomiphene citrate.egypt. j. histol. 33(3):594 – 606. 19. kafali,h.; iriadam,m.; ozardali,i. and demir, n.(2004). letrozole-induced polycystic ovaries in the rat: a new model for cystic ovarian disease. arch. med. res.35: 103-108. 20. tomac, j.; cekinovic, d. and arapovic, j. (2011).biology of the corpus luteum. periodicum biologorum.113(1): 43–49. 21.macut,d.;panidis,d.;glisic´,b.;spanos,n.;petakov,m.;bjekic´,j.;stanojlovic´,o.;rousso,d kourtis,a.; bozic´,i. and damjanovic´,s.(2008).lipid and lipoprotein profile in women with polycystic ovary syndrome. can.j.physiol pharmacol.86: 199–204. 22. yousef,m.i.(2005).protective role of ascorbic acid to enhance reproductive performance of male rabbits treated with stannous chloride. toxicology.207(1):81-89. 23. yu ,l. l.; zhou ,k.k. and parry,j.(2005). antioxidant properties of cold-pressed black caraway, carrot, cranberry, and hemp seed oils.food chem.91(4): 723–729. 24. johansson,j.; feng, y.; shao,r.; lonn,m.; billing,h. and stener-victorin, e.(2010).intense electroacupuncture normalizes insulin sensitivity, increases muscle clut4 content, andimproves lipid profile in a rat model of polycystic ovary syndrome. am. j. physiol. endocrinol. metab. 299: 551-559. 25. szalay,j.(2014).broccoli:health benefits, risks and nutrition facts.www. livescience.com/ 45408-broccoli nutrition.html. 26. cherney,k.(2013).broccoli and cholesterol.www.livestrong.com/ article/ 275455broccoli and cholesterol. 294 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 في الجرذ وداقيةوالدورة ال يضاالبروكلي في وزن المبعصارة نبات ثير أت : )1( جدولال .االبيض المجاميع التجريبية ◘ وزن المبايض ◘◘ أنتظام الدورة الوداقية seالخطأ القياسي ± المعدل المجموعة االولى: المعاملة بالمحلول الملحي (سيطرة) a 36.80 ± 2.32 + الثانية:المجموعة المعاملة بالـ l b 45.00 ± 2.22 _ المجموعة الثالثة: المعاملة بالـ lالعصارة + a/c 40.62 ± 1.14 + المجموعة الرابعة: ةالمعامل نتھاءاالمعاملة بالماء بعد لمحلول الملحياب سيطرة)( d 33.72 ± 2.29 + المجموعة الخامسة: المعاملة بالماء بعد انتھاء بالـ المعاملة l e 47.01 ± 2.26 _ المجموعة السادسة: المعاملة بالعصارة بعد انتھاء lالمعاملة بالـ d/f 34.20 ± 2.66 + غرام من وزن الجسم. 100/ لثمانية اناث بالمليغرام المبيض تمثل القيم معدل وزن ◘ ) عدم انتظامھا.تمثل العالمة (+) انتظام الدورة الوداقية في حين تمثل العالمة ( ◘ ◘ و p<0.01تمثل الحروف المختلفة عمودياً بين المجاميع وجود فرق معنوي على مستوى ( p<0.05.( ).p>0.05ة عمودياً بين المجاميع عدم وجود فرق معنوي (ھتمثل الحروف المتشاب 295 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 نواع الجريبات المبيضة واالجسام الصفر في اختلف عداد ماالبروكلي في عصارة نبات : تأثير )2 ( جدولال . الجرذ االبيض المجاميع التجريبية عدد ةالجريبات المتكيس عدد السوية الجريبات عدد األجسام الصفر seالخطأ القياسي ± المعدل ى:ولالمجموعة اال يالملح لمحلولاالمعاملة ب (سيطرة) a 0.75 ± 0.31 a 5.88 ± 0.54 a 12.38 ± 0.75 :المجموعة الثانية lالمعاملة بالـ b 9.50 ± 0.77 b 3.63 ± 0.56 b 2.00 ± 0.04 :المجموعة الثالثة المعاملة بالـ lالعصارة + a/c 6.25 ± 0.45 a/b 3.75 ± 0.49 a/c 5.02 ± 0.40 المجموعة الرابعة: ھاء نتاالمعاملة بالماء بعد يلمحلول الملحاالمعاملة ب (سيطرة) d 0.70 ± 0.30 d 6.89 ± 0.59 d 11.30 ± 0.76 المجموعة الخامسة: ھاء نتاالمعاملة بالماء بعد بالـ المعاملة l e 8.54 ± 0.73 e 2.01 ± 0.50 e 1.37 ± 0.08 المجموعة السادسة: المعاملة بالعصارة نتھاء المعاملةابعد lبالـ d/f 2.75 ± 0.41 d/f 6.13 ± 0.22 d/f 12.13 ± 0.51 .seالخطأ القياسي ± تمثل القيم معدل أعداد الجريبات واألجسام الصفر لثمانية إناث ).p<0.05و p<0.01تمثل الحروف المختلفة عمودياً بين المجاميع وجود فرق معنوي على مستوى ( ).p>0.05ة عمودياً بين المجاميع عدم وجود فرق معنوي (ھتمثل الحروف المتشاب 296 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 في الجرذ جسام الصفر البروكلي في أقطار وسمك جدار الجريبات المبيضية واال عصارة نبات تأثير : (3) جدولال . االبيض ةالتجريبيالمجاميع رجسام الصفاال الجريبات السوية الجريبات المتكيسة قطر سمك قطر سمك الطبقة قطر ةالغالفي الطبقة يةالحبيب الطبقة الغالفية الطبقة ةالحبيبي :المجموعة األولى لمحلولاالمعاملة ب الملحي (سيطرة) a 514.40 ± 20.18 a 2.60 ± 0.16 a 2.50 ± 0.20 a 785.72 ± 14.33 a 2.03 ± 0.04 a 5.22 ± 0.18 a 694.30 ± 8.13 :المجموعة الثانية lالمعاملة بالـ b 641.30 ± 6.93 b 5.59 ± 0.22 b 1.60 ± 0.12 b 452.48 ± 24.38 b 3.25 ± 0.05 b 4.32 ± 0.11 b 221.96 ± 13.18 :المجموعة الثالثة المعاملة بالـ lالعصارة+ a/c 471.70 ± 23.87 a/c 2.99 ± 0.12 a/c 2.50 ± 0.19 a/c 573.06 ± 25.83 a/c 2.72 ± 0.11 a/c 5.07 ± 0.13 a/c 271.62 ± 9.69 المجموعة الرابعة: المعاملة بالماء بعد نتھاء المعاملة ا لمحلول الملحياب (سيطرة) d 510.41 ± 20.14 d 2.57 ± 0.15 d 2.47 ± 0.10 d 789.70 ± 14.39 d 2.00 ± 0.03 d 5.98 ± 0.19 d 690.98 ± 8.19 المجموعة الخامسة: المعاملة بالماء بعد نتھاء المعاملةا lبالـ e 643.35 ± 6.98 e 6.08 ± 0.25 e 1.50 ± 0.18 e 450.40 ± 24.36 e 3.59 ± 0.13 e 4.00 ± 0.01 e 223.90 ± 13.15 :المجموعة السادسة لة بالعصارة المعام بعد إنتھاء المعاملة lبالـ d/f 516.40 ± 20.19 d/f 3.90 ± 0.08 d/f 3.12 ± 0.19 d/f 590.95 ± 16.54 d/f 2.21 ± 0.10 d/f 5.41 ± 0.13 d/f 634.01 ± 4.69 .seالخطأ القياسي ± تمثل القيم المعدل بالمايكروميتر لثمانية إناث ).p<0.05و p<0.01مستوى (تمثل الحروف المختلفة عمودياً بين المجاميع وجود فرق معنوي على ).p>0.05ة عمودياً بين المجاميع عدم وجود فرق معنوي (ھتمثل الحروف المتشاب 297 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 الجرذ وبعض المؤشرات البايوكيمائية في مصل دم البروكلي في المستويات الھرمونية عصارة نباتتأثير :)4( جدولال . االبيض ةالمجاميع التجريبي t ng/ml lh mlu/ml fsh mlu/ml e2 pg/ml p ng/ml ins uu/ml glu mg/dl chol mg/dl hdl mg/dl ldl mg/dl se الخطأ القياسي± المعدل :المجموعة األولى لمحلولاالمعاملة ب الملحي (سيطرة) a 0.03 ± 0.08 a 0.12 ± 0.07 a 0.24 ± 0.01 a 30.54 ± 4.97 a 40.87 ± 0.29 a 0.24 ± 0.01 a 192.37 ± 10.60 a 74.00 ± 1.88 a 56.31 ± 1.06 a 30.72 ± 0.07 : المجموعة الثانية lالمعاملة بالـ b 4.63 ± 0.20 b 1.11 ± 0.08 b 0.03 ± 0.01 b 0.45 ± 0.19 b 3.42 ± 0.05 b 0.99 ± 0.36 b 220.00 ± 5.76 b 105.41 ± 0.87 b 11.87 ± 0.29 b 42.75 ± 1.19 : الثالثةالمجموعة المعاملة بالـ lالعصارة+ a/c 0.16 ± 0.02 a/c 0.81 ± 0.34 a/c 0.22 ± 0.09 a/c 45.44 ± 3.30 a/c 33.54 ± 4.23 a/c 0.22 ± 0.09 a/c 181.12 ± 1.54 a/c 73.00 ± 3.53 a/c 45.12 ± 1.29 a/c 36.75 ± 3.30 الرابعة: المجموعة المعاملة بالماء بعد نتھاء المعاملة ا لمحلول الملحياب (سيطرة) d 0.02 ± 0.07 d 0.10 ± 0.05 d 0.29 ± 0.04 d 30.60 ± 4.90 d 42.97 ± 0.39 d 0.10 ± 0.01 d 168.90 ± 3.32 d 50.00 ± 1.84 d 59.38 ± 1.03 d 28.02 ± 0.04 المجموعةالخامسة: المعاملة بالماء بعد نتھاء المعاملةا lبالـ e 5.03 ± 0.21 e 1.51 ± 0.09 e 0.01 ± 0.01 e 0.55 ± 0.18 e 3.50 ± 0.06 e 1.00 ± 0.35 e 223.01 ± 5.75 e 103.41 ± 0.86 e 10.87 ± 0.29 e 45.75 ± 1.19 المجموعةالسادسة: عد المعاملة بالعصارة ب lانتھاء المعاملة بالـ d/f 0.04 ± 0.09 d/f 0.16 ± 0.01 d/f 0.16 ± 0.03 d/f 34.30 ± 2.30 d/f 32.16 ± 4.85 d/f 0.16 ± 0.03 d/f 157.00 ± 2.28 d/f 38.00 ± 1.10 d/f 46.87 ± 1.91 d/f 17.75 ± 1.04 .seالخطأ القياسي ± اناث ةتمثل القيم المعدل لثماني ).p<0.05و p<0.01تمثل الحروف المختلفة عمودياً بين المجاميع وجود فرق معنوي على مستوى ( ).p>0.05ة عمودياً بين المجاميع عدم وجود فرق معنوي (ھتمثل الحروف المتشاب 298 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (السيطرة) المعاملة بالمحلول نثى جرذ المجموعة االولىامقطع طولي سھمي لمبيض :) (1شكل ) واالجسام الصفر ( ) يالحظ فيه ظھور الجريبات السوية ( . الملحي الفسلجي (3.2x) . ايوسين-.صبغة ھيماتوكسلين ) ) وغارية ( متكيسة ( ةوجريب يالحظ فيه. تروزولالمجموعة الثانية المعاملة بالل نثى جرذا: مقطع طولي سھمي لمبيض 2)(شكل ة) والرتقي ) وقبل الغارية ( ) والغارية ( كثرة ظھور الجريبات المتكيسة ( (3.2x) . ايوسينصبغة ھيماتوكسلين . ) مع أختفاء االجسام الصفر ( 299 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 تروزول مع التجريعالمجموعة الثالثة المعاملة بالل نثى جرذا: مقطع طولي سھمي لمبيض (3) كلش ) والغارية ( ة( ) والرتقي يالحظ فيه تراجع اعداد الجريبات المتكيسة. بالعصارة . ) ) واالجسام الصفر ( ( ة) مع ظھور الجريبات السوي ) وقبل الغارية ( ( . (3.2x) ايوسين-صبغة ھيماتوكسلين لمجموعة الخامسة المجرعة بالماء بعد االنتھاء منامقطع طولي سھمي لمبيض أنثى جرذ :4) ( شكل ) والغارية ) والرتقية ( يالحظ فيه كثرة ظھور الجريبات المتكيسة ( .تروزولالل حقن ايوسين-صبغة ھيماتوكسلين . ) مع أختفاء االجسام الصفر وقبل الغارية ( ) ( (3.2x) . 300 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 صارة بعد االنتھاء منالمجرعة بالعنثى جرذ المجموعة السادسة امبيض : مقطع طولي سھمي ل5)(كلش ) وقبل الغارية ( ) المتكيسة ( يالحظ فيه تراجع اعداد الجريبات . الحقن بأللتروزول ايوسينصبغة ھيماتوكسلين . ) ( ) مع عودة ظھور االجسام الصفر والرتقية ( .(3.2x) 301 علوم الحياة | 2015عام ) 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the role of broccoli ( brassica oleracea ) in treatment for induced polycystic ovary syndrome in albino rats ( rattus norvegicus ) nahla j. al-shahery roqaya a. salih dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science(ibn-al haitham ) / university of baghdad received in :8/march/2015, accepted in :26/april/2015 abstract the goal of present study was to investigate the benefits of broccoli (as antiandrogenic plant) in protection and treatment for reproductive hormonal and metabolic disturbance, which combined with polycystic ovarian syndrome (pcos). the pcos model was introduced by injecting subcutaneously prepubertal female rats at 21 days old with letrozole for 39 days, and divided into 6 groups (8 rats each ) as follows: group 1: female rats were injected with 0.1 ml of normal saline. group 2: female rats were injected with 0.1 ml of 400 µg letrozole group 3: female rats were injected with 0.1 ml of 400 µg l with orally gavaged of broccoli juice. group 4: female rats were injected with 0.1 ml of normal saline and at the end of the last injection were orally gavaged with destil water for 30 days . group 5: female rats were injected with 0.1 ml of 400 µg l and at the end of the last injection were orally gavaged with destil water for 30 days. group 6: female rats were injected with 0.1 ml of 400 µg l and at the end of the last injection were orally gavaged with broccoli juice for 30 days. females of all groups were sacrificed after 24 hours from last treatment to undertake study on weight, histological, hormonal and metabolic for each group. all ltreated rats showed reproductive hormonal and metabolic symptoms of pcos. also a well improvement has been noticed in all syndrome symptoms on females gavaged with broccoli juice. these results indicate that broccoli juice has got a protective and curative role against this syndrome. key words : pcos , broccoli , rats , follicle cyst , letrozole drug . ihjpas. 36(1)2023 113 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license studying the classification of texture images by k-means of cooccurrence matrix and confusion matrix . abstract in this research, a group of gray texture images of the brodatz database was studied by building the features database of the images using the gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm), where the distance between the pixels was one unit and for four angles (0, 45, 90, 135). the k-means classifier was used to classify the images into a group of classes, starting from two to eight classes, and for all angles used in the co-occurrence matrix. the distribution of the images on the classes was compared by comparing every two methods (projection of one class onto another where the distribution of images was uneven, with one category being the dominant one. the classification results were studied for all cases using the confusion matrix between every two cases or two steps (two different angles and for the same number of classes). the agreement percentage between the classification results and the various methods was calculated. keywords: k-means, feature extraction, confusion matrix, agreement percent, class projection. 1.introduction image processing is one of the primary areas employed in various applications. it may be characterized as a method through which primitive images are improved. the sources of these images are cameras, remote sensors on satellites, or images used for medical diagnostics. in recent years, advancements in image processing have been made using variety methods, and the influence of these advancements on the capabilities of improving images, whether for military reconnaissance missions, space probes, or other applications, has been significant. image processing comprises several distinct methods that can be distinguished from one another, such as feature extraction and classification. these features have important and unique information about digital images, and together they help their respective classifiers get the best possible results [1-2]. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2894 article history: received 19 june 2022, accepted 7 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq haider s. kaduhm department of phesics,college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ha idar.sa dek1204a@ihcoedu.uoba ghda d.edu.iq hameed m. abduljabbar department of phesics,college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hameed.m.aj@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:haidar.sadek1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hameed.m.aj@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 114 the brodatz texture database is one of the well-known global databases. the brodatz texture images database was built from the brodatz album, so it is considered an actual measure for evaluating the algorithms used in the segmentation and classification of texture images because it contains homogeneous and heterogeneous materials in addition to large-scale patterns [3-4]. the texture is a feature that allows to extract and arrange images to be used in many applications and provides spatial information about an image's hue or intensity. the texture of the points cannot be explained. it is determined by the spatial organization of gray-level values in the vicinity. the features of the texture explain how the image behaves. to derive these features, feature extraction techniques that help classify and identify images must be applied. dimensional modification is a subset of feature extraction. the primary objective of this method is to collect essential features of the raw data and to interpret these features in a space with fewer dimensions. when the original data is too large to be handled, the raw data in this approach is converted to a decremental description of the features. dealing with the actual data is unnecessary (big data, but more information is needed) [5]. the texels are what the texture is composed of. a distinct definition can be given to the texels, the basic unit used to describe the homogeneity of images, as they appear with a certain extent and regularity [6-7]. also, they are the information provided by the intensity coordination in the image or the spatial arrangement of colors[5]. textures can define the surface and the properties of aerial or satellite images, biomedical images, and other types of images. with these essential properties, it can be utilized in many applications, such as knowing product quality through industrial monitoring, finding land resources by remote sensing, and finally, medical diagnosis using a computer in tomography. thus the texture of the image can be defined as the spatial contrast function of pixel intensities (gray values)[8-9]. image texture describes the spatial arrangement of colors in an image. also, spatial variation in pixel intensities (gray values) is used to define an image texture. image texture has various uses and has been the topic of much investigation by many academics because the regular images usually do not have complex backgrounds. they include less information about textures. therefore, one evident use of image textures is to select areas based on textural qualities using texture applications[9][10]. image classification techniques are categorized into supervised and unsupervised classification methods [11]. unsupervised classification aims to break the extensive data in the image into smaller units with similar characteristics[12]. unsupervised classification is an aggregation principle used to reveal the structure of this aggregation in a data set[13][14]. the isodata algorithm and the kmeans algorithm are considered the most popular methods used in unsupervised classification. they are also widely used in satellite data analysis [15]. as for the supervised classification methods, in these methods, there is a group called the training sample, or what is known as the input of the analyst, which plays a prominent role in the accuracy of classification, as these samples are the main factor and of high importance in the supervised classification methods[16-18]. in statistical methods, the adopted idea is that the image's texture is determined using statistics related to the selected features from among a large group of local image characteristics. you find that the human system differentiates between a texture from others based on statistical features, which include first-degree, second-degree, and an example stats on second-degree is the gray level occurrence matrix, and high-level statistics such as the autocorrelation function [19-20]. one of the most important statistical methods is the gray-level presence matrix (glcm), considered one of the oldest methods for extracting many texture features [21]. the co-occurrence matrix co ihjpas. 36(1)2023 115 (i, j) calculates these features. it finds the gray levels i and j, respectively, with the number of pixel co-occurrence, within a certain distance [21-23]. the result of this is a matrix of distance d and direction for every number of intensity levels observed in the image. classification for fine textures requires small values for distance d, while for coarse textures, a considerable distance [24]. after creating (glcm), the statistical characteristics are calculated as an example. six statistical properties can be inferred from (glcm) (contrast, correlation, energy, homogeneity, entropy, and maximum probability [21]. this research is to study the features of texture images taken from the brodatz database for different angles and its impact on the classification results in terms of the distribution of images in various classes and the percentage of agreement between them on the classification of images. the whole image was adopted in extracting the characteristics and the classification process. texture analysis and classification have been studied thoroughly for their importance; the following is some research about them: the texture analysis approach for local binary patterns (lbp) and the gray level co-occurrence matrix method was tested and contrasted against one another (glcm). they are used on industrial products and new integration schemes to conduct texture analysis. they collected a wide range of industrial samples. the obtained findings were satisfactory and demonstrated effectiveness in identifying complicated industrial products with varying color and pattern distributions [24]. the spatial gray level method was for texture analysis. he proposed a minor modification to replace the usual frequency matrices with addition and difference graphs when the sum and difference of two random variables with the same data were related to each other and determine the main axes of the joint probability function associated with them. he presented two high-probability classifiers for texture. the first, the sum and difference graph, was considered a feature vector component and performs a fast execution, avoiding the explicit evaluation of the feature vector. the other was a classifier based on general measurements extracted from the graphs. he illustrated that the proposed method of tissue analysis from the traditional spatial gray level dependence was the reduction of the computation time as well as the storage of memory [25]. the suggestion was to make a mixture based on both the co-existence matrix (glcm) as well as the random threshold vector matrix (rtv) due to the need for a high accuracy rate of tissue classification using the random threshold vector (rtv). they were used on different data sets, such as brodatz and outex. in the beginning, the first dimension of the feature vector was calculated. they then estimated the inverse from the co-existence matrices by applying the (rtv) method. they found that the vectors had two dimensions, one was the entropy of the proposed existence matrix, and the other was the threshold dimension. their proposed approach showed a high-quality accuracy rate for classification textures and contained significant discriminatory information required for successful analysis [26]. 2.methodology the following steps were adopted in this research:  using the brodatz image database as a sample to test the algorithm.  building a database for each angle (0, 45, 90, and 135) of the gray-level co-occurrence matrix method (glcm) using a distance equal to one pixel. the features adopted in extracting the images features using the following equations[27]: 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑠𝑡 = ∑ ∑ (𝑖 − 𝑗)2𝑁−1𝑖=0 𝑁−1 𝑖=0 𝑝(𝑖, 𝑗) (1) 𝐶𝑜𝑟𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 1 𝜎𝑥𝜎𝑦 ∑ ∑ (𝑖,𝑗)𝑝 𝑁 𝑗=1 𝑁 𝑖=1 (𝑖,𝑗) − 𝜇𝑥 𝜇𝑦 (2) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 116 𝐸𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑦 = − ∑ ∑ 𝑝(𝑖, 𝑗)𝑙𝑜𝑔(𝑝(𝑖, 𝑗))𝑁𝑗=1 𝑁 𝑖=1 (3) 𝐻𝑜𝑚𝑜𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑖𝑡𝑦 = ∑ ∑ 𝑝(𝑖,𝑗) 1 𝑁−1 𝑗=0 𝑁−1 𝑖=0 + |𝑖 − 𝑗| (4) 𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑑 𝐷𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝜎 = √ 1 𝑁−1 ∑ |𝐶𝑜𝑖 − 𝜇| 2𝑁 𝑖=1 (5) where μ is the mean of co-occurrence matrix 𝜇 = 1 𝑁 ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 𝑇ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑 𝑀𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑢𝑚 (𝑀3) = ( 1 𝑁−1 ∑ |𝐶𝑜𝑖 − 𝜇| 2𝑁 𝑖=1 ) 3 (6) 𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑙𝑖𝑧𝑒𝑑 𝜎 = 1 − 1 1+( 𝑆𝑐𝑜 255 ) 2 (7) 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑡𝑦(𝑈𝑓) = ∑ ∑ ( 𝐶𝑜𝑖𝑗 ∑ ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑖𝑗 ) 2 𝑗𝑖 (8) where 𝑝(𝑖, 𝑗) the probability of the co-occurrence matrix element value 𝐶𝑜𝑖𝑗  classifying the brodatz database using the k_ means classifier for a number of classes.  calculating the confusion matrix between each two classification methods for all angles 0, 45, 90 and 135.  calculating the agreement percent between the results of classificat ion of each two methods (two different angles).  studying the distribution of the classified images between methods (different angles) by calculating the projection of one method into another method, as shown in figure 1 first method s e c o n d m e th o d the projection for the first method on the second the projection of the second method on the first figure 1. the confusion matrix the confusion matrix was used to calculate the agreement percent for the classification results of classifying the images between each two methods, using equation 9. 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡 (𝐴𝑃) = ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑓𝑖𝑖 𝑁 𝑖 ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑓𝑖𝑗 𝑁 𝑖𝑗 (9) 3.results and discussion brodatz images were used as samples to study the glcm method in distinguishing texture images, where 112 (gray images) were used. below, in figure 2, is a sample of these images. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 117 figure 2. a set of samples taken from brodatz the glcm was calculated for the angles (0, 45, 90 and 135) with one-pixel distance to study the effect of angle change on the ability of the glcm to distinguish texture images. a database was created for each image and each angle used in the gray-level co-occurrence matrix using eight features that illustrate in the methodology as a pattern to describe the texture of the images. k-means classifier was used to classify the images starting from two to eight classes. the confusion matrix was used to analyze the results, as shown in figure 2. the results of each method intersected with other methods. figure 3. shows the relationship between the number of classes and the percentage of agreement for every two angles. the general behavior of all selected angles decreased rate with the number of classes. still, the behavior of (135-45) and (0-90) angles are different from the others because they are right angles to each other. for the angle (45-135) and (0-90), the percentage of agreement was around 90%. and for several classes, up to seven classes between the two angles (45-135) and within five classes between the two angles (0-90). at the same time, the rest of the angles showed that the percentage of agreement for the class has started decreasing from the third class and downward. when the number of varieties was few, the percentage of compatibility between them was very high, but this case still must be fixed. with the increase in the number of classes, the percentage of the agreement began to decrease, and the speed of reduction depended on the value of the angle formed by the two angles used in the classification in terms of being a multiple of the angle 90. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 118 figure 3. the distribution of the number of classes and the agreement percentage for each of the two angles the confusion matrix was used to study the distribution of the images in each method relative to the second method (its projection) and various adopted classes, as shown in figure 2. the projection of the first method on the second and the second method on the first and for all classes and angles adopted in the research were calculated, as shown in figure 4. the projection for first method to second method the projection of second method to first method ihjpas. 36(1)2023 119 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 120 figure 4.the projection of the method on to the other, using different classes it can be seen that in the confusion matrix, there is a problem with the classification results. in most cases, a class contains the highest number of images. we note that this method distributes images to the classes so that there is a class that contains most images, regardless of their arrangement, which is usually the class in the middle, which represents one of the defects of this method, as the distribution is not equal. still, one of the classes is dominant and takes the most significant number of images. this behavior is identical to all the results of different classes' projections and angles. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 121 4.conclusions depending on the obtained results, we can reach the following conclusions:  the percentage of agreement between the classification results when using the glcm method is high when the number of classes is few. it decreases when the number of classes is increased.  when every two angles used for glcm form a right angle, the percentage of agreement decreases less than in the rest of the cases.  when using glcm, the classification results in one of the classes being the dominant one in terms of the number of images, and it is usually arranged in the middle. references 1.mayada, j. k.; . emad, k. j.; decision tree for image classification; iraqi commission for computers and informatics: baghdad, 2013. 2.latef, a. a. a.; image retrieval based on coefficient correlation index. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci.2017, 25. 3.farhan, a.h.; mohammed y. kamil texture analysis of breast cancer using mammogram; mustansiriyah university /college of science: baghdad, 2020. 4.zhang, x.; cui, j.; wang, w.; lin, c. a.; study for texture feature extraction of high-resolution satellite images based on a direction measure and gray level co-occurrence matrix fusion algorithm. sensors2017, 17, 1474. 5.wirth, m. a.; texture analysis. univ. guelph guelph, on, canada2004. 6. chang, t.; kuo, c. c.; texture analysis and classification with tree-structured wavelet transform. ieee trans. image process.1993, 2, 429–441. 7.hashim f. a. al-bassam; a texture analysis system based on spatial frequency and attributes for image classification; university of baghdad college of science department of physics: baghdad, 2019. 8.naghashi, v.; co-occurrence of adjacent sparse local ternary patterns: a feature descriptor for texture and face image retrieval. optik (stuttg).2018, 157, 877–889. 9.warner, t. a.; foody, g.m.; nellis, m.d. the sage handbook of remote sensing; sage publications, 2009. isbn 1412936160. 10.mohammed, m.a.; naji, t.a.h.; abduljabbar, h. m. the effect of the activation functions on the classification accuracy of satellite image by artificial neural network. energy procedia.2019, 157, 164–170. 11.akey sungheetha, d. j. an efficient clustering-classification method in an information gain nrga-knn algorithm for feature selection of micro array data. life sci. j.2013, 10. 12.sharma, a. r.; beaula, r.; marikkannu, p.; sungheetha, a.; sahana, c. comparative study of distinctive image classification techniques. in proceedings of the 2016 10th international conference on intelligent systems and control (isco); ieee, 2016,1–8. 13.jain, m.; tomar, p.s.; review of image classification methods and techniques. int. j. eng. res. technol.2013, 2, 852–858. 14.abduljabbar, h.m.; hatem, a. j.; al-jasim, a. a. desertification monitoring in the south-west of iraqi using fuzzy inference system. neuroquantology.2020, 18, 1. 15.abburu, s.; golla, s. b.; satellite image classification methods and techniques: a review. int. j. comput. appl.2015, 119. 16.mohammed, m. a.; hatem, a. j.; change detection of the land cover for three decades using remote sensing data and geographic information system. in proceedings of the aip conference proceedings; aip publishing llc, 2020. 2307, 20029. 17.zhang, j.; tan, t.; brief review of invariant texture analysis methods. pattern recognit.2002, 35, 735–747. 18. julesz, b.; caelli, t.; on the limits of fourier decompositions in visual texture perception. perception.1979, 8, 69–73. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 122 19.haralick, r. m.; statistical and structural approaches to texture. proc. ieee1979, 67, 786–804. 20. abaas hussain, l. h.; correction of non-uniform illumination for biological images using morphological operation assessing with statistical features quality. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci.2017, 29, 81–90. 21.hussein, m. a.; abbas, a. h.; comparison of features extraction algorithms used in the diagnosis of plant diseases. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci.2018, 523–538. 22.materka, a.; strzelecki, m. texture analysis methods–a review. tech. univ. lodz, inst. electron. cost b11 report, brussels. 1998, 10, 4968. 23.suresh, a.; shunmuganathan, k.l.; image texture classification using gray level cooccurrence matrix based statistical features. eur. j. sci. res.2012, 75, 591–597. 24.akhloufi, m.a.; maldague, x.; larbi, w.; ben a new color-texture approach for industrial products inspection. j. multimed.2008, 3. 25.unser, m.; sum and difference histograms for texture classification. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell.1986, 118–125. 26.rezaei, m.; saberi, m.; ershad, s.f. texture classification approach based on combination of random threshold vector technique and co-occurrence matrixes. in proceedings of the proceedings of 2011 international conference on computer science and network technology; ieee. 2011, 4, 2303–2306. 27.ali, a. h.; abdulsalam, s. i.; nema, i. s.; detection and segmentation of ischemic stroke using textural analysis on brain ct images. int. j. sci. eng. res.2015, 6, 396–400. microsoft word 277-285 277 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ) >1-15اطفال من عمر ( االسھال لدىالممرضات الداخلية المرافقة لحاالت سنة في بغداد سلوى صبر محسن /بغدادالمعھد الطبي التقني / الجامعة التقنية الوسطى مروة محمد نصري جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم علوم الحياة 2015/نيسان/26قبل في: 2015/اذار/19استلم في : الخالصة سنة، اذ 151ھدفت الدراسة الحالية الى تحديد الممرضات الداخلية المسببة لحاالت االسھال لدى االطفال بعمر اقل من من االطفال المراجعين الى مستشفى االمامين الكاظميين عليھما السالم التعليمية في بغداد، stoolعينة البراز 103تم جمع تليھا االصابة %48.545وبينت النتائج ان اعلى نسبة لمسببات االسھال المرضية ھي في االصابة الطفيلية بنسبة بلغت ة + الفايروسية)، وقد سجلت االصابة البكتيرية لالصابة المشتركة (الطفيلي %8.73، وبنسبة %39.80الفايروسية بنسبة ) سنة اظھرت اعلى نسبة اصابة بالفايروس العجيلي 5-1. وتبين من خالل الدراسة ان الفئة العمرية (%2.91اقل نسبة ھي ة اعلى ، كذلك الحال باالصابة المشتركة (الطفيلية + الفايروسية) اذ سجلت ھذه الفئة العمري%60.98الدوار بنسبة بلغت ،وبينت النتائج ان الفئة %26، اما االصابة الطفيلية بلغت نسبة االصابة ضمن الفئة نفسھا %66.67نسبة اصابة وھي عند مقارنتھا مع الفئات االخرى. %56سنوات) قد اظھرت اعلى نسبة اصابة بالطفيليات وھي 5العمرية (اكثر من واالناث في االصابة الطفيلية واالصابة الفايروسية وعند احتمالية وسجلت التنائج وجود فرق معنوي عال بين الذكور p<0.01) على التوالي.38.00-40.00)% نسبة اصابة اعلى من االناث (60.00-62.00، اذ سجلت الذكور %( اسھال االطفال ،:الممرضات الداخلية الكلمات المفتاحية 278 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة يعرف االسھال على انه زيادة في كمية وليونة البراز، اذ تحصل عملية التبرز على االقل ثالث مرات في اليوم، او على نحو اكثر تواترا من المعتاد بالنسبة للفرد، رغم ان معظم نوبات االسھال عند االطفال خفيفة اال ان االسھال الحاد يؤدي ئل والجفاف الذي يمكن ان يؤدي الى الوفاة وعواقب وخيمة اخرى إذ لم يتم التعويض عن الى فقدان كميات كبيرة من السوا السوائل المفقودة في اول بادرة من االسھال. وتعد االصابة باالسھال من اكثر اعراض الجھاز الھضمي شيوعا التي تسببھا انواع مختلفة من الممرضات مثل bacteria, virus, protozoa عدد قليل من ھذه الكائنات يمكن ان يكون مسؤوال عن اغلب حاالت االسھال وان تواجد من حاالت االسھال الحاد لالطفال دون سن الخامسة في %40ھو المسؤول عن rotavirusالحاد عند االطفال، اذ يعد . [1]العالم نقص الحديد عند االصابة بالطفيلي ومن االعراض االكثر تكرارا في حاالت االسھال سوء االمتصاص إذ يؤدي الى فضال عن االصابة بالبكتريا والفايروسات اذ تعد entamoebahistolyticaواميبا الزحار giardia lambliaالمسوط الممرضة لالمعاء من المسببات الرئيسية السھال الرضع في الدول النامية، وجميع ھذه escheriachia coliبكتريا المبطنة لالمعاء والى سوء االمتصاص المفاجئ للبروتينات والكربوھيدرات villiضرر الزغابات الكائنات تؤدي الى ت .[2]والدھون والكالسيوم والفيتامينات في منطقة اللفائفي والصائم who) مليون طفل بالعالم كل سنة. وقد ذكرت منظمة الصحة العالمية 2-4لذا التزال حاالت االسھال مسؤولة عن موت ( .[3]من اطفال العالم يموتون بسبب حاالت االسھال سنويا %13.2ان 2002سنة في ويرجع استمرار االرتفاع في معدالت االصابة خالل االعوام االخيرة لبعض االسباب مثل سوء التغذية وشحة االدوية، كية واالوربية واستراليا بسبب التطور وتختلف ھذه النسبة عن النسب المسجلة في بعض البلدان العربية واالسيوية واالمري :وھدفت الدراسة الى. [4]الذي تشھده ھذه البلدان على المستوى االقتصادي والصحي خالل االعوام االخيرة تحديد مسببات االسھال ووبائيتھا في بغداد. .1 . والجنس دراسة نسب االصابات الطفيلية والفايروسية ضمن الفئات العمرية .2 وطرائق العملالمواد جمعت عينات البراز من المرضى الذين يعانون من اسھال والتھاب معوي، الوافدين الى مستشفى االمامين الكاظمين عليھما السالم التعليمية في مدينة بغداد. واخذت منھم معلومات متعلقة بعمر وجنس المريض وقد حدد نوع االصابة عن طريق البراز فشملت التشخيص العياني والفحص المجھري وھي كاالتي:الفحوصات التي اجريت على عينات الطريقة المستعملة للكشف عن الطفيليات المعوية gross examinationالفحص العياني فقد يحوي على colorولونة consistencyفحصت عينات البراز عيانيا قبل فحصھا بالمجھر وشمل الفحص قوامه .[5]فيجب فحص ھذه االجزاء بصورة منفصله وبعناية mucous او مخاط bloodدم microscopic examinationالفحص المجھري للكشف عن نوع الطفيليات direct wet film preparation فحصت النماذج بطريقة المسحة الرطبة المباشرة : [6]المعوية وتمثلت بالطرائق االتية a. لملحي الفسيولوجي المسحة المحضرة بالمحلول اnormal saline b. الشرائح الرطبة المصبغة باليودiodine staining wet nounts rotavirusالطريقة المستعملة للكشف عن الفايروس العجيلي الدوار ) rotavirus )rapid diagnostic testللكشف عن diaspotالمصنعة من قبل شركة kitتم االعتماد على العدة bacteriaالطريقة المستعملة للكشف عن البكتريا شكيال لزرع عينات البراز قيد الدراسة لتحديد فيما اذا كانت ھناك اصابة بنوع –تم استعمال وسطي المكونكي، وسلمونيال من البكتريا المعوية المرضية. النتائج عينة براز من اطفال كانوا يعانون حاالت اسھال وافدين الى مستشفى االمامين الكاظمين 103جمع خالل ھذه الدراسة ) سنة خالل مدة زمنية امتدت من >1-15عليھما السالم التعليمية. جمعت العينات ضمن اعمار محدودة تراوحت بين ( ابتھا باحدى مسببات االسھال بعد ان تم . استعملت ھذه العينات للدراسة بعد التاكد من اص2014/10/1ولغاية 2014/6/25 تشخيصھا في مختبر الطفيليات في مستشفى االمامين الكاظمين عليھما السالم التعليمية بطرائق التشخيص التقليدية. عينة براز شملت انواع مختلفة من الممرضات وھي كاالتي: 103كان مجموع العينات المصابة الكلي عينة براز من 41،%48.54بنسبة parasitic intestinal لكلي مصابا باالبتدائيات المعوية عينة براز من المجموع ا 50 عينات براز من المجموع الكلي مصابا 9، % 39.80بنسبة rotavirus المجموع الكلي مصابا بالفايروس الدوار 279 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 e.coliموع الكلي مصابا ببكتريا عينات فقط من المج 3،و %8.73باالصابات المشتركة الطفيلية والفايروسية ونسبتھا ).شملت عينات البراز اصابة بانواع مختلفة من االبتدائيات المعوية اذ كانت 1شكل ( %2.91التي بلغت اقل نسبة اصابة عينة 50بعض العينات الطفيلية تحوي على نوعين من االبتدائيات اي اصابة طفيلية مشتركة، اذ بلغت مجموع العينات عينات براز كانت تحوي اصابات طفيلية مشتركة).اما شكل 8ينة براز مصابة بنوع واحد من الطفيليات و ع 42شملت ( ) اوضح النسبة المئوية النواع االبتدائيات المجموعة اذ اظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان اعلى نسبة اصابة كانت 2( ، اما طفيلي %38.10كانت نسبته giardia lamblia، اما طفيلي entamoeba histolytica 50%لطفيلي blastocystis hominis واخيرا طفيلي %7.14بلغت نسبتهbalantidium coli 4.76الذي سجل اقل نسبة اصابة% . p<0.01وكان ھناك فروقا معنوية بين االصابة الطفيلية عند مستوى احتمالية نوعين :تضمنت نتائج الدراسة الحالية وجود اصابات مشتركة وھي على من المجموع الكلي 8وھي احتواء عينة البراز على نوعين من االبتدائيات المعوية. وقد بلغ عددھا اصابة طفيلية مشتركة : .1 ) الذي بين انواع االصابات الطفيلية 3عينة براز. وعند مالحظة شكل ( 50لالصابات الطفيلية التي بلغ عددھا الكلي مع طفيلي اخر e.coliوحظ ان اغلب االصابات المشتركة كانت تتضمن وجود طفيلي المشتركة ونسبتھا المئوية اذ ل . %62.5كانت e.coliالذي يرافقه طفيلي e.histolyticaيصيب االمعاء، وان اعلى نسبة اصابة مشتركة سجلھا طفيلي .p<0.01والتحليل االحصائي بين وجود فروق معنوية بين انواع االصابات الطفيلية المشتركة بلغت 9فقد كانت اعداد العينات المصابة بھذا النوع من االصابات المشتركة االصابات المشتركة (الطفيلية + الفايروسية) : .2 عينة براز. 103من مجموع العينات الكلي %8.73حاالت بنسبة ) اذ سجلت ھذه الدراسة اعلى نسبة parasite + rotavirus) النسب المئوية النواع االصابات المشتركة (4يوضح شكل ( .وتبين وجود فروق معنوية بين انواع االصابات %33.33) بنسبة g.lamblia + rotavirusاصابة مشتركة عند ( ) مقارنة بين النسب المئوية للمجاميع 1ويبين جدول (.p<0.01) عند مستوى احتماليةrotavirus + parasiteالمشتركة ( المدروسة اعتمادا على العمر، اذ لوحظ ان ھناك فرق معنوي عال في نسب االصابة بين الفئات العمرية للمجاميع المدروسة عند واقل نسبة ظھرت %60.98بنسبة ) سنة 1-5. سجلت االصابات الفايروسية اعلى نسبة اصابة عند الفئات العمرية (p<0.01احتمالية . وكانت االصابات المشتركة (الفايروسية + الطفيلية) مماثلة لالصابات الفايروسية %2.44بنسبة )سنة 5عند الفئة العمرية (اكثر من د الفئة عن %11.11واقل نسبة %66.67) سنة بنسبة 1-5من حيث الفئات العمرية اذ سجلت اعلى نسبة اصابة عند الفئة العمرية ( %56.00سنة ) بنسبة 5العمرية (اقل من سنة). اما عن االصابات الطفيلية فقد كانت اكثر الفئات العمرية عرضة لالصابة (اكثر من ) مقارنة بين العدد والنسبة المئوية للمجاميع المدروسة اعتمادا على 2يتضح من جدول (.%18واقلھا ( اقل من سنة ) بنسبة الجنس، فقد اظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية وجود فرق معنوي عال بين الذكور واالناث في االصابة الطفيلية واالصابة -40.00ابة اعلى من االناث ()% نسبة اص60.00-62.00، اذ سجلت الذكور (p<0.01الفايروسية وعند احتمالية وھي اعلى %55.56اما االصابات المشتركة (الطفيلية + الفايروسية) فقد بلغت نسبة االصابة لدى االناث )% على التوالي.38.00 .p<0.05وسجلت فرقا معنويا عند احتمالية %44.44من الذكور المناقشة في كربالء بلغت االصابات الطفيلية [8]جراھا في منطقة الطارمية، ولدراسة ا [7] توافقت نتائج الدراسة مع ماجاء به . وقد تعارضت نتائج ھذه الدراسة مع %17.3وكانت نسبتھا اعلى من االصابات الفايروسية التي بلغت نسبتھا 60.1% اصابة للطفيليات واقل نسبة %41.8اذ سجل اعلى نسبة اصابة لفايروس الروتا في الحلة [10]و[9]ماجاء به كل من اذ بلغت النسبة الكلية للعينات الطفيلية التي جمعھا في محافظة [11] . اظھرت نتائج الدراسة تقاربا لما جاء به 17.8% في محافظة ديالى. %50.7بين ان نسبة االصابة الطفيلية ھي [12]، اما %49.20بغداد ان [14]في محافظة بغداد، واوضح %18.4بلغت نسبة االصابة اذ[13] بلغت عينات الدراسة نسبة اكبر مما توصل اليه كانت في مدينة كربالء. %39.80نسبة االصابة الكلية باالوالي المعوية يعزى التشابة واالختالف في نسب االصابة المسجلة في الدراسة الحالية مقارنة مع الدراسات المذكورة اعاله الى عدة اسباب وذلك الختالف المدة الزمنية النجاز البحوث وھذا يمثل االختالف في الظروف المناخية والبيئية التي انجز فيھا راسة. تقاربت نتائج الدراسة الحالية مع العديد من الدراسات في تسجيل البحث فضال عن االختالف في عدد عينات الد في كربالء سجل اعلى نسبة اصابة [15]اعلى نسبة اصابة لالوالي المعوية ففي دراسة اجراھا e.histolyticaطفيلي صابة بطفيلي بلغت نسبة اال [16]، اما %9.3بلغت نسبته g.lambliaاما %10.4لطفيلي اميبا الزحار بنسبة e.histolytica 43.30% اماg.lamblia37.97% لدراسة اجراھا في نينوى، وقد تعارضت نتائج الدراسة مع دراسات g.lambliaفي بابل بلغت نسبة االصابة [17]اعلى نسبة اصابة لدراسة اجراھا g.lambliaاخرى بتسجيل طفيلي اما g.lamblia 24.2%بلغت نسبه االصابة [5]كربالء ، وكذلك لدراسته في%9.3اما اميبا الزحار 10.4% e.histolytica 12.8% ومن مالحظة نتائج ھذه الدراسة والدراسات االخرى المشابھه لھا وجد ان كل من طفيلي . e.histolytica وg.lamblia يسجالن اعلى نسبة اصابة عن االوالي المعوية االخرى. وقد يعود السبب كونھما من ليات االكثر شيوعا وانتشارا في العالم ولسھولة دورة حياتھما اي انھما ليسا بحاجة الى مضيف وسطي، اذ يكون الطفي ولكون مناخنا رطبا fecal-oralانتقالھما مباشرا عن طريق شرب الماء والطعام الملوثين او غير المباشر عن طريق يوفر الظروف المالئمة لنضج مراحل التكيس لكالھما. 280 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 اللذبن سجال اقل نسب اصابة. فيعود السبب لكون % b.coli 4.76و b.hominis 7.14%اما نسب كل من طفيلي يعد في اغلب الدراسات غير مرضي، وقد يتواجد داخل جسم االنسان واليسبب اية اعراض مرضية b.hominisطفيلي كانت بدون اعراض مرضية، ومن ھنا يمكن b.hominisاكد على ان اغلب االصابات بطفيلي [18]ففي دراسة قام بھا القول بان العديد من االشخاص قد يكونون مصابين بھذا الطفيلي لكن كون التظھر عليھم اعراض المرض قد اليتوافدون اكثر b.hominisاذ اكد ان [19]الى لمستشفيات لذا يكون تسجيل االصابة به قليل والسبب االخر في دراسة اجراھا فرا في المرضى الذين يعانون من مرض التھاب االمعاء السيما التھاب االمعاء التقرحي.توا في شمال اليابان اذ اثبت اصابة ھذا الطفيلي للعديد من اللبائن وسجلت القردة [20] نسب االصابة به قليلة جدا b.coliاما في امريكا الالتينية عالية جدا السيما في b.coli اثبت ان نسبة انتشار [21]. اماb.coliاعلى نسبة لالصابة بطفيلي لذا ممكن ان نعد ھذه اللبائن ھي السبب في نقل b.coli مناطق رعي الخنازير التي تعد المضائف االكثر مالءمة لطفيلي الى البشر والسيما االشخاص الذين يعانون من نقص في المناعة. b.coliاالصابة بطفيلي %39.80) يالحظ فيه ان النسبة المئوية للعينات المصابة بالفايروس العجيلي الدوار بلغ 1بالرجوع الى شكل ( rotavirusاذ بلغت نسبة االصابة [22]مقارنة مع المجموع الكلي لعينات الدراسة وكانت ھذه النسبة مقاربة لما جاء به اعلى مقارنة بدراسة اجراھا rotavirus راھا في البصرة، وقد بلغ نسبة لدراسة اج %39.66الطفال دون سن الخامسة rotavirusكانت نسبة [24]، ودراسة اخرى اجراھا%28.7في مدينة تكريت اذ بلغت نسبة االصابة الفايروسية [23] في بغداد. 20.99% اظھرت نسبة [25]دا من دراسة اجراھا كانت انواع االصابات الطفيلية المشتركة ونسبتھا في ھذه الدراسة متقاربة ج ، وتوافقت ھذه النتائج بكونھا تحوي على اصابات مشتركة e.histolytica +e.coli 15(%0.63)اصابة مشتركة بين . في حين e.hietolytica +i.butschlii1(%0.04)، و (0.04%)1بنسبة e.coli +g.lambliaمماثلة اخرى مثل لم يسجل اية [26]، اما (36%)5بنسبة e.histolytica +g.lambliaركة واحدة بين اصابة طفيلية مشت [8]سجل بدون ايه %5.2بنسبة e.coliفي كربالء سجل فيھا اصابة بطفيلي [27]اصابة طفيلية مشتركة. وفي دراسة اجراھا اصابة مشتركة. ، اذ e.histolyticaمن اكثر الطفيليات التي تتواجد بصورة مشتركة مع االوالي المعوية المرضية e.coliان طفيلي في جسم االنسان، وبالرغم من عدم امراضيتھا اال ان وجودھا يعد commensalيعد ھذا الطفيلي من االميبات المؤاكلة ساطة تلوث الماء والطعام ويعد تناول الطعام دليال ومؤشرا على وجود تلوث برازي عبر االنتقال من شخص الخر بو .[28]والشراب الملوثين باالكياس البالغة لھذه االميبا الطريقة المثلى النتقال ھذه االكياس ان نسبة االصابة بين [30]، وبين e.histolytica [29]ھو طفيلي rotavirusوجد ان اكثر الطفيليات المرافقة ل e.histolytica +rotavirus وھذا يتعارض مع نتائج دراستنا الحالية. %5.26ھي تعد الفايروسات السبب الرئيسي لالمراض المرتبطة بالمياه، ومن المسلم به ان اغلب الفايروسات التي تصيب الجھاز rotavirusلي المسببان االسھال للرضع وكبار السن على التوا rotavirus ،norovirusالھضمي شيوعا ھنا فايروس . [31]اذ يعد من اكثر الفايروسات المنقولة عن طريق المياه والمسؤولة عن االلتھابات المعوية والمعدية ان الماء الملوث ھو المصدر الرئيسي لالصابة بداء الجيارديا، وبسبب حدوث حاالت اختالط بين مياه الشرب ومياه منتظمة وانعدام الترشيح للمياه بالشكل الصحيح ھذا يؤدي الى زيادة مقاومة الصرف الصحي وايضا نتيجة الكلورة غير ال يقاوم المستوى الطبيعي للكلورة والترشيح g.lamblia. وجد ان الطور المتكيس لطفيلي [32]اكياس الطفيلي للكلور .[33]بالرمل المستعملة لترشيح المياه الحاوية على الجيارديا وانواع اخرى من الطفيليات ومثلت ھذه النسبة اقل نسبة %2.91بنسبة e.coliتم الحصول في ھذه الدراسة على ثالث عينات براز مصابة ببكتريا وجود طفيلي e.coliمن مجموع عينات الدراسة الكلي، تضمنت احدى ھذه العينات الثالثة المصابة ببكتريا e.histolytica اذ سجلت االصابات الفايروسية نسبة [34]نتائج مع ما جاء به مرافقا لھا في االصابة، توافقت ھذه ال . وقد تعارضت النتائج مع نتائج الدراسة التي قام بھا %14التي بلغت نسبتھا e.coliاصابة اعلى من االصابة ببكتريا و %33.7ة نسبة اصابة اعلى من االصابات الطفيلي e.coli 56.7%في محافظة تكريت التي سجلت فيھا بكتريا [26] مسببات اخرى. 9.6% يعزى ھذا االختالف والتنوع في النسب الى وجود اختالف في عدد العينات وتنوع طرائق التشخيص للكشف عن المرضية e.coli) سنة وعلما ان بكتريا >1-15. فضال عن ان الدراسة الحالية تناولت اعمار مختلفة بين (e.coliبكتريا .[35]) سنة 1->2اكثر انتشارا واصابة العمار تتراوح بين ( اذ سجل اعلى نسبة اصابة لفايروس الدوار عند الفئة العمرية (دون سن الثانية من [36]اتفقت ھذه الدراسة مع ماجاء به ) سنة، واعلى اصابة طفيلية سجلت 1-5كانت اعلى نسبة اصابة للفايروس الدوار عند الفئة العمرية ( [37]العمر). ودراسة ) سنوات.1-10اعلى نسبة لالصابات الطفيلية عند الفئة العمرية ([16]سنوات ). وقد سجل 5عند الفئة العمرية (اكثر من اذ سجال اعلى نسبة لالصابات الطفيلية عند الفئات العمرية [12] و [38]وقد تعارضت نتائج الدراسة الحالية مع كل من 21اذ سجل اعلى نسبة لالصابة الفايروسية عند الفئة العمرية [39]سنة) على التوالي، و 1-شھر 1سنة)، ( 5-شھر2( شھر. ويعود االختالف في النسب الى االختالف في الفئات العمرية المستعملة في الدراسة، ولكن سببه ان فايروس الدوار سنوات بسبب ان االعمار 5لفايروس اليصيب اال االطفال بعمر اقل من سنوات لكون ھذا ا 5اليصيب اعمارا اكثر من 281 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 . وايضا قد تبدا ھذه االعمار باالنتقال من الرضاعة الى التغذية ووضع [40]االخرى تكتسب مناعة ضد ھذا الممرض اجسام غريبة في افواھھم. سنوات) يمكن ان يكون السبب ان الصغار الرضع يكونون في حالة 5اما االصابات الطفيلية التي كانت بعمر (اكثر من تماس مباشر مع امھاتھم ومالزمة تامة منھن اي ان االطفال تحت الرعاية المباشرة لالم، ويعود سبب اصابة االعمار للشروط الكبيرة فيرجع الى ان ھؤالء االطفال اكثر حرية وحركة ونشاط بالمدرسة وخارج البيت مع عدم مراعاتھم .[27]الصحية وھذه النتيجة تتفق مع ما جاء به %3.4في دراسة اجريت في الديوانية اذ بلغت نسبة الذكور [41]اما نتائج دراستنا المتعلقة بالجنس ، فقد اتفقت مع اصابة طفيلية. وفي دراسة اجريت في البصرة فكانت نسبة االصابات %3.2وھي اعلى من االناث التي كانت نسبتھا تعارضت ھذه النتائج [22] .اناث %40.65ذكور، %59.35الفايروسية في الذكور اعلى من االناث وھي على التوالي . في حين % 48.4) – 51.6اذ كانت نسبة االناث اعلى اصابة من الذكور وھي على التوالي( [26]مع ما توصل اليه . [12]و [42]اظھرت بعض الدراسات عدم وجود فروق معنوية بين الذكور واالناث المصادر 1. who.(2009). diarrhea: why children are still dying what can be done. 1-68. 2. shah,v. and patel, t. (2009 ) .a case of malabsorption syndromes (mas) due to topical sprue. journal of clinical and diagnostic research, (3): 1445-1448. 3. zella, g.c. and israel, e.j. (2012). chronic diarrhea in children. american academy of pediatrics, 33(5):207-218. 4. chin, j. (2000). control of communicable disease mannual . 17tho ed. american public health association, 624p. . تاثير المستخلصات المائية لبعض النباتات في تثبيط المسببات البكتيرية والطفيلية (2007)الكبيسي، علي حسين مكي. .5 صفحة. 152لالسھال في محافظة كربالء. اطروحة دكتورا، جامعة بغداد. تاثير المستخلصات النباتية في طفيلي الزحار االميبي . دراسة 2008)عبد الحسين، غصون عادل. ( .6 entamoebahistolytica .صفحة. 115داخل الجسم الحي. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد 7. ammer, a.m. (2009). prevalence and laboratory diagnosis of intestinal parasitic infections and some hematological and biochemical analysis in al-tarmiya city. coolage of health and medical technology, foundation of technical education, iraq, 54-61 p. 8. ali, j.k. (2014). study of protozoa infections, rotavirus, and celiac disease for diarrheal cases of children under five years in karbala province. m.sc.thesis college of health and medical technology/ baghdad, 124 p. 9. kadhum, h.r. (2009). study of rotavirus and other causative agents among iraqi children with diarrhea. college of health and medical technology, foundation of technical education, iraq, 47-51 p. 10. al-marzoqi, a.h.m. (2004). incidence of rotavirus and other enteropathogens causing acute diarrhea in hillainfents. m. sc. thesis, coll. med., univ. babylon: 114 p. . دراسة وبائية عن الطفيليات المعوية للمرضى الراقدينوللعاملين باالغذية 1998)العبيدي، رافد عصام حسين فوزي. (.11 صفحة. 54والنظافة والتمريض في بعض مستشفيات بغداد. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد. ي لدى اطفال ). دراسة عن مسببات االسھال الطفيل2011جواد، صبا جاسم و نزال، مھا فالح. ( ;خضير، محمد خليفة .12 .887-890: 4(8)في قرية الحديد محافظة ديالى. مجلة بغداد للعلوم، 13. jasim, t.m. and al-mugdadi, s.f.h. (2011). the incidence of entamoebahistolytica and giardia lamblia associated with diarrhea among children in ibn al-balady hospital in bagdad. irari. j. comm. med. jan., (1): 17-19. . دراسة وبائية النتشار الطفيليات المعوية بين عمال االغذية في محافظة (2003)الموسوي، كوثر عبد الحسين. .14 .167-174: 2(6)كربالء. مجلة جامعة كربالء، في مدينة كربالء. رسالة ماجستير، كلية . انتشار االصابات الطفيلية المعوية(2001)الموسوي، كوثر عبد الحسين. .15 صفحة. 105تربية (ابن الھيثم)، جامعة بغداد. ). التحري عن الطفيليات المتحولة الحالة للنسيج والجيارديا االمبيلية في بعض حاالت 2012سلمان، خولة عبد هللا. (.16 .1218-1234: 20(4)العراق. مجلة جامعة بابل، /محافظة نينوى /االسھال في مدينة تلعفر : 1(4)العراق. مجلة جامعة كربالء، /ب). مسح للطفيليات المعوية في منطقة بابل 2003الكبيسي، علي حسين مكي. ( .17 208-195. 282 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 18.sadaf, h.s.; khan, sh.s.;urooj, k.sh.; asma, b. and ajmal, sh.m. (2013). blastocystishominispotential diahorreal agent: areview. international research journal of pharmacy, 4(1): 1-5. 19.cekin, h.a.; cekin,y.; adakan, y. etal. (2012). blastocystosis in patients with gastrointestinal symptoms: a case–control study. bio. med. central.,12: 1-6. 20.li, h.l.; li, q.; dong, l. etal. (2014). prevalence of balantidium coli infection in bred rhesus mon-keys (macacamulatta) in guangxi, southern china. iranian. j. parasitol.,9(1): 125-128. 21.anargyrou, k.; petrikkos, g.l.; suller, m.t.e. etal. (2003). pulmonary balantidiumcoli infection in a leukemic patient. american journal of hematology, 73:180–183. 22. al-ameen, h.a.; al-hmudi , h.a. and darush, a.a. (2012). epidemiology of rotavirus cases among children under age 5 years in basra province from 2008-2011. j.thi-qar sci., 3(3): 31-36. 23. salih, n.e. (2007). rotavirus association diarrhea among children less than 5 years in mosul city. anbar, iraq. al-anbar medical journal, 3 (1): 69-71. 24. ibraheem, m.f. and saeed, d.h. (2012). rotavirus infection as a cause of watery diarrhea. j.fac.med.bagdad, 54(4): 310-313. 25. fouque, f. and han, z.g. (2013). detection and enumeration of the commonest stool parasites seen in a tertiary care center in south india. hindawi publishing corporation, 1-6. 26. al-obaidi, h.s.; al-joburi, a.h. and hassan, f. (2006). bloody diarrhea among children under 10 years in tikrit teaching hospital. tikrit journal of pure science, 11 (1): 1-3. ). دراسة مسببات (2006المسعودي، ھيام خالص. و البازي، وفاق جبوري محمد. ;الموسوي، كوثر عبد الحسين..27 -75: 4(4)االسھال الطفيلية لدى االطفال الوافدين الى مستشفى االطفال في محافظة كربالء. مجلة جامعة كربالء العلمية، 68. 28.zeibig, e.a. (1997). clinical parasitology. apractical approach. w.b. saunderscompany ,phildelphia. 329 p. 29. urbina, d.; arzuza, o.; young, g. etal. (2003). rotavirus type a and other enteric pathogens in stool samples from children with acute diarrhea on the colombian northern coast. int .microbiol ., 6: 27–32. 30. donno, a.d.; kwetche, p.r.f.; gabutti, g. etal. (2013). evaluation of rotavirus and intestinal parasite infection in a paediatric population in west cameroon: clinical bcharacteristics and virus genotyping. afr. j. microbiol. res.,7(35): 44734479. 31. bosch, a.; guix, s.; sano, d. and pinto, r.m. (2008). new tools for the study and direct surveillance of viral pathogens in water. current opinion in biotechnology, 19(3): 295–301. . دراسة االصابة بالطفيليات المعوية وعالقتھا ببعض معاير الدم لدى اطفال من (2011)الموزان، ھناء دعاج خلف. .32 ير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد.محافظة ذي قار. رسالة ماجست وعقار agaricusbisporus. دراسة تاثير عالق الفطر (2006)السامرائي، ميساء عبد اللطيف احمد. .33 metronedazole على الفئران المصابة بطفيليgiardia lamblia رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، الجامعة . صفحة. 98المستنصرية. 34. wierzba, t.f.; abdel-messih, i.a.; abu-elyazeed, r.; putnam, s.d.; kamal, k.a.etal. (2006). clinic-based surveillance for bacterialand rotavirusassociated diarrhea in egyptian children. amer. j. trop. med. hyg., 74(1): 148-153. (abstract). . دراسة وبائية لمسببات االسھال (2013)الراجحي، ستار جاسم. و شناوة، اسراء كاظم. ;الكبيسي، علي حسين مكي..35 .17-26): 2(11الطفيلية والبكتيرية في محافظة كربالء. مجلة جامعة كربالء العلمية، 36.al-ani, z.r. (2003). rotavirus in gastroenteritis of infants and children under three years of age hospitalized in al-ramadi maternity and children hospital, al-al-azzawi, d.h.s. 2010. prevalence of amoebic dysentery among children with diarrhea in diyala governorate during 2009. tikrit medical journal, 16(2):60-66. . دراسة مسببات االسھال ومقارنتھا بين منطقتين بيئيتين (2011)عبد اللطيف جبار. الزبيدي، نجم عبد هللا و ناصر، 37. . 433-8:436(1)مختلفتين. مجلة بغداد للعلوم، 283 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 38.al-azzawi, d.h.s. (2010). prevalence of amoebic dysentery among children with diarrhea in diyala governorate during 2009. tikrit medical journal, 16(2):60-66. 39. magzoub, m.a.; bilal, n.e.; bilal, j.l. and osman, o.f. (2013). rotavirus infection among sudanese children younger than 5 years of age: a cross sectional hospital-based study. pan african medical journal, 16(88): 1-6. 40. brook, g.f.; butel, j.s. and morse, s.a. (2004). medical microbiology. 23thedn.mcgrawhill companies. usa. new york, 671-674. . تشخيص بعض مسببات االسھال في االطفال والحمالن في 2008)داود، خيري عبد هللا وعبد هللا، صفاء رسن. ( -41 .1-10وم الطب البيطري، الديوانية. مجلة القادسية لعل . دراسة وبائية لطفيليات القناة الھظمية عن منطقتي ابو غريب والعامرية وتاثيرھا في (2013)عبد الجبار، دعاء بھاء. -42 بعض مستويات الدم. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد. النسبة المئوية حسب المسببات المرضية موزعة حسب الفئات العمرية ) : 1( الجدول قيمة مربع كاي العدد (%) المجموعة )2χ( سنوات 5اكثر من سنة 5-1 أقل من سنة rotavirus 15 )36.59%( 25)60.98%( 1 )2.44%( 10.957** parasite 9)18.00%( 13)26.00%( 28)56.00%( 10.263** rotavirus + parasite 1)11.11%( 6)66.67%( 2 )22.22%( 11.502** قيمة مربع كاي )2χ( 8.633** 8.749** 10.362** -- ) **p≤0.01.( النسبة المئوية للمسببات المرضية موزعة حسب الجنس): 2( الجدول قيمة مربع كاي اناث ذكور المجموعة )2χ( % العدد % العدد rotavirus 25 60.975 16 39.024 7.250** parasite 31 62.00 19 38.00 9.658** rotavirus + parasite 4 44.44 5 55.56 4.719* -- **2χ( -- 6.924** -- 6.924قيمة مربع كاي ( ) *p≤0.05) ** ،(p≤0.01.( 284 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 النسبة المئوية للمسببات المرضية لحاالت االسھال:) 1شكل( النسبة المئوية النواع االبتدائيات المسببة لحاالت االسھال:)2شكل( ) النسبة المئوية لالصابات الطفيلية المشتركة3شكل( ) النسبة المئوية لالصابات المشتركة الطفيلية + الفايروسية4شكل ( 0 5 10 15 20 25 االعداد 21 50% 16 38.09% 3 7.14% 2 4.76% e.histolytica g.lambelia b.hominis b.coli 0 20 40 60 80 i.buschlli + e. histolytica b.hominis + e. coli e. coli + e. histolytica g.lambeli + e. coli 1151 12.512.5 62.5 12.5 االعداد النسبة المئوية 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 rotavi + idomo rotavi + e.histoly rotavi + g. lambel rotavi + balantid rotavi + blastocystis 12 3 12 11.11 22.22 33.33 11.11 22.22 االعداد النسبة المئوية 48.45% 39.80% 8.73 % 2.91% parasite rotavirus rotavirus +parasite bacteria 285 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 enterpathogen associated with diarrheal cases in children aged ( >1-15) years in baghdad salwa s. muhsin institute of medical technology/ middle technical university/ baghdad marwah m. nasri dept. of biology/ college of education for pure scince( ibn al-haitham) university of bdghdad abstract the goal of this study is to determine interior pathogen that causes diarrhea state to chidren between (1-15) years old, theirs patient from (learn hospital of alemamen alkadoman) in the city of baghdad from 25/4/2014 to 1/10/2014 period of time, the study represents 103 sample of stool, the result represents that highest ration of infected by 48.545%, rotavirus 39.80%, mix infected(parasite + rotavirus) 8.73%, with record of lowest infection ration 2.91%, found during the study that the age group 1-5 years showed the highest percentage of injury rotavirus by also reached 60.98% case common injury (rotavirus and parasitic) where this age group, the highest recorded percentage of injuring 66.67%, as for parasitic infected which represented within the same category %26. the results showed that age group (more than 5 years) and deity 56% when compared with the other groups and recorded the results .there is a high significant difference between males and females in the pathogenesis of parasitic and viral infection when the probability p < 0.01, male recode (62.00-60.00)% more than female (40.00-38.00)% on serias. key word:thin film,snsfilm, chemical spray pyrolysis technique,annealing. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 306 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: mohmad.e.dahash35391@st.tu.edu.iq abstract let ℋ be a moduleover a commutativering 𝑅 with identity.before studying the notion of strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule, where a propersubmodule ℱ of an 𝑅module ℋ is called to be strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbingsubmodule of ℋ if ∀ 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝜘 ∈ ℋ it follows that either 𝑢𝜘 ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ], we need to mention the ideal [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ] = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟ℋ ⊆ ℱ} and the basics that you need to study the notion of strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule. also we introduce several characterzations of strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing submodule in classes of multiplication modules and other types of modules. we also had no luck the ideal [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ] = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟ℋ ⊆ ℱ} is not strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing ideal. also noted that [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ] is strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing ideal under several conditions. also we introduce the characterization of the notion of strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbing ideals by special kind of submodules. keywords: stpns-asubmodules, stpns-aideal, faithful module, projective module, z-regular module. 1. introduction in this part we note that the ideal [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ] = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟ℋ ⊆ ℱ} is not stpns-aideals and we gave an example of that. we also noted that [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ] is stpns-aideals under several conditions, which was previously by several researchers an is the first condition faithful module submitted by researcher kach in 1982. the second condition projective module was also presented by the same researcher. the third condition is two conditions combined together z-regular module and content module, which was presented in (1973, 1989). the quarter condition is two conditions combined together non-singular module and content module was presented in (1976, 1989). also in this part doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3065 article history: received 9 october 2022, accepted 28 november 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq strongly pseudo nearly semei-2-absorbing submodule(𝐈𝐈) *mohmad e. dahash department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university, iraq. mohmad.e.dahash35391@st.tu.edu.iq haibat k. mohammadali department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university, iraq. h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mohmad.e.dahash35391@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:mohmad.e.dahash35391@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:mohmad.e.dahash35391@st.tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 307 we introduce the characterization of the concept of stpns-aideals by special kind of submodules. 2. basic properties in this part we introduce the basic properties of the concept strongly pseudo nearly semei-2absorbing submodules. definition 2.1 [1]. [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ] = {𝑟 ∈ 𝑅: 𝑟ℋ ⊆ ℱ} where ℱ is a submodule of an 𝑅-module ℋ. lemma 2.2 [2, prop.(3.3)]. let ℋ an ℛ-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ. then ℱ is a stpns-2-a submodule of ℋ ifandonlyif ι2ℒ ⊆ ℱ for ι is an ideal of 𝑅 and ℒ ⊆ ℋ it means that either ιℒ ⊆ ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)) or ι2 ⊆ [ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)):ℛ ℋ]. definition 2.3 [3]. anr–module ℋ is called to befaithful if 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑅 (ℋ) = (0) . 𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝐴𝑛𝑛 ( ℋ) = { 𝑟  𝑅 ∶ 𝑟 ℋ = (0) }. definition 2.4 [4]. anr–module ℋ is called to bemultiplication , if any submodule ℱ of ℋ is of theform ℱ = 𝐼 ℋ for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 . equivalent to ℱ = [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ]ℋ. lemma 2.5 [5 , coro. ( 2 .1. 14 ) (i)]. let ℋ be a faithfulmultiplication r–module , then 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( 𝑅 ) ℋ. lemma 2.6 [6]. let ℋ be a faithfulmultiplication r–module , then 𝐽 ( ℋ ) = 𝐽 ( 𝑅 ) ℋ. lemma 2.7 [2, coro.(3.4)]. let ℋ an 𝑅-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ. then ℱ is stpns-2-a submodule of ℋ ifandonlyif u2ℒ ⊆ ℱ for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅 and ℒ ⊆ ℋ it means that either 𝑢ℒ ⊆ ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ) or u2 ∈ [ℱ + j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ):ℛ ℋ]. definition 2.8 [3]. an r–module ℋ isaprojective if for any r–epimorphism 𝑓 ∶ 𝜇  𝜇 and every r – homomorphism 𝑔 ∶ ℋ  𝜇 , there exists an r–homomorphism ℎ ∶ ℋ  𝜇 such that the followingdiagram is commutethat is 𝑓𝑜ℎ = 𝑔. lemma 2.9 [6 , prop. ( 3 . 24 )] let ℋ beaprojective r–module, then 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( 𝑅 ) ℋ. lemma 2.10 [3 , theo. (9 . 2.1) (a)] for anyprojective r–module ℋ, we have 𝐽 ( ℋ) = 𝐽 ( 𝑅 ) ℋ. definition 2.11 [7] an r–module ℋ is calledz–regular if for any 𝑥  ℋ ∃ 𝑔  ℋ = homr(ℋ , 𝑅 ) such that 𝑥 = 𝑔 (𝑥) 𝑥. lemma 2.12 [6 , proposition (3 . 25)] let ℋ be a z – regularr–module then 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( 𝑅 ) ℋ. definition 2.13 [8]. an r-module ℋ is said to be content module if (∩𝑖∈𝐼 𝐴𝑖 )ℋ =∩𝑖∈𝐼 𝐴𝑖 ℋ for each family of ideals 𝐴𝑖 in 𝑅. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 308 lemma 2.14 [6 , proposition (1 . 11)]. if ℋ is content module, then 𝐽 ( ℋ) = 𝐽 ( 𝑅 ) ℋ. definition 2.15 [9]. 𝑍(ℋ) = {𝑥 ∈ ℋ: 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝑥)𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛 𝑅} is called singular submodule of ℋ. if 𝑍(ℋ) = ℋ, then ℋ is called the singular module . if 𝑍(ℋ) = 0, then ℋ is called the non-singular module. lemma 2.16 [9 , coro. ( 1 . 26 )]. let ℋ be a non-singularr–module , then 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐 ( 𝑅 ) ℋ. definition 2.17 [3]. an r – module ℋ is finitely generated if ℋ = 〈𝑧1, 𝑧2, 𝑧3, . . . , 𝑧𝑛〉 = 𝑅𝑧1, 𝑅𝑧2, 𝑅𝑧3, . . . 𝑅𝑧𝑛, where 𝑧1, 𝑧2, 𝑧3, . . . , 𝑧𝑛 ∈ ℋ. lemma 2.18 [10 ,coro. of theo. ( 9 )] let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationr–module and i , j ideals of r . then i ℋ  jℋ ifandonlyif i  j + annr( ℋ ). definition 2.19 [11]. anr–module ℋ is called to becancellation ifwhenever i ℋ = j ℋ for any ideals i, j of 𝑅, implies that i = j. lemma 2.20 [ 11 , prop. ( 3 . 1)]. if ℋ is a multiplicationr–module, then ℋ iscancellation ifandonlyif ℋ is a faithfulfinitely generated. 3. the results inthis section we introduce the definition of strongly pseudo nearly semi-2-absorbingsubmodule and we introduce several characterzations of stpns-asubmodules in classes of multiplicationmodules and other types of modules: definition 3.1[2] a propersubmodule ℱ of an 𝑅-module ℋ is called to be strongly pseudo nearly semi-2absorbing submodule of ℋ (for short stpns) if whenever 𝑢2ϰ ∈ ℱ, for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅, 𝜘 ∈ ℋ implies that either 𝑢𝜘 ∈ ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) or 𝑢2 ∈ [ℱ + 𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ):𝑅 ℋ]. the following proposition gives characterization of stpns-asubmodules in classes of multiplication modules. proposition 3.2 a propersubmodule 𝐹 of a multiplication𝑅-module h is stpns-asubmodule of 𝐻 if and only if 𝐴2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 for 𝐴, 𝐾 are submodules of 𝐻, implies that either 𝐴𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)) or 𝐴2 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)). . proof (⟹) let 𝑟2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐻. but 𝐻 is a multiplicationmodule, then 𝐾= 𝐼𝐻 forsome ideal i of 𝑅, it follows that 𝑟2𝐼𝐻 ⊆ 𝐹, it follows by hypothesis either 𝑟𝐼𝐻 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻))or 𝑟2 ∈ [𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)) :𝑅 𝐻]. that is either 𝑟𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)) or 𝑟 2 ∈ [𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)) :𝑅 𝐻]. hence 𝐹 is stpns-asubmodule of 𝐻. (⟸)let 𝐴2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 for 𝐴, 𝐾 are submodules of a multiplication module 𝐻, it follows that (𝐼𝐻)2(𝐽𝐻) = 𝐼2𝐽𝐻 ⊆ 𝐹 for some ideals 𝐼, 𝐽 of 𝑅. since 𝐹 is stpns-asubmodule of 𝐻, then by ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 309 lemma 2.2 we have either 𝐼𝐽𝐻 ⊆ 𝐹 + 𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻) or 𝐼2 ⊆ [𝐹 + 𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻) :𝑅 𝐻], that is either 𝐴𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)) or 𝐴2 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)). as a directresult of proposition 3.2 we have the followingcorollaries. corollary 3.3 a propersubmodule 𝐹 of a multiplication 𝑅-module 𝐻 is stpns-asubmodule of 𝐻 if and only if 𝐴2ℎ ⊆ 𝐹 for 𝐴 is a submodules of 𝐻 and ℎ ∈ 𝐻, it means that either 𝐴ℎ ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)) or 𝐴2 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(𝐻) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝐻)). corollary 3.4 a propersubmodule 𝐹 of a multiplication𝑅-module 𝐻 is stpns-asubmodule of 𝐻 if and only if ℎ2𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 for ℎ ∈ 𝐻 and 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐻, it means that either ℎ𝐾 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or ℎ2 ⊆ 𝐹 + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)). remaek 3.5 if ℱ is an stpns-asubmodule of an r_module ℋ, then [ℱ ℋ𝑅 : ] it doesn’t have to be an stpnsaideal of r, the followingexample explainthat: considerthe z-module 𝑍36, the submodule ℱ = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 is an stpns-asubmodule of the z_module 𝑍36, since 2 2. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉, implies that 2. 3̅ ∈ 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (𝐽(𝑍36) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍36)) = 〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 + (〈6̅〉 ∩ 〈6̅〉) = 〈6̅〉, but [〈12̅̅̅̅ 〉 𝑍36𝑅 : ] = 12𝑍 is not to be an stpns-aideal of z, because 22. 3 ∈ 12𝑍,but 2.3 ∉ 12𝑍 + (𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍) ∩ 𝐽(𝑍)) = 12𝑍 and22 ∉ [12𝑍 + (𝐽(𝑍) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑍)) 𝑅 : 𝑍] = 12𝑍. the above remark satsfay under certain conditions. proposition 3.6 let ℋ a faithful multiplication 𝑅-module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ.then ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ if and only if [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of 𝑅. proof (⟹) let i2j ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ] forsome ideals i, j of r, hence i 2(jℋ) ⊆ ℱ. but ℱ is stpnsasubmodule of ℋ, then by lemma 2.2 either i(jℋ) ⊆ ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ))or i2 ⊆ [ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)):r ℋ]. since ℋ is multiplication, then ℱ = [ℱ:r ℋ]ℋ and since ℋ is faithful multiplication, then by lemmas 2.5, 2.6 soc(ℋ) = soc(r)ℋ and j(ℋ) = j(r)ℋ. thus either i(jℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ]ℋ + j(r)ℋ ∩ soc(r)ℋ or i 2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ]ℋ + (j(r)ℋ ∩ soc(r)ℋ), thus either ij ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ] + (j(r) ∩ soc(r)) or i 2 ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ] + (j(r) ∩ soc(r)) = [[ℱ:r ℋ] + (j(r) ∩ soc(r)):r r]. hence [ℱ:r ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r. (⟸) let a2l ⊆ ℱ for a, l aresubmodules of ℋ. since ℋ isamultiplication, then a = iℋand l = jℋ forsome ideals i, j of r, that is (iℋ)2jℋ ⊆ ℱ, implies that i2j ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ], but [ℱ:r ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r, theneither ij ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ] + (j(r) ∩ soc(r)) or i 2 ⊆ [[ℱ:r ℋ] + (j(r) ∩ soc(r)) :r r] = [ℱ:r ℋ] + (j(r) ∩ soc(r)),thus either ijℋ ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ]ℋ + (j(r)ℋ ∩ soc(r)ℋ) or i2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ]ℋ + (j(r)ℋ ∩ soc(r)ℋ). hence by lemmaies 2.5, 2.6 either al ⊆ ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)) or a2 ⊆ [ℱ + (j(ℋ) ∩ soc(ℋ)):r ℋ]. thus by proposition 3.2 ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. proposition 3.7 let ℋ be a multiplication projectiver–module and ℱ ⊂ ℋ . then ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ if and only if [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]is stpns-aideal of r. proof (⟹) let 𝑢2𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] for some 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐽 is an ideals of 𝑅, hence 𝑢 2(𝐽ℋ) ⊆ ℱ. but ℱ is stpns -2-absorbing submodule of ℋ, then by lemma 2.7 either 𝑢(𝐽ℋ) ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 310 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ))or 𝑢2 ⊆ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)):𝑅 ℋ]. since ℋ is multiplication, then ℱ = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ and since ℋ is projective, then by lemmaies 2.9, 2.10 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ and 𝐽(ℋ) = 𝐽(𝑅)ℋ. thus either 𝑢(𝐽ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + 𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ or 𝑢 2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ), thus either 𝑢𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝑢 2 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) = [[ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅]. hence [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of 𝑅. (⟸) let 𝐴2ℎ ⊆ ℱ for 𝐴 is a submodules of ℋ and ℎ ∈ ℋ. but ℋ is a multiplication, then 𝐴 = 𝐼ℋ and ℎ = 𝐽ℋ for some ideals 𝐼, j of 𝑅, that is (𝐼ℋ)2𝐽ℋ ⊆ ℱ, implies that 𝐼2𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ], but [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of 𝑅, then either 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝐼 2 ⊆ [[ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) :𝑅 𝑅] = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) , thus either 𝐼𝐽ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝐼 2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). hence by lemmaies 2.9, 2.10 either 𝐴ℎ ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝐴2 ⊆ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)):𝑅 ℋ]. thus by corollary 3.3 ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. proposition 3.8 let ℋ be a multiplicationz-regular content r–module and ℱ be a propersubmdule of ℋ . then ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ if and only if [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . proof (⟹) let 𝑎2𝑏 ∈ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] for some 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, hence 𝑎 2(𝑏ℋ) ⊆ ℱ. but ℱ is stpns -2-absorbing submodule of ℋ, then by lemma 2.7 either 𝑎(𝑏ℋ) ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝑎2 ∈ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)):𝑅 ℋ]. since ℋ is multiplication, then ℱ = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ and since ℋ is zregular content r–module, then by lemmas 2.12, 2.14 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ and 𝐽(ℋ) = 𝐽(𝑅)ℋ. thus either 𝑎(𝑏ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + 𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ or 𝑎 2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ), thus either 𝑎𝑏 ∈ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝑎 2 ∈ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) = [[ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅]. hence [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of 𝑅. (⟸) let ℎ2𝐴 ⊆ ℱ for ℎ ∈ ℋ and 𝐴 is a submodules of ℋ. but ℋ is a multiplication, then ℎ = 𝐼ℋ and 𝐴 = 𝐽ℋ forsome ideals 𝐼, j of 𝑅, that is (𝐼ℋ)2𝐽ℋ ⊆ ℱ, implies that 𝐼2𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ], but [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of 𝑅, then either 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝐼 2 ⊆ [[ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) :𝑅 𝑅] = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) , thus either 𝐼𝐽ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝐼 2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). hence lemmas 2.12, 2.14 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ and 𝐽(ℋ) = 𝐽(𝑅)ℋ either ℎ𝐴 ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or ℎ2 ⊆ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)):𝑅 ℋ]. thus by corollary 3.4 ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. proposition 3.9 let ℋ be a multiplicationnon-singular contentr–module and ℱ be a propersubmdule of ℋ . then ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ ifandonlyif [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r. proof (⟹) let 𝐼2𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] for some ideals 𝐼, 𝐽 of 𝑅, hence 𝐼 2(𝐽ℋ) ⊆ ℱ. but ℱ is stpns -2absorbing submodule of ℋ, then by lemma 2.2 either 𝐼(𝐽ℋ) ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ))or 𝐼2 ⊆ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)):𝑅 ℋ]. since ℋ is multiplication, then ℱ = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ and since ℋ nonsingular content r–module, then by lemmas 2.16, 2.14 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) = 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ and 𝐽(ℋ) = 𝐽(𝑅)ℋ. thus either 𝐼(𝐽ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + 𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ or 𝐼 2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ), thus either 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝐼 2 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) = [[ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅]. hence [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of 𝑅. (⟸) let 𝐴2𝐿 ⊆ ℱ for 𝐴, 𝐿 are submodules of ℋ. since ℋ is a multiplication, then 𝐴 = 𝐼ℋand 𝐿 = 𝐽ℋ for some ideals 𝐼, 𝐽 of 𝑅, that is (𝐼ℋ)2𝐽ℋ ⊆ ℱ, implies that 𝐼2𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ], but [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 311 is stpns-aideal of 𝑅, then either 𝐼𝐽 ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝐼 2 ⊆ [[ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) :𝑅 𝑅] = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) , thus either 𝐼𝐽ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝐼2ℋ ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). hence by lemmas2.16, 2.14 either 𝐴𝐿 ⊆ ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)) or 𝐴2 ⊆ [ℱ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ)):𝑅 ℋ]. thus by proposition 3.2 ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 4. characterization of stpns-aideals by special kind of submodules in this section we introduce the characterization of the notion of stpns-aideals by special kind of submodules. the following proposition gives characterization of the notion of stpns-aideals. proposition 4.1 let ℋ be a finitelygenerated z–regularmultiplication content-r–module and i is a stpnsaideal of r with annr( ℋ )  i if and only if iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let 𝐵2𝐿  i ℋ for b is an ideal of 𝑅and 𝐿 ⊆ ℋ . but ℋ is a multiplicationr–module , then 𝐿 = jℋ forsome ideal j of 𝑅 , that is 𝐵2𝐿 = 𝐵2 jℋ i ℋ. but ℋ is a finitely generatedmultiplication, then by lemma 2.18 we have 𝐵2j i + annr( ℋ ). since annr( ℋ )  i then i + annr( ℋ ) = i, that 𝐵 2j i. but i is stpns-aideal of r then either 𝐵j ⊆ i + 𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝐵2 ∈ [i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅] = i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)). it means that either 𝐵jℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝐵2ℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). since ℋ is a z – regular and content r-module then by lemmas 2.12, 2.14 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ and 𝐽( ℋ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ. so that either bl iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or 𝑢2ℋ iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) . therefore by lemma 2.5 iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. (⇐) let 𝑢2j  𝐼 for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅 and j is an ideal of r , it means that 𝑢2j ℋ 𝐼ℋ. but ℋ is multiplication, then 𝑢2𝐽ℋ = 𝑢2𝐿 ⊆ 𝐼ℋ. but 𝐼ℋ is a stpns-athen by lemma 2.7 either 𝑢𝐿 ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ). but ℋ is z-regular content r–module, then by lemmas 2.12, 2.14 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ, and 𝐽( ℋ ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ. thus either 𝑢𝐽ℋ𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). that is either 𝑢𝐽  𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝑢2 ∈ 𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) = [𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅]. therefore by lemma 2.7 i is stpns-aideal of r. proposition 4.2 let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationprojective r–module and i is a stpns-aideal of r with annr( ℋ )  i if and only if iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let 𝐴2ℎ  iℋ for 𝐴 is a submodule of ℋ and h ∈ ℋ. since ℋ isamultiplication r– module , then 𝐴 = 𝐵ℋ and ℎ = 𝐽ℋ forsome ideals 𝐵, j of 𝑅 , that is 𝐴2ℎ = (𝐵ℋ)2 jℋ i ℋ. but ℋ is a finitelygenerated multiplication , then by lemma 2.18 we have 𝐵2j i + annr( ℋ ). since annr( ℋ )  i then i + annr( ℋ ) = i, that 𝐵 2j i. but i is stpns-aideal of r, then either 𝐵j ⊆ i + 𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝐵2 ∈ [i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅] = i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)). it means that either 𝐵jℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝐵2ℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). since ℋ is a projective r–module then by lemmas 2.9, 2.10 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ and 𝐽( ℋ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ. so that either ah iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or ℎ2 iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ). therefore by corollary 3.3 iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 312 (⇐) let 𝑢2j  𝐼 for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅 and j is an ideal of r , it means that 𝑢2j ℋ 𝐼ℋ . but ℋ is multiplication, then 𝑢2𝐽ℋ = 𝑢2𝐿 ⊆ 𝐼ℋ. but 𝐼ℋ is a stpns-athen by lemma 2.7 either 𝑢𝐿 ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ).but ℋ is projective r– module, then by lemmas 2.9, 2.10 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ and 𝐽( ℋ ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ. thus either 𝑢𝐽ℋ𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). that is either 𝑢𝐽  𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝑢2 ∈ 𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) = [𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅]. therefore by lemma 2.17 i is stpns-aideal of r. proposition 4.3 let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationnon-singularcontentr–module and i is a stpnsaideal of r with annr( ℋ )  i if and only if iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let 𝐵2𝐿  i ℋ for b is an ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐿 ⊆ ℋ . since ℋ is a multiplication r–module , then 𝐿 = jℋ forsome ideal j of 𝑅 , that is 𝐵2𝐿 = 𝐵2 jℋ i ℋ. but ℋ is a finitelygenerated multiplication , then by lemma 2.18 we have 𝐵2j i + annr( ℋ ). since annr( ℋ )  i then i + annr( ℋ ) = i, that 𝐵 2j i. but i is stpns-aideal of r, then either 𝐵j ⊆ i + 𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝐵2 ∈ [i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅] = i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)). it means that either 𝐵jℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝐵2ℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). since ℋ is a non-singular content-r–module then by lemmaies 2.16, 2.14 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ and 𝐽( ℋ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ. so that either bl iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or 𝑢2ℋ iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) . therefore by lemma 2.2 iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. (⇐) let 𝑢2v ⊆ 𝐼 for 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑅, it means that 𝑢2v ℋ 𝐼ℋ . but 𝐼ℋ is a stpns-athen by lemma 2.7 either 𝑢𝑣ℋ ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or 𝑢2 ∈ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ). but ℋ is a non-singular content-r–module then by lemmas 2.16, 2.14 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ and 𝐽( ℋ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ. thus either 𝑢𝑣ℋ ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) . that is either 𝑢𝑣 ∈ 𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝑢2 ∈ 𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) = [𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅]. therefore i is stpns-a ideal of r. proposition 4.4 let ℋ be a faithfulfinitely generatedmultiplication r–moduleand i is a stpns-aideal of r with annr( ℋ )  i if and only if then iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. proof (⇒) let ℎ2𝐾  iℋ for h ∈ ℋ and 𝐾 ⊆ ℋ . since ℋ is a multiplicationr–module , then ℎ = 𝐵ℋand 𝐾 = jℋ forsome ideals 𝐵, j of 𝑅 , that is ℎ2𝐾 = (𝐵ℋ)2 jℋ i ℋ. but ℋ is a finitelygenerated multiplication , then by lemma 2.18 we have 𝐵2j i + annr( ℋ ). since annr( ℋ )  i then i + annr( ℋ ) = i, that 𝐵 2j i. but i is stpns-aideal of r, then either 𝐵j ⊆ i + 𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅) or 𝐵2 ∈ [i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅] = i + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)). it means that either 𝐵jℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝐵2ℋ ⊆ iℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ). since ℋ is faithful then by lemmas 2.8, 2.9 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ and 𝐽( ℋ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ. so that either hk iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or ℎ2 iℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) . therefore by corollary 3.4 iℋ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. (⇐) let 𝑢2j  𝐼 for 𝑢 ∈ 𝑅 and j is an ideal of r , it means that 𝑢2j ℋ 𝐼ℋ . but ℋ is multiplication, then 𝑢2𝐽ℋ = 𝑢2𝐿 ⊆ 𝐼ℋ. but 𝐼ℋ is a stpns-athen by lemma 2.7 either 𝑢𝐿 ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ) or 𝑢2ℋ ⊆ 𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(ℋ) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(ℋ) ).but ℋ is faithful, then by ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 313 lemmas 2.5, 2.6 𝑆𝑜𝑐( ℋ ) = 𝑆𝑜𝑐( 𝑅 )ℋ and 𝐽( ℋ) = 𝐽( 𝑅 )ℋ . thus either 𝑢𝐽ℋ𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) or 𝑢2ℋ𝐼ℋ + (𝐽(𝑅)ℋ ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)ℋ) .that is either 𝑢𝐽  𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) or 𝑢2 ∈ 𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)) = [𝐼 + (𝐽(𝑅) ∩ 𝑠𝑜𝑐(𝑅)):𝑅 𝑅]. therefore by lemma 2.7 i is stpns-aideal of r. proposition 4.5 let ℋ be a faithfulfinitely generatedmultiplicationr–module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ . then the followingstatements are valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal i of r . proof ( 1 )  ( 2 ) follows by proposition 4.4. ( 2 )  ( 3 ) suppose that [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r. but ℋ is a multiplication , then ℱ = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ. put i = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r and ℱ = iℋ. ( 3 )  ( 2 ) suppose that ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal of r. since ℋ is a multiplication , ℱ = [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]ℋ = iℋ. but ℋ is a faithfulfinitely generated , then by lemma 2.18 ℋ is cancellation , therefore [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] = i is stpns-aideal of r. proposition 4.6 let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationz–regular content r – module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ withannr (ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]. then the followingstatements are valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal i of r with annr (ℋ) ⊆ 𝐼. proof ( 1 )  ( 2 ) follows byproposition 4.1. ( 2 )  ( 3 ) let ℱ ⊆ ℋ , then ℱ = [ℱ:r ℋ]ℋ ( for ℋ isamultiplication) . put [ℱ:r ℋ] = i, impliesthat i is stpns-aideal of r with annr (ℋ) = [0:r ℋ] ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ] = i , that is annr (ℋ) ⊆ i. ( 3 )  ( 2 ) supposethat ℱ = iℋ forsome stpns-aideal of r with annr (ℋ) ⊆ i . but ℋ isamultiplication , then ℱ = [ℱ:r ℋ]ℋ = iℋ, and since ℋ is a finitelygenerated then by lemma 2.20 ℋ is a weakcancellation , it means that [ℱ:r ℋ] + annr (ℋ) = i + annr (ℋ). but annr (ℋ) ⊆ i, it means that i + annr (ℋ) = i and annr (ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:r ℋ] , it means that [ℱ:r ℋ] + annr (ℋ) = [ℱ:r ℋ]. thus [ℱ:r ℋ] = i, but i is stpns–2-a ideal of r, itfollows that [ℱ:r ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r. proposition 4.7 let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationprojective r–module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ with annr (ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]. then the followingstatements are valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ forsome stpns-aideal i of r withannr (ℋ) ⊆ 𝐼. proof ( 1 )  ( 2 ) followsby proposition 4.2. ( 2 )  ( 3 ) followssimilarly as inproposition 4.6. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 314 proposition 4.8 let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationnon-singular content r–module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ with annr (ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]. then the following statementsare valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal i of r withannr (ℋ) ⊆ 𝐼. proof ( 1 )  ( 2 ) follows by proposition 4.3. ( 2 )  ( 3 ) follows similarly as in proposition 4.6. 5. conclusion we will present the most important propositions in this research: . let ℋ be a faithfulfinitely generatedmultiplication r–module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ . then thefollowing statementsare valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal i of r . . let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationz–regular content r – module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ with annr (ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]. then the followingstatements are valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal i of r with annr (ℋ) ⊆ 𝐼. . let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationprojective r–module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ with annr (ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]. then the followingstatements are valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal i of r with annr (ℋ) ⊆ 𝐼. . let ℋ be a finitelygenerated multiplicationnon-singular content r–module, and ℱ is a propersubmodule of ℋ with annr (ℋ) ⊆ [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ]. then thefollowing statements are valent : 1. ℱ is stpns-asubmodule of ℋ. 2. [ℱ:𝑅 ℋ] is stpns-aideal of r . 3. ℱ = iℋ for some stpns-aideal i of r with annr (ℋ) ⊆ 𝐼. references 1. lu, c. p. prime submodule of modules, comm. math, university spatula, 1981 , 33, 61-69. 2. mohamad, e. d. haibat, k. m. strongly pseudo nearly semei-2-absorbing submodule(i), ibn al-haitham journal for pure and apple. sci. 2022, to appear online. 3. kash, f. modules and rings. london math. soc. monographs new york , academic press , 1982, pp. (370) . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 315 4. barnard a. multiplication modules, journal of algebra , 1981, 7 , 174 – 178. 5. el – bast , z. a. and smith , p. f. multiplication modules, comm. in algebra , 1988, vol. (16) no.(4), pp.(755-779). 6. nuha h. h. the radical of modules, m. sc. thesis , university of baghdad, 1996. 7. zelmanowitz , j .regular modules,trans . american math. soc. 1973 , 163 , 341 – 355 . 8. lu, c. p. m-radical of submodule in modules, math. japanica, 1989, 34, 2, 211-219. 9. goodearl, k. r. ring theory, marcel dekker, inc. new york and basel. 1976 ,p.206. 10. smith , p. f. some remarks on multiplication modules , arch. math. 1988, 50 , 223 – 235 . 11. ali, s. mon cancellation modules, m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad, 1993 . 83 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. study of acute and chronic sinusitis – symptoms, diagnosis and treatment: a review article 1-3 department of chemistry, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, universityof baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abstract background: sinusitis is an inflammatory condition that affects the mucous membrane lining the airways. chronic rhinosinusitis and acute rhinosinusitis are the two types. rhinosinusitis is characterized by facial pain, congestion, and headache. due to the widespread prevalence of sinusitis, there must be an evaluation of the case because the diagnoses are more serious in the advanced stages of the disease and impact the outcome of care. objectives: the objective of this study was to conduct a literature evaluation of chronic and acute rhinosinusitis, risk factors, symptoms and signs of sinusitis, diagnostic, sinusitis treatment, and antibiotic treatment, as well as new databases. conclusion: rhinosinusitis diagnosis is based on physician experience, with the history and examination serving as the foundation. it is just as vital to identify the underlying pathogen as it is to understand the patient's comorbidities to develop a proper treatment approach and minimize unwanted consequences. keywords: chronic sinusitis, acute sinusitis and rhinosinusitis. 1. introduction a viral upper respiratory tract infection is the most prevalent cause of acute sinusitis (urti). sinus inflammation can result from the viral infection, which often resolves on its own in less than 14 days. sinusitis is an inflammatory condition affecting the sinuses and cavities in the skull that contain air. infections could be brought about by infectious agents (bacterial, viral, or fungal) or noninfectious agents (allergic). this inflammation obstructs the ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3..2891 article history: received,28, february, 2022, accepted,17,may, 2022, published in july 2022. 1husam salman jasim husam_alaythawy78@yahoo.com shaimaa abed saoud2 shaimaachem@hotmail.com haider a. j. almuslamawy3 haider.a.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:husam_alaythawy78@yahoo.com mailto:shaimaachem@hotmail.com mailto:haider.a.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 84 natural drainage channels for the sinuses (sinus ostia), resulting in mucus accumulation, hypoxia, impaired mucociliary clearance, and increased susceptibility to bacterial growth [1]. chronic sinusitis is caused by swelling of the inner lining of the sinuses, causing pain and swelling around the eyes and head and difficulty breathing; sinuses remain swollen and inflamed for three months or longer than three months even with therapy. this common disease hinders mucus outflow and causes a stuffy nose. breathing through your nose may be difficult, and the area around your eyes may feel swollen or irritated. chronic sinusitis is a condition that can be caused by an infection, sinus growths (nasal polyps), or sinus lining edema. also, other symptoms are known as chronic rhinosinusitis. the condition can affect both adults and children. it is considered chronic sinusitis when sinusitis lingers for more than 12 weeks. allergens, in addition to causing common colds, increase your chance of developing chronic sinusitis. chronic sinusitis is caused by an allergy, virus, fungus, or bacteria and can linger for months or even years [2]. chronic rhinosinusitis (crs) is a prevalent illness with a hefty annual treatment cost. immune deficiencies are more prominent in persons with crs and should be managed with greater caution in those resistant to treatment and surgery [3]. it was well established that a substantial number of persons with crs have a steroidresistant phenotype that must be recognised to avoid the use of these medications and their associated adverse effects. endotype identification is becoming increasingly important as more individualised biotherapeutics like as anti-ige and anti-cytokine antibodies become available. these medications are expected to benefit individuals who express the targeted mediator, although they have also been shown to operate centrally. in summary, therapy for complex regional pain syndrome is at a watershed moment. it was well established that a substantial number of persons with crs have a steroid-resistant phenotype that must be recognized to avoid using these medications and their associated adverse effects. endotype identification is becoming increasingly important as more individualized biotherapeutics like anti-ige and anti-cytokine antibodies become available. these medications are expected to benefit individuals who express the targeted mediator, although they have also been shown to operate centrally. so, various drugs are currently being developed that seem useful for our patients suffering from this ailment. the challenge with these medicines is that they will require customized therapy based on identifying individuals with the proper endotype [4]. serum periostin can diagnose chronic rhinosinusitis in individuals with nasal polyps and predict the radiographic severity of chronic rhinosinusitis in asthmatic patients [5]. while the loss of smell has been associated with a type 2 inflammatory endotype, additional study is needed to discover whether other clinical symptoms may be employed to predict inflammatory endotypes [6]. although it is conceivable, chronic sinusitis is seldom caused by bacterial infection [7]. if your healthcare provider is convinced that you have a bacterial infection, he or she may prescribe an antibiotic such as amoxicillin. antibiotics are only effective against bacterial infections [8]. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 85  acute sinusitis and chronic sinusitis acute sinusitis is usually viral in immunocompetent people in the community (e.g., rhinovirus, influenza, parainfluenza). in a very limited number of patients, subaltern bacterial contagion with pneumococci, haemophilus influenza, staphylococci occurs, streptococci or moraxella catarrhalis. a maxillary tooth's periapical dental furuncle penetrates the underlying sinus at intervals. in hospitals, acute infections are typically caused by bacteria such as; klebsiella pneumoniae, staphylococcus aureus, proteus mirabilis, pseudomonas aeruginosa, and enterobacter. patients with compromised immune systems risk acquiring acute invasive fungal sinusitis [9]. persistent sinusitis results from a variety of conditions that cause persistent inflammation. chronic allergies, anatomical abnormalities (nasal polyps), circumferential pinprick (cigarette smoke, airborne pollution), and mucociliary dysfunction all play a part in developing chronic sinusitis. although the organisms are frequently bacterial (as the portion of a biofilm on the mucosal superficies), they also turn into fungal. numerous bacteria seemed involved, counting gram-negative bacilli and microorganisms, oropharyngeal anaerobic; polymicrobial disease is popular chronic maxillary sinusitis is a rare complication of dental infection. chronic fungal infections (aspergillus, sporothrix, pseudallescheria) are more common among the elderly and immunocompromised [10].  risk factors risk factors are the factors that increase the chances of developing a sinus infection. also, anyone can get infected with or without these factors, so we note that the higher the risk, the greater the chance of a person developing the disease. one of the risk factors is smoking and passive smoking, which increases the chances of contracting the disease. certain medical conditions are conditions that boost one's chance of acquiring sinusitis. these include the recent use of decongestant sprays for long-term colds, nasal obstruction caused by polyps, a deviated septum, abnormalities in the facial bones, swollen adenoids, cleft palate, or tumour, allergies, asthma, some long-term illnesses such as cystic fibrosis, kartagener's syndrome (a turmoil of cilia anywhere the body), and granulomatosis with polyangiitis, and granulomato (the women noted had elevated hazard of chronic sinusitis than men. along with the hazards stated above, environmental variables such as secondhand smoke, air pollution, flying, and scuba diving contribute to an increased risk of sinusitis [11, 12]. 2. classification of sinuses each pair of sinuses is called for the associated bone ethmoid, sphenoid, frontal, and maxillary. the american academy of otolaryngology-head and neck surgery [aao hns] classifies rhinosinusitis into three categories the duration of symptoms. acute rhinosinusitis (ars) is defined as a condition that lasts less than four weeks; subacute rhinosinusitis (srs) is defined as a condition that lasts four to twelve weeks and chronic rhinosinusitis (crs) is defined as a condition that lasts more than twelve weeks [13]. acute rhinosinusitis can also be viral, bacterial, or, occasionally, fungal in origin. additionally, chronic rhinosinusitis is ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 86 subdivided into chronic rhinosinusitis in the absence of nasal polyps (crssnp) and chronic rhinosinusitis with nasal polyps (crswnp) [14].  sinusitis symptoms and causes acute and chronic sinusitis have the same symptoms and indications, counting purulent rhinorrhea, face pressure and discomfort, nasal congestion and blockage, hyposmia, halitosis, and persistent cough (particularly at night). acute sinusitis frequently results in more severe pain. tender, edema, and redness may occur around the affected sinus area. maxillary sinusitis is a disorder that manifests as maxillary pain, toothache, and a frontal headache. anterior sinusitis is characterized by aches and headaches in the anterior region. ethmoid sinusitis is characterized by aches backward between the eyes, dividing frontal headache, periorbital cellulitis, and crying. sphenoid sinusitis is accompanied by less discomfort localized in the frontal or occipital region. the nasal mucosa is red and variegated. a purulent, runny nose of yellow or green color may be current. serous or mucous secretions might be found in the middle meatus of individuals with maxillary, anterior ethmoid, or anterior ethmoid sinusitis, as well in the centric district to the midst of turbinate of those with posterior ethmoid sinusitis or sphenoid sinusitis. edema and periorbital redness, exophthalmos, eye paralysis, confusion or loss of consciousness, and severe headache are all possible complications [15]. 3. treatment of sinusitis nasal drainage with home remedies (e.g., steam, topical vasoconstrictors) and, on occasion, antibiotics (e.g., amoxicillin/clavulanate, doxycycline) may be used. perfect evacuation and infection surveillance are among the objective of acute sinusitis treatment. steam inhalation, application of hot, moist cloths to infected sinuses, and consumption of hot drinks all serve to ease nasal vasoconstriction and encourage drainage [33]. while topical vasoconstrictors such as 0.25 percent phenylephrine spray every three hours or oxymetazoline spray every eight to twelve hours are useful, they might not be utilized for longer than five days or in a recurrent cycle of three days on and three days off until the sinusitis clears. systemic vasoconstrictors, such as pseudoephedrine 30 mg orally every 4 to 6 hours (for adults), are ineffective and should be avoided in premature infants [34]. saline nasal irrigation may provide some relief but is uncomfortable and requires instruction; hence, it may be better for persons who suffer from recurrent sinusitis and are more likely to comprehend (and endure) the practice. while corticosteroid nasal sprays may help relieve symptoms, they frequently take at least ten days to take effect [35].  antibiotic therapy while most instances of community-acquired acute sinusitis are viral and heal spontaneously, numerous patients have previously been treated with antibiotics due to clinical problems in differentiating viral from bacterial infection. concerns over the spread of antibiotic-resistant organisms, on the other hand, have guided in an extra eclectic utilization of antibiotics. the following variables, according to the infectious diseases society of america, can aid in determining who should begin antibiotic therapy: ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 87 sinus symptoms range from mild to moderate and last for ten days, and severe symptoms such as high temperature up to 39°c and severe pain that lasts for three to four days appear. the condition of the sinuses deteriorates after a person recovers from a typical upper respiratory viral infection (uri) ("double sickening" or biphasic illness). due to the resistance of many pathogenic organisms to formerly utilized antibiotics, amoxicillin/clavulanate 875 mg orally every twelve hours (25 mg/kg orally every twelve hours in children) is the current firstline treatment. antibiotic resistance-prone patients receive a 2 g dosage increase orally every twelve hours (45 mg/kg orally every twelve hours in children). patients under two and those over 65 who have recently taken antibiotics, have been hospitalized within the past five days, or are immunocompromised are at risk of developing resistance [36]. doxycycline or a respiratory fluoroquinolone may be recommended for adults allergic to penicillin (e.g., levofloxacin, moxifloxacin). levofloxacin or clindamycin in combination with a thirdgeneration oral cephalosporin may be given to children who are allergic to penicillin (cefixime or cefpodoxime). the medication is maintained if the patient improves within three to five days. adults who do not have resistance risk factors receive treatment for five to seven days; other adults receive treatment for seven to 10 days. children receive therapy for ten to fourteen days. after three to five days, if no improvement has occurred, a different drug is given. due to the emergence of bacterial resistance, macrolides, trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole, and cephalosporin monotherapy are not advised. when vision loss or the potential of vision loss is present, emergent surgery is required [37]. allergic fungal sinusitis is chronic sinusitis marked by frequent nasal congestion, sticky nasal secretions, and nasal polyps. it is an allergic reaction to fungus on the skin, most frequently aspergillus, and is not the result of an invasive infection [38]. 4. previous studies according to a 2018 study, full-time housewives/househusbands had a twofold lower rate of allergic rhinitis (ar) than persons who worked. the risk of acquiring ars or crs was remarkably more in responders who a physician had diagnosed with crs, ar, itchy rash, or smoking. additionally, crs occurred remarkably more frequently in responders who had a negative reaction to analgesics, current smoking, or asthma. this research found common and separate risk variables for ar, ars, and crs, demonstrating that these illnesses have similar symptoms but independent etiologies [39]. in 2020, 175 adult patients with clinical suspicion of acute maxillary sinusitis will have acute rhinosinusitis and acute bacterial rhinosinusitis diagnosed. crp and erythrocyte sedimentation rate were assessed, and if computed tomography revealed mucosal thickness or fluid, sinus computed tomography was performed. the patient was diagnosed with acute bacterial rhinosinusitis if bacteria were discovered in antral fluid culture. bacteria cause acute rhinosinusitis in around one-third of patients [20]. in 2021, hamza elshafie ahmed et al. discovered that in patients with crswnp, the middle turbinate (mt) did not share macroscopic changes with the ethmoid sinus. it is preferable to address the mt during the medicinal and surgical treatment of crswnp for optimal results [40]. in 2022, a study highlights the importance of informing patients about the risks connected with the use of steroids to treat chronic rhinosinusitis (crs) during the covid-19 pandemic [41]. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 88 5. conclusion although genetic problems are uncommon, their effects can be devastating, so advanced diagnosis and prompt treatment are appropriate to enhance treatment opportunities. acute and chronic sinusitis leads to intracranial and orbital complications, including brain abscess, epidural abscess, subdural empyema, meningitis, venous sinus thrombosis, frontal bone osteomyelitis, and orbital cellulitis and abscess. despite the numerous medical discoveries, these complications carry a risk of death. studies indicate that approximately 30% of these diseases, including vision problems, seizures, and paraplegia, occur after treatment. references 1.slavin, r. g.; spector, s. l.; bernstein, i. l.; workgroup, s. u.; kaliner, m. a.; kennedy, d. w.; virant, f. s.; wald, e. r.; khan, d. a.; blessing-moore, j., the diagnosis and management of sinusitis: a practice parameter update. journal of allergy and clinical immunology 2005, 116, (6), s13-s47. 2.sc, l., mayo clinic family health book 5th edition: completely revised and updated. rochester, mn: mayo clinic press: 2018. 3.chiarella, s. e.; grammer, l. c., immune deficiency in chronic rhinosinusitis: screening and treatment. expert review of clinical immunology 2017, 13, (2), 117-123. 4.gurrola ii, j.; borish, l., chronic rhinosinusitis: endotypes, biomarkers, and treatment response. journal of allergy and clinical immunology 2017, 140(6), 1499-1508. 5.asano, t.; kanemitsu, y.; takemura, m.; yokota, m.; fukumitsu, k.; takeda, n.; ichikawa, h.; uemura, t.; takakuwa, o.; ohkubo, h., serum periostin as a biomarker for comorbid chronic rhinosinusitis in patients with asthma. annals of the american thoracic society 2017, 14, (5), 667-675. 6.staudacher, a. g.; peters, a. t.; kato, a.; stevens, w. w., use of endotypes, phenotypes, and inflammatory markers to guide treatment decisions in chronic rhinosinusitis. annals of allergy, asthma & immunology 2020, 124, (4), 318-325. 7.cryer, j.; schipor, i.; perloff, j. r.; palmer, j. n., evidence of bacterial biofilms in human chronic sinusitis. orl 2004, 66, (3), 155-158. 8.hamilos, d. l., chronic sinusitis. journal of allergy and clinical immunology 2000, 106(2), 213-227. 9.bleier, b. s.; paz-lansberg, m., acute and chronic sinusitis. medical clinics 2021, 105 (5), 859-870. 10.kausar, s.; fatema, s. a.; husain, a.; farooqui, d.; siddiqui, j. a.; farooqui, a. h., chronic rhino sinusitis: a review study. otolaryngology-head and neck surgery (aao-hns) 7, 15. 11.kishimoto, k.; kobayashi, r.; hori, d.; matsushima, s.; yanagi, m.; sano, h.; suzuki, d.; kobayashi, k., paranasal sinusitis at the initiation of chemotherapy is a risk factor for invasive fungal disease in children and adolescents with cancer. supportive care in cancer 2021, 29 (10), 5847-5852. 12.lim, s.; shin, h.-w., does particulate matter really affect sinusitis? clinical and experimental otorhinolaryngology 2021, 14 (4), 365. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 89 13.aring, a. m.; chan, m. m., current concepts in adult acute rhinosinusitis. american family physician 2016, 94(2), 97-105. 14.cho, s. h.; kim, d. w.; gevaert, p., chronic rhinosinusitis without nasal polyps. the journal of allergy and clinical immunology: in practice 2016, 4 (4), 575-582. 15.thobaiti, a. d. a.; hamdi, a. m.; almalki, m. a. o.; alghamdi, w. h.; albaz, m. e.; alshammari, a. m.; alhamyri, f. m.; alhmyri, b. m.; alhmyri, s. m. a.; alhmyri, k. m. a., an overview of sinusitis diagnosis and management approach in phc. archives of pharmacy practice 2021, 12(1). 16.elwany, s.; ibrahim, a.; hussein, w.; medra, a.; elwany, n., ten-year experience with multidisciplinary diagnosis and treatment of odontogenic sinusitis. the journal of laryngology & otology 2021, 135(11), 987-992. 17.miller, a. d., respiratory muscle control during vomiting. canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1990, 68(2), 237-241. 18.huang, z.; xu, h.; xiao, n.; li, y.; dong, y.; li, y.; zhou, b., predictive significance of radiographic density of sinus opacity and bone thickness in unilateral maxillary sinus mycetoma. orl 2019, 81(2-3), 111-120. 19.sakir, m.; yalcinkaya, s. e., associations between periapical health of maxillary molars and mucosal thickening of maxillary sinuses in cone-beam computed tomographic images: a retrospective study. journal of endodontics 2020, 46(3), 397-403. 20.barry, a.; fahey, t., clinical diagnosis of acute bacterial rhinosinusitis. american family physician 2020, 101(12), 758-759. 21.scheckenbach, k.; wagenmann, m., cytokine patterns and endotypes in acute and chronic rhinosinusitis. current allergy and asthma reports 2016, 16 (1), 1-8. 22.sousa, j. c.; etchbehere, r. m.; alves, e. a. r.; stark, l. m.; murta, e. f. c.; michelin, m. a., interferon-α action in cytokine profile in eosinophilic nasal polyp cultures. brazilian journal of otorhinolaryngology 2021, 87, 260-268. 23.wang, b. f.; cao, p. p.; wang, z. c.; li, z. y.; wang, z. z.; ma, j.; liao, b.; deng, y. k.; long, x. b.; xu, k., interferon‐γ‐induced insufficient autophagy contributes to p62‐dependent apoptosis of epithelial cells in chronic rhinosinusitis with nasal polyps. allergy 2017, 72 (9), 1384-1397. 24.sreter, k. b.; popovic-grle, s.; lampalo, m.; konjevod, m.; tudor, l.; nikolac perkovic, m.; jukic, i.; bingulac-popovic, j.; safic stanic, h.; markeljevic, j., plasma brain-derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) concentration and bdnf/trkb gene polymorphisms in croatian adults with asthma. journal of personalized medicine 2020, 10(4), 189. 25.wang, c. s.; honeybrook, a.; chapurin, n.; keswani, a.; jang, d. w. in sinusitis in patients on tumor necrosis factor alpha inhibitors, international forum of allergy & rhinology, 2017; wiley online library: 380-384. 26.hamilos, d. l.; leung, d. y.; wood, r.; meyers, a.; stephens, j. k.; barkans, j.; meng, q.; cunningham, l.; bean, d. k.; kay, a. b., chronic hyperplastic sinusitis: association of tissue eosinophilia with mrna expression of granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor and interleukin-3. journal of allergy and clinical immunology 1993, 92(1), 39-48. 27.lennard, c. m.; mann, e. a.; sun, l. l.; chang, a. s.; bolger, w. e., interleukin-1β, interleukin-5, interleukin-6, interleukin-8, and tumor necrosis factor-α in chronic sinusitis: response to systemic corticosteroids. american journal of rhinology 2000, 14(6), 367-374. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 90 28.bajwa, g. respiratory viruses promote glycolysis the critical role of metabolism in human plasmacytoid dendritic cell antiviral responses. 2015. 29.proud, d.; turner, r. b.; winther, b.; wiehler, s.; tiesman, j. p.; reichling, t. d.; juhlin, k. d.; fulmer, a. w.; ho, b. y.; walanski, a. a., gene expression profiles during in vivo human rhinovirus infection: insights into the host response. american journal of respiratory and critical care medicine 2008, 178(9), 962-968. 30.perić, a.; vojvodić, d.; milojević, m.; mladenović, n.; vujović, a.; živančevićsimonović, s., sampling of nasal secretions for flow-cytometric analysis in inflammatory diseases of the nose and paranasal sinuses. medicinski časopis 2013, 47 (1), 30-35. 31.balogh, e. p.; faludi, i.; virók, d. p.; endrész, v.; burián, k., chlamydophila pneumoniae induces production of the defensin-like mig/cxcl9, which has in vitro antichlamydial activity. international journal of medical microbiology 2011, 301(3), 252-259. 32.zhu, j.; lin, w.; yuan, w.; chen, l., new insight on pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of odontogenic maxillary sinusitis. journal of nanomaterials 2021, 2021. 33.goldsmith, a. j.; rosenfeld, r. m., treatment of pediatric sinusitis. pediatric clinics 2003, 50(2), 413-426. 34.rudmik, l.; soler, z. m., medical therapies for adult chronic sinusitis: a systematic review. jama 2015, 314(9), 926-939. 35.karadag, a., nasal saline for acute sinusitis. pediatrics 2002, 109(1), 165. 36.worrall, g., acute sinusitis. canadian family physician 2011, 57(5), 565-567. 37.hansen, j. g.; schmidt, h.; grinsted, p., randomised, double blind, placebo controlled trial of penicillin v in the treatment of acute maxillary sinusitis in adults in general practice. scandinavian journal of primary health care 2000, 18(1), 44-47. 38.deshazo, r. d.; chapin, k.; swain, r. e., fungal sinusitis. new england journal of medicine 1997, 337(4), 254-259. 39.hoffmans, r.; wagemakers, a.; van drunen, c.; hellings, p.; fokkens, w., acute and chronic rhinosinusitis and allergic rhinitis in relation to comorbidity, ethnicity and environment. plos one 2018, 13(2), e0192330. 40.ahmed, h. e.; sherif, m. f.; mohammed, z. s. e.-d.; ramadan, m. o., does the middle turbinate share the clinical and pathological changes with paranasal sinuses in chronic rhinosinusitis? egyptian journal of neck surgery and otorhinolaryngology 2021, 7(2), 37-44. 41.miller, l. e.; bhattacharyya, n., risk of covid-19 infection among chronic rhinosinusitis patients receiving oral corticosteroids. otolaryngology–head and neck surgery 2022, 166(1), 183-185. 200 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 study to the main effects on the auger de-excitation transition f.h. al-asadi department of physics, college of science, university of thi-qar received in: 20 september 2011, accepted in: 7 december 2011 abstract an eigen-state expansion method is applied to the transition of the auger de-excitation charge transfer (ad) process in the interaction between clean cu,al and na surfaces and excited incident gases h and he .we use this method to describe the effective surfaces electronic structure. it's shown that the ad efficiency is deeply influenced by the presence of the energy band for the surfaces and the potential energy stored within the excited incident atom, thus for long interaction time we use a slowly atom's about 1kev to scatter from metals surfaces where the electron couldn't probe the metal band structure and za the surface projectile distance. also we drive a new formula for ad interaction matrix element. keywords: auger de-excitation (ad), scattering, ion surface interaction. introduction charge exchange phenomena of ions (atoms) in front of a metal surface are of considerable interest in fundamental research as well as in technological applications. the basic processes for electron transfer in the scattering of thermal and hyperthermal beams were established some decades ago[1-3] and comprise resonant oneelectron tunneling and two-electron auger processes .when a slowly moving projectile incident on a metal surface of sufficiently small work function φ the possible processes for auger charge transition are shown in fig.(1)[4]. neutralization of scattered ions is well-known to be an important effect which enhances the surface sensitivity of the technique but leads to low scattered ion yields. the main mechanism of charge exchange with the target material (usually metallic) has been generally agreed to be auger neutralization (an) fig.1 (b), involving direct transfer of a surface valance electron into he+ ion core hold ground state. with the excess energy being given, as kinetic energy, to other valence electron of the surface. an alternative process of charge exchange is resonance neutralization (rn) fig.1 (a) in which a metal surface valance electron tunnels across into an unoccupied state of the ion at essentially the same binding energy in a one-electron process. this mechanism is believed to be important, for example, in charge exchange with incident alkali metal ions whose ground state empty levels lie energetically close to the fermi level [5-7]. some important resurgence of interest in the theory of surface charge exchange processes , the one-electron resonant mechanism, demonstrate a special case of "quasi-resonant" charge exchange with a deeper lying occupied state of the solid as in fig.1(d)[8,9]. auger de-excitation background the auger de-excitation process[10] is shown in fig.1(c). where, an excited atom is deexcited with simultaneous ejection of an electron from the system. the ejected electron that originated from the metal is shown clearly in fig. (2) (direct capture). whereas, the other one in which the ejected electron originated from the atom is shown in the same figure (indirect capture).in either case, one of the two electrons must originate in a specific level, namely, the atomic excited level. the excited electron may appear outside the solid if it poses a sufficient 201 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 momentum component (normal to the surface) to surmount the surface potential barrier [11, 12]. as clear from fig. (2) auger de excitation, it is two-electron process, but in fact, it is quasi one-electron in character .this property causes auger de-excitation to have fundamentally different energetic character resulting in a quite different kinetic energy distribution of the excited electron from that of the auger neutralization. the potential energy stored within the excited atom and the work function of the metal surface are the driving parameters for the electronic transitions which are studied by detecting and measuring both the yield and kinetic energy distribution of the emitted electrons during these processes which are auger character . x*(e1) + n em x(e1) + (n-1) em + e 2 direct capture x*(e1) + n em x(e2) + (n-1) em + e 1 indirect capture x* incident excited atoms; n em denoted n electrons in the metal surface, e1 , e 2 free electrons[13] . theoretical model we use eigen-state expansion method to describe the scattering of excited atom from the metal surface, where the auger level described by the wave function qf with kinetic energy εq outside the metal. for incident excited atom εm , εa are excitation and ground energies near the metal respectively, also εo , εf are the energies of vacuum, fermi levels above the bottom of the conduction band in the metal respectively , φ is the metal work function . the kinetic energy for the emitted electron is given as: εq= εa(za) εm(za)εj the maximum εq is when εj = φ and the minimum is when εj = εo . starting from the broadening coefficient for the final level bqa(t) taken from ref [14]: 12 )( 0 ),( ),()()( 0 ¢ ¢ ¢˙ ˙ ˚ ˘ í í î è --= ââ j jj ajj j ttie ajj j jmqa ee zm eezmtbtb j e e ........ (1) qaaamjj zze eeee --+= )()( for the case that the projectile is fixed (i.e. incident velocity equals zero) then: …………….(2) ),(),(),()( 22 ajj j ajjaqa zbtfzmzb eeep â= where ),( aj zb e represent the energy broadening function for ad spectrum, and it’s defined as: ............. (3) [ ] [ ]{ } 122 ),(),(1),( -d+l-= ajajjaj zzezb eepe where, 202 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ............... (4) 2 ),()(),( ajjjsdaj zmz eeprge =d γd is normalization constant, ρs (εj) is the surface density of state, 2δ(ε) is auger deexcitation transition rate , mj(εj,za) represents the matrix element for ad transition .............. (5) ú ¢d =l jj aj aj z pz ee e p e ),(1 ),( the effective density of state for the metal surface is given by: ..................... (6) â= q aqjajeff z ),,()( eerer where ........................... (7) [ ] [ ]22 ),(),( ),(1 ),( ajajqamj aj aja zz z z eeeeee e p er d+l---+ d = matrix element for the above equation we drive a new formula to find ad matrix element where m' is the matrix element for indirect capture, m" for the direct capture. the general form for matrix element is [3]: ................. (8) )()2,1()( tvtm if yy= )(tiy , )(tfy represent initial, final wave function for ad interaction respectively v(1,2) represents colomb interaction potential between the two electrons. substituting in eq (8) we get: .............. (9-a) )2()1()2,1()2()1( mjqa vm ffff=¢ ............. (9-b) )1()2()2,1()2()1( mjqa vm ffff=¢¢ where amj fff ,, represent the wave functions for the electron in metal, excited and ground levels for the incident atom respectively. mmm ¢¢+¢=a for singlet case mmm ¢¢-¢=b for triplet case by sitting â + += g gk rgkij gj zuea l r )( 1 )( // //// ).( 2 f ................ (10) 203 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 l is the normalize area, g is the reciprocal lattice ajg is factor depends on the surface density of state . so we interest with g=0. .................... (11) z gk jezu q+ =)( // this is the solution for schrödinger equation for one demotion. ........................ (12) ra a aer b p b f -= 3 )( .......................... (13) r m m m merr bb p b f --= )1()( 3 )( mab (effective core charge) ................. (14) riq q el .2 3=f ............. (15) )( 2 02 ee -= q m q h by substituing the above wave functions in equations (9-a) & (9-b) and simplify we get the final form for the matrix element as: í í î è -ôó ô ì ï ˙ ˙ ˚ ˘ í í î è + + + -=¢ -222 33 2 )( 2 )( 1 )( 21 )( )2( ajajaaja z ajaaja z ma ajaj ee m bqbqbbqbbqbbqbp bb p qq ǫ̂ ô ˝ ¸ ˙ ˙ ˚ ˘ + ˙ ˙ ˚ ˘ í í î è --+-+ -2 2))(( )( 2 )( 1 )( 21 )()( ajajaaja aa z zze aaj bqbqbbqb gggbq (16)......... úú • ¢+¢-•¢+ ¢¢¢¢ 0 2 322 )'( 22 wr rrww wrbg ma e dd z ˙ ˚ ˘ í î è -+-+-+ ó ì ï +-=¢¢ --32 2 2 )( 542 33 2 21)( 3 )(24 6 )2( bb g b g bb b bqp bb p gbgq aa z m j ma zz ee m aj ……. (17) ( ) 3 2 2 2 3 5 12 12 ( ) ( ) ( )azm a a ae z z z b gb g g g b b b b ¸è ˘+ + + + ˝í ˙ î ˚˛ where 204 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 am bbb += results and discussion we apply the theoretical model on real systems such as he/cu , he/al , he/na ,(as shown in fig.3) to investigate the effects of the energy band on the ad transition , then we campier the results of he/cu , h/cu ,(as shown in fig.4) to investigate also the effects of the stored potential energy in the incident projectile. we show in fig.5 that the direct capture transition is the most effective in (ad) process, where this transition describes the effective density of state ρeff for the metal surface as shown in fig. 6 , where ρeff is effected by the elliptic shape for ρs that used. fig.7 shows that the transition rate δ increases as the metal energy band width increases (see table.1 also).fig.9 shows that δpik decries exponentially as za increase, and that’s means that ad interaction increase as the projectile becomes closer to the surface. fig.8 also shows that λ increase as the surface energy band width increases. from fig.10 we see that δ for he/cu system is larger than h/cu system because the excited energy for he atom is larger than h atom which means that as the stored potential energy in the excited incident atom increases then ad transition decreases. acknowledgment this work was partially supported by the head of program of the future nanotechniques in nitride semiconductor material, dr. amin h. al-khursan, college of science, thi-qar university, nassiriya, iraq. references 1. cobas ,a. and lamb, w. e. (1944) ,on the extraction of electrons from a metal surface by ions and metastable atoms, j. phys. rev. 65, 327 . 2. shekhter,s. s. (1937) j. expl. theoret. phys. (u.s.s.r.) 7 ,750. 3. hagstrum, h. d. (1954) ,theory of auger ejection of electrons from metals by ions, phys. rev. 96, 336 . 4. woodruff , d.p. (1983),auger vs resonance neutralization in low energy he+ ion scattering, vacuum 33 :651-3. 5. behringer, e. r. ; andersson, d. r. ;cooper, b. h. and marston, j. b. (1996) ,charge transfer in hyperthermal energy collisions of li+ with alkali-metal-covered cu(001). i. dynamics of charge state formation", phys. rev.,b 54, 14765 . 6. borisov,a. g.; teillet-billy, d.;gauyacq, j. p. winter, h. and dierkes, g. (1996) resonant charge transfer in grazing scattering of alkali-metal ions from an al(111) surface, phys. rev. b 54, 17166 . 7. borisov, a. g. ; kazansky, a. k. and gauyacq, j. p. (1999). resonant charge transfer in ion–metal surface collisions: effect of a projected band gap in the h--cu(111) system, phys. rev. b 59, 10935 8 burgdorfer , j. (1993)in review of fundemental processes and aplications of atoms and ions , edited dy c.d. lin (world scientific , singapore, 517. 9. shao , h., d. c. langreth , and p. nordlander , (1994) in law energy ion-surface interactions, edited by j.w. rabalais (wiley , new york ,)118. 10. cazalilla, m. a.; lorente, n.; díez muiño, r. j.-p.; gauyacq, d. ;teillet-billy, and p. m. echenique, (1998) , theory of auger neutralization and deexcitation of slow ions at metal surfaces, phys. rev. 58, 13991 . http://prola.aps.org/abstract/pr/v96/i2/p336_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v54/i20/p14765_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v54/i20/p14765_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v54/i20/p14765_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v54/i23/p17166_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v54/i23/p17166_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v59/i16/p10935_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v59/i16/p10935_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v58/i20/p13991_1 http://prb.aps.org/abstract/prb/v58/i20/p13991_1 205 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 11. zimny ,r. (1993),auger decay of excited atoms near metal surfaces", nuclear instruments and methods in physics research section b: , volume 78, issues 1–4, 3 may, pages 153-158. 12. janev ,r. k. and nedelikovic, n. n. (1981) interaction of atomic particles with solid surfaces. v. auger de-excitation of metastable atoms", j. phys. b: at. mol. phys. 14 2995. 13. homer, d. hagstrum, (1979), excited-atom deexcitation spectroscopy using incident ions, phys. rev. lett. 43, 1050. 14. selman ,t. a. and easa , s.i. (2001). in auger,s de-excitation processes: matrix element, basrah j. science 7, (4) : 120-126. 15.zimnya, r. ; miškovićb,z.l. ; nedeljkovićc, n.n. and nedeljković, lj.d. (1991),interplay of resonant and auger processes in proton neutralization after grazing surface scattering, j. surface science, volume 255, issues 1–2, 1 september, pages 135–156. 16. easa, s. i. (1986)in, charge exchange processes in atom–surface scattering, phd. thesis, univ. of salford.,. table (1): the transition rate δ increase as the metal energy band width mε a ε mε aε 0ε f ε fε 0ε 11.65 -4.26 -15.91 al 6.96 -4.65 -11.61 cu 5.45 -2.75 -8.2 na 19.85 -4.75 -24.6 he 10.16 -3.4 -13.56 h * all energies in ev http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0168583x93957935 http://iopscience.iop.org/search?searchtype=fulltext&fieldedquery=n+n+nedelikovic&f=author&time=all&issn= http://iopscience.iop.org/0022-3700/14/16/027?fromsearchpage=true http://iopscience.iop.org/0022-3700/14/16/027?fromsearchpage=true 206 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(1):types of auger charge transition fig.(2): the ejected electron that originated from the metal 207 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.3: the theoretical model on real systems such as he/cu , he/al , he/na , to investigate the effects of the energy band on the ad transition fig.(4): the effects of the stored potential energy in the incident projectile 208 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(5): the direct capture transition is the most effective in (ad) process fig.(6): the transition describe the effective density of state ρeff for the metal surface 209 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(7): the transition rate δ increase as the metal energy band width increase fig.(8): the λ increase as the surface energy band width increase 210 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 fig.(9): tthe δpi k decries exponentially as za increase fig.(10): comparison between δ for he/cu and h/cu systems 211 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 غير المثار هدراسة التأثيرات االساسية في انتقال اوجي فالح حسن االسدي قسم الفيزياء ،كلية العلوم ، جامعة ذي قار 2011كانون االول 7، قبل البحث في : 2011ايلول 20استلم البحث في الخالصة na, cu, al استخدم في هذه الدراسة طريقة مفكوك الحالة الذاتية لعملية انتقال اوجبه للشحنة بين سطوح عملية انتقال استخدمنا هذه الطريقة لوصف تاثيرات التركيب االلكتروني للسطوح في he ,h وغازي ان طاقـة الجهـد تخـزن داخـل الـذرات المتهيجـة æ ثير كثيـرا بحـزم الطاقـة للسـطوح ،اتتـالشحنة . وقد تبين ان كفايـة عمليـة االنتقـال لالسـتطارة مــن السـطح المعـدني وجــد ان االلكتـرون اليتحســس kev1اي ذرات بطاقـة اعـل كبيــر السـاقطة وعليـة ففــي زمـن تف القـذائف والسـطوح . كمـا قمنـا باشـتقاق صـيغة جديـدة لعناصـر المصـفوفة بـين zaتركيب الحزمة للمعـدن ويعتمـد علـى المسـافة .لتفاعل اوجيه غير المتهيج .رة، تفاعل ايون سطح: اوجيه الالمثار ، استطا الكلمات المفتاحية ib n al h ai th a m j . fo r p ur e & appl. sc i vo l. 22 ( 4) 2 009 synthesis and structural study of some mo(ii) carbonyl co mplexes with triazole and oxadiazole derivatives sh. m. h. obed departme nt of chemistry, college of eduction ibn-al-haitham, unive rsity of baghdad abstract a new carbony l comp lexes of triazole and oxadiazole were sy nthesized. these comp lexes were identified and their st ructural geometric were suggested by using ft -ir and uv-vis sp ectra, conductivity measurements and other chemical and p hy sical prop erties. the sp ectra data (ft -ir, uv, vis.) with the substantial aid of group theoretical calculations gave so many evidences for the p rop osed geometries and the ty p e of bonding of these compounds introduction transition metal carbony l comp lexes are the basic st arting materials for the sy nthesis of many organometallic comp ounds, which are mainly used as cataly st s for the reactions of unsaturated hy drocarbonates[1-4]. heterocy cles and in p articular the five-membered rings e.g. mercap to derivatives of triazole and oxadiazole have received more att ention during the last decades as bioactive moieties and of industrial app lication of these rings [5-7]. also,t hey were included in many basic st ructures of drugs and imp ortant ones of octane numbers [8]. furt her, the triazole and oxadiazole derivatives were suggested that (-sh) group att ached to heterocy clic nucleus may induce fungicidal activity [9,10]. the interaction of these rings with metal carbony l comp lex gives a great interest for versatility and diversity form the p oint of structural, biological and catalytically esp ects. also, beside their useful app lication, they have the effect on the coordination nature of the resulted ones, esp ecially the olefinic group in the triazole structure is a good coo rdinating moiety may link to number of metal ions forming organometallic comp ounds st ructure [11]. also, subsequently nature of bands and numbers of co group were attached to metal [12,13]. hence, the p resent work invest igated the reaction of the three ligands from the bis triazole and bis-oxadiazole derivatives with carbony l group s m o(co)4bipy was p repared from the reaction of 2,2'-bipy ridly with m o(co)6 under in an atmosp here of nitrogen to formaly a new carbonyl complexes. according, the characterization of these comp lexes would be p resented and the results would be discussed with sp ectroscop ic invest igation, p hy sical techniques group theoretical calculations. experimental materials all chemicals used were of highest p urity available. physical me asurements m elting p oints were recorded uncorrected of stuart melting p oint app aratus. ft-ir sp ectra were obtained by using sh imadzu ft-ir-8400 sp ectrop hotometer in the rang (4000 ib n al h ai th a m j . fo r p ur e & appl. sc i vo l. 22 ( 4) 2 009 200) cm-1, u.v-vis sp ectra were recorded by using sh imadzu uv-160a sp ectrop hotometer in chcl3 solvent in the rang (200-700) nm. conductivity measurements were obtained by pw 9525 digital conductivity meter. preparation of compounds preparation of the ligands 1prep aration of (otrz) [4,5diphenyl-3(2-prop y ny l) thio1,2,4-triazole]. (ot rz) was p repared from ethy l benzoate as according to the literature method [11] and as shown by scheme (1). s cheme (1) 2prep aration of (trz) [bis(4-p heny l-3-thiol-1,2,4-trizaole 5yl)butane]. (trz) was p repared following general p rocedures decribed in the literature [14] as shown in scheme (2). s cheme (2) 3prep aration of (oxz ) [bis(3-thiol-1,3,4-oxadiazole-5yl) butane]. (oxz) was p repared by a modified literature method [15] and as shown in scheme (3). . s cheme (3) ib n al h ai th a m j . fo r p ur e & appl. sc i vo l. 22 ( 4) 2 009 preparation of the metal carbonyl complex [mo (co)4 bipy] (m) tetra carbony l mono -2,2'-bipy ridyl moly bdenum (o) was p repared according to the literature method [16]. the mixture of m o(co)4 (53mmole, l.4g) and bipy ridyl (5.12mmole,0.8g) were refluxed in toluene (50ml) for l.5hr under n2. aft er cooling, the red cryst alline comp lex was washed with a mixture of toluene, (15ml) and light p etroleum (30ml) and dried under vacuum. the product was stable toward air and moisture, soluble in p olar solvents but insoluble in petroleum sp irit and water. preparation of the mixed ligand carbonyl comple xes. [mo ii (co )3 bipy (otrz)]i2 (mi), [mo i i (co )3 bipy (trz)] i (mii) an d [mo ii (co )3bipy (oxz)]i ( miii) these comp lexes were p repared by dissolving m o(co)6bipy (0.16mmole) in chloroform (50ml) then treated with iodine (0.40mmole,0.1g) in (25ml) chloroform with st irring at oc o , the bright orange mixtures were obtained. (ot rz) (0.32mmol,0.09) and (trz) (0.32mmol,0.13g)dissolved in (10ml) chloroform while, the (oxz ) (0.32mmole,0.09g) dissolved in (1:1) ml of a (chloroform /ethanol ) mixture were added drop wise, st irring at oc o for 6hr., then the solvent was slowly evap orated to obtain nicely colored cry st als. these comp lexes are st able in air, have high melting p oints as shown in table (1) and soluble in dm f and chcl3 solvents but insoluble in water. the comp lexes were indentified by sp ectral (ft -ir and u.v) and p hy sical methods. table (1,2). re sults and discussion spectroscopic characterization of new complexes vibrational spectra the characterist ic (ft -ir) bands observed and the vibrationl assignment of the ligands and their metal complexes are exp lained in detail in tabled (2). the sp ectrum of (otrz) is characterized by the presence of an essential band which belon gs t o the olefinic group at (1630cm -1 ) and other bands at (965 & 885 cm -1 ) which was originated out of the plane bending v ibration of the vinylic group , where the sp ectrum of the comp lex (m i) shows red shifts of the olefinic band absorp tion to (1550um -1 ) and to (925&832cm -1 ) for the viny lic ch2 group , which indicate -bonding between the metal and olefinic group [17], this was further indicated by the app earance of (m o-c) band absorpt ion, table (2). a comp arison of the ir sp ectrum of the ligands (trz and oxz ) and their complexes leads to the medium -sh band of the ligands at (2530& 2560cm -1 ) resp ectively, which disapp ear indicating the disp lacement of hy drogen sh by means of metal ion. the  c=n+c=s band of the (trz) at (1270cm-1) is sp litted on coordination at (1310&1253 cm -1 ) while , the (oxz ) showed two distinct p eaks,t he first one at(1315cm -1 ) and the second at (1250 cm -1 ) red shift in comp lex to (1570 cm -1 ) which could be att ributed to c=n st retching . this account for the c=n and sulp hur that coordinated to the metal ion [18-21]. the app earance of new bands in the ir sp ectra of these comp lexes in table (2) is p rop ably due to the formation of (m -c), (m -n) and (m -s) developed through comp lexation (21) . ir s pectra for carbonyl groups of (mi, mii an d miii) and the ir group the oreti cal cal culations s cheme (5) ib n al h ai th a m j . fo r p ur e & appl. sc i vo l. 22 ( 4) 2 009 the comp ound st udied in the present work is of the formula [m o (co)4 bipy ] , where (m ) is bipy either monodentate or bidentate nitrogen donor. hence, the bidentate ligand must belong to the c2v group [12,22],while the geometrical isomer is shown in scheme (4). theoretically ,the cis-isomer should give four ir bands, the sp ectra of the p repared (m ),showed four p rinciple bands in the region(2000-1825)cm -1 in table(2), fig(1), which can be assigned to t erminal  co virbrations. the presence of four bands indicated cisisomeration. for the bidentate bip y comp lex . . first of all, it was found t hat t he co sp ectral band position for m o comp lexes, showed that all the co group s t o be terminal, no bridging co exist in fig (2). the prepared comp lexes are contain three carbonyl group s which may have facial configurations. the point group for the molecules is cs,while the p oint group considering for co moieties is c3v for facial configuration and the main axis of sy mmetry is shown in scheme (5). according to the group theoretical calculations based on c3v p oint group s, t he number of co vibration modes were calculated and the results are shown in table (3). the co st retch of the e mode (c3v) sp lits a' and a'' comp ounds characterist ic of the overall molecular sy mmetry of cs, this was the case for the comp lex (m i), i.e. three carbony l bands, due to 2a',/a''modes were found . the other comp lexes show only two bands as in the case of compounds (m ii, m iii), this is because the two close-lying bands due to a +e modes were observed. generally the e mode is the lower frequency band [23,24]. electroni c s pectra m any carbony l comp ounds of group vib elements of the p eriodic table were st udied [24,25]. gray and beach [26,27] measured the uv absorp tion sp ectra of m (co)6 of group vib elements and assigned the band on the m ot basis. the new comp lexes are conducting and most diagnost ic bands, their assignments are shown in table (4), fig (3). the used solvent is chloroform ,causes blue shift for all absorp tion bands, the characterist ic in the sp ectra of the comp lexes is the app earance of a new band at around (27.470)cm -1 which is not found in the sp ectrum of the p arent (m ) , this is assigned as i l' ( * ) for donor moieties of legends (olefin, nitrogen and sulfur atoms). the absorp tion bands in high energy region can be assigned to t he two comp onents of ( * ) transitions of carbony l group s .besides that, the lf transition can't be assigned easily, since they may be overlap with that of ( * ) absorp tion bands [24,28,29]. s ch e me ( 4 ) ib n al h ai th a m j . fo r p ur e & appl. sc i vo l. 22 ( 4) 2 009 the general formula of the p repared comp lexes can be depicted as shown in table (1) and the p rop osed st ructures p entagonal bipy rmidal for the selected complexes can be given as follows: m i wh e re r= ib n al h ai th a m j . fo r p ur e & appl. sc i vo l. 22 ( 4) 2 009 re ferences 1. borg, s.j.; bondin,m .i. ; best ,s.p. ; razavet,m .; liuand x. and pickett,c.j. (2005), biochemical so ciety transactions vol.33(1). 2. okay ran, s. o.; kay ran,c. and kreiter,c. g. (1992),organomet j. chem., 434:79. 3. rigaut,s.; touchard, d. and dixneuf, p.h. (2003), j.organomet.chem.,684:68. 4. ammar,h.b.; lenotre,g.; salan, m .; kaddachi, m .t .; toup et,l.; renaud,j.l.; bruneau ,c. and dixn euf, p.h. (2003), eur.j.inorg.chem.,4055. 5. jassim, a.h. (1993), ph. d. thesis,al-nahrain university of engineering and science iraq. 6. rasol n.(1987),m . sc. thesis, university of baghdad ,iraq and references cited therein. 7. al-zahawi,s. k. a.(1986), m . sc. thesis, university of the baghdad iraq . 8. vahren kemp,h. (1975), angew. chem. int. ed. engl.,14:322 . 9. greenwood ,n.n. and earnshaw, a. (1998) "chemist ry of the elements"second eddition , pergamon press. 10. nesmeyanov ,a. n. and nesmeganov, n.a . (1981),"fundamental of organic chemist ry " vol. iii, m ir publishers, m oscow. 11. m ishar ,l. and anjali, jha, (1996) indian j. of chemist ry ,35a: l00l. 12.cottonn ,f. a. and willkinson ,g.s. (1987),"advanced inorganic chemist ry " acomprehensive text, fifth eddition, john. wiley . 13. abbas,m . h. (1991) ph. d. t hesis, not tingham. 14. m usa, f.h. (1998),iraqi :j.of chem.,vol.24 (2). m i i m i ii wh e re r'= wh e re r''= ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 15. m usa,f.h. ; m ahmoud ,m .j. and m ust afa,i.f. (2002),ibn al-haitham , j.for pure and ap p l . sci ., vol . 15(3):44. 16. stiddard,m . h. b. (1962) j. chem. .soc., 4712. 17. nakamoto, k. (1997)," infrared sp actro of inorganic and coordination comp ounds", 6t h. ed. wily , intersience, new york. 18. al-obaidi, e. z. m .; nadir,k. m . and eur. roche, v. e .(1991)j. m ed. chem., 26. 19. singh, b. and singh, r. d. (1977), j. inorg. chem ., 39: 25. 20. m ust afa,i.f. ; at to , a.t . and m usa, f.h. (1991),iraq j.chem., 16. 21. dilsky stefan and schenk wolfdieter,a. (2006) , z.naturforsch , 61b:570 . 22. acot ton,f. (1971)."chemical ap p lication of group theory"2nd.ed.new york,wiley interscience. 23. tripath ,s. c. and srivast ava ,s. c. (1970) j. organomet. chem., 25:193 . 24. stoeffler,h.d.; thornton,n.b.; temkin, s.l; schanze, k. s. (1995),j.am.chem. soc., 117:7119 25. george, m .w. and turner, j.j. (1998),coord.chem.rev.,177:201. 26. gray , h. b. and beach,n.a. (1963) j. am. chem. soc., 85:2922. 27. beachand,n.a. and gry a,h.b. (1968),j.amer.chem .soc.,90:5713. 28. friedman,a.e.; ch amborn,j.c.; sauvage,j.p.; turro n.j. and barton,j.k. (1990),j.am.chem.soc.,112:4960. 29. geoffroy ,g.l. and wrighton, m .s. (1979) "organometallic phot ochemist ry " academic press. new york. table (1) some physical properties of [mo(co)4bipy] . (m) and new prepared complexes col our m.p.(c o ) %yield chemical formula m red (189-191) 95 c14h8n2o4mo mi deep brown (244-246) 77 c30h21n5o3s moi2 mii orange (280282)dec. 75 c33h28n8o3s 2moi miii brown (174-176) 87 c21h18n6o5s 2moi ` ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 table (3) co vibrational modes and their assignments for cis-mo (co)4 bipy an d fac. mixed ligand molybdenum tri-carbonyl compounds compound a1 (2) a1 (1) b1 b2 m 2012 1918 1887 1820 compound a1 a' a" mi 1967 1910 1869 compound a1 e mii 1991 1870 miii 1992 1890 where l= bipy ridyl (bip y ) l'= triazole or oxadiazole group table (4): electronic spectra and conductance (in chcl3) for metal carbonyl complexes fi g . ( 1) : t he sele cte d c o ba n ds of te t ra ca bo n yl s ( m o ) in t he st ret chi n g re gi o n band nm (cm -1 ) band nm (cm -1 )(m) assignm ent mi mii miii assignm ent sc m -1 486(20.576) mol ct 366(27.322) 365(27.397) 361(27.700) *il' 80 370(27.027) *il 331(30.211) 343(29.154) 343(29.154) mo* co ct 50 343(29.154) mo* co ct 255(39.215) 259(38.610) 254(39.370) mo* co ct 50 256(39.062) mo* co ct ibn alhaitham j . fo r pure & appl. sc i vo l. 23 (1) 2010 fi g . ( 2) : s ele cte d c o ba n d o f m o co m pl e xe s in the co s t re t chi n g re gi o n fig. (3):absor ption spectra of mo(co)4 bipy and their complexes in chloroform sol vent لصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد ا لوم لهیثم للع ن ا 2مجلة اب 2) 4 (2 0 0 9 تحضیر ودراسة تركیبیة لبعض معقدات كاربونیالت مع مشتقات الترایازول واالوكسادایازول) ii(المولبیدینیوم شذى محمد حسن عبید قسم الكیمیاء، كلیة التربیة ابن الهیثم، جامعة بغداد الخالصة زول واالكــسادایازول الكاربونیلیــة الجدیـدة الحاویــة علــى مــشتقات الترایــاعــدد مــن المعقــداتحـضرت الفیزیائیــة المناســبة بطیــف االشــعة تحــت الحمــراء واالشــعة ائقتــم تشخــصیها واقتــراح شــكلها الهندســي بــالطر . الكیمائیة القیاسیة والخواص الفیزیائیةائقًفوق البنفجسیة المرئیة، التوصیلیة الكهربائیة فضال عن الطر المرئیـة مـع الحــسابات -ء واالشـعة فـوق البنفــسجیةاعطـت نتـائج الدراسـة بطیــف االشـعة تحـت الحمــرا النظریــة باســتخدام نظریــة المجموعــة بــراهین اضــافیة مهمــة للــصیغ التركیبیــة المفترضــة ونــوع االرتبــاط فــي .هذه المركبات ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 21 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. fabrication of natural gelcoats (epoxy/ pumpkin peels fibers) composites with high mechanical and thermal properties abstract pumpkin waste powder was used as a coloring and strengthening filler in epoxy to prepare a natural gelcoat. the pumpkin powder was mixed with different weight ratios (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8%) to the epoxy matrix to select the best value of powder addition. the effect of the pumpkin particle size on the mechanical properties (impact, flexural, hardness, and wear loss) using two different sizes (2.5 and 1.25 microns) was studied. the impact strength increased from (10.09 kj/ m2) for neat epoxy to (14.79 kj/ m2) for epoxy with 1% of micron pumpkin fibers ( mpf) with a particle size 2.5 micrometer and (14.21 kj/ m2) for epoxy with 4% (1.25 mpf), flexural strength increased from (41.94 mpa) for neat epoxy to (~ 46 mpa) for epoxy with 1% of 2.5 mpf and to (50.17 mpa) for epoxy with 4% of 1.25 mpf, hardness of neat epoxy was (~ 77) and almost maintained its value for epoxy with 1% of 2.5 mpf and for epoxy with 4% of 1.25 mpf. at almost the weight fractions addition of pumpkin fibers to epoxy, the (ep/1.25mpf) composite shows a higher wear resistance than the (ep/2.5mpf) composite. the density, thermal conductivity, and water diffusion (for 1-4 weeks' immersion) of (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep/1.25mpf) composites were carried out at different weight percentages of pumpkin fibers. sem and eds techniques were employed to fix the microstructure and the elemental composition of (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep/1.25mpf) composites, respectively. the internal structure of the composites has been linked with their macroscopic characteristics, such as the color degree of natural gelcoats and their mechanical and thermal properties. keywords: pumpkin fibers, epoxy, mechanical properties, thermal conductivity, sem, edx, water diffusion. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2876 article history: received 8 june 2022, accepted 19 june 2022, published in october 2022. afya qasem fadhel department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. afya.qasem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index widad hamdi jassim department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. widad.h.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:afya.qasem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:afya.qasem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 22 1. introduction epoxy resins have excellent mechanical and chemical properties that enable them to be used as a substitute for other materials, such as metals and ceramics. in many applications, epoxy is also suitable for filling fibers with different particle sizes[1–4]. fibers of natural origin are an excellent alternative to petroleum-based ones. the plant fibers have lightweight with high strength, are environmentally friendly, and inexpensive. all these features make it a good choice for improving the properties of epoxy [5, 6]. pumpkin is one of the most common plants found around the world that can be used as a reinforcement to the polymer matrix and for coloring, usually plant fibers contain lignin, hemicellulose and cellulose[7]. plant fibers have high mechanical properties like toughness and strength with low density; therefore, it was used by some researchers in several ways and for several applications [7]. many researchers have changed the properties of epoxy by adding different types of natural fibers with varying particle sizes to reach good properties for the final composite to be used in a specific application. tuan and thi have used banana fibers by weight ratios (10, 15, 20, and 25%) to improve epoxy's fire resistance and thermal properties [8]. wafaa used the carrot fibers of two different sizes, less than 50 microns and between (100 – 150 microns) in four weight percentages of loading (10, 20, 30, and 40%) to improve the impact strength, hardness of epoxy [9]. qahtan adnan and mayyadah s. abed have used the nanoparticles leaf of pumpkin and thyme with weight ratios (0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2%) to increase the impact and compressive strength of epoxy [5]. in this research, pumpkin peel fibers with two different sub micron sizes (2.5 and 1.25 μm ) were added to epoxy with varying percentages of weight (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8%) to use these epoxy composites as natural gelcoats by improving its mechanical properties, like (impact, flexural, hardness and wear loss), and also the improvement in epoxy resistance to both thermal and water diffusions. 2. experimental 2.1 materials epoxy resin (sikadur-52) american made was used as a matrix. this resin hardens by mixing it with its hardener by a ratio of 2:1. the density of epoxy was (1.1 kg /m2) at the temperature (of 25oc). pumpkin fibers were used as fillers, where the pumpkin was washed well to get rid of dust, then pumpkin peels, which are considered waste that has been added for use. 2-2 sample preparation pumpkin peels were dried firstly by the sun's heat for seven days, then by the oven's heat for five hours at a temperature (of 60oc). the dried peels were crushed and grilled using the grinder, then milled into two different submicron sizes (2.5 and 1.25 μm) using the milling device (nqm0.4 ball mill) for 30 minutes, respectively. figure (1) shows the pumpkin peels with their powders, while figure (2) shows the average volume distribution particle size of the two submicron pumpkin fibers. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 23 figure 1. (a) pumpkin peels (b) dried pumpkin peels (c)1.25 micron pumpkin fibers(d) 2.5 micron pumpkin fibers figure 2. the distribution of volume particle size for pumpkin micro-fiber a) 2.5 micron b) 1.25 micron 2-3 composites casting pumpkin fibers were mixed with epoxy at different weight percentages (18%). the mixtures of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) were poured into silicone molds; vaseline was used to rub the cavities of molds for easy removal of composite sheets. the mixtures of (ep / 2. 5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) were allowed to cure in the mold for one to two days at room temperature. the sample was cast according to the international standard (astm). 3.measurements and tests 3-1 mechanical tests 3-1-1 impact test figure (3) shows the specimens of (ep/ 2.5mpf) and (ep /1.25mpf) composites, which were prepared with dimensions (0.8 × 1 × 10 cm). the impact charpy test was performed according to (iso – 179) international system. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 24 figure 3: impact samples test of epoxy with different weight percentages of pumpkin fibers ep / 2.5mpf b) ep / 1.25mpf 3-1-2 flexural test three – point bending was used to determine the flexural strength of specimen with dimensions (10 × 1 × 0.4 cm), this test done according to (astm – d790). 3-1-3 hardness test to measure the hardness of the (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites surfaces, shore (d) test (model device th 210, italy) was used. 3-1-4 wear test the wear rate of (ep / 2.5 mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites specimens, as shown in figure (4) were carried out using pin – on – disk, with (500 gm) load applied, the distance from the center of specimen to the center of iron disk was (r = 9 cm) the sample rotates around the center by the number of turns (n= 375 cycle / min) for period of time (t = 5 min). to calculate the wear rate of specimen , equation ( 1 ) was used [10]. wear rate = 𝑤2−𝑤1 2𝜋𝑛𝑟𝑡 ……………..( 1 ) where; 𝑤2 : theinitial weight of specimen. 𝑤1 : the final weight of specimen. figure 4. wear rate samples for a ) ep/2.5𝜇𝑚 pumpkin fibers b) ep/1.25𝜇𝑚 pumpkin fibers ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 25 3-2 physical properties 3-2-1 density measurement by pressing a quantity of powders of 2.5 pumpkin fibers and 1.25 pumpkin fibers, using a piston to make a circular shape, and dividing the mass by the volume, the densities can be found. 3-2-2 thermal conductivity to determine the thermal conductivity of (ep / 2.5 mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) specimens, a lee disk device was used. figure (5) shows different samples of thermal conductivity tests. figure 5. thermal conductivity specimens a) ep / 2.5mpf b) ep / 1. 25mpf 3-2-3 water absorption the samples of (4×4×4 mm2) were cut from (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep/1.25mpf) composites. these samples were weighed before and after being immersed in water for different times (1, 2, 3, and 4 weeks). the astm d570 was used to determine the water uptake using equation (2). water uptake = (w after w before) / w before …………(2) [11]. 3-3 scanning electron microscopy (sem) we examined the microstructure of (ep / 2.5 mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites and determined the homogeneity of these samples. they were coated with a thin layer of gold to be photographed in the electronic scanning device (sem inspect s 50) manufactured by (fei) in howland. 3-4 energy dispersive spectroscopy (eds) the composition of (ep / 2.5 mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites was fixed using (eds) technique (procar) made in germany, equipped with the sem technique. 4.results and discussion 4-1 mechanical tests 4-1-1 impact test impact strength shows the extent of the materials ability to absorb energy before it breaks after applying impact force [12]. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 26 figure (6) shows the impact strength of (ep / 2.5mpf) at different weight percentages of pumpkin fibers, where the impact strength values increase with an increase in the percentages of pumpkin fibers with a particle size 2.5 micro from (10.09 kj / m2) for pure epoxy to the maximum value (14.79 kj / m2) with (1 % 2. 5mpf) content. down to the minimum value (9.61 kj / m2) with (7% 2. 5mpf) content, this behavior of the impact strength curve is similar to that found by (seenaa et al.) [10]. the addition of pumpkin fibers with of particle size of 2.5 micro to epoxy with concentrations less than (5 wt %) improves the impact strength of the (ep / 2.5mpf) composites because these small proportions of fibers act as strength centers in the epoxy matrix [12]. by adding the pumpkin fibers with smaller particle size ( 1.25 microns) to epoxy, the impact strength of epoxy will improve to reach the highest value (14.21 kj /m2) by adding (4% of 1.25mpf). this is because of the effect of both particle size and the percentage of addition factors [5]. figure (6) also shows that the impact strength of (ep/2.5mpf) composite was higher than that of (ep / 1.25mpf) at the (1% wt.), this a because the bigger particle size works to fill the defects of vacant space in the epoxy matrix at this small weight ratio of addition. still, with an increase in the weight ratios (2-5 %) of pumpkin fibers to epoxy, the values of impact strength of (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites will converge. at higher weight ratios of addition (6-8%), the (ep/1.25mpf) composites have a higher value of impact strength than that of (ep/2.5mpf) composites; this is because of agglomeration of the smaller particle size [5]. figure 6. comparison between the impact strength of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) at different weight ratios 4-1-2 flexural test flexural strength indicates the material's resistance to bending when applying an external force [12]. figure (7) shows that the flexural strength increases from (41.94 mpa) for neat epoxy, reaching a higher value (45.88 mpa) for (ep/ 1% 2.5mpf) and reduces to a lower value (33.89 mpa) for (ep/ 5% 2.5mpf) composite. this means that(1% 2.5mpf) is a sufficient ratio to achieve good bonding between micro pumpkin fibers and epoxy matrix [5]. (ep/4% 1.25mpf ) composite has higher flexural strength (50.17 mpa) that mean flexural strength of this composite has increased by about 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% im p a ct s tr e n g th (k j/ m 2 ) weight % ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 27 20% over its value for epoxy, then decreased to minim value (33.32 mpa) for (ep / 6 % 1.25mpf) composite, these results are a good agreement with (sunny )[13]. (ep/1.25mpf) composite has a higher flexural strength value than (ep/2.5mpf) composite at a 4% weight percentage of addition, but (ep/2.5mpf) composite has a higher value of flexural strength at a small percentage of pumpkin fibers (1%). this means that the flexural strength values depend on the final result of the reaction of both factors (particle size and percentages of addition). at low percentages of addition (less than 4%), epoxy composites reinforced with high particle sizes (2.5%) and overcome the (ep/1.25mpf) composites. the matter is wholly reversed at higher than 4% addition rates, where epoxy composites reinforced with lower particle size (1.25 microns) have a higher value of flexural strength than (ep/2.5mpf) composites. figure 7. comparison between the flexural strength of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) at different weight ratios 4-1-3 hardness test figure (8) shows that (ep/2.5mpf) composite at different weight percentage has a slightly lower value of hardness compared to the hardness of neat epoxy (76.53), and the percentage of addition (1%) remains almost conservative on the resistance of the (ep/2.5 mpf) composite to the indentation. (ep/1.25 mpf) composites have a higher hardness value at the (4 %) addition percentage. this behavior of the hardness curve is similar to the results in research [5]. by comparing between the hardness values of the two composites, the hardness value at (1%) percentage of addition to epoxy reinforced with high particle sizes (2.5%) overcome the hardness value of (ep/1.25mpf) composite. the matter is completely reversed at addition rates of (2 % 5%), where epoxy composites reinforced with lower particle size (1.25 microns) of pumpkin fibers have a higher value of flexural strength than (ep/2.5mpf) composites. this is because of the excellent dispersion of smaller particle sizes between the chains of the epoxy matrix at these rates of additions. still, at higher rates of additions (6% 8%), the hardness values of (ep/1.25mpf) composites will reduce. this may be due to the agglomeration of pumpkin particles in the epoxy matrix. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% f le x u ra l st re n g h ( m p a ) weight % ep / 2.5 mpf ep / 1.25 mpf ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 28 figure 8. comparison between the hardness of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) at different weight ratios 4-1-4 wear resistance the wear loss as a function of the weight percentage of micro pumpkin fibers with particle size (2.5 microns) in epoxy is shown in figure (9). at the low percentage of powder addition (1%), the wear-resistance properties of (the ep/ 2.5 micro pumpkin fibers) composite will be significantly improved. still, adding pumpkin fibers at weight fractions of 2% to 5% will increase the wear loss in (ep/ 2.5 micro pumpkin fibers) composites. this may be due to the rough nature of pumpkin peel fibers. the non-ductile nature of pumpkin fibers will increase the wear loss in (ep /mpf) composite. still, by minimizing the particle size of pumpkin fibers to half, the wear resistance of (ep / 1.25mpf) composites will increase at the weight ratios of pumpkin fibers (2% 4%) compared with the weight ratios of 1% and 5%). (ep / 1.25mpf) composites have a higher wear resistance than (ep / 2.5mpf) composites at weight fractions of addition (2% 8%). but (ep / 2.5mpf) composites have high wear resistance at the low percentage of adding (1%) with comparing with (ep / 1.25mpf) composite at this weight ratio because of the excellent dispersion of the smaller sizes of pumpkin particles in the epoxy matrix. these results are agreed with the other mechanical properties. figure 9. wear rates of ( ep / 2.5mpf) and( ep / 1.25mpf) composites 72.5 73 73.5 74 74.5 75 75.5 76 76.5 77 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% h a rd n e ss s tr e n g h weight % ep/2.5 mpf 0 5 10 15 20 25 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% w e a r lo ss * 1 0 ^ -9 g m % wt ep/2.5 mpf ep/1.25 mpf ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 29 4-2physical properties 4-2-1 density measurement the density ( 𝜌) of ( ep/2.5 mpf ) and ( ep/1.25mpf ) composites are calculated by rule of matrix [13]. 𝝆 = 𝝆𝒎𝒘𝒎 + 𝝆𝒓𝒘𝒓 … … … … . . ( 𝟑 ) where: 𝜌𝑚and 𝜌𝑟 ∶ are the density of matrix and filler, respectively. 𝑤𝑚and 𝑤𝑟 : are the weight fractions of matrix and filler, respectively. the density of (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep/1.25mpf) composites as a function of the weight ratio of pumpkin peel fibers are shown in figure (10). the density of neat epoxy decreased from (1.15 gm / cm3) to lower values (1.129gm/ cm3) and (1.1388gm/ cm3) at a weight ratio 7%with the addition of the pumpkin peel fibers to epoxy with particle size 2.5microns and 1.25 microns respectively. the density values decrease for (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep/1.25mpf) composites, only at small percentages of addition, but it increases when the weight ratios are high (above 7 %). this agreed with the results (sunny et al.) [13]. by comparison between the densities of both (ep/2.5mpf) and (p/1.25mpf) composites, the (p/1.25mpf ) has higher density values at the same addition values, whereas small sizes particles have a very high surface area to volume rate (high powder densities), there for the incorporation of these small particles into materials significantly improves their mechanical properties [14]. figure 10. comparison between the densities of (ep/2.5 mpf ) & ( ep/ 1.25mpf) composites 4-2-2 thermal conductivity figure (11) shows that the neat epoxy has thermal conductivity (0.48938 w /m. oc). this value will be changed by adding micro pumpkin fibers of two sizes (2.5 and 1.25 microns) to epoxy. the lowest thermal conductivity value means the best value for composite thermal insulation. (ep/1% 2.5mpf) and (ep/ 4% 1.25mpf) composites have the lowest values of thermal insulation, where they have the thermal conductivity (0.912 w/m. oc) and (0.668 w/m. oc), respectively. these results agreed with the mechanical properties results of these two composites, where the pumpkin peels fibers with particle size 2.5 microns that are added with the (1% wt.) and particle size 1.25 microns that are added with the (4 % wt.) act as bridges between the epoxy chains for heat transfer. 1.125 1.13 1.135 1.14 1.145 1.15 1.155 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% d e n si ty g m /c m 3 weight % density ( ep / 1.25mpf ) density ( ep / 2.5mpf ) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 30 (ep/ 2.5mpf) composites have a higher thermal conductivity value than (ep/ 1.25mpf) composites due to the big particle size of pumpkin particles. figure 11.comparison the thermal conductivity of (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep/1.25mpf) at different weight ratios 4-2-3 water diffusion figures (12 15) show the increase in water diffusion of (ep/ 2.5mpf) and (ep/ 1.25mpf) composites with an increasing in the weight ratios of pumpkin fibers. this is because of the osmotic process, where the water molecules are interring in the small voids and cavities of samples. figure (12) shows that the water diffusion of (ep/2.5mpf) and (ep/ 1.25mpf) composites (for one-week immersion in tap water) have a higher resistance to water diffusion by loading epoxy with(1% wt.) of pumpkin fibers. still, with the increase in the immersion time to (2 4) weeks, the (ep/ 1.25mpf) composite at the small radio of addition (1% wt.), shows higher resistance to water diffusion when compared with the (ep/2.5mpf) composite. this is because the capillary process increased immersion time due to the diffusion of water molecules into the interface between the pumpkin fibers and epoxy matrix. these results agreed with (md . milon et al.) [14]. figure (15) shows the improvement in resistance to water uptake from (2.654%) for the epoxy to (1.776 %) to (ep/ 1.25mpf) composite at (1% wt.). 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% k (w a tt /m .c ) weight% ep / 2.5 mpf ep / 1.25 mpf ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 31 figure12: comparison chart of water uptake of ( ep / 2.5mpf)and ( ep / 1.25mpf) after immersed for ( 1 week ) figure13: comparison chart of water uptake of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) after immersed for (2 weeks ) figure14: comparison chart of water uptake of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) after immersed for (3 weeks) 0.0402 1.2634 1.7307 1.9302 2.2077 3.5859 3.5174 1.1172 3.1608 0.0402 1.2138 2.4307 2.5785 1.8964 2.5537 3.6358 2.8264 3.1495 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 % e % weight t=1week 0.08055 3.4241 2.3852 2.186 4.3 4.5335 3.6786 1.438 4.109 0.08055 1.3164 2.8606 2.6464 1.9052 4.3807 4.1605 2.8622 3.1779 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 % e % weight t=2week 0.3977 6.6432 3.3379 3.6877 7.7922 4.9283 5.6095 1.556 5.9265 0.3977 1.5995 3.2474 2.7535 1.9285 5.38 4.5853 2.906 3.2376 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 % e % weigt t=3week ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 32 figure15: comparison chart of water uptake of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) after immersed for (4 weeks) 4-3-scanning electron microscopy sem the micrographs of the impact fractured surfaces of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites with different magnification are shown in figure ( 16 ), where the microstructure of (ep / 2.5mpf) shows that the pumpkin fibers are more roughly with compare to the pumpkin fibers in the (ep/1.25mpf) composite. figure16. sem images of (ep / 2.5mpf) inspect area a) 50 μm b) 200μm (ep / 1.25mpf) inspect area c) 50μm d) 200μm 4-4energy dispersion spectroscopy eds test figure (17) shows the edx patterns were obtained for (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites for comparison. tables (1, 2) and figure (18) show that the weight percentages of elemental composition in samples (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) consist of the elements like ca and c found at a high rate, and other elements like o and fe in a lower rate and some traces elements like si, mg, and p. the ratios of all these elements change with changes the particle size of pumpkin fibers, this act on the color of pumpkin fibers, as shown in figure (1). some elements were found in very low percentages in (ep / 1.25mpf) composite, like sb, na, and h. the elemental composition and the weight fractions of these elements affected the mechanical properties, thermal conductivity, and 2.654 7.3939 5.8541 5.0531 8.6707 6.2852 6.0497 3.6504 7.1513 2.654 1.7764 3.6382 2.8928 1.9896 7.3348 4.7977 2.9936 3.4364 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 % e % weight t=4week 11.323 10.379 3.7744 3.7744 9.4361 14.154 8.4925 3.7744 11.323 0 5 10 15 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% w e a r lo ss * 1 0 ^ -9 g m % wt ep / 1.25mpf ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 33 the color brightness of (ep / 2.5mpf) and (ep / 1.25mpf) composites, as shown in figure (19), where the sample color change due to the weight ratios of elements and on the weight ratios of powder addition. this study is considered essential to relate the internal structure of the epoxy and pumpkin fibers (the type and proportion of the chemical elements that are included in it) to the macroscopic shape of the epoxy composites and then the values of the external stresses applied to them. figure 17. edx patterns a) ep / 2.5mpf b) ep / 1.25mpf table 1. the elements composition of the composite ep / 2.5mpf [ wt% ] series an el 70.59 l – series 20 ca 24.54 k – series 6 c 4.55 k – series 8 o 0.20 k – series 14 si 0.10 l – series 26 fe 0.01 k – series 12 mg 0.01 k – series 15 p 0.00 k – series 1 h 0.00 m – series 51 sb 0.00 l – series 19 k 0.00 k – series 11 na ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 34 table 2. the elements composition of the compositeep / 1.25mpf figure 18. comparison chart of water uptake of ep / 2.5mpf b) ep / 1.25mpfafter immersed for (4 weeks) 70.59 24.54 4.55 0.1 0 0.2 0 0 0.01 0.01 0 68.71 25.04 4.67 0.85 0.35 0.18 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.01 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ca c o fe sb si na h mg p k w t % elment [ wt % ] series an el 68.71 l series 20 ca 25.04 k series 6 c 4.67 k series 8 o 0.85 k series 14 si 0.35 l series 26 fe 0.18 k series 12 mg 0.10 k series 15 p 0.04 k series 1 h 0.04 m series 51 sb 0.01 l series 19 k 0.00 k series 11 na [ wt % ] series an el 68.71 l series 20 ca 25.04 k series 6 c 4.67 k series 8 o 0.85 k series 14 si 0.35 l series 26 fe 0.18 k series 12 mg 0.10 k series 15 p 0.04 k series 1 h 0.04 m series 51 sb 0.01 l series 19 k 0.00 k series 11 na ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 35 figure 19. comparison of ep / 2.5mpf and ep / 1.25mpfwith different weight percentages of loading to prepare the (ep / mpf) gel coat with high mechanical properties, the epoxy composite with the best proportion of the sizes (2.5 or 1.25) microns pumpkin peel fibers was selected to be the gelcoat, as shown in figure(20), where the color changed by the change of the pumpkin fibers size and the weight fractions of addition. figure 20. gel coat a) ep/ 4% (2.5 mpf) b) ep/ 1% (2.5 mpf)c) ep/ 4% (1.25 mpf) d) ep/ 1% (1.25 mpf) 5. conclusions the addition of (1 % of 2.5 micro pumpkin fibers) to epoxy will improve its impact strength, flexural strength; wear resistance, and thermal conductivity. by adding the (4 % of 1.25 micro pumpkin fibers) to epoxy, the improvement will take place in its impact strength, flexural strength, wear resistance, and thermal conductivity . the impact strength of (the epoxy/ 2.5 mpf) composite was improved compared with (the epoxy/ 1.25 mpf) composite. the same for the flexural strength, hardness, wear resistance, and thermal conductivity . to get good thermal insulation with good resistance to water uptake (for four weeks of immersion), (epoxy/ 1.25 mpf) composite, at the weight percentage (1%) must be used. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 36 acknowledgement the authors are grateful to the college of education/ pure sciences-ibn al-haitham, the university of baghdad, and the applied sciences and nano technology departments at the university of technology. references 1.mahdi, s.h.; jassim, w.h.; hamad, i.a.; jasima, k.a.; epoxy/silicone rubber blends for voltage insulators and capacitors applications. energy procedia. 2017,119, 501–506 2.agarwal, k.k.; agarwal, g.; a study of mechanical properties of epoxy resin in presence of different hardeners. technol. innov. mech. eng. 2019,1–9 , 3.maleque, m.a.; belal, f.y.; sapuan, s.m.; mechanical properties study of pseudo-stem banana fiber reinforced epoxy composite. arab. j. sci. eng. 2007,32, 359–364 4.hamdi, w.j.; habubi, n.f.; preparation of epoxy chicken eggshell composite as thermal insulation. j. aust. ceram. 2018, 54, 231–235 5.hamad, q.a.; abed, m.s.; investigation of thyme and pumpkin nanopowders reinforced epoxy matrix composites. j. mech. eng. res. 2019,42, 153–157 6.hameed, h.k.; jassim, w.h.; comparison study of some mechanical properties of epoxy composites usinguncarbonized orange peel and carbonized orange peel. in: iop conference series: materials science and engineering. 12075. iop publishing.2020. 7.surbhi, s.; verma, r.c.; deepak, r.; jain, h. k.; yadav, k. k.; a review: food, chemical composition and utilization of carrot (daucus carota l.) pomace. int. j. chem. stud. 2018. 6, 2921–2926,. 8.nguyen, t.a.; nguyen, t.h.; banana fiber-reinforced epoxy composites: mechanical properties and fire retardancy. int. j. chem. eng.2021. 9.hussain, w.a.; rafiq, s.n.; mechanical properties of carrot fiber-epoxy composite. baghdad sci. j. 2012, 9, 335–340 , 10.hussein, s. i.; abd-elnaiem, a.m.; asafa, t.b.; jaafar, h. i.; effect of incorporation of conductive fillers on mechanical properties and thermal conductivity of epoxy resin composite. appl. phys. 2018, 124,1–9 . 11.jassim, w. h.; preparation of the epoxy/chicken eggshell composites to use in surfaces coating. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci.2016,29. 12.ortiz-barajas, d. l.; arévalo-prada, j. a.; fenollar, o.; rueda-ordóñez, y.j.; torres-giner, s.; torrefaction of coffee husk flour for the development of injection-molded green composite pieces of polylactide with high sustainability. appl. sci. 2020,10, 6468 , 13.bhatia, s.; angra, s.; khan, s.; mechanical and wear properties of epoxy matrix composite reinforced with varying ratios of solid glass microspheres. in: journal of physics: conference series. 2019. 12080. iop publishing . 14.hossain, m. m.; elahi, a.; afrin, s.; mahmud, m. i.; cho, h. m.; khan, m. a.; thermal aging of unsaturated polyester composite reinforced with e-glass nonwoven mat. autex res. j. 2017,17, 313–318 . 87 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 weak pseudo – 2 – absorbing submodules and related concepts haibat k. mohmmadal sada e. radeef mfloweriraq767@gmail.co dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com department of mathematics , college of computer sciences and mathematics, university of tikrit, tikrit . iraq. abstract let r be a commutative ring with identity and e be a unitary left r – module .we introduce and study the concept weak pseudo – 2 – absorbing submodules as generalization of weakle – 2 – absorbing submodules , where a proper submodule a of an r – module e is called weak pseudo – 2 – absorbing if 0 ≠ rsx ∈ a for r, s ∈ r , x ∈ e , implies that rx ∈ a + soc ( e ) or sx ∈ a + soc (e) or rs ∈ [ a + soc ( e ) :𝑅 e ]. many basic properties, characterizations and examples of weak pseudo – 2 – absorbing submodule in some types of modules are introduced . key word : weakly – 2 – absorbing submodules , essential submodule , socal of modules , multiplication modules , z – regular modules , wp – 2 – absorbing submodules . 1. introduction the concept of weakly – 2 – absorbing submodule was first introduced by darani and soheilnia as generalization of weakly prime submodule , where a proper submodule a of an r – module e is called a weakly prime submodule of e if 0 ≠ te ∈ a , for t ∈ r , e ∈ e implies that either e ∈ a or t ∈ [ a :𝑅 e ] , where [ a :𝑅 e ] = { s ∈ r : se  a } [1] , and a proper submodule a of an rmodule e is called a weakly – 2 – absorbing submodule of e , if 0 ≠ ste ∈ a , for s , t ∈ r , e ∈ e implies that either se ∈ a or te ∈ a or st ∈ [ a :𝑅 e ] [2] . recently , several generalizations of weakly – 2 – absorbing submodules have been introduced [ 3,4,5 ] . in our paper , we introduce a new generalization of weakly – 2 – absorbing submodule which we callweak pseudo – 2 – absorbing submodule , where a proper submodule a of an r – module e is said to be weak pseudo – 2 – absorbing ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2615 article history: received,19,may,2020, accepted 23,june,2020, published in april 2021 mailto:floweriraq767@gmail.com mailto:dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com mailto:dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 submodule if 0 ≠ ste ∈ a , for s , t ∈ r , e ∈ e , implies that either se ∈ a + soc ( e ) or te ∈ a + soc ( e ) or st ∈ [ a + soc ( e ) :𝑅 e ] . soc ( e ) is the intersection of all essential submodules of e [6] . a nonzero submodule n of an r – module e is called an essential if n ∩ k ≠ ( 0 ) for all nonzero submodules k of e [6]. every weakly prime submodule of an r – module is weakly – 2 – absorbing [7] . recall that an r – module e is cyclic if e = ˂ x > for x ∈ e [8]. recall that an r – module e is a semi simple if soc ( e ) = (0) [6]. it is well known that an r – module e is a semi simple if and only if soc ( 𝐸 𝑁 ) = ( 𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( 𝐸 )+ 𝑁 𝑁 ) for each submodule n of e [ 6 , ex.12(c) ] . the set [ n :𝐸 i ] = [ x ∈ e : x i  n } , where n is a submodule of e , and i is an ideal of r [ n :𝐸 i ] and is a submodule of e containing n. [ n :e r ] = n and [ i :𝐸 r ] = i [9]. recall that an r – module e is a multiplication if every submodule a of e is of the form a = ie for some ideal i of r , equivalently a = [ a :𝑅 e ] e [10]. recall that an r – module e is a faithful if ann ( e ) = { r ∈ r : re = ( 0)} [8]. 2. basic properties of wp – 2 – absorbing submodules . in this part of the paper , we introduce the definition of wp – 2 – absorbing submodules and , thus truth some of i𝑡,s basic properties , examples and characterizations. definition .1. a proper submodule a of an r – module e is said to be weak pseudo – 2 – absorbing (for shorten wp – 2 – absorbing ) submodule of e , if 0 ≠ ste ∈ a , for s , t ∈ r , e ∈ e , implies that se ∈ a + soc( e ) or te ∈ a + soc ( e ) or st ∈ [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] . and an ideal j of a ring r is said to be wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r, if j is a wp – 2 – absorbing r – submodule of an r – module r. example and remarks .2. 1. in the z – module 𝑍36 , the only essential submodules are ˂ 2̅ >, ˂ 3 ̅>, ˂ 6̅ > and z36 itself thus soc ( z36 ) = ˂ 6̅ > = { 0̅ , 6̅ , 12̅̅̅̅ , 18̅̅̅̅ , 24 ̅̅ ̅̅ , 30̅̅̅̅ } 2 . it is clear that the submodules of the z – module z36 are ˂ 4̅ > ,˂ 6̅ >, ˂ 9̅ > , ˂ 12̅̅̅̅ > and ˂ 18̅̅̅̅ > are wp – 2 – absorbing submodules . 3 . the submodules ˂ 12̅̅̅̅ > and ˂ 18̅̅̅̅ > of the z – module z36 are not weakly – 2 – absorbing submodules , since 0 ≠ 2 . 3 . 2̅ ∈ ˂ 12̅̅̅̅ > for 2 , 3 ∈ z , 2̅ ∈ z36 but 2 . 2̅ = 4̅  ˂ 12̅̅̅̅ > and 3 . 2̅ = 6̅  ˂ 12̅̅̅̅ > and 2. 3 = 6  [˂ 12̅̅̅̅ > :z z36 ] = 12 z . 4 . the submodule ˂ 2̅ >, ˂ 3 ̅> of the zmodule z36 are weakly – 2 – absorbing submodules of z36 because they are weakly prime submodules of z z36 . 5 . it is clear that the submodules ˂ 4̅ > , ˂ 6̅ > and ˂ 9̅ > of the z – module z36 are weakly – 2 – absorbing submodules . 6 . it is clear that every weakly – 2 – absorbing submodule of an r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing , but not conversely , the following example shows that : -in the z – module z36 , the submodule ˂ 18̅̅̅̅ > is a wp – 2absorbing by (2) , but ˂ 18̅̅̅̅ > is not weakly – 2 – absorbing submodule by (3) . 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 7 . it is clear that every weakly prime submodule of an r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing but not conversely. the following example explains that in the zmodule z36 , the submodule ˂ 4̅ > is a wp – 2 – absorbing by (2) . but ˂ 4̅ > is not weakly prime submodule, since 0 ≠ 2 . 2̅  ˂ 4̅ > for 2  z , 2̅  z36 , but 2̅  ˂ 4̅ > and 2  [˂ 4̅ > : z z36 ] = 4z. 8 . in general ,the submodule nz of the z – module z is weakly – 2 – absorbing if n = 0 , p, p2 and pq by [7, rems. and exs. ( 1.2.2 ) (3) ] . hence the submodules nz of the z – module z is a wp – 2 – absorbing if n = 0 , p , p2 and pq by ( 6 ) . 9 . the submodules 12z and 18z of the z – module z are not wp – 2 – absorbing because soc (z) = ( 0 ) [8]. that is , 0 ≠ 2 . 3 . 2  12z for 2 , 3 , 2  z , but 2 . 2  12z + soc ( z ) and 3 .2 12z + soc ( z ) and 2 . 3  [ 12z + soc ( z ) :z z ] = 12z . also , 0 ≠ 2 . 3 . 3  18z for 2 , 3  z , but 2.3  18z + soc ( z ) and 3.3  18z + soc ( z ) and 2. 3  [ 18z + soc ( z ) :z z ] = 18z . 10 . if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of an r – module e , then [ a :r e ] need not to be wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r . for example the submodule ˂ 18̅̅̅̅ > of the z – module z36 is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule by ( 2 ) , but [˂ 18̅̅̅̅ > : z z36 ] = 18z is not wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of z by ( 9 ) . 11 . the intersection of two wp – 2 – absorbing submodules of an rmodule e need not to be wp – 2 – absorbing submodule .for example the submodules 3z , 4z are wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of the z – module z by (8) , but 3z  4z = 12z is not wp – 2 – absorbing submodul by (9) . the following results are characterizations of wp – 2 – absorbing submodules . proposition 3. a proper submodule a of an rmodule e is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if for any t , s  r with ts  [ a + soc ( e ) : r e ] we have [ a :e ts ]  [ 0 : e ts ]  [ a + soc ( e ) : e t ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :e s ] proof : ( ) tse , it follows ≠ a . if 0 e ] ,then tse r a + soc ( e ) : [ ts ] with ts e a :[ let e t ] or e e [ a + soc ( e ) : a + soc ( e ) , that is either e a + soc ( e) or se that either te [ a + soc ( e ts ] e [0 : ts ] . hence e e [ 0 : s ] . if tse = 0 then e e[ a + soc ( e ) :  [ a t ] e[ a + soc ( e ) : ts ] e [ 0 : st ] e s ] . therefore [ a :e [ a + soc ( e ) : t ] e) : ] . se soc ( e ) : + () let 0 ≠ tse  a for t, s  r , e  e with ts  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] . it follows by hypothesis e  [ a :e ts ] and e  [ 0 : e ts ] , implies that e  [a + soc ( e ) :e t ]  [ a + soc ( e ) : e s ]. hence either te  a + soc ( e ) or se  a + soc ( e ) . therefore a is awp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . 90 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 proposition 4. a proper submodule a of an r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing if 0 ≠ tsk  a for t , s  r and k is a submodule of e , implies that either tk  a + soc ( e ) or sk  a + soc ( e ) or ts  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. proof : ( ) r [ a + soc ( e ) : r , k is a submodule of e . suppose that ts a , for t , s let 0 ≠ tsk  1k such that te 2 , e1 a + soc ( e ).then,there exists e a + soc ( e ) and sk e ] , tk e ] , then r [ a + soc ( e ) : a and ts 1 a + soc ( e ). now 0 ≠ tse 2 a + soc ( e ) and se [ a + soc ( e t ] e[ a + soc ( e ) : ts ] e[ 0 : st ] e [ a : 1 by proposition (3) we have e e [ a + soc ( e ) : 1 t ] .it follows that e e[ a + soc ( e ) : 1ts ] and e e[ 0 : 1s ] . but e e) : [ a + soc  2e ] and e r [ a + soc ( e ) : and ts 2a + soc (e). again 0 ≠ tse 1se ,s ] , that is [ a + soc ( e a and ts ) 2 + e1 a + soc ( e ). now, 0 ≠ ts ( e  2s ], it follow tha tee ( e ) : ts ], it follows by proposition ( 3 ) e [ 0 : ) 2 + e 1ts ] and ( e e [ a : ) 2 + e 1e ] , then (e r ) : 1s ]. that is either t(e e[ a + soc ( e ) : ) 2 + e 1t ] or (e e[ a + soc ( e ) : ) 2 + e 1either (e a + soc ( e ) ,  2 + te 1) = te2 + e 1a + soc ( e) . if t(e ) 2 + e 1a + soc ( e ) or s(e ) 2 e+ . is a contradiction a + soc ( e ) which  1a + soc ( e ) , then te  2 and te a + soc ( e )  2a + soc ( e ), then se 1a + soc ( e ) and se  2+ se1 ) = se2 + e 1if s (e which is a contradiction. hence either tk  a + soc ( e ) or sk  a + soc ( e ) or ts  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] . (  ) trivial , so we omitted it . proposition 5. a proper submodule a of a cyclic r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing if and only if for each t , s  r with ts  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] we have [ a :r tse ]  [ 0 : r tse ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r te ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r se ]. proof : ( ) let t , s  r ,with ts  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] and let r [ a :r tse ], it follows that ts( re )  a. if 0 ≠ ts( re )  a and a is a wp – 2 – absorbing and ts  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ], then either tre  a + soc ( e ) or sre  a + soc ( e ) , that is either r  [ a + soc ( e ) :r te ] or r  [ a + soc ( e ) :r se ]. if tsre = 0 , implies that r  [ 0 : tse]. hence r  [ 0 :r tse ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r te ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r se ] . therefore [ a :r tse ]  [ 0 : r tse ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r te ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r se ]. (  ) since e is cyclic , then e =  e1  for some e1  e . let 0 ≠ tse  a for t , s  r , e  e with ts  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ].since e  e then e = re1 for some r  r , that is 0 ≠ ts( re1 )  a ,it follows that r  [ a :r tse1 ]  [ 0 : r tse1 ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r te1 ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r se1 ]. but r  [ 0 : r tse1 ] ( since 0 ≠ tsre1 ) , therefore , r  [ a + soc ( e ) :r te1 ] or r [ a + 91 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 soc ( e ) :r se1 ], it follows that tre1  a + soc (e) or sre1  a + soc (e). that is te  a + soc ( e ) or se  a + soc (e). therefore a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . proposition 6. a proper submodule n of an r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ ijl  n for some ideals i , j of r and some submodule l of e implies that either il  n + soc ( e ) or jl  n + soc ( e ) or ij  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] . proof : ( ) let ( 0 ) ≠ ijl  n for some ideals i,j of r and some submodule l of e with ij  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ]. to prove that il  n + soc ( e ) or jl  n + soc ( e ) .suppose that il  n + soc ( e ) and jl  n + soc ( e ) , that is there exist a1  i and a2 j such that a1l  n + soc ( e ) and a2l  n + soc ( e ) .now , ( 0 ) ≠ a1a2l  n , and n is awp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e , then by proposition ( 4 ) either a1 l  n + soc ( e ) or a2l  n + soc ( e ) or a1a2 [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ]. since ij  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , there exists b1  i and b2  j such that b1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ].but ( 0 ) ≠ b1b2l  n and n is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e , and b1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , then by proposition ( 4 ) either b1l  n + soc ( e ) or b2l  n + soc ( e ). now : -( 1 ) if b1l  n + soc ( e ) and b2l  n + soc ( e ) . since (0) ≠ a1b2l  n and b2l  n + soc ( e ) and a1l  n + soc ( e ) , then by proposition ( 4 ) a1b2  [n + soc ( e ) :r e ]. since b1l  n + soc ( e ) and a1l  n + soc ( e ) , we get ( a1 + b1 ) l  n + soc ( e ) .for there more ( 0 ) ≠ ( a1 + b1 )b2 l  n and n is a wp – 2 – absorbing with ( a1 + b1 ) l  n + soc ( e ) , b2l  n + soc ( e ) , it follows that by proposition ( 4 ) ( a1 + b1 ) b2 = a1b2 + b1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , but a1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , then b1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , this is a contradiction . ( 2 ) if b2l  n + soc ( e ) and b1l  n + soc ( e ) , so by similar steps of ( 1 ) we get a contradiction . ( 3 ) if b1l  n + soc ( e ) and b2l  n + soc ( e ) , since b2l  n + soc ( e ) and a2l  n + soc ( e ) , we get (a2 + b2 )l  n + soc ( e ) . but ( 0 ) ≠ a1 (a2 + b2 ) l  n and n is a wp – 2 – absorbing with a1l  n + soc ( e ) and (a2 + b2 ) l  n + soc ( e ) then , we get a1 (a2 + b2 )  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] . since a1a2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] and a1a2 + a1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , it follows that a1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ]. now , ( 0 ) ≠ (a1 + b1 ) a2  n and a2l  n + soc ( e ) and ( a1 + b1 ) l  n + soc ( e ) , it follows by proposition ( 4 ) ( a1 + b1 )a2 = a1a2 + b1a2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] and since a1a2 [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , we get b1a2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ]. since ( 0 ) ≠ ( a1 + b1 ) (a2 + b2 ) l  n and ( a1 + b1 ) l  n + soc ( e ) and (a2 + b2 ) l  n + soc ( e ) then by proposition ( 4 ) we have ( a1 + b1 ) (a2 + b2 ) = a1a2 + a1b2 + b1a2 + b1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ]. but a1a2 , b1a2 , a1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] , we get b1b2  [ n + soc ( e ) :r e ] which is a contradiction . thus il  n + soc ( e ) or jl  n + soc ( e ) . 92 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 (  ) trivial, so we omittedit the following corollaries are adirect consequence of proposition ( 6 ) . corollary 7. a proper submodule a of an r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ ijx  a for some ideals i , j of r and x  e , implies that either ix  a + soc ( e ) or jx  a + soc ( e ) or ij  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] . corollary 8. a proper submodule a of an r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ sil  a for some s  r and ideal i of r and some submodule l of e , implies that either sl  a + soc ( e ) or il  a + soc ( e ) or si  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] . corollary 9. a proper submodule a of an r – module e is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ six  a for some s  r , ideal i of r and some x  e , implies that either sx  a + soc ( e ) or ix  a + soc ( e ) or si  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] . proposition 10. let a be a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of an r – module e and b is a submodule of e with b  a then a b is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of an r – module e b . proof : let 0 ≠ ts ( x + b ) = stx + b  a b for s , t  r , x + b  e b , x  e .it follows that tsx  a. if tsx = 0 then ts( x + b ) = 0 which is a contradiction . thus 0 ≠ tsx  a implies that either tx  a + soc ( e ) or sx  a + soc ( e ) or tse  a + soc ( e ) .it follow that either t( x + b )  a +soc ( e ) b or s(x + b )  a +soc ( e ) b or tse b  𝐴 +𝑠𝑜𝑐 ( 𝐸 ) 𝐵 . that is either t( x + b )  a b + a +soc ( e ) b  a b + soc ( e b ) or s( x + b )  a b + a +soc ( e ) b  a b + soc ( e b ) or ts e b  a b + a +soc ( e ) b  a b + soc ( e b ). hence , a b is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of an r – module e b . proposition .11. let a , b be submodules of semi simple r – module e with b  a. if b and a b are wp – 2 – absorbing submodules of e , e b respectively , then a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . proof : let 0 ≠ tsx  a for t , s  r , x  e , then 0 ≠ ts ( x + b ) = tsx + b  a b . if 0 ≠ tsx  b and b is a wp – 2 – absorbing , implies that either tx  b + soc ( e )  a + soc ( e ) or sx  b + soc ( e )  a + soc ( e ) or tse  b + soc ( e )  a + soc ( e ) .thus a is a wp – 2 – 93 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 absorbing submodule of e . assume that tsx  b , it follows that 0 ≠ ts( x + b )  a b . but a b is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e b implies that either t( x + b )  a b + soc ( e b ) or s (x + b ) a b + soc ( e b ) or 𝑡 𝑠 𝐸 𝐵  a b + soc ( e b ) . since e is a semi simple then soc ( e b ) = soc ( e )+b b . it follows that either t( x + b )  a b + b+soc ( e ) b or s ( t + b )  a b + b+soc ( e ) b or t s e b  a b + b+soc ( e ) b . but b  a , implies that b + soc ( e )  a + soc ( e ) , hence a b + b+soc ( e ) b  a b + a + soc ( e ) b . since a b  a + soc ( e ) b implies that a b + a + soc ( e ) b = a +soc ( e ) b . that is either t ( x + b )  a +soc ( e ) b or s(x + b )  a + soc ( e ) b , t s e b  a + soc ( e ) b , it follows that either tx  a + soc ( e ) or sx  a + soc ( e ) or tse  a + soc ( e ) . thus a is wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . proposition 12. let a be a proper submodule of an r – module e with soc ( e )  a. then a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e so if and only if [ a :e i ] is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e for each ideal i of r . proof : (  ) let (0) ≠ tsb  [ a :e i ] for t , s  r , b is a submodule of e , then ( 0 ) ≠ tsib  a , implies that either tib  a + soc ( e ) or sib  a + soc ( e ) or tse  a + soc ( e ) . but soc ( e )  a , then a + soc ( e ) = a . that is either tib  a or sib  a or tse  a. thus , either tb  [ a :e i] or sb  [ a :e i] or tse  a  [ a :e i] . it follows that either tb  [ a :e i]  [ a :e i] + soc ( e ) or sb  [ a :e i]  [ a :e i] + soc ( e ) or tse  [ a :e i]  [ a :e i] + soc ( e ). hence , [ a :e i] is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . (  )since [ a :e i ] is a wp – 2 – absorbing subodule for every non zero ideal i of r . put i = r , we get [ a :e r ] = a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . we need to introduce the following definition. definition 13. let a be a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of an r – module e and r, s  r , e  e , we say that ( r , s , e ) is wp – triple zero of a if rse = 0 , re  a + soc ( e ) , se  a + soc ( e ) and rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] . proposition 14. if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – trible zero of a for some r, s  r , e  e . then rsa = ( 0 ) . proof : suppose rsa ≠ ( 0 ) , then rsa ≠ 0 for some a  a. since ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a then rse = 0 , re  a + soc ( e ) , se  a + soc ( e ) and rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. since 0 ≠ rsa  a and a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e and rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ], then either ra a + soc ( e ) or sa  a + soc ( e). 94 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 now, 0 ≠ rs ( e + a ) = rse + rsa = rsa  a , and rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ], then either r( e + a ) = re + ra  a + soc ( e ) or s( e + a ) = se + sa  a + soc ( e ). if re + sa  a + soc ( e ) and ra  a + soc ( e ) implies that re  a + soc ( e ) contradiction. if se + sa  a + soc ( e ) and sa  a + soc ( e ) , implies that se a + soc ( e) contradiction . hence , rsa = ( 0 ) . proposition 15. if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a for some r, s  r , e  e , then [ a :r e ]re = [ a :r e ]se = ( 0 ) . proof : suppose that [ a :r e ]se ≠ ( 0 ) then yse ≠ o for some y  [ a :r e ]. since ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a, rse = 0 and re  a + soc ( e ) , se  a + soc ( e ) and rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. we have 0 ≠ yse  a and a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e , then either ye  a + soc ( e ) or se  a + soc ( e ) or ys  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. now , 0 ≠ ( r + y ) se = rse + yse = yse  a and a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule , then either ( r + y )e = re + ye  a + soc ( e ) or se  a + soc ( e ) or ( r + y )s  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ].since ye  a + soc ( e ) and if re + ye  a + soc ( e ), it follows that re  a + soc ( e ) a contradiction . if ( r + y )s = rs + ys  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] and ys  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ], then rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] a contradiction . thus [ a :r e ]se = ( 0 ) . similarly we can prove [ a :r e ]re = ( 0 ) . proposition 16. if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a for some r, s  r , e  e . then r[ a :r e ]e = s[ a :r e ]e = ( 0 ). proof : suppose that r[ a :r e ]e ≠ ( 0 ) , then there exists x [ a :r e ] such that rxe ≠ 0 . but ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a , rse = 0 , re  a + soc ( e ) or se  a + soc ( e ) and rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. for 0 ≠ rxe  a and a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e, then either re  a + soc ( e ) or xe  a + soc ( e ) or rx  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. now , 0 ≠ r( s + x )e = rse + rxe = rxe  a , and a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule , then either re  a + soc ( e ) or ( s + x ) e = se + xe  a + soc ( e ) or r( s + x ) = rs + rx  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. that is re  a + soc ( e ) a contradiction. if ( s + x )e = se + xe  a + soc ( e ), implies that se  a + soc ( e ) a contradiction. if rs + rx [a + soc ( e ) :r e ], implies that rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] a contradiction. thus r[ a :r e ]e = ( 0 ) . in similary way s[ a :r e ]e = ( 0 ) . as direct consequence of proposition ( 16 ) , we get the following corollary : corollary 17. if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of an r – module e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a for some r, s  r , e  e , then r [ a :r e ] a = s [ a :r e ]a = ( 0 ) . proposition 18. if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a for some r, s  r , e  e , then [ a :r e ] sa = [ a :r e ] ra = ( 0 ). proof : suppose that [ a :r e ] sa ≠ ( 0 ) , then xsa ≠ ( 0 ) for some x  [ a :r e ], a  a . since ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a, then rse = 0 , re  a + soc ( e ) , se  a + soc ( e ) and rs  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. for 0 ≠ xsa  a , it follows that either xa  a + soc ( e ) or sa  a + soc ( e ) or xs [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. we have ( r + x ) s ( a + e ) = rsa + rse + 95 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 xsa + xse = xsa  a ( since rse = 0 , and rsa = 0 for proposition ( 14 ) and xsa = 0 from proposition ( 16 )). that is 0 ≠ ( r + x )( a + e ) = ra + re + xa + xe  a , implies that re  a + soc ( e) a contradiction or s( a + e ) = sa + se  a + soc ( e ) implies that se  a + soc ( e ) a contradiction or ( r + x )s = rs + xs [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ], implies that rs [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] a contradiction .thus [ a :r e ] sa = ( 0 ) . in similar steps , we can show that [ a :r e ]ra = ( 0 ) . proposition 19. if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a for some r, s  r , e  e , then [ a :r e ] [ a :r e ] e = ( 0 ) . proof : suppose that [ a :r e ] [ a :r e ] e ≠ ( 0 ), then 0 ≠ xye  a for some x , y  [ a :r e ]. for ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a, then rse = 0, re  a + soc ( e ) , se  a + soc ( e ) and rs  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. now, 0 ≠ xye  a , implies that either xe  a + soc ( e ) or ye  a + soc ( e ) or xy  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. now , 0 ≠ ( r + x )( s + y )e = rse + rye + xse + xye = xye  a (since rse = 0 , rye = 0 , xse = 0 by proposition (16)).it follows that either ( r + x )e = re + xe  a + soc ( e ), implies that re  a + soc ( e ) a contradiction . or ( s + y )e = se + ye  a + soc ( e ), implies that se  a + soc ( e ) a contradiction, or ( r + x )( s + y ) = rs + ry + xs + xy [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ], implies that rs [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ] a contradiction. hence [ a :r e ] [ a :r e ] e = ( 0 ) . proposition 20. if a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a for some r, s  r , e  e , then [ a :r e ] [ a :r e ]a = ( 0 ) . proof : by proposition ( 14 ) and proposition ( 19 ) . proposition 21 . let a be a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e and rsb  a for some r, s  r, and some submodule b of e with ( r , s , x ) is not wp – triple zero of a for every x  b . if rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ], then rx  a + soc ( e ) or sx  a + soc ( e ) . proof : suppose that ( r , s , x ) is not wp – triple zero of a for every x  b and suppose that rb  a + soc ( e ) and sb  a + soc ( e ), then ry1  a + soc ( e ) or sy2  a + soc ( e ) for some y1, y2  b. if 0 ≠ rsy1 a with rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] and since ry1  a + soc ( e ) then sy1  a + soc ( e ) ( for a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule ) . if rsy1 = 0 and ry1  a + soc ( e ) , rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ] and ( r , s , y1 ) is not wp – triple zero of a , we get sy1 a + soc ( e ). by similar arguments since ( r , s , y2 ) is not wp – triple zero of a , we get ry2  a + soc ( e ). now , rs (y1 + y2 )  a and ( r 1 s , y1 + y2 ) is not wp – triple zero of a and rs  [a + soc ( e ) :r e ], we get r (y1 + y2 )  a + soc ( e ) or s(y1 + y2 )  a + soc ( e ) . if r (y1 + y2 ) = ry1 + ry2  a + soc ( e ) and ry2  a + soc ( e ), we get ry1  a + soc ( e ) is a contradiction . 96 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 if s (y1 + y2 ) = sy1 + sy2  a + soc ( e ) and sy1 a + soc ( e ) then sy2  a + soc ( e )is a contradiction . hence rb  a + soc ( e ) or sb  a + soc ( e ) . proposition 22. let a , b be wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e with b is not contained in a and either soc ( e )  a or soc ( e )  b . then a ∩ b is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . proof : it is clear that a ∩ b is a proper submodule of b and b is a proper submodule of e , implies that a ∩ b is a proper submodule of e. let ( 0 ) ≠ rsl  a ∩ b for r , s  r , l is a submodule of e, it follows that ( 0 ) ≠ rsl  a and ( 0 ) ≠ rsl  b . but a, b are wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e, then either rl  a + soc ( e ) or sl  a + soc ( e ) or rse  a + soc ( e ) and rl  b+ soc ( e ) or sl  b+ soc ( e ) or rse  b+ soc ( e ). thus , either rl  ( a + soc ( e )) ∩ (b+ soc ( e )) or sl  ( a + soc ( e )) ∩ (b+ soc ( e )) or rse  ( a + soc ( e )) ∩ (b+ soc ( e )). if soc( e )  b then b + soc( e ) = b, it follows that either rl  (a + soc( e )) ∩ b or sl  (a + soc( e )) ∩ b or rse  (a + soc( e )) ∩ b. again since soc( e )  b, then by modular law ( a + soc( e )) ∩ b = ( a ∩ b ) + soc ( e ). thus either rl  ( a ∩ b ) + soc ( e ) or sl  ( a ∩ b ) + soc ( e ) or rse  ( a ∩ b ) + soc ( e ). thus a ∩ b is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . recall that for any submodules a , k a multiplication r – module e with a = ie , b = je , for some ideals i, j of r, the product ab = ije = ib. in particular ae = iee = ie = a, and for any x  e , a = ix [2] . the following propositions are characterizations of wp – 2 – absorbing submodules is class of multiplication modules. proposition 23. let e be a multiplication r – module, and a be a proper submodule of e. then a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ l1l2l3  a for some submodules l1 , l2 , l3 of e implies that either l1l3  a + soc( e ) or l2l3  a + soc( e ) or l1 l2  a + soc( e ) . proof : (  ) let ( 0 ) ≠ l1l2l3  a for some submodules l1 , l2 , l3 of e . but e is a multiplication , then l1 = i1e , l2 = i2e , l3 = i3e for some ideals i1 , i2 , i3 of r . that is (0) ≠ l1l2l3 = i1 i2 i3 e  a. but a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e, then by proposition ( 6 ) either i1 i3e  a + soc ( e ) or i2 i3e  a + soc (e) or i1i2  [a + soc ( e ) : r e ] ( ie i1 i2e  a + soc ( e ) ). it follows that either l1l3  a + soc( e ) or l2l3  a + soc( e ) or l1 l2  a + soc( e ) . (  ) let ( 0 ) ≠ i1 i2l  a for i1 , i2 are ideals of r , l is submodule of e. since e is a multiplication, then l = i3e for some ideal i3 of r. that is (0) ≠ i1 i2 i3 e  a. put l1 = i1e and l2 = i2e, then ( 0 ) ≠ l1l2l  a, it follows by hypothesis that either l1l  a + soc ( e ) or l2l  a + soc ( e ) or l1l2  a + soc ( e ). that is either i1l  a + soc ( e ) or i2l  a + soc ( e ) or i1i2e  a + soc ( e ), ( ie i1i2  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. thus , by proposition ( 6 ) a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . 97 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the following corollary is a direct consequence of proposition ( 23 ) . corollary 24. let e be a multiplication r – module and a be a proper submodule of e. then a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ l1l2 e  a for some submodules l1 , l2 of e and e  e, implies that either l1e  a + soc ( e ) or l2e  a + soc ( e ) or l1 l2  a + soc ( e ) . it is well known that if e is a faithful multiplication r – module then soc (e) = soc (r)e [11,coro. (2.14) (i)]. proposition 25. let e be a faithful multiplication r – module and a be a proper submodule of e. then a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e if and only if [ a :r e ] is a wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r . proof : (  ) let (0) ≠ i1i2 i3  [ a :r e ] for i1 , i2, i3 are ideals of r , it follows that (0) ≠ i1i2 i3 e  a. but e is a multiplication then (0) ≠ i1i2 i3 e = l1l2l3  a by taking l1 = i1e , l2 = i2e and l3 = i3e . now since a is a wp – 2 – absorbing , then by proposition (23) either l1 l3  a + soc ( e ) or l2l3  a + soc ( e ) or l1l2  a + soc ( e ) . but e is a faithful multiplication then soc (e) = soc (r)e . thus either i1 i3e  [ a :r e ]e + soc ( r )e or i2 i3 e  [ a :r e ]e + soc ( r )e or i1i2e  [ a :r e ]e + soc ( r )e . that is either i1 i3  [ a :r e ] + soc (r) or i2 i3  [ a :r e ] + soc (r) or i1i2  [ a :r e ] + soc ( r ) =[ [a :r e ] + soc ( r ) :e r ]. therefore by proposition ( 6 ) [ a :r e ] is a wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r . (  ) let ( 0 ) ≠ i1i2l  a for i1 , i2 are ideals of r and l is submodule of e. since e is a multiplication , then l = i3e for some ideal i3 of r . that is ( 0 ) ≠ i1 i2 i3 e  a , it follows that (0) ≠ i1 i2 i3  [ a:r e ] . but [ a:r e ] is a wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r , then by proposition (6) either i1 i3  [ a :r e ] + soc ( r ) or i2 i3  [ a :r e ] + soc ( r ) or i1i2  [ a :r e ] + soc ( r ) .thus either i1 i3e  [ a :r e ]e + soc ( r )e or i2 i3 e  [ a :r e ]e + soc ( r )e or i1i2e  [ a :r e ]e + soc ( r )e . that is either i1l  a + soc ( e ) or i2l  a + soc ( e ) or i1i2e  a + soc ( e ), ( ie i1i2  [ a + soc ( e ) :r e ]. hence by proposition (6) a is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . it is well known that cyclic rmodule is multiplication [10]. we get the following corollary: corollary 26. let e be faithful cyclic r – module and a be a proper submodule of e. then a is a wp – 2 – absorbing if and only if [ a :r e ] is a wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r . proposition .27. let e be a faithful finitely generated multiplication r – module and i be a wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r . then , ie is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . proof : let (0) ≠ ri1k  ie for r  r , i1 be an ideal of r , k is a submodule of e. it follows that 0 ≠ ri1i2e  ie f or some ideal i2 of r. since e is a finitely generated multiplication , then by[2 coro. of theo. ( 9 )] we have 0 ≠ r i1i2  i + ann( e ) = i . but i is a wp – 2 – absorbing , then,by corollary (8) either ri2  i + soc ( r ) or i1i2  i + soc ( r ) or ri1  [ i + soc ( r ) :r r] = i + soc ( r ). that is either ri2e  ie + soc ( r )e or i1i2e  ie + soc ( r )e or ri1e  ie + soc ( r )e . thus either rk  ie + soc ( e ) 98 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 or i1k  ie + soc ( e ) or r i1  [ ie + soc ( e ) :r e ]. therefore ,by corollary (8) ie is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . it is well known that cyclic r – modules are finitely generated [8], we get the following corollary which is a direct consequence of proposition (27) corollary 28. let e be a faithful cyclic r – module , and i be a wp – 2 – absorbing ideal of r. then , ie is a wp – 2 – absorbing submodule of e . 3 . conclusion . … a new generalization of weakly – 2 – absorbing submodule was introduced , and many characterizations were given. the definition of wp – triple zero of wp – 2 – absorbing submodules were introduced. a lot of basic properties of these concepts were established. among the main new characterizations of wp – 2 – absorbing submodules are the following   a proper submodule a of e is a wp2 – absorbing if and only if for any t , s  r with ts  [ a + soc( e ) :r e ] ; we have [ a :e ts ]  [ 0 :e ts ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :e t ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :e s ].  a proper submodule a of e is a wp2 – absorbing if and only if 0 ≠ tsk  a for t , s  r and k is a submodule of e , implies that either tk  a + soc ( e ) or sk  a + soc ( e ) or ts  [ a + soc( e ) :r e ].  a proper submodule a of a cyclic r – module e is a wp2 – absorbing if and only if for each t , s  r with ts  [ a + soc( e ) :r e ] , we have [ a :r tse ]  [ 0 :r tse ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r te ]  [ a + soc ( e ) :r se ].  a proper submodule n of e is a wp2 – absorbing if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ ijl  n for some ideal i , j of r and submodule l of e implies that either il  n+ soc( e) or jl n+ soc( e) or ij  [ n+ soc( e) :r e ] .  if a is a wp2 – absorbing submodule of e with ( r , s , e ) is a wp – triple zero of a for some t , s  r, e  e. then , rsa = (0) , [ a :r e ] re = (0), r [ a :r e ]e = (0), r [ a :r e ] a = (0), [ a :r e ]sa = (0) and [ a :r e ] [ a :r e ] a = (0) .  a proper submodule a of multiplication module e is a wp2 – absorbing if and only if ( 0 ) ≠ l1l2l3  a for some submodules l1 , l2 , l3 of e implies that either l1l3  a + soc ( e ) or l2l3  a + soc ( e ) or l1l2  a + soc ( e ) . references 1. be hboodi m. ; koohy h. weakly prime modules .vietnam j. math., 2004 ,32,2,185– 196. 2. darani, a.y.; soheilniai. f. 2 – absorbing and weakly – 2 – absorbing submodules , tahi journal math, 2011 , 9 , 577 – 584 . 3. haibat, k.m. ; khalaf, h. a. weakly semi – 2 – absorbing submodules . journal of anbar for pure science , 2018 , 12 , 2 , 57 – 62 . 99 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 4. wissam, a. h. ; haibat, k. m. wn – 2 – absorbing submodules and wns – 2 – absorbing submodules , ibn al – haitham journal for pure and appl. sci. 2018 , 31, 3 ,118 –125 . 5. haibat, k.m. ; khalaf, h. a. weakly quasi – 2 – absorbing submodules ,tikrit journal or pure science , 2018 ,13 ,7 ,101 – 104 . 6. goodearl, k. r. ring theory , marcel dekker, inc. new york , 1976 . 7. khalaf, h. a. some generalizations of 2 – absorbing submodules , m. sc.thesis , universiy of tikrit , 2018 . 8. kash, f.modules and rings , london math. soc. monographs new york, academic press 1982. 9. sharpe, d. w. ; vomos , p. injective modules ,cambridge university, press, 1972 . 10. barnard, a. multiplication , journal of alscbra , 1981 ,7 , 174 – 178 . 11. el – bast, z. a.;smith, p. f. multiplication modules ,comm. in algebra,1988 ,16,4,755 – 779. 12. smith p. f. some remarks of multiplication modules , arch. math, 1988 , 50 , 233 – 235. 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstarct objective: to investigate occur the histomatrical alternations in placental terminal villi and their vessels of iraqi diabetes (gestational diabetes and overt diabetes) and normal pregnancies were born male and female neonates. methods: the hitometrical study of male and female terminal villi of 68 placentae in maternal diabetes mellitus (34 gestational diabetes, 34 overt diabetes (17 dm type 1 and 17 dm type 2) and 34 normal placentae. these placentae obtained from department of obstetrics and gynaecology in three hospitals in baghdad city. results: the study showed that there is a statistically significant with higher diameter in central and peripheral sections of the terminal villi and their vessels in male neonate. moreover, terminal villous diameter in central and peripheral sections of placentae in both male and female neonates appeared highly significant differences (p≤0.001) between dm type 1 and dm type 2, but fetal blood vessels in this terminal villous did not record any significant difference (p>0.05). conclusions: the current results concluded that increasing in diameters terminal villous and their fetal blood vessels of central and peripheral sections of placentae recorded increasing diameters of gdm peripheral sections of placentae in male neonate in comparison to placental sections of other study groups. keywords: placentae, histometrical, gestational diabetes, overt diabetes 1. introduction placenta is the most essential fetal organ due to it is in control for interchange of all nutrients, oxygen and fluid from mother to fetus and elimination of fetal waste products. the placenta offers important data on the timing and etiology of numerous adverse events, counting fetal distress, neurologic injury, growth restriction, infections, mortality and several other fetal conditions. it also reproduces the intrauterine environment, assistances in identification of unknown maternal conditions, such as during diabetes mellitus [1]. diabetes ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index histomorphometrical study of placental from male and female neonates of diabetic women estabraq a. mahmoud nahla a. al-bakri ban j. qasim estabraq.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.i q nahlaalbakri62@gmail.com article history: received 20 january 2019, accepted 8 april 2019, publish may 2019 10.30526/32.2.2125 doi: department of biology, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq department of biology, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq department of pathology, college of medicine, alnahrain university, baghdad, iraq mailto:estabraq.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:estabraq.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:nahlaalbakri62@gmail.com mailto:nahlaalbakri62@gmail.com 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 mellitus is a chronic, permanent condition that effects on body's ability usages the energy originate in food. there are three main types of diabetes: type 1 diabetes (dm1), type 2 diabetes (dm2) and gestational diabetes (gdm). diabetes in pregnancy is essential because of increasing degrees of the disease and its outcome on maternal, fetal and neonatal health, such as preeclampsia, macrosomia, primary caesarean delivery, birth injury and clinical neonatal hypoglycaemia [2]. the placenta of diabetic women suffers a variability of structural and functional changes when compared with placentas from non-diabetic women [3]. at the third trimester of gestation type 1 diabetes finding are related to increase each of vessel volume, surface area, total diffusive conductance, intervillous and trophoblast volume and greater degrees of vascular dysfunction, containing increased branching and non-branching angiogenesis, probably the result of increased leakiness of fetal placental vessels [4,5]. terminal villous volume and vessel length is improved in type 2 diabetes and gestational diabetes placentae compared to nondiabetic controls [6]. thus, the aim of the present study is to examine the incidence of histomatrical alternations in placental terminal villi and their vessels of iraqi diabetes (gestational diabetes and overt diabetes) and normal pregnancies were born male and female neonates. 2. materials and methods fresh placentae were obtained from department of obstetrics and gynaecology in three hospitals in baghdad at the period between 1 december 2016 and 1 may 2017. three studying groups were analyzed: first group, women with uncomplicated, healthy with singleton pregnancies, the group was considered as control group (cases n=34). second group included women with pregnancies complicated by gestational diabetes mellitus (gdm) (cases n=34) at third trimester with singleton pregnancies. the third group women with pregnancies complicated by overt diabetic mellitus (dm) (cases n=34, 17 placentas type 1 dm and 17 type 2 dm) at third trimester with singleton pregnancies too. the mothers’ informed consents were gained according to local research ethics committee approval in iraqi ministry of health. placentae were cut and sampled for histological examination. two samples were taken from the selected lobule of placenta one from the central area and other from the peripheral area. fresh placental tissue pieces were placed in a labelled clean plastic container containing 10% nbf solution [7]. tissue samples from placentae after delivery were prepared for histometrical study according to the methods of [8]. each of tissue samples were usually cut into small parts before another fixation then put the pieces of tissue into embedding cassettes. the water was removed from the parts to be embedded by bathing them consecutively in a graded sequence of mixtures of ethanol and water (70% to 100% ethanol). ethanol was then substituted with xylene. the tissue was placed in melting paraffin in the oven. the metal embedding model with paraffin were cooling. the hard blocks encompassing the tissues was then taken to a microtome and was sectioned to a thickness of (5 μm). the sections was transferred to glass slides to be stained. haematoxylin and eosin staining was accomplished according to [9]. sections were examined by compound light microscope (meijitechno, japan) with digital camera (canon, japan, 18 megapixels). the images were captured with a live view pro digital camera directly into the computer in advanced embryology laboratory, department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad then adding scale bars to all images by using imagej software. the data analysis was done using spss program version 15 and 18 (spss inc., 3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 chicago, il, usa). diameter of terminal villi and blood vessels were measured in central and peripheral sections of studied groups that stained with (h & e) by using stage, ocular, and reticle (eyepiece) micrometer at power 40x. to accurately calibrate the reticle with a stage ocular micrometer, bring into line the zero of the stage micrometers with the zero of the reticles. then, prudently scan over until get the lines line over. after that, use a simple proportion to regulate the value that each line denotes in used reticle figure 1. [10]. the diameters of terminal villi and their blood vessels were counted for five fields per slide, which were selected randomly for each section and mean of these diameters were calculated [11]. the preliminary processing of the data from the database was performed using the microsoft excel of the microsoft office 2013 software package. figure 1. reticle (eyepiece) micrometers with a stage ocular micrometer to calculate diameter of terminal villi. analysis of variance using one-way anova and independent t-test were used as appropriate test for histometrical parametric data. all the data were obtainable in this study as mean± standard error of the mean (mean ± sem). the level of significance was at the limits of agreement (95% confidence interval of the difference between the three groups, and values of p≤0.05 and p≤0.001 were reflected statistically significant and highly significant, individually between the studied groups. 3. results in comparison with terminal villi diameters of female and male neonatal illustrated in figure 2, 3, terminal villi in male neonatal had larger diameter in all study groups and sections (central and peripheral). these increases showed highly significant differences (p≤0.001) in all study groups and sections except the central section of gdm group which showed no a significant difference (p>0.05) between males and females neonatal. vessels diameter of terminal villi in male neonatal were dilated in all groups and sections compared with those of female neonatal and showed significantly higher difference (p≤0.001 or p≤0.05) between three groups and sections, only peripheral section of control group presented no significant difference (p>0.05) as shown in figures 2,4. in placentas of dm type 1 and type 2 sub-groups, diameters of terminal villi in males’ neonates were found be more significant 4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 (p≤0.001 or p≤0.05) when compared to diameters of terminal villi in females neonatal (central and peripheral sections). peripheral section of male in dm type 2 (73.50±3.03 μm) showed higher value compared with central section of same sub-group (62.75±1.37 μm) and sections of dm type 1 sub-groups (central and peripheral) (53.86±0.62 and 63.41±1.03 μm) as shown in figure 5. as well as, terminal villi blood vessels diameters in figure 6. demonstrated significant differences (p≤0.001 or p≤0.05) between male and female in placental sections of dm type 1 and type 2 sub-groups. peripheral section of male in type 2 sub-group showed higher values (12.50±0.37 μm) followed by peripheral section of male in type 1 sub-group (12.27±0.53 μm). figure 2. section of placenta showing: acontrol group, normal terminal villi and their fetal blood vessel (red arrow). b and cgdm and dm groups, alternation surface area of terminal villi and their fetal blood vessel in comparison with control group (arrow) (h & e, 100x); scale bar 20 μm. figure 3. comparison of terminal villi diameter between male and female neonatal placentas (central and peripheral sections) in three study groups. data represents means ± s.e.m. statistical differences represented by *highly significant at p≤0.001; **non significant at p>0.05 (one-way anova test). 5 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 4. comparison of fetal blood vessels in terminal villi between male and female neonatal placentas (central and peripheral sections) in three study groups. data represents means ± s.e.m. statistical differences represented by *highly significant at p≤0.001 or significant at p≤0.05; **non significant at p>0.05 (one-way anova test). figure 5. comparison of terminal villi diameter between male and female neonatal placentas (central and peripheral sections) in dm type 1 and type 2 sub-groups. data represents means ± s.e.m. statistical differences represented by *highly significant at p≤0.001 or significant at p≤0.05; ((2-tailed) independent). 6 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 6. comparison of fetal blood vessels in terminal villi according to gender of neonatal (central and peripheral sections) in dm type 1 and type 2 sub-groups. data represents means ± s.e.m. statistical differences represented by *highly significant at p≤0.001 or significant at p≤0.05; ((2-tailed) independent). 4. discussion histometrical study had confirmed that the combined diameter of terminal villous and their vessels are significantly greater in diabetic placentas, either gdm or dm groups. we found that those parameters also dependent on the gender of neonate. thus, diameter of terminal villi and blood vessels in placentas of male foetuses was greater significantly than placentas of female foetuses. those findings were corroborated in [12-14]. this parameter proposes the male placenta develops faster earlier in pregnancy and may be connected to the mechanism by which male foetuses were heavier at delivery [15]. therefore, macrosomia related with maternal glucose intolerance was larger in male foetuses than female foetuses [16]. as well as some studies established that carrying male foetus increased the risk of maternal gestational diabetes in another gestation because of the association among a male gender foetus and maternal insulin resistance [17-19]. an amount of placentally consequent hormones may affect maternal insulin resistance, particularly, placental oestriol and lactogen, that may possibly increase with a bigger placental size [20, 21]. although there were numerous similar placental features in type 1 and type 2 dm, but due to differ pathogenetic mechanisms of dm type 1 and dm type 2 sub-groups that effects on the placenta, the histometry of placentas of women with each type of dm are altered [22]. regarding relation of gender with diameter of terminal villous and their vessels, this study recorded increasing diameters of terminal villi of both central and peripheral sections in males’ neonates compared to diameters of terminal villi in female neonatal. as well as, terminal villi blood vessels diameters demonstrated significant differences between male and female in two placental sections (central and peripheral sections) of dm type 1 and dm type 2 sub-groups. male and female placentas have different approaches to optimize condition. the male approach for responding to an adversarial maternal milieu is a simple approach few genes, proteins or functional alterations are complicated in the placenta, which eventually confirms 7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 continued development in a fewer than optimum maternal environment. this particular male reaction is related with a larger risk of preterm delivery, intrauterine growth restriction or death in utero if another confrontational event happens during the gestation. the female placenta reacts to an adversarial maternal environment with numerous placental gene and protein alterations that result in a decline in development without growth restriction. thus, female changes in placental function and growth confirm survival in the occurrence of another confrontational event which may more cooperation oxygen supply or nutrient [23]. the finding in current study was in line with [24]. who suggest that severe placental alternation is more common in pregnancies with a male than with a female fetus. 5. conclusion histomorphometrical study of terminal villous and their fetal blood vessels of central and peripheral sections of placentas recorded increasing diameters of gdm peripheral sections of placentas in male neonate in comparison to placental sections of other study groups that may be a result of chronic hypoxic alterations. references 1. kos, m. placenta a silent witness: clinical and forensic importance of placental examination. materia medica. 2012, 28, 2, 533-539, doi:10.5937/matmed1202533k. 2. lowe, l.p.; metzger, b.e.; dyer, a.r.; lowe, j.; mccance, d.r.; lappin, t.r.; trimble, e.r.; coustan, d.r.; hadden, d.r.; hod, m.; oats, j.j.; persson, b. hapo study cooperative research group. hyperglycemia and adverse pregnancy outcome (hapo) study: associations of maternal a1c and glucose with pregnancy outcomes. diab. care. 2012, 35, 574-580, doi: 10.2337/dc11-1687. 3. baergen, r.n. manual of pathology of the human placenta; 2 nd ed; springer science+business media, llc, new york, usa. 2011, doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-7494-5. 4. cvitic, s.; desoye, g.; hiden, u. glucose, insulin, and oxygen interplay in placental hypervascularisation in diabetes mellitus. biomed. res. int. 2014, 2014, 12, 1-12, doi: 10.1155/2014/145846. 5. bentley-lewis, r.; raspollini, m.r.; roberts, d. pathologic abnormalities of placental structure and function in diabetes. in: textbook of diabetes and pregnancy, 3 rd ed. taylor and francis group, llc, florida, usa, 2016, 91-96. 6. khong, t.y. the placenta and umbilical cord. in: keeling’s fetal and neonatal pathology, 5 th ed. springer international publishing, cham, switzerland, 2015, doi:10.1007/978-3-319-19207-9_2. 7. yung, h.w.; colleoni, f.; atkinson, d.; cook, e.; murray, a.j.; burton, g.j.; charnockjones, d.s. influence of speed of sample processing on placental energetics and signalling pathways: implications for tissue collection. placenta. 2014, 35, 2014, 103-108, doi:org/10.1016/j.placenta.2013.11.016. 8. anderson, g.; bancroft, j. tissue processing and microtomy. in: theory and practice of histological techniques; 5 th ed, churchill livingstone elsevier ltd., shanghai, china, 2002 9. bancroft, j.d.; layton, c. the hematoxylins and eosin. in: bancroft’s theory and practice of histological techniques, 7 th ed, churchill livingstone elsevier ltd., shanghai, china. 2013 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.placenta.2013.11.016 8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 10. sankar, k.d.; bhanu, p.s.; ramalingam, k.; kiran, s.; ramakrishna, b.a. histomorphological and morphometrical changes of placental terminal villi of normotensive and preeclamptic mothers. anat. cell biol. 2013, 46, 4, 285-290, doi: 10.5115/acb.2013.46.4.285. 11. calderon, i.m.p.; damasceno, d.c.; amorin, r.l.; costa, r.a.a.; brasil, m.a.m.; rudge, m.v.c. morphometric study of placental villi and vessels in women with mild hyperglycemia or gestational or overt diabetes. diab. res. clin. pract. 2007, 78, 2007, 6571, doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2007.01.023. 12. mayhew, t.m.; sørensen, f.b.; klebe, j.g.; jackson, m.r. the effects of mode of delivery and sex of newborn on placental morphology in control and diabetic pregnancies. j. anat. 1993, 183, 3, 545-552. 13. mayhew, t.m.; sørensen, f.b.; klebe, j.g.; jackson, m.r. growth and maturation of villi in placentae from well-controlled diabetic women. placenta. 1994, 15, 1, 57-65, doi: 10.1016/0020-7292(94)90372-7. 14. mayhew, t.m. enhanced fetoplacental angiogenesis in pre-gestational diabetes mellitus: the extra growth is exclusively longitudinal and not accompanied by microvascular remodelling. diabetologia. 2002, 45, 1434-1439, doi 10.1007/s00125-002-0927-1. 15. coall, d.a.; charles, a.k.; salafia, c.m. gross placental structure in a low-risk population of singleton, term, first-born infants. pediatr. dev. pathol. 2009, 12, 3, 200210, doi:10.2350/08-02-0413.1. 16. clifton, v.l. sex and the human placenta: mediating differential strategies of fetal growth and survival. placenta. 2010, 24, 31, s33-s39, doi:10.1016/j.placenta.2009.11.010. 17. sheiner, e.; levy, a.; katz, m.; hershkovitz, r.; leron, e.; mazor, m. gender does matter in perinatal medicine. fetal diagn. ther. 2004, 19, 4, 366-369, doi:10.1159/0000 77967. 18. retnakaran, r.; shah, b.r. fetal sex and the natural history of maternal risk of diabetes during and after pregnancy. j. clin. endocrinol. metab. 2015, 100, 7, 25742580, doi:10.1210/jc.2015-1763. 19. retnakaran, r.; kramer, c.k.; ye, c.; kew, s.; hanley, a.j.; connelly, p.w.; sermer, m.; zinman, b. fetal sex and maternal risk of gestational diabetes mellitus: the impact of having a boy. diab. care. 2015, 38, 5, 844-85, doi:10.2337/dc14-2551. 20. toriola, a.t.; vääräsmäki, m.; lehtinen, m.; zeleniuch-jacquotte, a.; lundin, e.; rodgers, k.g.; lakso, h.a.; chen, t.; schock, h.; hallmans, g.; pukkala, e.; toniolo, p.; grankvist, k.; surcel, h.m.; lukanova, a. determinants of maternal sex steroids during the first half of pregnancy. obstet. gynecol. 2011, 118, 5, 1029-1036, doi:10.1097/aog.0b013e3182342 b7f. 21. walsh, j.m.; segurado, r.; mahony, r.m.; foley, m.e.; mcauliffe, f.m. the effects of fetal gender on maternal and fetal insulin resistance. plos one. 2015, 10, 9, 1-13, doi.org/10.1371/ journal.pone.0137215. 22. starikov, r.; inman, k.; chen, k.; lopes, v.; coviello, e.; pinar, h.; he, m. comparison of placental findings in type 1 and type 2 diabetic pregnancies. placenta. 2014, 35, 12, 1001-1006. doi: 10.1016/j.placenta.2014.10.008. 23. renzo, g.c.; picchiassi, e.; coata, g.; clerici, g.; brillo, e. is there a sex of the placenta. j. pediatric neonatal individualized med. 2015, 4, 2, 240-246.doi:10.7363/0 40246. 24. edwards, a.; megens, a.; peek, m.; wallace, e.m. sexual origins of placental dysfunction. lancet. 2000, 355, 203-204, doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(99)05061-8. http://doi.org/10.1371/%20journal.pone.0137215 http://doi.org/10.1371/%20journal.pone.0137215 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(99)05061-8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 30 𝜶𝒈ị-open sets and 𝜶𝒈ị-functions sufyan g. saeed rana b. esmaeel department of mathematics, ibn al-haitham,college of education university of baghdad, iraq sufsuf201030@gmail.com, ranamumosa@yahoo.com abstract. the objective of this paper is to show modern class of open sets which is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open. some functions via this concept and the relationships among continuous function strongly 𝛼𝑔ịcontinuous function 𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute function 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function are studied. keywords. 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set, 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂-functions, 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶-functions, 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, 𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute function, ideal. 1. introduction. an α-open was studied in 1965 by o. njastad, a subset ç is α-open set if ç ⊆ 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑐𝑙(𝑖𝑛𝑡(ç)))[1,2]. the notion of ideal was studied by kuratowski[3,4],that ị is an ideal on ӽ, where ị is a collection of all subsets of ӽ an ideal have two properties (if ç, ð ∈ ị, then ç ∪ ð ∈ ị) and (if ç ∈ ị and ð ⊆ ç, then ð ∈ ị. there are many types for the ideal[5-7] i. ị{∅}: the trivial ideal where ị={∅}. ii. ị𝑛: the ideal of all nowhere dense sets ị𝑛 ={ç ⊆ ӽ: 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑐𝑙(ç)) = {∅}}. iii.ịᶂ: the ideal of all finite subsets of ӽ ịᶂ = { ç ⊆ ӽ: ç is a finite set}. the collection of all α-open sets is denoted by" ῖ𝛼 " and the collection of all α-closed is denoted by" ɟ𝛼 ". in this paper, we introduce 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set, and the complement of 𝛼𝑔ị-open set. more functions have been introduced via these concepts, such as 𝛼𝑔ị-open, 𝛼𝑔ị ∗-open, 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗-open, 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous, 𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute and strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-function. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2555 article history: received 9,february,2020, accepted 15,march,2020, published in january 2021 mailto:sufsuf201030@gmail.com mailto:ranamumosa@yahoo.com 31 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 2on 𝜶𝒈ị-closed set definition 1: in ideal topological space (ӽ, ῖ, ị), let ç ⊆ ӽ. ç is said ị-𝛼-g-closed set denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị-closed" ,if ç-ơ ∈ ị then, 𝑐𝑙(ç)-ơ ∈ ị where ơ ⊆ ӽ and ơ is an α-open sets. now, ç𝑐 is ị-𝛼-g-open sets denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị-open". the collection of all 𝛼𝑔ị-closed sets, where ç𝑐 ∈ ӽ, is denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ). the collection of all 𝛼𝑔ị-open sets "𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ)". example 2: consider the space (ӽ, ῖ, ị) where ӽ={ⱳ,ⱱ}, ῖ={ӽ,∅,{ⱳ}} and ị={∅,{ⱱ}}.then ῖ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ⱳ}} and ɟ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ⱱ}}, so 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ⱳ},{ⱱ}}. example 3: consider the space (ӽ, ῖ, ị) where ӽ={ⱳ,ⱱ,ⱬ}, ῖ={ӽ,∅,{ⱳ}} and ị={∅,{ⱱ}}. then ῖ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ⱳ},{ⱳ,ⱱ},{ⱳ,ⱬ}} ɟ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ⱱ,ⱬ},{ⱬ,},{ⱱ}}, so 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ)={ӽ,∅,{ⱱ,ⱬ},{ⱬ},{ⱳ,ⱬ}} 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ⱳ},{ⱳ,ⱱ},{ⱱ}}. remark 4: i. for each closed set in (ӽ , ῖ) is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed in (ӽ, ῖ, ị). ii. for each open set in (ӽ , ῖ) is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open in (ӽ, ῖ, ị). proof: i. let ç is any closed set in (ӽ, ῖ, ị) and ơ be an α-open set such that ç-ơ ∈ ị since 𝑐𝑙(ç) = ç this implies that ç is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set. ii. let ơ ∈ ӽ, then ơ𝑐 is a closed set this implies that ơ𝑐 is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set, so ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set. the reverse way of remark 2.4 is wrong in general see example 2.2. remark 5: a space (ӽ, ῖ, ị): i. if ị = ҏ(ӽ) then 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). ii. if ῖ = 𝐷 then 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). remark 6: for any space (ӽ, ῖ, ị), then the two idea 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set and 𝛼𝑔 ∗-closed set are the same, if ị={∅}. the following example display that the two notion 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set and 𝛼𝑔 ∗-closed set are separate, in general. example 7: i. the set {ⱳ} in example 2.2 is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set but not 𝛼𝑔 ∗-closed set, and {ⱱ} is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set, but not 𝛼𝑔 ∗-open set. ii. for a space (ӽ, ῖ, ị), where ӽ={ṟ,ȿ,ⱳ,ⱱ}, ῖ = {ӽ,∅,{ṟ,ȿ},{ⱳ,ⱱ}} and ị={∅,ṟ}. then ῖ𝛼 = ῖ, leads to 𝛼𝑔∗𝐶(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ) and 𝛼𝑔∗𝑂(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). it seems obvious that the set {ṟ} is 𝛼𝑔∗closed set but not 𝛼𝑔ị-closed. remark 8: for any set ӽ, let ӽ ∈ ӽ and ῖ = {ӽ,∅,{ӽ}}, ị=ị𝑛={ç ⊆ ӽ: 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑐𝑙(ç))={∅}} then 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). proof: let ị𝑛 = { ç ⊆ ӽ: 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑐𝑙(ç)) = {∅}}, ӽ be any set and ῖ = {ӽ, ∅, {ӽ}} such that ӽ ∈ ӽ, ῖ𝛼 ={ơ ⊆ ӽ; ӽ ∈ ơ} ∪ {∅}, for any set ç ⊆ ӽ, and ơ is α-open set, 𝑖𝑓 ç-ơ ∈ ị𝑛 this implies ӽ ∉ (ç-ơ), so 32 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝑐𝑙(ç-ơ) = ӽ/{ӽ}, then 𝑖𝑛𝑡(𝑐𝑙(ç-ơ)) = ∅, then ӽ ∉ ç and ӽ ∈ ơ, since ӽ ∉ ç this implies 𝑐𝑙(ç) = ӽ/{ӽ}, thus (ӽ/{ӽ}-ơ)∈ ị𝑛,if ӽ ∈ ç and ӽ ∈ ơ then ӽ ∉ (𝑐𝑙(ç)-ơ), so 𝑐𝑙(ç)-ơ ∈ ị𝑛, hence 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). theorem 9: let ç and ð are two 𝛼𝑔ị-closed sets then ç ∪ ð is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed. proof: let ç and ð are two 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set in (ӽ, ῖ, ị) and ơ ∈ ῖ𝛼 subset of ӽ, where (ç ∪ ð)ơ ∈ ị, then ð-ơ ∈ ị and ç-ơ ∈ ị, so 𝑐𝑙(ð)-ơ ∈ ị and 𝑐𝑙(ç)-ơ ∈ ị therefore, (𝑐𝑙(ç)-ơ) ∪ ( 𝑐𝑙(ð)-ơ) ∈ ị, 𝑠𝑜 𝑐𝑙(ç ∪ ð)-ơ ∈ ị.hence ç ∪ ð is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed sets. corollary 10: let ç and ð are two 𝛼𝑔ị-open sets then ç ∩ ð is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open. proof: let ç and ð are two 𝛼𝑔ị-open sets in ӽ then ç 𝑐 , ð𝑐 are two 𝛼𝑔ị-closed sets therefore, ç𝑐 ∪ ð𝑐 is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set by theorem 2.9. hence(ç ∩ ð) 𝑐 is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set so ç ∩ ð is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set. remark 11: i. the union of any collection of 𝛼𝑔ị-closed sets is not necessarily 𝛼𝑔ị-closed. ii. the intersection of collection of 𝛼𝑔ị-open sets is not necessarily 𝛼𝑔ị-open. for example: consider a space (ӽ, ῖ, ị), when ӽ = ɲ, the set of all natural numbers, ῖ = ῖ cof, is a topology of all sets that complement is a finite set and ị=ịịᶂ ={ơ ⊆ ɲ, ơ is a finite set}, ῖ𝛼 ={ơ ⊆ ɲ, ơ is an infinite set}∪{∅}. clearly, {ŋ} is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set, ∀ ŋ ∈ ę +, where ę+ is the positive even numbers, but ∪{{ŋ}:ŋ∈ ę+}=ę+ which is not 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set. similarly; ç𝑛=ɲ-{ŋ} is an of 𝛼𝑔ị-open set, ∀ ŋ ∈ ę+ but ∩{ç𝑛: ŋ ∈ ę +}=ộ+, where ộ+ is the positive odd number ,ộ+ is not 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set. theorem 12: in (ӽ, ῖ, ị), let ç ⊆ ӽ. ç is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set if and only if (₣ − 𝑖𝑛𝑡(ç)) ∈ ị, whenever (₣-ç) ∈ ị, ∀ ₣ ∈ ɟ𝛼 . proof: (→)let ç ⊆ ӽ, where ç be an 𝛼𝑔ị-open sets and (₣-ç) ∈ ị, ₣ ∈ ɟ𝛼, since (ӽ-ç) is an 𝛼𝑔ịclosed set and (ӽ-ç)-ơ ∈ ị, ơ ∈ ῖ𝛼 implies 𝑐𝑙(ӽ-ç)-ơ ∈ ị, whenever (ӽ-ç)-ơ ∈ ị, for each ơ ∈ ῖ𝛼 , 𝑐𝑙(ӽ-ç)-ơ = (ӽ-ơ)-(ӽ-𝑐𝑙(ӽ-ç) since ç-ð = (ӽ-ð)-(ӽ-ç), thus (ӽ-ơ)-(ӽ-(ӽ-𝑖𝑛𝑡(ӽ-ӽç))) = (ӽ-ơ)-𝑖𝑛𝑡(ç) = ₣-𝑖𝑛𝑡(ç) ∈ ị. (←) let ₣-𝑖𝑛𝑡(ç) ∈ ị, whenever ₣-ç ∈ ị, for each ₣ ∈ ɟ𝛼 . let (ӽ-ç)-ơ ∈ ị; ơ ∈ ῖ𝛼 , (ӽ-ç)ơ = (ӽ-ơ)-ç ∈ ị, let ӽ-ơ = ₣ ∈ ɟ𝛼 and ₣-ç ∈ ị this implies ₣-𝑖𝑛𝑡(ç) ∈ ị, now ₣-𝑖𝑛𝑡(ç) = 𝑐𝑙(ӽ-ç)-(ӽ-₣) = 𝑐𝑙(ӽ-ç)-ơ ∈ ị, thus (ӽ-ç) is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set, hence ç is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set. 3-open function definition 1: the function ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ƴ, ɟ, ʝ) is called; i. 𝛼𝑔ị-open function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ịo-function" if ᶂ(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ. whenever ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open in ӽ. ii. 𝛼𝑔ị ∗-open function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function" if ᶂ(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ. whenever ơ ∈ ῖ. 33 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 iii. 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗-open function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function" if ᶂ(ơ) is an open set in ƴ. whenever ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set in ӽ. proposition 2: let ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ƴ, ɟ, ʝ) is a function; i. if ᶂ is an open function then ᶂ is 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function proof: let ơ ∈ ῖ, since ᶂ is an open function then ᶂ(ơ)∈ ɟ and since for each open sets is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set then ᶂ(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ, then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function. ii. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open function. proof: let ơ be an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set in ӽ, since ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function, then ᶂ(ơ)∈ ɟ, since for each open set is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set, this implies that ᶂ(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ, then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open function. iii. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ịo-function then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function. proof: let ơ ∈ ῖ, since for each open set is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set, then ᶂ(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ, thus ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function. iv. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function then ᶂ is an open function. proof: let ơ ∈ ῖ, since for each open set is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set, then ơ be an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set in ӽ, since ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function thus ᶂ(ơ) is an open set in ƴ, then ᶂ is an open function. v. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function. proof: by proposition 3.2-ii and proposition 3.2-iii, prove is over. the following scheme explains the relationship between the various concepts presented in definition 3.1. arrow chart (3.1) 𝛼𝑔ị-open function 𝜶𝒈ị𝒐-function 𝜶𝒈ị ∗o-function 𝜶𝒈ị ∗∗o-function open function 34 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 the following are some examples showing that the opposite direction of the above schema is incorrect. 𝐄𝐱𝐚𝐦𝐩𝐥𝐞 3: a function ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ӽ, ῖ, ʝ), where ӽ ={ẻ1, ẻ2, ẻ3} such that ᶂ(ẻ1) = (ẻ2), ᶂ(ẻ2) = (ẻ1), ᶂ(ẻ3) = (ẻ3), ῖ={ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}, ị={∅} and ʝ={∅,{ẻ2},{ẻ3},{ẻ2,ẻ3}} then ῖ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ẻ1},{ẻ1, ẻ2},{ẻ1, ẻ3}} then 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ2,ẻ3}} and 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}. so 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝐶(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ) and 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝑂(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). then ᶂ is 𝛼𝑔ịo-function and 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function which is not 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function and not an open function, since {ẻ1} is an open set in ӽ and 𝛼𝑔ị-open set, but ᶂ(ẻ1)=(ẻ2) which is not open. example 4: the function ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ӽ, ῖ, ị); where ӽ={ẻ1, ẻ2, ẻ3} such that ᶂ(ẻ) = (ẻ), ∀ ẻ∈ӽ, ῖ={ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}, ị={∅,{ẻ2},{ẻ3},{ẻ2, ẻ3}} and ʝ={∅}. then ῖ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ẻ1},{ẻ1, ẻ2},{ẻ1, ẻ3}} then 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ) and 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). so 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝐶(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ2,ẻ3}} and 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝑂(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}. it is easy to see that ᶂ is an open function and 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function but it is not 𝛼𝑔ịo-function and not 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗c-function, since {ẻ2}∈ 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) but ᶂ(ẻ2) = (ẻ1) which is not open and not 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set. definition 5: the function ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ƴ, ɟ, ʝ) is said, i. 𝛼𝑔ị-closed function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ịc-function" if ᶂ(ơ) is 𝛼𝑔ʝ-closed in ƴ whenever ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed in ӽ. ii. 𝛼𝑔ị ∗-closed function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị ∗c-function", if ᶂ(ơ) is 𝛼𝑔ʝ-closed in ƴ whenever ơ is an closed in ӽ. iii. 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗-closed function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗c-function", if ᶂ(ơ) is closed in ƴ whenever ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-closed in ӽ. proposition 6: let ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ƴ, ɟ, ʝ) is function, i. if ᶂ is a closed function then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗c-function. ii. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗c-function then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ịc-function. iii. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗c-function then ᶂ is a closed function. iv. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ịc-function then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗c-function. v. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗c-function then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị ∗c-function. proof: by remark 2.4 and definition 3.5. the follow diagram shows the relationships between the different concepts that are inserted in definition 3.5 35 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 arrow chart (3.2) 𝛼𝑔ị-closed function example 3.3 and 3.4 show that the opposite direction of the above chart is incorrect. remark 7: if ᶂ is onto function then: i. 𝛼𝑔ịo-function and 𝛼𝑔ịc-function are the same. ii. 𝛼𝑔ị ∗o-function and 𝛼𝑔ị ∗c-function are the same. iii. 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗o-function and 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗c-function are the same. proof: since ᶂ is an onto function then the prove is easy by using definition 3.1 and definition 3.5 4near continuous function 𝐃𝐞𝐟𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧 1: a function ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ƴ, ɟ, ʝ) is called; i. ị-𝛼-g-continuous function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function", if ᶂ −1(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ịopen set in ӽ, where ơ ∈ ɟ. ii. strongly ị-𝛼-g-continuous function, denoted by "strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function" if ᶂ−1(ơ) ∈ ῖ, whenever ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ. iii. ị-𝛼-𝑔-irresolute function, denoted by "𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute function", if ᶂ −1(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ịopen set in ӽ, where ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ. 𝜶𝒈ị𝒄-function 𝜶𝒈ị ∗c-function 𝜶𝒈ị ∗∗c-function closed function 36 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proposition 2: let ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ƴ, ɟ, ʝ) is a function; i. if ᶂ is a continuous function, then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function. ii. if ᶂ is strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, then ᶂ is a continuous function. iii. if ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute function, then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function. iv. if ᶂ is strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute function. v. if ᶂ is strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function. proof: i. let ơ ∈ ɟ. since ᶂ is a continuous function, then ᶂ−1(ơ) ∈ ῖ. ᶂ−1(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set in ӽ by remark 2.4. hence ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function. ii. let ơ ∈ ɟ. by remark 2.4, ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ. since ᶂ is strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, then ᶂ−1(ơ) ∈ ῖ. hence ᶂ is a continuous function. iii. let ơ ∈ ɟ, this implies to ơ is 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ. since ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute function then ᶂ−1(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set in ӽ. then ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function iv. let ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ӽ. since ᶂ is a strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, then ᶂ −1(ơ) ∈ ῖ. by remark 2.4, ᶂ(ơ) is 𝛼𝑔ị-open set in ӽ. this implies ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-irresolute function. v. let ơ ∈ ɟ this implies ơ is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set and since ᶂ is a strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function, thus ᶂ−1(ơ) is open set in ӽ by remark 2.4 ᶂ−1(ơ) is an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set, so ᶂ is an 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function. the follow scheme shows the relation between the variant notions were presented in definition 4.1. arrow chart (4.1) 𝜶𝒈ị-irresolute function. 𝜶𝒈ị-continuous function strongly 𝜶𝒈ị-continuous function continuous function 37 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 ị-α-g-continuous function the following are some examples showing that the opposite direction of the above schema is incorrect. example 3: the function ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ӽ, ῖ, ʝ), where ӽ={ẻ1, ẻ2, ẻ3} such that ᶂ(ẻ1)=(ẻ1), ᶂ(ẻ2)=(ẻ2), ᶂ(ẻ3)=(ẻ3), ῖ = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}, ị={∅} and ʝ={∅,{ẻ2},{ẻ3},{ẻ2,ẻ3}} then ῖ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ẻ1},{ẻ1, ẻ2},{ẻ1, ẻ3}} then 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ2,ẻ3}} and 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}. so 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝐶(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ) and 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝑂(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). it is possible to see clearly that ᶂ is continuous and 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function but not 𝛼𝑔ịirresolute function since {ẻ3} is an 𝛼𝑔ʝ-open set in ƴ but ᶂ −1(ẻ3) = ẻ3 is not an 𝛼𝑔ị-open set in ӽ. example 4: the function ᶂ: (ӽ, ῖ, ị) → (ӽ, ῖ, ʝ), where ӽ={ẻ1, ẻ2, ẻ3} such that ᶂ(ẻ1)=(ẻ1), ᶂ(ẻ2)=(ẻ2), ᶂ(ẻ3)=(ẻ3), ῖ = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}, ʝ={∅} and ị={∅,{ẻ2},{ẻ3},{ẻ2,ẻ3}} then ῖ𝛼 ={ӽ,∅,{ẻ1},{ẻ1, ẻ2},{ẻ1, ẻ3}} then 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝐶(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ2,ẻ3}} and 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝑂(ӽ) = {ӽ,∅,{ẻ1}}. so 𝛼𝑔ị𝐶(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ) and 𝛼𝑔ị𝑂(ӽ) = ҏ(ӽ). it is possible to see clearly that ᶂ is 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function but not continuous function since {ẻ1}∈ ῖ but ᶂ −1(ẻ1) = ẻ2 is not open in ӽ, and not strongly 𝛼𝑔ị-continuous function since {ẻ1} ∈ 𝛼𝑔ʝ𝑂(ӽ) but ᶂ −1(ẻ1) = ẻ2 is not open in ӽ. 5conclusion the concept of closed and open sets was used with the ideal concept to introduce new notions from these categories; 𝛼𝑔ị-closed set, 𝛼𝑔ị-open set. and we introduce a new functions like: 𝛼𝑔ị-open function, 𝛼𝑔ị ∗-open function, 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗-open function, 𝛼𝑔ị-closed function, 𝛼𝑔ị ∗-closed function and 𝛼𝑔ị ∗∗-closed function with near continuous functions. references: 1. njastad, o. on some classes of nearly open set, pacific j. math. 1965, 15, 961 – 970. 2. nadia, m. ali. on new types of weakly open sets "α-open and semi-α-open sets", m.sc. thesis, january 2004. 3. kuratowski, k. topology. newyork: acadeic press .1933, i. 4. nasef, a. a.; esamaeel, r. b. some αoperators vai ideals, international electronic journal of pur and applied mathematics. 2015, 9, 3, 149159. 5. nasef, a. a.; radwan, a. e.; iprahem, f. a.; esmaeel, r. b. soft α-compactness via soft ideals, ready to be published in journal of advances in mathematics, in june2016. 6. abd el-monsef, m. e.; nasef, a. a.; radwan, a. e.; esmaeel, r. b. on αopen sets with respect to an ideal, journal of advances studies in topology. 2014,5,3. 1-9. 7. esmaeel, r. b. on α-c-compactness, ibn al-haithatham journal for pure and applied science. 2012, 22, 212-218. microsoft word 200-207 علوم الحياة | 200 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ختبار كفاءة بعض النباتات المنتشرة في الجزء الشمالي الغربي من مدينة أ كربالء في ترسب الغبار وسحب العناصر الثقيلة أسعد شھيد محمد الحسناوي جامعة كربالء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / قسم علوم الحياة ابراھيم مھدي السلمان جامعة بغداد ) /أبن الھيثم( -كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة/ قسم علوم الحياة ٢٠١٥/شباط /٢٣في : ، قبل البحث٢٠١٥/كانون الثاني /٨:في استلم البحث الخالصة شجار األ صممت الدراسة في الجزء الشمالي الغربي من مدينة كربالء لغرض معرفة كفاءة بعض األنواع النباتية من شجيرات المزروعة من قبل بلدية المدينة في المساھمة في ترسب جزيئات الغبار الذي تعاني منه بيئة المدينة بشكل الو للتطبيق في مناطق اً الدراسة نموذج َعُد المعادن الثقيلة الموجودة في الغبار أو التربة، و خاص وكذلك قدرتھا على مراكمة a,b,c,dمختلفة من العراق، وجدت األنواع النباتية ( البيزا، اليوكالبتوس، الكونوكاربس والديدونيا) وأعطيت الرموز حة الورقة لحساب كمية الغبار المسحوب من قبل طريقة حساب دليل مسا عملتعلى التوالي، في منطقة الدراسة، است األوراق النباتية، ثم الھضم الكيميائي الرطب وتقنيات المطياف الذري اللھبي والمطياف الذري غير اللھبي للكشف عن ، cu، النحاس as، القصدير co، الكوبلت cr، الكروم se، السلينيوم cd، الكادميوم pbمستوى المعادن (الرصاص ) المتراكمة في أوراق كل نوع من النباتات.feوالحديد mn، والمنغنيز znك الزن 1581.86و 3168.50) في ترسيب جزئيات الغبار العالق حيث سجلت cأظھرت النتائج تفوق أوراق نبات ( 1317.83و 1254.8(b)2ثم أوراق نبات ٢مكغم/سم 1562.06و , d (1630ورقي تليھا أوراق نبات ( 2ميكغم/سم للوزن الجاف والطري على التوالي. أما 2مكغم/سم 1071.87و 581.25) وسجلت aوتلتھا أوراق نبات ( ٢مكغم/سم مراكمة العناصر الثقيلة (الرصاص، الكادميوم، السلينيوم، الكروم، الكوبلت، القصدير ، الحديد، الزنك، والمنغنيز ) تبين ) ثم نبات d) ثم نبات ( cمراكمة أغلب العناصر المدروسة، يليه نبات ( علىكانت له أعلى قدرة )aالنتائج أن النبات ( )b الحديد > السلينيوم > الزنك > المنغنيز > النحاس > ثم ا يأتي). وكان ترتيب العناصر تراكميا في النباتات كم :  و 31.8 و 32.5 و 58.2 و 95.4(  بالترتيبدالت القصدير > الرصاص > الكوبلت > الكادميوم > الكروم، إذسجلت المع  مكغم/غم وزن جاف. 0.32 و 1.43 و1.67 و 1.72 ،6.2 ،10       : المعادن الثقيلة، الغبار، الرقابة الحيوية، التلوث.كلمات مفتاحيه علوم الحياة | 201 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة صعوبة التحكم بمكوناته وحركتھا ضمن الوسط يعد تلوث الھواء من أكثر أنواع التلوث البيئي خطورة ويرجع ذلك إلى البيئي، وتنشأ ملوثات الھواء إما من مصادر طبيعية كتحلل المخلفات الحية أو وجود األحياء المجھرية المرضية أو من العواصف الترابية والرملية وعمليات التجوية وتعرية االراضى،أو من مصادر صناعيةكنواتج عرضيةللنشاط البشري إذ أن الغازات واألتربة المتصاعدة من المصانع ومخلفات المدن وغبار األرصفة تساھم كثيرا قي 2] ،[1ي والتقنيوالصناع الى أن الجسيمات الغبارية العالقة [5]. ويشير [3 ,4]تزويد اجواء المدن بكميات متواصله من الجسيمات الغبارية المختلفة ميكرون، التظل عالقه في 25ون خطورتھا كاألتي: اذا كان قطرھا من ميكرون تك 1001بالھواء التى حجمھا مابين مختلفة حسب عوامل المناخ وحركة الھواء مددميكرون تصبح عالقة فى الھواء ل 5الھواء لمدة طويلة بل تترسب،واالقل من لغبار الجوي، كما أنھاقد في المنطقة. وترسبھا يتم بشكل بطيء وھي اخطر الجزيئات وذلك ألنھا تشكل القسم األكبر من ا تحتوي على المعادن المختلفة التي لھا تأثيرات مرضية على الجھاز التنفسي لكونھا تستطيع ان تخترق فتحات األنف بشكل ، والحد المسموح عالميا 3مليون /سم10 سھل وتصل للقصبات والحويصالت الھوائية في الرئة. ويصل عددھا الى حوالي .7]، [6وتختلف من منطقة إلى أخرى تبعا لألنشطة البشرية 3ميكغم/م 75ھو ويجد الباحث البيئي عند تطبيق قواعد وشروط الرقابة البيئية والحيوية أن معظم المدن العراقية ال تتمتع بتخطيط ت بطريقة سليمة نتيجة لعدم وجود إدارة بيئية م تكاملة لتداول ھندسي وعمراني وبنى تحتية يمكن معھا توفير الخدما وتصبح المشكلة [8 ,9 ]التي ينتج عنھا تزايد تراكيز األتربة والغبار في أجواء المدن الصلبة منھا السيماالمخلفات البلدية و أكثر تعقيدا عندما يرافق ذلك وجود تجمعات صناعية وورش عشوائية ومراكز تجارية وطبية داخل بيئة المدن، وماينتج اق أكوام القمامة والمخلفات الطبية وبقايا األسمنت واالسبستوس وسبائك الرصاص والنحاس ومواد عنھا من مخلفاتواحتر كيميائية ونفايات مختلفة ينتج عنھا جزيئا ت غبارية متباينة في الحجم والشكل والتركيب والمحتوياتتكون ذات تأثيرات البيئة والحياة تھدف إلى استعمال تقنيات حيوية لذلك برزت نزعة لدى علماء، [12,11,10 ,13] صحية شديدة الخطورة نجازات كبيرة في معالجة تلوث ھواء امتوفرة وزھيدة الثمن وميسرة اإلدارة وتعطي طابعا جماليا لبيئة المدن وكذلك تحقق غابات حول نسان من حدائق وأحزمة خضراء والمدن، وھذا ما يوفره الغطاء النباتي الطبيعي أو االصطناعي الذي يشيده اال المدن أو زراعة النباتات على جانبي الطرق الداخلية. الھدف من الدراسة إلى اختبار األنواع النباتية الشائعة ضمن الغطاء النباتي االصطناعي الذي زرعته دوائر البلدية تھدف الدراسة الحالية سحب وترسيب الغبار العالق في أجواء المدينة في مدينة كربالء الواقعة ضمن منطقة الفرات األوسط من العراق، في مكانية العمل على زيادة زراعة وانتشار النوع اوكذلك كفاءتھا في مراكمة العناصر الثقيلة الموجودة في الغبار والھواء، و النباتي األفضل كمنظف بيئي لمعالجة وتخفيف مستويات ھذا النوع من التلوث الذي تعاني منه المدينة. ةلدراسمنطقة ا على حافة الصحراء في غربي اً متميز اً كم جنوب العاصمة بغداد ، وتشغل موقع 105تقع مدينة كربالء على بعد حوالي 31و 33دقيقة وعلى خط عرض 40درجة 44الفرات وعلى الجھة اليسرى لجدول الحسينية، وتقع المدينة على خط طول دقيقة ، ويحدھا من الشمال والغرب محافظة االنبار ومن الجنوب محافظة النجف ومن الشرق والشمال الشرقي محافظة ) يبين موقع 1وأختير القطاع الشمالي الغربي من المدينة المواجه للمنطقة الصحراوية لتطبيق الدراسة والشكل (،[12] بابل الدراسة. المواد وطرائق العمل بار المتراكم على االوراق:أ: حساب الغ albiziaوذلك بجمع أوراق نباتات دائمة الخضرة ھي (البيزا 14]،[13الطريقة المذكورة من قبل الباحثين عملتاست lebbeck واليوكالبتوسeucalyptus spp والكونوكاربسconocarpus lancifolius والدودنياdodonae aviscosa الوزن األول (ورقة، سجل 50) وذلك بجمعa ثم وضعت في أكياس نايلون نظيفة ونقلت الى المختبر وسجلت ( )، bاألوزان الكلية مع الغبار، غسلت االوراق بالماء المقطر وتركت لتجف في ھواء المختبر وسجل الوزن مرة أخرى ( حة الورقة المذكورة من أنتخب منھا خمسة أوراق عشوائيا وحسبت المساحة لكل ورقة من خالل تطبيق طريقة دليل مسا من خالل المعايرة مع مساحة مطابقة لنصل الورقة على الورق البياني المعلوم المساحة. وحسبت معدالت الغبار [15]قبل d ) لكل مجموعة من أوراق النباتاتa,b,c,d تية ) من خالل تطبيق المعادلة اآل.(d= a-b/c) حيثd : تمثل كثافة : وزن الورقة الثاني بعد b: الوزن األول لكل ورقة مع الغبار، aمن مساحة الورقة، 2كغم/سمالغبار المتراكم بوحدة م .2: معدل مساحة الورقة بوحدة سمcالغسل، تحضير وھضم العينات للكشف عن المعادن الثقيلة: ب ساعة لغرض 24مئوية لمدة 70غسلت األوراق النباتية بالماء المقطر جيدا ثم وضعت في فرن على درجة حرارة التجفيف، ثم طحنت االوراق الجافة جيدا بالھاون الخزفي واتبعت طريقة الھضم الرطبة بالحوامض الموصوفة من قبل :أتيكما يو [16] مل من حامض النتريك المركز وترك لليلة كاملة. 10ــ اخذ واحد غرام من كل عينة وأضيف اليھا ١ علوم الحياة | 202 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 مل وتكون اللون 3 ض البيركلورك المركز ووضع على صفيحة ساخنة وسخن إلى أن بقيمل من حام 4أضيف اليه -٢ حجم 50ميكرون وأكمل حجم الراشح بالماء المقطر إلى whitman 0.42الرائق . ثم ترك المحلول ليبرد ورشح بورق مل. اص، الكادميوم، السلينيوم، الكروم، باستعمال تقنية المطياف الذري اللھبي وغير اللھبي تم الكشف عن العناصر ( الرص -٣ /غرام.بمكغم الكوبلت، القصدير، النحاس، الزنك، المنغنيز والحديد) وحسبت التراكيز النھائية النتائج والمناقشة سجلت الدراسة وجود أربعة أجناس من النباتات التي تتمثل بأشجار وشجيرات دائمة الخضرة ھي ( البيزا ، على التوالي ) أظھرت النتائج تفوق أوراق نبات a,b, c, d،اليوكالبتوس، الكونوكاربس والديدونيا، وأعطيت الرموز 1581.86و 3168.50ت الموجودة في الھواء، إذ سجلت ) في ترسيب جزئيات الغبار والجسيما cالكونوكاربس ( ثم أوراق نبات اليوكالبتوس 2مكغم/سم 1562.06و , d (1630ورقي تليھا أوراق نبات الديدونيا ( 2ميكغم/سم (b)1254.82 وتلتھا أوراق نبات البيزا ( 2ميكغم/سم 1317.83وa للوزن 2مكغم/سم  1071.87 و 581.25) وسجلت ومن النتائج يتضح أن الطريقة االولى أكثر دقة ألنھا ).2، 1الطري على التوالي، وكما يتضح من الجداول (الجاف و تستطيع إزالة جميع الغبار المتراكم على سطحي الورقة بدقة أكبر كما يمكن أن يقلل من الضائعات لبعض جزيئات الغبار [17,14]ألولى، وھذه االستنتاجات تتفق مع ماتوصل اليه الباحثون ومايعلق بشعيراتھا في الطريقة ا ةنتيجة لحركة الفرشا على سطحي الورقة الى الخصائص ه كما يمكن إيعاز التباين في قدرة النباتات المدروسة في ترسيب الغبار وإحتجاز الورقة ، كما التركيبية وخشونة سطح الورقة وطبيعة الشكل والتركيب ووجود أو عدم وجود الشعيرات الدقيقة على سطح يوعز بعض الباحثين ھذا التباين إلى تأثير شكل الشجرة وحجمھا وطبيعة توزيع األفرع عليھا وكثافة األوراق، ويميل فريق آخر الى كون ھذا التباين وفي حالة تماثل مكونات الغطاء النباتي في الشكل واالرتفاع وطبيعة األوراق عندھا يكون التباين [14المدينة أجواء بعد عن مصدر التلوث وكثافة األشجار ومستوى اإلثارة لمكنونات الغبار الموجود فيبالقرب وال اً مرتبط ،18 ،19 ،[20. ) قد استطاعت 3) وكما مبين في الجدول ( a,b,c,dتبين النتائج أن جميع النباتات المختبرة ( مراكمة العناصر الثقيلة لسلينيوم، الكروم، الكوبلت، القصدير ، الحديد، الزنك، والمنغنيز )( الرصاص، الكادميوم، اسحب ومراكمة عناصر الموجودة مع جزيئات الغبار المتراكم وتسربھا مع عملية النتح الى نسيج الورقة أو كملوثات في التربة المحيطة بالنبات أن كما نجد من النتائج ، 21]، 18، [17 وبعد ذوبان ھذه الملوثات ودخولھا مع الماء ووصولھا إلى األوراق والتراكم فيھا ). وعلى b) ثم نبات (d) ثم نبات ( cكانت له أعلى قدرة في مراكمة أغلب العناصر المدروسة، يليه نبات ( ) aنبات ( مكغم/غرام 117 السلينيوم مكغم/غرام يليه عنصر 229مستوى العناصر منفردة نجد أن أعلى تركيز سجل لعنصر الحديد مكغم/غرام، أما 47وكانت c. بينما سجل عنصر الزنك أعلى قيمه في النبات a) مكغم/غرام في النبات ( 46ز ثم المنغني مكغم/غرام.13) فقد سجل أعلى تركيز لعنصر النحاس وكان dالنبات ( ) 2أما على مستوى المعدالت العامة لتراكيز العناصر الثقيلة المدروسة فقد كان ترتيبھا وكما مبين في الشكل ( الحديد > السلينيوم > الزنك > المنغنيز > النحاس > ثم القصدير > الرصاص > الكوبلت > الكادميوم > الكروم إذ سجلت مكغم/غرام). 0.32 و 1.43 و1.67 و 1.72 ،6.2 ،10 و 31.8 و 32.5 و 58.2 و 95.4( : المعدالت على التوالي ويفسر ھذا التباين في قابلية تراكم وسحب العناصر الثقيلة من البيئة على أساس الخصائص التركيبية للورقة والطبيعة ذه العناصر يقع ضمن العناصر الفسلجية لكل نوع من النباتات من جھة وطبيعة العنصر الثقيل من جھة أخرى، فبعض ھ الضرورية والمغذيات الصغري أذا كان بنسب بسيطة في الوسط البيئي التي تحتاجھا الكائنات الحية ومنھا النباتات لتحفز [6النشاط االنزيمي أو المساھمة في النمو كما في حالة عناصر الزنك والحديد والمنغنيز والنحاس والكوبلت والكروم غيرھا ضارة للنبات كما في الكادميوم والرصاص د) لذلك تتعامل معھا النباتات بدرجة أكبر من العناصر التي تع 17،18 ،14، والقصدير، كما أن لقابلية العنصر بالذوبان سواء في ماء التربة عند السقي أو في الرطوبة المتكونة على سطح الورقة عند الى أنسجة الورقة والتراكم فيھا، كما يكون لكمية االنبعاث وشدة التلوث عملية النتح أو تكون الندى والوصول تدريجيا ,19، [3وھذه االستنتاجات تتفق مع ماذكره الباحثون هفي مقدار سحب النبات لھذا الملوث وتراكم وزمن التعرض مھماً 11 ،22 ،[23. المصادر 1butte, w. (2003). indoor environment. airborne particles and settled dust, wiley vch,verlag gmbh & co. kgaa, weinheim, pp 407-434. ). تقييم نوعية وكمية الغبار العالق 2011السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز، المثناني، عبد السالم، وعلي، سعدة معتوق ( 2 كلية التربية -ودوره في تلوث ھواء بيئة المدن الصحراوية، مجلة جامعة الكوفة، عدد خاص عن المؤتمر العلمي االول نيسان. 25-24العراق –للبنات،جامعة الكوفة علوم الحياة | 203 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 3hara, s.l; clarke, m. l and elatrash, m.s. (2006). field measurements of desert dust deposition in libya, atmospheric environment .40, 3881 – 38. ). تقدير تراكيز العناصر الثقيلة في المتبقيات 2013الثويني، منتھى نعمة، السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي، محمد، جنان حسين (4 –. بغداد 7-1: (26) 2لصرفة والتطبيقية مالصلبة وغبار األرصفة من شوارع مدينة بغداد. مجلة أبن الھيثم للعلوم ا العراق. ). إھمال شروط اإلصحاح البيئي 2010السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز، الزروق عبدهللا ابراھيم والشريف، اسماعيل (5حدي لبيئة المدارس وانعكاسھا المتوقع في زيادة نسب الغبار المتراكم وتأثيره على صحة الجلد عند التالميذ، مجلة الت .8/3/2010ليبيا، بحث مقبول للنشر في العلمية، جامعة التحدي، سرت 6‐ kabala, c and singh, b .(2001). fractionation and mobility of cu and zn in soil profiles in the vicinity of a copper smelter, j.environ.qual,30:485-492. ). دراسة نوعية لغبار األرصفة 2012مي ،إنعام خلف والثويني، منتھى نعمة (السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز ، الال7 العراق. –، كربالء جامعة كربالءنيسان، 29،لمنطقتين في مدينة بغداد، المؤتمر االول لعلوم الحياة 8-lu, x ; wang, l; lei, k; huang, j and zhai, y .(2008). contamination assessment of copper, lead, zinc, manganese and nickel in street dust of baoji, nw china, j, hazard, mater, 37(21): 2967-2977. .المؤتمر الثاني، األمم المتحدة، اسطنبول، تركيا :تقرير مؤتمر المستوطنات البشرية ).1996( األمم المتحدة9).اإلستراتيجية العربية لإلسكان والمستوطنات البشرية، 2000العربي (األمانة الفنية لمجلس وزراء اإلسكان والتعمير 10 المؤتمر العربي االقليمى، القاھرة. أھمال شروط اإلصحاح البيئي في التخلص من المتبقيات الصلبة وغبار األرصفة ).2013السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي ( 11أيار ، وزارة التعليم العالي 22-21مر الدولي للتنمية المستدامة، وتأثيره على النظام البيئي لمدينة بغداد وضواحيھا، المؤت والبحث العلمي، بغداد العراق. ). تقييم ملوثات الھواء 2012سلطان، ميثم، مھدي،عباس، عفج،عدنان، حسن،أحمد، سمير، جاسم وجميل، أسعد ( -12 المؤتمر الرابع للعلوم .2009 ‐2008والضوضاء في المنطقة المحيطة بالحضرتين المقدستين في مدينة كربالء للعاميين العراق. –جامعة بابل –كانون االول 6‐5البيئية، 13-friedlander, s.k. (1995). smoke, dust and haze fundamental of aerosol behavior. john wiley & sons, new york. usa: 292-297. ). تأثير الكساء السطحي لألوراق النباتية على مسك أو احتجاز 2011عبد الواحد، خالد ضياء، وادي، خزعل ضبع ( -14 معة ديالى جا 692 ‐680) 2(  3مجلة ديالى للعلوم الزراعية، ملوثات الغبار المتساقط وأكاسيد الكبريت في الھواء الجوي، .العراق – ، 1دراسات حقلية ومعملية، ط -). البيئة العملية2007السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز ، والمثناني ، عبد السالم محمد (15 ليبيا. أصدار جامعة سبھا 16ismail, m; muhammed, d; khan, f.u; munsief, f and ahmed, m. (2012). effect of bric kilns, emissions on heavy metal ( cd and cr) content of contiguous soil and plants. sarhad.j. agric, vol 28,3 : 403-409. 17saini, y; bhardwaj, n and gautam, r. (2011). effect of marble dust on plants around vishwakarma industrial area (vkia) in jaipur, india. j. environ. biol.32, 209-212. ). اختبار كفاءة أنواع مختلفة من النباتات في الرقابة الحياتية لتلوث الھواء 2004السلمان، ابراھيم مھدي عزوز ( -18 ‐ 19وسحب العناصر الثقيلة. ندوة االثار البيئية للمخلفات الكيميائية في الوطن العربي، المكتب الوطني للبحث والتطوير، ليبيا . –، طرابلس أبريل  20 19dayan, u; ziv, b; shoob, t and enzel, y.(2007).suspended dust over southeastern mediterranean and it relation to atmospheric circulations. internat, j. of climatol, doi,10.1002/joc.1587. 20thakar, b.k and mishra, p.c .(2010). dust collection potential and air pollution tolerance index of tree vegetation around vedanta aluminum limited , jharsuguda. paper presented in international conference on environment,energy and development (from, stockholm to copenhagen and beyond), december 10 12, sambalpur university. 21ehi-eromosele, c; adaramodu a; anake w; ajanaku c; and edobor-osoh, a. (2012). comparison of three methods of digestion for trace metal analysis in surface dust collected from an waste recycling site. nature and science; 10(10):42-47. علوم الحياة | 204 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 22rasmussen, p; subramanian k, and jessiman, b. (2001). a multielement profile house dust in relation to exterior dust and soils in the city of ottawa, canada, scie of total environ.267125-140. 23murakami, m; nakajima, f and furumai, h. (2008). the sorption of heavy metal species by sediments in soakaways receiving urban road runoff. chemosphere 70:2099-2109. ) يبين معدالت تراكم الغبار على مساحة الورقة بطريقة الوزن الطري للنباتات المدروسة.1(رقم : جدول وزن األوراق اسم النبات قبل إزالة الغبار األوراق وزن بعد اإلزالة مساحة الورقة 2سم وزن الغبار المتراكم 2بالغرام / سم وزن الغبار بالملغم 2غرام /سم وزن الغبار 2بالمكغرام /سم 581.25 0.581 0.0005 6.4 0.214 0.233 البيزا 1254.82 1.254 0.0012 72.6 5.050 5.506 اليوكالبتوز 3168.50 3.168 0.0031 36.2 4.205 4.779الكونوكاربس 1630.49 1.630 0.0016 28.2 1.595 1.825 الديدونيا ) يبين معدالات تراكم الغبار على مساحة الورقة بطريقة الوزن الجاف للنباتات المدروسة.2(رقم : جدول اسم النبات وزن االوراق قبل ازالة الغبار وزن االوراق بعد االزالة مساحة 2الورقة سم الغبار المتراكم وزن 2بالغرام / سم وزن الغبار المتراكم 2بملغرام /سم وزن الغبار المتراكم 2بمكغرام /سم 1071.8 1.071 0.0010 6.4 0.221 0.255 البيزا 1317.8 1.317 0.0013 73.97 4.737 5.224 اليوكالبتوز 1581.8 1.581 0.0015 35.3 3.878 4.157 الكونوكاربس 1562.06 1.562 0.0015 23.2 1.226 1.407 الديدونيا ) المدروسة. a, b, c, dمن أوراق النباتات ( )مكغم/غرام(). معدالت تراكيز العناصر الثقيلة 3(رقم :جدول fe mn zn cu as co cr se cd pb element sample 229 46 25 10 8 2.25 0.2 117 2.5 2.75 a 57.5 19.5 30 8 5.5 1.55 0.2 45.5 0.5 1.3 b 30.5 32 47 9 5 1.2 0.3 35.5 1.55 1.6 c 120 30 28 13 6.3 1.7 0.25 35 1.2 1.2 d 95.4 31.8 32.5 10 6.2 1.67 0.32 58.2 1.43 1.72 range a ،نبات البيزا :b ،نبات اليوكالبتوس :c نبات الكونوكاربس و :dنبات الديدونيا : علوم الحياة | 205 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ).2013خريطة مدينة كربالء مبينا عليھا موقع الدراسة الحالية (مديرية التخطيط العمراني لكربالء .) ١(رقم شكل علوم الحياة | 206 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المدروسه . غم) في اوراق النباتات\يبين المعدالت العامه للعناصر الثقيله (مكغم .)2(رقم شكل 1.721.43 58.2 0.321.67 6.2 10 32.531.8 95.4 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 pbcdsecrcoascuznmnfe العناصر غم/مكغم معدل التركيز pb cd se cr co as cu zn mn fe علوم الحياة | 207 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 test the efficiency of some plants scattered in the northwestern part of karbala city in the deposition of dust and uptake of heavy metals asaad sh.m.al-hesnawi. dept. of biology/college of education for pure science / university of karbala ibrahim m. alsalman dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science-( ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in:8/january /2015, accepted in :23/february /2015 abstract the study was designed in the northwestern part of karbala city for the purpose of knowing the efficiency of some plant species of trees and shrubs planted by the municipality of the city to contribute to the deposition of dust particles suffered by the city's environment, in particular, as well as its ability to accumulate heavy metals in dust or soil, and to consider the study model for application in different parts of iraq. it was found that the plant species (acacia , eucalyptus , clkonukiyrs and dodenia) in the studied area that were given the symbols (a,b,c and d respectively). used the method of calculating the leaf area index to calculate the amount of dust drawn by the stock plant, then chemical digestion dry and wet techniques spectroscope flame atomic and spectroscope atomic flame is to detect the level of metals (lead, pb, cadmium cd, selenium, se, chromium, cr, cobalt, co, as, iron fe, zenc, zn, and manganese mn) accumulated in the leaves of each type of plant. it was recorded in the resent study four genera of plants ( acacia , alkonukiyrs , eucalyptus anddodenia) and given the symbols a, b, c and d , respectively), the results show the superiority leaves (b) in the deposition of particles of airborne dust where recorded 3168.50 and 1581.86 mikgm/cm2 paper , followed by leaf (d) 1630, and 1562.06 mikgm /cm2 and then leaves (c) 1254.82 and 1317.83 mikgm / cm2 , followed by leaf (a) and recorded 581.25 and 1071.87 mikgm/cm2 weight dry and wet respectively . as for the accumulation of heavy metals (lead , cadmium , selenium , chromium , cobalt , tin , iron , zinc , and manganese ), the results show that the plant (a ) had the highest capacity in the accumulation of most of the elements studied , followed by the plant (c) and plant (d ) and leaf (b). was the order of items cumulatively in plants follows : fe > se > zn >mn> cu> as >pb> co > cd > cr, as recorded rates respectively ( 95.4 , 58.2 , 32.5 , 31.8 , 10 , 6.2 , 1.72 , 1.67 , 1.43 and 0.32 mikgm /cm2 . key words: heavy metals, dust, biomonitoring, pollution. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. sci vol.22 (2) 2009 preparation of refractory from local materials f. a. rasin , * k. h. harby , *moauyad h. s. ,salam w. s. college of science, university of babel * department of physics ,college of education, ibn al-haitham ,university of baghdad technical education department, university of technology abstract ceramic body as a refractory was prepared by using shamoot, which is prepared by firing kaolin duekhla at 1450 ºc at 2hr ,flint clay ,asbestos fiber(anthophylite type)and sodium silicts,phosphoric acid solution as a binder . after miling, siving ,and mixing ,samples were formed, followed that drying, firing at different temperature. phyical ,thermal and mechanical properties were measured .the conclusion behind the results that the refractory prepared from; 37.5% shamoote,25% asbestos ,37.5% flint clay and phosforic acid solution fired at 1300 ºc gave a refractory material having melting temperature ;1490 ºc, thermal shock resistance 7 cycle, thermal conductivity 2.1w/m 2 .k, apperant porosity 22.69% ,apperant density 2.87gm/cm 3 ,linear shrinkage 3.5%, compressive strength 30.43 mpa and impact strength 81.3j/cm 2 . 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد تحضير مواد حرارية من مواد محلية سالم والي شنين *،مؤيد حنون سلمان *،خالد هالل حربي ، فاضل عبد رسن كلية العلوم،جامعة بابل قسم الفيزياء، د جامعة بغدا ،كلية التربية ابن الهيثم *قسم الفيزياء، ةالجامعة التكنولوجي ،قسم التعليم التكنولوجي الخالصة باممد ياكااكلمم )يااجيقمم دل خلمم ا ل مما كمم با ممتاكاا ياممماكلذ ياممر حضممج مم جيك حممجيج تحضمم ج م مم تمم فا ال ذنول ك نلع يالياحجيج تلس ف يال ب اا يل ط يافلنذل (الحصلا على كادة يا جلك c°1450 ياحجيج اه بدجم (anthophylite ) ل اذ ياصلد ل لكحللا حاكض ياف فلج ك,جيبط حجيج لكادة . كمم ومم ياتمف ممف لياكااكلمم يانكممارو ل ممم لذ لباممد ا يأللا مم الكممليد لياخلممط غجبلمم ياياطحمم ل ياغ مما ل عكل مماذ يمج ممذ تلصمممم ل ليا لياك مممماك ليالكتصاصمممم ليا وافمممم يايا ج مممم طمممملا يا قلفياممممت) ياخممممليف ياف ي ا مممم ق ممممذ.)ياحجق(ياحجيج مممم حجيج ممم يال لصممم)ياتياحجيج ممم ياك ان ممم ( لياخمممليف لكقالكممم ياصمممدك نضمممغاط قممملة يال)ياك ان ممم لياخمممليف يا هجبا ممم ( بحمممل يامممى .تلصممما ياجيجة كختلف النكمممارو ياكمممم ل لياكااكلممم حجيج ممما بمممدجماذ حممم (لكقالكممم ياصمممدك ياحجيج ممم ياتلممم لنقطممم ليال ب متلس نملع , %37.5 بن مب -يا ما لا يااجيقم يامماكلذ ياكحضمج كم خلط مل ف هما ك تحض ج كادة حجيج كااكلممممم يابامممممد ,لبا مممممتاكاا كحلممممملا حممممماكض ياف مممممفلج ك كمممممادة جيبطممممم , %37.5 لطممممم يافلنمممممذ , %25 يالنولفا ال مممممذ لكقالكم ياصمدك ياحجيج م , c°1490نقطم ينصمهاج باد ياخلط لياتمم ا, اهما , c°1300 بدجم حجيجة )ياتلب د(ياحجيج , gm/cm3 2.87ل وافمم يا ج مم ,%22.69لك مماك يا ج مم , w/ m2.k 2.1دلجة لتلصمم ل حجيج مم 27 مم .j/cm2 81.3 لكقالك صدك ك ان , mpa 30.43قلة ينضغاط ل , %3.5لكااكا تقلف خط المقدمة لكمم ممر .تالء لنمملع ياحاممم ليال ممتاكااتمم اخليصمم ابحمملل اصممناع لتممم ا حجيج مماذ تاطمم تل مماذ يادجي مماذ لي لكقالك ك ا عاا ضد ياكنصهجيذ لياخبل لكقالكم ,لدجم تل عاا ,ياخليف كقالك عاا ضد ياصدك ياحجيج لي تقجيج عاا ف ,حجيج ليط لكقالك عاا ضد تأو ج فاا يأل دة ليالختييا تلص ل لأ ت ل ري,ك ان عاا ياصمممفاذ كالحيممم تغ مممجل فممم ل يابحممم ذ مممر ج مممي تقمممد ل . ياكحافيممم علمممى يامممم ا ليألباممماد ياخاجم ممم ري تكمممدد حمممجيج ليطممم ياكليد ل راك تقل ليختالف ن بهااكضاف اهالياكليد ي يال ا ياحجيج يدل تغ ج ليختالف نلع ياكا تباا لياخليف ياكختلف دجي م يااليكما ياكم وجة فم عكل ماذ فم ل مراك , خمليفيا فم كليد بد لم التأو ج ي تاكا ,ىك كليد أخج ضافاذبا ياحجيج لياكممليد ,طج قمم يا ممبسل ,يممجلف ياتممم ال ,ليكمم ياحممجق ,دجممم حممجيجة ياحممجق :كومما,حجيج مم يا ليذحمممياكلنمماذ ل ياينتمماو ياخممليف ياف ي ا مم ياخلطمماذ علممى خصمما ف ياكنممتي ياحممجيج كمم ح ممل ن مم لياكقل مم ل ممراك يخممتالف لياجيبطمم ياكخللطمم . ( 9-1 ) لياك ان لياحجيج ( ,يا مماف يال ب ممتلس) ال ا ,ط يافلنممذتحكمما حممجيج عممااا كمم خاكمماذ كحل مم م مم ر تحضمم ج ي تكممذ يادجي مم فمم نكلرو ياكحضجيالخصا ف ذج د ,ف ياتطب قاذ ياصناع حجيج علييال ياحو يألفجي تحم فلكالياك ت 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد لنمملع ياكممادة ياتلب ممد ليااليكمما ياكمم وجة فمم تغ ممج خليصممه كمم يخممتالف دجممماذ ياف ي ا مم لياحجيج مم لياك ان مم لياكادن مم .تحض ج ياجيبط لن لك لناذ ياكليد ياديخل ف فم كمماا يااملييا غلبهما لأ تطب قماذ مدةفم عد كمادة حجيج م ت متاكا هيال ب متلس فم لنمالا ماف اكااناي مت أ ك م تجمع ل إامممممممى ي ومممممممج ه لكقالكتمممممممه الحمممممممجيجة ياتممممممم تصممممممما ي مممممممتقجيج ت أ كهممممممماياحجيج ممممممم ب مممممممب صمممممممفاته يااد مممممممدة لياكك مممممممية ياتممممممم كممممممم كنطقم مطح لي ما ل كلمك قابل على يامد لياتحكا ياك مان يا ,لاهعد ياتلص ا الحجيجة ليا هجبا ل ل ,c°1000ك علىقابل مم لاممه يا ليادقمم فمم ممك ه ألا افممهيالدلنمم يام ممدة ضمما أ,ل كتلممك لياغيا علممى يان ممي يألنممليعقابل مم باممض ل ,الممتالكس ل صمب فانمه فقمد كماء c°450 هاج لا عندكا خ ياى ي وج ك ينص ألدل ينه اج ك جةدجيماذ ياحجي أكا ياصكلد .ي ضآ (10)ياتاجض ياك تكج الكاء ياكاا ياحليكض ياضا ف لكقالك كقالك اه خاص ,ل ما الجزء العلمي بامد رامك كمدة ماعت c°1450دجمم ىيام حجق يا ما لا ب لراك يالب ض دل خله ا لا ك جلك كادة ت تحض ج يكمماا ف . 75μm بحممم حب بمم يقمما كمم ا نخمميابل مماط مهمماي كمماغجبلتهكمم ومم يافلنممذ ل تمم ممج لطحمم مما كمم يا ممجلك ل . 2mm غجبمماا خممم علممى كقمماس حب بمم بحممدلد بل مماط فقممد تمم غجبلتممه ( anthophyliteيالنولفا ال ممذ )نمملع يال ب ممتلس اكممادة يا مما لا يالبمم ض ياخصمما ف ياطلج مم (4,3,2,1) تلضمم يألممم اا ير xrdبا ممتخدي تقن مم ياكممليد ياللا مم مخصممذ لتم بامد رامك ته م عممجة على ياتمليا .( anthophyliteيالنولفا ال ذ )لط يافلنذ لا ف يال ب تلس نلع خا ليا جلكيا مم لذ . ة لنت مم ياحمجق اهما ما خلطم كم ياخلطماذ يااممج ن ياكليد لنلع ياكادة ياجيبطم ا (1)ل لض يامدلا جق خلطاذ 0.44]ل مكك كختلمف تمجيلي بم 3cm مم ا قمجف بقطمجعلمى ,لاوبماذ كدتمه خك م دقما ق 10mpaيانكارو تحذ ضمغط cm] ليا وافم يايا ج م لياك ماك يالنضمغاط ليالكتصاصم قملةياتلصم ل ياحجيج م ل إلغجيض فحملف لبا تاكاا قاا فلالر ل ممكك (10mmعممجض ,10cm) طمملا بإباممادممم ا كتممليي ك ممتط الذ ب نكمملرو يخممجيل .لكقالكمم ياصممدك ياحجيج مم يايا ج مم باد عكل م . لنقط ياتل يالن كاش ياطلا ل ياك ان فحلصاذ كقالك ياصدك يار تخد ا [cm 1-0.5]بحدلد كتغ ج c] ,1200°c ,[1300°c°1100 يانكمممارو لبمممدجماذ حمممجيجة حجقمممذرو ياتمف مممف لعكل ممم لي يانكمممارو ليخمممر يباممماد ممما أنكمممل ت باد ا يطفاء يافج تدج م ا ليانكارو بديخله ياى ح لبيك ينضاو اعت c/min°4دجم حجيجة يافج ف بكادا يجتفاع فممم عد مممدة خلطمماذلمممدجماذ يامموالل فمممملذ لا يانكممارو حمممجق عكل مم ي كممماا باممد.ل لكمم وممم يخجيمها c°100يالصمملا يا دجمممم كمم ممر ياخلطماذعانمذ ير ( a, b ,g, h, e)ل مر ياخلطماذ مم (1) كما ب نهمما ياممدلا تلممك يامدجماذياصمكلد أكما . ( i , k, f, d, c) نامح ل عدذفقد يكا ياخلطاذ ياباق لينصهجذ عند يات خ ذالتمل ينتفاخاذ -: لبا تاكاا يااالق ,(astm,c 326 –76)(11)يألكج ياكليصف الا ناذ ح ياكح ل لا ياطكقديج ياتقلف % l .sh= [ ho h / ho ] x 100 % --------------[1] ياتقلف ياطلا % كوا( l . sh) ير ho :طلا ( يألنكلرو قبا ياحجقmm ),h :طلا (يألنكلرو باد ياحجقmm) كممم لياكت ات ممم ,(12)لل عكل ممم ياتممميم يداحمممجق ب مممب حمممي ممميديد بي مممادة دجمممم حجيجة ياطممملا يامممتقلفكقمممديج ي ممممدل ) مما ا يا ممل ا( ح ممل اكمما علممى جبممط ياحب بمماذ باضممها بك مماعدة مما ا امميو ياحب بمماذ لحصمملا يات مماوفتقمماج عكل مماذ كمما ياطمملا .ياممتقلف يج مم د ياممى ي ممادة كقممد بممباض فتقمما ياك مماكاذ ياكلممملدة ب نهكمما ل مميديد كقممديج يامممد يا ممطح ككمما كوا ياميء غ ج ل ب راك ي ياماكلذ , اكاياك ت بي ادة ن ب ياماكلذ قا ياطلا ياتقلف يعطذ يانتا ي ي 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ل م [2.14%] اطملا الا نماذ ياكحضمجة تجيلحمذ بم ي قم يامتقلف ي ,ياحمجيج ياكنمتي فم المتقلف يالمد لغ مج ياقابما ياتقلف ياطلا بي ادة دجم حجيجة ق ف ها ي مك ع ياا ناذ تيديد . (11)نتا ي تطابقذ كع حدلد ياكليصفاذ بماذ اكا على ي ادة تقاج ياحبت تير تا س ي ادة عكل ياتلب د يا, c°1300 ياحجق لت ل ياي ادة ي بج عند دجم حجيجة ياتغ مج بقم يامتقلف ياطملا تباما اتغ مج قم دجمم (5) بم يامم ا. كع باضها ككا د يامى ي مادة ن مب يامتقلف ياطملا . حجيجة ياحجق النكارو ير, (13) [astmc-373-72] ح ممم ياكليصمممف يالكج ممم لياك ممماك يايا ج ممم ليالكتصاصممم يا وافممم يايا ج ح مممبذ اكمدة نصمف ماع , تج مذ حتمى c°100ل مخنذ ادجمم وم غكمجذ فم ياكماء [wd]جق ل م مافم يانكمارو بامد ياحم ذلين باد رامك تم [ws] ل كمبا لينذ وان ات م ا لي ياا ن لباد ياك بقطا قكاش قطن بجد ياكاء باد راك يخجمذ ,لفممق كبممادىء قاعممدة يجخك ممدسعلممى ل ياغممجض كنيلكمم صممككذ اهممري بل مماط [wn] كغكمملجة بااكمماءق مماس يامملي لياا نمم -: يالت اذاالق يالح da) (gm/cm3)) = [ wd / (ws – wn) ]ا واف يايا ج ي[2] --------- 100 x [ws –wd / ws – wn ] =(pa)ياك اك يايا ج % [3] ------------ 100 x [(ws – wd) /wd = (aw)يكتصاص ياكاء % [4] ---------------ل مب رامك مل ي مادة عمدد ياك ماكاذ يدذ ياى نقصا فم قم يا وافم ن ب يا جلك لي ادة ن ب يال ب تلسي ادة إ ل مر يانت مم كالحيم ا ما كم ككما قلما يا وافم كت اكلم ت مل عكل م يامجف فم كوما مر يايمجلف غ مج يرب ياحب باذ ي قم يا وافم يايا ج م الخلطماذ ياك متاكا ف هما لممد مراك (,k,i)ياخلطماذ بااكقاجن كع نكمارو (c,d)نكارو ياخلطاذ ل اميى ( c,iخلطم ) مل اذ ياصملد ل يحتملذ علمىكم ياخلطماذ ياتم أعلىذ ان (k,d,f)خلط حاكض ياف فلج ك كم وم كمادة جيبطم ل ب راك ياى يندكاو يالجبطم يافل مفات فم ياكنتلمماذ ياحجيج م ياحال م علمى مري ياحماكض بلصمفها . rothenborg (14) فا ياكج باذ ياناتم ت ل ي بج واف ليقا ك اك يافجيغماذ ياكلمملدة ء املد يامى كما ل مب رامك, (6)بي ادة دجم حجيجة ياحجق يامم ا تقا ياك اك يايا ج الا ناذ إ يا ك مما هضممك تج بم كنمتيياممملي ياتم حل همما ياجة ل ياكممليد ياكصمهنصممهاج بامض البم حب بمماذ ياكمادة ياحجيج مم نت مم ي .(1)ليات بدلج ا تن ا اتكأل يافجيغاذ ياكلملدة ب ياحب باذ فتقا ياك اك ت مممل ياقنمممليذ )ياك ممماكاذ يالخمممجعكل ممم ياتلب مممد ,ل تمممأو ج مممل يأللاخاصممم ياك ممماك تاتكمممد علمممى عممماكل كهكممم إ ب تحمجج ياغماييذ ,ل مل تمأو ج تلمك يااليكما كتاا ما ال نمليتي ياتفماعالذ ياحاصمل ياكفتلح ( ليافمليذ ديخما يام م ب م ياك مماكاذ ياكلممملدة ديخمما يام مم ياحممجيج ككمما خفممض كمم ءياحممجق ت ممل ياطمملج يايمممام ياممر اكمما علممى كمما أونمماءفمم ياجيبطمم ل ممري نف ممها كممادة الياحممجق مها نفادجممم حممجيجة ممجلك يديد بي ممادة ن ممب ياتمياك مماك قمم ي ل ممراك لمممد .(5)ن مبتها ياحمجيج نت مم اك ماك ته ياااا م بامد ت لنمه اكا على ي ادة ن ب ياك ماك الكنمتي , ير ا س دلج يا جلك ف عكل ياتلب د يامممى ي مممادة ياك مممماك ممم د %12.5-25 بن مممب ن مممب يال ب مممتلس فممم ياخلطممماذي مممادة ي , كممما كممم حمممجق يا ا لا نممماذ , (10,15)يألط ما كمع كقاجنم عاا كادة يال ب تلس ريذ ك اك ياى ي ل جمع ب راك ( fنكارو ياخلط كمكلع ) اكل . ك اك ياخلط ف يال ب تلس ك اك وجيال ب تلس فت أا افديخا يألط ا صا تخلخا ير اكا ياتم ي ممت نكماروياكقاجنم كمع % 22.7732.74 تجيلحمذ بم ك ماك عاا مم مل اذ ياصملد ل أعطمى اكااي متي ي مل اذ ياصملد ل تاكما علمى ل اميى رامك يامى % 23.8028.68ياتم تجيلحمذ بم ف هما كحلملا حماكض ياف مفلج ك ل ي ممادة عكل مم إاممى أدىخفممض عكل مم ياتلب ممد ياتمم تحممدل الكممادة عنممد ياحممجق كقاجنمم كممع حمماكض ياف ممفلج ك ياممر نالحممي ينممه . ينخفاض ق ياك اك إاى أدذ ا ياتلب د ليات بدلج 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ياكحجلقم ل (c,d,f,i,k) خلطماذ م خكمس ذ علىتضكنرو انك ةاامج ت ختباج خاص كقالك ياصدك ياحجيج ي إ يامر [2]جقم ياممدلا (din, 51068, part1) (25)يألاكان ياكليصف عتكاداب c°1100,1300 عند دجمت حجيجة حدلد ذتخط مك ع يانكاروقد ب ي . لعدد يادلجيذ يات بلغتها ا ع ن ب جكلي ر يانكارو دة ت د ي ما,ير كقالك ياصدك تيديد بي ادة ياك اك لامك ع يانكارويلمد .(12)دلجة (15)ياكطللب ليابااغ ياكليصف ياك اك ياى ي ادة قابل يام على تمت ذ يالمهاديذ ياحجيج يات تاجض اها يام ب مب قابل م تلمك ياك ماكاذ علمى .ي ت اا ياتكدد لياتقلف ياحاصا كمم يانتمما ي ي عممدد ياممدلجيذ مميديد ير نالحممي فمم تح مم كقالكمم ياصممدك ياحجيج مم , أ ا مم ادلجي اي ممادة ن ممب ياكلال ممذ ي تممجيبط ياممم ا يالبممج الكلال ممذ مماعد علممى ي ممادة إ ل ممب راممك ,ياكحتمملى ياامماا الكلال ممذ ر بي ممادة ك مم كممادة يا ممجلك تك مممي بمممه كممم ي مممتقجيج حجيج ممم عاا ممم لقابل ممم التكمممدد فضمممال عكممماياحب بممماذ لتكا ممم ها خمممالا ي مممادة ياتمممديخا لياتممممابك , تبا نمما فمم (c,d,f,i,k) ياخكممسنكممارو ياخلطمماذ ا ياتلمم ط انقمم ممج اتحد ممد كخمماج ط ي يختبمماج ييهممجذ نتمما ي .(6)ياحممجيج كمم ن مم كختلفمم كمم ياكممليد ياللا مم ) ممجلك لفلنممذ تج بممذ يانكممارو ل امميى ياممى ي ممر ي ممتمابتها الجتفمماع دجممماذ ياحممجيجة , لي ب تلس( لف نلع ياكادة ياجيبط ,lee's disc method (17) الحمجيجة ذ , با تاكاا طج ق قجف ا الا نا ياكح ل ياتلص ل ياحجيج كااكا ي ق ( قممد تممأوج باليكمماk ياحجيج مم )ل. ي عاكمما ياتلصمم 0.6w/m2.k -2.4 بمم قمم كااكمما ياتلصمم ل ياحجيج مم قمد تجيلحممذ ع ياكممادة ياجيبطمم لياضممغط ن مم ياخلممط الكممليد لدجممم حمجيجة ياتلب ممد لنممل ياكمليد ياللا مم ,ل يونمماء ياتممم ا) فمم ممليء انممذ عد مدة ممراك ل (18)إر قمما كممع ي ممادة ياك مماك ياخممليف يانها مم الكنممتي )يا وافمم لياك مماك لنمملع ياكج بمماذ ياكت لنمم ( ,ل ( لطياك مم لعكل ما لممد ي ياتلصم ل ياحجيج م تميديد بي مادة دجمم حمجيجة . (1,2)ير قا كع ي ادة حم ياك اكاذ, تاوج بحم ياك اكاذ قم ياتلصم ل ياحجيج م ذديي ل راك لكا ييدذ ن ب يا جلك ياك تخد ف ياا ن الحم ياحب بم ياكحمدد (7)يام ا ,قياحج د ك و ل ياتلص ا ياحجيج يام د ر ت د ياى ي ادة ياكت ل ك ياكلال ذ ل ب راك الد ياى ي ي ادة كادة يا جلك, .(12)ف ياا ناذ يا جيك ي ة كحتل ق ياتلص ا ياحجيج بي ادياى ي ادة ( كم ياك ممبس fالا نماذ ياقجصم كمم كاجفم ما كم ياقمملة ياك ملط ) mpa( بلحممديذ c.s) كقالكم يالنضمغاط ح مبذ -:(19)لح ياقانل يالت ds ككيال dبق اس قطج ياا نه ل لياكقا باان لت [5]-------- c.s = 2 f / π d ds لتبم يانتما ي ي قم قملة يالنضمغاط امك مع ياا نماذ تميديد كمع mpa[23.85-30.43]تجيلحذ ق قلة يالنضغاط بم ي ادة دجم حجيجة ياحجق ,ل ايى راك ياى حدلل عكل ياتلب د بلملد ياطلج يا ا ا لبم ا ي بج فم دجمماذ ياحمجيجة ياااا م اك لي ادة ن ب ياكلال ذ ,يار كتماي بكقالكتمه ياااا م االنضمغاط لطب ام تج بمه يات تاكا على ي ادة يا واف لتقل ا ياك لكم يابللج ,ككا د ياى ي ادة تجيبط ياحب باذ كمع باضمها, ير تتممابك يالمم اا يالبج م الكلال مذ ياتم تاطم قملة الم م ي ييهممجذ يانتمما ي , ا اتغ ممج دجممم حممجيجة ياحممجقتغ ممج قمم قمملة يالنضممغاط تبامم (8)ياممم ا بمم تمميديد قمم قمملة يالنضممغاط ومم ي يا مماف يال ب ممتلس تاكمما علممى تقل مم ل ممري ممدا علممى بي ممادة ن ممب يال ب ممتلس ليافلنممذ تمميديدكقممديج قمملة ياتحكمما النكممارو iنالحمممي ي قممم كقالكممم يالنضمممغاط اخلطممم ير (c,iل مممري كالحمممي فممم ياخلطتممم )لدعممم ياكنمممتي ياحمممجيج بمممم ا كلحممملي كممع لممملد ياكممادة ياجيبطمم 12.5%) ,ل فلنممذ12.5%)ي ب ممتلسc( انممذ ي بممج كنهمما فمم 37.5%فلنممذ, 25% ممتلس )ي ب .نف ها احجقيحجيجة اذالخلطت لدجمنف ها طانمماذ ياحجيج مم االفممجي ل ممب ممري يا ممللك يابخاصمم تحكمما ياضممغط تمميديد بلممملد حمماكض ياف ممفلج ك كممادة جيبطمم فمم ي ممدخا ير فمم ت ل نهمما حمماكض ياف ممفلج ك )كممادة جيبطمم ( ياك ممتاكل فمم ممر ياكج بمماذ اة ياتمم ممى طب امم يالصممج امم امملد ي م ع تحلا يا ا لا ناذ عند ياناتل ة ضك كاد يا ا لا ناذ ياط ن يفج مرج يافل فاذ كع يالالكن ا ياكتل 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ف ت ل كج فل فاذ يالاكن ل ر قابل ياجبط يا جيك يام دة يات تتيي د كع يجتفماع دجمماذ ياحمجيجة c°550 دلدح لك كاجفم ك ماح ياك ان م , الختباج كقالك ياصمدك (20)(izod)يمج يختباج طج ق ي يلد نت م اتيي د ياكت ل كنه . :ح يااالق ل كقالك ياصدك ت ح ا يك ال جلياطاق ياال ياكقطع يااجض األنكلرو ( jياطاق يااليك ال ج ) . = (i)كقالك ياصدك ----------[6] ( cm2ك اح ياكقطع يااجض ) ل كما كالحمي احمجق ) ياتلب مد ( يياحجيج تيديد بم ا كلحلي بايد اد دجمم حمجيجة نكاروال(j/cm2) كقالك ياصدك ي يا وافم ياااا م ير ت ت م ياحجيج ماذ رل,يامر بم تغ مج قم كقالكم ياصمدك تباما اتغ مج دجمم حمجيجة ياحمجق (9)ف يامم ا (d,k)لامملحي ي ضمما إ ياكممليد ياتمم يحتمملذ علممى حمماكض ياف ممفلج ك نمم باانكممارو يالقمما وافمم كتانمم ك ان مم عاا مم كقاج ي مادة ن مب ي . كما (c,i) أعلمى كم ياخلطماذ ياتم يحتملذ علمى كمادة مل اذ ياصملد ل يهجذ قم اكقالكم ياصمدك أ ي متاكاا يا ماف يال ب متلس ياحجيج م ل مل كم ي مبا يا اف يال ب تلس ت د ياى ي مادة كلحليم فم قم كقالكم ياصمدك c°1300ق فم دجمم ياحمج k الحمي ي يفضما نت مم تم ياحصملا عل هما م الخلطم ,كقل م الكنتلمماذ ياحجيج م يكليد . اكل ياك تياى ن ب يال ب تلس ياااا لياى ياكادة ياجيبط ل ياتلب د حجيجة ليا ب جمع ياى دجم 81.3j/cm2ل االستنتاج نممممملع ب مممممتلسيالل %37.5لبن مممممب يا ممممما لا يااجيقممممم ياكحضمممممج كممممم يا مممممجلككممممم ك ممممم تحضممممم ج كمممممادة حجيج ممممم لمممم باممممد كااك حمممماكض ياف ممممفلج ك بلصممممفها كممممادة جيبطمممم كحلمممملا لبا ممممتاكاا %37.5 لطمممم يافلنممممذ %25 يالنولفا ال ممممذ لري دلجة 27لكقالك ياصدك ياحجيج c°1490نصهاج نقط ي ري انذ ير, c°1300 بدجم حجيجةنكلرو ياكم ا يال لكااكما تقلمف 2.87gm/cm 3 ل وافم يا ج م %22.69لك ماك يا ج م w/ m2.k 2.1 ق ك ياتلصم ل ياحجيج م لكقالكممممم ياصمممممدك ياك ان ممممم ممممم mpa 30.43 ة يالنضمممممغاطيكممممما ياخمممممليف ياك ان ممممم ف انمممممذ قمممممل %3.5خطممممم 81.3j/cm . ياكدى ياصناع ياكطلل ل ق تقع ضك2 المصادر 1 . kenneth , shaw "refractories and their uses" 1972 l st ed , applid science publishers ,london,. 2..p.h.hasselman, 1970 ,am.ceram.soc.bull.,vol49.no12. 3. f.h. norton ,1968" refractories " 4 th ed. 4.v.g.flyagin.et.al, 1971 refractories,vol.12,no.3 –4. 5 . k . w. lea , 1972 amer . ceram . soci , vol. 55. no. 3. 6 . j . h . chesters 1973 refractories production and properties ",published by the iron and steel institute , 5 th ed housepress / london . ( كج ي 91/48نمجة علك ) قس , خ ج ياجكضان , )) تأو ج ياحجيجة كاكل ا على خليف ياطابلق ياناج ((جي د ق س يا.7 1941بحلل يابناء ليايماو , كملس يابحل ياالك ,بغديد 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ياحو ك كليد كحل لتا ياخليف ياف ي ا لياك ان لياحجيج " ياكمل ج , فاضا عبد "تحض ج بطان يالفجي .4 ( 1002,)1ياادد 1يااجيق الالل ليات نلالم ياكملد فمممماجس, كحكممممد علمممم ," ي ممممتخدي كخلفمممماذ ياطاقمممم يا هجبا مممم كممممليد يلا مممم فمممم صممممناع كممممليد عايامممم حجيج مممم " ,يطجلحمممم .9 (.1002ياالل ,) كام ت ج,ماكا بابا, ل 10.delaine john“1988 asbestos removal mangment and control”gowev tecmical. 11-astm c-326-76. 12-abdul kareem, i.a. “the technological proportion of mullite prepared from iraqi raw materials unpubl”msc. thesis, univ. of technology-baghdad,(1996). 13-astm c-373-72. 14 .g.b rothenborg 1976.refractory materials" l st ed, park ridge ,new jersy ,usa 15.l.joseph giuson 1971. industirail minerals and rocks"3 rd ed,competely revised reprinteal ,am.inst.of mining,metallurgical and petroleum engineers. 16. din, 51068 , part 1 . 17. grimsehi, e., 1944: atext book of physics. vol.2, 2 nd eddition. blockishness ltd., london. 180-185. 18, r.w.grimshaw 1971the chemistry and physics of clay and allied ceramic materials” 4 th ed , ernest benn limited, london. 19.w.d.j.callister “materials science and engineering;an introduction. 3 rd ed.dep.of materials science and engineering, univ. of utah,(1994). ( يبددين نسددم المددواد ونددو المداد الرابطددة لكددل خلطددة مددن الخلطددا العشددر 1جددول رقددم =الفاشلة (. f=الناجحة و t لحرق للخلطا المعتمد في البحث ونتيجة ل نتيجة الحر ق المادة الرابطة % اسبستوس % فلنت % اسم الخلطة كروك% حامض الفسفو ريك سليكات الصوديو م f ...... 5 75 12.5 12.5 a f 5 ...... 75 12.5 12.5 b t ...... 5 12.5 12.5 75 c t 5 ...... 12.5 12.5 75 d f ...... 5 25 25 50 e t 5 ...... 25 25 50 f f ...... 5 50 37.5 12.5 g f 5 ...... 50 37.5 12.5 h t ...... 5 25 37.5 37.5 i t 5 ...... 25 37.5 37.5 k 20.astm ,d256-56,[1961]. 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ( يبين النماذج العشر الواقعدة تحد اختبدار مقاومدة الصددمة الحراريدة 2الجدول رقم . وقيم المسامية المقابلة لكل انموذج دد الدورا لكل أنموذجوع °c firing temp 1300°c 1100°c no. c porosity% group no no.c porosity% group no 22 20 22 17 17 22.77 23.80 30.63 14.29 22.69 c2 d2 f2 i2 k2 27 27 27 20 20 32.74 28.68 34.33 17.44 30.85 c1 d1 f1 i1 k1 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 firing temp c l in e a r s h ri n k a g e % c f d i k 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ير قيم التقلص الطولي % تبعا لتغير درجات حرارة الحرق ( يبين تغ5شكل ) 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ( يبين تغير قيم المسامية الظاهرية تبعًا لتغير درجة حرار الحرق.6الشكل تبعًا لتغير درجة حرار الحرق kيبين تغير عامل التوصيلية الحرارية [7]الشكل ( تبعًا لتغيردرجة حرار الحرقmpaيبين تغير قيم قو االنضغاط [8]الشكل رقم 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 firing temp c a p p ar en t p o ro si ty ( % ) c f d i k 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 firing temp c t h er m al c o n d u ct iv it y (w / m .k ) c f d i k 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 firing temp c c om pr es si ve s tr en gt h( m p a) c f h i k 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 firing tem p c im p a c t r e s is ta n c e ( j /c m ) 2002( 2) 22مجلة ابن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد (تبعا لتغير درجة حرار الحرقj/cm2( يبين تغير قيم مقاومة الصدمة الميكانيكية 9الشكل ( تبعًا لتغير درجة حرار j/cm2 الميكانيكيةيبين تغير قيم مقاومة الصدمة[9] الشكل . الحرق 1 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 zainab i. hasan adel h. taleb abstract the study aims to assess some physical, chemical, and bacterial characteristics of two drinking water treatment plants of aldora and al-qadisiya in the area of karkh, baghdad, iraq. the areas covered by each plants and these sites of areas selected as the nearest and the farthest point from plants, for winter and summer season. some physicochemical parameters of water quality were taken in this study and these parameters were temperature water, ph, electrical conductivity, total dissolved solids, free residual chlorine, calcium, magnesium, nitrate, nitrite, sulphate and heavy metals (lead). in addition to four bacterial indicators of drinking water pollution (apc, total coliform, fecal coliform and salmonella spp.). the results showed within the permissible limits for iraqi criteria and standards for drinking water. keyword: water pollution, drinking water, physical and chemical properties, bacterial contamination. 1. introduction water is an essential component of the environment has a major impact on all vital processes occurring within living organisms therefore, its pollution can cause serious damage to living organisms and disruption of environmental balance ]1[. monitoring the physicochemical and biological factors of water bodies and the drinking water plants is important for life of aquatic organisms and public health ]2[. who [3]. emphasized the importance to assess the treatment plants from the raw water source to users. many countries are interested in setting water quality guideline and water quality indices for household, agroindustrial and other use [4,5]. unfortunately, some sources of drinking water have become exposed to different pollutants such as biological contamination (bacteria , viruses, and fungi) and high level of inorganic elements or heavy metals such as mg +2 ,ca +2 and na +1 ,that are toxic substance at increasing the limit, that makes the water unsuitable for consumption ]6[. so drinking water is not valid for drinking when the rates of those pollutants are higher than the acceptable limit or un safety ratio of these contaminants, especially bacteria and some chemical elements ]7[. in the tigris river stretch the pollution increase due to effluent discharges by various uncontrolled sources as domestic, industries, agriculture along the assessment of the quality of drinking water for plants in the al-karkh, baghdad, iraq ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index zainabvaina_86@yahoo.com doi: 10.30526/33.1.2385 department of biology, collage of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 7 september 2019, accepted 13 october 2019, publish january 2020. file:///c:/users/phd.%20luma/downloads/zainabvaina_86@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/phd.%20luma/downloads/zainabvaina_86@yahoo.com 2 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 downstream stretch so, river water quality monitoring is necessary to evaluate the water quality for different uses ]8[. contamination of water has been frequently found associated with transmission of diseases causing bacteria, vibrio, salmonella, bacterial and parasitic dysentery, and acute infection diarrhea causing e. coli [9]. it is reported that drinking water is a major source of microbial pathogen and considered to be one of the main reasons for increased mortality rates among children in developing countries [10]. water quality is determined by comparing the physical and chemical characteristics of a water sample with water quality guidelines or standards. drinking water quality guidelines and standards are designed to enable the provision of clean and safe water for human consumption, thereby protecting human health. these are usually based on scientifically assessed acceptable levels of toxicity to either humans or aquatic organisms [11-13]. although there are several contaminants in water that may be harmful to humans, the first priority is to ensure that drinking water is free of pathogens. the greatest risk to public health from microorganisms in water is associated with drinking water that is contaminated with human and animal feces ]3[. 2. materials and methods 2.1.description of study district this study has examined two water treatment plants in baghdad city. iraq included alqadisiyah (aq) water treatment plant figure 1. and al-dora (ad) water treatment plant figure 2. figure 1. al-qadisiyah water treatment plant from g.i.s. figure 2. al-dora water treatment plant from g.i.s. 3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 2.2.samples collection water samples were collected from al-qadisiyah, figure 1. and al-dora figure 2. plants in the district of al-karkh from final basin that reaches to the houses directly and another water samples were taken from the tap water of the houses from january 2019 to august 2019. water samples were taken by using clean glass bottles of 250 ml with tight stoppers, and it has been sterilized by autoclaving at 121°c and 1.5 atmospheres pressure for 15 min. the first group was used for bacteriological tests. a 0.2 ml of sodium thiosulfate solution (10%) was added to offset the effect of residual chlorine. the second group were used for chemical tests (apha, 2012). 2.3.physicochemical tests the physical tests of water samples were conducted in a field. temperature, ph, electrical conductivity (ec) and total dissolved salts (t.d.s) were measured by using (milwaukee) device and the free residual chlorine (cl) was measured by using the hi 701 free chlorine (hanna) device and was calibrated in the laboratory with standard solutions for the device. the chemical tests of water samples were conducted in the laboratory. calcium ca +2 , magnesium mg +2 and lead pb +2 were measured by atomic absorption spectrophotometer and sulfate so4 , nitrate no3 and nitrite no2 were measured by uv-vis spectrophoto meter. 2.4.biological tests the bacteriological analysis was done using mpn method with macconky broth multiple tube method for determining the most probable number of coliforms according to apha, 2012 [14]. 3. results and discussion bacteriological tests the presence of total coliform in drinking water indicates the possibility of water contamination by pathogens or disease causing bacteria or viruses that exist in fecal matter ]15[. in this study is showed that total coliform (tc) and the fecal coliform (fc) for the two water treatment plants al-qadisiyah and al-dora and also the tap waters of houses were negative in winter and summer season (0 cfu / 100ml), no significant biological contamination was found, these microorganisms are removed or died from water due to the high concentration of chlorine action, the who and iraqi drinking water standard is set at zero because bacterium may cause adverse health effects. so the tc and the fc values were not exceeded the allowable limit (zero cfu /100 ml) [16]. total count of aerobic bacteria (apc) are showed the highest value was 4 in the tap waters of houses that away from the plants and the houses near plants are recorded 2 while plants are recorded zero (nil). the apc values were not exceeded the allowable limit (10 cfu/ml) [16]. physiochemical tests the water temperature, the highest mean value (27.13±1.27ºc) was recorded during the summer season in water sampling of al-dora plant while the lowest mean value was (14.03±1.03 ºc) in the winter season see figure 3. the highest mean value was (27.1±2.22ºc) during the summer season for the nearby areas from al-dora plant while the lowest mean value was recorded (14.43±2.09 ºc) in the winter season and for the areas away from al-dora plant, the highest mean value was (27.66±2.91ºc) in the summer season while the lowest mean value was (15.90±2.22 ºc) in the humid season. in al-qadisiyah plant the water temperature was recorded the highest mean value (27.93±1.44ºc) in summer season while the lowest mean value was (14.33±1.03 ºc) in winter season. the highest mean value was (29.36±1.44ºc) in the summer season for the nearby areas from al-qadisiyah plant while the lowest mean value was recorded (14.16±1.69 ºc) in the winter season and for the areas 4 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 away from al-qadisiyah plant, the highest mean value was (30.70±2.37ºc) in the summer season while the lowest mean value was (15.33±2.12 ºc) in the winter season. the overall range in water temperature was a minimum mean value in the winter season and a maximum mean in the summer season seemingly these values followed almost identical seasonal cycles. the raised of temperature in dry seasons than in humid seasons could be due to long and high sunlight intensity [17]. the ph was recorded the highest mean value (6.57±0.18) during the summer season in water sampling of al-dora plant while the lowest mean value was (6.11±0.1) in the winter season. the highest mean value was (6.47±0.19) in the summer season for the nearby areas from al-dora plant while the lowest mean value was recorded (6.16±0.03) in the winter season and for the areas away from al-dora plant see figure 4. the highest mean value was (6.47±0.09) in the summer season while the lowest mean value was (6.08±0.07) in the winter season. in al-qadisiyah plant the ph was recorded the highest mean value (6.7±0.0) in summer season while the lowest mean value was (6.37±0.05) in winter season. the highest mean value was (6.57±0.03) in the summer season for the nearby areas from al-qadisiyah plant while the lowest mean value was recorded (6.32±0.04) in the winter season and for the areas away from al-qadisiyah plant, the lowest mean value was (6.23±0.09) in the summer season while the highest mean value was (6.3±0.07) in the winter season. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05). the minimum and maximum mean value of ph recorded in present study was within the permissible limits for iraqi criteria and standards for drinking water [16]. which was range between 6.58.5. the lowest electrical conductivity (ec) mean value was 734.33 µs/cm (± 121.88) at al-dora plant during winter season and the highest mean value was 899.33 µs/cm (± 26.42) in the summer season see figure 5. ec values of nearby areas from al-dora the lowest mean were 708.00 µs/cm (±81.99) in the summer season and the highest mean were 872.67 µs/cm (± 22.56) in the winter season and for areas away from al-dora plant the lowest electrical conductivity mean were 693.67 µs/cm (± 82.08) in the summer season while the highest mean were 777.00 µs/cm (± 51.42) in the winter season. the lowest electrical conductivity mean value was 696.00 µs/cm (± 76.73) at alqadisiyah plant during summer season and the highest mean value was 875.67 µs/cm (± 56.36) in the winter season. ec values of nearby areas from alqadisiyah plant, the lowest mean were 680.67 µs/cm (±89.40) in the summer season and the highest mean were 875.00 µs/cm (± 42.52) in the winter season and for areas away from alqadisiyah plant, the lowest electrical conductivity mean were 636.67 µs/cm (± 74.22) in the summer season while the highest mean were 823.33 µs/cm (± 15.30) in the winter season. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05). the results showed a higher concentration of conductivity in winter than in summer and thus may due to rainfall and soil erosion of the river or due to river loads of tons of sand deposits and various elements loaded with salts [18].these values obtained are not exceeding the permissible limits for iraqi criteria and standards for drinking water [16]. which was 1500 µs/cm. in case of water t.d.s, the highest mean value (464±17.21mg/l) was found during the winter in al-dora plant while the lowest mean value (395.66±65.36 mg/l) during summer , the nearby areas of al-dora plant are recorded the highest mean were (451.00±16.50 mg/l) during winter, while the lowest mean were (367.66±40.88 mg/l) in the summer and for the areas away from al-dora plant, the highest mean were(397.67±26.01 mg/l) during winter and the lowest mean(351.67±42.78 mg/l) in the summer, the t.d.s water for al-qadisiyah water plant, the highest mean value 5 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 (499.00±35.17mg/l) was found during the winter while the lowest mean value was (384.00±58.97 mg/l) during the summer , the nearby areas of al-qadisiyah water plant are recorded the highest mean were (460.33±31.48 mg/l) during winter, while the lowest mean were (346.33±45.26 mg/l) in the summer and for the areas away from al-qadisiyah water plant, the highest mean were (383.66±11.79 mg/l) during winter and the lowest mean were (323.00 ±38.00 mg/l) in the summer. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05). higher concentrations of tds in winter are attributed to precipitation, especially in densely populated cities and industrial areas where they carry pollutants in the atmosphere [19]. these values obtained are not exceeding the permissible limits for iraqi criteria and standards for drinking water [16]. which was less than 1000 mg/l. the values of residual chlorine (cl) are ranged from 2.3mg/l (± 0.12) at al-dora plant in the winter to 2.7 mg/l (± 0.17) in the summer and the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 1.9 mg/l (± 0.42) in the winter to 1.7 mg/l (± 0.21) in the summer and the areas away from al-dora plant are ranged from 0.8 mg/l (± 0.19) in the winter to 1.4 mg/l (± 0.22) in the summer. the values of residual chlorine are ranged from 1.8 mg/l (± 0.15) at al-qadisiyah plant in the winter to 1.3 mg/l (± 0.12) in the summer and the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 1.7 mg/l (± 0.15) in the winter to 0.9 mg/l (± 0.04) in the summer and the areas away from al-qadisiyah plant are ranged from 1.3 mg/l (± 0.3) in the winter to 0.6 mg/l (± 0.11) in the summer. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05). the gradual decrease of concentrations of residual chlorine from the addition point to the farthest sampling point due to the decomposition of chlorine when it react with water to hypochloric acid (hocl). this acid decomposes rapidly into hydrogen and hypochlorite ions [20]. the minimum and maximum of free residual chlorine values recorded in present study were within the permissible limits for iraqi standards for drinking water [16]. which not less than 0.3. it has been found that highest mean calcium ions value 71.23 mg/l (± 11.71) was found in the water sample of al-dora water plant during winter while the lowest mean value 52.86 mg/l (± 4.17) was detected in summer , the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 60.40 mg/l (± 1.53) in the winter to 54.84 mg/l (± 2.33)in the summer and the areas away from al-dora plant are ranged from 66.53 mg/l (± 6.23) in the winter to 64.37 mg/l (± 12.83) in the summer. in the al-qadisiyah plant the highest mean calcium ions value was 64.67 mg/l (± 4.02) in the winter while the lowest mean was 63.15 mg/l (± 5.38) in the summer and the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 61.37 mg/l (± 3.33) in the winter to 61.18 mg/l (± 5.19) during summer and the areas away from al-qadisiyah plant are ranged from 59.67 mg/l (± 0.98) in the winter to 52.66 mg/l (± 3.14) in the summer. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05).these results showed that there is an increase in calcium values during winter, might be due to the increase in water levels because of the rain falls that bring salts including calcium then increase of it concentration in water, also the off cree operations occurred near the project intake exposed new layers of soil led to increase salts in water including calcium, also the decrease of temperature helps in co2 increasing in the water and forming carbonic acid that helps in dissolution the salts of calcium ]21[. the values of calcium not exceeded the maximum allowable limits according to iraqi criteria and standard for drinking water [16]. which was 150mg/l. in case of water magnesium ions, the highest mean value 29.77 mg/l (± 2.48) was found in the water sampling of al-dora water plant during winter while the lowest mean value 17.91 mg/l (± 8.43) was detected in the summer, the sampling water of nearby areas are 6 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ranged from 30.93 mg/l (± 6.00) in the winter to 14.66 mg/l (± 6.75) in the summer and the areas away from al-dora plant are ranged from 32.27 mg/l (± 2.74) in the winter to 14.22 mg/l (± 6.81) in the summer. in the al-qadisiyah plant the highest mean magnesium ions value was 27.82 mg/l (± 3.07) in the winter while the lowest mean was 15.12 mg/l (± 7.08) in the summer and the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 25.36 mg/l (± 2.62) in the winter to 14.94 mg/l (± 7.28) during the summer and the areas away from al-qadisiyah plant are ranged from 25.72 mg/l (± 0.51) in the winter to 12.47 mg/l (± 6.16) in the summer. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05). these results showed that the magnesium ions increased to high level during the winter season that might be due to mg +2 ions in the soil which discharge the water resources by the actions of the rain fall, industrial and domestic discharge, sedimentation by forming non dissolved compounds in water, in addition to absorption of mg +2 ions by plants which depends on water temperature, ph, and dissolved oxygen concentration that record the highest levels of consumption during summer due to the plant growing [22]. the study results showed that the calcium ion were higher than mg +2 ions, that’s because the geological nature of the land, the results were similar to [23]. that found that the ca +2 ions concentration values were higher than mg +2 ion concentration during study period. the values of the mg +2 not exceeded the maximum allowable limits according to iraqi criteria and standard for drinking water [16]. which was 100mg/l. nitrate no3, the highest mean value 8.97mg/l (± 0.30) was found in the water sampling of al-dora water plant during winter while the lowest mean value 5.03 mg/l (± 0.90) was found in the summer , the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 9.58 mg/l (± 0.40) in the winter to 4.95 mg/l (± 0.90) in the summer and the areas away from aldora plant are ranged from 8.68mg /l (± 0.82) in the winter to 4.97 mg/l (± 0.91) in the summer. in the al-qadisiyah plant the highest mean no3 value was 7.50 mg/l (± 0.31) in the winter while the lowest mean was 3.80 mg/l (± 0.72) in the summer and the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 7.58 mg/l (± 0.29) in the winter to 3.89 mg/l (± 0.78) during summer and the areas away from al-qadisiyah plant are ranged from 7.87 mg/l (± 0.33) in the winter to 3.71 mg/l (± 0.93) in the summer. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05). the study showed that no3 concentration is increased in winter due to the precipitation and erosion of certain salts rich deposits, which contains no3 [23]. the results of percent study were agreed with iraqi standard for drinking water [16]. which was 50 mg/l see figure 6. in case of water sulphate content, the current study has recorded mean values to vary from minimum mean value of 132.32 ± (36.33) mg/l in water sampling during summer to maximum value of 166.69 ±( 8.42) mg/l during winter at al-dora water plant and the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 178.10 mg/l (± 19.90) in the winter to 140.59 mg/l (± 40.55) in the summer and the areas away from al-dora plant are ranged from 165.54mg /l (± 34.35) in the winter to 131.10 mg/l (± 38.23) in the summer. at alqadisiyah plant the minimum mean value of sulfate was 135.42± (39.01) mg/l during summer to maximum value of 181.78 ± (5.47) mg/l during winter and the sampling water of nearby areas are ranged from 170.47 mg/l (± 21.93) in the winter to 171.61 mg/l (± 31.95) in the summer and the areas away from alqadisiyah plant are ranged from 146.77mg /l (± 15.35) in the winter to 149.34 mg/l (± 34.97) in the summer see figure 7. lsd shows no significant differences between water plants and water sites (p≤0.05). the increase of sulphate values in the drinking water due to the traditional removing methods or due to adding ammonium alum with irregular doses [21]. the values obtained are not 7 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 0 500 1000temprture ph ec tds cl ca mg exceeding the permissible limit for iraqi criteria and standards for drinking water [16]. which was 400mg/l for drinking water. most of results of nitrite showed u.d.l means under detection limits in the bath water plants al-dora and alqadisiyah plant and all houses that near and far away from plants during winter and summer season. the nitrite was within the permissible limit of the iraqi standards for drinking water (3mg/l ) [16]. the heavy metals (lead) results showed u.d.l means under detection limits in the bath water plants al-dora and alqadisiyah plant and all houses that near and far away from plants during winter and summer season see figure 8. the lead concentration was within the permissible limit of the iraqi standard for drinking water (0.01mg/l) [16]. figure 3. physicochemical parameters in al-dora plant. figure 4. physiochemical parameters in areas nearby from al-dora plant. figure 5. physiochemical parameters in areas away from al-dora plant. 0 500 1000temprture ph ec tds cl ca 0 500 1000temprture ph ec tds cl ca mg 8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 figure 6. physicochemical parameters in al-qadisiyah plant. figure 7. physiochemical parameters in areas nearby from al-qadisiyah plant. figure 8. physiochemical parameters in areas away from al-qadisiyah plant. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 temprture ph ec cl tds ca mg no3 0 200 400 600 800 1000 january february march may june july temprture ph ec tds cl ca mg no3 no2 so4 0 500 1000 temprture ph ec tds cl ca mg no3 9 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 4. conclusions 1the values of microbial pathogens (apc, tc, and fecal coliform) were not exceeded the allowable limit for drinking water in both of plants and all sites that near and far from plants 2the results of heavy metals (lead) were not exceeded the allowed limits in all sites of the study 3the physiochemical parameters were not exceeded the allowed limits in both of plants and all sites that near and far from plants references 1. mahmood, a.r.; fikrat, m.h. evaluate the efficiency of drinking water treatment plants in baghdad city – iraq journal of applied & environmental microbiology.2018, 6, 1, 1-9. 2. jafarzadeh, n.; ravanbakhsh, m.; angali, k.a.; javid, a.z.; abadi, d.r.v.; ardeshiradeh, s. evaluation of drinking water quality indices case study: bushehr province, iran environmental health enginnering and management journal.2017, 4, 2, 73-79. 3. who guidelines for drinking-water quality, 4 th edition. geneva 27, switzerland, 2011. 4. varol, s.; davraz, a. evaluation of the groundwater quality with wqi (water quality index) and multivariate analysis: a case study of the tefenni plain (burdur/ turkey), environmental earth science.2015, 73, 4,1725-1744. 5. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hassan, m.a. estimate the effect of rainwaters in contaminated soil by using simulink technique. journal of physics: conference series.2018, 1003, 012057, 1-7. 6. shareef, k.m.; muhamad, s.g.; shekhani, n.m. physical and chemical status of drinking water from water treatment plants on greater zab river. journal of applied sciences and environmental management.2009, 13, 3, 89-92. 7. winfried, b.k.; satoshi, i.; michael, j.s.; randall, e.h. presence & sources of fecal coliform bacteria in epileptric peiphyton communities of lake superior. appl. environ microbiel.2007, 73, 12, 3771-3778. 8. alsaqqar, a.s.; khudair, b.h.; hasan, a.a. assessment of water quality index and water suitability of the tigris river for drinking water within baghdad city, iraq journal of engineering.2013, 19, 6, 1619-1633. 9. stark, j.r.; hanson, p.e.; goldstein, r.m.; fallon, j.d.; fong, a.l.; lee, k.e.; kroening, s.e.; andrews, w.j. water quality in the upper mississippi river basin, minnesota, wisconsin. south dakota, iowa, north dakota, 1995-98, united states geological survey, circular, reston, virginia, 2000, 1211. 10. miranzadeh, i.b.; heidari, m.; mesdaghinia, a.r.; younesian, m. survey of microbial quality of drinking water in rural areas of kashan-iran in second half of 2008, pakistan journal of biological sciences.2011, 14, 1, 59–63. 11. dodds, w.k.; oakes, r.m. a technique for establishing refe-rence nutrient concentrations across watersheds affected by humans. limnology and oceanography methods.2004, 2, 10, 333-341. 10 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 12. wickham, j.d.; riitters, k.h.; wade, t.g.; jones, k.b. evaluating the relative roles of ecological regions and land-cover composition for guiding establishment of nutrient criteria. landscape ecology.2005, 20, 7, 791-798. 13. robertson, d.m.; saad, d.a.; heisey, d.m. a regional classification scheme for estimating reference water quality in streams using land use adjusted spatial regression-tree analysis. environmental management.2006, 37, 2, 209-229. 14. tawfiq, l. n. m.; hasan, m. a. evaluate the rate of pollution in soil using simulink environment. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci.2019, 32,1, 132138. 15. bain, r.; cronk, r.; wright, j.; yang, h.; slaymaker, t.; bartram, j. fecal contamination of drinking-water in low-and middle-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis, plos med.2014, 11, 5, e1001644. 16. icsdwcl, iraqi criteria and standards for drinking water, chemical limits, ics: 13.060.20, iqs: 417, 2nd update 2009 for chemical and physical limits, 2009. 17. hart, a.i.; zabbey, n. physio-chemistry and benthic fauna of woji creek in lower nigeria delta, nigeria, environtal ecology.2005, 23, 2, 361-368. 18. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. steady state radial flow in anisotropic and homogenous in confined aquifers. journal of physics: conference series.2018, 1003, 012056, 1-12. 19. prasad, m.n.v.; freitas, h. removal of toxic metals from solution by leaf, stem and root phytomass of quercus ilex l. (holly oak), environmental pollution.2000, 110, 2, 175-284. 20. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a. k. mathematical modeling of groundwater flow. global journal of engineering science and researches.2016, 3, 10, 15-22. 21. salih, n.y; al-azzawi, m.n. the assessment of some physical and chemical parameters of drinking water quality in al-wahda and al-qadisiyah treatment plants at baghdad, iraq, iraqi journal of science. 2016, 286-295. 22. mahmood, a.a. concentrations of pollutants in water, sediments and aquatic plants in some wetlands in south of iraq, journal of applied phytotechnology in environmental sanitation.2012, 1, 4, 163-172. 23. al-yasari, w.a.k. ecological assessment to drinking water quality in al-mahaweel and al-hilla plants for water purification in babylon province/ iraq, msc. thesis, college of science, university of babylon, iraq, 2012. 56 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. measuring the concentration of radon gas in book stores in primary schools in diyala governorate abstract in this research, the concentration of radon gas was calculated in the book store rooms of schools in diyala governorate, it was calculated by solid state nuclear track detectors (ssntds) when the detector (cr-39) was used, the detector was placed and suspended at a distance of 160 cm from the surface of the earth, and the detector was exposed for 30 days to record alpha tracks. the results of radon concentration showed that the highest concentration percentage was found in (eishtar) school, which was equal to (84.896) bq/m3, while the lowest value was recorded in (habhib) school, which was equal to (11.242) bq/m3, where the concentration rate was equal to (28.158) bq/m3. when we compared our results with the global results, we found that the calculated radon concentrations are much less than the internationally permissible limits recorded by (icrp), which were in the range of (200-300) bq/m3. keywords: radon, lung cancer per million people, solid state nuclear track detectors (ssntds) (cr-39), diyala. 1. introduction the fifth radioactive element, radon, was discovered in 1900 by german physicist friedrich ernst dron, who gave it the name niton. since then, it's been known as radon (1923). in the periodic table, it has an atomic number of (z=86)and a mass number of (a=222)[1]. radon is a radioactive gas produced by the disintegration of uranium-235 and 238 or thorium-232. because thorium and uranium are both causes of radon and are frequent naturally occurring ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi:10.30526/35.3.2851 article history: received 13 february 2022, accepted 6 march 2022, published in july 2022. mothana jassem kadhim department of physics, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq sameera ahmed ebrahiem department of physics, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. sameera.a.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:sameera.a.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 57 elements found in low concentrations in rock and soil, the three primary series of gaseous radon, headed by u-235, u-238, and th-232, all release radioactive alpha particles[2] . the radioactive decay of radium produces radon (rn-222), a chemical element with an atomic number of 86, and a heavy radioactive gas of the noble gas group on the periodic chart (ra226). it's colorless, odorless, and tasteless, with a density of (9.73g/liter) at (1 atm/0°c), and it may permeate through soil and rocks, with detection levels of 10 to 20 atoms per million atoms. it is (7.5) times the weight of air and over 100 times the weight of hydrogen. at (-61.8°c), the gas liquefies and at ( -71°c), it freezes. when solid radon is cooled further, it emits a mellow yellow light that turns orange-red when it reaches the temperature of liquid air (-195°c)[3]. when radon (rn-222) enters the lungs, it decays inside the lungs, except for a few small amounts carried by the blood. when radon decays, the resultant solid decays settle in the airways and interior surfaces of the lungs, and this is the main source of damaging radiation, i.e. if it stabilizes within the lung[4]. (ra-226) decays to (rn-222), which has a half-life of 3.8 days, when it undergoes alpha emission decay. similarly, (ra-224), a descendent of the (th232) chain, decays to 55.6-second (rn-220), formerly known as thoron, via alpha emission (rn-219), also known as action, is a member of the (u-235) chain that decays quickly, with a half-life of 3.92 seconds[5]. radon-222 is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that accounts for around half of worldwide human yearly background radiation exposure. chronic exposure to radon and its decay products is thought to be the second biggest cause of lung cancer after smoking, with possible ties to other cancers[6]. solid state nuclear track detectors (ssntds) are the simplest, most straightforward, and least expensive technique of detecting a variety of ionizing particles, including alpha particles, protons, neutrons, and fission fragments. as a result, ssntds can be used in a variety of scientific and technological sectors. one of these detectors is the cr-39 detector. the cr-39 (columbia resin) plastic detector, also known as pollyallyldigycol carbonate (padc), is a solid state nuclear track detector (ssntd) that includes the element of component (c12h18o7), has a density of around (1.32 g.cm-3) and the quantity of ionization is about 1.32 g.cm-3 (70.2 ev)[7]. 2. study area the study was conducted at eleven schools in diyala governorate, which is located in eastern iraq between latitudes (33.3 35.6) north and longitudes (45.22 46.56) east and encompasses an area of (17685) km2, accounting for (4.4 percent) of iraq's total area. it is bordered on the southwest by baghdad governorate, on the east by the republic of iran, on the north by kirkuk and sulaymaniyah, on the northwest by salah al-din governorate, and on the south by wasit governorate[8]. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 58 figure 1: map of diyala governorate city[9]. 3. materials and methods the radon gas concentration was studied and calculated for eleven schools from diyalagovernorate in the book store rooms, using the nuclear track detector (cr_39), which is classified as one of the solid-state nuclear track detectors (ssntds). this detector is in the form of sheets, it is cut into small pieces with a total area of (1cmx1cm), then it is suspended in the study sites, the detector was parturition at a distance of 160 cm from the surface of the earth, and the detector left for 30 days to exposed to air (radon). after the exposure process, the chemical etching process is carried out, by placing the detector inside a chemical solution sodium hydroxide solution (naoh), which is prepared by dissolving 250 g of sodium hydroxide granules in 1 liter of distilled water. the detector is placed in a pot and then placed in a water bath for four hours. after that, it is washed well with water to follow the stage of counting and reading the number of alpha tracks using a light microscope. figure 2. chemical etching process for (cr-39) track detector. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 59 4.calculations the density of the tracks is calculated through the following equation[10] [11]: 𝜌 = 𝑁𝑎𝑣 𝐴 (1) where: nav: an average track of sample. a: the calculated area which is equal to (0.0676 mm2). ρ: density of the tracks in the unit (track/mm2) calculation of radon gas concentration and some other related quantities : 1radon gas concentration can be calculated through the following equation[4][12]: 𝐶𝑅𝑛 = 𝜌𝑥 𝐾 .𝑡 (2) where: 𝜌𝑥 : is the density of tracks in the unit (track/mm 2) t: exposure time which was in our study 30 days. k = slope, which can be found by calibrating the detector and finding the density of tracks for standard samples and the exposure rate of standard samples slope = 𝜌𝑠 𝐸𝑠 = 0.2544 track .m3/bq.day.mm2 2the annual effective dose (aed) in unit of (msv /y)[13]: aed (msv /y) = crn × f × h × t × d (3) where: crn: radon gas concentration. f: is the equilibrium factor which is equal to (0.4). h: is the occupancy factor which is equal to (0.8). t: is the time in hours per year, (t=8760 h/y). d: is the dose conversion factor which equals to [9*10-6 m sv bq . h . 𝑚−3 ] 3potential alpha energy concentration (paec)[14][15] : paec (wl) = f × crn / 3700 (4) figure 3. water path. figure 4.typical alpha tracks on(cr39) detector. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 60 4exposure to radon progeny which calculated by the following equation[14]: ep (wlm y -1) = t× h × f × crn / 170 × 3700 (5) 5the lung cancer cases per year per million people (cppp) which calculated by the following equation [13]: (cppp) = aed × (18×10-6 msv-1. y) (6) 5. results and discussion in this research, the concentration of radon gas was measured in eleven book stores in eleven schools in diyala governorate, and table (1) shows the names of the schools and their coordinates. where the results in table (2) showed that the greatest concentration of gas was equal to (84.896) bq/m3 for the sample (g2) which was in (eishtar) school, and the lowest concentration was equal to (11.242) bq/m3 for the sample (i2) which was in (habhib) school as shown in figure (5).where the concentration rate was equal to (28.158) bq/m3.and after checking in the room in which the gas concentration was higher than the rest of the rooms, which were in (eishtar) school, it was found that the room did not open during the ban days and schools were disrupted due to the corona pandemic, in addition, the room windows were closed well and this caused an increase to the gas from the rest of the studied rooms. but after comparing the our results of radon concentration with the global results, it was found that all values were less than the internationally permissible limit recorded by icrp. therefore, must be noted that our study coincided with the beginning of the school year in mid-october as the storerooms were open for the distribution of books and stationery for students, this leads to an increase in the ventilation of the room, so we find that the concentration of radon gas is low. in addition, the effective annual dose (aed) was calculated, and the results showed that the greatest value was equal to (2.142) (msv/y) for the sample (g2), which was in (eishtar) school and the lowest value was (0.284) (msv/y) for the sample (i2) which was in (habhib) school as shown in figure (7), and the mean dose value was (0.710) (msv/y). lung cancer cases per year per million-person (cppp) were also calculated and the greatest value was (38.553) for sample (g2), which was in (eishtar) school, and the lowest value was (5.105) for (i2) in (habhib) school as shown in figure (6), with an average of (12.787). through table (2), and observing the concentration of radon and other quantities in the same table, we note that there is a linear relationship between the radon gas concentration and each of (aed) and (cppp), as well as other quantities, as an increase in the concentration of radon gas leads to an increase in the dose (aed) and leads to an increase in lung cancer cases (cppp), as shown in figure (8), the rest of the quantities are closely related to the gas concentration. table 1. sample codes and school coordinates and names. no. code sample coordinatesgps school name 1. a2 33°49'15.53"n 44°24'33.39" alandalusia 2. b2 33°49'52.12"n 44°24'55.22" bintzuin 3. c2 33°51'07.02"n44°28'51.60"e alshahidalsayid jawad aleadhari 4. d2 33°51'29.31"n44°31'02.54"e alshumue 5. e2 33°51'19.70"n44°31'07.43"e alsamwl 6. f2 33°50'58.08"n44°31'29.14"e albalagha 7. g2 33°50'56.56"n 44°30'58.73" eishtar 8. i2 33°47'05.55"n44°30'08.96"e habhib 9. j2 33°44'06.43"n44°28'45.46"e alshahid muhamad qasimaleabaadii 10. l2 33°56'08.64"n44°27'42.94"e bashayiralkhayr 11. m2 33°56'09.94"n44°27'43.29"e alfalah ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 61 the annual effective ),rn), the density of the tracks(ρ), the radon concentration (cavthe effects rate (n .table 2 ) and pdose (aed), the lung cancer cases per year per million persons (cppp), exposure to radon progeny (e potential alpha energy concentration (paec) in the schools. code effects rate (nav) ρ (no. of tracks/mm2) crn (bq/m3) aed (msv/y) cppp*10-6 ep (wlm/y) paec (wl) a2 23.800 352.071 46.131 1.164 20.949 0.206 0.005 b2 19.000 281.065 36.827 0.929 16.724 0.164 0.004 c2 8.600 127.219 16.669 0.421 7.570 0.074 0.002 d2 9.000 133.136 17.444 0.440 7.922 0.078 0.002 e2 6.400 94.675 12.405 0.313 5.633 0.055 0.001 f2 7.600 112.426 14.731 0.372 6.690 0.066 0.002 g2 43.800 647.929 84.896 2.142 38.553 0.378 0.009 i2 5.800 85.799 11.242 0.284 5.105 0.050 0.001 j2 8.200 121.302 15.894 0.401 7.218 0.071 0.002 l2 15.400 227.811 29.849 0.753 13.555 0.133 0.003 m2 12.200 180.473 23.647 0.597 10.739 0.105 0.003 av 14.527 214.900 28.158 0.710 12.787 0.125 0.003 max 43.800 647.929 84.896 2.142 38.553 0.378 0.009 min 5.800 85.799 11.242 0.284 5.105 0.050 0.001 figure 5.levels concentration of radon in schools using cr-39 detector. 0.000 10.000 20.000 30.000 40.000 50.000 60.000 70.000 80.000 90.000 a2 b2 c2 d2 e2 f2 g2 i2 j2 l2 m2 c r n (b q /m 3 ) code sample crn ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 62 figure 6: lung cancer per million people (cppp) in the school classroom figure 7. annual effective dose (aed) in the air of selected schools by cr-39 detector figure 8. the correlation between radon concentrations and the lung cancer cases per year per million person in the school 0.000 5.000 10.000 15.000 20.000 25.000 30.000 35.000 40.000 45.000 a2 b2 c2 d2 e2 f2 g2 i2 j2 l2 m2 c p p p code sample cppp 0.000 0.500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 a2 b2 c2 d2 e2 f2 g2 i2 j2 l2 m2 a e d (m s v/ y ) code sample aed 0.000 5.000 10.000 15.000 20.000 25.000 30.000 35.000 40.000 45.000 0.000 20.000 40.000 60.000 80.000 100.000 cp p p crn(bq/m 3) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 63 figure (8) shows the linear relationship of radon gas concentration with lung cancer cases, as the higher the radon gas concentration, the more lung cancer cases.as both the dose and the incidence of lung cancer are directly proportional to the concentration of radon gas, and this is what is shown in equations )3 (and )6 ( . 7. conclusion in this research, the concentration of radon gas was studied and measured in the storage rooms of schools in diyala governorate, where the results showed that the values recorded were less than the internationally permissible limits recorded by (icrp), and found low concentrations of radon gas because our study coincided with the beginning of the official working hours. for schools, where storerooms were open for distributing books, in addition to that, most of the school rooms had upper ventilation windows open, and some of them did not contain glass, so these factors reduced the concentration of radon gas. finally, after comparing the results obtained with the global results, it was less than the permissible limits for the concentration of radon gas recorded by (icrp) from (200-300) bq/m3. references 1. united nations scientific committee (unscear): sources and effects of ionizing radiation, 2000. 2. united nations scientific committee (unscear): sources and effects of ionizing radiation, united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation (unscear) 1993 report: report to the general assembly, with scientific annexes. united nations 1993. 3. ridha, a.a.; determination of radionuclides concentrations in construction materials used in iraq, 2013. 4. mohammed, n.a.; calculation of the specific activity of radionuclides in soil and radon concentration and its health effects in the old buildings of baghdad city, 2020. 5. ali, a.h.; determination of radon-222 in air and estimation of radiation doses resulting from its inhalation in al-jaderyia region, appl. phys. 2005, 24, 45-55. 6. mohammed, b.f.; measurement of radon using rad7 at al-tuwaitha nuclear site, appl. phys. 2017, 13, 12-24. 7. ayyed, h.k.; the use of wall paints as a shield to reduce the exhalation of alpha particles and radon gas, geophys. journal. 2017, 22, 33-41. 8. abdulraheem, j.a.; baghdad al munthiriya no. (5) road in diyala province: a syudy in transport geography, 2020. 12, 5667. 9. merhej, s.h.; administrative borderies map,baghdad,iraq, 2007. 10. mohammed, n.a., ebrahiem, s.a.: study of lung cancer hazard due to radiate radon gas for two factories in industrial region (shaikh omar) of baghdad governorate. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl.2020. sci. 33, 27–33. 11. salim, d.a., ebrahiem, s.a.: measurement of radon concentration in college of education for pure science/ibn al-haitham buildings using cr-39 detector. ibn alhaitham j. pure appl. 2018. sci. 31, 52–59. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 64 12. nayif, s.s.: measurement of radon concentrations in the air buildings for some schools at karbala city using cn 85 and lr 115 type ii detectors, 2019. 13. salim, d.a., ebrahiem, s.a.: measurement of radon concentration in college of education, ibn al-haitham buildings using rad-7 and cr-39 detector. in: energy procedia. 2019. pp. 918–925. elsevier b.v. 14. najam, l.a., ebrahiem, s.a., abbas, s.a., mahdi, h.a.: assessment of radon gas concentrations levels and radiation hazards in the dwellings of baghdad province, iraq. rasayan j. 2018. chem. 11, 37–40. https://doi.org/10.7324/rjc.2018.1111696. 15. ebrahiem, s.a., falih, e.h., mahdi, h.a.m., shaban, a.h.: indoor 222rn measurement and hazards indices in houses of al-najaf province–iraq. in: aip conference proceedings. 2018. p. 30003. aip publishing llc. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |202 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 approximate solution for fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order using adomian decomposition method ali k. ateea dept. of computer / college of education/ the iraqi universit received in :17/ january /2017 , accepted in : 9 /april/ 2017 abstract in this paper we shall prepare an sacrificial solution for fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order (ffdaes) based on the adomian decomposition method (adm) which is proposed to solve (ffdaes) . the blurriness will appear in the boundary conditions, to be fuzzy numbers. the solution of the proposed pattern of equations is studied in the form of a convergent series with readily computable components. several examples are resolved as clarifications, the numerical outcomes are obvious that the followed approach is simple to perform and precise when utilized to (ffdaes). keywords: fractional calculus, fuzzy set theory , fractional differential algebraic equation , adomian decomposition method. mathematics |203 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 introduction the topic of fractional calculus (that is calculus of derivatives and integrals of any random complex or real order) has obtained large popularity and significance during the past three decades or so, back fundamentally to its pretended applications in abundant seemingly varied and widespread fields of engineering and science. it does de facto provide several potentially helpful tools for solving integral and differential equations, and different other problems including special functions of mathematical physics as well as generalizations of their expansions in one and more variables [1]. in this paper the approximate solution of (ffdaes) will be investigated.the notion of fuzzy sets which was primarily introduced by zadeh [2] leads to the definition of the fuzzy number and its application in approximate reasoning problems and fuzzy control. the basic arithmetic structure for fuzzy numbers was subsequently developed by mizumoto and tanaka [3], nahmias and ralescu [4,5] all of which observed the fuzzy number as a collection of levels, 0 < 1.the basic notions on fuzzy sets, fuzzy differential equations and fuzzy differentials can be found in [6,7,8,9,10]. the study of fuzzy differential equations (fdes) forms an appropriate setting for the mathematical modeling of real world problems in which suspicion or opacity pervades. the recently developed decomposition method proposed by american mathematician, georg adomian has been receiving much attention in recent years in applied mathematics the adm protrude as an alternative method for solving a spacious range of problems whose mathematical models involve integro-differential equations, algebraic , and partial differential equations. thus yields quickly convergent series solutions for both linear and nonlinear stochastic equations and deterministic; it has many features over the traditional techniques, namely it evades discretization and supply an efficient numerical solution with high precision, minimal calculations and avoidance of physically unrealistic assumptions, the theoretical treatment of convergence of the decomposition method has been considered in [11]and the obtained results about the speed of convergence of this method. the solution of the fractional differential equation have been obtained through the adomian decomposition by [12]. however, el-sayed and kaya proposed adm to approximate the numerical and analytical solution of system two-dimensional burger sequations with initial conditions in [13], and the advantages of this work are that the decomposition method reduces the computational work and improves with regards to its accuracy and rapid convergence. the convergence of decomposition method is proved as [14], in [15] applied adm to obtain the approximate solution for the daes system and the result obtained by this method indicates a high degree of accuracy through the comparison with the analytic solutions. in [16], [17] standard and modified adms are applied to solve non-linear daes. while, the error analysis of adomian series solution to a class of nonlinear differential equation, where as numerical experiments show that adomian solution using this formula converges faster is discussed in [18]. also, a new discrete adm to sacrificial is the theoretical solution of discrete nonlinear schrodinger equations is presented in [19] where this tested for single solution waves and plane waves in case of continuous, semi discrete and fully discrete schrodinger equations. momani and jafari, [20] presented numerical study of system of fractional differential equation by adm. this paper is orderly as follows: in section two, we retrieval the basic concept of fuzzy set theory, in section three, the fractional order definitions of derivatives and integration are considered. our approach is presented in section four, and two numerical examples are solved in section five to illustrate the ability and efficiency of the proposed method. mathematics |204 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 some basic concept of fuzzy set theory in this part, we shall display some basic definitions of fuzzy set theory inclusive the definition of fuzzy functions and fuzzy numbers. definition (1), [21]: let y be any set of elements, a fuzzy set ̃ is described by a membership function ̃( ) , and perhaps written as the set of points ̃ *(y, ̃) | ̃( ) + definition (2), [21]: the fragile set of elements that belongs to the set b at minimal to the degree β is called the weak α-level set (or weak β -cut), and is defined by: * ̃( ) + while the strong β level set (or strong β -cut) is defined by: * ̃( ) + definition (3), [2] a fuzzy subset ̃ of a universal space y is convex if and only if the sets are convex, , or equipollent, we can define convex fuzzy set immediately by using its membership function to offset: ̃, ̃( ) * ̃( ) ̃( )+ , -. remark (1), [22]: a fuzzy number ̃ singly represented in terms of its β -level sets, as the following closed intervals of the real line: , √ √ or , where n is the mean value of ̃ ( . this fuzzy number is perhaps written as ̃ , -, where refers to the greatest lower bound of ̃ and to the least upper bound of ̃. remark (2), [22]: like to the second approach given in remark (1), one can fuzzyfy any fragile or non fuzzy function f, by allowing: ( ) = f(x), ( ) ( and hence the fuzzy function in terms of its βlevels is given by =[ -. fractional order derivative and integration in this section we shall present some definitions of fractional order derivatives and integral which will be used further in this paper . definition (4), [23]: the riemann-liouville fractional integral operator of order q > 0 is specify as: f(x)= ( ) ∫ ( ) f(t)dt,q>0,x>0 ..…(1) mathematics |205 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 f(x)= f(x) definition (5)[23]: the riemann-liouville fractional derivative operator of order > 0 is specify as: f(x)= ( ) ∫ ( ) f(t)dt ..…(2) where m is an integer and m 1 < q m definition (6)[23]: caputo fractional derivative operator of order > 0 is defined as: ( )= ( ) ∫ ( ) f(t)dt ..…(3) caputo fractional derivative has a useful property: ( ) ( ) ∑ ( )( ) .…(4) where m is an integer and m 1 < q m and similar to integer order differentiation caputo’s fractional differentiation is a linear operation i.e: ( )[ ( ) ( )] λ ( ) ( ). …(5) where λ are constants , for caputo derivative also we have , c is constant ( ){ ⌈ ⌉ ( ) ( ) ⌈ ⌉ the proposed approach in this section we shall employ the adm to solve fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order and , for this purpose let us consider the following system of fuzzy differential algebraic equation of fractional order with variable coefficients: ( ), ̃( ) ( ) ̃( ) ( ) ...(6) with initial value ̃( ) ̃ ...(7) where represents the caputo fractional derivative of order q and with ( ) is singular ( ) nonsingular matrix ̃ fuzzy number vector. the procedure of solution is given by writing system (6),equivalently as a system of fuzzy fractional daes, then by substituting the algebraic variable in the previous equations ,we get a system of ordinary differential ,equations which can be considered as ̃ ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) ̃ ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) ̃ ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) } ( ) mathematics |206 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 where each equation represents the fuzzy fractional of order q of one unknown functions as a mapping depending on the independent variable t and n-1 unknown functions ̃ ̃ ̃ we can present the system (8) by using the equition as : l ̃ = ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ), i=1,2,...,n-1 ...(9) where l= ̃( ) is the caputo fractional derivative operator of order with inverse which is the riemann-liouville fractional integration of order q .applying the inverse operator on (9) we shall get the following form : ̃ ∑ ̃ ( )( ) ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ( ) as usual in adm the solution of equation (5) and (6) is considered to be the infinite of a series ̃ ∑ ̃ ( ) , i=1,2,...,n-1 ( ) where ̃ = ̃ ( ) ̃ = ,n=0,1,2,.. and if the integrand in eq.(10) is nonlinear , we define : ̃ ̃ ( ) ̃ 3 ...(12) where are the adomian polynomial . since the initial value vector is fuzzy then the solution ̃( ) will be a fuzzy vector solution and therefore ̃( )will be written as ̃( )=[ (t), (t)]and to find (t) we must solve the following problem ( ), ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) with the initial value ( ) …(14) similarly in order to find (t) we must solve ( ), ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) with initial value ( ) ( ) illustrative examples: in this section, two examples are given in order to illustrate the proposed manner. example1: consider the following fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order ( ) ( ̃( ) ̃ ( ) ) ( ( ) ) . ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) / ( ) …(17) with the following initial conditions : . ̃( ) ̃ ( ) / . ̃ ̃ / … (18) the solution ̃ ( )can be written as ̃ ( ) [ ],and to find we must solve: ( ) ( ( ) ( ) ) ( ( ) ) . ( ) ( ) / ( ) ...(19) with the following initial conditions . ( ) ( ) / . √ √ / … (20) equivalently eq. (15) can be written as ( ) [ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( ) mathematics |207 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 ( ) ( ) … (22) by using the adomian decomposition manner on (21) , (22) we have ( ) ∑ ( )( ) 2 0 13 [ ( )] + 2( ) 0 13 ...(23) hence: ( ) ∑ ( )( ) 0 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 + 0 1 + 0 1 ....(24) ( ) 0 ( )1 ....(25) similarly in order to find we must solve: ( ) ( ̅ ( ) ( ) ) ( ( ) ) . ̅ ( ) ( ) / ( ) ...(26) with the following initial conditions . ̅ ( ) ( ) / . √ √ / ..… (27) equivalently eq. (26) can be written as ̅ ( ) [ ( )] ̅ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) .… (29) by using the adomian decomposition manner on (28) , (29) we have ̅ ( ) ∑ ̅( )( ) 2 0 13 , ̅( )+ 2( ) 0 13 ...( 30) hence: ̅ ( ) ∑ ̅( )( ) , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + 0 1 + 0 1 ....(31) ( ) [ ( )( )] ....(32) tables (1) ,(2) and (3) represent the approximate values of ( ) ( ) using adm up to 10 terms for , q= , and 0.5 , and 1 respectively . example 2: consider the following fuzzy fractional differential algebraic equations ( )( ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) )+( ( ) ( ) ( ) )( ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ) ( ) …(33) with the following initial conditions: ( ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ̃ ( ) ) ( ̃ ̃ ̃ ) …(34) the solution ̃ ( )can be written as ̃ ( ) [ ],and to find we must solve: mathematics |208 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 ( )( ( ) ( ) ( ) )+( ( ) ( ) ( ) )( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( ) …(35) with following initial conditions ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( √ √ √ ) …(36) equivalently eq. ( 35) can be written as ( ) [ ( )] [ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0..(37) ( ) [ ( )] ( ) + ( ) ( ) …(38) ( ) =sin(x) …(39) by using the adomian decomposition method on (38) , (39) we have ( ) ∑ ( )( ) [ ( )] [ ( )] 2 0 13 0 1 [ ( )] ...(40) ( ) ∑ ( )( ) , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + 0 ( ) 1 ....(41) then: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ....(42) ( ) 0 ( )1 + 0 ( )1+ 0 ( )1 ....(43) ( ) ∑ ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) + ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ....(44) ( ) 0 ( )1 ....(45) similarly in order to find we must solve: ( )( ( ) ( ) ( ) )+( ( ) ( ) ( ) )( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( ) …(46) with following initial conditions ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( √ √ √ ) …(47) mathematics |209 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 equivalently eq. ( 46) can be written as ( ) [ ( )] [ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) …(48) ( ) [ ( )] ( ) + ( ) ( ) …(49) ( ) =sin(x) …(50) by using the adomian decomposition method on (48) , (49) and (50) we have ( ) ∑ ( )( ) , ( ) , ( ) 2 0 13 0 1 , ( ) ...(51) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + 0 ( ) 1 ....(52) then: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ....(53) ( ) , ( )+ , ( )-+ , ( ) ....(54) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) + ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ( ) ( )) ....(55) ( ) , ( ) ....(56) tables (4) ,(5) ,(6) and (7) represent the approximate values of ( ) , ( ) ( ) and ( ) using adm up to 10 terms for and and 0.5 and 1 respectively. conclusions in this paper, the approximate solution of the fuzzy differential algebraic equations of fractional order was found by using the adomian decomposition method.it seems from the results of the illustrative examples that the proposed method gave an accurate result and the method followed to find the approximate solution is efficient and can be considered for such types of problems. references 1. kilbas, a. a.; srivastava h. m. and trujillo j.j. (2006) “theory and applications of fractional differential equations”, elsevier. 2. zadeh, l. a. (1965) "fuzzy sets", information control, 8, 338-353, elsevier. 3. mizumoto m. and tanaka, k. ( 1979), "some properties of fuzzy numbers", in m. m.gupta, rajade r. k. and yager r. r. (eds.), advances in fuzzy set theory and applications, north holland, amsterdam, 156-164. 4. nahmias, s. ( 1978), "fuzzy variables, fuzzy sets and system" 1, 97-111. mathematics |210 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 5. ralescu, d.( 1979), "a survey of the representation of fuzzy concepts and its applications", in gupta m. m., rajade r. k. and yager (eds.), advances in fuzzy settheory and applications, north holland, amsterdam, 77. 6. diamond, p. and kloeden, p. (1994), “metric spaces of fuzzy sets”, world scientific, singapore. 7. dubois, d. and prade, h.( 1982), “towards fuzzy differential calculus: part 3, differentiation, fuzzy sets system”. 8, 225–233. 8. kaleva o. (1987), “fuzzy differential equations, fuzzy sets syst.” 24, 301–317. 9. kaleva o. (2006), “a note on fuzzy differential equations”, nonlinear anal. 64, 895–900. 10. puri, m. l. and ralescu, d. a. ( 1983) ,“differentials of fuzzy functions”, j. math. anal. appl. 91, 552–558 11. seng v.; abbaoui, k. and cherruantly, y. (1996), "adomian polynomials for non-linear operators", math. comput. model. 12.ray, s. s. and bera, r. k. (2004), "solution of an extraordinary differential equation by adomian decomposition method". j. appl. math.4, (331-338). 13. el-sayed, s. m. and kaya, d. (2004), "on the numerical solution of the system of twodimensional burgers equations by decomposition method", appl. math. and comput. 158, (101-109). 14. inc, m. (2005), "on the numerical solutions of one-dimensional nonlinear burgers equations and convergence of the decomposition method", appl. math. comput. 170,(7685). 15. celik, e. bayram, m. and yeloglu, t. (2006), "solution of differential-algebraic equations by adomian decomposition method", journal pure and appl. math. issn 0972-9828,3, 1, (93-100). 16. hosseini, m. m. (2006) a, "adomian decomposition method for solution of differentialalgebraic equations", j. comput. appl. math. in press. 197 (495-501). 17. hosseini, m. m. (2006) b, "adomian decomposition method for solution of nonlinear differential-algebraic equations", applied math. and computation 181,(1737-1744). 18. el-kala, i. l. (2007), "error analysis of adomian series solution to a class of non-linear differential equations", issn, (1607-2510). 19. bratsos, a. and ehrhardt, m. (2007), "a discrete adomia decomposition method for the discrete nonlinear schr ̈dinger equation", appl. math. and comput. 20. momani, s. and jafari, h. (2008) ,"numerical study of system of fractional differential equations by using the decomposition method", southeast asian bulletin of mathematics 32,(721-730). 21. zimmerman, h. j. (1987), "fuzzy set theory and its applications", kluwer-nijhcff publishing, usa,. 22. mohammed, d. h.; fadhel, s. fadhel, and abdul-khaleq, f.a. (2011), “differential transform method for solving fuzzy fractional initial value problems” journal of basrah researches ((sciences)), 37,4, c. 23. nazari, d. and shahmorad, s. ( 2010) “application of fractional differential transform method to fractional-order integro-differential equations with nonlocal boundary conditions”, journal of computational and applied mathematics ,234,3,883-891. mathematics |211 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(1) : the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=1 and table(2): the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=1/4 and table(3):the approximate values of ( ) and ( )for q=1/2 and x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) exact solution of ( ) 0 0.1339746 1.8660254 0.2928932 1.7071068 0.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.1 0.131208573 1.698432947 0.275004069 1.554637735 0.462402051 1.367239469 0.914821265 0.914821265 0.91482076 0.2 0.149422991 1.567506247 0.279534536 1.437403817 0.449099243 1.267829996 0.858480964 0.858480964 0.858464619 0.3 0.187906887 1.471041679 0.305636681 1.353381202 0.459065172 1.199883393 0.829599653 0.829599653 0.829474283 0.4 0.245573197 1.406601569 0.35209952 1.300367951 0.49092736 1.161247406 0.826620776 0.826620776 0.826087383 0.5 0.320972472 1.371514386 0.417361475 1.276021044 0.542978099 1.149508759 0.847886169 0.847886169 0.846243429 0.6 0.412312304 1.362881937 0.49952868 1.27790162 0.613191302 1.162002938 0.8891720554 0.8891720554 0.88759712 0.7 0.517482199 1.377593172 0.59639884 1.303528556 0.699245033 1.195830338 0.956524185 0.956524185 0.947537684 0.8 0.634083542 1.412344138 0.705490273 1.350440403 0.798549357 1.247878323 1.0408727 1.0408727 1.023213837 0.9 0.759464232 1.463663549 0.824075715 1.416265655 0.908279057 1.314848724 1.143623156 1.143623156 1.111563878 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.2928932 1.7071068 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 0.095426051 1.015639719 0.179913959 0.931208552 0.28989008 0.82117569 0.555532885 0.555532885 0.2 0.128128109 0.836262752 0.19314433 0.771290196 0.277774567 0.686616294 0.482195431 0.482195431 0.3 0.186594594 0.765776439 0.239771225 0.71263552 0.308990119 0.643380913 0.476185516 0.476185516 0.4 0.26514489 0.75404169 0.310032148 0.709184578 0.36846094 0.650725639 0.50959329 0.50959329 0.5 0.360783267 0.781875558 0.399445165 0.743239625 0.449770538 0.692888286 0.571329412 0.571329412 0.6 0.471227589 0.839153267 0.505008082 0.805395461 0.548979433 0.761401423 0.655190428 0.655190428 0.7 0.59439238 0.919376096 0.624230227 0.889558288 0.66306952 0.850698956 0.756884238 0.756884238 0.8 0.72820384 1.017741457 0.754787261 0.991175888 0.789390338 0.956554959 0.872972648 0.872972648 0.9 0.870526445 1.130312923 0.894378314 1.106477073 0.925425787 1.075413581 1.000419684 1.000419684 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 -0.146022093 -2.520043007 -0.363842571 -2.302222529 -0.647711743 -2.018353357 0.14323225 0.14323225 0.2 -0.110009819 -2.725867835 -0.350019264 -2.48585839 -0.662805662 -2.173071992 0.162262125 0.162262125 0.3 -0.039305401 -2.574450255 -0.271909276 -2.341846381 -0.575044547 -2.03871111 0.211655623 0.211655623 0.4 0.048256041 -2.260467298 -0.163573273 -2.048637984 -0.439634608 -1.772576649 0.275037413 0.275037413 0.5 0.143670526 -1.853853425 -0.039605711 -1.670577187 -0.278455954 -1.431726945 0.344942937 0.344942937 0.6 0.239521719 -1.390544496 0.089960357 -1.240983134 -0.104951805 -1.046070973 0.415049138 0.415049138 0.7 0.327710101 -0.894254744 0.215592737 -0.78213738 0.069478545 -0.636023188 0.478055111 0.478055111 0.8 0.397569739 -0.385061423 0.325761991 -0.313253676 0.232180314 -0.219671998 0.523909414 0.523909414 0.9 0.432382935 0.114269464 0.40319548 0.143456919 0.365157648 0.181494751 0.53638979 0.53638979 mathematics |212 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(4): the approximate values of ( )and ( ) for q=1 and table(5) : the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=1 and table(6) :the approximate values of ( ) and ( ) for q=0.5 and x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) exact solution of ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.1 0.136767408 1.904716153 0.298979728 1.742503833 0.510378939 1.531104622 1.020741781 1.020741781 1.01535451 0.2 0.145795016 2.02730293 0.318426584 1.854671362 0.543404423 1.629693523 1.086548973 1.086548973 1.063011305 0.3 0.162473097 2.24595656 0.353636267 2.05479339 0.60276496 1.805664698 1.204214829 1.204214829 1.145775863 0.4 0.188782322 2.576163909 0.407828665 2.357117567 0.693295415 2.071650816 1.382473116 1.382473116 1.267049925 0.5 0.227201133 3.036859531 0.484992095 2.779068569 0.820951816 2.443108848 1.632030332 1.632030332 1.430891295 0.6 0.280601148 3.650548822 0.589799609 3.341350362 0.992754887 2.938395083 1.965574985 1.965574985 1.642082916 0.7 0.352114402 4.4434352 0.72750008 4.068049522 1.216712219 3.578837383 2.397774801 2.397774801 1.906212199 0.8 0.444982619 5.445565242 0.903794624 4.986753236 1.501730069 4.388817792 2.94527393 2.94527393 2.229761706 0.9 0.56239945 6.691006841 1.124709657 6.128696634 1.857526583 5.395879709 3.626703146 3.626703146 2.62021246 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) exact solution of 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.1 0.158055629 2.07226781 0.333687869 1.89663557 0.562576261 1.667747179 1.020741781 1.11516172 1.11515426 0.2 0.203490098 2.319021732 0.397593743 2.124918088 0.650554536 1.871957294 1.086548973 1.261255915 1.261136624 0.3 0.2701062 2.608130238 0.484623903 2.393612535 0.764188815 2.114047623 1.204214829 1.439118219 1.43851487 0.4 0.357538354 2.941454527 0.594617081 2.7043758 0.903584092 2.395408789 1.382473116 1.64949644 1.647592035 0.5 0.465241212 3.320910221 0.727253726 3.058897707 1.068715081 2.717436352 1.632030332 1.893075717 1.88843404 0.6 0.592508524 3.748510864 0.882077135 3.458942254 1.259450294 3.081569094 1.965574985 2.170509694 2.160904284 0.7 0.738496635 4.226418638 1.058519442 3.906395831 1.475581283 3.48933399 2.397774801 2.482457636 2.464705088 0.8 0.902252333 4.757002293 1.255932233 4.403322393 1.71685685 3.942397776 2.94527393 2.829627313 2.799423801 0.9 1.082744686 5.342902227 1.473621424 4.952025489 1.983021905 4.442625008 3.626703146 3.212823456 3.16459733 x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.133974596 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 0.203151908 2.765538086 0.438255221 2.530434773 0.744647822 2.224042172 1.484344997 1.484344997 0.2 0.301733687 3.901403252 0.632009524 3.571127415 1.062433374 3.140703565 2.101568469 2.101568469 0.3 0.434374951 5.280743725 0.879037572 4.836081104 1.458533181 4.256585496 2.857559338 2.857559338 0.4 0.606107664 6.924096442 1.185793937 6.34441017 1.941255793 5.588948314 3.765102053 3.765102053 0.5 0.822070637 8.855550327 1.559156133 8.118464831 2.519744652 7.157876312 4.838810482 4.838810482 0.6 1.088184717 11.101915959 2.006961679 10.183138996 3.204335124 8.985765551 6.095050338 6.095050338 0.7 1.41362934 13.694697983 2.540438386 12.567888938 4.008924519 11.099402804 7.554163662 7.554163662 0.8 1.821207649 16.68024835 3.184550039 15.316905961 4.961292426 13.540163573 9.250728 9.250728 0.9 2.383433053 20.15575553 4.014074026 18.525114556 6.13916671 16.400021873 11.269594291 11.269594291 mathematics |213 2017( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 table(7):the approximate values ( ) and ( ) for q=0.5 and . x ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0.134 1.866025404 0.292893219 1.707106781 0.5 1.5 1 1 0.1 0.287677641 3.547790052 0.586798529 3.248669164 0.976620458 2.858847235 1.917733847 1.917733847 0.2 0.442038115 4.678520642 0.83074263 4.289816127 1.337312215 3.783246542 2.560279378 2.560279378 0.3 0.628764605 5.808485816 1.104012882 5.333237538 1.723368493 4.713881927 3.21862521 3.21862521 0.4 0.845417279 6.981687514 1.408430565 6.418674228 2.142163761 5.684941032 3.913552396 3.913552396 0.5 1.086791209 8.211147628 1.740463091 7.557475746 2.592344871 6.705593966 4.648969418 4.648969418 0.6 1.346550152 9.500469641 2.094686206 8.752333586 3.069676091 7.777343701 5.423509896 5.423509896 0.7 1.619538072 10.851066494 2.466546588 10.004057978 3.570389574 8.900214992 6.235302283 6.235302283 0.8 1.910853017 12.272980584 2.861595938 11.322237663 4.100628231 10.083205369 7.0919168 7.0919168 0.9 2.266861039 13.816655418 3.32657442 12.756942037 4.707619782 11.375896675 8.041758229 8.041758229 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |84 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis of new beta-lactam , 2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one and imidazole-5-one derivatives from thiosemicarbazide and their biological activity study roaa majid abdul-amir hamid dept. of chemistry/ college of science/almustansirya university received in:21/aril/2016,accepted in:5/october/2016 abstract new derivatives of thiosemicarbazide were synthesized by reaction of different aromatic aldehydes and ketones with thiosemicarbazide to give schiff-bases 1(a-d) . schiff-bases have been used for synthesized the thioimidazolidine 2(a-d) by reaction of schiff-bases with ethyl chloroacetatein in presence of anhydrous sodium acetate that transformed part of it in to betalactam 3(a-b) compounds with phenyl acetic acid and thionyl chloride , the compounds 4(ab) came from the reactor of 4-bromobenzaldehyde with compounds 2(a-b) , as well as reaction of compounds 2(b-d) with methyl iodide and anhydrous potassium carbonate to give 5 (b-d) , then added hydrazine hydrate formed 6(b-d) , then reaction with acetic anhydride to prepare 7(b-d) , the biological activity of the synthesized compounds was also studied . all newly compounds were characterized by using the proton nuclear magnetic resonance ( 1 hnmr) ,mass spectra (ms) , fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) ,ultraviolet (uv) spectroscopy spectra , and studied their physical properties. keywords: thiosemicarbazide ,imidazole , imidazole-5-one , beta lactame chemistry |85 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction thiosemicarbazide is one of n-aminothiourea compounds , as well it considers an effective control for bacterial leaf blight of rice also as a reagent for ketones , certain metals[1], of photography and as a rodenticide . in organic chemistry aldehyde or ketone condensation reaction with semicarbazide to form semicarbazone derivatives . such as nitrofurazone used antibiotics[1] . when oxygen atom changes to sulfur atom in a semicarbazone we get thiosemicarbazone[1]. in past years thiosemicarbazone derivedes from related aldehydes and 2-formylpyridine have been of great interest because of their antineoplastic action [2] . thiosemicarbazone derivatives have wide pharmaceutical interest and exhibit various biological activities such as anticancer , antifungal, rheumatism , antibacterial , coccidiodis, leprosy , antimalarial , antiviral and trypanosomiasis[2,3] . in organic synthesis imidazol-thione derivatives are playing very important role and they have many applications as therapeutics and the methods for the synthesis of imidazole-2-thiones are classified according to reaction types including cyclization, reactions of haloand oxoimidazole derivatives with sulfur-containing nucleophiles, and direct insertion of sulfur into position 2 of the imidazole ring [4-6] as well as herbicides and fungicides [7] .the 5 diphenylimidazolidin-2,4-dione and phenylimidazolone were used as anticonvulsants [8] . sglucosylatedimidazolones[9] exhibit high activity against the human-immune deficiency virus[10] , the herpes simple virus[11] , the 1-aminoimidazolone used for the treatment of urinary tract infections as antimicrobial drug[12] , and as muscle relaxant drug for cardiac arrhythmia[13], imidazolone-thione derivatives were reported as inhibitors of liver glycogen phosphorylases[14] . and serine protease[15] , imidazole ring found in many drugs such as nitro imidazole which is used antifungal drugs[16,17], and the sedative midazolam[18] , more over some of these activities are antibacterial activites [19-22]. chemistry |86 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis of new compounds 1(a-d)7(b-d) from thiosemicarbazide ar o r nh2 nh s nh2+  etoh ar r n nh s nh2 clch2co2et ar r n n nh s o o h br ar r n n nh s o br ar r n n nh s oph o mei k2co3 etoh ar r n n n o s ch3 nh2 nh2 ar r n n n o nh nh2 ar r n n n o nn ch3 ch3 o o o ch3 1(a-d) 2(a-d) 3(a-b) 4(a-b) 5(b-d) 6(b-d) 7(b-d) ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= phch2cooh socl 2 chemistry |87 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 experimental instruments melting point was determined in open capillary tube on gallenkamp melting point apparatus and are uncorrected . the ft-ir spectra were recorded by using a perkin –elmer 1600-series ft-ir spectrometer, mass spectra (ms) . 1 hnmr spc. were recorded onavariar –mercury 200 µhz spectrometer and solvents (dmso-d6) in jordan university . chemicals the chemical materials that were used (fluka, bdh) brand, it is pure substances . synthesis of n'-arylidenehydrazinecarbothioamide1(a-d) to a stirring solution of thiosemicarbazide(0.01 mole) in absolute ethanol (20 ml), aromatic aldehyde or ketone (o-chlorobenzaldehyde , m-nitrobenzaldehyde , p chloroacetophenon , pmethoxyacetophenon) (0.01 mole) were added. the mixture was refluxed for 4hrs., then cooled. the precipitate was filtered and recrystallized from appropriate solvent tables (1) and (2). synthesis of n'-arylideneamino-2thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 2(a-d) a mixture of 1(a-d) (0.01mol) and ethyl chloroacetate (0.01mol) in ethanol (50 ml) in presence of anhydrous sodium acetate (0.03mol) was heated under reflux for 4 hr. after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water. the resulting solid was filtered off, washed with hot water, dried and recrystallized from appropriate solvent tables (1) and (2). synthesis of 3-[2-( arylidene)-4-oxo-3-phenylazetidin-1-yl]-2thioxoimidazolidin-4-one(3a ,3 b) to a stirring mixture of phenyl acetic acid (0.01mol) and triethylamin (2.02gm) in (40ml) chloroform with (0.01mol) compounds (2a or 2b ) in ice bath was added drop wise of thionyl chloride (5ml) in 20ml chloroform then the reaction was stirred for (10 hrs) . after that the mixture was washed with (30ml,1nhcl) and three times with water, dried by na2so4(5g), recrystallized from appropriate solvent tables (1) and (2). synthesis of 5-arylidene-3-substituted-2-thiohydantoins (4a,4b) a mixture of (2a or 2b) (0.01mol) , appropriate aromatic aldehydes (4bromobenzaldehyde) (0.01mol) and triethylamine (1 ml) was heated at 120-125 o c for 1hr without solvent. the reaction mixture was then left to cool at room temperature and acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid (2%). the crude product was filtered off, washed with water, dried and purified by recrystallization from the suitable solvent to give compounds (4a,4b), tables (1) and (2). synthesis of 2-(methylsulfanyl)-3-[(arylidene)amino]-3,5-dihydro-4himidazol-4-one 5(b-d) a mixture of 2(b-d) (0.01mol) , methyl iodide (0.01mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (0.03 mol) in ethanol (50 ml) was heated under reflux for 4hrs. the reaction mixture was then cooled and poured in to water. the solid formed was filtered off, washed with water, dried and recrystallized from appropriate solvent tables (1)and(2) [23]. chemistry |88 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis of 2-hydrazinyl-3-[( arylidene)amino]-3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol4-one 6(b-d) hydrazine hydrate (99%)(10 ml) was added to a mixture of compound (5(bd)) (0.001 mole) in abs. ethanol (30 ml). the reaction mixture was refluxed for 8 hrs. then, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature .the solid formed was filtered off , washed with ethanol and recrystallized from appropriate solvent tables (1)and(2) [23]. synthesis of 3-methyl-7-[(arylidene)amino]-5h-imidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazol6(7h)-one 7(b-d) a solution of 6(b-d) (0.01mol) in acetic anhydride (25 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 hr, then cooled and poured into ice-water (50 ml) .the solid formed was filtered off , washed with water, dried and recrystallized from appropriate solvent tables (1)and(2) [23] . antimicrobial evaluation the newly synthesized heterocyclic compounds, as shown in table 3 were tested for their antimicrobial activity against the following microorganisms :escherichia coli,klebsiella pneumonia ,staphylococcus aureus,streptococcus lactis , and candida albicans. the preliminary screening of the investigated compounds was performed using the holes method. and the results are summarized in table (3). results and discussion the research includes the preparation of n'-arylidenehydrazinecarbothioamide 1(a-d) through aromatic aldehyde or ketone different interacts with thiosemicarbazide showed spectra ftir(ν, cm -1 ) frequency bands belonging to the (c=n) at (1608-1585) and (nh2) at (3415 3232),λmax (etoh)(nm) at (220-248) responsible for (n→ π ⃰ ) transition of (n and o) atoms and at (298-320) due to ( π → π ⃰), and then added ethyl chloroacetate to synthesis of n'-arylideneamino-2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 2(a-d) diagnosed by spectra of ftir(ν, cm -1 ) that gave the frequency bands characteristic belonging to a group (c=o)amid at (1720-1706) and the disappearance of the frequency (nh2) group in schiff-bases, λmax (etoh)(nm) at (221242) responsible for (n → π ⃰) transition of (n and o) atoms and at (315-342) due to (π →π ⃰),and diagnosed of 3-[2-(arylidene)-4-oxo-3-phenylazetidin-1-yl]-2-thioxoimidazolidin4-one (3a, 3b) that attended by the reactance of (2a,2b) with phenyl acetic acid and thionyl chloride has shown ftir(ν, cm -1 )(1761) return to the group (c=o) in the ring beta-lactam and the disappearance of the shades (c = n) group . 1 h-nmr(δ,ppm)showed 6.878.54(m,9h,arh),4.12-4.31(s,1h,ch)amid,7.00-7.12 (s,1h,nh)amid,4.364.46(d,1h,ch)lactam,5.60-5.61(d,1h,ch-n)lactam, as shown in figure (1) for 3a ,synthesis of 5arylidene-3-substituted-2-thiohydantoins(4a,4b) attended the interaction (2a,2b) with 4bromobenzaldehyde has shown spectra of ftir(ν, cm -1 ) have frequency peaks at (c=o)amid 17101701, (c=c) 1649-1587,(c-br) 810-806,and 1 hnmr (dmso-d6)(δ,ppm),6.378.39(m,8h,arh),8.49-8.79 (s,1h,ch=n), 6.50-6.96 (s,1h, ch=ch), 2.10-2.25 (s,1h, nh)amid,as shown in figure (2) for 4b , either synthesis of 2-(methylsulfanyl)-3[(arylidene)amino]-3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 5(b-d) came from reacting methyl iodide and anhydrous potassium carbonate to 2(b-d) where it showed ftir(ν, cm -1 ) (c=o)amid 17101718, (c=c) 1487-1597,(c=n) 1610-1674, ms (m/z) %: 278 (m , 98.50) for (5b), as shown in figure (3) for 5d,then reaction with hydrazine hydrate to synthesis of 2-hydrazinyl-3[(arylidene)amino]-3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 6(b-d) characterized by ftir (ν, cm -1 ) (c=o)amid 1712-1718,(nh2) 3250-3493,(c=n)1602-1618 and the disappearance of the frequency (c-s) group and ms (m/z) %: 262(m + ,19.90)for (6d), as shown in figure (4) for 6c then added acetic anhydride to prepare the derivatives 3-methyl-7-[(arylidene)amino]-5himidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazol-6(7h)-one7(b-d).the ftir spectra for derivatives 7(b-d) showed stretching bands at (ν, cm -1 )(c=o)amid 1714-1720,(c=n)1602-1684 and the disappearance of the frequency (nh2),ms (m/z) %: 289 (m ,98.60)for(7c), as shown in figure (5) for 7b, tables (2).the study of biological activity of all new prepared compounds were listed in the chemistry |89 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (3) . all prepared compounds happened according to the following mechanisms: mechanism synthesis of 1(a-d): (nucleophilic addition reaction) mechanism synthesis of 2(a-d): (cyclization mechanism) ar c o r + nh2 nh r 1 .. ar c o + nh2 nh r 1 r ar c oh nh nh r 1 r ar c n nh r 1 r p.t.-h2o  ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= r 1 = c s nh2. ar c n nh c r s nh2 + cl ch2 c o oc2h5.. ar c n nh c r s + nh2 c clch2 oc2h5 o ar c n nh c r s nh c cl ch2 o + o c2h5 h p.t. -c 2 h 5 oh ar c n nh c r s nh c clch2 o .. -hcl n nhar c n r s o ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= chemistry |90 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 mechanism synthesis of 3(a-d): (cyclization mechanism) ar c n r 2 r + c c o ph h .. c c n + c o r 2 ar ph rh cc ar ph rh c n o r 2 ph ch2 c o oh + s o cl cl h c ph h c o o s oh cl cl .. oh s oh cl cl +c c o ph h ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= r 2 = .n nh s o chemistry |91 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 mechanism synthesis of 4(a-d): (nucleophilic substitution reaction) mechanism synthesis of 5(a-d):(sn2) mechanism synthesis of 6(a-d): (nucleophilic substitution reaction) n nhar c n r s o n nhar c n r s oh n + nh c ar c n r s oh tout. br c o hn + nhar c n r s oh c br h o tout.n nhar c n r s o c br h oh -h 2 o n nhar c n r s o c br h ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= n nhar c n r s o tout. n nar c n r o sh k 2 co 3 n nar c n r o s ch 3 -i n nar c n r o h3c-s ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= n nar c n r o h3c-s + nh2 nh2 .. n n ar c n r o h3c-s + nh2 nh2 n nar c n r o nh nh2 +ch3sh ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= chemistry |92 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 mechanism synthesis of 7(a-d): (nucleophilic substitution reaction) references 1dimmockj.r.,and vashishtas.c. (2000) anticonvulsant properties of various acetylhydrazones, oxamoylhydrazones and semicarbazones derived from aromatic and unsaturated carbonyl compounds,eur j med chem,35,(241-242). 2jose,m.v.;teresap.,adrianaa.;mariag.;javierm.;and margarita,l.t,fernandez (2012),antimicrobial activity of different thiosemicarbazone compounds,international research journal of pharmacy, 623,(176-184). 3du x.;guo c.,hansalle.;doyle p.s.,caffreyc.r.;holler t.p.; mckerrov j.h.;and cohen f.e.(2002)synthesis and structure-activity relationship study of potent trypanocidalthiosemicarbazone inhibitors of the trypanosomal cysteine protease cruzain,j med chem,45,(2695-2696). 4gyorfiz.;csavassyg.(2008)reaction of isonitriles with carboxylic acids in a cavitand: observation of elusive isoimide intermediates.j. am. chem,103,(87). 5tobler h.;schurtar r.;toepfl w.;and foery w.(2007)chemical abstracts service (cas),american chemical society. 6moody g. j.;hunt p.a.;smitt g.;and charles m. marson(2001)synthesis via nacyliminiumcyclisations of n-heterocyclic ringsystems related to alkaloids, general papers, 1,(698). n nar c n r o nh nh2 + ch3 c o o c o ch3 .. n nar c n r o nh + nh2 ch3 c o c o ch3 o n nar c n r o nh nh ch3 c o + c o ch3 o h p.t.-ch 3 cooh n nar c n r o nh nh c ch3 o .. n c + nar c n r o n h n h ch3 o n c nar c n r o n n h ch3 oh p.t. n c nar c n r o n n ch3 -h 2 o ar = 2-clc6h4 , 3-no2c6h4 , 4-clc6h4 , 4-ch3oc6h4 r h , ch3= chemistry |93 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 7ackik.;kanda y.;shida t.;satake k.;and shinkawah.(1983)chemical abstracts service (cas) , american chemical society,99,(139934). 8shukla j.s.;and agarwal k.k.(2006)synthesis of new 1-[5-(substituted phenoxymethyl)1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl]-5-(substituted benzylidene)hydantoins as potential anthelminthic agents ,archivpharmazie,316,(796). 9bulld.;and islip p. j.(2011) synthesis, characterization and bioactivity research of a derivative of secnidazole: 1-(2-chloropropyl)-2-methyl-5-nitro-1h-imidazole ,journal of chemical crystallography,9,(242). 10monsterrate,h.;monsterratev.;josel.m.a.;and nillalo.(2001)reaction of αiminomethylene amino esters with monoand bidentate nucleophiles: a straightforward route to 2-amino-1h-5-imidazolones ,tetrahedron,57,(4371). 11moskal,j.;moskala.w.;and pietrzycki(2013)(2z)-3-(2,4-di-chloro-phen-yl)-3-hy-droxyn-phenyl-prop-2-ene-thio-amide ,tetrahedron,35,(1883). 12thomos,k.;and khalid w.(2004)synthesis of novel 4-functionalised oxazolidin-2-ones ,tetrahedron,45,(7049). 13carlos,c.;josem.f.;josei.g.;beatrizl.;josea.m.,and antoniop.(2004)determination of antioxidant activity of wine byproducts and its correlation with polyphenolic content catalysis,journal of agricultural and food chemistry226,(192). 14jashi p.c.;parmars.s.;and rastogiv.k.(1980)annual reports in medicinal chemistry, volume 15 , new york london toronto sydney san francisco . 15zaid, s.m.i.;satsongir.k.;nasir p.,agarwalr.;and tiwaris.s.(1980)pharmazie,35,(755). 16yasodha, a.;sivakumar a.;arunachalam g.; and puratchikody a.(2009) synthesis and biological evaluation of some 2,4,5-triazole, imidazole derivatives , journal of pharmaceutical science and research ,1,4,(127-130). 17al. abodi, a.k.; nagam m.; sahar a. k.;and al-bayati r. i. h.(2012) synthesis and characterization of new 1,3-oxazol-5-(4h)-one derivatives , american journal of organic chemistry, 2,6,(143-150). 18prasanthy, g.; venkataramana,v. ;reddy, k.;nirmala, k. and kumar, r.(2011) synthesis and biological evaluation of 1substitution imidazole derivatives , international research journal of pharmacy, 1,2,( 92-99). 19zalash.p.; badmanaban, r.;sen,d.j.and patel, ch.n.(2012)synthesis and biological evaluation of 2,4,5-triphenyl-1h-imidazole-1-yl derivatives, journal of applied pharmaceutical science,8,(202-208). 20yu-ting liu;xiao-ming sun;da-wei yin;and yuanf.(2012)syntheses and biological activity of chalcones-imidazole derivatives,research on chemical intermediates,8,3,(309316). 21lambab, h.s.;narwalc, s.;singhc, g.;sainid, d.r.,kaurd, a. and narwal, s.(2012)synthesis of novel imidazole compounds and evaluation of their antimicrobial activity , indo global journal of pharmaceutical sciences,2,2,(147-156). 22tashtoush, h.;al-soud y.;masla, a.t.;shkoor, m. and al-talib, m.(2007) synthesis and biological activity of some new 5-sulphanyl-4-nitroimidazole derivatives,jordan journal of chemistry,2,1,(11-20). http://link.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22yu-ting+liu%22 http://link.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22xiao-ming+sun%22 http://link.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22da-wei+yin%22 http://link.springer.com/search?facet-author=%22fang+yuan%22 http://link.springer.com/journal/11164 chemistry |94 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 23hussein, a. al-tamamy and abdel fattah m.e.(2010)synthesis and antibacterial activity of some new imidazole, imidazo[2,1-c]triazole and imidazo[1,2-e]tetrazole derivatives, oriental journal of chemistry, 26,2,(421-427). table (1):physical properties of newly synthesized compounds comp. no. m.p (c°) & state and colour recryst-solvent & mol. formula(m. wt) yield % chemical name of scientific 1a 216 solid ,white ethanol:h2o(2:1) c8h8cln3s (213.68) 94 2-(2-chlorobenzylidene)hydrazinecarbothioamide 1b 244 solid ,white ethanol:h2o(2:1) c8h8n4o2s (224.24) 90 2-(3-nitrobenzylidene)hydrazinecarbothioamide 1c 197 solid ,white ethanol c9h10cln3s (227.71) 89 2-[1-(4chlorophenyl)ethylidene]hydrazinecarbothioamide 1d 176 solid ,white ethanol:h2o(1:1) c10h13n3os (223.29) 91 2-[1-(4methoxyphenyl)ethylidene]hydrazinecarbothioamide 2a 250 solid ,white ethanol c10h8cln3os(253.70) 83 3-[(2-chlorobenzylidene)amino]-2thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 2b 216 solid ,white ethanol:h2o(2:1) c10h8n4o3s (264.62) 80 3-[(3-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-2-thioxoimidazolidin4-one 2c 267 solid ,white ethanol:h2o(1:1)c11h10cl n3os (267.73) 82 3-{[1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethylidene]amino}-2thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 2d 184 solid ,white ethanol c12h13n3o2s (263.31) 85 3-{[1-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethylidene]amino}-2thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 3a 240 solid ,yellow ethanol c18h14cln3o2s (371.84) 72 3-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-oxo-3-phenylazetidin-1-yl]2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 3b decompose solid ,orange benzene c18h14n4o4s (382.39) 77 3-[2-(3-nitrophenyl)-4-oxo-3-phenylazetidin-1-yl]-2thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 4a 240 solid ,orange ethanol:h2o(1:1) c17h11brcln3os (420.71) 65 (5z)-5-(4-bromobenzylidene)-3-[(2chlorobenzylidene)amino]-2-thioxoimidazolidin-4one 4b 230 solid ,yellow ethanol c17h11brn4o3s (431.26) 72 (5z)-5-(4-bromobenzylidene)-3-[(3nitrobenzylidene)amino]-2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one 5b 161 solid ,orange ethanol:h2o(1:1) c11h10n4o3s (278.28) 52 2-(methylsulfanyl)-3-[(3-nitrobenzylidene)amino]3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 5c 169 solid ,orange ethanol c12h12cln3os (281.76) 62 3-{[1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethylidene]amino}-2(methylsulfanyl)-3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 5d 138 solid ,orange acetone c13h15n3o2s (277.34) 70 3-{[1-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethylidene]amino}-2(methylsulfanyl)-3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 6b oil,brown c10h10n6o3 (262.22) 63 2-hydrazinyl-3-[(3-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-3,5dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 6c 171 solid ,pink ethanol c11h12cln5o (265.69) 81 3-{[1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethylidene]amino}-2hydrazinyl-3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 6d 165 solid ,white ethanol c12h15n5o2 (261.27) 78 2-hydrazinyl-3-{[1-(4methoxyphenyl)ethylidene]amino}-3,5-dihydro-4himidazol-4-one 7b 167 solid ,orange ethanol c12h10n6o3 (286.24) 74 3-methyl-7-[(3-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-5himidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazol-6(7h)-one 7c 160 solid ,brown ethanol c13h12cln5o (289.72) 50 7-{[1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethylidene]amino}-3-methyl5h-imidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazol-6(7h)-one 7d 129 solid ,orange ethanol c14h15n5o2 (285.30) 62 7-{[1-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethylidene]amino}-3methyl-5h-imidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazol-6(7h)-one chemistry |95 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (2): spectral data of the new synthesized compounds comp.no. spectral data ir (ν, cm -1 ) uv (etoh)& 1 h nmr (dmso-d)& ms(m/z , 100) 1a (c = n) 1608 (nh2) 3414-3244 (c-cl) 750 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs): 320/1.689, 220/0.405 1b (c = n) 1604 (nh2) 3392-3232 (no2) 1523-1346 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs): 315/0.737, 222/0.410 1c (c = n) 1585 (nh2) 3400-3240 (c-cl) 765 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):320/0.523 , 245/1.216 1d (c = n) 1604 (nh2) 3400-3251 (c-o) 1245 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):298/0.388 , 248/0.712 2a (c = o)amid 1720 (c=c) 1637 (c=s) 1327 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):315/3.296, 222/0.403 2b (c = o)amid 1706 (c=c) 1639 (no2) 1517-1348 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):320/2.643, 221/0.405 2c (c = o)amid 1712 (c=c) 1610 (c=s) 1392 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):324/0.425 , 223/1.226 2d (c = o)amid 1720 (c=c) 1622,1602 (c=s) 1336 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):342/0.013 , 242/0.394 3a (c = o)lactam 1761 (c = o)amid 1728 (c=c) 1654,1602 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):344/0.038 , 224/0.408 1 hnmr (dmso-d6) (δ) ,6.87-7.46ppm (m, 9h, arh), 4.31ppm (s,1h,ch)amid, 7.00ppm (s,1h, nh) amid, 4.46ppm (d,1h,ch)lactam, 5.61ppm (d,1h, ch-n) lactam 3b (c = o)lactam 1761 (c = o)amid 1712 (c=c) 1654,1585 (no2) 1529-1346 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):364/0.040 , 224/0.224 1 hnmr (dmso-d6) (δ) ,7.44-8.54ppm (m, 9h, arh), 4.12ppm (s,1h,ch)amid, 7.12ppm (s,1h, nh) amid, 4.36ppm (d,1h,ch)lactam, 5.60ppm (d,1h, ch-n) lactam 4a (c = o)amid 1710 (c=c) 1649,1606 (c-br) 810 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):346/0.020 , 285/0.316 1 hnmr (dmso-d6) (δ) ,6.37-7.50ppm (m, 8h, arh), 8.49ppm (s,1h,ch=n), 6.50ppm (s,1h, ch=ch), 2.10ppm (s,1h, nh) amid 4b (c = o)amid 1701 (c=c) 1639,1587 (no2) 1527-1348 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):355/0.049 , 290/0.214 1 hnmr (dmso-d6) (δ) ,7.54-8.39ppm (m, 8h, arh), 8.79ppm (s,1h,ch=n), 6.96ppm (s,1h, ch=ch), 2.25ppm (s,1h, nh) amid 5b (c = o)amid 1710 (c=c) 1579,1554 (c=n) 1622 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):335/0.004 , 236/0.949 ms (m/z) %: 278 (m , 98.50) 5c (c = o)amid 1718 (c=c) 1573,1487 (c=n) 1610 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):303/0.723 , 238/1.237 ms (m/z) %: 281 (m , 97.50) chemistry |96 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 5d (c = o)amid 1716 (c=c) 1597,1556 (c=n) 1674 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):298/0.853 , 241/1.401 ms (m/z) %: 277 (m + , 100) 6b (c = o) 1712 (nh2) 3493-3250 (c=n) 1618 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):350/0.015 , 272/0.032 ms (m/z) %: 266 (m , 95.50) 6c (c = o) 1718 (nh2) 3404-3281 (c=n) 1612 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):278/0.272 , 237/0.526 ms (m/z) %: 265 (m , 96.80) 6d (c = o) 1714 (nh2) 3412-3352 (c=n) 1602 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):288/0.646 , 241/1.252 ms (m/z) %: 262 (m + , 19.90) 7b (c = o)amid 1720 (c=c) 1595,1556 (c=n) 1612 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):336/0.008 , 276/0.016 ms (m/z) %: 286 (m , 97.60) 7c (c = o)amid 1714 (c=c) 1597,1556 (c=n) 1684 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):334/0.004 , 238/0.468 ms (m/z) %: 289 (m , 98.60) 7d (c = o)amid 1718 (c=c) 1577,1510 (c=n) 1602 uv (etoh)(wavelength(nm)/abs):311/0.156 , 242/0.347 ms (m/z) %: 285(m + , 19.90) chemistry |97 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (3): biologicalactivities of newly synthesized compounds zone of inhibition (mm) comp. no. fungi gram-positive gram-negative candida albicans staphylococcus a. steroptococcus sp. klebsiella p. e.coli 500 1000 500 1000 500 1000 500 1000 *500 *1000 0 0 7 4 0 0 9 10 0 14 1a 0 0 0 5 20 12 19 19 11 19 1b 0 12 0 10 5 10 0 0 8 13 1c 0 0 8 9 10 12 15 18 12 10 1d 9 7 11 7 14 10 0 5 16 13 2a 0 0 8 10 22 17 0 0 6 12 2b 0 0 3 7 15 9 0 0 9 12 2c 0 0 0 0 12 10 21 19 12 14 2d 14 15 14 13 15 17 0 0 10 10 3a 0 0 9 13 12 8 0 0 12 11 3b 0 0 5 9 10 18 0 0 0 0 4a 0 0 2 9 6 10 0 0 10 12 4b 0 0 10 8 12 10 0 0 11 10 5b 10 0 3 7 4 12 6 0 9 11 5c 0 0 0 5 3 0 0 0 0 2 5d 0 0 4 0 5 9 5 0 10 16 6b 0 0 5 8 10 12 0 3 7 11 6c 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 0 3 6d 0 0 0 5 12 15 0 0 15 18 7b 0 0 5 2 8 10 0 0 9 4 7c 0 0 0 3 5 12 0 0 3 8 7d 0 0 0 0 19 10 0 0 0 10 flagyl e.coli = escherichia coli , klebsiella p.= klebsiella pneumonia , steroptococcus sp.=streptococcus species ,staphylococcus a.= staphylococcus aureus the sensitivity of microorganisms to the tested compounds is identified in the following manner: highly sensitive = inhibition zone 3–22 mm not sensitive = inhibition zone: 0 mm *concentration= 1000,500 ppm chemistry |98 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (1): proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy of 3a . figure (2): proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy of 4b . chemistry |99 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (3): mass spectra of 5d. figure (4): mass spectra of 6c . figure (5): mass spectra of 7b. microsoft word 273-278 273 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 fabrication and characterization cdo:in/si photovoltaic solar cell prepard by thermal evaporation mohammed h.mustafa dept.of physics/ college of education for pure scince(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :5june 2014 accepted in :8september2014 abstract in this work, cdo:in/si heterojunction solar cell has been made by vacuum evaporation of cadmium oxide doped with 1% of indium thin film onto glass and silicon substrates with rate deposition (3.9a/sec) and thickness(≈250nm). xrd was investigated, the transmission was determined in range (300-1100)nm and the direct band gap energy is 2.43 ev, i-v characterization of the cell under illumination was investigated , the cell shows an open circuit voltage (voc) of 0.6 volt, a short circuit current density (jsc) of 12.8 ma/cm2, a fill factor (f.f) of 0.66, and a conversion efficiency (η) of 5.2%. key words: fabrication, characterization, photovoltaic, solar, cell . 274 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction researchers have focused on transparent conductive oxide (tco) materials because of their applications, specifically those in the field of optoelectronic devices [1,2] such as photodiodes, phototransistors , photovoltaic cells [3], transparent electrodes [4], liquid crystal displays, ir detectors and antireflecting coatings [5],solar cells[6] and sensors [7]. there are several methods developed for the synthesis of cdo films such as spray pyrolysis , sputtering , chemical bath deposition (cbd) , pulsed laser deposition and thermal evaporation technique. the effect of doping various elements such as sn, in, f, cu and ga on the physical properties of cdo thin films has already been reported.doping increases its free electron concentration and electrical conductivity. indium has been used as a suitable dopant for other transparent conducting films to increase the concentration of conduction electrons and improve the electrical conductivity, but there were few studies about in-doped cdo (in-cdo) films[8]. the aim of this paper is to present the results of the fabrication of n-cdo:in/p-si heterojunction solar cell made by vacuum evaporating technique. experimental work two types of substrates were used in this study. glass slide which is used to study the structural and optical properties of cdo:in films, and p-type silicon wafer substrate with crystal orientation(111). the glass substrates were cleaned by using detergent with water to remove any oil or dust that might be attached to the surface of substrate and then they were placed under tap water and rubbing gently for 15 minutes. then they were placed in a clean beaker containing distilled water and then rinsed in ultrasonic for 15 minutes. after that the distilled water with pure alcohol solution which reacts with contamination such as grease and some oxide. substrates of p-type single crystal si wafers of resistivity 2 ohm-cm and orientation (111) were used in the present study. after scribing these wafers into small pieces (typically 0.8cm x 0.8cm in size), with one surface polished with 2hf: 3hno3: 3ch3cooh mixture (3:5:3) were cleaned ultrasonically by dipping in distilled water, acetone and isopropyl alcohol alternately. after cleaning, the samples were oxidized in dry oxygen. [9]. a specific weight from cadmium oxide must be taken and put it in a special evaporation molybdenum boat, take (1%) from this weight from indium and put it in other molybdenum boat. the films of cdo:in were prepared by thermal coevaporation in vacuum of the order of 10-5 torr, the rate of evaporation was ≈3.9a/sec, onto clean silicon mirror-like side substrates at room temperature (~300k). the average thicknesses of the deposits were determined by microbalance method. the maximum error in the determination of thickness was of the order of 10% estimated for the thinnest films (cdo:in/si films of thickness 250 nm).ohmic contacts of a study on the electrical properties cdo:in/si heterojunction aluminum [10] were evaporated on the silicon side and cdo:in/si side. result and discussion figure (1) and table(1) show the xrd spectra obtained at room temperature for cdo:in film. the xrd pattern for cadmium oxide doped with indium film at room temperature reveals exhibit a prominent reflection angles at 2θ0=33.02, 2θ0=38.22 and 2θ0=55.28. and the crystal lattice is cubic; these xrd peaks are shown to be the (111),(200) and (220). the figure (2) refers to transmission of cdo:in film in the range between (300-1100)nm. 275 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the optical energy gap values (eg) for cdo:in films have been determined. a plot of (hν)2 versus photon energy for cdo:in film is shown in fig.(3). the plot is linear indicating as direct band gap nature of the film. extrapolation of the line to the photon energy axis gives the band gap. the value of the optical energy gap for cadmium oxide doped with indium film is equal to (2.43 ev). this result agrees approximately with the result reported by khalid [11]. figure (4) shows the i-v characteristics of n-cdo:p-si solar cell under illumination. the short circuit current ( isc ), the open circuit voltage (voc) , fill factor (f.f) and the photovoltaic conversion efficiency(η) have been determined. the fill factor given by the relation[12,13]. scocmm ivivff . x 100% ……………… (1) where( im ) and( vm ) are the current and voltage corresponding to the maximum power point.the photovoltaic conversion efficiency (η) is given by: 0 0100.  inocscinm pviffpp ……… (2) where pm is the area of the maximum power rectangle, and pin is the incident power [12,13]. in the present study, the n-cdo:in/p-si solar cell has an open-circuit voltage (voc) of 0.6 volt, a short-circuit current density (jsc) of 12.8 ma/cm2, a maximum voltage (vmax) of 0.51 volt, and a maximum current (jmax) of 10.2 ma/cm2, fill factor (f.f) of 0.667, and the value of the conversion efficiency (η) for n-cdo:in/p-si solar cell is equal to(5.2%). these results are not coincident with ramis [8] because of the different method and conditions of preparation. conclusion a cdo:in thin film was successfully deposited on a p-si substrate to yield a solar cell via thermal evaporation in a vacuum. the xrd pattern showed that the thin film was polycrystalline in nature with a cubic structure. the direct band gap energy of the cdo:in thin film was 2.43 ev. the solar cell conversion efficiency (n-cdo:in/p-si) was 5.2% under a 100 mw/cm2 illumination condition using thermal evaporation in a vacuum. reference 1. goldsmith ,s. (2006) filtered vacuum arc deposition of undoped and doped zno thin films: electrical, optical, and structural properties, surf. coat. technol. 201, 3993. 2. balu ,a. r.; nagarethinam,v.s.; suganya . m.; arunkumar, n.and selvan,g.,(2012) , effect of the solution concentration on the strurtural, optical and electrical properties of silar deposited cdo thin films, journal of electron devices 12, 739 . 3. champness ,c.h; ghoneim, k; chen, j.k. et al,(1985) optimization of cdo layer in a secdo photovoltaic cell. can. j. phys; 63. 4. benko , f.a.; koffyberg, f.p. et al,(1986), quantum efficiency and optical transitions of cdo photoanodes, solid state commun; 57: 901. 5. ocampo, im ; ferandez , am; sabastian , pj et al ,(1993), low resistivity transparent conducting cdo thin films deposited by dc reactive magnetron sputtering at room temperature.semicond.sci. technol; 8: 750. 6. vigil,o; vaillant ,l; cruz, f et al, (2000) , properties of transparent conducting oxides formed from cdo alloyed with in2o3, thin solid films; 53: 361. 276 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 7.ortega, m .;sontana ,g. and acevedo ,a.m.,(1999),optoelectronic properties of cdo-si heterojunction;294-295. 8.ramis,a. al-anssari ;nadir,f.,habubi;jinan ali abd,(2013),fabrication and characterization of ncdo:in/p-si thin film solar cell. journal of electron devices, 17, 1457-1464. 9.ponpon, j. p; and siffert, p. (1978),role of oxygen in the mechanism of formatting of schottky diodes, mukolu j. appl. phys., 49 (12), 6004. 10.oberafo,a.a. etal,(1994),the nature of some contacts (al, in, ge, sb and bi) to selenium films, tr. j. of physics, 18, 727-733. 11.khalid,z.,yahiya,(2008),fabrication and characterization of high efficient cdo/si photovoltaic solar cells. journal of al-nahrain university vol.11(1), 56-58 . 12. zaien, m. ; ahmed, n. m.; and hassan, z. (2012), superlattices and microstructures, 52, 800-806. 13. alfa, b.; tsepav, m. t.; njinga , r. l; and abdulrauf, i. (2012), applied physics research, 4 ; 48-56. table no. (1) x-ray diffraction data for cdo:in thin films astm 2θ0 experimental value 2θ0 (h k l) plane 33.00 33.02 (111) 38.28 38.22 (200) 55.25 55.28 (220) figure no. (1): xrd of cdo:in thin film on glass substrate 277 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (2): the optical transmission (t%) as a function of wavelength for cdo:in film figure no. (3): the energy gap of cdo:in film figure no. (4): current density-voltage curves of the (n-cdo:in/p-si) solar cell 278 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 طة اسالمحضرة بو cdo:in/si تصنيع وخصائص الخلية الشمسية الفولتائية التبخير الحراري محمد حامد مصطفى جامعة بغداد /)ابن الهيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الفيزياء 2014ايلول8قبل البحث 2014ايار5استلم البحث الخالصة بـ المشوب الكادميوم أغشية بتبخير ،وذلك cdo:in/siنوع ھجينة سيةشم خاليا في ھذا البحث، صنعت درس . (250nm≈)وسمك 3.9a/sec)( ترسيب بمعدل و سليكونية و زجاجية قواعد على انديوم ) 1%( فجوة حسبت , nm)(300-1100للمدى النفاذية طيف ومن األشعة السينية، حيود طةاسبو للغشاء البلوري التركيب أداء خليةلل ان فتبين اإلضاءة حالة في جھد -قياسات تيارواجريت ، ev( 2.43)وكانت قيمتھا المباشرة الطاقة ocv() 0.6 (الدائرة المفتوحة ) وان فولتية /scj( )2cm 12.8 ma ( ةريالقص دائرة ال تياركثافة إن فولتائي جيـــد , اذ volt ( وبكفاءة تحويل(η) (5.2%) (0.66)وعامل ملء (f.f). .:تصنيع,خصائص,خلية,الشمسية,الفولتائيةالكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 62-71   62  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       alternating directions implicit method for solving homogeneous heat diffusion equation abstract an alternating directions implicit method is presented to solve the homogeneous heat diffusion equation when the governing equation is a bi-harmonic equation (x) based on alternative direction implicit (adi). numerical results are compared with other results obtained by other numerical (explicit and implicit) methods. we apply these methods it two examples (x): the first one, we apply explicit when the temperature 0. keywords: alternating directions implicit (adi) method, diffusion heat equation, biharmonic equation. 1. introduction a bi –harmonic equation is a kind of partial differential equations, the general form of the biharmonic equation is: ∇ 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑦 𝐹 𝑥, 𝑦 (1) where ∇ is a bi –harmonic operator in the form: ∇ 2 (2) if ∇ 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑦 0 , then it is called homogenous biharmonic function. this equation appears in many boundary value problems: (fluid mechanics, elasticity problems, heat diffusion, etc…), when the governing equation for the boundary value problems is a bi harmonic equation. there are many (x) numerical methods to solve this problem. one of these methods is alternating direct implicit method (adi). this method is to minimize the two dimensions for a partial differential equation to a linear equation with one dimension. the bi-harmonic equation is the governing for many (x) problems, for example: it is the governing for the heat equation. several researchers presented the heat doi: 10.30526/33.2.2427 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index firasadil01@tu.edu.iqbushra.shaker0@gmail.com awnijeh@yahoo.com bushra sh. mahmood firas a. fawziawni m. gaftan department of mathematic /college of computer science and mathematics /tikrit university/ tikrit/iraq. article history: received 7 july 2019, accepted 8 september 2019, published in april 2020.   63  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 equation, see [1-4]. moreover, turck [5]. (x) solve the heat equation. then, poulilikkas et. [6]. constructed methods of fundamental solution for harmonic and biharmonic bvps. martin and ismael [7]. (x) proposed th-collection for biharmnic equation. subsequently, jacob [8]. (x) presented the (a) comparative study of (a) 2d asymmetric diffusion problem with convection on the wall using the theta method. furthermore, noye and hayman in [9]. utilized adi to solve the 2d time dependent heat equations depending on a constant coefficient. donough in [10]. (x) used adi methods for solving elliptic problems. aderito [11]. hyperbolic diffusion equation with convection used an alternating direction implicit method for a second-order. the main purpose of this work is to study the analytic and numerical solution for solving homogeneous heat diffusion equation using adi method. 2. alternating directions implicit method this method is one technique of finite different methods. there are many methods of (adi), for examples: peaceman -rachford, douglas – gunn, and fairweather-mitchel method and all these methods have absolutely stable with respect the heat equations. the basic idea for (adi) method is summarized by the following steps: step1: apply the implicit method in x-direction and the explicit method in y-direction. step2: solve the equation in time (𝑛 . step3: apply the implicit method in y-direction and the explicit method in x-direction, as follows: 𝑻𝒊𝒋 𝑻𝒊𝒋 𝒏 ∆𝒕 𝟐⁄ 𝛿 𝑻𝒊𝒋 𝛿 𝑻𝒊𝒋 (3) 𝑻𝒊𝒋 𝑻𝒊𝒋 ∆𝒕 𝟐⁄ 𝛿 𝑻𝒊𝒋 𝛿 𝑻𝒊𝒋 (4) where 𝛿 and 𝛿 are the second derivatives with respect to x and y, sequentially and the general form for the diffusion heat equation is [2]. 𝑉 1 𝑟𝛿 𝛿 𝑟𝛿 𝑉 , where r = , and h =∆𝑥 =∆𝑦 , k is step4: solve this equation by using tridiagonal matrix algorithm (thomas algorithm). 3. solve bi-harmonic homogenous heat diffusion equation by adi method the governing heat diffusion biharmonic equation is ∇ 𝑇 2 (5) with the boundary conditions :(dirichlet boundary condition, neumann boundary condition, and robin boundary condition). now, we explain how to solve biharmonic equation by one of (adi) methods (peaceman rachford method): first, we take the following biharmonic equation: 𝑢 2𝑢 𝑢 (6) and we exchange the values of the function in equation (6) with its finite differences, which is:   64  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝑢 , , , , (7) 𝑢 , , , , (8) 2𝑢 , , , , , , , , , (9) 4. practical part in this section we apply the adi method to solve two heat diffusion problems. example 1 if we have a rectangular metal plate which is 4 inch wide and 8 inch high are applicable to the x and y axes, at the point of origin according to the data shown in the figure below. t t λ t 2t t where, λ= ∆ ∆ , ∆𝑡 is the variation in time, ∆𝑥 is the variation in x direct, k is thermal conductivity coefficient, and m is the levels. 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 0 0.2 4 2 0 0 0.8 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0+0.2(0-2(0)+0)=0 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0+0.2(0-2(0)+2)=0.4 right boundary 2℃ left boundary 4℃ t=6 t=4 0.4℃ 0℃ 0.8℃ t=2 t=0 0℃ figure 1. the nodes in the first level. t=2 , m=1 to find m=2 ,t=4 , m is the levels 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0.8+0.2(4-2(0.8)+0)=1.28 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0+0.2(0.8-2(0)+0.4)=0.24 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0.4+0.2(0-2(0.4)+2)=0.96 right boundary 2℃ left boundary 4℃ t=6 0.96℃ 0.24℃ 1.28℃ t=4 0.4℃ 0℃ 0.8℃ t=2 t=0 0℃ figure 2. the nodes in the second level.   65  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 t=2 , m=1 to find m=3 , t=6 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =1.28+0.2(4-2(1.28)+0.24)=1.616 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0.24+0.2(1.28-2(0.24)+0.96)=0.592 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0.96+0.2(0.24-2(0.96)+2)=1.024 right boundary 2℃ left boundary 4℃ t=6 1.024℃0.592℃ 1.616℃ t=4 0.96℃0.24℃1.28℃ t=2 0.4℃0℃0.8℃ t=0 0℃ figure 3. the nodes in the third level. by implicit method if m=0 to find m=1 , λ=0.2 at the left boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 + 0.2(4) away from boundary -λ𝑇 1 2𝜆 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 -0.2𝑇 1 2 0.2 𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 at the right boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 (1+2(0.2) )𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 0.2𝑇 we have 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 =0.8 (1) -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 (2) 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 0.4 (3) we have 𝑇 0.8 0.2𝑇 1.4 , 𝑇 0.4 0.2𝑇 1.4 and by compensation, we get -0.2( . . . )+1.4𝑇 0.2 . . . 0 -0.1142857143-0.0285714286𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.0571428571 0.0285714286𝑇 0 1.3428571428𝑇 0.174285714 𝑇 0.1276595745 and compensation𝑇 in 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑇 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑇 0.3039513678 , 𝑇 0.5896656535 if m=1 to find m=2 at the left boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.5896656535 + 0.2(4)   66  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 away from boundary -λ𝑇 1 2𝜆 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 -0.2𝑇 1 2 0.2 𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.1276595745 at the right boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 (1+2(0.2) )𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 0.2𝑇 we have 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 =1.3896656535 -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.1276595745 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.7039513678 so, we have, 𝑇 . . . , 𝑇 . . . . -0.2( . . . )+1.4𝑇 0.2 . . . 0.1276595745 -0.1985236648 0.0285714286𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.1005644811 0.0285714286𝑇 0.1276595745 1.3428571428𝑇 0.4267477204 𝑇 0.3177908556 and compensation𝑇 in 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑇 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑇 0.5482210992 , 𝑇 1.0380170176 if m=2 to find m=3 at the left boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 1.0380170176 + 0.2(4) away from boundary -λ𝑇 1 2𝜆 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 -0.2𝑇 1 2 0.2 𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.3177908556 at the right boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 (1+2(0.2) )𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.5482210992+0.2(2) so, we have 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 =1.8380170176 (1) -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.3177908556 (2) 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 =0.948221099 (3) so, we have 𝑇 1.8380170176 0.2𝑇 1.4 𝑇 0.9482210992 0.2𝑇 1.4 and by compensation, we get -0.2( . . . )+1.4𝑇 0.2 . . . 0.3177908556 -0.2625738597-0.0285714286𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.135460157 0.0285714286𝑇 0.3177908556 1.3428571428𝑇 0.7158248723   67  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝑇 0.5330610751 and compensation𝑇 in 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑇 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑇 0.7534523673 , 𝑇 1.3890208804 figure 4. comparing between adi, explicit, implicit, exact solution when the temperature 0. from the previous figures, we see the adi method is most accuracy of the implicit and explicit method. example 2 we have an important material that needs to be stored in a cupboard whose temperature does not exceed (5) degrees. it is necessary to check the efficiency of the insulating material made up of the cabinet in the case of power failure for different periods, which affects the storage process according to the following data. 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 0 0.2 2 2 0 0 0.4 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0+0.2(0-2(0)+0)=0 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 0 0.2 0 2 0 4 0.8 right boundary -4℃ left boundary -2℃ t=6 t=4 -0.8℃ 0℃ -0.4℃ t=2 t=0 0℃ figure 5.the nodes in the first level when temperature 0. 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =-0.4+0.2(-2-2(-0.4)+0)=-0.64 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =0+0.2(-0.4-2(0)+(-0.8))=-0.24 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =-0.8+0.2(0-2(-0.8)+(-4))=-1.28 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 12345678910 .  explicit method implicit method explicit method               adi method   68  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 right boundary -4℃ left boundary -2℃ t=6 -1.28℃ -0.24℃ -0.64℃ t=4 -0.8℃ 0℃ -0.4℃ t=2 t=0 0℃ figure 6.the nodes in the second level when temperature 0. 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =-0.64+0.2(-2-2(-0.64)+(-0.24))=-0.528 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 =-0.24+0.2(-0.64-2(-0.24)+(-1.28))=-1.216 𝑇 𝑇 𝜆 𝑇 2𝑇 𝑇 1.28 0.2 0.24 2 1.28 2 1.216 right boundary -4℃ left boundary -2℃ t=6 -1.216℃ -1.216℃ -0.528℃ t=4 -1.28℃ -0.24℃ -0.64℃ t=2 -0.8℃ 0℃ -0.4℃ t=0 0℃ figure 7. the nodes in the third level when temperature 0. by implicit method at the left boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 away from boundary -λ𝑇 1 2𝜆 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 at the right boundary (1+2λ)𝑇 𝜆𝑇 𝑇 𝜆𝑇 if m=0 to find m=1 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 + 0.2𝑇 -0.2𝑇 1 2 0.2 𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 0.2 2 -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 0.2(-4) we have 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 =-0.4 -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.8 implies that 𝑇 0.4 0.2𝑇 1.4   69  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 𝑇 0.8 0.2𝑇 1.4 and the compensation, we get -0.2 . . . 1.4𝑇 0.2 . . . = 0 0.0571428571-0.0285714286𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.1142857143 0.0285714286𝑇 0 1.3428571428𝑇 0.1714285714 implies that 𝑇 0.1276595745 and compensation in 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑇 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡, 𝑇 0.3039513678 𝑇 0.5896656535 if m=1 to find m=2 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 + 0.2𝑇 -0.2𝑇 1 2 0.2 𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.3039513678 0.2 2 -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.1276595745 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.5896656535 0.2(-4) we have 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 =-0.7039513678 -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.1276595745 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.3896656535 hence, 𝑇 0.7039513678 0.2𝑇 1.4 𝑇 1.3896656535 0.2𝑇 1.4 and by compensation we get, -0.2 . . 1.4𝑇2 2 0.2 . . . 0.1276595745 0.1005644811-0.0285714285𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.1985236648 0.0285714286𝑇 0.1276595745 1.3428571428𝑇 0.4267477204 implies that 𝑇 0.3177908556 and compensation in 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑇 , 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑇 0.5482210992, 𝑇 1.0380170176 if m=2 to find m=3 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 + 0.2𝑇 -0.2𝑇 1 2 0.2 𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 (1+2(0.2))𝑇 0.2𝑇 𝑇 0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.5482210992 0.2 2 -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.3177908556   70  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 1.0380170176 0.2(-4) we have 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 =-0.9482210992 -0.2𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 0.3177908556 1.4𝑇 0.2𝑇 1.8380170176 which is implies that 𝑇 . . . ,𝑇 . . . so , we get -0.2 . . . 1.4𝑇 0.2 . . . 0.3177908556 0.135460157-0.0285714285𝑇 1.4𝑇 0.2625738597 0.0285714286𝑇 0.3177908556 1.3428571428𝑇 0.7158248723 implies that 𝑇 0.5330610751 and compensation in 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑇 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡, 𝑇 0.7534523672, 𝑇 1.3890208804 figure 8. comparison between adi, implicit, explicit, exact solution when the temperature 0. according to the previous figures, we see the adi method is most accuracy of the implicit and explicit. 5. conclusion in this paper, the alternating direction implicit (adi) method has been constructed for the purpose of application to some selected problems with a view to discuss the accuracy of this technique, as shown in figures (4 and 8) when compared with exact solution. then, many problems have been solved. figures illustrate the numerical results of the new method are more efficient and desirable for the solution of the homogeneous heat diffusion equation than other methods. ‐1.6 ‐1.4 ‐1.2 ‐1 ‐0.8 ‐0.6 ‐0.4 ‐0.2 0 12345678910 implicit method explicit method adi method exact method   71  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 references 1. widder, d.v. the heat equation, 1st ed., academic press, new york, san francisco, london, 1975, isbn: 9780080873831. 2. matthew, j.h. the 1-d heat equation.2006, available from: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/0e31/9ff7d1f0833e6f084255fcd89f06167f00c4.pdf 3. horak, v.; gruber, p. parallel numerical solution of 2-d heat equation, parallel numerics.2005, 5, 47-56. 4. gockenbach, m.; schmidtke, k. newton’s law of heating and the heat equation, involv. j. math.2009, 2, 419–437. 5. de-turck, d. solving the heat equation, university of pennsylvania, usa, math.2012, 241, 1-12. 6. poullikkas, a.; karageorghis, a.; georgiou, g. methods of fundamental solutions for harmonic and biharmonic boundary value problems, comput mech.1998, 21, 416– 423. 7. martin, d.; ismael, h. th-collocation for the biharmonic equation, advances in engineering software.2005, 36, 243–251. 8. jacob, n. theta method comparative study of 2d asymmetric diffusion problem with convection on the wall, wseas transactions on fluid mechanics.2015, 10, 35-46. 9. noye b. j.; hayman, k.j. new lod and adi methods for the two dimensional diffusion equation, j. computer mathematics.1994, 51, 215-228. 10. peaceman, d.w., rachford, h.h. the numerical solution of parabolic and elliptic differential equations, j.soc. indust. appl. math.1955, 3, 28-4. 11. aderito, a.; cidalia, n.; ercilia, s. an alternating direction implicit method for a second-order hyperbolic diffusion equation with convection, applied mathematics and computation.2014, 239, 17–28. microsoft word 49-58 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 49   comparison between procalcitonin and traditional blood biomarkers in diagnosis of sepsis in iraqi wounded soldiers meroj a. jasem merojajasem@yahoo.com alia e. mahmood dept. of biology /college of science /university of al-mustansiriyah ayser i. mahmood institute of medical technology/ al mansur mahmood m. mustafa khalid m. farhood stmg@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq dept. of biology /college of science /university of al-mustansiriyah abstract early diagnosis of sepsis is a very critical matter especially for soldiers in battle field; on the other hand, procalcitonin is a new promising biomarker for fast and accurate diagnosis of sepsis. the aim of this study is to investigate the ability of procalcitonin (pct) to indicate sepsis earlier than blood culture and other traditional biomarkers and then get use of this in early diagnosis of sepsis.procalcitonin concentration was measured in 44 sera of iraqi wounded soldiers who were admitted to ghazi alhariri hospital for surgery, using elisa kit of bioray/usa, along with blood culture and other infection biomarker like c-reactive protein, esr, w.b.c. count. six patients had elevated pct and 3 of them had positive blood culture, two of these three died. pct has good correlation with other inflammatory biomarkers. it is our recommendation to accredit pct as a very early biomarker of sepsis in iraqi hospitals along with blood culture but earlier than it, and to use the quick test of pct in battlefield to determine the priority of transmission of wounded soldiers to hospitals. key words: procalcitonin, soldiers patients, sepsis, blood culture, biomarkers, c-reactive protein. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 50   1. introduction a massive challenge is facing workers at critical care unit (ccu) and intensive care unit (icu) in iraqi hospitals that receive wounded soldiers of the iraqi army in its late war against terrorism these days. this challenge is represented by the early diagnosis of sepsis and determining the very appropriate treatment of it, since sepsis has no specific signs or symptoms and since wounded soldiers had to stay at battlefield for long time after injuring and this makes them very susceptible to sepsis. according to the third international consensus definitions for sepsis and septic shock (sepsis-3), sepsis is defined as lifethreatening organ dysfunction caused by a dysregulated host response to infection [1]. blood culture requires (24to 48-h assay time) and does not reflect the onset of organ dysfunction; furthermore, it may be negative in sepsis patients for many reasons, nevertheless culture is still important to identify the antimicrobial therapy. automated culturing systems detect bacteria based on solution ph or the presence of co2, with detection times of 11–31 h and false-positive and –negative diagnoses in the 2–3% range [2, 3]. here comes the importance of biomarkers as predictor and early markers of sepsis, although their results and role in sepsis diagnosis is controversial because of their lack of specificity [4]. procalcitonin is a very promising new biomarker because of the rapid rising of its level in serum after bacterial insult with systemic consequences [5]. despite the overall conclusion that it was premature to use biomarkers for sepsis diagnosis, the 2001 international sepsis definitions conference added procalcitonin and creactive protein to the new diagnostic criteria of sepsis [6]. so it is suggested to be a much related biomarker in early diagnosis of sepsis especially in hospitals with emergency sections and intensive care units [7] [8]. many studies have been conducted with procalcitonin and its clinical laboratory application [9, 10, 11, 12]. the main purpose of this study is to investigate the ability of pct to indicate sepsis earlier than blood culture and then get use of this in early diagnosis of sepsis since rapid and accurate diagnosis is essential. 2. materials and methods patients: forty-four iraqi wounded soldiers were enrolled in this study; all of them were brought to ghazi al hareery hospital for surgery in baghdad with injuries ranging between the leg, arm, head and abdomen for the period between 1st of february – 25th of may 2015. patients` ages were ranging between (18-45) years with a mean of (28.52±6.9). the exclusion criteria were: any soldiers with no sufficient demographic information and any soldiers with burns, while the inclusion criteria were: preliminary diagnosed by physician as suspected to have sepsis and consent of the soldiers to participate in the study. clinically, the sepsis was diagnosed by the physicians at the hospitals as a preliminary step then it ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 51   comes the role of laboratory investigations which was done by using blood culture + crp. this is the criteria accredited in ghazi al hareery hospital for surgery, the place where the study conducted. all the patients were admitted in the ccu (critical care unit) or the icu (intensive care unit) and the difference between the two units is that icu stands for intensive care unit. a full questioner was taken from patients about age, residence, location of injury, site of injury and type of injury. sample collection: the study patients were admitted to hospital in baghdad with 1-2 days after injuring, therefore, the blood withdrawal was done directly after the admission and after the first diagnosis of sepsis was done by physicians and certainly before amputation surgeries if there were any. ten milliliters of blood were collected from each patient and distributed as following: 7 ml for blood culture, 1 ml for serology tests (crp and pct), and 2 ml were added to edta anti-coagulated tube for hematological test [esr (erythrocyte sedimentation rate) +pcv (packed cell volume) +w.b. cs (white blood cells) count]. laboratory investigations: blood culture seven milliliters for blood culture were injected directly into blood culture bottles (provided by afco /jordan). blood samples collected and inoculated in blood culture bottles, were incubated in the 37оc incubator. aliquots were taken from positive bottles for gram stain and subcultured on solid media (chocolate and macconkey agar). isolates grown from culture media were used for diagnosis. inflammatory markers crp was performed using latex agglutination kit from inmesco gmbh/germany, as one of the most important infection biomarkers. pct procalcitonin was estimated using (human procalcitonin elisa kit) provided by raybio/usa which is an in vitro enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for the quantitative measurement of human procalcitonin in serum with normal range <500 pg/ml according to the manufacturer's specifications, and according to meisner, 1999, pct concentrations can indicate type and site of infection [13]. esr, hb, pcv, w.b.cs count were performed directly at the same day of collection according to the routine laboratory procedures. statistical analysis: analysis was performed by minitab version 13 for microsoft windows. frequency distributions were generated and presented in table form. assessed parameters were described as follows: mean ± sd or minimum, maximum and median. 3. results and discussion patients` ages were ranging between (18-45) years with a mean of (28.52±6) table (1) represents the demographic distribution of wounds in wounded soldiers (the study group). ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 52   most of the soldiers were wounded in the north and western area of the country, 68.2% {43.2% salahaddin +25% anbar}. extremities wounds represent the majority of whole wounds (68.2% {34.1% upper limb +34.1% lower limb}). the rests of wounds distributed between head and abdomen. out of 44 patients involved in this study, 3 patients only were reported as positive blood culture and that was distributed as (2candida albicans and 1 acinetobacter) versus 6 patients were reported as elevated pct concentrations ranging between 2000-5000pg/ml (normal value below 500 pg/ml). all the three patients with positive blood culture were having elevated pct concentration. two of the three patients with positive blood culture died. figure (1) represents serum pct concentrations in all patients which varied from 0 to 5000 pg/ml, with a mean of (525±1205) pg/ml. according to meisner, 1999 classification of pct concentrations and their relationship to type and site of infection (13), pct concentration were distributed into 3 groups as shown in figure (2). mean ±sd, median, minimum and maximum of hb, pcv, w.b.cs and esr values are shown in table (2). figure (3) shows the positivity of (crp) where it was positive in 59.1% of patients and negative in 31.9% , the six patients with elevated pct were within the 59.1% positive crp. over the past 15 years, the use of pct in identifying the bacterial or non-bacterial origin of systemic inflammation has been gaining widespread support, and it is likely this trend will continue. through various studies, procalcitonin was one of the markers which have been suggested for more rapid diagnosis of sepsis [14], and as part of loyalty to our army, it is our duty as students and lecturers to participate with our knowledge in relieving our soldiers` pain, so it was this research. our data showed the elevation of pct (≥2000pg/ml) in 6 of the 44 patients, and according to meisner classification this concentration or above indicates sepsis although only three of these six patients gave a positive blood culture (13). this certifies the role of pct as a good early biomarker for sepsis knowing that pct results can be yielded within the same day of sample collection while blood culture results yielded at least after 3 days. two of the three patients with positive blood culture died. about the other 3 patients with high pct concentration and negative blood culture , they might be at first stage of sepsis which called sirs (systemic inflammatory response syndrome) in which no microbial culture is detected but the patients should reveal one or two of the following signs: •temperature > 38°c or < 36°c •heart rate > 90 beats/min •respiratory rate > 20 breaths/min • wbc count > 12,000c/mm3, < 4000c/mm3 by referring to the results, table (2) in particular, notice the elevation of w.b.cs count and esr rate in all six patients with high pct concentration (negative and positive blood culture) rather than crp which was positive in all six patients with high pct concentration ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 53   (negative and positive blood culture) in addition to the clinical signs which ensure at least the high temperature of the patients. this indicates the importance of pct in early and accurate diagnosis of sepsis knowing that pct concentration in serum reaches its peak after 6-12 hours after infection and that is much faster than blood culture as a diagnostic tool [15]. these results were in accordance with other studies like that of chiesa et al (2015) who concluded that procalcitonin has a very important and promising role in early diagnosis of septicemia in newborns who are suspected to, by investigating the credibility of elevated concentrations of pct in the blood of these neonates at intensive care unit [16]. simon et. al. (2004) found that pct level is more accurate with sensitivity of (88% vs. 75%) and specificity of (95% vs. 67%) than crp levels by integrating several published works and by performing a meta-analysis study to compare the sensitivity and specificity of both procalcitonin (pct) and c-reactive protein (crp) levels as biomarkers in diagnosis of bacterial infection. (17) . raoofi et al. (2014) went even further by calculating positive and negative predictive values of procalcitonin serum level beside sensitivity and specificity, and that at first time and 72 h after admission to hospital and compare it with a blood culture test for diagnosis of sepsis. they recommended the adoption of procalcitonin serum level side by side with the patient’s clinical symptoms as suitable criteria in sepsis diagnosis (18). in another prospective multicenter study performed by sastre et. al. (2006) they revealed that pct should not be used as the only marker of sepsis because its moderate diagnostic credibility and would be useful as part of a full sepsis evaluation (19). back to our patients` category, hope et.al.(2014) performed a prospective study involved 200 combat wounded soldiers who sustained extremity only wounds and revealed the role of pct as a predictor for the development of heterotopic ossification (ho) in extremity wounds, and recommended the usage of pct as a screening marker for the development of (ho) (20). moreover, many studies evaluated the prognostic value of procalcitonin (pct) level in trauma and multiple trauma patients and they found that  long lasting elevated concentration of procalcitonin in the post-traumatic period, or its repeated increase, is a good marker of developing complications observed earlier than clinical manifestations (21,22). our results are very encouraging to perform more studies on pct and include it in sepsis diagnosis criteria in iraq since it is not in the sepsis diagnosis criteria till now. we recommend using this biomarker, pct, as an early diagnosis tool of sepsis in battle field to determine the priority of injured soldier’s transmission to hospitals. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 54   table (1): demographic information of patients. table (2): the hematological parameters values. characteristics percentages % residence areas% baghdad wasit dhiqar diayala najaf babil kirkuk anbar salahaddin karbala 38.6 4.5 11.4 20.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 9 6.8 location of injury % baghdad salahaddin anbar diayala 9 43.2 25 22.7 site of injury% lower extremity upper extremity head abdomen 34.1 34.1 4.5 4.5 amputation % yes no 79.1 21.9 amputation site % lower limb upper limb 34.1 4.5 variable mean sdv med.of the parameters min.of the parameters max.of parameters hb(g/dl) 11.371 2.614 10.833 6.000 17.000 pcv(%) 28.11 7.84 26.5 12.00 45.00 esr (mm/h) 22.14 25.61 13 4.00 125.00 wbc(c/mm3) 9.87 3.063 9.15 6.000 22.000 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 55   figure (1): serum pct concentrations among patients with a mean of (525±1205) pg/ml figure (2): histogram showed the distribution of pct concentration. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 56   figure (3): histogram showed the percentage of crp among patients 4. conclusions: it is our recommendation to accredit pct as a very early biomarker of sepsis in iraqi hospitals along with blood culture but earlier than it, and to use the quick test of pct in detecting sepsis and serious bacterial infections. acknowledgment: we owe our deepest gratitude to the staff of ghazi al hareery hospital in baghdad for their cooperation especially the diagnostic laboratory workers and many thanks for the heroes of soldiers who agreed to participate in this study despite their pain. references [1] m. singer,; c. deutschman,; c. w seymour,.; et al., the third international consensus definitions for sepsis and septic shock (sepsis-3). jama. 315 (8):801-810. 2016 [2]ml. wilson; s. mirrett; lc. mcdonald; mp. weinstein; j. fune; lb. reller controlled clinical comparison of biomerieux vital and bactec nr-660 blood culture systems for detection of bacteremia and fungemia in adults. j clin microbiol 37 (6):1709–13. 1999 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 57   [3] a. oberholzer; u. steckholzer; m. kurimoto; o. trentz; w. ertel interleukin-18 plasma levels are increased in patients with sepsis compared to severely injured patients. shock 16(6): 411–4. 2001 [4]a. leverssss and i. mackenzie sepsis: definition, epidemiology, and diagnosis. bmj. 335 (7625):879-83. 2007 [5] m. meisner procalcitonin – biochemistry and clinical diagnosis, 1st edition uni-med science, bremen, p.10-22. 2010 [6] mm. levy; mp. fink; jc.marshall; e. abraham; d. angus; d. cook et al. sccm/esicm/accp/ats/sis international sepsis definitions conference. intensive care med. (2003), 29(4):530-538. 2001 [7] c. pierrakos and jl. vincent sepsis biomarkers: a review. crit care 14 (1): r 15. (2010), [8] jc.marshall and k.reinhart biomarkers of sepsis. crit care med 37(7):2290-2298. 2009 [9] fb.rowther; cs.rodrigues; ms.deshmukh; fn. kapadia; a.hegde; ap.mehta; vr. joshi prospective comparison of eubacterial pcr and measurement of procalcitonin levels with blood culture for diagnosing septicemia in intensive care unit patients. j clin microbiol. 47(9):2964–2969. 2009 [10] a. jacquot; jm. labaune; tp. baum; g. putet; jc. picaud rapid quantitative procalcitonin measurement to diagnose nosocomial infections in newborn infants. arch dis child fetal neonatal ed. 94:f345–f348. 2009 [11] ap.georgopoulou; a. savva; ej. giamarellos-bourboulis; m. georgitsi; m. raftogiannis; n. antonakos; et al. early changes of procalcitonin may advice about prognosis and appropriateness of antimicrobial therapy in sepsis. crit care 26:331.e1-7. 2011, [12] c.clec’h; f. ferriere; p. karoubi; jp. fosse; m. cupa; p. hoang; y. cohen diagnostic and prognostic value of procalcitonin in patients with septic shock. crit care med 32(5):1166-1169. 2004 [13] m. meisner procalcitonin: experience with a new diagnostic tool for bacterial infection and systemic inflammation. j lab med 23 (5): 263-272. 1999 [14] s.canan,; g.hulya,; s. ercan,; ugur and k. bunyamin,. usefulness of procalcitonin for diagnosis of sepsis in the intensive care unit. crit. care. 7(1): 85-90. 2003 [15] sh. hoeboer; van der geest pj.; d. nieboer; ab. groeneveld the diagnostic accuracy of procalcitonin for bacteraemia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. clin microbiol infect. 21(5):474-81. 2015 [16] c. chiesa; a. panero; n. rossi; m. stegagno; m. de giusti; j. osborn; l. pacifico reliability of procalcitonin concentrations for the diagnosis of sepsis in critically ill neonates. clinical infectious diseases 26 (3):664–72. 1998 [17] l. simon; f. gauvin,; dk. amre; p. saint-louis; j. lacroix serum procalcitonin and c-reactive protein levels as markers of bacterial infection: a systematic review and metaanalysis. clin infect dis. 39 (2):206–217. 2004 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1770    for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org biology | 58   [18] r. raoofi; z salmani.; f moradi.; a. sotoodeh; s. sobhanian procalcitonin as a marker for early diagnosis of sepsis. am.j. of inf. dis. 10 (1): 15-20. 2014 [19]sastre, j.l. procalcitonin is not sufficiently reliable to be the sole marker of neonatal sepsis of nosocomial origin. bmc pediatrics, 6(16): 1-7. 2006 [19] d. hope; e.polfer; s. safford; e. elster; f. lisboa; t. brown; forsberg j. procalcitonin levels in serum predict heterotopic ossification in combat related extremity wounds. ors annual meeting. (2014), http://www.ors.org/transactions/60/1090. 20] jv. sakran; cp. michetti; mj. sheridan; r. richmond; t. waked; t. aldaghlas; a. rizzo; m griffen.; sm. fakhry the utility of procalcitonin in critically ill trauma patients. j trauma acute care surg. 73(2):413-8. 2012 [21] m. wojtaszek; g. staśkiewicz; k.torres; k. jakubowski; o. rácz; e. cipora changes of procalcitonin level in multiple trauma patients. anaesthesiol intensive ther. 46 (2):7882. 2014. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |141 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 study the density of the double salt (ammonium iron (ii) sulfate) dissolved in water and ethylene glycol at different temperatures nagham h. abood dept. of applied science chemistry/university of technology received in:8/january/2017,accepted in:22/february/2017 abstract densities of double salt [(nh4)2fe(so4)2.6h2o] dissolved in distilled water and in ethylene glycol at three temperatures (298.15,303.15 and 308.15)k have been utilized to calculate the apparent molar volume , limiting apparent molar volume ,experimental slop . these results provide as information about solute-solvent, solute-solute interaction and structure-forming, structure-breaking tendency from partial molar expansibility . key words: double salt, partial molar volume, solute –solvent, solute-solute interactions. chemistry |142 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction ammonium iron (ii)sulfate or mohr’s salt, is the inorganic compound with the formula [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] containing two different cations, fe +2 and nh4 +1 it is classified as a double salt and ammonium sulfate. it is a common laboratory reagent like the other ferrous sulfate salts , ferrous ammonium sulfate dissolves in water to give the aqueous complex [ fe(h2o)6] +2 , which has octahedral molecular geometry[1].this compound is a member of a group of double sulfates called schöintes or tutton’s salt , which form monoclinic crystals and have formula m2n(so4)2.6h2o [2]from its application in analytical chemistry,this salt is preferredover other salts of ferrous sulfate for titration purposes as it is much less prone to oxidation by air to iron(iii).the oxidation of solutions of iron (ii) is very ph dependent occurring much more readily at high ph. the ammonium ions make solutions of mohr’s salt slightly acidic, which is slow this oxidation process[3]also there is new application of this salt which has been found in an organic reaction in which the knoevenagel condensation, michael addition and intermolecular cyclization of 4-hydroxoumarin,malononitrile and aromatic aldehydes led to novel and known pyranocoumarins. simple operation, the use of readily accessible commercial starting materials, good to excellent yields and short reaction times show efficiency of this method for the synthesis of these biologically interesting products[4].this model compounds in waterand ethylene glycol as solvents helps to understand some thermodynamic properties of solutions[5] ion-water interactions which are very important in chemistry, ions effect on the rates of chemical reaction [6]. ion –exchange mechanisms used for chemical separations [7] and in this study we will discuss the solute –solute, solute-solvent interactions in the solution of (salt+water) and (salt+ ethylene glycol) at different temperatures as well as the structuremaking/breaking tendency of the solute (salt)in the given solutions. experimental section material the double salt [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] was provided by bdh chemical (england), ethylene glycol (eg), (hoch2ch2oh) was provided by sd fine-chem-limited (sdfcl). a series of concentration from complex salt was prepared in range (0.025-0.3)m at different temperatures, the molal concentration were calculated from molar concentration (c) mol/l using eq (1) [8] where in g/mol is the molecular weight of double salt. densities measurements densities of solutions were measured by using pycnometer(25)ml which were calibrated with doubly distilled water at three temperatures (298.15,303.15 and 308.15)k the densities of solution were calculated by weights using balance sartorius bl 2105(germany) with an accuracy of 10 -4 gm after reaching thermal equilibrium with a water bath at the studied temperature, divided by the volume of pycnometer. chemistry |143 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 results and discussion the practical data of densities of solution (salt +h2o) and (salt + eg) at (298.15, 303.15 and 308.15) k. were listed in table (1)and the relationship between the density and the molalconcentration were shown in figures (1) and (2). table (1) exhibits that the density values of solution in both solvents water and ethylene glycol increased with increasing concentration, in addition these values decrease with increasing temperature at the same concentration. these results agree with general behavior of liquid solutions. values of density of solution are plotted versus molar concentration then treated with linear model by the least square approximation by the following equation where are coefficientthe correlation coefficient (r 2 )and standard deviation (σ) are listed in table (2) which are an evident that a good agreement with a linear model.the standard deviation (σ) was estimated from equation (3) [∑ ] where ρexp,ρcalarethe experimental and calculated density respectively, p is the number of the coefficient in equation (2), n is number of experimental points. to understand the nature of solute –solvent and solute –solute interactions of this solution we calculated the apparent molar volume ( ) (cm 3 /mole) from equation (4)[9] ( ) where ρ,ρ° are the densities of solution and solvent respectively.(m) is the molal concentration of complex salt in (mole/kg). the values of apparent molar volume of the investigated solute are listed in table (3) and shown in figures (3) and (4). these figures clearly show that the values of do not respond in a linear manner at the whole concentration range of the job for both solvents, this case can be attributed to the higher order attractions among solute particles. for this reason the interest was focused on the low concentration region (below 0.1 molal) where these higher order interactions can be neglected, in addition to estimate the partial molar volume at infinite dilution or limiting apparent molar volume (cm 3 .mol -1 ) which considered as a measure of solute –solvent interactions and a measure of molecular volume of solute [10] by using the masons empirical equation (5)[11] √ where the experimental slope which is a measure of solute-solute interactions[12]. the calculated values of and ,from the intercept and slope the plottes the values of versus the root concentration √ are listed in table (4),the plots are shown in figures (5) and (6). in table (4) we can see the values of were large negative inwater and have an oscillating character with varying temperature which indicates a weak solute –solvent interaction, at the chemistry |144 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 same time the values of in water are large positive reflecting a strong solute-solute interaction nature which explain the reason behind the non-linear behavior of at concentrations above 0.1 molal, this strong attraction is understood in the light of tendency of fe +2 ions to precipitate as fe(oh)2 in neutral aqueous solution (ksp=8×10 -16 ) which means the minimum ph to prevent precipitation of iron(ii) ion is 5[12]. in the eg solvent, the values are negative too but at 298.15 k is less negative than in water then the value becomes more and more negative with increasing temperature, this may be due to the formation of some kind of complex between eg molecules and iron ion, but with increasing temperature the stability of this complex decreased as this is clear from the decrease of solute-solvent interaction with increasing temperature. on the other hand the solute –solute interaction increases with increasing temperature reflecting the fact of reducing the capability of dissolution of the salt in eg at higher temperatures. the relationship between the limited partial molar volume and temperature are according by the following equation (6) the values of first derivative which called partial molar expansibility [13] (qe) have been calculated and listed in the table (5)which is a measure to structure –forming, structure – breaking affinity to solute molecules on lengthy range order of solvent molecules,in table (5) the values of (qe) are negative in both solvents and this indicate the salt perform as structure breaking behavior, this effect is more strong in eg solvent than on water because the hydrogen bonding network in eg is weaker than that in water so it can be concluded that the salt causes a long range damage to the solvent structure in eg than that it does to the water. references 1green, w.;norman, n.; alan, s.;earn,(1997). chemistry of the elements (2nded),butter worth-heiemann. wiley-interscience isbn 0-08-037941-9. 2housecroft, c.e.;and sharpe, a.g. (2008). inorganic chemistry(5thed), newyork.wilyinterscience,isbn 0-471-84997-9 . 3-staab v.k. (2013).ammonium ferrous sulphate 100 g (mohr's salt)international journal of science and research (ijsr),4(9). 4-karami,b.;khodabakhsi,s. andeskandari, kh.( 2016).new application of mohr's salt j.bentham science, 13,(10),105-110. 5yilmaz,h., (2002). excess properties of alcohol-water system at 298.15 k turk.j.phys.26:243-246. 6krop,x.and bakker f. ,(2001).dynamics of water molecule in aqueous solvation hells .science 291:2118-2120 chemistry |145 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 7habuchi s.; kimh.b.and kitamura n.(2001). how ion affect the structure of water anal.chem.73:366-372 8thakur,r.c.;sharma,r.and sanjay,k.,(2015).thermodynamic study of calcium chloride and magnesium chloride in binary aqueous mixtures of sucrose at differenttemperatures.j.chemical and pharmaceutical research,7(1),176-181. 9koyeli,d.;mahendra,n.r.,(2016).study on solution behavior of some oxalate salts in aqueous vitamin solutions indian.journal of advances in chemical science,138-148. 10thakur,r.c.; sonika(2014).effect of temperature on partial molar volumes of some bivalent transition metal chlorides and magnesium chloride in the water-rich region of binary aqueous mixtures of ethanol. j. pharma, bio and chem. sci.5(6),1298-1305. 11-masson,d.o. (1929). solute molecular volume in relation to solvation and ionization philosophical magazine 8,218-235. 12-christian, g. (2016).analytical chemistry,6 th edition(wiley). 13chourey, v.r. and sikarwar, s.k. (2016) .apparent molar volume, density and viscometric studies of alcohol in aqueous solution at different temperatures. international journal of science and research (ijsr)5,(9). chemistry |146 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (1) values of practical densities ρ (gm.cm -3 ) of (salt + water)and(salt +eg) at (298.15, 303.15 and 308.15) k. c (mole/l) (g.cm -3 ) in h2o 298 k 303 k 308 k solvent (h2o) 0.99704 0.99565 0.99403 0.025 1.03546 1.03463 1.03275 0.030 1.03654 1.03567 1.03422 0.035 1.03790 1.03661 1.03487 0.040 1.03795 1.03773 1.03613 0.045 1.04054 1.03888 1.03792 0.050 1.04235 1.04100 1.03982 0.100 1.05366 1.05190 1.05053 0.150 1.06528 1.06021 1.06139 0.200 1.07623 1.07423 1.07357 0.250 1.08857 1.08592 1.08583 c (mole/l) (g.cm -3 ) in eg 298 k 303 k 308 k solvent (eg) 1.1061 1.1042 1.1026 0.025 1.14313 1.14549 1.14486 0.030 1.14618 1.14710 1.14632 0.035 1.14778 1.14829 1.14710 0.040 1.14798 1.14880 1.14671 0.045 1.14901 1.14960 1.14804 0.05 1.15342 1.15208 1.15038 0.100 1.16272 1.16275 1.15962 0.150 1.17073 1.17059 1.16692 0.200 1.17036 1.18144 1.17203 0.250 1.17405 1.1820 1.18965 0.300 1.19085 1.19303 1.19111 table (2) values of empirical parameters a (gm.cm -3 ) b (gm.cm -3 .mol -1 .l), r 2 correlation and standard deviation for (salt + water) and (salt +eg). density parameters in h2o t/k a(gm.cm -3 ) b(gm.cm -3 .mol -1 .l) r 2 σ 298 1.0301 0.2285 0.998 0.00461 303 1.029 0.2226 0.998 0.00532 308 1.0274 0.2296 0.999 0.00632 density parameters in eg t/k a(gm.cm -3 ) b(gm.cm -3 .mol -1 .l) r 2 σ 298 1.143 0.152 0.947 0.00557 303 1.1425 0.1777 0.989 0.00444 308 1.1408 0.175 0.983 0.00699 chemistry |147 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (3a): the values of apparent molar volume of (salt +h2o) at (298.15, 303.15 and308.15) k. root concentration (cm 3 .mole -1 ) in h2o 298 k 298 k 298 k 0.158 -1147.90 -1172.24 -1163.53 0.173 -927.14 -945.91 -953.35 0.187 -777.48 -781.60 -779.31 0.200 -632.43 -662.79 -664.38 0.212 -576.32 -571.01 -586.61 0.224 -515.63 -517.19 -526.89 0.316 -174.58 -171.14 -173.88 0.387 -62.95 -38.44 -57.28 0.447 -3.81 -0.75 -5.58 0.500 26.09 31.18 25.08 0.548 60.00 60.76 55.01 table (3b): the values of apparent molar volume of (salt + eg) at (298.15,303.15 and308.15) k root concentration (cm 3 .mole -1 ) in eg 298 k 298 k 298 k 0.158 -980.96 -1140.54 -1177.31 0.173 -850.35 -939.92 -965.95 0.187 -719.45 -785.76 -797.47 0.200 -589.82 -654.56 -644.44 0.212 -505.55 -558.47 -560.25 0.224 -499.17 -512.03 -511.03 0.316 -156.48 -175.13 -161.45 0.387 -34.39 -45.71 -33.25 0.447 52.31 5.38 40.81 0.500 109.16 58.10 39.84 0.548 99.41 86.97 88.06 table (4): limiting apparent molar volume ( ), experimental slop for(salt +h2o) and (salt + eg) at different temperatures. (salt+h2o) t/k 298 -2614.9 9628.4 303 -2694.0 9975.5 308 -2647.0 9711.1 (salt+ eg) t/k 298 -2205.4 7873.3 303 -2638.7 9739.6 308 -2771.2 10372.0 chemistry |148 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (5): apparent molal expansibility for the salt in both solvents system qe salt + h2o -3.21 salt +eg -56.58 figure (1): density data of [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] in h2o figure (2): density data of [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] in eg 1.02000 1.03000 1.04000 1.05000 1.06000 1.07000 1.08000 1.09000 1.10000 1.11000 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 ρ ( g /c m ^ 3 ) m (mole/kg) 298 k 303 k 308 k 1.14000 1.15000 1.16000 1.17000 1.18000 1.19000 1.20000 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 ρ ( g /c m ^ 3 ) m (mole/kg) 298 k 303 k 308 k chemistry |149 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (3): apparent molal volume of [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] in h2o figure (4) :apparent molal volume of [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] in eg -1400.00 -1200.00 -1000.00 -800.00 -600.00 -400.00 -200.00 0.00 200.00 0.000 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 q v ( cm ^ 3 /m o le ) molal^0.5 298 k 303 k series3 -1400.00 -1200.00 -1000.00 -800.00 -600.00 -400.00 -200.00 0.00 200.00 0.000 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 q v root concentration 298 k 303 k 308 k chemistry |150 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (5): linearized initial segment of vs square root of the molal concentration of [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] in h2o figure (6): linearized initial segment of vs square root of the molal concentration of [(nh4)2fe (so4)2.6h2o] in eg. y = 9628.4x 2614.9 r² = 0.9622 -1500.00 -1000.00 -500.00 0.00 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 q v ( cm ^ 3 /m o le ) root m 298.15 k y = 9975.5x 2694 r² = 0.9679 -1500.00 -1000.00 -500.00 0.00 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 q v ( cm ^ 3 /m o le ) root m 303.15 k y = 9711.1x 2647 r² = 0.9668 -1500.00 -1000.00 -500.00 0.00 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 q v ( cm ^ 3 /m o le ) root m 308.15 k y = 9739.6x 2638.7 r² = 0.976 -1500.00 -1000.00 -500.00 0.00 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 q v ( cm ^ 3 /m o le ) root m 303.15 k y = 10372x 2771.2 r² = 0.9709 -1500.00 -1000.00 -500.00 0.00 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 q v ( cm ^ 3 /m o le ) root m 308.15 k ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 13 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. the histological study of the ileum in the caucasian squirrel sciurus anomalus abstract the current study was designed to identify the histological composition of the ileum in the caucasian squirrel sciurus anomalus. ten adult squirrels were used for the present study. animals were anesthetized, anatomized, fixed the study specimens in 10% formalin solution, and conducted a series of histological staining techniques. the ileum consists of four main tunicae represented by mucosa, submucosa, muscularis, and serosa. the tunica mucosa consists of three secondary layers: the epithelial lining layer, lamina propria, and muscularis mucosa. the epithelial lining comprises simple columnar epithelial tissue composed of columnar cells and goblet cells. the lamina propria contains simple straight tubular glands called the intestinal glands or the crypt of lieberkuhn. the muscularis mucosa is composed of a very thin, single layer of smooth muscle fibers arranged circularly. the submucosa consists of dense connective tissue, while the tunica muscularis appears composed of two layers of smooth muscle fibers. the tunica serosa consists of a loose connective tissue that is covered by a mesothelium. keywords: histological study, ileum, caucasian squirrels. 1.introduction article history: received 7 june 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2859 intidhar mohammed mnati department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham), university of baghdad, iraq. entidhar.m73@gmail.com ahmed mustafa ahmed department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, iraq. am104589@gmai.com ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index baydaa hussian mutlak department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, iraq. e-baydaahussen@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:entidhar.m73@gmail.com mailto:am104589@gmai.com mailto:e-baydaahussen@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 14 caucasian squirrel (sciurus anomalus) (gmelin,1778), the subject of the current study, belongs to the sciuridae family of rodentia, and it appears covered by thick fluffy hair, soft fur, and reddish brown or chestnut color. it is gray-brown on the dorsal side[1]. some studies dealt with the gastrointestinal tract in various vertebrates. dos santos et al. [2] studied the gastrointestinal tract's morphology, histology, and histochemistry in trachelyopterus striatalus. jedeje et al. [3] presented an anatomical study of the gastrointestinal tract in the striped stood snake (psammophis sibilans). sauer et al. [4] examined an anatomical study of the gastrointestinal tract of two types of antelope, black buck (antilope cervicapra) and arabian sand gazella (gazella subgutturosa marica). ahmed and mnati [5] worked in the histological and histochemical study of the duodenum in the caucasian squirrel (sciurus anomalus). the small intestine has many functions. it digests and absorbs nutrients and many enzymes that aid digestion [6]. the small intestine consists of three main parts: duodenum, jejunum, and ileum [7]. this study aimed to identify the histological structure of the ileum in the caucasian squirrel. 2.materials and methods samples collection: the current study required the collection of 10 live adult squirrels, regardless of their sex, they were purchased from the al-gazal market in baghdad, then euthanized, and dissected. the specimens of the ileum were collected and fixed in 10% formalin; then, the histological staining techniques were conducted. histological preparation for the histological study, the samples were fixed with 10% formalin solution for 48 hours and then passed through an ascending series of ethyl alcohol (70, 80, 90, 100%) embedded with paraffin wax, cut blocks of 6 micrometers thickness, and stained with hematoxylin-eosin stain. then, we examined and photographed selected sections using a compound light microscope with a camera [8]. results the results of the histological study in the caucasian squirrel sciurus anomalus showed that the ileum wall consisted of four main tunicae divided from the inside to outside (mucosa, submucosa, muscularis, and serosa) (figure 1). tunica mucosa the tunica mucosa consists of three secondary layers: the epithelial lining, the lamina propria, and the muscularis mucosa, the epithelial lining consists of a simple columnar epithelial tissue composed of columnar cells and goblet cells, and the outer surface of the columnar cells appeared with a striated border due to the presence of the microvilli (figure 2), the epithelial lining of the ileum part transforms into many projections known as villi and that show in different shapes, they may look leaf-shaped and shorter and with pointed ends or rounds, while some of them appear cylindrical, and a little mace shapes(figure 3,4). columnar cells are characterized by long compact cells with cytoplasm and large oval nuclei located near the base of the cell (hyponucleated) and rest on the basal membrane and the apical end of these cells with a striated border (figure 2). the goblet cells are characterized by a unicellular gland that appears scattered between columnar cells with apical extension and a narrow base with an oval or flat-shaped nucleus close to the cell's base. they are many numbers in this part (figure 2). the lamina propria consists of loose connective tissue interspersed with many connective tissue nucleus cells, smooth muscle fibers, blood vessels, and lymphatic vessels (figure 3). the epithelial lining at the base of the villi forms glandular units known as the intestinal glands. the intestinal glands spread in the lamina propria layer, appear in the form of simple straight tubular glands, and extend to the muscularis mucosa layer. the wall of the intestinal glands is formed by some cells represented by columnar cells and goblet cells (figure 5). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 15 in addition, another type of cell is undifferentiated cells (stem cells), concentrated in the basal part of the intestinal glands. they are located adjacent to or between the paneth cells, which are close to the shape of columnar cells with pale cytoplasm and a spherical or oval-shaped base-located, euchromatin, surrounded by a clear nuclear envelope. these three types of cells are based on the basal membrane (figure 5). the intestinal glands of the ileum are characterized by some pyramidal cells, with a broad base and narrow towards the apical. the nucleus is characterized by an oval to a spherical shape. its presence was noted in abundance in the basal and cervical area of the crypts and lack of presence in the villi. the cytoplasm of the apical area contains rough spherical granules with acidic secretion represented by paneth cells (figure 5). while the muscularis mucosa layer appears composed of a very thin and single layer of smooth muscle fibers arranged circularly, this layer is located directly under the lamina propria. it extends vertically within the villi and between the units of the intestinal glands as it separates the lamina propria from the tunica submucosa under it (figure 5). tunica submucosa tunica submucosa is composed of dense connective tissue and contains bundles of collagenous fibers, which also represent the dominant type of connective tissue fibers. this tunica contains smooth muscle fibers and is interspersed with many blood vessels, lymphatic vessels, and meissner's plexuses, which appear scattered during this tunica (figure 5, 6). tunica muscularis this tunica consists of two secondary layers of smooth muscle fibers, as the inner layer fiber is formed circularly. the circular inner layer looks thicker than the longitudinal outer layer. in contrast, the outer layer fiber is longitudinally arranged and appears in irregular muscle bundles. a thin strip of fibrous connective tissue separates between the two layers containing aurebach's plexuses, ganglion cells, collagenous fibers, and a few elastic fibers (figure 6). tunica serosa it represents the last tunica and is composed of loose connective tissue covered from the outside by a single row of simple squamous epithelial tissue. many blood vessels and clusters of adipose tissue are scattered (figure 7). figure 1. cross section in the wall of the ileum shows the four tunicae: mucosa (m), submucosa (sm), muscularis (mu), serosa (se), lumen (lu), (h&e stain, 4x). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 16 figure 2. longitudinal section in the wall of the ileum shows secondary layers that component the tunica mucosa: lining epithelial (le), lamina propria (lp), muscularis mucosa (mm), and component lining epithelium: columnar cell(cc), goblet cells (gc), basal membrane(bm), striated border (sb) (h&e stain, 40x). figure 3. cross section in the wall of ileum shows the leaf shape of villi and components of the lamina propria, nuclei of connective tissue cell (n), smooth muscle fiber (smf), blood vessels (bv), lymphatic vessels (lv) (h&e stain, 40x). figure 4. cross section in the wall of the ileum shows the cylindrical shape (cy) of villi and mace shape(ma) of villi) (h&e stain, 40x). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 17 figure 5. cross section in the wall of ileum show intestinal glands constituent cells, columnar cell (cc), goblet cell (gc), stem cell (sc), paneth cell (pc), musculares mucosa (mm), tunica submucosa (sm) (h&e stain, 40x). figure 6. cross section in the wall of the ileum shows tunica summucosa (sm), tunica muscularis (mu) with two parts, circular muscular layer (cml) and longitudinal muscular layer (lml), ganglion cells (gac), auerbach’s plexus(ap), meissner’s plexuses (mp) (h&e stain, 40x). figure 7. cross section in the wall of ileum shows tunica serosa (se), and artery (a), vein (ve), adipose tissue (at), nerve (n) (h&e 100x). mp ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 18 3. discussion the current study results showed that the tunica mucosa of the ileum in the caucasian squirrel sciurus anomalus consisted of three secondary layers: the epithelial lining, the lamina propria, and muscularis mucosa. the epithelial lining was composed of a simple columnar epithelial tissue composed of columnar cells and goblet cells. the outer surface of the columnar cells has striated border due to the presence of microvilli, which is consistent with the results of many previous studies on the histological composition of mammalian species [6,9]. the epithelial lining of the ileum part transforms into many projections known as villi, which show in different shapes. they may look leaf-shaped and shorter with pointed ends or rounds, while some appear cylindrical. a little mace shapes, and this result is consistent with the results of the study of bat(eidolon helvum) and pangolin(manis tricuspis) [10] and [11] in gazella subgutteroza. , while the results of the current study differ from the results of sheep(ovis aries) and goat(capra hircus), which showed the villi in ileum shortest and tongue shape[12]. the lamina propria consists of loose connective tissue. the epithelial lining is curved at the base of the villi to form glandular units known as the intestinal glands. these glands spread in the layer of the lamina propria and appear in the form of a simple straight tubular gland with a clear lumen and extend to the muscular mucosa layer. the wall of intestinal glands is formed by many cells represented by columnar and goblet cells, and this result is consistent with many sources and research [13,14,11]. at the same time, the results of the current study differ from the results of the sheep (ovis aries) study, showing the intestinal glands characterized by simple and branched tubular glands, coiled and lined with a simple cuboidal epithelium to a low columnar [15]. the functional importance of columnar cells lies in their ability to absorption of water, nutrients, and other valuable substances [13]. in comparison, goblet cells are characterized by the secretion of mucin and the preservation of the surface epithelium of the mechanical and chemical effects that the digested enzymes act within the small intestinal lumen [16]. in addition, another type of cell is represented by undifferentiated cells (stem cells) that are aggregated in the basal part of the intestinal glands and located in the adjacent or between paneth cells and characterized by frequent division. this result is consistent with the results of the human study [17]. the intestinal glands' basis of the part of the ileum is characterized by several pyramidal cells, with a broad base and narrow towards the apical, their nucleus characterized by an oval to a spherical shape. the cytoplasm of the apical area contains rough spherical granules with acidic secretions, represented by paneth cells. this result agrees with several studies on different types of mammalians [18,19]. the current study's results disagree with [20] study that included dogs and pigs, which showed that the small intestine does not have paneth cells. they noted presence in abundance in the basal and cervical area of the crypt and a lack of presence in the villi. while the muscularis mucosa is composed of a very thin, single layer of smooth muscle fibers arranged circularly, this layer is located directly under the lamina propria. it extends vertically within the villi and between the units of the intestinal glands. this result is in line with some studies on the histological composition of different mammalians [21,22]. in contrast, the current results disagree with [23] in isoodon macrourus that showed the tunica muscularis mucosa consists of two layers of smooth muscle fibers, the first represented by the longitudinal outer layer and the second is a circular inner layer of arrangement. while the tunica submucosa is composed of dense connective tissue, bundles of collagenous fibers, and is interspersed with many blood vessels, lymphatic vessels, and neural plexuses, or meissner's plexuses. this result is in accordance with the iranian squirrel sciurus anomalu s[24]. while this result is in disagreement with [25] in the rabbit oryctolagus cuniculus, showing that this tunica is composed of fibrous connective tissue. there are some circular folds known as kerkring valves in the mucosa and submucosa tunica of the ileum, which are specialized compositions to facilitate digestion and absorption and increase the surface area of digestion and absorption[6]. in contrast, the results of the mice study are contrary to the current results, which showed that the small intestine is free of these folds [26]. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 19 the tunica muscularis consists of two secondary layers of smooth muscle fibers, as the fiber is arranged in the inner layer circularly and thickly. it appears in irregular muscle bundles and separates a thin strip of fibrous connective tissue between the two layers containing the neural plexuses represented by auerbach's plexuses, ganglion cells, and collagenous fibers. in contrast, the fiber showed that the outer layer was arranged longitudinally and was less thick—this resulted from the gaddi sheep [27] and oryctolagus cuniculus [25]. the tunica serosa is the last layer and is composed in turn of loose connective tissue. this tissue is covered from the outside by a row of simple squamous epithelial tissue spread by many blood vessels and clusters of adipose tissue. this result corresponds to the results [11] in ghazal gazella subguturosa. in contrast, the results of the current study disagreed with [22] study in indigenous rabbits (oryctolagus cuniculus), which explained that this tunica consists of regular dense connective tissue. 4. conclusion the current study showed that the villi of ileum show in different shapes and contain goblet cells. references 1. al-sheikhly, o.f.; haba, m.k. the field guide of land mammalian in iraq. publications of college of science for woman, university of baghdad. 2014, 89 pp. 2. dos santos, m.l.; arantes, f.p.; pessali, t.c.; dos santus, j.e. morphological, histological and histochemical analysis of the digestive tract of trachelyopterus stritulus (siluriformes: auchenipteridae). zoologica. 2015, 32,4, 296-305. 3. jedeje, h.o.; sonfada, m.l.; salami, s.o. anatomical studies of the gastrointestinal tract of the striped sand snake (psammophis sibilanus). nig. vet. j. 2015, 36, 4, 1288-1298. 4. sauer, c.; bertelsen, m.f.; hammar, s.; lund, p.; m.r.; clauss, m. macroscopic digestive tract anatomy of two small antelopes, the blackbuck (antilope cervicapra) and the arabian and gazelle (gazella subgutturosa marica). j. veter. medi. 2015, 2, 5, 1-7 5.ahmed, m.a. and mnati,i.m. histological and histochemical study of the duodenum in the caucasian squirrel, sciurus anomalus. biochem. cell. arch. 2020, 20, 2, 3859-3864 pp. 6. kumar, b. histology text and atlas.1st ed .wolters kuwer health (india). haryana. 2013, 392 pp. 7. mckinley, m.; o’loughlin, v.d. human anatomy. 1sted. mc graw-hill companies. united states. 2006, 885 pp. 8. bancroft, j.d. and stevens, a. theory and practice of histological techniques. 4th ed. churchill livingston. london . 2010, 726 pp. 9. strobel, s.; encarnaco, j.a.; becker, n.t.; trenzek, t.e. histological and histochemical analysis of the gastrointestinal tract of the common pipistrelle bat (pipistrellus pipistrellus). europ. j. histochem. 2015, 59, 2477, 107-115. 10.ofusori, d.a.; caxtonomortins, e.a.; komolafe, o.o; oluyemi, k.a.; adee, o.a; ajayi, s.a; oluwayinka, p.o; adelakum, e.a; keji, s.t.; adesanya, o.a. comparative study of ileum in rat (rattus novegicus), bat(eidolon helvum) and pangolin (mais tricuspis) as insectigated using histological methods. int. j. morphol. 2008, 26, 1, 137-141. 11. hamza, l.o.; al-mansor, n.a. histological and histochemical observations of the small intestine in the indigenous gazella (gazella subgutturosa). j. entomol. zool. studies. 2017. 5, 6, 948-956. 12. maruti, g.m. comparative gross anatomical and histological studies on small intestine in sheep (ovis aries) and goat (capra hircus). m.sc. thesis, collage of veterinary science, maharashtra and fishery science university. 2017, xxxvii pp. 13. gartner, l.p.; haitt, j.l. color textbook of histology. 3rd ed. sauners, an in print of elsevier, china. 2007, 572pp. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 20 14.cui, d.; naftel, j.p.; lynch, c.j.; yang, g.; daley, w.p.; haines, d.e.; fratkin, j.d. histology with functional and clinical correlation.1st ed. lippincott willians and wilkins. london. 2011; 456 pp. 15. parveen, k.; pawan, k.; gurdial, s.; amit, p. histological architecture and histochemistry of duodenum of the sheep (ovis aries). ind. j. vet. anat. 2013, 25, 1, 30-32. 16. kim, j.j.; khan, w.i. goblet cells and mucins: role in innate defense in enteric in infections. j. pathog. 2013, 2, 55-70. 17. griffiths, m. gastrointestinal system. 4th ed. elsevier ltd. china. 2012, 203 pp. 18. eurell, j.n.; frappier, b.l. textbook of veterinary histology. 6th ed. black well publication, asturalia. 2006, 419 pp. 19.mescher, a.l. junqueira basic histology.13rded. mc graw-hill education. united states. 2013, 559 pp. 20.dellman, h.d.; eurell, j.a. text book of veterinary histology. 5thed. lippincott williams and wilkins. baltimore. 1998, 368 pp. 21. selim, a. and el-nahas, e. comparative histological studies on the intestinal wall between the prenatal ,the postnatal and the adult of the two species of egyptian bats (frugivorous rousettus aegyptiacus and intsectivorus taphozous nudiventris). j. basic. app. zool. 2015, 70, 25-32. 22. alhaaik, a.g.m. histomorphological and immunohistological postnatal developmental changes in the small intestine and colon of the indogenous rabbits (oryctolagus cuniculus). ph.d. thesis. collage of veterinary medicine, baghdad university. 2016, 188 pp. 23.hara, p.j.; murry, p.j.; klieve, a.v. histology of gastrointestinal tract of the northern brown bandicoot, isoodon macrourus (marsupialia: peramelidae). austeral. mammal. 2011, 33, 4446. 24.tootian, z.; sadeghinezhad, j.; sheibani, m.t.; fazelipour, s.; sorde, n.d.; chiocchetti, r. histological and mucin histochemical study of the small intestine of the persian squirrel (sciurus anomalus). ant. sci. int. 2013, 88, 38-45. 25. ranjan, r. anatomical exploration of gastrointestinal tract and express ion pattern of calcium channels in rabbit gut epithelium. ph.d. thesis. west bengal university of animal and fisher science. 2014, 178 pp. 26.treuting, p.m.; arends, m.j.; dintzis, s.m. upper gastrointestinal tract .in: treuting, p.m.; dintzis, s.m. and montine, k.s. (eds.). comparative anatomy and histology a mouse, rat, human atlas. 2nd ed. elsevier, london. 2018, 211-231. 27.rajput, r. anatomical studies on the intestine of gaddi sheep. ph.d thesis collage of veterinary and animal science, csk himachal pradesh krishi vishvavidyalaya. palampur. 2006, 160pp. 13 abstract in the current study, the observations depended on some nuclear properties of germanium isotopes that are used for multiple purposes by studying transverse sections when interacting with charged particles such as alpha and proton particles and their interaction with gamma rays of conjugal isotopes relative to the stability of the nucleus with other nuclei. by calculating the cross sections of the (α, ) , (γ,x)0-nn-1, (γ,2n) , (α,p) reactions of isotope. nuclear reactions in the newer global libraries (exfor, endf, jef, jeff, gendl) have been published to identify appropriate energies in calculating the inverse nuclear reactions of the ground state. keywords: germanium, nuclear properties, isotopes, cross sections. 1. introductio the two-particle effect between m1 and target m2, which is generally produced in m3 and m4 as nuclear reactions and controlled by the conversation [1]. direct interaction is a term used for multiple nuclear processes, for example non-flammable nuclear collisions, stripping, and reverse pick-up interaction. direct interaction is an interactive process without forming a composite nucleus. the time when the target attack and nucleus react is much shorter than the time of the compound nucleus. therefore, the reaction products display some features that are quite different from those that appear in the case of the beginning of the interaction through the formation of a complex nucleus [2]. these processes (direct interaction and composite nuclei) represent sharp views of the nuclear reaction mechanism. in the process of direct interaction, the age of the target nucleus and the missile accident system is 10 to 22 seconds, presuming the probable interaction depth of some mev scores. on the other hand, the installed nucleus has a default life of 10 to 14 seconds for the power supply to demand a fraction of the electron volt. thus, time scales for interaction domains are quite different [2]. it is very difficult to determine the energy that a given reaction will follow according to a reaction or other reaction mechanism. it can be argued in the qualitative sense that as the transverse particle energy increases, the partial width increases as well as the number of channels of interaction, which in turn leads to a progressively shorter time spent by the system as a composite nucleus. the composition of the composite nucleus is more possible in lower energies, while the direct reaction mechanism will prevail in the upper energies [2]. direct interaction is a one-step process. this was first identified by oppenheimer and philip in the analysis of low energy interactions [2]. it was observed through experiments that (d, d) reactions were more frequent than (d, n) reactions. this is more accurate ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index department of physics, collage of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham – university of baghdad noor mohammed abbood noor.naser9993@gmail.com doi: 10.30526/33.1.2374 study of nuclear properties of high purity germanium article history: received 23 june 2019, accepted 1 july 2019, publish january 2020. sameera ahmed ebrahiem samaeb85@gmail.com mailto:noor.naser9993@gmail.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/downloads/samaeb85@gmail.com 13 than expected if the interaction continues during the composition of the composite nucleus. because there is no coulomb barrier, there will be a predominance of interactions (d, n) on the interactions of (d, n) oppenheimer and phillips have shown that deuteron interaction is loosely linked. when approaching the target nucleus, the proton is separated from the deuteron by the coulomb field, while the neutron is captured. [2]. this condition is known as oppenheimer and philips in low energies, although it is more commonly known as the abstraction process, in both low and high energies. reactions (d, p) and (d, n) in the high energy zone are more likely. the difference between other nuclear reactions from direct interaction is that the angular distribution of decomposition products peaks in the anterior direction and is very small in the posterior direction [2]. the germanic is a chemical element and its symbol is ge and its atomic number is 32. it is a shiny, solid, greyish white color within the carbon group, similar to its adjacent group of tin and silicon chemically. pure germanium is a semiconductor with a similar appearance to the silicon element where germanium reacts naturally and forms compounds with oxygen in nature. unlike silicon, it is so reactive that it cannot be found naturally in the ground in a free (primary) state. the germanium has 5 natural isotopes 70 ge, 72 ge, 73 ge, 74 ge and 76 ge. of these, 76 ge is slightly radioactive, decomposes by decomposing duo. 74ge is the most common counterpart, with approximately 36% natural abundance. 76ge is the least common with a natural abundance of about 7% [3]. the 72 ge isotope generates stable 77 se, when it is bombarded with alpha particles, releasing high-energy electrons in the process. for this reason, it is used in the manufacture of nuclear batteries in its composition with radon [4]. the main end-uses of germanium in 2007 worldwide were estimated at 35% for fiber optics, 30% for infrared optics, 15% polymerization catalysts, and 15% for solar electronics and solar applications [5]. the remaining 5% is in uses such as phosphorus, minerals, and chemotherapy [5]. in 2000, about 15% of us consumption of germanium was used for infrared optics technology and 50% for fiber optics. the use of infrared radiation over the past twenty years in the demand for optical fiber, however, has been slowly increasing. in america, 30-50% of current fiber-optic lines in america have stopped the use of non-dark fibers, and this is the cause of controversy over overproduction and reduced demand in the future. worldwide, demand is growing dramatically as countries such as china are installing fiber optic communications lines across the country. [6]. 1.1. production of ultra-pure germanium from its concentrat germanium appears in small amounts in different metals, especially zinc and coal ores. therefore, its first cycle begins with the production of germanium (germanium supplied or oxide), followed by purification and disinfection / subsequent purification, the production of very pure germanium tetrachloride as a final product, then the germanium dioxide and thus reduced metal form. the latter will be further refined according to its final application as well as purification requirements. figure 1. shows the germanium production steps from mineral concentration to crystal growth in general. the germanium endpoint obtained if zinc ore or coal fly ash, which consists of 0.5% 6% ge [7]. follows either a waterway or a thermal pathway. the hydro-water course includes the sulfuric filtration process and the oxidation step of the sediments to geo2. in a tall pyro methane, the process of roasting or fumigation is often carried out, during which geo2 is volatilized and collected in fumes. 11 figure 1. example of production flow of germanium from concentrate to dioxide and tetrachloride via pyro metallurgical route (left) and from dioxide to ultra-pure metallic germanium (right), based on [8, 7]. in this process, an increase of 10 factors can be obtained in the germanium concentration [7, 9, 10].trace the recycling of germanium scrap the same path as for the ore and fly ash center, where carbon dioxide is formed subsequent operations are performed [11, 7]. the chlorination process is done with hydrochloric acid on the center germanium dioxide, which is collected from fuse fumes according to the interaction described in equation (1). the product of this reaction is the crude germanium tetrachloride (gecl4), which is accompanied by very low amounts of impurities, which are also in the form of chloride. since gecl4 has a boiling point higher than most of these impurities, while the distillation of these impurities will volatilize and gecl4 will remain with purity up to 6 n [12]. then the product of this step becomes ready to use, for example, fiber optic industry [10]. geo2+4hcl → gecl4+2h2 o (1) for further processes, the ultra-pure gecl4 will be decomposed with pure deionized water as shown in equation (2) the result is pure germanium dioxide, which can then be reduced in hydrogen atmosphere equation (3) to its first metallic form [11, 7]. gecl4+2h 2o → geo2+ 4hcl geo2+2h2→ge+2h2o temperature control of the equation (3) is a major challenge in order to avoid undesirable re-interaction between germanium and steam water at temperatures above 700 ° c and produce germanium oxide monoxide. therefore, the reaction (3) should occur at temperatures between 650 ° c and 670 ° c. when the reduction is completed, the temperature can be increased to about 1000 ° c so that the metallic ge is dissolved and poured into the area to melt the appropriate molds and send them to additional purification steps [12]. later super-purity materials will be grown as a single crystal for specific applications. 13 2. results in this work, in light of the importance of industrial germanium, especially in the nuclear field and its uses in the medical field and its nutritional benefits. some nuclear properties of germanium isotopes (4), atomic mass, excess mass (kev), abundance of isotopes [13]. nuclear rotation and equivalence, pattern (decomposition) and the daughter's side were studied. these data were obtained from the most recent nrc nuclear card (nndc) [13]. the cross-section of finite steps (0.5 mev) depends on the type of reaction replicated directly from plots showing cross-sectional variation with alpha, proton particles and gamma energy. the cross section of (α, ) , (γ,x)0-nn1, (γ,2n) reactions of for the isotopes available in the literature as mentioned, they were redrawn and inserted into the table 1. these plots were analyzed to gain the formula for each reaction from the cross-section values of each author using the matlab computer software (version 8.22013b) to get cross sections of the various power intervals as follows. table 1.the cross sections of (α,x) reaction as afunction of alpha energy and (γ,x)0-nn-1 reaction as a function of gamma energy. (α, ) (γ,x)0-nn-1 alphaenergy (mev) crosssection (mb) alphaenergy (mev) crosssection (mb) gamma energy (mev) crosssection (mb) gammaenergy (mev) crosssection (mb) 18.5 2.8056 33.0 103.0000 10.0 6.9143 24.5 64.2222 19.0 3.8333 33.5 106.0000 10.5 17.3667 25.0 59.1074 19.5 4.8611 34.0 99.0000 11.0 21.6778 25.5 56.6852 20.0 5.8889 34.5 101.0000 11.5 27.1259 26.0 52.8333 20.5 8.6813 35.0 99.0000 12.0 32.0667 ---------- 21.0 12.6500 35.5 94.0000 12.5 34.9185 ---------- 21.5 16.6187 36.0 91.8000 13.0 46.3667 ---------- 22.0 20.4286 36.5 89.8000 13.5 64.0259 ---------- 22.5 24.0000 37.0 83.6000 14.0 82.9593 ---------- 23.0 27.5714 37.5 74.6000 14.5 98.2556 ---------- 23.5 32.5000 38.0 75.3333 15.0 98.6889 ---------- 24.0 38.0000 38.5 82.5556 15.5 100.4429 ---------- 24.5 43.0000 39.0 82.6667 16.0 106.4185 ---------- 25.0 51.2000 39.5 81.0000 16.5 104.5296 ---------- 25.5 56.1111 40.0 82.5000 17.0 107.2333 ---------- 26.0 60.0000 40.5 84.0000 17.5 109.3000 ---------- 26.5 65.3750 41.0 75.0000 18.0 121.1852 ---------- 27.0 72.2500 41.5 66.0000 18.5 123.2296 ---------- 27.5 76.2000 42.0 61.5556 19.0 122.9185 ---------- 28.0 82.0000 42.5 58.6000 19.5 125.5000 ---------- 28.5 90.6667 43.0 61.6000 20.0 112.6963 ---------- 29.0 98.5000 43.5 63.5556 20.5 114.5481 ---------- 29.5 101.0000 44.0 61.3333 21.0 103.8000 ---------- 30.0 101.8333 44.5 59.3333 21.5 103.5481 ---------- 30.5 100.6667 45.0 57.6667 22.0 93.2000 ---------- 31.0 102.5714 45.5 57.7500 22.5 91.2370 ---------- 31.5 106.0000 46.0 59.0000 23.0 83.4296 ---------- 32.0 106.0000 ----------23.5 80.8536 ---------- 32.5 108.0000 ----------24.0 68.8000 ---------- 13 table 2.the cross sections, (γ, 2n) reaction as a function of gamma energy. (γ,2n) gamma energy (mev) crosssection (mb) 17.0 0.4444 17.5 8.9704 18.0 22.5778 18.5 32.7259 19.0 36.2370 19.5 46.0667 20.0 42.7444 20.5 48.7926 21.0 43.1429 21.5 41.5148 22.0 42.0000 22.5 37.6222 23.0 36.7667 23.5 40.1179 24.0 32.2111 24.5 31.7889 25.0 25.1519 25.5 24.0704 26.0 23.2000 table 3.the cross sections of (α,p) reaction as a function of alpha energy. (α,p) alpha energy (mev) crosssection (mb) alpha energy (mev) crosssection (mb) 13 3.6182 27.5 19.1818 13.5 4.9136 28.0 17.8182 14.0 6.2091 28.5 17.1833 14.5 7.5045 29.0 17.6417 15.0 8.8000 29.5 18.1000 15.5 10.3882 30.0 16.5583 16.0 11.9765 30.5 15.0167 16.5 13.5647 31.0 14.4231 17.0 15.2235 31.5 14.4615 17.5 16.9294 32.0 14.5000 18.0 18.6353 32.5 14.1667 18.5 20.1111 33.0 13.8333 19.0 20.6667 33.5 13.5000 19.5 21.2222 34.0 13.1667 20.0 21.7778 ---------- 20.5 22.5625 ---------- 21.0 23.5000 ---------- 21.5 24.4375 ---------- 22.0 25.2857 ---------- 22.5 26.0000 ---------- 23.0 26.7143 ---------- 23.5 26.3571 ---------- 24.0 25.2857 ---------- 24.5 24.2143 ---------- 25.0 22.8571 ---------- 25.5 21.4286 ---------- 13 figure 2. the (α,x) reactionthe germanium-74, which contains an equal nucleus that interacts with alpha particles that carry a range of energies (18.5-46.00 mev) is 2.8056 59.0000 mb respectively and obtain the highest cross section value (108.00 mb) in 32.5 me. figure 2. and above this energy, the cross section is reduced, in addition to the value of the narrowed passageways between 28.0-37.0mev (82.0000 83.6000mb) in that order offers a high reaction possibility to arsenic production with an atomic number of (z= 33) and mass number (a=76) these data are table 1. this element is very important in the industrial field. when mixed with lead it produces a very strong and solid metal, which can be used in car batteries and bullets. arsenic is also used in the glass industry it is also used in improving bullet bullets and in fireworks to give additional color to the flame. gallium arsenide is used in a laser that transforms electricity into coherent light. it is also used to increase efficiency in transistors. arsenic compounds are used as a medical insecticide, previously used in the treatment of skin problems such as psoriasis, but have recently been phased out because they cause cancer. in order for the human body to maintain a healthy nervous system and to grow well, it needs a rate of 0.00001%. figur e 2. the cross section of (α, ) reaction by fitting and interpolation. figure 3. the (α,3n) reaction germanium's 74 cross-section contains an equal nucleus that interacts with alpha particles and carries a range of energies (28.0 46.00 mev), (0.1425 0.7430 mb) and the highest value of the cross section is (1.0640 mb) in power (40.5mev) as displayed in figure 3. and the cross section is reduced at a higher level of this energy and the narrow path value is also reduced between (38.5 40.5mev) and (1.0308 1.0640 mb) in that order, giving a high likelihood of interaction on selenium production with an atomic number (z = 34) (a= 75), these data are demonstrated in figure 3. selenium has a great role in preventing fat oxidation, thus protecting the immune system, preventing the formation of free cracks that negatively affect the body and destroy it. selenium protects against certain types of cancer, works with vitamin e to help produce antibodies and maintains heart and liver safety. the body needs small amounts of it enough for the human body, but it is important for the pancreas to function properly for its functions and tissue flexibility. when the amounts are added to vitamin e and zinc, its quality reduces prostate enlargement. selenium has a close relationship with cancer and heart disease. hippocampi a leads to fatigue, poor growth, increased cholesterol levels, infection, liver and pancreatic degeneration and infertility. 26.0 20.0000 ---------- 26.5 20.0000 ---------- 27.0 20.0000 ---------- 13 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 gamma energy (mev) c r o s s s e c t i o n ( m b ) p.work 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 0 10 20 30 40 50 gamma energy (mev) c r o s s s e c t i o n ( m b ) p.work figure 3. the cross section of (γ,x)0-nn-1reaction by fitting and interpolation. figure 3. the (γ,2n) reaction in the (γ, 2n) reaction , germanium-74, which contains an equaled nucleus that interacts with gamma rays. cross-sectional ratings have a range of energies (17-26.0mev) (0.4444-23.2000 mb), respectively. the highest cross section value is (48.7926 mb) 20.5mev) as in figure 3. at a higher level of this energy, the cross section is reduced. in addition to the cross-pass value between 19.5-23.5mv (46.066740.1179 mb) respectively, germanium with atomic number (z = 32) and mass number (a = 72) these data are in figure 3. germanium being a good semiconductor is considered one of the most commonly used materials with no significant and powerful properties. germanium is used in the manufacture of devices such as diodes, solar batteries, transistors, and is also used in various infrared optical devices. germanium improves the access of oxygen to the cells in the body in the medical field, helping to resist pain, maintain immune function and rid the body of toxins. it has also been shown that eating germanium foods is an effective catalyst for oxygen, similar to the consumption of germanium hemoglobin in terms of its function as an oxygen carrier of cells. eating 100 to 300 mg of germanium metal daily has treated many conditions, including rheumatoid arthritis, food allergies, high blood cholesterol, candida, chronic viral infections, and even aids and cancer, according to a japanese scientist. it also found that this element strengthens the immune system and helps the body to get rid of toxins. also helps in the treatment of some types of allergies and suitable for the treatment of some types of wounds and burns. it also improves the lack of discipline in the menstrual cycle, as well as eczema, sore throat, mouth ulcers, insect pests and even headaches. figure 3.the cross section of (γ,2n) reaction by fitting and interpolation. 13 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 alpha energy (mev) c r o s s s e c t io n ( m b ) p.work figure 4.the (α,p) reactiongermanium-74 contains an equal nucleus, and its cross-section is a function of alpha molecules that have a range of energies (13-34.0mev) and (3.6182-13.1667 mb). the highest value of the cross sections is (26.7143mb) in the energy of (23.0mev), as displayed in figure 4. the cross section is reduced at a higher level of this energy, in addition to the narrowed arc value between 18.5 27.0mev (20.1111 20.0000mb), this gives a high possibility of reaction of arsenic production with atomic number (z = 33) and mass number (a = 77). these data are table 3. figure 4.the cross section of (α, p) reaction by fitting and interpolation. 3. conclusions and discussion in the present study, some nuclear features of germanium isotopes used for various purposes have been studied through studying the transverse sections when reacting with charged particles such as alpha and proton molecules and their interaction with gamma rays, as well as studying the relative double deformation parameters to steadiness of the nucleus with other nuclei. references 1. podgoršak, e.b. radiation physics for medical physicists berlin: springer.meyerhof, w.e. elements of nucl. phys. mc. grawhill book inc.1967, 437. 2. audi, g.; bersillon, o.; blachot, j.; wapstra, a.h. nubase evaluation of nuclear and decay properties nuclear physics a. atomic mass data center.2003, 729. 3. perreault, bruce, a. alpha fusion electrical energy valve, us patent.2010, 7, 800, 286. 4. geological survey u.s. germanium—statistics and information, u.s. geological survey, mineral commodity summaries. retrieved, 2008. 5. geological survey u.s. germanium mineral commodity profile, 2005. 6. claeys, c.; simoen, e. germanium based technologies. elsevier science, amsterdam, 2007. 7. melcher, f.; buchholz, p. current and future germanium availability from primary sources. in minor metals conference, cologne.2012, 4. 8. butterman, b.w.c.; jorgenson, j.d. germanium,u.s. geological survey, reston, 2005. 9. wang, w.k.; peng, j.h.; zhang, z.b. recovery methods of germanium. advanced materials research.2011, 295, 2267-2271. 10. jorgenson, j.d. germanium recycling in the united states in 2000. united states geological survey, reston, virginia, 2006. 11. guggenbühl, w.; strutt, m.j.o.; wunderlin, w. halbleiterbau element. birkhäuser basel, basel, 1962. 13 12. tuli, j. k. nuclear wallet cards for radioactive nuclides. brookhaven national laboratory, upton, new york, usa, 2004. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 208 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license synthesis, spectroscopic, and biological activity study for new complexes of some metal ions with schiff bases derived from 2-hydroxy naphthaldehyde with 2-amine benzhydrazide abstract this study describes the preparation of tetradentate schiff base derived from the condensation of 2-hydroxy naphthaldehyde with 2-amine benzhydrazide and the synthesis of new complexes series with a good yield.the prepared ligand was characterized using a microanalysis technique, uv-visible, ft-ir, nuclear magnetic resonance 1h-nmr, mass spectrometry, thermal gravimetric analysis tga, and the addition of conductivity measurement and magnetic moment of complexes. the invitro antimicrobial activity of the prepared compounds was tested against gram-negative klebsiella pneumonia, gram-positive staphylococcus aureu, and candida albicans by the agar well diffusion method. the spectroscopy and measurement studies showed that the ligand coordinated with the metal ion as a tetradentate ligand via oxygen and nitrogen, forming an octahedral geometry around it. the ligand and its complexes positively affect the studied microorganisms' gram-positive and gram-negative strains and fungi. keywords: 2-hydroxy naphthaldehyde, 2-amine benzhydrazide, biological activity, schiff base complexes. 1.introduction the chemistry of schiff bases and their mineral complexes has become an area of interest for researchers because of their significant impact on human life and the environment. a general method for the synthesis of schiff bases is the product of the condensation of aldehydes or ketones with primary amines and was first reported by the german scientist, hokoschiff (1). doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2978 article history: received 14 augest 2022, accepted 15 september 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq bushra mohan department of chemstry , college of science for women, university of baghdad,baghdad, iraq. boshra.mohan1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq naser shaalan department of chemstry , college of science for women, university of baghdad,baghdad, iraq. naserds_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:boshra.mohan1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:naserds_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 209 schiff bases also described as an important mediator in many reactions, especially the formation of important porphyrins in the human body, the interaction that occurs between pyridoxal (vitamin b6) and amines and the resulting compound is (n-pyridoxylic) schiff bases (2). this vital importance of schiff's rules has made them enter many areas of applied scientific research. among the areas in the field of pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmaceutical industries, including antioxidants (3), antibacterials, antifungals, anticarcinogens (4,5), antivirals, and antituberculosis (6,7) antibacterials, it has also entered the field of the industry including the manufacture of dyes (8) and polymer stabilizers and sensors (9). it should be noted that inorganic coordination chemistry has made a quantum leap through the synthesis of various coordination compounds, especially stable, essential, and biologically active chelating compounds (10, 11), including heterocyclic compounds (12). they have also attracted researchers' interest in their catalytic and biological applications and are not limited to schiff bases. the preparation of mineral complexes from schiff bases with metal ions is the most important achievement that made it enter the industrial and medical fields (13), especially the pharmaceutical industry and the manufacture of insecticides, fungicides, and pesticides. herbs and antioxidants. which protect the living body from damage caused by harmful molecules called free radicals. the body produces cells in response to free radicals (14). 2hydroxynaphthaldehyde derivatives have topped schiff's rules for their importance, flexibility, and diversity of effectiveness of their compounds in all areas. in this study, we present schiff base ligand and metal complexes that were prepared from transition metal ions as well as zinc ion. most of these compounds have biological activity that showed good results on gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria and promising efficacy in inhibiting the activity of fungi. 2. materials and methods 2.1 materials all reagents and chemicals used in this study were in the analytical grade and purchased from (sigma-aldrich). 2-hydroxy naphthaldehyde 99%, 2-amine benzhydrazide 97%, mncl2.2h2o 99%, nicl2.6h2o 99%, cucl2.2h2o 99%, cocl2.6h2o 99%, and zncl2 98% were provided from bdh and used as received. the ft-ir spectra of the ligand and its complexes were recorded within the range (2004000) cm1 using a device of type (shimadzu ftir-spectrometer) and using disk (kbr) for ligand and (csi) for complexes at the university of baghdad/ college of science / department of chemistry. measuring magnetic sensitivity by john mathey device england at al-nahrain university \ chemistry department the 1h-nmr spectra of the as-prepared bond were recorded using a bruker 300mhz avance spectrometer with dmso as solvent at room temperature (tehran). a gc-mass-agilent 5975c instrument recorded the mass spectra of the prepared compounds for the ligand and the compounds studied using the (elementer vari) instrument at shahid beheshti university in tehran / islamic republic of iran. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 210 ultraviolet spectrophotometer a 160. the prepared solutions were at a concentration of (1×10-3 molar) in dimethylformamide (dmf) solvent. the melting point of the prepared ligand and its complexes were measured using an (smp10) device from the english company stuart in the temperature range of 300 °c. the molar conductivity was measured with a wtw meter, and the uv-visible spectra in the range (190.00-1100) nm were measured using a shimadzu uv-vis device. 3. synthesis 3.1 synthesis of the (l) ligand a solution of 2-hydroxy-1-naphtaldehyde (0.782 gm,0.0045 mol) in 15 ml ethanol was mixed with (0.68gm, 0.0045mole) 2-amine benzhydrazide in 10 ml of ethanol and three drops of glacial acetic acid were allowed to react in a 50 ml round bottom flask. the mixture was added under stirring and refluxed for 5 hrs. a yellow precipitate formed was collected by filtration, washed, and recrystallized with a mixture of hot methanol/ethanol (50:50) and then dried at 50 c0. the yield of the prepared ligand was 55%, as shown in scheme 1. scheme 1.synthesis l ligand 3.2. preparation of metal complexes l ligand complexes new complexes were synthesized by mixing 10ml methanol of the metal salt (0.0018mole) (where m2+= mn2+, co2+, ni2+, cu2+, and zn2+) with of the ligand (0.0018mole) (1:1) (m:l) as dissolved in 10ml of methanol. the solution was stirred under heating at 50 °c for 2 hrs until the precipitate was formed. the colored complexes were separated by filtration, washed with methanol and ether, and left to dry at 80c. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 211 table 1. physical data and elemental analysis of ligand and its metal complexes 4. results and discussion 4.1-ft-ir spectra 4.1.1-ft-ir spectra of l-ligand the table below presents the infrared frequency bands of the schiff base and its metal complexes. the potential binding sites through the donors are nitrogen, isomethane ( (-c = n) group, a hydroxyl group (-oh), aromatic amine group-nh2 and carbonyl group c=o. the ft-ir spectrum showed the bond synthesis method (l) in (scheme 1). also, the data of the ligand ft-ir spectra of the ligand showed the disappearance of (c = o) bundles of the aldehyde in the region (1683) cm-1 and the amino group (-nh2) in the region 3288-3323 cm -1 and the appearance of new peaks which are the link bundles of the imine group of the prepared ligand that was in (1546) cm1the infrared spectrum of l-free ligands showed weak broad absorption bands at 3440.77 cm-1, 1093 cm-1, and 2939 cm-1 due to the stretching vibration of (oh), (c-o-h) and (=c-h) aldehyde (imine) respectively for l ligand. c o m p o u n d m o le c u la r fo rm u la c o lo r m .w t g \m o l y ie ld ( % ) c % h % n % m o la r c o n d u c ta n e ω -1 c m 2 m o l1 a t 2 6 c ◦ m e lt in g p o in t (0 c ) l c18h15n3o2 yellow 305.3 5 85% 70.21 (70.81) 4.626 (4.95) 13.62 (13.76) _ 190194 l+mn c18h16n3o3mncl 2 dark goldenro d 448 68.16 49.72 (48.42) 3.83 (3.60) 9.38 ( 10.71) 7.9 >300 l+co c18h16n3o3cocl2 smith green 452 81.7 48.41 ( 47.81) 3.44 ( 3.57) 9.50 (9.29) 12.9 dec. l+ni c18h16n3o3nicl2 pumpkin 452 91.9 47.67 (47.84) 3.936 (3.57) 8.552 (9.30) 67.26 >300 l+cu c18h16n3o3cucl2 olive 457 80.21 57.77 (58.77) 3.92 ( 3.84) 10.54 (11.42) 11.1 dec. l+zn c18h16n3o3zn cl2 yellow 459 79.17 59.31 (58.48) 3.806 (3.82) 12.14 11.37 24..2 >300 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 212 figure 1. ir for ligand l 4.1.2ft-ir spectrum of the l . complexes the comparison of the ir spectrum data of the complexes with the free schiff base indicates that the range of the imine group (hc = n) in the l complexes in l complexes has been shifted from (1608) cm-1 to lower frequencies in all five complexes, indicating the binding of the nitrogen atom in the group coordination of nitrogen with a metal ion is expected to reduce the electronic density to lower frequencies in all five complexes, as the new bands of the isomethene group appeared in the region from ( 1541–1546.91) cm−1 additionally, new weak bonds appear at ʋ (550-200) cm-1 and are related to ʋ (m-n), ʋ(m-o), ʋ (m-cl) guide to coordination and formation of schiff complexes. the new bands appeared in the region (366-424), cm-1 indicating the bonding of the nitrogen of the isomethine group with the metal, indicating the association of the nitrogen atom with the imine group (c = n) in coordination with the mineral (16).as shown in the tables, the disappearance of broad bands in the range (33503440) cm-1 belonging to phenol hydroxyl (o) complexes is evidence of their chelation by a phenolic oxygen atom (17). it appeared in the range (503-592) cm-1. a new beam due to the vibrations of the stretching group (m-o) showed the stretching group (m-n) of the as-prepared complexes in the confined region between (366-464) cm-1, confirming the metallicity. crosslinking (n) atom azomethine binding causes a shift in the ν group (ch = n). the absorption peak of the schiff ligand is about 3440 cm-1 due to the phenolic hydroxyl group of the schiff base ligand, and this absorption peak disappears during the process of binding with metal using metal ions. this confirms coordination through phenol (-oh) and the central metal ion (18). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 213 table 3.ft-ir data of ligand and its metal complexes (cm-1) comp. v(moh2) (oh) v(c=n) v(c=c) v(c-h) v(n-h) v( mcl) v( m-o) v(m-n) l 3440.77 1608 1541.02 2999 3600 ----------- mn+l 3481.51 1546.91 1517.98 2871.51 37481 270 300 333 (424) 514.99 co+l 3680 1546 1514 2883.66 3745.75 270 333.69 (464) 514.99 ni+l 3369.41 1541 1541 2954 3585.42 235.30 258.44 (418) 555.14 cu+l 3481.51 1546 1514 2883.58 3746.76 266.18 305.75 (550) 374.19(s) zn+l 3452.58 1546.91 1514.12 -2877.79 2819.93 3745.75 262 270 (424.34) 503.42578.64 figure 2. zn+lcomple figure 3.cu+ lcomple ihjpas. 36(1)2023 214 figure 3.co +l complex figure 4. mn +l complex figure 5.ni+l complex 4.2-1hnmr spectrum the schiff base ligands and its complexes were investigated by burker 300 mhz and using a dmso solvent. the examined samples showed a set of traceable signals as follows: proton analysis of the linker showed a set of signs, the first sign in the shift (δ = 2.49, 2.50, 2.51 ppm) was attributed to the solvent dmso and the next sign in the shift was two signs (δ = 3.32 ppm, 3.33 ppm,) for the presence of impurities in the compounds, the tag (δ = 9.46 ppm, h+: nh) is believed to be a proton of the nh amide group. a mark appeared after the displacement (δ = 8.21 ppm, 2h+: nh2) that is believed to be a proton of the nh2 amine group attached to the benzene ring. a mark after the displacement (δ = 8.18 ppm, h+) attributed to the proton of the carbon of the isomethine group. thet protons of two naphthaldehyde rings showed signs of displacement (δ = 7.24-7.91 ppm, 10h+). finally, in displacement (δ =12.91 ppm, h+ : oh) a sign appeared that could be attributed to the proton of the hydroxyl group. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 215 figure 6. 1h-nmr spectrum of complexes figure 7.1h-nmr l+ni figure 8.1h-nmr l+zn 4.3-mass spectra the molecular weight of schiff base l was determined using gc-mass-agilent 5975c technology. the mass spectra gave the compound's molecular weight identical to what was calculated theoretically (m/e = 305) corresponding to (c18h15n3o2) m +, which is equal to 100% of the weight of the compound. the best peak of the ion appeared at m/e = 120 due to (c7h6no) m +, equal to 39%. the best peak of the ion m/e = 104.1 is due to (c7h5co) m +, which is equivalent to 34%. then the peak of the ion m/e = 92 returns to (c6h4o) m +, which is equal to 30%, then the absorption peak m/e = 77 returns to (c5ho) m +, which is equal to 25%. then, the maximum absorption m/e = 65 returns to (c4ho) m +. it is equal to 21% in the end. the absorption peak of m/e = 51 is due to (c3o) m +, which equals 16. 7%. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 216 figure 9. gc-mass of ligand l 4.5-uv spectra the electronic absorption spectra of schiff bases and their complexes are shown in the table below. it was applied with dimethylformamide (dmf) solvent, and sample solutions were prepared at a concentration of 0.001 m. three bands appeared in the ligand (schiff base) spectrum in the regions (361,320,224) nm indicating (n → π*), (π → π*) azomethine and hydroxy oxide group transitions, and c = c aromatic bond. the electronic spectra of the co(ii) complex showed absorption bands at (483–421) nm, the 4t1g → 4t1g (p) transitions. the occurrence of these transitions indicates the formation of an octahedron around the co (ii) ion. the magnetic measurements of the cobalt compound also showed a value (1.78 bm) located within the octahedral domain. the nickel complexes showed three absorption bands in the regions (944-499-443) nm, indicating that transitions occurred, respectively, 3a2g (f) → 3t2g (f), 3a2g (f) → 3t1g (f), 3a2g (f) → 3t1g (p). this corresponds to the octahedral composition and the magnetic moment of the nickel binary complex was (1.96 bm), and this corresponds to nickel octahedral complexes subjected to antiferromagnetic interference. as for the copper complex, three absorption bands appeared in the absorption regions (649 247) nm. the first beam is stimulated at the transitions 2b1g → 2a1g, 2b1g → 2eg, located within the hexagonal coordination bands, specifically octahedral. the mn complex gave a magnetic moment value (1.67 bm) which is less than the spin of one electron. this is due to antimagnetic interference. the zinc compound is non-magnetic and does not give transitions in the visible region because its outer shell is saturated with d10. it is classified among octahedral complexes depending on the infrared spectrum. table 4. uv-vis data and magnetic moment value for ligand and its metal complexes. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 217 table 3. uv-vis data& magnetic moment value of ligand and its metal complexes no. compound color absorption bands (nm) assigned transition µeff (bm) suggested structure 1l ligand (c18h16n3o2) yellow 361 224 n→π* → c=n π→π*, →aromatic ring ---- ----- 2[colcl2]h2o smith green 483 421 337 4t1g→4t1g(p) charge transfer 1.78 oct. 3[nilcl2]h2o pumpkin 944 499 443 3a2g (f → 3t2g(f) 3a2g (f) → 3t1g(f) 3a2g (f) → 3t1g(p) 1.96 oct. 4[culcl2]h2o olive 649 440 247 2b1g → 2a1g 2b1g → 2eg charge transfer 1.84 oct. 5[mnl cl2]h2o dark goldenrod 446 423 charge transfer 1.67 oct. 6[znlcl2]h2o yellow 534 363 216 ligand spctrum charge transfer dia oct. figure10.l ligand uv-spectra figure 11. uv-spectra of complexes ihjpas. 36(1)2023 218 4.6-thermogravimetric analysis thermogravimetric analysis: the reaction was carried out at (0.0 900) °c at about ten (10) degrees per minute. thermal weight loss (tga) and differential thermogravimetric analysis (dtg) in an atmosphere of air showed that (tga), the curve of the ligand and its metal compounds was correct going through several stages of weight loss. it started with the exit of water and volatiles. the weight loss of the nickel (ii) compound was analyzed in the following stages. the first stage got at (48-95) degrees celsius, and it seemed to lose water outside the consistency ball. the percentage of weight lost was calculated (3.9%) and compared with that found (4%). in the second phase of weight loss, it is estimated that it started at (335-510) degrees celsius, and the bulk of the weight has been lost. it was calculated as 63.7%, and it was actually found to be 63%. in the last stage, metal oxide residue (nio) was found, and its calculated percentage equals (17%), and it was actually found equal to (18%). the zinc (ii) compound was analyzed in stages: in the first stage: a period ranging (from 75-150) °c, the water loss outside the consistency ball with chlorine was consistent with the metal the loss of water outside the consistency ball with chlorine was consistent with the mineral. the weight loss was calculated and was equal to 18% of the complex weight, while it was found equal to (19.4%).in the second stage of decomposition, it was estimated that it occurred in the period (330-410) c◦, and it was found that the lost weight of the compound was 20%. the calculated percentage coincided with the real one. the third stage of decomposition was estimated to occur in the period (410-640) c◦. the weight lost was calculated at 43.3%, while it was actually found equal to 46%.the increase in weight was explained by interactions with the atmosphere (air), such as oxidation, because the atmosphere in which the reaction occurred was not inert. finally, it was found that the metal oxide remained, and it was calculated at 17.3%. its actual presence was 16%. the table below shows the stages of pyrolysis. table 5. summarizes the pyrolysis processes of compounds sample (step) tem .range ºc tg weight mass loss calc% found% reaction note l ( i) 70-98 10 10.3 n2h l ( ii) 200-240 34.05 33.7 c7h4o l iii 240-590 39.299 40 c7h6no liv 590-800 9.169 9.1 c2h4 final residual 7.5 6.9 c2 l+ni 48-95 3.9 4 h2o 15.4 15 cl2 335-510 63.7 63 c18h14n3o final residual 17 18 nio l+zn 75-150 19.4 18 h2o+ cl2 330-410 20 20 c6h6n 410-640 43.3 46 c12h8n2o the increase in weight explains that the missing part was subjected to an oxidation process final residual 17.3 16 zno ihjpas. 36(1)2023 219 figure 12. weight loss chart in lligand figure 13. weight loss chart in ni compiexes ihjpas. 36(1)2023 220 figure 14. weight loss chart in zn compiexes 4.7-biological activity the biological activity data are shown in table 6 and figure 13 and 14. data for the schiff base ligand (l) and its metal complexes are presented in table 6 below. they were tested and evaluated for their antibacterial and antifungal activity by etch-diffusion technique. the solution of the compounds was prepared in a dmf solvent at a concentration of 0.01 m (mol). two types of pathogenic bacteria were selected under aerobic conditions at (37°c) for 24 hours, gramnegative klebsiella pneumonia, gram-positive staphylococcus aureu, and candida albicans. bacteria and fungi were preserved in nutrients, and the test showed positive results for schiff's base and l mineral complexes, where the copper complex was no. 2. zinc was the most active against gram-positive bacteria, while cobalt complexes no. 7 and copper no. 4 were the most active against gram-negative bacteria. copper was most effective on candida albicans, followed by nickel. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 221 staphylococcus aureu klebsiella pneumonia candida albicans figure 15. biological acitivity of l ligand and its compiexes table 6. the antibacterial activity of the prepared compounds mic minimum inhibitory concentration(10-2 m) ofoxacina (c18h20fn3o4) fluconazoleb (c13h12f2n6 o) n o . compounds s ta p h y lo c o c c u s a u re u s k le b sie lla p n e u m o n ia e n o . compounds c a n d id a a lb ic a n s 1 solvent dmf ne g a tiv e n e g a tiv e 1 solvent dmf 20 2 ligand a2 15 16 2 ligand a2 22 4 o2 ]h2[mn(a2)cl 15 16 6 o2]h2[mn(a2)cl 23 7 o2]h2[co(a2)cl 16 23 3 o2]h2[co(a2)cl 22 5 o2]h2[ni(a2)cl 17 17 7 o2]h2[ni(a2)cl 24 4 o2]h2[cu(a2)cl 23 23 4 o2]h2[cu(a2)cl 26 3 o2]h2[zn(a2)cl 20 20 5 o2]h2[zn(a2)cl 22 standard a4.32 a4.32 b20.41 https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/carbon https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/hydrogen https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/fluorine https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/fluorine https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/oxygen https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/carbon https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/hydrogen https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/fluorine https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/nitrogen ihjpas. 36(1)2023 222 figure 16. antibacterial activity of ligand and their complexes 5.conclusion according to the previous study, the ligand was prepared by the traditional reverse reaction method. it was found that it combined with metal ions in a chelating manner.this was demonstrated by the above analyses, including infrared spectrometry that showed bonds, ultraviolet analysis, mass spectrometry analysis, gravitational and thermal analyses, etc. the study of the biological activity of the ligand and the complexes also proved that all the prepared compounds can be described as biologically active against microbes. figure 17. suggested structure for complexes ( mn,co,ni,cu, zn) references 1.el-boraey, h.a.; el-gammal, o.a.; abdel sattar, n.g. impact of gamma-ray irradiation on some aryl-amide-bridged schiff-base complexes: spectral, tga, xrd, and antioxidant properties. j. radioanal. nucl. chem. 2020, 323, 241–252. 2.el‐sonbati1,a.z., et al. synthesis, characterization of schiff base metal complexes and their biological investigation 2019, 1–16. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 p.auroginosa + 0 k.pneumonia 0 candida albicansfung 20 com. 1dmf a2 mn co ni cu zn ihjpas. 36(1)2023 223 3.helal, t.a.; mohammed, h.j.; mohsein, h.f. synthesis with spectral investigation of new azomethine – azo ligands derived from 4-amino antipyrine with its some complexes. int. j. pharm. res. 2018, 10, 385–390, doi:10.31838/ijpr/2018.10.03.026. 4.john, s.f.; aniemeke, e.; ha, n.p.; chong, c.r.; gu, p.; zhou, j.; zhang, y.; graviss, e.a.; liu, j.o.; olaleye, o.a. characterization of 2-hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde isonicotinoyl hydrazone as a novel inhibitor of methionine aminopeptidases from mycobacterium tuberculosis. tuberculosis 2016, 101, s73–s77. 5.maher, k. schiff bases derived from 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carbaldehyde and their metal complexes. asian j. chem. 2018, 30, 1171–1182, doi:10.14233/ajchem.2018.21286. 6.mbugua, s., et al. new palladium(ii) and platinum(ii) complexes based on pyrrole schiff bases: synthesis, characterization, x-ray structure, and anticancer activity. acs omega 2020, 1–14. 7.kumaravel, g.utthra, p., andraman *, n. exploiting the biological efficacy of benzimidazole based schiff base complexes with l-histidine as a co-ligand: combined molecular docking, dna interaction, antimicrobial and cytotoxic studies. bioorganic chem. j. 2018, 77, 269–279. 8.mm, a. green synthesis, spectral, thermal characterization and biological activit y of schiff base ligand derived from 3-amino-1,2,4-triazol and its metal complexes. org. med. chem. int. j. 2019, 8, doi:10.19080/omcij.2019.08.555736. 9.neelofar; ali, n.; khan, a.; amir, s.; khan, n.a.; bilal, m. synthesis of schiff bases derived from 2-hydroxy-1-naphth-aldehyde and their tin(ii) complexes for antimicribial and antioxidant activities. bull. chem. soc. ethiop. 2017, 31, 445–456. 10.orlova, n.; nikolajeva, i.; pučkins, a.; belyakov, s.; kirilova, e. heterocyclic schiff bases of 3-aminobenzanthrone and their reduced analogues: synthesis, properties and spectroscopy. molecules 2021, 26. 11.shaalan, n.; mahdi, s. synthesis, characterization and biological activity study of some new metal complexes with schiff’s bases derived from [o-vanillin] with [2amino-5-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole]. egypt. j. chem. 2021, 64, 4059– 4067, doi:10.21608/ejchem.2021.66235.3432. 12.subburu 1, m. e. al. photooxidation of 2,2?-(ethyne-1,2-diyl)dianilines: an enhanced photocatalytic properties of new salophen-based zn(ii) complexes. photochem 2022, 2, 358– 375. 13.yan, l.; zhang, s.; xie, y.; lei, c. a fluorescent probe for gallium(ⅲ) ions based on 2hydroxy-1-naphthaldehyde and l-serine. dye. pigment. 2020, 175, 108190, doi:10.1016/j.dyepig.2020.108190. 14.zoubi, w. al biological activities of schiff bases and their complexes: a review of recent works. int. j. org. chem. 2013, 03, 73–95, doi:10.4236/ijoc.2013.33a008. 15.subburu 1, m. e. al. photooxidation of 2,2?-(ethyne-1,2-diyl)dianilines: an enhanced photocatalytic properties of new salophen-based zn(ii) complexes. photochem 2022, 2, 358– 375.17 16. 16.zoubi, w. al biological activities of schiff bases and their complexes: a review of recent works. int. j. org. chem. 2013, 03, 73–95, doi:10.4236/ijoc.2013.33a008. 17.aly, s.a.; fathalla, s.k. preparation, characterization of some transition metal complexes of hydrazone derivatives and their antibacterial and antioxidant activities. arab. j. chem. 2020, 13, 3735–3750, doi:10.1016/j.arabjc.2019.12.003. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 224 18.majeed, n. eco-friendly and efficient composition, diagnosis theoretical, kinetic studies, antibacterial and anticancer activities of mixed some metal complexes of tridentate schiff base ligand. int. j. pharm. res. 2021, 13, doi:10.31838/ijpr/2021.13.01.428. 2009) 4 (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد من شهر الى شهر حتىالتنبؤ n من السنین لتخطیط مصنع انتاجي سمیر عبد الوهاب فهد جامعة بغداد، ابن الهیثم -كلیة التربیة ،قسم الحاسبات الخالصة من n شهري لتخطیط االنتاج، الخزین، القوى العاملة، المبیعات واالسعار حتى نبؤ هذا البحث یوفر طریقة ت . ات الطالب المستقبلير السابق مع األخذ باألعتبار تنبؤكل القرارات الشهریة سوف تعتمد على القرارات للشه. السنین تقنیة برمجة الحاسوب لتعظیم مدیر المصنع یستطیع تشغیل البرنامج في أي شهر من السنة، هذه الطریقة انجزت ب االرباح ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 month – to – month until n years prediction for planning a productive firm s.a.fahad departme nt of computer , ibn-al-haitham college of education , unive rsity of baghdad abstract this p aper offers a monthly p rediction method for p lanning p roduction, inventory , workforce, sales and p rices until n y ears. each monthly decision will depend on last month, decisions and take in consideration the future forecasted demand. the manager can run the p rogram in any month within a y ear. this method is executed by comp uter p rogramming technique to maximize p rofits. 1. introduction in the field of p roduction, inventory and man p ower control, h.m .m .s. in their text [1] developed a dy namic model to p lan aggregate p roduction rate of a fir m and setting the size of its work-force which frequently both comp lex and difficult. the quality of these decisions can be of great importance to t he profitability of an individu al comp any, and when viewed on a national scale these decisions have a significant influence on the efficiency of the economy as a whole. they formalized a quadratic fun ction cost as summation of the following costs: a. a. regular p ayroll cost = c1wt + c13 (1.1) b. hiring and layoff costs = c2(wt – wt – 1 – c11) 2 (1.2) c. over time and idle time costs = c3 (pt – c4 wt) 2 + c5pt – c6wt + c12 pt wt (1.3) d. inventory related costs = c7 [it – (c8 + c9 st)] 2 (1.4) the function subject t o the following restriction it  it – 1 + pt – st (1.5) where pt = p roduction rate required in p eriod t. it = level of inventory at t he end of p eriod t. wt = level of work-force required during p eriod t. st = shipment in month t. c1 c13 numer ical const ants which must be evaluated from hist orical costs. by using p artial drivitive with this function they have got a linear decision rule for pt and it. 2.prediction model recently , the model of h.m.m .s. was developed by introducing p rice variable to influence on the ordering p att ern (see [2]), hop efully to move heavy demand away from peak p eriods and smoothing pt, it and wt and reducing costs. he used the following inverse p ricedemand. ot = a – bt p t (2.1) ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 where ot = the forecast ed order. a = maximum productive capacity . bt = the measure of change in demand per unit change in p rice. a = op timal value of labour p roductivity x initial level of work-force x p ossible maximum shift ratio x v i.e. a = c4 w0 x n x v where number of shifts possible per day n number of shifts worked per day  v = a factor to comp ensete for unknown comp onents in the p roductive cap acity and for any large forecast ed demands in the interval t = 1 to t = 12. so equation (2.1) becomes: ot = c4 w0 x n x v – bt p t (2.2) by subst ituting equation (2.2) in equation (1.4) abov e yield to inventory connected costs = c7 [ it – c8 – c9 (c4w0 x n x v – bt p t)] 2 (2.3) as a result of using p rice variable (p t) the manufacturer bears t he following cost op p ortunity cost = q·pc – t t t 1 p   (c4 w0 x n x v – bt p t) (2.4) where pc = the (const ant) selling p rice. q = the tot al quantity that would have been sold during the period t = 1 to t = t. the total cost function is a summation of the equations (1.1), (1.2), (1.3), (2.3) and (2.4) t t t 1 c    {(c1– c6)wt + c13 + c2(wt – wt – 1 – c11)2 + c3 (pt – c4 wt)2 + c5 pt + c12 pt wt +c7 [it –c8 – c9 (c4 w0 x n x v – bt p t)] 2 – p t (c4 w0 x n x v – bt p t)} + q·pc (2.5) subject to the following restriction it = it – 1 + pt – c4w0 x n x v + bt p t (2.6) by differentiating ct with resp ect to wr, ir and p r result a linear decision rules as follows: pt = g1 – g2 wt – 1 + g3 wt – g2 wt + 1 (2.7) it = c26(t) + c27(t) wt – 1 – c28(t) wt + c29(t) wt + 1 – c30(t) wt + 2 (2.8) p t = c36(t) – c37(t) wt – 1 + c38(t) wt – c39(t) wt + 1 + c40(t) wt + 2 (2.9) by subst ituting the decision variables pt, it and pt above in equation (2.6) obtain for t > 1 c27(t) wt – 2 – c41(t) wt – 1 + c42(t) wt – c43(t) wt + 1 + c44(t) wt + 2 = c4w0 x n x v – c45(t) (2.10) and for t = 1 c47(1) w1 – c48(1) w2 + c49(1) w3 = c4w0 x n x v – i0 + c46(1) w0 – c50(1) (2.11) from equations 2.10 and 2.11, we have got 12-p eriod of simultaneous linear equations to be solved for op timizing values of wt and by addin g two more unknowns in the end of 12p eriods w10 = w11 = w12 and ap p lying the gauss-jordan method y ields to obtain wt, t = 1 to 14. the researcher design ed his p rogram (p red.) to comp ute decision variables for one y ear from month 1 t o 12 as well as cost and p rofit. this p rogram is v ery useful to m anager or the planner for a short-time when use it in the end of a year for p reparation of budgets for next y ear as well as offer an ind ications about the size of a decision v ariables rules. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 3.month-to-month until n years prediction: 3.1 long-te rm prediction as there is an short -term p rediction, there is a long term p rediction. harvey, m .wagner (3,p .383) goes farther than that and say s: unquestionably most, if not a ll, d ecision-making is part of an unending history o f actions. earlier choices have affected the present, current decisions will influence the future, and so on. in this light, all models must be viewed as imbedded in an unbounded horizon. accordin g to that the cost function (2.5) above becomes n 12 t t 1 t 1 c    (3. 1.1) where n = number of years also, for the time-series d ecision quantitative variables pt, it d efined in equations (2.7) and [2.8] resp ectively which were applicable for any t, beco me n 12 t t 1 t 1 p    (3. 1.2) n 12 t t 1 t 1 i    (3. 1.3) 3.2 month-to-month until n years prediction: the best p rediction is when the present p rediction is very close to immediately p recedin g p eriod and predecessor p eriods. the shorter the interval between successive reviews and the greater the detail, the more likely are forecasts made by judgment and intuition to be unduly influenced by recent events, [4]. a.the p receding p eriod became real decisions which include inventory (it – 1) and work force size (wt – 1) and these variables would sharluded in p resent time (t) to p redict the decision var iables according to the equations (2.6), (2.7), (2.8), (2.9), (2.10), (2.11). b.for the p redecessor p eriods would share in p resent p eriod (t) to p redict the decision variables when the sy st em of equations (2.10) and (2.11) requir es valu es of for ecasted demand for p eriods (months) t to t + 11, (v alues of bt in equation (2.2)). so, to obtain values for the decision variables for one month we would need 12 monthly values of forecasted demand for: 12 months p redicted values we would need 23 values of for ecasted monthly demand: for 24 months p redicted values we would need 35 valu es of forecasted demand, and so on. this method will let the decision variables keep up with forecasted demand throughout p lanning horizon. 3.3runni ng the program in any month: the planner knows the prediction is p rediction and not alway s comp atible with changes in the market such as actual sales greater than or less than p redicted sales y ield to actual inventory less than or greater than p redicted inventory and influence the work-force size. the it and wt beco mes initial inventory and initial work-force resp ectively for p eriod t + 1. so rerun the p rogram fro m period t + 1 and p rovide it with new values for i0 and w0. in this case the variable ii represents the difference b etween t = 1 and the new p eriod (month) for example the new p eriod = 7 then ii = 7 – 1 = 6. this variable will be an inp ut variable, in the normal case wi ll be equal to zero, see table (3-31). the p rogram was written which was referred to as the (pred.1) which was designed to execute the three cases (3-1, 3-2 and 3-3) above. details of t his p rogram are given in section 5 below. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 if we give the two p rograms pred. and pred.1 the same input data the results will be comp atible in the first p eriod (month) only . 4.results and comparisons with h.m.m .s. model: to execute the p rogram pred.1, we need data of h.m .m.s. p aint factory which are available in [1] and [2]. but the factor v in equation (2.2) is not availab le, [2] sp ecified the relationship between this factor and the decision variables as well as with cost s and p rofit. he p roved that the increase in value of v y ields to the increase in the revenue and p rofits. so it is easy to let the methods used in this research bett er than the results of h.m .m.s. but it is not fair to do so. one of the main purp oses of h.m.m .s., p red. and this model is t o smooth out the time-series representing fluctuations in work-force, p roduction, inventory levels. work-force smoothing y ields to smooth out the other decision variables according to the formulation of equations (2.7), (2.8), (2.9). therefore the value of v wi ll b e chosen after many running of the p rogram until we get the best smooth for work-force and y ear after y ear until n y ears. thus t he p referred set of v for five y ears are (0.9,0.9,1,1,1). the outp ut of p rogram is as follows: a. three tables for each year, first table for decision v ariables (pt,it,wt,p t) for each month and y early total of pt and i t. second table is for monthly basic costs and then total for each month and total for each of them in a year. this table is not imp ortant to be list ed in this research while the second table in b below is a good breviary for the cost s. t he third table contains the sales, revenue, other cost and profit for each month and their total for a year. these tables will be repeated each y ear until n y ears, see tables from (4-1) to (4-10) below. b. final results in the end of n y ears will b e three tables, first table is listing the y early total of inventory , p roduction and sales and their summation in the n y ears. second table is list ing the y early total of each kind of cost and their summation in the end of n y ears. third table is listing the yearly total of revenu e, other cost and profit and their sum mation in the end of n y ears, see tables (4-11) to (4-13). the other cost = p roduction rate  oc where oc = the other cost p er unit of p roduction. c. comparison with h.m.m .s. m odel. table (4-14) shows the maximu m and min imum for work-force, p roduction rate, inventory rate and sales and also the variation for both models. it is clearly that variation in our model is considerably less than h.m .m .s. model. and this smooting is effective in increasin g the profit and reducing costs. in the real life, the decision maker will choose valu e for v factor to sp cify his p roductive copacity according to his exp erience and knowledge in the market, (5,p .400) say , predictions require skill, experi ence, and judgment, not all time series can be successfully predicted. 5.main steps of the program the p rogram (pred.1) is written in general to accep t any number of y ears by changing the input variable i r and provde the p rogram monthly historical demand m sl = (i r + 1)  12. execution time is 13 seconds for 5 y ears p lanning and consist of 435 p rogramming instructions and statements. 1. variables declaration. 2. read i r, alp ha, crival, forca. 3. m sl = (i r + 1)  12. 4. declaration of dimensions. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 5. read i0, w0 and ii. 6. from i = 1 to m sl read sl(i). 7. comp ute g1, g2 to g6 and common terms. 8. k= 1, m = 12 and iylo = 0. 9. p rint c1 to c13, i0 and w0. 10. test for forecasting method to be used = 1 12month moving average forecasting subrout ine forca = 2 e xp onential weighted average subrout ine = 3 forecosted sales equal to actual demands see [6], [7], [8] and [9]. 11. read pc and shn(n in equation (2.2)). 12. year ly loop iy = 1 to i r. 13. read v. 14. m onthly comp utations, bt must be > 0 from equation (2.2). 15. n = 14 and jmax = n + 1 to book area in the memory for the matrix to build up simultaneous lin ear equations according to equations (2.10) and (2.11) and app ly ing the gauss-jordan method to get wt, t = 1 to 14 and we select wt, wt + 1 and wt + 2 which are required in equations (2.7), (2.8) and (2.9). this step will be executed 60 times for 5 y ears, see [10], [11], and [12]. 16. from i = k + ii to m – 11 + ii comp ute c26 – c40 and for i > 1 + ii comp ute pt, it and pt else for i = 1 + ii compute pt, it and pt. 17. from i = k +ii t o m – 11 + ii comp ute costs for t = 1 and t > 1. 18. from i = k + ii to m – 11 + ii comp ute sales, other cost, revenue and p rofit. also comp ute check from equ ation (2.6) which must equal to z ero otherwise there is an error in mathematical op erations of this model or in p rogramming of the model. 19. if the reminder of 12  = z ero step 20 ot herwise k = k + 1 m = m + 1 go back to step 14 20. p rint out monthly results within each year ks = k – 11 + ii m s = m – 11 from i = ks to m s p rint out the three tables exp lained in 4.a above. 21. k = k + 1 m = m + 1 ii = 0 go back to step 12 to comp ute another year. 22. from iy = 1 to ir p rint table of yearly total for pt, it and st. and t he same for cost s and another for revenue, other cost and profit. re ferences 1. holt, c.; m odigiliani, f.; m uth, j. and simon, h.a. (1960), planning, production, inventories and work-force prentice-hall, englewood cliffs, n.j. 2. fahad, s.a., (2008). m athematical m odel for one year planning of a m anufactory , ibnal-haitham journal for pure and ap p lied sciences, baghdad university , 21(4). ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 3. harvey, m .wagner, (1975), princip les of op erations research with ap p lications to m anagerial decisions, prentice-hall, international, inc., london, 2 nd edition. 4. coutie, g.a.; davies, o.l.; and hossell, c.h. (1964), m athematical and statist ical techniques for indust ry , m onograph, no.2, short term forecast ing, oliver &boyd, edinburgh. 5. lynwood, a.;johnson, douglas, c.m ontgomery , (1973), op erations research in production planning, scheduling and inventory control, johnwiley & sons, inc; new york, london. 6. lewis, c.d. (1970), scientific inventory control, butt erworth press. 7. pindy ck, r.s. and rubinfeld, d.l., (1976). econometric m odels and economic forecast s, m c graw-hill book company, 4 th . edi.. 8. brown, r.g. (1959), statist ical forecast ing for inventory control, m c graw-hill, new york. 9. trigg, d.w. (1964), m onitoring a forecating sy st em, op . res. qt ly, 15. 10. philip s and taylor, (1973), theory and ap p lications of numerical analysis, academic press, london and new york. 11. fox, l. (1964), an introduction to numerical linear algebra, new york:oxford university press. 12. forsuthe, g. and m oler, c.b. (1967), computer solution of linear algebraic sy st ems, englewood, n.j., prentice-hill. table:( 3-3-1)decision variables when ii= 6 and v = 0.9 and the same thing for cost table and profit table while the following years woul d be as calendar years c1 = 340.0, c2 = 64.3, c3 = 0.20, c4 = 5.67, c5 = 51.2, c6 = 281.0, c7 = 0.0825, c8 = 320.0, c9 = c11 = c12 = 0 w0 = 81 men, i0 = 275 unit s, p c = 100. month production inventory work-force prices 7 453 296 83 94.85 8 453 307 85 91.55 9 456 311 86 92.17 10 459 312 87 91.87 11 461 313 88 90.84 12 463 315 88 88.91 2751.6 1847.7 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 year 1 table :(4-1)whe n v = 0.9 table:( 4-2) when v = 0.9 month production inventory work-force prices 1 452. 301 81 96.5 2 443. 314 81 95.6 3 440 319 81 96.1 4 438 319 81 96.6 5 437 320 80 94.9 6 436 319 80 94.9 7 435 319 80 94.4 8 434 321 80 92.7 9 435 320 80 94.2 10 435 318 80 94.4 11 436 318 81 93.6 12 437 320 81 91.9 tot. 5256 3807 month s ales revenue oth.cost profit check 1 414 39973.6 2873.435 18776.96 0 2 429 41075.4 2817.999 20654.84 0 3 436 41867.89 2796.725 21261.13 0 4 438 42333.13 2786.251 21546.68 0 5 435 41322.93 2776.146 21357.3 0 6 436 41379.92 2770.126 21434.87 0 7 435 41099.93 2764.673 21424.47 0 8 432 40062.01 2759.876 21277.02 0 9 436 41023.98 2763.275 21423.31 0 10 437 41206.88 2767.50 21491.12 0 11 437 40884.56 2771.607 21449.65 0 12 435 39935.58 2777.427 21314.12 0 tot. 5200 492165.8 33425.04 253441.5 0 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 year 2 table :(4-3) when v = 0.9 table :(4-4) when v = 0.9 month production inventory work-force prices 13 439 321 81 92.9 14 443 321 82 94.9 15 446 320 83 97.1 16 451 321 83 98.6 17 456 324 84 99.4 18 462 334 85 101.3 19 474 330 86 122.4 20 483 322 87 135.9 21 488 319 88 138.2 22 491 313 88 143.7 23 491 312 89 135.2 24 490 318 89 124.9 tot. 5615 3856 month s ales revenue oth.cost profit check 13 438 40690.25 2792.539 21359.43 0 14 443 42032.51 2814.231 21516.23 0 15 447 43379.31 2839.153 21768.89 0 16 450 44415.98 2866.012 21987.49 0 17 452 44896.22 2896.898 21953.22 0 18 452 45826.44 2940.874 21961.52 0 19 479 58572.75 3013.166 21504.37 0 20 490 66637.63 3071.028 40126.72 0 21 491 67926.71 3105.166 41447.71 0 22 498 71515.66 3125.387 45976.2 0 23 492 66518.3 3123.501 39683.23 0 24 484 60402.02 3114.966 32769.11 0 tot. 5616 652813.8 35702.92 362054.1 0 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 year 3 table : (4-5)when v = 1 table : (4-6) when v = 1 month production inventory work-force prices 25 509 320 91 118.4 26 516 319 92 123.7 27 520 319 93 125.7 28 524 317 93 128.6 29 525 315 94 127.8 30 524 317 94 122.6 31 524 313 94 125.6 32 521 311 94 118.6 33 516 312 94 110.3 34 512 314 94 104.9 35 509 318 94 100.8 36 508 323 94 98.6 tot. 6208 3798 month s ales revenue oth.cost profit check 25 507 60034.6 3235.868 30126.08 0 26 517 63931.66 3278.793 33668.24 0 27 521 65442.37 3309.639 35077.97 0 28 526 67627.47 3331.249 37360.88 0 29 527 67364.36 3339.015 37100.73 0 30 522 63999.07 3334.758 33667.88 0 31 529 66436.77 3331.434 36348.96 0 32 523 61970.68 3310.569 32129.32 0 33 515 56748.36 3281.667 28072.88 0 34 510 53520.22 3256.184 26179.1 0 35 506 50955.2 3237.153 24955.89 0 36 503 49538.37 3229.369 24388.34 0 tot. 6203 727569.1 39475.7 379076.3 0 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 year 4 table: (4-7) when v = 1 table:(4-8) when v = 1 month production inventory work-force prices 37 509 322 94 102.8 38 511 323 94 104. 39 513 326 94 105.1 40 516 326 94 110.1 41 519 324 94 115.8 42 521 317 94 121.5 43 520 318 94 114.4 44 519 314 94 115.6 45 516 318 94 107.8 46 515 319 94 107.2 47 514 319 94 107.6 48 513 324 94 103.9 tot. 6186 3848 month s ales revenue oth.cost profit check 37 510 52418.7 3238.215 25750.64 0 38 510 53085.52 3247.866 26025.76 0 39 510 53589.44 3260.601 26182.69 0 40 516 56902.75 3281.733 28256.71 0 41 522 60372.86 3302.816 30857.41 0 42 529 64207.63 3316.141 34361.96 0 43 519 59354.84 3307.677 29900.3 0 44 523 60429.01 3300.306 30984.11 0 45 512 55260.47 3281.509 27081.95 0 46 513 54977.12 3271.919 27012.84 0 47 514 55325.92 3266.683 27316.17 0 48 508 52729.62 3260.28 25649.91 0 tot. 6185 678653.9 39335.75 339380.5 0 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 year 5 table :( 4-9)when v = 1 table :(4-10) when v = 1 month production inventory work-force prices 49 514 323 94 108.6 50 515 319 94 112.1 51 514 320 94 109.2 52 514 312 94 109.1 53 513 318 94 108.9 54 511 320 93 106.3 55 511 320 93 107. 56 510 318 93 107.5 57 508 319 93 104.5 58 507 323 93 102.6 59 508 320 93 107.8 60 507 320 93 105.5 tot. 6132 3841 month s ales revenue oth.cost profit check 49 515 55889.1 3268.135 27671.69 0 50 519 58168.63 3274.49 29322.01 0 51 514 56083.59 3269.85 27721.54 0 52 514 56068.57 3265.72 27750.21 0 53 514 55920.2 3260.1 27698.5 0 54 509 54136.96 3251.245 26542.92 0 55 511 54668.93 3246.956 26933.41 0 56 512 55012.54 3241.982 27213.82 0 57 507 53011.87 3231.969 25986.69 0 58 503 51601.76 3225.632 25201.28 0 59 512 55159.48 3230.654 27379.03 0 60 507 53462.98 3225.837 2625.11 0 tot. 6135 659184.6 38992.58 325672.2 0 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 table :(4-11)yearly total of inventory, production and s ales table: (4-12)yearly total of each basi c cost (regular payroll, hiring and layoff, overtime . inventory related and opportuni ty cost) table: ( 4-13)yearly total of revenue, o the r cost and profit table :(4-14)comparison with h.m.m.s . for 5 years year y.in v. y.pro d. y. s al. 1 3807 5256 5200 2 3856 5615 5616 3 3798 6208 6203 4 3848 6186 6185 5 3841 6132 6135 tot. 19150 29397 29339 year y.rpac. y.hlc. y.otc. y.incc y.opc. y.totc. 1 231873.3 24.76 376.40 34.33 27009.5 205299.3 2 246227.5 386.58 1429.44 36.23 6976.99 255056.7 3 268562.9 319.91 4259.14 24.21 35850.24 309017.1 4 270916.2 8.48 742.17 13.80 28257 299937.7 5 268669.9 10.11 229.04 2.37 25608.43 294519.8 tot. 1286250 749.86 7036.2 110.94 69683.87 1363831 year y.re v. y.othc. y. prof. 1 492165.8 33425.04 253441.5 2 652813.8 35702.92 362054.1 3 727569.1 39475.7 379076.3 4 678653.9 39335.75 339380.5 5 659184.6 38992.58 325672.2 tot. 3210387 186932 1659624.6 work-for ce produ ction inventory sales total cost profit h.m. m.s. pred .1 h.m. m.s. pred .1 h.m. m.s. pred .1 h.m. m.s. pred .1 h.m.m .s. pred.1 h.m.m.s. pred.1 max . 111 94 736 525 492 334 841 529 2,290,8 50 1,550,763 1,039, 573 1,659, 624 min. 66 80 359 434 117 301 289 414 ar. 45 14 377 91 375 33 552 115 103 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وتداخالتها في معدلي npkتأثير الصنف وحامض الجبرلين والسماد المركب االمتصاص والنقل لبعض العناصر الغذائية الكبرى في نبات البابونج chamomile *فاضل عليوي عطية الربيعي ،عباس جاسم حسين الساعدي ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد /قسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية *وزارة التربية، مديرية إعداد المعلمين 2012 شباط 12: قبل البحث في 2011 تشرين االول 19 : استلم البحث في الخالصة أجريت هذه الدراسة في حقل الحديقة النباتية العائدة إلى قسم علوم الحياة في كلية التربية ( ابن الهيثم ) ، جامعة بغداد ، لموسم و 100و 75و 50و ga3 )25. وقد تضمنت التجربة دراسة تأثير خمس�ة تراكي�ز م�ن ح�امض الجب�رلين 2010 – 2009النمو ) وتداخالتها في معدلي االمتصاص 1-كغم.هـ 400و 17:17:17 ) (200( npkمستويين من السماد المركب ) مع 1-ملغم.لتر 125 matricaria) في صنفين من نبات البابونج ( الصنف المحلي n ،p ،k ،ca ،mgوالنقل لبعض العناصر الغذائية الكبرى ( chamomilla l. والصنف األلمانيmatricaria recutitia l. نفذت التجربة بتصميم القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة ، (rcbd وبثالثة مكررات لكل معاملة . ولغرض المقارنة فقد استعملت نباتات مزروعة في تربة غير مسمدة ولم ترش بحامض الجبرلين . التربة بالسماد المركب أو عند رش أظهرت النتائج وجود زيادة معنوية في معدلي امتصاص ونقل العناصر الغذائية عند تسميد النباتات بحامض الجبرلين أو عند تسميد التربة ورش النباتات بتراكيز معينة من حامض الجبرلين بالمقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة ولكال ند تس�ميد الترب�ة الصنفين . كما بينت النتائج ان أعلى معدل المتصاص العناصر الغذائية وأعلى معدل لنقلها قد تم الحصول عليه ع . وقد تفوق الصنف المحلي على الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر 75وعند رش النباتات بحامض الجبرلين بالتركيز 1-كغم . هـ 400بالمستوى . األلماني . وتشير هذه النتيجة إلى االختالف الوراثي بين صنفي النبات في استجابتهما لعاملي الدراسة ، معدل االمتصاص، ، العناصر الغذائية الكبرى npk، حامض الجبرلين ، البابونجالكلمات المفتاحية : معدل النقل . المقدمة اح�د النبات�ات الطبي�ة المهم�ة الس�تعماله ف�ي ع�الج العدي�د م�ن compositaeيعد نبات البابونج الذي يعود إلى العائلة المركبة ] ، إذ يستعمل نقيع نورات البابونج لعالج الكثير من الحاالت المرضية المتعلقة بالمعدة واألمعاء الحتوائه على زيت 1األمراض [ ] ، زي�ادة عل�ى ذل�ك tannin ]2و anthemidinو anthemic acid) فضال عن مواد طبية أخرى مثل azuleneاالزولين ( ] . ينمو نبات 4و 3فان نقيع نورات البابونج مفيد لحاالت البرد ، والروماتزم ، والصداع ، وآالم األعصاب ، ومضاد لاللتهابات [ طنه األصلي البابونج بصورة برية في مناطق متعددة من العراق السيما في محافظة نينوى والسليمانية ومناطق السهل الرسوبي ، ومو ] . ونظرا ألهمية البابونج الطبية والعالجية وللدور الكبير 5و 3الشرق األوسط ، ويزرع في العديد من دول العالم ألهميته الطبية [ الذي يؤديه الرش بحامض الجبرلين والتسميد بالعناصر الغذائية الرئيسة ، مثل النتروجين ، والفسفور ، والبوتاسيوم في تحسن صفات ] ، فقد اجريت بعض الدراسات على أصناف لنبات البابونج باستعمال منظمات النمو النباتية ( أندول حامض 7و 6لنمو للنباتات [ ا الخليك ، وحامض الجبرلين ، والكاينتين ) ووجد إن هناك زيادة معنوي�ة ف�ي ال�وزن الج�اف للنب�ات ومحت�وى النب�ات م�ن النت�روجين ] كما وجد باستعمال السماد النتروجيني والفوسفاتي زيادة في عدد األفرع والوزن الجاف ومحتوى 8طيار [ والبروتين ونسبة الزيت ال ] . ولقلة الدراسات في العراق ح�ول اس�تعمال منظم�ات النم�و والتس�ميد ف�ي تحس�ين نم�و 9الزيت الطيار وارتفاع نبات البابونج [ ج بشكل خاص . لذا فان البحث الحالي يهدف إلى معرفة تأثير تداخل تراكيز متزايدة من النباتات الطبية بشكل عام وعلى نبات البابون في معدلي امتص�اص ونق�ل بع�ض العناص�ر الغذائي�ة الكب�رى وه�ي النت�روجين والفس�فور npkحامض الجبرلين والسماد المركب والبوتاسيوم والكالسيوم والمغنسيوم لصنفين من نبات البابونج . ائق العمل المواد وطر لنمو نفذت التجربة في الحقل التابع للحديقة النباتية العائدة إلى قسم علوم الحياة في كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم ) ، جامعة بغداد لموسم ا ة مشروع النباتات الطبي –من وزارة الزراعة .matricaria recutitia l. تم الحصول على بذور الصنف األلماني 2009-2010 فقد تم الحصول عليها من معشب المنصور matricaria chamomilla lبغداد ، أما بذور الصنف المحلي –في منطقة االعظمية ) من السوق المحلية . صممت التجربة حسب تصميم القطاعات npk )17:17:17في بغداد .كما تم الحصول على السماد المركب ، 25) متضمنة خمسة تراكيز من حامض الجبرلين هي rondomized complete block design )rcbdالكاملة المعشاة وبثالثة مكررات لكل معاملة . 1-كغم.هـ 400، 200هما npkومستويين من السماد المركب 1-ملغم.لتر 125، 100، 75، 50 104 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 حضرت التراكيز المذكورة من حامض الجبرلين وذلك بعد تحضير محلول قياسي من إذابة غرام واح�د م�ن ح�امض الجب�رلين مليلت�ر م�ن الم�اء المقط�ر ومن�ه 1000إل�ى ) عياري وأكمل الحجم 1بالماء المقطر مع إضافة قطرتين من هيدروكسيد الصوديوم ( المس�تويين الم�ذكورين وعل�ى أس�اس مس�احة الوح�دة التجريبي�ة د المركب فقد أضيف وحس�بحضرت التراكيز المذكورة . أما السما اعتمادا على النسبة والتناسب بالمقارنة مع وزنه بالنسبة الى الهكتار من مساحة األرض . × 40جريبية بمساحة وحدة ت 18لكل لوح وقسم كل لوح إلى 2م 1.5× 3.5قسمت ارض التجربة على ستة ألواح رئيسة بأبعاد وحدة تجريبية . أضيف السماد المركب 108اذ اخذ كل صنف من نبات البابونج ثالثة ألواح رئيسة ، وبذلك تضمنت التجربة 2سم 40 npk بعد خلطها مع قليل من التربة وتم متابعة التجربة من عمليات 1/11/2009بالمستويين المذكورين ثم زرعت البذور بتاريخ لة األدغال . أما بالنسبة الى معاملة السيطرة فقد زرعت البذور في تربة غير مسمدة . ري وإزا تم رش التراكيز المذكورة م�ن ح�امض الجب�رلين إل�ى جمي�ع الوح�دات التجريبي�ة باس�تثناء معامل�ة الس�يطرة 3/1/2010وبتاريخ )ورق�ة م�ع اس�تخدام خط�وط حارس�ة ب�ين الوح�دات 6-4( وحسب المعامالت لرشة واحدة على أوراق النباتات عندما أصبح ع�ددها يوما من تاريخ الزراعة أخذت عينة نباتية لك�ل وح�دة 84التجريبية لمنع تأثير تركيز المعاملة في المعامالت األخرى . وبعد مرور اريخ الزراع�ة أخ�ذت عين�ة يوما من ت� 112، وبعد مرور h1-d84تجريبية متمثلة بخمسة نباتات كاملة حشة أولى رمز لها بالرمز . وتم فصل الجذور عن الجزء الخضري وسجل الوزن الطري للجذور ، بعد ذلك جففت h2-d112أخرى حشة ثانية رمز لها بالرمز م مدة خمسة أيام حتى ثبوت الوزن . أعقب ذلك طحنها ه 70 – 65األجزاء الجذرية والخضرية في فرن كهربائي وعلى درجة حرارة ] . ق�درت العناص�ر h2o2 ]10وبمسـاعدة h2so4مل من 5ربائية صغيرة ، واخذ وزن معلوم منها وهضم بإضافة بمطحنة كه الغذائية في المستخلص ألحامضي كنسبة مئوية للوزن الجاف للجزء النباتي وكماياتي : )n باس��تخدام طريق���ة كل���دال بوس���اطة جه���از مايكروكل���دال %(microkjeldahl ]11 ) و . [p حس���ب طريق���ة ح���امض %( flame)% بوساطة جهاز قياس اللهب k] . و ( spectrophotometer ]12االسكوربيك بوساطة جهاز قياس الطيف الضوئي photometer ]13 و . [ca و %mg ] 14% بطريقة التسحيح باستعمال الفرسنيت . [ ] : 15بعد ذلك حسب محتوى العناصر المدروسة استنادا إلى المعادلة االتية [ 10× الوزن الجاف الكلي (غم) × ) = تركيز العنصر(%) mمحتوى العنصر ( ) 1-( ملغم.غم وزن جاف ] : 17و 16وطورت من [ ] 15ثم قدر معدل االمتصاص وفقا للمعادلة االتية التي وضعت من [ ℓnw2 ℓnw1 m2–m1 im = -----------------× -------------- t2–t1 w2–w1 اذ أن : im ):ion movement ) حركة العنصر خالل المدة من (t2t1يوم معبرا عنه بمايكروغرام.غم ( . 1-وزن طري جذور . يوم 1 ويمثل معدل امتصاص العنصر . w1 وw2 . الوزن الطري للجذور( غم ) عند الحشة األولى والثانية على التوالي : m1 وm2 محتوى العنصر( مايكروغرام . غم : وزن جاف ) في الجذور والجزء الخضري عند 1 الحشة األولى والثانية على التوالي . t1 وt2 . عمر النبات ( يوم ) عند الحشة األولى والثانية : ℓn . اللوغاريتم الطبيعي : ] : 17التية [ أما معدل النقل فقد حسب من المعادلة ا ℓnw2 ℓnw1 m2–m1 ύ = -----------------× -------------- t2–t1 w2–w1 ύ ) :velocity rate ) معدل السرعة خالل المدة من (t1 t2 يوم معبرا عنه بمايكروغرام . غم ( -1 . ويمثل معدل نقل العنصر . 1-وزن طري للجذور . يوم m1 وm2 محتوى العنصر ( مايكروغرام . غم وزن جاف ) في الجزء الخضري فقط عند الحشة األولى 1 انية على التوالي . والث % 5) عند مستوى احتمالية lsdحللت النتائج إحصائيا حسب تصميم القطاعات الكاملة المعشاة وبموجب اختبار اقل فرق معنوي ( ]18 . [ النتائج والمناقشة ) إلى تفوق الصنف المحلي على الصنف األلماني معنويا في معدل امتصاص العناصر 10إلى 1أشارت النتائج في الجداول ( الغذائية ( النتروجين ، والفسفور ، والبوتاسيوم ، والكالسيوم ،والمغنسيوم ) فقد بلغ معدل امتصاص العناصر المذكورة للصنف المحلي و 5265.29بالنس�بة ال�ى الفس�فور و 318.90و 813.72بالنس�بة ال�ى النت�روجين و 2352.01و 6959.78الي واأللم�اني عل�ى الت�و بالنسبة 890.73و 2351.16بالنسبة الى الكالسيوم و 1682.77و 4671.95بالنسبة الى البوتاسيوم و 2087.49 لنسبة المئوية للزيادة في معدل االمتصاص للصنف المحلي على ) وبذلك فقد بلغت ا 1-. يوم 1-الى المغنسيوم ( مايكروغرام . غم 105 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 % بالنس�بة ال�ى البوتاس�يوم و 152.23% بالنس�بة ال�ى الفس�فور و 155.16% بالنسبة الى النت�روجين و 195.91الصنف األلماني أعاله فقد بلغ معدل نقل العناصر % بالنسبة الى المغنسيوم ، وفي معدل نقل العناصر 163.96% بالنسبة الى الكالسيوم و 177.63 مستل من أطروحة الباحث الثاني بالنس�بة 314.20و 812.60بالنسبة الى النت�روجين و 2313.18و 6926.36المذكورة في الصنفين المحلي واأللماني على التوالي و 2338.84بالنس���بة ال��ى الكالس���يوم و 1650.12و 4635.69بالنس��بة ال���ى البوتاس��يوم و 2020.40و 5199.48ال��ى الفس���فور و ) وبذلك بلغت النسبة المئوية للزيادة في معدل النقل للصنف المحلي على 1-. يوم 1-بالنسبة الى المغنسيوم ( مايكروغرام . غم 872.90 لبوتاس��يوم و % بالنس��بة ال�ى ا157.35% بالنس�بة ال��ى الفس�فور و 158.78% بالنس��بة ال�ى النت��روجين و 199.43الص�نف األلم�اني . % بالنسبة الى المغنسيوم 167.94% بالنسبة الى الكالسيوم و 180.93 كما يالحظ من نتائج الجداول أعاله أن زيـادة تراكيز حامض الجبرلين أثرت ايجابي�ا ف�ي مع�دلي االمتص�اص والنق�ل للعناص�ر caو kو pو nه أعلى معدل امتصاص للعناصر الغذائيــة ( بإعطائـ 1-ملغم . لتر 75المدروسة وقد تفوق تركيز حامض الجبرلين ) على التوالي ، وعلي�ه 1-. يوم 1-( مايكروغرام . غم 2960.84و 5579.59و 6288.58و 893.22و 7144.80)، اذ بلغ mgو % للعناصر 275.97%و 258.80% و 230.48%و 168.51% و 195.83فقد بلغت نسبة الزيادة في النسبة المئوية لالمتصاص و 888.98و 7094.64المذكورة على التوالي بالمقارنة بمعامل�ة الس�يطرة ، وف�ي مع�دل نق�ل العناص�ر أع�اله فق�د بل�غ عل�ى الت�والي % و 227.67% و 169.09% و 196.69) وبنس��بة زي���ادة 1-. ي��وم 1-( م��ايكروغرام . غ��م 2961.35و 5548.51و 6162.63 التوالي بالمقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . % على285.26% و 262.00 400أما بخصوص التسميد فقد اثر معنويا في زيادة معدالت االمتصاص والنقل للعناصر المدروسة ، وقد سجل مستوى التسميد ( 1937.36و 3961.88و 4335.63و 645.08و 5326.14أعل���ى مع���دل امتص���اص للعناص���ر الم���ذكورة فق���د بل���غ 1-كغم.ه���ـ % و 81.88% و 64.14% و 45.86% و 52.92) للعناصر المذكورة على الت�والي وبنس�بة زي�ادة 1-. يوم 1-روغرام . غممايك و 5283.38% على التوالي بالمقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة ، كم�ا أعط�ى أعل�ى مع�دل نق�ل له�ذه العناص�ر إذ بل�غ عل�ى الت�والي 61.33 62.77% و 46.03% و 52.52) ، وبنسبة زيـادة 1-. يوم 1-( مايكروغرام . غم 1916.88و 3898.54و 4215.71و 641.14 % على التوالي بالمقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . 60.79% و 80.50% و ) أن تأثير التداخل الثنائي بين الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين في معدلي امتصاص 10إلى 1كما أظهرت النتائج في الجداول ( 1-ملغم.لتر 75ونقل العناصر المذكورة أعاله كان معنويا ، وقد تفوق الصنف المحلي على الصنف األلماني وكان أفضلها عند التركيز -( مايكروغرام . غم 4567.72و 8468.32و 9491.47و 1300.42و 10938.80بإعطائه أعلى معدل امتصاص للعناصر إذ بلغ % 237.36% و 214.70% و 207.59% و 167.55% و 226.45ل�ى الت�والي وبنس�بة زي�ادة ) للعناص�ر الغذائي�ة ع 1-. يوم 1 10892.12على التوالي بالمقارنة بالصنف األلماني عند التركي�ز نفس�ه م�ن ح�امض الجب�رلين ، وف�ي مع�دل نق�ل العناص�ر فق�د بل�غ %و 230.35) عل���ى الت���والي وبنس���بة زي���ادة 1-. ي���وم 1-( م���ايكروغرام . غ���م 4591.08و 8446.10و 9286.75و 1297.05و % على التوالي بالمقارنة بالصنف األلماني عند تركيز حامض الجبرلين نفسه 244.77% و 218.61% و 205.63% و 169.70 ق الصنف أعاله ، كذلك فقد ازداد معدلي امتصاص ونقل العناصر معنويا نتيجة للتداخل الثنائي بين الصنف ومستوى التسميد مع تفو 8211.93بإعطائه أعلى معدل امتصاص للعناصر المذكورة فقد بلغ 1-كغم.هـ 400المحلي على الصنف األلماني عند مستوى التسميد % و 236.48) عل��ى الت��والي وبنس��بة زيـ���ـادة 1-. ي��وم 1-( م��ايكروغرام . غ��م 2933.54و 5982.12و 6588.57و 949.67و % على التوالي بالمقارنة مع الص�نف األلم�اني عن�د مس�توى التس�ميد نفس�ه 211.71% و 208.09% و 216.35% و 178.90 1-( مايكروغرام . غم 2912.60و 5896.54و 6475.52و 946.57و 8167.77أعاله ، وفي معدل نقل العناصر المذكورة إذ بلغ % على الت�والي مقارن�ة 216.19% و 210.26% و 231.07% و 182.40% و 240.47) على التوالي وبنسبة زيادة 1-. يوم بالصنف األلماني عند مستوى التسميد أعاله . أما فيما يخص تأثير التداخل الثنائي بين تركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى التسميد في الصفتين أعاله ، فقد كان معنوي�ا إذ تف�وق بإعطائه أعلى معدل امتصاص للعناصر الم�ذكورة إذ بل�غ 1-كغم.هـ 400مع مستوى التسميد 1-ملغم.لتر 75تركيز حامض الجبرلين 482.83) على التوالي وبنس�بة زي�ادة 1-. يوم 1-( مايكروغرام . غم 4020.10و 7614.17و 7936.00و 1106.37و 8926.82 نة م�ع معامل�ة الس�يطرة ، وف�ي مع�دل نق�ل ه�ذه % على التوالي بالمقار 740.64% و 824.44% و 631.39% و 352.22% و ) على التوالي وبنسبة 1-. يوم 1-( مايكروغرام . غم 3991.32و 7559.45و 7627.40و 1102.55و 8852.12العناصر إذ بلغ % على التوالي بالمقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . 787.35% و 850.10% و 610.45% و 356.31% و 482.77زيادة أكدت النتائج في الجداول نفسها تفوق الصنف المحلي على الصنف األلماني في معدلي امتصاص ونقل العناصر المذكورة نتيجة أعلى معدل 1-كغم.هـ 400ومستوى التسميد 1-ملغم .لتر 75للتداخل الثالثي بين عوامل الدراسة ، وقد أعطى تركيز حامض الجبرلين ( م�ايكروغرام 6570.90و 12105.00و 12668.45و 1651.35و 14065.55نف المحلي إذ بل�غ امتصاص للعناصر أعاله للص % عل�ى الت�والي 347.21% و 287.56% و 295.45% و 194.15% و 271.31) على التوالي ، وبنسبة زيادة 1-. يوم 1-. غم يد أع�اله ، وف�ي مع�دل نق�ل العناص�ر الم�ذكورة إذ بل�غ بالمقارنة بالصنف األلماني عند تركيز حامض الجبرلين نفسه ومستوى التسم % و 274.64) وبنس��بة زي��ادة 1-. ي��وم 1-( م��ايكروغرام . غ��م 6541.35و 12050.60و 12105.65و 1649.45و 13974.20 ن نفسه % على التوالي بالمقارنة بالصنف األلماني عند تركيز حامض الجبرلي 353.85% و 292.74% و 284.41% و 196.85 ومستوى التسميد أعاله . أن اختالف صنفي النبات ف�ي مع�دل امتص�اص ونق�ل العناص�ر الغذائي�ة ( النت�روجين ، والفس�فور ، والبوتاس�يوم ، والكالس�يوم ، والمغنسيوم ) ربما يعزى إلى اختالفهما وراثيا واختالف استجابتهما لعوامل الدراسة . npkامتصاص ونقل العناصر الغذائية المذكورة إلى دور كل من حامض الجبرلين والسماد المركب وتعزى الزيادة في معدلي في زيادة النمو الخضري للنبات مما ينعكس على زيادة الحاجة إلى الماء والعناصر الغذائية األساسية لنموه فيزداد معدل امتصاصها نفاذي�ة األغش�ية الخلوي�ة ومنه�ا أغش�ية خالي�ا الج�ذور في�زداد امتص�اص ] ، فضال عن دور حامض الجبرلين في زي�ادة 19ونقلها [ 106 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 الذي ساهم في زيادة جاهزية كل من النتروجين والفسفور npk] السيما ان النبات قد جهز بالسماد المركب 20العناصر الغذائية [ ل النبات لذا فان انتقالها يتم بسهولة في النبات [ ] السيما ان هذه العناصر متحركة داخ 21والبوتاسيوم ومن ثم في زيادة امتصاصها [ لدور الذي تؤديه هذه العناصر ال�ثالث ف�ي النب�ات ف�ان النت�روجين ي�دخل ف�ي تركي�ب البروتين�ات واألنزيم�ات ] . أما عن ا 23و 22 ) التــي purineوالبيورين ( ) pyrimidineواألحماض االمينية ، كما انه يدخل في تركيب القواعد النتروجينية مثل البيرميدين ( ) التي porphyrins، كما يشترك النتروجين في تركيب البورفيرنات ( rnaو dnaبدورها تدخل فـي تركيب األحماض النووية ، كما يشترك الفسـفور مع النتروجيـن في بنـاء iaaتدخل في تركيب الكلوروفيل والسايتوكرومات وبعض الهرمونات النباتية مثل التي تـؤدي دورا nadph2و nadh2والمرافقات األنزيميـة مثل atpاألغشيـة الخلويـة وفـي تركيب مركبـات الطـاقة مثل واألحماض الدهنيـ�ـة مهما في عمليـة األكسـدة واالختزال التـي تحدث في عمليـة التمثيل الضوئي والتنفس وتمثيـل الكاربوهيـدرات ،ويعطي الفسفور النبـات قـوة في النمو ويعمل على زيــادة عدد التفرعات وتقويـة المجموع الجذري ، كما إن لعنصر البوتاسيوم دورا ـد إلى دوره كبيرا ومهما فــي معظم الفعاليات الحيوية داخل النبات الشتراكــه فـي عملية التمثيل الضوئي وبنـاء البروتينات وهذا عائـ ) وأنزيمات إضافة reductase oxidase) وأنزيمات األكسدة واالختزال ( synthetaseفــي تنشيط عدد من أنزيمات البناء ( ] . 25و kinases ، ( ]24) وأنزيمات تحرير الطاقة ( transferases) واألنزيمات الناقلة ( hydrogenaseالهيدروجين ( خص زيادة امتصاص ونق�ل الكالس�يوم بت�أثير ح�امض الجب�رلين والتس�ميد فيع�زى إل�ى دور ك�ل م�ن ح�امض الجب�رلين أما فيما ي والتسميد في تشجيع النمو الخضري ومن ثم زيادة معدالت النتح التي يرافقها زيادة في حركة الماء داخل النبات فتزيد من امتصاص 27إن الكالسيوم يجري مع الماء باتجاه مجرى النتح فيزداد بذلك معدل نقله داخل النبات [ ] إذ 26العناصر الغذائية ومنها الكالسيوم [ ] . إذ يعد الكالسيوم من المكونات األساسية لجدران الخاليا بشكل بكتات الكالسيوم . كل جزءاً تركيبيا في بناء أما بخصوص عنصر المغنسيوم فان امتصاصه يحفز من النتروجين إذ إن النتروجين المجهز للنبات يش ] وه��ذا يتطل��ب إل�ى زي��ادة ف��ي مع��دل امتص�اص ونق��ل المغنس��يوم ال��ذي يش�ترك م��ع النت��روجين ف��ي بن��اء 21جزيئ�ة الكلوروفي��ل [ ) synergism absorptionالكلوروفيالت الضرورية في عملية البناء الضوئي وهذا ما يدعى باالمتصاص المتالزم أو المترافق ( ] ، فض�ال ع�ن دور ح�امض الجب�رلين 28ه أن امتصاص عنصر معين يساعد أو يحف�ز عل�ى امتص�اص عنص�ر أخ�ر[الذي يقصد ب ) في زيادة كفاية البناء الضوئي من خالل تشكل البالستيدات ومحتوى الكلوروفيل في النبات [ npkوالتسميد بالعناصر األساسية ( ر الغذائية ومن ضمنها المغنسيوم . علما أن حامض الجبرلين يحفز النمو السيما ] ومن ثم إلى زيادة قابليتها على امتصاص العناص 29 ] . 30في المناطق القمية من النبات وهذا ما يتطلب حركة العناصر الغذائية إلى تلك المناطق فيزداد معدل نقلها [ npkوتس�ميد الترب�ة بالس�ماد المرك�ب 1-ملغم.لت�ر 75مما تقدم نستنتج أن رش الجزء الخض�ري بح�امض الجب�رلين بتركي�ز قد ساهم في تحسين معدالت االمتصاص والنقل للعناصر الغذائية المدروسة وقد انعكس ذلك ايجابيا على نمو 1-كغم.هـ 400بمستوى صنفي نبات البابونج . وقد تفوق الصنف المحلي على الصنف األلماني . المصادر 1. british herbal pharmacopoeia ( b.h.ph.) ( 1992 ) the pharmaceutical press . london . 2. khattab , m. e. and omer , e. a. ( 1999 ) cultivation of medical aromatic 265 . -(3) : 248 26plants .egypt j. itort., ) . النباتات واألعشاب العراقية بين الطب الشعبي والبحث العلمي ، 1988. مجيد ، سامي هاشم ومحمود ، مهند جميل ( 3 األدوية ، مطابع دار الثورة . مجلس البحث العلمي ، مركز بحوث علوم الحياة ، قسم العقاقير وتقييم 4. michelle , a. m. ( 1981 ) . health secrets of medicinal herbs . arco publishing . inc. new york . ) . تصنيف النباتات البذرية . وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي ، 1988. الكاتب ، يوسف منصور ( 5 . 511ص جامعة بغداد . 6. el-naggar , a. h. ; el-naggar , a.a.m. and naglaa , m.i. ( 2009 ) effect of phosphorus pplication and gibberellic acid ( ga3 ) on the growth and flower quality of dianthus caryophyllus l. am. euras. 410 . –: 400 )( 4 , 6j. agric and environ. sci. 7. anwar , m. ; chand , s. and patra , d.d. ( 2010 ). effect of graded levels of npk on fresh herb yield , oil yield and oil composition of six cultivars of menthol mint ( mentha arvensis lim. ) . indian 79 . –( 1 ) : 74 1 j. of natural products and resources , 8. reda , f. ; abd el-wahed , m.s.a. and gamal el-din , k.m. ( 2010 ) effect of indole acetic acid , gibberellic acid and kinetin on vegetative growth ,flowering , essential oil pattern of chamomile lant ( .600 -( 5 ): 5956 l. rausch ). world j.agric. sci. , chamomile recutitia ) . تأثير 2009. عباس ، إبراهيم صالح ؛ الشماع ، سحر ضياء ؛ هدوان علي وبديوي ، مزهر عبد هللا . ( 9 . مجلة .matricaria chamomilla lالتسميد النتروجيني والفوسفاتي في نمو وحاصل ومحتوى زيت البابونج . 199-194) : 7( 14الزراعة العراقية . 10. agiza , a. h. ; el-hinieidy , m. t. and ibrahim , m. e. ( 1960 ) the determination of different fractions of phosphorus in plant and soil. ball .f. a. o. agric. cairo univ., 121129 . 11. chapman , h. d. and pratt , f. p. ( 1961 ) methods of analysis for soils , plants and water . univ.calif. div. agric. sci.,: 161-170 . 107 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 12. matt , k. j. ( 1970 ) colorimetric determination of phosphorus in soil and plant materials with 220 .-: 214 109ascorbic acid . soil sci., 13. page , a. l. ; miller , r. h. and kenney , d. r. ( 1982 ) method of soil analysis ,2nd edn. agron. 9 publisher , madiason , wisconsin .u.s.a. . 14. wimberly , n.w. ( 1968 ) the annlysis of agriculture material . maff. tech. bull. london . 95 – 103 . 15. williams , r.f. ( 1948 ) the effect of phosphorus supply on the rates of intake of phosphorus and nitrogen upon certain aspects of phosphorus metabolism in aramineous plants . aust. j. sci. res. ser., 361 .-: 3331 16. robson , a.d. ; edwards , d.g. and loneragan , j.f.( 1970 ) calcium stimulation of phosphate 612 .-601: 21absorption by annual lequmes . aust. j. agric. res. , 17. al-samerria , i. k. ( 1984 ) the effect of nitrogen supply on the zinc nutrition of wheat .ph.d. thesis . univ. of westem australia ,australia . 18. little , l. p. and hills , f. j. ( 1978 ) agricultural experimentation design and analysis .john wiley and sons . new york . ) . فسلجة النبات ، الجزء األول ( 1991. عبد المجيد ، تحرير رمضان ؛صالح ، فهيمه عبد اللطيف وخميس ، هناء فاضل . ( 19 كتاب مترجم ) . وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي . جامعة بغداد . العراق . 20. al-wakeel , s. a. m. ; hammed , a. a. and dadoura , s. s. ( 1995 ) interactive effects of water 282.-: 26918on mineral composition of fenugreek plant . egyptian j. physiol. sci., 3stress and ga الكتب للطباعة والنشر . جامعة الموصل . ) األسمدة وخصوبة التربة . مؤسسة دار 1999. النعيمي ، سعد هللا نجم عبد هللا . ( 21 وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي . العراق . 22. mengel , k. and kirkby , e. a. ( 1978 ) principles of plants nutrition 4th edn. international potash institute , ipi , bern , switzerland . ) . دليل تغذية النبات . مديرية دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر . جامعة 1988، يوسف محمد واليونس ، مؤيد احمد ( . أبو ضاحي 23 الموصل . وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي . العراق . 24 taiz , l. and zeiger , e. ( 2002 ) plant physiology . 3rd edn. sinauer associates , pp. 690 . 25. jain , v.k. ( 2008 ) fundamental of plant physiology . s. chand and company . ltd . new delhi , india . ) .أساسيات فسيولوجيا النبات ، جامعة المنصورة . مصر . 2008. الدسوقي ، حشمت سليمان احمد ( 26 ) . تأثير السماد النتروجيني في نبات حشيشة الليمون وتأثير الزيت الطيار في نمو عدد 2000مرائي ، أياد صالح مخلف ( . السا27 من الفطريات . أطروحة دكتوراه . كلية العلوم . جامعة بغداد . العراق . 28. marschner , h. ( 1986 ) mineral nutrition of higher plants . academic press . london , uk. 29. shah , s.h. ( 2007 ) physiological effect of pre-sowing seed treatment with 73 . –( 1 ) : 67 66l. acta. bot. croat , nigella sativagibberellic acid on ) . منظمات النمو النباتية النظرية والتطبيقية ، مطبعة المكتبة الوطنية . 1999. عطية ، حاتم جبار وجدوع ، خضير عباس ( 30 بغداد . العراق . 108 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 1جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور . يوم 1-امتصاص النتروجين ( مايكروغرام .غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 2052.00 3702.10 4592.45 3448.85 25 2941.65 8457.85 8339.25 6579.58 50 5019.10 9913.10 11215.10 8715.85 75 8273.65 10477.20 14065.55 10938.80 100 6561.75 7735.50 6026.85 6780.70 125 4355.70 6442.65 5032.40 5276.90 ألماني 0 1011.25 1435.50 1719.95 1388.90 25 1342.95 1752.05 1860.50 1652.17 50 1541.10 2621.30 2755.00 2305.80 75 3059.00 3205.30 3788.10 3350.80 100 2917.55 3134.20 2331.25 2794.33 125 2720.40 2969.45 2188.30 2626.05 lsd( 0.05) 52.795 30.481 الصنف ×الصنف مستوى السماد npk 6959.78 8211.93 7791.11 4867.31 محلي 2352.01 2440.52 2519.63 2098.87 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 21.553 12.444 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 1531.62 2568.80 3156.20 2418.87 25 2142.80 5104.95 5099.87 4115.87 50 3280.10 6267.32 6985.05 5510.82 75 5666.32 6841.25 8926.82 7144.80 100 4739.65 5443.05 4179.05 4787.15 125 3538.05 4706.05 3610.35 3951.48 lsd( 0.05) 37.332 21.553 npk 3483.09 5155.37 5326.22مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 15.241 109 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 2جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور. يوم 1-نقل النتروجين ( مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 2051.40 3629.70 4574.10 3418.40 25 2981.20 8412.35 8330.60 6574.72 50 4981.25 9880.15 11180.90 8680.76 75 8263.65 10438.50 13974.20 10892.12 100 6525.75 7727.75 6014.10 6755.87 125 4368.45 6407.65 4932.75 5236.28 ألماني 0 986.55 1415.85 1690.05 1364.15 25 1308.30 1707.25 1817.00 1610.85 50 1493.50 2569.45 2707.20 2256.72 75 3011.40 3150.05 3730.05 3297.17 100 2874.95 3038.25 2281.75 2745.65 125 2722.55 2923.20 2167.90 2604.55 lsd( 0.05) 51.667 29.830 الصنف ×الصنف مستوى السماد npk 6926.36 8167.77 7749.35 4861.95 محلي 2313.18 2398.99 2474.34 2066.21 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 21.093 12.178 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 1518.97 2522.77 3132.07 2391.27 25 2144.75 5059.80 5073.80 4092.78 50 3237.37 6224.80 6944.05 5468.74 75 5637.52 6794.27 8852.12 7094.64 100 4700.35 5404.00 4147.92 4750.76 125 3545.50 4665.42 3550.32 3920.41 lsd( 0.05) 36.534 21.093 npk 3464.08 5111.84 5283.38مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 14.915 110 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 3جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور . يوم 1-امتصاص الفسفور ( مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 351.55 534.20 589.20 491.65 25 385.35 938.65 1029.55 784.52 50 649.00 1170.45 1297.55 1039.00 75 1044.50 1205.40 1651.35 1300.42 100 707.70 753.30 574.65 678.55 125 518.07 690.70 555.70 588.16 ألماني 0 137.75 183.80 199.45 173.67 25 177.85 193.45 223.10 198.13 50 197.05 388.50 405.10 330.22 75 409.45 487.30 561.40 486.05 100 366.20 426.95 338.70 377.28 125 362.85 366.00 315.25 348.03 lsd( 0.05) 17.437 10.068 الصنف × الصنف مستوى السماد npk 813.72 949.67 882.12 609.36 محلي 318.90 340.50 341.00 275.19 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 7.119 4.110 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 244.65 359.00 394.32 332.66 25 281.60 566.05 626.32 491.32 50 423.22 779.47 851.32 684.61 75 726.97 846.35 1106.37 893.23 100 536.95 590.12 456.67 527.91 125 440.46 528.35 435.47 468.09 lsd( 0.05) 12.330 7.119 npk 442.27 611.56 645.08مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 5.034 111 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 4جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور. يوم 1-نقل الفسفور( مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 349.70 534.80 586.70 490.40 25 395.90 937.95 1024.40 786.08 50 644.85 1183.50 1299.40 1042.58 75 1041.15 1200.55 1649.45 1297.05 100 701.00 750.70 572.65 674.78 125 519.85 687.45 546.85 584.72 ألماني 0 133.55 180.90 196.55 170.33 25 173.40 189.35 218.30 193.68 50 192.65 384.55 400.65 325.95 75 404.50 482.60 555.65 480.92 100 360.15 421.00 332.65 371.27 125 357.85 360.95 310.45 343.08 lsd( 0.05) 15.591 9.001 الصنف × الصنف مستوى السماد npk 812.60 946.57 882.49 608.74 محلي 314.20 335.71 336.56 270.35 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 6.365 3.675 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 241.62 357.85 391.62 330.36 25 284.65 563.65 621.35 489.88 50 418.75 784.02 850.02 684.26 75 722.82 841.57 1102.55 888.98 100 530.57 585.85 452.65 523.02 125 438.85 524.20 428.65 463.90 lsd( 0.05) 11.024 6.365 npk 439.54 609.52 641.14مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 4.501 112 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 5جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور . يوم 1-امتصاص البوتاسيوم ( مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 1254.30 2957.45 3715.00 2642.25 25 1374.20 5632.80 6764.65 4590.55 50 3834.75 8607.95 9422.95 7288.55 75 6817.65 8988.30 12668.45 9491.47 100 4014.50 5058.50 4109.10 4394.03 125 2602.85 4100.55 2851.45 3184.90 ألماني 0 915.80 1210.85 1363.80 1163.48 25 1183.90 1433.20 1469.90 1362.33 50 1329.55 2232.50 2325.25 1962.43 75 3123.30 2930.25 3203.55 3085.70 100 2712.75 2916.10 2184.10 2604.32 125 2533.90 2556.55 1949.60 2346.68 lsd( 0.05) 35.509 20.501 الصنف ×الصنف مستوى السماد npk 5265.29 6588.57 5890.92 3316.37 محلي 2087.49 2082.70 2213.24 1966.53 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 14.496 8.370 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 1085.05 2084.15 2539.40 1902.86 25 1279.05 3533.00 4117.27 2976.44 50 2582.15 5420.22 5874.10 4625.49 75 4970.47 5959.27 7936.00 6288.58 100 3363.62 3987.30 3146.30 3499.17 125 2568.37 3328.55 2400.45 2765.79 lsd( 0.05) 25.109 14.496 npk 2641.45 4052.08 4335.63مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 10.251 113 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 6جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور . يوم 1-نقل البوتاسيوم ( مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 1253.45 2908.20 3700.80 2620.82 25 1397.40 5598.85 6750.65 4582.30 50 3422.70 8659.40 9397.85 7159.98 75 6804.70 8949.90 12105.65 9286.75 100 3994.80 5038.40 4099.65 4377.62 125 2621.95 4087.70 2798.55 3169.40 ألماني 0 893.75 1194.05 1334.20 1140.67 25 1157.90 1403.15 1431.90 1330.98 50 1289.25 2185.60 2271.15 1915.33 75 3084.20 2882.20 3149.15 3038.52 100 2661.10 2864.64 2138.45 2554.73 125 2498.40 2517.45 1410.60 2142.15 lsd( 0.05) 48.664 28.096 الصنف × الصنف مستوى npkالسماد 5199.48 6475.52 5873.74 3249.17 محلي 2020.40 1955.91 2174.51 1930.77 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 19.867 11.470 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 1073.60 2051.12 2517.50 1880.74 25 1277.65 3501.00 4091.27 2956.64 50 2355.97 5422.50 5834.50 4537.65 75 4944.45 5916.05 7627.40 6162.63 100 3327.95 3951.52 3119.05 3466.17 125 2560.17 3302.57 2104.57 2655.77 lsd( 0.05) 34.410 19.867 npk 2589.97 4024.12 4215.71مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 14.048 114 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 7جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور . يوم 1-امتصاص الكالسيوم (مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 1115.50 2544.15 2878.00 2179.22 25 1323.75 4975.95 5762.50 4020.73 50 3152.20 6368.35 7986.55 5835.70 75 5792.25 7507.70 12105.00 8468.32 100 4061.10 4810.25 4153.55 4341.63 125 2615.90 3935.40 3007.10 3186.13 ألماني 0 531.80 921.55 1339.32 930.89 25 798.85 1055.45 1513.85 1122.72 50 1054.55 1854.90 2376.25 1761.90 75 2438.75 2510.50 3123.35 2690.87 100 1793.20 2144.30 1706.30 1881.37 125 1461.75 2074.45 1590.80 1709.00 lsd( 0.05) 160.451 92.637 الصنف ×الصنف مستوى السماد npk 4671.95 5982.12 5023.63 3010.12 محلي 1682.77 1941.64 1760.19 1346.48 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 65.504 37.819 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 823.65 1732.85 2108.66 1555.05 25 1061.30 3015.70 3638.17 2571.72 50 2103.37 4111.62 5181.40 3798.80 75 4115.50 5009.10 7614.17 5579.59 100 2927.15 3477.27 2929.92 3111.45 125 2038.82 3004.92 2298.95 2440.04 lsd( 0.05) 113.456 65.504 npk 2178.30 3391.91 3961.88مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 46.318 115 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 8جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور. يوم 1-نقل الكالسيوم ( مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 1079.05 2528.45 2847.00 2151.50 25 1358.20 4958.65 5748.30 4021.72 50 3129.25 6364.30 7928.50 5807.35 75 5780.35 7507.35 12050.60 8446.10 100 4040.35 4781.90 3839.75 4220.67 125 2621.60 3913.75 2965.10 3166.82 ألماني 0 512.25 909.25 1320.40 913.97 25 775.90 1027.70 1483.80 1095.80 50 1026.80 1816.50 2316.80 1720.03 75 2407.20 2477.30 3068.30 2650.93 100 1755.20 2110.10 1668.30 1844.53 125 1431.80 2049.00 1545.65 1675.48 lsd( 0.05) 45.427 26.228 الصنف ×الصنف مستوى السماد npk 4635.69 5896.54 5009.07 3001.47 محلي 1650.12 1900.54 1731.64 1318.19 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 18.546 10.707 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 795.65 1718.85 2083.70 1532.73 25 1067.05 2993.17 3616.05 2558.76 50 2078.02 4090.40 5122.65 3763.69 75 4093.77 4992.32 7559.45 5548.51 100 2897.77 3446.00 2754.02 3032.60 125 2026.70 2981.37 2255.37 2421.15 lsd( 0.05) 32.122 18.546 npk 2159.83 3370.35 3898.54مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 13.114 116 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 9جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور . يوم 1-امتصاص المغنسيوم ( مايكروغرام . غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 559.60 865.60 1628.95 1018.05 25 816.95 2110.00 2562.10 1829.68 50 1906.95 3590.45 4001.15 3166.18 75 3301.80 3830.90 6570.90 4567.72 100 1964.99 2483.85 1545.15 1998.00 125 1159.20 2129.55 1293.30 1527.35 ألماني 0 396.85 584.50 689.60 556.98 25 557.20 663.55 914.75 711.83 50 566.20 1031.80 1207.25 935.08 75 1254.10 1338.50 1469.30 1353.97 100 1055.70 1072.40 734.75 954.28 125 871.15 994.45 631.15 832.25 lsd( 0.05) 51.814 29.915 الصنف ×الصنف مستوى السماد npk 2351.16 2933.59 2501.65 1618.25 محلي 890.73 941.13 947.53 783.53 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 21.153 12.213 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 478.22 725.05 1159.27 787.51 25 687.07 1386.77 1738.42 1270.75 50 1236.57 2311.12 2604.20 2050.63 75 2277.95 2584.47 4020.10 2960.84 100 1510.34 1778.12 1139.95 1476.14 125 1015.17 1562.00 962.22 1179.80 lsd( 0.05) 36.638 21.153 npk 1200.89 1724.59 1937.36مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 14.957 117 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) وتداخالتها في معدل npk) : تأثير الصنف وتركيز حامض الجبرلين ومستوى السماد المركب ( 10جدول ( ) لنبات البابونج 1-وزن طري للجذور. يوم 1-نقل المغنسيوم (مايكروغرام .غم ga3تركيز الصنف 1-ملغم . لتر تركيز × الصنف ) 1-(كغم .هـ npkمستوى السماد ga3 0 200 400 محلي 0 510.60 860.25 1613.40 994.75 25 784.45 2081.75 2535.30 1800.50 50 1893.35 3568.65 3965.65 3142.55 75 3410.90 3821.00 6541.35 4591.08 100 1953.95 2474.85 1537.50 1988.77 125 1148.00 2115.75 1282.40 1515.38 ألماني 0 389.00 573.75 664.95 542.57 25 538.75 646.70 894.85 693.43 50 546.25 1015.40 1177.50 913.05 75 1235.80 1317.80 1441.30 1331.63 100 1034.90 1049.15 716.35 933.47 125 859.80 978.05 632.00 823.28 lsd( 0.05) 60.306 34.818 الصنف × الصنف مستوى السماد npk 2338.84 2912.60 2487.04 1616.87 محلي 872.90 921.16 930.14 767.42 ألماني lsd( 0.05) 24.620 14.214 ga3تركيز ga3تركيز × npkمستوى 0 449.80 717.00 1139.17 768.66 25 661.60 1364.22 1715.22 1246.96 50 1219.80 2292.02 2571.57 2027.80 75 2323.35 2569.40 3991.32 2961.35 100 1494.42 1762.00 1126.92 1461.12 125 1003.90 1546.90 957.20 1169.33 lsd( 0.05) 42.643 24.620 npk 1192.14 1708.59 1916.88مستوى السماد lsd( 0.05) 17.409 118 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 the effect of variety , gibberellic acid and npk fertilizer and their interactions on absorption and transport rates of some macronutrient elements in chamomile plant a.j.h. al-saedi , f.a.a. al-rubaiee* department of biology, college of education / ibn al-hatham , university of baghdad . teacher training insititute, ministry of education* received in : 19 october 2011 accepted in : 12 february 2012 abstract this experiment was carried out in the field of botanical garden which belongs to biologi department , college of education (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad during the growing season 2009-2010.the experiment was designed to study the effect 5 concentrations of gibberellic acid(ga3)( 25,50,75,100and125mg.l-1 ) and 2 levels of npk (17:17:17) fertilizer (200 and 400 kg.ha-1) and their interaction on the rates of absorption and transport of some macronutrient elements in two varieties of chamomile plant ( local variety , matricaria chamomilla l. and german variety , matricaria recutitia l.) . randomized complete block design (rcbd) was used with 3 replicates for each treatment .control plants were grown in unfertilized soils and not sprayed with gibberellic acid . results showed a significant increase in the absorption and transport rates of n,p,k,ca and mg with increased ga3 concentration and npk levels in comparision with the control plants the highest rates of absorption and transport rates were obtained by using ga3 at 75 mg.l-1 and npk at 400 kg.ha-1 . the local variety gave highest rates of absorption and transport .this result pointed to the genetic variations between the two varieties in their response to the studied factores . keywords : chamomile , ga3 , npk , macronutrient , absorption rate , transport rate . microsoft word 193-203 193 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 " new schiff – bases prepared from pyromellitic dianhydride via its hydrazide derivative" jinan m. abdulrasool emad t. ali jumbad h. tomma dept. of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham) / university of baghdad received in:6/september/2015,accepted in:12/october/2015 abstract n, n′bis[4-hydroxy phenyl] pyromillitdiimide [ii] was prepared from the corresponding diamic acid , which was transfered to its new ester by the reaction with chloroethyl acetate [iii ], [iii] was used to prepare the novel hydrazide derivative [iv] , which was allowed to react with several aldehydes to yield the hydrazones [v – ix]. all the new compounds were synthesized , and characterized by their melting points .hnmr for some of them1ftir,c,h,n analysis and , key words: hydrazide , pyromellitic dianhydride , ester , schiff – bases. 194 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 c o o o c c o o o c nh2ho acetone2 cooh hooc ohconh ho (ch3co)2o o c c o o c c o ohho nn clch2c-och2ch3 hnco o c c o o c c o n n nh2-nh2-h2o ethanol o c c o o c c o nn och2cnhnh2 o h2nhn-ch2co iii ii ch3coona och2coch2ch3 o h3ch2och2co o o xchx ch v-ixx = ( och3 , n(ch3) , -ch3 , oh , -h ) scheme 1 gaa* o aceton i x c-h o 2 2 (glacial acetic acid ) o c c o o c c o nn och2cnhn= o =nhn-ch2co o 2 iv 195 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 introduction pyromellitic diamic acids , imides are known to include an essential category in a wide range of applications such as , polymers , and are best known as segments of highly insulating polyimide dielectrics , they are though quit surprising that no attempt have been made to fabricate transistor from pyromellitdiimide derivatives , which have the simple aromaticring(benzene) in the center and the tetra carboxylic diimides on both sides of the benzene ring . thus , it is possible to screen a large number of imide side chains and investigate the impact of side chains on the mobility and environmental stability of pyromellitdiimide derivatives [1,2] , inetermediate compounds to a several reactions , biological activity … etc. on other hand , hydrazides , are known to have a great deal of their biological active organic compounds [37] these hydrazide and their condensation products were state to possess a wide range of biological activities as well as antibacterial activity[3] , hivinhibitors [5] pesticidal [6] , antifangal [7] . these hydrazides can be prepared by different methods [8,9] ; the most popular method is through their correspounding esters , by simple reaction between these esters and hydrazine hydrate[8]. hydrazide and their different products show a wide range of biological activities , as well as , antibacterial activity [3] , hiv inhibitors [5] , pesticidal [6] , and antifungal [7] . some of them and their corresponding hydrazones are psychopharmacological agent such as monoamine oxidase inhibitor and serotonin antagonists [10]. hydrazide – hydrazones compounds are not only intermediates but they are also very effective organic compounds in their own right . when they are used as intermediates , a very high number of derivatives can be synthesized and formed , that is because of the presence of the active hydrogen component of [ conhn=ch-] azomethine (imine) group [11 – 14] . hydrozone compounds as it was mentioned above , due to their azo methane group activities have taken an important role of many researchers in synthesizing a great numerous compounds of hydrazones by well – known hydrazinolysis method [15,16]. these compounds as well as their corresponding hydrazides found to have a wide applications in both health and medicine [17,18]. the aim of the following work is to synthesize , and characterize new hydrazide and their corresponding schiff – bases , their characterization was done via melting points , ftir , their biological activity was translated hnmr for some of them ,1elemental analysis and for further works . experimental material :all the chemicals were supplied from fluka , gcc, merck and aldrich chemicals co. , and were used as received. techniques:ftir spectra were recorded on a ftir – 600 ftir spectrometer elemental microanalysis (c.h.n) were carried out by a(c.h.n) . in the centeral lab at hnmr spectra were carried out by 1haitham . -college of education for ure science ibn / al company : bruker , model : ultra shield 300mhz , origin : switzerland and are reported in ppm(s) , dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard uncorrected melting points were determined using hot-stage ( stmart melting point [spm 10] ) melting point apparatus. 196 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthetic methods synthesis of n ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] to a solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (0.218 gm , 0.001 mole) in (15 ml) acetone , a solution of 4-hydroxy aniline (0.218 gm , 0.002 mole) in (15 ml)acetone was added dropwise during one hour , the mixture was then left at room temperature with continuous stirring for 24 hrs , the yellowish product was then obtained and filtered off , washed and recrystalized from acetone to give the corresponding n ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitamic diacid [i] [19] . ).1(c. all physical properties are shown in table oyeild 90% , m.p >300 synthesis of n, ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitdiimide (ii) [19] a (0.436 gm 0.001 mole) of n, ,n′-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)pyromellitamic diacid was placed in (50 ml) round bottom flask fitted with a condenser , a mixture of sodium acetate (0.164 gm , 0.002 mole) and acetic anhydride (3 ml) was added . the mixture was maintained between bath and stirred for one hour.the mixture was allowed to stirr –c) by means of water o 90 -(80 for 24 hrs at room temperature. then the mixture was poured on ice-water (400ml) and filtered off , recrystalized from acetone. the physical data of n, ,n′-bis(4-hydroxy phenyl) pyromellitdiimide are listed in table(1). synthesis of n,n′-bis(4-methoxy acetate phenyl)pryromellitdiimide (iii) [9] [ester] in 100 ml round bottom flask , a (0.4 gm 0.001 mole) of compound (ii) , (0.006mole) soduim acetate and (0.88 gm , 0.002 mole) chloro ethyl acetate were added , 10 ml of absolute ethanol was added , then the mixture was refluxed for 5 hrs , then the selvent was removed and the ester was washed with ethanol and recystalized from ethanol . the physical properties of the new ester are listed in table(1) (yeild70%). synthessis of the hydrazide(iv) [9] a mixture of (0.572 gm , 0.001 mole) of compound( iii) and (0.072 gm , 0.002 mole) hydrazine hydrate was placed in 100 ml round bottom flask , 10 ml of absolute ethanol was added , the mixture was refluxed for 5hrs , then the solution was filtered off and the filterate was concentrated , allowed to cool at room temperature , the precipitate was filter off , recrystallized from ethanol . (yield 68%) of the hydrazide . all physical propertie are listed in table(1). the c,h,n analysis for prepared hydrazide are listed below nhc  15.443.6757.35 calculated%  15.393.8457.73 found    197 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 synthesis of schiff – bases: [v – ix] a solution of (0.002 mole) of certain aldehydes with three drops of glacial acetic acid in 10ml absolute ethanol was placed in 100 ml round bottom flask , (0.4 gm 0.001 mole) of hydrazid in 10 ml absolute ethanol was added . the mixture was allowed to reflux for 3-5 hrs , then the mixture was cooled to room temperature , filtered off and recrystallized from ethanol to get schiff – bases [v – ix] . all physical properties are listed in table (1). c c c c oo o o nn -o ch 2 c o -n -n =c h h x ch3-o-co c h n n h x x= -h -ch3 -och3 -oh -n(ch3)2 v vi vii viii ix results and discussion: n, n′ bis(4-hydroxy phenyl) pyromellitamic diacid (i) was synthesized by the reaction of one mole of pmda. with two moles of 4 – hydroxyl aniline in acetone as a solvent [20]. the reaction mechanism involves nucloophilic addition , as follows scheme (2) . hoc c c c o o o oo hoc c c c o oo o n h h -oh n h h o o proton exchance c c c c oo o o oh ho ho-n h n h -oh hoi scheme 2 nh3 o nh3 198 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the characterization of n,n′ bis(4hydroxyphenyl) pyromellitamic diacid was by its melting point . and ftir , ftir spectra show the disappearance of absorption -group and other characterizing peaks due to anhydride ring of 4 2bands due to nh hydroxyl aniline and pmda respecivly , with appearance of new absorption stretching , c=o 1-3248 ) cm-bands due to oh of carboxylic and phenolic groups at (3217 . 1 -, c=o (amid) stretching at ( 1643 ) cm 1-at(1705 ) cm (carboxylic acid) stretching the ftir data obtained support the proposed structure. n,n′ bis(4-hydroxy phenyl) pyromellitdiimide (ii) was synthesized by the intra molecular cyclization reaction of the prepared diamic acid (i) using acetic anhydride – c) . the mechanism of o90-sodium acetate system [20] as a dehydrating agent at (80 the cyclization involves neucleophilic substitution reaction this compound (ii) was characterized by its melting point , ftir spectroscopy [21]. the ftir spectrum shows the disappearance of stretching absorption bands of nh , oh and c=o (amide and carboxylic acid moiety) groups of compound (i) , and the , which due to the 1 -1770 ) cm -appearance of two peaks in the region ( 1718 stretching vibration of the c=o (cyclic imide) and , also two absorption bands at about 21] , also c (cyclic) [-n -)symmetrical and asymmetrical c 1-)and (713 cm1 -(1132 cm ) , these ftir data fit with the 1-the phenolic (oh) group appeared at (3323 cm .proposed compound (ii) n,n′-bis –(4ethyl acetoxy phenyl) pyromillidiimide (iii) [9]. the phenolic group attached to the prepared diimide was converted to new ester by the reaction of compound (ii) with ethylchloroacetate in a basic medium , by nucleophilic subsititution reactions ,the etheylcholoroacetate and the diimidic phenol form the new ester (iii) , in which the phenoxide ion replaced the halogen of the ethyl chloro acetate to form the etheric ester , according to the following scheme . 199 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 200 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the prepared ester was identified by its melting point,ftir spectrum , which shows the disappearance of phenolic hydrogen (-oh) and the appearance of [-cooh) aliph. -) due to (c 1 -) , and the peak at (2927 cm 1 -ester group at (1442 cm] moiety. the following structure was proposed to the prepared ester . preparation of the hydrazide (iv) . [9] the prerpared ester was converted to the correspounding hydrazide by the reaction with hydrazine hydrate (80%) in ethanol as a solvent . the reaction between the hydrazine and the ester is a simple nucleophilic subsititution reaction mehanism at the carbon of the carbonyl group , by which an unstable intermediate will be formed , which lose a good leaving group (ethoxide group) to form the hydrazide as a final product . as shown in the following mechanism. (schem 4) . the final product was identified by its crystal shape and its melting point , ftir , c,h,n analysis and hnmr spectrum. h setrtching -) due the n 1-cm the ftir results show a sharp peak at ( 3172 group,and a band at 2due to nh )1 -) and (3340 cm1 -freqancy , and at (3282 cm ) due to the c=o group , this band was observed to be in lower frequency 1-(1697cm compared to that found in c=o group of the ester due to the resonance phenomena in the hydrazide moiety which lead to reduce the double bond order of (c=o) group and then to reduce the force constant of the bond , so that its frequency will be , then , reduced too [21]. 201 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 the hnmr data figure (1) for the hydrazide (iv) shows the following signals: groups at δ 8.425 2four protons of ch ten protons of (aromatic ring protons ) at δ 6.39 – 6.48 two protons of nh (group) at δ 2.5 (groups) at δ 2.2 2four protons of nh these results (m.p , ftir , c,h,n and hnmr ) are fit with the proposed structure (iv). finally the formation of schiff bases (v-ix) which were prepared by the reaction of one mole of the prepared hydrazide with two moles of certai aromatic aldehydes to form the new schiff – bases in the acidic medium and follows the following mechanism . schem (5) . schiff – bases were idenfied by their melting points ftir ,c,h,n – analysis and hnmr for some of them. the ftir spectra , show the diappearnace of c=o group of the aldehydes used , and the formation of c=n at frequencies ranges -( 735 c bond of the hydrazone moiety at-n-, also the c 1 -cm) 1658 1606( 1618 ) -, and finally the c=c aromatic bonds which appeared at (1435 1 -cm) 1130 .which may interfere with c=c groups 1 -cm the c,h,nanalysis shows the following results in the (table2). the hnmr shows the following data [21] figure (2). two protons of ch= n (imin protons) at δ 9.4 (groups) at δ 3.8 3six proton of och two protons of nh (groups) at δ 2.5 (groups) at δ 8.515 2four protons of ch eighteen protons of aromaticring protons at δ 6.2 – 7.85 202 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 from the above data we can conclude that all the structure of the prepared schiff – bases fit with the proposed one . the formation of the new schiff – bases derivatives which was affected by the presence of attracting or repulling groups attached to the phenyl moiety of the aldehdes was translated for further research works[22]. references 1-sharma , p. ; kukreja , p. ; choudhary , v. and narula , a . (2005) curing and thermal behavior of epoxy resin in the presence of aromatic imides – amines , ind.j . of engine . and mat. sci; , 12 : 259 – 264. 2-lee , s. ; shin , g. ; chi, j. ; zin , w. ; jung, j. ; hahm , s. ; ree , m. and chang , t. (2006) synthesis , characterization and liquid – crystal aligining properties of novel aromatic polypyromellitimides bearing (n – alkyloxy) biphenyloxy side chains , polymer , 47(19 ) : 6606 – 6621. 3-rollas , s. ; gulerman , n. and erdeniz , h. (2000) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new hydrazones of 4-fluorobenzioe acid hydrazide and 3-acetyl – 2 ,5 – disubstituted – 1,2,3 – oxadiazolines. farma co , 57 ; (2) : 171 – 174 4-pavan , f. ; maia , r. ; and leite , s.(2010) , thiosemi carbazones , semicarbazones , dithiocarbazate , and hydrazide / hydrazones : anti – mycobacterium tuberculosis activity and cytotoxicity . eur.j. med chem. , 45 ; (5) : 1898 – 1905. 5-marastoni , m. ; baldisserotto , a. ; trapelle , c. ; mcdonald , j. ; bortolotti , f. and tomatis r. (2005) hiv protease inhibitor : synthesis and activity of n-aryl n′ hydroxyalky hydrazide pseudopeptides . eur – j.med. chem. ,40 (5) ; 445 – 451. 6-tabanca , n. ; ali , a. and bernier , ur.(2013) biting deterrence and insecticidal activity of hydrazide – hydrazones and their corresponding 3acetyl – b3 , 5-disubstituted – 2, 3 – dihydro – 1,3,4 – oxxa-diozoles against aedes aegypti. pest manag sci. , 69 ;(6) 703 – 708. 7-turan – zitounti , g. ; altintop , md. ; ozdemir , a. ; demirci , f. ; mohsen , ua. and kaplancikli , za. (2012) synthesis and antifangal activity of new hydrazide derivatives. j. enzym inhib.med. chem.. ; 55 ; (3). 8-aymen nabeel yaseen.(2005) ; m.sc. thesis submitted to college of education for pure science , university of mosul. 9-karam , n. ; tomma , j. and al-dujalli , a. (2013) " synthesis and characterization of heterocyclic compounds derived from 4-hydrox and 4-amino acetophenone . ibn alhaithum j. for pure and applied sci – (36) 3 , 28 34. 10-ashish , k. ; and jkm. (2012) a highly efficient solvent free synthesis of hydrazides using grinding technique , an int. q.j. heterocycles. , 2 ; (4) :401 -404. 11-rollas , s. ; and kuckgzel , sg . (2007) biological activities of hydrazone derivates. molecules. , 12;(8) :1910 – 1939. 12-kobayashi , m. ; goda , m. ; and shimizu , s. (1999) hydrazide synthesis : novel substrate specificity of amidase. biochem biophys res comman. , 256 ; (2):415 – 418. 203 | chemistry 2016) عام 1(العدد 29لمجلد ا مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (1) 2016 13-hanumanagoud , h. ; and basavaraja k.m. (2013) synthesis and evaluation of some new oxadiazole and pyrazole derivatives incorporating benzofuran moiety . der pharma chem. , 5 ;(4) :87 – 98. 14-mohammad , s. ; and aymen , n. (2015) synthesis and characterization of some new hydrazides and their derivatives . ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sceince , (in press). 15-zabivky , j. (1970) "the chemistry of amides" john wiley and sons ltd. 16-govindasami t. (2011) synthesis , characterization and antibacterial activity of biologically important vanillin related to hydrazone derivatives. int. j. org . chem. , 1 ; (9): 71-77. 17-bernardino amr. ; gomes , ao. ; and charred ks. (2006) synthesis and leishmanicidal activities of 1-(4-x-phenyl)-n′-[(4-y-phenyl)methelen]-1h-parazole-4carbohyrazides. chem. inform. , 37 ; (27) 18-turan-zitouni g. ; altintop , md. ; ozdemir a. ; demirci f. ; mohsen ua. ; and kaplancikli za. (2013) synthesis and antifungal activity of new hydrazide derivatives. j. enzym inhib.med. chem. , 28 ; (6) , 1211-1216 . 19-ali , e. ; aliawy , k. and tomma , j. (2011) " synthesis and characterization of new symmetrical pyromellitdiimide derivatives and their amic acids " ibn al-haithum j. for pure and applied science , 24(3) :1-11. 20-awad , w. ; and ali , e. (1976) synthesis of some pyromellillitic acids , pyromellitdiimides and iso – imides" . iraqi j. of chem. (2), 88-94. 21-silverstein , r.m. ; webster , f. x. ; and kiemle, d.j. (2005) ("identification of ., eddition thorganic compounds") john wiley and sons , inc. 7 22-zahmathesh , s. and vakili , m. r. (2010) " synthesis and characterization of new optically active poly(ethyl –l-lysinamides and poly(ethyl – l-(ysinimide)s , j of amino acids , 1-6. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 235 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. connectedness via generalizations of semi-open sets abstract we use the idea of the grill. this study generalized a new sort of linked space like ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected and ₲∗𝑠𝑜-hyperconnected and investigated its features, as well as the relationship between it and previously described notions. it also developed new sorts of functions, such as hyperconnected space, and identified their relationship by offering numerous instances and attributes that belong to this set. this set will serve as a starting point for further research into the set many future possibilities. we also use some theorems and observations previously studied and related to the grill and the semi-open to obtain results in this research. we applied the concept of connected to them and obtained results related to connected. the sources related to the connected and semi-open where considered as starting points and an important basis in this research. keywords: grill topological space, ₲ * s-connected, ₲ * s-𝑑𝑖𝑠connected, ₲ ∗ -semi-open sets. 1. introduction in [1,2] found a topological area where the concept of the grill, and the grill has shown to be an effective tool for learning a variety of topological concerns. subsets of a topological space (ӽ, 𝜏) which is a non-empty collection ₲ and is referred to be a grill whenever (a) ѧ ∈₲ and ѧ ⊆ ƀ implying ƀ∈₲. (b) ӽ has a subset ѧ and ƀ also ѧ ∪ ƀ∈₲ lead to ѧ ∈₲ or ƀ∈₲. a triple (ӽ, 𝜏, ₲) topological space with grills is one type of the topological space. [3] created a distinctive topology with a grill and investigated topological notions. for every topological space (ӽ, 𝜏) point ӽ, neighborhoods are open of ӽ, and embodied by 𝜏(ӽ). a mapping ψ:ℙ(ӽ) → ℙ(ӽ) is referred to as ∮( ѧ) = { ӽ ∈ ӽ: ѧ ∩ ữ ∈ ₲, ∀ ữ ∈ τ(ӽ) and ѧ ∈ ℙ(ӽ)}. a mapping ψ: ℙ(ӽ) →ℙ(ӽ) is referred to as ψ (ѧ) = ѧ ∪ ∮ (ѧ) for every ѧ ∈ ℙ(ӽ). the map ψ kuratowski closure axioms are met: (a) ψ (∅)=∅, doi: 10.30526/35.4.2877 article history: received 12 june, 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ali j. mahmood department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham,university of baghdad, iraq. ali.jamal1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq naser a.i. department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham,university of baghdad, iraq. ahmed_math06@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ali.jamal.1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ahmed_math06@yahoo.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 236 (b) as soon as ѧ ⊆ ƀ, so ψ (ѧ) ⊆ ψ (ƀ), (c) as soon as ѧ ⊆ ӽ, so ψ (ψ (ѧ))= ψ (ѧ), (d) as soon as ѧ, ƀ⊆ ӽ, so ψ (ѧ ∪ ƀ)= ψ (ѧ) ∪ ψ (ƀ). grill topological spaces come in various shapes, sizes, as a discrete topology, and a coffinite topology. on a space (ӽ, 𝜏); this agrees to a grill ₲ a topology exists 𝜏₲ on ӽ that is given by no one else by 𝜏₲ = {ữ ⊆ӽ: ψ (ӽ – ữ) = ӽ – ữ}, consequently, ѧ ⊆ ӽ, ψ (ѧ) = ѧ ∪ ∮( ѧ) [4,5]. τ ⊆ 𝜏₲ and ψ (ѧ) = 𝑐𝜄(ѧ). using the following as a basis, we can locate 𝜏₲ on ӽ by supplying 𝜏₲ through 𝛽(𝜏₲, ӽ) = {ƴ − ѧ; ƴ ∈ 𝜏, ѧ ∉₲}. on a space (ӽ, 𝜏), there is a grill ₲, 𝜏 ⊆ 𝛽(₲, τ) ⊆ 𝜏₲, where 𝛽(₲, τ) basis for 𝜏₲[6] . as an example, to exist in a space (ӽ, 𝜏) , 𝜏₲ = 𝜏 whenever ₲ = ℙ(ӽ) ∖ {ø} implying 𝜏₲ = τ [7].the family of all semi-open set is showed by 𝜏𝑠. semi-open is a subset ѧ of a space (ӽ, 𝜏), if ѧ ⊆ 𝑐𝜄(ḭ𝑛ţ(ѧ))[8] . let (ӽ, τ, ₲) be topological space. the subset ѧ in ӽ is known as ₲-semi-open if ѧ ⊆ ψ(ḭnţ(ѧ)), and every ψ-semi-open is a semi-open. various academics have made generalizations using these combinations [9, 10]. the symbol ḭ𝑛ţ(ѧ) to the set interior ѧ, as well as the sign 𝑐𝜄(ѧ) is the closure of ѧ is utilized in this paper. the space (ӽ, ) is disconnected if and only if there exists two open disjoint nonempty sets ѧ and ƀ, such that ѧ⋃ƀ = ӽ. i.e., ӽ is disconnected if and only if ӽ=ѧ⋃ƀ, ѧ, ƀ ∈ , and ѧ ⋂ ƀ =  𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 ѧ, ƀ . the sets ѧ and ƀ form a separation of ӽ. the space (x, ) is connected if and only if it is not disconnected. ӽ is connected if and only if ӽ  ѧ⋃ƀ , ѧ, ƀ ∈  , ѧ ⋂ ƀ =  , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ, ƀ . 2. grill semi-open sets definition 2.1. [2]: ѧ is the set that will be 𝐺rill semi-open when ∃ ữ ∈ 𝜏 ; ữ − ѧ ∉ ₲ and ѧ − 𝑐𝜄₲(ữ) ∉ ₲ . and it is described by ₲ ∗ -semi-open. ӽ − ₲ ∗ -semi-open is a ₲ ∗ -semi-cl𝑜sed , as well as the set of all ₲ ∗ semi-open at the moment by ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ) a𝑛d the collection of every ₲ ∗ -semi-𝑐𝑙osed at the moment by ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑐(ӽ) . . example 2.2. let (ӽ, τ, ₲) topological space to be a grill and ӽ = {ӽ1, ӽ2, ӽ3}, 𝜏 = {ӽ, ø, {ӽ1}, {ӽ1, ӽ2}}, ℱ = {ӽ, ø, {ӽ3}, {ӽ3, ӽ2}}, ₲ = {ữ ⊆ ӽ; ӽ2 ∊ ữ}, ∮ : ℙ(ӽ) ⇾ ℙ(ӽ), ∮ (ѧ) = {ӽ ∈ ӽ; ∀ữ ∈ 𝜏ӽ ; ữ ∩ ѧ ∈ ₲}, ψ(ѧ) = ѧ ∪ ø, τ₲ = {ӽ, ø, {ӽ3, ӽ2}, {ӽ2}, {ӽ1, ӽ2}}, ℱ₲ = {ӽ, ø, {ӽ3, ӽ2}, {ӽ3}, {ӽ1}}, then ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ) = {ӽ, ø, {ӽ3}, {ӽ1}, {ӽ2}, {ӽ1, ӽ3}, {ӽ1, ӽ2}, {ӽ3, ӽ2}}. theorem 2.3. [10]: every family's union ₲ ∗ -semi-open set is a ₲ ∗ -semi-open set. remark 2.4. [10]: every two ₲ ∗ -semi-open sets intersecting need not to be a ₲ ∗ -semi-open set. remark 2.5. [10]: the family of all ₲ ∗ -semi-open sets is characterized as supra topology. remark 2.6 [10]: i. every open is a ₲ ∗ -semi-open sets. ii. every closed is a ₲ ∗ -semi-closed sets. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 237 theorem 2.7. [10]: every ₲-semi-open is a ₲ ∗ -semi-open. proposition 2.8. [10]: every grill topology (ӽ,τ,₲), ѧ is an ₲-semi-open set if and only if ѧ is a ₲ ∗ -semi-open sets whenever ₲ = ℙ(ӽ) ∖ {∅}. remark 2.9. [10]: the concepts ₲ ∗ -semi-open sets and the semi-open set are independent. definition 2.10. [10]: the function ḟ: (ӽ, τ, ₲) → (ƴ, 𝜏′, ₲) is known as: 1. ₲ ∗ -semi-open function, currently "₲ ∗ -ᵴ-o function" if ḟ(ữ) ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ƴ), whenever ữ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ). 2. ₲ ∗∗ -semi-open function, currently "₲ ∗∗ -ᵴ-o function" if ḟ(ữ) ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ƴ) whenever ữ ∈ 𝜏 . 3. ₲ ∗∗∗ -semi-open function, currently "₲ ∗∗∗ -ᵴ-o function" if ḟ(ữ) ∈ 𝜏′ whenever ữ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ). definition 2.11. [2]: a function ḟ ∶ (ӽ, τ, ₲) → (ƴ, 𝜏′, ₲) is said to be; 1. ₲ ∗ 𝑠continuous function, currently "₲ * s-continuous function "𝑖𝑓 ḟ−1(ữ) ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ)for all ữ ∈ 𝜏. 2. strongly ₲ ∗ 𝑠-continuous function, currently “strongly ₲ * s-continuous function” 𝑖𝑓 ḟ−1(ữ) ∈ 𝜏, fore ever ữ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ƴ) . 3. ₲ ∗ 𝑠-irresolute function, presently "₲ * s-irresolute function " if ḟ−1(ữ) ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ), fore ever ữ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ƴ). 3. grill semi-open sets in grill connected space definition 3.1: the space (ӽ, τ, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected if and only if there exists two ₲ ∗ 𝑠-open disjoint nonempty sets ѧ and ƀ such that ѧ⋃ƀ = ӽ. i.e., ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected if and only if ӽ =ѧ⋃ƀ , ѧ, ƀ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ) , and ѧ ⋂ ƀ =  . the sets ѧ and ƀ form a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-separation of ӽ. the space (ӽ, τ, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜connected if and only if it is not ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected. ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜connected if and only if ӽ  ѧ⋃ƀ , ѧ, ƀ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ), ѧ ⋂ ƀ =  , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ, ƀ . example 3.2. let (ӽ, τ, ₲) topològical 𝑠pace to be a grill a𝑛d ӽ = {ӽ1, ӽ2, ӽ3}, 𝜏 = 𝜏₲ = {ӽ, ø, {ӽ2}, {ӽ3}}, ₲ = ℙ(ӽ) ∖ {ø} is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜connected space. remark 3.3. every disconnected set is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-disconnected. proof. let (ӽ, ₲) be a disconnected space, then there exists ≠ ∅, 𝒵 ≠ ∅ , 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ τ , 𝒲 ⋂ 𝒵 = ∅ , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒲 ⋃ 𝒵 = ӽ ,since every open set is ₲ ∗ 𝑠-open set. therefore, ӽ is ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-disconnected. remark 3.4. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 238 the space (ӽ, τ, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected with any grill and ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ) = ℙ(ӽ) if ӽ contains more than one element since there exists ѧ and ѧ𝑐 ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ),ѧ ⋃ƀ = ӽ , ѧ ⋂ ƀ = , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ, ƀ . remark 3.5. the space (ӽ, τ, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected , ₲ = ∅ , and 𝜏₲ = {ӽ, ø}, so ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜connected space. remark 3.6. if 𝜏₲ = ℱ₲ and 𝜏₲ ≠ ι indiscrete, when ₲ = ℙ(ӽ) ∖ {ø} , that is mean (ӽ, τ, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜 disconnected . theorem 3.7. the space (ӽ, τ, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected if and only ӽ cannot be written as union of two nonempty disjoint closed set's. proof. let ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected if ӽ = ѧ ⋃ƀ such that ѧ , ƀ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑐(ӽ), ѧ ⋂ ƀ = , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ, ƀ . so ѧ = ƀ 𝑐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ƀ = ѧ𝑐 , then ӽ = ѧ⋃ƀ, ѧ, ƀ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ), ѧ ⋂ ƀ = , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ, ƀ  , that's mean ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected. that's contradiction. therefore, ӽ cannot be written as a union of two non-empty disjoint closed set. now, if ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected space, so ӽ= ѧ ⋃ƀ; ѧ, ƀ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ), ѧ ⋂ ƀ = , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ, ƀ . so ѧ = ƀ 𝑐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ƀ = ѧ𝑐 ,then ѧ and ƀ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑐(𝑥), but that is contradiction. therefore, ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected space. theorem 3.8. the space (ӽ, τ, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected if and only if the only subsets of the space ӽ which are ₲ ∗ 𝑠-open and ₲ ∗ 𝑠-closed are ӽ and ø . proof. let ѧ ,ѧ𝑐 ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(𝑥), ѧ ≠ ӽ , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ ≠ ø , so ӽ = ѧ⋃ѧ𝑐 , ѧ ⋂ ѧ𝑐 =  , 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ѧ, ѧ𝑐 ≠ . then, ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-disconnected and that is a contradiction. so, where ѧ ⊆ ӽ , ѧ , ѧ𝑐 ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(𝑥), then, ѧ = ӽ or ѧ = ø . conversely ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-disconnected space; this means that ӽ = 𝒲⋃𝒵 , 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(𝑥), 𝒲 ⋂ 𝒵 =  , and 𝒲, 𝒵 ≠ ø implies that 𝒲 = 𝒵 𝑐 and 𝒵 = 𝒲𝑐 . so 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑐(𝑥) (that is a contradiction).therefore, ӽ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected space. remark 3.9. if ḟ ∶ (ӽ, τ, ₲) → (ƴ, 𝜏′, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-𝑖𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 and onto function and ƴ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 space, then ӽ is not necessary ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 space. example 3.10. let ḟ ∶ (ℝ, d, ₲) → (ℝ, ι, ₲), such that ḟ(ӽ) = ӽ , for all ӽ ∈ ℝ , and ₲ = ℙ(ӽ) ∖ {ø} , so ḟ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜𝑖𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 and onto function, (ℝ, ι, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected space, and (ℝ, d, ₲) is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜disconnected space. theorem 3.11. if ѧ and ƀ are a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected spaces of (ӽ, τ, ₲) and ѧ ⋂ ƀ ≠ , then ѧ⋃ƀ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected space. proof. let (ӽ, τ, ₲) be a grill topological space and ѧ, ƀ ⊆ ӽ ; ѧ, ƀ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected space. now, if ѧ⋃ƀ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-disconnected space, so ѧ⋃ƀ = 𝒲⋃𝒵 , 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(𝑥)(ѧ⋃ƀ), 𝒲 ⋂ 𝒵 =  , and 𝒲, 𝒵 ≠ ø, then ѧ ⊆ ѧ⋃ƀ , ѧ ⊆ 𝒲⋃𝒵, ѧ ⊆ 𝒲 𝑜𝑟 ѧ ⊆ 𝒵. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 239 similarly, ƀ leads to either ѧ ⊆ 𝒲 and ƀ ⊆ 𝒲 then ѧ⋃ƀ ⊆ 𝒲 then 𝒵 = ø c! or ѧ ⊆ 𝒵 and ƀ ⊆ 𝒵 then ѧ⋃ƀ ⊆ 𝒵 then 𝒲 = ø c! or ѧ ⊆ 𝒲 and ƀ ⊆ 𝒵 then ѧ ∩ ƀ ⊆ 𝒲 ∩ 𝒵 then ѧ ∩ ƀ = ø that’s contradiction or ѧ ⊆ 𝒵 and ƀ ⊆ 𝒲 then ѧ ∩ ƀ ⊆ 𝒲 ∩ 𝒵 then ѧ ∩ ƀ = ø (that’s contradiction!). so, ѧ⋃ƀ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected space. remark 3.12. we can generalize theorem 3.11. to a family of a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected sets as follows: let {ѧ∝}∝∈∧ be a family of a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected subsets of a space (ӽ, τ, ₲) and ⋂ ѧ∝ ≠ ø∝∈∧ , then ⋃ ѧ∝∝∈∧ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-connected set. 4. grill semi-open sets in grill connected space hyperconnected definition 4.1. in any grill topological space (ӽ, τ, ₲) is said to be: 1. ∗-hyperconnected if ѧ is τ₲-dense (𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) = ӽ) for every non-empty open subset ѧ of ӽ. 2. ₲ ∗ -hyperconnected if ӽ − 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) ∉ ₲ for every non-empty open subset ѧ of ӽ. 3. ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected if ӽ − 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) ∉ ₲ for every non-empty ₲ ∗ 𝑠-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 subset ѧ of ӽ. 4. ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-hyperconnected if 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) = ӽ for all ѧ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ). proposition 4.2. 1. every ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-hyperconnected is ∗-hyperconnected. 2. every ∗-hyperconnected is ₲ ∗ -hyperconnected. 3. every ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected is ₲ ∗ -hyperconnected. 4. every ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-hyperconnected is ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected. proof. 1. let ѧ be a ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-hyperconnected, then 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) = ӽ, then ѧ is a ∗-hyperconnected (since ѧ ∈ ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜(ӽ) then ѧ ∈ τ). 2. let ѧ be a ∗-hyperconnected. this means that 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) = ӽ. so, ӽ − 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) = ∅ ∉ ₲. therefore, ѧ is a ₲ ∗ -hyperconnected. 3. let ѧ be an open in ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected. this means that ӽ − 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) ∉ ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected (since every open set in ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected is an open set in ₲ ∗ -hyperconnected. so, ӽ − 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) ∉ ₲ .therefore, ѧ is a ₲ ∗ -hyperconnected. 4. let ѧ be an open set in ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜-hyperconnected. this means that 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) = ӽ. so, ӽ − 𝑐𝜄₲(ѧ) ∉ ₲. therefore, ѧ is a ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected. the following diagram shows the relationship between the types of hyperconnected. ∗hyperconnected ₲ ∗ 𝑠𝑜hyperconnected ₲ ∗ hyperconnected ₲ ∗ 𝑠-hyperconnected diagram 1 hyperconnected space via grill space 4. conclusion ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 240 in this research, we studied a connect space in the grill semi-open topological spaces, some examples are showed, and some theorems are applied for these new sets. we also found some new properties of these sets. references 1. choquet, g. sur les notions de filtre et grille, comptes rendus acad. sci. paris, 1947, 224, 171-173. 2.esmaeel, r.b.; mohammad,r.j . on nano soft j-semi-g-closed sets, j. phys. conf. ser. 2020,159(1) 012071. 3.esmaeel, r. b; nasir, a. i; kalaf , b.a. on αĩ-closed soft sets. sci. inter. (lahore). 2018. 30(5): 703705. 4.levine, n. semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces, amer math. monthly, 1963, 70, 36-41. 5. al-omary, a ; noiri,t. decompositions of continuity via grills, jordan journal mathematics and statistics (jjms) .2011, 4(1),33-46 6. saravanakumar, d. ; kalaivani, n. on grill spopen set in grill topological spaces, journal of new theory, 2018, 23, 85-92. 7.mustafa, m.o.; esmaeel , r.b. separation axioms with grill-toplogical open set, j. phys. 2021, 1879,2, 022107. 8. arkhangel'skii, a.v. ; ponomar''ev. v.i. fundamentals of general topology-problems and exercises, hindustan pub.corporation, delhi, 1966. 9. roy, b. ; mukherjee, m. n. on a typical topology induced by a grill, soochow j. math., 2007,33 (4), 771-786. 10. suliman, s.s ; esmaeel, r. b. on some topology concepts via grill, int. j. nonlinear anal. appl. 2022, 13 1, 3765 – 3772. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |158 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis and characterization of new bidentate schiff base ligand type (no) donor atoms derived from isatin and 3-amino benzoic acid and its complexes with co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) ions heam hadi alkam dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al–haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:3/may/2017,accepted in:4/june/2017 abstract new bidentate schiff base ligand (l) namely [(z)-3-(2-oxoindolin-3ylildeneamino)benzoic acid] type (no) was prepared via condensation of isatin and 3-amino benzoic acid in ethanol as a solvent in existence of drops of (glac. ch3cooh). the new ligand (l) was characterized base on elemental microanalysis, ft-ir, uv-vis, 1 h-nmr spectra along with melting point. ligand complexes in general formula [m(l)2cl2]. h2o, where: m ii = co, cu, cd, and hg; l= c15h10 n2o3 were synthesized and identified by ft-ir, uv-vis, 1 h-nmr (for cd complex only) spectra, atomic absorption, chloride content along with molar conductivity and magnetic susceptibility. it was found that the ligand behaves as bidentate on complexation via (n) atom of imine group and (o) atom of carbonyl group of five member ring. the electronic spectral data and µeff values (co, cu) of the complexes exhibited octahedral geometry around co ii , cu ii , cd ii , hg ii metal ions. the results of antibacterial activity showed that only hg(ii) complex has high activity (35 mm) for staphylococcus aureas. keywords: schiff base, isatin, 3-aminobenzoic acid, complexes. chemistry |159 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction 1h-indol-2,3-dione (isatin) is an important substrate, where it can be used for preparing of a wide variety of heterocyclic compounds, such as indoles and a raw material for drug synthesis. isatin, due to its cis α-dicarbonyl moiety, is a good substrate for complexes formation, either alone or deprotonated, isatin was found in mammalian tissues[1]. a wide numbers of schiff bases and their complexes have been studied for significant class of ligand in coordination chemistry[2]. the structure and bonding of schiff bases complexes assist understanding the complexes. most of the biological systems possess metal ions in unsymmetrical environments. these structures can be modified through condensation with aldehyde and ketones[3-5]. isatin derivatives are reported to show many biological activities like antibacterial, antifungal, antiviral, anti-allergic and antiinflammatory activities[6-10]. the complexes of schiff bases of pyrazoline derivative have a diversity of applications in biological, analytical, pharmacological areas, and clinical[11]. in this paper we synthesized new schiff base from reacted isatin and 3-aminobenzoic acid and its complexes with co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii). experimental chemicals regent grade isatin, 3aminobenzoic acid were obtained from fluka and used as received while metal salt (cobalt chloride hexahydrate, cupper chloride dihydrate, cadmium chloride monohydrate and mercury dichloride. instruments the ir spectra for prepared compounds were recorded as kbr discs using a ft-ir tests can shimadzu (ft-ir) 8300 series spectrophotometer in range (4000 – 400 cm -1 ). electronic spectra were measured in region (200 – 1000 nm) for 10 -3 m solution in dmso at 25 ˚c using shimadzu 160 a spectrophotometer with 1.000 ≠ 0.001 cm matched quartz cell. elemental micro analysis were performed on a (c. h. n) analyzer from (elemental micro analyses, euro vector, model ea 3000 origin). 1 h-nmr spectra of prepared ligand (l) and cadmium complex were recorder in dmso-d6 using model: nmr ready pro 60 mhz, origin: canada and reported in ppm (s). electrical conductivity measurements of the complexes were recorded at 25 ˚c for 10 -3 m solution of the sample in dmso using eutech 150 conductivity meter. magnetic susceptibility measurement were obtained by balance magnetic susceptibility model msb mki. metal contents of all complexes were determined by atomic absorption technique by using shimadzu (aa 680 g). tg were obtained using apparatus type sta pt 1000 l1 nseis as the temperature range of 30 600 co, the measurement obtained in central laboratory. in addition melting points were obtained using (stuart melting point apparatus) type dig melt (msrs). synthesis of ligand (l) the ligand was synthesized by heating of 3aminobenzoic acid (0.137 g, 0.001 mol) and isatin (0.147 g, 0.001 mol) in 50 ml (c2h5oh) on aqueous bath for (3 4) hrs in existence of drops of (glac. ch3cooh)[12]. the resulting was yellow soiled which was filtered, washed with (c2h5oh) and recrystalized from ethanol, scheme (1), yield (90 %), m.p. (258 260) ˚c. chemistry |160 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis co(ll), cu(ll), cd(ll) and hg(ll) complexes (1 mmole) of metal chloride salt in (20 ml) of (c2h5oh) was mixed with (2 mmole) of new ligand (l) in (20 ml) of warm ethanol in round bottom flask, the ph of reaction mixture is regulated to (7.2). resulting reaction mixture is refluxed (1-2) hrs on water bath. the solid complex precipitated was filtered off, washed with ethanol and dried under vacuum to give metal complex, scheme (2). antimicrobial study of biological activity antimicrobial activities of the ligand and the complexes have been carried out against the pathogenic bacteria like escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus using nutrient agar medium by disc diffusion method. the test solution was prepared in dmso and soaked in filter paper of 5 mm diameter and 1 mm thickness. the discs were placed on the already seeded plates and incubated 37 ˚c for 24 hrs. the diameter (mm) of the inhibition zone around each disc was measured after 24 hrs. streptomycin was used as standard[13]. results and discussion new ligand (l) and its complexes [co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)] have been synthesized and identified by spectral measurements and elemental analytical data. they are stable in air. the elemental micro analysis results for the ligand and their metal complexes are in a good agreement with the calculated values. table (1) shows the stoichometry of the metal (ii) complexes and the molar conductance of 10 -3 m of the complexes in dmso solvent 25 ˚c measured. 1 h-nmr 1 h-nmr spectrum of ligand indicated signals at δ(6.18-7.74) ppm for aromatic protons (m, 7h, ar-h) and at δ(7.86) ppm assign to (nh) of isatin moiety. a medium at δ(10.96) ppm assignable (s, 1h) belongs to (oh) of carboxylic group, figure (1). in spectrum of co(ii) complex signals corresponding to ar-h have been shifted to lower region. signal of (nh) group shifted at δ(7.74) ppm to up field region [14], figure (2). a new signal due to presence of water molecules at δ(3.3) ppm is observed in cd(ii) complex[15]. ir spectra the ir spectrum of the free ligand (l) shows strong band at 3384 cm -1 refers to ѵ(o-h) stretching corresponding to carboxylic group, table (2). the stretching frequency of carbonyl ѵ(c=o) group at 1732 cm -1 in spectrum of ligand shifted to lower frequency in spectra of all complexes, figure (3). this shifting indicated the coordination between (o) atom of carbonyl group and metal ion[16]. the band at 1689 cm -1 in spectrum of free ligand attributed to ѵ(c=n) of imine group which was shifted to lower frequency region suggesting that this group was involved in coordination via (n) atom of imine group was involved in coordination[17,18]. similarly a band ѵ(n-h) stretching frequency at 3205 cm -1 in ligand remains unaffected in complex, figure (4) providing evidence for its non-coordination. a band at 3448 cm -1 , 3363 cm -1 , 3338 cm -1 , 3240 cm -1 in cd(ii), co(ii), cu(ii)[19] metal complexes refers to overlap band of hydrated water molecules and v(o-h) of carboxyl group. the appearance of new band in the spectra of cd(ii), co(ii), cu(ii) and hg(ii) metal complexes at range (567, 677, 606, 594) cm -1 due to and (487, 577, 471, 484) cm -1 due to ѵ(m-n)[20] and ѵ(m-o)[21] respectively. chemistry |161 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 electronic spectra and magnetic moment the electronic spectra of the new schiff base ligand (l), exhibited two peaks around 298 nm, 430 nm related to electronic transition for π-π*, n-π*[22,23]. the electronic spectrum of co(ii) complex, figures (5,6), table (3) showed two peaks at 297 nm, 412 nm due to ligand field. other three peaks at 613 nm 681 nm and 816 nm were found to be caused by (d-d) electronic transition type 4 t1g(f) → 4 t1g(p), 4 t1g(f) → 4 a2g(f) and 4 t1g(f) → 4 t2g(f) respectively[24]. the μeff value (4.86) b. m refers to high spin octahedral geometry around co(ii). the spectrum of cu(ii) complex gave absorption peak at 300 nm, 406 nm due to ligand field. the μeff value (1.72) b.m was a good evidence for octahedral formula. the peak at 700 nm was caused by electronic transition[25] 2 eg → 2 t2g. the (d-d) electronic transition of co(ii) and cu(ii) complexes were a good agreement with octahedral geometry around these ions[26]. the electronic spectra of cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes show two absorption peaks at (299 nm and 295 nm) and at (416 nm) due to intra-ligand this indicates no (d-d) electronic transition happened (d 10 -system) in visible region. these complexes are diamagnetic as expected, that is a good result for cd(ii) and hg(ii) octahedral geometry around this ions[27]. chloride content the chloride content measurement for all complexes, table (1) gave approximated values for theoretical values. antibacterial activity antibacterial activity of ligand and co, cu, cd and hg complexes against one strain of gram (+ ve) bacteria (staphylococcus aureus) and gram (-ve) bacteria (escherichia coli) were recorded. the results indicate only hg(ii) complex have a high activity (35 mm) for staphylococcus aureus. this can be attributed to an hg(ii) complex solution which have ability to solvate the fit layer of bacteria cell and destroy it, figure (7), table (4). thermal analysis studies the tga thermal analysis curves for [co(l)2cl2].h2o and [cd(l)2cl2].h2o data are listed in table (5), figure (8). the co(ii) complex decomposes in two steps. the first stage is the loss (h2o + cl + c8h5n2o) with mass losses of 15.7539 % (cacl= 16.1554%) within temperature range of ( 392.5 ˚c). the second step involves the loss of the organic fraction, (c7h6o2 + h2o + no + cl2 + nh + coo + co2h + n2 + c2h6 + c8h5n2o ) within the temperature range of (392.5-597.5) ˚c with mass losses of 49.7619 % (cacl= 53.838 %). the cd(ii) complex decomposes in three steps. stage one in the loss cl2 within the temperature range of ( 170 ˚c), within mass losses of 5.405 % (cac=5.1383 %). the two stages is the loss (cl2) within the temperature range of (170-330) ˚c within mass losses of 5.405 % (cacl= 5.20351 %). the final weight of the compound observed at 42.439 % (cacl= 44.9305 %) within temperature range of (330-595) ˚c. the cu(ii) complex decomposes in three steps. the first stage is the loss (cu) with mass losses of (cacl= 4721 %) within a temperature range of ( 215 ˚c) the second stage is loss (cuo + h2o + cl2 + n2 + c2h6 + c8h5n2o) within temperature range of (215-365) ˚c with mass losses of 42.8232 % (cacl= 42.2992 %), the final weight of the compound observed at 11.9019 % (cacl= 11.6367 %) within temperature range of (365-595) ˚c. the hg(ii) complexes decomposes in three steps. stage one is the loss (h2o) within the temperature range of ( 100 ˚c) with mass losses of 1.2847 % (cacl= 1.50742 %). the chemistry |162 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 stage two is the loss (hgo + cooh + no + c6h6 + c8h5n2o + cl2 + h2o + nh + hg + c7h5o2) within the temperature range of (100-347.5) ˚c with mass losses of 67.0949 % (cacl= 79.023 %). the final is the losses (c7h6o2) within the temperature range of (347.5592.5) ˚c with mass losses of 15.5315 % (cacl= 16.8217 %). the difference in the calculation in observe of the residue weight may be related to the sublimation up on thermal decomposition[28]. conclusion in this research, we have reported the synthesis of new schiff base ligand achieved from the reaction of isatin and 3aminobenzoic acid and then prepared its complexes with [co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)]. the structure of the ligand and its prepared complexes were confirmed via ft-ir, u.v-visible, 1 h-nmr, elemental micro analysis, thermal analysis and chloride content. the ligand behaves as bidentate ligand with metal ions through its (n) atom of azomethine group and (o) atom of carbonyl group of five member ring, forming octahedral geometry around [co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii)]. references 1de silva, j.f.m.; garden, s.j. and pinto, a.c., (2001), “the chemistry of isatins: a review from 1975 to 1999”, j . braz. chem. soc., 12(3), 273-324. 2tarfder, m.h.; saravanan, n.; crouse, k.a. and ali, a.m., (2001), “coordination chemistry and biological activities of ni(ii) and cu(ii) ion complexes with nitrogen sulphur donor ligands derived forms benzyl it”, transition metal chemistry, 26, 613-618. 3ismail, k.z.; el dissouky, a. and shehada, a.z., (1997), “spectroscopic and magnetic studies on some copper(ii) complexes of antipyrine schiff base derivative”, polyhedron, 16, 2909-2916. 4singh, l.; sharma, a. and sindhu, s.k., (1999), “structure and bonding od some newly synthesized complexes of lanthanide(iii) complexes of 4-[n-pdimethylaminobenzalidene)amino] antipyrine”, asian j. chem., 11, 1445-1450. 5shankar, g.; premkumar, r.r. and ramalingam, s.k., (1986), “4-aminoantipyrine schiffbase complexes of lanthanide and uranyl ions”, polyhedron, 15(4), 991-994. 6aliasghar, j.; dariush, k.; erik, d.c.; chanaz, s. and jean, m.b., (2007), “synthesis, antibacterial, antifungal and antiviral activity evaluation of some new bisschiff bases of isatin and their derivatives”, j. molecules, 12, 1720-1730. 7sharma, v.k.; ankita, s. and shipra, s., (2006), “synthetic, structural and antifungal studies of coordination compounds of ru(iii), rh(iii) and ir(iii) with tetradentate schiff base”, j. serb. chem. soc., 71(8-9), 917-928. 8periyasamy, s.; narayanan, m.; markandavel, c.; robert, w.s.; miles, k.w. and donald, f.s., (2006), “anti-influenza virus activities of 4-[(1,2-dihydro-z-oxo-3h-indol-3ylidene)amino]-n-(4,6-dimethyl-2-pyrimidin-2-yl)benzenesulphonamide and its derivatives”, int. med. press., 17, 1-6. 9sarangapani, m. and roddy, v.m., (1977), “pharmacological screening of isatin-[n-(2alkyl benzoxazole-5carbonyl)]hydrazones”, indian j. pharm. sci., 59, 101-105. 10chinnasamy, r.p.; sundarajan, r. and gorindaraj, s., (2010), “synthesis, characterization and anti-inflammatory activity of novel schiff base of isatin derivatives”, int. j. pharm. sci. bio., 1(2), 105-112. 11raman, n.; thalamuthu, s.; dhaveethuraja, j.; neelakandan, m.a. and banrjee, s., (2008), “dna cleavage and antimicrobial activity studies on transition metal(ii) complexes of 4-aminoantipyrine derivative”, j. chilean chem. soc., 53(1), 1450-1454. chemistry |163 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 12suresh, m.s. and prakash, v., (2010), “preparation and characterization of cr(iii), mn(ii), co(iii), ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) and cd(ii) chelates of schiff's base derived from vanillin and 4aminoantipyrine”, int. phys. sci., 5(14), 2203-2211. 13raman, n.; raja, j.d. and sakthivel, a., (2007), “synthesis, spectral characterization of schiff base transition metal complexes: dna cleavage and antimicrobial activity studies”, j. chem. sci., 119(4), 303-310. 14halli, m.b.; qureshi, z.q.; reddy, p.v.; jumanal, b.a. and patil, v.b., (2008), “synthesis, characterization and spectral studies of metal(ii) complexes with benzofuran-2-carbohydrazide schiff bases”, j. ind. council chem., 25(1), 1-6. 15pingalkar, s.r. and deshpande, m.n., (2007), “synthesis and characterization of first innertransition metal complexes with 2-propyl pyridine-4-carbothioamide”, oriental j. of chem., 23(1), 265-270. 16sari, n.; gurkan, p.; cete, s. and sakiyan, i., (2006), “synthesis, potentiometric and antimicrobial activity studies on dl-amino acids-schiff bases and their complexes”, russian j. of coordination chem., 32(7), 511-517. 17kriza, a.; parnau, c.; popa, n. and rosu, t., (2004), “controlled synthesis i. reaction of sn(iv) and zr(iv) with schiff bases derived from 1-h-indol-2,3-dione and diamines”, analele universitatii din bucuresti chimie, anul xiii (serie noua), i-ii, 179-183. 18subudhi, b.b.; panda, p.k.; bhatta, d. and jena, a., (2009), “anticonvulsant and antimicrobial activity of cu(ii), zn(ii) and co(ii) complex of isatin 3-glycine”, iranian journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 5(2), 83-88. 19el-ajaily, m.m.; el-moshaty, f.i.; el-zweay, r.s. and maihub, a.a., (2009), “new co(iii) mixed ligand complexes effect on the germination and root length of wheat”, int. j. of chem. tech. research, 1(1), 80-87. 20kumar, b.; prasad, k.k. and srivastawa, s.k., (2010), “synthesis of oxygen bridged complexes of cu(ii) or ni(ii) salicylaldoxime with alkali metal salts of some organic acids and studies on their antimicrobial activities”, oriental j. of chem., 26(4), 1413-1418. 21malik, s.; ghosh, s. and jain, b., (2010), “synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of zn(ii) complex of chemotherapeutic importance”, arch. appl. sci. res., 2(2), 304-308. 22manjula, b. and antony, s.a. (2013) “arsenic induced biochemical changes in p erna viridis as potential biomarkers in metal pollution”, asian journal of biochemical and pharmaceutical research, 3, 168-178. 23sabaa, m. w.; mohamed, r.r. and oraby, e.h., (2009), “vanillin-schiff’s bases as organic thermal stabilizers and co-stabilizers for rigid poly(vinyl chloride)”, european polymer journal, 45(11), 3072-3080. 24lever, a.b.p., (1984), “inorganic electronic spectroscopy”, 2 nd ed., new york, pp. 230-235. 25guany, p. x.y. and guang, p.f., (2002), “synthesis and electrochemical studies of phenyl azo substituted tetraaza macrocyclic complexes of ni(ii)”, j. med. gen. mede, 22(3), 6-8. 26raman, n.; sobha, s. and selvaganapathy, m., (2012), “probing the dna binding mode of transition metal based biologically active compounds: validation by spectroscopic methods”, international journal of pharma and bio sciences, 3(1), 251-267. 27al-shihri, a.s., (2004), “synthesis, characterization and thermal analysis of some new transition metal complexes of a polydentate schiff base”, spectrochimica acta, part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy, 60(5), 1189-1192. 28he, y.; zhong, c.; yu, z. and zhang, h.a., (2009), “synthesis and luminescent properties of novel cu(ii), zn(ii), polymeric complexes based 1,10-phenanthroine and biphenyl groups”, j. chem. sci., 121(4), 407-412. chemistry |164 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): analytical and physical data of ligand (l) and its complexes compounds m. wt yield% colure m. p. ˚c found % (calculated %) c h n metal cl (l) = c15n2o3h10 266 60 yellow 260 -258 67.669 (67.391) 3.759 (4.102) 10.526 (10.029) [co(l)2cl2].h2o 680 70 green ˃300 52.941 (51.531) 3.235 (2.224) 8.235 (7.068) 8.676 (7.818) 10.441 (9.232) [cu(l)2cl2].h2o 684 65 reddish brown ˃300 52.593 (50.310) 3.214 (2.021) 8.181 (7.131) 9.276 (8.341) 10.372 (9.462) [cd(l)2cl2].h2o 733.5 76 yellow ˃300 49.079 (48.022) 2.999 (1.481) 7.934 (6.089) 15.337 (14.013) 9.679 (8.614) [hg(l)2cl2].h2o 821 71 yellow ˃300 43.848 (42.781) 2.679 (1.031) 6.820 (5.793) 24.360 (23.679) 8.647 (7.375) table (2): infrared spectral data of ligand and their co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) metal complexes compounds v(oh), ѵ(h2o) v(c=o) amide v(c=c) arom. v(c=n) v(n-h) v(m-n) v(m-o) l 3384 1732 1583,1458 1689 3205 498 561 [co(l)2cl2].h2o 3363 1714 1581,1446 1612 3072 677 577 [cu(l)2cl2].h2o 3240 1701 1560,1516 1595 3075 606 471 [cd(l)2cl2].h2o 3338 1712 1595,1556 1666 3066 567 486 [hg(l)2cl2].h2o 3448 1724 1547,1452 1670 3070 594 484 chemistry |165 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (3): electronic spectral data of ligand and metal complexes geometrical formula μeff b.m transition ε (l. mol -1 .cm -1 ) v (cm -1 ) (nm)λ compounds *ππ *πn 7842 2394 00332 70732 298 803 l oh 4.86 l.f l.f t1g(f) → 4 t1g(f) 8 t1g(f) → 4 a2g(f) 8 4 t1g(f) → 4 t2g(f) 7802 0022 22 20 2 00223 78727 02000 08248 07733 792 807 200 240 402 [co(l)2cl2].h2o distorted oh .720 l.f l.f eg → 2 t2g 7 0904 847 27 00000 78203 08742 033 832 233 [cu(l)2cl2].h2o oh l.f l.f 7729 0792 00883 78304 799 802 [cd(l)2cl2].h2o oh l.f l.f 7090 0374 00494 78304 793 802 [hg(l)2cl2].h2o table (4): the inhibition zone of ligand and co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes staphylococcus aureus escherichia coli compound l [co(l)2cl2].h2o [cu(l)2cl2].h2o 24 [cd(l)2cl2].h2o 03 74 [hg(l)2cl2].h2o control table (5): thermal analysis data of co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes complexes mass loss % observed (calculated) temperature ˚c [co(l)2cl2].h2o 16.1554 (15.7539) 53.838 (49.7619) r.t 392 392.5 597.5 [cu(l)2cl2].h2o 5.47215 (5.0217) 42.2992 (42.823) 11.6367 (11.9019) r.t 215 215-365 365-595 [cd(l)2cl2].h2o 5.13834 (5.405) 5.20351 (5.405) 44.9405 (42.439) r.t 170 170-330 330-595 [hg(l)2cl2].h2o 1.50742 (1.2847) 69.623 (67.0949) 16.8217 (15.5315) r.t 100 100-347.5 347.5-592.5 chemistry |166 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (1): 1 h-nmr spectrum of ligand (l) figure (2): 1 h-nmr spectrum of cd(ii) complex figure (3): ft-ir spectrum of ligand (l) chemistry |167 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (6): electronic spectrum of co(ii) complex figure (4): ft-ir spectrum of cd(ii) complex figure (5): electronic spectrum of ligand (l) chemistry |168 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (7): antibacterial activity of ligand and co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes figure (8): thermal analysis of co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ll) complexes chemistry |169 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1610 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 n h c c o o nh2 cooh 3 drops of glacial acetic acid n h c c n o cooh (l) (z)-3-(2-oxoindolin-3-ylideneamino)benzoic acid + scheme (1): synthesis route of the ligand (l) n h c c n o cooh h n c c n o hooc m m= co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) cl cl n h c c n o cooh (l) (z)-3-(2-oxoindolin-3-ylideneamino)benzoic acid 2 + mcl2.xh2o h2oethanol reflux scheme (2): synthesis route of co(ii), cu(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 103 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 synthesis and characterization of transition metals ions complexes with 2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one schiff base as ligand sinan midhat al-bayati anaam majeed rasheed enas zuhair mohammed zeina kudair hassan amjad chali amal mohammed hussein dept. of chemistry/ college of science/al-mustansiriyah university received in:21/december/2015,accepted in:30/march/2016 abstract mn(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), and cr(iii) metal complexes with the ligand (l) [3-(2nitro benzylidene) amino-2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one] have been prepared and characterized in their solid state using the elemental micro analysis (c.h.n.s), flame atomic absorption, uv-vis spectroscopy, ft-ir, magnetic susceptibility measurements, and electrical molar conductivity. the ratio of metal to ligand [m:l] was got for all complexes in the ethanol by using the molar ratio method, which produced comparable results with those results obtained for the solid complexes. from the data of all techniques, octahedral geometry was proposed for cr(iii), mn(ii), and co(ii) complexes, while tetrahedral structure was proposed for ni(ii), cu(ii) complexes. keywords: synthesis, characterization, bidentate schiff base, transition metal complexes. chemistry | 104 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction many schiff base compounds of thiosemicarbazones and their complexes have been widely used and applied in biological, analytical, and pharmaceutical activities [1-3]. studies of many imidazol derivatives and their important heterocyclic complexes have been examined for their important biological activities like antibacterial, antifungal, anti-inflammatory, and analgesic [4]. however, these compounds have been variously used in the spectrophotometric determination of the metal ions. therefore, many of those reagents give intense colors when react with the ions of transition metal [5]; providing probes that some of them can coordinate to rare earth ions also, forming the metal complexes whose interesting structures [6]. in the present paper, the preparation of schiff base derivative [3-(2-niro benzylidene) amino -2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one] (l) was used as ligand that provides two sites “potential donor” to produce some transition metal ions. (l) ligand and its complexes have been completely characterized. experimental all the used chemicals were analytical annular and were highly pure. the physical measurements and analysis the melting points were measured using gallen kamp melting point instrument and were uncorrected. while, ft-ir spectrum was measured using shimadzu-8300 spectrophotometer at the range (4000-400 cm -1 ). uv-vis. spectrum was recorded on uv-1650-pc-shimadzu spectrophotometer at room temperature. furthermore, all these measurements were measured on a concentration of 10 -3 m of the complex in absolute ethanol as a solvent. the elemental (c.h.n.s) analysis was performed on an em-017 mth instrument. the atomic absorption of the prepared complexes was measured using “shimadzu atomic absorption 680 flame” spectrophotometer. moreover, the conductivity measurements were recorded on w.t.w. conductivity meter. all these measurements were got in “dmf” as a solvent using the concentration of (10 -3 m) at 25 o c. the measurements of magnetic susceptibility were got at 25 o c in solid state using faraday’s method at “bruker bm6” instrument. synthesis 1synthesis of 2-nitro benzylidene thiosemicarbazone (1) a mixture of compound 2-nitro benzaldehyde (1.51 g, 0.01 mole) with thiosemicarbazide (0.91 g, 0.01 mole) was refluxed for 4 hrs. in the absolute ethanol (20 ml), the solvent was segregated, the solid product was collected and crystalized [7]. 2synthesis of [3-(2-nitrobenzylidene) amino-2thioxoimidaz-olidin-4one] (2) mixture of the compound (1) (2.24 g, 0.01 mole) and (1.22 g, 0.01 mol) of ethylchloroacetate in (30 ml) of absolute ethanol and then sodium acetate (0.03 mole) was added. afterwards, the mixture refluxed for 20 hrs. and cooled down to room temperature. the resulting solid recrystallized, and the prepared ligand physical properties are described in (table 1). the structure of the proposed ligand is shown in scheme (1). chemistry | 105 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 3synthesis of complexes (c1-c5): ethanol solution of each one of the following quantities of the metal ion salts (1mmol) (0.266, 0.198, 0.238, 0.237, 0.170) g of [crcl3.6h2o, mncl2.4h2o, cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, and cucl2.2h2o] was respectively added to ethanol solution (1mmole, 0.264 g) of (l) with continuous stirring. the mixture then heated with reflux for 2 hrs. over this time, a precipitate starts forming, which was filtered, washed with water, recrystallized from the ethanol, and then dried using the oven at 50 o c for one hour. the prepared complexes physical data are shown in (table 1). results and discussion characterization of ligand (l) along its complexes was achieved by: (a) the elemental micro analysis (l) and its metal complexes physical and analytical data are shown in (table 1), which came in satisfactory agreement with the calculated values. the suggested molecular (formulas) are also supported with the subsequent spectra and the molar ratio, besides the magnetic moment. (b) studying the formation of complex in solution (l) complexes with the metal ions were thoroughly studied in the solution using the ethanol as a solvent to determine the ratio of [m:l] in the complex by depending the molar ratio method [8, 9]. a number of solutions were prepared whose a constant concentration (10 -3 m) for metal ion and (l). the ratio of [m:l] was set depending on the relationship between the light absorption and the [m:l] mole ratio. the complexes results of formation in solution suggested [1:1] metal to ligand for [c1-c5] that were comparable to those got in the study of solid state, (table 1). (c) 1 h-nmr spectra the spectrum data of the free ligand (l) in dmso-d6 solution was reported along with the possible assignments in experiment. the nmr spectrum of the proton showed peaks at (8.8) ppm (s, 1h, n=ch), (7.9-8.2) ppm (s, 4h, phenyl-no2), (4.1-4.2) ppm (m, -ch2), and (12.3) ppm (1h, bs, nh) [11]. the number of protons calculated from integration curves and the recorded chemical shifts in (figure 1) reveal the proposed structure of the formed ligand (l). (d) infrared spectroscopic study ft-ir spectra provided good information about complex behavior of the ligand with varied metal ions. the distinctive frequencies of the ligand and its metal complexes have been assigned in comparison to the values found in literature [10]. the structure of the ligand was affirmed by υ(c=o, c=s) imidazole stretching vibrations presence at (1728, 1201) cm -1 besides the band that appeared at (1631) cm -1 due to the azomethine group υ(c=n) [11], (table 2), (figure 2). with all complexes (c1-c5), the ligand (l) behaves as bidentate that coordinate to metal ion throw carbonyl imidazole oxygen and the azomethine group nitrogen; so the bands of (υc=o, and υc=n) were consequently shifted to lower frequencies [12], but the band at (1201) cm -1 of υc=s mode remained without change in all complexes, (table 2). moreover, these observations were indicated by (υm-n, υm-o and υm-cl) appearance at (543-536) cm -1 , (470-455) cm -1 and (316-324) cm -1 respectively [12], (table 2). also, there is a broad band observed nearly at (3464-3406)cm -1 and weak band range at (952 chemistry | 106 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 940) cm -1 in the complexes spectra that assigned to a (υo-h) suggested water molecules presence in the complexes [11], (figure 3). (e) studying of electronic spectra, magnetic moment, conductance: the ligand (l) uv spectrum mostly showed two intense absorption peaks at 48543cm -1 and 34482 cm -1 , which belong to π→ π*, and n→ π* respectively [11], (table 3), (figure 4). the ligand metal complexes electronic spectra were measured for their solution in the absolute ethanol at the range (200-1100) nm, whereas the molar conductance was measured in dimethyl formamide (dmf) as a solvent. [cr(l)(h2o)2cl2]cl: the electronic spectrum of chromium (iii) complex showed three absorption peaks in the region (15408, 21691, and 28571) cm -1 , respectively, which attributed to ( 4 a2g→ 4 t2g(f), 4 a2g→ 4 t1g(f), and 4 a2g→ 4 t1g(p)) transitions. these peaks positions are in a good agreement with octahedral geometry that are reported [13]. additionally, the magnetic moment µeff., which is measured at room temperature was (3.82 b.m) that reveals high-spin inner-orbital octahedral stereo chemistry for the ligand around cr(iii) metal ion [14], (figure 6). furthermore, the conductivity in (dmf) demonstrated that the complex is ionic [1:1], (table 3). [mn(l)(h2o)2cl2]: the electronic spectrum of mn(ii) complex showed absorption bands at (16891, 27173) cm -1 due to the transitions 6 a1g→ 4 t1g(g) , 6 a1g→ 4 t2g(d), respectively, indicating octahedral geometry [15]. the measured magnetic moment µeff. of mn(ii) complex is (5.18 b.m) which corresponds to five unpaired electronic indicates high-spin octahedral environment [16], (table 3). measuring the conductivity in (dmf) demonstrated that this complex has non-conductive behavior, (figure 7). [co(l)(h2o)2cl2]: the electronic spectrum of co(ii) complex showed three peaks at (14858, 16528, and 30303) cm -1 assignable to 4 t1g→ 4 a2g(f), 4 t1g→ 4 t1g(p), and c.t transitions, respectively, (table 3), (figure 5) for an octahedral geometry [17]. moreover, the magnetic moment µeff. of this complex in the sold state (4.50 b.m) suggests a high-spin octahedral geometry [18]. furthermore, measuring the conductivity in (dmf) demonstrated that this complex has a non-conductive behavior, (figure 7). [ni(l)(h2o)cl]: the electronic spectra of ni(ii) complex appears at (32786) cm -1 and this attributed to the charge transfer transition (c.t). in addition, the other peak which appears at (27397 cm -1 ) can be attributed to to ( 3 t1→ 1 t2) electronic transition, what suggests a tetrahedral geometry [19] around ni ion. the magnetic measurement µeff. of the solid complex (3.21 b.m) demonstrated two unpaired electrons for ni(ii) ion which again suggests a tetrahedral geometry for ni(ii) complex [20]. measuring the conductivity in (dmf) shows that this complex is ionic [1:1], (table 3), (figure 8). [cu(l)(h2o)cl]cl: the electronic spectra of co(ii) complex demonstrated a peak at (3205) cm -1 which refers to (c.t) transition, while the peak that appears at (12658) cm -1 is attributed to ( 2 t→ 2 e) electronic transition. however, these transitions indicate that the complex has a tetrahedral geometry [21, 22]. moreover, the value of measuring the magnetic moment is (1.87 b.m), what corresponds to one unpaired electron. furthermore, measuring the conductivity in (dmf) demonstrated that the complex has electrolyte behavior [1:1], (table 3), (figure 8). chemistry | 107 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 suggested structure for the complexes [c1-c5] according to the obtained results from the elemental and spectral analyses, besides measuring the magnetic moment and conductivity, the above mentioned compounds suggested structures can be explained as follows: figure(6), figure(7) and figure(8). references 1. konstantinovic s. s.; rodovanovic b. c. and soviij s. p., (2008), “antimicrobial activity of some isatin-3-thiosemicarbazone complexes”, j. serb. chem. soc., 73(1) :7-13. 2. shayma, a. s., (2010), “synthesis, spectral and magnetic studies of newly mixed ligand complexes of 4-formyl acetanilide thiosemicarbazone and 3,4dihydroxy-cinnamic acid with some metal ions”, accepted in journal of chemistry, (in press), 7(5). 3. carolin, s., hashim, and mahasin f. alias, (2012), “synthesis, spectroscopic study of pt(iv), au(iii), rh(iii), co(ii), and v(iv) complexes with sodium [5(p-nitro phenyl)-4-phenyl-1,2,4-triazole-3-dithiocarbamato hydrazide] and cytotoxicity assay on rhabdomyosarcom a cell line of heavy metals”, j. baghdad for sci., 9(4) :668-679. 4. patel, a., bari s.; talele, g.; patel j., and sarangapani m., (2006), "synthesis and antimicrobial activity of some new isatin derivatives", iranian journal of pharmaceutical research, 4 :249-254. 5. al-hasani, r. m.; al-abodi., a. k., and kadem, s. a., (2009), "synthesis, structural study, and antibacterial activity of pd(ii), ru(iii), rh(iii), au(iii) and pt(iv) complexes of 4-nitro-3-{[4-(4-hydroxy phenyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro1h-imidazol-1-yl]imino}-1,3-dihydro-2h-indol-2-one", journal of al-nahrain university, 12(2) :35-45. 6. smit, b. j., and pavlovic, r. z., (2013), “synthesis, characterization and cytotoxicity of palladium(ii) complex of 3-[(2-hydroxybenzylidene) amino]-2thioxoimidazolidin-4-one”, j. serb. chem. soc., jscs-4410, 78(2) :217-227. 7. abd el-fattah, m. e.; soliman, a. h., and abd allah, h. h., (2010), in proceedings of the 14 th international electronic conference on synthetic organic chemistry (ecsoc-14), cd-rom, mdpi, basel, abstract no. b024. 8. skooge, d. a., (1988), "fundamentals of analytical chemistry", 5 th ed., new york. 9. douglas, a. s.; donald m. n.; holler f. j.; crouch s. r., and chen s. c., (2011), “introduction to analytical chemistry”, case bound, 1 st ed. 10. nakamoto, k., (1997), "infrared of inorganic and coordination compounds", 6 th ed., john-wiely inc., new york, london. chemistry | 108 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 11. silverstein, r. m.; bassler g. c., and morrill t. g., (1988), "spectrometric identification of organic compounds", 5 th ed., john-wiley and sons inc., new york. 12. nakamoto, k., (2009), "infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds", john wiley and sons inc., new jersey. 13. sutton, d., (1968), "electronic spectra of transition metal complexes", 1 st ed., mc.graw-hill publishing, london. 14. burger, k., (1973), "coordination chemistry, experimental methods”, bult/worths and co. publishers ltd., london. 15. figgis, b. n., and hitchman m. a., (2000), "ligand field theory and its application", wiley-vch, new york, singapore, toronto. 16. solomon, e. i., and lever a. b. p., (2006), “inorganic electronic structure and spectroscopy: applications and case studies”, (ii), john wiley and sons inc., new york, chster, singapore, toronto. 17. nichollas, d., (1973), "the chemistry of iron, cobalt and nickel", pergamun press, oxford. 18. mohammed, g. g.; omer m. m., and hindy a. m., (2006), “metal complexes of schiff base: preparation, characterization, and biological activity”, turk j. chem., 30 :361-382. 19. satyanayane d. n., (2001), “electronic absorption spectroscopy and related techniques”, universities press, hyderabad. 20. mahmoud, n. al-jiboun and omar h. al-obaidi, (2013), “preparation, characterization, and theoretical study of metal complexes derived from n5 acyclic ligand”, american journal of applied chemistry, 1(3) :37-42. 21. cotton, f. a., and wilkison g., (1988), "advanced inorganic chemistry", 3 rd ed., 725, wiley interscience. 22. ajaykumar, k.; sangamesh p., and prema b., (2009), "electrochemical properties of some transition metal complex: synthesis, characterization of in-vitro antimicrobial studies of co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), mn(ii), complexes", int. j. electrochem. sci., 4 :717-729. chemistry | 109 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (1): ligand (l) and its metal complexes physical data compound no. color m. p. o c m.wt g/mol m:l in etoh %elemental analysis found (calc.) metal m% found (calc.) suggest formula c h n s (l) light brown 197 264 45.15 (45.45) 3.40 (3.03) 21.45 (21.21) 12.38 (12.12) c10h8n4o3s c1 green 247d* 458.5 1:1 26.51 (26.17) 2.33 (2.61) 12.00 (12.21) 6.68 (6.98) 11.97 (11.34) [cr(l)(h2o)2cl2]c l c2 pale brown 280d* 426 1:1 28.62 (28.16) 2.57 (2.81) 13.48 (13.14) 7.59 (7.51) 12.40 (12.91) [mn(l)(h2o)2cl2] c3 dark green 275d* 430 1:1 27.46 (27.90) 2.35 (2.79) 13.41 (13.02) 7.64 (7.44) 13.23 (13.72) [co(l)(h2o)2cl2] c4 yellow 202d* 411.7 1:1 29.40 (29.14) 2.69 (2.42) 13.28 (13.60) 7.39 (7.77) 14.02 (14.25) [ni(l)(h2o)cl]cl c5 green 270d* 416.5 1:1 28.53 (28.81) 2.48 (2.40) 13.09 (13.44) 7.46 (7.68) 15.66 (15.24) [cu(l)(h2o)cl]cl d*= decomposition. chemistry | 110 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (2): ligand (l) and its metal complexes characteristic stretching vibration frequencies (cm -1 ) located in the ft-ir compound no. υc=o υc=n υc=s m-o m-n m-cl (l) 1728 1631 1201 c1 1627 1562 1201 543 470 320 c2 1627 1566 1207 543 474 324 c3 1643 1566 1203 536 462 316 c4 1647 1570 1203 540 455 320 c5 1627 1566 1203 543 455 316 table (3): ligand (l) and its metal complexes (c1-c3) electronic spectra, conductance in (dmf) and magnetic moment (b.m) compound no. bands cm -1 assignment molar cond. ohm -1 .cm 2 .mol -1 eff. b.m suggested structure (l) 48543 34482 * * c1 15408 21691 28571 4 a2g → 4 t2g(f) 4 a2g → 4 t1g(f) 4 a2g → 4 t1g(p) 70.62 3.82 octahedral c2 16891 27173 6 a1g → 4 t1g(g) 6 a1g → 4 t2g(d) 19.35 5.18 octahedral c3 14858 16528 30303 4 t1g → 4 a2g(f) 4 t1g → 4 t1g(p) c.t 16.48 4.50 octahedral c4 27397 32786 3 t1 → 1 t2 c.t 87.94 3.21 tetrahedral c5 12658 32051 2 t → 2 e c.t 76.25 1.87 tetrahedral chemistry | 111 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (1): the 1 h-nmr spectrum of the ligand (l) chemistry | 112 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 f ig u r e (2 ): l ig a n d (l ) f t -ir s p e c tr a chemistry | 113 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 f ig u r e (3 ): c r c o m p le x f t -ir s p e c tr a chemistry | 114 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure (4): ligand (l) electronic spectrum figure (5): co complex electronic spectrum chemistry | 115 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 n no2 cr n n h s o cl cl oh2 h2o cl figure (6): octahedral stereo chemical structure suggested for cr(iii) complex [cr(c10h8n4o3s)(h2o)2cl2]cl n no2 m n n h s o cl cl oh2 h2o m=mn(ii, or co(ii) figure (7): octahedral stereo chemical structure suggested for m(ii) complex [m(c10h8n4o3s)(h2o)2cl2] n no2 m n n h s o cl oh2 cl m=ni(ii, or cu(ii) figure (8): tetrahedral stereo chemical structure suggested for m(ii) complex [m(c10h8n4o3s)(h2o) cl ]cl chemistry | 116 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 + o h no2 nh2 nh cnh2 s etoh absolute reflux 4 hrs. ch nh no2 nh c nh2 s (1) clch 2 cooet reflux 20 hrs. ch 3 coo na + ch n no2 n c nh s o .. (2) (l) .. scheme (1): general steps of preparation of ligand (l) chemistry | 117 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبن انهٍثى نهعهىو انظزفت و انخطبٍمٍت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 يوَات انعُاصر أالَحقانيه نهيكُذ جحضير وجشخيص يعقذات بعض انًعقذات أل أوٌ كقواعذ شف-4-ثايوأوكسوإيادازونذيٍ-2 سُاٌ يذحث انبياجي أَعاو يجيذ رشيذ إيُاس زهير يحًذ زيُة خضير حسٍ غانيأيجاد أيم يحًذ حسيٍ لسى انكًٍٍاء/ كهٍت انعهىو/ انجايعت انًسخنظزٌت 3122/ارار/41,قبم في:3122/كاَوٌ األول/32اسحهى في: انخالصــة حضز وشخض انهٍكانذ [3-(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino-2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one] ( ii( واننحاس )iiاننٍكم ),( iiنج )اانكىب,( iiانًنغنٍز ),( iiiويعمذاحه يع بعض أٌىناث عناطز انكزوو ) ( c.h.n.s)انذري انههبً وانخحهٍم انذلٍك نهعناطز االيخظاصانطزائك انفٍزٌائٍت انًناسبت يثم حمنٍت باسخعًال اسٍتانحسو لٍاساث انخىطٍهٍت انكهزبائٍتإضافتً إنى انًزئٍت -فىق انبنفسجٍتاألشعت األشعت ححج انحًزاء و طٍفو ووجذ أنها يسخمزة عنذ اننسب وعٍنج اننسبت انًىنٍت بٍن انهٍكانذ وانفهز باسخعًال طزٌمت اننسب انًىنٍت .انًغناطٍسٍت نج, أيا يعمذي اانشكم ثًانً انسطىح نًعمذاث انكزوو وانًنغنٍز وانكىب ألخزح. ين انخحانٍم انسابمت [1:1]انًىنٍت ً انسطىح.لخزح انشكم رباعااننٍكم واننحاس فمذ حخهٍك حشخٍض لىاعذ شف ثنائٍت أنسن يعمذاث انعناطز االنخمانٍت. انكهًات انًفحاحية: 16 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. study the influence of antimony dopant and annealing on structural, optical and hall parameters of aginse2 thin film abstract sb-dopedaginse2 (ais: 3%sb)thin films were synthesized by thermal evaporation with a vacuum of 7*10-6torr on glass with (400+20) nm thickness. x-ray diffraction was used to show that sb atoms were successfully incorporated into the aginse2 lattice. then the thin films are annealed in air at 573 k. xrd shows that thin films ais pure, ais: 3%sb and annealing at 573 k are polycrystalline with tetragonal structure with preferential orientation (112).raise the crystallinity degree. the absorption spectra revealed that the average absorption was more than 60% at the wavelength range of 400–700 nm. uv/visible measure shows the lowering in energy gap to 1.4 ev forais: 3%sb at 573 kt his energy gap making these samples suitable for photovoltaic application, the electric property was better when aginse2: 3%sb at 573 k , thin films were of donor type and the concentration of electrons in them increased with increasing sb doped and annealing temperature. keywords: aginse2, antimony, ais: 3%sb thin films, xrd, optical parameters. 1. introduction the chalcopyrite thin films likeaginse2 which have tetragonal crystallizes and is a crystal structure for aibiiic2vi where (a= ag, cu, b= ga, al, in and c= se, s, te). these compounds are analogs to binary zinc blend ii-vi. silver-based chalcopyrite semiconductor has as better candidates for solar cell fabrication [1]. ternary silver indium diselenide (ais)is a typical ntype semiconductor[2,3] that possesses direct gap energy[4] lies between 0.8 and 2.0 ev [5] high optical absorption (_10−5 cm−1), (aginse2) is the best-promised absorber materials for photovoltaic cell [6]. in many works doping ais with different elements such as boron (b)doping on aginse2 by ion implantation and heat-treatment technique desired behaviors for photoconductive of the baginse2 thin film when 473k [7]. the influence of germanium(ge) doping on the aginse2 thin film properties has been studied with good optical transmittance spectra and the conductivity from type [2]. the electrical conductivity enhancements about ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi:10.30526/35.3.2824 article history: received, 6, march, 2022, accepted, 3, april, 2022, published in july 2022. suha nabeel sobhi department of physics, college of education for pure sciences-ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. soha.nabeel1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq bushra h. hussein department of physics, college of education for pure sciences-ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. boshra.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:soha.nabeel1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:boshra.h.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 17 three orders by doping tin (sn) in the ag sites in n-type, the increased conductivity for the films shows the sn in aginse2 film as better applicants for fabrication of p−n junction in pv [8]. found that the effects of zinc (zn) doping in aginse2 the fermi level tend to shift toward the conduction band when zn is a substitute for the ag and forms the active donor defects, increasing the carrier concentration nd and decreasing the lattice thermal conductivity by modifying the crystal structure [9]. several techniques used to fabrication ais, such as spray pyrolysis technique [10,11], reactive evaporation [8],pulsed electrodeposition technique [12]. co-evaporation [13], sol–gel spincoating technique [14]. hybrid sputtering/evaporation process [15]. dc magnetron sputtering[16], chemical bath deposition [17]. hot-press method [18]. thermal evaporation with different ion uences [19]. thermal evaporation with annealing [20].electrodeposition process [21].bridgman technique[22]. simple chemical method [23]. the crystal structure of ais is tetragonal structure chalcopyrite with the lattice constant a =b= 6.102 a° and c = 11.69 a° [11]. aginse2 blended organic–inorganic solar cells were fabricated and obtained was efficiency of 0.2% [24] doping ofantimony (sb) in ais occupies the cation (ag or in) site, rather than the anion (se) site since the relative electronegativity of sb (2.05) compared to those of ag (1.93) or in (1.78) or se (2.55), the ionic radii is a major factor uses for choosing applicable contribution materials[23]. structural, optical and electrical properties of ais film could be controlled for example the ionic radius of antimony is close to the ionic radius of ag, in and se ions. sbis suitable dopant for ais because thesb ionic radii (0.9 å ) while ag +1 (1.29å) , in +3 (0.94å), se -4 (0.56å) [25,26]. this study aims to concentrate on the effect of (sb) doped on the optical structural properties and all effects of aginse2 film and the interconnection between these parameters. 2. experimental from highly purity (99.99%) of silver (ag) indium (in) and diselenide (se) elements with stoichiometric proportions (1:1:2) to prepare: 3%sb thin films, these elements were put in a quartz tube with a vacuum (4.5×10-4 mbar), these three elements heated up to (1100k)was higher than the melting temperature of aginse2 (1050 k) [19]. in an electric furnace for six hours in the end the alloy is left to cool to room temperature.ais: 3%sb thin films(pure and doped at 573k) were deposited by the thermal evaporation method(6×10-6 torr) on glass substrates with 400 nm thickness.3%sbdoping methods were carried out by using the thermal diffusion at 473 k in an electric furnace for 60 minutes. x-ray diffraction has been used to study the structure of these films by detailed 2ө from 20° to 80 °with intervals of 0.05°, scherer’s formula was used to calculate the crystalline size of the films [27, 28]: 𝐶. 𝑆 = 0.9𝜆 𝐵𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛳 (1) where 0.9 is the shape factor and b(fwhm). is the width of the diffraction peak at half maximum intensity. the optical interferometer method was used to determine the thickness of aginse2: 3%sb samples. optical properties of thin film preparation, transmission and absorption spectrums in the range between (400 to 1000) nm have been noted, and lambert law and tauc equation have been used to determine the absorption coefficientsαand the energy gap (egopt) respectively from the absorption spectrum [27,29]: αhυ = d (hυ – eg ) r (2) α = 2.303 a 𝐭 (3) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 18 where d is a constant depending on the temperature and the properties of the valence & conduction bands and α: the absorption coefficient, h the incident photon energy,r: is a parameter for the type of the optical transition. a: absorbance, t: thickness. optical constants such as k: extinction coefficient, n refractive index, real part εr& imaginary part εi of dielectric constant can be considered by the relations below: [30,31,32]: k = αλ 4π (4) n = [ 4r (r − 1)2 − k2]1/2 − (r + 1) (r − 1) (5) εr = n 2‒ k2 (6) εi = 2nk (7) the hall effectresults showed the type of thin film of aginse2: 3%sb has been calculated by the relations below[31]: rh = ( vh ix ) 𝑡 bz (8) p = 1 qrh (p − type) (9) n = −1 qrh (n − type) (10) when the hall coefficient (rh), electric current (ix) and hall voltage (vh), magnetic field (bz). 3. result and discussion: figure (1) displays xrd for aispure and aginse2: 3%sb doped at rt and 573 k when the thickness (400) nm deposition on glass substrates, all the samples show polycrystalline for films have tetragonal structural with main to distinguishable peak when 2θ ≈25.726o when the preferred orientation (112)[1,10]and anther peak appear at 2θ equal to 42.97 o when the orientation (204). table (1) show our study, the comparison with the icdd 00-038-0952 card standard value very good matched, the degree of crystalline increasing when aginse2: 3%sb dopant and annealing at 573 k.peak main intensity of (112) was increased with the addition of 3%sbcomparison with that for aginse2 and shifts approximately 3° to lower 2θ angle in comparison with that for aginse2 because that the sb atomic “radius” (0.9 å)smaller than that for in (0.94 å) and ag (1.29å). the increase of intensity refers to include of sb atom in the progress to the growth of crystallinity. no diffraction peak related to sb was observed from the xrd patterns. it was illustrated that sb ion replaces or enters the interstitials of ais as shown in the same table. the fwhm decreases with sb content added so subsequently the crystallite size is increased as calculated by equation (1). the effect of annealing at 573 k& 1h is similar to that of as-deposited thin films. however, annealed thin films show higher crystalline quality compared to as-deposited thin films this may be attributed to the nucleation formation. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 19 figure 1. xrdpattern for pure ais film, ais: 3%sb doped and aginse2: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k. table 1. data of xrd for pure aginse2 film, 3% (sb)and 3% (sb) at t=573 k. thin films d(std.) (å) d(exp.) (å) 2θ (std.) (deg.) 2θ (exp.) (deg.) hkl fwhm (deg.) c.s (nm) pure 3.46 3.4651 25.726 25.7 112 1.000 8.5149 2.103 2.1012 42.97 42.95 204 3% (sb) 3.46 3.4918 25.726 25.5 112 0.317 26.8505 2.103 2.0994 42.97 43.05 204 3% (sb) t=573 k 3.46 3.4373 25.726 25.9 112 0.231 36.8788 2.103 2.1092 42.97 42.85 204 figure (2)and table (2) show the optical properties and the effect of 3% (sb)and annealing 573k on transmittance and absorbance spectra of thin ais films in the range 400-1000 nm. it is observed that the absorbance of all thin films increases with decreasing the wavelength. this may be due to decreasing the corresponding transmittance with decreasing the wavelength. the type and value of optical energy gap (egopt) for ais, 3% (sb)and annealing at 573k thin films are determined using tauce equation (2), the allowed direct transitions occur in a thin film. this result agrees with r. panda et. al.[19]. the absorption coefficients (α) which were of order 104 in these films were calculated from the absorbance spectra. it is obvious from figure (3) that the energy gap decreased to 1.4(ev) which has significant for optoelectronic device applications. this behavior may be attributed to the advance in the film's crystallite size. the calculated energy gaps are listed in table (2). the value of the refractive index (n), the extinction coefficient (k) and the real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant (εr, εi) for ais thin film are calculated from equations (3-7). the calculated values of optical constant at the wavelength (λ) equal to 500nm are listed in table (2). the refractive index n is a significant parameter for optical material and application. the values of n decrease with doping 3% (sb)and annealing temperature (in the visible region) due to a decrease in the corresponding reflection and attributed to an increase in the carrier concentrations in ais thin film, this result agrees with suresh pal1et. al.[32].the extinction coefficient increases as seen in table (2) takes the same behavior as the absorption coefficient because the extinction coefficient is directly related to the absorption of the light as in equation (4). the fundamental electron excitation spectrum of the film was termed using the frequency dependency of the complex dielectric constant. the real (εr) and imaginary (εi) parts of the dielectric constant are related to the n and k values and the value of εr and εi at λ=500nm ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 20 decreases because the behavior of εr is similar to that of the n equation (6), while the behavior of εi is similar to that of k because it mainly depends on the k value equation (7). the effect of doping3% (sb) and annealing on the value of εi were smaller than that of the pure thin film, which indicates a small dielectric loss. figure 2. transmittance and absorption with wavelength for pureaginse2 film, ais: 3%sb doped and ais: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k. figure 3. the α vs. wavelength and (αhυ)2with hυ plot of as prepared pureaginse2 film, ais: 3%sb doped and ais: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 21 table 2.the optical parameters (eg opt, α, k, n, εr and εi )for pure ais film, aginse2: 3%sb doped and aginse2: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k.where λ=500nm thickness (400nm) egopt (ev) α×104 cm-1 n k εr εi pure 1.96 2.61 3.7 0.103 14 0.77 3% (sb) 1.75 3.58 2.55 0.14 6.52 0.72 3% (sb) t=573 k 1.4 4.8 1.62 0.19 2.79 0.64 figuer4.variation of refractive index, extinction coefficient, of the real and imaginary part of dielectric constant with wavelength for pure film, aginse2: 3%sb doped and aginse2: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 22 the type concentration of the charge carrier, resistivity and hall mobility for pure, 3%sb doped and aginse2: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k thin films have been estimated from hall effect measurements, the calculated values are shown in table (3). from this table, one can be noticed that the value of the hall coefficient for all examined aginse2 and 3%sb doped thin films are negative which means that all the prepared samples exhibit ntype conductivity, i.e. the conduction is dominated by electrons. this is due to the donor centers formed during the deposition. this result agrees with previous investigations [2,3]. moreover, it is seen that the carrier concentration increases with increasing annealing temperature due to an increase in the film grain size which leads to a decrease in the density of grain boundaries and thus reduces the electron trapping probability. as a result, the number of collisions between carriers will increase, which leads to a decrease in their mobility with increasing the annealing temperature. table 3.electrical parameters from hall effect measurements for aginse2 thin films for pure aginse2 film, aginse2: 3%sb doped and aginse2: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k. thin films rh (cm3/c) nd (cm-3) µh (cm2/v.s) ρ(ω.cm) pure -1973.47 3.167*1015 37.6342 52.43 3% (sb) -0.117261 5.33*1019 3.022983 0.03879 3% (sb) t=573 k -0.092183 6.78*1019 2.703724 0.034095 4.conclusions pure tetragonal aginse2: 3%sb doped and aginse2: 3%sb doped after annealing to t=573 k films were well synthesized by a thermal evaporation method. the grown ais thin films were then doped with sb at temperature 473 k by a thermal diffusion process. after doping, the crystallinity of the thin film was improved. our findings show that the polycrystalline of tetragonal with (112) orientation crystal structure aginse2thin film from xrd. the grain size rose from xrd with 3%sb doping. from the optical studies the3%sb doping into aginse2 promoted a decreased band gap in comparison with the undoped aginse2chalcopyrite, the absorption coefficients increasing. the ability to improve the growth and quality of the grains structure, the hall effect shows the conductivity type of the grown films remained n-type and the enhancement in the optical properties highlights 3%sb doped aginse2 to be applied as an absorber layer in films making these films suitable for photovoltaic application. references 1. bedi, r. k.; pathak, d.; deepak and d. kaur, structural and optical properties of aginse2 films, z. kristallogr. suppl., 2008, 27, 177–183. 2. yoshinori, e.; hiroshi k.; and takahiro t.; ge doping effect on properties of aginse2 thin films, japanese journal of applied physics, 2002, 44(3a),1527-1531. 3. yingcai z.; yong l.; max w.; nathan z.; koocher, y. l.; lijuan l.; tiandou h.; james m.; rondinelli, j.; hong, g.; jeffrey s.; and wei x.; synergistically optimizing carrier concentration and decreasing sound velocity in n-type aginse2 thermoelectrics , chemistry of materials, 2019, 31, 8182–8190. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 23 4. ahmad s.; and mohib-ulhaq, m.; a study of energy gap, refractive index and electronic polarizability of ternary chalcopyrite semiconductors, iranian journal of physics research, 2014, 14, 89-93. 5. qian, c.; xihong, p.; and candace k. chan,.; structural and photoelectrochemical evaluation ofnanotextured sn-doped agins2 films prepared by spray pyrolysis, chem sus chem, 2013, 6, 102 – 109. 6. arredondo1, c. a.; mesa1, f.; and gordillo1, g.; study of electrical and morphological properties of aginse2thin films grown by coevaporation, ieee, 2010,978, 002433–002438. 7. olako˘glu, t. c.; parlak, m.; kulakci, m.; and turan, r.; effect of boron implantation on the electrical and photoelectrical properties of e-beam deposited ag–in–se thin films, j. phys. d: appl. phys.,2008, 41. 8. rajani j.; gunadhor s.; okram, j. n.; sudhanshu m.; and rachel r. p.; tin incorporation in aginse2 thin films: influence on conductivity, the journal of physical chemistry, 2015,119, 5727−5733. 9. li w.; pengzhan y.; yuan d.; hong z.; zhengliang d.; and jiaolin c.; site occupations of zn in aginse2-basedchalcopyrites responsible for modified structuresandsignificantly improved thermoelectricperformance,the royal society of chemistry, 2014, 4, 3897– 33904. 10. mahmood, f. a.; and sayed, m. h.; preparation and characterization of sprayed aginse2 thin films, chalcogenide letters, 2011, 8, 10, 595 – 600. 11. qian, c.; xihong, peng.; and candace, k. chan.; structural and photoelectrochemical evaluation ofnanotextured sn-doped agins2 films prepared by spray pyrolysis, chemsuschem, 2013, 6, 102 – 109. 12. kulkarni, h. r.; characterization and optical properties of aginse2 thin films prepared byelectrodeposition technique, international research journal of management science & technology, 2016, 7, 12, 190–197. 13. arredondo, c. a.; mesa, f.; and gordillo, g.; study of electrical and morphological properties of aginse2 thin films grown by coevaporation, ieee,2010, 978, 002433–002438. 14. al-agel f. a.; and waleed e.; mahmoud, synthesis and characterization of highly stoichiometric aginse2 thin films via asol–gel spin-coating technique, journal ofappliedcrystallography, 2012,45, 921-925. 15. little, s. a.; ranjan, v.; collins, r. w.; and marsillac, s.; growth analysis of (ag,cu)inse2 thin films via real time spectroscopic ellipsometry. appl. phys. lett., 2012, 101, 1-4. 16. panda, r.; naik, r.; singh, u.p.; mishra, n.c.; thermal annealing induced modifications instructural, optical and microstructural propertiesof aginse2 thinfilm, international conference on materials science & technology, oral / poster, 2016. 17. ching-chen w.; kong-wei c.; wen-sheng c.; and tai-chou l.; preparation and characterizations of visible light-responsive (ag–in–zn)s thin-film electrode by chemical bath deposition, journal of the taiwan institute of chemical engineers,2009,40, 180-187. 18. kenji y.; aya k.; yasuhiro s.; minoru o.; keitanomoto, t.; yoshitake, s.; ozaki, t.; structural and electrical characterization of aginse2 crystals grown by hot-press method, journal of physics: conference series,2008,100, 1-4. 19. panda, r.; khan, s. a.; singh, u. p.; naik r.; and mishra, n. c.; the impact of fluence dependent 120 mev ag swiftheavy ion irradiation on the changes in structuralelectronic, and optical properties of aginse2 nanocrystallinethin films for optoelectronic applications, rsc adv.,2021, 11, 26218–26227. 20. iman h. k.; fabrication of aginse2 heterojunction solar cell, aip conference proceedings, 2018, 1968, 030064–1-030064-7. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 24 21. mounir a.; raquel d.; fouzia c. e.; arturo tiburcio-silver andmohammedabd-lefdil, aginse2 thin films prepared by electrodeposition process, international journal of materials science and applications, 2015,4, 35–38. 22. hamdy t. s.; melaad k. g.; transport properties of aginse2 crystals, materials sciences and applications, 2014, 5, 292-299. 23. shehab, a. a.; fadaam, s. a.; abd, a. n.; mustafa, m. h.; antibacterial activity of ternary semiconductor compoundsaginse2 nanoparticles synthesized by simple chemicalmethod, journal of physics: conf. series, 2018, 1003, 1-10. 24. dinesh p.; tomas w.; tham a.; nunzi, j.m.; photovoltaic performance of aginse2conjugated polymer hybridsystem bulk heterojunction solar cells, synthetic metals, 2015, 199, 87–92. 25. shannon, r. d.; revised effective ionic radii and systematic studies of interatomic distances in halides and chalcogenides. acta crystallogr a.,1976, 32 (5), 751–767. 26. greenwood n. n.; and earnshaw, v.; chemistry of the elements. elsevier, 2012. 27. bushra k. h.; characterization of n-cdo:mg /p-si heterojunction dependence on annealing temperature, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci.,2016, 29, 3, 14–25. 28. rana h. a.; bushra h. h.; and sameer a. m.; effect of in on the properties of alsb thin film solar cell, aip conference proceedings, 2019, 2123, 020030-1020030-9. 29. bushra h.; hanan, k. h.; bushra. k. h.; suad, h. a.; effect of copper on physical properties of cdo thin films and n-cdo: cu / p-si heterojunction, journal of ovonic research, 2022, 18 (1), 37-41. 30. sze s.; and ng, k.; physics of semiconductor devices, 3rd edition, john wiley and sons, 2007. 31. schroder, d.; semiconductor material and device characterization, john wiley& sons, 2006. 32. iman, h. k. and bushra. h. h.; study of some structural and optical properties of agalse2 thin films, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci., 2016, 29 (2) ,41-51. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 130 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license automatic detection and recognition of car plates based on cascade classifier . abstract the study consists of video clips of all cars parked in the selected area. the studied camera height is1.5 m, and the video clips are 18video clips. images are extracted from the video clip to be used for training data for the cascade method. cascade classification is used to detect license plates after the training step. viola-jones algorithm was applied to the output of the cascade data for camera height (1.5m). the accuracy was calculated for all data with different weather conditions and local time recoding in two ways. the first used the detection of the car plate based on the video clip, and the accuracy was 100%. the second is using the clipped images stored in the positive file, based on the training file (xml file), where the accuracy was 99.8%. keywords: cascade classifier, viola-jones, training file, positive file and car plate detection. 1.introduction the increase in the vehicle's number on the roads is due to the increasingly rapid growth in the global economy. this increase has led to the need for security and control of vehicles by constantly monitoring and checking traffic to avoid/control congestion, high speeds, and illegal vehicular activities [1]. there are dedicated camera systems to track stolen cars or search for suspicious vehicles involved in crime on the road to save human energy and material resources. although this has a very high-resolution rate, these systems cannot operate efficiently based on the recorded videos. this is due to many factors that affect detection performance in various environmental conditions, including speed, focus, lighting conditions, defects in the panel, noise, and significant traffic volume[2]. this process requires a tedious task of a manual search. cameras are used on the street, namely traffic, to reduce hazardous traffic jams, accidents, and responsibility. the image processing technology only identifies vehicles by their license plates [3]. because every vehicle has a unique license plate, no external cards, tags, or transmitters must be recognized by a license plate. car license plate recognition (lpr) is vital in modern life and is doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2895 article history: received 19 june 2022, accepted 7 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq noor m. hashem department of phesics,college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. noormuayad576@gmail.com heba kh. abbas department of phesics,college of education for pure sciences, ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hbphysics82@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:noormuayad576@gmail.com mailto:noormuayad576@gmail.com mailto:hbphysics82@gmail.com mailto:hbphysics82@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 131 considered one of the regulations in different countries. pr technique helps achieve the work, save time, reduce cost, and provide high accuracy. it is applicable in many resources, such as in the control systems of private garages and state institutions, in providing information for security men or searching for stolen cars [4]. many previous studies focused on identifying and detecting car plates, ghassankh. a. (2018)[5]. design a system that can recognize the numbers of "new plates in iraq" that depends mainly on image recognition according to the following sequence: taking a picture of the car, then locating the plate, then the process of determining the numbers and type of the "special car," carry ... etc. and the province in which the car is located, by applying the template matching algorithm to identify the plate image slices with all possibilities such as arabic, hindi, english and arabic letters in addition to arabic words in the form database. more than 30 photos were examined. it proved that the system designers have better than 88% recognition rates. ahmed m. s. et al. (2019)[6] used the viola-jones algorithm to detect and recognize bengali license plates. the method successfully detects multiple license plates on different vehicles with an overall accuracy of 93%. in (2020), ibtissam sl. et al. [7] proposed a simple and efficient method to tackle the issue of license plate detection and character recognition. the license plate is detected first based on the two-dimensional wavelet transform to extract the vertical edges of the input image. the high density of vertical edges is computed first to see the potential areas of the license plate. the experiments were done on vehicles that carry moroccan license plates and showed high accuracy. the results obtained go up to 99.43% in terms of localization and 98.9% in terms of recognition. besides, the proposed method's efficiency and high accuracy of the proposed method were proved by performing a comparison with other works from the literature on different datasets. tae-gu kim et al. (2021) [8] used closed-circuit television (cctv) data to recognize car license plates depending on deep learning model training. unfortunately, this model has a disadvantage with recognition in terms of low resolution and false results with tilted car license plates. moreover, the cctv images have a low-quality resolution and details. the authors presented a super-resolution generative adversarial network (srgan) model and the perspective distortion correction algorithm to overcome these problems. the output accuracy of their work was tested by the character recognition algorithm yolo v2. the recognition accuracy rate was 8.8%. zahid et al. presented a study of automatic license plate detection. they used the r-cnn algorithm and robust license plate localization module to segment colors in hsv images. the output results show an accuracy of 99.1% [9]. the motivation for this work came from the covid-19 pandemic. according to the world health organization protocol, keeping a distance and reducing interaction between people is essential. this led to computerize resources instead of a human controlling everything, like online shopping, payment, booking, and parking. this work uses a digital camera to capture the car license plate height (1.5meter). the car's rotation (tilted license plate) and various weather conditions and noise are considered within the recognition process. four algorithms were used. the first algorithm was to crop the image frame to select the car license plate. the second algorithm was to label the cropped image, algorithm three was used for the training data set, and algorithm four was used to detect and recognize plates based on the viola-jones algorithm. the detection process started with different distances until the accuracy reached 100% based video clip, and the accuracy reached 99.8% based crop image in (positive file). the accuracy depends on the ratio of the detected license plates each second to the total number of license plates in the video clip. the accuracy depends on the ratio of the number of frames seen on license plates detected with the total number of frames of license plates in a positive file. 2.theoretical concept viola-jones’ object-detection work is a machine-learning method for object-detection proposed by paul viola and michael jones in 2001. the framework can be trained to detect almost any object, but this essentially solves the problem of a real-time face or license plate detection. the ihjpas. 36(1)2023 132 algorithm has four steps. they are haar feature selection, integrated image creation, adaboost training, and cascading classifier. haar’s features are similar to convolutional masks, which have many shapes figure(1) [10]. the difference in the sum of the features of the two rectangles gives the value of these features because they contain the same set of data. at the same time, the sum results from the component of the three rectangles in the middle. this data is used as input into the adaboost algorithm. the adaboost algorithm is one of the steps of machine learning to detect an object within an image [11]. the data weighting value converts the rating from weak in other methods to strong in this method. a cascade filter is important because it combines all the features professionally. the uninterested region and the region of interest are recognized after each region is sequenced depending on robust classifiers [12]. figure 1.viola-jones features the edge features are the fundamental haar’s features in different directions. in contrast, line and center features are related to the viola-jones features, designed to speed up the output algorithm. all feature size is 24x24 pixels in a standard size to detect objects within an image [12, 13]. the output of haar’s feature resulted from subtracting the sum values in white and black squares. pixel new = ∑ 𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑘 𝑝𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑙 𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑘 𝑝𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑙𝑠 − ∑ 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑝𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑙 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑝𝑖𝑥𝑙𝑒𝑠 (1)https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gltp.2021.08.044[13] ada boost algorithm carries out haar’s features and classifier training simultaneously, and the meaning of adaboost explained by ada is adaptive and boost from boosting. it is an iterative process and trains multi-classifiers by a training set to assemble robust classifiers from weak classifiers. this algorithm was used to eliminate unnecessary data and as training sets. the threshold value was used to determine the eigenvalue of the data set if it is a solid or weak classifier and then to choose an appropriate threshold value [14]. 3.license plate detection algorithm the main purpose of this study is to design an intelligent optical system to identify and distinguish iraqi car license plates, which are found in more than one design, and to detect the car plate in the parking lot of the university of baghdad, college of science for women. the study involved recording videos of all the cars parked in the selected area. the height of the studied camera is 1.5 m, as shown in figure(2). images are extracted from the video for use in the training data. the haar rating is used to detect license plates after the training step. the viola-jones algorithm was applied to output the haar data for each camera height (1.5 m). calculated accuracy of all data https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gltp.2021.08.044 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 133 with different weather conditions and local time recording. the car's rotation (the license plate is tilted), weather conditions, and noise are considered in the recognition process. the practical benefit is to have short data that can be saved easily, does not require high storage capacity, costs little, and serves security issues. the impetus for this work came from the covid-19 pandemic. according to who protocol, it is important to maintain distance and reduce interaction between people. this resulted in computer resources being used instead of humans to control everything, such as online shopping, payment, reservation, and parking. the study included some algorithms that were programmed and developed using matlab (r2020a) language, as follows: figure 2. the cartoon shows the suggested method to record the car license plate. algorithm i extraction of the area in which we clearly distinguish the number for accuracy in determining. the cropping process is applied to the studied image to eliminate unwanted data. this process removes some details from a vision leading to a change in the aspect ratio, or isolates any object from the surrounding. algorithm ii image labeler labels images for computer vision applications, define rectangular regions of interest (roi) labels, polyline roi labels, pixel roi labels, polygon roi labels, and scene labels. use these labels to interactively label your ground truth data. input: video clips output: no. of frames cut out for the length of the video start algorithm  read the video with the extension (vd.mov) using the matlab function (vedio reader) where read video files.  calculate the length of the video(lv)  determining one of the frames for a crop to work for, so that the other frames are deducted based on the measurements of the selected frame using matlab function imcrop creates an interactive image cropping tool associated with the image displayed in the current figure, called the target image. the crop image tool is a moveable, resizable rectangle that you can position over the image and perform the crop operation interactively using the mouse.  store the divided frames in a special folder using the instructionimwrite end algorithm input: the frames obtained from the application of the algorithm output: a file with the extension matlab that contains all the input frames and delimited the region of interest start algorithm  image datastore for image data where an image datastore object manages a collection of image files, where each individual image fits in memory, but the entire collection of images does not necessarily fit. to create an image data store object, use either the image data store function or the data store function. once the object is created, you can specify image datastore properties using dot notation and use functions that access and manage the data.  imagelabelerlabel ground truth in a collection of images, where image labeler label ground truth in a collection of images.  save a file in matlab format(plat.mat) end algorithm 1.5m ihjpas. 36(1)2023 134 algorithm iii create training data for an object detector and train cascade object detector model. algorithm iv detecting and recognition plates based on a viola –jones algorithm algorithm iv car plate detection using cascade classifier technique based on viola jones. 4.result and discussion 1. this study used matlab (r2020a 64bit) to build and develop the proposed algorithms. in contrast, the imaging system records video clips of the car numbers in the parking area at the university of baghdad / college of science for women. 2. nikon camera d610 [12] is used, shown in figure 3, which has a 24.3mp full-frame, 6 frames per second continuous shooting, and a 2,016-pixel rgbttl metering sensor. figure 3. camera nikon used in collecting data the proposed system used at different road junctions is as follows: cropping and labeling car plates: create a positive file for video clips consisting of 1000 frames, according to the length of the video. each frame contains the license plate of the captured video clip according to the algorithm (i). algorithm (ii) is applied to make a selection (labeling) of the frames stored in the positive file and stored in the matlab file, as shown in figure (4a). training data by algorithm (iii) includes data for a label file containing all frames stored in input: positive folder contains frames from videos, negative folder contains different images and labeling file (plat.mat) output: training cascade file in xml format (plat.xml) start algorithm  load positive folder and label file(plat.mat)  create training data for an object detector, using matlab function objectdetectortrainingdata(gtruth)  load negative folder and datastore for image data  traincascadeobjectdetector(outputxmlfilename,positivefolder,negativefolder) writes a trained cascade detector xml file named, outputxmlfilename. the file name must include an xml extension. for a more detailed explanation on how this function works, refer to train a cascade object detector.  save a file in matlab format(plat.xml) end algorithm input: video clips output: the frames through which the plate is determined and appear in the form of a green box the size of the car plate(target), or no target then determination of accuracy start algorithm  detect objects using the viola-jones algorithm, the cascade object detector uses the viola-jones algorithm to detect car’s plate, using matlab function vision.cascadeobjectdetector('plat.xml')  load video clip and load positive folder and read frames then make crop for each frame and imresize image according to the distance of the car  determine manually threshold and size plat  detected plates in the bounding box in the images are extracted and recognized  print result for (target or notarget)  calculate accuracy equal ratio between no. of detect plate on total no. video *100% end algorithm file:///c:/program%20files/matlab/r2017b/help/vision/ref/traincascadeobjectdetector.html%23inputarg_outputxmlfilename file:///c:/program%20files/matlab/r2017b/help/vision/ref/traincascadeobjectdetector.html%23inputarg_positiveinstances file:///c:/program%20files/matlab/r2017b/help/vision/ref/traincascadeobjectdetector.html%23inputarg_negativeimages file:///c:/program%20files/matlab/r2017b/help/vision/ug/train-a-cascade-object-detector.html ihjpas. 36(1)2023 135 matlab extension for each height (four models), and loading a passive file containing 1000 different images to obtain a file of the extension xml, as shown in figure(4b). (b) detection and recognition car plate: the car plates were detected and recognized using the cascade classifier technique, based on the viola-jones algorithm, and its steps are explained in the algorithm (iv). the detection process is applied in two parts. the first part includes detecting the car plate based on the video clip and calculating each second's accuracy factor and detection rate. the second part involves revealing the license plate based on the images in the training file (xml-file). the process of identification and detection was applied to the video clips of the second model, which includes the detection of the new license plate number (german), which was filmed when the camera was at a height (1.5m), as shown in figure(5) ‘ figure 5. detecting and recognition license plates in the video clips when the height of the camera is (1.5m) the accuracy factor representing the detection of the car plate in each approved video clip was calculated in the approved model: number of approved videos =18, car plate detection=18 and the accuracy = (license plate detection/number of approved videos)*100%=100%. figure 4. scheme cropping and labeling car plate (a) cropping and labeling positive file at camera height 1.5m, (b): training cascade object detector to get a file with an (xml) extension ihjpas. 36(1)2023 136 the detection ratio was calculated for each captured video in the four models. it represents the ratio between the number of frames in which the license plate was detected to the total number of frames during each second (30 frames per second), as shown in table (1). the detection of the car plate based on image: license plate detection for crop image based on (xml file), applying recognition algorithm (iv), cropping the image, uploading, reading all the crop images, making a particular crop, and manually selecting a threshold, the license plate (target) will be selected or not (there is no target) and the detection accuracy was calculated using the positive file during calculating the number of frames through which the car was detected while it was moving into the garage and its movement changed, the process of identification and detection was applied to the crop images of the second model, which was filmed when the camera was at a height (1.5m), as shown in table (2). no. of video clip(.mov) length of video (lv)(sec) no. of frames each sec detection rate test detection (true or false) video b1 291 10 6/10 t video b2 257 9 4/9 t video b3 218 8 3/8 t video b4 417 14 11/14 t video b5 323 11 6/11 t video b6 143 5 3/5 t video b7 422 15 17/15 t video b8 285 5 3/5 t video b9 631 22 17/22 t video b10 347 12 6/12 t video b11 141 5 4/5 t video b12 120 4 2/4 t video b13 274 10 7/10 t video b14 225 8 4/8 t video b15 133 5 3/5 t video b16 216 8 4/8 t video b17 79 3 2/3 t video b18 85 3 2/3 t image seq. entering car car detection the number of detected frames of the car the license plate of the detected car car color 1 124 white 2 92 white 3 54 black 4 21 white 5 72 dark gray 6 82 detect +1 no detect yellow 7 46 yellow table 1. car plate detection ratio for video clips in the second model table 2. the accuracy of detecting the detected car plates based on the car frames crop during the shooting video when the camera is at a height of 1.5 meter ihjpas. 36(1)2023 137 in table (2), we noted that the accuracy of detection using the movement images of the car inside the garage and the difference in its direction, movement, and colors was 99.8% when the camera was at a height of 1.5 meters. 7.conclusions license plate detection was achieved using the viola-jones method based on cascade classifier. (18) cars were examined in the garage of baghdad university / college of science for women. the proposed system setting was used with a height of 1.5m, where the detection accuracy appeared based on the video clip was 100%, and the accuracy based on the cropping file and training file was 99.8%. the suggested system is recommended to check the license plate at a short distance or use a high-performance camera. it is recommended to place the camera in the direct direction of the front car so that the detection and discrimination process becomes very effective. the proposed system can work with different car license plates in other countries with different types of numbers or letters, as well as work regardless of the environmental conditions and the difference in lighting. 8 67 white 9 50 white 10 51 black 11 61detect +1 no detect white 12 71 red 13 22 white 14 81 white 15 101 white 16 3 black total 16 1000 998 998 accuracy 998/1000= 99.8% ihjpas. 36(1)2023 138 references 1.shashirangana, j.; padmasiri, h.; meedeniya, d.; perera, c.; automated license plat recognition: a survey on methods and techniques. ieee access 9:11203-11225. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3047929 2. adarsh, p; rathi, p; kumar, m.; yolo v3tiny: object detection and recognition using one stage improved model. conference: 2020 6th international conference on advanced computing and communication systems, icaccs. 202, 687–694. 3. albiol, a.; sanchis, l.; mossi, j. m.; detection of parked vehicles using spatiotemporal maps, ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 2011, 12, 4. 4. krizhevsky, a.; sutskever, i.; hinton, g. e.; image net classification with deep convolutional neural networks. nips'12: proceedings of the 25th international conference on neural information processing systems, 2012,1097–1105. 5.ali, g. k.; developing recognition system for new iraqi license plate, tikrit journal of engineering sciences. 2018, 25, 1, 7 – 10. 6. saleque, a. m.; chowdhury, f. s.; md. ashraf khan, r.; kabir, r.; akm. bahalul, h.; bengali license plate detection using viola-jones algorithm. international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering (ijitee) issn. 2019, 9, 2, 2278-3075. 7.ibtissam, s.; wahban, a.; issam, a.; abdel l. h.; an automated license plate detection and recognition system based on wavelet decomposition and cnn, journal homepage:www.elsevier.com/journals/array/2590-0056/open-access-journal, 2020, 8,100040. 8.tae-gu, k.; byoung-ju ,y.; tae-hun, k.; jae-young, l.; kil-houm, p.;yoosoo, j.; hyun, d. k.; recognition of vehicle license plates based on image processing, mdpi,2021;appl. sci. , 11,14, 6292. 9.mahmood, z.; khurram k.; khan u.; syed h.; adil, s. s.a.; and mohsin s.; towards automatic license plate detection; sensors . 2022, 22, 3, 1245. https:// doi.org/10.3390/ s2203 1245. 10. hermawati, f. a.; koesdijarto, r.; a real time license plate detection for parking access. telkomnika: indonesian journal of electrical engineering, 2010, 8, 2, 97-106 11. chen, y. n.; han, c. c.; ho1, g. f.; fan, k. c.; facial/license plate detection using a twolevel cascade classifier and a single convolutional feature map. international journal of advanced robotic systems, int j adv robot syst, 2015. 12:183 | doi: 10.5772/61477. 12. hrvoje, r.; petra, g.; license plate detection for preserving privacy using haar classifiers, faculty of organization and informatics , central european conference on information and intelligent systems.2015, 153 -157. 13. shetty, b.; bhoomika, a.; rebeiro, d.; ramyashree, j.; facial recognition using haar cascade and lbp classifiers. global transitions proceedings, 2021, 2, 2, 330-335. 14. zhao, y.; jing, g.; liu c.; han, s.; gao, y.; qingmao, h.; license plate location based on haar-like cascade classifiers and edges, second wri global congress on intelligent systems, 2010, 978-0-7695-4304-8/10 $26.00 © 2010 ieee, doi 10.1109/gcis.2010.55. https://www.researchgate.net/journal/ieee-access-2169-3536 http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/access.2020.3047929 https://dl.acm.org/doi/proceedings/10.5555/2999134 https://dl.acm.org/doi/proceedings/10.5555/2999134 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2590005620300254#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2590005620300254#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2590005620300254#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2590005620300254#! https://sciprofiles.com/profile/494769 https://sciprofiles.com/profile/484940 https://sciprofiles.com/profile/author/merceux0vvpetkrpv1viqvh3nlppavjwmjhgt2rmv0oxv3lsvejdmte1nd0= https://sciprofiles.com/profile/author/mm9ruwx3k29outbiogtrmlm0re51elr0t1f0rfbmmhdhedrhdc9vmghjrt0= https://sciprofiles.com/profile/author/swrwq1fymzerrk9mr2prbhvtnzdymvc5ykptvtjfb3hlevftndbqzuuxod0= https://sciprofiles.com/profile/author/swrwq1fymzerrk9mr2prbhvtnzdymvc5ykptvtjfb3hlevftndbqzuuxod0= https://sciprofiles.com/profile/769040 https://sciprofiles.com/profile/769040 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2666285x21000728?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2666285x21000728?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2666285x21000728?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2666285x21000728?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2666285x21000728?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/global-transitions-proceedings https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/global-transitions-proceedings/vol/2/issue/2 9.mahmood, z.; khurram k.; khan u.; syed h.; adil, s. s.a.; and mohsin s.; towards automatic license plate detection; sensors . 2022, 22, 3, 1245. https:// doi.org/10.3390/ s2203 1245. 10. hermawati, f. a.; koesdijarto, r.; a real time license plate detection for parking access. telkomnika: indonesian journal of electrical engineering, 2010, 8, 2, 97-106 13. shetty, b.; bhoomika, a.; rebeiro, d.; ramyashree, j.; facial recognition using haar cascade and lbp classifiers. global transitions proceedings, 2021, 2, 2, 330-335. 14. zhao, y.; jing, g.; liu c.; han, s.; gao, y.; qingmao, h.; license plate location based on haar-like cascade classifiers and edges, second wri global congress on intelligent systems, 2010, 978-0-7695-4304-8/10 $26.00 © 2010 ieee, doi 10.1109... 40 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 macrocyclops albidus (jurine) لدراسة السلوك األفتراسي cyclopoida : copepoda ليرقات البعوض ( culex quinquefasciatus فاطمة علي غانم ،صباح فرج باصات قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية ابن الهيثم/ جامعة بغداد 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في: 2011تشرين الثاني 13استلم البحث في: خالصةال األفتراس�ي macrocyclops albidus (jurine) التعرف على س�لوك الحي�وان القش�رياجريت هذه الدراسة لغرض ال��ذي يمك��ن ان يع��د مؤش��را لفعالي��ة الحي��وان القش��ري ف��ي culex quinquefasciatusليرق��ات الط��ور األول لبع��وض السيطرة االحيائية على يرقات البعوض. في دقيقة 7.20فيما استغرقت اليجاد يرقة البعوض واالمساك بها دقيقة معدالً 6.30األناث استغرقت تبين من النتائج أن يج�اد العملية االلتهام من لحظة امساك الفريسة الى ان تتركها لتعود سابحة في الوسط المائي ، فيما بلغ مع�دل الم�دة الزمني�ة وكان�ت ائقدق� 4.00الزمنية التي استغرقتها في التهام الفريسة مدةدقيقة ومعدل ال 10.29الفريسة واألمساك بها لدى الذكور > pزم�ن امس�اك الفريس�ة فيم�ا كان�ت الف�روق معنوي�ة احص�ائيا ( ال�ى واألناث غير معنوية بالنسبة االختالفات بين الذكور لزمن المستغرق لتناول الفريسة كما وجد ان معدل الزمن الكلي لتناول الفريسة ( المدة المستغرقة لمس�ك الى ا) بالنسبة 0.05 دقيقة بالتعاقب وان االختالفات بينهما ل�م تك�ن 14.29و 13.50لغ الفريسة + المدة المستغرقة لتناولها) في االناث والذكور ب معنوية. : الهائمات الحيوانية ، سلوكية األفتراس ، يرقات البعوضالكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة يرق�ات البع�وض ألفت�راس cyclopoidsاكدت العديد من البحوث الحديثة اهمي�ة اعتم�اد الس�يطرة األحيائي�ة باس�تعمال . األفت�راس يعن�ي اعتم�اد ن�وع م�ن ] 5، 4، 3، 2، 1[للحد من انتشار كثير من االمراض مثل المالري�ا والحم�ى الص�فراء اذ يس�عى فيه�ا ،الحيوانات على نوع اخر في تغذيته من خالل قتله وتناول�ه ويع�د األفت�راس المص�در ال�رئيس لم�وت الف�رائس ) م�ن جه�ة فيم�ا يقابله�ا م�ن maximize the efficiencyة افتراس�ه للف�رائس (ي�وى ف�ي كفاالمفترس الى تحقيق زيادة قص minimizeالجه��ة األخ��رى محاول��ة الف��رائس لتط��وير س��تراتيجياتها لتقلي��ل موته��ا بس��بب األفت��راس ال��ى الح��د اآلدن��ى ( mortality due to predation (]6[تتمي�ز .cyclopoida ) ب�أن له�ا س�يادة عددي�ةnumerical dominance ف�ي ( ) في المياه العذب�ة للمن�اطق االس�توائية وش�به االس�توائية وم�ن ث�م له�ا ت�أثير كبي�ر ف�ي تركي�ب food websالشبكة الغذائية ( . تب�دي ]7 ،8[) (selectively predating) م�ن خ�الل س�لوكها االفتراس�ي االختي�اريplanktonمجتمع�ات الهائم�ات ( cyclopoida يزة في سلوكها االفتراسي االختياري الذي يتأثر بمجموعة من العوامل تتعلق ب�الفرائس مث�ل حج�م انماطاً متم . اذ ان بع��ض االن��واع تخت��ار الف��رائس ]10[ cyclopoida.كم��ا انه��ا تختل��ف حس��ب ن��وع ]9[الفريس��ة وس��لوكها وطعمه��ا .عل��ى ال��رغم م��ن اهمي��ة االفت��راس ف��ي ]12[فيم��ا نج��د انواع��ا اخ��رى تفض��ل الف��رائس كبي��رة الحج��م ]11[ص��غيرة الحج��م cyclopoida 13[اال ان الدراسات التي اجري�ت ف�ي الع�راق وتناول�ت س�لوكه االفتراس�ي كان�ت قليل�ة ، وتع�د الدراس�تين ، واس��تعمل فيه��ا acanthocyclops viridsن��وع cyclopoidaم��ن اول��ى الدراس��ات واهمه��ا اذ كان��ت االول��ى ع��ن ]14 و ل��م يج��د فروق��ا معنوي��ة ب��ين ال��ذكور واالن��اث ف��ي ال��زمن ال��الزم القتن��اص الف��رائس ك��ذلك ل��م يج��د كثاف��ات مختلف��ة للف��رائس فيم�ا وج�د ف�ي ingestion time)اختالف�ات معنوي�ة بس�بب ج�نس الحي�وان فيم�ا يخ�ص ال�زمن المس�تغرق لتن�اول الفريس�ة ( ع�دل االفت�راس ف�ي ال�ذكور واالن�اث ، كم�ا اج�رت بأن زيادة كثافة الفرائس ادت الى زي�ادة م نفسهدراسته الثانية عن النوع و mesocyclops hyalinusهم���ا cyclopoidaدراس���ة مختبري���ة لمقارن���ة الس���لوك االفتراس���ي لن���وعين م���ن ]15[ cyclops agilis. للط�ور االول macrocyclops albidusتهدف الدراسة الحالية الى التعرف على سلوكية افتراس أناث وذكور النوع وع ف�ي الس�يطرة ن�اذ يمث�ل ذل�ك مؤش�را ع�ن فاعلي�ة اس�تعمال ذل�ك ال ،culex quinquefasciatusليرقات البعوض الن�وع حيائية على البعوض.الا 41 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المواد وطرائق العمل ،األع�راسوبحي�رة جزي�رة ،جمعت عينات من الم�اء م�ن من�اطق مختلف�ة م�ن محافظ�ة بغ�داد وش�ملت بحي�رة الجادري�ة ) zooplankton netبأس�تعمال ش�بكة الهائم�ات الحيواني�ة ( ،وبحيرة الطارمية، وقناة الجيش،ونهر دجلة ،ة الزوراءوبحير طة حاوي�ات بالس�تيكية لغ�رض امايكرومتر، نقلت العينات ال�ى المختب�ر بوس� 55وقطر فتحاتها سم 25التي بلغ قطر فوهتها طة اوم�ن ث�م شخص�ت العين�ات بوس� . disecting microscopeباالس�تعانة بمجهرتش�ريح cyclopoidaعزل مجموعة olympus optical co ltdوم�ن ص�نع ش�ركة olympus) ن�وع compound microscopeمجه�ر مرك�ب ( .]17[و ]16[باستعمال مفتاحي التصنيف من أج�ل دراس�ة للغ�ذاء. اً تم عزل االفراد المشخصة في اوعية زجاجية تحوي على ماء واضيف اليه البراميسيوم مصدر ف�ردا 20فق�د ج�رى ع�زل culex quinquefasciatusليرقات البعوض الن�وع m. albidusاالفتراس في النوع سلوكية يومين قبل اجراء التجربة. وم�ن ث�م وض�ع الف�رد ( ذك�ر او انث�ى) مدة اذ تم تجويعها ،اناث بالغة 10ذكور و 10بالغا وبواقع في طبق زجاجي مع يرق�ات الط�ور األول للبع�وض وج�رت مراقب�ة س�لوكية االفت�راس ازاء الفريس�ة تح�ت مجه�ر التش�ريح م .° 25دقيقة وبدرجة حرارة 40الى 20ولمدة تراوحت من x4) وبقوة تكبير erma optical worksنوع( م تسجيل الزمن المستغرق اليجاد الفريسة وكذلك الزمن المستغرق لتناولها.جرى تحليل البيان�ات باعتم�اد تحلي�ل التب�اين ت -tوتم مقارنة المتوسطات باس�تعمال اختب�ار sas[18]باستعمال البرنامج االحصائي one way anovaباتجاه واحد test .وتم تمثيل النتائج بيانيا النتائج والمناقشة أنها كانت متشابهة تقريبا مع وج�ود بع�ض االختالف�ات البس�يطة اذ تأخ�ذ عند مراقبة سلوكية االفتراس في األناث وجد االنث�ى ب�االقتراب م�ن يرق�ة البع�وض بع�د تحدي�دها لموقعه�ا ف�ي الوس�ط الم�ائي بفع�ل الحرك�ات العش�وائية الت�ي تح�دثها يرق�ة وسط ثم تتحرك نحوها بحركة سريعة وخاطفة وفي بعض االحيان قام�ت االنث�ى بض�رب يرق�ة البع�وض البعوض في ذلك ال ال�ى ان تحك�م الق�بض عل�ى عدي�دة هجماتبثم ابتعدت ، بعد ذلك عاودت الكرة من جديد لتنقض على الفريسة ، اي انها تقوم ال�ى ان الن�وع ]19[) ، به�ذا الص�دد اش�ارhead capsuleفريستها وامساكها وبالتحديد من منطقة خلف محفظ�ة ال�رأس ( m. thermocyclopoides يهاجم يرقات البعوض نوعaedes لغرض اضعاف وشل حركتها قبل ان يب�دأ عديدة مراتل بافتراسها. إذ ،منه�ا ) وبالتحدي�د االزواج الثالث�ة االول�ىmaxillipedsطة االقدام الفكية (اان مسك االنثى ليرقة البعوض يتم بوس تقبض على الفريسة بعملية اشبه بأحتضان اليرقة ،عن�د امس�اك االنث�ى لليرق�ة تنقل�ب عل�ى جهته�ا الظهري�ة ث�م الجه�ة البطني�ة اثناء امساكها باليرقة في الوسط المائي في بعض االحيان بعد ذلك تسكن مدة من ال�زمن ث�م تق�وم في وبالتناوب وتسبح االنثى س�م الفريس�ة ث�م تب�دأ بالتهامه�ا بص�ورة تدريجي�ة. ل�وحظ ان بع�ض االن�اث التتن�اول كام�ل جس�م بقضم الجزء الممسوك م�ن ج اليرقة وانما تكتفي بتناول قضمة واحدة فقط منها وتتركه�ا اال ان اغل�ب االن�اث التهم�ت جس�م الفريس�ة بأكمل�ه ماع�دا محفظ�ة هاية البطن.اثناء عملية االلتهام ومنطقة ن في الرأس التي تفصلها عن جسم اليرقة 7.20فيم�ا اس�تغرقت اليج�اد يرق�ة البع�وض واالمس�اك به�ا دقيق�ة مع�دالً 6.30) أن األن�اث اس�تغرقت 1يتضح من ش�كل ( ).2دقيقة في عملية االلتهام من لحظة امساك الفريسة الى ان تتركها لتعود سابحة في الوسط المائي (شكل اذ ان ال�ذكور ،تختلف سلوكية األفتراس في الذكور عنها في األناث فيما يخ�ص تحدي�د الموق�ع المس�تهدف م�ن الفريس�ة في الغالب وفي بعض االحيان من منتصف الجسم وف�ي قل�ة م�ن ال�ذكور م�ن نهاية البطن تميل الى امساك الفريسة من منطقة تناول�ت قض�مة اوبض�ع قض�مات م�ن جس�م الفريس�ة ث�م تتركه�ا اي منطقة خلف محفظة ال�رأس. كم�ا وج�د ان اغل�ب ال�ذكور التتناول الفريسة بأكملها كما هو الحال في األناث. دقيقة ، فيما بلغ معدل المدة الزمنية التي اس�تغرقتها ال�ذكور 10.29يجاد الفريسة واألمساك بها إلبلغ معدل المدة الزمنية زمن امس�اك الى ) وكانت االختالفات بين الذكور واألناث غير معنوية بالنسبة2و 1ل ( شك ائقدق 4.00في التهام الفريسة ) بالنسبة للزمن المس�تغرق لتن�اول الفريس�ة وب�ذلك ف�أن ه�ذه النت�ائج p < 0.05الفريسة فيما كانت الفروق معنوية احصائيا ( مساك الفريسة اال انها تتعارض معه فيما يخ�ص ) فيما يخص الزمن المستغرق أل13تتفق في شقها األول مع ما توصل اليه ( مع�دل تغذي�ة الن�وع فيartemia salina)الزمن المستغرق لتناول الفريسة عند دراسته لتأثير كثافة الفريسة كبيرة الحجم ( acantheyclops viridis اص�غر اذ ان األرتيمي�ا ه�ي ،ويمكن ان يعود االختالف بين الدراستين الى تباين حجم الف�رائس حجما من يرقات البعوض. ان االختالفات المعنوية في الزمن المستغرق لتناول الفريسة بسبب جنس المفترس يمكن ان يعود ال��ى ان معظ��م األن��اث كان��ت تل��تهم الفريس��ة بالكام��ل وب��ذلك فه��ي اس��تغرقت زمن��ا اط��ول فيم��ا كان��ت ال��ذكور تأخ��ذ قض��مة او قضمتين من الفريسة. وجد ان االختالفات بين األناث والذكور في الزمن الكل�ي لتن�اول الفريس�ة ( ال�زمن المس�تغرق لمس�ك الفريس�ة + ال�زمن دقيقة بالتعاق�ب وتتف�ق ه�ذه النت�ائج م�ع تل�ك الت�ي 14.29و 13.50) وبلغت 3المستغرق لتناولها) كانت غير معنوية ( شكل اذ لم تظه�ر فروق�ا معنوي�ة ب�ين ال�ذكور واألن�اث ف�ي corycaeus anglicusالنوع cyclopoidaفي ]20[توصل اليها الزمن المستغرق لمسك وتناول الفريسة. 42 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تبين من نتائج الدراسة الحالية ايضا أن االناث اختلفت عن الذكور فيما يخص المناطق التي استهدفتها عند هجومها على % منها استهدفت الفريسة من منطقة خلف 10اذ استهدفت جميع االناث منطقة خلف الرأس اما الذكور فأن ،يرقات البعوض % من منطقة نهاية البطن. 60% من المنطقة البطنية و 30الرأس و اذ ان تف��وق ،ان االختالف�ات ب�ين ال�ذكور واالن�اث ف�ي مواق�ع اس�تهداف الفريس�ة ق�د يع�ود ال�ى اخ�تالف الط�ول بينهم�ا االن��اث ف��ي الط��ول يس��اعدها ف��ي احك��ام الس��يطرة عل��ى اليرق��ات بص��ورة افض��ل م��ن الذكورل��ذا نج��د ان جمي��ع االن��اث ته��اجم mesocyclopsأن مع��دل ال��زمن ال��ذي اس��تغرقه الن��وع ]6[الفريس��ة م��ن منطق��ة خل��ف ال��رأس. به��ذا الص��دد اوض��ح pehpeiensis لمس���ك وتن���اول الفريس���ةceriodaphnia cornuta دقيق���ة للفريس���ة 7.46دقيق���ة فيم���ا بل���غ 4.7بل���غ daphnia similoides ط�ول الفريس��ة الثاني��ة وه��ذه النت��ائج تؤك��د اهمي��ة ط��ول 3/1علم��ا أن ط��ول الفريس��ة األول��ى يمث��ل لمفترس في تحديد الزمن الالزم لمسكها وتناولها. الى ا الفريسة بالنسبة ) morphological damagesف ع��ن مواق��ع االض��رار المظهري��ة ( بحث��ا للتع��ر ]19[عل��ى ص��عيد متص��ل اج��رى االكث�ر ش�يوعا ف�ي كوس�تاريكا m. thermocyclopoidesعن�د مهاجمته�ا م�ن الن�وع aedes aegyptiليرقات البعوض النهما اعتقدا أن تحديد تلك المواقع على جسم يرقات البعوض يمكن ان يوضح س�بب تع�رض بع�ض ان�واع يرق�ات البع�وض % 76وق�د وج�دا ان .culex sppبضراوة اش�د مقارن�ة بيرق�ات البع�وض .aedes spp و spp. anophelesللهجوم مثل والمنطق��ة البطني��ة ( ،)siphonوالس��يفون ( ،)analم��ن اليرق��ات المهاجم��ة كان��ت ل��ديها اض��رار عل��ى منطق��ة المخ��رج ( .(abdominal هوجم���ت م���ن المنطق���ة الص���درية 12و ،% م���ن اليرق���ات ت���م مهاجمته���ا م���ن منطق���ة ال���رأس12وان % )thorax.والبطنية ( ليرقات البعوض نوع mesocyclops aspericornis عن سلوكية افتراس النوع [21] من جانب آخراوضحت دراسة aedes aegypti اية البطن ثم تتناول اليرقة بالكامل وفي حاالت قليلة ساعة بأن معظم الحيوانات تهاجم منطقة نه 24خالل ال�ى 33تترك الرأس فيما لوحظ ان البعض االخر يهاجم اليرقات ويقتلها دون ان يتناول منها شيء كما وجد أنها تفترس م�ن ال�ى امكاني�ة التنب�وء بتع�رض ]19[يرق�ة يومي�ا . ف�ي س�ياق متص�ل اش�ار 50يرقة بعوض في الطور االول عند اض�افة 50 anophelesاعتمادا على طول السيفون ف�ي يرق�ات البع�وض فم�ثال وج�د ان الن�وع cyclopoidaالفرائس للهجوم من albimanus ليس لديه سيفون وان النوعaedes aegypti سيفون قصير الطول وكالهما تتع�رض للهج�وم بض�راوة وذ له سيفون طويل ويتعرض الى هجوم اقل ضراوة. culex quinquefasciatusفيما نجد النوع aggressive(يتمي��ز بكون��ه مفت��رس ع��دائي m. albidusال��ى ان الن��وع ]22، 11[لق��د اش��ارت بع��ض الدراس��ات predator) او مسرف في القتل ((wasteful killer مم�ا يزي�د م�ن امكاني�ة اس�تعماله بنج�اح ف�ي الس�يطرة األحيائي�ة عل�ى ت البعوض. يرقا المصادر 1. kumar, r. and hwang, j-s. (2006) larvicidal efficiency of aquatic predators: a perspective for mosquito biocontrol. zoological studies, 45: 447-466. 2. floore, t. g. (2007) bioraional control of mosquitoes. amca bulletin 7. mount laurel, nj: american mosquito control association, 23: 233 – 241. 3. kittayapong, p.; yoksan, s.; chansang, u.; chansang, c. and bhumiratana, a. (2008) suppression of dengue transmission by application of integrated vector control strategies at sero-positive gis-based foci. am. j. trop. med. hyg., 78, p. 70. 4. juliano, s. a. (2009) species interactions among larval mosquitoes: context dependence across habitat gradients. annu. rev. entomol., 54: 37–56. 5. moore, s. m.; borer, e. t. and hosseini, p. r. (2009). predators indirectly control vectorborne disease: linking predator–prey and host–pathogen models. j. r. soc. interface. 7: 161–176. 6. hwang, j.-s.; kumar, r. and kuo, c.-s. (2009) impacts of predation by the copepod, mesocyclops pehpeiensis, on life table demographics and population dynamics of four cladoceran species: a comparative laboratory study. zoological studies, 48: 738-752. 7. devetter, m. and seda, j. (2006) regulation of rotifer community by predation of cyclops vicinus (copepoda) in the římov reservoir in spring. int. rev. hydrobiol., 91: 101-112. 8. wu, c.-j.; chiang, k.-p. and liu, h. (2010) diel feeding pattern and prey selection of mesozooplankton on microplankton community. journal of experimental marine biology and ecology, 390: 134–142. 43 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 9. kumar, r. and rao, t. r. (2003) predation on mosquito anopheles stephensi and culex quinquefasciatus larvae by mesocyclops thermocyclopoides (copepoda; cyclopoida) in the presence of alternate prey. int. rev. hydrobiol., 88: 570 – 581. 10. kumar, r. (2005) feeding modes and associated mechanisms in zooplankton. in a kumar, ed. ecology of plankton. new dehli: daya publishing house,. 228-265. 11. kumar, r. (2003). effect of mesocyclops thermocyclopoides (copepoda, cyclopoida) predation on population dynamics of different prey: a laboratory study. j. freshwater. ecol., 18: 383-393. 12. rao, t. r. and kumar, r. (2002) patterns of prey selectivity in the cyclopoid copepod mesocyclops thermocyclopoides. aquat. ecol., 36: 411-424. 13. bassat, s. f. (2001) effect of large size class prey density on feeding rate of (cyclopoid: copepod) acanthocyclops viridis (jurine).ibn-alhaitham j.pure appl.sci., 14: 57– 63. 14. bassat, s. f.(2001b) feeding behavior of cyclopoid: copepod acanthocyclops viridis (jurine) on protozoa. ibn-alhaitham j. pure appl. sci., 14: 10 -18. cyclops agilisو mesocyclops hyalinusل ). دراس���ة مختبري���ة 2008ال���دوري، نب���راس لفت���ة عب���دالقادر.(.15 )cyclopoida، 47 – 42: 21) للسيطرة االحيائية على يرقات البعوض، مجلة أبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية. 16. edmondson, w. t. (1959) freshwater biology, 2nd ed.john wiely and sons. inc., new york, 1248 pp. 17. harding, j. p. and smith, w. a. (1974) a key to the british freshwater cyclopoid and calanoid copepods. 2nd .ed. freshwater biological association scientific publication no.18: 54 pp. 18. sas. (2000) sas/stat users guide for personal computer. release 6.12. sas institute, inc., cary, n.c., usa. 19. schaper, s. and hernandez-chavarria, f. (2006) scanning electron microscopy of damage caused by mesocyclops thermocyclopoides (copepoda: cyclopoida) on larvae of the dengue fever vector aedes aegypti (diptera: culicidae). int. j. trop. biol., 54: 843-846. 20. gophen, m. and harris, r. p. (1981) visual predation by a marine cyclopoid copepod, corycaeus anglicus. j. mar. biol. assoc., uk, 61: 391–399. 21. ramanibai, r. and kanniga, s. (2008) laboratory evaluation of mesocyclops aspericornis as a biocontrol agent of aedes aegypti. dengue bulletin, 32: 207 – 210. 22. marten, g. g. (1989) a survey of cyclopoid copepods for control of aedes albopictus larvae. bull. soc. vector ecol., 14: 232-236. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 female male جنس المفترس سي لقيا طأ ا الخ ± قة) دقي ة ( يس لفر ك ا مس من ل ز معد 44 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 (دقيقة) c. quinquefasciatus larvaeر جنس المفترس في معدل زمن مسكتأثي :)1شكل ( 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 female male جنس المفترس طأ لخ ± ا ة) قيق (د سة فري ل ال ناو ن ت زم دل مع (دقيقة) c. quinquefasciatus larvaeي معدل زمن تناولتأثير جنس المفترس ف :)2شكل ( 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 fem ale male جنس المفترس سي لقيا طأ ا الخ ± سة فري ل ال ناو وت سك ن م زم عدل م (دقيقة) c. quinquefasciatus larvae س في معدل زمن مسك وتناول تأثير جنس المفتر :)3شكل ( 45 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 a study of predation behavior of macrocyclops albidus (jurine) on culex quinquefasciatus larvae s.f. bassat ، f.a. ghanim department of biology ،college of education ibn al-haitham،university of baghdad received in: 13 november 2011 accepted in: 11 january 2012 abstract the experiment was conducted to investigate the predation behavior of crustacean zooplankton m. albidus for first instar mosquito larvae of culex quinquefasciatus, which may be represented as an indicator of the species activity for biological control of mosquito larvae. results revealed that females spend 6.30 min. as average to find the mosquito larval and to catch it, whereas it consumed 7.20 min. in digestion of the prey. on the other hand the corresponding means for male were 10.29 and 4.00 min. respectively. differences between females and males were not significant for the time consumed to catch the prey whereas the differences were significant (p < 0.05) in regard to the time consumed to digest the prey. results also revealed that the mean total time (catch and digest time) of females and males were 13.55 and 14.29 min. respectively and the differences between them were not significant. keywords: zooplankton, predation behavior, mosquito larvae 108 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 parametric models in survival analysis for lung cancer patients layla a. ahmed layla.aziz@garmian.edu.krd department of mathematics, college of education, university of garmian, kurdistan region, iraq abstract the aim of this study is to estimate the survival function for the data of lung cancer patients, using parametric methods (weibull, gumbel, exponential and log-logistic). comparisons between the proposed estimation method have been performed using statistical indicator akaike information criterion, akaike information criterion corrected and bayesian information criterion, concluding that the survival function for the lung cancer by using gumbel distribution model is the best. the expected values of the survival function of all estimation methods that are proposed in this study have been decreasing gradually with increasing failure times for lung cancer patients, which means that there is an opposite relationship failure times and survival function. keywords: survival analysis, weibull distribution, gumbel distribution, exponential distribution, log-logistic distribution. 1.introduction survival analysis is a branch of statistics which deals with the analysis of time to events, such as death in biological organisms and failure in mechanical systems. the topic of survival analysis is called reliability theory or reliability analysis in engineering, and duration analysis or duration modeling in economics or event history analysis in sociology [1]. in many applied sciences such as medicine, engineering and finance, amongst others, modeling and analyzing lifetime data are crucial. several lifetime distributions have been used to model such type of data. the quality of the executions and in a statistical analysis depends heavily on the presupposed probability distributions [2]. parametric methods which involve the exponential, weibull, lognormal, gamma and extreme value distribution have been widely used for fitting survival data [3]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2617 article history: received, 7,january,2020, accepted 20 ,februry,2020, published in april 2021 mailto:layla.aziz@garmian.edu.krd 109 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 gumbel showed that the weibull distribution and the type 𝐼𝐼𝐼 smallest extreme value distribution are the same [4]. loglogistic distribution is a very important reliability model as it fits well in many applied situations of reliability data analysis. another advantage with the loglogistic distribution lies in its closed form expression for survival and failure rate functions that makes it important over lognormal distribution [5]. salman and farhan [6] estimated the survival function for the patients of lung cancer; they used several nonparametric estimation methods, and concluded that the shrinkage was the best method. the main objective of this research is to estimate the survival function for the data of lung cancer patients, by using parametric methods and determine the best and most efficient distribution. 2. theoretical part 2.1 survival analysis survival function is the probability that a system or component will survive without failure during a specified time interval [0, 𝑡] under given operating conditionals, denoted by 𝑆, which is defined as [7]: 𝑆(𝑡) = 𝑃(𝑇 > 𝑡) = ∫ 𝑓(𝑢)𝑑𝑢 , 𝑡 ≥ 0 ∞ 𝑡 (1) where, 𝑇 is a random variable, 𝑡 is the time of death. the survival function 𝑆(𝑡) is the probability that the patient will survival till time 𝑡. survival probability is usually assumed to approach zero as age increases, with: 𝑆(0) = 1 lim 𝑡→∞ 𝑆(𝑡) = 0 𝑆(𝑡) is decreasing and continuous from right side. it is linked with the failure distribution function 𝐹(𝑡) and in fact, it is the complement of it, i.e.: 𝑆(𝑡) = 1 − 𝐹(𝑡) (2) 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 𝑆(𝑡) = −𝑓(𝑡) (3) 2.2 life time distribution function the life time distribution function, is defined as the complement of the survival function [1], 𝐹(𝑡) = 𝑃(𝑇 ≤ 𝑡) = 1 − 𝑆(𝑡) (4) if 𝐹(𝑡) is differentiable then the derivative, which is the density function of the lifetime distribution is, 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 𝐹(𝑡) (5) 110 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the function 𝑓(𝑡) is sometimes called the event density; it is the rate of death or failure events per unit time. 2.3 hazard function hazard function is also known as the immediate failure rate [8]. this is the limit of the conditional probability that an item will fail in the time interval [𝑡, 𝑡 + ∆𝑡] when we know that the item is functioning at time t is 𝑃(𝑡 < 𝑇 ≤ 𝑡 + ∆𝑡 𝑇⁄ > 𝑡) = 𝑃(𝑡<𝑇≤𝑡+∆𝑡) 𝑃(𝑇>𝑡) = 𝐹(𝑡+∆𝑡)−𝐹(𝑡)) 𝑆(𝑡) (6) by dividing this probability by the length of the time interval, ∆𝑡, and letting ∆𝑡 → 0, we get the rate function ( ℎ(𝑡)) , and it is defined as: ℎ(𝑡) = lim ∆𝑡→0 𝐹(𝑡+∆𝑡)−𝐹(𝑡) 𝑆(𝑡) ℎ(𝑡) = 𝑑𝐹(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 1 𝑆(𝑡) ℎ(𝑡) = 𝑓(𝑡) 𝑆(𝑡) (7) where 𝑓(𝑡) 𝑖𝑠 the failure density functions, and 𝑆(𝑡) is the survival function. then, 𝐻(𝑡) = −𝑑𝑙𝑛𝑆(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 (8) 𝑆(𝑡) = exp (− ∫ ℎ(𝑠)𝑑𝑠) 𝑡 0 so hazard is instantaneous mortality rate conditional on previous survival, and the integrated form of cumulative hazard 𝐻(𝑡) = ∫ ℎ(𝑠)𝑑𝑠 𝑡 0 = − ln 𝑆(𝑡) (9) 3. parametric methods 3.1. weibull distribution the weibull distribution is continuous distribution. it is one of the most widely applied life distributions in reliability analysis [9] and [10]. the probability density function is: 𝑓(𝑡) = { 𝛼 𝜆 ( 𝑡 𝜆 )𝛼−1𝑒 −( 𝑡 𝜆 )𝛼 𝑡 > 0 0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 (10) 111 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 where ( 𝛼 > 0) is shape parameter and ( 𝜆 > 0) is the scale parameter of the distribution. the mean and variance of weibull distribution are respectively: 𝐸(𝑡) = 𝜆γ(1 + 1 𝛼 ) (11) 𝑉(𝑡) = 𝜆2[γ (1 + 1 𝛼 ) − γ2(1 + 1 𝛼 ) (12) the cumulative distribution function is defined as: 𝐹(𝑡) = 1 − 𝑒 −( 𝑡 𝜆 )𝛼 , 𝑡 > 0 (13) the survival function is defined as: 𝑆(𝑡) = 𝑒 −( 𝑡 𝜆 )𝛼 (14) the failure rate (or hazard rate) function is given by: ℎ(𝑡) = 𝛼 𝜆 ( 𝑡 𝜆 )𝛼−1 = 𝛼𝜆−𝛼 𝑡𝛼−1 (15) 3.2. gumbel distribution gumbel (1958) denotes this distribution of the type i distribution of the smallest extreme, called the gumbel distribution of the smallest extreme [8]. the gumbel distribution is a very common distribution due to its global applicability in several fields and its wide applications [11] and [13]. the probability density function is: 𝑓(𝑡) = { 1 𝛽 exp [−(𝑧 + exp(−𝑧))] −∞ < 𝑡 < ∞ 0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 (16) where 𝑧 = 𝑡−𝜇 𝛽 , 𝜇 is the location parameter, and 𝛽 is the scale parameter of the distribution. the mean and variance of 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑙𝑙 distribution are respectively: 𝐸(𝑡) = 𝜇 + 𝛽𝛾 , (17) 𝛾 is euler's constant (0.577215) 𝑉(𝑡) = (𝛽𝜋)2/6 (18) the cumulative distribution function is defined as: 𝐹(𝑡) = 1 − exp[− exp(−𝑧)] , −∞ < 𝑡 < ∞ (19) the survival function is defined as: 𝑆(𝑡) = exp [− exp(−𝑧)] (20) the failure rate (or hazard rate) function is given by: ℎ(𝑡) = 1 𝛽 exp [−(𝑧+exp(−𝑧))] exp [− exp(−𝑧)] (21) 112 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 3.3.exponential distribution the exponential distribution is a special case of twoparameter 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑙𝑙 distribution (or gamma distribution) when the shape parameter is (𝛼 = 1) in equation 10, then the probability density function is [11]: 𝑓(𝑡) = { 1 𝜆 𝑒 − 𝑡 𝜆 𝑡 > 0 0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 (22) where 𝜆 > 0 is the scale parameter of the distribution, and the mean and variance of exponential distribution are respectively: 𝐸(𝑡) = 𝜆 (23) 𝑉(𝑡) = 𝜆2 (24) the cumulative distribution function is defined as: 𝐹(𝑡) = 1 − 𝑒 − 𝑡 𝜆 , 𝑡 > 0 (25) the survival function is defined as: 𝑆(𝑡) = 𝑒 − 𝑡 𝜆 (26) the failure rate (or hazard rate) is given by: ℎ(𝑡) = 1 𝜆 (27) 3.4. loglogistic distribution loglogistic distribution is widely used in survival analysis when the failure rate function presents an unmoral shape [5]: 𝑓(𝑡) = { 𝛽 𝛼 ( 𝑡 𝛼 )𝛽−1[1 + ( 𝑡 𝛼 )𝛽]−2 𝑡 > 0 0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 (28) where ( 𝛼 > 0) is scale parameter and ( 𝛽 > 0) is the shape parameter of the distribution. the mean and variance are respectively [12], 𝐸(𝑡) = 𝜋𝛼𝛽−1 sin(𝜋𝛽−1) , 𝛽 > 0 (29) and 𝑉(𝑡) = 2𝜋𝛼2𝛽−1 sin(2𝜋𝛽−1) − [ 𝜋𝛼𝛽−1 sin(𝜋𝛽−1) ]2 , 𝛽 > 2 (30) the cumulative distribution function is defined as: 𝐹(𝑡) = 1 − [1 + ( 𝑡 𝛼 )𝛽]−1 (31) also the survival function is defined as: 113 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝑆(𝑡) = [1 + ( 𝑡 𝛼 )𝛽]−1 (32) the hazard function is given by: ℎ(𝑡) = 𝛽 𝛼 ( 𝑡 𝛼 )𝛽−1[1 + ( 𝑡 𝛼 )𝛽 ]−1 (33) 4. goodness of fit test in order to compare the distributions, we consider some other criterion like akaike information criterion (𝐴𝐼𝐶), akaike information criterion corrected (𝐴𝐼𝐶𝐶) and bayesian information criterion (𝐵𝐼𝐶) for the real data set [2]. the best distribution corresponds to lower 𝐴𝐼𝐶, 𝐴𝐼𝐶𝐶, and 𝐵𝐼𝐶 values [7] and [13]: 𝐴𝐼𝐶 = −2 log 𝐿 + 2𝑘 (34) 𝐴𝐼𝐶𝐶 = 𝐴𝐼𝐶 + 2𝑘(𝑘+1) 𝑛−𝑘−1 (35) 𝐵𝐼𝐶 = −2 log 𝐿 + 𝑘 log 𝑛 (36) where k is the number of parameters in the statistical model, 𝑛 the sample size and 𝐿 is the maximized value of the likelihood function for the estimated model. 5. data analysis and results the dataset used in this study consists of a sample of (118) lung cancer patients obtained from salman and farhan [6] and given in table 2. we can find the estimated value of the parameters and its confidence intervals for the distributions by using maximum likelihood estimation method as follows: table1: maximum likelihood estimates parameters of the distributions 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑙 𝐸𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 95% 𝐶. 𝐼 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑙𝑙 𝛼 = 3.05 𝜆 = 373.58 [2.62 − 3.54] [351.30 − 397.28] 𝐺𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑙 𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝜇 = 394.02 𝛽 = 102.78 𝜆 = 337.15 [374.42 − 413.61] [89.521 − 118.01] [281.49 − 403. 82] 𝐿𝑜𝑔 − 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑐 𝛽 = 5.80 𝛼 = 0.26 [5.72 − 5.88] [0.22 – 0.30] the survival function estimations of time are obtained by substituting these estimated values of the parameters in equations (14), (20), (26), and (32) as shown in table 2. and the survival plots of the w.d, g.d, e.d and l.l.d are shown in figures 1, 2, 3, and 4 respectively. 114 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 1: the curve of weibull distribution for survival function figure 2: the curve of gumbel distribution for survival function figure 3: the curve of exponential distribution for survival function 600500400300200100 100 80 60 40 20 0 shape 3.04788 scale 373.580 mean 333.835 stdev 119.621 median 331.253 iqr 167.610 failure 118 censor 0 table of statistics t ime p e rc e n t 6005004003002001000-100 100 80 60 40 20 0 loc 394.015 scale 102.781 mean 334.688 stdev 131.821 median 356.344 iqr 161.626 failure 118 censor 0 table of statistics t ime p e rc e n t 16001400120010008006004002000 100 80 60 40 20 0 mean 337.153 stdev 337.153 median 233.696 iqr 370.400 failure 118 censor 0 table of statistics t ime p e rc e n t 115 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 4: the curve of log logistic distribution for survival function table 2: estimated values of the survival function [6] 120010008006004002000 100 80 60 40 20 0 loc 5.80194 scale 0.256581 mean 369.695 stdev 200.104 median 330.940 iqr 189.054 failure 118 censor 0 table of statistics t ime p e rc e n t no. time /day �̂�(𝑾. 𝑫) �̂�(𝑮. 𝑫) �̂�(𝑬. 𝑫) �̂�(𝑳. 𝑫) no. time /day �̂�(𝑾. 𝑫) �̂�(𝑮. 𝑫) �̂�(𝑬. 𝑫) �̂�(𝑳. 𝑫) 1 3 1.000 0.978 0.991 1.000 60 341 0.469 0.550 0.364 0.471 2 37 0.999 0.969 0.896 0.999 61 342 0.466 0.547 0.363 0.468 3 72 0.993 0.957 0.808 0.997 62 345 0.456 0.538 0.359 0.460 4 75 0.993 0.956 0.801 0.997 63 349 0.444 0.524 0.355 0.448 5 91 0.987 0.949 0.763 0.994 64 354 0.428 0.508 0.349 0.435 6 100 0.982 0.944 0.743 0.991 65 357 0.419 0.498 0.347 0.427 7 103 0.981 0.943 0.737 0.989 66 363 0.400 0.477 0.341 0.411 8 121 0.968 0.932 0.699 0.981 67 364 0.397 0.474 0.339 0.408 9 127 0.964 0.928 0.686 0.977 68 364 0.397 0.474 0.339 0.408 10 140 0.951 0.919 0.660 0.966 69 366 0.391 0.467 0.338 0.403 11 154 0.935 0.908 0.633 0.952 70 367 0.388 0.464 0.337 0.401 12 156 0.933 0.906 0.629 0.949 71 368 0.385 0.460 0.336 0.398 13 164 0.922 0.899 0.615 0.939 72 371 0.376 0.449 0.333 0.391 14 186 0.888 0.876 0.576 0.904 73 373 0.369 0.443 0.331 0.386 15 211 0.839 0.845 0.535 0.853 74 380 0.349 0.419 0.324 0.369 16 212 0.837 0.844 0.533 0.850 75 387 0.328 0.393 0.317 0.352 17 213 0.835 0.842 0.532 0.848 76 387 0.328 0.393 0.317 0.352 18 217 0.826 0.836 0.525 0.838 77 392 0.314 0.375 0.313 0.341 19 218 0.824 0.835 0.524 0.836 78 393 0.311 0.372 0.312 0.339 20 221 0.817 0.831 0.519 0.828 79 397 0.300 0.357 0.308 0.330 21 221 0.817 0.831 0.519 0.828 80 399 0.295 0.350 0.306 0.325 22 233 0.789 0.812 0.501 0.797 81 400 0.292 0.346 0.305 0.323 116 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 23 240 0.772 0.789 0.491 0.778 82 400 0.292 0.346 0.305 0.323 24 241 0.769 0.798 0.489 0.775 83 401 0.289 0.343 0.304 0.321 25 243 0.764 0.794 0.486 0.769 84 402 0.286 0.339 0.304 0.319 26 249 0.748 0.784 0.478 0.752 85 407 0.273 0.322 0.299 0.309 27 254 0.735 0.774 0.471 0.737 86 409 0.268 0.314 0.297 0.305 28 266 0.701 0.749 0.454 0.701 87 419 0.242 0.279 0.289 0.285 29 273 0.681 0.735 0.445 0.679 88 421 0.237 0.272 0.287 0.281 30 276 0.672 0.728 0.441 0.669 89 421 0.237 0.272 0.287 0.281 31 277 0.669 0.726 0.440 0.667 90 422 0.235 0.269 0.286 0.279 32 278 0.666 0.724 0.438 0.664 91 422 0.235 0.269 0.286 0.279 33 281 0.657 0.717 0.435 0.654 92 423 0.232 0.266 0.285 0.278 34 290 0.630 0.695 0.423 0.626 93 427 0.222 0.252 0.282 0.270 35 301 0.596 0.667 0.410 0.591 94 428 0.220 0.247 0.281 0.269 36 301 0.596 0.667 0.410 0.591 95 430 0.215 0.242 0.279 0.265 37 301 0.596 0.667 0.410 0.591 96 446 0.179 0.191 0.266 0.238 38 302 0.593 0.665 0.408 0.588 97 450 0.171 0.178 0.263 0.232 39 304 0.587 0.659 0.406 0.582 98 454 0.163 0.167 0.260 0.226 40 304 0.587 0.659 0.406 0.582 99 416 0.249 0.289 0.291 0.291 41 306 0.581 0.654 0.404 0.576 100 463 0.146 0.141 0.253 0.213 42 307 0.577 0.651 0.402 0.573 101 470 0.133 0.123 0.248 0.203 43 307 0.577 0.651 0.402 0.573 102 477 0.122 0.106 0.243 0.194 44 308 0.574 0.649 0.401 0.569 103 481 0.115 0.097 0.240 0.189 45 313 0.558 0.635 0.395 0.554 104 481 0.115 0.097 0.240 0.189 46 313 0.558 0.635 0.395 0.554 105 483 0.112 0.093 0.239 0.186 47 314 0.555 0.632 0.394 0.551 106 483 0.112 0.093 0.239 0.186 48 318 0.542 0.621 0.389 0.539 107 497 0.092 0.066 0.229 0.170 49 330 0.504 0.585 0.376 0.503 108 511 0.074 0.044 0.220 0.155 50 331 0.501 0.582 0.375 0.499 109 512 0.073 0.043 0.219 0.154 51 332 0.498 0.579 0.374 0.497 110 512 0.073 0.043 0.219 0.154 52 332 0.498 0.579 0.374 0.497 111 516 0.069 0.038 0.216 0.150 53 334 0.491 0.573 0.371 0.491 112 517 0.068 0.037 0.216 0.149 54 334 0.491 0.573 0.371 0.491 113 519 0.066 0.034 0.215 0.148 55 335 0.488 0.569 0.370 0.488 114 533 0.052 0.021 0.206 0.135 56 335 0.488 0.569 0.370 0.488 115 534 0.051 0.021 0.205 0.134 57 335 0.488 0.569 0.370 0.488 116 535 0.050 0.19 0.205 0.133 58 335 0.488 0.569 0.370 0.488 117 540 0.046 0.016 0.202 0.129 59 338 0.479 0.560 0.367 0.479 118 550 0.039 0.010 0.196 0.121 117 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 table 3. criteria for comparison 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑙 −𝐿𝐿 𝐴𝐼𝐶 𝐴𝐼𝐶𝐶 𝐵𝐼𝐶 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑏𝑢𝑙𝑙 737.89 1479.78 1479.88 1479.92 𝐺𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑙 𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 729.93 804.82 1463.86 1611.65 1463.96 1611.68 1464.00 1611.71 𝐿𝑜𝑔 − 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑐 757.03 1518.06 1518.16 1518.20 the results in table 3 indicate that the 𝐺𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑙 distribution has the lowest 𝐴𝐼𝐶, 𝐴𝐼𝐶𝐶 and 𝐵𝐼𝐶 values than the weibull, loglogistic, and exponential. hence gumbel distribution leads to a better fit than the other three distributions. 6. conclusions from the practical work, it is concluded that the gumbel distribution has the lowest 𝐴𝐼𝐶, 𝐴𝐼𝐶𝐶 and 𝐵𝐼𝐶 values than the weibull, exponential, and loglogistic distributions. we conclude that the survival function for the lung cancer by using gumbel distribution model is the best. and the expected values of the survival function of all estimation methods which are proposed in this article has been decreasing progressively with increasing failure times for lung cancer patients: this means that there is an opposite relationship failure times and survival function. references 1. mohammed, a. m., shao t., expected the life time for heart patients by using cox regression model, international journal of applied research, 2015, 1, 9, 883-889. 2. merovci, f., transmuted generalized rayleigh distribution, journal of statistics applications and probability, 2014, 3, 1, 9-20, htt://dx.doi.org/10.12785/jsap/030102. 3. zhu, h. p. et al., application of weibull model for survival of patients with gastric cancer, bmc gastro enter bogy, 2011, 11,. 1, http://www.biomdcentral. 4. abernethy, r. b., the new weibull hand book, ch.1, an over view of weibull analysis, 2006, http://www.barringer1.com/pdf/chpt1-5th-edition.pdf 5. akhtar, m. ; khan, a., a. loglogistic distribution as a reliability model: a bayesian analysis, american journal of mathematics and statistics, 2014, 4, 3, 162170, doi:10.5923/j.ajms20140403.05. 6. salman, a. n. ; farhan, i. h., estimate complete the survival function for real data of lung cancer patients, ibn al-haitham journal for pure &applied sciences, 2014, 27, 3, 531-541. 7. yong, t., extended weibull distributions in reliability engineering, phd. theses, 2004, national university of singapore. http://www.biomdcentral/ http://www.barringer1.com/pdf/chpt1-5th-edition.pdf 118 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 8. rausand, m. ; hoyland, a., system reliability theory models, statistical methods, and applications, 2nd edition, 2004, john wiley &sons, inc, canada, isbn 0-47147133-x. 9. chen, m.; zhang, z.; cui, c., on the bias of the maximum likelihood estimators of parameters of the weibull distribution, mathematical and computational application, 2017, 22, 19, 1-18, 2017, doi: 103390/mca2210019. 10. varela, j. gorgoso ; rojo-alboreca, a., use of gumbel and weibull functions to model extreme values of diameter distribution in forest stands, annals of forest science, 2014, 71, 741-750. 11. deka, d., bhanita das, b. ; baruah, b. k., transmuted exponential gumbel distribution and its application to water quality data, pak.j.stat.oper.res, 2017, 13, 1, 115-126. 12. santana, t. v.; ortega, e. m. m. cordeiro, g. m ; silva, g. o., the kumaraswamy loglogistic distribution, journal of statistical theory and applications, 2012, 11, 3, 265-291. 13. vllah, e. ; shahazad, m. n., transmutation of the two parameters rayleigh distribution, international journal of advanced statistics and probability, 2016, 4, 2, 95-101, doi:10.1419/ijasp.v4i2.6100 8 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstarct comsol multiphysics software is established to make a simulation that is comparable with experimental device. by utilizing comsol, the positive column domain of direct-current glow discharge with argon is considered for both of different applied voltage and working gas pressure. the calculations are exhibited by using a precise collision cross sections and townsend coefficients for the argon. the impacts of voltage and pressure on the debye length, number of particles in debye sphere and plasma frequency are calculated and graphically delineated. with this regard to the dependence of plasma parameters on the applied voltage and pressure, some of them are found to be compatible with the experimental results, while others are not. for example, the calculations of the comsol shows that the electron temperature is not always decreasing with the increase in the applied voltage, and the debye length does not give a linearly decreasing relationship but rather an exponentially decreasing relationship. also, the calculations do not reproduce and match the experimental results for the dependence electron density on working pressure at various potentials. keywords: comsol multiphysics, dc glow discharge, plasma density, electron temperature, plasma frequency, argon. 1. introduction for a long time ago and still to nowadays the low-pressure glow discharge is used for fluorescent lamps, neon light, plasma-screen tv, and treatment of material and gas lasers [14]. the discharge is a kind of ionized gas or plasma formed by applying the electric potential difference between two electrodes in a glass tube containing a low-pressure a reactive gas or inert gas [5]. a slight fraction of gas atoms at first are ionized by thermal collisions among atoms. the electrons are emitted from the cathode and accelerated away towards anode due to the potential difference between the electrodes. this process gives rise to collisions with the gas atoms and generates electron-ion pairs on their way through collisions with neutral atoms and ionizes them. the ions are driven in the opposite direction by the same potential. the generated ions move in the opposite direction, striking the cathode and new electrons are ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index investigation in the effect of applied voltage and working pressure on some plasma parameters in the positive column of dc glow discharge article history: received 17 february 2019, accepted 8 april 2019, publish may 2019 may,2019 mustafa k. jassim 10.30526/32.2.2126 doi: department of physics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq email: qqqqq1961@gmail.com email: file:///d:/عدد%202019/2019-5-20/فيزياء/qqqqq1961@gmail.com 01 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 emitted. although, the created plasma between the electrodes depends on the degree of ionization, the emission of secondary electrons at the cathode is responsible for preserving the discharge [6]. secondary electron emission is resulting from particle impacts on the surface of the electrode. the particles may be positive ions excited atoms, photons and electron [7]. the discharge glows with a coloured light depending on excitation collisions which gives rise to excited species [8]. the excited species decay to lower levels by the emission of light that depends on a type of the used gas. the glow discharge is used in plasma physics and analytical chemistry because the light produced can reveal information about the atomic interactions in the gas [9]. in addition to that the dc discharge is used in sputtering for surface [10]. in science there needs to be consistency between theory and experiment. this means that what is done experimentally has basically a theoretical basis. the accomplishment of the simulation of a certain phenomenon is thought to indicate what would happen if applied through an experiment. there are rather a few theoretical and experimental researches on the phenomenon of glow electrical discharge. some of these researches discusses the effect of working pressure and applied voltages on these devices [11-14]. in this research we proceed to explore the extent to which experimental results are consistent with simulation of the phenomenon using comsol multiphysics program. the program is finite element modelling software [15]. several plasma parameters will be taken out in the positive column of glow discharge by change working pressure and applied potential. the discharge composes of two parallel rectangle electric poles; anode and cathode supposed being made of stainless steel of width 3.75 cm and separated at a distance of 37.4 cm. the cathode is grounded while the anode is powered and associated with an external circle. the discharge contains inside a chamber filled with argon gas at various pressures. the calculations are accomplished at constantly reduced electron mobility and with work function value of the stainless steel electrodes. in the comsol multiphysics, the species are organized based on the chemistry of plasma. the plasma chemistry is determined by a group of volumetric reactions, electron impact, and surface reactions. furthermore, boundary conditions for electrons and the electric potential are included. argon is considered the most straightforward mechanisms to actualize at low pressures [16]. further, we acquire to assign complete cross section data so as to model the processes included such as elastic and excitation, ionization, and metastable quenching. table 1 and 2, demonstrates the utilized reactions in the simulation which is the predominant reaction in the two gas phase and surface phase. the electronically excited states can be collected into single species which brings about a chemical mechanism comprising of just three species and seven reactions. 00 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 table 1. collisions and reactions 11odeled. type reaction ( ) elastic 0 excitation 11.5 super-elastic -11.5 ionization 15.8 ionization 4.24 penning ionization ---- metastable quenching --- table 2. surface reactions. reaction sticking coefficient 1 1 4. governing equations as stated above, three species included in the plasma chemistry. the fluid equations of conservation must satisfy for each species separately. for electrons, the density and mean electron energy that solved by comsol are : ( ) [ ( ) ] (1) ( ) [ ( ) ] (2) where ( ) (3) for the electron mobility the comsol uses: (4) using plasma chemistry, the source coefficients are determined by townsend coefficients. the electron source is: ∑ | | (5) in which, is the mole fraction of the species for reaction , is the total neutral number density, is townsend coefficient for reaction and is electron flux. summing the collisional energy loss over the entire reactions. and so, the electron energy is: ∑ | | (6) such that is the the energy loss from reaction . for species other than electron the simulation uses: ( ) ( ) (7) 01 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 where is the space charge density. equation (8) is used to calculate the electrostatic field (8) where is calculated using the equation (9): [∑ ] (9) due to the electrons lost to wall by the random motion within some few free paths of the wall, the electrons gained and because the effects of secondary emission there should be a boundary condition (bc) on the energy flux of electron and the flux energy. these bc takes into account in simulation calculations. 3. results and discussion a nearby look at the diagrams provided by comsol for the potential, electron and ion density with the separation between anode and cathode would determine the positive column domain. whatsover point in this domain can be considered as though that the langmuir probe had been embedded to determine the attributes of the plasma. thus, this point assigns the calculated data of electron temperature and electron density. the picked point is a few of cm apart from the anode and the other entire computations of plasma parameters are corresponding to this point. even though the comsol draws an electron temperature, electron density, electric potential and excited argon number density along the axial length of the column as well as a surface plot, the latter plots are provided for both electron density over the column of discharge due to various pressures and fixed applied potential and vice versa, elucidate that the electron density is distinctively varied in the glow discharge between the electrodes. in the region between cathode and positive column the electron density decreases rapidly towards the radial direction. this is because of electron diffusive loss outward walls of column. figure 1, shows the electron temperature as a function of applied voltage for several distinct pressures compared with experimental data. each point in the figure is corresponding to a new run in the cosmol for the working parameters indicated. obviously, in the experiment range of measurement, the electron temperature curves against applied voltage decrease for constant pressure. although, several of comsol runs at 0.07 and 0.11 torr confirm this fact but at the pressure of 0.15 and 0.2 torr there is fluctuated behavior of increasing and decreasing of electron temperature in slower manner as the applied voltage increased. note that the peak of each curve is shifted to a lower applied voltage as the pressure increased. starting from low range of applied voltage, the electron temperature curves for several working pressure have increased behavior reaching behavior to peak and then decreased. the reason of this is that the ionization is effective due to increased probability of electron-neutral collisions. however, as applied voltage increased the elastic collisions prohibit the electrons to attain to the higher energies for the ionization to take place. at higher voltage, these collisions increase the ion loss to the walls yielding to lower electron temperature measured. notwithstanding that several values of working pressure for the whole range used in the comsol do not give common symmetrical curves. the behavior of electron temperature curves with applied voltage is in well agreement with experimental data in [15-16]. the figure illustrates decreasing values of electron temperature as the working pressure increased. 02 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 1. separated diagrams of calculated and experimental data of electron temperature versus applied potential at different working pressures. figure 2, shows the relationship between the electron density and the applied voltage for several values of pressures. clearly, the electron density increases with the increase of the applied voltage due to the electrons that pick up more energy from the electric field. this process leads to increase the ionization caused by the effect of inelastic collision in the discharge. it is additionally certain that the electron densities for different pressures are very close at lower voltages and its curves diverge as the pressure increased. further, higher pressures for the same voltages yield higher values of electron density. this originates from the increased ionization within the plasma, which results in an increase in the generation of charged particles. the overall behavior of electron density vs. applied potential in the simulation is in well agreement with experimental data given in [15-16]. 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 2. the dependence of electron density on the applied potential at different working pressure. in figure 3, the impact of the working pressure on electron temperature for many of applied voltages is showed. it is clear that the behavior is exponentially decreasing. at lower voltage used of 150 v, the values of electron temperature are lower than that of higher voltages. it is worth noting that the curve of electron temperature vs. pressure at 250 v and 350 v are approximately located on each other. in fact, the values of electron temperature in the curves are partially different, but they are very close. this causes overlapping of plots and thus we plot the calculations separately. in spite of that, at higher pressures, the electron temperature curves for lower applied voltages are somewhat higher than that of high voltages. this behavior is corresponding to the experimental results in very good manner, see for instant [11-13]. the effect, therefore, means that the electron temperature decreases as the applied voltage increase. the explanation behind the decreasing of electron temperature is the inelastic collision increasing amongst electrons and plasma species. for this situation, electrons do not receive energy from the electric field. it is noted that the curve of electron temperature for applied of 450 v has extremely anomalous behavior at pressure more than 0.13 torr. it is lying lower than other curves even if the applied voltage increased. this can be caused by the nature of the simulation design in comsol. this effect was not observed in the experiment, for example see [11]. 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 3. separated diagrams of electron temperature versus working pressure at different applied potentials. in figure 4, the reliance of the electron density on working pressure at various applied voltage is showed. as the pressure increases the electron density increased because of the ionization process that is increased in the plasma. again, it is noticed previously that the electron density increases as the applied pressure increased. however, the simulation results here do not reproduce and match the experimental results of the [11]. there is a direct relationship between the electron density at low pressure values until reaching a peak for certain constant potential and then decreasing. in this simulation, generally the electron density continues to increase at whole range of pressure and applied potential used. the decrease of electron density at higher pressures is not satisfied in the current work. this indicates that the losses of charged particles in the discharge region are as small as the pressure increased. the ionization rate remains to increase and this contribute to the increased electron density. figure 4. the dependence of electron density on working pressure at various potentials. 05 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 in figure 5, gave the dependence of debye length on the applied potential for different values of applied pressure. the potential of a charged particle penetrates a specific distance in the plasma can be taken as a measure of distance. this distance is a characteristic scale length called debye length . the latter is given by well-known expression [17]. ( ) ⁄ (10) as the applied voltage builds up, the debye length exponentially decreased. the reason that debye length decreases is due increasing of electron density that increases the shielding at short distance. higher applied potential would result in lower curves of debye length. higher pressure curve yields lower debye lengths as one increases the applied pressure. in figure 5, we neglect the lower potential of lower pressures for sake of the other large potential of higher pressures that give shorter debye length. in this case, the graph is clearer and shows the relationship conceptually. further, it is clear that the curve of 0.7 torr is with less data because the comsol simulation runs above 375 v fall to give result as previously mentioned. while both the simulation and experimental results of [11]. for the dependence of debye length on applied voltage has generally decreasing behavior but here is exponential and in the experimental is somehow is linear [11]. figure 5. the variation of debye length with applied potential at different pressure. figure 6, demonstrates the debye length as a function of working pressure for different values of the applied potential. the debye length decreases as the pressure increased. the curves of higher applied potential results in lower level. the number of particles in the sheath region determines whether the debye shielding is statistically a valid concept. the debye shielding is valid provided that there are enough particles in the cloud of charge. the results here are consistent with [11]. figure 6. the variation of debye length with pressure at different applied potentials. 06 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 7, show the dependence of debye number on the applied voltage for various values of working pressures. the number of particles in a "debye sphere" is given by [17]. ( ) (11) figure 7, illustrate that under a low pressure the positive column of the discharge has less particles than at the higher pressures. as the pressure increases from (0.3 to 0.5) torr, the corresponding curves of intersect at the point where the applied voltage is 290 v. at relatively lower voltage the curve of 0.3 torr located lower than 0.5 torr curve. the curves position is switched after this point. it is additionally evident that when the applied voltage increases, the 0.5 torr curve will overlap with 0.1 torr. figure 7. number of particles in a "debye sphere" versus applied potential at different pressure. figure 8, represents the variation of number of particles with increased applied potentials. it demonstrates that the higher applied voltage gives the most noteworthy number of particles in debye sphere. the reversal of the of the 350 v curve from increasing to decreasing at higher working pressures. the 250 v curve has a tendency to stabilize in value at higher pressures while the lower voltage used keeps on increasing with increasing pressure. 07 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 8. number of particles in a "debye sphere" versus pressure at different pressure applied potential the plasma frequency is one of the fundamental parameters. it depends only on the plasma density since the small value of as in the following formula [17]. ( ) ⁄ (12) the plasma frequency is normally very high in comparison with an electron frequency. referable to the increased values of electron density the behaves in a similar way. figure 9, expresses the variation of a plasma frequency as the applied potential increased for different values of pressure. evidently, the plasma frequency increases as the applied potential increased and higher pressure yields higher plasma frequency. compared with the experimental results, we find that the results here are consistent with it in terms of increase in plasma frequency with increasing applied potential [14]. figure 9. plasma frequency versus applied potential at different pressure. 08 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 figure 10, illustrate the dependence of plasma frequency with working pressure for different potential. the plasma frequency increases as the pressure increased. further, the curves of plasma frequency are higher as the applied potential is higher. once again, it is still that the comsol results are contravened with experimental data at higher pressures. the reason is that the plasma frequency behaves as the electron density in figure 4. in fact, plasma frequency is directly proportional with it according to equation (12). figure 10. plasma frequency versus pressure at different pressure applied potential. 4. conclusion comsol is utilized here to stimulate a dc glow discharge in argon plasma. generally, the electron temperature progressively decreases with the increase in pressure at constant voltage. however, we indicate that this is not a common case due to comsol result for successive close runs. there is increasing in electron temperature at lower pressures and then the behavior returns to the usual. similar behavior between experimental and comsol results for the variation of the electron temperature with the pressure at different applied voltage are obtained. the computed plasma parameters behave like the density and temperature of electron in similar trends depending on its position in the individual formulas applied. the comsol results show that they are somehow approved and compatible with experimental data. the difference is the equations used in the comsol that must be appropriately formulated to have absolute compatibility with experimental results by considering the boundary conditions at which the difference occurs. references 1. guangsup, c.; lee, j.; kim, s.; song, h.; koo, j.; kim, b.; kang, j.; choi, e.; lee, u.; verboncoeur, j. glow discharge in the external electrode fluorescent lamp, ieee transactions on plasma science.2005, 33,4,1410-1415. 2. kyung, c.; heung-sik, t. the characteristics of plasma display with the cylindrical hollow cathode, ieee transactions on electron devices.1999, 46, 12, 2344-2347. 3. navaneetha, p.; selvarjana, v.; deshmukhb, r.; changyou, g. adhesive properties of polypropylene (pp) and polyethylene terephthalate (pet) film surfaces treated by dc glow discharge plasma, vacuum. 2008, 83, 2, 332-339. 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 4. gregory, j.f.; jorge, j.r.a. self-consistent model for negative glow discharge lasers: the hollow cathode helium mercury laser, ieee journal of quantum electronics. 1992, 28, 9, 19411956. 5. brandenburg, r. dielectric barrier discharges: progress on plasma sources and on the understanding of regimes and single filaments, plasma source science and technology. 2017, 26, 5, 1-30. 6. pinheiro, m.j. electron trapping by electric field reversal in glow discharges, ist/cfp. 2006, 6, 1-12. 7. wagenaars, e. plasma breakdown of low-pressure gas discharges, ph.d thesis, eindhoven, university of technology. 2006. 8. samanta, k.; jassal, m.; agrawal, a. atmospheric pressure glow discharge plasma and its applications in textile, indian journal of fibre and textile research.2006, 31, 83-98. 9. bengtson, a.; hoffmann, v.; kasik, m.; marshall, k. analytical glow discharges: fundamentals, applications, and new developments, wiley online library. 2017. 10. boumans, p. sputtering in a glow discharge for spectrochemical analysis. anal. chem. 1992, 44, 7, 1219–1228. 11. shrestha, a.; shrestha, r.; baniya, h.; tyata, r.; subedi, d.; wong, c. influence of discharge voltage and pressure on the plasma parameters in a low pressure dc glow discharge. international journal of recent research and review. 2014, vii, 2, 9-15. 12. mazhir, s.n.; khalaf, m.k.; taha, s.k.; mohsin, h.k. measurement of plasma electron temperature and density by using applied voltage and working pressures in a magnetron sputtering system. international j. of engineering & technology. 2018, 7, 3, 1177-1180. 13. gao, s.; chen, s.; ji, z.; tian, w.; chen, j. dc glow discharge in axial magnetic field at low pressures. advances in mathematical physics. 2017, article id 9193149:1-8. 14. ali, n.h.; yeser, m.a.; ali, n.f. the effect of the poles distances on plasma characteristic of discharge tube. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2012, 25, 1-15. 15. ali, s. computational modelling of dielectric barrier discharge plasma actuators for aerospace flow control applications, m.sc thesis, delft university of technology. 2016. 16. braithwaite, n. introduction to gas discharges. plasma sources sci. technol. 2000, 9, 517–527. 17. chen, f. introduction to plasma physics and controlled fusion. plenum press. 1 st edition, 1983. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |214 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 combining a hill encryption algorithm and lsb technique with dispersed way for securing arabic and english text messages hidden in cover image enas whab abood dept. of mathematical/ collage of science / university of basrah received in :5/ april /2017 , accepted in : 4 /june/ 2017 abstract in this paper a hybrid system was designed for securing transformed or stored text messages(arabic and english) by embedding the message in a colored image as a cover file depending on lsb (least significant bit) algorithm in a dispersed way and employing hill data encryption algorithm for encrypt message before being hidden, a key of 3x3 was used for encryption with inverse for decryption, the system scores a good result for psnr rate ( 75-86) that differentiates according to length of message and image resolution. key words: steganography and cryptography , hill algorithm , text hiding mathematics |215 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction the internet is the new environment for dealing with information transferring, publishing and connecting people, so the security of the internet became more significant to protect the data and users from unauthorized access , uncover secret information or distortion it [1]. data security concepts and systems was shown and developed by many researchers for electronic information protection like cryptography and steganography [2][3]. the cryptography is the art of transforming data from its original shape to another unreadable or corrupted with cryptography techniques in the side of sender and being decrypted by receiver to retrieve the original message [4].the cryptosystem components are plaintext which is the original message or data , encryption algorithm that converting plaintext to cipher text by applying key , decryption algorithm is invested to get back original text, cipher text and key for encryption [5]. although the using of cryptography is successful in distortion of information or delusion that made the attacker helpless in retrieving information who still trying to find a way to break the codes even with creation of new methods in cryptography because the presence of a distortion information is a clue to presence of important information and could be broken or sabotaged ,so another way was deployed nowadays to protect critical information that is steganography to hide the information from site at all which leads to be pass without interception [2]. steganography which is denoted as the art or science of embedding data in an incent file like image, audio, video and text ,steganography systems are categorized into two main types according to the techniques used for embedding that are spatial domain and transform domain .in spatial domain the hidden message is put directly in least significant bits (lsbs), while transform domain embedding is done by editing the cover file frequency coefficients like the fourier transform and wavelet [5][6][7].steganosystem is consisted of secret data needed to be hidden , cover file that look incent image ,text or any other media ,algorithms for embedding and retrieving and some time a key needed. steganography hitch is that once the existence of hidden information is exposed or yet assumed, the message is could be retrieved. in this paper a hybrid technique is used to secure data transform consist of encryption of a text message using a hill algorithm with some modification to encrypt a text of arabic as well as english letters and characters, then embedding the cipher text in an rgb image with lsb technique in a dispersed way to strengthen the security of hiding against malicious attackers. related work the steganography was well known from long period by greek as “covered writing” that means hiding information within another information[8]and its away to support the cryptosystem for hiding the encrypted information from unauthorized access these two kinds of security system were studied and developed by many researchers .in cryptography, a studies in an encryption algorithms and enhancing its power and the power of used key were presented and tested with new methods of testing . saeed m.ch (2009) presented a new way to generate encryption key used in stream cipher that generate it randomly then submit it to conditions of authentic randomization , if it passes then used, elsewhere a genetic algorithm is applied to invent a new random key with length equal to message length and a new structure to hide cipher key within the message in addition to deception function to increase key safity [9]. a model for finding hash value to overcome the dictionary attack was suggested by tahbob r. and abu taha m. (2011) with comparative between suggested system and md5,sha1,sha512 [20] . a hybrid technique of cryptography and steganography to provide two levels of security were proposed and being widely used and developed by researchers like r.nivedhitha(2012) mathematics |216 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduces two methods for securing image by des algorithm encryption with the key image. then hide in another image by using lsb techniques ,the decryption can be done by the same key image using des algorithm[4]. saleh marwa e. et.al.(2016) proposed a merged technique for data using standard (aes) algorithm has been modified and used for encryption then the encrypted message has been hidden in image by using method that is combining pvd-mpkmethod [11] with msldip-mpk method with high embedding capacity [5] . cryptography cryptography algorithms was presented and developed for securing data and could be classified into two major types according to the type of key used in encryption: symmetric and asymmetric,in symmetric cipher the key used in encryption is the same used in decryption like digital encryption standard (des), triple-des (3des) and hill algorithm.while in asymmetric cipher different keys but mathematically related are used for encrypting and decrypting[12][13] . hill algorithm is most popular symmetric key encryption technique that uses a matrix as a key for encryption and its inverse for decryption and it represents an excellent technique that depends on the algebraic estimation with high speed and productivity[10] . the hill algorithm depend on a key that is could be any n×n matrix of integer value (2×2 , 3×3 , 4×4,…) that have an inverse with integer value to be used for decryption ( hint: the matrix of integer inverse almost have determinative equal to 1) .the text transformed to a matrix with n row equal to the key dimension then multiplies the key with the text matrix to get ascii cipher text.to retrieve the original text from the cipher text the encryption operations is reversed but the multiplication take place with the inverse of the key matrix[14]. another type of classification is block cipher and stream cipher that depends on the amount of data encrypted, in block cipher the plain text is encrypted as blocks of bits each of time and the size of the block either 32bits or 64 bits... etc. like des .stream ciphers techniques encrypt the data continuously bit by bit by integrate a key with original data a mostly using xor , it considered a block cipher with bit length of each block like rc4 algorithm[13][15]. steganography steganography trends are to hide messages in cover files and either the message or cover files could be any type of media like text, image and sound. usually in images the hiding is being in lsb that caused a minor change cannot be realized by bare eyes [16].there are three main types of covered writing (steganography) used in stegosystem:  pure steganography: pure steganography is a system with no information for hiding within a cover file, like key interchanging or any descriptive manner of hiding.  secret key steganography: it depends on using a keyword for each side (sender and receiver), the sender picks up a cover file c for hiding his message m by secret key k . on the receiver side the same key is used with reversal operations to retrieve secret message m.  public key steganography: this method needs two keys private and public ,the public is declared in a general database and used for hiding while the private key is used for secret message retrieval[17]. many of cover writing techniques were shown [18] like: mathematics |217 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 o substitution system: its work is to substitute the unimportant part of cover file by hiding message bits in a consecutive or dispersed way like least signification bit (lsb) that uses for image and sound cover files . o transform domain techniques : the frequency spectrum of image cover file is used to hide messages and this technique produced immunity against segmentation and image processing attacks comparing with lsb. a discrete cosine transform(dct) and wavelet transform represent a kind of transforms used for hiding purposes. o spread spectrum techniques: in spectrum techniques the signal with some wave exceed low limit for sending information and the hiding message data are being spread with independent signal ,while the receiver is retrieving the hiding data using a special code used for sending, generally two shapes of spread spectrum is invested: direct sequence and frequency hopping. o statistical methods: this method works on changing statistical properties of the cover file (i.e. the cover file changes when sending bit 1 while stay the same with bit 0) so the receiver should be able to recognize the modified cover from the other. proposed system the suggested method of hiding is depending on hiding an encrypted text message (arabic and english) in lsb of colored image in dispersed way. 1. text encryption the first step is to encrypt the text consisting of arabic and english letters and characters using hill algorithm 3×3 matrix key as follows:  chose a key as matrix n×n for encryption with the inverse of integer number for decryption : we are free to chose any key with any dimension with condition of having an integer value inverse matrix ,like: [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] …etc in this paper the key is: key= [ ] [ ]  transform the text to ascii code , actually the ascii code for english characters are started from 32 to 126 and arabic characters ascii started from 1569 to 1618 so we subtract 1442 from arabic ascii to get a new enhanced ascii for any sentence or words consists of various characters in range ( 32-176): 'i like math( ترياضيا ) ' → 73 32 108 105 107 101 32 109 97 116 104 40 143 168 133 148 168 133 136 41 32  reshape the one dimensional ascii code to a two dimensional array with row number equals to key dimension , if the chosen key is 3×3 then the text ascii matrix became as 3×m: mathematics |218 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 acsii_text=  multiply the ascii_text with key after subtracting 32 and taking the modulo of 145 that the number of characters to get numbers between 0-176 then add 32 again : ascii_mul =  convert the ascii_mul to character to get encrypted with consideration to the ascii code of arabic character that started from 1569 instead of 127 as in enhanced ascii of the program : encryp_text=  end 2. text hiding : text hiding is done with the lsb in color image that has value between 0 and 1 so any change in this bit gives a minor alternation in color that measured at 1/255 of color rate, which pays no attention from attackers and to strengthen the hiding power in addition to encrypt the text is using another key to represent the seed for random function that produces a random location for spreading the text bits in cover image ,the algorithm of hiding is below: (1) convert the encrypt_text to ascii with binary code with length 8 bits. (2) convert image color value to binary code with 8 bits(0-255). (3) generate the list of random locations for encrypt_text bits using rand () function available by matlab with seed number represents the key for hiding with default value equal to length of encrypt_text bits and could be changed by the system user. (4) the length of encrypt_text bits stored at the end of image bits (5) substitute the bits of encrypt_text by image 8 th bit (lsb) according to the generated locations. (6) reconstruct the cover image by transforming to decimal codes, then reshape it to 3 dimensional matrix. (7) saving new image and send it to the receiver (8) end the system provides a simple gui to the sender to enter necessary information like plain_text, encryption_key (matrix), cover_image and hiding_key (random seed) to process the encryption and hiding smoothly, then saving cover_image as a new file to be sent, figure(1)(2). 3. message revealing (uncovering ) on the receiver side after getting the image the step of retrieving hidden message started by reversing the algorithm of hiding by generating location list using the same hiding_key (random seed) and take the 8 th bit from each location to form the character of cipher_text . mathematics |219 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 4. text decryption the cipher_text is being decrypted by repeating all steps of encryption with exception that decryption_key is equal to the inverse matrix of encryption_key .the process is done with these steps:  translate the encrypted_test to ascii codes and reshaping with row numbers equal to key columns.  adjusting the values of the matrix of ascii values by subtracting 32 from each element.  multiplying the ascii matrix with decryption_key (inverse of encryption_key).  taking the value of remainder modulo 145 to reduce each matrix element.  adding 32 to each element of the resulting matrix.  reshaping the matrix to a one dimensional matrix and translate each ascii value to opposite character with consideration to the value of the element over than 126 is added to 1442 then get opposite character which belongs to the arabic character group. the gui of receiver is shown in figure(3)(4). results and discussion the system was applied to many messages differentiate in length and images with various resolutions. the system produced a clear image with a good rate of hiding ever with bare eye or noise measurement using peak signal to noise ratio (psnr) according to equations[19]: ∑ ∑ m,n : cover_image resolution. i : cover_image before hiding. ic: cover_image after hiding. l : the highest value of ic matrix which is in image case is 255. in table (1) and figure(5) the results of calculating the psnr rate for different length of encrypted_text hidden in different resolution images . obviously from figure(5) the text length effects in psnr that the increasing in text length caused reducing in psnr but it still good in hiding and unable to detection any text in images,also increasing the resolution of image produces a better way to reduce psnr that fortify the hidden process .the dispersed way in distribution bits of text in image enhancing hiding process and strengthen the proposed algorithm. conclution using cryptography for secret message before being hidden gives an extra level of protection against attackers with ability to encrypt arabic and english characters in the same time. the dispersed way in hiding text bit in cover file strengthen the power of hiding specially if happens with key defined by the users. although the numbers of psnr say about presence of distortion or noise in images after hiding ,but still the test of human eyes is important and it shows no noisy in any image or difference after from before hiding. mathematics |220 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 references 1. tacticus, a. (1990), "how to survive under siege / aineias the tactician", pp. 84{90, 183{193. clarendon ancient history series, oxford, england: clarendon press. 2. awadh,w. a. (2012),”text message hiding in text documents”,m.sc thesis,collage of science,basrah university. 3. abdulzahra, h. ; ahmad, r. and norliza, m. n.,”combining cryptography and steganography for data hiding in images”, applied computational science,pp:128-134 5.nivedhitha, r. and dr. meyyappan, t. (2012),”image security using steganography and cryptographic techniques”, international journal of engineering trends and technology. 6. saleh, m. e.; aly ,a. a. and omara,f. a., 2016, “data security using cryptography and steganography techniques”, (ijacsa) international journal of advanced computer science and applications .. 7. sharda, s. and budhiraja, s. (2013) ,“image steganography: a review,” international journal of emerging technology and advanced engineering (ijetae), pp. 707–710, january. 8. al_dobooni, m. m. ;sulaiman, a. h. and bader sadkhan, s. ,(1989), ”the symbols , codes and computers –introduction to information security”,aldar alarabia . stallings w.,(1999)," cryptography and network security", prentice hall “, new jersey,. 9. saeed, m. j. (2009) ,”stream encryption using genetic algorithm “,al-rafedain journal for computers and mathematical science. 10. abo-taha, mohammed and tahboob, radhwan ,(2011),”practical one way hash algorithm using non-invertible matrix based on hill cipher technique”, communications of the arab computer society. 11. saleh m. e.; aly, a. a. and omara, f. a. (2015), “enhancing pixel value difference (pvd) image steganography by using mobile phone keypad (mpk) coding, ” international journal of computer science and security (ijcss), pp. 397 397. 12. stallings, w. (2006) ,“cryptography and network security principles and practices”, prentice hall. 13.“cryptography just for beginnar”, http://www.tutorialspoint.com. (2015) 14.yi-shiung. y, (2008) , “a new cryptosystem using matrix transformation “. proceedings of ieee international canahan conference on security technology, taipei, taiwan pp: 131-138. 15. lars, r. knudsen and matthew, j. b. robshaw, (2011),”the block cipher companion”,information security and cryptography ,springer-verlag ,berlin heidelberg. 16. hill, s. l, (1929): “ cryptography in an algebraic alphabet “. american math. monthly, pp: 306-312. 17. sellars , duncan, (1999),”an introduction to steganography “ computer science department ,university of cape town south africa. 18. katzenbeisser, s. and petitcolas f.a.p. ,(2000), "information hiding techniques for steganography and digital watermarking",arttech house. 19. qi,hairong ; snyder, wesley e.&sander, william a., (2002);”blind consistency-based steganography for information hiding in digital media”.multimedia and expo,2002.icme ’02.proceedings ieee international conference on vol.1,pp:585-588. mathematics |221 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (1): shows the psnr rate values for different text length and different images resolution . image resolution text size psnr 444 x 444 360 75.8453 194 x 265 32 78.5776 1024 x 728 500 79.4432 50 85.4241 100 83.2974 250 81.5445 figure (1): sender gui for encrypting a secret message and hide it in cover_image figure (2) :sender gui for encrypting a secret message and hide it in cover_image mathematics |222 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (3): receiver gui to uncover encrypt_text and decrypt it to get original message figure (4) receiver gui to uncover encrypt_text and decrypt it to get original message mathematics |223 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (5): shows the differences between the psnr rate in different text lengths, and image resolutions,the right image from each group shows the distribution of text bits in cover_image bits. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |256 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 بىني -ححضير و حشخيص مبدة وبوىيت مخراكبت جذيذة مكىوت مه انبىخىوبيج اثيهيه كاليكىنفثبنيج عمر كريم وجم حقي انذيه عبذ انهبدي حمذان يىسف ابراهيم محمذ ابى زيذ خبِؼخ ثغذاد / (اثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ )و١ٍخ اٌزشث١خ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ /لغُ اٌى١ّ١بء 6192/ايهىل/2،قبم في:6192/حسيران/91اسخهم في: انخالصت شاوجخ خذ٠ذح ِٓ خالي ثٍّشح االث١ٍ١ٓ وال٠ىٛي اٌّٛخٛد ث١ٓ ؽجمبد ِؼذْ زرسؼ١ش ٚرشخ١ض ِبدح ِ فٟ ٘زٖ اٌذساعخرُ ث١ٕذ إٌزبئح اْ اٌج١ٌّٛش ٠زشاثؾ ِغ ١٘ىً اٌط١ٓ ِٓ خالي اٌزبطش ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ. ادد اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ِغ ِبدح اٌفثب١ٌه أٙبدسا٠ذ. ػ١ٍّخ اٌجٍّشح اٌٝ رسط١ُ اٌزشو١ت اٌجٍٛسٞ ثالثٟ اٌجؼذ ٌٍط١ٓ ٚ ػضي ؽجمبرٗ ػٍٝ شىً لشٛس ٔب٠ٛٔخ ثٕبئ١خ اٌجؼذ, وّب اْ ّٔٛ اٌىٍٟ ٌٍدغ١ّبد ػٍٝ اٌّم١بط اٌّدٙشٞ.اٌج١ٌّٛش زٛي ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ إٌّؼضٌخ ػًّ ػٍٝ ص٠بدح اٌسدُ اٌسج١جٟ : اٌّٛاد اٌّشوجخ, اٌج١ٌٛبعزشاد, اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ, ثٌٟٛ اث١ٍ١ٓ و١ٍىٛفثبالدانكهمبث انمفخبحيت chemistry |257 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 انمقذمت رؼشف اٌّٛاد اٌّزشاوجخ ػٍٝ أٙب ِٛاد رٕشب ِٓ ارسبد ِبدر١ٓ اٚ اوثش ٌىً ِّٕٙب خٛاص ِخزٍفخ ػٓ االخشٜ ردزّؼبْ ٌزى٠ٛٓ ِبدح خذ٠ذح رخزٍف ثخٛاطٙب ػٓ خٛاص وً ِٓ اٌّٛاد اٌّشزشوخ فٟ رشو١جٙب ٚراد ث١ٕخ ِزّبعىخ ٔبردخ ِٓ ردبٔظ ٠زىْٛ اٌّزشاوت ِٓ ػٕظش٠ٓ اعبع١ٓ ّ٘ب ِبدح االعبط اٚ اٌٛعؾ ,[1]رٍه اٌّبدر١ٓ اٌّخزٍفز١ٓ ِٓ ز١ث اٌزشو١ت (matrix( اٌّٛاد اٌّؼبفخ ٚ )additive ًِّبدح االعبط ٟ٘ اٌّبدح االوثش و١ّخ ٚ اٌزٟ رس١ؾ ثبٌّىٛٔبد االخشٜ ٚ رؼ . ) ؼبف اٌٝ اٌّٛاد ػٍٝ رّبعه ػٕبطش٘ب ٚ سثؾ االخضاء ِؼب " ٌزى٠ٛٓ ٔظبَ ِزشاص" . اِب اٌّٛاد اٌّؼبفخ فٟٙ ِٛاد ر اٌج١ٌّٛش٠خ ثٙذف اوغبثٙب طفبد ِسذدح ٚ رسغ١ٓ ثؼغ اٌخٛاص األخشٜ ٚ رؼبف ٘زٖ اٌّٛاد فٟ طٛسح ز١جبد اٚ وش٠بد رسغ١ٓ لبث١ٍخ اٌزٛط١ً اٌىٙشثبئٟ ٚ رخف١غ طغ١شح ٚ ٠ىْٛ ربث١ش اإلػبفبد فٟ خٛاص اٌّٛاد اٌج١ٌّٛش٠خ ِٓ ٔبز١خ بد االثؼبد ٚ سفغ ِمبِٚخ اٌج١ٌّٛش ٌٍظذِبد ٚ رسغ١ٓ خبط١خ االززىبن ٚ اٌّغب١ِخ اٚ ص٠بدرٙب ٚ اٌّسبفؼخ ػٍٝ ثج .إْ اٌزطٛس فٟ ِفَٙٛ ِؼبٍِخ اٌّؼبدْ اٌط١ٕ١خ اٌزٟ رغزخذَ وّبٌئبد ٠ز١ر [2-4]اٌسظٛي ػٍٝ ثؼغ اٌخٛاص اٌّغٕبؽ١غ١خ اٌزٟ ٚػؼذ رزؼّٓ رشزذ زج١جبد اٌسظٛي ػٍٝ ِٛاد اٌٍذائٓ اٌسشاس٠خ راد اٌّزبٔخ ا١ٌّىب١ٔى١خ اٌؼب١ٌخ. ٚ اٌطش٠مخ اٌّؼزّذح اٌّبدح اٌّبٌئخ فٟ ِٕظٙش اٌج١ٌّٛش ثؼذ رغ١ٍفٙب ثطجمخ ع١ّىخ ِٓ ِبدح اٌشارٕح اٌزٟ ٠زسمك ف١ٙب رشاثؾ لٛٞ خذا ِغ اٌمبٌت. وّب رشززٙب فٟ اٌٛعؾ اٌؼؼٛٞ الْ رسم١ك اٌزشزذ ٌٍّبدح إْ وفبءح األؽ١بْ فٟ ٍِٟء أٔظّخ اٌج١ٌّٛش رؼزّذ ػٍٝ دسخخ . [5]٠ؼطٟ ِغبزخ عطس١خ أػٍٝ ١ِٙأح ٌٍزفبػً ِغ ث١ٕخ اٌج١ٌّٛش خ اٌّبٌئ رٙذف ٘زٖ اٌذساعخ اٌٝ اٌسظٛي ػٍٝ ِبدح ِزشاوجخ ِٓ خالي اٌجٍّشح اٌزىث١ف١خ ٌالث١ٍ١ٓ وال٠ىٛي اٌّزذاخً ِغ ؽ١ٓ اٌجٕز١ٔٛبد اٌؼشالٟ ِغ أٙذس٠ذ اٌفثب١ٌه ٚ رشخ١ض اٌّبدح اٌدذ٠ذح. االجهسة انمسخعمهت x-rayخٙبص ز١ٛد االشؼخ اٌغ١ٕ١خ ٔٛع ؼّبياٌخبَ ٚ اٌّٛاد اٌّسؼشح ثبعزرشخ١ض اٌّٛاد فٟ ٘زٖ اٌذساعخرُ diffraction ً6000 ِٛد٠ shimaduz, japan ( ِٚدٙش اٌمٜٛ اٌزس٠خafm )atomic force microscopy , ft-ir-600ٔٛع ft-ir sepctometer, خٙبص ِط١بف١خ االشؼخ رسذ اٌسّشاء spam aa300 usa2008ٔٛع bio tech u.k,england ( اٌّدٙش اٌىزشٟٚٔ ِبعر ٚsem )scanning electron microscopy فٟ اٌّخزجش. سؼ١ش اٌّبدح اثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ وزٌه رؼّٓ اٌؼًّ اعزخذاَ االخٙضح اٌزب١ٌخ اثٕبء ِشزٍخ ر /اٌخذِٟ ٌى١ٍخ اٌزشث١خ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚ فشْ ِخزجشٞ ٔٛع 0.0001g±ثذلخ sartorius lab. bl 210 s, germanyاٌّشوجخ اٌدذ٠ذح ١ِضاْ زغبط ٔٛع green equipment ltd, ٚخٙبص دسخخ االٔظٙبسmelting point apparatus, galincampengland. , ِٕخً ٠ذٚٞ hyundai, chinaّٕضٌٟ ٔٛع , خٙبص اٌّب٠ىش٠ٚٚف اٌ.single stage, chinaِؼخخ رفش٠غ اٌٙٛاء ٔٛع sieves 150ل١بط um فٛق اٌجٕفغد١خ ٔٛع/ٚ خٙبص اٌغىغ١ٌٛذ ٚ اخ١شا ِط١بف االشؼخ اٌّشئ١خdouble beam, shimadzu.1800, japan انمىاد انمسخعمهت bdhِٓ ششوخ ethylene glycol ٚ phthalic acidاٌجسث١خ فٟ ٘زا رذ اٌّٛاد اٌى١ّ١بئ١خ االاعزؼٍّ انطيه انمسخعمم ( ِٓ اٌششوخ اٌؼبِخ ٌٍّغر اٌد١ٌٛٛخٟ.ٚ وبٔذ إٌغجبٌّئ٠ٛخ ٌالوبع١ذ اٌّىٛٔخ ٌٗ bentoniteرُ اٌسظٛي ػٍٝ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ) (sio2:54.66, cao:4.77, al2o3:14.65, mgo: 6.00, fe2o3: 4.88, so3: 1.20, na2o: 0.65, loss on ignition: 12.56) حهيئت انبىخىوبيج رُ غغً ؽ١ٓ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ثبٌّبء اٌّمطش ػذح ِشاد, ثُ سشر ٚاػ١ذ غغٍٗ ِشح اخشٜ ثبعزخذاَ خٙبصاٌغىغ١ٌٛذ ٌّذح اعجٛع ٚرٌه ٌؼّبْ اٌزخٍض ِٓ خ١ّغ اال٠ٛٔبد اٌّٛخٛدح فٟ اٌط١ٓ .خفف اٌط١ٓ ثبعزخذاَ فشْ ِخزجشٞ ثذسزخ زشاسرخ ؽبزٛٔخ اٌٙبْٚ ِٚٓ ثُ ٔخً اٌط١ٓ ؼّبي٠ذ ثبعزؽسٓ اٌجٕزٛٔبدسخخ ِئ٠ٛخ ٌّذح ١ِٛ٠ٓ اٌٝ اْ خفف رّبِب. ثؼذ٘ب رُ 80 . μm150ِٕخٍجمطش ؼّبيثبعز اٌّطسْٛ chemistry |258 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 b-egاثيهييه كاليكىل –ححضير معقذ بىخىوبيج رُ عسٓ بر( ِٓ االث١ٍ١ٓ وال٠ىٛي فٟ ٘بgmٔٚ 7( ِٓ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ فٟ ث١ىش ٚاػ١ف ا١ٌٗ ثظٛسح رذس٠د١خ )gm 15ٚػغ ) إٌّٛرج اثٕبء اػبفخ االث١ٍ١ٓ وال٠ىٛي اٌٝ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ثُ اعزّشد ػ١ٍّخ اٌغسٓ ثؼذ اوزّبي اػبفخ االث١١ٍ١ٓ وال٠ىٛي ٌّذح ا٠بَ الرّبَ ػ١ٍّخ اٌزذاخً. 10ٔظف عبػخ ٚرُ رغط١خ إٌّٛرج ثبزىبَ ٚرشوٗ ٌّذح بىني اثيهيه كاليكىل فثبنيج –ححضير انمبدة انمركبت بىخىوبيج ( ِٓ اٌفثب١ٌه أٙذس٠ذ )رُ اٌسظٛي ػ١ٍٗ ِٓ اٌزسًٍ اٌسشاسٞ 5.5gmِغ ) b-eg( ِٓ اٌّؼمذ اٌغبثك5gmرُ ِضج ) ٌسبِغ اٌفثبٌه رسذ اٌخٛاء( داخً ٘بْٚ ٚعسٕذ اٌّٛاد ززٝ رىْٛ ِض٠ح ِزدبٔظ ,ٚػغ ٘زا اٌّض٠ح فٟ خٙبص خذ٠ذ ٚاػ١ذ اٌٝ خٙبص اٌّب٠ىش٠ٚٚف. رُ رىشاس٘زٖ اٌّب٠ىش٠ٚٚف ٌٍزٕش١ؾ ٌّذح ٔظف دل١مخ ٚثؼذ٘ب اخشج اٌّض٠ح ٚؽسٓ ِٓ اٌؼ١ٍّخ ٌس١ٓ رظٍذ إٌّٛرج, ثؼذ٘ب رُ ِؼبػفخ اٌفزشح اٌض١ِٕخ اٌزٟ ٚػغ ف١ٙب اٌّض٠ح داخً اٌّب٠ىش٠ٚٚف ٌس١ٓ اوزّبي رزشن اثش ػ١ٍّخ اٌجٍّشح ز١ث ٔسظً ػٍٝ وزٍخ ِزدبٔغخ ال رزبثش ثبٌسشاسح اثٕبء اٌزغخ١ٓ ثبٌّب٠ىش٠ٚٚف ٚال رزٚة ثبٌّبء ٚال ٌّٛاد رائجخ فٟ اٌّبء ٠ٚزُ اٌزبوذ ِٓ رٌه ِٓ خالي ِمبسٔخ اِزظبط١خ ِسٍٛي غغً إٌّٛرج اػالٖ ِغ ِغ اِزظبط١خ اٌّبء اٌّمطش. ft-irحشخيص cm 3622ٌّبدح اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ٚ رظٙش ف١ٗ زضِخ ػٕذ ftir( ؽ١ف ٠1ج١ٓ اٌشىً ) -1 رؼٛد اٌٝ اال٘زضاص االِزطبؽٟ ( ٘زٖ ٘ٛ أٙب ِٛخٛدح فٟ ث١ئخ ل١ٍٍخ ohرجطخ ث١ٙىً اال١ٌِٕٛٛع١ٍىب فٟ اٌط١ٓ ِٚب ١ّ٠ض ِدّٛػخ )( اٌّشohٌّدّٛػخ ) , وّب ٠الزع ا٠ؼب ٚخٛد زضِخ ػٕذ [6]اٌزشاثطبد اٌٙذسٚخ١ٕ١خ ِّب ٠ؤدٞ اٌٝ ظٙٛس٘ب ػٍٝ شىً زضِخ زبدح ٚ رشدد ػبٌٟ 3392 cm -1 ذسٚخ١ٕ١ب ز١ث ٠ؤدٞ اٌزشاثؾ ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ اٌٝ ( اٌّزبطشح oh١٘رؼٛد اٌٝ اال٘زضاص االِزطبؽٟ ٌّدب١ِغ ) cm 1795.ػٕذ [7]( ٚأض٠بزٙب اٌٝ رشدداد ٚاؽئخ ٚاٌٝ ص٠بدح ػشع زضِخ االِزظبصohػؼف االطشح ) -1 ٠الزع cm 1633. ػٕذ [8]اال٘زضاص االٔسٕبئٟ ٌدض٠ئبد اٌّبء اٌج١ٕ١خ اٌّٛخٛدح ث١ٓ ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ -1 اال٘زضاص االِزطبؽٟ ٠الزع بسث١ًٔٛ فٟ خزس اٌىبسثٛٔبد ٔظشا ٌٛخٛد شٛائت ِٓ ِؼذْ اٌىٍغب٠ذ )وبسثٛٔبد اٌىب١ٌغ١َٛ( فٟ رشو١ت ٌّدّٛػخ اٌى 1007cmٚ ػٕذ [9]اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ -1 ٠الزع زضِخ ل٠ٛخٚػش٠ؼخ رؼٛد اٌٝ اال٘زضاصاد االِزطبؽ١خ اٌّزّبثٍخ ٚاٌغ١ش ِزّبثٍخ اث١١ٍٓ وال٠ىٌٛس١ث ٠الزع –ٌّؼمذ ثٕزٛٔب٠ذ ftirؽ١ف (2). ٠ج١ٓ اٌشىً [10](si-o-(al)siٌٛزذح اال١ٌِٕٛٛع١ٍىب ) ( اٌسشح رمش٠جب ثغجت اٌزشاثؾ ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ ث١ٓ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ٚث١ٓ االث١ٍٓ وال٠ىٛي ٚفٟ ٔفظ اٌٛلذ ٔالزع ohاخزفبء زضِخ ) ( اٌّزبطشح ١٘ذسٚخ١ٕ١ب ٔسٛ اٌزشدد االػٍٝ )أض٠بذ اصسق( ثغجت ِغبّ٘خ ohأض٠بذ اٌزشدد االِزطبؽٟ ٌّدّٛػخ ) ( اٌسشح فٟ ِبدح اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ راد اٌزشدد االػٍٝ ثبٌزبطش ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ. ٌىٓ ِغ خض٠ئبد االث١ٍٓ وال٠ىٛي ٘زٖ ohِدّٛػخ ) ( اٌّزبطشح ١٘ذسٚخ١ٕ١ب ٔسٛ اٌزشدد االػٍٝ ز١ث ٠الزع ظٙٛس ohاٌّشح ٚ ٘زاادٜ اٌٝ اصازخ اٌزشدد اٌغبثك ٌّدّٛػخ ) cm 2983زضِخ ػٕذ -1 ( االٌفبر١خ اٌؼبئذح اٌٝ االث١١ٍٓ وال٠ىٛي. اال٘زضاص c-hزطبؽٟ الٚاطش )رؼٛد اٌٝ االػزضاص االِ 1847cmاالٔسٕبئٟ ٌدض٠ئخ اٌّبء اص٠ر ٔسٛ اٌزشدد االػٍٝ ١ٌجٍغ -1 ( ػّٓ رشو١ت h2oٚ٘زا ٠ذي ػٍٝ اْ ِدب١ِغ خض٠ئخ ) ٔمض اٌىثبفخ االٌىزش١ٔٚخ ػٍٝ اٌط١ٓ ػٍّذ وّشاوض العزمجبي اٌجشٚرٛٔبد اٌمبدِخ ِٓ خض٠ئبد االث١ٍٓ وال٠ىٛي ِّب ادٜ اٌٝ , [11]رسح االٚوغد١ٓ فٟ خض٠ئخ اٌّبء ٚظٙٛس شسٕخ خض٠ئ١خ ِٛخجخ ػ١ٍٙب ٚ٘زا ِب عجت أض٠بذ اٌزشدد ٔسٛ اٌزشدد اٌؼبٌٟ .وزٌه ٔفغٗ غجتٌٍسثٛٔبد ٔسٛ اٌزشدد اٌؼبٌٟ وزٌه ٠الزع أض٠بذ زضِخ اِزظبص ِدّٛػخ اٌىبسث١ًٔٛ اٌؼبئذح اٌٝ خزس اٌىب cm 1043ٌٛزذح اٌجٕبئ١خ لذ أضازذ ٔسٛ اٌزشدد اٌؼبٌٟ بْ زضِخ اف -1 ٚلً اعزؼشاع اٌسضِخ ِّب ٠ؼٕٟ ػ١ّٕب أبٌٛزذاد ( اطجسذ اوثش ردبٔغب ِٓ خالي ػًّ خض٠ئبد االث١١ٍٓ وال٠ىٛي ػٍٝ ص٠بدح اٌّغبفبد ث١ٓ ؽجمبد si-o-(al)siاٌجٕبئ١خ ) بد ِٓ خالي رذاخٍٗ ث١ٕٙب.ثؼذ ثٍّشح خض٠ئبد االث١١ٍٓ اٌط١ٓ ٚثبٌزبٌٟ رم١ًٍ اٌزذاخالد اٌدض٠ئ١خ ث١ٓ رٍه اٌطجم ( اٌسشح ٌٚىٓ ثزشدد ohػٛدح ِدٛػخ ) (3)وال٠ىٛالٌّٛخٛدح ث١ٓ ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ فٟ ِؼذْ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ٔالزع فٟ اٌشىً ٠ىٛي ( ٚخض٠ئبد االث١١ٍٓ والohاػٍٝ ِٓ رٍه اٌؼبئذح ٌٍجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ِّب ٠ذي ػٍٝ فه االسرجبؽ ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ ث١ٓ ِدّٛػخ ) ( اٌّزبطشح ١٘ذسٚخ١ٕ١ب )اٌؼش٠ؼخ( ثغجت ص٠بدح ا١ٌٙذسٚفٛث١خ ِٓ ohٚوزٌه ٠الزع أخفبع ؽف١ف فٟ رشدد ِدّٛػخ ) ( فمذ ثم١ذ ػٍٝ زبٌٙب ِّب ٠ذي h2oخالي ّٔٛ اٌج١ٌّٛش ث١ٓ ؽجمبد ِؼذْ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ اِب زضِخ اٌزشدد االٔسٕبئٟ ٌدض٠ئخ ) ١ٍٍخ اٌّزجم١خ اٌّغججخ ٌٍزبطش ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ.ٔالزع اْ اال٘زضاص االِزطبؽٟ ػٍٝ ثمبئٙب ِشوضا العزمجبي اٌجشٚرٛٔبد اٌم cm 1765ٌّدّٛػخ اٌىبسث١ًٔٛ االعزش٠خ اٌدذ٠ذح اٌّزىٛٔخ ػٕذ -1 ٠ذي ػٍٝ ػًّ ٘زٖ اٌّدب١ِغ وّشاوض ٌالسرجبؽ ِغ ( فٟ رشو١ت اٌط١ٓ ٚثبٌزبٌٟ اِزالوٙب ٘زٖ اٌم١ّخ اٌؼب١ٌخ . اِب اال٘زضاصاد االِزطبؽ١خ ohاٌجشٚرٛٔبد اٌزٟ رؼٛد ٌّدب١ِغ ) cm 1618ٌّدب١ِغ اٌىبسث١ٔٛالد ِٛخٛدح فٟ -1 أضازذ اٌٝ رشدد الً ِٓ ل١ّخ رٍه اٌّٛخٛدح فٟ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ اٌسش ثغجت ار ١ٍخ ٌٙب فٟ اٌزبطش ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ. ٠الزع ثمبء رشدد لٍخ فشطخ اٌزبطش ا١ٌٙذسٚخ١ٕٟ ٔز١دخ ِٕبفغخ ِشاوض اٌجٌّٛش ا١ٌٕٛو١ٍٛف١ cm 1043(ِغزمشا ػٕذ si-o-(al)siاٌٛزذح اٌجٕبئ١خ ) -1 ِّب ٠ذي ػٍٝ ػذَ دخٌٛٗ ربطشاد خذ٠ذح غ١ش رٍه اٌزٟ زذثذ ِٓ ٌٚىٓ ٠ضداد ػشع رٍه اٌسضِخ ٔز١دخ ص٠بدح اٌؼشٛائ١خ اٌسبطٍخ (b-eg)اث١ٍ١ٓ وال٠ىٛي-اثٕبء رى٠ٛٓ اٌّؼمذ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ رّٛػغ اٌج١ٌّٛش ث١ٓ ؽجمبد اٌط١ٓ. chemistry |259 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 afmحشخيص اْ اٌسدُ اٌسج١جٟ ٌٍذلبئك ٠زشاٚذ ث١ٓ (5)ٚ (4)ٌّٕٛرج اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ فٟ االشىبي afmرج١ٓ ٔزبئح ِدٙش اٌمٜٛ اٌزس٠خ (40-60nm) ٠ٚىْٛ اٌمطش اٌغبئذ ػٕذ ػٕذ اٌمطش(90 nm) ( ٛ٘ 1.131ٚاْ الظٝ اسرفبع رظٍٗ اٌذلبئك nmٚث ) ١ٕذ 75( ٠ٚىْٛ اٌمطش اٌغبئذ ػٕذ )nm 130-60إٌزبئح ٌّؼذْ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ اٌّؼذي اْ رٛص٠غ زدُ دلبئك اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ٠زشاٚذ ِٓ ) nm ٛ٘ ٚاْ الظٝ اسرفبع رظٍٗ اٌذلبئك )(20.33 nm) ُٚثؼذ اٌزؼذ٠ً ٠زؼر اْ ػ١ٍّخ اٌجٍّشح ػٍّذ ػٍٝ ص٠بدح زد. ( فٟ poly dispersityػٍٝ رم١ًٍ اٌزشزذ ) ٗػٍّ فؼال ػٓاٌذلبئك ٌٍجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ِٓ خالي رّٛػؼٗ ث١ٓ ؽجمبرٗ اٌج١ٌّٛش٠خ clayدٙش٠خ ٌٍط١ٓ)ّٔٛرج اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ٠ٚؼٕٟ رٌه اْ اٌج١ٌّٛش ػًّ ػٍٝ ص٠بدح ردبٔظ اٌزٛص٠غ اٌسدّٟ ٌذلبئك اٌجٍٛساد اٌّ micro crystals اْ ص٠بدح ردبٔظ رٛص٠غ زدُ اٌذلبئك ٌٍجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ٠ىغت اٌغطر طفبد ١ِىب١ٔى١خ اٚ طفبد ػضي.) ٌٍج١ٌّٛشاد. (poly dispersity)اٌٝ ِب ٘ٛ ػ١ٍٗ اٌسبي ٌّفَٙٛ خوٙشثبئٟ اٚ زشاسٞ ِشغٛثخ ثظٛسح ِشبثٙ semحشخيص رج١ٓ ثٛػٛذ ِب اردٙش االٌىزشٟٚٔ اٌّبعر ٌّٕٛرج اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ لجً ٚثؼذ اٌزؼذ٠ً اٌظٛساٌّ (7)ٚ (6)رج١ٓ االشىبي ِٓ ٔبز١خ ص٠بدح زدُ اٌجٍٛساد اٌّدٙش٠خ اٌظغ١شح ِٓ afmرّزبالشبسح ا١ٌٗ عبثمب زٛي ص٠بدح ردبٔظ اٌؼ١ٕخ فٟ رشخ١ض زجب٠ٓ فٟ ازدبَ ٘زٖ رشىٍٙب ٌزمًٍ اٌرسطُ اٌجٍٛساد اٌىج١شح خذا ٚاػبدح فؼال ػٓ( 100خالي ّٔٛ اٌج١ٌّٛش داخً اٌّغزٜٛ ) ٠ظٙش اٌج١ٌّٛش وٕغ١ح ٠ض٠ذ ِٓ رشاثؾ خغ١ّبد اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ِغ ثؼؼٙب. اراٌجٍٛساد, x-rdحشحيص (mono clinic)٠ىْٛ إٌّؾ اٌجٍٛسٞ ٌٗ ِٓ ٔٛع ارخ االوجش فٟ رى٠ٛٓ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ ٠شىً ِؼذْ اٌّٛٔزّٛس٠ٍٛٔب٠ذ إٌغج ِزغ١شح زغت ِسزٜٛ اٌشؽٛثخ cٚل١ّخ a =5.717 , b =8.94 ) ٚاثؼبد اٌٛزذح اٌجٍٛس٠خ ٌٗ ( ٠ٛخذ ػٍٝ شىً زضِخ ػش٠ؼخ رّزذ ِٓ ل١ّخ 001(اْ اٌّغزٛٞ )٠.8ج١ٓ اٌشىً) [12](001ٚاٌّؼبدْ فٟ اٌّغزٛٞ ) =4.64 0 6.62ٌغب٠خ 0 a ٠17.66زشاٚذ عّه ٘زا اٌّغزٛٞ ِٓ ار 0 a 13.34ٌغب٠خ 0 ا اٌزشزذ اٌٝ ػذَ . ٠ٚؼٛد عجت ٘ز . وّب اْ ّٔٛرج [13](001ردبٔظ ػ١ٕخ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ فٟ ِسزٜٛ اٌىز١ٛٔبد ٚاٌّبء اٌج١ٕٟ اٌّٛخٛد فٟ ؽجمبد اٌّغزٜٛ ) (ٚزضِزٗ ا١ٌّّضح رظٙش ػٕذqاٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ اٌزٞ رُ اٌؼًّ ػ١ٍٗ وبْ ٠سزٛٞ ػٍٝ شٛائت ِٓ اٌشًِ) ( ثغجت أض٠بذ ٘زا 001اخزفبء زضِخ اٌّغزٜٛ اٌجٍٛسٞ ) (9).٠الزع فٟ اٌجٕزٛٔب٠ذ اٌّؼذي فٟ اٌشىً [14]( ( اػٍٝ دْٚ زذٚد وشف اٌدٙبص ثغجت ّٔٛ اٌج١ٌّٛش ث١ٓ ؽجمبد ٘زا اٌّغزٜٛ اٌجٍٛسٞ ٚاٌزٞ ػًّ dاٌّغزٜٛ اٌٝ ل١ّخ ) اٚؽأ وث١شا. ٚػٕذ ِشاخؼخ ثبلٟ ِؼبػفبد ١ُ ػٍٝ ص٠بدح ل١ّخ رٛعغ ٘زا اٌّغزٜٛ اٌجٍٛسٞ ٚثبٌزبٌٟ ظٙٛس٘ب ػٕذ ل ( رٛعؼذ اٌٝ ِبال ٔٙب٠خ ثّؼٕٝ أٗ زظً رمشش dاالٔؼىبط ثٙزا اٌّغزٛٞ ٔالزع أٙب غ١ش ِٛخٛدح ٚ٘زا ٠ؼٕٟ اْ ل١ّخ ) . وّب [15]ٌٍجٍٛسح ػٕذ ٘زا اٌّغزٜٛ ثظٛسح ػضٌذ ؽجمبد ِؼذْ اٌّٛٔزّٛس٠ٍٛٔب٠ذ ػٍٝ شىً ٔذف ٚسق ثٕبئ١خ اٌجؼذ ٚ octahedral ( ٌُ ٠زبثش ٔز١دخ اٌجٍّشح ثّؼٕٝ اْ ػ١ٍّخ اٌجٍّشح ٌُ رسطُ اٌج١ٕخ )100اْ ِٛلغ اٌّغزٜٛ اٌجٍٛسٞ ) ٠الزع tatrahedral فٟ ؽجمبد اال١ٌِٕٛٛع١ٍ١ىب اٌٛازذح ٚأّب ػٍّذ ػٍٝ رمش١ش ٘زٖ اٌطجمبد ٚخؼٍٙب ثٍٛساد ثٕبئ١خ اٌجؼذ ِىٛٔخ ) جمبد ثّسٛس االسرفبع رسطُ وزٌه ٔالزع ػذَ ربثش اٌغ١ٍ١ىب اٚ اٌىٛاسرض راد ؽٛي ٚػشع ٌُ ٠زغ١ش ٌٚىٓ سص ٘زٖ اٌط .[16]ثؼ١ٍّخ اٌجٍّشح chemistry |260 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 انمصبدر 1gürses, a., (2016), “introduction to polymer–clay nanocomposites”, taylor & francis group, llc, 112-113 turkey. 2hernández-hernández, k.;illescas, j.;díaz-nava, m.;muro-urista, c.;martínezgallegos,s. and ortega-aguilar, r., (2016), "polymer-clay nanocomposites and composites: structures, characteristics, and their applications in the removal of organic compounds of environmental interest", medicinal chemistry, 6(3), 201-210. 3sankar,k. and krishnan, a., (2016), "property evaluation of polypropylene hybrid composite with nano clay", international journal of innovations in engineering and technology (ijiet), 6(4), 479-483. 4mansri, a.;bendraoua,a. andbouras, b., (2016), "polyacrylamide-clay microcomposite as corrosion inhibitor for mild steel in 1m hydrochloric acid solution", 7(3), 808-819. 5kumar, r. and rao, s., (2011), "effect of substrate temperature on structural properties of nanostructured zinc oxide thin film prepared by reactive dc magnetron sputtering", digest journal of nanomaterials and bio structures, 6(3),1281-1287. 6abramczyk, h., (1993), “infrared absorption in hydrogen-bonded complexes and absorption of an excess electron in hydrogen-bonded solvents”,vibrational spectroscopy, 5, 109-117. 7mcmillan,p. and remmele,r., (1968), “hydroxyl sites in sio2 glass: a note on infrared and raman spectra”,americam mineralogist, 71, 772-778. 8che, c.;glotch, t.;bish, d.; michalski, j. and xu, w.,(2011), “spectroscopic study of the dehydration and/or dehydroxylation of phyllosilicate and zeolite minerals”, journalof geophysical research, 116, 376. 9weir,c. and lippincott, e., (1961), “infrared studies of aragonite, calcite, and vaterite type structures in the borates, carbonates, and nitrates”, journal of research of the national bureau of standards-a. physics and chemistry,65a(3), 57-68. 10zarubin,d., (1999), “infrared spectra of hydrogen bonded hydroxyl groups in silicate glasses. a re-interpretation”, phys. chem. glasses, 40(4), 184-192. 11joseph,j. and jemmis, e.,(2007), "red-, blue-, or no-shift in hydrogen bonds: a unified explanation", jour. amer. chem. soc.", 129, 4620-4632. 12ross,c. and hendricks, s.,(1943), “mineralsof the montmorillonite group", geological survey professional paper a, 205, 23-79. 13breen, c., (1985), “review of the diffusion of water and pyridine in the interlayer space of montmorillonite”, clay and clay minerals, 33(4), 275-284. 14morris, m.;mcmurdie, h.; evans, e.;paretzkin, b.; parker,h. and panagiotopoulos, n., (1981), “standard x-ray diffraction powder patterns”, national bureau of standards, usa. 15tao, l.; xiao-feng, t.; yu,z. and tao, g., (2010), “swelling of k + , na + and ca +2 montmorillonites and hydration of interlayer cations: a molecular dynamics simulation”, chin. phys. b, 19(10), 109101-07. 16fusova, l., (2009), "modificationofthe structureof ca-montmorillonite", geoscience engineering, 15(1), 27-32. chemistry |261 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 يىضح انىحذاث االسبسيت نمعذن انمىوخمىريهىوبيج :(1جذول) i % hkl d-spacing no 55 (001) 19-13.34 4.64-6.62 1 3 (003) 5.12 17.32 2 40 (100) 4.48 19.81 3 100 q 3.35 26.59 4 60 caco3 3.04 29.40 5 14 (007) 2.29 39.38 6 بىخىوبيجنسطح ان ft-irطيف االشعت ححج انحمراء :(1شكم ) اثيهييه كاليكىل( –نمعقذ )انبىخىوبيج ft-irطيف االشعت ححج انحمراء :(2شكم ) chemistry |262 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نهبىنمر ft-irطيف االشعت ححج انحمراء :(3شكم ) نسطح انبىخىوبيج afmصىرة :(4شكم ) chemistry |263 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نسطح انبىخىوبيج انمعذل afmصىرة :(5شكم ) نهبىخىوبيج sem صىرة :(6شكم ) نهبىخىوبيج انمعذلsem صىرة :( 7شكم ) chemistry |264 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 نهبىخىوبيج x-rdمخطظ :(8انشكم ) نهبىخىوبيج انمعذل x-rdمخطظ :(9انشكم ) chemistry |265 2302ػبَ (2اٌؼذد ) 03ِدٍخ إثٓ ا١ٌٙثُ ٌٍؼٍَٛ اٌظشفخ ٚاٌزطج١م١خ اٌّدٍذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 preparation and characterization of a new nano-scaled material composed of bentonitepolyethylenglycophthalate omer kareem nagim takialdin abdulhadi himdan yousif ibrahim mohammed abuzaid dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science( ibn al haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:19/june/2016,accepted in:9/september/2016 abstract in this study a new composite material have been prepared and characterized through polymerization of ethylene glycol located between the bentonite layers with phthalic anhydride. the results showed that the polymer binds with the structure of clay through hydrogen bonding also the polymerization process led to shatter of the three-dimension crystal structure of the clay and isolating layers in the form of nano-scale two-dimensional sheets, the polymer growth around the clay isolated layers work to increase the size particles at microscopic scale. key words: composite materials, polyesters, bentonite, polyethylenglycophthalate. microsoft word 59-63 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1771 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|59   first record of trichodina magna van as and basson, 1989 (ciliophora: trichodinidae) from gills of blue tilapia oreochromis aureus (steindachner, 1864) in iraq kefah naser abdul-ameer kefahnaser59@yahoo.com fatima khalaf atwan dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science/ university of baghdad abstract the ciliophoran trichodina magna van as and basson, 1989 is recorded for the first time in in iraq from gills of the blue tilapia oreochromis aureus (steindachner, 1864) iraq from al-graiat location on the tigris river at baghdad city. the description and measurements of this external parasite as well as its illustrations are given. key words: ciliophora, trichodina magna, oreochromis aureus, tigris river, baghdad. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1771 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|60   1. introduction trichodinid ciliophorans are among the greatest common and mostly spread groups of symbionts as parasites of aquatic invertebrate and vertebrate hosts [1]. about 300 nominal trichodinid species have been described from different locations in the world [2]. species of ten genera are reported within the family trichodinidae among which the genus trichodina ehrenberg, 1838 is the major of this family as more than 200 species have been designated from different fish species [3]. species of this genus are among the most frequently encountered ciliates on marine and freshwater animals fishes, molluscs as well as amphibians [2]. trichodina species are global parasites which exist throughout the year. they can parasitize on all fish species [4] and survive on and infect the skin, fins and gills of both freshwater and marine fishes [5]. in iraq, many trichodina species have been reported from freshwater fishes from various water bodies. the first investigation of species of this genus was on t. domerguei which was recorded from eight species of fishes  transported from  various fish markets in baghdad city [6]. in recent years, the trichodinid ciliates of freshwater fishes of iraq have received little attention [7, 8, 9, 10, 11]. mutlak and al-faisal [12] revealed that some exotic fish species which were introduced from the neighboring countries had find their way to inland waters of iraq. these included two species of the family cichlidae: redbelly tilapia coptodon zillii (gervais, 1848) and the blue tilapia oreochromis aureus (steindachner, 1864). the present investigation describes the first occurrence of an additional trichodina species, t. magna which parasitizes gills of the blue tilapia o. aureus from al-graiat places at the tigris river at baghdad city. 2. materials and methods throughout the period from july 2015 until the end of march 2016, a total of 58 specimens of the blue tilapia o. aureus were collected from different locations along tigris river near al-graiat region in baghdad province. fishes were transported alive to the laboratory of parasitology, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham) for parasitological examination. smears of gills and skin were prepared and microscopically inspected for the existence of trichodinids. the positive slides were air-dried, fixed by absolute methanol and stained with giemsa stain according to the method proposed by shuaib and osman [13]. the systematic descriptions used in the present study were based on the observations of living as well as giemsa stained specimens. photographs were taken with an olympus camera. drawings were done by using a camera lucida. terminology, parasite identification, detailed description and measurements of the body, adhesive disc, central part, dentical ring, denticles, central part and border membrane were mainly carried out according to van as and basson [1]. all measurements were given in micrometers (μm) based on five trichodinid specimens. the mean values of all measurements employed in this paper are used in the description as in the following order: minimummaximum (mean) values. tilapias were identified according to mutlak and al-faisal [12] and their scientific and common names were used according to froese & pauly [14]. the information on the previous account records of trichodinids were checked with the index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq by mhaisen [15]. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1771 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|61   3. results and discussion t. magna was obtained from gills of seven fish of blue tilapia o. aureus with a prevalence of 12 % and mean intensity of 4. the following is an account on the description and measurements (in µm, based on five specimens) of this parasite as shown in fig. (1). large trichodinid, 71.2-73.4 (72.3) in diameter. adhesive disc usually rounded, rarely oblong, 60.2-62.8 (61.5) in diameter which is encircled by finely striated border membrane 6.2-6.6 (6.4) wide. number of radial pins per denticle 10-12 (11). diameter of denticle ring 36.3-38.5 (37.4). number of denticles 24-26 (25). ray 12.1-12.9 (12.5) long; extent of blade 7.9-8.5 (8.2), width of central part 6.8-7.4 (7.1). blade narrow and falcate-shaped, distal surface of the blade curved. tangent point somewhat lower than distal point. the posterior margin takes a shape of a curve and the deepest point lies at the central of this curve. anterior and posterior margins of blade almost parallel. the central part extends midway past to y axis. point of central part round and lies close link with subsequent denticle. shape of central part above x axis looks like to section below. ray thin, tapering a little to acute round point, passage point of y + 1 axis nearly at mid-length of ray. macronucleus of u-shaped, external diameter 41.2-49.0 (45.1), length of area between ends of macronucleus 7.0-7.4 (7.2). micronucleus could not be noticed in any of the studied specimens. figure (1): trichodina magna photomicrograph (400x), bdiagrammatic drawing. (scale bar = 12 μm). the description and measurements of the present specimens are similar to those reported by van as and basson [1] for t. magna found on skin and fins of tilapia rendalli swierstrae in south africa. this parasite was never reported from any fish species in iraq before [15], therefore, the present parasite is considered as the first record in iraq. t. magna was firstly reported by van as and basson [1]. martins and ghiraldelli [16] described this parasite from the nile tilapia oreochromis niloticus assembled from fish ponds of santa catharina state in brazil and el-tantawy and el-sherbiny [17] from clarias gariepinus at the nile delta water in egypt. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1771 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|62   t. magna of this study is similar to those reported by van as and basson [1] and specimens described by el-tantawy and el-sherbiny [17], but differs from the specimens described by martins and ghiraldelli [16]. the most particular difference is that the ray of denticle in the present specimens and that of van as and basson [1] is directed to anterior, extending above the y + 1 axis while in specimens of martins and ghiraldelli [16] the ray is located between the y and y + 1 axes. acknowledgement thanks are due to prof. dr. furhan t. mhaisen for permission to use his index catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq and his critical reading of the manuscript. references [1] j.g. van as, and l. a. basson, further contribution to the taxonomy of the trichodinidae (ciliophora: pertrichia) and a review of the taxonomic status of some fish ectoparasitic trichodinids. syst. parasitol., 157-179. 1989. [2] a. özer; t. öztürk; y.m. kornyychuk, and v. yurakhn,otrichodina gobii (ciliophora: trichodinidae) on whiting merlangius merlangus with a checklist from turkish and russian coasts of the black sea. acta zool. acad. sci. hung. 119-134. 2015. [3] g. asmat; f. afroz, and n. mohammad,four new species of trichodina ehrenberg, 1830 (ciliophora: trichodinidae) from bangladeshi fishes. res. j. agric. biol. sci. 23-29. 2005 [4] m.a. adly; m.a.a. abd el-galil; f.m. soliman, and f.a.a.ahmed, histopathological studies on trichodinosis of farmed oreochromis niloticus. amer. j. life sci. 30-37. 2015 [5] f.m. soliman;m.a.a. abd el-galil;m.a. adly, and f.a.a. ahmed,studies on trichodinosis of some cultured freshwater fishes at sohag governorate. j. life sci. 14001409. 2013. [6] m. shamsaddin;i.a. nader, and m.j. al-azzawi ,parasites of common fishes from iraq with special reference to larval form of contracaecum (nematoda: heterocheilidae). bull. biol. res. cent. baghdad, 66-78. 1971 [7] f.s. al-nasiri, and f.t. mhaisen ,parasites of fishes collected from tigris river, salah al-deen province, iraq. ibn al-haitham j. pure, appl. sci. pp. 1-8. 2009 [8] a.a.j. al-saadi, isolation and identification of trichodina strelkovi chan, 1961 for the first time in iraq from gills of the mugilid fish liza abu. j. kerbala univ., sci. 7-11.2014 [9] s.o.k. al-salmany,parasitic infections of some fish species from euphrates river at alqaim city, al-anbar province. m. sc. thesis, coll. sci., univ. al-anbar ,193 pp. (in arabic). 2015 [10] f.k. atwan ,parasitic infections in some fishes from tigris river, al-graiat location in baghdad province, iraq. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn alhaitham), univ. baghdad, 136 pp. (in arabic). 2016 [11] r.a.r. rasheed ,parasites of some fishes of tigris river in al shawwaka region, baghdad cityiraq. m. sc. thesis, coll. educ. (ibn alhaitham), univ. baghdad, 106 pp. (in arabic). 2016 [12] f.m. mutlak, and a.j.al-faisal ,a new record of two exotic cichlid fishes oreochromis aureus (steindacher, 1864) and tilapia zillii (gervais, 1848) from south of the main outfall drain in basrah city. mesopot. j. mar. sci. pp. 160-170. (in arabic). 2009 [13] m.e. shuaib, and h.a. osman ,survey of internal protozoan parasites on freshwater fish oreochromis niloticus in white nile in sudan. direct res. j. agric. food. sci. 62-69. 2015 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1771 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|63   [14] r. froese, and d. pauly (eds.), fishbase. world wide web electronic publication. www.fishbase.org. (version 06/ 2017). [15] f.t. mhaisen,index-catalogue of parasites and disease agents of fishes of iraq. (unpublished: mhaisenft@yahoo.co.uk) (2017). [16] m.l. martins, and l. ghiraldelli,trichodina magna van as and basson, 1989 (ciliophora: peritrichia) from cultured nile tilapia in the state of santa catarina, brazil. brazil. j. biol. 169-172. 2008 [17] s.a.m. el-tantawy, and h.a.e. el-sherbiny,ectoparasitic trichodinians infecting catfish clarias gariepinus inhabiting nile delta water of the river nile, dakahlia province, egypt. j. amer. sci., 656-668. 2010 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 436 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract in this paper, the impact of magnetic force, rotation, and nonlinear heat radiation on the peristaltic flow of a hybrid bio -nanofluids through a symmetric channel are investigated. under the assumption of a low reynolds number and a long wavelength, the exact solution of the expression for stream function, velocity, heat transfer coefficient, induced magnetic field, magnetic force, and temperature are obtained by using the adomian decomposition method. the findings show that the magnetic force contours improve when the magnitude of the hartmann number m is high and decreases when rotation increases. lastly, the effects of essential parameters that appear in the problem are analyzed through a graph. plotting all figures is done using the mathematica software. keywords adomain decomposition technique, peristaltic transport, magnetic force, symmetric channel, rotation frame. 1. introduction recently, nanotechnology has gained a lot of attention. the performance of this field in several applications, such as photocatalysts, heat exchangers, engineering, and biomedicine such as destroying tumor cells and cancer diagnosis was studied in the modern era. many nanoparticles such as copper, gold, and silver particles are used in proteins and nucleic acids. because these nanoparticles have highly biocompatible, magnetic, chemical, mechanical, and thermal properties. due to their superior quenching efficiency when compared to other nanoparticles, nanoparticles are widely used in medicinal applications for the treatment of malignant tumors[1-3]. peristaltic is a significant mechanism produced by the propagation of waves all along the walls of a tube or a channel. this mechanism is well known to physiologists as one of the principle mechanisms for fluid transportation. peristaltic mechanisms are utilized in a variety of industrial applications and biomedical, this mechanism is helpful in many different systems, including the motion of ovulation in the fallopian channel, the swallowing of food down to the stomach, the flow doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3066 article history: received 1 october 2022, accepted 12 december 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq rotation and magnetic force effects on peristaltic transport of non -newtonian fluid in a symmetric channel amaal mohi nassief department of mathematics, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq laama82@yahoo.com ahmed m. abdulhadi department of mathematics, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq ahm6161@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:laama82@yahoo.com mailto:ahm6161@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 437 of tiny blood vessels, blood pump in the heart-lung machine, and the transport of urine from the renal to the bladder[4]. there are some academic research has investigated the peristaltic flow process of nanofluids, and some of these researches, including . [5] discussed the peristaltic transport affects the magnetic field and thermal properties of copper-water nanofluids. [6] discussed zinc oxide nanoparticles moving via tapering arteries while suspended in blood and subject to magnetic effects. [7] examined the impacts of various nanoparticle types on the peristaltic transport of nanofluid. [8] studied the impact of the apply magnetic field on heat radiation and the magnetic force on gold and copper nanoparticles in peristaltic flow. [9] discussed the effect of nanoparticles in the motion of blood in a vertical channel. [10] discussed the peristaltic of couple stress nanofluid organized by the presence the electrical field and magnetic field into micro channel. the rotation phenomenon has several uses in cosmic and geophysical processes .it can be used to understand when galaxies arise and the oceans circulate. the orientation of nanoparticles in fluids is explained by rotational diffusion.the peristalsis of magnetic field fluid in the presence of rotation is significant in some flow situations involving the motion of physiological fluids, such as saline water and blood. the magnetic field and rotation are beneficial for the movement of bio fluids through the intestines, ureters, and arterioles. numerous scholars have been interested in the impact of rotation and the peristaltic transport mechanism since they were examined by [1117]. this study intends to investigate how both magnetic force and rotation affect the peristaltic transport of hybrid bio-nanofluids through a symmetric channel. the precise solutions for magnetic force, stream lines, heat transfer coefficient, temperature, and velocity have been obtained utilizing the adomian decomposition technique. graphs are used to illustrate physical characteristics that affect the flow. 2. adomain decomposition method (adm) this method can be utilized to solve linear and non-linear differential equations as well as integral equations, and it produces better results than other methods. george adomian first proposed this method, and it has since been used to solve a variety of problems[18 and19]. to illustrate a general overview of the adomain decomposition method, let's consider a form equation [20-23]. 𝐿𝑢 + 𝑅𝑢 + 𝑁𝑢 = 𝑔 (1) where l is invertible linear operator, n represent the nonlinear terms, r is reminder of the linear operator. applying the l−1 on both sides in equation (1), yield: 𝑢 = l−1(𝑔)− l−1(𝑅𝑢)− l−1(𝑁𝑢) (2) now l−1 represent the n-fold integration for nth order l,by using the given conditions all are assumed to be prescribed ,the adm define the solution: 𝑢 = ∑ 𝑢𝑚 ∞ 𝑚=0 . where the 𝑢0,𝑢1,𝑢3,… recursively determined by using the relation : 𝑢0 = 𝑓(𝑥), ihjpas. 36(2)2023 438 𝑢𝑚+1 = l −1(𝑅 𝑢𝑚) − l −1(𝑁 𝑢𝑚) ,𝑚 ≥ 0 (3) the last term of the eq. (3) can be computed by substituting : 𝑁𝑢 = ∑ 𝐴𝑚(𝑢0 ∞ 𝑚=0 ,𝑢1,…,𝑢𝑚) . where 𝐴𝑚 represent generated adomain polynomials for the specified nonlinearity, they depend only on the 𝑢0 ,…,𝑢𝑚 components and form rapidly converge series, the 𝐴𝑚 are given: 𝐴0 = 𝑓(𝑢0), 𝐴1 = 𝑢1𝑓 (1)(𝑢0), 𝐴2 = 𝑢2𝑓 (1)(𝑢0)+ 𝑢1 2 2! 𝑓(2)(𝑢0). and can be found from the formula : 𝐴𝑚 = 1 𝑚! 𝑑𝑚 𝑑𝜆𝑚 [𝑁(∑𝜆𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 𝑢𝑖)] 𝜆=0 . 3. problem formulation let's consider the peristaltic flow of an electrically conducted hybrid bio-nanofluid in the presence of rotation and magnetic field, blood is considered in this research as a basic non-newtonian fluid, while copper and gold are considered nanoparticles in a 2-d channel of width 2𝑑1. a (x̅, y̅) cartesian coordinate system. we selected x̅ in the direction of wave propagation and y̅ transverse to it, a constant magnetic field of strength 𝐻0 acting in the transverse direction results in an induced magnetic field 𝐻(�̅�𝑥(x̅, y̅, t)̅, �̅�𝑦(x̅, y̅, t)̅ + 𝐻0,0). h ∗refers to the total magnetic field composed of (�̅�𝑥(x̅, y̅, t)̅, �̅�𝑦(x̅, y̅, t)̅ + 𝐻0,0). the channel wall's geometry is depicted by: ℎ = 𝜉(x̅, t)̅ = 𝑑1 + 𝑑2 𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( 2𝜋 𝜆 (x̅− ct)̅) (4) the flow of the fluid is induced by the infinite sinusoidal wave that travels along the channel walls at a wave speed of c and a wavelength of 𝜆. where 𝑑2 is the wave amplitude, 𝑑1 is the half channel width, and t ̅is the time. the governing for the problem are: 𝛻.𝐸 = 0 ,𝐽 = 𝛻 × 𝐻 , 𝛻.𝐻 = 0 , 𝜎[𝐸 + 𝜇𝑒(𝑉 ×𝐻 ∗)] = 𝐽, 𝛻 ×𝐸 = −𝜇𝑒 𝜕𝐻 𝜕𝑡 (5) where v is velocity vector, 𝛔 is electrical conductivity, j is current density; e is electric field ,and 𝛍𝐞 is magnetic permeability. the governing equations for an incompressible, unsteady, hydromagnetic, viscous bionanofluid (au-cu nanoparticles) include momentum, induction, and heat [24and 25]: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 439 𝛻.𝑉 = 0 (6) 𝜌𝑛𝑓 𝜕𝑉 𝜕𝑡 + 𝜌𝑛𝑓(ω̅× (ω̅ ×𝑉) + 2ω̅ × 𝜕𝑉 𝜕𝑡 = −𝛻𝑃 + 𝜇𝑛𝑓 𝛻 2𝑉 + 𝜇𝑒(𝐻 ∗ .𝛻)𝐻∗ − 𝜇𝑒 𝛻𝐻∗2 2 (7) 𝜕𝐻∗ 𝜕𝑡 = 𝛻 × (𝑉 × 𝐻∗) + 1 𝜁 𝛻2𝐻∗ (8) ( 𝜌𝑐𝑝)𝑛𝑓 𝐷𝑇 𝐷𝑡 = 𝑘𝑛𝑓𝛻 2𝑇 +𝜇𝑛𝑓(𝛻𝑉 + (𝛻𝑉) 𝑇)2 − 𝜕𝑞 𝜕𝑌 + 𝑄0 (9) where p is fluid pressure, 𝜁 = 𝜇𝑒𝜎𝑛𝑓, represent the magntic diffusivity, 𝜎𝑛𝑓 is the electrical conductivity,t represent the temperature distribution, 𝑞 = − 4𝜎𝑓 ∗ 3𝑘𝑓 ∗ 𝜕𝑇4 𝜕𝑌 is the radiative heat flux, 𝑘𝑓 ∗ and 𝜎𝑓 ∗ are mean absorption coeffient and stefan boltzmann constants, q0 is the heat source, experimental formulation for the physical characteristics of hybrid nanofluid[25] are shown in table 1, which are given by: table 1 physical properties of hybrid nanofluid . property nanofluids density 𝜌𝑛𝑓 = ((1 − ∅1)𝜌𝑓 + ∅1𝜌1)(1 −∅2) + ∅2𝜌2 heat capacity ( 𝜌𝑐𝑝)𝑛𝑓 = (( 𝜌𝑐𝑝)𝑓 (1 −∅1) + ( 𝜌𝑐𝑝)1 ∅1)(1 − ∅2) + ( 𝜌𝑐𝑝)2 ∅2 dynamic viscosity 𝜇𝑛𝑓 = 𝜇𝑓 (1 − ∅1) 2.5(1 − ∅2) 2.5 thermal conductivity knf = ( k2 +(m − 1)k3 − (k3 − k2)∅2(m −1) k3(m −1) +k2 + ∅2(k3 −k2) )k3 k3 = ( k1 +kf (m − 1) − (kf − k1)(m − 1)∅1 k1 + ∅1(kf − k1) + kf (m − 1) ) kf ectrical conductivity σnf = σ3 ( σ2(1 + 2∅2) + 2(1 − ∅2) σ3 σ3(2 +∅2) + σ2(1 − ∅2) ) σ3 = σf ( σ1(1 + 2∅1) + 2σf(1 − ∅1) σ1(1− ∅1) + σf(2 + ∅1) ) where ∅1 is the volume fraction of gold nanoparticles, ∅2 is the volume fraction of copper nanoparticles, and m represents the shape of a factor of the indicated nanoparticles, respectively. the physical characteristics of nanoparticles are classified in the table 2. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 440 table 2. based fluid and nanoparticles properties[25]. properties based fluid nanoparticle (gold au) nanoparticle (copper cu) 𝜌 density 𝜌𝑓 = 1050 𝜌1 = 19300 ρ2 = 8933 𝐶p heat capcity 𝐶𝑝𝑓 = 3617 𝐶𝑝1 = 129 𝐶𝑝2 = 385 k thermal conductivity 𝑘𝑓=0.52 k1 = 318 𝑘2 = 401 𝜎 electrical conductivity 𝜎𝑓 = 1.33 σ1 = 4.1∗ (10 7) σ2 = 5.96∗ (10 7) the velocity �⃑⃑� of 2-d flows 𝐕⃑⃑ ⃑ is defined as [u̅(x̅, y̅, t)̅, v̅(x̅, y̅, t),0], where �̅� denotes the velocity component in coordinate x ̅and �̅� denotes the velocity component in coordinate y̅. choose a wave frame(𝑥 ̅̅̅̅ , �̅�) that moves at a speed of c away from the fixed frame by the following transformation given below. �̅� = �̅� − 𝐶𝑡 ̅, �̅� = �̅� , �̅� = �̅� − 𝐶 , �̅� = �̅� (10) the governing equations were simplified to take the following form: 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� = 0 (11) 𝜌𝑛𝑓 (�̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� )− 𝜌𝑛𝑓ω(ω(�̅�)+ 2 𝜕�̅� 𝜕𝑡̅ ) = − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜇𝑛𝑓 ( 𝜕2 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2 𝜕�̅�2 )�̅� − 𝜇𝑒 2 𝜕�̅�∗2 𝜕�̅� +𝜇𝑒 (�̅�𝑥 𝜕 �̅�𝑥 𝜕�̅� + (�̅�𝑦 + 𝐻0) 𝜕 �̅�𝑥 𝜕�̅� ) (12) 𝜌𝑛𝑓 (�̅� 𝜕𝑣 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� )− 𝜌𝑛𝑓ω(ω�̅� + 2 𝜕�̅� 𝜕𝑡̅ ) = − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜇𝑛𝑓 ( 𝜕2 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2 𝜕�̅�2 )𝑣 ̅ − 𝜇𝑒 2 𝜕�̅�∗2 𝜕�̅� +𝜇𝑒 (�̅�𝑥 𝜕 �̅�𝑦 𝜕�̅� + (�̅�𝑦 + 𝐻0) 𝜕 𝜕�̅� �̅�𝑦) (13) 1 𝜇𝑒 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� = 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� (�̅�𝑦 + 𝐻0) − 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� �̅�𝑥 + 1 𝜁 𝛻2𝐻𝑥 ∗ (14) ( 𝜌𝑐𝑝)𝑛𝑓 (�̅� 𝜕 𝜕�̅� + �̅� 𝜕 𝜕�̅� )�̅� = 𝑘𝑛𝑓 ( 𝜕2�̅� 𝜕�̅�2 + 𝜕2 �̅� 𝜕�̅�2 )+ 𝜇𝑛𝑓(4( 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� ) 2 + ( 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� + 𝜕�̅� 𝜕�̅� )2 − 𝜕𝑞𝑟 𝜕�̅� + 𝑄0 (15) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 441 using the non-dimensional quantities listed below: 𝐻𝑦 = �̅�𝑦 𝐻0 𝑝 = 𝑑1 2�̅� 𝐶𝜆𝜇𝑓 𝑦 = �̅� 𝑑1 𝑥 = �̅� 𝜆 𝐻𝑥 = �̅�𝑥 𝐻0 𝑅𝑒 = 𝜌𝑓𝐶𝑑1 𝜇𝑓 𝑣 = �̅� 𝐶 𝑢 = �̅� 𝐶 𝜃 = 𝑇 − 𝑇𝑢 𝑇𝑙 − 𝑇𝑢 𝑅𝑚 = 𝜎𝑓𝜇𝑒𝐶𝑑1 𝐸 = − �̅� 𝐶𝐻0 𝜇𝑒 𝛿 = 𝑑1 𝜆 𝑃𝑟 = 𝜇𝑓(𝑐𝑝)𝑓 𝑘𝑓 𝑆 2 = 𝑀2 𝑅𝑒𝑅𝑚 𝑅𝑑 = 4𝜎𝑓 ∗(𝑇𝑙 − 𝑇𝑢) 3 3𝑘𝑓 ∗𝑘𝑓 𝑡 = 𝐶 𝑡̅ 𝜆 𝐸𝑐 = 𝐶2 (𝑐𝑝)𝑓 (𝑇𝑙 −𝑇𝑢) 𝑀 = 𝐻0𝑑1√ 𝜎𝑓 𝜇𝑓 𝛽 = 𝑄0𝑑1 2 𝑘𝑓(𝑇𝑙 − 𝑇𝑢) 𝜙 = �̅� 𝐻0𝑑1 𝐴4 = 𝑘𝑛𝑓 𝑘𝑓 𝐴5 = (𝜌𝑐𝑝)𝑛𝑓 (𝜌𝑐𝑝)𝑓 𝐴2 = 𝜇𝑛𝑓 𝜇𝑓 𝐴1 = 𝜌𝑛𝑓 𝜌𝑓 in the preceding expressions 𝑇𝑢 is temperature at upper wall ,𝑇𝑙 is temperature at lower wall , �̅� is stream function, 𝐸 is strength of the electric field, 𝛿 is wavenumber, 𝑅𝑒 𝑖𝑠 reynolds number, ω is rotation, 𝑅𝑚 is magnetic reynolds number, 𝐸𝑐 iseckert number, 𝑃𝑟 is prandtl number, �̅� 𝑖𝑠 magnetic force function, m is hartmann number, 𝜃 is temperature in the nondimensional form , 𝛽 is internal heat generation, and s is strommer number respectively, the nondimensional form of the peristaltic wave can be expressed by : ℎ = h̅ 𝑑1 = 1 + 𝜖 𝑆𝑖𝑛 (2𝜋𝑥), where amplitude ratio 𝜖 = 𝑑2 𝑑1 . introduction of dimensionless magnetic force function 𝜙 and stream function 𝜓 by using the relations : 𝑢 = 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑦 ,𝑣 = −𝛿 𝜕𝜓 𝜕𝑥 , 𝐻𝑥 = 𝜕𝜑 𝜕𝑦 , 𝐻𝑦 = −𝛿 𝜕𝜑 𝜕𝑥 (16) substituting eq.(16) into eqs. (12 -15), giving us the equations: 𝐴1𝑅𝑒 𝛿(𝜓𝑦 𝜕 𝜕𝑥 − 𝜓𝑥 𝜕 𝜕𝑦 )𝜓𝑦 − 𝜌𝑛𝑓 𝑑1 2 𝜇𝑓 ω2(𝜓𝑦) = −( 𝑃𝑚)𝑥 + 𝐴2𝛻 2𝜓𝑦 + 𝑆 2𝑅𝑒(𝛿𝜙𝑦𝜙𝑥𝑦 − 𝛿𝜙𝑥𝜙𝑦𝑦 + 𝜙𝑦𝑦) (17) 𝐴1𝑅𝑒𝛿 3 (𝜓𝑦 𝜕 𝜕𝑥 −𝜓𝑥 𝜕 𝜕𝑦 )𝜓𝑥 − 𝜌𝑛𝑓 𝑑1 2 𝜇𝑓 ω2𝛿2𝜓𝑥 = ( 𝑃𝑚)𝑦 + 𝐴2 𝛿 2𝛻2𝜓𝑥 + 𝑆 2𝑅𝑒𝛿2( 𝛿𝜙𝑦𝜙𝑥𝑥 − 𝛿𝜙𝑥𝜙𝑥𝑦 + 𝜙𝑥𝑦) (18) 𝐸 = (𝜓𝑦 −𝛿(𝜓𝑦𝜙𝑥 − 𝜓𝑥𝜙𝑦) + 1 𝐴3𝑅𝑚. 𝛻2𝜙 (19) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 442 𝐴5𝑅𝑒 𝑃𝑟𝛿(𝜓𝑦𝜃𝑥 − 𝜓𝑥𝜃𝑦) = 𝐴4𝛻 2𝜃 + 𝐴2 𝐸𝑐 𝑃𝑟 (4𝛿 2𝜓𝑥𝑦 2 + (𝜓𝑦𝑦 − 𝛿 2𝜓𝑥𝑥) 2 ) + 𝑅𝑑(𝜃 4)𝑦𝑦 + 𝛽 (20) 𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑃𝑚 is the sum magnetic and ordinary pressure, which is the total pressure. the corresponding stream function, temperature function, and magnetic force function boundaries for non-conductive elastic walls in the wave frame are as follows: 𝜓 = 0, 𝜙𝑦 = 0, 𝜓𝑦𝑦 = 0,𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = 0, 𝜙 = 0,𝜓𝑦 = −1,𝜃 = 0,𝜓 = 𝑞 2 ,𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = ℎ, 𝜃 = 1 𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = −ℎ . (21) where q represent mean of flow rate. using the long wave length approximation and neglect the wavenumber along the low reynolds number, one can find from equations (17)(20) that: ( 𝑃𝑚)𝑥 = 𝜌𝑛𝑓 𝑑1 2 𝜇𝑓 ω2𝜓𝑦 + 𝐴2𝜓𝑦𝑦𝑦 + 𝑆 2𝑅𝑒𝜙𝑦𝑦 (22) ( 𝑃𝑚)𝑦 = 0 (23) 𝐸 = 𝜓𝑦 + 1 𝐴3𝑅𝑚. 𝜙𝑦𝑦 (24) 𝜃𝑦𝑦 = 1 𝐴4 (−𝐴2 𝐸𝑐 𝑃𝑟(𝜓𝑦𝑦) 2 −𝑅𝑑(𝜃 4)𝑦𝑦 − 𝛽 ) (25) by using cross derivation to eliminate the pressure from eq.(22) and eq.(23), giving us the equation: 𝜌𝑛𝑓 𝑑1 2 𝜇𝑓 ω2𝜓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐴2𝜓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 + 𝑆 2𝑅𝑒𝜙𝑦𝑦𝑦 = 0 (26) join eq.s (24) and (26), become : 𝜓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 = −1 𝐴2 (𝑀2𝐴3𝜓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐾𝜓𝑦𝑦) (27) where 𝐾 = 𝜌𝑛𝑓 𝑑1 2 𝜇𝑓 ω2. 4. solution of the problem in this section, the adomain decomposition method solution will be determined for the stream function, temperature, and magnetic force equation. in the operator 𝐿𝑖𝑦(∗) = 𝜕𝑚(∗) 𝜕𝑦𝑚 apply eqs. (27,24,and 25) in accordance with the adomain decomposition method: 𝐿𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝜓 = −1 𝐴2 (𝑀2𝐴3𝜓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐾𝜓𝑦𝑦) (28) 𝐿𝑦𝑦𝜙 = 𝐸𝐴3𝑅𝑚 − 𝜓𝑦 (29) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 443 𝐿𝑦𝑦𝜃 = 1 𝐴4 (−𝐴2 𝐸𝑐 𝑃𝑟(𝜓𝑦𝑦) 2 − 𝑅𝑑(𝜃 4)𝑦𝑦 − 𝛽 ) (30) applying the inverse operator 𝐿𝑖𝑦 −1(∗) = ∫ (∗)𝑑𝑦 𝑦 0⏟ 𝑚−𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠 , 𝑖 = 1,2,3,… ,allows us to write eqs(28-30): 𝜓 = 𝐿𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 −1 ( −1 𝐴2 (𝑀2𝐴3𝜓𝑦𝑦 + 𝐾𝜓𝑦𝑦) ) (31) 𝜙 = 𝐿𝑦𝑦 −1(𝐸𝐴3𝑅𝑚 − 𝜓𝑦 ) (32) 𝜃 = 𝐿𝑦𝑦 −1( 1 𝐴4 (−𝐴2 𝐸𝑐 𝑃𝑟(𝜓𝑦𝑦) 2 − 𝑅𝑑(𝜃 4)𝑦𝑦 − 𝛽 ) (33) decompose the stream function, temperature, and magnetic force equations using boundary equation (21). ψ = ∑ ψm, ∞ m=0 ϕ = ∑ ϕm, ∞ m=0 θ = ∑ θm (34 ) ∞ m=0 by definition of 𝐿𝑖𝑦 −1,giving us 𝜓0 = 1 2 𝑦2𝐶1 + 1 6 𝑦3𝐶2 + 𝐶3 + 𝑦𝐶4 𝜙0 = − 𝐴3 2 erm+ 𝐴3 2 𝐸rm𝑦2 𝜃0 = − −ℎ2𝛽 − 𝐴4 2𝐴4 + 𝑦(− 1 2ℎ ) − 𝑦2𝛽 2𝐴4 (35) 𝜓𝑛+1 = 𝐿𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 −1 ( −1 𝐴2 (𝑀2𝐴3𝜓𝑛𝑦𝑦 + 𝐾𝜓𝑛𝑦𝑦) ) 𝜙𝑛+1 = 𝐿𝑦𝑦 −1(𝜓𝑛𝑦 ) 𝜃𝑛+1 = 𝐿𝑦𝑦 −1( 1 𝐴4 (−𝐴2 𝐸𝑐 𝑃𝑟(𝜓𝑛𝑦𝑦) 2 − 𝑅𝑑(𝜃𝑛 4)𝑦𝑦 ) (36) due to length colocation ,they have computed up to the second term only : 𝜓1 = 𝐶5 + 𝑦𝐶6 + 𝑦 2𝐶7 +𝑦 3𝐶8 + 𝐾𝑦5 40ℎ2𝐴2 + 𝐾𝑞𝑦5 80ℎ3𝐴2 − 𝑀2𝑦5𝐴3 40ℎ2𝐴2 − 𝑀2𝑞𝑦5𝐴3 80ℎ3𝐴2 , 𝜙1 = 𝑠1 + 𝑦𝑠2 + rm(− 1 2 ℎ2(2ℎ + 3𝑞)𝑦2 + 1 4 (2ℎ + 𝑞)𝑦4)𝐴3 4ℎ3 , ihjpas. 36(2)2023 444 𝜃1 = 𝑐1 +𝑦𝑐2 − 1 16ℎ6𝐴4 5 𝑦2(ℎ6rd(−4ℎ6 + 6ℎ4𝑦2 − 4ℎ2𝑦4 + 𝑦6)𝛽4 − 4ℎ5rd(3ℎ5 − 3ℎ4𝑦 − 3ℎ3𝑦2 + 3ℎ2𝑦3 + ℎ𝑦4 − 𝑦5)𝛽3𝐴4 − 6ℎ4rd(ℎ4 − 4ℎ3𝑦 + ℎ2𝑦2 + 2ℎ𝑦3 − 𝑦4)𝛽2𝐴4 2 + 4ℎ3rd(2ℎ3 + 2ℎ2𝑦 − 3ℎ𝑦2 + 𝑦3)𝛽𝐴4 3 + 𝐴4 4(ℎ2rd(6ℎ2 − 4ℎ𝑦 + 𝑦2)+ 3ec(2ℎ + 𝑞)2𝑦2𝐴2𝑝𝑟)), 𝜓2 = 𝐶9 + 𝑦𝐶10 + 𝑦 2𝐶11 + 𝑦 3𝐶12 − (2ℎ + 𝑞)(𝐾 − 𝑀2𝐴3)(−6𝑦 5𝐴2 + 1 35 𝑦5(−21ℎ2 + 5𝑦2)(𝐾 − 𝑀2𝐴3)) 480ℎ3𝐴2 2 , 𝜙2 = 𝑠3 + 𝑦𝑠4 + rm𝐴3(−10ℎ 2(2ℎ + 3𝑞)𝑦2𝐴2 + 5(2ℎ + 𝑞)𝑦 4𝐴2 + 1 6 (2ℎ + 𝑞)(ℎ2 − 𝑦2)3(𝐾 − 𝑀2𝐴3)) 80ℎ3𝐴2 , 𝜃2 = 𝑐3 + 𝑦𝑐4 − 1 102400ℎ24𝐴2𝐴4 21 (𝑐5 − 25ℎ 54rd5𝑦2𝛽16𝐴2 + 375 2 ℎ52rd5𝑦4𝛽16𝐴2 − 875ℎ50rd5𝑦6𝛽16𝐴2 + 11375 4 ℎ48rd5𝑦8𝛽16𝐴2 − 6825ℎ 46rd5𝑦10𝛽16𝐴2 + 25025 2 ℎ44rd5𝑦12𝛽16𝐴2 − 17875ℎ 42rd5𝑦14𝛽16𝐴2 + 160875 8 ℎ40rd5𝑦16𝛽16𝐴2 − 17875ℎ 38rd5𝑦18𝛽16𝐴2 + 25025 2 ℎ36rd5𝑦20𝛽16𝐴2 − 6825ℎ 34rd5𝑦22𝛽16𝐴2 + 11375 4 ℎ32rd5𝑦24𝛽16𝐴2 − 875ℎ30rd5𝑦26𝛽16𝐴2 + 375 2 ℎ28rd5𝑦28𝛽16𝐴2 −25ℎ26rd5𝑦30𝛽16𝐴2 + 25 16 ℎ24rd5𝑦32𝛽16𝐴2 − 375ℎ 52rd5𝑦2𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 + 375ℎ51rd5𝑦3𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 + 2625ℎ 50rd5𝑦4𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 − 2625ℎ 49rd5𝑦5𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 − 11375ℎ48rd5𝑦6𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 + 11375ℎ 47rd5𝑦7𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 + 34125ℎ46rd5𝑦8𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 − 34125ℎ 45rd5𝑦9𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 − 75075ℎ44rd5𝑦10𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 +75075ℎ 43rd5𝑦11𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 + 125125ℎ42rd5𝑦12𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 − 125125ℎ 41rd5𝑦13𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 − 160875ℎ40rd5𝑦14𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4 + 160875ℎ 39rd5𝑦15𝛽15𝐴2𝐴4). the c1,…, c5, 𝐶1, …,𝐶12, and s1,..,s4 are large constants coefficients can be determined by using boundary condition eq.(21) and mathmatica software. so on. then the approximation system solution takes the following form: 𝜓 = 𝜓0 + 𝜓1 + 𝜓2 + ⋯, 𝜙 = 𝜙0 + 𝜙1 + 𝜙2 + ⋯, ihjpas. 36(2)2023 445 𝜃 = 𝜃0 +𝜃1 + 𝜃2 + ⋯. the equation for the coefficient of heat transfer at the wall is: 𝑍 = 𝜉𝑥𝜃𝑦 (37) so,the electric field e is obtain from : 𝐸 = 𝜓𝑦 + 1 𝐴3𝑅𝑚. 𝜙𝑦𝑦 . 5. discussion and graphs of the results the purpose of this section is to examine the graphic results of a variety of important parameter utilized in the specified modeling. in particular, streamlines, velocity, induced magnetic field, magnetic force contours, heat transfer coefficient, and temperature distribution are depicted in the figures below. we examined numerous cases, including the hartmann number m, the magnetic reynolds number rm,and rotation ω. the numerical variables were chosen based on previous literature[26-28], and flow trapping is discussed graphically. all figures are plotted using from the mathematica program. 5.1 velocity profile figure1 depicts the velocity changes with respect to the axial y for various hartmann number m, rotation, and dynamic viscosity values µ. the effect of hartmann number m on velocity is shown in fig.1a. as m increases, the velocity u near the channel's middle rises, whereas the opposite occurs near the peristaltic wall. this fact is related to the lorentz force, which occurs when an external magnetic field is used and, in turn, leads the fluid motion to slow down. it demonstrates that the lorentz force is much stronger near the wall than in the channel's middle. display the effect of dynamic viscosity on velocity in fig.1b. it is noticed that when µ increases, the velocity along the channel walls slowly decreases, whereas it increases at the channel center. fig.1c displays the rotational effect. it can be seen that as rotation increases, the velocity u decreases near the channel's middle, whereas the reverse behavior can be seen near the peristaltic wall. figure1a. impact of m on the velocity u ihjpas. 36(2)2023 446 figure 1c. impact of ω on the velocity u figure 1b. impact of µ on the velocity u 5.2 induced magnetic field profile this subsection describes an examination of induced magnetic field 𝐻𝑥. graphics have been drawn to show the development of the induced magnetic field profile in figure 2. to study the impacts of magnetic reynolds numbers rm, hartmann number m, and rotation ω on the induced magnetic field 𝐻𝑥 with respect to axial y. we are carried out from figure 2a-2d.the effects of magnetic reynolds number rm, and magnetic field m on the induced magnetic field profile can be observed in figs.2a and 2b. it is noticed that the relationship between 𝐻𝑥 and y is inversely proportional to each other , with the rise in rm and m in the region 𝑦 ≤ 0 ,the induced magnetic field decreases and while in the region 𝑦 ≥ 0, the induced magnetic field 𝐻𝑥 rises with the increase in rm and m. the impact of rotation ω on the induced magnetic field 𝐻𝑥 is seen in fig.2c. at 𝑦 ≥ 0, the induced magnetic field 𝐻𝑥 increases as rotation ω increases, but it decreases at 𝑦 ≤ 0. figure 2b. impact of m on the induced magnetic field profile figure 2a. impact of rm on the induced magnetic field profile ihjpas. 36(2)2023 447 5.3 temperature profile the temperature profile behavior for the hartmann number m, heat radiation rd, rotation ω, heat absorption β, eckert number ec, and prandtl number pr are examined in figure3. the impact of hartmann number m on the temperature profile 𝜃 are examined by fig.3a. if a rise in temperature is observed with increase values of hartmann numbers m. the temperature profile 𝜃 enhances by increasing of prandtl number pr in fig.3b, this is because heat generation form friction brought by shear in the flow is more pronounced when the fluid is highly viscous or moving quickly. same behavior is observed for eckert number that can be shown from fig.3c as the rotation parameter values increase, the temperature profile is seen to decrease fig. 3d. influence of heat absorption β is depicted in fig. 3e the temperature profile 𝜃 decreases in the center of the channel and merges for near the wall.fig.3f shows the impact of the radiation rd on the temperature profile 𝜃, initially, the 𝜃 decreases and then merges near the wall. figure 3b. impact of pr on the temperature profile figure 3a. impact of m on the temperature profile figure 2c. impact of m on the induced magnetic field profile ihjpas. 36(2)2023 448 figure 3d. impact of ω on the temperature profile figure 3c. impact of ec on the temperature profile figure 3e. impact of rd on the temperature profile figure 3d. impact of β on the temperature profile 5.4 heat transfer coefficient the behaviors of prandtl number pr, heat absorption β, eckert number ec, rotation ω, and heat radiation rd on heat transfer coefficient 𝑍 have been noticed through fig.4. fig.4a shows that when rotation increases, the heat transfer coefficient 𝑍 between the fluid and the wall of the channel decreases. in fig.4b depicts the behavior of the heat transfer coefficient for various values of heat radiation rd. an increase in the heat transfer is observed for rising values of the heat radiation rd. the impact of eckert number ec and prandtl number pr on heat transfer coefficient, it is noticed from fig.4c and 4d that heat transfer coefficient enhances for higher values of ec and pr. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 449 figure 4b. impact of rd on the heat transfer coefficient figure 4a. impact of ω on the heat transfer coefficient figure 4d. impact of ec on the heat transfer coefficient figure 4c. impact of pr on the heat transfer coefficient 5.5 trapping phenomenon typically, streamlines have the same shape as a boundary wall in the wave frame. however, under certain situations, some stream lines split and enclose a bolus, which moves as a whole with the waves. "trapping" is the term for this phenomenon. in order to investigate the impacts of the trapping phenomenon at various values of hartmann number m and rotation figs.5 and 6 were drawn. it can be shown from fig.5 that as hartmann number m increases, the trapped bolus rises in size. the impact of rotation ω on trapping can be noticed from fig .6, it is shown that when the value of ω increases, the size of the trapped bolus diminishes. figs.7,8,and 9 show the magnetic force for various values of essential parameters. the contours of magnetic force are parallelly to the flow field. fig.7 illustrates that rotation affects the magnetic force contours; it is observed that as rotation increases, the magnetic force lines diminish and the size of the bolus changes. figs.8 and 9 illustrate how magnetic reynolds number rm and hartmann number m influence the magnetic force contours. as the values of m and rm are raised,the magnetic force contours move themselves forward and the magnetic force gradually increases, as can be seen in these figures. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 450 figure 5. impact of hartmann number on the stream lines figure 6. impact of rotation on the stream lines figure 7. impact of rotation on the magnetic force contours ihjpas. 36(2)2023 451 figure 8. impact of reynolds number on the magnetic force contours figure 9. impact of hartmann number on the magnetic force contours 6. conclusion the impact of magnetic force ,rotation,and nonlinear heat radiation on hybrid bio-nanofluids peristaltic flow in a symmetric channel under the influence of a magnetic field are discussed. the governing equations representing momentum, maxwell, and heat equations are considered. the exact expressions for velocity, heat transfer coefficient, stream lines, temperature, induced magnetic field, and magnetic force are obtained by using the adomain decomposition method. the major results can be summarized as follows: • the behavior of the velocity distribution u near the center part of the channel increases with a rises in hartmann number m, while rotation parameters oppose the velocity. • induced magnetic field exhibits dual conduct in the two zones 𝑦 ≤ 0, 𝑦 ≥ 0 against all the important parameters. • the temperature profile in the prandtl number pr and the eckert number ec is improved. • the temperature profile decline when higher values of rotation. • the heat transfer coefficient raises with rising values of the radiation parameter, prandtl number, and hartmann number m, and decreases with rotation. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 452 • the trapped bolus rises in size at increasing of hartmann number m and decline at increasing of rotation. • the contours of magnetic force improve because of an increase in the magnitude of hartmann number m. • the contours of magnetic force decrease because of an increase in the magnitude of the rotation ω. finally, we conclude that the findings of this paper should be beneficial for researchers aiming to develop fluid mechanics as well as those in biomedical engineering and technology. references 1. zaman, a.; ali, n.; khan, a. a., computational biomedical simulations of hybrid nanoparticles on unsteady blood hemodynamics in a stenotic artery. mathematics and computers in simulation, 2020, 169, 117-132. 2. changdar, s.; de, s. investigation of nanoparticle as a drug carrier suspended in a blood flowing through an inclined multiple stenosed artery. bionanoscience 2018, 8 (1), 166-178. 3. chen, p. c.; mwakwari, s. c.; oyelere, a. k. gold nanoparticles: from nanomedicine to nanosensing. nanotechnology, science and applications, 2008, 1, 45. 4. hummady, l. z.; abbas, i. t.; mohammed, r. a. inclined magnetic field of non-uniform and porous medium channel on couple stress peristaltic flow and application in medical treatment (knee arthritis). journal of southwest jiaotong university, 2019, 54 (4). 5. das, s.; barman, b.; jana, r. influence of hall and ion-slip currents on peristaltic transport of magneto-nanofluid in an asymmetric channel. bionanoscience, 2021, 11 (3), 720-738. 6. zhang, l.; bhatti, m. m.; marin, m.; s. mekheimer, k. entropy analysis on the blood flow through anisotropically tapered arteries filled with magnetic zinc-oxide (zno) nanoparticles. entropy, 2020, 22 (10), 1070. 7. abbasi, f.; gul, m.; shehzad, s. effectiveness of temperature-dependent properties of au, ag, fe3o4, cu nanoparticles in peristalsis of nanofluids. international communications in heat and mass transfer, 2020, 116, 104651. 8. abo-elkhair, r.; bhatti, m.; mekheimer, k. s. magnetic force effects on peristaltic transport of hybrid bio-nanofluid (aucu nanoparticles) with moderate reynolds number: an expanding horizon. international communications in heat and mass transfer, 2021, 123, 105228. 9. noreen, s.; rashidi, m.; qasim, m. blood flow analysis with considering nanofluid effects in vertical channel. applied nanoscience, 2017, 7 (5), 193-199. 10. tripathi, d.; prakash, j.; gnaneswara reddy, m.; kumar, r. numerical study of electroosmosis-induced alterations in peristaltic pumping of couple stress hybrid nanofluids through microchannel. indian journal of physics, 2021, 95 (11), 2411-2421. 11. abd-alla, a.; mohamed, r.; abo-dahab, s.; soliman, m. rotation and initial stress effect on mhd peristaltic flow of reacting radiating fourth-grade nanofluid with viscous dissipation and joule heating. waves in random and complex media, 2022, 1-35. 12. abd-alla, a.; abo-dahab, s.; el-shahrany, h. effects of rotation and initial stress on peristaltic transport of fourth grade fluid with heat transfer and induced magnetic field. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, 2014, 349, 268-280. 13. salih, a. w. influence of rotation, variable viscosity and temperature on peristaltic transport in an asymmetric channel. turkish journal of computer and mathematics education , 2021, 12 (6), 1047-1059. 14. mohaisen, h. n.; abedulhadi, a. m. effects of the rotation on the mixed convection heat transfer analysis for the peristaltic transport of viscoplastic fluid in asymmetric channel. iraqi journal of science, 2022, 1240-1257. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 453 15. mohaisen, h. n.; abdalhadi, a. m. influence of the induced magnetic and rotation on mixed convection heat transfer for the peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid in an asymmetric channel. iraqi journal of science, 2022, 1770-1785. 16. m. abdulhadi, a.; al-hadad, a. h. effects of rotation and mhd on the nonlinear peristaltic flow of a jeffery fluid in an asymmetric channel through a porous medium. iraqi journal of science, 2023, 57 (1a), 223-240. 17. hayat, t.; rafiq, m.; ahmad, b. influences of rotation and thermophoresis on mhd peristaltic transport of jeffrey fluid with convective conditions and wall properties. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, 2016, 410, 89-99. 18. mjthap, h. z.; al-azzawi, s. n. mixing sumudu transform and adomain decomposition method for solving riccati equation of variable fractional order. journal of interdisciplinary mathematics, 2019, 22 (8), 1559-1563. 19. tawfiq, l. n.; hussein, n. a. efficient approach for solving (2+ 1) d-differential equations. baghdad science journal, 2022, 0166-0166. 20. wazwaz, a.-m., adomian decomposition method for a reliable treatment of the bratu-type equations. applied mathematics and computation, 2005, 166 (3), 652-663. 21. bhatti, s.; zahid, m.; ali, r.; sarwar, a.; wahab, h. a. blade coating analysis of a viscoelastic carreau fluid using adomian decomposition method. mathematics and computers in simulation, 2021, 190, 659-677. 22. shit, g.;ranjit, n.; sinha, a. adomian decomposition method for magnetohydrodynamic flow of blood induced by peristaltic waves. journal of mechanics in medicine and biology, 2017, 17 (01), 1750007. 23. kareem, z. h.; tawfiq, l. n. m. recent modification of decomposition method for solving nonlinear partial differential equations. journal of advances in mathematics, 2020, 18, 154161. 24. seikh, a. h.; akinshilo, a.; taheri, m.; rahimi-gorji, m.; alharthi, n.; khan, i.; khan, a. r. influence of the nanoparticles and uniform magnetic field on the slip blood flows in arterial vessels. physica scripta, 2019, 94 (12), 125218. 25. akram, j.; akbar, n. s.; tripathi, d. blood-based graphene oxide nanofluid flow through capillary in the presence of electromagnetic fields: a sutterby fluid model. microvascular research 2020, 132, 104062. 26. raza, m.; ellahi, r.; sait, s. m.; sarafraz, m.; shadloo, m. s.; waheed, i. enhancement of heat transfer in peristaltic flow in a permeable channel under induced magnetic field using different cnts. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 2020, 140 (3), 1277-1291. 27. mekheimer, k. s.; saleem, n.; hayat, t.; hendi, a. simultaneous effects of induced magnetic field and heat and mass transfer on the peristaltic motion of second‐order fluid in a channel. international journal for numerical methods in fluids, 2012, 70 (3), 342-358. 28. kareem, r. s.; abdulhadi, a. m. effect of mhd and porous media on nanofluid flow with heat transfer: numerical treatment. journal of advanced research in fluid mechanics and thermal science, 2019, 63 (2), 317-328. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 38 weakly nearly prime submodules ali sabah sadiaq haibat k. mohammadali department of mathematics, college of computer science and math. , university of tikrit, tikrit, iraq. h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq alisabahsadickali@gmail.com abstract in this article, unless otherwise established, all rings are commutative with identity and all modules are unitary left r-module. we offer this concept of wn-prime as new generalization of weakly prime submodules. some basic properties of weakly nearly prime submodules are given. many characterizations, examples of this concept are stablished. keywords: weakly prime submodules, weakly nearly prime submodules, multiplication modules, finitely generated modules, jacobson of a modules. 1.introduction the concept of weakly prime submodule was first introduced and studied by behoodi and koohi in [1] as a generalization of weakly prime submodule , where a proper submodule 𝐻 of an r-module 𝑈 is weakly prime submodule, if whenever 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅,𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, implies that either 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 or 𝑟 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻. recently, weakly prime submodules have been studied by many authors such as [2-5]. many generalizations of weakly prime submodule are introduced such as weakly primary submodules, weakly quasiprime submodules and weakly semiprime submodules see [68]. in 2018 the concepts we-prime submodules and we-semiprime submodules as a strange from of weakly prime submodules are given; see [9]. in this article, we introduce a new generalization of weakly prime submodule called wn-prime submodule , where a proper submodule 𝐻 of an 𝑅-module 𝑈 is called wn-prime of 𝑈 if whenever 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, implies that either 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈), where 𝙹( 𝑈) is the jacobson radical of 𝑈. an r-module 𝑈 is multiplication if each submodule 𝐻 of 𝑈 from 𝐻 = 𝐼 𝑈 for some ideal 𝐼 of 𝑅 , that is 𝐻 = [𝐻:𝑅 𝑈] 𝑈 [10]. several characterizations, examples and basic properties of wn-prime submodules were given in this research. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2556 article history: received 16,january,2020, accepted12,february,2020, published in january 2021 mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:h.mohammadali@tu.edu.iq mailto:alisabahsadickali@gmail.com 39 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 2. basic properties of weakly nearly prime submodules in this stage, we offer the definition of weakly nearly prime submodule and establish some of its basic properties and characterizations. definition (2.1) a proper submodule 𝐻 of 𝑅-module 𝑈 is said to be weakly nearly prime submodule of 𝑈 (for short wn-prime submodule), if whenever 0 ≠ 𝑎𝑢 ∈ 𝐻, where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, implies that either 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈).an ideal 𝐴 of ring 𝑅 is wn-prime ideal of 𝑅 if and only if 𝐴 is a wn-prime submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝚁. for example : consider the z-module 𝑍24 and the submodule 𝐻 = 〈8̅〉 of 𝑍24 which is a wnprime submodule of 𝑍24 since 𝙹(𝑍24) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉. thus if 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑚 ∈ 𝐻 with 𝑟 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑚 ∈ 𝑍24 , implies that either 𝑚 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑍24) = 〈8̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑍24):𝑍24] = [〈2̅〉:𝑍24] = 2𝑍 . remark (2.2) 1. it is clear that every weakly prime submodule of an r-module 𝘜 is wn-prime , but not conversely. for example the submodule 𝑁 = 𝑍 of the z-module 𝑄 is not weakly prime, but 𝑁 is wn-prime since 𝙹(𝑄) = 𝑄 and for each 𝑎 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑄 with 0 ≠ 𝑎𝑢 ∈ 𝑁 , implies that either 𝑢 ∈ 𝑁 + 𝙹(𝑄) or 𝑎𝑄 ⊆ 𝑍 + 𝙹(𝑄) = 𝑄 . 2. it is clear that every prime submodule of an r-module 𝑈 is wn-prime, but not conversely . for example : consider that the z-module 𝑍12 , and the submodule 𝐻 = 〈4̅〉 of 𝑍12 is not prime , but 𝐻 = 〈4̅〉 is wn-prime submodule of 𝑍12 since 𝙹(𝑍12) = 〈2̅〉 ∩ 〈3̅〉 = 〈6̅〉. thus if 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 with 𝑟 ∈ 𝑍, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑍12 , implies that either 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑍12) = 〈4̅〉 + 〈6̅〉 = 〈2̅〉 or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑍12):𝑍12] = [〈2̅〉:𝑍12] = 2𝑍 . 3. if 𝐻 is proper submodule of an r-module 𝑈 with 𝙹( 𝑈) ⊆ 𝐻. then 𝐻 is a wn-prime if and only if 𝐻 is weakly prime submodule . 4.if 𝑈 is a semi-simple r-module and 𝐻 is a proper submodule of 𝑈,then 𝐻 is a weakly prime if and only if 𝐻 is wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proof it is well-known if 𝑈 is a semi-simple, then 𝙹( 𝑈) = (0) . [14, theo. (9.2.1) (a)]. so the proof follows direct. the following propositions give characterizations of wn-prime submodules. proposition (2.3) let 𝑈 be an 𝑅-module, 𝐻 be a submodule of 𝑈, then 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈 if and only if for every submodule 𝐿 of 𝑈 and 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 with 0 ≠ 〈𝑟〉𝐿 ⊆ 𝐻, implies that either 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 〈𝑟〉 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) . 40 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proof ( ⇒ ) suppose that 0 ≠ 〈𝑟〉𝐿 ⊆ 𝐻, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 , and 𝐿 is a submodule of 𝑈, with 𝐿 ⊈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈), then 𝑙 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) for some non-zero element 𝑙 ∈ 𝐿. now 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑙 ∈ 𝐻, then since 𝐻 is wnprime submodule of 𝑈, and 𝑙 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈), then we have 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈] , it follows that 〈𝑟〉 ⊆ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈]. that is 〈𝑟〉 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) ( ⇐ ) let 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻, for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, it follows that 0 ≠ 〈𝑟〉〈𝑢〉 ⊆ 𝐻, so by hypothesis either 〈𝑢〉 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 〈𝑟〉 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). that is either 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). hence 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. as direct result of proposition (2.3) we get the following corollary. corollary (2.4) a proper submodule 𝐻 of an r-module ų is wn-prime if and only if for every submodule 𝐾 of 𝑈 and every 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 such that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝐾 ⊆ 𝐻, implies that either 𝐾 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) ∶ 𝑈] . proposition (2.5) let 𝐻 be proper submodule of r-module 𝑈, then 𝐻 is wn-prime submodule of 𝑈 if and, only if [𝐻:𝑅 𝑥] ⊆ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] ∪ [0:𝑅 𝑥] for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑈 and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). proof ( ⇒ ) let 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝑥] and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈), then 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 .if 𝑟𝑥 ≠ 0, and 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈 and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) , hence 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈]. if 𝑟𝑥 = 0, then 𝑟 ∈ [0:𝑅 𝑥].thus 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] ∪ [0:𝑅 𝑥].hence [𝐻:𝑅 𝑥] ⊆ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] ∪ [0:𝑅 𝑥]. ( ⇐ ) let 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 ,𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, with 𝑥 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈), then 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝑥], by hypothesis 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] ∪ [0:𝑅 𝑥], but 𝑟𝑥 ≠ 0. thus, 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] and hence 𝐻 is a wnprime submodule of 𝑈 . proposition (2.6) let h be a proper submodule of an r-module 𝑈 with [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] is a maximal ideal of 𝑅, then 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proof suppose that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 , with 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 ,𝑢 ∈ 𝑈 and 𝑟 𝑈 ⊈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). that is, 𝑟 ∉ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈],but [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈] is maximal, then by [11,th. 5.1] 𝑅 = 〈𝑟〉 + [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈]. it follows that 1 = 𝑎𝑟 + 𝑏, for some 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅 , 𝑏 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈]. hence, 𝑢 = 𝑎𝑟𝑢 + 𝑏𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). hence, 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proposition (2.7) let 𝐻 be a proper submodule of an r-module 𝘜 with [𝐿:𝑅 𝘜] ⊈ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] and 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) is a proper submodule of 𝐿 for each submodule 𝐿 of 𝘜 .if [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] is a prime ideal of 𝑅, then 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜. 41 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 proof assume that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 , for 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 ,𝑢 ∈ 𝘜 and 𝑢 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜).we have 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) ⊈ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) + 〈𝑢〉 , put 𝐿 = 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) + 〈𝑢〉 = 𝐿, then [𝐿:𝑅 𝘜] ⊈ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝑅 𝑈]. that is there exist 𝑎 ∈ [𝐿:𝑅 𝘜] and 𝑎 ∉ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝑅 𝘜]. it follows that 𝑎𝘜 ⊆ 𝐿 but 𝑎𝘜 ⊈ 𝐻 + 𝙹𝘜. 𝑎𝘜 ⊆ 𝐿, implies that 𝑟𝑎𝘜 ⊆ 𝑟𝐿 = 𝑟(𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) + 〈𝑢〉) ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜), that is 𝑟𝑎 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝘜]. but [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] is a prime ideal of 𝑅 and 𝑎 ∉ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] then 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) ∶ 𝘜]. thus 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜. it is well-known that if 𝑈 is a multiplication r-module and 𝐻 is a proper submodule of 𝑈, then [𝐿:𝑅 𝑈] ⊈ [𝐻 :𝑅 𝑈] for each submodule 𝐿 of 𝑈 with 𝐻 ⊈ 𝐿 [12, rem. (2.15)]. corollary (2.8) let 𝐻 be a proper submodule of a multiplication r-module 𝑈,then 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈, if [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] is a prime ideal of 𝑅 and 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) is a proper submodule of 𝐿 for each submodule 𝐿 of 𝑈. if 𝐻 is a submodule of an 𝑅-module 𝑈, then 𝐻(𝑆) = {𝑢 ∈ 𝑈:∃𝑡 ∈ 𝑆 such that 𝑡𝑢 ∈ 𝐻} [13]. proposition (2.9) let 𝐻 be a proper submodule of an r-module 𝘜, with [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] is a prime ideal of 𝑅, then 𝐻 is wn-prime if and only if 𝐻(𝑆) ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜) for each multiplicatively closed subset 𝑆 of 𝑅 with 𝑆 ∩ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] = 𝜑. proof ( ⇒ ) suppose that 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜 with 𝑆 ∩ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] = 𝜑. let 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻(𝑆), then ∃𝑟 ∈ 𝑆 such that 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻, implies that 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝑢] ⊆ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] ∪ [0:𝑅 𝑢] by proposition (2.5) .it follows that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 (since 𝐻 is a wn-prime ), implies that either 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝘜]. if 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜], implies that 𝑟 ∈ 𝑆 ∩ [𝐻 + 𝐽( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] = 𝜑 which is a contradiction. thus 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜) and hence 𝐻(𝑆) ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜). ( ⇐ ) suppose that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 ,𝑢 ∈ 𝘜 such that 𝑢 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜) and 𝑟 ∉ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜]. since 𝑟 ∈ 𝑆, then 𝑆 = {1,𝑟,𝑟 2,𝑟3,…} is multiplicatively closed subset of 𝑅 and 𝑆 ∩ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] = 𝜑 (since[𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜] is prime ideal of 𝑅 ). but 𝑢 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜) implies that 𝑢 ∉ 𝐻(𝑆) and then 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∉ 𝐻 which is a contradiction. thus 𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝘜):𝑅 𝘜]. that is, 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜. the following corollary a direct consequence of proposition (2.9). corollary (2.10) let 𝑈 be an 𝑅-module, 𝐻 be a proper submodule of 𝑈, with [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] is prime ideal in 𝑅, then 𝐻 is wn-prime if and only if 𝐻(𝑅 − ([𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈]) ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). proposition (2.11) let 𝑈 be an 𝑅-module, and 𝐴 be a maximal ideal of 𝑅, with 𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈) ≠ 𝑈. then 𝐴 𝑈 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proof: 42 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 since 𝐴 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈), then 𝐴 ⊆[a u+j( u) :𝑅u] .that is, there exists 𝑟 ∈ [𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈] and 𝑟 ∉ 𝐴. but 𝐴 is a maximal ideal of 𝑅, then 𝑅 = 𝐴 + 〈𝑟〉, then 1 = 𝑎 + 𝑠𝑟 for some 𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, it follows that 𝑢 = 𝑎𝑢 + 𝑠𝑟𝑢 for each 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈. thus 𝑢 ∈ 𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈) for each 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, so 𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈) = 𝑈 which is a contradiction. hence, 𝑟 ∈ 𝐴 and it follows that [𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈] ⊆ 𝐴.thus [𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈] = 𝐴. that is, [𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈): 𝑈] is a maximal ideal of 𝑅, hence by proposition( 2.6 ), 𝐴 𝑈 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proposition (2.12) let 𝐻 be a proper submodule of an r-module 𝑈 with [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] = [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝐾] for each submodule 𝐾 of 𝑈 such that 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) is a proper submodule of 𝐿, then 𝐻 is a wnprime submodule of 𝑈. proof suppose that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 for each 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 ,u ∈ u with 𝑢 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). assume that 𝐾 = 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) + 〈𝑢〉, it is clear that 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) ⊆ 𝐾, then 𝑢 ∈ 𝐾 and so 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝐾]. since 𝐻 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈), then [𝐻:𝑅 𝐾] = [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝐾] = [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] by hypothesis. thus 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈], it follow that 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. recall that submodule 𝐻 of an r-module 𝑈 is to said to be small, if for any submodule 𝐾 of 𝑈 with 𝑈 = 𝐻 + 𝐾 then 𝐾 = 𝑈 [14]. proposition (2.13) let 𝐻 be a small proper submodule of an r-module 𝘜 and 𝙹(𝘜) is a weakly prime submodule of 𝘜, then 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜. proof suppose that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻, where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 ,𝑢 ∈ 𝘜. since 𝐻 is a small submodule of 𝘜, then 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 ⊆ 𝙹(𝘜). it follows that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑢 ∈ 𝙹(𝘜), but 𝙹(𝘜) is a weakly prime submodule of 𝑈, implies that either 𝑢 ∈ 𝙹(𝘜) ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) or 𝑟𝘜 ⊆ 𝙹(𝘜) ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜). hence 𝐻 is a wnprime submodule of 𝘜. remark (2.14) if 𝐻 and 𝐿 are two submodules of r-module 𝑈 with 𝐻 is contained in 𝐿, 𝐿 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. then 𝐻 not necessary to be wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. the following example explains that. consider the z-module 𝑍24 and the submodule 𝐻 = {0̅ ,12̅̅̅̅ }, 𝐿 = {0̅, 2̅ , 4̅, 6̅, 8̅,10̅̅̅̅ ,12̅̅̅̅ ,14̅̅̅̅ ,16̅̅̅̅ ,18̅̅̅̅ ,20̅̅̅̅ ,22̅̅̅̅ } we have 𝐿 is a wn-prime (since 𝐿 is a weakly prime ) submodule of the z-module 𝑍24, but 𝐻 is not wn-prime because if 3 ∈ 𝑍,4̅ ∈ 𝑍24 such that 0̅ ≠ 3 4̅ ∈ 𝐻, but 4̅ ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑍24) = {0̅, 6̅,12̅̅̅̅ ,18̅̅̅̅ } and 3 ∉ [ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑍24) ∶ 𝑍24] = 6𝑍. proposition (2.15) let 𝑈 be an r-module , and 𝐻,𝐿 are submodules of 𝑈 with 𝐻 contained in 𝐿, and 𝙹( 𝑈) ⊆ 𝙹(𝐿). if 𝐻 is wn-prime submodule of 𝑈, then 𝐻 is wn-prime submodule of 𝐿. proof assume that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 with 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅,𝑥 ∈ 𝐿. since 𝐿 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈, then 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈]. but 𝙹( 𝑈) ⊆ 𝙹(𝐿) so 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝐿) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝐿):𝑅 𝑈] ⊆ [𝐻 + 𝙹(𝐿):𝑅 𝐿]. hence 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝐿. 43 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 remark (2.16) the resudule of wn-prime submodule of an r-module 𝑈 need not to be wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. the following example shows that: let 𝑈 = 𝑍12 , 𝑅 = 𝑍 and 𝐻 = {0̅, 4̅, 8̅}, 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑍12 by remark(2.2)(2). but [𝐻:𝑍 𝑍12] = 4𝑍 is not wn-prime ideal of 𝑅 because 0 ≠ 2 2 ∈ 4𝑍,2 ∈ 𝑍 but 2 ∉ 4𝑍 + 𝙹(𝑍) = 4𝑍 and 2 ∉ [4𝑍 + 𝙹(𝑍):𝑍 𝑍] = 4𝑍. the following propositions show that the resudule of a wn-prime submodule is a wn-prime ideal in the class of multiplication r-module over a good ring, artinian ring respectively. remember that a ring 𝑅 is called good if 𝙹(𝘜) = 𝙹(𝑅).𝘜 where 𝘜 is an r-module [14]. proposition (2.17) let 𝘜 be a multiplication module over a good ring 𝑅 , and 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜 then [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. proof suppose that 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑠 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] where 𝑟,𝑠 ∈ 𝑅, implies that 0 ≠ 𝑟(𝑠𝘜) ⊆ 𝐻. but 𝐻 is a wnprime submodule of 𝘜, then by corollary (2.4) either 𝑠𝘜 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) or 𝑟𝘜 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜). for 𝘜 a multiplication module over good ring, then 𝙹(𝘜) = 𝙹(𝑅).𝘜 and 𝐻 = [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜].𝘜. thus either 𝑠𝘜 ⊆ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜].𝘜 + 𝙹(𝑅).𝘜 or 𝑟𝘜 ⊆ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] 𝑈 + 𝙹(𝑅)𝘜. hence either 𝑠 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] + 𝙹(𝑅) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] + 𝙹(𝑅) = [[𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] + 𝙹(𝑅):𝑅 𝘜]. therefore [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. it is well known if 𝑈 is a module over artinian ring 𝑅 then 𝙹(𝘜) = 𝙹(𝑅)𝘜. [14, co. 9.3.10(c)]. proposition (2.18) let 𝘜 is a multiplication module over artinian ring 𝑅, and 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈 then [𝐻:𝑅 𝑈] is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. proof let 0 ≠ 𝑟𝐼 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅 and 𝐼 is an ideal of 𝑅, then 0 ≠ 𝑟𝐼 ⊆ 𝐻. since 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈, then by corollary (2.4) either 𝐼𝘜 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) or 𝑟𝘜 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜).but 𝑈 is a multiplication module over good ring 𝑅, then 𝙹(𝘜) = 𝙹(𝑅)𝘜 and 𝐻 = [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜]𝘜. it follows that either 𝐼𝘜 ⊆ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜]𝘜 + 𝙹(𝑅)𝘜 or 𝑟𝘜 ⊆ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜]𝘜 + 𝙹(𝑅).𝘜. hence either 𝐼 ⊆ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] + 𝙹(𝑅) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] + 𝙹(𝑅) = [[𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] + 𝙹(𝑅):𝑅 𝘜].therefore [𝐻:𝑅 𝑈] is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. it is well known that if 𝘜 is a projective r-module then 𝙹(𝘜) = 𝙹(𝑅).𝘜 [14, th. 9.2.1(g)]. proposition (2.19) let 𝘜 be a projective multiplication r-module , and 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜 then [𝐻:𝑅 𝘜] is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. proof 44 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 follows in the same way of proposition (2.17) and proposition (2.18). it is well known if 𝑈 is a multiplication finitely generated r-module , and 𝐴,𝐵 are ideals of 𝑅, then 𝐴 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐵 𝑈 if and only if 𝐴 ⊆ 𝐵 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛( 𝑈) [15, cor. of th. 9]. proposition (20) let 𝑈 be a multiplication finitely generated faithful module over good ring 𝑅 , 𝘈 is a wnprime ideal of 𝑅.then 𝘈 𝑈 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proof suppose that 0 ≠ 𝑎𝐻 ⊆ 𝘈 𝑈 where 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅,𝐻 is a submodule of 𝑈,implies that 0 ≠ 𝑎𝐼 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐴 𝑈 for 𝑈 is a multiplication, it follows that 0 ≠ 𝑎𝐼 ⊆ 𝘈 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛( 𝑈).but 𝑈 is faithful, then 𝑎𝑛𝑛( 𝑈) = (0). thus 0 ≠ 𝑎𝐼 ⊆ 𝘈. but 𝘈 is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅, then either 𝐼 ⊆ 𝘈 + 𝙹(𝑅) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝘈 + 𝙹(𝑅):𝑅] = 𝘈 + 𝙹(𝑅). hence 𝐼 𝑈 ⊆ 𝘈 𝑈 + 𝙹(𝑅) 𝑈 or 𝑟 𝑈 ⊆ 𝘈 𝑈 + 𝙹(𝑅) 𝑈. that is either 𝐼 𝑈 ⊆ 𝘈 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 𝑈 ⊆ 𝘈 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈). thus either 𝐻 ⊆ 𝘈 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟 ∈ [𝘈 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈]. therefore 𝘈 𝑈 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proposition (2.21) let 𝑈 be a finitely generated multiplication faithful module over artinian ring 𝑅, and 𝐴 be a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅, then 𝐴 𝑈 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proof similar as in proposition (2.20). proposition (2.22) let 𝘜 be a finitely generated projective multiplication r-module , and 𝐴 is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝘜)⊆ 𝐴 then 𝐴𝘜 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜. proof suppose that 0 ≠ 𝑎𝑢 ∈ 𝐴𝘜 for 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅,𝑢 ∈ 𝘜 so, 0 ≠ 𝑎(𝑢) ⊆ 𝐴𝘜. since 𝘜 is a multiplication, then (𝑢) = 𝙹𝘜 for some ideal 𝙹 of 𝑅, hence 0 ≠ 𝑎𝙹𝘜 ⊆ 𝐴𝘜, since 𝘜 is finitely generated multiplication, then 0 ≠ 𝑎𝙹 ⊆ 𝐴 + 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝘜). but 𝑎𝑛𝑛(𝘜) ⊆ 𝐴, then 0 ≠ 𝑎𝙹 ⊆ 𝐴, since 𝐴 is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅 then by corollary (2.4) either 𝙹 ⊆ 𝐴 + 𝙹(𝑅) or 𝑎 ∈ [𝐴 + 𝙹(𝑅):𝑅 𝑅] = 𝐴 + 𝙹(𝑅). that is either 𝙹𝘜 ⊆ 𝐴𝘜 + 𝙹(𝑅)𝘜 or 𝑎𝘜 ⊆ 𝐴𝘜 + 𝙹(𝑅)𝘜. but 𝘜 is a projective, then 𝙹(𝑅) 𝑈 = 𝙹( 𝑈). thus either (𝑢) ⊆ 𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑎 ∈ [𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈]. that is either 𝑢 ∈ 𝐴 𝑈 + 𝙹(𝘜) or 𝑎 ∈ [𝐴𝘜 + 𝙹(𝘜):𝑅 𝘜]. thus 𝐴𝘜 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜. proposition (2.23) let 𝐻 be a wn-prime submodule of an r-module 𝑈, then 𝑆−1𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑆−1𝑅-module 𝑆−1 𝑈, where 𝑆 is a multiplicatively closed subset of 𝑅. proof suppose that (0) ≠ 𝑟1 𝑠1 𝑢 𝑠2 ∈ 𝑆−1𝐻 for 𝑟1 𝑠1 ∈ 𝑆−1𝑅 and 𝑢 𝑠2 ∈ 𝑆−1 𝑈 and 𝑟1 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑠1,𝑠2 ∈ 𝑆,𝑢 ∈ 𝑈. then 𝑟1𝑢 𝑡 ∈ 𝑆−1𝐻, where 𝑡 = 𝑠1𝑠2 ∈ 𝑆, that is there exists non-zero element 𝑡1 ∈ 𝑆 such that 0 ≠ 𝑡1𝑟1𝑢 ∈ 𝐻. but 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈, then either 𝑡1𝑢 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 𝑟1 ∈ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈], it follows that either 𝑡1𝑢 𝑡1𝑠2 ∈ 𝑆−1(𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈)) ⊆ 𝑆−1𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑆−1 𝑈)or 𝑟1 𝑠1 ∈ 45 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝑆−1[𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] ⊆ [𝑆 −1𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑆−1 𝑈):𝑅 𝑆 −1 𝑈]. hence either 𝑢 𝑠2 ∈ 𝑆−1𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑆−1 𝑈) or 𝑟1 𝑠1 ∈ [𝑆−1𝐻 + 𝙹(𝑆−1 𝑈):𝑅 𝑆 −1 𝑈]. thus 𝑆−1𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑆−1𝑅-module 𝑆−1 𝑈. it is well known that if 𝜑 ∶ 𝑈 ⟶ 𝑌 is an r-epimorphism and 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝜑 small submodule of rmodule 𝑈, then 𝜑( 𝙹( 𝑈)) = 𝙹(𝑌),𝜑−1( 𝙹(𝑌)) = 𝙹( 𝑈) [14, cor. 9.1.5(a)]. proposition (2.24) let 𝜑 ∶ 𝑈 ⟶ 𝑈′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism with 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝜑 is small submodule of 𝚄, and 𝐾 be a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈′, then 𝜑−1(𝐾) is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proof let 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝜑−1(𝐾) where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅,𝑥 ∈ 𝑈 with 𝑥 ∉ 𝜑−1(𝐾) + 𝙹( 𝑈), it follows that 𝜑(𝑥) ∉ 𝐾 + 𝜑( 𝙹( 𝑈)) = 𝐾 + 𝙹( 𝑈′). since 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝜑−1(𝐾), implies that 0 ≠ 𝑟 𝜑(𝑥) ∈ 𝐾. but 𝐾 be a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈′and 𝜑(𝑥) ∉ 𝐾 + 𝙹( 𝑈′), it follows that 𝑟 ∈ [𝐾 + 𝙹( 𝑈′):𝑅 𝑈 ′], that is 𝑟 𝑈′ ⊆ 𝐾 + 𝙹( 𝑈′), hence 𝑟 𝜑( 𝑈) = 𝜑(𝑟 𝑈) ⊆ 𝐾 + 𝙹( 𝑈′). implies that 𝑟 𝑈 ⊆ 𝜑−1(𝐾) + 𝙹( 𝑈). therefore 𝜑−1(𝐾) is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. proposition (2.25) let 𝑓 ∶ 𝘜 ⟶ 𝘜′ be an 𝑅-epimorphism with 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 is small submodule of 𝘜, and 𝐻 be a wnprime submodule of 𝘜 with 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊆ 𝐻. then 𝑓(𝐻) is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜′. proof since 𝐾𝑒𝑟𝑓 ⊆ 𝐻, that's clearly𝑓(𝐻) is a proper submodule of 𝘜′. now, suppose that 0≠ 𝑟𝑥′ ∈ 𝑓(𝐻), where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑥′ ∈ 𝘜′. since 𝑓 is an epimorphism then 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥′ for some 𝑥 ∈ 𝘜, thus 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑥′ = 𝑟𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑟𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝐻),it follows that there exists non-zero 𝑦 ∈ 𝐻 such that 𝑓(𝑟𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑦), implies that 𝑓(𝑟𝑥 − 𝑦) = 0, hence 𝑟𝑥 − 𝑦 ∈ 𝐾𝑒𝑟 𝑓 ⊆ 𝐻 ⇒ 0 ≠ 𝑟𝑥 ∈ 𝐻. but 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜, then either 𝑥 ∈ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜) or 𝑟𝘜 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹(𝘜), it follows that either 𝑥′ = 𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝑓(𝐻) + 𝙹(𝘜′) or 𝑟 𝑈′ = 𝑟𝑓(𝘜) ⊆ 𝑓(𝐻) + 𝙹( 𝘜′). that is 𝑓(𝐻) is a wn-prime submodule of 𝘜′. 3. conclusion in this article the concept wn-prime submodule was introduced and studied as generalization of a weakly prime submodule. the results that we set in this research are the following: 1. every weakly prime submodule of r-module 𝑈 is wn-prime, but not conversely . 2. a proper submodule 𝐻 of an r-module 𝑈 is a wn-prime if and only if whenever 0 ≠ 〈𝑟〉𝐿 ⊆ 𝐻 where 𝑟 ∈ 𝑅, 𝐿 is a submodule of 𝑈 implies that either 𝐿 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) or 〈𝑟〉 𝑈 ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) . 3. a proper submodule 𝐻 of an r-module 𝑈 is wn-prime if and only if [𝐻:𝑅 𝑥] ⊆ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] ∪ [0:𝑅 𝑥] for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑈 and 𝑥 ∉ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈). 4. let 𝐻 be a proper submodule of an r-module 𝑈, with [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] is a prime ideal of 𝑅, then 𝐻 is a wn-prime if and only if 𝐻(𝑆) ⊆ 𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈) for each multiplicatively closed subset 𝑆 of 𝑅 with 𝑆 ∩ [𝐻 + 𝙹( 𝑈):𝑅 𝑈] = 𝜑. 5. if a submodule 𝐻 of an r-module 𝑈 is small and 𝙹( 𝑈) is a weakly prime submodule of 𝑈, then 𝐻 is wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. 46 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 6. let 𝑈 be a multiplication module over artinian ring 𝑅, and 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈 then [𝐻:𝑅 𝑈] is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. 7. if 𝑈 is a projective multiplication r-module , and 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈 then [𝐻:𝑅 𝑈] is a wn-prime ideal of 𝑅. 8. if 𝑈 is finitely generated faithful multiplication module over good ring 𝑅, and 𝐴 be wnprime ideal of 𝑅, then 𝐴 𝑈 is wn-prime submodule of 𝑈. 9. if 𝑈 is finitely generated projective multiplication r-module then 𝐴 𝑈 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑈 for all wn-prime ideal 𝐴 of 𝑅 with 𝑎𝑛𝑛( 𝑈) ⊆ 𝐴. 10. if 𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of an r-module 𝑈, then 𝑆−1𝐻 is a wn-prime submodule of 𝑆−1𝑅-module 𝑆−1 𝑈, where 𝑆 is a multiplicatively closed subset of 𝑅. references 1. behoodi, m. ; koohi, h. weakly prime modules. vietnam journal of math., 2004, 32,2, 185195. 2. azizi, a.; weakly prime submodules and prime submodules, glasgow math. journal, 2006, 48, 343-348. 3. ebrahimi, s. ; farzalipour, f.; on weakly prime submodules. tamkang journal of math. 2007, 38,3, 247-252. 4. azizi, a. on prime and weakly prime submodules , vietnam journal of math., 2008, 36,3, 315-325. 5. adil, k. j. a generalizations of prime and weakly prime submodules, pure math. science, 2013, 2,1, 1-11. 6. ebrahimi, s. ; farzalipour, f. on weakly primary ideals, georgian math. journal, 2005, 13, 423-429. 7. al-joboury, w. k. weakly quasiprime modules and weakly quasiprime submodules, m.sc. thesis 2013, university of tikrit. 8. farzalipour, f. on almost semiprime submodules; hindawi publishing corporation algebra, 2014, 31, 231-237. 9. saif, a; haibt, k. m. weprime submodules and we-semiprime submodules. ibn-alhaitham jornal, for pure and apple.sci. 2018, 31,3, 109-117. 10. el-bast, z.; smith, p. f. ; multiplication modules, comm. algebra. 1988,16,4, 755-779. 11. burton, d.; first course in rings and ideals; university of new. hampshire. 1970, 12. athab, e. a. prime and semi prime submodules, m.sc. thesis, college of science, university of baghdad. 1996. 13. larsen, m. d. ; mccarthy, p. j. ; multiplicative theory of ideals; academic press, new york and london, 1971. 14. kasch, f. , modules and rings, london math. soc. monographs (17) new york.1982. 15. smith p.; some remarks on multiplication modules, arch. math., 1988, 50, 223-226. 43 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 basima a. a. saleem abstract a spectrophotometric method is proposed for the determination of some drugs containing amino group such as mesalazine, metoclopramide and dopamine in pharmaceutical formulations. it was simple, precise, accurate, rapid, and based on the oxidation of each drug with chromate as an oxidizing agent in the presence of 1n hydrochloric acid. then indigo carmine is reacted with residual chromate in the presence of a catalysis factor (sodium oxalate). increasing in absorbance's value of the color system is proportional to the amount of the three drugs which is measured at the selected wavelength of 610 nm. the proposed method is obeying beer's law in the ranges of (1-40, 2-44 and 2-52) ppm for the concentration of mesalazine, metoclopramide and dopamine respectively. molar absorptivity was 0.191×10 4 , 0.449×10 4 and 0.191×10 4 l.mol -1 .cm -1 mesalazine, metoclopramide and dopamine respectively. while, sandell's sensitivity index of 0.0806, 0.0667 and 0.0806 μg.cm -2 mesalazine, metoclopramide and dopamine respectively. the proposed spectrophotometric method has a good recovery when it is applied for the determination of the three drugs in pure form and pharmaceutical doses. keywords: spectrophotometric oxidation-reduction reaction, mesalazine, metoclopramide, dopamine 1. introduction mesalazine and metoclopramide are used for treating of digestive system diseases, drugs containing amino group as well as dopamine scheme 1. metoclopramide is one of the medications groups which is known as dopamine-receptor antagonists, therefore these drugs have been chosen in this study. mesalazine (mez), also named as 5-amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid, is white color for powder and crystals [1]. it is relatively insoluble in some organic solvents like ether and chloroform, while it is solubility increased in a diluted solution of bases and acids [2]. some biological terms like enzymes are inhibited to be produced by mez, such as synthetase and cyclo-oxygenase [3]. also, mez played an important role as an activating factor of the ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi:10.30526/32.3.2281 spectrophotometric determination of some drugs using oxidation reduction reactions department of chemistry, college of science, university of mosul basmasaleem@yahoo.com article history: received 24 february 2019, accepted 11 june 2019, publish september, 2019. basmasaleem@yahoo.com 44 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 platelet. mez as an anti-inflammatory drug is used for treating the common disease of inflammatory bowel and crohn’s disease [4, 5]. metoclopramide (met) is a medication chemically known as 4-amino-5-chloro-n-(2diethylaminoethyl)-2-methoxybenzamide [1]. and used for stomach and esophageal problems. also met is used to treat hyperemesis gravidarum by pregnancy's women as a second choice. there is a relation between met and dop, met belongs to medications group which is known as dopamine-receptor antagonists. people with parkinson's disease must be noticed closely when they are used the medication dop as an antagonist to treat the emesis. patients are not recommended to take met if they have been taken antipsychotics drugs [6,7]. dopamine (dop) chemically named as 4-(2-aminoethyl) benzene-1,2-diol[1]. dop is synthesized in the brain, plants and most animals. it is a chemical send signal to nerve cells when it is released by other nerve cells, dopamine's pathways in the brain are controlling the release of various hormones. any dysfunctions of the dopamine system are associated with important diseases in the nervous system such as parkinson's disease; it is causing motor impairment and tremor. the important function of dopamine is a neurotransmitter in the brain. other functions increase the excretion of sodium and output urine from kidneys. it reduces insulin production as well as reduces gastrointestinal motility, protects intestinal mucosa, reduces the activity of lymphocytes in the pancreas and in both digestive system and immune system respectively [8-11]. ho nh2 oho mesalazine 153.14 g/mol nh2ho ho dopamine c8h11no2 153.18 g/mol nh ncl nh2 o o metoclopramide c14h22cln3o2 299.80 g/mol scheme 1. chemical structure of mez, met and dop. several techniques, including spectral methods, were used to estimate three drugs as documented in the literature. mez was evaluated in its pure form and in its pharmaceutical preparations using various organic reagents such as 1, 2-naphthoquinone-p-sulphonate, 4dimethylaminocinnamaldehyde [12]. o-chloranil [13]. 1, 5-diphenylcarbazide [14]. n-(1naphthyl) ethylenediamine and 8-hydroxyquinoline [15]. also, inorganic reagents are used to determine mez like sodium nitroprusside with hydroxylamine hcl [16]. and ferric nitrate [2]. another method depends on ultra violet region to determine mez [17,18]. spectrophotometric methods are also used for the determination of met with its degradation products [19]. as well; others applied for the determination of met in bulk and pharmaceutical preparations [20-22]. met has been determined in pharmaceuticals and spiked human urine using diazotization reaction [23-26]. sequential injection is used for spectrophotometric determination of met [27]. development and validation of uvspectroscopic method are used for assaying of met in bulk and injectable dosage form [28]. batch and cloud point extraction spectrophotometric is used for the determination of dop [29]. a spectrophotometric method is used for determination of dop in various samples such as bulk and injectable forms [30, 31]. other used charge transfer reaction with bromanil to determine dop [32]. or, we used a spectrophotometric evaluation of dop and progesterone https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hyperemesis_gravidarum 45 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 in breast cancer serum [33]. standard addition methods are used for determination of dop and levodopa in tablets and ampoules [34]. dop can be determined spectrophotometrically in biological and pharmaceutical samples [35]. flow injection analysis has been used for the determination of methyldopa and dop in pharmaceutical preparations [36]. also, dop was determined in various samples such as pharmaceutical, banana, urine and serum samples by potassium ferricyanide-fe (iii)[37]. another method is used for the determination of dop in the microliter scale using the microfluidic system based on polymeric technology [38]. the organic reagent which used in this work is named indigo carmine scheme 2. indigo carmine (inc) also named as 5,5′-indigodisulfonic acid disodium salt. it is an oxidationreduction indicator, prepared by sulphonation process of indigo. inc is rapidly dissolved in water, and it is safe to use as a colorant of food as well as a dye in the industry of capsules [39]. n n o o h h s o o os o o -o na+ na+ indigo carmine m.wt = 466.36 g/mol c16h8n2na2o8s2 scheme 2. the chemical structure of inc. 2. experimental 2.1 equipment double beam jascov-630-uv-visible spectrophotometer with a pair of a plastic 1-cm matched cells were used for measuring absorbance while a of hanna instrument ph 211 microprocessor ph meter was used for ph measurements. 2.2 drug stock solution, (1000 µg/ml) 0.1 g of mez was weighed and dissolved in 10 ml of ethanol absolute and diluted with distilled water using a 100 ml volumetric flask. while (met & dop) was prepared by dissolving the same weight (0.1g) of pure dopamine hydrochloride (fluka) or metoclopramide (sdi) in distilled water then diluted it to the mark with the same solvent in 100 ml volumetric flask. standard solutions were prepared by suitable dilution of the stock standard solution. 2.3 chromate ion solution, (8.6×10 -4 m) solution 0.0167 g of potassium chromate (fluka) was dissolved in distilled water. then the final volume brings to 100 ml in an amber color volumetric flask, which is being stable more than 1 month [24]. 2.4 inc solution, (1×10 -3 m) 0.1165 g of indigo carmine dye (bdh) was weighed, dissolved then completed by distilled water to a 250 ml in a dark volumetric flask in order to be stable for 3 days. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sulfonation https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/indigo_dye https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/food_coloring 46 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2.5 catalyst solution of sodium oxalate, (0. 1 m) 1.34 g of sodium oxalate (fluka) was dissolved in distilled water to prepare 0.1 m of this solution which is diluted by distilled water using a 100 ml dark volumetric flask. 2.6 hydrochloric acid solution, (1n). a suitable appropriate dilution of (21.85 ml) of concentrated hydrochloric acid (density=1.16) with distilled water in 250 ml volumetric flask to prepare 1 n of hcl. 2.7 pharmaceutical formulations (tablet) ten tablets of pharmaceutical formulations for mez, met and dop were crushed and mixed well then, an equivalent weighed to 0.01 g of drugs were dissolved, filtered then diluted to 100 ml with a clean and dry volumetric flask. 2.8 pharmaceutical preparation (ampoule) plemazol, 10mg/2ml (sdi co. iraq) 2 ml ampoules each containing 0.01 g of mcp were transferred to 100 ml volumetric flasks and completed the volume with distilled water. dopamine hydrochloride ampoule (200mg/5ml): one ampoule of dopamine hydrochloride was diluted to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water. then 5ml from the above solution was diluted to 100 ml in a volumetric flask with distilled water to obtain (100 ppm). 3. results and discussion different analytical parameters which were affected on the optimum conditions of the color development for 100 μg of each drug in 25 ml as a final volume, then the absorbance intensity was measured at 610 nm and optimum ph from 3.2 to 3.4 for the proposed method. 3.1 effect of type and quantity of acid various quantities (0.1-2.0 ml) of an acids such as (hcl, h2so4, hno3, and ch3cooh), were used to determine the optimum ph for the oxidation-reduction reaction between chromium ion and drugs, hcl is considered to be optimum in this study because of the best absorbance values so that, (0.1-2.0 ml) of 1m hydrochloric acid was studied. figure 1. shows that use 1 ml of hydrochloric acid (1 m) was optimum due to a high value of absorbance and the more stable colored dye. this scale was adopted in subsequent experiments. figure 1. study the effect of hydrochloric acid. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3 a b so rb a n ce hydrochloric acid amount added, ml mesalazine metoclopramide dopamine 47 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 3.2 study the effect of catalyst sodium oxalate was used as a promoting the activation of cr (vi) oxidation's system [40]. thus, different quantities of (0.1 m) c2o4 2 solution (1.0-3.0) ml were tested with (100) µg of drugs in final volume of 25ml. it is observed from figure 2. that using (2.0) ml of c2o4 2 solution was optimum amount because it gives the best stability and absorbance, therefore, it used in subsequent experiments. figure 2. effect of catalyst. 3.3 study the amount of chromate ion to choose the suitable amount of chromate (vi) which oxidized the drugs, various amounts (0.5-3.0) ml of (8.6×10 -4 m) chromate and (100-1000) µg of drugs solution in final volume 25 ml were studied. resulted from this study that 1.5 ml of cr (vi) was considered to be optimum because the higher value of determination coefficient (0.9909, 0.9947 and 0.9966) for mez, met and dop respectively, for this reason it selected for the subsequent experiments 3.4 study the effect of reagent's amount the addition of indigo carmine as a reagent on the reaction mixture to produce the bluish color. this was investigated by different amount of (0.5-2.0) ml 1.0×10 -3 m of the dye, the experimental results indicated that (1.0) ml of indigo carmine reagent was optimum volume (determination coefficient (r 2 ) 0.9935, 0.9954 and 0.9964), for mez, met and dop respectively, and fixed for the subsequent experiments 3.5 study the effect of addition's order different orders were studied to check the best orders of addition. table 1. indicates that the first order for each drug is considered to be optimum and selected for the subsequent experiments for mez, met and dop because it gave the highest absorbance value, that means the addition of oxidant agent to the drugs must followed by catalyst in presence of acid medium to complete the oxidation process, then, the reagent must be added at last. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 a b so rb a n ce amount of oxalate ion, ml mesalazine metoclopramide dopamine 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 1. order effect of addition. reaction components order number absorbance mez d + o + c+ h + inc i 0.334 d + h + o + c + inc iii 0.281 d + inc + o + h + c iv 0.089 d + c + o + h + inc ii 0.262 met d + o + c+ h + inc i 0.361 d + h + o + c + inc iii 0.296 d + inc + o + h + c iv 0.110 d + c + o + h + inc ii 0.271 dop d + o + c+ h + inc i 0.390 d + h + o + c + inc iii 0.287 d + inc + o + h + c iv 0.121 d + c + o + h + inc ii 0.298 d= mez or met or dop, o=oxidant, h=hydrochloric acid, inc=indigo carmine, c=catalyst. 3.6 study the stability time the intensity of the absorbance for various quantities of mez, met and dop at 610 nm in the reaction mixture was measured at various time intervals. figure 3. shows the absorbance when it is measured immediately as well as after two hours is seemly to be constant. figure 3. study the stability of the resulting dye. 3.7 the final absorption spectrum and the calibration graph of the three drugs drugs (mez, met and dop) were treated according to the optimum conditions, the final spectrum and calibration are shown in figure 4,5. while table 2. indicates some analytical variables of the present method. a linear calibration graph was measured at 610 nm are obtained over the concentrations (1-40, 2-44 and 2-52) ppm for mez, met, and dop respectively. molar absorptivity of 0.191×10 4 ; 0.449×10 4 and 0.191×10 4 l. mol -1 .cm -1 for mez, met, and dop respectively, and sandell's index sensitivity 0.0806; 0.0667 and 0.0806 µg.cm -2 for mez, met, and dop respectively. 0.25 0.35 0.45 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 a b so rb a n ce measuring time (min.) 100 µg of mez 100 µg of met 100 µg of dop 49 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 4. final absorption spectra of 100 μg of (a) mez, (b) met and (c) dop/25 ml measured against a reagent blank (d) blank against distilled water. figure 5. calibration's graph of drugs (mez, met and dop). table 2. analytical parameters of a proposed method. values analytical variables 0.191×10 4 mez; 0.449×10 4 met; 0.191×10 4 dop molar absorptivity (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) 120.0 color's stability (minutes) 0.0806 mez; 0.00667met; 0.0806dop sandell's sensitivity y = 0.0005x + 0.2754 mez; y = 0.0006x + 0.306 met; y = 0.0005x + 0.334 dop regretion equation 0.9974 mez; 0.9992 met; 0.9998 dop coefficint of determination 1 : 1 nature of the resulted dye 3.8 method's accuracy and its precision average of five determinations of mez, met and dop were determined at various quantities (100, 300 and 500) μg/25ml for each one to check and test the accuracy as well as the precision for the calibration curve. the results are tabulated in table 3. are reliable. y = 0.0005x + 0.2754 r² = 0.9974 y = 0.0006x + 0.306 r² = 0.9992 y = 0.0005x + 0.3343 r² = 0.9998 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 a b so rb a n ce drugs, µg/25 ml mez met dop b c d a 50 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 3. accuracy and precision. quantity of mez measured, μg/25ml recovery %* rsd, %* 100.0 99.74 ±0.4082 300.0 99.59 ±0.3247 500.0 99.32 ±0.2698 quantity of met measured, μg/25ml recovery %* rsd, %* 100.0 100.54 ±0.5290 300.0 100.21 ±0.2901 500.0 100.36 ±0.2895 quantity of dop measured, μg/25ml r, %* rsd, %* 100.0 99.70 ±0.4748 300.0 100.23 ±0.3729 500.0 99.81 ±0.2895 * average for 5 measurements. 3.9 mole ratio continuous variations (job's method) have been used for the determination the reaction ratio of the three drugs with chromate. the experimental results indicated that 1:1 belong to ratios of mez, met and dop to chromate respectively. depending on this ratio, the reaction's mechanism is suggested as below scheme 3. [44,45]. + cro4-2 cr +3 + 2h2o+ 2h+ oh no2 oh o oh h2n oh o nh2ho ho dopamine metoclopramide nh ncl nh2 o o + cro4 -2 + + cro4 -2 nh ncl o2n o o no2ho ho cr+3 + 2h2o cr+3 + 2h2o+ 2h+ 2h+ scheme 3. oxidation of mez, met and dop with cr (vi). the probable reaction mechanism scheme 4. has been suggested between the oxidizing agent (chromate vi) and the reagent (indigo carmine dye) in the presence of catalyst agent (sodium oxalate) in an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid [41]. as follows: n h h n o o nao3s so3na n h h n oh oh nao3s so3na n h h n oh oh nao3s so3nan h h n o o nao3s so3na 2h+ +2cr+3+h2o 2cr+6 + 2e+ na2c2o4 scheme 4. mechanism between chromate vi and indigo carmine dye. 51 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 3.10 study the effect of interferences to study the selectivity and efficiency of the present method, the effect of some foreign materials that are usually present in dosage forms (gum acacia, lactose, menthol, starch and glucose) were added in different amounts (100, 500, 1000) to (100) μg of drugs/25 ml. there is no effect of foreign substances in the proposed method as it was obtained from table 4. table 4. effect of interferences. recovery (%) drugs, μg mez, 100 μg met, 100 μg dop, 100 μg interferences, μg 100 500 1000 100 500 1000 100 500 1000 acacia 99.70 99.40 99.10 99.72 99.73 100.27 98.97 98.73 98.50 glucose 100.29 100.59 99.70 100.28 100.54 100.82 99.74 99.48 99.23 lactose 100.59 99.70 100.29 99.44 99.73 99.72 100.77 100.25 100.26 menthol 100.30 100.90 99.40 99.17 99.45 98.89 100.25 100.51 100.26 starch 100.60 100.59 99.69 100.28 100.27 100.55 100.52 100.51 100.77 3.11 application of the proposed method the experimental results in table 5. indicate that a good value of recovery, relative error as well as the measured quantity of each drug when the present method applied on the pharmaceutical preparations for mez, met and dop. table 5. application of the method. r.e * , % r * , % µg mez measured/25ml µg mez present/25ml mez -0.2600 99.74 199.48 200 pentasa tablet, 500 mg (ferring, germany) -0.4150 99.58 398.34 400 -0.5183 99.48 596.89 600 -1.0450 98.95 197.91 200 awasalazine tablet, 400 mg, (awamedica, iraq) -0.8325 99.16 396.67 400 -0.6916 99.31 595.85 600 r.e * , % r * , % µg met measured/25ml µg met present/25ml met -0.4950 99.50 199.01 200 plemazol, 10mg/2ml (sdi co. iraq) -0.1975 99.80 399.21 400 -0.3283 99.67 598.03 600 -1.235 98.76 197.53 200 meclodin, 10mg (cid co. egypt) -1.3775 98.62 394.49 400 -1.4783 98.52 591.13 600 r.e * , % r * , % µg dop measured/25ml µg dop present/25ml dop -1.3500 99.32 198.64 200 dopamine hydrochloride (200 mg/5 ml) miser. co egypt -1.6400 99.63 398.54 400 -1.5466 99.53 597.20 600 -0.6800 98.65 197.30 200 dopamine hydrochloride injections (biologici italy lab., novate, milano italy): 200 mg/5 ml) -0.3650 98.36 393.44 400 -0.4666 98.45 590.72 600 * average of five determinations. table 6. shows the calculated value of t-test at the 95% confidence level for five degrees of freedom [42]. did not exceed the theoretical values (t-tabulated is 4.95) when the present method is compared with literature methods [43, 21, 30]. 52 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 6. t-test values of mez, met and dop. pharmaceutical preperations values of t-test pentasa tablet, 500 mg (ferring, germany) ± 1.8185 plemazol, 10mg/2ml (sdi co. iraq) ± 1.1821 dopamine hydrochloride injections (biologici italy lab., novate, milano italy): 200 mg/5 ml) ± 0.6469 3.12 the comparison of the proposed method with literature several analytical variables those have been explained in table 7. shows the comparison between the proposed and some methods in the literature. table 7. proposed and literature method's comparison. methods in literature present method analytical variables dop [30] met [21] mez [40] complex formation azo coupling reaction oxidative coupling oxidation reduction reaction 470 459 530 610 λmax (nm) dcq orcinol pyrocatechol indigo carmin reagent 4-45 0.6-12 0.4-10 1-40 mez; 2-44 met; 2-52 dop beer’s law range (µg. ml -1 ) 1938.76 19044 3685 1900 mez; 4490 met; 1900 dop molar absorptivity (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) --------naoh h2so4 hcl medium -----------24 hrs. 65.0 120.0 color's stability (minutes) 1: 4 -----------1: 1 1: 1 nature of the resulted dye bulk and injectable forms pharmaceutical preparation pharmaceutical preparation pharmaceutical formulation method's application dcq: 2,6-dichloroquinone 4-chloroimide. the results in table 7. showed that the present method is somewhat sensitive to apply for the pharmaceutical preparations of each drug (mez, met and dop). 4. conclusion in this work, a spectrophotometric method was proposed which is described as an accurate, simple and fast. it was used to estimate three drugs containing the active amino group (mez, met and dop) using oxidation-reduction reaction. this method is obeying beer's law in the ranges of 1-40, 2-44 and 2-52 ppm for the concentration of mez, met and dop respectively. molar absorptivity was 0.2×10 4 , 0.5×10 4 and 0.2×10 4 l.mol -1 .cm -1 mez, met and dop respectively. the proposed method was applied successfully to the determination of those three drugs in pure and their pharmaceutical preparations. references 1. british pharmacopeia on cd-rom, 7th edition, system simulation ltd. the stationary office, london, 2013. 2. moharana, a.k.; banerjee, m.; sahoo, n.k. development and validation of visible spectroscopic method for the determination of mesalamine in bulk and tablet formulation. asian journal of research in chemistry.2011, 4, 647-649. 3. kumar, p.r.; padmavathi, y.; niveditha, p.; raghavendra babu, n. development and validation of difference spectrophotometric method for the quantitative estimation of mesalamine in bulk drug and dosage forms. asian journal of pharmaceutical analysis. 2017, 7, 225-228. 53 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 4. sahooa, n.k.; sahua, m.; raoa, p.s.; ghoshb, g. validation of stability indicating rphplc method for the estimation of mesalamine in bulk and tablet dosage form. pharmaceutical methods.2013, 4, 56-61. 5. ye, b.; van langenberg, d.r. mesalazine preparations for the treatment of ulcerative colitis: are all created equal? world journal of gastrointestinal pharmacology and therapeutics.2015, 6, 137-144. 6. pasternak, b.; svanström, h.; mølgaard-nielsen, d.; melbye, m.; hviid, a. metoclopramide in pregnancy and risk of major congenital malformations and fetal death. the journal of the american medical association.2013, 310, 1601–1611. 7. matok, i.; gorodischer, r.; koren, g.; sheiner, e.; wiznitzer, a.; levy, a. the safety of metoclopramide use in the first trimester of pregnancy. new england journal of medicine.2009, 360, 2528–2535. 8. berridge, k.c.; robinson, t.e.; aldridge, j.w. dissecting components of reward: 'liking', 'wanting', and learning. current opinion in pharmacology.2009, 9, 65–73. 9. jankovic, j. parkinson's disease: clinical features and diagnosis. journal of neurology, neurosurgery, and psychiatry.2008, 79, 368–376. 10. choi, m.r.; kouyoumdzian, n.m.; mikusic, n.l.r.; kravetz, m.c.; rosón, m.i.; fermepin, m.r.; fernández, b.e. renal dopaminergic system: pathophysiological implications and clinical perspectives. world journal of nephrology.2015, 4, 196–212. 11. connolly, b.s.; lang, a.e. pharmacological treatment of parkinson disease: a review. jama. the journal of the american medical association.2014, 311, 1670–1683. 12. sama, n.s.; gurupadayya, b.m.; kumar, c.a. spectrophotometric determination of mesalamine by pdac and nqs reagents in bulk and tablet dosage form. journal of pharmacy research.2011, 4, 39-41. 13. al-enizzi, m.s.; al-sabha, t.a.n.; al-ghabsha, t.s. use of charge transfer complex formation reaction in spectrophotometric microdetermination of some drugs. jordan journal of chemistry.2012, 7, 87-102. 14. hamdoon, e.a. indirect spectrophotometric determination of mesalazine via chromate-1, 5-diphenyl carbazide complex. rafidain journal of science.2018, 27, 69-78. 15. zakaria, r.a. spectrophotometric determination of mesalazine by 8hydroxyquinolineandn-(1-naphthyl) ethylenediamine.dihydrochloride reagents in bulk and capsule dosage forms. rafidain journal of science.2013, 24, 146-158. 16. al-sabha, t.n.; habeeb, n.n. spectrophotometric determination ofmesalamine using sodium nitroprusside as chromogenic reagent. european chemical bulletin.2015, 4, 8, 384-388. 17. gatkal, s.h.; mhatre, p.r.; chopade, v.v.; chaudhari, p.d. development and validation of a stability indicating assay method of mesalamine by using different stress degradation conditions. international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research.2013, 4, 401406. 18. elbashir, a.a.; abdalla, f.a.a.; aboul‐enein, h.y. supramolecular interaction of 18‐crown‐6 ether with mesalazine and spectrofluorimetric determination of mesalazine in pharmaceutical formulations. luminescence.2015 30, 1250-1256. 19. deokate, u.a.; gorde, a.m. a stability indicating uv. spectrophotometric method for determination of metoclopramide hydrochloride. international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences.2014, 6, 394-397. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc2756052 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc2756052 http://jnnp.bmj.com/content/79/4/368.full https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4419129 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4419129 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 20. sinan, r. spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide hydrochloride in pharmaceutical tablets, by diazotization-coupling method with 1naphthol as the coupling agent. j. baghdad sci.2010, 7, 704-712. 21. taha, h.k.a.; al-rufaie, m.m.; motaweq, z.y. spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide medicine in bulk form and in pharmaceuticals using orcinol as reagent. ovidius university annals of chemistry.2018, 29, 85-91. 22. al-sabha, t.n.; al-hamody, i.a. spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide hydrochloride in bulk and in pharmaceutical preparations. national journal of chemistry.2006, 24, 561-570. 23. devi, o.z.; basavaiah, k.; vinay, k.b.; revanasiddappa, h.d. determination of metoclopramide hydrochloride in pharmaceuticals and spiked human urine through diazotization reaction. journal of food and drug analysis.2012, 20, 454-463. 24. al-abbasi, k.m.; mohammed, s.a.; sarsam, l.a. spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparations usingdiazotization reaction. rafidain journal of science.2011, 22, 7688. 25. abed, s.s.; sinan, r.spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide hydrochloride in tablets by diazotization and coupling reaction with phenol. iraqi journal of science.2009, 50, 136-143. 26. jawad, a.a.; kadhim, k.h. spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide hydrochloride in bulk and pharmaceutical preparations by diazotization and coupling reaction. international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences.2013, 5, 294298. 27. de souza silva, i.; saraiva, m.l.m.; santos, j.l.; lima, j.l. sequential injection spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide in pharmaceutical preparations. spectroscopy letters.2007, 40, 51–61. 28. basheer, m.y.; kashif, a.a.; aljaily, a.; ibrahim, m.m. osman, h.m. development and validation of uv-spectroscopic method for assay of metoclopramide hydrochloride in bulk and injectable dosage form. american journal of research communication.2017, 5, 22-33. 29. hassan, m.j.m.; al-hraishawi, t.j. batch and cloud point extraction spectrophotometric methods for the determination of two types catecholamine drugs. international journal of chemtech research.2017, 10, 756-768. 30. idris, r.m.; gadkariem, e.a.; ibrahim, k.e.; mohamed, m.a. development of spectrophotometric method for determination of dopamine hydrochloride in bulk and injectable forms. research journal of pharmaceutical, biological and chemical sciences.2012, 3, 1135-1145. 31. pratapareddy, a.j. new spectrophotometric determination of metoclopramide in bulk and pharmaceutical dosage form. journal of drug discovery and therapeutics.2015, 3, 14. 32. hasan, m.a. spectrophotometric determination of catecholamines via charge transfer complexation with bromanil, applications to catecholamine drug formulations. journal of university of zakho.2013, 1, 253-260. 33. najim, s.s. spectrophotometric determination of progesterone and dopamine in breast cancer serum. journal of univesity of thi-qar.2017, 12, 1-17. 55 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 34. mohamed, g.; nour-el-dien, f.; el-nahas, r. spectrophotometric and standard addition methods for quantitative determination of dopamine hydrochloride and levodopa in tablets and ampoules. afinidad.2009, 66, 243-251. 35. shishehbore, m.r.; asgharpoor, a.; nasirizadeh, n. a novel kinetic spectrophotometric method for the determination of dopamine in biological and pharmaceutical samples. journal of chemistry. 2013, 2013, 1-6. 36. haddi, h.; sinan, r.; al-abachi, m.q. spectrophotometric determination of methyldopa and dopamine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparations using flow injection analysis. iraqi national journal of chemistry. 2009, 36, 597-604. 37. guo, l.; zhang, y.; li, q. spectrophotometric determination of dopamine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical, banana, urine and serum samples by potassium ferricyanide-fe (iii). analytical sciences.2009, 25, 1451-1455. 38. mamiński, m.; olejniczak, m.; chudy, m.; dybko, a.; brzózka, z. spectrophotometric determination of dopamine in microliter scale using microfluidic system based on polymeric technology. analytica chimica acta.2005, 540, 153-157. 39. kettle, a.j.; clark, b.m.; winterbourn, c.c. superoxide converts indigo carmine to isatin sulfonic acid implications for the hypothesis that neutrophils produce ozone. journal of biological chemistry.2004, 279, 18521-18525. 40. fan, j.; wang, a.; feng, s.; wang, j. non-equilibrium determination of metoclopramide and tetracaine hydrochloride by sequential injection spectrophotometry. talanta.2005, 66, 236-243. 41. shekho, n.h.; mahmoud, h.a. spectrophotometric determination of chromium using indigo carmine-application in various samples. baghdad science journal. 2016, 13, 556-567. 42. christian, g.d. analytical chemistry. john wiley and sons, usa, 6 th ed., 83,2004. 43. shihab, i.a. spectrophotometric determination of mesalazine via oxidative coupling reaction. tikrit journal of pure science.2011, 16, 64-69. 44. mahmood, h.a; shekho, n.h. spectrophotometric methods for determination of chromium in various samples. ph.d. thesis, university of mosul,2016. 45. shekho, n.h.; mahmoud, h.a. spectrophotometric determination of chromium using promethazine hydrochloride-application in various samples. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2016, 29, 2, 130-143. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 113 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract in the present article, nano crystalline sns and sns:3% bi thin films were fabricated using thermal evaporation with 400±20 nm thickness at room temperature at a rate deposition rate of 0.5 ±0.01nm /sec then annealing for one hour at 573 k for photovoltaic application. the prepared samples were characterized in order to investigate the structural, electrical, morphological, and optical properties using diverse techniques. xrd and sem were recorded to investigate the effect of doping and annealing on structural and morphological possessions, respectively. xrd showed an sns phase with polycrystalline and appeared to form an orthorhombic structure, with the distinguish trend along the (111) grade, varying crystallite size from (19.45-25.95) nm after doping and annealing. sem investigations of these films show extremely fine nanostructures and demonstrated excellent adhesion, after bi-doping, the nanostructures remained identical with a little change. uv/visible studies were made in the range of wavelength (300-1100) nm to calculate the optical constants for these films. these measurements revealed a high value of the absorption coefficient and decrease the optical energy gap values from (1.85 -1.6) ev after doping with 3% bi. the characterization of these films it can be chosen in the application of solar cells. on the other hand, the optical properties of sns films have been enhanced by bi-doping. keywords: sns, doping, thermal evaporation, thin films. 1. introduction sns (tin sulfide) is the greatest promising iv–vi semiconductor for photovoltaic cells as absorber material. it has the best band gap (direct 1.3-1.7) ev, indirect 1.0-1.2 ev), robust absorption coefficient above 104 cm-1 in the visible region range, simple phase configuration, safe, orthorhombic crystal structure, p-type conductivity, suitable for photodetector, and solar cell application [1-6]. many types of research using diverse deposition techniques to manufacture tin sulfide thin films, such as thermal evaporation [5,7], chemical deposition [6,8], spray pyrolysis [9], electron beam evaporation [10], radio frequency(rf)magnetron sputtering [11], atomic layer deposition [12,13]. the effect of various dopant material on sns properties thin film were doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2930 article history: received 7 juluy2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq synthesis and characterization of sns: 3%bi thin films for photovoltaic applications duaa muneer sadiq department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. doaa.moneer1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq bushra k.h. al-maiyaly department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. boshra.k.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:doaa.moneer1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:boshra.k.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 114 examined by different researchers for example, electrochemical deposition method was used to prepare sns thin film nanostructured pure and doped-in deposited on (fto) substrates, and energy gap (eg) decreased after doping. all films were p-type conductivity[14]. the plasma vapor method was used to fabricate sns2/sns heterojunction diode [15], and (p-sns/n-cds:in) was prepared by spray pyrolysis for solar cell application, 1.3% efficiency was obtained, (0 to 6 at wt. %) concentrations of al doping with spray pyrolysis, the optical energy gap decreased (1.97 to 1.72) ev. all films were doped and pure showed p-type conducting with efficiency of 0.093%, which evaluated for 4% al[16]. the thermal evaporation method was used to deposit sns thin film for solar cells with 1.6% efficiency [4] sns: bi(between 0 and 8 at%) prepared by spray pyrolysis at substrate temperature 350 °c. the value of energy gap decreased from 1.6 ev to 1.4 ev, low resistivity of 4.788×10−1 ω-cm and higher carrier concentration of 3.625×1018 cm−3 was obtained for sns:bi (6 at%)[ 17]. the chemical deposition was used to deposit sns thin films with f-doped, the energy gap decreased from 1.7 ev to 1.1 ev, a solar cell with 0.96% efficiency fabricated with cds as window layers [18]. ag-doped sns thin films on glass substrate using spray pyrolysis at 400 °c with (1, 2, and 3)%, when increased concentration doping the energy gap, grain size, and carrier concentration decreased, n-type conductivity showed by hall effect [19]. the influence of cu doping was studied by different researchers [20-22], sns with cu 5% film was deposited by pld (pulsed laser deposition), the energy gap was direct with 2.23 ev, and the absorption coefficient was 105 cm-1 [20]. sns: cu (up to 10 at. %) prepared by spray pyrolysis, the lowest resistivity, and upper carrier concentration was gained in thin films at 8 % cu [21]. (1, 3, and 5)% of cu: sns films were prepared by using thermal evaporation, with the roughness, grain size, and absorption coefficients increasing while the energy gap decreased after doping, with 3.5% efficiency for p-sns: cu/n-si solar cell [22]. this work aims to pay attention to the effect of (3% bi) dopant and thermal annealing at 300 oc with (3% bi) on sns thin film properties by using the thermal evaporating technique. the correlation between the morphological, structural, and optical characteristics of sns thin films was investigated. 2. experimental sns thin films pure and bi-doped (sns: 3% bi ) have been deposited by thermal evaporation technique using edward coating unit on glass substrates under high vacuum of (3x10-6) torr of 400 nm thicknesses at r.t and annealing at 573k for 1 hour. these films were synthesized after preparation of sns alloy by mixing (sn) & (s) elements with high purity (99.99%) in (1:1) ratio, put in a quartz tube evacuated at pressure (4×10-4 m-bar), then heated in an electric oven at 1273 k for 5 hours, finally left to cool gradually. films thickness t was determined by the weight method. x-ray diffraction technique was used to examine the structure of the alloy and all films prepared with (λ = 1.5418 å), 40 kv voltage, and 20 ma current using cukα radiation. scherer’s formula was used to calculate the crystallite size [23, 24]: c.s= 0.94𝜆 𝛽𝐶𝑂𝑆𝜃 (1) where λ: denotes the xrd wave length, β: denotes the fwhm of the peaks, and θ: denotes bragg's angle. williamson and smallman's equation was used to calculate the dislocation density (δ) [24]: δ = 1 (c.s)2 (2) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 115 morphology of the surface of films prepared were determined by sem. transmission spectrum has been recorded to investigate the optical properties in the range (300-1100) nm. tauc's equation was used to calculate the optical energy gap: [25, 26] (3) n )ge-(αhν)=a(hν where a: is constant and n is a number depending on the transition type. the refractive index values can be calculated in the formula: [27] n = {[4r / (r-1)]-k2}1/2 – [(r+1) / (r-1)] (4) where r is the reflectance which calculated by using equation: r = 1-t-a (5) the extinction coefficient (k) is calculated by: [28] α = 4π k / λ (6) 3. results and discussions 3.1. x-ray diffraction analyses the principal x-ray diffraction peaks for sns alloy were shown in figure1. the results showed polycrystalline, a predominant orthorhombic sns (111) development plane at 2θ = 31.53° were found to be in good agreement with the standards (icdd card no.00-039-0354). structural 0parameters for sns alloy were shown in table (1), such as crystalline size, lattice constants, and planar spacing (d). figure 2 showed xrd patterns for non-doped, bi-doped sns films with bi concentrations of 3 % and films doped with annealing at 573 k. all thin films showed polycrystalline, structure, and the peak positions of the films were found to be in good agreement with the standards card, and with a preferential orientation at the location of 2θ = 31.53°. no peaks corresponding to the bi phase were observed. in addition, the peak positions changed marginally after doping. this demonstrated that bi ions moved to retinal sites to replace sn ions supported by the fact that the ionic radius at doped is (90) was less than the host (96). table (2) contains all the values for sns films. figure 1. xrd of tin sulfide alloy ihjpas. 36(2)2023 116 figure 2. xrd of tin sulfide thin films a) pure b) pure at ta=573 k c) doped 3% bi d) doped 3% bi at (ta=573 k) table 1. structural0parameters for tin sulfide alloy. 2θ (std.) (deg.) 2θ (exp.) (deg.) d(std) (å) d(exp) (å) hkl fwhm (deg.) c.s(nm) a(std.) (å) a(exp.) (å) 22.0106 22.0764 4.035000 4.02322 110 4.3291 4.3321 26.0094 26.0873 3.423000 3.41304 120 27.4719 27.5639 3.244000 3.23346 021 30.4731 30.6213 2.931000 2.91722 101 31.5313 31.6613 2.835000 2.82373 111 0.16830 51.255 0 50 100 150 200 250 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 sns (11 0 50 100 150 200 20 40 60 80 sns , ta=573k 0 50 100 150 200 250 20 40 60 80 sns:3%bi c b a 0 50 100 150 200 250 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 sns:3%bi,ta=573k ihjpas. 36(2)2023 117 table 2. structural parameters for sns. δ* 𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟓 (lines/𝒎𝟐) c.s (nm) dhkl(exp) a° fwhm(deg.) 2θ(deg.) t(k) sample 2.641486 3.178179 19.457 17.73825 2.81966 2.91129 0.4039 0.4857 31.708 30.6853 r.t sns 0.542285 2.636093 42.94238 19.47689 3.04122 2.705 0.2 0.445 29.344 33.0873 573 3 sns 2.302969 1.533615 20.838 25.53535 2.8265 2.922 0.4144 0.3373 31.6286 30.5689 r.t sns:3%bi 1.484536 25.95402 2.7968 0.333 31.9743 573 sns:3%bi 3.2. (sem) measurement the most widely used technique for nanomaterial and nanostructure characterization was sem because of its great nanometer resolution. sem images of sns and sns :3% bi before and after annealing at 573 k thin films produced on a glass substrate were used to investigate the shape of the surfaces of the samples. all samples have extremely fine nanostructures, as shown in figure 3. the surface of nanostructure seems to be covered with much small nano grain in the image showing the sem cross-sectional image of a film that has been laid in an irregular pattern. the sns films, on the other hand, demonstrated excellent adhesion the shapes of the nanostructures remained identical with a little change after bi-doping was added as well as the image shows that after annealing the particles became fused. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 118 figure 3. sem images of snsthin films, a) pure at r.t , b) pure at ta=573 k, c) doped 3% bi at r.t d) doped 3% bi at (ta=573 k) 3.3. optical measurement figure (4) displays the optical absorbance range of sns and sns: 3% bi thin films before and after annealing at 573 k. this figure shows the increasing absorbance after doping, while the transmittance of the films decreased. this means the presence of bi ions in the composition of sns will contribute to this pattern of transmittance spectrum, as well as size differences, and the packing of crystallites. this behavior is similar to the study [14]and [22]when doped with in and cu, respectively. the improvement in absorbance might be attributed to a reduction in optical scattering. also, notice a high absorbance value at rang (400-600) nm. these films have high absorption coefficients (α > 104 cm-1), and increase after doping, as shown in figure (5). the results show that doped with 3% bi results in a decrease in the band gap from 1.85 ev to 1.6 ev shifting to longer wavelength nir (near infrared ray) areas, as shown in figure (6). it shows the relation (αhυ)2 with hυ for sns thin films according to tauc's equation. this behavior can be attributed to the fact that the doping atom creates levels inside the energy band due to decreased energy gap value. this result agrees with ref. (17). the value of the energy gap of these films was displayed in figure (7), which would be better matched with solar cell application. the increase of energy gap after annealing due to decrease tails and the density of localized states in the films due to increasing in stoichiometric composition which leads to an increase in the band gap, as well a b c d ihjpas. 36(2)2023 119 as the increases in crystallite size and the grain boundaries after annealing, might also lead to the increase in the optical band gap. figure 4. absorbance of sns thin films figure 5shows the relationship between the absorption versus wavelength coefficient and photon energy for sns thin films. figure 6. shows the relationship between (αhv)2 and photon energy in sns thin films a) pure at r.t, b) pure at r.t, c) doped 3% bi(sns:bi )at (273k), d) doped 3% bi at (ta=573 k) 0 20 40 60 80 100 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 a b s o rb a n c e % wave length ( nm) sns sns: ta=573k 0 2 4 6 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 a *1 0 4 (c m 1 ) photon energy(ev) sns sns,ta=573k 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 (a h v )2 × 1 0 8 (e v . c m 1 )2 photon energy(ev) sns eg=1.85… 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3( a h v )2 × 1 0 8 (e v . c m 1 )2 photon energy(ev) sns, ta=573k eg=1.55 ev 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3( a h v )2 × 1 0 8 (e v . c m 1 )2 photon energy(ev) sns:3%bi eg=1.6ev 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3(a h v )2 × 1 0 8 (e v . c m 1 )2 photon energy(ev) sns :3% bi,ta=573k… ihjpas. 36(2)2023 120 figure 7. optical energy gap for tin sulfide films the behavior of refractive index (n) versus photon energy for (sns and sns:3%bi before and after annealing at ta=573 k) films is shown in figure (8). this figure shows that refractive index values change after doping and annealing due to changes in the structural characteristics of films and decrease at higher photon energies . figure (9) explains the variation of the extinction coefficient (k) with hν for sns thin films pure and doped 3% bi before and after annealing at (ta=573 k). the extinction coefficient values increase after doping and annealing. the behavior of the extinction coefficient values is similar to that of the absorption coefficients for all ranges of the wavelength spectrum. figure 8. refractive index versus figure 9. extinction coefficient versus hν for sns thin films hν for sns thin films 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 sns sns,ta=573k sns:3%bi sns:3%bi,ta=573k 0 4 8 12 16 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 r e fr a c ti v e i n d e x photon energy (ev) sns sns,ta=573k 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 e x ti n c ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t photon energy (ev) sns sns,ta=573k ihjpas. 36(2)2023 121 table 3. sns thin films optical constants 4. conclusion pure tin sulfide and 3% bi doped thin films before and after annealing at 573 k were grown with 400 nm thickness by thermal evaporation technique. the effects of 3% bi doping on structural, morphology, optical, and electrical of sns thin films were investigated. the xrd patterns for pure and doped sns nanostructured thin film displayed polycrystalline orthorhombic structure with preferential orientation in (111) direction. it was observed that bi incorporation in the structure of sns played an important role in the crystallite size, which increased from 19.45 to 25.95 nm. from sem, nano structure for pure sns and doping with bi were found with a gradual change in morphology. uv-visible analysis showed all samples have a strong transition in the visible region with a direct optical energy gap which decreased from 1.85 ev to 1.6 ev. it was observed that bi doping and annealing at 573 k for one hour have an effect on energy bands. all optical constants depended on doping and annealing. the optical performance of tin sulfide films were improved due to bi-doping indicating that these films were good for photovoltaic application. references 1.kawano, y.; chantana, j.; minemoto, t. impact of growth temperature on the properties of sns film prepared by thermal evaporation and its photovoltaic performance, curr. appl.phys, 2015, 15, 897–901 2.schneikart, a.; schimper, h. j.; klein, a.; jaegermann, w. efficiency limitations of thermally evaporated thin-film sns solar cells, j. phys. d appl. phys. 2013, 46, 305109. 3.vidal. j.; lany. s.; d’avezac. m.; zunger. a.; zakutayev. a.; francis, band structure, optical and defect physics of photovoltaic semiconductor sns, j. appl. phys. lett., 2012, 100, 032104. 4. steinmann, v.; jaramillo, r.; hartman, k.; chakraborty, r.; brandt, r. e.; poindexter, j. r.; 3.88% efficient tin sulfide solar cells using congruent thermal evaporation, adv. mater., 2014, 26, 7488–7492. 5.balakart, h. r.; santhanam, a.; aslam, k.; a. m.; el-toni, a. a.; ansari, a. i.; mohd, s. s. a.; performance analysis of sns thin films fabricated using thermal evaporation technique for photodetector applications, optik, 2021, 244, 167460. state opteg (ev) optical parameter at λ = 500 nm 4α x 10 1-cm n k 1ε 2ε sns 1.85 5.179 1.461 0.20618 2.094 0.602 sns ta =573k 1.55 3.54 4.242 0.1409 17.97 1.195 sns : 3% bi 1.6 5.344 1.667 0.212 2.736 0.7096 sns : 3% biat ta =573k 2 2.834 5.77 0.1128 33.37 1.304 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0030402621010883#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/optik https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/optik/vol/244/suppl/c ihjpas. 36(2)2023 122 6. rohini, n.; mohan, o. g.; daza, a. rosa, g. a.; alizbeth, e.; santana, a.; beristain, m. t.; nair, p. k. thin films of p-sns and n-sn2s3 for solar cells produced by thermal processing of chemically deposited sns, journal of alloys and compounds, 2022, 892, 5, 162036. 7. hasan, b. a. dieletectric properties of vacuum evaporated sns thin films. int. j. nanotechnoly. adv. mater, 2013, 1, 87–93. 8. gode, f.; guneri, e.; baglayan. o. effect of tri-sodium citrate concentration on structural, optical and electrical properties of chemically deposited tin sulfide films. appl. surf. sci. 2014,318, 227–233. 9. messaoudi, m.; aida, m. s.; attaf,n.; bezzi, t.; bougdira, j.; medjahdi, g. deposition of tin(ii) sulfide thin films by ultrasonic spray pyrolysis: evidence of sulfur exo-diffusion., mater. sci. semicond. process. 2014, 17, 38–42. 10. tanuševski, a.; poelman, d. optical and photoconductive properties of sns thin films prepared by electron beam evaporation, sol. energy mater. sol. cells, 2003, 80, 297–303. 11. sousa, m. g.; da cunha, a. f.; fernandes, p. a. annealing of rf-magnetron sputtered sns2 precursors as a new route for single phase sns thin films. j. alloys compd., 2014, 592,80–85. 12. sinsermsuksakul, p.; heo, j.; noh, w.; hock, a. s.; gordon. r. g. atomic layer deposition of tin monosulfide thin films. adv. energy mater, 2011, 1,1116–1125. 13. kim, j. y.; george. s. m. tin monosulfide thin films grown by atomic layer deposition using tin 2, 4-pentanedionate and hydrogen sulfide, j. phys. chem., 2010, 114, 17597–17603. 14. hosein, k. optoelectronic properties of in-doped sns thin films, ceramics international, 2019. 45, 1, 334-345. 15. sánchez-juárez, a.; tiburcio-silver, a.; ortiz, a. fabrication of sns2/sn sheterojunction thin film diodes by plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition, thin solid films, 2005,480, 4, 452– 456. 16. sebastian, s.; kulandaisamy, i.; arulanantham, m. s.; valanarasu, s.; kathalingam, a.; jesujebathew, a.; mohd, s.; karunakaran, m. influence of al doping concentration on the opto‑electronic chattels of sns thin films readied by nsp, optical and quantum electronics, 2019, 51,100, 1-16. 17. gowri, m. a.; dhanapandian,s.; chellasamy, m.; thaiyan, m. effect of doping concentration on the properties of bismuth doped tin sulfide thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis, materials science in semiconductor processing, 2014, 17, 138–142. 18. victoria, e.; gonzález-flores, r.; neendoor, m. r. ballinas-morales, m. t.; nair, s.; thin film solar cells of chemically deposited sns of cubic and orthorhombic structures, thin solid films, 2019, 672, 62-65. 19. fadavieslam, m. r. effect of ag doping on physical properties of tin-sulfide thin films for optoelectronic applications prepared by spray pyrolysis, applied physics, 2018, 124, 9. 20. liu, l.; yu. l.; li, x. l.;. wang, z.; liang, q. structure and optical properties of cu-doped sns thin films prepared by pld, chinese journal of luminescence, 2015, 36, 11, 1311-1319. 21. santhosh, k.; kumar, a.; gowri, m.; chaogang, l.; mahalingam, t.; dhanapandian, s. influence of cu dopant on the optical and electrical properties of pray deposited tin sulphide thin films, vacuum, 2016,128, 226-229. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/s0925838821034459#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/journal-of-alloys-and-compounds https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/journal-of-alloys-and-compounds/vol/892/suppl/c https://www.researchgate.net/profile/gowri-manohari-arumugam?_sg%5b0%5d=n3kb1b45tqw1n0vxtjoref1dous2ov1hm1ly4dyq-1qyhs9eed_2madimyp9ueopdqek-du.fklkhdmtsg0ltdunjf_e3kj40l_wxxs2ctdemkcl-yv37l0f0gmfcpli-xrsdi5bcthmbmlxhcqr82llct4b_w&_sg%5b1%5d=e3qwtbhb9hwosvneci2kfv26p-vt8qdob1-bddeibmdzeoekwcqag8dbmbvr8cgog-xtfuu.gstohdkaxkjznetlygbx-23nj_sri0kc1kjxc-gizdjb7lieenrdkfwon_dox7jnhhj0pxtnlofe1_u9netgxq https://www.researchgate.net/profile/s-dhanapandian?_sg%5b0%5d=n3kb1b45tqw1n0vxtjoref1dous2ov1hm1ly4dyq-1qyhs9eed_2madimyp9ueopdqek-du.fklkhdmtsg0ltdunjf_e3kj40l_wxxs2ctdemkcl-yv37l0f0gmfcpli-xrsdi5bcthmbmlxhcqr82llct4b_w&_sg%5b1%5d=e3qwtbhb9hwosvneci2kfv26p-vt8qdob1-bddeibmdzeoekwcqag8dbmbvr8cgog-xtfuu.gstohdkaxkjznetlygbx-23nj_sri0kc1kjxc-gizdjb7lieenrdkfwon_dox7jnhhj0pxtnlofe1_u9netgxq https://www.researchgate.net/profile/chellasamy-manoharan?_sg%5b0%5d=n3kb1b45tqw1n0vxtjoref1dous2ov1hm1ly4dyq-1qyhs9eed_2madimyp9ueopdqek-du.fklkhdmtsg0ltdunjf_e3kj40l_wxxs2ctdemkcl-yv37l0f0gmfcpli-xrsdi5bcthmbmlxhcqr82llct4b_w&_sg%5b1%5d=e3qwtbhb9hwosvneci2kfv26p-vt8qdob1-bddeibmdzeoekwcqag8dbmbvr8cgog-xtfuu.gstohdkaxkjznetlygbx-23nj_sri0kc1kjxc-gizdjb7lieenrdkfwon_dox7jnhhj0pxtnlofe1_u9netgxq https://www.researchgate.net/profile/thaiyan-mahalingam?_sg%5b0%5d=n3kb1b45tqw1n0vxtjoref1dous2ov1hm1ly4dyq-1qyhs9eed_2madimyp9ueopdqek-du.fklkhdmtsg0ltdunjf_e3kj40l_wxxs2ctdemkcl-yv37l0f0gmfcpli-xrsdi5bcthmbmlxhcqr82llct4b_w&_sg%5b1%5d=e3qwtbhb9hwosvneci2kfv26p-vt8qdob1-bddeibmdzeoekwcqag8dbmbvr8cgog-xtfuu.gstohdkaxkjznetlygbx-23nj_sri0kc1kjxc-gizdjb7lieenrdkfwon_dox7jnhhj0pxtnlofe1_u9netgxq https://www.researchgate.net/journal/materials-science-in-semiconductor-processing-1369-8001 https://www.researchgate.net/journal/materials-science-in-semiconductor-processing-1369-8001 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 123 22. hanan, k. h.; bushra, h. h.; bushra, k. h.; auday, h. s. influence of cu dopant on sns thin films characterization and enhance efficiency of p-sns:cu /n-si solar cell, key engineering materials, 2021,886, 66-74. 23.khudayer,i. h.; hussien, b.h. study of some structural and optical properties of agalse2 thin films, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci., 2016,29 , 2, 41-51. 24.ghuzlan, s. a.; bushra, k. h.; al-maiyaly annealing effect on characterization of nano crystalline snse thin films prepared by thermal evaporation, aip conference proceedings,2019, 2123, 020074. 25.bushra, h. h.; hanan, k. h. comparative study for optoelectronic properties of zn (te, se) solar cells, neuroquantology, 2020,18, 5, 77. 26. bushra, k. h. al-maiyal; bushra, h. h.; hanan, k. h. growth and optoelectronic propertiesof p-cuo:al/n-si heterojunction, journal of ovonic research, 2020, 16, 5. 27.bushra, k. h. al-maiyal study the effect of thickness on the electrical conductivity and optical constant of co3o4 thin films, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci, 2013, 26, 1. 28. bushra, k. h. al-maiyal the influence of annealing and doping by copper on electrical conductivity of cdte thin films, ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci, 2015, 28, 3. https://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/519 https://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/519 microsoft word 72-80   72  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020       𝛌– 𝐀𝐥𝐠𝐞𝐛𝐫𝐚 with some of their properties hassan hussien ebrahim rusul abd al_salam ali article history: received 23 june 2019, accepted 19 august 2019, published in april 2020. abstract the objective of this paper is, firstly, we study a new concept noted by λ–algebra and discuss the properties of this concept. secondly, we introduce a new concept related to the λ–algebra such as smallest λ–algebra. thirdly, we introduce the notion of the restriction of λ–algebra on a nonempty subset 𝔇 of 𝔓 and investigate some of its basic properties. furthermore, we present the relationships between α– σ–field, monotone class, β– σ–field and λ–algebra. finally, we introduce the concept of measure relative to the λ–algebra and prove that every measure relative to the λ– algebra is complete. keywords: σ–field, increasing sequence, α– σ–field, monotone class, β– σ–field. 1. introduction about forty seven year ago, robert [1]. studied the concept of σ–field, where a collection 𝒦 is called σ–field of a set 𝔓 if 𝔓ϵ𝒦 and 𝒦 is closed under complementation and countable union. many authors studied the concept of σ–field, for example see [2-4]. and [5]. the notion of increasing sequence and decreasing sequence studied by robert, where d , d , … are subsets of a set 𝔓, if d ⊂ d ⊂ ⋯ and ⋃ d d. then we say that d increase tod; we write d ↑ d. if d ⊃ d ⊃ ⋯ and ⋂ d d , we say that d decrease tod; we write d ↓ d [1]. zhenyuan and george in 2009 studied the concept of monotone class which represents the generalization of σ–field, where a collection 𝒦 of subsets of a nonempty set 𝔓 is said to be monotone class iff whenever d , d , … ϵ𝒦 such that d ↑ d, then dϵ 𝒦 and if d ↓ d, then dϵ 𝒦 [6]. in 2019, ibrahim and hassan introduced some concepts such as α– σ–field and β– σ–field which represent the generalizations of σ–field, where a collection 𝒦 is said to be α– σ–field iff φ, 𝔓ϵ 𝒦 and 𝒦 is closed under countable union [7]. and a collection 𝒦 is said to be β– σ–field if φ, 𝔓ϵ 𝒦 and 𝒦 is closed under countable intersection [7]. ibrahim and hassan in 2019 also introduced the concept of δ–field as a stronger form of these concepts, where a collection 𝒦 is said to δ–field iff φϵ 𝒦 and if φ aϵ𝒦 anda ⊂ b ⊆ 𝔓, then bϵ𝒦and 𝒦 is closed under countable intersection [8]. the concept of complete measure on department of mathematic /college of computer science and mathematics /tikrit university/ tikrit/iraq. hassan1962pl@tu.edu.iq  ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.2.2428 68@gmail.comrusulsalam6   73 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 σ–field was studied by robert in 1972, but not necessarily that every measure defined on σ–field is complete. in this work, we prove that every measure defined on λ– algebra is complete. the main aim of this paper is to introduce and study new concept such as λ– algebra as a stronger from of α– σ–field and monotone class. and we give basic properties and examples of this concept. 2. the main results: let p(𝔓) denoted to the power set of a nonempty set 𝔓 and we start this section by the definition of λ– algebra. definition 1 a nonempty collection 𝒦 of a set 𝔓, 𝒦 𝔓 is called λ– algebra or (λ– field of a set 𝔓 if: 1𝔓ϵ𝒦. 2if dϵ𝒦 and e ⊂ d ⊂ 𝔓, then eϵ𝒦. 3if d , d , … ϵ𝒦, then ⋃ d ϵ𝒦. definition 2 if 𝒦 is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔓 .then a pair (𝔓 , 𝒦) is called measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and the elements of 𝒦 are called the measurable sets. example 3 let 𝔓 ={1,2,3,4} and 𝒦 { φ,{1},{2},{4},{1,2},{1,4},{2,4},{1,2,4},𝔓 }. then (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. proposition 4 for any λ– algebra 𝒦 of a set𝔓, the following hold: 1φϵ𝒦 2if d , d , … , d ϵ𝒦, then ⋃ d ϵ𝒦. 3if d , d , … ϵ𝒦, then ⋂ d ϵ𝒦. 4if d , d , … , d ϵ𝒦, then ⋂ d ϵ𝒦. proof the proof follows from definition of λ– algebra. lemma 5 let 𝒦 ∈ be a collection of λ– algebra on 𝔓. then ⋂ 𝒦∈ is a λ– algebra on 𝔓. proof since 𝒦 is λ– algebra ∀ α ∈ ι, then 𝔓ϵ𝒦 ∀ α ∈ ι, hence 𝒦 φ ∀α ∈ ι and ⋂ 𝒦∈ φ, therefore 𝔓 ϵ ⋂ 𝒦∈ . let dϵ ⋂ 𝒦∈ and e ⊂ d ⊂ 𝔓 , then dϵ𝒦 ∀α ∈ ι, but 𝒦 is λ– algebra ∀ α ∈ ι and e ⊂ d. so, we get eϵ𝒦 ∀α ∈ ι, hence eϵ ⋂ 𝒦∈ . let d , d , … ϵ ⋂ 𝒦∈ .then, d , d , … ϵ𝒦 , ∀α ∈ ι, but 𝒦 is λ– algebra ∀ α ∈ ι which implies that ⋃ d ϵ𝒦 , ∀α ∈ ι, hence ⋃ d ϵ ⋂ 𝒦∈ . therefore, ⋂ 𝒦∈ is a λ– algebra.   74 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 definition 6 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then the intersection of all λ– algebra of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥 is called the λ– algebra generated by 𝒥 and denoted by λ 𝒥 , that is, λ 𝒥 = ⋂ 𝒦 : 𝒦 is a λ – algebra of 𝔓 and ⊆ 𝒦 , ∀α ∈ ι . proposition 7 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then λ 𝒥 is the smallest λ– algebra of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥. proof since λ 𝒥 =⋂ 𝒦 : 𝒦 is a λ – algebra of 𝔓 and 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒦 , ∀α ∈ ι . then λ 𝒥 is λ– algebra of 𝔓 by lemma 5. to prove λ 𝒥 ⊇ 𝒥, let each of 𝒦 is a λ– algebra of 𝔓 and 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒦 , ∀α ∈ ι. then 𝒥 ⊆ ⋂ 𝒦∈ , therefore 𝒥 ⊆ λ 𝒥 . now, let 𝒦 ∗ is a λ – algebra of 𝔓 such that 𝒦 ∗ ⊇ 𝒥. then ⋂ 𝒦 : 𝒦 is a λ – algebra of 𝔓 and 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒦 , ∀α ∈ ι ⊆ 𝒦 ∗, hence λ 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒦 ∗. therefore, λ 𝒥 is the smallest λ– algebra of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥. if we take example 3 and if we assume 𝒥 ={{1},{2}}, then λ 𝒥 ={φ,{1},{2},{1,2}, 𝔓} is the smallest λ– algebra of a set 𝔓 which includes 𝒥. theorem 8 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then (𝔓 , 𝒥) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒥. if and only if 𝒥 λ 𝒥 . proof suppose that (𝔓 , 𝒥) is (a) measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒥. from proposition 7, we have λ 𝒥 is the smallest λ –algebra of a set 𝔓 which includes 𝒥 implies that𝒥 ⊆ λ 𝒥 . by hypothesis, we have 𝒥 is a λ– algebra of a set𝔓, but 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒥 and λ 𝒥 is the smallest λ –algebra of a set 𝔓 which includes 𝒥, then λ 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒥 , hence 𝒥 λ 𝒥 . conversely) let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 and let 𝒥 λ 𝒥 . since λ 𝒥 is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔓, then 𝒥 is λ– algebra of a set 𝔓. if we take example 3 and if we assume 𝒥 ={φ,{1},𝔓}, then we conclude that λ 𝒥 = 𝒥. now, we introduce the notion of restriction and study the basic properties of this notion. definition 9 let 𝒦 ⊆ p 𝔓 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓 . then, the restriction of 𝒦 over the set 𝔇 is denoted by 𝒦|𝔇 and defined as follows: 𝒦|𝔇 = {b: b=e⋂𝔇, for some eϵ 𝒦}. proposition10 let (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓. then 𝒦|𝔇 = {e ⊆ 𝔇: eϵ 𝒦}. proof let bϵ 𝒦|𝔇 . then b=e⋂𝔇, for some eϵ𝒦. since e⋂𝔇 ⊆ e and 𝒦 is λ –algebra of a set 𝔓, then e⋂𝔇ϵ𝒦, hence bϵ 𝒦. since, e⋂𝔇 ⊆ 𝔇, then b⊆ 𝔇. therefore bϵ{𝐸 ⊆ 𝔇:eϵ 𝒦} and 𝒦|𝔇 ⊆{a ⊆ 𝔇:aϵ 𝒦}. let cϵ{𝐸 ⊆ 𝔇 : eϵ 𝒦}. then, c ⊆ 𝔇, and c ϵ 𝒦, hence,   75 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 c=c⋂ 𝔇, but cϵ 𝒦, then cϵ 𝒦|𝔇 which implies that{𝐸 ⊆ 𝔇:eϵ 𝒦}⊆ 𝒦|𝔇 , therefore 𝒦|𝔇 ={a ⊆ 𝔇:aϵ 𝒦}. corollary 11 let (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓. then 𝒦|𝔇 ⊆ 𝒦. proof the result follows from proposition10 proposition 12 let (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦,and 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓. then (𝔇 , 𝒦|𝔇) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦𝔇 proof since (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to theλ– algebra 𝒦 , then 𝔓 ϵ 𝒦. since ⊆ 𝔓 , then 𝔇 𝔓 ⋂𝔇 and 𝔇 ϵ 𝒦|𝔇. let bϵ 𝒦|𝔇and f ⊂ b ⊂ 𝔇. then by corollary 11, we get bϵ 𝒦. but f ⊂ b ⊂ 𝔇 ⊂ 𝔓 and (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦, then fϵ 𝒦. now, f ⊂ 𝔇, and fϵ 𝒦, then by proposition 10, we have fϵ 𝒦|𝔇. let b , b , … ϵ 𝒦|𝔇. then there exist e , e , … ϵ𝒦 such that b =e ⋂ 𝔇 where i=1,2,…, hence ⋃ b =⋃ e ⋂ 𝔇 = ⋃ e ⋂ 𝔇. but (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and e , e , … ϵ𝒦, then, ⋃ e ϵ𝒦. hence, ⋃ b ϵ 𝒦|𝔇. therefore, (𝔇 , 𝒦|𝔇) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦|𝔇. example 13 let 𝔓 ={1,2,3,4,5} and 𝒦 { φ,{1},{3},{5},{1,3},{1,5},{3,5},{1,3,5},𝔓 }. then (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. if 𝔇 {1,2,4}, then 𝒦|𝔇={φ,{1},𝔇}, hence (𝔇 , 𝒦|𝔇) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦|𝔇 and 𝒦|𝔇 ⊆ 𝒦. proposition 14 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓. if 𝒦 is a λ –algebra of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥, then λ 𝒥 |𝔇 is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔇. proof the result follows from proposition 7 and proposition 12. proposition 15 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓 and 𝒥|𝔇 is the restriction of 𝒥 over the set 𝔇. then λ 𝒥|𝔇 is the smallest λ– algebra of a set𝔇, which includes 𝒥|𝔇, where λ 𝒥|𝔇 = ⋂ 𝒦 |𝔇: 𝒦 |𝔇 is a λ -algebra of 𝔇 , and 𝒦 |𝔇 ⊇ 𝒥|𝔇, ∀i ∈ ι}. proof from lemma 5, we get λ 𝒥|𝔇 is a λ– algebra of a set𝔇. to prove that λ 𝒥|𝔇 ⊇ 𝒥|𝔇, suppose that each of 𝒦 |𝔇 is a λ -algebra of a set 𝔇 and𝒦 |𝔇 ⊇ 𝒥|𝔇, ∀i ∈ ι, then 𝒥|𝔇 ⊆ ⋂ 𝒦 |𝔇 ∈ , hence 𝒥|𝔇 ⊆ λ 𝒥|𝔇 . now, let 𝒦 ∗|𝔇 is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔇 such that 𝒦 ∗|𝔇 ⊇ 𝒥|𝔇. then 𝒦 ∗|𝔇 ⊇ λ 𝒥|𝔇 . therefore, λ 𝒥|𝔇 is the smallest λ– algebra of a set 𝔇 includes𝒥|𝔇.   76 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 proposition 16 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓, define the collection 𝒦 as: 𝒦 ={e ⊆ 𝔓: (e⋂ 𝔇 ϵ λ 𝒥|𝔇 }. then (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. proof since λ 𝒥|𝔇 } is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔇, then φ, 𝔇 ϵ λ 𝒥|𝔇 . since 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓, then 𝔇 = 𝔓 ⋂ 𝔇 and 𝔓 ϵ𝒦. let eϵ𝒦 and f ⊂ e ⊂ 𝔓. then, e⋂ 𝔇 ϵλ 𝒥|𝔇 . since, f ⊂ e, then f⋂ 𝔇 ⊂ e⋂ 𝔇 . but λ 𝒥|𝔇 is a λ– algebra of a set𝔇, which implies that f⋂𝔇 ϵ λ 𝒥|𝔇 and fϵ𝒦. let e , e , … ϵ 𝒦. then e ⋂𝔇 ϵ λ 𝒥|𝔇 , for all i=1,2,…, hence ⋃ e ⋂ 𝔇 ϵλ 𝒥|𝔇 and ⋃ e ⋂ 𝔇 ϵλ 𝒥|𝔇 implies that ⋃ e ϵ 𝒦. therefore 𝒦 is λ–algebra of a set 𝔓. theorem 17 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓. then λ 𝒥|𝔇 =λ 𝒥 |𝔇. proof let bϵ𝒥|𝔇, then b=e⋂ 𝔇, for someeϵ 𝒥. but 𝒥 ⊆ λ 𝒥 , then eϵ λ 𝒥 , thus bϵ λ 𝒥 |𝔇, hence 𝒥|𝔇 ⊆ λ 𝒥 |𝔇, but λ 𝒥|𝔇 is smallest λ –algebra of a set 𝔇, which include 𝒥|𝔇 and λ 𝒥 |𝔇is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔇 which include 𝒥|𝔇, then λ 𝒥|𝔇 ⊆ λ 𝒥 |𝔇. now, define collection 𝒦 as: 𝒦= {e ⊆ 𝔓 : e⋂ 𝔇 ϵλ 𝒥|𝔇 }, then from proposition 16, we obtain 𝒦 is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔓. let cϵ 𝒥, then c ∩ 𝔇 ϵ𝒥|𝔇, but 𝒥|𝔇 ⊆ λ 𝒥|𝔇 implies that c ∩ 𝔇 ϵ λ 𝒥|𝔇 , hence cϵ 𝒦 and 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒦. let bϵ λ 𝒥 |𝔇, then b= f ∩ 𝔇, for some fϵ λ 𝒥 . but λ 𝒥 ⊆ 𝒦, then fϵ 𝒦, hence bϵ λ 𝒥|𝔇 and λ 𝒥 |𝔇 ⊆ λ 𝒥|𝔇 , consequently λ 𝒥|𝔇 = λ 𝒥 |𝔇. we end this section by introduce the relationships between α– σ–field, monotone class, β– σ–field and λ– algebra. proposition 18 every λ– algebra is a α– σ–field. proof let 𝒦 be a λ– algebra of a set 𝔓. then by definition of λ– algebra, we have φ, 𝔓ϵ𝒦. let d , d , … ϵ𝒦. since 𝒦 is a λ– algebra, then by definition of 𝒦, we have ⋃ d ϵ 𝒦. therefore 𝒦 is a α– σ–field. in general, the converse of above proposition is not true. for example, if 𝔓 ={1,2,3} and 𝒦 { φ ,{1},{1,3},𝔓 }, then 𝒦 is α– σ– field but not λ– algebra, because {1,3}∈ 𝒦 and {3}⊂{1,3}, but {3}∉ 𝒦. proposition 19 every λ– algebra is a β– σ–field. proof the proof follows from proposition 4 and definition of λ– algebra. in general, the converse of above proposition is not true as shown in following example.   77 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 example 20 let 𝔓 ={1,2,3,4} and 𝒦 { φ ,{1},{1,3,4},{3,4},𝔓 }. then, 𝒦 is β– σ– field but not λ– algebra, because {1,3,4}∈ 𝒦 and {3,4}⊂{1,3,4}, but {3,4}∉ 𝒦. proposition 21 every λ– algebra is a monotone class. proof let 𝒦 be a λ– algebra of a set 𝔓 and d , d , … ϵ𝒦 such thatd ↑ d. then ⋃ d d since 𝒦 is a λ– algebra, then by definition of 𝒦, we have ⋃ d ϵ 𝒦 which implies that dϵ 𝒦. let d , d , … ϵ𝒦 such that d ↓ d. then, ⋂ d d, but 𝒦 is a λ– algebra, implies that ⋂ d ϵ𝒦 and d ϵ𝒦. hence 𝒦 is a monotone class. in general, the converse of above proposition is not true. for example, if 𝔓 ={1,2,3} and 𝕄 { φ,{1},{1,2} }, then 𝕄 is a monotone class, but not λ– algebra, because {1,2}∈ 𝕄 and {2}⊂{1,2}, but {2}∉ 𝕄. definition 22 [6] let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then the intersection of all monotone classes of 𝔓 which include 𝒥 is called the monotone class generated by 𝒥 and denoted by 𝕄 𝒥 , that is, 𝕄 𝒥 = ⋂ 𝕄 : 𝕄 is a monotone class of 𝔓 and 𝒥 ⊆ 𝕄 , ∀i ∈ ι . lemma 23 [6] let 𝕄 ∈ be a collection of monotone classes on 𝔓. then ⋂ 𝕄∈ is a monotone class on 𝔓. proposition 24 [6] let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then 𝕄 𝒥 is the smallest monotone class of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥. theorem 25 let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then 𝕄 𝒥 ⊆ λ 𝒥 . proof let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then by proposition 7, we have λ 𝒥 is a λ– algebra of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥. from proposition 21, we have, every λ– algebra is a monotone class, implies that λ 𝒥 is a monotone class which includes 𝒥. but 𝕄 𝒥 is the smallest monotone class which includes 𝒥 by proposition 24, then 𝕄 𝒥 ⊆ λ 𝒥 . 3. measure defined on 𝛌– 𝐚𝐥𝐠𝐞𝐛𝐫𝐚 our aim in this section is to prove that any measure defined on λ– algebra is complete. we begin with the notions of measure on λ– algebra. definition 26 let (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. then, a set function 𝔐, 𝔐: 𝒦 → 0 , ∞ is called measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 if whenever 𝐷 , 𝐷 , … form a finite or countably infinite collection of disjoint sets in 𝒦, we have 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 ∑ 𝔐 𝐷 and 𝔐 φ 0.   78 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 example 27 let 𝔓 ={1,2,3} and 𝒦 { φ,{1},{3},{1,3},𝔓 }. then (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. if we define a set function 𝔐: 𝒦 → 0 , ∞ by 𝔐(𝐷) = 𝑜 ; 𝑖𝑓 𝐷 φ ; 𝑖𝑓 𝐷 1 𝑜𝑟 3 1 ; 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 then 𝔐 is a measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. definition 28 a measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 is a triple (𝔓 , 𝒦, 𝔐) where (𝔓 , 𝒦) is measurable space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and 𝔐 is a measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. in the following theorem, we use mathematical induction to prove that the linear combination of measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 is also measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. theorem 29 let (𝔓 , 𝒦, 𝔐 ) be a measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and 𝑐 ∈ 0, ∞ for all 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑘. if a set function ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 : ℘ → 0, ∞ is defined by: ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∀𝐷𝜖℘, then (𝔓 , 𝒦, ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ) is measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. proof if 𝑘 2, then 𝑐 𝔐 𝑐 𝔐 φ 𝑐 . 𝔐 φ 𝑐 . 𝔐 φ 𝑐 . 0 𝑐 . 0 0 let 𝐷 , 𝐷 , … are disjoint sets in 𝒦. since 𝔐 is measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦, 𝑗 1,2 then, 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 ∑ 𝔐 𝐷 . so, we have 𝑐 𝔐 𝑐 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 𝑐 . 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 𝑐 . 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 𝑐 . ∑ 𝔐 𝐷 𝑐 . ∑ 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝑐 𝔐 𝐷 hence, (𝔓 , 𝒦, 𝑐 𝔐 𝑐 𝔐 ) is measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. now, we assume that (𝔓 , 𝒦, ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ) is measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦, when 𝑘 m and we prove this fact when 𝑘 m 1. let (𝔓 , 𝒦, 𝔐 ) be a measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and 𝑐 ∈ 0, ∞ for all 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑚, 𝑚 1. then ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 φ ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝑐 𝔐 φ ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 φ 𝑐 . 𝔐 φ 0 since, 𝔐 is measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. let 𝐷 , 𝐷 , … are disjoint sets in 𝒦. since (𝔓 , 𝒦, ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ) is measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦, then ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 ∑ ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝐷 . so, we have   79 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝑐 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 𝑐 . 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 𝑐 . 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐷 ∑ ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝐷 𝑐 . ∑ 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝑐 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝐷 . hence, ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 is measure relative to 𝒦, therefore (𝔓 , 𝒦, ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ) is measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. definition 30 [1] a measure on a σ– field 𝒦 is a nonnegative, extended real-valued set function 𝔐 on 𝒦 such that whenever 𝐴 , 𝐴 , … form a finite or countably infinite collection of disjoint sets in 𝒦, we have, 𝔐 ⋃ 𝐴 ∑ 𝔐 𝐴 . definition 31 [1, 3] a measure 𝔐 on a σ–field 𝒦 is said to be complete iff whenever a ϵ𝒦and 𝔐 𝐴 0, we have b ϵ𝒦for all 𝐵 ⊂ 𝐴. the following example shows that, if 𝔐 is a measure on σ–field 𝒦, then not necessarily that 𝔐 is complete. example 32 let 𝔓 ={1,2,3} and 𝒦 { φ,{1},{2,3},𝔓 }. then 𝒦 is σ–field of a set 𝔓 . if we define a set function 𝔐: 𝒦 → 0 , ∞ by 𝔐(𝐷) = 𝑜 ; 𝑖𝑓 𝐷 φ 𝑜𝑟 𝐷 2,3 1 ; 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 then 𝔐 is a measure on σ–field 𝒦, it is clear that 𝔐 is not complete, because {2,3}∈ 𝒦 and 𝔐 2,3 0 , now {2},{3}⊂{2,3}, but {2},{3}∉ 𝒦. theorem 33 every measure relative to the λ– algebra is complete. proof let 𝔐 be a measure relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. assume that a ϵ𝒦 such that 𝔐 𝐴 0, since 𝒦 is a λ– algebra, then b ϵ𝒦for all 𝐵 ⊂ 𝐴. therefore 𝔐 is complete measure. example 34 let 𝔓 ={a,b,c,d} and 𝒦 { φ,{a},{c},{d},{a,c},{c,d},{a,d},{a,c,d},𝔓 }. then 𝒦 is λ– algebra of a set 𝔓 . if we define a set function 𝔐: 𝒦 → 0 , ∞ by 𝔐(𝐷) = 𝑜 ; 𝑖𝑓 𝐷 𝔓 1 ; 𝑖𝑓 𝐷 𝔓   80 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (2) 2020 then 𝔐 is a measure on λ– algebra 𝒦. now, for any aϵ𝒦 such that 𝔐 𝐴 0, then bϵ𝒦 for all 𝐵 ⊂ 𝐴. therefore 𝔐 is complete measure. 4. conclusions the main results of this paper are the following: (1) let 𝒦 ∈ be a collection of λ– algebra on 𝔓. then ⋂ 𝒦∈ is a λ– algebra on 𝔓. (2) let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then λ 𝒥 is the smallest λ– algebra of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥. (3) let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 . then 𝒥 is a λ –algebra of a set 𝔓 if and only if 𝒥 λ 𝒥 . (4) let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓. if 𝒦 is a λ –algebra of 𝔓 which includes 𝒥, then λ 𝒥 |𝔇 is a λ– algebra of a set 𝔇. (5) let 𝒥 ⊆ p 𝔓 and φ 𝔇 ⊆ 𝔓. then λ 𝒥|𝔇 =λ 𝒥 |𝔇. (6) every λ– algebra is a α– σ–field. (7) every λ– algebra is a β– σ–field. (8) every λ– algebra is a monotone class. (9) let 𝒥 be a collection of subsets of a nonempty set 𝔓 . then 𝕄 𝒥 ⊆ λ 𝒥 . (10) let (𝔓 , 𝒦, 𝔐 ) be a measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦 and 𝑐 ∈ 0, ∞ for all 𝑗 1,2, … , 𝑘. if a set function ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 : ℘ → 0, ∞ is defined by: ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 𝐷 ∑ 𝑐 . 𝔐 𝐷 ∀𝐷𝜖℘, then (𝔓 , 𝒦, ∑ 𝑐 𝔐 ) is measure space relative to the λ– algebra 𝒦. (11) every measure relative to the λ– algebra is complete. references 1. robert, b.a. real analysis and probability, 1st ed; academic press, inc: new york. 1972, isbn: 75-182642. 2. dietmar, a.s. measure and integration, 1st ed; eth zürich, switzerland.2016, isbn: 978-3-03-719-659-5. 3. krishna, b.a.; soumendra, n.l. measure theory and probability theory, 1st ed; springer science + business media, llc: new york.2006, isbn-10: 0-387-32903-x. 4. peipei, w.; minhao, yu.; jun, l. monotone measures defined by pan-integral, advancesin pure mathematics.2018, 8, 535–547, doi: 10.4236/apm.2018.86031. 5. noboru, e.; kazuhisa, n. σ–ring and σ–algebra of sets, formalized mathematics, 2015, 23, 1, 51-57, doi: 10.2478/forma-2015-0004. 6. zhenyuan, w.; george, j.k. generalized measure theory, 1st ed; springer science and businessmedia, llc: new york.2009, isbn: 978-0-387-76851-9. 7. ibrahim, s.a.; hassan, h.e. generalization of σ-field and new collections of sets noted by δ-field, aip conference proceedings.2019, 2096, 020019, 020019-1 0200196, doi.org/10.1063/1.5097816. 8. hassan, h.e.; ibrahim, s.a. on a new kind of collection of subsets noted by δ-field and some concepts defined on δ-field, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2019, 32, 2, 62-70, doi:10.30526/32.2.2140.  ihjpas. 36(2)2023 105 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract fifteenth of cronobacter sakazakii were obtained from previous studies isolates were (5 infant formula,5 spinal fluid and 5 bloods). fifteen new born mice were obtained from the iraqi center for cancer and medical genetics whose ages ranged between 10-17 days and their weights 8.5 ± 1.25 gm, were divided into 3 groups. the samples were cut and placed in formalin, then placed in stabilizer and concentrations of alcohol (70%, 80%, 90%,100%) to complete dehydration after they were leached with xylene, embedded the samples paraffin wax (58°c) and sectioning the with thickness (5) micrometer and stained with haematoxylin and eosin stain. the results an increase in the weight of the brain organ of the treated mice compared to the control and this increase was significant at the probability level p≤0.05 and the results showed the inflammatory response of the brain of large number of polymorphnuclear cells and mononuclear cells as well as congested blood vessels with an increase in the size of endothelial cells , presence of bleeding and shrinking of nerve cells in the the cerebral cortex gliosis (neuroma), was more prominent in the molecular layer in the brain of the newborn mice fed at a concentration of 105 cells and the occurrence of oedema and presence of haemorrhage in both concentrations of dosed newborn mice and necrosis of the choroid plexus concentration103 and 105 cells. keywords: cronobacter sakazakii, brain, animale models. 1. introduction the brain and spinal cord are the central nervous system and are surrounded by the meninges, and the mouse brain is composed of cerebral cortex, basal ganglia, hippocampus, thalamus, hypothalamus, cerebellum and brain stem. the cerebrum consists of hemispheres divided into (frontal, parietal, temporal and occipital lobes). meninges is the connective tissue that rounds the brain and spinal cord made up dura mater arachnoid and pia mater [1]. cronobacter sakazakii is one of the enterobacteriaceae family, it is gram negative bacteria, rod-shaped, peritrichously flagellated and non-spore-forming , it is facultative anaerobic as it can grow without oxygen or grow with a small of oxygen, the growth temperature range is 6-45°c with an optimum temperature of 37-43°c [2]. c. sakazakii can survive for a long time in the environment as powder doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2979 article history: received 14 august 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq the eeffect of cronobacter sakazakii on the brains of newborn mice hayder a. al-mandalawii directorate of education of alrasafa/ ministry of education, .baghdad, iraq hayderadil33@gmai.com estabraq a. mahmoud department of biology /collage of education pure science ibn alhaitham/university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. estabraq.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq luma abdulhady zwain department of biology /collage of education pure science ibn alhaitham/university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hayderadil33@gmai.com mailto:estabraq.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 106 infant material which leads transmission of bacteria to the immune compromised infant [3]. ompa , help to break blood-brain barrier and invasion the central nervous system causing meningitis [4]. cpa gene encodes outer membrane proteins for a role in serum resistance, that enables c. sakazakii to cross the blood-brain barrier and cause meningitis [5]. some studies inside the body of the living organism have shown cronobacter invasion of the brain cells , especially the microvascular endothelial cells of the human brain and the brain cells of both rats and mice [6]. the study aimed to investigate the histological effects of c. sakazakii on the brain of newborn mice . 2. materials and methods 2.1. identification of isolates and inoculated fifteenth of c. sakazakii were obtained from previous studies were (5 infant formula, 5 spinal fluid and 5 bloods). the isolate was inoculated more virulent depending on its speed of movement in the canter of the macconky agar at 37°c for a period of 24 hours, after which a part was taken by loop in saline solution by mcfarland standard solution 0.5 during dosing the newborn mice and number was 15 obtaining healthy newborn mice from the iraqi canter for cancer and medical genetics whose ages ranged between 10-17 days and their weights 8.5±1.25 gm, were divided into 3 groups. the first group was the control treatment who which were dosed with distilled water , the second group was dosed with bacteria c. sakazakii aic (dialak) at a concentration of 103cells / ml and the third group was dosed at a concentration of 105 cells / ml . 2.2. histopathological study tissue slides were prepared for all samples from newborn mice (brain samples). the samples were cut and placed in formalin, then put in stabilizer and concentrations of alcohol (70%, 80%, 90%,100%) to complete fixed then dehydration and remove water from the tissue, after which they were leached with xylene , embedded the samples with a dissolved paraffin wax (58°c) and sectioning the with thickness [5] micrometre in transverse sections using rotary microtome and stained with haematoxylin and eosin stain, the sections were examined with a combined optical microscope equipped with a digital camera and taken pictures using live view pro digital camera, directly from the computer conducting data analysis using the statistical program spss (inc., chicago, il, usa ) [6], [7], [8]. 3. results the skull was opened, the brain was examined with the naked eye, and swelling of the organ and fluid accumulation was observed for the animals vaccinated with c. sakazakii, also it was observed through the results of an increase in the weight of the brain organ for the mice compared to the control treatment and this increase was significant at the probability level p≤0.05 conducting data analysis using the statistical program spss (inc., chicago, il, usa ) (figure 1).this may be due to the occurrence of inflammatory symptoms in the affected organ72 hours after the injury the histological study of the brain using histological sections dyed with hematoxylin-eosin stain (9). natural meninges membrane was pia matter formation thin layer loose connective tissue outer surface simple squamous epithelium tissue as for inner surface pia matter arachnoid adjoining nervous tissue of the brain and found white, gray membrane oligodendrocytes to hippocampus and choroid plexus was cuboidal epithelium molecular layer neuropil neuron cell bodies (figure 2 and 3). showed the inflammatory response of the brain showing the presence of a large number of polymorphnuclear cells and mononuclear cells as well as congested blood vessels with an increase in the size of endothelial cells, also acute inflammation of the brain was observed represented by the presence of foci of inflammatory cells most of which are neutrophils cells in the meninges concentration 103 and 105 cells (figure 4 and 5). this may be because of the due to the fact that acute inflammation leads to pleocytosis which is an essential sign of meningitis and the presence of bleeding congestion and shrinking of nerve cells in the area of the cerebral cortex, which also appears in the cerebral gliosis (neuroma), was more prominent in the molecular layer in the brain of the newborn mice fed at a concentration of 105 cells (figure 6) and the occurrence of oedema, spotty neuronal necrosis (figure 7), which was the result of increased vascular permeability in ihjpas. 36(2)2023 107 the cerebral cortex region effective lymphocytes and microglia were also observed and associated with the presence of haemorrhage in both concentrations of dosed newborn mice and necrosis of the choroid plexus concentration 103 and 105 cells (figure 8 and 9). figure 1. changes in brain weight of newborn mice dosed with c. sakazakii compared with the control group. the results revealed a statistically significant difference at p<0.05. figure 2. section of the brain of a neonatal mouse (cerebrum) of a control group note: arachnoid envelope (am), squamous epithelial cells (sec), cortex (c), layers i, ii and iii cortex (i and iii+ii) subarachnoid spaces (sas), pia (pm), (hematoxylin -eosin stained, 10x, a: 40x power). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 108 figure 3. cross section of the brain of a newborn mouse of the control group showing a region of choroid plexus note: cuboidal epithelial cells (cc), stained with hematoxylin -eosin, 40x power. figure 4. brain of newborn mice (cerebellum) inoculated with c. sakazakii at a concentration of 103 cells, note: arachnoid envelope (am), squamous epithelial cells (sec), cortex (c), subarachnoid space (sas), pia (pm), monocytes nucleus (mc), polymorphonuclear cells (pnc), congested blood vessels (con), clonal degeneration (hd), ventricular (v) stained with hematoxylin-eosin,40x power. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 109 figure 5. cross section of a newborn mice (cerebrum) inoculated with c. sakazakii at a concentration of 105 cells/ml. note: mononuclear cells (mc), nucleus (pnc), hemorrhage (h) and congested blood vessels (con) lobed cells, stained with hematoxylin-eosin,40x power. figure 6. cross section of the brain of mice c. sakazakii concentration of 105 cells/ml note: the glioma (g) in the molecular layer (ml) of the cortex area ,nucleolysis (ka), and aggregated neurons (ag), stained with hematoxylineosin,40x power. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 110 figure 7. cross section of the brain of a newborn rat dosed with c. sakazakii concentration of 105 milligrams/ml, note: edema (o), edema (hd), edema (v), nucleus bearing (ka), nucleoli hypertrophy (ht), neuronal pool (ag), stained with hematoxylin-eosin,40x power. figure 8. cross section of the choroid plexus of the brain of a newborn mice c. sakazakii at a concentration of 103 cells/ml, note: inflammatory cells (ic) and necrosis (n), hemorrhage (h), stained with hematoxylin-eosin,40x power. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 111 figure 9. section of the choroid plexus of the brain of a newborn mice inoculated with c. sakazakii at a concentration of 105 cells/ml, note: inflammatory cells (ic), necrosis (n). scale bar fixed on the photo 4. discussion this may be because acute inflammation leads to a large number of cells of the cerebrospinal fluid cell, an important sign of meningitis. in this study, reported the infection of mice orally dosed with c. sakazakii with meningitis by crossing the blood brain barrier in newborn mice reported c. sakazakii dosed in mice caused severe inflammation of the choroid plexus area [10]. it was confirmed that infection with c. sakazakii bacteria causes inflammation and tissue changes in the brain [11]. the association of these multiple inflammatory foci within the brain with the blood vessels as the bacteria move into the space rounding the blood vessels indicates that c. sakazakii may enter the cerebrospinal fluid causing a massive influx of inflammatory cells into the brain's ventricles and meninges and rupture intercellular communication enters the cerebral parenchyma edema may as a result of increased permeability of blood vessels in the cortex, neuronal cell death and cell release of hydrolase causes liquefaction and necrosis of the brain results in ischemic damage probably to edema and pressure (decreased neuronal density and liquefaction within the cortex) [12]. when they studied mice orally dosed with c. sakazakii the occurrence of gliosis in the cerebral cortex due effect of this bacteria on mice c. sakazakii dosed it caused inflammation symptoms similar to what happened to the studied mice in the area of the cortex and the substance white [13]. zpx gene encode to proteolytic enzymes to break intravenous collagen (iv) cause destroys the endothelial cell membranes of blood vesselsdestruction this leads to the leakage of blood components into the tissues enables bacteria to cross through blood brain barrier [14].these changes may be to bacterial such as lipopolysaccharides lipopolysaccharides or other toxins secreted by bacteria or the virulence factor ompa gene is required to adhesion and invasion endothelial cells in the brain in one of the necessary steps during the development of meningitis [15], [16]. 5. conclusion from the current study, it can be concluded that c. sakazakii can cause weight changes in the brains of the treated newborn mice. also, histopathological changes were detected in this vital organ of the mice inoculated with different concentrations of c. sakazakii. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 112 references 1. hagan, c.e.; bolon, b.; keene, c.d. nervous system. in: comparative anatomy and histology a mouse and human atlas. treuting, p. m. and dintzis, s. m. (eds.). elsevier inc., san diego, usa, 2012: 339-394. 2. ling, n.; forsythe, s.; wu, q.; ding, y.; zhang, j.; zeng, h. insights into cronobacter sakazakii biofilm formation and control strategies in the food industry. engineering, 2020, 6, 4, 393-405. 3. endersen, l.; buttimer, c.; nevin, e.; coffey, a.; neve, h.;oliveira, h.; lavigne, r.; o'mahony, j. investigating the biocontrol and anti-biofilm potential of a three phage cocktail against cronobacter sakazakii in different brands of infant formula. int. j. food microbiol., 2017, 253, 1-11. 4. singh, n.; goel1, g.; raghav, m. insights into virulence factors determining the pathogenicity of cronobacter sakazakii. virulence, 2015, 6, 5. 433-440. 5. franco, a.a.; kothary, m.h.; gopinath, g.; jarvis, k.g.; grim, c.j.; hu, l.; datta, a.r.; mccardell, b.a.; tall, b.d. cpa, the outer membrane protease of cronobacter sakazakii, activates plasminogen and mediates resistance to serum bactericidal activity. infect. immun., 2011, 79, 1578–1587. 6. al-zahran, h.a. protein expression of human brain microvascular endothelial cells in response to meningitic c. sakazakii: in vitro and in silico analyses. pak. j. med. health sci., 2020, 14, 1, 418-424. 7. bancroft, j.; steven, s. a. theory and practice of histological technique, 2nd ed. churchill livingston, london, 1982, 662. 8. bancroft, j. d.; layton, c. the hematoxylins and eosin. in: bancroft’s theory and practice of histological techniques, 7th edn. suvarna, s.k.; layton, l. and bancroft, j.d. (eds.). churchill livingstone elsevier ltd., shanghai, china, 2013: 173-186. 9. emami, cn.; mittal, r.; wang, l.; ford, hr.; prasadarao, n.v. role of neutrophils and macrophages in the pathogenesis of necrotizing enterocolitis caused by cronobacter sakazakii. j. surg. res., 2012, 172, 1, 18-28. 10. mittal, r. y.; wang, c. j.; hunter, i.; gonzalez-gomez, n.v.; prasadarao, a. brain damage in newborn rat model of meningitis by enterobacter sakazakii: a role for outer membrane protein a. lab. invest., 2009, 89, 263–277. 11. jaradat, z.w.; al mousa, w.; elbetieha, a.; al nabuls, a.; tall, b. cronobacter spp. – opportunistic food-borne pathogens. a review of their virulence and environmental-adaptive traits. j. med. microbiol., 2014, 63, 1023–1037. 12. townsend, s.m.; hurrell, e.; gonzalez-gomez, i.; lowe, j.; frye, j.g.; forsythe, s.; badger, j.l. enterobacter sakazakii invades brain capillary endothelial cells, persists in human macrophages influencing cytokine secretion and induces severe brain pathology in the neonatal rat. microbiology (reading), 2007, 153(pt 10), 3538-3547. 13. hyun-lee, h. a.; hong ,s. ;park, h.; kim, h.; kim. o. cronobacter sakazakii infection induced fatal clinical sequels including meningitis in neonatal icr mice. lab. anim. res., 2011, 27, 59–62. 14 . kothary, m. h.; mccardell, b.a.; frazar, c.d.; deer,d. and tall , b.d.-(2007). characterization of the zinc-containing metalloprotease encoded by zpx and development of a species-specific detection method for enterobacter sakazakii. appl. environ. microbiol., 73(13) :4142–4151. 15. pagotto, f.; nazaroec-white, m.; bidawid, s.; farber, j.m. (2003). enterobacter sakazakii :infectivity and enterotoxin production in vitro and in vivo. j. food prot., 2003, 66, 3, 370– 375. 16. hunter, c.j.; bean, j.f. (2013). cronobacter: an emerging opportunistic pathogen associated with neonatal meningitis, sepsis and necrotizing enterocolitis. j. perinatol., 2013, 33, 581-585. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |170 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 grafting of different monomers onto nano aluminum surface and studying their biological activities maha taher sultan zainab khalaf atwan dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science(ibn–alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in:7/june/2017,accepted in:18/june/2017 abstract the research includes the preparation of two nano polymer ( , ) through a grafted nano ceramic material (aluminum oxide )(80 nm) by acrylic acid monomer. the latter was extended with two different ester monomers using free radical polymerization. the antibacterial activity of the prepared compounds) performed according to the agar diffusion method. all compounds (1, 2, 3, 4, np1, np2) showed inhibition against bacterial. key words:-aluminum oxide, polymers, grafting, antibacterial chemistry |171 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction for decades, surface chemical modifications have intensively been studied. recently, surface nanostructuring has increasingly got attention in view of its various technological applications in the fields of microelectronics, biomaterials, and medicine in which modification of the surface is made to enhance the interaction with cells [1-3]. polymer nanocomposites are widely studied because of their potential utility to modify the properties of polymeric matrixes to meet the requirements for various applications [4−7]. alumina has attracted a particular attention as a filler to augment the properties of polymer materials due to its high refractive index, its high thermal conductivity, and the absence of light absorption in the visible range [8−11]. there are only few studies on introducing polymer brushes onto the surface of α-alumina [12,13]. van der waals forces and the electrostatic repulsive energy between colloidal particles are significantly favorites domination of ceramic particles dispersion characteristics. the negative or positive charge of the ceramic particles surface depends on the fraction of the dissociated surface-hydroxyl groups. in acidic suspension, metal oxide surface possesses positive charge due to the presence of moh 2+ sites (m: metal atom), while in basic medium a negatively charged surface is formed due to the presence of mo sites [14]. in this work, a commercial nano-ceramic material, aluminum oxide (alumina, al2o3), was grafted by acrylic acid. the latter was extended with three different monomers using free radical polymerization and biological activity was study for the compounds. experimental chemical alumina nano(80nm) from (bdh), 4-amino phenol 4-hydroxy benzaldehyde benzoylchloride from (bdh), benzoyl peroxide from (merk), p-phenylenediamine from (bdh). preparation procedures 1) preparation of schiff-bases [15] a solution of (0.01 mol) of (4-hydroxybenzaldehyde) in (20) ml of absolute ethanol, (0.01 mol) of (4-aminophenol)and a solution of (0.01 mol) of (4-hydroxybenzaldehyde) in (20) ml of absolute ethanol, (0.01 mol) of (p-phenylenediamine) was added;so we will have two different reactions, to then number of drop glacial acetic acid was added as a catalyst. the reactions mixture was heated under reflux for [4] hours. the reactions cooled and the product precipitated, to then filtered and purified by recrystallization from water. chho ohn(1) chho nn ohch(2) 2)preparationof acryloyl chloride [16] chemistry |172 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 cocl + ho oh cocl + ch2= ch ch2= ch cooh acrylic acid (4.32g, 0.06 mol) was mixed with benzoylchloride (16.88g, 0.12 mol), and hydroquinone (0.01 g). the mixture was distilled quite rapidly via a 25cm-efficient distilling column. a receiver containing 0.5 g of hydroquinone, in cooled ice-bath, was used to collect the distillate obtained when the top of the column temperature was between (60-70) ºc. the distillation process was stopped when this temperature was raised to reach 85ºc, yield (3) (68-72) %. 3)preparation of esters [17] 4-(hydroxybenzylidene-4-aminophenol)4-(hydroxyybenzylidene-4phenylenediamine) (1,2) (0.01 mol) was dissolved in (10 ml) of [ tetrahydrofurane] with (2) ml triethylamine in two different flask, then acryloyl chloride was added dropwise to each one with stirring in (0 ° c). the reactions mixture left stirring in the same temperature for (5) hours, the ammonium salt was precipitated, then the mixture was added to (50 ml) water, the oil phase was continued, then (50 ml) chloroform was added, separated the water as completely as possible and was dried the organic phase over {anhydrous magnesium sulphate} over night the filtered evaporated to yield (4, 5)75-80%. h2c ch hc nc o o (4) chc o ch2o h2c ch chc o o n n ch (5) chc o ch2o 4) preparation of alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer [16] 7 g (alumina) was weighted and placed in one-neck round bottom flask, followed by addition of -30ml dry-toluene. the monomer acrylic acid 21 g was added to the standard solution of alumina-toluene dropwise at room temperature, then the mixture was left stirring for (3) hours. the product was filtered and washed with (20) ml distilled water, then (20) ml of acetone. the solid produced was left to dry at room temperature. al2o3 oh oh ch2=ch oh al2o3 o o o o-c-ch=ch2 o-c-ch=ch2 o-c-ch=ch2+ 3cooh 5) preparation of polymers by free radical polymerization [16] benzoyl peroxide was used as initiator. it was purified by dissolving certain amount in minimum quantity of chloroform until got a clear solution. petroleum ether (60-80) º c was added dropwise until white precipitate started to appear, then the solid product filtered and left to dry in desiccator at room temperature. in all of those preparations a two neck round-bottom flask contains (20) ml of dry toluene as a solvent was placed in controlled water bath at (75 º c) (2) under nitrogen atmosphere, after (5) minutes (0.1) g[ benzoyl peroxide] was added, followed by addition chemistry |173 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 of (5) g of{ alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer}, after that (5) g of each of the following monomers was added, (i.e.4,5) separately. so we will have three different reactions, with stirring for (1) hour. the product was filtered and washed firstly with (15) ml of toluene and secondly with (15) ml of acetone, then left to dry at room temperature. the following structures of these polymers are: h2c c o nc o o 4 o ch o np1, np1 c ch2 o al2o3 4 c o o n al2o3 ch c o chochc o oal2o3 ch2 ch2 n ch2o c ch o ch c o chochc o oal2o3 ch2 ch2 n ch2o c chn ch o np2, np2 h2c c o n 4 o ch on chc o o c ch2 o al2o3 4 c o o n al2o3 6) biological activity the antibacterialactivity of the prepared compounds (1,2,3,4, np1, np2) was performed according to the agar diffusion method. the prepared compounds were tested against bacillus, esherichia coli (e. coli). each compound was dissolved in dmso in concentration (0.024 m). the plates were then incubated at 37ºc and examined after 24 hrs. results and discussion schiffbase compounds (1,2) was synthesized by refluxing of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde with(4-aminophenol) and with (p-phenylenediamine) in two different reactions in glacial acetic acid as a catalyst. table 1 and figure (1, 2) show a stretching band for schiff base. the compound acryloyl chloride was prepared by distilling of acrylic acid with benzoyl chloride and hydroquinone. this compound was characterized by ftir spectra. the ftir spectrum of compound, figure (3), showed the strong peak at (1760) cm -1 which is attributed to the c=o stretching. the compounds (4,5) was prepared by the two different reactions between compounds 1 and compound 2 with {acryloyl chloride} at (0 ° c). table 2 and figure-(4,5) show a stretching band for esters. the -alumina-graft acrylic acid monomer was prepared by the reaction between alumina and _acrylic acid monomer in dry toluene. the structure of this compound was studied by ftir spectroscopy, the ftir spectrum of this compound figure (6) showed the following absorption bands: c=o -stretching at (1728) cm -1. it also shows the peak at (3487) cm -1 due to the o-h group. the polymers (np1, np2) were obtained by free radical polymerization. the structure assignment of the polymers was based on –ftirspectroscopy. table 3 and figures (7,8) show a stretching band for polymers. chemistry |174 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 the resulting data of biological activity are listed in table 4. all compounds (1, 2, 4, 5, np1, np2) showed inhibition against bacterial the best inhibition on esherichia coli was the polymernp1and to the bacillus bacterial was the first schiff-base(1). references 1. valsesia, a.; colpo, p.; manso silvan, m.; meziani, t.; ceccone, g.and rossi, 2004, f. nano lett., 4, 1047,nanocomposite polyhipes with magnetic nanoparticles: preparation and heating effect. 2. kindermann, m.; george, n.; johnsson, n.and johnsson, k. j. 2003, am. chem. soc, 125, 7810, inflatable elastomeric macroporous polymers synthesized from medium internal phase emulsion templates. 3. song, j.; chen, j.; klapperich, c. m.; eng, v.and bertozzi, c. r. 2004, j. mater. chem., 14, 2643, monodisperse double emulsions generated from a microcapillary device. 4. haldorai, y.and shim, j.-j,2014. adv. polym. sci 267, 249−281. fabrication of metal oxide−polymer hybrid nanocomposites.., 5. hui, c. m.; pietrasik, j.; schmitt, m.; mahoney, c.; choi, j.; bockstaller, m. r.and matyjaszewski, k. . 2014, materials. chem. mater, 26, 745−762, surface-initiated polymerization as an enabling tool for multifunctional (nano)engineered hybrid 6. paul, d. r.and robeson, l. m. 2008, 49, 3187−3204, polymer nanotechnology: nanocomposites. polymer. 7. nicole, l.; laberty-robert, c.; rozes, l.and sanchez, c. 2014, 6, 6267−6292, hybrid materials science: a promised land for the integrative design of multifunctional materials. nanoscale. 8. mallakpour, s.and khadem, e., 2015, 51, 74−93, prog. polym. sci., recent development in the synthesis of polymer nanocomposites based on nano-alumina. 9. ash, b. j.; siegel, r. w.;and schadler, l. s. . 2004, macromolecules, 37, 1358−1369,mechanical behavior of alumina/poly(methyl methacrylate) nanocomposites.. 10. ash, b. j.; siegel, r. w.and schadler, l. s, 2004, j. polym. sci., part b: polym. phys. , 42, 4371−4383 glass-transition temperature behavior of alumina/pmma nanocomposites 11. lynch, c. t. 1975, crc handbook of materials science: material composites and refractory materials. taylor & francis: abingdon, u.k. 12. he, h.; jing, w.; xing, w.and fan, y., 2011, appl. surf. sci., 258, 1038−1044, improving protein resistance of α-al2o3 membranes by modification with poegma brushes. 13. gazit, o. m.and katz, a., 2013, j. am. chem. soc. , 135, 4398−4402., understanding the role of defect sites in glucan hydrolysis on surfaces. 14. pugh, r.j., 1994,dispersion and stability of ceramic powders in liquids,in: pugh,l.bergström(eds.),r.j. marcel dekker inc.,newyork, ,pp. 127–192. 15. matar ,s.a., talib w. h., mustafa, m.s., mubarak, m.s.,and aldamen m.a., (2015), j.chem., arabian 8(6): 850–857., chemistry |175 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 " synthesis characterization, and antimicrobial activity of schiff bases derived from benzaldehydesand3,3diaminodipropylamin". 16. sultan, m.t., (2007), "chemical and thermal study of alumina grafted with acrylic acid monomer and its polymeric liquid crystalline derivates", ph.d.,university of baghdad, college of education, 45. 17. duarte a., cunico w., pereira c. m.p., flores a. f.c., freitag r. a. and siqueira g. m., (2010), ultrasonics sonochemistry, , 17(2): 281–283, "ultrasound promoted synthesis of thioesters from 2-mercaptobenzoxa(thia) zoles". table (1) : the stretching bands of schiff-bases. ℧ ℧ schiff-bases 0017 cm -1 0812 cm -1 0 0720 cm -1 0858 cm -1 7 table (2) : the stretching bands of esters. ℧ ℧ ℧ esters cm -1 6473 cm -1 4856 1604 cm -1 3 cm -1 6478 cm -1 4856 cm -1 4834 4 table (3) : the stretching bands of polymers. ℧ ℧ ℧ ℧ nano polymers --679: 4955 4:67 5364 2963 4856 4833 table(4): biologcal activities of the compounds. bacillus esherichia coli no. 22 31 schiff 1 3 31 31 schiff 2 2 16 15 ester 3 3 13 17 ester 4 4 12 22 np1 5 12 13 np2 6 chemistry |176 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (1): ftir for compound (1). figure (2): ftir for compound (2). figure (3): ftir of acryloyl chloride(3). chho nn ohch chemistry |177 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (4):ftir for compound(4) figure (4): ftir for compound (4). figure (5): ftir for compound (5). h2c ch hc cnc o o hc ch2 o o h2c ch chc o o n n chch c o ch2o chemistry |178 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1611 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (6): ftir for alumina grafted acrylic acid. figure (7): ftir for n p1. figure (8): ftir for np2. h2c c o nc o al2o3 4 o ch c h2c o al2o34 c o o n n cho o microsoft word 227-236 227 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تصنيع كاشف ضوئي ودراسة خصائصه التركيبية والبصرية الغشية اوكسيد الكادميوم المحضرة بطريقة التبخير الحراري في الفراغ سمير عطا مكي زينب صباح عبد الرضا جامعة بغداد/الصرفة ابن الھيثمكلية التربية للعلوم /قسم الفيزياء 2014حزيران 22قبل البحث 2013تشرين االول 1استلم البحث : الخالصة والمصنع بطريقة التبخير الحراري الفراغي ودراسة خصائصه التركيبيه n-cdo/ -siصنع كاشف ضوئي تم ترسيب غشاء رقيق من مادة الكادميوم (n-type)والبصرية حضرت شرائح من السليكون متعددة التبلور من نوع فـي فرن cd ) . انجز بأكسدة غشاء 1.25sec) وزمن ترسيب (20nm±300) وسمك (300kوبدرجة حرارة الغرفة ( ، وبعد ( بوجود الھواءمدة ساعة كاملة ، وتمت األكسدة ) 673kعندبدرجة حرارة ( vectoreenكھربائي نوع ( العينات من الفرن وحسبت فجوة الطاقة البصرية لالنتقاالت االلكترونية المباشرة(المسموحة) دالة ) ساعة تخرج 24 لمعامل االمتصاص و النفاذية واالنعكاسية من خالل تسجيل طيف االمتصاصية والنفاذية للغشاء المحضر ضمن االطوال . فقد أوضحت النتائج إن ھذا volts 5-1بين استخدام عدة فولتيات انحياز عدة تراوحت ) 1100nm-300الموجية ( جھد إن كل من تيار الظالم وتيار الضوضاء.إن الدراسات -خصائص تيار nm 1000-400الكاشف يعمل بالمدى الطيفي والثانية nm 600الخاصة باالستجابة الطيفية بينت إن لھذه الكواشف استجابية تتميز بقمتين: األولى عند الطول الموجي وباستخدام جھد nm 800عند الطول الموجي a/w 0.46. وبلغت أعلى قيمة لالستجابية nm 800طول الموجي عند ال وأعلى قيمة للكشفية %71وإن الكفاءة الكمية القصوى بلغت volts 3انحياز التركيبية )، خواص si)، كاشف ضوئي ،تقنية الفراغ ، سيليكون ( (cdo: اوكسيد الكادميوم الكلمات المفتاحيه والبصرية. 228 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة بصورة واسعة في ( uv ) ( ultraviolet )استُعملت الكواشف الضوئية العاملة في المنطقة فوق البنفسجية تطبيقات عسكرية وتجارية متنوعة مثل اتصاالت آمنة من الفضاء الى الفضاء , ومراقبة التلوث , ومراقبة طبقة االوزون , والخ.ھذه التطبيقات كلھا تتطلب نبائط حساسة جداً بنسبة [ 3 ], وأنظمة تحذير القذيفة , وكشف اللھب [ 2,1 ]وتعقيم الماء اء وسرعة استجابة عاليتين . تتوافر مختلف االنواع من كواشف االشعة فوق البنفسجية وبصورة رئيسة إشارة الى ضوض كواشف ضوئية مستندة الى السيلكون والمضاعفات الضوئية . يمكن أن تكون ھذه النبائط حساسة جداً في المنطقة فوق مة مثل الحاجة الى مرشحات لتمنع فوتونات الطاقة البنفسجية بضوضاء واطئة واستجابة عالية . اال أن لھا تحديات مھ الواطئة ( الضوء المرئي والضوء تحت االحمر ) أوانھيارھا وكفاءتھا االقل ( الكواشف الضوئية المستندة الى السيلكون ) ة المستندة أو مصدر فولتية عاٍل جداً ( المضاعفات الضوئية ) . ولتجنب ھذه المشكالت جذبت كواشف االشعة فوق البنفسجي ) اھتمامھا متزايدا ii – vi, ومواد iii – nitrides, و sicالى أشباه موصالت ذات فجوة طاقة الواسعة ( الماس , و ألن لھا عمى مرئياً ذاتياً( استجابية واطئة جداً في المنطقة المرئية ) من بين ھذه يعد اوكسيد الكادميوم من المركبات حصول عليه (صناعياً) من التسخين الشديد لعنصر الكادميوم النقي في الھواء وبدرجة حرارة الالعضوية التي يمكن ال ]معينة (دون درجة انصھاره) اما مختبرياً فيتم تحضير بأكسدة بخار الكادميوم المترسب بوجود الھواء في افران خاصة عدم قابليته على الذوبان في الماء او القواعد .له قابليه على الذوبان في الحوامض وأمالح النشادر في حين تن [ 4,5 يمتلك اوكسيد الكادميوم صيغتين تركيبيتين ھما البلورية والعشوائية تمتاز ھيئته التركيبية البلورية بأنھا ذو لون بني او اما طبيعة تركيبة البلورية فيمتاز بأنه [6]احمر ذو تركيب بلوري مكعب،يمتاز بھيئته التركيبية العشوائية بأنھا عديمة اللون وھذا nacl ([7])مشابھة لتركيب بلورة كلوريد الصوديوم (fcc) متمركز الوجوه (cubicذو تركيب بلوري مكعب ( يعني ان خلية الوحدة االعتيادية الواحدة لبلورة المركب تحتوي اربع نقاط شبيكة يرافق كل نقطة من نقاط الشبية اساس ) وبذلك تضم خلية o-2)، واألخر ايون االوكسجين السالب (2cd+ونين احدھما ايون الكادميوم الموجب (مكون من اي الوحدة الواحدة اربعة ايونات الكادميوم موجبة اربعة ايونات اوكسجين سالبة اي اربع جزيئات من اوكسيد الكادميوم . تحتل انية و مراكزاً اوجھھا الستة ، في حين تحتل ايونات االوكسجين السالبة ايونات الكادميوم الموجبة رؤوساً لخلية المكعبة الثم مركز الخلية المكعبة ومنتصفات اضالعھا أالثني عشر على ھذا االساس فأن كل ايون يكون بستة ايونات مخالفة له وتعد type-n ([9]من النوع (.اما تصنيف المركب في اشباه الموصالت فيعد مادة شبه موصلة [8] جاراً اول لذلك االيون -non) الناتجة من عدم التوافق الجزيئي لمكونات المركب (oxygen vacanciesبسبب فراغات االوكسجينية ( stoichio metric conpound([10,11] وينتمي اوكسيد الكادميوم الى المجموعة الثانية– ) السادسةii-vi من ( ) .300k) عند درجة حرارة الغرفة (2.6ev-2.16(الجدول الدوري ذي فجوة طاقة تتراوح قيمتھا الجزء العملي x 1.5 cm 2.5على نوعين من القواعد: األول ھو قواعد زجاجية رقيقة من الزجاج وبأبعاد cdoرسبت األغشية استخدمت اذ تنظف القواعد الزجاجية بالماء العادي ومسحوق الغسيل إلزالة األوساخ التقليدية، ثم تغسل بالماء 0.31× في دورق وتوضع في جھاز الموجات فوق الصوتية %99المقطر ثم توضع ھذه القواعد في كحول اإليثانول عالي النقاوة (ultrasonically) 10مدة min يد وبعدھا تجفف باستخدام مضخة ھواء اعتيادية وذلك لضمان التنظيف الج(blower) -n)من النوع القابل )وبذلك تكون جاھزة لالستخدام. أما النوع الثاني من القواعد فھي شرائح سليكونية متعدد التبلور type) 0.5بمقاومية كھربائيω cm -2.5ωcm وتنظف ھذه القواعد 20±300وبسمك( (111)ذات اتجاھية بلورية ( وذلك لضمان إزالة طبقة (%10)المخفف (hf)بالماء المقطر تنظيفا جيدا ثم توضع في محلول فلوريد الھيدروجين دقائق ثم تغسل بالماء المقطر وتوضع في دورق يحوي كحول اإليثانول النقي 10مدة [12] األوكسيد المتولدة من الجو يف الجيد وبعدھا تجفف باستخدام مضخة ھواء اعتيادية وتوضع في جھاز الموجات فوق الصوتية لضمان التنظ 99% ) لتحضير الغشاء في 300k)عند درجة حرارة الغرفة (cd، إذ كان ناتج الترسيب لمعدن(وبذلك تكون جاھزة لالستخدام ) بعد 20nm±300) بسمك (10×7,5-5وضغط( sec 1,25منظومة التبخير الحراري الفراغي بزمن الــتــرسيب ( )بوجود الھواء ليتثبت من الغشاء الذي تم الحصول 673k)ووضعه في الفرن بدرجة حرارة (cdالغشاء المترسب (اكسدة لقد أجريت الفحوصات . (silver paste)بواساطة الصق ربط الكاشف باسالك الدائرة الكھربائية ) cdoعليه ھو ( المطلوبه النتائج والمناقشة إذ يُلحظ من الشكل أن nm 1000-400ولمدى األطوال الموجية cdoنفاذية ألغشية خصائص ال (1)يبين الشكل -band)ويعود ذلك إلى االمتصاص العالي في ھذه المنطقة nm 600النفاذية تكون قليلة عند األطوال الموجية األقل من to-band absorption) كبر من قيمة فجوة الطاقة، ثم تظھر إذ أن عند ھذه المنطقة الطيفية تكون طاقة الفوتون الساقط أ ألن طول موجة الفوتون الساقط عند ھذه المنطقة nm 900ولغاية nm 600زيادة عالية في النفاذية عند الطول الموجي :[13] (lambert)طبقا لمعادلة (الطيفية t = exp(-αt) ………… (1) 229 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 : معامل االمتصاص.α: النفاذية،tاذ جھد حيث يختلف سلوك تيار االنحياز األمامي مع سلوك تيار االنحياز العكسي ففي -خصائص تيار (2)يبين الشكل حالة االنحياز األمامي يكون السلوك مقارباً لدالة أسية. أما في االنحياز العكسي فإن التيار يزداد بشكل تدريجي مع جھد ھذا السلوك يُعد صفة عامة في المفارق الھجينة غير و (soft breakdown)االنحياز أي يعطي فولتية انھيار تدريجية حيث يزداد تيار cdoجھد تتأثر كثيرا بتغير سمك غشاء -، ويتبين من الشكل أيضاً أن خصائص تيار[14]المتناظرة يكي ويمكن تفسير ذلك بسبب عدم التطابق الشب (2)الظالم لذلك الغشاء والذي يؤدي إلى زيادة تيار الضوضاء حسب العالقة : [15,16] . ويتم حسابه من العالقة%14.6الكبير بين المادتين الذي يبلغ حوالي 2)( وعرض منطقة النضوب d(v(جھد مھماً جداً في تحديد بعض حيث يمكن حساب جھد البناء الداخلي يَُعد قياس سعة تغير مقلوب مربع السعة مع جھد االنحياز العكسي حيث تظھر عالقة (3)فضال عن معرفة نوع الوصلة. يوضح الشكل خطية بين جھد االنحياز ومقلوب مربع السعة ، ومن الشكل تم تحديد جھد البناء الداخلي وذلك من تقاطع الخط المستقيم مع بين المادتين، ھذه العيوب تعمل (%14.6)ك لزيادة تركيز العيوب بسبب عدم التطابق الشبيكي .، وذل [17]محور الفولتية مراكز إعادة اتحاد فاعلة تعمل على إطفاء حامالت الشحن وتقليل تركيزھا على طرفي الكاشف والتي تؤدي إلى تقليل عرض منطقة النضوب. ضاءة دالة لجھد االنحياز العكسي للكواشف المصنعة بظروف مختلفة، منحنيات تيار الظالم وتيار اإل (4)يوضح الشكل كما نالحظ زيادة في التيار الضوئي الناتج من إضاءة الكاشف بضوء أبيض عند زيادة فولتية االنحياز ولقيم قدرة ضوئية ب مع زيادة جھد االنحياز مختلفة. إن زيادة التيار الضوئي مع جھد االنحياز يمكن أن نعزوه إلى زيادة عرض منطقة النضو ونحصل على امتصاص الضوء ضمنھا أو ضمن المناطق القريبة (عمق انتشار الحامالت) منھا من ثم سوف تتعاظم احتمالية مساھمة الحامالت المتولدة في زيادة التيار الضوئي، كما أن فولتية االنحياز العكسي تسبب زيادة في قيمة المجال فجوة ومن ثم زيادة التيار الضوئي ونقصان احتمالية يزيد من احتمالية فصل مزدوجات إلكترونالكھربائي الداخلي مما عمليات إعادة االتحاد السطحية والحجمية. إن زيادة قدرة الضوء الساقط يعني زيادة عدد الفوتونات الساقطة وھذا يزيد من من منطقة انتشار الحامالت التي تعتمد على فترة عدد الحامالت المتولدة ضوئيا والتي تنتشر ضمن منطقة النضوب وض حياة الحامالت األقلية في منطقة النضوب فيزداد التيار الضوئي بزيادة القدرة الضوئية للضوء الساقط. كذلك نالحظ أن ويتكرر التصرف نفسه مع القدرات المختلفة. إن انعدام تأثير volts4 التيار الضوئي يستقر عند جھد انحياز عكسي الجھد العكسي في سلوك التيارات الضوئية يأتي من كون تأثير الجھد ينحصر في تغير عرض منطقة النضوب، وأيضاً ألن للحامالت وحسب على معدل التولد لحامالت الشحن وعلى عمق االنتشار ايضاقيمة التيار الضوئي في حالة االنحياز تعتمد [18,19]العالقة ) ………… (3)p+ l n= q a g (w + l phi : معدل تولد حامالت الشحن الضوئية.gاذ w.عرض منطقة النضوب : nl عمق انتشار اإللكترونات pl.عمق انتشار الفجوات : عدم التطابق الشبيكي التي تؤثر منند والناتجة النقصان في التيار الضوئي بسبب العيوب المتولدة ع (4)يبين الشكل على تحركية الحامالت المتولدة ضوئيا، وبالتالي تقلل من سريان التيار الضوئي عبر الكاشف. فضال عن أن سمك غشاء cdo يعمل على تقليل النفاذية ضمن منطقة النضوب في القاعدة والذي بدوره يعمل على تقليل التيار الضوئي وحسب تغير سلوك تيار دائرة (5). حسب عامل المثالية باستخدام الطريقة الكھروضوئية يبين الشكل (3)معادلة ال يمكن حسابه من المعادلة القصر مع فولتية الدائرة المفتوحة وقد رسم التيار على مقياس لوغاريتمي، وإن عامل المثالية اآلتية: (4) انيكية واحدة لنقل وأظھرت النتائج أن عامل المثالية يأخذ قيماً كبيرة (أكبر من واحد) مما يعكس وجود أكثر من ميك والسليكون تحرف cdoالناشئة عن عدم التوافق الشبيكي بين مادة (interfacial states)التيار. إن العيوب البينية الكاشف عن الخصائص المثالية مما يؤدي إلى زيادة العيوب البينية ومن ثم ارتفاع قيم عامل المثالية وكما موضح بالشكل. يعني أداء كھروبصري قليل ذلك يعني أن الحصول على كواشف ذات أداء جيد يتطلب تقليل سمك إن عامل مثالية عالٍ لكن يجب [20,21]وكما ثبت في مواقع أخرى من الدراسة. إن مقدار عامل المثالية يعد قريب من الكواشف cdoغشاء ر.اإلشارة إلى أن طريقة تحضير الغشاء تودي دوراً مھماً في التأثير على مقدا تغير قيم تيار دائرة القصر مع شدة الضوء الساقط دالة لظروف التصنيع، ويتضح من الشكل أن استجابة (6)يبين الشكل مع زيادة كثافة القدرة الضوئية وھذه من الخصائص المھمة في الكواشف ونالحظ بعدھا (region i)الكاشف خطية إلى أن الفوتونات الساقطة على الكاشف عملت على تھييج وفصل كل الذي يمكن أن نعزوه (region ii)حصول التشبع فجوة. كذلك نالحظ من الشكل نقصان التيار بالنسبة لسمك للمادة المرسبة وھذا اإللكترونات وتكوين مزدوجات إلكترون fqii dn  2   sscoc jlnjln q kt v  230 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 حاد ومن ثم تؤثر سلبا بسبب العيوب التي تعمل مراكز اقتناص للحامالت المتولدة مما يسبب زيادة في عمليات إعادة االت على قيمة التيار. إذن من ھذا المنحنى استطعنا تحديد منطقة العمل للكاشف أي عند أي قدرة ضوئية يجب تشغيله. من النتائج إذ أن المنطقة الثانية ال يصح العمل عندھا ألن mw/cm 2150ھي l(p(نالحظ أن أقصى قيمة لتشغيل الكاشف االستجابية سوف تتناقص اذ تزداد القدرة الضوئية مع ثبوت مقدار التيار الضوئي. لة لشدة اإلضاءة. من الشكل نالحظ زيادة سلوك فولتية الدائرة المفتوحة للكاشف دا (7)يوضح المنحنى البياني في الشكل مقدار الفولتية المتولدة بزيادة شدة األشعة الساقطة على الكاشف بسبب زيادة مقدار التيار الضوئي المتولد مع زيادة شدة يمة نالحظ أن ق (5)األشعة الضوئية الساقطة حيث تعتمد قيمة فولتية الدائرة المفتوحة على التيار الضوئي ومن معادلة فولتية الدائرة المفتوحة تصل إلى مقدار ثابت عند الشدات العالية بسبب الوصول إلى حالة اإلشباع. وكذلك نالحظ من الشكل مع ocvبسبب عمليات إعادة االتحاد التي تحدث داخل المادة أو التي تحصل عند السطح. إن مقدار زيادة ocvنقصان .[22] [23]في الخاليا الشمسية am1كثافة قدرة الضوء يمثل أساس تطبيقات الخاليا الشمسية إذ أن (5) اظھرت نتائج الفحص بتقنية حيود االشعة السينية ان جميع اغشية اوكسيد الكادميوم المحضرة كانت ذا تركيب بلوري ,[220]) مع نمو ذري بثالثة اتجاھات بلوربة cubic) من النوع مكعب (polycrystallineمتعدد التبلور ( ولجميع االغشية المحضرة [111]وكان المميز والسائد منھا تبعاً لطريقة الترسيب المستخدمة في االتجاه [111],[200] لمقابلة لمواقع ) وزوايا الحيود البلوري hkld) وعند مقارنة النتائج التي تم التوصل اليھا من فسح السطوح (8كما في الشكل ( ) astmالقيم المميزة لنماذج االغشية المحضرة مع ما جاء من قيم الواردة في بطاقة للمؤسسة االمريكية لفحص المواد ( نجد ان النتائج كانت مطابقة. شكل نبضة اضمحالل فولتية الدائرة المفتوحة للكاشف المصنع ونالحظ وجود ثالث مناطق، األولى (9)تمثل الشكل يكون تركيز الحامالت األقلية المحقونة فيھا أكبر من تركيز الحامالت (high injection)تمثل منطقة الحقن العالي حيث يكون تركيز الحامالت (intermediate injection)األغلبية، أما المنطقة الثانية فتمثل منطقة الحقن المتوسط low)األقلية المتولدة األقل من تركيز الحامالت األغلبية عند التوازن، أما المنطقة الثالثة فتمثل منطقة الحقن الواطئ injection) ازن. إن القيم والتي يكون فيھا تركيز الحامالت األقلية المتولدة أقل من تركيز الحامالت األقلية في حالة التو التي تم الحصول عليھا ھي قريبة من قيم ثنائي الوصلة السليكوني المتجانس والتي تعطي تصورا على مقدار عيوب عمليات am1.5والقدرة األكثر يعبر عنھا mw/cm 2100إعادة االتحاد وتكون متقاربة في كال الحالتين قدرة ضوئية قدرھا وھكذا. المصادر 1.liu , k. sakurai , m. and aono , m. (2010) “cdo-based ultraviolet photodetectors , sensors, 10: 8604-8634. 2. young, s. j. ;jichang, l.w. s.j. and su,y.k. (2006) cdo metal–semiconductor–metal ultraviolet sensors with various contact electrodes , j. crystal growth 293 , 43–47 . 3 . xu, z. h. deng, j. xie, y. li and yan. li( 2005) , photoconductive uv detectors based on cdo films prepared by sol-gel method , j.sol-gel science and technology 36,223– 226. 2004)introduction to micro fabrication , john wiley and sons , england"(4. franssila, s. 5. thewlis , j. (1979) concise dictionary of physics and related subjects , 2 nd edition , pergamon press. 6. chopra , k. l. (1969) thin film phenomena , mc graw – hill , new york. 7. lever , k . d. (1971) thin films , london 8. hampel ,c. a. and gessner g. hawley , (1973) the encyclopedia of chemistry 3 rd edition ,169. 9. hampel , c. a. (1954) rare metals handbook , 87103. 10.richard , j. ;lewis , and hawley´s , sr. ( 1997) condensed chemical dictionary , 13 th edition , 189. 11.wells , a. f. (1984) structural inorganic chemistry , oxford university , clarendon press.        s rb oc j j q tk v 1ln 231 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 12. omran , a. h. (1998) a study of optical and electrical properties of cdo, cuo , thin films and their mixture prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis, m. sc. thesis , al-mustansiriya university. 13. smith, r. a. (1987) semiconductor, 2nd edition, cambrige university press. 14. milnes, a. g. and feucht, d. l. (1972) heterojunctions and metal-semiconductor junctions, academic press, new york. 15. kenneth, a. j. (1987) introduction to optical electronics, john wiley & sons, new york. 16. arecchi, f. t.and schulz-dubois, e. o. (1972 ) laser hand book,( 1), amsterdam. 17. duley ,w. w. (1976) co2 laser effect and application, academic press, london. 18. sharma, b. l. and purohit, r. k. (1974) “semiconductor heterojunctions, pergamon press, new york. 19. sze, s. m. (1985) semiconductor devices, physics and technology, wiley, new york. 20. grove, a. s. (1967) physics and technology of semiconductor devices, john wiley. 21. raid, a. ismail and muhammad muhammad, s. (2000) fabrication and study of the photovoltaic characteristics of pbs/si detector”, j. eng. & technology, 19 . 22. song, d.; zhao, j. ;wang, a.and widenborg, p. chin, w. 8% efficient zno/c-si heterojunction solar cells prepared by magnetron sputtering”, internet paper. 23. sharma, b. l. and purohit, r. k. (1974) semiconductor heterojunctions, pergamon press, new york. cdoتغير النفاذية البصرية دالة للطول الموجي ألغشية ): 1شكل رقم ( 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 300 500 700 900 1100 t ra n sm it ta n ce % wavelength (nm) 232 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 cdoجھد في حالة الظالم الغشية ): خصائص تيار2شكل رقم ( cdoجھدالغشية ): خصائص سعة3شكل رقم( ‐60 ‐40 ‐20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 ‐6 ‐5 ‐4 ‐3 ‐2 ‐1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 d a rk  c u rr e n t  (m a ) bias voltage (v) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 ‐7 ‐6 ‐5 ‐4 ‐3 ‐2 ‐1 0 1 2 c ‐2  x  1 0 ‐3  n f ‐2 bias voltage (v) 233 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 جھد عند اإلضاءة): خصائص تيار4شكل رقم ( isc-voc ) منحنى5شكل رقم( ‐6000 ‐5000 ‐4000 ‐3000 ‐2000 ‐1000 0 ‐6 ‐5 ‐4 ‐3 ‐2 ‐1 0 c u rr e n t  (m a ) reverse bias (v) dark current (reference) 15 (mw/cm2) 41.5 (mw/cm2) 90 (mw/cm2) 1.e‐06 1.e‐05 1.e‐04 1.e‐03 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 s h o rt  c ir cu it  p h o to cu rr e n t  (a ) open circuit photovoltage (v) 234 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )تغير تيار دائرة القصر لعينات6شكل رقم ( ) تغير فولتية الدائرة المفتوحة7شكل رقم( 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 is c  ( m a ) illumination power density (mw/cm2) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 v o c  ( m v ) illumination power density (mw/cm2) 235 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )si/cdo) مخطط حيود االشعة السينية لغشاء (8(شكل رقم ) صورة فوتوغرافية لشكل نبضة اضمحالل فولتية الدائرة المفتوحة9شكل رقم( 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 25 35 45 55 65 75 in te si ty (c p s ) diffraction angle2ɵ (degree) 236 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 fabrication of photodetector and study of its structural and optical properties of cadmium oxide thin films prepared by vacuum thermal evaporation method samir a.maki zainab s.abdulridha dept. of physics/college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham/university of baghdad received in :1october 2013, accepted in :22june 2014 abstract the fabricated photodetector n-cdo /-si factory thin films altboukaraharara spatial silicon multicrystallization of the type (n-type) the deposition of a thin film of cadmium and at room temperature (300k) and thickness (300 ± 20nm) and the time of deposition (1.25sec) was antioxidant thin films cadmium (cd) record temperature (673k) for one hour to the presence of air and calculated energy gap optical transitions electronic direct ( allowed ) a function of the absorption coefficient and permeability and reflectivity by recording the spectrum absorbance and permeability of the membrane record within the wavelengths (300 1100nm). was used several the bias ranged between 1-5 volts. the results showed that this reagent works to the extent spectral 400-1000 nm current revealed these findings also said that factor ideal growing thin films cdo which gives a clear indication of the increased concentration of defects.it showed the results of measuring volume an effort that the detector of the type of acute if the value of effort internal construction less cdo of thin films . the studies of the response spectrum showed that these reagents responsiveness characterized bakmtin : the first at the wavelength of 600 nm and the second at the wavelength 800 nm. the highest value for the responsiveness 0.46 a / w at 800 nm wavelength and using siding keywords: photodetector cadmium oxide (cdo), silicon, vacuum technology, structural and optical properties. 1 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المستخدم لعالج metronidazoleبعض التغييرات الفسلجية بفعل مركب giardia lamblia لدى اإلنسان شذى خضير عباس الجامعة المستنصرية ، كلية العلوم ، قسم علوم الحياة 2011شباط 27قبل البحث في : 2010أب 24استلم البحث في : الخالصة في تغير بعض المعايير الكيموحيوية في أمصال giardia lambliaتهدف هذه الدراسة إلى معرفة تأثير ) عينة من دم األشخاص المصابين قبل العالج 50المرضى المخمجين بالجيارديا قبل العالج وبعده واألصحاء، إذ جمعت ( . 2009كانون الثاني -2008أيام من العالج بعقار الميترونيدازول من مستشفى الكاظمية التعليمي وللمدة من شباط 7وبعد ) وحدة 8.47) قبل العالج (p<0.001معنوياً ( gotو gptأشارت النتائج إلى ارتفاع مستويات وفعالية أنزيمات الكبد لتر.ارتفع تركيز \وحدة عالمية 8.39لتر و \وحدة عالمية 6.455لتر مقارنةً بالسيطرة \) وحدة عالمية19.06لتر و (\عالمية دالتون مقارنةً \) ملغم0.73دالتون وانخفض بعد العالج (\ملغم 0.76) فقد بلغ p<0.005الكيزابتين معنوياً بشكٍل بسيط ( ).0.618بالسيطرة ( لتر مقارنةً \مليمول 136.3لتر وانخفض بعد العالج \مليمول 144.4كما لوحظ ارتفاع بسيط في تركيز الصوديوم ) 5.02لبوتاسيوم قبل العالج فقد كان () في تركيز اp<0>005لتر، كذلك ارتفاع معنوي (\مليمول 138.2بالسيطرة وانخفض تركيز الحديد معنوياً لتر.\مليمول 3.86لتر مقارنةً بالسيطرة \مليمول 4.03لتر وانخفض بعد العالج \مليمول )p<0.01 لتر وارتفع بعد العالج \مايكرومول 23.02لتر بالمقارنة مع السيطرة \مايكرومول 13.73) قبل العالج إذ كان ) في أمصال المرضى e, c, aلوحظ أيضاً انخفاض معنوي في مستوى الفيتامينات ( لتر\مايكرومول 15.06إلى ,1.06mg/dl)مقارنةً بالسيطرة (mg/dl, 1.28mg/dl, 0.219mg/dl 0.58)المصابين قبل العالج حيث وصلت 1.392mg/dl, 0.332mg/dl) 0.328وقد ارتفعت قليالً بعد العالجmg/dl, 1.11mg/dl, 1.434mg/dl) : جيارديا المبال و الفيتامينات و الميترونيدازول و اإلنزيمات و دورة الحياة الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة ، giardiaالطفيلي المتعدد األسواط وسمي بالجيارديا alfred giard) درس العالم 1881-1879في سنة ( . يكون شكل الجيارديا كمثري ووجانبي التناظر stilesمن giardia lambliaوضعت التسمية الثنائية 1915وفي عالم ، ويسبب وجودها أعراض مرافقة لإلسهال jejunmوالصائم deuodenumتعيش في الجزء العلوي من األمعاء الدقيقة ديا على .ينتقل المرض لإلنسان عن طريق الطعام والشراب الملوثين بأكياس الطفيلي. تتغذى الجيار[4]و [3]و [2] اإلفرازات المخاطية لألمعاء بعد أن تلتصق بجدارها وتكون غطاء كثيف من السوطيات وتثبط عمل اإلنزيمات مثل trypsin وchemotrypsin [5] يصيب الجيارديا اإلنسان والحيوان على حٍد سواء هذا من خالل الدراسات المحلية في. .يعد الكرياتين من المركبات النتروجينية غير البروتينية داخلية المنشأ، [1]% 22العراق إذبلغت نسبة اإلصابة في العراق حيث تتكون في الكبد وتنتقل بواسطة الدم إلى العضالت وتكون على شكل فوسفوكرياتين ويوفر األخير الطاقة للعضالت ) في سائل خارج +naإن آيون الصوديوم الموجب ( .[6]ألداء وظائفها ويتحول إلى كرياتين عند إنطالق الطاقة %10في الطعام و %40) في سائل خارج الخاليا و %50مليمول ( 4200خلوي ويبلغ المجموع الكلي في جسم اإلنسان خارج الخاليا، أما %2داخل الخاليا و %98) في السائل داخل الخاليا ويكون +k.أما آيون البوتاسيوم الموجب ([7] %4هيموغلوبين و %65) غم بشكل 4-5.يبلغ معدل الحديد في الجسم حوالي ([7]مليمول في اللتر 150تركيزه ( في أغلب األنسجة بصورة رئيسة في العضالت الهيكلية والقلبية got.ويوجد إنزيم [8]مركبات مختلفة %1ميوغلوبين و تراكيز مختلفة في مختلف فيوجد ب gpt.أما إنزيم [9]والكلى والكبد، ولألنزيم أهمية في تشخيص بعض الحاالت المرضية أعضاء جسم اإلنسان يتوزع حسب تناقصه في الكبد والكلى والقلب والعضالت الهيكلية والبنكرياس والطحال والرئتين . [2].وقد تم الحصول على متناظرين لإلنزيم من مصل دم األصحاء والمخمجين بأمراض الكبد المختلفة [10]ومصل الدم .إن عالج الجيارديا يكون [11]مينات ضروررية لنشاط الجسم ونموه التي يحصل عليها من الغذاء إن كميات قليلة من الفيتا . استهدفت هذه الدراسة الكشف عن [12]أيام 5غم ثالث مرات يومياً ومدة flagel (250بأخذ دورة من الميتراندوزول ( 2 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ناصر والفيتامينات وأنزيمات الكبد والكيراتين في الطفيلي وتحديد بعض المعايير مثل الع metronidozoleتأثير عالج خالل مدة العالج. المواد وطرائق العمل عينة من أمصال المرضى المصابين بالجيارديا من مستشفى الكاظمية التعليمي بعد التأكد من إصابتهم 50جمعت ؛ إذ ُسحب الدم 2009كانون الثاني، والى غاية 2008بالمرض من خالل الفحص المباشر للبراز، كان ذلك للمدة من شباط، الوريدي لمجاميع المرضى المصابين بالجيارديا والمعالجين بالميترونيدازول واألصحاء بوساطة محقنة نبيذة ووضع في دقيقة. وأخذ المصل وأهمل الراسب ووضع في \) دورة2000أنابيب بالستيكية معقمة ثم ترك ليتخثر وبعد ذلك نبذ بسرعة ( م لحين اإلستعمال. وقيس الكيراتين في مصل الدم بوساطة عدة قياس o-20دروف صغيرة ومرقمة تحت درجة أنابيب أبن .randox [13]الكيرياتين المجهزة من شركة [13]طريقة قياس تركيز العناصر المعدنية في مصل الدم وكما يأتي: [5]) وفقاً لما جاء في +k) والبوتاسيوم (+naحضرت المحاليل المستعملة لقياس تركيز عنصري ( % ثم وضع 1مل ليكون التخفيف النهائي له 25مل من مصل الدم وخفف بالماء المقطر في قنينة حجمية بسعة 0.25أخذ في عبوة زجاجية صغيرة لحين الفحص. %.1حضر المحلول القياسي الذي يحوي على عنصري الصوديوم والبوتاسيوم وكل عنصر بتركيز ).blankدم الماء المقطر بوصفه معامل كفئ (إستخ ) مع إستعمال الماء المقطر معامالً كفء وثبت مؤشر الجهاز على flame phdometerإستخدم جهاز المطياف اللهيبي ( الصفر. وضع مرشح الصوديوم في حالة قياس الصوديوم. ر الجهاز على قراءة الصفر مرة أخرى ليبدأ . ووضع مؤش100قيس المحلول القياسي للصوديوم بحيث تثبت القراءة على بعدها بقراءة العينات المخففة مع إستعمال الماء المقطر بين كل عينة وأخرى لغرض غسل أنابيب الجهاز مما فيها من بقايا العينة. للحصول على النتيجة النهائية لتركيز الصوديوم نطبق المعادلة االتية : حلول القياسي= تركيز الصوديوم في الم 150 .[13]= الرقم الذي سجله الجهاز عند قراءة المحلول القياسي 100 أما قياس تركيز البوتاسيوم فخطوات تحضير الصوديوم وإستخدم مرشح البوتاسيوم بدالً من مرشح الصوديوم وثبت المؤشر مع المحلول القياسي على نطبق المعادلة اآلتية:وللحصول على النتيجة النهائية 100بدالً من 60قراءة = تركيز البوتاسيوم في المحلول القياسي. 6 .[13]الرقم الذي سجله الجهاز عند قراءة المحلول القياسي 60 أما قياس تركيز الحديد فاتبعت الطريقة اللونية في قياس تركيز الحديد في مصل الدم بإستخدام عدة خاصة بهذا الفحص والمجهزة من قبل شركة biomaghreb. )، وذلك بإستعمال عدة خاصة بهذا الفحص مجهزة colorimetricبإتباع الطريقة اللونية ( gotو gptيمكن تقدير قيمة .randoxمن شركة .[14]فقيس في مصل الدم طبقاً لطريقة aأما فيتامين .[15]في مصل الدم طبقاً لطريقة eوتم قياس فيتامين .[16]وفقاً لطريقة cكما عيّن فيتامين النتائج والمناقشة ) عندما بلغ p<0.05دلت نتائج معدل تركيز الكرياتين في أمصال المرضى بأن هناك إرتفاعاً معنوياً بسيطاً عند المستوى ( 0.738دالتون إال أن هذه القيمة تقع ضمن الحدود الطبيعية العليا لتركيز الكرياتين في المصل بعد العالج \ملغم 0.763 دالتون.\ملغم 0.618دالتون الذي كان مقارباً لقيم السيطرة \ملغم 3 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وعند قياس تركيز الكرياتين في أمصال المرضى وجد أن هناك إرتفاعاً معنوياً بسيطاً في مستواه إى أن هذا اإلتفاع يقع ، إذ لم يسجل الكرياتين [17]دالتون، وهذا يتفق مع ما جاء به \ملغم 1.2-0.5ضمن الحدود الطبيعية لتركيزه في المصل ارتفاعاً في تركيزه عن الحدود الطبيعية ويعد أقل المواد النتروجينية الموجودة في الدم تغيراً. ويعد فحص الكرياتين من العالمات التشخيصية المهمة لفحص وظائف الكليتين ألنه من النواتج األيضية عديمة الفائدة والتي تطرح عن طريق .[18]الخارج، وأي إرتفاع في تركيز الكرياتين في المصل عن الحدود الطبيعية يعكس الحالة الوظيفية للكلية الكليتين إلى لتر وهذه \مليمول 144.4) إذ بلغ p<0.05معدل تركيز أيون الصوديوم إرتفاعاً معنوياً عند المستوى ( 2سجل الجدول لتر وبعد العالج \مليمول 138.213وم بالمصل مقارنةً بالسيطرة القيمة تقع ضمن الحدود الطبيعية العليا لتركيز الصودي إن هذا اإلرتفاع البسيط في تركيز الصوديوم لدى المرضى عن قيم السيطرة يقع ضمن الحدود لتر.\مليمول 136.3أصبحت ستوى الصوديوم في وقد أثبتت الدراسات أن م [17]الطبيعية لتركيز الصوديوم بالمصل وهذه النتيجة متفقة مع ما جاء به % من الوظيفة الطبيعية 10-5الدم تبقى ضمن الحدود الطبيعية حتى تهبط الوظيفة الكلوية والترشيح الكلوي إلى حوالي .[19]و [18]للكلية عندما تحدث زيادة في تركيز الصوديوم 5.02مصال المخمجين أما نتائج قياس معدل تركيز البوتاسيوم فقد أظهرت إرتفاعاً معنوياً ملحوظاً في أ لتر. إن هذا اإلرتفاع المعنوي في \مليمول 4.035لتر وإنخفض بعد العالج إلى \مليمول 3.36لتر مقارنةً بالسيطرة \ملمول إذ الحظ عدم زيادة تركيز هذا العنصر في المصل عند المرضى [20]أمصال المصابين مقارنةً بالسيطرة يخالف ما الحظه ز البوتاسيوم إلى الضرر الذي يصيب خاليا األنسجة المخمجة مما يسبب تسرب محتويات الخلية وقد يعزى إرتفاع تركي % من الحجم الكلي للبوتاسيوم في الجسم موجود داخل الخاليا، 98وبضمنها البوتاسيوم إلى مجرى الدم، إذأثبت علمياً أن .[21]نتيجة لإلصابة يرتفع تركيز البوتاسيوم في المصل كما أن خاليا الدم تحتوي على كمية كبيرة من البوتاسيوم وبتحللها لتر \مايكرومول 23.02لتر مقارنةً بالسيطرة \مايكرومول 13.73تبين النتائج إنخفاضاً في تركيز الحديد لدى المصابين ز الحديد لدى إذ الحظا إنخفاض تركي [22]لتر. وهذه النتائج مطابقة لما وجده \مايكرومول 15.06وارتفع لدى المعالجين المرضى المخمجين بالجيارديا نتيجة لإللتهاب الحاد والمزمن والذي يحدث تغيرات في عمليات تمثيل الحديد وتشمل التغيرات إنخفاض في تركيز الحديد في المصل وعزل أو خزن الحديد الناتج عن تحلل خاليا الدم الحمراء في الجهاز ي بناء خاليا دم جديدة من األعضاء المكونة للدم وكذلك هبوط إمتصاص الحديد من الشبكي األندروئيلي إلعادة إستعماله ف األمعاء وحدوث فقر الدم. لتر \وحدة عالمية 19.06) قد إرتفع بصورة معنوية gotتشير النتائج الخاصة بأنظيمات الكيدان مستوى األنظيم ( ).29لتر جدول (\وحدة عالمية 11.649ن فكانت لتر والمعالجي\وحدة عالمية 8.392مقارنةً بالسيطرة 7.27لتر أما المعالجين \وحدة عالمية 6.455لتر مقارنةً بالسيطرة \وحدة عالمية 8.47فقد إرتفع gptأما مستوى أنظيم لتر.هناك عالقة بين مستوى هذين األنظيمين وحالة اإلصابة باإلسهال والسبب يعود إلى أن اإلسهال يؤدي إلى \وحدة عالمية شية هذه الخاليا ومن ثم تسرب هذه األنظيمات إلى الدورة تلف وإنحالل وتنخر بعض خاليا الكبد ما يؤدي إلى نفاذية أغ .[23]الدموية ومن ثم زيادة مستواها في مصل الدم أو قد يرجع هذا اإلرتفاع في مستوى األنظيمين إلى تغير الوظائف األيضية للكبد خالل مدة اإلصابة باإلسهال والناتج عن .]28[ [24]إلتهاب األمعاء ما يؤدي إلى حدوث سوء تغذية وإمتصاص وهذا يؤدي إلى إضطراب وظائف الكبد مقارنةً بالسيطرة mg/dl 0.219لدى المصابين بالجيارديا aين ) أن هناك إنخفاضاً في تركيز فيتام4يتبين من الجدول ( 0.332 mg/dl 0.328أما المعالجين فكانت mg/dl. يسبب a، إن قلة فيتامين [25]المهمة وجزء من نظام أنزيمي كبير antioxidantمن مضادات األكسدة aيعد فيتامين .[26]نتاج خاليا بالكبد كافية إلنتاج شبكة البروتينات واأللبومينات قلة كبيرة في البروتينات المجهزة وغير قادرة على إ والمعالجين mg/dl 1.392مقارنةً بالسيطرة mg/dl 1.284فقد كان إنخفاضاً معنوياً لدى المصابين cأما فيتامين 1.434 mg/dl ويعد فيتامين .c الجين والكيراتين في من مضادات األكسدة ويقلل من الجذور الحرة وهو مهم لبناء الكو .[27]و [25]الجسم مثل البروتينات والدهون، والكربوهيدرات، والنيوكليوتيدات المصادر 1-redliger, t.; corella barud,v.; galindo, a.; avitia, r. and cardenas, v. (2002) “hyperendemie cryptosporidium and giardia in housholds lacking municipal sewer and water on the united states-mexico border”, am j trop med. hyg, 66:794-798. 2-gardner ,t. b. and hill, dr. (2001) “tratment of giardiasis" clin microbial rev, 14:114128. 3-erlandsen, s. l .; meyer, e. a.(1984), "giardia and giardiasis, biology, pathogenesis and epidemiology", plenum press, new york, biolcses, 4684. giardia mht. 4 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 4-farthing, m. j. g., (1999) “giardiasis protroto zoal disease”. ed. n. cilles h. n. oxford university press inc. london. 562-578. 5-stolte, m. and vogele ,h. (1991)“giardiasis a simpile diagnosis that isoften delayed” gastro-enterol. 29-373. 6-russell, r. m., (2004) “the enigma of beta caroten in careinogenesis what can be learned from animal studies”, jornal of nutrition, 134(i): 2625-2685. 7-allan, g.; robert, a.; deins, j. o.; michael, j. s. and james, s. (1999) “clinical biochemistry, an illustrated colortext”, 106:28-36:45-50 8-huebers, h. a. and finch, c.a. (1987) “the physiology of transferrin and transferrin receptors”, physiol rev, 67:520. 9-zilva, j. and pannel, p. r. (1984) “ clinical chemistry in diagnosis and treatment”, 4th ed., london, lloyd uke, 281-283. 10-fair, d. s. and krassner, s. m. (1971) “alanine amino transferase and aspirate amino transferase in leishmania terentolae”, j. protozool, 18:441. 11-chen, j.; he, j. and hamn l. (2002) “serum anti oxidant vitamins and blood pressure in the united states population hypertension”,phsion rev 40(6): 806-810. 12-karabay, o.; tamer a.; gunduz, h.; kayas, d.; arine, h. and celeb, h. (2004) “albendazole versus metronidazole treatment of adult giardiasis-an open randomized clinical study”, world gastro enterol, 10(8), 1215-1217. 13-wootton, j. d. p.(1974) “micro-analysis in medical biochemistry”. 4th ed. j.and a. churchill, london, p:59. 14-neeld, j. b. jr.and pearson, w. n. (1963)“micro and micromethods forth determination of serum vitamin a using trifluoractic acid”. nutr. 79:454-462. 15-hashim, s. a; and schuttringer, g. r. (1966)“rapid determination of tocopherol in marco and micro quantities of plasma results obtained in various nutrition and metatabolic studies”. am j. clin. nutr; 19(2): 137-145. 16-washington, d. c. (1987)toronto press a. j. kaplan l. a.cuild ford london ; methods in clinical chemistry.cuildford – london. 17-abraham, p.; chacko, b.; abraham, o.; priscilla, r.; usha, s and mathai, d. (2005)“piatform abstract of diamond aplcon”, sapi.jornal of nhtrition 53:278-280. 18-cohen, d. l.; towwnsed, r. r. kobrin, s.; genega, f. m.; tomzewsk,j. e. and fairman, r. (2000)“dramatic recovery of renal function after mount of dialysis dependence following surgical correction of total renal artery occlusion in solitary function kidney”. a.m. j. kidney disease, 37(1):3-12. 19-davison, a. m. (1989)“nephrology” biddles ltd.; guildford-london. 20-baranwal, a; ravi, m; rupa, s. and sunit, s., (2005)“sodium stiboyluconate and polymorphic ventricular tachcardic”. indian journal of perdiatrics; 72(3); 269-273. 21-allan, g.; robert denis, j. o.; michael, j. s. and james, s. (1999)“clinical biochemistry, an illustrated color text”,. 28-36, 45-50, 106. 22-kager, p. a. and ress, p. h. (1986)“hematological investigation in vesceral leishmaniasies”. trop. geogr. med. 38940:271-9. 23-doudarka, t. and kruft, w.(1995)“alanine transferase (alt). as9p2artate aminotransferase (ast). glutamate dehydrogenase (gldh). alkaline phosphatase (alp) and gamma glutamyl transferase (ggp) in intestinal disease of dogs. med. zinis che. tick linik and wing-mazimilians universitatic, munchen, 108:244 (ahst). 24-behrman r. e; vaughan v. c. and nelson, w. e. (1992) nelson text book of pediatric. 14th ed., w. b. saunders company. 449-1000. 25-bendich aderianne,(1990)“antioxidans micronutrients and immuneresponses, micronutrients and immunefunctions”. a. bendich and r. k. chandra. new york academy of sciences. new york, p. 176. 5 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 26-somolle, j.; wawschinek, o.; hayan, h.; eber o.(1983) “vitamin a and cartene in thyroid disease”. act medical austriaca 10(2-3): 71-73. 27-weber, p.; bendich, a.; schalch, w. (1996)“vitamin c and human health are view of recent data relevant to human requirements”. int. j. and nutr. res; 66:19-30. .55جامعة بغداد، -)، "دراسة نسبة إنتشار الطفيليات المعوية"، كلية العلوم1998الخزرجي، حسن عباس فدعم، (.28 ) المعزول got)، "دراسة على بعض الصفات الفيزيائية والكيميائية لمتناظرات إنزيم (1980غادة أحمد، (.عبداألمير، 29 جامعة بغداد.-من مصل األطفال المصابين بمرض التاالزار" رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم معدل الكرياتين لدى األشخاص المخمجين بالجيارديا قبل وبعده العالج): 1جدول ( المجاميع دالتون\التركيز ملغم 10السيطرة 0.6180 + 0.0055 10المصابون 0.7630 + 0.0092 10المعالجون 0.7380 + 0.0044 معدل تركيز أيونات الصوديوم والبوتاسيوم والحديد لدى األشخاص األصحاء ):2جدول( والمصابين بالجيارديا والمعالجين منها الحديد لتر\مايكرومول المجاميع لتر\الصوديوم مليمول لتر\البوتاسيوم مليمول 10السيطرة 138.213+ 0.076 3.86+ 0.031 23.02+ 0.007 10المصابون 144.4+ 0.004 5.02+ 0.004 13.73+ 0.023 10المعالجون 136.3+ 0.026 4.035+ 0.007 15.06+ 0.006 لتر\وحدة عالمية gptو gotتأثير اإلصابة بالجيارديا في تركيز إنزيمي ):3جدول( gptعدل تركيز الـ لتر\وحدة عالمية gotمعدل تركيز الـ لتر\وحدة عالمية المجاميع 6 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 10السيطرة 8.392+ 0.025 6.455+ 0.017 10المصابون 19.06+ 0.0301 8.47+ 0.700 10المعالجون 11.649+ 0.0301 7.27+ 0.059 تأثير اإلصابة بالجيارديا في بعض الفيتامينات ):4جدول( e mg/dl c mg/dl a mg/dl المجاميع 10السيطرة 0.332+ 0.0004 1.392+ 0.017 1.064+ 0.0065 10المصابين 0.219+ 0.0020 1.284+ 0.015 0.584+ 0.029 10المعالجين 0.328+ 0.0016 1.434+ 0.001 1.111+ 0.014 7 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 some physiological changes of metronidazole used to treat giardia lamblia in human s. k. abbass department of biology, college of science, university of al-mustansiryah . received in : 24 august 2010 accepted in : 27 february 2011 abstract the study aimed to introduce the effect of giardia lamblia infection on changes in some biochemical parameters in serum of infected patients before and after treatment during a period of one year, (from feb, 2008 to jan, 2009). samples of 50 infected patients who referred to al-kadimiyah teaching hospital, were collected before and after 7 days of treatment. the activity of liver enzymes (gpt and got) before treatment increased significantly as it reached up to (8.47) u/l and 19.06 u/l, comparing with control values (6.455) u/l and (8.39) u/l respectively. the activity of the enzymes decreased after treatment but the values of gpt and got remained higher than the control values as reached 7-27 u/l, 11-64 u/l. the concentration of creatinine before treatment significantly increased slightly (p<0.005) and reached (0.75) mg/dl then it decreased after treatment and reached 0.73 mg/dl comparing with control 0.618 mg/dl. also, slight increase in the concentration of na+ before treatment as it reached 144.4 mmol/l then decreased after treatment and reached 136.3 mmol/l comparing with control 138.2 mmol/l high significant increase (p<0.005) in the concentration of k+ before treatment as it reached 5.02 mmol/lit decreased after treatment and reached 4.03 mmol/l comparing with control values 3.86 mmol/l significant decrease (p<0.01) in the concentration of iron before treatment as it reached 13.73 mmol/l comparing with control values 23.0 mmol/l then it increased after treatment and reached 15.06 mmol/l. significant decrease (p<0.01)in the levels of vitamins (e, c and a) in all patients serum before treatment as it reached 0.219 mg/dl, 1.28 mg/dl, 0.58 mg/dl comparing with control values 0.332 mg/dl, 1.39 mg/dl, 1.06 mg/dl then it increased after treatment and reached 0.328 mg/dl, 1.434 mg/dl, 1.11 mg/dl. key words : giardia lamblia, vitamins, metronidazole, enzymes and life cycle. 135 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. the classical continuous optimal control for quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problems with state vector constraints 1jamil a. ali al-hawasy 2wissam a. abdul-hussien al-anbaki 1-2department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq wissamali14595@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq abstract this paper aims to study the quaternary classical continuous optimal control problem consisting of the quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem, the cost function, and the equality and inequality constraints on the state and the control. under appropriate hypotheses, it is demonstrated that the quaternary classical continuous optimal control ruling by the quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem has a quaternary classical continuous optimal control vector that satisfies the equality constraint and inequality state and control constraint. moreover, mathematical formulation of the quaternary adjoint equations related to the quaternary state equations is discovered, and then the weak form of the quaternary adjoint equations is obtained. lastly, both the necessary conditions for optimality and sufficient conditions for optimality of the proposed problem are stated and proved. the derivation for the fréchet derivative of the hamiltonian is attained. keywords: quaternary classical optimal control, quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problems, necessary and sufficient for optimality theorems. 1. introduction it is a well-known fact that optimal control problems (ocps) are widely used in a variety of scientific fields, including biology [1], economics [2], robotics [3], aircraft [4], and many others. ocps are typically ruled by nonlinear odes (nlodes) [5] or nonlinear pdes (nlpdes) [6]. during the last decade, great attention has been made to studying ocps for system ruling by nlpdes of elliptic, hyperbolic, and parabolic types [7-9]. later, the study of this subject is expanded to include classical continuous optimal control problem (ccocp) for systems ruling by couple nlpdes and then recently by triple nlpdes for the above three ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2816 article history: received 1 march 2022, accepted 22 march 2022, published in july 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///d:/رسالة%20ماجستير/ibn%20al-haitham/jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq file:///d:/رسالة%20ماجستير/ibn%20al-haitham/wissamali14595@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 136 indicated types of nlpdes [10 15]. as a result, these concerns made us study the quaternary classical continuous optimal control problem (qccocp) ruling by quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problems (qnlpbvps) with equality constraint (eqc) and inequality constraint (ineqc). this paper is concerned with studying the qccocp ruling by a qnlpbvp; it begins with stating and demonstrating the existence theorem of a quaternary classical continuous optimal control vector (qccocv) ruling by the qnlpbvp with eqc and ineqc under suitable hypotheses. in addition, the mathematical formulation of the quaternary adjoint equations (qaes) related to the quaternary state equations (qses) is discovered so as the weak form (wf). moreover, the fréchet derivative (frd) of the hamiltonian is attained. lastly, both the necessary conditions for optimality (ncsth) and sufficient conditions (scsth)) for optimality are stated and demonstrated. description of the problem let ω ⊂ ℝ2 be an open and bounded region with boundary γ = 𝜕ω, 𝑥 = (𝑥1,𝑥2), 𝑄 = 𝐼 ×ω, 𝐼 = [0,𝑇] , γ = 𝜕ω , σ = γ×i. the qccoc consists of the continuous quaternary state vector solution (cqsvs), which is expressed by the following qnlpbvp: 𝑦1𝑡 −∆𝑦1 +𝑦1 −𝑦2 +𝑦3 +𝑦4 = 𝑓1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1) , in 𝑄 (1) 𝑦2𝑡 −∆𝑦2 +𝑦1 +𝑦2 −𝑦3 −𝑦4 = 𝑓2(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦2,𝑢2), in 𝑄 (2) 𝑦3𝑡 −∆𝑦3 −𝑦1 +𝑦2 +𝑦3 +𝑦4 = 𝑓3(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦3,𝑢3) , in 𝑄 (3) 𝑦4𝑡 −∆𝑦4 −𝑦1 +𝑦2 −𝑦3 +𝑦4 = 𝑓4(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦4,𝑢4) , in 𝑄 (4) with the following boundary conditions (bcs) and initial conditions (ics): 𝑦𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) = 0 , ∀ 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. on σ (5) 𝑦𝑖(𝑥,0) = 𝑦𝑖 0(𝑥) , ∀ 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. on ω (6) where �⃗� = (𝑦1,𝑦2,𝑦3,𝑦4) = (𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡),𝑦2(𝑥,𝑡),𝑦3(𝑥,𝑡),𝑦4(𝑥,𝑡)) ∈ (𝐻 2(q̅)) 4 is the quaternary state vector solution (qsvs), �⃗⃗� = (𝑢1,𝑢2,𝑢3,𝑢4) = (𝑢1(𝑥,𝑡),𝑢2(𝑥,𝑡),𝑢3(𝑥,𝑡),𝑢4(𝑥,𝑡)) ∈ (𝐿 2(q)) 4 is the qcccv and (𝑓1,𝑓2,𝑓3,𝑓4) = (𝑓1(𝑥,𝑡),𝑓2(𝑥,𝑡),𝑓3(𝑥,𝑡),𝑓4(𝑥,𝑡)) ∈ (𝐿 2(q)) 4 is given, for all 𝑥 = (𝑥1,𝑥2) ∈ ω. the set of admissible control (sac) is: �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴= {�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ (𝐿 2(q)) 4 |�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗� ⊂ ℝ4 a.e. in q ,𝐺1(�⃗⃗⃗�) = 0 ,𝐺2(�⃗⃗⃗�) ≤ 0 }. the cf is: 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) = ∫ 𝑔01(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +∫ 𝑔02(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦2,𝑢2)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 𝑄 +∫ 𝑔03(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦3,𝑢3)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 + ∫ 𝑔04(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦4,𝑢4)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 , (7.a) the constraints on the state and the control (cssc) are: 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�) = ∫ 𝑔11(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +∫ 𝑔12(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦2,𝑢2)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 𝑄 +∫ 𝑔13(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦3,𝑢3)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 + ∫ 𝑔14(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦4,𝑢4)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 = 0, (7.b) 𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) = ∫ 𝑔21(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +∫ 𝑔22(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦2,𝑢2)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 𝑄 +∫ 𝑔23(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦3,𝑢3)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 + ∫ 𝑔24(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦4,𝑢4)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 ≤ 0, (7.c) where (𝑦1,𝑦2,𝑦3,𝑦4) = (𝑦𝑢1,𝑦𝑢2,𝑦𝑢3,𝑦𝑢4) is the qsvs of ((1) – (6)) corresponding to the qcccv (𝑢1,𝑢2,𝑢3,𝑢4). ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 137 let �⃗⃗� = 𝑉1 ×𝑉2 ×v3 ×v4 = (ℋ0 1(ω)) 4 and �⃗� = (𝑣1,𝑣2,𝑣3,𝑣4) = (𝑣1(𝑥), 𝑣2(𝑥),𝑣3(𝑥),𝑣4(𝑥)). �⃗⃗� = {�⃗�: �⃗� ∈ (ℋ0 1(ω)) 4 ,with 𝑣1 = 𝑣2 = 𝑣3 = 𝑣4 = 0 on 𝜕ω}. the wf of the qsves: the wf of ((1)−(6)) with �⃗� ∈ (ℋ0 1(ω)) 4 is given by 〈𝑦1𝑡,𝑣1〉+(∇𝑦1,∇𝑣1)+(𝑦1,𝑣1)−(𝑦2,𝑣1)+(𝑦3,𝑣1)+(𝑦4,𝑣1) = (𝑓1(𝑦1,𝑢1),𝑣1), (8.a) (𝑦1 0,𝑣1) = (𝑦1(0),𝑣1), (8.b) 〈𝑦2𝑡,𝑣2〉+(∇𝑦2,∇𝑣2)+(𝑦1,𝑣2)+(𝑦2,𝑣2)−(𝑦3,𝑣2)−(𝑦4,𝑣2) = (𝑓2(𝑦2,𝑢2),𝑣2), (9.a) (𝑦2 0,𝑣2) = (𝑦2(0),𝑣2), (9.b) 〈𝑦3𝑡,𝑣3〉+(∇𝑦3,∇𝑣3)−(𝑦1,𝑣3)+(𝑦2,𝑣3)+(𝑦3,𝑣3)+(𝑦4,𝑣3) = (𝑓3(𝑦3,𝑢3),𝑣3), (10.a) (𝑦3 0,𝑣3) = (𝑦3(0),𝑣3), (10.b) 〈𝑦4𝑡,𝑣4〉+(∇𝑦4,∇𝑣4)−(𝑦1,𝑣4)+(𝑦2,𝑣4)−(𝑦3,𝑣4)+(𝑦4,𝑣4) = (𝑓4(𝑦4,𝑢4),𝑣4), (11.a) (𝑦4 0,𝑣4) = (𝑦4(0),𝑣4), (11.b) the following hypotheses are important to study the qccoc. hypotheses (𝐀): assume ∀𝒊 = 𝟏,𝟐,𝟑,𝟒 that: (i) 𝒇𝒊 is carathéodory type (cara. t.) on 𝑸×(ℝ) 𝟒, and satisfies the following conditions w.r.t. 𝒚𝒊 & 𝒖𝒊 , i.e.: |𝒇𝒊(𝒙,𝒕,𝒚𝒊,𝒖𝒊)| ≤ 𝜼𝒊(𝒙,𝒕)+𝒄𝒊|𝒚𝒊|+ �́�𝒊|𝒖𝒊| , where (𝒙,𝒕) ∈ 𝑸, 𝒄𝒊, �́�𝒊 > 𝟎 and 𝜼𝒊 ∈ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸,ℝ). (ii) 𝑓𝑖 satisfies lipschitz condition (lc) w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖, i.e.: |𝑓𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖)−𝑓𝑖(𝑥,𝑡, �̅�𝑖,𝑢𝑖)| ≤ 𝐿𝑖|𝑦𝑖 −�̅�𝑖|. where (𝑥,𝑡) ∈ 𝑄 , 𝑦𝑖, �̅�𝑖,𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ and 𝐿𝑖 > 0. theorem (2.1) [13]: (euth for the wf of the qsves) with hypotheses (a), for each given qcccv �⃗⃗� ∈ (𝐿2(𝑄)) 4 , the wf ((8) – (11)) has a unique qsvs �⃗� ∈ (𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉)) 4 , with �⃗�𝑡 ∈ (𝐿 2(𝐼,𝑉∗)) 4 . hypotheses (b): suppose that for each 𝑙 = 0,1,2 and 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, that 𝑔𝑙𝑖 is of cara. t. on 𝑄 ×(ℝ) 4 and satisfies the following conditions w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖 and 𝑢𝑖: |𝑔𝑙𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖)| ≤ 𝜂𝑙𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) +𝑐𝑙𝑖1(𝑦𝑖) 2 +𝑐𝑙𝑖2(𝑢𝑖) 2 . where 𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ with 𝜂𝑙𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 1(𝑄). lemma (2.1): with hypotheses (b), for each 𝑙 = 0,1,2, the functional �⃗⃗� ⟼ 𝐺𝑙(�⃗⃗�) is cont. on (𝐿 2(𝑄))4 . proof: the requirement result is gotten (∀𝑙 = 0,1,2) directly from hypotheses (b) and lemma 1.12 in [16]. theorem (2.2) [16]: consider the set w⃗⃗⃗⃗a ≠ ∅, for each 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, the functions 𝑓𝑖 has the form 𝑓𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) = 𝑓𝑖1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖)+ 𝑓𝑖2(𝑥,𝑡)𝑢𝑖 with |𝑓𝑖1 (𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖)| ≤ ƞ𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) + 𝑐𝑖| 𝑦𝑖| where ƞ𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 2(𝑄) and |𝑓𝑖2(𝑥,𝑡)| ≤ 𝑘𝑖, if ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, 𝑔0𝑖 is convex (co) w.r.t. 𝑢𝑖 for fixed (𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖). then there is a qccocv. hypotheses (c): assume that, for 𝑙 = 0,2 and 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑦𝑖 and 𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑢𝑖 are of cara. t. on ×(ℝ) 4 , |𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑦𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖)| ≤ 𝜂𝑙𝑖5(𝑥,𝑡) +𝑐𝑙𝑖5|𝑦𝑖|+ �́�𝑙𝑖5|𝑢𝑖|, and |𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑢𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖)| ≤ 𝜂𝑙𝑖6(𝑥,𝑡)+𝑐𝑙𝑖6|𝑦𝑖|+ �́�𝑙𝑖6|𝑢𝑖|. where(𝑥,𝑡) ∈ 𝑄, 𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ , 𝜂𝑙𝑖5 ,𝜂𝑙𝑖6 ∈ 𝐿 2(𝑄). ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 138 theorem (2.3) [16]: in addition to hypotheses (a), if �⃗� and �⃗� + 𝛿𝑦⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ are the qsvs corresponding to the qcccv �⃗⃗� , �⃗⃗� + 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ∈ (𝐿2(𝑄))4, resp., then ‖𝛿𝑦⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳∞(𝑰,𝑳𝟐(𝜴) ≤ m ‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) , ‖𝛿𝑦⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) ≤ m ‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) , ‖𝛿𝑦⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑰,𝑽) ≤ m ‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) . theorem (2.4) (the kuhn-tucker-lagrange conditions (ktl)) [10]: let 𝑈 be a nonempty co subset of a vector space 𝑋, 𝐾 be a nonempty co positive cone in a normed space 𝑍, and 𝑊 = {𝑢 ∈ 𝑈|𝐺1(𝑢) = 0,𝐺1(𝑢) ∈ −𝐾}. the functional 𝐺0:𝑈 → ℝ,𝐺1:𝑈 → ℝ 𝑚 ,𝐺2:𝑈 → 𝑍 are (𝑚 +1)− locally continuous at 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, and have (𝑚 +1)− derivatives at 𝑢 where 𝑚 ≠ 0. and if 𝑚 = 0 , we assume that 𝐷𝐺𝑙(𝑢), 𝑙 = 0,1,2 , are 𝐾 -linear at the point 𝑢. if 𝐺0(𝑢) has a minimum at 𝑢 in 𝑊, then it satisfies the following kutula conditions, ∀𝑤 ∈ 𝑊: there exists 𝜆0 ∈ ℝ,𝜆1 ∈ ℝ 𝑚,𝜆2 ∈ ℤ ∗ , with 𝜆0 ≥ 0,𝜆2 ≥ 0 ,∑ |𝜆𝑙| = 1 2 𝑙=0 s.t 𝜆0𝐷𝐺0(𝑢,𝑤 −𝑢)+𝜆1 𝑇𝐷𝐺1(𝑢,𝑤 −𝑢)+〈𝜆2,𝐷𝐺2(𝑢,𝑤 −𝑢)〉 ≥ 0, 〈𝜆2,𝐺2(𝑢)〉 = 0. main results 3. existence of the qccocv and the frd: this section deals with the existence theorem of the qccocv, the discovery of the mathematical formulation for the qaes and their wf is obtained, and the derivation of the frd is derived under some appropriate hypotheses. theorem (3.1): consider the set w⃗⃗⃗⃗a ≠ ∅, the functions 𝑓𝑖, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, has the form 𝑓𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) = 𝑓𝑖1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖)+ 𝑓𝑖2(𝑥,𝑡)𝑢𝑖 with |𝑓𝑖1 (𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖)| ≤ ƞ𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) + 𝑐𝑖| 𝑦𝑖| and |𝑓𝑖2(𝑥,𝑡)| ≤ 𝑘𝑖, where ƞ𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 2(𝑄). if ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 , 𝑔1𝑖 is independent of 𝑢𝑖, 𝑔0𝑖 and 𝑔2𝑖 are convex w.r.t. 𝑢𝑖 for fixed (𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖). then there is a qccocv. proof: from the hypotheses on 𝑊𝑖 and 𝑔1𝑖 (∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4), with using lemma (2.1) and the. 2.2, one can get that there is a qccocv with the eqc and ineqc. theorem (3.2): we drop the index 𝑙 in 𝑔𝑙 and 𝐺𝑙 . in addition to hypotheses (a), (b), and (c), the following adjoint (𝑧1 ,𝑧2 ,𝑧3 ,𝑧4) = (𝑧𝑢1 ,𝑧𝑢2 ,𝑧𝑢3 ,𝑧𝑢4) equations corresponding to the state (𝑦1 ,𝑦2 ,𝑦3 ,𝑦4) = (𝑦𝑢1 ,𝑦𝑢2 ,𝑦𝑢3 ,𝑦𝑢4) equations ((1) – (6)) are expressed by: −𝑧1𝑡 −∆𝑧1 +𝑧1 +𝑧2 −𝑧3 −𝑧4 = 𝑧1𝑓𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1)+𝑔𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1) , (12) −𝑧2𝑡 −∆𝑧2 +𝑧2 −𝑧1 +𝑧3 +𝑧4 = 𝑧1𝑓𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1)+𝑔𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1) , (13) −𝑧3𝑡 −∆𝑧3 +𝑧3 +𝑧1 −𝑧2 −𝑧4 = 𝑧1𝑓𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1)+𝑔𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1) , (14) −𝑧4𝑡 −∆𝑧4 +𝑧4 +𝑧1 −𝑧2 +𝑧3 = 𝑧1𝑓𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1)+𝑔𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦1,𝑢1) , (15) 𝑧𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) = 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, on σ , (16) 𝑧𝑖(𝑇) = 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, on γ , (17) also, the hamiltonian is defined: 𝐻(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖, 𝑧𝑖,𝑢𝑖) = ∑ 𝑧𝑖𝑓𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖)+𝑔𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) 4 𝑖=1 , then the frd of 𝐺 is given by �́�(�⃗⃗�) ∙ 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = ∫ ( 𝑧1𝑓𝑢1 +𝑔𝑢1 𝑧2𝑓𝑢2 +𝑔𝑢2 𝑧3𝑓𝑢3 +𝑔𝑢3 𝑧4𝑓𝑢4 +𝑔𝑢4) 𝑄 ∙( 𝛿𝑢1 𝛿𝑢2 𝛿𝑢3 𝛿𝑢4 )𝑑𝑥. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 139 proof: firstly, let �⃗⃗� be a qcccv, and �⃗� be its qsvs, and let 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) = ∑ ∫ 𝑔𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 𝑄 4 𝑖=1 , from the hypotheses on 𝑔𝑙 (𝑙 = 1,2,3,4), the frd definition, the result of the. 2.3, and then using the minkowski’s inequality (mkin), one can get that: 𝐺(�⃗⃗� +𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)−𝐺(�⃗⃗�) = ∫ (𝑔𝑦1𝛿𝑦1 +𝑔𝑢1𝛿𝑢1) 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +∫ (𝑔𝑦2𝛿𝑦2 +𝑔𝑢2𝛿𝑢2) 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + ∫ (𝑔𝑦3𝛿𝑦3 +𝑔𝑢3𝛿𝑢3) 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +∫ (𝑔𝑦4𝛿𝑦4 +𝑔𝑢4𝛿𝑢4) 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + 6(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖𝑳𝟐(𝑸) (18) where 6(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗) = 2(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 3(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 4(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 5(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗) ⟶ 0 as ‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖𝑳𝟐(𝑸) ⟶ 0. on the other hand, the wf of the qaes for 𝑣𝑖 ∈ 𝑉, ∀ 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 is given by: −〈𝑧1𝑡,𝑣1〉+(∇𝑧1,∇𝑣1)+(𝑧1,𝑣1)+(𝑧2,𝑣1)−(𝑧3,𝑣1)−(𝑧4,𝑣1) = (𝑧1𝑓1𝑦1,𝑣1)+ (𝑔1𝑦1,𝑣1), (19) −〈𝑧2𝑡,𝑣2〉+(∇𝑧2,∇𝑣2)+(𝑧2,𝑣2)−(𝑧1,𝑣2)+(𝑧3,𝑣2)+(𝑧4,𝑣2) = (𝑧2𝑓2𝑦2,𝑣2) + (𝑔2𝑦2,𝑣2), (20) −〈𝑧3𝑡,𝑣3〉+(∇𝑧3,∇𝑣3)+(𝑧3,𝑣3)+(𝑧1,𝑣3)−(𝑧2,𝑣3)−(𝑧4,𝑣3) = (𝑧3𝑓3𝑦3,𝑣3) + (𝑔3𝑦3,𝑣3), (21) −〈𝑧4𝑡,𝑣4〉 +(∇𝑧4,∇𝑣4)+(𝑧4,𝑣4)+(𝑧1,𝑣4)−(𝑧2,𝑣4)+(𝑧3,𝑣4) = (𝑧4𝑓4𝑦4,𝑣4) + (𝑔4𝑦4,𝑣4), (22) the existence of a unique solution of ((19) – (22)) can be proved by the same manner which is used in the proof of the unique of the qsvs. now, substituting 𝑣𝑖 = 𝛿𝑦𝑖, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in ((19) − (22)) resp., then taking the integrating both sides (ibs) from 0 to 𝑇, lastly, applying integration by part (ibp) for the 1st terms of each resulting equation, to get that: ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦1,𝑧1 〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝑧1,∇𝛿𝑦1 )+(𝑧1,𝛿𝑦1 )+(𝑧2,𝛿𝑦1 )−(𝑧3,𝛿𝑦1 )−(𝑧4,𝛿𝑦1 )] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ [(𝑧1𝑓1𝑦1,𝛿𝑦1)+(𝑔1𝑦1,𝛿𝑦1)]𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (23) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦2,𝑧2〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝑧2,∇𝛿𝑦2)+(𝑧2,𝛿𝑦2)−(𝑧1,𝛿𝑦2)+(𝑧3,𝛿𝑦2)+(𝑧4,𝛿𝑦2)]𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 = ∫ [(𝑧2𝑓2𝑦2,𝛿𝑦2)+(𝑔2𝑦2,𝛿𝑦2)]𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (24) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦3,𝑧3〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝑧3,∇𝛿𝑦3)+(𝑧3,𝛿𝑦3)+(𝑧1,𝛿𝑦3)−(𝑧2,𝛿𝑦3)−(𝑧4,𝛿𝑦3)]𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 = ∫ [(𝑧3𝑓3𝑦3,𝛿𝑦3)+(𝑔3𝑦3,𝛿𝑦3)]𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (25) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦4,𝑧4〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝑧4,∇𝛿𝑦4)+(𝑧4,𝛿𝑦4)+(𝑧1,𝛿𝑦4)−(𝑧2,𝛿𝑦4)+(𝑧3,𝛿𝑦4)]𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 = ∫ [(𝑧4𝑓4𝑦4,𝛿𝑦4)+(𝑔4𝑦4,𝛿𝑦4)]𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (26) also, substituting 𝑣𝑖 = 𝑧𝑖, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in ((8.a) − (11.a)) resp., then ibs w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑇, to obtain: ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦1𝑡,𝑧1〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇δ𝑦1,∇𝑧1)+(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧1)−(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧1)+(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧1)+(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧1)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑓1(𝑦1 +𝛿𝑦1,𝑢1 +𝛿𝑢1),𝑧1)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 −∫ (𝑓1(𝑦1,𝑢1),𝑧1)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (27) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦2𝑡,𝑧2〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝛿𝑦2,∇𝑧2)+(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧2)+(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧2)−(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧2)−(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧2)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑓2(𝑦2 +𝛿𝑦2,𝑢2 +𝛿𝑢2),𝑧2)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 −∫ (𝑓2(𝑦2,𝑢2),𝑧2)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (28) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 140 ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦3𝑡,𝑧3〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝛿𝑦3,∇𝑧3)−(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧3)+(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧3)+(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧3)+(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧3)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑓3(𝑦3 +𝛿𝑦3,𝑢3 +𝛿𝑢3),𝑧3)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 −∫ (𝑓3(𝑦3,𝑢3),𝑧3)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (29) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦4𝑡,𝑧4〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝛿𝑦4,∇𝑧4)−(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧4)+(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧4)−(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧4)+(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧4)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑓4(𝑦4 +𝛿𝑦4,𝑢4 +𝛿𝑢4),𝑧4)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 −∫ (𝑓4(𝑦4,𝑢4),𝑧4)𝑑𝑡 𝑇 0 , (30) using the hypotheses on 𝑓𝑖 (for each 𝑖 = 1,23,4) , the frd of it exists, then from the result of the. 2.3, and the mkin, the followings are yielded: ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦1𝑡,𝑧1〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇δ𝑦1,∇𝑧1)+(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧1)−(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧1)+(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧1)+(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧1)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 𝑓1𝑦1𝛿𝑦1 +𝑓1𝑢1𝛿𝑢1,𝑧1)𝑑𝑡 + 12(𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) , (31) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦2𝑡,𝑧2〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝛿𝑦2,∇𝑧2)+(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧2)+(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧2)−(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧2)−(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧2)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 𝑓2𝑦2𝛿𝑦2 +𝑓2𝑢2𝛿𝑢2,𝑧2)𝑑𝑡 + 22(𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) , (32) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦3𝑡,𝑧3〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝛿𝑦3,∇𝑧3)−(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧3)+(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧3)+(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧3)+(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧3)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 𝑓3𝑦3𝛿𝑦3 +𝑓3𝑢3𝛿𝑢3,𝑧3)𝑑𝑡 + 32(𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) , (33) ∫ 〈𝛿𝑦4𝑡,𝑧4〉 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 +∫ [(∇𝛿𝑦4,∇𝑧4)−(𝛿𝑦1,𝑧4)+(𝛿𝑦2,𝑧4)−(𝛿𝑦3,𝑧4)+(𝛿𝑦4,𝑧4)] 𝑇 0 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 𝑓4𝑦4𝛿𝑦4 +𝑓4𝑢4𝛿𝑢4,𝑧4)𝑑𝑡 + 42(𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) , (34) by subtracting ((31) – (34)) from ((23) − (26)) resp., and adding the attained equations, one obtains: ∫ [ 𝑇 0 (𝑓1𝑢1𝛿𝑢1,𝑧1)+(𝑓2𝑢2𝛿𝑢2,𝑧2)+(𝑓3𝑢3𝛿𝑢3, 𝑧3)+(𝑓4𝑢4𝛿𝑢4,𝑧4)]𝑑𝑡 + 5(𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) = ∫ [ 𝑇 0 (𝑔1𝑦1,𝛿𝑦1)+(𝑔2𝑦2,𝛿𝑦2)+(𝑔3𝑦3,𝛿𝑦3)+(𝑔4𝑦4,𝛿𝑦4)]𝑑𝑡, (35) where 5(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗) = 12(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 22(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 32(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 42(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗) ⟶ 0 , as ‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖𝑳𝟐(𝑸) ⟶ 0 , now, by substituting (35) in (18), one gets: 𝐺(�⃗⃗� +𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)−𝐺(�⃗⃗�) = ∫ [ 𝑄 (𝑧1𝑓1𝑢1 +𝑔1𝑢1)𝛿𝑢1 +(𝑧2𝑓2𝑢2 +𝑔2𝑢2)𝛿𝑢2 +(𝑧3𝑓3𝑢3 + 𝑔3𝑢3)𝛿𝑢3 +(𝑧4𝑓4𝑢4 +𝑔4𝑢4)𝛿𝑢4]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + 7(𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ 𝑳𝟐(𝑸) 36) where 7(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗) = 5(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 6(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗) ⟶ 0 , as ‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖𝑳𝟐(𝑸) ⟶ 0 , using the frd definition of 𝐺, one gets: 𝐺(�⃗⃗� +𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)−𝐺(�⃗⃗�) = (�́�(�⃗⃗�),𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)+ 7(𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗)‖𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖𝑳𝟐(𝑸) (37) from (36) and (37), one can get: (�́�(�⃗⃗�),𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗) = ∫ ( 𝑧1𝑓1𝑢1 +𝑔1𝑢1 𝑧2𝑓2𝑢2 +𝑔2𝑢2 𝑧3𝑓3𝑢3 +𝑔3𝑢3 𝑧4𝑓4𝑢4 +𝑔4𝑢4) ∙( 𝛿𝑢1 𝛿𝑢2 𝛿𝑢3 𝛿𝑢4 ) 𝑄 𝑑𝑥 . 4. the ncsth and the scsth for optimality: this section deals with the state and demonstration of the ncsth, so as the scsth, under some additional hypotheses. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 141 theorem (4.1): ncsth for optimality: (a) in addition to hypotheses (a), (b) and (c), if �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 is qccocv, then there is "multiplier" 𝜆𝑙 ∈ ℝ,𝑙 = 0,1,2, with 𝜆0 ≥ 0, 𝜆2 ≥ 0, ∑ |𝜆𝑙| = 1 2 𝑙=0 , s.t. the following lagrange -kuhn-tucker conditions (lkt) conditions are held: ∫ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�) 𝑄 ∙ 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0, ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = �⃗⃗⃗� − �⃗⃗� (38.a) where 𝑔𝑖 = ∑ 𝜆𝑙𝑔𝑙𝑖 2 𝑙=0 ,∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in the definition of 𝐻, and also 𝜆2𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) = 0, (38.b) (b) (minimum principle in weak form) if �⃗⃗⃗⃗� is of the form �⃗⃗⃗⃗� = {�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ (𝐿2(𝑄,ℝ))4|�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡) ∈ �⃗⃗⃗�a.e.on 𝑄} , with �⃗⃗⃗� ⊂ ℝ2. then, (37.a) is equivalent to the minimum principle in point-wise form (mppwf) 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)�⃗⃗�(𝑡) = min �⃗⃗⃗�∈�⃗⃗⃗� 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)�⃗⃗⃗� a.e. on 𝑄 (39) proof: (a) the functional 𝐺𝑙(�⃗⃗�) is 𝜌 −locall cont. at each �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗� , ∀𝑙 = 0,1,2 and for every 𝜌 (by hypotheses (a) , (b) and (c) and lemma 2.1), and 𝐺𝑙(�⃗⃗�) is 𝜌 −differentiable at each �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗� , ∀𝜌 (by hypotheses (a) , (b) and (c) and the. 3.2) and since �⃗⃗⃗⃗� ⊂ (𝐿2(𝑄)) 4 , 𝐿2(𝑄) is open, then 𝐷𝐺𝑙(�⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗⃗� − �⃗⃗�) = �́�𝑙(�⃗⃗�)(�⃗⃗⃗� − �⃗⃗�) , 𝑙 = 0,1,2, and since �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 is qccocv, by the. 2.4, there is 𝜆𝑙 ∈ ℝ , 𝑙 = 0,1,2 , with 𝜆0 ≥ 0 , 𝜆2 ≥ 0 , ∑ |𝜆𝑙| = 1 2 𝑙=0 s.t. (38a&b) are held. again by the. 3.2, setting 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = �⃗⃗⃗� − �⃗⃗� and substituting the frd of �́�𝑙, 𝑙 = 0,1,2 in (38.a), one has: ∑ ∫ [(𝜆0𝑧0𝑖 +𝜆1𝑧1𝑖 +𝜆2𝑧2𝑖)𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 𝑄 +(𝜆0𝑔0𝑖𝑢𝑖 +𝜆1𝑔1𝑖𝑢𝑖 +𝜆2𝑔2𝑖𝑢𝑖)]𝛿𝑢𝑖𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0 4 𝑖=1 , ⇒ ∑ ∫ [(𝑧𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 +𝑔𝑖𝑢𝑖) 𝑄 ]4𝑖=1 𝛿𝑢𝑖𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0, where 𝑔𝑖 = ∑ 𝜆𝑙 2 𝑙=0 𝑔𝑙𝑖 , 𝑧𝑖 = ∑ 𝜆𝑙 2 𝑙=0 𝑧𝑙𝑖 , ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. ⇒ ∫ ( 𝑧1𝑓1𝑢1 +𝑔1𝑢1 𝑧2𝑓2𝑢2 +𝑔2𝑢2 𝑧3𝑓3𝑢3 +𝑔3𝑢3 𝑧4𝑓4𝑢4 +𝑔4𝑢4) ∙( 𝛿𝑢1 𝛿𝑢2 𝛿𝑢3 𝛿𝑢4 ) 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0 , or ∫ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�) 𝑄 ∙ 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0. (ii) to prove that (38.a) is equivalent to (39): let �⃗⃗⃗⃗��⃗⃗⃗� = {�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ (𝐿 2(𝑄,ℝ))4|�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡) ∈ �⃗⃗⃗�a.e. in 𝑄} with �⃗⃗⃗� ⊂ ℝ2, let {�⃗⃗⃗�𝑘} dense in a set �⃗⃗⃗⃗��⃗⃗⃗� , 𝜇 is “lebesgue measure” on 𝑄 and let 𝑆 ⊂ 𝑄 be a measurable set s.t.: �⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡) = { �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘(𝑥,𝑡) , if (𝑥,𝑡) ∈ 𝑆 �⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡) , if (𝑥,𝑡) ∉ 𝑆 therefore (38.a) becomes: ∫ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�) 𝑆 (�⃗⃗⃗�𝑘 −�⃗⃗�) ≥ 0 , ∀𝑆. using the 3.2, to obtain: 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)(�⃗⃗⃗�𝑘 −�⃗⃗�) ≥ 0 , a.e. in 𝑄, 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)(�⃗⃗⃗�𝑘 −�⃗⃗�) ≥ 0 , in 𝑃 = ⋂ 𝑃𝑘𝑘 , where 𝑃𝑘 = 𝑄 −𝑄𝑘 with 𝜇(𝑄𝑘) = 0 , ∀𝑘 , since 𝑃 is independent of 𝑘 , hence 𝜇(𝑄 −𝑃) = 𝜇(⋃ 𝑄𝑘𝑘 ) = 0 , from the density of {�⃗⃗⃗�𝑘} in �⃗⃗⃗⃗��⃗⃗⃗� , one has 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)(�⃗⃗⃗� −�⃗⃗�) ≥ 0 , a.e. in 𝑄. ⇒ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)�⃗⃗� = min �⃗⃗⃗�∈�⃗⃗⃗� 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)�⃗⃗⃗� , ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗� , a.e. in 𝑄. conversely, if 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)�⃗⃗� = min �⃗⃗⃗�∈�⃗⃗⃗� 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)�⃗⃗⃗� , a.e. on 𝑄 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 142 ⇒ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)(�⃗⃗⃗� −�⃗⃗�) ≥ 0 , ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, a.e. on 𝑄 ⇒ ∫ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0, ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�. theorem (4.2) :( scsth for optimality) in addition to hypotheses (a), (b) and (c), suppose that �⃗⃗⃗⃗� = �⃗⃗⃗⃗��⃗⃗⃗� is co, 𝑓𝑖 , ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 and 𝑔1𝑖 are affine w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) in 𝑄, and 𝑔0𝑖 and 𝑔2𝑖 are co w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) in 𝑄 ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. then the ncs in the. 4.1 with 𝜆0 > 0 are also sufficient. proof: from the. 4.1, 𝐷𝐺𝑙(�⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗⃗� − �⃗⃗�) = �́�𝑙(�⃗⃗�)(�⃗⃗⃗� − �⃗⃗�) , 𝑙 = 0,1,2, assume that �⃗⃗� satisfies (38) and �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 , i.e.: ∫ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0 , ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�. and 𝜆2𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) = 0. let (�⃗⃗�) = ∑ 𝜆𝑙𝐺𝑙(�⃗⃗�) 2 𝑙=0 , then �́�(�⃗⃗�) ∙ 𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = ∑ 𝜆𝑙�́�𝑙(�⃗⃗�) 2 𝑙=0 ∙ 𝛿𝑢 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = 𝜆0 ∫ ∑ (𝑧0𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 +𝑔0𝑖𝑢𝑖) 4 𝑖=1 𝛿𝑢𝑖 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +𝜆1 ∫ ∑ (𝑧1𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 +𝑔1𝑖𝑢𝑖) 4 𝑖=1 𝛿𝑢𝑖 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + 𝜆2 ∫ ∑ (𝑧2𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑢𝑖 +𝑔2𝑖𝑢𝑖) 4 𝑖=1 𝛿𝑢𝑖 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, = ∫ 𝐻�⃗⃗⃗�(𝑥,𝑡, �⃗�,𝑧, �⃗⃗�)𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≥ 0, now, to demonstrate �⃗⃗� ⟼ �⃗��⃗⃗⃗� is convex – linear (col), since ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, 𝑓𝑖 is affine from the hypotheses on 𝑓𝑖 , ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4: 𝑓𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) = 𝑓𝑖1(𝑥,𝑡)𝑦𝑖 +𝑓𝑖2(𝑥,𝑡)𝑢𝑖 + 𝑓𝑖3(𝑥,𝑡), ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. let �⃗⃗� = (𝑢1,𝑢2,𝑢3,𝑢4) & �⃗⃗̅� = (�̅�1, �̅�2, �̅�3, �̅�4) be two given qcccvs and from the. 2.1, �⃗� = (𝑦𝑢1,𝑦𝑢2,𝑦𝑢3,𝑦𝑢4) = (𝑦1,𝑦2,𝑦3,𝑦4) & �⃗̅� = (�̅�𝑢1, �̅�𝑢2, �̅�𝑢3, �̅�𝑢4) = (�̅�1, �̅�2, �̅�3, �̅�4)are their corresponding qsvs, precisely from (1), 𝑦1𝑡 −∆𝑦1 +𝑦1 −𝑦2 +𝑦3 +𝑦4 = 𝑓11(𝑥,𝑡)𝑦1 +𝑓12(𝑥,𝑡)𝑢1 +𝑓13(𝑥,𝑡), 𝑦1(𝑥,0) = 𝑦1 0(𝑥), �̅�1𝑡 −∆�̅�1 +�̅�1 −�̅�2 +�̅�3 +�̅�4 = 𝑓11(𝑥,𝑡)�̅�1 +𝑓12(𝑥,𝑡)�̅�1 +𝑓13(𝑥,𝑡), �̅�1(𝑥,0) = 𝑦1 0(𝑥), by mbs the 1𝑠𝑡 above equation and its ic by 𝛼 ∈ [0,1] , and the 2𝑛𝑑 equation and its ic by (1−𝛼) , and adding the attained equations and their attained ics , one gets that: (𝛼𝑦1 +(1−𝛼)�̅�1 )𝑡 −∆(𝛼𝑦1 +(1−𝛼)�̅�1)+(𝛼𝑦1 +(1−𝛼)�̅�1)−(𝛼𝑦2 +(1−𝛼)�̅�2)+ (𝛼𝑦3 +(1−𝛼)�̅�3)+(𝛼𝑦4 +(1−𝛼)�̅�4) = 𝑓11(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑦1 +(1−𝛼)�̅�1)+𝑓12(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑢1 + (1−𝛼)�̅�1)+𝑓13(𝑥,𝑡) (40.a) 𝛼𝑦1(𝑥,0)+(1−𝛼)�̅�1(𝑥,0) = 𝑦1 0(𝑥) (40.b) by the same way, one obtains that: (𝛼𝑦2 +(1−𝛼)�̅�2 )𝑡 −∆(𝛼𝑦2 +(1−𝛼)�̅�2)+(𝛼𝑦2 +(1−𝛼)�̅�2)+(𝛼𝑦1 +(1−𝛼)�̅�1)− (𝛼𝑦3 +(1−𝛼)�̅�3)−(𝛼𝑦4 +(1−𝛼)�̅�4) = 𝑓21(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑦2 +(1−𝛼)�̅�2)+𝑓22(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑢2 + (1−𝛼)�̅�2)+𝑓23(𝑥,𝑡) (41.a) 𝛼𝑦2(𝑥,0)+(1−𝛼)�̅�2(𝑥,0) = 𝑦2 0(𝑥) (41.b) (𝛼𝑦3 +(1−𝛼)�̅�3 )𝑡 −∆(𝛼𝑦3 +(1−𝛼)�̅�3)+(𝛼𝑦3 +(1−𝛼)�̅�3)−(𝛼𝑦1 +(1−𝛼)�̅�1)+ (𝛼𝑦2 +(1−𝛼)�̅�2)+(𝛼𝑦4 +(1−𝛼)�̅�4) = 𝑓31(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑦3 +(1−𝛼)�̅�3)+𝑓32(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑢3 + (1−𝛼)�̅�3)+𝑓33(𝑥,𝑡) (42.a) 𝛼𝑦3(𝑥,0)+(1−𝛼)�̅�3(𝑥,0) = 𝑦3 0(𝑥) (42.b) (𝛼𝑦4 +(1−𝛼)�̅�4 )𝑡 −∆(𝛼𝑦4 +(1−𝛼)�̅�4)+(𝛼𝑦4 +(1−𝛼)�̅�4)−(𝛼𝑦1 +(1−𝛼)�̅�1)+ (𝛼𝑦2 +(1−𝛼)�̅�2)−(𝛼𝑦3 +(1−𝛼)�̅�3) = 𝑓41(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑦4 +(1−𝛼)�̅�4)+𝑓42(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑢4 + (1−𝛼)�̅�4)+𝑓43(𝑥,𝑡) (43.a) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 143 𝛼𝑦4(𝑥,0)+(1−𝛼)�̅�4(𝑥,0) = 𝑦4 0(𝑥) (43.b) from equations ((40) − (43)), the qcccv �⃗⃗̃� = (�̃�1, �̃�2, �̃�3, �̃�4) , with �⃗⃗̃� = 𝛼�⃗⃗� +(1−𝛼)�⃗⃗̅� has the corresponding qsvs, �⃗̃� = (�̃�1, �̃�2, �̃�3, �̃�4) , �⃗̃� = 𝛼�⃗� +(1−𝛼)�⃗̅� , i.e.: �̃�1𝑡 −∆�̃�1 +�̃�1 −�̃�2 +�̃�3 +�̃�4 = 𝑓11(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�1 +𝑓12(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�1 +𝑓13(𝑥,𝑡), �̃�1(𝑥,0) = 𝑦1 0(𝑥), �̃�2𝑡 −∆�̃�2 +�̃�2 +�̃�1 −�̃�3 −�̃�4 = 𝑓21(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�2 +𝑓22(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�2 +𝑓23(𝑥,𝑡), �̃�2(𝑥,0) = 𝑦2 0(𝑥), �̃�3𝑡 −∆�̃�3 +�̃�3 −�̃�1 +�̃�2 +�̃�4 = 𝑓31(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�3 +𝑓32(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�3 +𝑓33(𝑥,𝑡), �̃�3(𝑥,0) = 𝑦3 0(𝑥), �̃�4𝑡 −∆�̃�4 +�̃�4 −�̃�1 +�̃�2 −�̃�3 = 𝑓41(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�4 +𝑓42(𝑥,𝑡)�̃�4 +𝑓43(𝑥,𝑡), �̃�4(𝑥,0) = 𝑦4 0(𝑥), therefore �⃗⃗� ⟼ �⃗��⃗⃗⃗� is col w.r.t. (�⃗�, �⃗⃗�) in 𝑄. from hypotheses on 𝑔1𝑖 in 𝑄 for each 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4: 𝑔1𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) = ℎ1𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)𝑦𝑖 + ℎ2𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)𝑢𝑖 +ℎ3𝑖(𝑥,𝑡). now, to show 𝑔1𝑖 is col w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) , in 𝑄, since 𝐺1(�⃗⃗� +(1−𝛼)�⃗⃗̅� ) = ∑ [ 4 𝑖=1 ∫ 𝑔1𝑖(𝑥,𝑡,𝑦𝑖(𝛼𝑢𝑖+(1−𝛼)𝑢𝑖),𝛼𝑢𝑖 +(1−𝛼)�̅�𝑖) 𝑄 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡] = ∑ {4𝑖=1 ∫ [ ℎ1𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)𝑦𝑖(𝛼𝑢𝑖+(1−𝛼)𝑢𝑖) 𝑄 ]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +∫ [ 𝑄 ℎ2𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑢𝑖 +(1−𝛼)�̅�𝑖)+ ℎ3𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 }, since �⃗⃗� ⟼ �⃗��⃗⃗⃗� is col. then 𝐺1(�⃗⃗�) is col w.r.t. (�⃗�, �⃗⃗�) , in 𝑄,i.e.: 𝐺1(�⃗⃗� +(1−𝛼)�⃗⃗̅� ) = ∑ { 4 𝑖=1 ∫ [ ℎ1𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑦𝑖 +(1−𝛼)�̅�𝑖) 𝑄 ]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 +∫ [ 𝑄 ℎ2𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)(𝛼𝑢𝑖 + (1−𝛼)�̅�𝑖)+ℎ3𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 }, = 𝛼∑ ∫ [ 𝑄 4 𝑖=1 ℎ1𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)𝑦𝑖 +ℎ2𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)𝑢𝑖 +ℎ3𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + (1−𝛼)∑ ∫ [ 𝑄 4 𝑖=1 ℎ1𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)�̅�𝑖 +ℎ2𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)�̅�𝑖 +ℎ3𝑖(𝑥,𝑡)]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, = 𝛼𝐺1(�⃗⃗�)+(1−𝛼)𝐺1(�⃗⃗̅�), since 𝑔0𝑖 &𝑔2𝑖 are co w.r.t.(𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖) , in 𝑄 , ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 , then ∑ ∫ 𝑔0𝑖 𝑄 4 𝑖=1 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 and ∑ ∫ 𝑔2𝑖 𝑄 4 𝑖=1 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 are co w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖,𝑢𝑖), in 𝑄, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, and then 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) and 𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) are co w.r.t. (�⃗�, �⃗⃗�), in 𝑄, i.e. 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) is co w.r.t. (�⃗�, �⃗⃗�) , in 𝑄 . on the other hand, since �⃗⃗⃗⃗� = �⃗⃗⃗⃗��⃗⃗⃗� is co , and the frd of 𝐺𝑙(�⃗⃗�), (𝑙 = 0,1,2) exists for each �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗� and its cont. (by the. 3.2 and hypotheses (a),(b) and (c)), then 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) is co w.r.t. (�⃗�, �⃗⃗�), in the co set �⃗⃗⃗⃗� and it has a cont. frd, and satisfies �́�(�⃗⃗�)𝛿𝑢⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ≥ 0, which means 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) has a minimum at �⃗⃗�, i.e.: 𝐺(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝐺(�⃗⃗⃗�) , ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, ⇒ 𝜆0𝐺0(�⃗⃗�)+𝜆1𝐺1(�⃗⃗�)+𝜆2𝐺2(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝜆0𝐺0(�⃗⃗⃗�)+𝜆1𝐺1(�⃗⃗⃗�)+𝜆2𝐺2(�⃗⃗⃗�) (44) let �⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, with 𝜆2 ≥ 0, then from (38) and (44) gives: 𝜆0𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝜆0𝐺0(�⃗⃗⃗�), ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗� ⇒ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗⃗�), ∀�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�, since (𝜆0 > 0 ). ⟹ then �⃗⃗� is qccoc. quaternary classical continuous optimal control consists of a quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem with a cost function and the constraints on state and control (equality constraint and inequality constraint). under appropriate hypotheses, the quaternary classical continuous optimal control ruling by the quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem is demonstrated as a quaternary classical continuous optimal control vector that ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 144 satisfies the equality constraint and inequality constraint. moreover, mathematical formulation of the quaternary adjoint equations related to the quaternary state equations is discovered so as their weak form. the derivation for the fréchet derivative of the hamiltonian is attained. lastly, both the necessary conditions for optimality and sufficient conditions for optimality of the proposed problem are stated and proved. 5. conclusion this work studies the quaternary classical continuous optimal control ruling by a quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem. the existence of a quaternary classical continuous optimal control vector ruling by the considered the quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem satisfies the equality constraint, and inequality constraint is proved under appropriate hypotheses. moreover, mathematical formulation of the quaternary adjoint equations related to the quaternary state equations has been discovered. the derivation of the fréchet derivative is attained. lastly, the necessary (conditions) theorem for optimality and the sufficient (conditions) for optimality of the proposed problem are stated and demonstrated. references 1. ameen, at; ismael, aj. a detection of wheat damping off and root rot disease pathogenic fungi and it bio control by pseudomonas fluorescens. baghdad science journal. 2017,14,1, 22-31. 2. syahrini, i.; masabar, r.; aliasuddin, a.; munzir, s.; hazim, y. the application of optimal control through fiscal policy on indonesian economy. the journal of asian finance, economics and business. 2021, 8, 3, 0741-0750. 3. rigatos, g.; abbaszadeh, m. nonlinear optimal control for multi-dof robotic manipulators with flexible joints. optim. control appl. methods. 2021, 42,6, 1708-1733. staffetti e; li x; matsuno y; soler m. optimal control techniques in aircraft guidance and control international journal of aerospace engineering. 2019. 4. warga, j. optimal control of differential and functional equations.; academic press: new york and london, 1972. isbn: 9781483259192. 5. lions, j.l. optimal control of systems governed by partial differential equations; spriger-verlag: new york, 1972. 6. chryssoverghi, i.; al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control problem of semi linear parabolic equations (ccocp). j. of kerbala university.2010, 8, 3. 7. brett, c.; dedner, a.; elliott, c. optimal control of elliptic pdes at points. ima journal of numerical analysis. 2015, 36, 3, 1 34. 8. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a nonlinear hyperbolic equation (ccocp). al-mustansiriyah journal of science. 2008, 19, 8, 96 110. 9. al-hawasy, j.; kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control for coupled nonlinear parabolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. j. of al-nahrain university. 2016, 19, 1, 173 186. 10. al-rawdhanee, e.h.; the continuous classical optimal control of a couple non-linear elliptic partial differential equations. m.sc. thesis, baghdad-iraq: al-mustansiriyah university;2015. 11. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. iraqi journal of science. 2016, 57, 2c, 1528 1538. 13. al-hawasy, j.; jaber, m.a.k. the continuous classical optimal control governing by ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 145 triple linear parabolic boundary value problem. ibn al haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2020, 33, 1, 129 142. 14. al-hawasy, j.; jasim, d.a. the continuous classical optimal control problems for triple nonlinear elliptic partial differential equations. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 2020, 33, 3, 101 112. 15. al-hawasy, j.a.; ali, l.h. boundary optimal control for triple nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem with state constraints. iraqi journal of science. 2021, 62, 6, 2009 2021. 16. al-anbaki, w.a. the classical continuous optimal control for quaternary nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem. msc. thesis, mustansiriyah university, college of sciences, department of mathematics, baghdad, iraq. 2022. 801 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 bsma abdul hameed abbas n. salman bayda atiya kalaf abstract the estimation of the stress ـstrength reliability of invers kumaraswamy distribution will be introduced in this paper based on the maximum likelihood, moment and shrinkage methods. the mean squared error has been used to compare among proposed estimators. also a monte carlo simulation study is conducted to investigate the performance of the proposed methods in this paper. keyword: invers kumaraswamy distribution, maximum likelihood estimator, moment estimator, shrinkage estimator, stress ـ strength reliability, monte carlo simulation. 1. introduction in the past few years, a majority application in survey sampling, medical research, biological sciences, engineering sciences, econometrics and life testing problems have been interested to apply inverse distribution [1-2]. abedul fattah et al. [3]. presented the invers kumaraswamy distribution (ikumd) based on kumaraswamy distribution when it is presented in 1980 [4]. which endorse in varied range of applications counting test scores, atmospheric temperature, height of individuals and many others [5 -7]. abedul fattah, depends on the r.v. t ( , as a function of a r.v. x when x follows kumaraswamy distribution ( kumd( ), where are shape parameters. then, they explained how the (ikumd) affect long term reliability prediction, making optimistic predictions of rare events arising in the right tail of the distribution related to additional distributions. the probability density function (pdf) of r.v. x which is distributed as ikumd is 𝑓( ( ( ( ( (1) where, are shape parameters. and the cumulative distribution function (cdf) of x has the form below 𝐹( ( ( (2) on the other hand, for the reliability (r) in the stressstrength (s-s) model was attracted ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.1.2375 department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences (ibn al – haitham) university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. bbsmh896@gmail.com hbama75@yahoo.com abbasnajim66@yahoo.com on estimation of p(y<x) in case inverse kumaraswamy distribution article history: received 2 april 2019, accepted 30 june 2019, publish january 2020. file:///c:/users/hp/downloads/bbsmh896@gmail.com file:///c:/users/hp/downloads/bbsmh896@gmail.com file:///c:/users/hp/downloads/hbama75@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/hp/downloads/hbama75@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/hp/downloads/abbasnajim66@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/hp/downloads/abbasnajim66@yahoo.com 801 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 many statisticians for several years owing to their applicability in different and divers parts such as engineering, quality control, economics. in addition, in the previous thirty years, there have been many applications to medical problems and clinical trials [8-9]. the term stress-strength (s-s) refers to a component which has a random of strength 𝑋 subject to a random stress 𝑌 to evaluate the reliability. the component fails if the stress applied to it exceeds the strength, while the component works whenever y less than x (𝑌 𝑋 . several researchers assuming various lifetime distributions for the stress strength random variates.[11-14]. accordingly, 𝑅 (𝑌 𝑋 is a measure of component reliability in (s-s) model. consequently, this study estimates the (s-s) reliability when the stress and strength follows the two parameters invers kumaraswamy distribution (ikumd) via different estimation methods. now, if x and y are two random variables follows the ikumd with parameters ( and ( as strength and stress respectively when the parameter is known, then the (s-s) reliability is defined as below; 𝑅 (𝑌 𝑋 ∫ ∫ 𝑓( ( ∫ 𝐹 ( 𝑓( ∫ ( ( ( ( ( ( (3) the rest of this paper organized as follows: section 2 including some estimation methods of p(𝑌 𝑋) . section 3 offers simulation study. section 4 demonstrates the effectiveness of the proposed method through results. finally, a conclusion is provided in section5. 2. estimation methods of p( 2. 1. maximum likelihood estimation (mle) let be a random sample from ikumd ( and be a random sample from ikumd ( , then the likelihood function is given by 𝑙 ( ∏ 𝑓( ∏ ( ) ∏ ( ( ( ( ∏ ( ) ( ( ( ) ) ∏ ( ( ∏ ( ) ( ∏ ( ( ∏ ( ( ) ) (4) take ln to both sides and the equation (4) will be 𝑙 𝑙 ( 𝑙 ( ∑ 𝑙 ( ( ∑ 𝑙 ( ) ( ∑ 𝑙 ( ( ( ∑ 𝑙 ( ( ) ) the partial derivative of 𝑙 with respect to and equate the result to zero ,we obtained the following 880 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ∑ ( ( ∑ ( ( ) ) the mlʼs estimator for the unknown shape parameters ( is given by ̂ ∑ ( ( (5) ̂ ∑ ( ( ) ) (6) by substituting equation (5) and (6) in equation (3) we get �̂� ̂ ̂ ̂ (7) 2. 2. moments method (mom) in this section, population moments for x and 𝑌 of ikumd were needed. therefore, moments method (mom) was considered to estimate the parameter for ikumd when the parameter is known. e(𝑋 ∑ ( ) ( ) 𝑟 , 2 , … hence, the population means of x and y are given respectively as below e(𝑋 ( ) , e(𝑌 ( ) , where ( refer to beta distribution. and when equality the sample mean with the corresponding population mean, we get �̅� ∑ ( ) and �̅� ∑ ( ) as a result , we obtained ̂ ∑ ( ) (8) and, ̂ ∑ ( ) (9) where is an initial value for ( . similarly, substitution the equations (8) and (9) in the equation (3) we get �̂� ̂ ̂ ̂ (10) 2. 3. shrinkage estimation method in 1968, thompson proposed the shrink usual estimator ̂ (ex. mle or unbiased estimator) of the parameter to prior information using shrinkage weight actor ψ( ̂), such that 0 ψ( ̂ 1. thompson say that "we are estimating and we believe is closed to the 888 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 true value of and something bad happens if and we do not use ". thus, thompson gave the form of shrinkage estimator of say ̂ as bellow: ̂ ψ( ̂ ̂ ( ψ( ̂ (11) where ̂ was an unbiased estimator and applied as usual estimator of , ψ( ̂) may be a function of sample size (n,m) , a constant, or found through minimizing mean square error of ̂ ( ad hoc basis). on the other hand, is a very closed value of which used as a prior information. [15, 16, 17, 18]. there is no doubt, if our assumption to take [ .001], as a prior information of for i =1, 2 in this work. noted that is biased estimator, since e( ̂ ) , refer to or . thus ̂ ̂ become unbiased estimator of whereas ( ̂ ) . likewise, var( ̂ ) ( ( and var( ̂ ) ( ( i.e.; ̂ ∑ ( ( (12) and ̂ ∑ ( ( ) ) (13) 2. 3. 1. constant shrinkage weight factor (sh1) in this subsection, the constant shrinkage weight factor will be assumed as; 𝛹 ( ̂ ) = = 0.01, and 𝛹( ̂ ) = , then applying to the following shrinkage estimators; ̂ = ̂ + ( (14) ̂ = ̂ + ( (15) when substitution the equation (14) and (15) in equation (3), lead to the estimation of s-s reliability using shrinkage estimator �̂� as below �̂� ̂ ̂ ̂ (16) 2. 3. 2. shrinkage weight function (sh2) in this subsection, we considered the shrinkage weight factor as a function of n and m, respectively in equation (11) 𝛹 ( ̂ ) = = , and 𝛹 ( ̂ ) = = . ̂ = ̂ + ( for i= 1, 2 . (17) the corresponding s-s reliability estimation was used using equation (17) as follows; �̂� ̂ ̂ ̂ (18) 2. 3. 3. modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor (shth) the shrinkage weight factor which was considered by thompson in 1968 will be modified in this subsection as follows: 881 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ( ̂ ) ( ̂ ̂ ) ( ̂ ̂ ) ( ̂ ) ( for i=1, 2 (19) where, 𝑟( ̂ ) defined in section (2.1). in consequence, the modified thompson type shrinkage estimator will be ̂ ( ̂ ) ̂ ( ( ̂ )) , for i = 1, 2. (20) by substituting equation (20) in the equation (3), we get the modified thompson type shrinkage estimation of the s-s reliability as below �̂� ̂ ̂ ̂ (21) simulation study .3 simulation is the best criteria for investigate the performance comparison between the different estimators of reliability which is obtained in this section. different samples were used based on mse criteria with size = (20, 30, 50 and 100), with 1000 trials. mote carlo simulation was used for this purpose as a following steps; step1: initialize random samples, which is follows the continuous uniform distribution defined on the interval (0,1) as step2: generate a random sample follows the continuous uniform distribution over the interval (0,1) as step3: transform the above uniform random samples to a random samples follows ikumd using the cumulative distribution function (cdf) as follow: ( ( ( 𝐹 ( ( [ ( ] as well as, by the same method, we get [ ( ) ] step4: recall mle estimator for reliability using equation (7). step5: moment method was computed for reliability using equation (10). step6: compute shrinkage estimators of reliability using equation (16), (18) and (21). step7: calculate the mse based on (l=1000) trials as follows: mse ∑ (�̂� 𝑅) 4. numerical results in this section, the simulation results of the proposed estimation methods are illustrated in table 1-8. below and distinguish the following results. four samples problem size 20,30,50,100 have been implemented 1000 trials based on two parameters values ( ). the mote carlo simulation was coded using matlab b 2010. all proposed estimation methods has reasonably mse see table 2, 4, 6, 8. also showed that the shrinkage estimator based on shrinkage weight function (�̂� ) had minimum mean square error for the s-s reliability estimator of the invers kumaraswamy distribution. this implies that shrinkage estimator (�̂� ) of s-s reliability was the best than the others. while modified thompson type shrinkage estimator (�̂� had the second rank and followed by sh1, mom 881 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 and mle, respectively. at most when n fixed and m change mse decreases. the following table 1-8. will be presents the simulation results. table 1. estimation value of 𝑅, when n m 𝑅 ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.333333 0.344809 0.335369 0.333362123100458 0.333277759270399 0.333284750506442 30 0.333333 0.328533 0.331329 0.333216093650363 0.333277759265131 0.333269872853556 50 0.333333 0.333264 0.330096 0.333293257564652 0.333277759275897 0.333275729850324 100 0.333333 0.336435 0.331783 0.333335012065777 0.333277759271973 0.333277077788890 30 20 0.333333 0.332185 0.334541 0.333231166393347 0.333277759228006 0.333277009208634 30 0.333333 0.337846 0.331541 0.333295628413176 0.333277759253084 0.333279323627313 50 0.333333 0.338030 0.334136 0.333331973551988 0.333277759253085 0.333282199655278 100 0.333333 0.338454 0.333449 0.333341266226874 0.333277759253085 0.333280477716060 50 20 0.333333 0.320632 0.331299 0.333084778976879 0.333277759213775 0.333268023990180 30 0.333333 0.336537 0.332339 0.333271373787237 0.333277759253084 0.333280641825118 50 0.333333 0.338671 0.333546 0.333312103469809 0.333277759253085 0.333280220606030 100 0.333333 0.340324 0.334073 0.333353617428845 0.333277759253085 0.333282003591840 100 20 0.333333 0.332727 0.334635 0.333206494736057 0.333277759233512 0.333279135957987 30 0.333333 0.328593 0.332474 0.333195889013743 0.333277759253083 0.333274334748396 50 0.333333 0.336768 0.334502 0.333298953792528 0.333277759253085 0.333282567198524 100 0.333333 0.333861 0.333008 0.333281857836376 0.333277759253085 0.333278109789984 table 2. mse value of 𝑅 when . n m ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.005328 0.000396 0.000000606944029 0.000000003088476 0.000000006027609 30 0.003583 0.000303 0.000000416241795 0.000000003088477 0.000000006254660 50 0.003169 0.000278 0.000000373963720 0.000000003088476 0.000000005486328 100 0.003641 0.000350 0.000000408208905 0.000000003088476 0.000000005655820 30 20 0.003890 0.000459 0.000000490653947 0.000000003088481 0.000000006363335 30 0.002995 0.000336 0.000000335168930 0.000000003088478 0.000000005167804 50 0.002506 0.000190 0.000000277353441 0.000000003088478 0.000000004467301 100 0.002096 0.000130 0.000000245182027 0.000000003088478 0.000000004439858 50 20 0.002771 0.000237 0.000000396182755 0.000000003088483 0.000000006381154 30 0.002947 0.000205 0.000000308374736 0.000000003088478 0.000000004792502 50 0.002467 0.000206 0.000000263522730 0.000000003088478 0.000000004594002 100 0.001636 0.000128 0.000000166214348 0.000000003088478 0.000000003705272 100 20 0.002889 0.000226 0.000000325225366 0.000000003088481 0.000000005030656 30 0.001862 0.000144 0.000000248485615 0.000000003088478 0.000000005013088 50 0.001453 0.000123 0.000000156553276 0.000000003088478 0.000000003699886 100 0.007893 0.000819 0.00000084766426940 0.00000003088478396 0.00000003599008268 881 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 3. estimation value of 𝑅, when n m 𝑅 ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.571428 0.565418 0.570898 0.571436691408593 0.571469411085378 0.571468821676133 30 0.571428 0.575999 0.571278 0.571580800458761 0.571469411136943 0.571477366116829 50 0.571428 0.571258 0.570731 0.571538155015663 0.571469411121242 0.571470488585277 100 0.571428 0.560984 0.570845 0.571405564640412 0.571469411087639 0.571458433287792 30 20 0.571428 0.571720 0.576066 0.571462591577377 0.571469411073979 0.571469931801052 30 0.571428 0.568857 0.572765 0.571474641003307 0.571469411092053 0.571469814477133 50 0.571428 0.572942 0.571064 0.571524903973974 0.571469411092054 0.571472757959768 100 0.571428 0.572777 0.572013 0.571519136443476 0.571469411092053 0.571469148069890 50 20 0.571428 0.558760 0.570994 0.571297047177488 0.571469411053786 0.571458816445993 30 0.571428 0.556923 0.569852 0.571313920162524 0.571469411092051 0.571459850543671 50 0.571428 0.574199 0.570379 0.571506291371074 0.571469411092053 0.571472448384525 100 0.571428 0.568220 0.570833 0.571457181783688 0.571469411092053 0.571466452241728 100 20 0.571428 0.560389 0.571697 0.571299432578466 0.571469411048078 0.571461064899951 30 0.571428 0.570032 0.570274 0.571435249866571 0.571469411092051 0.571469693744469 50 0.571428 0.568900 0.572045 0.571441022201234 0.571469411092053 0.571468347558121 100 0.571428 0.573643 0.571769 0.571495477701192 0.571469411092053 0.571471319635579 table 4. mse value of 𝑅 when n m ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.006315 0.000448 0.000000767437031 0.000000001667878 0.000000006170575 30 0.004956 0.000347 0.000000725951140 0.000000001667882 0.000000006621191 50 0.004430 0.000339 0.000000606951619 0.000000001667880 0.000000005436988 100 0.002530 0.000264 0.000000249898428 0.000000001667878 0.000000002254632 30 20 0.005278 0.000384 0.000000662992946 0.000000001667877 0.000000005517575 30 0.005006 0.000393 0.000000571214723 0.000000001667878 0.000000005112411 50 0.003065 0.000248 0.000000400704653 0.000000001667878 0.000000004318326 100 0.002887 0.000227 0.000000308254345 0.000000001667878 0.000000003266297 50 20 0.004811 0.000315 0.000000664165384 0.000000001667875 0.000000004828579 30 0.003213 0.000206 0.000000349478890 0.000000001667878 0.000000002725463 50 0.002675 0.000180 0.000000292883062 0.000000001667878 0.000000003460735 100 0.002007 0.000138 0.000000211130641 0.000000001667878 0.000000002648511 100 20 0.005067 0.000278 0.000000631569442 0.000000001667875 0.000000004596756 30 0.002638 0.000198 0.000000299913294 0.000000001667878 0.000000003341709 50 0.001422 0.000133 0.000000148485486 0.000000001667878 0.000000002331929 100 0.001176 0.000090 0.000000128239633 0.000000001667878 0.000000002525611 881 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 5. estimation value of 𝑅, when n m 𝑅 ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.428571 0.426216 0.427667 0.428499176135113 0.428530588901450 0.428530671931656 30 0.428571 0.436086 0.427873 0.428643265773266 0.428530588952929 0.428538657119244 50 0.428571 0.431015 0.427382 0.428600534764464 0.428530588937226 0.428531934876214 100 0.428571 0.419576 0.427517 0.428467710362867 0.428530588903618 0.428520515627275 30 20 0.428571 0.431923 0.432813 0.428524999814827 0.428530588889961 0.428532133408948 30 0.428571 0.428914 0.429389 0.428537009362929 0.428530588907947 0.428531008897794 50 0.428571 0.431907 0.427614 0.428587166971384 0.428530588907949 0.428534074306687 100 0.428571 0.431603 0.428634 0.428581318295701 0.428530588907948 0.428530659761990 50 20 0.428571 0.427726 0.430724 0.428473495982272 0.428530588885358 0.428530584436506 30 0.428571 0.433572 0.430752 0.428540048829947 0.428530588907947 0.428532667398454 50 0.428571 0.434124 0.428382 0.428577386378101 0.428530588907947 0.428534347244274 100 0.428571 0.422278 0.425756 0.428471308507441 0.428530588907947 0.428524467817398 100 20 0.428571 0.421956 0.427712 0.428403361576469 0.428530588863387 0.428527175934630 30 0.428571 0.427808 0.4280613 0.428488126663042 0.428530588907947 0.428531400079066 50 0.428571 0.426419 0.427354 0.428486850288367 0.428530588907947 0.428529425614141 100 0.428571 0.434333 0.429112 0.428585964386336 0.428530588907947 0.428535299823111 table 6. mse value of 𝑅 when n m ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.006255 0.000450 0.000000772703228 0.000000001667879 0.000000006187307 30 0.005167 0.000345 0.000000709137244 0.000000001667874 0.000000005218974 50 0.004552 0.000333 0.000000596670408 0.000000001667876 0.000000005099792 100 0.002444 0.000258 0.000000260225013 0.000000001667878 0.000000003858325 30 20 0.005241 0.000390 0.000000663812611 0.000000001667880 0.000000005462927 30 0.005007 0.000390 0.000000570321279 0.000000001667878 0.000000004989129 50 0.003191 0.000243 0.000000392020094 0.000000001667878 0.000000003690361 100 0.002892 0.000218 0.000000300246386 0.000000001667878 0.000000003180100 50 20 0.004315 0.000359 0.000000516976424 0.000000001667880 0.000000004621862 30 0.002932 0.000261 0.000000352796511 0.000000001667878 0.000000003644106 50 0.002819 0.000221 0.000000307535973 0.000000001667878 0.000000003157659 100 0.001554 0.000158 0.000000180345696 0.000000001667878 0.000000003242982 100 20 0.003516 0.000309 0.000000443835525 0.000000001667882 0.000000004264359 30 0.002307 0.000212 0.000000250681322 0.000000001667878 0.000000002930059 50 0.001744 0.000164 0.000000201750387 0.000000001667878 0.000000002876528 100 0.001426 0.000084 0.000000153365133 0.000000001667878 0.000000002279107 881 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 table 7. estimation value of 𝑅, when n m 𝑅 ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.695652 0.698574 0.697915 0.695815269349488 0.695737277093191 0.695741078313743 30 0.695652 0.691805 0.693986 0.695752268068552 0.695737277099320 0.695735422932987 50 0.695652 0.690957 0.697203 0.695755093068527 0.695737277086360 0.695734322497301 100 0.695652 0.693813 0.695859 0.695787596389732 0.695737277088173 0.695734619568542 30 20 0.695652 0.695140 0.697120 0.695740494751221 0.695737277062622 0.695737475508695 30 0.695652 0.690159 0.697153 0.695693017315603 0.695737277076990 0.695732707125729 50 0.695652 0.696888 0.695996 0.695795180678449 0.695737277076991 0.695738795459388 100 0.695652 0.691288 0.695656 0.695741969015759 0.695737277076990 0.695733471720934 50 20 0.695652 0.677644 0.694686 0.695543285102023 0.695737277037347 0.695725927625687 30 0.695652 0.694141 0.696227 0.695734633716281 0.695737277076989 0.695739339129245 50 0.695652 0.694247 0.694868 0.695731670078937 0.695737277076988 0.695736576753283 100 0.695652 0.699558 0.696755 0.695799211433752 0.695737277076988 0.695740317699564 100 20 0.695652 0.682233 0.695121 0.695584190595241 0.695737277045690 0.695730583868550 30 0.695652 0.694780 0.695037 0.695720177095366 0.695737277076990 0.695737213007891 50 0.695652 0.692752 0.696609 0.695708826932018 0.695737277076988 0.695736010915983 100 0.695652 0.693149 0.695976 0.695717387439208 0.695737277076988 0.695735769739067 table 8. mse value of 𝑅 when n m ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ 20 20 0.004723 0.000359 0.000000576797968 0.000000007242551 0.000000010986471 30 0.003827 0.000242 0.000000427720564 0.000000007242552 0.000000009327424 50 0.003017 0.000267 0.000000378836873 0.000000007242550 0.000000009035571 100 0.002962 0.000220 0.000000343245951 0.000000007242550 0.000000008697600 30 20 0.003800 0.000218 0.000000499424739 0.000000007242546 0.000000010446698 30 0.002959 0.000200 0.000000360304775 0.000000007242549 0.000000008652092 50 0.002627 0.000190 0.000000323750433 0.000000007242549 0.000000009427161 100 0.002320 0.000148 0.000000241786558 0.000000007242549 0.000000008204097 50 20 0.003917 0.000205 0.000000468561104 0.000000007242542 0.000000008183235 30 0.002502 0.000151 0.000000278982601 0.000000007242549 0.000000009102433 50 0.001971 0.000124 0.000000217789936 0.000000007242549 0.000000008333216 100 0.001224 0.000086 0.000000160735972 0.000000007242549 0.000000008692135 100 20 0.002748 0.000235 0.000000304691320 0.000000007242543 0.000000007794913 30 0.001921 0.000115 0.000000220162503 0.000000007242549 0.000000008479394 50 0.001183 0.000116 0.000000129626103 0.000000007242549 0.000000007717318 100 0.008696 0.000760 0.000000908710753 0.000000072425485 0.000000075162844 881 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 5. conclusion stress ـstrength reliability for two parameters based on invers kumaraswamy distribution was introduced in this paper by using different estimation methods namely; maximum likelihood estimation, moments method, constant shrinkage weight factor (sh1), shrinkage weight function (sh2), and modified thompson type shrinkage weight factor. after that, monte carlo simulation was exhibited to analyses(compare) and investigate these methods. based on the results, the performance of shrinkage weight function (�̂� ) was appropriate behavior and it is efficient estimator than the others in the sense of mse. references 1. abd el-kade, r.i.; al-dayian, g.r.; al-gendy, s.a. inverted pareto type i distribution: properties and estimation. journal of faculty of commerce al-azhar university, girls’ branch.2003, 21, 19-40. 2. abd el-kader, r.i. a general class of some inverted distributions. ph.d. thesis, alazhar university, girls’ branch, egypt, cairo,2013. 3. abd al-fattah, m.; el-helbawy, a.a.; al-dayian, g.r. inverted kumaraswamy distribution properties and estimation. journal of statistics pakistan.2017, 33, 1, 37-61. 4. kumaraswamy, p. a. generalized probability density function for double-bounded random processes. journal of hydrology.1980, 46, 1-2, 79-88. 5. jones, m.c. kumaraswamy’s distribution: a beta-type distribution with some tractability advantages. journal of statistical methodology.2009, 61, 1, 70-81. 6. sharaf el-deen, m.m.; al-dayian, g.r.; el-helbawy, a.a. statistical inference for kumaraswamy distribution based on generalized order statistics with applications. british journal of mathematics of computer science.2014, 4, 1710-1743. 7. sindhu, t.n.; feroze, n.; aslam, m. bayesian analysis of the kumaraswamy distribution under failure censoring sampling scheme. international journal of advanced science and technology.2013, 51, 39-58. 8. gupta, r.d.; gupta, r.c. estimation for pr (x > y) in the multivariate normal case. statistics.1990, 21, 1, 91 – 97. 9. adimari, g.; chiogna, m. partially parametric interval estimation of pr(y>x). compute stat data anal.2006, 51, 3, 1875–1891. 10. surles, j.g.; padgett, w.j. inference for p (y< x) in the burr type x model. journal of applied statistical sciences.1998, 7, 4, 225 – 238. 11. raqab, m. z.; kundu, d. comparison of different estimators of p (y< x) for a scaled burr type x distribution, commun. statist. simula. & comp.2005, 34, 2, 465 483. 12. kundu, d.; gupta, r.d. estimation of p(y< x) for weibull distribution. ieee transactions on reliability.2006, 55, 2, 270-280. 13. raqab, m.z.; madi, m.t.; kundu, d. estimation of p(y< x) for the 3-parameter generalized exponential distribution, communications in statistics—theory and methods.2008, 37, 18, 2854 2864. 14. kundu, d.; raqab, m. z. estimation of r= p(y< x) for three-parameter weibull distribution, statistics and probability letters.2009, 79, 17, 1839-1846. 15. al-hemyari, z.a.; khurshid, a.; al-joberi, a.n. on thompson type estimators for the mean of normal distribution. revista investigacion operacional j.2009, 30, 2, 109-116. 881 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 16. al-joboori, a.n.; el al. single and double stage shrinkage estimators for the normal mean with the variance cases. international journal of statistic.2014, 38, 1127-1134. 17. salman, a.n.; ameen, m.m. estimate the shape parameter of generalize rayleigh distribution using bayesian-shrinkage technique. international journal of innovative science, engineering and technology.2015, 2, 675-683. 18. thompson, j.r. some shrinkage techniques for estimating the mean. j. amer. statist. assoc. 1968, 63, 113-122. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 213 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. some properties of connectedness in grill topological spaces abstract we use the idea of grill, this study generalized a new sort of linked space like –connected – hyperconnected and investigated its features, as well as the relationship between it and previously described notation. it also developed new sorts of functions, such as hyperconnected space, and identifying their relationship, by offering numerous instance and attributes that belong to this set. this set will serve as a starting point for further research into the sets many future possibilities. also, we use some of the theorems and observations previously studied and relate them to the grill and the alpha group, and benefit from them in order to obtain new results in this research. we applied the concept of connected to them and obtained results related to connected. the sources related to the connected and alpha were considered as starting points and an important basis in this research. keywords: grill, ₢*𝛼-connected, ₢*𝛼-𝑑𝑖𝑠connected, ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ), ₢∗ 𝛼 -open. 1. introduction [1], [2] established a grill notion in a topological space, and the grill has shown to be an effective tool for learning a variety of topological concerns. a subset of a topological space (ꝡ, 𝜏) which is a non-empty collection ₢ is referred to be a grill whenever (a) ⱥ ∈₢ and ⱥ ⊆ ӎ implying ɓ∈₢. (b) ꝡ has a subset ⱥ and ӎ also ⱥ ∪ ɓ∈₢ lead to ⱥ ∈₢ or ɓ∈₢. a triple (ꝡ, 𝜏, ₢) topological space with grills is one type of topological space. mukherjee and roy [3] created a distinctive topology with a grill and investigated topological notions. for every topological space (ꝡ, 𝜏) point ꝡ, neighborhoods are open of ꝡ embodied doi: 10.30526/35.4.2878 article history: received 12 june 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index saad s. suliman department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham,university of baghdad, iraq. saadsadeq05@gmail.com esmaeel r.b. department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn al haitham,university of baghdad, iraq. ranamumosa@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:saadsadeq05@gmail.com mailto:ranamumosa@yahoo.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 214 by 𝜏(ꝡ). a mapping ѱ:ℙ(ꝡ) → ℙ(ꝡ) is referred to as ∮( ⱥ) = { ꝡ ∈ ꝡ: ⱥ ∩ ữ ∈ ₢ apiece ữ ∈ τ(ꝡ)} for every ⱥ ∈ ℙ(ꝡ). a mapping ѱ: ℙ(ꝡ) →ℙ(ꝡ) is referred to as ѱ (ⱥ) = ⱥ ∪ ∮ (ⱥ) for every ⱥ ∈ ℙ(ꝡ). the map ѱ kuratowski closure axioms are met: (𝑎) ѱ (∅) = ∅, (𝑏) 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 ⱥ ⊆ ɓ, 𝑠𝑜 ѱ (ⱥ) ⊆ ѱ (ɓ), (𝑐) 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 ⱥ ⊆ ꝡ, 𝑠𝑜 ѱ (ѱ (ⱥ)) = ѱ (ⱥ), (𝑑) 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 ⱥ, ɓ ⊆ ꝡ, 𝑠𝑜 ѱ (ⱥ ∪ ɓ) = ѱ (ⱥ) ∪ ѱ (ɓ). grill topological spaces come in a variety of shapes and size as a discrete topology and a complement finite topology. [4] [5] on a space (ꝡ, 𝜏), this agrees to a grill ₢ a topology exists 𝜏₢ on ꝡ that is given by no one else by 𝜏₢ = {ữ ⊆ꝡ: ѱ (ꝡ – ữ) = ꝡ – ữ}, consequently, ⱥ ⊆ ꝡ, ѱ (ⱥ) = ⱥ ∪ ∮( ⱥ). τ ⊆ 𝜏₢ and ѱ (ⱥ) = 𝑐𝜄(ⱥ). using the following as a basis, we are able to locate 𝜏₢ on ꝡ by supplying 𝜏₢ through using the following as a basis 𝛽 (𝜏₢, ꝡ) = {ƴ − ⱥ; ƴ ∈ 𝜏, ⱥ ∉ ₢}. [6]. on a space (ꝡ, 𝜏), there is a grill ₢, 𝜏 ⊆ 𝛽(₢, τ) ⊆ 𝜏₢, where 𝛽(₢, τ) basis for 𝜏₢. as an example, [7] to exist in a space (ꝡ, 𝜏) , 𝜏₢ = 𝜏 whenever ₢ = ℙ(ꝡ) ∖ {ø} implying 𝜏₢ = τ. the family of all 𝛼 -open set is showed by 𝜏𝑠. 𝛼 -𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑒𝑡 ⱥ 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 (ꝡ, 𝜏), [8] 𝑖𝑓 ⱥ ⊆ 𝜍𝑙(ᶩ𝑛𝑡(ⱥ)), let (ꝡ, τ, ₢) be topological space. the subset ⱥ in ꝡ is known as ₢ 𝛼 -open if ⱥ ⊆ ѱ(ᶩ𝑛𝑡(ⱥ)), and every ѱ 𝛼 -open is an 𝛼 -open. many researchers have generalized using these [9] [10]. the symbol ᶩ𝑛𝑡(ⱥ) is the interior set of ⱥ and 𝜍𝑙(ⱥ) denotes the closure of ⱥ. combinations the space (ꝡ, ) is disconnected if and only if there exist two open disjoint nonempty sets ⱥ and ɓ such that ⱥ⋃ɓ = ꝡ. i.e., ꝡ is disconnected 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑓 ꝡ = ⋃ɓ ; ⱥ, ɓ ∈  , ⱥ ⋂ ɓ =  , ⱥ, ɓ . the sets ⱥ and ɓ form a separation of ꝡ. the space (ꝡ, ) is connected if and only if it is not disconnectaaed. ꝡ is connected if and only if ꝡ  ⱥ⋃ɓ ; ⱥ, ɓ ∈  , ⱥ ⋂ɓ =  , ⱥ, ɓ . 2. grill 𝜶 -open sets definition 2.1. in [10], the set ⱥ is referred to as grill α-open if ᶊ ∈ 𝜏 ; ᶊ − ⱥ ∉ ₢ and ⱥ − ᶩ𝑛𝑡𝜍𝑙₢(ᶊ) ∉ ₢. as stated by ₢∗α − open, the complment of ₢∗ α − open is ₢∗α − closed. the set of all ₢∗α − open is represented by ₢∗α𝑜(ꝡ), and ₢∗α − closed is denoted by ₢∗α𝑐(ꝡ) . a example 2.2. [10] let (ꝡ,ꚍ, ₢) is a topological space of the grill, and let ꝡ = {ꝡ 1 , ꝡ 2 , ꝡ 3 }, 𝜏 = {ꝡ, ø, {ꝡ 1 }, {ꝡ 1 , ꝡ 2 }} , ℱ = {ꝡ, ø, {ꝡ 3 }, {ꝡ 2 , ꝡ 3 }} , ₢ = {ᶊ ⊆ ꝡ; ꝡ 2 ∊ ᶊ} , ø: p(ꝡ) ⇾ p(ꝡ), }} ꝡ 2 },{ ꝡ 2 ,ꝡ 3 },{ ꝡ 1 , ꝡ 2 ,{ø , ꝡ={ ₢τ ,ø ∪ ⱥ = )ⱥ( ѱ ,ø(ⱥ) = {ꝡ ∈ ꝡ; ∀ᶊ ∈ 𝜏𝑥 ; ᶊ ∩ ⱥ ∈ ₢} ,ℱ₢ = {ꝡ, ø,{ ꝡ3},{ꝡ1},{ꝡ2, ꝡ3}},so ₢ ∗α𝑜(ꝡ) = {ꝡ, ø, {ꝡ 3 }, {ꝡ 2 }, {ꝡ 1 }, {ꝡ 2 , ꝡ 3 }, {ꝡ 1 , ꝡ 2 }, {ꝡ 3 , ꝡ 1 }}. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 215 theorem 2.3. [10] the union of any family of ₢∗ − 𝛼 open set is a ₢∗ − 𝛼 open set. remark 2.4. [10] both ideas are related ₢∗α − open set , α − open set are independent. remark 2.5. [10] supra topology refers to the collection of all ₢∗α-open sets. remark 2.6 [10] i. the open set leads to ₢∗αopen set. ii. the closed set leads to ₢∗αclosed set. theorem 2.7. [10] the ₢ α-open leads to ₢∗α-open. proposition 2.8. [10] for any grill topology (ꝡ, τ, ₢), ⱥ is a ₢ α-open set if and only if ⱥ 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 ₢∗α-open set whenever ₢ = ℙ(ꝡ) ∖ {∅}. definition 2.9. [10] the function ᶂ: (ꝡ, τ, ₢)) → (ꝡ, 𝜏′, ₢) is referred to as: 1. ₢∗α-open function, shortly "₢∗α-o function" if ᶂ(ᶊ) ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(𝑦) when ᶊ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ). 2. ₢∗∗αopen function, shortly "₢∗∗α-o function " if ᶂ(ᶊ) ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(𝑦) when ᶊ ∈ 𝜏 . 3. ₢∗∗∗αopen function, shortly "₢∗∗∗α-o function " if ᶂ(ᶊ) ∈ 𝜏′ whenever ᶊ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ). definition 2.10 the function ᶂ ∶ (ҳ, 𝜏, ₢) → (ꝡ, 𝜏′, ₢) is called ; 1. ₢∗𝛼 −continuose function, shortly "₢ * α-"continuous function\" " if ᶂ −1(ᶊ) ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑂(ҳ) for all ᶊ ∈ 𝜏′. 2. strongly ₢∗𝛼 − 𝑐ontinuose function shortly "strongly ₢*α-continuous function" if ᶂ −1(ᶊ) ∈ 𝜏, fore every ᶊ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑂(ꝡ). 3. ₢∗𝛼 −irresolute function, shortly "₢ * α-irresolute function" if ᶂ −1(ᶊ) ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑂(ҳ), for every ᶊ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑂(ꝡ) 3. grill 𝜶 -open sets in grill connected space definition 3.1: the space (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected if and only if there exist two ₢∗𝛼-open disjoint nonempty sets ⱥ and ɓ such that ⱥ⋃ɓ = ꝡ. i.e.,ꝡ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected if and only if ꝡ =ⱥ⋃ɓ ; ⱥ, ɓ ∈ ₢∗𝑠𝑜(ꝡ) , ⱥ ⋂ ɓ =  . the s𝑒ts ⱥ and ɓ form a ₢∗𝑠𝑜-separation of ꝡ. the space (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is a ₢∗𝑠𝑜connected if and ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 216 only if it is not ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected. ꝡ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜connected if and only if ꝡ  ⱥ⋃ɓ ; ⱥ, ɓ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ), ⱥ ⋂ ɓ =  , ⱥ, ɓ . example 3.2. l𝑒t (ꝡ, τ, ₢) topological 𝑠pace b𝑒 a 𝑔𝑟ill a𝑛d ꝡ = {ꝡ 1 , ꝡ 2 , ꝡ 3 }, 𝜏 = 𝜏₢ = {ꝡ, ø, {ꝡ 2 }, {ꝡ 3 }}, ₢ = ℙ(ꝡ) ∖ {ø} is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜connected space. remark 3.3 every disconnected set is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-disconnected. proof. let ꝡ is disconnected set, then the exist 𝒲 ≠ ∅, 𝒵 ≠ ∅ and 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ τ ; 𝒲 ⋂ 𝒵 = ∅ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒲 ⋃ 𝒵 = ꝡ since every open set in ₢∗𝛼-open set. therefore, ꝡ is ₢∗𝛼𝑜-disconnected. remark 3.4. the space (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected with any grill and ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ) = ℙ(ꝡ) if ꝡ contained more than one element since there exist ⱥ and ⱥ𝑐 ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ); ⱥ ⋃ɓ = ꝡ, ⱥ ⋂ ɓ = , ⱥ, ɓ . remark 3.5. the space (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected and ₢ = ∅ and 𝜏₢ = {ꝡ, ø}, so ₢ ∗𝛼𝑜connected space. remark 3.6. if 𝜏₢ = ℱ₢ and 𝜏₢ ≠ ι𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡 , when ₢ = ℙ(ꝡ) ∖ {ø}. this means that (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected . theorem 3.7. the space (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected if and only ꝡ cannot be written as a union of two non-empty disjoint closed sets. proof. let ꝡ be a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected if ꝡ = ⱥ ⋃ɓ, such that; ⱥ and ɓ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑐(ꝡ) , ⱥ ⋂ ɓ = , ⱥ, ɓ  , so. ⱥ = ɓ𝑐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ɓ = ⱥ𝑐 , then ꝡ = ⱥ⋃ɓ; ⱥ and ɓ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ), ⱥ ⋂ ɓ = , ⱥ, ɓ  , that is mean that ꝡ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected. that is contradiction. therefore, ꝡ cannot be written as a union of two non-empty disjoint closed set. now, if ꝡ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜 disconnected space ,so. ꝡ= ⱥ ⋃ɓ; ⱥ and ɓ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ), ⱥ ⋂ ɓ = , ⱥ, ɓ  , so ⱥ = ɓ 𝑐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ɓ = ⱥ𝑐 ,then ⱥ and ɓ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑐(𝑥), but that is a contradiction. therefore, ꝡ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜connected space. theorem 3.8. the space (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected if and only if the only the subsets of the space ꝡ which are ₢∗𝛼-open and ₢∗𝛼-closed are ꝡ and ø . ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 217 proof. let ⱥ and ⱥ𝑐 ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(𝑥) and ⱥ ≠ ꝡ , ⱥ ≠ ø ,so ꝡ = ⱥ⋃ⱥ𝑐 ; ⱥ ⋂ ⱥ𝑐 =  , ⱥ, ⱥ𝑐 ≠ . then, ꝡ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-disconnected, and that is a contradiction. so, where ⱥ ⊆ ꝡ , ⱥ , ⱥ𝑐 ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(𝑥), then ⱥ = ꝡ or ⱥ = ø, let ꝡ be a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-disconnected space. this means that ꝡ = 𝒲⋃𝒵 ; 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(𝑥), 𝒲 ⋂ 𝒵 =  and 𝒲, 𝒵 ≠ ø implies that 𝒲 = 𝒵 𝑐 and 𝒵 = 𝒲𝑐 . so 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑐(𝑥) (that is contradiction) therefore, ꝡ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected space. remark 3.9. if ᶂ ∶ (ꝡ, τ, ₢) → (ƴ, 𝜏′, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-irresolute and onto function and ƴ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected space then ꝡ is not necessary ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected space. example 3.10. let ᶂ ∶ (ℝ, d, ₢) → (ℝ, ι, ₢) ; ḟ(ꝡ) = ꝡ for all ꝡ ∈ ℝ and ₢ = ℙ(ꝡ) ∖ {ø} ,so ḟ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜 𝑖𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 and onto function and (ℝ, ι, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected space and (ℝ, d, ₢) is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜disconnected space. theorem 3.11. if ⱥ and ɓ are a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected spaces of (ꝡ, τ, ₢) and ⱥ ⋂ ɓ ≠ , then ⱥ⋃ɓ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected space. proof. let (ꝡ, τ, ₢) be a grill topological space and ⱥ, ɓ ⊆ ꝡ ; ⱥ, ɓ be a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected space. now, if ⱥ⋃ɓ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-disconnected space, so ⱥ⋃ɓ = 𝒲⋃𝒵 ; 𝒲, 𝒵 ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(𝑥)(ⱥ⋃ɓ), 𝒲 ⋂ 𝒵 =  and 𝒲, 𝒵 ≠ ø ,then ⱥ ⊆ ⱥ⋃ɓ , ⱥ ⊆ 𝒲⋃𝒵, ⱥ ⊆ 𝒲 𝑜𝑟 ⱥ ⊆ 𝒵. similarly, ɓ leads to either ⱥ ⊆ 𝒲 and ɓ ⊆ 𝒲, then ⱥ⋃ɓ ⊆ 𝒲, then 𝒵 = ø contradiction. or, ⱥ ⊆ 𝒵 and ɓ ⊆ 𝒵, then ⱥ⋃ɓ ⊆ 𝒵, then 𝒲 = ø c! or ⱥ ⊆ 𝒲 and ɓ ⊆ 𝒵, then ⱥ ∩ ɓ ⊆ 𝒲 ∩ 𝒵, then ⱥ ∩ ɓ = ø c! or ⱥ ⊆ 𝒵 and ɓ ⊆ 𝒲, then ⱥ ∩ ɓ ⊆ 𝒲 ∩ 𝒵, then ⱥ ∩ ɓ = ø. this is a contradiction. so, ⱥ⋃ɓ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected space. remark 3.12. we can generalize theorem 3.11 to a family of a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected sets as follows: let {ⱥ∝}∝∈∧ be a family of a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected subsets of a space (ꝡ, τ, ₢) and ⋂ ⱥ∝ ≠ ø∝∈∧ , then ⋃ ⱥ∝∝∈∧ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-connected set. 4. grill 𝜶-open sets in grill connected space hyperconnected definition 4.1. in any grill topological space, (ꝡ, τ, ₢) is said to be: 1. ∗-hyperconnected if ⱥ is τ₢-dense (𝜍𝑙₢(ⱥ) = ꝡ) for every non-empty open subset ⱥ of ꝡ. 2. ₢∗-hyperconnected if ꝡ − 𝜍𝑙₢(ⱥ) ∉ ₢ for every non-empty open subset ⱥ of ꝡ. 3. ₢∗𝛼-hyperconnected if ꝡ − 𝜍𝑙₢(ⱥ) ∉ ₢ for every non-empty ₢ ∗𝛼-𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑛 subset ⱥ of ꝡ. 4. ₢∗𝛼𝑜-hyperconnected if 𝜍𝑙₢(ⱥ) = ꝡ for all ⱥ ∈ ₢ ∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 218 proposition 4.2. 1.every ₢∗𝛼𝑜-hyperconnected is ∗-hyperconnected. 2. every ∗-hyperconnected is ₢∗-hyperconnected. 3. every ₢∗𝛼-hyperconnected is ₢∗-hyperconnected. 4. every ₢∗𝛼𝑜-hyperconnected is ₢∗𝛼-hyperconnected. proof. 1. let ⱥ is a ₢∗𝛼𝑜-hyperconnected, then 𝑐𝜄₢(ⱥ) = ꝡ then ⱥ is a ∗-hyperconnected (since ⱥ ∈ ₢∗𝛼𝑜(ꝡ). then ⱥ ∈ τ). 2. let ⱥ be a ∗-hyperconnected. this means that 𝑐𝜄₢(ⱥ) = ꝡ. so, ꝡ − 𝑐𝜄₢(ⱥ) = ∅ ∉ ₢. therefore, ⱥ is a ₢∗-hyperconnected. 3. let ⱥ be an open in ₢∗𝛼-hyperconnected that's mean that ꝡ − 𝑐𝜄₢(ⱥ) ∉ ₢ ∗𝛼-hyperconnected (since every open set in ₢∗𝛼-hyperconnected is an open set in ₢∗-hyperconnected. so, ꝡ − 𝑐𝜄₢(ⱥ) ∉ ₢ .therefore, ⱥ is a ₢ ∗-hyperconnected. 4. let ⱥ be an open in ₢∗𝛼𝑜-hyperconnected. this means that 𝑐𝜄₢(ⱥ) = ꝡ. so, ꝡ − 𝑐𝜄₢(ⱥ) ∉ ₢. therefore, ⱥ is a ₢∗𝑠-hyperconnected. the following diagram shows the relationship between the types of hyperconnected. ∗-hyperconn𝑒cted ₢∗𝛼𝑜-hyperconn𝑒cted ₢∗-hyperconn𝑒cted ₢∗𝛼-hyperconnected diagram 1 hyperconnected space via grill space . conclusion4 in this research we studied a connect space in the grill α -open topological spaces, we showed some examples and applied some theorems for this new sets. we also found some new properties of these sets. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 219 references 1. choquet. g. sur les notions de filtre et grille, comptes rendus acad. sci. paris, 224 1947, 171173. 2. esmaeel, r.b.; mohammad. r.j on nano soft j-semi-g-closed sets, j. phys. conf. ser. 2020, 159(1), 012071. 3. esmaeel, r. b; nasir. a. i; bayda atiya kalaf. on αĩ-closed soft sets. sci. inter. (lahore). 2018. 30(5): 703-705. 4. levine, n. semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces, amer math. monthly, 1963,70, 36-41. 5. ahmed al-omary ; takasi noiri. decompositions of continuity via grills, jordan journal mathematics and statistics (jjms) ,2011,4(1), 33-46 6. dhanabal saravanakumar ; nagarajan kalaivani. on grill spopen set in grill topological spaces, journal of new theory, 2018, 23,85-92. 7. mustafa, m.o.; esmaeel , r.b. . separation axioms with grill-topological open set, j. phys. 2021, 1879,2, 022107. 8. arkhangel'skii, a.v. ; ponomar''ev, v.i. fundamentals of general topology-problems and exercises, hindustan pub.corporation, delhi, 1966. 9. b. roy ; m. n. mukherjee. on a typical topology induced by a grill, soochow j. math., 2007, 33 (4) , 771-786. 10. saad, s. suliman ; r. b. esmaeel. on some topology concepts via grill, int. j. nonlinear anal. 2022, appl. 13 , 1, 3765 – 3772. ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 morphological and growth properties of albino rat bone marrow stromal cells in vitro i. m.mnati and b.h. mutlak deparatme nt of biology, college of education , ibn alhaitham , unive rsity of baghdad abstract the p otential use of bone marrow st romal cells as a cellular therapy for chronic diseases relies on the ability of the cell to replicate extensively in vitro.for this reason the p resent st udy invest igated the replication lifesp an and examined the growt h p rop erties of albino rats mesenchymal stem cells(m scs)in vitro. to establish an in vitro sy st em for isolating and culturing the m scs of albino rats and to p rovide research data for its further app lication,the bone marrow (bm )was collected from y oung male rats and sep arated by gradient centrifugation.then, the mononuclear cells(m ncs) were retrieved from the buffy lay er and cultured in m odified eagle , s m edium (m em ) sup p lemented with 10%fetal calf serum (fcs)and incubation at 37c o in humid air with 5%co2 . the non-m scs were screened out.a p assage culture was undertaken while the monolayer of adherent cells formed .the sp indle –shap ed m scs with a single nucleus formed a monolay er after the 10-12 days of p rimary culturing,and the cells app eared in an oriented array with a swirling growt h trend. in the anap hase of p assage culture ,the cell p roliferation rate was decreased and the morphology changed into broad flat app earance.these results suggested that m scs of the albino rats can be p assaged in vitro with the established op timized culture sy st em,in addition, the growt h curves can be divided into three p hases:the initial quiescent p hase,the logarithmic replication p hase and after logarithmic replication p hase . introduction bone marrow is the major source of st romal cells and adult hematop oietic stem cells (hscs) that renew circulating blood elements;these cells can also be found in other tissues .adult bm also contains m scs. m scs are thought to be multip otent cells that can rep licate as undifferentiated cells and have the p otential to differentiate to lineages of mesenchymal tissues,including :bone ,cartilage muscle, nerves and marrow st roma [1,2].considering their advantages ,such as ease of obtaining by a simp le routine bm a sp iration ,ability to self –renew and recently reported p otential to differentiate into cardiomy ogenic cells, m scs have been considered as one of the most p romising candidates for this p urp ose and the app arent multipotent nature of m scs makes them excellent candidates for t issue engineerin g [3]. the m scs were first described in 1970 by friedenst ein et al., [4]who discovered that the cells adherent to tissue culture p lates resembled fibroblasts in vitro and formed colon ies. he and others demonstrated m scs could differentiate into multiple p athway s t hat include cardiac myogenesis[5,6].among the most extensively st udied of adult st em cells from bm , if plated at low densities, m scs generate cell sin gle d erived colonies and the colonies can b e differentiated into several cell phenotyp es in culture.these characteristics have been identified from numerous sp ecies includ ing humans, rats ,mice, and monk eys [7,8 ]. interest with bm scs has begun since 1960 and since those several techniques have been developed to p roliferate these cells and then to differentiate them into the required cells to benefit from them in the basic and clinical researches.recent att ention has focused on bm as a ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 source of st em cells for transp lantation into t he heart.at p resent, t he bm transp lantation are normal op eration which are used for treatment of many diseases [9].t he use of m scs in such therap eutic st rategies relies on the ability of the cell to replicate extensively in vitro .for t his reason t he present study sy st ematically examined the growt h p rop erties of rat m scs in vitro and we report here the isolation ,exp ansion and characterization of the multip otent rat m scs. materials and methods isol ation of ms cs from albino rats bone marrow this st udy comp rised 30 young male rats(rattus rattus norv egicus albinos ) aged (180-200g) were used for the isolation of m scs from the bm and were culturing in vitro, ,these animals were obtained from the m edical research unit college of m edicine in al-nahrain university . the primary culture of m scs were p erformed according to dodson [10].in brief,after rats were killed with an of diethy l ether,the femoral and tibial bones were collected for isolation of mscs. the marrow p ellet was washed in p hosp hate buffer saline( pbs),centrifuged at 2000 rp m for 10 min and then resusp ended in m odified eagle , s m edium(m em ) .the cell susp ension was loaded on 60% p ercoll and then centrifuged in a cooling centrifuge for 20 min at 2000 rp m at 4c o .after centrifugation, the mononuclear cells (m ncs)was removed from the interface and resusp ended in m em . m scs were p lated at concentration of 1x10 6 cells/ml in 50 cm 2 p last ic tissue culture flask. -culture and expansi on following p lating ,m scs were maintained in a humidified incubator at 37c o /5%co 2 in m em +10%fcs . the medium was changed after 24 hours t o remove nonadherent cells and twice weekly thereafter. culture m scs were observed under inverted microscop e to assess the level of exp ansion and to verify the morp hology at each culture medium change. to prevent the m scs from differentiating ,each p rimary culture was rep lated for subculture. cells were p assaged with 2 ml of 0.25% trypsin0.1%ethy lene diamine tetra acetic acid (edta) up on reaching 70-80% confluency and exp anded until p assage 3,where upon they were analyzed. -quantification of ms cs growth to determine the initial density of m scs in p rimary cultures,the adherent cells were detached with 0.25% try p sin0.1% edta and st ained with 0.2% try p an blue .triplicate samples from each well of 4-well plast ic p lates were resusp ended in 2ml of pbs and count with a hemocy tometer under light microscope [11]. the average cell number calculated from four wells of each of three p lates (1x10 4 cells/well ; n=12) was t aken as the initial density of m scs in p rimary cultures and the seeding density for every following subcultures .t his cells counting p rocedure was repeated every 48 h until the cells almost ceased proliferation.the growt h curves and the precise growt h p rop erties of m scs in the p rimary cultures (p0)and the three subcultures (p1-p3) were determined .the numbers of cell doublings (ncd) were calculated with t he formula : ncd= log 10 ( y / x ) / log 10 2 where x represents the initial seeding density of the cells and y the end of the logarithmic replication phase in every p assage . re sults rat ms cs primary culture ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 the bone marrow isolates were removed by changing the medium at 24 h . in the first hours of culturing ,the adherent cells grew in a round shap e with few morp hological changes.under an inverted microscope, morphological conservation was observed , the results showed that the p arental m scs were characterized by an enlarging app earance.after three days of p rimary culture,the m scs were observed att ach to the culture flask sp arsely and these cells began to p roliferate in culture medium(fig.1 a). at day 7,sp indle shap e was observed in wellsp read colony –forming cells.subsequently ,most adherent cells grew in a sp indle shap e characterist ic of fibroblasts (fig.1 b). by day 10,the m scs was dup licating rapidly and the cell morphology was mainly sp indleshap ed(fig.1c). observation on day 10-12 revealed that the cell monolay er was forming with constant orientation and a whirling tendency , which means the cells have the p otency to be p assaged in ratio 1: 2 . rat ms cs passage culture passaged m scs behaved similarly to those in p rimary cultures. the m scs in subcultures could be divided into two ty p es: small sp indlelike cells and broad flattened cells.t he flattened cells seldom p roliferated and were gradually surrounded by the small –like cells that replicated faster and were more inclined to form colonies.it seemed that the sp indle-like cells gradually transformed into broad flattened cells with later p assages.p1 of the mesenchymal cells was characterized by the ability to p roliferate in culture with an att ached well-sp read morphology , reaching confluence on day 6-8.in this p assage,the cells continued to dup licate rapidly (fig.2 a). m icroscop ic observations showed that p2 ,cells remain fast growing and reach70-80%confluence by day 6 (fig.2 b). however the cell p roliferation rate decreased in p3 comp aried with the earlier p assages,the cell p roliferation obviously slowed down on day 6.in this case,a few ty p ical sp indle cells can be observed under microscope and more flat cells were found in the field (fig.2 c). in this st udy , the criterion for p assaging was not iced a half of colonies reached 70-80% confluence, usually 10-12 days after seeding for p rimary culture and 6-8 day s after subculture. -growth propertie s of ms cs in cul ture the growt h curves of m scs in p rimary culture and in the three p assages are shown in (fig.3).for p rimary cultures, the cells remained quiescent during the first two day s of culture and then quickly replicated until day 10 when the average cell number reached 13.4x10 4 cells/well, the number of cells did not increase during the following five days of culture 10-14 days.t he p att erns of the growt h curves of m scs in p1 and p2 were similar to those of p rimary cells.however, the cells showed a short ened quiescent p eriod 1-2 days before p roliferation and the cells number kept increasing for a short er p eriod 4-6 days in p1 and p2.t he increase of average cell numbers was considerably slowed in p3 and it is exp ected the cells almost ceased proliferation in later passages. to determine the changes in precise growt h p rop erties of m scs with p assages, the growt h course of m scs in the p rimary culture and in each successive subcultures was divided into three p hases according to their growt h curves: the initial quiescent p hase,the logarithmic replication p hase,and after logarithmic replication p hase.rat m scs(rm scs) could be exp anded up to 15.35cell doublings of successive subcultures.t he results of this assay are summarized in table 1,which show the number of cell doublings(ncd) from p0-p3,and the accumulative ncd with p assages. discussion m esenchy mal st em cells are thought to be multipotent cells,which are p resent in adult marrow.t hey can replicate as undifferentiated cells and have the p otential to be induced to ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. . vol.22 (4) 2009 differentiate exclusively into chondrocy tic or ost eocy tic lineages[8].this st udy has imp ortant limitations which are represented by the use of y oung animals as the source of bm -derived m scs. our data is in line with the st udy made by tomita et al., [12] who found t hat bm of y oung and growing p igs may have contained p rogenitor cells than would be found in older animals.primary cell cultures from y oung animals grow more rapidly than do cells obtained from older animals. however,the exp andability of m scs in vitro varied dramatically among different sp ecies and different methodologies for isolation and p lating of the cells.it has been reported that murine m scs were much more difficult to grow than other sp ecies[6] and this was p robably due to the higher sensitivity of the murine m scs to the initial seeding density [13].here,the p resent st udy showed that at seeding density of 1x10 4 cells/well,rat m scs could be exp anded to 10.4 cell doublings after 17 days of culture(p0-p1)and up to a maximum 15.35 cell doublings in 30 days,t his resembles t he rep orted in vitro lifesp an of human m scs[14]. m ultip le factors,such as medium ,serum selection ,seeding ratio and micro-environment (p h and temp erature)can affect the cell y ield and p assage.in our exp erience, m scs can be isolated by their adherence p rop erties to the p last ic surfaces of culture flasks,disp lay ing fibroblast-like growt h characterist ics and increased p roliferation[15].after two days of culture,m scs app eared sp arsely and began to p roliferate in culture medium, and in the end of the second week they formed the monolayer of adherent cells .these results corresp ond to other st udies results [11,16 ,17] who have arrived at regarding forming the monolayer of p rimary culture app roximately in the second week of culturing. in our p ilot exp eriments,it was found that if the cells were grown over two weeks before subcultures,t hey quickly lost the ability to p roliferate within 1-2 p assages. it is known t hat p roliferation of cultured cells is usually p romoted when cells begin to release their own cy tokines and inhibited by cell-to-cell contacts up on confluency .although a more frequent subculture can delay the senescence of m scs,t hey gradually lost the ability to p roliferate with the increasing of cell doublings,and this was accomp anied by a gradual morphological conversion of the small sp indle-like m scs into the broad flattened cells,t ogether with the evidence from several other laboratories [11,14]. because the amount of m scs is too low (0.001-0.01%) in adult bm (1),the best way to obtain sufficient m scs is in exp anding in culture.the growt h kinetics of these cell p op ulations revealed rapid adherence through to p2,but the cell proliferation rate decreased in p3 compared with the earlier p assages, which was similar to[11,17]. according to these results, it ap p eared that the nature of rm scs have several p rop erties as follows: 1. m scs are more sensitive to p lating density . 2. they exp and more rap idly after low-density p lating. 3. they require frequent culture medium chan ging. 4. they form confluent cultures after low-density p lating. from the results of this st udy ,it was concluded that,t he bm -derived m scs of alb ino rats can be isolated,proliferated and maintained them in active state for several weeks and examin ed the growt h p rop erties of m scs in vitro. re ferences 1-m inguell,j.;er ices,a.andcon get,p.(2001).exp .biol.m ed.,226:507-520. 2-pittenger, m .f. and m artin, b.j. (2004). circ. res., 95:9. 3-m akino,s.;fukuda, k;pan, and ogawa,s.(1999).j. cl in. invest ., 103(5): 697-705. 4-friedenst ein,a.j.; deriglasova, u.f. and kulagina, n.n. (1974). exp . hematol., 2: 83-92 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 5-piersma, a.h.; ploemach er, r.e. and brockbank, k.g.m . (1983). j. haematol., 54(2): 285290. 6clark, b. and keating, a. (1995). ann. n. y. acad. sci.,770 : 70-78. 7-hai-jing, s.h.i. ;zheng, z.h.u.; long-ding, l.i.u. and yun-zhang,h.u. (2007).zool.res., 28(2):213-216. 8prockop , d.j. (1997). sci., 276: 71-74. 9-nilsson, s.k.; simmons, p.j. and bertoncello, i. (2006). exp . hematol., 34: 123-129. 10-dodson, s.a. (2000). cell suspension comp arisons of bone p roduction in bone marrow st em cells of y oung and adult aged rats as measured in vitro by bone colony assay s .thesis.www.term p aperp ower.com./ stem-cell-thesis. 11-liu,y. ;son g,j.; liu,w.;wan,y.;chen,x.andhu,c.(2003).cardiovasc. res.., 58: 460-468. 12tomita,s.;.; weisel, r.d.; jia, z.q.; tumiati, l.c.; allid ina ,y. ; and li,r.k. (2002). j. thorac. cardiovasc. sur g., 123:1132-40. 13javazon, e.h.; colter, d.c.; schwarz, e.j. and prockop , d.j. (2001). stem cells, 19 (3): 219-225. 14-di girolamo, c.m .; stokes, d.; colter, d.; phinney, d.g.; class, r. and prockop , d.j. (1999). br. j. haematol., 107(2): 275-281. 15-friedenst ein,a.j.;gorskaja,u.andkalugina,n.n.(1976).exp .hematol., 4: 267-274. 16xu, w.; qi an, h.; zhu, w.; sun, x.; hu, j.; zhou, h. and ch en, y. (2004). exp . biol. m ed., 229: 623-631. 17m nati, i. m . (2007).in vivo and in vitro studies of adult bone marrow st em cells and its role in induced myocardial infarction in albino rats. ph .d. t hesis,college of education/ibnalhaitham, baghdad university : 105-111p. table (1): growth properties of mscs in primary and passaged cultures accumulative ncd numbers of cell doubling(ncd) logarithm ic replication phase (y) intitial quiesc ent phase(x) passage number 6.7 6.7 13.4x10 4 1x10 4 p0 10.4 3.7 7.4 x10 4 1x10 4 p1 13.65 3.25 6.5 x10 4 1x10 4 p2 15.35 1.7 3.4 x10 4 1x10 4 p3 ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig.(1): morphology of rat mscs primary culture.(a):the cells after three days in culture,the mscs began to proliferate in culture medium(arrow s)(x63).(b): the cells at seven days in culture,the mscs were appeared a spindle-like shape(arrow s)(x160). (c): the c ells after ten days of culture,the c ells formed a monolayer of adherent cells (x63) a b c ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig.(2): morphology of rat mscs passage culture.(a):the cells from p1 of culturing, the flattened cells (thick arrow s) surrounded by number of spindle cells(thin arrows). (x100.8).(b):the cells from p2 of culturing,the c ells showed that continued to duplicate rapidly (x160).(c): the cells from p3 of culturing,the cells proliferation rate w as decreased and the morphology changed into flat appearance (arrow s)(x160) a b c ibn alhaitham j. for pure & appl. s ci. vol.22 (4) 2009 fig .(3): growth curves for mscs in primary culture (p0) and three successive subcultures (p1,p2,p3 ). (22مجلة ابن الھیثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبیقیة المجلد 4 (2009 الخصائص المظهریة والنمو لخالیا سدى نقي العظم للجرذان البیض خارج حيالجسم ال انتظار محمد مناتي وبیداء حسین مطلك ابن الهیثم ،جامعة بغداد قسم علوم الحیاة ،كلیة التربیة الخالصة ان االمكانیات المحتملة الستخدام خالیا سدى نقي العظم عالج خلـوي لالمـراض المزمنـة یعتمـد علـى قـدرة تكـرار الخالیـا الــسبب فــان الدراسـة الحالیــة بحثــت تكرارالخالیـا لمــدى الحیــاة وفحـصت خــصائص النمــو بـصورة كبیــرة خـارج الجــسم الحــي ،ولهـذا .للخالیا الجذعیة اللحمیة للجرذان البیض خارج الجسم الحي ولغرض انشاء نظـام لعـزل وزراعـة الخالیـا الجذعیـة اللحمیـة للجـرذان البـیض خـارج الجـسم الحـي ولتقیـیم البیانـات البحثیـة الالحـق، فقـد جمـع نقـي العظـم مـن ذكـور الجـرذان الیافعــة وفـصل بأسـتخدام النبـذ المتـدرج الكثافـة لطـرد معظـم خالیـا الــدم لتكاثرهـا m،وبعد عملیة النبذ المتدرج الكثافة سحبت الخالیا االحادیـة النـواة مـن الطبقـة الـضبابیة وزرعـت فـي وسـط زرعـي em مـضاف م37مصل جنین العجل وحضنت المزارع بدرجة حراریة % 10 هالی 0 .غاز ثاني اوكسید الكربون %5 وفي جو رطب مع لحمیة باالستبدال المتكرر للوسط الزرعي ،وتم القیـام بـالزرع الثـانوي فـي الوقـت الـذي تكونـت ال عزلت الخالیا الجذعیة غیر لخالیـا الجذعیـة اللحمیـة المغزلیـة الـشكل االحادیـة النـواة طبقـة احادیـة مـن الخالیـا كونـت ا.فیه طبقة احادیة مـن الخالیـا الملتـصقة وفــي االطــوار . مــن الـزرع االبتــدائي، وقـد ظهــرت الخالیــا علـى شــكل اشـعة موجــه بأتجـاه نمــو دورانـي"ا یومـ12-10بعـد مــرور لمظهـري الـى مظهـر مـسطح عـریض ،وهـذه النتـائج النهائیة للزرع الثانوي فان معدل تكاثر الخالیا بدأ باالنخفـاض وتغیـر الـشكل ا تقتـرح بــان الخالیـا الجذعیــة اللحمیـة یمكــن تكاثرهــا خـارج الجــسم الحـي بتكــوین نظـام زرعــي بــشكل امثـل ،یــضاف الـى ذلــك فــان . غارتمي وطورالتكرار اللوغارتمي وطورالتكرارما بعد اللو،طور السكون االبتدائي:ثالثة اطوار على منحنى النمو یمكن تقسیمه 91 .creative commons attribution 4.0 international license this work is licensed under a a subject review on some analytical methods for determination of fosfomycin drugs abstract medicines comprising fosfomycin are prescribed for urinary tract infections. these drugs are available for oral use as tromethamine and calcium, while fosfomycin-sodium and disodium are given for intravenous (iv) and intramuscular (im). many quantitative analytical methods have been reported to estimate fosfomycin in blood, urine, plasma, serum, and pharmaceutical dosage formulations. some techniques were spectrophotometric, mass spectrometry, gas chromatography, high-performance liquid chromatography, and electrochemical methods. here we perform a rapid narrative review that discusses and comparison between them of various analytical methods for the determination of fosfomycincontaining drugs. keywords: review, fosfomycin, drugs, medicines. 1. introduction fosfomycin (fig.1) is a broad-spectrum antibiotic that inhibits the phosphoenol pyruvate transferase enzyme involved in the synthesis of peptidoglycan (found in the cell wall of grampositive and negative bacteria)[1,2]. s. aureus, staphylococci, penicillin-resistant s. pneumonia, enterococcus species, escherichia coli (e. coli), klebsiella pneumonia, citrobacter, and n. meningitides are often referred to as meningococcus, in addition to ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2826 article history: received 13 march 2022, accepted 3 april 2022, published in july 2022. ali khalil mahmood department of chemistry, college of education for pure science / ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, iraq. ali.khalil.mahmood@gmail.com khalid waleed s. al-janabi department of chemistry, college of education for pure science / ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, iraq. khalid.janabi@gmail.com takleef dheyab sallal ministry of education, baghdad, iraq. sallaltakleef535@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:ali.khalil.mahmood@gmail.com mailto:khalid.janabi@gmail.com mailto:sallaltakleef535@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 92 enterobacteriaceae and carbapenemase strains[3,4]. this drug's intravenous (iv) is widely prescribed in combination with other antimicrobial agents; it has an excellent safety profile with long-term administration[5]. this naturally occurring antibiotic agent was discovered in 1969[6]. figure 1. chemical structure of fosfomycin the first chemical synthesis (figure 2) was described by (christensen, b. g.) et al. in 1969, based on epoxidation of the cis-propenylphosphonic acid since diverse synthesis (chemical synthesis) of this drug has been described. currently, there are three stages[6]. figure 2. the first chemical synthesis of fosfomycin 2. results and discussion this literature review demonstrated various analytical methods for the quantitative determination of fosfomycin[7–32]. many of these techniques were reported, as shown in (table 1) below. now fosfomycin has been used to treat particularly urinary infections that occur from bacteria. furthermore, fosfomycin differs from other antibiotics that are non-crossresistance for fosfomycin indicated in clinical application[33]. there was research to estimate fosfomycin in pharmaceutical preparations or biological fluids. hplc methods were used utilizing different mobile phases of several solvents with different degrees of dilution having diverse columns. the first method used to determine the above drug in urine in 1970 was thin-layer paper and gas-liquid chromatography with linearity ranging from (1-5)µg [7]. also, it was found that the minimum linearity range for determining fosfomycin was (0.01-0.4) µg.ml-1 in chicken muscle, liver, and kidney using hplc-ms/ms [23]. the highest linearity was over (50-5000) µg.ml-1 for determining fosfomycin in urine using capillary gas chromatography[14] with varying detection limits. it was also noted that the spectrophotometric methods were not widely used for assaying the above drug. mostly, the simple chemical structure of the drug led to not being able to react with different reagents to estimate it in the visible region of the spectrum. it was observed that there were three methods ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 93 for the spectrophotometric determination of fosfomycin; the first method was at the visible region, λmax = 605 nm, with a specific absorptivity of 4.59 x 104 l. mol-1.cm-1 and linearity = (0 28 x 106)m [15]. however, it has been estimated within the ultraviolet region at λmax = 254 nm, with specific absorptivity equal to (4.59 x 104 l.mol1-.cm-1 and its linearity = (3070) μg.ml-1. in addition flow injection spectrophotometric method used for determination of it in urine at visible region, λmax = 960 nm, linearity = (3x10-66x10-4) mol.l-1, t = 90°c, r = 0.9969, lod= 1x10-6, rsd =1.2%, flowrate = 0.2 ml.min-1. the drug is currently widely used to treat urinary tract infections with only one dose in the form of oral granules. table 1.some analytical methods for the determination of fosfomycin methods sample results years ref. no. thin-layer, paper and gas-liquid chromatography urine linearity= (1-5)µg, rf =(0.16-0.86), preparative pc crude (30-5o)%, tl plates loaded up to 150 µgof drug in (2-5) µl 1970 7 specific ion monitoring method blood and urine linearity= (0.5-10) and (0.25-50) µg.ml1for microbiological and sim methods respectively, total re. 25-28.1 1981 8 gas chromatography biological and bacterial culture medium apillary column ov 17-01, lod = 1µ.ml1, assay of 100 microliters. 1987 9 anion-exchange chromatography plasma λ max = 272 nm, leanirity(5-100)µg.ml-1, mobile phase, is 0.4 mm of phthalate buffer (ph =8.5), r= 0.999, rsd =(0.6-5.3) 1993 10 capillary zone electrophoresis serum linearity(10-100) µg. ml-1, re.=(0.518)%, rsd ˂ 2%, buffer mobile phase (200 mm sodium borate + 10 mm phenylphosphonic acid) 1993 11 high performance liquid chromatography plasma linearity = (10-80µg.ml-1), ic-pak, column (4.6x50) mm, ph =8.5, mobile phase acetonitrile: borategluconate v/v (12∶88), r=0.999. 1993 12 capillary electrophoresis serum and cerebrospinal fluid linearity = (2.5-200) µg/ml-1, lod = (1.02.5 µg. ml-1) in serum and aqueous fluids respectively, r= 0.999, sd = 94.5%. 1994 13 capillary gas chromatography urine linearity=(50-5000)µg.ml-1, lod equal 10 µg. ml-1 , cv = 0.006, r = 0.999 1996 14 spectrophotometric method pharmaceutical manufacture λ max = 605 nm, e= 4.59x104 l. mol-1.cm1, linearity = (0-28x10-6 )m. 1999 15 gas chromatography plasma commercial complexes of drug(ccd) : a levorotatory, ca (-) salt, a racemic, ca (+/-) salt, and (tham) salt. 1999 16 gas chromatography chicken plasma linearity=(1-150)µg.ml-1, column: hp-5 capillary, detector: flame ionisation (fid)lod and loq = (1 and 2.1) μg ml−1 respectively, re. 109%. r2 =0.997, cv= (2.8 and 5.1). 2001 17 flow injection spectrophotometric urine λ max = 960 nm, linearity = (3x10-66x104) mol.l-1, t = 90°c, r = 0.9969, lod= 1x10-6, rsd=1.2%, flowrate = 0.2 ml.min-1. 2002 18 capillary electrophoresis analysis biological fluids λ max = 254 nm, linearity = (3.5 or 6.81000)mg./ml, lod= (0.62-2), loq= (2.0-6.8) µg.ml-1, rsd=( 3.2-5.6), r˃ 0.9994. 2004 19 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 94 capillary zone electrophoresis pus λ max = 254 nm, linearity =(20 -7800) mg/ml/, lod = 4.5 loq = 15, rsd = ( 2.4-8.2)%,, re.= (75.4-90.0)%, r= 0.9956. 2005 20 liquid chromatographic/tandem mass spectrometric plasma column, ultimate xb-cn, linearity = (0.1-12) mg .ml-1, lod ˂ 0.02 µg.ml-1, rsd = (2.4-8.2)%, er. = (14.2)%, r˂10.6%. 2007 21 high performance liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry chicken serum linearity(0.1-50)mg.ml-1, column (150x4.6) mm, mobile phase, (20:80)% acetonitrile : water, re. (95 to 108)%, er.= (-7-7.8)%, cv. ˂ 10%, sd =(0.001-0.006). 2011 22 high performance liquid chromatography chicken muscle, liver and kidney con. rang (0.1-0.28)µg.g-1, cv.=(0.2315.1)%, re. = (81106%, 92-102% 99107% for muscle, liver and kidney respectively, er. = (0.3-3.76)%, loq=0.1 µg.ml-1. 2011 23 liquid chromatography– tandem mass spectrometry plasma linearity =(50 -1200) ng.ml-1, column ace, 150 mm × 4.0 mm, mobile phase acetonitrile: water (30:70)%, rsd =(2.26.7)%, r2 ˃ 0.999, loq = 50ng.ml-1, 2014 24 high performance liquid chromatography urine, plasma linearity =(1 -2000), and (0.1-10) µg/ml, re. = (68, 72%), precision (4.7%, 3.1%), accuracy (1.7% and 1.2%) for plasma and urine respectively. 2014 25 high performance liquid chromatography plasma linearity = (5.000–2000) µg.ml-1, column, (2.1 x 50 mm), 5.0 μm, accuracy = ( 0.13.9) %, precision =(2-8.2)%, re. = 83.6%, limits of agreement (-2.6-30.6%). rsd =(2.2-6.7)%, r2 = 0.9998, loq = 0.75µg.ml-1. 2015 26 liquid chromatography– tandem mass spectrometry plasma linearity = (15-150) and (100-750) µg/ml, column hilic (150 × 2.1) mm x 5 m, with the precision =(4.0-6.4)% and (2.0– 11.0)%, accuracy = (-1.111.5) % and (0.6–7.8)%, r = 0.9976 and 0.9969. 2015 27 high performance liquid chromatography urine, plasma linearity =(0.75–375) µg.ml-1, column hilic, column 1.7μm, (2.1×100)mm, ,accuracy = ( 2.13.2) %, precision =( 1.5% -1.7)%, re. = (99-103)%, rsd =(2.2-6.7)%, r2 = 0.9998, loq = 0.75µg.ml-1. 2017 28 high performance liquid chromatography urine, aqueous fluids, plasma column, ps c18, linearity: (12.5800μg/ml), (62.5-4000μg/ml), (1160μg/ml) for plasma, urine and aqueous fluid respectively, loq= plasma (≤ 6.5%, ≤ 8%), urine, (≤ 5.80, ≤ 6.30) %, and aqueous fluid (≤ 10.6, ≤12) %. 2017 29 high performance liquid chromatography lysogeny broth (antimicrobial resistance) linearity = (1-1000)μg.ml-1, column kinetex (2.1 × 50) mm, 2.6 μm, (ph 4.76), precision <15%, accuracy ( ±85 and 115% ). 2018 30 liquid chromatography electrospray ionization mass spectrometry plasma and dialysate linearity = (25.0 – 700) μg. ml-1, precision, (1.1-1.2%), accuracy (5.9% to 0.9%) respectively, recovery ≥87%, matrix effects (2.24.3)%, r2=0.999. 2021 31 spectrophotometric method pharmaceutical manufacture λ max = 254 nm, e= 4.59x104 l. mol1.cm-1, linearity = (30-70 ) μg.ml-1, recovery was (98.75-101.00 )%, rsd = 0.41%. 2021 32 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 95 3. conclusions fosfomycin has a versioning mechanism of great action, lower toxicity, wide antibacterial activity, and excellent pharmacokinetic properties, in addition to its bioavailability [33]. an important literature review of different quantitative analytical methods for estimating fosfomycin in its pharmaceutical preparations was obtained. many instrumental methods for determining fosfomycin have been developed, such as spectrophotometry, liquid chromatography with mass spectrometry, high-performance liquid chromatography (hplc), ultra-performance liquid chromatography, and gas chromatography. however, chromatographic methods are the most used for quantitative analysis of these drugs in pharmaceuticals because these methods provide precise and accurate results. references 1. raz, r. fosfomycin: an old—new antibiotic. clinical microbiology and infection 2012, 18, 4–7. 2. patel, s.s.; balfour, j.a.; bryson, h.m. fosfomycin tromethamine. drugs 1997, 53, 637–656. 3. samonis, g.; vardakas, k.z.; tansarli, g.s.; dimopoulou, d.; papadimitriou, g.; kofteridis, d.p. fosfomycin. clin microbiol rev 2016, 29, 321–347. 4. michalopoulos, a.s.; livaditis, i.g.; gougoutas, v. the revival of fosfomycin. international journal of infectious diseases 2011, 15, e732–e739. 5. zhanel, g.g.; zhanel, m.a.; karlowsky, j.a. intravenous fosfomycin: an assessment of its potential for use in the treatment of systemic infections in canada. canadian journal of infectious diseases and medical microbiology 2018, 2018. 6. christensen, b.g.; leanza, w.j.; beattie, t.r.; patchett, a.a.; arison, b.h.; ormond, r.e.; kuehl jr, f.a.; albers-schonberg, g.; jardetzky, o. phosphonomycin: structure and synthesis. science 1969, 166, 123–125. 7. shafer, h.; vandenheuvel, w.j.a.; ormond, r.; kuehl, f.a.; wolf, f.j. characterization of phosphonomycin by microchromatographic and related techniques. journal of chromatography a 1970, 52, 111–117. 8. longo, a.; di toro, m.; pagani, e.; carenzi, a. simple selected ion monitoring method for determination of fosfomycin in blood and urine. journal of chromatography b: biomedical sciences and applications 1981, 224, 257–264. 9. dessalles, m.c.; levieux, j.; souleau, m.; mahuzier, g. determination of fosfomycin in biological fluids by gas chromatography. pathologie-biologie 1987, 35, 200–204. 10. pianetti, g.a.; moreirade campos, l.m. ; chaminade, p.; baillet, a.; baylocq-ferrier, d.mahuzier, g. application of ion chromatography with indirect spectrophotometric detection to the sensitive determination of alkylphosphonic acids and fosfomycin. analytica chimica acta 1993, 284, 2, 30, 291-299. 11. baillet, a.; pianetti, g.a.; taverna, m.; mahuzier, g.; baylocq-ferrier, d. fosfomycin determination in serum by capillary zone electrophoresis with indirect ultraviolet detection. journal of chromatography b: biomedical sciences and applications 1993, 616, 311–316. 12. pianetti, g.a.; baillet, a.; traore, f.; mahuzier, g. chromatographic analysis of some alkylphosphonic acids using a conductimetric detection. application to fosfomycin determination. chromatographia 1993, 36, 263–267. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/0003267093853139#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/0003267093853139#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/0003267093853139#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/0003267093853139#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/0003267093853139#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/0003267093853139#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/analytica-chimica-acta https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/analytica-chimica-acta https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/analytica-chimica-acta/vol/284/issue/2 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 96 13. levêque, d.; gallion, c.; tarral, e.; monteil, h.; jehl, f. determination of fosfomycin in biological fluids by capillary electrophoresis. journal of chromatography b: biomedical sciences and applications 1994, 655, 320–324. 14. dios-vieitez, m.c.; goni, m.m.; renedo, m.j.; fos, d. determination of fosfomycin in human urine by capillary gas chromatography: application to clinical pharmacokinetic studies. chromatographia 1996, 43, 293–295. 15. hu, y.-l.; feng, y.-q.; zhang, q.-h.; da, s.-l. determination of fosfomycin by indirect spectrophotometric method. talanta 1999, 49, 47–52. 16. webster, g.k.; bell, r.g. gas chromatographic analysis of fosfomycin in plasma for pharmacokinetic analysis. journal of aoac international 1999, 82, 620–624. 17. hernandez, e.; loste, a.; bregante, m.a.; garcia, m.a.; solans, c. determination of fosfomycin in chicken plasma samples by gas chromatography: application to pharmacokinetic studies. chromatographia 2001, 54, 365–368. 18. tzanavaras, p.d.; themelis, d.g. flow injection spectrophotometric determination of the antibiotic fosfomycin in pharmaceutical products and urine samples after on-line thermalinduced digestion. analytical biochemistry 2002, 304, 244–248. 19. petsch, m.; mayer‐helm, b.x.; sauermann, r.; joukhadar, c.; kenndler, e. capillary electrophoresis analysis of fosfomycin in biological fluids for clinical pharmacokinetic studies. electrophoresis 2004, 25, 2292–2298. 20. petsch, m.; mayer-helm, b.x.; sauermann, r.; joukhadar, c.; kenndler, e. determination of fosfomycin in pus by capillary zone electrophoresis. journal of chromatography a 2005, 1081, 55–59. 21. li, l.; chen, x.; dai, x.; chen, h.; zhong, d. rapid and selective liquid chromatographic/tandem mass spectrometric method for the determination of fosfomycin in human plasma. journal of chromatography b 2007, 856, 171–177. 22. dieguez, s.; soraci, a.; tapia, o.; carciochi, r.; perez, d.; harkes, r.; romano, o. determination of antibiotic fosfomycin in chicken serum by liquid chromatographytandem mass spectrometry. journal of liquid chromatography & related technologies 2011, 34, 116–128. 23. pérez, d.s.; soraci, a.l.; dieguez, s.n.; tapia, m.o. determination and withdrawal time of fosfomycin in chicken muscle, liver and kidney. int. j. poult. sci 2011, 10, 644–655. 24. papakondyli, t.a.; gremilogianni, a.m.; megoulas, n.c.; koupparis, m.a. a novel derivatization method for the determination of fosfomycin in human plasma by liquid chromatography coupled with atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometric detection via phase transfer catalyzed derivatization. journal of chromatography a 2014, 1332, 1–7. 25. parker, s.l.; lipman, j.; roberts, j.a.; wallis, s.c. a simple lc–ms/ms method using hilic chromatography for the determination of fosfomycin in plasma and urine: application to a pilot pharmacokinetic study in humans. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis 2015, 105, 39–45. 26. parker, s.l.; lipman, j.; dimopoulos, g.; roberts, j.a.; wallis, s.c. a validated method for the quantification of fosfomycin on dried plasma spots by hplc–ms/ms: application to a pilot pharmacokinetic study in humans. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis 2015, 115, 509–514. 27. martens-lobenhoffer, j.; bode-böger, s.m. a validated method for the quantification of fosfomycin in human plasma by liquid chromatography–tandem mass spectrometry. journal of chromatography b 2015, 990, 164–168. 28. wijma, r.a.; bahmany, s.; wilms, e.b.; van gelder, t.; mouton, j.w.; koch, b.c.p. a fast and sensitive lc–ms/ms method for the quantification of fosfomycin in human urine and ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 97 plasma using one sample preparation method and hilic chromatography. journal of chromatography b 2017, 1061, 263–269. 29. el-najjar, n.; jantsch, j.; gessner, a. a rapid liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry for the quantification of fosfomycin in plasma, urine, and aqueous fluids. journal of chromatography b 2017, 1061, 57–64. 30. gandhi, a.; matta, m.; garimella, n.; zere, t.; weaver, j. development and validation of a lc‐ms/ms method for quantitation of fosfomycin–application to in vitro antimicrobial resistance study using hollow‐fiber infection model. biomedical chromatography 2018, 32, e4214. 31. shopova, t.; hüppe, t.; wolf, b.; sessler, d.i.; volk, t.; groesdonk, h. v; kreuer, s.; maurer, f. quantitative determination of fosfomycin in 10 μl of plasma and dialysate by hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography electrospray ionization mass spectrometry. journal of chromatographic science 2021, 59, 165–174. 32. chaudhari, g.d.; patil, s.d.; chaudhari, h. v; itnare, d.g.; patil, p.j.; sonar, k. v; patil, p.r. development and validation of uv spectroscopic method for estimation of fosfomycin in fosfomycin for injection. am. j. pharmtech res 2021, 11, 13–20. 33. cao, y.; peng, q.; li, s.; deng, z.; gao, j. the intriguing biology and chemistry of fosfomycin: the only marketed phosphonate antibiotic. rsc advances 2019, 9, 42204– 42218. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |151 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 spectrophotometric determination of cefotaxime via diazotization reaction in pure and pharmaceutical samples sumayha mohammed abbas dept. of chemistry/collage of education for pure science (ibn al-haithem)/ university of baghdad mohammed najah mohammed dept. of the development and research / university of babylon received in:3/january/2017,accepted in:26/february/2017 abstract an accurate and sensitive spectrophotometric method has been developed for the determination of cefotaxime (cef) in pure and pharmaceutical samples. the suggested method depended on the coupling reaction between diazotized cefotaxime and 3,5-dimethyl phenol (3,5-dmph) in basic medium to form light orange, water soluble dye, that is stable and has a maximum absorbance at 497nm. the calibration graph was liner over the concentration range (1-70) µg.ml -1 with lod of 0.750 µg.ml -1 and loq of. 2.740 µg. ml 1 , sandal sensitivity of 0.0526 µg. cm -2 . molar absorptivity 11328 lmol -1 cm -1 . the stoichiometry composition was found by jobs and mole ratio methods to the formation dye (1:1). the suggested method has been applied successfully to the determination of cef in pure and pharmaceutical synthetic sample. key word: spectrophotometric determination, diazotized cef, 3,5-dimethylphenol. chemistry |152 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction since antibiotics introduction in to medicine ,it's have been centered to modern healthcare. their role has expanded from treating serious infection to prevent infection in surgical patient ,protecting cancer patient and people with compromised immune system and promoting growth and preventing disease livestock and other food animals[1]cefotaxime sodium is among cephalosporin antibiotic wildly used in contemporary clinical practice[2]. some of classified the third generation cephalosporin antibiotic was characterized by a broad antibacterial spectrum and resistance to beta-lactanase –producing organisms in addition to its antimicrobial activity [3]. figure (1) a literate survey revealed that cefotaxime was determined in many spectrophotometric methods [4-10] azo dyes are characterized by the presence of the diazo linkage which brings two rings in to conjugated and thereby extending the ʎmax to the visible reign as a result of such dye formation lower detection limits are obtained while at the same time some measure of selectivity is afforded, also improving sensitivity therefore application of azo dyes on colorimetric determination of some drugs have been studied[11-15].in this work the free amino group of cefotaxime has been diazotization and became ready to enter coupling reaction with 3,5-dimethyl phenol and being used to colorimetric analysis of cef in pure and pharmaceutical preparation samples. the aim of this work was to develop a validate, simple and economic spectrophotometric procedure for the determination of cefotaxime sodium by diazotization reaction. experimental apparatus 1a shimadzu (model 1601 uv-visible spectrophotometer from shimadzu , kyoto , japan) the uv-vis spectra of standard and solution were recorded in 1 cm quartz cell at wavelength of 497 nm. 2sartorius bl 210 electronic balance was used for weighing the samples. material and reagents all chemical used were of analytical reagent grade or chemically pure grade and distilled water was used for all dilution of reagent and samples , expect 3,5-deph was dissolved in methanol . standard powder of cefotaxime was kindly provided by ibn al –bitar research center for pharmaceutical raw material. chemistry |153 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 standard cefotaxime sodium solution (100µg.ml -1 ) standard cef (100µg.ml -1 ) was prepared by dissolving 0.05 g of pure drug in 10ml of distilled water and the volume was made up to the mark in 500ml volumetric flask . reagent solutions 1sodium nitrite solution (1%) was prepared by dissolving 1g of sodium nitrite (merck) in distilled water and diluting to the mark in 100ml volumetric flask. 2sulphuric acid solution (1m) was prepared by diluting 1.388ml of (18m) of concentrated acid (bdh) with distilled water in 25 ml volumetric flask. 33,5-dimethyl phenol (merck) (5×10 -3 m): a solution was prepared by dissolving (0.03)g in methanol and diluting to the mark with 50 ml volumetric flask . 4sodium hydroxide solution (1.5m) was prepared by dissolving (6)g in distilled water and diluting to the mark with 100ml volumetric flask . calibration curve procedures a set of different concentration of cef solution of (1-70) µg.ml -1 were prepared using the stock solution . samples for each test were prepared by adding 0.5 ml of freshly prepared 1% nano2 and 0.5ml of 1m h2so4and left the solution 5min to complete the diazotization reaction for cef in ice bath , then 1ml of 3,5dmph added to the resulting solution followed by 1ml of 1.5m naoh to each flask with shaking . the solutions were making up to the mark with distilled water with volumetric flask of 10 ml and mixed well. the absorbance of light orange dye were measured at 497nm against the reagent blank. results and discussion absorption spectra the primary test of the present method involved diazotization of cef with sodium nitrite in acidic medium then reaction with3,5-dmph in alkaline medium to form a colored product. the absorbance and ʎmax of the colored product was measured against the reagent blank: figure (2) shows that the maximum absorption was obtained at a wavelength of 497nm. optimization of reaction variables the various parameters related to the colored product formation has been studied by varying the parameters one at a time and controlling another fixed and optimum conditions have been selected . 1effect of 3,5-dimethyl phenol volume the influence of the different volumes of 3,5-dimethyl phenol on the absorbance of the colored product was investigated in the range between (0.25-3) ml of 5×10 -3 m figure (3). it was found that the maximum absorbance of light orange color was achieved with 1ml of the reagent. above this value a decrease in absorbance was observed. therefore, 1ml of 5×10 -3 m 3,5-dimethyl phenol was used during the subsequent work. chemistry |154 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 2effect of sodium nitrite volume this study involved testing different volumes (0.1-2.5)ml of 1% nano2 on the maximum absorbance of the colored product . the high absorbance was attained when the concentration of nano20.5ml of 1% nano2 . above this value a decrease in the absorbance reading occurred as in figure (4). 3effect of different acids the effect of different acids solution with concentration of (1m) on the absorption intensity of the colored dye formed was investigated . four types of acids namely: nitric acid, sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid and acetic acid were tested and the results are listed in table (1) . as can be seen it was found that sulphuric acid shows the maximum absorption intensity of the colored product, subsequent, the better absorbance was achieved with 0.5ml of(1m) h2so4 . 4-effect of different bases the effect of different bases solution with concentration of (1.5m) was studied. three types of bases : potassium hydroxide , sodium bicarbonate and sodium hydroxide were tested . the result listed in table (2). it was found that the sodium hydroxide shows a high intensity of the colored product ,then it was selected to finished the work . it appeared that 1ml of (1.5 m) naoh gave the best result. 5effect of diazotization reaction time the optimum time for the diazotization reaction for cef was studied at different periods of time, absorbance values recorded at different intervals ranging from immediate to a waiting period of 25 min. the reaction completed in 5 min as shown in table (3). 6effect of reagent mixing order effect of two different orders of components addition on colored product formation was studied by changing the order of reactants two times as shown in table(4). from the result a best maximum intensity was followed in the subsequent experiment. 7the stability the stability study was carried out by measuring the absorbance of the colored product at different time . the color of the solution was nearly stable up to 1440 min as shown in table (5). the absorbance spectra of colored product under optimum conditions was recorded and showed a maximum absorbance at 497nm against reagent blank as shown in figure (9). calibration curves and analytical data employing the optimum condition, the measured absorbance at 497nm versus different standard concentration of (cef) were plotted to construct a calibration curve. the linearity of the obtained plot of the (cef) was in the concentration range (1-70)µg.ml -1 as shown in figure(5) .the statistical treatment of the analytical data are summarized in table (7). chemistry |155 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 evaluating the linear regression evaluating the linear regression of suggested method is done by of plots the standardized concentration residuals vs the predicated concentration of the calibration curve . the residuals for cef in all points appear to be randomly distributed around zero as show in figure (6). composition of the product jobs and mole ratio method have been used in the determination of stoichiometry of the colored product. cef and 3,5-dmph solution of 2×10 -2 m were prepared and mixed in various molar ratio in 10 ml volumetric flasks with suggested procedure, the absorbance was measured at 497 nm. the graph of the results obtained as in figures (7)(8) gave maximum at mole ratio x max=0.5 ,x max =1 in jobs and mole ratio method respectively , showed that 1:1 (cef) to 3,5-dimethyl phenol ratio is obtained .the probable structure of the final dye suggested in scheme(1). precision and accuracy the precision and accuracy of the proposed method was tested by analyzing five replicate samples of (cef) in three different levels (within beer's law range). the result listed in table (7) indicates an acceptable accuracy and precision to suggested work. interference study the extent of interfering by some excipients which often accompanied pharmaceutical preparation was studied by measuring the absorbance containing 10µg.ml -1 of (cef) and different volumes (0.1,0.3,0.5)ml of (1000) µg.ml -1 of excipient in final volume of 10 ml. the results in table (8) show that the suited excipients don't interfere in the determination of (cef) . application in pharmaceutical forms in order to demonstrate the applicability of the proposed method for the determination of (cef), the method was applied to different manufacturing source containing (cef): 1-cefotaxime (injection 1000 mg) roth (germany). 2-bektasime (injection 1000 mg) mn. pharmaceutical (turkey). 3cefotaxime (injection 500 mg) ldp (spain). to apply the suggested method on pharmaceutical formulation, an accurately weighed (0.01)g of cef powder injection dissolved with 10 ml of water then transferred into 100ml volumetric flask, and completed to the mark with distilled water to prepare 100 µg.ml -1 of cef. further appropriate solutions of pharmaceutical preparation were made up by simple dilution with distilled water in find volume of 10 ml, the results are shown in table (9). standard additions application in synthetic drug sample by standard addition to increase the insurance, the proposed spectrophotometric method was applied for determination of cfe in synthetic drug sample (prepared by weight 1 g from each : glucose , starch , acacia , magnesium setrate and lactose) mixed well and weight 0.01 g from the mixture dissolved in ethanol and complete the volume to the mark with distilled water to 50mlvolumetric flask). following the standard addition technique. good recovery of the drug present in studied sample indicates that no interference from the matrix affect the determination of cef. figure (10) shows the standard additions plot and table (10) shows the result of recovery for the method. chemistry |156 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 comparison of the methods table (11), shows comparison between the proposed method and that of another literature spectrophotometric methods throughout some measured analytical parameters. conclusions the proposed methods were found to be very simple, rapid, low cost and fairly selective than other method. the proposed method was applied to the analysis of cefotaxime in injection, and can be used for the routine analysis of commercial formulations. the presence of free amino group in cefotaxime makes it possible for diazotization reaction with sodium nitrate in acidic media then coupling with a suitable reagent: 3,5-dimethyl phenol in alkaline media to give a light orange azo dyes. the accuracy and precision of the proposed method were tested by analyzing five replicate of cef for three different concentrations, the values of rsd% and relative error erel. % indicated high accuracy and precision. references 1. helen gelbared; molly miller and suraj pant (2015) “the state of the wopled antibiotics ” ,center of disease dynmic,economics &policy . 2. nkeoma, n.;okoye and godwin, i.c. nwokedi (2007) “spectrophotometric determination of some cephalosporin antibiotics using prussian blue reaction scientific research and essay”. 2(8), augest, 342-347. 3. alaa, s. amin and gamal h. ragab (2004) “spectrophotometric of certain cephalosporins in pure formard pharmaceutical formation spectrochimic acta” a 60, 2831-2835. 4. fan ; binglin , etal (2013)"spectrophotometric determination of cefotaxime by using sodium 1,2-naphtaquinone-4-sulfonate ." journal of analytical chemistry 68.11, 965968 . 5. jing, l. i., and quan-min l. i. (2010) “spectrophotometric determination of cefotaxime sodium with potassium ferricyanide.” chinese journal of applied chemistry 28.01, 88-93. 6. most umme.bushra, et al. (2014) "development and validation of a simple uv spectrophotometric method for the determination of cefotaxime sodium in bulk and pharmaceutical formulation." iosr j pharm 4, 74-7. 7. ilyas sajjad ali, et al.(2015) “investigation of spectrophotometric method for determination of cefotaxime sodium in different brands of pharmaceutical preparations”, international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research 6.12, 5202. 8. ahmed shazalia, m. ali; abdalla, a. elbashir, and hassan, y. aboul-enein. (2015) "new spectrophotometric method for determination of cephalosporins in pharmaceutical formulations." arabian journal of chemistry 8.2, 233-239. 9. bari sanjay, b., et al.(2007) “impurity profile: significance in active pharmaceutical ingredient”, eurasian journal of analytical chemistry 2.1, 32-53. chemistry |157 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 10. sayed rania abdel; et al. (2013) “spectrophotometric method for the determination of cefotaxime sodium and cefoperazone sodium in pure and pharmaceutical dosage forms”, am chem sci j 3.4, 514-25. 11. adegoke oa and umoh oe (2009), a new approach to the spectrophotometric determination of metronidazole and tinidazole using p‐dimethylaminobenzaldehyde, acta pharmaceutica 59 (4), 407‐419 12. revanasiddappa hd and veena ma (2007)“ spectrophotometric determination of mosapride in pure and pharmaceutical preparations”, ecl. quím., são paulo, 32(4), 71‐ 75. 13. british pharmacopoeia,(1993) volume i, her majesty’s stationery office, london.,449. 14. revanasiddappa, hd and manju b.(2002) “a spectrophotometric method for the determination of metoclopramide and dapsone”. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 25, 631‐637. 15. nagaraja, p.; yathirajan, hs.; arunkumar, hr. and vasantha, ra(2002). novel coupling reagents for the sensitive spectrophotometric determination of nimesulide in pharmaceutical preparations. j. pharm. biomed. anal. 29, 277‐282. 16. fan, binglin, et al.(2013) "spectrophotometric determination of cefotaxime by using sodium 1, 2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonate." journal of analytical chemistry 68.11, 965968. 17. ilyas sajjad ali; et al.(2015) "investigation of spectrophotometric method for determination of cefotaxime sodium in different brands of pharmaceutical preparations." international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research 6.12, 5202. 18. hiremath, basavaraj, and bennikallu hire mruthyunjayaswamy.(2008) "development and validation of spectrophotometric methods for determination of ceftazidime in pharmaceutical dosage forms." acta pharmaceutica 58.3, 275-285. 19. qureshi, tahira, et al.(2013) "lc/uv determination of cefradine, cefuroxime, and cefotaxime in dairy milk, human serum and wastewater samples." springerplus 2.1, 1. 20. zhang, yuan-fu, et al.(2008) "determination of cefotaxime sodium by fluorometry." journal of analytical science 24.1, 82. table (1): effect of different acids on coupling reaction abs. acid(1m) 0.213 hno3 0.235 hcl 0.232 h2so4 0.004 ch3cooh chemistry |158 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (2): effect different bases on coupling reaction table (3):effect of diazotization reaction time on coupling reaction table (4):the change of reactant addition order abs. squence no. 0.004 azo compound. + base + reagent 1 0.246 azo compound + reagent + base 2 table (5): the stability abs. time(min.) 0.181 0 0.245 5 0.219 10 0.210 15 0.196 20 0.173 25 abs. the base 0.225 koh 0.231 na2co3 0.239 naoh abs. time(min.) 0.181 0 0.245 5 0.219 10 0.210 15 0.196 20 0.173 25 chemistry |159 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (6): optical characteristics and statistical data table (7): evaluation of the accuracy and precision of the proposed method r.s.d% relative error% amount found (µg.ml -1 ) * amount taken (µg.ml -1 ) compound 1.94 1.06 3.03 3.00 cefotaxime 0.72 1.68 8.13 8.00 0.58 0.47 10.04 10.00 0.29 0.25 20.05 20.00 *average of five replicate parameter value ʎmax(nm) 497 product color light orange regression equation y = 0.0192x + 0.058 standard errors of regression line 0.0043 correlation coefficient(r) 0.9999 coefficient of determination (r 2 ) 0.9999 beer s law range (µg ml -1 ) (1-70) limit of detection (µg ml -1 ) 0.750 limit of quantitation (µg ml -1 ) 2.740 sandell s sensitivity (µg cm -2 ) 0.0521 molar absorptivity (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) 11328 nature of azo dye structure 1:1 chemistry |160 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (8): the relative error value for 10µg.ml -1 of cef in the presence of different excipients relative error% amount added (ml) foreign compound 1000µg.ml -1 0.52 0.1 glucose 1.04 0.3 2.60 0.5 1.04 0.1 lactose 2.08 0.3 3.13 0.5 1.04 0.1 vanillin 2.60 0.3 3.64 0.5 0.52 0.1 starch 1.04 0.3 3.13 0.5 0.52 0.1 magnesium citrate 1.56 0.3 2.60 0.5 0.52 0.1 acacia 1.56 0.3 3.13 0.5 chemistry |161 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (9): recovery data obtained by application of the present method in drug formulation recovery% amount found (µg) amount taken(µg) pharma. preparation 101.04 5.05 5.00 cefotaxime (injection 1000mg)roth (germen) 101.04 10.10 10.00 99.10 4.95 5.00 cefotaxime ( injection 1000mg) mn. pharmaceuticals (turkish) 99.64 9.96 10.00 99.28 4.96 5.00 cefotaxime (injection 1000 mg) ldp(spain) 100.52 10.05 10.00 table (10): recovery of data obtained by standard addition method for cef in synthetic drug samples recovery% conce. found*µg.ml -1 conce. taken µg.ml -1 sample cef. with 200µg.ml1 of (aca., magnesium citrate, starch, van., lac., gluc.) 99.01 9.90 10.00 *average of three replicate table (11): analytical parameter for the determination of cef by the proposed method comparing to another methods ref. recovery% liner rangeµg.ml -1 d.lµg.ml -1 technique used 16 98.90–101.20 3.80 – 114.60 3.00 spectrophotometric 17 1.00– 20.00 0.74 spectrophotometric 18 100.76-101.08 10.00– 90.00 14.41 spectrophotometric 19 1.00-20.00 0.14 hplc 20 103.47 1.00– 24.00 0.36 fluoresces 99.00-101.28 1.00-150.00 0.75 present method chemistry |162 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (2) :absorption spectra of :(a)10µg.ml -1 cef against reagent blank,(b)blank solution figure (3): effect of the volume of 3,5-dimethyl phenol on color development figure (4): effect of sodium nitrite volume on color development 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 1 2 3 4 a b s. reagent v.(ml) 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 a b s. v. of nano2(ml) chemistry |163 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (5): calibration curve for the determination of cef under optimum condition figure (6): the residual error of liner regression model figure (7): job's curve of 2×10 -2 m cef and 3,5-dmph y = 0.0192x + 0.0584 r² = 0.9999 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 a b s. con. µg/ml -0.0015 -0.001 -0.0005 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5r e si d u a l fitted value 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 a b s. vml cef. /vml cef. + vml reag. chemistry |164 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (8) :mole ratio of 2×10 -2 m for each cef and 3,5-dmph figure (9): absorption spectra of,(a) 10µg.ml -1 of colored compound under optimum condition, (b) blank solution against solvent figure (10):plot of standard addition method for application suggested study for the determination of cef y = 1.1286x + 0.2654 r² = 0.9997 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 a b s. v.(ml) chemistry |165 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 scheme (1): the suggested reaction mechanism between cef and 3,5-dmph 212 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 calculation the cross sections of 10b(n,p)10be reaction by using the reciprocity theory for the first excited state s. a. ebrahiem, k. h. mahdi ,a. k.taki department of physics ,college of education ibn al-haytham , university of baghdad received in: 10 april 2011, accepted in: 11february 2012 abstract in this study light elements 10b , 10be for 10b(n,p)10be reaction as well as proton energy from 0.987 mev to 2.028 mev with threshold energy (1.04mev) are used according to the available data of reaction cross sections. the more recent cross sections data of 10be(p,n)10b reaction is reproduced in fin steps in the specified energy range , as well as cross section (p,n) values were derived from the published data of (n,p) as a function of energy in the same fine energy steps by using the reciprocity theory of principle inverse reaction . this calculation involves only the first excited state of 10b , 10be in the reactions 10be(p,n)10b and 10b(n,p)10be. key word: cross sections , reverse reaction , stopping power, neutron yield introduction the interaction of particles with matter is described in terms of quantities known as cross sections which is defined in the following way [1]. consider a thin target of area (a) and thickness (x) containing(n) atoms per unit volume, placed in a uniform mono-directional beam of incident particles (neutrons for example of intensity io, which strikes the entire target normal to its surface as shown in fig.(1). it is found that the rate at which interactions occur within the target is proportional to the beam intensity and to the atom density, area and thickness of the target summarizing this experimental result by an equation, we define the interaction rate (in the entire target) = σ i n a x -----(1) where the proportionality constant σ is known as the cross section , thus σ = interaction rate / inax -----(2) as nax is equal to the total number of atoms in the target, it follow s that σ is the interaction rate per atom in the target per unit intensity of the incident beam [2] . reciprocity theory if the cross-sections of the reaction a(p,n)b are measured as a functions of tp (tp = kinetic energy of proton ) the cross –sections of the inverse reaction b(n,p)a can be calculated as a function of tn (tn = kinetic energy of neutron) using the reciprocity theorem [3] which states that : σ (p,n) σ (n,p) ─────── = ────── ---------(3) g p,n d p2 g n,p d n2 213 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 where σ(p,n) and σ(n,p) represent crosssections of (p,n) and (n,p) reactions respectively , g is a statistical factor and d is the de–broglie wave length divided by 2π and is given by ħ d = ───── -----------(4) mv where ħ is dirac constant (h /2π ) , h is plank constant , m and v are mass and velocity of p or n particle . from eq.(4),we have ħ² d 2 = ───── ---------(5) 2 mt the statistical g-factors are givens by [3] 2jc + 1 g p,n = ────────────── ---------(6) (2ia + 1)(2ip + 1) and 2jc + 1 g n,p = ───────────── ----------(7) (2ib +1)(2in +1) the conservation low of the momentum implique that : ia + ip = jc = ib + in ----------(8) and πa . πp (-1)ℓp = πc = πb . πn (-1) ℓn ----------(9) jc and πc are total angular momentum and parity of the compound nucleus . ia and πa are total angular momentum and parity of nucleus a. ib and πb are total angular momentum and parity of nucleus b. ip and πp are total angular momentum and parity of proton. in and πn are total angular momentum and parity of neutron . πp = πn = +1 ----------(10) 214 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ip = sp + ℓp ----------(11) where ip is the total angular momentum of proton sp is spin of proton = 1\2 ℓp is the orbital angular momentum of proton and in = sn + ℓn ----------(12) where in is the total angular momentum of the neutron sn is spin of neutron = 1/2 ℓn is the orbital angular momentum of neutron from eq.(1-8),we have : │ jc ia│≤ lp ≤ │ jc + ia│----------(13) and │ jc ib │≤ ln ≤ │ jc + ib │----------(14) the reactions a(p,n)b and b(n,p)a can be represented with the compound nucleus c as in the following schematic diagram. it is clear that there are some important and useful relations between the kinetic energies of the neutron and proton[4] . one can calculate the separation energies of proton (sp) and neutron (sn) using the following relations: sp and sn are separation energies of p and n from c as shown fig(2)[4]. then ma e = sp + ─────── tp ----------(15a) ma+ mp mb e = sn + ─────── tn ----------(15b) mb+ mn with sp = 931.5 [ ma + mp mc ] -------(16) sn = 931.5 [ mb + mn mc ] ------(17) combining (15a) , (15b) , (16) and (17) and as the qvalue of the reaction a(p, n)b is given by : q = 931.5 [ ma + mp − mb – mn ] ----------(18) then mb ma q = ─────── tn − ─────── tp ----------(19) mb+ mn ma + mp or : mb + mn ma tn = ───────── ──────── tp + q --------(20) mb ma + mp the threshold energy et h is given by : ma + mp et h = – q ──────── ------(21a) ma ma q = – ──────── et h ------(21b) 215 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ma + mp then mb + mn ma tn = ──────── * ──────── (tp et h ) --------(22) mb ma + mp eq . (3) can be written as follows : 8 g n,p mp tp σ (n,p) = ──────────── σ (p,n) --------(23) g p,n mn tn it is clear form this equation that the cross sections of reverse reaction are related by a variable parameters which can be calculated if the nuclear characteristics of the reactions are known. results and discussion the cross section of (p,n) reactions for the elements 10b , 10be for 10b(n,p)10be reaction available in the literature[5] , have been taken and re-plotted for a defined energy level as shown in fig.(3).these plots were analyzed using the matlab computer program to obtain the cross sections for the selected energies the atomic mass of elements and isotopes mentioned in this study have been taken from the latest nuclear wallet cards released by the national nuclear data center(nndc)[6] and the energy level, parity and spin scheme of isotopes from [7]. by using the reciprocity theory we derive the mathematical formula for 10b(n,p)10be reaction for first excited state : np n p pn t t ,, 664.1 ss = the evaluated cross sections as a function of neutron energy from (0.0320) mev to (0.9881) mev of present work are listed in tables (1). these data plotted in fig.(4) we get mathematical equation representing the cross sections distribution in the indicated range of energy and percentage error ( ± 0.3164) for every data : y = 3.3e+4*x^10 1.7e+5*x^9 + 3.9e+5*x^8 -4.9e+5*x^7 + 3.8e+5*x^6-1.9e+5*x^5+5.9e+4*x^4 1.1e+4*x^3 + 1.1e+3*x^2 43*x +0.52 we get the maximum cross section to produced the 10be by neutron energy (0.357mev) and (0.9881mev) are (1.1601 mbarn) and (1.3061mbarn) respectively and 10be very important in technology field. in fig.(4) we observed that the high probability( high cross sections ) to produced 10be in intermediate and fast neutrons. references 1. alex, d.r. green, e.s., (1955) , nuclear physics, mcgraw-hill book company , inc.. 2. huizenga, j.r. and igo, g. (1962) , nuclear physics. 29 :462-473. 3. macklin, r.l. and gibbons, j.h. (1968) ,phys. rev. 165:1147. 216 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 4. ebrahiem, s.a. (2007) , cross sections of (n,α) reaction from cross sections of(α,n) reaction using the reciprocity theory for the ground state" , p (34-40) . 5. eremin, n.v. zeinalov sh.s. & et al. ,(1987) , investigation of resonance structures in 10b(p,n) reaction at low proton energies , c,87jurmal, p (300). 6. audi, g. and wapstra, a . (1995) , nuclear physics , a 595 (4):409. 7. firestons r.b and shirley, v.s , (1999 ), table of isotopes eighth edition , newyork . table (1):the cross sections of 10b(n,p)10be re action as a function of ne utron e ne rgy pre s e nt work ne utron e ne rgy (me v) xs e ctions (mbarn) p.work ne utron e ne rgy (me v) xs e ctions (mbarn) p.work ne utron e ne rgy (me v) xs e ctions (mbarn) p.work 0.0320 0.0517 0.2280 0.7492 0.5000 0.5801 0.0530 0.0164 0.2350 0.9339 0.5100 0.5274 0.0670 0.0387 0.2440 0.9996 0.5150 0.4834 0.0760 0.0691 0.2640 1.2036 0.5280 0.4041 0.0780 0.6758 0.2890 0.9068 0.5520 0.3558 0.0840 0.4118 0.2920 0.5685 0.5770 0.3379 0.1040 1.2568 0.3120 0.6081 0.5990 0.3292 0.1280 0.8024 0.3330 0.9112 0.6200 0.3243 0.1310 0.5743 0.3570 1.1601 0.6481 0.3591 0.1400 0.6356 0.3790 0.8667 0.7061 0.5129 0.1590 0.6400 0.3870 0.7787 0.7411 0.4771 0.1690 0.8377 0.4080 0.7260 0.7931 0.8604 0.1810 0.9605 0.4350 0.7081 0.8951 0.8938 0.1910 0.9208 0.4680 0.7120 0.9441 0.9329 0.2170 0.7318 0.4800 0.4969 0.9881 1.3061 217 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 n nb b t mm m + io i x fig. (1): a schematic diagram illustrating the definition of total cross section in terms of the reduction of intensity[1]. c e b + n a + p sn sp q p pa a t mm m + 218 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 c fig. (2):sce matic diagram of the re actions [4] 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 proton energy (mev) c ro ss s ec ti on s( m ba rn ) n.v.eremin, sh.s.zeinalov, a.p.kabachenko shape-preserving(present work) fig.( 3): cros s s e ctions of 10be(p,n)10b re action [5] fig.(4): cros s s e ctions of 10b(n,p)10be re action p.work 219 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 بأستعمال نظرية التعاكس 10b(n,p)10beحساب المقاطع العرضية لتفاعل للمستو المتهيج االول سميرة احمد ابراهيم ¡ علي كاظم تقي ¡خالد هادي معة بغدادجا ¡ابن الهيثم –ه كلية التربي ¡قسم الفيزياء 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في 2011نيسان 10لبحث في çاستلم الخالصة للبيانـات 10b(n,p)10be) للتفاعـل 10b , 10beفـي هـذه الدراسـة اعيـد حسـاب المقـاطع العرضـية للنـوى الخفيفـة ( وبطاقـة عتبــه مقــدارها mev (2.028) الـى mev (0.987)المتـوفرة فــي االدبيـات العالميــة وللمـدى الطــاقي مـن (1.04)mev دالـة للمقـاطع العرضــية وبخطـوات طاقيــة معينـة . بأســتعمال نظريـة التعــاكس اشـتقت معادلــة لحسـاب المقــاطع 10be(p,n)10bوللمستو المتهيج االول وذلك باالعتماد علـى المقـاطع العرضـية لتفاعـل 10b(n,p)10beالعرضية لتفاعل . تــم جدولــة ورســـم matlab-6.5)ول علــى معادلـــة للرســم البيــاني مــن خــالل اســـتخدام بــرامج الحاســوب (ومــن ثــم الحصــ . 10beالنتائج فضال عن مناقشة النتائج وتحديد نوع النيوترون ألنتاج الحصيلة النيوترونية ،قدرة االيقاف ،التفاعل المعاكس ¡المقاطع العرضية: الكلمات المفتاحية ihjpas. 36(1)2023 170 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license preparation, structural characterization and biological activities of curcumin-metal(ii)-l-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanin(l-dopa)complexes abstract in the present work, a first-row divalent d-transition metal obtained from curcumin(curc) and l-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanin(l-dopa)have been synthesized which their complexes and characterized by c.h.n, conductance, spectral methods: ft-ir, ultra–visible. magneto-chemical measurements, molar conductance λm (1×10−3 mol/l in dmso):360.84 ohm-1.cm2.mol-1 (nonelectrolyte). the data shows that the complexes have the structure [m((ii))-(curc)-(l-dopa)] system. electronic and magnetic data suggest an octahedral geometry for all complexes in which the (l-dopa) and curcumin act as bidentate ligands. curcumin coordinated to the metal ions m (ii) through the lone pair of electrons of oxygen in 2(c=o) groups. the (l-dopa) coordinated to m (ii) as a mono negative bidentate ligand through the oxygen atom of the carboxylate and the (n), atom of the (-nh2) groups. the general formula was given for the prepared mixed ligand complexes as [m (cur)(l-dopa)2 ]. m= mn (ii), fe (ii),co(ii),ni(ii),cu (ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii).the ligands and their metal complexes were screened for their antimicrobial activity klebsiella pneumonie,and staphylococcus aureus, and candida albicans. metal chelates showed very good antimicrobial activity than their parent curcumin-and (ldopa). keywords: curcumin, (l-dopa), α -amino acid and antimicrobial activity. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2899 article history: received 19 june 2022, accepted 28 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq hala mohammed salh department of chemstry , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hala.mohammed1205a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq taghreed h al-noor department of chemstry , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. drtaghreed2@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hala.mohammed1205a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:drtaghreed2@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 171 1.introduction α -amino acid, l-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanin(ldopa) derivatives used as building blocks to generate protein [1,2] it also in humans, behaves like a hormone in the circulatory system with alzheimer's and parkinson's diseases. a tetradentate (n2o2) schiff base (h2ldfm) was successfully synthesized via condensation of curcumin / diferuloylmethane (dfm) and l-leucine amino acid (hl) [3]. the bacteriostatic effects `of l-dopa complexes shown to be more pitent than l-dopa .brien et al. (2021), have been reported synthesis, cis-bis(l-dopa -2n, o) cu (ii).h2o [5]. rama et al, chemical speciation of ternary complexes of l-dopa and1,10-phenanthroline as [(metal: (l-dopa): (phena)] [(metal: (l-dopa): 2 (phena)] molar ratios . metal: co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) in 30% v/v, 2-propanediol–water mixtures [6]. curcumin, is a yellow coloring and have many functional groups as a polyphenolic natural pigment, a powerful natural chelating agent by conjugated β-diketone moiety and shown to exhibit biological properties: anti-viral, anticancer, anti-inflammatory, anti-bacterial,anti-fungal, and antioxidant activities and the requirement to treat alzheimer's diseases [6]. curcumin ingreses the sencentivy cells to cisplatin through down-regulation of fen1 [7]. complexation of curcumin with metals ions al(iii), ga(iii), se(ii) and metal oxides of rare earth ions were synthesized, 1 : 1 and 1 : 2(metal/ion),respectively[8]. the curcumin complexes of the schiff base [ (curc )l-tyrosine] with pb(ii) , al(iii), and ag(i) ions constitute an especially interesting series of compounds. [9]. complexation of curcumin with transition metals were synthesized, characterized and evaluated for various biological activities [10]. l-dopa curcumin figure1. the structures of l-dopa and curcumin in this work, we synthetic and characterized of some complexes derives from curcumin, as a primary ligand and (ldopa)as a secondary ligand figure1. 2.experimental 2-1. materials and physical measurements: all solvents and reagents were obtained from sigma-aldrich and used without further purification. metal salts [zn(ii), cu(ii), ni(ii), co(ii) cd(ii), and mn(ii) ] as chlorides.the melting points using stuart srs –usa of the complexes . ultraviolet-visible spectra were obtained using solvent(10−3m-dmso) between (200 to 1100) nm for comparison by u.v 160a shimadzu).the fourier-transform infrared spectra were recorded using kbr pellets at range (400‐ 4000 cm−1).on ftir 8400-s. shimadzu spectrophotometry.the conductivity measurements of the compounds ( 10−3mol/l in dmso) were obtained using digital ino-labro.720conductivity.m% recorded by using atomic absorption spectrophotometer shimadzu -a. a 620. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/natural_pigment https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/natural_pigment ihjpas. 36(1)2023 172 2-2. general procedure for the synthesis of complexes 1–8 [11]. preparation of potassium-2-aminohydroxytyrosine,levodopa, 3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-l (ldopak+): the amino acid l2-amino-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl) propanoic-acid [0.394 g,2 m mol]was dissolved in 20 ml h2o/ethanol(50%) mixture containing koh (0.112 g, 2 mmol) in a flask and stirred at (30 ºc), the solution of ligand (l-dopa) was deprotonated to l-dopalanilate ion by using (koh)according to the scheme 1 scheme 1. the elucidation (l-dopak+) preparation of complexes: [11]. molar ratio m: cur: (l-dopa),[1 :1 : 2]. a mixture of (1 mmol)curcumine,and(2 mmol) (l-dopak+)in 50ml ethanol/water [1:1] v/v was added to the metal chloride (1 mmol) in the least amount of distilled water. the reaction mixture was prepared for 30 min with constant stirring to ensure complete formation of the complexes. the precipitated solid complexes were filtered, washed for several times with 50% (v/v) ethanol/water and recrystallized in ethanol, and dried in vacuum over anhydrous cacl2. 3.results and discussion generally, the complexes were prepared by reacting the respective metal salts with the ligands using [cur:m: (l-dopa)2] mole ratio, i.e. one mole of curcumin , one mole of metal salt and two mole of (ldopa) [9] as the following equations: 2(l-dopa) +2koh→ 2 (l-dopak+) + 2h2o 2 (l-dopak+) + curc +mcl2.nh2o → [m(curc) (l-dopa)2] + nh2o + 2kcl n= 0 …6 {where (curc) is curcumin and [l-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanin(l-dopa)]: as shown scheme 2. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 173 scheme 2. route the synthesis of [m(curc)(l-dopa)2] complexes scheme 3. zwitterion of (l-dopa) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 174 table 1. physico-chemical data of the [m (curc)( l-dopa)2]complexes the method of preparation of complexes to be reproducible, yielding 92-98% of products. recrystallization purified all complexes from ethanol and have yellow to orange. the physical and analytical data of complexes were listed in table 1. the melting point range was between 182256◦c. the melting points of the (l-dopa) ligand were higher than that of the metal complexes but compounds yield colour m.p °c λm 1000 l/c ohm -1 cm 2 mol -1 in dmso1 0 -3 m found (calc.)% c h n m 1 -l mn(curc)([ ] 2dopa) dark brown 187-185 0.60 57.43 )57.00( 3.43 (3.8 8) 6.74 (6.77) 6.74 (7.2) 2 ]2dopa)-l fe(curc)([ bright brown 185-183 0.88 57.36 )57.00( 3.43 (4.0 0) 6.84 (6.70) 6.84 (7.7) 3 ]2dopa)-lco(curc)([ yellow 184-182 0.56 57.15 )56.17( 3.42 (3.0 0) 7.19 (6.88) 7.19 (8.2) 4 ]2dopa)-)(lni(curc[ dark yellow 186-184 0.36 57.16 )58.61( 3.42 (3.0 0) 7.16 (6.08) 7.16 (8.2) 5 ]2dopa)-lcu(curc)([ bright brown 188-185.5 0.55 56.83 )57.01( 3.40 (3.0 0) 7.71 (6.88) 7.71 (8.7) 6 ] 2dopa)-lzn(curc)([ yellow 190-188.7 0.84 56.70 )55.50( 3.39 (3.0 0) 7.92 (6.88) 7.92 (8.2) 7 ]2dopa)-lcd(curc)([ yellow 220-222 1.80 53.65 (57.01) 3.21 (3.0 0) 12.87 (12.00) 12.87 (13.3) 8 [hg(curc)(l-dopa)2] yellowish brown 256 1.05 48.73 (47.31) 2.91 (3.0 0) 20.87 (20.00) 20.87 (…….) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 175 lower for (curc). the results of elemental analyses (c.h.n) for complexes were found to be in agreement with the proposed molecular formulae of the complexes. most of the compounds are soluble in water and most common organic solvents like dmf, dmso and acetone.λm (1×10−3 m,dmso): (molar conductance 0.360.84 (ohm-1.cm2.mol-1 non-electrolyte nature). [10]. the test for chloride ion with agno3 solution was negative (nil%) indicating that there is no (cl-) outside the coordination sphere of the central metal. table 1, propose that the complexes are formed in 1:1:2 [m:curc: (l-dopa)2 )] ratio. [12-13]. ir spectra of [m (curc)( ldopa)2] complexes (1-8) ir spectrum of zwitterion of (ldopa) as shown in scheme 3 is shows strong broad absorption 3432( br,-oh), 3112 (c-h stretching) , (3200 cm-1) might be due to νoh stretching and at 3066cm-1 due to the νas(+nh3) and at stretching νs(+nh3)( 2927 cm -1.the stretching of the – nh2group of free ldoba were observed at 3387 cm -1 , and bending vibrations at 817 cm-1 ,the ν (ch3) and ν (ch) groups appeard around (3000 2835) cm –1 overlap with the ν amino group. 1557 νc=c phenyl ring stretching's, [14]. 1095 aromatic δνc-h bending, the (l-dopa) spectrum show two absorption at 1570 cm–1and 1448 cm–1 belong to νasym (-coo−) and νsym(-coo−) respectively figure 2.[15-16]. the energy difference δ ν =200 cm–1,in complexes , indicates coordination between (-coo–) group of (l-dopa) and metal ions via oxygen atom. the spectrum of (curc) table 2. the were observed broad band in recovery (3059-3475) cm-1 corresponding to a (phenolic hydrogen -bonded compound) and at 1627 cm-1 due to ν (c=o). bands due to (co c) at 1157cm-1. 3066 (arc h) and 1438 (arc= c) [11]. and has two at (1626 and 1601 )cm1 depicated to the whith co group conjugated with c =c double bonds [16-17] the (l-dopa) coordinated to m (ii) as a mono negative bidentate ligand through the oxygen atom(o) of the (-coo−)and the (n), atom of the amine(-nh2) group table 2. the appearance of these bands supported the coordination of the (l-dopa) ligand to the metal ions through oxygen and nitrogen atoms. while (curc) coordinates as a neutral bidentate through (o) in the (c=o) group. new bands at 428-497 cm-1 and 520-601 cm-1 were observed and assigned to v(m-o) and v (m-n), respectively, which are absent in both free ligands [16-20]. figure 2. ft-ir spectrum of (l-dopa) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 176 the geometry of all complexes were posted from the position of the bands in the electronic spectra and observed values of magnetic moments (μeff) which are summarized in table 3. the (uv-vis) spectrum of the (curc) in dmso figure 3 exhibits two absorption peaks, (λmax 440 nm)( 22727 cm-1) and (λmax 270 nm,37037 cm-1) can be due either to an nπ* transition or to a combination of ππ*,and n→π*transitions respectively, in the ketone ( c=o ) group agree with data reported [19]. the (uv-vis) spectrum for the (l-dopa) figure 4 exhibits two absorption peaks, (λmax 451 nm, 22727 cm-1) and (λmax 277 nm.37037 cm-1) due to an n→π*transition [22,23]. in zn ((ii)), hg ((ii)),andcd ((ii)) complexes, are (dimegnetic) with octahedral environment., , d10 orbitals are completely filled exhibit charge transfer(c.t), [17-18]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 177 table 2. characteristic ir (kbr) vmax frequencies in (cm-1)of complexes compound phenol (aroh) v(nh2) ν(c-h) aromatic ν(c-h) aliphatic ν(c=o) keton ν(c=o) coo asy, sym ν (c=c) δ ν coo ( (asym-sym) ν (m-n) ν (m-o) -mn(curc)(l[ ] 2dopa) 3506 3375 3012 2843 1508 1627 1427 1458 200 520 428 ]2dopa)-fe(curc)(l[ 3502 3414 3012 2943 1508 1627 1427 1462 200 574 428 ]2dopa)-co(curc)(l[ 3506 3417 3012 2974 1508 1627 1427 1458 200 574 428 ]2dopa)-ni(curc)(l[ 3506 3300 3136 3016 2943 1508 1627 1427 1458 200 597 424 ]2dopa)-cu(curc)(l[ 3506 3012 2943 1508 1627 1427 1458 200 597 497 ]2dopa)-zn(curc)(l[ 3506 3275 3012 2843 1508 1627 1427 1458 200 543 466 ]2dopa)-cd(curc)(l[ 3510 3406 3128 3016 2978 1508 1627 1427 1458 200 601 451 ]2dopa)-hg(curc)(l[ 3510 3414 3290 3039 2920 1589 1627 1427 1450 216 597 451 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 178 figure 3. electronic spectrum of the (curc ) figure 4. electronic spectrum of the (l-dopa) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 179 table 3. electronic spectral data of the (curc ml-dopa) metal complexes 4. biological activities the in-vitro biological activity of the the synthesized compunds in dmso and all the plates were incubated at 370c and were tested against the bacterial [escherichia coli,and staphylococcus aureus] and candida albicans by well diffusion method using nutrient agar as medium. the results were tabulated in table 4,showed dmso used as solvent negative control as it did not show any activity against bacteria,.two ligands showed antimicrobial activity against gram-positive and gram negative bacteria and against candida albicans. [26] all complexes possess biological activity[20 ] and which have the same activities. all tested of [m (curc)(l-dopa)2] mixed-ligand complexes were detected the same activities and good antimicrobial activity, displayed higher activities candida albicans fungus compared to bacteria.as show in table 4 figure 5 and chart 1 [24-26],.antifungal studies towards all tested fungi enhanced activity when coordinated with all metals, on chelation the polarity of the ion due to the overlap of the ligand orbital and partial sharing of the positive charge of the ion with donor groups reduced to a greater extent [27,28] . complexes λ nm cm ν ϵ max assignments μb ] 2dopa )-mn(curc)( l[ 273 435 765 36630 22988 13071 376 1584 33 n→π* charge transfer 6a1g (s) →4t1g 5.4 ]2dopa )-fe(curc)( l[ 270 436 795 843 37037 22935 12578 11862 580 2014 27 26 π →π* n →π* a1g →4t1g a1g→4t2g 4.11 ]2dopa )-co(curc) ( l[ 270 436 752 800 934 37037 22935 13297 12500 10706 362 1369 13 13 11 π→ π* 4t1g(f) → 4t2g(f), t1g(f) → 4t1g(p) t1g(f) → 4a2g(f) 4.62 ]2dopa )-ni(curc)( l[ 270 437 809 37037 22883 123609.93 314 1260 15 n→π* charge transfer (p)g1t 3→ (f)g2a 3 3.01 ]2dopa )-cu(curc)( l[ 271 436 934 36900 22935 10706 350 1465 3 n→π* ct 2eg → 2t2g 2.04 ] 2dopa )-zn(curc)( l[ 270 435 37037 22988 301 1251 * charge transfer 0.0 ]2dopa)-cd(curc)( l[ 267 436 37453 22935 11350 596 2138 33 * charge transfer 0.0 [hg (curc)(l-dopa)2] 267 435 37453 22988 659 2239 * charge transfer 0.0 http://www.ijpsonline.com/article.asp?issn=0250-474x;year=2010;volume=72;issue=2;spage=216;epage=222;aulast=neelakantan#ref16 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 180 table 4. zone of inhibition, (zi) diameter in mm of the[m (curc)(l-dopa)2] complexes comp. staphylococus aureus klebsiella pneumonie candida albicans )6o20h21curc (c 12 17 25 )2no7h3dopa) (c-( l 16 18 20 dmso 0 0 0 1 ]2dopa)-mn(curc)(l[ 12 20 19 2 ]2dopa)-fe(curc)(l[ 13 20 13 3 ]2dopa)-co(curc)(l[ 14 20 20 4 ]2dopa)-ni(curc)(l[ 13 20 11 5 ]2dopa)-cu(curc)(l[ 14 20 27 6 ]2dopa)-zn(curc)(l[ 16 20 20 7 ]2dopa)-cd(curc)(l[ 16 15 30 8 ]2dopa)-hg (curc)(l[ 15 15 30 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 181 figure 5. the inhibition zone (zi) of compounds ihjpas. 36(1)2023 182 chart 1. the (zi) mm of ligands and [m (curc)(l-dopa)2] complexes (1-8) 5. proposed molecular structure examining complexes based on the above analysis, the data indicated the existence of (hexacoordinate an octahedral geometry around m(ii). the proposed structures of [m(ii)-(curc)-(l-dopa) ] are shown in figure 6. figure 6. probable 3-d structure of the complexes ihjpas. 36(1)2023 183 6.conclusion the synthetic direction adopted for the synthesis of new complexes was very simple with good yield. eight new mixed ligand metal(ii) coordination compounds have been prepared by using curcumin,l-dopa and appropriate metal chloride, in 1:1:2 curc:m:2 l-dopa molar ratio , m= mn (ii), fe (ii),co(ii) ,ni(ii),cu (ii), zn(ii), cd(ii) and hg(ii). the results suggest that octahedral symmetry for the all complexes which the curcumin and l-dopa may act as bidentate ligands. ldopa probably binds to the metal ions in the mono-deprotonated. the antibacterial activity studies were done using agar well diffusion technique and the result shows that the complexes have higher antibacterial activity than the free ligand. the ligands and their corresponding metal complexes were evaluated for biologically active, the complexes show better activity than the free ligands. acknowledgements this project is supported by the office of university of baghdad.iraq. the authors are grateful to the authorities of the university of baghdad references 1.kiss, t.; gergely. a. copper (ii) and nickel (ii) ternary complexes of l-dopa and related compounds. journal of inorganic biochemistry, 1985, 25, 247-259, https://doi.org/10.1016/01620134(85)80024-6 2.ostrov, d. a.; alkanani,a.; mcdaniel, k. a.; case, s.; baschal, e. e.; pyle, l.; michels, a. w. methyldopa blocks mhc class ii binding to disease-specific antigens in autoimmune diabetes. the journal of clinical investigation, 2018, 128, 1888-1902, https://doi.org/10.1172/jci97739 3.ali, a. m.; al-noor, t. h. synthesis, spectroscopic study, biological activity and dyeing application of curcumin-schiff base with various metal ions complexes. iop conf. ser.: mater. sci. eng, 2021, 1046, 012006, 10.1088/1757-899x/1046/1/012006 4.tosato, m.; di marco, v. metal chelation therapy and parkinson’s disease: a critical review on the thermodynamics of complex formation between relevant metal ions and promising or established drugs. biomolecules, 2019, 9, 269 https://doi.org/10.3390/biom9070269 5.o'brien, p.; poyner, e. a.; alraddadi,t. s.; hursthouse, m. b.; foxman, b. m. cis-bis (l-dopaκ2n, o) copper (ii) monohydrate: synthesis, crystal structure, and approaches to the analysis of pseudosymmetry. acta crystallographica section c: structural chemistry, 2021, 77, 383-390, https://doi.org/10.1107/s2053229621006082. 6.raju bendi, r.; santhee devi karri, v.; rao gollapalli, n. chemical speciation of ternary complexes of l-dopa and 1,10-phenanthroline with co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) in low dielectric media. chemical speciation and bioavailability, 2012, 24, 10.3184/095422912x13324388533472 7.hussain, y.; islam, l.; khan, h.; filosa, r.; aschner, m.; javed, s. curcumin-cisplatin chemotherapy: a novel strategy in promoting chemotherapy efficacy and reducing side effects. phytother. res, 2021, 35, 6514–6529. https://doi.org/10.1002/ptr.7225 8.barik, a.; mishra, b.; kunwar, a.; kadam, r. m.; shen, l.; dutta,s.; priyadarsini,k. i. comparative study of copper(ii)ecurcumin complexes as superoxide dismutase mimics and free radical scavengers. european journal of medicinal chemistry, 2007, 42, 431-439, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejmech.2006.11.012 9.ali, a. m.; al-noor, t. h.; abdalrazaq, e.; jbarah, a. a. q. synthesis and dft study of the complexation of schiff base derived curcumin and l-tyrosine with al https://doi.org/10.1016/0162-0134(85)80024-6 https://doi.org/10.1016/0162-0134(85)80024-6 https://doi.org/10.1172/jci97739 https://doi.org/10.3390/biom9070269 https://doi.org/10.1107/s2053229621006082 https://doi.org/10.3184/095422912x13324388533472 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejmech.2006.11.012 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 184 (iii), ag (i), and pb (ii) metal ions. indonesian journal of chemistry, 2021, 21, 708724, https://doi.org/10.22146/ijc.62188 10.baira, k.; ounissi, a.; merouani, h.; alam, m.; ouddai, n.; erto, a.; yadav, k. k.; islam, s.; cheon, j.-k.; jeon, b.-h. multitask quantum study of the curcumin-based complex physicochemical and biological properties. j. mol.sci, 2022, 23, https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms23052832 11.alkhafagi, z. h.; al-noor,t. h. synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of mixed ligand from phthalic acid and 1, 10-phenanthroline with their complexes. aip conference proceedings, 2020, 2290, https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0028226 12.geary, w. j. the use of conductivity measurements in organic solvents for the characterisation of coordination compounds. coordination chemistry reviews, 1971, 7, 81-122, https://doi.org/10.1016/s0010-8545(00)80009-0 13.abu-dief, a. m.; nassr, l. a. tailoring, physicochemical characterization, antibacterial and dna binding mode studies of cu (ii) schiff bases amino acid bioactive agents incorporating 5bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde. journal of the iranian chemical society, 2015, 12, 943-955, doi 10.1007/s13738-014-0557-9 14.cotton, f. a.; wilkinson, g.; murillo, c. a.; bochmann, m. advanced inorganic chemistry; john wiley and sons, inc: 1999, http://repository.vnu.edu.vn/handle/vnu_123/85212 15.nakamoto, k. infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds, part b: applications in coordination, organometallic, and bioinorganic chemistry; john wiley & sons, 2009. 16.vlad, m.; labadi, l.; sasca, v.; saity, l.; costisor, o. synthesis and thermal decomposition of the coordination polymer of 4, 4’-bipyridine and oxalate anion with cu (ii) and vo (iv). chem. bull. chem. bull. politechnica univ. timisoara, 2006, 51, 17-19. 17.calatayud, m. l.; castro, i.; sletten, j.; lloret, f.; julve, m. syntheses, crystal structures and magnetic properties of chromato-, sulfato-, and oxalato-bridged dinuclear copper (ii) complexes. inorganica chimica acta, 2000, 300, 846-854, https://doi.org/10.1016/s0020-1693(99)00590-3 18.barthes, m.; vik, a. f.; spire, a.; bordallo, h. n.; eckert, j. breathers or structural instability in solid l-alanine: a new ir and inelastic neutron scattering vibrational spectroscopic study. the journal of physical chemistry a, 2002, 106, 5230-5241, https://doi.org/10.1021/jp015615c 19.bodkhe. a. s.; patil. s. s.; shaikh. m. m. synthesis, characterization and antibacterial studies on mixed ligand copper complexes with polydentate ligands. acta poloniae pharmaceutica, 2012, 69, 871-877, issn 0001-6837. 20.deka, b.; bhattacharyya, a.; mukherjee, s.; sarkar, t.; soni, k.; banerjee, s.; hussain, a. ferrocene conjugated copper (ii) complexes of terpyridine and traditional chinese medicine (tcm) anticancer ligands showing selective toxicity towards cancer cells. applied organometallic chemistry, 2018, 32, e4287 https://doi.org/10.1002/aoc.4287 21.lever, a. b. p., inorganic electronic spectroscopy; netherlands, 1984, issn 0167-6881. 22.singh, p.d; jha, n.k.; mishra, l. k. complexes of 2, 4-dimercapto-s-triazolo-[4, 3-b]-1, 3, 4thiadiazole with some bivalent metal ions—i. journal of inorganic and nuclear chemistry, 1980, 42, 282-285, https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-1902(80)80258-2. 23.shriver, d. w., ; atkins, p. w., inorganic chemistry, electronic spectra of tm complexes: freeman; new york; 2006. 24.patel, k. s.; patel, j. c.; dholariya, h. r.; patel, v. k.; patel, k. d. synthesis of cu (ii), ni (ii), co (ii), and mn (ii) complexes with ciprofloxacin and their evaluation of antimicrobial, https://doi.org/10.22146/ijc.62188 https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms23052832 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 185 antioxidant and anti-tubercular activity. open journal of metal, 2012, 2, doi:10.4236/ojmetal.2012.23008 25.reiss, a.; florea, s.; caproiu,t.; stanica, n. synthesis, characterization, and antibacterial activity of some transition metals with the schiff base n-(2-furanylmethylene)-3aminodibenzofuran. turkish journal of chemistry, 2009, 33, 775-783 doi:10.3906/kim-0807-31 26.mohapatra, r. k.; el-ajaily, m. m.; alassbaly,f. s.; sarangi, a. k.; das, d.; maihub,a. a.; al-noor. t. h. dft, anticancer, antioxidant and molecular docking investigations of some ternary ni (ii) complexes with 2-[(e)-[4-(dimethylamino) phenyl] methyleneamino] phenol. chemical papers, 2021, 75, 1005-1019, https://doi.org/10.1007/s11696-020-01342-8 27.singh, k.; kumar, y.; puri, p.; sharma, c.; aneja, k. r. antimicrobial, spectral and thermal studies of divalent cobalt, nickel, copper and zinc complexes with triazole schiff bases. arabian journal of chemistry, 2017, 10, s978-s987, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arabjc.2012.12.038 28.abdul karem, lekaa k.; al-noor,t.h. synthesis, spectral and bacterial studies of mixed ligand complexes of schiff base derived from methyldopa and anthranilic acid with some metal ions. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied scienc, 2017, 235-247, https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1797. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arabjc.2012.12.038 preparation of complexes: [11]. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 35 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 effect of partial substitution of lanthanum (la) on the structural and electric properties of bi2sr2ca2cu3xlaxo10+δ kareem ali jassim dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science ( ibnal-haitham)/ university of baghdad haider sahi hussein general directorate of karbala education rceived in:16/april/2017,accepted in:6/september/2017 abstract in the current study, we investigate the effect of (la) substitution instead of (cu) on the properties of the superconductor compound (bi2sr2ca2cu3-xlaxo10+δ) with (x=0,0.05,0.1,0.15,0.2). the samples were prepared by solid state reaction method(ssr). xray diffraction technique (xrd) was used to estimate the structural properties of the specimens which show an orthorhombic crystalline structure for all the specimens. the results show that the change in ( la) concentration leads to decrease the concentration of (bi-2223), increment in (bi-2212 ) and(bi-2201) with appearance of some impurities. also decrease the critical temperature(tc) with the increase of ( la) concentration. key words : lanthanum substitution, (bi-2223) superconductor, structural properties, critical temperature. https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 36 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 introduction many researches were interested in preparing structure and properties of the superconductive compound since the discovery of the high temperature superconductors for the system (bi-sr-ca-cu-o)(bscco)[1]. the bi-based superconductive systems has layers structure so it consists of three phases including bi-2201,bi-2212 and bi-2223[2].the last number of each phase means the number of layers of cuo which has the critical temperatures (10k,80kand110k) consequently; the last means the temperature at which the electrical resistance equal to zero (r=0)[3]. it is difficult to prepare the phase (bi-2223) which is characterized by the highest critical temperature (110k) among the three phases as a single phase. the properties of superconductors can be controlled by adding or substituting an element different in its ionic radius and its bonding features, the improvement or deterioration in the superconductors properties depends on the features of added or replaced elements that are different in their radius and bonding properties so most studies concentrate on the fashioning and properties improvement in (bi-2223) depending on substitution studying[4]. the phase( bi-2223) is considered the most important phase in the system( bscco) because it is characterized by high critical temperature and critical current intensity [5].also it has a promising future in high magnetic field applications at liquid nitrogen temperature; generally the third phase form is (bi2sr2ca2cu3o10+δ)[6]. the studies on pb,sb,cd and ag substitution instead of bismuth show that the addition of small amount of pb improves the critical temperature from (92k to 106k) while the addition of pb and cd instead of bismuth leads to increase the transition temperature from (85k to 110k),also the partial substitution of( ba) instead of( sr),(pb and hg) instead of (bi) leads to improvement of some ( bi2sr2ca2cu3o10+δ ) properties. these substitutions improve (bi2223) formation, support and improve the superconductivity because they lead to a high critical temperature reaching (129kand125k) for the compounds (bi1.75hg0.25sr1.9ba0.1ca2cu3o10.271 ),( bi1.75pb0.25sr1.9ba0.1ca2cu3o10.26 ) consequently. also the substitution of(bi) by(ag) leads to improvement in properties and increasing the critical temperature from (110kto 129k).[7-11] other researchers study the partial substitution effect of (li) and (cd) instead of (bi) in the superconductive compound(bi2pb0.3sr2ca2cu3o10+δ),the specimen prepared by solid state reaction and the (xrd) show that all specimens are orthorhombic crystalline structure and contain the phases (bi-2212,bi-2223) for both. the electrical resistivity measurement shows that the highest critical temperature values equal to (130k,126k) at substitution ratio (0.3,0.2) in(li,cd) usage respectively, with a noticeable increment of c/a in case of substitution by (cd).[12,13] also studying the partial substitution of(mn)and(mg) instead of (ca) on the properties of the superconductive compound (bi1.7pb0.3sr2ca2-xmnxcu3o10+δ) and (bi1.6pb0.4sr2ca2xmgxcu3o10+δ) respectively ,both specimens prepared by solid state reaction,(xrd)show an orthorhombic crystalline structure and (bi-2223) phase more than (bi-2212) phase with the presence of very small amount of impurities for both. the measurement of electrical resistivity shows that the highest critical temperature value(tc=118k) at(x=0.3) in case of substitution by (mn),while in case of (mg) substitution the highest critical temperature value(tc=104k) at(x=0.2) and the c/a of the highest value.[14,15] the properties of the superconductive system(bi2sr2ca2cu3ox) has been studied where the specimens prepared by solid state reaction method with different temperatures and sintering time and the results of(xrd)show that all specimens contain the phases(bi-2201,bi2212,bi-2223)and some other non superconducting phases(sr8.5bi6ca2.5o22),the crystalline structure of (bi-2223) is orthorhombic ,and he conclude that the best and more successful way of preparation and formation of(bi-2223) is the solid state reaction method.[16] https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 37 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 on the other hand (la) substitution instead of (ca) leads to decrement of(bi-2223) concentration, (bi-2212) concentration increment, decreasing the critical temperature and transforming the superconductor compound to insulator behavior by increasing (la) content.[17] the results of (ni) substitution instead of (cu) shows decreasing in tc and changing of some compounds at certain concentration of(ni) from superconductor to insulator with increasing ni concentration[18].the study of (cu) replacement by (li) shows an orthorhombic crystalline structure for all the specimens and tc increment with increasing (li) concentration[19].the (xrd) in studying (mg) substitution instead of (cu) in (bi-2223)at concentration(0-0.7) shows the presence of(bi-2212) in the crystalline structure beside the presence of other phases of impurities while the electrical resistivity measurement shows a little effect on onset and offset transition temperature at (r=0).[20] other study reached to the results that (cu) substitution by metallic ions leads to deterioration of superconductive properties and the degree of deterioration depends especially on the type of ion. generally the greatest suppression in superconducting occurs when the ion occupy the (cu) position in layers(cu-o) while a less suppression occurs when the ion occupy the (cu) position in the linear chain[21].in this work we succeeded in preparation of a polycrystalline superconductor compound (bi2sr2ca2cu3-xlaxo10+δ) as a pellets shaped specimens by using the solid-state reaction and we study the effect of (la) substitution instead of (cu) on its electrical and structural properties. materials and methods preparation of samples by the solid-state reaction using a specific weight of highly purified oxides powder of (bi2o3,sro,cao,cuo,la2o3 12 (1.5hr) to get rid of humidity then reweighting by a highly sensitive digital balance (4-digit), mixing and grinding by an el 12 1 compressed by a hydraulic compressor under (7tons/cm 2 ) compression force for (1 minute) as pellets of (1.5 cm) 0 1 -0 2 0 1 0 diffusion as much as possible. the last step is cooling to room temperature at the sam 10 0 d-value and (hkl) reflections mathematically depending on braggs law of (xrd),then measure the unit cell density and calculate the formed phases concentrations according to the following equation:[17] v(phase)=∑гa ∑г1+г2+ +гn---------------(1) гa = г1 г2 гn =intensity values of all peaks in xrd. a four probe technique were used to measure the electrical resistivity as a temperature function with the aid of nanovoltemeter and constant current source, with cooling by the liquid nitrogen. result and discussion. figure (1). shows the (xrd) pattern for (bi-2223) doped by ( la),from diffraction positions and peaks,we see that all the specimens contain a high percentage of the high temperature phase ( bi-2223 ). a few peaks of low intensity phases (bi-2212andbi-2201)that has a low temperature, with appearance of some impurity phases. figure (2).shows the comparison of ( bi-2223)in the pure specimen and in the (la) doped specimen , it was noticed that there are a decrement in this phase and increment in (bi2212andbi-2201 ’ internal structure of the compound .this agrees with other studies.[17,22]. https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 38 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 it was noticed also a decrease in the peaks intensity for the doped specimen in comparison with that of the pure specimens .this is the same result of other study[22] in that doping by (la) change the high phase stability in (bscco). from estimation of lattice parameters (a,b,c) the results show an orthorhombic crystalline structure type . the change in (c) axis can be due to many causes, the first was the increment in (o2) concentration that resulted from (la2o3) replacement instead of (cuo)and this increment will be taken by the double (bi-o) layers which cause a stronger link because of the tertiary (la) valence that lead to increase ion bonding forces formed in the (bi-o) layers and thus decrease the lattice parameter c , increase (a,b) , the rate c/a increase with (la) concentration as shown in figure (3). the second reason was the effect of the surrounding environment on the preparation ’ phases and lattice parameters of superconductors[23].the third is that the difference in ionic radius can cause deformities in the lattice parameters.[24]which can be explained by substitution of (la)(117.2 pm) ionic radius instead of (cu)of ( 87pm) ionic radius, as shown in table(1). in figure(4); electrical resistivity as a function of temperature for the system (bi2sr2ca2cu3-xlaxo10+δ) at( x=0.05,x=o.1) shows a semiconductor behavior which can be due to the great decrement in bi-2223 and increment in other phases ( bi-2212andbi-2201) in comparison with the pure specimen. this can be due to the absence of (cu) in (cuo) layers due to (la) substitution which tends to do disorder in (cuo) lattice and cancelling the superconducting. also increased or decreased (o2) concentration in the mixture can be belonged to deformity in the bismuth oxide layers which expected to be opposed by increment in holes concentration in (cu-o) layers ,hence there will be a rearrangement in holes concentration between (cuo and bio) layers which can cause the change in lattice parameters and in holes concentration in (cuo) layer leading to a great decrement in the critical temperature,thus the superconductor (tc) depends on the number of (cuo) layers and the (o2) content in the specimen, so the specimens of high (tc ) contain high (o2 )content . [25] the holes created in perovskite layers by increased oxygen atoms in(cuo) layers will lead to shortening of bonds length in cuo and thus improvement or deterioration of (tc). the relation between transition temperature for superconductors and holes concentration(p)can be calculated from equation(2):[19] p = 0.16-[(1-tc/tc(max))/82.6] 1/2 ---------------(2) where (tc(max)) is a critical temperature of pure specimen, (tc) critical temperature of doped superconductor. the previous studies results show that bi-2223 holes concentration range(0.116-0.16)[14]. from table (2) , it was noticed that the doped specimens holes were less than the pure specimen holes and this leads to a decrease in tc of the doped specimens. the holes concentration in (cuo) layers change with the increase of (la +3 ) concentration and thus decreasing (tc ), which can be due to two reasons, the first is the structural instability and the other is the holes filling effect. this agrees with another study that substitution in (cu) position leads to deterioration of the superconducting properties[16]. conclusion the xrd of the compound ) bi2sr2ca2cu3-xlaxo10+δ ) ,where (x=0.05,0.1,0.15,0.2 ( that's prepared by solidstate reaction method(ssr), shows that all the specimens have orthorhombic crystalline structure. (bi-2223) concentration decreases by increasing (la)concentration in comparison with pure specimens while the electric resistivity investigation shows that the specimen of (la) concentration (0.05,0.1) has semiconductor behavior and the specimen of (la) concentration (0.15,0.2) has superconductor behavior with decrease in the critical temperature for https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 39 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 specimen(0.15) at (tc=115.8k),while the specimen (0.2)of(tc=111k) in comparison with the pure specimen which has(tc=120.9k).so we conclude that the structure and electrical properties for (bi-2223)were very sensitive to doping with(la) leading to deterioration in superconducting properties due to substitution of (la +3 ) instead of (cu +2 ). references 1-ozturk,o;yegen.d;yilmazlar.m;varilci.aandterzioglu.c,(2007),(the effect of cooling rates on properties of bi1.7pb0.35sr1.9ca2.1cu3oy superconductors produced by solid state reaction method),physica c 451, 113. 2-gul,i.h;amin.f;abbasi.a.z;rehman.m.a and maqsood.a,(2006),(effect of ag2co3 addition on morphology and physical properties of bi-based (2223) high-tc superconductors),physica c 449, 139. 3gul,i.h;rehman.m.a and maqsood.m.a,(2005),(effect of vanadium and barium on bibased(2223) superconductors),physica c 432, 71. 4-zhigadlo,n.d;petraahko.v.v;semenenko.yu.a;panagopoulos.c;cooper.j.r and salje.e.k.h, (1998), (the effects of cs doping,heat treatments on the phase formation and superconducting properties of(bi,pb)-sr-ca-cu-o ceramics),physica c 299, 327. 5-rao,c.n and ramakrishnan.t.v,(1989),(physical chemistry of high-temperature oxide superconductors ) , j.phys.chem.,93,4414. 6-s.trivijitkasem.s and sratongluan.w,(2000),(superconducting properties of (bi,pb)-sr-cacu-o ceramics), kasetsart j .(nat.sci.),34, 159. 7-dahash,a.a;erzaij.k.h and abd.f.m,(2012),(study the effect of partial substitution by ag on the morphology, structural and electrical properties for bi2sr2ca2cu3o10+δ superconductor compound at high-tc),journal of principal education college , babylon university(researches of the fourth scientific conference). iraq. 8fernando, p.r and pathmanathan.n,(2006),(fabrication and characterization of bi1.6pb0.4sr2ca2cu3oy superconductors prepared by solid state reaction technique), sri lankan journal of physics,vol.7, 7. 9-xu.q;chen.z;meng.g and peng.d,(1990),(microstructure and superconductivity in bi-srca-cu-o system doped with pb and sb), jpn. j. appl. phys, 29, 1918. 10-shoushtari.m.z;ghahfarokhi.s.e and farbod.m,(2008),(the effect of cd doping on bibased superconductor), j. appl. sciences, 8, 2613. 11jassim.k.a,(2005),(comparison study of tc between the superconducting compounds bi2-x(hg,pb)xsr2-y bayca2cu3o10+δ and hg1-xpbxsr2-y bayca2cu3o8+δ) ,ph.d thesis, department of physics, college of science, university of baghdad, iraq . 12-abbas.m.m;oboudi.s.f and raoof.n.q,(2015),(investigating the preparation conditions on superconducting properties of bi2-xlixpb0.3sr2ca2cu3o10+δ),materials sciences and application, vol.6,310. 13-abbas.m.m,(2015),(mechanical properties of bi2-xcdxpb0.3sr2ca2cu3o10+δ superconductors) ,international journal of current engineering and technology,vol.5,no.3,1908. 14-al-beayty.m.a,(2014),( thermal properties of bi1.7pb0.3sr2ca2-xmnxcu3 o10+ superconducting system),m.d thesis, baghdad of university, college of science,iraq. 15-hermiz.g.y,(2014),( dielectric properties of bi1.6pb0.4sr2ca2-xmgxcu3o10+δ 0≤ ≤0 superconducting system), (ijirset),vol.3,issue.l,8564 16-shalby.m.s et al,(2016),( higher critical current density achieved in bi-2223 high-tc superconductors),journal of radiation research and applied sciences .9,345. 17jassim.k.a,(2012),( structure and electrical properties of lanthanum doped bi2sr2ca2−xlaxcu3o10+δ superconductor),turk j phys,36,245. https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 40 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 18-thabit.h.a;hermiz.g.y and al-jurani.b.a,(2011),(superconducting properties of the (bi0.8pb0.2)2(sr0.9ba0.1)2ca2cu3-xnixo10+δ system, baghdad science journal, vol.8 (2),607. 19-bilgli.o;selamet.y and kocabas.k,(2008),( effects of li substitution in bi-2223 j supercond nov magn,21,439. 20lin.r.j;lu.s.w and wu.p.t,(1989),(effect of mg addition on superconducting properties of bi2sr2ca2cu3o compounds),physica c,vol.162-164,part.1, 35. 21-clayhold.j;hagen.s;wang.z.z and ong.n.p,(1989),(chainsite versus plan-site cu substitution in yba2cu3-xmxo7(m=co,ni):hall and thermopower studies) phys. rev. b39,777. 22-rodrigues.v.d;de souza.g.a;de lima.r.g;carvalho.c.l and zadorosny.r,(2014),( effect of la doping on the structural, electrical, magnetic and morphological properties of the bscco system),unesp, dept. of phys and chem, 15385-000 ilha solteira-sp, brazil. 23-y z m o; h; m t z 200 t → substitution on mechanical properties of bscco superconductors),chin.phy,45(2),128. 24-james.f;shackelford.j.f and alexander.w,(2001),(material science and engineering hand book, 3 th edition, crc press llc, new york, usa. 25-liang.b;lin.c.t;maljuk.a andyan.y,(2002),(effect of vacuum annealing on the structure and superconductivity of bi2sr2cacu2o8+δ single crystals),phy,vol.366,issue 4,254. https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 41 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 table (1). the structural measurements value. table (2). values of critical transition temperature for all specimens. mixtures (la2o3) h% m% l% impurities% tc(of) c/a ρm(gm/cm 3 ) structure o 0 84.115 7.249 2.665 5.970 120.9 5.4169 5.4509 37.2246 6.871 2.250 orthorhombic a1 0.05 75.737 4.557 13.941 5.764 semi 5.7061 5.4441 37.0341 6.490 2.16 orthorhombic a2 0.1 74.727 16.100 1.218 7.954 semi 5.4230 5.4956 37.0022 6.823 2.28 orthorhombic a3 0.15 83.796 4.542 2.372 9.288 115.8 5.4030 5.4376 37.0181 6.851 2.33 orthorhombic a4 0.2 80.463 4.708 8.924 5.903 111 5.4410 5.8173 36.8927 6.780 2.18 orthorhombic mixtures la2o3 h% m% l% impurities% tc(offset) tc(onset) ∆tc tc(mid) hole concentration o 0 84.115 7.249 2.665 5.970 120.9 125.1 4.2 123 0.16 a1 0.05 75.737 4.557 13.941 5.764 ---------------------- a2 0.1 74.727 16.100 1.218 7.954 ----------------------- a3 0.15 83.796 4.542 2.372 9.288 115.8 117.1 1.3 116.45 0.137 a4 0.2 80.463 4.708 8.924 5.903 111 115.9 4.9 113.45 0.128 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 42 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 figure (1).(xrd)pattern of all specimens. figure (2).the volume fraction of all phases and impurities as a function of (la)concentration. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 i( c p s ) 2θ(degree) l( 0 0 8 ) h (0 0 7 ) h (4 0 4 ) h (0 0 8 ) h (0 1 7 ) h (1 0 7 ) h (1 1 4 ) h (1 0 2 1 ) h (0 0 6 ) h (0 2 2 ) h (0 0 1 0 ) h (2 0 1 0 ) h (0 0 1 8 ) h (4 6 6 ) h (2 0 0 ) b i6 s r2 o 1 1 l( 2 1 3 ) x=0 x=0.05 x=0.1 x=0.15 x=0.2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 v p h % (la) concentration (bi-2223)% (bi-2212)% (bi-2201)% impurities% https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1600 physics | 43 2017( عام 3( العدد ) 30المجلد ) مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 figure (3).the ratio of lattice parameter (c/a) as a function of (la) concentration. figure (4).electrical resistivity as a function of temperature under cooling by liquid nitrogen,(right perpendicular axis refers to the(o,a3,a4). 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 c/ a la concentration 0 0.0002 0.0004 0.0006 0.0008 0.001 0.0012 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.014 77 127 177 227 277 r e si st iv it y (ω .c m ) t(k) a1 a2 a3 a4 o conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |266 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 ححضيز وحشخيض ودراست انفعانيت انحيىيت نبعض يعقذاث انعُاطز االَخقانيت يثيم -n (5ايايذ ثُائي ثايى كارباييج -4-وغيز االَخقانيت يع )أيىٌ نيكاَذ يم( بُشيٍ سهفىٌ أيايذ ( 3 -اساوكساسول أحًذ ثابج َعًاٌ لغى انكًٛٛبء/ كهٛخ انزشثٛخ نهؼهٕو انظشفخ )اثٍ انٓٛثى (/جبيؼخ ثغذاد سانى طالح عبذانزساق لغى انكًٛٛبء/ كهٛخ انؼهٕو / جبيؼخ ركشٚذ 6106/كاَىٌ األول/4قبم في: ،6106/حشيزاٌ/66اسخهى في: انخالطت [kl] : انجذٚذرضًٍ ْزا انجذث رذضٛش ٔرشخٛض انهٛكبَذ [4-{n-(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl) sulfamyl} phenyl carbamodithioate] k انًذضش يٍ رفبػم اسثغ عبػبد ( عهفبيٛثٕكغبصٔل يغ ثُبئٙ كجشٚزٛذ انكبسثٌٕ ثٕجٕد ْٛذسٔكغٛذ انجٕربعٕٛو رذذ انزظؼٛذ االسجبػٙ ) نًذح ، رى رشخٛض انهٛكبَذ انًذضش ثبعزؼًبل طٛف االشؼخ رذذ انذًشاء ٔثئعزؼًبل انًٛثبَٕل كًزٚت نُٛزج انهٛكبَذ انًزكٕس اَفبً ، طٛف انكزهخ ، لٛبط 13انًشئٛخ ، طٛف انشٍَٛ انُٕٔ٘ انًغُبطٛغٙ نهجشٔرٌٕ أنهكبسثٌٕ -طٛف االشؼخ فٕق انجُفغجٛخ يغ ػذد يٍ إَٚبد انؼُبطش االَزمبنٛخ ٔغٛش [kl] دضشد يؼمذاد انهٛكبَذ دسجخ االَظٓبس.انًٕطهٛخ انًٕالسٚخ ٔ mn ] االَزمبنٛخ ثُبئٛخ انزكبفؤ +2 , co +2 , ni +2 , cu +2 , cd +2 , zn +2 and pd +2 ُشخظذ جًٛغ انًؼمذاد [ انًشئٛخ( لٛبط يذزٕٖ انكهٕس –غجٛخ انًذضشح ثبنطشائك انطٛفٛخ )طٛف األشؼخ رذذ انذًشاء، طٛف االشؼخ فٕق انجُف ٔجذ اٌ انشكم انُٓذعٙ نجًٛغ انًؼمذاد .انزٕطٛهٛخ انًٕالسٚخ ٔانذغبعٛخ انًغُبطٛغٛخفضال ػٍ ٔدسجخ االَظٓبس ُدسعذ انفؼبنٛخ انذٕٛٚخ نهٛكبَذ انًذضش . ، ثأعزثُبء يؼمذ انجالدٕٚو كبٌ يشثؼب يغزٕٚبانًذضشح ْٕ شكم سثبػٙ انغطٕح " "escherichia coliانًؤكذ رشخٛظٓب ْٔٙ عبنجخ نظجغخ انكشاو ذارّ ضذ َٕػٍٛ يٍ انجكزشٚب انًشضٛخٔثؼض يؼم ٔيٍ خالل ْزِ انذساعخ ٔجذ أٌ انًؼمذاد انًذضشح رًزهك فؼبنٛخ ""staphylococcus aureusٔانًٕججخ نظجغخ انكشاو .رثجٛطٛخ أػهٗ يٍ انهٛكبَذ انًذضش عهفبيٛثٕكغبصٔل ، سثبػٙ انغطٕح، ثُبئٙ كجشٚزٛذ انكبسثٌٕ، انفؼبنٛخ انذٕٛٚخ ، ثُبئٙ ثبٕٚ كبسثبيٛذ . انكهًاث انًفخاحيت : chemistry |267 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 انًقذيت انغهفَٕبيٛذاد ْٙ يشكجبد كًٛٛبئٛخ رغزؼًم فٙ يجبل انطت نًؼبنجخ االطبثبد انًٛكشٔثٛخ انزٙ رظٛت االَغبٌ ٔيٍ االطُبف انًًٓخ نهغهفَٕبيٛذاد ْٕ انغهفبيٛثٕكغبصٔل (1) . ٔٚؼشف انغهفبيٛثٕكغبصٔل ثأَّ يشكت ػضٕ٘ ٚكٌٕ ػهٗ شكم خ ٚزأثش ثبنضٕء ٔانذشاسح ٔانؼٕايم انًؤكغذح انمٕٚخيغذٕق اثٛض انهٌٕ يبئم انٗ االطفشاس ػذٚى انشائذ (3-2) . ايب يشكت انز٘ ٚذضش يٍ خالل رًشٚش 1796فٙ ػبو w.a.lampadinsانؼبنى ثُبئٙ كجشٚزٛذ انكبسثٌٕ انز٘ اكزشف يٍ لجم ثخبس انكجشٚذ ػهٗ انفذى أ انكٕكب انذبس االدًشكًب فٙ انًؼبدنخ k. cals 0cs2 __ 19. c + 2s (vapours) zahnكًب ٔٚذضش ثطشٚمخ اخشٖ رغًٗ طشٚمخ , s ٔيٍ اْى فٕائذِ إراثخ انكجشٚذ ٔانٕٛد ٔانفغفٕس االثٛض ٔانجشٔو ccl2 فضال ػٍ أًْٛزّ فٙ طُبػخ انذشٚش انظُبػٙ ٔ ٔانشارُج ٔكزنك ٚغزؼًم كًجٛذ نهذششاد (4) جبد انذبٔٚخ . إٌ انًشك ػهٗ رسح انكجشٚذ ركٌٕ ٔاعؼخ االَزشبس ٔيشكجبرٓب ثُّٛخ انزُبعك يغ إَٚبد انفهضاد االَزمبنٛخ نزؼطٙ يؼمذاد نٓب أًْٛخ كجٛشح فٙ انكًٛٛبء انالػضٕٚخ ٔانؼضٕٚخ انفهضٚخ ْٔزِ االًْٛخ َبشئخ ػٍ خٕاطٓب انًغُبطٛغٛخ ٔانكٓشثبئٛخ (5) رؼزجش نٛكبَذاد انثبٕٚكبسثبيٛذ يٍ االطُبف انًًٓخ نهًشكجبد انؼضٕٚخ انزٙ رؤد٘ دٔساً يًٓبً فٙ انكًٛٛبء انالػضٕٚخ ٔانؼضٕٚخثُبئٙ (6) . رًزبص ْزِ انهٛكبَذاد ثمذسارٓب ػهٗ ركٍٕٚ يشكجبد يغزمشح يغ انؼذٚذ يٍ انفهضاد االَزمبنٛخ فٙ ػذح دبالد اكغذح ٔيٍ ثى الػضٕٚخاعزؼًبنٓب فٙ يذٖ ٔاعغ فٙ انكًٛٛبء ان (7) أيب رذضٛش نٛكبَذاد ثُبئٙ انثبٕٚكبسثًٛذ فٛزى ػٍ طشٚك يفبػهخ ثُبئٙ . ثبَٕ٘ ثٕجٕد لبػذح لٕٚخ يثم ْٛذسٔكغٛذ انظٕدٕٚو كجشٚزٛذ انكبسثٌٕ يغ أيٍٛ (8 ) كًب فٙ انًؼبدنخ . r2nh + naoh + cs2 r2ncs2na + h2o ايب يؼمذاد انثُبئٙ ثبٕٚ كبسثًٛذ اعزؼًهذ ثًذٖ ٔاعغ فٙ يجبل انطت كزخهٛك االدٔٚخ انًضبدح نهفطشٚبد كزنك اعزؼًهذ فٙ انًجبل انضساػٙ كًجٛذاد نالػشبة انضبسح ٔاالدغبل ٔانذششاد (9 ) ٔثبنُظش الًْٛزٓب اْزى انجبدثٌٕ ٔجًبػزّ k.venugopalلبو ثزذضٛشْب ار (10) amino-3انهٛكبَذ ثزذضٛش _ 9-ethyl carbazole[aeczdtc]dithocarbamate ( ٔيؼمذارّ يغ انُذبط (iiٔانشٔثُٕٛوii)( ٔكبَذ ثُغجخ )نٛكبَذ 1:2( ) ft:فهض( ثبالعزُبد انٗ لٛبعبد _ ir ٔ 1 hnmr ٔ uv-vis ثبالضبفخ انٗ لٛبط انزٕطٛهٛخ انًٕالسٚخ ٔانفؼبنٛخ انذٕٛٚخ . يشزك يٍ انغهفب يغ ثُبئٙ ( kcs2دبٔ٘ ػهٗ يجًٕػخ ) kl] [رذضٛش نٛكبَـذ جـذٚذٕ إٌ انٓذف يٍ ْزا انجذث ْ االَزمبنٛخ ٔغٛش االَزمبنٛخ ثُبئٛخ نجؼض إَٚبد انؼُبطش kl] [رذضٛش يؼمذاد جذٚذح نهٛكبَذ ٌٕ ٔكزانك كجشٚزٛذ انكبسث mn] انزكبفؤ +2 , co +2 , ni +2 , cu +2 , cd +2 , zn +2 and pd +2 كهٕسٚذآد انؼُبطش اليالح يٍ خالل انزفبػم انًجبشش [ . kl] [انًُزمبح ثبنذساعخ يغ يذهٕل انهٛكبَذ انجشء انعًهي أعزؼًهذ فٙ ْزِ انذساعخ انًــٕاد انكًٛٛبئٛــخ ٔانًزٚجبد انًجٓضح يٍ انششكبد انؼبنًٛخ ٔانزٙ رًٛضد : انًسخعًهتانًىاد . %(99-98)ثُمبٔرٓب انؼبنٛخ رزشأح ثٍٛ األجهشة انًسخعًهت رى رشخٛض انهٛكبَذ ٔيؼمذارّ انًذضشح ثبعزؼًبل ػذح رمُٛبد طٛفٛخ ، إر لٛغذ دسجبد االَظٓبس ثبعزؼًبل جٓبص َٕع (stuart automatic melting point|smp40| ٔعجم طٛف االشؼخ رذذ انذًشاء ثبعزؼًبل جٓبص َٕع ، ) shimadzu (8300) (ft-ir) spectrophotometer) ٖ(400 –4000)( ضًٍ انًذ cm –1 ٔ رى لٛبط طٛف انشٍَٛ انُٕٔ٘ انًغُبطٛغٙ 1 h, 13 c-nmr ثبعزؼًبل جٓبص َٕع(ultra shield 300 mhz ,burker,switzerland) dmso-dثبعزؼًبل يزٚت 6 ، ٔلٛغذ انزٕطٛهٛخ انًٕالسٚخ ثجٓبص ppm(s)ٔعجهذ االصادخ انكًٛٛبئٛخ ثٕدذاد (philips pw-digitalٔعجم انطٛف االنكزشَٔٙ ثجٓبص .)shimadzu uv160spectrophotometer) ًٍض ) / titro processor-665.dosimat metrohm-686ٔلٛظ يذزٕٖ انكهٕس ثجٓبص ) nm(200-1100)انًذٖ swiss طٛف االيزظبص انزس٘ ثجٓبص َٕع( ، ٔعجم (emission spectrophotometer shimadzu (a-a680) (f.a.a (ايب طٛف انكزهخ فمذ لٛظ ثبعزؼًبل انجٓبصshimadzu gcmsqpa 1000 spectrometer) كما وقيست ، ثبعزؼًبل .c.h.nُأجري التحميل الدقيق لمعناصر ، ٔاٚضب (brucker b.m6)ثبعزؼًبل انجٓبص الحساسية المغناطيسية .((perkin elmer 2400 /usa انجٓبص chemistry |268 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 ححضيز انهيكاَذ ( ٔثشييكم رييذسٚجٙ يييغ انزذشٚييك انًغييزًش انييٗ يذهييٕل انغهفبيٛثٕكغييبصٔل يييم 0.23 اضييٛف ثُييبئٙ كجشٚزٛييذ انكييبسثٌٕ ) ( رهيذ ْيزِ انؼًهٛيخ ػًهٛيخ 4رغيبٔ٘ ) (phانذانيخ انذبيضيٛخ)( كبَيذ ييم 15( انًزاة فٙ االٚثبَٕل)غشاو1،يٕل 0.00395) طيؼذ انًيضٚج نًيذح غيشاو( 0 , 2212.ييٕل0.00395) (يم 15انًزاة فٙ االٚثبَٕل )اضبفخ ْٛذسٔكغٛذ انجٕربعٕٛو -105)( راد دسجيخ أَظيٓبس 85ٔثُغيجخ )) (غيشاو 1.2342)اسثغ عبػبد رى انذظـٕل ػهيٗ ساعيت اثيٛض انهيٌٕ ثيٕصٌ 107) ° c( ٔانخٕاص انفٛضٚبئٛخ نّ يذَٔخ ف1ٙ.انزشكٛت انكًٛٛبئٙ نهٛكبَذ يٕضخ فٙ انشكم ) ( 1انجذٔل . ) ححضيز انًعقذاث تم تحضير المعقدات الكليتية الصلبة اعتمادا على الظروف الفضلى التي تم التوصل اليها إذ كانت النسبة المولية 0.0006 محمول الميكاند )بأضافة [mn (l)2]المعقد المحضرة أذ تم نحضير ( )الليكاند:فلز( لجميع المعقدات1:2) ،مول 0.000331 لى )بصورة تدريجية مع التحريك المستمر إ المطمق ( المذاب في االيثانولغشاو0.244 مول، إذ تغير المون لحظة المزج الى بني محمر المطمق ( المائي المذاب في االيثانولii( من كموريد المنغنيز)غرام0.06569 ( ودرجة 37بعد ذلك صعد المزيج لمدة ثالثة ساعات وترك ليجف واعيدت بمورتو بعدىا تم حساب النسبة المئوية)% تم اعتمادىا لتحضير [mn (l)2]، وبنفس الطريقة التي تم بيا تحضير المعقد (c0 258)-254االنصيار لو المعقدات [co(l)2](1),[ni(l2](2),[cu(l)2](3),[zn(l)2](4) , [cd(l)2](5) and [pd(l)2](6) ( 2مذكور في جدول) وكميات االمالح المستخدمة كما ( من الميكاندغرام0.244، مول 0.0006 )وباستخدام ( .3مدونة في الجدول )( والخواص الفيزيائية لها 2والتركيب الكيميائي للمعقدات المحضرة موضحة في الشكل ) انُخائج وانًُاقشت (nmr( وطيف انزَيٍ انُىوي انًغُاطيسي )irطيف االشعت ححج انحًزاء ) بدراسة طيف األشعة تحت الحمراء ومقارنتو بأطياف األشعة تحت الحمراء لممواد األولية [kl]ُشّخص الميكاند . كما υ( c-nh) (11) الى تعود cm-1(3224)المستعممة في تحضيره. لوحظ ظيور حزمة امتصاص عند التردد . واظير الطيف  (s-nh) ألصرةالى االى التذبذب االمتطاطي تعود cm-1(3307)ظيرت حزمة امتصاص بتردد (12) الى التذبذب االمتطاطي المتناظر وغير المتناظر لألصرة تعودcm-1 (1302،1165 ) عند حزمتي امتصاص (s=o). حزم امتـــــصاص بحدود كًب اظٓش طٛف االشؼخ رذذ انذًشاء نهًؼمذاد انًذضشحcm-1(1622-1625 )تعود ، وىذا دليل عمى عدم تناسق [kl] في طيف الميكاند الحرلم يحصل بيا تغير عما كانت عميو υ(c=n)الى االصرة ، في حين حصل تغير واضح لتردد υ(c=n) ( 13)عن طريق ذرة النتروجين لمجموعة [kl]االيونات الفمزية مع الميكاند وىذا يدل عمى حصول التناسق من (4كما موضح في الجدول ) لممط المتناظر وغير المتناظر (c=s)الحزمتـــان في (m-s)تعزى الى االصرة التي خالليما، ومما يعزز ىذا االرتباط ىو ظيور حزم االمتصاص الضعيفة الشدة . رى رذٍٔٚ يٕالغ انذضو انًًٛضح نهٛكبَذ انًذضش ٔانًؼمذاد انًذضشح فٙ انجذٔل (44)( 444التي نظيرتحا )المعقدات دسط طٛف ( . 4) 1 h-nmr 13 c, نهٛكبَذ انًذضش [kl] فٙ يزٚتdmso-d 6 رؼٕد يفـشدح ادإشبس انطٛفشأظٓـٔ ، ( .5,6انٗ انجشٔرَٕبد ٔرساد ٔانكبسثٌٕ ٔانُزبئج يجُٛخ فٙ انجذٔل ) طيف انكخهت الجزيئي لاليون ةواضح قمة ظيرت (،3والموضح في الشكل ) [kl]تم قياس طيف الكتمة لميكاند المحضر (m+=368.03 بشدة نسبية )لميكاند المحضروالذي يتوافق مع الصيغة المقترحة % 10 (c11h10kn3o3s3. ) chemistry |269 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 انطيف االنكخزوَي وانخىطيهيت انًىالريت nm(268 )( حـزمتي امتصاص االولى عند 3( والجدول )4[ الموضح في الشكـل )klاظير الطيف االلـكـتـروني لميـكـانـد ] (37313 cm-1 )(εmax=973m-1.cm-1) (330)والثانية عندnm 30303cm-1))(εmax=1920m-1.cm-1) اعـزيت انطٛف االنكزشَٔٙ كًب اظٓشد . (41)( عمى التوالي*n→πو ) ((*π→πىـذه الحزم الى االنتقاالت االلكـتـرونية نًؼمذ انكٕثبنذ. عجهذ ( 5(ٔانشكم )7ًؼمذاد انًذضشح دضو االيزظبص انًٕضذخ لًٛٓب يٕضذخ فٙ انجذٔل)هن 10انزٕطٛهٛخ انًٕالسٚخ نهًؼمذاد انًذضشح ثزشكٛض -3 m s.cmػُذ 2 molar –1 يزٚت ثُبئٙ يثٛم ( ثبعزؼًبل1.4-3.1) ٔيٍ ْزِ انمًٛخ ٔجذ اٌ جًٛغ انًؼمذاد انًذضشح ْٙ غٛش انكزشٔنٛزٛخ ٔرى ٔدسجخ دشاسح انًخزجش (dmso)عهفٕكغٛذ انغطٕح( نجًٛغ انًؼمذاد انًذضشح ثأشزثُبءيؼمذ انجالدٕٚو كبٌ انشكم انُٓذعٙ انًزمشح نّ الزشاح انشكم انُٓذعٙ )سثبػٙ ( .2ْٕ يشثغ يغزٕ٘ ٔكًب ْٕ يٕضخ فٙ انشكم ) قياساث انفعانيت انحيىيت ،لذلكلطبيةواستخداميا في العديد من البحوث ا( 43 -41) البايولوجية بتأثيراتيا معقدات الثنائي ثايو كاربميت تمتاز ، واستخدم ثنائي مثيل المرضيةتم دراسة تأثير الميكاند والمعقدات المحضرة في ىذا البحث عمى نوعين من البكتريا لممذيب ودراسة تأثيرُه عمى نمو (control)كمذيب في ىذِه الدراسة، وقمنا بإجراء نموذج سيطرة dmso)سمفوكسيد ) عند neutrient agarالبكتريا في نفس الظروف لتجنب تداخالت المذيب حيث تم زرع العينات عمى وسط الجدول و (4b)، (1a( ، )2a( ، )3b)كما توضح الصور c0 73بدرجة hours 24موالري لمدة )x4 105التركيز) عمى تثبيط نمو البكتريا ويتبين من النتائج بان الميكاند والمعقدات فعالة وليا ضرة المركبات المح نتائج قدرة يبين ( 8) ( يوضح1والشكل)escherichia coli) ( لو تثبيط اقل عمى البكتريا )1) المعقد القابمية عمى تثبيط نمو البكتريا باستثناء .لميكاند ولبعض المعقدات المحضرة الفعالية التثبيطية انًظادر 1-goodman and gilman,s. (2014) manual of pharmacology and therapeutics883-889,. 2-british pharmacopeia (2005) , the requirements of the european pharmacopoeia. 5thed , cd – rom. 3-british pharmacopeia ( 2001 ) , the requirements of the. european pharmacopoeia 3rd ed, cd – rom. 4madan ,r.d. (2011) in satya prakash , s ( modern inorganic chemistry ) 981,982,983. 5chen, w.; hwang, l.; chen, w.; organomet, j. chem., 689(2004)2192. 6hogarth, g. transition metal dithiocarbamate,j,inrog.chem.,53,72-73,(2005). 7nabipour, h.int.j.nano.dim,1(3),225-232,(2011). 8pauling, l. (1960) “the nature of the chemical bond”. 3 rd ed, cornell university press, ithaca, n. y.. 9-didarul, a.;mohammad, n.and rahman k.m.l. (2006) "synthesis and characterization of dioxo-molybdenum(vi) complexes of dithiocarbamates",j .science .33(3).377-362. chemistry |270 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 10-k.venugopal,k. ramesh babu and j. seeramulu, ( 2015) pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences , chem. , 7(1) , 252-260. 11-jain ,b.;malik, s.; sharma, n. and sharma, dr.s. (2013) "synthesis, characterization and antibacterial studies of co(ii) and fe(ii) complexes with sulfamethoxazole schiff base",asian journal of biochemical and pharmaceutical research,3,152-158 . 12kindeel, a.s.;dawood, i.j. and aziz, m.r, (2013) . j. baghdad for sci., 10(2), 396. 13telia, a.c. and obaleye , j.a (2010) j. chem., 2(1),11-26, 14halli, m.b.; patil, v.b.; sumathi; r.b. and mallikarjun, k. (2012) synthesis, characterization and biological activity of mixed ligand metal (ii) complexes derived from benzofuran-2-carbohydrazide schiff base and malonyldihydrazide", dev pharma chemica,4(6), 2360-2367. 15-anuradha,k. and rajarel,r.,(2011),internatiol journal of pharmacy & technology, 2,2217. 16-y.qian ,g.y.ma,y .ynag, k. chng, q-z. zheng, w-j. mao, l. shi, j. zhao and h-l.zhu, (2010) bioorganic and medicinal. chem, 18,4310-4316,. 17venugopal, k. and sreemulu, j.; iors, j. (2014) journal of applied. chem, issue12ver, 24-31. [kl]بعض انخىاص انفيشيائيت نهيكاَذ :(0جذول ) m.p= melting point compound empirical formula m.wt yield % m.p c color [kl] c11h10kn3o3s3 367.51 85 (105-107) اطفش فبرخ chemistry |271 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 كميات االمالح والميكاند المستخدمة في تحضير المعقدات مع النسبة المئوية لمناتج: (2جدول ) َسبت انُاحج% كمية الممح كمية الميكاند انًعقذاث عدد الموالت انىسٌ بانغزاو انىسٌ عدد الموالت بانغزاو 37 0.0006 0.244 0.000331 0.06569 [mn (l)2] 65 0.0006 0.244 0.000331 0.0789 [co (l)2] 73 0.0006 0.244 0.000331 0.0788 [ni(l)2] 68 0.0006 0.244 0.000331 0.0565 [cu(l)2] 75 0.0006 0.244 0.000331 0.0452 [zn(l)2] 80 0.0006 0.244 0.000331 0.1276 [cd(l)2] 75 0.0006 0.244 0.000331 0.0588 [pd (l)2] chemistry |272 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 [kl]ممعقدات وقياس نسبة الفمز لمعقدات الميكاند لالخواص الفيزيائية وقياس طيف االمتصاص الذري :( 3جدول ) % m found/(calc) % found/(calc) yield% m.p °c(d*) color formula no. s n h c ── 17.37 (17.89) 15.71 (15.63) 3.63 (3.94) 53.26 (53.61) 85 105-110)) ػغهٙ [kl] l ─ 11.42 (11.97) 10.47 (10.46) 2.42 (2.63) 35.61 (35.87) 73 ثُٙ يذًش (254-(258 [mn(l)2] 1 6.34 (6.95) 10.36 (10.43) 9.35 (9.11) 2.57 (2.62) 30.87 (31.25) 65 اصسق فبرخ (228-(231 [co(l)2] 2 6.12 (6.93) 11.47 (11.34) 9.88 (9.90) 2.78 (2.14) 34.30 (33.97) 73 ثُٙ (279-(283 [ni(l)2] 3 6.85 (7.46) 9.30 (9.80 ) 8.47 (8.56) 1.29 (1.85) 29.43 (29.37) ثُٙ يذًش (125-(130 68 [cu(l)2] 4 ─ 11.52 (11.34) 9.32 (9.90) 2.07 (2.14) 33.96 (33.97) 75 ثُٙ غبيك (150-(155 [zn(l)2] 5 ─ 9.93 (9.80) 9.06 (8.56) 1.75 (1.85) 29.40 (29.37) 80 246)-241) سطبطٙ غبيك [cd(l)2] 6 ─ 11.38 (11.37) 9.41 (9.94) 3.37 (3.22) 38.34 (38.34) 75 ٔسد٘ (268-(272 [pd(l)2] 7 d*= decomposition temp. , m.p =melting point; calc =calculated cm-1بوحدة المحضرة لمعقداتوا لميكاند حزم االمتصاص الرئيسية ألطياف االشعة تحت الحمراء :(4جدول ) compound (s-nh) (c-nh) ( c =n ) as(c=s) s(c=s) as(s=o) s(s=o) ligand [kl] 3307 3224 1622 1595 1093 1302 1165 [mn(l)2] 3381 3227 1622 1477 1082 1307 1167 [co(l)2] 3373 3226 1623 1481 1083 1309 1165 [ni(l)2] 3369 3223 1623 1477 1080 1309 1169 [cu(l)2] 3367 3223 1624 1473 1085 1309 1164 [zn(l)2] 3377 3225 1624 1478 1080 1307 1161 [cd(l)2] 3377 3226 1625 1473 1082 1302 1163 [pd(l)2] 3357 3228 1622 1489 1077 1489 1167 chemistry |273 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 قيى طيف :(5جذول ) 1 h-nmr نهيكاَذ[kl] في يذيبdmso-d 6 compound functional groups  (ppm) [kl] c13-nh group (3.99) (1h, s) s-nh group (11.04) (1h, s) ar-h (c8,c12) (7.60) (1h, m) ar-h (c9,c11) (6.45) (1h, m) c4 for ch group (6.09) (1h, s) c6 for ch3 groups (2.36) (3h, m) s =single, m=multiple قيى طيف :( 6جذول ) 13 c-nmr نهيكاَذ[kl] في يذيبdmso-d 6 compound functional groups  (ppm) [kl] c5 for c-o group 170.6 c3 for c=n group 154.8 c10 for aromatic ring 145.7 c13 for ch group 134.6 c8 ,c12 for aromatic ring 130.4 c7 for aromatic ring 129.9 c11 ,c9 for aromatic ring 122.7 c4 for ch group 96.9 dmso solvent 40.8 c6 for ch3 groups 13.6 chemistry |274 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 [klالمرئية لمعقدات الميكاند ] –( معطيات طيف االشعة فوق البنفسجية 7الجدول ) no. compound µeff (b.m.) wave number max molar –1 cm –1 assignment suggested structure nm cm –1 1 [mn(l)2] 5.53 268 350 37313 28571 1483 1709 l.f l.f td 445 22471 975 c.t 791 12642 392 6 a1→ 4 a1 (g) 2 [co(l)2] 3.97 269 361 390 37174 27700 25641 915 1921 1604 l.f l.f c.t td 455 21978 1240 614 679 16286 14727 368 601 4 a2→ 4 t2 (f) 4 a2→ 4 t1 (f) 3 [ni(l)2] 2.33 268 351 382 37313 28490 26178 1884 1909 1899 l.f l.f c.t td 452 22123 1244 794 12594 162 3 t1→ 3 t2 (f) 4 [cu(l)2] 5.53 268 361 37313 27700 1325 1940 l.f l.f td 402 24875 1615 c.t 895 11173 297 2 t2→ 2 e 5 [zn(l)2] _ 268 37313 1506 l.f td 360 27777 1892 l.f 388 25773 1462 c.t 6 [cd(l)2] _ 267 37453 1890 l.f td 345 28985 518 l.f 369 27100 501 c.t 7 [pd(l)2] _ 268 360 388 37313 27777 25773 1506 1892 1462 l.f l.f l.f sq 447 22371 1914 c.t 801 12422 189 1 a1g→ 1 b1g chemistry |275 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 ضد أجناس مختمفة من البكتريا (mm)( الفعالية التثبيطية لميكاند والمعقدات المحضرة المقاسة بالممي متر 8الجدول ) ومقارنتها بالمضادات الحيوية: sample no. compound بكتريا (e. coli) بكتريا (staph ) 1 [kl] 10 10 2 [pd(l)2] 15 11 3 [co(l)2] 11 20 4 [cd(l)2] 11 25 5 [ni(l)2] 5 19 6 dmso ---- control ( dmso) : ( -) no inhibition zone [kl]يبيٍ انخزكيب انكيًيائي نهيكاَذ انًحضز :(0انشكم ) h n s o o n h n o h3c hc s s n h s o o h n n o ch3 ch s s m m=( mn +2 , co +2 , ni +2 ,cu +2 , cd +2 and zn +2 ) nh s o o hn n o ch3 hc s s hn s o o nh n o h3c ch s s m m=pd +2 يبيٍ انخزكيب انكيًيائي نهًعقذاث انًحضزة :(6انشكم ) chemistry |276 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 [kl]طيف انكخهت نهيكاَذ انًحضز :(3انشكم ) [kl]انطيف االنكخزوَي نهيكاَذ :(4انشكم ) انًحضز co(ii)انطيف االنكخزوَي نًعقذ انكىبانج :( 5انشكم ) chemistry |277 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 :(لميكاند ولبعض المعقدات المحضرة)توضح الفعالية التثبيطية االتيةوالصور ( توضح التأثير 2aالصورة) (1توضح التأثير التثبيطي لميكاند ) (1aالصورة) (5و 4قدات)لممع (3و 2والمعقدات ) التثبيطي ( توضح التأثير التثبيطي4bلصورة)ا ( 1( توضح التأثير التثبيطي لميكاند )3bالصورة) (5و 4قدات)لممع (3و 2والمعقدات ) chemistry |278 2017(ػبو 2انؼذد ) 30يجهخ إثٍ انٓٛثى نهؼهٕو انظشفخ ٔانزطجٛمٛخ انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis,charaterization and biological activity studies of some transtion and non transition metalcomplexes with(4 – dithiocarbamato-n-(5 methylisoxazole-3-yle) ion-ligand) ahmed thabit numan dept.of chemistry/college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad salim salah abd ulrazzaq dept. of chemistry/college of science/university of tikrit received in:27/june/2016,accepted in:4/february/2016 abstract this work involves the preparation of the ligand [kl] : k[4-(n-(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl) sulfamyl) phenylcarbamodithioate] from the reaction of sulfamethoxazole with carbon disulfide in the presence of potassium hydroxide under reflux (4 hours) using methanol as asolvent. the prepared ligand was characterized using ftir, uv-vis, 1 h, 13 c–nmr spectroscopy, molar conductivity and melting point, complexes for the above ligand [kl] with some bivalent transition and non-transition metals (mn +2 , co +2 , ni +2 , cu +2 , cd +2 , zn +2 , cd +2 and pd +2 ) were prepared. all prepared complexes were characterized by spectrophotometric methods such as ft-ir , uv-vis, atomic absorbition ,magnetic sysceptibility, in addition chloride content , melting point and molar conductivity. all prepared complexes were found to have tetrahedral geometry except the (pd) complex was square planer. biological activity for the ligand and some of its complexes were studied against two species of characterized staphylococcus aureus"" and bacteria escherichia coil. keywords: sulfamethoxazole , tetrahedral , carbon di sulfale , biological activity, dithiocarbamat. microsoft word 292-306 علوم الحياة | 292 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) arbscular mycorrhizae( فطريات المايكورايزا الشجيريةكفاءة تقويم fusarium تجاه الفطرإفي تحفيز مقاومة جذور الطماطة oxysporum*المسبب لمرض الذبول ثامر عبد الشھيد محسن اإلبراھيمي زينل عليبتول بغداد جامعة /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (إبن الھيثم) /قسم علوم الحياة ٢٠١٥/ أذار /٢٥، قبل البحث في : ٢٠١٥/كانون الثاني /٢٧ في:استلم البحث خالصةال .etunicatum glomus،gالمايكورايزا الشجيرية (فطريات أنواع من ةتأثير خليط ثالثأستھدف البحث دراسة leptotichum ،rhizophagus intraradices (لفطر الممرضتحفيز مقاومة جذور الطماطة المصابة با في fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersici وبوجود المادة أسابيع زراعة 10ي بعد مالمسبب لمرض الذبول الفيوزار زيادة معنوية لمؤشرات اإلستيطان نتائج الأظھرت ) وإستعمال األصص في البيت البالستيكي . ( oالعضوية البتموس إصابة بعد يمايكورايزنسبة إستيطان أعلى كافة وظھرت ) %f% ،m% ،m% ،a% ،a( المايكورايزي المتضمنة الممرض بتلويث العند بينما سجل أقل استيطان بالمايكورايزا ، صابة بالممرضمن االأربعة أسابيع الجذور بالممرض بعد أدى االستيطان المايكورايزي إلى خفض شدة المرض معنوياٌ في المعامالت كافة المفردة والمتداخلة .بداية الزراعة في ثنائياٌ وثالثياٌ مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة ، وأظھرت معاملة التداخل الثالثي أعلى نسبة إنخفاض لشدة المرض بعد أربعة ستيطان المايكورايزي إلى زيادة فعالية األنزيمات المضادة لإلكسدة والمتضمنة أسابيع من االصابة بالممرض . كما أدى اال )sod ،pod ،cat ،ppo ،pal ،gpox ( ٌجذور الطماطة المصابة لنتيجة تحفيز الخليط المايكورايزي معنويا التداخل الثالثي معاملة ) تلتھا f.o.l .×mالثنائي (وسجلت أعلى فعالية لجميع األنزيمات في معاملة التداخل بالممرض، )o ×f.o.l .×m ( ) بينما أدت المعامالت كافة المتضمنة إضافة المادة العضوية البتموس .o إلى خفض معنوي ( .لفعالية األنزيمات المختبرة كافة المادة ، ، مضادات أكسدة أنزيمية ، نبات الطماطةfusarium oxysporum خليط مايكورايزي ثالثي،الكلمات المفتاحية: . العضوية علوم الحياة | 293 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة يعد محصول الطماطة من المحاصيل المھمة في غذاء اإلنسان الذي يزرع عالمياٌ بشكل واسع وتحت نظام إنتاجي المتسبب عن الفطر كبير. يتعرض ھذا النبات إلى العديد من األمراض أھمھا مرض الذبول الفيوزاري وتعفن الجذور ھذا المرض من األمراض الخطيرة التي تھدد محصول دھو من فطريات التربة ، يعو fusarium oxysporumالفطر الستراتيجيات لمقاومة ھذا المرض، منھا العديد من تعملت. أس]١[ الطماطة وتؤدي إلى خسائر كبيرة في جميع أنحاء العالم antagonisticالفطريات المضادة استعمالو] ٣[ البيت الزجاجي استعمال السيطرة ب. ]٢ة [المبيدات الفطرياستعمال fungi كأنواع فطرtrichoderma ]٤[. األكثر فعالية في مقاومة ھذا الفطر، وبما أن تعد بكميات كبيرة التي المبيدات استعمالبالرغم من ذلك فقد أظھر سلبية خطيرة لصحة اإلنسان والبيئة، فضالٌ عن ظھور تأثيراتكيميائية يؤدي إلى المستمر لھذه المضادات ال ستعمالاال الدراسات إلى إيجاد بدائل لھذه المواد وذلك اتجھتلذلك ].٥[ سالالت مقاومة من الفطريات تجاه ھذه المضادات الفطرية arbuscularالمايكورايزا الشجيرية لذلك ھي فطريات تعملةمن األحياء المس ، عوامل السيطرة األحيائية استعمالب mycorrhiza (am) ٦[ من النباتات األرضية الراقية %80يزيد عن جبارياٌ مع جذور مااالتي تمثل فطريات تتكافل[ . دورھا في فضالً عنفي تحفيز نمو النبات تحت ظروف نقص بعض العناصر المغذية، اكبير اً ذه الفطريات دورتؤدي ھ حداث تغييرات مورفولوجية في الجذور االمنافسة مع ممرضات التربة على الغذاء و/ أو المكان، كما تحفز النبات على وتكوين حواجز دفاعية تركيبية مثل اللكنين وبروتينات جدار غنية بالھيدروكسيل مثل البرولين فضالٌ عن إنتاج األنزيمات ستجابة النبات للممرضات ومنھا تجمع ات في المركبات البايوكيميائية التي لھا عالقة ب. كما تؤدي إلى حصول تغييرا]٦[ . فضالٌ عن فعالياتھا في تغيير المجاميع الميكروبية ]٧[ وغيرھا من مركبات األيض الثانوي phytoalexinsمركبات ال األمراض. أظھرت العديد من الدراسات مما يؤدي إلى حماية النبات من ]٨حول الجذر [المضادة الموجودة في منطقة ستحثاث المقاومة الجھازية اتجاه الممرضات الفطرية المختلفة في نباتات مختلفة عن طريق ادفاع لياتال إمتالك النباتات حيائية ومنھا فطريات المايكورايزا الشجيرية مما يجعلھاالوكإستجابة للمعاملة المسبقة لھذه النباتات بعوامل السيطرة ا مقاومة لإلصابات ].١١، ١٠، ٩[ الالحقة أنواع من المايكورايزا الشجيرية في السيطرة على مرض الذبول ة أستھدفت الدراسة الحالية إختبار كفاءة خليط ثالث من خالل قياس شدة fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciالطماطة المتسبب عن الفطر الفيوزارمي على الجذور والكشف عن أنزيمات الدفاع المضادة لألكسدة وتأثير الفطر الممرض في األستيطان المايكورايزي مراضية على اإل تحت ظروف مختلفة من المعامالت. طريقة العمل تنشيط المايكورايزا وتحضير التربة am )glomusأنواع من المايكورايزا الشجيرية ةلثالث (البادىء الفطري) الحيوي السماد تم الحصول على etunicatum ، glomus leptotichum ،rhizophagus intraradices( قسم البحوث والدراسات / دائرة ، من وزارة الزراعة، يحتوي ھذا السماد على أبواغ وغزل فطري وجذور مصابة في تربة مزيجية جافة مفحوصة البستنة / .]١٢[مسبقاً، تم فحص السماد للتأكد من وجود األبواغ الفطرية بطريقة النخل الرطب والتصفية حسب طريقة للحصول ] ١٣[ المذكورة في طريقةالحسب تتربة مزيجية من شاطىء دجلة في منطقة الزعفرانية وغسل تحضر للتخلص من األحياء المجھرية وأجناس المايكورايزا المستوطنة ] ١٤[على تربة فقيرة بالمغذيات ، وعقمت حسب طريقة فيھا . منھا في أصص حاوية على (السماد المايكورايزي) padتم تنشيط األنواع الثالثة المايكورايزية عن طريق وضع طبقة الموصوفة طريقةالالمغذيات وحاوية على صخر فوسفاتي مركز وزرعت فسقة البصل المعقمة وحسب بتربة معقمة وفقيرة من %50، وسقيت األصص بالماء المعقم على أساس ]١٦[ كما جاء في، ثم أضيف المحلول المغذي المحضر و]١٥[ في بات البصل بصبغة الفوكسين الحامضي للتأكد من األصابة المايكورايزية للجذور ، صبغت جذور ن]١٧[ السعة الحقلية ].١٨[وتنشيطھا وحسب طريقة تنشيط الفطر الممرض وإختبار اإلصابةمن مركز البحوث الزراعية / fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciتم الحصول على عزلة الفطر الممرض ، وتم تأكيد التشخيص للفطر أعاله إعتمادا على الصفات pdaوزارة الزراعة ، ونشط الفطر الممرض على وسط وذلك ] ٢١[أختبرت حساسية بذور الطماطة لإلصابة بالفطر الممرض حسب طريقة و، ]٢٠] و[١٩[ التصنيفية حسب ، لوثت بذور الدخن المحلي المعقمة بالممرض لغرض إكثار الفطر الجذور على necrosisبظھور بقع بنية اللون أو . ]٢٢[في التجربة الالحقة وحسب طريقة عماله الممرض وإست التجربة في البيت البالستيكي: علوم الحياة | 294 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 نفذت التجربة في البيت البالستيكي حيث خلط البتموس (الماني المنشأ) المعقم مسبقاٌ مع التربة المزيجية الفقيرة ٥٠كيلو غرام في كل أصيص ) ثم أضيف ٥غم لألصيص الواحد)على أساس وزن التربة ( ٧٥( %1.5والمعقمة وبنسبة مل من المحلول 25) ، واضيف %12غم من صخر الفوسفات ( تركيز ٥ع غم من الخليط المايكورايزي لألنواع الثالثة م إلى التربة f. oxysporumغم بذور دخن ملوثة بلقاح الفطر 50بعد أسبوعين زراعة، وأضيف والمغذي عند الزراعة وبعد أسبوعين ،0w+(عند الزراعة مراحلوبثالت ألصص المعامالت الملوثة ] ٢٢[وزن/ وزن ) %5(نسبة المزيجية +2w، 4)+وأربعة أسابيع زراعةw ، ثم ، غم بذور دخن معقمة فوق التربة المزيجية لكل أصيص سيطرة50كما أضيف %3.5بمحلول ھايبوكلورات الصوديوم وبتركيز بذرة طماطة لكل أصيص بعد تعقيمھا )20أضيفت لجميع المعامالت ( غرام من التربة المزيجية 50والتربة، وغطيت جميع المعامالت ب ورايزية) المايكpad( طبقةبحيث تالمس بذور الدخن و والبتموس والممرض ي الثالثيالمايكورايزالخليط معاملة مختلفة من 16مكررات لكل معاملة (تم إجراء ةوبثالث .المعقمة مل من الماء المعقم لكل منھا (نصف السعة الحقلية)، 750)، وسقيت األصص بكمية وتداخالتھا فضال عن معاملة السيطرة أسابيع. ١٠ ةنفذت التجربة لمد، وتمت متابعة النباتات وسقيت كلما دعت الحاجة لضمان بقاء التربة رطبة دة اإلنزيمية:سكحساب المحددات المايكورايزية وشدة األمراضية ومضادات األوشدة اإلصابة بالفطر الممرض والكشف عن مضادات األكسدة األنزيمية في تم حساب المحددات المايكورايزية جذور نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع زراعة وكما يأتي: حساب المحددات المايكورايزية وإختبار كفاءة اإلصابة: -أ المايكورايزية في ، كثافة المستعمرات ]٢٣[ %f تم حساب النسبة المئوية لإلصابة المايكورايزية للنظام الجذري ، عدد الشجيرات في األجزاء المايكورايزية %mكثافة المستعمرات المايكورايزية في قطع الجذور ،%m النظام الجذري .]٢٤[ %a ووفرة الشجيرات في النظام الجذري %aللقطع الجذرية ].٢٥[ حسب طريقةتم قياس شدة اإلصابة بالفطر الممرض للجذر ب :enzymic antioxidantsفعالية مضادة األكسدة األنزيمية تقدير -ج ، ]٢٦[ حسب طريقة superoxide dismutase (sod)فعالية اإلنزيمات المضادة لألكسدةتم الكشف عن peroxidase(pod) ]٢٧[ ،catalase (cat) ]٢٨[ ،phenylalanine ammonia lyase (pal) ]٢٩[، polyphenol oxidase( ppo) ]٣٠[ ،glutathione peroxidase (gpox) ]٣١[. التحليل االحصائي لدراسة تأثير ] ٣٢[) ٢٠١٢( statistical analysis system –sasتم تحليل البيانات باستعمال البرنامج عشوائي العوامل المدروسة وفق تجارب عاملة بتداخالت ثالثية او ثنائية او تأثير عامل واحد بدون تداخل وفق تصميم كامل في الصفات المدروسة وذلك باختالف التجارب التي تم تطبيقھا في ھذه الدراسة، وقورنت الفروق المعنوية بين ).least significant difference-lsdالمتوسطات باختبار أقل فرق معنوي ( النتائج تأثير المادة العضوية والممرض وتداخلھما في اإلستيطان المايكورايزي: -١ صابة المايكورايزية ) وتداخلھما في النسبة المئوية لإل . f.o.l) والممرض (oتأثير المادة العضوية (نتائج أظھرت f% صابة المايكورايزية للجذر بعد عشرة أسابيع من بصورة مفردة ومتداخلة ثنائياٌ تأثيراٌ معنوياٌ في النسب المئوية لإل المفردة والمزدوجة بعد أسبوعين وأربعة كافة صابة في المعامالت زيادة النسبة المئوية لإل يوضح) 1التجربة (جدول ت ، إذ أظھرعند الزراعة بسبورات فطريات المايكورايزا والممرض نباتال ةصابة بالممرض مقارنة بمعاملأسابيع من اإل ) زيادة النسبة إلى o+( إضافة المادة العضويةو ) 4w+للممرض بعد أربعة أسابيع زراعة ( المعامالت المفردة ) حيث o-) وعدم إضافة المادة العضوية ( cبمعاملة السيطرة ( رنة اللمعاملتين على التوالي مق %94.17و 98.34% مقارنة %100إلى ة) فوصلت النسبo×+4w+التداخل الثنائي (على التوالي، أما معاملة %87.50و %95.00 بلغت كذلك الحال فقد أثرت المادة العضوية والممرض وتداخلھما في ،%76.67 تبمعاملة اإلصابة عند الزراعة حيث بلغ ) 4w+للممرض ( )، فأظھرت المعامالت المفردة 2) (جدول %mكثافة المستعمرات المايكورايزية في النظام الجذري ( بمعاملة على التوالي مقارنة %18.82و %22.15) زيادة في كثافة المستعمرات بلغت o+( إضافة المادة العضويةو على التوالي، وكانت النتائج %13.72و % 17.48) حيث وصلت إلى o-) وعدم إضافة المادة العضوية ( cالسيطرة ( معنوية من حيث تأثير المادة العضوية والممرض في كثافة المستعمرات المايكورايزية في النظام الجذري، أما معاملة بعد أربعة أسابيع زراعة مقارنة بمعامالت %24.40و %19.90التداخل الثنائي فأدت إلى زيادة كثافة المستعمرات إلى %4.50على التوالي، بينما سجلت أقل النتائج في معامالت اإلصابة عند الزراعة %22.23و %12.73السيطرة ) الذي يوضح تأثير العاملين العضوي والممرض وتداخلھما في كثافة المستعمرات ٣على التوالي . أما (جدول %5.57و إضافة المادة و) 4w+للممرض ( ة )، التي أظھرت فيھا كذلك المعامالت المفرد%mالمايكورايزية في قطع الجذر ( ) وعدم إضافة cبمعاملة السيطرة ( رنة امق %19.24و %22.50 سجلت) إلى زيادة ھذه النسبة حيث o+( العضوية على التوالي، كذلك الحال في التداخل الثنائي %14.96و % 18.19) حيث كانت النسب o-المادة العضوية ( )+o×f.o.l. بعد أسبوعين %23.07تاله %24.40) إذ وصلت أعلى النسب بعد أربعة أسابيع زراعة إصابة بالممرض علوم الحياة | 295 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 وكان تأثير %14.15أما معاملة السيطرة كانت %6.75 إصابة عند الزراعة حيث بلغت إصابة ، في حين كانت أقل النسب فة المستعمرات المايكورايزية في قطع الجذور. كذلك في كثا 0.05الممرض والمادة العضوية وتداخلھما معنوياٌ عند مستوى ) الذي يظھر تأثير العامل العضوي والممرض بصورة مفردة ومتداخلة ثنائياٌ في وفرة الشجيرات 4الحال في (جدول )a% 4+بوجود الممرض ( امعنوي تفوقت) في األجزاء المايكورايزية للقطع الجذرية التيw و ()+o( كالٌ على حدة و %54.07) التي أعطت o-) وعدم إضافة المادة العضوية ( cبالسيطرة ( مقارنة %68.96و %82.58 كانت %95.16فكانت معنوية أيضاٌ حيث سجلت أعلى النسب )o×.f. o.l+، أما معاملة التداخل الثنائي (على التتابع 44.26% بينما كانت اقل النسب إصابة بالممرض عند %87.65حيث كانت للمعاملة بعد أربعة أسابيع أصابة تاله أسبوعين إصابة في o× (f. o.l) و (oو ( (f. o.l)تأثير كان . %75.59، أما معاملة السيطرة فكانت %17.43حيث بلغت الزراعة مقارنة زيادة في كافة المعامالتكانت تأثيراٌ معنوياٌ حيث) 5(جدول في) %aوفرة الشجيرات في النظام الجذري ( المعامالت المفردة حيث أظھرت)، 0w+( نفسه السيطرة ومعاملة إضافة أبواغ المايكورايزا والممرض في الوقت ةبمعامل %10.48السيطرة ةعلى التوالي مقارنة بمعامل %15.30و %18.57) نسباٌ مساوية إلى o+و ( ) 4w+للممرض ( بعد أربعة %23.22فأظھرت نسباٌ ).o×f.o.l+( التداخل الثنائي، أما معاملة %7.42ومعاملة عدم إضافة البتموس كل الجداول السابقة ل كخالصةعلى التوالي. %16.81بعد أسبوعين إصابة مقارنة بالسيطرة %20.22أسابيع إصابة إصابة ) يالحظ إن كل مؤشرات األستيطان المايكورايزي قد إزدادت بوجود الممرض والمادة العضوية بعد ٥-١(جدول ) التي 0w+) مقارنة بإصابة الممرض عند الزراعة ( 4w+) وأربعة أسابيع ( 2w+( الجذور بالممرض بعد أسبوعين أعطت أوطأ النسب. :disease severityتأثير فطريات المايكورايزا والمادة العضوية والممرض في النسبة المئوية لشدة المرض -٢ المفردة والثنائية والثالثية كافة ) إنخفاض النسبة المئوية لشدة المرض في المعامالت 6أظھرت نتائج (جدول المادة العضوية ) و m+( ووجود المايكورايزا ) ، 4w+(للمرض بعد أربعة أسابيع وبالنسب التالية، في المعامالت المفردة )+o عدم وجود الممرض ( ةمقارنة بمعامل %23.98، %17.98، %16.10) تمثلت بالنسبc ) والمايكورايزا (-m ) o ×mعلى التوالي، أما المعامالت المزدوجة ( %29.79و %35.79، %43.38 ) بلغت o-) والمادة العضوية ( )f.o.l . × m) (o × f.o.l. مقارنة بزرعھما %14.70و %12.08، %16.30) فكانت أقل النسب إصابة بالممرض على التوالي، واظھرت معاملة %17.50و %20.13، %39.92وللمعامالت الثالثة على التوالي نفسه معاٌ في الوقت %21.75 نفسه مقارنة بزرعھا معاٌ في الوقت %10.90نخفاض في شدة المرض وصلت إلى االتداخل الثالثي أعلى نسبة .دية وللتداخل الثنائي والثالثيبعد عشرة أسابيع من الزراعة، وقد كانت النتائج معنوية للمعامالت األحا تأثير خليط المايكورايزا والمادة العضوية والممرض في فعالية أنزيمات الدفاع لمضادات األكسدة:-٣ بمعاملة الجذور بفطريات المايكورايزا معنوياٌ ) إلى زيادة فعالية ھذا األنزيم 7(جدول sodأظھرت نتائج فعالية أنزيم )+m 4+(بعد أربعة أسابيع ) والممرضw أسابيع من التجربة إلى ١٠) كالٌ على إنفراد حتى وصلت فعاليته بعد مرور و %90.95والتي بلغت فيھا الفعالية ) c) و( m-( للمعاملتين على التوالي مقارنة بمعاملتي %193.43و 177.90% حتى وصلت إلى معنوياٌ ) فقد أدت إلى خفض فعالية ھذا األنزيم o+على التوالي ، أما إضافة المادة العضوية ( 123.48% ،كذلك أدت معاملة التداخل الثنائية % 142.35) وصلت إلى o-بعدم وجود المادة العضوية( مقارنة 126.50% )++m. +f.o.l. اإلصابةمدتي بعد %245.20و %202.80فعالية األنزيم حتى وصلت إلى معنوية في ) إلى زيادة ، على العكس من ذلك أظھرت %169.50( أسبوعان وأربعة أسابيع ) بالممرض على التوالي مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة ) إلى خفض فعالية األنزيم حتى وصلت إلى o×+4w×+m+) والتداخل الثالثي ( m×+o+معاملتا التداخل الثنائي ( ازدادت النسبة إلى ) o×+4w×+m-) و ( o+m+-( بمعاملتيللمعاملتين على التوالي مقارنة %229.60و 167.20% بمعاملة معنوياٌ فعالية األنزيم تفوقت) فقد 8(جدول podعلى التوالي. أما أنزيم البيروكسيديز %260.80و 188.60% %7.9613و %150.50) كالٌ على إنفراد ووصلت فعاليته إلى m+) وفطريات المايكورايزا ( 4w+الجذور بالممرض ( ) m-) ومعاملة عدم إضافة المايكورايزا ( c( السيطرة ةرنة بمعاملاأسابيع من التجربة مق 10للمعاملتين على التوالي بعد ) حتى وصلت 4w×+m+على التوالي ، كذلك إزدادت فعالية األنزيم في معاملة التداخل الثنائي ( %67.00و 93.00% ، أما المعامالت التي تضمنت إضافة %107.00 فقد سجلت) 4w×-m+(بمعاملة مقارنة %194.00إلى أعلى فعالية ) فأدت o×+4w×+m+) أو المعاملة الثالثية ( o×+m+) أو متداخلة مع المايكورايزا ( o+ المادة العضوية بمفردھا ( للمعامالت الثالث %182.00و %129.33و %96.00أسابيع إلى 10جميعھا إلى خفض فعالية األنزيم ووصلت بعد ، %146.58، %108.96 انخفضت إلى ) o×+4w×+m-( و) o×+m-( و) o على التوالي مقارنة بمعامالت ( ) m+) والمايكورايزا ( 4w+( ) فأظھرت معاملة الجذور بالممرض9على التوالي. أما أنزيم الكاتليز (جدول 206.00% ، %102.58أسابيع إلى 10) إلى زيادة فعالية األنزيم حتى وصلت بعد 4w×+m+على إنفراد والتداخل الثنائي ( كالً انخفضت إلى ) 4w×-m+( و ) m-( و )c(ت للمعامالت الثالث على التوالي مقارنة بمعامال %141.67و 91.87% ضافة المادة العضوية االمتضمنة كافة على التوالي ، بالمقابل أظھرت المعامالت 63.50%، 32.13%، 50.67% ، %55.46) إلى خفض فعالية اإلنزيم إلى o×+4w×+m+) أو ثالثياٌ ( o×+m+) أو المتداخلة ثنائياٌ ( o+منفردة ( بنفس المعامالت وبدون إضافة المادة العضوية حيث للمعامالت الثالث على التوالي مقارنة 131.33%، 83.42% . كذلك الحال بالنسبة ألنزيم على التوالي %152.00و %100.33، %68.54 ارتفعت فعالية اإلنزيم ووصلت إلى pal لمايكورايزا (ل ) والتي أظھرت نتائجه حصول زيادة في فعالية األنزيم للمعامالت المنفردة10(جدول+m ( علوم الحياة | 296 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 التوالي للمعامالت الثالث على %6.11و %4.37، %3.94وصلت إلى ) m×+4w+) والمتداخلة (4w+والممرض ( ) حيث إنخفضت فعالية اإلنزيم إلى أن وصلت m×+4w-والمتداخلة () c(الممرض عدم وجود ) وm-مقارنة بمعامالت ( على التوالي ، كما أدت المعامالت التي تضمنت إضافة المادة العضوية منفردة أو متداخلة %2.64، %2.24، %1.41إلى أسابيع من التجربة 10فعالية األنزيم وصلت بعد معنوي في إلى خفض ) o×+4w×+m+) أو ثالثياٌ ( o×+m+ثنائياٌ ( بعدم إضافة البتموس إلى المعامالت نفسھا مما للمعامالت الثالث على التوالي مقارنة %5.52، %3.51، %2.36إلى ) 11(جدول ppo. أما أنزيم على التوالي %6.70و %4.38، %2.99أدى إلى خفض فعالية اإلنزيم حيث بلغت ) والتداخل 4w (،)+m+زدادت الفعالية بالمعامالت المفردة (اإذ نفسھا فأظھرت النتائج نمط الفعالية لألنزيمات السابقة %0.49، %0.54أسابيع زراعة إلى 10) حتى وصلت الفعالية للمعامالت الثالثة على التوالي بعد m×+4w+الثنائي ( على m×+4w (0.32%+(ومعاملة %0.18 وعدم إضافة المايكورايزا %0.29ة السيطر ةمقارنة بمعامل %0.76و ) أو ثالثياٌ o×+m+) أو متداخلة ثنائياٌ ( o+خفضت الفعالية بالمعامالت المتضمنة إضافة المادة العضوية ( انالتوالي ، و )+o×+4w×+m عدم إضافة البتموس على التوالي مقارنة بمعامالت %0.70، %0.45، %0.30) حتى وصلت إلى كانت زيادة معنوية في ) ف12(جدول gpoxعلى التوالي . أما أنزيم o.82%، %0.54، %0.37 ولنفس المعامالت نائي ) المفردة والتداخل الث m+( وإضافة المايكورايزا ) 4w+( األنزيم لمعاملة الممرض بعد أربعة أسابيع زراعة فعالية )+m×+4w عدم ةعلى التوالي مقارنة بمعامل %175.25و %125.33، %135.45إلى النسب للمعامالت بلغت) حتى على m×+4w (95.66%-( ومعاملة التداخل الثنائي %60.41 وعدم إضافة المايكورايزا %85.06 إضافة الممرض o-( ) أو ثالثياٌ o×+m-( ثنائياٌ ) أو متداخلة o-مفردة ( لمادة العضوية بصورةعدم إضافة االتوالي، كما أظھرت معامالت ×+4w×+m (على التوالي %186.50و %134.09، %99.53فعالية اإلنزيم وصلت إلى زيادة معنوية فيى ال و %116.56، %86.21نخفاض الفعالية األنزيمية إلى امقارنة بنفس المعامالت بإضافة المادة العضوية أدت إلى على التوالي . من نتائج تأثير العوامل الثالثة في ھذه األنزيمات يالحظ إن معاملة التداخل الثنائية 163.99% )m×f.o.l . تلتھا المعاملة الثالثية ( كافة ) قد أعطت أعلى فعالية اإلنزيماتo×f.o.l .×m كما أدت المعامالت ،( ) 2w+الحاوية على المادة العضوية إلى خفض فعالية األنزيمات، كذلك فإن إصابة الجذور بالممرض بعد إسبوعين ( كافة ) من إصابتھا بفطريات المايكورايزا قد أدت إلى زيادة فعالية األنزيمات على التوالي مقارنة 4w+أو أربعة أسابيع ( ). ow+راعة ( بإصابة النبات بالممرض والمايكورايزا عند الز المناقشة فطر اللنبات الطماطة المصابة بكافة ستيطان المايكورايزي للجذور المايكورايزية الإن زيادة مؤشرات ا fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersici ٣٣[بعد إسبوعين وأربعة أسابيع من اإلصابة تتفق مع نتائج دراسة[ ستيطان الغير المرضية ( رمية المعيشة) قد أدت إلى زيادة ا fusarium oxysporumالتي وجد فيھا إن عزلة الفطر في جذور عدد من النباتات منھا الذرة البيضاء g. deserticolaو g. mossaeالمايكورايزي لنوعي المايكورايزا sorghum الطماطة والبازالء ولكن لم يظھر ھذا التأثير في نباتات أخرى مثل الذرة الصفراء ، الحنطة ، الخس ، ختالفاٌ في مستوى اإلستيطان المايكورايزي للجذور افوجدوا كذلك ]٣٤[والعدس عند تنميتھا في تربة غير معقمة . أما ، إذ أظھرت fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciالمايكورايزية لعشرة أصناف من الطماطة بوجود الممرض إذ ] ٨[األصناف أما زيادة أو نقصان أو عدم تأثير في نسبة اإلستيطان المايكورايزي بوجود الممرض . كما تتفق مع نتائج ية إلى زيادة معنو rhizoctonia solaniبالفطر الممرض leucanthemumأدت معاملة الجذور المايكورايزية لنبات إلى ]٣٥[أنواع من المايكورايزا خاصة في عدد الشجيرات، كما أشار العالمان ةستيطان المايكورايزي لثالثالفي مستوى ا f. oxysporumوبوجود فطر g. fasciculatumستخدام الفطر المايكورايزي استيطان المايكورايزي بالزيادة مستوى ا . إن نفسھا الدراسة في acaulospora laveisان فطر المايكورايزا بينما أظھر نفس الممرض خفضاٌ لمستوى إستيط إذ أن الشجيرات stress responseعدد الشجيرات قد يكون نتيجة اإلستجابة للشد السيما زيادة اإلستيطان المايكورايزي و ن الشجيرات ھي من عالمات الحيوية إ. كما ]٣٦[تمثل موقع تبادل المغذيات بين النبات والفطريات المايكورايزية vitality لذلك من المحتمل أن يقوم النبات بنقل أو توزيع كميات كبيرة من الكاربون إلى الجذور مما يحفز فطرياتam . ]٣٧[قد حفزت أليات أخرى بوجود الممرض amلتجھيز مغذيات أكثر أو من الممكن أن تكون فطريات التي أوضحوا فيھا ]٣٨[ج الدراسة الحالية مع عدد من الدراسات األخرى ومنھا دراسة بالرغم من ذلك التتفق نتائ قد أدى إلى خفض نسبي أو قليل phytophthora capsiciأسابيع بالممرض 5إن إصابة الجذور المايكورايزية بعد ستيطان المايكورايزي في الوى االتي أظھرت إنخفاضاٌ في مست ]١١[ستيطان المايكورايزي . كذلك التتفق مع نتائج الل قد أدى إلى خفض f. solaniإن الفطر ]١٠[ . كما وجد verticillium dehliaeجذور نبات القطن المصابة بالفطر أنواع من المايكورايزا في جذور ةخليط من ثالث استعمال) ب %f% ،m% ،aمستويات اإلستيطان المايكورايزي ( أسابيع من اإلستيطان المايكورايزي . وأوضحت ھذه الدراسات إلى أن ٣نبات البازالء المصاب بالفطر الممرض بعد ذلك فإن إلفرازات فضال عن ]١٠[ السبب يعود إلى تنافس الممرض مع فطريات المايكورايزا على المكان و/ أو الغذاء لذلك قد يكون الفطر الممرض قد أثر سلباٌ أو قلل ]٣٨[يراٌ في مستوى اإلستيطان المايكورايزي للجذور الجذور تأثيراٌ كب . وھذه المالحظات قد تفسر إنخفاض ]١١[ھذه اإلفرازات مما أثر بالتالي في خفض اإلستيطان المايكورايزي للجذور حالية في المعاملة المتضمنة إضافة فطريات مستوى اإلستيطان المايكورايزي في جذور الطماطة في الدراسة ال علوم الحياة | 297 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) . بالمقابل إزدادت ھذه النسب بعد إصابة 0w+المايكورايزا وسبورات الممرض في نفس الوقت (عند بداية التجربة قد تكون مدةالتي خالل ھذه ال f. oxysporumالجذور المايكورايزية للطماطة بعد أسبوعين وأربعة أسابيع بالممرض قد نمت وتطورت وكونت شجيرات والتي تزيد من عملية تبادل المغذيات مع النبات فضالٌ عن تكون تراكيب amفطريات تجاه الممرض تحد من إصابته للجذور مقارنة بإضافة امايكورايزية أخرى والتي قد تحفز على تكوين وسائل دفاع . نفسه المايكورايزا والممرض في الوقت ، ١٠[ خليط المايكورايزا والفطر الممرض والمادة العضوية في النسبة المئوية لشدة المرض مع نتائج تتفق نتائج تأثير إذ أشار ھؤالء الباحثين إلى أن من الميكانيكيات التي تتسبب عن فعالية المايكورايزيا تجاه الممرضات ھي تحفيز ] ٣٧ إضافة إلى حصول عدد من التغييرات البايوكيميائية فطريات المايكورايزا لعدد من الدفاعات في النبات العائل ، – 3 ,1 –وأنزيمات الدفاع isozymesوالفسيولوجية عند إستيطان النبات من قبل المايكورايزا منھا تغيير في أنماط glucanase, chitosonase , chitinase β ]كما أن فطريات المايكورايزا تحفز جذور العائل إلنتاج مواد أيض ]، ٣٩ . إن ]٩[بتراكيز مالئمة تتجمع وتكسب المقاومة للجذور تجاه الممرضات ومن ھذه المركبات ھي التربينات والفينوالت . وإن ھذه الفعالية تختلف ]٤٠[النباتات المايكورايزية تكتسب حماية ضد الممرضات مقارنة بالنباتات غير المايكورايزية الٌ عن ذلك فإن جمع أكثر من نوع مايكورايزي يعطي فاعلية أعلى لحماية بإختالف نوع وجنس الفطر المايكورايزي فض . ]٤١[النبات العائل من الفطر المايكورايزي المفرد . إن ]٤٢[تعد دراسة األنزيمات المتعلقة بالدفاع المفاتيح لدراسة ميكانيكية مقاومة أي مرض نباتي من قبل العائل في الدراسة الحالية نتيجة إصابة sod ،pod ،cat ،pal ،ppo ،gpoxضادة لألكسدة زيادة فعالية األنزيمات الم أو نتيجة إستيطانھا بخليط فطريات المايكورايزا أو في النباتات المايكورايزية f. oxysporumجذور النبات بفطر اللذين catو podية أنزيمي زيادة فعال ]٤٣[المصابة بالممرض تتفق مع العديد من الدراسات ، فقد أوضح الباحثان دوراٌ مھماٌ في أيض بيروكسيد الھيدروجين و/ أو عملية إرتباط البروتينات والسكريات المتعددة في الفراغ ( أو ؤديان ي اللذين أوضحوا زيادة ]٣٩[ بين الشجيرات والغشاء الخلوي للخلية النباتية . كما تتفق مع دراسة المساحة ) الداخلية ما في جذور الطماطة الملقحة مسبقاٌ بفطريات المايكورايزا والمصابة الحقاٌ بفطر ppo ،pod ،palفعالية أنزيمات phytophthora spp . إن معاملة نبات البزاليا بفطر ]٩[كما أوضح الباحثrhizoctonia solani أدى إلى زيادة والذي يشير catالفعالية العالية ألنزيم ]٤٤[. كذلك أوضحت دراسة sod ، ppo ،catمعنوية في فعالية أنزيمات . وتتفق differentiationعملية التمايز فضالً عنإلى دوره الفعال في تنظيم نمو الفطر المايكورايزي داخل خاليا العائل phaseolusتحفيز مقاومة نبات ل glomusخليط من أنواع المايكورايزا التابعة لجنس ] باستعمال٦[مع دراسة vulgaris تجاه غزو الممرض اrhizoctonia solani إذ أظھرت النتائج زيادة فعالية األنزيمات المضادة لألكسدة sod ،pod ،cat ) وأنزيمات اللكننةppo ،pal تجاه الممرض . كذلك ا) مما أدى إلى زيادة مقاومة النبات في الجذور المايكورايزية مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. ppoو podزيادة معنوية في فعالية أنزيمي ]٣٥[أوضحت دراسة وھو من أنزيمات األكسدة واإلختزال إذ يساھم في بناء السكريات المتعددة podإن ميكانيكية عمل ھذه األنزيمات كأنزيم ن خاليا العائل خالل عملية الدفاع تجاه العوامل المرضية للجدار الخلوي وأكسدة الفينوالت وعملية السوبرة ولكننة جدرا مضادة quinonesويحولھا إلى مركبات polyphenolsفيدخل في أكسدة الفينوالت المتعددة ppo. أما أنزيم ]٤٥[ أنزيم . أما ]٣٥[لألحياء المجھرية كما يدخل في عملية اللكننة لجدران خاليا النبات خالل إختراقھا من قبل الممرض pal فھو األنزيم المفتاح أليض المركبphenyl propanoid في النباتات وھو األنزيم الفعال في بناء المركبات الفينولية في نبات الطماطة، وإن فعالية ھذا األنزيم تتناسب طردياٌ مع تجمع اللكنين في جدران خاليا الطماطة مما يكسبھا 2o (superoxide anionsفھو من األنزيمات التي تعمل على إزالة ( odsأما أنزيم ] ٣٩[مقاومة تجاه الممرض )ros 2) مما يؤدي إلى تجمعo2h والذي بدوره يختزل بواسطة بواسطة أنزيميcat وgpox وبذلك يعمل ھذا الذي تمت وgpox . وأخيراٌ فإن أنزيم ]٤٦[أو الضرر التأكسدي lipid peroxidationاألنزيم في المساعدة على منع فھو من f. oxysporumدراسته في ھذا البحث ألول مرة من ناحية دوره في حماية النبات المايكورايزي من غزو الفطر lipidكذلك له القابلية على إزالة سمية المركبات الناتجة من عملية 2o2hاألنزيمات المضادة لألكسدة يعمل على إختزال peroxidation ]٤٧[ . إضافة المادة العضوية كافة لمعامالت المتضمنة ل كافة أما تأثير المادة العضوية في خفض فعالية األنزيمات المختبرة ) فھي تتفق مع عدد من الدراسات التي o+f.o.l .+m) والثالثية ( . o+m ،o+f.o.l)، المزدوجة ( oالمفردة ( من الدراسات إلى إضافة المادة العضوية يخفض حدوث المرض الناتج من أظھرت تفسيرات مختلفة ، فقد أشارت العديد ممرضات مختلفة ( بكتيريا، فطريات، نيماتودا) تحت ظروف الزراعة في نظام البيت الزجاجي بإستخدام الكومبوست ية تجاه وفي التجارب الحقلية التي أظھرت إن إضافة الكومبوست أظھر فعالية مقاومة إحيائ ]٤٨[كمادة عضوية . والذي قد يكون ناتجاٌ من تأثير المادة العضوية في زيادة صحة وتغذية النبات مما يعطيه مقاومة تجاه ]٤٩[الممرضات فقد أشار إلى إن وجود المادة العضوية في التربة تؤدي إلى ثباتية وعدم فعالية ] ٥١[ . أما الباحث]٥٠[الممرضات مع المادة العضوية مما قد يمنع أنزيمات الممرض ومھاجمته للعائل، covalent bondingاألنزيمات وذلك بتكوينھا كخالصة للبحث تشير النتائج إلى إمكانية استعمال خليط من فطريات المايكورايزا في السيطرة اإلحيائية من خالل تحفيز لمرض الذبول . المسبب fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciمقاومة نبات الطماطة اتجاه الفطر علوم الحياة | 298 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 في وتداخلھما fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciوالممرض تأثير المادة العضوية :)١(رقم جدول زراعة.من العلى جذور نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع %fالنسبة المئوية لإلصابة المايكورايزية للنظام الجذري في كثافة وتداخلھما fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciوالممرض تأثير المادة العضوية :)٢(رقم جدول زراعة.من العلى جذور نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع %m المستعمرات المايكورايزية في النظام الجذري وتداخلھما في كثافة fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciتأثير المادة العضوية والممرض :)٣(رقم جدول زراعة.من العلى جذور نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع %mالمستعمرات المايكورايزية في قطع الجذور وتداخلھما في وفرة fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersici) تأثير المادة العضوية والممرض ٤(رقم جدول زراعة.من العلى جذور نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع %aالشجيرات في األجزاء المايكورايزية للقطع الجذرية الزراعةإضافة الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي عند تاثير مادة عضوية f.o.l .فطر ممرض مادة عضوية c+0w+2w+4w -o 90.00 66.67 96.67 96.67 87.50 +o 100.00 76.67 100.00 100.00 94.17 lsd(0.05) 2.561 1.280 f.o.l. 95.00 71.67 98.34 98.34تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05) 1.811 إضافة الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي عند الزراعة تاثير مادة عضوية f.o.l .فطر ممرض مادة عضوية c+0w+2w+4w -o 12.73 4.50 17.73 19.90 13.72 +o 22.23 5.57 23.07 24.40 18.82 lsd(0.05) 0.818 0.409 f.o.l. 17.48 5.04 20.40 22.15تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05) 0.579 إضافة الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي عند الزراعة تاثير مادة عضوية f.o.l .فطر ممرض مادة عضوية c+0w+2w+4w -o 14.15 6.75 18.34 20.59 14.96 +o 22.23 7.26 23.07 24.40 19.24 lsd(0.05) 1.311 0.655 f.o.l. 18.19 7.01 20.71 22.50تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05) 0.927 إضافة الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي عند الزراعة تاثير مادة عضوية f.o.l .فطر ممرض مادة عضوية c+0w+2w+4w -o 32.54 12.15 62.37 69.99 44.26 +o 75.59 17.43 87.65 95.16 68.96 lsd(0.05) 2.617 1.309 f.o.l. 54.07 14.79 75.01 82.58تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05) 1.851 علوم الحياة | 299 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 وتداخلھما في وفرة fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersiciتأثير المادة العضوية والممرض :)٥(رقم جدول زراعة.من العلى جذور نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع %aالشجيرات في النظام الجذري fusarium oxysporumتأثير الفطريات المايكورايزية والمادة العضوية والممرض : )٦(رقم جدول f.sp.lycopersici وتداخالتھا في النسبة المئوية لشدة المرضdisease severity% على جذور نبات الطماطة بعد زراعة.من العشرة أسابيع تداخل f.o.l.فطر ممرض مادة عضوية خليط مايكورايزي ثالثي عضوي× مايكورايزي m x o +0w+2w+4w -m -o65.0033.0021.75 39.92 +o52.0024.5018.50 31.67 +m -o 30.7515.0013.25 19.67 +o25.7512.2510.90 16.30 lsd(0.05) 1.96913.061 تداخل مايكورايزي × ممرض m x f.o.l تأثير مايكورايزي -m58.5028.7520.13 35.79 +m28.2513.6312.08 17.98 lsd(0.05) 4.6140.804 تداخل عضوي × ممرض o x f.o.l تأثير مادة عضوية -o47.8824.0017.50 29.79 +o38.8818.3814.70 23.98 lsd(0.05)13.1620.804 f.o.l43.3821.1916.10 .تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05)0.984 إضافة الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي عند الزراعة تاثير مادة عضوية f.o.l .فطر ممرض مادة عضوية c+0w+2w+4w -o 4.14 0.55 11.06 13.93 7.42 +o 16.81 0.97 20.22 23.22 15.30 lsd(0.05) 1.224 0.612 f.o.l. 10.48 0.76 15.64 18.57الممرضتأثير lsd(0.05) 0.865 علوم الحياة | 300 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 fusarium oxysporumتأثير الفطريات المايكورايزية والمادة العضوية والممرض :)٧(رقم جدول f.sp.lycopersici أوكسيديز دسميوتيزوتداخالتھا في فعالية أنزيم سوبر sod وحدة إمتصاص/ غرام وزن طري ) زراعة.من الجذور ) على نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي تداخل .f.o.lفطر ممرض مادة عضوية عضوي×مايكورايزي m x o c +0w+2w +4w -m -o80.3031.20123.20149.7096.10 +o74.4025.60109.60133.6085.80 +m -o 178.40100.00215.20260.80188.60 +o160.8088.00190.40229.60167.20 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 3.12342.604 تداخل مايكورايزي × ممرض m x f.o.l. تأثير مايكورايزي -m77.3528.40116.40141.6590.95 +m169.6094.00202.80245.20177.90 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 11.5831.108 تداخل عضوي × ممرض o x f.o.l. تأثير مادة عضوية -o129.3565.60169.20205.25142.35 +o117.6056.80150.00181.60126.50 )٠٫٠٥ (lsd 56.4161.108 f.o.l.123.48 61.20159.60193.43تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05)1.566 fusarium oxysporumتأثير الفطريات المايكورايزية والمادة العضوية والممرض :)٨(رقم جدول f.sp.lycopersici وتداخالتھا في فعالية أنزيم البيروكسيديزpod (تغير باإلمتصاص/ دقيقة/غرام وزن طري جذور ) زراعة.من العلى نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع المايكورايزي الخليط الثالثي تداخل .f.o.lفطر ممرض مادة عضوية عضوي×مايكورايزي m x o c +0w+2w +4w -m -o 57.3322.0092.00 114.0071.33 +o52.6718.0080.00 100.0062.67 +m -o 139.0073.33168.00206.00146.58 +o123.0063.33149.00182.00129.33 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 2.72134.410 تداخل مايكورايزي × ممرض m x f.o.l. تأثير مايكورايزي -m55.0020.0086.00 107.0067.00 +m131.0068.33158.50194.00137.96 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 9.3930.962 تداخل عضوي × ممرض o x f.o.l. تأثير مادة عضوية -o98.1747.67130.00160.00108.96 +o87.8440.67114.50141.0096.00 )٠٫٠٥ (lsd 46.3550.962 f.o.l.93.0044.17122.25150.50تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05)1.361 علوم الحياة | 301 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 fusarium oxysporumوالممرض تأثير الفطريات المايكورايزية والمادة العضوية :)٩(رقم جدول f.sp.lycopersici في فعالية أنزيم الكتاليز وتداخالتھاcat ( تغير باإلمتصاص/ دقيقة/غرام وزن طري جذور ) على زراعة.من النبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي تداخل .f.o.lفطر ممرض مادة عضوية عضوي×مايكورايزي m x o c +0w+2w +4w -m -o 17.338.0050.67 71.00 36.75 +o12.004.6737.33 56.00 27.50 +m -o 95.3332.00122.00152.00100.33 +o78.0021.00103.33131.3383.42 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 2.22729.392 تداخل مايكورايزي × ممرض m x f.o.l. تأثير مايكورايزي -m14.676.3444.00 63.50 32.13 +m86.6726.50112.67141.6791.87 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 9.2490.787 تداخل عضوي × ممرض o x f.o.l. تأثير مادة عضوية -o56.33 20.0086.34 111.5068.54 +o45.0012.8470.33 93.67 55.46 )٠٫٠٥ (lsd 41.0440.787 f.o.l.50.6716.4278.33 102.58تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05)1.113 في فعالية أنزيم الفنيل وتداخالتھا f.o.lوالممرض تأثير الفطريات المايكورايزية والمادة العضوية :)١٠(رقم جدول ( مايكروغرام حامض سيناميك/ ساعة/غرام وزن طري جذور ) على نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة palأالنين أمونيا ليز زراعة.من الأسابيع الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي تداخل .f.o.lفطر ممرض مادة عضوية عضوي×مايكورايزي m x o c +0w+2w +4w -m -o 0.900.402.10 3.00 1.60 +o0.770.271.55 2.27 1.22 +m -o 4.101.405.30 6.70 4.38 +o3.201.034.30 5.52 3.51 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 0.3681.236 تداخل مايكورايزي × ممرض m x f.o.l. تأثير مايكورايزي -m0.840.341.83 2.64 1.41 +m3.651.224.80 6.11 3.94 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 0.5180.130 تداخل عضوي × ممرض o x f.o.l. تأثير مادة عضوية -o2.50 0.903.70 4.85 2.99 +o1.990.652.93 3.90 2.36 )٠٫٠٥ (lsd 1.7620.130 f.o.l.2.24 0.783.31 4.37تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05)0.184 علوم الحياة | 302 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 fusarium oxysporumوالممرض تأثير الفطريات المايكورايزية والمادة العضوية :)١١( رقم جدول f.sp.lycopersici في فعالية أنزيم بولي فينول أوكسيديز وتداخالتھاppo ( مايكرومول كينون/ دقيقة ) على جذور زراعة.من ال نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي تداخل .f.o.lفطر ممرض مادة عضوية عضوي×مايكورايزي m x o c+0w+2w +4w -m -o 0.130.060.25 0.36 0.20 +o0.110.040.20 0.28 0.16 +m -o 0.500.180.65 0.82 0.54 +o0.40 0.150.54 0.70 0.45 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 0.0370.148 تداخل مايكورايزي × ممرض m x f.o.l. تأثير مايكورايزي -m0.120.050.23 0.32 0.18 +m0.45 0.170.60 0.76 0.49 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 0.0540.013 تداخل عضوي × ممرض o x f.o.l. مادة عضويةتأثير -o0.32 0.120.45 0.59 0.37 +o0.26 0.100.37 0.49 0.30 )٠٫٠٥ (lsd 0.2170.013 f.o.l.0.29 0.110.41 0.54تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05)0.019 fusarium oxysporumوالممرض تأثير الفطريات المايكورايزية والمادة العضوية :)١٢( رقم جدول f.sp.lycopersici في فعالية أنزيم الكلوتاثيون بيروكسيديز وتداخالتھاgpox وحدة إمتصاص/ غرام وزن طري ) زراعة.من ال جذور ) على نبات الطماطة بعد عشرة أسابيع الخليط المايكورايزي الثالثي تداخل .f.o.lفطر ممرض مادة عضوية عضوي×مايكورايزي m x o c+0w+2w +4w -m -o 52.4520.9083.60 102.8964.96 +o48.23 14.4772.35 88.42 55.87 +m -o 128.6265.29155.95186.50134.09 +o110.9356.27135.05163.99116.56 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 2.27831.320 تداخل مايكورايزي × ممرض m x f.o.l. تأثير مايكورايزي -m50.34 17.6977.98 95.66 60.41 +m119.7860.78145.50175.25125.33 )٠٫٠٥ ( lsd 9.5140.805 تداخل عضوي × ممرض o x f.o.l. تأثير مادة عضوية -o90.5443.10119.78144.7099.53 +o79.58 35.37103.70126.2186.21 )٠٫٠٥ (lsd 42.480 0.805 f.o.l.85.06 39.23111.74135.45تأثير الممرض lsd(0.05)1.139 علوم الحياة | 303 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المصادر 1ojha, s. & chatterjee, n. c. (2012). induction of resistance in tomato plants against fusarium oxysporum f. sp. lycopersici mediated through salicylic acid and trichoderma harzianum. j. plant prot. res., 52(2): 220-225. 2amini, j. & sidovich, d. f. (2010). the effect of fungicides on fusarium oxysporum f. sp. lycopersici associated with fusarium wilt of tomato. j. plant prot. res., 50: 172-178. 3adkins, b. j. (2010). overall growth of tomato (lycopersicon esculentum l. c. v. glacier) inoculated with species of glomus and trichoderma growing under greenhouse corditions california polytechnic state university, horticulture and crop science department: 21 pp. 4sundaramoorthy, s. and balabaskar, p. (2013). biocontrol efficacy of trichoderma spp. against wilt of tomato caused by fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersici . j. appl. biol. biotechn. 1(3) : 3640. 5agrios, g. n. (2004). plant pathology. 5th edition elsevier, academic press: 922 pp. 6hathout, t. a.; felaifel, m. s.; el-khallal, s. m.; abo-ghalia, h. h. & gad, r. a. (2010). biocontrol of phaseolus vulgaris root rot using arbuscular mycorrhizae. egypt. j. agric. res., 88(1): 15-29. 7sundaresan, p.; ubalthoose raja, n. & gunasekaran, p. (1993). induction and accumulation of phytoalexins in cow pea roots infected with a mycorrhizal fungus glomus fasciculatum and their resistance to fusarium wilt disease. j. biosci., 18(2): 291-301. 8lewandowski, t. j.; dunfield, k. e.; antunes, p. m. (2013). isolate identity determines plant tolerance to pathogen attack in assembled mycorrhizal communities. plos one, 8(4): 17. 9el-khallal, s. m. (2007). induction and modulation of resistance in tomato planta against fusarium wilt disease by bioagent fungi (arbuscular mycorrhiza) and/or hormonal elicitors (jaasmonic acid and salicylic acid): 1-changes in growth, some metabolic activities and endogenous hormones related to defense mechanism. aust. j. basic & appl. sci., 1(4): 691705. 10al-askar, a. a. & rashad, y. m. (2010). arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi: a biocontrol agent against common bean fusarium root rot disease. plant pathol. j., 9(1): 31-38. 11kobra, n.; jalil, k. &youbert, g. (2009). effects of three glomus species as biocontrol agents against verticilliuminduced wilt in cotton. j. plant prot. res., 49(2): 185-189. 12gerdemann, j.w. & nicolson, t.h. (1963). spores of mycorrhizal endogone extracted from soil by wet sieving and decanting. trans. br. mycol. soc., 46: 235-244. 13davies, f.t. & linderman, r.g. (1991). short term effects of phosphorus vamycorrhizal fungi on nutrition, growth and development of capsicum annuum l. scientia horticulturae, 45: 333-338. 14louis, i. & lime, g. (1988). differential response in growth and mycorrhizal colonization of soybean to inoculation in soils of different availability. plant and soil 112: 37 – 43. 15owusn,-bennoah, e. and mosse, b. (1979). components of va mycorrhizal inoculum and their effects on growth of onion. new phytol., 87; 355-361. 16davies, f.t.; puryear, j.d.; neuton, r.j.; janathan, n.e. & saraiva cross, j.a. (2001). mycorrhizal fungi enhance accumulation and tolerance of chromium in sunflower (helianthus annuus). j. plant physiol., 158: 777-786. ) في نمو محصولي الذرة vamالشجيرية ( . تأثير فطريات المايكورايزا الحوصلية)٢٠١٠( الطائي، فزع محمود -١٧ .١٥-٨، ٢ ، العدد١٨ المجلد ،مجلة علوم الرافدين .الصفراء وفول الصويا 1٨kormanik, p.; bryan, p.; craig, w. & schultz, r.c. (1980). procedures and equipment for staining large numbers of plant root samples for endomycorrhizal assay can. j. microbial., 26: 536-538. ١٩booth. c. (1971). the genus fusarium common wealt.commomwelth institute, kew, surrey, england. علوم الحياة | 304 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 2٠leslie, j. f. & summerell,b. a. ( 2006 ). the fusarium laboratory manual.blackewll publishing.u.k. 2١amran, m.(2005). pathognicity test of fusarium verticillioides on corn and formulation of bacillus subtilis bs10 for seed treatment as biological control agent. prosiding seminar nasional jagung., 474-481. 2٢dewan, m. m. (1989). identity and frequency of occurrence of fungi in roots of wheat and rye grass and their effect on take-all and host growth. ph.d. thesis, univ. wes. australia. 210 pp. 2٣biermann, b. & r.g. linderman (1981). quantifying vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizae: a proposed method towards standardization. new phytol., 87: 63-67. 2٤trouvelot, a. kough, j.l. and gianinazzi-pearson, v. (1986). mesure du taux de mycorhization va d’un système radiculaire. recherche de méthodes d’estimation ayant une signification fonctionnelle. in: physiological and genetical aspects of mycorrhizae, gianinazzi-pearson, v. and gianinazzi, s. (eds.). inra press, paris, pp. 217-221. 2٥rowe, r. c. (1980). comparative pathogenicity and host ranges of fusarium oxysporum isolates causing crown and root rot of greenhouse and field-grown tomatoes in north america & japan. phytopathology, 70: 1143-1148. 2٦beyer, f.w. & fridowich, i. (1987). assaying for superoxide dismutase activity. some large consequences of minor changes in conditions. analy. biochem., 161: 559-566. 2٧nezih, m.1985.the peroxidase enzyme activity of some vegetables and its resistance to heat. food agric. 36:877-880. 2٨aebi,h.e.(1974).catalase in :methods of enzymatic analysis .(2): 673-684. ٢٩dickerson, d. p., pascholati, s.f., hagerman, a. e., butler, l. g. and nicholson, r. l. (1984). phenylalanine ammonia-lyase and hydroxy cinnamate: coa ligase in maize mesocotyls inoculated with helminthosporium maydis or helminthosporium carbonum. physiol. plant pathol., 25:111-123. 3٠esterbauer. h., schwarzl. e. & hayn. m. (1977). arapid assay for catechol oxidase and laccase using 2-nitro-5-thio benzoic acid. analyt. biochem., 77: 486–494. 3١flohe, l. & gunzler,w. a. (1984). assay of glutathione peroxidase. methods enzymol 105: 115-121. 3٢sas. (2012). statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical. version 9.1th ed. sas. inst. inc. cary. n.c. usa. 3٣fracchia, s.; garcia-romera, i.; godeas, a. & ocampo, j. a. (2000). effect of the saprophytic fungus fusarium oxysporum on arbuscular mycorrhizal colonization and growth of plants in greenhouse and field trials. plant & soil, 223: 175-184. 3٤steinkeller, s.; hage-ahmed, k.; garcia-garrido, j. m.; illana, a. & ocampo, j. a. (2012). acomparison of wild-type, old and modern tomato cultivars in the interaction with the arbuscular mycorrhizal fungus glomus mosseae and the tomato pathogen fusarium oxysporum f. sp. lycoersici. mycorrhiza, 22: 189-194. 3٥manila, s. & nelson, r. (2014). biochemical changes induced in tomato as a result of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungal colonization and tomato wilt pathogen infection. asian j. plant sci. & res., 4(1): 62-68. 3٦smith. s. e. and read, d. j. (2008) . mycorrhizal symbiosis . (2nd ed) . london . academic press, san diogo, california. u.k. 650pp. 3٧wehner, j.; antunes, p. m.; powell, j. r.; mazukatow, j. & rilling, m. c. (2009). plant pathogen protection by arbuscular mycorrhizas: arole for fugal diversity? pedobiol., 53: 197201. علوم الحياة | 305 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 3٨baath, e. & hayman, d. s. (1983). plant-growth responses to vesicular arbuscular mycorrhiza: interactions with verticillium wilt on tomato plants. new phytol., 95: 419-426. ٣٩pozo, m. j.; verhage, a.; garcia-andrude, j.; garcia, j. m. and azcon-aguilar, c. (2009). primary plant defence against pathogens by arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi, in: c. azconaguilar (eds.). mycorrhizas-functional processes and ecological impact. chapter 9: springerverlag berlin heidelberg. 4٠akthar, m. s. & siddiqui, z. a. (2008). arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi as potential bioprotectants against plant pathogens. in mycorrhizae: sustainable agriculture and forestry. siddiqui z. a., akhtar m. s. and futai k. (eds.). springer. netherlands. 4١maherali, h. & klironomos, j. n. (2007). influence of pathogeny on fungal community assembly and ecosystem functioning. science, 316: 1746-1748. 4٢lukhandwala, a. r. & bora, m. r. (2014). changes acquired in peroxidase: a key marker in plant defense; upon root to root transfer of glomus geosporum to 2(4): 1050-1059. 4٣blee, k. a. & anderson, a. j. (2000). defense responses in plants to arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi. in: podila, g. k.; douds, d. d. (eds.). current advances in mycorrhizae research. minnesota, usa: the american phytopathological society: 27-44. 4٤kumar, m.; yadav, v.; tuteja, n. & johri, a. k. (2009). antioxidant enzyme activities in maize plants colonized with piriformospora indica. microbiology, 155: 780-790. 4٥lin, c. c. and kao, c. h. (2001) . cell wall peroxidase activity, hydrogen peroxide level and nacl – inhibited root growth of rice seedlings. plant soil. 230 : 135-143. 4٦mittler, r. (2002). oxidative stress, antioxidants and stress tolerance. trends plant sci., 7: 405-414. 4٧corral, m. g. (2013). effects of wcimv and root – flooding on white clover. m.sc. thesis. otago univ., new zealand. pp.131. 4٨holtink, h. a. j. & boehm, m. j. (1999). biocontrol within the context of soil microbial communities: a substrate-dependent phenomenon. annu. rev. phytopathol., 37: 427-446. ٤٩bonilla, n. gutierrez, j. a.; vicente; a. & cazorla, f. m. (2012). enhancing soil quality and plant health through suppressive organic amendments. diversity, 4: 475-491. 5٠koike, s. t.; subbarao, k. v.; davis, r. m. & turini, t. a. (2003) . vegetable diseases caused by soilborne pathogens . anr . at http: //anrcatalog. ucdavis. edu. 5١pettit, r. e. (2004). organic matter, humus, humate, humic acid and humin: their importance in soil fertility and plant health (online). www.humate.com.pdf/organicmatte. علوم الحياة | 306 ٢٠١٥) عام 2العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 evaluation of the efficacy of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi in enhancing resistance of lycopersicon esculentum roots against fusarium oxysporum wilt disease thamer a. muhsen battol z. ali dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science-( ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 27/january /2015, accepted in: 25/march /2015 abstract the objective of this investigation was to study the effects of amixture of three arbuscular mycorrhizal species : glomus etunicatum , g. leptotichum and rhizophagus intraradices on the induced resistance of lycopersicon esculentum roots infected with fusarium oxysporum f.sp.lycopersici which is causal agent of wilt in the presence of organic matter peatmose (o). the work was achieved in aplastic house ( shed) using pot culture planted for 10 weeks. results indicated significant increase of all mycorrhizal colonization parameters ( f% , m% , m% , a% , a% ) . highest percentage of mycorrhization was detected in roots infected with the pathogen 4 weeks after mycorrhizal colonization . on the other hand least colonization was shown in the dual inoculation treatment when both organisms were added together at the beginning of plantation . mycorrhization resulted in significant reduction of disease severity in all treatments compared to the control ones. , and the trio treatment (o×f.o.l.×m) showed the highest reduction in percentage of disease severity after 4 weeks of infection with the pathogen . moreover , mycorrhizal colonization significantly increase the activity of antioxidant enzymes tested ( sod , pod , cat , pal , ppo , gpox ) in infected roots , highest enzymes activity was recorded in dual treatments ( f.o.l. × m ) followed by the trio treatment (o×f.o.l.×m) . on the other hand all treatments amended with organic matter resultrd in signifant reduction off all enzymes activity tested. key words : mycorrhiza , fusarium oxysporum , tomato, antioxidant enzymes , organic matter. microsoft word 345-356 345 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 الخواص الفيزيائية والكيميائية لمياه نھر الغراف في محافظة واسط رشا موحان سلمان مناتي جميل سعد قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية العلوم /جامعة واسط مھند رمزي نشأت دائرة البحوث الزراعية/وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجيا/والسمكيةمركز الثروة الحيوانية 2015/حزيران/7قبل البحث في : 2015/نيسان/7استلم البحث في : الخالصة ط ة واس من محافظ راف ض ر الغ اه نھ ة لمي ة والكيميائي ائص الفيزيائي ي الخص ھرية ف رات الش ت التغي درس اً ر بيئي اه النھ ة مي يم نوعي ن آبلتقي دة م اني 2014للم انون الث ى ك زء 2015إل ي الج راف ف ر الغ ع نھ .اذ يق الث ار ث م اختي ة. ت ي الزراعي ن األراض بة م عة وخص احات شاس ه مس يط ب راق و تح ن الع رقي م وبي الش الجن د ى بع ع عل ى تق ة األول ة، المحط ات للدراس د 500محط ى بع ة عل ة الثاني ع المحط وت . وتق دة الك ن س م 15م ع ك وتم اطع (ك د تق ى عن ة األول د -ن المحط ى بع ع عل ة فتق ة الثالث ا المحط ة) .أم د 18موفقي ة عن ة الثاني ن المحط م م ك ات ع العين م جم ذا ت اء ل رات الم ز مؤش يم و تراكي اس ق ة قي ة الحالي دفت الدراس ة. ھ ة الموفقي ى ناحي ر ال ول النھ دخ واء رارة الھ ة ح ديات درج أتي: م ائج ماي رت النت ھريآ وأظھ ى 12( ش اء ()◦37.2ال ى 12.1م و الم م و ) ◦28.4ال دروجيني ( ى 7.2االس الھي ذائب (7.8ال جين ال ى 2.7) واالوكس وي 9.3ال ب الحي ر والمتطل م/ لت ) ملغ جين ( ى 0.2لالوكس اه (7.1ال ورة المي ر و عك م/ لت ى21.44) ملغ ة 74ال لبة الذائب واد الص ورة والم دة عك ) وح ى 0.26( رام/ لت0.99ال ة () غ لبة العالق واد الص ى 0.0006ر والم يلية 0.059ال ر والتوص م/ لت )ملغ ة ( ى490الكھربائي ة ( 1860ال م والملوح ى 0.64) مايكروسيمنز/س ة (1.19ال رة الكلي األلف والعس زء ب 388) ج ى يوم ( 504ال ر والكالس م/ لت ى100) ملغ يوم(160.32ال م/ لتروالمغنيس ى 3.69) ملغ ات )والبايكربون 52.07ال ى 130( ات ( 180ال ر والكبريت م /لت ى 80)ملغ رات(180ال ر النت م /لت ى0.034) ملغ ر 3.18ال م/ لت ) ملغ فات ( ى 0.02والفوس ة( 0.225ال ة الكلي ر والقاعدي م/ لت ى 12.2) ملغ ة 25ال بة المئوي ايكروغرام/لتر والنس )م جين( باع باالوكس ى 33.25لالش ار(306.29ال رعة التي ى 2.5)% وس ائج ان ) م/10.7ال رت النت ا. أظھ ث مؤشرات المياه كانت ضمن المحددات العراقية لمياه االنھار. نھر الغراف، سدة الكوت، الخواص الفيزياوية والكيمياوية، محافظة واسط.كلمات مفتاحية: البحث مستل من رسالة ماجستير للباحث االول 346 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة اة[يعد الماء المقوم اة ]1االساسي للحياة وھو شرط ضروري لوجود الحي وتبرز أھمية الماء الخاصة في حي االنسان للشرب واالستعماالت األخرى كالزراعة والمالحة والصناعة فضالً عن الجوانب الترفيھية التي تعتمد على الماء ال ]2[ ة والفرات بدأت ب اه نھري دجل ة مي تردي بمعدالت متصاعدة وسريعة خالل . لوحظ في السنين األخيرة إن نوعي ]، إذ ازدادت مشكلة التملح بسبب الغسل المستمر للتربة وتأثير التبخر ونوعية 3مجراھما وحتى مصبھما في شط العرب [ المياه الواردة للعراق ونقص مناسيب المياه وقلة األمطار ، كذلك أثرت شبكات البزل في نوعية األنھار الرئيسة بصورة ]. ھدفت الدراسة الحالية دراسة الصفات الفيزياوية والكيمياوية لمياه نھر الغراف الذي يعد من أھم مصادر المياه 4كبيرة [ ذا تضمنت الدراسة الحالية تقدير العذبة في محافظة واسط. ونظرآ لقلة الدراسات على تقييم مواصفات مياه نھر الغراف ل م راف ض ر الغ اه نھ ة لمي ددات البيئي ض المح ن بع دة م ر للم ول النھ ى ط ة عل ع مختلف ن مواق ط م ة واس دود محافظ ن ح . 2015ولغاية كانون الثاني 2014آب المواد وطرائق العمل ر ول النھ غ ط ة. يبل ر دجل ن نھ ه م تمد خصائص و يس ذا فھ ة، ل ر دجل رع لنھ ر ف و أكب راف ھ ر الغ نھ ر 230 ق متغي ع عم م م ر 17.4ك ن نھ رع م ة التف ن نقط ى م م ة إل ر 10دجل ع نھ ه م ة تقاطع د نقط م عن ار، ة ذي ق رب محافظ وار ق ة األھ ي منطق رات ف كل الف راف (الش ذا 1الغ ن ھ اه م ريف المي ون تص ). ويك ن راف م ر الغ نوي لنھ ريف الس دل التص ة، ومع ر دجل ة لنھ اف الھيدرولوجي ع األوص التزامن م ر ب النھ د ر وق نوي الكبي ذب الس بب التذب ده بس عب تحدي ب الص ات القص ل (نب ات مث و النبات ن نم ر م د كثي وج phragmites australis ردي ات الب مبالن typha domengensis ونب ceratophyllumوالش demersum ]5 در ل وتق ة والنخي يل الحقلي زرع بالمحاص عة ت ة واس راف أراٍض زراعي ر الغ يط بنھ ]. يح احتھا ب م9325مس رة 6[ 2ك ار والبص افظتي ذي ق زود مح ه ي ر كون ذا النھ تراتيجة لھ ة االس ن االھمي ] . تكم كر ة س الحي وقلع فتية ك ى ض ة عل دن الواقع ده بالم ن تزوي الً ع اء البصرة،فض روع م الل مش ن خ اه م بالمي الح دن االص ى م ر ال راف النھ ل اط اه وتص ة بالمي ل والدواي يد دخي طرة والغراف،وس اعي والنصروالش والرف ة روات الحيواني ادية والث ماك االقتص واع االس ن ان ر م دراً للكثي د مص ايش ويع ار والجب ود والحم والفھ ].7االخرى[ ھر آب ن ش دة م ھريا" للم دة ش رة واح دل م ة بمع ات الدراس ن محط اه م ات المي ت عين ھر 2014جمع ة ش ولغاي اني انون الث ق 2015ك طحية بعم ة الس ن الطبق اة م اذج المي ذت نم والي وأخ رض 20ح اء لغ طح الم ت س م تح س عة ة س ولي اثيليني ات ب تعمال حاوي ر وباس اة النھ ة لمي ة والكيميائي ل الفيزياوي راء التحالي ق 2,75اج ة الغل لترمحكم اس ة قي ة والكيميائي امالت الفيزيائي مل المع ة. وتش ل عين ررات لك الث مك ع ث ر وبواق اة النھ دا" بمي لھا جي د غس بع رارة الھواء(ب ة ح ةدرج يلية الكھربائي اء والتوص رارة الم ة ح اس درج ي )،قي رار الزئبق تعمال المح ecاس ة لبة العالق الح الص ازtdsواالم تعمال جھ ا))، و martini instruments (باس ي (روماني ل اورب مودي تخدام دروجين (باس ون الھي وع ph meterآي ذائبhannaن جين ال وي do)، األوكس ب الحي والمتطل جين ر) [(طر5bodلالوكس ة وينكل يوم 8يق يوم والمغنيس ة والكالس رة الكلي ال والعس فات الفع رات والفوس ] والنت ].apha ]10،9 وفقا ل النتائج والمناقشة دول( ين الج رارة 1يب ة ح ت درج راف، إذ تراوح ر الغ ة لنھ ة والكيميائي ائص الفيزيائي دل الخص دى ومع )م ت ا بلغ ة لھ ى قيم ين أعل اه ب ج◦29.8المي ة م س ي محط ت 3لت ف ة بلغ ل قيم ھر آب واق الل ش ي ◦ 12.1خ جلت ف م س ة ا 1محط اردة .أم ھر الب ي األش ا ف ارة واقلھ ھر الح الل األش ة خ ى قيم جلت أعل اني ، وس انون الث ھر ك الل ش خ ا ة لھ ى قيم جلت اعل د س واء فق رارة الھ ة ح ة ◦ 37.2درج ي محط ھر آب ف الل ش جيلھا خ م تس ا 3م ت ة لھ ل قيم واق ي◦ 12 ة م ف كل 1محط انون الثاني(ش ھر ك الل ش ا [3و 2خ ام بھ ا ق ائج لم ذه النت ق ھ ن 11،12) ،وتتف ين م ]. تب ة روق معنوي ود ف دم وج ائي ع ل االحص ائج التحلي الل نت رارة (p˃0.05خ ة ح بة لدرج ة بالنس ات الدراس ين محط ) ب دول واء( ج اء والھ ي 1الم ام البيئ ي النظ ؤثر ف ي ت ة الت ل البيئي م العوام ن اھ اء م واء والم رارة الھ ة ح د درج ). تع وفي العمليات الحيوية. ت ا بلغ ة لھ ل قيم ابين أق راف م ر الغ ي نھ اه ف ورة المي يم عك ت ق ج ntu 21.44وتراوح ة س ي محط لت ف ت 3 ة بلغ ى قيم ول أعل ھر ايل الل ش كل ntu 74خ انون الثاني(ش ھر ك الل ش ھا خ ة نفس ي المحط جلت ف س د (4 ة عن رات معنوي ت تغي ائي لوحظ ل االحص الل التحلي ن خ لة p≤0.05).م ادة الحاص ات. إن الزي ابين المحط )م ي ين والطم ل الط ة مث واد العالق ود الم ى وج ود ال د يع اه ق ر المي ي تعك ع ف ائج م ذه النت ق ھ ا وتتف ق أيض والعوال ].13دراسات سابقة قامت به [ ت ا بلغ ة أعالھ يلية الكھربائي يم التوص ت ق م 1860تراوح ة مايكروسيمنز/س ي محط جلت ف ھر 1س الل ش خ ت ة بلغ ا قيم م 490آب واقلھ ة مايكروسيمنز/س ي محط جلت ف ي س كل 2الت ھر أيلول(ش الل ش ائيا 5خ ). احص رت ا ة اظھ ات معنوي ة فروق ود أي دم وج ائج ع ة (p˃0.05لنت يلة الكھربائي تعمل التوص ات. تس ابين المحط ) م 347 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ة ، اه العذب ن المي راف م ر الغ اه نھ د مي ة. تع الح الذائب وع األم اس مجم ى أس اه عل ودة المي ى ج ر عل ود كمؤش ويع و ة الم اض كمي ادة أو انخف ر وزي اه النھ وب مي اض منس اع أو انخف ى ارتف ك إل بب ذل ة س ة المطروح اد الملوث ي رارة الت ة الح ي درج اين ف ن التب الً ع ة ، فض ي الزراعي اه ري األراض زل لمي ات الب ل عملي ان مث ات االنس وفعالي ر اه النھ ي مي الح ف ز األم توى تركي اض مس ادة و انخف ى زي نعكس عل ذي ي ر ال اض التبخ ادة أو انخف ي زي اھم ف تس ]. 14وتتفق النتائج مع ماتوصل إليه [ ا ابين أعالھ يم م ت الق د تراوح ة فق يم الملوح ث ق ن حي ا م ة ‰ 1.19ام ي محط ا 1ف ھر آب واقلھ الل ش خ ة ة‰ 0.31قيم ي محط ت ف كل 2كان ھر أيلول(ش الل ش ات ).6خ ة فروق ود أي دم وج ائج ع رت النت ائيا اظھ احص ة ي الملو(p˃0.05معنوي ھرية ف رات الش ة التغي فت دراس ا كش ات. كم ابين المحط الل ) م ة خ ادة ملحوظ ة زي ح ر [ بب التبخ يف بس ھر الص د 15أش ي ق ة و الح وت والموفقي ي الك ي ف رف الزراع ة الص ود أنظم ى وج الوة عل ]. ع تساھم في ارتفاع نسبة الملوحة. 7.2خالل شھركانون االول واقلھا قيمة 1تم تسجيله في محطة 7.8اعالھا phتراوحت قيم االس الھيدروجيني ة 7خالل شھر تشرين األول(شكل 3و 2لت في محطة سج ة فروقات معنوي ائج عدم وجود أي ). احصائيا اظھرت النت p˃0.05).أظھرت قيم الرقم الھيدروجيني لنھرالغراف في مواقع الدراسة ميلھا نحو الجانب القلوي فوق ) مابين المحطات ھي قاعدية، مما يعكس جيولوجية تشكيالت المنطقة.] من أن المياه الداخلية العراقية 16، التي اتفقت مع [7 خالل 1تم تسجيلھا في محطة %294.35ملغم/لتر وبنسبة اشباع 9.3سجلت قيم االوكسجين الذائب اعالھا قيمة ئيا أحصا ).9و 8خالل شھر أيلول (شكل 3ظھرت في محطة %33.25ملغم/لتر وبنسبة اشباع 2.7شھر آب واقلھا قيمة ) ما بين المحطات. يتأثر تركيز األوكسجين في الماء بعوامل (p˃0.05اظھرت النتائج عدم وجود أي فروقات معنوية عديدة منھا: درجة الحرارة ، وعملية التركيب الضوئي، والتنفس، والملوحة، والضغط الجوي، واالضطراب بالتيارات ] ان األوكسجين الذائب يعد واحداً من افضل المؤشرات 17اخذ العينة [المائية، فضال عن الوقت من النھار الذي يتم فيه المستعملة لتوصيف صحة النظام البيئي، وھناك اختالف في تراكيز األوكسجين ما بين الليل والنھار بفعل عملية التركيب ألوكسجين في المياه تتراوح الضوئي في النھار؛ لذلك تكون تراكيز األوكسجين على اقلھا قبل شروق الشمس. ان تراكيز ا ملغم/ لتر كحد أدنى لدعم تنوع األحياء المائية 6و 5ملغم/لتر ولكن اغلب النظم البيئية تحتاج ما بين 18 0ما بين ]18،19،20 . [ ھو كمية األوكسجين الذائب القادرة على أكسدة المركبات العضوية في 5bodيعرف االحتياج الحيوي لألوكسجين التي 5bodالماء بمساعدة الكائنات الحية الدقيقة تحت ظروف تجريبية محددة. عموما، تشير النتائج إلى تزايد مستويات ). 10ن االول(شكل خالل شھر كانو 1ملغم/لتر ظھرت في محطة 0.2خالل آب واقلھا 3ملغم/لتر في محطة 7.1بلغت ) مابين المحطات. وھذا قد يعود الى وصول المواد (p˃0.05أحصائيا اظھرت النتائج عدم وجود أية فروقات معنوية العضوية المتطلبة لألوكسجين بكميات كبيرة في أثناء وقت األمطار خاصة، وتبدأ بالتحلل أثناء بدء ارتفاع درجات الحرارة ].21األوكسجين الذائب في الماء وھذا ما أشار اليه [مما يؤدي الى تقليل كميات 388خالل شھر كانون الثاني واقلھا قيمة 1ملغم/لتر ظھرت في محطة 504تراوحت قيم العسرة الكلية في أعالھا عنوية ). احصائيا اظھرت النتائج عدم وجود أية فروقات م11خالل شھر كانون الثاني (شكل 3ملغم/لتر ظھرت في محطة p˃0.05) خالل شھر ايلول 2ملغم/لترسجلت في محطة 160.32)مابين المحطات. بينما كانت قيمة الكالسيوم في أعالھا ). أحصائيا اظھرت النتائج عدم 12خالل شھر أيلول(شكل 2ملغم/لتر تم تسجيلھا في محطة 100.2واقلھا قيمة بلغت ملغم/لتر 52.07ات. من ناحية اخرى سجلت قيمة المغنيسيوم اعالھا ) مابين المحط(p˃0.05وجود أية فروقات معنوية . )13خالل شھر ايلول(شكل 2ملغم/لتر ظھرت في محطة 3.69خالل شھر تشرين الثاني واقلھا قيمة بلغت 2في محطة في العسرة الكلية ) مابين المحطات. ان الزيادة الحاصلة (p˃0.05أحصائيا اظھرت النتائج عدم وجود أية فروقات معنوية ] كما ولوحظ 22يعود الى أن مياه النھر تمر بمنطقة تحتوي على صخور رسوبية تكون غنية بالكالسيوم والمغنسيوم [قد خالل مدة البحث أن تركيز المغنسيوم كان قليآل بسبب ارتفاع تركيز العسرة الكلية والكالسيوم في مياه النھر اذ وجدت قيم كيز المغنسيوم طيلة مدة البحث وھذا ربما يعود الى طبيعة الرواسب النھرية التي تتكون منھا المنطقة الكالسيوم أكبر من تر ].23مما يجعل تصنيف المياه قيد الدراسة من النوع اليسر في بعض المحطات الى شبه العسرة في محطات أخرى [ ملغم/لتر 80خالل شھر كانون الثاني واقلھا قيمة 1ملغم/لتر سجلت في محطة 180أظھرت قيم الكبريتات اعالھا ) (p˃0.05احصائيا اظھرت النتائج عدم وجود أية فروقات معنوية . )14(شكل خالل شھر آب 2و 1سجلت في محطة م ان وجود االراضي الزراعية المجاورة للنھر التي تستعمل األسمدة الحاوية على الكبريتات السيما في موسمابين المحطات. ].24الزراعة لزيادة انتاجية المحاصيل الحقلية قد تكون السبب في زيادة قيم الكبريتات فيه[ ملغم/لتر 130ملغم/لتر في جميع المحطات خالل شھر أيلول واقلھا قيمة 180تراوحت قيم البايكربونات اعالھا ) مابين (p˃0.05ائج عدم وجود أية فروقات معنوية ). أحصائيا اظھرت النت15(شكل خالل كانون الثاني 2في محطة وقد يعود ازدياد وجود ھذا العنصر الى مرور مجرى النھر بمنطقة السھل الرسوبي التي تحتوي بطبيعة الحال المحطات. ].25على الصخور الرسوبية كما ھي الحال في المياه العراقية عموما.[ 0.034خالل كانون الثاني واقلھا قيمة بلغت 2ملغم/لتر في محطة 3.189بلغت سجلت قيم النترات أعالھا قيمة ة ي محط ر ف ھر أيلول 1ملغم/لت الل ش كل خ ة . )16(ش روق معنوي ود ف دم وج ت ع ائي لوحظ ل االحص الل التحلي ن خ م )p<0.05 زراعي المجاورة للنھر، إن وجود المناطق ذات الطابع ال .3اللتين اختلفتا عن المحطة 3و 1) مابين المحطتين 348 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 التي تستعمل فيھا األسمدة النتروجينية لغرض تسميد األرضي الزراعية وزيادة انتاجھا الزراعي التي تدخل ھذه األسمدة ].26للنھر بانسيابھا أثناء البزل قد يعود الى زيادة تركيز النترات في مياه النھر [ خالل شھر أيلول واقلھا قيمة 2غم/لتر في محطة 0.99أعالھا tdsالكلية تراوحت قيم المواد الصلبة الذائبة احصائيا اظھرت النتائج عدم وجود أية فروقات .)17(شكل خالل شھر كانون الثاني 2غم/لترظھرت في محطة 0.26 ة ات(p˃0.05معنوي ين المحط ا ب ة ) م ة الكلي لبة الذائب واد الص ف األمtds. الم تعمل لوص طلح يس و مص ر ھ الح غي العضوية وكميات صغيرة من المواد العضوية الموجودة في المياه. ،وقد يعود السبب في ذلك الى أرتفاع درجة حرارة الجو ] .27مما يؤدي الى زيادة تبخر المياه ونتيجة لذلك ترتفع كمية األمالح [ مكغم/لتر 0.015كانون االول واقلھا قيمة خالل شھر 3مكغم/لتر في محطة 0.225أظھرت قيم الفوسفات اعالھا ة ي محط جلت ف انون الثاني 3س ھر ك الل ش كل خ ة .)18(ش ات معنوي ة فروق ود أي دم وج ائج ع رت النت ائيا أظھ احص p˃0.05).أن وجود االراضي الزراعية التي تستعمل األسمدة الفوسفاتية لتسميد األراضي الزراعية ) ما بين المحطات الموجودة في المنطقة ونتيجة لصغر الممر المائي للنھر وضيقه قد يعود الى تزايد كمية الفوسفات في الماء مما يؤشر لتلوث ].28بيئي فيه بالفوسفات [ خالل شھر ايلول 1ملغم/لتر سجلت في محطة 0.059اعالھا tss بة العالقة الكليةتراوحت قيم المواد الصل . احصائيا أظھرت النتائج عدم وجود أية فروقات )19(شكل شھر اب 1ملغم/لتر سجلت في محطة 0.0006واقلھا قيمة وثات الرئيسة التي تساھم في تدھور ويعد مجموع المواد الصلبة العالقة واحدا من المل) ما بين المحطات. (p˃0.05معنوية ]. 29نوعية المياه، والمساھمة في ارتفاع تكاليف معالجة المياه، وانخفاض في الموارد السمكية، والجماليات العامة للمياه[ ة أعالھا قيمة ة الكلي يم القاعدي ا قيمة 1ملغم/لتر في محطة 25تراوحت ق اني واقلھ 12.2خالل شھر تشرين الث من خالل التحليل االحصائي لوحظت عدم وجود فروق معنوية .)20(شكل خالل شھر تشرين االول 2ملغم/لترفي محطة )p≤0.05 تتاثر قاعدية المياة بعوامل مختلفة وھي تركيز ثاني 1اللتين اختلفتا معنويا عن المحطة 3و 2)مابين المحطتين. ]. وقد وجد أن القاعدية الكلية في منطقة الدراسة بشكل 30ةاإلنتاجية االولية [أكسيد الكربون، ونشاط الكائنات الدقيقة وحال رئيس تنسب إلى البيكربونات والكاربونات، كما ان انخفاض قيم القاعدية يعود الى استھالك ثنائي اوكسيد الكاربون الحرمن ].31قبل االحياء االولية المنتجة وتحلل البيكاربونات [ ومن ). 21(شكل 3وأدناھا في شھر تشرين الثاني محطة 1سرعة جريان الماء أعالھا في شھر آب محطةتراوحت قيم بين المحطات .وھذا يعود إلى كمية المياه في مقطع (p˃0.05) خالل النتائج االحصائية تبين عدم وجود فروق معنوية ].32الداخلة إلى النھر [ النھر وخشونة القاع فضالً عن وجود النواظم التي تتحكم بكمية المياه المصادر 1who (world health organization) .(2010). guidelines for drinking water quality. ) علم البيئة والتلوث . وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي ، مطبعة جامعة بغداد ، بغداد ، 2002السعدي ، حسين علي ( -2 العراق . الالمي ، علي عبد الزھرة و راضي ، أسيل غازي و الدليمي ، عامر عارف و رشيد ، رغد سالم وعبد علي ، حسن -3 ) دراسة بعض العوامل البيئية ألربعة أنظمة مائية جارية متباينة الملوحة وسط العراق . مجلة تكريت 2005( . 35 30): 1( 10للعلوم الصرفة، ) التغيرات الموسمية في ملوحة مياه شط العرب والعوامل المؤثرة 1991حسين ، نجاح عبود وسلمان ، نادر عبد ( -4 عليھا . الندوة الثالثة حول الطبيعة البحرية لخور الزبير والمسطحات المائية المجاورة ، مجلة وادي الرافدين 5moa&i (1991) ministry of agriculture and irrigation republic of iraq,state commission for irrigation and reclamation projects, al-furat center designs of irrigation projects, east gharraf project al-hai for studies and south zone, sector (a) , irrigation & drainage system of themain canal and drainage pumping station, july 1991 . صفحة. 9).صيانة جداول الري والبزل في العراق.مطبعة االرشاد 1978المجلس الزراعي االعلى ( -6 ).مسح بيئي لمياة الجزء الجنوبي من نھر الغراف ،جنوب العراق . اطروحة دكتوراة ، جامعة 2006فھد، كامل كاظم ( -7 صفحة. 103كلية الزراعة: -البصرة 8apha, american public health association. (2003). standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater. 14th ed. american public health association washington. dc 9apha(1998). standard methods for the examination of water and waste water, 20th ed. 349 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 10apha,awwa and wff (2005). standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater, 21th ed., edited by eaton, a. d. ; l. s. clesceri; e. w. rice, and a. e. greenberg. american water work association and water environment federation,usa. 11sabri, a. w. ; maulood, b. k. and sulaiman, n. e. (1989). limnological studies on river tigris : some physical and chemical characters. j. biol. sci. res., 20 (3) : 565-579. ). دراسة بيئية على نھر العظيم وتأثيره على نھر دجلة،رسالة ماجستير،جامعة بغداد.1997الربيعي،ميادة عبد الحسن جعفر.( 12 13 abed al-razzaq h. t.(2011) effect of domestic wastewater from pumping station of alkadimiya on ecological properties of tigris river. msc. thesis, college of science, uuniversity of baghdad. 14world health organization (who),(2006). guidelines for the safe use of wastewater, excreta and gray water: wastewater use in agriculture. volume ii. france: 222pp. ) . دراسة تأثير خزان حمرين 2000سعد هللا ، حسن علي أكبر و باصات ، صباح فرج والمختار ، عماد الدين عبد الھادي ( -15 . 296272) : 2على بعض خصائص المياه في نھر ديالى، مجلة ديالى ، ( 16afzal,s; ahmad, i.;younas, m.;zahyd, m.; khan,m.; ijaz,a.andali, k. (2000).study of water quality of hydiadrain , india. pakistan. environ-int. 29(1-2):87-96. 17-maulood, b.k.; hinton, g.c.f. and al-dosky, h. s. (1980). a study on the blue green algal flora of arbil province, iraq. zanco sci. j. univ. sulaimaniyah, iraq, 6:67-90 . -18 green,b.w.,david,r. and cland, e. (2000). water exchange to rectify low dissolved oxygen .annual technical report 101104. 19addy,k. and green,i. (1997).dissolved oxygen and temperature natural resources facts. college of resource development , university of rhode island. 20 stevens, m. r.(2000). water quality and trend analysis of colorado –big thompson system reservoirs and related conveyances 1996 through (2000).water resources investigations report. 21christansen,v.g.(2001). characterization of surface water quality based on real time monitoring analysis, quiviria national wild life refuge, south central kansas, december(1998) through june ( 2001). u.s.geological survey, water resources investigations report . 22voulgaropoulos,a.k.,fytianos,k. and gonaridon,x. (1987). correlation of some organic pollution factors in water systems in northern greece. water res., 21(3): 253 – 256. 23-nordan,r. l.(2002). water softening .missouri rural water association oglesby, r t., carlson,c.a. man. academic press, new york and london 24apha, a wwa , wpcf , (1998) . standard method for the examination of water and waste . water. 14 th . ed. 25 –al-nimma, b. a. b.(1982). a study on limnology of the tigris and euphrates, river. m. sc. thesis, salahaddin univ,iraq. 26harper , d.m. and stewart , w.d.p.(1987) .the effects of land use upon water chemistry, particularly nutrient enrichment , in shallow low land lake comparative studies of three lakes in scotland. hydrobiologia, 148 . 27-muclak,s.m.,salih,r.m.and tawfigs.j.1980.quality of tigris river passing through baghdad for irrigation water . air and soil poll. ,13 : 9 16. االردن. ).التلوث البيئي.دار وائل للنشر،عمان2000العمر،مثنى عبدالرزاق.( 28 29ali, l. a. (2007). a study of macroinvertebrates community in the middle sector of greater zab river, iraq. ph.d. thesis. univ. of baghdad. iraq. . 350 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 30reid , g.k . (1961).ecology of inland waters and estuaries d. van nostrand co. new york :375 pp. 31-hussein, s. a. ; al-essa, s. a. and al-manshad, h. m. (2000). limnological investications to the lower reaches of saddam river 1. environmental characteristics. basrah j. agric, 13(2)25. ) دراسة بيئية للطحالب الملتصقة على الطين في نھر الحلة /العراق ماجستير.كلية 2010الطائي ،عباس طالب خليف .( -32 العلوم.قسم علوم الحياة.جامعة بابل. 351 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ): الخواص الفيزياوية والكيميائية لنھر الغراف في محافظة واسط . 1جدول( 3 2 1 stations parameters 23±6.82 (16 37.2) a 21.5±7.22 (14 31) a 21.58± 8.18 (12 31.5) a air temp. ˚ c 19.8±5.99 (13-26.8) a 19.52±5.98 (12.7-26.5) a 20.68±6.66 (12.128.4) a water temp. ˚ c 41.5±20.63 (21.44 -74) b 45.16±12.47 (25.25-56) ab 52.7±10.00 (40.26 65) a turbidity ntu 1110±97.97 (1010 1260) a 908±364.71 (490 1210) a 1268.33±303.86 (1010 1860) a ec µs/cm 0.70±0.06 (0.64-0.80) a 0.59±0.22 (0.310.77) a 0.195 ±0.810 (0.64-1.19) a salinity ‰ 7.4±0.187 (7.2-7.7) a 7.38±0.19 (7.2-7.7) a 7.51±0.172 (7.3-7.8) a ph 14.72±1.83 (12.2-16.5) b 14.4±1.88 (11.9-16.4) b 19.27±4.02 (15.6-25) a alkalinity mg\ l 5.52±2.19 (2.7-8.8) a 6.58±2.04 (4.5-9.1) a 6.85±3.95 (3 9.3) a do mg/ l 1.7±1.26 (7.1 3.8) a 1.06±0.59 (0.3 1.9) a 1.01±1.42 (0.2-3.9) a mg/ l5 bod 108.41±112.04 (33.25-306.29) a 119.51±103.02 (55.41-302.66) a 116.35±101.65 (36.94-294.35) a the percentage of oxygen saturation % 461.6±43.87 (388-500) a 453.6±25.54 (416-480) a 460.66±36.69 (400-504) a th mg/l 135.47±20.90 (120.24-160.32) a 137.07±25.72 (100.2-160.32) a 135.65± 11.73 (116.23-152.30) a lmg/ +2ca 29.97±11.96 (17.32-45.7) a 27.04±17.75 (3.69-52.07) a 29.63±10.16 (11.9-39.84) a mg/ l +2mg 126±15.16 (110-150) a 116±23.02 (80 -150) a 116.66±36.14 (80-180) a mg/ l +4 so 159.8±17.76 (137-180) a 152.8±18.48 (130-180) a 154.5±13.91 (140-180) a / lmg =hco3 0.56±0.55 (0.51-0.63) a 0.60±0.25 (0.26-0.99) a 0.63±0.15 (0.51-0.93) a tds g/l 0.064±0.075 (0.010.019) a 0.060±0.066 (0.010.017) a 0.014±0.022 (0.0006 0.059) b tss mg/l 0.55±0.76 (0.037-1.87) b 0.75±1.36 (0.064-3.18) a 0.46±0.72 (0.034-1.91) b mg/l 2-3no 0.06±0.092 (0.015-0.225) a 0.061±0.074 (0.02-0.19) a 0.053±0.059 (0.018-0.174) a µg/l 24po 3.38±1.09 (2.5-5.3) a 0.88±4.22 (3.3-5.7) a 6.61±3.23 (3.7-10.7) a water flow m\sec *السطر االول المعدل واالنحراف المعياري و السطر الثاني أدنى واعلى القيم. . p≤0.05** االحرف المتشابھة تدل على عدم وجود فروق معنوية 352 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ): خريطة تبين محطات الدراسة على نھر الغراف.1شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية لدرجة حرارة الماء.3شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية لدرجة حرارة الھواء.2شكل( الشھرية لقيم التوصيلية الكھربائية.):التغيرات 5شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم الكدرة.4شكل( 0 10 20 30 40 a ir t em p . ◦ c months s1 s2 s3 0 10 20 30 40 w a te r t em p . ◦ c months s1 s2 s3 0 20 40 60 80 t u rb id it y n t u months s1 s2 s3 0 500 1000 1500 2000 c o n d u ct iv it y µ s/ cm months s1 s2 s3 353 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ):التغيرات الشھرية للنسبة المئوية لالشباع.9شكل( .):التغيرات الشھرية لالوكسجين الذائب8شكل( الحيوي ):التغيرات الشھرية لالحتياج 10شكل( لألوكسجين. ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم العسرة الكلية.11شكل( 0 5 10 15 20 d o m g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 100 200 300 400 p .s .o % months s1 s2 s3 0 2 4 6 8 b o d 5 m g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 t h m g /l months s1 s2 s3 ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم االس الھيدروجيني.7شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم الملوحة.6شكل( 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 s a la n it y ‰ months s1 s2 s3 6.8 7 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8 p h months s1 s2 s3 354 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم المغنيسيوم.13شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم الكالسيوم.12شكل( 0 50 100 150 200 c a li ci u m m g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 m a g n es iu m m g /l months s1 s2 s3 ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم البايكربونات.15شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم الكبريتات.14شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية للمواد الذائبة الكلية.17شكل( الشھرية لقيم النترات. ):التغيرات16شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية للمواد الصلبة العالقة.19شكل( ):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم الفوسفات.18شكل( 0 50 100 150 200 s u lp h a te m g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 50 100 150 200 b ic a rb o n a te m g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 1 2 3 4 n a it ra te m g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 0.5 1 1.5 t d s g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 p h o sp h a tt e µ g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 t s s m g /l months s1 s2 s3 355 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 .):التغيرات الشھرية لقيم القاعدية الكلية20شكل ( الماء.):التغيرات الشھرية لسرعة تيار 21شكل( 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 a lk a li n it y m g /l months s1 s2 s3 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 w a te r fl o w m /s ec months s1 s2 s3 356 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the physical and chemical characteristic of al-garraf river water at waist province canal rasha m. salman jameel s. al-sariy college of science/ university of wasit/ dept. of biology muhanned r. nashaat animal and fish resources center / agricultural research directorate/ ministry of science& technology received in:7/march/2015,accepted in:7/june/2015 abstract monthly variations in physio-chemical parameters of al-garraf water in waist province, one of the main tributaries of the tigris river to investigate the water quality of the river from august 2014 to january 2015. the study location situated in the southeastern sector of iraq and surrounded by wide and fertile agricultural lands. three stations were selected for collecting samples monthly, samples were taken each month. station one is located at 500 m of the al kut dam. the second is situated at distance of 15 km away from the former (kut muwafaqiya) and the latter station is located at 18 km apart from the second one upon entering the river hand muwafaqiya. in the present study fourteen physical and chemical parameters were analyzed based on the importance of these parameters. these fourteen parameters are ranged as following: air temperature (12 to 37.2) ºc, water temperature (12.1 to 28.4) ºc, ph (7.2 to 7.8), ec (490 to 1860) µs/cm, salinity (0.64 to 1.19) ‰, do (2.7 to 9.3) mg/l, bod5 (0.2 to 7.1) mg/l, turbidity (21.44 to 74) ntu, tds (0.580 to 0.99 ) g/l, tss (0.0006 to 0.059) mg/l, th (388 to 504) µg/l, ca+2 (100 to 160.32) mg/l, mg+2 (3.69 to 52.07) mg/l and no3-2 (0.034 to 3.69) mg/l and po4-2 (0.015 to 0.225) µg/l. , bicarbonate (130 to 180) mg/l , sulfate (80 to 180) mg/l, the percentage of oxygen saturation (32.25 to 306.29) % ,water flow (2.5 to 10.7)m\sec. and total alkalinity(12.2 to 25)mg/l. the results revealed that water parameters were within the iraqi standards for the raw water. keywords: al-garraf river, alkut dam, physical and chemical and wassit province. microsoft word 64-72 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|64    influence of foliar application with abscisic acid (aba) and vitamin c on some plant hormones for peas plant (pisum sativum l.) wifak a al-kaisy sahar f mahadi sahar.mahadi@yahoo.com dept. of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad abstract a field experiment was conducted at botanical garden of department of biology, college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, during the growth winter season of 2016-2017 to study the effect of different concentrations (0, 10, 20) mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and (0, 50, 100, 150) mg.l-1 of vitamin c and their interaction on some plant hormones of pea plant (pisum sativum l.). the results showed that aba 20 mg.l-1 decreased iaa about 27.44%, ga3 about 19.73% and kinetin 15.37% while vitamin c with 150 mg.l-1 increased iaa 27.43%, ga3 45.31% and kinetin 58.53%, but aba increased about 23.01% for aba and 34.93% for vitamin c compared with control plants. the interaction between them is significant for four plant hormones. keywords:pisum sativum.l ,aba, plant hormones ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|65    1. introduction pea plant pisum sativum l. belongs to the family: papilionaceae [1] as its root grow rapidly at the soil and contains nodes which are responsible for nitrogen fixation [2]. the abscisic acid (aba) synthesized in the leaves then translocated to the stem through phloem, aba has the role in the abscission of leaves, flowers and fruits, it causes stomatal closure, inhibits the synthesis of iaa and ga3 synthesis, and seeds germination of seeds, caused dormancy of bud, percentage of tuberization and senescence of leaves and inhibits fruit ripening. it becomes biologically active in cis-aba [3, 4]. also it works to increase the activity of the antioxidant enzymes like: catalase, peroxidase and superoxide dismutase under stress conditions which is exposed to the plant [5]. vitamin c (l-ascorbic acid), the good source of these vitamin leafy vegetables, orange, tomatoes and green peppers. it catalyzed phosphorylation and transfer the h+ from nadph to o2 after coupling with oxidation and reduction of glutathione [3]. vitamin c is derivative of monosaccharide l-glucose. its water soluble, strong reducing activity and have cellular oxidation-reduction, it plays a role in the biosynthesis of serotonin, hydroxylation of tryptophan to 5-hydroxytryptophan [4]. vitamin c has an important role in the increase of cell division and stimulate the building of nucleic acid and protein and consider to be scavenger free radicals harmful effects resulting from the metabolism in the cell [6]. the present study aimed to determine the effect of abscisic acid and vitamin c by foliar application at concentrations 0, 10 and 20 mg.l-1 for first factor and 0, 50, and 100 mg.l-1 for second factor in some plant hormones for leave of pea plant. 2. materials and methods the experiment was carried out during the growing season 2016-2017 in the botanical garden of the department of biology in the college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham), university of baghdad. the experiment was designed according to rcbd (randomized complete block design with three replicates. the experiment consisted of 12 experimental units, 1 m width and 1 m length and the land fertilized by urea (46% n) per 60 kg. ha-1 and super-triphosphate (46% p2o5) per 200 kg. ha-1 [9]. the abscisic acid (aba) concentrations (0, 10, 20) mg.l-1 and vitamin c concentrations (0, 50, 100, 150) mg.l-1, local variety pea seeds planted on 15/10/2016, the distance between the lines 33 cm and each line has 4 holes and the distance between them is 25 cm. plant sampled on 8/1/2017, and estimated the content of some plant hormones as follows: 2.1. extraction and estimation of the concentration of the hormones regulating the growth of the plant (auxin, gibberellin, kinetin and abscisic acid) using high performance liquid chromatography h.p.l.c: for plant hormones extraction ünyayar et al. [7] method was used by separation method fast liquid chromatography (flc) by taking 10 mg of the sample (plant leaves) and crushing them well until they become a paste-like block by adding 60 ml of a mixture of 12v methanol, 5v ammonia and 3v chloroform. then filtrated the mixture and runny separated by centrifuge at speed 6000 cycle/ minute, for 15 seconds after that the runny treated by 25 ml from non-ionic water then deposited from chloroform phase. the methanol phase was then steamed and dried by rotary evaporator and at 30 ° c. the chlorophyll phase was dissolved and the extract was modified to ph = 2.5 when injected with high performance liquid chromatography (h.p.l.c) device type shizmadzu lc 2010a japanese origin. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|66    liquid phase: 1% acetic acid in methanol + 1 mm tetrabutylammonium phosphate + acetonitrile, 3μm size (50x2.1 mm lid), detection by uv rays, wavelength 280 nm, specimen size 20 ml, the temperature was 30 ° c. the time of detention package areas measured for standard specimens as shown in table (1). the plant sample content of the hormones was estimated according to the following equation: concentration of unknowns material= 𝐛𝐚𝐜𝐤𝐚𝐠𝐞 𝐚𝐫𝐞𝐚 𝐨𝐟 𝐬𝐩𝐞𝐜𝐞𝐦𝐞𝐧 𝐛𝐚𝐜𝐤𝐚𝐠𝐞 𝐚𝐫𝐞𝐚 𝐨𝐟 𝐬𝐭𝐚𝐧𝐝𝐚𝐫𝐞𝐝 × concentration of standard solution × number of dilutions table (1): retention time and package area of plant growth regulators for peas plant leaves. no. standard materials retention time area concentration of standard solution for15μg/ml 1 kinetin 1.87 313817 2 indole acetic acid 3.17 487314 the standard solution obtained from sigma aldrich st louis usa 3 gibberellic acid 4.08 342280 4 abscisic acid 4.99 450033 2.2. statistical analysis the results were statistically analyzed according to the sas program [8] to compare the calculation means for all treatments by using the least significant difference (l.s.d.) at the probability level of 0.05. 3. results and discussion 3.1. content if auxin (mg.100 gm-1 fresh weight) in leaves: the results of the table (2) showed significant influence for abscisic acid in the mean of auxin content in leaves. the addition of increasing concentrations of abscisic acid led to a significant decline in the mean of this character, in particular at concentration 20 mg.l-1 for abscisic acid, which gave less than the mean of these character reached to 2.19 mg.100 gm-1 fresh weight and at reduced rate 27.44% compared to the treatment of control. the concentration 10 mg. l-1 of abscisic acid, the mean character reached to 12.87 mg.100 gm-1 fresh weight and at reduced rate 23.39% this is due to the effect of abscisic acid on inhibition of plant hormone and caused cellular stress [9]. the presence of a plant hormone that can change the concentration of another hormone or inhibited their transferred, so the presence of abscisic acid causes the destruction of auxin in plant tissue as well as inhibited the biological production because of the increased activity of the iaaoxidase enzyme and phenolic compounds which activated by presence of molecular oxygen o2 and stress conditions [10]. the abscisic acid puts the plant under the effect of the oxidation by presence of hydrogen peroxide h2o2 and elements of active oxygen such as super oxide o-2 and hydroxyl (oh-) radicals, which inhibited the synthesis of plant growth regulators [11]. in this sense, the treatment with abscisic acid led to a significant decline in the content of peas plant for auxin ,these results are consistent with the findings of [12] on wheat plant, as results showed the ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|67    existence of a significant decline in the content of this plant for the plant hormones including auxin when treated with abscisic acid. the results of the table also indicated the presence of a significant influence for vitamin c in the mean of auxin content on leaves, especially at concentration 150 mg.l-1 of vitamin c, which gave the highest mean for this character reached to 16.35 mg.100 gm-1 fresh weight, an increase rate of 36.07% compared to the treatment of control, while vitamin c has non-significant influence in the mean of these character at concentrations (50,100 ) mg.l-1 may by belonging to the role of vitamin c in the activation of the biological synthesis for the plant hormones because it is the first line of defense of the contents of the plant cell from damage caused by abiotic stresses [13]. also, vitamin c have a role in the organization of the work of many plant hormones because it is an important factor in the process of construction of this plant hormones including gibberellin [14]. there has also interaction between the work of the plant hormones by the existence of gibberellin may increase the biological construction for auxin through inhibition of the effectiveness of an enzyme iaa-oxidase [15]. therefore, the presence of non-enzymatic antioxidants, such as vitamin c have an effective role in reducing the risks arising from the conditions of oxidative stress and increase plant internal content of plant growth regulators including auxin. these results agree with the results obtained from [16] on the potato plant as the results showed the presence of high significance in the content of the potato plant from auxin when the treatment of this plant is with ascorbic acid. the results of the table also indicated the existence of a significant influence for the interaction between the experiment factors in the mean of this character as such as the concentration 0 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 150 mg.l-1 of vitamin c gave the highest mean of this character was 20.17 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight, either less than the mean of this character was 8.00 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight at concentration 10 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 100 mg.l-1 of vitamin c. table( 2): the effect of foliar application with abscisic acid and vitamin c and their interaction on auxin content (mg.100gm-1 fresh weight) in the leaves of peas plant. concentration of )1-aba (mg. l )1-concentration of vitamin c (mg. l mean 0 50 100 150 0 9.55 19.54 17.96 20.17 16.80 10 14.93 11.66 8.00 16.90 12.87 20 14.00 8.76 14.00 12.00 12.19 l.s.d (0.05) aba= 1.140 ×vitamin c aba= 0.570 mean 12.83 13.32 13.32 16.35 l.s.d (0.05) vitamin c= 0.658 3.2. content of gibberellin (mg.100 gm-1 fresh weight) in leaves: the results of the table (3) showed that existence of a significant influence for abscisic acid in the mean of gibberellin content. the addition of increasing concentrations for abscisic acid led to a significant decline in the mean of this character, in particular for the concentration 20 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid, which gave less mean of this character reached to 19.22 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight at reduced rate of 19.78% compared to the treatment of control. the concentration of 10 mg.l-1 for abscisic acid, the mean this character reached to 20.60 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight at reduced rate of 14.02%, which refers to the effect of abscisic acid on most of the characteristics of the vegetative growth and biological effect of plant [17]. since the decrease of the biological effect whereby the plant from the division and elongation ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|68    of cells and the process of photosynthesis by the influence of oxidation conditions which exposure the plant for it by the presence of abscisic acid that effects on synthesis of important growth regulators inside the plant [18]. the presence of abscisic acid effects on the act of other plant hormones including gibberellin by inhibiting of their synthesis process in plant cells and stopped their activity and motivation of the plant tissue towards aging [19]. therefore, abscisic acid treatment led to a significant decline in the gibberellin content of peas, these results agree with the results obtained from [12] for the wheat plant. also the results of the table showed that the existence of a significant influence of vitamin c in the mean content of gibberellin and clearly influence is the greater concentration of vitamin c at concentration 150 mg.l-1 of vitamin c and the highest mean for this character reached to 27.32 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight, an increase rate of 45.31% compared to the treatment of control, while vitamin c concentrations non-significant influence in the mean of this character at concentrations (50,100 ) mg.l-1. this is due to the effective role of vitamin c in the regulation of some of the plant hormones, because of it is the first line of defense of the contents of the plant cell from damage of oxidation conditions which increase the synthesis of plant growth regulators, including gibberellin [20]. also, vitamin c as antioxidants plays an essential role in plant growth and development through its influence on many of the physiological events [21]. in addition, vitamin c acts as co-factor for the synthesis of many important plant hormones including gibberellin and salicylic [13, 22]. therefore, treatment with vitamin c led to significant increase in the plant content of gibberellins. the results of the table indicated of the significant influence of the interaction between the two factor experience in the mean of this character, as the concentration 0 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 150 mg.l-1 of vitamin c gave the highest mean for this character reached to 35.69 mg.100g-1 fresh weight compared with less mean of 16.17 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight at the concentration 0 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and vitamin c. table (3): the effect of foliar application with abscisic acid and vitamin c and their interaction on gibberellin content (mg.100gm-1 fresh weight) in the leaves of peas plant. concentration of )1-aba (mg. l )1-concentration of vitamin c (mg. l mean 0 50 100 150 0 16.17 20.40 23.56 35.69 23.96 10 21.31 17.82 22.96 20.32 20.60 20 18.92 19.77 12.26 25.94 19.22 l.s.d (0.05) 3.600 aba= ×vitamin c aba= 1.800 mean 18.80 19.33 19.59 27.32 l.s.d (0.05) vitamin c= 2.078 3.3. content of kinetin (mg.100 gm-1 fresh weight) in leaves: the results of the table (4) showed that presence of a significant influence for abscisic acid in the mean of kinetin content in the leaves. the addition of increasing concentrations for abscisic acid led to a significant decline in the mean of this character, in particular for concentration 20 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid, which gave less mean of this character reached to 17.287 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight at degrease mean of 15.37% compared to the treatment of control. the concentration10 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid, the mean of this character reached to 18.45 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight and decrease rate 9.64%, this is due to the effect of abscisic acid in the content of the plant from regulation hormones, including the kinetin because of ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|69    increasing the cellular caused by oxidative stress [23]. the presence of abscisic acid effect on regulation and growth of plant by its effect in the photosynthesis an inhibit growth of side roots, which is a centre of regulator hormone, including the kinetin [24]. thus, the addition of increasing concentrations of abscisic acid effect negatively on plant and their vegetation growth and plant internal content of plant hormones including kinetin. the results of table indicated that percent of the significant influence of vitamin c in the mean content of kinetin which increasingly influence by the increase of the concentration of vitamin, particularly concentration 150 mg.l-1 of vitamin c, which gave the highest mean for this character reached to 237.18 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight, an increase rate of 68.53% compared to the treatment of control. the two concentrations (50, 100) mg.l-1 of vitamin c, the mean of this character reached to (17.23, 20.33) mg.100gm-1 fresh weight, an increase rate of (24.04, 43.08)% respectively this is due to the role of vitamin c in the regulation of plant hormones because of it is antioxidants, roles which enhance the defense system in the plant to remove the effect of super oxide o-2, or hydrogen peroxide which is formed by the stress [25, 26] also, vitamin c has a role in increasing the concentration of plant hormones, such as the kinetin promote the growth of the side bud [27]. thus, vitamin c has a positive role in increasing the content of kinetin. the results of the table showed that the significant influence of the interaction between the experiment factors in the mean of this character. the concentration 10 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 150 mg.100gm-1 of vitamin c the highest mean for this character reached to 6.5 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight compared with less mean of 12.00 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight at the concentration 10 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 0 mg.l-1 of vitamin c. table (4): the effect of foliar application with abscisic acid and vitamin c and their interaction on kinetin content (mg.100gm-1 fresh weight) in the leaves of peas plant. concentration of )1-aba (mg. l )1-concentration of vitamin c (mg. l mean 0 50 100 150 0 15.40 17.48 24.48 24.31 20.42 10 12.00 17.56 18.32 25.93 18.45 20 14.27 16.65 18.20 20.01 17.28 l.s.d (0.05) 1.014 aba= ×vitamin c aba= 0.507 mean 13.89 17.23 20.33 23.41 l.s.d (0.05) vitamin c= 0.585 3.4. content of abscisic acid (mg.100 gm-1 fresh weight) in leaves: the results in table (5) showed the existence of significant influence in the mean of abscisic acid content. the addition of increasing concentrations of abscisic acid led to significant increase in the mean this character, in particular for the concentration 20 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid, which gave the highest mean in this character reached to 21.00 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight, an increase rate of 23.09% compared with the treatment of control. the concentration 10 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid, the mean of this character reached to 18.52 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight, an increase of 8.55%, and this shows the effect of foliar application with abscisic acid on plant peas, which work to increase leaves content of abscisic acid which increase cellular oxidation within the plant by the effect of stress condition causing an increase in the reactive oxygen species including o2 and h2o2 [23]. the oxidation conditions in turn increase the effectiveness of the antioxidant, such as peroxidase, super oxide dismutase and catalase in the ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|70    plant tissue and thus increase plant stress resistance [28]. therefore, the foliar application with abscisic acid on a peas plant led to significant increase in internal content of leaves for abscisic acid. these results are consistent with the findings of a number of researchers including [12, 29, 30] on mung bean, wheat and peas at respectively. the results of the table show significant increase in the mean of this character when the treatment plant on increasing concentrations of vitamin c and particular for the concentration 100 mg.l-1, which gave the highest mean for this character reached to 26.37 mg.100mg-1 fresh weight, an increase rate of 70.05% compared to the treatment of control. the two concentrations (50, 150) mg.l-1 of vitamin c, the mean of this character reached to (15.53, 19.08) mg.100gm-1 fresh weight, an increase rate of (7.39, 31.95)% at respectively. this shows the effective role of vitamin c as non-enzymatic antioxidant because of the external addition for vitamin c increases the content of the plant from abscisic acid which certain the role of this vitamin as the first line of defense and has an effective role in the protection of plant cells from damages resulting from oxidation condition which result from effect of the stressful factors that exposure plant for them by presence of abscisic acid [31, 32]. also, vitamin c acts to remove the effect of hydrogen peroxide h2o2 and free radicals that result from the reaction of photo oxygen that occur in the first chromosome in chloroplast by the organization of metabolic for antioxidants in developing plants under stress conditions [33, 34]. therefore, the foliar application with vitamin c increase the content of the plant for the abscisic acid. these results agree with the results obtained [16] on the potato plant. the results of the table show the existence of a significant influence of the interaction between the experiment factors in the mean of this character. the concentration 20 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 100 mg.l-1 of vitamin c the highest mean of this character was 30.17 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight compared with less mean of 7.51 mg.100gm-1 fresh weight at concentration 0 mg.l-1 for each of abscisic acid and vitamin c. the concentration 20 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 100 mg.l-1 of vitamin c the highest mean for this character reached to 30.17 mg.100 mg-1 fresh weight compared with less mean of 11.65 mg.100 mg-1 fresh weight at concentration 10 mg.l-1 of abscisic acid and 50 mg.l-1 of vitamin c. table (5): the effect of foliar application with abscisic acid and vitamin c and their interaction on abscisic acid content (mg.100gm-1 fresh weight) in the leaves of peas plant. concentration of )1-aba (mg. l )1-concentration of vitamin c (mg. l mean 0 50 100 150 0 7.51 22.77 22.42 15.54 17.06 10 16.31 11.65 26.53 19.57 18.52 20 19.54 12.17 30.17 22.13 21.00 l.s.d (0.05) 1.431 aba= ×vitamin c aba= 0.715 mean 14.46 15.53 26.37 19.08 l.s.d (0.05) vitamin c= 0.826 references [1] c.c .townsend, and e. guest . flora of iraq vol., 3 leguminosae. publisher by the ministry of agriculture of republic of iraq 573. 1974 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|71    [2] e .clark , managing cover crops profitably, 3rd ed. sustainable agriculture research and education program handbook series bk9. sustainable. agri. res and education. college park. md. 2007 [3] v. k. jain, fundamental of plant physiology. s. chand & company ltd. ramnagar, new delhi 425-3 pp. 2011. [4] s. k. verma, and m .verma, a textbook of plant physiology, biochemistry and biotechnology. s. chand and company ltd. ramnagar, new delhi 129-369 . 2010 [5] b .zhou; z .guo and z. liu . effects of abscisic acid on antioxidant systems of stylosanthes guianensis (aublet) sw. under chilling stress. crop sci. 45 599-605. 2005 [6] c p .qu; z r .xu; g j .guan-jun liu; liu c, li y wei z g and liu g f , differential expression of copper-zinc superoxide dismutase gene of polygonum sibiricum leaves, stems and underground stems, subjected to high-salt stress. int. j. mol. sci. 11(12) 5234-45. 2010 [7] s.ünyayar; s. f.topcuoglu, and a.ünyayar, a modified method extraction and identification of indole-3-acetic acid (iaa), gibberellic acid (ga3), abscisic acid (aba) and zeatin produces by phanerochaete chrysosporium me446. bulg. j. plant. physiol. 21(3-4) 4105-10. 1996 [8] sas 2012 statistical analysis system; users guide. statiscal version 9.1th ed. sas. inst. inc. cary. n. c. usa. [9] z. m. pei; n. murata; g .benning; s .thomine; b. klusener; g. j. allen; e. griu and j .j. schroeder. calcium channels activated by hydrogen peroxide mediate abscisic acid signalling in guard cells. nature 406 731-734. 2000 [10] s. w. li; y .leng; l .feng and x. y .zeng . involvement of abscisic acid in regulating antioxidative defense systems and iaa-oxidase activity and improving adventitious rooting in mung bean (vigna radiata l. wilezek) seedlings under cadmium stress. environ. sci. pollut. res. 21(1) 525-37. 2014 [11] r .jannat; m .uraji; m .morofuji; m m .islam; bloom r e; nakmura y., mcclung, c r, schroeder j i, mori i c and murata y . roles of intracellular hydrogen peroxide accumulation in abscisic signaling in arabidopsis quard cells. j. plants physiol. 14 11223. 2011 [12] w .yang; t .cai; y .ni; y .li; guo j, d .peng, d. yang, y. yin and z .wang . effect of exogenous abscisic acid and gibberellic acid on filling process and nitrogen metabolism characteristics in wheat grain. aus. j. crop. sci. 7(1) 58-65. 2013 [13] m.mazid; t. a. khan; z. h. khan; s. quddusi and f. mohammad . occurrence, biosynthesis and potentialities of ascorbic acid in plant. int. j. plant animal environ. sci. 1(2) 167-84. 2011 [14] g. m .pastori; g .kiddle; j .antoniw; s. bernard; s. veljovic-jovanovic; p. j .verrier; g. noctor and foyer c h . leaf vitamin c content modulate plant defense transcripts and regulate genes that control development through hormone signalling. plant cell 15 93951. 2003 [15] j. j. ross and d. p .o’neill . new interactions between classical plant hormones. trends plant sci. 6(1) 2-4. 2001 [16] c. p. upadhyaya; d. s. bagri and d. c. upadhyay . ascorbic acid and/or 24epibrassinolide trigger physiological and biochemical response for the salt stress mitigation in potato (solanum tuberosum l.). int. j. appl. sci. biotechnol. 3(4) 655-67. 2015 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/10.30526/2017.ihsciconf.1767 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|72    [17] k .zhang, and s. s .gan . an abscisic acid-atnap transcription factor-sag113 protein phosphatase 2c regulatory chain for controlling dehydration in senescing arabidopsis leaves. plant physiol. 158(2): 961-9. 2012 [18] l. m .guan; j .zhao and j. g .scandalios . cis-elements and trans-factors that regulate expression of the maize cat 1 antioxidant gene in response to aba and osmatic stress: h2o2 is the likely intermediary signalling molecule for the response. plant j. 22 87-95. 2000 [19] d. weier; j. thiel; s. kohl; d. tarkowska; m. strand; s. schaarschmidt; w. weschke, weber h and b. hause, gibberellin-to-abscisic acid balances govern development and differentiation of the nucellar projection of barley grains. j. exp. bot. 65(18) 5291-304. 2014 [20] t .khan; m .mazid and f .mohammed . a review of ascorbic acid potentialities against oxidative stress induced in plant. j. agrobiol. 28 97-111. 2011 [21] d. m. el-hariri; m. s .sadak and h. m. s. el-bassiouny . response of flax cultivars to ascorbic acid a-tocopherol under salinity stress conditions. int. j. acad. res. 2(6) 1019. 2010 [22] o. arrigoni and m. c de tullio . ascorbic acid much more than just an antioxidant. biochem. et biochem. acta. 1509 1-9. 2002 [23] c. c. lin and c. h. kao . abscisic acid induced changes in cell wall peroxidase activity and hydrogen peroxide level in roots of rice seedlings. plant. sci. 160 323-9. 2001 [24] j. j. petricka and p. n. ben fey . root layers: complex regulation of development patterning. curr. opin. genet. dev. 18 354-61. 2008 [25] r. mittler oxidative stress, antioxidant and stress tolerance. trends plant. sci. 7(9) 40510. 2002 [26] s. shafiq; n. a. akram; m. ashraf and a. arshad. synergistic effects of drought and ascorbic acid on growth, mineral nutrients and oxidative defense system in canola (brassica napus l.) plants. acta. physiol. plant 36 1539-53. 2014 [27] a. a. youssef and j. m. talaat . physiological response of rosemary plant to some vitamins. egypt pharm. j. 1 81-93. 2003 [28] i. saxena; s. srikanth and z. chen cross talk between h2o2 and inter acting signal molecules under plant stress response. front. plant sci. 7 570. 2016 [29] u. farooq and a. bano . effect of abscisic acid and chloride on nodulation and biochemical content of (vigna radiata l.) under water stress. pak. j. bot. 38(5) 1511-8. 2006 [30] h. h. latif physiological responses of (pisum sativum) plant to exogenous aba application under drought condition. pak. j. bot. 46(3) 973-82. 2014 [31] k. benrejeb; c. abdelly and a. savoure . how reactive oxygen species and proline face stress to gather. plant physiol. biochem., 80 278-84. 2014 [32] a. caverzan; g. passaia; s. b. rosa; c. w. ribeiro; f. lazzarotto and m. margispinheiro plant responses to stresses: role of ascorbate peroxidase in the antioxidant protection. genet. mol. biol. 35 1011-9. 2012 [33] g. noctor; a. mhamdi; and c. h. foyer . the role of reactive oxygen metabolism in drought: not so cut and dried. plant physiol. 164 1636-48. 2014 [34] a. bybordi , effect of ascorbic acid and silicium on photosynthesis, antioxidant enzyme activity, and fatty acid contents in canada exposure to salt stress. j. integr. agric. 11: 1610-20. 2012   12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract hepatitis-b (hbv) is a viral disease cause liver damage, cirrhosis, fibrosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. present study attempted to elucidate the biochemical and haematological markers other than australia antigen, of hepatitis, b, vairusv (hbsag) for better assessment of hbv infection. the present study was conducted on 76 men, 50 of them were found to be hbeag positive and 26 were negative, mean age was53±5.7years. haematological parameters such as absolute erythrocyte( abs eryt), absolute leukocyte (abs leuk), haemoglobin (hb), packed cell volume(pcv),mean corpuscular volume (mcv), red cell distribution width (rdw), mean corpuscular haemoglobin (mch), mch concentration (mchc), neutrophils (neut), lymphocyte (lymph), monocyte (mono), eosinophil (eosin), basophil (baso), absolut platelet (abs.plt), red blood distribution (rbd) and biochemical markers such as alanine aminotransferase (alt), aspartate aminotransferase (ast), alkaline phosphatase (alp), gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (ggt), total bilirubin (t.bil), albumin (alb), creactive protein (crp), amylase (amy), creatinine (crea), sodium (na), potassium (k), were estimated for hbv patients and healthy groups. statically at (p≤ 0.05) abs plt was highly significant elevated, hb, abs leuk, neut%, lymph% and eosin% were significant increases while other haematological parameters showed no differences in hbv patients compared with controls. liver enzymes (alt, ast, ggt) and t. bil were highly significant increased, alb, crp and amyl were moderately increased, niether crea, na nor k levels have differences in hbv patients compared with controls. alt has strong positive correlation with leuk and with abs plt in hbv patients. liver enzymes alt, ast, alp, ggt, t. bil and abs plt can be used as monitoring markers with the strong correlation between alt and abs plt as an assessment tools for hbv infection. keywords: hepatitis b, haematological parameters, hepatic enzymes, liver function tests, electrolytes. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index a correlative study between haematological and biochemical parameters in hepatitis b susan jameel ali department of chemistry, faculty of education for pure sciences, university of tikrit, iraq. susan.ali@tu.edu.iq article history: received 4 july 2018, accepted 24 march 2019, publish may 2019 10.30526/32.2.2127 doi: mailto:susan.ali@tu.edu.iq mailto:susan.ali@tu.edu.iq 11 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 1. introduction hepatitis-b virus (hbv) infection is a continuous global health problem that infected about 2 billion people worldwide. hbv infection describes a form of disease characterized by the presence of detectable hbsag in the blood or serum [1]. the infection accompanied with serious complication include inflammation, hepatofibrosis, cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma [2-4]. hepatic infection is assessed directly via liver biopsy specimens, but since it is invasive procedure and companied by poor patient compliance, clinical experience suggested that blood parameters provide valuable information for the manifestation of hbv[5] . liver disease is accompanied by derangement of hepatocyte function including the synthesis of haemostatic factors [6]. hbv infection may result in abnormal haematological parameters such as plt [7]. pcv, hb and white blood cell [8]. disorders which include: absolute changes in leuk numbers, involving neut, lym and eosin in response to bacterial, viral, or parasitic infections, tissue injury, and inflammation [9]. viral infections that disrupt liver function also can be accompanied by changes of liver enzymes level, although it is not specific for hbv only. liver enzymes such as amino transferases i.e. ast, alt, alp and ggt, are sensitive and one of the widely used blood tests for evaluating patients with hbv. these enzymes are usually contained within the hepatocytes and are spilled into the blood stream when the liver is infected [10]. amino transferase, levels usually, fall rapidly before jaundice appearance and have a more gradual, decline in cases, of hbv, and there is a greater increase in serum bili level [11]. since hbv may be detected in the pancreas, it may impair the clearance of pancreatic enzymes (such as amylase) by the liver reticulo-endothelial system in proceeded liver diseases [12]. alb and crp are synthesized in liver and secreted in extracellular fluids [13]. alb has been shown to be a multifunctional protein with transports bili besides antioxidant, immune modulatory and oncotic functions, therefore hypoalbuminemia is one of the characteristic features of certain forms of liver disease such as hbv [14-15]. the marked increase of acutephase crp occurs with inflammations, viral infections and tissue necrosis [16]. nemours studies have performed on the relationship of crp with the severity of inflammation in liver diseases, such hbv [13], [16-18]. an increase of pancreatic enzymes is generally an expression of inflammatory disease or pancreatic cancer. hyperamylasemia was also indicated in patients diagnosed with acute viral hepatitis infection without any pancreatic disease [19]. during hbv infection, serum crea and some electrolytes are usually elevated, these effectsare signals of on-going kidney disease particularly glomerulonephritis [20]. this study was performed for the determination of the relationship between biochemical and haematological alternations, and whether this could provide a reliable method for a better assessment of liver destruction in patients with hbv. 2. materials and methods the study was executed on 76 men, 50 of them were infected with hbv and 26 healthy individuals as a control (with no, clinical or laboratory, evidence of liver diseases) mean age was53±5.7years. none of the 76 subjects had received medications. the duration of this study, was from october 2017 to april 2018. the study was achieved in the tikrit teaching hospital. specimens were collected by withdraw almost 10 ml of, venous blood, 3 ml was used for haematological tests that performed by auto haematology analyzer (bc-3000 plus). the remaining amount of blood samples, were left for half an hour at room, temperature. the serum was separated then frozen at about -20c° until analysis. both patients and healthy groups were screened, for hbsag using (hbsag elisa test kit (plasmatecal http://pubmedcentralcanada.ca/pmcc/articles/pmc4812173/#b22-mco-0-0-742 12 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 laboratory products). all cases were tested for amy using biolabo kits, serum levels of bil, alt, ast, ggt and tsb by randox kit, alp by biomerieuxr kit, alb by spinrct kit. crp, na and k by vitro scient company. 3. statistical analysis statistical analysis of quantitative variables was obtained by calculation of mean and standard deviation (mean± sd). sample t test was performed for the comparisons of alt with some biochemical and haematological parameters. statistical software was spss version 11. significance grade was conceder when p ≤ 0.05. 4. results the study included 76 men, 50 of them with hbv and 26 healthy individuals with mean age 53±5.7 years. there were significant (p<0.05) increase in hb, neut, lymp, baso, abs.neut, ast, amy, alb, t.bil and crp , highly significant increase in abs.plt, alt and alp while no significant (p>0.05) difference in abs. leuk, abs. eryt, pcv, mcv, mch, mchc, mono, eosin, abs lym, abs. mono, abs. esino, abs. baso, crea, na and k compared with controls as seen in table 1. table 1. mean±sd of patients with hbv compared with control. variables controls hbv abs.eryt (x10 9 /l) 4.09± 0.887 5.0616±0.1327 hb (g/l) 141.76±2.95 156.03±3.68* pcv (%) 43.112±3.051 45.919±1.120 mcv(fl) 85.32±7.1 89.59±9.08 rdw( %) 13.2±1.67 13.110±0.488 mch (pg) 29.638±1.43 30.897±0.641 mchc (g/l) 340±17.3 340.90±5.15 abs.leuk (x10 9 /l) 6.41±1.029 5.76 ± 0.8360 abs.neut (x10 9 /l) 3.0459±1.2496 2.3840±0.5846* abs.lymp (x10 9 /l) 2.1468±0.752 2.299±0.499 abs.mono (x10 9 /l) 0.432±0.2041 0.5327±0.1313 abs.esin (x10 9 /l) 0.15249±0.091 0.2586±0.0887 abs.baso (x10 9 /l) 0.0331±0.00773 0.02429±0.00811 neut ( %) 56.3±7.9 47.17±6.55* lymp (%) 53.92±8.2 37.76±5.55* mono( %) 7.1±0.96 8.952±1.627 eosin( %) 4.6±2.88 4.429±4.429 baso (%) 0.71±0.21 0.444±0.511* abs.plt (x10 9 /l) 216.8±76.38 72.04±19.62** alt( u/l) 22.85±8.78 106.49±55.41** ast( u/l) 27.43±11.09 59.39±8.97** alp (u/l) 62.75±14.433 139.94±26.28** ggt (u/l) 78.45±2.7 327.4±49.7** t. bil (µmol/l) 7.2±2.02 14.438±2.816** alb (g/l) 42.35±7.93 34.580±2.010* crp( mg/l) 5.1±0.84 6.47 ±5.51* amy (u/l) 31.82±5.63 42.444±2.455* crea( µmol/l) 85.7±14.33 96.238±6.805 na( mmol/l) 139.21±2.77 141.58±2.55 k (mmol/l) 3.514±0.127 3.9962±0.2163 13 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 25020015010050 8 7 6 5 4 s 0.889398 r-sq 0.0% r-sq(adj) 0.0% al t l e u k fitted line plot leuk = 5.833 + 0.000219 alt 25020015010050 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 s 20.2435 r-sq 4.2% r-sq(adj) 2.3% al t p lt fitted line plot plt = 67.22 + 0.07570 alt abs.: absolute, eryt: erythrocyte, leuk: leukocyte hb: haemoglobin, pcv: packed cell volume, mcv: mean corpuscular volume, rdw: read cell distribution width, mch: mean corpuscular haemoglobin, mchc: mch concentration , neut: neutrophiles, lymp: lymphocyte, mono: monocyte, eosin: eosinophile , baso: basophile , plt: platelet, rbd:read blooddistribution, alt: alanine aminotransferase, ast: aspartate aminotransferase, ggt: gamma glutamyl transpeptidase, alp: alkaline phosphatase, amy:amylase, alb: albomine, crea: creatinine, t.bil:total bilirubin, na:sodium ,k:potassium,crp:creactive protein. (*: significant difference, **: highly significant difference). alt was strongly positive correlated with leuk (r 0.420) and with plt (r 0.592), weak positive correlation was observed with hb (r 0.282), ast (r 0.336), alp (r 0.288), ggt (r 0.169), alb (r 0.278), bil (r 0.240) and crea (r 0.026) while week negative correlation was observed with crp (r -0.277) as shown in table 2, and figures 1-10. table 2. correlation analysis between alt and some studied variables. alt variables r-value p-value abs. leuk 0.420 0.065 abs.plt 0.592 0.006 hb 0.282 0.228 ast 0.336 0.148 alp 0.288 0.219 ggt 0.169 0.476 alb 0.278 0.235 t.bil 0.240 0.308 crea 0.026 0.912 crp -0.277 0.238 figure 1. correlation between alt and leuk in hbv patients. figure 2. correlation between alt and abs.plt in hbv patients. 14 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 25020015010050 162.5 160.0 157.5 155.0 152.5 150.0 147.5 145.0 s 3.66442 r-sq 0.1% r-sq(adj) 0.0% al t h b fitted line plot hb = 155.9 + 0.001760 alt 25020015010050 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 s 8.84103 r-sq 7.3% r-sq(adj) 2.9% al t a s t fitted line plot ast = 55.29 + 0.04556 alt 25020015010050 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 s 1.98403 r-sq 7.7% r-sq(adj) 2.6% al t a lb fitted line plot alb = 33.61 + 0.01017 alt 25020015010050 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 s 4.69176 r-sq 4.4% r-sq(adj) 0.0% al t b il fitted line plot bil = 11.18 + 0.01833 alt 25020015010050 120 110 100 90 80 s 7.30404 r-sq 0.0% r-sq(adj) 0.0% al t c re a fitted line plot crea = 97.02 0.00252 alt 25020015010050 25 20 15 10 5 0 s 5.36018 r-sq 8.7% r-sq(adj) 5.5% al t c r p fitted line plot crp = 9.320 0.02711 alt figure 3. correlation between alt and hb in hbv patients. figure 4. correlation between alt and ast in hbv patients. 25020015010050 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 s 24.2690 r-sq 17.5% r-sq(adj) 14.7% al t a l p fitted line plot alp = 120.2 + 0.1844 alt 25020015010050 400 375 350 325 300 275 250 s 50.2922 r-sq 2.9% r-sq(adj) 0.0% al t g g t fitted line plot ggt = 312.7 + 0.1529 alt figure 5. correlation between alt and alp in hbv patients. figure 6. correlation between alt and ggt in hbv patients. figure 7. correlation between alt and alb in hbv patients. figure 9. correlation between alt and crea in hbv patients. figure 8. correlation between alt and t.bil in hbv patients. figure 10. correlation between alt and crp in hbv patients. 15 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 5. discussion it has been well established that many haematological and biochemical abnormalities occur in hbv infection [21]. in the present study, out of 50 hbsag positive and 26 hbsag negative males with age (53±5.7) years were included. table 1, shows the statistical difference in haemoglobin concentration of hbv positive subjects was significantly higher (p≤0.05) when compared with hbv negative subjects, this result in line with work done by xue-hua, et al. [22]. the possible explanation is that hbv associated with alternation in iron metabolism [23]. interestingly, no differences in abs. eryt., pcv, mcv, rdw, mch and mchc were observed. in conclusion, inflammation caused by hbv infection has effects on the production of haematological precursor cells and on red blood cell morphology, these findings are in tune with the study by das s k, et al [24]. in the liver, the innate, immune system is driven by a complex series of leukocytes (granulocytes such as neut, eosin and baso and nongranulocytes such as lymp and mono) [24-25]. of these cell subsets, neut which accumulate in the liver have special role in the defence against viral infections [26]. significant difference existed (p≤0.05) in abs neut hbv in positive male subjects when compared with negative control group, while no differences were observed in luk, lym, mono ,eosin and baso. recently, there has been evidence that the, functional defect in neut take place in liver cirrhosis [25]. another study showed that the lym will increase while the neut will decrease but no changes in total leuk count was observed [27]. the positive decreases in neut (%), lymp (%) and baso (%), may, reflect the severity and progression of, liver, injury [28]. our results are in agree with francisca, et al., [29]. abs plt was highly significant related to liver infection in the present study compared with non-infected liver, this result is in agreement with the fact stated by others that plt is a good indicator for liver inflammation and advanced liver fibrosis and strongly related with the hbv status [30-31]. biomarkers are equally valuable for the estimation and assessment of hepatic disease severity due to hbv infection may alter the levels of certain liver enzymes as a result of hepatocellular damage [32]. high significant increases were observed in alt, ast, alp and ggt at (p≤0.05) in hbv compared with control, these results are in agreement with others [22], [33-34]. alt and ggt showed the highest increments in hbv infection, it has been stated that moderate elevation (3-20 times) of alt level usually observed in acute hepatitis, neonatal hepatitis, chronic hepatitis, autoimmune hepatitis, drug induced hepatitis, alcoholic hepatitis [30], [33]. other study deduced that the ggt increment that reflects inflammation in, the liver is superior than alt ,and that ggt may have a significant role in the clinical, evaluation of hbv [34]. t.bil was significantly elevated in hbv patients compared with controls as indicated in table 1. the agreement of this result with other studies [21-22]. reflect the use of t.bil as one of the markers of liver injury [35]. also very high increment in both alt and/or ggt obtained in this study can provide a valuable information through the assessment of hepatic inflammation and fibrosis and beside plt no other biochemical tests have been shown to be a better indicators of liver injury. another important mediator of host immune defence crp and alb showed level increment in sera of hbv individuals compared with controls at (p≤0.05) , our finding is in agreement with other studies [16, 30], these findings sound not unusual since liver is the target, organ for the replication of hbv , leading to the demolition of hepatocytes and, consequently increase the releasing of these molecules [18]. the effect of hbv infection on liver's clearance of pancreatic enzymes was followed by evaluation of amy activity, table 1, revealed significant increase(p≤0.05) in amy activity in hbv patients compared with control group, our results are in agreement with katakura yet al [36], and kaur n et al [19]. for investigating renal abnormalities associated with hbv infection, serum crea and some electrolytes have been estimated, as showed in table 1, non significant increase in crea., na and k levels in hbv group compared with controls at (p≤ 0.01), ayelagbe and oladipo found no significant differences in serum concentrations of crea, and na while k was significantly, increased in hbv compared with the control subjects [37]. however, in a preliminary study conducted by shahid et al hypokalaemia was found in 37% 16 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 cirrhotics liver [38]. it could be concluded from the current study that there is no renal complications of viral hepatitis b infection. in hepatitis, alt become elevated may be 100 times normal with the progression of liver disease, likely as a result of direct hepatocellular damage and membrane leakage, and no other biochemical test has been shown to be a better indicator [3940]. for this, we attempted to find the correlation between alt and parameters in table 1, that showed highest increments in hbv compared with controls pearson correlation analysis in table 2, showed that alt was strongly positive correlate with abs leuk and abs plt (r = 0.420 and 0.592 resp.), moderately positive correlate with ast (r = 0.336), weakly positive correlate with hb, alp, alb and t. bil (r = 0.282, 0.288,0.278 and 0.240 resp.) both ggt and crea showed no correlation (r = 0.169 and 0.026 resp.) while weak negative correlation was observed between alt and crp ( r = -0.277) . 6.cconclusion, liver enzymes alt,ast,alp,ggt ,t.bil and abs pltcan be used as monitoring markers with the strong correlation between altand abs plt as an assessment tools for hbv infection references 1. della, c.c.; nobili, v.; comparcola, cainelli, d.f.; vento, s. management of chronic,hepatitis, b in children: an unresolved, issue. j gastroenterol hepatol. 2014, 29, 912-919. 2. yuen, m.f.; hui, c.k.; cheng, c.c. longterm follow-up of interferon, alfa treatment in, chinese patients, with chronic hepatitis, b, infection: the effect, on hepatitis, b antigen, seroconversion and the development of cirrhosisrelated complications. hepatology. 2001, 34, 139–145 3. pan, y.; muheremu, a.; wu, x.; liu, j. relationship between platelet, parameters and hepatic pathology, in patients with chronic hepatitis, b infection – a retrospective cohort study, of 677 patients. j, int med res. 2016, 44, 4, 779–786. 4. fujiwara, a.; sakaguchi, k.; fujioka, s. fibrosis progression, rates between chronic hepatitis, b and c patients with elevated, alanine aminotransferase levels. j gastroenterol. 2008, 43, 484–491. 5. 8-eze, m.e.; buseri, f.i. effects, of hepatitis b infection, on haemtological parameters in, pregnancy in port, harcourt. nigeria research journal, of medical sciences3. 2009, 6, 194-197. 6. drew, p. abc of clinical haematology, 2 nd edition, bmj, books. 2003. 7. pan, c.q.; zhang, j.x. natural history and clinical consequences of hepatitis b virus infection. int. j. med sci. 2005, 2, 36-40. 8. park, k.s.; lee, y.s.; lee, s.k. a study on markers nwokediukoa, s.c.; ibegbulam, o. quantitative platelet, abnormalities in patients with hepatitis, b virus-related, liver disease. gastroenterology, research. 2009, 2, 6, 344-349. 9. of viral hepatitis in adults living in daegu and gyungbuk area. korean j, gastroenterol.2003, 41, 473-479. 10. yoshimura, m.; sakurai, i.; shimoda, t. detection of hbsag in the pancreas. acta, pathol jpn. 1981, 31, 4, 711-717. 11. shima, m.; nakao, k.; kato, y.; nakata, k.; ishii, n.; nagataki, s. comparative, study of c-reactive, protein in chronic hepatitis, b and chronic hepatitic, c. tohoku j. exp., med. 1996, 178, 287-297, doi:10.1620/tjem.178.287. 12. spinella, r.; sawhney, r.; jalan, r. albumin in chronic liver disease, structure, functions and therapeutic implications. hepatol. int. 2016, 10, 124-132, doi:10.1007 s12072-0159665-6. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=pan%20y%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=27329384 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=muheremu%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=27329384 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=wu%20x%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=27329384 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=liu%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=27329384 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5536628/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=yoshimura%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=7025575 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=sakurai%20i%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=7025575 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=shimoda%20t%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=7025575 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7025575 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7025575 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=nakata%20k%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=8727711 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ishii%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=8727711 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=nagataki%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=8727711 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 13. yavuz, f.; biyik, m.; asil, m.; dertli, r.; demir, a.; polat, h.; uysal, s.; ataseven, h. serum ischemic modified, albumin (ima) concentration, and ima/,albumin ratio in patients, with hepatitis, b-related chronic liver, diseases. hepatol. int. 2017, 10, 124-132, doi:10.3906/sag-1611-66. 14. khan, s.; bhargava, a.; pathak, n.; maudar, k.k.; varshney, s.; mishra, p.k. circulating biomarkers and, their possible role, in pathogenesis of chronic, hepatitis b and c viral, infections. ind. j. clin. biochem. 2011, 26, 2, 168, doi:10.1007/s12291-0100098-7. 15. al-ajeeli, k.s.a. assessment, of c-reactive protein, titer in patients with ,chronic hepatitis b, virus infection. iraqi. j. comm. med. 2011, 24, 4, 291-4. 16. ma, l.n.; liu, x.y.; luo, x.; hu, y.c.; liu, s.w.; tang, y.y.; pan, j.l.; ding, x.c. serum high-sensitivity, c-reactive protein, are associated with, hbv replication, liver damage and fibrosis in patients with chronic hepatitis b. hepatogastroenterology. 2015, 62, 138, 368-372, doi:10.5754/hge14772 17. kaur, n.; sharma, r.; mahajan, m. serum hyperamylasemia as a prognostic indicator, of acute viral, hepatitis and cirrhosis, of liver. human. biology. review. 2014, 3, 3, 233-241. 18. jo, h. j.; park, g. n.; kim, h. r.; kim, m.j.; shin, k.a.; hong, s.b.; chang, k.s. differences, in haematological, characteristics, including cholesterol, and apolipoprotein b, and e, between, hepatitis b, virus and hepatitis, c virus patients, in korea. j., bact. viro. 2016, 46, 3, 152–158, doi.org/10.4167/jbv.2016.46.3.152. 19. wang, x.; cheng, p.; jiang, f.; jiao, x.y. the effect of hepatitis, b virus infection, on hepcidin expression, in hepatitis b, patients. annal. clin., lab. sci. 2013, 43, 2, 126134, available online at www.annclinlabsci.org. 20. nascimento, m.m.; suliman, m.e.; bruchfeld, a.; hayashi, s.y.; manfro, r.c.; qureshi, a.r.; pecoits-filho, r.; pachaly, m.a.; renner, l.; stenvinkel, p.; riella, m.c.; lindholm, b. the influence, of hepatitis c and, iron replacement therapy on plasma, pentosidine levels in, haemo dialysis patients. nephrol. dial. transplant. 2004, 19, 3112-3116, doi:10.1093/ndt/gfh508. 21. das, s.k.; mukherjee, s.; vasudevan, d.m.; balakrishnan, v. comparison of haematological parameters in patients with non-alcoholic fatty liver disease and alcoholic liver disease. singapore. med. j. 2011, 52, 3, 175-180. 22. liaskou, e.; wilson, d.v.; oo, y.h. innate immune, cells in liver, inflammation. media. inflam. 2012, 2012, 1, 1-21, doi. org/10.1155/2012,/949157. 23. xu, r.; huang, h.; zhang, z.; wang, f.s. the role of neutrophils in the development of liver diseases. cell. mol. immunol. 2014, 11, 224–231, doi:10.1038/cmi.2014.2. epub 2014 mar 17. 24. tritto, g.; bechlis, z.; stadlbauer, v.; davies, n.; francés, r.; shah, n.; mookerjee, r.p.; such, j.; jalan, r. evidence, of neutrophil functional, defect despite inflammation, in stable cirrhosis,. j. hepatol. 2011, 55, 574–581, doi: 10.1016/j.jhep.2010.11.034. 25. zhang, j.; feng, g.; zhao, y.; zhang, j.; feng, l.; yang, j. association, between lymphocyte,tomonocyte ratio (lmr),and the mortality, of hbv-related, liver cirrhosis: a retrospective cohort study. bmj open. 2015, 5, 1-7, doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-008033. 26. francisca, o.u.; ihongbe, j.c.; ifeanyi, o.e.; martin, i.; ebele, n.p.; ogochukwu, o. haematological indices of hepatitis, b infected subjects, in nnamdi azikiwe, university teaching hospital, nnewi, anambra state, nigeria. jbc. 2017, 6, 3, 17-24, doi:10.4172/2254 -609x.100061. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dertli%20r%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=28618749 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=demir%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=28618749 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=polat%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=28618749 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=uysal%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=28618749 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ataseven%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=28618749 https://doi.org/10.3906/sag-1611-66 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=maudar%20kk%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22468043 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=varshney%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22468043 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=mishra%20pk%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=22468043 https://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs12291-010-0098-7 https://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs12291-010-0098-7 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ma%20ln%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=liu%20xy%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=luo%20x%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hu%20yc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=liu%20sw%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=tang%20yy%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=pan%20jl%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ding%20xc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ding%20xc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25916065 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=jiao%20xy%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=23694786 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hayashi%20sy%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=manfro%20rc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=qureshi%20ar%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=qureshi%20ar%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=pecoits-filho%20r%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=pachaly%20ma%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=renner%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=stenvinkel%20p%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=riella%20mc%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=lindholm%20b%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15466879 https://doi.org/10.1093/ndt/gfh508 http://dx.doi.,org/10.1155/2012,/949157 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=wang%20fs%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24633014 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=davies%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21236309 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=franc%c3%a9s%20r%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21236309 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=shah%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21236309 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=mookerjee%20rp%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21236309 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=such%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21236309 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=jalan%20r%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21236309 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zhang%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26297362 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=feng%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26297362 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=yang%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26297362 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136%2fbmjopen-2015-008033 18 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 27. kucukazman, m.; ata, n.; yavuz, b.; dal, k.; ertugrul, d.t.; yalcin, a.a.; deveci, o.s.; sen, o.; akin, k.o.; cizmeci, z.; sacikara, m.; nazligul, y. elevation of b-type, natriuretic peptide level, in asymptomatic hepatitis, b virus-positive, patients is not ,associated with abnormalities, of cardiac function,. med. princ. pract. 2012, 21, 150–155, doi: org/ 10.1159/ 000332440. 28. xiao, l.; xian, j.; li, y.; geng, a.; yang, x.; han, l.; xu, h. parameters associated with significant, liver histological changes,, in patients with,, chronic hepatitis b. isrn gastroenterology. 2014, 2014,doi.org/10.1155/2014/913890. 29. pan, y.; muheremu, a.; wu, x.; liu, j. relationship between platelet parameters, and hepatic pathology, in patientswith chronic, hepatitis b infection, – a retrospective cohort study, of 677 patients,. j. inter. med., res. 2016, 44, 4, 779–786, doi:10.1177/0300060516650076. 30. elefsiniotisa, i.s.; brokalakia, h.; argyropoulosa, e.; magaziotou, i.; derdemezib, a.; mihasa. c.; tsoumakasb, k. evaluation of liver, enzymes in asymptomatic, chronic hepatitis b, virus infected pregnant, women. ann gastro.2013,26,59-65, download from: http:// www. annalsgastro .gr/ index. php/ annalsgastro/ article/view/1094/971. 31. thapa, b.r.; walia, a. liver function tests, and their interpretation. indian j. pediatr.2007, 74, 7, 663-671, doi: doi.org/10.1007/s12098-007-0118-7. 32. hernaez, r.; yeh, h.c.; lazo, m.; chung, h.m.; hamilton, j.p.; koteish, a.; potter, j.j.; brancati, f.l.; clark, j.m. elevated, alt and ggt, predict all-cause, mortality and hepatocellular, carcinoma in taiwanese, male: a case-cohort study. hepatol., int.2013, 7, 1040–1049, doi:10.1007/s12072-013-9476-6. 33. eminler, a.t.; irak, k.; ayyildiz, t.; keskin, m.; kiyici, m.; gurel, s.; gulten, m.; dolar, e.; nak, s.g. the relation between, liver histopathology and, ggt levels in, viral hepatitis: more, important in hepatitis, b. turk j, gastroenterol. 2014, 25, 411-5, doi:10.5152/tjg.2014.3693. 34. katakura, y.; yotsuyanagi, h.; hashizume, k.; okuse, c.; okuse, n.; nishikawa, k.; suzuki, m.; iino, s.; itoh, f. pancreatic, function in chronic, viral hepatitis. world. j. gastroenterol. 2005, 11, 23, 3508-3513, doi:10.3748/ wjg. v11.i23.3508. 35. ayelagbe, o.g.; oladipo, t.s. renal function status, of nigerian patients, infected with hepatitis, b virus. biokemistri. 2012, 24, 2, 77-81. 36. shahid, a.; quresbi, h.; nizami, f.; zuberi, s.j. electrolytes, in liver disease, -a preliminary study. j. pak. med. assoc. 1983, 33, 289-293. 37. ryder, s.d.; beckingham, i.j. abc of diseases, of liver, pancreas, and biliary system, acute hepatitis. bmj. 2001, 322, 7279, 151-153, doi:doi.org/ 10.1136/bmj.322.7279.151. 38. asghar, s.; zia, m.a.; jafri, s.a.; ahmed, i.; amjad, m.a. correlative study between, biochemical and hematological, parameters and hepatitis, c prevalence in, the premises of, faisalabad. midlle-east, j. sci. res. 2011,7, 4, 538-542. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=geng%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24616815 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=yang%20x%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24616815 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=han%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24616815 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=xu%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24616815 http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2014/913890 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=liu%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=27329384 https://dx.doi.org/10.1177%2f0300060516650076 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=magaziotou%20i%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24714311 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=derdemezib%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24714311 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=mihasa%20c%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24714311 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=tsoumakasb%20k%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=24714311 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=chung%20hm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26202033 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hamilton%20jp%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26202033 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=koteish%20a%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26202033 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=potter%20jj%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26202033 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=potter%20jj%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26202033 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=brancati%20fl%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26202033 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=clark%20jm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=26202033 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=keskin%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254524 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=kiyici%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254524 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=gurel%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254524 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=gulten%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254524 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dolar%20e%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254524 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dolar%20e%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254524 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=nak%20sg%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25254524 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=okuse%20c%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15962364 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=okuse%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15962364 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=nishikawa%20k%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15962364 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=suzuki%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15962364 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=iino%20s%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15962364 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=itoh%20f%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15962364 https://doi.org/10.3748/wjg.v11.i23.3508 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zuberi%20sj%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=6418927 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/6418927 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 determination of ibuprofen in pharmaceutical formulations using differential pulse polarography heba y. ahmed sarmad b. dikran salam a. h. al-ameri abstract a reliable differential pulse polarographic (dpp) method has been developed and applied for the determination of ibuprofen ibu in dosage form with dropping mercury electrode (dme) versus ag/agcl. the best peak was found at cathodic peak of -1.18 v in phosphate buffer at ph=4 and 0.025m of kno3 as supporting electrolyte. in order to obtaine the highest sensitivity, instrumental and experimental parameters were examined including the type and concentration of supporting electrolyte, ph of buffer solution, pulse amplitude and voltage step time. diffusion current showed a direct linear relationship to ibuprofen concentration in the range of (5 – 30) μg. ml -1 (2.43× 10 -5 – 1.45 × 10 -4 mol·l –1 ) with correlation coefficient r= 0.9999, detection limit (s/n = 3) =3.40 μg. ml -1 (1.65 × 10 -5 mol·l –1 ) and the value of precision in terms of relative standard deviation rsd%, ranged between 0.374-0.5176 %. the established dpp method offers an excellent analytical figure of merits as well as its successful applicability to examine two commercial drug forms (tablet and suspension) for the determination of ibuprofen. keywords: differential pulse polarography (dpp); ibuprofen. 1. introduction ibuprofen, 2-(4-isobutylphenyl) propionic acid figure 1. is one of the most common non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) which is widely used as an analgesic and antipyretic as well as it is used in the treatment of acute and chronic pain and many rheumatic and musculoskeletal disorders [1]. ibuprofen was discovered in 1961[2]. and it belongs to the most commonly used over-the-counter drugs figure 1: the structural formula of ibuprofen. different techniques have been used for determination of ibu such as hplc [3–5]. gc/ms [6,7]. spectrophotometric methods [8-11]. capillary electrophoresis [12]. as well as in recently years the determination of ibu by electroanalytical methods have more attention since of simplicity ,selectivity, economically and good precision of these methods. a survey of literature indicates some reports on the electrochemical determinations of ibuprofen including oxidation by cyclic voltammetry and differential pulse voltammetry using a screen-printed carbon electrode modified with carbon nanofibers [13]. square wave voltammetry on glassy carbon electrode [14]. and ion selective potentiometry [15]. and potentiometric indications are the official technique for the determination of ibuprofen [1]. the direct determination of ibp with differential pulse polarographic mode by using of dme had not been reported so far. so this work aims to introduce and development of a new simple, rapid,sensitive and direct polarographic method for the analysis of ibuprofen in pure forms and commercial pharmaceutical formulations. 2.experimental 2.1 apparatus electrochemical measurements were done using a 797va computrace metrohm, herisau, switzerland polarographic analyzer. it was used with dme mode as an indicating electrode and ag/agcl as a reference electrode with pt wire as an auxiliary electrode. all experiments were achieved at 25°c.hanna model ph 211 ph-meter (romania) was used for ph measurements. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index article history: received 9 april 2019, accepted 23 june 2019, publish september 2019 doi: 10.30526/32.2.2138 dept. of chemistry, college of science, al-mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq dept. of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq dept. of chemistry, college of science, al-mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq hebayassen827@yahoo.com file:///e:/hebayassen827@yahoo.com file:///e:/hebayassen827@yahoo.com 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2.2 materials and reagents all experiments were achieved using analytical grade reagent, chemicals and solvents. deionized water was used for preparing the standard and samples. pure form ibuprofen standard material was obtained from the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi). the apifen tablet was obtained from local pharmacies. 0.1g of the ibu was used to prepare a standard solution (1000 μg.ml -1 ) by dissolving in 100ml volumetric flask with ethanol. working solutions were prepared by serial dilution with distilled water. one liter (1m) solutions of potassium chloride, lithium chloride, and potassium nitrate were prepared by dissolving 7.450g, 4.239g and 10.100g of the salts respectively in 100 ml of deionized water. phosphate buffer was prepared by dissolving 12 g of nah2po4 (0.1 mole) and 6.78 ml of h3po4 (0.1 mole) in distilled water [10]. on the other hand, to obtain ph ≈ 2 of britton-robinson buffer, 2.47 g of h3bo3, 2.3 ml of glacial ch3cooh and 2.7 ml of orthophosphoric acid were mixed and diluted to 1 liter with distilled water (0.04 m in each constituent).also the acetate buffer was prepared by mixing 1.68 g of c2h3nao2 with 1.12 ml of ch3cooh in 500 ml of distilled water, the mixture was then diluted to one liter with same solvent [16]. 2.3 general dpp procedure an aliquot volume of ibu samples was transferred to 20ml volumetric flasks, then 2 ml of 0.1m phosphate buffer at ph 4 was added with 0.5ml of kno3 (1m) as supporting electrolyte and diluted to the mark with deionized water. each sample was transferred to a polarographic cell and de-aired with high purity nitrogen for 300sec to remove oxygen then the differential pulse mode was used and the cathodic scans were carried out at following optimum conditions , scan rate 3 mv. s −1 ,voltage step time 2sec, voltage step 6mv, pulse time 0.04sec, pulse amplitude 100mv and equilibrium time 10 sec. 2.4 preparation of the calibration curve of ibuprofen a series of six standard solutions ranged between 5 -30 µg.ml -1 and were prepared by transfer volumes 1-6 ml of 100µg.ml -1 ibu the standard solution to 20 ml volumetric flask with 2 ml of 0.1m phosphate buffer at ph 4 and 2ml of 1m kno3 as supporting electrolyte, then diluted to the mark with deionized water. each standard solution was analyzed using the general dpp procedure, under the optimal conditions. a standard calibration graph was prepared between the measured id against the ibu concentration. 2.5 analysis of pharmaceutical preparations samples the content of 10 tablets was accurately weighed individually and ground into a fine powder then mixed well and the average weight was calculated. an amount of the powder equivalent 0.147 g, for ibu (apifen400mg) was accurately weighed and dissolved in a minimum volume of ethanol and stirred for 10 min to complete dissolution of the drug, then, solution transferred into 100 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with distilled water to get 1000 µg. ml -1 for ibu. the solutions were filtered using filter paper whatman no.41 to avoid any suspended or un-dissolved material before use. working solutions were freshly prepared and analyzed by the previously mentioned procedure. 3.results and discussion preliminary investigations typical differential pulse polarogram of 25μg.ml -1 ibu in phosphate buffer at ph = 4.0 is shown in figure 2. the polarograms shows a well-defined peak appeared at -1.17 v versus ag/agcl/sat kcl electrode. figure 2: ibu polarogram in phosphate buffer at ph=4. 3.1 optimization of the dpp method in this work dpp technique was applied for the analysis of ibu. the effect of experimental paramenters (via; the type and ph of buffer, type and concentration of supporting electrolyte, the effect of the solvent system, in addition to, insetrumental parameters such as pulse amplitude and the voltage step time) were studied. this study was accomplished via one variable at a time optimization in which one parameter is changed keeping the others unchenged. the optimum conditions represent both the highest peak current and the best peak shape. 3.2 effect of buffers and ph the differential-pulse polarogram of 25μg.ml -1 of ibu was investigated at different ph values ranged between 3 to 6. three buffer solutions including britton-robinson, phosphate, and acetate buffer were used. 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 the polarographic response of ibu has been appeared as a one distinguished reduction peak at −1.17v applied potential versus ag/agcl in 0.025m phosphate buffer at ph=4 as a best buffer solution. this peak shifted to more positive potential with increasing the value of ph, figure 3. figure 3: polarograms of ibu at different ph and different buffer solutions. 3.3 effect of supporting electrolytes the differential pulse polarograms of 25μg.ml -1 ibu were measured in three different supporting electrolytes (kcl, kno3, licl) with four different concentration of each one (0.025,0.05,0.1,0.15m). the maximum peak current (ip) was found in 0.025 m of kno3 as figure 4 shows that. figure 4: polarograms of 25μg.ml -1 ibu at different supporting electrolytes solutions. 3.4 effect of solvent the polarograms were recorded in three different solvents including water, ethanol, and methanol. it is clear that the behavior of polarograms was prominent in water medium. since it has a high current peak and best shape of peak compare with ethanol and methanol. 3.5effect of instrumental parameters 3.5.1 effect of pulse amplitude the effect of different values of pulse amplitude (viz.; 50, 60,80,100, 120,140, 160,180, and 200 mv) on the peak current was investigated. the results showed that the value of peak current was in direct proportion to the applied amplitude up to 100mv, then after the peak starts to broaden. therefore, an amplitude of 100mv was applied in the subsequent studies since it gave the best peak figure 5. 3.5.2 effect of drop time (voltage step time) peak current increased by increasing voltage step time at values (0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4 and 2.0 s), while ep remains quasi-static. the value of the preferred was 2 s, figure 6. 3.6 number of transferred electrons and actual e½ the real electrons number involved in a reversible/irreversible electrode procedure and the value of half-wave potential (e½) was calculated depending on the equation of heyrovsky–ilkovic, which shows that the produced wave due to the cathodic reduction of the drug is a reversible process at 25°c [17]. figure 5: effect of pulse amplitude on the on the peak current of 25μg.ml -1 ibu in ph 4 phosphate buffer. figure 6: effect of voltage step time on the peak current of 25μg.ml -1 ibu in ph 4 phosphate buffer, pulse amplitude (100) mv. 65 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 8: dpp polarograms of ibuprofen at (5,10,15,20,25,30) µg.ml -1 . the given equation ascribes the obvious relation between the value of and applied potential for a reversible/irrevrsible reaction. therefore , the real number of electrons involved in the process could be obtained by plotting the values of aganest the applied voltage (e) for a set group of drug concentrations. the processe assumed to be reversible when an exact number of electrons (n) is obtained, while incomplete number of n indicats irreversible process[18]. the actual peaks voltage ep calculated were -1.17v and two electrons were required for the reduction, figure 7. figure 7: the plot of the applied potential versus according to heyrovsky-ilkovic equation at 30µg.ml-1 of ibu. 3.7 analytical consideration and calibration graph under the optimum experimental conditions given in table 1, the planograms of different concentrations of the studied drug were recorded using a serial of diluted standard solutions of ibu in an aqueous phosphate buffer at ph = 4.0, figure 8. the constructed regression calibration curve for the relation of the measured polarographic peak current (na) against ibu concentration in the range (5-30) μg.ml -1 shows an excellent linear relationship (r= 0.9999), figure 9. table 1: the optimum parameters established for determination of ibu. condition value initial potential -1.5v final potential -0.8v pulse time 0.04sec buffer phosphate buffer ph 4 supporting electrolytes kno3 (0.025m) solvent water voltage step time 2sec pulse amplitude 100 mv voltage step 0.006v scan rate 0.003 v/s equilibrium time 10 sec initial purge time 300sec table 2: analytical numbers of merit of the ibu estimation using dpp methods. y = 0.1003x 1.1809 r² = 0.9299 -1.3 -1.26 -1.22 -1.18 -1.14 -1.1 -1.250 -0.750 -0.250 0.250 0.750 e ( v ) log( id-i)/i y = 11.716x 18.447 r² = 0.9999 0 100 200 300 400 0 10 20 30 c u rr e n t (n a ) ibu concentration µg.ml-1 value parameter -1.18 peak potential, ep (v) 530 range of concentrations (μg.ml -1 ) y=11.716x-18.447 regression equation (y = bx a) 0.9999 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9999 linearity (r 2 ) 11.716 slope (b) figure 9: the relation between peak current and concentration. 56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 the numerical estimate for the calibration graph exposed that the linear regression equations for the analyte are statistically suitable. the prediction based on the regression line is acceptable as listed in tables 2. this regression line is used to estimate the ibu concentrations in the selected sample which appear justified on a statistical basis. the values of detection limit (lod) and limit of quantification (loq) were determined by the standard deviation of the response, residual of standard deviation sy/x and the slope b of the calibration curve using the equations (a + 3sy/x) and (a + 10sy/x), respectively[19] . the results showed that the lod and loq found was 3.4 and 10.25 µg.ml -1 respectively. the precision and accuracy of the proposed method were established. triplicate measurements were carried out for each drug at two different concentrations within the linearity range for each drug. the obtained results indicated good and satisfied values of accuracy and precision of the recommended procedure at the studied concentration levels table 3. table 3: the precision and accuracy of the proposed method. drug initial conc. μg.ml -1 found conc. μg.ml -1 * absolute error %re %rsd ibu 10 9.9562 -0.0438 -0.4378 0.3740 25 25.1889 0.1889 0.7557 0.5176 *average of three measurements, n=3. the proposed dpp procedure was applied for the determination of ibu in commercial apifen tablet 400 mg and profinal oral suspension 100 mg/5ml. the pharmaceutical samples were treated and examined according to the recommended dpp procedure. the results showed that the actual amounts of the cited drug in commercial 400 mg apifen tablet, ranged between 406 to 412 mg, while its mount in the 100mg/5ml profinal oral suspension, ranged between 98.5 to 99 mg. these values are in good agreement with those values fixed on the original products. the results are presented in table 4. table 4: application of the suggested procedure for the determination of ibuprofen in pharmaceutical formulations. sample conc. (μg. ml -1 ) weight found (mg) recovery % rsd% taken found apifen-india tablet 400mg 20 20.6 412 103 0.75 20.3 406 101.5 20.4 408 102 profinal-julphar uae oral suspension (100 mg /5 ml) 20 19.8 99 99 0.29 19.8 99 99 19.7 98.5 98.5 4.conclusion base on the results, it is concluded that proposed method can be used successfully to determine the ibuprofen concentration in pure forms and pharmaceuticals preparations. the results show that the experimental and instrumental conditions have important role to obtain a welldefined polarographic wave of ibu inasmuch it affected by the ph of solution, nature of buffer, the type and concentration of supporting electrolyte, pulse amplitude and voltage step time .in addition to that, the relationship of peak potential and ph was roughly linear with peak potential shifting toward negative values with decreasing in ph. the proposed method with the optimized parameters demonstrated a good linear relationship between the peak current and the ibu concentration with a perfect value of correlation coefficient (r), this obeys ilkovic equation that means the wave diffusion is controlled. the applicability of the proposed procedure was tested using a commercial pharmaceutical formulation of ibu and the results are in good agreement with the labeled values. moreover, the advantages of the proposed 18.447 intercept (a) 1.05 standard deviation of regression line (sy/x) 0.98 standard deviation of intercept (sa) 0.05 standard deviation of slope (sb) 18.447±0.98 c.l. for the intercept (a ± tsa) at 95% 11.716±0.05 c.l. for the slope (b ± tsb) at 95% 3.40 limit of detectionlod, (μg.ml -1 ) 10.25 limit of quantitation loq, (μg.ml -1 ) 56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 procedure are direct, simple, sensitive, and fast in comparison with other analytical methods used for the determination of drugs, needs no extra time-consuming steps or sample pretreatment prior to analysis. 5. references 1. british pharmacopeia, vol i, london: her majesty's stationary office .2011.143-144. 2. halford, gayle, m.; lordkipanidzé, marie.; watson, s.p. 50th anniversary of the discovery of ibuprofen: an interview with dr stewart adams. platelets.2012, 23,6, 415-422, doi: 10.3109/09537104.2011.632032 3. jun, h.s.; kang, j.s.; park, j.s.; cho, c.w. simultaneous analysis of ibuprofen and pamabrom by hplc. journal of pharmaceutical investigation, 2015, 45,6,555-560, doi: 10.1007/s40005-0150203-2. 4. jahan, m.s.; islam, m.j.; begum, r.; kayesh, r.; rahman, a.a. study of method development, validation, and forced degradation for simultaneous quantification of paracetamol and ibuprofen in pharmaceutical dosage form by rp-hplc method. analytical chemistry insights.2014, 9, 75. doi:10.4137/aci.s18651. 5. radi, m.; ramli, y.; el karbane, m.; elalami, a.; karrouchi, k.; bekkali, a.; bakhous, k. optimization and validation of a method for determination of ibuprofen by hplc in different pharmaceutical forms :tablet, syrup, gel and suppository. journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research. 2014,6,8,301-304 6. yilmaz, b.; erdem a.f. determination of ibuprofen in human plasma and urine by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry, journal of aoac international.2014,97,2,415 .doi.org/10.5740/jaoacint.11-414. 7. qureshi, t.; memon, n.; memon, s.q.; shaikh, h. determination of ibuprofen drug in aqueous environmental samples by gas chromatography–mass spectrometry without derivatization. int. pub. am. j. mod. chroma.2014 , 1, 45-54. 8. mohamed, a.z.; ali, m.m. spectrophotometric study and determination of ibuprofen and lornoxicam drugs via their reaction with copper (ii) reagent and their biological activities j. pharm. appl. chem.2017, 3, 1, 75-82 .doi.org/10.18576/jpac/030110 9. el ragehy, n.a.; abdelkawy, m.; bayoumy, a. e. spectrophotometric determination of ibuprofen via its copper (ii) complex, analytical letters, 1994,27:11, 2127-2139. doi: 10.1080/00032719408007240. 10. snežana, s.m.; gordana, ž.m.; aleksandra, n.p.; biljana, b.a.; valentina, v.ž. quantitative analysis of ibuprofen in pharmaceuticals and human control serum using kinetic spectrophotometry, j. serb. chem. soc.2008, 73, 8–9, 879–890. doi: 10.2298/jsc0809879m 11. jasim, h.; abed, n. determination of ibuprpfen in aqueaus solutions and pharmacetical preparations by uv-vis spectrophotometric. al-nahrain journal of science. 2015, 18, 1-9. doi: 10.22401/jnus.18.2.01 12.simo, c.; gallardo, a.; san roman, j.; barbas, c.; cifuentes, a. fast and sensitive capillary electrophoresis method to quantitatively monitor ibuprofen enantiomers released from polymeric drug delivery systems, journal of chromatography .2002, b 767,35–43. doi.org/10.1016/s03784347(01)00533-3 13. apetrei, i.m.; bejinaru, a.a.; monica, b.; apetrei, c.; buzia, o.d. determination of ibuprofen based on screen-printed electrodes modified with carbon nanofibers. revista farmacia.2017, 65, 5790. 14. suresh, e.; sundaram, k.; kavitha, b.; rayappan, s.m.; kumar, n.s. simultaneous electrochemical determination of paracetamol and ibuprofen at the glassy carbon electrode. journal of advanced chemical sciences.2016, 2, 4,369-372. 15. al-bayati, y.k.; aljabari, f.i. construction of new ion selective electrodes for determination ibuprofen and their application in pharmaceutical samples. ijrpc.2015 , ,5,3, 380-389. 16. al-ghamdi, af. stripping voltammetric determination of timolol drug in pharmaceuticals and biological fluids. american journal of analytical chemistry.2011,2,02, 174 doi:10.4236/ajac.2011.22020. 17. al-ameri, sa.; al-waeli, nm. differential pulse polarographic study of amoxicillin and ciprofloxacin and its determination in pharmaceuticals. int j bioanal methods bioequival stud.2016, 3,1,47-54. doi: 10.19070/2470-4490-150006 18. al-ameri, sa.; al-ameri, bh. differential pulse polarography procedure for the estimation of deferoxamine in pharmaceuticals. chemical science, 2018 7.2: 272-281. doi: 10.7598/cst2018.1467 19. miller, j.n.; miller, j.c. statistics and chemometrics for analytical chemistry. pearson education limited. harlow, england.2005, 127. https://doi.org/10.3109/09537104.2011.632032 https://dx.doi.org/10.4137%2faci.s18651 https://doi.org/10.5740/jaoacint.11-414 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00032719408007240 http://anjs.edu.iq/index.php/anjs/article/view/323/265 http://anjs.edu.iq/index.php/anjs/article/view/323/265 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0378-4347(01)00533-3 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0378-4347(01)00533-3 119 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the galer kin -i mplicit methods for solving nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value proble m department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq abstract this paper is concerned with finding the approximation solution (apps) of a certain type of nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem (nolhybvp). the given bvp is written in its discrete (di) weak form (wef), and is proved that it has a unique apps, which is obtained via the mixed galerkin finite element method (gfe) with implicit method (mgfeim) that reduces the problem to solve the galerkin nonlinear algebraic system (gnas). in this part, the predictor and the corrector technique (pt and ct) are proved convergent and are used to transform the obtained gnas to linear (glas), then the glas is solved using the cholesky method (chme). the stability and the convergence of the method are studied. the results are given by figures and shown the efficiency and accuracy for the method. keywords: nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem, galekin finite element method, implicit method, convergence, stability. 1. introduction hyperbolic partial differential equations play a very important role as real life problems in many fields of sciences as in technology, fluid dynamics, optics, science and many others. in the past few decades, there have been many researchers interested in their study to solve boundary value problems in general and in particular nlhbve. many researchers have used different methods to solve the nlhbve, smiley studied in 1987, was used eigen function methods to solve problems of nonlinear hyperbolic value at resonance [1]. in 1989, chi, wiener, and shah used in the exponential growth of solutions of nonlinear hyperbolic equations [2], while in 2001 minamoto used the existence and demonstration of the uniqueness of solutions [3]. in 2004, krylovas, and čiegis, used the numerical asymptotic averaging for weakly nonlinear hyperbolic waves [4]. in 2018, ashyralyev and agirseven solved nlhbve with a time delay [5]. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2618 article history: received 21, april ,2020, accepted,23,june ,2020, published in april 2021 jamil a. ali al-hawasy jhawassy17@mustansiriyah.edu.iq nuha farhan mansour hawasy20@yahoo.com mailto:jhawassy17@mustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:hawasy20@yahoo.com 120 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the specific element method has been studied by several researchers interested in this field, for example, in 2010 bangerth and rannacher touched on galerkin's specific adaptation techniques for wave equation [6]. whereas, in 2017, al-haq and muhammad discussed numerical methods to solve lhybvp by difference method and the method of the specified elements [7]. in this paper, we are concerned the study of the apps of the nolhybvp. the given bvp is written in its wef, and in its discrete equation (di) type. it is proved to have unique apps. the apps is obtained via the mgfeim. the problem then reduces to solve the gnas, then the pt and ct are proved convergent and are used to transform the gnas to a glas. this glas is solved by using the chme. the stability and the convergence of the method are studied. a computer program is codding to find the numerical solution for the problem. the results are given by figures, and are shown the efficiency and accuracy for the method which is highly considered in this work. 2. description of the nolhybvp let 𝐼 = [0, t], with 0 < 𝑇 < ∞ , 𝜓 ⊂ ℝ2 be a bounded and open region with smooth boundary ∂𝜓 , 𝜑 = 𝜓 × 𝐼 , σ = 𝜕𝜓 × 𝐼 , then the nlhypvp is given by: 𝑤𝑡𝑡 − δ𝑤 + 𝑤 = ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤), in 𝜑 (1) 𝑤(�⃗�, 0) = 𝑤 0 (�⃗�), in 𝜓 (2) 𝑤𝑡 (�⃗�, 0) = 𝑤 1 (�⃗�), in 𝜓 (3) 𝑤(�⃗�, 𝑡) = 0 , on σ (4) where 𝑤 = 𝑤(�⃗�, 𝑡) ∈ 𝐻0 2(𝜓), , δ𝑤 = ∑ 𝜕2𝑤 𝜕𝑥𝑖 2 2 𝑖=1 and ℎ ∈ 𝐿 2(𝜓) is a given function. now, let 𝑉 = 𝐻0 1(𝜓)={ 𝜂:𝜂 ∈ 𝐻1(𝜓), 𝜂 = 0 on ∂𝜓}, 𝑤𝑡 = 𝑝, then the wefm of (1-4) is: ⟨ 𝑤𝑡𝑡 , 𝜂 ⟩ + (∇𝑤, ∇ 𝜂) + (𝑤, 𝜂) = (ℎ(𝑤) , 𝜂 ) , ∀ 𝜂 ∈ 𝑉 are on 𝐼, (5) (𝑤(0), 𝜂) = (𝑤 0, 𝜂) in 𝜓 , 𝑤 0∈ 𝑉 (6) (𝑝(0), 𝜂) = (𝑤1, 𝜂) in 𝜓 , 𝑤1 ∈ 𝐿2(𝜑) , (7) definition (1),[8]: a point 𝑠∗ ∈ 𝐷 ⊂ ℝ2 is called a fixed point of the function 𝑦 ∶ 𝐷 ⟶ ℝ2 , if 𝑦(𝑠∗) = 𝑠∗ . definition 2,[8]: a function 𝑦: 𝐷 ⊂ ℝ2 ⟶ ℝ2 is called contractive on 𝐷 if for each 𝑑1, 𝑑2 ∈ 𝐷: ‖𝑦(𝑑2) − 𝑦(𝑑1)‖ ≤ 𝑎‖𝑑2 − 𝑑1‖, where 𝑎 ∈ (0,1). theorem (3),[8]: a contractive function 𝑦 on a complete normed space 𝐷 has a unique fixed point 𝑠∗ in 𝐷. theorem (4),[9]: let {𝑣𝑛} be a bounded sequence in the space in 𝐿 ∞(𝜓). then, there exists a subsequence {𝑛′} and a function 𝑣0 ∈ 𝐿 ∞(𝜓) such that, in 𝐿∞(𝜓) then 𝑣𝑛′ ⟶ 𝑣0. 121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 assumptions 2.1: (i) let κ1 and κ2 be two positive constants such that the following are satisfied: a)⎹(∇μ1 , ∇μ2)⎸≤ κ1 ∥ ∇μ1 ∥1 ∥ ∇μ2 ∥1 , ∀ μ1 , μ2 ∈ 𝑉 b) (∇μ , ∇μ ) ≥ κ2 ∥ ∇μ ∥1 2 , ∀ μ∈ 𝑉 (ii) the function ℎ is defined on 𝜑 × ℝ , continuous with respect to 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 satisfies the following: a)|ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤)| ≤ 𝛽 (�⃗�, 𝑡) + 𝛿 |𝑤| where δ > 0, 𝑤 ∈ 𝜑 and 𝛽 ∈ 𝐿2(𝜑). b) |ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤1) − ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤2)| ≤ 𝐿|𝑤1 − 𝑤2|, where 𝐿 is a lipchitz constant and 𝑤1, 𝑤2 ∈ ℝ. 3. discretization of the continuous equation (coe): the wef of ((5)(7)) is discretized by using the gfeme , let 𝜑 be divided into sub regions 𝜑𝑖𝑗 = 𝜓𝑖 𝑛 × 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , let {𝜓𝑖 𝑛 }𝑖=1 𝑁(𝑛) be a triangulation of �̅� and {𝐼𝑗 𝑛}𝑗=0 be a subdivision of the interval 𝐼 ̅into 𝑌(n) intervals, then 𝐼𝑗 = 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 ≔ [𝑡𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑡𝑗+1 𝑛 ] has the same length ∆𝑡 = 𝑇 𝑌 , also, let 𝑉𝑛 ⊂ v = 𝐻0 1(𝜓) be the space of piecewise affine functions in 𝜓. now, the discrete equations (des), where ∀ 𝜂 ∈ 𝑉𝑛 are written as follows: ⟨𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 , 𝜂 ⟩ + δt (∇𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , ∇ 𝜂) + δt (𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , 𝜂) = δt (ℎ(𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ) , 𝜂) (8) 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 = δt 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 (9) (𝑤(0), 𝜂) = (𝑤 0, 𝜂) in 𝜓 (10) (𝑝(0), 𝜂) = (𝑤1, 𝜂) in 𝜓 (11) where, 𝑤 0 ∈ 𝑉, 𝑤1 ∈ 𝐿2(𝜓), and 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 = 𝑤 𝑛(𝑥, 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ), 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 = 𝑝 𝑛(�⃗� , 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) ∈ 𝑉𝑛 , ∀ 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑌 − 1. 4. the apps of the nlhybvp: to find the apps �̅� 𝑛 = (𝑤0 𝑛 , 𝑤1 𝑛 , … , 𝑤𝑌 𝑛 )for the des (8-11), the mgfeim is used through the following steps: (1) let { 𝜂𝑖 ∶ 𝑖 = 1,2, … . 𝑁, 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝜂𝑖 (�⃗�) = 0 , 𝑜𝑛 ∂𝜓 } be a basis of 𝑉𝑛, and by using the gfeme, let �̅� 𝑛 (�⃗� , 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) (with �̅�𝑡 𝑛(�⃗� , 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) = �̅�(�⃗� , 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ))be an apps of (8-11) such that �̅� 𝑛 (�⃗� , 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) = ∑ 𝑟𝑘 𝑗𝑁 𝑘=1 𝜂𝑖 and �̅� 𝑛(�⃗� , 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) = ∑ 𝑢𝑘 𝑗𝑁 𝑘=1 𝜂𝑖 ∀ 𝜂𝑖 ∈ 𝑉𝑛, where 𝑟𝑘 𝑗 = 𝑟𝑘 (𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) ,and 𝑢𝑘 𝑗 = 𝑢𝑘 (𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) are unknown constants ∀𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑌 − 1. (2) using the apps in (8-11) to get , ∀𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑌 − 1: (𝑀 + (δt)2𝑄 )𝑅𝑗+1 = 𝑀𝑅𝑗 + (δt) 𝑀𝑈𝑗 + (δt)2 �⃗⃗� (𝑡𝑗 𝑛 , �⃗� 𝑇 𝑅𝑗+1) (12) 𝑈𝑗+1 = 1 δt (𝑅𝑗+1 − 𝑅𝑗) (13) 𝑀𝑅0 = 𝑠0 (14) 𝑀𝑈0 = 𝑠1 (15) where, 𝑀 = (𝑚𝑖𝑘 )𝑁×𝑁 , 𝑚𝑖𝑘 = (𝜂𝑘 , 𝜂𝑖 ), 𝑄 = (𝑞𝑖𝑘 )𝑁×𝑁, 𝑞𝑖𝑘 = (∇𝜂𝑘 , ∇𝜂𝑖 ), �⃗⃗� = (𝐿𝑖 )𝑁×1 , 𝐿𝑖 = (ℎ( �⃗� 𝑇 𝑅𝑗+1), 𝜂𝑖 ) , 𝑅𝑁×1 𝑗 = (𝑟1 𝑗 , 𝑟2 𝑗 , … , 𝑟𝑁 𝑗 )𝑇 ,𝑈𝑁×1 𝑗 = (𝑢1 𝑗 , 𝑢2 𝑗 , … , 𝑢𝑁 𝑗 )𝑇, 𝑠0 = (𝑠𝑖 0)𝑁×1, 𝑠𝑖 0 = ( 𝑤 0, 𝜂𝑖 ), 𝑠 1 = (𝑠𝑖 1)𝑁×1 and 𝑠𝑖 1 = ( 𝑤1, 𝜂𝑖 ) , for each 𝑖 , 𝑘 = 1,2, … , 𝑁. 122 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 (3) system (12-15), is gnas and has a unique solution. to solve it, we find at first 𝑅0 and 𝑈0 from solving (14) and (15) respectively, then, the pt and the ct are utilized to solve (12) for each 𝑗( 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑌 − 1) as follows: in the pt we suppose 𝑅𝑗+1 = 𝑅𝑗 in the components of �⃗⃗� in the r.h.s of (12), then it turn to a glas, which is solved to get the predictor solution 𝑅𝑗+1, then in the ct we resolve (12) with setting �̅�𝑗+1 = 𝑅𝑗+1 (in the components of �⃗⃗� of the r.h.s of it) to get the corrector solution 𝑅𝑗+1, finally substituting 𝑅𝑗+1 in (13) to get 𝑈𝑗+1, we can repeat this procedure if we want more than one time. this reputation can be expressed as follows: (𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt) 2(∇𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , ∇𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt) 2 (𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝜂𝑖 ) = (𝑤𝑗 𝑛, 𝜂𝑖 ) + δt (𝑝𝑗 𝑛, 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt)2ℎ(𝑡𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) ) , 𝜂𝑖 ) (16) 𝑝 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) = (𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) −𝑤𝑗 𝑛) δt (17) equation (17) tells us the iterative method depending on just 𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) . thus, equation (16) is reformulated as 𝑤 (𝑙+1) = 𝛿(𝑤 (𝑙+1)) , where 𝑙 is the number of the iterations. and this led us to the following theorem. theorem (5): for any fixed point, the des (8)-(11), and for δ sufficiently small, has a unique solution 𝑤 𝑛 = (𝑤0 𝑛, 𝑤1 𝑛, … . . , 𝑤𝑁 𝑛) and the sequence of the corrector solutions converges on ℝ. proof: let 𝑤 (𝑙+1) = (𝑤0 (𝑙+1) , 𝑤1 (𝑙+1) , … . . , 𝑤𝑁 (𝑙+1) ) and 𝑤 (𝑙+1) = (𝑤0 (𝑙+1) , 𝑤1 (𝑙+1) , … . . , 𝑤𝑁 (𝑙+1) ) where 𝑤 (𝑙+1) and 𝑤 (𝑙+1) are solutions of equation (16). this means, (𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt) 2(∇𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , ∇ 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt) 2 (𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝜂𝑖 ) = (𝑤𝑗 𝑛, 𝜂𝑖 ) + δt (𝑝𝑗 𝑛, 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt)2 (ℎ(𝑡𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) ) , 𝜂𝑖 ) (18) and (𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt) 2(∇ 𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , ∇ 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt) 2 (𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝜂𝑖 ) = (𝑤𝑗 𝑛, 𝜂𝑖 ) + δt (𝑝𝑗 𝑛, 𝜂𝑖 ) + (δt)2(ℎ (𝑡𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙) ) , 𝜂𝑖 ) (19) subtracting )19) from (18) then setting 𝜂𝑖 = (𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) ) in the obtained equation , we get that (𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) ) + (δt)2(∇ 𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − ∇𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , ∇ 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − ∇𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) ) + (δt)2(𝑤 𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) , 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) ) = (δt)2(ℎ ( 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) ) − ℎ( 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) ), 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) ) (20) from assumptions 2.1 (ib) the 2𝑛𝑑 and 3𝑟𝑑 terms in the l.h.s of equation (20) are positive, and applying assumption 2.1 (iib) on ℎ in r.h.s of equation (20), and by using the cauchy schwarz inequality on this side, we get ‖𝛿 ( 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) ) − 𝛿( 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) ) ‖ 0 = ‖𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙+1) ‖ 0 ≤ 𝜆 ‖𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) − 𝑤𝑗+1 (𝑙) ‖ 0 (21) where 𝜆 = (δt)2𝐿 < 1, for sufficiently small δ𝑡. which implies that 𝛿 is contractive, also since { 𝑤 (𝑙)} ∈ ℝ ∀ 𝑙, that 𝛿(𝑤 (𝑙+1)) = 𝑤 (𝑙+1) ∈ ℝ ∀ 𝑙, 𝑖. 𝑒 𝛿(𝑤) ∈ ℝ , hence ,by theorem 3 the sequence { 𝑤 (𝑙)} converges to a point in ℝ. 123 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 5. stability: lemma (6): if δ is sufficiently small, then ∀ 𝑗 = 0,1, … , 𝑌 ‖𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 ≤ �̅�, ‖𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 ≤ �̅� , ∑ ‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2𝑌−1 𝑗=0 ≤ �̅� , and ∑ ‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2𝑌−1 𝑗=0 ≤ �̅� where �̅� refers to a various constants. proof: let 𝜂 = 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 substituting in equation (8), and rewriting the first term in the l.h.s of the obtained equation, we get ‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ‖0 2 − ‖ 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 + ‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 + δt (∇𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , ∇𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ) + δt (𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ) = δt (ℎ(𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ) , 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ) (22) since, 𝛥𝑡 [(∇𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , ∇𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ) + (𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 )] = 1 2 [ (∇𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − ∇𝑤𝑗 𝑛 , ∇𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − ∇𝑤𝑗 𝑛) + 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ) + (∇𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , ∇𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ) + (𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ) − (∇𝑤𝑗 𝑛 , ∇𝑤𝑗 𝑛) − (𝑤𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑤𝑗 𝑛) ] by substituting above equality in the l.h.s in equation (22), summing both sides of the obtained equality, for 𝑗 = 0 𝑡𝑜 𝑗 = 𝑙 − 1, then set c = max (1, 𝑘2 2 ), we get 𝑐‖ 𝑝𝑙 𝑛 ‖0 2 + 𝑐 ∑ ‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2𝑙−1 𝑗=0 + 𝑐‖𝑤𝑙 𝑛 ‖1 2 + 𝑐 ∑ ‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2𝑙−1 𝑗=0 ≤ ‖ 𝑝0 𝑛 ‖0 2 + 𝑘2 2 ‖ 𝑤𝑙 𝑛 ‖1 2 + ∑ 𝑙−1𝑗=0 δt (ℎ(𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ) , 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ) (23) now, using the assumptions on ℎ and then by the cauchy schwarz inequality, to get │(ℎ(𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ) , 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 )│ ≤ ‖ 𝛽𝑗 ‖0 2 + 𝛿‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ‖1 2 + 𝛿̅‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ‖0 2 , 𝛿̅ = 𝛿 + 1 (24) since ‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 ‖1 2 = 2‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 + 2‖ 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 (25) and ‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 ‖0 2 = 2‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 + 2‖ 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 (26) substituting (25) and (26) in inequality (23), and assume that 𝑑 = max(2𝛿, 2𝛿̅), to get 𝑐‖ 𝑝𝑙 𝑛 ‖0 2 + (𝑐 − 𝑑δt) ∑ ‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2𝑙−1 𝑗=0 + 𝑐‖𝑤𝑙 𝑛 ‖1 2 + (𝑐 − 𝑑δt) ∑ ‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2𝑙−1 𝑗=0 ≤ ‖ 𝑝0 𝑛 ‖0 2 + 𝑘2 2 ‖𝑤𝑙 𝑛 ‖1 2 + ‖𝛽‖𝑄 2 + 𝑑(δt) ∑ ‖𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 𝑙−1𝑗=0 + 𝑑(δt) ∑ ‖𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 .𝑙−1𝑗=0 (27) now, let ∆t < 𝑐 𝑑⁄ then the 2𝑛𝑑 and 4𝑡ℎ terms in the r.h.s of (27) are positives, by using the discrete gronwall’s (dgs) inequality [10], one obtains c(‖ 𝑝𝑙 𝑛 ‖0 2 + ‖ 𝑤𝑙 𝑛 ‖1 2) ≤ 𝑎𝑒 ∑ 𝑑(δt) 𝑙−1𝑗=0 = 𝑎𝑒𝑙𝑑(δt) ≤ 𝑏 , which gives that ‖ 𝑤𝑙 𝑛 ‖1 2 ≤ 𝑑1 = 𝑏 𝑐 , and ‖ 𝑝𝑙 𝑛 ‖0 2 ≤ 𝑑1, for any arbitrary index 𝑙. hence, ‖ 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 ≤ 𝑑1 and ‖ 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 ≤ 𝑑1, for each 𝑗 = 0,1, … . . , 𝑌 − 1. therefore (δt)𝑑 ∑ ‖𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 𝑌−1𝑗=0 + (δt)𝑑 ∑ ‖𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 𝑌−1𝑗=0 ≤ 2𝑑1 𝑑 δt y = 2ct = �̅� . we back to (27) substituting 𝑙 = 𝑌, the 1st and the 3rd term in the l.h.s are positives, then we use the above results in the r.h.s. of it , keeping in mind the first three terms in this side that are bounded (from the above steps), to obtain ∑ ‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 𝑌−1𝑗=0 ≤ �̅� (28a) ∑ ‖ 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 𝑌−1𝑗=0 ≤ �̅� (28b) 6. convergence: 124 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 the following definitions for the functions "almost everywhere on i " are useful in the proof of next theorem, so let 𝑤− 𝑛 (𝑡) ∶= 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑡 ∈ 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , ∀ 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌, 𝑤+ 𝑛 (𝑡) ∶= 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 , 𝑡 ∈ 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , ∀ 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌 − 1, 𝑝+ 𝑛 (𝑡) ∶= 𝑝𝑗+1 𝑛 , 𝑡 ∈ 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , ∀ 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌 − 1, 𝑝− 𝑛 (𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ) ∶= 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑡𝑗 𝑛 ∈ 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , ∀ 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌, also, let 𝑤^ 𝑛 (𝑡) ∶= 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 be an affine function on each 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , ∀ , 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌, and 𝑝^ 𝑛 (𝑡) ∶= 𝑝𝑗 𝑛 , be an affine function on each 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , ∀ , 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌. theorem (7): the discrete solutions 𝑤− 𝑛 (𝑡) , 𝑤+ 𝑛 (𝑡) , and 𝑤^ 𝑛 (𝑡) are converges strongly in 𝐿2(𝜑), where 𝑛 ⟶ ∞. proof: we start with using lemma (6) we have for any 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌 that ‖𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖1 2 ≤ �̅� and ‖𝑝𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 ≤ �̅�, then ‖𝑤− 𝑛 ‖ 𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉) 2 , ‖ 𝑤+ 𝑛 ‖ 𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉) 2 , ‖𝑤^ 𝑛 ‖ 𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉) 2 , ‖𝑝− 𝑛 ‖ 𝐿2(𝜑) 2 , ‖𝑝+ 𝑛 ‖ 𝐿2(𝜑) 2 , and ‖𝑝^ 𝑛‖ 𝐿2(𝜑) 2 are bounded. from (28a), we have δt ∑ ‖ 𝑤𝑗+1 𝑛 − 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 ‖0 2 𝑌−1𝑗=0 ≤ δt�̅� ⟶ 0, as δt ⟶ 0, gives �̅�+ 𝑛 ⟶ �̅�− 𝑛 strongly (st) in 𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉) and then in 𝐿2(𝜑). (29a) by the same way from (28b), we get that , 𝑝+ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑝− 𝑛 st in 𝐿2(𝜑) (29b) then by theorem 3, there exist subsequences of {𝑤− 𝑛 }, {𝑤+ 𝑛}, {𝑤^ 𝑛 }), and of ({𝑝− 𝑛 }, {𝑝+ 𝑛}, {𝑝^ 𝑛 },) use again the same notations which converge weakly to some 𝑤 in 𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉), to some 𝑝 in 𝐿2(𝜑), i.e. 𝑤− 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤 , 𝑤+ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤, 𝑤^ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤 weakly in 𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉) 𝑝− 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑝 , 𝑝+ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑝, 𝑝^ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑝 weakly in 𝐿2(𝜑), n this point the first compactness theorem[9] is used , to get that 𝑤^ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤 st in 𝐿2(𝜑),then 𝑤+ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤 and 𝑤− 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤 st in 𝐿2(𝜑). now, let {𝑉𝑛 }𝑛=1 ∞ be a sequence of subspaces of 𝑉, where 𝑉𝑛 is as defined above. then by using the galerkin approach, for each 𝜂 ∈ 𝑉, there exists a sequence {𝜂𝑛 }, with 𝜂𝑛 ∈ 𝑉𝑛 for each 𝑛, such that 𝜂𝑛 ⟶ 𝜂 st in 𝐿 2(𝜑). consider that 𝜉(𝑡) ∈ 𝐶2[0, 𝑇], for which 𝜉(𝑇) = 𝜉′(𝑇) = 0 and 𝜉(0) = 𝜉′(0) ≠ 0 , let 𝜉𝑛(𝑡) continuous piecewise(cp) interpolation of 𝜉(𝑡) with respect to 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , and let 𝜁 = 𝜂 𝜉(𝑡), with 𝜁𝑛 = 𝜂𝑛 𝜉 𝑛 (𝑡), with 𝜁− 𝑛 ∶= 𝜂𝑛 𝜉− 𝑛(𝑡) , 𝑡 ∈ 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌 − 1 , 𝜂𝑛 ∈ 𝑉𝑛 , 𝜁+ 𝑛 ∶= 𝜂𝑛 𝜉+ 𝑛(𝑡), 𝑡 ∈ 𝐼𝑗 𝑛 , 𝑗 = 0,1, … . , 𝑌 − 1 , 𝜂𝑛 ∈ 𝑉𝑛 , 𝜁^ 𝑛 ∶= 𝜂𝑛 𝜉 𝑛(𝑡), 𝑡 ∈ 𝐼 , 𝜂𝑛 ∈ 𝑉𝑛 , setting 𝜂 = 𝜁𝑗+1 𝑛 in equation (8), and summing both sides of the obtained equation for 𝑗 = 0, to 𝑗 = 𝑌 − 1 , then using discrete integrating by parts (dibp) for the 1st term in the l.h.s., once can get that 125 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 − ∫ (𝑝− 𝑛 , (𝜁^ 𝑛 𝑇 0 )′) 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ [( 𝑇 0 ∇ 𝑤+ 𝑛 , ∇ 𝜁+ 𝑛 ) + ( 𝑤+ 𝑛 , 𝜁+ 𝑛 )] 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 ℎ(𝑡− 𝑛 , 𝑤+ 𝑛 ), 𝜁+ 𝑛 ) 𝑑𝑡 + (𝑝0 𝑛 , 𝜂𝑛 ) 𝜉(0) (30) on the other hand, from (9), once has ((𝑤^ 𝑛 )′, 𝜂𝑛 )(𝜉 𝑛)′ = (𝑝+ 𝑛 , 𝜂𝑛 )(𝜉 𝑛)′ integrating both sides on [0, 𝑇], then using debp for the 1st term in the l.h.s., to obtain − ∫ (𝑤+ 𝑛 𝑇 0 , 𝜂𝑛 ) (𝜉 𝑛(𝑡))′′𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑝+ 𝑛 𝑇 0 , 𝜂𝑛 )(𝜉 𝑛)′𝑑𝑡 + (𝑤0 𝑛 , 𝜂𝑛 )(𝜉 𝑛(0))′ (31) now, since 𝜉𝑛(𝑡) ⟶ 𝜉(𝑡) in 𝐶(𝐼) ⊂ 𝐿2(𝐼), 𝜂𝑛 ⟶ 𝜂 st in 𝐿 2(𝐼, 𝑉) and in 𝐿2(𝜓), then, we have 𝜁+ 𝑛 = 𝜂𝑛 𝜉+ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝜂 𝜉 = 𝜁 st in 𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉) and in 𝐿2(𝜑), 𝜂𝑛 𝜉 𝑛(0) ⟶ 𝜂 𝜉(0) st in 𝐿2(𝜑), (𝜁^ 𝑛 )′ = 𝜂𝑛 𝜉 ′𝑛 ⟶ 𝜂 𝜉′ = 𝜂𝜁′ st in 𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉). and since , 𝑡− 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑡 st in 𝐿∞(𝐼), 𝑤+ 𝑛 , 𝑤− 𝑛, 𝑤^ 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤 st in 𝐿2(𝜑), 𝑤0 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤 0 st in 𝑉 and 𝑝0 𝑛 ⟶ 𝑤1 st in 𝐿2(𝜓). now, from assumptions ℎ, and the above convergences, one can passage to the limit in (30) and in (31), to obtain − ∫ (𝑝 𝑇 0 , 𝜂) 𝜉′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ [(∇𝑤 𝑇 0 , ∇𝜂) + (𝑤 , 𝜂)] 𝜉 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 ℎ(𝑡, 𝑤), 𝜂) 𝜉 𝑑𝑡 + (𝑤1, 𝜂) 𝜉(0) (32) and − ∫ (𝑤 𝑇 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′′(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑝 𝑇 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑤 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′(0) (33) the following cases appear: case (1) : consider 𝜉(𝑡) ∈ 𝐶2[0, 𝑇], such that 𝜉(𝑇) = 𝜉′(𝑇) = 𝜉(0) = 𝜉′(0) = 0, by setting 𝜉′(0) = 0 in equation (32) and 𝜉(0) = 0 in (33), then we use ibp for the 1st term of each one of the obtained equation, one gets respectively ∫ (𝑤𝑡 𝑇 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑝 𝑇 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 ⟹ 𝑤𝑡 = 𝑝 , ∫ (𝑤𝑡𝑡 𝑇 0 , 𝜂) 𝜉 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ [(∇𝑤 𝑇 0 , ∇𝜂) + (𝑤 , 𝑣)] 𝜉 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 ℎ(𝑡, 𝑤), 𝜂)𝜉 𝑑𝑡, (34) thus (𝑤𝑡𝑡 , 𝜂) + (∇w, ∇𝜂) + (𝑤 , 𝜂) = (ℎ(𝑡, 𝑤), 𝜂) , 𝜂 ∈ 𝑉 a. e. on 𝐼. case (2) : consider 𝜉(𝑡) ∈ 𝐷[0, 𝑇], 𝜉(0) ≠ 0, 𝜉(𝑇) = 0 and use ibp the first term in the l.h.s of (34), once get that − ∫ (𝑤𝑡 𝑇 0 , 𝜂) 𝜉′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ [(∇𝑤 𝑇 0 , ∇𝜂) + (𝑤 , 𝜂)] 𝜉 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 ℎ(𝑡, 𝑤), 𝜂)𝜉 𝑑𝑡 + 𝑤𝑡 (0), 𝜂)𝜉(0) (35) setting 𝑝 = 𝑤𝑡 in (32), subtracting the resulting equation from (35), to get (𝑤𝑡 (0) , 𝜂)𝜉(0) = (𝑤 1, 𝜂)𝜉(0) ⟹ (𝑤𝑡 (0) , 𝜂) = (𝑤 1, 𝜂) , for each 𝜂 then 𝑤𝑡 (0) = 𝑤 1(0). case (3): consider 𝜉(𝑡) ∈ 𝐷[0, 𝑇], with 𝜉′(0) ≠ 0, 𝜉(0) = 0, and 𝜉(𝑇) = 𝜉′(𝑇) = 0. using twice the ibp for the 1st term in the l.h.s. of (34), to obtain ∫ (𝑤 𝑇 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ [(∇𝑤 𝑇 0 , ∇𝜂) + (𝑤 , 𝜂)]𝜉 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ ( 𝑇 0 ℎ(𝑡, 𝑤), 𝜂)𝜉 𝑑𝑡 − (𝑤(0), 𝜂)𝜉′(0) (36) rewritten (33), in the following form − ∫ (𝑝 𝑇 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ (𝑤 𝑇 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑤 0 , 𝜂)𝜉′(0) (37) 126 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 substituting (37) in (32), and using 𝜉(0) = 0, then subtracting the resulting equation from (36) to get (𝑤(0) , 𝜂)𝜉′(0) = (𝑤 0, 𝜂)𝜉′(0) ⟹ (𝑤(0) , 𝜂) = (𝑤 0, 𝜂) for each 𝜂 , then 𝑤(0) = 𝑤 0(0) , thus limit point 𝑤 is a solution to the wef for the coe. 7. cholesky factorization cholesky method is used using to solve glas with conditions that the coefficient matrix 𝐴 must be a symmetric and positive definite. in this method the matrix 𝐴 can be factorized into the product of an upper triangular matrix 𝐿 and lower triangular matrix 𝐿𝑇 [11], and 𝐿 calculates as follows: 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑙𝑖𝑖 = (𝑎𝑖𝑖 − ∑ 𝑙𝑘𝑖 2 𝑖−1 𝑘=1 ) 1 2 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑗 = 𝑖 + 1, … , 𝑛. 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑙𝑖𝑗 = ( 𝑎𝑖𝑗 − ∑ 𝑙𝑘𝑖 𝑖−1 𝑘=1 𝑙𝑘𝑗 ) / 𝑙𝑖𝑖 8. numerical examples: the problems in the following examples are coded by mat lap soft. example 1: consider the following nlhbvp: 𝑤𝑡𝑡 − δ 𝑤 + 𝑤 = ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤), �⃗� = (𝑥, 𝑦) , 𝜑 = 𝜓 × 𝐼 , 𝜓 = (0,1) × (0,1), 𝐼 = [0,1] 𝑤(�⃗�, 0) = 𝑥𝑦(1 − 𝑥)(1 − 𝑦), in 𝜓 𝑤𝑡 (�⃗�, 0) = 𝑤 1 (�⃗�) , in 𝜓 𝑤(�⃗�, 𝑡) = 0 , on ∑ = 𝜕𝜓 × 𝐼 where ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤) = 1 2 (𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑥2 + 𝑥2𝑦2)√𝑐𝑜𝑠2 [1 − 2sin(𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑥2 + 𝑥2𝑦2)√𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 ] + 2(𝑦 + 𝑥 − 𝑦2 − 𝑥2)√𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 + (𝑥𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥2𝑦2) 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑡 4 √cos (𝑡) 3 ⁄ + 𝑤 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑤 and the exact solution (exs)of the problem is 𝑤(�⃗�, 𝑡) = 𝑥𝑦(1 − 𝑥)(1 − 𝑦)√cos (𝑡) . the mgfeim is utilized to solve this problem with = 9 , 𝑌 = 20 and 𝑇 = 1, the results are shown in figure 1. (a) the apps , and figure 1.(b) shown the exs at �̂� = 0.5. figure1. (a) shows the aps and (b) shows the exs example 2: consider the following nlhybvp : 𝑤𝑡𝑡 − δ 𝑤 + 𝑤 = ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤) where �⃗� = (𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑤(�⃗�, 0) = (𝑥 − 1)(1 − 𝑦) sin(𝑥𝑦) in 𝜓 127 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝑤𝑡 (�⃗�, 0) = 𝑤 1 (�⃗�) , in 𝜓 𝑤(�⃗�, 𝑡) = 0 , on ∑ = 𝜕𝜓 × 𝐼 ℎ(�⃗�, 𝑡, 𝑤) = 2(𝑦 − 𝑥 − 𝑦2 + 𝑥2)√𝑒𝑡 2 cos(𝑥𝑦) + (1 − 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 𝑥𝑦)√𝑒𝑡 2 sin(xy) [𝑥2 + 𝑦2 − sin ((1 − 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 𝑥𝑦)√𝑒𝑡 2 sin(xy))] + 𝑤 sin (𝑤). and the exs is 𝑤(�⃗�, 𝑡) = (𝑥 − 1)(1 − 𝑦)√𝑒𝑡 2 sin(𝑥𝑦) . the mgfeim is utilized to solve this problem with = 9 , 𝑌 = 20 and 𝑇 = 1, the results are shown in figure 2. (a) the apps , and figure 2.(b) shown the exs at �̂� = 0.5. figure2. (a) shows the aps and (b) shows the exs 9. conclusions the mgfeim is used successfully to solve the di of the wef of a certain type of nolhybvp. the existence theorem of a unique convergent app is proved. the convergent of the pt and ct which are used to solve the gnas that is obtained from applying the mgfeim, is proved and the chme which is used inside these technique is highly efficient for solving large gas. the di of the wef is proved itis stable and convergent. the results are given by figures and show the efficiency and accuracy for the method. references 1. smiley, m. w. eigenfunction methods and nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problems at resonance. journal of mathematical analysis and applications .1987, 122(1), 129-151. 2. chi, h.; poorkarimi, h.; wiener, j; shah, s. m. on the exponential growth of solutions to non-linear hyperbolic equations. international journal of mathematics and mathematical sciences.1989,12(3),539-545,https://doi.org/10.1155/s0161171289000670. 3. minamoto, t. numerical existence and uniqueness proof for solutions of nonlinear hyperbolic equations. journal of computational and applied mathematics 2001, 135(1), 7990. 4. krylovas, a.; čiegis, r. a review of numerical asymptotic averaging for weakly nonlinear hyperbolic waves. mathematical modelling and analysis 2004, 9(3), 209-222. doi:10.1080/13926292.2004.9637254. 5. ashyralyev, a.; agirseven, d. bounded solutions of nonlinear hyperbolic equations with time delay. electron. j. differential equations 2018[internet], 2018(21), 1-15, available from: http://ejde.math.txstate.edu . 6. bangerth, w.; geiger, m.; rannacher, r.; adaptive galerkin finite element methods for the wave equation. computational methods in applied mathematics 2010, 10(1), 3-48. doi: 10.2478/cmam-2010-0001. 128 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 7. al-haq, a. a. j. m. numerical methods for solving hyperbolic type problems. m.sc. thesis. an-najah national university, nablus. 2017. 8. al-hawasy,j. a.; jawad, m. a. the approximation solution of a nonlinear parabolic boundary value problem via galerkin finite elements method with crank-nicolson. ihjpas. 2018, 31(3), 126-134, https://doi.org/10.30526/31.3.2002. 9. al-hawasy, j. a.; jasim, d. k. the continuous classical optimal control problems for triple elliptic partial differential equations. ihjpas. 2020, 33(1), 143-151, doi: 10.30526/33.1.2380. 10. holte, j. m. discrete gronwall lemma and applications. in maa-ncs meeting at the university of north dakota 2009, 24,1-7. 11. chen, j.; jin. z.; shi. q.; qiu. j.; liu. w.. block algorithm and its implementation for cholesky factorization. iccgi (2013): the eighth international multi-conference on computing in the global information technology china iccgi20013.232-236. isbn: 978 1-61208-283-7. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees biology | 1 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 assessment of risk factors for myocardial infraction in sample of patients attending in coronary care unit ward in al-zahra hospital-karbala city muna abdul kadhum zeidan dept. of community health / college of health and medical technology/ middle technology university shatha ahmed m.a al-mansur medical institute / middle technology university makki hasan kadhum diyaa aldeen al-khateeb dept. of community health / college of health and medical technology/ middle technology university received in :22 /november /2016 ,accepted in : 19 /march/ 2017 abstract the objective of the present study is to determine the rate of myocardial infarction among sample patients attending in ccu medical ward in al-zahra hospital and to identify factors associated with the myocardial infarction (age, gender, residence, occupation and educational level ), family history (hypertension…..etc. a case control study conducted in karbala city / al-zahra hospital /medical ward /ccu for cardio pulmonary care unit.. sampling was (non probability convenient ) the study was included 100 cases and 100 controls.. the study was started from 15 th july 2015 to the 20 th october 2015. data was collected by questionnaire to obtain sociodemo graphic information. the result shows that mean age of the subjects was 49.02± 8.3 years, and the 23.5% were free profession ; about (24.5%) of patient with myocardial infarction were smokers. analyses of results by (chisquare test ) show that (unemployment, low educational level, family history for hypertension, overweight, chronic diseases: there is a high significant association between hypertension and myocardial infarction, smoking and lipid profile ) were significant factors associated with myocardial in fraction . conclusions this study showed the rate of myocardial infraction was 12.5 % among age group (51-60) year, factors that were associated with higher rate of myocardial infraction were unemployment, low educational level, family history for hypertension, overweight and chronic diseases: there is a high significant association between hypertension and myocardial infarction, smoking and lipid profile. . key words: myocardial, infraction , factors, karbala biology | 2 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction myocardial infarction (mi) or a cute myocardial infarction (ami), commonly known as heart attack, occurs when blood flow stops to a part of the heart causing damage to the heart muscle. the most common symptom is chest pain or discomfort, which may travel into the shoulder, arm, back, neck, or jaw. often it's in the center or left side of the chest and lasts for more than a few minutes. the discomfort may occasionally feel like heart burn. other symptoms may include shortness, nausea, feeling faint, a cold, or feeling tired[1]. about 30% of people have atypical symptoms, [2]with women more likely than men to present atypically. in iraq the risk of death in those who have had an segment elevation myocardial infarction is about 10%. rates of myocardial infarction for a given age have decreased globally between 1990 and 2010. about one million people have an myocardial infarction each year in the united states. . among those over 75 years old, about 5% have had an myocardial infarction with little or no history of symptoms. a myocardial infarction may cause heart failure, an irregular heart beat, or cardiac arrest.[2] most mis occur due to disease. risk factors include high blood pressure, smoking, diabetes, lack of e exercise, obesity, high blood cholesterol, poor diet, and excessive alcohol in take, among others. the mechanism of an mi often involves the rupture of an atherosclerotic plaque, leading to complete blockage of a coronary .mis are less commonly caused by coronary, which may be due to cocaine, significant emotional stress, and extreme cold, among others. a number of tests are useful to help with diagnosis, including electrocardiograms , blood tests, and coronary [3]. aspirin is an appropriate immediate treatment for a suspected myocardial infarction. supple mental oxygen should be used in those with low oxygen levels or shortness of breath . people who have a non-st elevation myocardial infarction are often managed with the blood thinner , with the additional use angioplasty in those at high risk [4]. in people with blockages of multiple coronary arteries and diabetes, by pass surgery (coronary artery bypass grafting) maybe recommended rather than angioplasty. after an myocardial infarction, life style modifications, along with long-term treatment with aspirin, beta-blockers, and stating, are typically recommended [5] . the aim of this study is to determine the rate of myocardial infarction among patients attending in ccu medical ward in al-zahraa hospital & to identify factors associated with the myocardial infarction mi (age, gender, residence, occupation and educational level ), family history (hypertension) . methods a case control study design was used. the study was conducted in karbala city / alzahra hospital /medical ward /ccu for cardiopulmonary care unit.the patients were selected (none probability convenient sampling), subjects in this study included all patient (cases) of myocardial infarction admitted to the al-zahraa hospital /medical ward /ccu for cardiopulmonary care unit and their control. study included 100 cases and 100 controls. the study has started from 15 th july 2015 to the 20 th october 2015. the data were collected by direct interview using special questionnaire .information were included socio-demographic data (age, education and occupation), family history (hypertension, diabetes mellitus) , body mass index, smoking behavior, lipid profile, ……..ect criteria for the selections of cases and controls 1) inclusion criteria for cases : -the entire patients who were diagnosed by the electrocardiograph, serum troponin, clinical signs & symptoms (sever chest pain, sweating, vomiting and dyspnea) as myocardial infarction. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/blood_flow https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/heart_muscle https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/heart_muscle https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chest_pain https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/heartburn https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/presyncope https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/fatigue_(medical) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/fatigue_(medical) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myocardial_infarction#cite_note-hlb2014-1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/heart_failure https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/cardiac_arrhythmia https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/cardiac_arrest https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myocardial_infarction#cite_note-hlb2013mi-5 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hypertension https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/diabetes_mellitus https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hypercholesterolaemia https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/alcohol https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/atherosclerosis https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/atherosclerosis https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/takotsubo_cardiomyopathy https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myocardial_infarction#cite_note-hlb2013d-11 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/aspirin https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/oxygen_therapy https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/oxygen_therapy https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/heparin https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myocardial_infarction#cite_note-oc2010-12 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/coronary_artery_bypass_surgery https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/beta_blockers https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/statin https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myocardial_infarction#cite_note-europe2012-2 biology | 3 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 all age groups and both gender. for controls -age, gender are matched. -do not have myocardial infarction and other type of heart diseases. 2) exclusion criteria for cases: patient who live outside karbala. cigarette – smoking : consists of three groups : (a) nơn – smoker ( did not smoke through out the pregnancy) ; (b) smoker ; (c) and passive smoker ( had a house hold member who smoked ten cigarettes per day) [6]. lipid profile can be divided into [7] : normal value 60 to 130 mg/ dl low density lipoprotein greater than 40 mg/ dl high density lipoprotein less than 200 mg/ dl cholesterol 10 to 150 mg/ dl triglycerides statistical analysis: data was analyzed by spss package version 18, x 2 test was used for significance of association (p – value of < 0. 05 was considered significant) . results table (1) shows that higher parentage (12.5%) of patients was in the age group (51-60) years, and the higher percentage (12.5%) of control was in the age group (41-50) years. the total number of cases was (100, 50.0 %), the number of males was (69, 34.5 %) and the number of females was (31,15.5 %), while the total number of controls was (100, 50.0 %) the number of males was (66, 33.0 %) and the number of females also (34,17.0 %) were shown in table (2). table (3) shows that higher percentage of cases that residence with urban is (70 , 35.0 %), and higher percentage of control that residence with urban is ( 71, 35.5 %), and higher percentage of occupation of the sample in this study was free profession (16.0 %) in s ample with myocardial infarction group and ( 1.5 %) in sample without myocardial infarction significant association (p-value <0.05) , the read and write rate was higher among the sample with myocardial infarction (4.5% vs. 15% ) compared to control . the family history of patients with hypertension (26.5% vs. 23.5 %) compared to control show in table (4). table (5) shows that body mass index of cases was higher among sample with overweight (23.5% vs. 21.5 %) compared to control. the chronic disease of hypertension higher among sample with myocardial infarction (26.5 %) while in controls was (18.5). the percentage of cases with dm among sample with myocardial infarction was (20.0%) while controls was (11.0%), the percentage of cases with kidney disease among sample with mi was (10.0%) while controls was (6.0%). the percentage of cases with thyrotoxicosis among sample with myocardial infarction was (3.5%), while controls was (4.2%) shown in table (6). table (7) showed that association of myocardial infarction and smoking behavior in this study showed that the percentage of smoker was (24.5 %) in the people with myocardial infarction and about (36 %) in people without myocardial infarction the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (4.1874) times in the people with passive smokers. and the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (4.152) times in the people duration of smoking (30 -40) years, and increased (12.078) times in the people with number of cigarettes more than (60) per day. the association of mi and lipid profile in this study shows that the percentage of normal " high density lipoprotein " was (31.0 %) in the people with myocardial infarction and about (40 %) in people without mi the risk of mi significantly increased (0.352) times in the people with low " high density lipoprotein ". the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (1.5455) times in the people with higher" ldl" https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myocardial_infarction#cite_note-hlb2014-1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myocardial_infarction#cite_note-hlb2014-1 biology | 4 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 lipid profile, and the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (3.9516) times in the people with higher cholesterol, the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (1.444) times in the people with higher triglycerides were shown in table (8). discussion myocardial infarction, commonly known as a heart attack, is the irreversible necrosis of heart muscle secondary to prolonged ischemia. this usually results from an imbalance in oxygen supply and demand, which is most often caused by plaque rupture with thrombus formation in a coronary vessel, resulting in an acute reduction of blood supply to a portion of the myocardium. [8] . in this study, most of the patients in both study group belong to the age (51-60) years (12.5 %). the finding of the present study is agreement with finding reported in usa . [9] increasing prevalence of myocardial infarction with age the cases of myocardial infarction with age group (41-50) is ranging (17.28%), and the control age group (51-60)is ranging (22.43%) this may cause contrast in time and place of the studies [9] . this study showed that about (34.5%) of the studied group were males while the females were (15.5 %),the risk of males infecting with myocardial infarction was (1.14) more than females, ,similar finding is reported by the european society of cardiology [10]. because supporting the aspect that women are protected from myocardial infraction due to the presence of cardio protective estrogens[11]. this study is the highest percentage of cases that residence with urban is (35.0%), and higher percentage of occupation among sample with free profession (16.0%), and the literacy status was higher among (12.5%),these result that occur have similar finding which is reported by india[11], the residence with urban is (37.45 %), occupation is middle socioeconomic status was (17.6 %), and lower educational level was (46.33%). this may be explained contrast in time and place . regarding family history of myocardial infarction was higher among patient with myocardial infarction (26.5%) compared to control group (23.5%) with significant is reported by in india [12] patients were (33.45 %), and in control were (9.55%), (95%,ci 2.99-7.89) (or=4.75), a possible explanation for this may be due to the aggregation effect of heredity may originate from the here dietary transfer of hypercholesterolemia, hypertension and diabetes [13] . this study found association between overweight with p-value < 0.05 similar finding is reported by in middle east and north africa [14], a possible explanation for they may be due to weight increase is associated with bad lifestyle in both men and women. in this study, the percentage of cases with hypertension was (26.5 %), the risk of myocardial infarction of individual with hypertension is(1.92) more than individual without hypertension ,probably due to ventricular hypertrophy associated with high blood pressure [15]. in this study, the percentage of cases with diabetes mellitus was (20.0%), the risk of myocardial infarction of individual with diabetes mellitus is (2.3636) more than individual without diabetes mellitus, and this may be explained by diabetes mellitus damages blood vessels including the coronary arteries of the heart. in this study, the percentage of cases with kidney , disease was (10.0 %), the risk ơf myocardial infarction of individual with kidney disease is(1.833) more than individual without kidney disease, similar finding is reported by ( south africa) , [13] . this study, shows that the percentage of never smoker was (14.5 %) in the people with myocardial infarction and passive smoker about (11.0 %),and the people were smokers about (24.5%) the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (4.1874) times in the people with passive smokers. this is similar to study done by south korea) [15] (40%) of the patients attempted smoking; (13.5%) of them passive smoking while (26%) of the patients overall had never smoking. from the multivariate logistic analysis including smoking patterns and clinical characteristics, the severity of coronary artery disease was the only in dependent predictor for smoking cessation (relative risk (rr): 1.230; p = 0.022). this maybe because smoking biology | 5 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 increases the risk of an initial cardiac event and doubles the rate of subsequent infarction and death [16] . this study shows the association of myocardial infarction and lipid profile in this study shows that the percentage of normal " high density lipoprotein " w ere (31.0 %) in the people with mi and about (40 %) in people without myocardial infarction the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (0.352) times in people with low " high density lipoprotein ", the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (1.5455) times in people with higher " low density lipoprotein " lipid profile , and the risk of myocardial infarction significantly increased (3.9516) times in the people with higher cholesterol, the risk of myocardial infarction was significantly increased (1.444) times in people with higher triglycerides. this is similar to study done by south korea[15] , may be explained by the higher level of blood cholesterol, the greater the risk of heart disease or heart attacks[16] . conclusions the results of the present study was indicated that rate of myocardial infarction was higher in male than female. factors that were associated with myocardial infarction were residence: in urban, unemployment, low educational level, family history for hypertension, overweight ,and chronic diseases: there is a high significant association between hypertension and myocardial infarction, smoking and lipid profile. references 1. tatum jl, jesse rl and kontos mc., (2014). comprehensive strategy for the evaluation and triage of the chest pain patient. journal of atherosclerosis and thrombosis 21,s3,s4. 2. ornato jp.(2015). chest pain emergency centers: improving acute myocardial infarction care. clin.cardiol. international journal of applied research. 4, 29-38. 3. gibler wb.(2015). evaluation of chest pain in the emergency department. ann intern bio med. 1, 2966-2972. 4. cannon cp, hand mh, bahr r,. (2012). critical pathways for management of patients with acute coronary syndromes: an assessment by the national heart attack alert program. am heart j.indian j med.,134(1),26-32. 5. bassan r, pimenta l and scofano m,. (2004). probability stratification and systematic diagnostic approach for chest pain patients in the emergency department. european heart journal,25,409-415. 6. fenercioğlu ak, yıldırım g, karatekin g, g ِ ker n. (2009).the relationship of gestational smoking with pregnancy complications and sociodemographic characteristics of mothers. j turkish-german gynecol assoc; 10: 148-51. 7. the national cholesterol education program(2001). ann international.(3):239-41. 8. herzog e, saint-jacques h and rozanski a. (2013). the pain pathway as a tool to bridge the gap between evidence and management of acute coronary syndrome. critpathwcardiol. 9. roe mt, harrington ra and prosper dm,. (2015). clinical and therapeutic profile of patients presenting with acute coronary syndromes who do not have significant coronary artery disease.the platelet glycoprotein iib/iiia in unstable angina: receptor suppression using integrilin therapy (pursuit) trial investigators. circulation. 10. marcus f.i., friday k.and mc cans j. (2014). age-related prognosis after acute myocardial infaction (the multicenter diltiazem post infarction trial). am j cordial. 65. 11. roeters van jennep je.,westerveld htand erkelens dw. (2002).risk factors for coronary heart disease: implication of genger. cardio vas res.journal of cardiovascular risk:9(1) :7182. . 12. mhajan bk and gupta mc. (2014).text book of preventive and social medicine. 3rd ed. delhi: jaypee brothers;. http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/1 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/1 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/2 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/2 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/3 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/3 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/4 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/4 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/4 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/5 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/5 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/6 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/6 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/46 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/46 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/46 http://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-the-acute-management-of-unstable-angina-and-non-st-elevation-myocardial-infarction/abstract/46 biology | 6 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 13. wood d. ital. (2001). clinical manual for the confronting of total danger. athens, edition bogianaki. 14. kelishadi r, marashinia f and heshmat r,. (2013). first report on body mass index and weight control in a nationally representative sample of a pediatric population in the middle east and north africa: the caspian-iii study. arch med sc.jama.309(1):315-322. 15.danaei g, singh gm, paciorek cj . (2013). the global cardiovascular risk transition: associations of four metabolic risk factors with national income, urbanization, and western diet in 1980 and 2008.rev.lation am,enfermagem:21(1): 325-331. 16. critchley ja and capewell s. (2003).mortality risk reduction associated with smoking cessation in patients with coronary heart disease: a systematic review. jama.instmed.124:980-3. table (1): distribution of age sample according to cases and controls p-value "= 0.004 significant "degree freedom" =5 table (2): distribution of gender according to cases and control. gender groups total or 95%ci p-value case controls no. % no. % no. % male 69 34.5 66 33.0 135 67.5 1.14 0.63–2.07 0.65 ns female 31 15.5 34 17.0 65 32.5 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 ge /years groups total case controls no. % no. % no. % 21 – 30 5 2.5 20 10.0 25 12.5 31 – 40 17 8.5 22 11.0 39 19.5 41 – 50 23 11.5 25 12.5 48 24.0 51 – 60 25 12.5 19 9.5 44 22.0 61 – 70 22 11.0 8 4.0 30 15.0 >= 70 8 4.0' 6 3.0 14 7.0 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 biology | 7 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (3): distributions the demographic characteristics. demographic characteristics cases controls total p-value no. % no. % no % residence urban 70 35.0 71 35.5 141 70.5 0.87 rural 30 15.0 29 14.5 59 29.5 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 occupation gov. employee 15 7.5 20 10.0 35 17.5 0.003* free profession 33 16.0 14 7.0 47 23.5 unemployed 10 5.0 17 8.5 27 13.5 retired 12 6.0 8 4.0 20 10.0 private sector employee 2 1.5 12 6.0 14 7.0 other 28 14.0 29 14.5 57 28.5 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 educational level illiterate 14 7.0 3 1.5 17 8.5 0.000* read & write 25 12.5 6 3.0 31 15.5 primary 24 12.0 20 10.0 44 22.0 intermediate 10 5.0 13 6.5 23 11.5 secondary 18 9.0 28 14.0 46 23.0 higher education 9 4.5 30 15.0 39 19.5 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 * statistically significant. table (4): distributions of the s ample according to family history. family history cases controls total test no. % no. % no % hypertension have h.t. 53 26.5 47 23.5 100 50.0 o.r.= 1.2716 have not h.t. 47 23.5 53 26.5 100 50.0 (95%ci) =0.729 2.215 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 p-value=0.396 ns heart disease have h.d. 30 15.0 23 11.5 53 26.5 o.r.= 1.4348 have not h.d. 70 35.0 77 38.5 147 73.5 (95%ci)=0.762 2.703 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 p-value=0.262 ns diabetes mellitus have d.m. 41 20.5 45 22.5 86 43.0 o.r.= 0.8493 have not d.m. 59 29.5 55 27.5 114 57.0 (95%ci)=0.485 1.4875 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 p-value=0.568 ns biology | 8 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (5): distributions of population according to bmi. bmi groups total case controls no. % no. % no % under weight 1 .5 4 2.0 5 2.5 normal weight 32 16.0 31 15.5 63 31.5 over weight 47 23.5 43 21.5 90 4 5.0 obese 20 10.0 22 11.0 42 21.0 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 "p-value" = 0.002 s "df" =3 table (6): distributions of study population according to chronic diseases chronic diseases cases controls total test no. % no. % no % hypertension have h.t. 53 26.5 37 18.5 90 45.0 o.r.= 1.92 have not h.t. 47 23.5 63 31.5 110 55.0 (95% c1)=1.0915 3.378 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 p-value= 0.02 s diabetes mellitus have d.m. 40 20.0 22 11.0 62 31.0 o.r.= 2.3636 have not d.m. 60 30.0 78 39.0 138 69.0 (95% c1)=1.272 4.392 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 p-value= 0.006 s kidney disease have k.d. 20 10.0 12 6.0 32 16.0 o.r.= 1.833 have not k.d. 80 40.0 88 44.0 168 84.0 (95% c1)=0.8433.988 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 p-value= 0.123 ns thyrotoxicosis have thyro. 7 3.5 9 4.5 16 8.0 o.r.= 0.761 have not thyro. 93 46.5 91 45.5 184 90.2 (95% c1) =0.2722.13 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 p-value= 0.602 ns biology | 9 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (7): distribution of study population according to smoking behavior smoking behavior cases controls total test no. % no. % no % o.r (95%ci) smoking habit passive smoker’s 22 11.0 20 10.0 42 21.0 vvcfee 1.018 4.589 smoker’s 49 24.5 23 11.5 72 36.0 4.1874 2.148 8.161 never smoker’s 29 14.5 57 28.5 86 43.0 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100 duration of smoking 1-10 years 5 2.5 2 1.0 7 3.5 3.774 0.705-20.203 10-20 years 14 7.0 7 3.5 21 10.5 3.019 1.1403-7.996 20-30 years 11 5.5 4 2.0 15 7.5 4.152 1.253-13.755 30-40 years 15 7.5 8 4.0 23 11.5 2.8309 1.119-7.1619 more 40 years 4 2.0 2 1.0 6 3.0 3.019 0.5332-17.0991 no smoking 51 25.5 77 38.5 128 64.0 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 number of cigarettes per day < 20 cpd 1 0.5 3 1.5 4 2.0 0.503 0.0509-4.9736 20-40 cpd 17 8.5 14 7.0 31 15.5 0.833 0.8312-4.0433 40-60 cpd 23 11.5 5 2.5 28 14.0 6.945 4.4799-19.4505 more 60 cpd 8 4.0 1 0.5 9 4.5 12.078 1.466-99.5056 no smoking 51 25.5 77 38.5 128 64.0 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 table (8): distribution of study population according to lipid profile. lipid profile cases controls total test no. % no. % no % o.r (95%ci) hdl high 4 2.0 5 2.5 9 4.5 0.352 0.0829-1.502 normal 62 31.0 80 40.0 142 71.0 0.3419 0.1711-0.6831 low 34 17.0 15 7.5 49 24.5 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 ldl high 34 17.0 22 11.0 56 28.0 1.5455 0.2062-11.7917 normal 64 32.0 76 38.0 140 70.0 0.8421 0.1153-6.1481 low 2 1.0 2 1.0 4 2.0 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 cholesterol high 28 14.0 31 15.5 59 29.5 3.1613 0.6056-16.5019 normal 70 35.0 62 31.0 132 66.0 3.9516 0.7913-19.7344 low 2 1.0 7 3.5 9 4.5 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 triglycerides high 39 19.5 36 18.0 75 37.5 1.444 0.3023-6.9013 normal 58 29.0 60 30.0 118 59.0 1.2889 0.2764-6.0114 low 3 1.5 4 2.0 7 3.5 total 100 50.0 100 50.0 200 100.0 microsoft word 118-130 118 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 التباين الوراثي بين العزلة البرية وعزالت طافرات العوز الغذائي في بكتيريا sinorhizobium meliloti بأعتماد تقانة rapd-pcr إحسان عرفان حسين سلوى علي غانم أبن الھيثم/ جامعة بغداد –قسم علوم الحياة/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014/تشرين الثاني /24/ ، قبل البحث في : 2014/ايلول /1استلم البحث في : الخالصة medicago sativa (alfalfa)من نبات الجت sinorhizobium melilotiلبكتيريا sgi2عزلت عزلة برية sgi2طافرات عوز غذائي من العزلة البرية 9الذي حصلنا عليه من منطقة الطارمية / محافظة بغداد، وتم الحصول على psyma. امتلكت جميع العزالت البرية والطافرة بالزميدين كبيرين ھما nitrous acidبالتطفير مع حامض النيتروز ات نتيجة التطفير بحامض النيتروز. أظھرت التباينات الوراثية ولم يظھر الترحيل الكھربائي لھما أي تغير psymbو sgi6بين العزلة البرية وعزالت طافرات العوز الغذائي وجود حزمة واحدة في العزلة rapd-pcrبأعتماد تقانة بين أظھر تباينات كبيرة opb7، وعند أستعمال البادئ opy-04كيلو قاعدة عند أستعمال البادئ 1.5بحجم أكبر من كيلو 1.5قاعدة و 800بحجم sgi2العزلة البرية في حزمتين تم مشاھدةالعزلة البرية وعزالت طافرات العوز الغذائي. sgi10عزلة الطافرة القاعدة في 800الحزمة التي بحجم . أظھرت قاعدة وعدم ظھورھا في العزالت الطافرة األخرى كيلو قاعدة كما في 1.5 نقاعدة إلى أكثر م 200ماً تباين حجمھا من بقية العزالت الطافرة حزفي حين أظھرت فحسب، إن ظھور ھذه الحزم. sgi12و sgi8 ،sgi9ولم تظھر أي حزم عند أستعمال ھذا البادئ في العزالت . sgi6العزلة طفير الكيمياوي نتيجة الت على المستوى الجيني للجينوم الكلي وليس على مستوى البالزميد يوضح مدى التباين الوراثي حامض النيتروز. بأستعمال genetic variation ،sinorhizobium meliloti ،rapd ,nitrous acidالكلمات المفتاحية: 119 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة إلى العمليات التي تقوم بھا األحياء الدقيقة biological nitrogen fixationالتثبيت الحيوي للنيتروجين يشير ستغالله من قبل النيتروجين الجوي داخل العقد الجذرية للنباتات التي تساعد على جعل النيتروجين متاحاً لغرض لالمثبتة قولية دوراً مھماً التثبيت الحيوي للنيتروجين بواسطة العالقة بين بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم والنباتات البيؤدي . [1]تلك النباتات بصورة إحدھماتتم عملية تثبيت النيتروجين بطريقتين: و. [2]نتاج المحاصيل والمحافظة على خصوبة التربة إفي زيادة وقسم azotobacter، وھذه الطريقة تقوم بھا عدد من األحياء المجھرية وھي بكتيريا الـ free nitrogen fixationحرة أو symbiotic nitrogen fixationبصورة تكافلية واألخرى:. cyanobacteria من الطحالب الخضر المزرقة إذ ،rhizobium ـبصورة غير حرة، وھذه الطريقة يقوم بھا جنس خاص من البكتيريا تسمى بكتيريا العقد الجذرية أو ال الفاصوليا, وفول والجت، ورسيم, مثل الب legumes والنباتات البقولية rhizobiumتمثل عالقة تكافلية بين بكتيريا الـ ھذه البكتيريا تكون عقداً جذرية إذ إنعالقات البيئية بين الميكروبات وبين الكائنات الراقية لأحد أشھر األمثلة لوھي ،الصويا مداد إيقوم النبات ب إذمن اآلخر، يفيد، وفي ھذه العالقة نجد كال الكائنين legume plantsعلى جذور النباتات البقولية تقوم البكتيريا حين في ,[3]البكتيريا بالمصدر الكاربوني (السكر) ومصادر الطاقة واألحماض العضوية وغير العضوية منه كتحويله إلى أحماض أمينية مثل يفيدبعملية تثبيت النيتروجين الجوي وتحويله الى صورة يمكن للنبات أن asparagine وglutamic. ن التثبيت الحيوي للنيتروجين من الجو إ، و%85 بنحوالمثبت حيوياً تقدر نسبة النيتروجين وتقدر كمية النيتروجين التي يثبتھا الجت ، [4]من المصادر الرئيسة لمجموع النيتروجين الذي يحسن التربة الزراعية دعيُ alfalfa كغم 335125 بنحوفي التربةn ًلعضوية ال تلبي إال جزءاً من وألن األسمدة الكيمياوية وا. [5]/ھكتار سنويا ھا من مخزون التربة من ھذه المركبات ؤيجب أستيفا الحاجاتالزراعة من مركبات النيتروجين لذلك فأن تلك حاجات .[6]وكذلك عن طريق تثيت النيتروجين تكافلياً بقولية معينة محدثة العقد الجذرية، صابة نباتات إفي التربة ولھا القدرة على بصورة حرةتعيش بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم ،ولكل نبات بقولي أو مجموعة من النباتات البقولية نوع أو ساللة معينة من بكتيريا الرايزوبيا تستطيع أن تكون عليھا العقد تعيش بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم في التربة لذلك فأن الظروف البيئية من درجة حرارة . ال تستطيع ذلك ساللة أخرى في حين وتسعى األبحاث العلمية إلى ،[7]ورطوبة وملوحة ودرجة الحامضية تؤثر في نموھا وكفاءتھا في تثبيت النيتروجين إن نتاج الزراعي للنباتات البقولية. زيادة وتحسين اإل فيبكتيريا الرايزوبيوم في المجال الزراعي لما لھا من أھمية أستعمال ولھا المقدرة على تكوين العقد الجذرية على نباتات الجت ،كرام لملونة سالب sinorhizobium melilotiبكتيريا alfalfa والبرسيم الحلوsweet clover ونبات الحلبةtrigonellaصابة البكتيرية عند الشعيرات الجذرية . تحدث اال يا الرايزوبيوم في تثبيت تشارك بكتير. [9 , 8]شارات بين البكتيريا والنبات شتراك مع تبادل اإلللنبات المضيف باال باستعمالالتطفير تقانة أعتمدت. plasmidبالزميد بصورة اً أضافي اً النيتروجين مع النباتات البقولية التي تحمل كروموسوم التي لھا أھمية في rhizobial genesلتعيين جينات الرايزوبيا transposonالترانسبوزن باستعمالالمواد الكيمياوية أو لعزل طافرات 2nitrous acid (hno(حامض النيتروز عمالالتطفير الكيمياوي باست واعتمدت تقانةة التكافلية. العالق تحتاج إلى وجود rhizobiaقامة العالقة التكافلية مع النبات العائل. الرايزوبيا إطافرات التي تفشل في الالعوز الغذائي و الرايزوبيوم بواسطةبعض ھذه األحماض األمينية تصنعلتقيم عالقة تكافلية فعالة مع النباتات البقولية، اً أميني اً حامض 20 randomباعتماد تقانة fingerprint. تعتمد البصمة الوراثية [3]اآلخر من قبل النبات بعضھايزود في حين amplified polymorphic dna (rapd-pcr) بادئات استعمالعلىprimers قصيرة والتي تھجن hybridize رتباط ھذه البادئات تحت درجات حرارية امع كمية كافية من تسلسالت الدنا الكروموسومي على أن يكون الجزيئية التي تعتمد على التقانات. تكون [10]واطئة بطريقة يمكنھا البدء بتضخيم تلك القطعة من دنا الجينوم البكتيري ، سھلة في دراسة التشخيص والتنوع الوراثي polymerase chain reaction (pcr)متسلسل طريقة تفاعل البلمرة ال genetic diversity ن التباينات في الصفات المظھرية والوراثية لبعض أنواع الرايزوبيا إسريعة وبسيطة ومميزة. ألنھا يجاد الفروق بين سالالت الرايزوبيوم إخيص والمفيدة في التش التقاناتمن pcrالـ وتعد تقانة ,[13 , 12 , 11]موجودة . gc-rich oligonucleotide primers [14]بادئات غنية بالقواعد النيكلوتيدية الكوانين والسايتوسين باستعمال كمادة 2nitrous acid (hno(حامض النيتروز باستعمالتركز ھذه الدراسة على الحصول على طافرات العوز الغذائي طريقة الترحيل الكھربائي لھالم باعتماد megaplasmidsزل البالزميدات الكبيرة وع. s. melilotiمطفرة في بكتيريا polymerase chainطريقة تفاعل البلمرة المتسلسل اعتماد. كما تم agarose gel electrophoresisاآلكاروز reaction (pcr) التضخيم باعتماد تقانةبين الساللة البرية وطافرات العوز الغذائي لغرض أيجداد التباينات الوراثية .random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd-pcr)األشكال العشوائي للدنا متعدد المواد وطرائق العمل المستعملةالعزالت البكتيرية medicago sativaمن العقد الجذرية لنبات الجت s. melilotiعزلة محلية واحدة من بكتيريا عزلت (alfalfa) طافرات عوز غذائي 9، فضالً عن ([16 , 15]حسب طريقة ب الذي جمع من منطقة الطارمية / محافظة بغداد ( 120 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 أديمت . 2nitrous acid (hno(حامض النيتروز باستعمالبطريقة التطفير sgi2تم الحصول عليھا من العزلة البرية .مرة أخرى أديمتلمدة شھر واحد ومن ثم º م 4الت البكتيرية وحفظت بالثالجة تحت حرارة العز النبات العائل المستعمل لصنف واحد تم الحصول عليه من قسم المحاصيل الزراعية / كلية m. sativa (alfalfa)ستعملت بذور نبات الجتا .[15]لغرض التأكد من العزلة البرية وإصابتھا لنبات الجت وتكوينھا للعقد الجذرية وبحسب طريقة الزراعة / جامعة بغداد المستعملةاألوساط الزرعية عند عزل البكتيريا من العقد الجذرية mannitol salt extract (msy) mediumالوسط الغذائي الكامل استعمل .1 yeastغم من mannitol ,0.2غم من 10ذابة إالذي يتكون من [17]حسب طريقة بمن نبات الجت الذي حضر extract ،0.2 4غم منhpo2k ،0.2 4غم منpo2kh ،0.1 غم منo2.7h4mgso غم من 0.05و o2.2h2cacl األكار أضيفو ،في لتر واحد من الماء المقطرagar مل من الوسط 100غم لكل 2.0-1.5بتركيز لمدة ºم 121وساط غذائية صلبة، ومن ثم عقم الوسط الغذائي بالمؤصدة تحت حرارة الغذائي لغرض الحصول على أ .2بار/أنج 15دقيقة وتحت ضغط جوي 15 عزل التطفير، في تجارب tryptone-yeast extract (ty) mediumالوسط الغذائي الكامل استعمل .2 غم 5ذابة إالذي يتكون من [18]ب طريقة حسب rapd-pcr باعتماد تقانةالبالزميدات ودراسات التباين الوراثي في لتر واحد من الماء المقطر، ومن ثم o2.2h2caclغم من 0.12و yeast extractغم من tryptone ،3من .يعقم الوسط الغذائي بالمؤصدة في تجارب التطفير rhizobial minimal medium (rmm)الوسط الغذائي الرايزوبي الناقص استعمل .3 غم من 0.45الذي تكون من aالذي تكون من محلولين. المحلول األول [19]حسب طريقة بو o2.12h4hpo2na ،2 4غم منso2)4(nh ،0.002 3غم منfecl ،0.1 غم منo2.7h4mgso 0.040و ن م bتكون المحلول .في لتر واحد من الماء المقطر، ومن ثم عقم الوسط الغذائي بالمؤصدة o2.2h2caclغم من مل 10ضافة إلتر من الوسط الغذائي الناقص تم 1ولتحضير من محلول الكلوكوز الذي يعقم بواسطة المرشح، 20% . aمل من المحلول 990إلى bمن المحلول حسب بفي تجارب عزل البالزميدات liquid nutrient poor mediumالوسط الغذائي الفقير السائل استعمل .4 ، tryptoneغم من yeast extract ،0.05غم من peptone ،0.05غم 0.4تكون من أذابة يالذ [20]طريقة مليلتر من الماء المقطر. 100في 2caclغم من 0.02و 4mgsoغم من 0.02 لنمو النباتات المطلوب nitrogen free plant growth medium الوسط الغذائي الخالي من النيتروجين استعمل .5 .[21]حسب طريقة بلمختبر البقولية في ا 2nitrous acid (hno(تحضير حامض النيتروز ذابة إب وذلك [22]حسب طريقة ب في المختبر قبل البدء بعملية التطفير 2nitrous acid (hno(حامض النيتروز حضر sodiumمل من دارئ أستيت الصوديوم 5في 2sodium nitrite (nano(غم من نترات الصوديوم 0.035 acetate buffer 0.1بتركيز (ph4.6) أستيت الصوديوم دارئ. كما يتم تحضر موالريsodium acetate buffer بتركيز acetic acidمل من حامض األسيتك 25.5مل وذلك بخلط 100في دورق حجمي بحجم موالري 0.1بتركيز مل 100. يكمل الحجم إلى موالري 0.2بتركيز sodium acetateمل من الصوديوم أستيت 24.5مع موالري 0.2 بالماء المقطر ومن ثم يعقم بالمؤصدة. 2nitrous acid (hno(حامض النيتروز باستعمالتطفير بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم tyمل من الوسط الغذائي السائل 10وضع . [22]حسب طريقة بتم تطفير بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم بحامض النيتروز مل وعمل له تخافيف متسلسلة 0.1ساعة وأخذ منه بعد ذلك 24المزروع ببكتيريا الرايزوبيوم في حاضنة ھزازة لمدة مل 1.5أخذ .colony forming unit (cfu)ونمي على وسط غذائي صلب لغرض حساب عدد المستعمرات النامية وتم ترسيب الخاليا eppendorfونقل إلى أنبوبة فسهن أيضاً من نفس الوسط الغذائي المزروع ببكتيريا الرايزوبيوم ومن ثم تم التخلص من الجزء الطافي وعلق الراسب ،دقائق 10دورة/دقيقة لمدة 6000النبذ المركزي بسرعة بواسطة النبذ باعتمادالخاليا مرة أخرى رسبت موالري. 0.1بتركيز sodium acetate bufferبدارئ vortex باستعمال 1وعلق راسب الخاليا البكتيرية بـ الذي طفا،وتم التخلص من الجزء ،دقائق 10دورة/دقيقة لمدة 6000كزي بسرعة المر دقيقة من 20و 15و 10سحب من العينة بعد .ºم 5المحضر حديثاً تحت حرارة nitrous acidمل من حامض النيتروز ومن ثم زرعت الخاليا الباقيزالة حامض النيتروز إل (nacl %0.85) بالمحلول الفسلجيبعد البدء بعملية التطفير وغسل محلول الغسلت الخاليا بعد ذلك ب ساعات لغرض عزل الطفرات الراجعة. 8وحضنت لمدة ،السائل tyفي الوسط الغذائي penicillinأضيف .rmmساعات على الوسط الغائي السائل الناقص 6ونميت الخاليا لمدة (nacl %0.85) الفسلجي 121 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 g مايكروغرام/مل إلى الوسط الغذائي السائل الناقص 300بتركيزrmm وحضنت لمدة ساعتين لغرض قتل الخاليا التي وعمل لھا تخافيف (nacl %0.85) فسلجيمحلول الالغسلت الخاليا مرتين ب تحتوى على طافرات العوز الغذائي. ال درجة حرارة بساعة و 4824حضنت في الحاضنة الكھربائية لمدة الصلب و tyالوسط الغذائي بينمتسلسلة وزرعت ختبارات الكشف عن طافرات العوز الغذائي. تم ومن ثم خضعت ال ،وبعد ذلك حسب عدد المستعمرات النامية ºم 2±28 :اآلتيةحسب المعادلة بوذلك الباقيةحساب النسبة المئوية لعدد المستعمرات مل عدد الخاليا الحية بعد التطفير/ – مل بكتيرية الحية قبل التطفير/عدد الخاليا ال x 100 = )%(نسبة القتل عدد الخاليا البكتيرية الحية قبل التطفير / مل الكشف عن طافرات العوز الغذائي تم الكشف عن طافرات العوز الغذائي nitrous acidحامض النيتروز باستعمالنتھاء عملية التطفير الكيمياوي ابعد tyوأطباق الوسط الغذائي rmmناقص بزراعة الخاليا البكتيرية الناتجة من عملية التطفير في أطباق الوسط الغذائي ال ساعة. في حالة مشاھدة النمو في أطباق 48-24لمدة من ºم 28±2وحضنت في الحاضنة الكھربائية تحت حرارة ،الصلبة فھذا يعني أنھا طافرة عوز غذائي. أخذت rmmوعدم حصوله في أطباق الوسط الغذائي الناقص tyالوسط الغذائي جراء الفحص إلغرض الخزن و ºم 4درجة حرارة بونقيت وحفظت tyفي أطباق األوساط الغذائية المستعمرات التي نمت بأخذ [23]طريقة اتبعتلمعرفة نوع طفرة العوز الغذائي بعد ذلك لغرض معرفة نوع طفرة العوز الغذائي. ،األخير عليھا على شريحة زجاجية، وبواسطة الفسلجيالمحلول من طافرة العوز الغذائي وعلقت في قطرة من loopfulعروة ءمل من القطرة التي فيھا عالق الخاليا البكتيرية وزرع العالق في أطباق كمية صغيرة جداً تم أخذعيدان تنظيف األسنان المعقمة فضالً rmmمن الوسط الغذائي الناقص اً طبق 11. تتكون أطباق مجمع ھوليدي من (holliday pools)مجمع ھوليدي مايكروغرام/مل على 10و 30و 50مزودة باألحماض األمينية والقواعد النيتروجينية والفيتامينات بتراكيز أنھا عن فھذا يعني أن الطافرة تكون في الجين ،pool 9والطبق poo1 2بعد حدوث النمو على طبقين مثل الطبق .التوالي ).1(جدول طافرات العوز الغذائي إلى بقية وھكذا بالنسبة asparagineنتاج الحامض األميني إالمسؤول عن rhizobiumعزل بالزميدات بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم مستعمرات أخذت. [24]، وھي طريقة محورة قليالً عن طريقة [20]حسب طريقة ببالزميدات بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم عزلت . وضعت األوساط nutrient poor mediumمل من الوسط الغذائي الفقير 10خاليا بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم وزرعت في دورة/دقيقة لمدة 130بسرعة shaker incubatorالغذائية السائلة والمزروعة ببكتيريا الرايزوبيوم في حاضنة ھزازة السائل وحضنت لمدة tyمل من الوسط الزرعي 2المزروع بعد ذلك بـ خفف. ºم 28±2ساعة وتحت حرارة 24 sdsمل من محلول 0.5ليهإوأضيف eppendorfمل من الوسط الغذائي المزروع ونقل إلى أنبوبة 0.25 أخذساعتين. الذ دورة/دقيقة. تم التخلص من الجزء 13000دقائق بسرعة 5لمدة الخاليا البكتيرية بنبذھا مركزياً جمعت. %10بتركيز 10بتركيز rnaseعلى يحتويمن محلول اً مايكرومليلتر 25ضافةإوعلق الراسب (خاليا البكتيريا) ب طفا، التي تكون sucroseمن محلول السكروز %10و lysozymeمايكروغرام/مل من الـ 100/مل و اتمايكروغرام غم من tris base ،0.93غم من 10من أذابة [25]حسب طريقة بالذي حضر tris-borate bufferمذابة في محلول ويكمل الحجم إلى لتر واحد من boric acidغم من 5.5و ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid (edta)مادة . حملت العينة في فتحات المشط الصغير في ھالم اآلكاروز الذي 8.3إلى phالماء المقطر ويعدل األس الھايدروجيني 3x5أحدھما بقياس من األمشاط استعمل نوعان. tris-borate buffer، والذي حضر في محلول 0.65%يكون بتركيز وتم وضعھما الواحد بجنب اآلخر مع ترك مسافة ضيقة بينھما. فتحات المشط الكبير تمأل ،ملم 1.5x5ملم واآلخر بقياس , أما فتحات المشط الصغير (sds, 0.5% agarose, 0.05% bromophenol blue % 1)بالمحلول الحاوي على tris baseغم من مادة 108ذابة الذي حضر من إ tbeرحلت العينات باستعمال دارئ بالعينة التي حضرت سابقاً. فمأل الماء المقطر المعقم أظيفموالري. 0.5بتركيز edtaمل من مادة 40و boric acidغم من حامض البوريك 55و تجاه القطب إسود السالب بمن القطب األ رحلت العينات. 8إلى (ph)ألس الھايدروجيني اوصوالً إلى لتر واحد مع تعديل وبعد ذلك ولمدة ثالث ،دقيقة أو لغاية حصول تحليل الخاليا البكتيرية 30فولت لمدة 10-5األحمر الموجب بجھد فولتية تجاه العينة الموجودة في المشط الصغير. إبالرحيل ب sdsفولت. جھد الفولتية الواطئ يساعد الـ 100ساعات بجھد فولتية 0.5بتركيز ethidium bromide (etbr)األيثيديوم برومايد باستعمال صبغ الھالمة الترحيل الكھربائي بعد توقف عملي جھاز باستعمالبعد ذلك وصور ،u.vدقيقة ومن ثم أظھر الدنا الموجود في الھالم على جھاز الـ 15مايكروغرام/مل لمدة خاصة.المزود بكاميرا gel documentation systemتوثيق الھالم 122 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 sinorhizobium melilotiستخالص الدنا الكلي من بكتيريا ا درجة بالصلب لمدة يومين tyعلى الوسط الغذائي s. meliloti. نميت بكتيريا [26]حسب طريقة بعزل الدنا البكتيري من اً لترمليمايكرو 25ضافةإوعلقت ھذه الكمية بـ loop. أخذت كمية من المزروع البكتيري بواسطة الـ 28ºcحرارة المحضر lysis bufferالتحلل دارئمن اً لترمليمايكرو 25. أضيف بعد ذلكeppendorfالماء المقطر المعقم في أنبوبة الحاوية على eppendorf. وضعت أنابيب الـnaohعياري من 0.1في الذي حضر %0.5بتركيز sdsحديثاً من ملي موالر من مادة 0.1الذي يتكون من teلتر من دارئ مليمايكرو 200دقيقة. أضيف 15الخليط في حمام مائي لمدة edta من مادة اتملي موالر 10وtris-hcl واألس الھايدروجيني لھذا الدارئ ph 815العينة مركزياً لمدة ت. نبذ جديدة eppendorfالدنا إلى أنبوبة دورة/دقيقة. نقل الجزء الطافي المتكون بعد ذلك والحاوي على 13000دقيقة بسرعة وأن قيمة تركيز الدنا النقي اً نانوميتر 260طول موجي باعتماد nanodropالـ باستعمالومعقمة. عين تركيز ونقاوة الدنا نانوغرام من 100استعمل. الستعماللحين ا ºم 20-حرارة ب. حفظت العينة [27]مايكروغرام/مايكروليتر 0.1±1.8ھي . rapd-pcrجراء أختبارات الـ إكقالب لغرض الدنا rapd-pcrطريقة باعتماد sinorhizobium melilotiالتباين الوراثي لبكتيريا random amplified باعتماد تقانةوطافرات العوز الغذائي s. melilotiالتباين الوراثي لعزلة بكتيريا درس polymorphic dna (rapd-pcr) حضر الـخليط األساسي .master mix للـبادئopy-04 (5´aaggctcgac-3´) وللـبادئ [28]حسب طريقة بopb7 (5´-ggtgacgcag-3´) [29]حسب طريقة ب promegaالمزود من شركة go taq® green master mix. استعمل تحت ظروف مبردة مع بعض التحويرات مايكرومولر 1مايكرومليلتر وبتركيز 2.5بحجم primerوالبادئ 1xمايكرومليلتر وبتركيز 12.5األميركية بحجم 25نانوغرام وكان الحجم الكلي للتفاعل 100مايكرومليلتراً وبتركيز 2بحجم dna template قالب الدناو برنامج الجھاز وضبطلغرض تضخيم الدنا thermocyclerالعينات في جھاز التدوير الحراري مايكرومليلتراً. وضعت ولمدة ºم 94حرارة بدرجة denature templateدنترة القالب كانت ل opy-04لبادئ ل للحصول على ظروف التفاعل annealingلمدة دقيقة واحدة وأرتباط البادئ ºم 94حرارة بدرجة initial denaturationبتدائية دقائق والدنترة اال 3 لمدة دقيقتين واألستطالة النھائية ºم 72حرارة بدرجة extensionولمدة دقيقة واحدة واألستطالة ºم 38.6درجة حرارة ب final extension م 72حرارة بدرجةº 30ستطالة كانت لـ بتدائية وأرتباط البادئ واالدقائق. مراحل الدنترة اال 6لمدة والدنترة ثانية 30لمدة ºم 95حرارة بدرجة denature templateة القالب دنترل opb7لبادئ ل ظروف التفاعلو دورة. 42.7حرارة بدرجة annealingرتباط البادئ او ثانية 30لمدة ºم 95حرارة بدرجة initial denaturation بتدائية اال final extensionستطالة النھائية لمدة دقيقتين واال ºم 72حرارة بدرجة extensionستطالة لمدة دقيقة واحدة واال ºم نواتج حملت دورة. 45رتباط البادئ واألستطالة كانت لـ ابتدائية ودقائق. مراحل الدنترة اال 10لمدة ºم 72حرارة بدرجة وطافرات العوز الغذائي في المكان المخصص s. melilotiالبادئين أعاله لعزلة بكتيريا استعمالتضخيم الدنا الناتج من حسب النشرة المرفقة معه الذي كان ب، كما وضع الواصم الجزيئي الوراثي %1.5ا في ھالم اآلكاروز الذي كان بتركيز لھ 2في كل عينة بحجم bromophenol blueكيلو قاعدة. حملت صبغة التحميل البروموفينول األزرق 1.5بحجم 60تجاه القطب األحمر الموجب تحت جھد كھربائي الب بلتر ورحلت العينات كھربائياً من القطب األسود السامليمايكرو 15لمدة ethidium bromide (etbr)ھالم اآلكاروز بصبغة األثيديوم برومايد صبغساعات. 4-3ولمدة من اً فولت المزود gel documentation systemجھاز توثيق الھالم بواسطةقطع الدنا المتضخمة وشوھدت وصورت ،دقيقة بكاميرا خاصة. النتائج والمناقشة sinorhizobium melilotiعزل وتشخيص بكتيريا من منطقة وجمع m. sativa (alfalfa)من نبات الجت s. melilotiمحلية من بكتيريا عزلة عزلت ). ظھرت البكتيريا بعد عزلھا وزرعھا على الوسط الغذائي الكامل الصلب 2محافظة بغداد كما في الجدول (/الطارمية (msy) البكتيريا بطريقتي التخطيط والتخافيف المتسلسلة نقيتمستعمرات بيضاء اللون، مخاطية القوام. بصورة (alfalfa)صابتھا مختبرياً مع نبات الجت المحلي ابعد . تأكد من العزلة البكتيرية msyالوسط الغذائي الكامل باستعمال . ظھرت العقد الجذرية بعد مرور ثالثة أسابيع من بداية الزرع. [15]حسب طريقة ب عزل طافرات العوز الغذائي حامض باستعمال طفرتبعد أن s. melilotiلبكتيريا (sgi2)طافرات العوز الغذائي من العزلة البرية عزلت وأوساط (ty)عزلة بكتيرية على أوساط غذائية كاملة 1690ختبرت ا. [17]حسب طريقة ب nitrous acidالنيتروز 123 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 من الطافرات بعد تنميتھا على األوساط تأكد. [23]الطافرات بأستعمال مجمع ھوليدي وشخصت (rmm)غذائية ناقصة مزودة بالحامض األميني أو والواألوساط الغذائية الناقصة (rmm)واألوساط الغذائية الناقصة (ty)الغذائية الكاملة حامض النيتروز كمادة باستعماللنموھا. كان معدل نسبة القتل المتحصل عليھا المطلوبالقاعدة النيتروجينية أو الفيتامين ).3دول (في ھذه الدراسة وكما في الج استعملتعلى تسع طافرات عوز غذائي و تحصل، كما %86مطفرة ھي sinorhizobium melilotiبكتيريا عزل البالزميدات الكبيرة من البرية وطافرات العوز الغذائي لھذه s. melilotiأوضحت نتائج الترحيل الكھربائي للبالزميدات في عزلة بكتيريا ولم يتأثر عدد ھذه البالزميدات بعملية التطفير بحامض النيتروز، ،البكتيريا بوجود بالزميدين كبيرين لكل عزلة وطافرة التي تقع على نتاج الحياتي لألحماض األمينيةمما يدل على أن التطفير كان على المستوى الجيني للجينات المسؤولة عن اإل اد الذائبة وكذلك لھا دور مة نقل الموظجينات مسؤولة لعدد كبير ألن ]30،31[نوجد عدد من الباحثيھذه البالزميدات. كذلك وجود الجينات ،lpsوالسكريات المتعددة الدھنية epsأساسي في التصنيع الحياتي للسكريات المتعددة الخارجية ، كما أوضحوا في بيئة التربة توجدالتي لھا عالقة بالتصنيع والھدم الحياتي لألحماض األمينية أو المركبات التي يمكن أن لم يتم التعرف على أحجام ھذه .psymbتم تشخيصھا أيضاً في البالزميد الكبير قد األساسية لنمو البكتيريا الجينات بأن التي يجب أن تكون بحجم كبير لعدم توفرھا في السوق (genetic markers)البالزميدات لعدم ترحيل الدالئل الجزيئية دون ھذه من رحلت العيناتنجاز الدراسة إوقتاً ولضيق وقت بيتطلستيرادھا من الخارج االمحلية العراقية علماً بأن بحجم اً واحد اً تمتلك بالزميد s. melilotiھناك دراسات أوضحت بأن بكتيريا ).1ا في الصورة رقم (مالدالئل الجزيئية ك .sن في بكتيريا يكبيرن يبأن ھناك بالزميد [33]بين ھاينس وآخرون في حين، [32]ميكا قاعدة وحتى أكبر من ذلك 1.5 meliloti وھماpsyma ميكا قاعدة واآلخر 1.4بحجمpsymb ميكا قاعدة. تتفق ھذه الدراسة مع دراسات 1.7بحجم 1.6ميكا قاعدة و 1.4تمتلك بالزميدين كبيرين وتقريباً بحجم s. meliltiالذين أظھروا بأن بكتيريا [34]ن يأورسنك وآخر تمتلك بالزميدين كبيرين بأحجام s. melilotiالذين بينوا بأن [35]ن يدراسات كلبرت وآخر ميكا قاعدة. وتتطابق مع لعزالت [36]ميكا قاعدة، كما تتفق مع الدراسة التي قام بھا الكناني وآخرون 1.35ميكا قاعدة واآلخر 1.65جزيئية ميكا قاعدة 1.6الزميدين كبيرين أحدھما بحجم من محافظة البصرة / العراق الذين وجدوا أيضاً ب s. melilotiبكتيريا ميكا قاعدة. 1.3واآلخر األشكال التضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد باعتماد تقانةالتباينات الوراثية بين العزلة البرية وطافرات العوز الغذائي (rapd-pcr) باعتماد تقانةمن البادئات لغرض دراسة التباينات الوراثية بين العزلة البرية وطافرات العوز الغذائي استعمل نوعان ) توضح التباينات الوراثية لعزلة طافرة العوز الغذائي 2. الصورة (rapd-pcr األشكالالتضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد sgi6 بالمقارنة مع العزلة البريةsgi2 البادئ استعمالالعوز الغذائي األخرى بوعزالت طافراتopy-04 .ن ظھور إ -rapdكيلو قاعدة في الترحيل الكھربائي لناتج التضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد األشكال 1.5حزمة واحدة بحجم أكبر من pcr لكلي لھا نتيجة في التسلسل النيكلوتيدي للدنا ا اً يؤكد وجود بعض التباينات الوراثية لھذه العزلة وأن ھناك تغير باعتماد opb7بادئ آخر وھو باستعمالقمنا sgi6ختالف فقط في ھذه العزلة االتطفير العشوائي له. وبالنظر لظھور rapd-pcrلنواتج التضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد األشكال ) توضح نتائج الترحيل الكھربائي 3. الصورة (تقانة نفسھا ن ظھور حزمتين لعينة العزلة البرية إالذي يؤكد وجود تباينات كبيرة بين العزلة البرية وعزالت طافرات العوز الغذائي. sgi2 كيلو قاعدة وعدم ظھورھا في العزالت الطافرة األخرى يوضح مدى التباين الوراثي نتيجة 1.5قاعدة و 800بحجم كيلو قاعدة لم تظھر في بقية عزالت طافرات العوز 1.5وز. الحزمة التي بحجم حامض النيتر باستعمالالتطفير الكيمياوي . بقية العزالت الطافرة قد حسبف sgi10قاعدة قد ظھرت في عزلة الطافرة 800الحزمة التي بحجم في حينالغذائي ، sgi8عدا العزالت ، ماsgi6كيلو قاعدة كما في العزلة 1.5 نقاعدة إلى أكثر م 200أظھرت حزماً يتباين حجمھا من sgi9 وsgi12 مع تسلسالت النيكلوتيدات المستعملالتي لم تظھر أي حزم لعدم توافق تسلسالت النيكلوتيدات بين البادئ لدنا ھذه العزالت. حزم مادة مطفرة قد فتح الباب لدراسات أخرى لھا في المستقبل وذلك بعزل تلك ال استعمالن وجود ھذه التباينات نتيجة إ ومن ثم مقارنة ھذه التسلسالت مع الجينوم الكامل dna sequencingجراء دراسات التسلسل التتابعي للدنا إالجديدة و لغرض تحديد مكان الضرر في [37]الموجود في الموقع الرسمي لجينوم بكتيريا الرايزوبيوم s. meliloti 1021لبكتيريا العوز الغذائي الموجودة فيھا مما قد يسھم في دراسة فضالً عن طفرةاألخرى دنا تلك البكتيريا وتحديد نوعية الطفرات إلى جنب طفرة العوز الغذائي. التعبير الجيني للجينات الطافرة األخرى جنباً المصادر 1. hajare, b. and ade, a. (2012). confirming location of nitrogen fixing genes on plasmids in rhizobium isolated from pisum sativum. biosci. discovery. 3(2):160-164. 2. sharma, p. and yadav, s. (2012). symbiotic characterization of mutants defective in proline dehydrogenase in rhizobium sp. cajanus under drought stress condition. european j. exp. biol., 2(1):206-216. 124 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 3. randhawa, g. s. and hassani, r. (2002). role of rhizobial biosynthetic pathways of amino acids, nucleotide bases and vitamins in symbiosis. indian j. exp. biol., 40(7):755-764. 4. bradic, m. ; sikora, s. ; redžepović, s. and štafa, z. (2003). genetic identification and symbiotic efficiency of an indigenous sinorhizobium meliloti field population. food technol. biotechnol. 41(1):69-75. ). علم أحياء التربة المجھرية. كلية العلوم. جامعة الموصل، 1989قاسم، غياث محمد وعلي، مضر عبد الستار.( .5 العراق.والبحث العلمي، الموصل وزارة التعليم العالي ). مقدمة في مايكروبيولوجيا التربة. جامعة كورنيل.1988الكسندر, مارتن.( .6 7. bayoumi, h. e. ; biro, b. and kecskes, m. (1995). some environmental factors in fencing the survival of rhizobium legumeinosarum bv. viceae. acta. biol. hungary, 46(1):17-30. 8. spaink, h. p. (2000). root nodulation and infection factors produced by rhizobia. annu. rev. microbiol. 54257-54288. 9. barnett, m. j. and fisher, r. f. (2006). global gene expression in the rhizobial-legume symbiosis. symbiosis. 421-424. 10. williams, j. g. k., kubelik, a. r., livak, k. j., rafalski, j. a. and tingey, s. v. (1990). dna polymorphisms amplified by arbitrary primers are useful as genetic markers. nucleic acids res.18: 6531–6535. 11. vinuesa, p., rademaker, j. l. w., de bruijin, f. j. and werner, d. (1998). genotypic characterization of bradyrhizobium strains nodulating endemic woody legumes of the canary islands by pcr-restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis of genes encoding 16s rrna (16s rdna) and 16s-23s rdna intergenic spacers, repetitive extragenic palindromic pcr genomic fingerprinting, and partial 16s rdna sequencing. appl. environ. microbiol.64:2096-2104. 12. wei, g. h., zhang, z. x., chen, c., chen, w. m. and ju, w. t. (2006). phenotypic and genetic diversity of rhizobia isolated from nodules of the legume genera astragalus, lespedeza and edysarum in northwestern china. microbiol. res. 163(6):651-662. 13. silva c., kan, f. l. and martínez-romero, e. (2007). population genetic structure of sinorhizobium meliloti and s. medicae isolated from nodules of medicago spp. in mexico. fems microbiol. ecol.60:477-489. 14. sajjad, m., malik, t. a., arshad, m., zahir, z. a., yusuf, f. and rahman, s. u. (2008). pcr studies on genetic diversity of rhizobial strains. int. j. agric. biol. 10:505-510. 15. vincent, j. m. (1970). a manual for the practical study of the root-nodule bacteria. i. b. p. handbook no. blackwell scientificpublication ltd., oxford, u. s. a., pp.164. 16. vincent, j. m. (1982). nitrogen fixation in legumes. academic press sydney, new york, london. 17. khanuja, s.p. s. and kumar, s. (1989). symbiotic and galactose utilization properties of phage rmp64-resistant mutants affecting three complementation groups in rhizobium meliloti. j. genet. 68(2):93-108. 18. khanuja, s.p. s. and kumar, s. (1988). isolation of phages for rhizobium meliloti ak631. indian j. exp. biol. 26:665-667. 19. singh, a., ram, j., sikka, v. k. and kumar, s. (1984). derivation of marked strains in rhizobium legumeinosarum r1d1 by nitrosoguanidine and transposon mutageneasis. indian j. exp. biol. 22:239-247. 125 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 20. hynes, m. f., simon, r. and pühler, a. (1985). the development of plasmid-free strains of agrobacterium tumefaciens by using incompatibility with a rhizobium meliloti plasmid to eliminate patc58. plasmid. 13:99-105. 21. engelke, t. h., jagadish, m. n. and pühler, a. (1987). biochemical and genetical analysis of rhizobium meliloti mutants defective in c4-dicarboxylate transport. j. gen. microbiol. 133:3019-3029. 22. kerppola, t. k. and kahn, m. k. j. (1988). symbiotic phenotypes of auxotrophic mutants of rhizobium meliloti 104a14. j. gen. microbiol. 134:913-919. 23. holliday, r. (1956). a new method for the identification of biochemical mutants of microorganisms. nature. 178:987-990. 24. eckhardt, t. (1978). a rapid method for the identification of plasmid desoxyribonucleic acid in bacteria. plasmid. 1:584-588. 25. hirsch, p. r., van montagu, m., johnston, a. w. b., brewin, n. j. and schell, j. (1980). physical identification of bacteriocinogenic, nodulation and other plasmids in strains of rhizobium legumeinosarum. j. gen. microbiol. 120:403-412. 26. sambrook, j. ; fritsh, e. f. and maniatis, t. (1989). molecular cloning. a laboratory manual. second edition. cold spring. harbor laboratory. press cold spring harbor. new york. usa. 27. clark, m. s. (1997). in: plant molecular biology a laboratory manual, pp. 305-328, springer-verlog berlin heidelberg, new york. 28. elboutahiri, n., thami-alami., i., zaïd, e. and udupa, s. (2009). genotypic characterization of indigenous sinorhizobium meliloti and rhizobium sullae by reppcr, rapd and ardra analyses. african j. biotech. 8(6):979-985. 29. carelli, m., gnocchi, s., fancelli, s., mengoni, a., paffetti, d., scotti, c. and bazzicalupo, m. (2000). genetic diversity and dynamics of sinorhizobium meliloti populations nodulating different alfalfa cultivars in italian soils. appl. environ. microbiol. 66(11):4785-4789. 30. keller, m., müller, p., simon, r. and pühler, a. (1988). rhizobium meliloti genes for exopolysaccharides synthesis and nodule infection located on megaplasmid 2 are activity transcribed during symbiosis. mol. plant-microbe interact. 1(7):267-274. 31. finan, t. m., weidner, s., wong, k., buhrmester, j., chain, p., vorholter, f. j., hernández-lucas, i., becker, a., cowie, a., gouzy, j., golding, b. and pühler, a. (2001). the complete sequence of the 1,683 kb psymb megaplasmid from the n2-fixing endosymbiont s. meliloti. proc. nati. acad. sci. usa.98:9889-9894. 32. burkardt, b. and burkardt, h.j. (1984).visualization and exact molecular weight determination of a rhizobium meliloti megaplasmid. j. mol. biol. 175:213-218. 33. hynes, m. f., simon, r., muller, p., niehaus, k., labes, m. and pühler, a. (1986). the two megaplasmids of rhizobium meliloti are involved in the effective nodulation of alfalfa .mol. gen .genet. 202:356-362 . 34. oresnik, i. j., liu, s. l., yost, c. k. and hynes, m. f. (2000). megaplasmid prme2011a of sinorhizobium meliloti is not required for viability. j. bacteriol. 182:35823586. 35. galibert, f., finan, t. m., long, s. r., pühler, a., abola, p., ampe, f., barloy-hubler, f., barnett, m. j., becker, a., boistard, p., bothe, g., boutry, m., bowser, l., 126 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 buhrmester, j., cadieu, e., capela, d., chain, p., cowie, a., davis, r. w., dreano, s., federspiel, n. a., fisher, r. f., gloux, s., godrie, t., goffeau, a., golding, b., gouzy, j., gurjal, m., hernandez-lucas, i., hong, a., huizar, l., hyman, r. w., jones, t., kahn, d., kahn, m. l., kalman, s., keating, d. h., kiss, e., komp, c., lelaure, v., masuy, d,, palm, c., peck, m. c., pohl, t. m., portetelle, d., purnelle, b., ramsperger, u., surzycki, r., thebault, p., vandenbol, m., vorholter, f. j., weidner, s., wells, d. h., wong, k., yeh, k. c., batut, j. (2001). the composite genome of the legume symbiont sinorhizobium meliloti. science. 668-672. 36. al-kanaany, g. f., al-yassri, h. f. and al-mousawi, a. a. (2012). plasmid profile of two isolates of sinorhizobium meliloti isolated from different soil areas in basrah/ iraq. basrah j. agric. sci. 25(1):13-18. 37. https://iant.toulouse.inra.fr/bacteria/annotation/cgi/rhime.cgi. holliday’s pool): مجمع ھوليدي 1(رقم جدول pool 5 pool 4 pool 3 pool 2 pool 1 pools thiamine methionine cysteine guanine adenine pool 6  valine lysine isoleucine leucine histidine pool 7  proline threonine tryptophan tyrosine phenylalanine pool 8  arginine aspartic acid uracil asparagine glutamine pool 9  glycine alanine glutamate serine thymine pool 10  cobalamine biotin riboflavin pantothenic acid pool 11  127 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 في ھذه الدراسة المستعملة): العزالت البكتيرية 2(رقمجدول أسم العزلة المصدر الصفات المظھرية والوراثية sgi2 ,عزلة محلية برية+nod ،psyma ،psymb منطقة الطارمية/ بغداد sgi4 ,طافرة عوز غذائي-ade ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi6 ،طافرة عوز غذائي-cys ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi7 ،طافرة عوز غذائي-gly ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi8 ،طافرة عوز غذائي-met ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi9 ,طافرة عوز غذائي-try ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi10 ،طافرة عوز غذائي-ala ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi11 ،طافرة عوز غذائي-asp ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi12 ،طافرة عوز غذائي-try ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sgi14 ،طافرة عوز غذائي-lys ،psyma ،psymb ھذه الدراسة sinorhizobiumلبكتيريا sgi2): طافرات العوز الغذائي التي تم الحصول عليھا من العزلة البرية 3(رقم جدول meliloti نوع الطفرة في الحامض األميني / القاعدة النيتروجينية / الفيتامين العزلة sgi4 )-adenine (ade sgi6 )-cysteine (cys sgi7 )-glycine (gly sgi8 )-methionine (met sgi9 )-tryptophan (try sgi10 )-alanine (ala sgi11 )-aspartic acid (asp sgi12 )-tryptophan (try sgi14 )-lysine (lys 128 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 sinorhizobium melilotiفي عزلة بكتيريا megaplasmids): البالزميدات الكبيرة 1(رقم صورة وطافرات العوز الغذائي البرية وطافرات sinorhizobium meliloti): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائي لدنا عزالت بكتيريا 2(رقم صورة rapd-pcrاألشكال التضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد تقانةو opy-04البادئ باستعمالالعوز الغذائي 129 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 البرية وطافرات sinorhizobium meliloti): ھالم الترحيل الكھربائي لدنا عزالت بكتيريا 3(رقم صورة rapd-pcrاألشكال التضخيم العشوائي للدنا متعدد وتقانة opb7البادئ باستعمالالعوز الغذائي 130 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 genetic variation between wild type and auxotrophic mutant isolates of sinorhizobium meliloti by using rapdpcr technique ihsan a. hussein salwa a. ganim dpet . of biology/college of education for pure science –( ibal-haithim) /university of baghdad receivd in:1/septemper/2014, accepted in :24/ november /2014 abstract sgi2 wild type isolate of sinorhizobium meliloti was isolated from medicago sativa (alfalfa) plant which was obtained from al-tarmiaa region / baghdad. nine auxotrophic mutants were obtained from the sgi2 wild type isolate by mutagenesis with nitrous acid (hno2). the sgi2 wild type and the all auxotrophic mutant isolates had two megaplasmids; psyma and psymb. no genetic variations in plasmid number and size were detected when gel electrophoresis was done for plasmid profile detection. genetic variations by using rapd-pcr technique were obtained between wild type and auxotrophic mutant isolates. one band was detected in sgi6 gel profile with 1.5 kb size when opy-04 primer was used. using opb7 primer by using rapd-pcr technique showed large variation between all the isolates. two bands were obtained from the sgi2 wild type isolate with 800 bases and 1.5 kb in size. these bands were absent from the auxotrophic mutant isolates. the band with 800 bases was also found in sgi10 isolate. the other auxotrophic mutant isolates have different bands with size ranging from 200 bases and more than 1.5 kb for the sgi6 isolate. no bands were detected in sgi8, sgi9 and sg12 isolates. the large differences in bands number and size suggested that the variation is clear at the genes level of the total genome and not at plasmid level as a result after nitrous acid mutagenesis. keywords: genetic variation, sinorhizobium meliloti, rapd, nitrous acid ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 37 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. theoretical calculation of photon emission from quark-antiquark annihilation using qcd theory abstract in this work, we calculate and analyze the photon emission from quark and anti-quark interaction during annihilation process using simple model depending on phenomenology of quantum chromodynamic theory (qcd). the parameters, which include the running strength coupling, temperature of the system and the critical temperature, carry information regarding photon emission and have a significant impact on the photons yield. the emission of photon from strange interaction with anti-strange is large sensitive to decreases or increases there running strength coupling. the photons emission increases with decreases running strength coupling and vice versa. we introduce the influence of critical temperature on the photon emission rate in order to facilitate its further applied in photon emission spectrum. photon emission was increased with large critical temperature 𝑇𝑐 = 143 mev comparing with photons emission at critical temperature 𝑇𝑐 = 126 mev. we analyze and discuss the sensitive of the emission of photon to photons energy eγ = 1.5 gev to 5 gev. it increases with decreased photons energy and vice versa. however, the photons emission increases with increases thermal energy of system t = 170 mev to 270 mev. it is implied that strength coupling, critical temperature and photons energy can be as important as thermal energy of system for emission of photon. key words: photon emission, quark-antiquark, annihilation, qcd theory. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2879 article history: received 6 june 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. elaf mohammed ahmed department of physics, college of education mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. elaafmuhamed@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index hadi j.m. al-agealy department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. hadi.j.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq nada farhan kadhim department of physics, college of education mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. dr.nada@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:elaafmuhamed@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:elaafmuhamed@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:elaafmuhamed@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:elaafmuhamed@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:hadi.j.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:dr.nada@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 38 1.introduction the elementary particle is an important field of physics, it deals with the fundamental building block of matter and their interactions. it's part of the standard model, that's the most successful grand model of fundamental physics [1]. in the 1960s, a variety of strong interaction particles are observed in experiments on nucleons [2]. latterly, both george zweig and murray gell-mann introduce and proposed independently the quark model to describe hadrons in 1964 [3]. it fundamentally classification hadrons into mesons and baryons. the mesons contain quarkantiquark while the baryons have three quark in bound states [4]. the standard model is the best model to describe the collision at higher energies for quarks interaction due to fundamental interactions by which it’s influenced [5]. recently, different theories are introduced to investigate and study the interaction of quark-gluon and the construction of the nature of nucleon structure [6]. the basic constituents of the nucleon are quarks and gluon. these quarks and gluons play a key role to produce nucleon mass. the spin of quarks fermion is 1/2 and has a spin equal to one [7]. the quark-gluon interaction matter has been observed and produced in relativistic heavy-ion collisions at the bnl collider. however, the complementary measurements at the cern had been performed together with the development of the quantum kinetic theories [8]. shortly after the quarks model, several models were developed to investigate the characteristic of hadrons in terms of the quarks mode. greenberg introduces the color hypothesis that describes the quarks as fermions having three color degrees of freedom [9]. recently, the structure of hadrons was understood from focused on the separated roles of gluons and quarks from theoretical and experimental work and integral properties; the quark and gluon spin and angular momentum[10]. due to the color confinement, the quarks are bounded into the hadrons by a variety of configurations. the baryons are formed by three quarks in nucleons and mesons make by the pair of quark and antiquark, they observe in collision experiments [11]. photons are produced in a variety of sources; prompt photons, thermal photons and photons are produced by hard interaction . there create experimentally in heavy-ion collisions [12]. the quark-antiquark state produces in the laboratory. it uses to investigate the transition in the nuclear matter in which quarks and gluons are confined in hadron [13]. in this paper, we present a theoretical calculation of photon rate that's emission from the annihilation of quark and antiquark using the qcd model. 2.theory the rate of photons emission from annihilation reaction of quark anti quarks is[3]. 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 4𝑁𝑠 2 (2𝜋)6 𝐹𝑞 (𝑝𝛾 )( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 )2 ∫ 𝜎𝑎(𝑠)√𝑠(𝑠 − 4𝑚 2) 𝑑𝑠. 1 4𝐸𝛾 ∫ 𝐹�̅� (𝑝�̅� )[1 + 𝐹𝑔(𝑝�̅� )𝑑𝐸�̅� ∞ 𝑠 4𝐸𝛾 ∫ 𝑑𝜙 2𝜋 0 …(1) where 𝑁𝑠, 𝑒𝑞 and 𝑒 are number of spins, charges and electric charge of quarks 𝜎𝑎(𝑠) is cross section, 𝐹𝑞 (𝑝𝛾 ) and 𝐹�̅�(𝑝�̅� ) are juttner distribution of quark and gluon, 𝐸�̅� and 𝐸𝛾 are quark and photons energy, 𝑑𝑠, 𝑑𝜙 and 𝑑𝐸�̅� are element of momentum, solid angle and quarks energies. the juttner function of quark distribution relative to fugacity of anti-quark𝜆𝑞 is [14]. ϝ�̅� (𝐸�̅� ) = 𝜆�̅� (𝑒 𝐸�̅� 𝑇 + 1)−1 (2) and the distribution of gluon f𝐵 (e) relative tofugacity of gluon 𝜆𝑔 is [15]. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 39 𝐹𝑔 (𝐸𝑔) = 𝜆𝑔(𝑒 𝐸𝑔/𝑇 − 1)−1 (3) inserting eqs.(2) and (3) in eq.(1) and integral over 𝐸�̅� ≥ 𝑠 4𝐸𝛾 to obtaine[16]. 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 4𝑁𝑠 2 (2𝜋)6 𝐹𝑞 (𝑝𝛾 )( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 )2. 1 4𝐸𝛾 [∫ [𝜆�̅� (𝑒 𝐸�̅� 𝑇 + 1)−1 + 𝜆�̅� 𝜆𝑔(𝑒 𝐸�̅� 𝑇 + 1)−1(𝑒𝐸𝑔/𝑇 − ∞ 𝑠 4𝐸𝛾 1)−1] 𝑑𝐸�̅� ∫ 𝑑𝜙 2𝜋 0 ∫ 𝜎𝑎(𝑠)√𝑠(𝑠 − 4𝑚 2) 𝑑𝑠…(4) the solution of the first and second integral in eq.(4) for 𝐸�̅� ≅ 𝐸𝑔is 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 4𝑁𝑠 2 (2𝜋)6 𝐹𝑞 (𝑝𝛾 )( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 )2. ∫[𝑇𝜆�̅� ∑ (−1)𝑛+1(𝑒 −𝑠 4𝐸𝛾𝑇) 𝑛 𝑛 ∞ 𝑛=1 + 𝑇𝜆�̅� 𝜆𝑔 ∑ 𝑒 −(2𝑛+1)𝑠 4𝐸𝛾𝑇 2𝑛+1 ∞ 𝑛=1 ]𝜎𝑎(𝑠)√𝑠(𝑠 − 4𝑚 2) 𝑑𝑠 (5) the final term in eq.(5) is [17]. √𝑠(𝑠 − 4𝑚2) 𝜎(𝑠) = 4𝜋𝛼0𝛼𝑠𝑚 2[ln ( 𝑠 𝑚2 ) − 1] (6) the eq.(5) together eq.(6) for s > 4m2 leads to 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 4𝑁𝑠 2 (2𝜋)6 𝐹𝑞 (𝑝𝛾 )( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 )2. 4𝜋𝛼0𝛼𝑠𝑚 2𝑇𝜆�̅� ∫[∑ (−1)𝑛+1(𝑒 −𝑠 4𝐸𝛾𝑇) 𝑛 𝑛 ∞ 𝑛=1 + 𝜆𝑔 ∑ 𝑒 −(2𝑛+1)𝑠 4𝐸𝛾𝑇 2𝑛+1 ∞ 𝑛=1 ] ln[( 𝑠 𝑚2 ) − 1]𝑑𝑠 (7) the solution integral in eq.(7) with assume 𝑠 = 4𝑚2z in and 𝑚2 ≪ 𝐸𝛾 𝑇is. 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 4𝑁𝑠 2 (2𝜋)6 𝐹𝑞(𝑝𝛾) 4𝐸𝛾 ( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 ) 2 . 4𝜋𝛼0𝛼𝑠𝑚 2𝑇𝜆�̅� [𝜆�̅� ∑ (−1)𝑛+1 𝑛 ∞ 𝑛=1 ( 𝐸𝛾𝑇 𝑛𝑚2 ) [ln ( 4𝐸𝛾𝑇 𝑚2 ) − 𝐶 − 𝑙𝑛𝑛 − 1] + 𝜆�̅� 𝜆𝑔 ∑ (−1)𝑛+1 2𝑛+1 ∞ 𝑛=1 𝐸𝛾𝑇 (2𝑛+1)𝑚2 [ln ( 4𝐸𝛾𝑇 𝑚2 ) − 𝐶 − 𝑙𝑛(2𝑛 + 1) − 1] (8) the series in eq.(8)reduce to [18].. ∑ (−1)𝑛+1 (2𝑛+1)2 ∞ 𝑛=1 = (1 − 1 22 ) 𝜁(2)~ 𝜋2 6 (9) and ∑ (−1)𝑛+1 𝑛2 ∞ 𝑛=1 = 𝜋2 6 (10) then the rate in eq.(8) together eq.(2), eq.(9) and eq.(10) with 𝑁𝑠 = 2 and 𝜆𝑔~1to become. 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 𝛼0𝛼𝑠 3(2𝜋)2 ( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 ) 2 𝑇2 𝜆�̅�𝜆𝑞 𝑒 𝐸𝛾 𝑇 +1 [[ln ( 4𝐸𝛾𝑇 𝑚2 ) − 𝐶 + 1 + 𝑙𝑛𝑛 + 𝑙𝑛(2𝑛 + 1)] (11) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 40 where 𝛼0 is electrodynamic constant 𝛼0 = (137) −1, 𝛼𝑠 is qcd strength constant, and 𝑚 is the finite quark mass 𝑚 = 𝑔𝑇 = √4𝜋𝛼𝑠𝑇 [19] with 1 𝑒 𝐸𝛾 𝑇 +1 ≈ 𝑒 −𝐸𝛾 𝑇 for 𝐸𝛾 ≫ 𝑇 and 𝐶𝑝ℎ = 𝐶 − 1 − 𝑙𝑛𝑛 − 𝑙𝑛(2𝑛 + 1) the eq.(11) reduce to 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 𝛼0𝛼𝑠 3(2𝜋)2 ( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 ) 2 𝑇2𝜆�̅� 𝜆𝑞 𝑒 −𝐸𝛾 𝑇 [ln ( 4𝐸𝛾𝑇 𝑚2 ) − 𝐶𝑝ℎ ] (12) the running strength constant is given by [12]. 𝛼𝑠 = 6𝜋 (33−2𝑛𝑓)𝑙𝑛 8𝑇 𝑇𝑐 (13) the critical temperature is [21]. 𝑇𝑐 = ( 90𝐵 𝜋2𝑛𝑔𝑞 ) 1 4 (14) where 𝐵 is the bag constant with bag model and 𝑛𝑔𝑞 = 𝑛𝑔 + 7 8 (𝑛𝑞 + 𝑛�̅� ) is the number of gluons 𝑛𝑔 and quarks 𝑛𝑞 and anti quarks 𝑛�̅� degrees of freedom. 3. results in order to evaluate the emission of photon coefficient from the interaction strange with antistrange quarks, we calculate the running strength coupling with the critical temperature, flavor number and quarks electric charge. firstly, the flavor number estimates using summation flavors ∑ 𝑛𝑓 = 8 in s�̅�→γg system. the critical temperatures for system is calculated using eq.(14) by take the bag constant 𝐵1/4 = 230 𝑎𝑛𝑑 260 mev [21] and inserts the spin 𝑛𝑠 = 2 and color number 𝑛𝑐 = 8 for gluon and takes 𝑛𝑠 = 2, 𝑛𝑐 = 3 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑛𝑓 = 8 for quarks, results are 𝑇𝑐 = 126𝑀𝑒𝑉 to 143𝑀𝑒𝑉. the running strength coupling is evaluated using eq.(13) as a function of the critical temperature, favor number and thermal energy of system. we insert the thermal energy t=170,190,210,230,250 and 270 mev, the flavor number 𝑛𝑓 = 8 and the critical temperature 𝑇𝑐 = 126 𝑡𝑜143 𝑀𝑒𝑉 in eq.(13) to be results running strength coupling are shown in table (1) and table (2) at 𝑇𝑐 = 126 to 143 𝑀𝑒𝑉 alternatively .�̅�strange-ntiwith a = 126, 143 mev for strange s quark interaction cthe running strength coupling at t .1 table 𝑇(𝑀𝑒𝑉) the running strength coupling 𝛼𝑠 the running strength coupling 𝛼𝑠 170 0.46608 0.49227 190 0.44526 0.46910 210 0.42806 0.45005 230 0.41353 0.43402 250 0.40106 0.42030 270 0.39020 0.40839 furthermore, the tuned values of electric charge of system estimates using summation ∑ ( 𝑒𝑞 𝑒 ) 2 charge of strange quark 𝑒𝑠 = − 1 3⁄ e and charge of anti-strange 𝑒�̅� = + 1 3⁄ e to results ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 41 1 9⁄ . the emission of photons yields to the strange quark interaction with anti-strange calculates using eq.(12) by substituting the running strength coupling from tables (1), the photon energy 𝐸𝛾 = 1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4 ,4.5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 5 𝐺𝑒𝑉 from experimental data [21],critical temperature tc = 126 mev to 143 mev with taken fugacity of strange and anti-strange quarks are 𝜆𝑞= 0.06, 𝜆�̅� = 0.06 and annihilation parameter is 𝐶𝑝ℎ = 1.415 [22]. the results are tabulated in tables (2) and (3) for 𝑇𝑐 = 126 𝑀𝑒𝑉 𝑡𝑜 143 𝑀𝑒𝑉. table 3. the emission of photon rate production at 𝑇𝑐 = 143 𝑀𝑒𝑉 with 𝜆𝑞 = 0.06, 𝜆�̅� = 0.06 for strange s quark interaction with anti-strange �̅� 𝑅𝑝ℎ( 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉 2𝑓𝑚4 ) 1t=270 mev t=250 mev t=230 mev t=210 mev t=190 mev t=170 mev 𝛼𝑠 = 0.39020 𝛼𝑠 = 0.40106 𝛼𝑠 = 0.41353 𝛼𝑠 = 0.42806 𝛼𝑠 = 0.44526 𝛼𝑠 = 0.46608 𝐸𝛾 (𝐺𝑒𝑉) 5.21399e-13 4.46265e-13 3.1486e-13 1.87523e-13 9.32084e-14 3.72618e-14 1.5 3.26636e-13 1.79666e-13 8.77242e-14 3.69096e-14 1.28228e-14 3.45285e-15 2 8.10662e-14 3.68356e-14 1.45568e-14 4.81635e-15 1.26413e-15 2.43157e-16 2.5 1.65446e-14 6.36962e-15 2.08115e-15 5.5137e-16 1.11044e-16 1.54642e-17 3 3.10373e-15 1.02045e-15 2.77615e-16 5.92707e-17 9.21246e-18 9.33739e-19 3.5 5.56063e-16 1.56675e-16 3.56054e-17 6.14427e-18 7.39102e-19 5.46644e-20 4 9.68163e-17 2.34206e-17 4.45391e-18 6.22265e-19 5.80217e-20 3.13611e-21 4.5 1.65349e-17 3.43802e-18 5.47698e-19 6.2015e-20 4.48661e-21 1.77389e-22 5 the emission of photon production was plotted in in figure (1) at 𝑇𝑐 = 126𝑀𝑒𝑉 and figure (2) at 𝑇𝑐 = 143 𝑀𝑒𝑉 as a function of the photons energy 𝐸𝛾 (𝐺𝑒𝑉)for strange s quark interaction with antistrange �̅� at fugacity 𝜆𝑞 = 0.06 and 𝜆𝑞 ̅= 0.06 . figure 1. the emission of photon production 𝑅𝑝ℎ foror strange s quark interaction with anti-strange �̅� at 𝑇𝑐 = 126 𝑀𝑒𝑉 and 𝜆𝑞 = 0.06 and 𝜆�̅� = 0.06 . ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 42 figure 2. the emission of photon production 𝑅𝑝ℎ foror strange s quark interaction with anti-strange �̅� at 𝑇𝑐 = 143 𝑀𝑒𝑉 and 𝜆𝑞 = 0.06 and 𝜆�̅� =0.06 . 4.discussion to understand the mechanism of emission of photons yields, we analytically calculate the running strength coupling, critical temperature,thermal energy and energy of photon. the running strength coupling as function to flavour number, critical temperature and thermal energy of system forint reaction of strange quark and anti-strange quarkat annihilation process. table (1) show that running strength coupling increases with decrease of thermal energy from 170 to 270 mev of system. also, the running strength coupling increases with increase critical temperature from 𝑇𝑐 = 126 to 143 mev. emission of photon was increase with decreasing running strength coupling and vice versa. the emission of photon relative to photon energy are done in figure (1) and figure (2). the emission of photon is maximum 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 5.21399 × 10 −13 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉 2𝑓𝑚4 at critical temperature 𝑇𝑐 = 126 𝑀𝑒𝑉 with 𝐸𝛾 = 1.5 𝐺𝑒𝑉 and t = 270 mev and running strength coupling 𝛼𝑠 = 0.39020 while reach minimum 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 1.77389 × 10 −22 1 𝐺𝑒𝑉2𝑓𝑚 4 critical temperature 𝑇𝑐 = 126 𝑀𝑒𝑉 with 𝐸𝛾 = 5 𝐺𝑒𝑉 and 𝛼𝑠 = 0.46608 for low thermal energy t=170mev. however, the emission of photon reachs maximum 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 2.87147 × 10 −13 at critical temperature𝑇𝑐 = 143 𝑀𝑒𝑉. with 𝐸𝛾 = 1.5 𝐺𝑒𝑉and 𝛼𝑠 = 0.40839 and t = 270 mev comparing to minimum 𝑅𝑝ℎ = 1.80895 × 10 −22 𝑇𝑐 = 143 𝑀𝑒𝑉. with 𝐸𝛾 = 5 𝐺𝑒𝑉and 𝛼𝑠 = 0.49227 for low thermal energy t=170 mev. figures (1) and (2) show the emission of photon yield as function of photon energy, it increases with decreases energy of photons and, the emission of photons have maximum for photon energy less than 2 gev. thus, emission of photon yields increase with increases thermal energy, and dramatically decrease the running strength coupling of interaction strange quark with anti-strange quark with larger critical are more strongly enhanced generally, the emission of photon in figure (1) and table (3) larger than in figure (1) and table(2) because that photons are increased with increased critical temperature 143mev. we can extract the emission of photon increases with increasing thermal energy it has ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 43 maximum at 𝑇 = 270 mev by comparing both tables (2) and (3). however, the probability of the emission of photon affected by running strength coupling, critical temperature, thermal energy and photons energy and reach maximum at critical temperature tc = 143 mev and temperature 𝑇 = 270 mev of system. 5. conclusion in conclusion, the emission of photon from strange quark interaction with anti-strange for annihilation processes depending on running strength coupling, critical temperature, thermal energy and photon energy. therefore, one may demonstrated the emission of photon production be affected forcedly by running strength coupling, thermal and critical temperature. it is decreased with increasing the running strength coupling and decreased critical temperature and thermal energy of system for strange -anti strange annihilation process with flavor number 𝑛𝑓 = 8. the photons yield results are implied affected by photon energy. it each top emission for photon energy less than 2 gev. we explore that emission of photon is a unique feature and occurs at minimum running strength coupling and large thermal temperature and critical temperature. in conclusion, the emission of photon is produced forcedly at less strength coupling and large temperature t = 270 mev with critical temperature tc = 143mev and photon energy less 2 gev. references 1.jaeger, g. the elementary particles of quantum fields. entropy 2021, 23, 1416. 2.xu, h.; chen, g.; yan, y.-l.; zhou, d.-m.; zheng, l.; xie, y.-l.; she, z.-l.; sa, b.-h. investigation of ω c 0 states decaying to ξ c+ k− in p p collisions at s= 7, 13 tev. phys. rev. c 2020, 102, 54319. 3.ahmed, e.m.; al-agealy, h.j.m.; kadhim, n.f. theoretical study of photons spectra around high energy of quark-antiquark using qcd theory. neuroquantology 2022, 20, 58. 4.segovia, j. special issue on advances in chiral quark models. symmetry (basel). 2021, 13, 2046. 5.woithe, j.; wiener, g.j.; van der veken, f.f. let’s have a coffee with the standard model of particle physics! phys. educ. 2017, 52, 34001. 6.bkmurd, r.i.; al-agealy, h.j.m.; ashwiekh, a.m. investigation and study of photonic current rate in bremsstrahlung process. in proceedings of the journal of physics: conference series; iop publishing, 2021, 1879, 32094. 7.arbuzov, a.; bacchetta, a.; butenschoen, m.; celiberto, f.g.; d’alesio, u.; deka, m.; denisenko, i.; echevarria, m.g.; efremov, a.; ivanov, n.y. on the physics potential to study the gluon content of proton and deuteron at nica spd. prog. part. nucl. phys. 2021, 119, 103858. 8.taya, h.; park, a.; cho, s.; gubler, p.; hattori, k.; hong, j.; huang, x.-g.; lee, s.h.; monnai, a.; ohnishi, a. signatures of the vortical quark-gluon plasma in hadron yields. phys. rev. c 2020, 102, 21901. 9.fernández, f.; segovia, j. historical introduction to chiral quark models. symmetry (basel). 2021, 13, 252. 10.freese, a.; cloët, i.c.; tandy, p.c. gluon pdf from quark dressing in the nucleon and pion. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 44 phys. lett. b 2021, 823, 136719. 11.zhang, z.; zheng, l.; chen, g.; xu, h.-g.; zhou, d.-m.; yan, y.-l.; sa, b.-h. the study of exotic state z ± c (3900) decaying to j/ψπ ± in the pp collisions at √ s = 1.96, 7, and 13 tev. eur. phys. j. c 2021, 81, 1–6. 12.al-agealy, h.j.m.; ghadhban, r.q.; hassooni, m.a. theoretical study of the photons production kinetic in hot quark-gluon plasma matter. ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci. 2020, 33, 34–41. 13.acharya, u.; adare, a.; aidala, c. ea; ajitanand, n.n.; akiba, y.; alfred, m.; andrieux, v.; apadula, n.; asano, h.; azmoun, b. measurement of j/ψ at forward and backward rapidity in p+ p, p+ al, p+ au, and he 3+ au collisions at s n n= 200 gev. phys. rev. c 2020, 102, 14902. 14.long, j.l.; he, z.j.; ma, y.g.; liu, b. hard photon production from a chemically equilibrating quark-gluon plasma with finite baryon density at one loop and two loop. phys. rev. c 2005, 72, 64907. 15.miller, d.a.b. quantum mechanics for scientists and engineers; cambridge university press, 2008; isbn 1139471279. 16.baier, r.; dirks, m.; redlich, k.; schiff, d. thermal photon production rate from nonequilibrium quantum field theory. phys. rev. d 1997, 56, 2548. 17.wong, c.-y. introduction to high-energy heavy-ion collisions; world scientific, 1994; isbn 9814506850. 18.eg abramowitz, s. m. and stegun, ia, handbook of mathematical functions. dover publications (new york, 1965). 19. hadi, j.m.; al-agealy, d.; hadi dawyich al attabi, h.a. theoretical calculation of the photons rate for the quark-gluon system at compton scattering. international journal of science and research ijsr, 2016,5 ,issue 8, 1770-1775,. 20.saleh, m.s. theoretical study of the fugacity effect on the photons emission at annihilation quarks interaction 2018. ms thesis, baghdad university. 21.al-agealy, h.j.m.; saleh, m.s. theoretical study of the hard photons flow emission rate at 𝑠�̅� → 𝛾𝑔 systems in annihilation processes in one loop. arxiv prepr. arxiv1807.01646 2018. 22.jain, p.; kumar, y. photon emission from quark gluon plasma at rhic and lhc. j. mod. phys. 2014, 2014. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 36 creative commons attribution 4.0 international licensethis work is licensed under a abstract the present study aimed to examine the effect of endosulfan insecticide on some molecular and biochemical parameters in white mice. thirty mice were separated randomly into three groups for treatment with endosulfan. one group (g1) served as the control, while the other two groups received intraperitoneal injections of endosulfan g2 (3 mg/kg) and g3 (17 mg/kg) twice a week for 21 and 45 days, respectively. a biochemical study by measuring liver function parameters, including (alanine aminotransferase (alt) and aspartate aminotransferase (ast)) and kidney function parameters, including (blood urea and creatinine) and malondialdehyde (mda), catalase activity (cat). this study also tested dna damage by comet assay (normal%, low%, medium%, high%). the results of renal function parameters (blood urea and creatinine) were significantly increased in all treated groups after 21 and 45 days exposed to endosulfan compared with control groups. the highest value of blood urea recorded was (49.33 ±0.88 mg/dl) at 17 mg/kg for 45 days compared with the control group, and the highest value of creatinine recorded was (1.81 ±0.13 mg/dl) at 17 mg/kg for 45 days compared with the control group. liver function parameters (alt and ast) significantly increased in all treated groups compared with control groups. the results of mda, cat enzyme, were significantly increased in all treated groups after 21 and 45 days compared with control groups. the highest value of mda recorded was (3.93 ±0.07 μm) at 17 mg/kg for 45 days compared with the control group. tail dna (%) showed a significant increase at high concentrations, and the results showed a considerable increase in the severe damage of dna in the treated group 17 mg\kg b.wt. (25.00 ±1.00)% for 45 days, compared with the control group (3.00 ±1.00) %. key words: liver function, comet assay, creatinine, sub-lethal doses doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2981 article history: received 14 august 2022, accepted 7 septembetr 2022, published in january2023. ov ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq the effect of endosulfan pesticide in some biochemical parameters of white mice diyana m. abd_alkazem department of biology, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq diyana.mushtaq1995@gmail.com adel m. rabee department of biology, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq adel.mashaan@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:diyana.mushtaq1995@gmail.com1 mailto:adel.mashaan@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 37 1.introduction endosulfan is a broad-spectrum organochlorine pesticide used to suppress insect pests in homes and farms worldwide [1]. endosulfan is sold as a 7:3 blend of alpha and beta isomers, with the alpha isomer having a longer half-life (approximately 157 days) and a more significant environmental impact. it has been outlawed in many nations, including the united states [2], but emerging nations like ghana continue to utilize it [3]. it has been extensively used along with modern agriculture methods during the last few decades, contaminating various environmental spaces, such as the soil, the water, and the air. it can pass through the body through the oral cavity when consumed orally, through the skin's pores, and through the nose when inhaled as vapor, dust, or spray particles [6-8]. the contaminated environmental framework has various adverse effects on non-targeted organisms, including people [4]. pesticides harm non-target organisms in two ways: first, pesticides harm non-target species when they come into direct contact with them; second, pesticide residuals may cause non-target organisms to suffer harm down the road [5]. endosulfan has been linked to cardiovascular toxicity [9,10], neurotoxicity [11], hepatotoxicity [12], immunotoxicity [13], reproductive toxicity [14,15], and dna damage [16]. other studies revealed a considerable loss of weight, a change in hematological parameters, and histological modification confirming endosulfan's hematological toxicity [17]. 2. materials and methods 2.1. animals housing white mice aged 6–8 weeks on average, weighing approximately (25±5 g) were used in the present study. the animals were held in polypropylene cages in a controlled situation with 12±2 hrs of light and dark cycles. the temperature was 25±5 °c with a relative humidity of 50–60%. the food sources were available 24 hrs a day. overall, mice were left for one week before beginning the investigation for adaptation to the research laboratory environment. 2.2. experimental animal's treatment thirty male mice were randomly separated into three groups and treated with endosulfan (en) to investigate the toxicological effects (g1, g2, and g3). two intraperitoneal injections of endosulfan g2 (3 mg/kg) and g3 (17 mg/kg) were given twice a week, while one group served as the control. 2.3. biochemical parameters 2.3.1. renal function measurement: blood urea levels were measured using the colorimetric method and a human kit (human gesellschaft fur biochemica and diagnostica mbh, germany). while serum creatinine was estimated using a jaffe reaction that was depending the colorimetric method (bonsnes and taussky, 1945) by using a human kit (human gesellschaft fur biochemica and diagnostica mbh, germany). 2.3.2. measurement of malondialdehyde (mda): malondialdehyde was determined in serum using kit from biovision\usa. 2.3.3. measurement of catalase activity (cat): ihjpas. 36(1)2023 38 bioassay systems’ improved assay directly measures catalase degradation of h₂o₂ using a redox dye. 2.3.4. measurement of alt & ast: liver enzymes were measured by using kits provided by biomerieux-frans for the colorimetric determination of alt and ast in serum. 2.3.5. measurement of deoxyribonucleic acid (dna) damage: dna damage related to the cultured lymphocytes from the spleen was evaluated for three groups utilizing the single-cell electrophoresis (comet assay) approach. 2.4 statistical analysis the statistical analysis systemsas (2012) program was used to detect the effect of different factors on study parameters. the least significant difference –the lsd test (analysis of variationanova), was used to significantly compare the means in this study. 3. results and discussion 3.1 effect on renal function parameters the treated groups with en showed a difference in renal function parameters, as shown in tables (1) and (2). a significant (p≤0.01) increase in blood urea level was found in the treated group with 17 mg\kg of b. wt. ( 40.00 ±2.64) mg/dl after 21 days compared with the control and treatment groups with three mg\kg of b. wt. ( 24.67 ±1.45and 27.33 ±1.76) mg/dl. as the results showed in table (1), there was a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the level of urea in the two treated groups with 3 and 17 mg\kg of b. wt. (33.67 ±2.60and49.33 ±0.88 ) mg/dl after 45 days of the treatment, respectively, compared with the control group (24.66 ±1.45)mg\dl. at the same time, the results showed a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the level of blood urea in the treated group with three mg\kg of b. wt. (33.67 ±2.60) mg\dl for 45 days compared with the level of urea for the same group after 21 days (27.33 ±1.76) mg\dl, and the same significant(p≤0.01) increase was present in the group treated with 17 mg\kg of b. wt. (49.33 ±0.88 and 40.00 ±2.64) after 45 and 21 days of treatment, respectively. the results showed a significant(p≤0.01) increase in creatinine concentration in the treated group with 17 mg\kg of b. wt. ( 1.30 ±0.23) mg/dl after 21 days compared with the control and treatment groups with three mg\kg of b. wt.( 0.433 ±0.08 and 0.76 ±0.08) mg/dl. the results in table (2) obtained a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the creatinine concentration in the two treated groups with 3 and 17 mg\kg of b. wt. (0.86 ±0.03and 1.81 ±0.13 ) mg/dl after 45 days, respectively, compared with the control group(0.433 ±0.08)mg\dl. the results showed a nonsignificant (p≤0.01) increase in the creatinine concentration in the treated group with three mg\kg of b. wt. (0.76 ±0.08 and0.86 ±0.03) mg\dl for 21 and 45 days, while the results showed a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the group treated with 17 mg\kg of b. wt. (1.81 ±0.13) mg/dl after 45 days compared with the group treated for 21 days(1.30 ±0.23) mg/dl. this study's results agreed with bouhafs et al. [18] and sebastian and raghavan [15], suggesting that the kidney is affected by pesticides when orally exposed to 3 mg/kg for 1 and 21 days. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 39 table 1. effect of doses and period in blood urea groups mean ± se of blood urea (mg/dl) lsd value 21 days 45 days control 24.66 ±1.45 b a 24.66 ±1.45 c a 3.82 ns 3 mg/kg 27.33 ±1.76 b b 33.67 ±2.60 b a 6.02 ** 17 mg/kg 40.00 ±2.64 a a 49.33 ±0.88 a b 5.73 ** lsd value 6.98 ** 6.21 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). table 2. effect of doses and period in creatinine groups mean ± se of creatinine (mg/dl) lsd value 21 days 45 days control 0.433 ±0.08 b a 0.433 ±0.08 c a 0.147 ns 3 mg/kg 0.76 ±0.08 b a 0.86 ±0.03 b a 0.207 ns 17 mg/kg 1.30 ±0.23 a b 1.81 ±0.13 a a 0.378 ** lsd value 0.524 ** 0.320 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). 3.2. effect on malondialdehyde (mda) the results of the determination of malondialdehyde showed a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the treated group with 17 mg\kg b.wt. (3.23 ±0.22 μm) for 21 days compared with the control group and treated group with three mg\kg b.wt. (1.73 ±0.16 μm) for 21 days. the results also ihjpas. 36(1)2023 40 showed a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the concentration of (mda) in the treated group with 3 and 17 mg\kg b.wt. (2.72 ±0.44 and 3.93 ±0.07)μm for 45 days compared with the control group (1.32 ±0.24 μm). the results did not show a significant difference in the concentration of malondialdehyde within the same groups and for the different treatment periods in table (3). malondialdehyde (mda) is one of several by-products of the lipid peroxidation process and is a biomarker that indicates lipid peroxidation level [19]. the level of the mda biomarker reflects the degree of oxidative stress [20,21]. in this study, the reason for the high mda is due to the toxic effect of endosulfan. the same results were observed by guo et al. [22] after intraperitoneal injection of en ( 1, 5, and 10 mg kg−1) in wistar rats and by oyovwi et al. [23], and by hussein et al. [24] when nile tilapia (oreochromis niloticus) was exposed to 1/20 (12.795 μg/l) 96 h lc50 of the same insecticide. table 3. effect of doses and period in mda groups mean ± se of mda(μm) lsd value 21 days 45 days control 1.32 ±0.24 b a 1.32 ±0.24 c a 0.403 ns 3 mg/kg 1.73 ±0.16 b a 2.72 ±0.44 b a 0.822 ** 17 mg/kg 3.23 ±0.22 a a 3.93 ±0.07 a a 0.794 ns lsd value 0.748 ** 1.027 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). 3.3. effect on catalase enzyme (cat) the results in table (4) showed a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the level of catalase enzyme in the two groups treated with concentrations 3 and 17 mg\kg b.wt. (1.90 ±0.12 and 3.27 ±0.29)iu/l, respectively, after 21 days compared with the control group (1.12 ±0.22 iu/l). it also showed a significant increase in the concentration in the treated group with 17 mg\kg b.wt. (3.27 ±0.29 iu/l) compared with 3 mg\kg b.wt. (1.90 ±0.12 iu/l). on the other hand, the results showed a significant increase in the enzyme concentration in the two treated groups, 3 and 17 mg\kg b.wt. (2.15 ±0.26 and 2.83 ±0.12)iu/l for 45 days compared to the control group (1.12 ±0.22 iu/l). the results did not show a significant difference in the level of catalase enzyme within the same groups and for the different treatment periods. many pesticides were associated with the induction of oxidative stress via the formation of ros and alterations in antioxidant or free oxygen radical scavenging enzyme systems [25-27]. this may be a rise in cat in treatment groups due to the overproduction ihjpas. 36(1)2023 41 of free radicals and h2o2 that lead to oxidative stress. these results did not agree with hussein et al. [24] after nile tilapia (oreochromis niloticus) was exposed to 1/20 (12.795 μg/l) 96 h lc50 of en and study of pregnant rats exposed to en caused a significantly decreasing cat activity both in liver and kidney [18]. and my results not agreed with yan et al. [28] and [23]. table 4.effect of doses and period in cat groups mean ± se of cat (iu/l) lsd value 21 days 45 days control 1.12 ±0.22 c a 1.12 ±0.22 b a 0.226 ns 3 mg/kg 1.90 ±0.12 b a 2.15 ±0.26 a a 0.473 ns 17 mg/kg 3.27 ±0.29 a a 2.83 ±0.12 a a 0.598 ns lsd value 0.775 ** 0.741 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). 3.4 effect on liver function parameters the results in table (5) showed a significant increase in the alt enzyme level in the treated groups with 3 mg\kg b.wt.(27.33 ±1.20) (42.67±1.76) iu/l and 17 mg/kg (40.00 ±2.88)( 59.33 ±4.97) iu/l after 21 and 45 days respectively of treatment compared to the control group (19.00 ±2.31) iu/l. the results in the table also showed a significant increase in the alt enzyme in the treated group with 3 mg/kg (42.67 ±1.76) iu/l after the passage of 45 days compared to the enzyme level for the same group after 21 days (27.33 ±1.20) iu/l. also, the group treated with 17 mg/kg showed a significant increase in the enzyme level after 45 days(59.33 ±4.97) iu/l, compared with the enzyme level for the same group after 21 days of treatment(40.00 ±2.88) iu/l. on the other hand, the results in table (6) showed that there was a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the ast enzyme level in the treated groups with 3 mg\kg b.wt.( 30.67 ±1.76) (39.66 ±1.76) iu/l and 17 mg\kg b.wt (37.66 ±2.96)( 52.33 ±3.17) iu/l after 21and 45 days, respectively, of treatment compared to the control group (23.66 ±2.02) iu/l as the results of the study showed a significant (p≤0.01) increase in the ast enzyme in the treated group with 3 mg\kg b.wt (39.66 ±1.76) iu/l after 45 days compared to the enzyme level for the same group after 21 days (30.67 ±1.76) iu/l. moreover, the group treated with 17 mg\kg b.wt showed a significant increase in the enzyme level after 45 days (52.33 ±3.17) iu/l, compared with the enzyme level for the same group after 21 days of treatment (37.66 ±2.96) iu/l. enzymes of liver activities were employed as vital biomarkers for the discovery of the hepatotoxic nature of this pesticide. in this study, two hepatic serum marker enzymes, alt and ast, were increased for hepatotoxicity. results revealed that en treatment caused an increase in the activities of liver enzymes in the serum of male mice. these results agreed with hussein et al. [24] and bouhafs et al. [18]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 42 table 5. effect of doses and period in alt groups mean ± se of alt (iu/l) lsd value 21 days 45 days control 19.00 ±2.31 c a 19.00 ±2.31 c a 3.75 ns 3 mg/kg 27.33 ±1.20 b b 42.67 ±1.76 b a 6.84 ** 17 mg/kg 40.00 ±2.88 a b 59.33 ±4.97 a a 7.03 ** lsd value 7.76 ** 11.51 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). table 6. effect of doses and period in ast groups mean ± se of ast (iu/l) lsd value 21 days 45 days control 23.66 ±2.02 b a 23.66 ±2.02 c a 2.95 ns 3 mg/kg 30.67 ±1.76 ab b 39.66 ±1.76 b a 5.79 ** 17 mg/kg 37.66 ±2.96 a b 52.33 ±3.17 a a 7.42 ** lsd value 7.99 ** 8.31 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). 3.5: effect endosulfan on deoxyribonucleic acid (dna): in table (7), the results showed no significant differences between the groups regarding the low damage of dna. at the same time, the results showed a significant increase in low damage of dna in the treated group 3 mg\kg b. wt. for 45 days (14.00 ±1.00)% compared with the same treated group for 21 days (4.50 ±0.50)%. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 43 in table (8), the results showed no significant differences between the groups regarding the medium damage of dna. regarding the considerable damage of dna, table (9) results showed a significant increase in great damage in the treated group 17 mg\kg b.wt. (22.50 ±2.50)% for 21 days compared to the control group (3.00 ±1.00)% and the treated group 3 mg\kg b. wt. (9.00 ±1.00) for the same period. the results also showed a significant increase in the high damage of dna in the treated group 17 mg\kg b.wt. (25.00 ±1.00)% for 45 days, compared with the control group (3.00 ±1.00) % and the treated group 3 mg\kg b. wt. ( 16.00 ±1.00)%. finally, table (10) results showed that the percentage of normal dna decreased significantly in the treated group 17 mg\kg b. wt. for 21 days (57.50 ±2.50)%. compared to the control (82.50 ±2.50)% and treated group 3 mg\kg b. wt. for 21days (77.00 ±1.00)%. as well in the two treated groups for 45 days (60.00 ±2.00 and 54.50 ±2.50) % compared with the control group (82.50 ±2.50) %. endosulfan is a genotoxic chemical that damages dna in rats, fish, and clams [29-31]. damage in dna observed in the current study could have originated from dna single-strand breaks, double-strand breaks, dna-dna/dna protein cross-linking, or inhibition of enzymes concerned in dna repair resulting from the interface of pesticides or their metabolites with dna [32]. dose and time-related increase in dna damage in the form of comet induction was observed during the present investigation. khisroon et al. [33] surveyed the damage in grass carp after exposure to three different concentrations, 0.75 ppb, 1.00 ppb, and 1.50 ppb, of endosulfan. the dna damage in 7, 14, 21, and 28 day was more significant in the treated groups than in the control group. as well as shao et al. [26] noted endosulfan-induced dna damage in zebrafish. a study by guo et al. [22] indicated that endosulfan could cause severe dna damage in spermatogenic cells of rats at concentrations from 12 to 24 µg. 𝑚𝑙−1. table 7. effect of doses and period in comet assay // low% groups mean ± se of low % lsd value 21 days 45 days control 9.50 ±0.50 a a 9.50 ±0.50 a a 1.72 ns 3 mg/kg 4.50 ±0.50 b b 14.00 ±1.00 a a 3.278 ** 17 mg/kg 11.50 ±0.50 a a 10.00 ±2.00 a a 1.85 ns lsd value 2.251 ** 5.95 ns -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 44 table 8. effect of doses and period in comet assay // medium % groups mean ± se of medium % lsd value 21 days 45 days control 5.00 ±1.00 a a 5.00 ±1.00 a a 1.07 ns 3 mg/kg 9.50 ±0.50 a a 10.00 ±2.00 a a 2.69 ns 17 mg/kg 11.00 ±3.00 a a 10.50 ±3.50 a a 2.08 ns lsd value 8.32 ns 6.79 ns -- ns: non-significant. table 9. effect of doses and period in comet assay // high% groups mean ± se of high % lsd value 21 days 45 days control 3.00 ±1.00 b a 3.00 ±1.00 c a 1.19 ns 3 mg/kg 9.00 ±1.00 b b 16.00 ±1.00 b a 6.21 ** 17 mg/kg 22.50 ±2.50 a a 25.00 ±1.00 a a 3.98 ns lsd value 7.46 ** 4.50 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 45 table 10.effect of doses and period in comet assay // normal% groups mean ± se of normal % lsd value 21 days 45 days control 82.50 ±2.50 a a 82.50 ±2.50 a a 5.83 ns 3 mg/kg 77.00 ±1.00 a a 60.00 ±2.00 b b 7.04 ** 17 mg/kg 57.50 ±2.50 b a 54.50 ±2.50 b a 5.69 ns lsd value 9.54 ** 10.56 ** -- means with different capital letters in the same column and small letters in the same row are significantly different. . ** (p≤0.01). 3.conclusions the study results show that the endosulfan insecticide poses a toxic role on renal function and liver function parameters in white mice. furthermore, endosulfan is a genotoxic chemical that induces dna damage. references 1. dilna, c.; prasanth, g. k.; kanade, s. r. molecular interaction studies of endosulfan with the cholinergic pathway targets–an insilico approach. computational toxicology, 2018, 5, 1-7. 2. lubick, n. endosulfan's exit: us epa pesticide review leads to a ban, 2010, 1466-1466. 3. darko, g.; akoto, o.; oppong, c. persistent organochlorine pesticide residues in fish, sediments and water from lake bosomtwi, ghana. chemosphere, 2008, 72(1), 21-24. 4. liu, l.; bilal, m.; duan, x.; iqbal, h. m. mitigation of environmental pollution by genetically engineered bacteria—current challenges and future perspectives. science of the total environment, 2019, 667, 444-454. 5. kim, k. h.; kabir, e.; jahan, s. a. exposure to pesticides and the associated human health effects. science of the total environment, 2017, 575, 525-535. 6. damalas, c. a. and koutroubas, s. d. farmers’ exposure to pesticides: toxicity types and ways of prevention. toxics, 2016, 4(1), 1. 7. kim, s. h.; jang, j. b.; park, k. h.; paik, m. k.; jeong, s. h. evaluation of dermal absorption rate of pesticide chlorpyrifos using in vitro rat dermal tissue model and its health risk assessment. biomedical science letters, 2016, 22(4), 140-149. 8. oginawati, k.; sidhi, r.; susetyo, s. h. lead exposure in trader communities in industrial area of the battery recycling plant: tangerang, indonesia. journal of ecological engineering, 2020, 21(4). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 46 9. wei, j. l.; zhang, l. s.; wang, j. j.; guo f. z.; li, y. b.; zhou, x. q.; sun, z. w. endosulfan inducing blood hypercoagulability and endothelial cells apoptosis via the death receptor pathway in wistar rats. toxicology research, 2015, 4(5), 1282-1288. 10. zhang, l.; wei, j.; guo, f.; duan, j.; li, y.; shi, z.; sun, z. endosulfan activates the extrinsic coagulation pathway by inducing endothelial cell injury in rats. environmental science and pollution research, 2015, 22(20), 15722-15730. 11. atsdr,a. toxicological profile for endosulfan. agency of toxic substances and disease registry, u.s. department of health and human services, 2015. 12. uboh, f. e.; asuquo, e. n.; eteng, m. u. endosulfan-induced hepatotoxicity is route of exposure independent in rats. toxicology and industrial health, 2011, 27(6), 483-488. 13. zhao, y. z.; jia, j.; li, y. b.; guo, c. x.; zhou, x. q.; sun, z. w. effects of endosulfan on the immune function of erythrocytes, and potential protection by testosterone propionate. the journal of toxicological sciences, 2014, 39(5), 701-710. 14. du, h.; wang, m.; wang, l.; dai, h.; wang, m.; hong, w.; xu, a. reproductive toxicity of endosulfan: implication from germ cell apoptosis modulated by mitochondrial dysfunction and genotoxic response genes in caenorhabditis elegans. toxicological sciences, 2015, 145(1), 118127. 15. sebastian, r. ; raghavan, s. c. exposure to endosulfan can result in male infertility due to testicular atrophy and reduced sperm count. cell death discovery, 2015, 1(1), 1-10. 16. bhalli, j. a.; ali, t.; asi, m. r.; khalid, z. m.; ceppi, m.; khan, q. m. dna damage in pakistani agricultural workers exposed to mixture of pesticides. environmental and molecular mutagenesis, 2009, 50(1), 37-45. 17. jan, r.; sadique, u.; ul hassan, z.; farid, k.; ahmad, s.; khan, s.; khan, h. toxicopathological and reproductive effects of concurrent oral administration of ochratoxin a and endosulfan in pregnant rabbits (oryctolagus cuniculus). pakistan veterinary journal, 2017, 37(1). 18. bouhafs, l.; moudilou, e. n.; exbrayat, j. m.; lahouel, m.; idoui, t. 2015. protective effects of probiotic lactobacillus plantarum bj0021 on liver and kidney oxidative stress and apoptosis induced by endosulfan in pregnant rats. renal failure, 2015, 37(8), 1370-1378. 19. bhale, d. v.; patil, d. s.; mahat, r. k. study of malondialdehyde (mda) as a marker of oxidative stress in obese male individuals. international journal of recent trends in science and technology, 2014,10(1), 51-52. 20. ting, c. h.; mycock, d. j.; padayachee, k. cold pretreatment amplifies the responses of in vitro eucalyptus grandis shoots to cryopreparative drying. cryoletters, 2014, 35(1), 54-62. 21. guo, r.; li, w.; liu, b.; li, s.; zhang, b.; xu, y. resveratrol protects vascular smooth muscle cells against high glucose-induced oxidative stress and cell proliferation in vitro. medical science monitor basic research, 2014, 20, 82. 22. guo, f. z.; xu, y.; ren, l. h.; zhang, j.; zhang, f.; duan, j.; sun, z. w. endosulfan induces apoptosis by activating the negative regulation pathway of cell cycle and death receptor pathway in spermatogenic cells. toxicology research, 2017, 6(2), 223-231. 23. oyovwi, m. o.; ben-azu, b.; tesi, e. p.; oyeleke, a. a.; uruaka, c. i.; rotu, r. a.; ayaebi, e. o. repeated endosulfan exposure induces changes in neurochemicals, decreases atpase transmembrane ionic-pumps, and increased oxidative/nitrosative stress in the brains of rats: reversal by quercetin. pesticide biochemistry and physiology, 2021, 175, 104833. 24. hussein, m. m.; elsadaawy, h. a.; el-murr, a.; ahmed, m. m.; bedawy, a. m.; tukur, h. a.; saadeldin, i. m. endosulfan toxicity in nile tilapia (oreochromis niloticus) and the use of ihjpas. 36(1)2023 47 lycopene as an ameliorative agent. comparative biochemistry and physiology part c: toxicology & pharmacology, 2019, 224,108573. 25. lushchak, v. i. environmentally induced oxidative stress in aquatic animals. aquatic toxicology, 2011, 101(1), 13-30. 26. stara, a.; machova, j.; velisek, j. effect of chronic exposure to simazine on oxidative stress and antioxidant response in common carp (cyprinus carpio l.). environmental toxicology and pharmacology, 2012, 33(2), 334-343. 27. stara, a.; kristan, j.; zuskova, e.; velise k, j. effect of chronic exposure to prometryne on oxidative stress and antioxidant response in common carp (cyprinus carpio l.). pesticide biochemistry and physiology, 2013, 105(1), 18-23. 28. yan, j.; wang, d.; miao, j.; liu, c.; wang, y.; teng, m.; zhu, w. discrepant effects of αendosulfan, β-endosulfan, and endosulfan sulfate on oxidative stress and energy metabolism in the livers and kidneys of mice. chemosphere, 2018, 205, 223-233. 29. tao, y.; pan, l.; zhang, h.; liu, n. identification of genes differentially expressed in clams ruditapes philippinarum in response to endosulfan after different exposure time. ecotoxicology and environmental safety, 2013, 89, 108-116. 30. wei, j.; zhang, l.; ren, l.; zhang, j.; liu, j.; duan, j.; sun, z. endosulfan induces cell dysfunction through cycle arrest resulting from dna damage and dna damage response signaling pathways. science of the total environment, 2017, 589, 97-106. 31. shao, b.; zhu, l.; dong, m.; wang, j.; wang, j.; xie, h.; zhu, s. dna damage and oxidative stress induced by endosulfan exposure in zebrafish (danio rerio). ecotoxicology, 2012, 21(5), 1533-1540. 32. guilherme, s.; santos, m. a.; barroso, c.; gaivão, i.; pacheco, m. differential genotoxicity of roundup® formulation and its constituents in blood cells of fish (anguilla anguilla): considerations on chemical interactions and dna damaging mechanisms. ecotoxicology, 2012, 21(5), 1381-1390. 33. khisroon, m.; hassan, n.; khan, a.; farooqi, j. assessment of dna damage induced by endosulfan in grass carp (ctenopharyngodon idella valenciennes, 1844). environmental science and pollution research, 2021, 28(12), 15551-15555. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 214 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: azraa.ghazi1105a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract azo-ligand-(hl) ([4((2-hydroxyquinolin-3-yl) diazenyl) -n(5-methylisoxazol-3yl) benzenesulfonamide]), (2hydroxy quinolin derivative),reacts with the next metal ions (cr (iii), fe (iii),co (ii) and cu(ii)) forming stable complexes with unique geometries such as(tetrahedral for bothco (ii) and cu (ii), octahedral for both cr (iii) and fe (iii)). the creation of such complexes was detected by employing spectroscopic means involving ultraviolet-visible which proved the obtained geometries, fourier transfer proved the involvement of coordinated water molecule in all complexes besides the pyrolysis (tga & dsc) studies proved the coordination of water residues with metal ions inside the coordination sphere as well as chlorine atoms. moreover element-micro-analysis and aas that gave corresponding outcome with theoretically counting outcome. magnetic quantification scan also indicates the unique geometries of complexes. the degradation of reactive oxygen entities for the compounds were estimated toward (dpph-radical then matched to the standard-natural antioxidant, gallic acid. the incomes display good radical degradations-activities.the lower ic50 value, the higher antioxidant activity. depending on this conception, the order of our compounds besides azo-species-hl is as follows: (g_a<[co(l)(h2o)cl]> [cr(l)(h2o)cl]> [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2]> [cu(l)(h2o)cl]). keywords: antioxidant, azo dye, mass spectroscopy,quinolin derivative, thermal analysis. 1. introduction azo group n=n contributes in the brilliant color of its compounds in vis-area in addition to its sensitivity toward ph changes which can be strong reason of their usage as colorant for tissues and indications in analytical chemistry. azo compounds [1-4] display geometrical isomaresim when exposed to light, transisomers are stable and converts into cis-isomer when exposed to light. such doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3068 article history: received 11 october 2022, accepted 3 november 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq cr (iii), fe (iii), co (ii) and cu(ii)metal ions complexes with azo compound derived from 2-hydroxy quinoline synthesis, characterization, thermal study and antioxidant activity adhraa ghazi abdulrazzaq* department of biotechnology of medicalinstrument-technical, al-israa-universitycollege, baghdad, iraq. azraa.ghazi1105a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq abbas ali salih al-hamdani department of chemistry, college of science for women, university of baghdad, iraq. abbasas_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:azraa.ghazi1105a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:azraa.ghazi1105a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:azraa.ghazi1105a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:abbasas_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:abbasas_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:abbasas_chem@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 215 operation called photochromic when completely conversion occurs [5].when this operation accompanied with high differentiation in dipole moment, making these substances of high storage optical data.[6] azo complexes such as azo-quinolin, display nonlinear optical features, such features occupy important role in optical data storage and telecommunication's [7-9].azo species had numerous interests as indicators to extract and identify tiny amounts of metal ions in various samples.[10-12] azo-complexes have studied intensively because of their important features and applications such as catalysts, antimicrobial, erosion inhibitors and anticancer.[13-15] azocomplexes that derived from sulfamethoxazole and pyrazole [16, 17] display unique activities against tuberculosis. azo compounds such as ruthenium complex, which derived from quinolin, shows anticancer activity because of their role in photodynamic therapy at long wavelengths.[18, 19] azo-complexes are also used as photo sensors in double -photon photodynamic therapy to cure cancer because of their lower toxicity in dark and high tendency to produce active o-species in addition to their ability to absorb di-photon [20, 21]. the acidic features of π-orbits of nheterocycls that involved in azo entities provide additional stability for various oxidation states of metal ions. large amounts of azo-dyes are added to food products to enhance the appearance and feed features [22, 23] .azo complexes especially cr (iii) complex with acidic dyes shows many usages in toners and dying for skin and hair [24].according to their large industrial applications such as medicinal and spectroscopic-analysis, we aimed to prepare new series of azo-complexes. by the reaction between azo-compound and each of the next metal ions: (cr (iii), fe (iii), co (ii) and cu (ii)) then using many techniques to identify the formation of such complexes. 2. chemicals and method 2.1 materials and instrumentation materials have supplied from the trading suppliers, (sigma aldrich, merck, and others). the eurovector model ea/3000, singlev3o, has employed to achieve (c-h-n-sand0). mineral-ions have determined as m-o employing a gravimetric-approaches. molar-conductivity has estimated employing conduct meter w-t-w, 25-°c. 1×10-3 m. d/m/s/0 has employed as solvent. massspectra for substances have collected using mas.s spectrometry (ms) q-p-50-a-d-i analyses shimadzu qp(e170ev) -2010-pluss spectrometer. the spectra were analyzed using a shimadzu uv-1800 uv-visible spectrophotometer. the ft_ir prestige-21 was used to investigate the fourier transform infrared (ftir in burker) spectra (ranges between 4000-600 cm-1, shimadzu ). 2.2 general approach of azo-ligand (hl) and metal complexes synthesis 2.2.1synthesis of azo-ligand (l) 4-((2-hydroxyquinolin-7-yl) diazenyl) -n-(4-methylisoxazol3yl) benzene sulfonamide azo-ligand was synthesized according to diazotization-coupling approach at which, (2.05 g, 0.005 mol) from sulfamethoxazole were dissolved in a mixture consisting of 4 ml of 37% hcl and 35 ml distilled water dw. then this mixture allowed to be cooled in a temperature starts at 0⁰c up to 5⁰c followed by discontinuously addition of (0.375 g, 0.005) mol nano2 solution which in turn dissolved in 30 ml dw, with continuous stirring and under controlling the range of temperature, which must be kept around 5⁰c for 30 minutes. after 15 minutes, diazotization-coupling operation occurs resulting in diazonium salt, which in turn added through filtered funnel containing cube of ice of dw onto 0.726 g, 0.005 mol solution of 2-hydroxy quinoline dissolved in 50ml of absolute etoh and 15 ml of 10% naoh solution with cooling and continuous stirring. we can clearly observe the creation of reddish-brown precipitate scheme 1, this precipitate is left for one hour ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 216 under 5 ⁰c, then filtered and washed several periods with distilled water. finally, recrystallization process by absolute ethanol is carried out, followed by drying in oven at 50 ⁰c. yielding in 68% product having (130-133) ⁰c m. p. 2.2.2 synthesis of metal complexes a specific amount of azoquinolin derivative, which dissolved in abs. etoh, is added discontinuously with continuous stirring onto a specific amount for each of the next metal ion salts: (cr (iii), fe (iii), co (ii) andcu (ii)) solutions. the resultant mixture is heated and refluxed for one hour up to 80 ⁰c, followed by cooling at room temperature, after 24 hours, a completely precipitation occurs, figure 1.then, solution containingprecipitate is filtered, washed several periods with distilled water and washed with little amount of cold ethanol. finally, recrystallization process using absolute ethanol is carried out for the synthesized complexes. the molar ratio of the synthesized complexes was found to be 1:1 m: l. figure 1. azo-ligand (hl) and metal complexes synthesis. 3. result and discussion 3.1 magnetic nuclear resonance spectrum of ligand (1h-nmr &13c-nmr) magnetic nuclear resonance spectrum of the new azo ligand was studied using dimethyl sulfoxide dmso-d6 as solvent and tms as standard reference. figure 2 demonstrate the chemical shifts of these spectra. 1h-nmr spectrum of the ligand demonstrates the several chemical shifts but the most distinguishable feature is the absent of nh2 chemical shift compared to starting materials as denoted in table 2. 13c-nmr spectrum demonstrates the next signals : (100.622 mhz, dmsod6): d 48.06 (c1), 167.70 (c13), 144.31 (c7), 121.95 (c18), 148.76 (c19), 125.18 (c15), 130.31 (c17), 134.31 (c9), 141.97 (c8), 115.39 (c16), 167.70 (c13), 151.10 (c11), 153.24 (c5), 195.60 (c12), 131.97 (c14), 162.15 (c4), 157.17 (c10), 179.82 (c2).[25,26]. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 217 table 1.1h-nmr data of ligand (hl) (ppm) δ functional group compound (1.08, 1h, singlet) ar-oh c19h15n5o4s hl (10.51, 1h, singlet) n-h (7.68-7.95, 8h, multiplet) ar-h (6.72-6.79, 2h, singlet) c-h (aromatic) besides ch3 c-h (3quinoline) besides oh (2.60, 3h, singlet) ch3 (2.41-2.51) dmso (solvent) figure2.1h-nmr and 13c-nmr spectra of ligand (hl). 3.2 physical and chemical properties reactions of metal salts with ligand gave the synthetic complexes scheme 1. the results of elemental analysis demonstrate 1:1 m: l stoichiometry for all complexes the elemental analysis results were compatible with theoretical calculated results as denoted in table 2. table 2.some physical properties element microanalysis studies of compounds. compound m_wt m-p_°c color eleme. micro-ana. percentage estimate (calc.) c h. n. o. s m. cl. c19h15n5o4s 409.42 130-133 pale brown 55.50 (54.41) 3.62 (3.18) 17.10 (18.70) 15.55 (15.26) 7.39 (8.40) -- c19h18cl2crn5o6s 567.34 225 d pale brown 41.60 (40.22) 2.65 (3.20) 13.84 (12.34) 15.98 (16.92) 6.43 (5.65) 8.88 (9.16) 13.15 (12.50) c19h18cl2fen5o6s 571.13 190 d reddish brown 40.14 (39.95) 4.01 (3.18) 13.31 (12.26) 15.98 (16.81) 10.01 (9.78) 10.01 (9.78) 13.03 (12.41) c19h16clcon5o5s 520.81 228-230 pale brown 42.86 (43.82) 3.33 (3.10) 14.87 (13.45) 16.06 (15.36) 5.89 (6.16) 12.02 (11.32) 7.09 (6.81) c19h16clcun5o5s 525.43 200-201 greenish brown 42.24 (43.43) 2.71 (3.07) 14.41 (13.33) 16.06 (15.23) 5.81 (6.10) 12.88 (12.09) 7.07 (6.75) d= decompose ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 218 3.3 uv-vis studies of azo-ligand (hl)and its complexes: figure3 displays the electronic transitions of azo-ligand (hl), those transitions as follows: (π →π*) and n→π*+ (c.t) (l-l). such transitions can apparently observe at (296 nm, 33783 cm-1) and (328 nm, 30487 cm-1) respectively. the presence of aromatic rings and unsaturated bonds results in (π →π*) transition and the presence of hetero atoms especially unshared electrons causes in n→π*+ (c.t) (l-l). figure4 and table 3 illustrate the electronic transitions of [cr(l)(h2o)2cl2] complex at ultra violet region in the range (298 nm, 33557 cm -1) and (377 nm, 26525 cm-1) those absorption bands belong to (π →π*) and (n→π*) electronic transitions respectively. the presence of non-bonding electrons or heteroatoms causes (n→π*) transition, while the presence of unsaturated bonds and aromatic rings causes (π →π*) transition.[27] moreover, the transitions that happened in metal (d-d), can strongly prove the coordination. those are as follows;4a2g→ 4t2g (f) , 4a2g→ 4t1g (f) and 4a2g→ 4t1g (p), which observed at (615 nm, 16260 cm-1), (679 nm, 14727 cm-1 ) and (749 nm, 13351 cm-1) respectively. those transitions and magnetic moment (3.89 b.m) can definitely supports octahedral geometry. we can apparently observe the occurrence of coordination in [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] complex, because of the observed shifting in absorption range of detected transitions at ultra violet region compared to the range of the same transitions in free azo residue to be appeared at (331 nm, 30211 cm-1) and (573 nm , 17452 cm-1). the mentioned wave numbers belong to (π →π*) and (π →π*) + c.t transitions respectively. in addition to single d-d transition in the metal itself that denoted as 6a1→ 4t1(g) at (783 nm, 12771 cm-1) and the magnetic moment (5.62 b.m) can definitely supports octahedral geometry.[28,29] [co(l)(h2o)cl] complex shows electronic transitions in ultra violet region, those are (π→π*), (n→π*) and (n→π*)+(c.t) at (309 nm, 32362 cm-1) (340 nm ,29411 cm-1) and (394 nm, 25380 cm-1) respectively. additionally, 4a2→ 4t2 (f), 4a2→ 4t1 (f) and 4a2→ 4t1 (p)(d-d transitions) can clearly observe at (690 nm, 14492 cm-1),(789 nm, 12674 cm-1) and (825 nm, 12121 cm-1) respectively. those transitions and the magnetic moment [3.93 b.m] can definitely supports tetrahedral geometry.[30][cu(l)(h2o)cl] complex shows the following transitions : π→ π* at (279 nm, 35842 cm-1), n→ π* at (319 nm, 31347 cm-1) and (n→π*)+ (c.t ) transition at (386 nm, 25906 cm-1) those are belong to azo residue . in addition to (d-d) transition that referred to as 2t2→ 2e at (834 nm, 11990 cm-1); the mentioned transition can definitely support tetrahedral geometry of the complex.[31] all the electronic transitions information for the products have displayed in table 2. figure 3.uv-vis spectrum of azo-ligand (hl). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 219 figure 4. uv-vis spectrum of cr-complex. table 3.uv-vis spectral data of compounds. compound λmax (nm) υ cm-1 abs. ε max l mol1cm-1 assignment ʌm cm2 ω1mol-1 µeff b.m azo-ligand (hl) 296 328 33783 30487 1.501 0.926 - 332 π→π* n→π*+c.t(l→l) - - c19h18cl2crn5o6s o.h 298 377 615 679 749 33557 26525 16260 14727 13351 0.332 0.478 0.138 0.216 0.109 332 478 138 216 109 π→π* n→π*)c.t( 4a2g→ 4t2g (f) 4a2g→ 4t1g (f) 4a2g→ 4t1g (p) 18 3.89 c19h18cl2fen5o6s o.h 331 573 783 30211 17452 12771 0.838 0.194 0.246 838 194 246 π→π* n→π*(c.t) 6a1→ 4t1(g) 9 5.62 c19h16clcon5o5s t.d 309 340 394 690 789 825 32362 29411 25380 14492 12674 12121 0.416 0.380 0.510 0.106 0.046 0.047 416 380 510 106 46 47 π→π* n→π* n→π*+ (c.t ) 4a2→ 4t2 (f) 4a2→ 4t1 (f) 4a2→ 4t1 (p) 21 3.93 c19h16clcun5o5s t.d 279 319 386 834 35842 31347 25906 11990 0.501 3.001 1.854 0.436 501 3001 1854 436 π→π* n→π* n→π*+ (c.t ) 2t2→ 2e 12 1.76 3.4 lc-mass spectra of the products: in figure 5, we can apparently notice the peak that corresponds the molecular weight of ligand (hl) for the piecec10h9n2o3s + and its abundance about 45%. in addition to other abundances for the rest of pieces including c9h6n3o +, c6h6no2s + , c7h7 + , c2h6n3o +and c4h4no + that corresponded the next abundances: 43% , 15% , 13% , 33% and 42% respectively. mass information of [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] in figure 6 and scheme 3, the molecular ion peak (m +) can detected at 535 m/z with relative abundance 59% besides the next patterns c10h10n3o3s + c9h5fen2o +, c6h6no2s +, c3h4feno +, c4h5n2o + and c6h6n +. which corresponding to (252 m/z, 30%), (212 m/z, 57%) , (156 m/z, 58%), (125 m/z, 50%), (97 m/z, 70%) and (92 m/z, 45%) respectively.[32] additionally, [co(l)(h2o)cl] complex in scheme 4, illustrates the next ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 220 fragments: (m+) at 467 m/z with relative abundance 48%, c10h10n3o3s +, c9h5con2o +, c6h6no2s +, c3h4cono +, c4h5n2o + and c6h6n + that corresponded to (252 m/z, 60%), (216 m/z, 52%), (156 m/z, 47%), (129 m/z, 35%), (97 m/z, 85%) and (92 m/z, 45%) respectively.[33] [cu(l)(h2o)cl] complex in scheme 5 illustrate the next fragments: (m +) c19h14n5cuo4s + at (471 m/z, 41%), c10h10n3o3s + at (252 m/z, 48%), c9h5n2cuo + at (220 m/z, 40%), c6h6no2s + at (156 m/z, 75%), c3h4ncuo + at (133 m/z, 7%), c4h5n2o + at (97 m/z, 58%)and c6h6n + at (92 m/z, 17%).[33] for [cr(l)(h2o)2cl2] in scheme 6 has displayed in detail in table 4. scheme 2. fragmentation analogues of azo-ligand (hl). scheme 3. fragmentation analogues of fe-complex. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 221 scheme 4. fragmentation analogues of co-complex. scheme 5.fragmentation analogues of cu-complex. scheme 6.fragmentation analogues of cr-complex. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 222 figure 5. lc-mass spectrum of azo-ligand (hl). figure 6. lc-mass spectrum of fe-complex. table 4. lc-mass spectral data of compounds. fragment co-complex extract mass relative abundance fragment fe-complex extract mass relative abundance c19h16clcon5o5s c19h14con5o4s + c10h10n3o3s + c9h5con2o + c6h6no2s + c3h4cono + c4h5n2o + c6h6n + 520 467 252 216 156 129 97 92 17% 48% 60% 52% 47% 35% 85% 45% c19h18cl2fen5o6s c19h13cl2fen5o4s + c10h10n3o3s + c9h5fen2o + c6h6no2s + c3h4feno + c4h5n2o + c6h6n + 571 535 252 212 156 125 97 92 12% 59% 30% 57% 58% 50% 70% 45% fragment cr-complex extract mass relative abundance fragment cu-complex extract mass relative abundance c19h18cl2crn5o6s c19h14cl2crn5o4s + c10h10n3o3s + 567 531 252 17% 25% 48% c19h16cln5cuo5s c19h14n5cuo4s + c10h10n3o3s + 525 471 252 29% 41% 48% ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 223 c9h5crn2o + c6h6no2 + c4h5n2o + - - 209 156 97 - - 12% 45% 78% - - c9h5n2cuo + c6h6no2s + c3h4ncuo + c4h5n2o + c6h6n + 220 156 133 97 92 40% 75% 7% 58% 17% 3.5 ft-ir studies: the absorption bands that observed in azo-species, figure 7 are: stretching vibrational modes for each of the next functional groups: (nh) amine, (c-h) aromatic, (c-h) aliphatic, (n=n) azo band and (so2) at (3381, 3091, 2977, (1448-1403) and (1160-1086)) cm -1 respectively. in ft-ir spectrum for [cr(l)(h2o)2cl2] complex in figure 8, we can clearly notice the absorption band of coordinated water molecule in the range (3652 and 1600) cm-1that proves the involvement of such group inside the coordination sphere of the complex. other absorption bands that detected were belonging to the stretching absorption bands for the next groups : n-h amino group at (3388 cm1), c-h aromatic at 3084 cm-1 , c-h aliphatic at 2977 cm-1, n=n at (1466 and 1387) cm-1 and so2 group at (1145 and 1091) cm-1.[33] for [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] complexwe can also observe the absorption band of coordinated water molecule at (3583 and 1605) cm-1. and absorption peaks of next functional groups: n-h amino group , c-h aromatic , c-h aliphatic, n=n azo group and so2 sulfate group at : (3383 , 3087, 2978, (1462 and 1388) and (1660 and 1086)) cm-1 respectively.[34]the ft-ir spectrum of [co(l)(h2o)cl] complex displays the same absorption bands of that shown in previous complexes. n-h amino group, c-h aromatic, c-h aliphatic, n=n azo group and so2 sulfate group at : (3384 , 3163, 2983, (1473 and 1388) and (1164 and 1087)) cm-1 respectively. besides the band of coordinated water molecule which in turn observed at (3520 and 1613) cm-1[35]the ft-ir spectrum of [cu(l)(h2o)cl].[36]complex displays the same absorption bands that shown in previous complexes. n-h amino group, c-h aromatic, c-h aliphatic, n=n azo group and so2 sulfate group at : (3385 , 3168, 2980, (1471 and 1389) and (1165 and 1088)) cm-1 respectively. besides the band of coordinated water molecule which in turn observed at (3506 and 1612) cm-1. all the information data of the complexes have displayed in table 4. table 4. ft-ir spectral data of compounds. compounds (h2o) aqua (nh) (c-h) aromatic (c-h) aliphatic (n=n) (so2) azo species-hl --3381 3091 2977 1448 1403 1160 1086 [cr(l)(h2o)2cl2] octahedral 3652 1600 3388 3084 2977 1466 1387 1145 1091 [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] octahedral 3583 1605 3383 3087 2978 1462 1388 1160 1086 [co(l)(h2o)cl] tetrahedral 3520 1613 3384 3163 2983 1473 1388 1164 1087 [cu(l)(h2o)cl] tetrahedral 3506 1612 3385 3168 2980 1471 1389 1165 1088 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 224 figure 7. ft-ir spectrum of azo-ligand (hl). figure 8.ft-ir spectrum of cr-complex. 3.6 study of thermogravimetric analysis for azo-ligand (hl)and complexes: dsc differential scanning calorimetry technique, defined as pyrolysis technique employed for estimation the amount of absorbed and released heat and for the thermal changes that happened for tested substance. table 5, shows ti/⁰c, tf/⁰c, heat amount (δh) in j/g unit if it was exothermic or endothermic. pyrolysis studies for azo-ligand (hl)and itscomplexes were carried out depending on thermogravimetric analysis curve (tga) by measuring the changes in masses of the substances under study relative to temperature when these substances obey to controlled thermal program in a specific time. the result curve isconsidered as thermogravimetric curve, which inform us about thermal stability, reaction rates, chemical structure and the thermal stability of the products as denoted in table 6 in addition to each pyrolysis step occurred. tga for hl in figure 9 displays intensively three degradation steps, this technique can also demonstrate that, [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] complex analyzes in four steps as illustrated in figure 10that display the mechanism of its degradation, the critical temperature at which the maximal transformation of the complex occurs and the percentage of theoretical and calculated mass loss. it was found that, the ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 225 estimated mass loss is 87.181 % and the remnant is 12.819 % whereas the calculated mass loss is 87.3163 % and the remnant is 12.6387 % as feo.[37]for [cu(l)(h2o)cl] complex, displays three degradation steps, the critical temperature at which the maximum mutation of complex carried out and the percentage of theoretical 85.835 % and the remnant is 14.165%, and calculated mass loss 84.786 % and the remnant is 15.214 % as cuo.[38]all the pyrolysis information has shown in scheme 7. scheme 7.tentative decomposition reaction of azo-ligand (hl) and complexs. table 5. dsc records ofazo-ligand (hl) and some complexes. compound ti / °c tf/ °c δh j/g max temp. °c and type azo-ligand (hl) [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] [cu(l)(h2o) cl] 85 327.084 483.726 60 166.45 233.37 389.74 40 118.084 310.598 327.084 483.726 596.716 166.45 233.37 389.74 594.128 118.084 310.598 594.885 -13.3 -12.3 -7.9 -20 -3 1 -12.5 -6.7 -11.7 113.4 endothermic 169.9 endothermic 484.8 – endothermic 99.5endothermic 263.3endothermic 282.3endothermic 87.7endothermic 247.6endothermic 349.7endothermic ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 226 figure 9. dsc & tga curve of azo-ligand (hl).figure 10. dsc & tga curve of fe-complex. table 6. tga data of azo-ligand (hl)and some complexes. compound ti / °c tf/ °c tdtg max % estimated (calc.) assignment mass loss total mass loss azo-ligand (hl) 85 327.084 483.726 327.084 483.726 596.716 200 401 541 16.8574 (17.5858) 43.0156 (42.7433) 32.6663 (33.7062) 92.52 (94.02) -co -cs -c9h9n3o -c6h6n2o2 c2 calculated:94.0353% final =5.9647%; estimated 92.5393% final =7.4607% [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] 60 166.45 233.37 389.74 166.45 233.37 389.74 594.128 98 200 308 490 11.348 (12.5177) 16.778 (16.0191) 41.874 (42.1926) 17.181 (16.6319) 86.4 (87.34) -2h2o cl -cl -2co -c12h9n4s -c5h5no feo calc,: 87.3613% remnant =12.638%;estimated 87.181% remnant =12.819% [cu(l)(h2o) cl] 40 118.084 310.598 118.084 310.598 594.885 180 240 453 4.075 (3.425) 21.094 (20.459) 60.666 (60.902) 25.169 (23.884) -h2o -cl -co,cs -c17h14n5o2 cuo calc,: 81.51% remnant =18.49%;estimated 80.51 % remnant =19.49% ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 227 3.7 investigation of antioxidant activity the dpph method was used to investigate antioxidant activity of mineral compounds. ga is employed as phenol-containing resource. in addition, in order to obtain a series of standards, penta various concentrated solutions are prepared. 1l of ga fluid with etoh (for dilution benefits). 6ml of 45g dpph sol. we're adding onto 100-ul for each ga-solution. 30 min. later at room conditions, the absorptivity of the mixture was tested by uv-vis _spec. at 517 nm, because of its accuracy, the largest number of researches are depending on such technique to estimate reactive oxygen-entities activity of dpph-compounds. the lesser ic50 value, the higher degradation activity of reactive-oxygen entities. depending on this conception, the order of our compounds follow as : ( ga<[co(l)(h2o)cl]>[cr(l)(h2o)cl]>[fe(l)(h2o)2cl2]>[cu(l)(h2o)cl]>azoligand (hl)), [39-42]as shown in table 7. table 7. reactive oxygen-entities activity of azocomplexes. compounds standard deviation mean correlation coefficient ic50 (m) dpph coefficient of variation % ga 2.0846 93.5600 0.9966 -6.0304 2.2281 azo-ligand (hl) 3.0663 45.7600 0.7632 1.6701 3.3521 [cr(l)(h2o)2cl2] 4.0035 18.3553 0.7665 0.2167 11.1843 [fe(l)(h2o)2cl2] 4.4427 20.7176 0.6425 0.3217 12.7842 [co(l)(h2o)cl] 2.7794 26.3751 0.8754 0.0561 3.3546 [cu(l)(h2o)cl] 12.4537 23.3992 0.7050 0.5435 12.6579 4. conclusion the complexation operation between the next metal ions (cr (iii), fe (iii), co (ii) and cu (ii)) and the newly synthesized azo-species-hl was carried out successfully in the [1m:1azo] molar ratio. the complexes were characterized by ft-ir, uv-vis, (tga, dsc for some complexes), and mass spectroscopic techniques. the spectroscopic techniques proved the structures of complexes, occurrence of coordinated water molecules in complexes depending on the obtained bands in (ft-ir) of the complexes; and degradation steps in thermal analysis, besides the obtained results from other techniques, as detailed in the manuscript. the experimental incomes and the elemental microanalysis results were so close to the calculated incomes. lc-mss data manifest the complexation via the -no moiety. references 1. snigur, d.v.; chebotarev, a.n.; bevziuk, k.v. acid–base properties of azo dyes in solution studied using spectrophotometry and colorimetry. journal of applied spectroscopy2018, 85(1),21-6. 2. li f, zhang l, hu c, xing x, yan b, gao y, zhou l. enhanced azo dye decolorization through charge transmission by σ-sb3+-azo complexes on amorphous sb2s3 under visible light irradiation. applied catalysis b: environmental2019 1,240,132-40. 3. mahmoud, w.h.; omar, m.m.; sayed, f.n. synthesis, spectral characterization, thermal, anticancer and antimicrobial studies of bidentate azo dye metal complexes. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry2016,124(2),1071-89. 4. ahmad, k; naseem, h.a.; parveen, s; shah, s.s.; shaheen, s; ashfaq, a; jamil, j; ahmad, m.m.; ashfaq, m. synthesis and spectroscopic characterization of medicinal azo derivatives and metal complexes of indandion. journal of molecular structure2019 ,15,1198,126885. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 228 5. mahmoud, w.h.; sayed, f.n.; mohamed, g.g. synthesis, characterization and in vitro antimicrobial and anti‐breast cancer activity studies of metal complexes of novel pentadentate azo dye ligand. applied organometallic chemistry2016,30(11),959-73. 6. mallikarjuna, n.m.; keshavayya, j; maliyappa, m.r.; ali, r.s.; venkatesh, t. synthesis, characterization, thermal and biological evaluation of cu (ii), co (ii) and ni (ii) complexes of azo dye ligand containing sulfamethaxazole moiety. journal of molecular structure 2018 , 5,1165,28-36. 7. el-bindary, a.a.; mohamed, g.g.; el-sonbati, a.z.; diab, m.a.; hassan, w.m.; morgan, s.m.; elkholy, a.k. geometrical structure, potentiometric, molecular docking and thermodynamic studies of azo dye ligand and its metal complexes. journal of molecular liquids 2016, 1,218,138-49. 8. mohammed, h. synthesis, identification, and biological study for some complexes of azo dye having theophylline. the scientific world journal 2021, 22. 9. ispir, e.; ikiz, m.; inan, a.; sünbül, a.b.; tayhan, s.e.; bilgin, s.; köse, m.; elmastaş, m. synthesis, structural characterization, electrochemical, photoluminescence, antiproliferative and antioxidant properties of co (ii), cu (ii) and zn (ii) complexes bearing the azo-azomethine ligands. journal of molecular structure2019, 15,1182,63-71. 10. el-zomrawy, a.a. selective, and sensitive spectrophotometric method to determine trace amounts of copper metal ions using amaranth food dye. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy 2018, 5,203,450-4. 11. lashanizadegan, m.; ashari, h.a.; sarkheil, m.; anafcheh, m.; jahangiry, s. new cu (ii), co (ii) and ni (ii) azo-schiff base complexes: synthesis, characterization, catalytic oxidation of alkenes and dft study. polyhedron 2021, 15,200,115148. 12. kyei, s.k.; akaranta, o.; darko, g. synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of peanut skin extract-azo-compounds. scientific african 2020, 1,8, e00406. 13. mahdy, a.r.; ali, o.a.; serag, w.m.; fayad, e.; elshaarawy, r.f.; gad, e.m. synthesis, characterization, and biological activity of co (ii) and zn (ii) complexes of imidazoles-based azo-functionalized schiff bases. journal of molecular structure 2022, 5,1259,132726. 14. kyhoiesh, h.a.; al-adilee, k.j. synthesis, spectral characterization, antimicrobial evaluation studies and cytotoxic activity of some transition metal complexes with tridentate (n, n, o) donor azo dye ligand. results in chemistry 2021, 1,3,100245. 15. mandour, h.s.; abouel-enein, s.a.; morsi, r.m.; khorshed, l.a. azo ligand as new corrosion inhibitor for copper metal: spectral, thermal studies and electrical conductivity of its novel transition metal complexes. journal of molecular structure2021 , 5,1225,129159. 16. mallikarjuna, n.m.; keshavayya, j. synthesis, spectroscopic characterization and pharmacological studies on novel sulfamethaxazole based azo dyes. journal of king saud university-science 2020 1,32(1),251-9. 17. reda, s.m.; al-hamdani, a.a. synthesis, characterization, thermal analysis and bioactivity ofsome transition metals complexes with new azo ligand. chemical methodologies2022, 6(6), 475-493. 18. alothman, a.a.; albaqami, m.d.; alshgari, r.a. synthesis, spectral characterization, quantum chemical calculations, thermal studies and biological screening of nitrogen and oxygen donor atoms containing azo-dye cu (ii), ni (ii) and co (ii) complexes. journal of molecular structure 2021 , 5,1223,128984. 19. al-daffay, r.k.h.; al-hamdani, a.a.s. synthesis, characterization, and thermal analysis of a new acidicazo ligand's metal complexes. baghdad science journal 2022, 19(3), 121-133. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 229 20. kadhim, a.a.; kareem, i.k.; ali, a.a. synthesis and spectral identification of new azo-schiff base ligand derivative from aminobenzylamine and its novel metal complexes with cu (ii), zn (ii) and cd (ii). annals of the romanian society for cell biology 2021 ,25,25(6),4596-607. 21. mahdi, m.a.; jasim, l.s.; mohamed, m.h. synthesis, spectral and biological studies of co (ii), ni (ii) and cu (ii) complexes with new heterocyclic ligand derived from azo-dye. pharmaceutical reviews 2021 ,1,12,426-34. 22. witwit, i.n.; farhan, h.m.; motaweq, z.y. preparation of mixed ligand complexes of heterocyclic azo quinoline ligand and imidazole molecule with some of divalent transition ions and their biological activity against multi drug resistance pathogenic bacteria. injournal of physics: conference series 2021,1,1879 (2), 022064. 23. rahman, m.; haque, t.m.; sourav, n.s.; rahman, s.; yesmin, s.; mia, r.; al noman, a.; begum, k. synthesis and investigation of dyeing properties of 8-hydroxyquinoline-based azo dyes. journal of the iranian chemical society 2021, 18(4),817-26. 24. el-seify, f.a.; el-dossoki, f.i.; gouda, m.m. spectrophotometric and conductometric studies of new synthesized azo derived from pyrazole as analytical reagents. chemical papers 2021, 75(11),5917-27. 25. wannas, n.m.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; al-zoubi, w. spectroscopic characterization for new complexes with 2,2'(5,5-dimethylcyclohexane-1,3diylidene)bis(azan-1-yl1ylidene)dibenzoic acid. journal of physical organic chemistry 2020, 33(11), 1-12. 26. sönmez, m.; sogukomerogullari, h.g.; öztemel, f.; berber, i̇.synthesis and biological evaluation of a novel ons tridentate schiff base bearing pyrimidine ring and some metal complexes, medicinal chemistry research 2014, 23 (7), 3451–3457. 27. 27.abdulrazzaq, a.g.; al-hamdani, a.a. ni2+, pt4+, pd2+, and mn2+ metal ions complexes with azo derived from quinolin-2-ol and 3-amino-n-(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide: synthesis, characterization, thermal study, and antioxidant activity. baghdad science journal.2023,20 (4), 1-17. 28. al-daffay, r.k.; al-hamdani, a.a. synthesis and characterization of some metals complexes with new acidicazo ligand 4-[(2-amino-4-phenylazo)-methyl]-cyclohexane carboxylic acid. iraqi journal of science2022 ,31,3264-75. 29. abdulrazzaq, a.g.; al-hamdani, a.a.some metal ions complexes with azo [4-((8hydroxyquinolin-7yl)-n(4-methylisoxazol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide] synthesis, characterization, thermal study and antioxidant activity.journal of medicinal and chemical sciences2023,6 (2), 236-249 30. al-daffay, r.k.; al-hamdani, a.a. synthesis, characterization, and thermal analysis of a new acidicazo ligand's metal complexes. baghdad science journal 2022,19(3),121-33. 31. al zoubi, w.; vian, y.j.; veyan, t.s.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; suzan, d.a.; yang, gon kim et al. synthesis and bioactivity studies of novel schiff bases and their complexes. journal of physical organic chemistry 2019, e4004, 1-7. 32. suleman, v.t.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; ahmed, s.d.; jirjees, v.y.; khan, m.e.; adnan, dib et al. phosphorus schiff base ligand and its complexes: experimental and theoretical investigations. applied organometallic chemistry 2020, 34(4), 1-16. 33. abdulridha, m.q.; al-hamdania.a. synthesis, characterization and thermal study of some new metal ions complexes with a new azo 2-((2-(1h-indol-2yl)ethyl)diazinyl)-5aminophenol2023, journal of medicinal and chemical sciences6 (1),121-131 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:86pqx7auzd4c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:86pqx7auzd4c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:86pqx7auzd4c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:pvjk1bu6vjqc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:pvjk1bu6vjqc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=dbjljzuaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=dbjljzuaaaaj:pvjk1bu6vjqc ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 230 34. al zoubi, w.; al‐hamdani, a.a.s.; susan, d.a.; hassan, m.b.; al‐luhaibi, r.s.a.; adnan, dib.; young, g.k. synthesis, characterization, and antioxidant activities of imine compounds. journal of physical organic chemistry2018, e3916, 1-9. 35. nakamoto, k. infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds; 5th ed. wiley-interscience, new york, 1997; part a. p. 7-12. 36. kareem, m.j.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; ko, y.g.; al zoubi, w.; mohammed, s.g. synthesis, characterization, and determination antioxidant activities for new schiff base complexes derived from 2-(1h-indol-3-yl)ethylamine and metal ion complexes. journal of molecular structure 2021, 1231(5), 1-30. 37. kareem, m.j.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; jirjees,v.y.; khan, m.e.; allaf, a.w.; al zoubi, w. preparation, spectroscopic study of schiff base derived from dopamine and metal ni (ii), pd (ii), and pt (iv) complexes, and activity determination as antioxidants. journal of physical organic chemistry 2020, 34(3), 1-15. 38. al zoubi, w.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; ko, y.g. schiff bases and their complexes: recent progress in thermal analysis. separation science and technology 2017, 52(6), 10521069. 39. hamza, i.s.; mahmmoud, w.a.; al-hamdani, a.a.; ahmed, s.d.; allaf, a.w.; al zoubi, w. synthesis, characterization, and bioactivity of several metal complexes of (4-amino-n-(5methyl-isaxazol-3-yl)-benzenesulfonamide). inorganic chemistry communications 2022 ,6,109776. 40. al zoubi, w.; mohamed, s.g.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; mahendradhany, a.p.; ko, y.g. acyclic and cyclic imines and their metal complexes: recent progress in biomaterials and corrosion applications. rsc advances 2018,8(41), 23294-23318. 41. mohamed, w.n.; al-hamdani, a.a.s.; al zoubi, w.spectroscopic characterization for new complexes with 2, 2′-(5, 5-dimethylcyclohexane-1, 3-diylidene) bis (azan-1-yl-1-ylidene) dibenzoic acid. journal of physical organic chemistry 2020,33(11), e4099. 42. turan, n.; buldurun, k.; adiguzel, r.; aras, a.; turkan, f.; bursal, e. investigation of spectroscopic, thermal, and biological properties of feii, coii, znii, and ruii complexes derived from azo dye ligand. journal of molecular structure 2021, 15,1244,130989. microsoft word 256-264 256 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 plasma power density produced by d-t fusion reaction raad h. majeed dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad muayad m. abed directorate of education in najaf /ministry of education received in:12may 2014,accepted in:1scptember2014 abstract calculation of the power density of the nuclear fusion reactions plays an important role in the construction of any power plants. it is clear that the power released by fusion reaction strongly depended on the fusion cross section and fusion reactivity. our calculation concentrates on the most useful and famous fuels (deuterium-tritium) since it represents the principle fuels in any large scale system like the so called tokomak. key words: d-t reaction, fusion cross section, plasma power density, reactivity. 257 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction fusion energy is considered as a clean source of energy with a basic fuel that is abundant, cheap, and available to all of humanity. it is now being realized in the cosmos in stellar systems and on earth in the form of thermonuclear or hydrogen weapons. however, a controlled fusion reaction releasing energy on earth in a controlled manner remains unfulfilled until some time in the future. hydrogen isotopes such as deuterium and tritium can be used to produce fusion energy. fusion fuels are cheap and uniformly distributed on earth. seawater contains deuterium d in practically inexhaustible quantities tritium, a radioactive isotope of hydrogen with a short half-life of 12.33 years, hardly occurs in nature. it can, however, be produced in a power plant from lithium, which is likewise abundantly available. since a fusion power plant will have ecologically favorable properties, fusion could make an enduring contribution to the future energy supply. the following applications are foreseen for fusion energy:[1] 1. electrical power production. 2. fresh water desalination. 3. hydrogen production. 4. deactivation of fission reactors waste. 5. production of fissile fuel for fission reactors. 6. space rocket propulsion. advantages of fusion energy 1-abundant fuel supply. the major fuel, deuterium d, may be readily extracted from ordinary water, which is available to all nations. the surface waters of the earth contain more than 1012 metric tons of deuterium, an essentially inexhaustible supply. the tritium required would be produced from lithium, which is available from land deposits or from sea water which contains thousands of years' supply. the world-wide availability of these materials would thus eliminate international tensions caused by the imbalance in the fossil fuel supplies. 2non critical design. since no fossil fuels are used, there will be no release of chemical combustion products because they will not be produced. 3no air pollution. since no fossil fuels are used, there will be no release of chemical combustion products because they will not be produced. 4no high level nuclear waste .similarly, there will be no fission products nor transuranic formed to present a handling and disposal problem. radioactivity will be produced by neutrons activating the reactor structure, but careful materials selection is expected to minimize the handling and ultimate disposal of the activated materials. 5no generation of weapons material .another significant advantage is that the materials and by-products of fusion are not suitable for use in the production of nuclear weapons the dt reaction produces neutrons that can activate the structure of the reactor, creating some radioactivity. a fast neutron from the fusion reaction can in principle produce two tritons in these two reactions, sine it is re-emitted from the fast reaction, and is available, if not absorbed by other nuclei, to induce the second reaction at low energy. [ 2, 3] 258 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 theory fusion reaction cross section for the d-t fusion reaction, which is by far the most important one for present fusion research, the following expression is used to calculate the fusion cross section [4]. √⁄ (1) here the coefficients , , , , are called the duane coefficients and are given in the table[1] for d-t fusion reaction. plasma reactivity calculations require reaction cross sections for energies well below those at which direct measurement are practicable [5]. and the equation bellow is used to calculate the reactivity for d-t reaction. 〈σv〉 3.68 10 t ⁄ e . ⁄ (2) where t is plasma temperature in kev. the power density released in the form of charged particles, for the d-t reaction is: 5.6 10 〈 〉 (3) here , represent the deutron and tritium density in respectively, 〈 〉 represents the reactivity as discribed in eq(2) calculations and results it is necessary to note that there exists many experimental or empirical formulas for measuring the fusion cross section for d-t reaction; and we found that each formula gives a different data or results corresponding to other. as shown in fig. 1, the fusion reaction cross sections are dependent on the temperature of the plasma or its energy in units of kev.and the calculated results about the total d-t fusion reaction are presented in table (2) and described in fig. (2). the d-t fusion reactivity as a function of the deuteron temperature is calculated according to eq.(2) and their calculated results are completely presented in table(3) and described in fig.(3) discussion and conclusion it is clearly shown that the most important parameter in deducing the accuracy for our results is the fusion plasma power density since it included reactivity in addition to the physical parameters that describe any fusion collision phenomena i.e., incident energy for the projectile , target energy , density and ignition temperature. by comparing the cross section behavior for the d-t fusion reaction presented in fig. (2) with the corresponding experimental published ,we observed a right agreement between our results and experimental published and this behavior leads to a fact that there exists a real precession for the choices of cross section formula which in turn reflect on the results about both the two other parameters 〈 〉 respectively. the above conclusions are very clearly shown in the physical behaves for the d-t plasma power density and reactivity in which a very approximated behavior with the other corresponding published results shown in figure (5). finally, we suggest to support our efforts by using the above physical description in the future work by consideration to arrive a more suitable empirical cross section formulas especially the works that deal with the general thermonuclear fusion reaction. 259 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1.emrich, w. j. jr., march (2001), field-reversed magnetic mirrors for confinement of plasmas, nasa tech briefs. 2-. glasstone, s. (1980), fusion energy, u. s. department of energy, technical information center. 3seifritz, w. (1983), nukleare sprengkörper-bedrohung oder energieversorgung fur d menschheit?, thiemig –tascenbücher, band 97, karl thiemig ag, münchen. 4 xing z. li, qing m. wei and bin liu,(2008), a new simple formula for fusion crosssection of light nuclei nucl. fusion 48(12500) :5. 5-jarvis,o.n.(2011),www.kayelaby.npl.co.uk, table of physics and chemical constants,chapter 4, section 4.7.4. 6‐ decrton m. , massaut v. , inge uytdenhouwen, johan braet, frank druyts and laes e. ,(2007), controlled nuclear fusion:the energy of the stars on earth", open report sck.cen blg-1049. 7‐   commons-wikiedia.org/wiki/file dt-fusion-reaction-power-density-jpg 24 may( 2007) table no.(1): coefficient used to represent the energy dependence of the total cross section ref.[4]he fusion reaction 4h (d,n)3 coefficient  he fusion reaction4h(d,n)3   45.95   50200   1.368 10   1.076   409 table no.(2): energy dependence cross-section for d-t nuclear fusion reaction deutron energy ( cross section (ba deutron energy ( cross section (ba 5  6.024 10 140  4.390  10  1.324 10 160  3.775  20  5.337 10 180 3.181  30  0.2666  200  2.673  40  0.693  220  2.258  60  2.102  240  1.922  80  3.714  260  1.652  100  4.714 280 1.434  120  4.830  300  1.255  260 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (3): temperature dependence fusion reactivity and plasma power density for d-t fusion reaction temperature(kev)  reactivity(cm3/sec) plasma power density(watt/cm3) 5  1.085 10   6.077 10   10  7.579 10   4.244 10   20  3.222 10   1.804 10   30  6.224 10   3.485 10   40  9.239 10   5.174 10   50  1.209 10   6.772 10   60  1.473 10   8.252 10   70  1.716 10   9.61 10   80  1.937 10   1.085 10   90  2.141 10   1.198 10   100  2.327 10   1.303 10   200  3.556 10   1.991 10   300  4.176 10   2.338 10   400  4.527 10   2.535 10   500  4.736 10   2.652 10   600  4.864 10   2.723 10   700  4.940 10   2.766 10   800  4.984 10   2.791 10   900  5.005 10   2.802 10   1000  5.01 10   2.805 10   261 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 . figure no. (1): measured cross sections for different fusion reactions as a function of the averaged centre of mass energy. reaction cross sections are measured in barn (1 barn= 10-28 m2) [6]. figure no. (2): variation of the d-t cross section with the incident deuteron temperature                262 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(3) variation of the d-t reactivity with the incident deuteron temperature figure no. (4): variation of the d-t plasma power density with the incident deuteron temperature 263 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(5):variation of the d-t plasma power density with the incident deuteron temperature.[7] 264 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 مترتيو -كثافة قدرة البالزما الناتجة بوساطة التفاعل االندماجي ديتريوم رعد حميد مجيد قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم )/ جامعة بغداد مؤيد محمد عبد مديرية تربية النجف/ وزارة التربية 2014ايلول1قبل البحث : 2014ايار12استلم البحث : الخالصة حساب كثافة القدرة للتفاعالت النووية االندماجية تؤدي دورا مھما في بناء اي محطة لتوليد القدرة .ويتضح ان القدرة المتحررة بوساطة التفاعل االندماجي تعتمد بشدة على المقطع العرضي االندماجي و التفاعلية االندماجية ,حساباتنا الحالية تريتيوم) النه يمثل وقودا اساسيا في اي نظام وعلى نطاق واسع -كثر فائدة والشھير (ديتريومتتركزعلى انواع الوقود اال والمعروف بالتوكوماك. تريتيوم , المقطع العرضي االندماجي , كثافة قدرة البالزما , التفاعلية. : ديتريوم مفتاحيةالالكلمات 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 pseudo weakly closed submodules and related concepts haibat k. mohammadali mohammad e. dahash department of mathematics college of computer science and mathematics tikrit university abstract let be a commutative ring with identity, and be a unitary left -module. in this paper we introduce the concept pseudo weakly closed submodule as a generalization of -closed submodules, where a submodule of an -module is called a pseudo weakly closed submodule, if for all , there exists a -closed submodule of with is a submodule of such that . several basic properties, examples and results of pseudo weakly closed submodules are given. furthermore the behavior of pseudo weakly closed submodules in class of multiplication modules are studied. on the other hand modules with chain conditions on pseudo weakly closed submodules are established. also, the relationships of pseudo weakly closed submodules with other classes of modules are discussed. keywords: closed submodules, -closed submodules, pseudo weakly closed submodules, semi-prime submodules, fully semi-prime submodules, weakly essential submodules. 1. introduction a proper submodule of an -module is called closed in , provided that has no proper essential extensions in [ ]. where a non-zero submodule of an -module is called essential in if for each non-zero submodule of [ ]. and a nonzero submodule of is called weakly essential submodule of if for each non-zero semi-prime submodule of [ ]. equivalently is weak essential, if whenever , then for every semi-prime submodule of [ ]. where a submodule of is called semi-prime if whenever , for , , implies that [ ]. the concept of closed submodule recently extended by [ ] to -closed submodule, where a submodule of is called -closed submodule of if has no proper weak-essential extensions in , that is if is a weak essential submodule of , where is a submodule of , then [6,7]. this concept is generalized in this article to a pseudo weakly closed submodule. many basic properties of this concept are discussed. finally, we notes that throughout this paper all rings are commutative with identity and all modules ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.1.2376 dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com article history: received 11 april 2019, accepted 3 july 2019, publish january 2020. mailto:dr.mohammadali2013@gmail.com 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 are unitary left -modules, unless otherwise. also, in this paper all -module under study contains semi-prime submodules. 2. pseudo weakly closed submodules in this section we introduce the notion of pseudo weakly closed submodule as a generalization of -closed submodule and give some basic properties and examples of this class. definition 2.1 a submodule of an -module is called pseudo weakly closed submodule( for a short -closed), if for each , there exists a -closed of with such that . an ideal of a ring is called -closed if it is -closed submodule of an module . remarks and examples 2.2 1. it is clear that every -closed submodule of an -module is -closed submodule of , but the converse is not true in general as the following example explain that: consider the -module . the proper submodules of are: 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉 and 〈 ̅〉. the submodule { ̅ ̅ ̅} is -closed but not closed because ̅, ̅, ̅, ̅, ̅ ̅̅̅̅ are in but not in , then there exists a -closed submodule 〈 ̅〉 in such that and ̅, ̅, ̅, ̅, ̅ ̅̅̅̅ are not in . now is not a -closed since is a weak essential submodule of . 2. a direct summand of an -module is not necessary -closed submodule in , for example: consider the -module . in this module there are ten proper submodules 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉 where 〈 ̅〉 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉 . that is both and are a direct summands in . but 〈 ̅〉 is not -closed submodule in , since ̅ , ̅ 〈 ̅〉, then there exists a -closed submodule 〈 ̅〉 in with 〈 ̅〉 〈 ̅〉, but ̅ 〈 ̅〉. also 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉 is not -closed submodule in , since ̅ , ̅ 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉, then there exists a -closed submodule 〈 ̅〉 in such that 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉 〈 ̅〉, but ̅ 〈 ̅〉. 3. if is a -closed submodule in an -module , then [ ] need not be a -closed ideal in . for example: consider the -module . in this module there are four proper submodules, which are: 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉. not that the submodule is a -closed submodule in ( since is a -closed submodule in and hence by (1) is a closed ). while [ ] is not a -closed ideal in . since there is no a -closed ideal in containing . 4. if is a module and is a -closed submodule in with is a submodule of such that , then it is not necessary that is a -closed submodule in . for example: the -module is a -closed submodule in ( since as a -module is a -closed in ) and , but is not a -closed submodule in . 5. if is an -module, and are submodules of an -module such that and is a -closed submodule in , then need not to be a -closed submodule in . for example: 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 consider the -module is a -closed submodule in and , while is not closed submodule in , , since there is no a -closed submodule in containing . 6. if is an -module, and are submodules of an -module such that and is a -closed submodule in , then need not to be a -closed submodule in . for example: consider the -module and the submodules and . notes that is a closed submodule in ( since is a -closed in ), but is not -closed submodule in , since there is no a -closed submodule in containing . 7. [ ] shows that the intersection of two closed submodules need not to be closed submodule”. also, the intersection of two -closed submodules need not to be closed submodule as the following example shows: the -module the submodules 〈 ̅ ̅ 〉 and 〈 ̅ ̅ 〉 are -closed submodules in ( since they are -closed submodules in ), but 〈 ̅ ̅ 〉 〈 ̅ ̅ 〉 〈 ̅ ̅ 〉 is not closed submodule in since 〈 ̅ ̅ 〉 is closed submodule in . 8. closed submodules and -closed submodules are independent concepts, as the following examples show that: consider the -module . in this module the proper submodules of are: 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉, 〈 ̅̅̅̅ 〉. we notes that the submodule 〈 ̅〉 is closed in , since has no proper essential extension in , while 〈 ̅〉 is not -closed submodule in since ̅ , ̅ , then there exists a -closed submodule 〈 ̅〉 in with , but ̅ . that is 〈 ̅〉 closed submodule in , but not -closed submodule in . in the -module , the submodule 〈 ̅〉 is a closed submodule in since〈 ̅〉 is a -closed in , while 〈 ̅〉 is not closed in , since 〈 ̅〉 is an essential submodule of . we start this section by the following proposition. proposition 2.3 if is an -module, and are submodules of with and is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in , provided that for any weak-essential extensions of . proof: to prove that is a -closed submodule in , suppose that with , then either or . if and since is a -closed submodule in , so there exists a -closed submodule in such that and . since is a -closed in and is a -closed in , then by [ ] is a -closed in . thus we have a -closed submodule in such that and . i.e. is a -closed submodule in . if , then nothing to prove since is a -closed submodule in such that and . therefore is a -closed submodule in . proposition 2.4 let and be submodules of a module with . if is a -closed submodule in , and is a -closed in , then is a -closed submodule in , provided that is for any weak essential extensions of . 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proof: similar as in proposition 2.3. proposition 2.5 if is a uniserial -module, and are submodules of such that and is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof: prove is direct. recall that an -module is completely essential if every non-zero weak essential submodule of is essential [5, 3]. as we mention in example and remarks (2.2)(8) closed submodules and -closed submodules are independent, then the following propositions show that, the class of closed submodules is contained in the class of a -closed submodules under certain condition. proposition 2.6 let be a non zero closed submodule of a module such that every weak essential extension of is a completely essential submodule of , then is a -closed submodule in . proof assume that be a non zero closed submodule of , then by [ ] we get is a -closed submodule in , so by remarks and examples ( 2.2 )(1) we get is a -closed submodule of . recall that an -module is called fully semi-prime, if every proper submodule of is a semi-prime submodule [ ]. proposition 2.7 let be a non zero closed submodule of a fully semi-prime -module . then is a -closed submodule in . proof suppose that is a non zero closed submodule of , then by [ ] we get is a -closed submodule in . hence by remarks and examples ( 2.2 )(1) is a -closed submodule in . proposition 2.8 if and are submodules of an -module , with , containing every -closed submodule of and is a -closed submodule in , then is a a -closed submodule in . proof let and , then . since is a -closed submodule in , then a -closed submodule in with and . hence is a -closed submodule in with and . thus is a a -closed submodule in . 44 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proposition 2.9 if is a module where and are submodules of , provided that and each weak essential extension of is completely essential module, where is a non-zero -closed submodule in and is a non-zero -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof let with , then either or . if and since is a -closed submodule in , so there exists a -closed submodule in with and . by [ ] is a -closed in , then by [ ], we have is a -closed in such that and . similarly if , then a -closed submodule in containing and does not contain . thus is a -closed submodule in . proposition 2.10 if is an -module where and are submodules of , provided that and all submodules of are completely essential submodules. if is a non-zero -closed submodule in and is a non-zero -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in if and only if is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in . proof to prove is a -closed submodule in . if with . then . but is a -closed submodule in , so there exists a -closed submodule in with and . since , then by [ ] any submodule of can be written as , where and . hence by [ ] it follows that is a -closed submodule in and is a closed submodule in . since and , then . therefore is a closed submodule in . similarly is a -closed submodule in . suppose that is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in . let with , then either or . if and is a -closed submodule in , so a -closed submodule in such that and . but is a -closed submodule in and by [ ] is a -closed in , hence by [ ], we have is a -closed submodule in . also and . similarly if , then there exists a -closed submodule in containing and does not containing . thus is a -closed submodule in . it is well known that a fully semi-prime module is a completely essential [ ] so we get the following corollary. corollary 2.11 if is an -module where and are submodules of , with and all submodules of are fully semi-prime and is a non-zero -closed submodule in and is a non-zero -closed submodule in such that is a 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in . proposition 2.12 if is an epimorphism and let be a submodule of such that and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in , where is the intersection of all semi-prime submodule of . proof suppose that is a -closed submodule in and with . since is an epi-morphism then there exists with and . since is a closed submodule in , then there exists a -closed submodule in with and . thus by [ ] is a -closed submodule in . since is an epimorphism, then and . thus is a -closed submodule in . corollary 2.13 if and are submodules of a module with and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof it is clear. recall that a submodule of an -module is called -closed submodule of , if is a non-singular module [ ]. the following proposition gives a relationships between -closed submodule of and -closed submodule of . proposition 2.14 if is a fully semi-prime module, then every nonzero -closed submodule is a closed submodule in . proof suppose that is a non-zero -closed submodule of , then by [ ] is a closed submodule in . hence by remarks and examples ( 2.2 )(1) is a -closed submodule in . proposition 2.15 if is an -module, and are non-zero submodules of with and every weak essential extension of is a completely essential submodule of such that is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof assume that with , then either with . if and since is a -closed submodule in , then a -closed submodule in with and . since is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then by [ ], we get is a -closed submodule in . thus is a -closed submodule in . if and is a -closed submodule in such that and . thus is a -closed submodule in . 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proposition 2.16 if is a fully semi-prime -module and be a non-zero -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof by using [ ] and similarly as in proposition (2.15), we get the result. proposition 2.17 let is a fully semi-prime module, and are submodules of , if is a -closed submodule in and is a weak essential submodule in . then is a -closed submodule in . proof suppose that with implies that . since , then . since is a -closed submodule in , so there exists a -closed submodule in with and . hence is a closed submodule in . and by [ ], is essential in . therefore by [ ] we get is a closed submodule in . hence by [ ] we have is a -closed submodule in with and . hence is a -closed submodule in . recall that an -module is called fully prime, if every proper submodule of is a prime submodule [ ]. it is wellknown every fully prime -module is a fully semi-prime we get the following result. corollary 2.18 let be a fully prime module, and are submodules of , if is a -closed submodule in and is a weak essential submodule in . then is a -closed submodule in . since -closed submodule is a -closed submodule, then we get the following result. corollary 2.19 let be a fully semi-prime module, and are submodules of , if is a -closed submodule in and is a weak essential submodule in . then is a -closed submodule in . since in the class of a fully semi-prime modules, -closed submodule is a -closed submodule we get the following result. corollary 2.20 if is a fully semi-prime module, and are submodules of , if is a -closed submodule in and is a weak essential submodule in . then is a -closed submodule in . 3. -closed submodules in multiplication modules this section is devoted to study the behavior of -closed submodules in the class of multiplication modules. recall that an -module is a multiplication if every submodule of is of the form for some ideal of [ ]”. and an -module is called faithful if for any non-zero , there is an element such that [ ]. 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 recall that for any -module and any ideals and of , if is a semi-prime ideal of , then is a semi-prime submodule of . this is called condition(*) [ ]. proposition 3.1 if is a faithful multiplication module satisfies condition(*), and are ideals of a ring such that is a -closed ideal in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof let be a -closed ideal in , and let where , and with i.e. , but . but is a -closed ideal in and , then there exists a -closed ideal in such that and . but is a faithful and multiplication then and . but by [ ], is a -closed submodule in . hence is a -closed submodule in . proposition 3.2 if is a finitely generated, faithful and multiplication module, and are ideals of a ring such that is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed ideal in . proof suppose that is a -closed submodule in . let with , there for each , and . but is a -closed submodule in then there exists a -closed submodule in , where is an ideal in such that and . hence by [ ] we get is a -closed ideal in , and with and . hence is a -closed ideal in . from proposition ( 3.1 ) and proposition ( 3.2 ), we get the following corollaries corollary 3.3 let be a finitely generated, faithful and multiplication module which satisfies condition (*). then is a -closed ideal in if and only if is a -closed submodule in . corollary 3.4 let be a finitely generated multiplication module and let be a submodule of such that satisfies condition (*). then the next statements are equivalents. 1. is a -closed submodule in . 2. [ ] is a -closed ideal in . 3. for some -closed ideal in . proof (1) (2) since is a multiplication module and is a -closed submodule in , then by [ ] [ ] , hence by proposition ( 3.1 ) [ ] is a -closed ideal in . (2) (3) following by [ ] and by proposition ( 3.2 ). (3) (1) since is a -closed ideal in , then by proposition ( 3.2 ) is a -closed submodule in , but and . hence is a -closed submodule in . proposition 3.5 let be a non-zero multiplication module, with only one non-zero maximal submodule , then can not be a -closed submodule in . 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proof let be a -closed submodule in , and , , then there exists a -closed submodule in such that and . thus by [ ], is a weak essential submodule in . but , then by [ ] is a weak essential submodule in . hence by [ ] , thus , implies that contradiction. hence dose not be a -closed submodule in . proposition 3.6 if is a multiplication module over regular ring , and is a non-zero closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof since is a multiplication module over regular ring , then by [ ] is fully semi-prime. hence is a -closed submodule in . proposition 3.7 if is a multiplication module over regular ring , and is a non-zero -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof follows by [ ] and proposition ( 2.14 ). proposition 3.8 if is a multiplication modulr over regular ring , and be a non-zero -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof follows by [ ] and proposition ( 2.16 ). proposition 3.9 if is a multiplication modulr over regular ring , and are submodules of , with is a -closed submodule in and is a weak essential submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proof follows by [ ] and proposition ( 2.17 ). since -closed submodule is -closed , we get the following: corollary 3.10 if is a multiplication modulr over regular ring , and are submodules of , with is a -closed submodule in and is a weak essential submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . proposition 3.11 if is a multiplication modulr over regular ring , and are submodules of , with is a -closed submodule in and is a weak essential submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in . 89 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proof follows by [ ] and corollary ( 2.20 ). 4. chain conditions on -closed submodules module with chain condition on -closed submodules are studied in this section. definition 4.1 a module is called a module with ascending ( respectively, descending ) chain condition (briefly acc respectively dcc) on -closed submodules, if every ascending (respectively, descending) chain of -closed submodules of is finite, i.e. such that . remarks and examples 4.2 1. every noetherian module has acc on -closed submodules. 2. every artirian module has dcc on -closed submodules. proposition 4.3 if is a module satisfies acc (dcc) on -closed submodules of , then satisfiesacc ( dcc ) on -closed submodules of . proof let ……., be an ascending chain of -closed submodule of for each . but every -closed submodule is -closed, then is a -closed submodule for each …. since has acc on -closed submodules, then such that . thus has acc on -closed submodules. for dcc in similarly way. proposition 4.4 if is a fully semi-prime -module satisfies acc ( dcc ) on -closed submodules of , then satisfies acc ( dcc ) on closed submodules of . proof let …….,be an ascending chain of closed submodule. where is a closed submodule in for each …. but is a fully semi-prime module, then by proposition ( 2.7 ) is a -closed submodule in for each …. but has acc on -closed submodules. hence such that . thus has acc on closed submodules. similarly for dcc. proposition 4.5 if is a module satisfies acc ( dcc ) on -closed submodules for each …., with each weak essential extension of is completely essential for each …., then satisfies acc ( dcc ) on closed submodules for each ….. proof let ……., be an ascending chain of closed submodule for each …. then by proposition ( 2.6 ) is a -closed submodule for each …. but has acc 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 on -closed submodules, then such that . hence has acc on closed submodules for each …... similarly for dcc. proposition 4.6 let be an -module and be a submodule of such that , where is any -closed submodule in . if satisfies dcc ( acc ) on -closed submodules of . then satisfies acc ( dcc ) on -closed submodules of . proof let ……., be a descending chain of -closed submodules in for each …., and for each …. then by corollary ( 2.13 ) we have is a -closed submodules in for each …. hence ……., is a descending chain of -closed submodules in . but has ( dcc ) on -closed submodules, so such that . hence satisfies ( dcc ) on closed submodules. similarly for acc. proposition 4.7 if is a fully semi-prime -module such that satisfies acc ( dcc ) on a non-zero -closed submodules of , then satisfies acc ( dcc ) on non-zero -closed submodules of . proof let ……, be an ascending chain of a non-zero -closed submodules of for each ….. then by proposition ( 2.14 ) is a -closed submodules in for each …. hence …, be an ascending chain of a -closed submodules in . but has acc on -closed submodules, then such that . hence has acc on -closed submodules. similarly for dcc. 5. conclusions in this article we introduce and study the notion of a pseudo weakly closed submodules as a generalization of a -closed submodules. among the main results we get are the following. 1. if is an -module, and are submodules of with and is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in , provided that contained in any weak-essential extensions of . 2. if is a uniserial -module, and are submodules of such that and is a -closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in , then is a closed submodule in . 3. if is an -module where and are submodules of , provided that and all submodules of are completely essential submodules. if is a non-zero -closed submodule in and is a non-zero -closed submodule in , then is a -closed submodule in if and only if is a closed submodule in and is a -closed submodule in . 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 4. let be a finitely generated, faithful and multiplication module which satisfies condition (*). then is a -closed ideal in if and only if is a -closed submodule in . 5. if is a module satisfies acc (dcc ) on -closed submodules of , then satisfiesacc ( dcc ) on -closed submodules of . 6. if is a fully semi-prime -module and satisfies acc ( dcc ) on -closed submodules of , then satisfies acc ( dcc ) on closed submodules of . references 1. gooderal, k. r. ring theory, nonsingular ring and modules. marcel. dekker, new york. 1976. 2. muna, a. a. weak essential submodules. um-science journal.2009, 6, 1, 214-222. 3. muna, a. a. some results on weak essential submodules. baghdad science journal. 2016, 13, 3, 599-606. 4. athab, e. a.; al-hashimi, b. a. anote on seme-prime submodules in multiplication modules. iraq j.sc.2000, 41, 1, 88-93. 5. haibat., k. m.; mohammad, e. d. w-closed submodules and related concepts. ibnal-haitham journal, for pure and apple. sci.2018, 31, 2, 164-178. 6. osfsky, b.l. aconstruction of nonstandares uniserial modules over valuation domain. bull.amer, math.soc.1991, 25, 89-97. 7. abbas, m. s. on fully stable modules. thesis, university of baghdad, 1991. 8. behoodi, m ; karamzadeh, o. ; koohy, h. modules whose certain submodules are primes. vietnam journal of mathematics.2004, 32, 3, 303-317. 9. barnard, a. multiplication modules. j.algebra.1981, 71, 174-178. 10. jabber, a.k.; tawfiq, l.n.m. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 1, 151163. 150 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 باستعمال طريقة حساب نسب الخلط ألشعة كاما المنبعثة من التفاعل a 2نسبة تغريد عبد الجبار يونس هرمز موشي يوحنا ،بشائر محمد سعيد و ابن الهيثم ، جامعة بغداد –قسم الفيزياء ، كلية التربية 2008اب 10حث في : ، قبل الب2008اذار 11 استلم البحث في: الخالصة المتولدة من التفاعل النووي ) من مستويات نويدات حسبت نسب االختالط ( ) المقاسة تجريبيًا النتقالين من a2تم االعتماد في هذه الطريقة على معامالت التوزيع الزاوي ( a2باستخدام طريقة نسبة هو نفسه لالنتقالين ، ُطّبقت هذه الطريقة في الدراسات بذلك يكون التنسر االحصائي مستوى ابتدائي واحد. و ) السابقة في حالة كون االنتقال الثاني نقيًا او يمكن وصفه نقيًا وفي هذه الحالة تكون نسبة الخلط لالنتقال الثاني ( النتقالين الكاميين غير نقيين واعتبار قيمة نسبة الخلط صفرًا. اما في البحث الحالي فقد ُطّبقت هذه الطريقة في حالة كون ا ) ) والعكس بالعكس. كما حسبت المعدالت الموزونة لنسب الخلط (الحد االنتقالين معلومة ومنها يتم حساب قيمة ( وعدها قيم متبنية. مع النتائج المنشورة سابقًا والتناقضات إن نتائج البحث الحالي متفقة بصورة جيدة او ضمن الخطأ التجريبي a2الموجودة ناتجة عن عدم الدقة في النتائج التجريبية لالعمال السابقة كما تشير النتائج الحالية على صحة طريقة نسبة التجريبية. ) بدقة وقابلية هذه الطريقة في التنبؤ بوجود االخطاء في النتائج في حساب قيم نسب الخلط ( : نسب الخلط، انتقال كاما، التوزيع الزاوي الكمات المفتاحية المقدمة باستعمال تفاعل االستطارة غير المرنة 56fe ] بدراسة مستويات الطاقة في1قام الجبوري واآلخرون معه [ جاً وقيس التوزيع الزاوي لعدد من مستوياً متهي 26انتقاالً كامياً من انحالل 471لنيوترونات المفاعل السريعة، إذ لوحظ مستويا وأزيل الغموض عن البرم النووي 18االنتقاالت الكامية وتم التثبت من قيم البرم النووي المحددة سابقا لحوالي على التوالي . وكذلك +4و +3) وحدد برماهما وتماثالهمـا بـkevكيلو الكترون فولت ( 4457.2و 4119.4للمستويين خلط لعدد من االنتقاالت الكامية واستعمل في تحليل قياسات التوزيـع الزاوي ألشعة كامـا البرنامج الدولـي قيست نسب ال ).cindy] (2سندي [ ) للدراسات نفسها في حساب a2لقد تم في البحث الحالي استعمال النتائج التجريبية. (معامالت التوزيع الزاروي ] ولكن في حالة 5-9. إذ استعملت هذه الطريقة في الدراسات السابقة [ a2الكامية المختلطة بطريقة نسبة لالنتقاالت قيم وجود انتقاالت نقية او انتقاالت يمكن وصفها نقية وفي الدراسة الحالية استعملت الطريقة نفسها وباالسلوب نفسه فضالً عن ) المنشورة ألحد االنتقاليين بنظر ين مختلطين وذلك بأخذ قيم (في حالة انتقالين كامي a2ذلك استعملت طريقة نسبة ) لالنتقال اآلخر ومقارنة النتائج مع تلك المنشورة لالنتقال نفسه. االعتبار وحساب قيم ( اختزال المعطيات وتحليلها قة اآلتية:) ألشعة كاما بالعالw)θيعبر عن التوزيع الزاوي 151 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 w )θ=( a 0+ a2p 2) cos +( θ a4p 4) cos ]3[ )1(....................... θ a2=a2/a0……………………………………………..(2) a4=a4/a0……………………………………….…….(3) : ينتج (1) في (2) و (3) وبتعويض w )θ( =a0[ +1 a2p2(cos )θ +(a4p 4) cos )θ ] (....…………… 4)[8] (legendre polynomials) هـمـــا متعـــدد الحـــدود p4(cos) و p2(cos) إذ إن p 0( cos )5(...…………………………………………1= θ p2(cos θ ) = (3cos2 θ -1)/2………………………………(6) p4(cos θ ) = (35cos4 θ -30cos2 θ +3)/8…………………..(7) ليست حساسة لقيمة a4 إذ إن ولكن من الخطأ وضع المعادلة كما يأتي: هي المهمة في حساب a2فقط w(θ)=a0 [1+a2p2(cos θ )] :ولكن تبقى معادلة التوزيع الزاوي كما هي w )θ=( a 0 ]1+ a2p 2) cos +(a4p 4) cos)] . a2 مع a4 ولهذا نذكر معامل المستويات ، تؤخذ بنظر االعتبار بالنسبة الى التفاعل النووي المستعمل في البحث الحالي الى jiالتي لها انتقاالن كاميان على االقل، وقد قيس التوزيع لهما. وفي حالة حدوث انتقال كامي من المستوى االبتدائي (( -) فأن:jfالمستوى الثانوي ( a 2) ji jf =( f 2) ji jf )8 (...................... ]4[ إذ إن : ) هي معامالت تتضمن معلومات عن تغيرات الزخم ji،fk)jijfبتدائي يمثل التنسر اإلحصائي الثابت للمستوى اال وهي تعطى بالعالقة اآلتية: الزاوي ونسب الخلط حيث إن: l1=ji jf 0……..…………………………………(10) l2=l1+1…………………………………….………../(11) صفر.يمثل الزخم الزاوي ألشعة كاما وهو ال يساوي lإذ إذ إن: l = l + s 0 -ألن : l الزخم الزاوي ألشعة كاما = l يمثل الزخم المداري (ويأخذ =l = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3(.…… ، s ) 1= البرم البرمي ويساوي واحد.( 152 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 -) كما يأتي:9وبذلك تصبح المعادلة ( وفي حالة كون االنتقال نقي ، فأن ) ينتج :8) في (12وبتعويض ( a 2) ji jf = ( f 2) jf l1l 1 ji )13(................ -:اما في حالة وجود انتقالين كاميين فنستعمل المعادلة اآلتية :فينتج (14) ) في13إذا كان احد االنتقالين نقي فنعوض ( . معلومة في الجداول a2 ) ، وقيم1مذكورة في الملحق ( f2 إذ إن قيم في حالة كون أحد هذين االنتقالين نقياً او يمكن عّده نقي ينتج: وعند تطبيق هذه المعادلة المقاسة لهذا االنتقال. اما تشير عالمة * في هذه المعادالت إلى إن االنتقال الكامي عد نقياً وذلك لصغر قيمة معلومة (مقاسة ) على اعتبار ان قيمة14فنستعمل المعادلة ( بالنسبة الى المستويات التي لها انتقاالن كاميان غير نقيين .)تجريبياً 153 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 -:يعد االنتقال نقي او يمكن عّده نقي اذا تحقق الشرط اآلتي -مالحظة: ji jf l ji + jf .تماثل المستوى االبتدائي والثانوي على التوالي = jf , ji إذ إن l .زخم أشعة كاما = ألشعة كاما. l 0وكما ذكرنا ان كما يأتي: elوفي مثل هذه االنتقاالت يكون تغير التماثل لإلشعاع الكهربائي :كما يأتي ml ولإلشعاع المغناطيسي .المستوى الثانوي على التواليتماثل المستوى االبتدائي و إذ ) وأردنا معرفة ما إذا كان انتقال نقي أم مختلط نجري اآلتي:+0 +1فإذا كان لدينا االنتقال الكامي ( ji jf l ji + jf ، 10 l 1 +0 ،1 l 1 ، l=1 فقط , (+) . (+) = (-1)l , (+) = (-1)l → l = 2, 4, ……… فقط l = 1 ي تأخذ أعداد زوجية ، ولكنأ إذن ال يوجد انتقال لإلشعاع الكهربائي: اإلشعاع المغناطيسي: ، ) = (+) . (+)-1( l+1 أعداد فردية فقط l = 1 وبما ان فقط ml = m1إذن 154 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 % .100) . إذن االنتقال نقي m1أي ان االنتقال نقي ( قشة :النتائج والمنا وانتقاالت نقية: a2طريقة نسبة ∑ a2التي لها انتقاالن على االقل واحدهما نقي او يمكن وصفه نقياً مع معامل 56fe) مستويات الطاقة للحديد 1يبين الجدول ( المقارنة.] لغرض 1المرجع [ التي حسبها البحث الحالي وكذلك قيمتها كما ورد في ] وقيم 1التجريبية المنشورة في المرجع [ المنشورة في المرجع متفقة ضمن الخطأ التجريبي مع قيم a2المحسوبة بطريقة نسبة نالحظ في الجدول ان قيم وهذا يدل على ان القيم ) e2) انتقاالن نقيان (+4 +6) و (+ 2 +4] لالنتقاالت نفسها على اعتبار ان االنتقاالن (1[ ) كيلو الكترون +2-+4( 2276.0المقاسة لالنتقال ) 2(0.08 -] صحيحة عدا قيمة = 1المقاسة تجريبياً في المرجع [ كيلو الكترون فولت فإنها كبيرة نسبياً بصرف النظر عن اإلشارة السالبة. 3122.8فولت من المستوى تقاالت مختلطة:وان a2طريقة نسبة ∑ التي لها انتقاالن توزيعهما الزاوي مقاسان. وقد ُحسبت نسبة الخلط 56fe) مستويات الطاقة للحديد 2يبين الجدول ( لالنتقال الثاني بصرف االعتبار. ألحد االنتقاالن بأخذ قيمة -+4( 2276.0] لالنتقال الكامي 1المنشورة في المرجع [ وقيمة a2) أننا عندما أخذنا قيمة 2نالحظ من الجدول ( ) +4-+4لالنتقال ( كيلو إلكترون فولت بنظر االعتبار في حساب قيمتي 3122.8) كيلو إلكترون فولت من المستوى +2 ] لالنتقال 1اً مع القيمتين المنشورتين في المرجع [كيلو إلكترون فولت من المستوى نفسه إن القيمتين ال تتفقان تمام 1037.9 لالنتقال األول أقرب إلى الواقع وهذا لالنتقال الثاني بنظر االعتبار وجدنا ان قيمة نفسه. ولكن عندما أخذنا قيمتي ). وبالنسبة الى االنتقاالت الكامية من المستويات +2-+4] لالنتقال الكامي (1ع [المنشورة في المرج يؤكد عدم دقة قيمة المحسوبة بهذه الطريقة متفقة تماماً مع قيم كيلو إلكترون فولت نالحظ ان قيم 4048.4و 3755.9و 3445.4 لنتائج التجريبية لالنتقاالت الكامية من هذه المستويات صحيحة تماماً. أما ] وهذا يدل على ان ا1المنشورة في المرجع [ -+3(2425.5] لالنتقال الكامي 1المقاستين في المرجع [ كيلو إلكترون فولت فإن قيمتي 4510.4بالنسبة الى المستوى كما يجب أن تكونا. فعندما فرضنا أي منهما صحيحة لم ) كيلو إلكترون فولت ال يمكن ان تكونا جذرين للمعادلة نفسها+4 ] لالنتقال 1المنشورة في المرجع [ نحصل على القيمة األخرى كما هو مبين في الجدول وكذلك لم نحصل على قيمتي النتقال األول ليست صحيحة ) كيلو إلكترون فولت من المستوى نفسه. وهذا يدل على ان النتائج التجريبية ل+2-+3(1852.8 بالتأكيد أما بالنسبة الى النتائج التجريبية لالنتقال الثاني فال يمكن التثبت من صحتها في هذه المرحلة. االستنتاجات .) 2و ( a2) 1بطريقة نسبة ( 56feالنتقاالت كامية من مستويات الطاقة في تم في البحث الحالي حساب قيم ∑ فحسب وانما على التنبؤ بوجود أي خطأ من النتائج ليس على حساب قيم a2تم التثبت من امكانية طريقة نسبة ∑ التجريبية. a2] جميعها صحيحة على الرغم من كون الخطأ التجريبي المرافق للعامل 1النتائج التجريبية المنشورة في المرجع [ ∑ ن االنتقاالت.كبيراً نسبياً لعدد م كيلو الكترون 4510.4كيلو الكترون فولت من المستوى 2425.5) +3-+4التناقض الوحيد موجود في حالة االنتقال ()5( . a2فولت حيث تم التثبت من خطأ النتائج التجريبية لهذا االنتقال بطريقة نسبة المصادر 1.al-jeboori, m.a.a.; youhana, h.m.; kamber, n.y. and kandeel, t.k .) 1999( ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, energy levels in 56 fe from 56 fe (nin (56 fe reaction52 (2)10 ، 2.sheldon e. and rogers v.c. 1973; comp. phys. commun., 6:99. 3.siegbahn, k. (1965), amsterdam, north holand “alpha beta and gamma-ray spectroscopy”, 2. 4.poletti, a.r. and warburton, e.k. (1965), phys. rev. 137, b595. 155 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 5.youhana, h.m. (2002), ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, e2/m1 mixing ratios of 2+-2+ gamma transitions in 90,92,9440zr isotopes using anew method 15 (4): 33. 6.youhana, h.m. (2002), ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, multiple mixing ratios of gamma transitions from levels with spin 4 and 3 in 90,92,9440zr isotopes using the constant statistical tensor method,15(46):14. 7.mohammed-saied b. 2001; ph.d. thesis, analysis of angular distribution of gamma rays and gamma-gamma & particle-gamma, university of baghdad. 8.al-zuhairy m.h.m. (2002), ph.d. thesis,multiple mixing ratios of gamma ray from the heavy ion reactions by using contant statistical tensor method, university of baghdad. 9.tammy, r.j. (2004), ph.d. thesis, multiple mixing ratios of a-rays from different nuclear reactions university of al-mustansiriyah. 10.yamazaki, t. (1967), nucl. data, section a3, 1. باستعمال طريقة نسبة نسب الخلط النتقاالت كامية من مستويات متهيجة في التفاعل :)1جدول ( a2 وانتقاالت نقية طاقة المستوى االبتدائي ei (kev) طاقة كاما (kev) [1] قيم a2نسبة ]1المرجع [ 3122.8 2276.0 4+ 2+ 0.298 )15( -0.081 (19) -0.08 (2) e2 1037.9 4+ 4+ 0.207 )14( -0.064 (17) -0.15 )2( 1.30 (6) 0.17 )3( 1.3 (1) 3755.9 1670.8 6+ 4+ 0.389 )64( -0.024 (84) 0.03 (8) e2 368.0 6+ 6+ 0.362 )83( -0.058 (98) -0.08 (17) 0.82 (33) باستعمال طريقة نسبة نسب الخلط النتقاالت كامية من مستويات متهيجة في التفاعل :)2جدول ( a2 وانتقاالت مختلطة ei (ke v) )ke v( [1] قيم ]1المرجع [ a2نـسـبـة 3122.8 2276.0 4+ 2+ 0.298 )15( -0.081 (19) -0.08 (2) -0.08 0.02 (4) 1037.9 4+ 4+ 0.207 )14( -0.064 (17) -0.15 )2( 1.30 (6) -0.23 )3( 1.5 (1) -0.15 1.3 3445.4 2598.5 3+ 2+ -0.428 )25( 0.020 (32) -0.15 (2) __ -0.15 1360.2 3+ 4+ 0.113 )38( -0.037 (44) -0.23 )5( -2.9 (5) -0.23 )5( -2.8 (5) -0.23 -2.9 3755.9 1670.8 6+ 4+ 0.389 )68( -0.024 (84) 0.03 (8) 0.03 0.03 (11) 368.0 6+ 6+ 0.362 )83( -0.058 (98) -0.08 (17) __ -0.08 156 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 4048.4 3201.3 3+ 2+ 0.444 )44( 0.040 (73) 0.59 (9) 0.59 1089.1 3+ 2+ 0.271 )108( -0.126 (130) 0.40 (10) 0.40 (11) 0.40 4510.4 2425.5 3+ 4+ -0.372 )125( 0.056 (125) -0.02 )6( -3.0 (8) -0.02 -0.21 (6) -3.0 فقط 1852.8 3+ 2+ -0.475 )178( 0.405 (212) 0.10 (4) 0.28 (5) فقط -0.16 -2.4 appendix i ji l l jf f2 f4 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.70711 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -1.06067 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.35355 0.00000 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.07071 0.00000 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 0.47434 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.35355 0.00000 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.10101 0.00000 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 0.37796 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.53034 0.00000 1.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.17678 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.0 -0.59761 -1.06904 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 -0.93542 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.29881 0.71269 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 -0.41833 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.61238 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.12806 -0.30544 2.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.11952 0.00000 2.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0.65466 0.00000 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.34149 0.07636 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.17075 -0.00848 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 0.50507 -0.06274 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 0.44822 -0.02970 2.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 -0.29881 0.00405 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.0 -0.86603 0.21320 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 -0.49487 -0.44670 3.0 2.0 3.0 1.0 -0.46290 1.04463 157 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.64953 0.03553 3.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.34641 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 -0.94869 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.12372 0.67006 3.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.43301 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.22682 -0.44670 3.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.14434 0.00000 l l jf f2 f4 3.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 0.72169 0.00000 3.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.30929 0.14890 3.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 -0.20620 -0.02030 3.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 0.54554 -0.13430 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 0.36085 -0.05492 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 -0.36085 0.00969 4.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 -0.78349 0.14527 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 -0.44770 -0.30438 4.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 -0.52972 0.90036 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.47009 -0.04842 4.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 0.31339 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 -0.94018 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.04477 0.60876 4.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 -0.43875 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.33541 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.26455 -0.49807 4.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.15955 0.00000 4.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 0.75679 0.00000 4.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28490 0.19370 4.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 -0.22792 -0.02980 4.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 0.56407 -0.18437 4.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 0.29915 -0.06874 4.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 -0.39887 0.01422 5.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 -0.73599 0.11589 5.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 -0.42056 -0.24281 5.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 -0.55634 0.80301 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.36799 -0.07726 5.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 0.29439 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 -0.93095 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 0.00000 0.56556 5.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 -0.44159 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.27386 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.28307 -0.52297 5.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 0.16984 0.00000 5.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 0.77832 0.00000 5.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.26689 0.22413 5.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 -0.24263 -0.03736 158 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ji l l jf f2 f4 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 -0.70510 0.09967 6.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 -0.40291 -0.20883 6.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 -0.56980 0.73833 6.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 -0.30219 -0.09018 6.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 0.28204 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 -0.92319 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0.02878 0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 -0.44320 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 6.0 -0.23146 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 0.29355 -0.53699 6.0 1.0 1.0 7.0 0.17728 0.00000 6.0 1.0 2.0 7.0 0.79283 0.00000 6.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 0.25326 0.24613 6.0 2.0 2.0 8.0 -0.25326 -0.04343 6.0 2.0 3.0 8.0 0.58028 -0.24879 6.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 0.22160 -0.08292 6.0 3.0 3.0 9.0 -0.44321 0.02073 5.0 2.0 3.0 7.0 0.57416 -0.22100 5.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 0.25476 -0.07726 5.0 3.0 3.0 8.0 -0.42461 0.01783 159 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 multiple mixing ratios of gamma rays from reaction using a2-ratio method h.m. youhana,b.m. saied, t.a. younis department of physics, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad received in: 11march 2008, accepted in:10 august 2008 abstract the -multiple mixing ratios of γ-transitions from levels of populated in the are calculated in the present work by using the a2-ratio methods. we used the experimental coefficient (a2) for two γ-transitions from the same initial state, the statistical tensor, which is related to the a2-coefficient would be the same for the two transitions. this method was used in a previous work for pure transitions or which can be considered pure. in these cases the multiple mixing ratios for the second transition ( ) equal zero, but in our work we applied this method for mixed γ-transitions and then the multiple mixing ratio ( ) is known for one transition. then we calculate the ( ) value and versareversa. the weight average of the -values calculated in the present work for a mixed transition in are presented as adopted -value. the result obtained confirms the valibites of this method to calculate the multiple mixing ratios ( ) for γ-transitions and their capabilities in predicting any inaccuracies in the experimental data. key word: multipole mixing vatios, t vansition angucar distribution microsoft word 201-214 201| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 gamma ray attenuation coefficients for lead oxide and iron oxide reinforced in silicate glasses as radiation shielding windows abbas j. al-saadi basic medical science/ college of dentistry/ karbala university abbas k. saadon dept. of physics/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad e-mail: abbasj6@yahoo.com received in :1february 2014 accepted in :2june 2014 abstract in this work, the mass attenuation coefficient, effective atomic number and half value layer parameters were calculated for silicate (sio2) mixed with various levels of lead oxide and iron oxide as reinforced materials. sio2 was used with different concentrations of pbo and fe2o3 (25, 50 and 75 weight %). the glass system was prepared by the melt-quenching method. the attenuation parameters were calculated at photon energies varying from 1kev to 100mev using the xcom program (version 3.1). in addition, the mass attenuation coefficient and half value layer parameters for selected glass samples were experimentally determined at photon energies 0.662 and 1.28 mev emitted from radioactive sources 137cs and 22na respectively in a collimated narrow beam geometry set-up using 2"x2" nai (tl) scintillation detector. these values are found to be in agreement with the values computed theoretically. moreover, these results were also compared with those for the commercial window glass. the effective atomic number ( zeff ) and half value layer (hvl) results indicate that pbo+sio2 was better gamma ray attenuation than fe2o3+sio2 and commercial window glass. this indicates that pbo+sio2 glasses can be used as gamma ray shielding in replace of both of them in this energy range. keywords: gamma ray, mass attenuation coefficient, linear attenuation coefficient, effective atomic number, half value layer, glass, radiation shielding materials. 202| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction gamma-ray and x-ray attenuation coefficients are very important in both fundamental and applied science. they are invaluable in many applied fields, such as nuclear diagnostics, radiation protection, nuclear medicine, and radiation dosimetry. protection of the body from unnecessary radiation exposure when working in a radiation area is a priority for every health physicist [1, 2]. glass materials are possible alternatives for radiation shielding materials with two advantages brought by their transparency to visible light, and their properties can be modified by using composition and preparation techniques. silicate glasses are the most commonly available commercial glasses due to ease of fabrication and excellent transmission of visible light [1,2]. lead oxide (pbo) is a promising gamma ray shielding materials due to its strong absorption of gamma rays [3, 4]. authors has explored the possibility of using glass as gamma ray shielding material in terms of heavy metal-silicate glasses in their research article[5, 6]. in photon interaction with composite materials, the atomic number cannot be represented uniquely by a single number across the entire energy region, as in the case of pure elements. this number for composite materials is called the effective atomic number and it varies with the photon energy [7]. berger and hubbell [8] have developed a computer program (xcom) which calculates photon cross-sections and attenuation coefficients for pure elements and mixtures in the energy range of 1 kev to 100 gev. in the present study, the shielding parameters such as mass attenuation coefficient (µm ), effective atomic number (zeff) and half value layer (hvl) were calculated for lead-silicate (pbo -sio2) and iron-silicate (fe2o3-sio2) glasses containing the same levels of concentration at photon energies varying from 1kev to 100mev by using the (xcom) program . also, we measured the mass attenuation coefficient and half value layer of gamma-rays for pbo-sio2 and fe2o3-sio2 glasses at 0.662 and 1.28 mev photons by using nai(tl) scintillation detector. lead silicate and iron silicate glasses were synthesized by using a melt quenching method. theory the theoretical relations used in the present work are summarized in this part. a collimated beam of mono-energetic gamma ray is attenuated in matters according to the lambert-beer law [9,10]: )1(0 xeii  where i0 is the initial intensity of gamma ray, i is the intensity of gamma ray after attenuation through a material of thickness x (cm) and µ is the linear attenuation coefficient (cm-1 ) of the material. mass attenuation coefficient (µm ) of the material is obtained by dividing µ by the material density (ρ ). the mass attenuation coefficient, for a compound or mixture is given by [9,10]: )2()( im i im w   where wi and (µm)i are the weight fraction and mass attenuation coefficient of the ith constituent element, respectively. for any compound, the total atomic cross section (σa) can be calculated from the knowledge of mass attenuation coefficient by the following formula [7, 11,12]: 203| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )3(   i i i a m a a w n   where na is avogadro's number and ai is the atomic weight of ith element. similarly, the total electronic cross section (σel) is given by [7, 11, 12]: )4()( 1  im i i i a el z a f n  where fi denotes the fractional abundance of the element i with respect to the number of atoms such that f1 + f2 + f3 + . . . + fi =1, zi is the atomic number of ith element. finally, by using eqs. (3) and (4), the effective atomic number (zeff) can be defined as:[7,11,12]: )5( el a effz    the thickness of the material that reduces the photon beam intensity to half of its original value (i0), i.e. (½) i0, is called the half value layer (hvl) and is given by [9]: where µ is linear attenuation coefficient of the material at a given photon energy. materials and methods sample preparation and density measurements starting materials of (99.9% purity) were used in the present work for fe2o3, pbo and sio2. all the chemicals were weighed accurately using an electrical balance with an accuracy of 0.001g, grounded to fine powder and mixed thoroughly. the samples were prepared by mixing of pbo and fe2o3 in concentrations of 25, 50 and 75 (weight %) with sio2. each batch of about 50 g in alumina crucible was melt in an electrical furnace for one hour, at 1250 0c . the melts were then poured between the stainless steel molds. the quenched glasses were annealed at 500 0c for 3 hours to reduce thermal stress, and cooled down to the room temperature. at the room temperature, densities of glass samples were measured with the archimedes' method using xylene as an immersion liquid. the density of glass sample (ρ) was calculated by the formula: )7(l ba a ww w     where wa and wb are the weight of the sample in air and the weight of the sample in xylene, respectively and ρl is density of xylene. the chemical compositions, % by weight, and the density of the glass samples are given in table 1. fig.1 shows density plots of the glass for both systems. it is seen that the density of the glass samples increases with higher fe2o3 and pbo contents, because of higher molecular weight of fe2o3 and pbo in comparison to sio2. the pbo+sio2 glass samples prepared in our work gave higher densities than the fe2o3+sio2 glasses over all ranges of sio2 concentration which may be contributed to higher atomic weight of the lead. calculation of the total mass attenuation coefficients the theoretical values of mass attenuation coefficient ( μm ) were calculated using the xcom computer program (version 3.1). the used xcom program have been recently )6( 693.02ln  hvl 204| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 modified to calculate the total mass attenuation coefficients for elements, compounds and mixtures at photon energies varying from from1 kev to 100 gev [8], and provides total cross section as well as partial cross sections for various interaction processes.   gamma ray measurements by nai (tl) scintillation detector experimental measurements have been performed to investigate attenuation values of gamma rays for the six fe2o3, pbo / sio2 glass samples. the present experimental arrangement can be identified as being of narrow beam attenuation geometry which gives gamma ray buildup factor equal to unity. the gamma ray spectrometer is energy calibrated using standard multi energy gamma sources : mix source 137cs (has photo peak 662kev) with 241am (has photo peak 59.5kev) manufactured by ld.g.mbh-germany. in addition using 60co (have photo peaks 1.17 and 1.33 mev). the diagram of experimental setup is shown in fig. 2a. all samples were used in the form of a tablets plate with 2 cm diameter and thickness 0.4 cm. samples with different thicknesses ( 0.4 -1.6 ) cm were arranged in front of a collimated beam emerged from radioactive source. two standard radioactive gamma sources 137cs (0.662 mev) of 71.62µci ( 2.65 mbq ) strength and 22na (1.280 mev) of 0.445 µci ( 16.47 kbq ) strength were used. the intensities of gamma photons were measured by using 2"x2" nai (tl) scintillation detector (saintgobain crystals bicron). the detector was coupled to pre-amplifier, amplifier, power supply and computer analyzer with ld didactic gmbh sensor-cassy. the detector was also housed in a thick lead jacket to reduce the radiation background as low possible, the distance between detector and source was 15cm [12]. for each sample and energy, i0 and i intensities which are without and after attenuation were measured by a nai (tl) detector. the photo peak areas have been calculated from the spectrum obtained for each measurement. background spectra were recorded for the same time period (1000 s) and subtracted from each spectrum. the typical spectra of the radioactive sources 137cs measured in this work are shown in fig. 2b. results and discussion mass attenuation coefficient the calculated values of mass attenuation coefficient for pbo+sio2 and fe2o3+sio2 glass samples at photon energies varying from 1kev to 100mev are shown in figs.3 and 4 respectively. mass attenuation coefficient for pb+sio2 and fe2o3 +sio2 glass samples sharply decrease with increase of the photon energy from 0.001 to 0.1 mev with a peak due to photoelectric effect around the k,l,m-absorption edges of the lead, k absorption edge of the silicon and k absorption edge of the iron. at photon energy from 0.1 to 5 mev the variation is slightly decreased with the increase of the photon energy. while, at photon energies from 5 to 100 mev, inconsiderable the increase of the mass attenuation coefficient values have been observed with increase of the photon energy, this may be due to the dominance of pair production in this energy region. figs.3 and 4 can also be seen the mass attenuation coefficients of pbo+sio2 glass samples are higher than that of fe2o3+sio2 glasses. this means that there is more photon absorption in the pbo+sio2 glass than in the fe2o3+sio2 glass. mass attenuation coefficient increases (fig.3) with the increase in weight fraction of pbo, this can be attributed to increasing values of pb which has higher atomic number as compared to other elements. it is estimated that 75 wt% pbo+25wt% sio2 glass sample represents best glass sample in terms of gamma ray shielding applications. figs. 5 and 6 show plot of ln (i0/i) versus thickness samples at the 0.662 and 1.28 mev gamma ray beams using this graphs, the slope of the graphs gives the value of the linear attenuation coefficient (μ ) of glass samples at that particular energy. tables 2 and 3 give the experimental and theoretical values of mass attenuation coefficients (μm) for glass samples. the comparison of their measurements with the theoretical values is done by calculating the relative deviation 205| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 (rd). we found the deviation mostly below 5%. in general, the experimental values are in a good agreement with the theoretical values. -effective atomic numbers the variation of effective atomic numbers for selected glass samples (zeff ) with photon energy were calculated from eq.(5) and plotted in fig.7. the effective atomic numbers of pbo+sio2 glasses are greater than fe2o3 +sio2 glasses'. in addition, zeff increases with the increase of fe2o3 and pbo concentrations. the zeff values for pbo+sio2 glasses show a broad peak and a maximum value at 0.01 mev and minima at 1 mev. the variation of zeff with energy may be attributed to the relative domination of the partial processes, viz. photoelectric effect, coherent scattering, incoherent scattering and pair production. at low energies the photoelectric effect is dominant and hence zeff for the photon absorption is mainly described by zeff for this partial process. similarly, at higher energies the contribution due to scattering and pair production process will be more in comparison with photoelectric effect and this will have its effect on zeff for photon absorption. hence at low energies (up to 0.1 mev), where photoelectric effect dominates, zeff value is more and at intermediate energies (0.11 mev), where the scattering process dominate, zeff value is less. finally, at higher energies (more than 1.022mev) the pair production process dominates zeff value increase with the increase of photon energy. therefore, zeff for photon energy absorption varies from a higher value at lower energies to a lower value at intermediate energies with a peak due to photoelectric effect around the k-absorption edge of the lead (0.088mev). -half value layer the half value layers (hvl) of fe2o3+sio2 and pbo+sio2 glass samples at photon energies varying from 1kev to 100mev are shown in figs.8 and 9 respectively with standard commercial window glass taken from literature [13]. it is found that the pbo+sio2 glasses have better shielding properties (gives low hvl at all energies) than commercial window glass and fe2o3+sio2, reflecting the advantage of lead component in radiation shielding glass. the hvl values for the pbo+sio2, fe2o3+sio2 glass samples and standard commercial window glass were also experimentally determined at gamma energies 0.662 and 1.28 mev as shown in tables 4 and 5 in addition that plotted in fig.10. it is evident that the 50wt.%fe2o3+50 wt.%sio2 and 25wt.%pbo+75wt.%sio2 glass samples have the same hvl values because they have similar effective atomic numbers at particular energies (see fig.7). the composite of 75 wt.% pbo+25wt.% sio2 glass sample have low hvl values than those other selected glass samples, this can be attributed to increasing values of pb which has higher atomic number as compared to other elements. conclusions from the measurement and calculation of gamma attenuation coefficients in fe2o3 and pbo reinforced in silicate glasses, it can be concluded: 1. the mass attenuation coefficients of the pbo+ sio2 glasses are higher than that of the fe2o3+ sio2 glasses at the same incident photon energy. the 75 wt.% pbo +25 wt.% sio2 proved to be more efficient for gamma rays attenuation. 2. the results show that the effective atomic numbers of pbo+ sio2 glasses are larger than that of fe2o3+ sio2 glasses and both are greater than sio2 glass sample. moreover, the effective atomic numbers increase with the increase of fraction weight of fe2o3 and pbo. 3. in the case of fe2o3+ sio2 glasses, there is only a little change in the half value layer with increase of fe2o3 concentration. we found that the hvl in 50wt.%fe2o3+50 wt.%sio2 and 25wt.%pbo+75wt.%sio2 glasses have equivalent values. 4.the theoretical values of gamma ray attenuation coefficients were generally in good agreement with experimental obtained values. 206| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 references 1. kerur, b.;manjula, v.; lagare, m. and kumar, s. (2009) mass attenuation coefficient of saccharides for x-rays in the energy range from 8 kev to 32 kev , radiat meas. 44 63–67. 2. maqbool, m. (2004) determination of transfer functions of mcp-200 alloy using 6 mv photon beam for beam intensity modulation , j. mech med. biol. 4, 305–310. 3. manohara, s.r.; hanagodimath, s.m. and gerward, l. (2009) , photon interaction and energy absorption in glass: a transparent gamma ray shield , j. nucl. mater. 393 ,465-472. 4. singh, k.j.; singh ,n.; kaundal, r.s. and singh, k. (2008) gamma-ray shielding and structural properties of pbo-sio2 glass , nucl. instr. and meth.b, 266, 944–948. 5. kaewkhao, j.; pokaipisit, a. and limsuwan, p. (2010) study on borate glass system containing with bi2o3 and bao for gamma rays shielding materials comparison with pbo , nucl. mat., 399, 38–40. 6. kaundal, r.s.; sandeep, k. ;narveer, s. and singh, k.j. ( 2010) investigation of structural properties of lead strontium borate glasses for gamma ray shielding applications , phy.chem. of solids, 71 , 1191-1195. 7. shivalinge, g.; krishnaveni, s.; yashoda, t.; umesh, t. and ramakrishna, g. (2004) photon mass attenuation coefficients, effective atomic numbers and electron densities of some thermo luminescent dosimetric compounds ,pramana j. phys., 63(3): 529541. 8. berger, m.j. and hubbell, j.h., (1987)"photon cross sections on a personal computer, national institute of standards and technology, nbsir 87– 3597, xcom, gaithersburg, md 20899, usa. 9. arthur b. chilton , shultis j.k. and faw r.e. (1984),principles of radiation shielding, prenticehall ,englewood cliffs , new jercy 10. raje d.v. and chaudhari l.m. (2010), mass attenuation of soil samples in maharashtra (india ) by using gamma energy at 0.662 mev, bulg. j. phys. 37, 158164. 11. niranjan, r.s., rudrasw, b. and dhananjaya, n. (2012) effective atomic number, electron density and kerma of gamma radiation for oxides of lanthanides , pramana j. phys., 78, no. 3, 451–458. 12. hana, i. and demirb ,l. (2010) ,studies on effective atomic numbers, electron densities and mass attenuation coefficients in au alloys, journal of x-ray science and technology 18, 39–46. 13. mc conn jr, gesh cj. pagh rt. rucker ra. and williams iii rg. (2011). radiation portal monitor project compendium of material composition data for radiation transport modeling , piet43741-tm-963 pnnl15870 rev. 1. 207| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no. (1): chemical composition and density of glass samples sample number composition (wt%) density (g/cm3) pbo fe2o3 sio2 1 100 1.9400 ±0.0132 2 25 75 2.7215 ±0.0120 3 50 50 3.8351 ±0.0157 4 75 25 5.0219 ±0.0140 5 25 75 2.6091±0.0132 6 50 50 2.9372±0.0161 7 75 25 3.4179±0.0154 table no.( 2): comparison between mass attenuation coefficients µm (cm2/ g) for pbo+sio2 and fe2o3 +sio2 glasses at photon energy 0.662 mev fe2o3 or pbo (wt.%) pbo+sio2 glass fe2o3+sio2 glass µm theory (cm2/ g) µm experiment (cm2/ g) rd % µm theory (cm2/ g) µm experiment (cm2/ g) rd % 25 0.08490 0.08352± 0.0025 1.63 0.07660 0.07994 ± 0.0022 4.36 50 0.09252 0.09476 ± 0.0022 2.42 0.07594 0.07969 ±0.0018 4.94 75 0.10010 0.09857 ± 1.53 0.07527 0.07244 3.76 table no. (4): comparison between half value layer hvl (cm) for pbo+sio2 and fe2o3 +sio glasses at photon energy 0.662 mev fe2o3 or pbo (wt.%) pbo+sio2 glass fe2o3+sio2 glass hvl theory (cm) hvl experiment (cm) rd % hvl theory (cm) hvl experiment (cm) rd % 25 3.000 3.050 ± 0.089 1.67 3.468 3.323 ± 0.089 4.18 50 1.953 1.907 ± 0.043 2.36 3.108 2.961 ± 0.065 4.30 75 1.390 1.400 ± 0.056 0.72 2.694 2.799 ± 0.108 3.90 table no.(3): comparison between mass attenuation coefficients µm (cm2 /g) for pbo+sio2 and fe2o3 +sio2 glasses at photon energy 1.28 mev fe2o3 or pbo (wt. %) pbo+sio2 glass fe2o3+sio2 glass µm theory (cm2/ g) µm experiment (cm2/ g) rd % µm theory (cm2/ g) µm experiment (cm2/ g) rd % 25 0.05659 0.05884 ±0.0021 3.98 0.05566 0.05584 ±0.0010 0.32 50 0.05694 0.05411 ±0.0010 4.97 0.05507 0.05417 ± 0.0012 1.63 208| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(2a): experimental setup to determine mass attenuation coefficient. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 fig. 1. densities of the fe 2 o 3 +sio 2 and the pbo+sio 2 glass systems. d e n si ty ( g / cm 3 ) weight (%) of fe 2 o 3 and pbo glass samples fe 2 o 3 + sio 2 glass samples pbo + sio 2 glass samples table no.5: comparison between half value layer hvl (cm) for pbo+sio2 and fe2o3 +sio2 glasses at photon energy 1.28 mev fe2o3 or pbo (wt.%) pbo+sio2 glass fe2o3+sio2 glass hvl theory (cm) hvl experiment (cm) rd % hvl theory (cm) hvl experiment (cm) rd % 25 4.501 4.329 ± 0.149 3.82 4.773 4.758 ± 0.084 0.31 50 3.174 3.340 ± 0.061 5.23 4.285 4.356 ± 0.094 1.66 75 2.409 2.453 ± 0.043 1.83 3.722 3.796 ± 0.136 1.99 209| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1e-3 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 10000 kabsorption edge of the silicon mabsorption edge of the lead l-absorption edge of the lead k-absorption edge of the lead figure 3. mass attenuation coefficient as a function of photon energy (1kev to 100 mev) for sio 2 and pbo-sio2 glasses m a ss a tt e n u a tio n c o e ff ic ie n t ( cm 2 .g m -1 ) photon energy (mev) sio 2 25% pbo + 75% sio 2 50% pbo + 50% sio 2 75% pbo + 25% sio 2 210| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1e-3 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 10000 kabsorption edge of the iron kabsorption edge of the silicon figure 4. mass attenuation coefficient as a function of photon energy (1kev to 100 mev) for sio 2 and fe 2 o 3 -sio2 glasses m a s s a tt e n u a tio n c o e ff ic ie n t ( cm 2 . g m -1 ) photon energy (mev) sio 2 25% fe 2 o 3 + 75% sio 2 50% fe 2 o 3 + 50% sio 2 75% fe 2 o 3 + 25% sio 2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 figure 5. ln (i 0 /i) versus thickness for selected samples at 0.662 mev. ln ( i 0 / i ) thickness (cm) 25% fe 2 o 3 + 75% sio 2 50% fe 2 o 3 + 50% sio 2 75% fe 2 o 3 + 25% sio 2 25% pbo + 75% sio 2 50% pbo + 50% sio 2 75% pbo + 25% sio 2 211| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 figure 6. ln (i 0 /i) versus thickness for selected samples at 1.28 mev. ln ( i 0 / i ) thickness (cm) 25% fe 2 o 3 + 75% sio 2 50% fe 2 o 3 + 50% sio 2 75% fe 2 o 3 + 25% sio 2 25% pbo + 75% sio 2 50% pbo + 50% sio 2 75% pbo + 25% sio 2 1e-3 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 k-absorption edge of the lead (0.088 mev) figure 7. energy dependence of effective atomic number z eff for total photon interaction. z e ff ( e le ct ro n / a to m ) phton energy (mev) sio 2 25% fe 2 o 3 +75io 2 50% fe 2 o 3 +50% sio 2 75% fe 2 o 3 +25% sio 2 25% pbo+75% sio 2 50% pbo+50% sio 2 75% pbo+25% sio 2 212| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 1e-3 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 0.01 0.1 1 10 figure 8. half value layer as a function of photon energy (1kev-100mev) in the fe 2 o 3 -sio 2 glass and commerical glass. h v l ( c m ) photon energy (mev) commerical window glass 25% fe 2 o 3 +75io 2 50% fe 2 o 3 +50io 2 75% fe 2 o 3 +25io 2 sio 2 213| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 c om m er ic al w in do w g la ss 10 0% s io 2 2 5% fe 2o 3 + 75 % s io 2 5 0% fe 2o 3 + 50 % s io 2 7 5% fe 2o 3 + 25 % s io 2 2 5% p bo + 7 5% s io 2 5 0% p bo + 5 0% s io 2 7 5% p bo + 2 5% s io 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 fig. 10. half value layer (hvl) of fe 2 o 3 +sio 2 glasses compared with those of pbo+sio 2 glasses and commercial window glass at 0.662 and 1.28 mev. h a lf v a lu e la ye r ( cm ) material at photon energy 0.662 mev at photon energy 1.28 mev 214| physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 أوكسيدو الرصاص وكسيدأب معامالت توھين اشعة كاما في الزجاج المدعم نوافذ للتدريع األشعاعيكالحديد ديعباس جواد السع كربالءجامعة /كلية طب األسنان عباس كريم سعدون بغدادجامعة )/ابن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة ( كلية التربية/قسم الفيزياء 2014حزيران 2قبل البحث : 2014شباط 1استلم البحث : الخالصة ين الكتلي والعدد الذري المؤثر و سمك النصف لنماذج زجاجية مكونة من ھفي ھذا البحث حساب معامل التوتم ,wt. )25 % مختلفة وزنية واوكسيد الرصاص بتراكيز ,اوكسيد السليكون مادة اساس مدعمة باوكسيد الحديد الثالثي العالميباستخدام البرنامج 100mev الى1kev ) عند مدى واسع من طاقة الفوتون تراوحت من 75 ,50 (xcom) يقة من اشعة كاما عند ضباستخدام حزمة عمليا للنماذج وسمك النصف معامل التوھين الكتلي حسب. كذلك لھذا عملاست على التوالي.   na22و cs 137ن النظائر المشعة المنبعثة م 1.28mevو mev 0.662الطاقات  "x2"2الكاشف الوميضي الغرض nai(tl) فضال عن ذلك قورنت النتائج أيضا فكانت ھذه القيم موافقة للقيم النظرية . أفضل توھينا ألشعة 2pbo +sio مع زجاج النوافذ التجاري. تشير نتائج العدد الذري المؤثر وسمك النصف أن زجاج للحماية من أشعة 2pbo +sio, وزجاج النوافذ التجاري وھذا يبين استعمال الزجاج sio3o2fe+2كاما من الزجاج وزجاج النوافذ التجاري في ھذا المدى من الطاقة. sio3o2fe+2كاما بدل الزجاج سمك النصف، الزجاج، ،العدد الذري المؤثر الخطي، التوھين ، معاملأشعة كاما ,معامل التوھين الكتلي الكلمات المفتاحية: .مواد التدريع 46 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 دراسة تشريحية و نسجية للغالصم في سمكة البعوض البالغة gambusiaaffinis(baird & girard) خلود عدنان عبد هللا اللهيبي و كواكب عبد القادر المختار ) ، جامعة بغدادقسم علوم الحياة ، كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في : 2011تشرين الثاني 14استلم البحث في : الخالصة يتميز بوجود خط أسود غير منتظم متقطع على أمتداد طوله gill archأظهرت الدراسة الحالية أن القوس الغلصمي . يحمل القوس الغلصمي فيجهته األمامية الداخلية صفين من melanocytes وهو تجمعات كثيفة من الخاليا المالنية – . gill filaments. أما جانبه الخلفي الخارجي فيحمل صفين من الخيوط الغلصمية gill rakersاألمشاط الغلصمية هذا و mixed boneمحاط بعظم مختلط hyaline cartilageمن غضروف زجاجي ˝ يتكون القوس الغلصمي نسجيا وبراعم ذوقية mucous cells. تتخلل ظهارته خاليا مخاطية mucous membraneبدوره محاط بغشاء مخاطي taste buds ويحتوي نسيجه الضام المفككloose connective tissue على أوعية دمويةblood vessels الغلصمي في تركيبه النسجي عدا يشابه القوس gill raker. المشط الغلصمي skeletal muscles وعضالت هيكلية . أما الخيوط الغلصمية فتتكون من ظهارة ابتدائية (مكونة من نسيج musclesوالعضالت cartilageانعدام الغضروف والخاليا chloride cells) تتخلله الخاليا الكلوريدية stratified columnar epitheliumظهاري مطبق عمودي تقريبا secondary lamellae. أما ظهارة الصفائح الثانوية rodlet cellsوالخاليا العصيوية mucous cellsالمخاطية simple squamous) فهي من نوع الظهارة الحرشفية البسيطة respiratory epithelium(الظهارة التنفسية epithelium المحيطة بالشعيرات الدمويةblood capillaries ةوالخاليا العمادية الساندsupporting pillar cells . anatomical,histology,gills,mosquito fish (gambusiaaffinis) الكلمات المفتاحية: المقـدمــــــــــــة بالنظر ألهمية الغالصم في عملية التنفس في األسماك فالبد من التوسع في دراستها من جميع الجوانب . ومن أهم هذه -1]الجوانب هو دراسة تركيبها العياني والنسجي . إن الدراسات السابقة حول التركيب العياني والنسجي لغالصم األسماك ودة من األسماك ولحد معرفة الباحثين لم تتناول أي دراسة سابقة التركيب العياني مازالت قليلة وتتضمن أنواعاَ محد[13 وألهمية هذه السمكة في المكافحة الحيوية لمرض المالريا ألنها gambusia affinis والنسجي لغالصم سمكة البعوض لدراسات السابقة وإلضافة معلومات تتغذى على يرقات البعوض الناقل للمرض فقد أجريت الدراسة الحالية توسعا وإمتدادا ل قد تكون أساسية في حقل هذا النوع من الدراسات في األسماك المــــواد وطرائــــق العمــــل جمعت األسماك البالغة (ذكور وإناث ) من مصدرين هما سوق الغزل في بغداد ومن جداول جامعة بغداد في الجادرية ووضعت األسماك في أحواض خاصة بتربية األسماك في المختبر . خدرت األسماك بغرز اإلبرة في الجهة الظهرية operculum .طع رأسها خلف منطقة الغطاء الغلصمي وق wax plateلمؤخرة الرأس ثم وضعت على صفيحة شمعية فحصت الغالصم بوضعها الطبيعي في جسم السمكة باالستعانة بمجهر تشريح وثبت الراس كامالَ والغالصم المفصولة في washing. ثم أجريت عمليات الغسل aqueous bouin′s solution[14]محلول بون المائي بشمع embedding واالسجاء (الطمر) infiltration واالرتشاحclearing والترويق dehydrationوالتجفاف وجبهية sagittalوطولية (سهمية transverse sections البارابالست بالطريقة االعتيادية ثم قطعت مقاطع مستعرضة frontal مايكروميتر بوساطة المشراح الدوار 5) متسلسلة بسمك rotary microtome من نوع hm 325 ثم لونت . eosin[15]وااليوسين delafield hematoxylin المقاطع بملون هيماتوكسلين ديالفيلد 47 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 النتــــــــائـــــــــــــــج التركيـــب العيانـــــي الى buccal cavity البالغة ممتدة من قاع التجويف الفمويgambusia affinisتكون غالصم سمكة البعوض الذي operculumومغطاة بغطاء غلصمي gill chamber ) . توجد الغالصم في غرفة غلصمية 1-منتصف سقفه (شكل مقوسة قليال gill arches يكون متصل من األمام بعظام الرأس وحر من الخلف . تملك السمكة خمسة أقواس غلصمية ) . أربعة منها 2-لقوس األول وأقصرها القوس الخامس (شكلمتدرجة في الطول من األمام الى الخلف ، اذ يكون أطولها ا فعالة و يظهر على امتداد طول كل قوس غلصمي فعال خط غير منتظم متقطع أسود اللون ، هو عبارة عن تجمعات للخاليا تكون ذا التي gill rakers ) . يحتوي كل منها في جانبه األمامي الداخلي على األمشاط الغلصمية34,–المالنية (شكل . أما القوس gill filamentsداخل المربع). ويحتوي في جانبه الخلفي على الخيوط الغلصمية 1/-ملمس خشن (شكل الخامس فانه غير فعال ويحتوي على األمشاط الغلصمية فقط في الجانب المواجه للقوس الرابع واليحتوي على الخيوط رتبة بصفين على كل قوس غلصمي . تكون أمشاط القوس األول في ) . تظهر األمشاط الغلصمية م2-الغلصمية (شكل الصف األول طويلة ومقوسة قليال بينما في الصف الثاني وفي الصفوف األخرى لألقواس الباقية فتظهر قصيرة ومدببة قصيرة في . أما الجانب الخلفي للقوس الغلصمي فيحتوي على صفين من الخيوط الغلصمية تكون -2)(هرمية الشكل) (شكل interbranchialالجهة المقابلة للغطاء الغلصمي وطويلة في الجهة المعاكسة مع اختزال كلي للحاجز بين الغلصمي septumأما عدداالمشاط والخيوط الغلصمية فتكون موضحة في الجدول4-، اذ تظهر الخيوط الغلصمية حرة (شكل . () )1رقم التركيب النسجي للغالصم -2 األقواس الغلصمية –أ بمنطقة الغالصم تظهر فيه الغرفة الغلصمية واألقواس ͋لراس السمكة البالغة مارا˝ سهميا˝ مقطعا طوليا 5-يمثل شكل من المقطع الطولي السهمي ͋فيمثل جزءاَ مكبرا 6–الغلصمية ( الخيوط واألمشاط الغلصمية ) والغطاء الغلصمي . أما شكل أما األمشاط الغلصمية ͋بأحد األقواس الغلصمية ،اذ يظهر القوس الغلصمي مقطوع عرضيا ͋لراس السمكة البالغة مارا . يتكون القوس الغلصمي من ͋. أما الخيوط الغلصمية فمعظمها مقطوعة طوليا ͋الطويلة والقصيرة فتظهر مقطوعة طوليا وعظم spongy bone(عظم إسفنجي mixed boneمحاط بعظم مختلط hyaline cartilageغضروف زجاجي ) . يتكون الغشاء 7–(شكل mucous membrane ) وهذا بدوره يحاط بغشاء مخاطي acellular boneالخلوي المخاطي من : ) وبراعم ذوقية goblet cells( خاليا كاسية mucous cellsتتخلله خاليا مخاطية : نسيج ظهاري حرشفي مطبق –1 taste buds . يحتوي على مقاطع للشريان loose connective tissue تتكون من نسيج ضام مفكك :طبقة تحت المخاطية –2 (تتفرع من efferent branchial arteryوالشريان الغلصمي الصادر afferent branchial arteryالغلصمي الوارد ) . أما بالنسبة 8–(شكل skeletal musclesوعضالت هيكلية blood capillariesاالبهر البطني) وشعيرات دموية الى المشط الغلصمي فيظهر متكون من لب عظمي مختلط أيضا محاط بغشاء مخاطي مشابه للغشاء المخاطي المحيط ) .7–بالقوس الغلصمي لكنه يتميز بكثرة الخاليا المخاطية في نسيجه الظهاري (شكل وط الغلصمية الخي -ب secondary تبرز منها الصفائح الثانوية primary lamellaيتكون الخيط الغلصمي الصفيحة األولية lamellaeتتكون الصفيحة األولية نسجيا من لب من نسيج ضام مفكك يحتوي على خاليا غير متمايزة . undifferentiated cells الساند للخيط الغلصـمي (الشعاع الغلصمي) . ويحتوي على النسيج 10,9–( شكل gill ray ( –) وعلى وعاء دموي 6–) ويحتوي على عضالت هيكلية (شكل11–وهو غضروف زجاجي محاط بعظم الخلوي ( شكل وهو فرع من الوعاء الغلصمي الصادر أو من الوعاء الغلصمي الوارد . يحاط اللب بنسيج ظهاري مطبق عمودي تقريبا stratified columnar epithelium 10,9–يحتوي فضال عن الخاليا الظهارية المكعبة االعتيادية الخاليا اآلتية ( شكل : ( الخلية الكلوريدية -1 وهي أكبر الخاليا حجماَ وأكثرها عدداَ وتكون ذا شكل كروي تقريباَ ولها نواة كروية أو بيضوية غير مركزية الموقع . وتوجد acidophilicوتتميز بأن سايتوبالزمها ذو مظهر حبيبي ويتقبل الملونات الحمضية ذي كروماتين غير كثيف هذه الخاليا بين قواعد الصفائح الثانوية بشكل تجمعات أو خاليا مفردة وتدعى بالخاليا غنية ) .9-شكل أيضاَ ( mitochondrial rich cellsندرياوالمايتوك ) اسية الخلية المخاطية ( الخلية الك -2 48 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 تتكون الخلية الكاسية من جزء كبير متوسع ويحتوي في الغالب على إفرازات مخاطية ويتخذ السايتوبالزم فيه موقعاَ ضيقاَ عند الحافة . وللخلية عنق قصير جداَ متضيق . تقع النواة في قاعدة الجزء المتوسع التي تكون ذا شكل مسطح وتحتوي ).-10 شكل(على كروماتين كثيف الخلية العصيوية -3 تكون هذه الخاليا متطاولة ومضغوطة الجانبين وتحتوي على نواة بيضوية الشكل متطاولة ذي مجاميع كروماتينية ) .9-شكل( يظهر سايتوبالزمها متقبل للملونات الحمضية. غامقة وتقع بين الخاليا الكلوريدية التي تتخللها خاليا ساندة capillariesblood)بصورة رئيسة من الشعيرات الدموية 10,9–تتكون الصفائح الثانوية(شكل . تكون الخلية العمادية مقعرة الجانبين ذا نواة بيضوية تقريباَ مركزية الموقع وذا مادة pillar cellsتدعى بالخاليا العمادية تكون simple squamous epithelium سيط هاري حرشفي بظتحاط الصفائح الثانوية بنسيج . كروماتينية كثيفة خالياه مغزلية الشكل وذا نواة مغزلية الشكل أيضا وتحتوي على مادة كروماتينية كثيفة . المناقشــة التركيــــــب العيانـــــــي – 1 مقوسة gill arches أظهرت نتائج البحث الحالي إن الغالصم في سمكة البعوض تتكون من خمسة أقواس غلصمية قليال و متدرجة في الطول من األمام إلى الخلف ، اذ يكون أطولها القوس األول وأقصرها القوس الخامس . تكون أربعة منها فعالة و يظهر على امتداد طول كل قوس غلصمي فعال خط غير منتظم متقطع اسود اللون هو عبارة عن تجمعات ويحتوي في gill rakers فعال في جانبه األمامي الداخلي على األمشاط الغلصمية للخاليا المالنية . يحتوي كل قوس .أما القوس الخامس فانه غير فعال ويحتوي على األمشاط gill filamentsجانبه الخلفي الخارجي على الخيوط الغلصمية لخط األسود .الغلصمية فقط في الجانب المواجه للقوس الرابع وال يحتوي على الخيوط الغلصمية وا ولحد علم الباحثين لم يعثر على دراسات حول وجود هذا الخط وأهميته على األقواس الغلصمية ولذا فأن هذه الدراسة تعد األولى في وصف هذا النوع من الخطوط . قد تكون أهمية وجود هذه التجمعات من الخاليا المالنية في األقواس . كذلك [16]الخاليا تحرر مادة ايضية تساعد في توسع وامتداد األوعية الشعرية الدموية الغلصمية هو االعتقاد بأن هذه . كال هذين االعتقادين مقبولين من وجهة نظر الباحثين من حيث وجود [1]يعتقد أن مادة المالنين مادة رابطة لألوكسجين المالنية في أغلفة كثير من األعضاء في األسماك يعد إن وجود الخاليا [10]هذه الخاليا في أعضاء تنفسية. كما ذكر هاردر حماية لها من الضوء و اإلشعاع والسيما األشعة فوق البنفسجية التي قد تكون خطرة للمادة الحية . أظهرت الدراسة الحالية اختالفا في عدد األمشاط الغلصمية الموجودة على األقواس الغلصمية . أما بالنسبة الى الخيوط لغلصمية فوجد أن عددها متقارب في القوسين األول والثاني ثم يقل العدد في القوس الثالث ثم يصبح في القوس الرابع اقلها ا عددا (الجدول) . وان هذا االختالف في عدد األمشاط والخيوط الغلصمية ربما يتعلق بطول القوس فكلما كان القوس طويال والخيوط الغلصمية عدا أمشاط الصف األول للقوس األول فيكون عددها قليال بسبب كلما أتسع إلى عدد أكبر من األمشاط كبر حجمها وزيادة طولها . ولحد علم الباحثين لم تتطرق الدراسات السابقة إلى عدد األمشاط والخيوط الغلصمية الموجودة على األقواس الغلصمية .بصورة واضحة وتفصيلية . لقسم من األسماك العظمية ˝ واس الغلصمية الموجودة في سمكة الدراسة الحالية فقد يكون مشابهاأما من حيث عدد األق من striped bass ) (morone saxatilisمع أسماك عظمية أخرى . فهي تتشابه مع سمكة ذئب البحر المقلم ˝ و مختلفا من رتبة الصابوغيات troutن المرقط ، ومع سمكة السلمو[9]في دراسة كرومان perciformes رتبة شوكية الزعانف clupiformes أو اسماك الفرخperch رتبة شوكية الزعانف )perciformes بينما تختلف [12]) في دراسة لورنت . مع أسماك أخرى فمثال قد تكون األقواس الحاملة للغالصم مختزلة العدد في بعض العوائل واالجناس لألسماك كاملة التعظم الحديثة ، إذ توجد ثالث أقواس غلصمية كاملة فقط ونصف غلصم واحد (القوس الرابع) كما في عائلة الكيديميات labridaeمية فقط كما في أسماك عائلة األسماك الكروية(رباعية األسنان)أو تمتلك ثالث أقواس غلصtetraodontidae فتملك قوسا غلصميا amphipnousفتملك قوسين كاملين فقط بينما في جنس dibranchus. أما في جنس ثنائية الغالصم . [10]واحدا كامال(القوس الثاني) إلى إن الصفائح الغلصمية قد تكون ملتحمة كما في أسماك عائلة األسماك الشراعية [17]كما اشارالباحث وكنر istiophoridae . وهذا ما اليتفق مع الدراسة الحالية بينت الدراسة الحالية أيضا إن األقواس الغلصمية في سمكة البعوض مقوسة قليال وهذا ينسجم مع األقواس الغلصمية ية األخرى . لكن في اسماك عظمية أخرى يكون القوس منحنيا انحناء شديدا في ثلثه العلوي من جهة لمعظم األسماك العظم . prochilodus scrofa steindachner [5]األمشاط الغلصمية كما في اسماك الحديثة كما بينت نتائج البحث الحالي اختزال الحاجز الغلصمي بشكل كبير وهذه تكون صفة عامة ألسماك كاملة التعظم .لقد أظهرت [10]، اذ تكون ذا حواجز غلصمية كاملة elasmobranchiiلكنها تختلف مع األسماك صفائحية الخياشيم الدراسة الحالية ان غالصم سمكة البعوض مزودة باألمشاط الغلصمية التي تكون بنوعين طويلة مائلة و قصيرة مدببة وهذا فتظهر األمشاط الغلصمية من sicamugil cacasiaأما في سمكةepinephalus areolatus khulkhulيتفق مع اسماك 49 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 مفقودة لذلك يعوض عنها oligoplita palometa. وتكون األمشاط الغلصمية لسمكة[3]نوع واحد قصيرة ومدببة [7]. بأشواك كثيرة ومادة مخاطية كثيرة لتقليل الخطر على الغالصم ـيالتركيــــــــب النسجــــــــــ -2 أما من حيث التركيب النسجي فقد تبين من خالل الدراسة الحالية أن القوس الغلصمي يتكون من غضروف زجاجي hyaline cartilage محاط بعظم مختلطmixed bone وهذا بدوره محاط بغشاء مخاطي .mucous membrane . و تحتوي taste budsوبراعم ذوقية goblet cellsنسيجه الظهاري مطبق حرشفي تتخلله الخاليا المخاطية الكاسية . أما بالنسبة الى المشط الغلصمي فيظهر skeletal musclesطبقته تحت المخاطية على أوعية دموية و عضالت هيكلية متكون من لب عظمي مختلط محاط بغشاء مخاطي مشابه للغشاء المخاطي المحيط بالقوس الغلصمي . وهذا يتفق مع الكثير gathorops spixiiفعند دراستهما لسمكة [8]كارفالو -دي–ستوفيال وفانك -من األسماك العظمية . أما الباحثان ايراس فقد بينوا ان ظهارة األقواس الغلصمية من نوع النسيج المطبق المكعب يحتوي ariidae )(عائلة اسماك الجري البحري .م مع الدراسة الحالية على عدد قليل من البراعم الذوقية وهذا الينسج أظهرت نتائج البحث الحالي أن الظهارة التي تغطي الخيوط الغلصمية في اسماك البعوض تكون من نوع ظهارة مطبقة عمودية تقريبا تتخللها الخاليا الكلوريدية وخاليا مخاطية وخاليا عصيوية . أما ظهارة الصفائح الثانوية فتكون رقيقة مكونة ، لكن تكون ظهارة tench [11]بسيط مسند بالخاليا العمادية وهذا يشابه لما موجود في اسماك تنجمن نسيج حرشفي حرشفية بسيطة و تحتوي ظهارة الخيوط على ثالثةأنواع lophiosilurus alexandriالخيوط والصفائح الثانوية ألسماك . أما الصفائح الثانوية فتظهر فيها globous cellsمن الخاليا هي الظهارية االعتيادية وخاليا مخاطية وخاليا كروية . وهذا مخالف لما هو موجود في سمكة الدراسة الحالية . [4] خاليا كلوريدية وخاليا عمادية أوضحت نتائج البحث الحالي إن الخاليا الكلوريدية في غالصم سمكة البعوض تقع بين قواعد الصفائح الثانوية وتكون . أما في tench [11]ذا نواة غير مركزية الموقع وهي تتشابه بذلك مع معظم األسماك العظمية منها سمكة تنجكبيرة الحجم فتكون الخاليا الكلوريدية واقعة في ظهارة oreochromis spilurusواسماك oreochromis mossambicusاسماك .[2] الصفائح الثانوية كما أظهرت نتائج البحث الحالي إن الخاليا المخاطية تقع في ظهارة الخيوط بموقع مشابه لموقع الخاليا الكلوريدية و eugerres. و في اسماك cobitid[18]تقع كذلك في ظهارة األقواس الغلصمية وهي بذلك تشابه اسماك اللتش brasilianusفتظهر الخاليا المخاطية في ظهارة الخيوط والمنطقة [6]يدا الم-ستوفيال وجارفيت–في دراسة ايراس البلعومية . تتخذ الخاليا العصيوية موقعا بين الخاليا الكلوريدية والمخاطية في الخيوط الغلصمية وهذا مشابه لما هو موجود في ة واألمعاء والظهارة البلعومية والشمية أسماك ذئب البحر المقلموأنها توجد فضال عن الغالصم في أعضاء عديدة منهاالكلي . كما تبين من دراسة [9] والبصلة الشريانية والقلب والكبد والغدة التناسلية والسحايا والدماغ والحبل الشوكي والعين إسناد . ويعتقد كذلك أنها تفيد في mucinإن لهذه الخاليا وظيفة مشابهة للخاليا المخاطية في إفراز المخاطين [9]كرومان . [19]الظهارة االبتدائية references 1.arey, l. b. (1974), human histology 3.; w. b. saunders co philadelphia , ix +328. 2. al – amoudi, m. m. ; aguis, c. (1991), histology and ultrastructure of the chloride cell in freshwater and sea water acclimated specimens of oreochromis mossambicus and 136 . –: 123 2. j. k. a. u. : mar. sci oreochromis spilurus 3. ojha, j. , mishra, a. k. ; munshi, j. s. d. (1987), interspecific variations in the surface 393 . –:(4) :388 33, japannes j. ichthyology . mulletsultrastructure of the gill of fresh water 4. cardoso, e. l. ; chiarim – garcia, h. ; ferreira, r. m. a. and poli, c. r. (1996), morphological changes in the gill of lophio silurus alexandri exposed to un-ionized 787 .-:77849ammonia, j. fish biol 5. eiras – stofella, d. r and charvet – almeida, p (1998), ultrastructure (sem) of the gill of 287 . –(2) : 279 15(pisces , teleostei) , revtabras . zool . steindachnerprochilodus scrofa 6. eirasstofella, d. r. and charvet –almeida, p. (1999), gill scaning images of the seawater 244-:241 28( gerreidae ) acta biol.par. , curitiba, eugerres brasilianusfish 50 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 7. eirasstofella , d. r. (2000), gill of the seawater fish oligoplites palometa (carangidae) morphology and functional activity of structures described through scanning electron 254-:245 29microscopy , acta biol.par. , curitiba, 8. eiras –stofella , d. r. & fankde – carvalho , s. m. (2002), morphology of gills of the seawater fish cathorops spixii ( ahassiz ) ( ariidae ) by scanning and transmission 1220 –( 4) : 1215 19electron microscopy, revta bras .zool . 9.groman, d. b. (1982), histology of the striped bass , american fisheries society , monograph number 3 , bethesda, maryland:1-116 10. harder, w. (1975), anatomy of fishes , (part i &part ii ) e. schweizerbart′sche verlagsbuchhandlung (nägeleu. obermiller) stuttgart.:1-612 11. roncero, v. ;vincente, j. a. ; redondo, e. ; gazquez, a. & duran, e. (1990), experimental lead nitrate poisoning : microscopic and ultrastructural study of the gill of tench 144 . –: 137 89. ) . enviranmental perspectives. tinca tincs, l( 12. laurent, p. (1984), gill internal morphology , (from fish physiology , l.x, academic press, inc. (london) ltd :73-183 13. mattey , d. l. ; morgan m. and wright d. e. (1979), distribution and development of rodlet cells in the gill and pseudobranch of the bass , dicentrachus labrax (l) ,j. fish biol. 370 -: 36315 14.bancroft, j. & steven, a. (1982), theory and practice of histological techniques , 2ⁿᵈ ed. , churchill livingstone edinburgh , london, melbourne and newyork .:1-662 15. humason, g. l.(1979), animal tissue technique ,4th ed. ; w. h. freeman co. ; san francisco .weichert, ch. k. (1970), anatomy of the chordates , 4th ed., mc graw-hill co. 16 17. wegner, n. c. ; sepulveda, c. a. & graham, j. b. (2006), gill specializations in high– performance pelagic teleosts , with reference to striped marlin (tetrapturus audax) and 759 –(3) : 747 79. bulletin of marine science , acanthocybium solandri) wahoo ( 18.singh, b. r. (1969), branchial glands and the problem of chloride regulation in the gill of a freshwater cobitid fish, lepidocephalichthys guntea (ham) japanese j. 129 -122(3):15ichthyol. 19. wilson, j. m. & laurent, p (2002), fish gill morphlogy :inside out , j. experimental zoology 293: 192-213 يوضح عدد األمشاط والخيوط الغلصمية في األقواس الغلصمية لسمكة البعوض البالغة )1رقم ( جــــــــدول عدد األمشاط في القــــوس الصف األول عدد األمشاط في الصف الثاني عدد الخيوط في الصف األول عدد الخيوط في الصف الثاني 38-40 39-42 18 14 األول 39-41 37-40 17-18 18 الثاني 33-35 34-36 17-18 17-18 الثالث 27-31 28-32 14-15 14-17 الرابع ـــــــــــــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــــ 14-15 الخامس 51 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 x20منظر جانبي لرأس سمكة البعوض البالغة لتوضيح الوضع الطبيعي للغالصم بعد إزالة الغطاء الغلصمي :)1شكل( 52 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 x40 :ga1:gill arch1 , ga2:gillمنظر سطحي لسقف التجويف الفموي لسمكة البعوض البالغة :)2شكل( arch2 , ga3:gill arch3 , ga4 :gill arch4 , ga5:gill arch5 , lgr: long gill raker , sgr: small gill raker , bb: basibranchial , hb: hypobranchial ,cb:ceratobranchial ملون لمجموعة الغالصم الكاملة في سمكة البعوض البالغة ملون whole mount (w. m. )تحضير كامل :)3شكل ( x : ga1: gill arch1 , ga2: gill arch2 , ga3: gill arch3 , ga4 : gill 40البورق القرمزي arch4 , blm: black line melanophores , gf:gill filament 53 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ,x40 ga1: gill arch1 ) ملون للقوس الغلصمي األول في السمكة البالغة(.w. mتحضير كامل :)4شكل ( lgr: long gill raker, : blm: black line melanophores , gf: gill filament , gl: gill lamellae x40: e: eye , br: brainفي رأس سمكة بالغة يمر بمنطقة الغرفة الغلصمية مقطع طولي(سهمي) :)5شكل ( ,bc: branchial chamber o: operculume , ga1: gill arch1 , ga2: gill arch2 , ga3: gill arch3 , ga4 : gill arch4 , ga5: gill arch5 , gr: gill raker , gfs: gill filaments :مقطع طولي (سهمي) في رأس سمكة بالغة يمر بمنطقة الغالصم يوضح اتصال الخيوط باألقواس الغلصمية :)6شكل ( x100 ga: gill arch , gf: gill filament , gl: gill lamellae , lgr: long gill raker , sgr: small gill raker , a,efa: afferent and efferent branchial artary , mu: muscle , sm: submucousa , b:bone , c: cartilage 54 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) مقطع طولي (سهمي) في رأس سمكة بالغة يظهر مقطع مستعرض في القوس الغلصمي الثاني يوضح أجزاء 7شكل ( :x1000 :me:mucouse epithelium , sm: submucousa , tb: taste bud , mu القوس muscle c: cartilage , b: bone , gr: gill raker , a,eba: afferent,efferent branchial artery , mc: mucous x400 :me: mucouse) مقطع طولي (سهمي) في رأس سمكة بالغة مار باألقواس الغلصمية 8شكل ( epithelium , sm: submucousa , mu: muscle , c: cartilage , b: bone , aba: afferent branchial artery , m: melanocyte , mcs: mucous cells . 55 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 :x1000 : gf مقطع طولي (سهمي) في الخيط الغلصمي يوضح موقع الخاليا العصيوية والخاليا األخرى:)9شكل ( gill filament , gl: gill lamellae , cc: chloride cell , e: epithelial cell , rc: rodlet cell , ucs: undifferentiated cells , mc: mucous cell , pc: pillar cell , cas: capillaries :x1000 : gfمقطع طولي(سهمي) في الخيط الغلصمي يوضح موقع الخاليا العصيوية والخاليا األخرى:)10شكل ( gill filament , gl: gill lamellae , cc: chloride cell , e: epithelial cell , ucs: undifferentiated cells , mcs: mucous cells , pc: pillar cell , cas: capillaries . 56 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 مقطع طولي (سهمي) في رأس سمكة بالغة مار بمنطقة الغالصم يوضح ظهور األشعة الغلصمية في الخيوط :)11شكل ( :x400 : gf: gill filament , gl: gill lamellae , c: cartilage , b: bone , ccالغلصمية chloride cell , e: epithelial cell anatomical and histological study of gills in adult mosquito fish(gambusiaaffinis) baird and girard k. a. al-lehaibe and k. a. al-mukhtar department of biology, college of education / ibn alhaitham university of baghdad received in : 14 november 2011 accepted in : 11 january 2012 abstract the present study showed that the branchial arch is characterized by the presence of irregular black line along its length. this line is condensations of melanocytes . the branchial arch bears two rows of gill rakers at its anterior (internal) side whereas its posterior (external) side bears two rows of gill filaments. histologically, the gill arch is composed of hyaline cartilage surrounded by mixed bone ,which is covered by a mucous membrane. its epithelium contains mucous cells and taste buds, whereas its loose connective tissue contains blood vessels and skeletal muscles. the histological structure of gill raker is similar to that of the gill arch except the absence of cartilage and muscles .the present study showed also that the gill filament epithelium is stratifiedcolumnar nearly and contains chloride cells ,mucous cells (goblet cells) and rodlet cells .the secondary lamellae epithelium (respiratory epithelium ) is 57 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 simple squamous epithelium. this epithelium surrounds the blood capillaries and the supporting pillar cells of the secondary lamella . keyword: anatomical,histology,gills,mosquito fish (gambusiaaffinis) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq a review article: green synthesis by using different plants to preparation oxide nanoparticles alawi h.al-abadi department of chemistry, college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. allawaihussain2020@gmail.com entisar e. al-abodi department of chemistry, college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. entisaree2000@gmail.com article history: received 7 july 2022, accepted 22 september 2022, published in january 2023. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2933 abstract green nanotechnology is a thrilling and rising place of technology and generation that braces the ideas of inexperienced chemistry with ability advantages for sustainability, protection, and the general protection from the race human. the inexperienced chemistry method introduces a proper technique for the production, processing, and alertness of much less dangerous chemical substances to lessen threats to human fitness and the environment. the technique calls for in intensity expertise of the uncooked materials, particularly in phrases in their creation into nanomaterials and the resultant bioactivities that pose very few dangerous outcomes for people and the environment. in the twenty-first century, nanotechnology has become a systematic breakthrough. metallic nanoparticles (steel or steel oxide nanoparticles) have attracted loads of hobbies because of their different physiological, technological, and chemical the biological technique is popular because it produces green nanoparticles in a n environmentally friendly, simple, easy, quick, and cost-effective manner. amino acid phenolic, flavonoids, terpenoids, and proteins are examples of reduced and oxidizing agents. agents of stabilization, synthesis using plants, on the other hand, was already being debated., basics of green synthesis techniques explored in this study with an emphasis on metals or metal oxides (zno, ago, and tio2), 246 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/ mailto:allawaihussain2020@gmail.com mailto:entisaree2000@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 247 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 terpenoids as well as proteins, which can operate as chemical reducing and oxidizing agents, as well as stabilization and of agents. green synthesis using plants, , is still being debated. kywords:eco-friendly synthesis, nanotechnology, biological activity. 1. introduction nanotechnology is one of the most intriguing fields for developing and utilizing materials consisting of interatomic structural characteristics. nanotechnology was established. advances in science in the twenty-first century, particles with a diameter of less than 100 nanometers are known as nanoparticles. the dimensions were on a one-billionth scale of a meter and size partical was in the less than (100) nm. nanoparticles are cutting-edge science and technology materials. electronic agricultural (1-5) and other use in the domains of chemical and pharmaceutical (6,7). approaches were applied. size, technology, and science. while these strategies have yielded more nanoparticles, a basic understandingof the enhanced fabrication method is still necessary for commercial and industrial applications. in the available literature, two alternative basic techniques (such for example bottom-up and top-down techniques) analyzed to produce nanoparticles with the appropriate form, as shown in figure 1. traditional methods for producing nanoparticles include grinding machines, sputtering, lithographic processes, and etching. the bottom-up method (in which particles are created from less complex materials). and medical studies of nano-oxides from the effect on the human body, such as the effect of nano-oxide on the liver and kidneys [8].various sectors continually offering more comprehensive solutions to the serious issues with silver nanoparticles [9] as well as other approaches to environmentally friendly processes. for instance, the production of silver nanoparticles [10]. figure1. top-up and bottom –synthesis techniques material and metereral oxide nanomaterial[11]. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 248 2. the principle of sustainability and green chemistry the first mentions of "green chemistry" in relation to environmental preservation date back fewer than 15 years. sustainable development is progress that thinks ahead to the requirements and abilities of future generations. the emphasis on expansion sets sustainable chemistry apart[12]. figure 2. scheme extraction of nanomaterial from different plants ihjpas. 36(1)2023 249 3. synthesis oxide nanoparticles using plants the synthesis of nanoparticles utilizing biological organisms is a simple, ecologically friend ly method of producing the necessary properties in nanoparticles. both sorts of organisms participate in biological synthesis. plants are well-known inexpensive and environmentally beneficial natural chemical manufacturers. plants have shown great potential in heavy metal purification and collecting because the residue of the thee toxic substances are also harmful. in comparison to other biosynthetic processes including those using bacteria, fungi, actinomycetes, and algae, plant extract nanoparticle production has a number of benefits [13] figurt 3. scheme extraction of nanomaterial from different plants. 3.1. plants-based synthesis of zno nanoparticles. a great number of leaves have been utilized in the production of zno nanoparticles. zno nanoparticles can be produced through biological processes. zinc was first created in table 1, below. oxide nanoparticles derived from the peels of fruits, leaves, roots, and seeds, as well as flowers. due to the fact that it plays a part in the storage of information, activities that fight microbes, pollution, and climate change [14] table 1. production of zinic oxide nanoparticles of leaves, roots, seeds, flowers, and fruit peel extracts sr. reducing agent part of plant size(nm) shape biological activitiesand application ref. 1 zizyphus jujube [common jujube] fruit 29 spherical 15 2 cinnamomum tamala leaf 62-57 spherical and hexagona l 16 3 cayratia pedataleaf utilized in the immobilization leaf 52.24 hexagon al shape and spherical glucose oxidase the immobilization of the enzyme. 17 4 aloe perryi [socotrina aloe] leaf 15-50 e. coli and (zoi = 1–4 mm)s. aureus (zoi = (2–3 mm) 18 5 achyranthes aspera leaf 28.63– 61.42 hexagon al s. gallinarum mic 0.195 mg 19 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 250 6 trigonella, foenum (graecum) seed irregular, spherical , and flake needle potential, application in agriculture and food industries 20 7 solanum torvum leaf 34-40 spherical decreased serum, uric acid level.and renal performance in rats.could affect hepatic 21 8 atalantia monophylla [wild lime] leaf 30 spherical 22 9 rubus fairholmianus root 11.44 spherical s. aureus (mic = 157.22 g/ml) 23 10 kalopanax septemlobus [castor aralia] bark 500 s. typhimurium (zoi = 26 ± 0.27 mm)and degradation of methylene blue (69% degraded after 200 min). 24 11 musa, acuminate peel 30-80 triangula r 25 12 aquilegia leaf 34.23 spherical f. solani (zoi = 13 14 mm and aeruginosa (zoi = 10.3 0.19 mm). 26 13 artocarpus heterophyllus [jackfruit] leaf 12-24 spherical catalytic activity against methylene blue 27 14 matricaria chamomillal flowe r 62.4 pv. oryzae zoi = 2.2 cm 28 15 pandanus leaf 90 e. coli (zoi = 24 mm). (zoi = 24 mm). 29 16 solanum leaf 34–40 spherical renal performance in rats and could affect hepatic . 30 17 cucurbita seed 45-65 rectangu lar, rod 31 18 phoenix dactylifera root hair 30.87– 47.89 anticancer cytotoxicity and e. coli (zoi = 2.7 cm. 32 19 typha latifolia flowe r 33 3.2. nanoparticles of silver nanoparticles are frequently used in numerous analytical procedures, in addition to biomedical applications, due to their unique physicochemical features. they're crucial in biosensor and imaging technologies . silver nanoparticles are also used in instruments for many analytical methods [34-35]. they are employed in biomaterials as fillers. recently, silver nanoparticle films have been employed. 3.2.1. synthesis of silver nanoparticles leaf, stems, roots, flowers, seeds, and fruit can all be used to make silver nanoparticles [36]. silver nanoparticle synthesis. utilization of plant extract cheval. as demonstrated in table 2, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 251 many different leaf extracts have been employed to make silver nanoparticles. table 2. synthesis of sliver oxide nanoparticles from seeds, roots, flowers and fruit peel extracts. table 2. synthesis of sliver oxide nanoparticles from flowers, leaves, roots,seeds, and fruit peel sr. n o reducing agent part of plant size(n m) shape biological activities and application ref. 1 lippia citriodora leaf 20 spherical phpohtootcoactatlayltyicticacatcivtivtyity(a(acicdidoroarnagnegedye dye 37 2 malva leaf 50.6 nm spherical f. oxysporum, inhibited the 81%, alternate and f. solani (81%). 38 3 helleborus odorus waldst lea f 10.45 spherical cytogenotoxicity (allium assay) 39 4 symplocos racemosa leaf s. aureus, zoi = 21.00±1.00 mm p. aeruginosa, (oi = 22 mm 40 5 trigonella foenum-graecum leaf 30.4 irregular hemolytic activity (human blood samples) 41 6 ruellia leaf 55.65 nm spherical cbb recorded cbb at 586, and 590 nm cancer line with ic50 = 68 µg/ml. egraded the brilliant, blue and crystal violet absorbance, degraded cv 43 7 psidium leaf potency anti-chikungunya 44 8 ficus, benghalensis root 42.7 spherical antimicrobial [streptococcus mutans, [lactobacilli sp.] 45 9 herniaria, hirsute plant 51,51 spherical photocatalytic, activity [methylene blue] 46 10 zephyranthes flower 10-30 spherical anti-inflammatory 47 11 melia leaf 18–30 spherical dahlia verticillium 48 12 rosa canina seed 150 rod, and spherical 49 13 ziziphus leaf 25.6 oval ,and spherical exhibited abts activity ic50= 55 mg/ml.,and activity ic50 =520 mg/ml 50 14 capparis zeylanica leaf spherical c. albicanszoi = 20 mm,and e. faecalis zoi = 20 mm, a. niger zoi = 21mm 51 15 osmium sanctum leaf 36-40 spherical photocatalytic activity (paracetamol) 52 16 ganonerion polymorphum leaf 20-60 spherical and hexagonal e. coli 99.94% and b. cereus (99.75% 53 17 premna integrifolial leaf 9-35 spherical cytotoxicto, cancer cell line (siha).flexneri mic = 70 g/ml appeared anti-oxidant, activity ic50 = 524.19 2.63 g/ml 54 14 capparis zeylanica leaf spherical c. albicanszoi = 20 mm,and e. faecalis zoi = 20 mm, a. niger zoi = 21mm 51 3.3. nanoparticles of titanium oxide. titania (in the form of tio2 nanoparticles) has unique magnetic, thermal, optical and electrical properties. oxide was usually found in three different forms: brook ite polymorphs , and rutile. photocatalytic degradation and splitting, electrical and electrochromic, sensing ihjpas. 36(1)2023 252 instruments, and photovoltaic cells are the most prominent applications of tio2. titanium oxide nanoparticles, like all other metal nanoparticles, had distinct morphologies (shape,size, and texture) and surface chemistry. it's used in themanufacturing of papers, meals, colours, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals. hazardous compounds in water are degraded using colloidal titanium oxide nanoparticles. chemical vapour. chemical and physical processes, such as chemical precipitation, chemical deposition, hydrothermal sol-gel, and are commonly used to make titanium oxide. nanoparticles. all of these traditional methods necessitate high pressure, high temperature, and harmful chemicals. to manufacture nanoparticles on a bigger scale with less toxicity, however, ecologically safe, quick, and economical technologies are necessary [58 62]. 3.3.1. leaves, seeds,roots, flowers, and fruit peel extracts were used to make titanium oxide nanoparticles. plants are one of the most advantageous agents for the creation of titanium oxide nanoparticles among plants extracts, (precursor) is mixed with plant extract, the reaction begins quickly, and the color. change (light-green to black) is the first indicator of the biosynthesis of titanium oxide, as indicated in shape 3,[63]. plant phytochemicals (phenol, amino acid, carbohydrate, and flavonoid) influence titanium oxide nanoparticle manufacturing through stabilization and reduction the creation of titanium oxide nanoparticles among plants extracts[64], as indicated in table 3. figure 3: plant-based green nanoparticle[64] table 3. synthesis of titinum oxide nanoparticles from , roots, leaves, flowers, seeds, and fruit peel extracts sr.no reducing agent part of plant size(nm) shape biological activities and application ref. 1 nyctanthes mentha arvensis leaf 100 150 spherical biomedical systems 65 2 pouteria leaf spherical toward aedes aegypti exhibited larvicidal activity 66 3 reticulata [orange] coleus aromaticus fruit 24 67 4 aegle marmelos leaf 150 spherical removed, ornidazole of waste water 68 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 253 5 bixa orellana seed 13 _+2 spherical -. 69 6 aloe vera gel extract 80-90 almost spherical photocatalytic activity 70 7 carica papaya leaf 20 spherical degradation of ro-4 dye photocatalytic ctivity (91.19%) 71 8 hibiscus, rosasenansis aloe barbadensis flowe,r aqueous 7 monodispersed, and spherical antibacterial activity 72 9 aloe vera leaves 32 irregular, structure 73 10 jasmine flower 31– 42 spherical methylene blue dye (92% after 120 min) as exhibited excellent egradation. 74 4. conclusion about manufacturer's future roles the risk of contamination from the multiple chemicals used during physical or chemical procedures must be reduced because typical nanoparticle synthesis methods are expensive and produce potentially hazardous components. a significant frontier in nanotechnology is the creation of nanostructures from plant extracts, or "green synthesis." additionally, extracts are readily available to develop a financially advantageous and environmentally responsible plan for scaling up and industrialising. this review concentrates on recent advancements toward the plant-assisted synthesis of novel metallic nanoparticles and critically evaluates the many techniques proposed to account for it. a multitude of benefits, such as eco-friendliness, biocompatibility, and cost-effectiveness, are offered by plant-assisted metal np synthesis employing plant extracts. the metabolic pathways and enzymatic activit ies of nanomaterials biosynthesis, as well as the characterisation of biomolecules connected with nanoparticle creation, have been given priority by researchers. references 1. auffan, m.; rose, j.; bottero, j.-y.; lowry, g.v.; jolivet, j.-p.; wiesner, m.r. towards a definition of inorganic nanoparticles from an environmental, health and safety perspective. nat. nanotechnol. 2009, 4, 634–641. 2. narayanan, k.b.; sakthivel, n. biological synthesis of metal nanoparticles by microbes. adv. colloid interface sci. 2010, 156, 1–13. 3. surendra, t.v.; roopan, s.m.; khan, m.r. biogenic approach to synthesize rod shaped gd2o3 nanoparticles and its optimization using response surface methodology-box–behnken design model. biotechnol. prog. 2019, 35, e2823. 4. sabir, s.; arshad, m.; chaudhari, s.k. zinc oxide nanoparticles for revolutionizing agriculture: synthesis and applications. sci. world j. 2014, 2014, 1–8. 5. ditta, a.; arshad, m.; ibrahim, m. nanoparticles in sustainable agricultural crop production: applications and perspectives. in nanotechnology and plant sciences; springer: cham, switzerland, 2015,55–75. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 254 6. naoki, t.; yonezawa, t. bimetallic nanoparticles—novel materials for chemical and physical applications. new j. chem. 1998, 22, 1179–1201. 7. reddy, l.h.; arias, j.l.; nicolas, j.; couvreur, p. magnetic nanoparticles: design and characterization, toxicity and biocompatibility, pharmaceutical and biomedical applications. chem. rev. 2012, 112, 5818–5878. 8. salman, r. a. histopathological effect of z inc oxide nanoparticles on kkidney and liver tissues in albino male mice. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2018,31(1), 9-14. 9. abdlzhra, a. f., abdllatief, i. a., ; alabodi, e. e. l. preparation and characterization of silver nanoparticles and study their effect on the electrical conductivity of the polymer blend (poly vinyle acitet. pectin, poly aniline). ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2016,29(3). 10. al-saadi, t. m., & alsaady, l. j. preparation of silver na noparticles by sol-gel method and study their characteristics. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 28(1), 301-310. 11. jadoun, s., arif, r., jangid, n. k., & meena, r. k. green synthesis of nanoparticles using plant extracts: a review. environmental chemistry letters, 2021,19(1), 355-374. 12. ivanković, a., dronjić, a., bevanda, a. m., ; talić, s. review of 12 principles of green chemistry in practice. international journal of sustainable and green energy, 2017, 6(3), 39 48. 13. anastas, p.; eghbali, n. green chemistry: principles and practice. chem. soc. rev. 2010, 39, 301–312. 14. savithramma, n.; rao, m.l.; rukmini, k.; devi, p.s. antimicrobial activity of silver nanoparticles synthesized by using medicinal plants. int. j. chemtech res. 2011, 3, 1394–1402. 15. golmohammadi, m., honarmand, m.;ghanbari, s.a green approach to synthesis of zno nanoparticles using jujube fruit extract and their application in photocatalytic degradation of organic dyes. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy,2020, 229, 117961. 16. agarwal, h., nakara, a., menon, s., & shanmugam, v. (2019). eco-friendly synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using cinnamomum tamala leaf extract and its promising effect towards the antibacterial activity. journal of drug delivery science and technology, 2019. 53, 101212. 17. jayachandran, a.; aswathy, t.r.; nair, a.s. green synthesis and characterization of zinc oxide nanoparticles using cayratiapedata leaf extract. biochem. biophys. rep. 2021,26, 100995. 18. fahimmunisha, b. a., ishwarya, r., alsalhi, m. s., devanesan, s., govindarajan, m., & vaseeharan, b. green fabrication, characterization and antibacterial potential of zinc oxide nanoparticles using aloe socotrina leaf extract: a novel drug delivery approach. journal of drug delivery science and technology, 2020, 55, 101465. 19. saeed, s.; nawaz, s.; nisar, a.; mehmood, t.; tayyab, m.; nawaz, m.; firyal, s.; bilal, m.; mohyuddin, a.; ullah, a. effective fabrication of zinc-oxide (zno) nanoparticles using achyranthes aspera leaf extract and their potent biological activities against the bacterial poultry pathogens. mater. res. express. 2021, 8, 035004. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 255 20. alshehri, a.a.; malik, m.a. biogenic fabrication of zno nanoparticles using trigonella foenum-graecum (fenugreek) for proficient photocatalytic degradation of methylene blue under uv irradiation. j. mater. sci. mater. electron. 2019, 30, 16156–16173 21. ezealisiji, k.m.; siwe-noundou, x.; maduelosi, b.; nwachukwu, n.; krause, r.w.m. green synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using solanum torvum (l) leaf extract and evaluation of the toxicological profile of the zno nanoparticles –hydrogel composite in wistar albino rats. int. nano lett. 2019, 9, 99–107. 22. vijayakumar, s., mahadevan, s., arulmozhi, p., sriram, s., & praseetha, p. k. green synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using atalantia monophylla leaf extracts: characterization and antimicrobial analysis. materials science in semiconductor processing. 2018,82, 39-45. 23. rajendran, n.; george, b.; houreld, n.; abrahamse, h. synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using rubus fairholmianus root extract and their activity against pathogenic bacteria. molecules. 2021, 26, 3029. 24. 61. lu, j., batjikh, i., hurh, j., han, y., ali, h., mathiyalagan, r.;yang, d. c. photocatalytic degradation of methylene blue using biosynthesized zinc oxide nanoparticles from bark extract of kalopanax septemlobus. optik, 2019,182, 980-985. 25. abdullah, f. h., abu bakar, n. h. h.;abu bakar, m. low temperature biosynthesis of crystalline zinc oxide nanoparticles from musa acuminata peel extract for visible-light degradation of methylene blue. optik. 2020. 26. jan, h.; shah, m.; usman, h.; khan, a.; muhammad, z.; hano, c.; abbasi, b.h. biogenic synthesis and characterization of antimicrobial and anti-parasitic zinc oxide (zno) nanoparticles using aqueous extracts of the himalayan columbine (aquilegia pubiflora). front. mater. 2020, 7, 249. 27. majeed, s., mohammed, d.,muhammad, h. b. i., mohmmed, t.a.;mohamad, n. m. i. anticancer and apoptotic activityof biologically synthesized zinc oxide nanoparticles against human colon cancer hct-116 cell linein vitro study.sustainable chemistry and pharmacy, 2019,14, 100179. 28. ogunyemi, s.o.; abdallah, y.; zhang, m.; fouad, h.; hong, x.; ibrahim, e.; masum, m.m.i.; hossain, a.; mo, j.; li, b. green synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using different plant extracts and their antibacterial activity against xanthomonas oryzaepv. oryzae. artif. cells nanomed. biotechnol. 2019, 47, 341–352. 29. hussain, a.; oves, m.; alajmi, m.f.; hussain, i.; amir, s.; ahmed, j.; rehman, t.; el seedi, h.r.; ali, i. biogenesis of zno nanoparticles using pandanus odorifer leaf extract: anticancer and antimicrobial activities. rsc adv. 2019, 9, 15357–15369. 30. ezealisiji, k.m.; siwe-noundou, x.; maduelosi, b.; nwachukwu, n.; krause, r.w.m. green synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using solanum torvum (l) leaf extract and evaluation of the toxicological profile of the zno nanoparticles –hydrogel composite in wistar albino rats. int. nano lett. 2019, 9, 99–107. 31. velsankar, k., sudhahar, s., maheshwaran, g., et al. effect of biosynthesis of zno nanoparticles via cucurbita seed extract on culex tritaeniorhynchus mosquito larvae with its biological applications. journal of photochemistry and photobiology, b: biology .2018. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 256 32. naser, r.; abu-huwaij, r.; al-khateeb, i.; abbas, m.m.; atoom, a.m. green synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using the root hair extract of phoenix dactylifera: antimicrobial and anticancer activity. appl. nanosci. 2021, 11, 1747–1757. 33. kumar, m. p., arthanareeswari, m., devikala, s., sridharan, m., arockia, j., selvi, t., & pushpa, m. green synthesis of zinc oxide nanoparticles using typha latifolia. l leaf extract for photocatalytic applications. materials today: proceedings, 2019,14, 332–337. 34. abdolmohammad-zadeh, h.; azari, z.; pourbasheer, e. fluorescence resonance energy transfer between carbon quantum dots and silver nanoparticles: application to mercuric ion sensing. spectrochim. acta part a mol. biomol. spectrosc. 2020, 245, 118924. 35. alkhathlan, a.h.; al-abdulkarim, h.a.; khan, m.; khan, m.; aldobiy, a.; alkholief, m.; alshamsan, a.; alkhathlan, h.z.;siddiqui, m.r.h. ecofriendly synthesis of silver nanoparticles using aqueous extracts of zingiber officinale (ginger) and nigella sativa l. seeds (black cumin) and comparison of their antibacterial potential. sustainability 2020,12, 10523. 36. narkevica, i.; stradina, l.; stipniece, l.; jakobsons, e.; ozolins, j. electrophoretic deposition of nanocrystalline tio 2 particles on porous tio 2-x ceramic scaffolds for biomedical applications. j. eur. ceram. soc. 2017, 37, 3185–3193. 37. li, r.; chen, z.; ren, n.; wang, y.; wang, y.; yu, f. biosynthesis of silver oxide nanoparticles and their photocatalytic and antimicrobial activity evaluation for wound healing applications in nursing care. j. photochem. photobiol. b biol. 2019, 199, 111593. 38. al-otibi, f.; perveen, k.; al-saif, n.a.; alharbi, r.i.; bokhari, n.a.; albasher, g.; al otaibi, r.m.; al-mosa, m.a. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles using malva parviflora and their antifungal activity. saudi j. biol. sci. 2021, 28, 2229–2235. 39. su¸tan, n.a.; fierascu, i.; ¸su¸tan, c.; soare, l.c.; neblea, a.m.; somoghi, r.; fierascu, r.c. in vitro mitodepressive activity of phytofabricated silver oxide nanoparticles (ag2o-nps) by leaves extract of helleborus odorus waldst. & kit. ex willd. mater. lett. 2021, 286, 129194 40. panda, m.k.; dhal, n.k.; kumar, m.; mishra, p.m.; behera, r.k. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles and its potential effect on phytopathogens. mater. today proc. 2020,35, 233–238. 41. ashokraja, c.; sakar, m.; balakumar, s. a perspective on the hemolytic activity of chemical and green-synthesized silver and silver oxide nanoparticles. mater. res. express 2017, 4, 105406.studies. inorg. chem.commun. 2020, 111, 107580 42. seerangaraj, v.; sathiyavimal, s.; shankar, s.n.; nandagopal, j.g.t.; balashanmugam, p.; al-misned, f.a.; shanmugavel, m.;senthilkumar, p.; pugazhendhi, a. cytotoxic effects of silver nanoparticles on ruellia tuberosa: photocatalytic degradation properties against crystal violet and coomassie brilliant blue. j. environ. chem. eng. 2021, 9, 105088. 43. seerangaraj, v.; sathiyavimal, s.; shankar, s.n.; nandagopal, j.g.t.; balashanmugam, p.; al-misned, f.a.; shanmugavel, m.; senthilkumar, p.; pugazhendhi, a. cytotoxic effects of silver nanoparticles on ruellia tuberosa: photocatalytic degradation properties against crystal violet and coomassie brilliant blue. j. environ. chem. eng. 2021, 9, 105088. 44. shah, a.; haq, s.; rehman, w.; waseem, m.; shoukat, s.; rehman, m. -u. photocatalytic and antibacterial activities of paeonia emodi mediated silver oxide nanoparticles. mater. res. express 2019, 6, 045045. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 257 45. kokila, n.r.; mahesh, b.; roopa, k.p.; prasad, b.d.; raj, k.; manjula, s.n.; mruthunjaya, k.; ramu, r. thunbergia mysorensis mediated nano silver oxide for enhanced antibacterial, antioxidant, anticancer potential and in vitro hemolysis evaluation. j. mol.struct. 2022, 1255, 132455 46. el-ghmari, b.; farah, h.; ech-chahad, a. a new approach for the green biosynthesis of silver oxide nanoparticles ag2o, characterization and catalytic application. bull. chem. react. eng. catal. 2021,16, 651–660 47. maheshwaran, g.; bharathi, a.n.; selvi, m.m.; kumar, m.k.; kumar, r.m.; sudhahar, s. green synthesis of silver oxide nanoparticles using zephyranthes rosea flower extract and evaluation of biological activities. j. environ. chem. eng. 2020, 8, 104137 48. fayyadh, a.a.; alzubaidy, m.h.j. green-synthesis of ag2o nanoparticles for antimicrobial assays. j. mech. behav. mater. 2021, 30,228–236 49. saygi, k.o.; usta, c. rosa canina waste seed extract-mediated synthesis of silver nanoparticles and the evaluation of its antimutagenic action in salmonella typhimurium. mater. chem. phys. 2021, 266, 124537. 50. padalia, h.; chanda, s. synthesis of silver nanoparticles using ziziphus nummularia leaf extract and evaluation of their antimicrobial, antioxidant, cytotoxic and genotoxic potential (4 in-1 system). artif. cells nanomed. biotechnol.2021, 49, 354–366. 51. nilavukkarasi, m.; vijayakumar, s.; kumar, s.p. biological synthesis and characterization of silver nanoparticles with capparis zeylanica l. leaf extract for potent antimicrobial and anti proliferation efficiency. mater. sci. energy technol. 2020, 3, 371–376. 52. manikandan, d.b.; sridhar, a.; sekar, r.k.; perumalsamy, b.; veeran, s.; arumugam, m.; karuppaiah, p.; ramasamy, t green fabrication, characterization of silver nanoparticles using aqueous leaf extract of ocimumamericanum (hoary basil) and investigation of its in vitro antibacterial, antioxidant, anticancer and photocatalytic reduction. j. environ. chem. eng. 2021, 9,104845. 53. doan, v.d.; nguyen, t.d.; nguyen, t.l.h.; nguyen, h.t. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using aganonerionpolymorphum leaves extract and evaluation of their antibacterial and catalytic activity. mater. res. express 2019, 6, 1150g1. 54. singh, c.; kumar, j.; kumar, p.; chauhan, b.s.; tiwari, k.n.; mishra, s.k.; doan, v.d.; nguyen, t.d.; nguyen, t.l.h.; nguyen, h.t.; et al. green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using aqueous leaf extract of premna integrifolia (l.) rich in polyphenols and evaluation of their antioxidant, antibacterial and cytotoxic activity. biotechnol. biotechnol. equip. 2019, 33, 359– 371. 55. khan, s.; singh, s.; gaikwad, s.; nawani, n.; junnarkar, m.; pawar, s.v. optimization of process parameters for the synthesis of silver nanoparticles from piper betle leaf aqueous extract, and evaluation of their antiphytofungal activity. environ. sci. pollut. res. 2019, 27, 27221– 27233. 56. gul, a.; fozia; shaheen, a.; ahmad, i.; khattak, b.; ahmad, m.; ullah, r.; bari, a.; ali, s.s.; alobaid, a.; et al. green synthesis,characterization, enzyme inh ibition, antimicrobial potential, and cytotoxic activity of plant mediated silver nanoparticle using ricinus communis leaf and root extracts. biomolecules 2021, 11, 206. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 258 57. aiswariya, k.s.; jose, v. bioactive molecules coated silver oxide nanoparticle synthesis from curcuma zanthorrhiza and hrlcms monitored validation of its photocatalytic potency towards malachite green degradation. j. clust. sci. 2021, 32, 1–12. 58. mittal, a.k.; bhaumik, j.; kumar, s.; banerjee, u.c. biosynthesis of silver nanoparticles: elucidation of prospective mechanism and therapeutic potential. j. colloid interface sci. 2014, 415, 39–47. 59. irshad, m.a.; nawaz, r.; rehman, m.z.u.; imran, m.; ahmad, j.; ahmad, s.; inam, a.; razzaq, a.; rizwan, m.; ali, s. synthesis and characterization of titanium dioxide nanoparticles by chemical and green methods and their antifungal activities against wheat rust. chemosphere 2020, 258, 127352. 60. mollavali, m.; falamaki, c.; rohani, s. efficient light harvesting by nis/cds/zns nps incorporated in c, n-co-doped-tio2 nanotube arrays as visible-light sensitive multilayer photoanode for solar applications. int. j. hydrog. energy 2018, 43, 9259–9278. 61. julkapli, n.m.; bagheri,s.; hamid, s.b.a. recent advances in heterogeneous photocatalytic decolorization of synthetic dyes.sci. world j. 2014, 2014, 1–25. 62. ziental, d.; czarczynska-goslinska, b.; mlynarczyk, d.t.; glowacka-sobotta, a.; stanisz, b.; goslinski, t.; sobotta, l. titanium dioxide nanoparticles: prospects and applications in medicine. nanomaterials 2020, 10, 387. 63. pirkanniemi, k.; sillanpää, m. heterogeneous water phase catalysis as an environmental application: a review. chemosphere 2002,48,1047–1060. 64. bukhari, a.;ijaz, i.; gilani, e.; nazir, a.; zain, h.; saeed, r.;naseer, y. green synthesis of metal and metal oxide nanoparticles using different plants’ parts for antimicrobial activity and anticancer activity: a review article. coatings, 2021,11(11), 1374.150 65. m. sundrarajan, s. gowri, green synthesis of titanium dioxide nanoparticles by nyctanthes arbor-tristis leaves extract. chalcogenide lett. 2011, 8(8), 447–451. 66. narayanan, m.; devi, p.g.; natarajan, d.; kandasamy, s.; devarayan, k.; alsehli, m.; elfasakhany, a.; pugazhendhi, a. green synthesis and characterization of titanium dioxide nanoparticles using leaf extract of pouteria campechiana and larvicidal and pupicidal activity on aedes aegypti. environ. res. 2021, 200, 111333. 67.k.g. rao, c.h. ashok, k.v. rao, c.h.s. chakra, v. rajendar,synthesis of tio2 nanoparticles from orange fruit waste. int. j. multidiscip. adv. res. trends, 2015, 2(1), 82–90 68. ahmad, w.; singh, a.; jaiswal, k.k.; gupta, p. green synthesis of photocatalytic tio2 nanoparticles for potential application in photochemical degradation of ornidazole. j. inorg. organomet. polym. mater. 2020, 31, 614–623. 69. isacfranklin, m.; yuvakkumar, r.; ravi, g.; kumar, p.; saravanakumar, b.; velauthapillai, d.;alahmadi, t.a.; alharbi, s.a. biomedical application of single anatase phase tio2 nanoparticles with addition of rambutan (nephelium lappaceum l.) fruit peel extract. appl. nanosci. 2020, 11, 699–708. 70. rao, k.g. ; ashok, c.; rao, k.v. ; chakra, c.s. ; tambur, p. green synthesis of tio2 nanoparticles using aloe vera extract. int. j. adv. res. phys. sci. 2015,2(1a), 28–34. 71. kaur, h.; kaur, s.; singh, j.; rawat, m.; kumar, s. expanding horizon: green synthesis of tio2 nanoparticles using carica papaya leaves for photocatalysis application. mater. res. express, 2019, 6, 095034. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 259 72. santhoshkumar, t. ; rahuman, a.a. ; jayaseelan, c.; rajakumar, g.; marimuthu, s.; kirthi, a.v. , green synthesis of titanium dioxide nanoparticles using psidium guajava extract and its antibacterial and antioxidant properties. asian pac. j. trop. med. 2014, 7(12), 968–976. 73. rao, k.g. ; ashok, c.; rao, k.v. ; chakra, c.s. ; tambur, p. green synthesis of tio2 nanoparticles using aloe vera extract. int. j. adv. res. phys. sci. 2015 ,2(1a), 28–34. 74. aravind, m.; amalanathan, m.; mary, m.s.m. synthesis of tio2 nanoparticles by chemical and green synthesis methods and their multifaceted properties. sn appl. sci. 2021, 3, 1–10. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 alawi h.al-abadi entisar e. al-abodi article history: received 7 july 2022, accepted 22 september 2022, published in january 2023. 246 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 (1) 1. introduction 2. the principle of sustainability and green chemistry 3. synthesis oxide nanoparticles using plants 3.1. plants-based synthesis of zno nanoparticles. 3.2. nanoparticles of silver 3.2.1. synthesis of silver nanoparticles 3.3. nanoparticles of titanium oxide. 3.3.1. leaves, seeds,roots, flowers, and fruit peel extracts were used to make titanium oxide nanoparticles. 4. conclusion about manufacturer's future roles references ihjpas. 36(1)2023 407 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license approximation solution of fuzzy singular volterra integral equation by non-polynomial spline abstract a non-polynomial spline (nps) is an approximation method that relies on the triangular and polynomial parts, so the method has infinite derivatives of the triangular part of the nps to compensate for the loss of smoothness inherited by the polynomial. in this paper, we propose polynomial-free linear and quadratic spline types to solve fuzzy volterra integral equations (fvie) of the 2nd kind with the weakly singular kernel (fviewsk) and abel's type kernel. the linear type algorithm gives four parameters to form a linear spline. in comparison, the quadratic type algorithm gives five parameters to create a quadratic spline, which is more of a credit for the exact solution. these algorithms process kernel singularities with a simple technique. illustrative examples use mathcad software to deal with upper and lower-bound solutions to fuzzy problems. the method provides a reliable way to ensure that an exact solution is approximated. also, figures and tables show the potential of the method. keywords: fuzzy volterra integral equation, weakly singular kernel, non-polynomial spline. 1. introduction the fuzzy set theory is one of the essential theories introduced by' [1-2] solving linear and nonlinear abel fuzzy integral equations using laplace transforms. [3] found the solution of the fuzzy volterra integral equation of 2nd kind with abel's type kernel by applying laplace adomain decomposition method. [4] proposed a piecewise spline collocations method with gradient meshes for fviewsk, showing that the gradient meshes are superior to uniform ones for this problem. [5] solved linear volterra integral equations of the second kind with a weakly singular kernel by using the sixth order of non-polynomial spline functions. in this work, we drive linear and quadratic nps to solve fviewsk and numerically drive linear nps of fvie with abel's types kernel. this paper is organized as follows: in section 2, some preliminaries are given about basic definitions. section 3 is about nps' functions in linear and quadratic. section 4 considers the linear doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2860 article history: received 22 july 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq zahraa a. ibrahim department of mathematics, college of sciences,mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. zara.ali1431@gmail.com nabaa n. hasan department of mathematics, college of sciences,mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. alzaer1972@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:zara.ali1431@gmail.com mailto:alzaer1972@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 408 and quadratic methods of fviewsk and section 5 nps of fvie with abel's type kernel. furthermore, in section 6, some illustrated examples are given, showing the method's accuracy. finally, conclusions are given in section 7. 2. preliminaries concepts: in this section some concepts and definitions of fuzzy set theory and kinds of singular kernels are given. definition 2.1[4]: a fuzzy numbers is a fuzzy set 𝐴: 𝑅 → [0, 1] such that: (𝑖) 𝐴 is upper semi continuous, (𝑖𝑖) 𝐴(𝑥) = 0 outside some interval [𝑎, d], (𝑖𝑖𝑖) there are real' numbers 𝑏, : 𝑎 ≤ 𝑏 ≤ 𝑐 ≤ 𝑑 for which (1) 𝐴(𝑥) is monotonically' increasing on [𝑎, 𝑏], (2) 𝐴(𝑥) is 'monotonically decreasing on [𝑐, 𝑑], (3) a (𝑥) = 1, 𝑏 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 𝑐 definition 2.2 [6]: let x be a cartesian' product of universes 𝑋1, 𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑟 and �̃�1, �̃�2, . . . , �̃�𝑟 be r-fuzzy subsets of 𝑋1, 𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑟 , respectively, 𝑓 = x → 𝑌, 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥1, 𝑥2, … , 𝑥𝑟 ), then the extensions principles allow us to define a fuzzy set �̃� in y by: �̃� = {(𝑦, 𝜇�̃� (𝑦))| 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥1, 𝑥2, … , 𝑥𝑟 ), 𝑥1, 𝑥2, … , 𝑥𝑟 ∈ x} where 𝜇�̃� (𝑦) = { sup 𝑀𝑖𝑛{𝜇𝐴1̃ (𝑥1), … , 𝜇𝐴�̃� (𝑥𝑟 )}, 𝑓 −1(𝑦) ≠ ∅ (𝑥1, 𝑥2, … , 𝑥𝑟 ) ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝑦) 0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 and 𝑓 −1 is the inverse image of 𝑓 for 𝑟 = 1, the fuzzy extension principles, of course reduces to �̃� = 𝑓(�̃�) = 𝑓({(𝑦, 𝜇�̃� (𝑦))| 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) , 𝑥 ∈ x} where 𝜇�̃� (𝑦) = { sup 𝜇�̃�(𝑥) , 𝑓 −1(𝑦) ≠ ∅ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑓 −1(𝑦) 0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 which is the definition of the fuzzy mapping. definition 2.3 crisp number [6]: a crisp number a is represented by: 𝐴(𝑥) = { 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑎 0 𝑖𝑓𝑥 ≠ 𝑎 a crisp interval [c, d] is represented by a fuzzy set 𝐵(𝑥) = { 1 if x ∈ [c, d] 0 if x ∉ [c, d] definition 2.4 some types of kernels [7]: i. cauchy kernel if the kernel 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡) is of the form 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝐻(𝑥,𝑡) 𝑥−𝑡 where 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡) is differentiable function of (𝑥, 𝑡) with 𝐻(𝑥, 𝑡) ≠ 0, then the integral, .equation is said to be a singular equation with cauchy kernels. ii. weakly singular kernel if the kernel 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡) is of the form 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝐻(𝑥,𝑡) |𝑥−𝑡|𝛼 where 0 < 𝛼 < 1 and 𝐻(𝑥, 𝑡) is a differentiable and continuous function with 𝐻(𝑥, 𝑡) ≠ 0, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 409 then the integral equation is said to be weakly singular kernel. iii. strongly singular kernel if the kernel 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡) is of the form 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝐻(𝑥,𝑡) |𝑥−𝑡|𝛼 𝛼 ≥ 2 where 𝐻(𝑥, 𝑡) is a differentiable function of (𝑥, 𝑡) with 𝐻(𝑥, 𝑡) ≠ 0, then the integral equation is said to be strongly singular kernel. 3. nps functions the standard form of the 2nd fvie is defined below [8]: 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + 𝜆; ∫ 𝑘(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑢(𝑡, 𝑟), 𝑟)𝑑𝑡 𝑥 0 (1) consider the partition ∆= {𝑟0, 𝑟1, 𝑟2, … , 𝑟𝑛} of [𝑎, 𝑏] ⊂ 𝑅 ′, let 𝑆(∆)′and indicate the arrangement of piecewise polynomial on subinterval [9]( 𝐼𝑖 = [𝑟𝑖 , 𝑟𝑖+1] of segment ∆. let 𝑢(𝑟) be the exact solution. the nps of n order 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟) at the form is: 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟)′ = 𝑎𝑖 sin′ 𝑘(𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + 𝑏𝑖 cos′ 𝑘(𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + ⋯ + 𝑦𝑖 (𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) 𝑛−1 + 𝑧𝑖 . (2) where 𝑎𝑖 , 𝑏𝑖 , … , 𝑦𝑖 and 𝑧𝑖 constants. in this section, we introduce different types of nps functions, linear nps functions and quadratic nps functions. 3.1 linear non-polynomial spline (lnps): we consider the lnps method for finding an approximate solution of fvie of the second kind [9] consider the grid point 𝑟𝑖 on the interval [𝑎, 𝑏], as follows: 𝑎 = 𝑟0 < 𝑟1 < 𝑟2 < ⋯ < 𝑟𝑛 = 𝑏 (3) 𝑟𝑖 = 𝑟0 + 𝑖ℎ , 𝑖 = 0,1,2, … , 𝑛 (4) ℎ = 𝑏−𝑎 𝑛 (5) where n is an appositive integer. let 𝑢(𝑟) be the exact solution of equation (1) and 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟) be an approximation to 𝑢𝑖 = 𝑢(𝑟𝑖 ) obtained by the segment 𝑠𝑖 (𝑟) . each nps segment 𝑠𝑖 (𝑟) has the form: 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟)′ = 𝑎𝑖 sin′ 𝑘(𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + 𝑏𝑖 cos′ 𝑘(𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + 𝑐𝑖 (𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + 𝑑𝑖. (6) where 𝑎𝑖 , 𝑏𝑖 , 𝑐𝑖 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑𝑖 are constant and k is the frequency of the trigonometric function which will be used to raise the accuracy 'of the method. we consider the following relations: 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟𝑖 ) = 𝑢(𝑟𝑖 ) 𝑆′𝑖′(𝑟𝑖 ) = 𝑘𝑏𝑖 + 𝑐𝑖 ≈ 𝑢 ′ 𝑖 (𝑟𝑖 )𝑠 𝑆′′ 𝑖;(𝑟𝑖 ) = −𝑘 2𝑏𝑖 ≈ 𝑢 ′′ 𝑖 (𝑟𝑖 )𝑠 𝑆′′′ 𝑖𝑠(𝑟𝑖 ) = −𝑘 3𝑎𝑖 ≈ 𝑢 ′′′ 𝑖 (𝑟𝑖 )𝑠 now, we can obtain the values of 𝑎𝑖, 𝑏𝑖 , 𝑐𝑖 and 𝑑𝑖 as follows: 𝑎𝑖 = −1 𝑘3 𝑢′′′(𝑟𝑖 )𝑠 (7) 𝑏𝑖 = −1 𝑘2 u′′(𝑟𝑖 )s (8) 𝑐𝑖 = 𝑢 ′(𝑟𝑖) + 𝑠 1 𝑘 u′′(𝑟𝑖 )𝑠 (9) 𝑑𝑖 = 𝑢(𝑟𝑖) + 1 𝑘 u′′(𝑟𝑖 )𝑠 (10) for i=0, 1, 2,…,n we differentiate equation (1) three times, with respect to r, then put 𝑟 = a to get: 𝑢0 =𝑢(𝑎) = 𝑓(𝑎) (11) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 410 𝑢0 =́ 𝑢 ́ (𝑎) = 𝑓 ́ (𝑎) + 𝑘(𝑎, 𝑎)𝑢(𝑎) (12) let 𝐸′(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑢(𝑡, 𝑟); 𝑟) = 𝜕𝑘(𝑥,𝑡 𝑢(𝑡,𝑟))′′ 𝜕𝑟 𝑢′′(𝑟) = 𝑓0 ′′(𝑟) + ∫ 𝜕𝐸′(𝑥,𝑡,𝑢(𝑡,𝑟);𝑟)′′ 𝜕𝑟 𝑥 0 𝑑𝑡 + 2e(x, t, u(t, r): r)′′ 𝑢0 ′′(𝑎) = 𝑢′′(𝑎) = 𝑓0 ′′(𝑎) + 2𝐸′(𝑎, 𝑎, 𝑢(𝑎)) (13) let f (x, t, u(t , r); r) = 𝜕𝐸(𝑥,𝑡,𝑢(𝑡,𝑟);𝑟)′ 𝜕𝑟 u′′′(𝑟 ) = 𝑓 ′′′(r) + ∫ ∂f (x,t,u(t ,r);r)′ 𝜕𝑟 𝑥 0 𝑑𝑡 + 3f (x, t, u(t , r); r) 𝑢0 ′′′(a) = 𝑓 ′′′(𝑎) + 3f′ (a, a, a, u(a)) (14) 3.2 quadratic non-polynomial splines (qnps): we consider the qnps method for finding an approximate solution of fvie of the second kind on the interval [𝑎, 𝑏] as the above equations (3),(4) and (5) the form of qnps function [10] is 𝑄𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑟)′ = 𝑎𝑖 sin ′ 𝑘(𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + 𝑏𝑖 cos ′ 𝑘(𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + 𝑐𝑖 (𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) + 𝑑𝑖 (𝑟 − 𝑟𝑖 ) 2 + 𝑒𝑖 (15) where 𝑎𝑖, 𝑏𝑖, 𝑐𝑖, 𝑑𝑖 and 𝑒𝑖 are constants. we differentiate equation (15) four times with .respect to r and put r = a then replace r by 𝑟𝑖 in the relation equation (15) to yield: 𝑄𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑟) ′ = 𝑎𝑖 + 𝑒𝑖 𝑄′𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑟) ′ = 𝑘𝑏𝑖 + 𝑐𝑖 𝑄′′𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑟) ′ = −𝑘2𝑎𝑖 + 2𝑑𝑖 𝑄′′′𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑟) ′ = −𝑘3𝑏𝑖 𝑄𝑖 (4)(𝑥, 𝑟) = 𝑘(4)𝑎𝑖 we obtain the values of 𝑎𝑖, 𝑏𝑖, 𝑐𝑖, 𝑑𝑖 and 𝑒𝑖 from the above relation, as follows 𝑎𝑖 = 𝑄𝑖 𝟒(𝑥,𝑟𝑖) 𝑘4 (16) 𝑏𝑖 = − 𝑄𝑖 ′′′(𝑥,𝑟𝑖) 𝑘3 (17) 𝑐𝑖 = 𝑄′𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑟𝑖 ) ′ − 𝑘𝑏𝑖 (18) 𝑑𝑖 = 𝑄′′𝑖(𝑥,𝑟𝑖) ′+𝑘2𝑎𝑖 𝟐 (19) 𝑒𝑖 = 𝑄𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑟𝑖 ) ′ − 𝑎𝑖 (20) 4. lnps and qnps methods of fviewsk: in this section, we use lnps and qnps methods to compute numerical solution of fviewsk which is 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) − ∫ 𝑡𝜇−1 𝑥𝜇 𝑥 0 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑑𝑡 = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟), 𝑥 ∈ [0, 𝑇] (21) where 0 < 𝜇 < 1 and f is a known function [11]. there is singularity at 𝑥 = 0 and 𝑡 = 0 for any positive value of t . to solve equation (21), we multiply both sides by 𝑥𝜇 to get 𝑥𝜇 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) − ∫ 𝑡𝜇−1 𝑥 0 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑑𝑡 = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟)𝑥𝜇 (22) hence, we differentiate equation (22) with respect to x, then we get 𝑥𝜇 𝑢′(𝑥, 𝑟) + 𝜇𝑥𝜇−1𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) − 1 𝑥1−𝜇 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) = 𝜇𝑥𝜇−1𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + 𝑥𝑓 ′(𝑥, 𝑟)𝑥𝜇 (23) and multiplying both sides by 𝑥1−𝜇 to get 𝑥𝑢′(𝑥, 𝑟) + (1 − 𝜇)𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) = 𝜇𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + 𝑥𝑓 ′(𝑥, 𝑟) (24) hence, we differentiate equation (24) four times with respect to 𝑥 and replace 𝑥 with the relation to yield: 𝑢0 = 𝜇 𝜇−1 𝑓(𝑎, 𝑎) 𝑢′0 = 𝜇+1 𝜇 𝑓 ′(𝑎, 𝑎) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 411 𝑢′′0 = 𝜇+2 𝜇+1 𝑓′′(𝑎, 𝑎) (25) 𝑢0 ′′′ = 𝜇+3 𝜇+2 𝑓 ′′′(𝑎, 𝑎) 𝑢0 4 = 𝜇+4 𝜇+3 𝑓 4(𝑎, 𝑎) to approximate the solution of linear fviewsk in (25) using linear nps function, we present a method of solution following the algorithm. algorithm of (lnps) step1:input ℎ = 𝑏−𝑎 𝑛 , 𝑟𝑖 = 𝑟0 + 𝑖ℎ , 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑛 and 𝑢0 = 𝜇 𝜇−1 𝑓(𝑎, 𝑎) step2:compute 𝑎0, 𝑏0, 𝑐0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑0 by ''substituting' the equations (11 – 14) into equations' (7 – 10) step3:evaluates s0(r) using step2 and equation (6) for i = 0" step4:approximates"𝑢1 = 𝑢(𝑟1) ≈ 𝑆0(𝑟1)𝑠 step5:do the following steps for 𝑖 = 1 to 𝑛 − 1 step6:compute 𝑎𝑖, 𝑏𝑖, 𝑐𝑖,𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑𝑖 by using equations (7 – 10) and replacing 𝑢0(𝑟𝑖), 𝑢′0(𝑟𝑖 ), 𝑢0 ′′(𝑟𝑖 ) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑢0 ′′′(𝑟𝑖 ) 𝑖𝑛 𝑆(𝑟𝑖 ), s′(𝑟𝑖 ), 𝑆 ′′(𝑟𝑖 )𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑆 ′′′(𝑟𝑖 ) step7:calculate 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟) using step 6 and equations (6) step8:approximate 𝑢𝑖+1 = 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟𝑖+1) remark: to approximate solution of qnps by the above. algorithm and replace step 6 by (compute 𝑎𝑖, 𝑏𝑖,𝑐𝑖, 𝑑𝑖 and 𝑒𝑖 using equations ( 16 – .20 ) and replacing 𝑄𝑖 (𝑟𝑖 ), q′𝑖 (𝑟𝑖), q′′𝑖 (𝑟𝑖 ) , 𝑄0 ′′′(𝑟𝑖 ) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑄𝑖 (𝟒)(𝑟𝑖 ) 𝑖𝑛 𝑆(𝑟𝑖 ), s ′(𝑟𝑖), 𝑆′′(𝑟𝑖 ), 𝑆 ′′′(𝑟𝑖 )𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑆𝑖 (𝟒)(𝑟𝑖 ) and replace step7 by (calculate 𝑆𝑖 (𝑟) using step 6 and equation (15)). 5. nps of fvie with abel's type kernel: singular fvie with abel's type kernel [3] can be written in a general form as �̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + ∫ 𝑢(𝑡,𝑟) √𝑥−𝑡 𝑥 0 𝑑𝑡. (26) where 𝑟, 𝑥 ∈ [0,1] to solve equation (26), applying laplace transformation to both sides, we have ℒ�̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) = ℒ𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + ℒ [∫ 𝑢(𝑡,𝑟) √𝑥−𝑡 𝑥 0 𝑑𝑡] (27) by convolution theorem, equation (27) yields ℒ�̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) = ℒ 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + ℒ[𝑥 −1 2⁄ ] ℒ [�̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) (28) then, we have ℒ�̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) = ℒ 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + √ 𝜋 𝑠 ℒ [�̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) (29) upon using the inverse of the laplace transformation to both sides of equation (29), we obtain �̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + ℒ−1 [√ 𝜋 𝑠 ℒ [�̃�(𝑥, 𝑟)] (30) let the solution of equation (30) be in the form of the spline where ihjpas. 36(1)2023 412 �̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) = [𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟), 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟)] = 𝑎 cos(𝑥) + 𝑏 sin(𝑥) + 𝑐(𝑥) + 𝑑 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) = [𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟), 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟)] by substituting the above two equations into equation (30) to get: 𝑎 cos(𝑥) + 𝑏 sin(𝑥) + 𝑐(𝑥) + 𝑑 = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) + ℒ −1 [√ 𝜋 𝑠 ℒ[𝑎 cos(𝑥) + 𝑏 sin(𝑥) + 𝑐(𝑥) + 𝑑] ] (31) now, by simplifying equation (31) to obtain: [𝑎(cos(𝑥) − √𝜋 cos(𝑥) (√2 − 1) − √𝜋 sin(𝑥) (2 − √2) + 𝑏 (sin(𝑥) − √𝜋 cos(𝑥) (−1 + 1 √2 ) − √𝜋 sin(𝑥) (2 − 1 √2 ) + 𝑐 (𝑥 − 4𝑥3 2⁄ 3 ) + 𝑑(1 − 2√𝑥)] = 𝑓 (𝑥, 𝑟) (32) let ∆ be a partition for the x, s.t ∆: 0 = 𝑥0 < 𝑥1 < 𝑥2 < 𝑥3 = 1. where ℎ = 1 3⁄ then 𝑥0 = 0, 𝑥1 = 1 3⁄ , 𝑥2 = 1 3⁄ and 𝑥3 = 1. the approximate equation �̃�(𝑥, 𝑟) = 𝑓 (𝑥, 𝑟)[𝑎 cos(𝑥) + 𝑏 sin(𝑥) + 𝑐(𝑥) + 𝑑] (33) now, we need to solve equation (33) to find the constants (𝑎 , 𝑏, 𝑐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑) using the system: 𝑀𝐶 = 𝐹 to find 𝐶 calculate 𝐶 = 𝑀−1𝐹 and substitute this solution in equation (33) to find approximation solution. 6. illustrative examples in this section, two test examples are illustrated below to solve ( fviewsk ) and fvie with abel's types kernel in upper and lower solution, 𝑠(𝑥, 𝑟) the approximate solution by the proposed method and error = |𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) − 𝑠(𝑥, 𝑟)| where 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) the exact solution. example (1): consider lfvies with weakly singular 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) − ∫ 𝑡𝛽−1 𝑥𝛽 𝑥 0 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑑𝑡 = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟), where 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑟) = [(0.71428571𝑥3 − 0.6𝑥2)(𝑟 − 1) ; (0.71428571𝑥3 − 0.6𝑥2)(1 − 𝑟)] the exact solution is 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) = [(𝑥3 − 𝑥2)(𝑟 − 1) ; (𝑥3 − 𝑥2)(1 − 𝑟)] [11] table 1. shows the results of lfvies with weakly singular in lower solution 𝒙 𝒖(𝒙, 𝒓) 𝒔 (𝒙, 𝒓) in error in linear quadratic linear quadratic 0 0.000000000 0.000000000 -0.000000000 0.000000000 0.000000000 0.1 −8.1 × 10−3 -0.008092924 −8.1 × 10−3 7.004 × 10−6 4.499 × 10−7 0.2 -0.02900000 -0.028694546 -0.028814338 1.055 × 10−4 1.439 × 10−5 0.3 -0.05700000 -0.056203437 -0.056809116 4.966 × 10−4 1.091 × 10−4 0.4 -0.08600000 -0.849492630 -0.086859048 1.451 × 10−3 4.590 × 10−4 0.5 -0.11300000 -0.109249304 -0.113897909 3.251 × 10−3 1.398 × 10−3 0.6 -0.13200000 -0.123465262 -0.133069357 6.135 × 10−3 3.469 × 10−3 0.7 -0.13200000 -0.122059594 -0.139775512 0.010000000 7.476 × 10−3 0.8 -0.11500000 -0.099650843 -0.129722893 0.016000000 0.015000000 0.9 -0.07300000 -0.051067411 -0.098965315 0.022000000 0.026000000 1 0.000000000 0.02860077 -0.043943323 0.029000000 0.044000000 table 2. shows the results of lfvies with weakly singular in upper solution 𝒙 𝒖(𝒙, 𝒓) 𝒔(𝒙, 𝒓) in error in linear quadratic linear quadratic 0 0.000000000 0.000000000 0.000000000 0.000000000 0.000000000 0.1 8.1 × 10−3 0.008092924 8.10 × 10−3 7.004 × 10−6 4.499 × 10−7 0.2 0.029000000 0.028694546 0.028814338 1.055 × 10−4 1.439 × 10−5 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 413 0.3 0.057000000 0.056203437 0.056809116 4.966 × 10−4 1.091 × 10−4 0.4 0.086000000 0.084949263 0.086859048 1.451 × 10−3 4.590 × 10−4 0.5 0.113000000 0.109249304 0.113897909 3.251 × 10−3 1.398 × 10−3 0.6 0.132000000 0.123465262 0.133069357 6.135 × 10−3 3.469 × 10−3 0.7 0.132000000 0.122059594 0.139775512 0.010000000 7.476 × 10−3 0.8 0.115000000 0.099650843 0.129722893 0.016000000 0.015000000 0.9 0.073000000 0.051067411 0.098965315 0.022000000 0.026000000 1 0.000000000 0.02860077 0.043943323 0.029000000 0.044000000 example (2): consider the fvie with abel's type kernel { 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) = (𝑥 + 4 3 𝑥 3 2⁄ ) (4 + 𝑟) − ∫ 𝑢(𝑡,𝑟) √𝑥−𝑡 𝑥 0 𝑑𝑡 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) = (𝑥 + 4 3 𝑥 3 2⁄ ) (𝑟 − 6) − ∫ 𝑢(𝑡,𝑟) √𝑥−𝑡 𝑥 0 𝑑𝑡 where the exact solution is 𝑢(𝑥, 𝑟) = [(4 + 𝑟)𝑥 , (6 − 𝑟)𝑥][3] table 3. fvie with abel's type kernel in the parametric form in upper and lower solution. 𝒙 𝒖(𝒙, 𝒓) 𝒔(𝒙, 𝒓) error 𝒖(𝒙, 𝒓) 𝒔(𝒙, 𝒓) error 0 0.00000000 0.000000000 0.000000000 0.0000000000 0.0000000000 0.000000000 0.1 -0.59000000 -0.590000000 0.000000000 0.4100000000 0.4100000000 0.000000000 0.2 -1.18000000 -1.180000000 0.000000000 0.8200000000 0.8200000000 0.000000000 0.3 -1.77000000 -1.770000000 0.000000000 1.2300000000 1.2300000000 0.000000000 0.4 -2.36000000 -2.360000000 0.000000000 1.6400000000 1.6400000000 0.000000000 0.5 -2.95000000 -2.950000000 0.000000000 2.0500000000 2.0500000000 0.000000000 0.6 -3.54000000 -3.540000000 0.000000000 2.4600000000 2.4600000000 0.000000000 0.7 -4.13000000 -4.130000000 0.000000000 2.8700000000 2.8700000000 0.000000000 0.8 -4.72000000 -4.720000000 0.000000000 3.2800000000 3.2800000000 0.000000000 0.9 -5.31000000 -5.310000000 0.000000000 3.6900000000 3.6900000000 0.000000000 1 -5.90000000 -5.900000000 0.000000000 4.1000000000 4.1000000000 0.000000000 figure 1. results of example (1) figure 2.results of example (2) in figures 1, 2, we plot the graphs of the approximate ((+) for upper and (+) for lower) solution and exact ((×) for upper and (×) for lower) solution among different values of x with fuzzy parameter 𝑟 = 0.1, 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, where s(x) .is approximate, and e(x) is exact for the upper parametric form and s1(x) .is approximate, and e1(x) is exact for the lower parametric form. 7. conclusions ihjpas. 36(1)2023 414 the examples show that the results of the method are convergent to the exact solution. the non-polynomial spline has been successfully used to obtain the .approximate solutions; the trigonometric term of this spline has infinite derivatives, which agree with the exact solution. given the results, tables and figures show that the proposed technique is a powerful mathematical tool for solving fviewsk with mathcad programming implementation. we will consider fviewsk, algorithm, and applied fractional order problems for future work. references 1. zadeh, l. fuzzy sets information and control, 1965, 8, 338-353. 2. mahmoud p.; farshid m.and mohammad k. solving linear and nonlinear abel fuzzy integral equation by fuzzy laplace transforms. mathematical inverse problems, 2014, 1(2). 3. bushnaq, s.; ullah, z.; ullah, a. and shah, k. solution of integral equation with abel's type kernel using a novel hybrid method. advances in difference equation, springer open journal, 2020, 165. 4. zahra, a. collocation method for fuzzy volterra integral equation of the second kind with weakly singular kernels, research square, 2021. 5. elgaili, a.i.; abdel radi, a.a.; zakieldeen a.m. ; reem, h.i. analytical and numerical solution of linear volterra integral equations of the second kind with weakly singular kernel by using the sixth order of non-polynomial spline functions by matlab.turkish journal of computer and mathematics education, 2021, 12(14). 6. biswas, s.; roy, t.k. fuzzy linear integral equation and its application inbiomathematical model. advances in fuzzy mathematics, 2017, 12(5), 1137–1157. 7. waffa, a.i. numerical method for solving integral equations, 2016, m.sc. thesis mustansiriayah university. 8. ali, f.j; anakira, r. n.; alomari, a.k. ; noraziah, m. solution and analysis of the fuzzy volterra integral equation via homotopy analysis method. computer modeling in engineering and sciences, 2021,127(3). 9. muna, m. ; sarah, h. solution of second kind volterra integrals equations using non polynomial spline functions. baghdad science journal, 2014, 11(2). 10. rawaa, i.e.; atefa, j.s. numerical treatment of first order volterra integro-differential equation using non-polynomial spline function. iraqi journal of science ,2020, 114-121. 11. sara, h.h. volterra integral equation using non-polynomial spline functions, 2013, m.sc. thesis college of science baghdad university. microsoft word 307-316 الفيزياء | 307 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 إضافة بعض االكاسيد على الخواص الميكانيكية لمتراكبات البولي دراسة تأثير استر غير المشبع انعام وادي وطن دجامعة بغدا/ الھيثم)ابن ( الصرفة مالتربية للعلوكلية /قسم الفيزياء ٢٠١٥شباط ٢في : ، قبل٢٠١٤تشرين الثاني ٩استلم في : الخالصة تضمنت ھذه الدراسة تحضير نماذج من البولي استرغير المشبع واخرى من البولي استر غير المشبع المدعم باوكسيد ) التي تم دراسة بعض الخواص الميكانيكية لھا تمثلت powder-cuo)واو كسيد النحاس(powder-3o2alاأللمنيوم ( ). تبين من النتائج المستحصلة ان الخواص %٣،%٥،%٨البلى)وبكسور حجمية (–االنضغاطية -باختبار (الصالدة لحجمي لمادة التدعيم حيث امتلكت العينات ذات الكسرااالنضغاطية ) تتاثرايجابا بزيادة الكسر –الميكانيكية (الصالدة حجمي األعلى أعلى قيمة للصالدة ومقاومة االنضغاط ،اما بالنسبة الختبار البلى والذي اجري بظروف تغيير الحمل فقد ال ) نيوتن ٥،١٠،١٥تبين إن معدل البلى يزداد بزيادة الحمل المسلط لجميع العينات قبل وبعد التدعيم حيث اعتمدت األحمال ( فقد أوضحت النتائج ان ھنالك نقصان في معدل البلى بزيادة الحجميزيادة الكسرعالقة معدل البلى ب اأمعلى التوالي جمي .الحالكسر . بولي استر غير المشبع ، الخواص الميكانيكية، البلى: الكلمات المفتاحية الفيزياء | 308 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة أكثر األنظمة المرغوبة حاليا في العمل بسبب كلفتھا البسيطة (polyester resin )تعد راتنجات البولي أستر وخواص األداء العالي والتشغيل بمعدالت سريعة، تعد تفاعالت البولي أستر من التفاعالت الباعثة للحرارة لذا يجب التغلب حرجة وتؤدي إلى حدوث شروخ على ھذه الحرارة والتحكم فيھا أثناء عملية التشكيل، فالحرارة العالية المجاوزة للحد تكون جھاد الحراري في المنتج النھائي ويؤثر ذلك في الخواص الميكانيكية إلى حد ما وكذلك يؤثر في الخواص الناتجة عن ا الفيزيائية والكھربائية. ح مقاومة من أھم مميزات البولي استر فضالً عن سھولة تداوله الثبات الجيد في اإلبعاد، ومقاومة للتآكل كما تصب مكان تشكيل االخاله على ھذه المادة جعل بادللتأثيرات الناتجة عن الضوء والظروف الجوية الشديدة. كما أن التطور الذي تم منتجات ذات أحجام غير محددة بسعر اقتصادي، وھو ما كان يعد من المستحيالت في الماضي ولكن راتنجات البولي استر دخالھا في تركيبات مع مواد مقوية اأنھا ليست قوية وال تتميز بالجساءة العالية، ولكن ب التصلح لالستعمال بمفردھا حيث معينة تكتسب خواصاً جيدة تجعلھا مناسبة لالستعمال وتتميز بالقدرة العالية في تحمل األحمال . أن راتنجات البولي أستر أو أكثر c079ومة للماء والمواد الكيماوية، تستعمل لغاية تمتاز بأنھا ذات لون مضيء فضالً عن أنھا شفافة، وصلبة، ومقا ) فضالً عن ذلك فان راتنج البولي استر ذو عزل كھربائي % ٨-٤اعتماداً على دقائق التقوية وھي تتقلص بالحجم مابين ( األفالم) وتحضير عاٍل لذلك فھو يدخل في الكثير من التطبيقات كصناعة المواد البالستيكية المختلفة، وصناعة الرقائق( بعض أنواع الطالءات الواقية وفي صناعة العوازل، وكمواد متراكبة في صناعة ھياكل الزوارق الصغيرة والطائرات وھياكل البناء والجسور. تستعمل البولي أسترات غير المشبعة في العديد من المجاالت العامة مثل التشييد والبناء، والصناعات البحرية، ائية، والصناعية، والنقل، وكذلك الشؤون الصحية. ففي مجال البناء تستعمل للحصول على شرائح األسقف، والكھرب وممرات تكييف الھواء، والقواطع وإطارات الشبابيك واألبواب، وحمامات السباحة، وألواح الرخام الصناعي، وكذلك .[1]االكساء المقاوم للماء بدراسة الخواص الميكانيكية لنظام مكون young&beaumont ([1978]لباحثان (فمن ضمن الدراسات ما قام به ا طة اختبار اسومن االيبوكسي المدعم بدقائق السليكا كدالة للكسر الحجمي للدقائق فوجد ان اجھاد الخضوع المقاس ب .[2]االنضغاطية يزداد بزيادة الكسر الحجمي للدقائق الخواص الميكانيكية لمادة متراكبة ھجينة ذات اساس بوليمري من البولي [2010]ا)كما درس الباحثون (سھامة وجماعتھ ) ودقائق ٤٩استر غير المشبع كمادة اساس والياف الزجاج ودقائق الكرافيت كمجموعة اولى للعينات والياف الكفلر ( [3]دة بزيادة الكسرالحجميالكرافيت كمجموعة ثانية للعينات وبينت الدراسة تحسن في خواص الشد واالنضغاط والصال b.shivamurthy ،siddaramaiah&prabhus wamy([2009]( وناالختبارات الميكانيكية فقد قام الباحث أما وتبين ان ھنالك زيادة في معدل البلى بزيادة الحمل المسلط وتم دراسة 2sioبدراسة لمتراكبات االيبوكسي المدعمة بدقائق .[4]سطوح المتراكبات بالمجھر لاللكتروني الماسح الھدف من البحث دراسة بعض الخواص الميكانيكية للبولي استرغير المشبع المدعم باوكسيد االلمنيوم واوكسيد النحاس نسبة الكسر الحجمي لدقائق التدعيم المضافة . وكيفية تحسن ھذه الخواص تبعا لتغير الجانب العملي تقنية تحضير العينات ) ١٫٢ 3cm\gmتم استعمال راتنج البولي استر غير المشبع كمادة اساس للمادة المتراكبة وھو سائل لزج بكثافة ( ) (المثيل اثيل كيتون mekpمن نوع ( يتحول في درجة حرارة الغرفة الى مادة صلبة بعد اضافة المصلد اليه وھو ) ودقائق ٣٫٧٢ 3cm\gmمن دقائق اوكسيد االلمنيوم ذو كثافة ( كلّ بروكسيد) اما الدقائق المدعمة المستعملة فھي المضافة بكسور حجمية مختلفة وھي ) فقد تم استعمال الدقائق ٦٫٣١٥ 3cm\gmاوكسيد النحاس بكثافة ( -:[5] االتية) التي تم اضافتھا للبولي استر غير المشبع لغرض التدعيم اعتمادا على العالقات %٨،%٥،%٣( …………………(1) % ١٠٠ ×cw\fw=ψ ……….(2)mw+ fw= cw ψ: الكسر الوزني لمادة التدعيم في المادة المتراكبة fw, mw, c:wالمتراكبة والمادة االساس والمادة المدعمة على التواليوزن المادة fρ, mρ: كثافة المادة االساس والمادة المدعمة على التوالي الفيزياء | 309 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ϕ:الكسر الحجمي لمادة التدعيم ) الذي تم تنظيفه ٥×٥( cm بأبعاداستعملت طريقة القولبة اليدوية في تحضير النماذج باستعمال قالب من االلمنيوم وطلي الطبقة الداخلية له بمادة الفازلين لمنع التصاق المصبوبة بعد استخراجھا اذ تم صب الراتنج المخلوط مع دقائق اوكسيد االلمنيوم واوكسيد النحاس وخلطت المكونات بصب المزيج قبل ان يصبح ذا قوام جال تيني بصورة جيدة في القالب ن عملية الصب تم التخلص من الفقاعات المتكونة وذلك من خالل الضغط بصورة عمودية على مستوى وبعد االنتھاء م ) ساعة ٢٤القالب للمادة المصبوبة بفرشاة مسننة وكذلك لغرض الحصول على السمك المطلوب وبعد ترك القالب لمدة ( وحسب المواصفات القياسية .لغرض التصلب تم استخراج المصبوبة وتقطيع العينات لغرض إجراء الفحوصات وطريقة الفحص المستعملةاالجھزة جھاز اختبار الصالدة ) المصنع من قبل شركة shore d) نوع (durometer hardnessاجري قياس فحص الصالدة باستعمال جھاز ( )time group inc داخل سطح المادة نتيجة ) وذلك بطريقة استعمال غرز نقطية حيث يتم تغلغل أداة الغرز النقطية ) تماما مع سطح العينة فيتم قراءة قيم الصالدة.pressure footالضغط على الجھاز حيث يالمس سطح أداة التغلغل ( جھاز اختبار االنضغاطية ) وذلك بتسليط lay bold harris ,no3611المكبس الھيدروليكي نوع ( عمالاختبار االنضغاطية باست اجراءتم بصورة تدريجية حتى حصول الفشل للعينة حيث يمثل أقصى حمل مسلط قيمة مقاومة االنضغاط. الحمل جھاز اختبار البلى يتكون من ذراع معدنية مستوية تحتوي على ماسك لثبيت العينة االنزالقياختبار البلى باستعمال جھاز البلى اجراءتم باتباعدقيقة وتم حساب معدل البلى \) دورة٥٠٠رص الحديدي (وقرص حديدي يتصل بمحرك كھربائي تبلغ سرعة الق الطريقة الوزنية اذ تتضمن حساب الفقدان بالوزن للعينة ويتضح من خالل الخطوات اآلتية : كتلة العينة قبل االختبار.١ تثبت العينة بماسك الجھاز وجعل العينة متطابقة مع القرص .٢ روضع الحمل المطلوب عند كل اختبا.٣ تشغيل الجھاز وحساب الوقت.٤ ايقاف الجھاز عند الزمن المطلوب .٥ كتلة العينة بعد االختبار لتحديد الفقدان بالوزن .٦ -بعد ذلك يتم حساب معدل البلى باالعتماد على العالقة الرياضية االتية : )……………(4)3(g.cm ds\wear rate =δw ……………(5)2w-1δw=w -) وتحسب من العالقة االتية:cmاالنزالق (:مسافة dsحيث =2πnrt………….(6)ds n) دقيقة . /)دورة ٥٠٠:عدد دورات القرص r ) نصف القطر من مركز العينة الى مركز القرص:cm( t:( دقيقة) زمن االختبار النتائج والمناقشة ) hardness testاختبار الصالدة( ، من النتائج المستحصلة لقياس الصالدة للعينات قبل وبعد التدعيم [6]تعرف الصالدة بأنھا مقاومة السطح لالختراق ) حيث اظھرت ١تبين ان قيم الصالدة تزداد بالنسبة للمادة في حالة التدعيم بزيادة الكسر الحجمي وكما يوضحه الشكل ( ) اعلى قيمة للصالدة ويعزى السبب الى زيادة التشابك %٨لحجمي االعلى (النتائج امتالك العينات المدعمة ذات الكسر ا والتراص (الذي يقلل من حركة جزيئات البوليمير ) مما ادى الى زيادة مقاومة المادة للخدش والقطع فتزداد مقاومتھا للتشوه في المادة فكلما كان الرابط اقوى تزداد اللدن حيث تعتمد صالدة المواد على نوع القوى التي تربط بين الذرات او الجزئيات قيمة الصالدة ولذلك فان الرابط القوي عند السطح البيني بين الطورين (الراتنج والمادة المدعمة ) ادى الى زيادة الصالدة .[7]لھذه المواد )compressive testاختبار االنضغاطية ( استعملت في ھذا البحث وھي أنموذج من البولي استر غير المشبع تم قياس مقاومة االنضغاط لنماذج من المواد التي واخرى من البولي استر غير المشبع المدعم ھجينيا بمادة اوكسيد االلمنيوم واوكسيد النحاس وقد تبين من النتائج التي الفيزياء | 310 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 استر غير المشبع قبل االنفعال) لعينات البولي ) التي توضح العالقة بين (االجھاد٥)،(٤)،(٣) ،(٢توضحھا االشكال ( اد غير المدعمة ، وبعد التدعيم بالكسور الحجمية المختلفة ان العينات المدعمة ابدت مقاومة انضغاط اعلى مما في حالة المو الذي يوضح العالقة بين مقاومة االنضغاط والكسر الحجمي ان مقاومة االنضغاط تزداد بزيادة الكسر ) ٦اما الشكل ( قاومة انضغاط كانت للعينات ذات الكسر الحجمي االعلى ويمكن تفسير ذلك بأن التدعيم بالدقائق الحجمي حيث اعلى م يمتاز بمقاومته العالية لالنضغاط مقارنة مع التدعيم بااللياف الن التدعيم بالدقائق يتميز بانه متماثل في جميع االتجاھات في االساس كذلك فان صغر حجم ھذه الدقائق الذي ينتج عنه صغرقوة الربط للسطح البيني بين الدقائق والمادة ا فضال عن . كما ان تاثير التدعيم [8,9]المسافة البينية سوف يعيق توليد الشقوق لذلك بزيادة الكسر الحجمي تزداد مقاومة االنضغاط ائق الى راتنج البولي استر التوزيع االحصائي للعيوب في المادة المتراكبة فعند اضافة الدق بوساطةبالدقائق يمكن وصفه غير المشبع فان ذلك يؤدي الى زيادة عدد الحواجز المانعة او المعيقة لنمو الفجوات التي ربما تلتقي مع الدقائق الحشوية ويؤدي الى زيادة في عدد الحواجز المانعة او المعيقة لنمو الفجوات وكذلك فان ھذه الدقائق تعمل على تاخير االنھيار للمادة [10]. )wear testاختبار البلى ( يوضح العالقة بين معدل البلى والحمل المسلط لعينات البولي استر قبل وبعد الذي)٧من النتائج المستحصلة من الشكل ( )نيوتن عل التوالي وكانت مدة االختبار 5،١٠،١٥التدعيم باوكسيد االلمنيوم واوكسيد النحاس حيث اعتمدت االحمال ( تبين من النتائج زيادة في معدل البلى بزيادة الحمل المسلط لعينات البولي استر غير المشبع قبل وبعد التدعيم )دقيقة٢( ويمكن ان يعزى السبب في ذلك الى زيادة قوة االحتكاك الذي يعود سببه الى زيادة القوة الضاغطة fαn f= μn إذ أّن ) ثابت التناسب وھو معامل االحتكاك فضال عن ارتفاع درجة الحرارة بين سطح العينة والقرص μحيث تمثل ( ات الحادة وعند اتصال ھذه النتوءات بين السطحين نتيجة الحمل وءمن النت اكال السطحين المحتكين يمتلكان عدد كبير حادة فان تاثير االجھاد النتوءاتالة اتصال مرن ولكن عندما تكون المسلط او السرعة اما يحدث تشوه لدن او تبقى في ح على النقاط الحادة ربما يكون اكثر من االجھاد المرن وبذلك يحدث تشوه لدن عند كل النقاط الحادة اذ ان لقيمة الحمل طح اذ تتجمع الشقوق مع بعضھا المسلط تاثير مباشر في التشوه اللدن الذي يحدث عند قمم النتؤءات والمنطقة القريبة من الس يكون على شكل صفائح رقيقة لذا فان الذيمؤدية الى حدوث ازالة او قشط الطبقات السطحية مكونة بذلك حطام البلى يوضح عالقة معدل البلى بزيادة الكسر الحجمي فيالحظ الذي) ٨اما الشكل( [11]التشوه اللدن يزداد بزيادة الحمل المسلط ان في معدل البلى بزيادة الكسر الحجمي ويمكن تفسير ذلك بان اضافة دقائق اوكسيد االلمنيوم واوكسيد ان ھنالك نقص النحاس تزيد من مقاومة البلى بسبب صالدة الدقائق العالية اذ كلما زادت نسبھا زادت صالدة العينة وان مقاومة البلى ال عن ذلك فان الدقائق تعمل على انھا عناصر حاملة للثقل مرتبطة مع الصالدة السطحية للمادة اذ تزداد بزيادتھا فض .[12,13]واالجھاد داخل المادة االساس تعمل على تقليل او عدم حدوث التالمس ما بين سطح العينة والقرص االستنتاجات زيادة في قيم الصالدة واالنضغاطية للمادة بعد التدعيم ..١ واالنضغاطية بزيادة الكسر الحجمي .زيادة في قيم الصالدة .٢ نقصان في معدل البلى للمادة بعد التدعيم ..٣ زيادة في معدل البلى للمادة مع زيادة الحمل المسلط للعينات قبل وبعد التدعيم بالدقائق .. ٤ نقصان في معدل البلى للعينات بزيادة الكسر الحجمي .٥ المصادر 1. william.d.callister,( 2003), materials science & engineering anintroduction, joan wiley& sons,inc, 6th ed. 2.young, r.j. and beaumont, p.w.r., (1978) , failure of brittle polyersby slow crack growth,part.3,journal of materials science , 12(4), 643-657. دراسة الخواص الميكانيكية لمواد متراكبة ذات اساس 2010) ( ،قحطان عدنانحمد وكاظم شبيب مطر،عيسى، صالح،.٣ ).٤لعدد()، ا٢٨مجلة الھندسة والتكنلوجيا ، المجلد ( ،بوليمري مقواة بالدقائق وااللياف 4.shivamurthy b.,siddaramaiah and probhus wamy,(2009) influnce of( so2 )fillers on sliding wear resistance and mechanical properties”,journal of minerals &materials characterization &engineering ,8(7): 513-530. 5.hull,d.,(1981), an introduction to composite materials,cambridge university press ,first published. الفيزياء | 311 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 6.chungm,d.d.l.( 2010) composite material science and application,second edition, springer verlag ,london. 7.strong ,a.brent,(2000), plastic materials &processing”2nd.ed brigham young university . 8.kaufman,h.s. and falcetta, j.j,(1977), introduction to polymer science and technology an spe text book,john wiely and sons. 9.naplocha,k.and kaczmar,j.w.(2011)mechanisms of fibre reinforced wear composite materials based on 2024 and 7075 aluminum alloys,journalof achievements in materials and manufacturing engineering,49,issue2,. 180-187. 10.chieruzzi ,m.a. miliozzi and kenny j.m.,(2013),effects of the nano-particles on the thermal expansion and mechanical properties of unsaturated polyester/clay nanocomposites, composites, a 45,.44–48. 11.dhokey,n.b. and rane ,k. k. (2011) wear behavior and its correlation withmechanical properties of tib2 reinforced aluminium-based composites, advances in tribology,, 2011, p.8 . 12.yoshlaki,.a.k.and keisuke,t.a. (1999)effect of volume fraction on fatigue crack propagation behavior in sic-particulate-reinforced aluminum alloy ,journal of the japan society for composite materials,25.188-195. 13. johnson,o. t.member, iaeng, rokebrand .p., and sigalas. i.,( 2014) microstructure and properties of al2o3–sic nanomaterials,proceedings of the world congress on engineering , ii, july 2 – 4 london, 978-988.   يميمثل العالقة بين قيم الصالدة والكسر الحجمي لمادة البولي استر غير المشبع قبل وبعد التدع :)١شكل رقم ( 80.5 81 81.5 82 82.5 83 83.5 84 84.5 0 2 4 6 8 10 volume fraction% h a rd n e s s (s h o re -d ) الفيزياء | 312 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 يمثل العالقة بين االجھاد واالنفعال للبولي استر غير المشبع قبل التدعيم :)٢شكل رقم ( ٣حجمي %االنفعال لعينات البولي استر بعد التدعيم بكسر –يمثل العالقة بين االجھاد :)٣شكل رقم ( 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 strian s tr e e s (m p a ) up 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 0.13 strian s tr e s s (m p a ) 3%(up+al2o3+cuo) الفيزياء | 313 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ٥حجمي %االنفعال لعينات البولي استر بعد التدعيم بكسر –يمثل العالقة بين االجھاد :)٤شكل رقم ( ٨االنفعال لعينات البولي استر بعد التدعيم بكسر حجمي %–يمثل العالقة بين االجھاد :)٥شكل رقم ( 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 strian n s tr e s s (m p a ) 5%(up+al2o3+cuo) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 strian s tr e s s (m p a ) 8%(up+al203+cuo) الفيزياء | 314 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 بعد التدعيميوضح العالقة بين الكسر الحجمي ومقاومة االنضغاط لعينات البولي استر غير المشبع قبل و :)٦شكل رقم ( تدعيم يوضح العالقة بين معدل البلى والحمل المسلط لعينات البولي استر غير المشبع قبل وبعد ال :)٧شكل رقم ( ولكسور حجمية مختلفة 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 2 4 6 8 10 volum e fraction% c o m p re e s iv e s tr e n g h ( s \) ( m p a ) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 load n w e a r ra te × 1 0 -8 (g \c m ) up 3%(up+a2o3+cuo) 5%(uo+a2o3+cuo) 8%(up+a203+cuo) الفيزياء | 315 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 دعيم الحمال معدل البلى والكسر الحجمي لعينات البولي استر غير المشبع قبل وبعد الت ) يمثل العالقة بين٨شكل رقم ( مختلفة 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 volume fraction % w e a r ra te × 1 0 -8 (g \c m ) 5n 10n 15n الفيزياء | 316 ٢٠١٥) عام ٢(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 study the effect of addition of some oxides on the mechanical properties on unsaturated polyester resin compsites anaam w. watan dept.of physics /college of education for pure sciene (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in :9 november 2014, accepted in :2february 2015 abstract this study included preparation for the unsaturated polyester samples before and after reinforced by alumina oxide powder and copper oxide powder of different volume fraction amounting (3%,5%,8%). and this reearch included study of some of mechanical properties such as (hardness,compressive and wear).the results showed that increase of the hardness and compressive strength after the reinforced and increase with the volume fraction increase.as the wear test show that the wear rate increases with applied load from the different load(5,10,15)n,and the wear rate decreases with the volume fraction increase. key words:unsaturated polyester, mechanical properties, and wear. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |179 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 glutamic acid as corrosion inhibitor for aluminium in acidic medium zainab w. ahmed takialdin a. himdan israa m. radhi dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure sciences (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received of:28/may/2017,accepted in:21/june/2017 abstract corrosion behavior of aluminium in 0.6 mol. dm -3 nacl solution in acidic medium ( ) was investigated in the absence and presence of different concentrations of amino acid, glutamic acid, as environmentally – friendly corrosion inhibitor over temperature range (293-308)k. the investigation involved electrochemical polarization method using potentiostatic technique and optical microscopy, the inhibition efficiency increased with an increase in inhibitor concentration but decreased with increase in temperature. results showed that the inhibition occurs through adsorption of the inhibitor molecules on the metal surface and it was found to obey langmuir adsorption isotherm. some thermodynamic parameters ( ) and activation energy ( )were calculated to elaborate the mechanism of corrosion inhibition. the polarization measurements indicated that glutamic acid is of mixed type. the surface characteristic of the inhibited and uninhibited metal samples were investigated by optical microscopy. keywords: corrosion inhibition, aluminium, glutamic acid, adsorption mechanism thermodynamic parameters. chemistry |180 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction aluminium and its alloys have a remarkable , economic and attractive materials for engineering applications due to its low density, high thermal and electrical conductivity, attractive appearance and relatively good corrosion resistance. alumininum is actually a very active metal, meaning that its nature to oxidize is very quickly, while a weakness for most metals; this quality is in fact the key to its ability to resist corrosion. the combination of these properties makes it a preferred choice for many industrial applications such as automobiles, aviation, aerospace, food handling, containers, electronic devices, buildings, etc [1]. corrosion is the deterioration of metal by chemical attack or reaction with its environment which is often difficult to eliminate completely. prevention would be more practical and achievable than complete elimination [2]. corrosion of metal is caused by electrochemical reaction between a metal (or an alloy) and aqueous phase. it proceeds according to a complex electrochemical process that is related to the atomic structure of matter. the corrosion of metal is the result of two simultaneous reactions that are in electrical equilibrium, i.e. oxidation of metal to ions and reduction of hydrogen to hydrogen gas [3]. hydrochloric acid and sulphuric acid solutions are used for pickling of aluminium or for its chemical or electrochemical etching. it is very important to add corrosion inhibitors to decrease the rate of metal dissolution using organic compounds. it is known that the organic compounds are effective corrosion inhibitors due to their ability to form an adsorbed protective film at the metal surface [3,4]. unfortunately, most of the inhibitors available in the markets are not only expensive but also toxic to living beings. again, the safety of environmental issues of corrosion inhibitors which may arise industry has always been a global concern [5]. to avoid toxicity of numerous compounds tested as inhibitors [5,6], natural compounds, regarded as environmentally friendly inhibitors. amino acids have been tested as inhibitors of corrosion of a variety of metals, for example copper, aluminium and steel corrosion in acid media. they are relatively easy to produce with high purity at low cost, non-toxic and soluble in aqueous media [6,7]. in the present work, the inhibitive effectiveness of amino acid (glutamic acid), have been studied in retarding corrosion of aluminium in 0.2m by using of electrochemical polarization measurements. furthermore, this study aims to examine the role of the functional groups of the inhibitors which are used in the adsorption process as well as the influence of the nature of the medium on the corrosion mechanism. optical microscopy was employed to observe the surface morphology of the aluminium corroded in test solution. 2. experimental part 2.1 materials the experiments were performed with aluminium sheets (99.8% purity) of 2mm thickness which was mechanically press-cut into circular form 2cm diameter. all chemicals and reagents used are with analytical grade and use without further purification, they include: a. sodium chloride, was used for preparation of the aggressive solution of . b. sulphuric acid. c. the amino acid (l-glutamic acid) tested as inhibitor (>99% purity).figure below shows the structure of amino acid which used. chemistry |181 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 ohoh o nh2 o 2.2. solution the aggressive solution used was made of a.r. sodium chloride to prepare concentration in . doubled distilled water was used for the preparation. for each experiment a freshly solution was made. the concentrations of the inhibitor (glutamic acid) were used ( ) . 2.3 potentiostatic polarization measurements: the polentiostatic polarization measurements were carried out with aluminium sheets (explained before) having an exposed surface area of to corrosive medium [in absence and presence of the inhibitor]. the open side of the working electrode (aluminium sheet) was grinded and polished mechanically using wheel machine. all samples were grinded via a series grades of emery papers [100,200,400,800,1200 and 2000] and polished with smooth cloth to a mirror finish. the specimen were degreased with acetone and thoroughly washed with distilled water then dried and kept in a desicator until use. polarization measurements were performed in a three electrodes cell with aluminium specimen of exposed area, a platinum electrode and silver-silver chloride in saturated kcl solution were used as working, auxiliary (counter) and reference electrodes respectively. the measurements were carried out using m lab potentionstat / galvanostat 200 germany obtained from bank electronic intelligent controls gnb h. it was connected to personal computer desktop the m lab software cares for controlling the potentiostat, recording and processing data. it provides electrochemical calculations like tafel line evalution, re-scalling the potential and integrating. the experiments were preformed in solution of in absence and presence of three different concentrations of the inhibitor (glutamic acid) over the temperature range (293-308) k. the experiments were carried out at a scan rate of . the extrapolating of straight line allows to determination of corrosion current density ( ) and corrosion potential ( ) , in addition other informations were obtained such as tafel slopes ( ) weight loss and penetration values. in order to test the reproducibility of the results, the experiments were done in triplicate. 3. results and discussion 3.1 tafel polarization measurements the effect of 0.6 mol. dm -3 nacl solution in acidic medium on the corrosion of aluminium sample was studied using tafel polarization technique. figure (1) represents the potentiostatic polarization curves of aluminium at four temperatures in range of (293-308)k. corrosion parameters such as corrosion potential ( ), corrosion current density ( ), anodic slope ( ) and cathodic slope ( ) are obtained from the tafel polarization curves which listed in table (2). the results indicate the increase in the corrosion current density ( ) with an increase in temperature. chemistry |182 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 the negative shift in the corrosion potential ( ) with the increase in temperature indicates that the anodic process is much more affected than the cathodic process, these results are in agreement with many litretures [1,2] which proposed the dependence of ( ) and ( ) on solution parameters. the change in ( ) and ( ) reflects the mechanism of corrosion process. the electrochemical cathodic and anodic reactions of aluminium in acidic solution can be described as reported in many references [8]. ( ) (1) ( ) (2) [ ] (3) [ ] [ ] (4) thus soluble complex ion formed leads to the dissolution of the metal. 3.2 effect of temperature the effect of temperature on the corrosion rate of aluminium (expressed by ) was studied by measuring the corrosion at the temperature range of (293-308)k. the dependence of the corrosion current density ( ) on temperature followed arrhenius equation[9]. which can be expressed in logarithmic form: … (6) where a and are repectively the pre-exponential factor and the activation energy of corrosion reaction. ploting values of to the reciprocal of temperature ( ) was shown in figure (2). the values of could be derived from the slope of the line, and when the linear plot of figure (2) was extrapolated to value at ( ) , the value of a could be obtained. table (3) represents the values of and the pre-exponential factor ( ) for aluminium sample in ( ). entropy of activation ( ) was calculated from the value of ( ) using the relationship: … (7) where ( ) is boltzman constant, ( ) is plank constant, ( ) is the universal gas constant and ( ) the asbsolute temperature respectively[10,11]. the entropy of activation is negative, this implies that activated complex in the rate determining step represents association than dissociation, indicating that a decrease in disorder takes place, in going from reactants to the activated complex. figure (3) shows the typical polarization curves of aluminium in solution containing three different concentrations of amino acid (glutamic acid) as a green inhibitor over the temperature range (293-308)k. table (4) showes ( ) which showes that ( ) ( ) … (5) chemistry |183 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 the addition of glutamic acid caused a decrease in corrosion current densities of aluminium, the inhibition effect of glutamic acid increases as the concentration of the inhibitor increases in the range ( ) at all temperatures of study. table (5) shows the values of inhibition efficiencies ( ) which were calculated from equation(4): … (8) where and are corrosion current densities in absence and presence of the inhibitor respectively. 3.3 corrosion inhibition of aluminium by glutamic acid: the essential effect of corrosion inhibition is because of the presence of electron donor groups such (n,o) in the molecular structure of the glutamic acid. it is well known that the presence of heteroatoms, for nitrogen and oxygen in the inhibitor structure results in better inhibition[12]. also the most organic substance employed as corrosion inhibitors can be adsorbed on the metal surface through heteroatoms, its inhibition efficiency should follow the sequence [13] . electron pairs on the heteroatoms can be shared with metal orbitals, forming an insoluble complex that protect the surface from the aggressive ions by blocking of its corrosion sites and hence decreasing the corrosion rate [14]. the presence of pairs of free electrons on nitrogen and oxygen atoms favors adsorption of glutamic acid and, thus , the best efficiency of this inhibitor. the activation parameters such as activation energy ( ) and the entropy of activation ( ) in the range (293-308)k for corrosion inhibition of aluminium in solution within various concentrations of glutamic acid were calculated using arrhenius equation: ( ) … (9) table (6) shows values of and which increased in the presence of the inhibitor, an increase in values were observed, the variation of activation energy in the presence of different concentrations of glutamic acid can be illustrated as follows[15]: higher values of ( ) were found in presence of the inhibitor than those without inhibitor, i.e., the addition of glutamic acid raise the energy barrier for the corrosion process of aluminium in chloride acid solution[16]. it was found that there is a direct relation between the values of ( ) and a, i.e. simultaneous increase or decrease in ( ) and for a particular system which can be ascribed to the compensation effect which describe the kinetics of catalytic and tarnishing reaction on the metal. the entropy values of activation, , in the presence of glutamic acid are negative implying the rate determining step for the activated complex is the association rather than dissociation step, in addition the adsorption process is accompanied by an increase in entropy which is the driving force for the adsorption of glutamic acid on to the aluminium surface[17]. chemistry |184 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 3.4 thermodynamic parameters of the adsorption isotherm the efficiency of organic compounds as good corrosion inhibitors depends mainly on their adsorption ability on the metal surface. basic information about the interaction between inhibitor and metal can be provided by the adsorption isotherm. the investigation of the relation between corrosion inhibition and adsorption of inhibitor is of great importance. the surface coverage table (7) and the concentration of glutamic acid solution ( ) were tested by fitting to various isotherms like: langmuir, tempkin and freundlich. however, the fit was obtaind with langmuir isotherm as shown in figure (4) which is given by the following equation[18]. … (10) where is the equilibrium constant of the adsorption / desorption process, and it reflects the affinity of the inhibitor molecules towards surface adsorption sites. from the intercepts of the straight lines on the ⁄ axis figure (4) leads to the equilibrium constant for the adsorption / desorption of glutamic acid process. table (8). the high value of reveals that the glutamic acid molecule possesses strong adsorption ability on to the aluminium. however, decreased with an increase of temperature indicating that adsorption of glutamic acid on to the metal surface was favorable at lower temperatures. the equilibrium constant of the adsorption / desorption ( ) was related to the standard free energy of adsorption according to the equation. ( ) … (11) where r is the universal gas constant, t is the absolute temperature, and is concentration of water in solution. the standard free energy of adsorption were calculated and are given in table (8). generally the standard free energy of adsorption values or less negative is associated with an electrostatic interaction between charged metal surface or more negative involves charge sharing or transfer from the inhibitor molecules to the metal surface to form a coordinate covalent bond. so it can be concluded that adsorption of glutamic acid on to aluminium surface takes place through both physical and chemical adsorption[19]. from table (4) it was clearly seen that the presence of glutamic acid reduces the corrosion rate of aluminium in sulphuric acid solution. as its well known that different substituents on the organic molecules polarize the functional group in a different manner [11] . this indicates that the protective effect of glutamic acid is not solely due to their reactivity with sulphuric acid in acidic media, of amino acid molecule is readily protonated to form . also the addition of amino acids with aliphatic radical r leads to decrease corrosion current density but when the radical contains heteroatom as n,o or s a decrease of corrosion current densities in the presence of glutamic acid at and was noted. shifts to little more negative values in the presence of glutamic acid tested-as shown in table (7). chemistry |185 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 this result indicates that the inhibitors have been adsorbed to both cathodic and anodic areas. that means glutamic acid is mixed type inhibitor. the same results have been reported by other authers[20,21]. then the addition of amino acids molecules in sulphuric acid solution seems that no effect on anodic behavior is observed. this result shows that the inhibitory action of these compounds depends on the potential for higher potential inhibitory character disappears. it is generally accepted that the first step in the adsorption of glutamic acid on the metal surface usually involves the replacement of one or more water molecules adsorbed at the metal surface[22]. ( ) ( ) the inhibitor glutamic acid may then combine with freshly generated ions on the aluminium surface, forming metal inhibitor complex[23] [ ] valuable information about the mechanism of corrosion inhibition can be provided by the values of thermodynamic parameters for the adsorption of inhibitor. thermodynamically, were related to the standard enthalpy, and standard entropy, according to[8]. … (8) and the standard enthalpy of adsorption can be calculated on basis of the van't hoff formula: … (9) a plot of ⁄ gives a straight line as shown in figure (5). the slope of straight line is . the negative sign of reveals that the adsorption of inhibitor molecules is an exothermic process. generally, an exothermic adsorption process suggests either physisorption or chemisorption while endothermic process is attributed to chemisorption. the unshared electron pairs in investigated molecules may interact with p-orbitals of aluminium to provide a protective chemisorbed film[16]. the values of in the presence of inhibitor are negative that is accompanied with exothermic adsorption process. of inhibitor can be calculated from equation (8) according to [8] . ……….(10) 3.5 optical microscopy observation the surface morphology of aluminium specimens were characterized by i optical microscope technique. figure (6a) polished , (6b) immersed in (h2so4 + nacl) and (6c) immersed in h2so4 + nacl in presence of inhibitor (glu) respectively. it can be observed that the specimen surface was pithely damaged in absence of glutamic acid owing to metal chemistry |186 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 dissolution in the aggressive media (6b) , applying glutamic acid brings down corrosion wherein sample surface is covered with (glu) molecules showing less damage. references 1. nasim ziaifer, jila talatmehrabad and farzad arjomendirad (2011). "aluminium corrosion inhibitors in acidic media", j.basic appl. sci. res, 1(12) 2886-2888. 2. sahaya raja, a.; rajendean, s.; sathiyabama, j. and angel, p. (2014). "corrosion control by aminoacetic acid (glycine) an over view, international journal of innovatine research in science, engineering and technology, 3. 4, 11455-11467. 3. panchal, v.a.; a.s. patel, p.t. trivedi and n.k. shah (2012). "corrosion inhibition of al-mg alloy in hydrochloric acid using benzylamine n. (p-methoxy benzylidene" j. mater. environ. sci 3(2) (360-373). 4. musa, a.y.; mohamad, a.b.; kadhumand, a.a.h.; tabal, y.b.a. (2011) "inhibition of aluminium alloy corrosion in nitric acid solution by 4-4-dimethyloxalidine-2thione jounrnal of mater. engin. and per for, 20(3), 294. 5. ingrid milosev, jasminka pavlinac, milan hodosceek and antonija lesar (2013). "amino acids as corrosion inhibitors for copper in acid medium: experimental and theoretical study" j. serb. chem. soci. 78(12) 2069-2086. 6. ashassi-sorkhabi, h.; ghasemi, z.; scifzadeh, d. (2005). "the inhibition effect of some amino acids towards the corrosion of aluminium in 1m hcl+1m h2so4 solution, applied surface science 249, 408-418. 7. zhang ,d.q.; cai, q.r.; he, x.m.; gao, l.x., and kim, g.s., (2009). "corrosion inhibition and adsorption behavior of glutamic acid on copper in hcl and synergistic effect of zinc ions", materials chemistry and physics, 114 (612-617). 8. deepa prabhu and padmalatha rao (2014). "corrosion behavior of 6063 aluminium alloy in acidic and in alkaline media" arabian journal of chemistry, (1-9). 9. murgulesen, l.g. and rdovi, o. (1961). "metal corrosion", int. congr. 10-5 april, london, 202-205. 10. zarrouki, a.; warad, i. and hanouti b. (2012), "kinetic parameters of activation, int, j. electrochem. sci, 5, 1516-1526. 11. trowsdale, a.j.; nabel, b.; harris ,s.j.; gibbins, i.s.r.; thompson g.e. and wood g.c. (1996). "the influence of silicon carbide rein for cement on the pitting behavior of aluminium" corros. sci. 2, 177-191. 12. mihit, m.; bazzi, l.; salghi, r.; hammouti, b.; elissami, s.and ait adds, e. (2008). "some tetrazolic compounds as corrosion inhibitors for copper in nitric acid medium" int. sci. althern. energ. ecology 62,173 . 13. moretti, g.and guidi, f. (2002) '' tryptophan as copper corrosion inhibitor in 0.5 m aerated sulfuric acid' corros. sci. 44 , 1995. 14. khaled, k.f.; fadl-allah, s.a., and hammouti, b. (2009) ""some benzotriazole , drivatives as corrosion inhibitors for copper in acidic medium : experimental and quantum chemical molecular dynamics approach" materials chemistry and physics 117 , 148-155. 15. barouni, k.; kassale, a.; albourine, a.; jbara, o.; hammouti, b. and bazzi, l. (2014). "amino acids as corrosion inhibitors for copper in nitric acid medium: experimental and theoretical study" j.mater. environ. sci. 5(2), 456-463. 16. sanaulla path aplya. fakrudeen, c.ananda murthyh and v.bheema ratu. (2012). "corrosion inhibition of aa 6061 and 6063 alloys in hydrochloric acid medium by schiff base compound", journal of the chilean chemical society, 57, 4, 1364-1370. 17. fouda, a.s.; shalabi, k. and mohamed, n.h.,(2014). "corrosion inhibition of aluminium in hydrochloric acid solutions using some chalcone derivatives" international j. of innovative research in science, engineering and technology, 3, 9861-9875. chemistry |187 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 18. kliskic, m., radosevic, j., and gridic, s. (1997). "pyridine and its derivatives as inhibitors of aluminium corrosion in chloride solution". j. appl. electrochem. 27, 947-952. 19. xianghongli, shuduan deng and huifu (2011). "sodium molbydate as corrosion inhibitor for aluminium in solution j. corrosion science. 53 ,(2748-2753). 20. achutha kini, u., prakash shctty, divakara shetty s. and arun isloor m. (2011). "corrosion inhibition of 6061 aa/sicp composite in hydrochloric acid medium using. 3chloro-1-benzothiophene-2-carbohydrazide". 18 , 439-445. 21. ashassi-sorkhabi, h., majidi, m.r., seyyedi, k. (2004). "investigation of inhibition effect of some aminoacids against steel corrosion in hcl solution", applied surface science, 225 (1-4), 176-185. 22. lebe nnanna, a.; onyinyechi, c.; nwadiuko, nneka ekekwe, d., chibneze ukpadi, f., solomon udensi c., kelechukwu okema b., beniah onwugba n. and ihebrodike mejeha m. (2011). "adsorption and inhibitive properties of leaf exract of new bouldia leavis as green inhibitor for aluminium alloy in ", american journal of materials science 1(2), 143-148. 23. shrier, (1976) l.l.. "over potential, corrosion metal/ environments reactions", newnes, butterworths, boston,. 1, 35. chemistry |188 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): the chemical composition of pure aluminium si fe cu mn mg cr ni zn ga v 0.07 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.001 0.009 0.005 table (2): data of polarization curve for corrosion of pure aluminium in solution at ( ) over the temperature range (293-308)k. t/k ⁄ ⁄ ⁄ decade -1 ⁄ decade -1 weight loss/ penetration loss/ year -1 293 129 634 528.3 47.1 10.3 1.4 298 163 678 777.6 44.2 13.1 1.78 303 203 696 303.1 44.5 16.3 2.21 308 326 739 195.9 64.7 26.2 3.55 table (3): activation energy ( ), pre-exponential ( ) and entropy of activation ( ) for pure aluminium corrosion in solution in . ⁄ a/molecule 45.6 49.4 151310 31 table (4): values of ( ) with different concentrations of glutamic acid at temperature range (293-308) k in t/k inhibitor ⁄ ⁄ 293 0 634 129 630 40 635 39 630 37 298 0 678 163 641 58 642 56 633 50 303 0 696 203 646 80 620 77 660 69 308 0 739 326 662 133 660 128 680 114 chemistry |189 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (5): values of inhibitor efficiencies (ie%) calculated from . for pure aluminium in conc. of glutamic acid t/k ie% from . 293 69 298 64.5 303 60.6 308 59.5 293 69.8 298 65.7 303 62.1 308 60.8 293 71.4 298 69.4 303 66.1 308 65.1 table (6): activation energy ( ),pre-exponential factor ( ) and entropy of activation ( ) for the corrosion of pure aluminium in the value 0.7 in solution and different concentrations of l-glutamic acid. conc.of l-glutamic acid ⁄ a/molecule 29 95 67510 28 31.5 85.5 1737010 28 32.3 84.6 2137010 28 chemistry |190 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (7): chosen corrosion parameter, degree of surface coverage and corrosion inhibition efficiency for pure aluminium in solution in with different concentrations of glutamic acid at various temperature. t/k glu. ⁄ ⁄ ie% 293 0 634 129 630 40 0.69 69 635 39 0.698 69.8 630 37 0.714 71.4 298 0 678 163 641 58 0.645 64.5 642 56 0.657 65.7 633 50 0.694 69.4 303 0 696 203 646 80 0.606 60.6 620 77 0.621 62.1 660 69 0.661 66.1 308 0 739 326 662 133 0.595 59.5 660 128 0.608 60.8 680 114 0.651 65.1 table (8): equilibrium constant adsorption / desorption, standard free energy, enthalpy and entropy of adsorption onto pure aluminium surface in solution in in the presence of glutamic acid at various concentrations. t/k 293 5000 30.48 44.47 256 298 3333 30.00 250 303 2500 29.77 245.9 308 2000 29.69 241 chemistry |191 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (1): polarization curves of pure al at temperatures range of (293-308)k. figure (2): ploting log (icorr) vs 1/t for the corrosion of pure al in the ph = 0.7 in presence of (0.6 mol.dm -3 ) nacl over the temperature range (293 – 308) k. 3.2e-3 3.2e-3 3.3e-3 3.3e-3 3.4e-3 3.4e-3 3.5e-3 1/t 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 l o g ( ic o rr ) y = -2057.14 * x + 9.09428 r-squared = 0.999691 e( mv /sc c) chemistry |192 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ current density/ p o te n ti a l/ m v v s. s c e current density/ figure (3): the typical polarization curves of pure al with (0.6 mol.dm -3 ) nacl solution containing of l-glutamic acid as inhibitor (a= 110 -3 , b = 510 -3 , c =110 -2 mol.dm -3 ) over the temperature range (293-308)k. 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 icorr. -900 -850 -800 -750 -700 -650 -600 -550 -500 -450 e c o r r ./ m v 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 icorr. -900 -850 -800 -750 -700 -650 -600 -550 -500 e c o rr ./ m v 293k 298k 303k 308k 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 1000.0 icorr. -900 -850 -800 -750 -700 -650 -600 -550 -500 -450 e c o rr ./ m v 293k 298k 303k 308k chemistry |193 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 ph=0.7 c ∕θ ( ) figure (4): langmire adsorption plots of l-glutamic acid on the pure al in 0.6 mol.dm -3 nacl solution at various temperatures. figure (5): van't hoff plot for pure al in ( ) solution containing l-glutamic acid at ph value ( 0.7) chemistry |194 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1613 7302(عام 0) العدد 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 c.after immersion in the corrosive medium + l-glutamic acid figure (6): typical microstructure of pure aluminium in the corroded medium at ph , magnification power 400 a.polished pure al b.after immersion in corrosive medium 129 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 doi: 10.30526/33.1.2379 abstract this paper deals with the continuous classical optimal control problem for triple partial differential equations of parabolic type with initial and boundary conditions; the galerkin method is used to prove the existence and uniqueness theorem of the state vector solution for given continuous classical control vector. the proof of the existence theorem of a continuous classical optimal control vector associated with the triple linear partial differential equations of parabolic type is given. the derivation of the fréchet derivative for the cost function is obtained. at the end, the theorem of the necessary conditions for optimality of this problem is stated and is proved. keywords: continuous classical optimal control, triple parabolic partial differential equations, galerkin method, the necessary conditions for optimality. 1. introduction different applications for real life problems take a main place in the optimal control problems, for examples in medicine [1]. robots [2]. engineering [3]. economic [4]. and many others fields. in the field of mathematics, optimal control problem ( ocp ) usually governing either by ordinary differential equations ( odes ) or partial differential equations( pdes ), examples for ocp which are governing by parabolic or hyperbolic or elliptic pdes are studied by [5-7]. respectively, while which are governing by couple of pdes ( cpdes ) of parabolic or of hyperbolic or of elliptic type are studied by [8-10]. on the other hand [11-13]. rre studied boundary ocp associated with cpdes of parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic; while [14]. studied the ocp for triple pdes (tpdes) of elliptic type. these works push us to seek about the ocp for tpdes of parabolic type. this work consists of the study of the continuous classical optimal control governing by triple linear parabolic boundary value problem ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah of university, baghdad, iraq jamil amir ali al-hawasy mohammed a. k. jaber jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq article history: received 3 may 2019, accepted 17 june 2019, publish january 2020. hawasy20@ yahoo.com file:///d:/فزياء%20العدد%20الثالث%202019/moaayed99@gmail.com file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/new%20folder/jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/new%20folder/جميل%20ا.docx 130 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 the continuous classical optimal control problem ( ccocp ) , starting with the state and prove the existence theorem of a unique solution ( state vector solution svs ) for the triple state equations (tse) of pdes of parabolic type ( tppdes ) by using the galerkin method (gm) when the continuous classical control vector ( cccv ) is fixed then it deals with the state and proof of the existence theorem of a continuous classical optimal control vector (ccocv) , the solution vector of the triple adjoint equations ( tapes ) associated the (tppdes) is studied . the derivation of the fréchet derivative (fd) for the cost function is obtained, at the end; the theorem of the necessary conditions for optimality (nco) of this ocp is sated and proved. 2. description of the problem let ω ⊂ 𝑅 2 , =( ), =[0,t]×ω , ĩ= [0,t] , =𝜕ω, , the ccocp consists of tse are given by the following tpdes : ( ) (1) ( ) in (2) ( ) in (3) with the following boundary conditions (bcs) and the initial conditions ( ics) ( ) , on ∑ (4) ( ) , on ∑ (5) ( ) , on ∑ (6) ( ) ( ) , on ω (7) ( ) ( ) , on ω (8) ( ) ( ) , on ω (9) where ( , , ) is a vector of given function for each ( ) , ⃗ ( , , ) ( ( )) is a cccv and ( , , ) ( ( ) ) , is its corresponding svs the set of admissible cccv is defined by ⃗⃗⃗ ={ ( , , ) ( ( )) ∣( , , ) ⃗⃗ ⊂ 𝑅 a.e. in q }, ⃗⃗ is convex. the cost function is defined for by ( ⃗ ) (‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ) (‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ) (10) ⃗ ; ( ) ⃗ { : =( , , ) ( ( )) , on𝜕 }. the weak form(wf) of problem (19) when ( ( )) is given by 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( ), (11.a) ( ) ( ( ) ), (11.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (11.a) ( ) ( ( ) ) , (11.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (11.a) ( ) ( ( ) ), (11.b) the following assumption is important to study the ccocv problem (ccocvp) 2.1. assumption (a): the function ( ) is satisfied the following condition w.r.t. & , i.e. | | ( ) , where ( ) , ( ). 3. the solution for the wf: theorem 3.1: existence of a unique solution for the wf: with assumption (a), for each given cccv ⃗ ( ( )) , the wf(11−13 (has a unique solution ( ) with ( ( )) and ( ) ( ( )) 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proof: let for each , ⃗ ⊂ ⃗ be the set of continuous and piecewise affine functions in let , be a basis of = ,and let be an approximate solution for the solution , then by gm: ∑ ( ) ( ) (14) ∑ ( ) ( ) (15) ∑ ( ) ( ) (16) where ( ) is unknown function of , , . the wf (11–13) is approximated by using ( 14−16) as , 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ), (11.a ) ( ) ( ), (11.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ), (11.a) ( ) ( ), (11.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ), (11.a) ( ) ( ), (11.b) where ( ) ( ) ⊂ ⊂ ( ) is the projection of , thus ( ) ( ) ∣∣ ∣∣ ∣∣ ∣∣ , substituting (14−16) in (17−19) respectively and then setting , & then the obtained equations are equivalent to the following linear system (ls) of order odes with ics (which has a unique solution), i.e. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (20.a) ( ) (20.b) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (21.a ) ( ) (21.b ) ( ) ( ) 𝑅 ( ) ( ) (22.a ) ( ) (22.b ) where a ( ) , ( , ),b = ( ) , = ( , ) + ( , ),d = ( ) , ( , ) , e = ( ) , ( , ) , f = ( ) , ( , ),g = ( ) = ( , ) + ( , ) , h = ( ) , ( , ) , k = ( ) , ( , ) ,m = ( ) , ( , ), n = ( ) , = ( , )+( , ) r ( ) , ( , ), w = ( ) , ( , ) , ( ), = ( ) , = ( ) , = ( , ) , ( ) = ( ( )) , (t) = ( ( )) , (0) = ( ( )) , = 1,2,3,…,n , = 1,2,3. to show the norm ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ is bounded since ( ) , then there exists a sequence * + with , such that strongly in ( ) , then from the projection theorem [15]. and (11.b), ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ then ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ⊂ , strongly in ( ) with ‖ ‖ , by the same way, one can show that ‖ ‖ & ‖ ‖ , then ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ is bounded in ( ( )) . 132 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 the norms‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )‖ . ( )/ and ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( )‖ are bounded setting , and in (11 –19) respectively, integrating w.r.t. from to , adding the obtained three equations , one gets ∫ 〈 〉 ∫ ‖ ‖ ∫ ,( ) ( ) ( ) (23) using lemma (1.2) in [11]. for the term in the l.h.s. of (23) and since the term is positive, using assumptions (a) for the r.h.s. of (23), it yields ∫ ‖ ( )‖ ∫ ∫ | | ∫ ∫ | || | ∫ ∫ | | ∫ ∫ | || | +∫ ∫ | | ∫ ∫ | || | ∫ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ since‖ ‖ ́ ‖ ‖ , , ‖ ( )‖ . ‖ ( )‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ ́ ́ ́ , using the continuous bellman gronwall inequality ( bgi ) , one gets ‖ ( )‖ ( ) , , ‖ ( )‖ . ( )/ ( ) ‖ ( )‖ ( ) . the norm ‖ ( )‖ ( ) is bounded again for (23) by using lemma (1.2) in [11]. for the r.h.s. the same results will be obtained (from the above steps ) and since ‖ ( )‖ is positive, equation (23) with =t , becomes ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ , which gives ∫ ‖ ‖ ( ) , with ( ) . ( )/ , thus ‖ ‖ ( ) ( ). the solution convergence let { ⃗ } be a sequence of subspaces of ⃗ , s.t. ⃗⃗ ⃗ there exists a sequence { } with ⃗ , n and strongly in ⃗ strongly in ( ( )) , since for each , with ⃗ ⊂ ⃗ , ( 17 19) has a unique solution ( , , ) , hence corresponding to the sequence of subspaces { ⃗ } , there exist a sequence of (approximation) problems like (17 19) now, by substituting ( ), in these equations for , one has 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (24.a) ( ) ( ) (24.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (25.a) ( ) ( )), (25.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (26.a) ( ) ( ) (26.b) which has a sequence of solutions * + , ( ) but from the above steps we have ‖ ‖ ( ) and‖ ‖ ( ) are bounded , then by alaoglu’s theorem (at), there exists a subsequence of * + ,say again * + s.t. weakly in ( ( )) and 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 weakly in . ( )/ , multiplying both sides of (24.a ) , ( 25.a) (26.a) by ( ) , respectively, s.t. ( ) , ,3, then integrating both sides w.r.t. on, , then integrating by parts the terms in the l.h.s. of each one obtained equation, one gets ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) since ( ) } { ( ) ( ) since weakly in ( ) , also ( ) ,3. then ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (30.a) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (31.a) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (32.a) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (30.b) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (31.b) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (32.b) since ( ) , then ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (30.c) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (31.c) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (32.c) which means (30 32) converge to ( 33–35) respectively , with ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) = ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (33) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (34) 134 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (35) case1: choose , -, i.e. ( ) ( ) , ,3. substituting in (33 35), using integration by parts for the terms in l.h.s. of each one of the obtained equations, to get ∫ 〈 〉 ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (36) ∫ 〈 〉 (t)dt ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) (t) ∫ ( ) ( ) (37) ∫ 〈 〉 ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (38) i.e. ( , ) is solution of the wf (11 13). case 2 : choose , s.t. ( ) & ( ) , using integration by parts for the term in the l.h.s. of (36) , one gets ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) (39) subtracting (33) from (39) , one obtains that ( ) ( ) = ( ( ) ) ( ) , ( ) , , ( ) ( ( ) ) i.e. the ic (11.b) holds . by the same above way one can show that ( ) ( ( ) ) & ( ) ( ( ) ) that means the ics (12.b)&(13.b) are hold. the strongly convergence for : substituting , and in (17.a),(18.a)&(19.a) respectively, adding the three obtained equations together , and then integrating the obtained equation from 0 to t, on the other hand substituting , & in (11.a),(12.a)&(13.a) respectively, adding them and then integrating the three obtained equations from 0 to t , to get ∫ 〈 〉 ∫ ( ) ∫ ,( ) ( ) ( ) (40) and ∫ 〈 〉 ∫ ( ) ∫ ,( ) ( ) ( ) (41) using lemma (1.2) in [11]. for the terms in the l.h.s. of (40) and (41), they become ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ∫ ( ) ∫ ,( + , ) ( + , ) ( + , )]dt (42) ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ∫ ( ) ∫ ,( + , ) ( + , ) ( + , )]dt (43) since ‖ ( ) ( )‖ ‖ ( ) ( )‖ ∫ ( ) (44) where ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ( )‖ ∫ ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ( )) ∫ ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ( ) ( )) ∫ ( ( ) ( ) ( )) 135 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 since ( ) ( ) strongly in ( ( )) (44.a) ( ) ( ) strongly in( ( )) (44.b) then ( ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ( ) ( )) (44.c) ‖ ( ) ( )‖ and ‖ ( ) ( )‖ (44.d) since weakly in ( ( )) ,then ∫ ( ( ) ( ) ( )) (44.e) also since weakly in ( ( )) , then ∫ ,( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) (44.f ) i.e. when in both sides of (44), one has the following results : (1)the first two terms in the l.h.s. of (44) are tending to zero (from (44.d)), (2) eq. ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) (3) eq. l.h.s. of (43) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) (4) the two terms in eq. are tending to zero from (44.c), and the last one term also tend to zero from (44.e), from these results (44) gives when ∫ ‖ ‖ ∫ ( ) strongly in ( ( )) . uniqueness of the solution: let ⃗ , ̅ are two solutions of the wf ( 11–13), i.e. and ̅ are satisfied (11.a), or 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) , 〈 ̅ 〉 ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ) , subtracting the equation from the one and substituting ̅ in the obtained equation, one gets that 〈( ̅ ) ̅ 〉 ( ̅ ̅ ) ( ̅ ̅ ) ( ̅ ̅ ) (45) by the similar manner, one gets 〈( ̅ ) ̅ 〉 ( ̅ ̅ ) ( ̅ ̅ ) ( ̅ ̅ ) (46) 〈( ̅ ) ̅ 〉 ( ̅ ̅ ) ( ̅ ̅ ) ( ̅ ̅ ) (47) adding (45 47), using lemma(1.2) in [11]. in the term of the obtained equation , to get ‖ ̅ ‖ ‖ ̅ ‖ (48) since the term of the l.h.s. of (48) is positive, integrating both sides of (48 ) w.r.t. from to , one gets ∫ ‖ ̅ ‖ ‖( ̅ )( )‖ ‖ ̅ ‖ , integrating both sides of (48) from to , using the given ics and the above result, one has 136 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ∫ ‖ ̅ ‖ ‖ ̅ ‖ ( ) ̅ . 4. existence of a ccocp theorem 4.1: in addition to assumptions (a), assume that and are the svs corresponding to the cvs ⃗ and ⃗ ⃗ respectively with ⃗ and ⃗ are bounded in ( ( )) then ‖ ‖ . ( )/ ‖ ⃗ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ ⃗ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ ⃗ ‖ , proof : let ⃗ ( ) ( ( )) then by theorem 3.1 there exists ( ) which is satisfied (11 13) and also let ̅ ( ̅ ̅ ̅ )be the solution of (11 13) corresponds to the cv ⃗̅ ( ̅ ̅ ̅ ) ( ( )) i.e. 〈 ̅ 〉 ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) (49.a) ( ̅ ( ) ) ( ) (49.b) 〈 ̅ 〉 ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) (50.a) ( ̅ ( ) ) ( ) (50.b) 〈 ̅ 〉 ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) ( ̅ ) (51.a) ( ̅ ( ) ) ( ) (51.b) subtracting (11.a&b) from (49.a&b) , (12.a&b) from (50.a&b) ,and (13.a&b) from (51.a&b) and setting ̅ ̅ , ̅ , ̅ ̅ and ̅ in the obtained equations , they give 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (52.a) ( ( ) ) (52.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (53.a) ( ( ) ) (53.b) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (54.a) ( ( ) ) (54.b) substituting , & in (52.a&b) , (53.a&b) and (54.a&b) respectively, adding the obtained equations, using lemma (1.2) in [11]. they give ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) ( ) ( ) (55) since the term of (55) is positive , integrating w.r.t. from to , and then using the cauchy schwartz inequality ( csi ), it becomes ∫ ‖ ‖ dt 2 ∫ ∫ | || | 2∫ ∫ | || | ∫ ∫ | || | ∫ ‖ ⃗ ‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ , , -, by the bgi , once get ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ⃗ ‖ ‖ ( )‖ ‖ ⃗ ‖ , where , ‖ ‖ . ( )/ ‖ ⃗ ‖ since ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ ⃗ ‖ , then ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ ⃗ ‖ , ̅ using a similar way which is used in above steps, gives ∫ ‖ ‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗ ‖ ∫ ‖ ‖ ̅ ‖ ⃗ ‖ 137 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ‖ ‖ ( ) ̅ ‖ ⃗ ‖ where ̅ ( ̅ ) ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ ⃗ ‖ . theorem 4.2: with assumptions (a), the operator ⃗ ⃗⃗ is continuous from ( ( )) in to ( ( ( ))) or in to ( ( )) or in to ( ( )) . proof: let ⃗ ⃗̅ ⃗ and ̅ , where ̅ are the correspond svs to the cvs ⃗̅ and ⃗ using the first result in theorem 4.1 , one has ‖ ̅ ‖ . ( )/ ‖ ⃗̅ ⃗ ‖ , if ⃗̅ ( ) → ⃗ then ̅ . ( )/ → i.e. the operator ⃗ ⃗⃗ is lipschitz continuous (lc) from ( ( )) in to( ( ( ))) by a similar way this operator is also lc from ( ( )) into ( ( )) and into ( ( )) . lemma 4.1 [10]: the norm is weakly lower semi continuous (w.l.s.c. ). lemma (4.2) : the cost function which is given by ( ) is w.l.s.c. proof: from lemma (3.1) ‖ ⃗ ‖ ( ) , is w.l.s.c. when ⃗ ⃗ weakly in ( ( )) then weakly in ( ( )) by theorem 4.1 then ‖ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ‖ then ‖ ⃗ ⃗ ‖ is w.l.s.c., hence ( ⃗ ) is w.l.s.c. lemma 4.3 [13]: the norm ‖ ‖ is strictly convex. theorem 4.3: consider the cost function ( ) , if ( ⃗ ) is coercive, then there exists ccoc . proof: since ( ⃗ ) and ( ⃗ ) is coercive, then there exists a minimizing sequence* ⃗ + *( )+ ⃗⃗⃗ , such that ( ⃗ ) ⃗⃗̅ ⃗⃗⃗ ( ⃗̅ ) , and ‖ ⃗ ‖ , then by at there exists a subsequence of * ⃗ + , for simplicity say again * ⃗ + s.t. ⃗ ⃗ weakly in ( ( )) , as . from theorem 3.1 we got that for each control ⃗ there exists a unique solution ⃗⃗ then corresponding to the sequence of control * ⃗ + there exists a sequence of solutions * + such that the norms ‖ ‖ . ( )/ , ‖ ‖ ( ) & ‖ ‖ ( ) are bounded ,then by at there exists a subsequence of * + , for simplicity say again * + , such that weakly in ( . ( )/) , weakly in ( ( )) , and weakly in . ( )/ , to show the norm ‖ ‖ . ( )/ is bounded , let (2.19.a),(2.20.a)&(2.21.a) be rewritten as 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . by adding the above equations and integrating both sides of the obtained equation from to , taking the absolute value then using the csi , and finally using assumptions (a) , it yields |∫ 〈 〉 | |∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) – ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ]dt| , gives |∫ 〈 〉 | s‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ 138 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ . since for each i = 1,2,3 the following inequalities are satisfied ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗ ‖ , ‖ ⃗ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) , ‖ ‖ , ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) , ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ), ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( ) , then |∫ 〈 〉 | , ‖ ‖ ( ) ‖ ‖ ( ) ( )-‖ ‖ ( ) or |∫ 〈 〉 | . ( ) ( )/ ‖ ‖ ( ) , where ‖ ‖ ( ) ( ) and ( ) |∫ 〈 ⃗ ⃗ 〉 | ‖ ⃗ ‖ ( ) ( ) , with ( ) ( ) ( ) ‖ ‖ ( ) ( ) since is solution of the ses (1 ) , then 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( ) (56) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) =( ) (57) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) =( ) (58) let , -, s.t. ( ) , ,3, rewriting the terms in the l.h.s. of (56–58) multiplying their both sides by ( ) , ( ) & ( ) respectively , integrating both sides w.r.t. from to ,and integration by parts for the terms in the l.h.s. of each obtained equation, one gets that ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ,( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) (59) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) (60) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) (61) since weakly in ( ( )) and weakly in . ( )/ , then the following convergences are hold ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (62) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (63) 139 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (64) since ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) bounded in( ( ) ) and from the projection theorem one has ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (65) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (66) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (67) and since ⃗ ⃗ weakly in ( ( ) ) , then ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (68) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (69) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) (70) finally using(62 64) ,( 65 67), ( 68 70) in (59 61) respectively, one gets ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (71) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (72) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (73) case 1: we choose , , i.e. ( ) ( ) , .now using integration by parts for the terms in the l.h.s. of (71 73), one gets that ∫ 〈 〉 ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) , (74) ∫ 〈 〉 ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) , (75) ∫ 〈 〉 ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) , (76) then 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) , , a.e. on 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( ) , , a.e. on 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( ) , i.e. ( , , ) satisfies the wf of the ses case 2 : we choose , , s.t. ( ) , ( ) , using integration by parts for the terms in the l.h.s. of (74 76),one has ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) (77) 140 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) (78) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ , ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) (79) by subtracting(77 79) from (71 73) respectively, one obtain ( ) ( ) =( ( ) ) ( ) , ( ) ( ) , by the same way show that ( ) ( ) and ( ) ( ) ( , , ) is a solution of the wf of the se ,since ( ⃗ ) is w.l.s.c. from lemma4.1 and since ⃗ ⃗̅ weakly in ( ( )) , then ( ⃗ ) ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗̅ ) ( ⃗ ) ⃗⃗̅ ⃗⃗⃗ ( ⃗̅ ) ⃗⃗̅ ⃗⃗⃗ ( ⃗̅ ) . then ⃗ is a ccoc. 5. the nco: in order to state the ncs for ccoc, the fd of the cost function (10) is derived and the theorem for the nco is proved. theorem 5.1: consider ( ⃗ ) is given by (10) and the taes of the ste (1-9) are given by ( ) (80) ( ) (81) ( ) (82) ( ) (83) ( ) (84) ( ) (85) then ( ) ⃗⃗⃗ and the fd of is given by ( ( ⃗ ) ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ⃗ ) proof: the wf of (80–85) for is given by 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (86) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( ) (87) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( ) (88) the existence of a unique solution of (86 88) can be proved by the same manner which is used in the proof of theorem in (52.a) ,( 53.a) and (54.a) respectively, these equations become , 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (89) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (90) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (91) also, substituting and in (86 88) respectively, to get 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (92) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (93) 〈 〉 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (94) integrating both sides of equations (89 94) w.r.t. t from 0 to t, using integration by parts for the terms of the l.h.s. of each of the obtained equations from (92–94), then subtracting each one of the obtained equations from it's corresponding equation of (89–91), add all three result get 141 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 〈( ) 〉 ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (95) 〈( ) 〉 ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (96) 〈( ) 〉 ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (97) which means the cv ( , , ) gives the solution ( , ) of ( 95 97). now, from the cost function, we have ( ⃗ ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ) = ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗ ‖ , or ( ⃗ ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ) = ( ⃗ ⃗ ) ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗ ‖ from the first results of theorem 4.1, we have ‖ ‖ ( ⃗ )‖ ⃗ ‖ and ‖ ⃗ ‖ ( ⃗ )‖ ⃗ ‖ with ( ⃗ ) ‖ ⃗ ‖ where ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ) , as ‖ ⃗ ‖ then ( ⃗ ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ⃗ ) ( ⃗ )‖ ⃗ ‖ with ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ) where ( ⃗ ) as ‖ ⃗ ‖ using the definition of fd of ,one has ( ( ⃗ ) ⃗ ) ( ⃗ ⃗ ) theorem 5.2: the ccoc of the above problem is ( ⃗ ) ⃗ with ⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗ . proof : if ⃗ is an ccoc of the problem, then ( ⃗̅ ) ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ( ⃗ ) , ⃗ ( ( )) , i.e. ( ⃗̅ ) ⃗̅ the nco is ( ⃗̅ ⃗ ) ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗̅ ( ⃗̅ ⃗⃗ ) ( ̅ ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗̅ ), ⃗⃗ ( ( )) 6. conclusions the gm is employed to prove the existence and unique theorem for a svs of the tspdes of parabolic type for fixed cccv. the existence of a ccocv governing with the considered tlpdes of parabolic type is proved. the existence and uniqueness solution of the taes associated with the tspdes. the derivation of the fréchet derivative for the cost function is obtained. the theorem of the nco is stated and proved. references 1. aro, m.k.; luboobi l.; shahada, f. application of optimal control strategies for the dynamics of yellow fever. j. math. computer. sci.2015, 5, 3, 430-453. 2. hajiabadi, m.e.; mashhadi, h.r. modeling of the maximum entropy problem as an optimal control problem and its application to pdf estimation of electricity price. ijeee. iran university of science and technology.2013, 9, 3, 150-157. 3. bermudez, a. some applications of optimal control theory of distributed systems. esaim: control, optimisation and calculus of variations.2002, 8, 195-218. 142 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 4. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jabber, a.k. steady state radial flow in anisotropic and homogenous in confined aquifers. journal of physics: conference series.2018, 1003, 012056, 1-12. 5. chryssoverghi, i.; al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control problem of semi linear parabolic equations (ccocp), journal of kerbala university.2010, 8, 3. 6. tawfiq, l.n.m.; jasim, k.a.; abdulhmeed, e.o. pollution of soils by heavy metals in east baghdad in iraq. international journal of innovative science engineering & technology.2015, 2, 6, 181-187. 7. brett, c.; dedner, a.; elliott, c. optimal control of elliptic pdes at points. ima journal of numerical analysis.2015, 36, 3, 1-34. 8. al-hawasy, j.; kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control for coupled nonlinear parabolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. journal of al-nahrain university.2016, 19, 1,173-186. 9. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic 29,1partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. iraqi journal of science.2016, 57, 2c, 1528-1538. 10. al-rawdhanee, e.h. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple non-linear elliptic partial differential equations. master thesis, al-mustansiriyah university, 2015. 11. al-hawasy, j.; naeif, a.a. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of a couple linear of parabolic partial differential equations. al-mustansiriyah journal of science.2018, 29, 1, 118-126. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.23851/mjs.v29i1.159. 12. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of couple nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem with equality and inequality constraints. baghdad science journal.2019 16, 4, 1064-1064. 13. al-hawasy, j.; al-qaisi, s.j. the continuous classical optimal boundary control of a couple linear elliptic partial differential equations. special issue, 1 st scientific international conference, college of science, al-nahrain journal of science.2017, 1, 137-142. doi: 10.22401/anjs.00.1.18. 14. al-hawasy, j.; jasim, d.a. the continuous classical optimal control problems for triple elliptic partial differential equations. accepted for publishing in ihjpas.2020. 15. albiac, f.; kalton, n.j. topics in banach space theory, 2 nd ed.2015, isbn 978-3-31931557-7. http://dx.doi.org/10.23851/mjs.v29i1.159 178 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 abstract ontology is a system for classifying human knowledge according to its objective characteristics and hierarchical relations through building clusters or that bear common characteristics. in digital environments, it is a mechanism that helps regulate a vast amount of information by achieving a complete link between sub-thematic concepts and their main assets. the purpose of this study is to survey the previously conducted studies that use ontology in organizing digital data on social networking sites, such as the search engines yahoo, google, and social networks as facebook and their findings. results have shown that all these studies invest ontology for the purpose of organizing digital content data, especially on the internet sites. keywords: ontology approaches, digital contents, online searches, sentiment analysis, naïve bayes classifier, twitter. 1. introduction there is no doubt that the tremendous development in the field of digital publishing has contributed to the emergence of a huge amount of information available on the internet. today, most search engines offer the possibility for internet users easily to search and retrieve information without the need to be professional in dealing with these search engines. the real problem today does not lie in the ability of users to access this information quickly, but in the very long time required in the processes of viewing, filtering and in choosing the appropriate application. moreover, today there is also a real desire for internet users and owners alike to create more flexible methods by developing sites that allow users to virtually build relationships and friendships. such a thing can be met based on common personal characteristics, as well as the continual desire of academic and academic institutions to employ internet and its various applications in the field of education. thus, there is a need to know about the best tools and means by which digital knowledge can be organized in a way that simulates the process of organizing and categorizing books on the shelves of libraries based on different criteria. in digital environments, there is also a need to enable search engines to manage, organize, and classify the digital contents of sites, based surveying the organization of digital contents in the internet environments using ontological approaches ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index article history: received in 14 january 2019, accepted in: 28 may 2019, publish september 2019 doi:10.30526/32.3.2294 college of education for women university of baghdad baghdad university gee.fah@gmail.com geehan sabah hassan gee.fah@gmail.com gee.fah@gmail.com 179 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 on the substantive convergence of knowledge and personal characteristics of humans. today, there is an attempt to survey ontology, as a concept, and its role in organizing digital contents on the internet through examining the previously conducted studies and their arrived at findings. 2. concept of ontology ontology is defined as an unequivocal formal determination of normal concepts [1]. it is a branch of theory that investigates the sorts and structures of items, properties, occasions, and procedures of relations in each region of reality. portrayals of ideas and connections can exist as a specialist or a group of operators. this definition can be predictable when utilizing ontology in the arrangement of definitions. many studies have been invested ontology to provide solutions in both social and common sciences. in addition, numerous kinds of ontology editors (e.g., protégé-owl) can be utilized to construct ontology. hence, the productive utilization of ontology editors amid improvement is essential while performing ontology representation [2,3]. 3. results of ontology in the organization of digital content the internet environment can be seen as an ideal environment for applying the concepts of ontology. this is because a vast amount of information is available through it to the extent that this amount outperforms the sources of information available in the world's largest library. another important issue is that the digital contents on the internet involve a variety of texts, images, audio, and video recordings. they further facilitate accessing multimedia applications that combine all these forms into one thematic template. therefore, the digital environments can accommodate a variety of ontology applications. perhaps, the most prominent environment among them is the research guide [yahoo], which enriches the concept of [ontology] by grouping similar things in blocks of objectivity. ontology has been highly recommended for the purpose of organizing the digital contents on the internet and the classification of web pages objectively to narrow the search circle within the subject limits. this is because it ensures a faster and higher accuracy in retrieving results. here, one needs to shed light on the mechanism that the search engine [yahoo] is different from that of [google] where the former depends on the logic of the subsequent link between the substantive terms. this means that the responsibility of linking the subjects together depends on the user himself/herself. in other words, the construction of the substantive cluster depends on the search strategy implemented by the beneficiary. for example, querying the term 'varies' in the search engine [google] goes directly to the computational algorithm unless the user links the term to a particular disease. in [yahoo], health can be defined as a general classification of a subject; accordingly, the search for that term itself will result in the retrieval of its property in connection with trauma only. this is due to an earlier link between the thematic transferences and their general classifications. besides, the search engine is limited to the field of health only and neglects the rest. figure 1. shows the diagram of working mechanism of the yahoo engine. 180 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 1. mechanism work of yahoo engine. 4. ontology in social networking sites one of the important applications of [ontology] in social networks is [facebook]; it invests its principles in building groups based on the common interests between the owners of the accounts on the sites of those networks and the categories of the participants. such a group is usually done according to the characteristics, attributes and features of the process of collection. there is no doubt that ontology helps control a large number of pages of subscribers in facebook, for example, and maintains the method of organization to broadcast and circulate the sites despite being magnitude [4]. if one ponder upon the way friends are being nominated for you on facebook, one will find out that there is a relationship of some kind that actually connects between or among people. it is very simple and complex at the same time. a case in point is that every subscriber in facebook can identify himself/herself with multiple features, starting from the name and ending with identities and interests. therefore, the philosophy of social networking sites in building relationships between participants is based on the principle of common characteristics. it is the principle of social relations in natural environment as well. this is because relations usually arise from the existence of a relative relationship with respect to education, occupation, hobby, interest, etc. this paper is to review previous studies on the application of ontology in social networking sites: in [5]. an ontology-based clustering of websites for grouping papers or proposals, and assigning that grouped proposal to reviewers systematically was examined. it was shown that ontology facilitates text-mining and some text extraction techniques to cluster based on similarities. it further helps assign these papers or proposals to reviewers and obtain text summarization. a principled approach is proposed to develop an intelligent information system by analyzing the unstructured repair verbatim data. consequently, fault diagnosis ontology was constructed to find out the fault, and extract the irrelevant information. the three text mining techniques can be used for creating an intelligent information system. the proposed method is to analyze text summarizations and plagiarism analysis for the purpose of finding out the efficiency i.e. time complexity and increasing the performance of the system using a cluster-based approach. as for [6]. an approach was made towards semantic web mining data, where semantic web includes efforts to build a new structure world wide web (www) that enhances contents with official connotations. this will enable automated agents to reason about web contents, and perform smarter tasks on behalf of users with a focus on clustering objects described by the metadata-based ontology. such a method has been empirically evaluated on the basis of world facebook which was later easily converted into 181 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 an over-the-top meta-information. objects are described by ontology-based metadata that act as inputs to measure similarity. such an approach is based on similarities using the ontology structure of an instance and the metadata structure being installed. objects require measuring the similarity that is calculated between objects. this study used three types of similarities: taxonomy similarity, relation similarity and attribute similarity. the results showed that the clustering method was able to detect known groups from countries, such as scandinavia or the middle east. in [7]. another approach was proposed in view of semantics to evaluate information retrieval systems. the objective was to increment specific inquiry apparatuses, and to enhance how to surf the internet using google, bing, and yahoo. such a study was an attempt to provide an effective way to browse web contents. this kind of tool does not consider the semantic-driven question terms and documented words. furthermore, measuring the commitment of considering semantics in the request of results was limited to the search engines. in this paper, the specialists demonstrated outcomes as indicated by the following two unique techniques: first, the default arranges data as recommended by the search engines which are called "classical rankings", whereas the second request made by the framework proposition of this investigation is booking, which is ranked by the ontologybased approach, "semantic ranking". this test is planned to gauge client's fulfillment by comparing the same set of queries in both types of result rankings. the proposed approach test for the assessment of web search tools has ended up being appropriate to genuine hunt instruments. the outcomes demonstrated that semantic assessment is a promising method to enhance the execution and conduct search engines to finally obtain significant outcomes. in [8]. a focus was dedicated to the use of ontology in the search of web documents to capture all concepts or terms necessary for the scope. knowing the scope, and the terms of the search can make the search accurate and effective on the web. accordingly, such a ontologybased technique was invested by the researchers of this study for the purpose of data detection. ontologies is predicted to play an important role in the semantic web in the future. this is because it helps organize information about ranges to facilitate not only the retrieval of information about a specific domain, but also the logic and derivation of new information that can be used by search engines and agents programs. what made scientists use ontology is their ability to capture important terms and their hierarchical relationships to a particular domain, which encourages the use of this information to detect web documents that fall within the same domain. this is because the results of this work were distinguished. this study aims to reveal the domain and annotation of html web documents and improves the search engine on the internet. the basic idea is that each concept is represented as a class. more specialized concepts or classes are derived from children or from more general concepts or classes to form a hierarchical structure. thus, ontology is a repository of all possible terms; a collection of terminologies can be a vital resource for the application when detecting a document scope of the web, commentary or research. it will be more useful if one can process ontology to derive a chart table that stores all possible terms from the corresponding field with some additional information for each term. with the development of web 2.0 and its related advancements (social networks, blogs, wikis etc.), the current blast in the use of small-scale blogging administrations, and especially twitter, has moved the focus to investigate smaller scale blogging posts and tweets. there exist different machine learning-based methodologies that perform opinion investigation on tweets, with the downside that they regard each tweet as one uniform proclamation, and dole out a slant score to the post all in all. where in [9]. the 182 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 researchers propose the deployment of ontology-based strategies to decide the subjects examined in tweets, and separate each tweet in terms of viewpoints significant to the subject. the outcome is the task of an assessment score to each unmistakable perspective. a pattern situation gives that arrangements with the domain of a prevalent item (cell phones) and assesses the unmistakable highlights of each model arrangement. in [10]. a new model was proposed for the local mining of opinions based on common sense information extracted from the contextual ontology. in recent years, research on emotion analysis of public information from social networking sites has increased dramatically. data available in social networking sites is one of the most effective and accurate sources for determining the general sentiments of any product /service. the proposed methodology allows the interpretation and use of data extracted from the twitter site to determine the general views. this paper includes a specific site, male and female specific and a certain popular concept of the product. all abstractions are used to calculate the result of a year and build an automated learning model that classifies the user's views as positive or negative. in [11]. a model based on an implicit (though crucial) realization of emerging semantics was adopted. this means that meaning is necessarily dependent on a community of agents. inspired by social labeling mechanisms, the semantic social networks are represented in the form of a triangular diagram of personal associations, concepts and instances, and the expansion of the traditional concept of theology (concepts and situations) with the social dimension. in this paper, the researchers presented how lightweight concepts and social networks of people of this model were produced through simple graph conversions. these effects were presented based on two broad independent groups. by evaluating the results compared to the emerging ontologies (as a result of a social-based cloning process based) against the results of the traditional method of ontological extraction on the basis of co-occurrence, the effectiveness of the proposed modern model was shown. the results prove that using ontology to extract knowledge from search engines is more likely to be accepted as accurate by the community itself. in this vein, some studies combined the possibilities of searching, browsing and visualization in the distributed information system, as in [12]. in this proposal, researchers describe a distributed information system for a proxy. the association plays a central role in the system. it produces descriptive information for a local site, which is used as a guideline for distributing research, navigation, and visualization. therefore, high-quality metadata leads to a more useful information system. the mapping approach also introduced an ontology-based site, which uses space carriers to classify texts. the evaluation experiments proved the effectiveness of the classification approach for this proposal. the classification was also more accurate compared to the previous studies that used naïve-bayes implementation from carnegie-mellon university (mccallum, 1998), and found that the method proposed was more accurate. 5. conclusion in this study, a review of the application of ontology and its role in organizing digital contents in the internet environment, especially the social networking sites was presented. the study further displayed the previous studies that dealt with this subject in question and their findings. it was explained how to use ontology in the organization of texts on the internet sites, and how each study used anthology in a different way. however, all of these studies showed the superiority of ontology approaches when organizing the digital contents of data websites, such as yahoo, google, etc. 183 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 references 1. gruber, t.r. a translation approach to portable ontology specifications. knowledge acquisition.1993, 5, 2, 199-220. 2. shoaib, m.; yasin, m.n.; hikmat, u.k.; saeed, m.i.; khiyal, m.s.h. relational wordnet model for semantic search in holy quran, in emerging technologies, icet 2009. international conference on.2009, 29-34. 3. saad, s.; salim, n.; zainal, h.; muda, z. a process for building domain ontology: an experience in developing solat ontology. electrical engineering and informatics international conference.2011, 1-5. 4. tserpes, k.; papadakis, g.; kardara, m.; papaoikonomou, a.; aisopos, f.; sardis, e.; varvarigou, t. ontology for social networking sites interoperability. proceedings of the international conference on knowledge engineering and ontology development. 2012, 245-250. 5. komal rajput, narendra kandoi. an ontology-based text-mining method to develop an intelligent information system using cluster based approach. international conference on inventive systems and control (icisc),2017. 6. maedche, a.; zacharias, v. clustering ontology-based metadata in the semantic web. european conference on principles of data– springer.2002, 348-360. 7. bouramoul, a.; kholladi, m.k.; doan, b.l. an ontology-based approach for semantics ranking of the web search engine results. in multimedia computing and systems (icmcs) 2012 international conference on ieee.2012, 797-802. 8. bin husain, j. an ontology-based application to detect, annotate and search web documents ph.d. dissertation, concordia university, 2004. 9. kontopoulos, e.; berberidis, c.; dergiades, t.; bassiliades, n. ontology-based sentiment analysis of twitter posts. expert systems with applications. 2013, 40, 10, 40654074. 10. mika, p. ontologies are us a unified model of social networks and semantics. web semantics: science, services and agents on the world wide web.2007, 5, 1, 5-15. 11. zhu, x.; gauch, s.; gerhard, l.; kral, n.; pretschner, a. ontology-based web site mapping for information exploration. in proc. 8th intl. conf. on information and knowledge management (cikm'99), 1999. 12. jain, a.; jain, m. location based twitter opinion mining using common-sense information. global journal of enterprise information system.2017, 9, 2, 28-32. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37086084168 https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37086076765 http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/8068581/ http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/8068581/ https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/mostrecentissue.jsp?punumber=8062994 https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/mostrecentissue.jsp?punumber=8062994 microsoft word 215-226 215 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تأثير التشويب بالنحاس على الخواص التركيبية والبصرية ألغشية تيليرايد الكادميوم الرقيقة سمير عطا مكي بشرى كاظم حسون حسن سالم حميد فياض / جامعة بغداد) بن الھيثم ا الصرفة( للعلوم كلية التربيةقسم الفيزياء / 2014حزيران 22قبل في: 2014ايار 5استلم في : الخالصة ) الرقيقة والمحضرة بطريقة cdte( تناول ھذا البحث دراسة الخواص التركيبية والبصرية ألغشية تيليرايد الكادميوم دالة ) ,r.t() والمرسبة على قواعد من الزجاج بدرجة حرارة الغرفة nm(25±450 وبسمك التبخير الحراري بالفراغ , الفحوصات التركيبية بحيود األشعة نتائجلقد اظھرت .) % 1,3,5) بالنسب ( cuلتغير نسب التشويب بعنصر النحاس ( .ومن خالل القياسات [111]ھو من النوع المتعدد التبلور وباالتجاه السائد المحضرة ) ان تركيب األغشية x-rayالسينية ( .) %5نسب التشويب وصوال للنسبة (قيمتھا بزيادة تقل مباشره ةطاق ةالبصرية تبين ان ألغشية تيليرايد الكادميوم فجو بجزأيه ) ϵ(وثابت العزل ),kمعامل الخمود (و),nمعامل االنكسار(و),αالثوابت البصرية مثل معامل االمتصاص ( ُحسبت .ھاوبعد التشويب) قبل عملية nm (1100-300من الطول الموجي الحقيقي والخيالي ض ,األغشية الرقيقة بالفراغ الحراري ,التبخير ,الخواص التركيبية البصرية الخواص , تيليرايد الكادميومالكلمات المفتاحية : ,التشويب 216 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة او n-type )موصلة الذي ممكن ان يكون ( الاحد مركبات الزمرة الثانية والسادسة شبه cdte) تيليرايد الكادميوم ( )p-type (ھذه الصفة جعلت من تكنلوجيا صناعة الثنائيات البصرية وترانزستورات المستعملة نوع الشائبة اعتماداً على او من نوع المفرق ) hetrojunction( المفرق الھجين تأثير المجال امرا ميسراً ومن كال النوعين سواء كانت من النوع . ] [1 بتغيير نوع الشائبة لكل نوع )(homojunctionالمتشابه التي تقل بتأثير التشويب وتوصيليته التي تزداد بالتشويب ايضا )ev 1.56(ة تيليرايد الكادميوم طاق ةفجوان عرض والمواد الشفافة حرارياً لشبابيك المركبات gamma-rayوكاشفات , x-rayالمادة المناسبة لصناعة كاشفات جعلت منه التي وللفعالية البصرية العالية التي يبديھا تيليرايد الكادميوم .)irوالطائرات والنوافذ المستخدمة لألشعة تحت الحمراء ( ونظرا للكلفة .بصرية فائقة السرعة ة في صناعة المعالجات العملنموذجية المستجعلت منه المادة اال تزداد بالتشويب مع استعمال السليكون قاعدة ألغشيته جعلت من الممكن انتاج نبائط رخيصة نسبيا إلنتاج اشباه في تصنيعه والواطئة ة في مجال التصوير وتطبيقاته عملمن اھم المواد المست دذلك يع فضال عن الموصالت الدوائر المنطقية السليكونيه . قدمته لكي يصبح من التي تزداد جودتھا بالتطعيم بالمواد المنتخبة ان صفات تيليرايد الكادميوم البصرية الجيدة .المتعددة ) بسبب %16.5( ) وعملية تصل الى30(% تصل الى نظرية ة في صناعة الخاليا الشمسية بقدرةعملالمواد الرئيسة المست اي ةامة تمنه تكون معتمه بصور )مايكرومتر 2(ان إذ لتشويب ,يتناسب طرديا مع نسب ا امتالكه معامل امتصاص عال من السليكون متر)مايكرو(20بينما نحتاج لطبقه سمكھا وھذا السمك يقل بالتشويب انھا تمتص جميع الضوء الساقط عليھا . [2,3]من االشعاع الساقط عليھا هلكي تمتص القدر نفس الخواص التركيبية إذ يؤثر ذلك في وتشويبھا ھاق تحضيرائا لظروف وطرليرايد الكادميوم حساسة جديان اغشية ت نسب التشويب سمك الغشاء, معدل الترسيب, -بمتغيرات غير معتمدة على بعضھا تتضمن : تدرسالتي البصرية للغشاء و .[4] والتشويب , ضغط منظومة الترسيب ,درجة حرارة مصدر الترسيب ,الطريقة التي يتم بھا التشويب , نوع الشائبة ةلتحضير اغشية متجانس, [5,6,7])التي استخدمھا pvd( في بحثنا الحالي استخدمت طريقة التبخير الحراري بالفراغ السيطرة على سمك الغشاء فضالً عنق تلوثا واألغشية ترسب بالتصاق جيد ائالمتبلورة لكونھا اقل الطر ) cdteمن( .المحضرة ألغشيةلعلى الخواص التركيبية والبصرية اس بالتبخير المزدوجتشويب النحتأثير نادرس إذ المحضر. الجزء العملي تحضير النماذج ,بطريقة التبخير الحراري بالفراغ بعد ان )nm (25±450 ) على قواعد من الزجاج بسمكcdteحضرت اغشية ( وعنصر الكادميوم ,) %53.17) بنسبة ( %99.95ذي النقاوة ( التيريليومخلط عنصر بوذلك ) ,cdteحضرت سبيكة ( ثم وضع الخليط . [8]وفق المخطط الطوري لمادة تيليرايد الكادميوم على وذلك )%46.83) بنسبة (99.999ذي النقاوة ( ثم فرغت . ن اغلق احد طرفي األنبوبةبعد ا )17cm( وطول )1.12cmمن مادة الكوارتز الصناعي بقطر( ةفي داخل انبوب طة الشعلة االوكسي ا) واغلقت األنبوبة بوسtorr 2-10طة المضخة الزيتية الدوارة وصوال الى ضغط (ااألنبوبة بوس ) ثم سخنت األنبوبة yoka gawa ut 350( وضعت األنبوبة المفرغة داخل فرن حرق من النوع استيلينيه . ةمدة ساع ) ساعات ثم ثبتت درجة الحرارة على ھذه الدرجة 5بزمن تدرج مقداره ( )1373k( تدريجيا وصوال الى درجة ) وبعدھا قطعت quenched( اخرجت األنبوبة واخمدت بالماء البارد .[8]اعتمادا على المخطط الطوري للمادة ةواحد ةة تيليرايد الكادميوم وذلك بوضع كتلنماذج اغشي . حضرتاألنبوبة من احد طرفيھا إلخراج سبيكة تيليرايد الكادميوم في حويض من ) nm (25±450 التي تحقق السمك المطلوب )cdteمن مادة تيليرايد الكادميوم ( )0.302gm( مقدارھا طة الماء المقطر والكحول اعن سطح االرضيات الزجاجية التي تم تنظيفھا بوس )15cm( ) الذي يبعدmo( المولبيديوم appasamy associates( النوع من )ultra sound( جھاز الموجات فوق السمعية مخدااالثيلي باست ultra hygienic equipment () من مادة النحاس لتحقيق % 1,3,5.وكذلك وضعت كتلة مقدارھا ( edward coting unit(نوع في منظومة الترسيب) co .evaporationالنسبة المطلوبة في عملية ترسيب مزدوج ( .) nm/sec 2.5( ترسيب ) وبمعدل 306 القياسات .[9] -:ا للمعادلةباستخدام الطريقة الوزنية طبق ده بالنحاسوبعالتشويب قيس سمك األغشية المحضرة قبل t =(m/a.ρ)………………………………...………(1) مساحة ) 2a cm.( كثافة مادة الغشاء, ) gm.cm ρ-3كتلة الغشاء,( ) .m gmيمثل سمك الغشاء,( ) .t cm( إذ 10-4 مقدارھا ( ) بحساسيه precisa xb 220aان عملية ايجاد كتلة الغشاء تمت باستخدام ميزان من النوع ( الغشاء. gm. (0 جھاز الحيود خدماست ھاوبعدالتشويب ولتحديد طبيعة التركيب البلوري لألغشية المحضرة قيد الدراسة قبل عملية 217 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 باستعمال مصدر النحاس ) shimadzu japan xrd 6000( عمن النو )x-ray diffractionلألشعة السينية ( )cukα تية :) بالمواصفات اال ) ̊source cukα radiation of wavelength (λ =1.54062 a current=20 ma voltage=4kv scanning speed =5 cm/min .[9] :) من المعادلة a,d,hklالمعامالت والثوابت ( ت) ومنھا حسب 2θر قيمة زاوية براك (الذي يسجل الشده دالة لتغي 2dsinθ = nλ … ……… … …. … . ……………..(2) .[10]:) فيمكن ان نجده من المعادلة aالشبيكة () المسافة بين السطوح اما قيمة ثابت d( ) مرتبة االنعكاس, nتمثل ( إذ ………………………………….(3) 1/2)2+l2+k2a = d (h .[11]: ) فيحسب بمعادله شيرر dاما الحجم الحبيبي ( ) معامالت ملر. h,k,lتمثل ( إذ .............(4) cosθ……………………..……1λ/b1d = k ) g.sسيكون الحجم الحبيبي ( ) اذن fwhm) يساوى ( 1b), ( 0.9) معامل يأخذ القيمة ( 1k) زاوية الحيود, (θ( إذ .[11] :وفق المعادلة ……………………………(5) cosθ(fwhm)g.s=(0.9)λ/b .[12] :) فإنھا تعطى بالعالقةδكثافة االنخالعات (اما …………………………………………..(6) 2δ =1/(g.s) .[12] :) من العالقة onثم نجد عدد الذرات في وحدة المساحة ( ………………………………………..(7) 3= t/(g.s)o n تم قياس طيف النفاذية هوبعد ولتحديد الخواص البصرية لألغشية المحضرة قبل التلدين. ) سمك الغشاءt cm( إذ ) ,إذ 300-1100( nmوضمن المدى ) uv-spectrophotometer 1800( : زواالمتصاصية باستخدام جھا ) مقابل كل طول α) بعد حساب معامل االمتصاص (optge( استخدم طيف االمتصاص لحساب فجوة الطاقة البصرية .[13] :موجي بالمعادلة α = 2.303(a/t)………………………………...……(8) . [10] :وفق المعادلةعلى الموجي وذلك اما طاقة الفوتون الساقط فيمكن حسابھا دالة للطول0) االمتصاصيه aتمثل ( إذ e (ev) = 1240/λ…………………………………… (9) .[9] :فجوة الطاقة من معادلة تاوس تعدھا تم حسبب …………………………….…….(10) r )opteg-(αhv) = b(hv على نوع االنتقال البصريتعتمد ) rثابت تناسب كثافة الحاالت في حزمة التكافؤ والتوصيل ,اما قيمة الثابت ( b إذ الثوابت تحسبو . لالنتقاالت غير المباشرة 2,3لالنتقاالت المباشرة والقيم 1/2,3/2 القيممسموح او غير مسموح فيأخذ ) بجزأيه الحقيقي والخيالي لمدى є) وثابت العزل الكھربائي ( k) ومعامل الخمود ( nالبصرية مثل معامل االنكسار ( .[14] :ن المعادلة) م nيمكن ان نجد معامل االنكسار ( . ) nm(1100-300ي الطول الموج r)}……….(11) -+{(1+r)/(11/2+1)]2(k-}2r))-n = [{(1+r)/(1 .[13] :وفق المعادلة على ) يمثل االنعكاسية التي تحسب r( علما ان r =1-t-a ……………………………………………..(12) )t( [13] :النفاذية ونجدھا من المعادلة تمثل. …………………………….…………….(13) (a) -t =10 .[15] :تية) يعطى بالعالقة االα) فعالقته مع معامل االمتصاص (kاما معامل الخمود ( k = αλ/4π ………………………….…………………(14) .[12]:) فيعطى بالعالقة єثابت العزل الكھربائي (ى لابة اما بالنس ………………………………...……………..(15) iiє-rє = є .[14] :) الجزء الحقيقي لثابت العزل الكھربائي ونجده بالعالقة rє( إذ 16) ………………………………..…………….( 2k-2= n rє .[14] :) فيمثل الجزء الخيالي لثابت العزل الكھربائي ونجده بالعالقةiєاما ( = 2nk ………………………………………………..(17) iє 218 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 النتائج والمناقشة البحوث والدراسات المنشورة بھذا المجال نوجز االتي:من خالل النتائج التي تم الحصول عليھا ومقارنتھا مع الخواص التركيبيةأن جميع أغشية ) 1) والمبينة بالشكل ( x-ray diffractionأظھرت نتائج الفحص بتقنيـة حيود األشعـة السينية ( ) ومـن polycrystallineبـلور ( تيليرايد الكادميوم المحّضرة ( النقي منھا والمشوب) كـانت ذو تركـيب بلوري متعـدد الت ] وكـان المميز والسائد 311] , [220] , [111) مـع نمو ذري بثالثة اتجـاھـات بلوريـة ھـي [cubicالـنوع المكعـب ( ] ولجميع األغشية المحّضرة , وھذا يتفق مع ما جاء في 111منـھا (تبعا ً لطريقة الترسيب المعمول بھا ) في االتجاه [ ) وزوايا hkld] . وعند مقارنـة النتـائج التي تم التوصل اليھا مـن فسح السطوح ( [16] والدراسات 5,6المنشورة [البحوث الحيود البلوري المقابلـة لمواقع القمم المميزة لنماذج األغشية المحضرة مع ما جاء من القيم الواردة في البطاقة المرقمة ) astm( testing materials " american standard forلمواد ") للمؤسسة األميركية لفحص ا 15-0770( ) ,كما تبيّن أيضاً من نتائج حيود األشعــة 1) , نجد أن النتائج كانت ذو تطابق جيد , كما مبيـن في الجدول (2الشكل ( ) , ويتجلى cdteية النقيـة (السينيـة التـأثير الواضح لنسب التشويب المستعملة على طبيعـة التركيب البـلوري لمادة األغش ) المُحّضر بصورتِه النقيـة والمشوبة, cdteذلك بوضوح مـن خالل مالحظة أنموذج حيود األشعة السينية لغشاء المادة ( إذ يتبين أن القمــم ) , 5 ,3 ,1 ( %) , ومقارنتـِه بنماذج حيود األشعـة السينيـة لنسب الـتشويب المستعملة 1الشكل ( ولألغشيــة المحّضرة المشوبة وھذا يؤكـد أن [311],[220]قد تأثرت بالتشويب فقلت شدة القمم عند التوجه المميزة أما .[17]محددة ادى الى زيادة تبلور مادة الغشاء اي ادى الى تحسن التركيب البلوري وھذا يوافقإضافــة الشوائب بنسب ) 1تشويب المستعملة تأثيراً ظاھراً في ذلك , إذ يتبين من مالحظة الجدول (بالنسبة إلى مواقع القمم المميزة فقد كان لنسب ال ) لمادة األغشية المحضرة بعد عمليـة التشويب عنھا قبل التشويب ولمرتبة (2θأن ھناك إزاحة قليلة جدا في مواقع القمم فكرة حصول انفعـال (إجھاد) داخل التركيب عشرية ثانية بعد الفاصلـة , يمكن تفسير ھذه ِ اإلزاحـة القليلة باالعتماد علـى البلوري ناشـئ عن دخول ذرات الشائبـة فـي المـادة المشابـة واحتاللھــا مواقعـا ً في التركيب البلوري لھـا األمـر الذي يؤثر اختالف في ) وھذا يعني ان التشويب قد ادى الى 2θ) ومن ثم علـى زوايا الحيود ( hkl dفي المسافة بين فسح السطوح ( ] بدأت بالتزايد 111) يتبين كيف أن شدة القمة األولى ذات االتجاھيـة المميزة [1التركيب البلوري . وبالرجوع إلى الشكل ( , ويعزا السبب في ذلك إلـى أن درجة تبلور مادة الغشاء قد [18]التدريجي بزيـادة نسب التـشويب المأخـوذة وھذا يناقض ب , والى أن ذرات المادة الشائبة عملت على تكوين مستويات ذرية خاصة بھا داخل شبيكة زادت بزيـادة نسب التشوي البلورة للمادة المشابة , ومن ثم فأن المسـتويات الذرية لكـل من ذرات المادة الشائبة والمادة المشابة سوف تعمل على عكس شدة القمم الظاھرة في الطيف . األشعة السينية الساقطة عليھا بشدة اكثر , وھذا يسبب ارتفاعا في ) ثم 5) للنمــاذج المحّضرة مـن األغشيـة وذلك بــاستعمال معادلـة شرر (grain size حسـب معدل الحـجم الحبيبي ( ) في األغشية المحّضرة وذلك باالستعانة بنتائج حيود 0n) وعدد الطبقات البلورية المتكونة (δحساب كثافة االنخالعات ( ) على التـوالي , ووجـد أن الحجم الحبيبي يتزايد عنـد زيادة 7) , (6األشعـة السينيـة للنماذج المحّضرة وباعتماد المعادلتين ( , وھذا يتناقض مع نتائج البحث 66.522nm)) وھي (3نـسب التشويب حتى يبلغ أعلى قيمة له عند التشويب بنسبة (٪ يعزا السبب في ذلك إلـى أن عمليـة التشويب ادت الى اضافة ذرات الى التركيب ) .2كما مبين ذلك في الجدول ( [18] البلوري مما سبب تقليل بنسبة الحدود البلورية ومن ثم ھذا يؤدي إلى حجم حبيبي نھائي أكبر فضال ًعن أن الشوائب عند حساب معدل الحجم الحبيبي المضافة تعمـل حواجزا لنمـو الحبيبات داخل التركيب البلوري , وھذا مـا تم مالحظتهُ ) أن معدل الحجم الحبيبي 2) , إذ يالحظ مـن الجدول (3لنماذج أغشية تيليرايد الكادميوم المشوبة بالنحاس بنسبة تشويب (٪ في الوقـت الذي تـتناقص فيـه ). %5لألغشية المشوبة يكون في تزايد مستمر بزيادة نسب التشويب ثم يقل قليال عند النسبة ( تبعاً لمعادلة شيرر, ثم تبدا )%3) لتبلغ اقل عرض لھا عند النسبة (fwhmقيـم عرض المنحنـي عند منتصف الشدة ( ) قد 5األمر الذي يبـين أن الخصائـص التركيبية للغـشاء المـشوب بالنحاس بنسبـة تشويب (٪) %5بالتزايد عند النسبة ( .[12]مع توقفت عن التحسن عند ھذه النسبة وھذا يتوافق الخواص البصريةأن لدراسـة طيفي االمتصاصية والنفاذية جل الفائدة العملية التطبيقية التي يمكن من خاللھا استخدام مادة الغشاء المحّضر له . تعتمد االمتصاصيـة علـى طاقـة الفـوتـونات الساقـطــة على المادة وعلـى نوع المـادة وطبيعة تركيبھا nm)300. وقـد أجريت جـميع قيـاسات طيـفـي االمتصاصية والنفـاذيـة ضمـن مــدى األطـوال الموجيــة [5]البلوري ) طـيف االمتصاصيـة دالـة لطاقة الفوتون (3) ولجميع األغشية المحّضرة بنوعيھا النقي والمشوب . يوضح الشكل 1100 بـالنحاس, إذ يتبين من الشكل أن امتصاصيـة األغشيــة المـحّضرة الساقط ألغشيـة تيليرايد الكادميوم النقية والمشوبـة بشكل عـام بالزيـادة التدريجيـة مع زيادة طاقة الفوتونات الضوئية الساقطة (نقصان في الطول بنوعيھـا النقي والمشوب تبـدأ مسـاوية بقيمتھـا أو أكبر مـن قيمـة الموجي) وھذه الزيادة تكون بسرعة عنـدما تكون طـاقـة الفـوتونات الضوئـية الساقطـة فجـوة الطـاقـة البصريـة لألغشيـة المحّضرة كـافة مـما يدل علـى حدوث االنتقاالت االلكترونية المباشرة ويكـون ذلك عـادة ً عند الطول الموجي المقابل لحافة االمتصـاص األساسيـة أو مـا يسمى بطول موجـة القطـع الذي يكـون لـغشاء بزيادة –) ويـأخذ بالزيـادة التدريجية بنقصـان قيمة فجوة الطاقة البصرية nm 800ليرايد الكـادميوم النقي مسـاويا ً إلى (تي 219 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )1,3( بزيادة نسب التشويب المستعملـة ٪ أن االمتصاصيـة تـتـزايد بـشكل ملحوظ) 3يـتبـين من الشكـل ( -نسب التشويب وھذا يوافق )800 -1100(nmوالسيما في منطقة األشعة تحت الحمراء والقريبة منھا ) 5وتبدأ بالتناقص عند النسبة %( زيادة كثافة المستويات الموضعيـة التـي كونتھـا ذرات المـادة الشائبة فـي المـادة المشابة مـا بين عزا إلـى, وھذا يُ [12] تقال االلكترونات الماصة للفوتونات ذات الطاقات األقل من الن المستويات سلما ًحزمتي التكافؤ والتوصيل , إذ تعمل ھذه ِ قيمة فجوة الطاقة البصرية لألغشية المحّضرة ومن ثم حدوث االمتصاص لھا مما يدل على ان التشويب قد ادى تحسين ادميوم المشوبـة التركيب البلوري بتقليل فجوة الطاقة البصرية فقلت بذلك النفاذية البصرية. سجلت أغشيـة تيليرايد الكـ مع امتصاصية بقية األغشية المحّضرة , ) في الدراسـة التي أجريت أعلى امتصاصيـة مقارنة 3ً٪بالنحاس بنسبـة تشويب ( ) لمديات األطوال الموجيـة الواقعـة ضمن المنطقـة 100-80( ٪النسبـة من التشويب بيـن إذ بـلغت االمتصاصيـة لـھـذه ِ أوطأ نفاذيـة مستحصلـة للنسبـة نفسھا مـن ) وھذا ما قابلـهُ nm )400 800الكھرومغناطيسي المرئيـة مـن الطيف النفاذية دالة ) طيف 4لطيف االمتصاصيـة , إذ يوضح الشكل ( معـاكس بسلوكـهِ بأنـهُ يمتـاز طيف النفاذية .التشويب , ة والمشوبـة بالنحاس, إذ يتبين من الشكل أن النفاذيـة تـبدأ بشكل لطاقة الفوتونات الساقطة ألغشيـة تيليرايد الكـادميوم النقيـ عـام بالظھور عنـد الطول الموجي الذي يمثل الحد الفاصل بين امتصاصيـة مـادة الغشاء ونفاذيتھا أو ما يسمى بطول موجة ھرومغناطيسي الساقط على مادة القطع , ومن ثم تزداد النفاذية بـصورة عـامـة بزيـــادة الطــول المـوجـي لإلشعاع الك الغشاء, أي عند األطوال الموجية ذات الطاقات الواطئـة وغير المؤدية لحدوث عملية االمتصاص البصري بطريقة أو الزيادة سرعان مـا تبدأ بالتنـاقص التـدريجي بزيـادة نسـب التشـويب المأخوذة , بسبب ذرات الشوائب وما بأخرى . وأن ھذهِ ـن تكــوين مستويـات موضعيـة ضمن فجوة الطاقة المحظورة ما بين حزمتي التكافؤ والتوصيل ضمن التركيب يرافقھـا م البلوري لمادة الغشاء ومن ثم زيـادة االمتصاصية ونقصان في النفاذية . إذ أن طـيف النفاذيـة لألغشيـة المحّضرة كافة يكون ـة ضمن المنـطقـة المـرئيـة من الطـيف الكھـرومغناطيسي والسيـما تلك التي في أدنى قيمة له عند األطـوال الموجية الواقـع , وھـذا يعزا إلـى أن االمتصاصيـة تكـون فـي أوجـھا عـند األطوال الموجـية ذات الطاقات المساويـة ) cut off λ<λ(تحقـق واألكـبر من قيمـة فجوة الطاقـة البصريـة لألغشية المحضرة كافة التي تحقق شرط حدوث عملية االمتصاص البصري ي ذلك ھو ان الفوتونات التي تزيد طاقتھا عن قيمة فجوة والسبب ف[5]. ومن ثم االنتقال الذاتي لإللكترونات وھذا يوافق ) 5الطاقة تقلل من قيمة معامل االمتصاص والذي يقل بدوره ايضا عند ازدياد نسبة التشويب وكما ھو واضح من الشكل ( قاالت ) وھذا يعني احتمالية حصول االنتα < 410الذي يبين ان جميع االغشية المحضرة تمتلك قيم معامل امتصاص ( ) من معادلة تاوس المعادلة opteg. وحسبت قيم فجوة الطاقة البصرية (  [6,17]المباشرة .وھذا ما يتفق مع الدراسات ) من خالل رسم cdte) التي استخدمت إليجاد نوع االنتقال البصري المباشر المسموح ألغشية تيليرايد الكادميوم (10( ) يتم منھا α=0) واختيار الجزء المستقيم الذي يقطع محور السينات عند (νhالفوتون () مقابل طاقة ν h α( 2العالقة بين ) تغير قيم فجوة الطاقة البصرية دالة 3). يبين الجدول (6) وكما مبين بالشكل (tpoegتحديد قيمة فجوة الطاقة البصرية ( ) بزيادة نسبة التشويب ولكنھا 1.43ev) الى ( ev1.56) تقل من ( optegلتغير نسب التشويب إذ يتبين ان فجوة الطاقة ( ) ويعزى السبب في ذلك الى ان عملية التشويب تعمل على اضافة مستويات 1.57ev) الى (%5تزداد عند النسبة ( موضعية بين حزمتي التكافؤ والتوصيل تقلل من قيمة عرض فجوة الطاقة الذي يؤدي الى تغيير في التركيب البلوري لمادة ( nm) يبين تغير قيم معامل االنكسار مقابل تغير طاقة الفوتونات الساقطة ضمن مدى الطول الموجي 7ء . الشكل (الغشا ) دالة لتغير نسب التشويب. فمن خالل ھذا الشكل يمكن مالحظة ان معامل االنكسار يقل بزيادة نسبة التشويب 300-1100 ذلك الى ان عملية التشويب ادت الى اضافة ذرات الشائبة ضمن . ويعزى السبب في [12,19]وھذا يتوافق مع البحوث ) مما ادى الى اضافة مستويات جديدة تقوم على عكس األشعة الساقطة بكمية اكثر مما cdteالتركيب البلوري ألغشية ( ا بالنسبة لتغير قيم ) .ام7) والشكل (3يزيد من شدة األشعة المنعكسة ومن ثم تقليل معامل االنكسار وكما مبين بالجدول ( ) مع تغير طاقة الفوتونات الساقطة ولنسب التشويب المختلفة يمكن ان نالحظ من cdte)ألغشية (kمعامل الخمود ( ) ان قيم معامل الخمود تقل بزيادة نسب التشويب وھذا السلوك مشابه لسلوك معامل االمتصاص ولالسباب 8الشكل ( ) ان معامل الخمود يأخذ اقل قيمة له عند 8إذ يالحظ من الشكل( .[12,19]مع البحوث المذكورة انفسھا سابقا ويتوافق ) تغير قيم ثابت 10), والشكل (9الطول الموجي المقابل لقيمة فجوة الطاقة ولجميع نسب التشويب المستعملة . يبين الشكل ( والخيالي على التوالي دالة لتغير نسب التشويب . ) بجزئية الحقيقيcdteالعزل الكھربائي مع تغير طاقة الفوتون ألغشية ( ) تقل بزيادة نسب التشويب وذلك ألن تغير قيم ثابت العزل الكھربائي الحقيقي تعتمد rє) ان قيم (9نالحظ من الشكل ( ذ يقل ) ايضا إ10بشكل اساسي على حساب معامل االنكسار الذي يقل بزيادة نسبة التشويب . وھذا ما نالحظه من الشكل ( بجزئه الخيالي مع زيادة نسبة التشويب ألن قيمته ترتبط بقيم معامل الخمود التي ترتبط بدورھا ) iє(ثابت العزل الكھربائي ) cdte) قيم الثوابت البصرية ألغشية (3. ويبين لنا الجدول ([12,19]بقيم معامل االمتصاص وھذا يتوافق مع المصادر ).nm )600قبل عملية التشويب وبعدھا بالنسب المذكورة سابقا وعند الطول الموجي االستنتاجات , انما ظھر [111]) المتعدد التبلور باالتجاه السائد cdteلم تؤثر شائبة النحاس في طبيعة التركيب البلوري ألغشية ( – 1 التي أثرت عكسيا %5فسبب تحسن التركيب البلوري عدا النسبة تأثيره بمواقع القمم وشدتھا بنسبه المختلفة بشكل محدود 220 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ) بسبب حدوث انتقاالت مباشرة cm4 α >10-1جميع األغشية النقية والمشوبة تمتلك معامل امتصاص عال ( – 2 لألطوال الموجية الواقعة في المنطقة %(100-80)بلغت %3اعلى امتصاصية سجلتھا األغشية المشوبة بنسبة – 3 ,لذلك يستعمل الغشاء المحضر بمثل ھذه الطريقة و بنسبة التشويب نفسھا من النحاس لتصنيع nm(800-400)المرئية ثنائي ضوئي كاشف لإلشارة البصرية في منظومات االتصاالت يعمل في المنطقة المرئية من الطيف الكھرومغناطيسي لخاليا الشمسية المجھزة للقدرة .وكذلك في صناعة ا , لذا يمكن استعمال األغشية المحضرة في مثل ھذه %5) تقل بزيادة نسب التشويب عدا النسبة cdteنفاذية أغشية ( – 4 الظروف شبابيك للمركبات والطائرات ونوافذا لألشعة تحت الحمراء والكواشف ضمن منطقة القريبة من الطيف المرئي فعندھا زادت قيمة فجوة الطاقة %5 طاقة البصرية لألغشية المحضرة بزيادة نسبة التشويب عدا نسبةقلت فجوة ال– 5 فيدلل ذلك على تردي الخواص التركيبية والبصرية عند ھذه النسبة. بت وكذلك الحال بالنسبة الى ثا %5,اما اقل معامل خمود فكان عند النسبة %3اقل معامل انكسار نتج عند النسبة – 6 . العزل الكھربائي المصادر 1niraula, m. ; yasuda, k. ; ishiguro, t. ; kawachi, y. ; morishita, h. ; and agatu, y.(2003),metal-organic vapor-phase epitaxy growth and characterization of thick cdte layers on (100)gaas(100)gaas/si substrates, journal of electric materials,32,7,728-732 2lovergin,hbujnnnnujs, n.; prete, p.; topfer l.; marzo f.; and maximum, a.m. (2005), hydrogen transport vapor growth and properties of thick cdte epilayers for x-ray detector ,application crystres technol,140,10-11 3neretina ,s.; zhang q.; hughes r.a.; bitten j.f.; sochinsk ii n.v. ; preston, j.s. and mascher, p. (2006),the role of lattice mismatch in the deposition of cdte thin film, journal of electric materials, 35, 6 4pdop, c.; mora-sero i.; manuera c.; garia de andres j.; munoz-sanjose v.; and ocal, c. (2006), twin coarsening in cdte(111)film grown on gaas(100),acta material ,54 , 42854291 5zengir, b.; bayhan, m. and kavasoglu, s. (2006) ,optical absorption in polycrystalline cdte thin films, journal of arts and science sayi: 5, mayis . 6babkair, s.s. (2010) charge transport mechanisms and device parameters of cds/cdte solar cells fabricated by thermal evaporation, sci. , 22( 1)21-33 . 7sree harsha, k.s. (2006),principles of physical vapor deposition of thin films ,science pirect"1st edition . 8kobayashi, m. and anerg, z. (1956 ),chem.abstr, (69),1911, pp1-6 alloy with 52-97.3 at te % were analyz, 50,16250(face diagram) 9kittel, c. (1986), introduction of solid state physics john wiley and sons, 5th edition. 10yousif, m.g.,(1989) ,solid state physics,1,book university of baghdad 11powlowski, l. (2007) ,the science and engineering of thermal spray coating , john wiley and sons"2nd edition, france, book. 12ali, s.m. (2011),studies structure and optical properties of cdte thin films dopant of zn, baghdad university, ماجستيرة رسال 13pankove, j.i. (1971),optical processes in semiconductors, prentice-hall new jersey,6,11. 14dresselhous, m.s. (1998) ,optical properties of solids ,part ii ,book,mc graw-hill, new york 15scholz, f. (2009),compound semiconductors,1st,book, england , john wiley & sons ltd 16saha ,s. ; pal, u. ; sanataray, b. k. and chanduri, a. k. (2009), thin solid films 164 , 289-296, ة ماجستير، كليةرسال zn" الرقيقة المشوبة بـ cdteالخواص االلكتروبصرية الغشية ) 2008م محمد,(ھناء ابراھي17 ،جامعة بغداد.الھيثم -التربية /ابن 221 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 18 jin li; yang linyu; jian jikang; zou hua,and sun yanfei,(2008),effects of sn-doping on morphology and optical properties of cdte polycrystalline films ,journal of semiconductors ,30,11 19mohammed, f.y. (2009) characterization of cdte/gaas heterojunction, ph.d. ,thesis, college of science ,university of baghdad . ): مقارنة نتائج حيود األشعة السينية لنماذج األغشية النقية والمشوبة مع معلومات بطاقة 1جدول رقم ( )astm 0770-15) المرقمة ) : النتائج المستحصلة من حيود األشعة السينية لألغشية النقية والمشوبة 2جدول رقم ( )600( nm) الطول الموجي 1,3,5) : قيم الثوابت البصرية لألغشية النقية والمشوبة بالنسب % (3جدول رقم ( a(å) observed a(å) )astm(  d(å) observed  d(å) )astm(  2θ observed 2θ )astm(  sample     6.4795 6.4721 6.4794 6.481  3.740  2.288  1.953  3.741  2.291  1.954  23.763  39.340  46.440  23.758  39.311  46.433  pure  6.4804 6.4721 6.4794 6.481  3.741  2.288  1.953  3.741  2.291  1.954  23.760  39.340  46.440  23.758  39.311  49.433  1%cu    6.4697 6.4848 6.4741 6.481  3.735  2.292  1.952  3.741  2.291  1.954  23.800  39.260  46.480  23.758  39.311  46.433  3%cu  6.4804 6.4721 6.4794 6.481  3.741 2.288  1.953  3.741 2.291  1.954  23.760  39.340  46.440  23.758  39.311  46.433  5%cu  fwhm deg)( 1510∗o n )3‐m( 15  10∗δ )2‐m( g.s   (nm)  sample  t  (nm)  no  0.2687 12.764 0.611 38.322 pure 450 1  0.2654 10.900 0.491 45.113 1%cu 450 2  0.2597 3.660 0.238 64.877 3%cu 450 3  0.2599 8.450 0.415 49.096 5%cu 450 4  єi         єr       k        n        /cm4αˣ10 eg (ev)  sample      0.662    6.9760.184  2.844 3.234   1.55     pure       469    .0  6.798 0.108   2.609 2.162    1.52     cu 1%     539    .0 6.862 0.153   2.740 2.861   1.43     cu 3%     293    .0 6.264    0.058   2.503    1.225   1.57     cu 5%     222 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ) 1,3,5لألغشية النقية والمشوبة بالنسب % ( ) : نماذج حيود األشعة السينية1شكل رقم ( 0770-15) المرقمة astm) : بطاقة المعلومات ( 2شكل رقم ( 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 1950 2100 2250 2400 2550 2700 20.00 25.50 31.00 36.50 42.00 47.50 53.00 58.50 in te n si ty 2θ pure cu1% cu 3% cu 5% 223 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ) : تغير االمتصاصية مع طاقة الفوتون الساقط دالة لتغير نسب التشويب 3شكل رقم ( ) : تغير النفاذية مع طاقة الفوتونات الساقطة دالة لتغير نسب التشويب 4شكل رقم ( ) : تغير قيم معامل االمتصاص مع طاقة الفوتونات الساقطة دالة لنسب التشويب5شكل رقم ( 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 1.1 1.6 2.1 a b so rp a n ce hv ev pure cu 1% cu 3 % cu 5 % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.3 t % hv ev pure cu 1% cu 3% cu 5% 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 1.1 1.35 1.6 1.85 2.1 2.35 2.6 α * 1 0 ^ 4  c m hv ev pure cu 1 % cu 3 % cu 5 % 224 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 .. طاقة الفوتون دالة لنسب التشويب (αhv)2) : تغير 6شكل رقم ( ) : تغير معامل االنكسار مع طاقة الفوتونات الساقطة دالة لتغير نسب التشويب 7شكل رقم ( ): تغير معامل الخمود مع طاقة الفوتونات الساقطة دالة لتغير نسب التشويب 8شكل رقم ( 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 ( 1‐ cm 2   h v )^ α hv ev cu 1% cu 3% cu 5 % pur 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 1.1 1.35 1.6 1.85 2.1 r e fe ra ct iv e  i n d e x  n o hv ev pure cu 1 % cu 3 % cu 5 % 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 e x ti n ct io n  c o e ff ic in t  k o hv ev pure cu 1% cu 3% cu 5% 225 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 الجزء الحقيقي من ثابت العزل الكھربائي مع طاقة الفوتون الساقط دالة لتغير نسب التشويب ) :تغير9شكل رقم( ) : تغير الجزء الخيالي من ثابت العزل الكھربائي مع طاقة الفوتون الساقط دالة لتغير نسب التشويب10شكل رقم ( 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1.1 1.35 1.6 1.85 2.1 є r hv ev pure cu 1 % cu 3 % cu 5 % 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 1.1 1.33 1.56 1.79 2.02 є i hv ev pure cu 1 % cu 3 % cu 5 % 226 | physics 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 effect of doping cu on the structural and optical properties of (cdte) thin films samir a.maki bushra k.hasson salam h.feyad dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:5may2014 , accepted in:22june2014   abstract in this research we studied the structural and optical properties of (cdte) thin films which have been prepared by thermal evaporation deposition method on the glass substrate at r.t with thickness (450  25) nm., as a function of doping ratio with copper element in (1,3,5) % rate .the structure measurement by x-ray diffraction (xrd) analyses shows that the single phase of (cdte) with polycrystalline structure with a preferred orientation [111]. the optical measurement shows that the (cdte) films have a direct energy gap, and they decrease with the increase of doping ratio reaching to 5% . the optical constants are investigated and calculated, such as absorption coefficient (α), refractive index (n) , extinction coefficient (k) and the dielectric constants (є) with both parts real and imaginary for the wavelengths in the range (300-1100) nm, before and after doping processes. keywords: cadmium telluride (cdte), optical properties, structural properties, thermal evaporation ,thin films, doping conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |44 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis, characterization of chlropheniramine maleate– molecularly imprinted polymers and their application as sensors for the determination of the drug in some pharmaceutical preparations marwa raad dept. of chemistry/ college of education/ university of samarra khalaf farris alsamarrai dept. of chemistry/college of education/ university of samarra yehya kamal al-bayati dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad email: biochemistry348@gmail.com received in:2/november/2016,accepted in:2/november/2016 abstract new chlropheniramine maleate (cpm) selective electrochemical membranes were prepared by using chlropheniramine maleate -molecularly imprinted polymers. mip was prepared by bulk polymerization using 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (2-hema) as monomer, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate (egdma) as a cross-linker and a benzoyl peroxide (bpo) as an initiator at 60 0 c. three cpm-mip electrodes were constructed by using tri-tolyl phosphate (tocp), tris (2ethyl hexyl) phosphate (tehp) and tributyl phosphate (tbp) as plasticizers in pvc matrix.electrode parameters including slopes, working concentrations ph. the interference effect in the presence of (na + , mg +2 , al +3 , glycine, alanine, arginine and phenylalanine) was studied using the separated and mixed methods to determine the selectivity coefficient determination. nip prepared by using the same composition of mip molecularly imprinted polymer electrodes except the template (cpm). the slopes of cmpmip are 21.00, 21.50 and 19.08 mv/ decade, linearity range for the electrodes around. (10 -5 10 -1 ) m, the stable at a ph range from 4.0 to 8.5 and lifetime ranged from 30 to 10 days. the suggested electrodes were successfully applied for the determine of cpm in some pharmaceutical preparations, which were given acceptable accuracy. keywords: molecularly imprinted polymers, chlorpheniramine maleate, different plasticizers, pharmaceutical samples mailto:biochemistry348@gmail.com chemistry |45 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction chlorpheniramine maleate (cpm), 3-(p-chlorophenyl)3-(2-pyridyl)-n,n-dimethyl propyl amine (c16h19cln2, c4h4o4), is a powerful first-generation alkylamine antihistamine, h1 receptor antagonist, widespread used for relive symptoms of joint cold and allergies rhinitis, with weakness soothing property, the structure is shown in figure(1). chlorpheniramine was used to relieve symptoms of allergies reactions, hay fever, rhinitis, urticarial, and asthma. its done used in veterinary medicine. one of the most commonly used of the classical antihistaminic, it habit causes less drowsiness and anesthesia than promethazine. chlorpheniramine is a histamine h1 antagonist of the alkyl amine class. competing with histamine for the normal h1-receptor places on effector cells of the digestive system, vascular and respiratory system [1, 2]. many analytical methods are described for determination of chlorpheniramine maleate in pharmaceuticals such as spectrophotometric methods and derivative spectrophotometric [36], gas chromatography and liquid chromatography with ion pair reagents [710]. chlorpheniramine maleate tablets made by manfei et al. and used as samples for analysis using near infrared chemical imaging to acquire the concentration information of cpm coupled with partial least squares for quantitative analysis of cpm [11]. molecular imprinted polymers (mips) exhibiting high selectivity to the template molecules and used for chemical analysis. mip is formed by polymerization of the template and the functional monomers. few papers were published of chlropheniramine maleate molecularly imprinted polymers, such as chlropheniramineimprinted polymer which was prepared by chen at al. [12] used for solid phase extraction and used for separation of chlorpheniramine from diphenhydramine. mip for d-chlorpheniramine has been prepared by jun and chino [13] and using methacrylic acid and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate as a functional monomer and cross-linker. mip showed the highest recognition for chlropheniramine and slight recognition for its structurally related compounds. preparation of spherical mip is described by walsh et al. [14] with chlropheniramine and other antihistamine drugs and studied the physical properties of the polymers. recent mip was reviewed by jesika et al. [15] including the previous and current literature regarding the analytical tools employed for synthesized mips. the review was about bio-macro molecules such as antibodies and enzymes. recently several papers were published in electrochemical by preparing electrodes based on mip for drug determination. mip and nip were constructed by al-mustafa et al. [16] using dextromethorphan as a template and used for determination of cpm in cough syrups. abu-dalo et al. [17] prepared a new electrochemical sensor using copper-carboxyl benzotrizole complex based on copper ion imprinted polymer with carboxyl benzotrizol as a new ligand, the electrodes used for determination of copper ions in wastewater samples. several molecular imprinted polymer membranes of azithromycin constructed by abu-dalo et al. [18] using graphite electrode, the azin-mip was prepared by thermal polymerization and the electrodes were used for the determination of azithromycin in commercial tablets and capsules. al-bayati [19] prepared ibuprofen mip using methacrylic acid as monomer with different plasticizers and determined ibuprofen in pharmaceutical samples. graphite electrodes coated with membranes based on risperidone imprinted polymer used for determination of risperidone in pharmaceutical formulations [20]. in this study the chlorpheniramine maleate imprinted polymer sensors were prepared using different plasticizers in pvc matrix by polymerization with 2hydroxyethyl methacrylate as a monomer. the electrode parameters were studied and applied for the determination of cmp in pharmaceutical samples. chemistry |46 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 experimental apparatus expansible ion analyst sample wtw from germany, ph meter wtw model ph 720, germany and a saturated calomel electrode type gallenkamp, usa were used in this work. all potentiometric measurements were made at room temperature. the performance of the electrodes were investigated by measuring the potential of cpm solutions with concentrations ranged from10 -6 to 10 -1 m. each solution was stirred and the potential was recorded at equilibrium. the calibration curves were obtained by plotting the response against logarithmic function of chlorpheniramine maleate concentration. construction of the electrode body and immobilization of cpm-mip in pvc matrix membrane it was conducted use the method given by craggs et al [21]. reagents and standard solutions 1. all chemical reagents used were with the highest purity, 2-hydroxy ethyl methacrylate (2-hema), benzoyl peroxide (98%), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate (egdma) (98%). plasticizer, tritolyl phosphate (tocp), tris (2-ethyl hexyl) phosphate (tehp) and tri butyl phosphate (tbp) were obtained from fluka ag. other chemicals and reagents of analytical grade quality were obtained from fluka, bdh and aldrich. the values of viscosity and dielectric constant are listed in table (2). 2. chlorpheniramine maleate standard was a gift from the state company of drug industries and medical appliances (sdiiraq). panadol tablets (australia) and tylolhot tablet of 4 mg chlorpheniramine maleate (turkey) were obtained from local pharmacies. 3. the stock standard solution of 0.1 m chlorpheniramine maleate it has been prepare by dissolve 3.908g of standard chlorpheniramine maleate in ethanol and diluted to 100 ml; standard solutions ranging of 10 -6 -10 -1 m it has been freshly prepared from the stock solution. 4. 0.1m stock solution of each of interfering species; nacl, mgcl2, al(no3)3.9h2o, glycine, alanine, arginine and phenylalanine were prepared. synthesis of imprinted polymer in glass test tube 50 ml , 8.2449 mmol (1.0730 gm) of the monomer (2-hema), 14.00 mmol(2.7750 gm) of the cross-linker (egdma), 0.7258 mmol (0.2837gm) of drug as template, 0.1238 mmol (0.030gm) of initiator (bpo) and 5 ml of chloroform were mixed in a good way even dissolve all components. the solution was degased for 30 minutes with nitrogen gas and cured at 60 0 c for 30 minutes. the polymer was leave for 24 hours to dry and after that was crushed and washed with (1:9) (methanol: acetonitrile) to eject template and washed repeatedly to make sure every drug was ejected the polymer and dried at 60 0 c for 24 hours. the polymer was ground and sifted by mortar the particles with size less than 100 μm was collection and used in preparation sensing. the non-imprinted polymer (nip) it has been prepared using the same method but without drug (template). synthesis of membrane and electrode the pvc membrane it has been prepared by mixing 0.1700 gm pvc, 0.4000 gmtocp, tehp and tbp as plasticizers and 0.0200 gm of the mip. this mixture it has been resolved in 4 ml of thf, and the mixture was poured into a (35) cm diameter glass ring and allowed to evaporate for 24 hours. construction of the electrode was made depending to the reference [21]. chemistry |47 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 morphological characterization mip according to the different types of interaction of template and functional monomer in polymerization process can be divided into covalent, non-covalent, metal ion and non-polar imprinting.[22] in this work, we will mainly focus on the one most common types, covalent imprinting, metal ion imprinting and non-covalent imprinting. non-covalent imprinting refers to molecular imprinting strategies in which template and functional monomer form a complex in solution mainly driven by weak forces such as hydrogen bonding, electrostatic interactions, hydrophobic effects and pi-pi interaction. non-covalent imprinting is the predominant method for imprinting due to the ease of preparation. typically, this technique requires no or little synthetic chemistry. the imprinting process starts spontaneously when monomer and template are mixed together. the associated monomer/template complex is stable under polymerization conditions such as free radical polymerization. however, non-covalent imprinting has drawbacks non-covalent imprinting process is a dynamic equilibration. that leads to low yield of imprinted sites. it also creates a lot of non-selective binding sites due to the heterogeneity of non-covalent imprinting process, which may largely affect the imprinting efficiency. scanning electron microscopy (sem) was used for primary evaluation of the mip particles. fig3 (a and b) shows the morphology of mip before and after washing showed by electron microscope in figure 1. a pore on the surface (figure 3a) about 10 µm may indicate the binding sites to the polymer. figure 3b shows clear holes about of 20 µm in sizes which may indicate a complete removal of the template from the membrane. potential measurements all measurements conducted out in a 50 ml double walled glass cell, with fixed magnetic stirring of the test solution at room temperature. the performance of the electrodes was investigated by measuring the potential of chlorpheniramine maleate solutions prepared with a concentration range of (10 −6 10 −1 ) m by prepared serial dilution. the slope, response time, detection limit and life time were calculated from the calibration curve. the electrochemical performance of the two proposed sensors it was rated depending on the iupac recommendations data. sample preparation for analysis ten tablets of each drug formulation were weighed accurately 6.4163g and soft powdered in a small dish. an amount of powder equivalent to 0.0390g of the drug was accurately transferred to 100 ml volumetric flasks and diluted to the mark with distilled water to prepare 10 -3 m solution of chlorpheniramine maleate. another amount of powder equivalent to 0.0039 g transferred to 100 ml volumetric flasks and diluted to the mark with deionized distilled water to prepare 10 -4 m solution of chlorpheniramine maleate. the probably readings production by immersing the prepared electrodes in the prepared solutions were recorded. chemistry |48 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 results and discussion characterization the fourier transmission infrared spectrometry (ftir) spectra of leached and unleached chlorpheniramine maleate imprinted polymers mip and cpm were recorded in the range of (400–4000) cm -1 by the kbr pellet method (table 1). the ftir spectrum of chlorpheniramine maleate shows a sharp peak at1701 cm -1 for carbonyl stretching of ester group when comparing with the ftir spectrum of mip (before template removal) which show two peaks at (1635,1724) cm -1 of ester groups and cross-linked . the ftir spectrum of cpm and mip(before template removal) shows sharp peak at 651 cm -1 for the substation chloride , also appearance band out-of plane-parasubstation at 864 cm -1 and show peaks at (1558,1585) cm -1 for aromatic conjugation and when compared with the ftir spectrum of mip( after template removal) all these peaks were disappeared. influence of membrane composition electrodes based on membranes of cmp-mip and cpm-nip in pvc matrix were prepared using chlorpheniramine maleate as a template and 2-hydroxcyethyl methacrylate as monomer and tocp, tehp and tbp as plasticizers. all cpm electrodes were calibrated at different concentrations of cmp solutions ranged from (10 -6 -10 -1 ) m and electrodes reach equilibrium very fast in all of these concentrations of cmp. electrodes based on membranes (i, ii and iii) show good electrode parameters and the results of electrode specification are listed in table 2. the conductivity of the pvc membrane depends on the value of dielectric constant and by increasing the dielectric constant the conductivity of pvc membrane increases. also, the quantity and viscosity of the plasticizer influence the parameters of the electrode and the mobility of the species in the membrane. all the electrodes (i, ii and iii) show near-nernistain slopes of 21.00, 21.51 and 19.08 mv/ decade with excellent detection limits as shown in table 2, the lifetime of electrode based on tocp plasticizer was around 30 days higher than the other plasticizers due to the high viscosity of tocp (58.0 cst). the electrodes were calibrated two times a week over cmp concentration ranged from 10 -1 – 10 -6 m and the slopes during this period gives response drift of ± 0.90 mv/ decade. the ratio of template 0.7258 mmole: 8.2449 mmole monomer: 14.0000 mmole cross linker: 1.600 mmole (1: 34: 57.8: 6.6) used in this study gave good results for cpm-mip electrodes. this ratio shows non-covalent bonding and can easily remove the template from the polymer. the calibration curves of cmp electrodes were plotted on orion 7 cycle semi log paper and their results are listed in figure 4 . the values of detection limit were calculated using equation δe = 59/z [22]. effect of ph effect of ph on the electrochemical of cmp-mip sensor was studied. the electrode response was measured at a fixed concentration of chlorpheniramine solution (10 -2 , 10 -3 and 10 -4 ) m at different ph values. the ph of cmp solution was adjusted by adding hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide solution and the response of cmp-mip sensor is independent on ph range from 4.0 to 8.5. at ph values lower than 4.0 the cmp becomes unstable may be due to the interaction of nitrogen species of cmp with hydrogen ion forming a bond or the electrode sensor response to hydrogen ion, while at ph > 8.0 the basicity of cmp solution leads to the chemistry |49 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 formation of non-ionic of cmp. the results of ph study are listed in table 3 and a plot of electrode based on tocp plasticizer at three concentrations of cmp is shown in fig. 5. interference studies the selectivity coefficients of some inorganic cations and species (na + , mg +2 , al +3 , glycine, alanine, arginine and phenylalanine) were determined by using separate solution method (ssm). the potential was measured for two solutions, one containing chlorpheniramine maleate and the other contains the interfering species and using the equation 1 [23] for calculating the selectivity coefficient. log kpot= [(eb − ea)/(2.303rt/zf)]+ (1 − za/zb) log aa……….(1) ea, eb; za, zb; and aa, are the potentials, charge numbers, and activities for the primary a and interfering b ions, respectively at aa= ab. the selectivity coefficients were also calculated by the using mixed solution method according to the equation 2 [24]. kpota,b = aa/ (ab)za/zb……………………..(2) the selectivity coefficients of electrodes (i, ii and iii) were calculated for cmp concentrations ranged from (10 -6 10 -1 ) m. selectivity coefficients for the electrode based on tocp plasticizer were listed in table 4. the values of selectivity coefficients presented in table 5 indicate that the interference of all species increase by decreasing the concentration of cmp solutions. the order of interference effect for cations is monovalent > divalent > trivalent. none of the species glycine, alanine, arginine and phenylalanine interferes seriously with electrode response. fig. 6 shows the plot of log concentration with log k. mixed solution method was also used at two fixed of concentrations of interfering species at (10 -2 and 10 -3) m using the equation 2. the results of selectivity coefficients of the species using mixed solution method are listed in table 7. the same behavior of selectivity coefficient was obtained by the two methods. sample analysis standard addition and direct methods were used for determination of chlorpheniramine maleate in commercial tablets using cmp-mip (i) electrode. two types of pharmaceutical formulations, (panadol) from australia and tylolhot from (turkey) were used for analysis. the values of recoveries and relative standard deviations using electrodes i, ii and iii are listed in table 8, 9 and 10. good recoveries were obtained ranged from (101 – 105) % which is in good agreements with british pharmacopoeia (bp) [25]. the relative standard deviation was ranged (0.6300 to 1.8700) conclusion in this work chlorpheniramine maleate, imprinted polymers were prepared by using 2hydroxy ethyl methacrylate as a monomer with different plasticizers. the good sensor was based on tocp plasticizer and used for determination of cmp in commercial tablets, and the specification of the electrodes was studied. chemistry |50 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 references 1.usp, united state pharmacopoeia convention, 2002, 1263. 2.wikipedia, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chlorpheniramine maleate 3.mohammed aktarsayeed and sohelrana, (2013), in vitro and invivo drug-drug interaction study between ketotifen fumerate and chlorpheniramine maleate at gastric and intestinal ph. int. j. of research in pharmaceutical and biomedical sciences, 4(1), 227-233. 4. ladmeera, hasumati raj and vineet jain, (2015), a review of analytical methods for determination bromhexine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical and biological samples. asian j. res. pharm. sci., 5(2), 76-82. 5. maryam kazemipour and mehdi ansari, (2005), gabapentin determination in human plasma and capsule by coupling of solid phase extraction, derivatization reaction, and uvvis spectrophotometry. iranian j. of pharmaceutical research, 3, 147-153. 6. arunkaura, vikas gupta, gsroy, monika kaura, 2013, international current pharmaceutical journal, 2(5), 97-100. 7. sandeep rajurkar, (2011), simultaneous determination of chlorpheniramine maleate, paracetamol and pseudoephedrine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparations by hplc. international j. of life science and pharma research, 1(1), 94-100. 8. yamato, s.; sakai, m.; shimada, k. and yakugakuzasshi, (1996), quantitative analysis of chlorpheniramine maleate in cough and cold drugs by ion-pair high-performance liquid chromatography for the simultaneous determination of chlorpheniramine and maleate. 116(4), 329-334. 9. pinak, m.; sanchaniya, falgun, a. mehta and nirav, b. and uchadadiya, (2013), development and validation of an rp-hplc method for estimation of chlorpheniramine maleate, ibuprofen, and phenylephrine hydrochloride in combined pharmaceutical dosage form. chromatography research international , article id 424865, 6. 10. mayano, ma; rosaco, ma; pizzorno, mt and segall, al, (2005),validation of an hplc method for the determination of imatinib mesylate in pharmaceutical dosage. jaoac int., 88(6), 16771683. 11. manfeixu, luwei zhou, qiao zhang, zhisheng wu, xinyuan shi and yanjiangqiae, (2016), j. of innovative optical health sciences, 9(4), 650002 ( 9). 12. chen ,w.;liu, f.; ahang, x.; lika and tong, s., talanta, (2001), 55(1), 29-34. 13. jun haginaka and chino kagawa, (2002), uniformly sized molecularly imprinted polymer for d-chlorpheniramine: evaluation of retention and molecular recognition properties in an aqueous mobile phase. j. of chromatography a, 948(1-2), 77-84. 14. walsh, r.; osmani, q.; hughes, h.; duggan ,p. and mcloughlin, (2011), synthesis of imprinted beads by aqueous suspension polymerisation for chiral recognition of antihistamines, 879930), 35233530. 15. jesikarane, priyankaadhikar and bakal r. l., (2015),asian j. of pharmaceutical technology and innovation, 3(11), 75-91. 16. al-mustafa, j. i.; abu-dalu, m. a. and nassory, n. s., (2014), int. j. electrochem. sci.,m 9, 292. chemistry |51 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 17. abu-dalo, m. a.; salam, a. a. and nassory, n. s., (2015), ion imprinted polymer based electrochemical sensor for environmental monitoring of copper(ii). int. j. of eelectrochem. sci., 10, 6780. 18. abu-dalo, m. a., nassory, n. s., abdulla, n. i. and al-mheidat, i. r., (2015), azithromycin-molecularly imprinted polymer based on pvc membrane for azithromycin determination in drugs using coated graphite electrode j. of electroanalytical chemistry, 751, 75. 19. al-bayti, y. k. and aljabari, f. i., (2016), synthesis of ibuprofen – molecularly imprinted polymers and used as sensors to determine the drug in pharmaceutical preparations. asian j. of chemistry, 28(6), 1376. 20. najwa, i. abdulla and hamsa, m. yaseen, (2015), potentiometric transducers for the selective recognition of risperidone based on molecularly imprinted polymer. iraqi j. pharma. sci., 24(2), 30-40. 21. craggs, a.; moody, g. j. and thomas, j. d. r., (1974), pvc matrix membrane ionselective electrodes. construction and laboratory experiments. chem. edu., 51(8), 541. 22. bailey, p. l. (ed.), (1976), “analysis with ion selective electrodes” published by heyden& son ltd.. 23. umezawa, y.; katoka, u. and hitoshis, s., (1995), nitrogenous synergists induced potentiometric response to metal ions with polymeric liquid membranes containing thenoyltrifluoroacetone as an ionophore 2006. pure and appl. chem., 67(3), 507-518. 24. guilbault, g.; durst, r.; frant, m. and thomas, j. d. r., (1976), iupac technical reports and recommendations. pure and appl. chem., 48, 127. 25. british pharmacopoeia (bp), (2000),vol. 1. chemistry |52 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): the most identified peaks of ftir spectra for cpm and cpm-mip using (hema) as a functional monomer no. functional group cpm cpmmip(hema)before template removal cpm mip(hema)after template removal 1. oh str.( cm -1 ) 3444 0943 0277 2. n-h str. ( cm -1 ) ---0907 --- 3. sp3-ch str. ( cm -1 ( 7422 7429 7432 4. c=o str.ester ( cm -1 ) 0230 0279,0202 0273,0202 5. c=c str. ( cm -1 ) 0223 0232 ----- 6. c-o str. asymm (cm -1 ). 0709 0720 0720 7. c-o str. symm. ( cm -1 ) 0320 0022 0023 8. out-of plane-parasub( cm -1 ) 329 864 -- 9. c-cl str. ( cm -1 ) 220 220 -- table (2): electrode parameters of the cpm-mip and cmp-nip based on cpm sensor membrane composition electrode parameters slope mv/dec ade linearity range / m correlation coefficient detection limit / m life time / days dielectric constant viscosity cst cpm-mip + tocp (i) 21.00 1x10 -1 –1x10 -5 0.9949 7.0 x 10 -6 ~ 30 6.90 58.0 cpm-mip + tehp (ii) 21.51 1x10 -1 – 1x10 -5 0.9859 1.0 x 10 -5 ~ 22 4.80 12.0 cpm-mip + tbp (iii) 19.08 1x10 -1 – 2x10 -5 0.9993 4.0 x 10 -6 ~ 10 7.95 3.3 cpm-nip + tocp (iv) 12.06 1x10 -1 – 4x10 -3 0.9671 7x10 -3 ~ 2 6.90 58.0 cpm-nip + tehp (v) 9.01 1x10 -2 – 1x10 -4 0.8861 3x10 -3 3 4.80 12.0 cpm-nip + tbp (vi) 11.14 1x10 -2 – 1x10 -5 0.9668 4x10 -4 3 7.95 3.3 chemistry |53 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (3): results of ph range for the electrodes at three different concentrations of mp table (4): selectivity coefficients of some interfering species measured by separate using separate solution method with electrode based on tocp plasticizer table (5): selectivity coefficients of some interfering species measured by separate using separate solution method with electrode based on tehp plasticizer number membrane composition ph range 1×10 -2 m 1×10 -3 m 1×10 -4 m i cpm2hema+tocp 4-8 5.5-8.5 3.5-8 ii cpm -2hema + tehp 4-7.5 5-7 3-7.5 iii cpm -2hema + tbph 5-8 3.5-6 3-7.5 selectivity coefficients of interfering species phenyl alanine arginine glycine alanine al +3 mg +2 na +1 conc.of cpm m 0.615x10 -2 0.885x10 -2 0.143x10 -2 0.695x10 -3 0.735x10 -3 0.19400 0.11200 10 -1 0.335x10 -2 0.112x10 -2 0.483x10 -2 0.695x10 -2 0.181x10 -3 0.04200 0.12700 10 -2 0.379x10 -2 0.297x10 -2 0.428x10 -2 0.02000 0.027x10 -3 0.280x10 -2 0.16200 10 -3 0.02300 0.10000 0.18300 0.01100 0.110x10 -3 0.233x10 -2 0.42800 10 -4 0.02000 0.06100 0.08800 0.01400 0.021x10 -3 0.280x10 -3 0.54500 10 -5 0.02600 0.20600 0.06100 0.03300 0.971x10 -5 0.162x10 -3 0.88500 10 -6 selectivity coefficients of interfering species phenyl alanine arginine glycine alanine al +3 mg +2 na +1 conc.of cpm m 0.257x10 -3 0.0300 0.820x10 -4 0.0180 0.317x10 -2 0.693x10 -3 0.0370 10 -1 0.801x10 -3 0.0360 0.179x10 -3 0.0160 0.124x10 -2 0.505x10 -3 0.0260 10 -2 0.171x10 -2 0.0420 0.459x10 -3 0.0490 0.600x10 -3 0.460x10 -3 0.0420 10 -3 0.667x10 -2 0.3690 0.164x10 -2 0.8070 0.108x10 -2 0.263x10 -2 0.4570 10 -4 0.991x10 -2 0.2330 0.336x10 -2 0.4150 0.255x10 -3 0.465x10 -3 0.6940 10 -5 0.468x10 -2 0.0580 0.260x10 -2 0.05730 0.670x10 -4 0.561x10 -4 0.3390 10 -6 chemistry |54 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (6): selectivity coefficients of some interfering species measured by separate using separate solution method with electrode based on tbp plasticizer table (7): results of selectivity coefficients measured by mixed solution method of interfering species using membrane i,ii and iii table (8): cmp determination in commercial samples by direct and standard addition methods using electrode i selectivity coefficients of interfering species phenyl alanine arginine glycine alanine al +3 mg +2 na +1 conc.of cpm m 0.407x10 -3 0.123x10 -2 0.701x10 -3 0268x10 -2 0.368x10 -3 0.111x10 -2 0.636x10 -2 10 -1 0.128x10 -2 0.467x10 -3 0.724x10 -2 0.0110 0.261x10 -3 0.109x10 -2 0.0160 10 -2 0.636x10 -2 0.0400 0.0640 0.0610 0.375x10 -3 0.265x10 -2 0.0860 10 -3 0.0360 0.1440 0.0570 0.2290 0.339x10 -3 0.191x10 -2 0.2750 10 -4 0.1250 0.2640 0.1960 0.3010 0.145x10 -3 0.138x10 -2 0.3470 10 -5 0.2450 0.1840 0.2180 0.2710 0.582x10 -4 0.762x10 -3 0.3840 10 -6 electrode no. conc.of cpm m na +1 mg +2 al +3 alanine glycine arginine phenyl alanine i 10 -2 0.100 0.011 0.117x10 -2 0.060 0.180 0.080 0.12 10 -3 0.800 0.022 0.189x10 -2 0.300 0.600 0.400 0.31 ii 10 -2 0.070 0.311x10 -2 0.175x10 -2 0.040 0.058 0.120 0.038 10 -3 0.340 0.807x10 -2 0.189x10 -2 0.260 0.300 0.400 0.200 iii 10 -2 0.180 0.070 0.588x10 -2 2 0.2 0.2 0.2 10 -3 0.020 0.089 0.379x10 -2 10 1.6 1 0.6 %rsd %re %rec. concentration found/m prepared concentration /m potentiometric methods pharmaceutical drug 1.5000 1.6000 101.6000 1.016x10 -3 1.0x10 -3 direct method tylohol 1.8700 1.3000 101.3000 1.013x10 -3 sam 0.8600 1.9000 101.9000 1.019x10 -4 1.0x10 -4 direct method 1.0520 1.4000 101.4000 1.014x10 -4 sam 1.7800 2.1000 102.1000 1.021x10 -3 1.0x10 -3 direct method panadol 0.8070 1.8000 101.8000 1.018x10 -3 sam 0.6300 2 102 1.02x10 -4 1.0x10 -4 direct method 1.4000 1.5000 105 1.015x10 -4 sam chemistry |55 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table(9): cmp determination in commercial samples by direct and standard addition methods using electrode ii table (10): cmp determination in commercial samples by direct and standard addition methods using electrode iii figure (1): structure of chlorpheniramine maleate %rsd %re %rec. concentration found/m concentration prepared/m potentiometric methods pharmaceutical drug 1.3000 2 102.1000 1.021x10 -3 1.0x10 -3 direct method tylohol 1.4000 1.8000 101.8000 1.018x10 -3 sam 1.0600 1.3000 101.3000 1.013x10 -4 1.0x10 -4 direct method 1.7000 1.1000 101.1000 1.011x10 -4 sam 1.0100 1.7000 101.7000 1.017x10 -3 1.0x10 -3 direct method panadol 0.8700 1.5000 101.5000 1.015x10 -3 sam 1.5000 1.5000 101.5000 1.015x10 -4 1.0x10 -4 direct method 1.2100 1.3000 101.3000 1.013x10 -4 sam %rsd %re %rec. concentration found/m concentration prepared/m potentiometric methods pharmaceutical drug 1.2000 3 103 1.03x10 -3 1.0x10 -3 direct method tylohol 0.9700 2.500 102.5000 1.025x10 -3 sam 1.3000 2.6000 102.6000 1.026x10 -4 1.0x10 -4 direct method 1.1000 2 102 1.02x10 -4 sam 1.3700 2.3000 102.3000 1.023x10 -3 1.0x10 -3 direct method panadol 1.5000 1.6000 101.6000 1.016x10 -3 sam 1.4000 2.1000 102.1000 1.021x10 -4 1.0x10 -4 direct method 1.2000 1.9000 101.9000 1.019x10 -4 sam chemistry |56 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 log[cpm] figure (2): schematic representation of the non-covalent and covalent molecular procedures prints a b figure (3): sem photographs of the surface of mip, a) before washing b) after washing. figure (4):calibration curves of cmp-mip electrodes using; ◊-tbp, δ-tehp and □tocp as plasticizer chemistry |57 160110.30526/30.3.https://doi.org/ 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (5):plot of electrode response with ph of electrode based on tocp plasticizer at three different of cmp concentrations; δ-10 -4 m, □-10 -3 m and ◊-10 -2 m figure (6): plot of log k of interfering species at concentration 10 -3 m of cmp; 1-na + , 2mg +2 , 3-al +3 , 4-glycine, 5-alanine, 6-arginine and 7-phenyl alanine. coc of interference na + mg +2 al +3 glycine alanine arginine phenylalanine e le ct ro d e re sp o n se /m v p h 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 0 5 10 10 microsoft word 265-272 265 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 calculations of gabor lens having two glaser field distributions azhar o. al-ghuraibawi dijlah university college received in :6may 2014 accepted in:1september 2014 abstract the present computational work is focused on investigating some properties of gabor lens. the gabor lens under consideration consists of two fields, electrostatic and magnetic. the glaser field model is assumed to represent each field along the optical axis. under zero magnification condition the trajectory of charged particles along the axis of gabor lens has been computed. the results have shown that a lens of short focal length and hence high refractive power can be achieved. keywords:electrostatic lenses, gabor lens, under zero magnification, glaser field 266 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction gabor lens was proposed as an effective (space – charge lens) for positive ion beam [1]. it offers better control and focusing strength than both gas focusing and applied fields. this lens has been investigated by several research groups since its invention. it has been constructed at fermilab and has been used to focus a 30 kev proton beam with good optical quality. palkovic used gabor lens with 30 kev h+ beam from an ion source [2 ,3]. like in the previous experiments, in russia and usa the gabor lens has been operated with a gas discharge to obtain the desired non-neutral electron distribution in contrast to gabor’s original proposal of a pure magnetron type electron beam. gabor’s space – charge lens shows that this lens is capable of providing much stronger focusing than an equivalent electrostatic quadrupole doublet provided that a relatively “cold” electron beam is used which operates close to the ideal brillouin – flow limit. the gabor lens is only attractive if uniform electron density and hence force linearity can be achieved. the fermilab experiment is an indication that strong nonlinear forces are acting on the h+ beam in that system. such nonlinear force could be due to non-uniformity of the electron density to start with. but it could also develop due to the interaction between the apace charge of the h+ beam and the electron plasma [4]. the properties of space charge lenses are very advantageous as they can theoretically provide a strong linear cylinder symmetric force on the beam particles. the space charge lenses investigated has been suggested and published by gabor in 1947 [5]. electrostatic lenses electrostatic lenses form part of ion sources and electron gun: the cathode shield and anode function as an electrostatic lens, focusing the electrons from the filament into abeam that is extremely high brightness. electrostatic lenses are generally thick lenses produced by two or three electrodes of circular symmetry [6]. they are made of metallic discs with apertures of round shape, or pieces or round metallic tubes. the optical axis of the lens is formed by axes of symmetry of its electrodes. when the dimensions of the lens along the optical axis cannot be neglected in comparison with other characteristic dimensions, it is considered a thick lens. its focal lengths must be measured from the geometrical mid-plane of the lens[6]. magnetic lenses are often used in electron optics to avoid the high voltages required by electrostatic lenses. magnetic lenses have rotational symmetry with the radial component of the magnetic field equal to zero along the lens axis[6]. charged particles traveling on the axis are not deflected by the lens. charged particles traveling parallel to the axis are deflected across the axis at the focal point. the focal point can be adjusted by changing the current in the magnetic windings. some magnetic lenses are asymmetric along the rotational axis. this provides space for deflectors, stigmators, and aperture behind the lens. electron columns uses an asymmetric lens to de magnify the electron beam to its final spot size (2 to 200 nm). magnetic lenses can be classified into two basic categories: long lenses with distributed fields and short lenses with highly consented fields[6]. the structure of gabor lens figure 1shows a schematic diagram gabor lens with magnetic and electric field s. redial confinement is provided by a solenoidal magnetic field, axial confinement by the electric field of one or more electrodes [2]. the design concept of a gabor lens for a positive ion beam is illustrated somewhat simplistically in figure 1. a solenoid with axial field strength b provides radial confinement 267 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 of the electron cloud. an electrode configuration like the one shown in the figure with a positive voltage of v0 on the center electrode provides the axial confinement for the electrons. a second shorter solenoid located on one side of the main solenoid producing a magnetic field in the opposite direction. gabor placed a ring shaped thermionic cathode at the plane (b=0)[3]. trajectory equation of electromagnetic field the trajectory equation of an electron beam traversing combined electrostatic and magnetic fields in the non-relativistic case is given by [6]: . ≔ ………… where v is the field distribution , r is the radial displacement of electron beam trajectory , z is the axial distance and axial flux density distribution . in the present work equation (1) has been taken into account to determine the trajectory of the electron beam traversing gabor lens. glaser’s field model the axial density distribution in glaser’s field model is given by [7]:[8] ……………………….. where the maximum value of magnetic field, is the width at half maximum 2⁄ . the general shape of axial flux density distribution is shown in figure no. (2) curve (a). magnification condition the magnification conditions depends on the trajectory of the charged – particles beam. a) zero magnification: the beam enters the lens field parallel to the optical axis (i.e. object at infinity) z0= -∞ [9]; see figure no. (3). b) infinite magnification: the beam leaves the lens field parallel to the optical axis (i.e. image at infinity) zi= +∞ [7]; see figure no. (4). c) finite magnification: zi and z0 are at finite distance [9]; see figure no. (5) in the present work, the beam is assumed to enter the lens parallel to the optical axis. results and discussion -the focal length in a magnetic electron lens the focal length is determined by the field strength in the lens gap and the speed of electrons , under zero magnification condition a gabor lens of short focal length has been put forward which could be useful in electron-optical instruments . -computer program for computing the beam trajectory a computer program with mathcad professional 2001, has been used for determining the trajectory of the electron with the aid of the second order runge – kutta method. 268 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the program shows high ability of drawing the general shape of axial flux density distributions and high facility and proficiency of drawing the trajectory of the electron beam that is moving through a rotationally symmetric field. -computing the electron beam trajectory and field distribution under zero magnification condition the electron beam path along gabor lens and the field distribution under zero magnification condition have been found. figures no. 6 and 7 show the field distribution and the trajectory of an electron beam traversing gabor lens field. the trajectory has beam computed with the aid of equation 1. also the trajectory of electron beam of the gabor lens converges towards the optical axes under zero magnification condition and there is no distribution aberration affected upon it. two different fields distribution are used in gabor lens, the first one is glaser distribution which is given by equation (2) which represents the magnetic field distribution , and the other is the rectangular field distribution which is given by equation (1) see figure no. (2) which represents the electrostatic field distribution. secondly when the glaser distribution was electrostatic field distribution and the rectangular field distribution. the trajectory varies with change of the field. conclusions it has been found from the present computational investigation that it is possible to represent the two different fields of gabor lens by the glaser field model. the glaser lens under investigation has been operated under zero magnification condition. a gabor lens of short focal length has been put forward which could be useful in electron – optical instruments. references 1.reiser, m. ( 2008) theory design of charge particle beams, second edition, wileyvch gmbh & co. kgaa, weinheim, page 263. 2.palkovic, j.a. (1989), gabor lens focusing of a negative ion beam , ieee, 304-306. 3.palkovic,j.a.;mills,f.e.and young,d.e.(1990),gabor lens focusing of proton beam,rev.sci.instrum., 61, 550-552. 4.reiser ,m. (1989), comparison of gabor lens, gas focusing, and electrostatic quadrupole focusing for low – energy ion beams, ieee, 1744-1747. 5.pozimski, j.k.and aslaninejad,m. (2013), advanced gabor lens lattice for medical applications, proceedings of ipac, shanghai, china, 1277-1279. 6.szilagyi, m. (1988), electron and ion optics’ ,(plenum press : new york and london). 7.hussein, o.a.; abdulla ,r.t. and etc.,(2013), computional optimization of the radial and spiral aberration coefficients of magnetic deflector distortion, j. baghdad for sci., 10 (2): 472-479. 8.mohammed ,m.a. (2010), a study of glaser's ball – shaped magnetic lens under the effect of current density', wasit journal for science & medicine, 3 (1):27-33. 9.ahmad, a.k. (1993), computerized investigation on the optimum design and properties of the electrostatic lenses, ph.d. thesis, al-nahrain university, baghdad, iraq. 269 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (1): gabor lens cross-section figure no. (2): glaser’s model (curve a) and the grivet–lenz model (curve b). figure no. (3): zero magnification condition 270 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (4): infinite magnification condition figure no. (5): finite magnification condition figure no. (6): the field distribution v(z) as a function as of the axial distance z 0.00 5.00 10.00 z (cm) 0.00 0.10 0.20 v (z ) v ol t 271 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no. (7): the radial displacement r of the electron beam trajectory as a function of the axial distance z 0.00 5.00 10.00 z (cm) 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 r (c m ) 272 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 حسابات عدسة غابورتحوي مجالين من توزيعات كالسر ازھار عويد كاظم الغريباوي كلية دجلة الجامعة 2014ايلول 1قبل البحث 2014ايار 6استلم البحث الخالصــة ز ذاالعمل يرك ابي ھ ي الحس ي ف ق ف ض التحقي ائص بع ة خص ابور. عدس ة غ ابور عدس ن غ ألف م تت الين امج ي. ئي،الكھرب رض والمغناطيس ذا اال ويفت وذجھ ال نم رك مج ل الس ل ك ل لتمثي ى حق عل ول ري. ط ر المحورالبص رط التكبي ابور بش ة غ ور عدس حونة لمح يمات المش ار الجس اب مس م احتس ت ت ارية تح ة االنكس ة والطاق ير للعدس ؤري القص د الب ق البع ن تحقي ه يمك ائج ان فر.وأظھرت النت الص العالية. العدسات الكھربائية ، عدسة غابور ، مجال كالسر ، التكبير تحت الصفرالكلمات المفتاحية : conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees mathematics |224 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 comparison of the suggested loss function with generalized loss function for one parameter inverse rayleigh distribution emad farhood al-shareefi dept.of accounting techniques/ technical college / southern technical university / dhi_qar received in : 13/ april /2017 , accepted in : 18 /june/ 2017 abstract the experiences in the life are considered important for many fields, such as industry, medical and others. in literature, researchers are focused on flexible lifetime distribution. in this paper, some bayesian estimators for the unknown scale parameter of inverse rayleigh distribution have been obtained, of different two loss functions, represented by suggested and generalized loss function based on non-informative prior using jeffery's and informative prior represented by exponential distribution. the performance of estimators is compared empirically with maximum likelihood estimator, using monte carlo simulation depending on the mean square error (mse). generally, the preference of bayesian method of suggested loss function with exponential informative prior are the best estimator compared to others. key words: inverse rayleigh distribution, bayes estimator, suggested loss function(slf), generalized loss function(glf), maximum likelihood (mle), jeffery prior; exponential informative prior mse. mathematics |225 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction in the term of reliability studies many applications used the distribution of inverse rayleigh. it was introduced in literary (trayer 1964) of reliability with survival studies, life distribution which characterized via a monotonic failure rate. in 1972 voda has explained that is lifetimes distribution that related with served types of experimental unite can approximated by the inverse rayleigh distribution [1] in this regard let consider to be a randomize sample of independent observation from a one parameter inverse rayleigh distribution with probability of density (p.d.f) to scale parameter ( ) as shown in[2]. ( ) (1) the corresponding cumulative of distribution function ( cdf) is: ( ) (2) al-shareefi. e. f. (2015). suggested loss function in estimating the scale parameter for laplace distribution [3] . ( ̂ ) (∑ )( ̂ ) maximum likelihood estimator (mle). maximum likelihood can be obtained for the scale parameter , as following: suppose to be random sample with density function(1). the likelihood function illustrated by [4]. ( ) ∏ [ ∑ ] (3) r. a. fisher (1920) proposed the maximum likelihood method [5], since then used extensively. this method consider the most popular algorithm to estimate the unknown parameter to specify the probability function ( ) , based on the observation ( ) which were independently sample from the inverse rayleigh distribution. in equation (3). by using the logarithm of the likelihood function and differentiation with respect to ( ), will get: ( ) ∑ ( ) hence: ̂ ∑ ∑ (4) some bayes estimators 1bayes estimator by using jeffreys prior information [6]. we assumed that has non-information prior density, which is defined as: √ ( ) where ( ) that considered fisher information which is defined as following: ( ) * ( ) + ( ) √ ( ( ) ) (5) where b is a constant. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) mathematics |226 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 ( ) ( ) hence, we get: * ( ) + (6) by substitution (6) with (5), will get: ( ) √ the posterior density function is: ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ hence, the posterior density functions of ( ) with jefferys prior is: ( ) (7) the posterior density function of ( )is recognized as the density of gamma distribution with parameters n and t i.e: ( ) hence: ( ) ( ) ∑ 2bayes estimator by using exponential prior information [4]. hence, ( ) reflect the information of prior exponential distribution: ( ) (8) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (9) notice that: ( ) ∑ 3bayesian estimators under suggested loss function a new loss function suggested here which is called modified generalized loss function defined as following [4]: ( ̂ ) (∑ )( ̂ ) , c=0, 1, 2, …, n is constant where ( ̂ ) is modified by al-sherefi then, the risk function under the suggested loss function denoted by ( ̂ ) will be: ( ̂ ) [ ( ̂ )] ∫ ( ∑ )( ̂ ) ( ) mathematics |227 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) ( ) ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) ( ) ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) by taking partial derivative of ( ̂ ) with respect to ̂ and making it equal to zero yields: ( ̂ ) ̂ ̂ ( ) ( ) ̂ ( ) ( ) ̂ ( ) ( ( ) ) ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (10)  with jeffrey's prior information according to the posterior density function ( ), we derived ( ) ( ). since ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) which can be substituted to (10) to obtain bayes estimator jeffrey's prior information: 1when k =1 and c=1 ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (11) 2when k =2 and c=1 ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (12) 3when k =1 and c=2 ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) (13) 4when k =2 and c=2 ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (14) 5when k =1 and c=3 ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (15) 6when k =2 and c=3 ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (16)  with exponential prior information according to the posterior density function ( ) , can derived ( ) ( ) and get some estimators for based on exponential prior as follows: ( ) mathematics |228 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) ( ) putting k=1 and c=1 we get: ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (17) putting k=2 and c=1 we get: ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (18) putting k=1 and c=2 we get: ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (19) putting k=2 and c=2 we get: ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (20) putting k=1 and c=3 we get: ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (21) putting k=2 and c=3 we get: ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (22) 3.4 bayesian estimator under generalized loss function. the generalized loss function [7] can be written as: ( ̂ ) (∑ )( ̂ ) where aj, j=0, 1,2 , …,k are constant so, risk function of generalized loss function, denoted by rgs( ̂ )is: rg( ̂ ) [ ( ̂ )] ∫ ( ̂ ) ( ) ∫( )( ̂ ̂ ) ( ) ̂ ̂ ( ) ( ) ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) ( ) ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) ( ) by taking the partial derivative for rgs( ̂ ) with respect to ̂ and make it equal to zero yields: ̂ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (23)  with jeffrey's prior information from the posterior density function ( ) , can show the bayes estimator of one parameter inverse rayleigh distribution under generalized loss function , ̂ can be ̂ ( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( ) (24) in this paper, the first and second polynomials are used as follows: ̂ ( ) (25) mathematics |229 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 ̂ ( ) ( )( ) ( ) (26)  with exponential prior information when consider posterior density function ( ) , the bayes estimator of one parameter to inverse rayleigh distribution when generalized loss function ̂ can be obtained as follows: ̂ ( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) in this paper, the first and second polynomials are used as follows: ̂ ( ) ( )( ) ( ) (27) ̂ ( ) ( )( ) ( )( )( ) ( ) ( )( ) (28) simulation results in this research q basic program is used to simulate the results and the tables considered in monte carlo simulation study is explained for comparing 17 estimators of the scale parameter with one parameter inverse rayleigh distribution, using mean square error (mse) of an estimator which is defined as follows: ( ̂) ∑ ( ̂ ) where, r is the number of replications. we generated r=5000 samples each with size ( n=5, 10, 30, 50, 100) respectively, from the inverse rayleigh distribution. with the scale parameter ( ) ( ) and one values of the hyper parameter of exponential prior (b=0.8). discussion the experimental results of simulation study for estimating the scale parameter of inverse rayleigh distribution are summarized and tabulated in (1 and 2) involved both expected values and mse , s . the result can be summarized as the following important points. 1 in general, bayesian methods with proposed loss function achieved better performance when compared with generalized one. 2 in term of estimation bayes method performed good with two different loss functions when consider exponential prior, noted better performance of corresponding estimator when consider jeffrey's noninformative prior. 3the values of mse's for bayes estimators using exponential informative prior, are decreasing with using the value of the parameter of exponential prior (b=0.8) 4for all estimates, (mse's) of the scale parameter is getting high with the increase of the scale in parameter value, with all cases. 5tables (1) shows the bayes estimator performance under suggested loss function with exponential prior information (me3) is better estimator, when comparing with other estimator this includes all sample sizes and values of the scale parameter, and followed by the (me4). 6in the tables (2), bayes estimator performance under suggested loss function with exponential of prior information (me1) also become best estimator, when comparing with other estimator including all size samples and all values of the scale parameter, and followed by the (me2). mathematics |230 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 conclusions the results in table (1) show that, bayes estimators under suggested loss function (c = 2, k = 1) with exponential prior (me3 and me4) are the best estimators when comparing with other estimators, for all sample sizes. the results in table (2) show that, bayes estimators under suggested loss function (c = 1, k = 1) with exponential prior (me1 and me2) are the best estimators comparing to other estimators, for all sample sizes. recommendations 1preferably use a suggested loss function with exponential prior information of inverse rayleigh distribution, for all sample size. 2the researchers in literature of life research field use of inverse rayleigh distribution with a suggested loss function with exponential prior information (me3), to get best estimator. acknowledgment the author would like to thank the ministry of higher education and scientific research /iraq, southern technic university\ technical college in dhi qar for technical support. references 1. voda, r. gh (1972). one inverse rayleigh variable " , rep. stat. res. vol.19, no.4, pp.15-21. 2. shawky, a. i. and badr, m. m. (2012) " estimation and prediction from the inverse rayleigh model based on lower record statistics " life science journal, pp.985. 3. al-shreefi, e. f. (2015). " some bayes estimator for the scale parameter of the laplace distribution / a comparison study " thesis submitted to the college of science at al.mustansiriya university. 4. rasheed, h. a. (2015). " a comparison of the classical estimators with the bayes estimator of one parameter inverse rayleigh distribution ". international journal of advanced research, volume 3, issue, 738-749. 5. rohatgi, v. k. (1997). " an introduction to probability theory and mathematical statistics " . john wiley and sons. 6. chrek, d.j. (1985). " a comparison of estimation techniques for thither three parameter pareto distribution " , science in space operation thesis faculty of the school of engineering, ohio. 7. al-shreefi, e. f. and rasheed, h. a. (2016). " using a suggested loss function and generalized loss function to estimate the scale parameter of laplace distribution " conference of iraqi statistical association (i.s.a). mathematics |231 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (1) :estimated value and mse of different estimates of when estimator n criteria 5 10 30 50 100 mle exp 1.003300 1.00212 1.000135 .999999 1.00086 mse 0.196414 0.99520 0.0332317 0.199787 0.0099792 mj1 exp 1.003663 1.002243 1.000171 1.000015 1.00097 mse 0.1966515 0.99569 0.0323591 0.0199804 0.0099796 mj2 exp 1.003804 1.00228 1.000179 1.00001 1.00098 mse 0.1968111 0.0959146 0.0332375 0.019980 0.0099797 mj3 exp 0.8354679 0.9101985 0.9669396 0.97942 0.99007 mse 0.1629812 0.089998 0.0320929 0.019550 0.0098143 mj4 exp 0.836459 0.9112321 0.9680131 0.980509 0.991166 mse 0.1634007 0.090224 0.0321699 0.019590 0.0098661 mj5 exp 0.7173007 0.835866 0.938536 0.962476 0.982313 mse 0.180493 0.0963126 0.0309993 0.019952 0.0099418 mj6 exp 0.7162212 0.834426 0.9367566 0.96061 0.980381 mse 0.180455 0.096291 0.0330970 0.019951 0.009938 me1 exp 0.969682 0.9838793 0.9937132 0.996092 0.99898 mse 0.1374343 0.082540 0.03116556 0.019219 0.007830 me2 exp 0.9697628 0.983879 0.993721 0.99609 0.99898 mse 0.1374981 0.8255471 0.0031166 0.0192202 0.009783 me3 exp 0.8311052 0.9018459 0.9626591 0.976935 0.989192 mse 0.1287969 0.0787670 0.0306053 0.0190048 0.009707 me4 exp 0.8311435 0.901866 0.9626662 0.976939 0.989150 mse 0.1288123 0.078772 0.0360598 0.019005 0.009708 me5 exp 0.7271882 0.832643 0.933485 0.958503 0.97958 mse 0.1511843 0.0869719 0.03189133 0.0195043 0.0098224 me6 exp 0.727209 0.83247 0.9334905 0.958506 0.979590 mse 0.1511865 0.0869731 0.0318915 0.0195044 0.0098225 gj1 exp 1.2548250 1.113630 1.0346620 1.0204240 1.011080 mse 0.372426 0.135847 0.0367694 0.0212210 0.0103042 gj2 exp 1.255265 1.11369 1.034671 1.020429 1.01109 mse 0.3732667 0.1358988 0.0332375 0.0212220 0.010304 ge1 exp 1.163750 1.082262 1.0268420 1.016013 1.008970 mse 0.2234833 0.1358988 0.0339564 0.020236 0.010059 ge2 exp 1.163942 1.082306 1.026851 1.016019 1.008980 mse 0.2237444 0.1063669 0.0339586 0.020237 0.010050 best estimator me3 me3 me3 me3 me3 mathematics |232 2102( عام 2( العدد ) 30الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) مجلة إبن ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 table (2): estimated value and mse of different estimates of when estimator n criteria 5 10 30 50 100 mle exp 1.767754 3.006362 3.000406 2.99998 3.002902 mse 3.010088 0.8956877 0.2990804 0.1798087 0.08982460 mj1 exp 3.012783 3.007453 3.000724 3.000167 3.002992 mse 1.774066 0.8970026 0.299208 0.1798533 0.08982461 mj2 exp 3.016506 3.00844 3.00095 3.000289 3.003651 mse 3.368372 0.8987561 0.299339 0.1798967 0.08983491 mj3 exp 2.50141 2.725148 2.89503 2.932422 2.464293 mse 3.436136 0.8071163 0.2878014 0.1753457 0.0882645 mj4 exp 2.514436 2.737391 2.406849 2.944174 2.976032 mse 1.479307 0.8157457 0.2905892 0.1769841 0.08911095 mj5 exp 2.1562 2.512616 2.821238 2.843148 2.452834 mse 1.624319 0.8668747 0.2979653 0.1796418 0.0895777 mj6 exp 2.145678 2.499107 2.85000 2.876301 2.935389 mse 1.624806 0.8668865 0.2979754 0.179650 0.0844888 me1 exp 2.643373 2.806646 2.929722 2.957023 2.973261 mse 1.357742 0.7793146 0.2851485 0.1747153 0.0887607 me2 exp 2.645119 2.807335 2.929918 2.957134 2.43319 mse 1.361288 0.7793164 0.2852321 0.174745 0.0887675 me3 exp 2.265344 2.572621 2.838151 2.900155 2.944105 mse 1.443162 0.8052614 0.2841583 0.1762513 0.08945159 me4 exp 2.266204 2.573094 2.838321 2.900258 2.944159 mse 1.443919 0.8055394 0.289198 0.176267 0.089493 me5 exp 1.981964 2.374336 2.75213 2.845418 2.915525 mse 1.727804 0.9215045 0.3087012 0.1839584 0.0917951 me6 exp 1.982431 2.373971 2.75228 2.845521 2.915571 mse 1.727811 0.921531 0.308707 0.1839612 0.091765 gj1 exp 3.768214 3.34193 3.104227 3.061404 3.033327 mse 3.368372 1.224658 0.3310709 0.1910416 0.09275016 gj2 exp 3.774822 3.343488 3.104478 3.061542 3.033385 mse 3.436136 1.228741 0.331278 0.1911055 0.09276488 ge1 exp 3.173027 3.087507 3.027406 3.016173 3.002992 mse 1.804121 0.9046382 0.29996 0.181149 0.0898246 ge2 exp 3.177203 3.088561 3.027628 3.016297 3.003051 mse 1.819349 0.9066377 0.3001041 0.1801626 0.08983491 best estimator me1 me1 me1 me1 me1 1 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the effect of bifidobacterium breve and lactobacillus salivarius on the gene expression involved in patulin biosynthesis produced by penicillium expansum . sumaiya n. hawar sahar s. karieb dept. of biology/college of education for pure science(ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad received in :18/ december /2014 , accpted in: 2/february /2015 abstract penicillium expansum produced the toxin patulin in pome fruits. to evaluate the molecular mechanism by which the treatment of probiotic bacteria bifidobacterium breve and lactobacillus salivarius could modulate patulin production, three genes involved in the biosynthesis of patulin were measured using real time-pcr technique. the result of this study found that the supplementation with b. brave and l. salivarius down-regulate the relative expression of 6-methylsalicylic acid synthase (msas), atp binding cassette transporter (abc) and putative cytochrome p450 monooxygenases (p450-1) as well. although, there is no effect of some strains on this expression. however, these finding suggested that these bacteria decreased patulin production through effect on the genes responsible for its biosynthesis which can be the main mechanism by which patulin reduced in the presence of these bacteria. key word: patulin, lactic acid bacteria, penicillium expansum and gene 2 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 introduction the majority of important toxigenic species of penicillium and food spoilage species are found in subgenus penicillium [1]. p. expansum is the cause of blue mold widely distributed and is broadspectrum pathogen on fresh fruits especially pomaceous fruits and is dominating penicillium to apples [2 ; 3], it also occurs on nuts, oil seeds dried meat and soil [4], p.expansum is a post-harvest pathogen causing a large part of the economic losses that occur during storage and shipment of apples & deciduous fruits [5].p. expansum also has potential public health significance, since it produces the mycotoxin patulin, especially in apple productes . patulin(c6h7o4) is a low molecular weight ,produced by fungi belonging to several genera including penicillium, aspergillus and byssochlamys. pat has been found as a natural contaminant of many moldy fruits , vegetables, cereals & other foods [6 ; 7] but generally the major source of pat consumption is apples with blue rot and apple cider or juice pressed from moldy fruits . preceding research highlighted the toxic effects of pat towards human exposed to the toxin via consumption of contaminated products [8]. studies also revealed mutagenic, genotoxic, immunosuppressive effect of pat [9], neurotoxic effects on rodents [10] and teratogenic effect on chickens [11]. several strategies, including chemical, physical and biological control methods have been investigated to manage mycotoxins generally in foods. among these, biological control of different mycotoxin, such as aflatoxins, ochratoxin, deoxynivalenol, fusarenon & patulin. concerning the activity of bacteria and lactic acid bacteria towards pat ,[12] reported the inhibitory activity of cell free supernatants of lactobacillus casei strains on the growth of penicillium spp. and production of toxins (patulin & citrinin). materials and methods 2.1. chemicals patulin (98%) was obtained from sigma aldrich (poole, uk), suspended in methanol at 5 mg /ml and stored at -20 °c. 2.2. p. expansum and lactic acid bacteria (lab) culture p. expansum (297959)was obtained from cabi (uk) and subcultured on potato dextrose agar (pda) (oxoid, uk) at 25 °c. p. expansum produce 58.4± 1.0 µg ml¯¹ of patulin offer growing on lablemco-tryptone broth (ltb) that supplementation and with 0.01 % manganese over 10 d. and patulin level would be raised to 347.5± 9.3 µg ml¯¹ . two probiotic lab strains were originally isolated from a range of materials and kept in the university of plymouth culture collection. these included bifidobacterium breve and lactobacillus salivarius .strains were grown routinely in mrs media at 37°c /5%co2/ph6.2 and stored long term at ¬8°c 15%glycerol.dna was extracted from confluent cultures using a wizard sv genomic dna kit(promega,wi,usa),pcr undertaken with 9f-1507r primers and the product commercially sequenced before blast searching. 2.3. evaluating the efficacy of lab interaction in different p.expansum contamination scenarios three different treatments were conducted using lablemco-tryptone broth(ltb) supplemented with 0.01% manganese as follows: group-b: 1 ml of p.expansum spore suspension(106 spores ml¯¹) and 1 ml of lab suspension (107 cfu ml¯¹) were inoculated simultaneously into 100 ml flasks and incubated for10 days at 25°c . group-c: 100 ml of ltb was first inoculated with 1 ml of p.expansum spore suspension (107), this culture incubated for 4 days at 25°c, then 1ml of 1 ml lab (107) cells was added to this and incubated for a lab suspension(106) and incubated for 48h at 37°c ,after that 1 ml of spore 3 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 suspension(106) was added and incubation was then continued for 8 days at 25°c. group a control treatment consisted of 1 ml spores only (106) for 10 days. on completion, all flask contents were filtered and mycelial dry weight derived as before patulin was extracted from the spent ltb broth by extraction with double sample volume of ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous na2so4, evaporating to dryness with a rotary evaporated at 48°c , redissolved in 2 ml chloroform, evaporated under n2, and serially diluted in 1% can for hplc analysis [13]. 2.4. gene expression analysis using quantitative reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (qrt-pcr) to determine whether the application of lab affects the expression of isoepoxydon dehydrogenase (idh), a key enzyme in the patulin synthesis pathway, qrt-pcr was undertaken on mycelial extract at the end of incubation. 2.5. rna extraction and cdna formation total rna was extracted using 100 mg of fungal mycelium homogenized in liquid nitrogen according to the manufacturer’s protocol. rna extracted using genelutetm mammalian total rna miniprep kit (sigma, poole, dorset, uk), which utilizes a column based technique to isolate and purify rna. all consumables and reagents used were free of dnaase and rnaase. rna and dna quantity and purity were measured using a nandrop spectrophotometer (nd-1000) and a260:a280 was used to assess sample purity. complementary dna was generated as follows: 1 μg rna sample was denatured at 70 °c for 10 min in the presence of dntps and random nonamers (geneamp pcr system 9700), then 1 unit of mmlv-reverse transcriptase was added to each reaction followed by incubating 10 min at 21 °c, 37 °c for 50 min and 94 °c for 5 min. rts were stored at 4 °c until used. quantitative rtpcr was performed using a step one pcr system (applied biosystems, uk) using the dna-binding dye sybr green for detection of pcr products. primer sequences were designed using the ncbi website and according to the mrna sequence of each gene published in the same website using primer blast software. designed primers were purchased from eurofins mwg operon (germany). primers used for 6-methylsalicylic acidsynthase (msas): forward gccttcttcctgcgtcgttgct, reverse tccgagtgcgtctcgaagagga (genbank dq084387.1); cytochrome p450 monoxygenase (p4502):forward tcgcccgcgtctcaaatcgg , reverse gcaggaaatacgttgcaaggcca (genbank dq084390.1); gene coding an atpbinding cassette (abc) transporter: forward ccacggcggtcgaattcatgg, reverse gtcccgggctgggccatagta and forward b-tubulin atg gta cct ccgacc tcc agc, reverse cgg cac ggg gaa cgt act tgt acted as a reference housekeeping gene control. product size and primer specificity was then confirmed using agarose gel electrophoresis. reaction for qpcr contains the following, 2μl of external plasmid standard or cdna added to a final reaction volume of 25μl which contained 0.05u/μl taq, sybr green, pcr buffer (300 nm) reference dye (rox) and specific sense and antisense primers (0.2μm). the progress of the pcr amplification was monitored by real-time fluorescence emitted from sybr green during the extension time. reaction conditions were 94°c for 2 minutes, followed by 40 cycles of 94°c for 30 seconds, 60°c for 30 seconds and 72°c for 30 seconds. the data were analyzed based on the differences between the reference (control group) and the treatment groups using a comparative ct analysis according to the following formula: [14]. δct sample = ct sample − ct reference gene δδct = δct sample − δct reference control amount of target (rq) = 2 −(δδct) where ct is a threshold cycle. statistical analysis 4 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 differences between groups were assessed using spss program 18 (ibm spss statistics software). data were expressed as mean ± standard error (s.e.) using student’s t-test. a difference of p<0.05 was considered statistically significant. results patulin production is controlled by network of transcriptional factors. therefore, to evaluate the effect of probiotic bacteria on p.expansum production, the expression gene involved in patulin biosynthesis was assessed using real time quantitative pcr technique. genes responsible for patulin production by p.expansum was affected by the treatments with bacteria found in the recent study. as shown previously, the treatment of fungi with several strains of bacteria modulated idh expression; one of the genes translates for patulin , however three genes also are implicated patulin biosynthesis. the recent study found that 6mas levels significantly down-regulated in the presence of bb, sb and bc1 (p<0.005), while this expression had up-regulated in the presence sc1 bacteria (figure 1, 2). p450 levels also had been shown significantly decreased by sb, bc1 and sb1 bacteria (p<0.005), while this expression increased by bb bacteria treatment but still not significant versus control group (figure 3, 4). additionally, the expression of abc not affected by bb bacteria treatment, while its levels were decreased in the presence of sb, bc1 and sc1 bacteria in comparison to control group (p<0.005) (figure 5, 6). all demonstrated data found the treatment with specific bacteria could modulate patulin expression by p.expansum which can affect on the growth of this fungus. discussion patulin production is controlled by network of transcriptional factors including genes. therefore to evaluate the effect of probiotic bacteria on p.expansum production ,the expression of three gene 6-msas, p450 and abc involved in patulin biosynthesis was assessed using real time quantitative pcr technique based on the results. the main objective of the present investigation was to gain insight into the mechanism by which probiotic bacteria reduce or transform patulin accumulation. this assumption was also supported by previous evidence that the expression of genes of secondary metabolism is strictly controlled by nutrients, inducers, products, metals, and growth rate, and in most cases, regulation is at transcription levels [6]. this assumption was also supported by [15]. the msas gene belongs to the polyketide synthase family. although polyketide biosynthesis has been the focus of intensive research over the past decade, relatively few polyketide synthase gene clusters have been described in fungi [16].the best understood system is the one responsible for the biosynthesis of 6-msas, which is the first step in the patulin synthetic pathway. the peab1 gene encodes an atp-binding cassette (abc) transporter that functions as an efflux pump. its function is of particular interest since it can play a significant role in protecting plant pathogens from synthetic fungicides or from plant defense compounds. the cytochrome monooxygenases p450-1 and p450-2 seemed to be the best candidates for explaining the effect of bacteria on patulin biosynthesis. [17] showed that the expression of idh gene, 6-msas gene and cytochrome p450 was to be higher under patulin permissive condition, indicating for the first time that regulation of biosynthetic in p.expansum is mediated at the level of gene transcription. transcription regulation of mycotoxin biosynthetic genes under different physiological conditions is quite common in mycotoxigenic fungi, for example for aflatoxin and sterigmatocystin production in aspergillus parasiticus and a. nidulans [10 ; 5] . this suggested to us that other genes involved in patulin biosynthesis . [18] who was reported that the absence of genes in the patulin producing fungus byssochlamys fulva resulted in its inability to produce toxin, the result of [15] provide evidence that quercetin and umbelliferone (phenolic compounds) do not seem to affect primary fungal 5 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 metabolism, but reduce patulin production by acting on its biosynthetic pathway [19] found that idh mrna expression significantly reduced in the group inoculated with b. breve and lb. salivarius at the same time with p.expansum. furthermore, idh expression also suppressed in the group treated with b. breve bacteria after 4 days of p. expansum growing . references 1. pitt , j. i. & hocking a.d. (1997) . fungi and food spoilage . blackie academic and professional , london. 2. abrunhosa, l.; paterson, r. p. m. & kozakiewicz, z. ( 2001). mycotoxin production from fungi isolated from grapes. lett. appl. microbiol., 32: 240-242. 3. arici, m. (2000). patulin production of penicillium isolates from fermented olives in a synthetic medium. ernahrung., 24: 257-259. 4. barkai-golan, r. (2008). penicillium mycotoxins. in: mycotoxins in fruits and vegetables ( barkai-golan, r. & paster, n., eds.), chapter7, pp.1531583. 5. bhatnagar, d. ; ehrlich, k. & cleveland, t.e. (2003). molecular genetic analysis and regulation of aflatoxin biosynthesis. appl. microbiol. biotechnol., 61:83-93. 6. demain, a.l. (1996). fungal secondary metabolism: regulation and function. in: sutton, b. (ed). century of mycology . combridge , m.a. cambridge university press, pp. 233-254 . 7. frisvad, j. c. (1981). physiological criteria and mycotoxin production as aids in identification of common asymmetric penicillia. appl. environ. microbiol., 41:568-579. 8. frisvad, j. c. and samson, r. a. (2004). polyphasic taxonomy of penicillium sub genus penicillium: aguide to identification of food and airborne terverticillate penicillia and their mycotoxins. studies in mycology, 49:152. 9. gourama, h. (1997). inhibition of growth and mycotoxin production of penicillum by lactobacillus species. lebensmittel-wissenshaft undtechnologie, 30:279-283. 10. liu, b. & chu, f.s.(1998). regulation of afir and its product, afir, associated with aflatoxin biosynthesis. appl. environ. microbiol., 64:37183723. 11. mahfoud, r. ; maresca, m. ; garmy, n. & fantini, j. (2002).the mycotoxin patulin alters the barrier function of the intestinal epithelium: mechanism of action of the toxin and effect of glutathione. toxicology and applied pharmacology,181:209-218. 12. pfeiffer, e. ; gross, k. & metzler, m.(1998). a neuploidogenic and clastogenic potential of the mycotoxins citrinin and patulin. carcinogenesis, 19:1313-1318. 6 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 13. pitt , j. i. & leistner, l. (1991) . toxigenic penicillium species . 91 – 99 . in: doyle, m.p. ; beuchat l.r. & montville t.j. (ed) . food microbiology and frontiers. asm press, washington d.c., 768. 14. karieb, s. & fox, w. (2011). phytoestrogens directly inhibit tnf-α induced borne resorption in raw264.7 cells by suppressing c-fos-induced nfatc1 expression. journal of cellular biochemistry, 112:476-487. 15sanzani, s.m. ; schena, l. ; nigro, f. ; girolama, a. & ippolito, a. (2009). effect of quercetin and umblelliferne on the transcript level of penicillium expansum genes involved in patulin biosynthesis. eur. j. plant pathol.,125:223233. 16. desjardins,a. e. & proctor, r. h. (2007). molecular biology of fusarium mycotoxins .journal of food microbiology,119:47-50. 17white, s. ; ocallaghan, j. & dobson, a. (2006). cloning and molecular characterization of penicillum expansum up-regulated genes under conditions permissive for patulin biosynthesis. fems microbiol. lett., 255:17-26. 18puel, o. ; tadrist, s. ; delafarge, m. ; oswold, i. & lebrihi, a. (2007). the inability of byssochlamys fluva to produce patulin is related to absence of 6methylsalicylic acid synthase and isoepoxydon dehydrogenase genes. international journal of food microbiology, 115:131-139. 19 hawar, s. n.(2012). activity of some probiotic bacteria against the mycotoxin patulin produced by penicillium expansum isolated from apple fruits. baghdad university, athesis,pp:145. figure n0. (1) : rt-pcr amplification products obtained from p. expansum (patulin producer) with primers targeting genes involved in patulin biosynthesis (6mas)(b:bacteria and mould growth at the same time,bb: b.breve and mould ; c:mould growth first for 4 days, sc: lb. salivarius growth first). b-tube 150 bp ctrl bb sb bc sc idh 160 bp 7 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 treatments control bb sb bc1 sc1 r e la ti v e e x p re s s io n o f 6m as g e n e 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 * * * * figure no.(2): the effect of supplemented bacteria b. breve and l. salivarius on the relative expression of 6-mas gene in the toxic strain p.expansum. data expressed normalized to βtub; housekeeping gene, and data represent the mean + sem. a p<0.05 versus control treated group. figure n0 (3) : rt-pcr amplification products obtained from p. expansum (patulin producer) with primers targeting genes involved in patulin biosynthesis (p450)(b:bacteria and mould growth at the same time, bb: b.breve and mould ; c:mould growth first for 4 days, sc: lb. salivarius growth first). b-tube 150bp ctrl bb sb bc sc 8 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015          treatments control bb sb bc1 sc1 r e la ti v e e x p re s s io n o f p 45 0 g e n e 0 1 2 3 4 5 * * * figure n0. (4) : the effect of supplemented bacteria b. breve and l. salivarius on the relative expression of p-450 gene in the toxic strain p.expansum. data expressed normalized to βtub; housekeeping gene, and data represent the mean + sem. a p<0.05 versus control treated group. figure n0. (5): rt-pcr amplification products obtained from p. expansum (patulin producer) with primers targeting genes involved in patulin biosynthesis (abc)(b: bacteria and mould growth at the same time,bb: b.breve and mould ; c:mould growth first for 4 days, sc: lb. salivarius growth first) b-tube 150 bp ctrl bb sb bc sc idh 160bp 9 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 treatments control bb sb bc1 sc1 r e la ti v e e x p re s s io n o f a b c g e n e 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 * * * figure no.(6) : the effect of supplemented bacteria b. breve and l. salivarius on the relative expression of abc (abc transporter mrna, partial cds (gene coding an atp-binding cassette (abc) transporter gene) in the toxic strain p.expansum. data expressed normalized to βtub; housekeeping gene, and data represent the mean + sem. a p<0.05 versus control treated group. 10 | biology 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 lactobacillus salivariusو bifidobacterium breveتأثير بكتريا في التعبير الجيني للجينات المسؤولة عن البناء الحيوي لسم الباتيولين المنتج penicillium expansumمن قبل فطر سميه نعيمه حوار سحر سعدي غريب جامعه بغداد \ )ابن الھيثم( الصرفةللعلوم التربيةكليه \قسم علوم الحياة 2015/شباط / 2، قبل البحث في 2014/كانون الثاني / 18استلم البحث في : الخالصة ان فطر البنسليوم ينتج سم الباتيولين في التفاح الذي يكون ساما لالنسان. لتحديد كيفية تأثير كل من بكتريا bifidobacterium breve وlactobacillus salivarius في انتاج سم الباتيولين من الناحية الجزيئية ، تم تقدير التعبير الجيني لثالث جينات مسؤولة عن البناء الحيوي لسم الباتيولين بعد معاملة الفطر بالبكتريا المدروسة باستخدام تقنية بكتريا المدروسة قد قللت من التعبير الجيني . بينت النتائج ان المعاملة ببعض السالالت من الpcrسلسلة تفاعالت البلمرة methylsalicylic acid synthase (msas) ،atp binding cassette transporterللجينات المدروسة ، جين (abc) و جينputative cytochrome p450 monooxygenases (p450-1) بالرغم من ذلك فان بعض . ير الجيني للجينات المدروسة. ان نتائج الدراسة الحالية بينت ان البكتريا المدروسة فد السالالت اليوجد لھا تاثير في التعب خفضت من انتاج سم الباتيولين من خالل التاثير في الجينات المسؤولة عن البناء الحيوي النتاج ھذا السم. سم الباتيولين . بكتريا حامض الالكتك . فطر البنسليوم . جين الكلمات المفتاحيه: 129 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 a study of shigellosis bacteria disease model with awareness effects watheq ibrahim jasim hassan fadhil al-husseiny watheq.alasady75@gmail.com hassan.fadhil.r@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq department of mathematics, college of sciences, university of baghdad, baghdad , iraq. abstract in this paper, a mathematical model is proposed and studied to describe the spread of shigellosis disease in the population community. we consider it divided into four classes namely: the 1st class consists of unaware susceptible individuals, 2nd class of infected individuals, 3rd class of aware susceptible individuals and 4th class are people carrying bacteria. the solution existence, uniqueness as well as bounded-ness are discussed for the shigellosis model proposed. also, the stability analysis has been conducted for all possible equilibrium points. finally the proposed model is studied numerically to prove the analytic results and discussing the effects of the external sources for disease and media coverage on the dynamical behaviors of shigellosis disease. keywords: shigellosis disease, awareness, media coverage, stability, external sources. 1. introduction in fact, the infectious diseases always have an impact on people's health, so it is necessary to study the mechanism by which the disease spread and the conditions of minor and major infections and learn how to control diseases. recently, a global pandemic have spread in most countries of the world, which is the corona epidemic (ncovid19), as it appeared in the state of in wuhan and moved to most countries of the world, where the number of cases of this disease reached more than 6,048,844 million injuries and the number of deaths was more than 367,227 thousand. throughout history, infectious diseases have had a major impact on the population. the effects of epidemics are the most obvious and exciting. in the last decade, that was, from 2010 to 2020, many epidemics have spread, most notably new types of influenza such as the middle east corona and swine flu, and preceded them in the previous decade. for the world health organization, swine flu was considered one of the most dangerous viruses. in june 2012, a report was published for a study of a group of doctors, researchers and agencies, ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2619 article history: received 24, june, 2020, accepted 20,july,2020, published in april 2021 mailto:watheq.alasady75@gmail.com mailto:hassan.fadhil.r@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq 130 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 announcing the death of 280,000 people, while in 2010, the world health organization announced that 18,000 people died as a result of the epidemic. an epidemic has played a major role of infectious diseases in the formation of the invasion of the new world and trolls these epidemics are epidemiologists in coordination with others in the medical field and researchers. we well know, the many infectious disease are spread by virus as covid-19 or bacteria as cholera it is caused by the bacterium vibrio cholera and there were many researchers studied the cholera epidemic. ridha and muhseen [1] proposed the epidemic disease model with general recovery function. muhseen and zhou [2] studied spread cholera disease with nonlinear incidence rate. m. al-arydah, et al [3] studied cholera disease with education and chlorination. f.j. luquero, et al [4] used vibrio cholera vaccine in an outbreak in guinea. we depend here on one from the basic modeling to study and analyze the infection disease which is the sir model of kermack and mckendrick [5-7. the mathematical modeling is an important interdisciplinary activity in the study of some aspects of various disciplines. bailey [8] and several authors provided many models for the spread and control of infectious diseases [9-12]. methods used to control epidemics are outreach programs driven by the media that can modify the behavior human towards the disease. these awareness campaigns may differ between the various groups at risk that help limit the spread of infection. we would like to mention those who have a clear evaluation of the impact of awareness programs [13-15]. there are studies on the effect of media and the effectiveness of using face masks to reduce the spread of the influenza epidemic [16-17]. misra [18] presented a non-linear mathematical model that evaluated awareness programs and showed their control that the outbreak of infectious diseases can be reduced through media coverage. in this work, we have proposed the mathematical model of the shigella disease involving media programs effect to control the spread the disease. we displayed the full details of the mathematical modeling of the shigella disease in section 2. we have also discussed some basic properties equilibrium points in section 3. in section 4 the local stability analysis was studied with the support of gresgorin theorem. furthermore, we studied the using of lyapunov function to show the global stability of the proposed model at all equilibrium points in section 5. finally, the effect of media coverage have been done to awareness for the shigella disease and also the risk of direct and indirect contact with carrier individuals on the out breaking of the shigella disease in the population. this was done through a numerical simulation. a discussion of the results effects and limitations involved were concluded in this paper. 2. model formulation: in this section, the population in this work can divided into to four classes, namely unaware susceptible class denoted by (𝑆𝑢), infected class denoted by (𝐼), aware susceptible denoted by (𝑆𝑎), people carrying bacteria denoted by (𝐵) and the number of media campaigns in that region at time t denoted by (𝑀). the model is given by the following differential equation. 131 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝑆�̇� = 𝜃 −𝑎1𝑆𝑢𝐵 −𝑎2𝑆𝑢𝑀 −𝑎3𝑆𝑢𝐼 −𝑎4𝑆𝑢 −𝜇𝑆𝑢 𝐼̇ = 𝑎1𝑆𝑢𝐵 +𝑎3𝑆𝑢𝐼 +𝑎4𝑆𝑢 −(𝜇 +𝑑 +𝜂)𝐼 𝑆�̇� = 𝑎2𝑆𝑢𝑀 −𝜇𝑆𝑎 �̇� = 𝑟𝐵(1− 𝐵 𝐾 )−𝜇𝐵 +𝜖𝐼 �̇� = 𝛼(𝑆𝑢 +𝐼)− 𝛾𝑀 (1) with initial conditions 𝑆𝑢(0) > 0,𝐼(0) ≥ 0,𝑆𝑎(0) ≥ 0,𝐵(0) ≥ 0,𝑀(0) ≥ 0. the natural birth into susceptible class by 𝜃 > 0. 𝑎1 > 0 is the incidence of the disease by direct contact with the carriers of the bacteria. 𝑎2 > 0 is the awareness rate. 𝑎3 > 0 is the contact rate between susceptible and infected. 𝑎4 ≥ 0 represents the number of cases of the disease due to the external sources such as (food, water,…etc). 𝜇 > 0 is the natural death rate of the in population . 𝑑 > 0 is the disease related death. 𝜂 > 0 is the removal rate. 𝑟 and 𝑘 are respectively, the growth rate carrying capacity of shigella disease. 𝜖 > 0 is the increasing of the shigella disease bacteria due to infected class. 𝛼 > 0 represents the implementation rate of awareness programs which is proportional to the number of unaware susceptible and infective individuals in the population. finally the depletion rate of awareness programs due to ineffectiveness, social problems in the population and similar factors is represented by 𝛾 > 0. theorem (1): the uniformly bounded of the any solutions are discussed in the following. proof: let (𝑆𝑢(𝑡),𝐼(𝑡),𝑆𝑎(𝑡),𝐵(𝑡),𝑀(𝑡)) is the solution of the system (1) with positive initial condition (𝑆𝑢(0),𝐼(0),𝑆𝑎(0),𝐵(0),𝑀(0)) which defines the function 𝑁(𝑡) = 𝑆𝑢(𝑡)+𝐼(𝑡)+ 𝑆𝑎(𝑡)+𝐵(𝑡) then take the time derivative of 𝑁(𝑡) along the solution of the system (1);this gives 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 = ө+𝑟𝐵(1− 𝐵 𝑁 )−𝑞(𝑆𝑢 +𝐼 +𝑆𝑎 +𝐵) 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝐻 −𝑞𝑁 ; 𝐻 = 𝑟𝐾 4 +ө , 𝑞 = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 {𝜇,𝜇 −𝜖} 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 +𝑞𝑁 ≤ 𝐻 clearly, by solving the above equation, we obtain 𝑁(𝑡) ≤ 𝐻 𝑞 + (𝑁0 − 𝐻 𝑞 )𝑒−𝑞𝑡 therefore, 𝑁(𝑡) ≤ 𝐻 𝑞 , 𝑎𝑠 𝑡 → ∞ 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 = 𝛼 ( 𝑆𝑢 + 𝐼 )− 𝛾𝑀 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 ≤ �̃� − 𝛾𝑀 ; �̃� = 𝛼 (𝑆𝑢 + 𝐼) by a similar way we get: 132 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝑀(𝑡) ≤ 𝛼𝐻 𝛾𝑞 , 𝑎𝑠 𝑡 → ∞ we obtain that, the solution of system (1) is confined in the following region ω = {(𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝑆𝑎,𝐵,𝑀) ∈ 𝑅+ 5:𝑁 ≤ 𝐻 𝑞 ,0 ≤ 𝑀 ≤ 𝛼𝐻 𝛾𝑞 } thus, these solutions are uniformly bounded and the proof is complete. ∎ 3. the number of equilibrium points: it is easy that aware susceptible 𝑆𝑎 is related with variable 𝑆𝑢(𝑡) and 𝑀(𝑡) only. hence for fixed values of, 𝑆𝑢(𝑡) and 𝑀(𝑡), the calculate value of 𝑆𝑎 can be found simply by solving the system (1). in fact, we can determine the value of 𝑆𝑎 by the following equation 𝑆𝑎 = 𝑎2�̃�𝑢�̃� 𝜇 (2) consequently, we can reduce system (1) and rewrite it to the following system 𝑆�̇� = 𝜃 −𝑎1𝑆𝑢𝐵 −𝑎2𝑆𝑢𝑀 −𝑎3𝑆𝑢𝐼 −𝑎4𝑆𝑢 −𝜇𝑆𝑢 𝐼̇ = 𝑎1𝑆𝑢𝐵 +𝑎3𝑆𝑢𝐼 +𝑎4𝑆𝑢 −(𝜇 +𝑑 +𝜂)𝐼 �̇� = 𝑟𝐵 ( 1− 𝐵 𝐾 ) −𝜇𝐵 +𝜖𝐼 �̇� = 𝛼 ( 𝑆𝑢 + 𝐼 )–𝛾𝑀 (3) clearly, there are only two equilibrium points of system (3) under the following conditions:  the first equilibrium point exists when 𝐼 = 0 (when 𝑎4 = 0) and 𝐵 = 0, and is called disease free equilibrium point which is denoted by 𝐸0 = (𝑆𝑢 ^ ,0 ,0 ,𝑀^), where 𝑀^ = 𝛼 𝛾 𝑆𝑢 ^ (4) while 𝑆𝑢 is a positive real root of the following quadratic equation 𝐴1𝑆𝑢 2 +𝐴2𝑆𝑢 +𝐴3 = 0 (5a) here 𝑆𝑢 = −(𝐴2+√𝐴2 2−4𝐴1𝐴3) 2𝐴1 (5b) 𝐴1 = −𝑎2𝛼 𝛾 𝐴2 = −𝜇 𝐴3 = 𝜃  the endemic equilibrium point, denoted by 𝐸1 = (𝑆𝑢 ∗ , 𝐼∗,𝐵∗,𝑀∗) where 𝐼∗ = 𝐵∗( 𝜇𝑘+𝑟𝐵∗−𝑟𝑘 ) 𝑘𝜖 (6a) 𝑀∗ = 𝛼(𝑘𝜖𝑆𝑢 ∗+(𝜇−𝑟)𝑘𝐵∗+𝑟𝐵∗ 2 ) 𝑘𝜖𝛾 (6b) 133 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 while (𝑆𝑢 ∗,𝐵∗) represents a positive intersection point of the following two isoclines: 𝑓(𝑆𝑢,𝐵) = 𝑚1𝑆𝑢𝐵 2 + 𝑚2𝐵 2 + 𝑚3𝑆𝑢𝐵 + 𝑚4𝑆𝑢 + 𝑚5𝐵 = 0 (7) 𝑔(𝑆𝑢,𝐵) = 𝑛1𝑆𝑢𝐵 2 + 𝑛2𝑆𝑢 2 +𝑛3𝑆𝑢𝐵 + 𝑛4𝑆𝑢 + 𝑛5 = 0 (8) here, 𝑚1 = 𝑎3𝑟 ,𝑚2 = −(𝜇 +𝑑 + η),m3 = 𝑎1𝑘𝜖 + 𝑎3(𝜇 −𝑟)𝑘 𝑚4 = 𝑎4𝑘𝜖 , 𝑚5 = −(𝜇 +𝑑 + 𝜂)(𝜇 −𝑟) n1 = − ( 𝑎2r+ 𝑎3𝛾𝑟), n2 = −𝑎2𝛼𝑘𝜖 n3 = − [ 𝑎1𝑘ϵ𝛾 + 𝑎2𝑘(𝜇 −𝑟)+𝑎3𝛾𝑘(𝜇 −𝑟)] n4 = −𝑘ϵ𝛾(𝑎4 +𝜇),n5 = 𝑘ϵ𝛾𝜃 clearly as 𝐵 → 0 the first isoclines (7) intersects the 𝑆𝑢 − axis at zero however when 𝐵 → 0 the second isoclines (8) will intersect the 𝑆𝑢 − axis at a unique positive point, say 𝑆𝑢1 consequently, these two isoclines (7) and (8) have an intersection point in the interior of the positive quadrant of 𝑆𝑢𝐵 – plane, namely (𝑆𝑢 ∗ ,𝐵∗), provided that the following conditions are satisfied 𝜕𝑓 𝑑𝑆𝑢 > 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜕𝑓 𝑑𝐵 < 0 𝑜𝑟 𝜕𝑓 𝑑𝑆𝑢 < 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜕𝑓 𝑑𝐵 > 0 } (9a) 𝜕𝑔 𝑑𝑆𝑢 > 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜕𝑔 𝑑𝐵 > 0 𝑜𝑟 𝜕𝑔 𝑑𝑆𝑢 < 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜕𝑔 𝑑𝐵 < 0 } (9b) therefore, we have the endemic equilibrium point 𝐸1 = (𝑆𝑢 ∗ , 𝐼∗ ,𝐵∗ ,𝑀∗) if the above conditions (9a)-(9b) hold and the following condition is satisfied too 𝑟𝑘 < 𝜇𝑘 +𝑟𝐵∗ (10) 4. local stability analysis: in this section, the local stability conditions of system (3) near 𝐸𝑖 , 𝑖 = 0,1 are established in the following theorems. theorem (2): if the 𝐸0 point exists, it is locally asymptotically stable if the following conditions are held 𝑟 < 𝜇 (11a) 𝛼 < 𝑎2𝑀 ^ +𝜇 (11b) 𝑆𝑢 ^ < 𝑚𝑖𝑛{ μ+d+η−(𝜖+𝛼) 2𝑎3 , 𝜇−𝑟 2𝑎1 , 𝛾 𝑎2 } (11c) 134 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 proof: clearly the jacobian matrix of system (3) at 𝐸0 can be written as 𝐽(𝐸0) = (𝑤𝑖𝑗)4𝑥4 where = ( −𝑎2𝑀 ^ −𝜇 −𝑎3𝑆𝑢 ^ −𝑎1𝑆𝑢 ^ −𝑎2𝑆𝑢 ^ 0 𝑎3𝑆𝑢 ^ −𝜇 −𝑑 −η 𝑎1su ^ 0 0 𝜖 𝑟 −𝜇 0 𝛼 𝛼 0 −𝛾 ) now, by applying the condition in the gersgorin theorem [19]. |𝑤𝑖𝑖| > ∑ |𝑤𝑖𝑗| 4 𝑖=1 𝑖≠𝑗 (12) we get all the eigenvalues of above jacobian exist in the region 𝛺 =∪{𝑢∗ ∈ 𝐶:|𝑢∗ −𝑤𝑖𝑖| < ∑|𝑤𝑖𝑗| 4 𝑖=1 𝑖≠𝑗 } then all the eigenvalues of 𝐽(𝐸0) exist in the disc centered at 𝑤𝑖𝑖. thus if the diagonal elements are negative and the conditions (11a) and (11c) are held, all the eigenvalues will exist in the left half plane and the 𝐸0 is locally asymptotically stable ∎ theorem (3): the 𝐸1 = (𝑆𝑢 ∗, 𝐼∗,𝐵∗,𝑀∗) of system (3) is locally asymptotically stable under the following conditions held 𝑆𝑢 ∗ < 𝑚𝑖𝑛{ μ+d+η−(𝜖+𝛼) 2𝑎3 , 2𝑟𝐵∗+𝑘(𝜇−𝑟) 2𝑎1𝑘 , 𝛾 𝑎2 } (13a) 𝛼 < 𝑎2𝑀 ∗ +𝜇 (13b) proof: it is easy from jacobian matrix of system (3) at 𝐸1 = (𝑆𝑢 ∗, 𝐼∗,𝐵∗,𝑀∗) that can be written as 𝐽(𝐸1) = (𝑑𝑖𝑗)4𝑋4 here, 𝑑11 = −𝑎1𝐵 ∗ −𝑎2𝑀 ∗ −𝑎3𝐼 ∗ −𝑎4 −𝜇,𝑑12 = −𝑎3𝑆𝑢 ∗,𝑑13 = −𝑎1𝑆𝑢 ∗ 𝑑14 = −𝑎2𝑆𝑢 ∗,𝑑21 = 𝑎1𝐵 ∗ +𝑎3𝐼 ∗ +𝑎4 ,𝑑22 = 𝑎3𝑆𝑢 ∗ −(𝜇 +𝑑)−η d23 = 𝑎1su ∗ ,𝑑32 = 𝜖,𝑑33 = 𝑘𝑟 −2𝑟𝐵∗ −𝑘𝜇 𝑘 ,𝑑41 = 𝛼,𝑑42 = 𝛼 𝑑44 = −𝛾,𝑑31 = d24 = 𝑑34 = 𝑑43 = 0 now, by applying the condition in the gersgorin theorem [19]. |𝑑𝑖𝑖| > ∑ |𝑑𝑖𝑗| 4 𝑖=1 𝑖≠𝑗 (14) we get all the eigenvalues of above jacobian exist in the region 135 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝛺 =∪{𝑢∗ ∈ 𝐶:|𝑢∗ −𝑑𝑖𝑖| < ∑|𝑑𝑖𝑗| 4 𝑖=1 𝑖≠𝑗 } then all the eigenvalues of 𝐽(𝐸1) exist in the disc centered at 𝑑𝑖𝑖 . thus if the diagonal elements are negative and the conditions (13a) and (13b) are held, all the eigenvalues will exist in the left half plane and the 𝐸1 is locally asymptotically stable. ∎ 5. global stability analysis: in this section, we discuss the global stability conditions and determine the basin of attraction of these equilibrium points of system (3) that is presented as shown in the following theorems. theorem (4): the 𝐸0 of system (3) is globally asymptotically in the sub region of 𝑅+ 4 under the following sufficient conditions (𝑎2 − 𝛼 𝑀 ) 2 < 4( 𝑎2𝑀 ^+𝜇 𝑆𝑢 )( 𝛾 𝑀 ) (15a) 𝑆𝑢 ^ < 𝑚𝑖𝑛{ 𝜇−𝑟 𝑎1 , (𝜇+𝑑+𝜂−𝛼−𝜖)𝑀+𝛼𝑀^ 𝑎3𝑀 } (15b) proof: consider the following positive definite function 𝑉0(𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) = (𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ^ −𝑆𝑢 ^ ln 𝑆𝑢 𝑆𝑢 ^ )+𝐼 +𝐵 +(𝑀 −𝑀^ −𝑀^ ln 𝑀 𝑀^ ) it is easy to see that 𝑉0(𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) ∈ 𝐶 1(𝑅+ 4,𝑅) and 𝑉0(𝑆𝑢 ^,0,0,𝑀^) = 0, while 𝑉0(𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) > 0 ∀(𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) ∈ 𝑅+ 4 and (𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) ≠ (𝑆𝑢 ^,0,0,𝑀^) . 𝑑𝑉0 𝑑𝑡 = ( 𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ^ 𝑆𝑢 ) 𝑑𝑆𝑢 𝑑𝑡 + 𝑑𝐼 𝑑𝑡 + 𝑑𝐵 𝑑𝑡 +( 𝑀 −𝑀^ 𝑀 ) 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑉0 𝑑𝑡 = ( 𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ^ 𝑆𝑢 )[𝜃 −𝑎1𝑆𝑢𝐵 −𝑎2𝑆𝑢𝑀 −𝑎3𝑆𝑢𝐼 −𝑎4𝑆𝑢 −𝜇𝑆𝑢] +[𝑎1𝑆𝑢𝐵 +𝑎3𝑆𝑢𝐼 −(𝜇 +𝑑 +𝜂)𝐼] +[𝑟𝐵 ( 1− 𝐵 𝑘 )−𝜇𝐵 +𝜖𝐼] +( 𝑀 −𝑀^ 𝑀 )[𝛼 (𝑆𝑢 + 𝐼)–𝛾𝑀] furthermore by taking the derivative and simplifying the resulting terms, we obtain that 𝑑𝑉0 𝑑𝑡 = −[( 𝑎2𝑀 ^ +𝜇 𝑆𝑢 )(𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ^)2 +(𝑎2 − 𝛼 𝑀 )(𝑀 −𝑀^)(𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ^)+ 𝛾 𝑀 (𝑀−𝑀^)2] −(𝜇 −(𝑟 +𝑎1𝑆𝑢 ^))𝐵 −[(𝜇 +𝑑 +𝜂)+ 𝛼𝑀^ 𝑀 −(𝑎3𝑆𝑢 ^+∈ +𝛼)]𝐼 136 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 by using the above condition, we obtain that 𝑑𝑉0 𝑑𝑡 ≤ −[√ 𝑎2𝑀 ^ +𝜇 𝑆𝑢 (𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ^)+√ 𝛾 𝑀 (𝑀 −𝑀^)] 2 −(𝜇 −(𝑟 +𝑎1𝑆𝑢 ^))𝐵 −[(𝜇 +𝑑 +𝜂)+ 𝛼𝑀^ 𝑀 −(𝑎3𝑆𝑢 ^+∈ +𝛼)]𝐼 clearly, 𝑉0̇ = 0 at 𝐸0 = (𝑆𝑢 ^,0,0,𝑀^), moreover 𝑉0̇ < 0 otherwise. hence 𝑉0̇ is negative definite and then the solution starting from any initial point satisfies the conditions (15a) and (15b), will converge to 𝐸0 point. ∎ theorem (5): the 𝐸1 of system (3) is globally asymptotically stable under the following conditions held. 𝑏12 2 < 4 9 𝑏11𝑏22 (16a) 𝑏13 2 < 4 6 𝑏11𝑏33 (16b) 𝑏14 2 < 4 6 𝑏11𝑏44 (16c) 𝑏23 2 < 4 6 𝑏22𝑏33 (16d) 𝑏24 2 < 4 6 𝑏22𝑏44 (16e) 𝑎3𝑆𝑢 < 𝜇 +𝑑 +𝜂 (16f) 𝑟 < 𝑟 𝑘 (𝐵 +𝐵∗)+𝜇 (16g) proof: consider the following function 𝑉1(𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) = 1 2 (𝑆𝑢−𝑆𝑢 ∗)2 + 1 2 (𝐼−𝐼∗)2 + 1 2 (𝐵−𝐵∗)2 + 1 2 (𝑀−𝑀∗)2 it is easy to see that 𝑉1 = (𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) ∈ 𝐶 1(𝑅+ 4,𝑅) in addition 𝑉1(𝑆𝑢 ∗, 𝐼∗,𝐵∗,𝑀∗) = 0 while 𝑉1(𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) > 0 ∀ (𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) ∈ 𝑅+ 4 and (𝑆𝑢, 𝐼,𝐵,𝑀) ≠ (𝑆𝑢 ∗, 𝐼∗,𝐵∗,𝑀∗). 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 = (𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗) 𝑑𝑆𝑢 𝑑𝑡 +(𝐼 −𝐼∗) 𝑑𝐼 𝑑𝑡 +(𝐵 −𝐵∗) 𝑑𝐵 𝑑𝑡 +(𝑀 −𝑀∗) 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 = (𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗)[𝜃 −𝑎1𝑆𝑢𝐵 −𝑎2𝑆𝑢𝑀 −𝑎3𝑆𝑢𝐼 −𝜇𝑆𝑢] +(i− i∗)[𝑎1𝑆u𝐵 +𝑎3𝑆u𝐼 −(μ+d+η)𝐼] +(𝐵 −𝐵∗)[r𝐵 ( 1− 𝐵 k )−μ𝐵 +ϵ𝐼] +(𝑀 −𝑀∗)[α ( 𝑆u + 𝐼 )–γ𝑀] furthermore, by the derivative and simplifying the 137 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 = −[ 𝑏11 3 (𝑆𝑢−𝑆𝑢 ∗)2 +𝑏12(𝐼 −𝐼 ∗)(𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗)+ 𝑏22 3 (𝐼−𝐼∗)2] −[ 𝑏11 3 (𝑆𝑢−𝑆𝑢 ∗)2 +𝑏13(𝐵 −𝐵 ∗)(𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗)+ 𝑏33 2 (𝐵−𝐵∗)2] −[ 𝑏11 3 (𝑆𝑢−𝑆𝑢 ∗)2 +𝑏14(𝑀 −𝑀 ∗)(𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗)+ 𝑏44 2 (𝑀 −𝑀∗)2] −[ 𝑏22 3 (𝐼 −𝐼∗)2 −𝑏23(𝐵 −𝐵 ∗)(𝐼 −𝐼∗)+ 𝑏33 2 (𝐵 −𝐵∗)2] −[ 𝑏22 3 (𝐼 −𝐼∗)2 −𝑏24(𝑀 −𝑀 ∗)(𝐼 −𝐼∗)+ 𝑏44 2 (𝑀 −𝑀∗)2] therefore according to the condition (16a) and (16g) we obtain that: 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 < −[√ 𝑏11 3 (𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗)+√ 𝑏22 3 (𝐼 −𝐼∗)] 2 −[√ 𝑏11 3 (𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗)+√ 𝑏33 2 (𝐵 −𝐵∗)] 2 −[√ 𝑏11 3 (𝑆𝑢 −𝑆𝑢 ∗)+√ 𝑏44 2 (𝑀 −𝑀∗)] 2 −[√ 𝑏22 3 (𝐼 −𝐼∗)−√ 𝑏33 2 (𝐵 −𝐵∗)] 2 −[√ 𝑏22 3 (𝐼 −𝐼∗)−√ 𝑏44 2 (𝑀 −𝑀∗)] 2 where 𝑏11 = 𝑎1𝐵 ∗ +𝑎2𝑀 ∗ +𝑎3𝐼 ∗ +𝑎4 +𝜇 , 𝑏12 = 𝑎3𝑆𝑢 −𝑎1𝐵 ∗ −𝑎3𝐼 ∗ −𝑎4 𝑏22 = 𝜇 +𝑑 +𝜂 −𝑎3𝑆𝑢, 𝑏23 = 𝑎1𝑆𝑢 +𝜖, 𝑏13 = 𝑎1𝑆𝑢 𝑏33 = 𝑟 𝑘 (𝐵 +𝐵∗)−(𝑟 −𝜇), 𝑏14 = 𝑎2𝑆𝑢 −𝛼, 𝑏24 = 𝛼, 𝑏44 = 𝛾 clearly, 𝑑𝑉1 𝑑𝑡 < 0, and then 𝑉1 is a lyapunov function provided that the given condition (16a) and (16g) held . therefore, 𝐸1 is globally asymptotically stable. ∎ 6. numerical simulation: in this present section, the spread and control of shigellosis disease are investigated by numerically simulation for many sets of initial values and different sets of parameters values. the objectives of this section are determined by the effect of contact rate, media rate and external sources as well confirm our obtained results. it is observed that through choosing the following data 𝜃 = 1.2 , 𝑎1 = 1.5 , 𝑎2 = 1.19 , 𝑎3 = 0.15 , 𝑎4 = 1.15 , 𝜇 = 0.5 𝑑 = 0.3 , η = 0.5 , r = 0.3 , k = 0.1 , ϵ = 0.02 , α = 0.1 , γ = 0.3 (17) the dynamical behaviors of system (1) converge to the 𝐸1 = (0.54,0.53,0.46,0.03,0.35) and the investigation of the global stability, are shown in figure 1. starting from different sets of initial points. 138 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 1. the trajectory of system (1) approaches asymptotically to a globally stable to endemic equilibrium point of system (1) for the parameter set in eq. (17), started from different sets of initial point. (a) for su(t), (b) for i(t), (c) for sa(t), (d) for b(t), (e) for m(t). clearly figure 1. confirms our obtained analytical results regarding the existence of globally asymptotically stable endemic equilibrium point. however, for the same data by equation (17) with 𝑎4 = 0, 𝑘 = 0.01 the solution of system (1) converge to the disease free equilibrium point is shown in the following figure 2. 139 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 2. the trajectory of system (1) approaches asymptotically to a globally stable to e0 = (1.21,0,1.18,0,0.40), started from different sets of initial point. (a) for su(t), (b) for i(t), (c) for sa(t), (d) for b(t), (e) for m(t). it is easy by keeping fixed the parameters values given in eq. (17) with putting 𝜇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑘 in the range 0.5 ≤ 𝜇 ≤ 16.8,0.001 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 0.01 and 𝑎4 = 0, the solution of the system (1) converge to 𝐸0 = (1.21,0,1.18,0,0.40) is shown in the typical figure given by figure 3. below. 140 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 figure 3. the solution of system (1) for the data (17) (a) for μ = 0.5 and k = 0.1 (b) for μ = 0.7 and k = 0.01. according to figure 3, it is clear that the dynamical behavior of system (1), transmission from endemic point to disease free point that is mean the endemic point became unstable. now, the dynamical behavior of system (1) under the effect of varying the contact infected rate value 𝑎3 is investigated. system (1) is solved numerically by choosing the parameters values given by equation (17) with 𝑎3 = 3.15,6.15,9.15 respectively and then the trajectories of the system (1) are shown in figure 4. figure 4. the solutions of the system (1) (a) for a3 = 3.15 (b) for a3 = 6.15 (c) a3 = 9.15 clearly, from figure 4. we see that the solution of system (1) is still a converge to the endemic equilibrium point. in addition it is observed that the number of asymptomatic susceptible unaware and aware population decreases while the number of infected population increases. 141 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 finally, the dynamical behavior of system (1) under the effect of varying the incidence rate of the disease by direct contact with the carriers of the bacteria. so, we can chose the same set of parameters values given by equation (17) with 𝑎1 = 5.5,20.5,35.5 respectively and then the trajectories of the system (1) are shown in the figure 5. figure 5. time series of solutions of the system (1) (a) for a1 = 5.5 (b) for a1 = 20.5 (c) a1 = 35.5 clearly, system (1) has an asymptotically stable to the endemic equilibrium point. in addition it is observed that there is a slight change in the system. 7. conclusion and discussion: awareness programs that control the spread of the epidemic strong steps should be taken regarding their implementation of diseases such as smallpox, measles, influenza, and others. behavioral changes caused by awareness programs have the ability to control the size of the epidemic and then predict the future course of the outbreak to guide public health policy. this is a different thing because outbreak of the disease involves the environment, and (direct and indirect) multiple ways of transmission how to cover the media, the awareness programs will be affected the dynamics of shigellosis. in this work, we proposed and analyzed a model to study the effect of awareness programs on shigellosis disease. the model included four ordinary differential equations describing four different class: unaware susceptible individuals 𝑆𝑢, infected individuals 𝐼, aware susceptible individuals 𝑆𝑎 and people carrying bacteria 𝐵. system (1) has only two equilibrium points. the conditions for existence, stability for each equilibrium points are obtained. further, it is observed that the disease free equilibrium point (𝐸0) exists when 𝑎4 = 0 and 𝐼 = 𝐵 = 0 and locally stable if the conditions (11a-11c) are held, and then it is globally stable if the conditions (15a-15b) are held. the endemic equilibrium point (𝐸1) exists if the conditions 142 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 (9a-9b) are held and locally stable if the conditions (13a-13b) are held more than it is globally stable if the conditions (16a-16g) are held. finally, to understand the effect of varying each parameter on the global system (1) and confirm our above analytical results, system (1) has been solved numerically for different sets of initial points and different sets of parameter given by equation (17), and the following observation are made: 1. for the set of hypothetical parameters values given by eq. (17), the system (1) approached asymptotically to the global stable endemic equilibrium point, 𝐸1 . 2. equation (17), when we set the following values 𝑎4 = 0 and 𝑘 = 0.01 the system (1) converge to disease free equilibrium point 𝐸0 and satisfied the global stability. 3. if the contact rates 𝑎3 and 𝑎1 increase, the solution of system (1) still converge to the endemic equilibrium point. references 1. hassan f.; ahmed a. m. the dynamical behaviors for an epidemic disease model with general recovery function, sci. int. (lahore), 2017, 29, 5, 1007-1014. 2. ahmed a. m.; zhou x. on the dynamical behaviors of cholera model with holling type ӏӏ functional response, journal of al-nahrain univ., 2016, 19, 1, 156-167. 3. al-arydah, m.; mwasa, a.; tchuenche, j. m.; smith r. j. modelling cholera disease with education and chlorination, journal of biological system, 2013, 21, 4, 1-20. 4. luquero f. j.; grout l.; ciglenecki i.; sakoba k.; traore b.; helie, m. use of vibrio cholerae vaccine in an outbreak in guinea, the new england journal of medicine, 2014, 370, 2111 – 2120. 5. kermack w. o.; mckendrick a. g. contributions to mathematical theory of epidemics, proc. r. soc. ser. a., 1927, 115, 700-721. 6. kermack, w. o.; mckendrick, a. g. contributions to mathematical theory of epidemics, proc. r. soc. lond. a., 1932, 138, 55-83. 7. kermack, w. o. ; mckendrick, a. g. contributions to mathematical theory of epidemics, proc. r. soc. lond. a., 1933, 141, 94-122. 8. bailey n. t. the mathematical theory of infectious disease, griffin, london, second edition, 1975. 9. capasso v.; serio g. a generalization of the kermack-mckendrick deterministic epidemic model, math. biosei. j., 1978, 42, 43-61. 10. liu r.; wu j.; zhu h. media psychological impact on multiple outbreaks of emerging infectious diseases, comput. math. methods med., 2007, 8, 3, 153–164. 11. kiss i. z.; cassell j.; recker m.; simon p. l. the impact of information transmission on epidemic outbreaks, math. biosci. j., 2010, 225, 1, 1-10. 12. funk s.; salath´e m.; jansen a. a. modelling the influence of human behaviour on the spread of infectious diseases: a review, j. r. soc. interface, 2010, 7, 50, 12471256. 13. samanta s.; rana s.; sharma a.; misra a. k.; chattopadhyay j. effect of awareness programs by media on the epidemic outbreaks: a mathematical model. appl. math. comput., 2013, 219, 12, 6965-6977. 14. zuo l.; liu m. effect of awareness programs on the epidemic outbreaks with time delay, abstr. appl. anal., 2014,1-8. 143 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 15. kaur n.; ghosh m.; bhatia s. s. modeling and analysis of an sirs epidemic model with effect of awareness programs by media, int. j. math. comput. phys. quant. eng., 2014, 8, 233-239. 16. tracht s. m.; del valle s.y.; hyman j. m. mathematical modeling of the effectiveness of facemasks in reducing the spread of novel influenza a (h1n1), plos one, 2010, 5( 2):e9018. 17. collinson s.; heffernan j. m. modelling the effects of media during an influenza epidemic, bmc public health, 2014, 14, 376-390. 18. misra a. k.; sharma a.; shukla j. b. modeling and analysis of effects of awareness programs by media on the spread of infectious diseases, math. comput. model., 2011, 53, 1221-1228. 19. horn r. a.; johanson c. r. matrix analysis, cambridge university press, 1985. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |161 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 synthesis of some new heterocyclic fused rings compounds based on 5-aryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole zahra mohammed abbas dhuha faruq hussain raied mustafa shakir dep. of chemistry / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:29/february/2017,accepted in:28/may/2017 abstract the work includes synthesis and characterization of some new heterocyclic compounds, as flow: the compound (3) (5-(4-chlorophenyl) -2-hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole was synthesized by using two methods; the first method includes the direct reaction between hydrazine hydrate 80% and 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2(ethylthio) 1,3,4-oxadiazole (1), the second method involves converting 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine (2) to diazonium salt then reducing this salt to compound (3) by stannous chloride. compound (3) was used as starting material for synthesizing several fused heterocyclic compounds. the compound 6-(4chlorophenyl)[1,2.4] triazolo [3,4,b][1,3,4] oxadiazole-3-(2h) thione (compound 4) was synthesized from the reaction of compound (3) with carbon disulfide in presence of potassium hydroxide. compound 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-[1,2,4] triazolo [3,4-b][1,3,4] oxadiazole-3-amine (5) was synthesized from treatment of compound (3) with cyanogen bromide at room temperature in the presence of sodium hydrogen carbonate. direct reaction between acetic acid and compound (3) in pocl3 affords 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methyl-[1,2,4] triazolo [3,4,b][1,3,4] oxadiazole (compound 6). five new fused rings derivatives (12-16) [6-(4chlorophenyl)-3-(aryl)-[1,2,4] triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4]oxadiazol] were synthesized by two steps. the first step was synthesized by corresponding schiff bases (7-11) from reaction compound (3) with five aryl aldehyde. these schiff bases were used as substrate to synthesize compounds (12-16) by treating these compounds with bromine in glacial acetic acid in dry sodium acetate.the synthesized compounds were characterized by ftir,h-nmr,c-nmr and chns analysis. keywords:, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, triazole. chemistry |162 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction heterocycles and their derivatives are one of the most important species in organic chemistry. these are considered an interesting material due to their diverse biological activity. a large number of medications includes heterocycle in their chemical structure. in recent years, the oxadiazole ring and triazole ring occupied the importance of extensive scientific research. the 1,3,4-oxadiazoles and their derivatives known with their wide biological activity for instant, anticancer [1], anti-inflammatory. [2, 3].,anti-urease[4], antibacterial[5], anti-fungal. [6] and anti-allergic[7]. furthermore the oxadiazoles derivatives exhibited interested physical properties such as electrochemical properties [8, 9], electro-optical properties[10], luminescence property [11, 12] and photophysical properties[13]. in other hand, the triazole derivatives as well display intensive biological activity for instant, analgesic activities[14], antioxidant [15], antitumor activity[16], anticancer[17], urea’s inhibition activity[18], antifungal [19] and anti-tuberculosis[20].it is well known in medicinal chemistry, that combining two different pharmacophores in same structure enhances the biological activities for the resulting compound [21-23]. according to this fact, incorporation of two different heterocyclic had significant attention. synthesis and biological activity of fused heterocyclic also occupied paramount in scientific research. recently, researchers strengthened attention to synthesis and biological activity of fused heterocyclic. survey of literatures discloses that s-triazolo [3,4-b]-1,3,4-thiadiazole rings, have received significant attention at the recent years for their pharmacological properties. for instant, antifungal activity[24], antibacterial activities[25], anti-hiv-1 activity [26], antimicrobial activity[27], anticancer activity[28], antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activity [29].in this research, we will present synthesized new fused oxadiazole –triazole as promising bioactive compounds. experimental the ftir spectra were discovered by ftir 600, chns analysis was recorded by euro ea 3000 , nmr ready60,60mhz spectrometer at central service laboratory/ college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad, nmr ultra shield 300 mhz, bruker, switzerland (university of al-albayt / jordon), cdcl3 and dmso-d6 were used as the solvent. the chemicals and solvent which consumed for synthesizing target compounds were brand sigma-aldrich, fisher and merck. uncorrected open capillary tube was used to distinguish the melting point by mel-temp ii instrumental. purities of compounds were checked with a thin layer chromatography (silica gel tlc) plate's brand merck.the spot located by iodine vapors or uv lights. 1-synthesis of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole(3) the product was obtained from two methods: method a 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole was synthesized by refluxing a mixture of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(ethylthio)1,3,4-oxadiazole (5 g , 20 mmol) and excess of hydrazine hydrate 80% (10ml) in ethanol for 48 hrs. the progress of reaction was monitored by t.l.c using ethyl acetate: hexane (3:1) as eluent. upon cooling the precipitate was separated and collected by filtration. the crud product was washed with toluene to afford bulbous shine dishes crystals. yield 48 %; m.p. 163-165°c;.ftir (kbr, cm -1 ); 3309,3222,3153 (nh2,nh) 3016 (char)1657, 1612 (c=n) 1558, 1489 (c=c) 1095 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6,300 mhz,ppm): 4.47 (bs, 2h, nh2) 7.485 (d,2h, har j=8.3) 7.795 (d, 2h, har j=8.3) 9.81 (s, 1h, http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0040403915007947 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0040403915007947 chemistry |163 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 nh); 13 c-nmr (dmso d6 .75mhz, δppm): 120.93 (1c,c1), 128.15 (2c, c2), 129.59 (2c, c3), 137.28 (1c, c4) 153.65 , 154.14 (2c, c=n). method b to the mixture of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine (1.95 g 10 mmol) and 4n hydrochloric acid (15ml) cooled in an ice-bath , an aqueous solution of nano2 (1.38 g, 20 mmol) in 3ml distilled water was added slowly. after cooling to 0 ºc, a mixture of sncl2 (2.84g, 15 mmol) and conc. hcl (10 ml) was added drop wise within 20 minute. after 4hrs, the reaction mixture was filtered. the residues were dissolved in aqueous koh (25%) extracted with ether (3 × 25 ml). the combined organic layer was dried. the volatiles were removed to give corresponding hydrazine. yield 62% . 2-synthesis of 6-(4-chlorophenyl)[1,2.4] triazolo [3,4,b][1,3,4] oxadiazole-3(2h) thione(4) excess of carbon disulfide (0.5g, 6.5mmol) in one portion was added to a mixture of 5(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.52 g, 2.47mmol) potassium hydroxide (0.14g, 2.5mmol) in absolute ethanol (8 ml), was added at ambient temperatures. the mixture was heated under refluxed for 24hr. the solvent was removed under vacuum. distilled water (16 ml) was added to the residue and stirred for another 15 minutes, then it was filtered and the filtrate was acidified with 5% hydrochloric acid and finally re-filters. the white precipitate was washed with water, recrystallized with ethanol then purified by column chromatography using hexane: ethyl acetate (3:1) as eluent to afford white precipitate. yield 57 % (0.35g); m.p. 172-173 °c. ftir (kbr, cm -1 ); 3290 (nh) 3105 (char) 1658 (c=n) 1599, 1485 (c=c) 1294 (c=s) 1093 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6,300 mhz,δppm); 7.525 (d,2h, har j=9) 7.835 (d, 2h, har j=9) 9.85 (bs, 1h, nh); 13 c-nmr (dmso-d6,75 mhz, δppm): 110.89 (1c , c1) 113.98 (2c, c2) 116.52 (2c, c3) 137.24 (1c, c4) 155.09, 155.65 (2c, c=n) 181.91 (1c, c=s). 3-synthesis of 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4]oxadiazole-3amine (5) a solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydrazinyl-(1,3,4) oxadiazole (0.5g, 2.3mmol) in (10 ml) methanol and sodium bicarbonate (0.2 g, 2.3mmol) was stirred in 50 ml round bottom flask, then (0.25 g, 2.3mmol) cyanogen bromide was added. the mixture was left reflexing for 24hrs.after that (15 ml) cold water was added to the mixture. the precipitate was collected and dried.the precipitate was crystallized from methanol to obtain purple amorphous. yield 70% (0.39g); m.p. 148°c;.ftir (kbr, cm -1 ); 3255 (nh2), 3118 (char), 1658 (c=n), 1599, 1485 (c=c) 1090 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6,300 mhz, δppm): 7.31 (bs, 2h, nh2) 7.6 (d,2h, har j=6) 7.8 (d, 2h, h ar j=12). 13 c-nmr (dmso-d6, 75 mhz, δppm): 122.65 (1c, c1) 127.69 (2c, c2) 129.61 (2c, c3) 134.12 (1c, c4) 159.82, 160 14, 162.61 (3c, c=n) . 4-synthesis of 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methyl-[1,2,4] triazolo [3,4 ,b][1,3,4] oxadiazole(6). a mixture of acetic acid (0.14 ml) and 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.5 g,2.3mmol) in 50 ml round flask , excess of phosphorus oxychloride (4 ml) was added in a few portions at room temperature .the mixture was stirred and refluxed for 3 hrs in a water bath at 90°c.after cooling the mixture was poured into crushed ice (25ml) and stirred for 15 minutes. sodium hydroxide was added in few portions until the ph was adjusted to 78.the precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried. the crude product was purified chemistry |164 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 from column chromatography to afford brown amorphous. yield 54% (0.3 g); m.p. 8085°c;.ftir (kbr, /cm -1 ) : 3080 (char) 2929,2854 (chaliph),1647 (c=n) 1589, 1479 ( c=c) 1090 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (cdcl3,60 mhz, δ,ppm): 2.58 (s, 3h,ch3) 7.44 (d,2h, har j=8.4) 7.95 (d, 2h, har j=8.4). general synthesis of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-(2-(aryl) hydrazinyl-1,3,4oxadiazole (7-11). aryl aldehyde (2.3mmol) was added gradually to suspension of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.5g,2.3mmol) in 10ml acetic acid: ethanol (1:1). after the addition, the mixture was refluxed for 24hrs.upon cooling, the precipitate was filtered and washed with cold water and crystallized from methanol. 5 2-(2-(4-chlorobenzyildene) hydrazinyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,3,4oxadiazole(7). the crude product was crystallized from methanol to obtain light brown precipitate. yield 86% (0.68 g) :m.p .235-240 °c, ftir (k br / cm -1 ): 3132 (nh) 1651, 1601 (ch=n& c=n) 1558, 1489 (c=c) 1095 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6,300mhz, δ, ppm): 7.52-7.96 (m,8h,har) 8.45 (s,1h,ch=nminor) 8.72 (s, 1h,ch=nmajor) 12 (s, 1h, nh). 62-(4-chlorophenyl)-5(2-(4-methoxybenzylidene)hydrazinyl)-1,3,4oxadiazole (8). the crude product was recrystallized from methanol to obtain off white precipitate. yield 79% (0.61g) :m.p .184-187 °c, ftir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3286 (nh) 3078 (char) 2968,2933 (ch aliph) 1662,1604 (ch=n,c=n) 1543 ,1452 (c=c) 1254 (c-o) 1099 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6,300 mhz, δ,ppm):3.77 (s,3h,ch3 ) 6.985 (d, 2h, har j=9) 7.565 (d, 2h, har j=9) 7.635 (d, 2h, har j=9) 7.885 (d, 2h, har j=9) 8.35 (s, 1h, ch=n) 11.74 (s, 1h, nh). 7 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-(2-(methylbenzylidene) hydrazinyl)-1,3,4oxadiazole(9). the crude product was recrystallized from methanol to obtain off white precipitate. yield 75% (0.55g):m.p.206-209 °c, ftir (k br, cm -1 ): 3192 (nh) 3018 (char) 2924,2848 (chaliph) 1645,1601 (ch=n,c=n) 1564,1485 (c=c) 1093 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmsod6,300mhz,δ,ppm): 2.35 (s,3h,ch3) 7.29-7.95 (m, 8h ,char) 8.41 (s, 1h,ch=n) 11.85 (s, 1h, nh). 8 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-(2-(3-nitrobenzylidene) hydrazinyl)-1,3, 4 – oxadiazole (10). the crude product was recrystallized from methanol to obtain light brown precipitate. yield 90% (0.73g) :m.p.215-219°c;ftir (kbr,cm -1 ): 3222 (nh) 3062 (ch ar) 1658, 1601 (ch=n,c=n) 1535,1485 (c=c) 1404, 1342 (c-no2) 1082 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (cdcl3, 60 mhz, δ, ppm): 7.09-7.81 (m,8h,har) 8.44 (s, 1h,ch=n) 12.11 (s, 1h, nh). 92-(4-chlorophenyl)-5(2-(4-bromobenzylidene) hydrazinyl)-1,3,4oxadiazole (11). the crude product was recrystallized from methanol to obtain yellow precipitate. yield 88% (0.78g): m.p.220-227°c,ftir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3209 (nh) 3032 ( char) 1628 (c=n) 1552, 1479 ( c=c) 1090 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (cdcl3,60 mhz, δ,ppm): 7.23-7.89 (m,8h,har) 8.56 (s, 1h,ch=n) 9.27 (s, 1h, nh). chemistry |165 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 general synthesis of 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(aryl)-[1,2,4] triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4] oxadi -azol(12-16). 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-(2-(aryl) hydrazinyl -1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.4mmol) in 4 ml glacial acetic acid and anhydrous sodium acetate(0.8mmol) in 50 ml round bottom flask, bromine (0.45mmol in 1ml acoh) was added drop wise at ambient temperature with vigorous stirring. the mixture was refluxed at 90-100 °c for 24hs. upon cooling, the mixture was poured into 25ml ice water. the resulting precipitate was collected and washed with distilled water, dried and purified by recrystallized with ethanol. 10 3,6-bis(4-chlorophenyl)-[1,2,4] triazolo [3,4-b] [1,3,4] oxadiazole(12). crude material was recrystallized from ethanol to obtain light brown solid. yield 51% (0.067g) ; m.p. 242-244°c ; ftir. (kbr, cm -1 ) 3086 (char) 1604 (c=n) 1543, 1475 (c=c) 1090 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6, 300 mhz, δ, ppm): 7.725 (d, 4h, har j=9) 8.165 (d, 4h, har j=9). 13 c-nmr (dmso-d6,75 mhz, ppm): 117.18 (1c , c1) 125.77 (2c, c2) 129.73 (2c, c3) 135.73 (1c, c4) 154 82,162.41,162.45(3c=n). 11-6-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl) [1,2,4]triazolo[3,4,b][1,3,4]oxadiazole(13). the solid product was recrystallized from ethanol light brown precipitate. yield 49% (0.063 g); m.p. 236-238 °c; ftir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3084 (ch ar) 2922,2854 (ch aliph) 1606 (c=n) 1549,1475 ( c=c) 1273 (c-o) 1084 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr(dmso-d6, 300 mhz, ppm): 3.83 (s,3h,och3) 6.67 (d, 2h, har ,j =6) 7.08 (d, 2h, , har ,j=6) 7.51 (d, 2h, har, j=6) 7.92 (d, 2h, , har j=6) , 13 c-nmr (dmso-d6,75 mhz, δ,ppm): 55.80 (1c , c12) 114.48 (2c, c9) 123.45 (2c, c2) 125.15, (1c,c1),125.67 (1c,c8) 129.32 (2c, c3) 130,75 (2c, c10) 137.07 (1c, c4) 150.1, 152.53,153.11(3c,c5,c6,c7) 155.46(1c,c11). 12 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-tolyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[3,4-b ] [1 ,3 , 4 ]oxadiazole(14) the product was recrystallized from ethanol to obtain off white crystals. yield 48%(0.059 g); m.p. 200-208°c; ftir.(kbr, cm -1 ): 3051 (char) 2979,2918 (chaliph.) 1606 (c=n)1549,1479 (c=c) 1082 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6,60 mhz, δ,ppm): 2.37 (s, 3h, ch3) 7.32-8.17(m,8h,ch ar). 13 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(3-nitrophenyl)-[1,2,4] triazolo [3.4b][1,3,4]oxadiazole (15). the crude product was recrystallized from ethanol to give light brown precipitate. yield 56% (0.076g); m.p. 210 °c. ftir (kbr,cm -1 ):3080 (ch ar) 1604 (c=n) 1529, 1479 (c=c) 1090 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz, δ,ppm): 6.87-7.85 (m,8h, ch ar). 14 3-(4-bromophenyl)-6-(4-chlorophenyl)[-1,2,4] triazolo [3,4-b ] [1,3,4]oxadiazole(16). the solid precipitate was recrystallized from ethanol to give brown precipitate. yield 50% (0.074 g); m.p. 135 °c; ftir (kbr, cm -1 ): 3045 (char) 1601 (c=n) 1525, 1485 (c=c) 1093 (c-o-c); 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6, 60 mhz,δ,ppm): 7.63-795 (m, 8h, har). chemistry |166 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 result and discussion 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxa-diazole(3) was synthesized by two methods; the first method was by heating the compounds (1) with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol for 48hrs, the second method was achieved from reaction of compound 2 in 4n hydrochloric acid with sodium nitrite at 0 ºc then with sncl2. the second method granted reasonable yield (62%) while, the first method granted lower yield (48%). however, synthesized compound 3 was relied upon the first method. the general synthesis route demonstrated in scheme (1).this resulting compound was characterized by ftir, 1 hnmr, 13 c-nmr spectrum besides to chns analysis. the ftir spectrum exhibited new signals at 3309, 3222 and 3153 cm -1 which are attributed to existence of nh2 and nh group. the peaks at 3016, 1657, 1612 and 1558,1489 cm -1 belonged to ch aromatic, imine group (c=n) and c=c respectively. the 1 h-nmr spectra showed disappearing protons of alkyl group from the starting material (first method) and displayed new broad peaks at 4.47 ppm , 9.81 ppm which are attributed to nh2 and nh respectively as depicted in figure (1).the 13 cnmr of compound 3 exhibited 6 signals, four of them attributed to1,4-substituted phenyl ring, and the other two carbon was appropriate with existence of oxadiazole ring, as depicted in figure (2). the peaks at 120.93ppm fit with carbon attached the oxadiazole ring c1 .the two peaks at 128.15ppm and 129.59ppm corresponding to c2and c3 respectively. the peak at 137.28 ppm attributed to c4 which is attached with chlorine atom. the proposed mechanism for first method described in the following scheme(3).the mechanism of converting aromatic diazonium salt to their corresponded hydrazine in the presence of stannous chloride was already known as reduction of aromatic diazonium chloride with sncl2 [30]. compound 3 have been utilized as starting material to formation fused newly oxadiazole-triazole ring. compound 4 successfully synthesized from reaction of compound 3 with cs2 in the presence of potassium hydroxide in ethanol. the resulting compound characterized from their ftir, 1 h -nmr, 13 c-nmr spectra and chns analysis table (1). disappearing the nh2 from ftir spectrum demonstrated the first evidence for successful cyclization of 5-(4-chlorophenyl) -2hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole with cs2. furthermore, the ftir spectrum exhibited the nh signal at 3290 cm -1 and shifting in value of c=n peak due to formed endo-exo imine [31]. the signal at 1294 cm -1 which can be attributed to c=s showed that the thione tautomer was predominated than the thiol tautomer. the disappearing of nh2 from 1 h-nmr spectrum enhances the evidences of formation the newly fused oxadiazole-triazol ring. the aromatic protons appeared as two doublets; 7.525ppm (d, 2h, har j=9hz) 7.835ppm (d, 2h, har ,j=9hz). the 13 c-nmr showed clear shifting into high field for c2 and c3 at 113.98 and 116.52ppm. moreover, shifting into law filed in value of two c=n group (155.65 and 155.09 ppm). the characteristic peak at 181.91 ppm attributed to c=s identify the thione tautomer. new fused heterocyclic was formed from reaction the 5-(4-chlorophenyl) -2-hydrazinyl-1, 3, 4-oxadiazole with cyanogen bromide in the presence of sodium bicarbonate as a scavenger. the target compound characterized by ftir, 1 h-nmr and 13 c-nmr . the disappearance of nh signal from ftir spectrum and shifting the nh2 signal from 3309 cm -1 to 3255 cm -1 endue first evidence of successful the cyclization. moreover, all expected signals were appeared such as 3118cm -1 for ch aromatic, 1658 cm -1 for c=n and 1599,1485 cm -1 for c=c. the 1 h-nmr spectra exhibited fade the nh peak and shift value of nh2 from 4.47 ppm to 7.31ppm confirmed the proposed structure and clarified that the nh2 attached aromatic ring. the 1 h-nmr displayed two doublet peaks at 7.6ppm and 7.8ppm for four protons h2 and h3 respectively belonged to 4-chlorophenyl attached fused rings as depicted in figure (3). the 13 c-nmr spectra showed four peaks 122.65, 127.69 ,129.61ppm and 134.12ppm for c1, c2, c3 andc4 respectively attributed to 4-chlorophenyl attached with fused rings as depicted in figure(4).the proposed mechanism scheme(4) suggested that the amine group attacked the cn group without losing bromide ion and the hybridization of carbon convert from sp to sp 2 as well as at the next step the hybridization of carbon converts from sp 2 to sp 3 . these chemistry |167 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 suggested steps could be convinced because migrating leaving group from sp 3 was more acceptable than sp 2 and sp; which is known to be inefficient when compared to a leaving group on sp 3 hybridized carbon [32]. furthermore, the mechanism of nucleophile addition at 2-chloro or 2-bromo nitrogen heterocyclic such as pyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, and pyrrole included convert the sp 2 carbon to sp 3 before losing hydrogen chloride or hydrogen bromide[33]. compound 6 was synthesized from reaction of compound 3 with acetic acid in the presence of phosphorus oxychloride as dehydrating agent. the pure compound characterized by ftir, 1 h-nmr and chn analysis. the ftir spectrum displayed disappearing both of nh and nh2 peaks as well new peaks of ch aliphatic was appeared at 2929,2854 cm -1 . the aromatic ch appeared at 3080 cm -1 and c=n appeared at 1647 cm -1 .the 1 h-nmr spectrum exhibited characteristic singlet peak for three protons at 2.58 ppm which is attributed to ch3 group attached aromatic ring. this peak was fair evidence for successful cyclization. moreover the 1 h-nmr spectrum showed the aromatic protons as two doublet peaks; 7.44ppm integrated for two protons with j=8.4hz attributed to h2 and 7.95ppm for two proton of h3 with j =8.4 hz. as depicted in figure(5). five new schiff basses (7-11) were synthesized from reaction substituted benzaldehyde with 5-(4-chlorophenyl) -2-hydrazinyl1,3,4-oxadiazole. the new compounds were synthesized to be intermediate compounds for next step to synthesize 3-aryl fused 1,2,4-triazolo-1,3,4-oxadiazole 12-16 .the synthesized compounds were characterized by ftir, 1 h-nmr and chn analysis. the ftir spectra of compounds 7-11 showed the disappearance of the peak of nh2 at 3309 cm -1 . the ftir spectrum of compound 7 showed the nh peak at 3132cm -1 and 1651,1601cm -1 attributed to endo-exo and conjugated c=n and ch=n [31].the 1 h-nmr spectrum of the compound 7 exhibited eight protons appeared as multiplied peak at (7.52-7.96) ppm. interested two peaks at 8.72 ppm (s, ch=nmajor) and 8.45 ppm (s, ch=nminor) with integration of one proton attributed to existence of two geometrical isomer e and z [34, 35]. moreover, the 1 h-nmr displayed the nh peak at 12.00 ppm. the ftir spectrum of compound 8 showed the peak of nh at 3286cm -1 as well showed the aromatic ch at 3078cm -1 and the aliphatic ch at 2968, 2933cm -1 . the c=n and ch=n appeared at 1662, 1604cm -1 respectively and c=c appeared at 1543 and 1452cm -1 besides to 1254 cm -1 which is attributed to c-o. the 1 h-nmr spectrum of this compound showed the following peaks at 3.77(s, 3h, och3) 6.985(d, 2h, har, j=9) 7.565(d, 2h, h ar, j=9) 7.635(d, 2h, h ar, j=9) 7.885(d, 2h har j=9) 8.35 (s, 1h, ch=n) 11.74 (s, 1h, nh). compound 9 displayed the peak of nh at 3192cm -1 and the ch aromatic and aliphatic at 3018 and 2924, 2848cm -1 respectively. although the signal of c=n and ch=n appeared at 1645, 1601cm -1 , the i h-nmr spectrum of the compound confirm the existence of ch=n at 8.41 ppm. furthermore, the h-nmr spectrum exhibited the three protons of para methyl at 2.35ppm and the aromatic protons appeared as multiplied, integrated for eight protons. the peak of nh group appeared at 11.85 ppm. the ftir spectrum of compound 10 exhibited the nh peak at 3222 cm -1 , while the aromatic ch appeared at 3062 cm -1 . the peak of c=n group appeared at, 1658 and 1601cm -1 (for exo-endo).the peaks of c=c group were appeared at 1535 and 1485 cm -1 .the 1 h-nmr spectrum of this compound showed the eight aromatic protons as multiplied at range (7.09-7.81) ppm. the proton of imine group appeared at 8.44 ppm and the proton of nh appeared at 12.11ppm. the ftir spectrum of compound 11 showed the essential peaks at 3209, 3032, 1628, 1552 and 1479 cm -1 for nh, aromatic ch, imine group and c=c respectively. the 1 h-nmr spectrum of this compound exhibited characteristic peaks of aromatic rings as multiples at 7.23-7.89 ppm. the proton of schiff base was appeared at 8.56 ppm as singlet peak also singlet peak attributed to nh appeared at 9.27 ppm. newly synthesized compounds (12-16) were synthesized from reacting 2-(4chlorophenyl)-5-(2-(substituted benzylidene) hydrazinyl )-1,3,4-oxadiazole (7-11) with bromine in glacial acetic acid in the presence of anhydrous sodium acetate. interchanging the bromine with proton of imine group have been extensively investigated by chattaway and walker [36] and many researcher reported similar investigation in the literatures.[37, 38] http://www.sigmaaldrich.com/catalog/product/aldrich/262099?lang=en&region=us chemistry |168 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 according to this fact a new proposed mechanism has been suggested as depicted in scheme (5).the newly synthesized compounds were characterized by ftir 1 h-nmr and chn analysis. moreover, compound 12 and 13 were characterized by 13 c-nmr. disappearance the peak of nh from ftir spectra as well the shifting in value of c=n were the first evidence of successful cyclization the 1 h-nmr spectra displayed disappearing the proton of ch=n group at (8.72-8.35) ppm as well the proton of nh group at (12.11-9.27) ppm. these indications were good evidences for successful cyclization reaction. the 1 h-nmr spectrum of compound 12 showed there is no signals for the nh group and the ch=n. two doublet peaks integrated for four protons for each one were appeared at 7.725 ppm j=9 hz and 8.165ppm j=9 hz as this could be attributed to this compound possess two groups of 4chlorophenyl substituted at position 3 and 6 for the fused oxadiazole-triazole ring. the carbon one of 4-chlorophenyl for first substituent attached with carbon of oxadiazole ring, while carbon one of 4-chlorophenyl for second substituent attached with carbon of triazole as shown in figure (6).this rapprochement in electronic environment which is directly relates to the magnetic environment of the carbon one of the 4-chlorophenyl group. this small difference in electronic environment might reduce the effect of magnetic environment for c2. furthermore, the electronic environment of h3 is the same. for that, the protons of two groups of 4chlorophenyl appeared at the same position at 1 h-nmr spectrum as depicted in figure (7). the 13 c-nmr spectrum supported these results.as depicted in figure (8).the 13 c-nmr showed four signals for two 4-chlorophenyl rings at 135.78, 129.73, 125.77 and 117.18 ppm assigned to c4,c3,c2 and c1 respectively. moreover, the spectrum exhibited three signals at 154.82, 162.41 and 162.45 assigned to three c=n group. the 1 h-nmr of compound 13 showed the three protons of methoxy group at 3.83 ppm and the aromatic ch was appeared as four doublets each one integrated for two protons as depicted in figure (9).the 13 c-nmr of this compound exhibited the carbon of methoxy group( c12) at 55.80 ppm. the two carbons of aromatic ch for the 4-chlorophenyl group appeared at 123.45 and 129.32 ppm for c2 and c3. the c4 which attached with chloride appeared at 137.07ppm. the two (ch) carbons of the 4-methoxyphenyl appeared at 114.48 and 130.75 ppm for c9 and c10 of 4methoxyphenyl group. the quaternary carbons of 4-chlorophenyl and 4-methoxyphenyl attached with fused oxadiazole-triazole(c1,c8) appeared at 125.15 and 125.67ppm. furthermore, four peaks appeared at 150.10, 152.53, 153.11, and 155.46 ppm which is attributed to three carbons of fused cyclic(c5,c6,c7) and (c11) attached with 4-methoxy group, as shown in figure (10).the distinguish between these carbons as well as with two carbons (c1 &c8) of both aryl attached with fused heterocyclic rings are impossible without 2d nmr (hmbc) which was not available to us. 1 h-nmr spectrum of compound 14 showed the three protons of 4-methyl at 2.37 while the eight protons appeared at multiplied peaks (see the appendix). as well as the 1 h-nmr spectra of compound 15 and compound 16 showed multiplied peaks for eight protons references 1. gurupadaswamy, h. d.; girish, v.; kavitha, c. v.; raghavan, s. c.and khanum, s. a., (2013), synthesis and evaluation of 2,5-di(4-aryloylaryloxymethyl)-1,3,4oxadiazoles as anti-cancer agents, european journal of medicinal chemistry, 63, 536543. 2. abd-ellah, h. s.; abdel-aziz, m.; shoman, m. e.; beshr, e. a. m.; kaoud, t. s.and ahmed, a.-s. f. f.,( 2016), novel 1,3,4-oxadiazole/oxime hybrids: synthesis, docking studies and investigation of anti-inflammatory, ulcerogenic liability and analgesic activities, bioorganic chemistry, 69, 48-63. 3. bansal, s.; bala, m.; suthar, s. k.; choudhary, s.; bhattacharya, s.and bhardwaj, v.; singla, s.; joseph, a.( 2014), design and synthesis of novel 2-phenyl-5-(1,3-diphenyl chemistry |169 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazoles as selective cox-2 inhibitors with potent antiinflammatory activity, european journal of medicinal chemistry, 80, 167-174. 4. ceylan, s., (2016), synthesis and biological evaluation of new mannich and schiff bases containing 1,2,4-triazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole nucleus, med chem res, 25, (9), 1958–1970. 5. patil, b. s.; krishnamurthy, g.; lokesh, m. r.; shashikumar, n. d.; naik, h. s. b.; latthe, p. r.and ghate, m., (2013), synthesis of some novel 1,2,4-triazole and 1,3,4oxadiazole derivatives of biological interest, med chem res 22, (7), 3341–3349. 6. cui, z.-n.; shi, y.-x.; zhang, l.; ling, y.; li, b.-j.; nishida, y.and yang, x.l.,(2012), synthesis and fungicidal activity of novel 2,5-disubstituted1,3,4oxadiazole derivatives,agricultural and food chemistry 60, (47), 11649-11656. 7. guda, d. r.; park, s.-j.; lee, m.-w.; kim, t.-j.and lee, m. e., (2013), syntheses and anti-allergic activity of 2-((bis(trimethylsilyl)methylthio\methylsulfonyl)methyl)-5aryl-1,3,4-oxadiazoles, elsevier 62, 84-88. 8. wang, x.-l.; li, j.; lin, h.-y.; hu, h.-l.; chen, b.-k.and mu, b., (2009), synthesis, structures and electrochemical properties of two novel metal-organic coordination complexes based on trimesic acid (h3btc) and 2,5-bis(3-pyridyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (bpo), solid state sciences 11, (12), 2118-2124. 9. chen, y.and huang, c.-f., (2001), aromatic polyethers containing distyrylbenzene and 1,3,4-oxadiazole chromophores: synthesis and electrochemical properties, synthetic metals 125, (3), 379-387. 10. kim, j. h.,(2008), synthesis and electro-optical properties of poly(pphenylenevinylene) derivative with conjugated 1,3,4-oxadiazole pendant and its ac electroluminescence, synthetic metals 158, (21-24), 1028-1036. 11. huda, m. k.and dolui, s. k.,(2010), luminescence property of poly(1,3-bis(phenyl1,3,4-oxadiazole))s containing polar groups in the main chain, journal of luminescence 130, (11), 2242-2246. 12. zhang, w.; he, w.; guo, x.; chen, y.; wu, l.and guo, d.,(2015), synthesis and luminescence properties of 1,3,4-oxadiazole acetamide derivatives and their rare earth complexes, journal of alloys and compounds, 620, 383-389. 13. paraschivescu, c. c.; hădade, n. d.; coman, a. g.; gautier, a.; cisnetti, f.and matache, m., (2015), symmetrical and non-symmetrical 2,5-diaryl-1,3,4-oxadiazoles: synthesis and photophysical properties, tetrahedron letters 56, (25), 3961-3964. 14. karrouchi, k.; chemlalb, l.; taoufika, j.and cherrah, y., (2016), synthesis, antioxidant and analgesicactivities of schiff bases of4-amino-1,2,4-triazole derivativescontaining a pyrazole moiety, annales pharmaceutiques 74, (6), 431-438. 15. mekheimer, r. a.; sayed, a. a. r.and ahmed, e. a.,(2012), novel 1,2,4triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and their fused ring systems attenuate oxidative stress and prolong lifespan of caenorhabiditis elegans, medicnal chemistry 55, 4169-4177. 16. yuksek, h.; koca, e.; gursoy-kol, o.; akyildirim, o.and celebeir, m.,(2015), synthesis, in vitro antioxidant activity, and physicochemical properties of novel 4,5dihydro-1h-1,2,4-triazol-5-one derivatives, molecular liquids 206, 359-366. 17. isloor, a. m.; sunil, d.; shetty, p.; malladi, s.; pai, k. s. r.and maliyakkl, n.,(2012), synthesis, characterization, anticancer, and antioxidant activity of some new thiazolidin-4-ones in mcf-7 cells, med chem res . 18. khan, i.; ali, s.; hameed, s.; rama, n. h.; hussain, m. t.; wadood, a. u.; uddin, r.and ul-haq, z.,(2010), synthesis,antioxidant activities and urease inhibition of som new 1,2,4-triazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazol derivatives. european journal of, medicinal chemistry 45, 5200-5207. chemistry |170 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 19. haggam, r. a.,(2016), synthesis and cyclization of some 1,2-bis-(4-amino5mercapto-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-ethane derivatives under conventional and microwave conditions: antimicrobial activity, kross mark. 42, 73137328. 20. shiradkar, m. r.; murahari, k. k.; gangadasu, h. r.; suresh, t.; kalyan, c. a.; panchal, d.; kaur, r.; burange, p.; ghogare, j.; mokale, v.and raut, m.,(2007), synthesis of new s-derivatives of clubbed triazolyl thiazole as anti-mycobacterium tuberculosis agents. bioorganic &, medicinal chemistry 15, (12), 3997-4008. 21. plech, t.; wujec, m.; siwek, a.; kosikowska, u.and malm, a.,(2011), synthesis and antimicrobial activity of thiosemicarbazides, s-triazoles and their mannich bases bearing 3-chlorophenyl moiety, european journal of medicinal chemistry 46, (1), 241-248. 22. kossakowski, j.; krawiecka, m.; kuran, b.; stefańska, j.and wolska, i.,(2010), synthesis and preliminary evaluation of the antimicrobial activity of selected 3benzofurancarboxylic acid derivatives, molecules 15, (7), 4737-4749. 23. wen, g.; rongrong, w.; shilong, q.; chenhai, g.; fanjunnan, s.and zhuhui, c.,(2012), synthesis and antibacterial evaluation of new n-acylhydrazone derivatives from dehydroabietic acid, molecules 17, (4), 4634-4650. 24. chaturvedi, b.; tiwari, n.and nizamuddin,(1988), a convenient and novel synthesis of 1, 2, 4-triazolo[3, 4-b][1, 3, 4]thiadiazoles as potential pesticides, agricultural and biological chemistry 52, (5), 1229-1232. 25. mathew, v.; keshavayya, j.and vaidya, v. p.,(2006), heterocyclic system containing bridgehead nitrogen atom: synthesis and pharmacological activities of some substituted 1,2,4-triazolo[3,4-b]-1,3,4-thiadiazoles. european journal of, medicinal chemistry 41, (9), 1048-1058. 26. wang, l.; tian, y.; chen, w.; liu, h.; zhan, p.; li, d.; liu, h.; de clercq, e.; pannecouque, c.and liu, x.,(2014), fused heterocycles bearing bridgehead nitrogen as potent hiv-1 nnrtis. part 2: discovery of novel [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5a]pyrimidines using a structure-guided core-refining approach, european journal of medicinal chemistry 85, 293-303. 27. almajan, g. l.; barbuceanu, s.-f.; bancescu, g.; saramet, i.; saramet, g.and draghici, c., (2010), synthesis and antimicrobial evaluation of some fused heterocyclic [1,2,4]triazolo[3,4-b][1,3,4]thiadiazole derivatives, european journal of medicinal chemistry 45, (12), 6139-6146. 28. charitos, g.; trafalis, d. t.; dalezis, p.; potamitis, c.; sarli, v.; zoumpoulakis, p.and camoutsis, c.,(2016), synthesis and anticancer activity of novel 3,6-disubstituted 1,2,4-triazolo-[3,4-b]-1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives, arabian journal of chemistry. 29. bhalgat, c. m.; irfan ali, m.; ramesh, b.and ramu, g.,(2014), novel pyrimidine and its triazole fused derivatives: synthesis and investigation of antioxidant and antiinflammatory activity, arabian journal of chemistry 7, (6), 986-993. 30. rarh, v.,(2007); organic chimistry /organic compounds containing nitrogen dept. of chemistry, s.g.t.b. khalsa college, delhi p 70. 31. kikta, e. j.and bieron, j. f.,(1976), the enol-imine to keto-enamine tautomerization involved in the formation of 3-benzylamino-5,5-dimethylcyclohex-2-enone. organic magnetic resonance 8, (4), 192-197. 32. smith, j. g.,(2007); alkyl halides & nucleophilic substitution. in organic chemistry second edition ed.; mc,graw hill: pp 230-279. 33. okuyama, h. m. a. t.,(2008); organic chemistry: a mechanistic approach. oxfored: vol. p 436. 34. de savignac, a.; lattes, a.and bon, m. m.,(1974), détermination des configurations z et e d'imines par rmp. combinaison de l'étude directe et en présence d'eu(fod)3. organic magnetic resonance 6, (10), 528-533. chemistry |171 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 35. mekheimer, r.; hameed, a.and sadek, k.,(2008), first synthesis and isolation of the eand z-isomers of some new schiff bases. reactions of 6-azido-5-formyl-2pyridone with aromatic amines. molecules 13, (1), 195. 36. chattaway, f. d.and walker, a. j.,(1925), compounds formed by the action of bromine on benzaldehydephenylhydrazone. j. chenz. soc. 127, 975-984. 37. gibson, m. s.,(1963), hydrazones—iv: the bromination of benzylidene 2pyridylhydrazone. tetrahedron 19, (11), 1587-1589. 38. tobin, j. c.; hegarty, a. f.and scott, f. l.,(1971), the mechanism of bromination of heterocyclic hydrazones. syn-anti-isomerisation of 5-(arymethylenehydrazino)-1and -2-benzyltetrazoles. j. chem. soc. b 2198-2202. table (1): physical properties and chns analysis of copounds (3-16) com no m.p yield% theoretical practical 3 163-165 48,62 c-45.62 h-3.35 n-26.6 c-45.97 h-4.222 n-26.16 4 172-173 57 c-42.78 h-1.99 n-22.17 s-12.69 c-43.29 h-2.53 n-22.87 s-13.01 5 148 71 c-45.88 h-2.57 n-29.72 c-46.3 h-2.445 n-29.03 6 80-85 54 c-51.17 h-3.01 n-23.88 c-51.55 h-3.759 n-23.36 7 235-240 86 c-54.07 h-3.03 n-16.82 c-54.59 h-3.62 n-16.24 8 184-187 79 c-58.45 h-3.99 n-17.04 c-58.473 h-4.471 n-16.39 9 206-210 75 c-61.44 h-4.19 n-17.91 c-60.95 h-4.977 n-17.42 10 215-219 90 c-52.41 h-2.93 n-20.37 c-52.78 h-3.404 n-19.73 11 220-227 88 c-47.71 h-2.67 n-14.84 c-47.36 h-2.918 n-14.58 12 242-244 51 c-54.40 h-2.43 n-16.92 c-54.89 h-2.942 n-16.42 13 236-238 49 c-58.82 h-3.39 n-17.15 c-59.25 h-4.01 n-16.67 14 200-208 48 c-61.84 h-3.57 n-18.03 c-62.29 h-4.22 n-17.4 15 210 56 c-52.72 h-2.36 n-20.50 c-53.2 h-2.675 n-19.84 16 135 50 c-47.97 h-2.15 n-14.92 c-48.52 h-2.54 n-14.46 chemistry |172 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 -0.5 chemical shift (ppm) 0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 a b s o lu te i n te n s it y 1.832.002.150.98 2 .4 6 3 .2 9 4 .4 7 7 .4 7 7 .5 0 7 .7 8 7 .8 1 9 .8 1 8.00 7.75 7.50 7.25 chemical shift (ppm) 2.002.15 7 .4 77 .5 0 7 .7 8 7 .8 1 n o n nh nh2 cl j 8.3 j 8.3 1 2 3 4 figure (1): 1 h-nmr (300 mhz, dmso-d6) of compound 3. figure (2): 13 c-nmr (75mhz, dmsod6) of compound 3. 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 chemical shift (ppm) 0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 a b s o lu te i n te n s it y 1.722.000.64 9 .8 5 7 .8 5 7 .8 2 7 .5 4 7 .5 1 3 .3 3 2 .5 0 n o n nh n cl s figure (3): 1 h-nmr (300mhz,dmso d6) of compound 4 chemistry |173 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (4): 1 h-nmr (300mhz,dmsod6) of compound 5 figure(5): 13 c-nmr (75mhz, dmso d6) of compound 5 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 chemical shif t (ppm) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 a b s o lu te i n te n s it y 3.002.082.02 8 .0 2 7 .8 8 7 .5 1 7 .3 7 7 .2 3 2 .5 8 n o n n n ch3 cl figure (6): 1 h-nmr (60mhz,cdcl3) of compound 6 chemistry |174 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 chemical shift (ppm) -0.005 0 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.035 0.040 0.045 0.050 0.055 a b s o lu te i n te n s it y 8.001.080.51 1 2 .0 0 8 .7 2 8 .4 5 7 .9 6 7 .9 2 7 .8 9 7 .7 5 7 .6 1 7 .5 8 7 .5 5 7 .5 2 3 .3 4 2 .5 0 z e .. .. cl o nn nh n cl h cl o n n nh n cl h figure (7): 1 h-nmr (300mhz, dmso d6) of compound 7 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 chemical shift (ppm) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 a b s o lu te i n te n s it y 4.003.94 8 .1 8 8 .1 5 7 .7 4 7 .7 1 3 .3 4 2 .5 1 0 .0 0 8.4 8.3 8.2 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 chemical shift (ppm) 4.003.94 8 .1 8 8 .1 5 7 .7 4 7 .7 1 n o n n n cl cl figure (8): 1 h-nmr (300mhz, dmso d6) of compound 12 168 160 152 144 136 128 120 112 104 96 88 80 72 64 56 48 40 32 24 16 chemical shift (ppm) 0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 a b s o lu te i n te n s it y 1 1 7 .1 8 1 2 5 .7 7 1 2 9 .7 3 1 3 5 .7 8 1 5 4 .8 2 1 6 2 .4 1 1 6 2 .4 5 162.5 162.0 161.5 chemical shift (ppm) 1 6 2 .4 1 1 6 2 .4 5 cl n o n n n cl figure (9): 13 c-nmr (75 mhz, dmso-d6) of compound 12 chemistry |175 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (10): 1 h-nmr (300 mhz, dmso-d6) of compound 13 figure (11): 13 c-nmr (75 mhz, dmso-d6) of compound 13 figure (12): the effect of oxadiazole-triazole ring at h2 and h3 scheme (1): the scheme for prepared compounds chemistry |176 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 scheme (2): synthetic route of formation compound 3. scheme (3): suggested mechanism of formation 5-aryl -2-hydrazinyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole(3). scheme (4): suggested mechanism of formation compound 5 scheme (5): proposed mechanism of formation compounds 12-16 microsoft word 8 407 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis and characterization of novel schiff bases of imide moiety *sulaiman m. hasan ali h. samir ismaeel y. majeed dept.of chemistry/college of education for pure science/(ibn alhaitham)/university of baghdad. received in: 22 april 2014,accepted in:29 september 2014 abstract in our research novel schiff bases of imides moiety have been synthesized . novel schiff base derivatives of imides moiety have been synthesized by multistep reaction . first step involves prepare 2-amino -5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole (i) by the cyclization of thiosemicarbazide with carbon disulphide and anhydrous sodium carbonate in ethanol as a solvent . then , compound (i) was reacted with phthalic anhydride in the presence of glacial acetic acid to give 2-(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl) isoindoline-1,3-dion (ii).compound (ii)was heated with ethyl chloracetate in the presence of potassium carbonatproduced ethyl 2(5-(1,3-dioxoisoindoline -2-yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl thio) acetate (iii).the reaction of compound (iii) with hydrazine hydrate yielded 2-(5-(1,3-dioxoisoindoline -2-yl)-1,3,4thiadiazol-jm2-ylthio)acetohydrazide (iv).the fifth step involves reaction of compound (iv) with n,n-dimethyl aminobenzaldehyde to yield n´-(4-(dimethyl amino)benzylidene )-2-(5(1,3-dioxoisoindoline-2-yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl-thio)acetohydrazide (v).the structures of the newly synthesized compounds were confirmed by physical properties and spectral (ftir,1h-nmr)analysis . keywords:2-(5-(1,3-dioxoisondolin-2-yl)-1,3,4-thiadizole-2-yl thio)acetohydrazide , phthalic anhydride , schiff bases. * this paper is extracted from master thesis of the first author . 408 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction imides are the biologically active compounds having different pharmacological activities such as analgesic ,anti-inflammatory ,anti-microbial ,anti-depressant and anti-cancer etc. these compounds play an important role in medicinal chemistry in drug development and drug discovery . cyclic imide moiety and their derivatives play an integral part in various important molecules such as thalidomide ,isogranulatimide and rebeccamycinetc . these are the compounds which possess various pharmacological activities such as analgesic ,antiinflammatory , anti-depressant and anti-viral etc[1-7] . the discovery and development of schiff basesof imide moiety are the most powerful technology . a heterocyclic compounds plays an important role in regulating the biological activities . schiff bases contain carbon –nitrogen double bonds in which nitrogen atom get linked to aryl and alkyl atoms . schiff bases can possess different pharmacological activities and also have industrial applications .schiff bases of imides possess different pharmacological activities such as antimicrobial ,anti-inflammatory, antidepressant ,antipyretic etc[8-9] natural and synthetic macrocycles continue to attract extensive scientific interest, with research developments proceeding in many directions including anion receptors , molecular recognition , drug discovery , therapeutics and nanoscience [10] . macrocyclic systems have evolved from the original crown ethers spherands , cryptands and prophyrins , through calixarenes , resorcinarenes , rotaxanes , catenanes and beyond, as wellas into interdisciplinary fields and biological applications [11] . experimental a-materials all the chemical used in the synthesis were of analytical grandes . b – instrumentation melting points were recorded using electro thermal melting point apparatus and are uncorrected . infrared spectra were recorded as kbr disc on shimadzu-ft-ir-8400 spectrometer.1h-nmr spectra was recorded on bruker 300 mhz instrument using dmso-d6 as a solvent and tms as internal reference,measurement were made at al-albayt university. jordan . . the progress of the reaction was monitored by tlc using aluminum silica gel plates . synthesis of 2amino 5mercapto-1,3,4thiadiazole (i) [12] . a mixture of (2 gm , 0.02 mol.) of thiosemicarbazide and (2.33gm,o.o2 mol.) of anhydrous sodium carbonate were dissolved in 25 ml. abs .ethanol .to this solution (3.2 gm,0.04 mol.) of carbon disulphide was added . the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 10 h . the reaction mixture was then allowed to cool down at room temperature . most of solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in 20 ml .distilled water , carfefully acidified with cold conc . hydrochloric acid to give pale yellow precipitate . the crude product was filtered and washed with cold water , recrystallized from hot water to give the desired product as yellow needles , yield (75%), m.p (230-232)co. synthesis of 2-(5-mercapto1,3,4-thiadiazole -2-yl) isoindoline -1,3-dione (ii) [13] . to a solution of 2amino -5mercapto 1,3,4-thiadiazole (0.01mol.) in ethanol (20 ml.) .phthalic anhydride (0.01mol.) and acetic acid were added drop by drop, the solution was stirred magnetically for 2h at room temperature and then reaction mixture was refluxed for 6 h, then the mixture was allowed to stirring for one hour at room temperature . the mixture was poured on distilled water .the product was filtered , washed by hot water and recrystallized from acetone . yield (93%), m.p (266-268)co. 409 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(1,3-dioxoisoindoline-2-yl)1,3,4-thiadiazole-2 -yl-thio) acetate (iii) [14] . ethyl chloroacetate (0.01 mol.) was added drop wise to a hot solution of compound (ii) and potassium carbonate in acetone as a solvent .the mixture was refluxed for 4h .and allowed to stand .evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure , water was added and the crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate .evaporating of the organic layer gave solid products , recrystallized from ethanol . yield (60%) , m.p (119-120) co. synthesis of 2-(5-(1,3-dioxoisoindoline-2-yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl-thio) acetohydrazide (iv) [14] . to a hot solution of hydrazine hydrate (0.01 mol) in ethanol (10 ml) a solution of compound (iii) in ethanol (10 ml) was added and the mixture was reflux for 6 h . the mixture was allowed to cool and the precipitate was filtered ,dried and recrystallized from ethanol . yield (88 %) , m.p (209-212)co . synthesisofn´-(4-(dimethylamino) benzylidene)-2-(5-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl-thio)acetohydrazide (v) [14]. a mixture of compound (iv) (0.01 mol) and n,n-dimethyl aminobenzaldehyde (0.01 mol) in absolute ethanol was refluxed for 6 h .then the mixture was cooled . the solid product was filtered , dried and recrystallized from ethanol . yield (31 %) , m.p (215-217)co. 410 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 h2n h n c s nh2 na2co3 cs2 s nn shh2n o o o ch3cooh glacial n o s nn sh clch2cooc2h5k2co3 n o o s nn s c h2 c o h2 c o ( i ) o ( ii ) ( iii ) n2h4.h2oethanol n o o s nn s c h2 c n h nh2 ch3 o ( iv ) ar-choh n o o s nn s c h2 n h n o c h ar ar = cho n h3c ch3 scheme (1) ethanol abs. acetone (v) 411 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 results and discussion compound (i) 2-amino-5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole was prepared through the reaction of thiosemicarbazide with carbon disulphide in the presence of anhydrous sodium carbonate in absolute ethanol .the structure of compound (i) was identified by its melting point and ft-irspectroscopy.the ft-ir spectrum of compound (i)[15], figure (i) shows the following characteristic bands , two bands at 3396 cm-1 and 3277 cm-1 were due to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of (-nh2) group respectively , an absorption band at 3093 cm-1 was due to the (n-h) stretching (tautomeric form ).the (-sh ) stretching band found as very weak shoulder at 2331 cm-1 , a band at 1604cm-1 was due to ( c=n ) stretching of the thiadiazole ring moiety . the sharp band at 1533 cm-1 and 1330 cm-1 are due to the (n-h) bending and (c-n) stretching vibration respectively . also , the absorption band at 1055 cm-1 for the (c=s) group which gives an evidence that compound (i)can exist in two tautomericfroms , thiol (a) and thione form (b) as shown in scheme (2). s nn sh2n h s nn sh2n h (a) (b) scheme (2) the second strategy used in the present work involved treatment of phthalic anhydride with 2-amino-5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole in glacial acetic acid under reflux condition for many hours . structure of this compound (ii)was confirmed by ft-ir and1h-nmr. ft-ir spectra of compound (ii),figure(2) showed disappearance of absorption bands belong to (nh2) amine at (3396-3277)cm-1 . also , ft-ir spectra showed many clear absorption bands including band at (1735-1786)cm-1 , (1602)cm-1 , (1544)cm-1 , (1354-1363)cm-1 due to (c=o)imide , (c=n) ,(c=c) , (c-n) imide and (c-s) respectively .1h-nmr spectrum of compound (ii),figure(3) showed signals at ᵟ(3.33 ,2.33,7.96 -8.04 ,14.66) ppm due to amine proton ,sh, aromatic protons and nh tautomer [16] . compound (iii) was synthesized by the reaction of compound (ii) with ethyl chloroacetate in the presence ofanhydrus potassium carbonate in acetone . ft-ir spectrum of compound (iii),figure(4) showed appearance of absorption band at 1749 cm-1 due to carbonyl group of ester [17] . 1h-nmr spectrum of compound (iii) ,figure (5) , shows the following characteristic chemical shifts ( dmso-d6,ppm ):the aromatic ring protons appeared as multiplies atᵟ(7.60 , 8.05) ppm. single signal (4.30) ppm due to the (-ch2-s-) group [18].triplet signal atᵟ (1.21) ppm for the methyl group and the guartet signal at (4.13) ppm for the methylene group . compound (iv) was synthesized by the reaction of compound (iii) with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol absolute , the compound was identified by ft-ir and 1h-nmr spectra .the ft-ir spectra of compound (iv), figure (6)showed disappearance of carbonyl group at 1749 cm-1 and appearance band at 3415-3267 cm-1 due to (-nh2) group and at 1660 cm-1 for carbonyl group of amide.the1 h-nmr data of compound (iv) ,figure (7)shows the following characteristic chemical shifts ( dmso-d6 ,ppm): the aromatic ring proton appeared as multiplies at ᵟ(7.53-8.07)ppm and at 3.96 (s,2h,of sch2), 11.5 (br. s,h of nh amide ), 3.34 (br. s,2h of nh2 ) [19]. the condensation reaction of equimolar quantity of compound [iv] with aromatic aldehyde was the major method to prepare schiffsbases .ft-ir spectrum of compound (v) , figure (8) , 412 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 showed the disappearance of two absorption bands at 34153267 cm-1 due to the (-nh2) stretching of amino group , and appearance of band at 1654 cm-1 due to (c=n) group of imine .1h-nmr was more informative , characteristic peaks were observed atᵟ( 6.69-8.17) (mult ,h of two benzene ring ) , 4.05 (s,2h,of sch2), 2.67 (s,6h, of n(ch3)2), 11.38 (s,1h,of nh of amide ), 4.43(s,1h,ch=n). references 1-abdel-aziz ,a.a.m.(2007) ((novel and versatile methodology for synthesis of cyclic imides and evaluation of their cytotoxic ,dna binding ,apoptotic inducing activities and molecular modeling study)),eur.j.med.chem.,42:614-626. 2-struga ,m.;kossakowski ,j.;stefanska ,j.; zimmiak ,a.andkoziol ,a.(2008) ((synthesis and antibacterial activity of bis-[2-hydroxy-3-(1,7,8,9,10-pentamethyl-3,5-dioxo-4-azatricyclo[5.2.1.0]dec-8-en-4-yloxy)-propyl]-dimethyl moniumchloride .eur.j.med .chem.,43:1309-1314 . 3-borch hardt ,d.m and andricopulo,a.d.(2009) ((comfa and comsia 3d qsar models for a series of cyclic imides with analgesic activity )), med .chem.,5:66-73. 4-zhang ,l.;hao ,g.f.;tan,y.;xi,z.;huang ,m.z. and yang ,g.f.(2009)((bioactive conformation dft calculation ,qsar and molecular dynamic simulations )),bioorg.med.chem.,17:4935-4942. 5-yunesa ,j.a .;cardoso ,a .a .; yunes ,r .a.; correa ,r. and filho ,v.c.(2008)((antiproliferaive effects of a series of cyclic imides on primary endothelial cells and leukemia cell line )) ,z .naturforsch ,63:675 . 6-bojarski ,a .j.;kuran ,b.;kossakowski ,j.;koziol ,a. and choldkowska ,a .(2009) ((synthesis and serotonin receptor activity of the arypiperazine alkyl propoxy derivatives of new azatricycloundecanes)),eur .j.med .chem .,44:152-164. 7-sondhi ,s.m.; rani ,r.;roy ,p.;agrawal ,s.k.andsaxena ,a.k.(2009) ((microwave assisted synthesis of n-substituted cyclic imides and their evaluation for anticancer and antiinflammatory activities )) ,bioorg .med .chem .,19:1534-1538 . 8-vora ,j .j.; vasava .s.b , parmar .k.c , chauhan .s.k and sharma .s.s (2009) ((synthesis ,spectral and microbial studies of some novel schiff base derivatives of 4-methyl pyridine-2-amine)) ,eur .j.chem ., 6:1202-1210 . 9-da silva , da silva .c.m.,d.l ; modolo l.v ,r.b. alves; de resende .m.a, martins .c.v.b and de fatima .a (2011)((schiff base :a short review of their antimicrobial activities )),j.adv. res .,2:1-8 . 10-steed ,j.w. and gale ,p.a .(2012) ((supramolecular chemistry from molecules to nanomaterials)) , 1-8 ,pp.i-4014 .new york :john wiley and sons . 11-steed .j.w.andatwood ,j.l.(2009) ((supramolecular chemistry , 2nded . new york :johnwiley and sons . 12-nadia, a.s.(2005).((synthesis of new heterocyclic compounds derivatives from 2-amino5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole)) ,ph.d.thesis. college of science .al-nahrainuniversity.iraq. 13elumalai, ali .k. m.a , elumalai, , eluri,k , srinivasan,s.andsivannan,s and mohanthi,s.k. (2013) ((synthesis ,characterization and biological evaluation of acetazolamide ,cyclo serine and isoniazid condensed some novel phthalimide derivatives ,int.j. of chem. and analy.science ,4:57-61 . 14-sharba,a.h;hassan,h.a and hassan,d.f. (2012)((synthesis of heterocyclic compounds derived from 2-mercapto quinoline ,ibn al-haitham .j.for pure and applied science ,25(3):242-252 . 15-seedr.s; samir,a.h and ali,k.f. (2013)((synthesis and characterization of some new thiazine-4-ones containing 1,3,4-thiadiazole moiety)), inter.j.for sciences and technology,8(2):55-61 . 413 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 16-al-azzawi,a.m and a.s.hamd (2011)((synthesis ,characterization and evaluation of biological activity of novel cyclic imides containing heterocycles based on 2,5-disubstituted1,3,4-thiadiazoles)),al-anbar.j.vet.sci.,4(2):152-164. 17-said,s.a.(2006)((synthesis of some new 2-(2-isopropyl-5-methyl phenoxymethyl)-5aryl-1,3,4-oxadiazoles)) ,raf.jour.sci.,17(4):52-58 . 18-bayrak,h;demirbas,a;karaoglu,s.aand demirbas,n. (2009) ((synthesis of some new 1,2,4-triazole, their mannich and schiff base and evaluation of their antimicrobial activities)).eur.j.of medicinal chemistry ,44:1057-1066 . 19-faghihi,k.;nourbakhsh,m.and hajibeygi,m. (2011)((new optically active poly (amideimide)s from n-trimellityimido-l-amino acid and 1,2-bis[4-aminophenoxy] ethane in the main chain :synthesis and characterization))j.of saudi chemical society,10:1016 . table no. (1):physical properties of prepared compounds yield % color recrystallize d solvent m.p .co structural formula molecular formula com. no. 75 yellow water 230-232 s nn sh h2n c2h3n3s2 1 93 dark yellow acetone 266-268 n o o s nn sh c10h5o2s2 2 60 brown ethanol 119-120 n o o s o os nn c14h11n3o4s2 3 88 white ethanol 209-212 n o o s o nhnhs nn c12h9n5o3s2 4 31 pale yellow ethanol 215-217 n o o s o nhn s nn c21h18n6s2 5 414 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(2):ft-ir spectral data of the prepared compounds ft-ir spectral data cm-1 comp. no. (nh)amine, amide (c=c) arom. (c=o)amid e, ester (c=n)endo. , exo. (c=o) imide c-h aliphatic c-h aromatic 3396 3277 3174 1604 i 3199 1544 1602 1735 1786 ii 1550 1749 ester 1608 1724 1793 2985 2953 2900 3099 3068 iii 3415 3267 3167 1558 1660 amide 1600 1724 2980 2899 3018 iv 3167 3120 1558 1662 amide 1600 endo. 1654 exo. 2968 2918 2899 3016 v 415 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(1):ft-ir spectrum of compound (i) figure no.(2):ft-ir spectrum of compound (ii) 416 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(3):1h-nmr spectrum of compound (ii) figure no.(4):ft-ir spectrum of compound (iii) 417 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(5):1h-nmr spectrum of compound (iii) figure no.(6):ft-ir spectrum of compound (iv) 418 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(7):1h-nmr spectrum of compound (iv) figure no.(8):ft-ir spectrum of compound (v) 419 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(9):1h-nmr spectrum of compound (v) 420 | chemistry 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 تحضيروتشخيص قواعد شف جديدة لوحدة االمايد سليمان محمود حسن علي حمادي سمير أسماعيل ياسين مجيد ابن الھيثم)/جامعة بغداد (قسم الكيمياء/كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفه 2014ايلول 29, قبل البحث في: 2014نيسان 22استلم البحث في: الخالصة على والحاويه الجديدة شف قواعد مشتقات .االيمايد على جديدةتحتوي تحضيرقواعدشف بحثنا ھذا تم في ثياديازول -,1,3,4مركبتو 5 امينو -2 تحضيرالمركب الخطوةاالولى تضمنت. متعددالخطوات بتفاعل حضرت االيمايد )i (كحولي مذيب وفي الالمائيه الصوديوم كاربونات بوجود كبريتيدالكاربون ثنائي مع الثايوسيمكاربازايد بتحولق , 2-ثياديازول-1,3,4 -مركبتو -5(2 ليعطي الثلجي الخليك حامض بوجود انھيدريدالفثاليك مع المركب ھذا تفاعل بعدذلك ليعطي البوتاسيوم كاربونات بوجود كلوريداالثيل خالت مع تفاعل) ii( المركب) . ii( ون – ثنائي 1,3-ايزواندولين) يل مع) iii(المركب تفاعل) . iii( استيت) ثايو يل -2 ثياديازول 1,3,4-) يل 2اوكسوايزواندولين ثنائي -1,3(-5(-2 اسيتوھايدرازايد) يلثايو -2-ثياديازول , 1,34)يل -2 اوكسوايزواندولين ثنائي 1,3(5(-2 ليعطي ھايدريت الھيدرازين )iv . (الخطوةالخامسھتضمنتتفاعاللمركب )iv (معn,n -ليعطي فثالمينوبنزلديھايد ثنائيn´-(4-مثيل ثنائي ) .v( اسيتوھايدرازايد)يل ثايو-2ثياديازول 4-3-1)يل-2ثنائي اوكسوايزواندولين – 3,1(-5(-2-)مينوبنزلدينا ) .nmr-h1ir , -ft( تراكيب المركبات المحضرةالجديدة شخصت من خالل الخواص الفيزيائية وتحاليل اطياف ) ثايو يل 2ثياديازول -1,3,4-) يل 2ثنائياوكسوايزواندولين -1,3(5(2الكلمات المفتاحية: قواعد شف,انھدريدالفثالك,استيت conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |100 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 study the levels of glucagon like peptide-1(glp-1) and related parameters in iraqi hyperlipidemia patients with diabetes mellitus. ahmed a. lazim muntaha a. lafta dept. of chemistry /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in:19/september/2016,accepted in:16/october/2016 abstract the glucagon-like peptide-1 is secreted by intestinal l cells in response to nutrient ingestion. it regulates the secretion and sensitivity of insulin while suppressing glucagon secretion and decreasing postprandial glucose levels , additionally, glucagon-like peptide-1 delays gastric emptying and suppresses appetite. the impaired secretion of glucagon-like peptide-1 has negative influence on hyperlipidemia, diabetes and insulin resistance related diseases the levels of its secretion change with the intake of different nutrients. some drugs also have influence on glp-1 secretion . key words: hyperlipidemia , glucagon like peptide -1(glp-1) chemistry |101 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction hyperlipidemia is a condition excess in concentration of one or more serum of lipids", at most triglyceride(tg) and total cholesterol (t.ch) , inside the body, the hyperlipidemia)is also called(hyperlipoproteinemia), the only way for the survival the particles lipid soluble in the circulatory system is attached to the protein[16].this is the only way that these lipids can remain dissolved while in circulation. there are different types of hyperlipidemia depending on which lipid levels are high in blood, it can be divided into three subcategories. [4] : hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia and familial combined hyperlipidemia. dyslipidemia is shared in t2dm patients with other futures of insulin resistance like hypertension with abdominal obesity. it is a well-recognized and changing risk factor that should be discovered early to know aggressive cardiovascular preventive management. in the liver, fatty acids are changed to triglyceride (tg) which are loaded and excreted in the form of vldl , reduced levels of hdl are also correlated with t2dm, as a result of increased destruction. hyperglycemia and dyslipidemia affect the development of coronary heart disease (chd) and raises the mortality rate in diabetic patients[20]. glucagon like peptide-1 (glp-1) is a gastrointestinal hormone excreted from the enteroendocrine l-cell in response to nutrient ingestion. once released into the circulation, glp-1 elicits a potentiation of glucose-stimulated insulin secretion from the β-cells within the pancreatic islets, known as the incretin effect [3,5] , that used now in the pharmaceutical [7]. the glp-1 consisted of a 42 amino acids produced from the transcription product of pro-glucagon gene that has a half-life of less than 2 minutes[11], due to rapid degradation by the enzyme dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (dpp-4) [15]. glp-1 has two biologically active(forms): glp-1 [7–37] and glp-1 [7–36] amide". biological activity of glp-1decreased soon after secretion because decomposition by di-peptidyl peptidase-4 (dpp-4) [14]. physiological roles of glp-1 are increasing of(insulin secretion)from beta cells", decreasing of(glucagon secretion)from alpha cells ,glp-1 increasing the(mass of β-cells)and the(gene expression)of insulin , delays gastric emptying and inhibition of(acid excretion)in the stomach(this delays and protracts(carbohydrate absorption)and contributes to a satiating effect) and decreasing of (food consumption)by elevation satiety in the brain [30] . the study aimed to determine the levels of glp-1 in dyslipidemia patients that no study found on these patients , also to found the relation of glp-1 with atherogenic index of plasma (aip), glucagon and insulin. materials and methods one hundred and thirty five subjects were enrolled in this study , their age range was within (40-70) years , they were divided into three groups as follow:group one (g1) considered as a control group consists of (22) males and (23) females with bmi (26.48 kg ⁄ m 2 ) , group two (g2) hyperlipidemia patients that consists of (22)males and (23)females with bmi ( 27.11 kg ⁄ m 2 ) . group three (g3) that represent hyperlipidemia patients with t2dm that consists of (22) males and (23) females with bmi (27.5 kg ⁄ m 2 ), patients groups don ' t administrate any treatment .samples were collected from hyperlipidemia patients at alkarama hospital / baghdad during the period from november 2015 to february 2016. smokers, alcoholics, patients with cardiovascular disease, insulin treatment , kidney disease and hepatic failure were excluded. five ml of blood was collected by venipuncture using 10ml disposable syringe, from both fasting patients and control. biochemical tests including fast blood sugar, lipids profile, glycosylated hemoglobin, insulin, glucagon and glucagon like peptide-1,were estimated in serum for all patients and controls. body mass index , atherogenic index of plasma and homa-ir were calculated as a part of the study. chemistry |102 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 hba1c is determined in whole blood for controls and patients groups . the other parameters were determined in serum that fbs and lipid profile were determined by using enzymatic method according to the procedure in the hospital. insulin , glucagon and glp-1 were determined by elisa method by using a ready kit from drg, germany for insulin , germany for glucagon and glp-1 depending on protocol of the manufacture of the kit. statistical analysis results were presented as mean ±sem , t. test was used to determine the differences between two groups, p-value of < 0.001 and < 0.05 considered as highly significant and significant respectively. person's correlation was used in evaluating correlation relation(r) between two parameters. results and discussion three groups were enrolled in this study, group one (g1) includes (45) healthy people (both sex),group two (g2) includes (45) patients with hyperlipidemia (both sex) and group three (g3) includes (45) patients with hyperlipidemia and t2dm as complication. table (1) illustrated age , fbs levels , hba1c and bmi levels for the studied subjects. results in table (1) illustrated no significant differences found in bmi among the studied groups. the results showed no significant elevation of fbs in g2 compared to g1while there was significant elevation in g3 compared with g1 and g3compared with g2 . there was no significant elevation in hba1c in g2 compared to g1 while there was significant elevation in g3 compared to g1 and g3compared to g2. the suitable indicator to how we can control the level of blood glucose at the past months is hba1c , in the diabetes patients, it has been used to observe the influence of regimen exercise during the period of treatment of diabetes, increased amounts of hba1c are found in rbcs of patients with diabetes mellitus because their hba was linked with higher glucose concentration during the (120) days of the life time of red blood cells[13,8]. lipid profile and atherogenic index of plasma (aip) in studied groups: results in table (2) illustrated the levels of lipid profile (t.ch , tg, hdl, ldl and vldl) and atherogenic index of plasma (aip) in g1, g2 and g3. results showed significant elevation in total cholesterol for g2 and g3 compared to control group ,while g3 showed no significant elevation compared to g2 . the increase in total cholesterol in diabetic patients means prevalence of hypercholesterolemia where elevation in non-enzymatic glycosylation of ldl that refers to metabolic inhibition of ldl receptor activity was reported as an illustration for this observation [33]. results showed significant elevation in t.ch , tg , ldl and vldl in g2 and g3 compared to control group , while g3 showed no significant elevation compared to g2. result also showed significant reduction of hdl in g2 and g3 compared to control group , while g3 showed no significant reduction compared to g2 . each degradation of one mg hdl will correlate 2% of increase coronary artery disease [28], which is due to the death of patients with t2dm [21]. the impaired removal of ldl and chronic deficiency of insulin that may be associated with those highly atherogenic particles[2], high level of tg has been related with an increased ldl particles and increased cardiovascular risk [22]. results of our study are in agreement with previous study that demonstrated strong relationship between aip and lipoproteins particles size , therefore, aip could be considered as an indicator of atherogenic lipoprotein status [23] . chemistry |103 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 insulin , homa-ir , glucagon and glucagon like peptide-1(glp-1) in studied groups the results in table (3) illustrated the levels of insulin , homa-ir , glucagon and glucagon like peptide-1 (glp-1) in g1,g2 and g3 results showed no significant difference for insulin in g2 compared to control group, while g3 showed significant reduction in insulin level compared to control group and g2. results illustrated no significant differences found in homa-ir among the studied groups. it has been found that insulin resistance may be responsible for low hdl production in patients with t2dm , which is caused by alterations in hepatic function and elevation in activity of hepatic lipase ,that facilitates hdl clearance[6]. results showed significant reduction in glucagon and glp-1 in g2 compared to g1 , while there was high significant reduction in g3 compared to g1 and g2 . the primary actions are to regulate insulin and glucagon secretion only when plasma glucose exceeds normal fasting levels. thus, the deficiency of glp-1 is now considered as part of the pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes [18]. glp-1 controls the heart rate (hr) and blood pressure (bp) by", synthetic(human glp1)injected into the(jugular vein)of male rats acutely increased systolic and diastolic bp, as well as hr", after 25 min from glp-1 injection), would return to basal levels , the pretreatment with phentolamine or propranolol did not prevent the elevation in bp and hr[25]. studies demonstrated an increased myocardial glucose uptake during a hyperinsulinemiceuglycemic clamp[19,34]. other study suggested recently , that glp-1 enhanced acetylcholine induced for earm the(flowing of blood), but there was no effect on flowing of blood caused by sodium nitroprusside in healthy human(subjects t2dm patients)with stable coronary artery disease have approached an improvement in endothelial function which is expressed by an increase in flowing of blood mediated(vasodilation of the brachial artery, regardless of changes of blood pressure)systolic and diastolic during a hyperinsulinemic clamp as a response to glp-1 . however, the improvement mediated glp-1 in flowing of blood considerably attenuated after two months period of better glycemic control [17]. cardiac insufficiency ( class ii/ iv ) has been presented in diabetic and non-diabetic patients , an improvement of left ventricular ejection fraction , the ventilation of myocardial and oxygen consumption and quality of life are caused by glp-1 infusion [27] . in t2dm patients with chronic heart failure , infusion of exenatide decreases pulmonary capillary wedge pressure (pcwp) and increases both inotropism and chronotropism . these satisfactory results require additional clinical experiments for clarification if these effects will result or not in reduced mortality [32]. according to the primary and mechanistic clinical evidence , results indicated consistently toward beneficial effects of glp-1r agonists and glp-1 analogues on cvd in t2dm patients [26]. the homeostasis of (triglyceride level)in blood was caused by the directly effects of glp-1 by decreasing of lipid stores in hepatic and adipose tissue [9] . indeed , the reduction of high plasma triglyceride levels and hepatic triglyceride stores , it is because of the exogenous increases of plasma(glp-1 including inhibitors)of the enzyme ddp-4 and the long acting glp-1 receptor agonists . as glp-1 is synthesized in l-cells (which are located in the small intestine), it has been suggested that glp-1 may affect lipid absorption in intestinal and thus postprandial triglyceride excursions[10]. " in the brain, the central regulation may be useful in homeostasis of triglyceride regulation , the autonomic nervous system composed of parasympathetic and sympathetic nerves ,it is related to metabolism of triglyceride by organization of adipose tissue activation and homeostasis of liver triglyceride [9]. chemistry |104 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 results showed highly significant reduction in table (3) in g3 compared to g1 and g2 in glucagon and glp-1 levels , high significant negative correlation of glp-1 with aip in g1 was found, high significant positive correlation in g2 was found , significant positive correlation in g3 was found , no significant negative correlation was found of glp-1 with insulin in g1 and g2 , while high significant positive correlation in g3 was noticed , high significant negative correlation of glp-1 with glucagon in g1 and g3 , while significant negative correlation in g2 was found . as of our knowledge , this is the first time ,that glp-1is determined in hyperlipidemia patient ' s with diabetes , that may be considered as biomarker for this disease . correlation coefficient of glp-1 versus aip , insulin level and glucagon in all studied groups: the value of correlation relation (r) and p-value for glp-1 versus aip, insulin and glucagon level for all studied groups were illustrated in table (4). a highly significant negative correlation was observed for glp-1 with aip in g1 (r = 0.232, p<0.001) as shown in figure(1a) , while highly significant positive correlation in g2 ( r= +0.133 , p<0.001) as shown in figure(1b) , in addition , a significant positive correlation in g3 is (r = +0.052 , p < 0.05) . as shown in figure (1c) . no significant negative correlation was observed for glp-1 and insulin in g1 and g2 when (r = -0.217 , r = -0.045) (p >0.05) respectively as shown in figures(2 a,b) , whereas a high significant positive correlation in g3 (r = +0.187, p<0.001) as shown in figure(2c). a highly significant negative correlation was observed for glp-1 with glucagon in g1 and g3 (r = -0.131, r =-0.124) (p < 0.001) respectively as shown in figures (3a,c), , whereas significant negative correlation was found in g2 (r = -0.227 , p<0.05) as shown in figure (3b). references 1-an, z. ; prigeon , r. l. and alessio , d. a. (2013): improved glycemic control enhances the incretin effect in patients with type 2 diabetes. j clin endocrinol metab, 98(12) :4702– 4708 . 2-berg, j.m.;tymoczko, j.l.&stryer, l. (2013). (( biochemistry )) 7 th ed. wh. freeman and company, new york . 3-brubaker, p. l. & minire view. (2010) : update on incretin biology: focus on glucagonlikepeptide-1. endocrinology;151:1984–1989 4-brunzell, j. d. (2010): diagnosis and treatment of dyslipidemia . diabetes care ;41( 6):1023-1025. 5-campbell, j. e. & drucker, d. j. (2013) . pharmacology, physiology, and mechanisms of incretin hormone action. cell metabolic ;17:819–837. 6-camphell, m. k.& farrel, s.o. (2014) (( biochemistry.7 th ed thomson books learning )) ;46(1):6-7 . 7-de silva, a. & et al. (2011) the gut hormones pyy3-36 and glp-17-36 amide reduce food intake and modulate brain activity in appetite; 89:445–452 . 8-enzo,b.& jaakko,t. (2011).the pros and cons of diagnosing diabetes with a1c. diabetes care.;34(2):184-190. chemistry |105 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 9-geerling, j. j. ; boon, m. r. ; kooijman, s. ; parlevliet, e. t. ; havekes, l. m. ; romijn, j. a. ; meurs, i. m. & rensen, p. c. (2014) . sympathetic nervous system control of triglyceride metabolism: novel concepts derived from recent studies. j lipid res.;55:180–189. 10-geesje, m. dallinga-thie & max nieuwdorp .(2015) (arterioscler thromb vasc biol.;35:1048-1049 11-gupta, v. (2013); glucagon-like peptide-1 analogues: an overview. indian j endocrinol metab. ;17(3):413–418. 12-efendic, s. & portwood n (2004). "overview of incretin hormones". hormone and metabolic research 36 (11-12): 742–6. 13 -harvey, r. a.& ferrier, d. r. (2013) "diabetes mellitus "6 th ed , lippincott williams and wilkins: wolter kulmer health2013. 14-holst, j. j. (2010). glucagon and glucagon-like peptides 1 and 2. results probl cell differ ;50: 121–135. 15-fujita, y. ; wideman, r. d.; asadi, a.; yang, g.k.; baker, r.; webber, t.; zhang,t.; wang, r.; ao, z.; warnock, g.l. & et al. (2010). glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide is expressed in pancreatic islet alpha-cells and pro-motes insulin secretion. gastroenterology138, 1966–1975 . 16jacobson, t. a. ; ito, m. k. , maki, k. c. and et al(2014 ). national lipid association recommendations for patient-centered management of dyslipidemia: part 1-executive summary. j clin lipidol;8: 473–488 17-kim, m; platt, m.j; shibasaki, t; quaggin, s.e.; backx, p.h.; seino, s; simpson , j.a. & drucker, d.j.( 2013): glp-1 receptor activation and epac2 link atrial natriuretic peptide secretion to control of blood pressure. nat med, 19(5):567–75 . 18-meier, j. j. & nauck, m. a.: (2005). "glucagon-like peptide 1(glp-1) in biology and pathology". diabetes/metabolism research and reviews 21 (2): 91–117. 19-moberly, s. p. ; mather, k. j. ; berwick,z. c. ; owen, m. k. ; goodwill, a. g. ; casalini, e. d. ; hutchins, g. d. (2013); green, m. a. ; ng, y. ; considine, r. v. ; perry, k. m. ; chisholm, r.l. & tune, j.d.: impaired cardio metabolic responses to glucagon-like peptide 1 in obesity and type 2 diabetes mellitus. basic res cardiol , 108(4):365. 20-morino, k. ; petersen, k.f.; sono, s.; choi c. s. , samuel, v. t. ; lin, a. ; gallo , a. ; zhao,h. ; kashiwagi, a. ; goldberg, i. j. ; wang, h.; eckel, r. h. ; maegawa, h. & shulman, g.i. . (2012); regulation of mitochondrial biogenesis by lipoprotein lipase in muscle of insulin-resistant offspring of parents with type 2 diabetes. diabetes; 61(4):877-887. 21-nakhjavani, m.;esteghamati, a.r.;esfahanian, f. & heshmat,a.r. .(2006) : dyslipidemia in type2 diabetes mellitus :more atheroginic lipid profile in women . endocrinology and metabolism research;44(2):111-118. 22-nwagha, u. i. ; ikekpeazu , e. j. ; ejezie, f. e. ; neboh, e. e. & maduka, i.c. (2010): atherogenic index of plasma as useful predictor of cardiovascular risk among postmenopausal women in enugu, nigeria. african health sciences sep ;10(3): 248 – 250. chemistry |106 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 23-onat, a. ; can g. , kaya, h. & hergenç, g. (2010) “atherogenic index of plasma” (log10 triglyceride/high-density lipoprotein-cholesterol) predicts high blood pressure, diabetes, and vascular events. j clin lipidol;4:89-98 24 –krishnaswami, v. (2010) :treatment of dyslipidemia in patients with type 2 diabetes. lipids in health and disease.; 9:144. 25-robinson, l. e. ; holt, t. a. ;rees, k. ; randeva, h. s. & o’hare, j. p.( 2013) : effects of exenatide and liraglutide on heart rate, blood pressure and body weight: systematic review and meta-analysis. bmj open, 3(1). 26saraiva, francisco and andrei c sposito. (2014) "cardiovascular effects of glucagon-like peptide 1 (glp-1) receptor agonists" , cardiovascular diabetology; 7:699-710. 27-sokos, g. g. ; bolukoglu, h. ; german, j. , hentosz, t. ; magovern, g. j.; jr, maher, t. d. ; dean, d. a. ; bailey, s. h. ; marrone, g. ; benckart, d. h. ; elahi, d. & shannon, r. p. (2007): effect of glucagon-like peptide-1 (glp-1) on glycemic control and left ventricular function in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass grafting. am j cardiol, 100(5):824– 829. 28-susanti, e.;donosepoetro, m.; patellong, i. & arif, m. .(2010). differences between several atherogenic parameters in patients with controlled and uncontrolled type 2 diabetes mellitus. med j indones.;19(2):103-108 . 29-piotrowski, k. ; becker, m. ; zugwurst, j. ; biller-friedmann, i. ; spoettl, g. ; greif,m. ; leber, a. w. ; becker , a. ; laubender, r. p. ; lebherz, c. ; goeke, b. ; marx, n. ; parhofer, k. g. & lehrke m. (2013) : circulating concentrations of glp-1 are associated with coronary atherosclerosis in humans. cardio.vasc. diabet.ol, 12:117 . 30-presswala, l. & shubrook (april 2015)"what to do after basal insulin: 3 tx strategies for type 2 diabetes the journal of family practice 64(4) :214-216 . 31-van genugten, r. e. ; moller goede, d. l. ;van raalte, d. h. & diamant, m. (2013) : extra-pancreatic effects of incretin-based therapies: potential benefit for cardiovascular-risk management in type 2 diabetes. diabetes obesity metabolic ;15:593–606. 32-woo, j. s. ; kim, w. ; ha, s. j. ; kim, j. b. ; kim, s. j.; kim, w. s. ; seon, h. j. &kim k. s. (2013) : cardio protective effects of exenatide in patients with st-segment elevation myocardial infarction undergoing primary percutaneous coronary intervention: results of exenatide myocardial protection in revascularization study. arterioscler thromb vasc biol , 33(9):2252–60 . 33-yashashwi, p.; wensheng, s.; salim, s.v.; christie, m.b. & ron c. h. .(2014). small dense ldl cholesterol predicts incident diabetes mellitus: the atherosclerosis risk in communities study. arteriosclerosis, thrombosis, and vascular biology ; 34:66. 34-zhao, t.c.( 2013): glucagon-like peptide-1 (glp-1) and protective effects in cardiovascular disease: a new therapeutic approach for myocardial protection. cardiovasc diabetol , 12:90 . chemistry |107 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (1): age , bmi, fbs and hba1c for the studied groups s=significant where p≤0.05 , ns=no significant where p>0.05. table (2): levels of lipid profile and aip for studied groups s=significant where p≤ 0.05 , ns=no significant where p>0.05. g2&g3 t. test g1&g3 t. test g1&g2 t. test g3 mean ± sem g2 mean ± sem g1 mean ± sem groups parameters male (22) female (23) male (23) female (22) male (22) female (23) subject. no ns ns ns 48.29 ±11.29 47.21 ± 7.16 44.53 ± 5.11 age (years) ns ns ns 7.5 ± 3.2 27.11 ± 3.2 26.48 ± 1.37 bmi(kg/m 2 ) s s ns 9.75 ± 2.55 6.59 ± 1.09 5.23 ± 0.48 fbs (mmol/l) s s ns 8.57 ± 1.48 5.85 ± 0.35 5.81 ± 0.36 hba1c (%) g2&g3 t. test g1&g3 t. test g1&g2 t. test g3 mean ± sem g2 mean ± sem g1 mean± sem groups parameters ns s s 7.18 ± 1.34 5.58 ± 0.78 4.33 ± 0.40 t.ch (mmol/l) ns s s 2.24 ± 0.76 2.07 ± 0.58 1.32 ± 0.26 tg (mmol/l ) ns s s 0.95 ± 0.36 1.05 ± 0.25 1.29 ± 0.18 hdl (mmol/l ) ns s s 3.85 ± 0.72 4.24 ± 0.80 2.49 ± 0.25 ldl (mmol/l ) ns s s 0.48 ± 0.17 0.40 ± 0.12 0.28 ± 0.04 vldl (mmol/l ) s s s 0.37 ± 0.12 0.3 ± 0.11 0.07±0.025 aip chemistry |108 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (3): levels of insulin, homa-ir , glucagon and glucagon like peptide-1 (glp-1) in all studied groups: s=significant where p≤ 0.05 , ns=no significant where p>0.05 and hs=highly significant where p ≤0.001 . table (4) the correlation coefficient of glp-1 with aip, insulin and glucagon level and in studied groups: s=significant where p≤ 0.05 , ns=no significant where p>0.05 and hs=highly significant where p ≤0.001. g2&g3 t. test g1&g3 t. test g1&g2 t. test g3 mean± sem g2 mean± sem g1 mean ± sem groups parameters male (22) female(23) male (23) female (22) male (22) female (23) subject.no s s ns 9.42 ± 6.1 13.34 ±4.27 13.79 ±3.37 insulin µiu/ml)) ns ns ns 3.76 ± 1.21 3.57 ± 1.13 3.41 ± 0.90 homa-ir hs hs s 7.41 ± 3.92 11.23 ±2.73 13.2 ± 4.4 glucagon (ng\ml) hs hs s 5.76 ±0.84 13.12 ± 3.2 15.71 ± 2.2 glp-1 (ng\ml) correlation parameters groups g1 g2 g3 glp-1 vs aip hs hs s r = 0.232 r = + 0.133 r = + 0.052 glp-1 vs insulin level ns ns hs r = 0.217 r = 0.045 r = +0.187 glp-1 vs glucagon level hs s hs r = 0.131 r = 0.227 r = 0.124 chemistry |109 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (1a): the correlation relation of glp-1 with aip in g1. figure (1b): the correlation relation of glp-1 with aip in g2. figure (1c): the correlation relation of glp-1 with aip in g3. y = -0.0024x + 0.0862 r² = 0.0542 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0 5 10 15 a ip glp-1(ng\ml) y = 0.0088x + 0.1349 r² = 0.0178 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 5 10 15 20 a ip glp-1(ng\ml) y = 0.0063x + 0.2707 r² = 0.0028 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 5 10 15 20 a ip glp-1(ng\ml) chemistry |110 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (2a): the correlation relation of glp-1 with insulin in g1. figure (2b): the correlation relation of glp-1 with insulin in g2. figure (2c): the correlation relation of glp-1 with insulin in g3. y = -0.3132x + 16.628 r² = 0.0474 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 in su li n (µ iu /m l) glp-1(ng\ml) y = -0.0674x + 14.166 r² = 0.0021 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 in su li n (µ iu /m l) ) glp-1(ng\ml) y = 0.4316x + 3.0796 r² = 0.0351 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 in su li n (µ iu /m l) glp-1(ng\ml) chemistry |111 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (3a): the correlation relation of glp-1 with glucagon in g1. figure (3b): the correlation relation of glp-1 with glucagon in g2. figure (3c): the correlation relation of glp-1 with glucagon in g3. y = -0.0864x + 7.7454 r² = 0.0173 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 5 10 15 20 25 g lu ca g o n (n g \m l) glp-1(ng\ml) y = -0.1547x + 15.516 r² = 0.0517 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 g lu ca g o n (n g \m l) glp-1(ng\ml) y = -0.1173x + 16.082 r² = 0.0157 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 g lu ca g o n (n g \m l) glp-1(ng\ml) 85 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 zainab h. mahmood kassim a. jassim abstract the main objectives of this pepper are to introduce new classes. we have attempted to obtain coefficient estimates, radius of convexity, distortion and growth theorem and other related results for the classes ( ) ( ) keywords: multivalent function ,subordination, starlike function, growth theorem , schwarz function. 1. introduction let ( ) be the set of all function ( ) having the form ( ) ∑ ( ) where , a set of natural numbers which are p-valent in for definition 1 [1]: a function ( ) ( ) is in the subclass ( ) of starlike function if . ( ) ( ) / , definition 2 [2]: a function ( ) ( ) is in the subclass ( ) of convex function if . ( ) ( ) / , definition 3 [3]: a function ( ) ( ) is in the subclass ( ) if it satisfy { ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) } (2) ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.1.2377 department of mathematics,college of education for pure science, ibnal haitham/ university of baghdad iraq department of mathematics , college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq department of physical ,college of science , university of baghdad,baghdad,iraq zainab_hd@yahoo.com kasimmmathphd@gmail.com dr.buthyan@yahoo.com certain family of multivalent functions associated with subordination article history: received 18 april 2019, accepted 26 may 2019, publish january 2020. mailto:zainab_hd@yahoo.com mailto:zainab_hd@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/kasimmmathphd@gmail.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/kasimmmathphd@gmail.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/dr.buthyan@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/dr.buthyan@yahoo.com 86 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 for ( ) furthermore a function ( ) ( )is in the class ( ) if ( ) ( ) theorem 1: a function given by (4.1) is in ( ).s.s. miller, p.t. mocanu [1]. if and only if ∑ ( ) proof: let ( ) ( )therefore from (2) we have ( ) { ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) } ( ) ( ) ( ) where k(w) is schwarz function (w)=( ( )) ( ) ( )( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) | ( )| | | | [ { ( ) ( ) ( )} ( ) ( ) ] { [ { ( ) ( ) ( )} ( ) ( ) ( ) ]}| | | | ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )* ( ) ( ) ( )+ * ( ) ( ) ( )+ | (3) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) from (1) we have | | ∑ ( ) ( )2 ( ) ∑ ( ) 3 2∑ ( ) 3 | | 87 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 | ∑ ( ) ( )( ) ∑ * ( ) ( )+ | since ( ) | | . we obtain after considering on real axis and letting w→ 1 we get ∑ ( ) | | ( )( ) ∑ | ( ) ( )| ∑ ( ) | *( ) ( )+| | | ( )( ) that is ∑ ( ) where ( ) | | ( )( ) ∑ ( ) | *( ) ( )+| corollary 1: if ( ) ( ) then ( ) and the equality holds for ( ) ( ) theoremd 2 : ( ) ∑ is in ( ) if and only if ∑ ( ) proof: suppose ( ) ( ) if ( ) ( ) let ( ) ( ) therefore from (1) we have ( ) { ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) } this is equivalent to ( since | ( )| ) | | | [ { ( ) ( ) ( )} ( ) ( ) ] { [ { ( ) ( ) ( )} ( ) ( ) ( ) ]}| | | | ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )* ( ) ( ) ( )+ * ( ) ( ) ( )+ | ( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) 88 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 from (2) we have | | ∑ ( ) ( ){ ( ) ∑ ( ) } { ∑ ( ) } | | =| ∑ ( ) ( ( )( )) ∑ ( ( ) ( )) | since ( ) | | . we obtain after considering on real axis and letting w→ 1 we get ∑ ( ) | | ( )( ) ∑ (( ) ( )) ∑ { ( ) | (( ) ( ))|} | | ( )( ) ∑ ( ) corollary 2: if ( ) ( ) then ( ) and the equality holds for ( ) ∑ ( ) theorem 3: ( ) ( ) then | | | | ( ) | ( )| | | | | ( ) with equality hold for ( ) ( ) proof: ( ) ( ) therefore from theorem 2 ∑ ( ) | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | | | ∑ | | | | | | ( ) similarly | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | | | ∑ | | | | | | ( ) therefore | | | | ( ) | ( )| | | | | ( ) theorem 4 : ( ) ( ) then | | | | ( ) ( ) | ( )| | | | | ( ) ( ) 011 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 with equality ( ) ( ) ( ) proof: ( ) ( ) therefore from theorem 2 ∑ ( ) | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | | | ∑ | | | | | | ( ) ( ) similarly | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | | | ∑ | | | | | | ( ) ( ) therefore | | | | ( ) ( ) | ( )| | | | | ( ) ( ) theorem 5: ( ) ( ) then | | ( )| | ( ) | ( )| | | ( )| | ( ) proof: ( ) ( ) therefore from theorem 1 ∑ ( ) ( ) ∑ | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | ( )| | ∑ | | | | ( )| | ( ) similarly | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | ( )| | ∑ | | | | ( )| | ( ) therefore | | ( )| | ( ) | ( )| | | ( )| | ( ) theorem 6: ( ) ( ) then | | | | ( ) | ( )| | | | | ( ) proof: ( ) ( ) then therefore from theorem 2 ∑ ( ) 010 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ( ) ∑ | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | ( )| | ∑ | | | | | | ( ) similarly | ( )| | | ∑ | || | | | ( )| | ∑ | | | | | | ( ) therefore | | | | ( ) | ( )| | | | | ( ) ( ) is function in ( ) is called close to convex of order ( ) if ( )* ( )+ for all a function ( ) ( ) is starlike of order ( ) if 2 ( ) ( ) 3 for all a function ( ) ( ) is convex of order ( ) if ( ) is starlike of order , that is 2 ( ) ( ) 3 for all theorem 7 : if ( ) ( ) ,then ( ) if | | ( ) ( ( ) * proof: we need to show that | ( ) | that is | ( ) | ∑ | || | ……(4) from theorem 1 we have ∑ ( ) note that (4) is true if | | ( ) therefore | | . ( ) / ( ) thus we get required result. theorem 8 : if ( ) ( ) ,then ( ) if | | ( ) ((. / ( ) + , proof: we must show that | ( ) ( ) | we have | ( ) ( ) | ∑ ( )| || | ∑ | || | (5) hence (4.4.3) holds true if ∑ ( ) ( ) | || | (6) 011 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 from theorem 1 we have ∑ ( ) (7) hence by using (6) and (7) we can obtain required result. theorem 9 : if ( ) ( ) ,then ( ) if | | ( ) ((4 ( ) ( ) 5 ( ) + , proof: we know that is convex if and only if is starlike we must show that | ( ) ( ) | where ( ) ( ) therefore we have ∑ ( ) ( ) | || | ( 8) from theorem 1 we have ∑ ( ) (9) hence by using (8) and (9) we get 4 ( ) ( ) 5 | | ( ) | | ((4 ( ) ( ) 5 ( ) + , theorem 10: let ( ) and ( ) ( ) then ( ) ( ) if and only if ( ) can be express in the form ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) where ∑ proof: let ( ) ( ) we have ( ) if we take ( ) and ∑ theorem 11: let ( ) ∑ ( ) be the functions in the class ( ) ( )then the function: ( ) ∑ ∑ is also in ( ) where * + with proof: since ( ) ∑ is in ( ) so by theorem 2 we have ∑ ( ) ( ) | | ( )( ) * ( ) |( ( ) ( ))|+ we have ∑ ( ) . ∑ / ∑ ∑ ( ) . ∑ / 012 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 hence by theorem 1 , ( ) ( ) theorem 12: let the function ( ) ∑ ( ) ∑ be in the class ( ) . then the function ( ) defined by ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ where ( ) is also in ( ) proff: we have ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ∑ ) ( ∑ ) ∑ (( ) ) since ( ) so by theorem 1 we have ∑ ( ) and ∑ ( ) therefore ∑ ( ) (( ) ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ∑ ( ) therefore ( ) let ( ) , ( ) neighborhood of the function ( ) is defined by ( ) { ( ) ( ) ∑ ∑ | | } ….(4.6.1) for the identity function if ( ) then ( ) { ( ) ( ) ∑ ∑ | | } ( ) definition 4: a function ( ) ∑ is in the class ( ) if there exist ( ) ( ) such that | ( ) ( ) | ( ) 013 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 theorem 13 : if ( ) ( ) 0 ( ) 1 (12) then ( ) ( ) proof: let ( ) , then by (4.6) ∑ | | this implies that ∑ | | (13) therefore | ( ) ( ) | ∑ | | ∑ [ ( ) ] [ ( ) ] then by definition 13 , we get ( ) thus ( ) ( ) . the generalized bernardi integral operator is given by , ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) , ( ) ∑ (14) where . / theorem 14: let ( ) then , ( ) ( ), s.s. miller, p.t. mocanu [4, 5]. proof : we need to prove that ∑ ( ) since ( ) then from theorem 1 ∑ ( ) but therefore theorem 14 holds and the proof is over. theorem 15: let ( ) then , ( )is starlice of order in | | where | | 4. / . ( ) /5 proof: , ( ) ∑ it is enough to prove | ( , ( )-) , ( ) | | ( , ( )-) , ( ) | | ∑ ( ) ∑ | ∑ ( ) | | ∑ | | ∑ ( ) | | ( ∑ | | ) ∑ ( ) ( ) | | (15) 014 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 from theorem 1 ∑ ( ) (16) hence by using (15) and (16) we get ( ) ( ) | | ( ) | | . / ( ( ) * therefore | | (. / ( ( ) *+ the definitions given below are of the fractional calculus studied by , s. ruscheweyh [4]. definition 5 [6]: for a function f( ) which is analytic function in plane containing the origin which is a simply connected region , we define the fractional integral of order as ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) definition 6: for a function ( ) which is analytic function in plane containing the origin which is a simply connected region , we define the fractional integral of order as ( ) ( ) ∫ ( ) ( ) theorem 16: let ( ) then ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 | ( )| ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 ( ) proof: from definition 5 we have ( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) (18) let ( ) ( ) ( ) clearly ( ) is non – increasing function of n , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) from theorem 1 we have ∑ | | ( ) (19) from (18) and (19) it follows that 015 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 | ( )| | | ( ( ) ( ) ( )| | ∑ | | ) ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 similarly | ( )| | | ( ( ) ( ) ( )| | ∑ | | ) ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 this proves the theorem theorem 17: let ( ) then ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 | ( )| ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 ( ) proof: from definition 6 we have ( ) ( ) ( ) ∑ ( ) ( ) (21) let ( ) ( ) ( ) clearly ( ) is non – increasing function of n , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) from theorem 1 we have ∑ | | ( ) ……(22) from (21) and (22) it follows that | ( )| | | . ( ) ( ) ( )| | ∑ | | / ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 similarly | ( )| | | . ( ) ( ) ( )| | ∑ | | / ( ) ( ) | | 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) | |5 016 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 conclusions the main impact of this research work is to motivate to construct new subclasses of holomorphic (or analytic) multivalent functions belonging the disk and study their various geometrical properties. we have derived new sub classes of meromorphic (analytic except for isolated singularities i. e. poles) holomorphic (an analytic) multivalent functions in the punctured disk. the well-known properties like distortion theorem, radii of star likeness, coefficient inequalities and convexity etc. by using subordination. references 1. miller, s.s.; mocanu, p.t. differential subordinations and univalent functions. michigan math. j.1981, 28, 157–171. 2. miller, s.s.; mocanu, p.t. differential subordination: theory and applications. monographs and textbooks in pure and applied mathematics.2000, 225, 31-39. 3. ruscheweyh, s. new criteria for univalent functions. proc. amer. math. soc.1975, 49, 109–115. 4. saitoh, h. a linear operator and its applications of first order differential subordinations. math. japon.1996, 44, 31–38. 5. piejko, k.; sokol, j. on the dziok-srivastava operator under multivalent analytic functions. appl. math. and compution.2006, 177, 839-843. 6. jabber, a.k.; tawfiq, l.n.m. new transform fundamental properties and its applications. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science.2018, 31, 1, 151163. 282الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 الرقيقة snsتأثير التلدين في الخواص التركيبية والبصرية آلغشية المفرجي عوادھند ضاري دائرة بحوث المواد /وزارة العلوم والتكنولوجيا مھدي الصرافعبد الحميد رحيم قسم الفيزياء / كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة( ابن الھيثم )/ جامعة بغداد رامز احمد محمد االنصاري جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم للبنات / قسم الفيزياء نادر فاضل حبوبي الجامعة المستنصرية /كلية التربية /قسم الفيزياء 2014ايلول 1قبل في : 2014حزيران 2استلم في : الخالصة بتقنية الرش الكيميائي الحراري، وبعد 0.85µmالنقية وبسمك sns حضرت اغشية رقيقة من احادي كبريتيد القصدير التركيبية .و درس تأثير التلدين في الخصائص673kبدرجة حرارة ذلك عولجت األغشية حراريا لمدة سـاعتين والبصرية لألغشية المحضرة . اظھرت نـتائج حيود األشعة السينية ان األغشية المحضرة ذات تركيب متعدد التبلور . وان عملية التلدين ادت الى زيادة في شدة المستويات عن قيمتھا قبل (orthorhombic)ومن النوع المعيني القائم ي معدل الحجم الحبيبي ، كما تم في ھذا البحث دراسة الخواص البصرية لألغشية كافـــة التلدين مما ادى الى زيادة ف ،اذ حسبت فجوة nm (900-300)من خالل تسجيل طيف األمتصاصية والنفاذية لمدى األطـــوال الموجية المسموح ولوحظ نقصان قيم فجوة الطاقة لألنتقالين الطاقة البصرية لألنتقال المباشر الممنوع واألنتقال غير المباشر المباشر الممنوع، وغير المباشر المسموح بعد التلدين . كما حسبت الثوابت البصرية ( معامل األمتصاص ، ومعامل اقة الفوتون لألغشية الخمود ، ومعامل األنكسار ،و ثابت العزل الكھربائي بجزئيه الحقيقي والخيالي) بوصفھا دالة لط ودراسة تاثير التلدين فيھا. المحضرة ، الرش الكيميائي الحراري ، التلدين. snsاألغشية الرقيقة ، اغشيةالكلمات المفتاحية : 283الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المقدمة الموصالت واعطت فكرة واضحة تعد تقنية األغشية الرقيقة واحدة من اھم التقنيات التي ساھمت في تطور دراسة اشباه يستعمل في كثير من ]، وألحادي كبريتيد القصدير اھمية كبيرة، اذ 1عن العديد من خواصھا الفيزيائية والكيميائية [ في منطقة الطيف المرئي التطبيقات الشمسية فھو يستخدم بوصفه نافذة للخاليا الشمسية ألن له معامل امتصاص عال مخففات لألنعكاس ألن انعكاسيته قليلة في ھذه المنطقة ويدخل في تصنيع الخاليا الشمسية ذات المفارق ،ويستعمل ].3،2الھجينية[ وذلك فيه ودراسة اثر التلدين 0.85µmالھدف من البحث الحالي ھو تحضير غشاء احادي كبريتيد القصدير بسمك -لغرض دراسة : حساب معدل الحجم الحبيبي قبل التلدين وبعده. و sns التركيب البلوري لــ -1 طبيعة األنتقاالت األلكترونية لألغشية المحضرة كافة . -2 حساب بعض الثوابت البصرية لألغشيـة المحضرة كافة،مثل (معامل األمتصاص ، ومعامل األنكسار ، ومعامل -3 ، وثابت العزل الكھربائي بجزئيه الحقيقي والخيالي . كل العوامل السابقة بوصفھا دالة لطاقة الفوتون .الخمود  لغرض تصنيع طبقة من الـ sns يـــة عاليــة تصلح فــي التطبيقات األلكتروبصرية ونوافذ الخاليا ذات استقرار . الشمسية ظريالجانب الن ينتج طيف األمتصاص من ظاھرة الفقدان في الطاقة الناتجة من التفاعل الحاصل بين الضوء والشحنات التي حسب (i)فالشعاع النافذ تكون شدته o(i (على غشاء شدته ] عندما تسقط حزمة ضوئية4تحويھا المادة [ lambert [5,6]قانون …………… (1) oi i = α معامــــل األمتصاص يعرف بانـــــه نسبة التناقص في فيض طاقـــــة األشعاع الساقط بالنسبة لوحدة : (cm).سمك الغشاءالرقيق بوحدات tالمسافة بأتجــاه أنتشار الموجـــــة داخــــل الوسط ، -) بالصيغة اآلتية :1و يمكن كتابة العالقة ( …………………….(2) ln ₀ αt αt 2.303 log ₀ …………..(3) log اصيةــــاألمتص يمثل مقدار ــــال ان وبما ₀ (absorptance a) المعادلة كتابة فيمكن اءـلمادة الغش بالصيغة االتية: (3) α 2.303 ………………(4) التي ويعتمد معامل األمتصاص على خواص شبه الموصل من حيـث فجوة الطاقة البصرية، ونوع األنتقاالت األلكترونية تحدث بين حزم طاقته. -من العالقة اآلتية: (hυ)وتحسب طاقة الفوتون الساقط hυ (ev)=(1240/λ) ………….(5) ) nmالموجي مقاس ب ( : الطول λ اذ ان السمة المميزة المشتركة في مخطط األمتصاص عندما تصبح طاقة األشعاع الممتص مساوية تقريبا الى فجوة الطاقـة وتركيبھا يعطي معلومات عن فجوة الطاقة وعن خواص حزم وان دراسة موقع الحافة األساسية األسـاسية لألمتصاص للـمادة .]7[الطاقة اعالھا واسفلھا ففي حالة كون األنتقال غير عمودي من اعلى نقطة في قمة حزمة التكافؤ الى اوطأ نقطة في قعر حزمة التوصيل فأن ھذا النوع من اص لھذا النوع من األنتقاالت يمكن الحصول عليه من المعادلة ومعامل األمتص األنتقال يدعى باألنتقال غير المباشر المسموح :]8[األتية …….(6)r )ph± e optge-(hυ 1hυ = bα .نوع المادة على يعتمد ثابت :1b ، الفونون طاقة phe: ان اذ نقاط مجاورة ألوطأ نقطة في حزمة اما عندما يكون األنتقال عموديا من النقاط المجاورة ألعلى نقطة في حزمة التكافؤ الــى التوصيل فأن ھذا النوع من األنتقال يدعى باألنتقال المباشر الممنوع ومعامل األمتصاص لھذا النوع من األنتقاالت يمكن الحصول عليه من المعادلة اآلتية: ………(7) r)optge ــ( hυ oα hυ= b -:اذ evطاقة الفوتون بوحدات: hυ ،ثابت يعتمد على نوع المادة : bo:،معامل اسي : r optge: البصرية بوحدات فجوة الطاقةev . في حالة األنتقال المباشر الممنوع  (2/3)و غير المباشر المسموح األنتقال حالة في (1/2) تساوي r وان قيمة 284الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 -] :9من العالقة اآلتية [ or يتم حساب األنعكاسيـة +a+t=1…………… (8)or . النسبة بين الشعاع المنعكس والشعاع الساقط عند الحد الفاصل بين وسطينالتي تمثل النفاذية t:: األمتصاصية ، aاذ ان و يمكن حساب معامل للموجــة داخل المادةاألسي  ، وھو األنحالل معامل الخمود الجزء الخيالي لمعامل األنكسار المعقد يعد -الخمود من المعادلة : k = ……………………(9) -ان : اذ λ: .الطول الموجي لألشعة الساقطة -:بالمعادلة اآلتيةمعامل األنكسار التعبير عنويمكن )10................................(  o o 2/1 2 2 o o o r1 r1 1k r1 r1 n                     وتحدث عملية فقدان الطاقة في المادة بسبب التفاعل بين الضوء وشحنات الوسط وما ينتج عنه من استقطاب لشحنات الوسط -ويوصف ھذا األستقطاب عادة بثابت العزل الكھربائي المعقد للوسط والذي يعرف بالعالقة اآلتية: ……………….(11) 2iε -1ε = ε -ان : اذ ε : 1،ثابت العزل المعقدε:الجزء الحقيقي من ثابت العزل، 2ε:. الجزء الخيالي من ثابت العزل -) مع معامل األنكسار المعقد بالعالقة :εويرتبط ( n*= √ε ……………(12) ينتج األتي: (11)و(12)ومن المعادلة ε1 = no2 – k2 ………… (13) ε2 = 2no k ………….. (14) الجانب العملي اسطوانة –بأستخدام منظومة الرش الكيميائي الحراري التي تتكون من (مسخن حراري snsحضرت اغشية حامل حديدي)، جھاز الرش التقليدي مصنوع من الزجاج األعتيادي يحتوي على خزان –جھاز الرش –غاز النتروجين ناء عملية الرش ھو عدم ثبوت معدل الرش اسطواني ،لكن خالل مدة البحث وجد أنه من المشاكل التي تواجھنا في أث (الذي يعد من العوامل المؤثرة في تحضير األغشية الرقيقة ، اذ يؤثر في عدد قطرات السائل المتدفقة من جھاز الرش كان ومن ثم على تجانس الغشاء وسمكه ، لذلك كلما تمكنا من جعل معدل الرش ثابتاً خالل مدة اجراء التجربة الغشاء المحضر ذا تجانس عال اي خال من األنخالعات والتشققات والجزر واليحتوي على مناطق داكنة واخرى فاتحة ) . ان سبب عدم ثبوت معدل الرش في الجھاز التقليدي ھو تغير ارتفاع السائل في خزان جھاز الرش تؤثر في معدل الرش حسب المعادلة اآلتية :بمرور الوقت ويعد ھذا من العوامل التي oq = a 2 حيث ان q:، معدل الرشoa : ،المساحة التي نتحكم بھا من الصمامg : ،التعجيل األرضي:h .ارتفاع السائل في الخزان ] : 10المعادلة ھي احدى تطبيقات معادلة برنولي ولقد اشتقت ھذه المعادلة من معادلة برنولي كما ياتي[وھذه …….(15) ₂+ρgz ₁² ₁ p₂ ₂² +1p سطح السائل في 1،اذ يمثل المستوى 2و 1الذي يمثل جھاز الرش التقليدي الذي فيه المستويان (1)نالحظ من الشكل يمثل فتحة الصمام التي تبعد عن النقطة المعلومة بـ 2والمستوى 1zبـ (datum)الخزان الذي يبعد عن نقطة معلومة 2z 2(وان المقدارz-1(z السائل في الخزان يمثل ارتفاعh 2 ، اماp1 وp اللذان 2و 1فيمثالن الضغط عند المنطقتين فتمثل كثافة السائل. ρتمثل مساحة سطح السائل في الخزان، اما 1aيساويان في ھذا التطبيق الضغط الجوي. p1p=2 لجوي) (المنطقتان معرضتان للضغط ا 1cاذ ان oa2=c1a1c معادلةاألستمرارية نجد ان : ومن معادلة األستمرارية2سرعة تدفق السائل في المستوي 2c و 1سرعة انخفاض السائل في المستوي 285الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 ……………….(16)) ₀ ₁ (2=c1c o >>>a1a لكن 0 ≃ ₀ ₁ ∴1c⋍0 (15)تعوض في ₂² ) =2z-1ρg (z 2= 2c oa2 q=c معادلةاألستمرارية ………………(17) 2 oq = a ومن ثم تتغير في اثناء اجراء التجربة فأن ارتفاع السائل في الخزان سوف يقل (17 )لذلك نستنتج من المعادلة عن طريق oaاي يكون معدل الرش غير ثابت لذلك يجب أن نثبت معدل الرش خالل تغير المساحة qقيمة الـ الصمام الموجود في جھاز الرش . وبما أن ھذا الجھاز مصنوع من الزجاج األعتيادي لذلك تعد عملية فتح الصمام فضال عن أنه يجب أن تتم ھذه العملية (لغرض تثبيت معدل وغلقه عملية صعبة جداً وذلك نتيجة لالحتكاك الذي يحدث الرش بعد أن يتغير) خالل دقيقة أو دقيقتين بوصفه الزمن الذي يجب أن يتوقف فيه جھاز الرش لغرض عودة درجة لى كسر الجھاز الحرارة الى القيمة المطلوبة بعد انخفاض درجة حرارة العينة بسبب رش المحلول وغالباً ما يؤدي ذلك ا ثابتة خالل hمـن جھة الصمام وعليه لنتجنب عملية فتح الصمام وغلقه وجدنا أنه لو تمكنا من المحافظة على قيمة الـ ولذلك قمنا باألتي: oaثابتة ايضا وال نحتاج الى تغير قيمة الـ qالتجربة تبقـى قيمة الـ في 50mlأستبدال الخزان األسطواني للجھاز التقليدي بخزان كروي ،في ھذه الحالة اذا وضعنا كمية من المحلول مقدارھا الخزان األسطواني (حتى نالحظ الفرق في ارتفاع السائل في الخزانين) فأن األرتفاع الذي سوف يصل اليه السائل -ھو: تمثل نصف القطر للخزان rاذ ان الـ 2=3.14 × (1.5) 2=7.065 cm 7.07cm = ³ . ² = h= . ² 8cmاما األرتفاع في الخزان الكروي الذي قطره فيساوي ) –(r 2volume = π h ) –(4 250 = π h h = 2.2 cm ارتفاع السائل في الخزان الكروي وبعد مرور مدة زمنية على بداية عملية التحلل نالحظ ان ارتفاع السائل في الخزانين يبدأ باألنخفاض بشكل اي ان كمية المحلول المتبقية في الخزان ھي 25mlفرض انه تم استھالك كمية من المحلول مقدارھا تدريجي ، وعلى 25ml : ايضا نجد ان تغير ارتفاع السائل في الخزان األسطواني h= . ² = ³ . ² = 3.5 cm→δh =3.5 cm اما تغير ارتفاع السائل في الخزان الكروي فھو ) –(4 225= π h h= 1.5 cm →δh = 0.7 cm الذي يحصل هو ان معدل تغير ارتفاع السائل في الخزان الكروي سوف يكون اقل من معدل تغير ارتفاع السائل في الخزان األسطواني خالل مدة اجراء التجربة . وبذلك تمكنا من تثبيت ارتفاع السائل خالل التجربة ومن ثم ثبوت معدل الرش   الكروي مبين في الشكل والجهاز ذو الخزان ضل.والحصول على نتائج اف حضر المحلول بدرجـــة حرارة الغرفة بتركيز ‐2) 0.3 m 2.62957اذ يمزجg    ) من الماء المقطر مع 25ml(المذابة في o2.5h4snclمـــن رابع كلوريد القصدير المائي   0.5709g 2من الثايورياscnh2nh .المذابة في كمية الماء نفسھا اعاله 2nh2scnh2+4h2o→2h2s+↑2co2+4n …(18) + 2s + ↑4hcl ….(19) 22sncl ∆ →s 2+ 2h42sncl 286الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 2sns + ↑2cl …..(20) ∆ →+ 2s 22sncl ھناك عوامل عدة يجب مراعاتھا في أثناء تحضير األغشية الرقيقة تشمل ،درجة حرارة القاعدة ،اذ تتفق الكثير من الدراسات السابقة التي استعملت طريقة الرش الكيميائي الحراري علـى قيمة درجة حرارة القاعدة التي تحضر فيھا المناسـبة التي حضرت بھا األغشية في بحثنا لدرجة الحرارية فكانت ا k 648-373األغشية تقع ضمن المدى يؤثر معدل التحلل في سمك الغشاء وتجانسه ، وفي دراستنا الحالية كانت قيمة اذ ،ومعدل التحلل k (10±600)ھي ودة درجة حرارة لضمان ع .1minويعقب عملية التحلل توقف مدة .5secو كان زمن التحلل.ml/min 7معدل التحلل القاعدة الى قيمتھا األصلية وألتمام عملية النمـاء البلوري. ، ذي (mettler ae160)قيس سمك األغشية المحضرة بالطريقة الوزنية بأستخدام ميزان الكتروني حساس نوع وطريقة التداخل الضوئي التي تستند في عملھا الى مبدأ التداخل الضوئي بيـن موجات الضوء g4(10(حساسية المنعكس عن سطح الغشاء وتلك التي تنعكس عن القاعدة المرسب عليھا الغشاء ،اذ ان فرق الطور بين ھذه الموجات يعتمد النقية snsعلى التركيب البلوري ألغشية تم التشخيص والتعرف .0.85µmعلى سمك الغشاء وكان السمك المرسبة على قواعد زجاجية بوساطة تقنيــة حيــود األشعـة الســينية قيست اطيــاف األمتصاصيـة والنفاذيـة .(uv-visible recording spectrophotometer) النقيـة وذلـك بأستخدام جھـاز sns ألغشــية المناقشةالنتائج و 1 نتائـــج الفحوصات التركيبيـــة أظھرت نتائج التشخيص بتقنية حيود األشعة السينية أن األغشية المحضرة الفحص بحيود األشعة السينية : . يمثل (orthorhombic)ومــن النوع المعينـي القائـــــــم (polycrystalline) ة ذو تركيب متعدد التبلور كافـ قبل التلدين ، ويالحظ وجود قمة حيود تناظر المستوي sns مخطط حيـود األشعـة السينية لغشاء (3) الشكـل astm (american-الذي يمثل األتجـاه السائد ، وعند مقارنــــة ھذه النتائـــــج مــــع بطاقــات (012) standard of testing materials ) جـاءت النتائـج متوافقـة الى حد ما ، لكـن ھنــاك أزاحـة صغــيـرة لقمـم حيود األشـعة السينية لألغشية المستعمـلــة نسبة الى قمم المسحوق ، وقد يعزى ذلك الى األجھاد المجھري الميكانيكي شوائب ، العيوب ، الفراغات الكامنة فــــي الغشاء حتى بعد المعالجة الحرارية اذ الناتج من المصادر المختلفة مثل ال . ]11[الطريقة المستعملـة األتجاه السائد للغشاء يعتمد على فھي تمثل مركب ثانـــي o(2θ = 33.33اما القمة الثانية في المخطط التي تظھر عند زاوية الحيود ( اذ ان الكبريتات مـــن المركبات التي تتأكسد بوجود الھواء ويزداد تركيز sno)2(اوكسيد القصدير . ]13,12[درجات الحرارة ھذا المركب بأرتفاع ھذه العملية ادت الى مدة ساعتين في الھواء تبين أن 673k بدرجـة حرارة sns أما عند اجراء المعاملة الحرارية لغشـــاء ،أذ تزاح القمة التي تعود اكبر 2θ وزيادة حدتھا وأزاحـــة القمة نحو اليمين الى قيم (012)زيادة ارتفاع القمة التـي تناظر المستوى نقصان المسافات البينية من 2θبعد التلدين، ويرافق زيادة قيم o(2θ =26.46(قبل التلدين الى 2θ =26.44)o(من (012)للمستوى (d = 3.367)åقبل التلدين الى (d =3.365) å تبلور مادة الغشاء وھذا يعني انه بعد التلدين، اي أن التلدين ادى الــى زيادة تسبب في تقليل العيوب البلورية وذلك بمنح ذرات المادة الطاقة الكافية ألعادة ترتيب نفسھا في الشبيكة البلورية ويوضح الشكل .بعد التلدين snsمخطط حيود األشعــة السينية لغشاء (4) نتائــــج القياسات البصريــــة 2 التلدين وبعده بعد اجراء قياسات األمتصاصية شية أحادي كبريتيد القصدير قبل أجريت دراسة الخواص البصرية ألغ .nm(900-300)والنفاذيــة لجميع العينات ضمن مدى األطوال الموجية ) 5ين وبعده اذ يبين الشكل(قبــــل التـــلد snsلقد اجريت قياســـات األمتصاصية والنفاذية لغشـــاء األمتصاصيــــة: اذ نالحظ أن التلديـن قبل التلدين وبعده µm(0.8)بسمك snsتغـــيراألمتصـــاصية بوصفھا دالة للطول الموجي لغشاء تسبب في زيادة األمتصاصية فتزداد تبعا لذلك حدة حافة األمتصاص ، وأن سبب ذلك ھو لزيـادة الحجم الحبيبي لألغشية الذي يعد شائبة مما تسبب في (sns)في اثناء تحضير غشاء sno)2( عن ظھور ثاني اوكسيد القصديرالمرسبـة فضال زيادة األمتصاصية ويالحظ من sns) حسب معامل األمتصاص من طيف األمتصاصية لغشاء 4استنادا الى المعادلة (معامل األمتصاص: قبل التلدين وبعده اذ نالحظ 0.8µmبسمك sns) تغير معامل األمتصاص بوصفه دالة لطاقة الفوتون لغشاء 6الشكل ( ان التلدين تسبب في زيادة معامل األمتصاص عما كانت عليه قبل التلدين اذ ان اقصى قيمة لمعامل األمتصاص ألغشية sns 1كانت-)cm4(3.85×10 673ين .اما بعد التلدين بدرجة حرارة قبل التلدk 1بلغت قيمته-)cm4(5.71×10 ويعزى سبب ذلك الى زيادة في كثافة الحاالت في حزمة التوصيل . optg eحساب فجوة الطاقة البصرية فجوة الطاقة البصرية لألنتقال المباشر الممنوع -1 287الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 العالقــة نرسـم لذلك )7(بأستعمال المعادلـة الممنوع لألنتقـال المباشـر فجوة الطاقــة البصريـة حسبت البصرية لألنتقال الطاقة فجـوة علـى قيمة فنحصل αhυ)](3/2 [0= وطاقـة الفوتون عـــند (αhυ)3/2 بيــن وبعده اذ قبل التلدين snsبوصفھا دالة لطـاقة الفوتون لغشاء (αhυ)3/2) عالقة تغير7المباشر الممنوع، الشكل( ذلك الى ان التلدين ادى نالحظ ان قيم فجوة الطاقــة البصرية لألنتقال المباشر الممنوع تقل بعد التلدين، ويعزى السبب في أن قيم فجوة الطاقة الى ازاحة حافة األمتصاص نحـو الطاقات الفوتونية الواطئة وذلك ألنه ادى الـى زيادة درجة التبلور. ]el-nahass ]14 التي حصلنا عليھا تقارب نتيجة الدراسة السابقة التي توصل اليھا الباحث قبل التلدين snsألغشية ويعزى ھذا التباين الى اختالف طريقة تحضير األغشية وظروف التحضير. ev(2.33)وآخرون حساب فجوة الطاقة البصرية لألنتقال غير المباشر المسموح -2 ـة ـــ) ، لذلك نرســم العالقـ 6فجوة الطاقة البصرية لألنتقـال غير المباشر المسموح بأستعمال المعادلــة( حسبت فنحصل علـى قيمة الطاقة البصرية لألنتقال غير (αhυ)]1/2 [0 =د ـــون عنـــــالفوت ـةـــوطاق (αhυ)2/1ن ـــــبي وبعده قبل التلدين snsبوصفھا دالة لطاقة الفوتون لغشاء (αhυ) 1/2) عالقة تغير 6المباشرالمسموح . يبين لنا الشكل( التلدين )، ويعزى ذلك الــى أن التلدين أدى الى ازاحــة حـافة األمتصاص حيث نالحظ نقصان قيم فجوة الطاقة بعد نحو الطاقات الفوتونية الواطئة وذلك ألنه ادى الى زيادة درجة التبلور. األنعكاسية بوصفھا دالة sns ألغشية تغير األنعكاسية (9)ل ـالشك ، يبين (8)من المعادلة snsاغشية انعكاسية حسبت الموجية نحـو األطوال اسية ـــاألنعك منحنيات قمم ة ـــفي أزاح ان التلدين تسبب نالحظ ، اذ للطول الموجي الفوتونية العالية) وكذلك تزايد قليل في قيم األنعكاسية، وقد يعزى ذلك الى التحسن في التركيب البلوري (الطاقات القصيرة ودمعامل الخم ) تأثير التلدين في قيم معامل الخمود، ومن خالل 10الشكل (يوضح ،و (9)معامل الخمود بأستخدام المعادلة حسبت الشكل نستطيع مالحظة التشابه في طبيعة منحني معامل الخمود مع منحني معامل األمتصاص وتغيرھما مع طاقة الفوتون واضح من المعادلـة كما ھو معامل األمتصاص أعتماد حساب قيم معامل الخمود على قيم من ،أذ ان ھذا التشابه ناتج التلدين عمل على زيادة معامل األمتصاص ونالحظ ان معامــل الخمود يزداد بعد التلدين ، وتعزى ھذه الزيادة الى ان(9) وان معامل الخمود يسلك سلوك معامــل األمتصاص . معامل األنكسار األنكسار بوصفه دالة لطاقـة الفوتون ألغشية ) تغير معامل11، يبين الشكل ( (10) حسب معامل األنكسار مـن المعادلة sns معامـل األنكسار تسلك سلوك منحنيات األنعكاسيـة نفسه ،ألرتباط معامل أذ نالحظ ان منحنياتقبل التلدين وبعده )، ونالحظ ايضا ان التلديــن تسبب فـــي ازاحـــة قمم منحنيات معامـــل 10المعادلة(األنكسار مع األنعكاسية وفق األنكسار نحو الطاقـات الفوتونية العالية (األطوال الموجية القصيرة) وكذلك تزايد قليل في قيم معامل األنكسار، ويعزى ذلك الى التحسن في التركيب البلوري . يثابت العزل الكھربائ قبل التلدين snsتغير الجزء الحقيقي لثابت العزل الكھربائي بوصفع دالة لطاقة الفوتون ألغشيـــة (12)يوضح الشكل وبعده ، أذ يالحظ تشابه طبيعة تغير الجزء الحقيقي لثابـت العزل الكھربائي مــع معامل األنكسار وھذا يتفق مع العالقة لخمود قليال جدا مقارنــة بتأثير معامل األنكسار . )، أذ يكون تأثير معامــل ا13( ونالحظ ايضا ان التلدين ادى الى ازاحـــة قمم منحنيـــات الجزء الحقيقي لثابت العزل الكھربائي بأتجاه الطاقات الفوتونية لعالية (األطوال الموجية القصيرة) مع تزايد في قيمته ، وھذا يعزى الى التحسن في التركيب البلوري .ا قبل و التلدين snsدالة لطاقة الفوتون ألغشيــة بوصفه ) تغير الجزء الخيالي لثابت العزل الكھربائي13يوضح الشكل ( ) نالحظ ان14العزل الكھربائي مع معامل الخمود حسب العالقة ( ،اذ يالحظ تشابه طبيعة تغير الجزء الخيالي لثابتوبعده التلدين ادى الى زيادة قيمة ثابت العزل الكھربائي الخيالي وتفسير ذلك ھو ان الجزء الخيالي لثابت العزل الكھربائي يعتمد الذي يعتمد بدوره على معامل األمتصاص.علــى معامل الخمود األستنتاجــــات الكيميائي قبل التلدين وبعده المحضرة بطريقة الرش snsة حوصات التركيبية ألغشيـن نتائج الفتبين م ان والكترونية مباشرة ممنوعة وغير مباشرة مسموحة . انتقـاالتوتمتلك االغشية الحراري انھا ذو تركيب متعدد التبلور . و تعني ان للغشاء قابلية توھين او اخماد األطوال الموجية الساقطة عليه اكبر التلدينخمود بعد ة معامل الزيادة قيمـ 288الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 المرئية من الطيف الكھرومغناطيسي المنطقــة ضمن انعكاسية قليلة المحضرة كافـة ة ـاظھرت النتائج ان لألغشي من العوامل التي تؤثرعلى تجانس الغشاء ،لشمسية لذلك فھي تستعمل بوصفھا مخففات لألنعكاس في الخاليا ا تمكنا من تقليل تغير ارتفاع يم المقترح في ھذا البحثثبوت معدل الرش طوال مدة اجراء التجربة وفي التصم .المحلول المستعمل للرش ومن ثم ثبوت معدل الرش للمدة الزمنية المطلوبة ألجراء عملية الرش مصادر ال 1jeyaprakash, b.g.; ashok kumar, r.; kesavan ,k. and amalarani, a. ,( 2010) , structural and optical characterization of spray deposited sns thin film, journal of american science (3) 6: 22-26. 2guneri ,e.; gode, f. and ulutas, c. (2010) properties of p-type sns thin films prepared by chemical bath deposition, chalcogenide letters (12)7: 685-694. 3calixto-rodriguez a, m., martinez, h.,and sanchez-juarez ,a.,(2009), structural, optical, and electrical properties of tin sulfide thin films grown by spray pyrolysis , thin solid films , 517 :2497–2499. 4fadavieslam, m.; shahtahmasebi, n. and rezaee-roknabadi, m. ( 2011), effect of deposition conditions on the physical properties of snxsy thin films prepared by the spray pyrolysis technique , journal of semiconductors, (32)11: 1-8. 5ahmed ,s.m. , latif, l.a. ,and salim, a.kh., (2011),the effect of substrate temperature on the optical and structural properties of tin sulfide thin films, journal of basrah researches ((sciences)),( 3a/ 15) 37:1-7. الرقيقة cu2sns: ألغشيـة ة ـة والبصريـالتركيبي دراسـة الخـــواص) 2007،نضال (محمود علي 6 . ، رسالة ماجستير ، جامعة بغداد بطريقة التحلل الكيميائي الحراري المحضرة 7jain, p. and arun p. ,( 2013), parameters influencing the optical properties of sns thin films, journal of semiconductors,(9)34. edition , cambridge university. ndsmith ,r. (1978) , semiconductors, 2 -8 .edition thmaterials science and engineering an introduction ,6 callister ,w. (2003) -9 10‐ zemansky, m. ; young, h. and sears, f. (1982) university physics, science-addison wesley longman , incorporated. charectrazation of thermally evaporated optical((2003), 11dakhel, a. ; henari f., thin cdo films) ,cryst.res.technol.,38:979-985. 12ristov, m. and mitreski, m. (1989), (chemical deposition of tin(ii) thin film) thin solid films, 173 : 53-58. 13abou shama, a. and zeyada, h. (2003) ,(study of sb doped sns thin films by chemical bath depostion optical materials, 24:555-561. 14 el-nahass, m. m. ;zeyada ,h. m .; aziz ,m. s. and a. el-ghamaz, n. (2002), optical materials, 20, 159-170. السينية األشعة بحيود الفحص نتائج):1(رقم جدول hkl d exp(å) 2θdegree the case (012) 3.367 26.44 befor annealing (102) 2.685 33.33 (012) 3.365 26.46 after annealing (102) 3.212 33.78 289الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 290الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015   291الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 قبل التلدين وبعده sns) معامل األنكسار دالة لطاقة الفوتون ألغشية 11( رقم شكل       292الفيزياء | 2015) عام 1(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (1) 2015 the effect of annealing on the structural and optical properties of sns thin films hind d.a. mfarej ministry of science and technology/ materials research directorate abdul hameed r. m.al-sarraf dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science ibn alhaitham/university of baghdad ramiz a. mohammd al anssari dept. of physics/college of science for women/university of baghdad nadir f. habubi dept. of physics/college of education /university of al mustansuria received in:2june2014 , accepted in:1 september 2014 abstract thin films of pure tin mono-sulfide sns with thicknesses of (0.85) μm were prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis technique and annealed for two hours with 673k.the effect of annealing on structural and optical properties for films prepared was studied. x-ray diffraction analysis showed the polycrystalline with orthorhombic structure. it was found that annealing process increased the intensity of diffraction peaks. optical properties of all samples were studied by recording the absorption and transmission spectrum in the range of wave lengths (300-900) nm. the optical energy gap for direct forbidden transition and indirect allowed transition were evaluated . keyword: thin films, sns film, chemical spray pyrolysis technique,annealing. 151 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. correlation study of retinol binding protein4, vitamin a with liver function enzymes in iraqi fracture patients with and without dm2 abstract a fracture is a damage to bone tissue that causes damage to the tissue surrounding the bone and may penetrate the skin. subjects and methods: the present study included (80) fractured iraqi patients (and 40) patients with dm2 and (40) without dm2 and compared them with (40) healthy control. patients and control are matched in age. this study showed a significant increase in retinol-binding protein 4 (rbp4) and a considerable decrease in vit .a gpt and got in fracture patients with and without dm2. in addition, there was a significant negative correlation between rbp4 with (gpt and got) in fracture patients with dm2 and a significant positive correlation between rbp4 with (gpt and got) in fracture patients without dm2. keywords: fracture, dm2, rbp4, vit.a, gpt, got, alp. 1. introduction any bone in the body can be fractured [1]. a broken bone is a complete or partial break in the bone tissue's continuity. a significant percentage of bone fractures occur because of high force impact or stress. type 2 diabetes is one of the most common metabolic diseases worldwide. it is caused by a combination of two essential factors: insufficient insulin synthesis by pancreatic cells and insulin-sensitive tissue failing to respond to insulin [2]. vitamin a's significance in bone health has been thoroughly researched. preformed retinol and provitamin a are the two types of vitamin a that may be eaten. preformed retinol may be found in various animal-derived foods, including doi: 10.30526/35.4.2830 article history: received 13 march 2022, accepted 14 june 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index omar yousif majnun department of chemistry, college of education for pure science / ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad,iraq. omar.youssef1205a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq anwar f. altaie department of chemistry, college of education for pure science / ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, iraq. anwar.f.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:omar.youssef1205a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:anwar.f.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 152 dairy, liver, and eggs. plant-based foods, such as fruits and vegetables, are high in provitamin a components such as alpha-carotene and beta-carotene. provitamin a can be absorbed as an intact carotenoid or oxidized to the retinal and subsequently converted to retinol in the enterocyte. retinol that has been performed, on the other hand, is absorbed directly from the skin [3]. rbp4 is a particular transporter of retinol from the liver to the periphery, and it comes from adipose tissue in smaller amounts. high rbp4 levels have been linked to inflammation and have been linked to metabolic syndrome, cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes, and insulin resistance in several investigations [4]. a liver profile includes the sgot test, which is a blood test. serum glutamic-oxaloacetic transaminase is one of two liver enzymes that it measures.aspartate aminotransferase (ast) is the name given to this enzyme nowadays. the amount of liver enzyme in the blood is determined by an sgot (or ast) test [5].the enzyme alkaline phosphatase (alp) catalyzes the hydrolysis of phosphate esters in an alkaline environment, producing an organic radical and inorganic phosphate [6]. in healthy people, it predominantly comes from the liver, and bone iso-enzyme is a marker of bone formation that may be found (in osteoblasts) [7]. in rheumatoid arthritis (ra) patients, alp may provide important information for determining fracture risk and monitoring osteoporosis [8]. alanine aminotransferase (alt) and aspartate aminotransferase (ast) values are often utilized as indicators of liver damage caused by fatty acid infiltration and inflammatory stimuli [9]. the most specific sign of this liver disease is alanine aminotransferase (alt). according to recent research, increased alt is linked to insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes, and metabolic syndrome [10]. hepatic insulin resistance and eventual reduction in hepatic insulin sensitivity were linked to blood alt concentrations [11]. ast and gamma glutamyltransferase concentrations, on the other hand, were unrelated to alterations in hepatic insulin action [12]. 2. materials and methods blood samples were collected from (80) fracture patients of ages in the range of (22-70) years half of the number(40) suffered from type 2 diabetes mellitus, and the other half(40) were without diabetes, and (40) were healthy in the same age and sex with patients. all patients were enrolled at al-wasti teaching hospital in baghdad during the study period from november to september 2021. retinol binding protein 4 and vitamin a were estimated by elasa kits (e-el-h1581elabscience, e-el-0135elabscience) in the united states and (gpt, got, alp) by colorimetric method. 3. statistical analysis the results of this investigation were presented as mean± sd. a t-test was employed to compare the patient and control groups. p values of 0.05 and 0.001 were also judged significant [13]. 4. results and discussion ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 153 the recent study in table (1) and table (2) showed the concentration of (rbp4), vit. a gpt and got as mean ± sd in iraqi patient fractures with dm2 (g2), without dm2 (g3), and healthy control (g1). the present study data showed a higher significant increase (p≥0.001) in g2 than in other groups. rbp4 (retinol binding protein 4) is a new adipokine that regulates insulin activity in various diseases [14]. the rise in (rbp4) might be attributed to an increase in insulin secretion to compensate for insulin resistance [15]. a metabolic disease involving retinol-binding protein (4) and type 2 diabetes is frequently associated with aberrant adipokine production [16]. rbp4 is an insulin signaling modulator; its levels are higher in those with insulin resistance or type 2 diabetes. it acts as a relay between inflammation and lipid metabolism in people transitioning from type 2 diabetes. as a result of the increased quantity of (rbp4) in fracture patients owing to inflammation, which is compounded by metabolic syndromes such as diabetes mellitus type 2 (dm2) and insulin resistance [17], table (2) also revealed a non-significant rise in (rbp4) in g2 compared to g3. furthermore, in the circulatory system, (rbp4) is a lipocalin family member and the major transport protein of the hydrophobic molecule retinol, also known as vitamin a [18]. rbp4 activity is the most significant in the liver, which stores most of the body's vitamin a reserves as retinyl esters. retinyl esters are hydrolyzed to retinol to mobilize vitamin a from the liver, which then binds to rbp4 in hepatocytes. so the increase in rbp4 concentration leads to a highly significant decrease in vit. a, as shown in tables (1) and (2) in g2, then other groups. vitamin a is a fat-soluble vitamin that humans require. it comprises retinol and its physiologically related metabolites [19]. it controls cell proliferation, differentiation, immune cell reproduction, and embryonic development [20]. a significant decrease in vit. a might be the result of an increase in (rbp4). tables (1) and (2) also showed the levels of liver enzymes (gpt, got, and alp). there were significantly decreased concentrations in (gpt, got, and alp) in g3 and g3, then g1. the enzymes alanine amino transfers (gpt) and aspartate amino transfers (got) are primarily located in the liver. still, they can also be present in red blood cells, heart cells, muscle, and other organs such as the pancreas and kidney. the levels of gpt and got, are essential in diagnosing liver disorders. these enzymes are broadly dispersed in bodily tissues and are employed in diagnostics [21]. gpt, got, and alp levels in the blood are proportional to the extent of tissue damage [22]. alp in the blood can be used to determine whether or not a bodily tissue, particularly the heart and liver, has been harmed. alp (alkaline phosphatase) is a membrane-bound enzyme that hydrolases monophosphate at a high ph and has been linked to metabolic bone disease [23]. so the levels of gpt, got, and alp in serum can help people diagnose body tissues, especially the heart and liver. the levels of liver enzymes in all groups in a normal value lead to a healthy liver. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 154 table 1. concentration study of rbp4,vitamin a, gpt, got, alp in dm2, without dm2, healthy control p value mean ± sd parameters without dm2 no. 40 with dm2 no. 40 control no.40 0.001* 40.38 ±30.37 44.74 ± 30.17 9.75 ±13.46 rbp 4 (ng/ml) 0.001* 53.49 ± 5.36 39.07 ± 4.52 54.32 ± 3.78 vitamina (mg/dl) 0.005* 29.48 ± 5.05 30.44 ± 5.96 32.85 ± 2.27 gpt (iu/l) 0.039* 28.28 ± 6.18 30.54 ± 7.89 31.72 ± 2.50 got (iu/l) 0.033* 100.32 ±10.41 96.00 ±16.52 103.13±7.56 alp (iu/l) *significant table 2. compersion study of some biochemical parameters between patients groups. p value mean ± sd parameters without dm2 no.40 with dm2 no.40 0.521* 40.38 ± 30.37 44.74 ±30.17 rbp.4 (ng/ml) 0.001* 53.49 ± 5.36 39.07 ± 4.52 vitamina (mg/dl) 0.438* 29.48 ± 5.05 30.44 ± 5.96 gpt (iu/l) 0.348* 28.28 ± 6.18 30.54 ± 7.89 got (iu/l) 0.167* 100.32 ±10.41 96.00 ±16.52 alp (iu/l) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 155 table 3.correlation between rbp4 with vit.a and liver enzymes in g2 table 4. correlation between prb4 with vit.a and liver enzymes in g3 alp got gpt vit.a rbp4 r = 0.327 r =-0.036 r =-0.312 r =0.006 p = 0.039* p = 0.02* p = 0.05* p = 0.68 alp got gpt vit.a rbp4 r = -0.712 r = 0.592 r = 0.563 r = 0.149 p = 0.005* p = 0.001* p = 0.001* p= 0.35 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 156 y = 0.0618 x + 33.207 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 20 40 60 80 100 rbp4 dm2 figure 1 .correlation between rbp with dm2 and gpt with dm 2 with dm2 gpt with dm2 y = 0.0746 x + 34.041 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 rbp4 dm2 figure 2. correlation between rbp4 with dm 2 and got with dm 2 got with dm2 got with dm2 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 157 y = 0.1791 x + 87.991 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 rbp4 dm2 figure 3. correlation between rbp4 with dm2 and alp with dm2 y = 0.0935 x + 25.703 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 20 40 60 80 100 rbp4 without dm2 figure 4.correlation between rbp without dm2 and gpt without dm2 alp with dm2 gpt whithout dm2 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 158 y = 0.2438 x + 110.16 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 rbp4 without dm2 figure 6. correlation between rbp4 without dm2 and alp without dm2 without dm2 alp without dm2 y = 0.1204 x + 23.417 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 rbp without dm2 figure 5. correlation between rbp4 without dm2 and got without dm2 got whithout dm2 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 159 5. conclusion this study concludes that retinol binding protein 4 has a good parameter for detecting the evolution of fracture. reference 1. maripuri sn, rao p, manoj-thomas a, and mohanty k. the classification systems for tibial plateau fractures: how reliable are they. injur journal 2008, y 39(10), 1216–1221. 2. unai galicia-garcia , asier benito-vicente , shifa jebari , asier larrea-sebal ,haziq siddiqi, kepa b. uribe, helena ostolaza and césar martín. pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes mellitus. international journal moleculer science journal 2020, 21(17), 6275. 3. michelle min fang yee, kok-yong chin, soelaiman ima-nirwana and sok kuan wong. vitamin a and bone health: a review on current evidence. international journal moleculer science 2021 , 26(6), 1757. 4. bobbert p, alice weithäuser, janin andres, thomas bobbert, uwe kühl, heinz peter schultheiss, ursula rauch and carsten skurk .increased plasma retinol binding protein 4 levels in patients with inflammatory cardiomyopathy.europ. heart failure journal 2009, 11(12), 1163–1168. 5. gjin ndrepepa" aspartate aminotransferase and cardiovascular disease—a narrative review. journal of laboratory and precision medicine .2021, 10.21037/jlpm-20-93. 6. ganeb ss, el-brashy ae, baraka ea, aboelazm aa, basset sa. peroxisome proliferatoractivated receptor gamma expression in peripheral monocytes from rheumatoid arthritis patients. the egyptian rheumatologist journal .2016, 38(3):141-6. 7. bover j, ureña p, aguilar a, mazzaferro s, benito s, lópez-báez v, ramos a, cozzolino m. alkaline phosphatases in the complex chronic kidney disease-mineral and bone disorders. calcified tissue international. 2018, 14:1-4. 8. sultan, n. s., & altai, a. f. estimation of pentraxin-3(ptx3) in rheumatoid arthritis males patients with (with and without) type ii diabetes mellitus in iraq. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied sciences .2018, 31(3), 55–62. 9. rector rs, thyfault jp, wei y, ibdah ja. non-alcoholic fatty liver disease and the metabolic syndrome: an update. world journal gastroenterol .2008, 14,185–192. 10. liangpunsakul s, chalasani n. unexplained elevations in alanine aminotransferase in individuals with the metabolic syndrome: results from the third national health and nutrition survey (nhanes iii). am journal med sci 2005, 329,111–116. 11. oh sy, cho yk, kang ms, yoo tw, park jh, kim hj, park di, sohn ci, jeon wk, kim bi, son bh, shin jh. the association between increased alanine aminotransferase activity and metabolic factors in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. metabolism journal .2006, 55,1604–1609. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 160 12. sattar n, scherbakova o, ford i, o’reilly ds, stanley a, forrest e, macfarlane pw, packard cj, cobbe sm, shepherd j. the west of scotland coronary prevention study: elevated alanine aminotransferase predicts new-onset type 2 diabetes independently of classical risk factors, metabolic syndrome, and c-reactive protein in the west of scotland coronary prevention study. diabetes journal .2004, 53,2855–2860. 13. alan, c. elliott, wayne, a. woodward. statistical analysis quick reference guidebook: with spss examples, 1st edition, 2007; isbn-13: 978-1412925600 14. al-taie, a.f., warkaa t. saloum ; forat yahya mohsin shabil. correlation study of retinol binding protein (4), nasfatin and thyroid hormoes in colorectal cancer iraqi male patients. plant archives journal 2020,2841_2846. 15. wuquan den, yuping, yanling zheng etal, serum retinol bindig protein (4) levels are resistance in newly diagnosed chinese hyepertensive patients. metabolic syndorom journal 2014, 10.1186/1758-5996-6-72. 16. yang xiao, aiminxu, xiaoyan hui and etal "circulating lipocalin-2 and retinol binding protein (4) are associated with intima media thickness and subelincal atnerosclerosis in patients with type 2 diabetes. pone journal .2013, 0066607. 17. altaie, a.f.; warka t. saoum ; eiman, a.a. study on effect of methotrexate drug on retinol-binding protein 4, nesfatin and some trace elements in iraqi male patients with rheumatoid arthritis. biochem. cell. arch journal 2020, 0972-5075. 18. julias, steinhoff, achimlass and michael schupp "biological function of rbp4 and its relevance for human disease. front. physiol 2021, 10.3389. 19. mc collum e.v.; davis m. the necessity of certain lipids during growth. journal biol. chem .1973, 15, 167-175. 20. blaner, w.s. stra6, a cell surface receptor for retinol binding protein, the plot thicknes. a cell press journa .2007, 5, 164166. 21. warkaa, t. als-saadi, a.f al taie and forat yahya mohsin shabil , correlation study of obestation and progranulin with liver function enzyme in iraqi female patients with colorectal cancer. planet archives 2020, 2412-2416. 22. xing – jiu huang, yang-kyu choi and and hyung_soon im "aspartate aminotransfearase (ast/got) and alanine aminotransferase (alt/gpt) detection techniques. sensors journal .2006, 6, 756-782. 23. masi, l.; marini, f. etal. polymorphic variants of alkaline phosphatase gene correlate with clinical signs of adult hypo phosphatasia. osteoporosis international journal .2021, 32, 2461-2472. microsoft word 247-255 247 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 a study of the effect of the north atlantic oscillations with temperature and precipitation in baghdad city abdulwahab h. alobaidi dept. of electronics instituted of technology foundation of technical education oroba j. taresh dept. of physics / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad hussam t. mjeed dept. of atmospheric sciences/ college of science/ university of almustansiriyah received in :22january 2014 accepted in :8july 2014 abstract the aim of this research is to study the effects of the north atlantic oscillation (nao) on the temperature and precipitation patterns in baghdad city. data of the monthly means of the nao index,the monthlymeans of temperature, and the monthly total of precipitation were analyzed for the period 1900-2008. non-parametric tests were used to investigate the correlations between these variables. the time series of temperature and precipitation showed no trends. the results indicated that is a slight correlation between the nao and temperature and precipitation suggesting that nao has no major effects on the temperature and precipitation patterns in baghdad city. key words: north atlantic oscillation air temperature precipitation climate mannkendall pearson spearman correlation. 248 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction the north atlantic oscillation (nao) is a climatic phenomenon in the north atlantic ocean of fluctuations in the difference of atmospheric pressure at sea level between the icelandic low and the azores high. through east-west oscillation motions of the icelandic low and the azores high, it controls the strength and direction of westerly winds and storm tracks across the north atlantic. it is part of the arctic oscillation, and varies over time with no particular periodicity [1] .the nao has been the concern of numerous and a wide range climatological researchers. one of the main issues of research is the extent of the influence on climate produced by nao [2] . it is one of the well-known atmospheric circulation patterns, that control the weather and climate conditions and the extremes in the regions of the atlantic and the mediterranean basin [3] .nao is considered as teleconnection between weather conditions in one area and those occurring elsewhere [4].fowler and kilsby ,2003 [5] found that variation of northern england precipitation was linked significantly with naoand prominent relationships were found between nao and precipitation. the signs and magnitude were different between the windward, leeward and the nao (positive and negative) index . similar results between nao and rainfall were found over iberian peninsula, though much weaker than over northern england ]6.[bednorz ,2002 [7] studied connection between the durationof snow cover in western poland and the fluctuation of noa, a strong relationship between snow cover in poland and noa index was found. the nao have the greatest influence on snow melt extent on the greenland [8] .box ,2002 [9] concluded that most of the observed variability of greenland temperatures is shown to be linked to noa .bader and latif,2005 [10] d 1 ∑ d 1 ∑ used coupled oceanatmosphere model and found that a warm indian ocean produces a stronger nao and a cold indian ocean produced a weaker nao pattern .el-kadi ,2007 [11] has discussed the variability, trends and the characteristics of palestine temperature to detect the effects of the global warming.the aim of this work is to analyze the time series of the north atlantic oscillation (nao), the mean temperature and precipitation for baghdad station in iraq, and the explore the relationship between the nao and the temperature and between nao and precipitation for this location .the aim of this research is to explore the connection of the nao with temperature and precipitation for baghdad city. calculations of the nao index the dipole pattern of variation of the north atlantic versus the central atlantic and western europe is generally classified as a mode of atmospheric circulation known as the north atlantic oscillation (nao), it is the only mid-tropospheric teleconnection to show up in all months of the year [8]. nao is a redistribution of atmospheric mass between the north atlantic subtropical high (azores high) and polar low (icelandic low). it is a dominant cause of winter variability in the northern hemisphere from north america to europe and a large portion of asia [12].the monthly noa indexestimated as the difference of normalized sea-level pressure between ponta delagada, the azores, and stykkishomur/reykjavic, iceland [13]. for the southern station, a (which could be lisbon, gibraltar, ponta delgada etc.) and the northern station, b (which could be reykjavik, sw iceland etc.) [14]: the mean and the standard deviation are computed separately for each month of the year, and for a and b separately, using values only from the reference period. phil jones often uses 1951-1980 as the reference period, others sometimes use 1961-1990. mean is: ∑ , (1) 249 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 standard deviation is: ∑ , (2) and similarly for s.b where : am,y is sea level pressure (slp) in month m (1..12) and year y at station a. bm,y is slp in month m (1..12) and year y at station b. and similarly for station b. each monthly station slp series is then “normalized” by subtracting the mean for the appropriate month, and dividing by the standard deviation for the appropriate month. , , (3) and similarly for station b. the monthly nao index is then computed by differencing the two normalized series: , , , (4) seasonal means of the nao index are computed simply by taking an average of the monthly nao index values (i.e., it is not necessary to compute seasonal means of theoriginal slp series and go through the entire process again). because the normalization is applied to the individual station records prior to differencing them, the nao index itself does not have a standard deviation of one. when the monthlynao index values are averaged into seasonal means, again no further normalization isdone and so the seasonal nao index also does not have a standard deviation of one. [14] data and methodology monthly data of nao for the period of 1900 to 2008 were obtained from [15][16]. the monthly mean of air temperature and monthly total of precipitation for the same above period were obtained from the university of delaware. the geographical parameters for baghdad city is longitude44.39 oe, latitude 33.33on and elevation 34m.matlab programs were written for the analysis of the nao, temperatureand precipitation time series. the analysis includes plotting the original data, the monthly averages, the corrected data (i.e. removing the seasonal effects) and the autocorrelation coefficient. an autocorrelation coefficient tells how similar the time series is to itself. if it is highly autocorrelated, past values can be used to forecast future ones. an auto correlation coefficient close to zero indicates low correlation, and a coefficient far from zero indicates high correlation. pearson, spearman, and mann-kendall non-parametric tests were carried to see how the nao, temperature and precipitation time series are correlated. pearson's correlation coefficient when applied to a sample is commonly represented by the letter r and may be referred to as the sample correlation coefficient or the sample pearson correlation coefficient. that formula for r is: ∑ (5) an equivalent expression gives the correlation coefficient as the mean of the products of the stander scores. based on a sample of paired data (xi, yi), the sample pearson correlation coefficient is: ∑ (6) where: is stander scores, is a sample mean, and is a sample standard deviation. a single variable statistics of mann–kendall is defined for a special time series (zkk=1,2,…,n) by following relation: t ∑ sgn z z (7) 250 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 sgn x 1,…. if….x 0 0,…. if….x 0 1, . . . if…x 0 (8) if there is not any relationship between variables and the series has not trend, thus it would have [17]: e(t) = 0 (9) and var(t) = n(n-1)(2n+5)/18 (10) spearman’s rho test is a sequential non–parametric test. for data sets of {xi , i=1,2,…,n} the null hypothesis is assumed that all xi are independent and have the same distribution. but ho hypothesis is assumed that xi decrease or increase corresponding to i and it means there is a trend in the data series. test statistics of d is defined as: d 1 ∑ (11) where, r(xi) is i the order of xi observed data an n is sample size regard to null hypothesis, d has normal distribution symmetrically and its average and variance are [18]: e(d) = 0 (12) and v(d) = 1/n-1 (13) table 1 gives the degree of correlation and interpretation for the coefficients [19]. results and discussion figure (1) shows the results of analysis for the nao time series. parts (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this figure show the original data, the monthly average values, the corrected data i.e. seasonal effects are removed, and the autocorrelation coefficient (corrleogram) respectively. it can be seen that the nao data does not show a trend and the time series is stationary. this is evidenced by the fact that the corrected data looks very similar to the uncorrected data, and the whole series simply oscillates back and forth around zero. the correlogram shows these coefficients plotted for different time separations between measurements (lags). it is seen that for this data set, the coefficients decrease from one at zero lag time to near zero at large lag times, exhibiting a damped oscillation. this indicates that the nao values tend to be highly correlated with those measured a short time later, and less correlated with those measured a long time later. this is typical for earth science data sets, which are frequently autocorrelated close together because of inertia or carryover process in the physical system. figure (2) illustrates the results of analysis of the monthly mean temperature time series for baghdad city. it is seen that the data for baghdad station look stationary and does not appear to be showing a trend. the correlogram exhibits the same damped oscillation behavior that the nao correlogram did. however, the amplitudes is smaller, indicating a small over autocorrelation of temperature variance. in other words, if the temperature is abnormally high or low one month the chances are not very high it will be abnormally high or low the next month. figures (3) shows the results of analysis of the monthly total of precipitation time series forbaghdad city. it can be noticed that there is no trend in the data and the correlogram indicates that there is a damping behavior similar to that of the nao and temperature correlograms but a much smaller amplitudes. this result is expected since precipitation is more variable than temperature to study the relationship between nao, the monthly mean temperature and precipitation time seriesof baghdad city, pearson correlation coefficient, spearman's rank correlation coefficient, and kendall's (tau) rank correlation coefficient werecomputed. the results are given in table (2) and table (3). table (2) shows that the values of the three correlation 251 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 coefficientsbetween nao and the monthly mean temperaturetime series are comparable and are less than 0.2 for the months from apr to oct and the three correlation coefficients are slightly greater than 0.2 for the months of jan, feb, mar, nov, and dec. this slight correlation suggests that there is low correlation between nao and the monthly mean temperature in iraq. the results in table (3) shows that the values of the three correlation coefficients for the nao and monthly mean precipitation time series are comparable and are less than 0.2 for all cases. this slight correlation suggests that there is almost no correlation between nao and the monthly mean precipitation in iraq. conclusion   monthly data of nao and monthly mean temperature and precipitation for baghdad city, iraq for the period of 1900 to 2008 were analyzed. the results indicated that the time series of nao and temperature do not show a high trend. the slight correlation coefficients suggested there is low correlation between nao and the monthly mean temperature in iraq. the results for the nao and precipitation time series indicated that there is no trend. the slight correlation coefficients suggested there is almost no correlation between nao and the monthly mean precipitation in iraq. from these results, one can conclude that the nao has almost no effects on the temperature and precipitation patterns in baghdad city. references 1-goodess, c.m. and jones, p.d. (2002). links between circulation and changes in the characteristics of iberian rainfall. international journal of climatology, 22: 1593-1615. 2-lucero, o.a. and rodriguez, n.c. (2002). spatial organization in europe of decadal and interdecadal fluctuation in annual rainfall. international journal of climatology, 22: 805820 3-turkes, m. and erlat, e. (2003). precipitation changes and variability in turkey linked to the north atlantic oscillation during the period 1930-2000. international journal of climatology, 23: 1771-1796. 4-perry, a. (2000). the north atlantic oscillation: an enigmatic see-saw. progress in physical geography. 24: 289-294. 5-fowler, h.j. and kilsby, c.g. (2003). a regional frequency analysis of united kingdom extreme rainfall from 1961 to 2000. international journal of climatology, 23:1313-1334 6-fowler, h.j. and kilsby, c.g. (2002). precipitation and the north atlantic oscillation: a study of climatic variability in northern england. international journal of climatology, 22:843-866. 7-bednorz, e. (2002). snow covers in western poland and macro-scale circulation conditions. international journal of climatology, 22: 533-541. 8-mote, t.l. (1998). mid-tropospheric circulation and surface melt on the greenland ice sheet. part i: atmospheric teleconnections. international journal of climatology, 18: 111129. 9-box, j.e. (2002). survey of greenland instrumental temperature records: 1873-2001. international journal of climatology. 22:1829-1847. 10-bader, j. and latif, m. (2005). north atlantic oscillation response to anomalous ocean sst in a coupled gcm. journal of climate, 18: 5382-5389. 11-el-kadi, a.k.a. (2007). a connection between palestine temperature and the north atlantic oscillations 1901-2000. 12-uvo, c. (2003). analysis and regionalization of northern european winter precipitation based on its relationship with the north atlantic oscillation. international journal of climatology, 23: 1185-1194. 13-jones, p.d. and jonsson, t., wheeler d. (1997). extension to the north atlantic 252 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 oscillation using early instrumental pressure observations from gibraltar and south-west iceland. international journal of climatology, 17:1433-1450. 14-ht-tp://www.cru.uea.ac.uk/cru/projects/soap/data/instr/nao_index_calculation.pdf 15-http://www.cru.uea.ac.uk/cru/data/nao/ 16-http://www.cru.uea.ac.uk/~timo/datapages/naoi.htm 17-onoz, b. and bayazit, m. (2003). the power of statistical tests for trend detection. turkish j. eng. environ. sci., 27: 247-251. 18-sneyers, r., (1990). on the statistical analysis of series of observations. world meteorological organization, geneva, switzerland, pp: 129. 19-williams, f. (1992). reasoning with statistics. how to read quantitative research 4th ed. fort worth. harcourt brace jovnovich college publishers. table no. (1): the degree of correlation and interpretation of the test coefficients coefficient correlationinterpretation  less than 0.2  slight correlation almost no relationship   0.2 to 0.4low correlation small relationship   0.4 to 0.7moderate correlation substantial relationship   0.7 to 0.9  high correlation marked relationship 0.9 and above  very high correlation solid relationship   table no.(2): pearson, spearman and mann-kendall correlation coefficients of naoand temperature for baghdad. baghdad month pearson spearman mannkendall jan -0.4486 -0.4856 -0.3330 feb -0.4636 -0.4564 -0.3176 mar -0.2770 -0.4096 -0.2793 apr -0.1569 -0.1406 -0.0968 may -0.1303 -0.1301 -0.0825 june -0.1074 -0.1122 -0.0813 july -0.0870 -0.0538 -0.0307 aug -0.0931 -0.0678 -0.0437 sep -0.0640 -0.0782 -0.0408 oct -0.0297 -0.0124 -0.0093 nov -0.3832 -0.3184 -0.2161 dec -0.3389 -0.3624 -0.2524 253 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(3): pearson, spearman and mann-kendall correlation coefficients of nao and precipitation for baghdad. baghdad month pearson spearman mannkendall jan 0.0082 0.0036 -0.0010 feb 0.0540 0.0866 0.0583 mar 0.0265 0.0085 0.0028 apr 0.0397 0.1463 0.0947 may 0.0035 -0.0302 -0.0216 june -0.0466 -0.0109 -0.0082 july -0.0130 0.0033 0.0022 aug 0.1578 0.1663 0.1355 sep -0.1411 -0.1863 -0.1470 oct -0.0819 -0.0062 -0.0054 nov -0.0307 -0.0381 -0.0265 dec -0.0471 -0.0440 -0.0311       figure no. (1) analysis of nao data. (a) nao time series, (b) monthly averages for nao data, (c) nao time seriesseasonal effects removed, (d) nao correlogram 254 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014     figure no.( 2):analysis of monthly mean temperature data for baghdad. (a) temperature time series, (b) monthly averages for temperature, (c) bag. time seriesseasonal effects removed, (d) bag. correlogram     figure no.(3):analysis of monthly mean precipitation data for baghdad. (a) precipitation time series, (b) monthly averages for precipitation, (c) bag. time series-seasonal effects removed, (d) bag. correlogram. 255 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 غدادوالھطول لمدينة بدراسة تأثير ذبذبة شمال األطلسي في أنماط درجة الحرارة عبد الوھاب حسين العبيدي ھيئه التعليم التقني /معھد التكنولوجيا /قسم الكترونيات عروبه جميل طارش جامعه بغداد /(ابن الھيثم ) كليه التربيه للعلوم الصرفه /قسم الفيزياء حسام طارق مجيد الجامعه المستنصريه /كليه العلوم /قسم علوم الجو 2014تموز8قبل البحث : 2014 كانون الثاني 22البحث :استلم خالصة ال تم تحليل .يھدف ھذا البحث الى دراسة تأثيرات ذبذبة شمال األطلسي في أنماط درجة الحرارة والھطول لمدينة بغداد بيانات المعدالت الشھرية لمؤشر ذبذبة شمال األطلسي , ودرجة الحرارة والمجموع الشھري للھطول لمدينة بغداد لفحص العالقات بين (كاندال و بيرسون و سبيرمان-مان) اسلتعملت االختبارات اإلحصائية .2008 الى 1900للمده بينت النتائج وجود عالقة طفيفة .لدرجة الحرارة والھطول على وجود أي سلوكلم تدل السالسل الزمنية .المتغيرات أعاله بين مؤشر ذبذبة شمال األطلسي مع درجة الحرارة والھطول مما يدل على عدم وجود تأثيرات كبيرة لمؤشر ذبذبة شمال .األطلسي في أنماط درجة الحرارة والھطول لمدينة بغداد مان كاندال و بيرسون و سبيرمان المناخ الھطول االطلسي درجة حرارة الھواءذبذبة شمال :الكلمات المفتاحية ihjpas. 36(1)2023 260 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license preparation, characterization, theoretical and biological study of new complexes with mannich base , 2chloro –n-5-(piperidin -1-ylmethylthio)-1, 3, 4thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamide abstract a new mannich base ligand was prepared by reacting the 2-chloro.-n-(5-mercapto-1, 3, 4thiadazol -2-yl) acetamide and piperidine in the presence (formaldehyde) (l) ligand. a series of ligand complexes were prepared from (l) with the metal ion co (ii), ni (ii), cu (ii), pd (ii), pt (iv), and au (iii). various spectroscopic techniques such as c.h.n.s, ftir, uv-vis, , 1hnmr, 13cnmr, magnetic moment, and molar conductivity successfully characterize the obtained compounds. the m: l ratio was determined using the molar ratio method in solution. all prepared compounds' antibacterial and antifungal activity was studied against two types of bacteria and one type of fungi at a rate of 0.02m. the standard δh° f and δeb of the ligands and all the prepared complexes were calculated using hyperchem 8.0.7 program, and the study proved that the complexes are more stable than the ligands. in addition, the vibrational frequencies of the ligand were calculated, and the theoretical error rate of the process was calculated. keywords: transition metal complexes, mannich base, 1,3,4-thiadazole antibacterial and antifungal. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2983 article history: received 23 augest 2022, accepted 25 september 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq noor ali hasan department of chemstry , college of science for women, university of baghdad,baghdad, iraq. nour.ali1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq shaymaa r. baqer department of chemstry , college of science for women, university of baghdad,baghdad, iraq. shyma0213@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nour.ali1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:shyma0213@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 261 1. introduction the thiosemicarbazide compound with the molecular formula (ch5n3s) and its complexes are of great biological importance due to their wide uses [1]. the compound thiodiazole compound with the molecular formula (c2h2sn2) is a heterogeneous compound because it contains two atoms of carbone, two atoms of nitrogen, and one sulfur atom [2]. two nitrogen atoms and the sulfur atom are electron-donating [3] and are essential ligands in complexes when they bond with metal elements [2]. it has several types, one of which is the compound 1,3,4thiadiazole, which is applied as anti-tumor medicine. several derivatives are used as carbonic anhydrase inhibitors and antiparkinsonian agents [3]. industrial and biological in the medical field, compound 1,3,4 has many applications against bacteria [4], fungi [5], and cancer [6]. the mannich reaction is of significant importance reactions in chemistry. it is a reaction that includes three or more components of a substance or solvent [7], and it is one of the early examples of a three-component reaction [8]. in the past years, the focus has been on the complexes of mannich bases that have heterogeneous rings, taking into account the amino-methyl group and studying the relationship of structure, its effect on the biological activity as anticancer agents and toxic to cancer cells [9,10]. there was also a focus on studying their importance as antibacterial and antifungals[11], anticonvulsants, anti-inflammatory [9], analgesic, and antioxidant activities [10]. the complexes of mannich 's bases are essential and have wide applications in the medical and biological fields [11]. they are used as antioxidants [10], anticancer, antibacterial, and antifungal [12], and they have proven their effectiveness in all biological and medical fields [13]. 2. materials and methods in this paper, high-purity chemicals were used. chns elemental data were measured using an eager300 elemental analyzer. the mineral content was determined using a shimadzu 670 flam atomic absorber spectrophotometer. conductivity data were acquired at 10-3 m in the dmf solution of the complexes using a wtw conductance meter at 25 °c. ft-ir spectra were measured with a shimadzu and perkin elmer ft infrared spectrophotometer using csi (4000-200) cm-1. tablet. absorption in the uv-visible region was recorded in ethanol solution using uv-vis. shimadzu spectrophotometer 1800pcs. the magnetic susceptibility measurement of the complexes was carried out using the faraday method, and the magnetic correction factor (d) was calculated using the pascal constants of the atoms that made up the prepared complexes and the brukar magent bm6 device. 1h, 13cnmr for compounds were at 25 °c using the brukar400mhz . the grade of all prepared compounds was measured by gallen kamp mf.b-6. preparation of starting material 2-amino 5-mercapto 1,3,4 thiadiazole (s1) in a round bottom flask, (2gm,0.02mol) of thiosimcarbazide was dissolved in (25ml) ethanol (0.016gm,0.0002mol) of anhydrous sodium carbonate. (4.712 gm, 0.062 mol) of (cs2) was added with stirring and heating at (40c0) for an hour. then, the mixture was raised for 7 hours after the solvent was evaporated (50ml) in distilled water, and drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid were added. a greenish-yellow was the precipitate. the color of the precipitate (was yellowish white, with a melting point of (229-231) c° and the molecular formula (c2h3n3s2) [14]. the sediment was washed, and the precipitate was filtered with a quantity of distilled water to get rid of the excess acid. it was recrystallized with the solvent ethanol. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 262 preparation of 2-chloro-n-(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamide (s2) dissolved (0.1gm, 0.01m) of 2-amino 5-mercapto 1,3,4 thiadiazole (s1) in ethanol was added with stirring (0.1 g, 0.02m) of chloroacetyl chloride) in an ice bath. the mixture was refluxed with heating for 3 hours. the resulting precipitate was washed with distilled water and recrystallized with ethanol. a yellowish-white precipitate was obtained with a molecular formula c4h4n3s2ocl and a melting point of (250-253) c0. synthesis of 2chloro –n-5-(piperidine1-ylmethylthio)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamide ligand (mannich ligand)(l ) dissolved of (0.145 gm, 0.04m) of 2-chloro-n-(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamide in (10ml) of ethanol solvent was added with stirring and cooling (8ml) from formaldehyde and (0.08g, 0.03m) piperidine. the mixture was refluxed and heated for six hours, leaving the solution to dry. the sediment was recrystallized in ethanol. the precipitate has a brown color, a molecular formula c10h15cln4os2, and a melting point of over 300 c 0. h2n-c-nh.nh2 + cs2 na 2 co 3 , c 2 h 5 oh hcl s nn s nh2hs nn s nh2hs clch2ccl o nn s n h hs c ch2cl o 2-chloro-n -(5-mercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamide 2-amino-5-mercapto-1,3,4 thiadiazole nn s n h hs c ch2cl o n h hcoh n n s s h ncclh2c o h2 c n 2-chloro-n -(5-(pi peridin -1-ylm ethyl th io)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamid e reflux 3hrs° reflux 6hrs scheme 1. synthesis of mannich base, 2chloro –n-5-(piperidin -1-ylmethylthio)-1, 3, 4thiadiazol-2-yl)acetamide (l) 2.2. synthesis of complexes in the presence of ethyl alcohol solvent, some mannich base complexes can be prepared. the ratio 1:1 of cocl2.6h2o, nicl2.6h2o, cucl2.2h2o, pdcl2, h2ptcl6.6h2o, and haucl4.h2o and ligand. then the mixture was refluxed for 3 hours. the resulting solids compounds were filtered off, washed with distilled water and ethanol, and dried in a desiccator. some physical properties can be observed in table 1. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 263 table 1. the physical properties of color and melting point in addition to the values of c.h.n.s and the percentage of all prepared compounds elemental analysis calc. (found) atomic abs.% cal.(found) yield % m.p / c0 color comp. s n h c 20.85 (21.34) 18.25 (19.01) 4.88 (3.98) 39.10 (38.66) ---76 over 300 brown mannich (l) 13.28 (14.00) 11.62 (12.78) 4.15 (3.76) 24.90 (23.78) 12.22 80 118-120 dark green col 13.04 (12.87) 11.00 (10.94) 3.87 (4.08) 24.46 (25.11) 11.96 76 182-185 light green nil 12.92 (13.67) 10.90 (11.05) 4.23 (5.12) 24.22 (23.20) 12.81 84 167-170 dark brown cul 10.51 (11.41) 8.87 (9.11) 2.46 (3.45) 19.72 (18.77) 32.06 67 218-221 brown pdl 12.74 (11.93) 10.75 (11.44) 3.38 (4.18) 23.89 (24.02) 21.88 74 202-205 dark brown ptl 10.48 (11.05) 8.84 (9.94) 2.45 (3.04) 19.62 (18.56) 32.27 77 212-215 green aul theortical study in the theoretical study and using the hyperchem 8.0.7 program, the standard heat of formation and binding energy was calculated for all prepared compounds by pm3, zindo\i, and amber. the homo and lumo were calculated to determine the active sites in the ligand molecule. the vibration frequencies were calculated theoretically for the ligand pm3 method, the practical results were compared with the theoretical results, and the error ratio between them was calculated, which was acceptable. antibacterial and antifungal activity 1.40 g of culture medium for bacteria and fungi was dissolved in a liter of distilled water, as the culture medium used for bacteria (agar mueller hinton) and for fungi (sabroid dextroes agar). 2.after dissolving by heating, the culture medium was placed in the sterilizer for 15 minutes, then poured into sterilized plastic dishes and left to solidify. 3.a hole was made using a cork drill with a diameter of 8 mm to add the material that inhibited the growth of bacteria and fungi. 4.the prepared ligands and complexes dissolved in dmso at a concentration of 0.02m were injected into the pits of the culture medium. 5.the dishes were placed in the incubator at 37 °c for 24 hour for antibacterial activity and 72 hours for antifungal activity, then the inhibition diameters were measured using a ruler in mm for each of the prepared compounds. 3. results and discussion all complexes were soluble in organic solvents dmf & dmso. the ratio of metal-ligand was (1:1) the ligand, and their metal complexes were characterized: (ft-ir), (uv-vis) (1hnmr 1hnmr and 13cnmr, magnetic susceptibility, and conductivity. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 264 fourier transforms spectroscopy (ft-ir) of mannich ligand (l), and metal complexes ft-ir spectra of all prepared compounds were carried out in 4000 to 200 cm-1. the infrared spectra of mannich ligand l and metal complexes appeared the active site number at 1701, 720,1161, 2943, 2854, and 1620) cm-1which was due to [(υ co)υ ,cs))υ , c s c) υ ch2n and c=n1,3,4thio.] sequentially[15].when a metal ion was bonded to the ligand through the nitrogen atom of c=n 1,3, 4thio absorption bands shifted towards frequencies within the range (1602-1658) cm -1 in cobalt, nickel, copper, palladium, platin, and gold complexes, respectively. in other absorption bands, the carbonyl group (c=o) has been shifted according to the frequencies (1728, 1728, 1691, 1690, 1686, 1722) cm-1. in all the prepared complexes oxygen of carbonyl, υ c=o took place in coordination. this supported compatibility with the c=o group [16]. we also noticed a shift in cs and csc groups for each of the co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii), pd(ii), pt(iv), and au(iii) complexes, which indicated the occurrence of coordination through them. according to these results, the coordination made of this ligand was predicted as a tridentate through νc = n, νc=o group, and sulfur [17]. other bands could be attributed to νm–n, νm–o, νm–s, and νm–cl for complexes [13]. other bands can be shown in table 2. also, other bands belonging to the νnh group and the νch2-n group appeared that they did not have a displacement when the coordination occurred, indicating non-coordination through them [16]. table 2. the main absorption bands of the infrared spectrum of ligand (l), and its metal complexes (cm-1) ν m-cl νm-s νm-n νm-o νcs νcsc ν c=n 1,3,4thio. νch2-n ν c=o comp. ------------702 1161 1620 2943 2854 1701 l 345 478 520 586 678 1145 1602 2943 broad 1728 col 337 416 513 547 686 1153 1658 2943 1728 nil 320 470 513 590 729 1175 1639 2942 1691 cul 345 482 520 540 77 1171 1608 2947 2854 1690 pdl 310 451 516 559 744 1190 1608 2943 2858 1686 ptl 337 470 516 540 786 1188 1639 2947 1722 aul uv-vis spectra, magnetic susceptibility and molar conductivity the electronic spectra of all prepared compounds are shown in table (3). the uv-vis spectrum of the free ligand displayed a sharp band at (25773) cm-1 is attributed to n →π* transition. transitions appeared in the region (33112) cm-1 and 37314 cm-1 is attributed to π → π*transitions [18]. in the uvvisible spectrum of dark green co (ii) complex, two peaks were observed at (10240, 19230 cm-1) dedicated to 4t1 g → 4t2g, 4t1 g → 4 t2 g (p) transitions sequentially and (28659, 41838) cm-1. it was due to the transition il → co ct, which indicated the octahedral geometry of co (ii). magnetic moment. (4.00) b.m showed a higher orbital contribution. conductivity measurement in dmf (67 μs.cm-1) showed that the complex was ionic. the electronic spectrum of this complex can be seen in table (3) [19]. in the uvvisible of ni (ii) complex, three peaks were observed at (10582, 15772, 24875 cm-1). they were dedicated to 3a2g → 3t2g, 3a2g → 3t1g (f), 3a2g → 3t1g (p) sequentially and (26109, 40983) cm-1 was due to il → nict which indicated the octahedral geometry of ni. the magnetic moment, (3.09) b.m showed a higher orbital contribution [20]conductivity measurement in dmf (21 μs.cm-1) appearing that the complex was nonionic [19]. light green complex showed paramagnetic and high spin octahedral. the electronic spectrum of this complex, can be seen in table (3). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 265 in the uvvisible region of the cu(ii) complex, one peak was observed at (15197 cm-1), dedicated to 2eg → 2t2g, and (27629, 29069, 42918) cm -1 was due to il → cuct which indicated the octahedral geometry of cu (ii) [20]. magnetic moment, (1.78) b.m [21]. conductivity measurement in dmf (61 μs.cm-1) showed that the complex was ionic. dark brown complex showed paramagnetic and high spin octahedral. the electronic spectrum of this, complex can be seen in table (3). in the uv-visible region of the pd (ii) complex, one peak was observed at (24038cm-1), dedicated to 1a1g → 1b1g transition, and (31446, 45248) cm -1 was due to il → pdct, which indicated square planer geometry of pd (ii) [19]. magnetic moment (0) b.m. conductivity measurement in dmf (70 μs.cm-1) showed that the complex was ionic, low spin and square planer geometry [22]. the electronic spectrum of this complex, can be seen in table (3). in the uvvisible region of the pt(ii) complex two peaks were observed at (10812, 12050 cm-1) was assigned to 1a1g → 3t2g, (23980 cm -1) was assigned to 1a1g → 1t1g, transitions which indicated the octahedral geometry of pt (iv). magnetic moment, (0) b.m [23]. conductivity measurement in dmf (69 μs.cm-1) showed that the complex was ionic [24]. in the uvvisible region of the au (iii) complex, two peaks were observed at (251889, 30030cm1) dedicated to 1a1g → 1b1g and 1a1g → 1eg transitions sequentially and (40983) cm-1 was due to il → auct which indicated the square planner geometry au (iii). the magnetic moment was (0) b.m [25]. the conductivity measurement in dmf was (88 μs.cm-1) [22] .this complex was ionic, low spin and square planer geometry. the electronic spectrum of this complex can be seen in table 3 [26]. table 3. the electronic spectra, μeff of complexes, conductivity and suggested geometry for ligand and its metal complexes suggested geometry conductivity μs.cm-1 μeeff b.m. assignments absorption cm-1 comp. ---------n → π* π → π* π → π* 25773 33112 37314 l octahedral 67 4.00 (3.87) 4t1g → 4t2g 4t1 g → 4t1g(p) il → coct il → coct 10240 19230 28659 41838 col octahedral 21 3.09 (2.82) 3a2g → 3t2g 3a2g → 1t1g(f) 3a2g → 3t1g (p) il → ni ct il → ni ct 10582 15772 24875 26109 40983 nil octahedral 61 1.78 (1.73) 2eg → 2t2g il → cu ct il → cu ct il → cu ct 15197 27629 29069 42918 cul square planer 73 0.00 1a1g → 1b1g il → pd ct il → pd ct 24038 31446 45248 pdl octahedral 69 0.00 1a1g → 3t2g 1a1g → 3t1g 1a1g → 1t1g il → pt ct il → pt ct il → pt ct 108551 12050 23980 26881 34602 45662 ptl square planer 88 0.00 1a1g → 1b1g 1a1g → 1eg il → au ct 25575 27624 aul ihjpas. 36(1)2023 266 the 1h-nmr spectra of 2-chloro –n-5-(piperidin-1-ylmethylthio)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2yl)acetimde the 1h-nmr spectrum of the l can be observed in table 4 in dmso-d6. the proton nuclear resonance (1h-nmr) spectrum of ligand showed some signals in ppm. two signals appeared at (1.54, 1.64) ppm and another signals appeared at (2.42,2.43.2.45) ppm, attributed to the proton of piperidin [11]. the proton of ch2-n and ch2-cl groups appared at (4.49) ppm and (3.97) ppm. the signal at (12.39) ppm was attributed to proton of nh group table 4. the 13cnmr spectra of 2-chloro –n-5-(piperidine1-ylmethylthio)-1,3,4thiadiazol-2yl)acetimde the 13cnmr spectrum of ligand showed some signal. the signal at 43.7 can be assigned to carbon of (ch2-cl) group.the signals at 23.1,24.4 and 54.1 ppm returned to carbon of ch2 of piperidin and ch2-n of piperidin [3]. other signals appeared at 163.2 and 168.4 can be assigned to carbon of (c-s,1,3,4 thio.) group and carbon of carbonyl group, respectively [4]. another peak can be observed in table 4. table 4. 1h and 13c nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of mannich base ligand (l) 1hnmr 13cnmr 1hnmr(dmsod6) δ ppm:2.42,2.43,2.45 (d,2h, ch2 of piperidine) 1.64 and 1.54 (d,2h, ch2 of piperidine) ,12.39 (s,h,nh) of amide, 3.97,4.49 (s,h,ch2 alphatic of ch2-n and ch2-cl respectively mannich (l) : 13cnmr (dmso-d6) δppm:43.7 (ch2-cl), 23.1,24.4 (ch2 of piperidine), 53.1 (ch2-n of piperidine) ,54.1 (ch2-n) of methylene group, 163.2 (s-c of 1,3,4 thiadiazole group ,168.4 (c=o group). figure 1. the proposed geometry of the prepared complexes ihjpas. 36(1)2023 267 molar ratio method in the solution state, the ratio metal to ligand can be calculated using molar ratio method at the maximum wavelength, and at concentration 1x10-3of all the prepared complexes. the results proved that the ratio of metal to ligands was (1:1). figure 2. molar ratio plot of, l metal complexes 4. antibacterial and antifungal activity the biological activity of all prepared compounds was tested by two types of bacteria and one type of fungi at a concentration of 0.02m. the results obtained for the antibacterial and antifungal of the mannich ligand and its new complexes are presented in table 5. the diameter of the inhibition zone was measured in (mm) using amoxicillin and metronidazole as standard drugs for bacteria and fungi, respectively. the ligand and complexes generally showed moderate activity, and some were high towards bacteria and fungi tested. the nickel complex showed higher activity against all bacteria and fungi than standard drugs. this would suggest that the chelation could facilitate the ability of a complex to cross-brand into the cell wall of bacteria and fungi and kill them [27]. table 5. antibacterial activity of l and its metal complexes at 0.02 m inhibition zone (mm.) fungi gram negative gram positive compounds candida klebsiella e.coli bacillus staph 24 20 16 29 27 col 1 27 22 32 27 35 nil 2 18 14 22 18 21 cul 3 21 14 14 17 18 pdl 4 15 13 15 15 20 ptl 5 15 15 20 12 20 aul 6 -ve -ve -ve -ve -ve dmso 7 25 21 25 25 28 l 8 ---11 13 12 12 amoxicillin 10 13 ------------metronidazole 11 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 268 table 6. the vibrational frequencies of l using hyperchem-8.0.7 program symb. ν(c=n) ring νc=o νcsc νch2-n νcs experimental 1620 1701 1161 2854 2943 702 theoretical *1623 1768* 1190* 2928 2998* *739 percentage of error (0.18) (3.78) (2.43) (-1.49) (1.83) (5.00) figure 3. vibration spectra of ligand mannich base (l) ν nh ν c=o ν ch2 aroma. ν ch2-n ν c=n ν ch2-alip. ν nh ν c=o ν ch2 aroma. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 269 figure 4. homo, lumo and, electrostatic potential of ligand l table 7. heat of formation, binding energy (in kj.mol-1) and dipole, moment (in debye) for ligand, (l) and it's metal complexes, using hyperchem-8.0.7 program pm3 zindo/1 amber comp. δh°f δeb µ δh°f δeb µ δeb= δh°f µ l 17.09737 3146.681621.73 -8705.7206 -12205.5026 3.23 ------ col 330.35853953.053574.78 -6958.85848 -10581.55348 9.57 ------ nil 185.61811-3673.94011 4.32 -6893.90242 -10382.22442 6.30 ------ cul 175.427553776.422552.22 -6999.43292 -10600.42792 5.17 ------ pdl ------------------88.4691 3.35 ptl ------------------255.7924 4.06 aul ------------------89.5963 3.22 5. conclusion mannich base ligand complexes have been successfully synthesized using the conventional method. the assembly of the six proposed complexes was successfully achieved by the procedures previously described. the results obtained from this investigation were obtained according to the data presented by the physical and chemical analysis. the results showed that the complexes have an octahedral geometry for the cobalt, nickel, copper, and platinum complexes and a square-planer geometry for the palladium and gold complexes. ni complex showed good activity against positive and negative bacteria and fungi compared to amoxicillin and metronidazol. the standard heat of formation and binding energy was calculated using the hyperchem 8.0.7 program, proving that the complexes are more stable than the ligand. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 270 references 1. jia, x.; liu, q.; wang, s.; zeng, b.; du, g.; zhang, c.; li, y. synthesis, cytotoxicity, and in vivo antitumor activity study of parthenolide semicarbazones and thiosemicarbazones. bioorganic & medicinal chemistry 2020, 28, 115557, doi:10.1016/j.bmc.2020.115557. 2. roder, c.; thomson, m.j. auranofin: repurposing an old drug for a golden new age. drugs r d 2015, 15, 13–20, doi:10.1007/s40268-015-0083-y. 3. jain, a.k.; sharma, s.; vaidya, a.; ravichandran, v.; agrawal, r.k. 1,3,4-thiadiazole and its derivatives: a review on recent progress in biological activities. chemical biology & drug design 2013, 81, 557–576, doi:10.1111/cbdd.12125. 4. ainsworth, c. the condensation of aryl carboxylic acid hydrazides with orthoesters. j am chem soc 1955, 77, 1148–1150, doi:10.1021/ja01610a019. 5. de andrade danin barbosa, g.; palermo de aguiar, a. synthesis of 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives and microbiological activities: a review. revista virtual de química 2019, 11, 806–848, doi:10.21577/19846835.20190058. 6. pandey, a.; rajavel, r.; chandraker, s.; dash, d. synthesis of schiff bases of 2-amino-5-aryl-1,3,4thiadiazole and its analgesic, anti-inflammatory and anti-bacterial activity. e-journal of chemistry 2012, 9, 2524–2531, doi:10.1155/2012/145028. 7. schweinfurth, d.; krzystek, j.; schapiro, i.; demeshko, s.; klein, j.; telser, j.; ozarowski, a.; su, c.y.; meyer, f.; atanasov, m.; et al. electronic structures of octahedral ni(ii) complexes with “click” derived triazole ligands: a combined structural, magnetometric, spectroscopic, and theoretical study. inorganic chemistry 2013, 52, 6880–6892, doi:10.1021/ic3026123. 8. g. pyne, s.; tang, m. the boronic acid mannich reaction. in organic reactions, john wiley & sons, inc.: hoboken, nj, usa, 2013, 211–498. 9. singh, b.n.; shukla, s.k.; singh, m. synthesis and biological activity of sulphadiazine schiff\’{} s bases of isatin and their n-mannich bases. asian journal of chemistry 2007, 19, 5013. 10. sumrra, s.h.; arshad, z.; zafar, w.; mahmood, k.; ashfaq, m.; hassan, a.u.; mughal, e.u.; irfan, a.; imran, m. metal incorporated aminothiazole-derived compounds: synthesis, density function theory analysis, in vitro antibacterial and antioxidant evaluation. royal society open science 2021, 8, doi:10.1098/rsos.210910. 11. rehman, m. ur metal-based antimicrobial agents: synthesis, characterization and biological studies of mannich base derivatives of benzimidazole and their metal complexes. science journal of chemistry 2013, 1, 56, doi:10.11648/j.sjc.20130105.12. 12. pishawikar, s.a.; more, h.n. synthesis, docking and, in-vitro screening, of mannich bases of thiosemicarbazide, for anti-fungal activity. arabian journal of chemistry 2017, 10, s2714–s2722, doi:10.1016/j.arabjc.2013.10.016. 13. evans, a.; kavanagh, k.a. evaluation of metal-based antimicrobial, compounds for the treatment of bacterial, pathogens. journal of medical microbiology 2021, 70, doi:10.1099/jmm.0.001363. 14. hadeel hamid mahmood, s.r.b. preparation, physicochemical, and biological study of schiff base derived, from 2amino-5-mercpto-1,3,4 thiadiazole with, some metal ions. biochem. cell. arch 2021. 15. karcz, d.; matwijczuk, a.; kamiński, d.; creaven, b.; ciszkowicz, e.; lecka-szlachta, k. starzak, k. structural features of 1,3,4-thiadiazole-derived, ligands and their zn(ii) and cu(ii) , complexes which demonstrate synergistic antibacterial effects with kanamycin,. international journal of molecular sciences 2020, 21, 5735, doi:10.3390/ijms21165735. 16. guo, j.; zhou, j.; guorui, fu; he, y.; li, w.; lü, x. two efficient near-infrared (nir) luminescent [ir(c^n)2(n^o)]-characteristic, complexes with 8-hydroxyquinoline (8-hq) as, the ancillary ligand. inorganic chemistry communications 2019, 101, 69–73, doi:10.1016/j.inoche.2019.01.019. 17. lotfi, s.; brgoch, j. predicting pressure-stabilized alkali, metal iridides: a−ir (a = rb, cs). computational materials, science 2019, 158, 124–129, doi: ,10.1016/j.commatsci.2018.11.018. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 271 18. guo, j.; zhou, j.; guorui fu; he, y.; li, w.; lü, x. two efficient, near-infrared (nir) luminescent [ir(c^n)2(n^o)]-characteristic complexes, with 8-hydroxyquinoline (8-hq) as the ancillary, ligand. inorganic chemistry, communications 2019, 101, 69–73, doi:10.1016/j.inoche.2019.01.019. 19. ibraheem, i.h.; sadiq, a.s.; al-tameemi, m.; alias, m.f. synthesis, spectral, identification, antibacterial evaluationand theoretical, study of co, fe, rh and pd complexes for 2benzoylthiobenzimidazol. baghdad science journal 2022, 1326–1334, doi:10.21123/bsj.2022.6704. 20. baqer, s.r.; hassan, s.s.; hassan, n.m.; saleh, a.m. biological, evaluation, and theoretical study of bi-dentate ligand, for amoxicillin, derivative with some, metal ions. baghdad science journal 2021, 18, doi:10.21123/bsj.2021.18.4.1269. 21. gülfen, m.; özdemir, a. monitoring cu(ii)-insulin, and mn(ii)-insulin complexes using potentiometric, chromatographic, uv–vis absorption and fluorescence, emission spectroscopic techniques. journal of molecular structure 2022, 1259, 132763, doi:10.1016/j.molstruc.2022.132763. 22. alias, m.f.; murtadha, j.h.; abdul alrazzaq, i.h. study of cytotoxic, effect of aqueous extract fenugreek, (trigonella foenum graecum l.s) seeds and the new, complexes of rh (ii) and pd (ii) on cancer cell lines,. baghdad science journal 2018, 9, 289–295. 23. mortazavi, s.z.; parvin, p.; reyhani, a.; golikand, a.n.; mirershadi, s. effect of laser, wavelength at ir (1064 nm) and uv (193 nm) on the structural formation, of palladium nanoparticles in deionized water. the journal of physical chemistry c 2011, 115, 5049–5057, doi:10.1021/jp1091224. 24. lopez, t.; villa, m.; gomez, r. uv-visible diffuse reflectance, spectroscopic study of platinum, palladium, and ruthenium, catalysts supported on silica. the journal of, physical chemistry 1991, 95, 1690–1693, doi:10.1021/j100157a038. 25. phillips, j.p.; mackey, n.m.; confait, b.s.; heaps, , d.t.; deng, x.; todd, m.l.; stevenson, s.; zhou, h.; hoyle, c.e. dispersion of gold, nanoparticles in uv-cured, thiol−ene films by, precomplexation of gold−thiol. chemistry, of materials 2008, 20, 5240–5245, doi:10.1021/cm8007842. 26. zhao, x.; zhan, x.; zhang, h.; wan, y.; yang, h.; wang,, y.; chen, y.; xie, w. synthesis and biological evaluation, of isatin derivatives containing 1,3,4-thiadiazole as, potent a-glucosidase inhibitors. bioorganic & medicinal, chemistry letters 2021, 54, 128447, doi:10.1016/j.bmcl.2021.128447 27. r. a. m. al-hasani mannich base, derived from 1,3,4-thiadiazole as, chelating ligand for some transition metal, complexes. anjs 2008, 11, 42–56, doi:10.22401/jnus.11.2.06. https://anjs.edu.iq/index.php/anjs/article/view/1347/1192 128 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. a new technique for solving fractional nonlinear equations by sumudu transform and adomian decomposition method abstract a novel technique sumudu transform adomian decomposition method (stadm), is employed to handle some kinds of nonlinear time-fractional equations. we demonstrate that this method finds the solution without discretization or restrictive assumptions. this method is efficient, simple to implement, and produces good results. the fractional derivative is described in the caputo sense. the solutions are obtained using stadm, and the results show that the suggested technique is valid and applicable and provides a more refined convergent series solution. the matlab software carried out all the computations and graphics. moreover, a graphical representation was made for the solution of some examples. for integer and fractional order problems, solution graphs are shown. the results confirmed that the accuracy of this technique converges to the integer order of the issues. keywords: caputo derivative, fractional calculus, sumudu transformation, analytical the solution, adomian method. 1. introduction nonlinear problems are used to describe a variety of phenomena. fractional differential equations (fdes) have gained much attention from researchers due to their ability and are used in various fields of engineering and physics. the exact solution to any fractional differential equation is extremely difficult to find, and no general method provides the same solution for any fractional differential equations. several analytical and approximate ways have been suggested for solving nonlinear problems of fractional order using the sumudu variational iteration method [1,2], decomposition method, and variational iteration method [3,4,]. many numerical and analytical techniques have been suggested for the solutions of non-integer differential equations of fractional order, such as the adomian decomposition method, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526\35.3.2862 article history: received 5 june 2022, accepted 16 june 2022, published in july 2022. maad gatea mousa department of mathematics, college of education for pure science \ ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. maadkatamosa@gmail.com huda omran altaie department of mathematics, college of education for pure science \ ibn alhaitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. dr.huda_hm2029@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:maadkatamosa@gmail.com mailto:maadkatamosa@gmail.com mailto:dr.huda_hm2029@yahoo.com ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 129 variational iteration method, homotopy analysis method, and homotopy perturbation method [5-9]. 2. derivation of sumudu transform and decomposition approach: consider a general fractional order partial differential equations as the form: 𝐷𝑡 𝛼𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) + 𝑅[𝑦(𝑥,𝑡)] + 𝑁[𝑦(𝑥,𝑡)] = 𝑔(𝑥,𝑡) (1) as 𝑦(𝑥 ,0) = 𝑓(𝑥) since, 𝐷𝑡 𝛼𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) represents caputo fractional derivative of 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) which is defined as: 𝜕𝛼 𝜕𝑡𝛼 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) = { 1 γ(n − α) ∫ (𝑡 − 𝑠) 𝑛−𝛼−1 𝜕𝑛𝑦(𝑥,𝑠) 𝜕𝑡𝑛 𝑛 − 1 < 𝛼 < 𝑛 𝑡 0 𝜕𝑛𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) 𝜕𝑡𝑛 𝛼 = 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 } by taking sumudu transform of the eq. (1), get : using the property of sumudu transform of function derivatives is defined, we get: 𝑆[𝑦(𝑥 ,𝑡)] = 𝑦(𝑥 ,0) + 𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑔(𝑥 ,𝑡)] − 𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑅(𝑦(𝑥 ,𝑡)) + 𝑁(𝑦(𝑥 ,𝑡))] (2) application of sumudu inverse transform on eq. (2) yields: now, the representation of the solution for eq. (3) is given below: 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) = ∑𝑦𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 (4) and 𝑁[𝑦(𝑥,𝑡)] = ∑𝐴𝑖(𝑦0,𝑦1,…. ,𝑦𝑛) ∞ 𝑖=0 (5) where, 𝐴𝑖 are the adomian polynomials of functions 𝑦0,𝑦1,…. ,𝑦𝑛 that can be calculated by the formula given as: 𝐴𝑖 = 1 𝑖! 𝜕𝑖 𝜕𝜆𝑖 [𝑁(∑𝜆𝑖𝑦𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 )] 𝜆=0 substituting eqs. (4) and (5) in eq. (3): ∑𝑦𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 = ∑ 𝑦(𝑥,0)(𝑘) 𝑆𝛼−𝑘 ∞ 𝑘=0 + 𝑆−1(𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑔(𝑥,𝑡)])𝑆−1 [𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑅(∑𝑦𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 ) + ∑𝐴𝑖 ∞ 𝑖=0 ]] (6) simplification of eq. (6) as many times as possible resulted in a series solutions, we get: 𝑆[𝐷𝑡 𝛼𝑦( 𝑥, 𝑡)] + 𝑆[𝑅[𝑦( 𝑥, 𝑡)]] + 𝑆[𝑁[𝑦( 𝑥, 𝑡)]] = 𝑆[𝑔( 𝑥, 𝑡)] ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 130 𝑦0(𝑥,𝑡) = ∑ 𝑦(𝑥,0)(𝑘) 𝑆𝛼−𝑘 ∞ 𝑘=0 + 𝑆−1(𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑔(𝑥,𝑡)]) 𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡) = −𝑆 −1[𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑅(𝑦0(𝑥,𝑡)) + 𝐴0]] 𝑦2(𝑥,𝑡) = −𝑆 −1 [𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑅(𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡)) + 𝐴1]] ⋮ 𝑦𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) = −𝑆 −1[𝑠𝛼𝑆[𝑅(𝑦𝑛−1(𝑥,𝑡)) + 𝐴𝑛]] finally, the iteration 𝑦0,𝑦1,…. ,𝑦𝑖 were obtained and we get 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) = ∑ 𝑦𝑖(𝑥,𝑡) ∞ 𝑖=0 . 3. numerical example the following example demonstrates the efficiency and reliability of the sumudu transform adomian decomposition method (stadm). the software matlab r2021b is used to calculate all of the results. example 3.1: consider 𝜕𝛼𝑦 𝜕𝑡𝛼 − 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 − 𝜕2𝑦 𝜕𝑥2 = 0 0 < 𝛼 ≤ 1 (7) and 𝑦(𝑥,0) = 𝑥 solution: by taking sumudu transform for eq. (7) and using the initial condition, we get: 𝑆[𝑦] 𝑢𝛼 = 𝑥 + 𝑆 [ 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕2𝑦 𝜕𝑥2 ] 𝑆 [𝑦] = 𝑥 + 𝑢𝛼𝑆[ 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕2𝑦 𝜕𝑥2 ] and applying the inverse sumudu transform for the above equation 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑥 + 𝑆−1 [𝑢𝛼𝑆[ 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕2𝑦 𝜕𝑥2 ]] (8) that assumes a series solution of the function 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) and is given by: 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) = ∑𝑦𝑛(𝑥,𝑡) ∞ 𝑛=0 (9) using eqs. (9) and (8), we get: then, we get: 𝑦0(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑥 𝑦𝑛+1(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑆 −1[𝑢𝛼𝑆[𝑦𝑛𝑥 + 𝑦𝑛𝑥𝑥]] for 𝑛 = 0 𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑆 −1[𝑢𝛼𝑆[1]] = 𝑡𝛼 γ(α + 1) for 𝑛 = 1 𝑦2(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑆 −1[𝑢𝛼𝑆[𝑦1𝑥 + 𝑦1𝑥𝑥]] = 0 𝑦3 = 𝑦4 = 0 hence, 𝑦(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑥 + 𝑆−1 [𝑢𝛼𝑆[ 𝜕 𝜕𝑥 (∑ 𝑦𝑛(𝑥, 𝑡) ∞ 𝑛=0 ) + 𝜕2 𝜕𝑥2 (∑𝑦𝑛 (𝑥, 𝑡) ∞ 𝑛=0 )]] ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 131 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) = ∑𝑦𝑛(𝑥,𝑡) ∞ 𝑛=0 = 𝑦0 + 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + ⋯ = 𝑥 + 𝑡𝛼 γ(α + 1) when 𝛼 = 1, 𝑦(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑥 + 𝑡 𝑦0(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑥 𝑦1(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑡𝛼 γ(α+1) and 𝑦2(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑦3(𝑥,𝑡) = 0 4. results and discussion: the following tables and figures present the absolute error between the same solution and approximate solutions for example (3.1) at various values of t = 0,0.1. here, we use several terms to approximate the exact solution, and the proposed method, fstadm, has a high convergence order and higher accuracy we get. similarly, figure4.1–figure4.6 show the 3d exact and obtained results are plotted at 𝛼 = 0.75,0.9 and 𝛼 = 1. all the exact and approximate results on the graphs have shown are much closed and explain the reliability of the present technique. table 1: the data for y-scales at x= 1 and 𝛼=0.9. t y0 yexact y1 abs0 abs1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0.1 1 1.1 0.130897 0.1 0.969103 0.2 1 1.2 0.244263 0.2 0.955737 0.3 1 1.3 0.351836 0.3 0.948164 0.4 1 1.4 0.455811 0.4 0.944189 0.5 1 1.5 0.55719 0.5 0.94281 0.6 1 1.6 0.656548 0.6 0.943452 0.7 1 1.7 0.754256 0.7 0.945744 0.8 1 1.8 0.850573 0.8 0.949427 0.9 1 1.9 0.94569 0.9 0.95431 1 1 2 1.039754 1 0.960246 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 132 table 2: the data for y-scales at x= 1 and 𝛼=1. t y0 yexact y1 abs0 abs1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0.1 1 1.1 0.1 0.1 1 0.2 1 1.2 0.2 0.2 1 0.3 1 1.3 0.3 0.3 1 0.4 1 1.4 0.4 0.4 1 0.5 1 1.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.6 1 1.6 0.6 0.6 1 0.7 1 1.7 0.7 0.7 1 0.8 1 1.8 0.8 0.8 1 0.9 1 1.9 0.9 0.9 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 figure 1. show absolute error of the true solution y0,y1 at 𝛼=0.9. figure 2. show absolute error of the true solution y0,y1 at 𝛼=1. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 133 figure 3. show absolute error of the true solution y0,y1 at 𝛼=0.75. figure 4 . figure 1.6: show the 3d absolute solution plots at 𝛼=0.75, 0.9 and 𝛼=1. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 134 5. conclusion fractional order non-linear differential equations with initial and boundary conditions are investigated analytically using stadm. fractional derivatives are defined in the caputo sense. the solution graphs are shown to demonstrate the current technique's best applicability. the graphs show that the proposed approach is a powerful tool for solving integer and fractional order problems. some examples of the analytical solution are evaluated to confirm the accuracy and efficiency of the available approach. references 1. atangana, a.; boleanu, d. nonlinear fractional jaulent-miodek and whitham-broer-kaup equations within sumudu transform, abstr. appl. anal., 2013. 2. atangana, a.; kilicman , a. the use of sumudu transform for solving certain nonlinear fractional heat-like equations, abstr. appl. anal., 2013. 3. cattani, c. fractional calculus and shannon wavelet , math. probl. eng., 2012. 4. ray, s. s., & bera, r. k. an approximate solution of a nonlinear fractional differential equation by adomian decomposition method. applied mathematics and computation. 2005, 167(1), 561-571. 5. javeed, s.; baleanu, d.; waheed, a.; khan, m.s.; affan, h. analysis of homotopy perturbation method for solving fractional order differential equations. mathematics. 2019, 7, 40 6. ali, h.m. an efficient approximate-analytical method to solve time-fractional kdv and kdvb equations. inf. sci. lett. 2020, 9, 189–198. 7. mahmood, s.; shah, r.; arif, m. laplace adomian decomposition method for multidimensional time fractional model of navier–stokes equation. symmetry. 2019, 11, 149. 8. mahdy, a.m.s.; sweilam, n.h.; higazy, m. approximate solution for solving nonlinear fractional order smoking model. alex. eng. j. 2020, 59, 739–752. 9. omran h.h., solutins of systems for the linear fredholm-volterra integral equations of the second kind, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2017,23,2,200206. https://www.iasj.net/iasj/download/681d96fa27e13411 https://www.iasj.net/iasj/download/681d96fa27e13411 58 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 وحدة المعالجة في مصنع الصابون والمنظفات في يةاختبار مدى كفا تحسين نوعية مياه الصرف الصناعي حلى إسماعيل محمد .صباح فرج باصات جامعة بغداد -ابن الهيثم -كلية التربية -قسم علوم الحياة 2012كانون الثاني 11قبل البحث في: 2011تشرين الثاني 20 استلم البحث في: الخالصة ة وحدة المعالجة التابعة يتقويم كفا 2010إلى شهر حزيران 2010تناولت الدراسة التي امتدت من شهر كانون الثاني األمين التابع للشركة العامة للزيوت النباتية في منطقة الزعفرانية /ناحية سعيدة/ جنوب مدينة بغداد في تحسين لمصنع نوعية مياه الصرف الصناعي وذلك من خالل متابعة المياه الخارجة من وحدة المعالجة ، ودور هذه الوحدة في تحسين درجة :مثل ،ائية والكيميائية التي تعد عوامل أساسية في دراسة نوعية المياهفيما يتعلق بالصفات الفيزي السيمانوعية المياه و المتطلب الحيوي لألوكسجين و،doاألوكسجين المذاب و،ecالتوصيلة الكهربائيةو، phاألس الهيدروجيني و،°cالحرارة bod5 ،النترات وno3 ،المواد الصلبة الذائبة وt.d.s،الفوسفاتوpo4 أظهرت النتائج أن مواصفات المياه الخارجة بعد المعالجة كانت ضمن الحدود المسموح بطرحها للمتغيرات المدروسة وبالرغم من التراكيز العالية الداخلة إلى الوحدة مما يعزز دور الوحدة في تحسين الصفات التي تم ecباستثناء عامل فحصها . عالجة ،التلوث، المخلفات الصناعية.: وحدات الم الكلمات المفتاحية المقدمة لقد أصبح التلوث البيئي في الوقت الحاضر مشكلة عالمية ذا تأثيرات واضحة فهو يخل بالخصائص النوعية للبيئة بسبب ما يحدثه من تغيرات محسوسة لمكوناتها ، وأصبح النظام البيئي في كثير من بقاع األرض فريسة للتلوث بسبب دون معالجة أو قد تلجأ منل صرف مخلفاتها الصناعية السائلة إلى األنهارنتيجة لقيام عدد من الدو [1]النشاط الصناعي ، لذا قيدت الدول ومنها [2]بعض صناعات تلك الدول إلى صرف تلك المخلفات إلى المجاري العامة بمعالجات جزئية حددت أيضا المواصفات العراق مطلقات النشاط الصناعي إلى البيئة بقوانين ملزمة التنفيذ لغرض الحفاظ على البيئة و الخاصة بالمطلقات الصناعية المطروحة إلى المياه السطحية وشبكة المجاري العامة وغيرها ،كما شرع في اآلونة األخيرة )1988لسنة 25قانون حماية وتحسين البيئة(رقم ة للملوثات ومواد سامة يمكن إن وبسبب ما يمكن أن تحدثه المخلفات الصناعية السائلة التي تحتوي غالبا على تركيزات عالي في معالجة مخلفات الصرف الصحي لذلك فأن الدراسة الحالية هي محاولة عملةتجهد بل وتدمر نظم األحياء المجهرية المست ة وحدة معالجة مصنع األمين لصناعة المنظفات وذلك من خالل تحديد كميات بعض العوامل في العينات المختارة يلتقييم كفا يار المصنع أعاله موقعا للعمل يأتي نتيجة ألهمية هذا الموقع حيث تصب مياهه الصناعية إلى مشروع الرستمية ،إن اخت ثم نهر ديالى ومنه إلى نهر دجلة الذي يعد المصدر [3]الذي يستلم كميات كبيرة من الفضالت تفوق طاقته التصميمية لي مهدد بنقص كبير في مصادر المياه قبالوضع الراهن والمست لإلغراض المختلفة السيما ان عملةالرئيس للمياه المست الصالحة لالستعماالت البشرية وغير البشرية المختلفة. السيماو المواد وطرق العمل جمع العينات أوال ) لتر لمواقع مختلفة من المصنع وكما هو مبين في 1جمعت عينات الماء باستخدام قناني زجاجية نظيفة ومعقمة سعة ( ) المياه 2) مياه اإلسالة المزودة للمصنع .والنقطة (1تمثل النقطة ( إذ) الذي يمثل مخططا لموقع الدراسة،1الشكل رقم ( ) حوض التنقية (بعد المعالجة) بعدها نقلت العينات إلى المختبر 3المعالجة)،النقطة (القادمة من األقسام اإلنتاجية (قبل إلى شهر 2010وقد امتدت الدراسة من شهر كانون الثاني نفسه المركزي في ساحة األندلس وفحصت النماذج في اليوم وبمعدل زيارتين لكل شهر. 2010 حزيران دروسةالقياسات والتحليالت للعوامل الم ثانيا ستير سالة ماج ستل من ر بحث م 59 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 قيست بعض العوامل البيئية في موقع العمل مباشرة وشملت درجة حرارة الماء باستخدام محرار زئبقي ،واألس باستخدام جهاز ecوقابلية التوصيل الكهربائي jenway نوع ph meter باستخدام الجهاز الحقلي phالهيدروجيني methods standardق القياسية العالميةائأما بقية العوامل فقد تم تحليلها مختبريا بإتباع الطر euteohحقلي صنع شركة وعبر عن النتائج بالجزء بالمليون. [4]وفقا لما جاء في النتائج والمناقشة معنوية للعوامل الذي اظهر وجود فروق )spss) نتائج التحليل اإلحصائي باستخدام برنامج. (2يبين الجدول ( ),t.d.s, ph no3 po4, do, ( تحت مستوى احتمالية )p≤0.05 ) 9) واألشكال (1) كما بين الجدول : يـأتيام) نتائج الدراسة الحالية ك8,7,6,5,4,3,2 درجة الحرارة و بفروقات كبيرة ° م 20.7الى 16,75نالحظ وجود تباين بدرجة حرارة الماء في المواقع المدروسة، اذ تراوحت بين ) إلى تأثير العمليات الصناعية من تسخين 2وتعود هذه الزيادة في الموقع (3) ) و(1) مقارنة مع الموقعين (2للموقع ( فيتأثير التغيرات الفصلية فضالً عنوعمل المراجل البخارية ألقسام اإلنتاج المختلفة وتفاعالت المواد الكيميائية فيما بينها [5]معدالت درجة حرارة المياه phدرجة األس الهيدروجيني ) كانت قيم األس الهيدروجيني لبقية المواقع تميل إلى الجانب 1) باستثناء شهر نيسان للموقع (3من خالل الشكل ( ارجة من األقسام ) تعكس قيم األس الهيدروجيني هذه طبيعة المياه في كل موقع للمواد الخ 6.6-10.96القاعدي وتتراوح ( ن إ إذ ،أولية في عملية التصبن مادةً ) التي تدخلna ohاإلنتاجية التي تكثر فيها الجذور القاعدية ال سيما الصودا الكاوية( .في دراسة مختبرية لمعالجة هذه المياه في كندا[6])كانت مقاربة لما توصل إليه 2في الموقع( phقيم الـ ecالتوصيلية الكهربائية التوصيلية تعتمد مقياسا لمعرفة نوعية المياه والحكم عليها من حيث درجات التلوث،ألنها تعبر عن المجموع الكلي لتركيز مايكروسمنس/سم 52030إلى 681) نالحظ إن قيم التوصيلية تراوحت 4ومن الشكل ( [7]المواد المتأنية المذابة في الماء ) وقد يكون لمطلقات المصنع دور في هذه الزيادة وهذا ما 1هو عليه في المحطة ( ) عما2وبزيادات عالية في المحطة ( [8]أشار اليه t.d.sالمواد الصلبة الذائبة )إن أعلى القيم سجلت 5) جزء بالمليون وكما هو موضح بالشكل(363-9730تراوحت قيم المواد الصلبة الذائبة بين ( عمالتشمل األحماض الدهنية الناتجة في است �لمحتوى عضوي عا وان مياه مخلفات هذه الصناعة ذ إذ)،2في المحطة ( كما ان [9]أولية تدخل في عمليات التصنيع واالنتاج اً وزيت الزيتون مواد ،الستيارين، وزيت عباد الشمسمثل الدهون ذابة لألمالح الداخلة في النتاج ال سيما كلوريد الصوديوم ارتفاع تراكيز المواد الصلبة الذائبة أمر متوقع نتيجة لعمليات اإل do and bod5األوكسجين الذائب والمتطلب الحيوي لألوكسجين ) جزء 7.9إذ لم تنخفض قيم األوكسجين الذائب عن ( ،) كانت المياه ذا تهوية جيدة3) و(1فيما يخص الموقعين ( ) جزء بالمليون وقد يعزى ذلك إلى المحتوى العضوي العالي للمياه الواصلة 3.5إلى () فقد انخفضت 2بالمليون أما الموقع ( ستخدام المراجل التي أدت إلى استنفاذ األوكسجين الذائب من المياه الدرجة الحرارة المرتفعة نتيجة فضالً عنإلى الوحدة الى [10]) وقد يعود ذلك وكما ذكر 2(الموقعأما قيم المتطلب الحيوي لألوكسجين فكانت مرتفعة في حوض تجميع المياه [11]وجود البكتريا التي تستهلك األوكسجين لغرض تحطيم المخلفات العضوية لمياه تلك الصناعة وهذا ما أكده no3النترات كانت إذ ،)2جزء بالمليون ُسجلت في النقطة( 88) و3أقل قيمة ُسجلت في النقطة ( 0.65 تراوحت قيم النترات بين وان هذا االنخفاض بين الموقعين المذكورين ،ملغم/لتر ما عدا شهر حزيران50 ضمن الحدود المسموح بها والمقدرة بـ ة وحدة المعالجة في تقليل نسب هذه المادة الخطرة بيئا ولكن بالرغم من هذا الدور البيئي يبقى تركيز النترات ييعكس كفا أن تركيز هذه المادة في مياه الشرب يجب أن ال تزيد [12]يؤكد إذصحة اإلنسان والحيوان ، فيضمن المديات المؤثرة ) ملغم /لتر 0.1لتربية وسقي الحيوانات ال تزيد عن( عملةملغم/لتر) وفي المياه المست1عن( -po43الفوسفات ) وهذا باعتقادنا ناتج عن 2ها في الموقع() جزء بالمليون وُسجلت أعال2.5,0.0605أما قيم الفوسفات فتراوحت بين ( يعمل إذ ،في صناعة المنظفات عملالذي يستphosphate sodium tripolyمادة السيمافي المنظفات و عملةالمواد المست وان الفوسفات في مخلفات [13]مادة ميسرة للماء تمنع إعادة ترسيب الموجودات في مياه الغسيل على القماش مرة أخرى 60 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) فقد كان ضمن الحدود المسموح 3أما ما طُرح من مياه الموقع (poly phosphate [14]مصانع الغسيل هو من النوع .[15]) ملغم / لتر o.4بها دوليا والمقدرة بـــ ( ي في قيم غالبية العوامل المقاسة ف اً الدراسة يتضح ان هناك انخفاض مدةومن مالحظة معدالت القيم للمواقع خالل كما أن قيم غالبية العوامل [16]ة مراحل المعالجةي) وقد يعزى ذلك إلى كفا2) عما هو عليه في المحطة (3المحطة ( ec. المقاسة كانت ضمن الحدود المسموح بها محليا ودوليا باستثناء عامل التوصيلية الكهربائية المصادر ).استخدام الطحالب أدلة إحيائية لتلوث الجزء األسفل من نهر ديالى بالمواد 2006التميمي ، عبد الناصر عبد هللا مهدي (1 العضوية ، أطروحة دكتوراه ،كلية التربية (ابن الهيثم)،جامعة بغداد،العراق. ، دار الشروق للنشر والتوزيع، عمان 1) إدارة التلوث الصناعي (النفايات السائلة ) ط1996عوض ، رفقي عوض (2 ،األردن. ). دراسة بيئية وبكترولوجية في الجزء الجنوبي لنهر ديالى .رسالة ماجستير ،كلية 2003الخالدي ، ساهرة حسين حسن (-3 التربية ابن الهيثم جامعة بغداد،العراق. 4apha (2005) standard methods for the examination of water and waste water . 21st ed. american public health association, 800i street , nw, washington :1193 pp. ). التأثيرات البيئة المحتملة لتصريف المياه الصناعية على الهائمات النباتية .رسالة ماجستير ، 2002جبر ،اياد ُمحمد ( -5 كلية العلوم ، جامعة بابل،العراق. ghaly , a.e, snow, a. and faber ,b.e (2007). effective coagulation technology 6 29. -(1): 19. 3treatment of grease filter waste water. american of environmental sciences ) . الماء من المصدر إلى المكب ،الهيئة العامة للبيئة طرابلس ،ليبيا.2002عون ،احمد( -7 8nasrallh , r.n.; hamida,b ; mudassar , i . and durrani,i.pollution load in industrial effluent and ground water of gadoon amazal industrial estate (gaic)swabi , nwfp. 1045-(3):10381journal of aqricultural and and bioloqical science ).2006( 9mott, m.d. (2001) lake victoria environmetal mangement project, management of industrial and municipal effluents and urban run off in the lake victoria basin ,final report, ,main report, nwsc , ministry of water, land and environment . .1vol 10-colli, j.s.; hall, s.j. ; kaisser, m.j .and poiner , i.r (2000). aguantitive analysis of fishing 798. -785;69impact of shelf sea benthos journal of animal ecology 11daniela, f.c; jacobucci , m.; rand, d and lucia, r.d. (2009) reducing cod level on oily effluent by utilizing biosar fact ant –producing bacteria . an international journal 1042. -(4) : 103752 ، دار الحكمة للطباعة ،جامعة بغداد ،العراق. 1) . البيئة والتلوث العلمي . ط 1990مولود ، بهرام خضر ( -12 13schmitz , r.j (1996) .introduction to water pollution biolog . gulf publishing company houston , 320. 14-moraes ,m.c.f, romanelli, m.f,sena,h.c.; silva,g.p, sampa, m.h.o and borrely ,s.i (2004) .whole a cute toxicity removal from industron and domestic effluents treated by 463-1): 4( 71electron beam radiation : emphasis on anionic surfactants . rad . phys . chem., 15who (world health organization) (2000) . line for drinking water geneva ). بعض التأثيرات البيئية لمياه الصرف الصناعي لشركة الفرات العامة 2005الحيدري ،محمد جواد صالح (16 سدة الهندية . رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم جامعة بابل،العراق –للصناعات الكيميائية 61 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 معدالت قيم العوامل الفيزيائية والكيميائية لمياه المصنع قيد الدراسة :)1جدول ( 1+: مياه اإلسالة (الداخلة إلى المصنع) الموقع 2:مياه حوض تجميع المياه (قبل المعالجة) الموقع # 3: مياه حوض التنقية ( بعد المعالجة ) الموقع 1+: مياه اإلسالة (الداخلة إلى المصنع) الموقع 2:مياه حوض تجميع المياه (قبل المعالجة) الموقع # 3: مياه حوض التنقية ( بعد المعالجة ) الموقع لم يقاس ---) ppm*الوحدات/ جزء بالمليون ( األشهر العامل المقاس كانون الثاني شباط آذار نيسان أيار حزيران المعدل الحد المسموح به درجة الحرارة ° )c( + # 20.55 17.5 19.6 24 26.75 29.1 22.916 35 19.75 26.75 26.75 27.75 39 43 30.008 16.75 17.35 20.85 28.25 26. 5 41 25.116 األس الهيدروجيني ph)( + # 7.38 7.315 7.345 6.6 7.08 7.66 7.23 8.5-6.5 8.37 9.6 9.395 10.96 9.575 10.05 11.58 7.935 7.935 8.235 7.625 7.565 8.29 7.92 التوصيلية الكهربائية ec (مايكروسمنس/سم) + # 681 723 752 876.5 972 877 813.6 500 5690 4705 2420 10835 4445 52030 13354.1 67 1043 1018 972.5 968 1086 900 997.9 مجموع المواد الصلبة * )t.d.sالذائبة ( + # 363 404 419 447 534 464 438.5 6000 3600 2878 1517 6450 2725 9730 4483.3 610 636 606 592 688 558 615 الحيوي المتطلب ) bod5لألوكسجين ( * + # 1.65 1.15 0.200 --0.95 1.400 0.891 اقل 40 من 273 70 198 1132 260.5 6840 322.25 10.5 1.8 2.45 4.7 2.6 2.9 4.158 األوكسجين الذائب (do) * + # 10 9.8 9.25 9.2 9.05 9.2 9.416 10-8 6.25 5 3.5 5 6.15 6.7 5.433 9.5 8.85 9.05 8.45 8.5 7.9 8.708 الفوسفات po4 -3) ( * + # 0.145 0.255 0.48 0.12 0.12 0.15 0.211 0.4 0.555 0.905 1 1.01 1.1 2.5 1.2 0.0605 0.145 0.075 0.255 0.135 0.13 0.133 النترات no3 -)( * + # 4.315 5.3 6.65 4.5 4.7 3.9 4.9 50 5.4 12.2 22.35 13.05 8.85 88 24 8.65 1.55 1.45 4.25 0.65 1 2.9 62 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) يبين نتائج التحليل اإلحصائي للعوامل المدروسة2جدول ( الداللة t المحسوبة العامل المقاس temp 1.234 n.s ph 4.978 h.s ec 2.018 n.s t.d.s 3.860 h.s bod5 1.620 n.s do 6.561 h.s po4 3.989 h.s no3 2.185 s 63 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ) معدل درجة الحرارة لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل أشهر الدراسة2شكل ( (م رة حرا ال جة در ∞( 20.5519.75 16.7517.5 26.75 17.35 19.6 23.8 20.85 24 27.75 28.25 26.75 39 26.5 29.1 43 41 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 1357911131517192123 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع (م رة حرا ال جة در ∞( 64 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 7.38 8.37 7.935 7.315 9.6 7.925 7.345 9.395 8.235 6.6 10.96 7.625 7.08 9.575 7.5657.66 10.05 8.29 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 1234567891011121314151617181920212223 ني جي رو هيد ال س األ ز ركي ت 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع 65 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 681 5690 1043723 4705 1018 752 2420 972.5876.5 10835 968972 4445 1086 877900 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 1357911131517192123 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع * 25030 ( سم س/ من سي رو ايك (م ة يلي ص تو ال يز ترك 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع معدل األس الهيدروجيني لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل أشهر الدراسة :)3شكل ( الكهربائية لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل أشهر الدراسة) معدالت التوصيلية 4شكل ( ).لم تدخل في الرسم البياني (لكبر المدى بين اصغر قيمة وأعالها ) لشهر حزيران2* قيمة الموقع ( 66 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 363 3600 610 404 2878 636 419 1517 606447 6450 592534 2725 688464558 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 1357911131517192123 *9730 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع ن) يو مل بال زء (ج ة ائب الذ ة صلب ال واد لم ا يز ترك 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع 10 6.25 9.5 9.8 5 8.85 9.25 3.5 9.059.2 5 8.45 9.05 6.15 8.5 9.2 6.7 7.9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1357911131517192123 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع ن) يو مل بال زء (ج د راي لو الك ز ركي ت ) معدالت المواد الصلبة الذائبة لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل أشهر الدراسة5شكل ( ) لشهر حزيران لم تدخل في الرسم البياني (لكبر المدى بين اصغر قيمة وأعالها).2* قيمة الموقع ( ) معدالت األوكسجين المذاب لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل أشهر الدراسة6شكل ( 67 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 1.65 273 10.51.15 70 1.80.2 198 2.45 1132 4.70.95 260.5 2.61.42.9 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1357911131517192123 * 6840 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع ن جي كس ألو ي ل يو لح ب ا طل مت ال يز ترك ن) يو مل بال زء (ج 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع *1498 4.315 5.4 8.65 5.7 12.2 1.55 6.65 22.35 1.45 4.5 13.05 4.254.7 8.85 0.65 3.9 1 0 5 10 15 20 25 1234567891011121314151617181920212223 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع ن) يو مل بال زء (ج ت ترا الن ز ركي ت 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع أشهر الدراسة) معدالت المتطلب الحيوي لألوكسجين لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل 7شكل ( ).لم تدخل في الرسم البياني (لكبر المدى بين اصغر قيمة وأعالها ) لشهر حزيران2* قيمة الموقع ( ) معدالت النترات لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل أشهر الدراسة8شكل ( ).لم تدخل في الرسم البياني (لكبر المدى بين اصغر قيمة وأعالها ) لشهر حزيران2* قيمة الموقع ( 68 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 0.145 0.555 0.0605 0.255 0.905 0.145 0.48 1 0.0750.12 1.01 0.255 0.12 1.1 0.1350.150.13 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1357911131517192123 3الموقع 2 الموقع 1 الموقع *1498 ن) يو مل بال زء (ج ت سفا فو ال يز ترك 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 األشهر/ المواقع ) معدالت الفوسفات لمياه المواقع الثالثة خالل أشهر الدراسة9شكل ( ).لم تدخل في الرسم البياني (لكبر المدى بين اصغر قيمة وأعالها ) لشهر حزيران2* قيمة الموقع ( 69 مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 test of the treatment unit efficiency, in soap and detergents factory , in improving the quality of industrial waste water. h. i. mohammed , s.f. bassat department of biology , college education –ibn ai-haitham , university of baghdad . received in:20 november 2011 accepted in: 11 january 2012 abstract this study which was carried out from jan /2010 to jan/2011,evolution of the efficiency of treatment unit of al-ameen factory , a subsidiary of vegetable oils general company in alza,faraniya /sa,idea district /south of baghdad ,via examing the waters coming out of treatment unit and the role of this unit in improving waters quality , especially in physical and chemical characteristics to be main factors in studying water's quality, such as temperature c°,ph,ec,do,bod5,no3,tds,po4-3. the results showed that the characteristics of treated treated water excepte of the ec factor were within the acceptable limits,in spite of the high concentration entering the unit . this confirms the role of the unit in improving the tested characteristics key words: treatment units , pollution ,industrial ,wastes. حلى إسماعيل محمد .صباح فرج باصات قسم علوم الحياة -كلية التربية -ابن الهيثم -جامعة بغداد استلم البحث في: 20 تشرين الثاني 2011 قبل البحث في: 11 كانون الثاني 2012 الخلاصة تناولت الدراسة التي امتدت من شهر كانون الثاني 2010 إلى شهر حزيران 2010 تقويم كفاية وحدة المعالجة التابعة لمصنع الأمين التابع للشركة العامة للزيوت النباتية في منطقة الزعفرانية /ناحية سعيدة/ جنوب مدينة بغداد في تحسين نوعية مياه الصرف الصناعي وذلك... المقدمة درجة الحرارة درجة الأس الهيدروجيني ph التوصيلية الكهربائيةec التوصيلية تعتمد مقياسا لمعرفة نوعية المياه والحكم عليها من حيث درجات التلوث,لأنها تعبر عن المجموع الكلي لتركيز المواد المتأنية المذابة في الماء [7] ومن الشكل (4) نلاحظ إن قيم التوصيلية تراوحت 681 إلى 52030 مايكروسمنس/سم وبزيادات عالية في المحطة (2... المواد الصلبة الذائبةt.d.s تراوحت قيم المواد الصلبة الذائبة بين (9730-363) جزء بالمليون وكما هو موضح بالشكل(5)إن أعلى القيم سجلت في المحطة (2),إذ ان مياه مخلفات هذه الصناعة ذو محتوى عضوي عال تشمل الأحماض الدهنية الناتجة في استعمال الدهون مثل الستيارين, وزيت عباد الشمس، ... الأوكسجين الذائب والمتطلب الحيوي للأوكسجين do and bod5 فيما يخص الموقعين (1) و(3) كانت المياه ذا تهوية جيدة، إذ لم تنخفض قيم الأوكسجين الذائب عن (7.9) جزء بالمليون أما الموقع (2) فقد انخفضت إلى (3.5) جزء بالمليون وقد يعزى ذلك إلى المحتوى العضوي العالي للمياه الواصلة إلى الوحدة فضلاً عن درجة الحرارة... النترات no3 تراوحت قيم النترات بين 0.65 أقل قيمة سُجلت في النقطة (3) و88 جزء بالمليون سُجلت في النقطة(2)، إذ كانت ضمن الحدود المسموح بها والمقدرة بـ 50ملغم/لتر ما عدا شهر حزيران، وان هذا الانخفاض بين الموقعين المذكورين يعكس كفاية وحدة المعالجة في تقل... الفوسفات po43 أما قيم الفوسفات فتراوحت بين (2.5,0.0605) جزء بالمليون وسُجلت أعلاها في الموقع(2) وهذا باعتقادنا ناتج عن المواد المستعملة في المنظفات ولاسيما مادة phosphate sodium tripolyالذي يستعمل في صناعة المنظفات، إذ يعمل مادة ميسرة للماء تمنع إعادة ترسيب ... ومن ملاحظة معدلات القيم للمواقع خلال مدة الدراسة يتضح ان هناك انخفاضاً في قيم غالبية العوامل المقاسة في المحطة (3) عما هو عليه في المحطة (2) وقد يعزى ذلك إلى كفاية مراحل المعالجة[16] كما أن قيم غالبية العوامل المقاسة كانت ضمن الحدود المسموح بها محل... 184 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 abstract a watermark is a pattern or image defined in a paper that seems as different shades of light/darkness when viewed by the transmitted light which used for improving the robustness and security. there are many ways to work watermark, including the addition of an image or text to the original image, but in this paper was proposed another type of watermark is add curves, line or forms have been drawn by interpolation, which produces watermark difficult to falsify and manipulate it. our work suggests new techniques of watermark images which is embedding cubic-spline interpolation inside the image using bit plane slicing. the peak to signal noise ratio (psnr) and mean square error (mse) value is calculated so that the quality of the original image before and after the data embedding is evaluated. keywords: watermark, cubic-spline interpolation (csi), bit plane slicing (bps), mean square error (mse) and peak signal to noise ratio (psnr). 1. introduction grayscale of a digital image is an image in which the color information for each pixel is a monochrome signal. this type of image is usually colored by grayscale in varying degrees between black at the weakest color and white color for the strongest color tones. it consists of 8 bits or 255 levels, any type of data can be embedded in one of these bits which makes the composite image look the same as the original image but may actually include a hidden image or a hidden message, one of the embedding methods is called "watermark" [1].in general, the watermark is only a shadow of a picture with a slight change in darkness/lightness of the image. in this paper, we have been proposed a new method of creating the watermark. rather than create the watermark in traditional methods which insert image or text inside an image, the watermark does create from cubic-spline curve that is embedded inside the image using bit plane slicing. the goal of a watermark is to achieve the legitimacy, reliability, integrity of data and ownership marks, control determinants, content protection. new techniques of watermark images using bit plane slicing and cubic-spline interpolation ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index article history: received in 28 february 2019, accepted 25 april 2019, publish september 2019 department of public relations,university of al iraqia, baghdad, iraq. huda_iraq81@yahoo.com huda dheyauldeen najeeb doi:10.30526/32.3.2295 mailto:huda_iraq81@yahoo.com 185 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 2. related work with the development of watermark techniques, the means of attacking have evolved to try to delete them or modify them to achieve the illegitimate copies. there are numbers of studies about ramchandra dare [2] . proposed method, first decomposing an original image into wavelet coefficients, then, embedding watermark through the algorithm. mayukh das [3]. presented an effective method to embed text using bit plane and inside grayscale images. prajanto wahyu adi [4]. presented a new approach to improve crt watermark by using interpolated wavelet coefficient for determining the appropriate location to embed on the host image. 3. watermark watermark is a new field of security whose task is to verify the relativity of digital information spread across different means of information transmission. it protects the static digital image or moving images from theft or hacking. it gives the legitimate owner of the files estimated to verify that these files are legitimate copies or have been changed without authorization from their owner [5]. watermark technology hides an image inside the original image to protect it from manipulation and losing data. grayscale of a digital image consists of 8 bits per pixel, let's call it "pi", some of these bits remain unchanged (call unch) while the remaining bits (pi-nuch = ch) that are used to embed the watermark as shown in figure 1. [6]. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 figure 1. bit information of a pixel for watermarking. 4. cubic-spline interpolation the objective of cubic spline interpolation is to obtain an interpolation formula that is continuous in both the first and second derivatives, both within the intervals and at the interpolating nodes [7]. the simplest form of spline interpolation is a linear interpolation. the curved form is a straight line connecting the boundaries of the partial areas, i.e. the focal points, which constitutes a broken curve. but most studies, especially physical ones, require certain properties in the curve, such as being smooth satin, in other words requiring continuity and the ability to derive. to derive a mathematical model of a cubic spline, suppose the data are {(xi , fi)}i n = 0 ,where, as for linear splines [8]. from the (n) point can be defined curve. the greater the number of points, the more accurate the representation of the curve [9]. a = x0 < x1 <…< xn = b , ℎ ≡ 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖|𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥𝑖−1|. a cubic spline 𝑠3,𝑛(𝑥) is a c 2 piecewise cubic polynomial. this means that:  s3,n(x) is piecewise cubic; that is, between consecutive knots xi , one pixel ( pi = 8 bits ) unchanged bits watermarking bits 186 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 𝑠3,𝑛(𝑥) = { 𝑝1 (𝑥) = 𝑎1 + 𝑏1𝑥 + 𝑐1𝑥 2 + 𝑑1𝑥 3, 𝑥 ∈ [𝑥0,𝑥1], 𝑝2 (𝑥) = 𝑎2 + 𝑏2𝑥 + 𝑐2𝑥 2 + 𝑑2𝑥 3, 𝑥 ∈ [𝑥1,𝑥2], . . . 𝑝𝑛 (𝑥) = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐𝑛𝑥 2 + 𝑑𝑛𝑥 3, 𝑥 ∈ [𝑥𝑛−1,𝑥𝑛];  𝑠3,𝑛(𝑥) is a c 2 ; that is, 𝑠3,𝑛(𝑥) is continuous and has continuous first and second derivatives everywhere in the interval [a,b], in particular, at the knots. 5. bit plane slicing digitally, an image is represented in terms of pixels. these pixels can be expressed in bits. the grayscale image contains an eight-bit binary value; hence an image can be sliced up into 8-bit planes which give a sequence of binary images. in figure 2. we can see that a grayscale image "man" is considered as a combination of eight bit-planes where each bit-plane can be represented by a binary matrix. plane 1 contains the lowest order bit of all the pixels in the image, while plane 8 contains the highest order bit of all the pixels in the image [10]. figure 2. bps of a grayscale image "man". 6. mean square error and peak signal to noise ratio mes is the measurement of mean square error between both cover and stego image. its value should be minimization while psnr used for measure the quality of stego image. its value should be high. both of them are standard measurement used in steganography technique for the sake of test the quality of the stego images. mse is computed as follows: [11,12] mse = 1 nm ∑ ∑ [x(i, j) − y(i, j)]2m−1j=0 n−1 i=o (1) image x which is n×m monochrome with noisy approximation y. where: psnr = 10log10 2552 mes (2) b3 b 5 b7 187 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 7. proposed method the proposed work is making watermark by using bps and one types of interpolation called cubic-spline. in this work, we first determine whether to embed one or two csi in the original image. then determine the value of bit plane to embed the csi in the original image which is from 5 to 8 to create a final image. flowchart 1. proposed system design. start read original image convert original image to 8-bit stream no = number of cubic-spline interpolation that need to embed in original image no1=1 if no > 0 create cubic-spline curve enter the number (n) of bit plane from 5 to 8 and n ≠ no1 read ( n ) no1 = n decrement no s = 1 s≤ size of cubicspline use bit plane slicing to embed the cubicspline in original image in n bit increment s calculate mes & psnr no end create watermark image no yes 188 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 8. results this model has implemented in matlab 2013a using bps technique. we used tif images as the original image and csi as an embedded image to get tif images which represent watermark image. first experiment we have created two csi, the first one has been embedded inside grayscale image "tech.tif" and the second interpolation has been embedded inside grayscale image "map.tif". both of them using embed algorithm which must determine the value of bit plane to embed the csi in the original image which is from 5 to 8 to create a final image "watermark.tif". second experiment both of these interpolations have been embedded inside grayscale image "tiger.tif." using embed algorithm which embedded the csi in the original image which in bit 6 and 7 sequentially to create a final image "watermark. tif". then we calculate both mes and psnr to know the quality of the resulting image by comparing it with the original image. figure 4.tech image with its histogram. figure 3. first cubic-spline which will be embedded. 189 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 5.watermark images with them histogram where first cubic-spline was been embedded in, where shows all possibilities of watermark image when the value of bit plane from 5 to 8. table 1. mse and psnr results obtained different between the original image (tech) and the final image (watermark). figure 7. map image with its histogram. figure 6.second cubic-spline which will be embedded. psnr and mse the number of bit plane which will be embedded in psnr 28.6387 mse: 88.963 5 psnr 22.6615 mse: 352.32 6 psnr 18.4098 mse: 937.77 7 psnr 7.4705 mse: 11642 8 190 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 figure 8. watermark images with them histogram where second cubic-spline was been embedded in, where shows all possibilities of watermark image when the value of bit plane from. 5 to 8. 191 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 table 2. shows the results of mse and psnr obtained different between the original image (map) and the final image (watermark). figure 9. original image (tiger) and watermark image with them histogram where both of csi were been embedded in, bit plane 6 and 7. table 3.mse and psnr obtained different between the original image (tiger) and the final image (watermark). 9. conclusion watermark is a shadow image with changing in darkness/lightness of the image. watermarks can be visible or invisible which embedded within the image. visible watermarks are using for protecting document copyrights and also using as logos, however, the invisible watermarks are using to security for example securities, stamps or passports. also watermarking can be applying in forensic wherever the image should be protecting from the manipulate during transport or reception via wireless channels (noiseless as well as noisy).this work is implemented successfully when we used tif images with various interpolation of cubic-spline where embedded in any bit from 5 to 8, but when the values of bit equal 6 or more mse becomes bigger while pnsr becomes smaller. finally, we conclude psnr and mse the number of bit plane which will be embedded in psnr 28.6387 mse: 88.963 5 psnr 22.6615 mse: 352.32 6 psnr 18.4098 mse: 937.77 7 psnr 7.4705 mse: 11642 8 psnr and mse the number of bit plane which will be embedded in psnr 13.1388 mse: 3156.4 6 and 7 192 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (3) 2019 that the proposed approach gives a new technique for security when embedding more than one csi inside a grayscale image. references 1. kusuma, p.; archana, a. techniques and analysis for image watermarking using inverted bit planes and coding. international journal of electrical. electronics and computer systems (ijeecs).2016, 4, 8, 8086. 2. ramchandra, d.a. technique of watermarking using wavelet. conference: international conference on recent advances in mathematical sciences and applications.2009, 420 427. 3. mayukh, d. an effective method to hide texts using bit plane extraction. iosr journal of computer engineering.2015, 17, 2, 17-23. 4. prajanto, w. feature image watermarking based on bicubic interpolation of wavelet coefficients using crt. communication & information technology.2017, 11, 2, 93–99, doi: 10.21512/commit.v11i2.3870. 5. gong, s.; liu, c. chapter 9. modeling and optimization in science and technologies.2018, 329349, doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-77223-3_9. 6. dipalee, b. new robust lsb steganographic technique for increased security. international journal of engineering research and general science.2015, 3, 2, 112-116, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/280150706. 7. gray, d. interpolating cubicsplines.1st edition springer-verlag new york inc.1999, isbn-10: 0817641009. 8. thomas, i. introduction to cubic spline interpolation with examples in python. usa. 2018, isbn-10:1987487370. 9. george, w. an energy-minimization framework for monotonic cubic spline interpolation, journal of computational and applied mathematics.2001, 143 , 145-188, doi: 10.1016/s03770427(01)00506-4 10. chandra, m.; sai, v. data hiding using bit plane complexity segmentation steganography. international journal of engineering & technology. 2018, 7, 2, 33-36, doi: 10.14419/ijet.v7i2.20.11740. 11. huda, n. artificial neural network for tiff image compression. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 30, 1, 246-261. 12. özcan, c.; kemal, t. improvement of lsb based image steganography.rw212th international conference on communication and signal processing (iccsp).2017, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/322764594. 13. tawfiq, l.n.m.; hussein, a. a.t. design feed forward neural network to solve singular boundary value problems. isrn applied mathematics.2013, 2013, 1-8. 14. tawfiq, l.n.m.; oraibi, y. a. fast training algorithms for feed forward neural networks. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017, 26, 1, 275-280. https://www.geos.ed.ac.uk/~yliu23/docs/lect_spline.pdf https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=utf8&text=thomas+i.+maindl&search-alias=books&field-author=thomas+i.+maindl&sort=relevancerank https://www.researchgate.net/publication/322764594 http://downloads.hindawi.com/journals/isrn.applied.mathematics/2013/650467.pdf http://downloads.hindawi.com/journals/isrn.applied.mathematics/2013/650467.pdf http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/534 http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/article/view/534 130 fully automated magnetic resonance detection and segmentation of brain using convolutional neural network atheel sabih shaker computer engineering techniques, baghdad college of economic sciences university baghdad, iraq. atheel.sabih@baghdadcollege.edu.iq abstract the brain's magnetic resonance imaging (mri) is tasked with finding the pixels or voxels that establish where the brain is in a medical image the convolutional neural network (cnn) can process curved baselines that frequently occur in scanned documents. next, the lines are separated into characters. the convolutional neural network (cnn) can process curved baselines that frequently occur in scanned documents case of fonts with a fixed mri width, the gaps are analyzed and split. otherwise, a limited region above the baseline is analyzed, separated, and classified. the words with the lowest recognition score are split into further characters x until the result improves. if this does not improve the recognition score, contours are merged and classified again to check the change in the recognition score. the features for classification are extracted from small fixed-size patches over neighboring contours and matched against the trained deep learning representations this approach enables tesseract to easily handle mri sample results broken into multiple parts, which is impossible if each contour is processed separately hard to read! try to split sentences. the cnn inception network seems to be a suitable choice for the evaluation of the synthetic mri samples with 3000 features, and 12000 samples of images as data augmentation capacities favors data that is similar to the original training set and thus unlikely to contain new information content with an accuracy of 98.68%. the error is only 1.32% with the increasing the number of training samples, but the most significant impact in reducing the error can be made by increasing the number of samples. keywords: technological treatment, deep learning, machine learning, convolutional neural networks, magnetic resonance, brain. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.4.2710 article history: received 1, august, 2021, accepted 26, september, 2021, published in october 2021. mailto:atheel.sabih@baghdadcollege.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 131 1. introduction it provides us with an overview of several related areas of research. since no other algorithms have been proposed that exactly match our goal, many similar tasks are examined, especially the detection and text extraction from brains, and the detection of objects in scanned images and the classification of forms. in general, these algorithms consist of detecting brain-like objects, followed by the extraction of information in the form of human-readable text, similar to what we aim to do the new image, which may only contain a part of the brain, is matched to the existing one, and the mri is executed again. this multi-view approach ensures robust text extraction when occlusions or reflections are present 'as mentioned in [1]. the final output of the algorithm consists of the detected brain type, the recognized text, its position on the brain, as well as its confidence. the goal of the practical task is to create a prototype of a deep learning application that allows the user to acquire images, on which the previously listed steps to extract the content are performed. deep learning is a machine learning method that similarly solves problems to how a human brain solves problems. this past decade it has become an x powerful instrument for solving various tasks such as speech recognition, language processing, and numerous imaging tasks. it has also opened up many possibilities for more accurate tools x such as prediction, segmentation, and analysis of medical images [2]. deep learning methods are also relatively easy to deploy, and a deep learning architecture that is built for one task can be trained to work, as we show in table 1. table 1: table for predicting the training process for the architecture. batch training yes batch normalization scalable batch size moderate deep learning will learn how to determine the brain masks based on a training set of already segmented brain masks with little tuning required. ren et al. [3] introduce a method for brain stripping that uses a fully convolutional neural network. their method is compared with six existing brain stripping methods on three different data sets. it performs better than all of the conventional methods in some metrics also says that its method should work well on other medical image modalities in contrast to the existing methods. all of the patients in the data set have brain tumors. the existing solutions that are not based on deep learning do not handle this well. therefore, it would be interesting to see if deep learning can be used to tackle this problem. in [4] they showed that their deep learning provided method was better compared to existing brain stripping methods at handling images of patients with tumors in their data set consequently, this research aims to explore if deep learning methods can handle the tumor data from the data set adequately. there are varying amounts of data in the three data sets used in this paper. there are many more mri images in the data from the hospital compared to the other two data sets. this unbalanced composition of the data sets can cause problems for deep learning methods. it can cause problems such as the deep learning methods being ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 132 very good at predicting data from the most extensive data set but poorer on data sets with the images. magnetic resonance imaging (mri) is an imaging technique that is regularly used for taking images used for medical analysis. the images are obtained by using a strong magnetic field to align hydrogen atoms inside the body. radiofrequency energy from the machine is then used to excite the hydrogen atoms [5]. after the machine stops emitting radiofrequency energy, the hydrogen atoms return to their resting state, causing the atoms to emit energy. the energy is then read by antennas inside the mri machine. as we show in figure 1, we also show an example of a simple neural network with three layers in figure 2. figure 1. blue marks where the brain is in the mri scan figure 2. example of a simple neural network with three layers. 1.1.purpose of study the overall goal for this study will be to explore further deep learning applied to mri of brain stripping, especially on data from the hospitals. another goal for this paper will be to examine how different hardware configurations impact the training time of different cnns [6]. also, this paper will test if these deep learning methods can be used to do segmentation. based on the problem description in the previous section and the goals, the following research question (rq) have been defined and will be addressed in this paper: q 1. how important are different deep learning architectures to train on data from the same source before performing brain stripping? q 2. how important is the balance between the amount of data in each data set for deep learning architectures when doing brain stripping? q 3. is it important for deep learning architectures to have mri scans with the same voxel ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 133 size when performing brain stripping? σ(z) = max (0, z) (1) with equation (1) the neuron outputs its computed value if it is over zero; otherwise, it outputs zero. a good and non-biased segmentation method for brain stripping is ,therefor, a very valuable tool. a neural network is trained by giving it example cases and their corresponding solutions. the network computes the prediction and the loss for the example cases. 1.2. back training the network can update its parameter after seeing more than one example. this is called batch training. when batch training is used, the network is fed a batch of example cases; the loss is computed and averaged for the batch. the number of examples fed into the network is called the batch size. since the loss is averaged over a set of example cases, it becomes a more accurate estimation of how close the network’s function is to the problem’s underlying function instead of just one example case. the updates to the parameters are therefore more stable. consequently, the network can learn more smoothly [7]. a more significant learning rate can also be used when larger batch size is used. 1.3. optimizers there are different alternatives to plain backpropagation for training neural networks. ling, h [8], provides an overview of some of the alternatives. using momentum, the updates can be estimated to be larger or lower for the parameters for each update step. it does this by adding a fraction of the last update to the current update value. it approximates future values of the parameters to be updated. then it uses this to update the parameters. 1.4. aim of study a system for real-time brain recognition using deep earning-based cnn technique. the study is designed and implemented a complete real-time magnetic resonance system based on deep learning. the system broadcasts the location and mr detection of the brain through a deep learning based approach and can be used by other applications. an inexpensive way to generate accurate labeled data using cnn for magnetic resonance samples. we use deep learning to easily generate labeled data using the aligned rgb and depth images. we found this expensively and through deep learning, developers can generate their customized system without difficulty. another advantage of our approach is that the system uses actual raw depth mr images as training samples. these naturally capture realistic noise such as shadows and hardware noise. using computer-generated graphics are very difficult to simulate these noisy effects. note that the end-users do need to use deep learning; they are only used in training. a computational insight about the convolutional neural network (cnn) based data model. to the best of our knowledge, there seems to be literature comparing svm and random forest from a computational perspective. we provide an indepth complexity analysis of the two methods rather than merely reporting experimental accuracy as done in most machine learning literature extensive experimental evaluations of the system we conduct extensive experiments evaluating the effectiveness of the random ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 134 forest classifier by systematically exploring a large space of parameters. interesting results lead to a deeper understanding of cnn. 2.related work researchers in [9] propose an algorithm for rectangular segment objects that may overlap and are placed on a lightly textured background with unknown color, which is the usual output of scanner preview images. the authors in [10] aim at detecting the background color, which is challenging when the image consists primarily of differently colored foreground objects, but it allows them to segment the objects more easily. to retrieve the background color, they first separate the image into line segments with the same tinby calculating the neighboring color differences. under the assumption that the background color segments are long, a voting scheme is used to extract possible background colors. for each background color candidate, the edge strength at the boundaries to non-background colors is calculated. the authors observed that the gradient between background and object colors is larger than it is between foreground colors and that the number of edge pixels correlates with the number of foreground objects. therefore, they determine the true background color by only using line segments that exceed a certain length, are of the most frequent color, and have many edge points with high gradient values, as mentioned in [11]. connected components are extracted and used to fit lines from these edge pixels, with weights derived from the edge strength. neighboring pixels located in the direction of the line are added until a stopping criterion is reached orthogonal lines are used to calculate the corners of the objects and the line segments that form the rectangle. to eliminate wrong line segments, the median and mean color differences between foreground and background along the line segments are calculated and used to derive the parameters of a score function from many automatically generated images. next, for each rectangle candidate, the same values used for line fitting and a score that relates to the number of background pixels in the rectangle are input into a support vector machine (svm) classifier, which determines if the rectangle candidate is a proper object or not. to find better matches, the rectangle candidates are also shifted in the local neighborhood. a candidate is accepted when at most 10% of the pixels inside the rectangle are classified as background. in summary, all approaches are specifically designed to be fast and detect potentially imperfect rectangular objects with possible overlap or missing corners. however, they rely on the uniform background color, which also must be distinct from the majority of the content found in the foreground objects. our application usually does not satisfy both conditions, as brains are mounted on arbitrary background, and unknown lighting conditions may cause significant brightness changes. also, the color of the brain is not necessarily different from the background. hence, the only way of distinguishing them from the background is by the border of the brain 3.methodology an efficient rectangle detection system is intended to be used on mobile devices. first, they extract the edge map using the canny edge detector. the threshold parameters are automatically selected. to improve the robustness and increase speed, all edges produced by text are removed. consequently, a lower number of lines need to be processed. they do this by extracting connected components and calculating the bounding box for each one. the ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 135 aspect ratio, height of the bounding box, and a number of pixels about the bounding area are used as filtering criteria next, the filtered image is used to extract lines by applying the hough transform. suppose their angle does not differ more than fourteen degrees, two lines from a line bundle, accounting for some perspective distortion. the authors then group line bundles to rectangle hypotheses if all line intersections are inside the image. finally, they compute the edge support on the dilated edge image, where the most dominant rectangle hypothesis with the highest edge support is the resulting rectangle. the edge map is dilated to increase robustness against camera distortions, causing lines that are not completely straight. a more generic approach to extracting rectangles using a windowed hough transform is proposed. they use a ring-shaped sliding window, where the outer diameter approximately equals the size of the largest and the inner diameter the size of the smallest rectangle that can be detected. next, the hough transform of the region under the sliding window is calculated, where the discretization depends on the outer ring diameter. to detect the peaks in a robust manner, a modified butterfly evaluator is applied to the accumulator. to retrieve the lines, the accumulator is pnsr, as shown in equation (1) down below. 𝑃𝑁𝑆𝑅 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖,𝑡|𝑀𝑅𝐼|𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑙 𝑛𝑜𝑖𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑛+𝑡𝑒𝑠𝑡 (1) several schematic drawings are also frequently present, which results in a large number of lines that cannot be easily removed beforehand. with the examined approaches, grouping and checking the hypotheses is time-consuming. the printed lines inside the brain may also exhibit stronger edge characteristics than the actual separation between the brain and the background, thus leading to wrong detection results. 3.1 software implementation an approach that employs deep learning approaches and applies to forms without tables or tabular structures is developed in matlab. they use different primitives that occur on forms, such as text, lines, vertical distances between adjacent rows, intents (positive and negative), and nine types of corners encoded into a string by iterating over the objects that are sorted by their vertical position. the number of common tokens of the learned blank and the new incoming form is counted with and without the text blocks and combined into a score to match a new document. 3.2. material and methods a convolutional neural network consists of many layers, where each layer is trained on a different subset of the training set. the elements in the subsets are generated by bagging, which chooses elements randomly and with restitution. therefore, a sample may appear multiple times. when training the layers, a random subset of the features in the feature vector is used to split the samples for each node. in our case, the number of features used for the splits is half the square root of all features. from all calculated splits, the one that causes the most significant decrease of entropy and, therefore, the largest information gain of the label histogram is used. in our case, the learning is completed if cnn-layers are generated or the estimated classification error is smaller than 1%. the error is estimated during training by classifying samples that were not chosen by the bagging procedure. the layers in the ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 136 convolutional neural network are not pruned. for classification, each tree generates a result from the input data, and a majority vote is used to derive the final class label. figure 3: architecture of neural network approach for the segmentation of mri samples. it is shown in figure 3 that architecture of the neural network approach for the segmentation of mri samples we use convolutional neural networks because they have several advantages. we state that increasing the number of layers does not cause overfitting. therefore, a large number can be used safely, as it increases accuracy. however, with an increasing number of layers, the improvement in classification accuracy declines at a certain point. furthermore, a larger number of layers increases the time needed for training and linearly increases the time for classification. training and classification are also speedy since each tree can be processed in parallel. finally, a very important factor is classification performance. supervised deep learning compares some popular approaches, including support vector machines, boosted layers, convolutional neural networks, and others. the dataset contains mri sample for training and testing the automated system. the research concludes that there exists no universally superior algorithm, as no one excelled at each problem. their test results show that calibrated boosted layers, convolutional neural networks, and bagged layers generally deliver the best performance. the dataset was achieved from an open-source repository; the link is given by: https://openfmri.org 3.3.training of system we evaluate our use of convolutional neural networks. the research employs maximally stable extremal regions to locate brains. the brains are located by searching for some smaller areas placed within a larger one. in cnn, most of these systems are designed to detect text in natural images. since our brain images do not contain nearly as much clutter as natural images, such sophisticated approaches like mri are not needed. instead, we employ a similar mri and grouping-based approach to extract mri from samples for brain detection. we have the extracted up-right brain image and a list that contains the position, content type, and name of the areas that should be extracted. since the brain is not ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 137 always extracted perfectly, we need to adjust the given areas, to align with the brain's content. figure 4: the training and testing graph for neural network model with dropout. so in figure 4, we show the training and testing graph for neural network model with dropout, images tend to portray similar features at different spatial locations. accordingly, units with receptive fields at different locations will have the same weight vectors to extract similar features, known as parameter sharing and further reduces the dimensionality of the problem. 3.4. baseline parameters for mri the output of the first stage is an image of the same dimensions as the input image that contains the stroke width for each pixel. first, they compute the edge map of the input image using the canny edge detector and initialize all the stroke width result values to infinity. for each returned edge pixel, the gradient direction is followed until another edge pixel is found. suppose the gradient direction of the second edge pixel roughly points back to the starting pixel. in that case, all stroke width values on the line connecting them are set to the distance between the starting and the end pixel, but only if they do not already have a lower value. when all edge pixels are processed, all start pixels where an end pixel was found are revisited. the stroke width values on the lines connecting them are set to the median value of all pixels on the line. the research note that this is necessary to get correct results in corners, next, they extract connected components, where neighboring pixels are assigned to the same contour if their stroke widths are similar. these contours are filtered to retrieve text regions. a contour is discarded if the stroke width variance of its enclosed pixels is too large or when its aspect ratio or diameter to stroke width is not within a threshold. furthermore, the bounding box of a contour must be appropriately sized and not contain more than two inner contours. the resulting letters are grouped into pairs if they have a similar stroke width, height, and color and are not located too far apart. finally, the ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 138 brain pairs are merged into text lines, and word boundaries are detected using a histogram of the brain distances. 4.results the final grouped regions are obtained by applying the previous clustering steps again to the co-occurrence matrix. a cnn classifier is used to prune regions that do not have a brain-shaped object. finally, a cnn classifier is used to remove clustered regions that do not contain text. regions for the class and classifier determine whether the input region is a brain or not, as we show in figure 5 in three-stage input and segmentation mri scan. the detected text regions are grouped into brains by incorporating knowledge of the layout. input segmentation mri scan sample: 1 sample: 2 sample: 3 figure 5: the three-phase processing of mri samples from input, segmentation to the scan. the opened image is subtracted pixel-wise from the original image. since the brain width is small about the structuring element, they remain intact. the graph illustrates this for the first sample region. as the lines are not leveled, some parts of them stay for mri. however, using the same approach to remove vertical lines would also remove most of the text. to prevent this, the presence and location of borders are determined first, and only those regions are filtered. at the first 20% of the left and right sides of the image, peaks are detected. a peak is reported if 70% of all pixels in a column are black. since we assume that the text is roughly centered, the distance of the first detected peak on either side to the image border should also be approximately the same. again, the ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 139 opening result is subtracted pixel-wise from the original image. since the removed lines usually are not perfectly horizontal or vertical, some debris remains. we show table 2 results comparing the neural network and empirical residual models. cleaning and testing values are computed by comparing the predicted values to the mri scans found using the baseline dictionary neural network method. also, we show table 3 improvements at all neural network levels when the mri rotation is included with and without clean/test. in fact, the mri scan map image quality for the neural network psnr level 2.5 is relatively close to both the empirical. table 2: results comparing the neural network and empirical residual models. cleaning and testing values are computed by comparing the predicted values to the mri scans found using the baseline dictionary neural network method. synthetic model clean test clean test clean signal 0.002 0.805 0.002 0.148 neural network psnr 60 0.009 0.896 0.004 0.157 neural network psnr 40 0.003 0.937 0.006 0.161 neural network psnr 20 0.005 1.039 0.013 0.215 neural network psnr 10 0.013 1.109 0.026 0.270 neural network psnr 5 0.027 1.143 0.050 0.317 neural network psnr 2.5 0.077 0.923 0.093 0.378 neural network psnr 1.25 0.223 0.731 0.165 0.186 neural network psnr 0.625 0.492 0.642 0.266 0.209 empirical residual model [7] 0.058 0.126 0.026 0.071 table 3: we show improvements at all neural network levels when the mri rotation is included with and without clean/test. in fact, the mri scan map image quality for the neural network psnr level 2.5 is relatively close to both the empirical. synthetic model without clean with clean without test with test clean 0.805 0.556 0.148 0.322 neural network psnr 20 1.039 0.554 0.215 0.181 neural network psnr 10 1.109 0.427 0.270 0.201 neural network psnr 5 1.143 0.272 0.317 0.161 neural network psnr 2.5 0.923 0.168 0.378 0.119 neural network psnr 1.25 0.731 0.191 0.186 0.069 neural network psnr 0.625 0.642 0.243 0.209 0.113 empirical residual model [3] 0.902 0.126 0.148 0.071 5. discussion the detection of the first and last brains of the line is checked against the median bounding box contour height. if the height difference to the median contour height is larger than 25%, the bounding box does not overlap with the bounding box of the neighboring contour, and the bounding box width is smaller than 33% of the text region width, the contour is removed. at this point, the preprocessing is complete. however, the brains only consist of borders, as all processing was done on an image created by mri the gradient magnitude. such images cannot be processed by the tesseract mri. to retrieve filled brains, the original unmodified input image is adaptively mri with block size and the filtered image ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 140 is morphologically opened with a 20×15 ellipsoidal structuring element. the large black region is caused by the rust stain. the mri result for the second regions, also contains some clutter. when copying from the adaptively mri image, the opened image is used as a mask, as mentioned in [12]. the results for both regions that are passed to tesseract are everything that does not belong to a removed brain. sample of the brain image at the top right, and a new input image containing the right part of the brain at a larger magnification further, the extracted key points, the calculated matches between the images, and the location of the new image in relation to the reference brain are displayed. each completely visible region is warped into its upright position, where the size is approximately the same as in the new input image. since each region is processed and warped separately, the process can be executed in parallel, and fewer resources are needed since not the entire image must be processed. the preprocessing and mri steps, as described earlier, are executed for each new region. the results are merged with the existing ones, where for each region only the one with the highest mri confidence is kept. 6. conclusion in this novel research work, we have developed an intelligence expert system for the detection of brain mr using convolutional neural network. deep learning methods demonstrated good detection and accuracy. for the training, testing, and validation of an open-mri-based dataset for brain diseases; well-known matlab r2018b software was used for this purpose. a convolutional neural network is written with one hidden layer, 16 input neurons and two outputs either healthy or not. the data are split into train and test datasets with 70% for training,15% validation, and 15% for testing. accuracy is found to vary between 91-92% depending on the number of iteration or epochs. moreover, the cnn method can work well with, varying number of features. generally, its performance for detection purposes does not suffer from extra features, meaning that in, real-world environment they offer the possibility of using all existing data features. it was also shown that there may not be a need to create different models for brain disease detection and that one model trained on data can detect brain disease based on mr samples efficiently. the cnn inception network seems to be a suitable choice for the evaluation of the synthetic mri samples with 3000 features and 12000 samples of images as data augmentation capacities favor data that is similar to the original training set and thus unlikely to contain new information content with an accuracy of 98.68%. the error is only 1.32% with the increasing the number of training samples, but the most significant impact in reducing the error can be made by increasing the number of samples. references 1. yan, j.; lim, j. c.-s.; townsend, d. w. mri-guided brain pet image filtering and partial volume correction, physics in medicine and biology, 2015, 60, 3, 961, 2. ronneberger, o.; fischer, p.; brox, t.u-net: convolutional networks for biomedical image segmentation, in international conference on medical image computing and computer-assisted intervention. springer, 2015, 234–241. 3. ren, s.; girshick, k. he, r. et al. faster r-cnn: towards real-time object detection with region proposal networks,in advances in neural information processing ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34(4)2021 141 systems, 2015, pp. 91–99. 4. dong, c.; loy, c. c.; k. he et al., image super-resolution using deep convolutional networks,” ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 2016, 38, 2, 295–307. 5. wang, s.; z. su, l. ying et al., accelerating magnetic resonance imaging via deep learning, in biomedical imaging (isbi), 2016 ieee 13th international symposium on. ieee, 2016, 514–517. 6. kang, e.; min, j.; ye, j. c. a deep convolutional neural network using directional wavelets for low-dose x-ray ct reconstruction, arxiv preprint arxiv:1610.09736, 2016. 7. wolterink, j. m.; leiner, t.; viergever m. a. et al.,generative adversarial networks for noise reduction in low-dose ct, ieee transactions on medical imaging, 2017. 8. johnson, j.; alahi, a. ; fei-fei, l. perceptual losses for realtime style transfer and super-resolution, in european conference on computer vision. springer, 2016, 694–711. 9. ledig, c.; theis, l.; huszar, f. et al., photo-realistic single image superresolution using a generative adversarial network, arxiv preprint, 2016. 10. yang, q.; yan, p.; kalra, m. k. et al., ct image denoising with perceptive deep neural networks,” arxiv preprint arxiv:1702.07019, 2017. 11. han, y. s. ; yoo, j. ; ye, j. c. deep learning with domain adaptation for accelerated projection reconstruction mr, arxiv preprint arxiv:1703.01135, 2017. 12. oktay, o.; ferrante, e.; kamnitsas, k. et al.,anatomically constrained neural networks (acnn): application to cardiac image enhancement and segmentation, ieee transactions on medical imaging, 2017. microsoft word 73-86 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|73 determination of integrinα2 (itga2), progesterone, prolactin, estradiol, zinc and vitamin c in serum of female iraqi patients with breast cancer hazima mossa al-abassi dept. of biology / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / baghdad university asmaa m. salih almohaidi college of science for women / baghdad university amenah ali raheem almusawi amna.ali.amona@gmail.com dept. of biology / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) / baghdad university abstract cancer is the second leading cause of death throughout the world. breast cancer, is one of the leading mortality reasons in women from western countries, in iraq, breast cancer is the second reason of death after cardiovascular diseases. the study was carried out of period from october/2016-january /2017 and included (90) serum samples for iraqi women suffered from breast cancer. samples were divided into two groups, the first group included (66) patients (females) their age rang (22-55) years which attended to (tumor unit) at medical city educational oncology hospital and al-amal al-waatanii hospital in baghdad, the second group included (38) for females apparently healthy their age (22-55) were studied as a control group. all patients women which included in this study were enrolled to a diagnostic criteria which made according to clinical, mamografical, histological finding. all of them were early diagnosed (without treatment). the disease was diagnosed by consultant medical staff at the hospital. three (3ml) of peripheral blood has been drawn from both understudying groups, serum isolated and placed in eppendorf tube in deep freeze (-20) until used. to determin the understudying hormones (progesterone, prolactin and estradiol), eliza technique has been used while vitamin c and zinc were determined sepctrophotometricly. by elisa technique (itga2) recorded a non-significant differences in patients. progesterone recorded a significantly increasing in patients (p<0.01). prolactin showed a higher significantly increasing in patients (p< 0.01), while estradiol serum level recorded a higher significantly decreasing (p<0.01) in patients. the result of biochemistry study part which included zinc and vitamin c, zinc recorded a highest significantly decreasing (p<0.01) in patients, as well as vitamin c recorded a significantly decreasing (p<0.05) in patients. according to the significant correlation between the three studied factors (integrin, progesterone and vitamin c) we may conclude that increasing level of progesterone and decreasing level of vitamin c may effect integrin expression in a downregulation manner and perhaps breast cancer occurring and prognosis. keywords: breast cancer, integrinα2, progesterone, prolactin, estradiol, zinc vitamin c. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|74 1. introduction cancer is the second leading cause of death throughout the world. breast cancer is one of the leading mortality reasons in women from western countries. in iraq, breast cancer is the second reason of death after cardiovascular diseases [1]. breast cancer is a type of cancer producing from breast tissue, usually from the inner lining of milk ducts, or lobules that must provide the ducts with milk [2]. there were (3763) cases of breast cancer with incidence rate about (23.01) per 100,000 female population in 2011, compared to (16.65) per 100,00 female populations in 2008 in iraq [1]. integrin α2β1 is play an important role in cancer migration and invasion. in recent study it has been observed that α2β1 integrins is organize cancer metastasis either via enhancing or inhibiting the dissemination process of cancer cells. integrin α2β1 functions as a collagen receptor on platelets and fibroblastes and as both a collagen and laminin receptor on endothelial cells and most epithelial cell typs [3, 4]. the previous study revealed that the progesterone receptor pr may enhance breast cancer in women [5, 6]. prolactin (prl) stimulate proliferation of breast cancer cells proposed that the increasing in the growth of mammary carcinomas [7, 8]. estradiol concentration in the serum was obviously lower in breast cancer patient. early diagnosis for breast cancer patients is important to progress outcome, and a biomarker that can detect the disease at early stage. high concentrations of zinc (zn) have been noted in breast cancer tissue for over a decade [9] .the causative alters in zn metabolism at the molecular level have stayed elusive [10]. there is no high-quality evidence to suppose that a vitamin c supplementation in cancer patients either enhances the antitumor impacts of chemotherapy or decreases its toxicity [11]. the study aimed to: 1. to shied light on integrin α2 which may represent a therapeutic target against metastasis. 2. serological estimation of certain hormones (prolactin, progesterone, estradiol vitamin c and zinc to illustrate whether these factors have a relationship with itga2 level and with breast cancer risk. 2. material and method 2.1. samples collection the study was carried out at the period from october/2016 to january /2017 and included (90) serum samples for iraqi women suffered from breast cancer. samples were divided into two groups, the first group included (66) patients (females) their age rang (22-55) years which attended to (tumor unit) at medical city educational oncology hospital and alamal al-waatnii hospital in baghdad, the second group included (38) for females apparently healthy their age (22-55) were studied as a control group. all patients women which included in this study were enrolled to a diagnostic criteria which made according to clinical, mamografical, histological finding. all of them were early diagnosed (without treatment). the disease was diagnosed by consultant medical staff at the hospital. three (3ml) of peripheral blood has been drawn from both understudying groups, serum isolated and placed in eppendorf tube in deep freez (-20) until used. to determine the understudying hormones (progesterone, prolactin and estradiol), eliza technique has been used while vitamin c and zinc were determined sepctrophotometricly . 2.2. carried out by using eliza kite human integrin alpha-2 was purchased from cusabio, china stored at 4◦cprogesterone ng/ml was purchased from accubind , usa stored at -4◦c prolactin ng/ml ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|75 was purchased from human , germany stored -4◦c was purchased from bioactive, germany storied at -4◦c estradiol pg/ml stored at-4◦c itaonline, italy, zinc µg/dl was purchased from ascorbic acid assay was purchased from szakits ,usa stored at -4◦c 2.3. statistical analysis in order to analyze the result, the statistical analysis systemsas (2012) program was used to study the effect of different factor in study parameters. type of statistical including lsd test, t test was used to significant compare between means in this study. estimate of correlation coefficient between difference variables sas [12]. 3. results and discussion 3.1. serological and biochemistry study 3.1.1. integrin alpha 2 (itga2 ng/ml) level in serum in present study as shown in table .1 the result of integrin alpha -2 level serum showed a non-significant increasing in patients group (25.17 ± 1.15) compared to control (24.20 ± 2.03). by using a statistical testing (t test). table (1): serum level of itga2 ng/ml in patients and control the group no. mean ± se of itga2 patients 64 25.17 ± 1.15 control 24 24.20 ± 2.03 t-test --4.686 ns p-value --0.6798 ns: non-significant. integrin is formation of non-covalent, heterodimeric complexes of an α and β subunit [13]. α2β1 integrin functions as a collagen receptor on platelets and fibroblasts and as both a collagen and laminin receptor on endothelial cells and most epithelial cells kinds [3, 4] .the integrin alpha 2 beta 1 play an important role in cell migration ,cell invasion in to collagen and integrin have also important role in signal transduction ,integrin alpha 2 beta 1 has addition capacity of boosting cell proliferation depending on the kind and physical state of collagenous matrix [14]. although there were a lot of study which asses the concentration of integrin alpha 2 (itga2) as protein in tissues but this is the first time which asses its concentration in human serum (locally in iraq and universally) .the present study revealed that there was a non-significant difference in level serum of itga2 in patient as compared to control as shown in (table1),the result was disagree ding et al [15] who recorded that the lower itga2 protein level was recorded in breast cancer compared to close noncancerous breast tissues( p>0.001). in addition the previous studies recorded that phosphates of regenerating liver-3 repressed itga2 expression in ovarian cancer cells [16] and other study cox2 increased active itga2 expression during the ep1/plc/pkca2 c-sre/ nf.kb signal transduction cells [17]. 3.1.2. serum levels of hormones in this study the mean of progesterone concentration in serum showed a significant increasing in patients (6.319±0.75) ng/ml compared to control (3.206±1.08) ng/ml (p<0.05). the prolactin recorded a highly significant increasing in patients (24.89±3.26) ng/ml compared to control group (5.833±1.41) ng/ml (p<0.01). as well as the estradiol observed a higher significant decreasing difference level in patient (540.88±17.97) pg/ml compared to control (635.79±36.03 pg/ml (p<0.01) as shown in table 2. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|76 table (2): compare between patients and control in levels of hormones the group mean ± se progesterone ng/ml prolactin ng/ml estradiol pg/ml patients 6.319 ± 0.75 24.89 ± 3.26 540.88 ± 17.97 control 3.206 ± 1.08 5.833 ± 1.41 635.79 ± 36.03 t-test 2.932 * 11.734 ** 75.298 ** p-value 0.0378 0.0018 0.0114 * (p<0.05) significant, ** (p<0.01) ,high significant . 3.1.2. progesterone level in serum the present study showed a significant increasing in level serum of progesterone hormone in patients (6.319 ± 0.75) as compared with control (3.206 ± 1.08) under p<0.05. progesterone is one of ovarian steroid hormones, previous studies have found that progesterone hormone is very important as a risk factor for breast cancer occurring in mice [18]. as well as it has been recorded that progesterone receptor (pr) expression is utilized as biomarker of estrogen receptor –α (erα) function and as a biomarker of breast cancer prognosis, it was also supposed that the elevated level of progesterone in serum perhaps represent a danger factor for breast cancer occurring, and it may have a role in initiation of cancer [19]. the current study was disagree with kaaks el al [20] which showed a nonsignificant association of progesterone with breast cancer danger via menstrual cycle phase or via tumor receptor status. although a possible risk increasing with the highest estradiol, dowett [21] recorded that the low levels of progesterone in obese premenopausal women are responsible for the reduction of incidence of breast cancer in these women. pervious study showed that serum progesterone levels represent a beneficial biomarker for predicting cancer histology preoperatively, which would help therapy planning while serum progesterone levels were significantly elevated in postmenopausal women with mucinous ovarian cancer . in these women [22]. 3.1.3. prolactin level in serum prolactin (prl) hormone plays a significant role in the development of the mammary gland and terminal diversity of the mammary epithelial cells [23]. the result of the present study showed that prolactin level in serum recorded a high significant increasing in patient compared to control , (so we can suggest that the increasing level of prolactin in serum linked with breast cancer .and consider it a biomarker to detect the breast cancer prognosis) as shown in (table 2). our study disagree with nyante et al [24]which showed alter serum prolactin levels were not associated with breast cancer risk ,while present study agree with tworoger [25] which supposed that prolactin in serum is positively related with breast cancer risk. as well as prl expression was significantly (p<0.01) linked with long distant metastasis–free survival in breast cancer patients [23] .our current study was agree with tikk et al [26] which suppose that there was a relation between serum level prolactin and invasive type of breast cancer to the outcome of in situ breast cancer. clendenen et al. [27] which also suppose that prolactin perhaps linked with increased danger of ovarian cancer. 3.1.4. estradiol level in serum 17β estradiol (e2) is the primary form of estrogen, a female sex hormone that is produced via the ovaries and important involved in women’s monthly menstrual cycle [28] .our study showed that the serum level estradiol (e2) was very low in breast cancer patients . our study data was agree with honma et al [8] which revealed that the estradiol level in ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|77 the serum was obviously lower in breast cancer patients .this study disagree with kakugawa et al [29]which appeared that tissue estradiol (e2) is associated with growth of receptor – positive breast cancer . also our data was disagreeing with pasqualini et al [30] who revealed that estrogen concentration are higher within breast tumor tissue than in serum. our study showed that the concentration estradiol become a lower in women with breast cancer. anthers recent study showed that a higher serum e2 level was related with an increasing danger of postmenopausal breast cancer [31]. therefore, local estrogen synthesis from circulating steroid hormone precursors via steroid-forming and steroid-inactivating enzymes may be significant to drive ovarian cancer progression in women postmenopausal [32]. 3.2. the level of trace elements in the serum the result revealed that zinc has a highly significant difference in patients (39.92 ± 3.44) µg/dl as compared with control (92.81 ± 2.69) µg/dl. zinc has a significant decreasing (p<0.01). as well as vitamin c showed a significant decreasing in patients (3.85 ± 0.48) ppm as compared with control (5.72 ± 0.49) ppm (p<0.05) as shown in table 3. table (3): compare between patients and control in levels of zinc and vitamin c. the group mean ± se zinc µg/dl vitamin. c ppm patients 39.92 ± 3.44 3.85 ± 0.48 control 92.81 ± 2.69 5.72 ± 0.49 t-test 12.641 ** 1.786 * p-value 0.0001 0.0406 * (p<0.05) significant , ** (p<0.01) high significant . 3.2.1. zinc level in serum zinc is a trace element that is pivotal for the function of several cellular process and perhaps play a serious role in cancer etiology [33]. the present study revealed that the serum level of zinc has a highest significant decreasing in patients and control, present study was agree with pavithra et al and kuo et al. [38, 34] who showed that the serum level of zinc has a significant reduction in breast cancer patients. while it was disagreeing with wu [37] which recorded a non-significant variation in serum zinc concentration between patients and control. many studies support a new idea about the role of zinc in the growth of pancreatic adenocarcinoma [35]. epstein et al [36] study was suggested that high dietary absorption of zinc was linked with reduction of prostate cancer after diagnosis. shankar and prasad which revealed zinc has an essential role in polynucleotide transcription and thus in the progress of genetic expression. zinc plays a central role in the immune system, affecting a number of aspects of cellular and humeral immunity [39]. the impairments of immune defense are so far the only clearly demonstrated sign of mild zinc deficiency in human. zinc is essential for cell proliferation, differentiation, regulation of dna synthesis and mitosis. zinc can modulate cellular signal recognition, second messenger metabolism, protein kinase and protein phosphatase activity and it may stimulate or inhibit transcription factor which required in signal transduction [40, 41]. we can suggest that the low zinc level in patient has a role in early event breast cancer occurring and it may associate with danger breast cancer type. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|78 3.2.2. vitamin c level in serum ascorbic acid was first specified in vegetables, fruits (citrus), and adrenal glands. it was at a later time named vitamin c, vitamin c is very important factor to human health. this vitamin cannot be created via humans, there for it is major that vitamin c be combined into our diet [42]. the present study showed a significant decreasing in breast cancer patient (3.85±0.48) ppm compared with control (5.72±0.49) ppm (p<0.05) as shown in (table 3). the present data was in agree with ray and girija [43,44] which showed a lower mean and se in serum level of vitamin c in patients as compared with control while it was disagree with zhang et al [46] which revealed that there was a significant relation between vitamin c intake and breast cancer risk. so we need a lot of evidence to support the idea that vitamin c may has an essential role in breast cancer occurring and its supplementation may enhance the antitumor impact of chemotherapy or reduce its toxicity [11]. harris et al. revealed that the significant increasing of vitamin c in serum level was linked with a lower danger of total death –rate and breast cancer particular death –rate [45]. 3.3. correlation coefficient of integrin α 2 itga2 and other parameters data in (table 4) showed a significant correlation coefficient ( p<0.05) among itga2 , progesterone and vitamin c while there was a non-significant correlation with other parameters (pr,es, zn, age). table (4 ):correlation coefficient between itga2 and other parameters parameters correlation coefficient –r with itga2 p-value progesterone 0.24 0.0493 * prolactin 0.02 0.905 ns estradiol 0.09 0.384 ns zinc -0.05 0.626 ns vitamin. c 0.26 0.0460 * age 0.14 0.180 ns * (p<0.05) significant, ns: non-significant. this result was agreeing with ding et al [15] who revealed that integrin α2 itga2 protein level in breast tissue was not correlation with age group, estrogen and progesterone. sklidum et al. [47] who revealed that pr has a diverse function as a cytoplasmic signaling molecule and as a nuclear transcription factor. the loss of itga2 expression was helpful for malignant progression and metastasis [15]. our data may explain the significant correlation among integrin, progesterone and vitamin c , was based on their roles whereas vitamin c regulate ecm which integrin considered one of its components, the effects of ecm are primarily mediated by integrin, a family of cell surface receptor that mediate the mechanical and chemical signals .these signals are regulate the activation of cytoplasmic kinases ,growth factor receptor, ion channels and control the organization of intracellular actin cytoskeleton. many integrin signals may regulate cell cycle, directing cell to live or die, proliferate and differentiate as well as inhibition of cell growth by activation of transcription factor (nf-kappa) affected by vitamin c. progesterone is also believe to mediate cell cycle progression through activation of cytoplasmic kinase and independently of direct regulation of transcription factors which involved in cell cycle progression; thus the loss of itga2 expression was helpful for malignant progression and metastasis. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|79 3.4. associated of all parameters with clinical histological characteristics 3.4.1. integrin as shown in table 5 which illustrated the association of all parameters with histological characteristic, there was no significant difference and the result of the tumor histological type, stage, grade, age groups were (25.04±7.67+++, 34.12±0.00+, 29.76±7.22+++, 23.82±4.96+, 27.54±6.21++, 26.03±2.96+++, 22.50±2.17+, 26.24±3.84+++, 26.22±3.75+++,33.17±5.88+++, 22.68±4.07+, 27.29±8.64++) respectively. our study showed that itga2 protein level in serum was no association with all data, this result was agreeing with ding et al [15] who revealed that itga2 protein level was not related to tnm stage, histological grad, age group. table (5): association of serum integrin α2 itga2 (ng/ml) level with clinical histological characteristics. value lsd se±mean no characteristic 17.348 ns 25.04±7.67 (+++) 34.12±0.00 (+) 67 1 histilogic subtype ductal lobular 8.048 ns 29.76±7.22 ( +++) 23.82±4.96 (+) 27.54±6.21(++) 4 46 18 grade 1 2 3 9.975 ns 26.03±2.96 (+++) 22.50±2.17 (+) 26.24±3.84 (+++) 26.22±3.75 (+++) 46 9 7 6 stage bii aii ciii aiii 14.478ns 33.17±5.88(+++) 22.68±4.07(+) 27.29±8.64(++) 16 30 22 age (25-55) less than 35 35-45 more than 45 ns :non-significant low (+), medium(++) ,high (+++) 3.4.2. progesterone the result of the present study showed a non-significant differences in association between progesterone serum level and the histological properties which included histological type ( ductal and lobular) the result of mean ± se for the progesterone serum level were (6.32 ± 2.71 , 6.12 ± 0.00) respectively, grade 1,2, 3 (6.13 ± 1.97, 5.43 ± 2.03, 8.59 ± 2.94) respectively , while there was a significant difference in association between zinc with stage ii b,ii a,iii a, iii c the result was (5.66 ± 0.81, 6.22 ± 1.04, 14.38 ± 1.16, 7.74 ± 1.13) respectively and for age group <35,35-45,> 45 the result was (2.74 ± 0.87, 5.75 ± 2.35, 5.01 ± 1.82) respectively as described in table 4-8. there is no previous studies that agree or dis agree with our finding, but according to the present result we may conclude that stage of breast cancer and age of patients affected with the level of progesterone and the most affected sub group was stage which has the highest mean (14.38 ± 1.16) and the most affected age sub group was< 35which consider the youth age. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|80 table (6): association of serum progesterone (pr) level with clinical histological characteristics pathology no mean±se lsd value histological type ductal lobular 67 1 6.32 ± 2.71 6.12 ± 0.00 11.835 ns grade 1 2 3 4 46 18 6.13 ± 1.97 5.43 ± 2.03 8.59 ± 2.94 5.490 ns stage ii b ii a iii a iii c 46 9 7 6 5.66 ± 0.81 6.22 ± 1.04 14.38 ± 1.16 7.74 ± 1.13 6.031 ns age group less than 35 35-45 more than 45 16 30 22 2.74 ± 0.87 5.75 ± 2.35 5.01 ± 1.82 9.877 ns ns (non-significant) 4.3.3. prolactin (plr) as shown in table 7 .the association of prolactin level (plr) with histological study showed a significant differences start with histological type (ductal ,lobular) were (25.14 ± 7.84, 8.99 ± 0.00) respectively , grade 1, 2, 3 (14.25 ± 2.68, 20.94 ± 2.77, 37.14 ± 5.63) respectively (p< 0.05), while it has been recorded a non-significant association between all stage i b,ii a,iii a, iii c the result was (27.49 ± 2.67, 18.41 ± 2.58, 24.73 ± 2.61, 17.73 ± 3.42) respectively, and finally for age group < 35,35-45,>45 (15.89 ± 3.78, 21.28 ± 6.52, 23.88 ± 5.94) respectively. this study was agreeing with hachim et al [23]. which it was disagree with hachim et al. [23] who estimated the concentration of prolactin in tissue and recorded an association between plr and histological outcome except the stage which showed a non-significant difference and has no association with plr level in tissue [23]. as a conclusion there was a significant linked between prolactin and prolonged distant metastasis –free survival in breast cancer patients. table (7): association of serum prl (prolactin) level with clinical histological characteristics. pathology no mean±se lsd value histological type ductal lobular 67 1 25.14 ± 7.84 8.99 ± 0.00 11.53 * grade 1 2 3 4 46 18 14.25 ± 2.68 20.94 ± 2.77 37.14 ± 5.63 13.905 * stage ii b ii a iii a iii c 46 9 7 6 27.49 ± 2.67 18.41 ± 2.58 24.73 ± 2.61 17.73 ± 3.42 28.591 ns age group less than 35 35-45 more than 45 16 30 22 15.89 ± 3.78 21.28 ± 6.52 23.88 ± 5.94 13.001 ns * p <0.05 significant, ns (non-significant) ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|81 3.4.4. estradiol as shown in table 8, there was no association between estradiol (e2) serum level with the tumor histological out come and there was no significant difference by using lsd the result was as follow, the mean ±se of e2 for the histological type ( ductal ,lobular) were (541.50± 138.2, 503.10 ± 0.00) respectively. for grade 1, 2, 3 were (477.70 ± 116.3, 535.04 ± 84.2 , 569.52 ± 136.4 ) respectively. for stage ii b,ii a,iii a, iii c were (547.06 ± 94.24 , 452.07 ± 78.12 , 563.41 ± 102.7, 496.53 ± 85.61) respectively , and finally for age group (<35,35-45,> 45) were (537.18 ± 135.9 , 553.91 ± 109.5, 528.73 ± 97.2 respectively. table (8 :) association of serum estradiol (e2) level with clinical histological characteristics. pathology no mean±se lsd value histological type ductal lobular 67 1 541.50 ± 138.2 503.10 ± 0.00 229.81 ns grade 1 2 3 4 46 18 477.70 ± 116.3 535.04 ± 84.2 569.52 ± 136.4 106.62 ns stage ii b ii a iii a iii c 46 9 7 6 547.06 ± 94.24 452.07 ± 78.12 563.41 ± 102.7 496.53 ± 85.61 129.65 ns age group less than 35 35-45 more than 45 16 30 22 537.18 ± 135.9 553.91 ± 109.5 528.73 ± 97.2 191.80 ns the present result was disagreeing with shaaban et al. [48] who showed that the er β (estradiol)in tissue recorded a significant decreasing as compared with control (p=0.009) but there was a non-significant differences in association between e2 and grade of ductal carcinoma. while fuque et al. [49] recorded a significant association between tumor grade and e2 receptor expression tissue. estradiol displayed a borderline significant heterogeneity with breast cancer risk diagnosed for age above 50 [20]. 3.4.5. zinc as shown in table 9, the result of present study showed a non-significant differences in association between zinc serum level and the histological properties which included histological type ( ductal and lobular) the result of mean ± se for the zinc serum level was (39.90 ± 8.31, 41.54 ± 0.00) respectively, grade 1,2, 3 ( 60.79 ± 16.23,39.35 ± 18.936.71 ± 16.03)respectively , while there was a significant difference in association of zinc with stage ii b,ii a,iii a, iii c 34.54 ± 4.51, 46.62 ± 7.09 , 62.60 ± 5.85,28.54 ± 5.02) respectively and age group <35,35-45,> 45 (58.51 ± 12.73, 34.06 ± 9.24, 40.95 ± 11.50) respectively p<0.05. there are no previous studies that agree or disagree with the present data, but according to the present results we may conclude that stage of breast cancer and age of patients affect with level of zinc and the most affected sub group was stage iii c which has the lowest mean (28.54 ± 5.02) and the most affected age sub group was 35-45 which consider the youth age. ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|82 table (9): association of serum zinc level with clinic histological characteristics. pathology no mean±se lsd value histological type ductal lobular 67 1 39.90 ± 8.31 41.54 ± 0.00 23.212 ns grade 1 2 3 4 46 18 60.79 ± 16.23 39.35 ± 18.9 36.71 ± 16.03 24.688 ns stage ii b ii a iii a iii c 46 9 7 6 34.54 ± 4.51 46.62 ± 7.09 62.60 ± 5.85 28.54 ± 5.02 27.438 * age group less than 35 35-45 more than 45 16 30 22 58.51 ± 12.73 34.06 ± 9.24 40.95 ± 11.50 22.411 * *p<0.05 significant 3.4.6. vitamin c (ascorbic acid) as shown in table 10. the present study revealed that there was no association between vitamin c and histological characteristics .and there was no significance difference by using lsd value .the result of the histological type (ductal, lobular ) was (3.86 ± 1.04 ,3.13 ± 0.00) respectively , grade 1,2,3 was ( 4.17 ± 0.96 , 3.27 ± 1.15, 5.31 ± 1.33) respectively, stage ii b,ii a,iii a,iii c was (3.73 ± 0.77 , 4.06 ± 0.83 ,4.99 ± 0.94 ,3.94 ± 0.71 )respectively and finally the age group (<35,35-45,>45 )was ( 6.908 ± 2.57 , 4.60 ± 2.07 ,5.93 ± 2.88 ) respectively. table (10): associated of vitamin c level in serum with clinical histological characteristics pathology no mean±se lsd value histological type ductal lobular 67 1 3.86 ± 1.04 3.13 ± 0.00 8.115 ns grade 1 2 3 4 46 18 4.17 ± 0.96 3.27 ± 1.15 5.31 ± 1.33 3.783 ns stage ii b ii a iii a iii c 46 9 7 6 3.73 ± 0.77 4.06 ± 0.83 4.99 ± 0.94 3.94 ± 0.71 4.024 ns age group less than 35 35-45 more than 45 16 30 22 6.908 ± 2.57 4.60 ± 2.07 5.93 ± 2.88 4.775 ns ns , non-significant the present data was disagree with the study by ray [43] who showed that the vitamin c recorded a significantly decreasing in serum level in progress stages of breast ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|83 cancer (p <0.01), also it was disagree with greenlee et al. [50] which recorded a significantly increasing in serum level of vitamin c related with stages and age group. while gallie [44] recorded that the serum level of vitamin c will increasing with the progress stage of the disease. references [1] a.d.s.j. lsaed and j.d.m. alsar . iraqi cancer registery (2011). [2] j. sariego ,breast cancer in the young patient. the american surgeon, 76(12): 1397–1400. 2010 [3] j.c. adams, and f.m. watt, regulation of development and differentiation by the extracellular matrix. development, 117(4) 1183-1198. 1993 [4] c. bonnans ;j. chou, and z. werb, remodelling the extracellular matrix in development and disease. nature reviews. molecular cell biology, 15(12): 786. 2014 [5] f. vignon;s. bardon;d .chalbos and h. rochefort . antiestrogenic effect of r5020, a synthetic progestin in human breast cancer cells in culture. the journal of clinical endocrinology & metabolism, 56(6), 1124-1130. 1983 [6] c. c.chen;d. b hardy, and c. r mendelson ,progesterone receptor inhibits proliferation of human breast cancer cells via induction of mapk phosphatase 1 (mkp-1/dusp1). journal of biological chemistry, 286(50), 43091-43102. 2011 [7] c.m.perks;a.j.keith; k.l. goodhe;p.b savage; z.e. winters, and j.m. holly,prolactin acts as a potent survival factor for human breast cancer cell lines. british journal of cancer, 91:305–311. 2004 [8] n. honma;s.saji;m.hirose;s.i. horiguchi;k. kuroi;s. i.hayashi;t. utsumi, and n. harada,sex steroid hormones in pairs of tumor and serum from breast cancer patients and pathobiological role of androstene-3β, 17β-diol. cancer science, 102(10), 1848-1854. 2011 [9] e. j. margalioth; j.g. schenker and m. chevion . copper and zinc levels in normal and malignant tissues. cancer, 52(5), 868-872. 1983 [10] c. t. chasapis;a. c. loutsidou;c. a. spiliopoulou, and m. e. stefanidou ,zinc and human health: an update. archives of toxicology, 86(4), 521-534. 2012 [11] c.jacobs;b. hutton;t. ng, r .shorr, and m. clemons,is there a role for oral or intravenous ascorbate (vitamin c) in treating patients with cancer? a systematic review theoncologist; 20:210–223. 2015 [12] sas. statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical. version 9.1th ed. sas. inst. inc. cary. n.c. usa .2012 [13] l. e. carlsson;s.santoso; c.spitzer; c .kessler, and a. greinacher, the alpha 2 gene coding sequence t 807/a 873 of the platelet collagen receptor integrin 2 β 1 might be a genetic risk factor for the development of stroke in younger patients. blood, 93(11), 3583-3586. 1999 [14] h. koyama; e. w.raines;k. e. bornfeldt;j. m roberts, and r. ross, fibrillar collagen inhibits arterial smooth muscle proliferation through regulation of cdk2 inhibitors. cell, 87(6), 1069-1078. 1996 [15] w.ding;x.l. fan;x. xu;j.z.huang;s.h. xu; q. geng; r. li; d. chen, and g.r. yan , epigenetic silencing of itga2 by mir-373 promotes cellmigration in breast cancer , public library of science, 10(8): e0135128. 2015 [16] h.liu; a. q. o. al-aidaroos; h. wang; k. guo; j. li; h. zhang, and q. fand zeng, prl-3 suppresses c-fos and integrin α2 expression in ovarian cancer cells. biomed central cancer, 13(1), 80. 2013 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|84 [17] j. f.liu;y. c.fong; c. s.chang; c. y.huang;h. t.chen; w. h. yang, and c. h. tang; cyclooxygenase-2 enhances α2β1 integrin expression and cell migration via ep1 dependent signaling pathway in human chondrosarcoma cells. molecular cancer, 9(1), 43. 2010 [18] b. cathrin. progesterone signaling in breast cancer : aneglected hormone coming in to the limelight, 2013 [19] h. mohammed; i. a. russell; r. stark;o.m. rueda; t. e.hickey; g.a. tarulli, and s. menon, progesterone receptor modulates er α action in breast cancer. nature,523(7560), 313-317. 2015 [20] r. kaaks; k. tikk; d. sookthai; h. schock; t. johnson;a.tjønnel, and l. baglietto,premenopausal serum sex hormone levels in relation to breast cancer risk, overall and by hormone receptor status—results from the epic cohort. international journal of cancer, 134(8): 1947-1957. 2014 [21] m .dowsett, and e. folkerd , reduced progesterone levels explain the reduced risk of breast cancer in obese premenopausal women: a new hypothesis. breast cancer research and treatment, 149(1), 1-4. 2015 [22] a.matsuoka; s. tate; k. nishikimi; h.ishikawa, and m.shozu, elevated serum progesterone levels in postmenopausal women with mucinous ovarian tumors. menopause, 23(5), 544-549. 2016 [23] i. y. hachim;m. y. hachim; v. m. lopez; j. j. lebrun, and s. ali,prolactin receptor expression is an independent favorable prognostic marker in human breast cancer. applied immunohistochemistry & molecular morphology, 24(4), 238-245. 2016 [24] s. j. nyante; j. m. faupel-badger; m. e.sherman;r. m.pfeiffer; m. m.gaudet; r. t. falk;a.a. andaya ; j. lissowska;l.a.brinton;b. peplonska; b. k .vonderhaar;s. chanock; m.garcia-closas, and j. d.figuero, genetic variation in prl and prlr, and relationships with serum prolactin levels and breast cancer risk: results from a populationbased case-control study in poland. breast cancer research, 13(2), r42. 2011 [25] s .tworoger, and s,e. hankinon,prolactin and breast cancer risk cancer letters 243 160–169. 2006 [26] k. tikk; d. sookthai; r.t. fortner; t. johnson; s. rinaldi ; i. romieu; et al and l. baglietto ,circulating prolactin and in situ breast cancer risk in the european epic cohort: a case-control study. breast cancer research, 17(1), 49.2015. [27] t. v. clendenen; a. a. arslan; a. e. lokshin; m. liu; e. lundin; k. l.koenig, and a. lukanova , circulating prolactin levels and risk of epithelial ovarian cancer. cancer causes & control, 24(4), 741-748. 2013 [28] j. white, neur493 thesis the effects of hormonal contraception on hippocampal volume in young women: a neuroimaging study, (2017). [29] y. kakugawa;h.tada; m.kawai; t.suzuki; y.nishino; s. kanemura; t . ishida ; n. ohuchi, and y.minami, associations of obesity and physical activity with serum and intratumoral sex steroid hormone levels among postmenopausal women with breast cancer: analysis of paired serum and tumor tissue samples. breast cancer research and treatment, 162(1), 115-125. 2017 [30] j. r. pasqualini; g. chetrite; c. blacker; m. c. feinstein; l. delalonde; m. talbi, and c. maloche, concentrations of estrone, estradiol, and estrone sulfate and evaluation of sulfatase and aromatase activities in pre-and postmenopausal breast cancer patients. the journal of clinical endocrinology & metabolism, 81(4), 1460-1464. 1996 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|85 [31] l. baglietto; g. severi; d. r. english; k. krishnan; j. l. hopper; c. mclean; h.a. morris; w.d. tilley, and g. g. giles, circulating steroid hormone levels and risk of breast cancer for postmenopausal women. cancer epidemiology and preventio, 19:492–502. 2010 [32] f . mungenast, and t . thalhammer, estrogen biosynthesis and action in ovarian cancer. frontiers in endocrinology, 5, (2014). [33] b. j.grattan, and h. c. freake,zinc and cancer: implications for liv-1 in breast cancer. nutrients, 4(7), 648-675. 2012 [34] v. pavithra; t. g. sathisha; k. kasturi; d. s. mallika; s. j amos, and s. ragunatha,serum levels of metal ions in female patients with breast cancer. journal of clinical and diagnostic research, 9(1): bc25.-c27. 2015 [35] l.c. costello, and r.b. franklin, a review of the current status and concept of the emerging implications of zinc and zinc transporters in the development of pancreatic cancer. pancreatic disorders & therapy,.4: 002 . 2013 [36] m. m. epstein; j. l. kasperzyk ; o. andrén; e. l. giovannucci;a. wolk; n. håkansson, et al and l. a. mucci,dietary zinc and prostate cancer survival in a swedish cohort. the american journal of clinical nutrition, 93(3), 586-593. 2011 [37] x. wu; j. tang, and m. xie, serum and hair zinc levels in breast cancer: a metaanalysis. scientific reports. | 5:12249 | doi: 10.1038/srep12249. 2015 [38] h. w. kuo; s. f. chen; c. c.wu; r. chen, and j. h, lee. serum and tissue trace elements in patients with breast cancer in taiwan. biological trace element research, 89(1), 1-11. 2002 [39] a.h.shankar, and a. s. prasad, zinc and immune function: the biological basis of altered resistance to infection. the american journal of clinical nutrition, 68(2), 447s-463s. 1998 [40] j. k. chesters, and r . boyne, nature of the zn2+ requirement for dna synthesis by 3t3 cells. experimental cell research, 192(2), 631-634. 1991 [41] r. s. macdonald, the role of zinc in growth and cell proliferation. the journal of nutrition, 130(5), 1500s-1508s. 2000 [42] d. r. gallie, increasing vitamin c content in plant foods to improve their nutritional value—successes and challenges. nutrients, 5(9), 3424-3446. 2013 [43] g .ray, and s. a. husain. role of lipids, lipoproteins and vitamins in women with breast cancer. clinical biochemistry, 34(1), 71-76. 2001 [44] r .girija, and l. krishnamoorthy , serum carotene, vitamin a, and vitamin c levels in breast cancer and cancer of the uterine cervix. nutrition and cancer, 25, 173-177. 1996 [45] h.r.harris , h.n. orsini, and a. wolk . vitamin c and survival among women with breast cancer: a meta-analysis. european journal of cancer, 50: 1223– 1231. 2014 [46] s. zhang, d. j. hunter, m. r. forman, b. a. rosner, f. e. speizer, g. a. colditz and w. c .willett . dietary carotenoids and vitamins a, c, and e and risk of breast cancer. journal of the national cancer institute, 91(6), 547-556. 1999 [47] a. skildum; e. faivre, and c.a. lang, progesterone receptors induce cell cycle progression via activation of mitogen-activated protein kinases. molecular endocrinology, 19(2), 327-339. 2005 [48] a.m. shaaban;p.a. o'neill;m. p. davies; r. sibson; c. r. west; p. h. smith, and c. s foster, declining estrogen receptor-β expression defines malignant progression of human breast neoplasia. the american journal of surgical pathology, 27(12), 1502-1512. 2003 [49] s. a.fuqua; r. schiff; i. parra; j. t. moore; s. k. mohsin; c.k. osborne, and d. c. allred, estrogen receptor β protein in human breast cancer. cancer research, 63(10), 2434-2439. 2003 ihsciconf 2017 special issue ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science https://doi.org/ 10.30526/2017.ihsciconf. 1773 for more information about the conference please visit the websites: http://www.ihsciconf.org/conf/  www.ihsciconf.org  biology|86 [50] h. greenlee;m. l.kwan; l. h. kushi; j. song; a.castillo; e. weltzien, and b. j. caan , antioxidant supplement use after breast cancer diagnosis and mortality in the life after cancer epidemiology (lace) cohort. cancer, 118(8), 2048-2058. 2012   conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics | 10 2027( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 analyzing laser speckle pattern using the discrete cosine transform inbethaq mohammed ali abdul-ameer dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science) ibn alhaitham(/university of baghdad. received in:14/december/2016, accepted in:19/march/2017 abstract the use of cosine transform to analyze the model-noise pattern alteration with different vibration model applied on multimode fiber optics are studied. it's results compared with the fourier transform to perform the same analysis using total frequency difference and the computation time, which almost coincide for the both transforms. a discussion for the results and recommendation are introduced. keywords: laser speckle, model-noise, discrete cosine transform, fourier transform, frequency domain analysis. physics | 11 2027( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 introduction laser fiber optic applications are vast now days, that range from telecommunication to sensing. the main application for fiber optics is data-transfer, where the laser beams usually used to deliver the data as zero-one signal (i.e. dark-light signal). the single-mode fiber usually used to transfer the data, since this kind of fibers allow only one mode of signal to pass through the fiber, therefore, there will be no broadening or distortion in the signal in the other terminal of the fiber. [1]the other kind of fiber optics(i.e. the multimode fiber optics) are usually used to the other applications. this kind of fiber optics suffers of noises, these noises came from the reality that this kind of fibers let a large number of modes of lights pass through it, which will interfere randomly between them causing broadening and distortion to the passed signal. this distortion is known as model noise or speckles. [2] [3]the interference between the different modes in the multimode fiber optics, depends on many factors that cause changing in the fiber dimensions(i.e. length or radius) or its refraction indices, these factors could be heat, strain, joints (connectors or splices) … [4] [5] the distortion in the received signal will appear as amplitude modulation with a constant pattern unless the fiber influence factors changed, this modulation came from the random interference between the lights modes that pass through the fiber. [6] [7]the model noise or speckles, which represents the output pattern will change if any of the factors that influence on the fiber change. fourier transform is usually used to analyze the changing in the model noise pattern. in this research the change in the output pattern will be studied, using cosine transform and will compare with fourier transform analysis. fourier transform produces complex numbers in the frequency domain, therefore, and in order to analyze the frequencies we need to convert frequencies from complex numeric to real numeric by calculating the magnitude of the frequencies. the main disadvantage for this conversion is the relationship between the complex number and the magnitude is non-linear. using cosine transform instead of fourier transform will produce real number in the frequency domain instead of complex number, which means there is no need to make any alteration in the frequency domain i.e. the alteration in the frequency domain will be restricted to the change in the noise model pattern. methodology a laser system model constructed in order to produce and analyze the model noise pattern, which consist of helium-neon laser source, lens, fiber optics (panduit 62.5/125 type ofnr (ul)), and screen as illustrated in figure 1. the noise model pattern changes captured using video camera (canon, hx1, 30 frame per second) as illustrated in figure 2, after applying different influence factors, in this research we used three different vibration frequencies that rating from low, moderate and fast. the second step is analyzing these patterns using cosine and fourier transforms. results and discussion to analyze the changing in the model-noise pattern that accumulated difference for each frame comparing with the next frame had been calculated for each vibration mode, then we apply the fourier and cosine transforms for the accumulated differences vector. for the fourier transform we calculate the magnitude value for each value in the frequency domain as illustrated in figure 3. by examining figure 3, we can see that the frequencies that contribute in the construction of the model-nose signal increases with the vibration, to show this relationship we calculate the total summation frequencies for each vibration mode as illustrated in figure 4, in which we can see the effect of increasing the vibration to the frequencies in the frequency domain for either transforms, fourier or cosine. physics | 12 2027( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 both transforms visually almost have the same behavior, but since the fourier transform suffer of complex to magnitude conversing, therefore, it does not represent the alteration in the model-noise pattern precise, in contrast to the cosine transform where the behavior belongs to the changing in the model-nose pattern. the computation time is calculated for the model-noise frequency domain analysis, to compare the cost time for the two transforms as illustrated in figure 5, where the cosine transform has less computation time for low vibration mode and increases with the vibration to exceed the fourier transform computation time. conclusion using cosine transform to analyze the alteration in the model-noise pattern with different vibration models gives results coincide with the results of using fourier transform, in which the total frequency total difference of the both transforms increase with vibration. cosine transform is more accurate than the fourier transform in describing the alteration in the model-noise pattern with vibration, since fourier transform suffers from additional error caused by converting the complex frequency values to their magnitude, therefore, we recommend cosine transform to analyze the model-noise pattern alteration instead of fourier transform. according to the calculated computational time for both transform, using the cosine transform dose not differ a lot comparing to the fourier transform. references 1.roychoudhuri c. (2008), fundamentals of photonics, storrs, ct 06269, usa: university of connecticut, spie. 2.wellinger t. (2012), modal noise in fiber links, reichle & de-massari ag (r&m) . 3.hueckel, m. (1971), an operator which locates edges in digitized pictures, journal of the association for computing machinery, 18, 1. 4.balamurugan r.; muruganand s. (2015) “displacement measurement and study of surface roughness using laser speckle technique”,journal of the institute of industrial applications, 3, 2,96–99. 5.balamurugan r.; muruganand s. (2013) “electronic laser speckle interferometer for displacement measurement using digital image processing technique”, journal of image and graphics, 1, 1, 59-62. 6.boas d. a.; dunn a. k. (2010) "laser speckle contrast imaging in biomedical optics," biomedical optics, 15, 1, 1-12. 7.briers d.; duncan d. d.; hirst e.; kirkpatrick s.j; larsson m.; steenbergen w.; stromberg w. and thompson o. b. (2013) "laser speckle contrast imaging: theoretical and practical limitations," biomedical optics, 18, 6. physics | 13 2027( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 figure ( 1) :the components of the laser system figure (2): a snap shot of the model-noise pattern screen physics | 14 2027( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 fourier analysis dct analysis fast vibration moderate vibration slow vibration figure ( 3): frequency domain using fourier transform and discrete cosine transform (dct) analysis for the model-noise pattern for different vibration modes physics | 15 2027( عام 2( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.30 (2) 2017 figure (4) :total frequency difference for fourier and cosine transform figure( 5): computation time for fourier and cosine transforms for different vibration models 0.00e+00 1.00e+09 2.00e+09 3.00e+09 4.00e+09 5.00e+09 6.00e+09 7.00e+09 8.00e+09 9.00e+09 slow modurate fast fft 0.00e+00 2.00e+07 4.00e+07 6.00e+07 8.00e+07 1.00e+08 1.20e+08 1.40e+08 1.60e+08 1.80e+08 2.00e+08 slow modurate fast dct 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 slow modurate fast fft dct ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 220 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. on the double of the emad falih transformation and its properties with applications abstract in this paper, we have generalized the concept of one dimensional emad falih integral transform into two dimensional, namely, a double emad falih integral transform. further, some main properties and theorems related to the double emad falih transform are established. to show the proposed transform's efficiency, high accuracy, and applicability, we have implemented the new integral transform for solving partial differential equations. many researchers have used double integral transformations in solving partial differential equations and their applications. one of the most important uses of double integral transformations is how to solve partial differential equations and turning them into simple algebraic ones. the most important partial differential equations are laplace, poisson, wave, heat, telegraph, and other equations. a new double emad -falih integral transform denoted by the operator 𝐃𝐸𝐹{.}, the transform form is as follows: 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)] = 𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0 ∫   ∞ 0 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 keywords: emad falih transform, partial differential equation, double integral transform. 1. introduction an integral transformation maps a function from its main function space into a new function space via integration, with properties of the main function that might be more characterized and manipulated than in the main function space. the transformed function can generally be mapped back to the main function space by applying the inverse integral transformation. many researchers have applied double transforms for solving partial differential equations and their applications [14]. many applications and problems in most applied nature science and engineering fields encounter double integral transforms or partial differential equations describing the physical phenomena. solving such equations using single transforms is more complicated than applying the double integral transformation. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2938 article history: received 20 july 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index saed m. turq teacher at the ministry of education hebron, palestine. saedturq@gmail.com emad a. kuffi al-qadisiyah university, college of engineering, al-qadisiyah, iraq. emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:saedturq@gmail.com mailto:emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 221 there are many types of integral transformations, such as: fourier transformation [5], laplace transformation [6], sumudu transformation [7], natural transformation [8], elzaki tranformation [9] ,and so on. these types of transformations have wide variety applications in various areas in applied mathematics, physics, engineering, and in most of other sciences [10]. emad falih integral transformation of a single variable is a new integral transform which has recently been introduced by emad a. kuffi and sara f. in (2021) [11]. 2. the double emad falih integral transform definition 2.1. emadfalih integral transform: the emadfalih integral transform of 𝑔(𝑡) is defined as: 𝐄𝐅[𝑔(𝑡)] = 𝐓(𝑣) = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0 𝑔(𝑡)𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡 3. the double emadfalih integral transform of some famous functions this section introduces the new double emadfalih integral transform of some famous functions: 1. let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = 1, then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[1] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  1𝑒−(𝑢 𝛼𝑥+𝑣𝛼𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  1𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥 ⋅ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  1𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡 = 𝐄𝐅[1] ⋅𝐄𝐅[1], = 1 𝑢3 ⋅ 1 𝑣3 = 1 (𝑢𝑣)3 2 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑥𝑛𝑡𝑚, then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑥 𝑛𝑡𝑚] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑥𝑛𝑡𝑚𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑥𝑛𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥 ⋅ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑡𝑚𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡 = 𝐄𝐅[𝑥𝑛] ⋅ 𝐄𝐅[𝑡𝑛] = 𝑛! 𝑢2𝑛+3 ⋅ 𝑚! 𝑣2𝑚+3 3 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑒𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡, then ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 222 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒𝑎𝑥𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥 ⋅ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒𝑏𝑡𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡 = 𝐄𝐅[𝑒𝑎𝑥] ⋅ 𝐄𝐅[𝑒𝑏𝑡] = 1 𝑢(𝑢2 − 𝑎) ⋅ 1 𝑣(𝑣2 − 𝑏) = 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 − 𝑎)(𝑣2 − 𝑏) 4 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑒−(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡), then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 −(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)] = 1 (𝑢𝑣) ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑎𝑥𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥 ⋅ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑏𝑡𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡 = 𝐄𝐅[𝑒−𝑎𝑥] ⋅ 𝐄𝐅[𝑒−𝑏𝑡] = 1 𝑢(𝑢2 + 𝑎) ⋅ 1 𝑣(𝑣2 + 𝑏) = 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑎)(𝑣2 + 𝑏) 5 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑒𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡), then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑥(𝑢 2−𝑖𝑎)𝑑𝑥 ⋅ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑡(𝑣 2−𝑖𝑏)𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑢 1 −(𝑢2 − 𝑖𝑎) 𝑒−𝑥(𝑢 2−𝑖𝑎)| 0 ∞ 1 𝑣 1 −(𝑣2 − 𝑖𝑏) 𝑒−𝑡(𝑣 2−𝑖𝑏)| 0 ∞ = 1 𝑢 1 −(𝑢2 − 𝑖𝑎) [0− 1] 1 𝑣 1 −(𝑣2 − 𝑖𝑏) [0 − 1] = 1 𝑢(𝑢2 − 𝑖𝑎) 1 𝑣(𝑣2 − 𝑖𝑏) , = 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 − 𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 − 𝑖𝑏) . 6 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑒−𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡), then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 −𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑥(𝑢 2+𝑖𝑎)𝑑𝑥 ⋅ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑡(𝑣 2+𝑖𝑏)𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑢(𝑢2 + 𝑖𝑎) 1 𝑣(𝑣2 + 𝑖𝑏) = 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 + 𝑖𝑏) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 223 7 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = sin (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡), then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[sin (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  sin (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  [ 𝑒𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) − 𝑒−𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) 2𝑖 ]𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 2𝑖 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 − 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 ] = 1 2𝑖 [𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)] − 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 −𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)]] = 1 2𝑖 [ 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢𝛼 −𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 − 𝑖𝑏) − 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 + 𝑏) ] = 𝑏𝑢2 + 𝑎𝑣2 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 + 𝑎2)(𝑣4 + 𝑏2) ⋅ 8 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = cos (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡), then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[cos (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  cos (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  [ 𝑒𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) + 𝑒−𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) 2 ]𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 + 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 ] = 1 2 [𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)] + 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 −𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)]] = 1 2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢𝛼 − 𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 − 𝑖𝑏) + 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 + 𝑏) ] = 𝑢2𝑣2 − 𝑎𝑏 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 + 𝑎2)(𝑣4 + 𝑏2) ⋅ 9 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = sinh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡), then ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 224 𝐃𝐸𝐹[sinh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  sinh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  [ 𝑒(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) −𝑒−(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) 2 ]𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 − 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 ] = 1 2 [𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 (𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)] − 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 −(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)]] = 1 2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 − 𝑎)(𝑣2 − 𝑏) − 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑎)(𝑣2 + 𝑏) ] = 𝑎𝑣2 + 𝑏𝑢2 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 − 𝑎2)(𝑣4 − 𝑏2) 10 let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) = cosh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡), then 𝐃𝐸𝐹[cosh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  cosh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  [ 𝑒(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) + 𝑒−(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) 2 ]𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 + 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 ] = 1 2 [𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 (𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)] + 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑒 −(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡)]] = 1 2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 − 𝑎)(𝑣2 − 𝑏) + 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑎)(𝑣2 +𝑏) ] = 𝑢2𝑣2 + 𝑎𝑏 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 − 𝑎2)(𝑣4 − 𝑏2) ⋅ 4. summarization the new double emadfalih integral transform of some basic functions is shown in the following table: table 1: the new double emad falih integral transform of some basic functions. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) 𝐃𝐸𝐹[cosh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡)] 1 1 (𝑢𝑣)3 𝑥𝑛𝑡𝑚 𝑛! 𝑢2𝑛+3 ⋅ 𝑚! 𝑣2𝑚+3 𝑒𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 − 𝑎)(𝑣2 −𝑏) 𝑒−(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑎)(𝑣2 +𝑏) 𝑒𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 − 𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 −𝑖𝑏) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 225 𝑒−𝑖(𝑎𝑥+𝑏𝑡) 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑢2 + 𝑖𝑎)(𝑣2 +𝑖𝑏) sin (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡) 𝑏𝑢2 + 𝑎𝑣2 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 +𝑎2)(𝑣4 + 𝑏2) cos (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡) 𝑢2𝑣2 − 𝑎𝑏 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 +𝑎2)(𝑣4 + 𝑏2) sinh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡) 𝑎𝑣2 + 𝑏𝑢2 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 −𝑎2)(𝑣4 − 𝑏2) cosh (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑡) 𝑢2𝑣2 + 𝑎𝑏 𝑢𝑣(𝑢4 −𝑎2)(𝑣4 − 𝑏2) 5. theorems and proof theorem 𝟓.𝟏. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 ] = − 1 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣)+ 𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) proof. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 ] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−(𝑢 𝛼𝑥+𝑣𝛼𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [ 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥⏟ ]𝑑𝑡 𝐼𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑏𝑦 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑠 = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [ 1 𝑢 (𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)| 0 ∞ +𝑢2 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥)]𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [− 𝑓(0,𝑡) 𝑢 + 𝑢∫   ∞ 0  𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥]𝑑𝑡, = − 1 𝑢 [ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑓(0,𝑡)𝑑𝑡] + 𝑢2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥] = − 1 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣) +𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣). theorem 5.2. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥2 ] = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥 − 𝑢𝐓(0,𝑣) +𝑢4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) proof. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 226 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥2 ] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥2 𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡[ 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥2 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥 ⏟ integration by parts ]𝑑𝑡, let 𝜁 = 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 𝑑𝜂 = ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝜁 = −𝑢2𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 𝜂 = ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [ 1 𝑢 (𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 | 0 ∞ + 𝑢2 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥)]𝑑𝑡, = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [ 1 𝑢 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 | 0 ∞ + 𝑢∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥]𝑑𝑡 = − 1 𝑢 [ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 ∂𝑓(0,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑑𝑡] + (𝑢)2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 )𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥] , = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥 + 𝑢2𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 ]. = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥 + 𝑢2 [− 1 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣)+ 𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)] ; = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥 − 𝑢𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑢4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣). in general 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥𝑛 ] = 𝑢2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)− [𝑢−1 ∂𝑛−1𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑛−1 + 𝑢1 ∂𝑛−2𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑛−2 + 𝑢3 ∂𝑛−3𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑛−3 +⋯+ 𝑢2(𝑛−1)−3 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥 + 𝑢2𝑛−3𝐓(0,𝑣)] or = 𝑢2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)− ∑  𝑛 𝑘=1  𝑢2𝑘−3 ∂𝑛−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑛−𝑘 theorem 5.3. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 ] = − 1 𝑣 𝐓(𝑢,0) + 𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) proof. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 227 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 ] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−(𝑢 𝛼𝑥+𝑣𝛼𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥[ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡]𝑑𝑥 ⏟ integration by parts = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 [ 1 𝑣 (𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)| 0 ∞ +𝑣2 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡)]𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 [− 𝑓(𝑥,0) 𝑣 + 𝑣∫   ∞ 0  𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡]𝑑𝑥 = − 1 𝑣 [ 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑓(𝑥,0)𝑑𝑥]+ 𝑣2[ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0  𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥] = − 1 𝑣 𝐓(𝑢,0)+ 𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣). theorem 5.4. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡2 ] = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡 − 𝑣𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) proof. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡2 ] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡2 𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥[ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡2 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡 ⏟ integration by parts ]𝑑𝑥, let 𝜁 = 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 𝑑𝜂 = ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡2 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝜁 = −𝑣2𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 𝜂 = ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 [ 1 𝑣 (𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 | 0 ∞ + 𝑣2 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡)]𝑑𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 [ 1 𝑣 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 | 0 ∞ + 𝑣∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡]𝑑𝑥, = − 1 𝑣 [ 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 ∂𝑓(𝑥,0) ∂𝑡 𝑑𝑡] + (𝑣)2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥], = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡 + 𝑣2𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 ] . = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡 + 𝑣2 [− 1 𝑣 𝐓(𝑢,0)+ 𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)] ; = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡 − 𝑣𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣). in general ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 228 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑛 ] = 𝑣2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − [𝑣−1 ∂𝑛−1𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑛−1 + 𝑣1 ∂𝑛−2𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑛−2 + 𝑣3 ∂𝑛−3𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑛−3 +⋯+ 𝑣2(𝑛−1)−3 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡 + 𝑢2𝑛−3𝐓(𝑢,0)] , or = 𝑣2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑛 𝑘=1  𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂𝑛−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑛−𝑘 theorem 𝟓.𝟓. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡∂𝑥 ] = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑥 − 𝑣2 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣2𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) proof. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡∂𝑥 ] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡∂𝑥 𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥, = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥[ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡∂𝑥 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡 ⏟ integration by parts ]𝑑𝑥, let 𝜁 = 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 𝑑𝜂 = ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡∂𝑥 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝜁 = −𝑣2𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 𝜂 = ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 [ 1 𝑣 (𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 | 0 ∞ + 𝑣2 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡)]𝑑𝑥, = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 [ 1 𝑣 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 | 0 ∞ + 𝑣∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡]𝑑𝑥, = 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 [− 1 𝑣 ∂𝑓(𝑥,0) ∂𝑥 + 𝑣∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡𝑑𝑡]𝑑𝑥, = − 1 𝑣 [ 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 ∂𝑓(𝑥,0) ∂𝑥 ]+ 𝑣2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥], = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑥 + 𝑣2𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 ] = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑥 + 𝑣2 [− 1 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣) +𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)] , = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑥 − 𝑣2 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣2𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) theorem 𝟓.𝟔. 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥∂𝑡 ] = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑡 − 𝑢2 𝑣 𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣2𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) proof. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 229 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥∂𝑡 ] = 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥∂𝑡 𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥, = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡[ 1 𝑢 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥∂𝑡 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥 ⏟ integration by parts ]𝑑𝑡, let 𝜁 = 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 𝑑𝜂 = ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥∂𝑡 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝜁 = −𝑢2𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 𝜂 = ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [ 1 𝑢 (𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 | 0 ∞ + 𝑢2 ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑡)]𝑑𝑡, = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [ 1 𝑢 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 | 0 ∞ + 𝑢∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥]𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 [− 1 𝑢 ∂𝑓(𝑥,0) ∂𝑡 + 𝑢∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 𝑒−𝑢 2𝑥𝑑𝑥]𝑑𝑡, = − 1 𝑢 [ 1 𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  𝑒−𝑣 2𝑡 ∂𝑓(0,𝑡) ∂𝑡 ] + 𝑢2 [ 1 𝑢𝑣 ∫   ∞ 0  ∫   ∞ 0   ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 𝑒−(𝑢 2𝑥+𝑣2𝑡)𝑑𝑡𝑑𝑥], = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑡 + 𝑢2𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 ] , = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑡 + 𝑢2 [− 1 𝑣 𝐓(𝑢,0)+ 𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)] , = − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑡 − 𝑢2 𝑣 𝐓(0,𝑣)+ 𝑣2𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) table 2. summarization 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)] = 𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 − 1 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥2 − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥 − 𝑢𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑢4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) ∂n𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥n 𝑢2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑛 𝑘=1  𝑢2𝑘−3 ∂𝑛−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑛−𝑘 ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 − 1 𝑣 𝐓(𝑢,0) + 𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡2 − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡 − 𝑣𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) ∂𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑛 𝑣2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑛 𝑘=1  𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂𝑛−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑛−𝑘 ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡∂𝑥 − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑥 − 𝑣2 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣2𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) ∂2𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥∂𝑡 − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑡 − 𝑢2 𝑣 𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑣2𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 230 theorem 5.7. let 𝐅𝑐(𝑢,𝑣) be the new double emadfalih transform of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)(𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) = 𝐃𝐸𝐹[𝑓(𝑥,𝑡)]), then 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥𝑛 ] = 𝑢2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑛 𝑘=1 𝑢2𝑘−3 ∂𝑛−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑛−𝑘 (1) and 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑛 ] = 𝑣2𝑛𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑛 𝑘=1 𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂𝑛−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑛−𝑘 (2) proof. firstly, we prove (1) by the mathematical induction: 1 for 𝑛 = 1 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥 ] = 𝑢2(1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  1 𝑘=1  𝑢2𝑘−3 ∂1−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥1−𝑘 = 𝑢2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − 1 𝑢 𝐓(0,𝑣). thus, true for 𝑛 = 1 2 assume true for 𝑛 = 𝑚, to get: 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥𝑚 ] = 𝑢2𝑚𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑚𝑘=1 𝑢 2𝑘−3 ∂ 𝑚−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚−𝑘 . 3 we want to prove (1) for 𝑛 = 𝑚 + 1: ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 231 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚+1𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥𝑚+1 ] = 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂ ∂𝑥 [ ∂𝑚𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥𝑚 ]] = 𝑢2𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥𝑚 ] − 1 𝑢 ∂𝑚𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚 , = 𝑢2 [𝑢2𝑚𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑚 𝑘=1  𝑢2𝑘−3 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚−𝑘 ] − 1 𝑢 ∂𝑚𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚 , = 𝑢2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) −𝑢2 ∑  𝑚 𝑘=1  𝑢2𝑘−3 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚−𝑘 − 1 𝑢 ∂𝑚𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚 = 𝑢2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑢2𝑘−1 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚−𝑘 − 1 𝑢 ∂𝑚𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚 , = 𝑢2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑚 𝑘=0  𝑢2𝑘−1 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚−𝑘 , = 𝑢2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑   𝑚+1 𝑘=1  𝑢2(𝑘−1)−1 ∂𝑚−(𝑘−1)𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥𝑚−(𝑘−1) , = 𝑢2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑   𝑚+1 𝑘=1  𝑢2𝑘−3 ∂(𝑚+1−𝑘)𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥(𝑚+1−𝑘) , = 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚+1𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑥𝑚+1 ] . so theorem is true for 𝑛 ∈ ℕ. finally, we want prove (2) by the mathematical induction: 1 for 𝑛 = 1 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡 ] = 𝑣2(1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  1 𝑘=1  𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂1−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡1−𝑘 = 𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − 1 𝑣 𝐓(𝑢,0). thus, true for 𝑛 = 1 2 assume true for 𝑛 = 𝑚, to get: 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑚 ] = 𝑣2𝑚𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚−𝑘 . 3 we want to prove (1) for 𝑛 = 𝑚 + 1: ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 232 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚+1𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑚+1 ] = 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂ ∂𝑥 [ ∂𝑚𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑚 ]] = 𝑣2𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑚 ] − 1 𝑣 ∂𝑚𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚 , = 𝑣2 [𝑣2𝑚𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑚 𝑘=1  𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚−𝑘 ] − 1 𝑣 ∂𝑚𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚 = 𝑣2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)− 𝑣2 ∑  𝑚 𝑘=1  𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚−𝑘 − 1 𝑣 ∂𝑚𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚 = 𝑣2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) − ∑  𝑚 𝑘=1  𝑣2𝑘−1 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚−𝑘 − 1 𝑣 ∂𝑚𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚 , = 𝑣2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)− ∑  𝑚 𝑘=0  𝑣2𝑘−1 ∂𝑚−𝑘𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚−𝑘 , = 𝑣2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)− ∑   𝑚+1 𝑘=1  𝑣2(𝑘−1)−1 ∂𝑚−(𝑘−1)𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡𝑚−(𝑘−1) , = 𝑣2(𝑚+1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)− ∑   𝑚+1 𝑘=1  𝑣2𝑘−3 ∂(𝑚+1−𝑘)𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡(𝑚+1−𝑘) , = 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂𝑚+1𝑓(𝑥,𝑡) ∂𝑡𝑚+1 ] . so theorem is true for 𝑛 ∈ ℕ. 6. applications in this section, we introduce the solution of the linear partial differential equation (telegraph equation). application 6.1. consider the linear telegraph equation: ∂2𝜁 ∂𝑥2 = ∂2𝜁 ∂𝑡2 + 2 ∂𝜁 ∂𝑡 + 𝜁. subject to initial conditions: 𝜁(𝑥,0) = 𝑒𝑥, 𝜁(0,𝑡) = 𝑒−2𝑡 𝜁𝑡(𝑥,0) = −2𝑒 𝑥, 𝜁𝑥(0,𝑡) = 𝑒 −2𝑡 solution: applying emadfalih transform, 𝐃𝐸𝐹 [ ∂2𝜁 ∂𝑥2 = ∂2𝜁 ∂𝑡2 + 2 ∂𝜁 ∂𝑡 + 𝜁], ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 233 to obtain the following: − 1 𝑢 ∂𝐓(0,𝑣) ∂𝑥 − 𝑢𝐓(0,𝑣) + 𝑢4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) = − 1 𝑣 ∂𝐓(𝑢,0) ∂𝑡 − 𝑣𝐓(0,𝑣)+ 𝑣4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) +2[− 1 𝑣 𝐓(𝑢,0) + 𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣)] + 𝑇(𝑢,𝑣). applying the emadfalih transform to the initial conditions, we have: − 1 𝑢 ( 1 𝑣(𝑣2 + 2) )− 𝑢( 1 𝑣(𝑣2 + 2) )+ 𝑢4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) = − 1 𝑣 ( −2 𝑢(𝑢2 −1) ) − 𝑣( 1 𝑢(𝑢2 − 1) )+ 𝑣4𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) −2 1 𝑣 ( 1 𝑢(𝑢2 − 1) )+ 2𝑣2𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) + 𝑇(𝑢,𝑣). we get: (𝑢4 − 𝑣4 − 2𝑣2 − 1)𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) = 𝑢4 − 𝑣4 −2𝑣2 − 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑣2 + 2)(𝑢2 − 1) , 𝐓(𝑢,𝑣) = 1 𝑢𝑣(𝑣2 + 2)(𝑢2 − 1) . then 𝜁(𝑥,𝑡) = 𝑒𝑥−2𝑡 7.conclusions in this research, we have extended the double emad falih integral transform. first, we have proved the fundamental properties and theorems using the new double emad falih integral transform which have also been introduced and presented. second, the new double integral transform to solve the telegraph partial differential equation is applied. references 1. dhunde, r. r. ; waghmare, g. l. double laplace transform method in mathematical physics. international journal of theoretical and mathematical physics, 2017,7(1),14–20. 2. eltayeb, h. ; kilic¸man. a. on double sumudu transform and double laplace transform. malaysian journal of mathematical sciences, 2010, 4(1),17–30. 3. hassan, m. a. partial differential equation. journal of applied mathematics and physics, 2020,8(8), 1463-1471. 4. meddahi m. ; jafari, h. ; yang, x. j. towards new general double integral transform and its applications to differential equations. mathematical methods in the applied sciences, 2021,45(4),1–18, 5. bracewell, r. n. the fourier transform and its applications. mcgraw-hill, new york, 1986. 6. widder, d. v. the laplace transform. princetion university press, princetion, 1946. 7. watugala, g. k. sumudu transform: a new integral transform to solve differential equations and control engineering problems. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology, 1993, 24(1),35-43. 8. al-omari, s. k. q. on the application of natural transforms. international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2013,85(4),729-744. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 234 9. elzaki, t. m. the new integral transform "elzaki transform". global journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2011,7(1),57-64. 10. kuffi, e. ; maktoof, s. f. emad-falih transform a new integral transform. journal of interdisciplinary mathematics, 2021, 24(8), 2381-2390. 11. mansour, e. a. ; kuffi, e. a. ; mehdi, s. a. the new integral transform see transform and its applications. periodicals of engineering and natural sciences, june 2021,9(2):1016 − 1029. microsoft word 282-291 علوم الحياة | 282 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 داخل وخارج اقفاص كثافة الھائمات القشرية وبعض العوامل البيئيةدراسة بغداد-تربيةاالسماك في نھر دجلة عند منطقة الرشدية حارث قاسم مھدي صباح فرج باصات جامعة بغداد./الھيثم) كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن /قسم علوم الحياة ٢٠١٥/ أذار/٢٥البحث في : ل، قب٢٠١٥/كانون الثاني/٨استلم البحث في : الخالصة سنة ٢٠٠٠تعد تربية االسماك في اقفاص التربية من اقدم طرائق التربية لالحياء المائية فقد مارسھا الصينيون قبل الميالد، وقد تم دمج تربية ٣٥٠٠قبل الميالد ثم انطلقت الى بلدان اخرى ومورست في بالد ما بين النھرين منذ حوالي ). كذلك قام المصريون fao )2006سنة قبل الميالد في الصين ٢٢٠إلى ٢٥األسماك في البرك مع زراعة الرز من م تأسيس أحواض لتربية أسماك الكارب في تشيكوسلوفاكيا ١٣٥٨قبل الميالد اذ تم أول مرة في عام ٢٥٠٠القدماء نحو .huguenin (1997)سابقاً والتي انطلقت منھا لتربية األسماك في أوربا ان اقفاص تربية االسماك التي تم اخذ عينات الھائمات القشرية وعينات المياه واالسماك ھي قفصين للتربية من امتار من ١٠متر مكعب موضوع في مجرى نھر دجلة على بعد ٣بين مجموع عشرة اقفاص اذ تبلغ مساحة القفص الواحد النھر وتثبيتھا بالحديد المغلون وربطھا بحافة النھر لتمنع حافة النھر وتثبيت اقفاص التربية بأثقال موضوعة في قاع انجراف القفص بالتيار المائي . افية االقدام للصنفيندورتبة مج cladocera تم دراسة رتبتين من الھائمات القشرية رتبة متفرعة اللوامس calanoida وcyclopoda في نھر دجلة في منطقة الراشدية. ، حيث تم دراستھا داخل اقفاص لتربية االسماك موضوعة لقد تم دارسة الكثافات السكانية لمجاميع القشريات وقياس بعض العوامل الكيميائية والفيزيائية، حيث جمعت عينات الھائمات .)متر من اقفاص تربية االسماك ١٠٠والمياه من موقعين (داخل اقفاص التربية وبعد وتم خاللھا قياس االس ٢٠١٤انون الثاني الى نھاية شھر حزيران تمت الدراسة خالل ستة اشھر من شھر ك الھيدروجيني ودرجة حرارة الماء والمتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين واالوكسجين المذاب، وبالنسبة للھائمات القشرية فقد د خالل اشھر اما عن الفرق بين االفرا متر من االقفاص، ١٠٠اختفت االنواع في داخل اقفاص التربية وتواجدت بعد فرد ٦٫٦٠فرد/لتر واقل معدل لالفراد سجل في شھركانون الثاني ١٦٫٥٥ الدراسة سجل اعلى معدل له في شھر حزيران اعلى درجة حرارة في شھر حزيران وقد باالضافة الى وجود تغيرات في العوامل الفيزيائية والكيميائية، حيث سجل ، /لتر فرد/لتر، وادنى معدل سجل في ١٦٫١٠الھائمات القشرية الثالثة في ھذه الدرجة ھو م سجلت خاللھا كثافة ˚32 بلغت . فرد/لتر ٦٫٥٠م وكانت كثافة الھائمات القشرية الثالثة ھو ˚10شھر كانون الثاني بلغ ايار اما اقل معدل له فسجل في شھر ٨٫٠٢اعلى معدل لھا في شھر نيسان سجلت درجة االس الھيدروجيني وترواحت قيم فرد/لتر على التوالي ٧٫٤٦و ٩٫٠٢كما سجلت كثافة الھائمات القشرية في ھذا المعدل بين 7.42 بينما بلغت كثافة الھائمات القشرية ، ملغم/لتر٧٫٧٠فقد سجل اعلى معدل لھا في شھر آذار بلغ االوكسجين المذاب في الماء ٧٫٤٦وبلغت كثافة الھائمات القشرية الثالثة ملغم/لتر ٥٫٩٥يار واقل معدل له سجل في شھر ا فرد/لتر، ١٢٫١٤الثالثة ٤٫٢٠ملغم/لتر واقل معدل له في شھر نيسان ٦٫٥٠فقد اظھر اعلى معدل له في شھر شباط bodما قيمة الـ ا .فرد/لتر تھدف الدراسة لي.وافرد/لتر على الت ٩٫٠٢و ٨٫٦١وسجلت كثافة الھائمات القشرية خالل ھذين المعدلين بين ملغم/لتر الحالية بحث تأثير الكثافة السكانية لالسماك في اقفاص التربية في كثافة الھائمات القشرية في منطقة الدراسة . الھائمات الحيوانية، القشريات، مجدافية االقدام، متفرعة اللوامس، االس الھيدروجيني.كلمات مفتاحية: علوم الحياة | 283 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة للھرم المكونات األساسية القشرية، وتشكل احدى من الھائمات الموامس ومجذافية االقدام جزأ مھما متفرعة رتبة تعد دقة اكثر لتوفير معلمومات البحث عنھا الجدير من كان لذا ، ]١األسماك [ مجتمع مع بصورة مباشرة تتداخل التي الغذائي عام بشكل بالھائمات الحيوانية المرتبط المباشر وغير وغذائھا المباشر األسماك مجتمع بين والتفاعالت المتبادلة للعالقات ومدى المائية المسطحات حالة بيئة لتحديد اھميتھا عن فضآل خاص، الموامس ومجذافية االقدام بشكل متفرعة وبرتبة ].٢[لالستثمار صالحيتھا المسطحات المائية مثل البحيرات على مدى القرن الماضي، ركزت الدراسات الحديثة للقشريات الصغيرة على سبيل المثال تمت دراسة االختالف الزماني وأنماط الھجرة من والخزانات وكانت مثل ھذه الدراسات واسعة النطاق، على تقتصر على مناطق المياه المفتوحة وسط المسطحات المائية دراسات]. وكانت معظم ھذه ال٤] والتوزيع العمودي [٣قبل [ .] بدال من ھوامش الغطاء النباتي٥[ تناولتمختلفة فمثال واوقات اماكن في دراستھا متابعة وتمت العراق في الحيوانات بھذه االھتمام تم االساس ھذا على ] على انواع ٦[ كدراسة المائية بعض المسطحات في اللوامس متفرعة رتبة مجتمع وصف تركيب المحلية الدراسات بعض ، ٩، ٨] في بحيره الحبانية وتناول دراستھا ايضا كل من [٧معينة من الھائمات القشرية، كما درست انواع منھا من قبل [ تركيب و توزيع تباين دراسة وھو مھما اھملت جانبا ذاتھا الدراسات فان ذكر مما وبالرغم ]،١٥، ١٤، ١٣، ١٢، ١١، ١٠ محطات مختلفة ٣ في الدراسة الحالية علية ركزت ما وھو العوامل الفيزيائية والكيميائية اختالف بسبب األحياء ھذه مجتمع ] ان تربية األحياء المائية في ١٦لتربية االسماك في نھر دجلة في بغداد، حيث بينت البحوث والتقارير الصادرة من [ يعاً خالل العقود الماضية، وتشھد حاليا تغيرات سريعة استجابةً لتصاعد الطلب العالمي لالحياء األقفاص قد نمت نموا سر المائية، فتم التوجه نحو إنشاء األقفاص العائمة وتطويرھا ومحاولة فتح مجاالت جديدة لتربية األحياء المائية في مناطق وتعد تربية االسماك في اقفاص موضوعة في النھر ظاھرة ،مائية مفتوحة غير مستغلة مثل البحيرات والخزانات واألنھار حديثة في العراق وھناك بعض الدراسات البيئية القفاص تربية االسماك ودراسات كيميائية وفيزيائية لھا ولم تتم دراسة ھذه الظاھرة بايولوجياُ. المواد وطرائق العمل بوساطة شبكة ١٠٩تم جمع عينات الھائمات القشرية من نھر دجلة المار بمدينة بغداد في منطقة الراشدية صباحا %٤مل يضاف لھا ٥٠مايكرون وتفريغ محتويات الشبكة بعلب بالستيكية سعة ٥٥جمع الھائمات الحيوانية بفتحات ع عينات الماء بقناني زجاجية معتمة (قناني ونكلر) لفحص فورمالين لحفظ نماذج عينات الھائمات القشرية فضال عن جم . ويتم معاملة المياه الخاصة لفحص االوكسجين bod5والمتطلب الحيوي لألوكسجين doاالوكسجين المذاب في الماء kiو mnso4مل من ١المذاب والمتطلب الحيوي بالمواد الكيميائية الالزمة لحفظ عينات المياه المأخوذة وذلك باضافة مع مراعاة غلق فوھة القناني الزجاجية جيدا وعدم وجود bod5لعينة h2so4 مل من ١واضافة doموقعيا لعينة م لمدة خمسة ايام . وكذلك يتم قياس ٢٥في درجة حرارة bod5ويحفظ doو bod5فقاعة ھواء داخل قناني فحص االس الھيدروجيني ودرجة حرارة الماء موقعيا. وكذلك [16]وفحص االوكسجين المذاب م فحص عينات الھائمات القشرية في المختبر بوساطة مجھر تشريحت ْم . ٢٥المتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين بعد خمسة ايام بعد حفظه بدرجة حرارة النتائج القياسات البايولوجية: -١ فرد/لتر، اما داخل 7.90قبل القفص سجلت اللوامساظھرت النتائج للھائمات القشرية ان معدالت افراد متفرعة اما 4.76فرد/لتر بفارق معنوي بين المواقع 12.85متر ١٠٠فرد/لتر وبعد القفص 0.216القفص فقد سجل اقل معدل له قل فرد/لتر وا 12.21بالنسبة للفرق بين االشھر في محطة الدراسة فسجل اعلى معدل لمتفرعة اللوامس في شھر حزيران خالل مدة الدراسة كما في الشكل 5.73فرد/لتر بفارق معنوي بين االشھر 3.95معدل لھا سجل في شھر كانون الثاني )١.( فرد/لتر اما داخل اقفاص ١٨٫٨٦) ان افرد صنف مجدافية االقدام رتبة السايكلوبودا سجل قبل القفص ٢يبين الشكل ( ٥٫٤١فرد/لتر وبفارق معنوي بين المواقع ٢٦٫٤١متر ١٠٠اما بعد اقفاص التربية فرد/لتر ٠٫٢٨٣التربية فسجلت معدل ٢٦٫٣٠.اما بالنسبة للسايكلوبودا خالل اشھر الدراسة فقد اظھرت الدراسة ان اعلى معدل لھا سجل في شھرحزيران تحت ٥٫٤٢ي محطة الدراسة وبفارق معنوي بين االشھر ف ١٠٫٠٥فرد/لتر واقل معدل لھا سجل في شھر كانون الثاني . ٠٫٠٥احتمالية احصائية ) الفرق بين الموقعين في محطة الدراسة اذ سجل معدل افراد الھائمات القشرية ٣اما عن الكالنويدا فقد اظھر الشكل ( تر وبفارق فرد /ل ٢٠٫٦٦متر من القفص فقد سجل معدل ١٠٠فرد/لتر اما بعد ٠٫١٦٦كالنويدا داخل القفص فقد سجل .اما عن الفرق بين ٠٫٠٥.تحت احتمالية ٤٫٨٢متر من القفص ١٠٠احصائي معنوي بين الموقعين داخل القفص وبعد علوم الحياة | 284 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 فرد/لتر واقل معدل لالفراد سجل في شھركانون ١٦٫٥٥االفراد خالل اشھر الدراسة سجل اعلى معدل له في شھر حزيران .٠٫٠٥وتحت احتمالية ٥٫٨٣ فرد /لتر وبفارق معنوي احصائي ٦٫٦٠الثاني القياسات الفيزيائية -٢ داخل القفص، اما في بعد ٧٫٦٦خالل مدة الدراسة في المحطة بالموقعين بمعدل phتم قياس االس الھيدروجيني متر من القفص خالل مدة ١٠٠. ولم يسجل فارق معنوي بين الموقعين داخل القفص وبعد٧٫٦٥متر فسجل ١٠٠القفص ٨٫٠٢ان اعلى معدل له الدراسة. اما الفروق المسجلة بين اشھر الدراسة بالنسبة لالس الھيدروجيني فقد سجل شھر نيس فرد/لتر ٧٫٤٦و ٩٫٠٢كما سجلت كثافة الھائمات القشرية في ھذا المعدل بين 7.42واقل معدل له سجل في شھر ايار ).٤ولم يسجل فارق معنوي لالس الھيدروجيني خالل فترة الدراسة. كما في الشكل(على التوالي، اعلى معدل لھا في شھر حزيران وقد رة الماء طوال مدة الدراسة سجل ) ان معدالت درجة حرا٥كما يبين الشكل ( فرد/لتر، وادنى معدل سجل في شھر كانون ١٦٫١٠ْم وكانت كثافة الھائمات القشرية الثالثة في ھذه الدرجة ھو 32 بلغ معنوية بين االشھر في درجة فرد/لتر وكان ھناك فروق ٦٫٥٠ْم وكانت كثافة الھائمات القشرية الثالثة ھو 10الثاني بلغ طوال مدة الدراسة. حرارة الماء القياسات الكيميائية -٣ ) ان معدل االوكسجين ٦بالنسبة لدراسة معدالت األوكسجين المذاب في الماء في محطة الدراسة يظھر الشكل ( ملغم/لتر ولم يسجل فرق معنوي بين ٦٫٩٨متر من القفص بلغ ١٠٠ملغم/لتر وبعد ٦٫٩٤المذاب داخل القفص كان طوال فترة الدراسة فقد سجل اعلى معدل لھا في شھر آذار بلغ الموقعين خالل مدة الدراسة اما بالنسبة للفرق بين االشھر ٥٫٩٥واقل معدل له سجل في شھر ايار فرد/لتر، ١٢٫١٤بينما بلغت كثافة الھائمات القشرية الثالثة ملغم/لتر، ٧٫٧٠ . ٠٫٠٥مالية تحت احت ١٫٨٨وبفارق معنوي احصائي فرد/لتر. ٧٫٤٦وبلغت كثافة الھائمات القشرية الثالثة ملغم/لتر ملغم/لتر ٥٫٣٣بلغ داخل القفص bod) ان معدل الـ ٧تم قياس المتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين حيث يظھر الشكل ( ملغم/لتر ولم يسجل فارق معنوي بين الموقعين بالنسبة للمتطلب الحيوي لالوكسجين. ٥٫٣٩متر من القفص بلغ ١٠٠وبعد ملغم/لتر واقل معدل ٦٫٥٠خالل فترة الدراسة فقد اظھر اعلى معدل له في شھر شباط اما الفارق بين االشھر في المحطة فرد/لتر على ٩٫٠٢و ٨٫٦١وسجلت كثافة الھائمات القشرية خالل ھذين المعدلين بين ملغم/لتر ٤٫٢٠له في شھر نيسان . ٠٫٠٥، تحت احتمالية احصائية ٥٫٧٣وبفارق معنوي بين اشھر الدراسة التوالي، المناقشة متفرعة طريق نقل الطاقة من المنتجات االولية عن العذبة للمياه الغذائية السلسلة في رئيس للھائمات القشرية دور جزءا الى المستوى االعلى في السلسلة الغذائية وتكونان copepoda [ 17 ]االقدام ومجذافية cladocera اللوامس على كبيرا اعتمادا تعتمد مائي مسطح أي في الحيوانية الھائمات . ان كثافة [ 18] العضوية الغذائية السلسلة في مھما قليلة او قد تنعدم في داخل اقفاص التربية بأعداد الھائمات وجود ھذه تؤكد الحالية والدراسة[ 19 ] االنتاجية تغيرات لوحظ فقد اللوامس متفرعة اعداد نقصان البعض، يصاحبه بعضھا في تاثيرھا الى يعود قد اعدادھا قلة ان كما يوضح ذلك، اسباب الى يعود اللوامس الصغيره وھذا متفرعة مجاميع على االقدام التي قد تتغذى مجذافية زيادة ان البحث اشھر خالل اشھر خالل االجناس يعد وجود فقد لذلك [20] المياه في اولية متفرعة اللوامس منتجات من مجاميع بعض ان منھا عديدة تكون فقد الحرارة درجة على يعتمد انه او ، [ 21]البيض ووضع والتكاثر النمو اوقات اختالف منھا اسباب لعدة السنة كذلك التأثير المباشر القفاص تربية االسماك في نھر دجلة يكون سبباً [22] .عكسية االحياء تنوع وبين بينھا العالقة احيانا متر ومن تشريح الجھاز الھضمي لالسماك في االقفاص ١٠٠سياً لقلة اعدادھا داخل القفص ورجوع تنوعھا بعد القفص اسا وجد فتات للھائمات القشرية داخل اقفاص التربية. اظھرت الدراسة الحالية وجود فرق معنوي مسجل في شھر ايار اذ انخفض معدل االوكسجين المذاب في الماء في محطة الراشدية وقد يعود ھذا االختالف الى طبيعة ھذه المحطة المحاطة باألراضي الزراعية الكثيفة على طول امتداد النھر تلقاه من طرح للملوثات من المنازل واسمدة كيميائية ومياه الصرف الصحي في ھذه المنطقة كونھا منطقة زارعية وما ت مما يسبب كثرة المواد العضوية المطروحة الى النھر وتحلل ھذه المواد العضوية بفعل البكتريا مما يزيد الطلب على التھا في شھر كانون الثاني . وتراوحت قيم االوكسجين المذاب اعلى معد]23[األوكسجين وھذا يتوافق ما جاء في دراسة ] الذي وجد ان قيم االوكسجين المذاب 24[وادنى معدالتھا في شھر ايار طوال فترة الدراسة وقد توافقت الدراسة الحالية مع ملغم/لتر. 6.59-0.20في نھر الزاب االسفل في تكريت المائي يعد رديئاً اذا بلغ معدل المتطلب وحسب مواصفات منظمة الصحة العالمية التي اشارت الى ان المصدر ملغم/لتر لذا فان مياه نھر دجلة المار بمدينة بغداد في محطة الدراسة والذي لم يسجل فروقا معنوية ٥الحيوي لألوكسجين ملغم /لتر لذلك تكون المحطات التي تمت الدراسة فيھا جيدة. . ٥ولم يسجل االوكسجين المذاب معدالً اقل من ) ان معدالت االس الھيدروجيني سجلت خالل اشھر الدراسة في محطة الراشدية اعلى معدل له في ٤يبين الشكل ( ولم تسجل فروق معنوية بين االشھر في محطة الراشدية . قد 7.42واقل معدل سجل في شھر ايار 8.02شھر نيسان الھيدروجيني في محطات الدراسة الى قابلية التنظيم العالية في يعزى سبب المدى الضيق الذي تراوحت فيه معدل االس علوم الحياة | 285 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المياه العسرة والقاعدية الضعيفة بسبب وجود البيكاربونات في مياه النھر التي تعمل كنظام بفر . ]٢٦و ٢٥[ حطة خالل اشھر الدراسة في محطة الراشدية ) ان مستوى درجة حرارة الماء للفرق في الم٥كما يبين الشكل ( ˚ م 10، وادنى معدل سجل في شھر كانون الثاني ˚م 32معدل سجلت اعلى درجة حرارة لھا في شھر حزيران وقد بلغت اذ توافقت مع دراسة طوال فترة الدراسة، تتوافق نتائج الدراسة مع اغلب الدراسات البيئية العراقية، ٨٫٤١بفرق معنوي ] حيث وجد ان ٢٣[ْم ، ودراسة ٢٥٢٣حيث كانت درجات الحرارة لنھر الفرات قرب محطة كھرباء المسيب من ]٢٧[ ْم عند دراسة الخواص البيئية ألعالي نھر دجلة والفرات وعالقتھما بتنمية الثروة السمكية ٣٠١٢ درجات الحرارة بلغت في العراق، في مكان وضع االقفاص السمكية العائمة. بينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية تقارباً في قيم درجات الحرارة بين المواقع في االشھر االربعة االولى من الدراسة كما بفروق معنوية بينما اظھرت نتائج الشھرين االخيرين من الدراسة ارتفاعاً غير معنوي في درجة حرارة الماء، والسبب قد .]٢٨[رة مباشرة بدرجة حرارة الھواء التي تتأثر بھا درجة حرارة الماء يعود في ذلك الرتباط درجة حرارة المياه بصو 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار حزيران c la d c e ra االشھر cladoceraتأثير الموقع من الحوض والشھر في ): ١(شكل رقم داخل الحوض م ١٠٠بعد علوم الحياة | 286 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار حزيران c y c lo p o d a االشھر cyclopodaتأثير الموقع من الحوض والشھر في : 2)( شكل رقم داخل الحوض م ١٠٠بعد 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 يكانون الثان شباط اذار نيسان ايار حزيران c a la n o id a االشھر calanoidaتأثير الموقع من الحوض والشھر في ): 3(شكل رقم داخل الحوض م ١٠٠بعد علوم الحياة | 287 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 8 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار حزيران ي ين ج رو يد لھ س ا اال p h االشھر تأثير الموقع من الحوض والشھر في االس الھيدروجيني): (4شكل رقم داخل الحوض م من الحوض ١٠٠بعد 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار حزيران اء لم ة ا ار حر ة ج در w t c االشھر تأثير موقع الحوض والشھر في درجة حرارة الماء):5(شكل رقم داخل الحوض م من الحوض ١٠٠بعد علوم الحياة | 288 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 6 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.8 7 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار حزيران ن جي س وك اال d o االشھر doتأثير المحطة واألشھر في االوكسجين ) : 6(شكل رقم b c 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 كانون الثاني شباط اذار نيسان ايار حزيران b o d 5 االشھر bod5تأثير الموقع من الحوض والشھر في ):7(شكل رقم داخل الحوض م من الحوض ١٠٠بعد علوم الحياة | 289 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المصادر ١. siefert, r. e. (1972). first food of larval yellow perch, white sucker, emerald shiner, and rainbow smelt. trans. amer. fish. soc., 101: 219 – 225. لمنخفض بحر البيئية ) المالمح٢٠٠٢ناجي ( عباس ، بالسم و عبد الزھرة علي ، الالمي و كامل باسم داللي .٢ .١٦-١١):٤(٥ ، العراقية الزراعة مجلة . لالستثمار السمكي صالحيتة ومدى النجف ٣. timms, r.m.and moss, b.(1984) prevention of growth of potentially dense phytoplankton populations by zooplankton grazing, in the presence of –zooplanktivorous fish, in a shallow wetland ecosystem. limnol. oceanogr. 29: 472 486; ٤. induced diel -j. (1992). metabolic costs during predatordawidowicz, p. and loose, c. 1595.-vertical migration of daphnia. limnology and oceanoaphy 37, 1589 ٥. andronikova i. (1996). zooplankton characteristics in monitoring of lake ladoga. hydrobiologia 322: 173–179. تنوع في البيئية التاثيرات .( 2000 ) االمير عبد كاظم محسن، و وھبي انمار صبري، الزھرة؛ عبد علي الالمي .٦ .٦٤-٥٣): ٢(٣المستدامة. والتنمية البيئة ابحاث مجلة . دجلة نھر على الثرثار لذراع الحيوانية الھائمات ٧. ml-doori, m. l. and dauod, h. a. m. (2002).a study on the zooplankton of al – habbaniyalake . ibn al-haitham j. pure & app. sci., 15(2): 20-32. ٨. ramfos, i. s.; somara kis, a.; koutisiko, s.; kallianiotis, a. and fragopoulu, n. (2006).mesozooplankton distribution in relation to hydrology of northestern aegen sea ,eastem mediterran . j. plankton res., 38(3): 241-255. ٩. saberi, a. w.; mahmoud, a.s. and maulood, b. k. (1989). a study on the cladocera of the river tigris . arab gulf j. sc. res., 7(3): 171-183. ١٠. mangalo, h. h. and akbar, m. m. (1986). seasonal variation in population density of zooplankton in the lower reaches of diyala river , baghdadiraq . j. bio. sci. res., 17(3): 99-113. .بغداد مدينة دخوله قبل دجلة نھر على الثرثار لذراع البيئية التأثيرات .( 1998 ) زبون الزھرة عبد علي الالمي .١١ .صفحة 123 :المستنصرية الجامعة اطروحة دكتوراه، ١٢. sabri, a. w. and ali, z. h. (1988).vertical distribution of zooplanktonic species in sammarra impoundment . sci. sci. conf. baghdadiraq, 5(5): 253-264. ١٣. mohammad, m. b. m. (1979).annual cycles of some cladocerans in a polluted streem . environ. pull., 18: 71-81. مجذافية القشرية للھائمات والكمي النوعي التكوين في الشھرية التغايرات.( 2009 ) لفتة ميسلون الدوري .١٤ ومتفرعة cladocera والتطبيقية، الصرفة للعلوم الھيثم ابن مجلة . تفرعاته وبعض ديالى نھر االقدام في .٥١٣٩): ٣(٢٢. copepodaاللوامس ١٥. apha, american public health association, (2012), standard method for the examination of water and waste water, american public health association publication office, washington, p-759. ١٦. sterza, j. m. and fernands, l. l. (2006). distribution and abundance of cladocera ( brnchiopoda ) in the paraiba dsul river estuary , rio de janeiro , brazil . brazilian j. oceanograohy, 54(4): 193-204. ١٧. panarelli, e. a. and casanova, s. m. c. (2010). secondary production and biomass of cladocera in marginal lakes after the recovery of their hydrologic connectivity in a river-reservoir transition zone . international lake environment . hydrobiologia enveronm. j., 15: 319-334. ١٨. marazzo and valentin . (2004) .population dynamics of pseudoevadne tergestina (branchiopoda , onychopoda ) inguanabara bay , brazil . braz , archs . bio . technal . 47 (5):713 – 723 . ١٩. boxshal, g. a. and de faye, d. (2008). global diversity of copepoda (crustacea:copepoda ) in fresh water. hydrobiologia, 595: 195-207. علوم الحياة | 290 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ٢٠. saygi, y.; gundaz, e.; demiral, f. y. and cagiar, s. s. (2011). seasonal patterns of the zooplankton community in the shallow , brakish liman lake in kizilirmak delta . turk. j. zool., 35(6): 783-792. صفحة. ٢٠٦). البيئة المائية .دار اليازوري العلمية للنشر والتوزيع ،عمان /االردن :٢٠٠٦السعدي ،حسين علي ( .٢١ ).دراسة الخواص البيئية العالي نھر ١٩٩٩،حسين على وعلي عبد الزھرة الالمي وثائر ابراھيم قاسم .(السعدي .٢٢ .٣١-٢٠):٢(٢دجلة والفرات وعالقتھا بتنمية الثروة السمكية في العراق .مجلة ابحاث البيئة والتنمية المستدامة ، ث االحيائي وبعض العوامل الفيزيائية ). دراسة الدالئل الجرثومية للتلو٢٠٠٥الجبوري،محسن حمد دھام ( .٢٣ والكيميائية المؤثرة على مياه نھر دجلة ونھر الزاب االسفل في منطقة الحويجة وتكريت .رسالة ماجستير ،كلية صفحة. ٧٤-٥٧التربية /جامعة تكريت/العراق ، ٢٤. goldman, c.r. & horne, a.j. (1983). limnology-mcgraw hill int. c.co. pp.464. ٢٥. hynes, h.c.n., (1972). the ecology of running waters, liverpool univ ،.press. كھرباء محطة قرب الفرات في نھر األسماك مجتمع تقييم و بيئة وحياتية ).٢٠٠٤عباس ( محمد لؤي ، التميمي .٢٦ . ص ١٤٧ ، البصرة ، جامعة الزراعة ،كلية دكتوراه المسيب. اطروحة ) . دراسة بيئية العوالق النباتية في بعض مبازل الجزء الشمالي للمصب العام ٢٠٠٤مد جاسم محمد (العزاوي ،اح .٢٧ ص. ٦٢-٥٥.رسالة ماجستير .كلية العلوم ،جامعة بغداد / العراق علوم الحياة | 291 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 study of the density of crustacean zooplankton and some environmental factors inside and outside the cages breeding fish in the tigris river (al rashidiya area) baghdad harith q. mehdi sabah f. basat dept. of biology / college of education for pure sciences(ibn-al-haitham) / university of baghdad. received in :8/january/2015, accepted in :25/march/2015 abstract two orders of zooblankton,were studied cladocera and copepeda in two classes calanoida and cyclopoda, where it was studied inside floating cages and for breeding fish placed in the tigris river in the rashidiya area. has been study the population density of zooplankton groups and measure some chemical and physical characters, was studie where she collected samples of zooplankton and water from two locations of cages (inside the cages, after 100m from cages). the study was conducted within six months from january to the end of june 2014 during which there was study of the wallace ph, water temperature, biological oxygen demand and dissolved oxygen, as to the zooplankton study the species disappeared inside cages of fish and existed after 100 meters from the cages also the different between the individual through the month study the highest range in june reached to 16.55 individual/ liter and the lowest range record in january reached to 6.60 individual/ liter, in addition to having changes in the physical and chemical factors, where the high water temperature ranged to 32c˚ where the density of three zooplankton in this range is 16.10 per individual/ liter and the low range record in january amounted to 10c˚ and three phytoplankton density are 6.50 per individual/ liter and highest rate of ph recorded in april to 8.02 and the lowest rate was recorded in may reached to 7.42 also recorded the density of phytoplankton in this rate between 9.02 and 7.46 individual/ liter, respectively. also ranged dissolved oxygen values in the water has highest rate recorded in march amounted to 7.70 mg/l, while the three phytoplankton density reached to 12.14 individual/ liter, and its lowest rate was recorded in may to 5.95 mg/l and density of the three individual phytoplankton to 7.46 per individual/ liter. the value of the bod has shown highest in february reached to 6.50 mg/l and lower rate in april reached to 4.20 mg/l and recorded phytoplankton density during these rates between 8.61 and 9.02 individual/ liter, respectively. keywords: zooplankton, crustaceans, copepeda, cladocera, ph. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 139 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license improving the mechanical properties of epoxy by adding sub-micron cantaloupe peel fibers . abstract the use of bio-fruit waste has more attention in recent years because of the low cost of biofibers and the protection of the environment. in this study, the epoxy was reinforced with fruit residues (cantaloupe peel powder) in proportions (1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 7.5%, and 10% by weight) as results of mechanical tests such as impact, hardness, flexural and compression. adding sub microns particle size cantaloupe peels particles with a weight ratio of 7.5% improves the epoxy mechanical properties, like impact strength, hardness, flexural strength, and compression strength by 59.43%, 5.8%, 45.7%, and 118.2%, respectively. using x-ray diffraction, the crystallite size ( d) of cantaloupe peel the powder was about (3 nm). in this research, scanning electron microscopy was used to examine the morphology of the (epoxy/7.5 % cantaloupe peel powder) composite and to interpret the improvement in epoxy mechanical properties. keywords: epoxy, impact strength, compression strength, cantaloupe peel fibers 1.introduction the use of agricultural waste as reinforcement in polymer instead of synthetic reinforcements has been increased. this is because natural fibers are environmentally friendly, non-toxicity, and have a low cost with lighter weight [1]. cellulose is considered one of the best cheap materials due to its natural availability, so that it can be used as an alternative to the expensive materials of petroleum origin. cellulose can be obtained either from a vegetarian or animal source and, generally, has excellent mechanical properties, such as tensile and bending strength. there are materials other than cellulose in plants, like pectin, lignin, hemicellulose, and ash [23]. doi.org/ 10.30526/36.1.2910 article history: received 26 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq rand b. lutfi department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. rand.bassem1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq widad h. jassim department of phesics , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. widad.h.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:rand.bassem1104a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:widad.h.j@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 140 in (2020), h k hameed et al. reinforced the epoxy with orange peel fibers with percentages (5%,10%,15%, and 20 %). the results showed that adding (15 percent by weight) orange peel and carbonized orange peel particles to epoxy increased tensile strength. in comparison, the addition value (10 percent by weight) is sufficient for improving other mechanical properties [4]. in 2021, tuan anh nguyen et al. utilized banana fibers that had been processed with 5% naoh. mechanical and thermal properties of banana fiber-reinforced epoxy resin with weight percent (10, 15, 20, and 25 %) were studied, and the improvement in both mechanical properties and thermal stability of epoxy was achieved using the weight ratio of 20% of banana fibers [5]. melon fruit can be created in large amounts during industrial processing, posing a severe challenge in terms of environmental effects. on the other hand, these wastes are a rich source of bioactive chemicals and nutrients that have been shown to benefit human health, so (fátima a. miller et al.) 2021 used cantaloupe melon peel paste in packaging food additive as antibacterial material [6]. in this research, the sub-microns of cantaloupe peel fibers were used to improve the epoxy mechanical properties like (impact strength, flexural strength, hardness, and compressive strength) by adding these fibers in different weight fractions ( 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,7.5, and 10%). 2.materials and methods 2.1. preparation of composites cantaloupe peel wastes were dried in the sun for ten days and in the oven at 60 ocfor 7 hours; then, dried cantaloupe peels were milled using the device (nqm -0.4 ball mill), as shown in figures (1). milling took about 60 minutes to get the sub microfibers with average particle size (~ 0.3 𝜇𝑚). figure 1: a) cantaloupe fruits b) dried cantaloupe peels c) milling deviced) cantaloupe fibers the fibers were mixed with epoxy (sikadur-52) using the hand-lay technique; hardener was added in a ratio of (1:2) to epoxy. the mixtures were poured into greased silicone molds prepared to wear test. epoxy/ sub-microns cantaloupe fibers( ep / smcafs) composites were prepared with different weight ratios ( 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7.5, and 10 % ). the composites of (ep/ smcafs) with different weight percentages (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7.5, and 10 wt. %) of cantaloupe peels were prepared. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 141 the (ep/ smcafs) mixtures are poured into silicone molds with (astm dimensions). for easy removal of composite sheets, the mixture (ep/ smcafs) was allowed in molds to cure for (1-3) days at room temperature. 2.2.mechanical tests 2.2.1. impact test for the charpy impact test, the specimens are molded according to the international system (iso-179) with dimensions (100×10× 8 mm). 2.2.2. hardness test for the hardness test (shore d), the specimens are molded according to (astm d 78508). 2.2.3. flexural test flexural test performed using three-point bending factory-made by the instrument model h50 kt (tinius olsen/uk). the dimensions of the samples are (100×10×4mm) according to (astm-d790). 2.2.4.compression test the compressibility qualities were tested using a hydraulic press. the test was done on composite resin specimens using a universal compression test machine. the compressive strain was found by dividing the change in the length of a specimen by the original length, and stress was calculated using equation (1) [7]. stress ( σ) = 𝐹(𝑁) 𝐴(𝑚𝑚2) (1) where f: is the force applied on the specimen. a: is the base area. 2.2.5 x-ray diffraction (xrd) xrd was used to determine the crystallographic structure of a substance. this technique was developed using an x-ray diffraction device (shimadzu japan) (xrd600). the x-ray wavelength was 1.54 ao with a range of (10 80 degrees). 2-2-6 microstructure test the microstructure of (ep/ smcafs) composite was checked by an electronic photography using the electronic scanning instrument (tescan) manufactured in britain. 3.results 3.1 mechanical tests ihjpas. 36(1)2023 142 3.1.1 impact results impact strength shows the extent of the ability of the material to absorb energy before it breaks after applying impact force [10]. figure (2) shows the impact strength of (ep/ smcafs) composites, where the impact strength values increase from (9.12 kj / m2 ) for pure epoxy to a maximum value (14.54 kj / m2) with ( 7.5% smcafs ) content and down to value (10.57 kj / m2) with (10 % smcafs ) content. this behavior of the impact strength curve is similar to that found by (seenaa et al.) [8]. the addition of cantaloupe fibers with particle size 0.3 microns to epoxy with concentrations (5 and 7.5 wt %) improves the impact strength of the epoxy by 43.64 % and 59.43%, respectively. these proportions of fibers act as strength centers in the epoxy matrix [10]. figure 2.impact strength of (ep/ smcafs) composites 3.1.2 hardness results figure (3) shows the increase in hardness by loading epoxy with smcafs at weight percentages ranging (from 2-7.5 %). (ep/ smcafs) composites at the percentages of addition (5% and 7.5%) have higher values of hardness (81.2 and 82), respectively, compared to the hardness of neat epoxy (77.5). this is because of the excellent dispersion of smcafs between the chains of the epoxy matrix at these rates of additions, but at higher rates of additions (10%), the hardness values of (the ep/ smcafs) composite will be reduced. this may be due to the agglomeration of pumpkin particles in the epoxy matrix. 9.12 7.9 8.3 9.32 9.1 13.1 14.54 10.57 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 im p a c t k j / m 2 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 143 figure 3. hardness of (ep/ smcafs) composites 3.1.3 flexural results flexural strength indicates the material's resistance to bending when an external force is applied [10]. figure(4) shows that the flexural strength increased from (40.1mpa) for neat epoxy, reaching higher values (51.57mpa) and (58.43 mpa ) for (ep/5%smcafs) and (ep/7.5% smcafs) respectively. it reduced to value (42.85mpa) for (ep/ 10% 2.5mpf) composite, that means (5% and 7.5% smcafs) be a sufficient ratio to achieve good bonding between micro cantaloupe fibers and epoxy matrix. these results agreed with [9]. figure 4. flexural strength of (ep/ smcafs) composites 3.1.4 compression results table (1) illustrates the compression test results of (epoxy/ smcafs) composites, where the stress and strain values of samples rise as the force applied increases; these results are consistent with [11-12]. 77.5 74 80 81 81.1 81.2 82 77.4 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 0 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 h a rd n e ss 40.1 36.65 37.44 43.36 45.19 51.57 58.43 42.85 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 fl e x u r a l (m p a ) weight fraction % ihjpas. 36(1)2023 144 table 1. compression stress and strain of (epoxy/ smcafs) composites epoxy epoxy\ 1% cantaloupe peels epoxy\ 2% cantaloupe peels epoxy\ 3% cantaloupe peels f (n ) ∆ l (m m) (σ) n/mm 2 ε f (n ) ∆ l (mm) (σ) n/m m2 ε f( n) ∆ l (mm) (σ) n/mm 2 ε f(n ) ∆ l (mm) (σ) n/mm 2 ε 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 0.0 5 6.435 8 0.0 02 50 0 0.05 6.384 0.0 02 50 0 0.04 6.32 0.0 01 500 0.09 6.078 0.0 03 10 00 1.4 12.87 16 0.0 57 10 00 0.24 12.78 8 0.0 09 10 00 0.28 12.64 0.0 11 100 0 0.33 12.15 6 0.0 13 15 00 2.1 19.50 25 0.0 85 15 00 0.48 19.15 2 0.0 19 15 00 0.51 19.96 0.0 02 150 0 0.65 18.23 4 0.0 25 16 50 2.9 21.23 82 0.1 17 20 00 0.69 25.53 6 0.0 27 20 00 0.71 25.28 1 0.0 08 200 0 0.82 24.31 2 0.0 32 25 00 0.92 31.92 0.0 37 25 00 0.91 31.60 1 0.0 35 250 0 1 30.39 1 0.0 39 30 00 1.45 38.30 4 0.0 58 30 00 1.5 37.92 1 0.0 45 300 0 1.24 36.46 9 0.0 4 33 00 1.32 41.71 4 0.0 51 epoxy\ 4% cantaloupe peels epoxy\5% cantaloupe peels epoxy\7.5% cantaloupe peels epoxy\10% cantaloupe peels f( n) ∆ l (m m) (σ) n/mm 2 ε f( n) ∆ l (mm) (σ) n/m m2 ε f( n) ∆ l (mm (σ) n/mm 2 ε f(n ) ∆ l (mm) (σ) n/mm 2 ε 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 0.0 5 6.031 0.0 01 50 0 0.07 7.377 0.0 02 50 0 0.08 6.262 0.0 03 500 0.11 6.457 0.0 04 10 00 0.1 7 12.06 3 0.0 06 10 00 0.21 12.75 4 0.0 08 10 00 0.21 12.52 5 0.0 08 100 0 0.37 12.92 9 0.0 14 15 00 0.4 2 18.09 5 0.0 16 15 00 0.43 19.13 1 0.0 16 15 00 0.5 18.78 8 0.0 19 150 0 0.52 19.37 2 0.0 2 20 00 0.5 8 24.12 7 0.0 22 20 00 0.66 25.50 9 0.0 25 20 00 0.84 25.05 1 0.0 33 200 0 0.85 25.82 9 0.0 33 25 00 0.7 5 30.15 9 0.0 29 25 00 0.81 31.88 6 0.0 31 25 00 1.05 31.31 4 0.0 41 260 0 1.27 30.99 5 0.0 49 30 00 0.9 8 36.19 1 0.0 38 25 50 1.07 38.26 3 0.0 41 30 00 1.35 37.57 7 0.0 53 32 00 1.1 9 38.60 4 0.0 46 35 00 1.64 43.84 0.0 64 37 00 1.85 46.34 6 0.0 72 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 145 figure (5) shows thatcompression strength increase from (21.23mpa ) for epoxy to higher value (46.34 mpa)for (epoxy/7.5 % cantaloupe fibers) , which is due to the fact that (7.5 %) of cantaloupe peel is a good ratio for joining the epoxy chains and therefore improving the bearing capacity under the applied load. figure 5.compression strength of (ep/ smcafs) composites figure (6) shows that the maximum strain value decreases from a higher level (0.117) for neat epoxy to reach its minimum value (0.04) by adding 3% of cantaloupe fibers to epoxy and increasing up to (0.072) by adding 7.5% of cantaloupe peels waste fibers. figure 6. compression strength of (ep/ smcafs) composites 3.2 x-ray diffraction ( xrd) figure (7) shows the (xrd) pattern of cantaloupe peel powder, which can use to find the highest three peaks and there (𝜃) position and intensities are summarized in table (2). 21.2382 38.304 41.714 36.469 38.604 38.263 46.346 30.995 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 0 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 co m p e re ss iv e s tr e n g th n /m m 2 weigth fraction % 0.117 0.058 0.051 0.04 0.046 0.041 0.072 0.049 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 ε weight fraction % ihjpas. 36(1)2023 146 figure 7. xrd of cantaloupe peel fibers table 2. the theta position, d – space, fwhm and intensity of the highest three peaks no. peak the peak inx-ray spectrum theta position dspace(a°) fwhm (deg) intensities 1 6 21.37 4.15 4.8 124 2 5 18.826 4.709 0 71 3 4 16.91 5.238 0 56 to estimate the crystallite size ( d), scherer formula (2) is used [13]. d= 𝐾 λ 𝐵𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃 … … … (2) where λ: x ray wave length. k : scherer constant , which equals to 0.94 𝜃: is the diffraction angle b: is full width at half maximum crystallite size ( d) of cantaloupe peel powder is about (3 nm ) . 3.3 saning electron microscope (sem) figure (8) shows the morphology of the composite (epoxy/7.5 cantaloupe fibers) at various magnifications (5000 x,1000 x, and 200x ), where the dispersion of cantaloupe particles in the epoxy is good, some agglomeration cavities can also be identified. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 147 a) 5000x b) 1000x c) 200x figure 8. sem images of epoxy/ sub microns cantaloupe peel fibers with magnification 4.conclusion 1adding cantaloupe peel fibers to epoxy greatly improves its mechanical properties. 2the best value of cantaloupe peel fibers that make epoxy can be used as natural gelcoats 7.5%. 3-from the x-ray diffraction spectrum, cantaloupe peel fibers' crystallite size (d) can be determined. 4sem images of (epoxy/7.5% smcafs)) composite shows its morphology, which supports and explains the improvement in the mechanical properties. references 1. parbin, s.; waghmare ;n. k., singh ;s. k., ; khan, s.;mechanical properties of natural fiber reinforced epoxy composites: a review,procedia computer science,2019, 152, 375379. 2.kumar; a., ; srivastava, a. preparation and mechanical properties of jute fiber reinforced epoxy composites. industrial engineering and management, 2017, 6, 1-4. 3. niharika mohanta; achyarya, s.k. mechanical and tribological performance of luffacylindricafibre-reinforced epoxy composite, science of technology,2015, 7, 1, 110 4. hameed, h. k.;jassim, w. h. comparison study of some mechanical properties of epoxy composites usinguncarbonized orange peel and carbonized orange peel, : materials science and engineering 2020. 5.anh tuan nguyen;thihuong nguyen;banana fiber-reinforced epoxy composites: mechanical properties and fire retardancy, international journal of chemical engineering 2021. 6.fátima, a.; miller; joana, f. fundo ; ester garcia; cristina l. m. silva ; teresa r. s. brandão , effect of gaseous ozone process on cantaloupe melon peel: assessment of quality and antilisterial indicators,foods,2021. 7. balqees m dheyaa1 ;widad h. jassim; noor a. hameed,evaluation of the epoxy/antimony trioxide nano composites as flame retardant, journal of physics,,2018, 1003, 15. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/anh-nguyen-301 https://www.researchgate.net/scientific-contributions/thi-huong-nguyen-2198628754 https://www.researchgate.net/journal/international-journal-of-chemical-engineering-1687-8078 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 148 8.seenaa i. hussein ;alaa m. abd-elnaiem;tesleem b. asafa;harith i. jaafar; effect of incorporation of conductive fillers on mechanical properties and thermal conductivity of epoxy resin composite , applied physics , 2018 . 9.shatha h. mahdi; widad h. jassim ,intisar a.hamad; kareem a. jasim, epoxy/silicone rubber blends for voltage insulators and capacitors applications environment and sustainability, science direct,2017, 119, 501-506. 10. diana l; ortiz-barajas ; johan a. arévalo-prada ; octavio fenollar ,;yesid j. rueda-ordonez and sergio torres-giner ; torre faction of coffee husk flour for the plat coffedevelopment of injection-molded green composite pieces of polylactide with high sustainability ,applied science ,2020, 10. 11.watan, a. w. possibility of reducing the thermal conductivity of ceramic refractory materials , ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied sciences,2012, 3, 25 , 195. 12.widad h. jassim ,preparation of the epoxy chicken eggshell composites to use in surface coating, ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied sciences,2017, 29 . 1. 13. toibah, a.r.; misran, f. ; mustafa, z. ; shaaban. a. calcium phosphate from waste animal bones: phase identification analysis calcium phosphate from waste animal bones: phase identification analysis, journal of advanced manufacturing technology,2018. https://www.researchgate.net/scientific-contributions/f-misran-2152061068 https://www.researchgate.net/profile/zaleha-mustafa https://www.researchgate.net/scientific-contributions/a-shaaban-2139815190 3. niharika mohanta; achyarya, s.k. mechanical and tribological performance of luffacylindricafibre-reinforced epoxy composite, science of technology,2015, 7, 1, 110 9.shatha h. mahdi; widad h. jassim ,intisar a.hamad; kareem a. jasim, epoxy/silicone rubber blends for voltage insulators and capacitors applications environment and sustainability, science direct,2017, 119, 501-506. 13. toibah, a.r.; misran, f. ; mustafa, z. ; shaaban. a. calcium phosphate from waste animal bones: phase identification analysis calcium phosphate from waste animal bones: phase identification analysis, journal of advanced manufacturing technology,2018. 32 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. enhancing some mechanical properties (compression, impact, hardness, young modulus) and thermal conductivity, diffusion coefficient of micro epoxy composites. abstract in this research, the study effect of additive titanium dioxide powder (tio2) as a lone composite ( ep+tio2) and a mixture of (tio2) and silicon oxide (sio2), ( ep+ tio2+sio2)as a hybrid composite on the mechanical and physical properties for epoxy coating. thescompsiteswere prepared by (hand laythe molding) method. the samples were tested for compressive strength, surface hardness, modulus of elasticity, thermal conductivity and diffusion coefficient, from the results obtained showed improvement in mechanical properties after adding ceramic powders, as the alone composite (ep+ tio2) had the highest compressive strength ( 53.738 ) ᴍpa, the hybrid composite ( ep+tio2 +sio2 ) had the highest surface hardness (79.65), modulus of elasticity (1166.66 ) ᴍpa, impact strength ( 8.48) ᴍpa, thermal conductivity (0.4961 )watt/ m.c◦. as for the diffusion coefficient in the acidic solution ( hcl), the epoxy without adding the highest diffusion coefficient ( 31.3x 10-10) m2/ sec while for immersion in ordinary water, the one composite material (ep+ tio2) had the highest value of the diffusion coefficient (7.56x10-10)m2/sec. keywords: hardness, diffusion coefficient, compression, thermal conductivity. 1. introduction thermosets with high resistance to decomposition and low specific weight, give the best mechanical and thermal properties, as these materials are among the best family of polymers. epoxy resin is one of the best available resins at this time because of its good mechanical ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi:10.30526/35.3.2841 article history: received 4 april 2022, accepted 8 may 2022, published in july 2022. suad h. aleabi department of physics, college of education for pure science \ ibn alhaitham,university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. soaad.h.l@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mohammed m. yahyaa department of physics, college of education for pure science / ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. majeed1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:soaad.h.l@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:majeed1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:majeed1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 33 properties, and high performance, in addition to its resistance to deterioration, and this gives it importance in its almost exclusive use in the aviation industry. resins play an important role in shipbuilding because of their high resistance to water degradation when fully treated, in addition to their increased adhesive properties. ideal for the manufacture of armored vehicles, epoxy resins have many mechanical properties such as toughness, extreme flexibility, high hardness to strength, and high chemical, and electrical resistance. high, high heat resistance. [1]. the inclusion of multiple small fillings improves the rigidity of the material and may also increase its strength under specific loading conditions. however, it must be remembered that micro-fillings hurt basic qualities, such as resistance to the impact of the material. [2]. the positive and negative effects of micro-fills embedded in a polymeric matrix have been well documented for a variety of phenomena, including energy absorption [3], thermal and electrical conductivity [4].thermaland mechanical behavior [5]. and the dependence of the fracture resistance of the composite on the strength of the particle/matrix bond in particle-filled polyester resins [6]. as a result, the academic focus has turned to nanotechnology and the use of nanometer size fillers to counteract or mitigate the detrimental impacts of polymeric matrix characteristics and micro fillers. [7]. nanoparticles immersed in a polymer matrix have aroused interest due to the extraordinary mechanical, thermal, optical, electrical and magnetic capabilities exhibited by nanocomposites. the physical and chemical properties of these particles are very different from those of molecular and mass materials due to their nanoscale size. nanoparticle-reinforced polymers combine the properties of the host polymer matrix and separate nanoparticles synergistically [8]. dielectric behaviors, thermal stability features, strong wear resistance, mechanical performance and outstanding tribological properties are just a few of the beneficial aspects of nano epoxy composites [9]. layered nano-silica particles, for example, have been added to epoxy resins to enhance hardness and mechanical strength. [10]. currently, fiber-reinforced composites are being added to nano-modified epoxy as matrix materials, with promising results in terms of interlamellar fracture toughness and damage tolerance, among others [11]. abdul-adheemzuily looked at the physical, mechanical, and image properties of (ep/al2o3 & ep/tio2) and hybrid composites, as well as the effects of chemical solutions and uv irradiation on some physical-mechanical properties. when the weight fraction increases, the hardness increases, as he demonstrates [12]. mu liang-kl wong investigates the mechanical and thermal properties of epoxy nano and micro composites. the results demonstrate that both nano and micro composites have superior mechanical qualities, while nanocomposites have better thermal properties than pure epoxy [13]. zhou et al. investigated two types of tio2 particle sizes: macro and nanoparticles and found that agglomeration of nanoparticles reduces mechanical properties[14]. this study aimed to improve the mechanical and physical properties of epoxy composites, both single and hybrid. 2. material epoxy resin type in a liquid state ( sikadur – 52 australia pty limited ) is used as a matrix material in the preparation of composites micro particles composites, epoxy becomes into the solid state via additives the hardener which has low viscosity and density properties. the hardener was added to the epoxy at a ratio 2:1 with continuous mixing. µm, purity( )350-( 1 2sio, (1.5)µm purity(99.9) 2 the composites were prepared using tio 99.9%). 3. preparation of composites epoxy micro composites were prepared using a glass mold by dimension [20x20x1] cm. the micro particles' oxides were mixed with epoxy using the magnetic vibrator for (10) minutes. after the mixture was completed, the mold was prepared, cleaned, and dried and the ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 34 surface of the mold was covered with fablon paper to prevent the casting from sticking to the surface of the mold after that the mixture was poured into the mold quite quietly to avoid the formation of bubbles. the casting was left for 48 hours for hardener, the casting was placed in the oven at a temperature of 50c◦ for (3) hours for solidification. after extracting the casting, they were cut according to the standard dimensions for each test [15]. 4. experimental test 4-1:compressive test the compressive strength is the maximum applied stress that the material can withstand solid under vertical pressure. compressive resistance can be set from a relationship (1). c.s=p/a(1) where: c.s: compressive strength (mpa). p: maximum shed load (n.) a: cross-sectional area (mm2). the composite material has been tested for compressive strength using a piston hydraulic type (ley bold harris no.36110) and sheds the load gradually on the sample until it fails and the change in length is determined by deflection. the maximum load that the sample can bear (when failure) is the maximum. a value for its compressive strength and was calculated according to equation (1), and from the graph between the applied stress and the strain, the young modulus calculate. 4-2: impact test for performance impact testing on the prepared samples, charpy impact experiment equipment manufactured by testing machines in amityville, new york, was employed. the pendulum and the energy normal gauge are the two main components of the instrument. the charpy impact test consists of a conventional test part that is fractured in one flow of the hammer swinging. the instrument's performance is achieved by elevating the hammer to its highest position and securing it in place, then inserting the samples. swing action converts potential energy to kinetic energy, but the amount of it in broken samples is missed. as a result, the quantity of broken energy will be displayed on an indication scale, and the sample impact strength will be determined using the relation(2) [16]. i. s = u/a (j/m2)(2) where: i.s, the impact strength u, the energy fracture (joule) a , the cross section area (m2) 4-3: hardness test the specimens were prepared at room temperature and the hardness test was recorded using a shore hardness instrument by astm d2240. 4-4:young's modulus test change in polymer dimensions as a function of stress is one of the properties ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 35 mechanical.when stress is applied to a polymer sample at a constant speed, and measured deformation in which a change in length or change in area or volume can be recognized as behaviorpolymer under the influence of stress. from (the stress-strain curve)several properties can be obtained strength, durability, flexibility, maximum stress that the model can withstand and maximum elongation may occur in the model in addition to a lot of very important engineering information. stress usually means the force applied to the unit cross-sectional area of the model and is symbolized by the symbol ( σ ) [ 17]. σ = f / a (1) while strain (ε) represents the amount of elongation of the model as a result of exposure to stress relative to the original length of the model.[17] ε = δ l / lo (2) compression test obtained relation between from the stress and strain of epoxy before and after reinforcement with micro oxides, where it was possible to determine the value of the modulus of elasticity (e) from the slope of the curve, which represents the ratio between stress and strain, according to the following relationship:[17] e = σ / ε (3) 4-5:diffusiontesting the process of diffusion defines the process you perform in the material that moves from one place to another in the system. to spread physically, because of natural, because the particles are in the gaseous or liquid state in a state of continuous motion through the fields moving from one location to another. this behavior is called the first law of diffusion (fick's law of diffusion) [18]. dx dc df x  (4) fx : the number of particles scattered downward in the direction of the concentration gradient per second per unit area is called the flow of particles d: diffusion coefficient (m2/ sec). d= π) [ kt d / 4 m∞] ) (5) kt: slope it is the linear part of the mass gain curve with the square root of time(g/sec ½) m∞: the highest value i.e. saturated state (the highest gain value in the mass) (g). d: thickness ( mm). to find the percentage change in the mass of the models immersed in water and solutions, we use the following law: ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 36 weight gain% = (m2 – m1 / m1)× 100% (6) m1: mass of the sample before immersion (g). m2: mass of the sample after immersion (g) 4-6: thermal conductivity we can compute the factor thermal conductivity of total samples for this research used method disk lee, depending on the equations. q = 𝐾𝑑𝑇⁄𝑑𝑥(7) dt/dx : heat grade in (ᵒ c/ m) , negative symbol mean the heat movements first great temperature range to the smaller temperature range. thermal conductivity amount we can compute in the following equations. 𝑘[𝑇𝐵 − 𝑇𝐴/𝑑𝑠] = 𝑒[𝑇𝐴 + 2/𝑟(𝑑𝐴 + 1/4𝑑𝑠)𝑇𝐴 + 1/2𝑟𝑑𝑠𝑇𝐵 ] (8) iv = 𝜋𝑟2𝑒(𝑇𝐴 + 𝑇𝐵 ) + 2𝜋𝑟𝑒[𝑑𝐴𝑇𝐴 + 𝑑𝑠(𝑇𝐴 + 𝑇𝐵 /2) + 𝑑𝐵 𝑇𝐵 + 𝑑𝑐 𝑇𝑐 ] (9) when[ e ] represents the amount of heat energy transient in disc material space the unit per second, unit (w/m2ᵒc). i, a current pass through a convector coil. (ta, tb, tc,) , heat for disc a, b, c. (ᵒc) (ds), the thickness for samples(mm). 5. results and discussion 5-a: compressive under normal conditions, the results of the compressibility test showed that the addition of powders sio2, tio2 and hybrid (tio2 + zno) to an epoxy resin, as a filling agent (filar) it improves the compressive strength of the composite material, where has the lone composite material (ep + tio2) highest compressive strength showed(53.73) mpa. the explanation of this is that the ceramic powders have high durability and can withstand the largest part of the applied stress, residual stress distribution center on the main project, that the consolidation in minutes it is symmetric the same on all servers, and small the size of the particles makes the inter-spaces small, and this hinders the growth of cracks [19]. figure(1 ) shows the results of the compressibility test. figure 1. represents the compressive value before and after reinforcement by ceramic oxides ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 37 5-b:impact the basis of the impact test work depends on the absorption of the initial kinetic energy in the hammer by the test sample before the fracture occurs, and the amount of energy absorbed depends on the internal components of the composite material. it also depends on the resistance of the sample to the external stresses imposed on it. figure (2) shows the value of the impact resistance before and after the reinforcement with ceramic oxides, as it is clear from the results that the value of the impact resistance increased after the reinforcement with ceramic oxides for each of the lone and hybrid composite materials compared to pure epoxy, where the hybrid composite material (ep+tio2 +sio2 ) reached (8.48 )kj/ m 2 and the lone composite material (7.89) kj/ m2 and the reason for the increase in impact resistance can be attributed to the fact that the powders act as buffers for fracture growth, which leads to an increase in the strength of the composite material [20]. figure2.represents the impact value before and after reinforcement by ceramics oxides 5-c: hardness hardness can be defined as a measure of a material's resistance to scratching, abrasion, and wear [21]. figure (3) shows the relationship of hardness to epoxy and its composites, from this figure, it can be seen that the hardness value of both alone and hybrid composite materials increased compared its value for pure epoxy, where the hybrid composite material (ep+tio2 +sio2) had the highest value of hardness (79.65). the reason can be explained that the materials the additives of (tio2, sio2 ) are characterized by high hardness as they are ceramic materials. as the particles diffuse through the polymer and work to fill the voids arising from the manufacturing process and the spaces between them, which leads to an increase in the stacking and the strength of the bond between them and the base material and thus increases the hardness.[22,23]. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 38 figure 3.represents the hardness value before and after reinforcement by ceramics oxides[40]. 5-e: young modulus the figure (4) shows the stress-strain curve for epoxy and for both the alone and hybrid composite materials, where from this figure the values of the modulus of elasticity were obtained for epoxy and its composites, and we can see the owned hybrid composite material (ep+tio2 +sio2) high value of young modulus(1166.66 ) ᴍpa compared than a lone composite and pure epoxy the modulus of elasticity increase because that the ceramic particles become in contact with matrix, and also their small sizes and spread in the material lead to restriction of the movement of the polymer chains, which makes the relaxation process more difficult and thus increases the modulus of elasticity [24]. figure (5) represents the compressive young modulus of epoxy and alone and hybrid composites materials. figure 4. represents the stressstrain value for epoxy and alone and hybrid composites materials. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 39 figure5.represents the compressive young modulus value for epoxy and alone and hybrid composites materials. 5-d: thermal conductivity: figure(6) shows the value of thermal conductivity for epoxy alone and hybrid composites from this fig. we can see high thermal conductivity for the hybrid composite ( ep+tio2 +sio2 ) , (0.4961 )watt/ m.c◦ compared than alone composite and pure epoxy ,this could be due to the increased thermal conductivity of the hybrid composite material compared to the alone composite material and pure epoxy, the addition of ceramic particles to epoxy reduces the degree of crosslinking between the molecular chains, allowing them to move more freely and increase their vibratory ability, resulting in increased thermal conductivity [ 2527]. figure6.represents the thermal conductivity value for epoxy and alone and hybrid composites materials. effect of acid solution (hcl) and water on the physical properties of epoxy before and after reinforced:the goal of investigating polymer decomposition is to figure out how different liquids affect them. the resistance of a polymer is found to be dependent on the polymer's nature as well as the kind and nature of the medium in which it is immersed. when exposed to moisture in the environment or submerged in water or solutions, all types of polymers and composites absorb moisture according to the first law of diffusion (the mass of water or the absorbed solution increases linearly with the square root of time gradually and slowly until a state is reached) [28]. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 40 figures (7,8)show the relationship between the percentage increase in mass and the squared root of time for both immersion in normal water and in alkaline solution ( hcl) for epoxy before and after reinforcement by ceramic oxides for both alone and hybrid composite materials, figure (7) shows that the highest diffusion coefficient immersion in ( hcl) for pure epoxy, where the owned value of diffusion coefficient ( 31.3x10-10) m2 / sec, while for immersion in ordinary water figure (8), the alone composite material (ep+ tio2 ) had the highest value (7.56x10-10) m2 / sec, the reason for the increase in the diffusion of the alone composite material can be attributed to ceramic powders are characterized by containing voids (pores) through which water and solutions escape, lead to the negative effect of immersion in solutions. it can also be said that water and solutions penetrate to the interface region between the powders and the matrix, which leads to weakening the bonding between them and increasing the porosity and thus causing the failure of the material [29]. figure (9) represents the value of diffusion coefficient for epoxy after and before reinforcement when immersion in ( hcl) and normal water. figure 7. the weight gain % for epoxy and alone and hybrid composites material when immersed in (hcl) for 6 weeks. figure 8. the weight gain % for epoxy and alone and hybrid composites material when immersed in water for 6 weeks ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 41 figure 9.the value of diffusion coefficient for epoxy and alone and hybrid composites material after. immersion in (hcl) and water. 7. conclusions through the search results, the following was found: 1the addition of ceramic powders to the epoxy resin material improved the mechanical properties, as the alone composite material ( ep+ tio2 ) had the highest value for compressive strength, while the highest value for hardness, impact resistance and modulus of elasticity was possessed by the hybrid composite material (ep+ tio2+ sio2 ). 2as for the thermal conductivity, the hybrid composite material (ep+ tio2+ sio2 ) had the highest value of thermal conductivity compared to the alone composite material and pure epoxy. 3for immersion in acid solution and normal water, pure epoxy had the highest diffusion coefficient in acid solution, while for water immersion, the alone composite material ( ep+ tio2) had the highest diffusion coefficient value. references: 1.may, c.a.; epoxy resins,chemistry and technology, 2nd e,m. dekker, new york ,1988. 2.papanicolaou, g.c.; andreopoulos. a.g. mater. chem. phys, 1987,18-49. 3. griffith, a.a.; philos. trans. roy. soc. lond. ser. a, contain. pap. a math. phys. char,(1921), 221, 163. 5.abenojar, j.; martınez, m.a.; velasco, f, pascual-sanchez, v. and martın-martınez j.m, j. adhes., 2009, 85-216. 6 .leidner, j. and woodhams, r.t. j. appl. polym. sci., 1974, 18, 1639. 7 .abenojar, j.; encinas, n. del real, j.c. and mart_ınez, m.a. thermochim. acta, 2014, 575, 144. 8. elloumi, a.; pimbert, s. and bradai, c. polym. eng. sci, 2015, 55, 2859. 9 .kostagiannakopoulou, c.; fiamegkou, e. sotiriadis, g. and kostopoulos, v. j. nanomater, 2016, 2016, 1. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 42 10 . zheng, y.; chonung, k, wang. wei, g.p. and jiang, p. j. appl. polym. sci., 2008,111, 917. 11. kostagiannakopoulou, c.; loutas, t. sotiriadis, g.; markou, a. and kostopoulos, v. compos. sci. technol., 2015, 118-217. 12.abdul-adheem z. al-mersomy.; study of some physical, mechanical and imageanalysisfor (ep/al2o3, ep/tio2) and hybrid composites. ph.d. thesis, university of anbar, college of science, 2017. 13.liang, mu.; wong, k.l.; study of mechanical and thermal properties of epoxy resin filled with micro particles and nano partials, energy procedia, 2017, 110,156-161. 14.zhou, y.; evert, w, mahesh, h. shaik, j.; effect of particle size and weight fraction on the flexural strength and failure mode of tio2 particles reinforced epoxy,materials letters,2010, 64,7,806–809. 15.crawford, r.j.; plastic engineering, 2nd ed., pergamonpress ,new york, 1987. 16. comyn, j.; polymer permeability, elsevier applied science publishers ltd, 1985. 17.huda a. albakry.;studies of the mechanical properties of unsaturated polyester composite reinforced by randomly woven fiber glass and effect of acidic solutions on some of its physical properties, journal of al-rafidain sciences, 2012,23,1, 114-129. 18. hsieh, t.h.; kinloch, a.j.; masania, k.; taylor, a.c. and sprenger, s. the mechanismsand mechanics of the toughening of epoxy polymers modified with silica nanoparticlespolymer2010, 51, 6284-6294. 19.meyers, m. a.; chawla, k.k. "mechanical behavior of materials, prentice – hall, inc. new jersey,1999. 20. israa, a. hamood.; impact behavior of epoxy blends and composites, m.sc. thesis, department of applied science university of technology, 2009. 21.suad h. aleabi ;attiya .h.g. a.w. watan.study of the diffusion coefficient and hardness for a composite material when immersed in different solutions polymer, journal of engineering and technology ,2017,35, 1. 22.shatha, h. mahdi; suad h. aleabi; rawnaq, q. ghadhban and ebtisam m. t. salman.; properties evaluation of a composite of unsaturated polyester resin reinforced with mullite, solid state technology, 2020,63, 1. 23. suad, h. aleabi.; the effect of using al2o3 additives on some mechanical properties of unsaturated polyester, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haytham, 2014,27. 24.zanaib, shnean,y.; mechanical & physical properties of high density polyethylene filled with carbon black &titanium dioxide, diyala journal of engineering science,2021, 5, 1. 25.tagreed, m.; anaam, w. hanaa, g.; improving some mechanical properties and thermal conductivity of pmma polymer by using environmental waste, iraqi journal of science, 2021, 62, 7, 2188-2196. 26.khalf, e. z.; effect of chemical solution on some of the physical and mechanical properties for polymer/ ceramic composite, m.sc . thesis, college of education for pure science, al – anbar university, 2011. 27. suad, h. aleabi.; anaam, w. watan.; ebtisam m. salman.; kareem, a. jasim, auday, h. shaban, and tagreed m. alsaadi.; the study effect of weight fraction on thermal and electrical conductivity for unsaturated polyester composite alone and hybrid, aip conference proceedings. 2018, (1968, 020019). ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 43 28.salih, w. m.; "study the effect of physical properties of polyesterfiber glass", australian j. basic and applied sci. 2009, 3(4), 4120-4124. 29 .kulkarni, s.; d.dha.; murthy, c. and kishore.; analysis of filler – fiber interaction in fly ash filled short fiber – epoxy composites using ultrasonic nde, bulletin of material science, 2002, 25, 2. chemistry | 118 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 determination of some polychlorinated biphenyls in river tigris within baghdad city khalid waleed salih al-janabi dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 14/february/2016, accepted in: 30/march/2016 abstract a number of aqueous samples were collected from river tigris in baghdad city, enriched ~1000 times using solid phase extraction (spe), then extracted the trace concentrations of some polychlorinated biphenyls (pcb) using an aqueous two-phase system (atps) composed of 1methylpyridinium chloride [mepy]cl and kh2po4 salt. high performance liquid chromatography technique coupled with ultraviolet (hplc-uv) is used for the quantification. extraction under the optimized conditions of ph, solvent composition, duration and temperature has given with a yield of pcb about 91%. the limit of detection (lod) and limit of quantification (loq) for analyses are 0.11-0.62 µg.l −1 and 2.67–3.43 µg.l −1 respectively with relative standard deviations (rsd) ranging from 2.9-7.6 %. the method can be applied for the analysis of other pcbs and bimolecular traces in aqueous media. key words: polychlorinated biphenyls (pcb), aqueous two-phase system (atps), 1methylpyridinium chloride [mepy]cl, solid phase extraction (spe) chemistry | 119 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction polychlorinated biphenyls (pcb) (fig.1) are synthetic organic chemical compounds of chlorine attached to biphenyl. the chemical formula for a pcb is c12h10−xclx[1]. polychlorinated biphenyls were widely used as dielectric and coolant fluids in electrical apparatus such as transformers and capacitors, cutting fluids for machining operations, carbonless duplicating paper and in heat transfer fluids[2]. pcb were produced and marketed as mixtures of many congeners. pcb mixtures are characterized by chlorine content. less-chlorinated pcb are odorless, tasteless, clear to paleyellow, viscous liquids, while highly chlorinated mixtures are more viscous and deeper yellow[3]. pcb compounds have toxic responses to humans and laboratory animals[4]. it appears to have relatively carcinogenic effect on human[5]. their destruction by chemical, thermal, and biochemical processes is extremely difficult, and presents the risk of generating extremely toxic dibenzodioxins and dibenzofurans through partial oxidation[6]. aqueous two-phase system (atps) is an organic-water solvent extraction system. the atps two phases mostly are composed of water and non volatile components. they have been used for years in biotechnological applications as non-denaturing and benign separation media. recently, they have been used for metal ion separations, environmental remediation, metallurgical applications and as a reaction media[7] , [8]. many methods are used to determine pcb such as column chromatography[9], high performance liquid chromatography[10] and gas chromatography coupled with mass detection[11]. nevertheless, these approaches require complicated process with high cost of facilities and time-consuming course since the relatively low concentration in surroundings[11]. thus, a fast and effective pre-concentration is required of quantitative analysis for pcb at trace levels. however liquid liquid extraction, solid-phase column extraction, solid phase micro extraction and solid-phase membrane extraction have drawbacks not limited to using and wasting large amounts of noxious organic solvents[12]. aqueous two-phase system was developed in sweden during mid-1950s for the separation of macromolecules, cells and organelles[13]. it is considered environmentally benign compared to traditional solvents those harmful and hazardous to environment. atps that comprises ionic liquids (ils) can retain and separate nonpolar compounds as well as polar compounds. however, it has other distinctive properties like negligible volatility, thermal stability, nonflammability and good solubility[14]. in this work, ionic liquid aqueous two-phase system (ilatps) based on pyridine ionic liquid 1-methylpyridinium chloride [mepy]cl in the presence of kh2po4 salt was used as a green solvent to extract pcb from water samples[14]. under the optimized conditions, the extracted pcb has analyzed by hplc for detection and quantification. experimental reagents, standard solutions and equipment  epa 525, 525.1 pcb mix, 500 μg/ml each component in hexane [2-chlorobiphenyl (1pcb), 2,3-dichlorobiphenyl (2-pcb), 2,4′,5-trichlorobiphenyl (3-pcb), 2,2′,4,4′tetrachlorobiphenyl (4-pcb), 2,2′,3′,4,6-pentachlorobiphenyl (5-pcb), 2,2′,4,4′,5,6′hexachlorobiphenyl (6-pcb), 2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,6-heptachlorobiphenyl (7-pcb), 2,2′,3,3′,4,5′,6,6′octachlorobiphenyl (8-pcb)], (from supelco).  1-methylpyridinium chloride 98% was from (tci america, usa). chemistry | 120 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016  monopotassium phosphate 99% (kh2po4) was from (sigma-aldrich, usa).  water and methanol (both hplc grade) were from (sgs, spain).  dichloromethane was from (sgs, spain).  solid phase extraction cartridges (siliaprep c18 nec (23%) 6ml, silicycle, canada).  set of standard solutions in methanol were prepared from the stock solution of pcb.  chromatographic analyses were performed on a shimadzu prominence uflc (japan) highperformance liquid chromatograph hplc, equipped with a quaternary pump lc-20 ad, degasser dgu-20a5, column ec 250/4.6 nucleodur 100-5 c18 ec, and a uv/vis detector spd-20a. data collection and the performance of all components in the system were controlled by lc-solution chromatography software of shimadzu. sample collection sampling from tigris river up to downstream designated to be close to the drainages of some main industrial premises suspected to discharge wastewater to the river without enough treatment (table.1). sample enrichment by solid phase extraction (spe) the matrices of aqueous samples were filtered through 0.45 µm whatman filter paper, then 100ml of methanol is added to 1l of each water sample and stirred for homogenization. while each spe cartridge is conditioned with 12ml followed by 12ml of deionized water/methanol mixture (v/v) 85/15 at flow rate 2ml/min. then samples were loaded to the conditioned spes at flow rate 6ml/min. the loaded spes then washed with 1ml of the mixture of deionized water/methanol (v/v) 85/15 at flow rate 1ml/min[15]. the pcbs analytes eluted dropwise from the readily washed spes with 3ml of dichloromethane. then the eluted analytes were left to evaporate at room temperature to 1ml volume. enrichment factor for each aqueous sample was 1000 times. results constructing a phase diagram by the cloud point titration method[16] a salt standard solution dropped wise to a glass test tube containing a weighed amount of [mepy]cl solution until the development of a cloudy biphasic solution. then drop-wise ultrapure water until the formation of a clear solution corresponding to the monophasic regime. the composition of the two-phase system is determined by the ratio of the weight of a component added to the total weight of all added components. the same procedure was repeated to obtain sufficient data for the construction of an equilibrium phase diagram. the vessel temperature is controlled by surrounding it with a glass jacket with circulating water inside it to maintain a constant temperature with an uncertainty of ±0.05℃. in a 10ml centrifuge tube, a mixture of kh2po4 with 1.0ml [mepy]cl is mixed then a standard solution of pcb is added and diluted with deionized water to the mark. the mixture was stirred thoroughly at ambient temperature and centrifuged at 2,000 rpm for 30min to http://www.sigmaaldrich.com/catalog/substance/sodiumphosphatemonobasicdihydrate156011347235011 http://www.sigmaaldrich.com/catalog/substance/sodiumphosphatemonobasicdihydrate156011347235011 chemistry | 121 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 complete phase separation. in order to achieve phase equilibrium, the tubes were kept at temperature 25±0.5℃. the top phase which contains the majority of pcb and [mepy]cl was aspirated with a micro-syringe (fig.2), then injected into the hplc. extraction efficiency (e%) of pcb was calculated as follows[17]: where ct is the concentration of pcb in top layer, vt is the volume of the top layer, ms is the amount of pcb added. hplc-uv analysis sets of tests were conducted for the adjustment of the hplc optimum conditions to separate and determine pcb in its aqueous matrices. the optimized parameters are listed in (table.2). discussion in this study, pcb were extracted from water specimens and determined using a green and sensitive method by an ionic liquid aqueous two-phase system (ilatps) as a sample preparation procedure. the same procedure can be applied for other hazardous materials present in water samples at trace amount. following the ilatps with hplc technique improved the sensitivity for the whole method. the parameters affecting the extraction efficiency were optimized. the increase in the salting-out strength of a salt can be observed by the decrease in salt amount required for the formation of ilatps. the salting-out effect of the separation system is based on kh2po4 concentration (figure.3). kh2po4 salt has a valence of three, which gave it the ability to interact strongly with water molecules. thus salting out with kh2po4 facilitates the aqueous two-phase formation. a set of kh2po4 standards with a certain amount of [mepy]cl were investigated on the extraction efficiency e% of pcb, the results were clarified in (figure.4). the extraction efficiency increased from 11% to 89% with the increase of kh2po4 amount from 11% to 16% of the total mass, then reached the peak of 93% with an invariant state. the impact of [mepy]cl percentage in the mixture has been investigated against the extraction efficiency (figure.5). the e% rises upon the gradual addition of kh2po4 but dropped down after reaching the vertex on 98% at 70% [mepy]cl mass of the mixture. thus the best mass percentage of kh2po4 and [mepy]cl were 16.5% (w/w) and 70% (w/w) respectively to maintain high extraction efficiency of pcb. the study perceived that the change in the amount of kh2po4 has a greater effect on the extraction efficiency than the amount of [mepy]cl, which is due to the strong salting-out effect of kh2po4. while on the contrary, deficiency in kh2po4 consequence in less free water available for dissolving the pcb, which impairs the salting-out effect of the salt kh2po4. temperature has a critical effect on ilatpss, i.e. controlling temperature affects the enrichment behavior of the analyte pcb based on [mepy]cl/ kh2po4 system. the best extraction efficiency obtained at ambient temperature (figure.6). the increase in temperature resulted in migration of water molecules from the top (il) to the bottom (salt) phase in atps[18]. consequently when the temperature increases, the concentration of il increases in the top phase while the concentration of the salt decreases in the bottom phase. chemistry | 122 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 as a result, the salting-out effect, the phase-forming ability, decreases in salt-rich phase and the extraction efficiency of pcb decreased. the required duration to fulfil a simple ilatps extraction process is found to be 2.5h at ambient temperature ~298kº (figure.7). to enhance accuracy, each extraction is repeated three times for average. the limit of detection (lod) and limit of quantification (loq) for the analyte are 0.11-0.62 µg.l −1 and 2.67–3.43 µg.l −1 respectively. in addition, the relative standard deviations (rsd) ranged from 2.9-7.6 % with an average extraction efficiency of 96%. the effect of the acidity function on the extraction efficiency can be attributed to the hydrophobic interactions between il and the analyte pcb. as any change in ph will result in a change in the charge of pcb, and will terminate the electrostatic equilibrium. therefore in an acidic medium, the analyte pcb will tend to stay in the il phase. the extraction on pcb was studied using buffer solutions at different ph values (4 – 9) at room temperature. the optimal ph was 5.5 (figure.8). under the optimum conditions of hplc separation, the resolutions and parameters (table.3) of the standard mixture of eight pcbs were excellent at a total run time of 12 min (figure.9): real water samples were injected to the hplc system for quantification (table.4). the exact hplc retention times for the targeted analytes were determined by spiking a distilled water with the standard mixture of pcbs. the dominant pcbs in all samples were 4-pcb then 3pcb and 7-pcb comes next (figure.10). conclusion a simple, green and sensitive method was developed to extract and determine the concentration of trace level of pcb in aqueous samples. the sample enrichment by spe increased the method sensitivity. the ilatps extraction procedure demonstrates high sensitivity to trace level of the analyte and uses benign extraction solvents, followed by pcb determination using hplc-uv technique. the method is a good alternative for the analysis of pcbs where gc instrumentation is not available. furthermore, it is applicable for other hazardous organic substances found in water in trance levels. references 1fiedler, h. global and local disposal of pcbs, in: robertson,l.; hansen, l. (eds.), pcbs recent adv. environ. toxicol. heal. eff., 2001: pp. 11–15. 2porta,m. (2002) implementing the stockholm treaty on persistent organic pollutants, occup. environ. med. 59 651–652. doi:10.1136/oem.59.10.651. 3-unep, (1999) guidelines for the identification of pcbs and materials containing pcbs, united nations environ. program. 40. 4safe,s.h. (1994) polychlorinated biphenyls (pcbs): environmental impact, biochemical and toxic responses, and implications for risk assessment, crit. rev. toxicol. 24 87–149. doi:10.3109/10408449409049308. 5kogevinas,m. (2001), human health effects of dioxins: cancer, reproductive and endocrine system effects, apmis. 109 s223–s232. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0463.2001.tb05771.x. 6safe,s. (1984); hutzinger, o., polychlorinated biphenyls (pcbs) and polybrominated biphenyls (pbbs): biochemistry, toxicology, and mechanism of action, crit. rev. toxicol. 13 chemistry | 123 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 319–395. doi:10.3109/10408448409023762. 7walter,h., brooks, d.and fisher, d. eds., (1985) partitioning in aqueous two-phase systems: theory, methods, uses, and applications to biotechnology, academic press, inc., florida,. 8russell, j.; cohn, r. (2012)kosmotropic, book on demand ltd,. 9lebel,g.and williams,d. (1980) determination of low ng/l levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in drinking water by extraction with macroreticular resin and analysis using a capillary column, bull. environ. contam. toxicol. 24 397–403. doi:10.1007/bf01608129. 10zebuhr,y.; naf, c.; bandh, c.; broman, d.; ishaq, r.and pettersen, h. (1993) an automated hplc separation method with two coupled columns for the analysis of pcdds, pcbs and pacs, chemosphere. 27 1211–1219. doi:10.1016/0045-6535(93)90168-5. 11potter,d.w.and pawliszyn, j. (1994) rapid determination of polyaromatic hydrocarbons and polychlorinated biphenyls in water using solid-phase microextraction and gc/ms, environ. sci. technol. 28 298–305. doi:10.1021/es00051a017. 12al-janabi, k.w.s. (2013) quantification of acrylamide content in potato chips and iraqi “harissa,” ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci. 26 236–244. 13albertsson,p.-å. (1958) partition of proteins in liquid polymer–polymer two-phase systems, nature. 182 709–711. doi:10.1038/182709a0. 14han,x. and armstrong,d.w. (2007) ionic liquids in separations, acc. chem. res. 40 1079– 1086. doi:10.1021/ar700044y. 15-silicycle inc., (2013). application note p7.0 spe extraction of pah’s and pcb’s from water using silia prep c18 nec (23%) or c18 mono nec (17%), 16freire,m.g.; cláudio,a.f.m.; araújo, j.m.m. ; coutinho,j. a. p.; marrucho, i.m.and lopes, j.n.c. et al. (2012), aqueous biphasic systems: a boost brought about by using ionic liquids, chem. soc. rev. 41 4966. doi:10.1039/c2cs35151j. 17aguilar,m.and cortina, j.l. (2008). solvent extraction and liquid membranes: fundamentals and applications in new materials, crc press, 18xie,x. ; wang,y. ; han,j. and yan,y. (2011) extraction mechanism of sulfamethoxazole in water samples using aqueous two-phase systems of poly(propylene glycol) and salt., anal. chim. acta. 687 61–6. doi:10.1016/j.aca.2010.12.012. chemistry | 124 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (1). sample collection locations from tigris river (up to downstream) water samples up to downstream collection locations/ river tigris x1 al-quds thermal power plant x2 raw river water from dewtp (from river) x3 raw river water from dewtp wells x4 drinking water supplied by dewtp x5 drinking water supplied by dewtp x6 nu’aman hospital x7 al-karkh wastewater treatment plant x8 drainage1, the city of medicine x9 drainage2, the city of medicine x10 southern baghdad power plant x11 al-rustumiya wastewater treatment plant dewtp dijla east water treatment plant, capacity more than 200,000 m3/day table (2): hplc optimum conditions used for the separation and determination of pcb column ec 250/4.6 nucleodur 100-5 c18 ec eluent a water/acetonitrile 25:75 (v/v) eluent b acetonitrile gradient elution time [min] % a % b 0.0 100 0 5.0 100 0 12.0 0 100 flow rate 0.7 ml/min column temperature 35 ºc injection volume 5 μl run time 12 min post time 3 min detection wavelength uv at 225nm chemistry | 125 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 table (3): chromatographic analytical parameters for the standard mixture of pcbs pcbs tr (min) w (min) k n h rs α lod (µg.l −1 ) % rsd 1pcb 3.6 0.2 1.29 5184 0.0482 0.11 2pcb 4.4 0.2 1.57 7744 0.0323 4.0 2.00 0.20 7.60 3pcb 5.75 0.2 2.05 13225 0.0189 6.8 1.84 0.16 3.10 4pcb 6.35 0.15 2.27 28674 0.0087 3.4 1.20 0.31 3.20 5pcb 7.6 0.3 2.71 10268 0.0243 5.6 1.35 0.19 3.00 6pcb 8.1 0.2 2.89 26244 0.0095 2.0 1.10 0.10 3.40 7pcb 9.95 0.3 3.55 17600 0.0142 7.4 1.35 0.38 2.90 8pcb 10.97 0.2 3.92 48136 0.0052 4.1 1.14 0.62 4.60 table (4): results of the analyses for real water samples by hplc water samples concentration of pcbs (µg.l −1 ) 2pcb 3pcb 4pcb 5pcb 6pcb 7pcb 8pcb x1 0.90 3.75 6.11 nd 5.44 1.20 nd x2 nd nd 1.40 nd nd nd nd x3 nd nd nd nd nd nd nd x4 nd nd nd nd nd nd nd x5 nd nd nd nd nd nd nd x6 0.29 3.02 3.22 0.22 0.31 2.00 nd x7 nd 0.18 3.40 nd 0.11 0.57 nd x8 0.30 nd 5.10 0.43 0.28 1.91 nd x9 0.25 0.13 4.93 0.30 0.20 2.42 nd x10 1.60 4.14 6.70 nd nd nd nd x11 nd nd 2.35 nd nd nd nd nd. not detected chemistry | 126 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure.(1) chemical structures of pcb and [mepy]cl figure.(2) the steps of ionic liquid aqueous two-phase extraction chemistry | 127 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure.(3) the phase diagrams for [mepy]cl + salt nah2po4 + h2o water at 298.15kº figure.(4) influence of kh2po4 concentration on extraction efficiency 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 20 40 [i l] / w t% [kh2po4] / wt% -5 15 35 55 75 95 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 e % kh2po4 (wt/ wt) chemistry | 128 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure.(5) influence of [mepy]cl mass percentage on e% figure.(6) influence of temperature on the extraction efficiency 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 25 45 65 e % [mepy]cl (wt/wt) 80 82 84 86 88 90 280 300 320 340 e % temperature (k ͦ) chemistry | 129 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure.(7 )influence of extraction time on e% figure.(8) influence of ph on the extraction efficiency 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 0 2 4 e % time (hour) 45 55 65 75 85 95 2.5 4.5 6.5 e % ph chemistry | 130 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 figure.(9) hplc chromatogram of the standard mixture of pcbs figure.(10) availability of different pcbs in water samples chemistry | 131 2016( عبو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيميت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 تعيين بعض ثنائي الفنيالث متعذدة الكلىريذ في نهر دجلت ضمن مذينت بغذاد الذ وليذ صالح الجنابيخ جبيعت بغذاد )ابٍ انهيثى(/ كهيت انخزبيت نهعهىو انصزفت /لسى انكيًيبء 6142/ارار/01،قبل في:6142/شباط/41استلم في: الخالصت اإلسخخالص يزة بإسخعًبل 1000~حى حزكيزهب وانًبئيت يٍ َهز دجهت في يذيُت بغذاد، انعيُبثجًعج يجًىعت يٍ َظبو يبئي ببسخعًبل (pcb)انخزاكيز انضئيهت يٍ ثُبئي انفُيالث يخعذدة انكهىريذ ثى اسخخهصج ويٍ ، (spe)ببنطىر انصهب حمُيت كزويبحىغزافيب وإسخعًهج. kh2po4و يهح cl[mepy]يثيم بزيذيُيىو -1-يٍ كهىريذ ب يكىَ (atps)ثُبئي انطىر نخعييٍ انخزكيز. (hplc-uv)يع كبشف األشعت فىق انبُفسجيت عبني األداءانسبئم . حبيضيت، حزكيب يذيب اإلسخخالص، يذة اإلسخخالص ودرجت انحزارة دانتزوف يثهً يٍ حى اإلسخخالص ححج ظ 0.62-0.11نهخحهيالث loqوحذ حعييٍ انخزكيز lodوكبٌ حذ انكشف . %91 لُزابت pcb اسخخالص كبَج حصيهت µg.l −1 µg.l 3.43–2.67و −1 . يًكٍ حطبيك انطزيمت % 7.6-2.9 كبٌ rsdعهً انخىاني، واإلَحزاف انميبسي انُسبي أخزي ويزكببث ثُبئيت انجزيئت بخزكيز واطئ جذا في وسظ يبئي. pcbنخحهيم يزكببث يثيم بزيذيُيىو -1-، كهىريذatps، انُظبو انًبئي ثُبئي انطىر pcbانفُيالث انثُبئيت يخعذدة انكهىريذ : الكلماث المفتاحيت [mepy]cl ،ببنطىر انصهب االسخخالصspe. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |58 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 microwave preparation, spectral studies and antimicrobial activities evaluation of mn (ii) ,ni (ii) , hg (ii) ,co (ii) and cu (ii) complexes with schiff base ligand rehab kadem rahem al-shemary dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science)ibn alhaitham(university of baghdad email:drrehabalshemary@gmail.com received in:19/june/2016,accepted in:12/december/2016 abstract new schiff base and their mn(ii),co(ii),ni(ii), cu(ii) and hg(ii) complexes formed by the condensation of o-phathaldehyde and ethylene diamine (2:1) to give ligand (l 1 ) in the first step ,then the ligand (l 1 ) with 2aminophenol (1:2) to give ligand (l 2 ) were prepared by classic addition through microwave method . these compounds (ligands and complexes) have been diagnosed electronic spectra, ft-ir, 1 h-& 13 c-nmr (only ligand), magnetic susceptibility, elemental microanalysis and molar conductance measurements. analytical values displayed that all the complexes appeared (metal: ligand) (1:1) ratio with the six chelation. all the compounds appear a high activity versus four types of bacteria such as; (escherichia coli), (staphylococcus aureus),(bacillus btilis), (staphylococcus aureus) and (pseudomonas aeruginosin). keywords: microwave preparation, complexes for schiff base, oparaldehyde, and antimicrobial activities. chemistry |59 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction in every day of life, the improved pharmaceuticals in coordination chemistry have a large interdisciplinary relation for transition metal ion that are used to control the harmful effects of fungi and bacteria [1-8]. the studies about behavior ligands in the chelation with transition metal ions by using the microwave as assisted were considered as one of the important properties in green chemistry [9]. the application of microwavesupported preparation continues to develop in organometallic [10], coordination [11] and organic chemistry pace [12]. the reactions in microwave-irradiated show using shorter reaction times, less amount of solvent or solvent-free conditions present low cost, good yield, minimum pollution, simplicity in handling and processing[13].by microwave approaches, there is little literature on the preparation of metal complexes [14,15] materials: all the used chemicals o-phathaldehyde, ethylene diamine, 2-amino phenol, glacial acetic acid, hbr ,cacl2 and reagents and solvents such as ethanol, methanol in addition to various metal chlorides were obtained from sigma-aldrich. instrumentation electronic spectra were recorded using uv-vis. spectrophotometer type cecil, england, by using quartz cell has path length (1cm) in range (200-1000)nm in dmso at room temperature. melting point was measured by "gallenkamp melting point apparatus". elemental microanalysis c.h.n. was carried out using euro vector ea 3000 a elemental analysis (italy). ft-ir measurements were calculated on shimadzu8300, spectrophotometer in the range of (4000-400cm -1 ) as kbr disc. in dmso by using a bruker 300 mhz (switzerland) were obtained on ( 1 h and 13 c-) nmr spectra, chemical shift was obtained in δ(ppm) unit downfield internal reference (tms), conductivity measurements were obtained from wtw conductivity meter by using ethanol as a solvent of 10 -3 m concentration at room temperature. magnetic susceptibility measurements were obtained at room temperature on the solid state applying faraday's method using bruker bm6 instrument. metal analyses of complexes were determined by using a shimadzu pr5.graphic printer atomic absorption spectrophotometer. conventional technique for the preparation of the ligand [5] (l 1 ) was synthesized by the condensation of (1:2) molar ratio of ethylenediamine (0.060g, 0.001mmole) and o-paraldehyde (0.268g, 0.002 moles) with 3droup glacial acetic acid dissolved in(15ml) ethanol. the product mixture was refluxed for 4 h on a water bath and then left to cool overnight. the colored solid result of the ligand was filtered, washed with hot ethanol many times and dried at room temperature in air and finally desiccated under low pressure in desiccators. m.p. 171°c. yield: 67 %. h2n nh2 + o o n o o n ref lux 4hrs. ethanol/gaa 1 2 synthesis of [l2]: (l2) was synthesized by the condensation of (1:2) molar ratio of ( l1) (0.0292 g,0.001 mmole) with 2-aminophenol (0.218 g,0.001 mmole) dissolved in (15ml) ethanol. the product reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h on a water bath and then left to cool overnight. the colored result of the ligand was filtered, washed with hot ethanol several chemistry |60 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 times and dried in air at room temperature and finally stored under low pressure in desiccators. m.p. 183 °c; yield: 70 % scheme(2) n o o n + h2n n n n n 2 hooh oh ref lux4hrs ethanol/hcl1 microwave technique for the synthesis of the schiff bases synthesis of [l1] :(2:1) molar ratio of o-paraldehyde (0.268g) with ethylenediamine (0.06 g) was mixed in a grinder completely. the mixture in the microwave oven was then irradiated by taking 3-4 ml of absolute ethanol as a solvent. the reaction was finished in a distilled time (4–5 min) with more yields than were got in the conventional procedure. then the results were recrystallized from ethanol and finally dried in desiccators over anhydrous cacl2under low pressure. (yield: 80 %). synthesis of [l2]: the [l2] has prepared according to the method synthesis of [l1] scheme(2) by(2:1)( 2-aminophenol :l 1 :) molar ratio (0.380g) was mixed in a grinder completely. the mixture in the microwave oven was then irradiated by taking (3–4 ml) of absolute ethanol as a solvent. the reaction was finished in a shortened time (4–5 min) with more yields than were got in the conventional procedure. then the results were recrystallized from ethanol and lastly dried in desiccators over anhydrous cacl2under low pressure. conventional technique for the synthesis of metal complexes all the complexes were synthesized by blending 10 ml of a methanolic solution of (10 mm) salt {(1.98 g mncl2.4h2o , 2.38 g cocl2.6h2o, 2.37 g nicl2.6h2o, 1.72g cucl2.2h2o, and 2.71 g hgcl2)} with 10 ml a methanolic solution of (10 mm) the schiff base (l 2 ) in{ (metal: ligand) (1:1) }ratio, then refluxed mixture for 1 h on a water bath. the precipitated complexes were filtered, washed several times with ethanol and dried under low pressure in a desiccator over cacl2. also by using an electric oven they were further dried the results were at 55–70 °c. microwave technique for the synthesis of metal complexes the metal salts and the ligand and were mixed in a grinder in a {(metal: ligand) (1:1)} ratio. in the irradiated oven, the mixture was irradiated by taking 3–4 ml ethanol solvent. the mixing was finished in a shortened time (2-3 min) with more yields than were get in the classic method. then the results were recrystallized from 2ml of {ethanol, methanol, and distilled water} and finally dried in desiccators over anhydrous cacl2under low pressure. chemistry |61 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 n n n n o o m m=coii, niii,cuii,mnii&hgii antimicrobial activity the antimicrobial activity(in vitro)of the realized ligand and their metal chelates were examined against the four types of bacteria as (escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus, pseudomonas aeruginosin) by the disc diffusion method using nutrient agar as the medium using a micropipette in ethanol and the plate was incubated at 37 °c 24 h. after incubation, we measured the samples that considered as the inhibitory power of the specified test bacterial [4]. results and discussion as an outcome of the irradiated -supported preparation, the time of reaction showed that it was diminished from more hours to little minutes also got good yields of the results were received looked at those fulfilled by the customary preparation method. in the microwave method, rotation of mixture platform tray makes reaction mixture more homogeneity. the repetition of the preparation process to make sure the results [3] . all the metal complexes are characterized by the following data. based on the elemental analysis the composition of metal complexes and percentage of various elements help to formulate the complexes. they were solid, colored and disintegrated on warming at rising of the temperatures and were less or more solvent in basic organic solvents. the data of a comparison of the two preparation techniques showed that reactions which were completed 5.2–6.8 min by the microwave methods but were demanded 4.6–7.20 h by the conventional method and the yields were got better 61.8–75.8 % to 76.2–85.4 %. . molar conductivity all the complexes had stoichiometry for (ligand: metal) was (1:1). the watched molar conductance of metal chelates at room temperature in ethanol, were shown in table 5. they were consistent with the non-electrolytic nature of all the complexes [2,3]. nmr spectra 1 hnmr spectrum: all signals in the integral intensities of the 1hnmr spectrum of ligand figure (3) were found to agree with the number of the following signals: dmso at δh 2.479, ch2 at δh 5.38; c6h5 as multiple at δh7.31~8.28; hco carbonyl group at δh10.38 .the peaks observed at δh 8.78 and δh 8.85 are attributable to the hc=n amine group present in the ligand [5]. 13 c nmr spectrum: in dmso-d6 solution shows the following signals figure (4): dmso at 40.8;ch2 at 56.70, 61.84; =c-n at 101.41, c6h5 as multiple at 128.50~141.13. the peaks observed at 160.05 and 192.87are attributable to the c=n imine group, and c=o carbonyl group c=n imine group, respectively [6].the characteristics frequencies of the free and mixed ligand complexes of the metals are given in table (4). chemistry |62 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 the ir data support these assignments ir spectrum of the ligand displayed the generality characteristic frequencies due to(c=n) azomethine and (c–o) groups and showed in the formed ligand, nh2, and c=o bonds were disappeared. the free ligand spectrum, figure (1) displayed band at (3441) cm –1 is attributed to the deformation and stretching of the phenolic oh. these bands were disappeared in the spectra of the complexes [7]. the two bands at (1678, 1620) cm –1 attributed to the two azomethine groups of the ligand, after complexation, these bands were shifted to lower frequencies in the region (1668-1661) cm –1 and (1617-1614) cm –1 , elucidating the bonding of nitrogen atoms of (c=n) imine groups to the metal ions. this can be illustrated by the granting of electrons from nitrogen to the vacuous d-orbital of the metal atom[8]. the phenolic c–o stretching vibration that showed at (1211) cm –1 in the ligand, this band was shifted towards higher frequencies about (22–16) cm –1 in the complexes, figure (2). this suggests deprotonation of the phenolic oh group after its coordination with the metal ion[9]. this shift confirms the participation of oxygen in the c–o–m bond. in the low-frequency region, the band of weak intensity observed for the complexes in the region (567-555) cm –1 is attributed to m–o and in the region (474 438) cm –1 is attributed to m–n. the ir data of both the schiff base and their metal complexes showed that the schiff base was the type of hexadentate ligand through chelated to the metal ion [10]. electronic spectra and magnetic moment the u.vvis spectra values of the metal complexes in ethanol solution are observed in table 6. the (u.vvis) spectrum for the ligand, exhibits a high intense absorption band at {(275) nm}{ (36363) cm -1 } and a small peak at (385) nm (25974) cm -1 , which assigned to (π→π*), and (n→π*) transitions, respectively [11]. the electronic spectrum [co(l 2 )], displays five peaks, the peaks at 1={(910) nm}{(10989)cm -1 },2={(657)nm}{(15220)cm -1 }and{3=(486)nm} (20576)cm -1 }due to{ 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t2g(f))},{ 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f)}and{ 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p)} transitions, and the high absorptions at {(292) nm}{(34246) cm -1 }and {(397)nm}{ (25188)cm -1 }are assigned to the (l.f) and (c.t) transitions, which suggest the octahedral geometry for co(ii) complex [12]. the room temperature magnetic moment (µeff = 4.58b.m) corresponded to a high spin octahedral symmetry. the (u.vvis) spectrum [ni(l 2 )], exhibits four bands, the peaks at {1= (668) nm} {(14970)cm -1 }due to{ 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(f)},{2=(543)nm}{(18416)cm -1 },{ 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(p) } transitions and the high peaks at {(280) nm}{(35714)cm -1 }and {(392)nm}{ (25510) cm -1 } for the (l.f) and (c.t) transitions[13] . ni (ii) complex showed an amount of µeff = 2.98 b.m, which suggests an octahedral geometry around the central metal ion. the (u.vvis) spectrum [cu(l 2 )] displays three peaks, the band at{ 1= (530)nm}{(18867)cm -1 } due to{ 4 eg → 4 t2g} transitions and the high peaks at {(280)nm}{ (35714) cm -1 } and {(392)nm}{(25510) cm -1 and {(269) nm}{(37174)cm -1 } due to (l.f) and (c.t) transitions, on an octahedral geometry [14]. cu (ii) complex exhibited a value of µeff =1.83 μb. the (u.vvis) spectrum of [mn(l 2 )] showed three peaks, the peak at{ 1= (553)nm}due to {(18083)cm -1 }{ 6 a1g(s)→ 4 t1g(g)},and the high peaks at {(279)nm} {(35842)cm -1 }and {(394)nm}{(25380)cm -1 }are assigned to the (l.f) and (c.t) transitions in an octahedral geometry[15] . mn(ii) complex exhibited a value of µeff =5.51μb. the (u.vvis) spectrum [hg(l 2 )], exhibits two high peaks at{(310) nm}{(32258) cm -1 } and {(412)nm}{ (24271)cm -1 } are due (l.f) and (c.t) transitions .the hg (ii), complex did not chemistry |63 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 show any peak in the vis. the region, no ligand field absorptions band were appeared, therefore the absorptions observed in the spectrum of the complex could be assigned to transition from type charge transfer. in fact this produced a good convention with past study of octahedral geometry[16].hg(ii)complex measured magnetic susceptibility and showed diamagnetic as a perspective from their electronic arrangement (d 10 ) . antimicrobial activities the antimicrobial activities in vitro of the prepared ligand and their corresponding metal complexes against bacteria such as escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus , pseudomonas aeruginosin were established in table(5). all compounds are checked and displayed better antimicrobial activity versus the microorganism [17]. on comparing it was shown that the activity of the complexes had moderate as compared to the standard but all the complexes were more active than their single ligand. the greater inhibition zone of the complexes than the free ligand can be expounded based on the chelation theory and the overtone concept. the interfere of the partial sharing of the positive charge of the metal ion and the ligand orbital with donor groups are due to reduce the polarity of the metal ion in upon chelation. furthermore, this enhances the blocking of the metal binding sites and the penetration of the complexes into lipid membranes in the enzymes of microorganisms that the delocalization of the π-electrons increases up to the full coordination ring[18]. conclusion one of a green chemical path is the microwave technique. the prepared compounds were diagnosed by spectral analyses and different chemical-physic. in route of the microwave helped syntheses, it was spotted that the time of reaction was decreased from many hours to few minutes and the results were obtained in good yield as a comparison to those of the conventional method. the metal ions bound with the diagnosed hexadentate ligand type n4o2 in six donor sites are present four nazomethine and two ophenylic. references 1. rehder, d.; santoni, g.; licini, g. m. and schulzke, meier, c. b.; (2003), vanadiumcatalyzed regioselective oxidative coupling of 2-hydroxycarbazoles, coord . chem. rev. 237, 53. 2. sharma, r.; (2013),synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activity of bis(γamino bu tyro hydroxamate) oxovanadium(iv) , asian j. of adv. basic sci.: 1(1), 45-50. 3. neven, s.;boris-marko,k.and zora, p.,(2012),preparation,spectroscopic, structural, and thermal characterization of vanadium complexes with 2 -quinaldic acid, adv. mat. lett. 143, 11, 1471-1477 4. jain, r.k., and anand p.m.; (2012), microwave synthesis and spectral, thermal and antimicrobial activities of some novel transition metal complexes with tridentate schiff base ligands , j. serb. chem. soc.,77 (8) 1013–1029 5. jin, y.h.; pyo lee, m.; and lah, m. s.; (2014) a linear trinuclear mixed valence vanadium (v/iv/v) complex: synthesis, characterization and solution behavior, ulsan national institute of science & technology , 7:04:29.7. 6. arijit, h.; barik, a.k.; sachindranath, p.; samik, g.; somnath, r.; ray, j. b.; shie-ming, p.; lee, g.h. and susan, k. kar; (2007)synthesis and structural studies on di-oxovanadium(v) complexes of n(4)-substituted pyrazole based thiosemicarbazones, polyhedron, 26 773–781. http://link.springer.com/journal/706/143/11/page/1 chemistry |64 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 7. meena, r. and fahmi, n.; (2013), new nematicidal active compounds: design and ecofriendly, synthesis and characterization of oxovanadium (v) complexes with schiff base ligands, inter. j.biotech. bioeng. rese., 4, 5, 437-444. 8. mishra, r.; jain, r.and gupta, s.; (2012), synthesis of new vo(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes with isatin-3-chloro-4-floroaniline and 2-pyridine carboxyl indene4aminoantipyrine and their antimicrobial studies, microbiology; 40(1): 20–26. 9. chaudhary, n.k.and mishra, p.;(2015),spectral investigation and in vitro antibacterial evaluation of ni ii and cu ii complexes of schiff base derived from amoxicillin and α-formyl thiophene (αft), j. of chemistry, 12,176-181 . 10. mishra, a.p.; tiwari, a. and rajendra, k.; (2012), microwave-induced synthesis and characterization of semiconducting 2thiophene carboxaldehyde metal complexes , adv. mat. lett. 3(3), 213-219 11. saad, f. a. and khedr, a. m.; (2015), azo-azomethine ligands with n2o2 donor atom sets and their binuclear uo2(ii) complexes: synthesis, characterization and biological activity bulgarian chemical communications, 47, 2 654-663, 12. rajendra, k. and mishra, a. p.; (2012) ,microwave synthesis, spectral, thermal, and antimicrobial activities of some transition metal complexes involving 5bromosalicylaldehyde moiety, current chemistry letters 1, 163–174 13. khedr, a. m. and saad, f.a.;(2015), synthesis, structural characterization and antimicrobial efficiency of sulfadiazine azo-azomethine dyes and their bi-homonuclear uranyl complexes for chemotherapeutic use, turk j chem , 39: 267-280 14. revankar, d. s., ajani, j. c., revanasiddappa, m.; swamy m. v.and shankar s.; (2014),synthesis, characterization, and biological studies on riluzole schiff base metal complexes ,j. appl. chem., 3 (4):1447-1459 15. jain,r. and mishra, a. p.; (2012),microwave assisted synthesis, spectroscopic, thermal and antimicrobial studies of some transition metal complexes of schiff base ligands containing thiazole moiety , jordan j.of chem.,7,1, 9-21 16. jignesh, p. h.; jadeja, r. n. and ganatra , k. j. ;(2014),spectral characterization and biological evaluation of schiff bases and their mixed ligand metal complexes derived from 4,6-diacetylresorcinol, j. saudi chem.soc., 18, 3, 190–199, 17. nalawade, a.m.; nalawade , r.a.; patange, s.m. and tase, d.r.; (2013), thiazole containing schiff bases and their transition metal complexes, inter. j. of engin. sci. the invention, 2 (7), 01-04. 18. 17. mishra, a. p.; mishra, r.; jain, r.and gupta, s.; (2012) synthesis of new vo(ii), co(ii), ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes with isatin-3-chloro-4-floroaniline and 2-pyridine carboxylidene-4-aminoantipyrine and their antimicrobial studies, microbiology , 40(1): 20– 26, 19. meena r. and fahmi, n.; (2013), new nematicidal active compounds: design and ecofriendly, synthesis and characterization of oxovanadium (v) complexes with schiff base ligands, inter. j.biotech. bioeng. rese., 4, 5, 437-444 , http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=mishra%20r%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=jain%20r%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=gupta%20s%5bauth%5d http://www.hindawi.com/19353179/ http://www.hindawi.com/51271648/ http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1319610311001293 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1319610311001293 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1319610311001293 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/13196103/18/3 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=mishra%20ap%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=mishra%20r%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=jain%20r%5bauth%5d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=gupta%20s%5bauth%5d chemistry |65 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): the physical and analytical data of ligand(l 2 ) and metal complexes[m(l 2 )] compounds formula molecular weight colour yeild% conventional m.p. %elemental analysis found % (calculated) microwave c h n m l 2 c30h26n4o2 474.55 light brown 70.5 201-203 75.93 (75.23) 5.52 (5.31) 11.81 (10.85) 82 [co(l 2 )] c30h24con4o2 531.47 brown 74 229-231 67.80 (59.50) 4.55 (4.84) 10.54 (8.67) 11.09 (9.12) 80.3 [ni(l 2 ) ] c30h24n4nio2 531.23 brown 65.8 220-222 67.83 (59.52) 4.55 (4.84) 10.55 (8.68) 11.05 (9.09) 76.2 [cu(l 2 ) ] c30h24cun4o2 536.08 deep brown 61.8 235-237 67.21 (59.07) 4.58 (4.80) 8.34 (8.61) 9.45 (9.77) 78 [mn(l 2 ) ] c30h24mnn4o2 642.0 brown 72 226-228 59.08 (59.87) 4.26 (4.87) 8.33 (8.73) 7.89 (8.56) 85.4 [hg(l 2 ) ] c30h24hgn4o2 788.17 off-white 75.8 222224 48.00 (48.80) 3.64 (3.97) 8.89 (8.32) 25.45 (25.47) 79.7 table (2) 1 h-nmr chemical shifts for ligand (l 2 ) (ppm in dmso) table (3): 13 c-nmr chemical shifts for ligand (l) (ppm in dmso) dmso 2hc 5h6c =nc =oc 40.82 56.70 61.84 128.50-141.13 160.05 192.87 table (4): the important ir bands of the ligand(l 2 ) and it's metal complexes[m(l 2 )] compound υ(oh) υ(ch)aroma. υ(ch)alph a υ(c=n) υ(c=c) υ (c-o) υ (m–n) υ(m–o) l 2 3441 3032 2916 1678 1620 1598 1211 [co(l2)] 3012 2920 1670 1617 1590 1227 567 468 [ni(l2)] 3006 2931 1666 1616 1595 1233 558 474 [cu(l2)] 3024 2947 1662 1614 1592 1229 561 438 [mn(l2)] 3003 2918 1664 1615 1597 1228 565 459 [hg(l2)] 3005 2927 1663 1613 1589 1230 555 461 table (5): zone of inhibition of growth in 100 millimeters after 24 hours of incubation pseudomonas bacillus staphylococcus aureus escherichia. coli comp. 1 2 l 2 11 12 10 6 [co(l 2 )] 9 10 11 8 [ni(l 2 )] 7 11 9 10 [mn(l 2 )] 6 8 7 7 [cu(l 2 )] 8 7 6 9 [hg(l 2 )] dmso 2hc 5h6c hc=n coh 2.47 5.38 7.31-8.28 8.78 8.85 10.38 chemistry |66 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (6):electronic spin resonance parameters of the complexes compound µeff ᴧm s.cm 2 molar -1 λnm υ–wave number cm –1 assignments l 2 275 36363 π→π* 385 25974 n→π* [co(l2)] 3.98 17.8 292 34246 l.f 397 25188 c.t 486 20576 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p) 657 15220 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f) 910 10989 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t2g(f) [ni(l2)] 3.57 14.5 280 35714 l.f 392 25510 c.t 543 18416 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(p) 668 14970 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(f) [cu(l2)] 1.83 12.6 286 34965 l.f 390 25641 c.t 530 18867 4 eg → 4 t2g [mn(l2)] 5.51 12.7 279 35842 l.f 394 25380 c.t 553 18083 6a1g(s)→ 4 t2g(g) [hg(l2)] dia 16.9 310 32258 l.f 412 24271 c.t figure (1): the ir spectrum of (l 2 ) figure (2): the ir spectrum of the [co(l 2 )] complex chemistry |67 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1602 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (3): the 1 h-nmr spectrum of (l 2 ) figure (4): the 13 c-nmr spectrum of (l 2 ) figure (5): variance between the antimicrobial activity of (l 2 ) and their complexes 0 5 10 15 l2[co(l2)][ni(l2)][mn(l2)][cu(l2)][hg(l2)] escherichia. coli staphylococcus aurous bacillus pseudomonas conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |195 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis, characterization and study of mesomorphic behavior of new bent and liner core compounds containing heterocyclic nisreen h. karam alaa k. shanshal dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science ( ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in:14/may/2017,accepted in:21/june/2017 abstract we described herein the synthesized and characterized of new bent and liner core compounds containing thiazolidin-4-one ring[xi-xiii] and [xiv-xvi] respectively. these compounds synthesized by sequence reactions starting from reaction resorcinol or hydroquinone with chloracetyl chloride to yield compounds [i] and [ii] ,then the later compounds reactant with 4-hydroxybenzylaldehyde to product dialdehyde compounds [iii] and [iv] .the schiff bases compounds[v-vii] and [viii-x] synthesized from reaction the compound [iii] or [iv] with different aromatic amines, while the bent and liner core mesogens containing thiazolidin-4-one ring [xi-xiii] and [xiv-xvi] synthesized from reaction schiff bases compounds[v-vii] or [viii-x] with thioglycolic acid. in addition estrfecation of cinnamic acid with methanol to yield ester compound[xvii]which was converted to their acid hydrazid[xviii] and the acid hydrazid reacted with glysine in phosphorous oxychloride to yield (5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl) methanamine [xix]. then reactant the1,3,4-oxadiazol compound[xix] with dialdehyde compound [iii] or [iv] to product new schiff bases compounds [xx] and [xxi] , afterword added thioglycolic acid to give new thiazolidin-4-one derivatives [xxii] and [xxiii], respectively. the synthesized compounds were characterized by melting points , ftir , 1 hnmr and mass spectroscopy (of some of them).the liquid crystalline properties were studied by hot stage polarized optical microscopy (pom) and differential scanning calorimetry(dsc).all the schiff bases compounds [v-x] showed liquid crystals phases while thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[xi-xiii],[xiv-xvi]and [xxiii] didn’t show any liquid crystals properties except the compound [xxii] showed enantiotropic nematic phase. keywords: liquid crystals; 1,3,4-oxadiazol; resorcinol and hydroquinone. chemistry |196 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction in recent years, there has been interest study of liquid crystals resulting in the discovery of many applications in modern technologies, particularly in display devices due to their unusual optical and electrical properties. the bananashaped liquid crystals are also interested widely, due to its unique electro-optic and photo-induced characteristics [1,2]moreover, these materials are also of significant interest for command surfaces and sensors[3] many workers synthesized bent or liner core liquid crystals compounds containing1,3disubstitutedphenylene or 1,4-disubstitutedphenylene from resorcinol or hydroquinone, respectively, as ciobanu et. al.[4] synthesized and investigated liquid crystalline behavior of symmetrical non liner liquid crystal containing 1,3disubstituted benzene ring as a central core also consisting of different linkage groups beside to terminal alkyloxy chain containing 6 to 10 carbon atoms(1).all compounds appeared enantiotropic mesophases (nematic and smectic phases). oo oo nn ch hc nn nn ro or r = cocnh2n+1 , n = 5-9 (1) also, huzum et al.[5]synthesized and studied mesomorphic behavior of two new series of bent core liquid crystalline compounds based on a 1,3-dihydroxybezene core and containing a cholesteryl 6-oxyhexanoate wing. while, alaasar et al[6]synthesized and investigated bent-core mesogens derived from 4-methylresorcinol with azobenzene wings and terminal group as (ocnh2n+1,n=6-22). the short homologues chain exhibit smectic phases and for the longes thomologue only a crystalline phase was observed. in addition ,yuvaraj et al.[7]investigated the liquid crystalline and light-induced properties of resorcinol spacer based dimericazobenzene(2),the compound [2]showed nematic and smectica phases oo oo nn nn o o (2) ch35 h3c 5 one the other hand ,synthesized liner core liquid crystals compounds containing 1,4disubstitutedphenylene from hydroquinone as, synthesized three aromatic rigid mesogenicdiols(3) based on hydroquinone and 4-hydroxy benzoic acid as starting materials[8]. the experimental results reveal that hydroquinone based rigid triad mesogenicdiol have higher thermal stability. chemistry |197 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 o o (3) o o ho oh in the literature, we did not found any studies of the effect of thiazolidin-4-one derivativeson the liquid crystals properties, therefore this paper presents the synthesis, structural characterization and mesomorphic properties of new bent and liner core liquid crystals containing thiazolidin-4-one unit as while as 1,3,4-oxadiazol ring. experimental chemicals all chemicals were supplied by fluka, merck and aldrich chemicals co. techniques ft-ir spectra were recorded by 600 ft-ir spectrometer. 1 h-nmr spectra were carried out by company: bruker ,500 mhz and were reported in ppm(δ), dmso was used as a solvent with tms as an internal standard, measurements were made at central lab ,tehran university. massspectrum was determined by scan110(1.257min):direct prob-013777.d,at central lab ,tehran university.uncorrected melting points were determined by using hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus.the transition temperatures and textures of the mesophases were determined using polarized opticalmicroscope model leica dm2500 mand dsc measurements were conducted with stapt-1000linsis. chemistry |198 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis new compounds are synthesized according to scheme1: ch ch c o oh ch ch c o ome ch ch c o nhnh2 h 2 nch 2 cooh/pocl 3 ch ch nn o ch2nh2 c c o o ch2cl clh2c c c o o ch2 h2co o ohc cho ch ch ch nn o ch2n ch nch2 nn o ch h c meoh con. h 2 so 4 2 clcoch 2 cl 2 hoc6h4cho nh2nh2.h2o etoh ho oh o o o o 4-x-c6h4-nh2 x=ch3o , ch3 and oh c c o o ch 2 h2co o n=hc ch=n o o x x c c o o ch2 h2co o o ox c c o o ch 2 h2co o o o h cn so n h c s o x + [i],[ii] [iii],[iv] [v-vii],[viii-x] 2hsch2cooh benzene pyridine /dmf sodium acetate/etoh [xi-xiii],[xiv-xvi] [xvii] [xviii] [xix] [xx],[xxi] ch ch nn o h2 c nn o ch h c c c o o ch2 h2co o o o [xxii],[xxiii] nhc s o h2 c chn so 2hsch 2 cooh benzene etoh etoh scheme (1) preparation of 1,3-phenylene bis(2-chloroacetate) [i]and 1,4-phenylene bis(2chloroacetate)[ii][9,10] chloroacetyl chloride (0.002 mol) was slowly added to a stirred solution of resorcinol or hydroquinone (0.11 g ,0.001 mol) , pyridine 1 ml and dmf 2 ml at 0 ℃. then, the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hrs.atroom temperature then, neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution.the precipitate was filtered and washed with water, dried and the residue was recrystallized from ethanol. data compound [i]: reddish color, yield 70 %, m.p.= 66-68 0 c data compound [ii]: white color ,yield 78 %, m.p.= 122-123 0 c chemistry |199 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis of1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-formylphenoxy)acetate)[iii] and1,4-phenylene bis(2(4-formylphenoxy)acetate)[iv] a mixture of compound [i] or [ii](0.001mol ) ,4-hydroxybenzylaldehyde (0.002 mol ) and fused sodium acetate (0.246 g , 0.003 mol ) in absolute ethanol 5 ml was refluxed for 4 hrs . then cooled and poured into cold water . the precipitate was filtered and recrystallized by ethanol . data compound [iii]: brown color , yield 70 %, m.p = 86-88 0 c data compound [iv]: dark brown color , yield 68 %, m.p = 58-60 0 c synthesis of schiff base compounds [v-vii] and [viii-x] a mixture of compound [iii] or [iv] ( 0.001 mol ) and different aromatic amines (0.002 mol) were dissolved in 5ml ethanol absolute, refluxed for 3-4 hrs . and cooled to room temperature . the solid product was to give new schiff bases . the physical properties are listed in table(1). synthesis of thiazolidin-4-onederivatives[xi-xiii] and [xiv-xvi] a mixture of schiff bases [v-vii] or [viii-x] (0.001mol) and thioglycolic acid (0.002 mol) was refluxed in dry benzene (3 ml) for 12 hrs . the solvent was evaporated and residue was neutralized with sodium bicarbonate solution then, the precipitate was filtered. the physical properties are listed in table (1). preparation of methyl 3-phenyl-2-propenoate[xvii][11] a mixture of cinnamic acid ( 36.408 g , 0.246 mol ) in absolute methanol ( 100 ml ) and sulfuric acid ( 3 ml ) was refluxed for ( 6 hrs. ) after cooling the mixture was washed with sodium bicarbonate solution , then washed with water several times dried and recrystallized from ethanol. yield 80 % ,m.p= (3638°c) preparation of 3-phenyl-2-propenohydrazide[xviii] a mixture of ester compound [xvii] ( 0.006 mol ) and 80% hydrazine hydrate ( 3 ml ) in absolute ethanol ( 5 ml ) was refluxed for ( 3 hrs ) . the mixture was cooled at room temperature then solvent was evaporated and solid formed recrystallized from acetone.yield76 %, m.p115−117. synthesis of(5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methanamine [xix] compound [xviii](1.62g, 0.01 mol) and glysine(0.75g, 0.01 mol) were refluxed with phosphorous oxychloride (5ml) for 24 hrs. and the reaction mixture was then treated with ice water carefully and made basic by adding concentrated sodium bicarbonate solution. the resulting solid was filtered, dried and recrystallized by ethanol.darkbrown color, yield 65%,m.p = 166-168 °c synthesis of 1,3-phenylene bis{2-[4-(((5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2yl)methylimino)methyl)phenoxy]acetate}[xx] and 1,4-phenylene bis{2-[4-(((5-styryl1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methylimino)methyl)phenoxy]acetate}[xxi] these compounds were synthesized by using the same procedure given for synthesis compounds[v-vii] and [viii-x],except using the compound [xix] as aromatic amines. data compound [xx]:browncolor , yield 77%, m.p =116-118 0 c data compound [xxi]: brown color , yield 70%, m.p = 68-70 0 c chemistry |200 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis of1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-(4-oxo-3-((5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2yl)methyl)thiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) [xxii] and 1,4-phenylene bis(2-(4-(4-oxo-3((5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl)thiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) [xxiii] these compounds were synthesized by using the same procedure given for synthesizing compounds[xi-xiii] and [xiv-xvi], except using the compounds [xx],[xxi]instead of compounds [v-vii] and [viii-x] data compound [xxii]:brown color, yield 63%, m.p = 125-127 0 c data compound [xxiii]: brown color , yield 65%, m.p = >300 0 c results and discussion in order to obtain the compounds [i] and [ii] ,we reacted the resorcinol or hydroquinone with two moles from chloroacyl chloride in pyridine and dmf. these compounds were identified by ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectra of these compounds showed disappearance bands of the υ oh groups, which were observed in the starting materials and showed new absorption stretching bands at 1774 cm -1 and 1764cm -1 that are attributed to the c=o of ester groups[12],respectively. also, showed stretching band at 793cm -1 and 758cm -1 for ch2cl,respectively. the dialdehyde [iii] and [iv] were prepared from reacted compound [i] or [ii]with two moles from 4-hydroxybenzylaldehyde and fused sodium acetate in absolute ethanol .the ftir spectra of these compounds showed new stretching bands at 1686cm -1 and1668 cm 1 assigned to cho groups , also showed new stretching bands at 1217cm -1 and1215cm -1 for ether groups( -ch2-o-),respectively. while the 1 hnmr spectrum (in dmso-d6 as a solvent) of compound [iii], figure(1 )showed: a singlet signal at δ9.77 ppm for two protons of cho groups, many signals in the region δ (6.17-7.75) ppm of twelve aromatic protons of benzene rings, a singlet signal at δ 3.45 ppm due to four protons of two (och2co)groups. the schiff bases [v-vii]and[viii-x] were synthesized by condensation reaction of one mole from the dialdehyde compounds[iii] or [iv]with different aromatic amine in ethanol. these schiff bases were characterized by melting points and ftir and 1hnmr spectroscopy. the characteristic ftir spectra of these compounds showed the disappearance of absorption stretching bands due to nh2 and cho for starting material together with the appearance of stretching bandsat range (1651-1654) cm -1 and (1638-1645)cm -1 assignable to c=n groups, respectively . the characteristics ftir absorption bands of new schiff bases are listed in table'(2). the 1 hnmr spectra (in dmso-d6 as a solvent) for compound [v] and [ix ]showed: a singlet signals at δ8.45 ppm and δ8.59 ppm for two protons of azomethine ( n=ch) groups, respectively , multiplet signals appear at δ (6.85-7.74)ppm and δ (6.547.75)ppm for twenty aromatic protons of benzene rings , respectively. a sharp signal at δ3.75 ppmthat could be attributed to the four protons of two(och2co) groups and six protons of two (ch3o) terminal groups for compound [v].while two protons of two(och2co) groups and six protons of two (ch3) terminal groups for compound [ix] appear at δ3.32 ppm and δ2.92 ppm, respectively, the 1 hnmr spectrum of compound [v] as figure( 2). the thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[xi-xiii] and [xiv-xvi] were synthesized by the reaction of two moles of thioglycolic acid with one mole of schiff bases [v-vii]and [viii-x] in dry benzene ,respectively. these compounds were characterized by their melting points and ftir spectroscopy. the ftir spectra showed the disappearance of a stretching band of imine groups and the appearance of a stretching band of carbonyl group of thiazolidinone moiety[13] around (1662-1678) cm -1 and(1654-1685) cm -1 ,while (c-s) groups[14] around ( 950993) cm -1 and ( 970997) cm -1 ,respectively. the ftir spectral data for these compounds are listed in table (3). 1 hnmr spectra of compounds [xii] and [xiv] (in dmso-d6 as a solvent): showed signals at δ 2.18 ppm and δ 3.65 ppm for six protons of the two (ch3) and chemistry |201 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 (ch3o) groups ,respectively, a singlet was observed at δ3.65 ppm and δ3.72 ppm for four protons of (och2co ) groups ,respectively. singlet signal appeared at δ 4.36ppm and δ 4.10ppm due to four protons of two(h-5 thiazolidinone) ,respectively. also ,multiplet signals appear at δ (6.30-7.46)ppm and δ (6.85-7.51)ppm for twenty aromatic protons of benzene rings and two protons of two (h-2 thiazolidinone) respectively. figure(3) showed the 1 hnmr spectrum of compound [xii]. the ester compound [xvii] was prepared from reaction of cinnamic acid in methanol with conc. h2so4 (as a catalyst).the ftir spectrum for compound [xvii] showed the disappearance of absorption stretching bands of o-h and c=o groups of (carboxylic moiety) in starting materials together with the appearance of a new stretching band at 1716cm 1 assigned to c=o group of ester moiety. the condensation of one mole of ester compound [xvii] with excess of 80% hydrazine hydrate in ethanol produced the acid hydrazide [xviii].the compound was characterized by ftir spectroscopy ,the ftir spectrum for this compound showed stretching vibration of (nh, nh2) groups in the region (3280-3188)cm -1 as well as stretching absorption at 1664cm -1 of υ c=o (amide) and disappearance of absorption stretching band due to υ c=o of ester moiety. the acid hydrazide[xviii] and glysine compound could be smoothly cyclidehydrated by boiling in phosphorus oxychloride to produce the 1,3,4-oxadiazol compound[xix]. the ftir spectrum for this compound showed absorption stretching band at 1637cm -1 due to υ c=n group for oxadiazol ring.the mechanism[15] of dehydration in the presence of pocl3 is depicted in the following steps: (scheme 2) c o oh ch ch c o nhnh2 ch ch nn o ch 2 nh 2 pocl3h2nch2 c o clh2nch23 h3po4 c o clh2nch2 ch ch c o nh-nh c o ch2nh2 ch ch c o nh-nh c o ch2nh2 ch ch c n c o ch2nh2oh nh ch ch c n c o ch2nh2oh nh h+ ch ch c n c o ch2nh2 oh nh h + ch ch c n c oh2 ch2nh2 o n h + -h3o + + + scheme (2) then, reactant the1,3,4-oxadiazol compound[xix] with dialdehyde compound [iii] or [iv] to synthesize new schiff base compounds [xx] and [xxi] , respectively. these schiff bases were characterized by melting points and ftirand 1 hnmr spectroscopy. the characteristic ftir spectra of these compounds showed the disappearance of absorption bands due to nh2 and cho for stretching of starting material together with the appearance of stretching bandsat 1645cm -1 and1651cm -1 assignable to c=n groups,respectively . the 1 hnmr spectrum (in dmso-d6 as a solvent) for compound [xx], as figure(4) showed: a singlet signals at δ8.53 ppm for two protons of azomethine ( n=ch) chemistry |202 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 groups ,multiplet signals appear at δ (6.40-7.75)ppm for twenty two aromatic protons of benzene rings, signals at δ(5.41-6.33) ppm that could be attributed to the four protons of two(-ch=ch-)groups. also singlet signal appears at δ 3.51 ppm due to four protons of two (och2co) groups and signal appears at δ2.08 ppm for four protons of two(ch2n) groups,. in addition to, synthesizing new thiazolidin-4-one derivatives [xxii] and [xxiii] by adding two moles of thioglycolic acid with one mole of schiff bases [xx] and [xxi] in dry benzene as a solvent. the ftir spectra for these compounds showed the disappearance of a stretching band of imine groups and the appearance of a stretching band of carbonyl group of thiazolidinone moiety at 1674cm -1 and 1655 cm -1 also c-s groups at 997 cm -1 and 968cm 1 ,respectively. the mass spectrum of compound [xxiii] that molecular weight =948 , figure (5) showed base peak at m/z=110 .also the spectrum showed peak attributed to the presence of the oxadiazol ring (m/z=81 and 53) and peak at (m/z=149)of the thiazolidin-4one ring ,as while as peaks at m/z= 77and 65 for aromaticity of this compound. the fragments of this compound were illustrated in scheme (3). ch ch nn o h2 c nn o h c h cc c o o ch2h2co ooo nhc s o h2 cchn so ch ch nn o h2 c chn s nn o h2 c chn m/z=334 m/z=110 nhn o ch m/z=82 nn m/z=53 nhn h2 c c c o o ch2h2co ooo nhhc s o chn so m/z=647 nn h c nh m/z=81 n o h2 c h2cochn so m/z=277 h 3 c h2cochn so m/z=222 m/z=178 chn s m/z=149 + . m/z=77 m/z=65 m/z=149 ch2 ch nn o ch3 m/z=110 c o c oo -28 -72 -12 -55 948 -224 -185 nhn h 2 c c c o o ch 2h2co ooo nhhc s o ch2 h n m/z=575 nhhc s o -72 -494 -28 -426 -397 scheme (3) liquid crystalline properties the liquid crystalline properties were investigated by polarized optical microscopy (pom) in association with differential scanning calorimetry(dsc). all the schiff bases compounds [v-x] showed liquid crystals phases. the compound [v]showed monotropic droplets nematic texture under pom because the methoxy groups have a higher polarizability, this could be explained in term of terminal/lateral (t/l) interaction forces ratio, because the methoxy chain led to a higher ratio of t/l interaction forces and when this ratio is high, compound tend to give less ordered mesophases (nematic mesophase)[16] as figure 6(a),while figure(7) showed dsc thermogram for this compound. chemistry |203 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 the compounds [vii] and [x] showed enantiotropic sma phase as figure 6(b) for compound [vii].butthe compounds [vi],[viii] and [ix] showed enantiotropic smb phase[17] as figures 6(c) and 6(d) for compounds [viii] and [ix] ,respectively. finally, all thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[xi-xiii],[xiv-xvi]and [xxiii] didn’t show any liquid crystals properties but simply changes from the crystalline solid state to the isotropic liquid except the compound [xxii] showed nematic phase ,this is may by presence of oxadiazole ring and geometric structure of this compound. the transition temperatures for schiff bases compounds [v-x] and thiazolidin-4-one derivatives[xi-xiii],[xiv-xvi], [xxii]and compound [xxiii] are summarized in table 4 and table5, respectively. references 1lutfor, m.r; hegde, g.; kumar ,s.; tschierske,c. and chigrinov, v. g.; (2009)synthesis and characterization of bent-shaped azobenzene monomers: guest–host effects in liquid crystals with azo dyes for optical image storage devices, optical materials 32 (1), 176-183. 2prasad, v.; kang, s. w.; qi x.; and kumar, s. j.; ,(2004) photo-responsive and electrically switchable mesophases in a novel class of achiral bent-core azo compounds, j. mater. chem., 14, 1495-1502. 3-(a) iglesias, w.; smith, t. j.; basnet, p. b.; stefanovic, s. r.;schierske, c. t; lacks d. j.; akli a. j´ and mann, e. k.; (2011) alignment by langmuir/schaefer monolayers of bent-core liquid crystals, soft matter, 7 ,19, 9043-9050. (b) iglesias, w.; abbott, n. l.; mann, e. k. and jakli, a.; (2012) improving liquid-crystalbased biosensing in aqueous phases, acs appl. mater. interfaces,4, 6884–6890. 4ciobanu, c.i.; carlescu, i. ; lisa, g. and scutaru, d.; (2014) symmetric bent-core liquid crystals of some schiff bases containing azo linkage,croat.chem.acta,87(1),7-16. 5huzum, c.c.; carlescu, i. ; lisa, g. and scutaru, d.; (2013) new cholesteryl-containing bent core liquid crystals, j. serb. chem. soc. 78 (5),669–680 . 6alaasar, m.; prehm, m.; brautzscha, m. and tschierske, c.; (2014) methyl resorcinol based bent-core liquid crystals with azobenzene wings – a new class of compounds with dark conglomerate phases, j. mater. chem. c, 2, 5487–5501. 7yuvaraj, a. r.; mashitah, m. y.; and lutfor, r.; (2016) synthesis of bent-shaped azobenzene liquid crystals derivedfrom resorcinol for optical storage properties, molecular crystalsand liquid crystals,631,21-30. 8mulania, k. b; ganjaveb, n. v. and chavan, n. n; (2014) synthesis and characterization of triad based rigid mesogenic diols derived from hydroquinone and 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, indian journal of chemistry, 53b, 591-596. 9baian, a. m.; zbancioc, g.; bentea, e.; carja, i.; ungureanu, m.; tuchilusand, c.and mangalagiu i. i.; (2009) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of new aromatic esters of potential interest in supra molecular chemistry, rev. chim . 60. 10 ,1021-1024. chemistry |204 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 10– zhang, t.; cao, x. and wang, x.; (2017) changchun song, synthesis, surface activity and thermodynamic properties of cationic gemini surfactants with diester and rigid spacers ,journal of molecular liquids , 230, 505-510. 11spekreijse, j.; nôtre, j. le; haveren, j. van; scott, e. l. and sandersa ,j.p. m.; (2012) simultaneous production of biobased styrene and acrylates using ethenolysis, green chem., 14, 10,2747-2751. 12zhang, t.; cao, x.; wang, x. and song, c.; (2017) synthesis, surface activity and thermodynamic properties of cationic gemini surfactants with diester and rigid spacers, journal of molecular liquids ,1-13. 13küçükgüzel, g.; kocatepe, a.; clercq, e. de.; şahin, f. and güllüce, m.; (2006) synthesis and biological activity of 4-thiazolidinones, thiosemicarbazides derived from diflunisal hydrazide, european journal of medicinal chemistry, 41, 3, 353–359. 14karam, n. h.; tomma, j. h. and al-dujaili, a.h.; (2013) synthesis and characterization of heterocyclic compounds derived from 4hydroxy and 4-aminoacetophenone, ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci. , 26 (3) ,296-312. 15tomi ,i. h. r. ; al-qaisi, a. h. j. and al-qaisi, z. h. j.; (2010) synthesis, characterization and effect of bis-1,3,4-oxadiazole containing glycine moiety on the activity of some transferase enzymes ,ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and appl. sci., 23 (3) . 16karam, n. h .; tomi, i. h. r. and tomma, j. h.; (2016) synthesis, characterization and study of the liquid crystalline behavior of four and six heterocyclic compounds, iraqi journal of science, 57, 3b, 1876-1890. 17dierking, i.; ( 2003), textures of liquid crystals, wiley-vch, weinheim, germany. chemistry |205 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): the physical properties for the compounds[v-xvi] comp . no. x nomenclature molecular formula yield % m. p 0 c color [v] ch3o 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-((4methoxyphenylimino)methyl)phenoxy)acetate) c38h32n2o8 85 212214 gold [vi] ch3 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-((ptolylimino)methyl)phenoxy)acetate) c38h32n2o6 87 203205 yellow [vii] oh 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-((4hydroxyphenylimino)methyl)phenoxy)acetate) c36h28n2o8 73 6567 brown [viii] ch3o 1,4-phenylene bis(2-(4-((4methoxyphenylimino)methyl)phenoxy)acetate) c38h32n2o8 82 190192 gold [ix] ch3 1,4-phenylene bis(2-(4-((ptolylimino)methyl)phenoxy)acetate) c38h32n2o6 75 209211 brown [x] oh 1,4-phenylene bis(2-(4-((4hydroxyphenylimino)methyl)phenoxy)acetate) c36h28n2o8 86 >30 0 dark brown [xi] ch3o 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-(3-(4-methoxyphenyl)4-oxothiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) c42h36n2o10s2 82 gum my pal yellow [xii] ch3 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-(4-oxo-3-ptolylthiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) c42h36n2o8s2 72 gum my pal yellow [xiii] oh 1,3-phenylene bis(2-(4-(3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)4-oxothiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) c40h32n2o10s2 68 gum my brown [xiv] ch3o 1,4-phenylene bis(2-(4-(3-(4-methoxyphenyl)4-oxothiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) c42h36n2o10s2 62 170172 off white [xv] ch3 1,4-phenylene bis(2-(4-(4-oxo-3-ptolylthiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) c42h36n2o8s2 67 gum my brown [xvi] oh 1,4-phenylene bis(2-(4-(3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)4-oxothiazolidin-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate) c40h32n2o10s2 74 133135 brown chemistry |206 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (2): characteristics ftir absorption bands of compounds[v-x] table (3):characteristics ftir absorption bands of thiazoldin-4-ones [xi-xvi] comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm -1 ) ʋ(o-h) ʋ(c-h) aromatic ʋ(c-h) aliphatic ʋ(c=o) ester ʋ(c=n) ʋ (c=c) aromatic [v] _ 3003 2970-2841 1741 1653 1606 [vi] _ 3026 2970-2866 1732 1654 1604 [vii] 3415 3070 2966-2858 1707 1651 1604 [viii] _ 3005 2972-2839 1720 1645 1606 [ix] _ 3026 2978-2866 1730 1640 1606 [x] 3415 3051 2981-2823 1714 1638 1608 comp. no. characteristic bands ftir spectra(cm -1 ) ʋ(c-h) aromatic ʋ(c-h) aliphatic ʋ(c=o) thiazoldinone ʋ(c=c) aromatic ʋ(c-s) [xi] 3095 2962-2833 1662 1603 950 [xii] 3030 2958-2858 1678 1608 964 [xiii] 3068 2962-2806 1678 1604 993 [xiv] 3010 2956-2837 1654 1600 970 [xv] 3030 2970-2830 1685 1608 997 [xvi] 3010 2966-2852 1681 1600 995 chemistry |207 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (4): phase transition temperatures ( o c) of schiff bases compounds[v-x] cr, crystalline phase;smb smectic b phase ;sma smectica phase; n, nematic phase; i, isotropic liquid table (5): phase transition temperatures ( o c) of thiazolidin-4-one derivatives [xixiii],[xiv-xvi], [xxii]and compound [xxiii] cr, crystalline phase ;n, nematic phase; i, isotropic liquid comp. no. transition temperatures ( o c) [v] cr n i 224201 [vi] cr n ismb 175 200 220 [vii] cr n isma 209150 185 [viii] cr n ismb 160 205 225 [ix] cr n ismb 175 220 233 [x] cr n isma 120 160 200 comp. no. transition temperatures ( o c) [xi] cr i 170 [xii] cr i 150 [xiii] cr i 160 [xiv] cr i 179 [xv] cr i 165 [xvi] cr i 140 [xxii] cr n i 110 175 [xxiii] cr i 310 chemistry |208 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (1 ):the 1 hnmr spectrum of compound [iii] figure(2):the 1 hnmr spectrum of compound [v] figure (3):the 1 hnmr spectrum of compound [xii] chemistry |209 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (4):the 1 hnmr spectrum of compound [xx] figure (5):the mass spectrum of compound[xxiii] 5 0 1 0 0 1 5 0 2 0 0 2 5 0 3 0 0 3 5 0 4 0 0 4 5 0 5 0 0 5 5 0 6 0 0 6 5 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 0 0 0 0 0 m / z > a b u n d a n c e s c a n 1 1 0 ( 1 . 2 5 7 m i n ) : d i r e c t p r o b _ 0 1 3 7 7 7 . d \ d a t a . m s 1 1 0 . 1 5 3 . 1 1 7 8 . 1 2 7 7 . 1 2 2 2 . 1 3 3 2 . 3 4 2 9 . 2 6 4 7 . 75 1 5 . 63 7 9 . 5 5 7 5 . 5 4 0 6 0 8 0 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 4 0 1 6 0 1 8 0 2 0 0 2 2 0 2 4 0 2 6 0 2 8 0 3 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 0 0 0 0 0 m / z > a b u n d a n c e s c a n 1 1 0 ( 1 . 2 5 7 m i n ) : d i r e c t p r o b _ 0 1 3 7 7 7 . d \ d a t a . m s 1 1 0 . 1 8 1 . 1 5 3 . 1 1 4 9 . 0 1 7 8 . 1 1 2 9 . 1 2 7 7 . 1 2 0 0 . 1 2 2 1 . 1 3 1 2 . 22 4 6 . 2 chemistry |210 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1615 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure(6):cross polarizing optical textures of (a) nematicphase for compound [v] at 210 o c(b)smectic a phase for compound [vii] at170 o c(c )smecticb phase for compound [viii] at 190 o c (d) smectic b phase for compound [ix] at 210 o c figure (7) : dsc thermogram for compound [v] (a ) (b ) (c) (c ) (d ) microsoft word 235-244 235 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2-regular modules ii nuhad s.al-mothafar dept. of mathematic/ college of science/ university of baghdad ghaleb a. humod dept. of mathematic/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in:28/march/2015,accepted in:7/june/2015 abstract an r-module m is called a 2-regular module if every submodule n of m is 2-pure submodule, where a submodule n of m is 2-pure in m if for every ideal i of r, i2mn = i2n, [1]. this paper is a continuation of [1]. we give some conditions to characterize this class of modules, also many relationships with other related concepts are introduced. key words: 2-pure submodules, 2-regular modules, pure submodule, regular modules. 236 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 0introduction throughout this paper, r is a commutative ring with identity and all r-modules are unitary. a submodule n of an r-module m is called 2-pure submodule if for every ideal i of r, i2mn = i2n. if every submodule of m is 2-pure, then m is said to be 2-regular module. this work consists of two sections. in the first section we give some properties of 2-regular rings. next we present a characterization of 2-regular modules. in the second section we illustrate some relationships between the concept 2-regular modules and other modules such as semiprime divisible, projective and multiplication modules. 12-regular modules in this section, we first define 2-regular rings and study some of its properties. next we consider some conditions to characterize 2-regular modules. definition (1.1): [1] an ideal i of a ring r is called 2-pure ideal of r if for each ideal j of r, j2  i = j2i. if every ideal of a ring r is 2-pure ideal, then we say r is 2-regular ring. remarks and examples (1.2): (1) it is clear every (von neumman) regular ring is 2-regular ring, but the converse is not true, for example: the ring z4 is 2-regular ring, since every ideal of z4 is 2-pure. but z4 is not regular since the ideal {0, 2} is not pure because {0, 2} {0, 2} {0, 2}  , on the other hand {0, 2} {0, 2} {0}  implies {0, 2} {0, 2} {0, 2} {0, 2}   . (2) it is clear that {0} and r are always 2-pure ideals of any ring r. (3) every field is 2-regular ring. (4) let r be an integral domain. if r is 2-regular ring, then r is a field. proof: let i be an ideal of r. since r is 2-regular ring then j2  i = j2i for every ideal j of r. if we take j = i implies i2 = i3. thus for each element 0  a  r, < a >2 = < a >3, hence a2  < a >3. let a2 = r a3 for some r  r, then a2(1 – ra) = 0 but r is domain and a  0 implies 1 – ra = 0, thus 1 = ra. therefore a is an invertible element of r. thus r is a field (5) if r is a 2-regular ring then every prime ideal of r is a maximal ideal. proof: let i be a prime ideal of r. since r is a 2-regular ring then r i is 2-regular by [1,cor.3.2]. but r i is a domain since i is a prime ideal. thus r i is a field by the above remark. therefore i is a maximal ideal. (6) every 2-regular ring is nearly regular, where a ring r is called nearly regular if r j(r) is regular ring, see [2], where j(r) = the intersection of all maximal ideals of r. proof: 237 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 let r be a 2-regular ring. then r j(r) is 2-regular by corollary (1.2.3). so by above remark (5), every prime ideal of r j(r) is a maximal ideal and since r j 0 j(r)       , therefore by [3], r j(r) is regular. proposition (1.3): let m be 2-regular r-module then for every element x of mand every element r  r, r2x = r2tr2x for some t  r. proof: let x be an element of m and r be an element of r. since r2x  r2m and r2x  < r2x > implies r2x  r2m  < r2x >. but m is 2-regular, then r2m< r2x >=r2 < r2x >. thus, r2xr2 < r2x > implies r2x=r2t r2x for some tr. proposition (1.4): let m be a module over principal ideal ring r. if for every element x of m and every element r  r, r2x = r2tr2x for some t  r implies m is a 2-regular module. proof: let n be a submodule of m and i is an ideal of r. first, to prove r2m  n = r2n for every element r  r. let x  r2m  n implies x  r2m, x  n. thus x = r2m for some m  m. then x = r2tr2m for some t  r by hypothesis. hence x  r2n. but r is a principal ideal ring. therefore i2m  n = i2n. proposition (1.5): let m be a cyclic r-module. if for every element x of m and every element r of r, r2x = r2tr2x for some t  r, implies m is a 2-regular module. proof: let m = rm be a cyclic module for some m  m. let n be a submodule of m and i is an ideal of r. let y  i2m  n then y  i2m and y  n. thus y = r2m = r2tr2m  r2n for some t  r and r  i. therefore y  i2n implies m is 2-regular. the proof of the following result is similar to that of propositions (1.3) and (1.4). corollary (1.6): let r be a 2-regular ring then for every element a  r, a2 = a2t a2 for some t  r, and the converse is true if r is a principal ideal ring. proposition (1.7): let r be a principal ideal ring and m be an r-module. the following statements are equivalent: (1) m is 2-regular module. (2) r r ann(x) is 2-regular for every element x of m. (3) for every element x of m and every element r of r, r2x = r2tr2x for some t  r. 238 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 proof: (1)  (3) it follows by proposition (1.3). (3)  (1) by proposition (1.4). (1)  (2) let r + r ann(x)  r r ann(x) where x  m and r  r. since m is 2-regular, then r2x = r2tr2x for some t  r. thus r2 – r2tr2  r ann(x) implies r r ann(x) is 2-regular. (2)  (1) let x  m and r  r. since r r ann(x) is 2-regular, then r2 + r ann(x) = (r2 + r ann(x) (t + r ann(x) )(r2 + r ann(x) ) for some t  r. thus r2x = r2tr2x implies m is 2-regular. we have the following results: corollary (1.8): let r be a principal ideal ring. then r is 2-regular if and only if all r-modules are 2-regular. proof: () let r be 2-regular ring and m is an r-module. then r r ann(x) is 2-regular for every element x  m by [1,cor.(3.3)]. therefore m is 2-regular by proposition (1.7). () assume all r-modules are 2-regular. thus r is 2-regular r-module. by proposition (1.7), r r ann(x) is 2-regular for some every element x  r, so if take x = 1  r implies r r r r ann(x) 0     , therefore r is 2-regular. corollary (1.9): let r be a principal ideal ring. then r is a 2-regular if and only if r is 2-regular r-module. proof: by the same argument of corollary (1.8). corollary (1. 10): let r be a principal ideal ring. if r r ann(m) is 2-regular then m is 2-regular r-module. proof: let x be a non-zero element of m. since r r ann(m) ann(x) , there exists an epimorphism f: r r r r ann(m) ann(x)  defined by f (r + r ann(m) ) = r + r ann(x) . therefore r r ann(x) is 2-regular by [1,cor.(3.3)]. then m is 2-regular by proposition (1.7). 239 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2regular modules and other related modules in this section, we study the relationships between 2-regular modules and other modules such as semiprime, divisible, projective and multiplication modules. recall that a proper submodule n of an r-module m is called a semiprime submodule if for every r  r, x  m, k  z+ such that rkx  n implies rx  n implies rx  n, see [4]. equivalently, a proper submodule n of m is semiprime if for every r  r, x  m such that r2x  n implies rx  n, see [5]. an r-module m is called semiprime if <0> is a semiprime submodule of m. the proof of the following result follows by [5]. proposition (2.1): let r be a principal ideal ring and m is an r-module. if every proper submodule of m is semiprime then m is a 2-regular module. the converse is not true, for example: the module z4 as z-module is 2-regular but <0> is not semiprime. the following proposition gives a partial converse of proposition (2.1). proposition (2.2): let m be 2-regular and semiprime r-module then every proper submodule of m is semiprime. proof: let n be a proper submodule of m and r2x  n where r  r, x  m implies r2x  r2m  n = r2n since m is 2-regular. then r2x = r2n for some n  n, thus r2(x – n)  <0>. but <0> is semiprime, hence rx = rn  n. therefore n is semiprime submodule of m. before we give a consequence of proposition (2.2), we need the following lemma: lemma (2.3): let m be 2-regular and semiprime r-module then j(r)m = <0>. proof: let r  j(r) and x  m then r2x=r2tr2x for some t  r since m is 2-regular, r2x(1 – r2t)=0 implies 1 – r2t is invertible in r. then r2x = 0, but m is semiprime thus rx = 0. therefore j(r)m = <0>. recall that an r-module m is called semisimple if every submodule of m is a summand. the sum of all simple submodules of a module m is called the socle of m is denoted by soc(m), moreover if soc(m) = 0 , then m has no simple submodule and if soc(m) = m then m is semisimple module, see [6]. a commutative ring is a local ring in case it has a unique maximal ideal, see [7]. corollary (2.4): let r be a local ring and m is 2-regular and semiprime r-module then m is a semisimple and hence is regular. 240 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 proof: since r is a local ring, then r j(r) is a simple ring and hence is semisimple. by [6], soc(m) = m ann(j(r)) = {m  m; mj(r) = 0}. but j(r)m = <0> by lemma (2.3), thus soc(m) = m. therefore m is semisimple. now, we have the following: proposition (2.5): let n be a semiprime submodule of an r-module m and k is a 2-pure submodule of m containing n, then k n is semiprime submodule in m n . proof: let r2(x + n)  k n for some r  r and x + n  m n . then r2x  k, imples r2x  r2m  k = r2k since k is 2-pure in m. let r2x = r2m for some m  k. thus r2(x – m) = 0  n implies r(x – m)  n since n is semiprime submodule in m, hence r(x + n) = rm + n  k n . therefore k n is semiprime submodule in m n . corollary (2.6): let n be a semiprime submodule of an r-module m and k is a 2-pure in m with n  k then k is semiprime submodule in m. proof: let r2x  k for some r  r and x  m. thus r2(x + n)  k n , but k n is semiprime in m k by proposition (2.5) therefore r(x + n)  k n . hence rx  k, that is k is semiprime in m. let r be an integral domain, an r-module m is said to be divisible if and only if rm = m for every non-zero element r of r, see [8]. an r-module m is said to be a prime module if r r ann(m) ann(n) for every non-zero submodule n of m, see [9]. proposition (2.7): let m be a module over a principal ideal domain r and n is a divisible r-submodule of m then n is a 2-pure submodule in m. proof: since n is divisible then for each rr, r2n=n. therefore n  r2m = r2n. 241 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 remark (2.8): the converse of proposition (2.7) is not true, for example: the submodule {0, 2} of the module z4 as z-module where {0, 2} is 2-pure in z4, but is not divisible since there exists 2  z and 2{0, 2} = {0} . that is 2{0, 2}  {0, 2} . the following proposition gives a condition under which the converse of proposition (2.7) is true. proposition (2.9): let m be divisible module over a principal ideal domain r and n is a 2-pure in m then n is divisible. proof: assume n is 2-pure in m, let m  n and r  r. since m is divisible implies m = r2x for some x  m. but m = r2x  r2m  n = r2n  rn. therefore n = rn. as an immediate consequence we have the following: corollary (2.10): let r be a principal ideal domain and every proper submodule of an r-module m is divisible then m is 2-regular. the converse is true if m is divisible. proof: follows by propositions (2.7) and (2.9). corollary (2.11): let r be a principal ideal domain and m is 2-regular and divisible r-module then m is prime module. proof: by above corollary (2.10), every submodule n of m is divisible. thus rn = n for every r  r. therefore r r ann(n) ann(m) 0   . hence m is prime module. corollary (2.12): let r be a principal ideal domain and m is 2-regular injective r-module then m is prime module. proof: clear we give the following theorem. theorem (2.13): let r be any ring. the following statements are equivalent: (1)   r is 2-regular r-module for any index set . (2) every projective r-module is 2-regulaar module. proof: 242 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 (1)  (2) let m be projective r-module then there exists a free r-module f and an repimorphism f : f  m, and f    r where  is an index set. we have the following short exact sequence i0 ker r m 0ff      where i is the inclusion mapping. since m is projective, the sequence is split implies that   r  ker f  m. but   r is 2-regular r-module. therefore by [1,cor.(3.4)] m is 2-regular module. (2)  (1) assume that every projective r-module is 2-regular module. since r is projective r-module, then   r is projective because the direct sum of projective modules is projective. therefore   r is 2-regular r-module for any index set . recall that an r-module m is called multiplication module if for every submodule n of m there exists an ideal i of r such that n = im, see [10] we have the following: proposition (2.14): if m is a finitely generated faithful multiplication r-module. the following statements are equivalent: (1) r is 2-regular ring. (2) m is 2-regular r-module. proof: (1)  (2) let n be a submodule of m and i is an ideal of r. since i2m  n = i2m  jm for some ideal j of r = (i2  j)m since m is faithful multiplication, see [10] = (i2j)m since r is 2-regular = i2(jm) = i2n therefore m is 2-regular. (2)  (1) let i and j be ideals of r. since (i2  j)m = i2m  jm because m is faithful multiplication = i2(jm) since m is 2-regular = (i2j)m thus i2  j = i2j since m is finitely generated faithful multiplication, see [10]. therefore r is 2-regular ring. recall that an r-module m is said to be i-multiplication module if each submodule n of m of the form jm for some idempotent ideal j of r, see [11]. it is clear that every i-miltiplication module is multiplication but not the converse. clearly the two concepts multiplication and i-multiplication modules are equivalent over regular rings. however we have the following: proposition (2.15): if m is i-multiplication and 2-regular r-module then m is regular module. proof: let n be a submodule of m and i is an ideal of r. since 243 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 im  n = im  jm = im  j2m for some idempotent j = j2 = j2(im) since m is 2-regular = (i2j)m since r is 2-regular = i(j2m) = i(jm) = in therefore m is regular module. proposition (2.16): if m is i-multiplication and 2-regular r-module then every submodule n of m is i-multiplication as r-module. proof: let n be a submodule of m and k is any submodule in n, then k is a submodule of m and k = im = i2m for some idempotent ideal i of r. since k = n  k = n  i2m = i2n because m is 2-regular = in thus n is i-multiplication r-module. references 1. nuhad, s.al-mothafar and ghaleb, a.humod, 2-regular modules, to appear. 2. naoum, a.g. and nuhad, s.al-mothafar, (1994),nearly regular ring and nearly regular modules, mutah. journal for research and studies, 9, 6. 3. aziz, b.b., (1975), regular rings and bear rings, m.sc.thesis, university of baghdad. 4. .duns, (1988), modules and one-sided ideal in ring theory and algebra, 19, 755-779. 5. athab, e.a., (1996), prime submodules and semiprime submodules, m.sc. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 6. kasch, f., (1982), modules and rings, academic press, new york. 7. anderson, f.w. and fuller k.r., (1992), rings and categories of modules, springer verlag, new york. 8. sharp, d.w. and vamos, p., (1972), injective modules, combrdige university, press. 9. desale, g.and nicholson, w.k., (1981), endoprimitive rings, j.algebra, 70, 548-560. 10. el-bast, z.a., and smith, p.f., (1988), multiplication modules, commun. algebra, 16, 4, 755-779. 11. abbas, m.s., (1990), on fully stable modules, ph.d. thesis, university of baghdad, iraq. 244 | mathematics 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ii 2-المقاسات المنتظمة من النمط نھاد سالم عبد الكريم جامعة بغداد /كلية العلوم /قسم الرياضيات غالب أحمد حمود جامعة بغداد / )ابن الھيثم(كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الرياضيات 2015/حزيران/7،قبل البحث في:2015/نيسان/ 28استلم البحث في: خالصةال اذا كان كل مقاس 2 –بأنه منتظم من النمط mحلقة إبدالية ذات محايد. يقال ان المقاس rإذ rمقاسا ً على mليكن اذا حقق mفي 2-بأنه نقي من النمط nإذ يقال عن المقاس الجزئي 2-ھو مقاس جزئي نقي من النمط mجزئي في n2n = im2i لكل مثاليi فيr ،[1] . تمييزاً . في القسم االول من ھذا البحث أعطينا [1] 2-في ھذا البحث نستمر بدراسة مفھوم االنتظام من النمط وانواع اخرى من 2-. في القسم الثاني درسنا العالقة بين المقاسات المنتظمة من النمط2-للمقاسات المنتظمة من النمط المقاسات. ، المقاسات الجزئية النقية، 2 –، المقاسات النتظمة من النمط 2 –المقاسات الجزئية النقية من النمط : الكلمات المفتاحية المنتظمة.المقاسات ihjpas. 36(1)2023 400 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license using a new general complex integral transform for solving population growth and decay problems abstract the population growth and decay issues are one of the most pressing issues in many sectors of study. these issues can be found in physics, chemistry, social science, biology, and zoology, among other subjects . we introduced the solution for these problems in this paper by using the seji (sadiqemadjinan) integral transform, which has some mathematical properties that we use in our solutions. we also presented the seji transform for some functions, followed by the inverse of the seji integral transform for these functions. after that, we demonstrate how to use the seji transform to tackle population growth and decay problems by presenting two applications that demonstrate how to use this transform to obtain solutions . finally, we conclude that the seji transform can readily solve the problems of population increase and decay, and that the action of this integral transform in overcoming these challenges can be explained through applications. keywords: decay problems, inverse of seji transform, population growth, seji transform. 1. introduction: there are many integral transforms have been solved the population growth and decay problems, such as sawi, mohand, kamal, shehu, elzaki and complex see transform [1-7]. the equation of population growth is a first order linear ordinary differential equation [8-12]. 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 = 𝜇𝑁. (1) with initial condition doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2882 article history: received 21 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq sadiq a. mehdi department of mathematics, college of education, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq sadiqmehdi71@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq emad a. kuffi department of materials, college of engineering, al-qadisiyah university, al-qadisiyah, iraq. emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq jinan a. jasim department of mathematics, college of education, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq jinanadel78@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:sadiqmehdi71@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:emad.abbas@qu.edu.iq mailto:jinanadel78@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 401 𝑁(𝑡0) = 𝑁0. (2) where 𝜇 is a positive real number, 𝑁 is the population value at time 𝑡 and 𝑁0 is the initial population at time 𝑡0 . this equation is known as the malthusian law of population growth. the decay problems of the core are defined as first order linear ordinary differential equations [13-15]. 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 = −𝜂𝑀. (3) with initial condition 𝑀(𝑡0) = 𝑀0. (4) where 𝑀 is the value of the matter at time 𝑡, 𝜂 ∈ ℝ+ and 𝑀0 is the initial matter at time 𝑡0. the negative sign in the equation (3) points the mass of the core decreases with time, thus the time derivative of 𝑀 denoted by 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 have to be negative. we define the seji integral transform as follows [16]: 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑓(𝑡); 𝑠} = 𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝑝(𝑠) ∫ 𝑒−𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡, ∞ 𝑡=0 where 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑝(𝑠) ≠ 0 and 𝑞(𝑠) are positive functions of parameter 𝑠, 𝑖 = √−1. the seji integral transform of the function 𝑓(𝑡), 𝑡 ≥ 0 has a condition that 𝑓(𝑡) is a piecewise continuous and 𝑓(𝑡) of exponential order, which these sufficient conditions for the existence of seji integral transform for 𝑓(𝑡). 2. the linearity property of seje transform we can prove easily the linearity property of the seje transform. let 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑓(𝑡)} = 𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) and 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {ℎ(𝑡)} = 𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠), then for every 𝛼 and 𝛽 are constants 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝛼𝑓(𝑡) ± 𝛽ℎ(𝑡)} = 𝛼𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) ± 𝛽𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) proof: 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝛼𝑓(𝑡) ± 𝛽ℎ(𝑡)} = 𝑝(𝑠) ∫ 𝑒−𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 (𝛼𝑓(𝑡) ± 𝛽ℎ(𝑡))𝑑𝑡, ∞ 𝑡=0 = 𝑝(𝑠) ∫ 𝑒−𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 (𝛼𝑓(𝑡))𝑑𝑡 ± 𝑝(𝑠) ∫ 𝑒−𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 (𝛽ℎ(𝑡))𝑑𝑡, ∞ 𝑡=0 ∞ 𝑡=0 = 𝛼𝑝(𝑠) ∫ 𝑒−𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 ± 𝛽𝑝(𝑠) ∫ 𝑒−𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 ℎ(𝑡)𝑑𝑡, ∞ 𝑡=0 ∞ 𝑡=0 = 𝛼𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) ± 𝛽𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠). ∎ also, we can prove this property for the inverse of seji integral transform. 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 1 2𝜋𝑖 ∫ 𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑒𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)𝑑𝑠, 𝛿+𝑖∞ 𝛿−𝑖∞ where 𝛿 is positive fixed number, 𝑡 ≥ 0. 𝑖 is complex number (𝑖2 = −1). let 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 𝑓(𝑡) and 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = ℎ(𝑡) then for every 𝛼 and 𝛽 are constant ihjpas. 36(1)2023 402 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝛼𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) ± 𝛽𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 𝛼𝑓(𝑡) ± 𝛽ℎ(𝑡) . proof: 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝛼𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) ± 𝛽𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 1 2𝜋𝑖 ∫ 𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑒𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 (𝛼𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) ± 𝛽𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)) 𝑑𝑠, 𝛿+𝑖∞ 𝛿−𝑖∞ = 1 2𝜋𝑖 ∫ 𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑒 𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 (𝛼𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)) 𝑑𝑠 ± 1 2𝜋𝑖 ∫ 𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑒𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 (𝛽𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)) 𝑑𝑠, 𝛿+𝑖∞ 𝛿−𝑖∞ 𝛿+𝑖∞ 𝛿−𝑖∞ = 𝛼 2𝜋𝑖 ∫ 𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑒 𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)𝑑𝑠 ± 𝛽 2𝜋𝑖 ∫ 𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑒𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑡 𝐻𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)𝑑𝑠, 𝛿+𝑖∞ 𝛿−𝑖∞ 𝛿+𝑖∞ 𝛿−𝑖∞ = 𝛼𝑓(𝑡) ± 𝛽ℎ(𝑡). ∎ 3. the seji integral transform for some fundamental functions: [16] in the following a list the seje transform for some important functions: table 1. the seje transform for some basic functions. functions 𝒇(𝒕) 𝑻𝒈 𝒄 {𝒇(𝒕)} = 𝑭𝒈 𝒄 (𝒔) functions 𝒇(𝒕) 𝑻𝒈 𝒄 {𝒇(𝒕)} = 𝑭𝒈 𝒄 (𝒔) 1. 1 −𝑖𝑝(𝑠) 𝑞(𝑠) 6. 𝑒 𝛼𝑡 , 𝛼 is a constant −𝑝(𝑠) [ 𝛼 𝛼 2 + (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 + 𝑖 𝑞(𝑠) 𝛼 2 + (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 ] , 𝑞(𝑠) > 𝑎. 2. t − 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]2 7. sin(𝛼𝑡) −𝛼 𝑝(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 − 𝛼 2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > |𝛼| 3. 𝑡 2 2𝑖𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]3 8. cos(𝛼𝑡) −𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑞(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 − 𝛼 2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > |𝛼|. 4. 𝑡 𝑛, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 (−𝑖)𝑛+1 𝑛! 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]𝑛+1 9. sinh(𝛼𝑡) −𝛼 𝑝(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 + 𝛼 2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > 0. 5. 𝑡 𝑛, 𝑛 > −1 (−𝑖)𝑛+1 γ(𝑛 + 1) 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]𝑛+1 10. cosh(𝛼𝑡) −𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑞(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 + 𝛼 2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > 0. 4. the inverse of seji integral transform for some fundamental functions: [16] in the following a list of the inverse of the seji integral transform for some important functions: table 2. the inverse of seje transform for some basic functions. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 403 𝑭𝒈 𝒄 (𝒔) 𝒇(𝒕) = 𝑻𝒈 𝒄 −𝟏{𝑭𝒈 𝒄 (𝒔)} 𝑭𝒈 𝒄 (𝒔) 𝒇(𝒕) = 𝑻𝒈 𝒄 −𝟏{𝑭𝒈 𝒄 (𝒔)} 1. −𝑖𝑝(𝑠) 𝑞(𝑠) 1 6. −𝑝(𝑠) [ 𝛽 𝛽2+(𝑞(𝑠)) 2 + 𝑖 𝑞(𝑠) 𝛽2+(𝑞(𝑠)) 2], 𝑞(𝑠) > 𝛽. 𝑒 𝛽𝑡 , 𝛽 is a constant 2. − 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]2 t 7. −𝛽 𝑝(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 −𝛽2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > |𝛽| sin(𝛽𝑡) 3. 2𝑖𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]3 𝑡 2 2! 8. −𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑞(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 −𝛽2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > |𝛽|. cos(𝛽𝑡) 4. (−𝑖)𝑛+1 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]𝑛+1 , 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 𝑡 𝑛 𝑛! 9. −𝛽 𝑝(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 +𝛽2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > 0. sinh(𝛽𝑡) 5. (−𝑖)𝑛+1 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑞(𝑠)]𝑛+1 , 𝑛 > −1 𝑡 𝑛 γ(𝑛 + 1) 10. −𝑖 𝑝(𝑠) 𝑞(𝑠) (𝑞(𝑠)) 2 +𝛽2 , 𝑞(𝑠) > 0. cosh(𝛽𝑡) 5.the seji integral transform of derivatives of a function 𝐟(𝐭): [16] in [10] gave the application of seji integral transform to derivative of 𝑓(𝑡). let 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑓(𝑡)} = 𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠), we get: i. 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑓′(𝑡)} = 𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑓(0)𝑝(𝑠). ii. 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑓′′(𝑡)} = (𝑖𝑞(𝑠)) 2 𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑝(𝑠)𝑓 ′(0) − 𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑝(𝑠)𝑓(0). iii. 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑓 (𝑛)(𝑡)} = (𝑖𝑞(𝑠)) 𝑛 𝐹𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑝(𝑠) [∑ (𝑖𝑞(𝑠)) 𝑘−1𝑛 𝑘=1 𝑓 (𝑛−𝑘)(0)]. 6.the method of seji integral transform for solving the population growth problem: in this section, we illustrate the method of solution the population growth problem in equation (1) and (2) by using the seji integral transform. take the seji integral transform for equation (1): 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 { 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 } = 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝜇𝑁}. (5) as we know, seje transform of derivative of function, so we get: 𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑁𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑁(0)𝑝(𝑠) = 𝜇𝑁𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠). (6) by applying the initial condition (2) and on simplification, we get: 𝑁𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)[𝑖𝑞(𝑠) − 𝜇] = 𝑁0𝑝(𝑠). then, 𝑁𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝑁0𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) − 𝜇] . (7) for obtaining the value of 𝑁(𝑡) we take the inverse seje integral transform on both sides of (7), so we have: 𝑁(𝑡) = 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝑁𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 𝑁0 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1 { 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) − 𝜇] }, 𝑁(𝑡) = 𝑁0𝑒 𝜇𝑡 . ∀t ≥ 0 where 𝑁(𝑡) be the value of population at time 𝑡. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 404 7.the method of seje transform for solving the decay problem: in this section, we introduce the method of solution the decay problem in equations (3) and (4) by using the seje transform. take the seje transform for equation (3): 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 { 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 } = 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {−𝜂𝑀}. (8) as we know, seje transform of derivative of function, so we have: 𝑖𝑞(𝑠)𝑀𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) − 𝑀(0)𝑝(𝑠) = −𝜂𝑀𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠). (9) by applying the initial condition (4) and on simplification, we get: 𝑀𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)[𝑖𝑞(𝑠) + 𝜂] = 𝑀0𝑝(𝑠), we obtain: 𝑀𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝑀0𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) + 𝜂] . (10) for obtaining the value of 𝑀(𝑡) we take the inverse seje transform on both sides of (10), so we have: 𝑀(𝑡) = 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝑀𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 𝑀0 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1 { 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) + 𝜂] }, 𝑀(𝑡) = 𝑀0𝑒 −𝜂𝑡 . ∀t ≥ 0 where 𝑀(𝑡) is the value of substance at time 𝑡. 8.applications: we have now some applications to explain the effect of srje integral transform in solving population growth and decay problems. application 8.1: a country's population expands at a rate proportional to the number of people currently residing there. if the population doubles in three years and reaches 10,000 in five years, calculate the number of individuals who lived in the country at the start [10]. we can write this information by the following equation: 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 = 𝜇𝑁. (11) where 𝑁 is the number of people living in the country at time 𝑡 and 𝜇 is a proportionality rate. assume that 𝑁0 is the country's initial population at time 𝑡 = 0. now, we will apply the same steps in equation (11), 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 { 𝑑𝑁 𝑑𝑡 } = 𝜇𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑁}. (12) since 𝑁 = 𝑁0 when 𝑡 = 0, so we get: 𝑁𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝑁0𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) − 𝜇] . (13) by applying inverse of seje transform for (13), 𝑁(𝑡) = 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝑁𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 𝑁0 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1 { 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) − 𝜇] }, 𝑁(𝑡) = 𝑁0𝑒 𝜇𝑡 . (14) at time 𝑡 = 3, 𝑁 = 2𝑁0, by using in (14), we find: 2𝑁0 = 𝑁0𝑒 3𝜇 ⇒ 𝑒3𝜇 = 2 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 405 𝜇 = 0.231. now at time 𝑡 = 5, n = 104, using in (14), we get: 104 = 𝑁0𝑒 3(0.231), 𝑁0 = 3151. where 𝑁0 is the desired initial value of people living in the country. application 8.2: if there is originally 100 mg. of radioactive material present and after three hours it is noticed that the radioactive material has lost 20% of its original mass, calculate the half-life of the radioactive substance [10] . we write these information by the following equation: 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 = −𝜂𝑀, (15) where 𝜂 is the rate of proportionality and 𝑀 represents the value of radioactive material at time. assume that at time 𝑡 = 0 and 𝑀0is the initial value of p radioactive material. now, we will apply the same steps in equation (15), 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 { 𝑑𝑀 𝑑𝑡 } = −𝜂𝑇𝑔 𝑐 {𝑀}. (16) since 𝑀 = 𝑀0 when 𝑡 = 0, so we get: 𝑀𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠) = 𝑀0𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) + 𝜂] . (17) by applying inverse of seje integral transform for (17), 𝑀(𝑡) = 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1{𝑀𝑔 𝑐 (𝑠)} = 𝑀0 𝑇𝑔 𝑐 −1 { 𝑝(𝑠) [𝑖𝑞(𝑠) + 𝜂] }, 𝑀(𝑡) = 𝑀0𝑒 −𝜂𝑡 . (18) at time 𝑡 = 0, 𝑀 = 𝑀0 = 100, by using in (8.8), we find: 𝑀(t) = 100𝑒𝜂𝑡 . (19) now at time t = 5, the radioactive material has lost 20 present of its original mass 100 mg. therefore, 𝑀 = 100 − 20 = 80 is using in (18), we get: 80 = 100𝑒−3𝜂 , 𝜂 = 0.07438. (20) we wanted 𝑡 when 𝑀 = 𝑀0 2 = 50, then from (19), we get: 50 = 100𝑒−𝜂𝑡 . (21) by substituting the value of 𝜂 in (21), 50 = 100𝑒−0.07438𝑡 ⇒ 𝑡 = 9.32 hours, which t is the desired half-life of the radioactive material. 9.conclusion in this study, we show how to improve the seji integral transform approach for solving population growth and decay problems. the effect of the seji integral transform for tackling these difficulties is explained through the applications. so, we can use the suggested transform to solve the population growth and decay problems for the different organisms. references ihjpas. 36(1)2023 406 1. singh, g.p. ; aggarwal, s. sawi transform for population growth and decay problems. international journal of latest technology in engineering, management & applied science, 2019, 8(8). 2. aggarwal, s.; sharma, s. d. solution of population growth and decay problems using smudu transform, international journal of research and innovation applied scence (ijrias) (2020), vol.v, issue vii, july 3. aggarwal, s. ; sharma, n. ; chauhan, r. solution of population growth and decay problems by using mohand transform. international journal of research in advent technology, 2018, 6(11), 3277-3282. 4. aggarwal , s. ; gupta, a.r.; asthana, n. ; singh, d.p. application of kamal transform for solving population growth and decay problems. global journal of engineering science and researches, 2018 ,5(9), 254-260. 5. aggarwal, s. ; sharma, s.d. ; gupta, a.r. application of shehu transform for handling growth and decay problems. global journal of engineering science and researches, 2019,6(4), 190-198. 6. aggarwal, s.; singh, d. p. ; asthana, n. ; gupta, a.r. application of elzaki transform for solving population growth and decay problems. journal of emerging technologies and innovative research, 2018,5(9), 281-284, 7. eman a. mansour, emad a. kuffi ; sadiq a. mehdi, solving population growth and decay problems using complex see transform, 7th international conference on contemporary information technology and mathematics (iccitm-2021), mosul, iraq. 8.ahsan, z., differential equations and their applications, phi, 2006. 9.ang, w.t. ; park, y.s.: ordinary differential equations: methods and applications, universal publishers, 2008 . 10.bronson, r. ; costa, g.b.: schaum’s outline of differential equations, mcgraw-hill, 2021. 11.weigelhofer, w.s. ; lindsay, k.a.: ordinary differential equations & applications: mathematical methods for applied mathematicians, physicists, engineers and bioscientists, woodhead, 1999. 12.zill, d.g. ; cullen, m.r., differential equations with boundary value problems, thomson brooks/ cole, 1996. 13.gorain, g.c., introductory course on differential equations, narosa, 2014. 14.kapur, j.n., mathematical modelling, new-age, 2005. 15.roberts, c., ordinary differential equations: applications, models and computing, chapman and hall/ crc, 2010. 16.sadiq a. mehdi, emad a. kuffi ; jinan a. jasim, solving ordinary differential equations using a new general complex integral transform, journal of interdisciplinary mathematics, doi:10.1080/09720502.2022.2089381, 2022. 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract chronic renal disease (crd) is a pathophysiologic process with multiple etiologies, resulting in the inexorable attrition of nephron number and function and frequently leading to end-stage renal disease (esrd). in turn, esrd represents a clinical state or condition in which there has been an irreversible loss of endogenous renal function, of a degree sufficient to render the patient permanently dependent upon renal replacement therapy (dialysis of transplantation) in order to avoid life threatening uremia, reflecting a dysfunction of all organ systems as a result of untreated or under treated acute or chronic renal failure. the current study was involved 80 patients, the age range within 25-70 years, selected sample of patients who attend iraqi center of kidney dialysis, baghdad teaching hospital and al-yarmok teaching hospital. all the patient's body mass index [bmi] were measured serum anti diuretic hormone adh was assessed using enzyme linked immunosorbent kit [elisa] while urea, creatinine, albumin, hemoglobin were determined by spectrophotometer (pd-303), and sodium, potassium, chloride were determined by electrolyte analyzer 9180.these patients were divided in two group b (40 patients) as pre dialysis with esrd, and group a (40) healthy control. results showed non-significant elevations in adh levels in the patient group compared with the control group, while highly significant increase in urea, creatinine and albumin levels in in the patient group compared with the control group, also highly significant decrease in hemoglobin comparing with the control group. also, it was observed nonsignificant decrease in sodium, non-significant increase in potassium and highly significant increase in chloride when comparing with the control group. keywords: anti diuretic hormone (adh), kidney function (urea. creatinine, albumin), hemoglobin and electrolyte (sodium, potassium, chloride). study of the anti-diuretic hormone (adh) on end stage renal failure disease (esrd) pre-hemodialysis in iraqi patients ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index nawal m.j. al-shammaa adnan abduladheem aljber tiba a. kh. al-taiee department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. doi: 10.30526/32.2.2135 tibataiee92@gmail.com article history: received 25 june 2018, accepted 5 august 2018, publish may 2019 department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ministry of health, medical city hospital, baghdad, iraq. mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com mailto:tibataiee92@gmail.com 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 1. introduction antidiuretic hormone (adh) is a hormone secreted by the posterior lobe of the pituitary gland, in the brain. adh moves in the blood and reaches to its target organ, the kidney. and it is a key hormone in human body serving important physiological functions such as homeostasis of fluid balance and regulation of the endocrine stress response. two basic functions of adh, the first, is to increase the amount of solute-free water reabsorbed back into the circulation from the filtrate in the kidney tubules of the nephrons. the second, function is that adh narrowing the arteries, which increases peripheral vascular resistance and raises arterial blood pressure [1]. esrd is a clinical condition in which the renal loses its functions, making the patient dependent on renal dialysis to avoid accumulation of waste and toxins in the blood that lead to loss of patient life. there are several reasons to esrd are atherosclerosis, immune diseases, kidney disorders, painkillers, the most important cause of this disease is hypertension [2]. hemodialysis is the process by which all the toxins and impurities in the patient's blood are removed and then braced to the body. this process is done two or three times a week for 3-4 hours per session. it may help balance body fluids with the necessary minerals, sodium, potassium, calcium and chloride and also help control blood pressure [3]. urea is a small molecule that dissolves in water, it consists of two nitrogen atoms, which is the final produce of nitrogen and protein metabolism, and generates in the liver. through glomerulus, urea is filtered and reuptake in nearby and distant nephrons. in nearby tubule a great portion of the filtered of urea is absorbed in medulla collecting duct [4, 5]. creatinine is a waste product from the normal breakdown of muscle tissue. as creatinine is produced, it's filtered through the kidneys and excreted in urine [6]. albumin is a protein that makes up a big proportion of the plasma proteins found in the blood in huge amounts, which are output in liver. blood volume is organized by serum albums through the preservation of osmotic pressure and it is therefore a key factor in controlling the interchange of water among interstitial vacuum and plasma [7]. anemia occurs when we have a decreased level of hemoglobin in red blood cells (rbcs) caused by iron shortage in the blood, which in turn leads to a lowering in the formed of heme. malnutrition, frequent blood loss, renal failure, sickle cell anemia or thalassemia [8]. the renal possesses a turn in regulation of chloride ion, when the appearance of any disorder or imbalance in level electrolyte means that is to the presence of damage in the renal, or other reasons impact to the disability of the kidneys to preserve the balance of cl as intensive drought or diabetes [9]. sodium participates in organizing water balance in the body, this leads the water is pumped inside the cell, it also plays a role in balancing acid base, and in the body's osmotic balance, which contributes to plasma volume regulation. although there are several important roles of sodium in the body, but the abundance and quality in the renal patients is mischievous because of the disability of the kidneys to filter the sodium ions and other excess fluids, so the existing of any disorder in renal function occurs unbalance in sodium levels [10,11]. the body utilizes potassium that is needed, and removes the surplus of its need by the renal via the bloodstream. but when there is a lack of kidney effectiveness, therefore, its inability to filter this surplus from potassium leads to high levels of k+ in the bloodstream [12]. the aim of the present work is to investigate the effect of anti diuretic hormone (adh) on kidney functions (urea, creatinine, albumin), hemoglobin, electrolyte (sodium, potassium, chloride) on end stage renal failure disease (esrd) in pre hemodialysis. 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 2. material and methods 2.1. patients the current study was applied on 80 patients, the age was ranged within 25-70 years, selected sample of patients who attend iraqi dialysis center, baghdad teaching hospital and al-yarmok teaching hospital for the period from october 2017 to january 2018.body mass index bmi was measured for all patients. serum anti diuretic hormone adh was assessed using enzyme linked immunosorbent kit [elisa] while urea, creatinine, albumin, hemoglobin was determined by spectrophotometer (pd-303), and sodium, potassium, chloride was determined by electrolyte analyzer 9180.two groups, one included pre dialysis with esrd (group b), and group a as healthy control. 2.2. blood sample collection five ml of venous blood sample was obtained from each subject. the blood samples which were collected from all subjects were transferred into gel tube, allowed to stand for 25 minutes at room temperature then centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 10 minutes. the resulting serum suppurated and frozen at –40 o c till used for estimation of levels adh, urea, creatinine, albumin, hemoglobin, electrolyte (na + , cl -1 , k + ). 2.3. statistical analysis the statistical analysis system spss version 20, t-test and chisquare program used was to affect difference factors in study parameters. in this study correlation coefficient estimated between different parameter [13]. 3. results and discussion results showed a non-significant increase in gb when comparing with ga in adh, while highly significant increase in gb comparing with ga in urea, creatinine and albumin, also highly significant decrease in gb when comparing with ga in hemoglobin as shown in table 1, and figure 1. earlier data showed to patients esrd before dialysis sera adh, urea and creatinine levels are higher than healthy control. previous studies, agree with data to adh, urea and creatinine levels [14-16]. subsequent data confirm this finding and indicated that the elevated levels of adh were related to osmolality due to increased concentration of salts and proteins in the blood increases the storage of water in the body and thus leads to lower kidney function and increased secretion of adh. this means that increased osmolality leads to a significant increase in adh levels because osmolality is the main regulator of adh release [17, 18]. while urea and creatinine levels are related to glomerular filtration rate (gfr), due to the low number of nephrons working in the kidneys, which in turn reduce the rate of glomerular filtration (gfr), thus makes the kidneys unable on blood purification and removed waste so that the accumulation of waste and toxic chemicals in the blood, causing dysfunction in the kidneys as called renal failure [19, 20]. also data showed of observed albumin and hemoglobin levels are lower than healthy control. these results agree with previous studies to albumin and hemoglobin levels of which have obtained are study suda, et al., [21] and astor, et al., [22]. data confirm that the reduction level of albumin is related with reduced renal function, because the kidneys are disposed of fluid and waste in the body. when renal syndrome occurs, the kidneys stop functioning. thus, albumin is lost in the urine, leading to a decrease in the level of albumin in the blood [23]. while reduction level of 00 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 hemoglobin is related with anemia occurs in patients with renal failure because the kidneys are responsible for the secretion of the hormone erythropoietin (epo), which is responsible for the formation of red blood cells. when kidney function is lost, thus, the number of red blood cells production decreases, causing a decrease in the level of hemoglobin responsible for anemia [24, 25]. results in table 2, and figure 2, observed non-significant decrease in gb when comparing with ga in sodium and non-significant increase in gb when comparing with ga in potassium, while highly significant increase in gb when comparing with ga in chloride. the data show a decrease in sodium level before dialysis compared with health control. previous studies support these findings [26-28]. low sodium in the blood leads to the kidneys secretion angiotensin which causes the adrenal cortex to secrete aldosterone, the latter induces the renal tubules to reabsorb sodium from the glomerular filtrate. when renal dysfunction occurs, the amount of water in the blood increases, leading to a decrease in the blood volume, where salinity is becoming more sensitive, thus lowering the level of sodium which works on high blood pressure, because sodium is responsible for regulating blood pressure [29]. while potassium levels in the blood increase due to potassium accumulates in the blood due to the main decrease in kidney function, in the event of kidney failure kidneys could not get rid of the amount of potassium overload the body's need, so there is an excess of potassium levels [30]. also increase chloride levels in pre dialysis due to the body's loss of large quantities of fluids, which are free of chloride, leading to high concentration of ions in the body as in drought, thus reducing the flow of renal blood, and due also to increased metabolic acid in the blood as a result of the inability of the kidneys to get rid of excess acidity and therefore occur hyperchloremia [31]. table 1. level of adh, urea, creatinine, albumin and hemoglobin with esrd patients and control group. parameters group a (ga) group b (gb) p-value adh pg/ml 32.33 ± 3.88 35.21 ± 5.23 0.150 urea mg/dl 30.20 ± 5.02 104.78 ± 40.1 0.001 creatinine mg/dl 3.36 ± 0.76 6.61 ± 2.30 0.001 albumin g/l 4.43 ± 0.59 3.51 ± 0.47 0.001 hemoglobin g/l 9.96 ± 0.27 7.89 ± 0.99 0.001 (p ≤ 0.05) significant(s), (p ≥ 0.05) non-significant (n.s), (p ≤ 0.01) highly significant (h.s). 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 table 2. level of sodium, potassium and chloride with esrd patients and control group. parameters group a (ga) group b (gb) p-value na + mmol/l 139.5 ± 2.67 122.57 ± 7.70 0.558 k + mmol/l 3.93 ± 0.34 4.33 ± 0.96 0.140 cl -1 mmol/l 100.6 ± 2.36 122.57 ± 7.70 0.001 (p ≤ 0.05) significant(s), (p ≥ 0.05) non-significant (n.s), (p ≤ 0.01) highly significant (h.s). figure 1. comparison between patient esrd and control group for adh, urea, creatinine, albumin and hemoglobin. figure 2. comparison between patient esrd and control group for sodium, potassium and chloride. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 sodium potassium chloride control pre 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 adh urea creatinine albumin hb control pre 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 4. conclusion in this study, serum adh and k+ levels were non-significant increase in pre dialysis. serum urea, creatinine, albumin, cl levels ware non-significant increase in pre dialysis, serum hemoglobin levels were highly significant decrease in pre dialysis, and serum na+ levels was non-significant decrease in pre dialysis compared to healthy control. references 1. richard, i.g.h.; neil, a.h. essential endocrinology and diabetes. 6 th edition, wileyblackwell. 2012. isbn:978-1-444-33004-5. 2. sud, m.; tangri, n.; levin, a.; pintilie, m.; levey, a.s.; naimark, d.m. ckd stage at nephrology referral and factors influencing the risks of esrd and death. american journal of kidney diseases. 2014, 63, 928-936. 3. ramaprabha, p.; bhuvaneswari, t.; kumar, r.a. coagulation profiles an indicator of vascular haemostatic function in chronic renal failure patients who are on renal dialysis. scholars journal of applied medical sciences.2014, 2, 2b, 592-595.‏ 4. kottegoda, n.; sandaruwan, c.; priyadarshana, g.; siriwardhana, a.; rathnayake, u.a.; berugoda-arachchige, d.m.; amaratunga, g.a.j. urea-hydroxyapatite nanohybrids for slow release of nitrogen. acs nano.2017, 11, 1214-1221. 5. danziger, j.; zeidel, m.; parker, m.j. renal physiology: a clinical approach. 1 st edition lippincott williams & wilkins. 2011. 6. bamanikar, s.a.; bamanikar, a.a.; arora, a. study of serum urea and creatinine in diabetic and nondiabetic patients in a tertiary teaching hospital. the journal of medical research. 2016, 2, 12-15. 7. roberts, i.; blackhall, k.; alderson, p.; bunn, f.; schierhout, g. human albumin solution for resuscitation and volume expansion in critically ill patients. cochrane database of systematic reviews. 2011, 11, 1-42. 8. astor, b.c.; muntner, p.; levin, a.; eustace, j.a.; coresh, j. association of kidney function with anemia: the third national health and nutrition examination survey (1988-1994). archives of internal medicine. 2002, 162, 1401-1408. 9. zumdahl, s.s.; donald, j.d. chemical principles. mcdougal littell/houghton mifflin, 8 th edition, usa. 2016 10. gatti, m.; tokatly, i.v.; rubio, a. sodium: a charge-transfer insulator at high pressures. physical review letters. 2010, 104, 1-13. 11. rakova, n.; kitada, k.; lerchl, k.; dahlmann, a.; birukov, a.; daub, s.; kopp, c.; pedchenko, t.; zhang, y.; beck, l.; johannes, b. increased salt consumption induces body water conservation and decreases fluid intake. the journal of clinical investigation. 2017, 127, 1932-1943. 12. waziri, i.; fugu, m.b.; ndahi, n.p. solvent-free synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of calcium and potassium complexes with some cephalosporin antibiotics. research journal of chemical sciences. 2018, 8, 7-14. 13. daniel, w.w.; cross, c.l. biostatistics: a foundation for analysis in the health sciences.10 th edition, wiley, wiely and sons inc. 2013 14. nakayama, m.; yamada, k.; nakano, h.; miura, y. stimulated secretion of arginine vasopressin during hemodialysis in patients with hemodialysis hypotension. nephron. 1998, 79, 488-489. 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 15. chielle, e.o.; rigon, k.a.; arcari, i.a.; stein, v.; santos, g.a.d. influence of hemodialysis on the plasma concentration of adenosine deaminase in patients with chronic kidney disease. jornal brasileiro de patologia e medicina laboratorial. 2015, 51,153-157. 16. amin, n.; mahmood, r.t.; asad, m.j.; zafar, m.; raja, a.m. evaluating urea and creatinine levels in chronic renal failure pre and post dialysis: a prospective study. journal of cardiovascular disease. 2014, 2, 1-4. 17. ettema, e.m.; zittema, d.; kuipers, j.; gansevoort, r.t.; vart, p.; de jong, p.e.; westerhuis, r.; franssen, c.f. dialysis hypotension: a role for inadequate increase in arginine vasopressin levels? a systematic literature review and meta-analysis. american journal of nephrology. 2014, 39, 100-109. 18. ettema, e.m.; heida, j.; casteleijn, n.f.; boesten, l.; westerhuis, r.; gaillard, c.a.; gansevoort, r.t.; franssen, c.f.; zittema, d. the effect of renal function and hemodialysis treatment on plasma vasopressin and copeptin levels. kidney international reports. 2017, 2, 410-419. 19. delanaye, p.; cavalier, e.; pottel, h. serum creatinine: not so simple! nephron. 2017, 136, 302-308. 20. israa, a.; mohammed, j. a study of some biochemical parameters in blood of patients with chronic renal failure. journal of basrah researches sciences. 2013, 39, 4, 20-32. 21. suda, t.; hiroshige, k.; ohta, t.; watanabe, y.; iwamoto, m.; kanegae, k.; ohtani, a.; nakashima, y. the contribution of residual renal function to overall nutritional status in chronic haemodialysis patients. nephrology dialysis transplantation. 2000, 15, 396-401. 22. astor, b.c.; muntner, p.; levin, a.; eustace, j.a.; coresh, j. association of kidney function with anemia: the third national health and nutrition examination survey (1988-1994). archives of internal medicine. 2002, 162, 1401-1408. 23. eriguchi, r.; obi, y.; rhee, c.m.; chou, j.a.; tortorici, a.r.; mathew, a.t.; kim, t.; soohoo, m.; streja, e.; kovesdy, c.p.; kalantar‐ zadeh, k. changes in urine volume and serum albumin in incident hemodialysis patients. hemodialysis international. 2017, 21, 507-518. 24. hakim, y.a.; abbas, a.a.; khali, a.; mustafa, h.i.a. the effect of hemodialysis on hemoglobin concentration, platelets count and white blood cells count in end stage renal failure. international journal of medical research and health sciences. 2016, 5, 22-35. 25. geller, a.b.; devita, m.v.; marku‐ podvorica, j.; rosenstock, j.l.; panagopoulos, g.; michelis, m.f. increase in post‐ dialysis hemoglobin can be out of proportion and unrelated to ultrafiltration. dialysis & transplantation. 2010, 39, 57-62. 26. ravel, v.a.; streja, e.; mehrotra, r.; sim, j.j.; harley, k.; ayus, j.c.; amin, a.n.; brunelli, s.m.; kovesdy, c.p.; kalantar-zadeh, k.; rhee, c.m. serum sodium and mortality in a national peritoneal dialysis cohort. nephrology dialysis transplantation. 2016, 32, 1224-1233. 27. luo, j.; brunelli, s.m.; jensen, d.e.; yang, a. association between serum potassium and outcomes in patients with reduced kidney function. clinical journal of the american society of nephrology. 2016, 11, 90-100. 28. marques, f.o.; libório, a.b.; daher, e.f. effect of chloride dialysate concentration on metabolic acidosis in aintenance hemodialysis patients. brazilian journal of medical and biological research.2010, 43, 996-1000. 03 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 29. dekker, m.j.e.; marcelli, d.; canaud, b.; konings, c.j.a.m.; leunissen, k.m.; levin, n.w.; carioni, p.; maheshwari, v.; raimann, j.g.; van der sande, f.m.; usvyat, l.a. unraveling the relationship between mortality, hyponatremia, inflammation and malnutrition in hemodialysis patients: results from the international mondo initiative. european journal of clinical nutrition. 2016, 70, 779–784. 30. yusuf, a.a.; hu, y.; singh, b.; menoyo, j.a.; wetmore, j.b. serum potassium levels and mortality in hemodialysis patients: a retrospective cohort study. american journal of nephrology. 2016, 44, 179-186. 31. nagami, g.t. hyperchloremia–why and how. nefrologia. 2016, 36, 347-353. microsoft word 113-128 113 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 uni and multivariate optimization for the spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine drug via charge-transfer complex formation sarmad b. dikran alaa k. mohammed ali kh. mahmood dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibnal haitham)/ university of baghdad received in: 7/may/2015, accepted in:14/june/2015 abstract charge transfer complex formation method has been applied for the spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine, in bulk sample and dosage form. the method was accurate, simple, rapid, inexpensive and sensitive depending on the formed chargetransfer complex between cited drug and, 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-pbenzoquinone (ddq) as a chromogenic reagent. the formed complex shows absorbance maxima at 587 nm against reagent blank. the calibration graph is linear in the ranges of (5.0 50.0) µg.ml-1 with detection limit of 0.268µg.ml-1. the results show the absence of interferences from the excipients on the determination of the drug. therefore the proposed method has been successfully applied for the determination of cimetidine in pharmaceutical preparations. keywords: simplex, spectrophotometric, cimetidine , chargetransfer. 114 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction cimetidine, or n-cyano-n-methyl-n-[2-[5-[[methylimidazol-4-yl] thio]ethyl] guanidine [1], is an h2-receptor antagonist drug which reduces the volume and hydrogen ion concentration of gastric juice, it is used for the treatment of duodenal ulcers, zollinger-ellison syndrome, and other gastric hypersecretory states [2]. it's also indicated for the relief heartburn and prevents rebleeding in patients of peptic and duodenal ulcers [2,3]. cimetidine, due to its effects on the immune system and as an h2-receptor antagonist, can inhibit growth of carcinogen-induced colonic tumors in rats, as well as the in vitro human colon cancer cell lines[4]. the chemical structure of cimetidine is given in (scheme 1). scheme (1) several methods have been reported for determination of cimetidine in bulk and pharmaceutical dosage forms, these methods include titrimetry [5], high performance thin layer chromatography [6], high performance liquid chromatography[7-9], liquid-liquid extraction[10] and potentiometry [11,12]. spectrophotometry [13-18] are most convenient techniques because of their inherent simplicity, adequate sensitivity, low cost and wide availability in all quality control laboratories. in experimental chemistry, the optimization of technical system is the process of the adjusting of the control variables to find the levels that achieve the best optimization. usually, many conflicting response must be optimized simultaneously. in lack of systematic approaches the optimization is done by trial and error, or by changing one control variable at a time while holding the rest constant, such methods requires a lot of experiments to be carried out. simplex optimization of experimental parameters was first introduced by spendley [19], and then modified by nelder [20] and aberg [21]. simplex is a geometric figure in which there are n +1 vertices, where (n) represents the number of variables [22], the method found a lot of applications in field of analytical chemistry [23-25], because it offers the capability of optimizing several factors simultaneously depending on a statistical design search to find out the maxima or minima of response, by rejecting the point producing the worst response and a replacement of it by the new point which is obtained statistically. the present work describes the utility of 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone (ddq) reagent for spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine in pure form as well as in these dosage forms. in addition, the optimization of chemical dependent variables of affecting absorbance have been studied by using modified simplex method via computer program. n h nh3c s n h n h h3c n cn 115 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 apparatus a cintra 5 spectrophotometer with 1 cm quartz cells were used for absorbance measurements. ph-meter dw-9421 from philips instrument, a sartorius bl 210s balance, and a pentium 4 computer (dell) was used for data processing. experimental material and reagents all chemicals used were of analytical reagent grad unless otherwise is mentioned, cimetidine standard powders (purity 99.8%) were kindly provided by the state company for drug industries and medical appliances, samara-iraq (sdi). ddq 0.1 %( w/v) solution, was prepared by dissolving 0.01 g of the ddq in 5 ml of acetonitrile and then the solution was diluted to a final volume 10 ml with acetonitrile. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. this solution is prepared daily using redglass volumetric flask because it is a light sensitive reagent. standard drugs solutions cimetidine stock solution (500 µg.ml-1 ), was prepared by dissolving 50 mg of cimetidine in 5ml methanol and diluting to 100ml in a volumetric flask with acetonitrile. working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions. general recommended procedure measured volumes of the standard stock solution of the drug containing (25-250 μg) were transferred into 5-ml calibrated flasks, 0.3 ml of 0.1% ddq solution was added to each, and then diluted to volume with acetonitrile. absorbance measurements of resulting solutions were done at the wavelength of maximum absorption (587nm) against reagent blank which prepared by the same manner, but without addition of cimetidine. analysis of cimetidine in pharmaceutical preparations the content of 10 tablets were mixed well and a certain amount of fine powder was accurately weighted to give an equivalent to 200 mg for tablets and dissolve in 50 ml of methanol, swirled, left to stand for 5 mints and diluted to 100ml in a volumetric flask with acetonitrile. the solution then was filtered by using whatman filter paper no.41 to avoid any suspended or undisclosed material before use, and the first portion of the filtrate was rejected, working solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilutions with acetonitrile and analyzed by the recommended procedure. results and discussion spectrophtometric procedures are popular for their sensitivity in the assay of drugs and hence, charge-transfer complex formation has received considerable attention for the quantitative determination of many pharmaceutical compounds [26-28]. cimetidine react with ddq to give yellow color charge-transfer complex, which exhibits absorption maxima at 587 against their reagent blank (figure1). the some bands may be attributed to the formation of ddq radical anion, which probably resulted from the dissociation of the donor-acceptor complex in relatively high polar solvents like acetonitrile 116 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 [28]. therefore, in order to avoid the maximum interference from the reagent blank, the absorbance measurements were carried out at 587 nm in the subsequent work. optimization of experimental variables i. univariable method the experimental variables affecting the development and stabilities of charge-transfer complex formation were achieved through a number of preliminary experiments. such factors include reagent volume, reaction time, temperature, and the type of organic solvent. for this reason, a variable was modified while maintaining the other variables at their constant values, then by maintaining that variable at its optimized value, another was modified; all variables were optimized via this method. effect of reagent volume: the influence of amount of the used reagent on the absorbance of cimetidine–ddq complex is illustrated in (figure 2). 0.3ml of 0.1% solution of ddq was found to be optimum to develop the maximum color intensity for formed charge-transfer complex, after which no more increase in absorbance values was obtained; therefore, the cited amount of ddq solution was used. effect of reaction time the optimum reaction time is determined by following the color development at ambient temperature (25 ± 2 °c). it was found that the reaction of cimetidine with ddq, under the conditions of the study, is instantaneous, and the formed complex attained maximum absorbance immediately after mixing. the developed color remained strictly unaltered for at least 2 hours in dark place. effect of temperature the optimum reaction temperature was determined by following the color development at ambient temperature in the range from (25 50 ± 2°c). it was found that the reaction between cimetidine and ddq is independent on the temperature of the medium up to 40 °c; hence the absorbance of the complex remains, approximately, constant. the value of the absorbance starts to decrease considerably when reaction temperature raised above 40 °c, this may be due to decomposition of the formed charge transfer complex. 25°c was chosen to be optimum, because the product attained maximum and constant absorbance (figure 3). effect of organic solvent several organic solvents, namely acetonitrile, dichloromethane, chloroform, methanol, benzene, 1,2-dichloroethane, in addition to water, were examined for their ability to solvate the reaction constituents and to results in maximum absorbance for cimetidine – ddq charge transfer complex. acetonitrile was found to be the most suitable solvent to achieve quantitative recovery of cimetidine complex (table 1). ii. simplex method simplex method used to optimize the required reagent volume, reaction time and the reaction temperature. after choosing the convenient boundary conditions for each of the mentioned 117 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 control variables, four arbitrary experimental conditions should were carried out (table 2) and the results were entered to the multi-simplex program points (1 to 4) in table 3. the simplex program starts to reflect the worst point through the centroid of other points to obtain a new point 5. an experiment was then performed utilizing the variable setting as a reflected point; because this value was better than that at point 1, the latter was rejected and replaced by point 5. a measured absorption signal was feeding again to the program and the process is repeated successively until the optimum conditions are obtained and were similar to those obtained by the univariate method. calibration graph employing the optimum experimental conditions, a linear calibration graph for the determination of cimetidine, by charge-transfer complex formation with ddq, was obtained (figure 4), which shows that beer's law was obey in the concentration range of (5.0-50.0) µg.ml-1, with a correlation coefficient (r= 0.9997) and detection limit of 0.268 µg.ml-1. spectral characteristics of the proposed method under optimum experimental conditions of the proposed method, the regression plot showed linear dependence of absorbance signals on the concentrations of the studied drug in the range given. the regression equations, correlation coefficients, molar absorptivities, detection limits and sandell sensitivity in addition to other parameters are given in table 4. stoichiometry of the complex to propose a structure for the formed charge transfer complex between cimetidine and ddq, two analytical procedures (slope analysis and job's of continuous variation method) were followed, figures 5, 6 and 7 respectively. the results, in both studies, showed that the complex is composed from ddq and cimetidine with a ratio of 1:1 (ddq: cimetidine). ratio = slope r / slope d = 4795 / 4793 = 1.00042 ≃ 1 the structure of the formed charge transfer complex can be represented as in scheme 2. the mechanism of the reaction depends on the formation of an original donor-acceptor (da) complex through the interaction between one of the nitrogen atoms of amine moieties in the cimetidine (as n-electron donor) and ddq (as π-acceptor). then, the dissociation of da-complex may be promoted by the solvent, especially that with high ionizing power such as acetonitrile, where complete electron transfer from the donor to the acceptor moiety takes place. this is followed by formation of the ddq radical anions as a predominant chromogen [29]. 118 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 scheme (2)  accuracy and precision the accuracy and precision of the proposed method was checked by analyzing three replicates of three different concentration levels of the drug (within beer's law range). the accuracy was determined by calculating the relative error percentage, while the precision was tested by calculating the percentage relative standard deviation (%rsd). the results indicated good accuracy with resonable precision of the proposed method (table 5). 119 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 the proposed method was advantageous when compared statistically with other methods found in the literature in having good sensitivity and the results are shown in table 6. interferences study the results showed that no interferences were found in the presence of up to 500 µg.ml-1 of the studied excipients (lactose, sucrose, starch, glucose, magnesium stearate and sodium citrate) in the determination of cimetidine (table 7). analysis of dosage forms the applicability of the proposed method for the determination of cimetidine in commercial dosage form was examined by analyzing of their content of the active ingredient by the proposed method (charge-transfer complex formation). the results given in table 8, reveal that the recoveries were in the range of, reflecting high accuracy and precision of the proposed method as indicated by low percentage relative standard deviation value. the recommended method was statistically compared with official, standard and other methods, no significant differences were found between the calculated and theoretical values of t and f test at 95% confidence limit (table 9). conclusions the utility of ddq reagent for the spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine was established. the method based charge-transfer complex formation between the cited drug and ddq as a chromogenic reagent. the proposed method was found to be accurate, simple and sensitive. it was satisfactorily applied to the determination of cimetidine in pharmaceutical product samples. references 1. budavari, s. (2001) the merck index”, new jersy, merck company, inc 2. alwan, ala,dine, a. s. and abou, yousif, z. (1990) iraqi drug guide, 1st edition, nbsd, iraq, 40-41. 3. british pharmacopeia (2012) cd. rom, co. uk. 4. rendic ,s. (1999) drug interactions of h2-receptor antagonists involving cytochrome p450 (cyps) enzymes from the laboratory to the clinic, croat med j., 40(3):357-367. 5. kumar, kg. and karpaselvi, l. (1994) determination of cimetidine in pure form and in dosage forms using n,n-dibromo, dimethylhydantoin, the analyst, 119(6) :1375-1376. 6. kelani, km.; aziz, am.; hegazy, ma. and farrah, la. (2002) determination of cimetidine, famotidine, and ranitidine hydrochloride in the presence of their sulfoxide derivatives in pure and dosageforms by high-performance thin-layer chromatography and scanning densitometry, j. aoac int. sep-oct, 85(5):1015-1020. 7. helali, n. and monser, l. (2006) simultaneous determination of cimetidine and related compounds in pharmaceuticals by hplc on a porous graphitic carbon column, j. of chromatographia, 63( 9-10): 425-430. 8. mihaly,w.; cockbain,s.; jones, d.b.; hanson, r. g. and smallwood, r. a. (2006) high-pressure liquid chromatographic determination of cimetidine in plasma and urine”, j. of pharmaceutical sciences, 71(5):590-592. 120 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 9. zendelovska, d. and stafilov, t. (2003) development of an hplc method for the determination of ranitidine and cimetidine in human plasma following spe, j. pharm biomed anal. 33(2):165-173. 10. najma, s.; safila n.; and m saeed a. (2013) rp-hplc method for the simultaneous determination of captopril and h2-receptor antagonist: application to interaction studies,. med chem, 3(1):183-187. 11. mojtaba, s.; fahimeh, j. and soheila, h.(2002) preparation of a cimetidine ion-selective electrode and its application to pharmaceutical analysis, j. of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 27(6): 867-872. 12. francieli, k.; eliane, m. de lima; gabriele, s.; paulo, i. b. carneiro and neiva, d. rosso (2010) potentiometric and spectrophotometric studies of mn(ii) and ni(ii) cimetidine complexes, j. of braz. chem. soc., 21(5): 800-805. 13. darwish, i.a.; husein, s.a.; mohmoud, a.m. and hassan, a.i. (2008) spectrophotometric determination of h (2)-receptor antagonists via their oxidation with cerium (iv), spectrochim acta a mol biomol spectrosc, jan., 69(1):33-40. 14. soledad garcia, m.; isabel albero, m.; concepción sánchez-p. and abuherba, m. s. (2003) spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine in pharmaceuticals and urine using batch and flow-injection methods, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 32(4-5):1003-1010. 15. xiaoling, w.; liangwei, du.; lisheng w.; chunliu w. and zhiliang, j. (2009) spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine through charge-transfer reaction with 1,5-dichloroanthraquinone as -electron”chinese journalof chemistry, 27 (8):16241628. 16. ibrahim,a.d.;samiha,a.h.; ashraf,m.m.and ahmed,i.h.(2010)nbromosuccinimide/ fluorescein system for spectrophotometric determination of h2-receptor antagonists in their dosage forms, int. j. res. pharm. sci., 1 (2): 86-93. 17. kelani, k. m.; aziz, a. m.; hegazy, m. a. and laila, abdel f. (2002) different spectrophotometric methods for the determination of cimetidine, ranitidine hydrochloride, and famotidine, j. of spectroscopy letters, 35(4):543-563. 18. ibrahim, a. d.; samiha, a. h.; ashraf, m. m. and ahmed, i. h. (2008) a sensitive spectrophotometric method for the determination of h2-receptor antagonists by means of n-bromosuccinimide and p-aminophenol, acta pharm., 58(1):87–97. 19. spendley,w.; hext, g.r.; and himusworth, f.r.t. (1962) application of simplex designs inoptimisation and evolutionary sequential operation, journal of technometrics, 4: 441462. 20. nelder, j. a.; and mead, r. a. (1965) asimplex method for function minimization, computer journal, 7:308-313. 21. aberg, e. r. and gustavsson, a.g.t. (1982) design and evaluation of modified simplex methods, analytica chemica acta, 144:39-53. 22. walters, f. h.; parker, l. r.; morgan, s. l.; and deming, s. n. (1991) sequential simplex optimization, 1st, crc press,inc., boca raton, florida, 44. 23. momenbeik, f.; momeniz, z. and kharasani, h., j. (2005) separation and determination of vitamins e and a in multivitamin syrup using micellar liquid chromatography and 121 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 simplex optimization, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 37(2):383387. 24. murillo pulgarn, j.a.; alanon molina, a.; alanon pardo. m.t. (2002) the use of modified simplex method to optimize the room temperature phosphorescence variables in the determination of an antihypertensive drug, journal of talanta, 57:795-805. 25. tinoi, j.; rakariyatham, n. and deming, r.l. (2005) simplex optimization of carotenoid production by rhodotorula glutinis using hydrolyzed mung bean waste flour as substrate, journal of process biochemistry, 40(7):2551-2557. 26. abdullah, a. b. and gamal, a. m. (2013) spectrophotometric determination of trimipramine in tablet dosage form via charge transfer complex, tropical journal of pharmaceutical research, december, 12(6):1057-1063. 27. zhao, y.; li hua, m. and gui-zhi, z. (2005) spectrophotometric determination of erythromycin ethylsuccinate based on the charge transfer reaction between erythromycin ethylsuccinate and quinalizarin, j. of china modern applied pharmacy, 22(3):229-303. 28. hesham, s. (2008) analytical study for the charge-transfer complexes of gabapentin african journal of pharmacy and pharmacology, 2 (7):136-144. 29. walash, m.; sharaf-el din, m.; metwalli, m. e.-s. and redashabana, m. (2004) spectrophotometric determination of nizatidine and ranitidine through charge transfer complex formation, j of arch pharm res, 27(7):720-726. 30. ibrahim, a. d.; samiha, a. h.; ashraf, m. m. and ahmed, i. h. (2007) sensative spectrophotometric method for the determination of h2receptor antagonists in pharmaceutical formulation, int j biomed sci. jun, 3(2):123–130. 31. british pharmacopeia (2002) cd-rom, majesty,s stationary office, london , bp, co.uk. table (1): effect of different solvents on the determination of 20µg.ml-1cimetidine; 0.1% ddq.     solvent absorbance acetonitrile 0.432 dichloromethane 0.259 chloroform 0.158 methanol 0.128 benzene 0.057 1,2-dichloroethane 0.119 water 0.028 122 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (2): boundary of simplex indeprndent variables for determination of cimetidine. table (3): multivariate experiments (simplex) for the determination of 20 µg.ml-1 cimetidine. variable range step size reagent volume (ml) 0.1-0.5 0.1 reaction time (min.) 0-20 5.0 temperature (°c) 25-45 5.0 exp. no. reagent volume (ml) reaction time (min.) temperatur e (°c) abs. operation 1 0.1 0 25 0.256 2 0.4 20 25 0.328 3 0.2 20 45 0.322 4 0.5 10 35 0.354 5 0.5 20 45 0.317 r 6 0.3 5 30 0.427 c 7 0.5 0 25 0.404 r 8 0.4 0 35 0.408 r 10 0.2 0 25 0.410 r 11 0.1 5 35 0.233 r 12 0.4 0 25 0.416 r 13 0.2 5 25 0.392 c 14 0.4 0 30 0.411 r 15(13) 0.2 5 25 0.392 r 16 0.5 5 35 0.382 c 17 0.3 0 25 0.432 c 18 0.3 0 30 0.430 c 19(10) 0.2 0 25 0.410 c 123 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (4): spectral characteristics and statistical data of the regression equation for determination of cimetidine via charge transfer formation. parameter value λmax (nm) 587 color yellow linearity range (µg.ml-1) 5.0-70.0 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm-1) 4794.441 regression equation a = 0.0190 [cim. µg.ml-1] + 0.0564 calibration sensitivity 0.0190 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 52.632 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9994 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9997 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.268 table (5): evaluation of accuracy and precision for the determination of cimetidine by proposed procedure. conc. ((µg.ml-1) relative error % r.s.d.* % taken found* 10 9.920 -0.800 2.016 20 19.69 -1.550 2.792 40 39.436 -1.410 1.805 average of three determinations* table (6): analytical parameters for the analysis of cimetidine by the proposed and others methods. ref. no. methods linear range µg.ml-1 ε l.mo-l. cm-1 correlation coefficient ( r) recovery rsd% 18 spectrophotometric 8.0-30.0 6710 99.8-100.2 0.810-0.840 5 h.p.tl.c. 5-50 100.39 ± 1.33 6 h.p.l.c 0.25-83.0 0.998 99.2 100.8 17 spectrophotometric 1s derivative 25.0-150.0 100.27±0.679 spectrophotometric complex formation 10.0-60.0 99.84±0.858 proposed method 5.0-70.0 4794.441 0.9997 98.48599.200 1.805-2.792 124 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (7): percent recovery for 20 µg.ml-1of cimetidine in the presence of 500 µg.ml-1of excipients. excipients cimetidine conc. taken (20 µg.ml-1) conc. found (µg.ml-1) %recovery lactose 20.155 100.775 sucrose 20.199 100.995 starch 19.845 99.225 glucose 19,888 99.440 magnesium stearate 19.929 99.645 sodium citrate 19.869 99.345 *average of three determinations. table (8): spectrophotometric determination of cimetidine in pharmaceutical preparations via charge-transferee complex formation with ddq. sample labeled amount (mg) found amount (mg) conc. taken (µg.ml-1) conc. found* (µg.ml-1) relative error % rec. % r.s.d* % cimetidine (cimetidine) 200 mg tablet uk. 200 202.26 10 10.113 1.130 101.13 1.331 202.04 20 20.204 1.020 101.02 2.214 tagadine (cimetidine) 200mg/ tablet sdi iraq 200 203.46 10 10.173 1.730 101.73 2.860 202.25 20 20.225 1.125 101.13 1.510 cimedner (cimetidine) 200mg/ tablet dad jordaan 200 186.84 10 9.342 -6.580 93.420 2.419 186.83 20 18.683 -6.585 93.415 1.584 *average of three determinations. 125 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (9): tand f-values for analysis of cimetidine in pharmaceutical compounds for proposed (s.d.i.), and others methods. proposed method t-valuesa f-valuesb other methods(n=5) µ s.d ref. no. n=3 s.d = 0.286 µ = 10.173 tc =1.048 0.706 5.000 official 9.890 0.640 18 0.393 10.550 other 9.950 0.930 30 0.979 14.643 stander 10.020 0.167 31 atheoretical values for t-test at 95% confidence limit were n=6 (2.447). btheoretical values for f-test at 95% (19.247) confidence limit, were n=(4,2), (4,2) and 99% ( 18.000) were n=(2,4) respectively, ctheoretical values for t at 95% confidence limit were n=2(4.303). fig. (1): absorption spectra (a) of 20µg.ml-1 cimetidine-ddq charge-transfer complex, (b) of the blank solution under the recommended procedure fig. (2): effect of reaction time on the absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1 cimetidine; 0.1% ddq. 126 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (3): effect of temperature on the absorbance of 20 µg.ml-1 cimetidine; 0.1% ddq. fig. (4): calibration graph of cimetidine under optimum experimental conditions. fig. (5): results obtained for the slop ratio method, with variable concentrations of cimetidine; (2.643x10-4m ddq). 0.4 0.42 0.44 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 a b so rb a n ce temperature (°c) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 a b so rb a n ce concentration of the drug (μg.ml-1) y = 4793.1x + 0.0564 r² = 0.9994 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0.0000 0.0001 0.0002 a b so rb a n ce concentration of the drug (mole.l-1) 127 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (6): results obtained for the slop ratio method, with variable concentrations of ddq; (1.590x10-4m) cimetidine. fig. (7): continuous variation of 9.907 x10-4 m cimetidine, 9.907 x10-4 m ddq. y = 4795.4x 0.4032 r² = 0.9945 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0.0001 0.0002 0.0003 a b so rb a n ce concentration of ddq (mole.l-1) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 a b so rb a n ce (vd/vd+vr) 128 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لتقدير دواء ايجاد الظروف الفضلى بدراسة المتغيرات االحادية والمتعددة السميتيدين بتكوين معقد االزدواج االيوني سرمد بهجت ديكران عالء كريم محمد علي خليل محمود / جامعة بغداد )ابن الهيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2015/حزيران/14، قبل البحث في:2015/أيار/7استلم البحث في: الخالصة طريقة طيفية لتقدير السميتيدين في عينات نقية وفي المستحضرات الصيدالنية. كانت الطريقة دقيقة، بسيطة، استعمالتم ثنائي 2،3سريعة، غير مكلفة وحساسة تعتمد باالساس على تكوين معقد انتقال الشحنة بين العقار قيد الدراسة مع الكاشف 587المعقد المتكون اعظم امتصاص له عند الطول الموجي ) ككاشف لوني. اظھر ddqبارا بنزوكيونون( 5،6كلورو ) مايكروغرام / 50 – 5.0مقابل محلول الخلب، فقد اظھر منحني المعايرة عالقة خطية ضمن المدى من التراكيز (اً نانومتر الت مايكروغرام/ مل. أظھرت الدراسة أيضآ أن الطريقة المقترحة خالية من تأثير المتداخ 0.268مل وبحد كشف المتعارف على وجودھا في المستحضرات الصيدالنية، فقد أمكن تطبيق الطريقة بنجاح لتقدير السميتيدين في بعض تلك المستحضرات. : سمبلكس، طيفيي، سميتيدين، انتقال الشحنة.الكلمات المفتاحية 119 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 abstract in this paper, two of the local search algorithms are used (genetic algorithm and particle swarm optimization), in scheduling number of products (n jobs) on a single machine to minimize a multi-objective function which is denoted as ∑ (total completion time, total tardiness, total earliness and the total late work). a branch and bound (bab) method is used for comparing the results for (n) jobs starting from (5-18). the results show that the two algorithms have found the optimal and near optimal solutions in an appropriate time. key word: the branch and bound method (bab), the local search algorithms, the genetic algorithm (ga), the particle swarm optimization (pso), the multi-objective problems. 1.introduction in the matter of dealing with scheduling problems, there are given a finite or countable infinite set of solutions in which we have to find one solution of them that optimizes (minimizes or maximizes) a given specific cost function. the computational complexity theory shapes the difference between easiness and hardiness of the problems, where a problem is easy if there is a polynomial-time algorithm solves it and obtains an optimal solution. a problem is said to be hard (or np-hard) if there exist no such polynomial-time algorithm to solve it. so, when we deal with an np-hard problem, there are two ways for treating it. the first one is to target an optimal solution, while the second is by using a heuristic algorithm. the solutions which are found by the heuristic algorithm do not need to be optimal, but they are found with an acceptable time (i.e. the heuristic algorithms trade off the optimality versus the computing time). the heuristic algorithms can be classified into constructive algorithms and local search algorithms. the constructive algorithm generates a solution by a number of steps, where in every step the partial solution obtained is extended till we get the complete solution in the last step. on the other hand, the local search algorithms are search in the entire solution space for the best solutions, in other words it begins with an initial solution and then recursively generate a new solution which is near to the current one. while the solutions of many scheduling problems can be represented by sequences, permutations and graphs, the local search algorithms can use these representations by defining alaa sabah hameed hanan ali chachan doi: 10.30526/33.1.2378 article history: received 29 april 2019, accepted 11 june 2019, publish january 2020. alaasabah127@gmail.com genetic algorithm and particle swarm optimization techniques for solving multi-objectives on single machine scheduling problem ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index hanan_altaai@yahoo.com department of mathematics college of sciences, al-mustansireah university, iraq. file:///d:/فزياء%20العدد%20الثالث%202019/moaayed99@gmail.com alaasabah127@gmail.com hanan_altaai@yahoo.com%20 120 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 neighborhood functions with conditions of reordering items locally to get (obtain) a neighboring solution [1]. since the introduction of the local search techniques in the combinatorial optimization problems, the specialists have used these techniques for solving the np-hard problems. using these techniques in scheduling makes an allowance for us to test problems with a large number of jobs. minimizing the total late work on a single machine was treated by chinchia wu [2]. where he proposed three genetic algorithms and combined them to get the fourth one, his computational results showed that the three (ga) algorithms were getting the stability state when n becomes larger. the problem ∑ was solved by tariq and doha [3]. by using simulated annealing (sa) and descent method (dm) for (75,…,30000) jobs, and they show that the (sa) gives a reasonable results for small n, and the times for both (dm) and (sa) algorithms are equal. tariq and faez [4]. propose the (pso) and the (ga) as heuristic methods to find approximation solutions for ∑ ∑ and they found that these local search algorithms solve the problem for jobs with reasonable time. the (pso) algorithm were applied by hanan [5]. for solving the problem ∑ where she proposed a new style of development steps to achieve good convergence in application, and made a comparison between (pso) and (ga) showed that the results of (pso) are better than (ga) for jobs. tariq, and hafed reach jobs by using three local search techniques; descent method ( dm), simulated annealing (sa) and tabu search (ts) in solving the problem ∑ ∑ , where they showed that the performance of the algorithms is evaluated on a large set of test problems and the results which are compared showed that (sa) and (ts) algorithms are better than (dm) with preference to (sa) algorithm, and showed that the three algorithms find optimal or near optimal solutions in a reasonable times [6]. 2.problem representation a multi-objective problem is considered, and the formal description of this problem is set as follows: scheduling jobs on a single machine which is always available can execute them, where each one of these jobs can be executed on that machine at its special time (i.e. only one job can be executed at a time), and the machine can do only one job at a time. for we will denote and as the processing time and the due date of the job respectively. the schedule ( ) will define a completion time ∑ for every job . the tardiness and the earliness will show up for every job . the late work of job is the amount of the processing time that is performed after the due date , where if ( , if ( and if ( [7]. every job will be ready to be processed at time zero, where no preemption is allowed and our objective is to find a feasible solution that gives the minimum value of the multi-objective function ∑ . using the standard scheduling problem classification notation, our problem is denoted by ∑ and formulated as; 121 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ∑ { } { } { } } 3. heuristics for the problem in this section, we will mention the heuristics that are used for the problem (a) where there are two simple known heuristics used as an initialization for looking at feasibility of the solutions in the entire search space. 3.1. first heuristic (h1): this heuristic is obtained by applying the shortest processing time (spt) rule (i.e. sorting the jobs in order of ). 3.2. second heuristic (h2): this heuristic is obtained by applying the earliest due date (edd) rule (i.e. sorting the jobs in order of ). 4. (bab) method the (bab) method depends basically on the complete enumeration in the search area. it consists of two procedures; branching and bounding. the branching procedure is the dividing of a large problem into two or more sub-problems, while the bounding calculates a lower bound on the optimal solution's value for every sub-problem [8]. 4.1 upper bounds: as initialization of searching in the search tree by using the (bab) method, the two heuristics in (3.1) and (3.2) are used to play as the upper bounds of our problem in this paper. 4.2. lower bound: for deriving a lower bound, the problem can be decomposed into two sub-problems , where: ∑( ) { } { } } for this sub-problem, the lower bound, which was applied by hussam abid ali [9]. is used to obtain the first lower bound ( ), where: ∑ ( ) {∑ ∑ { } } (1) 122 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ∑ { } { } } here, the lower bound in the theorem (4.1) below is used for to get the second lower bound ( ). theorem 1[7]. if { } and { } where , then we have that; ∑ . now, the following lemma allows us to use as the lower bound for the problem ( ). lemma 1 [10]. if and are the lower bounds of the problems ( respectively, then , is the lower bound of the main problem . 4.2.1. (lb) procedure for where represents the set of all jobs, is equal to the set of the scheduled jobs and is the set of the un-scheduled jobs, then the procedure is: 1.starting with empty set of the scheduled jobs (i.e. ), and begin to sort the jobs (one by one) until we have |s| , and the job will be add to the set then we solve the last sequence by the complete enumerate method (cem). at every step we calculate the cost ∑ ( ) . 2. for the set , the jobs have been sorted in two rules for calculating the costs for the two subproblems by doing the following steps; step (1): sorting the jobs in the set by (spt) rule, and then calculate ∑ by using equation (1). step (2): re-sorting the jobs in the set by (edd) rule, and calculate (∑ ) by using theorem (4.1). step (3): calculate the total cost ∑ as follows: total cost ∑ ∑ ∑ (2) 5. local search methods in a matter of using the local search methods, there is no guarantee of obtaining optimality, but using them may give us solutions that are near the optimal. therefore, the local search methods considered as the second choice of solving the np-hard problems. in this paper, two of these methods are applied the genetic algorithm (ga) and the particle swarm optimization (pso). 5.1. genetic algorithm (ga): the genetic algorithm (ga) is an evolutionary search technique used for the scheduling problems to obtain a near optimal solution for complex problems [11]. it begins with a randomly 123 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 generated population of chromosomes (feasible solutions) and replaces (iteratively) this population with a new one. the (ga) requires for the problem a good representation, and a fitness function that measures the chromosome's quality. regeneration technique depends on selection of ancestors (parents) and reunites them by using the crossover to get successor (children), then applying the mutation to change them (locally) for obtaining better results [12]. 5.1.1. (ga) operators the (ga) has a number of operators: 1. representation: in this paper, a chromosome is represented by a sequence of jobs where every gene refers to a job [13]. 2. initialization: the initial population can be obtained by either introducing heuristics or random arranging [13]. in our paper, we choose the first way (i.e. introducing heuristics), and we take 50 chromosomes as the size of our initial population as follows: create an initial population of (50) chromosomes, choose five chromosomes where three of them are randomly selected while the remain two chromosomes by applying the earliest due date (edd) and the shortest processing time (spt) (i.e. seeding good parents). 3. selection: we use the roulette wheel selection method, where we choose the chromosome with the lowest fitness value since it has a higher probability of participating in one or more children to the new generation. 4. fitness function: the fitness function specifies a value reflects the quality (goodness or badness) of the chromosome [14]. here, in this paper, the considered function is; ∑ . 5. crossover: the 1-point legitimate crossover (legx) [15]. is used. the cut probability is 0.2 when and when we cut at every 1000 jobs. in parent 1 the cut will be at the end, while in the parent 2, the cut will be at the beginning, as the following example; parent (1): 6 4 5 2 0 9 8 7 1 3 child (1): 6 4 5 2 0 9 8 7 3 1 parent (2): 0 2 3 9 4 5 1 7 6 8 child (2): 2 0 3 9 4 5 1 7 6 8 where we generate the new population by mating each chromosome from step 2 with the whole five chromosomes, and every parent chromosome will produce 10 children chromosomes, so the resulting new population will consists of 50 new chromosomes. 6. mutation: in getting better results, the mutation operator inside the sequence as an intent to get an improvement [16]. for our problem, the random swap between jobs is applied. 7. termination: the stopping criterion is 600 seconds. figure 1: the (ga) algorithm. initialization selection crossover new population save best solutions mutation 124 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 5.2. particle swarm optimization (pso): the (pso) is a very simple algorithm and effective optimizer for functions from wide range developed by eberhart [17]. it is based on social simulation models. this algorithm assigns a collection (population) of search points (solutions) moving randomly in the search space, and the best position found by every individual which is also said to be is saved in memory. then, this experience of the individual is connected with the part or whole of the swarm to change the movement direction to the best locations were found till now. the swarming behavior is produced by employing main rules which are; the velocity matching and acceleration by the distance applying by every individual in the swarm in their searching of food [18]. where: ( ) ( ) (3) , . (4) where is the inertia parameter, are two arbitrary functions of the (0, 1) range, are two constants, the swarm (or population) is a set of (y) particles positioned in ldimensional space. at every iteration t (where t =1,…,t) , the particle (i=1,…,y) has a position where j=1,…, l and a velocity . the velocity is the rate of moving the particle from to . every position may be (directly or indirectly) represent a solution for a problem. the objective function is denoted as , which is also called the fitness function. in the minimization problem (as in this paper) is better than (where a, b ) when . the particle pest position is the position when the function takes the minimum value till now and denoted as . the global best position ( ) is denoted as which is the best position found by the entire swarm. [19]. then the algorithm is: 5.2.1. (pso) algorithm [17]. step 1: initialize the population with 7 particles in which have random positions and velocities. step 2: evaluate the objective (the fitness) function for each particle in the swarm to get the best solution . step 3: from we generate the new population of 7 other solutions, as follows:  : swapping two jobs in the sequence of .  : swapping two jobs (deferent than ) in .  : swapping two jobs (deferent than and ) in .  : ordering the first half of in edd rule.  : ordering the second half of in edd rule.  : ordering the first half of in spt rule.  : ordering the second half of in spt rule. step 3: compare the particle's fitness evaluation with its , if the then set: ( ) and ). step 4: compare evaluation with , if current value then set = particle's index. step 5: update the velocity by (3) and the position by (4). step 6: go back to step 2. 125 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 6. experimental results 6.1. the problems instances: the performance of the (bab) procedure is compared on 5 problem instances, the sizes of these examples are n = [5, 18]. the problem instances were generated randomly, and for each job where , the processing time was uniformly generated in [1, 10]. while the due date was uniformly generated in the interval [ ] as it has been showed in the literature [20]. where ∑ and the two parameters (tp and rdd) are said to be the tardiness factor and related range of due dates respectively, and have the following values: and 6.2. computational results in this subsection, the computational results is given in tables, each table of them gives the results. in table 1. we put the comparison among bab, ga and pso for n = [5, 18]. the table 2. is contained the values and times by averages for n = [50, 20000]. for each n there is 5 problems examples are tested. the symbols which used in the tables are: n: the number of jobs, bab: the branch and bound method, ga: the genetic algorithm, pso: the particle swarm optimization, : the average of the value, : the average of the execution time of the problem (by second). best: the best (value & time) average. no. : the number of (*) and the number of (#). note: the symbol (*) refers to the minimum value's average, and the symbol (#) refers to the minimum time's average of each (n). 6.3. the tables of results in table 1. the results of applying (bab, ga and pso) are showed for n= [5, 18]. jobs. for each n there are 5 different examples are tested. these results showed that the value averages for n={5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,15} of using (bab and ga) are equal, while the averages of using (pso) are bigger with small differences. the execution time's average results showed the priority of (ga) among them (i. e. the (ga) is faster than the others). table 1: comparison among bab, ga and pso. n bab ga pso best 5 124.2* 0.0777 124.2* 0.0367# 124.2* 0.0949 124.2 0.0367 6 145* 0.0877 145* 0.0422# 145* 0.0975 145 0.0422 7 184.4* 0.1559 184.4* 0.0430# 184.4* 0.0900 184.4 0.0430 8 343* 0.1998 343* 0.0421# 343* 0.1145 343 0.0421 9 327.6* 0.2573 327.6* 0.0608# 328.8 0.1205 327.6 0.0608 10 432* 0.9539 432* 0.0464# 433.8 0.0979 432 0.0464 11 469.6* 1.8399 469.6* 0.0415# 469.8 0.0903 469.6 0.0415 126 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 12 658.6* 2.6089 658.6* 0.0530# 659.6 0.0894 658.6 0.0530 13 905* 11.4598 907.8 0.0370# 910.2 0.0896 905 0.0370 14 773.2* 26.6837 773.6 0.0541# 774.4 0.1144 773.2 0.0541 15 905* 109.5314 905* 0.0456# 909.6 0.1090 905 0.0456 16 1053.4* 884.5501 1053.8 0.0383# 1059.4 0.1078 1053.4 0.0383 17 1147.8* 796.4961 1153.4 0.0470# 1153.4 0.1008 1147.8 0.0470 18 1298.2* 1.2675 1300.6 0.0528# 1306.4 0.1100 1298.2 0.0528 no. 14(*) 0(#) 9(*) 14(#) 4(*) 0(#) in table 2. for each (n) there are (5) problems examples for testing. the table 2. begins with n = 50(50)100, 100(100)1000, 1000(1000)5000, 5000(5000)20000. the results showed that value's averages of (ga) are better than the (pso's) averages except when (n=600) jobs. the execution time's average results showed that the (pso) is faster than (ga) in all problems which are tested. table 2. the averages of the (values & times) of (ga) and (pso). n ga p.so best 50 8.7386* 0.2869 8.8758 0.0931# 8.7386 0.0931 100 3.2820* 0.5605 3.3680 0.1092# 3.2820 0.1092 200 1.2328* 1.5239 1.3286 0.1832# 1.2328 0.1832 300 3.0913* 3.0638 3.1601 0.2609# 3.0913 0.2609 400 560652* 5.0216 5.7567 0.3218# 560652 0.3218 500 7.8883* 7.6416 8.4154 0.4022# 7.8883 0.4022 600 2.2137 10.7515 1.2308* 0.4589# 1.2308 0.4589 700 1.5772* 14.3291 1.6959 0.5702# 1.5772 0.5702 800 1.9744* 18.4993 2.1872 0.6434# 1.9744 0.6434 900 2.8095* 23.3777 2.8550 0.6884# 2.8095 0.6884 1000 3.2910* 31.1993 3.4474 0.7588# 3.2910 0.7588 2000 1.2931* 111.7079 1.3696 1.5034# 1.2931 1.5034 3000 3.0102* 264.6768 3.1087 2.4566# 3.0102 2.4566 4000 5.1718* 537.8838 5.5883 4.0436# 5.1718 4.0436 5000 8.5145* 603.6106 8.8628 3.6652# 8.5145 3.6652 127 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 10000 3.4796* 617.5982 352058926 7.5153# 3.4796 7.5153 15000 7.8295* 632.2623 7.8615 11.4529# 7.8295 11.4529 20000 1.3522* 628.5472 1.3655 15.4144# 1.3522 15.4144 no. 17(*) 0(#) 1(*) 18(#) 7. conclusions in solving the problem a, two local search methods (ga and pso) are used, the results showed that the two methods have a good efficiency in finding the optimal or near optimal solutions comparing with the (bab) method which is used, where (ga) showed that it has reached the optimal solutions many times as well as the (bab), and the (pso) showed the advantage in the execution times, where it is faster than (ga) in solving the problems. references 1. michiels, w.; aarts, e.; korst, j. theoretical aspects of local search. isbn-13 978-3540-35853-4. springer. berlin, heidelberg. new york.2000. 2. wu, c.; yin, y.; wu, w.; chen, h.; cheng, s. using a branch-and-bound and a genetic algorithm for a single-machine total late work scheduling problem. soft computing a fusion of foundations, methodologies and applications.2016, 20, 4, 1329–1339. 3. abdul-razaq, t.s.; abbas, d.a. a function of two or three cost criteria to be optimized. almustansiriyah journal science.2013, 24, 2, 113-132. 4. abdul-razaq, t.s.; ali, f.h. algorithms for scheduling a single machine to minimize total completion time and total tardiness. basrah journal of science.2016, 34, 2, 113132. 5. chachan, h. a. solving machine scheduling problem using particle swarm optimization method. the iraqi magazine for managerial sciences.2012, 8, 33, 197-213. 6. abdul-razaq, t.s.; motair, h.m. solving composite multi objective single machine scheduling problem using branch and bound and local search algorithms. almustansiriyah journal of science.2017, 28, 3, 200-208. 7. potts, c.n.; van wassenhove, l.n. single machine scheduling to minimize total late work. operations research.1992, 40, 3, 586-595. 8. blazewicz, j.; ecker, k.h.; pesch, e.; schmidt, g.; weglarz, j. handbook on scheduling: from theory to applications. springer. berlin. heidelberg. new york, 2007. 9. mohammed, h. a. genetic and local search algorithms as robust and simple optimization tools. m. sc. thesis. university of al-mustansiriyah, college of science, department of mathematics, 2005. https://booksc.xyz/journal/22430 https://booksc.xyz/journal/22430 128 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 10. ramadhan, a.m. single machine scheduling using branch and bound techniques. m. sc. thesis. university of al-mustansiriyah, college of science, department of mathematics, 1998. 11. chen, z.; tsai, c.; eberle, w.; lin, w.; ke, s. instance selection by genetic-based biological algorithm. soft computing.2014, 19, 5, 1269–1282. 12. essafi, i.; mati, y.; dauzere-peres, s. a genetic local search algorithm for minimizing total weighted tardiness in the job-shop scheduling problem. computers & operations research.2008, 35, 8, 2599 – 2616. 13. etiler, o.; toklu, b.; atak, m.; wilson, j. a genetic algorithm for flow shop scheduling problems. journal of the operational research society.2004, 55, 830–835. 14. iyer, s.k.; saxena, b. improved genetic algorithm for the permutation flowshop scheduling problem. computers & operations research.2004, 31, 593–606. 15. reeves, c. r. a genetic algorithm for flow shop sequencing. computers and operations research.1995, 22, 1, 5-13. 16. nordstorm, a.; tufekci, s. a genetic algorithm for the talent scheduling problem. computers and operations research.1994, 21, 8, 927-940. 17. eberhart, r.; kennedy, j. a new optimizer using particle swarm theory. in proceedings of the 6th symposium on micro machine and human science, nagoya, japan.1995, 39-43. 18. konstantinos, e.p.; michael, n.v. particle swarm optimization and intelligence: advances and applications. information science reference, hershey, new york,2010. 19. pongchairerks, p. particle swarm optimization algorithm applied to scheduling problems. scienceasia.2009, 35, 89–94. 20. arroyo, c.; elias, j.; ottoni, r.; oliveira, a. multi-objective variable neighborhood search algorithms for a single machine scheduling problem with distinct due windows. electronic notes in theoretical computer science.2011, 28, 15–19. 8 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 العراق -في منطقتي المقدادية والفلوجة دراسة مقارنة لنوعية مياه اآلبار ابراهيم مهدي عزوز السلمان، محمود عبد مشعان العلواني ، ثائر محمد ابراهيم .جامعة بغداد – كلية التربية ابن الهيثم –قسم علوم الحياة 2011تشرين االول 11قبل البحث في : 2011أيلول 21استلم البحث في : خالصةال في هذه الدراسة اجراء مقارنة بين مياه بعض اآلبار في منطقة المقدادية في محافظة ديالى شرق العراق التي تم تغذيها مياه نهر ديالى، ومنطقة الفلوجة في محافظة االنبار غرب العراق التي تغذيها مياه نهر الفرات. اختيرت خمسة آبار والتوصيلة ، phواالس الهيدروجيني ، cمل : درجة الحرارة عشوائياً في كل من المنطقتين لغرض قياس العوا والكلوريد co3والكربونات، ،th،والعسرة الكلية mg، والمغنيسيوم ca، والكالسيوم na، والصوديوم ecالكهربائية clوالنترات ، no3 والنتريت ،no2 والفوسفات ،po4 والكبريتات، so4 فضالً عن الكشف لبعض العناصر الثقيلة مثل معدالت تراكيز هذه العوامل مدة ستة اشهر بدأت في حسبت. fe، والحديد pb،والرصاص cd،والكادميوم crالكروم . ه) وانتهت في شهر ايلول من العام نفس2010شهر نيسان ( سة كانت دون مستوى تحسس جهاز المطياف الذري بأستثناء اظهرت النتائج ان تراكيز جميع العناصر الثقيلة قيد الدرا ملغم/لترفي الفلوجة. قورنت النتائج مع 0.358ملغم/لتر في المقدادية و 0.026 سجل معدالت تركيز ،أذ feعنصر ان كما بينت) . faoومنظمة االغذية والزراعة الدولية ( ،)whoالمعايير الموضوعة من منظمة الصحة العالمية ( اذ ، في مياه آبار الفلوجة na, th, no3, ecبعض العوامل قيد الدراسة تقع ضمن المعايير العالمية المحددة ما عدا ,na العواملو غرام / لتر ) 3.53 ملغم/لتر و 546.5و ملغم/لتر1.506و سم ميكروسيمنس/ 2.208سجلت المعدالت ( mg, th, ec ميكروسيمنس / سم و 1170ت المعدالت ( اذ سجل ، في مياه آبار المقداديةppm 512.86 وppm غرام / لتر ) على الترتيب. اكدت النتائج وجود تقارب في تراكيز العوامل قيد الدراسة في آبار المنطقة 2.31و 213.34 الواحدة وفي بعض العوامل بين آبار منطقتي الدراسة. ، الصحة.الخصائص الكيموفزيائية، اآلبار، نوعية المياه: مفتاحيةال كلماتال المقدمة ةتعد الموارد المائية أه�م الث�روات الطبيعي�ة ف�ي الع�الم . وبس�بب محدودي�ة المي�اه جي�دة النوعي�ة ونتيج�ة للزي�ادة المض�طرد أص��بح م��ن ت كبي��رة م��ن المن��اطق الزراعي��ة ل��ذاف��ي ع��دد س��كان الع��الم وتزاي��د مش��كلة نق��ص الغ��ذاء بس��بب ت��دهور مس��احا . اس�تنبطت تص�انيف ]2، 1[ االمث�ل االس�تعمال واس�عمالهاف�ة الضروري تصنيف المياه لتحدي�د مالئمته�ا لالغ�راض المختل وارتف�اع مس�تويات درج�ة ، ومع استمرار التغي�رات المناخي�ة ]3، 1 [لغرض تحديد نوعيتها كافة عديدة للمياه في انحاء العالم خف�اض مس��تويات المي�اه الس��طحية ف�ي االنه�ار وااله��وار والبحي�رات أص��بح االعتم�اد الكبي��ر وان ،وش�حة االمط��ار ، الح�رارة . ان محت�وى المي�اه الجوفي�ة م�ن العناص�ر ] 4،5[للحصول على المياه المداد السكان والزراعة والخدمات عل�ى المي�اه الجوفي�ة ،والكالس���يوم ، لملوح��ة ومحتواه��ا م��ن المغنيس��يوموغيره���ا ومس��توى ا، والك��روم ،والنيك��ل ، و الك��ادميوم ،الثقيل��ة كالحدي��د ج�ودة ه�ذه ف�يوالمحددات الكيميائية والفيزيائية االخ�رى كله�ا ت�ؤثر ،no3النترات مثل والصوديوم فضالً عن المواد السامة ه�ذه المركب��ات أذ تت�وافرلالغ��راض الص�ناعية والزراعي�ة واالس��تخدام البش�ري وغي�ر ذل��ك، اس�تعمالهاوتح�د ]6،7 [ المي�اه مس�تويات ف�يبصورة طبيعية اساسا فضال ً عن فعاليات المجتمع البشري المتواجد في منطقة االبار والم�ؤثرة بص�ورة فعال�ة . ]8، 6،7[هذه العناصر في المياه ناحي��ة وبص��ورة عام��ة ف��أن االعم��اق المطلوب��ة الس��تخراج المي��اه الجوفي��ة ف��ي منطقت��ي المقدادي��ة والفلوج��ة مناس��بة م��ن ال المنزلي�ة والزراعي�ة م�ن س�كان االس�تعماالتاالقتصادية وجهد العمل لذلك اصبح من الشائع االعتماد على مياه هذه االبار ف�ي تهم المختلف�ة ونتيج�ة لك�ون منطق�ة المقدادي�ة تعتم�د عماالدون التعرف على نوعية هذه المياه ومدى مالئمته�ا الس�ت من المنطقتين بينم�ا تعتم��د منطق��ة الفلوج��ة عل�ى مي��اه نه��ر الف��رات الس��اس ف��ي النش�اط البش��ري والزراع��يدرج��ة اعل�ى مي��اه نه��ر دي�الى بال ل�ذلك ف�أن م�ن ]9، 3[وب�النظر لوج�ود دراس�ات تؤك�د أن هن�اك اخ�تالف ف�ي الخص�ائص الفيزيائي�ة والكيميائي�ة لمي�اه النه�رين لي�ة مقارن�ة ب�ين مي�اه االب�ار ف�ي اص�ممت الدراس�ة الح المتوقع وجود هذا االختالف ف�ي مي�اه االب�ار ف�ي كلت�ا المنطقت�ين، ل�ذلك المنطقتين قيد الدراسة السيما فيما يتعلق بمستوى الكبريتات والعسرة الكلي�ة واالم�الح الذائب�ة والملوح�ة وعناص�ر المغنيس�يوم الت�أثير وميوم ذالحدي�د والرص�اص و الك�اد مث�ل والصوديوم والكالسيوم فضالً عن الكشف عن مستوى بعض العناصر الثقيل�ة صحة االنسان. فيالمباشر 9 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 المواد وطرائق العمل جمع العينات ف�ي مح��يط محافظ�ة دي��الى ش�رق الع�راق وخمس�ة اب�ار ،جمع�ت نم�اذج المي�اه الجوفي�ة م�ن خمس��ة أب�ار ف�ي مدين�ة المقدادي�ة لت��ر بع��د 2عين��ات ف��ي قن��اني بالس��تيكية س��عة ال. وض��عت ]10[وكم��ا ذك��ر، محافظ��ة االنب��ار غ��رب الع��راق،مدين��ة الفلوجة ة ايلول م�ن الع�ام ولغاي 2010شهر ) مدة ستة أشهر ابتداًء من شهر نيسان كل استخراجها من اآلبار بصورة دورية ( مرتين مايكرون وحفظت النماذج بأضافة قطرات م�ن ح�امض النتري�ك 0.45أوراق ترشيح بأستعمالالنماذج موقعياً حت. رشهنفس وألشهر عديدة.لجعل المحلول مستقراً دة الكلوروفورم وذلك وما القياسات الحقلية والتحليالت المختبرية المح�رار الزئبق�ي وس�اطة ب temperature قيست بعض العوامل البيئية ف�ي الحق�ل مباش�رة وش�ملت درج�ة ح�رارة الم�اء electrical conductivity (ec)حقل��ي وقابلي��ة التوص��يل الكهرب��ائي ph meterباس��تخدام phاالس الهي��دروجيني و باس�تخدام جه�از heavy metals تراكي�ز العناص�ر الثقيل�ة وقيس�ت. بعد ذلك نقلت العينات الى المختب�ر f91بالجهاز الحقلي cdوالك���ادميوم ،pbوالرص���اص ، feالحدي���د ، atomic absorption spectrophotometerاالمتص���اص ال���ذري والنتري��ت ،no3الت�ي ش�ملت النت�رات العوام��لم�ا بقي�ة أف�ي مختب�رات الجه�از المرك��زي للتق�يس والس�يطرة . crوالك�روم ، no2، والكبريتاتso4 ، والفوسفاتpo4، والكاربوناتco3، والكل�وري cl ، المغنيس�يومmg ، والكالس�يوم ca فق�د ت�م (th) والعس�رة الكلي�ة na أم�ا الص�وديوم multiparmeter bench photometerc99قياس�ها بأس�تخدام جه�از total hardness فتم قياسها بجهازbenchmetermi180. 5،10[وكما جاء في[. النتائج والمناقشة ) 1،2( ) واالش�كال 5و 4، 3، 1،2من خالل متابعة النتائج المتحصل عليها م�ن الدراس�ة الحالي�ة والمبين�ة ف�ي الج�داول ( وكما يأتي: في قيم العناصر والعوامل المدروسة اً نجد أن هنالك تباين عمق اآلبار ودرجة الحرارة -1 مت��ر ف��ي 8ل وبمع��د اً مت�ر 10ال��ى 7ف�ي الفلوج��ة وم��ن اً مت��ر 13وبمع��دل اً مت��ر 17ال�ى 10تراوح�ت اعم��اق اآلب��ار م��ن . ام��ا ]subsurface ] 11جوفي�ة تح�ت س�طحية اواس�تناداً ال�ى عم�ق االب��ار قي�د الدراس�ة ف�ان مياهه�ا تص��نف مياه� ‘المقدادي�ة ةدرج�ات ح�رارة جي�د ذاالمي�اه تع�د. وض�من ه�ذه النس�ب كاف�ة آلبارولدرجة مئوية 23الى 20تراوحت من فدرجة الحرارة من أهم العوامل الفيزيائية ف�ي المي�اه الت�ي تعتم�د عليه�ا جمي�ع تعدمعروف وفقا للمعاير البيئية المعتمدة ، ألن الحرارة وكما هو . ]2 [مختلف االحياء المائية لالت الكيميائية والنشاط الحيوي التفاع heavy metalsالعناصر الثقيلة -2 الدراس�ة، وبين�ت نت�ائج منطقت�ي والحدي�د ف�ي عين�ات ،لرص�اص وا ،والك�ادميوم،تم الكشف ع�ن العناص�ر الثقيل�ة الك�روم ملغم/لت�ر ف��ي 0.543و 0.03وج�د بتراكي�ز أذ ،الفح�ص انه�ا دون تحس�س جه��از المطي�اف ال�ذري باس�تثناء عنص��ر الحدي�د لح��د االقص��ى المس��موح ب��ه م��ن ) ا12whoعين�ات المقدادي��ة والفلوج��ة عل��ى الترتي��ب. ح�ددت منظم��ة الص��حة العالمي��ة ( ). 5ملغ�م / لت�ر (ج�دول 5ف�ي مي�اه ال�ري بـ� ه) فقد حددتfao13(أما منظمة ملغم/لتر 0.3للشرب بـ ديد في مياه االبارلحل ونعتق�د أن انخف�اض البش�ري والزراع�ي وفق�ا له�ذه المع�ايير، تعمالمالئم�ة لألس� تع�دوعليه فأن مياه االبار في ك�ال المنطقت�ين ف�ي المي�اه المغذي�ة أو مي�اه المص�در ي�رهم عل�ى وج�ودهوغ ]9، 3[وجود موشرات كما ذكر الب�احثون بالرغم من هذه التراكيز وج�ود عدي�د م�ن الطحال�ب فض�الً ع�نيعود الى ان المياه الجوفية تمر بمراحل متعدد من الترشيح االرض�ي ، من دجلة والفرات الثقيل�ة ر ص�والدايتومات تم التعرف عليها بفحص عينات عش�وائية لجمي�ع االب�ار، تس�اهم ه�ي االخ�رى ف�ي س�حب وازال�ة العنا .]14، 8[بالتغذية المعدنية المعروفة وهذا االستنتاج يتفق مع آراء الباحثين phاالس الهيدروجيني -3 . )1ف�ي آب�ار الفلوج�ة (ج�دول 7.24ن في حين ك�ا 7.55لمياه االبار في المقدادية ph اوضحت نتائج الدراسة ان معدل الـ وان الح�دود الت�ي س�محت ]15[ 8.0للمياه السطحية والجوفي�ة العراقي�ة تك�ون قريب�ة م�ن ph وكما تشير الدراسات الى ان قيم ، ل�ذا تع�د مي�اه اآلب�ار قي�د 8.5ال�ى 6.5م�ن who و [usepa-16]ات العراقية ووكالة حماي�ة البيئ�ة بها مسودة المواصف م�ن المي��اه وتع�د الح�دود المس�موح به�الجمي�ع اآلب�ار ض�من ph الدراس�ة ص�الحة للش�رب ق�در تعل�ق االم�ر به�ذا العام�ل لك��ون الس�بب ف��ي ذل�ك يع�ود ال��ى الثب�ات النس��بي ف�ي درج��ات أنالمتعادل�ة القلوي�ة الخفيف��ة التغي�ر ف��ي ق�يم االس اله�دروجيني، ونعتق��د ) بش��كل مس�تمر ف��ي مي�اه االب��ار، وه�ذا يتف��ق م�ع ماذه��ب الي��ه 2و 1الح�رارة ، وال��ى وج�ود النت��رات كم�ا مب��ين ف�ي الج��داول ( ب�ين ]18[، بينم�ا ي�ربط الباح�ث 7.8من أن تدفق النترات يعم�ل عل�ى تثبي�ت ق�يم االس اله�دروجيني عن�د ح�دود ]17[ثون حالبا في الماء. phمحتوى المياه من الكاربونات والبيكاربونات ومقدار توازن ecالكهربائية يصاليةاال -4 لمي�اه خ�الل دراس�تهم واوج�د ]19[الب�احثون. ]5، 1[تعبير عن المجموع الكلي لتركيز الم�واد المذاب�ة ف�ي الم�اء االيصالية 0.84 ه�ا/ س�م وه�ي قيم�ة مرتفع�ة . ف�ي ح�ين ل�م تتج�اوز قيمملل�ي س�يمنس 4.11بل�غ ecان مع�دل ،آبار داخل مدين�ة الفلوج�ة . ]20[ملل�ي س�يمنس/ س�م 1.97وفي قرية الكوكجلي ف�ي محافظ�ة نين�وى ل�م تتج�اوز ،/ سم في مياه آبار شقالوةمللي سيمنس ملل��ي 1.0ف�ي الم�اء بـ� فق�د ح�ددت الح�د االعل�ى المس�موح ب�ه لتركي�ز االم�الح who ام�ا وكال�ة حماي�ة البيئ�ة االمريكي�ة و 10 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 م���ن مالحظ���ة نت���ائج ) . و5ملل���ي سيمنس/س���م (ج���دول رق���م 10ف���ي مي���اه ال���ري ب��ـ� fao ه. فيم���ا حددت��� ]16[س���يمنس ملل��ي 2.208ملل��ي سيمنس/س��م وبمع��دل 2.75) ف��ي الفلوج��ة 3س��جلت ف��ي البئ��ر ( له��ا) نج��د ان اعل��ى قيم��ة 2و1الج��دولين( ملل�ي سيمنس/س�م وبمع�دل 0.99) ف�ي منطق�ة المقدادي�ة 2سجلت في مي�اه البئ�ر ( اما اقل قيمة ،جميع آبار المنطقةلسيمنس /سم يع آبار . وبذلك تك�ون مي�اه آب�ار منطقت�ي الفلوج�ة والمقدادي�ة غي�ر ص�الحة للش�رب وص�الحة مللي سيمنس /سم لمياه جم 1.17 وض��حت ان فأ الت�ي تب�ين ت�أثير االش�هر عل�ى ق�يم االيص�الية، )4و 3الج�دولين (لل�ري ق�در تعل�ق االم�ر به�ذا العام�ل. ام�ا نت�ائج /س�م ملل�ي سيمنس 1.17منطق�ة المقدادي�ة يل�ول لا وف�يمللي سيمنس/ س�م 2.92الفلوجة في سجلت في شهر حزيران اعلى قيمة لمقدادي�ة، ويع�ود لملل�ي سيمنس/س�م 0.93يس�ان ش�هر نف�ي ملل�ي سيمنس/س�م ف�ي منطق�ة الفلوج�ة و 1.38واقل قيمة ف�ي ايل�ول ب�ة الدراسة الى كمية االيونات واالمالح الذائبة وكذلك كمي�ة مايترس�ب م�ن مكون�ات التر طوال مدهسبب ارتفاع قيم االيصالية .]22، 8،21 [وغيرها وهذا يتفق مع الباحثون tdsالى مايعلق بها من فضالً عنالقابله للذوبان في مياه االبار naالصوديوم -5 تحت��وي جمي��ع المي��اه عل��ى نس��ب معين��ة م��ن الص��وديوم وذل��ك الن معظ��م الص��خور والت��رب تحت��وي كمي��ات مختلف��ة م��ن أرتف�اع نس��بة فض�الً ع��نالتعري�ة والس��واقط الجوي�ة والتل�وث بمي��اه المج�اري أنك��م ،ويمك�ن ان ي��ذوب فيه�ا بس�هولة همركبات� tds توافريعد .]22، 5،17[ تساهم بوفرته في هذه المياه n2 يج�ب ان ال تزي�د وب�ذلكوص�حية بتراكيز عالية مشكلة بيئية ) ف��ي 3(البئ��رف��ي ه اعل��ى قيم��ة ل��. س��جلت ]26، 24،[23/ ي��وم للب��الغين غ��رام 8 2لالطف��ال وم��ن ي��وم غرام/ 1نس��بته ع��ن عل��ى غرام/لت��ر 2.31و لت��رغرام/ 3.53وبمع��دل )5لت��ر ف��ي البئ��ر (غرام/ 2.58وف��ي المقدادي��ة غ��رام /لت��ر 3.85الفلوج��ة غرام/لت��ر و 4.42س��جيل اعل��ى قيم��ة ) ان ش�هر ايل��ول ش��هد ت4و 3اوض��حت نت��ائج الج��دولين (كم��ا .)2و1( ج��دول الترتي�ب غرام/لت��ر 2.7حزي��ران ش�هر الفلوج�ة والمقدادي��ة عل��ى الترتي�ب، ف��ي ح�ين س��جلت اق��ل قيم�ة خ��الل لت�ر لمنطقت��يغرام/ 3.02 س�حب المي�اه مم�ا يقل�ل زي�ادة ال�ى لتر لآلبار المقدادية. وتعود نسبة االرتف�اع ف�ي اش�هر الص�يف غرام/ 1.91لآلبار الفلوجة و أنخفاض مستوى المياه ف�ي االنه�ر المج�اورة عنفضالً المخزون ويرفع تركيز االمالح بشكل عام والصوديوم بشكل خاص، م��ع مي��اه الص��رف كبريت��ات الص��وديوموزي�ادة التبخ��ر وارتف��اع نس��بة ال��تملح ف��ي االراض��ي الزراعي��ة المج��اورة ل��ذا ترتف��ع ف�ق م�عر، وه�ذا االس�تنتاج يتالزراعي المترشحة داخل الترب التي تصل بشكل أو آخر الى المياه الجوفية التي تغ�ذي ه�ذه االب�ا مي�اه جمي�ع اآلب�ار قي�د الدراس�ة تع�د / لت�رمغ�مل fao 200و whoووفقا للقيم المسموحة بها ل�ل .] 2،18،19،21[الباحثين . وذل�ك ألن zms-5المرش�حات الس�ليكانية م�ن ن�وع والس�يما ]25[بحاجة الى معالجة جدية بإستخدام التقني�ات المقترح�ة م�ن ب�أمراض ض�غط ال�دم ةص�وديوم س�تكون س�ببا مباش�را لإلص�ابعلى تراكيز مرتفعة م�ن ال ]26[وكما يشير الباحثون ئها احتوا واجهاد االوعية الدموية. caالكالسيوم -6 ك مص��ادر ل�وهنا ،يع�د الكالس�يوم م�ن اه�م االيون�ات االساس�ية الموجب�ة الش�حنة (الكاتيون�ات) الموج�ودة ف�ي المي�اه الجوفي�ة ، 27، 5،18 [من�ه زء الموج�ودج�الله منه�ا مع�ادن الفلدس�بار والج�بس واآلرجوني�ت والكالس�يت ول�ذلك ف�ان المي�اه ت�ذيب ةعديد جمي�ع اآلب�ار، ام�ا اعل��ى للت��ر /ملغ�م 116.12وبمع�دل 123.1) 3ف�ي منطق�ة الفلوج�ة ف��ي البئ�ر ( ل��ه .س�جل اعل�ى تركي�ز ] 28 كان�ت ه. اوض�حت النت�ائج ان تراكي�زع اآلب�ارجمي�لملغم/لت�ر 86.6وبمع�دل 96) 1تركيز له في المقدادية كان في عينة البئ�ر ( هوعن�د متابع�ة نت�ائج تب�اين قيم� .)2و1ف�ي منطق�ة الفلوج�ة (الج�دولين همتقاربة في مياه آبار المنطق�ة الواح�دة م�ع ارتف�اع معدل� م/لت�ر ف�ي المقدادي�ة، ام�ا اق�ل ق�يمملغ 102ف�ي الفلوج�ة و 127.2 أيل�ول خ�الل ش�هرل�ه نجد أن اعل�ى ق�يم ،خالل اشهر الدراسة /لت�ر ملغم who 200حس�ب هملغم/لتر عل�ى الترتي�ب. ان الح�د االعل�ى المس�موح ب�ه لتركي�ز 73و 91.6حزيران فكانت في ) .ولك�ن يج�ب الح�ذر م�ن ه�ذه 5وبذلك تكون جمي�ع االب�ار قي�د الدراس�ة ص�الحة للش�رب ق�در تعل�ق االم�ر به�ذا العام�ل (ج�دول طبي�ة ودراس�ات اً ال�ى أن هنال�ك تق�ارير ]28، 27، 26 [يشير الباحثون إذالتراكيز بسبب وجود عوامل اخرى مشتركة معه، ملغم/لتر مع وج�ود ارتف�اع ف�ي نس�بة العس�رة الكلي�ة والمغنس�يوم ف�ي المي�اه 100-30ن وجود الكالسيوم بتراكيز بي أنقد أثبتت يؤدي الى إصابة االوعية الدموية بالتضيق ويسرع من عملية تخثر الدم واالصابة بالجلطات الدوية المختلفة. mgالمغنيسيوم -7 بشكل طبيعي في المياه ويقدر تركي�زه ف�ي مي�اه البح�ر ويتوافريعد المغنيسيوم من العناصر االساسية والضرورية للحياة ferroالمع�ادن الحديدي�ة المغنيس�ية (مث�ل ،ملغم/لت�ر. وهن�اك مص�ادر متع�ددة للمغنيس�يوم ف�ي المي�اه الجوفي�ة 1350بحوالي magnesium(، ول��ه . ] 26، 5[والكربون�ات ف��ي المي��اه القادم��ة م�ن الص��خور الرس��وبية ،المنغني��زاتو ،ومع�ادن الكلوراي��ت ان وج��وده يع��د ض��رورياً لتك��وين ب��الرغم م��ن ،ص��حة االنس��ان اذا زاد تركي��زه ع��ن الح��دود المس��موح به��ا ف��يت��أثير ض��ار ان اعل�ى قيم�ة )2و1الج�دولين (. أوض�حت نت�ائج ]28، 27[الكلوروفيل في النبات وتنشيط االنزيمات واالي�ض ف�ي الحيوان�ات ف�ي البئ�ر 265ملغم/لتر لمي�اه جمي�ع االب�ار، ام�ا ف�ي المقدادي�ة 143.64وبمعدل 156.4) 3الفلوجة في البئر (آبارفي زهلتركي أن المقدادي�ة، ونعتق��د ف�ي تركي�زه ف�ي مي��اه آب�ار اً واض��ح اً جمي�ع اآلب��ار. أي ان هن�اك ارتفاع�لملغم/لت�ر 213.34) وبمع�دل 5( ن ولترب��ة ف�ي ك�ال المنطقت�ين والت�ي تك��االس�بب ف�ي ذل�ك ي�رتبط ب�االختالف بالطبيع��ة الجيولوجي�ة م�ن حي�ث نوعي�ة الص�خور و مم��ن درس�وا المي��اه العراقي��ة. ]29، 15، 9، 3[الخزان�ات الطبيعي��ة للمي�اه الجوفي��ة وق�اع اآلب��ار وه��ذا يتف�ق م��ع آراء الب�احثين ل�ى اوض�حت نتائجهم�ا ان ش�هر ايل�ول س�جل اع ه،قيم� في) التي تبين تأثير اشهر الدراسة 4و 3وعند متابعة نتائج ( الجدولين ف�ي دراس�تهم للمي�اه ] 28[على الترتيب وهذا يتف�ق م�ع م�ا توص�ل الي�ه ملغم/لتر 255.2و 159.2قيمة في الفلوجة والمقدادية ) تك��ون مي��اه آب�ار منطق��ة الفلوج��ة ص��الحة للش�رب ق��در تعل��ق االم��ر 5(ج��دول whoع�اييرووفق��ا لم الجوفي�ة جن��وب ليبي��ا. ف�ي مي�اه االب�ار هيح�ذرون وفق�ا لتق�ارير طبي�ة موثق�ة تش�ير ال�ى أن وج�ود ]23،26،27 [بتركيز المغنيسيوم، ولك�ن الب�احثون 11 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ملغم/لتر مع وجود نسب مرتفعة من الكالسيوم والصوديوم وعسرة كلية يق�ود ال�ى مش�اكل ص�حية عدي�دة، 40-10 بين بتركيز لذلك تنبه الدراسة الى هذه المخاطر. thالعسرة الكلية -8 خ�رى مث�ل الب�اريوم فضالً عن االم�الح القلوي�ة اال +2mgو ca+2ا تحتويه المياه من تركيز آيوني العسرة تعبير رقمي لم أوعس��رة دائم��ة ناتج��ة ع��ن كبريت��ات يكاربون��ات الكالس��يوم والمغنيس��يومه��ي إم��ا عس��رة مؤقت��ة تس��ببها بو ،والس��ترونتيوم ) 3ف�ي البئ��ر ( th م�ن. س�جلت اعل�ى قيم�ة ]32، 5،30[ وكلوري�دات الكالس�يوم والمغنيس�يوم الذائب�ة والح�وامض الالعض��وية ملغم/لت��ر 512.86وبمع�دل 749) 1جمي�ع االب�ار، وف�ي المقدادي�ة ف�ي البئ�ر (لملغ�م /لت�ر 546.5ف�ي الفلوج�ة وبمع�دل 569.1 أعل��ى قيم�ة س�جلت ف�ي ايل��ول ف�ي آب�ار الفلوج��ة نج�د أن ق��يم العس�رة ف�يت��أثير أش�هر الس�نه أم�ا ). 2و 1ل (ج�دو،جمي�ع االبارل 475.6تم�وز ش�هر ف�ي ه�اواقل 549.6آب ش�هر /لتر على التوالي، وفي المقدادية ف�يملغم 498.2في حزيران هاواقل 596.6 ف�ي مي��اه آب��ار th). اوض��حت النت��ائج ك�ذلك ان مع��دالت 4و 3 (ج�دول، ت ب��ين ه�ذه الق��يمكان��فش�هر األملغ�م/ لت��ر، أم�ا بقي��ة ملغم/لت�ر) م�ن 500وال�ري والمق�درة ( للش�ربتج�اوزت بقلي�ل الح�د االعل�ى المس�موح هاالفلوجة اعلى منه في المقدادية، غير ان who وfao الدراس�ة ال��ى وج��ود ). ويمك��ن إيع�از س��بب ارتف�اع ق��يم العس�رة الكلي��ة ف��ي مي�اه جمي��ع اآلب�ار قي��د 5(ج�دول بقية االم�الح الذائب�ة، كم�ا أن للطبيع�ة الصوديوم و فضالً عن بأيونات الكالسيوم والمغنيسيوم ةللعسرة والمتمثل ةالعوامل المسبب وم�ن الج�دير .]30، 19،17، 2،9[ ه�ذا يتف�ق م�ع ماذه�ب الي�ه الب�احثونو، عية الصخور والتربة ت�أثيرا كبي�راالجيولوجية ونو وم تراكيز مرتفعة من الكالس�يوم والمغنيس�يوم والص�وديمع وجود باالهتمام أن نشير هنا الى أن وجود العسرة بهذه المستويات تس��جيل]28 ،27، 26[يؤك��د الب��احثون إذ اض الش��ربألغ��ر اس��تعمال المي��اهمؤش��را ج��ديا للح��ذر م�ن يع��دعل�ى م��دار الس��نه ا م��ن الع�الم تعتم�د عل�ى مي�اه آب�ار فيه�� عدي�دة ض�غط ال�دم وتص�لب الش��رايين واالوعي�ة الدموي�ة ف�ي من�اطقب�أمراض أص�ابات الدراسة الحالية.سجيله قيد تمستويات مماثله أو أقل مما تم co3الكربونات -9 عل��ى م��دى ص��الحيتها للش��رب اً مؤش��را مهم��د لقلوي��ة المي��اه الجوفي��ة وتع�� ياً اساس�� اً تع��د الكربون��ات والبيكاربون��ات مص��در ملغم/لت�ر لمي�اه جمي�ع االب�ار 306.4وبمع�دل 340.3) اعلى تركي�ز للكربون�ات 3. سجلت عينة مياه البئر (]1،32[والزراعة ملغم/لت��ر لمي��اه جمي��ع االب��ار 401وبمع��دل 663.16) اعل��ى تركي��ز 1الفلوج��ة، ام��ا ف��ي المقدادي��ة فس��جلت عين��ة البئ��ر (ف��ي ) واالش��كال 2و1(وكم�ا ف�ي الج�دولين ف�ي منطقت�ي الدراس�ة th). وج�د م�ن خ�الل ق�راءة نت�ائج الكربون�ات و 2و1(الج�دولين ان المس��بب ال��رئيس ، إذ thع تركي�ز الكربون��ات ي�ؤدي ال��ى ارتف��اع ق�يم ارتف��ا ونعتق��د انأن هنال�ك ارتفاع��اً لقيمه�ا، ) 1،2( لعسرة الكلي�ة ف�ي المي�اه ه�ي كاربون�ات الكالس��يوم . ]30، 29، 22[، وه�ذا االس�تنتاج يتف�ق م�ع م�اذكره الب��احثون caco3لـ� اعل�ى قيم�ة ف�ي منطقت�ي الدراس�ة مستوى الكاربونات ف�ي مي�اه اآلب�ار نج�د أن فيوعند المقارنة بين نتائج تأثير اشهر الدراسة ). ان الح��د 4و 3ملغم/لت��ر ف��ي المقدادي��ة عل��ى الترتي��ب (الج��دولين 426.2ف��ي آب��ار الفلوج��ة و 324كان��ت خ��الل ش��هر آي��ار ملغم/لت��ر وب�ذلك تك��ون مي��اه االب��ار 500ه��و whoف��ي مي��اه الش��رب المح�دده م��ن caco3االعل�ى المس��موح ب��ه لتركي�ز من الح�دود المس��موح به�ا للش�رب او الس�قي ق�در تعل�ق االم��ر به�ذا العام�ل ولك�ن م�ع مراع�اة الح��ذر للمنطقت�ين قي�د الدراس�ة ض� اليها في الفقرات السابقة. ةنتيجة ألرتفاع القيم االخرى المرافقة التي تم االشار clالكلوريد -10 . تتن�وع في�هآيون الكلوريد من االيونات السالبة المهمة في الم�اء بس�بب مي�ل اغل�ب ام�الح الكل�ور ال�ى ال�ذوبان والتحل�ل ديع ويعط�ي الكلوري�د الطع��م الم�الح للم�اء الس�يما بارتباط�ه م��ع ]24، 5[ف�ي المي�اه وم�ن اهمه��ا الص�خور الرس�وبية clمص�ادر na+ اذا ارتبط بـ ه وال يعطيca اوmg ،ت�أثيره فض�الً ع�ن ناقلة للم�اء النابيب الل يكسبه تأثيرا تأكليا يعالال هتركيزأن كما جمي�ع لملغم/لت�ر 90وبمع�دل 210) ف�ي الفلوج�ة 3ف�ي عين�ة البئ�ر (ل�ه . سجلت اعل�ى قيم�ة ]17، 10 [ت السلبي في المزروعا ف�ي اب�ار هوق�د ل�وحظ ان معدل� .ملغم/لترلجمي�ع االب�ار 220وبمع�دل 560) 1ف�ي عين�ة البئ�ر (فكان�ت لمقدادي�ة اآلب�ار، ام�ا ف�ي ا ل��ى الطبيع��ة ). ونعتق��د أن الس��بب ف�ي ذل��ك يع�ود ا2و1منطق�ة المقدادي��ة اكب�ر م��ن ض�عف تركي��زه ف��ي آب�ار الفلوج��ة (الج�دولين واالمط�ار وم�ا تس�ببه عوام�ل انج�راف الترب�ة ، الكاربونية منها في منطقة ديالى عام�ة والسيماخور صالجيولوجية ونوعية ال االب�ار بش�كل غي�ر مباش�ر، وه�ذا االس�تنتاج يتف�ق م�ع دراس�ات الب�احثين مي�اه من اذابة وترشيح للكلوري�دات الت�ي تت�زود منه�ا ت��أثير أش��هر الت��ي تب��ين )4و 3الج��دولين (عن��د متابع��ة نت��ائج و وغي��رهم ف��ي مختل��ف من��اطق الع��راق. ]19،20، 14، 3،9[ لوج�ة والمقدادي�ة عل�ى ملغم/لت�ر لمنطقت�ي الف 350و 154ايل�ول ل�ه ك�ان ف�يتركي�ز ل�ى ان اعنج�د مستوى الكلوريد فيالدراسة ال�ى 200ف�ي مي�اه االب�ار للش�رب م�ن clم�ن تترواح المستويات المسموح به�ا faoو who وحسب توصيات الترتيب. وال�ري ق�در تعل�ق االم�ر به�ذا ) وبذلك تكون مياه اآلبار قيد الدراس�ة ص�الحة للش�رب5ملغم/لتر (الجدول 750بـ وللري 600 بمستويات العسرة والصوديوم وتأثيراتها المحتملة. االعامل ولكن يجب االنتباه الى عالقته no2والنتريت no3النترات -11 ملغم/لت�ر ف�ي 1ع�نال تزي�د و ،دوراً بيئياً مهما، غير ان تركيزها يج�ب ان يبق�ى ض�من الح�دود المس�موح به�ا no3 تؤدي ألن الخط�ر يكم�ن ف�ي تحوله�ا داخ�ل .ملغ�م /لت�ر 30ملغم/لت�ر لس�قي الحيوان�ات، ام�ا مي�اه ال�ري ال يزي�د ع�ن 5لشرب و امياه مرك�ب لاذ يتفاع�ل االخي�ر م�ع الهيموكل�وبين مكون�اً ،من انواع متخصص�ة م�ن االحي�اء المجهري�ة no2جسم الكائن الحي الى methaemoglobin) ال�ذي يقل��ل م��ن حم��ل ال��دم (o2 ،يمك��ن أن يتح��ول كم��ا no2 ال��ى ف��ي المي��اه n-nitrosamine م��ن س�جلت اعل�ى قيم�ة لتركي�ز .]6،10،33[المس�رطنة كم�ا يش�ير الب�احثون وه�و م�ن المركب�ات بعض االوال�ي النباتي�ة الس�وطية no3 ) 3في عينة البئ�ر (الفلوج�ة. ام�ا آب�ار ف�ير ت�لملغم/ 1.506وبمع�دل 1.73no2 ) 0.02) 5اعل�ى تركي�ز ل�ه ف�ي البئ�ر 12 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 0.32وبمع��دل 0.68 للنت��رات) اعل��ى تركي��ز 2(المقدادي��ة فق��د س��جلت عين��ة البئ��ر ملغم/لت��ر، ام��افي منطق��ة 0.01مع��دل وب ). وب�ذلك 2و 1( الج�دولينرجمي�ع اآلب�الملغم/لت�ر 0.04وبمع�دل 0.08) 4ف�ي البئ�ر ( no2، في حين لـ جميع اآلبارلملغم/لتر ارتف�اع ع�ن الح�د ف�ذو الفلوج�ةمي�اه آب�ار ام�ا ، مياه آبار المقدادية صالحة للشرب والري قدر تعل�ق االم�ر به�ذين الع�املينتكون م�ن دونمياهه�ا للش�رب باس�تعمالوعلي�ه يج�ب الح�ذر به�ا، ضمن الح�دود المس�موحفيقع no2 ، أماno3المسموح لتركيز خ�الل ش�هر no3 م�ن تركي�ز) ان اعل�ى 4و 3ئج (الج�دوليننت�ا توض�ح ذلكك�معالجالت تقنية وننصح باستعمالها للري فقط . م�ن تركي�زاعل�ى المقدادي�ة ف�ي ملغم/لت�ر ف�ي مي�اه آب�ار الفلوج�ة، ام�ا 0.07في اي�ار no2تركيز ملغم/لتر واعلى 2.25ايلول no3 و 0.74في تموزno2 ملغم/لتر. 0.71في آب مياه آبار الفلوج�ة ال�ى كونه�ا تحص�ل عل�ى مياهه�ا الجوفي�ة م�ن تس�رب مي�اه ح�وض في ة النترات ويمكن تفسير اسباب زياد تمت�از اراض�ي المن�اطق الغربي�ة بكونه�ا م�ن كم�ا داخل الترب�ة، ةمياه االمطار المترشحومياه الصرف الزراعي و نهر الفرات ة عل�ى عك�س ترب�ة من�اطق دي�الى الت�ي س�كانها االس�مدة النتروجيني�ة بكث�رة ف�ي العملي�ات الزراعي� يس�تعملالترب الخفيفة الت�ي ال��ى أن ]8، 2 [حي�ث يش�ير الب�احثون إذ الطبيع�ة الكيميائي��ة للمي�اه ف�ي. وه�ذا م�ايؤثر ]3،9[تمت�از بكونه�ا م�ن الت�رب الثقيل��ة ph العالق��ات ت��ؤدي، كم��ا عل�ى خفض��ه ةحي��ث تعم��ل االخي��رإذ ،ف��ي تع��ديل تركي�ز النت��رات اً دوريؤدي��ان والترب�ة الحامظي��ة ف�ي زي��ادة ph و عن�دها يق�وم ك��ل م�ن الح�رارة nh4 عل��ى ش�كل n2عن�دما يك�ون الس�يما دورا مهم��ا ميائي�ة داخ�ل الم�اءالكي وه�ذا يتف�ق no3ال�ى no2التحلل العضوي في المياه مما يؤدي الى تنشيط دور البكتري�ا النازع�ة للنت�روجين وب�ذلك يتح�ول .]34، 17 [مع ماذهب اليه الباحثون po4الفوسفات -12 بهيئ��ة po4اهمي�ة كبي�رة ، وتوج�د ات وله�ذا تك�ون قابلي��ة ذوبانه�ا ذافر عنص�ر الفس�فور ف�ي الطبيع�ة عل��ى هيئ�ة فوس�فايت�و ال�ذي تس��تفيد من�ه الكائن�ات المائي�ة ويح��دد reactive phosphateمركب�ات مختلف�ة ذائب�ة ف��ي المي�اه اهمه�ا المرك�ب المس��مى ملغم/لت�ر لعين��ات 0.35وبمع��دل 0.6) ف��ي الفلوج�ة 1ف�ي عين��ة البئ�ر ( له��ا. س�جلت اعل��ى قيم�ة ]29،30[انتاجيته�ا االحيائي��ة ) . ح�ددت 2و1ملغم/لت�ر لمي�اه جمي�ع اآلب�ار (الج�دولين 0.2وبمع�دل 0.4) 5البئ�ر (ف�ي جميع اآلبار، ام�ا ف�ي منطق�ة المقدادي�ة who المس��توى االعل��ى لتركي��زpo4 �للش��رب ام��ا الس��تخدامها ملغم/لت��ر 0.5ف��ي مي��اه االب���ار ب�ـfao ملغم/لت���ر 3ف ) نج�د ان اعل�ى تركي�ز 4و 3) . وعند المقارنة بين نتائج أشهر الدراسة والمبين�ه ف�ي (الج�دولين 5مياه ري (جدول الستعمالها انخف�اض ملغم/لت�ر، ونعتق�د أن 0.49ف�ي المقدادي�ة ف�ي ش�هر ايل�ول وملغم/لت�ر 0.35لـلفوسفات مياه آبار الفلوجة في ش�هر آب دالت�ي تع� بس�هوله كونها آبار مغلقة التصلها مياه الصرف الص�حي أن في مياه جميع االبار يعود الى ةمستوى الفوسفات الفعال القص�ب واالش�جار والش�جيرات ف�ي مج�اري والس�يماكثرة النبات�ات المائي�ة فضالً عنللفوسفات في المياه، المصدر الرئيس الت�ي ت�م الكش�ف عنه�ا بفح�ص عين�ات ةوج�ود الطحال�ب المجهري�ة المختلف� فض�الً ع�نمجاورة االنهر والبزول في االراضي ال عالي�ات االيض�ية المعروف�ة وه�ذا يتف�ق م�ع فمختل�ف الف�ي ةتق�وم بس�ب الفوس�فات الفعال�عشوائية من جميع االبار، كلها عوام�ل . ]33 ،5،6،11،30[ماذكر الباحثون so4الكبريتات -13 مص�دراً لمعظ�م الكبريت�ات ف�ي دالكبريت الموج�ودة ف�ي القش�رة االرض�ية والقابل�ة لل�ذوبان ف�ي االجس�ام المائي�ة تع�مركبات ملغم/لت�ر 301.04وبمع�دل 335.3) 3ف�ي عين�ة البئ�ر ( so4سجلت اعلى قيم�ة لتركي�ز ]26، 11، 10، 1 [المياه الجوفية ). 2و 1جمي�ع اآلب�ار (الج�دولين لملغم/لت�ر 345.82وبمع�دل 422.16) 4(ف�ي المقدادي�ة ف�ي البئ�ر وجميع االبار في الفلوجة، ل و 390.4ف�ي مي�اه اب�ار منطقت�ي الدراس�ة so4 م�ن تركي�ز) ان ش�هر اي�ار س�جل اعل�ى 4و 3كما اوض�حت نت�ائج الج�دولين ( مي��اه اآلب��ار الص��الحة لكبريت�ات ف��ي لالح��د االعل��ى المس��موح . وم��ع االخ��ذ بنظ�ر االعتب��ار انملغم/لت�ر عل��ى الترتي��ب 377.4 ص�الحة للش�رب وال��ري تع�د نمنطقت�يلجمي�ع اآلب�ار قي�د الدراس�ة ولف�ان ل�ذا ) 5(ج�دول whoحس�ب ملغم/لت�ر 400للش�رب المش�ار كالس�يوم والمغنيس�يوم والص�وديومقدر تعلق االم�ر به�ذا العام�ل م�ع أخ�ذ الح�ذر نتيج�ة ألرتف�اع ق�يم العس�رة وتراكي�ز ال .اليها في متن البحث نج�د زي�ادة نس�بية ف�ي عين�ات آب�ار المقدادي�ة عل�ى عك�س ،وعند عمل مقارنة بين مستوى الكبريتات في مياه آبار المنطقتين .]29، 15،19 [منه ف�ي ح�وض نه�ر دجل�ه so4 تمتاز بارتفاع مستوى هي التي أن مناطق حوض الفرات أذ ، ماهو متوقع ق�ة دي�الى نتيج�ة ارتف�اع نس�بة الملوح�ة وتك�ون اراض�ي الس�بخات ف�ي منطاني�ة امكمؤشرا بيئي�ا مهم�ا ع�ن تعد هذه الزيادة ذلك ل ، العواص�ف الترابي�ة فض�الً ع�نوانحسار مستوى االمطار وتدهور الغطاء النباتي نهر دجلة وفروعه مياه ألنخفاض مناسيب الس�تنتاج يتف�ق اكلها عوامل تساعد على ارتفاع نسب الكبريتات وبقية االمالح في المياه الجوفية بصوره غير مباش�رة، وه�ذا واالس اله�دروجيني وغيره�ا م�ن العوام�ل وااليص�الية مس�توى الكبريت�ات أنم�ن ]35،36، 2،30 [مع ماذهب اليه الباحثون مع المتغيرات التي تحدث في التربة وتنعكس على طبيعة المياه الجوفية.ترتبط بشكل كبير ) المياه السطحية ( في المصادر ). تصنيف المياه الجوفية في بعض مناطق 2004عبود ، محمد رضا، وهيب، عالء حمزة و حنا ، ثروت حكمت ( -1 ، سبها ليبيا.102-88ص 2، ع 2 ة والتطبيقية، مشعبية سبها لألغراض الزراعية. مجلة جامعة سبها للعلوم البحت 13 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 ). تقييم بعض 2009مصطفى، سليمان مصطفى، السلمان، ابراهيم مهدي، قرين، محمد االمين، والسعيدي، محمد علي ( -2 ليبيا. المؤتمر الدولي للتنوع –الخواص الفيزيوكيميائية والحيوية لمياه بحيرات صرف مشروع حميرة الزراعي ليبيا. -جامعة سبها 200911-18 -16الحيوي 3al-saadi, h.; ismail, a and saadallah, h (2000).state of heavy metals in diyala river and nearby aquatic system. j. of coll. educa. for women, baghdad uni, 11(1):194-202. روس وأخطاء. المجلة العربية د -). تكنولوجيا خدمات مياه الشرب والصرف الصحي في البلدان العربية1991عوض، عادل ( -4 السنة التاسعة. .13للعلوم والتكنولوجيا، ع ). دراسة تحليلية للخصائص الكيموفزيائية وبعض المعادن الثقيلة في محطة معالجة المياه الصناعية 2004رتيحي، علي عيسى (الك -5 ليبيا. -ة لقسم الكيمياء في كلية العلوم في جامعة سبها، سبهاالمعالجة المعادة ومدى مالئمتها لألستخدامت البيئية، رسالة ماجستير مقدم ت الغراض ). صالحية المياه المعادة المعالجة المطروحة في الشركة العامة للفوسفا2002اهري، عبد هللا عبد الجليل ياسين (دال -6 صفحة. 137،جامعة االنبار ، ،وم كلية العل ،قسم علوم الحياة ،الري " اطروحة دكتوراه 7abbas,t,; elzuber,e and arabbi, o ( 2008). drinking water quality and its effect on productive performance of layers during winter season. intern.j.of poulty scie, 7(5): 437. 8bahaa, e.w (2005).the migration of inorganic contaminants from landfill sites into the soil and groundwater system. msc. thesis, univers. of kebangsaan – malaysia. 9sabri, a, rasheed,a and kassim,t (1993). heavy metals in the water susbended solids and sediment of the river tigris impoundment at samarra. water resa.27 (6): 10991103. ، دار الحكمة للطباعة 1). الهندسة العملية للبيئة وفحوصات الماء،ط1995عباوي، سعاد عبد، وحسن، محمد سلمان( -10 ص. 296والنشر، جامعة الموصل، 11diallon, k.; bumentt,m .; kim,g.; chaton, j and gerbtt, d (2003). ground water flow and phosphate dynamics surrounding a high discharge waste water disposal well in florida keys. j. of hydrobiology. 284:193-210. 12who (2003). guidelines for drinking water quality recommendations, geneva (who/sde/wsh 03.04). 13fao (1985).food and agriculture organization, water quality for agriculture,irrigation and drainage paper 29 rev.1,1985. 14monteiro, c.m and castro, p.m (2011). capacity of simultaneous removal of zinc and cadmium from contaminated media, by two microalgae isolated from a polluted site. environ. chem, lett.dot 10.1007/s 10311-011-0311-9. الص�حراء –) . هيدروجيوكيمياء مياه الينابيع الطبيعية الممتدة م�ن هي�ت ال�ى الس�ماوة 1983العاني ، سعدي عبد الجبار ( -15 .ص 168جامعة بغداد : –كلية العلوم -قسم علوم االرض –العراق . رسالة ماجستير -الغربية 16usepa (2004). united state environmental protection agency, drinking water standard and health advisories office of water's. usa. 17srinivas, g .s (2005). assessment of groundwater quality for drinking and irrigation purposes: a case study of peddavanka watershed, anantapur district, andra pradesh, india. environ, geol, 48: 702-712. 18schalau, j(2011).water and irrigation. comments and questions to fsenese @ frostburg .edu, last revied 02/15/10 url. chemical. shtml. اآلبار ياه ) صالحية م2011محمود عبد مشعان (، حسن علي اكبر والعلواني، سعد هللا، بشير علي بشير، النعمة -19 .43-35ص ،1ع،24م ،الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقيةمجلة ابن .العراق -للشرب في مدينة الفلوجة 20toma, j.j. (2006).study on some physico chemical properties in shaqlawa groundwater (some wells) erbil , iraq. zanco.18 (3):9-18. لالستخدامات ) " دراسة نوعية المياه الجوفية في قرية الكوكجلي ومالئمتها 2006زنكنة ، عبد المنعم محمد علي ( -21 . 34-24: ص ،2 ع ،11م ،جلة جامعة تكريت للعلوم الصرفة المختلفة " م 22melad, s.f (2009). determnation of the concentrations of some heavy metals in fish (tilapia zillii and gastropoda melanoides tuberculata) msc.thesis , college of sciences. sebha university.lybia. ). كيمياء المياه الجوفية، مشروع تخرج من جامعة القاهرة، كلية الهندسة،من شبكة 2010القاهري، عبد الفتاح ( -23 .19/10/2010االنترنيت في 24hcg (2010)" health canada, guideline for canadian drinking water quality http://www.hc.sc.gc\ewh-semt.2010. april. 14 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 25olson, d, haag, w and lago, r (2004).chemical and physical properties of zsm-5 substitutional series. j. of catalysis, 61, 2: 390-396. 26pomeranz,a , dalfin, t and korzetz, z ( 2002). increased sodium concentration in drinking water, increase blood pressure in neonates. j. hypertens, 20:203-207. 27vieru, n.d and vieru, n. p (2010). level of mg and other inorganic compounds in water of the wells in rural areas of botosani county. present environmental and sustainable development, nr.4 .400-405. 28-nerbrand ,c, agrens, l and lenner, r.a (2003).the influence of calcium and magnesium in drinking water and diet on cardiovascular risk factors in cardiovascular mortality. bmc pub health, 3:21-27. ). تقييم مستوى العناصر في بعض مياه العيون الكبريتية في منطقة 2005العبيدي، بشار عبد العزيز محمود علي ( -29 قسم الكيمياء كلية التربية جامعة هيت ودراسة الخواص الفيزيائية للمواد القيرية المنبعثة منها. رسالة ماجستير، العراق. -االنبار ). تقييم نوعية المياه المعالجة المعادة 2006السلمان، ابراهيم مهدي عزوز، عيسى، علي و المحبس، محمد الطاهر ( -30 ، 54-37، ص 2 ، ع5من المجمع الصناعي في ؤتمنهنت جنوب ليبيا، مجلة جامعة سبها للعلوم البحتة والتطبيقية، م ليبيا. –جامعة سبها ). تلوث نهر دجلة ببعض العناصر الثقيلة ضمن 2003الدوري، نهاد عبد الحميد، وعبد الجبار، رياض عباس ( -31 .84 -79، ص 2ع ، 9 محافظة صالح الدين، مجلة تكريت للعلوم الصرفة ، م 32faure, g (1998). principles and application of geochemistry. 2nd ed. prentice hall, inc, usa, 600. ليبيا. -، اصدار جامعة سبها1االسس والتطبيق، ط -).علم االوالي2010السلمان، ابراهيم مهدي عزوز ( -33 34skaggs, r.; youssef ,m.; cherscher,g and gillian, j (2005). effect of drainage intensity on nitrogen losses from drained land . transations of the asabe, 48: 21692177. 35heathwaite, a, quinn,p and hewett, c (2005). modeling and managing critical source of areas of diffuse pollution from agricultural land by simulating hills lope flow connectivity. j. hydrobiol, 304:446461. 36burckner, m . z (2011). water and soil characterization – ph and electrical conductivity. life research methods, environmetal sampling (fmla – texas unive. 10l 12. usa. ).2010سبتمبر –معدالت تراكيز العوامل المدروسة في مياه آبار منطقة المقدادية (للفترة من أبريل :)1جدول ( ).2010سبتمبر –معدالت تراكيز العوامل المدروسة في مياه آبار منطقة الفلوجة (للفترة من أبريل :)2جدول ( c a ppm na gm \l mg ppm th ppm c o 3 ppm po 4 ppm s o 4 ppm no 2 ppm no 3 ppm c l ppm ec ms/cm ph لوامالع اآلبار 96 2.06 160.2 749 663.16 0.32 362 0.02 0.118 560 1.28 7.34 1 88 2.55 260.7 576.33 458.83 0.14 295.5 0.02 0.68 160 0.99 7.79 2 91 1.20 190.3 505 341.33 0.12 327.3 0.05 0.196 120 1.14 8.03 3 84 3.20 190.3 413 340.5 0.06 422.16 0.08 130 1.25 8.02 4 74 2.58 265.2 321 201.5 0.40 322.16 0.03 0.62 130 1.19 6.55 5 المعدل 7.54 1.17 220 0.32 0.04 345.82 0.20 401.06 512.86 213.34 2.31 86.6 c a ppm na gm \l mg ppm th ppm c o 3 ppm po 4 ppm s o 4 ppm no 2 ppm no 3 ppm c l ppm ec ms /c ph لوامالع االبار 113.1 3.35 136.6 539.1 300.3 0.6 295.3 0.018 1.38 40 2.46 7.23 1 109 3.61 141.6 549.1 306 0.43 285.3 0.008 1.526 60 2.22 7.38 2 123.1 3.85 156.4 569.1 340 0.23 335.3 0.03 1.73 210 2.75 7.35 3 117.3 3.43 139.7 542.1 295 0.4 288 0.003 1.27 100 1.71 7.15 4 118.1 3.45 143.9 533.1 290 0.12 301.3 0.02 1.63 40 1.90 7.1 5 المعدل 7.24 2.208 90 1.506 0.01 301.04 0.35 306.8 546.5 143.64 3.53 116.12 15 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 .معدالت تراكيز العوامل المدروسة في مياه االبار خالل اشهر الدراسة في منطقة المقدادية:)3(جدول ca ppm na gm\l mg ppm العسرة الكلية ppm co3 ppm po4 ppm so4 ppm no2 ppm no3 ppm cl ppm ec مللي سيمنس/سم ph لالعوام االشهر نيسان 7.47 0.93 180 0.364 0.474 329.8 0.19 248.6 505.4 120.8 2.19 82 آيار 7.50 1.02 160 0.382 0.54 377.4 0.21 426.2 491.8 104.6 2.69 76 حزيران 7.44 1.08 180 0.21 0.064 340.2 0.13 421.8 518.8 182.4 1.918 73 تموز 7.58 1.10 220 0.74 0.55 328.2 0.08 331.0 475.6 179.4 1.942 92 آب 7.63 1.15 210 0.21 0.71 346.4 0.15 359.6 549.6 210.8 2.16 89 ايلول 7.66 1.17 350 0.03 0.208 352.4 0.49 379.2 536 255.2 3.02 102 .معدالت تراكيز العوامل المدروسة في مياه االبار خالل اشهر الدراسة في منطقة الفلوجة :)4جدول ( c a ppm na gm \l mg ppm th ppm c o 3 ppm po 4 ppm s o 4 ppm no 2 ppm no 3 ppm c l ppm ec ms/cm ph العوامل االشهر نيسان 7.25 2.55 26 1.27 0.014 310 0.164 315.8 509.4 136.68 2.98 94.6 آيار 7.24 2.44 50 1.278 0.07 390.4 0.325 326 559.6 147.64 3.76 100.8 حزيران 7.54 2.92 42 1.056 0.002 316 0.342 324 498.2 119.24 2.7 91.6 تموز 7.41 2.90 60 1.744 0.02 281.2 0.134 297.4 533.6 143.11 3.28 105.8 آب 6.98 1.52 68 1.496 0.002 246.2 0.352 284.8 582 156.23 4.1 117.0 ايلول 7.06 1.38 154 2.25 262.6 0.252 291 596.6 159.2 4.42 127.2 .faoو whoمقارنة نتائج الدراسة الحالية مع المواصفات القياسية العراقية ومواصفات :)5جدول ( ت المعدل الوحدة المتغير منطقة الفلوجة المعدل منطقة المقدادية المواصفات العراقية w ho fao 1. fe mg\l 0.358 0.026 1.3 0.5 5 2. cd mg\l 0.003 0.001 3. p b mg\l 0.01 0.01 2 4 cr mg\l 0.05 0.002 0.1 5. p h 7.2 7.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6. ec ms-cm 2208 1170 400 1000 7. cl mg\l 90 220 350 250 600 8. no3 mg\l 1.506 0.32 50 50 9. no2 mg\l 0.01 0.04 3 0.5 10 so4 mg\l 301.04 345.82 400 500 500 11 p o4 mg\l 0.35 0.2 0.4 0.5 3 12 co3 mg\l 306.48 401.06 500 500 13. t .h. mg\l 546.5 512.86 500 500 14 mg mg\l 143.64 213.34 100 150 15 ca mg\l 116.1 86.6 150 200 16 na mg\l 3.53 2.31 00 200 200 16 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 520 525 530 535 540 545 550 555 560 565 570 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 pp m ت ونا كرب ال pp m ة كلي ة ال سر الع اآلبار العسرة الكلية الكربونات مستوى العسرة الكلية والكربونات في مياه االبار قيد الدراسة في الفلوجة. :)1شكل ( 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 pp m ت ونا كرب ال pp m ة كلي ة ال سر الع اآلبار العسرة الكلية الكربونات العسرة الكلية والكربونات في مياه االبار قيد الدراسة في المقدادية. مستوى :)2شكل ( 17 التطبيقيةمجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و 2012 السنة 25 المجلد 2 العدد ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied s cience no. 2 vol. 25 year 2012 comparative study of wells water quality at almuqdadea and alfalluja areas – iraq. i. m.a al-salman, m. a.m alalwani, t. m. ibrahim department of biology, college of education ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad. received in :21 september 2011 accepted in :11 october 2011 abstract waters of some wells at almuqdadea region diyala province, east of iraq have been compared with wells at alfalluja region, alanbar province west of iraq. five wells were selected randomly at each of the two regions to measure several factors represented by temperature (c), ph, electric conductivity (ec), sodium (na),calcium (ca), magnesium (mg),total hardness (th), carbonate (co3),chloride (cl), nitrite (no2), nitrate (no3) phosphate (po4) sulfate (so4), in addition to the heavy metals such as chromium (cr), cadmium (cd) lead (pb) & iron (fe). the mean concentration of the above factors in water of wells at the above regions had been measured during the period from april to september (2010). results of the present study revealed that all the heavy metals concentrations were less than the sensitivity of the atomic absorption equipment with the exception of (fe) which recorded 0.358 ppm and 0.026 ppm at alfalluja and almuqdadea respectively. results of the present study were compared with the criteria used by (who) and (fao). results of the present study revealed that all the metals concentration were undetectable by atomic absorption equipment with the exception of (fe) which recorded 0.358 ppm and 0.026 ppm at alfalluja and almuqdadea respectively. the results showed that all concentrations recorded in the present study were accepted with the international criteria used by the above organizations except for ec, no3, th, and na from alfalluja wells as their levels were (2.208 m/sm,1.506 546.5 ppm, 3.53 gm/l) respectively. the unacceptable data from almuqdadea wells were represented by ec, th, mg and na where their levels were (1170mgs\sm, 512.86ppm, 213.34ppm, 2.31gm\l) respectively. finally the results showed that there were similarities in the concentrations of some factors studied in the present project in the wells of the same area and in some factors at both areas of study. key words: water quality, wells, chemophysical properties, health. دراسة مقارنة لنوعية مياه الآبار في منطقتي المقدادية والفلوجة العراق المقدمة المواد وطرائق العمل جمع العينات القياسات الحقلية والتحليلات المختبرية النتائج والمناقشة من خلال متابعة النتائج المتحصل عليها من الدراسة الحالية والمبينة في الجداول (1،2، 3، 4 و5) والاشكال ( 1،2) نجد أن هنالك تبايناً في قيم العناصر والعوامل المدروسة وكما يأتي: 2العناصر الثقيلة heavy metals المصادر abstract ihjpas. 36(1)2023 225 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license evaluation of osteocalcin and some biochemical marker in diabetes mellitus iraqi women's patients with osteoporosis abstract diabetes mellitus is a set of metabolic diseases, the most prevalent of which is chronic hyperglycemia. the culprits include insulin synthesis, insulin action, or both. osteoporosis is a progressive systemic skeletal disorder defined by decreased bone mass and micro architectural degeneration of bone tissue, resulting in increased bone fragility and fracture risk, according to the world health organization (who). the degree of nervosa damage determines how much a diabetic patient's body has been compromised. the current study's goal is an estimation: age, bmi, fbs, hba1c, d3, alp, ca, p, and osteocalcin in iraqi t2dm women's patients with and without osteoporosis. three vitamins are required for osteocalcin biosynthesis: vitamin k for gla formation, vitamin c for hydroxylation of pro-9 to hydroxyproline, and vitamin d for osteocalcin production stimulation. vitamin d is known to function in calcium homeostasis and bone metabolism . osteocalcin is a hormone produced by osteoblasts and secreted into the extracellular matrix of bone and the bloodstream. it serves as a biological marker for bone formation. the work was classified into three groups. g1 (n= 40) is the control set that went to the iraqi ministry of health's endocrinology and diabetes center in baghdad. g2 (n= 40) are patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus without osteoporosis who visited the endocrinology and diabetes center of the iraqi ministry of health in baghdad, and g3 (n= 40) are patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus with osteoporosis. keywords: osteocalcin, osteoporosis, t2dm. doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2984 article history: received 18 augest 2022, accepted 27 septeber 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq abeer abaas jafar department of chemstry , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abeermastar@gmail.com bushra hameed ali department of chemstry , college of education for pure sciences, ibn al – haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. drbushra750@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:abeermastar@gmail.com mailto:drbushra750@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(1)2023 226 1. introduction diabetes mellitus is a group of metabolic illnesses, the most prevalent of which is chronic hyperglycemia. the culprits include insulin synthesis, insulin action, or both. chronic hyperglycemia has been linked to ketoacidosis, nephropathy, high blood pressure, and foot diseases. a range of complementary and alternative treatments can be used to treat diabetes. [1,2] diabetes mellitus, also known as dm, is one of humanity's oldest diseases. diabetes mellitus (dm) is a metabolic disorder marked by a rise in blood glucose levels that necessitates close monitoring and efficient management. insulin is a hormone produced by pancreatic beta cells that aid in the absorption of glucose into cells for energy and performs various other functions. however, a lack of insulin synthesis or sensitivity causes diabetes mellitus (dm). [3] osteoporosis is a progressive systemic skeletal disorder defined by decreased bone mass and micro architectural degeneration of bone tissue, resulting in increased bone fragility and fracture risk. fractures were less common in premenopausal women than in postmenopausal women. in addition, osteoporosis is diagnosed in postmenopausal women when their hip or spine bone mineral density (bmd) are two and a half standard deviations or more below the young adult's mean (t-score 2.5). however, there is no consensus on diagnosing osteoporosis in premenopausal women. [4] osteoporosis is a condition in which bone tissue's mass and mineral density are reduced, leaving bones more brittle and prone to shattering at minor force. fragility fractures occur when a person slips or falls, usually standing or sitting. the hip, spine, and wrist are the most common fragility fractures. [5] osteocalcin biosynthesis requires three vitamins: vitamin k for gla creation, vitamin c for hydroxylation of pro-9 to hydroxyproline, and vitamin d for osteocalcin production stimulation. vitamin d is known to function in calcium homeostasis and bone metabolism. [6] osteocalcin is a hormone produced by osteoblasts and secreted into the extracellular matrix of bone and the bloodstream. in osteocalcin, one or more glutamic acid residues (glu) can be carboxylated (gla). osteocalcin is found in both carboxylated and uncarboxylated forms in serum. negatively charged carboxyglutamic acid groups bind positively charged calcium on the surface of bone minerals. according to studies, undercarboxylated osteocalcin (ucoc) increases cell proliferation and insulin release in islet cells. the most frequent noncollagenous proteins in bone are noncollagenous proteins. [7] because this little peptide, which comprises 49 amino acids in humans and 46 in mice, is generated mainly by osteoblasts during bone production, its serum concentration is low. it serves as a biological marker for bone formation [8]. 2. patients and methods the present research was done at the iraqi ministry of health's endocrinology and diabetes facility in baghdad. the participants in this study were divided into three groups the first group (g1) was composed of 40 healthy individuals, each with an age range of 40 to 55 years. the second group comprises 40 people who have type 2 diabetes but do not have osteoporosis. the third group consists of (40) patients with osteoporosis and t2dm who visited the iraqi ministry of health's endocrinology and diabetes center in baghdad blood was obtained in a volume of 5 ml from those with type 2 diabetes who do not have osteoporosis. for type 2 diabetes mellitus patients with osteoporosis, then split into two portions. for additional measurements, 2 ml of the blood was inserted in a tube with an anticoagulant (edta). the leftover blood (3 ml) was put in a tube without an anticoagulant (edta) and allowed to coagulate for 30 minutes at room temperature. the serum was then retrieved by centrifuging it for 10 minutes at 3500 g to extract it for measuring ihjpas. 36(1)2023 227 biomarkers. alp, ca, p, and fbs are measured by spectrophotometer, mini vidas measures d3, and hblc measures hba1c (raybiotech. inc. is a manufacturer of the osteocalcin elisa kit.) in the usa. t-test, mean, and standard division were used to calculate the data. the patients and the control group were compared using the t-test and the patients and the control set. both the patients and the control group are compared using p˂0. table 1. demonstrated bmi, fbs, hba1c, d3, alp, ca, po4 and osteocalcin as newly biomarker in these samples of work g2 vs g3 g1 vs g3 g1 vs g2 g3 no=40 g2 no=40 g1 no=40 parameter ns ns ns 43.92±2.25 43.91±2.42 2.44±43.55 age s hs hs 28.50±3.39 30.26±2.89 25.74 ±3.35 bmi hs hs hs 159.3± 28.86 204.75 ±56.72 82.65± 5.77 fbs ns hs hs 8.64±1.39 8.64±1.42 4.74±0.43 hba1c hs hs hs 47.04±5.50 27.60±5.85 9.40±0.89 osteocalcin hs hs hs 8.48±0.48 26.55±5.71 33.47±3.80 d3 hs hs s 92.02±3.88 77.55±8.82 72.22±7.52 alp hs hs hs 4.89±0.57 6.13±20.02 8.97±0.52 ca hs hs hs 1.81±0.32 2.91±0.77 3.68±0.67 4po table 2. the association for the result study between osteocalcin to (bmi, fbs, hba1c, d3, alp, ca and po4) t2dm with osteoporosis t2dm parameter p value r p value r hs 0.602 hs 0.307 bmi hs -0.002 hs -0.022 fbs hs 0.306 hs -0.038 hba1c hs 0.123 hs 0.140 d3 hs 0.196 hs 0.517 alp hs 0.242 hs -0.361 ca hs 0.208 hs 0.102 4po ihjpas. 36(1)2023 228 figure 1. bmi levels for all studied groups figure 2. fbs levels for all studied groups figure 3. hba1c levels for all studied groups figure 4. osteocalcin levels for all studied groups 0 200 400 control t2dm t2dm with op 82.65 204.75 159.3 fbs 20 25 30 35 control t2dm t2dm with op 25.74 30.26 28.5 bmi 0 2 4 6 8 10 control t2dm t2dm with op 4.74 8.64 8.67 hba1c ihjpas. 36(1)2023 229 figure 5. d3 levels for all studied groups figure 6. alp levels for all studied groups figure 7. ca levels for all studied groups levels for all studied groups 4pofigure 8. 0 50 100 control t2dm t2dm with op 72.22 77.55 92.02 alp 0 5 10 control t2dm t2dm with op 8.97 6.13 4.89 ca 0 10 20 30 40 control t2dm t2dm with op 33.47 26.55 8.48 d3 0 1 2 3 4 control t2dm t2dm with op 3.65 2.91 1.81 po4 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 230 3. results one hundred twenty participants in the study were divided into three groups to describe the correlation between the groups: controls (g1), patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus (g2), and group g3 patients with osteoporosis and type 2 diabetes mellitus. the outcomes were presented as mean sd, student t. the extraction p-value and post-t-test were both utilized to show that the difference between the groups was significant when the p-value was (p ˂0.001) in the test that compared the three study groups. table (1) describes the correlation between the results of the comparison. bmi appeared in table (1) and figure (1). we noticed a high signification decrease in g1 (25.74 ± 3.35) compared to g2 (30.26 ± 2.89) and g3 (28.50 ± 3.39), respectively. but, it showed a significant (p˂0.005) increase when comparing g2 (30.26 ± 2.89) to g3 (28.50 ± 3.39). the comparison of fbs was shown in table (1) and figure (2), noticing a high significant (p˂0.001) decrease as comparing g1 (82.65 ± 5.77 ( to g2 (204.75 ± 56.72) and g3 (159.3 ± 28.86), respectively. there was also a highly significant (p˂0.001) increase when comparing g2 (204.75 ± 56.72) to g3 (159.3 ± 28.86). results of hba1c% in table (1) and figure (3) showed a highly significant (p˂0.001) decrease when comparing g1 (4.74 ± 0.43) to g2 (8.64 ± 1.42) and g3 (8.64 ± 1.39), respectively. but, there was a nonsignificant (p˃0.005) increase, when comparing g2 (8.64 ± 1.42) to g3 (8.64 ± 1.39). the result of osteocalcin in table (1) and figure (4) showed a highly significant (p˂0.001) decrease when comparing g1 (9.40 ± 0.86) to g2 (27.60 ± 5.85) and g3 (47.04 ± 5.50), respectively. also, there was a high decrease (p˂0.001) when comparing g2 (27.60 ± 5.85) and g3 (47.04 ± 5.50). results of d3 in table (1) and figure (5) showed a highly significant (p˂0.001) increase when comparing g1 (33.47 ± 3.80) to g2 (26.55 ± 5.71) and g3 (8.48 ± 0.48), respectively. still, we showed a high significant (p˂0.001) increase when comparing g2 (33.47 ± 3.80) to g3 (8.48 ± 0.48 (. results of alp in table (1) and figure (6) showed a significant (p˂0.005) decrease when comparing g1 (72.22 ± 7.52) to g2 (77.55 ± 8.82) and g3 (92.02 ± 3.88), respectively. but we showed a highly significant (p˂0.001) increase when comparing g2 (77.55 ± 8.82) and g3 (92.02 ± 3.88). results of ca table (1) and figure (7) showed a highly significant (p ˂0.001) increase when comparing g1 (8.97 ± 0.52) to g2 (6.13 ± 2.02) and g3 (4.89 ± 0.57), respectively. still, there was a highly significant (p˂0.001) increase when comparing g2 (6.13 ± 2.02) to g3 (4.89 ± 0.57). results of po4 in table (1) and figure (8) showed a highly significant (p˂0.001) increase when comparing g1 (3.68 ± 0.67) to g2 (2.91 ± 0.77) and g3 (1.81 ± 0.32), respectively but there was a highly significant (p˂0.001) increase when comparing g2 (2.91 ± 0.77) to g3 (1.81±0.32). correlation of osteocalcin vs bmi the correlations between osteocalcin levels and bmi for the current investigation can be found separately in table (2) for g2 and g3. these correlations were highly significant when p≤ 0.001 for g2 (r=0.307) and g3 (r=0.062). correlation of osteocalcin vs. fbs table (2) shows the correlations for the current study between osteocalcin and fbs levels for g2 and g3 separately. these correlations are very significant when p ≤ 0.001 for g2 (r=-0.022) and g3 (r=-0.002). ihjpas. 36(1)2023 231 correlation of osteocalcin vs. hba1c table (2) shows the correlations between osteocalcin and hba1c levels for the current investigation, with results for g2 and g3 showing very significant negative and positive correlations when p ≤ 0.001 for g2 (r= -0.038) and g3 (r=0.306), respectively. correlation of osteocalcin vs d3 the correlations between osteocalcin and levels d3 for the current investigation are presented separately in table (2) for g2 and g3. these correlations were highly significant and positive when p ≤ 0.001 for g2 (r=0.140) and g3 (r=0.123). correlation of osteocalcin vs alp the correlations between osteocalcin and alp levels for the current investigation can be found separately in table (2) for g2 and g3. these correlations were highly significant and positive when p≤ 0.001 for g2 (r=0.517) and g3 (r=0.196). correlation of osteocalcin vs ca table (2) shows the relationships between osteocalcin and ca levels for the current study, with data for g2 and g3 showing extremely significant negative and positive correlations when p≤ 0.001 for g2 (r=-0.361) and g3 (r=0.242), respective. correlation of osteocalcin vs -po4 the correlations between osteocalcin and po4 levels for the current research can be shown in table (2) for g2 and g3 individually. these correlations are highly significant positive, and negative when p≤ 0.001 for g2 (r=0.102) and g3 (r=-0.208). 4. discussion the study results show an increase in highly significant deference for osteocalcin levels in t2dm iraqi patients groups with and without osteoporosis compared to the control group. we suggested this finding was observed in this group due to these patients who were menopausal and diabetic. the third group was osteoporosis. this group takes treatment to treat the op. this is due to an increase in osteocalcin levels. however, more osteocalcin is not always a sign of bone strength. osteocalcin levels can increase as a result of widespread bone loss. in older people, high blood levels of osteocalcin predict lower bone density (particularly in the hip and spine) and fracture risk, including hip fractures [9]. a study by urano, tomohiko, et al. (2018) showed the significance of serum osteocalcin levels with t2dm in postmenopausal women. according to several studies, osteocalcin may improve glucose tolerance by encouraging insulin secretion. [10]. the survey conducted by ferron, mathieu, et al. (2008) noted that serum osteocalcin with diabetic mellitus was produced by the osteoblast and served as one of the markers of bone development, combining calcium and hydroxyapatite in the bone matrix, which was essential for bone mineralization and calcium homeostasis. in studies, recombinant osteocalcin has been demonstrated to increase insulin secretion, speed up β-cell proliferation, and reduce insulin resistance and hyperglycemia, shielding them from obesity and t2dm [11]. kanazawa, i. et al. (2011) measures the total osteocalcin in diabetes mellitus and osteoporosis significantly in control and patients. these results indicate that osteocalcin may contribute to glycemic control and may be able to lower the risk of t2dm. additionally, more research is required to evaluate whether raising osteocalcin levels could be used as a treatment for ihjpas. 36(1)2023 232 t2dm patients. [12]. the study conducted by lee, ji hyun, et al. (2020) agreed with the present study. the current research findings showed a significant difference in bmi between the control and patient groups. this was due to the patients' group being diabetic mellitus, and led to increased insulin resistance and decreases in insulin sensitivity to control glucose levels. at the same time, we noticed a significant decrease in a recent result study when compared between g2 and g3. this was because the third group was under the treatment with an antidiabetic agent decreased bmi to control hyper glucose and prevent dm progress, leading to op. at the same time, other studies suggested lower bmi categories in both men and women of older ages, higher rates of current smoking, and lower rates of t2dm and hypertension. along with the increase in bmi, the prevalence of t2dm also increased. [13]. the results of bmi by roomi, ali b., et al. (2022) found that bmi was the control group's high signification than osteoporosis. in postmenopausal women in iraq, the prevalence of osteoporosis has increased to 22.8%. our study stresses the significance of creating risk prediction systems to avoid consistently underestimating the risk of osteoporosis related fractures in diabetic adults. [14] the present study showed a highly significant increase in fbs and hba1c when comparing the control and patients group due to diabetes. still, there was a highly significant decrease compared to patients with diabetes with and without osteoporosis. this was because patients were in a period of treatment via antidiabetic to decrease the effect of complication as osteoporosis. consequently, this result agreed with other studies, like park, sung keun, et al. (2021). they found that the fbs was significant between t2dm and osteoporosis. fasting glucose, including the normal, impaired fasting glucose (ifg), and diabetes mellitus (dm) guideline fasting glucose categories, is frequently used to determine aberrant glucose metabolism (agm) in osteoporosis. to comprehend how agm affects osteoporosis, it may be helpful to examine the association between fasting glucose levels and the risk of the disease. the connection between fasting glucose and osteoporosis needs to be better understood. agm, which comprises ifg, igt, and dm, is frequently diagnosed using fasting glucose two hours after a glucose load. the currently available evidence is insufficient to assess the effect of ifg on osteoporosis. our research shows that ifg builds bones and lowers the risk of osteoporosis, in contrast to other studies that linked agm and bone quality. [15] previous studies by fang, lingna, et al. (2021) found no significant between osteoporosis and t2dm. several routes by which higher blood glucose or hba1c levels are associated with an increased risk of low muscle mass. the main two risk factors are ages and insulin resistance. t2dm is characterized by insulin resistance and various inflammatory markers, including il-6, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, and c-reactive protein (crp), associated with it. muscle protein metabolism includes both the synthesis and breakdown of muscle proteins. inflammatory signaling controls the four main proteolytic processes that break down muscle protein: calpains are atp-dependent ubiquitin-proteasome processes, such as macrophage autophagy and cell death.[16] nevertheless, in the current study, we found highly significant decreases in vitamin d3.this view due to all patients with abnormality for glucose homeostasis because vitamin d was consider regulation for glucose metabolism by induce b-cell for pancreas to produce a lot of insulin to regulate glucose metabolism but when this pathway was cutoff this due to developed of complication of diabetes as osteoporosis spatially patients who not controlled ihjpas. 36(1)2023 233 of his diet or systematically treated so as other study like the result of serum d3. kuchuk, natalia o., et al (2009) that found significate between healthy and osteoporosis .serum 25(oh)d levels in osteoporotic postmenopausal women can be compared globally thanks to this study based on season and latitude, you found significant differences in vitamin d levels between countries. although it is thought that the skin's generation of vitamin d is the primary source of this vitamin, other factors besides latitude and sun exposure also affect the serum25(oh)d level. you should also incorporate vitamin d-rich foods in your diet, particularly oily fish like salmon, mackerel, herring, and sardines, which are thought to be the best sources. in the past, up to 60% of individuals used supplements like cod liver oil. compared to the summer, 43 percent of women had 25(oh)d levels >75 nm, and just 34.3% of women did so in the winter. up to 25% of postmenopausal women with osteoporosis need treatment for hypovitaminosis d in winter, compared to up to 35% in summer. up to 10,000 iu per day, but no more than 50,000 iu per week, can be used to treat 25(oh)d deficiency. [17] chen, hailing, jufen li, and qian wang's (2018) results appeared was significant between control and osteoporosis patients. in the current study, we found a significant increase in alp levels in type 2 dm patients without op. this agrees with another study suggested by bones containing alkaline phosphatase. bap is the name of the bone-specific isoform of the enzyme serum alkaline phosphatase. the glycoprotein that identifies how active osteoblasts are in bone metabolism is found on their surface . the bap has long been considered a reliable indicator of bone metabolism. osteoporosis, paget disease, and fractures are metabolic bone diseases that happen when the rate of resorption in bone remodeling outpaces the formation rate. [18] siddapur and priyanka ramappa's (2019) results showed a non significant between t2dm and osteoporosis. likewise, we found a significant decrease in calcium levels in type 2 dm patients with and without op. this agrees with other studies observing that serum calcium levels are typically maintained between 8.5 and 10.5 mg/dl, which is a constrained range. serum calcium concentrations, however, are just 0.1 to 0.2 percent of extracellular calcium, or just 1% of the total body calcium [19] shakoor, sadaf, et al. (2014). as a result observed were high significant patients osteoporosis and control, serum calcium levels are a poor indicator of the total amount of calcium. in osteoporotic women, the study found a significant and distinct relationship between lean mass (muscle mass) and bmd. the relationship between muscle tissue and bone mineral thickness in osteoporotic women of all ages, which is invariably associated with less effective muscle tissue stimulation with bone, was neglected in women of all ages who did not have bone weakening as a result of reduced mass . in osteoporotic women, lean mass (muscle mass) was found to be highly and specifically correlated with bmd.[20] raikou, vaia d., despina kyriaki, and sotiris gavriil (2020) in the study measuring high signification between t2dm than control. blood p levels were shown to be lower in t2dm patients due to metabolic abnormalities compared women with t2dm to hospitalized non-t2dm patients too we found highly significant decrease for p levels in type 2 dm patients with and without op this noting produce because all those patients was suffering from vitamin d deficiency and this agree with other study who observed lower blood p levels have been linked to higher insulin resistance in the healthy population. in a previous study of 881 nondiabetic subjects, low blood p levels were associated with high 2 hour serum glucose and decreased insulin sensitivity [21] . ihjpas. 36(1)2023 234 5. conclusion we found a highly significant correlation between osteocalcin and bmi, fbs, hba1c, d3, alp, ca, p, and in type 2dm patients group with and without op. based on the obtained data, we found an increased highly significant difference between osteoclcin and bmi, fbs, hba1c, d3 alp, ca, and p for control and type 2 dm with and without op. so, this new biomarker in this type of sample may be considered a vital role in the diagnosis of osteoporosis in diabetic mellitus and utilized this biomarker to predict the developing osteoporosis in type 2 diabetic mellitus menopausal for iraqi women . references 1. al-masoudi, faris ibrahim, bushra h. ali. evaluation of nesfatin–1 and other biochemical markers in diabetic neuropathy iraqi patients before and after treatment with tegretol:annals of the romanian society for cell biology ,2021, 9422-9429. 2. salih, nada taha , bushra h. ali. relation study between chromogranin a and other clinical biomarker in iraqi children with growth hormone deficiency undergo treated via recombinant growth hormone: annals of the romanian society for cell biology 2021, 11072-11077. 3. tan, sin yee, et al. type 1 and 2 diabetes mellitus: a review on current treatment approach and gene therapy as potential intervention. diabetes & metabolic syndrome: clinical research & reviews 2019,13,1, 364-372. 4. rozenberg, serge, et al. how to manage osteoporosis before the age of 50. maturitas. 2020, 138,14-25. 5.ha, j. y., ; choi, e. y. health perception, health concern, and health promotion behavior of the elders. journal of korean gerontological nursing . 2013,15,3, 277-85. 6. hauschka, peter v., et al. osteocalcin and matrix gla protein: vitamin k-dependent proteins in bone. physiological reviews .1989, 69,3,990-1047. 7. levinger, itamar, et al. multifaceted interaction of bone, muscle, lifestyle interventions and metabolic and cardiovascular disease: role of osteocalcin. osteoporosis international . 2017, 28,8, 2265-2273. 8. mizokami, akiko, tomoyo kawakubo-yasukochi, and masato hirata. osteocalcin and its endocrine functions. biochemical pharmacology . 2017, 132, 1-8. 9. zoch, meredith l.;thomas l. clemens, ; ryan c. riddle. new insights into the biology of osteocalcin. bone . 2016, 82 ,42-49. 10.urano, tomohiko, et al. low serum osteocalcin concentration is associated with incident type 2 diabetes mellitus in japanese women. journal of bone and mineral metabolism . 2018, 36,4 470-477. 11. ferron, mathieu, et al. osteocalcin differentially regulates β cell and adipocyte gene expression and affects the development of metabolic diseases in wild-type mice. proceedings of the national academy of sciences . 2008, 105,13 5266-5270. 12. kanazawa, i., et al. serum undercarboxylated osteocalcin was inversely associated with plasma glucose level and fat mass in type 2 diabetes mellitus. osteoporosis international . 2011,22,1, 187-194. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 235 13. lee, ji hyun, et al. optimal body mass index for minimizing the risk for osteoporosis and type 2 diabetes. the korean journal of internal medicine. 2020, 35,6 ,1432. 14. roomi, ali b. et al. evaluation of bone mineral density, serum osteocalcin, and osteopontin levels in postmenopausal women with type 2 diabetes mellitus, with/without osteoporosis. journal of osteoporosis 2022. 2022. 15. park, sung keun, et al. fasting glucose level and the risk of incident osteoporosis in the koreans. bone . 2021, 142 , 115690. 16.fang, lingna, et al. a cross-sectional study: an assessment of low muscle mass and osteoporosis in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients with a high glycated hemoglobin level. therapeutic advances in chronic disease . 2021, 12, 20406223211026762. 17. kuchuk, natalia o., et al. vitamin d status, parathyroid function, bone turnover, and bmd in postmenopausal women with osteoporosis: global perspective. journal of bone and mineral research . 2009, 24,4, 693-701. 18. chen, hailing, jufen li, and qian wang. associations between bone-alkaline phosphatase and bone mineral density in adults with and without diabetes. medicine . 2018, 97,17. 19.siddapur, priyanka ramappa. a study to compare serum calcium level between diabetic and non-diabetic post-menopausal women with osteoporosis. medicine . 2019, 97,17 20. shakoor, sadaf, et al. prevalence of osteoporosis in relation to serum calcium and phosphorus in aging women. j glob innov agric soc sci . 2014, 2,2 , 70-5 21. raikou, vaia d., despina kyriaki, ; sotiris gavriil. importance of serum phosphate in elderly patients with diabetes mellitus. world journal of diabetes . 2020, 11,10 416. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 170 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. biological evaluation and antioxidant studies of nio, pdo and pt nanoparticles synthesized from a new schiff base complexes abstract this research included the preparation of ni, pd oxide and pt metal nanoparticles derived from schiff base (e)-2-(((2,5-dichlorophenyl)imino)methyl)-4-methyl phenol octahedral from ni(ii) complex and square planar from pd(ii) and pt(ii) complexes using pulsed laser ablation immersed in deionized water. the optical properties of the prepared nio, pdo, and pt nanoparticles were investigated using uv-visible spectra and ftir spectrophotometer. the shape and structure were analyzed by transmission electron microscope (tem) and the x-ray diffraction instrument xrd. by using the scherrer equation, the results showed ni, pd, and pt nanos with average particle sizes of 28.53nm, 20.47nm, and 22.30nm. the biological activity of the nanocomposites was tested against two types of escherichia coli, staphylococcus aureus bacteria, and one type of fungus, such as candida albicans, using antibiotics (ceftriaxone and metronidazole), showing promising results and the dpph radical scanning activity is a standard test in studies of antioxidant activity for them. keywords: schiff base, xrd, nano composites, antioxidants. 1. introduction laser ablation is a type of heating technique where materials such as metal and compounds are melted and evaporated by using a laser beam to generate the nanostructures under a high vacuum system [1,2]. nowadays, nanotechnology is the first and most important technology because it is a multifunctional technology despite previous scientists have done in their studies, research, and scientific creativity in reducing the size of the particles that make up the material and its impact on the different properties [3-6]. colloidal copper nanoparticles were prepared by pulsed (nd: doi: 10.30526/35.4.2864 article history: received 3 june 2022, accepted 27 june 2022, published in october 2022. adnan abduljabbar amer department of chemistry, college of education for pure science/ ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. iraq. adnanalkaabi12@gmail.com ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index lekaa k. abdul karem department of chemistry, college of education for pure science/ ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. iraq. likaa.k.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:adnanalkaabi12@gmail.com mailto:likaa.k.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 171 yag) laser ablation in water and acetone. the size and optical properties of the nanoparticles were diagnosed by transmission electron microscopy and uv-visible spectrometry. the copper particles were relatively spherical, and their average diameter in water was 30 nm, whereas, in acetone, much smaller particles were produced with an average diameter of 3 nm [7]. spherical cadmium oxide (cdo) nanoparticles were prepared using pulsed laser ablation (1064 nm, 7 nm, 10 hz, 80 mj) from the target cadmium sheets immersed in deionized water. the optical properties of the prepared cdo nanoparticles were investigated by visible spectrophotometer. ultraviolet shape and structure were analyzed by scanning electron microscopy and transmission electron microscopy[8]. new complexes of cobalt (ii), copper (ii), nickel (ii), manganese (ii), and zinc (ii) with phthalic anhydride (pl) compounds were synthesized. the prepared complexes were diagnosed using spectroscopic methods. the stability of the complexes on the laser beam was also proven. the results proved that the complexes were stable under the influence of the laser beam used for 10-30 seconds [9]. in this study, the nickel, palladium, and platinum nanoparticles were prepared and diagnosed using the laser ablation method. 2.experimental 2.1. materials and instruments nano of nickel, palladium oxides, and metal platinum were prepared by laser ablation using a pulsed laser type ac220v/50hz (nd yag laser). the chemicals which were used in this study have high purity. the nickel, palladium, and platinum complex disc were pressed under a pressure of 20 pa to produce a compact disc. the ultrasonic cell desrupter collected the samples of the nanoscale oxides. ultra violet-visible spectra are performed on a shimadzu uv160a. the ftir spectra are verified via ftir 8400s spectrophotometer on 4000-400 cm-1in kbr discs. x-ray diffraction device (xrd) type expert phillips holland. transmission electron microscope tem type em10c, 100 kv, germany. 2.2. preparation of nano oxides nickel, palladium, and platinum complexes were prepared from the reaction of the new schiff base ligand (e)-2-(((2,5-dichlorophenyl)imino)methyl)-4-methyl phenol with the salts of chlorides of the elements as shown in figure(1). each of (0.05 g) [ni(l)2(h2o)2], [pd(l)2] and [pt(l)2] complexes were pressed under 20 pa to provide a compact disc. the tablet was then placed in a 100 ml beaker containing deionized water. the sample was irradiated using a pulsed laser device at a dose of 100 mg, 4 hz, and 300 pulses, and the color was changed to brown. the solution was then collected by filtration, and the supernatant and collected by centrifugation at 14,000 rpm to collect the solid nanoparticles. the concentration of the nanoparticle solution is .0.1 mg/ml. h2o cl o n cl h3c cl o n cl ch3 ni h2o cl o n cl h3c cl o n cl ch3 m m= pd and pt figure 1.the preparation of schiff base ligand ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 172 2.3biological activity the prepared compounds were tested against one type of fungi, such as candida albicans, and two types of bacteria, such as escharia coli and staphylococcus aureus, by disc diffusion technique. the sample solution was prepared in dmso as solvent from the concentration of 0.001m. the dishes were brooded for 24 h at room temperature and then the inhibition's diameter was measured and this indicated the growth of bacteria and fungi [10-12]. 24.antioxidant study radical scavenging of 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl (dpph). the assessment of dpph radical scanning activity is a standard test in antioxidant activity studies. it is a rapid technique to assay the radical scavenging activity of specific compounds [13]. all compounds' free radical scavenging effects and associations were evaluated with dpph radicals at different concentrations (25, 50, and 100) μg/ml. after 30 min of incubation in the dark, the absorbance (a) was recorded against a blank at 517 nm using a spectrophotometer (uv-vis shimadzu), and ic inhibition of dpph color values was calculated. dpph inhibition percentage (antioxidant activity %) was calculated using the following formula [14-16]: antioxidant % = a blank – a sample / a blank× 100; where a blank is the absorbance of the blank, and a sample is the absorbance of the sample. experiments were duplicated. 3. results and discussion 3.1 ftir spectrum of nanoparticles the infrared spectrum of nio nanoparticles showed a band at 1342cm-1 belonging to the late ch. it also shows the absorption band at 829 cm-1 due to the stretchy vibration of the (c-c) group. the absorption bands at cm-1 (543-559) belong to the ni-o bond, which confirms the formation of nickel oxide nanoparticles, nio nps, as shown in figure 2. [17,18]. the infrared spectrum of the palladium oxide nanoparticles, pdo, showed a band at 438 cm-1 due to the bending vibration of the lattice ch group. it also shows the absorption band at 875 cm-1 due to the stretchy vibration of the (c-c) group, and the absorption band at 617 cm-1 and this indicated the presence of a pd-o bond, as shown in figure 3. the infrared spectrum of the platinum metal nanoparticles (pt) showed a band in the range of (2924-2850 cm-1) and 1338 cm-1 and this due to the stretchable and flexural vibration of the ch group 1438cm-1 alpha. ) as shown in figure 4 [19, 20]. figure 2. ft-ir spectrum of nio nps ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 173 figure 3. ft-ir spectrum of pdo nps figure 4. ft-ir spectrum of pt nps 3.2. uv-visible spectra the ultraviolet spectrum of the nickel oxide and palladium nanoparticles showed absorption peaks at (230 nm and 204) due to the π-π* electron transition and (266,300,386) nm to the π-π* electron transition and the charge transfer spectrum, which indicates the formation of nickel oxide and palladium oxide nanoparticles, respectively, as in figures (5 and 6). this agrees with what was stated in the previous literature [21,22]. as for the uv-visible spectrum of the platinum nano-metal in figure 7, it showed an absorption peak at 268 nm due to the electronic ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 174 transition of π-π*, which is consistent with what was stated in the literature [23]. figure 5. uv spectrum of nickel oxide nanoparticles figure 6. uv spectrum of palladum oxide nanoparticles figure 7. uv spectrum of the platinum nano metal 3.3. transmission electron microscope (tem) the transmission electron microscope is one of the techniques that are adopted to reach a highresolution image of materials at the nano scale, as the measurement of the electron beam inside the sample to be examined is known. the tem measurement in figure (8) of nickel oxide showed the presence of ball-like structures whose size ranges between 70 nm and 97 nm in addition to irregular shaped structures whose sizes ranged from 61 nm to 92 nm. the distribution of nanoparticles in figure (9) proved that the distribution was within the range of 40-90 nm. figure (10) showed the presence of regular geometric structures similar to balls with sizes 13-18 nm in addition to regular geometric structures similar to rectangles with dimensions of 22 * 13 and 15 * 10 nm. the distribution of nanoparticles in figure (11) proved that the distribution was within the range of 2-22 nm. it is characteristic that the resulting structures had rough surfaces, which indicates that the result of aggregates of nanoparticles smaller than nickel oxide. this is evidence of the successful formation of nickel oxide nanoparticles from its complexes. the measurement contains most of the areas in the form of light areas, which indicates that the nanoparticles of nickel ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 175 oxide do not accumulate, and this is due to the presence of ligands that act as inhibitors of particles gathering [24]. figure 8.tem measurement of spherical and irregularly shaped nio nps figure 9. tem measurement of spherical and irregularly shaped nio nps figure 9.tem measurement of spherical and rectangular nio nps figure 11. distribution of spherical and irregular nio nps the tem measurement in figure (12) of palladium oxide showed the presence of a tubular structure with a length not exceeding 720 nm and a diameter not exceeding 85 nm. figure (13) shows the surface of this tube, which contains semi-regular spherical structures with a diameter within the range of 4-19 nm. the distribution of nanoparticles in figure (14) proved that the distribution was within the range of 2-18 nm. the presence of these small particles confirms that the tubes are composed of smaller nanoparticles lined up next to each other to form palladium oxide nanotubes [25]. figure 12.tem measurement of pdo nanotubes figure 13. tem measurement of the surface of pdo nanotubes ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 176 figure 14. distribution of spherical palladium oxide nanoparticles on the surface of a palladium nanotube in figure (15), the tem measurement of platinum nanoparticles was found in the form of hexagons of platinum nanoparticles, with a side length of approximately 38-40 nm, a width of 69 nm, and a length of 77 nm. the measurement also showed that the nano-platinum might be in the form of long, irregular chains with a diameter within the range of 65-12 nm, as shown in figures (16 and 17) [26]. figure 15. tem measurement of platinum hexagons figure 16. tem measurement of platinum nano chains figure 17. distribution of platinum nano-chains 3.4. the x-ray diffraction the x-ray diffraction measurement in figure (18) showed the presence of the main peaks of nickel oxide, which appeared at 37.4014, 43.5194, 63.0645, 75.8147, and 77.7895 degrees, with fwhm values of 0.2952, 0.3444, 0.1968, 0.6888 and 0.4800 degrees, which correspond to miller's coefficients. the following are: 111, 200, 220, 311, and 222 which correspond to jcpds 47-1049 [27]. the size of the nickel oxide nanoparticles was calculated using the scherrer equation, and it ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 177 was found that the average size was 28.53 nm. this size greatly agrees with the sizes of nickel oxide nanospheres and rectangles determined by the tem technique, as shown in table (1). the measurement also shows the presence of other peaks, which can be attributed to the ligand or complex residue surrounding the nickel oxide nanoparticles. figure 18. x-ray diffraction of nio nps table 1. x-ray diffraction information for nio nps and average particle size calculated by scherrer equation pos. [°2th.] height [cts] fwhm [°2th.] particle size (nm) average particle size (nm) 37.4014 3913.45 0.2952 29.70 28.53 43.5194 8132.74 0.3444 25.96 63.0645 3409.23 0.1968 49.50 75.8147 1029.25 0.6888 15.28 77.7895 416.53 0.4800 22.23 the x-ray diffraction measurement in figure (19) showed the presence of the main peaks of palladium oxide, which appeared at 33.2, 42.3, 53.8, 62.5, and 70.1 degrees, with fwhm values of 0.63725, 0.43585, 0.977, 0.53279 and 0. 25 degrees which correspond to the following miller's coefficients: 101, 110, 112, 103, and 202, respectively, which corresponds to jcpdf 85-0624 [28]. the measurement also indicated the presence of other peaks, which can be attributed to the ligand or complex residues surrounding the palladium oxide nanoparticles. the size of the palladium oxide nanoparticles was calculated using the scherrer equation, and it was found that the average size was 20.47 nm. this size is in great agreement with the sizes of the palladium oxide nano spheres found on the surface of the palladium oxide nanotubes determined by tem technology, as shown in table (2). figure 19. x-ray diffraction of nano scale pdo nps table 2. x-ray diffraction information for pdo nps and average particle size calculated by scherrer equation ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 178 pos. [°2th.] height [cts] fwhm [°2th.] particle size (nm) average particle size (nm) 33.2 6875.4 0.63725 13.60 20.47 42.3 1691.2 0.43585 20.43 53.8 1052.8 0.977 9.53 62.5 814.8 0.53279 18.23 70.1 408.8 0.25 40.57 the x-ray diffraction measurement in figure (20) showed the presence of the main peaks of platinum metal, which appeared at 39.8066, 47.7100, and 66.4561 degrees, with fwhm values of 0.41104, 0.39437, and 0.44325 degrees, which correspond to the following miller's coefficients: 111, 200 and 220, respectively which corresponds to jcpdf 4-802 [29]. the measurement also indicated the presence of other peaks, which can be attributed to the ligand or complex residues surrounding the alilatin nanometal. the size of platinum nanoparticles was calculated using the scherrer equation, and it was found that the average size was 22.30 nm. this size is in great agreement with the sizes of the specific platinum nano-chains determined by tem technology, as shown in table (3). the measurement also showed the presence of other peaks, which can be attributed to the ligand or complex residues surrounding the alilatin nanometal. figure 20.x-ray diffraction of a pt nps table 3. x-ray diffraction information for pt nps and average particle size calculated by scherrer equation pos. [°2th.] height [cts] fwhm [°2th.] particle size (nm) average particle size (nm) 39.8066 10530.12 0.41104 21.49 22.30 47.7100 4497.69 0.39437 23.02 66.4561 673.38 0.44325 22.40 3.5. biological activity study the biological activity of the prepared new nio, pdo, and pt was studied against the selected type of microorganisms. it included gram-positive bacteria such as staphylococcus aureus and gram-negative bacteria, such as e.coli, in the agar diffusion method, which is used (dmso) as a solvent. the nanocomposites showed a good activity against two types of positive and negative bacteria and one type of candida albicans, as shown in table (4) and figure (21) [30]. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 179 table 4. diameter of the antibiotic inhibition circuit for nano composites figure 21. the inhibition diameter of oxides (nickel and palladium) and nano platinum for two types of bacteria and one type of fungi. 3.6. the study of antioxidants the dpph method was used as the schiff base ligand's antioxidant activity, the prepared complexes, the oxides (nickel and palladium), and platinum nanoparticles free radicals [31]. the percentage of antioxidant activity of the ligand and some of the prepared complexes were evaluated by scavenging the free radicals of the dpph molecule according to the following equation: the results showed that the color of the dpph solution changed from purple to light yellow due to the dissolution of free radicals by ligands and complexes, donating hydrogen to form a stable molecule dpph-h. this means that it possesses antioxidant activity because it contains the proton that can give it to scavenge free radicals. then it can use it to inhibit the growth of cancer cells, as the ligand and its complexes were able to scavenge the free radical on the dpph molecule by donating one of the protons in the ligand or complexes. scavenger activity % = 100 (a0 at \ a0) * 100 compounds escherichia coli staphylococcus aureus candida albicans ceftriaxone 35 30 0 metronidazoleole 0 0 15 nio nps 39 20 17 pdo nps 32 18 12 pt nps 33 27 15 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 180 where a0 is the absorbance of dpph, it represents the absorbance of the extracted solution with dpph. as for the effectiveness of nickel and palladium oxide particles and platinum nanoparticles, ic50 cannot be estimated because the higher concentration and the lower the effectiveness [32]. table 5. the percentage of free radical scavenging or the percentage of antioxidants for a period of 30 min 4.conclusion nio, pdo, and pt nanos, with average particle sizes of 28.53nm, 20.47, and 22.30, respectively, were successfully synthesized by laser ablation in a liquid environment. the optical characterization was studied using uv-vis spectrophotometer and ft-ir. the material structure was investigated using xrd, and the morphological properties were studied using tem techniques. the experimental results of xrd and ft-ir analyses confirmed the formation of nio, pdo, and pt nanos phases. references 1. goutam, s. p.; saxena, g.; roy, d.; yadav, a. k.; bharagava, r. n.. green synthesis of nanoparticles and their applications in water and wastewater treatment. in bioremediation of industrial waste for environmental safety, springer, singapore. 2020: 349-379. 2. amendola, v.; meneghetti, m. what controls the composition and the structure of nanomaterials generated by laser ablation in liquid solution?. physical chemistry chemical physics. 2013,15(9): 3027-3046. 3. anastas, p.; eghbali, n. green chemistry: principles and practice. chemical society reviews. 2010, 39(1): 301-312. 4. mafuné, f.; kohno, j. y.; takeda, y.; kondow, t.; sawabe, h. formation of gold nanoparticles by laser ablation in aqueous solution of surfactant. the journal of physical chemistry b, 2001. 105(22): 5114-5120. 5. rao, s. v.; podagatlapalli, g. k.; hamad, s. ultrafast laser ablation in liquids for nanomaterials and applications. journal of nanoscience and nanotechnology.2014, 14(2): 1364-1388. 6. tsuji, t.; thang, d. h.; okazaki, y.; nakanishi, m.; tsuboi, y.; tsuji, m. preparation of silver nanoparticles by laser ablation in polyvinylpyrrolidone solutions. applied surface science. 2008, 254(16): 5224-5230. 7. tilaki, r. m.; mahdavi, s. m. size, composition and optical properties of copper nanoparticles prepared by laser ablation in liquids. applied physics a. 2007, 88(2): 415419. 9+9+99+ conc. µg ic50 tested with dpph 25 50 100 vit.c 89.16 93.68 95.68 14 nio nps 19.08 18.09 17.03 -- pdo nps 16.82 14.55 8.76 -- pt nps 19.78 13.99 11.08 -- ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 181 8. mostafa, a. m.; yousef, s. a.; eisa, w. h., ewaida, m. a.; al-ashkar, e. a. synthesis of cadmium oxide nanoparticles by pulsed laser ablation in liquid environment. optik. 2017,144: 679-684. 9. salih, b. d.; dalaf, a. h.; alheety, m. a.; rashed, w. m.; abdullah, i. q. biological activity and laser efficacy of new co (ii), ni (ii), cu (ii), mn (ii) and zn (ii) complexes with phthalic anhydride. materials today: proceedings. 2021, 43: 869-874. 10. tweedy b., phytopathology, 1964,55: 910914. 11. srivastava, k. p.; sunil kumar singh; bir prakash m., journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research. 2015, (7):197-203. 12. abdel-rahman, l. h.; abu-dief, a. m.; moustafa, h.; abdel-mawgoud, a. a. h. design and nonlinear optical properties (nlo) using dft approach of new cr (iii), vo (ii), and ni (ii) chelates incorporating tri-dentate imine ligand for dna interaction, antimicrobial, anticancer activities and molecular docking studies. arabian journal of chemistry. 2020, 13(1): 649-670. 13. olszowy, m.; dawidowicz, a. l. is it possible to use the dpph and abts methods for reliable estimation of antioxidant power of colored compounds?. chemical papers. 2018, 72(2): 393-400. 14. alsaady, t. a.; madlum, k. n.; obied, h. n. effect of antioxidants on cisplatin-induced cytotoxicity and oxidative stress in colon cancer cells. eurasian journal of biosciences. 2020,14(2). 15. el malah, t.; nour, h. f.; satti, a. a.; hemdan, b. a.; el-sayed, w. a. design, synthesis, and antimicrobial activities of 1, 2, 3-triazole glycoside clickamers. molecules. 2020, 25(4): 790. 16. kareem, m. j.; al‐hamdani, a. a. s.; jirjees, v. y.; khan, m. e.; allaf, a. w.; al zoubi, w. preparation, spectroscopic study of schiff base derived from dopamine and metal ni (ii), pd (ii), and pt (iv) complexes, and activity determination as antioxidants. journal of physical organic chemistry. 2021, 34(3): e4156. 17. prabhu, s.;thangadurai, t. d.; bharathy, p. v.; & kalugasalam, p. synthesis and characterization of nickel oxide nanoparticles using clitoria ternatea flower extract: photocatalytic dye degradation under sunlight and antibacterial activity applications. results in chemistry. 2022, 4: 100285. 18. refat, m. s.; saad, h. a.; gobouri, a. a.; alsawat, m.; belgacem, k.; majrashi, b. m.; adam, a. m. a. synthesis, characterization, and photocatalytic efficiency of a new smart pdo oxide nano materials for using in the recycling and sustainable wastewater treatment. bulletin of the chemical society of ethiopia. 2021 ,35(1):107-118. 19. al-obidi, l. k.; t. h. al-noor., synthesis, spectral and bacterial studies of mixed ligand complexes of schiff base derived from methyldopa and anthranilic acid with some metal ions. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2018, 235-247. 20. naji, shaymaa h.; lekaa k. abdul karim; falih h. mousa. synthesis, spectroscopic and biological studies of a new some complexes with n-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-benzene-1, 2diamine. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2017, 26.1: 193-207. 21. sabouri, z.; akbari, a.; hosseini, h. a.; khatami, m.; darroudi, m. green-based biosynthesis of nickel oxide nanoparticles in arabic gum and examination of their cytotoxicity, photocatalytic and antibacterial effects. green chemistry letters and reviews. 2021 ,14(2): 404-414. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 182 22. refat, m. s.; saad, h. a.; gobouri, a. a.; alsawat, m.; belgacem, k.; majrashi, b. m.; adam, a. m. a. synthesis, characterization, and photocatalytic efficiency of new smart pdo oxide nanomaterials for using in the recycling and sustainable wastewater treatment. bulletin of the chemical society of ethiopia. 2021, 35(1):107-118. 23. poddar, a. k.; patel, s. s.; patel, h. d. synthesis, characterization and applications of conductive polymers: a brief review. polymers for advanced technologies. 2021, 32(12): 4616-4641. 24. alheety, m. a.; al-jibori, s. a.; ali, a. h.; mahmood, a. r.; akbaş, h., karadağ, a.; ahmed, m. h. ag (i)-benzisothiazolinone complex: synthesis, characterization, h2 storage ability, nano transformation to different ag nanostructures and ag nanoflakes antimicrobial activity. materials research express. 2019, 6(12): 125071. 25. vinodhini, s.; vithiya, b. s. m.; prasad, t. a. a. green synthesis of palladium nanoparticles using aqueous plant extracts and its biomedical applications. journal of king saud university-science. 2022,34(4): 102017. 26. mahajan, a.; deshpande, p.; butee, s. synthesis and characterization of nio/zno composite prepared by solid-state reaction method. materials today: proceedings. 2022,50: 1912-1917. 27. yan, h.; zhang, d.; xu, j.; lu, y.; liu, y.; qiu, k.; luo, y. solution growth of nio nanosheets supported on ni foam as high-performance electrodes for supercapacitors. nanoscale research letters. 2014, 9(1): 1-7. 28. gao, s.; hu, s.; luo, g.; sun, s.; zhang, x. 2, 2′-bipyridine palladium (ii) complexes derived n-doped carbon encapsulated palladium nanoparticles for formic acid oxidation. electrochimica acta. 2022, 413: 140179. 29. eltaweil, a. s.; fawzy, m.; hosny, m.; abd el-monaem, e. m.; tamer, t. m.; omer, a. m. green synthesis of platinum nanoparticles using atriplex halimus leaves for potential antimicrobial, antioxidant, and catalytic applications. arabian journal of chemistry. 2022,15(1): 103517. 30. al-zinkee, j. m. m.; jarad, a. j. synthesis, spectral studies and microbial evaluation of azo dye ligand complexes with some transition metals. journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research. 2019, 11(1): 98-103. 31. al-hamdani, a. a. s.; balkhi, a., falah, a.; shaker, s. a. new azo-schiff base derived with ni (ii), co (ii), cu (ii), pd (ii) and pt (ii) complexes: preparation, spectroscopic investigation, structural studies and biological activity. journal of the chilean chemical society. 2015, 60(1): 2774-2785. 32. al-haidari, a. s.; al-tamimi, e. o. synthesis of new 5-aryl tetrazoline and evaluation of their antifungal and antibacterial activity. egyptian journal of chemistry. 2021, 64(10): 34. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 47 ح generalize partial metric spaces norhan i. abdullah laith k. shaakir department of mathematics, college of computer and mathematics sciences, university of tikrit, tikrit, iraq esamanorhan221@gmail.com dr.laithkhaleel@tu.edu.iq abstract the purpose of this research is to introduce a concept of general partial metric spaces as a generalization of partial metric space, give some results and properties and find relations between the general partial metric space, partial metric spaces and d-metric spaces. keywords: partial metric space, d-metric space, general partial metric space. 1 introduction and preliminaries metric spaces are very important in mathematics introduced and studied by the french mathematicians. many researchers tried to generalized the metric space to different types for example, b-metric space defined by stefan czerwik [1], g-metric space defined by mustafa and sims [2], 2-metric space defined by gahler [3], d*-metric space[4], partial metric space defined by mathews[5] and d-metric space defined by dhage [11] first , give some definitions and properties of the partial metric spaces that can be found in [510] a non-empty set 𝑌 is said to be partial metric space if there exists a function 𝑝: 𝑌2 → [0, ∞) satisfies the following condition: p1 𝛼 = 𝛽 ↔ 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼) = 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽) = 𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽) p2 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼) ≤ 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽) p3 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛼) p4 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) ≤ 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝜇) + 𝑝 (𝜇 , 𝛽 ) – 𝑝(𝜇, 𝜇) ∀ 𝛼 , 𝛽 and 𝜇 ∈ y ,where 𝑝 is a partial metric on 𝑌 . a basic example of a partial metric space is (𝑅+, 𝑝), where 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) = max{𝛼, 𝛽} ∀𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ 𝑅+ ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2566 article history: received 2, february, 2020, accepted20, february, 2020, published in january 2021 mailto:esamanorhan221@gmail.com mailto:dr.laithkhaleel@tu.edu.iq 48 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 also, the partial metric space p on 𝑌 generates a 𝑇0 topology 𝜏𝑝on 𝑌 , which has as a base of family open balls{𝐵𝑝(𝛼, 𝜖) ∶ 𝛼 ∈ 𝑌 , 𝜖 > 0}, where 𝐵𝑝(𝛼, ) = {𝛽 ∈ 𝑌: 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) < 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼) + ϵ} ∀ 𝛼 ∈ y and 𝜖 > 0. (see [9]) the sequence {𝛼n} in a partial metric space (𝑌, 𝑝) converge sequence if 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛→∞ 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼𝑛) = 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼) the sequence {𝛼𝑛} in a partial metric space (𝑌, 𝑝) is said to be cauchy sequences if lim𝑛,𝑚 →∞ 𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚) exists (finite). the partial metric space (𝑌, 𝑝) is said to be complete if every cauchy sequence {𝛼𝑛 } convergent to a point 𝛼 in y. a mapping 𝐹: (𝑌, 𝑝) → (𝑌 `, 𝑝`) is said to be continuous at 𝛼0∈y, if for every𝜖 > 0, there exists 𝛿 > 0 such that f(b𝑝(𝛼0, δ )) ⊆ b𝑝(f𝛼0, ϵ ). (see [10]) if p is a partial metric space, then the function 𝑝𝑠: 𝑌2 → 𝑅+ defined by 𝑝𝑠(𝛼 , 𝛽) = 2𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼) – 𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽) is a metric on y (see [6]) not that, the sequence {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence in a partial metric space(𝑌, 𝑝) if and only if {𝛼n} is a cauchy sequence in the metric space(𝑌, 𝑝 𝑠). (see [9], [10]) a partial metric space (𝑌, 𝑝) is said complete if and only if the metric space (𝑌, 𝑝𝑠) is complete. furthermore,limn→∞ p 𝑠(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼) = 0 if and only if 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛→∞𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚 →∞𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚). (𝑠𝑒𝑒[9] , [10]) second, we recall definition of d-metric space that can be found in [11], [12], [13] a non-empty set y is said to be d-metric space if there exists a function 𝐷: 𝑌3 → [0, ∞) satisfies the following conditions: d1. 𝐷(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 0 ⇔ 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾 d2. 𝐷(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝐷(𝛽, 𝛼, 𝛾) = 𝐷(𝛾, 𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝐷 (𝛽, 𝛾, 𝛼) = … (𝑆𝛽𝑚𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝛽) d3. 𝐷(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) ≤ 𝐷(𝜇 , 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷(𝛼, 𝜇, 𝛾) + 𝐷(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜇) ∀α, β, γ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜇 ∈ 𝑌, where d is d-metric on 𝑌 . y if for given𝜖 > 0, a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in d-metric space (𝑌, 𝐷) is said converge to 𝛼∈ there exists a positive integer 𝔪0 such that𝐷(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼 ) < 𝜖 ∀ 𝑚 ≥ 𝔪 0, 𝑛 ≥ 𝔪0. [13] a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in d-metric space (𝑌, 𝐷) is said cauchy if for given 𝜖 > 0; there exists an positive integer 𝔪0 such that d(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) < ϵ ∀m ≥ 𝔪0, n ≥ 𝔪0, l ≥ 𝔪0.[13] a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in d-metric space (𝑌, 𝐷) is said to be complete if every cauchy sequence in y converges to a point 𝛼 in y. a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in d-metric space (𝑌, 𝐷) converges strongly to an element 𝛼 in y if (𝑖)𝐷(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛, 𝑚 → ∞. (𝑖𝑖) {𝐷(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼𝑛 )} converges to 𝐷(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) ∀ 𝛽 ∈ 𝑌. [13] a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in d-metric space (𝑌, 𝐷) is said to be very strongly converges to an element 𝛼 in y if 49 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 (𝑖)𝐷(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛, 𝑚 → ∞. (𝑖𝑖){𝐷(𝛽, 𝑧 , 𝛼𝑛)} 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑒𝑠 𝑡𝑜 𝐷(𝛽, 𝑧, 𝛼) ∀𝛽, 𝑧 ∈ 𝑌 . [13] 2. generalize partial metric spaces definition 1 a non-empty set y is said to be a general partial metric space if there exists a function 𝐷𝑝: 𝑌 3 → [0, ∞) satisfy the following condition: dp1. 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) ⇔ 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾 dp2. 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) dp3. 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛼, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾, 𝛼) = … (𝑆𝛽𝑚𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝛽) dp4. 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽, 𝛾) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝜇, 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝜇, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜇) − 𝐷𝑝(𝜇, 𝜇, 𝜇) ∀ 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜇 ∈ 𝑌, where 𝐷𝑝 is general partial metric space on y. so, given an example of a general partial metric space we obtain example 2 let 𝑌 = [0, ∞) and define a function 𝐷𝑝 on 𝑌 3 by 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{ 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾} then 𝐷𝑝 is a general partial metric space on y. solution: 1) since 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾} = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼} = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽} = 𝑚𝑎𝛼 {𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾} if and only if 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾 then 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) if and only if 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾 2) 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼} = 𝛼 ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾} = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) . 3) trivial 4) since 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾} ≤ 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝜇, 𝛽, 𝛾} + 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝜇, 𝛾} + 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜇}– 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝜇, 𝜇, 𝜇} then 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇, 𝜇, 𝜇) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝜇, 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝜇, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜇) ⎕ definition 3 let (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be a general partial metric space, then (1) a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) converges to a point 𝛼 ∈ 𝑌if limn ,m →∞ d𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) = d𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) (2) a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is cauchy sequence if limn ,m ,l →∞ d𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) exists (finite) (3) a general partial metric space (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is said to be complete if every cauchy sequence is converge to a point 𝛼 in y. (4) a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is a strongly converge to 𝛼 if 50 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 i. 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) → 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 , 𝑚 → ∞ ii. 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼𝑛) → 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼) 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ ∀𝛽 ∈ 𝑌 (5) a sequence {𝛼𝑛} in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is a very strongly converge to 𝛼 if i. 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) → 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 , 𝑚 → ∞ ii. 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛾, 𝛼𝑛) → 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛾, 𝛼) 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ ∀ 𝛽 , 𝛾 ∈ 𝑌 (6) for 𝛼 ∈ 𝑌 and 𝜖 > 0, the open ball of the general partial metric space with center 𝛼 and radius 𝜖 is 𝐵𝐷𝑝 (𝛼, 𝜖) = { 𝛽 ∈ 𝑌 ∶ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) < 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) + 𝜖}. (7) a mapping 𝐹: ( 𝑌 , 𝐷𝑝) → ( 𝑌 ′, 𝐷𝑝′) is said to be continuous at 𝛼 if for each open ball 𝐵𝐷𝑝 (𝐹(𝛼), 𝜖′) in (𝑌 ′, 𝐷𝑝′) there exists a ball 𝐵𝑝(𝛼 , 𝜖) in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) such that 𝐹(𝐵𝐷𝑝 (𝛼 , 𝜖)) ⊆ 𝐵𝐷𝑝 (𝐹(𝛼), 𝜖′). not that, if {𝛼𝑛} is a converge sequence in(𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) then the converge point is not unique. example4 let 𝑌 = [0, ∞) with 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾} then (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is a general partial metric observe that if the sequence {1 + 1 𝑛2 }, 𝛼 ≥ 1 then 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚→∞𝑚𝑎𝛼{1 + 1 𝑛2 , 1 + 1 𝑚2 , 𝛼} = 𝛼 = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼). hence, every 𝛼 ∈ [1, ∞) is a convergent point for the sequence {1 + 1 𝑛2 }. thus, the converge point is not unique. theorem 5 every converge sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is a cauchy sequence. proof: let (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be a general partial metric space and {𝛼𝑛} is a converge sequence to 𝛼 and 𝜖 > 0. since {𝛼𝑛} is converge to 𝛼 then there exists 𝑘 ∈ 𝑁 such that |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚 , 𝛼) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) | < 𝜖 ∀ 𝑛, 𝑚 > 𝑘 so that 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) ≤ 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) + 𝜖 ∀ 𝑛, 𝑚, 𝑙 > 𝐾 hence, limn ,m ,l→∞ d𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) exists, thus {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence. ⎕ remark 6 it is clear from the definition that every strong converge sequence is a converge but the opposite is not true, as we see in example (4) that a sequence {𝛼𝑛} = {1 + 1 𝑛2 } is a converge to 2 but not strongly a converge to 2, to see this 51 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 take 1 < 𝛽 < 2, 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛→∞𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼𝑛) = 𝛽 ≠ 2 = 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 2) thus, 𝛼𝑛 = {1 + 1 𝑛2 } is not strongly converging to 2. theorem 7 if {𝛼𝑛} is a strongly converge, then the converge point is unique. proof let {𝛼𝑛} be a strongly converge to w, 𝔃 {𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼𝑛)}is real sequence converge to 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝑤) , 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽, 𝓏) since the converge point is unique ∴ 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝑤) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝓏) ∀ 𝛽 take 𝛽 = 𝓏 then 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝑤) = 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏) … 1 take 𝛽 = 𝑤 then 𝐷𝑝(𝑤, 𝑤, 𝑤) = 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝓏) … 2 by defying 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝓏) ∀ 𝛽 if 𝛽 = 𝑤 then 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝓏) = 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤) ∴ 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤) … 3 also, 𝐷𝑝(𝑤, 𝑤, 𝑤) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝑤) ∀ 𝛽 if 𝛽 = 𝓏 then 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝑤) = 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏) ∴ 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏) … 4 𝑏𝛽 3, 4; 𝑤𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤) = 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏) ∴ 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝓏) = 𝐷𝑝(𝑤 , 𝑤 , 𝑤) = 𝐷𝑝(𝓏 , 𝓏 , 𝓏), 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠 𝑤 = 𝓏. ⎕ example 8 let 𝑌 = [0, ∞) and 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾} then ( 𝑌 , 𝐷𝑝) is general partial metric space as we see in example 2, if 𝛼n= 2 1 𝑛, then the sequence {𝛼𝑛} is a very strongly converge to1. indeed 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) = 𝑚𝑎𝛼 {2 1 𝑛, 2 1 𝑚, 1} → 1 = 𝐷𝑝(1, 1, 1) 𝑎𝑠 𝑛, 𝑚 → ∞ 𝐴𝑙𝑠𝑜 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛾, 𝛼𝑛 ) = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛽, 𝛾, 2 1 𝑛} ⟶ 𝑚𝑎𝛼{𝛽, 𝛾, 1} 𝑎𝑠 𝑛 → ∞ ∀ 𝛽, 𝛾 ∈ 𝑌 remark 9 it is clear from definition that every very strong converge sequence is a strongly converge, so that if {𝛼𝑛} is very strongly converge then the converge point is unique. theorem 10 let (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be general partial metric space, if 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 0 then 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾 proof 52 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 we have 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼 ) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 0 , 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) ≤ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 0 ⇒ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾 , 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 0 therefore 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾. ⎕ remark 11 if 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾, then 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽, 𝛾) may not be zero. 3. relations between d-metric, partial metric and general partial metric spaces theorem 12 let ( 𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be a general partial metric space, then the functions 𝐷 𝑔: 𝑌3 → [0, ∞) given by 𝐷 𝑔( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾). (1.1) is a d-metric space on 𝑌 proof 1) since 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛽)– 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) ≥ 0, 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛾)– 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝛼) ≥ 0 , 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼)– 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) ≥ 0 , 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛾)– 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) ≥ 0 , 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛼) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) ≥ 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛽) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) ≥ 0 𝑠𝑜 𝐷 𝑔( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) ≥ 0. 2) 𝐼𝑓 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 0 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛼 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 𝛾) = 0 𝑇𝑎𝑘𝑒 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛾) − 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 0 ⇒ 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛾) … 1 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) − 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 0 ⇒ 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) … 2 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 1&2, 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) … 3 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) = 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) … 4 𝑁𝑜𝑤, 𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) − 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 0 53 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 ⇒ 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) … 5 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛾) − 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 0 ⇒ 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛾) … 6 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 5&6, 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛾) 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) … 7 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) = 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) ⇒ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) … 8 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 4&8, 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) 𝑠𝑜 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝛼 = 𝛽 … 9 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛽) − 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) = 0 ⇒ 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛽) 𝑖𝑓 𝛽 = 𝛼 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) = 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) ⇒ 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) … 10 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾, 𝛾) − 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 0 ⇒ 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾, 𝛾) 𝑖𝑓 𝛽 = 𝛼 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛, 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾, 𝛾) ⇒ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛾, 𝛾) … 11 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 10&11, 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) 𝑠𝑜 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝛼 = 𝛾 … 12 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦 9&12 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾. 3) 𝑇𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑎𝑙 4) 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛾) − 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇) ≥ 0 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝜇) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) ≥ 0 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝜇) − 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) ≥ 0 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝜇)– 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) ≥ 0 , 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛾)– 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇) ≥ 0 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇) ≥ 0 54 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 when combined, it is more than and equal to zero and when adding these values 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝛽), 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛾), 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼), 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛾), 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝛼), 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝛽), −2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼), −2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽), −2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) 𝑡𝑜 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑒𝑠, 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛽)– 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) ≤ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛽)– 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) − 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇, 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇, 𝜇) = [𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽, 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛽)– 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇)– 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛽)– 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝛾)] + [𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇, 𝜇 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾, 𝜇) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝛼) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇, 𝜇 , 𝜇) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾)] + [𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽 , 𝜇) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝛼) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛽, 𝛽) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇)] ⇒ 𝐷 𝑔( 𝛼 , 𝛽, 𝛾) ≤ 𝐷 𝑔 (𝜇 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝐷 𝑔( 𝛼 , 𝜇, 𝛾) + 𝐷 𝑔( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝜇) ⎕ corollary 13 let (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be a general partial metric space, the function 𝐷 𝑔 : 𝑌3 ⟶ [0, ∞) given by 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛽) − 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) − 2𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) − 3𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) 𝑖𝑠 𝐷 − 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒. (1.2) proof: the prove is similar to theorem 12 remark 14 it is clear from definition that every d-metric space (𝑌, 𝐷) is a general partial metric space(𝑌, 𝐷𝑝), but the converse is not true. as we saw in example 2, by definition of d-metric space if 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾 then 𝐷(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 0 suppose 𝛼 = 5 = 𝛽 = 𝛾 then 𝐷𝑝(5, 5, 5) = 𝑚𝑎𝛼{5, 5, 5} = 5 ≠ 0 lemma 15 let (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be a general partial metric space if {𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚 , 𝛼𝑚 , 𝛼𝑚)} → 𝛼 𝑎𝑠 𝑚 → ∞ and {𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 )} is a cauchy sequence as 𝑛 , 𝑚 , 𝑙 → ∞, then 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) → 𝛼 as 𝑛, 𝑚, 𝑙 ⟶ ∞ where 𝐷 𝑔define in corollary 13. proof since 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) → 𝛼 𝑎𝑠 𝑚 ⟶ ∞, then from every𝜖 > 0 there exists 𝑛0 ∈ 𝑁 such that 55 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝛼| < 𝜖 2 ∀ 𝑚 > 𝑛0, and 𝐷 𝑔 (𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) < 𝜀 2 ∀ 𝑛 , 𝑚, 𝑙 > 𝑛0 𝜖 2 > 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑛) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑛) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑚) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) – 3𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 ). ⇒ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) < 𝜖 2 so that |𝐷𝑝(𝛼n, 𝛼m, 𝛼l) − 𝛼|=|𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝛼| ≤ |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚)| + |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝛼| < 𝜖 2 + 𝜖 2 < 𝜖 hence 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) → 𝛼 𝑎𝑠 𝑛, 𝑚, 𝑙 ⟶ ∞ ⎕ theorem 16 let (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be a general partial metric space, then 𝑖) a sequence {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence in a general partial metric space (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) if and only if {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔). 𝑖𝑖) a general partial metric space (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is complete if (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔) is complete. where 𝐷 𝑔define in corollary 13 proof 𝒊 first, we must prove that each cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is cauchy in (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔). then, there exists 𝛼 ∈ 𝑅 such that, ∀𝜖 > 0 there is 𝑛0 ∈ 𝑁 with |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) − 𝛼| < 𝜖 14 ∀ n, m, l ≥ n0. hence, |dg(𝛼n, 𝛼m, 𝛼l)|= |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑛) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑛) + 𝐷 𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑚 ) − 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) − 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 3𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 )| ≤ |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) − 𝛼| + |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) − 𝛼| + |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑙 ) − 𝛼| + |𝐷 𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑛 ) − 𝛼| + |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) − 𝛼| + |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑛) − 𝛼| + |𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑚) − 𝛼|-2|𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛) − 𝛼 | − 2|𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝛼| − 3|𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 ) − 𝛼| ε 14 < ∀ n, m, l ≥ n0. hence, {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence in(𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔). conversely, now we must prove {𝛼𝑛} is cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) since {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔) 𝑠𝑜 ∀𝜖 > 0, ∃ 𝑛0 ∈ 𝑁 such that 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) < 𝜖 2 ∀𝑛 , 𝑚, 𝑙 > 𝑛0 𝜖 2 >𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑛) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑛) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑚) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) – 3𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 ) 56 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 ⇒ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) ≤ 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) < 𝜖 2 by compensation 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛) to two parties, we have 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) ≤ 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛) < 𝜖 2 + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛) 𝐴𝑛𝑑 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) 𝑠𝑜 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) ≤ 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) < 𝜖 2 + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛) ⇒ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) ≤ 𝜖 2 + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) ∀ 𝑛 , 𝑚 > 𝑛0 𝐿𝑒𝑡 𝛼𝑛 = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛) ∈ 𝑅 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 | 𝛼 𝑚– 𝛼𝑛 | < 𝜖 2 ∴{ α𝑚} is a cauchy sequence, ∴ { 𝛼𝑛} → 𝛼 , ∴ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) → 𝛼 ∈ 𝑅 then by lemma 15, 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) is cauchy sequence in ( 𝑌, 𝐷𝑝). ⎕ ii : if {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝), then it is a cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔) and since dmetric (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔) is complete then there exists 𝛼 ∈ 𝑌 such that limn ,m →∞ d 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) = 0, hence 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚→∞[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑛) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼𝑛 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼 , 𝛼𝑚) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) – 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) – 3𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼)] = 0 there for 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 𝑚 →∞[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼)] = 0 ⇒𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 𝑚→∞ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝛼) hence (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is converge thus (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) is complete. corollary 17 we can get from the proof of theorem 16, (𝑖𝑖), 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚 →∞[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼)]=𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚 →∞)[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚)] = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚 →∞[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚𝛼) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛)] = 0, such that 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚 →∞ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑚 →∞) 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛→∞ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼). propositions 18 if {𝛼𝑛} is cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔), then 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚 →∞ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚) =𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛→∞ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛). proof since {𝛼𝑛} is cauchy sequence in (𝑌, 𝐷 𝑔) then 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚,𝑙→∞ 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) = 0 57 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 and 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑛 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑛 ) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑚)– 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛)– 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚 )– 2𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 , 𝛼𝑙 ). and 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) ≤ 𝐷 𝑔(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑙 ) then 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚 →∞𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚)– 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛) → 0 similarly 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛 ,𝑚 →∞𝐷𝑝 (𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚)– 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚 , 𝛼𝑚) → 0 since 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛) 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚⟶∞[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛)] = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚⟶∞[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚)] + 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚⟶∞[𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 )] ⟶ 0 so that 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚⟶∞[𝐷𝑝 (𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚, 𝛼𝑚) − 𝐷𝑝 (𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛)] ⟶ 0 let 𝛼𝑛 = 𝐷𝑝 (𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ) ∴ | 𝛼𝑚 – 𝛼𝑛| → 0 𝑎𝑠 𝑛, 𝑚 ⟶ ∞ hence {𝛼𝑛} is a cauchy sequence in r, therefor {𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛)} converge to α. also , 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛⟶∞ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑚) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚⟶∞ [𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛)] then [𝐷𝑝 (𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚)– 𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 )] ⟶ 0 so 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚⟶∞𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) = 𝛼 thus 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛,𝑚⟶∞𝐷𝑝 (𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 , 𝛼𝑚) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑛⟶∞𝐷𝑝(𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛, 𝛼𝑛 ). ⎕ theorem 19 if (y, 𝑝) be partial metric space then 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛾) + 𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛾) – 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼) – 𝛲(𝛽 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) (1.3) is general partial metric space. 1)𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) – 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼) ≥ 0 , 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛾) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) ≥ 0 , 𝑝(𝛽 , 𝛾) – 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) ≥ 0 then 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽, 𝛾) ≥ 0 2)𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽 , 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾, 𝛾) = 0 ⇒ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) = 0 ⇒ 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾) – 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼) – 𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) = 0 ⇒ 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽)– 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) = 0 ⇒ 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼) … 1, ⇒ 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛾)– 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) = 0 ⇒ 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾) = 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) … 2, 58 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾) – 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽) = 0 ⇒ 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) … 3 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 1 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽) ≤ 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾) + 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛽) − 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾) = 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) & 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 2 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾) ≤ 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛼) + 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾) − 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼) 𝑏𝛽 1&2 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽) = (𝛾, 𝛾) 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 3 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) = 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾)𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) = 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾) ≤ 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾) − 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) 𝑏𝑦 1&3 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) = 𝑝 ( 𝛼, 𝛼) 𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛼) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) 𝑇ℎ𝑢𝑠 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝛼 = 𝛽, 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝑝( 𝛽, 𝛾) = 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾) 𝑏𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝛽 = 𝛾 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 𝛾. 3) 𝑇𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑎𝑙 4) 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛾) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) ≥ 0 , 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇) ≥ 0 , 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝜇) – 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) ≥ 0 , 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛾) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 ) ≥ 0 , 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝜇) – 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽 ) ≥ 0 , 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝜇) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇) ≥ 0 when combined, it is more than and equal to zero and when added these values 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽) , 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛾) , 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛾) , − 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) , − 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽) , − 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) 𝑡𝑜 𝑏𝑜𝑡ℎ 𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑑 , 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽) + 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛾) – 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) ≤ 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽) + 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛾) + 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛾) – 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) + 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛾) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾) + 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝜇) – 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) + 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝜇) – 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽) + 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇) + 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛾) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇) + 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝜇) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇). ⇒ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) ≤ [ 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛽) + 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛾) + 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇) – 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾)] + [ 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝜇) + 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛾) + 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛾) – 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇) – 𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾)] + [ 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽) + 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝜇) + 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝜇) – 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) – 𝑝( 𝛽 , 𝛽) – 𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇)] 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛾) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝛽, 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝜇 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽, 𝜇) – 𝐷𝑝(𝜇 , 𝜇 , 𝜇) ⎕ proposition 20 let (𝑌, 𝐷𝑝) be a general partial metric space and 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) ≤ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛽, 𝛽) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾 , 𝛾) (1.4) holds then the function 𝑝: 𝑌2 → [0 , ∞) which is defied by 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) is a partial metric on y . proof 59 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 1)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽) = 𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽) ⇔ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛼, 𝛼, 𝛼) = 𝐷𝑝(𝛽, 𝛽, 𝛽) ⇔ 𝛼 = 𝛽. 2) 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼, 𝛼) ≤ 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛽 , 𝛽) 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛼) ≤ 𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽) ∀ 𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ 𝛼 3) trivial 4) 𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛽) = 𝐷𝑝( 𝛼 , 𝛽 , 𝛽) ≤ 𝐷𝑝(𝛼 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) + 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛽, 𝛽) – 𝐷𝑝(𝛾 , 𝛾 , 𝛾) 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 (1.3) = 𝑝( 𝛼, 𝛾) + 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛽) − 𝑝(𝛾, 𝛾). ⎕ references 1. czerwik, stefan. contraction mappings in $ b $-metric spaces, acta mathematica et informatica universitatis ostraviensis. 1993, 1, 1, 5-11. 2. mustafa, zead.; obiedat, hamed.; awawdeh, fadi. some fixed point theorem for mapping on complete g-metric spaces. fixed point theory and applications. 2008, 2008, 1, 189870. 3.gahler, siegfried. 2‐metrische räume und ihre topologische struktur, mathematische nachrichten, 1963, 26,1‐4, 115-148. 6.sedghi, shaban.; shobe, nabi.; zhou, haiyun. a common fixed point theorem in-metric spaces, fixed point theory and applications, 2007, 2007, 1, 027906. 5. matthews, steve g. partial metric topology, annals of the new york academy of sciencespaper edition. 1994, 728, 183-197. 6. aydi, hassen, et al. on φ-contraction type couplings in partial metric spaces, journal of mathematical analysis. 2017, 8, 4, 78-89. 7. şahin, memet.; kargin, abdullah.; çoban, mehmet ali. fixed point theorem for neutrosophic triplet partial metric space, symmetry. 2018, 10, 7, 240. 8. pant, rajendra, et al. some new fixed point theorems in partial metric spaces with applications, journal of function spaces. 2017, 2017. 9. altun, ishak.; erduran, ali. fixed point theorems for monotone mappings on partial metric spaces, fixed point theory and applications. 2011, 2011,1, 508730. 10. karapinar, erdal.; agarwal, ravi.; aydi, hassen. interpolative reich–rus–ćirić type contractions on partial metric spaces, mathematics. 2018, 6, 11, 256. 11. dhage, b. c. generalized metric spaces and topological structure. i, analele atintifice ale universitatii al. i. cuza din lasi. serie noua mathematica. 2000, 46,3, 24. 12. fora, ali ahmad.; massadeh, mourad oqla. submetrizable spaces and generalized dsubmetrizable spaces. 2017. 13. ramabhadrasarma, i.; sambasivarao, s. on d-metric spaces, journal of global research in mathematical archives. 2013, 1,12. microsoft word 131-140 131 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 وحامض البرولين في l. nerium oleandirمستخلص أوراق الدفلة تأثير chict (cicer aeitium l.)نمو وحاصل نبات الحمص سناء عبد حمود أحمد / جامعة بغداد )الھيثمابن (-قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة 2014/تشرين الثاني /24 في البحث قبل ، 2014/حزيران/18: في البحث استلم خالصة ال neriumمن مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20و 10أجريت تجربة حقلية تھدف الى دراسة تأثير تراكيز مختلفة oleander جزءاً من المليون في نمو وحاصل الحمص 30و 20وحامض البرولينcicer aeitium التجربة الحقلية . الذي أظھر %10. وبينت النتائج ان أفضل تركيز لمستخلص أوراق الدفلة كان 2013-2012أجريت خالل موسم النمو خالل مدتي القياس األولى والثانية وكذلك محتوى زيادة معنوية في طول النبات، عدد االفرع، عدد األوراق والوزن الجاف بذرة والنسبة المئوية للكاربوھيدرات في البذور 100الكلوروفيل في األوراق ، نسبة نمو المحصول ، عدد القرنات ووزن ت زيادة جزءاً من المليون قد أظھر 30و 20مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة . لقد أظھرت النتائج بأن تركيزي حامض البرولين معنوية في محتوى الكلوروفيل في األوراق وعدد القرنات مقارنة مع نباتات السيطرة ، ولكن التراكيز أنفسھا أدت الى نقصان معنوي في الوزن الجاف ونسبة نمو المحصول . . البرولين ,مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ,نبات الحمص الكلمات المفتاحية: 132 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة ] ، يأتي بالمرتبة cicer aeitium ]1واالسم العلمي له fabaceaeالى العائلة البقولية chictيعود الحمص من المساحات المزروعة %14.8دولة في األقل , ويحتل 33الثانية بين البقوليات الغذائية في العالم , ويزرع في ]. يتأثر انتاجه بالظروف المناخية ومعدل سقوط االمطار 2من اإلنتاج العالمي [ %13.8بالبقوليات الغذائية ويمثل انتاجه ]. فضالً عن اصابته بكثير من االمراض الفطرية , أھمھا مرض التعفن الفحمي للحمص 3والسيما في مرحلة االنبات [ حاصل .] الذي يؤثر في معظم صفات النمو والmacrophomina phaseolina ]4الذي تسببه فطريات ان األستعمال العشوائي لمعظم المبيدات الفطرية يولد مشكالت تسمم بيئية ، و بما ان بعض النباتات لھا القدرة ] , عدت ھذه 5على تجميع نواتج االيض الثانوي مثل الفينوالت ، حامض الفينول ، الكيتونات ، الفالفونيداتوالتانينات [ ] . كما تعد المستخلصات النباتية منظمات 6ات الحية الدقيقة المسببة لالمراض النباتية [النواتج بمنزلة آليات دفاع ضد الكائن نمو طبيعية , فھي سھلة االمتصاص وتحتوي على مواد فعالة ومؤثرة في نمو بعض المحاصيل , وقد يكون ھذا التأثير ] .7الف األنواع واالجزاء النباتية [محفزا او مثبطاً للنمو وذلك الحتوائھا مركبات كيميائية طبيعية تختلف باخت و nerin ،oleandrin] ، يحتوي على كاليكوسيدات apocyanaceae ]8يعود نبات الدفلة الى العائلة الدفلية folinerine ]9] وعالج االمراض الجلدية ومسكن آلالم المفاصل وعرق 10] . استعمل مستخلص الدفلة في عالج القلب [ ، alternaria solaniاستعمل مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ضد فطريات التربة الممرضة للنبات ومنھا ] . كما 11النسا [ rhizoctonia وfusarium ]12] اثر مستخلص أوراق الدفلة في تأخير نمو وقتل يرقات البعوض المسبب 13] . وبين [ الدفلة في عالج مرض البقع البنية في في نقل العديد من االمراض بين االنسان والحيوان. كما استخدم مستخلص أوراق ] .14نبات الرز [ ] . ويكمن الدور الرئيس 15يعد حامض البرولين من االحماض االمينية غير الضرورية الموجودة في النبات [ ھا عن لتحليل ubiquitinللبرولين عند اضافته خارجياً في قابليته على زيادة عملية ارتباط البروتينات المحطمة مع جزيئة ملي موالر 1] . فقد وجد ان حامض البرولين بتركيز 16طريق البروتيوسوم وتمكين الخلية من االفادة منھا للبناء الخلوي [ ] وزيادة طول النبات وعدد االفرع والوزن الجاف arabidopsis ]17يحفز تكشف األعضاء في نبات الرشاد أذان الفار ] . كما ينظم البرولين عمل المايتوكوندريا ويحفز االنقسام الخلوي والتعبير 18ملغم/ لتر [ 100والطري عند التركيز ] ان معاملة بذور ثالثة أنواع من 21] ، كما بين [20الجيني للجينات الضرورية الستعادة حيويتھا بعد تعرضھا لالجھاد [ phomaي اعراض إصابة بفطريات منھا لم يظھر أ %20و %100الحمص بالبرولين أدت الى بقاء النباتات حية بنسبة medicagins var. pinodella كما ان رش نبات الحنطة بتراكيز مختلفة من البرولين كان له دور إيجابي في زيادة نمو . ] . 22النبات [ 30و 20وحامض البرولين بتركيز %20و 10تھدف الدراسة الى معرفة تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة بتركيز المليون في بعض صفات ونمو حاصل نبات الحمص .جزءا من المواد وطرائق العمل نفذت التجربة في حقل تجارب قسم علوم الحياة في الحديقة النباتية في كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / ابن الھيثم / ثة مكررات , وكانت وبثال rcbdباعتماد تصميم القطاعات العشوائية 2013-2012جامعة بغداد في غضون موسم النمو وحدة , قسمت كل وحدة تجريبية 15م , وكان عدد الوحدات التجريبية 1.50× م 1.20بأبعاد 2م 1.8مساحة اللوح الواحد 10م وبمعدل 0.20م وأحتوى كل خط على خمسة جور المسافة بين جورة وأخرى 0.75بخطي زراعة المسافة بينھما حصول على بذور الحمص صنف بفري من األسواق المحلية , تمت الزراعة بتاريخ جور في كل وحدة تجريبية . تم ال بالمعامالت االتية 2/12/2012أوراق بتاريخ 5-4وأجريت عملية الرش الورقي عند وصول النبات لعمر 22/10/2012 : رش النباتات بالماء المقطر (معاملة السيطرة) . -1 ] .23وتم تحضيره بحسب طريقة [ %20و 10بالتركيزين رش النباتات بمستخلص أوراق الدفلة -2 مل من 1000غم منه واذابته في 1جزءا من المليون وذلك بوزن 30و 20تحضير تراكيز حامض البرولين -3 الماء المقطر ثم حضرت منه التراكيز حسب قانون التخفيف وتمت المعاملة رشا على االوراق . 2d, والثانية 19/12/2012بتاريخ 1dت لكل وحدة تجريبية بمدتين او حشتين , األولى تم اخذ العينات بمعدل ثالثة نباتا بعد اكتمال نضج القرنات . 3/4/2013بتاريخ اما الصفات التي تمت دراستھا ارتفاع النبات (سم): تم قياس النبات من القاعدة الى أعلى نقطة. -1 عدد االفرع لكل نبات . -2 عدد األوراق لكل نبات . -3 133 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 chlorophyll): تم حساب المحتوى الكلوروفيلي لألوراق بجھاز spadمحتوى الكلوروفيل الكلي للورقة -4 meter) موديلspad 502 المجھز من شركةminol-ta اليابانية المحدودة. اخذ معدل قراءات ثالث أوراق از والضغط عليه اذ تظھر لثالثة نباتات اختيرت عشوائياً وذلك بوضع اعرض جزء من الورقة تحت ذراع الجھ القراءة على شاشة الجھاز . ساعة بعدھا 28م لمدة °7065الوزن الجاف للنبات (غم): تم تجفيف النباتات باستعمال مجفف كھربائي بدرجة -5 ] .24وزنت بميزان حساس بعد ثبات الوزن [ ه على وفق المعادلة التي : ويتم حسابcrop growth rate (cgr)) 1-. يوم2سرعة نمو المحصول (غم. م -6 ] . كاألتي :25ذكرھا [ cgr = w2 – w1× 1 t2 –t1 a :ان اذ 1w 1ة االولى لمد= الوزن الجاف للنبات عند اd . 2w 2ة الثانية لمد= الوزن الجاف للنبات عند اd . 1t 1األولى المدة= عمر النبات عند أخذ الوزن عندd . 2t 2الثانية المدة= عمر النبات عند أخذ الوزن عندd . a =المساحة التي يشغلھا النبات الواحد . مكونات الحاصل ) .1-عدد القرنات (قرنة. نبات -1 ) .1-عدد البذور في القرنة الواحدة (بذرة. قرنة -2 بذرة (غم) . 100وزن -3 الصفات النوعية للبذور الخطوات األتية :تم تقدير نسبة البروتين بحسب -1 ] .26ھضم وزن معلوم من البذور الجافة والمطحونة جيداً بحسب طريقة [ .أ , ثم حسبت microkjeldhalحساب نسبة النتروجين (%): تم حساب تركيز النتروجين بواسطة جھاز .ب للمعادلة ] وفقاً 28] ثم حسبت نسبة البروتين وفقاً لطريقة [27النسبة المئوية للنتروجين باعتماد طريقة [ األتية : ]26[ 6.25× نسبة البروتين في البذور = نسبة النتروجين ] .30تقدير نسبة الكاربوھيدرات في البذور: تم تقدير نسبة الكاربوھيدرات في البذور بحسب طريقة [ -2 flame لھبتقدير النسبة المئوية للبوتاسيوم في البذور: تم تقدير نسبة البوتاسيوم في البذور بطريقة جھاز ال -3 photometer ] 31بحسب الطريقة. [ تقدير النسبة المئوية للفسفور في البذور: تم تقدير النسبة المئوية للفسفور في البذور بواسطة جھاز المطياف -4 ] .32نانوميترا وفقاً لطريقة [ 880عند الطول الموجي spectrophotometerالضوئي عند مستوى lsd] , وتمت مقارنة المتوسط بأقل فرق معنوي 33تم تحليل النتائج احصائياً بحسب البرنامج االحصائي [ .0.05احتمال المناقشةو النتائج %17.95) الى وجود فروق معنوية في صفة ارتفاع النبات وازداد بنسبة مقدارھا 1اشارت نتائج الجدول ( مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. وقد يعزى ذلك الى وجود 1dوعند المدة األولى %20و %10فلة لمعاملتي مستخلص أوراق الد ] وھي تعد منشطة للنمو والسيما نمو السويقة الجنينية للبادرات 34، 13الفينوالت متعددة الكاليكوسيدات في أوراق الدفلة [ ن بكال التركيزين ] . كما تشير نتائج الجدول نفسه الى عدم جود أي تأثيرات معنوية لمعاملة حامض البرولي35واستطالتھا [ مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . 2dوالثانية 1dجزءا من المليون وعند مدتي القياس األولى 30و 20 ) ان مستخلص أوراق الدفلة أحدث زيادة معنوية في معدل عدد االفرع لنبات الحمص قد 2وبينت نتائج الجدول ( 2dعند المدة الثانية %1.2ونسبة 1dد االمدة األولى عن %110.2بإعطائه أعلى نسبة مقدارھا %10تفوق التركيز مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة ، وقد يعزى السبب الى امتالك بعض المستخلصات النباتية بتراكيزھا الواطئة طبيعة ھرمونية أي تأثيرات ] . كما بينت نتائج الجدول نفسه عدم وجود 37، 36شبيھة بتأثير الھرمونات النباتية في األجزاء الخضرية [ مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . 2dو 1dمعنوية لمعاملة حامض البرولين في ھذه الصفة وبكال مدتي القياس 134 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ) وجود فروق معنوية لمستخلص أوراق الدفلة في صفة عدد األوراق , وقد ازداد عدد 3وبينت نتائج الجدول ( على التتابع مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة %20و %10فلة لمعاملتي أوراق الد %63.87و %136.13األوراق بنسبة مقدارھا %159.4و %174.3زاد يضا عدد األوراق بصورة معنوية بنسبة مقدارھا 2dوعند المدة الثانية 1dعند المدة األولى على التتابع مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة , وقد يعزى ذلك الى وجود %20و %10لمعاملتي مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ] اذ تعد مصدراً لتخزين المواد السكرية التي بدورھا تدخل في عملية 38، 13كوسيدات في مستخلص أوراق الدفلة [الكالي ] والذي شجع 39التمثيل الغذائي وتنظيم الجھد االزموزي وانتقال بعض المواد المطلوبة لعملية التمثيل الغذائي في النبات [ البرولين فلم يحدث أي تأثير معنوي في ھذه الصفة بكال التركيزين عند شتى األجزاء الخضرية على النمو. اما حامض . 2dو 1dفترتي القياس عند ) وجود تأثير معنوي لتراكيز مستخلص أوراق الدفلة في الوزن الجاف ، اذ ازداد بنسبة 4وبينت نتائج الجدول ( , كذلك 1dالتتابع عند المدة األولى على %20و %10لمعاملتي مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %113.6و %102.3مقدارھا للمعامالت أنفسھا على التتابع مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. وقد 2dعند المدة الثانية %40.0و %43.7أزداد بنسبة مقدارھا ) وعدد 2) ، عدد االفرع الجدول (1يُعزى السبب الى ما أحدثه المستخلص من زيادة في أرتفاع النبات كما في الجدول ( ) أدى الى زيادة في الوزن الجاف للنبات . اما حامض البرولين فقد اشارت نتائج 3وراق الذي تم توضيحه في الجدول (األ وأعطى أقل 2d) الى وجود تأثيرات معنوية في ھذه الصفة اذ انخفض معدل الوزن الجاف عند المدة الثانية 4الجدول ( جزءا من المليون على التتابع مقارنة بنباتات السيطرة , وقد 30و 20لمعاملتي %35.8و %36.5معدل بنسبة مقدارھا ] الذي يسبب تحطم البالستيدة الخضراء والتراكيب 42، 41، 40يعزى السبب الى التأثير السام للبرولين المجھز خارجياً [ ] على نبات 43، 42[] ، وھذا يتفق مع 42، 17الداخلية للمايتوكوندريا ويعجل من مظاھر الموت المبرمج للخاليا [ arabidopsis . الفاقد ألنزيمات تخليق البرولين اذ أدى تجھيزه خارجياً الى التوقف المبكر لتكشف البادرات ) الى وجود فروق معنوية في المحتوى الكلوروفيلي لألوراق , اذ ازدادت بنسبة مقدارھا 5أشارت نتائج الجدول ( على التتابع مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة , وقد يعزى %20و %10الدفلة لمعاملتي مستخلص أوراق %270.6و 298.8% ومن أھم تلك المركبات benzoquinones] التي تسھم في بناء مركبات 13السبب في ذلك الى وجود الفينوالت [ plastoquinine الذي يدخل في مخططz ] كما بينت نتائج الجدول نفسه الى ان حامض 35كناقل لاللكترونات . [ 30و 20لمعاملتي %255.8و %134.0البرولين أحدث زيادة معنوية في المحتوى الكلوروفيلي لألوراق بنسبة مقدارھا منظم أزموزي للخاليا جزءا من المليون على التتابع مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة وقد يعزى السبب في ذلك الى أن البرولين ] وان ھذه الزيادة في الفعاليات الحيوية تؤدي 45] ويزيد من قابلية النبات على كسح أو قنص الجذور الحرة [44النباتية [ ] على نبات الفلفل. اما عند دراسة معدل نمو المحصول في نفس 47] , وھذا يتفق مع [46الى زيادة نسبة الكلوروفيل [ على التتابع %20و %10لمعاملتي مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %37.0د بصورة معنوية بنسبة مقدارھا الجدول , فقد ازدا مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. وقد يعزى السبب الى أن مستخلص أوراق الدفلة قد أحدث زيادة في الوزن الجاف للنبات كما معاملة حامض البرولين أحدثت انخفاضا في معدل ) الى ان 5) . كما اشارت نتائج الجدول (4اشارت اليه نتائج الجدول ( جزءا من المليون على التتابع مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة وقد يعزى 30و 20لمعاملتي %41.9نمو المحصول بنسبة مقدارھا ربما ) الذي 4السبب الى ما احدثه حامض البرولين من انخفاض في الوزن الجاف للنبات كما تمت اإلشارة اليه في الجدول ( انعكس على معدل نمو المحصول . التركيز ) وجود زيادة معنوية في عدد القرنات لمعاملة مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ، وقد تفوق6بينت نتائج جدول ( مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة وربما يعزى السبب الى وجود %354.2بإعطائه أعلى معدل لعدد القرنات بنسبة مقدارھا 10% ) ان له تأثيراً 6] . اما حامض البرولين فقد بينت النتائج في الجدول (35] التي تعد منشطة للنمو [13دة [الفينوالت ألمتعد مقارنة %245.2جزءاً من المليون باعطائه اعلى معدل بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا 20معنوياً في ھذه الصفة , وقد تفوق التركيز البرولين المضاف خارجياً يكون ايجابياً في المرحلة التكاثرية بسبب حاجة بمعاملة السيطرة. وقد يعزى السبب الى ان تأثير ، 48النبات الى ھذا المركب في تكوين األعضاء التكاثرية التي تتطلب حماية ضد الجفاف والسيما البذور وحبوب اللقاح [ ) نفسه فنالحظ عدم وجود 6دول (] . اما عند دراسة صفة عدد البذور في الج47) [2013] وھذا يتفق مع أبو التمن , (49 أي تأثيرات معنوية لجميع المعامالت مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. ويتبين من دراسة الجدول نفسه ان مستخلص أوراق الدفلة باعطائه اعلى معدل بنسبة زيادة مقدارھا %10بذرة , وقد تفوق التركيز 100قد أحدث تأثيرات معنوية في صفة وزن ] وھي من المواد الفعالة التي لھا 38، 13بمعاملة السيطرة , وقد يعزى السبب الى وجود كاليكوسيدات [ مقارنة 69.72% دور تنظيمي يالئم التغيرات الفسيولوجية الوظيفية في البذور, فھي توافر الطاقة المطلوبة لنمو البذور وتزويد النبات بالمواد ج الجدول نفسه عدم وجود أي تأثيرات معنوية لجميع معامالت حامض البرولين ]. كما تبين نتائ50المطلوبة لعمليات البناء [ مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. ) الى وجود فروق معنوية بين المعامالت , فقد انخفض معدل النسبة المئوية للبروتين في 7وأشارت نتائج جدول ( ارنة بمعاملة السيطرة, وقد يعزى السبب الى ان مق %20لمعاملة مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %27.67البذور بنسبة مقدارھا التراكيز العالية من المستخلص تحتوي على فينوالت مثبطة أدت الى خفض البروتين وذلك عن طريق تأثير المركبات الذي يعمل على ھدم البروتين وذلك لتنشيطه انزيمات الھدم abaالفينولية األحادية في زيادة فعالية حامض االبسيسك protase وpeptidase ]51) الى عدم وجود أي تأثيرات معنوية 7] . اما حامض البرولين فقد اشارت نتائج الجدول ( 135 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 لجميع المعامالت مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة. كما بينت نتائج الجدول نفسه وجود فروق معنوية بين المعامالت في النسبة %10لمعاملة مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %63.0بة زيادة مقدارھا المئوية للكاربوھيدرات في البذور، فقد ازدادت النس ] , أذ تعد الكاليكوسيدات في النباتات الحاملة 38، 13مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة وقد يعزى السبب الى وجود الكاليكوسيدات [ ض المواد المطلوبة لعملية لھا مصدر تخزين للمواد السكرية التي بدورھا تدخل في عملية تنظيم الجھد االزموزي وانتقال بع ) عدم وجود أي تأثيرات معنوية لجميع 7] . اما حامض البرولين فقد بينت نتائج الجدول (50تمثيل الغذاء في النبات [ المعامالت مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . تاسيوم ) الى ان مستخلص أوراق الدفلة لم يحدث أي تأثير معنوي في نسبة عنصر البو8وأشارت نتائج جدول ( في بذور الحمص لجميع المعامالت مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . كما بينت نتائج الجدول نفسه عدم وجود تأثير معنوي لحامض البرولين في النسبة المئوية لعنصر البوتاسيوم في البذور لجميع المعامالت مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . وأشارت الدفلة لم يحدث اي تأثير معنوي في نسبة عنصر الفسفور في بذور الحمص نتائج الجدول نفسه الى ان مستخلص أوراق ) عدم وجود أي تأثيرات معنوية 8لجميع المعامالت مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . أما حامض البرولين فقد بينت نتائج الجدول ( في نسبة عنصر الفسفور في بذور الحمص لجميع المعامالت مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة . مصادرال 1-townsend, c. c. and gust, e. (1974). flora of iraq agriculture and agrarian reform republic.3, leguminals ministry of iraq, baghdad: 450-574. 2-fao (1994). annual report. roma, italy. لي في ا). محاصيل البقول. مطابع التعليم الع1990جلوب؛ عيسى، طالب احمد وجدعان، حامد محمود ( علي، حميد-3 .151-147الموصل: 4-partridge, d. (2005). macrophoma in a phaseolina plant pathology department of agriculture and life science college, class project: 728. 5-gurjar, m. s.; ali, s. h.; akhtar, m. and singh, k. s. (2012). efficacy of plant extracts in plant disease management. agric. sci., 3(3): 425-433. 6-das, k.; tiwari, r. k. s. and shrivastava, d. k. (2010). techniques for evaluation of medicinal plant products as antimicrobial agent: current methods and future trends. j. med. plants res., 4: 104-111. 7-rice, e. l. (1984). allelopathy2nd ed. academic press new york. ). النباتات العطرية التطبيقات الزراعية، الدار العربية للنشر والتوزيع، مصر، القاھرة: 1988أبو زيد، الشحات نصر (-8 36. 9-ali, a. r. (1988). poisonous plant of iraq published by the ministry of agriculture & irrigate of the republic of iraq. third edition, baghdad. 10-al-rawi, a. and chakravarty, a. l. (1964). medical plants of iraq 2nd edition, baghdad. 11-shams, a. d. a. (2000). treatment with herbs and plant now and in ancient time's first edition. scientific house bood press-borut-libenon: 161. 12-hadizadeh, i.;peivastegan, b. and kolahi, m. (2009). antifungal activity of nettle (urtica dioica l.),colocynth (citrullus colocynthis l.schrad), oleander (nerium oleander l.) and konar (ziziphus spinachristi l.) extracts of plants pathogenic fungi. pak. j. biol. sci., 12(1): 58-63. ). التأثيرات التراكمية وغير التراكمية 2012صالح، ثائر عبد القادر؛ الفھداوي، طارق محمد وذاكر عبد علي (-13 culexللمستخلصات المائية وبعض مستخلصات المذيبات العضوية لنبات الدفلة على يرقات بعوض quinquefasciatus ،320307: ): عدد خاص بالمؤتمر4(8. مجلة االنبار للعلوم الزراعية. 14-harish, s.; saravankumar, d.; ebenezar, e. g. and seetharaman, k. (2008).use plant extracts and biocontrol agents for the management of brown spot disease in rice. biocontrols, 53: 555-567. 15-chang, l. c. (2004). effect of amino acid on larva and adults of ceratitis capitata (diptera: tephritidae). ann. entomol. soc. amer., 97(3): 529-535. 16-mohamed, a. a.; lobermann, b. e. and schnng, e. (2007). response of crops to salinity under egyptian conditions. a review landbau forschung volkenrode, 2(57): 119-125. 136 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 17-hare, p. d.; cress, w. a. and van staden, i. (2001). the effects of exogenous proline and proline analogues on in vitro shoot organogenesis in arabidopsis plant growth regulation,34:203-207. 18-lyer, s. and caplan, a. (1998). products of proline catabolism can induce osmotically regulated genes in rice. plant physiol., 116: 203-211. 19-el-din, k. m. g. and el-wahed, m. s. (2005). effect of some amino acid on growth plant. international journal of agriculture and biology, 7(3). 20-szabados, l. and savours, a. (2009). prolineamulti functional amino acid. trendin plantscience,15(2):89-97. phoma). اختبار فعالية بعض المبيدات كمطھرات لبذار البقوليات في مكافحة الفطر 2009نفاع، وليد وبول، فولكر (-21 sp. ،149-135): 1(25المسبب لمرض عفن الجذور. مجلة جامعة دمشق للعلوم الزراعية. .triticum aestivum l). تأثير الرش بحامض البرولين في تحمل نبات الحنطة 2010القزاز، امل غانم محمود (-22 .90المروي بمياه مالحة. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية (ابن الھيثم)، جامعة بغداد: 23-harborne, j. b. (1973). phytochemical methods. halsted press, john wiely& sons, new york:278. ). تغذية النباتات التطبيقية. وزارة التعليم العالي البحث العلمي، العراق.1989الصحاف، فاضل حسين (-24 , ). فسيولوجيا نباتات المحاصيل (كتاب مترجم)1990رانكين ب؛ بيرس، اربرينت وآل ميشيل، روجر (كاردينير، ف-25 . 495، العراق: وزارةالتعليم العالي والبحث العلمي، جامعة بغداد، كلية الزراعة 26-agiza, a. h.; el-hinedy, m. t. and ibrahim, m. e. (1960). the determination of the different fractions of phosphorus in plant and soil. ball. fao. agric. cairo univ., 121. 27-schaffelen, a. c.; miller, a. and van schouwenbreg, i. c. h. (1961). quick test for soil and plant analysis used by small laboratories. neth. j. agric. sci., 9: 2-16. 28-vopyan, v. g. (1984). agricultural chemistry. english translation, mir. publishers, 1st ed. edition. 29-داللي، باسل كامل والحكيم، صادق حسن (1987). تحليل االغذية. دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر، جامعة الموصل: 363. 30-herbert, d.;philips, p. j. and strange, r. e.(1971). methods' in microbiology, acad-press, london. 31-page, a. l.; miller, r. n. and kenny, d. r. (1982). method of soil analysis part (2) asa. inc. madison, wisconsin, usa. 32-matt, k. j. (1970). colorimetric determination of phosphorus in soil and plant materials with ascorbic acid. soil sci., 109: 214-220. 33-sas (2012). statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical version 1st ed. sas. inst., inc. gary, n. c., usa. 34-cowan, m. m. (1999). plant products as antimicrobial agents. clin. microbiol. rev., 12: 564-582. 35-ابوزيد، الشحات نصر (2000). الھرمونات النباتية والتطبيقات الزراعية. الدار العربية للنشر والتوزيع، الطبعة الثانية،القاھرة، مصر: 660. ) . دراسة التأثيرات التثبيطية لمستخلصات نباتي المديد والھندال في انبات ونمو 2003(التميمي، أطياف جميل ثامر -36 . بابل ثالثة أنواع من نباتات العائلة النجيلية. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة peaاليا) . تأثير مستخلصي جذور عرق السوس وبذور الحلبة في نبات البز2012الدليمي، سناء عبد حمود (-37 (pisum sativum l.) : 94. رسالة ماجستير، كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /ابن الھيثم، جامعة بغداد، العراق. 38-chakavarty, h. l. (1976). plant wealth of iraq (a dictionary of economic plants), 1, botany directorate. ministry of agriculture and agrarian reform, baghdad, iraq. ). علم العقاقير الطبية النظرية والعملية. الطبعة األولى. دار البداية للنشر، األردن.2005عميرة، اسراء (-39 40-bonner, k. j.; formmer, w. b.; bush, d. r.; kreman, m.; loo, d. d. and wright, e. m. (1996). kinetics and specificity of a h+/ amino acid transporter from arabidopsis thaliana. j. biol. chem., 27: 2213-2220. 41-hellman, h.; funck, d.; rentsch, d. and frommer, w. b. (2000). hypersensitivity of an arabidopsis sugar signaling mutant toward exogenous proline application plant physiol., 123: 779-789. 137 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 42-deuschle, k.; forlani, g.; stransky, h.; bichl, a.; leister, d.; van der grauff, e.; kunzer, r. and formmer, w. b. (2004). the role pf pyrroline-5-carboxylate dehydrogenase in proline degradation the plant cell, 16: 3413-3425. 43-miller, g. e. a. (2009). unraveling dettal-pyrroline-5-carboxylate proline cycle in plants by uncoupled expression of oxidation enzymes. j. biol. chem., 284: 26482-26492. 44-ali, e. a.; hahn, e. j. and peak, k. y. (2007). methyl jasmanate and salicylic acid induced oxidative stress and accumulation of phenolicsin panax ginseng bioreactor root suspension cultures molecules, 12: 607-621. 45-okuma, e.; murakam, y.; tada, m. and murata, y. (2004). effect of exogenous application of proline and betain on the growth of tabacco cultured cells under saline conditions. soil sci. nutrium, 50(8): 1301-1305 . 46-nawaz, k.; talat, a.; iqra, h. k. and abdul majeed (2010). induction of salt tolerance into two cultivars of sorghum (sorghum bicorol l.)by exogenous application of proline at seeding stage. world appl. sci. j., 10(1): 93-99. والبرولين في تحمل نبات الفلفل salicylic acid) . تأثير حامضي السالسيلك2013أبو التمن ، وسن خضير حسين (-47 (capsicum annuum l.) : 218لالجھاد الملحي . أطروحة دكتوراه، كلية العلوم، جامعة بابل، العراق. 48-mattiol, r.; berto; costantion, p. and trorato, m. (2009). proline accumulation in plants. plant sign. &bebav., 4 (11): 1016-1018. 49-lehmmann, s.; funck, d.; szabados, l. and rentsch, d. (2010). proline metabolism and transport in plant development. amino acid, 39: 949-962. 50-han, y.; nishibe, s.; noguchi, y. and jim, z. (2001). flavonol glycosides from the stems of trigonella foenum-gracum. photochemistry, 58(4): 577-580. في انبات ونمو نباتات phalaris minor retz). التأثير التثبيطي لمستخلص (أبو دميم) 2011داود، وسام مالك ( -51 5851): 3(11مجلة جامعة تكريت، كلية العلوم، . triticum aestivum طةالحن تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في معدل ارتفاع النبات (سم)): 1جدول رقم ( المعامالت مدد اخذ العينات 1d 2d 0السيطرة %10مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ppm 20البرولين ppm 30البرولين 39.67 46.00 46.00 39.97 41.67 66.00 83.67 90.67 67.33 73.67 lsd )0.05 =p( 6.142 30.184 138 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 )1): تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في معدل عدد االفرع (فرع. نبات2جدول رقم ( المعامالت مدد اخذ العينات 1d 2d  0السيطرة %10مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ppm 20البرولين ppm 30البرولين 3.33 7.00 5.33 5.67 5.67 4.67 13.33 8.00 4.67 5.33 lsd )0.05 =p( 3.185 5.597 )1-): تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في معدل عدد االوراق (ورقة. نبات3جدول رقم ( المعامالت مدد اخذ العينات 1d 2d  0السيطرة %10مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ppm 20البرولين ppm 30البرولين 24.00 56.67 39.33 30.33 28.67 58.33 160.00 151.33 73.00 75.00 lsd )0.05 =(p 7.860 87.271 ): تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في معدل الوزن الجاف (غم).4جدول رقم ( المعامالت مدد اخذ العينات 1d 2d  0السيطرة %10أوراق الدفلة مستخلص %20مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ppm 20البرولين ppm 30البرولين 1.32 2.67 2.82 1.63 1.68 16.22 23.31 22.71 10.30 10.40 lsd )0.05 =p( 0.416 4.267 139 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 وسرعة نمو المحصول ) spad): تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في المحتوى الكلي الكلوروفيلي (5جدول رقم ( ).1.يوم2-(غم. م  سرعة نمو المحصولالمحتوى الكلي الكلوروفيلي 0السيطرة %10مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ppm 20البرولين ppm 30البرولين 13.63 54.50 50.50 31.90 48.50 0.143 0.196 0.196 0.083 0.083 lsd )0.05 =p( 11.036 0.043 -): تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في معدل عدد القرنات وعدد البذور في القرنة الواحدة (بذرة. قرنة6جدول رقم ( بذرة (غم). 100) ووزن 1 عدد القرنات عدد البذور في القرنة الواحدة بذرة 100وزن 0السيطرة %10مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20 مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ppm 20البرولين ppm 30البرولين 3.67 16.67 9.00 12.67 4.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 2.67 1.67 21.90 37.17 27.08 19.23 16.79 lsd )0.05 =p( 6.919 1.113 7.491 ): تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في النسبة المئوية للبروتين و للكاربوھيدرات في البذور 7جدول رقم ( النسبة المئوية للكاربوھيدرات النسبة المئوية للبروتين 0السيطرة %10مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20مستخلص أوراق الدفلة ppm 20البرولين ppm 30البرولين 17.13 19.32 12.39 17.50 19.15 6.46 10.53 6.96 6.98 5.86 lsd )0.05 =p( 2.912 2.566 ): تأثير مستخلص أوراق الدفلة وحامض البرولين في النسبة المئوية للبوتاسيوم وللفسفور في البذور.8جدول رقم (  النسبة المئوية للفسفورالنسبة المئوية للبوتاسيوم 0السيطرة %10مستخلص أوراق الدفلة %20مستخلص أوراق الدفلة   ppm 20البرولين   ppm 30البرولين 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.046 0.046 0.400 0.440 0.360 0.400 0.290 lsd )0.05 =p( 0.0016 0.046 140 | biology 2014) عام 3العدد ( 27مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 effect of extract of nerium oleander l. leaves and proline acid on growth and yield of chict (cicer aeitium l.) sanaa a. h. ahmed dept. of biology/ college of education and pure science (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. receivd in:18/june/2014, accepted in :24/ november /2014 abstract the experiment aimed to study the effect of different concentrations (10 and 20)% of nerium oleander l. leaves extract and proline (20 and 30) ppm on growth and yield of cicer aeitium l. the field experiment was conducted during the growth season of 2012-2013. the results showed that the best concentration of n. oleander extract leaves was 10% that showed significant increasing in plant height, branches and leaves number and dry weight during first and second periods measurement as well as the chlorophyll containing in leaves , crop growth ratio (cgr), number of pods, weight of 100 seeds, percentage of seed carbohydrates. the results revealed that two concentrations of proline (20 and 30) ppm showed a significant increase in the chlorophyll contained in leaves, number of pods comparing with control plant , but the same concentrations led to significant decrease in dry weight and cgr . key words :cicer aeitium l., extract of nerium oleander l.leaves , proline. 76 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. analytical methods for determination of ketoprofen drug: a review 1-3 department of chemistry, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, universityof baghdad, baghdad, iraq. . abstract ketoprofen has recently been proven to offer therapeutic potential in preventing cancers such as colorectal and lung tumors, as well as in treating neurological illnesses. the goal of this review is to show the methods that have been used for determining ketoprofen in pharmaceutical formulations. precision product quality control is crucial to confirm the composition of the drugs in pharmaceutical use. several analytical techniques, including chromatographic and spectroscopic methods, have been used for determining ketoprofen in different sample forms such as a tablet, capsule, ampoule, gel, and human plasma. the limit of detection of ketoprofen was 0.1 ng/ ml using liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry, while it was 0.010.30 µg/ ml using high performance liquid chromatography and 0.00004 0.436 µg/ ml, 0.82 µg/ ml, 1.0 µg/ ml, 10 µg/ ml and 208.5 237.6 µg/ ml using flow injection, electrokinetic chromatography, capillary electrophoresis, gas chromatography-flame ionisation detection and derivative infrared spectroscopy respectively. keywords: analytical methods, ketoprofen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. 1. introduction non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) and their metabolites are widely used in human medicine. several methods for monitoring the most important members of this pharmacological class in different environmental samples were investigated due to the general problem of drug contamination and environmental risk assessment [1]. in medicine, nsaids are routinely used to treat rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis [2]. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2842 article history: received 5 april 2022, accepted 17 may 2022, published in july 2022. 1jasim m. s. jamur asimphduk@gmail.comj 2sumayha m. abbas sumayha.mu@gmail.com abbas ohammedm ahraz3 zahra.m.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:jasimphduk@gmail.com mailto:sumayha.mu@gmail.com mailto:zahra.m.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.ed mailto:zahra.m.a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.ed ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 77 the development of precise and reliable analytical methods for nsaid determination in a variety of samples is critical to employing nsaids safely in the pharmaceutical industry and medicinal therapies. these methods gather qualitative and quantitative data on the purity, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of a drug, among other things. the metabolites formed as a result of this process can be far more harmful than the initial drug, necessitating drug environmental monitoring [3]. this review focuses on one of the anti-inflammatory drugs, ketoprofen, which is a highly effective medicine that has been utilized in a range of clinical trials and therapies. ketoprofen is a distinct active ingredient in a multicomponent pharmaceutical form through routine pharmaceutical analysis using numerous chemical methods. ketoprofen may be used to prevent and treat cancers such as colorectal and lung cancers, as well as neurological illnesses. several ketoprofen formulations have also been used to treat a wide range of acute and chronic inflammatory diseases. ketoprofen has been used to treat osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, menstrual cramps, and ankylosing spondylitis, among other disorders. figure 1 shows the chemical structure of ketoprofen. figure 1. ketoprofen's chemical structure simple, low-cost, and ecologically sound methods should be developed. as one of the important aspects of the analysis, sample preparation should be simple and quick. because of the intricacy of the samples and the potential influence of interferences, selectivity should be emphasized as well. 2. results and discussion although a variety of analytical procedures have been used to determine ketoprofen, highperformance liquid chromatography (hplc) is the most often used. the results of the method analysis are summarised in table 1. table 1. analytical methods for determining ketoprofen method sample form concentration range (µg/ml) λ max (nm) (r2) rsd (%) lod (µg/ml) recovery (%) ref. no. spectrophotometer tablet, capsule, gel 0.8-16 563 0.9983 0.0237 0.037 [2] hplc gel 233 0.9989 0.221.20 0.014 101.3 [4] rp-hplc human plasma 0.244-125 260 0.9999 < 2.0 0.122 98.8699.27 [5] hplc and flow injection gel, ampoule 0.4-1.2, 7.5-75 261 0.99950.9999 0.441.27 0.3030.436 99.18100.4 [6] uv-vis spectrophotometer tablet, capsule 2.5-15 260 0.9980 < 2.0 0.780 99-101 [7] ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 78 kinetic spectrophotometer tablet, capsule, ampoule, suspension, suppository 1.0-8.0 605 0.9999 0.200.40 0.07 99.79 100.11 [8] flow injection capsule, urine 0.0011-0.0681 0.9999 0.8 0.00045 90.0105.0 [9] electrokinetic chromatography gel 100-2000 200 0.9969 0.82 96.56 [10] uplc-ms/ms human dermal microdialysis 0.5-500 255 0.9999 < 2.0 0.0001 87.6888.25 [11] hplc blood, urine 20-500 254 1.46.2 0.10 [12] hplc human plasma 0.001-0.5 254 ˃ 0.9960 < 13.0 0.01 71.2-82.2 [13] derivative ir spectroscopy (normal and first) tablet 1000-4000 0.99300.9780 1.151.37 208.5237.6 [14] capillary electrophoresis oral pharmaceutical preparation 1.0-2.5 254 0.9990 1.0 101 [15] hplc plasma, urine 1-90 0.9974 ≤ 7.75 0.02 95.597.63 [16] lc-ms/ms human plasma 0.00005-2.5 0.9970.998 4.07.0 97.5102.8 [17] gc-fid human serum 10-400 10 98-106.7 [18] hplc capsule 1-6 233 ˃ 0.999 2.525.81 0.17 99.1104.1 [19] lc-apci/ms tablet, capsule 0.1-0.5 0.9993 1.83.4 0.001 99.5102.2 [20] dvorak and colleagues developed hplc method for measuring ketoprofen in pharmaceutical gels simultaneously using c18 column (125 mm i.d.) and mobile phase of 40:58:2 (v/v/v) mixture of acetonitrile, water, and phosphate buffer ph 3.5. the complete analysis took less than 10 minutes with a flow rate of 1.0 ml/min [4]. zafar et al. developed and validated the rp-hplc technology for quantifying ketoprofen in human plasma. a 5 m (25 cm 4.6 mm) discovery hs c18 column was used with a mobile phase of methanol: water (70:30) ph 3.3. the measurements were obtained at 260 nm at a flow rate of 1 ml/min and the retention time was determined to be less than 10 minutes. the correlation coefficient (r2) was 0.9999 and rsd of less than 2%. intraday accuracy was found to be 99.747%, 99.475%, 98.457% and 99.824% for 62.5 µg/ml, 15.625 µg/ml, 7.812 µg/ml, and 1.953 µg/ml respectively, while interday accuracy was found to be 99.104%, 99.091%, 98.96%, and 99.385% in plasma for days 1, 2, and 3 [5]. basan and colleagues measured ketoprofen in ampules and gels at 261 nm. the lod for ampules and gels were determined and found to be 0.303 and 0.436 g/ml, respectively. the mean s.d. values were 25.25 ± 0.27 in gels and 99.42 ± 0.44 in ampules. gel and ampule recovery rates were 98.65–100.63 % and 99.1–101.5 % respectively [6]. ketoprofen was determined in pharmaceutical formulations by kormosh and co-workers using a simple spectrophotometric method. the procedure involves reacting ketoprofen with ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 79 the analytical reagent, then extracting the produced ion association in toluene and measuring it spectrophotometrically (its absorbance at 563 nm, = 7.6 104 lmol-1× cm-1). ketoprofen had a lod of 0.037 µg/ml and a linear calibration plot from 0.8 to 16.0 µg/ml [2]. a uv spectrophotometric method was used to analyze ketoprofen in its dose form, with 1m nahco3 as the diluent. at 260 nm, ketoprofen had the highest absorption. it was shown to be linear (r2=0.998) with low detection and quantification limits (0.78 µg/ml, 2.35 µg/ml) [7]. a simple kinetic method is used to identify ketoprofen in its purest form, medicines, and biological fluids. in the procedure, an electrophilic intermediate was generated, which then reacts with ketoprofen to produce a colored product. the absorbance was measured at 605 nm. the correlation was linear, with a lod of 0.07 µg/ml. tablets, gel, and suspension had percent recoveries of 100.11, 100.10, and 100.11, respectively, but suppositories, capsules, and ampoules all had percent recoveries of 100.0 [8]. a flow injection method is coupled with it sensitizing by zhuang and song to generate a fast chemiluminescence method to analyse ketoprofen. r2 and lod and r.s.d. were determined and found to be of 0.9999, 2.0 × 10-8 mol/l and 0.8 % respectively [9]. for the identification of ketoprofen in pharmaceutical preparations, a fused silica capillary was employed for separation at 200 nm with 15% (v/v) methanol. it takes roughly 13 minutes to complete a single separation. when comparing the results to those reported in the literature using the rp-hplc method, no statistically significant differences were detected [10]. ketoprofen in dialystes was determined using lc–ms/ms on a c18 column (100 mm × 2.1mm i.d., 1.7µm) with a mobile phase of 60:20:20 (v/v/v). 5µl samples were injected and analyzed at a temperature of 22 ± 0.5°c. at 1.07 minutes, ketoprofen eluted. at the transitions 253.00 > 209.00 ketoprofen response was optimized. calibrations curves showed a good linear correlation with correlation values > 0.999. the precision and accuracy were found to be between 99.97 and 104.67 %, with a mean recovery of ketoprofen of 88.03 ± 0.3 %. the lod and loq were determined to be 0.1 and 0.5 ng/ml, respectively [11]. rapid and easy analysis of ketoprofen in bodily fluids was developed using hplc. this antirheumatic medication, as well as an internal standard, must be extracted selectively from acidified plasma and urine using ether. after the ether has evaporated, the residue is dissolved in methanol and examined using rp-hplc [12]. hplc was performed to quantify ketoprofen in human plasma using a c18 (100 4.6 mm) column with an acetonitrile/ potassium dihydrogen phosphate 0.01 m (40:60, v/v) mobile phase at ph 3.5. the flow rate was fixed to 5 ml/ min and a wavelength of 254 nm. it took less than 5 minutes to complete the analysis. the rsd was less than 13% at this level with the lowest lod of 10 ng/ ml. after application of two topical ketoprofen formulations, human plasma samples were taken from healthy volunteers to measure relative bioavailability and demonstrate that ketoprofen applied topically has a low systemic bioavailability [13]. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 80 in the study by azeez and co-workers, a simple first and normal derivative ir spectroscopy method was used for determining ketoprofen in pharmaceutical formulations. ketoprofen has been quantified in the range of (1000 to 4000)µg/ml using transmittance measurements for the normal and first derivative spectrums against concentrations with a relative error of +4.33% and 4.78%, respectively, and rsd 1.15% and 1.37%. the r2 coefficients for both techniques were 0.993 and 0.978, respectively. the procedures were used to determine ketoprofen in various pharmaceutical samples, with a recovery rate of 97.691% [14]. the ketoprofen was determined in an oral pharmaceutical formulation by blanco and coworkers using capillary electrophoresis method. all samples were examined during a stability study revealed that the ketoprofen content in the body did not alter considerably over time. the enantiomeric impurities was ranged from 0.1% to 0.4 % [15]. 3. conclusion to determine the quality, safety, and efficacy of ketoprofen medications, as well as to monitor ketoprofen therapy, it is necessary to develop reliable, accurate, and efficient analytical methods. therefore, the purpose of the current essay was to review the previous studies over the past few decades that have provided important information on determining ketoprofen. different methods for determining ketoprofen are discussed in this review including chromatographic, spectroscopic and spectrometric methods. although hplc and uv spectroscopy was the most commonly used technologies for ketoprofen determination, lc–ms/ms showed great sensitivity with the lowest lod (0.5 ng/ml). however, to develop and test new inventive ketoprofens, more study is required in this field based on green chemistry principles. references 1. gentili, a. determination of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in environmental samples by chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques. analytical and bioanalytical chemistry. 2007,387(4),1185–202. 2. kormosh, z.; hunka, i.; basel, y. spectrophotometric determination of ketoprofen and its application in pharmaceutical analysis. acta poloniae pharmaceutica drug research. 2009,66(1),3–9. 3. dandić, a.; rajkovača, k.; jozanović, m.; pukleš, i.; széchenyi, a,; budetić, m. et al. review of characteristics and analytical methods for determination of indomethacin. reviews in analytical chemistry. 2022,41(1),34–62. 4. dvořák, j.; hájková, r.; matysová, l.; nováková, l.;koupparis, ma.; solich, p. simultaneous hplc determination of ketoprofen and its degradation products in the presence of preservatives in pharmaceuticals. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis. 2004,36(3),625–9. 5. zafar, f.;shoaib ,mh.; naz, a.; yousuf, ri.; ali, h. determination of ketoprofen in human plasma by rp-hplc. american journal of analytical chemistry. 2013,04(05),252–7. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 81 6. basan, h,; eda, s.; ozl, c,; ertas, n, g g. quantitative determination of ketoprofen in gels and ampules by using flow-injection uv spectrophotometry and hplc. 2005,39,606–11. 7. hassan, aa.; shantier, sw.; gad-kariem, ea. method and validation of uv-visible spectrophotometric method for estimation of ketoprofen in capsule and tablet dosage. indo american journal of pharmaceutical research. 2019,9(01),1865–70. 8. eid, m.; talaat, w. kinetic spectrophotometric method for the determination of ketoprofen in pharmaceuticals and biological fluids. structure. 2006,2(4),405–12. 9. zhuang, y,;song, h. sensitive determination of ketoprofen using flow injection with chemiluminescence detection. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis. 2007;44(3 spec. iss.):824–8. 10. šafra, j.; pospíšilová, m. separation and determination of ketoprofen, methylparaben and propylparaben in pharmaceutical preparation by micellar electrokinetic chromatography. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis. 2008,48(2),452–5. 11. tettey-amlalo rno, kanfer i. rapid uplc-ms/ms method for the determination of ketoprofen in human dermal microdialysis samples. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis. 2009,50(4),580–6. 12. farinotti, r.; mahuzier. g. high‐performance liquid chromatographic determination of ketoprofen in blood and urine. journal of pharmaceutical sciences. 1979,68(4),484–5. 13. 13. allegrini a, nuzzo l, zucchelli m, scaringi at, felaco s, giangreco d, pavone d, toniato e, mezzetti a, martinotti s, comuzio s, di grigoli m. fast hplc method for the determination of ketoprofen in human plasma using a monolithic column and its application to a comparative bioavailability study in man. drug resarch. 2009,59 (3):135–140. 14. azeez am, fakhre na. determination of ketoprofen in tablet dosage forms by derivative ir spectroscopy. egyptian journal of chemistry. 2022;65(1):215–9. 15. blanco m, gonzález jm, torras e, valverde i. enantiomeric purity determination of ketoprofen by capillary electrophoresis: development and validation of the method. analytical and bioanalytical chemistry. 2003;375(1):157–63. 16. shafique a, alothman za, akram s, akram s, saad sohail c, mushtaq m. an expedient and rapid high-performance liquid chromatographic method for the kinetic study of ketoprofen. journal of king saud university science [internet]. 2020;32(3):2212–8. available from: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jksus.2020.02.033 17. eichhold th, bailey re, tanguay sl, steven h h. determination of (r)and (s)ketoprofen in human plasma by liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry following automated solid-phase extraction in the 96-well format. journal of mass spectrometry. 2000;35(4):504–11. 18. hložek t, bursová m, čabala r. fast ibuprofen, ketoprofen and naproxen simultaneous determination in human serum for clinical toxicology by gc-fid. clinical biochemistry. 2014;47(15):109–11. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 82 19. koppala s, ranga reddy v, anireddy js. development and validation of a novel stability-indicating rp-hplc method for the simultaneous determination of related substances of ketoprofen and omeprazole in combined capsule dosage form. journal of chromatographic science. 2016;54(5):765–75. 20. abdel-hamid me, novotny l, hamza h. determination of diclofenac sodium, flufenamic acid, indomethacin and ketoprofen by lc-apci-ms. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis. 2001;24(4):587–94. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |54 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 novel approach of oxidative coupling reaction with 1naphthol of the simultaneous metformin drug determination in either pharmaceutics formulations or environmental samples of water using homemade cfia merging zones techniques bushra basheer qassim dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad received in:1/june/2016,accepted in:28/june/2016 abstract a newly developed fia-merging zones spectrophotometric system, the method is rapid, accurate and sensitive for metformin hydrochloride determination through the oxidation of 1 naphthol by sodium hypochlorite and coupling with metformin.hcl in the presence of sodium hydroxide to form a blue soluble ion pair and this product was determined using homemade cfia-merging zones techniques , at 580 nm. data treatment shows that linear range is (0.535) µg/ ml. the optimization conditions for various chemical and physical conditions of [mtfnaocl-α-naphthol-naoh] system were investigated. the lod was 0.01µg / ml and loq 0.1µg/ml from the lowest concentration of the calibration graph with r 2 % 99.18 and rsd% did not exceed 3%, sample through put 48 sample/h while percentage recovery (rec.%) were from 97-100% , indicate no interferences of the tablet excipients. the method was applied successfully, for estimation of metformin in environmental samples of water and pharmaceutical drugs. statistical analysis of results was compared, shows the method can be regarded as an alternative analytical way for determining of metformin. hydrochloride in bulk and dosage forms samples. keywords: cfia, mtf. hcl, 1-naphthol, merging zones, naocl, spectrophotometric determination. chemistry |55 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 introduction metformin. hydrochloride (mtf.hcl), chemically 1,1-dimethyl biguanide hydrochloride [1] (c4h11n5.hcl) is white crystalline powder (fig.1). there are two types of diabetes: (type i) and (type ii), the later is the commonest cause one, maintaining blood sugar values as close to the physiological range possible is essential in diabetic patient to prevent mortality and morbidity [2]. metformin. hcl is an oral anti diabetic drugs that treatment of (type ii) diabetes mellitus (non-insulin dependent) that improves the control of sugar level in blood primarily through the inhibiting hepatic glucogenolysis & gluconeogenesis [3-5]. it acts as antimicrobial, antimalerial, analgesic and antimetabolite for organisms that inhibit the metabolism of folic acid [6, 7]. it seems to ameliorate hyperglycemia through improving, peripheral sensitive for insulin, hepatic glucose tolerance production with reducing gastrointestinal glucose absorption. recently mtf has become affordable for the treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome and has been found to improve vascular function, reverse fatty liver and prevent pancreatic cancer [8]. various methods have been developed for the determination of mtf.hcl in pharmaceutical formulations and biological samples including; conductometric titrations [9]. gas chromatography [10,11], capillary electrophoresis [12], lc [13], adsorptive catalytic square-wave voltammetry [14], potentiometric titration [15] , ion-selective electrode [16] , colorimetric [17-19] , flow injection chemiluminescence [20-22] , hplc [23,24] and spectrophotometrically [25-28]. from these, techniques many of disadvantages were observed using complexation extraction methods, which have were time consuming , column – switching technique and ultra filtration have been developed to improve selectivity and specificity. an approach based on the flow injection is a well known technique that offers improvement in most batch methods; providing high sample, through putting rate, sensitive, simple sample preparation [29] and instrumentation. this work describes a new simple and continuous flow / merging zones technique with spectrophotometric detection for the determination of metformin via the oxidation of 1naphthol by sodium hypochlorite and coupling with drug in alkaline medium to form colored product measured at 580 nm. the developed method was used in many estimation of environmental water samples and pharmaceutical preparations. experimental chemicals all chemicals were of analytical reagent grade and distilled water was used to prepare solutions. mtf-hcl stock solution (500µg.ml -1 ) from ndi (c4h12n5.cl, 165.63 g.mol -1 , ndi, 500 µg.ml -1 ) was prepared by dissolving 0.05 gm of metformin. hydrochloride pure material in distilled water in 100 ml volumetric flask. sodium hypochlorite stock solution: (naocl, 74.44g.mol -1 , sdi, 2m), was prepared by dissolving 14.888 g of naocl in 100 ml of distilled water in a volumetric flask, more dilution for stock solution to have a series of solutions. sodium hydroxide solution: (naoh, 39.997 g.mol -1 , bdh, 2m) was prepared by dissolving 7.999 g of naoh in 100 ml volumetric flask in distilled water. 1-naphthol stock solution : (m.wt = 144.17 g.mol -1 , bdh) (4×10 -3 m) was prepared by dissolving 0.058 g of 1-naphthol in 100 ml of ethanol and well shacked before use, more dilution was made by ethanol to have a series of working solutions. chemistry |56 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 procedure for pharmaceutical preparations (tablets) ten tables of pure metformin hydrochlorid (500mg ) were accurately weighed and crushed to fine powder . an amount of the powder equivalent to 500 mg of metformin was dissolved in 100 ml distilled water in a volumetric flask , mixed it (30 min), and filtrated off the solution to remove undissolved portion which affect on the response , more dilution by distilled water for this solution was made to have solution with different concentrations , treat these solutions under recommended procedure. procedure for tap water take water samples from different origins in iraq then the samples were filtered and analyzed by the proposed method. the result obtained shows negative results then the samples were spiked with the concentration ranging from 1-35 µg.ml -1 of metformin. hcl then analyzed these samples as recommended procedure and the concentration was calculated by using the calibration curve of the method. apparatus fia procedure used a quartz flow cell with 100µl internal volume. an injection valve (homemade) (six-three ways which include 3-loops made of teflon) that loaded by a mixture of metformin with sodium hypochlorite in (loop1) (l1), 1-naphthol was loaded in (loop2) (l2) and sodium hydroxide was loaded in (loop3) (l3) (figure (2)) based on merging-zones technique were employed using suitable injection volumes of standard solutions and sample. peristaltic pump (master flex c/l, usa with power supply (0-250 v)) was used to transport the reagent solutions . all spectral measurements were conducted on an optima visible sp300 digital single beam recording spectrophotometer (japan), for the absorbance measurements as peak height (mv) through (kompensograph) c1032, siemens or absorbance with digital multimeter (dt 9205a, china). flexible vinyl tubes of 0.5 mm internal diameter were used for the peristaltic pump , the reaction coil was made of glass with internal diameter of 2 mm. the distilled water was chosen as carrier which combined with injection samples either pharmaceutical preparation or tap water samples with sodium hypochlorite l1 . the stream is then merged with the reagent 1-naphthol, l2, then mixed with sodium hydroxide l3. all the solutions were mixed in reaction coil with length of 50 cm, injection sample of 100µl. flow rate of carrier of 3.3 ml.min -1 , the colored product formed was measured at 580 nm as a peak height in mv. figure (2) shows the manifold of flow system that is used for determination and detection of metformin.hcl in bulk, pharmaceuticals and tap water samples. methodology a fia manifold system for determination of mtf-hcl via spectrophotometric reaction with 1-naphthol to form a blue colored product which is measured at λ max 580 nm was constructed of one line as shown in scheme (2). fia procedure was applied to the carrier stream (d.w.) at flow rate 3.3ml/min leading to the injection valve which consists of three loops, l1 for a mixture of metformin with sodium hypochlorite as oxidizing agent, l2 for 1-naphthol as a reagent and l3 for sodium hydroxide as a medium. the content of loops mixed together in 50 cm mixing coil and the response of the formed colored product (blue) was detected via vis. spectrophotometer (homemade with flow cell) and recorded as peak height in mv through the recorder. each measurement was repeated three times. sampling rates were found to be 48 sample / hour . the proposed mechanism of the reaction is shown in scheme (1), according to the results obtained from the plot of mole ratio (figure (3)) which indicates the existence of the formed product as (1:1) (mtf:-naph.). chemistry |57 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 result and discussion spectroscopic study when a dilute solution of metformin was mixed with 0.5 ml of 1m sodium hypochlorite as an oxidizing agent and 1.5 ml of 1naphthol 1x10 -3 m followed by the addition of 1 ml of 0.8 m sodium hydroxide. a blue colored product was formed immediately formed [33] , the recorded spectrum of the formed product shows a maximum at 580 nm against reagent blank as shown in figure (4). optimization of experimental parameters the chemical (concentrations of reagent solution used in the reaction ) and physical parameters (sample volume, reaction coil length, purge time and flow rate) were examined. optimization of chemical parameters the influence of sodium hydroxide in the range of (0.1-1.5 m) was studied, 1m seems to be the optimum concentration as indicated in figure (5) and table (1). the influence of sodium hypochlorite was investigated by using solutions of various concentrations (0.01-1.7m ) . a concentration of 1.2m gave the highest peak height and chosen to be the optimum concentration as shown in figure (6). the results obtained were summarized in table (2) the influence of 1naphthol which was used as a reagent was studied by using different concentrations (1x10 -4 – 2.5x10 -3 m ) .it was found that 2.5x10 -3 m was the ideal concentration of 1-naphthol as shown in figure (7) and table (3) , and chosen for further experiments . optimization of physical parameters the effect of flow rate was studied by using different flow rates (1-7ml/min ) , the results show that in the slow flow rates the response was suffers sharp decline which may be due to the high dispersion . in high flow rates mix time will not be enough to diffusion of metformin in reagent 1-naphthol this is due to lose in the peak height therefore, 3.3 ml/min of flow rate was chosen to be ideal flow rate because it gave a good response as indicated in figure (8). the volume of injection sample was examined in the range of ( 20-130 µl ) and it was found that 100µl was the optimum sample injection volume and chosen for subsequent experiment as shown in figure (9) . the length of reaction coil was studied, from the results obtained it was observed that 50 cm was optimum reaction coil and if the reaction coil is taller than 50 cm the response will be distribution as shown in figure (10), while if the reaction coil is lower than 50 the peak will suffer a decline due to not enough time for completing the reaction. therefore 50 cm was chosen to be the optimum reaction coil. purge time of the injected sample under optimal parameters that were achieved in the previous studies . the purge time of the distilled water was studied. different purge times from (5-25) seconds and open valve ( > 25 ) injected mode was adopted throughout the research work, figure (11), shows that the purge time more than 25 sec. giving a highest response. open valve was selected to complete transportation of sample from sample loop to flow cell. chemistry |58 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 calibration graph a series of different concentrations of metformin.hcl ranging from ( 0.1-35 µg.ml -1 ) were prepared by appropriate dilution a standard solution of metformin 500 µg.ml -1 . all chemical and physical parameters were set at their ideal values. the results obtained indicate that the response is changed linearly with the variation of metformin.hcl concentration as shown in table (4) which indicated that ftab = = = 8.073 ˂˂ f stat. = 845.5631 therefore , there is a significant relation between the response obtained and metformin.hcl concentration , as shown in figure (12). the limit of detection was evaluated using three different methods and the result obtained are tabulated in table (5). repeatability study the repeatability of the method was acheaved by carrying out ten injection sample measurements for two concentrations 8 and 12µg.ml -1 , the results obtained were summarized in table (6) which indicated that the method has a high sensitive and good repeatability as shown in figure (13). analytical applications the proposed method was used for estimation of metformin.hcl in tap water and in pharmaceutical formulations (tablets ) available in the markets. the results obtained were compared with classical spectrophotometric method. the standard addition method was used and the result were treated mathematically and tabulated in table (7). from table (8) observed that’s no significant differences between the two method, then the proposed method adopted for determination of mtf in different environmental water samples and in dosage forms that treatment of diabetes mellitus (type ii) (non-insullin dependent). conclusion the proposed flow injection/merging zones method was a novel method; it is characterized by inexpensive, rapid, sensitive and simple for determination of metformin.hcl. the method based on reaction between metformin and 1-naphthol after oxidized 1-naphthol by sodium hypochlorite in the presence of sodium hydroxide as a medium to yield a blue colored product. good reproducible for different ranges of concentrations were achieved in all the experiment carried out through this project and that was indicated that the proposed method have a good accuracy and can be used as an alternative simple method for the determination of metformin drug in pure, pharmaceutics formulations and environmental samples, the method (standard addition) was used to avoid matrix effects. references 1. bndavari, s., (2001), "the merck index" , 2001 , white house station : merk & co inc., 998. 2. the indian phamacopeia, (1996), 4 th ed., i . new delhi : the controller of publications , 469 . 3. nelson, r.; sspann, d. ; elliott, d. ; bronds, a. and vuliet, r. , (2004) , journal of veterinary medicine , 18 , 18-24 . 4. bailey, c. j. (1992), ''biguanides and niddm'' ; diabetes care 15 , 755-772 . chemistry |59 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 5. arayne, ms ; sultana, n.; zuberi, mh & siddiqui, fa, (2009), ''spectrophotometric qquantitation of metformin in bulk drug and pharmaceutical formulations using multivariate technique, indian j. pharm. sci., 71 , 331-335 . 6. siest, g. ; roos, f. & gabou, j., (1963), '' dosage du n,ndimethyl biguanide (glycophage ) par le diacetyl en milieu alcalin '' , bull . soc. pharm. nancy 58 , 29-38 . 7. pignard, p., (1962), ''spectrophotometric determination of n, n – dimethyl biguanide in blood and urine , ann. biol. clin. 20 , 325-333. 8. wang s., kusuhara h., kate y., jonker w. and sugiyama, y., (2003), molecular pharmacology, 16 (4) , 844-848 . 9. martinez, c. j.; campins, f. p. & pascul, m.y.m.c., (1985), ''metformin and moroxidine determination with cu( ii ) '' , anal., let., 18 (11) , 1381-1390 . 10. sane, r.t.; banavaliker, v.j.; bhate, v. r. and nayak, v. g. (1989), ''gas chromatographic determination of metformin hydrochloride from pharmaceutical preparations '' , ind., drugs , 26 , 647-648. 11. alkalay, d.; volk, j. and bartlett, m. f., (1976), ''conversion of biguanides in to substituted s-triazines assayable by gc or mass fragmentography'', j. pharm., sci., 65, 525-529. 12. edward, p. & shery, f., (2006), " solid phase extractionnon-aqueous capillary electrophoresis for determination of metformin, phenformin and glyburide in human plasma", journal of chromatogr. b , 843 (1) , 94-99 . 13. vasudevan, m.; ravi, j. ; ravishankar, s. & suresh, b., (2001), ''ion–pair liquid chromatography technique for the determination of metformin in its multi component ddosage forms '' , j. pharm. , biomed., anal., 25 , 77-84. 14. slawomira, s.; valentine, m.; witold, c.; adam, s. & robert, z., (2007), journal pharma. biomed. anal. , 45 (2) , 275-281. 15. british pharmacopeia , vol. ii combridge , (1988) , university press cambridge . 16. dobaria, n.; shan, s. & rajput, (2006), indian journal of pharmaceutical science , 68 (5) , 562-565 . 17. hassan, s.; mohmoud, w.; elmosallamy, m. & othman, a. , (1999) , analytica chimica acta , 378 (1-3) , 299-311 . 18. ashour, s. & kabbani, r. , (2003) , " direct spectrophotometric determination of metformin hydrochloride in pure form and in drug formulations", anal. lett., 36 (2) , 361-370 . 19. mubee g. & noor k. , 2009 , indian journal of pharmaceutical science , 71 (1) , 100102 . 20. wang, z. ; zhang, z.; wf, l. & zhang, x. , (2003) , " sensitive flow-injection chemiluminescence determination of metformin based on n-bromosuccinimidefluorescein system", anal. lett , 36(12), 2683-2697. 21. karine, l.; santos, m. & lima, c. , (2005) , acatalytic multipumping flow system for the chemiluminometric determination of metformin, anal. bioanal. chem., 382, 452457. 22. chao, h. ; zhang, z.; deyong, h. & xiong, y. , (2006) , anal. bioanal. , chem. , 385, 128-133 . chemistry |60 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 23. cheng, c. l. and chou, c.h. , (2001) , '' determination of metformin in human plasma by hplc with spectrophotometric detection , j. chromatogra. b, 762, 51-58. 24. porta, v.; schramms, g. ; kano, e. k. ; koono, e. e. ; armando, y.p. ; fukuda, k. & erra, g. h. r., (2008), ''hplc-uv determination of metformin in human plasma for application in pharmaco kinetics and bioequivalence studies , journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis , 46 , 143-147 . 25. british pharmacopeia, (2009), her majesty, stationary office, london, p.3813, 9372. 26. nafea, h.m., (2011), ''spectroscopic studies and analysis of complexes via the reaction of selected ligands with some metal ions, m.sc. thesis, univ. of baghdad. 27. bentefrit,f f.; morgant, g. ; viossat, b.; leonce, s. & coworkers, (1997), ''synthesis and antitumor activity oof the metformin platinum (iv) complex , crystall structure of the tetra chloro (metformin) platinum (iv) dimethyl sulfoxide solvate '' , j. inorg . biochem., 68 (1) , 53-59 . 28. reo, n.k. & annapurna, m.m., (2007), ''copper & nickel complexes of metformin synthesis characterization and pharmacodynamic evalution , research papers , 3, 43-46. 29. calatyud , j. m. , (1996) , '' flow injection analysis of pharmaceutical , automation in the lab. , taylor & francis , london , 898 . 30. bernes, j. a. and murdoeh, j., (1974), "statistical tablets" , 2 nd , ed. , macmillan, 8. 31. miler, j.c. and miller, j.n. , (1988) , "statistics for analytical chemistry" , 2 nd , ed. , n.y. sons and john wiley . 32. bluman, a.g. , (1997) , "elementary statistics", 3 rd , ed. , wcb/mc graw-hill , new york . 33. farah, kh. o. and nief, r. a. , (2012), ''spectrophotometric determination of metformin hydrochloride via oxidation coupling reaction with 1-naphthol in pharmaceutical and environmental water sample '' , iraqi national journal of chemistry , 46 , 161-170 . table (1):effect of sodium hydroxide concentration on the response intensity [naoh] m * av. pkh (n=3) x, mv * n-1 %rsd * cl * * 05.0 sem tx  0.1 430 1.61 0.37 430 ± 1.15 0.3 580 2.09 0.36 580 ± 1.49 0.5 840 1.84 0.22 840 ± 1.32 0.7 890 0.72 0.08 890 ± 0.51 1 830 1.35 0.16 830 ± 0.96 1.2 760 1.22 0.16 760 ± 0.87 1.5 640 2.1 0.33 640 ± 1.50 * av. pkh; average peak height, *n-1; standard deviation, * cl; confidence interval of the mean, %rsd * ; relative standard deviation, * sem; standard error mean. chemistry |61 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (2):effect of sodium hypochlorite concentration on peak height in (mv) [naocl] m * av. pkh (n=3) x, mv * n-1 %rsd * cl * * 05.0 sem tx  0.01 150 0.25 0.167 150 ± 0.178 0.03 220 0.55 0.25 220 ± 0.393 0.05 330 1.02 0.31 330 ± 0.73 0.07 530 0.07 0.013 530 ± 0.05 0.1 600 2.01 0.335 600 ± 1.44 0.3 650 1.09 0.167 650 ± 0.78 0.5 720 0.03 0.004 720 ± 0.021 0.7 820 0.06 0.007 820 ± 0.005 1 900 1.03 0.114 900 ± 0.081 1.2 925 1.01 0.11 925 ± 0.079 1.5 875 0.2 0.023 875 ± 0.016 1.7 702 0.57 0.081 702 ± 0.058 table (3):effect of 1-naphthol on peak height in (mv) [1-naphthol] m * av. pkh (n=3) x, mv * n-1 %rsd * cl * * 05.0 sem tx  1x10 -4 100 0.02 0.02 100 ± 0.014 3x10 -4 220 1.02 0.46 220 ± 0.73 5x10 -4 320 0.035 0.011 320 ± 0.025 9x10 -4 400 0.06 0.015 400 ± 0.043 1x10 -3 501 0.079 0.015 501 ± 0.057 1.5x10 -3 652 1.03 0.158 652 ± 0.74 1.9x10 -3 710 1.21 0.170 710 ± 0.87 2x10 -3 830 0.061 0.0073 830 ± 0.044 2.5x10 -3 950 0.081 0.0085 950 ± 0.058 3x10 -3 804 1.021 0.13 804 ± 0.73 3.5x10 -3 700 1.01 0.144 700 ± 0.72 table (4):anova for linear equation result obtain from calibration graph for the determination of metformin .hcl using fia-merging zones technique [3-,32] source sum of squares df mean square fstat.= ⁄ regr. ( ̅ 988362.1 1 988362.1 845.5631 error ( ̅ i) 8182.162 7 1168.88028 total ( yi ̅) 996544.262 8 chemistry |62 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (5):limit of detection of metformin .hcl at ideal conditions for [ mtfnaoclαnaphthol – oh ] system minimum concentration in calibration graph the value of slope x= linear equation ( ŷ(mv) = yb+ 3sb ) 0.01µg.ml -1 2.2x10 -4 µg.ml -1 65.187 µg.ml -1 yb = average response for (the blank solution) (equivalent to intercept of straight line in equation , sb= standard deviation of blank solution (0.002) , x = value of lod based on slope . table (6):repeatability of metformin . hcl results *ttab. = 2.26 at 95% confidence limit for ( n-1 ) . table(7): results obtained for the estimation of metformin .hcl in tap water samples and pharmaceutical preparations pharmaceutical preparation and tab water samples conc. of metformin. hcl µg.ml -1 erel % rec% rsd% present found glucosam tablet (ndi) iraq 500mg 3 3.005 0.166 100.166 0.2 25 25.07 0.28 100.28 1.05 glucosam tablet (ndi) iraq 850mg 3 3 0.00 100 0.5 25 24.995 -0.02 99.98 0.021 metformal (spa-italy ) 3 3 0.00 100 0.1 25 25 0.00 100 1.67 tap water sample 1 3 3.02 0.66 100.66 0.23 25 25.1 0.4 100.4 2.2 tap water sample 2 3 3 0.00 100 1.62 25 24.99 -0.04 99.96 2.1 tap water sample 3 3 3.1 3.3 103.3 2.09 25 25.09 0.36 100.36 1.20 metformin concentration µg.ml -1 number of measuring (n) ̅ (n = 10) mv standard deviation repeatability rsd% cl * ̅ ± * 8 10 334 1.53 2.22 334 ±1.09 12 10 390 1.50 0.207 390 ±1.07 chemistry |63 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 table (8):the comparison of the proposed fia-merging zones method with standard spectrophotometric method using f &tstatistical test pharmaceutical preparation and tap water samples proposed methods [33 ] official method s value fia rec% (xi̅) 2 1 rec% (xi ̅) 2 2 tcal** (critical.) fcal*** (critical.) glucosam tablet (ndi) iraq 500mg 100.2 0.06 99.75 0.27 0.187 1.808 2.179 1.156 4.284 glucosam tablet (ndi) iraq 850mg 99.99 0.21 100.25 0.00026 metformal (spa-italy ) 100 0.2 99.80 0.217 tap water sample 1 100.5 0.0030 101 0.54 tap water sample 2 99.98 0.216 99.5 0.59 tap water sample 3 102 2.42 101.3 1.07 ( ̅ 1) = 100.445 σ(xi̅) 2 1= 3.109 ( ̅ 2) =100.266 σ(xi̅) 2 2= 2.69 n1+n2-2=12 n1-1=6 n2-1=6 t ** calculate, f ** calculate figure (1) : chemical structure of metformin-hcl https://www.google.iq/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0cbwqfjaa&url=http%3a%2f%2ffsymbols.com%2fsigns%2fsigma%2f&ei=bcyxvcpaiieeywoyn7aacq&usg=afqjcnhsekuacenqan6bbgeboncg0auskg https://www.google.iq/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0cbwqfjaa&url=http%3a%2f%2ffsymbols.com%2fsigns%2fsigma%2f&ei=bcyxvcpaiieeywoyn7aacq&usg=afqjcnhsekuacenqan6bbgeboncg0auskg chemistry |64 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (2):schematic flow diagram for the estimation of metformin . hcl by 1-naphthol as a reagent in basic medium figure (3): mole ratio figure (4): absorption spectrum of the complex formed against reagent blank (a) and blank against distilled water (b) 3.3 chemistry |65 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (5): influence of naoh concentration figure (6): influence of naobr concentration figure (7): effect of 1-naphthol concentration chemistry |66 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (8): a plot variation of response versus flow rate (ml.min -1 ) figure (9): influence of injection sample figure (10): influence of reaction coil length chemistry |67 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 figure (11): effect of purge time figure (12): calibration curve for determination of metformin hydrochloride by fia – merging zones technique figure (13): response profile of repeatability measurement of metformin .hcl in fiamerging zones technique chemistry |68 2017(عام 2العدد ) 30هجلة إبن الهيثن للعلىم الصرفة والتطبيقية الوجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (2) 2017 oh + 1-naphthol h2n c nh h n c nh n ch3 ch3 mtf.hcl naocl o nh chn nh chn n ch3h3c blue color (at 580 nm) o sod. hypochloirde o naphthoquinone + nacl o + naoh -h2o scheme (1): the proposed mechanism of reaction for the determination of metformin by oxidative coupling reaction with 1-naphthol ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 398 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: stabraq.abd2103m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract the structure of this paper includes introduction the definition of the nano topological space, which was defined by m. l. thivagar, who defined the lower approximation of g and the upper approximation of g, as well as defined the boundary region of g and some other important definitions that were mentioned in this paper with giving some theories on this subject. some examples of defining nano perfect mappings are presented along with some basic theories. also, some basic definitions were presented that form the focus of this paper, including the definition of nano pseudometrizable space, the definition of nano compactly generated space, and the definition of completely nano para-compact. in this paper, we presented images of nano perfect mappings with some definitions and important evidence related to them, then we presented inverse images of nano perfect mappings with related theories. keywords: nano topological space,nano continuous mappings,nano compact space,nano perfect mappings. 1. introduction [1] introduced the concept of nano topological spaces with respect to a subset g of a universe u, which known as terms of approximations and boundary region of a subset of an universe using an equivalence relation on it and also known as nano-closed-sets, nano-interior and nano-closure. [2] introduced fibrewise ij-perfect bitopological spaces and [3] introduced weak and strong forms of ωperfect mappings. [4] introduced r𝛼-compactness on bitopological spaces. [5] introduced on cohomology groups of four-dimensional nilpotent associative algebras. [6,7,8,9,10] introduce some basic concepts that helped us build this work. [11,12 ,13,14] introduce some types of mappings in bitopological spaces and soft simply compact spaces and other topics related to the doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3051 article history: received 30 september 2022, accepted 20 february 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq some results on nano perfect mappings e. a. mohsin department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq@istabraq.abd2103m y. y. y𝐨us𝐢f department of mathematics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haytham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. yousif.y.y@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq m. el sayed najran university, college of science and arts, department of mathematics, 66445, saudi arabia. mebadris@nu.edu.sa https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:stabraq.abd2103m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:istabraq.abd2103m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:istabraq.abd2103m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:yousif.y.y@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:yousif.y.y@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mebadris@nu.edu.sa mailto:mebadris@nu.edu.sa ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 399 mentioned sources. in this paper, we introduce a nano perfect mappings and several related theorems. definition 1.1 : [15] let u be a non empty finite set of objects is said to be the universe and r be an equivalence relation on u is called indiscernibility relation. then u is divided into disjoint equivalence classes. components belonging to the same equivalence class are called the indiscernible with one another. the spouse (u, r) is called the approximation-space. let g ⊆ u. then, a) the lower approximation of g with reference to r is the set of all objects which can be categorized as g with reference to r and is symboly by lor(g). that is, lor(g) = ⋃{r(g): r(g) ⊆ g, g ∈ u} where r(g) indicate the equivalence class determined by g ∈ u. b) the upper approximation of g with reference to r is the set of all objects which can be possibly classified as g with reference to r and is symboly by upr(g). that is, upr(g) = ⋃{r(g): r(g) ⋂ g ≠ ∅, g ∈ u}. c) the boundary region of g with reference to r is the set of all objects which can be classified neither as g nor as not /g with reference to r and is symboly by bor(g). bor(g) = upr(g) / lor(g). property 1.2 : [16] if (u, r) is an approximation space and g,h ⊆ u, then a) lor(g) ⊆ g ⊆ upr(g). b) lor(∅) = upr(∅) = ∅. c) lor(u) = upr(u) = u. d) upr(g⋃h) = upr(g) ⋃ upr(h). e) upr(g⋂ h) ⊆ upr(g) ⋂ upr(h) . f) lor(g⋃h) ⊇ lor(g) ⋃ lor(h) . g) lor(g⋂h) = lor(g) ⋂ lor(h). h) lor(g) ⊆ lor(h) and upr(g) ⊆ upr(h) whenever g⊆h. i) upr(g c) =[lor(g)] 𝐶 and lor(g c) = [upr(g)] c. j) upr[upr(g)] = lor[upr(g)] = upr(g). k) lor[lor(g)] = upr[lor(g)] = lor(g). definition 1.3 : [16] if τr(g) is the nano-top-sp.on u with respect to g, then the set b = { u , lor(g) , bor(g) } is the nano-basis for τr(g). definition 1.4 : [17] let u be the universe, r be an equivalence relation on u and τr(g) = {u, ∅, lor(g), upr(g), bor(g)}, where g ⊆ u. then τr(g) it achieves the following axioms: a) u and ∅ ∈ τr(g). b) the union of the components of any subset of τr(g) is in τr(g). c) the intersection of the components of any finite subset of τr(g) is in τr(g). therefore, τr(g) is a topology on u called the nano topology (denoted by nano-top.) on u with reference to g. we call (u, τr(g)) as the nano topological space (denoted by nano-top-sp.) the components of τr(g) are said to be nano open sets (denoted by nano-ope-sets). the complement of a nano-ope-set is called a nano closed set(denoted by nano-clos-set). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 400 definition 1.5 : [18] let (u, τr(g)) and (v, τr` (h)) be nano-top-sp. then a mapping (dented by map.) f : (u, τr(g)) ⟶ (v, τr` (h)) is nano continuous (denoted by nano-cont.) on u if the inverse image of each nano-ope-set in v is nano-ope. in u. definition 1.6 : [18] a function f : (u, τr(g)) ⟶ (v, τr` (h)) is a nano-clos. mapping if the image of each nano-clos-set in u is nano-clos. in v. definition 1.7 : [13] let (g, τr(g)) be a nano-top-sp.and a ⊆ g.the nano-closure of a set a is symboly by nci(a) is the intersection of all nano-clos-sets containing a or all clos-super-sets of a; i.e.,the smallest clos-set containing a. definition 1.8 : [18] a function f:(u,τr(g))⟶(v,τr` (h)) is called a nano homeomorphism if : a) f is 1-1 and onto. b) f is nano-cont. c) f is nano-ope. definition 1.9 : [19] a set {ai: i ∈ i } of nano-ope-sets in a nano-top-sp. ((u, τr(g)) is said to be nano-ope-cover of a subset b of u if b ⊂ {ai: i ∈ i } holds. definition 1.10 : [19] a space (u, τrʹ (g)) is called nano hausdroff space (denoted by nano-hausdsp.) if whenever g and h are distinct points of (u,τr(g)) , find disjoint nano-ope-sets a and b such as g ∈ a and h ∈ b. definition 1.11 : [19] let (u,τr(g)) be a nano-top-sp. and w be a subspace of g. we said to be space w is nano-comp-sp. iff each open-cover from g cover w has a finite-sub-cover. definition 1.12 : [18] let (g, τr(g)) be anano-top-sp., and let {ui : ui ⊂ g}i∈λ be a open-cover of g is called locally finite-cover if for all point g ∈ g, find a nbd ug of g ⊂ ug such as it intersects only limited many components of the cover, hence such as ug ⋂ ui ≠ ∅, for only a finite number of i ∈ λ. definition 1.13 : [20] a top-sp.(g, τ) and the open-cover {ui: ui ⊂ g}i∈i is called refinement if a set of open subsets {vj: vj ⊂ g}i∈i which is still an open-cover in itself and such as for each j ∈ j, find an i ∈ i with vj ⊂ ui. definition 1.14 : [21] a nano-top-sp.(g, 𝜏𝑅 (𝐺)) is called nano regular space (denoted by nanoregu-sp.) iff for all nano closed set (denoted by nano-clos-set) f ⊂ g, and all point g ∉ f find nano open sets(denoted by nano-ope-sets) u and v such as g ∈ u, f ⊂ v and u⋂v = ∅. definition 1.15 : [21] a anao-top-sp.(u,τr(g)) is called nano-normal-space (denoted by nanonorm-sp.) if for any pair of disjoint nano-clos-sets a and b of u find nano-ope-sets v and w of u such as a ⊆ v and b ⊆ w. definition 1.16 : a nano-top-sp.(g, 𝜏𝑅 (𝐺)) is said to be nano paracompact space (denoted by nano-para-comp-sp.) if it satisfies for each nano-ope-cover has a locally finite-nano-open refinement. definition 1.17 : a nano-top-sp.(g, 𝜏𝑅 (𝐺)) is said to be nano metrizable-space if there is a metric d : g×g ⟶ [0,∞], such as the nano topology induced by d is τ, and is nano homeomorphic to a metric-space. 2. images of nano perfect mappings. we study the images of nano perfect mappings and some theories related to the topic. definition 2.1 : a map f : g ⟶ h is said to be nano perfect (dented by nano-perf.) if it is nano continuous (denoted by nano-cont.), nano closed (denoted by nano-clos.), and for each h ∈ h, 𝑓 −1(h) is nano compact (denoted by nano-comp.). ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 401 we show by the next examples: example 2.2 : let f : u ⟶ v be a map such as u= {a, b, c, d} with u r⁄ = {{a},{b} , {c, d}}. let g = {𝑎, 𝑐} ⊂ 𝑈. then τr(g) ={u, ∅ ,{a},{a,c,d},{c,d}}. let v= {x, y, z, w} with v rʹ⁄ = {{x},{y}, {z,w}} and h= {x,z} ⊂ v . then τrʹ (h) = {v, ∅ ,{x},{x,z,w},{z,w}}. such as f(a) = x , f(b) = y , f(c) = z , f(d) = w . then f is nano-perf-map. example 2.3 : let u ={a,b,c,d} with u r⁄ = {{b},{c},{a,d}}. let g = {a,b} ⊂ u . then τr(g) ={ u, ∅ ,{b},{a,b,d},{a,d}}. let v = {1, 2, 3, 4} with v rʹ⁄ = {{1},{2},{3},{4}} and h = {1, 3, 4} ⊂ v . then τrʹ (h) = {v, ∅ ,{1, 3, 4,}}. define f : u ⟶ v such as f(a) = 1 , f(b) = 2, f(c) = 3, f(4) = 4 then f is not nano-perf-map. theorem 2.4 : let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf-map. of g onto h . if the weight of g is infinite, then w(h) ≤ w(g). proof: let v ∽ be a nano-base for the nano-topology of g such as | v ∽ | = w(g) and let w ∽ consist of every sets of the form ⋃ bb∈b⏟ , where b ∽ is a finite subset of v ∽ . if w ∈ w ̴ , let tw = h\f(g\w) and let t be the set of nano-ope-sets of h of the form tw for some w in w ̴ . so w(g) is infinite, | w ̴ | = w(g) , so that the cardinality of the set t ∽ of nano-ope-sets of h does not exceed w(g). furthermore t ∽ is a nano-base for the nano-topology of h. for let j be an nano-ope-set of h and let h be a point of j. since 𝑓 −1 (h) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(j) and 𝑓 −1(h) is nano-comp., find w of w ∽ such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ w ⊂ 𝑓 −1(j). then h ∈ tw ⊂ j. it follows that w(h) ≤ w(g). theorem 2.5 : the class of nano-ti-spaces (denoted by nano-ti-sp.) is invariant under nano-perfmaps for i=1,2,3,4. proof: let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf. onto map: (a) if g is a nano-t1-sp. then all point {g} is a nano-clos-set. so let h ∈ h, then find g ∈ g such as f(g) = h. but f is nano-clos. and {g} is nano-clos.; hence {h} is nano-clos. in h. (b) let g be a nano-t2-sp. let h1, h2 be a pair of distinct points of h. the inverse images 𝑓 −1(h1) and 𝑓 −1(h2) are nano-comp.and disjoint subsets of g, so find nano-ope-sets u, v ⊂ g such as 𝑓 −1(h1) ⊂ u, 𝑓 −1(h2) ⊂ v and u⋂v=∅. so f is nano-clos., the sets a=h\f(g\u) and b=h\f(g\v) are nano-ope. in h such as 𝑓 −1(h1) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(a) ⊂ u and 𝑓 −1(h2) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(b) ⊂ v, a and b are nano-nbds of h1 and h2 respectively. moreover a⋂ b =[h\f(g\u)] ⋂ [h\f(g\v)] =h\[f(g\u) ⋃ f(g\v)] =h\f[g\(u⋂v)] =h\f(g) =∅ so h is a nano-t2-sp. (c) let g be a nano-t3-sp. let h ∈ h and f be a nano-clos-set in h such as h ∈ h so 𝑓 −1(h) is nano-comp-sub-set of g and 𝑓 −1(f) is a nano-clos-sub-set of g and 𝑓 −1(h) ⋂𝑓 −1(f) = ∅. so find u, v nano-ope-sub-sets of g such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ u and 𝑓 −1(f) ⊂ v with u⋂v = ∅. so f is nanoclos., find a, b nano-ope-sub-sets of h such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(a) ⊂ u and 𝑓 −1(f) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(b) ⊂ v. clearly, h ∈ a, f ⊂ b and a⋂b = ∅ so h is a nano-t3-sp. (d) let g be a nano-t4-sp. let f1, f2 be distinct nano-clos. subsets of h. so 𝑓 −1(f1) and 𝑓 −1 (f2) are nano-clos-sub-sets of g, find u, v nano-ope-sub-sets of g such as𝑓 −1(f1) ⊂ u, 𝑓 −1(f2) ⊂ v. since f is nano-clos., find nano-ope-sub-sets a, b of h such as𝑓 −1(f1) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(a) ⊂ u and 𝑓 −1(f2) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(b) ⊂ v. clearly, f1 ⊂ a, f2 ⊂ b and a, b are disjoint, hence h is a nano-t4-sp. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 402 theorem 2.6 : nano-compactness is invariant under nano-perf-maps. proof: let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf-map from a nano-comp-sp. g onto a space h. let u ∽ = { uα : α ∈ λ } be any nano-ope-cover of h. then 𝑓 −1( u ∽ ) is an nano-ope-cover of g. so find a finitesub-cover {𝑓 −1(uαi )}i=1 n for g. then {uαi }i=1 n is a finite-sub-cover of h, hence h is nano-comp. lemma 2.7 : for each nano-comp-sub-sp. a of a locally nano-comp-sp. g and each nano-ope-set v that contains a find an nano-ope-set u such as a ⊂ u ⊂ ncl(u) ⊂ v and ncl(u) is nano-comp. proof: for each g ∈ a take a nano-nbd vg of the point g such as ncl(𝑉g) ⊂ v and a nano-nbd wg of g such as ncl(𝑊g) is nano-comp. the set ncl(ug), where ug= vg⋂wg is nano-comp. because it is a nano-clos-sub-set of the nano-comp-sp. ncl(wg). so find a finite set {g1, g2, … , gk } ⊂ a such as a ⊂ u = ug1 ⋃ ug2 ⋃ … ⋃ ugk . the set ncl(u) = ncl(ug1 ) ⋃ ncl(𝑈𝑔2 ) ⋃ … ⋃ ncl(ugk ) is nano-comp. and clearly we have ncl(u) ⊂ ncl(vg1 ) ⋃ ncl(vg2 ) ⋃ … ⋃ ncl(vgk ) ⊂ v. theorem 2.8 : locally nano-compactness is invariant under nano-perf-maps. proof: let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf-map of a locally nano-comp-sp. g onto a space h. by lemma 2.7, for each h ∈ h find an nano-ope-set v ⊂ g such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ v and ncl(v) is nano-comp. the set w = h\f(g\v) is a nbd of h and since w = h\f(g\v) ⊂ h\(g\ncl(v)) ⊂ f(ncl(v)), the nano-closure ncl(w) is a nano-comp-sub-sp.of h. theorem 2.9 : a nano-cont. map f : g ⟶ h is nano-clos. if and only if for each point h ∈ h and each nano-ope-set u ⊂ g such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ u, then find an nano-ope-set v of h such as h ∈ v and 𝑓 −1(v) ⊂ u. proof : (⇒) let f be a nano-cont. map f : g⟶ h is nano-clos. and g ∈ h. let u be an nano-opeset in g, such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ u, so g \ u is nano-clos. in g. this implies f(g \ u) is nano-clos. in h. let v = h \ f(g \ u), then v is an nano-ope-sub-set of h such as h ∈ v and 𝑓 −1(v) = g \ 𝑓 −1(f(g \ u)) ⊂ u. (⇐) assume that the assumption holds. let f be a nano-clos-sub-set of g and h ∈ h \ f(f) and each nano-ope-set u ⊂ g such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ u find an nano-ope-set v of h such as h ∈ v and 𝑓 −1(v) ⊂ u. it is easy to show that v ⊂ h \ f(f). hence h \ f(f) is nano-ope. in h and this implies f(f) is nano-clos. in h. lemma 2.10 : if f : g ⟶ h is a nano-perf. onto map and {aα}α∈λ is a locally finite family of subsets of g, then {𝑓(aα)}α∈λ is a locally finite family of subsets of h. proof: let h be a point of h. if g ∈ 𝑓 −1(h) , then find an nano-ope-set vg of g such as g ∈ vg and λg = { α ∈ λ : vg⋂aα ≠ ∅ } is finite. since 𝑓 −1(h) is nano-comp., find a finite subset b of 𝑓 −1(h) such as 𝑓 −1 (h) ⊂ ⋃g∈b vg. by theorem 2.9, find an nano-ope-set w of h such as h ∈ w and 𝑓 −1(w) ⊂ ⋃g∈bvg. if w⋂f(aα) ≠ ∅, then 𝑓 −1(w) ⋂aα ≠ ∅, so that α ∈ m= ⋃g∈b. λg since m is a finite subset of λ, it follows that the family {𝑓(aα)}𝛼∈λ is locally finite. theorem 2.11 : for each point-finite nano-ope-cover {us}s∈s of a nano-normal space g find an nano-open-cover {vs}s∈s of g such as ncl(vs) ⊂ us for each s ∈ s. theorem 2.12 : if each nano-ope-cover of a top-sp. g has a locally finite nano-clos. refinement, then each nano-ope-cover of g has also a locally finite nano-ope. refinement. theorem 2.13 : nano-para-compactness is invariant under nano-perf-maps. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 403 proof: let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf-map from a nano-para-comp-sp. g onto a nano-top-sp. h. let v ∽ be any nano-ope-cover of the space h. so g is nano-para-comp., {𝑓 −1(v)}v∈v⏟ has a locally finite nano-ope. improvement {us}s∈s. therefore g is norm-sp., therefore by theorem 2.11,find a nano-clos-cover f ∼ = {fs}s∈s of g such as fs ⊂ us for each s ∈ s. since f ∼ is locally finite and nano-clos., it follows that {𝑓(fs)}s∈s is a locally finite nano-clos.improvement of the cover v ∼ . hence by theorem 2.12, v ∼ has an nano-ope. locally finite improvement and hence h is nano-paracomp. definition 2.14 : [15] let a ~ = {as}s∈s be a cover of a set g; the star of a set m ⊂ g with reference to a ∽ is the set st(m, a) = ⋃ {as : m⋂as ≠ ∅ }. the star of one ̴ point set {g} with reference to a cover a ~ is said to be the star of the point g with reference to a ~ and is symboly by st(g, a ~ ). definition 2.15 : a nano-pseudometrizable-space is a pair (g,d) where g is a set and d is a function d:g×g⟶[0,∞], is said to be nano-pseudometrizable, that satisfies the following properties for all g,h,i in g: a) d(g,h) = 0 if and only if g=h. b) d(g,h) = d(h,g). c) d(g,h) ≤ d(g,i) + d(i,h). lemma 2.16 : a space g is nano-pseudometrizable if and only if find a sequence { f ~n } n∈n of locally finite nano-clos-covering of g such as for all point g of g and all nano-ope-set u such as g ∈ u find an integer n such as st(g, f ~n ) ⊂ u. theorem 2.17 : if f : g ⟶ h is a nano-perf. onto map. and g is nano-pseudometizable-space, then h is a nano-pseudometizable-space. proof: choose a nano-pseudometric d on g which induces the nano-topology of g. for all positive integer n , let e ~𝑛 be a locally finite nano-clos. improvement of the covering {b1 2n⁄ (g)} g∈g of g. then by lemma 2.10, f ~n = { f(e) : e ∈ e ~n } is a locally finite nano-clos-covering of h for all positive integer n. we shall complete the proof by showing that the sequence { f ~n } n∈n satisfies the condition of lemma 2.16. let j be an nano-ope-set of h and let h be a point of j. then 𝑓 −1 (h) is nano-comp. and 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(j). the nano-cont. real value function ∅ know in 𝑓 −1(h), by putting ∅(g) =d(g, g\𝑓 −1(j)) if g ∈ 𝑓 −1(h), is bounded and attains its bounds. since ∅(g) >0 if g ∈ 𝑓 −1(h), it follows that find a point go ∈ 𝑓 −1(h) such as ∅ (g) ≥ ∅(g0) > 0 if g ∈ 𝑓 −1(h). thus find a positive integer n such as d(g, g\f(j)) ≥ 1 2⁄ 𝑛 if g ∈ 𝑓 −1(h). suppose that f f ~n+1 and h ∈ f. then f = f(e), where e ∈ e ∼n+1 and e⋂𝑓 −1(h) ≠ ∅. let g be a point of e⋂𝑓 −1(h) and suppose find g2 ∈ g such as g2 ∈ e⋂(g\𝑓 −1(j)). since there g1 ∈ g such that e ⊂ b1 2⁄ n+1(g1), it follows that d(g, g2) ≥ d(g, g1) + d(g1, g2) < 1 2⁄ 𝑛 . which is a inconsistency. hence e ⊂ 𝑓 −1(j) so that f ⊂ j. thus st(h, f ∼n ) ⊂ j. corollary 2.18 : if f : g ⟶ h is a nano-perf. onto map and g is a nano-metrizable-space, then h is a nano-metrizable-space. defintion 2.19 : in a nano-top-sp. g is a nano-compactly-generated-sp. (denoted by nano kspace) in which a subset is nano-clos. if it is intersection with any nano-comp-sub-set is clos. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 404 lemma 2.20 : a nano-hausd-sp. g is a nano k-space if and only if for all a ⊂ g, the set a is nano-clos. in g on condition the intersection of a with any nano-comp-sub-sp. f of the space g is nano-clos. in f. theorem 2.21 : if there exists a nano-perf-map f : g ⟶ h of a nano k-sp. g onto a top-sp. h, then h is a nano k-sp. proof: let a ⊂ h such as a⋂f is nano-clos. in f for each nano-comp-sub-set f of h. it suffices to show that a is nano-clos. in h. let k be a nano-comp-sub-set of g, so f(k) is nano-comp. in h, hence a⋂f(k) is nano-clos. in f(k), so 𝑓 −1(a)⋂k is nano-clos. in k. but g is a nano k-sp., so 𝑓 −1(a) is nano-clos. in g. thus 𝑓𝑓 −1(a) = a is nano-clos. in h, hence h is a nano k-sp. 3. inverse images of nana perfect mappings. we study the inverse images of nano perfect mappings and several related theorems. theorem 3.1 : nano-regularity is an inverse of nano-perf-maps. proof: let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf-map onto a nano-regu-sp. h. take a point g ∈ g and a nanoclos-set f ⊂ g such as g ∉ f. the set f⋂𝑓 −1(f(g)) is nano-comp. and does not contain g, since g is nano-hausd-sp. find disjoint nano-ope-sets u1, v1 ⊂ g such as g ∈ u1 and f⋂𝑓 −1(f(g)) ⊂ v1. the set f(f\v1) is nano-clos. in h and does not contain f(g), hence by nano-regularity of h, find disjoint nano-ope-sets u2 , v2 ⊂ h such as f(g) ∈ u2 and f(f\v1) ⊂ v2. the sets u = u1⋂𝑓 −1(u2) and v = v1⋂𝑓 −1(v2) are nano-ope. in g, disjoint, and contain the point g and the set f alternately. remark 3.2 : the remaining axioms of separation are not inverse invariants of nano-perf-maps. also complete nano-regularity is not inverse invariant of nano-perf-maps. see [8] exercis 3.10.c (c) , problem 3.12.20 (e) , example 5.1.40, and the book. theorem 3.3 : if f : g ⟶ h is a nano-perf-map, then for each nano-comp-sub-sp. r ⊂ h the inverse image 𝑓 −1(r) is nano-comp. proof : let ṵ = { uα : α ∈ λ } be a family of nano-ope-sets of g such as 𝑓 −1(r) ⊂ ∪α∈λ uα. if h ∈r, then find a finite subset m(h) of λ such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ ∪α∈m(h) uα. since f is a nano-clos.map, by theorem 2.6 find an nano-ope-set vh of h such as h ∈ vh and 𝑓 −1(vh ) ⊂ ∪α∈m(h) uα. since r is nano-comp., find a finite subset b of r such as r ⊂ ∪h∈b vh . hence 𝑓 −1(r) ⊂ ∪h∈b 𝑓 −1(vh) ⊂ ∪h∈b ∪α∈m(h) uα. thus if m = ∪h∈b m(h), then m is a finite subset of λ and 𝑓 −1(r) ⊂ ∪α∈m uα. thus 𝑓 −1(r) is nano-comp. theorem 3.4 : nano-compactness and local nano-compactness are inverse invariants of nanoperf-maps. proof: the inverse invariance of nano-compactness follows directly from theorem 3.3 . if f : g ⟶ h is a nano-perf-map and h is a locally nano-comp-sp., then for each g ∈ g, find a nbd u ⊂ g such as f(u) is contained in a nano-comp-sub-sp. i of the space h. since f(ncl(u)) ⊂ ncl(f(u)) ⊂ r, the set ncl(u) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(r) is nano-comp. theorem 3.5 : nano-para-compactness is an inverse invariant of nano-perf-maps. proof: let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf-map. onto a nano-para-comp-sp.h. consider an nano-opecover {us}s∈s of the nano-space g and for each h ∈ h choose a finite set s(h) ⊂ s such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ ⋃ uss∈s(h) . since f is nano-clos., by theorem 2.9, find a nbd 𝑉ℎ of the point h such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(vh) ⊂ ⋃ uss∈s(h) . the nano-ope-cover {vh}h∈h of h has an nano-ope. locally finite improvement {wt}t∈t. the family {𝑓 −1(wt)}t∈t is an nano-ope. locally finite-cover of g and for each t ∈ t find a ht ∈ h satisfying 𝑓 −1(wt) ⊂ 𝑓 −1(vht ) ⊂ ⋃ uss∈s(ht) . so the family { 𝑓 −1(wt) ⋂ us : t ∈ t and s ∈ s(ht) } is an nano-ope. locally finite improvement of {us}s∈s. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 405 theorem 3.6 : the cartesian product g×h of a nano-para-comp-sp. g and a nano-comp-sp. h is nano-para-comp. proof: consider the projection p : g×h ⟶ h. since h is nano-comp., then p is nano-perf. since h is nano-para-comp., therefore by theorem 3.5, g×h is nano-para-comp. definition 3.7 : [22] a family {bα: α ∈ γ } of subsets of a space g is said to be a weak improvement of covering u ∼ of g if find a subset γ` of γ such as {bα: α ∈ γ `} is a covering of g and a improvement of u ∼ . definition 3.8 : a nano-top-sp. g is called completely nano-para-comp. if all nano-ope-covering of g has a weak improvement of the form { vα: α ∈ λ } where λ = ⋃n∈nλn and { v𝛼 : α ∈ λn } is a star finite nano-ope-covering of g for all n. theorem 3.9 : let f : g ⟶ h be a nano-perf. onto map. if h is a completely nano-para-comp-sp., then g is a completely nano-para-comp-sp. proof: let u ~ = { uα: α ∈ λ } be an nano-ope-cover of g. if h ∈ h, find a finite subset λ(h) of λ such as 𝑓 −1(h) ⊂ ⋃α∈λ(h)uα . so f is a nano-clos. map, find an nano-ope-set wh of h such as h ∈ wh and 𝑓 −1(wh) ⊂ ⋃𝛼∈λ(h)uα, and w ∼ = { wh: h ∈ h } is an nano-ope-covering of h. so h is completely nano-para-comp., find a family a {vβ: β ∈ γ } of nano-ope-sets of h such that : (a) γ = ⋃n∈n γ(n) and the family { vβ: β ∈ γ(n) } is a star finite-covering of h for all n, and (b) find a subsets γ` of γ such as {vβ: β ∈ γ `} is a improvement of w ∽ . if β ∈ γ`, choose h(β) in h such as vβ ⊂ wh(β). let o be the family of nano-ope-sets of g which consists of each sets 𝐹−1(vβ)⋂uα, where β ∈ γ `and α ∈ λ(h(β)), together with each sets 𝑓 −1(vβ), where β ∈ γ\γ `. then o consists of countably many star finite nano-ope-coverings of g and o is a weak improvement of u ∽ since the subfamily { 𝑓 −1(vβ)⋂uα: α ∈ λ(h(β)), β ∈ γ `} is a covering of g and a improvement of u. then if h is completely nano-para-comp., then g is completely nano-para-comp. definition 3.10 : let g be a nano-hausd-sp.and let c be a family consisting of those subsets of g that have nano-clos.interssections with all nano-comp-sub-sps.of g. the set g with the nanotopology generated by the family c of nano-clos-subsets will be symboly by kg is nano-ope. if and only if its intersection with any nano-comp-sub-sp. r of the space g is nano-ope.in r. the nano-topology of kg is finer than the nano-topology of g. proposition 3.11 : the nano-spaces kg and g have the same nano-comp-sub-sps. proposition 3.12 : define for each nano-cont. map f: g ⟶ h where g and h nano-hausd-sps., the map kf assigning to g ∈ kg the point f(g) ∈ kh . and ǥg: kg ⟶ g by ǥg(g) = g. then: (a) ǥg: kg ⟶ g is nano-cont. (b) kf: kg ⟶ kh is nano-cont. (c) kf satisfies the equality foǥg = ǥhokf. theorem 3.13 : for a nano-cont. map f : g ⟶ h of a nano-hausd-sp. g to a nano k-sp. h the statement are equivalent : (a) the map. f is nano-perf. (b) for each nano-comp-sub-sp. r ⊂ h the restriction 𝑓i : 𝑓 −1(r) ⟶ r is nano-perf. (c) for each nano-comp-sub-sp. r ⊂ h the inverse image 𝑓 −1(r) is nano-comp. proposition 3.14 : if the composition gof of nano-cont. map f : g ⟶ h and j : h ⟶ r, where h is a nano-hausd-sp., is nano-perf., then the map j│f(g) and f are nano-perf . ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 406 proof : (a) for each point r ∈ r the fiber (j │f(g)) −1 (r) =f(g) ⋂ j−1(r) = f( (jof)−1(r)) is nanocomp., because the fiber (jof )−1(r) is nano-comp. any nano-clos. subset of f(g) is of the form a⋂f(g), where a is nano-clos. in h. as the inverse image 𝑓 −1(a) is nano-clos. in g and jof is a nano-clos. map, the set (j│f(g)) (a⋂f(g)) = j(a⋂f(g)) = jof (𝑓 −1(a)), is nano-clos. in r, we have j│f(g) is a nano-clos. map and thus the map j│f(g) is a nano-clos. map and thus the map j│f(g) is nano-perf. (b) for each point h ∈ h the fiber 𝑓 −1(h) = [ ( jof)−1(j(h)]⋂ 𝑓 −1(h) is nano-comp. to conclude the proof it suffices to show that f is nano-clos. for each nano-clos-set f ⊂ g the map (jof)│f is nano-perf., so that by the first section of us proof the restriction j│f(f) is nano-perf. ; since the latter map ability be continuously extended through ncl(f(f)), it follows by lemma 2.11 that f(f) = ncl(f(f)), and thus f is a nano-clos. map. theorem 3.15 : if find a nano-perfmap f : g ⟶ h of g onto a nano k-sp. h, then g is a nano ksp. proof: let us consider spaces kg and map kf : kg ⟶ kh.since h is a nano k-sp., we have h = kh and kf = foǥg. from theorem 3.13, it follows that kf is a nano-perf-map and this along with proposition 3.14, implies that ǥg is nano-perf. as ǥg is a one-to-one map, it is a nanohomeomorphism; therefore g is a nano k-sp. 4. conclusion the main purpose of this paper is to present and study images of nano perfect mappings, as well as to present invers images of nano perfect mappings. references 1. thivagar, m. l.; richard, c. on nano continuity. mathematical theory and modelling. 2013, 3, 7, 32–37. 2. yousif, y. y.; hussain, l. a. fibrewise ij-perfect bitopological spaces. journal of physics: conference series, iop publishing, ibn al-haitham 1^stinternational scientific conference. december 2017, 2018, volume 1003, 13-14, , doi :10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012063, pp. 112. 3. ashaea, g. s. ;yousif, y.y. weak and strong forms of 𝜔-perfect mappings. iraqi journal of science. 2020, special issue, 45-55. 4. majeed, r. n. rα-compactness on bitopological spases. journal of al-nahrain university science. 2010, vol.13 (3), september,134-137. 5. mohammed, n. f.; gasim, s. g.; mohammed, a. s. on cohomology groups of fourdimensional nilpotent associative algebras. baghdad science journal. university of baghdad – collage of science for woman. published online first: september, doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.21123/bsj.2022.19.2.029, 2021, vol. 19, no.2, pp.329-335, 202. 6. nasef, a. a.; aggour, a. i.; aggour, s. m. on some classes of nearly open sets in nano topological spaces. journal of the egyptian mathematical society. 2016, 24,585-589. 7. vadivel, a. ; padma, a. ; saraswathi, m.; saravanakumar, g. nano continuous mappings via nano ℳ open sets. applications and applied mathematics : an international journal (aam). december 2021, issn : 1932-9466, issue 2 , vol.16, 1099-1119,. 8. engelking, r. general topology. heldermann. 1989, berlin. http://dx.doi.org/10.21123/bsj.2022.19.2.029 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 407 9. mohammed, n. f. on semi 𝛼-connected subspaces. baghdad science journal. university of baghdad – collage of science for woman. 2010, vol. 7, no.1, pp.174-179. 10. majeed, r. n. compactness on bitopological spases. journal of al-qadisiyah for computer science and mathematics. 2011, vol. 3(1), pp. 1-7. 11. thivagar, m. l. ; richard, c. on nano continuity. international journal of mathematics and statistics invention. 2013, 1(1), 31–37. 12. parimala, m. ; indirani, c. ; jafari, s. on nano b – open sets in nano topological spaces. jordan journal of mathematics and statistics (jjms) 9(3). 2016 pp 173-184. 13. rajasekaran, i. ; nethaji, o. simple forms of nano open sets in an ideal nano topological spaces. journal of new theory. 2018, issn: 2149-1402, number: 24, pages: 35-43. 14. el-atik, a. a. ; hassan, h. z. some nano topological structures via ideals and graphs. journal of the egyptian mathematical society, 2020. 15. krishnaprakash, s. ; ramesh, r. ; suresh, r. nano compactness and nano connectedness in nano topological space. international journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2018, vol. 119, no.13, pp. 107 –115. 16. bourbaki, n . general topology; part ι. addison wesley. reading. mass, 1996. 17. upadhya, a. c. ; mamata, m. k. on nano gp-regular and nano gp-normal spaces. the international journal of analytical and experimental modal analysis. karnataka. india. july, 2020, issn no:0886-9367, p:3770-3775. 18. pears, a. r. dimension theorem of general spaces. cambridge university press. london. new york, melbourne, 1975. 19. ashaea, g. s. ; yousif, y. y. some types of mappings in bitopological spaces. baghdad science journal. university of baghdad – collage of science for woman, published online first: december 2020, , doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.21123/bsj.2020.18.1.0149, 2021, 18,1, 149155. 20. noori, s. ; yousif, y. y. soft simply compact spaces. iraqi journal of science. university of baghdad, the 1st conferences of mathematics held at mustansiriyah university – college of basic education in 5-6 feb. 2020, doi:10.24996/ijs.2020.si.1.14, special issue,108-113. 21. esmaeel, r.b. ; saeed, s. nano ag-open set. journal of physics: conference seriesthis link is disabled. 2021, 1897(1), 012031. 22. esmaeel,r. b.; jassam, a. a. on nano ḟ-pre-g-open set. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science. 2020, 33(3),1-12. microsoft word 357-364 357 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 metarhizium anisopliaeالتأثير القاتل لمواد االيض الثانوية للفطر (metschnikoff) sorokin ضد الذبابchrysomya albiceps (wiedemann, 1819) (diptera: calliphoridae) نوال صادق مھدي قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم)/ جامعة بغداد 2015/حزيران/10، قبل البحث في: 2015/ايار/21استلم البحث في : الخالصة في metarhizium anisopliaeتم اجراء ھذه الدراسة لتقييم كفاءة نواتج االيض الثانوية عند تنمية الفطر مزارع سائلة للبطاطا والرز والحنطة. وقد أظھرت النتائج تفوق راشح مزرعة البطاطا في حدوث نسب موت تراكمية عند وسجلت المعاملة براشح مزرعتي %46.67بلغت chrysomya albiceps ة النوعمعاملة يرقات الطور الثاني لذباب على التوالي في حين كانت %40.00و 36.67قدارھا الرز والحنطة نسب ھالك تراكمي كلي (يرقات وعذارى) م عند المعاملة براشح مزرعة البطاطا السائلة. وسجلت معاملة غذاء البالغات نسبة ھالك عالية وصلت إلى 66.67% بعد مرور أسبوع من المعاملة. 90.00% .chrysomya albicepsغات، ، يرقات، بالmetarhizium anisopliaeمواد االيض الثانوية، : مفتاحيةالكلمات ال 358 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة تتميز العديد من الكائنات الحية ومنھا بعض أنواع الفطريات بقدرتھا على إنتاج مركبات ايضية سامة للحشرات لذلك ]، إن الفطريات الممرضة للحشرات تستطيع غزو عوائلھا عن 1تعد ھذه الفطريات من عوامل المكافحة االحيائية الكفوءة [ فعالية االنزيمات التي ينتجھا التي تعد مھمة جداً في تحديد شدة امراضية طريق اختراق ھيكلھا الخارجي الذي يتم نتيجة ل ]. 2الفطر اتجاه عوائله [ destruxinsبانتاج العديد من المركبات السامة التابعة إلى الببتيدات الحلقية المسماة m. anisopliaeيقوم الفطر (dtx) األوساط الزرعية للفطر ھذه المركبات تنتج خالل مراحل نوعاً من ھذه المركبات في 30وقد تم عزل حوالي ]. 3النمو النشط للفطر داخل أجسام الحشرات [ وھما أكثر األنواع التي تم دراستھا كمبيدات a, bالمھمة والشائعة في مزارع الفطر النوعين dtxومن أنواع الــ ]، وقد وجد أن الــ 5مھماً في فعالية وامراضية الفطر [ ]، تؤدي ھذه المركبات دوراً 4حيوية مقارنة باألنواع االخرى [ dtx يسبب حاالت مرضية منھا تشنج أو تحلل العضالت عند استعمالھا بجرعات واطئة اتجاه يرقات وبالغات حرشفية ثيرھا في ]، لكونه يثبط عمل أنابيب مالبيجي من خالل تأ6وثنائية األجنحة وقاتلة ومميتة عند استعماله كجرعات عالية [ ].7قنوات الكالسيوم في الحشرات المصابة [ تكون سامة للحشرات فقط عند وجودھا في القناة الھضمية أو حقنھا في أجسام الحشرات وليس dtxإن مركبات الــ ].8عن طريق تماسھا مع جدار الجسم وتمتاز ھذه السموم بأنھا امينة لألحياء الغير مستھدفة [ من الحشرات ذات األھمية الطبية والبيطرية واالقتصادية، إذ يشكل وجودھا chrysomya albicepsتعد ذبابة النوع ]. تنتشر في كل مكان تكثر فيه القمامة، وفضالت الطعام 9بأعداد كبيرة مصدر ازعاج لإلنسان وحيواناته الداجنة [ ذه الحشرات بنقل العديد من مسببات ]، تقوم ھ10والمجازر، وجثث الحيوانات واإلنسان، وفضالت وروث الحيوانات [ األمراض لإلنسان والحيوان، وتساھم في حدوث حالة التدويد الثانوي االختياري في الحيوان واإلنسان مما يؤدي إلى ].11حصول أضرار صحية معقدة قد تترك آثاراً دائمة [ حاالت التدويد للماشية، ولكن االستعمال إن استعمال المبيدات في مكافحة الحشرات تقلل من تواجد الذباب المسؤول عن ]. لذا فقد انخفض االھتمام باستعمال 12المتكرر أدى إلى ظھور سالالت مقاومة منھا وبقاء متبقياتھا في البيئة لمدد طويلة [ وتصنيع المبيدات الكيميائية وبرزت الحاجة إلنتاج مركبات سامة للسيطرة على اآلفات الحشرية. المنمى في بعض األوساط m. anisopliaeإن ھدف البحث ھو دراسة تأثير المواد االيضية الثانوية التي ينتجھا الفطر .ch. albicepsالزراعية السائلة في يرقات وبالغات ذبابة النوع المواد وطرائق العمل تربية الحشرة:-1 اد (الشالجية)، نقلت اليرقات إلى مختبر الحشرات من احدى مناطق بغد ch. albicepsجمعت يرقات ذبابة النوع المتقدم في كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم)، تم تغذيتھا على لحم عجل مفروم خاٍل من الدھن مضافاً إليه بضع ]، 13[ ساعة 24، تم خلط المواد جيداً مع مراعاة تبديل جزء من الغذاء كل 1:1قطرات من الماء المقطر والدم بنسبة ، ووعاء يحتوي على 1:1ولغرض بزوغ وادامة البالغات تم تغذيتھا على خليط من مسحوق السكر والحليب المجفف بنسبة ، ولغرض وضع البيض وضعت أوعية تحتوي على كمية قليلة من لحم العجل %10قطن مشبع بالمحلول السكري تركيزه ]. تم متابعة تربية الحشرة لعدة 14ن الماء المقطر والدم السائل [المفروم الخالي من الدھن المضاف إليه بضع قطرات م أجيال قبل اجراء التجارب. chrysomyaتم تأكيد تشخيص الحشرة من قبل مركز بحوث ومتحف التاريخ الطبيعي/ جامعة بغداد على أنھا النوع albiceps (wiedemann, 1819). تنمية مستعمرة الفطر:-2 رة العلوم التكنولوجيا، اتم الحصول عليھا من مركز البحوث الزراعية، وز m. anisopliaeاستعملت عزلة من فطر المضاف إليه المضاد potato dextrose agar (pda)نميت العزلة في أطباق بتري حاوية على الوسط الزراعي ].15يوم [ 4-7لمدة من %5±80بة م ورطو°2±27حضنت األطباق بدرجة حرارة chloramphenicolالحيوي 359 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 تحضير األوساط الزرعية السائلة:-3 )a( وسط البطاطا السائلpotato sucrose broth (psb) غم من درنات البطاطا بعد أن تم تقشيرھا وتقطيعھا إلى قطع صغيرة، وضعت في 100حضر الوسط باستعمال دقيقة، بعدھا تم ترشيح الخليط بوساطة 30-20لمدة من مل من الماء المقطر وغليت 250دورق زجاجي يحتوي على مل من الماء المقطر وأضيف إليه 250غم من سكر الطعام في 5قطعة من الشاش للحصول على مستخلص البطاطا، أذيب مل وأغلق الدورق بإحكام، بعدھا عقم الوسط بجھاز المؤصدة 500مستخلص البطاطا ووضع في دورق زجاجي سعته ].16دقيقة [ 15جو لمدة 1م وضغط °121حرارة بدرجة )b( وسط الرز السائلrice broth (rb) مل من 500غم من الرز نوع عراقي غسل بشكل جيد إلزالة األتربة عنه، نقع في 100تم تحضير الوسط باستعمال الراشح في دورق زجاجي، ساعة، تم ترشيح الزر باستعمال مشبك معدني صغير الفتحات ووضع 24الماء المقطر لمدة ].17دقيقة [ 15جو لمدة 1م وضغط °121أغلق الدورق بإحكام، عقم بجھاز المؤصدة بدرجة حرارة )c( وسط الحنطة السائلwheat broth (wb) ].17لتحضير وسط الحنطة السائل [ (b)اتبعت الطريقة المذكورة آنفاً في ير الراشح تلقيح وزراعة الفطر في األوساط السائلة وتحض-4 من بقرص بعد تعقيمھا، لقح كل دورق psb ،rb ،wbجھزت الدوارق الحاوية على األوساط الزرعية السائلة ، حضنت الدوارق في جھاز الحاضنة cork borerمزرعة للفطر (حديثة) بعمر أسبوع واحد باستعمال ثاقب الفلين م لمدة أسبوع، رشحت محتويات الدوارق باستعمال ورق °2±27بدرجة shaking incubator (38rmp)الھزازة ].18حفظ الراشح بالثالجة لحين االستعمال [ whatman no. 1ترشيح التجارب الحيوية-5 ch. albicepsالسائلة في ھالك يرقات الطور الثاني لذبابة النوع m. anisopliaeدراسة تأثير راشح مزارع الفطر -أ غم 10، تم وزن (psb)المنمى في وسط البطاطا السائل m. anisopliaeلدراسة تأثير راشح مزارع الفطر يرقات من 10مل من الراشح وخلط جيداً، تم نقل 2من الوسط الغذائي (اللحم المفروم الخالي من الدھن) وأضيف إليھا أوعية التجربة بأغطية مثقبة لغرض تنفس اليرقات وعدم يرقات الطور الثاني من مستعمرة التربية إلى األوعية، وغطيت مل من الوسط الزراعي 2خروجھا، أما لمعاملة السيطرة فقط عومل الوسط الغذائي (اللحم المفروم الخالي من الذھن) بــ اضنة بدرجة السائل فقط، تم عمل ستة مكررات للتجربة وثالثة مكررات للسيطرة، نقلت أوعية التجربة والسيطرة إلى الح ساعة. تم متابعة التجربة وتسجيل نسب الھالكات والتشوھات 12ومدة إضاءة %5±80م ورطوبة نسبية °2±27حرارة ].18ساعة [ 24ونسب بزوغ البالغات كل والحنطة السائل (rb)المنماة في وسط الرز السائل m. anisopliaeولغرض دراسة تأثير راشح مزارع الفطر (wb) الطور الثاني لذباب في يرقاتch. albiceps ) أعيدت التجربة أعاله باستعمال الوسطين الزرعيين السائلينrb ).wbو .ch. albicepsالسائلة في بالغات ذباب m. anisopliaeدراسة تأثير راشح مزارع الفطر ب وضع ch. albicepsبابة النوع لغرض دراسة تأثير راشح مزارع الفطر المنمى في وسط البطاطا السائل في بالغات ذ غم من الوسط الغذائي (اللحم 20-15القفص الحاوي على البالغات في المجمدة لمدة دقيقتين لغرض تقليل حركتھا، وزن مل من راشح مزارع الفطر المنمى في وسط 5المفروم الخالي من الدھن) ووضع في وعاء بالستيكي نبيذ وأضيف إليه 7.5مل (ارتفاعھا 120بصورة جيدة بعدھا وزع الخليط بالتساوي داخل حاويات بالستيكية سعتھا البطاطا السائل وخلط بالغات (ذكور وإناث) إلى الحاويات، تم تغطية الحاويات بقماش التول وربطت 10سم) بعدھا نقلت 4.5سم وقطر قاعدتھا غرض تغذية البالغات، كررت المعاملة ست ل %10برباط مطاطي ووضع فوقھا قطنة مشبعة بالمحلول السكري بتركيز مل من راشح المزرعة السائلة إلى الوسط الغذائي (اللحم المفروم الخالي من 5مرات، أما معاملة السيطرة فقد أضيف وتم عمل ثالثة مكررات منھا، نقلت حاويات المعاملة والسيطرة إلى %10الدھن) وقطنة مشبعة بالمحلول السكري بتركيز ساعة، تم متابعة التجربة وتسجيل أعداد 12ومدة إضاءة %5±80م ورطوبة نسبية °2±27ة بدرجة حرارة الحاضن ].18ساعة لتحديد نسبة الھالك المئوية للبالغات [ 24البالغات الميتة كل 360 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 .chابة النوع أعيدت التجارب المذكورة أعاله نفسھا مع وسطي الرز السائل والحنطة السائلة أثناء معاملة بالغات ذب albiceps. التحليل اإلحصائي -6 ] في التحليل 20[ sas (2012)]. استعمل البرنامج 19صححت النسب المئوية للھالكات استناداً إلى معادلة [ ، وقورنت ch. albicepsاالحصائي لدراسة تأثير تراكيز البكتريا في نسبة الھالكات والتشوھات والبزوغ لذبابة النوع .lsdالفروق المعنوية بين المتوسطات باختبار أقل فرق معنوي النتائج والمناقشة ) wb ،psb ،rbبراشح المزرعة السائلة ( ch. albicepsإن نتائج معاملة غذاء يرقات الطور الثاني لذبابة النوع )، أظھرت تسجيل نسب ھالكات بعد 1(فيھا وحضنھا لمدة أسبوع يوضحھا الجدول m. anisopliaeوبعد تنمية الفطر على التوالي، وازدادت نسبة الھالكات أثناء الدور اليرقي وتم تسجيل 3.33، 10.00، 10.00ساعة مقدارھا 24مرور على التوالي، ولوحظت بعض التشوھات في اليرقات الميتة تمثلت %3.33، 46.67، 20.00نسب ھالك تراكمية مقدارھا ، rwعند المعاملة براشح مزرعتي %16.67اسوداد أجسام ھذه اليرقات وكانت ھذه التشوھات بنسبة بنحافة وانكماش أو psb .السائلة و 16.67نتيجة لمعاملة الغذاء وصلت وعند اتمام الدور اليرقي وتعذر اليرقات سجلت نسب ھالكات في العذارى على التوالي. وعند حساب نسبة الھالك التراكمي لليرقات والعذارى نتيجة للمعاملة فقد وجد أنھا بلغت 26.67و 20.00 عند المعاملة براشح وسط البطاطا السائل والحنطة 40.00و 66.67عند المعاملة بمراشح وسط الرز السائل و 36.67 33.33و 6.33التوالي. ونتيجة لنسب الھالك أعاله فإن نسب بزوغ البالغات نتيجة المعاملة كانت على التوالي السائل على . يتضح من النتائج أن راشح وسط البطاطا السائل سجل أعلى نسبة ھالكات تراكمية و أقل نسبة بزوغ البالغات 60.33و وظھرت البعض منھا صغيرة الحجم وذات أجنحة متقصفة. إن نسب الھالكات ھذه يمكن أن تعود لوجود بعض مركبات االيضية الثانوية التي أنتجھا الفطر أثناء نموه في الوسط الزرعي السائل وقد تتضمن ھذه المواد بعض أنواع االنزيمات والسموم التي قد تكون مانعة للتغذية أو سامة التي تؤدي ن التباين في تأثير راشح األوساط السائلة في نسب ھالك اليرقات قد يكون السبب في بالنتيجة إلى قلة استھالك الغذاء. وإ ] إلى أن استعمال 16تباين كفاءتھا في دعم النمو الخضري للفطر ومن ثّم انتاج السموم واالنزيمات وبھذا الصدد أشار [ في phyllocnists citrellaالنوع المنمى في وسط البطاطا السائل ضد يرقات m. anisooliaeمستخلص سموم الفطر %65إن ھذه النسبة ازدادت إلى %30معاملة األوراق النباتية تتغذى عليھا اليرقات أدى إلى تسجيل نسبة ھالكات بمقدار براشح مزرعة البطاطا musca domesticaبعد مرور أربعة أيام، وأشارت نتائج معاملة غذاء يرقات الذباب المنزلي على التوالي %3.33و 46.66و 50.00تأثيراً من مزرعتي الرز والكايتين السائلة إذ سجلت ھالكات بنسبة كانت األكثر في مزارع البطاطا والرز والحنطة m. anisopliae]. وعند دراسة تأثير المواد االيضية الناتجة من تنمية الفطر 18[ وجد أن نسب الھالكات culex quinquefasciatusالسائلة ودراسة تأثيرھا في يرقات وعذارى بعوض الكيولكس براشح %25سجلت عند معاملة يرقات الطورين الثاني والرابع على التوالي بتركيز %96.2و 96.4وصلت إلى حد مزرعة البطاطا السائلة. براشح ch. albicepsالذباب المعدني ) تشير إلى أن معاملة غذاء بالغات2إن النتائج الموضحة في الجدول ( و 23.33و 40.00) أدت إلى نسبة ھالكات بعد مرور يوم واحد مقدارھا wbو psbو rbمزارع الفطر السائلة ( على %63.33و 90.00و 83.3على التوالي، وأن نسب الھالكات ھذه ارتفعت بعد مرور أسبوع لتصل الى 13.33% توضح أن راشح مزرعة البطاطا السائلة كان ذا تأثير أكبر في بالغات الذبابة المعدنية بعد مرور التوالي. إن النتائج أعاله أسبوع من تغذيتھا على غذاء معامل به وبفروق معنوية بالمقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة، إن التباين في كفاءة رواشح المزارع الغذائية الداعمة للنمو الفطري وھذا ما أكده مظھر النمو ) قد يعود إلى اختالف طبيعة المواد wb ،rb ،psbالسائلة ( الكثيف في مزارع الفطر. إن نسب الھالكات التي سجلت يمكن أن تكون بسبب تأثير مواد االيض الثانوية (ومنھا السموم) رضة براشح مزرعة ] من أن معاملة بالغات اال22التي ينتجھا الفطر أثناء نموه. إن ھذه النتائج تتفق مع ما توصل إليه [ بعد مرور خمسة أيام وأن نسب الھالك ھذه %85سائلة للفطر من وسط البطاطا السائل أدى إلى نسب ھالك وصلت إلى كانت أعلى منھا في اليومين األول والثاني ويرحع السبب إلى تأثير سموم الدكستركسين التي ينتجھا الفطر والتي قد يصل musca] إلى أن تغذية بالغات الذباب المنزلي 18تقدم اإلصابة. وبھذا أيضاً أشار [ تأثيرھا إلى السائل الدموي مع domestica على راشح المزارع الفطرية السائلة (راشح البطاطا والرز والكايتين) وحضانة المزرعة لمدة أسبوعين كانت على التوالي. %75.50و 92.5و 100الھالكات نسبة 361 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 التي تنتجھا األحياء المجھرية يمكن أن تكون بديالً جديداً لمكافحة الحشرات لكونھا فعالة اتجاه إن مواد االيض الثانوية الحشرات وغير ضارة للبيئة. دراسات اضافية ال بد من اجرائھا لتشخيص ھذه المواد وامكانية تصنيفھا وتقويمھا ضد اآلفات الحشرية االخرى لكونھا لكيميائية.آمنة بيئياً كبدائل عن المبيدات ا المصادر 1.mohanty, s. s.; raghavendra, m. p. k. & dash, a. p. (2008). efficacy of culture filtrates of metarhizium anisopliae against larvae anopheles stephensi and culex quinquefasctatus. j. microbiol. biotechnol., 35: 1199-1202. 2.al-aidroos, k. & seifert, a. m. (1980). polysaccharide and protein degradation, germination, and virulence against mosquito in the entompathogenic fungus metarhizium anisopliae. j. inverteber. pathol., 36: 29-34. 3.amiri-besheli, b.; khambay, b.; camerson, s.; deadman, m. l. & butt, t. m. (2000). inter-and intra-specific variation in destruxin production by insect pathogenic metarhizium spp., and its significance to pathogenesis. mycol.. res., 104: 447-452. 4.wang, c.; skrobek, a. & butt, t. m. (2004). investigation on the destruxin production of the entomopathogenic fungus metarhizium anisopliae, j. inverteber. pathol., 85: 168-174. 5.kershaw, m. j.; moorhouse, e. r.; bateman, r.; reynolds, s. e. & charnley, a. k. (1999). the role of destruxin in the pathogenicity of metarhizium anisopliae for three species of insect. j. invertebr. pathol., 74: 213-223. 6.samuels, r. l.; chaenley, a. k. & roynolds, s. e. (1988). the role of destruxins in the pathogenicity of 3 strains of metarhizium anisopliae for the tobacco horn worm muduca sexta. mycopathologia, 104: 51-85. 7.james, p. j.; kershaw, m. i.; reynolds, s. e. & carnley, a. k. (1993). inhibition of desert locust (schistocerca gregaria) malpighin tubule fluid secretion by destruxins, cyclic peptide toxin from the insect pathogenic fungus metarhizium anisopliae. j. insect physiol., 39: 797-804. 8.amiri, b.; ibrahim, l. & butt, t. m. (1999). antifeedant properties of destruxins and their potential use with the entomogenous fungus metarhizium anisopliae, for improved control of crucifer pests. bio. sci. techno., 9: 487-498. 9.ihemanma, c. a.; etusim, p. e.; kalu, m. k.; adindu, r. u. & iruha, g. (2013). diptera: the order of great public health nuisance. glo. adv. res. j. environ. sci. toxicol., 2(5): 135-143 p. ). دراسة عن بعض 2008( .ن محمد وسرحان، أسامة محمد وأبو زيد، إيھاب معاذ والحواجري، مجدي شعبان.متولي، حامد ب10 .http://www.pdffactory.comأھم الحشرات الطبية بمكة المكرمة أثناء موسم الحج. 11.fernandes, l. f.; pimenta, f. c. & fernandes, f. f. (2009). first report of human myiasis in goia s state, brazil: frequency of different types of myiasis, their various etiological agent, and .list-http://cmr.asm.org/content/25/1/79?ref38. cited by -associated factors. j. parasitol., 95: 32 صفحة. 271). المقاومة الحيوية لآلفات. دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر. جامعة الموصل: 1992.الزبيدي، حمزة كاظم (12 ودة الحلزونية للعالم القديم ). دراسة مقارنة لبعض الجوانب الحياتية والبيئية بين ذبابة الد2000.الزبيدي، رزاق شعالن (13 chrysomya bezzaina villeneuve وذبابة التدويد الثانوي كبيرة الرأسchrysomya megacephala (fabricius) (diptera: calliphoridae) :صفحة. 76في بغداد. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، جامعة بغداد ). تربية ذبابة الدودة الحلزونية االسيوية 1999عبد الرسول، محمد صالح. (.العزي، محمد عبد جعفر والطويل، إياد أحمد و14 chrysomya bazziana (diptera: calliphoridae) في المختبر للتھيئة لإلنتاج الكمي. مجلة الزراعة العراقية (عدد صفحة. 667): 59(4خاص)، 362 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 15.hoe, p.; bong, c. j.; jugah, k. & rajan, a. (2009). evaluation of metarhizium anisopliae var. anisopliae (deuteromycotina: hyphomycetes) isolates and their effects in subterranean termite coptotrmes curviganthus (isoptera: rhinotermitidae). amer. j. agr. & biolog. sci., 4(4): 289297 pp. 16.sharif, m. m.; hadizadeh, a. r. & ghanbary, m. a. (2010). evaluating toxicity of extracted destrucxin from metarhizium anisopliae against citrus leaf miner, phyllocnistis cirella. amer. j. environm. sci., 6(4): 379-382 pp. 17.wang, c.; skrobek, a. & butt, t. m. (2004). investigation on the destruxin production of the entomopathogenic fungus metarhizium anisopliae, j. invertebr. pathol., 85: 168-174. في metarhizium anisopliae) تأثير راشح المزارع السائلة للفطر 2012.عبيد، وفاء ومھدي، نوال ومحمد، حسام الدين. (18 . وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي. musca domestica l. (diptera: muscidae)بابة المنزلية يرقات وبالغات الذ .862-845آذار: 7-6كلية العلوم. المجلة العراقية للعلوم. عدد خاص المؤتمر العلمي األول. قسم علوم الحياة. -جامعة بغداد 19-abbott, w. s. (1925). a method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. j. econ. entomol., 18: 265-267 pp. ed. sas. inst. th20.sas. (2012). statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical version 9.1 cary. n. c. usa. metrahizium). تأثير راشح المزارع السائلة للفطر 2013(.مھدي، نوال صادق ونسرين أحمد قرداغي وھادي مھدي عبود 21 anisopliae (metschnikoff) sorokin في يرقات وعذارى البعوضculex quinquefasciatus (diptera: culicidae) ،462-454): 3(1. مجلة العلوم الحديثة والتراثية. 22.saksamrit, j.; montreesuksimikun, c.; issaranon, t.; aksawarat, s.; jitjak, k.; potikhum, p. & pryaboon, o. (2008). the efficiency of the supernatant from metrahizium anisopliae for predicating the termite coptotermes curvignathus. kmitl. sci. j., 18(2): 80-85. 363 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 .chب والكلي والتشوھات وبزوغ البالغات المصححة ليرقات الطور الثاني لذبامتوسط الھالك التراكمي ): 1جدول ( albiceps المعاملة براشح المزارع السائلة للفطرm. anisopliae. نوع راشح المزرعة السائل الھالك بعد % ± ساعة 24 الخطأ القياسي الھالك % التراكمي ± لليرقات الخطأ القياسي التشوھات % الخطأ ± اسيالقي ھالك % ± العذارى الخطأ القياسي الھالك % التراكمي يرقات ( ± وعذارى) الخطأ القياسي بزوغ % ± البالغات الخطأ القياسي مزرعة الرز rb 3.33 ± 1.33 20.00 ± 10.00 16.67 ± 80.82 16.67 ± 3.33 36.67 ± 8.81 63.33 ± 8.82 مزرعة البطاطا psb 10.00 ± 5.77 46.67 ± 21.85 16.67 ± 3.33 20.00 ± 5.77 66.67 ± 16.67 33.33 ± 16.67 مزرعة الحنطة wb 10.00 ± 5.77 13.33 ± 6.67 6.67 ± 3.33 26.67 ± 8.82 40.00 ± 5.77 60.00 ± 5.77 lsd ns 9.62 ns 19.83 ns 12.97 ns 14.08 *19.39 *23.39قيمة ns .0.05تدل على وجود فروق معنوية بين بعض المعامالت عند مستوى احتمال *تعني عدم وجود فرق معنوي≤ p .lsdبحسب اختبار اقل فرق معنوي .mالمصححة بعد المعاملة براشح المزارع السائلة للفطر ch. albicepsمتوسط نسب ھالك بالغات ): 2جدول ( anisopliae. نوع راشح المزرعة السائلة الخطأ ± ساعة 24الھالك بعد % القياسي الخطأ ± الھالك بعد أسبوع % القياسي rb 40.00 ±11.54 83.33 ±6.67مزرعة الرز psb 23.33 ±14.53 90.00 ±0.00 مزرعة البطاطا wb 13.33 ±7.60 63.33 ±3.33 مزرعة الحنطة lsd *37.263 *15.373قيمة ns .0.05تدل على وجود فروق معنوية بين بعض المعامالت عند مستوى احتمال *تعني عدم وجود فرق معنوي≤ p .lsdبحسب اختبار اقل فرق معنوي 364 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 lethal effect of secondary metabolites of metarhizium anisopliae (metschnikoff) sorokin against chrysomya albiceps (wiedeman, 1819) (dipetra: calliphoridae) nawal s. mahdi dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in:21/may/2015,accepted in: 10/june/2015 abstract this was study conducted to evaluate the efficacy of the secondary metabolites from produced metarhizium anisopliae in potato sucrose broth, rice broth and wheat broth, against larvae and adults of chysomya albiceps. results showed that filtrate of potato broth was better in mortality rates occurrence when second instar larvae were treated, the mortality rate was 46.67%. while the treatment of the larvae using the filter of rice and wheat broth gave total accumulated mortality rate (larvae and pupae) of 36.67 and 40.00 respectively. while it was 66.76 when treated with potato broth adults food with filtrate recorded high mortality rate reached to 90.00% after one week. key words:secondary metabolites,metarhizium anisopliae,larvae, adults, chrysomya albiceps. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |68 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of new chalcones derived from new aldehyde; 4-[5-(4`tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] benzaldehyde jumbad h. tomma . dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad, baghdad mustafa s. khazaal standrads department/ central organisation of standardisation and quality control rajaa k. baker dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in:10/october/2016,accepted in:28/december/2016 abstract new chalcones of -{ y hi di z e-y he y e e e substituted phenyl have been prepared from condensation of a new of 4-[5-(4`-tolyl)1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] benzaldehyde (which is synthesized by the reaction of 2amino-5 (4`-tolyl) -1,3,4-thiadiazole and benzaldehyde) with 3or 4substituted acetophenones in alkaline medium. the physical, chns analysis and spectral data of the synthesized compounds were determined. the biological activity evaluated of new compounds showed that many of these compounds possess antibacterial activity. key words: 1,3,4-thiadiazole; chalcones; aldehyde; antibacterial activity chemistry |69 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction in drugs and biological field, 1,3,4-thiadiazoles have occupied an important place [1-4]. furthermore, some of these 1,3,4-thiadiazoles are interested in photography and as potential anticancer agents [5,6]. claisen-schmidt condensation includes synthesis chalcones from proper aldehydes and ketones in base catalyzed or acid catalyzed followed by dehydration. which have been possessed anti-oxidant [7], anti-fungal [8,9], anti-cancer [10], antiinflamatory [11], antibacterial activity[12-15] and anthelmintic activity [16]. the reactive and unsaturated keto function in chalcones is found to be responsible for their antimicrobial activity [17]. additionally, some of chalcone derivatives have been found to inhibit several enzymes in cellular[18]. many workers synthesized new chalcones containing heterocyclic moiety which have a good biological activities [19,20]. from our knowledge that, the synthesis of chalcones containing 1,3,4-thiadiazole unit have not been reported in literature. thus, we decided to synthesize, identify and have antibacterial activity of new chalcones containing 1,3,4-thiadiazole ring. experimental chemicals: all chemicals were supplied by fluka, gcc, merek and aldrich chemicals co. techniques: : ftir spectra were recorded (by kbr discs) on a shimadzo (ir prestige -21) ¹hnmr spectra were examined by: bruker , model: ultra shield 300 mhz , origin : swi ze d d e e ed i dmso s s ve m δ uses tms s i e standard were made in al-al bayt university, jordan . hot-stage, gallen kamp melting point apparatus was used for determined (uncorrected) melting points. uv spectra of solutions were performed on cecl 7200 england spectrophotometer using chcl3 as a solvent. elemental analysis (c.h.n.s) were carried out by a perkin-elmer model 2400 instrument. the purity of the synthesized compounds was determined using thin layer chromatography (the spots were observed using employing iodine chamber). general procedures the compounds [i] , [ii] and [iii]a-f were synthesized via scheme 1. preparation of 2amino-5(4`-tolyl) -1,3,4-thiadiazole[i] thiosemicarbazide (0.01mol) was a mixed with tuloic acid (0.01mol) in pocl3 (5ml) , the mixture was refluxed for 6 hrs. after cooling, the reaction mixture was poured onto ice water (50ml) with stirring. the yellow precipitate was separated by filtered, washed (with water), dried and re-crystallized from ethanol [21]. thin layer chromatography was used toconfirmed the purity of this compound. yield 77%, mp 219-222 o c. ir(kbr, υ, cm− 1 ): 3160,3257(nh2) , 2965-2945 (ch aliph.) ,1627(c=n). 4-[5-(4`-tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl]benzaldehyde[ii]: was synthesized following the procedure described by d. bhoot et al. [22]. pale brown , yield (70%) , m.p 226-228°c; ir (kbr, υ, cm− 1 ): 2700,2790 (c-h ,aldehdic), 1692 (c=o) , 1627 (c=n);anal. calcd. (%) for c16h12n2os: c= 68.57 ; h=4.28 ; n=10 ; s=11.42. found (%): c=68.25 ; h=4.40 ; n= 10.05; s=11.44 ; 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6 , δ ppm): 2.50 (3h, s, ch3), 6.95-7.71 (8h, d-d, arh), 9.01 (1h, s, cho). chemistry |70 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis of chalcones [iii]a-f equi-molar quantities of different 4-substituted acetophenone (0.01mol) and aldehyde[ii] (0.01 mol) were dissolved in 20ml of alcohol. sodium hydroxide solution (0.02mol) was added slowly (and the mixture becomes cold), then the mixture was poured onto 400ml of ice water with stirring. the precipitate obtained was filtered after kept in refrigerator for 24 hrs. washed and re-crystallized from chloroform . 3-{4-[5-(4`-tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] phenyl}-2-propene-1-one-phenyl[iii]a .dark orange , re-crystallized from chloroform. yield 80%, mp 19800 ˚c. uv ch form , nm, λm x : 97. . ir kb υ, cm− 1 ): 1650(c=n), 1636 (c=o), 1625(ch=ch) ; anal. calcd. (%) for c24h18n2os: c= 75.39 ; h=4.71 ; n=7.32; s=8.37. found (%): c=75.45 ; h=4.98 ; n= 7.22; s=8.54 3-{4-[5-(4`-tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] phenyl}-2-propene-1-one-3``-nitrophenyl[iii]b .pale brown, re-crystallized from chloroform. yield 85%, mp 1828 ˚c. uv ch f m m λm x : 97. ir kb υ, cm− 1 ): 1669(c=n) ,1636 (c=o), 1616(ch=ch), 1516 and 1346 (3-no2) ; anal. calcd. (%) for c24h17n3o3s: c= 67.44 ; h=3.98 ; n=9.83; s=7.49. found (%): c=67.49 ; h=3.92 ; n= 9.85; s=7.55; 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6 , δ ppm): 2.69 (3h, s, ch3 ), 7.25-7.86(12h,d,t,s,c-h arm.), 7.81-7.86(h,t,c-h arm.), 8.37-8.49(2h,d,ch=ch). 3-{4-[5-(4`-tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] phenyl}-2-propene-1-one-4``-nitrophenyl[iii]c .pale yellow, re-c ys ized f m ch f m. yie d 8 % m 0 ˚c. uv ch f m m λm x : 99. . ir kb υ, cm− 1 ): 1670(c=n), 1635(c=o), 1610(ch=ch) , 1510 and 1339 (4-no2) ; anal. calcd. (%) for c24h17n3o3s: c= 67.44 ; h=3.98 ; n=9.83; s=7.49. found (%): c=67.04 ; h=4.06 ; n= 9.89; s=7.92. 3-{4-[5-(4`-tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] phenyl}-2-propene-1-one-4``-bromophenyl[iii]d .pale orange, re-crystallized from chloroform. yield 78%, mp 214 ˚c. uv ch f m m λm x : 98. ir kb υ, cm− 1 ): 1665(c=n), 1635(c=o), 1613(ch=ch) , 692 (4-br) . 3-{4-[5-(4`-tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl]phenyl}-2-propene-1-one-4``-hydroxyphenyl[iii]e .pale yellow, re-crystallized from ethanol. yield 80%, mp 20809 ˚c. uv ch f m m λ max) :296. ir (kbr, υ, cm− 1 ): 1670(c=n), 1636(c=o), 1612(ch=ch) , 3269 (4-oh) 3-{4-[5-(4`-tolyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl] phenyl}-2-propene-1-one-4``-aminophenyl[iii]f .pale yellow, re-crystallized from acetone. yie d 7 % m 8 ˚c. uv ch f m m λ m x :295.5. ir (kbr, υ, cm− 1 ): 1648(c=n), 1638(c=o), 1628(ch=ch) , 3287 and 3100 (4-nh2); anal. calcd. (%) for c24h19n3os: c= 72.54; h=4.78; n=10.57; s=8.06. found (%): c=72.82 ; h=4.69 ; n=10.65 ; s=8.12. ; 1 h-nmr (dmso-d6, δ,ppm):2.37(3h,s,ch3),7.5-7.94(12h,dd,c-harm.),8.12-8.26(2h,d,ch=ch), 6.24(2h,s,nh2). results and discussion 2-amino-1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives was synthesized from condensation of tuloic acid with thiosemicarbazide in pocl3. the ftir absorption spectrum gives two bands at 3258cm -1 , 3180 cm -1 related to nh2 group, 3020cm -1 for ch aromatic, peak at 1628cm -1 due to c=n of thiadiazole ring , para substituted in benzene ring indicated by a good bending band at 813cm -1 . the uv-vis s ec sc y exhibi ed λmax at 296.5 nm. the new aldehyde[ii] was synthesized from reaction of 2-amino-1,3,4-thiadiazole with bezaldehyde in a preoperative conditions . ftir spectrum of this compound showed a good chemistry |71 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 stretching band at 1692 cm ˉ dueto aldehydic carbonyl and two vibration bands at 2750 cm ˉ and 2820 cm ˉ for c-h aldehydic stretching. the uv-vis s ec sc y exhibi ed λmax at 294.5 nm. 1 hnmr spectrum (in dmso) of synthesized [ii](figure 2), showed a signal sh δ 9.0 m f e c u d be ibu ed he dehydic e h ee d ub e s be wee δ 6.9 -7.71)ppm due to the eight aromatic protons and a singlet signals at δ . 0 m due h ee s f ch3 group. by claisen-schmidt condensation of aldehyde[i] and 3or 4-substituted acetophenone using base catalyzed followed by dehydration led to produce new chalcones [iii]. the structural assignments of the chalcones [iii]a-f based on c.h.n.s analysis and their spectral data (ftir, uv and ¹hnmr spectroscopy). the ftir specta indicated the disappearance of two bands which could be attributed to asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of ch of aldehydic group, besides, two peaks appearance around (1638-1635)cm ˉ and around (16281610)cm ˉ due to of c=o, c=c (ch=ch) stretching vibrations, respectively. the 1 hnmr of chalcone [iii]b (figure 3) showed the following features: two pairs of doublet in the region δ8. 7-8.49 ppm which could be attributed to two protons of ch=ch group. doublet of d ub e s si g e d i e e ed i he egi δ7. -7.86 ppm due to twelve protons of benzene rings having different substituents at positions 3or 4-, a sharp signal appearance in he s ec um δ .69 m due h ee s f ch3 group. the 1 hnmr of chalcone [iii]f sh wed he f wi g fe u es: w i s f d ub e i he egi δ8. -8.26 ppm which can be attributed to two protons of ch=ch group, three d ub e s e ed i he egi δ7. 07.94ppm due to twelve protons of benzene rings having different substituents at positions i,4. a s he s ec um sh w w e ks s sh sig s δ . 7 m d b d sig δ 6.24ppm for three protons of ch3 group and one proton of nh2 group, respectively. chemistry |72 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 antibacterial activity the agar diffusion method [23] was used well to evaluate the antibacterial activity for synthesized compounds, with [10 -3 m] concentration for each compound. the microorganisms were spread on muller -hinton agar by cottons wab. .the plates were incubated for 24 hrs at 37 0 c the inhibition zone was measuring to evaluate the antibacterial activity for the synthetic compounds. the result of activities of the synthesis compounds[ii] and [iii]d possess moderate to high specific activity (inhibition) against burkholderia, e.coli, shigella , serratia and acinetobacter . the compound [ii] which is contains cho group showed a higher activity than chalcones. the antibacterial activity data, as in table 1and figure 3, may be explained depending on the molecular structure and nature of the substituted group. also, we can observe differences in the biological activity of the synthesized compounds against different types of bacteria, that could be related to cell membrane permeability or other genetic factor [24]. references 1yar, m. and akhter, m. (2009) synthesis and anticonvulsant activity of substituted oxadiazole and thiadiazole derivatives. polish pharmaceutical society, 66(4), 393-397. 2salimon, j.; salih , n.; hameed , a.; ibraheem , h. and yousif, e. (2010) synthesis and antibacterial activity of some new 1,3,4-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives. j. of applied sciences research, 6(7), 866-870. 3pattan , sh.; kekare, p.; dighe1, n.; nirmal, s.; musmade, d.; parjane, s. and daithankar, a. (2009) synthesis and biological evaluation of some 1, 3, 4-thiadiazoles . j. of chemical and pharmaceutical research , 1(1) , 191-198. 4manjunatha, k.; boja, p.; vasantha, k.; prajwal, l.; loboa jennifer, f. and chandrashekhar c. (2015) synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial activities of imidazo-[2,1,b][1,3,4]-thiadiazoles, der pharma chemica, 7 (4) , 207-215. 5siddiqui , n.; ahujaa, p.; ahsan , w.; pandeya, s. n.; shamsher alam, m.; musmade, d. s.; parjane, s. k. and daithankar, a. v. (2009) thiadiazoles: progress report on biological activities. j. of chemical and pharmaceutical research , 1(1) , 191-198. 6ramasamy, s.; guria, t.; singha,t.; roy, p.; sahu, b.; naskar, j.; das, a and maity, t. (2016) synthesis and anticancer evaluation of 5-benzyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine derivatives on ehrlich ascites carcinoma bearing mice. der pharma chemica, 8(4), 446-452. 7ahmed, m.; sastry, v.; bano, n.; ravichandra, s. and raghavendra, m. (2011) synthesis and cytotoxic, anti oxidant activites of new chalcone derivatives. rjc., 4(2), 289-294. 8arora1, v.; arora, p. and lamba, h. s. (2012) synthesis and evaluation of chalcone derivatives of 2-acetyl naphthalene for antifungal and antibacterial activity. der pharmacia lettre., 4(2), 554-557. 9thirunarayanan1, g.; vanangamudi, g.; senbagam, r. and suresh, r. (2012) synthesis, uv, ir spectral studies and antimicrobial activities of some 2-[(e)-3-substituted phenylacryloyl] cyclopentanones. research journal of pharmaceutical, biological and chemical sciences, 3(279), 279-290. 10ilango, k.; valentina, p. and saluja, g. (2010) synthesis and in-vitro anti-cancer activity of some substituted chalcone derivatives. research journal of pharmaceutical biological and chemical sciences, 1, 354-359. 11jeon, j.; kim, s.; kim, ch.; kim, j. and jun, j. (2012) synthesis of biologically active chalcones and their anti-inflammatory effects. bull. korean chem. soc., 33(3), 953-957. chemistry |73 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 12zangade, b.; vibhute, y.; chavan, b. and yeshwant b. (2011) synthesis and studies on antibacterial activity of some new chalcones and flavones containing naphthyl moiety. der pharmacia lettre , 3 (5) 20-27. 13-arulkumaran, r.; vijayakumar1, s.,; sundararajan1, r.; sakthinathan1,s.; kamalakkannan, d.; suresh, ranganathan, r.; vanangamudi, g. and thirunarayanan, g. (2012) thionylchloride catalyzed aldol condensation:synthesis, spectral correlation and antibacterial activities of some 3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl chalcones. international letters of chemistry, physics and astronomy, 4, 17-38. 14mekde, s.; nimavat, k.; shah, r. and vyas, k. (2016) synthesis of novel chalcones and their antibacterial activity. j pharm sci bioscientific res., 6(3)478-482 15-adinarayana, r.; krishna,v.; ram,b. and balra, b.(2016) synthesis of 4-ethynyl chalcones as potent antibacterial agents. world journal of pharmaceutical research, 5, 227236. 16ouattara1, m.; sissouma, d.; koné, m.; menan, h.; touré, s.and ouattara1, l. (2011) synthesis and anthelmintic activity of some hybrid benzimidazolyl-chalcone derivatives. tropical journal of pharmaceutical research december, 10(6), 767-775. 17prashar, h.; chawla, a.; sharma, a. and kharb, r. (2012) chalcone as a versatile moiety for diverse pharmacological activities, ijpsr, 3(7), 1913-1927. 18sreedhar, n.; jayapal, m.; prasad, k. and prasa, p. (2010) biological and chemical sciences synthesis and characterization of 4-hydroxy chalcones using peg-400 as a recyclable solvent. research journal of pharmaceutical, 1(4), 480-485. 19ibrahima, m.; al-refaia, m.; el-halawaa, r.; tashtousha, h.; alsohailib, s. and masadc, m. (2012) synthesis of some new chalcone and 4,5-dihydro-1h-pyrazolederivatives as potential antimicrobial agents . jordan journal of chemistry , 7 (2), 115-123 . 20abdel-aziz, h.; al-rashood, k.; eltahirb, k. and ibrahimc, h. (2011) microwaveassisted synthesis of novel 3,4-bis-chalcone-n-arylpyrazoles and their anti-inflammatory activity. journal of the chinese chemical society, 58, 863-868. 21tomma j.; rouil i. and al-dujaili a. (2009) synthesis and mesomorphic behavior of some novel compounds containing 1,3,4-thiadiazoleand 1,2,4-triazole rings. mol. cryst. liq. crys., 501, 3-19. 22bhoot, d.; khunt, r.; shankhavara, v. and parekh, h. (2006) syntesis of some new heterocyclic compounds with potential biological activity. journal of sciences, islamic republic of iran,17(4), 323-325. 23mickevkkne, k.; baranauskaite, r.; kantrminiene, k.; stasevyeh, m.; komarovska, o., and novikov, v. (2015) synthesis and antimicrobial activity of n-substituted-β-amino acid derivatives containing 2-hydroxyphenyl, benzo[b]phenoxazine and quinoxaline moieties. molecules , 20, 3170-3189. 24mamdi, n.; al-ayed, as.; said, bs. and fabienne, a. (2012) synthesis and characterization of new thiazolidinones containing coumarin moieties and their antibacterial and antioxidant activities. j.molecules,17, 9321-9334. chemistry |74 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): inhibi tion zones of compounds [ii]-[iii]a-f. key of symbols : 1. active (slightly) = + 5 – 10mm, 2. active (moderately) = ++ 11 – 15mm 3. active ( highly) = +++ more than 15mm . con: dmso acinetob acter sp. gram( -) serratia marcescens gram( -) shigellad ysentria gram( -) staphyou s aureas gram( +) esherich ia coli gram( -) burkhold eriacepacia gram( -) comp. no. 17 _ 13 10 22 12 [ii] 2 _ _ _ _ _ _ [iii]a _ 12 _ _ _ _ [iii]b _ 12 _ _ _ _ [iii]c 13 _ 12 _ 19 11 [iii]d _ _ _ _ _ _ [iii]e _ _ 14 _ 16 _ [iii]f _ _ _ _ _ _ control dmso chemistry |75 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure( 1): antibacterial activity of compounds[i]-[iii] against burkholderia, e.coli , stap . aureus ,shigella , serratia and acinetobater symbol: c= control (dmso); 2=compound [ii]; 101=compound [iii]a; 5=compound [iii]b; 4=compound[iii]c; 6=compound [iii]d; 7=compound [iii]e; 8=compound [iii]f. figure (2): 1 hnmr spectrum of compound[ii]. chemistry |76 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1603 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (3): 1 hnmr spectrum of compound[iii]b. cch3 ch cch o o c h o h3c nn s h3c nn s nh 2 x= h, 3-no 2 , 4-no 2 , 4-br, 4-oh and 4-nh 2 h3c nh 2 nhcsnh 2 pocl 3 benzaldehyde nano2/hcl cucl2 h3c nn s [i] [ii] [iii]a-f base scheme 1. synthetic route to the prepartion compounds [iii]a-f . x x cooh microsoft word 278-290 279 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 the optical properties of aluminum doped cdo thin films prepared by vacuum thermal evaporation technique samir a. maki alia a.a.shehab ayad a. salih dept. of physics/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) university of baghdad received in :15june2014 accepted in :8september 2014 abstract in this work, thin films of undoped and al-doped cdo with (0.5, 1 and 2) wt.% were prepared by using thermal vacuum evaporation on glass substrate at room temperature. the optical absorption coefficient (α) of the films was determined from transmittance spectra in the range of wavelength (400-1100) nm. the spectral transmission and the optical energy band gap decrease from 75% and 2.24 ev to 20% and 2.1 ev respectively depending upon the al content in the films, also our studies include the calculation of the optical constants (refractive index, extinction coefficient, real and imaginary part of dielectric constant) as a function of photon energy. it is evaluated that the optical band gap of the cdo film could be controlled by al-doping. the width of localized states in the optical band gap of the films increases with the increase of al content. the improvement of the optical constant of aldoped cdo has potential applications as transparent conducting oxide for different optoelectronic device applications. keywords: (cdo: al) thin films, thermal evaporation, optical properties, absorbance, optical band gap. 280 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 introduction pure cadmium oxide (cdo) has received considerable attention because of its important properties. it is direct band gap energy with 2.22 ev [1]. because of its high conductivity with high transparency in the visible region, it has been used in several applications including optoelectronic devices and photovoltaic applications [2-5]. synthesis of cdo films with different types of doping elements such as cu [6], ga [7], f [8], li-ni [9], bi [10], fe [11], in [12] confirms the possibility of tuning their material properties to be utilized in new applications in optoelectronic devices and sensors. doping of cdo with metallic ions of smaller ionic radius than that of cd, like mg, sn and al improves its electrical conduction and decreases optical energy gap [13-15]. a survey of literature reveals that several methods are employed on the preparation and characterization of al doped cdo thin films grown by spray pyrolysis technique, pulsed laser deposition and sol–gel dip coating method [15-17]. in this work, we have prepared al doped cdo films by thermal evaporation technique. the effects of al doping on the optical properties of al-doped cdo films were investigated. experimental details al-doped cdo films have been deposited on glass substrate by thermal vacuum evaporation using (edwards – unit 306) system with 4.5x10-5 mbar at room temperature. the thickness of films were determined with (precisa-swiss) microbalance by using weighing method and found to be about (300∓10) nm, with deposition rate about (1∓0.1) nm/sec. the metal bulk cadmium thin films were obtained from (fluka a.g company/germany), were evaporated in vacuum at room temperature onto cleaned glass substrates with (2.5 x 2 x 1)cm3 size. the distance between the substrate and the boat is (18) cm. a thin layer of cdo is formed on a chemically deposited cd thin film through reaction with atmospheric oxygen during heating by (vectoreen model) thermal oven for one hour at 400 °c. during the heating process, the color of the cd films changed from silver-grey at room temperature to a black-brown color at a temperature of oxidation. so that al atomic percentages doping in the films were (0, 0.5, 1 and 2) %wt. optical transmission measurements were performed with (uv/visible 1800 spectrophotometer). the band gap (eg) and optical constants of the transparent films were determined from the optical transmission spectra. results and discussion fig. 1 shows the optical transmittance spectra with wavelength from 400nm to 1100 nm of the cdo thin films pure and doped with al. the optical transmittance decreases with the increase of al doping concentration. it is seen that the films are transparent in the visible region. all the films demonstrate 20 to 75% transmittance at wavelengths longer than 550 nm. however, the maximum value of transmittance lying in the nir spectral region exceeds 75%.the transmittance lies in the range of 75-60% for pure cdo and 0.5%wt of al-doping, 81and 20-55% for 1-2wt% of al-doping. it suggests that more doping decreases the transparency due to increased absorption by free carriers [18], which is comparable with the values for the cdo1-xalx thin films deposited by maity et al., [19] using sol-gel process method. below 550 nm there is a sharp fall in the transmittance of the films, which is due to the strong absorbance of the films in this region. absorption spectra of pure and al doped cdo films are shown in fig. 2. the absorption spectra of cdo thin film expected to depend mainly on three factors: oxygen deficiency, surface roughness and impurity centers [20]. as seen in fig. 2, the cdo films exhibit an absorption edge. also, we can observe that the absorption edge shifts to higher wavelength for 281 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 higher al percentage and it changes with al doping, suggesting a decrease in the band gap due to al doping. the reflectance spectra of the undoped and al doped cdo films are shown in fig. 3. it observed that the average reflectance of cdo film increased rapidly in visible region in the range of (400 to 600) nm and then decreases with the increase of wave length from the range of (600 to 1100) nm with the increase in al doping level. the change in the reflectance of the films suggests that the refractive index of the cdo films is changed with al doping. the refractive index of the cdo film in the range of (600-1100) nm exhibits the lowest value for 2% al dopant in the visible range, but the films exhibit the highest value for undoped cdo film. however, the reflectance in nir spectral region is slightly higher in the doped film compared to the undoped films. the shift of transmittance and reflectance indicates that these are related to the changes in the film characteristics [21]. the ability of a material to absorb light is measured by its absorption coefficient and it is a very strong function of the photon energy and band gap energy [22]. the variation of the optical absorption coefficient with photon energy for various al doping concentration is shown in fig.4. the absorption coefficient (α) of a film of thickness (t) can be calculated from the transmittance spectrum using the relation [22]: t a 303.2 ………………….. (1) where, a: is the absorbance, which is calculated from the relation {a=log(1/ʈ)}, (ʈ) is the transparence. the calculated values of absorption coefficient are in the order of 105 cm−1. from fig. 4 it is shown that in the higher photon energies (shorter wavelengths), the absorption coefficient α exhibits high value which means that there is a large probability of the allowed direct transition, and then α decreases with increase of wavelength. also, it is shown that absorbance increases with increase of al-doping concentration and a sharp increase observed near the band gap edge. so, the absorption edge is shifted toward long wavelength region. this variation could be related to the variation of the crystallinity and carrier concentration of cdo film with al-doping. the fundamental absorption, which corresponds to electron excitation from valance to conduction band, can be used to determine the nature and value of the optical band gap. the optical band gap of the cdo films is calculated using the expression [23]: (αhν) = b(hν eg)ɳ ………………(2) where, b is constant depending on the type of semiconductor, α [cm-1] is the absorption coefficient, hν is the photon energy and eg [ev] is the optical band gap. the parameter ɳ is an index related to the nature of the material and which is determined by the optical transition involved in the absorption process, it specifies the allowed direct (ɳ = 1/2) and indirect transition (ɳ = 2) in the electronic band structure. the optical band gap energy eg was obtained from the intercept on the photon energy axis after extrapolating of the straight line section of the curve of (αhν)2 versus (hν) plot as shown in fig.5 . it was found that the al doping concentration affects the energy band gap eg. the direct band gap of pure cdo is 2.24 ev, this value is good agreement with several reports [1, 14, 24], and the film has direct band transitions which is an important characteristic for photovoltaic applications. the shift towards higher or to lower energies depends on the method of film preparation [25]. the al doped cdo decreases the band gap towards lower energy values. this is due to the increases of the density of localized states in the eg, or because of the width of localized state in the optical band gap of the films was increased with the increase of al content, which are consistent with previous report of al-doped cdo films prepared by sol-gel [18, 19], spray pyrolysis [15] and by r-f sputtering methods [26]. the band gaps for cdo films were found to be 2.2, 2.1 and 2.14 ev for al with 0.5, 1 and 2 wt.% doped cdo, respectively as shown in fig. 6 and filled in table (1). the band gap values are found to decrease with increase of al 282 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 doping contents (up to 1%) and then start to increase again with higher al doping content. generally one can expect an increase in band gap of cdo thin films when doped with al due to an increase in carrier concentrations which lead to the burstein-moss effect [27]. the direct band gap energy obtained in this study is more consistent to the reported direct band gap values. therefore, we concluded that both the cdo and al-doped cdo thin films fall under the class of direct band gap materials. when electromagnetic radiation stakes a surface, some part is reflected, some is absorbed and some is transmitted. the optical constants fully describe the optical behavior of materials; they are important fundamental properties of matter [28, 29]. the optical properties of an evaporated film depend strongly on the technique of evaporation [30]. optical constants ) 2) and imaginary parts (1), real part (kincluded refractive index (n), extinction coefficient ( of dielectric constant. the refractive index (n) can be calculated using following equation[23]: ……………… (3)      1r 1r k 1r r4 n 2 1 2 2            where, r: is the reflectance and given by the equation [22]: r + a + ʈ = 1 ………………….. (4) the refractive index dispersion plays an important role in the research for optical materials, because it is a significant factor in optical communication and in designing devices for spectral dispersion. the refractive index values of the films were calculated using eq (3). the behavior of refractive index is nearly similar to the reflectance spectra, we can observe from fig. 7. refractive index increases with the increase in photon energy (decreases in wavelength) indicating that all the films exhibit a normal dispersion behavior in the range (1.127-2) ev corresponding to the wavelength (620-1100) nm range. it is clear that the refractive index increases with the increase of photon energy followed by decreases at the higher photon energy. at lower photon energy, n decreases for all the films reaching the lowest value of ‘n’. the values of ‘n’ for films in nir region (at λ=1100 nm) was found to be equal to 2.3, 4.1, 4.7 and 7.2 for undoped, 0.5, 1 and 2% al respectively, ‘n’ increases with the increase of al dopants in nir region. the value of ‘n’ obtained for cdo thin film is slightly higher than the value obtained by manjula et al. [31] for cdo thin film fabricated by a simplified spray technique and it is exactly matches with the value obtained by mohamed et al. [32] for cdo buffer layer formed by electron beam evaporation technique. also we can see from fig. 7 that the refractive index decreases with the increase of the incident photon energy above the eg value, indicating that all the films exhibit anomalous dispersion. as seen in plotted figure of refractive index, the refractive index decreases with al dopant in the visible region. the extinction coefficient, k (imaginary part of the refractive index), which is related to the exponential decay of the wave as it passes through the medium can be determined by using the equation [33]:   4 k………………….. (5) where, : is the wavelength of the incident radiation. fig. 8 shows the variation of extinction coefficient (k) as a function of photon energy. the behavior of (k) is nearly similar to the corresponding absorption coefficient (α) because of the extinction coefficient depends mainly on (α) according to the eq (5); for this reason, we 283 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 notice the increase of extinction coefficient with the increase of photon energy due to the increase of the absorption coefficient. this means that direct electronic transition happens in these films [34]. also, it shows that before the eg values of the films, k changes strongly with al dopant due to the structural changes in the films. free electron in metals and free carriers in semiconductors absorb light and alert dielectric functions [33], the fundamental electron excitation spectrum of the films was described by means of a frequency dependent of the complex electronic dielectric constant(ε), and it is defined as [22]: ε = ε1 i ε2 ………………. (6) the real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant (ε1 and ε2) are related to the n and k values, and can be calculated by using the equations [35]: ε1 = n2 – k2 …………..... (7) ε2 = 2nk …………….…. (8) it can be seen in fig. 9 that the behavior of the real dielectric constant (ε1 ) is nearly similar to the corresponding refractive index (n) and that is clear from eq.(7) because of the small value of (k2). the curves increase to maximum peak and then they start decreasing as the photon energy increases. all the films show same trend. it is also evident from the figure that ε1 decreases with the increase of al dopant in films in visible region, while it increases with al in the nir region. also, the peaks of ε1 where shift to the lower photon energy with the increase of the al dopant. the behavior of (ε2) with photon energy is nearly similar to the corresponding extinction coefficient, because of ε2 depends mainly on the extinction coefficient values which are related to the variation of absorption coefficient and that is clear in fig.10. the peaks of ε2 for all films shift to the lower photon energy with the increase of al doping. the complex dielectric constant (ε) is a fundamental intrinsic material property. the (ε1) associated with the term that, how much it will slow down the speed of light in the material and (ε2) which showed how a dielectric absorb energy from electric field due to dipole motion. (ε1)is the normal dielectric constant and (ε2) represents the absorption associated of radiation by free energy [33]. the variation of (ε1) with photon energy indicates that some interactions between photons and electrons in the films are produced in this energy range. (ε2) is directly related to the density of states within the forbidden gap of semiconductor materials [32]. the ε1 and ε2 values of the films change with incident photon energy and al dopant. al dopant decreases both ε1 and ε2 of the dielectric constant of the films in the visible region, which are consistent with ilican et al. of al-doped cdo films prepared by sol-gel [36]. at last, we see that both fig. 9 and fig. 10 imply that the values of (ε1) are higher than that of (ε2) and follow the almost same pattern. also, some of the optical constants values are shown in table (1). conclusion the undoped and al-doped cdo films were deposited by physical vapor deposition in vacuum technique. the optical properties of the cdo films were influenced by al doping at room temperature. it was observed that absorbance in the visible region is high. absorption coefficient had been calculated from transmission spectra taken within the wavelength of (400 to 1100) nm. the absorption coefficient obtained of the order of 105 cm-1 in the higher energy region and the rate of absorption is max near the absorption edge, which is around 550 nm. the optical band gap values were found to decrease from 2.24 to 2.1 ev with al doping. the optical constants of the films had been investigated in this work, and they depend 284 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 on the al content. finally, it may be concluded that al-doped cdo films may be a good candidate for suitable application in various optoelectronic devices as photocell and photodetector. references 1. mustafa, q. m. (2011). study of the optical constants as a function of the annealing temperature and the thickness for cdo thin films, m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad. cadmium oxide films for electronic 2. chu, t. l. and shirley s. chu. (1990). degenerate 1005. -materials, 19(9): 1003 of electronic ournal. jdevices 3. ortega, m.; santana, g. and morales, a. (2000). optoelectronic properties of cdo/si 1769. -44(10): 1765 ,state electronics-solid photodetectors. effective use of nanocrystalline anpathan, h. m.; han, s. h. and lokhande, c. d. (2006),4. cdo thin films in dye-sensitized solar cells". solar energy, 80(2): 185-190. 5. yakuphnoglu, f. (2010). "nanocluster n-cdo thin film by sol–gel for solar cell 1419. -scince, 257(15): 1413applications". applied surface 6. benhaliliba, m.; benouis, c.e.; tiburcio, a.; yakuphanoglu, f; tavira, a.; trujillo, r. and mouffak, z. (2012).luminescence and physical properties of copper doped cdo derived nanostructures. journal of luminescence, 132: 2653–2658. 7. dakhel, a.a.(2008) correlated transport and optical phenomena in ga-doped cdo films. solar energy, 82(6): 513-519. 8. akyuz, i. ; kose, s. ; atay, f. and bilgin, v. (2011). optical, structural and surface characterization of ultrasonically sprayed cdo:f films. journal of alloys and compounds, 509(5): 1947-1952. 9. gupta, r. k.; serbetci, z. yakuphanoglu, f. (2012). bandgap variation in size controlled nanostructured li–ni co-doped cdo thin films. journal of alloys &compounds,515:96-100 10. dagdelen, f. ; serbetci, z. ; gupta, r.k. and yakuphanoglu, f. (2012). preparation of nanostructured bi-doped cdo thin films by sol–gel spin coating method. materials letters, 80: 127-130. 11. aydin, c. ; omar, a. ; al-hartomy, a.a. ; al-ghamdi, f. ; al-hazmi, i.s. ; yahia, f.; el-tantawy, f. and yakuphanoglu , j. (2012) controlling of crystal size and optical band gap of cdo nanopowder semiconductors by low and high fe contents. journal of electroceramics, 29: 155163. 12. ramiz ,a. al-anssari ; nadir f. habubi and jinan ali abd. (2013). "fabrication and characterization of n-cdo:in/p-si thin film solar cell. journal of electron devices, 17: 14571464. 13. shawki, k. m. (2012). study the effect of optical and structure properties of (cdo:mg) by chemical spray with determent grain size by digital image processing techniques. ph.d thesis, al-mustansiriyah university. 14. tahir h.mahmod, (2011)study of structure and optical properties of cdo thin films doped with sn by thermal evaporation under vacuum technique. m. sc. thesis, university of baghdad. 15. khan, m.k. ; azizar rahman, m. ; shahjahan, m ; mozibur rahman, m ; hakim, m.a. ; dilip kumar saha and jasim uddin khan. (2010) effect of al-doping on optical and electrical properties of spray pyrolytic nano-crystalline cdo thin films . current applied physics, 10: 790–796 16. gupta a, r. k.; ghosh, k. ; patel, r.; mishra, s.r. and kahol, p. k. (2009)preparation and characterization of highly conducting and transparent al doped cdo thin films by pulsed laser deposition.current applied physics,9: 673-677. 285 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 17. murali, k. r.; kalaivanan, a.; perumal, s. and pillai, n. (2010).sol-gel dip coated cdo:al films. journal of alloys and compounds, 503(2): 350-353. 18. yahia, i. s. ; salem, g. f. ; abd el-sadek, m. s. and yakuphanoglu, f. (2013). optical properties of al-cdo nano-clusters thin films by sol-gel spin coating method. super lattices and microstructures, 64: 178-184. 19. maity, r.; chattopadhyay, k. (2006). synthesis and characterization of aluminumdoped cdo thin films by sol-gel process. solar energy materials and solar cells, 5(23): 597-606. 20. olcay, g; ferhunde, a and idris, a. (2013). the optical, electrical and surface properties for annealed cdo films deposited by ultrasonic spray pyrolysis. sau j. sci., 17(3): 295-300. 21. dakhel, a. a. and henari, f. z. (2003). optical characterization of thermally evaporated thin cdo films". crystal research and technology, 38(11): 979-985. 22. donald, a. neamen. (1992). semiconductor physics and devices. bi-company, inc. university of new mexico, usa. 23. sze, s. m. and kwok, k. (2007), physics of semiconductor devices, john wiley & sons. inc. new york. 24. abdolahzadeh, a. and ghodsi, f. e. (2011) optical and structural studies of sol-gel deposited nanostructured cdo thin films: annealing effect. acta physica polonica, 120(3): 536-540. 25. chu, t.l.; shirley, s. and chu, s. (1990)degenerate cadmium oxide films for electron devices. journal of electron materials, 19: 1003-1005. 26. saha, b.; das, s. and chattopadhyay, k. k. (2007) electrical and optical properties of al doped cadmium oxide thin films deposited by radio frequency magnetron sputtering", solar energy material cells, 91(18): 1692-1697. 27. ngamnit wongcharoen; thitinai gaewdang and tiparatana wongcharoen. (2012). electrical properties of al-doped cdo thin films prepared by thermal evaporation in vacuum. energy procedia, 15: 361 – 370. 28. mills, i.; cvitas, t.; homann, k.; kallay, n. and kuchitsu, k. (1993)quantities, units and symbols in physical chemistry, 2nd ed., blackwell scientific publications, oxford. 29. bertie, j. e. (2001). "handbook of vibrational spectroscopy", john wiley and sons, ltd. 30. baban, g.; rusu, i. and prepelita, p. (2005)on the optical properties of polycrystalline cdse thin films. journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 7(2): 817-821. 31. manjula, n.; usharani, k.; balu, a. r. and nagarethinam, v. (2014) studies on the physical properties of three potentially important tco thin films fabricated by a simplified spray technique under same deposition conditions , int. j. chem tech res., 6(1): 705-718. 32. mohamed, h.a. and mahmoud ali, h. (2008) characterization of ito/cdo/ glass thin films evaporated by electron beam technique, sci. technol. adv. mater., 9: 025016-025025. 33. pankove, j.i. (1971) optical processes in semiconductors, prentice–hall, inc., englewoodcliffs, new jersy. 34. mahdi, h. suhail ; issam m. ibrahim and mohan, g. (2012) characterization and gas sensitivity of cadmium oxide thin films prepared by thermal evaporation technique. int. j. thin film sci. tec., 1(1): 1-8. 35. clark, a. h. (1980)polycrystalline and amorphous thin films and devices, academic press, new york, (1980). 36. ilican, s. ; caglar, m; cagar, y. and yakuphanoglua, f. (2009) cdo:al films deposited by sol–gel process: a study on their structural and optical properties. optoelectronics and advanced materialsrapid communication, 3(2): 135-140. 286 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 table no.(1):energy gap, extinction coefficient, refractive index and ε1, ε2. sample  eg (ev)  λ (nm)  k  n    ε1   ε2   cdo (pure)  2.24  553.571  0.621  6.228  38.402  7.735  0.5 % al  2.2  563.636 0.607 5.927 34.761  7.195  1 % al  2.1  590.476  0.597  5.614  31.160  6.703  2 % al  2.14  579.439  0.573  4.782  22.531  5.546  figure no. (1): transmittance spectra of pure and al doped cadmium oxide thin films figure no.( 2): absorption spectra of pure and al doped cadmium oxide thin films 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 t ra n sm it ta n ce ,  (t  % ). wave length, λ (nm).  cdo (pure) 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. 0 20 40 60 80 100 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 a b so rp ta n ce  ,  a  % . wave length, λ (nm). cdo (pure). 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. 287 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 figure no.(3): reflectance spectra of pure and al doped cadmium oxide thin films. figure no.(4): variation of absorption coefficient as a function of photon energy of pure and al doped cdo thin films 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 r e fl e ct a n ce  ,  ( r  % ). wave length, λ (nm). cdo (pure). 0.5 % al. 1 % al 2 % al. 0.0e+00 5.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.5e+05 2.0e+05 2.5e+05 3.0e+05 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 a b so rp ti o n  c o e ff ic ie n t,  α  ( cm  ‐1 ) photon energy, e (ev). cdo (pure). 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. 0 1e+11 2e+11 3e+11 4e+11 5e+11 6e+11 7e+11 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 (α .h υ )2 ,   ( e v /c m )2 phopton energy, e(ev).  cdo (pure). 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. eg (pure)  =  2.24 ev. eg (0.5% al) = 2.2 ev. eg (1% al)  = 2.1 ev. eg (2% al) = 2.14 ev. 288 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 with photon energy of pure and al doped cdo thin 2figure no.(5): variation of (αhv) films figure no.(6): variation of energy gap of cdo:al as a function of al concentration figure no.(7: variation of refractive index a function of photon energy of pure and al doped cdo thin films 2.08 2.12 2.16 2.2 2.24 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 e n e rg y  g a p  ( e v ). al %wt. doping cdo:al at room temperature. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 r e fr a ct iv e  i n d e x ,  (n ). photon energy, e(ev). cdo (pure). 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 e x ti n ct io n  c o e ff ic ie n t,  ( k ). photon energy , e(ev). cdo (pure). 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. 289 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 8: variation of extinction coefficient as a function of photon energy of pure and al doped cdo thin films figure no.( 9): real part of dielectric constant as a function of photon energy of pure and al doped cdo thin films figure no.(10): imaginary part of dielectric constant as a function of photon energy of pure and al doped cdo thin films 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3r e a l  p a rt  o f  d ie le ct ri c  c o n st a n t,   ɛ 1 photon energy, e(ev). cdo (pure) 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 im a g in a ry  p a rt  o f  d ie le ct ri c  c o n st a n t,  ɛ 2 photon energy, e(ev) cdo (pure). 0.5 % al. 1 % al. 2 % al. 290 | physics 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 (al) النقية و المشوبة ب (cdo)الخواص البصرية ألغشية والمحضرة بتقنية التبخير الحراري في الفراغ سمير عطا مكي علية عبد المحسن شھاب أياد أحمد صالح / جامعة بغداد )إبن الھيثم(لتربية للعلوم الصرفة كلية ا /قسم الفيزياء 2014ايلول 8قبل البحث: 2014حزيران 15استلم البحث: الخالصة وبإعتماد %(2 ,1 ,0.5)بنسب تشويب (al)) الرقيقة النقية والمشوبة ب (cdoأغشية أوكسيد الكادميومحضرت ) αتقنية التبخير الحراري الفراغي على أرضيات زجاجية بدرجة حرارة الغرفة, وُحِسب معامل اإلمتصاص البصري( . ومن خالل النتائج nm (1100-400)بصفته دالة للطول الموجي ضمن المدى لألغشية الرقيقة من خالل طيف النفاذية على الترتيب, 2.1evو %20إلى 2.24evو %75ُوِجد أن ِكال قيمتي النفاذية وفجوة الطاقة البصرية تتناقصان من ) في األغشية المحضرة. وكذلك أحتوت الدراسة على حسابات الثوابت البصرية (alوباإلعتماد على نسبة تشويب األلمنيوم (معامل اإلنكسار, معامل الخمود, وثابتي العزل الحقيقي والخيالي) بصفتھا دالة لطاقة الفوتون الساقط على الغشاء. وقد وجد نيوم بسبب زيادة عرض المستويات يمكن التحكم بھا عن طريق نسبة التشويب باأللم cdoان قيم فجوة الطاقة لغشاء يجعل cdo:alالموضعية في منطقة فجوة الطاقة البصرية لألغشية. وأظھرت النتائج أن تحسين الثوابت البصرية ألغشية في مجال النبائط االلكتروضوئية. شفـافة كـاسيد موصلـةأھذه األغشية واسعة التطبيقات بصفتھا , التبخير الحراري الفراغي, الخواص البصرية, االمتصاصية, فجوة الطاقة (cdo:al)أغشية رقيقة :الكلمات المفتاحية البصرية   microsoft word 225-237 علوم الحياة | 225 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 mus دراسة نسجية ووظيفية للكلية في ذكور الفئران البيض البالغة musculus بشرى عمر احمد معروف انتظار محمد مناتي جامعة بغداد /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة(ابن الھيثم) /قسم علوم الحياة ٢٠١٥/اذار/١٥، قبل البحث في : ٢٠١٤/كانون االول/٢٩استلم البحث في : الخالصة التعرف على الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي للكلية في ذكور الفئران البيض البالغة الى ھدفت الدراسة الحالية mus musculus ، وأظھرت نتائج الدراسة المظھرية ان الكلية في الفئران البيض تكون بشكل شبيه بحبة الفاصوليا ، ملساء ذات لون احمر مائل الى البني ، وھي تقع في النصف االمامي للتجويف البطني تحت الحجاب الحاجز على جانبي ) مايكرومتر، واظھر الفحص ٩٫٦±٠٫٥ل سمكھا (العمود الفقري ، وتغطى الكلية بمحفظة من نسيج ضام ھللي بلغ معد النسجي ان كلية الحيوان موضوع الدراسة تتميز الى منطقتين منطقة قشرية خارجية ومنطقة لبية داخلية. يظھر نسيج ) مايكرومتر تتوزع بشكل كثيف في المناطق المحيطية من ٥٠٫٥± ١٫٩القشرة حاوياً على كبيبات بلغ معدل قطرھا ( ) ٢٥٫٦±٠٫٦) مايكرومتر و (٢٨٫٢±١٫١مقاطع من النبيبات الملتوية الدانية والقاصية التي بلغ معدل أقطارھا (القشرة ، و مايكرومتر على التوالي، أما منطقة اللب فتحوي على مقاطع للقطع النحيفة والسميكة لعروة ھنلي فضالً عن مقاطع للنبيبات اللبية . الجامعة التي تكون تراكيب شعاعية تعرف باالشعة النفرون الوحدة التركيبية االساسية للكلية التي تتألف بدورھا من الكبيبة والنبيب البولي، حيث تحاط الكبيبة بمحفظة دعي بومان وكالھما يشكالن الجسيمة الكلوية تتصل بجزئھا القريب بالنبيب الملتوي الداني والذي يؤدي الى عروة ھنلي التي فة و اخرى سميكة واالخيرة تتصل بالجزء االخير من النبيب والمتمثل بالنبيب الملتوي القاصي الذي تتميز الى قطعة نحي بدوره يتصل بالنبيب الجامع. ) ملغم/ديسي ٣٢٫٥٠±٠٫٦٥كما اظھرت نتائج الدراسة الفسلجية ان المعدل الكلي لتركيز اليوريا في مصل الدم بلغ ( ) ملغم/ديسي لتر،أما ايون البوتاسيوم فوصلت القيم ٠٫٧٧٧±٠٫٠٤تركيز الكرياتنين (لتر، في حين بلغ المعدل الكلي ل . ) ملغم/ديسي لتر٤٫٦٧±٠٫٠٨المتعلقة بتركيزه في مصل دم الفئران البيض الى ( . وظيفيةكلية ، فئران بيض ، تركيب نسجي ، دراسة كلمات مفتاحية : علوم الحياة | 226 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة وھي العائلة التي ]١[ muridae، عائلة rodentiaالى رتبة القوارض mus musculusينتمي الفأر االبيض في التجارب البحثية عماالً وانات المختبرية االكثر است، ويعد واحداً من الحي [2]تضم اكبر عدد من القوارض في العالم و دراسة تأثير المواد السمية فيه. urinary systemتلك المتعلقة بدراسة فسلجة الجھاز البولي السيما الجھاز البولي دوراً حساساً في تنظيم اقتصاديات الجسم وعمل ھذا الجھاز يتم من خالل عمليات متشابكة يراد مثلي يات حيث تقوم بوظائف منھا الحفاظ على ثبات البيئة الداخلية الجسام الفقريات ويمثل عمل الكلية جزءاً كبيراً من تلك العمل عديدة ذات اھمية الدامة حياة االنسان والحيوان على حد سواء ، اذ يختص ھذا العضو بترشيح الدم المار خالل كبيبات الكلية الى انسجة الجسم ، وتقوم الكلية بازالة العناصر الزائدة عن حاجة الجسم فضالً عن دورھا في اعادة امتصاص المحافظة على البيئة الداخلية للجسم من خالل موازنة االحماض فضالً عنتي يحتاجھا الجسم ال electrolytesالشوارد .acid-base balance [4,3]والقواعد تناولت العديد من الدراسات كلى االنسان واللبائن من الناحية التشريحية والنسجية ، وأفادت عدة دراسات بان كلية ت اللحوم (الكالب والقطط) وبعض المجترات تظھر خطة بناء متماثلة فھي بشكل عام تشبه حبة االنسان والقوارض واكال الفاصوليا ذات لون احمر مائل الى البني الغامق ، تقع في الجھة الظھرية من الجسم على جانبي العمود الفقري وتحاط الكلية تتعرض لھا انواع اللبائن المختلفة ، وتغلف الكلية بنسيج بنسيج شحمي من النوع البني لحمايتھا من البرودة الشديدة التي . capsule [6,5]ضام ليفي يمثل محفظة الكلية ويحتوي الجانب الوسطي لكل كلية على concave اً مقعر اً بطني اً وسطح convex اً محدب اً ظھري اً تمتلك الكلية سطح وھو محل ارتباط الحالب ومنه تدخل وتخرج االوعية hilumمنطقة وسطية تمثل مركز الكلية ويطلق عليھا بالنقير ين رئيسين ھما جزء خارجي ذو لون بني محمر يدعى بالقشرة أجز، وتتكون الكلية من [8,7]الدموية واالعصاب cortex وجزء داخلي ذو مظھر مخطط يدعى باللبmedulla [2] تحتوي القشرة على الجسيمة الكلوية.renal corpuscle تي تتألف من محفظة بومان الbowman’s capsule والكبيبةglomerulus وتضم القشرة أيضاً مقاطع ، واالجزاء العليا من عروة proximal and distal convoluted tubulesعديدة من النبيبات الملتوية الدانية والقاصية كتل مخروطية تدعى علىأما لب الكلية فيقسم ،collecting tubulesھنلي وكذلك االجزاء العليا من النبيبات الجامعة وتكون قواعد االھرامات باتجاه محيط الكلية وقسمھا المسماة بالحليمات البولية renal pyramidsاالھرامات الكلوية renal papilla [9]ه الى الداخل ، تكون النبيبات الجامعة القسم االكبر من كل ھرم لبي ھمتج . والنبيب glomerulusوالمتكونة من الكبيبة nephronان الوحدة التركيبية والوظيفية لكلية اللبائن ھي النفرون وكالھما s capsule,bowman،حيث تحاط الكبيبة بمحفظة بومان uriniferous or renal tubuleالبولي او الكلوي عداد الوحدات الكلوية في انواع اللبائن ، اذ يبلغ عددھا في االنسان ، تختلف اrenal corpuscleيشكالن الجسيمة الكلوية بحدود مليون وحدة في الكلية ، أما في اللبائن االخرى فان اعداد ھذه الوحدات يزيد او ينقص تبعاً لحجم ذلك النوع من . [10]اللبائن لي بصورة عامة في اللبائن الموجودة في البيئة أوضحت مراجعة المصادر ان الدراسات المتعلقة بالكلى والجھاز البو التي درس فيھا التغيرات النسجية الموسمية في كلية الجمل وحيد السنام [11]العراقية قليلة نسبياً ، فقد تناولت دراسة حسين )(camelus dromedaries التي تضمنت دراسة تشريحية ونسجية [12]في وسط العراق ، وتبعھا دراسة الزبيدي sawad [13]من وتناولت دراسة كل cavia procellusوخنزير غينيا mus musculusمقارنة لكلى الفأر ودراسة محمد ، bubalus bubalisدراسة تشريحية ونسجية لكلى وحالب الجاموس العراقي alkinnany [14]و ودرس mustela putorius feroالتي تضمنت بعض المالحظات النسجية للكلية اليسرى البن مقرض [15]وجماعته alsamawy [16] الذين درسوا الوصف المظھري والتركيب [4]الكلية في الجرذ نوع (البينو) ، وتبعه حمزة وجماعته . pipistrellus kuhliiالنسجي للكلية في الخفاش الكحلي تشير مراجعة المصادر الى ان الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي للكلية في اللبائن لم ينل اھتماماً من قبل الباحثين العراقيين ، فقد أظھرت الحاجة الى اجراء المزيد من الدراسات في ھذا الجانب لما تشكله الكلية من أھمية في الفقريات كافة ان البيض البالغة والتي سة الحالية عن الوصف المظھري والتركيب النسجي للكلى في الفئروھذا شكل حافزاً الجراء الدرا أنسجة كلى الفئران البيض البالغة وھو موضوع الدراسة الحالية فيسعة لتأثير عقار البيروكسيكام من دراسة مو اً تمثل جزء توية الدانية والقاصية فضالً عن اجراء بعض المعايير وكذلك تضمنت الدراسة اجراء قياسات القطار الكبيبات والنبيبات المل الفسلجية . المواد وطرائق العمل جمع العينات ) ذكور من الفئران البيض البالغة ، تم الحصول عليھا من المركز الوطني للرقابة الصحية ٥في الدراسة الحالية ( عملاست ) غم ، وتم تخدير ٣٠-٢٥) اسابيع وبمعدل وزن قدره حوالي (١٠٨والبحوث الدوائية ، حيث تراوحت اعمارھا بين ( عمالرحت الحيوانات واستئصلت الكلى من موقعھا وثبتت باستثم ش chloroformالحيوانات باستعمال مادة الكلوروفورم علوم الحياة | 227 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 التثبيت غسلت النماذج مدة) ساعة وبعد انتھاء ٢٢-٢٠لمدة ( aqueous bouin’s fluidمثبت محلول بون المائي .%٧٠بكحول الدراسة النسجية ، حيث مررت النماذج لالنكاز bancroft & stevens [17]تم تحضير شرائح البرافين تبعاً للطريقة التي وصفھا الزايلين لغرض عملثم است %١٠٠وانتھاًء بتركيز الكحول المطلق %٧٠بسلسلة تصاعدية من الكحول االثيلي بدًء بتركيز ذي درجة انصھار عالية ثم قطعت قوالب الشمع الحاوية على paraffin waxترويق النماذج وطمرت بشمع البرافين الصبغة عمالمايكرون ، ولونت المقاطع النسجية باست ٦وبسمك rotary microtomeالمشراح الدوار عمالالنماذج باست canada balsamبلسم كندا عمالوحملت المقاطع باست [18]أيوسين حسب طريقة –الروتينية ھارس ھيماتوكسلين جھرالضوئي المزود بكاميرا تصوير نوع الم عملوأخيراً تم تصوير الشرائح الزجاجية بعد فحصھا بالمجھر الضوئي واست canon . لتصوير الشرائح الزجاجية الخاصة بالكلية الدراسة الفسلجية ، وضعت بجھاز الطرد eppendorf tubesتم جمع عينات الدم عن طريق طعنة القلب مباشرة في انابيب ابندروف دقيقة للحصول على المصل ثم عزل المصل وحفظ في الثالجة بدرجة (15)) دورة / دقيقة ولمدة ٢٠٠٠المركزي وبمعدل ( م لحين اجراء الفحوصات الالزمة والخاصة بالدراسة الحالية التي تضمنت قياس تركيز اليوريا والكرياتنين وايون ˚٤ ) .spinreactوشركة humanعدة خاصة مجھزة من شركة عملتالبوتاسيوم (است النتائج ھري للكلية الوصف المظ انھا تتمثل بتركيب صغير شبيه بحبة mus musculusأظھر التشريح العياني للكلية في ذكور الفئران البيض ، ملساء ذات لون أحمر قاني مائل الى البني الغامق ،تقع على جانبي العمود الفقري في الجھة bean shapeالفاصوليا وتستقر على نسيج دھني ، كما اظھر الفحص العياني diaphragmالظھرية من التجويف البطني تحت الحجاب الحاجز )، اذ بلغ معدل اوزان الكلية ١ثقل قليال (شكل ان الكلية اليسرى تقع في مستوى اوطأ قليال من الكلية اليمنى التي تكون ا اً ) غم، يكون سطح الكلية أملس٠٫١٧٥± ٠٫٠٣) غم، أما الكلية اليسرى فبلغ معدل اوزانھا (٠٫١٨١±٠٫٠٣اليمنى ( وھو محل hilumوحافتھا الوحشية محدبة ، في حين يكون سطحھا االنسي مقعراً ويحتوي على انخفاض يدعى بالنقير الب ومنه تدخل وتخرج االوعية الدموية واالعصاب.ارتباط الح الدراسة النسجية للكلية أظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان الكلية في ذكور الفئران البيض تغطى بمحفظة ليفية رقيقة من نسيج ضام ھللي areolar connective tissue تتألف المحفظة من الياف كوالجينية ،collagen fibers وارومات ليفيةfibroblasts -١٥) مايكرومتر وبمدى يتراوح بين (٩٫٦±٠٫٥وكان معدل سمك المحفظة ( reticular fibersوبعض االلياف الشبكية ). ٢) مايكروميتر (شكل ٧٫٥ دعى بالقشرة أظھر الفحص المجھري ان الكلية في ذكور الفئران البيض متميزة الى منطقتين ، منطقة خارجية ت cortex ومنطقة داخلية تدعى باللبmedulla كما بينت نتائج الفحص النسجي ان منطقة القشرة تتميز ٢( شكل ، ( التي تظھر كتراكيب كروية نسبياً renal corpuscleبكونھا حاوية على اجزاء الوحدات الكلوية متمثلة بالجسيمة الكلوية وھي عبارة عن شبكة من االوعية الدموية الشعرية ، تتوزع الكبيبات بشكل عشوائي glomerulusمؤلفة من الكبيبة ضمن نسيج الكلية ، حيث انھا تتركز بشكل اكثر كثافة في المنطقة المحيطية الخارجية للكلية عما ھو عليه في المنطقة التي bowman’s capsuleيبة بمحفظة بومان الداخلية للكلية وتحاط بمقاطع مختلفة للنبيبات الدانية والقاصية . تحاط الكب simpleالتي تتألف من نسيج ظھاري حرشفي بسيط parietal layerتتركب من طبقتين ، االولى ھي الطبقة الجدارية squamous epithelium والطبقة الثانية ھي الطبقة الحشويةvisceral layer التي تكون بتماس مع الكبيبة وتوجد ، بلغ معدل قطر الكبيبة bowman’s spaceا بين الكبيبة ومحفظة بومان تدعى فسحة بومان فسحة محفظية م ). ٣(الشكل اً ) مايكرومتر ٧٠-٤٠ويتراوح مداه بين ( اً ) مايكرومتر٥٠٫٥±١٫٩( تدعى بالخاليا جار الكبيبة elliptical اوضحت المقاطع النسجية وجود خاليا مميزة ذات نواة اھليليجية juxtaglomerular cells التي تكون بتماس مع البقعة الكثيفةmacula densa التي تالحظ في منطقة القطب الوعائي vascular pole ٤(شكل ( proximal convolutedتتصل محفظة بومان بالجزء االول من النبيب البولي المتمثل بالنبيب الملتوي الداني tubule (pct) تتميز بطانته بكونھا اً ) مايكرومتر٤٠-٢٠وبمدى ( اً ) مايكرومتر٢٨٫٢±١٫١قطره (الذي بلغ متوسط ، basementيستند الى غشاء قاعدي simple cuboidal epitheliumمتمثلة بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط membrane قع ذات شكل ، وتكون نوى الخاليا الظھارية المبطنة للنبيب الملتوي الداني غامقة الصبغة ومركزية المو ) ، يتصل النبيب ٥(شكل brush borderمدور ويحمل السطح الحر لھا زغيبات طويلة تشكل ما يعرف بالحافة الفرشاتية thickفقد أظھر الفحص النسجي وجود مقاطع للقطعة السميكة henle’s loopالملتوي الداني عند نھايته بعروة ھنلي segment واخرى للقطعة النحيفةthin segment من عروة ھنلي ، حيث ظھرت مقاطع القطعة النحيفة ذات بطانة علوم الحياة | 228 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ،أما القطعة simple flat or squamous epithelial cellsمؤلفة من خاليا ظھارية مسطحة أو حرشفية بسيطة ر ولم يظھsimple cuboidal epithelium السميكة فكانت مبطنة بخاليا ظھارية مؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط ) .٩و ٦الفحص النسجي وجود الحافة الفرشاتية في السطح الحر لخاليا كل من القطعة السميكة والنحيفة (شكل الذي يبطن بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي distal convoluted tubule (dct)ثم يلي عروة ھنلي النبيب الملتوي القاصي ويخلو السطح الحر لخالياه من الحافة الفرشاتية لذلك يستند الى غشاء قاعدي simple cuboidal epithelium بسيط ) ، وبشكل عام تكون الخاليا الظھارية في بطانته أفتح pctيظھر تجويف النبيب أوسع قطراً من تجويف النبيب الداني ( -٢٢بين (ويتراوح مداه اً )مايكرومتر٢٥٫٦±٠٫٦لوناً من تلك الموجودة في النبيب الملتوي الداني ويبلغ متوسط قطره ( )، وأظھرت دراسة المقاطع النسجية ان النبيبات الجامعة تترتب بشكل تراكيب ١) و(جدول ٥شكل ( اً ) مايكرومتر ٣٠ simple cuboidal)، وتتألف بطانتھا من نسيج مكعبي بسيط٧(شكل medullary cordsشعاعية تعرف باألشعة اللبية epithelium ت وتحتوي على نوى كروية تقع بالقرب من قاعدة الخلية ، ذات لون غامق تكون خالياه ذات سايتوبالزم باھ )، اما االقنية الجامعة فتكون بطانتھا مؤلفة من نسيج ظھاري مكعبي الى عمودي بسيط وتبدو الخاليا العمودية ٨(شكل ). ٩واطئة وذات نوى بيضوية غامقة الصبغة تتخذ موقعاً قاعدياً في الخلية (شكل الدراسة الفسلجية ) ملغم/ديسي لتر ،حيث بلغت أعلى قيمة ٣٢٫٥٠±٠٫٦٥في مصل دم الفئران ( ureaبلغ المعدل الكلي لتركيز اليوريا ) ملغم/ديسي لتر ، في حين وصل المعدل الكلي لتركيز الكرياتنين ٢٨٫٠٠) ملغم/ديسي لتر وأقل قيمة (٣٥٫٠٠( creatinine ٠٫٨٠٠) ملغم/ديسي لتر ، اذ بلغت أعلى قيمة (٠٫٧٧٧±٠٫٠٤بيض الى (في مصل دم الفئران ال ( في potassium ionلقيم المتعلقة بتركيز ايون البوتاسيوم ا) ملغم/ديسي لتر ، أما ٠٫٦٠٠ملغم/ديسي لتر واقل قيمة ( ) ملغم/ديسي لتر ٤٫٩) ملغم/ديسي لتر حيث بلغت أعلى قيمة له (٤٫٦٧±٠٫٠٨مصل دم الفئران البيض فقد وصلت الى ( ) .٢) ملغم / ديسي لتر (جدول ٤٫٥واقل قيمة له ( المناقشة الوصف المظھري للكلية أظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان الكلية في النوع موضوع الدراسة تتميز بكونھا ذات تركيب صغير شبيه بحبة ني مائل الى اللون البني ، وتقع على جانبي العمود الفقري الفاصوليا ، وھي كلية ملساء غير مفصصة ، ذات لون أحمر قا في الجھة الظھرية من الجسم ، وتحاط بمحفظة رقيقة من النسيج الضام الھللي وتستقر على نسيج دھني ، تتطابق ھذه النتائج . [20a, 15,16,19, 2,4,12]مع ما اشار اليه العديد من الباحثين الذين درسوا الكلى في انواع من اللبائن المختلفة ) غم أما بالنسبة للكلية اليسرى ٠٫١٨١±٠٫٠٣تكون الكلية اليمنى أثقل قليالً من الكلية اليسرى اذ بلغ معدل اوزانھا ( .[20b]) غم ، جاءت نتائج الدراسة الحالية متوافقة مع نتائج دراسة ٠٫١٧٥±٠٫٠٣فبلغ معدل اوزانھا ( التركيب النسجي للكلية متميزة الى منطقتين ، منطقة mus musculusأظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان الكلية في ذكور الفئران البيض ، وتغطى الكلية بمحفظة رقيقة من النسيج الضام medullaومنطقة داخلية تدعى باللب cortexخارجية تدعى بالقشرة يف في المناطق المحيطية ، كما تالحظ مقاطع النبيبات الملتوية الدانية الھللي ، تتوزع الكبيبات في نسيج القشرة بشكل كث والنبيبات الملتوية القاصية ، أما منطقة اللب فانھا تحوي على مقاطع للقطع النحيفة والسميكة لعروة ھنلي مع مقاطع للنبيبات ، ان ھذه النتيجة تأتي تأكيداً لما medullary raysالجامعة التي تنظم بشكل شعاعي مكونة ما يعرف باالشعة اللبية وعند المقارنة مع بقية اللبائن لم نجد اختالفاً واضحاً في التركيب [ 16 ,15 ,12 ,2,4]توصلت اليه الدراسات السابقة لدانية النسجي الجزاء الوحدات الكلوية في قشرة الكلية عدا االختالف في أقطار الجسيمات الكلوية وأقطار النبيبات الملتوية ا والقاصية اذ بينت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان اقطار الجسيمات الكلوية تفوق او اقل من اقطار الجسيمات الكلوية في كلى ، وبلغ معدل أقطارھا [15] اً ) مايكرومتر٩٦٫١٩± ٣٫٧٤اللبائن المدروسة منھا كلى ابن مقرض حيث بلغ معدل اقطارھا ( الى المتطلبات الوظيفية لذا فان عود، ان السبب في ھذا التباين قد ي [12]مايكرومتر ) ٨٢٫٦±١٫٩٢في كلى خنازير غينيا ( . كما [21]معرفة اقطار الجسيمات الكلوية والنبيبات البولية له فائدة في تحديد معدل جريان السوائل خالل تلك النبيبات bowman’sثنائية الطبقة ھي محفظة بومان اظھر الفحص النسجي بان الكبيبة في كلى الفئران البيض تحاط بمحفظة capsule مؤلفة من طبقة جداريةparietal layer واخرى طبقة حشويةvisceral layer من النسيج الظھاري الحرشفي تتوافق نتائج الدراسة bowman’s spaceالبسيط وتوجد فسحة محفظية بين الكبيبة ومحفظة بومان تدعى فسحة بومان ,4] ا الجانب بدرجة كبيرة مع ما ذكره العديد من الباحثين الذين درسوا الكلى في الفقريات المختلفةالحالية في ھذ 15,16,19] . أظھرت نتائج الدراسة ان النبيب الملتوي الداني في كلية ذكور الفئران البيض الذي يمثل الجزء االول من نبيب الكلية ، وتمتاز الخاليا الظھارية المكعبة basement membraneلى غشاء قاعدي يبطن بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط يستند ا . تشير brush borderبكونھا ذات نوى غامقة الصبغة مركزية الموقع ، والسطح الحر لھذه الخاليا مزود بحافة فرشاتية مراجعة المصادر الى ان ھنالك تباين في نوع النسيج الظھاري المبطن للنبيب الملتوي الداني في الفقريات المختلفة وھذا في nabipour [19]التباين يتراوح بين نسيج ظھاري حرشفي بسيط الى نسيج ظھاري عمودي بسيط ، حيث اشار تراوحت مابين نسيج ظھاري insectivorous batكل الحشرات آلية الخفاش دراسته ان بطانة النبيب الملتوي الداني في ك علوم الحياة | 229 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 patilحرشفي بسيط الى نسيج ظھاري عمودي بسيط مزوداً بالحافة الفرشاتية في كلتا الحالتين ، ومن ناحية اخرى اورد & janbandhu [22] ان بطانة النبيب الملتوي الداني في كلية الخفاش الھنديmegaderma lyra lyra تتمثل بخاليا بحافة فرشاتية ، علماً ان وجود النوى المدورة ھو من اً ظھارية عمودية ذات نوى مركزية مدورة والسطح الحر فيھا مزود صفات الخاليا الظھارية المكعبة . ان نتائج الدراسة الحالية التتوافق مع ما ذكره الباحثون اعاله فيما يخص بطانة النبيب ، في حين جاءت النتائج متوافقة مع ما توصلت اليه العديد من الدراسات التي تناولت لبائن مختلفة الملتوي الداني [4,14,15,16] . تكون مبطنة بطبقة من خاليا ظھارية حرشفية thin segmentأظھر الفحص النسجي ان القطعة النحيفة لعروة ھنلي ة غامقة الصبغة وسايتوبالزم فاتح الصبغة ، اما القطعة ذات نوى كبير simple squamous epitheliumبسيطة فتتمثل بطانتھا بخاليا ظھارية مكعبة وذات نوى غامقة الصبغة ، وھذا ما أكدته thick segmentالسميكة لعروة ھنلي وھو متوافق مع نتائج الدراسة الحالية . [4,12,14,15,16,23]نتائج دراسات كل من يبطن بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي distal convoluted tubuleسة الحالية ان النبيب الملتوي القاصي أظھرت نتائج الدرا يستند الى غشاء قاعدي وخالياه تكون افتح لوناً من تلك المبطنة للنبيب الملتوي simple cuboidal epitheliumبسيط تعلقافق نتائج الدراسة الحالية بدرجة كبيرة فيما يالداني ، كما ان السطح الحر لخالياه يخلو من الحافة الفرشاتية ، تتو . [4,15,16,23]التركيب النسجي للنبيب الملتوي القاصي مع العديد من الدراسات التي تناولت لبائن مختلفة ب أوضحت دراسة المقاطع النسجية ان النبيبات الجامعة في كلية النوع موضوع الدراسة الحالية ، تبطن بنسيج ظھاري مكعبي بسيط تكون خالياه ذات سايتوبالزم باھت وتحوي نواة كروية ذات لون غامق ، وتقع النبيبات الجامعة في لب الكلية .من خالل مراجعة [4,12,15,16]مؤكدة لما توصلت اليه نتائج كل من شأن، جاءت نتائج الدراسة الحالية بھذا ال ال الخاليا المبطنة للنبيبات الجامعة في كلى الفقريات المختلفة ، فقد اوضحت في اشك اً كبير اً الدراسات السابقة اوضحت تباين ان الخاليا المبطنة للنبيب الجامع في كلية خنزير غينيا تكون من النوع العمودي الواطئ ، في حين [12]دراسة الزبيدي . [24] سيج ظھاري عمودي بسيطمتمثلة بن rousettus leschenaultiaتكون في الخفاش الھندي اكل الثمار من نوع الدراسة الفسلجية ) ملغم/ديسي لتر وھذه ٣٢٫٥٠±٠٫٦٥أظھرت نتائج الدراسة الحالية ان معدل اليوريا في مصل دم الفئران البيض بلغ ( النتائج تتفق مع العديد من الباحثين الذين تناولوا في دراستھم المعايير الكيموحيوية في مصل دم اللبائن المختلفة ) ملغم/ديسي لتر وجاءت ھذه ٠٫٧٧٧±٠٫٠٤في مصل دم الفئران ( creatinine، وبلغ معدل الكرياتنين [27,26,25] الكبد والكلى في ذكور الفئران البيض فيالتي درست تأثير عقار النيتروفيورنتون [28]النتائج متطابقة مع عبد الرزاق لجرذ، في حين بلغ كبد وكلى ا فياللذان درسا تأثير عقار الديكلوفيناك el-maddawy & el-ashmawy [27]ودراسة ) ملغم/ديسي لتر،تتفق ھذه النتائج مع ما اشاراليه ٤٫٦٧±٠٫٠٨معدل مستوى ايون البوتاسيوم في مصل دم الفئران البيض ( pehlivan etal. [29] وظائف الكلى في الجرذ حيث وصل في في دراسته عن مقارنة تأثير العالج بالجرعات المتكررة ) ملغم/ديسي لتر ، كما تتفق النتائج مع ما جاء به ٤٫٥٦±٠٫١٩اميع الغير المعاملة الى (مستوى ايون البوتاسيوم في مج borges etal. [26] وظائف الكلى في الكالب حيث وصل مستوى ايون فيستيرويدية الفي دراسته عن تأثير العقاقير غير ) ملغم/ديسي لتر .٤٫٤± ٠٫٤البوتاسيوم في مجاميع السيطرة الى ( المصادر myers,p.r.;espinosa,c.s.;parr,t.;jones,g.s.;hammond, and dewey, t.a.(2014). -1 http://animaldiversity.orgthe animal diversity web (online).accessed at 2-el-salkh,b.a.;zaki,z.t.;basuony,m.i. and khidr,h.a.(2008).anatomical,histological and histochemical studies on some organs of true desert rodents in the egyptian habitats.the eggyptian journal of hospital medicine., (33):587-603 3-farquhar,m.g.;wissing,s.l.and palade,g.e.(1999).glomerular permeability ferritin transfer across the normal glomerular capillary wall.jor.am. soc.nephrol.,(10):2645-2662. المظھري والتركيب ).دراسة الوصف ٢٠١٣حمزة ، نصير مرزة ؛ عبداللطيف ، سعد محمد و داود، حسين عبدالمنعم .(4العدد الثالث : –المجلد الحادي عشر مجلة جامعة كربالء، pipistrella kuhlliالنسجي للكلية في الخفاش الكحلي ١٨٥١٧١. 5-dellman,h.d. and brown,e.m.(1976).text book of veterinary histology by le fediger copyright.:434-508. 6-martinoli,c.;bertolotto,m.;peretolesi,f.;crepsi,g.and dorchi,l.(1999).kidney normal anatomy.eur.radiol.,3:389-393. علوم الحياة | 230 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 7-seeley,r.r.;stephens,t.d.and tate,p.(1996).essentials of anatomy and physiology 2nd edn.mcgraw-hill-boston:643. 8-watson,r.(2000).anatomy and physiology for nurse – 11th ed.elsevier science, china:303340. والوثائق ).علم النسج الجزء الثاني . دار الكتب ٢٠٠٠م احمد.(المختار ، كواكب عبدالقادر والراوي، عبدالحكي9 صفحة. ٤١٨: ٣ببغداد .العراق .بغداد.ط 10-andrerucci,v.e.;fien,l.g.;hatano,m.a. and kyell strand, c.m.(1989). international book of nephrology.klwwer academic publisher boston.dorechet. . في camelus dromedarie).التغيرات النسجية الموسمية في كلية الجمل وحيد السنام٢٠٠٣حسين،عامرمتعب.(11 البيطري، جامعة بغداد . سجية .اطروحة دكتوراه ،كلية الطبوسط العراق .دراسة تشريحية ون و mus musculus). دراسة تشريحية ونسجية مقارنة لكلى الفأر ٢٠٠٣الزبيدي ، أسيل صباح صبر .(12 . رسالة ماجستير ، كلية التربية . جامعة القادسية carvia procellusخنزير غينيا 13-sawad,a.a.(2006).functional anatomy of the kidney in the buffaloes.bas.j. res., 5(2):76-82 14-alkinnany,a.f.(2006).anatomical,histological and radiological study of the kidney and the ureter of buffalo bubalus bubalis in iraq. msc. thesis university of baghdad. college of veterinary medicine. النسجية للكلية ). بعض المالحظات ٢٠٠٩محمد، عبدالھادي صالل ؛حيدر، صالح خميس وعلي ، توفيق جواد .(15 ٤٣٣٧):٢(١ . مجلة الكوفة لعلوم الحياة mustela putorius feroاليسرى البن مقرض 16-al-samawy,e.r.m.(2012).morphological and histological study of the kidney in the albino rats .al-anbar jor.vet.sci.,5(1):115-119. 17-bancroft,j.d.and stevens,a.(1982).theory and practice of histological technique. churchill living stone,london,2nd ed:662. 18-bancroft,j.d. and gamble,m.(2008).theory and practices of histological technique 16th ed.churchill livingstone elsevier.philadelphia:56pp. 19-nabipour,a.(2008).histological structure of the kidney of insectivorous bats. world j.zool.,3(2):59-62. 20a-onyeanusi,b.i.;adeniyi,j.o.;ibe,c.s.andonyeanusi,c.g.(2009).comparative study of the urinary system of the african giant rat (cricetomys gambianus waterhous) and he wistal rat.pakistan jor.of nutrition., 8(7):1043-1047. 20b-onyeanusi,b.f.;adeniyi,a.a.;onyeanusi,c.g.ayo,j.o.and lbe,c.s.(2009).astudy of the kidney of the wistar rat in northern guinea savannah zone:the morphometric aspect.pakistan jor.of nutrition., 8(7):1040-1042. 21-du,z.;duan,y.;yan,q.,weinstein,a.m.;weinbaum,s.and wang,t.(2004).mechano sensory function of microvilli of the kidney proximal tubule. proceeding of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america.,101(35): 13060 13073. 22-patil,k.g.and janbandhu,k.s.(2012).observation on the renal morphology of indian false vampire bat (megaderm lyra lyra).asian.j.biol.,1:1-10. 23-ajayi,i.e.;ojo,s.a.;ayo,j.o.and ibe,c.s.(2010).histomorphometric studies of the urinary tubules of the african grass cutter (thryonomys swinderianus).jor. vet.anat.,3(1):17-23. 24-patil,k.g.and.janbandhu,k.s.(2011).study on the renal structure in indian fruit bat(rossettus leschensulti) (desmarest).j.mult.ciplin.,1:1-10. 25-raouf,a.a.;thana,m.t. and shoman,a.e.(2010).biochemistry and cytogenetical studies of the nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (nsaids) in male mice jor.am.sci.,6(9):936-942. 26-borges,m.;filho,r.m.;lapsoy,c.b.;okamoto,c.g.;chaves,m.p.;viera,a.n.l.and melchert,a.(2013).nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory therapy.changes on renal function of healthy dogs . acta cirugica.brasileira.,28(12): 842-847. علوم الحياة | 231 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 27-el-maddawy,z.kh.and el-ashmawy,i.m.(2013).hepato-renal and hematological effects of diclofinac sodium in rats .global.jor.pharm.,7(2):123-132. ).تأثير عقار النيتروفيورنتون على الكبد والكلى في ذكور الفئران٢٠١٢عبدالرزاق،منى ھاشم.(-٢٨ .البيض.رسالة ماجستير.جامعة بغداد.كلية العلوم للبنات 29-pehlivan,b.;cuvas,o.;basar,h.;ustun,h.and dikmen,b.(٢٠١٠).comparison of the effects of repeated dose treatment of lornoxicam and meloxicam on renal functions in rats.turk.j.med.sci.,40(3):371-376. ): متوسط ومدى بعض المعايير الشكليائية والنسجية للكلية١(رقم جدول المعاييرالشكليائية والنسجية s.e±المتوسط أعلى قيمة أقل قيمة ٠٫١٢٠ ٠٫٢٥١ ٠٫١٨١±٠٫٠٣ وزن الكلية اليمنى (غم) ٠٫١١٥ ٠٫٢٤٩ ٠٫١٧٥± ٠٫٠٣ وزن الكلية اليسرى(غم) ٧٫٥ ١٥٫٠ ٩٫٦±٠٫٥ سمك المحفظة الكلوية (مايكرومتر) ٤٠٫٠ ٧٠٫٠ ٥٠٫٥±١٫٩ قطر الكبيبة (مايكرومتر) ٢٠٫٠ ٤٠٫٠ ٢٨٫٢±١٫١ قطرالنبيب الملتوي الداني (مايكرومتر) ٢٢٫٥ ٣٠٫٠ ٢٥٫٦±٠٫٦ القاصي(مايكرومتر)قطرالنبيب الملتوي ) : متوسط ومدى بعض المعايير الفسلجية للكلية ٢( رقم جدول المعايير الفسلجية )mg/dl( s.e±المتوسط اعلى قيمة أقل قيمة اليوريا urea ٢٨٫٠٠ ٣٥٫٠٠ ٣٢٫٥٠±٠٫٦٥ الكرياتنين creatinine ٠٫٨٠٠ ٠٫٧٧٧±٠٫٠٤ 0.600 البوتاسيومايون potassium ion ٤٫٥ ٤٫٩ ٤٫٦٧±٠٫٠٨ علوم الحياة | 232 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ): التشريح الداخلي للنوع موضوع الدراسة يتضح فيه موقع الكلى ضمن التجويف الجسمي.١(رقم شكل )rk)،الكلية اليمنى (lkالكلية اليسرى ( الفئران يتضح من خالله المحفظة الكلوية ومنطقة القشرة واللب) : مقطع مستعرض في كلية ٢(رقم شكل (kc) )،المحفظة الكلويةc)،القشرة (m ) . 10 ) اللبx ،h&e stain( lk rk kc c m علوم الحياة | 233 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ):مقطع مستعرض في قشرة الكلية ، يوضح تركيب الجسيمة الكلوية ومكوناتھا٣(رقم شكل (g) ) ،الكبيبةpl () ،الطبقة الجداريةvl )،الطبقة االحشائية (bs فسحة بومان ((stain,40x h&e) ):مقطع مستعرض في قشرة الكلية ، يوضح تركيب الجسيمة الكلوية ومكوناتھا٤(رقم شكل (g) ) ، الكبيبةpl) ، الطبقة الجدارية (vl ) ، الطبقة االحشائية (up ) ، القطب البولي (vp ( القطب )h&e stain ,100 x) البقعة الكثيفة ، (md( الوعائي ، bs pl g vl md up g pl vl vp علوم الحياة | 234 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ) : مقطع مستعرض في قشرة الكلية ، يوضح الكبيبات ومقاطع للنبيب الملتوي الداني والملتوي القاصي٥(رقم شكل (g) ،الكبيبة(pct) ، نبيب ملتوي داني(dct) ، نبيب ملتوي قاصي(bb) غشاء قاعدي ،حافة فرشاتية (bm) ،(h&e stain ,40x) ): مقطع مستعرض في لب الكلية ، يوضح مقاطع للقطع النحيفة والسميكة لعروة ھنلي .٦(رقم شكل (th) ، القطعة النحيفة(th) ، القطعة السميكة(h &e stain ,40x) g pct bb dct bm th th علوم الحياة | 235 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ومقاطع للنبيبات الجامعة ): مقطع مستعرض في لب الكلية يوضح ترتيب االشعة اللبية٧(رقم شكل (mr) ، االشعة اللبية(ct) ) ، النبيب الجامعh&e stain , 40x( مقطع مستعرض في لب الكلية يوضح مقاطع النبيبات الجامعة :) ٨(رقم شكل (ct) ) ، النبيب الجامعh&e stain , 40x( ct mr ct علوم الحياة | 236 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ): مقطع مستعرض في لب الكلية يوضح مقاطع في االقنية الجامعة والقطعة النحيفة والقطعة السميكة ٩(رقم شكل ھنلي.لعروة (cd) القناة الجامعة, (th) ) ،القطعة النحيفة(th القطعة السميكة(h &e stain ,40x ) . cd th th علوم الحياة | 237 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 histological and physiological study of kidney in adult male albino mice mus musculus bushra o. maaroof intidhar m. mnati dept. of biology / college of education for pure science-(ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad received in :29/december/2014 , accepted in :15/march/2015 abstract the present study aimed to investigate the morphological description and histological structure of kidney in adult albino mice (mus musculus), the anatomical study revealed that the kidney in albino mice is represented by bean-like shape, smooth with red to brown color, it is situated within the anterior half of abdominal cavity under the diaphragm on both sides of vertebral column. the kidney is covered by capsule of loose connective tissue with mean thickness of (9.6±0.5) micrometer. histological examination revealed that albino mice kidney tissue differentiated into cortex and medulla, the cortex contains glomeruli with mean diameter of (50.5±1.9) micrometer densely distributed at the peripheral area of the cortex , the cortex also contained sections of proximal and distal convoluted tubules with mean diameters of (28.2±1.1) and (25.6±0.6) micrometer respectively, on the other hand the medulla contains sections of thick and thin segments of henle’s loop in addition to the sections of collecting tubules which forms the medullary rays. the nephron represented the principle structural unit of kidney which consists of renal corpuscle (glomerulus encapsulated by bowman’s capsule ) connected with proximal convoluted tubule which leads to henle’s loop, henle’s loop is represented by thin and thick segment, the later leads to its posterior part to distal convoluted tubule (dct) which is attached with the collecting tubules. the results of physiological study showed that the total average of urea concentration in blood serum was (32.50±0.65) mg/dl, whereas the total average of creatinine concentration was of (0.777±0.04)mg/dl, while the potassium ion correlated values in albino mice blood serum have reached (4.67±0.08) mg/dl. keywords: kidney, albino mice, histological structure, physiological study. microsoft word 27-33 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020   27    study of lung cancer hazard due to radiate radon gas for two factories in industrial region (shaikh omar) of baghdad governorate article history: received 25 december 2020, accepted 20 february 2020, published october 2020. abstract during the winter, in the industry region (shaikh omer) and by applying a passive radon detector (cr-39), lung cancer risk has been measured in twelve rooms of different workshops of two old factories in this site. the radon concentration is ranged from (123.345 bq/m3) to (328.985 bq/m3) with an average of (244.19±61.52 bq/m3). lung cancer risk ranged from 55.993 to 149.346 per million people and with an average of (110.855 per million people) which were lower than the recommended values (170-230 per million people), so there was no cancer risk on workers in these locations. keyword: radon decay, radon risk parameters, shaikh omer region. 1. introduction radon is found in all types of soils and rocks in concentration that varies from region to region and during the seasons. when gas is sent out from the soil, it spreads in the open air at small speed and safe due to its half-life. once it infiltrates into closed places,it can pile, and reach to dangerous levels relying on its concentration in soil, buildings materials. it can enter the buildings through groundwater or from the building materials that have radium[1].when the radiation enters the lung, it decays inside it, which is the subject? save for a few amounts transported by blood. the risk of radon begins from the fact that when it decays, that it's solid decays products settle in the airways and inner surfaces of the lung. the decays products of    doi: 10.30526/33.4.2522 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index n. a. mohammed ministry of education, directorate general of education rusafa3, baghdad, iraq noorphysics1@gmail.com  s.a.ebrahiem department of physics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al haitham , university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq.  samaeb85@gmail.com       28  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 radon are polonium (218po), half-life (t1/2 = 3.05 min), which end with the lead (214pb), halflife (t1/2 = 26.8 min), then bismuth (214bi) the half-life of it (t1/2= 19.7 min) down to polonium (214po)which has half-life (t1/2= 162μs). two of these products are emitters of alpha particles (218po emitter alpha at energy 6mev and 214po emitter alpha at energy 7.69mev), which are the main source of harmful radiation if they stabilize within the lung[2].the danger of lung cancer from exposure of the radon and its decay outputs depend on their concentration level in the home; also the extent of time that a person ;is exposed to radon exporter and whether the human is a smoker. radon, that comes from the materials in floors, ceiling, and walls can grant rise to increase the concentrations of indoor radon. the size of radon emission from different portions of the building relies on the concentration of radium in the building material, also the materials humidity, permeability, and porosity, furthermore the thickness of the wall [3] 2.description of study area shaikh omar region as shown in figure (1), is an old industrial area located on the side of rusafa and specializes in the availability and repair of car equipment and is one of the most important industrial areas in baghdad, including a number of factories, workshops that contain many types of metals, tools and equipment for work such as computer numerically controlled (cnc) which is electro-mechanical device used to design several tools of metal. figure 1. shaikh omar location in baghdad governorate 3. experimental two factories dating to 1930s were chosen to monitor in the industrial region (shaikh omar) which had many workers who where spending spend long periods in these places (7 am to 3 pm). it was, therefore, necessary to recognize the radiation levels and their health effects to ensure the safety of the worker. twelve rooms were chosen randomly, which belong  to different workshops that contained different types of metals and machines needed for their work. this study was done using, solid-state nuclear detectors type cr-39 which distributed inside study positions in different numbers, and at a height of 150cm from the ground level. after an exposure time of 30 days, the parts of the detector was collected, and chemically etched by using naoh at 60°c for 4.5 hours; the traces of alpha damage per unit area were       29  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 counted using an optical microscope with a magnification of 400x. figure (2) shows the calibration curve between the exposure of radon (es) and the track density (𝜌 ) in unit tracks/mm2 of the standard source (226ra) with an activity of 181692bq. the concentration of radon in the air (crm) in the samples was calculated by the following relation [4]. c (1) where :(c ), represents the concentration of radon in the air ( bq/m3). = slope, that represents the calibration factor and it is obtained from the linear calibration curve in figure (2). (ρ ) indicates to tracks density (in unit tracks/mm2) from radon exposure inside the location which was calculated by dividing the average number of tracks per detector (10 readings were counted of each detector) by the area of the square (0.07mm2). (t) symbolizes the time of exposure (30 days). unscear2000 reports (united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation) consider that radon contributes 55% of the average annual dose per capita from natural sources. continued exposure to radon at high concentrations can lead to lung cancer. is in allowable level at 150 bq/m3 in new buildings and 200 bq/m3 in old buildings[5]. after obtaining the radon concentrations, it can deduce the lung cancer with anther risk parameters as follow: 1. the annual effective dose (aed) has been measured in a unit of (msv/y) as follow: [6,7] aed msv. y c x f x h xt x d (2) where: where: (f) is the operator of equilibrium which is of (0.4) as reports by (unscear, 2000); (h) is the factor of occupancy of (0.8), (d) is the transformation factor dose (9x10-6 msv/(bq.h.m3), and (t) indicates to hours per year (8760 h/y). 2. the lung cancer per year per 106 people (lcr) has been valuation in the next relation[8] lcr aed msv. y x18x10 (3) 3. exposure to radon progeny (ep) was measured as in the following relation: [9] ep (wlm y-1) = 8760 * n * f * crn / 170 * 3700 (4) where: (n) represents the fraction of time spent indoors (0.8), (8760) the number of hours per year, and (170) is the number of hours per working month.       30  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 2. the calibration curve for the radon exposure (es) and track density (ρs) of standard source. 4. results and discussion the outcomes of radon concentration for twelve rooms in the two old factories which were calculated using equation (1) with standard deviation(s.d), track density, and rooms dimensions are given in table(1). in this table, it can be noticed that the concentrations of indoor radon ranged from (123.345±12.788) bg/m3 to (328.985±46.074) bg/m3 as shown in figure(3), and most values of radon concentrations have exceeded 200 except for two workshops (p1d and p1g) which had results exceeding 300 (328.985±46.074bg/m3 and 312.732±40.517 bg/m3, respectively), and two other were lower than 200 (p1a and p1b) at values 123.345±12.788 bg/m3 and 131.117± 16.569bg/m3. back to the 1930s and are poorly ventilated, that in these locations several types of chemicals materials were used as well as different types of metals and equipment that were especial to these workshops. the average value of radon concentration was 244.19±61.52 bg/m3 which was within the universally allowed limit (200-300bg/m3)[10]. the health effects of this gas represented by annual effective dose (aed), lung cancer risk (lcr) per million people and exposure to radon progeny (ep) were listed in table(2). in this table, it can be seen that the values of aed were ranged from 3.110 msv/y to 8.297 msv/y, and with an average of 6.158 msv/y which were within the universal limit (3-10 msv/y) [10] .also in table(2), and figure(4), the values of lcr were ranged from 55.993 to 149.346 per million people, and with an average of 110.855 per million people who were within the universal limit (170-230 per million people) [11].at last, in table(2), it can be noticed that the values of ep were ranged from (0.550 to 1.466 )wlm/y, and with an average (1.088wlm/y) which were lower than the accepted universal limits (1-2 wlm/y) [7]. all result in this study more than another study in baghdad governorate [12]. 5. conclusion outcomes showed that the average of radon concentration with its risk parameters inside these locations in spite of they were lower than the acceptable universal limits but some of these locations had a high value of radon concentrations that can pose a risk of lung cancer slope=0. 2545(track.m3/bq.mm2.day) r² = 0.9953 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 t ra ck s  d e n si ty  ( tr a ck /m m 2 ) radon exposure (bq/m3.day)        31  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 over time. also other sites had concentrations that could not be underestimated and should be continuously monitored to ensure safety of their workers. the results of radon health effects (aed, lcr and ep) were all within the acceptable limits given by icrp, 2009. so, there was no cancer risk of radon in the two factories under study. table 1. code, room name with it details, track density and radon concentration no. code room name room details (lxwxh) track density (no. of tracks/mm2) (crn ± s.d) bq/m3 1 p1a workshope1 4x3x3 1008.592 131.117±16.569 2 p1b workshope2 4x3x3 948.8077 123.345±12.788 3 p1c generator room 3x3x3 2118.185 275.364±27.117 4 p1d workshope3 4x2x3 2530.654 328.985±46.074 5 p1e workshope4 4x2x3 2114.185 274.844±28.565 6 p1f cnc machine room 20x5x3 1965.615 255.53±26.727 7 p1g office 3x1.5x3 2405.631 12.732±40.517 8 p2a workshop 1 4x3x2.5 1902.054 247.267±27.608 9 p2b workshope2 4x3x2.5 1973.346 256.535±35.683 10 p2c office 2x1.5x2.5 1924.777 250.221±27.583 11 p2d workshope3 4x3x3 1849.451 240.4286±29.41 12 p2e workshope4 2.5x4x3 1800 234±29.771 table (2): radon concentration, and lung cancer risk with two other risks parameters in the two factories no. code crn(bq/m3) aed msv/y lcr/106person ep(wlm/y) 1 p1a 131.117 3.306 59.521 0.584 2 p1b 123.345 3.110 55.993 0.550 3 p1c 275.364 6.944 125.004 1.227 4 p1d 328.985 8.297 149.346 1.4662 5 p1e 274.844 6.931 124.768 1.225 6 p1f 255.53 6.444 116.000 1.138 7 p1g 312.732 7.887 141.967 1.393 8 p2a 247.267 6.236 112.249 1.102 9 p2b 256.535 6.469 116.456 1.143 10 p2c 250.221 6.310 113.590 1.115 11 p2d 240.4286 6.063 109.144 1.071 12 p2e 234 5.901 106.226 1.042 average 244.19±61.52 6.158 110.855 1.088 universal limit 200-300 3-10 170-230 1-2       32  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 figure 3, radon concentration inside the workshops figure 4, lung cancer per one year per million people (lcr) inside two factories reference 1. landa, e. r. ; gray, j. r. us geological survey research on the environmental fate of uranium mining and milling wastes. environ. geol.1995, 26, 19–31. 2. ridha, a. a. determination of radionuclides concentrations in construction materials republic of iraq ministry of higher education college of science determination of radionuclides concentrations in construction materials used in iraq a thesis submitted to the college. 2013. doi:10.13140/rg.2.1.3815.0640. 3. akerblom, g. naturally occurring radioactivity in the nordic countries– recommendations. radiat. prot. authorities denmark, finland, iceland, norw. sweden 1 2 3 .3 4 5 328.985 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 p1a p1b p1c p1d p1e p1f p1g p2a p2b p2c p2d p2e r a d o n  c o n ce n tr a ti o n  ( b q /m 3 code samples  crn 55.993 149.346 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 p1a p1 b p1 c p1 d p1 e p1 f p1 g p2a p2b p2c p2d   p2e lu n g  c a n ce r  p e r  y e a r  * 1 0 ‐6    p e o p le   codes locations  lcr       33  ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (4) 2020 .2000, 50–64. 4. wiegand, j. a guideline for the evaluation of the soil radon potential based on geogenic and anthropogenic parameters. environ. geol. 2001, 40, 949–963. 5. ursulean, i.; coreţchi, l.; chiruţă; i. ; vîrlan, s. estimation of indoor radon concentrations in the air of residential houses and mines in the republic of moldova. in first east european radon symposium–feras 2012. 6. barillon, r.; klein, d.;chambaudet, a.;membrey, f. ; fromm, m. additional uses of polymeric nuclear track detectors (cr 39 and lr 115) for measuring radon emanation. int. j. radiat. appl. instrumentation. part d. nucl. tracks radiat. meas. 1991, 19, 291–296. 7. ismail, a. h. ; jaafar, m. s. indoor radon concentration and its health risks in selected locations in iraqi kurdistan using cr-39 ntds. in 2010 4th international conference on bioinformatics and biomedical engineering 1–8 (ieee, 2010). 8. abdullah, a. a. internal and external radiation exposure evaluation amongst selected workers and locations in iraq. 2013 9. lindell, b.; dunster, h. j. ; valentin, j. the international commission on radiological protection at 90. ann. icrp.2018, 47, 343–345 . 10. international commission on radiological protection. international commission on radiological protection statement on radon. icrp ref 00/902/09 2009, 2 (2009). 11. radiation; u. n. s. c. on the e. of a. sources and effects of ionizing radiation: united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation: unscear 1994 report to the general assembly, with scientific annexes. ,49 (united nations publications, 1994). 12. najam, l. a.;ebrahiem, s. a.; abbas, s. a. ; mahdi, h. a. assessment of radon gas concentrations levels and radiation hazards in the dwellings of baghdad province, iraq. rasayan j. chem. 2018, 11, 37–40. 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 abstract the present study was included a measurements of fasting serum glucose, total protein, potassium, and calcium levels in the sera of 25 diabetic male patients suffer from chronic renal failure; their ages range were (32-75) and compared them with 25 healthy males as control group. the aim of this study was to study the effects of antidiabetic drugs on some biochemical parameters such as fasting serum glucose, serum total protein, serum potassium and calcium. the current results demonstrated a hyperkalemia in patients and this increasing of potassium is significantly (p = 0.03), but calcium level showed no significant variations (p>0.05), and serum total protein was significantly decreased in patients as compared to the controls (p = 0.0002). keywords: metformin, glimeperide, chronic renal failure, diabetes mellitus. 1. introduction diabetes mellitus was considered a disease which is chronic progressive, could be diagnostics by control losing of glycaemic over time as the lose capacity of insulin-secreting pancreatic β-cells to amende for the predominant levels of insulin sensitivity [1]. there are numbers of disorders or diseases could cause chronic kidney diseases, that effect on blood delivery to the kidneys via renal arteries. one of these diseases that causing kidney disease and risk on microvascular is diabetes mellitus [2]. and this risk increased with glucose abnormalities [3]. the volume and composition of body fluids are tightly regulated by kidney, and the kidneys are largely responsible for maintaining regulatory or homeostasis of electrolytes and fluids in the body [4]. renal failure is described a reduction of glomerular filtration rate, it can occur abruptly as an acute renal failure or it occurs unexpected rate and a variable [5, 6]. ca +2 is formalizes the most abundant mineral in human body, which has a several important functions [7]. more than 99% of ca ++ of total body is stored in the bones and teeth to an assistant and supporting of their composition [8]. the remaining percentage 1% is founded in the muscle and blood. and the fluid between cells, which was needed for muscle contraction, also blood vessel expansion and a contraction, secretion of hormone and enzymes, and sending messages throughout the nervous system so that these biological alimaa1978@gmail.com 10.30526/32.2.2137 doi: effect of metformin and glimepiride treatment on some biochemical parameters in diabetic male patients with chronic renal failure ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ali mohammed abbed department of chemistry, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. article history: received 15 november 2018, accepted 20 january 2019, publish may 2019 mailto:alimaa1978@gmail.com mailto:alimaa1978@gmail.com 83 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 processes of body function efficiently [9]. ca +2 have been regulated by calcitonine and parathyroid hormones (pth) [10]. extracellular ca +2 decreases it stimulates the secretion of (pth) that stimulates the reconversion of vitamin d to its active form (calcitriol) in the kidneys [11]. calcitriol increases intestinal ca +2 absorption. when blood ca +2 returns to normal concentration, the parathyroid glands stop secreting pth and the kidneys start to excrete may any ca +2 excess in to the urine [7,12]. potassium (k + ) is the major mono charged cation found in the cells or intracellular. where is 97% founded in the intracellulare fluid and (2-3)% is found in the extracellulare fluid for example intravasculare and fluids of intestinal alsosmall amount in the bone and blood.which is damaged cells lead to releasing of k + into the blood [13]. the normal of k + concentration in the cell water is 145.0 meq/l, that (1.0 meq of k + is equal to 39 mg). while the normal serum k + range is (3.5-5.5 meq) .these ranges is regulated by kidneys . recently researches in the united states of america have been demonstrated that a low k + intake, which is thoroughly common and tends to hypertension [14, 13]. the total serum protein consists of both globulins 40% and albumin (60%). all they are share some parts to the coiled oncotic pressure (cop) of the plasma, which is essential for normal hemodynamics. unlike that salts of sodium and glucose, the movement of protein from plasma into the interstitial fluid is limited. a total protein is attended by changing of fluid balance. thereby dehydration causes a proportional increasing in all of the serum protein [15]. glimepiride is a sulfonylurea and one of the drugs was used by patient with diabetes mellitus, which is classified either second generation or first third generation as sulfonylureas [16-18]. where the mechanism of action in a first stimulation and secretatory of insulin releasing from the ß-cell of pancreas and increased of intracellular insulin receptors, in the second way reduction of serum glucagon level, and the third pathway increasing binding of insulin to receptor of target tissue cell. which these drugs were metabolized via the liver and excreted by liver or kidney [18, 19]. metformin is another drug which is used as hypoglycemic agent from obese individuals, to prevention of diabetes and widely regarded for the treatment of two type diabetes [20, 21]. by decreasing hepatic glucose output and inhibiting gluconeogenesis. this drug may be used alone or in combination with glimepiride [18]. 2. samples and methods 2.1. samples collection the blood samples were taken from 52 diabetic male patients with crf that are took anti diabetic drugs such as glimepiride and metformin; their ages ranged from (32-75) years in al-kindy hospital/ baghdad-iraq during the period from january until the end of april 2018 and compared them with 25 healthy males as control group; their ages ranged from (20-64) years. five milliliters of venous blood samples and allowed to clot for 20 min at room temperature, centrifuged at 3000xgfor 4 minutes, and then sera were collected was stored at 17c ◦ until to use. the serum was utilized for the estimations of serum glucose, total protein, ca +2 and k + ions. 2.2. determination of fasting serum glucose colorimetric method was used to determine of glucose in the sera was achieved by using linear kit. the determination of glucose level done by enzymatic oxidation of glucose by glucose oxidase to produce hydrogen peroxide, and in the presence of peroxidase and 4aminoantipyrine is oxidized by hydrogen peroxide then produce quinoneimine as colored compound red dye read at (500 nm), proportional to the concentration of glucose [22]. 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 2.3. determination of serum total protein colorimetric method was used to determine of total protein in the sera of patient and control groups, by using linear kit. the principle of this method is biuret reaction, when a cleating compound formation between the cu +2 ion and the peptide bond in alkaline media to give a violet colored complex, and read at 540 nm. the density of color is proportional to the concentration of total protein in the serum [23]. 2.4. determination of serum potassium colorimetric method was used to determine of k + ion in the sera of patient and control, by using agape kit. the principle of this method was depending on reaction between k + that presence in the serum with sodium tetraphenyl borate, to give k + tetra phenyl borate read at 578nm [24]. this procedure was carried out on the patient and control groups. 2.5. determination of serum calcium colorimetric method was used to determine of total ca +2 in sera without deproteinization was achieved by using human kit. the principle of this method depending on ca +2 ion reacts with the 8-hydroxy quinoline in an alkaline media. the color density of the ca-8-hq complex, read at wave length (540 nm), is proportional to the quantity of calcium presence in the sample. 8-hydroxyquinoline reacts with calcium to formation color complex. and cresophthalein expunges interferences from proteins [25]. this procedure was carried out on the patient and control groups. 3. results biochemical parameters in patients and controls are listed in tables. glucose has been determined. the mean value in table 1. showed hyperglycemia., increased highly significant ( p = 0.004 ) of glucose level in the sera of patients in comparision with that of the control group. table 1. glucose mean level in the sera of control and patients as test group with statistical analysis value. total protein has been determined and mean value showed in table 2. that demonstrated decreased highly significant (p = 0.0002) in total protein level in the sera of patients in comparision with that of the control group. p-value sd mean (mg/dl) age/year n (numbers) groups p= 0.004 42.23 189.2 32-75 25 test 27.95 110.5 20-64 25 control 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 table 2.total protein in the sera of control and patients as test group with statistical analysis value. potassium (k +1 ) was measurment have been a results that obtained from this work, and showed in the table 3. the mean value manifested hyperkalaemia where potassium level in the sera of patient group increased significantly with variations (p = 0.03 ) in comparision with that of the control group. table 3. potassium mean level in the sera of control and patients as test group with statistical analysis value. calcium measurement results demonstrated the mean value in table 4, showed non significant variations ( p>0.05 ) in calcium level in the sera of patients, in comparision with control group. table 4. calcium mean level in the sera of control and patients as test group with statistical analysis value. 4. discussion chronic renal failure (crf) indicated to to an irreversible deterioration in kidney function which developes over of many years., or function and physiological state regarded abnormal of kidney that appear for at least three months or achronic significantly decreasing in kidney function [26]. total protein measurement was regarded very important in the present study at end stage of chronic renal failure. there are many physiological and diseases were recorded lead to decreasing in sera of total protein [27]. hypoproteinaemia in diabetic patients as listed p-value sd mean (g/dl) age/year n (numbers) groups p= 0.0002 0.91 2.524 32-75 25 test 0.46 7.484 20-64 25 control p-value sd mean of (mmol/l) age/year n (numbers) groups p= 0.03 0.94 5.272 32-75 25 test 0.44 4.308 20-64 25 control p-value sd mean (mmol/l) age/year n (numbers) groups p >0.05 1.36 8.94 32-75 25 test 0.62 9.112 20-64 25 control 04 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 in table 2. attributed to increasing of protein excretion with urine as well as albumin, in the same time the liver cannot be able to substitution this protein loos [28]. on the other hand, k + was regarded a major important cation in cells metabolism of nerve and muscles. it’s mainly located intracellular [29]. in the present study hyperkalemia is a clear, was presented in table 3. and its metabolism related with endocrine and some other drugs., which was recorded and proved in many researches. the patient’s group with crf in the present study was administrated sulfonyl urea drug that affected on the endocrine system and related with k + metabolism. hyperkalemia that showed in our study may be due to inhibition of aldosterone, which is found in other metabolic pathways, as well as metformin inhibits aldosteroneinduced cardio fibroblast activation [30]. aldosterone induced k + potassium excretion in the renal distal tubule, and colonic epithelium [31]. glimepiride can effect on the surface of intracellular membrane which caulked all three types of katp channel [32]. therefore, can patients with crf and diabetic patients who had low insulin levels may be have hyperkalemia. elevated level of the ultimate hormone is an unnecessarily by feedback inhibition so many of intermediate hormone inhibits the release of earlier hormones in the cascade, therefore cortisol signal stress including, blood glucose with diabetes mellitus by cortisol counter-balances those of insulin [33]. 5. conclusion we concluded any patient that undergoing from chronic renal failure and diabetes mellitus suffer from high level in sera potassium when administration metformin and glimepiride. due to these drugs affected on the potassium metabolism. and don’t eating any dietary which containing on high level of potassium or moderating the dose of these drugs to less dose. 6. recommendation further studies were characterization of these drugs on other metal ions metabolism. references 1. aastha, c.; rajeev, c; shalini, j. microvascular and macrovascular complications in diabetes mellitus distinctor continuum. indian journal of endocrinology and metabolism.2016, 20, 546-551. 2. go, a.s.; yang, j.; tan, t.c.; cabrera, c.s.; stefansson, b.v.; greasley, p.j.; ordonez, j.d. contemporary rates and predictors of fast progression of chronic kidney disease in adults with and without diabetes mellitus. bmc nephrology.2018, 19, 1-13. 3. reznik, y.; habteab, a.; castaneda, j.; shin, j.; joubert, m. contribution of basal and postprandial hyperglycaemia in type 2 diabetes patients treated by an intensified insulin regimen: impact of pump therapy in the opt2mise trial. diabetes, obesity and metabolism.2018, 20, 2435-2441. 4. kaplan, l.a.; kazmierczak, s.c.; pesce, a.j. clinical chemistry: theory, analysis, correlation. 4 th edition. mosby inc., library of congress, 2003. 5. sarnak, m.j.; greene, t.; wang, x.; beck, g.; kusek, j.w.; collins, a.j.; levey, a.s. the effect of a lower target blood pressure on the progression of kidney disease: long 08 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 term follow-up of the modification of diet in renal disease study. annals of internal medicine. 2005, 142, 342-351. 6. eriksen, b.o.; ingebretsen, o.c. the progression of chronic kidney disease: a 10-year population-based study of the effects of gender and age. kidney international. 2006, 69, 375-382. 7. beckett, g.; walker, s.; rae, p.; ashby, p. lecture notes clinical biochemistry. 4 th edition. blackwell publishing, 2005. 8. shils, m.e.; oslen, j.a.; shike, m.; ross, a.c. modern nutrition in health and disease. 9 th ed. baltimore: williams & wilkins, 1999. 9. tai, v.; leung, w.; grey, a.; reid, i.r.; bolland, m.j. calcium intake and bone mineral density: systematic review and meta-analysis. bmj. 2015, 351, 1-14. 10. yang, c.y.; chen, f.a.; chen, c.f.; liu, w.s.; shih, c.j.; ou, s.m.; yang, w.c.; lin, c.c.; yang, a.h. diagnostic accuracy of urine protein/creatinine ratio is influenced by urine concentration. plos one. 2015, 10, 1-13. 11. anderson, j.j.; garner, s.c. calcium and phosphorus in health and disease. crc press.1995. 12. robert, k.; murray, r.k.; daryl, k.; granner, d.k.; rodwell, v.w. chapter 41. harper’s illustrated biochemistry. 27 th edition. mcgraw-hill companies, 2006. 13. shcriff, d.s. medical biochemistry. jaypee brather medical publishers (p) limited. 1 th edition. emca house, india, 2004. 14. palmer, b.f. regulation of potassium homeostasis. clinical journal of the american society of nephrology. 2015, 10, 1050-1060. 15. hall, j.a.; yerramilli, m.; obare, e.; yu, s.; jewell, d.e. comparison of serum concentrations of symmetric dimethylarginine and creatinine as kidney function biomarkers in healthy geriatric cats fed reduced protein foods enriched with fish oil, lcarnitine, and medium-chain triglycerides. the veterinary journal. 2014, 202, 588-596. 16. hamaguchi, t.; hirose, t.; asakawa, h.; itoh, y.; kamado, k.; tokunaga, k.; tomita, k.; masuda, h.; watanabe, n.; namba, m. efficacy of glimepiride in type 2 diabetic patients treated with glibenclamide. diabetes research and clinical practice. 2004,66, s129-s132. 17. al-madhagi, w.; abdulbari, a.a.; khaled, a.a.; ahmed, s.z.; mansour, n.n.; mohamed, k. formulation and evaluation of new glimepiride sublingual tablets. journal of pharmaceutics. 2017, 2017, 1-5. 18. mary, j.; richard, a.; pamela, c. lippincotts illustrated reviews pharmacology. 2 nd edition. 1997. 19. nissen, s.e.; nicholls, s.j.; wolski, k.; nesto, r.; kupfer, s.; perez, a.; jure, h.; de larochellière, r.; staniloae, c.s.; mavromatis, k.; saw, j. comparison of pioglitazone vs glimepiride on progression of coronary atherosclerosis in patients with type 2 diabetes: the periscope randomized controlled trial. jama. 2008, 299, 1561-1573. 20. nathan, d.m.; buse, j.b.; davidson, m.b.; ferrannini, e.; holman, r.r.; sherwin, r.; zinman, b. american diabetes association; european association for study of diabetes. medical management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes: a consensus algorithm for the initiation and adjustment of therapy: a consensus statement of the american diabetes association and the european association for the study of diabetes. diabetes care. 2009, 32,193–203. 00 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 32 (2) 2019 21. rodbard, h.; jellinger, p.; davidson, j.; einhorn, d.; garber, a.; grunberger, g.; handelsman, y.; horton, e.; lebovitz, h.; levy, p.; moghissi, e. statement by an american association of clinical endocrinologists/american college of endocrinology consensus panel on type 2 diabetes mellitus: an algorithm for glycemic control. endocrine practice. 2009, 15, 540-559. 22. young, d.s. effect of drugs on clinical laboratory tests. 5 th edition. aacc press. 2000. 23. michael, b.; edward, p.; larry, e. clinical chemiustry-principle, techniques, correlations. 7 th edition. c576. new yourk. 2013. 24. henry, r. f. clinical chemistry principle and technique. 2 nd edition. 1974. 25. lópez-herce, j.; borrego, r.; bustinza, a.; carrillo, a. elevated carboxyhemoglobin associated with sodium nitroprusside treatment. intensive care medicine.2005, 31, 12351238. 26. wen, c.p.; matsushita, k.; coresh, j.; iseki, k.; islam, m.; katz, r.; mcclellan, w.; peralta, c.a.; wang, h.; de zeeuw, d.; astor, b.c. relative risks of chronic kidney disease for mortality and end-stage renal disease across races are similar. kidney international. 2014, 86, 819-827. 27. frances, t.f.; marshall, b.a. manual of laboratory diagnostic tests. 7 th ed. lippincott williams & wilkins. philadelphia, 2004. 28. fujigaki, y.; nagase, m.; kobayasi, s.; hidaka, s.; shimomura, m.; hishida, a. intragbm site of the functional filtration barrier for endogenous proteins in rats. kidney international. 1993, 43, 567-574. 29. waller, a.p.; heigenhauser, g.j.; geor, r.j.; spriet, l.l.; lindinger, m.i. fluid and electrolyte supplementation after prolonged moderate-intensity exercise enhances muscle glycogen resynthesis in standardbred horses. journal of applied physiology. 2009, 106, 91-100. 30. mummidi, s.; das, n.a.; carpenter, a.j.; kandikattu, h.; krenz, m.; siebenlist, u.; valente, a.j.; chandrasekar,b. metformin inhibits aldosterone-induced cardiac fibroblast activation, migration and proliferation in vitro, and reverses aldosterone+ salt-induced cardiac fibrosis in vivo. journal of molecular and cellular cardiology. 2016, 98, 95-102. 31. musso, c.g. potassium metabolism in patients with chronic kidney disease (ckd), part i: patients not on dialysis (stages 3-4). international urology and nephrology. 2004, 36, 465 -468. 32. song, d.k.; ashcroft, f.m. glimepiride block of cloned β-cell, cardiac and smooth muscle k atp channels. british journal of pharmacology. 2001, 133, 193-199. 33. david, l. n.; michael, m. c. lehninger. principles of biochemistry. 4 th edition, 2004. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/definition-and-staging-of-chronic-kidney-disease-in-adults/abstract/39 https://www.uptodate.com/contents/definition-and-staging-of-chronic-kidney-disease-in-adults/abstract/39 https://www.uptodate.com/contents/definition-and-staging-of-chronic-kidney-disease-in-adults/abstract/39 https://www.uptodate.com/contents/definition-and-staging-of-chronic-kidney-disease-in-adults/abstract/39 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 389 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license exponentially fitted diagonally implicit editrk method for solving odes abstract this paper derives the editrk4 technique, which is an exponentially fitted diagonally implicit rk method for solving odes 𝑦′′′(𝑥) = 𝑓 (𝑥, 𝑦). this approach is intended to integrate exactly initial value problems (ivps), their solutions consist of linear combinations of the group functions 𝑒𝑤𝑥 and 𝑒−𝑤𝑥 for exponentially fitting problems, with 𝑤 ∈ 𝑅 being the problem’s major frequency utilized to improve the precision of the method. the modified method editrk4 is a new threestage fourth-order exponentially-fitted diagonally implicit approach for solving ivps with functions that are exponential as solutions. different forms of 3𝑟𝑑 -order odes must be derived using the modified system, and when the same issue is reduced to a 1𝑠𝑡 framework of equations that can be solved using conventional rk approaches, numerical comparisons must be done. the findings show that the novel approach is more efficacious than previously published methods. keyword: numerical methods, exponentially fitted, ordinary differential equations, diagonal implicit type runge kutta methods, initial value problems. 1.introduction this paper is about rk type methods directly for solving 3𝑟𝑑 -order odes that are exponentially-fitted diagonally implicit in the form: 𝑣′′′(𝑡) = 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑣(𝑡)), 𝑣(𝑡0) = 𝑣0, 𝑣 ′(𝑡0) = 𝑣0 ′ , 𝑣′′(𝑡0) = 𝑣0 ′′, 𝑡 ≥ 𝑡0 (1) where 𝑣 ∈ 𝑅𝑑, 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 × 𝑅𝑑 → 𝑅𝑑 is a continuous vector-valued operation that does not rely on the second derivatives directly. numerous physical issues, such as thin-film flow and gravitydriven fluxes, need to be addressed, and so on, have this type of problem [1-3]. then, some researchers have constructed explicit rk methods for solving 1𝑠𝑡 -order and 2𝑛𝑑 -order odes that doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2883 article history: received 21 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq firas adel fawzi department of mathematics,faculty of computer science and mathematics ,university of tikrit, iraq. firasadil01@tu.edu.iq nour w. jaleel department of mathematics,faculty of computer science and mathematics ,university of tikrit, iraq. ur.w.jaleel35433@st.tu.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:firasadil01@tu.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 390 are exponentially and trigonometrically fitted in recent years. because implicit techniques can attain higher levels of accuracy for the same stage number as explicit methods, they are essential. it becomes easier to resolve challenging problems as a result of this. implicit (rk) approaches, on the other hand, play a crucial role in other types of problems, such as differential-algebraic neutralization. furthermore, because they have a lower triangular a-matrix with at least one nonzero diagonal element, diagonally implicit rk methods are sometimes known as semi-(implicit or explicit) rk approaches. for trigonometric polynomial periodic solutions to odes, [4] developed runge-kutta-nyström techniques. exponentially adapted rk algorithms were developed by [5]. while [6] presents an extended version of the rk method that tackles the problems of the schrödinger equation. the majority of scientists, engineers, and researchers utilized to resolve (1) by reducing third-order differential equations to a three-dimensional system of 1𝑠𝑡 -order equations. however, if the problem can be solved directly using numerical methods, it is more efficient. in [7-9] are examples of this type of work. two explicit two-derivative rkn techniques, one exponentially fitted and the other trigonometrically fitted, are constructed in [10]. then, using the simos technique, demba et al. [11] implemented an explicit trigonometrically fitted rkn method. furthermore, [12] and [13] are to demonstrate how the direct method is used to solve specific third and fourth-order odes. the major purpose of this research is to show how to solve special 3𝑟𝑑 -order odes using an exponentially-fitted diagonally implicit rk method. in addition, (1) is solved numerically using the approach's algebraic order must be considered, as it is the most essential aspect in achieving high accuracy. the required criteria and derivation for exponentially fitted 3𝑟𝑑 -order odes are solved using rk techniques and presented in part 3. section 4 compares the effectiveness of the new method to that of previous methods. for addressing the ivps problem (1), the general structure of the editrk4 approach with an m-stage: 𝑣𝑛+1 = 𝑣𝑛 + ℎ𝑣𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑣𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 , (2) 𝑣𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑣𝑛 ′ + ℎ𝑣𝑛 ′′ + ℎ2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 , (3) 𝑣𝑛+1 ′′ = 𝑣𝑛 ′′ + ℎ ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 . (4) where 𝑘𝑖 = 𝑓 (𝑥𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ, 𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐𝑖 ℎ𝑣𝑛 ′ + ℎ2 2 𝑐𝑖 2 𝑣𝑛 ′′ + ℎ3 ∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑗 𝑖−1 𝑗=1 𝑘𝑗 ), (5) for 𝑖 = 2,3, … , 𝑚. the diagonal implicit rk type parameters (editrk4) techniques are 𝑏𝑖 , 𝑏𝑖 ′, 𝑏𝑖 ′′, 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 and 𝑐𝑖 of where 𝑖 = 2, 3, . . . , 𝑚, are genuine integers as well as 𝑚 is the approach's digit of the stage. when 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 ≠ 0 for 𝑖 ≤ 𝑗, this method is known as diagonal implicit. the final designation comprises the single editrk4 techniques, it means that the values of 𝐴 in lower triangle diagonal matrices are the same as 𝑎𝑖𝑗 ≠ 0 where 𝑖 = 𝑗 in the diagonal. file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark15 file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark15 file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark16 file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark17 file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark22 file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark24 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 391 table 1. butcher form editrk4 method. 𝑐1 𝑎11 𝑐2 𝑎21 𝑎22 𝑐3 𝑎31 𝑎32 𝑎33 𝑏1 𝑏2 𝑏3 𝑏1 ′ 𝑏1 ′′ 𝑏2 ′ 𝑏2 ′′ 𝑏3 ′ 𝑏3 ′′ the parameters of the new method supplied by (2)-(5) are obtained by expanding the editrk4 method statement using taylor's series enlargement. in accordance with a few algebraic adjustments, this enlargement equals the correct solution found through taylor's series expansion. the general order criteria for the new technique were derived using the direct truncation error on the local level. this idea is founded on the derivation of order criteria to the rk technique see [14] and [15]. the new editrk4 technique is formed as follows: 𝑦𝑛+1 = 𝑦𝑛 + ℎ𝛷(𝑥𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛), 𝑦𝑛+1 ′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ𝛷′(𝑥𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛 ), 𝑦𝑛+1 ′′ = 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ𝛷′′(𝑥𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛), (6) where the increment functions are: 𝛷(𝑥𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛) = 𝑦𝑛 ′ + ℎ 2 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 , 𝛷′(𝑥𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛 ) = 𝑦𝑛 ′′ + ℎ ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 , 𝛷′′(𝑥𝑛 , 𝑦𝑛 ) = ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑘𝑖 . (7) in which 𝑘𝑖 is shown in (5). if we suppose the taylor increment function is ∆, ∆ ′and ∆′′ . thus, by inserting the exact solution of (1) into (7), the local truncation error (lte) of 𝑦(𝑥), 𝑦′(𝑥) and 𝑦′′(𝑥) can be obtained: 𝜏𝑛+1 = ℎ[𝛷 − ∆], 𝜏𝑛+1 ′ = ℎ[𝛷′ − ∆′], 𝜏𝑛+1 ′′ = ℎ[𝛷′′ − ∆′′]. (8) in the terms of elementary differentials, these expressions are best given and the taylor series can be expressed as follows: ∆= 𝑦′ + 1 2 ℎ𝑦′′ + 1 6 ℎ2𝐹1 (3) + 1 24 ℎ3𝐹1 (4) + 𝑂(ℎ4), ihjpas. 36(1)2023 392 ∆′= 𝑦′′ + 1 2 ℎ𝐹1 (3) + 1 6 ℎ2𝐹1 (4) + 1 24 ℎ3𝐹1 (5) + 𝑂(ℎ4), ∆′′= 𝐹1 (3) + 1 2 ℎ𝐹1 (4) + 1 6 ℎ2𝐹1 (5) + 𝑂(ℎ3). (9) the first few basic differentials in the scalar case are as follows: 𝐹1 (3) = 𝑓, 𝐹1 (4) = 𝑓𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′ , 𝐹1 (5) = 𝑓𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑥𝑦 𝑦 ′ + 𝑓𝑥𝑦′ 𝑦𝑥𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′′ + 𝑓𝑦𝑦 (𝑦 ′)2. (10) substituting (10) into (7), for new method, the increment functions φ, φ' and φ'' will become ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑘𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 = ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑓 + ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑐𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 (𝑓𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′)ℎ + 1 2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑐𝑖 2(𝑓𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑥𝑦 𝑦 ′ + 𝑓𝑥𝑦′ 𝑦𝑥𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′′ + 𝑓𝑦𝑦 (𝑦 ′)2)ℎ2 + 𝑂(ℎ3), ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′𝑘𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 = ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑓 + ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′𝑐𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 (𝑓𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′)ℎ + 1 2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑐𝑖 2(𝑓𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑥𝑦 𝑦 ′ + 𝑓𝑥𝑦′ 𝑦𝑥𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′′ + 𝑓𝑦𝑦 (𝑦 ′)2)ℎ2 + 𝑂(ℎ3), ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′𝑘𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 = ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑓 + ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′𝑐𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 (𝑓𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′)ℎ + 1 2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑐𝑖 2(𝑓𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑥𝑦 𝑦 ′ + 𝑓𝑥𝑦′ 𝑦𝑥𝑥 + 𝑓𝑦 𝑦 ′′ + 𝑓𝑦𝑦 (𝑦 ′)2)ℎ2 + 𝑂(ℎ3) , from (9) and (11), the following is how lte in (8) is expressed: 𝜏𝑛+1 = ℎ 3 [∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑘𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 − ( 1 6 𝐹1 (3) + 1 24 ℎ𝐹1 (4) + ⋯ )] , 𝜏𝑛+1 ′ = ℎ2 [∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′𝑘𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 − ( 1 2 𝐹1 (3) + 1 6 ℎ𝐹1 (4) + ⋯ )] , 𝜏𝑛+1 ′′ = ℎ [∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′𝑘𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 − (𝐹1 (3) + 1 2 ℎ𝐹1 (4) + 1 6 ℎ2𝐹1 (5) … )] . (12) the lte or the order conditions up to order six for m-stage for the new technique can be solved by substituting (11) into (12) and expanding as a taylor expansion using the maple package see [14] and [12]. file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark7 file:///c:/users/newfuture/onedrive/desktop/نور%20جليل%20القصاب/النسخة%20بالتفاصيل.docx%23_bookmark4 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 393 2.exponentially fitted editrk4 method definition 1: to create the exponentially fitted rk kind 3-stage 4𝑡ℎ -order technique, the functions 𝑒𝑤 and 𝑒−𝑤 must integrate perfectly at each stage; consequently, the following equations are derived for 𝑦, 𝑦′ and 𝑦′′ 𝑒±𝑣 = 1 ± 𝑣 + 1 2 𝑣2 ± 𝑣3 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑒±𝑐𝑖𝑣 , (13) e±v = 1 ± v + v2 ∑ bi ′ m i=1 e±civ, (14) 𝑒±𝑣 = 1 ± 𝑣 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑒 ±𝑐𝑖𝑣 . (15) where 𝑣 = 𝑤ℎ, 𝑤 ∈ 𝑅. the relations cosh(𝑣) = 𝑒 𝑣+𝑒 −𝑣 2 and sinh(𝑣) = 𝑒 𝑣−𝑒 −𝑣 2 will be used in the derivation process. the following equations corresponding 𝑦, 𝑦′ and 𝑦′′ are: cos(𝑣) = 1 + 1 2 𝑣 2 + 𝑣3 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 sin ℎ(𝑣𝑐𝑖 ), (16) 𝑠𝑖𝑛 ℎ(𝑣) = 𝑣 + 𝑣3 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ(𝑣𝑐𝑖 ), (17) 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ(𝑣) = 1 + 𝑣2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ(𝑣𝑐𝑖 ), (18) sinh(𝑣) = 𝑣 + 𝑣2 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 sinh(𝑣𝑐𝑖 ), (19) cosh(𝑣) = 1 + 𝑣 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 sinh(𝑣𝑐𝑖 ), (20) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ(𝑣) = 𝑣 ∑ 𝑏𝑖 ′′ 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ(𝑣𝑐𝑖 ). (21) in [12], devised the following 3-stage 4𝑡ℎ -order diagonally implicit approach. 𝑐1 = 4 5 , 𝑐2 = 2 5 , 𝑐3 = 7 10 , 𝑎11 = 1 600 , 𝑎21 = 0, 𝑎22 = 1 600 , 𝑎31 = 0, 𝑎32 = 2 25 , 𝑎33 = 1 600 , 𝑏1 = 0 , 𝑏2 = 1 10 , 𝑏3 = 1 100 , 𝑏1 ′ = 0 , 𝑏2 ′ = 3 10 , 𝑏3 ′ = 1 10 , 𝑏1 ′′ = 0 , 𝑏2 ′′ = 1 2 , 𝑏3 ′′ = 1 2 . next, we solve (16) – (21) and use of the coefficients listed above to find 𝑏1, 𝑏2 , 𝑏1 ′ , 𝑏2 ′ , 𝑏1 ′′ and 𝑏2 ′′. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 394 𝑏1 = (cosh( 𝑣 3 ) sinh ( 7𝑣 10 ) − cosh( 7𝑣 10 ) sinh( 𝑣 3 ) 100 cosh( 4 5 𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) − 100 cosh( 𝑣 5 ) sinh( 4 5 𝑣) + 1 2⁄ cosh ( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑣 2 + 2 sinh(𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) − 2 cosh( 𝑣 5 ) cosh(𝑣) − 2 sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑣 + 2 cosh( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑣3(cosh( 4 5 𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) − cosh( 𝑣 5 ) sinh( 4 5 𝑣)) 𝑏2 = − (cosh ( 4 5 𝑣) sinh ( 7𝑣 10 ) − cosh ( 7𝑣 10 ) sinh ( 4 5 𝑣) 100 cosh ( 4 5 𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) − 100 cosh ( 𝑣 5 ) sinh ( 4 5 𝑣) − 1 2⁄ cosh ( 4 5 𝑣) 𝑣2 + 2 sinh( 4 5 𝑣) sinh(𝑣) − 2 cosh(𝑣) cosh ( 4 5 𝑣) − 2 sinh ( 4 5 𝑣) 𝑣 + 2 cosh( 4 5 𝑣) 𝑣3(cosh( 4 5 𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) − cosh( 𝑣 5 ) sinh( 4 5 𝑣)) 𝑏1 ′ = 1 10 (𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 7𝑣 10 ) − 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 7𝑣 10 ) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 𝑣 5 )) cosh ( 4 5 𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) − cosh ( 𝑣 5 ) sinh ( 4 5 𝑣) − cosh ( 𝑣 5 ) sinh(𝑣) − cosh( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑣 − sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) + sinh( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑣2(cosh( 4 5 𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) − cosh( 𝑣 5 ) sinh( 4 5 𝑣)) 𝑏1 ′′ = ( 1 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 7𝑣 10 ) 𝑣 − 1 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 7𝑣 10 ) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑣 − cosh ( 𝑣 5 ) cosh(𝑣) + sinh(𝑣) sinh ( 𝑣 5 ) + cosh( 𝑣 5 )) 𝑣 (𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 4 5 𝑣) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 𝑣 5 ) − 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 4 5 𝑣)) 𝑏2 ′′ = ( 1 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 4 5 𝑣) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 7𝑣 10 ) 𝑣 − 1 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 7𝑣 10 ) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 4 5 𝑣) 𝑣 − cosh(𝑣) cosh ( 4 5 𝑣) + sinh ( 4 5 𝑣) sinh(𝑣) + cosh( 4 5 𝑣)) 𝑣 (𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 4 5 𝑣) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 𝑣 5 ) − 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ ( 𝑣 5 ) 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ ( 4 5 𝑣)) as a result, we developed editrk4, a 3-stage 4th-order diagonally implicit exponentially fitted rk type approach. the solution's matching taylor series expansion is given by: 𝑏1 = 1 180 − 𝑣2 8000 + 4057𝑣4 1008000000 − 732037𝑣6 5443200000000 + 380948723𝑣8 79833600000000000 − 150590645851𝑣10 871782912000000000000 𝑏2 = 34 225 + 29𝑣2 24000 + 5333𝑣4 1008000000 − 658169𝑣6 5443200000000 + 41437183𝑣8 8870400000000000 − 149781459959𝑣10 871782912000000000000 𝑏1 ′ = 1 36 − 𝑣2 1440 + 1259𝑣4 33600000 − 108659𝑣6 77760000000 + 1226395609𝑣8 23950080000000000 − 90543546703𝑣10 484323840000000000000 𝑏2 ′ = 67 180 + 11𝑣 2 7200 + 1471𝑣4 33600000 − 152837𝑣6 108864000000 + 1228905701𝑣8 23950080000000000 − 10065377507𝑣10 5381376000000000000 ihjpas. 36(1)2023 395 𝑏1 ′′ = 1 12 + 43𝑣 2 7200 − 169𝑣4 2880000 + 117487𝑣 6 60480000000 − 29389781𝑣8 435456000000000 + 1665975073𝑣10 68428800000000000 − 6617676448637𝑣12 74724249600000000000000 𝑏2 ′′ = 5 12 + 23𝑣2 7200 − 101𝑣4 2880000 + 104747𝑣6 60480000000 − 28558129𝑣8 435456000000000 − 11578525811𝑣10 4790016000000000000 + 6605830989193𝑣12 74724249600000000000000 3.numerical experiments problem 1: (non-homogeneous linear problem). 𝑣 ′′′ (𝑡) = 𝑣(𝑡) + 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑣), 𝑣(0) = 0, 𝑣 ′(0) = 0, 𝑣′′(0) = 1. theoretical solution: 𝑣(𝑡) = (𝑒𝑡 − cos(𝑡) − sin(𝑡)) . problem 2: (non-homogeneous nonlinear problem). 𝑣′′′(𝑡) = (𝑣(𝑡))2 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠2(𝑣) − 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑡) − 1, 𝑣(0) = 0, 𝑣′(0) = 1, 𝑣′′(0) = 1. theoretical solution: 𝑣(𝑡) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑡). problem 3: (non-homogeneous nonlinear problem). 𝑣′′′(t) = 8 ( 𝑣2(𝑡) 𝑒2𝑡 ) , 𝑣(0) = 1 , 𝑣′(0) = 2, 𝑣′′(0) = 4 . theoretical solution: 𝑣(𝑡) = 𝑒2𝑡. problem 4: (non-linear system). 𝑦1 ′′′(t) = 𝑦2(t), 𝑦1(0) = 1 , 𝑦1 ′ (0) = 0 , 𝑦1 ′′(0) = 1 , 𝑦2 ′′′(t) = −𝑦1(𝑡) − 2𝑦2(𝑡) + 2𝑦3(𝑡), 𝑦2(0) = 0 , 𝑦2 ′ (0) = 1 , 𝑦2 ′′(0) = 0 , 𝑦3 ′′′(t) = 𝑦1(𝑡) + 𝑦2 (𝑡) 𝑦3 (0) = 1 , 𝑦3 ′ (0) = 1 , 𝑦3 ′′(0) = 1. the precise solution is provided by 𝑦1(𝑡) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ(𝑡), 𝑦2(𝑡) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ(𝑡), ihjpas. 36(1)2023 396 𝑦3(𝑡) = 𝑒 𝑡 . problem 5: (non-linear system). 𝑦1 ′′′(t) = 𝑦2(t), 𝑦1(0) = 1 , 𝑦1 ′ (0) = 0 , 𝑦1 ′′(0) = 1 , 𝑦2 ′′′(t) = 𝑦1(t), 𝑦2(0) = 0 , 𝑦2 ′ (0) = 1 , 𝑦2 ′′(0) = 0 , 𝑦3 ′′′(t) = 𝑦1(𝑡) + 𝑦2(𝑡) − sinh(𝑡) 𝑦3(0) = 1 , 𝑦3 ′ (0) = 0 , 𝑦3 ′′(0) = 1. the precise solution is provided by 𝑦1(𝑡) = cosh(𝑡), 𝑦2(𝑡) = sinh(𝑡), 𝑦3(𝑡) = 𝑒 𝑡 + 1 − cosh(𝑡) + 𝑡2 2 − 𝑡. figures 1–5 show the decimal logarithm of the largest global error and the logarithm function valuations, which illustrate how effective the editrk4 techniques. the editrk4 approach requires fewer function evaluations than other implicit rk approaches of the same order. this is because the number of equations tripled when the problems were converted into a system of 1𝑠𝑡 order odes. furthermore, as shown in figures 1–5, the editrk4 approaches have the smallest maximum global error and the fewest number of function evaluations for each step. the editrk4 produces more accurate findings than the other results in the literature, as seen in figures 1-5 (ditrkm4, rkliiib4, and dirkn4). the logarithm of function evaluations with different step sizes ℎ = 0.1, 0.05, 0.025, 0.00125, and 0.00625 in this study is a function of the decimal logarithm of the greatest global fault for 5 test problems. figure 1. accuracy curve for editrk4, ditrkm4, rkliiib4, and dirkn4 with ℎ = 0.1, 0.05 0.025, 0.00125, and 0.00625 for the problem 1. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 397 figure 2. accuracy curve for editrk4, ditrkm4, rkliiib4, and dirkn4 with ℎ = 0.1, 0.05 0.025, 0.00125, and 0.00625 for the problem 2. figure 3. accuracy curve for editrk4, ditrkm4, rkliiib4, and dirkn4 with ℎ = 0.1, 0.05 0.025, 0.00125, and 0.00625 for the problem 3. figure 4. accuracy curve for editrk4, ditrkm4, rkliiib4, and dirkn4 with ℎ = 0.1, 0.05 0.025, 0.00125, and 0.00625 for the problem 4. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 398 figure 5. accuracy curve for editrk4, ditrkm4, rkliiib4, and dirkn4 with ℎ = 0.1, 0.05 0.025, 0.00125, and 0.00625 for the problem 5. 4.conclusion in this paper, we devise an exponentially fitted diagonally implicit rk type technique to address the 𝑦′′′(𝑥) = 𝑓 (𝑥, 𝑦) problem. as a result, the editrk4 method, a diagonally implicit three-stage fourth-order exponentially-fitted technique based on computing the solution's greatest error (𝑚𝑎𝑥(| 𝑦(𝑡𝑛) − 𝑦𝑛 | )). this is the greatest difference between actual and computed solution absolute errors, was developed and used in the numerical comparison of criteria. the numerical results are shown in figures 1–5. then, the editrk4 method requires fewer capacity assessments than the ditrk4, rkliiib4, and dirkn4 procedures. the common logarithm of the greatest global error during integration and computing cost was calculated using the number of function evaluations, as indicated in the figures. the numerical results showed that over a brief duration of integration, the unique exponentially fitted methodology rk type approach has a lower global error than the other current approaches. the innovative editrk4 methodology is significantly more effective than the competition present approaches when solving third-order odes of the kind 𝑦′′′ = 𝑓 (𝑥, 𝑦 ) directly. references 1. myers, g. thin films with high surface tension, siam rev. 1998, 40,441–462. 2.. momoniat, e. symmetries, first integrals and phase planes of a third-order ordinary differential equation from thin film flow, math. comput. model. 2009,49, 1-2, 215–225. 3. duffy, b.r. ; wilson, s.k. a third-order differential equation arising in thin-film flows and relevant to tanner’s law, math. lett.. 1997, 10, 63–68. 4.paternoster, b, runge-kutta (-nyström) methods for odes with periodic solutions based on trigonometric polynomials, applied numerical mathematics. 1998, 28, 2– 4, 401– 412. 5.berghe, g vanden; de meyer, h; van daele, m and van hecke, t, exponentially fitted runge–kutta methods, journal of computational and applied mathematics. 2000,125, 1– 2, 107–115. 6.simos, te . exponentially fitted runge–kutta methods for the numerical solution of the schrödinger equation and related problems, computational materials science. 2000, 18, 3– 4, 315–332. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 399 7.alshareeda, firas adel fawzi, runge-kutta type methods for solving third-order ordinary differential equations and first-order oscillatory problems, (ph.d. thesis) , universiti putra malaysia, 2017. 8.fawzi, fa and senu, n and ismail, f, an efficient of direct integrator of runge-kutta type method for solving y''' = f (x, y, y'') with application to thin film flow problem, international journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2018, 120, 27–50. 9.mechee, m; senu, n; ismail, f ; nikouravan, bijan ; siri, z, a three-stage fifth-order rungekutta method for directly solving special third-order differential equation with application to thin film flow problem mathematical problems in engineering, vol. 2013, 2013. 10.mechee, m; senu, n; ismail, f; nikouravan, bijan ; siri, z, exponentially fitted and trigonometrically fitted two-derivative runge-kutta-nyström methods for solving, mathematical problems in engineering, vol. 2018, 2018. 11.demba, ma; senu, n and ismail, f, trigonometrically-fitted explicit four-stage fourthorder runge–kutta–nyström method for the solution of initial value problems with oscillatory behavior, global journal of pure and applied mathematics. 2016, 12, 1, 67–80. 12.fawzi, firas a ; jumaa, mustafa h, the implementations special third-order ordinary differential equations (ode) for 5th-order 3rdstage diagonally implicit type runge-kutta method (ditrkm), ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences. 2022, 35, 1, 92– 101. 13.ghawadri, nizam; senu, norazak; adel fawzi, firas; ismail, fudziah and ibrahim, zarina bibi, diagonally implicit runge–kutta type method for directly solving special fourth-order ordinary differential equations with ill-posed problem of a beam on elastic foundation, algorithms. 2018, 12, 1, 10. 14. gander, w. ; gruntz, d. derivation of numerical methods using computer algebra, siam review. 1999, 41, 3, 577–593. 15. dormand, j. r. numerical methods for differential equations, a computational approach, crc press, boca raton, fla, usa, 1996. 16.sommeijer, ben p, a note on a diagonally implicit runge-kutta-nyström method, journal of computational and applied mathematics. 1987, 19, 3, 395–399. 17.moo, kw; senu, n; ismail, f ; suleiman, m, a zero-dissipative phase-fitted fourth order diagonally implicit runge-kutta-nyström method for solving oscillatory problems, mathematical problems in engineering,vol. 2014, 2014. microsoft word 129-141 129 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 spectrophotometric determination of diclofenac sodium using 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine in pure form and pharmaceutical preparations sarmad b. dikran ruaa m. mahmood dept.of chemistry/ college of education for pur sciences (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in:20/april/2015,accepted in:23/june/2015 abstract a simple and sensitive spectrophotometric method is described for the determination of diclofenac sodium (dcl), in pure form and pharmaceutical formulations. the method is based on the oxidation of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-dnph) and coupling of the oxidized product with dcl in alkaline medium to give intensively colored chromogen which exhibits maximum absorption (λmax) at 600 nm, and the concentration of dcl was determined spectrophotometrically. the optimum reaction conditions and other analytical parameters were evaluated. in addition to classical univariate optimization, modified simplex method (msm) has been applied in optimization of the variables affecting the color producing reaction. beer’s law is obeyed in the concentration range of 0.5-40 µg.ml-1 with molar absorptivity of 2.0994×104 l.mol-1.cm-1. the limit of detection was found to be 0.020 µg.ml-1 and the sandellʼs sensitivity value was 0.0152 µg.cm-2. the proposed method was successfully applied to the determination of dcl in pharmaceutical preparations. keywords: spectrophotometric determination, diclofenac sodium, 2,4dinitrophenylhydrazine. 130 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction diclofenac sodium or sodium-2-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)amino]phenyl] acetate is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug. it is usually found as a sodium or potassium salt as scheme below. it is used for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, ankyllosing spondylitis, osteoarthritis and sport injuries [1]. nh co2na clcl     the mechanism of action is related to the inhibition of the arachidonate metabolites synthesis through cyclooxygenase inhibition. the pharmacological effects of this drug are thought to be related to the inhibition of the conversion of arachidonic acid to prostaglandins, which are the mediators of the inflammatory process. classical non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) e.g. indomethacin, diclofenac, flurbiprofen inhibit both cox-1 and cox-2 have been reported to have undesirable gastrointestinal effect mainly attributed to the inhibition of cox-1 [2]. several types of analytical procedures have been reported for the analysis of diclofenac sodium in pharmaceutical formulation. these procedures include high performance liquid chromatography [3-6], flow injection analysis [7,8], voltammetry [9], potentiometry [10] and spectrophotometric methods [11-16]. some of these procedures are cumbersome and too costly for routine analysis. the present study provides sensitivity, precision and accuracy of analysis, thus it offers practical and economical advantages over other techniques. experimental instruments a shimadzu uv-vis 1800 spectrometer (japan) was used equipped with a quarts cell of 1.0 cm width for the λmax determination and all absorbance measurements. sartorious bl 210 s scientific balance, gottingen-germany. materials and reagents pharmaceutical grade diclofenac sodium was received as a powder in pure form as a gift sample from the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi). all chemicals and reagents used were of analytical grade. 131 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 reagents solutions 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine (2,4-dnph) [0.08 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 0.08 g of 2,4-dnph in 2 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid and diluting to 100 ml with distilled water. sodium hydroxide [~10 n]: prepared by dissolving 40 g of naoh in 100 ml of distilled water. potassium iodate [4 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 4 g of kio3 in 100 ml of distilled water. standard diclofenac sodium solution (dcl) 1000 µg.ml-1 standard solution of diclofenac sodium 1000 μg.ml-1 was prepared by dissolving 0.1 g and diluting to 100 ml with methanol. working standard solutions were prepared by appropriate dilution. preparation of solutions for the analysis of dcl in pharmaceutical preparations i. in tablet the content of 10 tablets was accurately weighed individually and grinded into fine powder then mixed well and an average weight was calculated. an amount of the powder equivalent to 0.1054 g of dcl was accurately weighted and dissolved in a minimum volume of methanol and stirred for 10 min for complete dissolution of the drug. the resulted mixture was then transferred into 25 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with methanol to get 1000 µg. ml-1. the solutions were filtered by using filter paper. working solutions were freshly prepared by appropriate dilution and analyzed by the recommended procedure. ii. in ampoule each 3 ml of the injection ampoule contains 75 mg of diclofenac sodium. an accurately measured volume 0.4 ml was transferred into a 10 ml volumetric flask and diluted to the mark with methanol to get 1000 µg. ml-1 dcl solution. working solutions were freshly prepared and analyzed by the recommended procedure. general standard procedures two different conditions were established by following univariate and multivariate optimization of parameters affecting the formation of the colored product. according to univariate optimization into a series of 10 ml volumetric flasks, 1.5 ml of 0.08 % (m/v) 2,4-dnph solution and 1.5 ml of 0.15 % (m/v) potassium iodate solution were added to each flask. the resulting diazonium cation was coupled with dcl by adding aliquots of the standard solution 1000 µg. ml-1 containing (5-500) µg followed by 0.7 ml of 2 n lithium hydroxide-1-hydrate to each flask and allowed to stand for 10 min. the solutions were then made up to the mark with distilled water. after mixing the solution well, the absorbance of green colored product was measured at 600 nm against the reagent blank. 132 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 according to simplex optimization into a series of 10 ml volumetric flasks, 1.5 ml of 0.06 % (m/v) 2,4-dnph solution and 1.5 ml of 0.4 % (m/v) potassium iodate solution were added to each flask. the resulting oxidized product was coupled with dcl by adding 1 ml of different standard solutions containing (5-400) µg followed by 1 ml of 2 n lithium hydroxide-1-hydrate to each flask. after 10 min, the solutions were making up to the mark with distilled water and mixed well. the absorbance of green colored chromogen was measured at 600 nm against the reagent blank. results and discussion absorption spectrum and reaction scheme the absorption spectrum of the formed colored product that produced from the reaction of oxidized 2,4-dnph with dcl in alkaline medium under primary test shows a maximum absorption (λmax) at 598 nm. the slightly yellowish color of the blank solution had negligible absorbance at the λmax in which the drug was analyzed. the reaction can be represented as in scheme below. nhnh2 no2 o2n o2n no2 n n kio3 (i) (i) + co2na nh clcl co2na nh clcl nn no2 o2n oh hso4 2,4-dnph diazonium salt dcl azo dye optimization of reaction variables univariate method a systematic study of the effects of various parameters on the development of color products were taken by varying the parameters one at a time and keeping all others fixed. these variables include the concentration of 2,4-dnph and potassium iodate solutions, the amount and type of base, the coupling reaction time, order of addition, and the stability of the formed resulted product. effect of the 2,4-dnph concentration the effect of 2,4-dnph concentrations on the measured absorbance of the formed colored product was done by using 1.5 ml of different concentrations of reagent solution ranged between (0.01 0.08) %. the color intensity of the reaction product 133 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 between the reactants is in a direct proportion with the concentration of 2,4-dnph, till 0.08 % of the reagent as shown in figure 1a. higher concentrations of the reagent solution gave no satisfactory results that is because the product showed a slight turbidity after dilution with distilled water. therefore, the recommended amount of 2,4-dnph was chosen to be 1.5 ml of 0.08 % and used for all subsequent measurements. effect of sodium hydroxide different volumes of 10 n sodium hydroxide were studied ranged from (0.2-1.0) ml. the results are presented in figure 1b, which reveals that the addition of 0.7 ml of 10 n naoh gave the highest absorbance. therefore, 0.7 ml of naoh was used in all subsequent experiments. effect of potassium iodate figure 1c shows a plot of the measured absorbance values against different concentrations (0.1 – 4.0) % of the oxidant in which 1.5 ml of 0.15 % kio3 solution yield the maximum absorption. when higher concentrations of the oxidant was used the absorbance starts to decrease sharply, then above 1.5 % the variation of the oxidant concentration shows no significant effect on the absorbance signal. therefore, 1.5 ml of 0.15 % was used during the subsequent work. effect of coupling raction time absorbance values were recorded at different intervals ranging from immediate measurement to a waiting period of 30 min. the oxidative coupling reaction was completed in 10 min as shown in figure 1d. effect of reagents mixing order three procedures with different orders of component addition were examined. the sequence (1) r + o + d + b gave higher values of absorbance while the sequence (2) r + d + o + b, and (3) d + r + o + b gave an absorbance less by half than in the case of sequence (1) table 1. this behavior may be explained as follows: the hydrazine group of 2,4-dnph is oxidized by kio3 to diazonium cation that reacts with drug in alkaline medium to give stable derivative of 2,4-dnph [17-19]. therefore, sequence (1) was chosen to be applied in the proposed method. effect of type of the base sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide were examined for their effect on the sensitivity and reproducibility of the spectrophotometric results. lioh was found to be the most useful one to provide the alkaline medium required for this reaction since it gave among the others a reasonable sensitivity with the highest reproducibility, therefore it was used for subsequent work table 2. stability a slow decrease in the absorbance was observed when the reaction product was left to stand at room temperature for different periods of time. because of this progressive color reduction, which results in a decrease in the absorbance (≈ 1.4 %, after 3000 s after dilution to final volume), as shown in figure 2. it is recommended to measure the absorbance immediately or after constant time interval after dilution. 134 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 simplex method multisimplex program was employed to find out the optimum experimental conditions for determination of (dcl). in this method three interest factors (n=3), namely concentration of 2,4-dnph, kio3, and volume of lioh were chosen as independent variables and the absorbance of the formed azo dye at 600 nm as response was assessed. the boundary conditions for the three independent variables, delineated above, were set (table 3) together with their step values. moreover, four (n+1) arbitrary experimental conditions were chosen, by random selection of values of these parameters within specified boundaries for each (experiments number 1 4 in table 4). the measured absorption signals of these four experiments were feed into the simplex computer program. the program then suggests a new set of conditions to be carried out and the resulted absorbance is fed again to the program and so on. results in table 4 show the progress of the simplex, which indicates a gradual improvement in the response function. only 11 experiments were enough to evaluate the proper conditions at maximum response function. the concluded optimum operating conditions for the determination of dcl are 0.06 % 2,4-dnph, 0.4 % kio3 and 1 ml lioh. final absorption spectra the absorption spectrum of the colored product was recorded under the optimum conditions (for univariate and simplex method) and showed a maximum absorption at 600 nm against the reagent blank figure 3. calibration curves and analytical data іunivariate optimization method a linear relationship was observed between the absorbance and concentration of dcl ranged from 0.5-50 µg.ml-1 as shown in figure 4. the regression equation, correlation coefficient, molar absorptivity, sandellʼs sensitivity, limit of detection (lod) and limit of quantification (loq) are calculated and listed in table 5. ііsimplex optimization method figure 5 and table 5 show the results for the calibration curve and statistical data. better optical characteristics for calibration curve and statistical data were obtained under optimum conditions obtained by simplex optimization in comparison with those obtained via univariate method. 135 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 precision and accuracy the precision and accuracy of the determination of dcl via the proposed method were studied by calculating the values of percentage of the relative standard deviation (rsd %) and percentage of relative error (er %), for three replicates at three different concentration levels of dcl drug. the results in table 6 show acceptable values for accuracy and precision which were obtained. interference studies to assess the analytical potential of the proposed method, the effect of some common excipients; glucose, lactose, starch and acacia, were examined by carrying out the determination of 10 μg.ml-1 of dcl in the presence of above compounds. the results are presented in table 7. application in pharmaceutical preparation for verifying the efficiency of the proposed method, it was applied on a real samples with known contents of dcl, tablet (containing 50 mg dcl / tablet) and ampoule (containing 75 mg dcl / 3 ml). the results of the application of the proposed method that are given in table 8 were satisfactory. the recovery was ranged from (90.35-91.61%) for the analysis of tablet and from (79.72-82.26 %) for the analysis of ampoule. conclusions: oxidative coupling reaction between 2,4-dnph after oxidation followed by coupling with dcl in alkaline medium was found to be a simple, sensitive, accurate and economic spectrophotometric method for quantitative determination of (dcl) in pure form and pharmaceutical preparations. the classical univariate and modified simplex method have been used for optimizing the different variables affecting the completion of the reaction. the proposed method offers good linearity and precision. references 1. mahood, a. m. and hamezh, m. j., (2009), "spectrophotometric determination of diclofenac sodium in pharmaceutical preparations", journal of kerbala university, 7(2). 2. alok. a.; adhikari, j. s. and chaudhury, n. k. , (2013), "radioprotective role of clinical drug diclofenac sodium", mutation research 755, (156-162). 3. patel, h. h. and patel, p. u., (2013), "development and validation of rp-hplc method for simultaneous determination of tolperisone hydrochloride and diclofenac sodium in synthetic mixture", international journal of universal pharmacy and life sciences, 3(2). 4. vemula, v. r. b. and sharma, p. k., (2013), "rp-hplc method development and validation for simultaneous estimation of diclofenac and tolperisone in tablet dosage form", asian journal of pharmaceutical and clinical research, 6(3). 5. shaalan, r. a. and belal, t. s., (2013), "validated stability-indicating hplc-dad method for the simultaneous determination of diclofenac sodium and diflunisal in their combined dosage form", scientia pharmaceutica, 81, (713-731). 6. elzayat, e. m.; ibrahim, m. f.; abdel-rahman, a. a.; ahmed, s. m.; alanazi, f. k. and habib, w. a., (2013), "a validated stabilitiy-indicating uplc method for determination of diclofenac sodium in its pure form and matrix foormulations", arabian journal of chemistry. 136 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 7. song, j.; sun, p.; ji, z. and li, j., (2014), "flow injection determination of diclofenac sodium based on its sensitizing effect on the chemiluminescent reaction of acidic potassium permanganate-formaldehyde", the journal of biological and chemical luminescence. 8. mahood, a. m.; amine, s. t. and khaleel, a. i., (2010), "a flow injection chemiluminescences (fl-cl) method for determination of diclofenac sodium (voltaren) and ethambutol hcl as active ingredient and as pharmaceutical preparations" journal of kerbala university, 8(3). 9. yilmaz, b. and ciltas, u., (2014), "determination of diclofenac in pharmaceutical preparations by voltammetry and gas chromatography methods", journal of pharmaceutical analysis. 10. kormosh, z. a.; hunka, i. p. and bazel, y. r., (2009), "a potentiometric sensor for the determination of diclofenac", journal of analytical chemistry, 64(8), (853-858). 11. monzon, c. m.; sarno, m. c. and delfino, m. r., (2012), "kinetic-spectrophotometric method for diclofenac quantification", iosr journal of pharmacy, 2(5), (13-17). 12. vasava, d. l.; parmar, s. j. and patel, b. a. , (2013), "development and validation of first order derivative spectrophotometric method for simultaneous estimation of tramadol hydrochloride and diclfenac sodium in bulk and synthetic mixture", journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research, 5(5), (213-218). 13. pandey, g., (2013), "spectrophotometric methods for estimation of diclofenac sodium in tablets", international journal of biomedical and advance research, 4(2),. 14. shah, a.; patel, p. and patel, a., (2012), "development and validation of simultaneous equation spectrophotometric method for simultaneous estimation of tolperisone hydrochloride and diclofenac sodium in their combined tablet dosage form", international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences, 4(5). 15. mahaparale, s. p.; nirmal, p. n. and shinde, s. s., (2013), " simultaneous determination of diclofenac and tolperisone hydrochloride in bulk and tablet dosage form by uv spectrophotometric method", international journal of pharmaceutical sciences letters, 3(6), (296-300). 16. kumar, m. r.; vineet, m.; yamini, s.; singh, r. m. and shri, g. s., (2010), "ecofriendly spectrophotometric estimation of diclofenac sodium in tabletes using n,n-dimethyl urea as a hydrotropic solubilizing agent", international research journal of pharmacy, 1(1), (157160). 17. schmid, f., (2001), "biological macromolecules: uv-visible spectrophotometry", encyclopedia of life sciences, (1-4). 18. kaurav, m. s., (2011), "engineering chemistry with laboratory experiments", phi learning private limited. 19. telle, h. h.; urena, a. g. and donovan, r. j., (2007), "laser chemistry: spectroscopy dynamics and applications", john wiley & sons ltd. 137 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table ( 1): variation of absorbance with reactants addition order on the determination of 25 µg.ml-1 dcl. no. sequence absorbance 1 r + o + d + b 1.645 2 r + d + o + b 0.963 3 d + r + o + b 0.860 table (2): effect of different bases on coupling reaction. alkaline medium (2 n) absorbance rsd % lioh 1.436 3.256 naoh 0.243 7.761 koh turbid ….... table (3): boundary of simplex of independent variables for determination of dcl. variable minimum boundary maximum boundary step size conc. of 2,4-dnph (% m/v) 0.02 0.08 0.01 conc. of potassium iodate (% m/v) 0.10 0.80 0.05 volume of lithium hydroxide (ml) 0.50 1.00 0.10 dcl. 1-multivariate experiments (simplex) for the determination of 25 µg.ml: )4(table exp. no. conc. of 2,4-dnph (% m/v) conc. of kio3 (% m/v) volume of lioh (ml) abs. 1 0.08 0.15 0.7 1.436 2 0.04 0.30 0.6 0.533 3 0.02 0.80 0.8 0.600 4 0.06 0.40 0.5 0.090 5 0.06 0.25 0.9 1.261 6 0.06 0.15 1.0 1.141 7 0.07 0.35 1.0 1.421 8 0.08 0.10 1.0 1.394 9 0.06 0.40 1.0 1.573 10 0.07 0.40 1.0 1.379 11 0.06 0.30 0.9 1.213 table (5): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of dcl by univariate method and simplex method. parameter value for univariate value for simplex λmax (nm) 600 600 color green green linearity range (µg.ml-1) 0.5-50 0.5-40 regression equation y=0.059[dcl µg.ml-1]-0.0383 0.0763-]1-dcl.µg.ml[=0.066y calibration sensitivity(ml.µg-1) 0.059 0.066 correlation coefficient (r) % 0.9984 0.9974 correlation of linearity (r2) % 0.9968 0.9948 molar absorptivity (l.mol-1.cm-1) 18767.9 20994.6 sandellʼs sensitivity (µg.cm-2) 0.0169 0.0152 detection limit (µg.ml-1) 0.068 0.020 quantification limit (µg.ml-1) 0.224 0.067 138 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (6): evaluation of accuracy and precision for the determination of dcl by proposed method. conc. of dcl (µg.ml-1) taken found* er % rsd % for univariate 3 3.070 2.333 2.847 10 10.074 0.740 3.376 30 30.232 0.773 3.927 for simplex 3 3.005 0.167 2.250 10 10.102 1.020 2.549 20 19.581 -2.095 2.984 *average of three determinations. table (7): recovery values for 10 µg.ml-1 of dcl in the presence of 1000 µg.ml-1 of different excipients. excipients diclofenac sodium conc. recovery (%) name concentration (µg.ml-1) taken found* glucose 1000 10 9.731 97.31 lactose 9.925 99.25 starch 9.686 96.86 acacia 10.478 104.78 table (8): application of the simplex method to the dcl concentration measurements in tablet and ampoule. sample weight* found (mg) concentration (µg.ml-1) recovery (%) rsd (%) taken found* dcl 50 mg/tablet 45.53 3.000 2.732 91.06 2.542 45.18 10.000 9.035 90.35 1.977 45.81 25.000 22.904 91.61 2.230 dcl 75 mg/3 ml ampoule 61.70 3.000 2.468 82.26 1.147 60.15 10.000 8.020 80.20 1.500 59.79 25.000 19.929 79.72 1.498 *average of three determinations. 139 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (1): effect of (a) 2,4-dnph concentration, (b) naoh volume, and (c) kio3 concentration (d) coupling time on the color development in the determination of 25 µg.ml-1 dcl. fig. (2): the stability of colored reaction product in time. fig.( 3): absorption spectra of 25 µg.ml-1 dcl-2,4-dnph under optimum conditions, (a) univariate method, (b) simplex method against their reagent blank, and (c) blank solution against solvent. 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 0 10 20 30 40 50 a b so rb a n ce time (min) 140 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (4): calibration curve for the determination of dcl under optimum conditions obtained by univariate optimization. fig. (5): calibration curve for the determination of dcl under optimum conditions obtained by simplex optimization. y = 0.059x 0.0383 r² = 0.9968 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 conc. of diclofenac sodium (µg.ml-1) a b so rb a n ce y = 0.066x 0.0763 r² = 0.9948 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 10 20 30 40 50 a b so rb a n ce conconcentration of diclofenac sodium (µg.ml-1) 141 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ثنائي نايترو فنيل ھيدرازين -4،2التقدير الطيفي لديكلوفيناك الصوديوم بأستعمال الصيدالنيةبشكله النقي وبمستحضراته سرمد بھجت ديكران رؤى مؤيد محمود جامعة بغداد / الھيثم)ابن ( كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة /قسم الكيمياء 2015/حزيران/23البث في ل، قب2015/نيسان/20استلم البحث في الخالصة ) بشكله النقي وبمستحضراته dclوصفت طريقة طيفية حساسة وبسيطة لتقدير عقار دايكلوفيناك صوديوم ( ) في dclداي نايترو فنيل ھيدرازين ومن ثم اقتران ناتج االكسدة مع ( 2,4الصيدالنية. تعتمد ھذه الطريقة على اكسدة نانومتر ومن ثم تم تقدير 600عند max(λ(وسط قلوي لتكوين صبغة األزو ذات اللون االخضر التي تظھر أعظم امتصاص ك صوديوم طيفياً. وقد تم تعيين الظروف الفضلى التي تؤثرفي التفاعل والعوامل التحليلية األخرى. فضال تركيز الديكلوفينا عن الطريقة الكالسيكية بنمط المتغير الواحد طبقت طريقة السمبلكس المحورة لتعيين الظروف الفضلى للمتغيرات التي تؤثر في التفاعل اللوني قيد الدراسة. وكانت قيمة معامل االمتصاص المولي µg.ml–(0.5 40-1(على مدى من التراكيز يتراوح بين تم تطبيق قانون بير 0.0152 ومعامل ساندل يساوي µg.ml 0.0201وكان حد الكشف يساوي cm1-l.mol 42.0994×10.-1مساوية لـ 2-µg.cmتحضرات الصيدالنية.بنجاح لتقديردايكلوفيناك صوديوم في المس . لقد أمكن تطبيق الطريقة المقترحة ثنائي نايترو فنيل ھيدرازين. 4،2التقدير الطيفي، ديكلوفيناك صوديوم، الكلمات المفتاحية: علوم الحياة | 245 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ملھا تح فيالعراق والمختلفة فيالشعير المزروعة ألصناف الوراثيالتنوع rapd الجفاف بطريقة جھادال نضال نعمه حسين جاسم زينب رعد جامعة بغداد)/ ابن الھيثم التربية للعلوم الصرفة(كليه قسم علوم الحياة/ حرب عادل /المزروعات وقايةدائرة وزارة الزراعة 2015/كانون االول/18،قبل البحث في:2014/تشرين الثاني/16استلم البحث في: الخالصة فيالعراق والمختلفة فيالمزروعة .hordeum vulgar lعشر صنفا من الشعير لستة الوراثيالتباين دراسةتم في الجفاف من خالل تعريض النبات إلجھادالشعير أصناف.قيمت rapdطريقة المستعالجفاف با إجھادقابليتھا لتحمل تبين اإلنباتاعتمادا على نسبه .) peg 6000( 6000اثلين كاليكول البوليتراكيز مختلفة من مادة إلى اإلنباتمرحلة متوسطه التحمل عدت، نومار،القادسيةبوادي،أمل، نور إماللجفاف تحمال األصناف أكثربان الصنف براق واريفات أصناف عدتف 7باءأ،1جزيرة، 9، فرات3،شعاع ،رافدين ،سمير،ريحانه99 باءإلوركاء ،أ،الخير األصناف ماأ, للجفاف لتحمل الجفاف . حساسة ) %10.39( الشعير،من صنفا 16) حزمه توزعت على 203(عددھا من الحزم بلغ اعدد rapdبادئات نتجتا أو شكالاال متعددة polymorphicفكانت الباقية) 89.60%أحاديه الشكل ،أما ( monomorphicمنھا كانت ئ ادــــللب %71.4 ن ــــــ) تراوحت مابيpolymorphism )88.70%ن ـــــللتباي المئوية النسبة،وكان معدل متباينة op-b11 للبادئ %100و op-c16 .كالبادئ المدروسةالشعير أصنافبعض البادئات حزما مميزه لبعض أنتجت، op-n13 450ذات الوزن الجزيئي بالحزمةتميز الذيbp وھى 7 إباء،1،جزيرة 9فرات األصنافوظھرت في ذات الوزن الجزيئي بالحزمة زتمي p27، والبادئاالخرى األصنافللجفاف ولم تظھر مع حساسةجميعھا أصناف 2000bp ھذهتكون إنلذلك يمكن الحساسة األصنافالتي ظھرت في الصنف براق المتحمل للجفاف ولم تظھر في مقياس تعمالباس rapdبصفة التحمل للجفاف. أظھرت شجرة القرابة الوراثية المعتمدة على طريقة مرتبطةالحزمة jaccard ضمت تحت % 75مجاميع رئيسيه عند درجة تشابه ثالث في المدروسة لشعيرللتشابه الوراثي انعزال عينات ا التحمل للجفاف ماعدا الصنفين الخير والمتوسطة المتحملة األصناف األولى للمجموعة التابعة والثانية األولىالمجموعة وتحت المجموعة والثالثة الثانية المجموعةريفات )، أما أ( اءاإلبد ـــــمع اح الوراثي أصلھمن انعزال حسب يكاء اللذروالو على وجود نسبه عاليه rapdللجفاف. دلت نتائج مؤشرات الحساسة األصناففضمت األولىالثالثة التابعة للمجموعة تحملھا فيالفصل بين العينات المختلفة وأمكنالعراق فيالشعير المدروسة والمزروعة أصنافبين الوراثيمن التباين عدد قليل من المواقع الوراثية. تعمالالجفاف باس دجھاال .peg، البولي اثلين كاليكول , rapdالشعير ، الجفاف : المفتاحيهالكلمات علوم الحياة | 246 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لمقدمها المحاصيل النجيلية بعد القمح والرز والذرة الصفراء ويتميز بقدرة أھمرابع .hordeum vulgare lيعد الشعير ينمو ضمن مدى واسع من الظروف البيئية .بلغت المساحة المزروعة بالشعير إذ، high adaptability تكيفية عالية تل الشعير ).يح1(1-كغم.ھـ 2440نتاجيةواالطن لفا 35915 إلى اإلنتاجھكتار، ووصل لفا 55698عالميا قرابة صناعة المولت فيكعلف للحيوانات ويستعمل األساسيستعمل بالدرجة إذالقمح من الناحية االقتصادية المرتبة الثانية بعد تحضير الحساء فيكما يستعمل السكريلمرضى را لشعيخبزالصحية حيث يستعمل األغذيةوالبيرة واحد مكونات من المحاصيل إذ يعد في العراق وأقدمھالحبوب ا لمحاصي أھمشعير من ل) .يعد ا2( ويستعمل خبز الشعير لمختلف الثقافات وذي قار وكركوك والقادسيةمحافظات العراق مثل نينوى فييزرع الشعير و ) 3(ه المستعملة كعلف للحيواناتسياسالا طن إلف) 1003.2الشعير في العراق بـ( نتاجاقدر . وميسان والبصرةالح الدين والنجف وديالى واالنبار وبغداد وص احتلت إذطن إلف )832.0كان ( إذ الماضيةالسنة انتاجعن % 20.6بلغت نسبتھا بزيادة 2013للموسم الشتوي لسنة ھا تالعراق تل نتاجامن مجموع 48.5%طن بنسبة إلف)486.9والذي قدر بـ( اإلنتاجمن حيث األولمحافظة نينوى المركز إذھا محافظة ذي قار تالعراق تل نتاجا) من مجموع 12.5%طن بنسبة ( لفأ) 125.0( إنتاجھاالذي قدر القادسيةمحافظة العراق فيما شكلت بقيه المحافظات نسبة مقدارھا نتاجأ) من مجموع 10.8طن بنسبة ( إلف (108.6) إنتاجھاقدر ).4( كردستان إقليمعدا ما العراق إنتاج) من مجموع %28.2( الشد أليهتمام باالھ الضروريبات من النموھ كافنظرا" ألھمية المياه في حياة النباتات وقلتھا وعدم توفرھا بشكل المراحل في السيماالجفاف و إجھادتحمل فيوراثية ذات قابلية أنماطت بغية الحصول على باالن في نمو وأثره المائي ھذا المجال وذلك في دراسات عديدة أجريت إذ ،إنتاجيتهبدء وتحديد في أساسيةل تعد مراح والتيمن حياة النبات األولى استعملت من قبل العديد من الباحثين التي فعل اوزموزى كمادة البولى اثلين كاليكول يمواد ذ إلىبتعريض النبات ) وفى نبات 7( منبات الطماط ) وعلى6وكذلك على نبات قصب السكر ( cowpeaاللوبيانبات في) 5فاستعملت من قبل( ).8الشعير ( التحمل في المفيدةبامتالكه مجموعة من المورثات hordeum vulgare ssp. spontaneumيتميز الشعير البرى مقاومه لتلك االجھادات أصنافتربيه الشعير للحصول على فيه عماللذا من الممكن است ،الحيوية تھادااالجللعديد من المورثات إدخال إن إالالتھجين بين الشعير البرى والشعير المزروع ممكن ويعطى نسال خصبا إجراء إنالرغم من ب). (9 الشعير المنزرع يعد عمليه صعبة وطويلة وذلك المتالك الشعير البرى على عدد من الصفات غير إلىمن الشعير البرى ).10( القاسيغوب فيھا كصفة انفراط البذور والسفا رالم عن المؤثرات تأثيراتھاتسريع تقويم المكونات الوراثية وعزل إلى أدى dna ـلل الجزيئيةالمؤشرات عمالاست إن ھذه المؤشرات تأثرقصوى على صعيد تربيه النبات بفعل عدة عوامل منھا عدم أھميهالبيئية ، وتعد المؤشرات الوراثية ذا أنھافضال عن ، والحصول على عدد كبير من المؤشرات بزمن قصير نسبيا ، ئيةالبيللنبات والمؤثرات المظھريبالشكل على المعتمدة dnaمن مؤشرات الـ rapdطريقة د) . تع11( والتربيةعمليه االنتخاب فيتعد مؤشرات مساعدة مضاعفه مواقع معينه أنھاوتعرف على dna polymerase chain reaction (pcr)تقنيه التضاعف المتسلسل للـ حرارةودرجه dna dna polymeraseالـ هبلمر إنزيمبادئ واحد عشوائي وبوجود باستعمال المحيني ألدنامن التباين دراسةفعاليتھا في ةھذه التقان وأثبتت). 12( الجزيئية األوزان مختلفة متعددة متضاعفة ابحيث تنتج حزم مناسبة ) وكانت 13ن(اإلنساوفي الدقيقة حياءاألالتنوع الوراثي في لدراسة عملتفقد است الحيةئنات الكا أنواعالوراثي لمختلف التنوع الوراثي دراسةفي عملتفقد است المختلفةفي الكشف عن التنوع الوراثي في النباتات وسريعةفعاله rapdتقنيه الـ ).16) (15) (14) (12( عديدة أصنافبين المواد وطرائق العمل النباتية المادة من مركز تكنولوجيا الدراسةھذه إجراءفي )(.hordeym vulgare lتم الحصول على ستة عشر صنفا من الشعير .وھى : لوزارة الزراعة عالتاب البذورفحص وتصديق أةومن ھي االتابع لوزارة العلوم والتكنولوجي البذور ،فرات 3،شعاع،رافدين ،سمير،ريحانة 99،الخير،نور القادسية ،نومار ،اباءلوركاء أمل ،أريفات،أبراق ،بوادى ، .7اباءو1،جزيرة9 الجفاف إلجھادالشعير أصنافتحمل فى حاضنة %2) ثم بمحلول كلوريد الزئبق بتركيز %5محلول الھايبوكلورايت ( فيالبذور بعد تعقيمھا إنباتتم كل طبق ورطبت بمحاليل البولى اثلين فيوضعت ورقتا ترشيح .معقمة بتري إطباق فيْم 25وبدرجة حرارة إضافةمعاملة السيطرة بدون فضال عن) بار، 9,6-, 3-ود المائية (جھال إلىوبتراكيز مختلفة للوصول 6000غاليكول من محلول البولى مل 6 أضيفمكررات لكل معاملة . هكل طبق وبواقع ثالث فيبذور 10اليكول .وضعت كالبولى اثلين كميات متساوية من محاليل إضافةالحاضنة .تم في أيام 10كل طبق وتركت لمدة فياليكول وبالتركيز المناسب كاثلين :)17األتيه (وحسب المعادلة اإلنباتتم حساب نسبة أيام 10اليكول لسد النقص الحاصل بسبب التبخر. وبعد كالبولى اثلين x 100ذور النابتة/عدد البذور الكلية )= عدد الب اإلنباتنسبة علوم الحياة | 247 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 dna extractionاألحماض النووية استخالص من بادرات أخذتالفتيه التي لألوراق النباتيةمن العينات ) genomic dna ( مجين ألدنا تمت عمليات عزل وذلك وفقاً ctab) ماده( عمالعلى است المعتمدةوباالعتماد على طريقة االستخالص أيام 10الشعير بعمر أصناف طة مقياس الطيف الضوئيابوس المستخلصةdna كمية الـ تم تقدير ).19المعتمدة على ( (18)لطريقة spectrophotometer نوعية الـ اختبرتو dnaترحيلمن األكاروز ومن خالل عملية ال %1ذات تركيز ةھالم على . )20حسب طريقة( ي باألفق الكھربائي )dna )rapd لسلسلة الـ األشكالتفاعالت التضاعف العشوائي المتعدد أعداد التفاعل في حجم نھائي قدره أجري ).1جدول رقم ( فيموضحة rapdئا عشوائيا من بادئات دعشر با حدأ عملاست النيوكليوتيدات األربعةمن كل من ميكرومول250 وdna من الـ نانوغراما 50 عملاست .كروليترايم25 (dttp/datp/dctp/dgtp) البلمرةأنزيم من كل بادئ ووحدة واحدة من بيكومول10وtaq dna polymerase ، تيالبرنامج الحراري اال وفق tc(5000)techne المبلمرالحراري في جھازamplification التضخيمعملية أجريت م لمدة o92تتكون كٌل منھا من المراحل التالية دورة 40ثم (المسخ األولي) دقائق 2م لمدة o94دورة واحدة بدرجة حرارة على حرارة دقائق10لمدة ثم تركت العينات (االستطالة) ثانية 15لمدة oم 72(االلتحام)ثانية 15لمدة oم3 6،(المسخ) ثانية30 .(االستطالة ألنھائيه) oم72 electrophoresis and gel analysis الترحيل الكھربائي وتحليل الھالم 5– 4ولمدة ألحجميفولت / سم مع مؤشر الدليل 3-1 وبفولتية %1بتركيز االكاروز حّملت العينات على ھالم ويتم تصويره بواسطة كاميرا uv light فوق البنفسجية األشعةصبغ بصبغة بروميد االثيديوم ويفحص تحت ساعات . ثم جمعت المتضخم مع البادئات المختلفة. dna صور الھالمات وتحديد الوزن الجزيئي لقطع الـ لتحل تم . canon نوع الحقاً في التحليل. عمالھاخاصة الست في جداول بھا ئج كل البادئات والبيانات الخاصةنتا تحليل البيانات املـــــــالك وائيالعشم ــق التصميــــــــف وفـــــاالجف ـــــادجھالالشعير أصنافصممت تجربه تحمل completely randomized design) المعوحللت النتائج باست %5مستوى فيتحليل التباين إلىالبيانات ) وأخضعت . )sas )21 حصائيةاالبرنامج التحاليل dnaحزم الحامض النووي بقراءة المدروسةلتحليل درجه التشابه الوراثي بين العينات حصائياالاجري التحليل في حساب past ver. 1.91برنامج عملواست 0ولعدم وجودھا بالرمز 1برقم ألحزمهفي الھالم ورمز لوجود الظاھرة التي توضح التشابه الوراثية القرابةورسمت شجره cluster تم وضع مخطط التحليل العنقودي معامل التشابه الوراثي. upgma )un weighted pairgroup method using anبطريقه المدروسة افاألصنالوراثي بين arithmetic average( . برنامج المعوباست عماالاست األكثرلكونھا لطريقةااعتمدت ھذهpast المعدلةوبنسخته )version.1.91 (مقياس وباستعمالjacard ) المستعملةالبادئات لكفاءة المئوية النسبة حسبت). 22للتشابه الوراثي primer efficiency لمؤشرات الـrapd المعادلةمن خالل: x 100= العدد الكلي لحزم البادئ / العدد الكلي لحزم كل البادئات % البادئ كفاءة :االتيه المعادلةلكل بادئ من خالل التمييزية للقدرة المئوية النسبةثم تم استخراج .) x 100 )23لكل البادئات المتباينةللبادئ / عدد الحزم المتباينةعدد الحزم النسبة المئوية للقدرة التميزية %= النتائج والمناقشة لفحص ) بار9 ، 6-،3-مختلفة ( مائيةجھود إلىالعراق فيمختلفة من الشعير المزروع أصنافتم تعريض بذور الجفاف . جھادالالمختلفة األصنافمدى تحمل ةمختلف ةمائيود ــــلجھ والمعرضةمختلفة من الشعير أصناف نباتاتأثير الجھد المائي في نسبة يوضح )2الجدول( إنبات) بار في خفض نسبة 6-,9-الجفاف عند المستويين ( جھادالمعنوي تأثيروجود لىاالنتائج أشارتبار. 3-,6-,9-)( . لوحظ انخفاض في نسب المدروسة األصنافاغلب نباتانسبه فيمعنويا ابار تأثير )(3-يظھر المستوى مالبذور ول مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة حيث %69,12 إلى نباتاألبار انخفضت نسبة 3-فعند الجھد المائي يالجھد المائكلما زاد نباتاأل انخفضت نسبة بار 6-جھد مائي إلى عند تعريض البذور إما،%5بنسبة انخفاض تعادل إي73,42% اإلنباتكانت نسبة نسبة فأصبحتبار 9-الجھد المائي إلىوعند تعريض النبات %40بنسبة انخفاض تعادل إي43,37% إلى نباتاأل عند التركيز العالي من كاليكول متعدد نباتاأل. يعزى انخفاض نسبة %54بنسبة انخفاض تعادل إي33,31% اإلنبات امتصاص الماء من البذور الضروري لتحول المواد الغذائية المخزونة الداخلية في البذور تحت انخفاض معدل إلىاالثلين )،فضـــال عن ذلك تأثـير الجفــــاف 24(اإلنباتالبســيط ومن ثــــم بـــدء إلىمن الشــكل المعقــد اإلنزيميتأثير النشــاط انيثبط اللذين بيتــــا اميليز والفـــا امليز إنزيميلوحظـ نشـــاط إذبـــذور نفسھــــا مبـاشره داخـــل ال اإلنزيماتفي نشــــاط علوم الحياة | 248 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 في نباتات العدس وزھرة الشمس. ) 28)و(27(تماثلت ھذه النتائج مع ما حصـــــــل عليـــه كل من ).26(25,بفعل الجفــاف بار)فيعود (3-عند التراكيز المنخفضة من كاليكول متعدد االثلين األصنافأو ارتفاعھا في بعض اإلنبات ةتأثر نسبأما عدم إذ اإلنباتانخفاض الجھد المائي لھذا المحلول الذي لم يكن كافيا لمنع تشرب الكميه المطلوبة من الماء لحدوث إلى وحظ من خالل نسبة وھذا ل اإلنباتتحصل على كميه الماء الالزمة لبدء إناستطاعت البذور بفعل قوى التشرب الداخلي بار وھذا يدل على 3-عند التركيز 100% إنباتبوادي ،الوركاء،الخير،نومار حققت نسبة األصنافعند المرتفعة اإلنبات بالرغم اإلنباتالحصول على كميه الماء الالزمة لحدوث إلى أدتتمتاز بقوى تشرب داخلية عالية األصنافبذور ھذه إن في منطقه النمو. من وجود جھد مائي منخفض عند 88بار فكانت 9للصنف براق واريفات لم تتأثر معنويا بأعلى جھد مائي نباتاالنسبه إنكذلك يبين )2الجدول ( اعتمادا فينالصن عد ھذين بار وعلى التوالي لذا 9-عند الجھد المائي %83،77 وأصبحتلكال الصنفين السيطرةمعامله اإلنبات، نومار فقد تأثرت نسبه القادسيةبوادي،أمل، نور األصنافللجفاف أما المتحملة األصنافمن اإلنباتعلى نسبه بار فكانت نسبه 6-ولم تتأثر معنويا بالجھد المائي السيطرةمعامله إلىبار نسبه 9-فيھم معنويا عند الجھد ند الجھد ـع 38%, 44%, 61% ,77% وأصبحت السيطرةعلى التوالي عند معامله 88%, 61%, 88%, 100% إنباتھم أباء الوركاء، الخير، األصناف قيةمتوسطه التحمل للجفاف ،أما ب عدھم اصنافار على التوالي لذا يمكن با 9-المائي بار 3-بار و 6-معنويا بالجھد المائي إنباتھمتأثرت نسبه 7إباء،1جزيرة، 9، فرات3،سمير،ريحانه ،رافدين ،شعاع99 للجفاف. حساسة أصنافلذا أمكن اعتبارھم األصنافلبعض عشر صنفا من الشعير المزروعة فى العراق والمتحملة لدرجات ستة لدراسةعشر بادئا عشوائيا إحد عملاست من اصنف 16) حزمه توزعت على 202من الحزم بلغ ( اھذه البادئات عدد أنتجتالجفاف، إجھادمختلفة من ) فكانت 89.60%( إي الباقيةحزمه 181أحاديه الشكل ،أما monomorphic) كانت %10.39(أي حزمه21،الشعير polymorphic حزمه للبادئ الواحد.البادئ 23-10بين ( أعدادھا، تراوحت متباينةأو اإلشكال متعددة (p27 أعطى ، وبلغ حزم 10 المتباينةدد من الحزم أوطئ ع أنتج op-b11حزمه بينما البادئ 23 شكالاأل متعددةأعلى عدد من الحزم polymorphismللتباين المئوية النسبة،أما معدل اصنف 16) حزمه لكل بادئ بين 16.45%( المتباينةمعدل الحزم البادئات قد ءهكفا إماop-c16 .للبادئ %100و op-b11 للبادئ %71.4 ) تراوحت مابين %88.70فبلغت ( إما،op-c16فكان البادئ ءهاقلھا كفا إما المستعملهالبادئات أكفأ p27 ) حيث كان البادئ5.94_12.37تراوحت مابين ( إما p27قدره تميزيه للبادئ أعلى)فكانت _12.70 (5.52فكانت تتراوح بين ةعملالمستللبادئات التمييزية للقدرة بالنسبة ة ــبدراس اقاموإذ )(29ا أجراھمع دراسة الدراسة). اتفقت نتائج ھذه 3.جدول ( op-b11 اقل قدره تميزيه فكانت للبادئ حزمة متباينة سمحت 23 أظھرتبادئات ست المعسوريا باست فيالمزوع من الشعير اوراثي اتركيب23 ـل يالوراثوع ــالتن بالتميز بين التراكيب الوراثية. ) ، فمثال 1(الشكل ) و4جدول (ال كما في المدروسة) حزمة مميزة لعينات الشعير rapd )11بادئات أعطت حساسةجميعھا أصنافوھى 7 إباء،1،جزيرة 9ميزت كل من فرات 450bالحزمة أعطى op-n13البادئ ميزت الصنف التي bp 1500 الحزمة وأعطىالمتحملة والمتوسطة التحمل . األصناف فيفقدت ھذه الحزمة وللجفاف ، ذات الوزن الجزيئي بالحزمة أيضاتميز الذي op-c16ميزت الصنف رافدين وكذلك البادئ 1400شعاع ،والحزمة 1500 bp البادئ وإما 99،نومار،اباءةالقادسي نور لخير، الوركاء،براق،بوادي،اريفات،أمل، ا في ألحزمهظھرت ھذه إذ op-p27 2000يئي ذات الوزن الجز بالحزمةفقد تميز bp التي ظھرت في الصنف براق المتحمل للجفاف فقط ولم تظھر نتيجةمع النتيجةبصفة التحمل للجفاف . اتفقت ھذه مرتبطةتكون ھذه الحزمة إنللجفاف لذا يمكن الحساسة األصناف في وقد ظھرت له حزمه مميزه لصفه اإليرانيبريه من الشعير أصنافنفس ھذا البادئ على عمال ) الذي است30الباحث( األصنافولم تظھر في المتحملة األصناففي ألحزمهفقد ظھرت ھذه bp 600 يالتحمل للجفاف كانت ذات وزن جزيئ على نطاق واسع للتميز عمالھايمكن است والتيمن الحزم المھمة جدا p27التابعة للبادئ bp 2000 الحزمة د. تعالحساسة scar) (sequence-characterize إلىالمتحملة والحساسة للجفاف من خالل تحويل ھذه الحزم الشعير أصنافبين amplified region ادئاتمن ب ومشتقةعالية هثبوتيذو ادئاتوھى ب )rapd ( )31)(32،( لقد تم تطوير بادئات ال scar ابتداء من (34والحساسة للملوحة والمتحملة) 33(المتحملة والحساسة للجفاف الحنطة أصنافاستعملت لتميز ( .rapdبادئات h.vulgareالمدروسة لنبات الشعير األصناففي تقدير البعد الوراثي بين كافة rapdاستثمرت نتائج بادئات الـ أظھرت.) 5للتشابه الوراثي ، وتمثلت النتيجة بالجدول ( jaccardمعامل المعوباست past اإلحصائيمن خالل البرنامج إباء) أما اكبر قيمه للتشابه كانت بين (0.69048) حيث بلغت (9كانت بين (سميروفرات الوراثياقل قيمه للتشابه إنالنتائج .) وتراوحت بقية العينات بقيمھا بين ذلك0.97674 (وبراق) حيث بلغت 99 المعباست rapdعلى تحليل بيانات االشعير استناد ألصناف) شجرة عالقات القرابة الوراثية 2( شكلالبين ي upgma برامج فيالداخلة اإلباءالوراثية واختيار األصولتنظيم إمكانية إلىتحديد القرابة الوراثية أھمية.وترجع تحتوى على اكبر قدر ممكن من الصفات الجيدة التيالھجن ومعرفة اقل عدد من التراكيب الوراثية بأحسنوالتنبؤ التربية ثالث مجاميع إلىعشر الستةالشعير أصنافقسمت similarity indexوبناء على درجة التشابه ) 35( التربيةج برام في األولىتحت المجموعة ضمت %81ثالثة تحت مجموعة وبنسبه تشابه األولىضمت المجموعة %75عند درجة تشابه كاء والخير الحساسين للجفاف التي ظھر ردا الصنفين الوالمتحملة للجفاف والمتوسطة التحمل ماع األصنافجميع ةوالثاني علوم الحياة | 249 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ريفات تحت أ) لذا قد يكون وجودھم مع 36(المحلي األسودبأن صنف الخير ناتج من تضريب صنف اريفات مع صنف المجموعة الثانية والثالثة وتحت المجموعة الثالثة التابعة للمجموعة إماالوراثي، األصلاعتمادا على ھانفس المجموعة قد ميزت وبكفاءة التراكيب rapdتقنيه إن إلىتشير النتائج وبالتاليالحساسة للجفاف، األصناففقد ضمت األولى .)38)و(37)و(30ن (ن بعضھا وھذا يتفق مع نتائج كل مالوراثية المتحملة للجفاف عن تلك الحساسة ع التحسين إمكانية إلىن العينات المدروسة مما يشير بي الوراثيعلى وجود نسبه عاليه من التباين أيضادلت النتائج ھذه المجموعة من التراكيب الوراثية . عمالالشعير اعتمادا على ھذه النتائج وباست ألصناف الوراثي المصادر 1-fao (2002) statistical yearbook production . 2fischbeck,g.(2002).contribution of barley to agriculture,abrief over view . in:g.a. , :1-4. . مجلة زراعة الرافدين ، األمطار محدودة) . انتخاب واختيار سالالت من الشعير للمناطق 2000العذاري ، حسن محمد . ( -3 .العراق.5(8)40-31 .العراق. الزراعة). وزاره 2013مديريه االحصاء الزراعي.(-4 5badiane,f.a.;diouf,d.;sané1,d.;diouf,o.; goudiaby,v. and diallo,n.(2004). screening cowpea [vigna unguiculata (l.) walp.] varieties by inducing water deficit and rapd analyses. african j. biotech .3 (3): 174-178. 6patade,v.y.;saprasanna,p.;bapat,v.a. and kulkami,u.g.(2006).selection for abiotic (salinity and drought) stress tolerance and molecular characterization of tolerant lines in sugarcane .sugar.tech.8(1):63-68. 7abdel-raheem, a.t.; ragab, a. r.; kasem, z.a.; omer, f. d. and samera, a.m. in vitro selection for tomato plants for drought tolerance via callus culture under polyethylene glycol (peg) and mannitol treatments (2001). african crop science conference proceedings, 8:20272032. الحلولى فى ھاداإلججابة بعض اصناف الشعير لتحمل .تقيم است.(2006)علي الشيخ رؤى و صالح ,رفيق; العودة الشحاذة ,أيمن -8 .سوريا. 22(1) :33-15الزراعية . للعلوم دمشق جامعة . مجلةاألولىمرحلة النمو 9jaleel,c.a. ;manivannan,p. ;wahid,a. ;farooq,m. ;al-jubury,h.j. ; somasundaran, r. and panneerselvem, r.(2006). drought stress in plant: areview on morphological characteristic and pigments composition. int. j.agric. biol.,11(1):100-105. 10baum,m. ;grando,s. ;backes,g. ;jahoor,a. ;sabbagh,a. and ceccarelli,s. (2003). qtls for agronomic traits in mediterranean environment identified in recombinant in bread lines of the cross 'arta'x h.spantaneum 41-1. theor.appl.genet.,107:1215-1225. ثم . ( -11 دنا 2001سيد ، محمود ھي في انتخاب مورثات المقاومة لالمراض في الشعير . dna) . استخدام مؤشرات من ال أطروحة دكتواره ، جامعة دمشق ، كلية الزراعة ، سوريا. 12-williams, j.g.k.; kublaik , a.r.; livak, k.j.;rafalski, j.a. and tingey, s.v. (1990) . dna polymorphisms amplified by arbitrary primers are usedul as genetic markers . nucl. acids . res., 18:6531-6535. 13welsh.j. and mcclelland, m.(1990).fingerprinting genomes using pcr with arbitrary primers,nucleic acid,res,18:7213-7218. 14vierling,r. and nguyen, h.t. (1992). use of rapd markers to determine the genetic relationship of diploid wheat genotypes ,theor .appl .genet.,84 :835-838. 15-askari,e. ;al-khalifa, n.s. ;ohmura,t. ;al-hafedh,y.s. ;khan,f.a. ;al-hindi,a. and okawara,r. (2003). molecular phytogeny of seven data palm (phoenix dactylifera l.) cultivars.7(1):223-228 علوم الحياة | 250 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 16-awasthi,a.k.;nagaraja,g.m.;naik,g.v.;kanginakudru,s.;thangavelu,k. and nagaraju,j. (2004). genetic diversity and relationships in mulberry (morus) as revealed by rapd and issr marker assays.bmc genetic,5(1) :1471-1486. 17-hamidi , h. and safarnejad ,a. (2010) . effect of drought stress on alfalfa caltivars (medicago sativa l.) in germination stage . american – eurasian . agric. environ . sci., 8(6):705-709. 18weigand , f.; baum, m. and udupa, s.(1993) . dna molecular marker techniques , technical manual . no. 20. int. center agric. res. in the dry acas .15:117-125. 19saghai – maroof, m. a.; soliman, k. m.; jorgensen, r. a. and allard, r. w. (1984) . ribosomal dna spacer length polymorphisms in barley : mendelain inheritance , chromosomal location and population dynamics proc. natl. acad sci., usa. 81 : 8014-8018. 20sambrook, j.; fritch, e.f. and maniatis , j. (1989) . molecular cloning alaboratory manual . 2nd edation . coldspring harbor laboratory press , new york. 21-sas.(2012).statistical analysis system,user's guide.statistical.version 9.1th ed. sas .inst. inc. cary.n.c.usa. 22hammer,d.;harper,a. and ryan,p.(2001).past:palacontologi cal statistics. 23grudman.h.;schneider,c.;hartung,d.;daschner,f. and pith,t.(1995). discriminatory power of three dna typing techniques for p.aeruginosa. clin.microbiol.,3:528-532. 24-rubio,m.c. ;gonzalez,e.m. ;minchin,f.r. ;webb,k.j. ;arrese-igor ,c.; ramos, j. and becana ,m. (2002). effects of water stress on antioxidant enzymes of leaves and nodules of transgenic alfalfa over expressing superoxide dismutases.physiol. plant ,115:531-540. 25todaka,d.;matsushima,h. and morohashi,y.(2000).water stress enhances .b-amylase activity in cucumber cotyledons. j. exper. bot.,345 (51):739-745. 26yan ,p.; wu,l.j. and yu,z.l.( 2006). effect of salt and drought stress on antioxidant enzymes activities and sod isoenzymes of liquorice(glycyrrhiza uralensis fisch). plant growth regulation, 49 (2-3): 157-165. 27singh,n.k.;handa,a.k.;hasegawa,p.m. and bressan,r.a. (1985). protein associated with adaptation of cultured tobacco cells to nacl. plant physiol., 79:122-126. 28mohammed,salehi.(2012). the study of drought tolerance of lentil (lens culinaris medik) in seedling growth stages. int. j. agron. plant prod.3(1):38-41. . التنوع الوراثي في الشعير السوري بأستخدام مؤشرات )2001اشتر ، سھا وباوم ، مايكل.( ;غزال ، حسن ;شومان ،وفاء -29 rapd،33-5: 99. مركز بحوث كليه الزراعة، جامعه الملك سعود. 30nazari,l. and pakinyat, h.(2008). genetic diversity of wild and cultivated barley genotype under drought stress using rapd marker. biotechnology ,7(4) :745-750. 31li , s.f. ; tang , s.j. and ail , w.q ( 2010) .rapd – scar marker for genetically improved new gift nile tilapia ( oreochrmis niloticas niloticas l.) and their application in strain identification .res.,31 :147-153. -32 rajesh , m.k.; jerard , b,a, ; prethi , p. ; thomas, r.j. ; fayeis , t.p. , and rachana , k.e. (2013 ). development of rapd derised scar marker associated with tall – type palm trait in coco nut . sci. hortic ., 150: 312-316. 33pakniyat,h. and tavakol,e. (2007). rapd markers associated with drought tolerance in bread wheat (triticum aestivum l.). pak.j.biol.sci., 10(18): 3237-3239. 34pakniyat,h.;namayandeh,a. and forster,b.p. (2004). identification of rapd markers linked to salt tolerance in cultivated and wild barley. int. barley genet. 191-194. 35dwivedi, s.l.s. ; gurtn , ; chandra , w. ; yuejin n. and nigam , n. (2001) assessment of genetic diversity among selected ground nut germplasm i : rapd analysis plant breeding 120: 345 – 349. .hordum vulgar l) . استخدام مؤشرات الدنا في تحليل التنوع الوراثي للشعير 2002العاصي ، عقيل حسين علي . ( 36 اق . أطروحة دكتواره ، كلية التربية ابن الھيثم ، جامعة بغداد ، العراق.المزروع في العر 37-reena,d.;nawab,s.t.;niraj,t. and sharad,t. (2012). identification of rapd and issr markers for drought tolerance in wheat (triticum aestivum l.) .physiol.mol.biol.plant, 18(11): 101-104. علوم الحياة | 251 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 38mohammed,salehi.(2012). the study of drought tolerance of lentil (lens culinaris medik) in seedling growth stages. int. j. agro. plant prod.3(1):38-41. مع تتابعاتھا تعملةيوضح البادئات العشوائية المس :)1الجدول ( ت اسم البادئ 5 ـــــــــــــــ //3تتابع البادئ gtttcgctcc op-bo1 1 gtagacccgt op-b11 2 cacactccag op-c16 3 acccggtcac op-d20 4 ggtgcgggaa op-eo2 5 agcgtcactc op-n13 6 aagcgacctg op-n16 7 gtgtctaagg op-p04 8 cacagaggga op-t04 9 ccgtgcagta p 27 10 ctgcatcgtg p 7 11 الشعير المدروسة ألصناف(%) اإلنباتفي نسبة المائيد جھال تأثير :)2الجدول ( لمائي (بار)الجھد ا الصنف %المعدل control -3 -6 -9 89.75 83 94 94 88 براق 91.25 77 88 100 100 بوادي 85.50 77 83 94 88 اريفات 81.50 61 83 94 88 أمل 74.75 50 61 100 88 الوركاء 73.45 44 61 100 88.8 الخير 52.50 44 50 55 61 نور القادسية 78.50 38 88 100 88 نومار 99أباء 66 61 27 27 45.25 38.25 16 27 44 66 شعاع 28.75 11 22 38 44 رافدين 14.75 5 5 22 27 سمير 3ريحانة 100 83 5 0 47.00 9فرات 66 66 0 0 33.00 1جزيرة 83 33 0 0 29.00 7أباء 33 22 0 0 13.75 -- 33.31 43.37 69.12 73.42 المعدل lsdقيمة * 21.053* ، التداخل: 12.281: لمائي* ، للجھد ا 14.768: للصنف: ) *p<0.05.( علوم الحياة | 252 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 والحزمه الناتجه ونسبه التباين وكفائتھا والقدره التمميزيه لھا عملهالبادئات المستيوضح :)3جدول( الحزم البادئ ت الرئيسيه الحزم المتباينه نسبه التباين% القدره التميزيه كفاءه البادئ للبادئ 1 op-e02 16 14 87.5 7.92 7.73 2 op-n13 22 19 86.36 10.89 10.49 3 op-t04 23 22 95.65 11.38 12.15 4 op-p04 19 18 94.73 9.40 9.94 5 op-d20 21 20 95.23 10.39 11.04 6 op-b01 13 11 84.61 6.43 6.07 7 op-b11 14 10 71.41 6.93 5.52 8 op-c16 12 12 100 5.94 6.62 9 op-n16 18 15 83.3 8.91 8.28 10p27 25 23 92 12.37 12.70 11p7 20 17 85 9.90 9.39 واالصناف التي ظھرت فيھا ھذه الحزم عملهيوضح الحزم المميزه الناتجه للبادئات المست :)4جدول( ت الحزم مميزه (وزنھا البادىء bpالجزيئي ( الصنف المتميز 1 op-n13 450 1500 1400 7، اباء 1، جزيرة 9فرات شعاع رافدين 2 opc16 1500 ، اريفات ، امل ، الخير ، الوركاء ، نور براق ، بوادي 99القادسية ، نومار ، اباء 3 opbo1 800 1400 بوادي امل 4 opeo2 1200 400 شعاع امل 5 p27 2000 300 براق ، شعاع 99براق،بوادي،اريفات،امل،الوركاء،نومار،اباء 9،رافدين ، فرات علوم الحياة | 253 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 a) (c16 op b) (opn13 c)(op-b01 d)( op-e02 (e) p27 مع الدليل % 1يوضح نواتج تضاعف البادئات المتميزه المرحله على ھالم االكاروز :)1شكل ( ladderالحجمي m ، أباء 9نومار، 8-نور القادسيه ،7-الخير، -6الوركاء ، -5أمل ، 4اريفات ،-3بوادي ،2-براق ، 1-الدليل الحجمي ، 9فرات -14، 3ريحانه 13-سمير ، 12-رافدين ، -11شعاع ،99،10 .7أباء-16، 1 جزيرة15 علوم الحياة | 254 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 rapdيوضح مخطط التحليل العنقودي (شجره القرابه) اعتمادا على مؤشرات الـ :)2الشكل ( 0.75 0.78 0.81 0.84 0.87 0.9 0.93 0.96 0.99 s im ila r it y راق ب وادي ب ات اريف ل أم اء الورك ير الخ يه ور القادس ن ار نوم اء ٩اب ٩ عاع ش دين راف مير س ه ٣ريحان رات ٩ف زيره ١ج اء ٧اب       rapdمن استخدام تقنيه الـ الناتجة البياناتعلى اعتمادايوضح قيم معامل التشابه الوراثي ألصناف الشعير المدروسة :)5جدول ( اقل قيمه للتشابه الوراثي اعلى قيمه للتشابه الوراثي ومارن 99اباء شعاع رافدين سمير 3ريحانه 9فرات 1جزيرة 7اباء نور القادسية براق بوادي أريفات أملالوركاء الخير براق 1 بوادي 0.904 1 أريفات 0.880 0.875 1 أمل 0.880 0.973 0.85 1 الوركاء 0.976 0.880 0.8570.857 1 الخير 0.833 0.871 0.8460.8 0.853 1 نور القادسية 0.904 0.9 0.8570.829 0.8710.880 1 ومارن 0.813 0.761 0.7380.871 0.7310.790 0.804 1 99اباء 0.976 0.883 0.8600.860 0.8130.953 0.8370.883 1 شعاع 0.928 0.833 0.8090.853 0.951 0.85 0.8290.878 0.906 1 رافدين 0.883 0.878 0.8530.809 0.860 0.85 0.8290.878 0.8570.906 1 سمير 0.976 0.880 0.8570.857 0.8530.952 0.8330.926 0.9510.853 0.904 1 3ريحانه 0.906 0.853 0.8290.829 0.8250.926 0.7610.809 0.8780.883 0.8800.878 1 9فرات 0.714 0.789 0.7630.763 0.7560.731 0.6920.743 0.7250.697 0.6900.725 0.789 1 1جزيرة 0.928 0.878 0.8530.853 0.8970.951 0.8290.878 0.906 0.95 0.9510.902 0.925 0.725 1 7اباء 0.761 0.75 0.7250.769 0.7170.780 0.7890.75 0.8200.744 0.7800.731 0.794 0.771 0.820 1 علوم الحياة | 256 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 genetic diversity of iraqi barley species differing in their tolerance to drought by rapd analysis nidhal n. hussain zainab r. jassem dept. of biology / college of education for pure science (ibn al-haithem) /university of baghdad harb adeel dept. of plant protection/ ministary of agriculture received in:16/november/2014,accepted in:18/january/2015 abstract the genetic diversity was studied in sixteen barley hordeum vulgar l. species cultivated in iraq , which are differ in their ability to drought stress tolerance by using random amplified polymorphic dna polymerase chain reaction (rapd pcr ) .barley species was evaluated to drought stress after treatment the plant seedling at germination stages to different concentration of polyethylene glycol (pedg6000) . the results showed that the broaq and arefat species have the highest tolerance to drought stress in contrast the rest of barly species like alkhair, alwarkaa, ebaa99, shoaa, alrafidain,sameer rehana 3 , forat9 , jazeral ,and ebaa7 revealed sensitivity to drought stress . the primes which used rapd technique for all the studied species were produced 203 bands . the percentage of monomorphic bands is 10.39 % , while the polymorphic bands scored 89.70% raning from 71.4 % for op-b11 primer to 100% for op-c16 primer .some primers produced specific or distinguished bands for some barley species , such as primer op-n13 which produced band with 450 bp molecular weight. and this band was appeared in sensitive drought stress species only like forat 9 ,jazera 1 and ebaa7. primer p27 produced band with 2000 bp molecular weight and this band was appeared in highest tolerance boraq barley species .this band maybe associated with drought tolerant. cluster analyses by using jaccard scale for genetic similarity revealed a dendogram with three major groups with 75% similarity degree .the first and second sub group of group one included the tolerant and moderately tolerant species excluding alkhair and alwarkaa species which they are separated according to their genetic origin with one of the parents (arefat) . the second and the third groups with the third sub group of group one included the sensitive species. the results of rapd markers indicated the presence of high percentage of genetic diversity within the studies barley species cultivated in iraq .moreover .these result enable the researches to separate the samples which differ in their ability to drought stress tolerance by using few numbers of genetic sites. . key words: hordeum vulgar , drought and rapd 245-254 255 256 341 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 j. a. al-hawasy doaa kateb jasim abstract in this paper the galerkin method is used to prove the existence and uniqueness theorem for the solution of the state vector of the triple linear elliptic partial differential equations for fixed continuous classical optimal control vector. also, the existence theorem of a continuous classical optimal control vector related with the triple linear equations of elliptic types is proved. the existence of a unique solution for the triple adjoint equations related with the considered triple of the state equations is studied. the fréchet derivative of the cost function is derived. finally the theorem of necessary conditions for optimality of the considered problem is proved. keyword: triple linear equations of elliptic type, optimal control (vector) of continuous classical type. 1. introduction optimal control problems are a fundamental tool in many fields of applied mathematics and taken an important role in many aspects of life, for example in an electric power [1]. in robotics [2]. in biology [3]. in economic [4]. in medicine as [5]. in heat condition [6]. and in many others aspects. this importance encouraged researchers to study problems for the optimal control related with nonlinear ordinary differential equations [7]. or related with different types of nonlinear partial differential equation as hyperbolic, parabolic, elliptic [810]. or related with couple of nonlinear hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptic partial differential equation [11-13]. while many others researchers studied the numann boundary optimal control problems related with couple of nonlinear hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptic partial differential equation [14-16]. this article deals with; the existence theorem for a unique solution (continuous state vector (csv)) for the triple linear elliptic partial differential equations (tlepdeqs) is sated, studied and proved by using the galerkin method (gm) for fixed continuous classical optimal control vector (ccocv). the existence theorem for a continuous classical optimal control vector (ccocv) related with the tlepdeqs is state and proved. the existence for the unique solution of the triple adjoint equations (taeqs) which corresponds to the tlepdeqs is studied. the fréchet derivative (fd) of the cost function is ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.1.2380 department of mathematics, college of science, university of mustansiriyah jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq hawasy20@yahoo.com the continuous classical optimal control problems for triple elliptic partial differential equations article history: received 13 may 2019, accepted 11 june 2019, publish january 2020. file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq, file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/jhawassy17@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq, file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/hawasy20@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/hawasy20@yahoo.com 344 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 derived; finally the theorem for necessary conditions of optimality (nco) is stated and proved. 2 . p ro b l e m d es cri p t i o n le t λ b e a b o u n d e d an d o p en co n n e ct ed s u b s et i n w i t h li p s ch i t z b o u n d a r y ∂λ . c o n s i d er t h e c c o c v o f t h e tlepdeqs ( 1 ) ( 2 ) ( 3 ) w i t h t h e dirchlet b o u n d a r y co n d i t i o n , i n ∂λ ( 4 ) w h er e ∑ ( ) , , ( ) ( ) , ( ) ( ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ( ̅)) ( t h e s ys t em ( 1 4 ) ) , ( ) ( ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ( )) i s t h e cl as s i c al c o n t r o l v e ct o r a n d ( ) ( ( ) ( ) ( )) ( ( )) i s a v ec t o r o f a gi v e n f u n ct i o n , f o r al l ( ) . t h e s et o f a d mi s s i b l e c o n t r o l i s ⃗⃗ ( ( )) , s u ch t h at ⃗⃗ {( ) ( ( )) |( ) ⃗⃗ } w h er e i s co n v ex s e t . t h e c o s t f u n c t i o n a l i s ( ⃗ ) ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ( ) w h er e α i s a p o s i t i v e r e al n u m b er , ⃗⃗ i s t h e s o l u t i o n v ec t o r o f ( 1 4 ) co r r es p o n d i n g t o t h e c o n t i n u o u s classical control vector (ccv) ⃗ a n d ( ) i s a v e ct o r o f d e s i r ed d a t e . t h e c c o c v p ro b l e m i s t o m i n i m i z e ( ⃗ ) ( 5 ) s u b j ec t t o ⃗⃗ ( ) ⃗⃗ . le t ⃗⃗⃗ ( ) ( ) ( ). w e d en o t e b y ( ) an d ‖ ‖ t h e i n n e r p r o d u c t an d t h e n o r m i n ( ), b y ( ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ) , ‖ ⃗⃗⃗ ‖ t h e i n n e r p r o d u ct an d t h e n o r m i n ( ) b y ( ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ) ( ) ( ) an d ‖ ⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ t h e i n n e r p r o d u ct a n d t h e n o r m i n ⃗⃗⃗ an d ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ( t h e d u a l o f ⃗⃗⃗ ) . 3 . w ea k fo rmu l a t i o n o f t h e t l e pd e q s the weak form (wf) of problem (1-4) are obtained by m u l t i p l yi n g b o t h s i d es o f e q u at i o n s ( 1 3 ) b y , an d r es p e ct i v el y, i n t e g r at i n g t h e o b t ai n ed e q u at i o n s an d f i n al l y u s i n g t h e g en e r al i z e g r e en ' s t h e o r em f o r t h e 1 s t t er m i n t h e left hand side ( l. h . s ) o f t h e t h r e e o b t ai n ed e q u at i o n s , t o g et ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 6 ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 7 ) 341 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 8 ) w h er e ( ) ∬ ∑ , ( ) ∬ =( ), b l en d i n g t o gat h er e q u at i o n s ( 6 ) , ( 7 ) an d ( 8 ) , o n ce get ( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ̆( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ( 9 ) w h er e ( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) an d f o r f i x e d ⃗ , ̆( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) the following hypotheses are useful to study the existence of unique solution for the wf (9) . h y p o t h es es : a ) ( ⃗⃗⃗ ) i s c o e r ci v e, i . e. ( ) ‖ ‖ , b ) | ( ⃗⃗⃗ )| ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗⃗ ‖ , . c ) ̆( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ⃗⃗⃗ , ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ , . t h e g m i s u s ed h e r e t o f i n d t h e s o l u t i o n o f ( 9 ) , t h i s i s d o i n g t h r o u g h ch o o s i n g a f i n i t e s u b s p ac e ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( ⃗⃗⃗ co n t ai n s t h e co n t i n u o u s an d p i e c ew i s e a f f i n e f u n ct i o n s i n λ ) , h en c e t h e p r o b l e m r ed u c es t o f i n d a n ap p r o x i m a t e s o l u t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g an a p p r o x i m a t i o n p r o b l em ( ⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ) ̆( ⃗⃗⃗ ), ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ( 1 0 ) t h eo re m 3 . 1 : fo r ev e r y f i x e d co n t r o l v e ct o r ⃗ ( ( )) , t h e w f ( 1 0 ) h a s a u n i q u e ap p r o x i m at i o n s o l u t i o n ⃗⃗⃗ . p ro o f : le t { ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ } b e a f i n i t e b as i s o f ⃗⃗⃗ an d l et ( ) ∑ ⃗⃗ ( ) (∑ ∑ ∑ ) ( 1 1 ) w h er e ⃗⃗ (( ) ( ) ( ) ), f o r , , , [(( ) ) ] [ ( ) ] , an d w i t h ar e u n k n o w n co n s t a n t s . b y u s i n g ∑ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ , i n ( 1 0 ) , t o g et (∑ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ) ̆( ⃗⃗ ), ( 1 2 ) w h i ch c an b e r e w r i t t en as a l i n e ar a l g eb r ai c s ys t em , i . e. ( 1 3 ) from hypothesis (a), easily once obtained the uniqueness of the solution of problem (13), which gives also the uniqueness of the solution of problem (10). 341 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 t h eo re m 3 . 2 ( ), fo r e a ch ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ t h er e ex i s t s a s e q u e n c e { ⃗⃗ } w i t h ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ f o r e ac h n , s u c h t h at ⃗⃗ → ⃗⃗⃗ s t r o n gl y i n ⃗⃗⃗ . n o w f r o m t h e w f ( 1 0 ) a n d t h eo r em ( 3 . 2 ) , o n c e g et t h at t h e r e e x i s t s a s eq u e n c e o f w f ( ⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ) ̆( ⃗⃗ ) , ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ( 1 4 ) w h i ch h as a s eq u e n c e o f s o l u t i o n s { } an d t h e s eq u e n c e ⃗⃗ → ⃗⃗⃗ s t r o n g l y i n ⃗⃗⃗ . t h eo re m 3 . 3 : t h e s eq u e n c e o f s o l u t i o n s { } co n v e r g es s t r o n gl y t o t h e s o l u t i o n ( ). p ro o f : s i n ce f o r e a c h n , i s a s o l u t i o n o f ( 1 4 ) , t h en f r o m h yp o t h es es ( a & c ) , ‖ ‖ , , w i t h t h e n b y u s i n g a l a o gl u t h eo r em , t h e r e ex i s t s a s u b s eq u e n c e o f { } ( f o r s i m p l i ci t y s a y a g a i n { }) , s u ch t h at w ea k l y i n ⃗⃗⃗ . t o p r o v e , t h at t h e s eq u e n c e { } o f s o l u t i o n o f ( 1 4 ) c o n v e r g es t o a v ect o r w h i ch i s t h e s o l u t i o n o f p r o b l em ( 9 ) . f i r s t , f r o m h yp o t h e s i s ( b ) , t h e a b o v e w ea k l y co n v er g e n c es a n d s i n c e ⃗ ⃗⃗ s t r o n gl y i n ⃗⃗⃗ , t h en | ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗⃗ )| | ( ⃗ ⃗⃗ )| | ( ⃗⃗ )| ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗ ‖ → w h i ch m e an s ( ⃗ ) → ( ⃗⃗ ) s e co n d , f r o m t h eo r e m ( 3 . 2 ) ⃗ ⃗⃗ w e ak l y i n ⃗⃗⃗ , t h e n ̆( ⃗ ) ̆( ⃗⃗ ) t o p r o v e → s t r o n g l y i n ⃗⃗⃗ , f r o m h yp o t h es i s ( 1 a) , o n e h as ‖ ‖ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ̌( )= ̌( ) ̌( ) → w h i ch co m p l e t e t h e p r o o f o f { } co n v e r g es s t r o n g l y t o w i t h r e s p ec t t o‖ ‖ . t h e u n i q u en es s o f s o l u t i o n i s o b t ai n ed ea s i l y t h r o u g h u s i n g h yp o t h es i s ( a ) . 4 . e x i s t en c e o f a c c o c v : l e m m a 4 . 1 : t h e o p e r at o r ⃗ f r o m ⃗⃗ t o ( ( )) i s li p s c h i t z co n t i n u o u s ( lc ) , i . e. ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̆ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ , f o r ̆ p ro o f : le t ⃗⃗ ⃗ ( ) b e a gi v en co n t r o l v e ct o r o f t h e w f( 6 8 ) an d ⃗⃗ ( ) b e t h e co r r es p o n d i n g s t at e v e ct o r s o l u t i o n , w e g et n e w eq u at i o n s f o r ⃗⃗⃗ a n d ⃗⃗ , t h e n b y s u b t r a ct i n g t h e s e n ew eq u at i o n s f r o m t h ei r co r r es p o n d i n g e q u at i o n s ( 6 8 ) an d t h e n s u b s t i t u t i n g δ = , δ 341 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 , δ = δ , = an d δ i n t h e o b t ai n e d eq u at i o n s , t o g et ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 1 5 ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 1 6 ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 1 7 ) n ex t b l en d i n g t o g et h e r t h e e q u at i o n s w h i ch o b t a i n ed b y s u b s t i t u t i n g , a n d i n ( 1 5 1 7 ) ) r es p e ct i v el y, t o gi v e ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 1 8 ) a f t e r u s i n g c a u ch s ch w a r z i n e q u al i t y ( c s i) an d a p p l yi n g h yp o t h es i s ( 1 a) , o n c e h as ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ( 1 9 ) s i n c e ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ a n d ‖ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ , , t h e n ( 1 9 ) b e co m es ‖ ‖ ̆‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ , w i t h ̆ s o ⃗ i s lc o n ( ( )) . l e m m a 4 . 2 [ 1 4 ] : t h e n o r m ‖ ‖ i s w e ak l y l o w er s em i co n t i n u o u s ( w . l. s . ) . l e m m a 4 . 3 : t h e c o s t f u n c t i o n i n ( 5 ) i s w . l. s . . . p ro o f : t h e p r o o f e a s i l y o b t ai n ed t h r o u g h ap p l yi n g l em m a ( 4 . 2 ) , t h e w e a k l y co n v e r g e o f → i n ( ) an d l em m a ( 4 . 1 ) . l e m m a 4 . 4 [ 1 4 ] : t h e n o r m ‖ ‖ i s s t r i ct l y c o n v ex . r e m a rk 4 . 1 : t h e co s t f u n ct i o n ( ) i s s t r i ct l y c o n v ex b y u s i n g l em m a ( 4 . 4 ) . t h eo re m 4 . 1 : if ( ) i s co er ci v e a n d ⃗ i s co n v ex , t h en t h er e ex i s t s c c o c v f o r t h e p r o b l em ( 5 ) . p ro o f : ⃗⃗ i s c o n v ex s i n c e ⃗ i s co n v ex w i t h ( ) , an d ( ) i s co e r ci v e t h e n t h e r e ex i s t a m i n i m i z at i o n s eq u en c e * + ⃗⃗ s u ch t h at ( ) ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ( ⃗ ) therefore ‖ ‖ , ( 2 0 ) t h e n , t h e s eq u en c e * + h as a s u b s e q u en ce f o r s i m p l i ci t y s a y a g ai n* + s u c h t h at → w e ak l y i n ( ( )) , ( b y u s i n g t h e a l o g l u t h eo r em ) . b u t t h eo r e m 3 . 1 , t e l l u s t h at t h e s e q u en ce o f p r o b l em s ( 9 ) h as t h e s eq u e n c e o f s o l u t i o n s{ }. t o p r o v e{ } , i s b o u n d ed i n ⃗⃗⃗ , t h e h yp o t h es es ( a a n d c ) , an d t h e c s i, ar e u s ed t o g et t h at : 341 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ‖ ‖ ( ) ̆( ) ( 2 1 ) ≤‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ +‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ≤ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ≤ ϖ‖ ‖ w h er e ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) t h e n ‖ ‖ , f o r e ac h n , w i t h b y a l a o gl u t h e o r em t h er e ex i s t s a s u b s eq u en c e o f { } ( f o r s i m p l i c i t y s a y a g ai n { }) s u ch t h at w e a k l y i n ⃗⃗ s i n c e f o r e ac h n , s at i s f i es t h e w e ak f o r m ( 9 ) , t h en ( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ̆ ( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 2 2 ) t o s h o w t h at ( 2 2 ) co n v e r g es t o ( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ̆( ⃗⃗⃗ ) ( 2 3 ) f i r s t , s i n c e , → ( ). t h en b y u s i n g t h e c s i a n d h yp o t h es i s ( b ) , o n c e g et s : | ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )| ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ ‖ → s ec o n d , t h e r i g h t h a n d s i d e ( r . h . s ) o f ( 2 2 ) c o n v e r g es t o t h e r . . h . s o f ( 2 3 ) , s i n c e → ( ( )) , w h i ch gi v es ( 2 2 ) c o n v e r g es t o ( 2 3 ) . bu t ( ) i s w . l. s . , w i t h ( ( )) , t h en ( ) ( ) ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ( ⃗ ), w h i ch gi v e s ( ) ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ( ⃗ ) i . e . , i s a c co cv . o n e c an e as i l y a p p l i e s r e m ar k 4 . 1 , t o g et t h e u n i q u e n e s s o f . 5 . t h e n e c es s a r y c o n d i t i o n s f o r o p t i m a l i t y t h eo re m 5 . 1 : c o n s i d e r t h e co s t f u n c t i o n ( 5 ) , a n d t h e t a e q s ( ) eq u at i o n s o f t h e s t at e e q u at i o n s ( 1 4 ) a r e gi v en b y : ( 2 4 ) ( 2 5 ) ( 2 6 ) 341 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ( 2 7 ) t h e n t h e fr é ch et d e r i v at i v e o f i s ( ( ) ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) p ro o f : w r i t i n g t h e t a e q s ( 1 9 2 2 ) b y t h ei r w f, t h e n ad d i n g t h em an d t h en s u b s t i t u t i n g ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ i n t h e r es u l t i n g e q u at i o n t o ge t t h e f o l l o w i n g w f ( t h e p r o o f o f t h e ex i s t en c es o f a u n i q u e s o l u t i o n f o r t h i s w f i s s i m p l e r t h an t h e p r o o f o f t h eo r em ( 3 . 1 ) ) : ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (28) n o w , s u b s t i t u t i n g t h e s o l u t i o n s a n d i n ( 6 ) s e p a r at el y, t h e n s u b t r a ct i n g t h e o b t a i n e d 1 s t e q u at i o n f r o m t h e 2 n d o n e, f i n al l y s et t i n g t o o b t ai n ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 2 9 ) s am e s t ep s c an b e u s ed i n e q u at i o n ( 7 ) f o r t h e s o l u t i o n s an d w i t h , ( i n e q u at i o n ( 8 ) f o r t h e s o l u t i o n a n d w i t h ), t o g et r e s p ec t i v el y ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 3 0 ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 3 1 ) blending together the above triple equations, then subtracting the obtained equation from (28), to get ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 3 2 ) now, (5) , once get ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ( 3 3 ) f r o m ( 3 2 ) an d ( 3 3 ) , o n c e g et ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ) ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ( 3 4 ) f rom lemma (4.1), once obtain ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ‖ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ‖ ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ⃗⃗⃗⃗ (35) where ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) → as ⃗⃗⃗⃗ → t h e n f r o m t h e d ef i n i t i o n o f fd o f , an d ( 3 4 3 5 ) , o n c e g e t ( ( ) ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) ( ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ) theorem 5.2 : the ccocv of (14) is: ( ) with ⃗ and ⃗ . proof: if i s c c o c v o f ( 1 4 ) , t h en ( ) ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ( ⃗ ), ⃗ ( ( )) , 311 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 i . e . , ( ) ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ t h u s n c o i s ( ) ( ⃗ ), ⃗ ( ( )) . 6 . c o n cl u s i o n : t h e ex i s t en c e a n d u n i q u e n e s s t h e o r em f o r t h e s o l u t i o n ( c s v ) o f t h e t le p d e q s i s s t at ed an d p r o v e d s u c ce s s f u l l y b y u s i n g t h e g m w h en t h e c c c v i s gi v e n . a l s o , t h e ex i s t en c e t h e o r em o f a c c o c v g o v er n i n g b y t h e t le p d e q s i s p r o v e d . t h e ex i s t en c e a n d u n i q u en es s s o l u t i o n o f t h e t a e q s r el at ed w i t h t h e t r i p l e o f t h e s t at e e q u a t i o n s i s s at e d a n d s t u d i ed . t h e d e r i v at i o n o f t h e fd i s gi v e n . fi n al l y t h e n c o o f t h i s p r o b l e m i s p r o v e d . r ef er en ce s 1. nguyen, d.b.; scherpen, j.m.a.; bliek, f. distributed optimal control of smart electricity grids with congestion management. ieee transactions on automation science and engineering.2017, 14, 2, 494-504, doi: 10.1109/tase.2017.2664061. 2. braun, d.j.; petit, f.; huber, f.; haddadin, s.; smaga, v.d.p.; albu-schaffer, a.; vijayakumar, s. robots driven by compliant actuators: optimal control under actuation constraints. ieee transactions on robotics.2013, 29, 5, 1085-1101, doi: 10.1109 /tro.2013.2271099. 3 . chalak, m. optimal control for a dispersing biological agent. journal of agricultural and resource economics.2014, 39, 2, 271–289. 4. grüne, l.; semmler, w.; stieler, m. using nonlinear model predictive control for dynamic decision problems in economics. journal of economic dynamics and control.2015, 60, 112-133, https://hal.inria.fr/hal-01068831. 5. tilahun, g.t.; makinde, o. d.; malonza, d. modelling and optimal control of typhoid fever disease with cost-effective strategies. computational and mathematical methods in medicine, 2017. 6. yilmaz, a.; mahariq, i.; yilmaz, f. numerical solutions of optimal control problems for microwave heating.international journal of advances in science engineering and technology.2016, 4, 3, 64-66: issn: 2321-9009. 7. orpel, a. optimal control problems with higher order constraints. folia mathematica.2009, 16, 1, 31-44. 8. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a nonlinear hyperbolic equation (ccocp). al-mustansiriyah journal of science.2008, 19, 8, 96-110. 9. chryssoverghi, i.; al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control problem of a semi linear parabolic equations (ccocp). journal of karbala university.2010, 8, 3, 57-70. 10. bors, d.; walczak, s. optimal control elliptic system with distributed and boundary controls. nonlinear analysis.2005, 63, 5-7, e1367-e1376. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.na.2005.02.009. 11. al-hawasy, j. the continuous classical optimal control of a couple nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. iraqi journal of science.2016, 57, 2c, 1528-1538. https://doi.org/10.1109/tase.2017.2664061 https://hal.inria.fr/hal-01068831 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.na.2005.02.009 313 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 12. al-hawasy, j.; kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control for a coupled nonlinear parabolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints, journal of al-nahrain university science.2016, 19, 1, 173-186. 13. al-hawasy, j.; naeif, a.a. the continuous classical boundary optimal control of a couple linear of parabolic partial differential equations. al-mustansiriyah journal of science.2018, 29, 1, 118-126, doi: http://doi.org/10.23851/mjs.v29i1.159. 14. al-rawdanee, e.h.m. the continuous classical optimal control problem of a nonlinear partial differential equations of elliptic type. m.sc. thesis, al-mustansiriyah university, 2015. 15. vexler, b. finite element approximation of elliptic dirichlet optimal control problems. numer. funct. anal. optim.2007, 28, 7-8, 957-973, doi: 10.1080/01630560701493305. 16. al-hawasy, j.a.a.; al-qaisi, s.j.m. the continuous classical optimal boundary control of a couple linear elliptic partial differential equations. al-nahrain journal of science.2018, 1, 137-142. 17. bacopoulos, a.; chryssoverghi, i. numerical solutions of partial differential equations by finite elements methods. symeon publishing co athens, 2003. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 136 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. novel method of oil/water separation using composite of polymethylacrylamide hydrogel-coated metal mesh abstract different compositions of hydrogels composed of mathacrylamide homopolymer (60 and 90% of pmam) were prepared using the free radical polymerization technique, with and without methylene bisacrylamide as crosslinker (0 and 3%). several parameters and properties were studied to evaluate their performance as oil/water separators. many parameters are used, such as residual oil in water, water recovery, separation time, hydrogels coated percentages, swelling parameters, mechanical properties, microscopic and photographic images, and scanning electron microscopy. the results showed that water recovery (87-97), separation efficiency (96.2-99.6 %), separation time (6-9.5 min.), hydrogels coated percentages (18-23 %), water content (70-97 %), and tensile test (63-90 mpa). the effect of polymer crosslinking density, mesh pore size, and polymer composition on the parameters and properties mentioned above were also studied. the results showed that the separation efficiency of 1000 micron mesh composite is better than 500micron mesh composites. keywords: hydrogel, composite, oil/water separation, separation efficiency. 1. introduction separating oil and water mixtures is a important task, the key for the clean-up of the environment after oil spillages [1]. the separation of oil/water mixture is a serious issue that many industries must consider. many new methods to separate oil from water are designed as the production of oil/water mixtures increases in the worldwide [2]. these methods include api gravity separator, centrifuge, hydro-cyclone, induced gas floatation, and membrane filter [3-7]. membrane filter is usually made of hydrogel material, the term "hydrogel" refers to the hydrophilic doi: 10.30526/35.4.2865 article history: received 7 june 2022, accepted 24 july 2022, published in october 2022. nabaa nammer abbas department of chemistry, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. nabaanameer@gmail.com ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index ameen hadi mohammed department of chemistry, college of sciences for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ameenhadi80@yahoo.com mansor b. ahmad department of chemistry, faculty of sciences, universiti putra malaysia, selangor, malaysia mansorahmed@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:nabaanameer@gmail.com mailto:ameenhadi80@yahoo.com mailto:mansorahmed@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 137 polymeric networks that are insoluble in water and can absorb it from 25% to many times their dry weight because of the presence of a three-dimensional network. existing hydrogel materials, which are claimed to be helpful in some critical applications, such as the separation of oils from water, are derived almost exclusively from hydrophilic monomers such as acrylamide derivatives, acrylic acid, ethylene glycol, vinyl alcohol, ethylenimine, vinyl pyrrolidone, and hydroxyl ethyl methacrylate [8, 9]. the swelling parameters in water, mechanical and thermal properties, and many other properties are also affected by the degree of crosslinking in the polymer network [10, 11]. many works in this field have been used hydrogels and other materials as membrane filters for oil/water separation. kalaleh et.al. have prepared a novel and superabsorbent hydrogel composed of a copolymer of acrylamide with sodium acrylate. the composite of these hydrogels with steel meshes shows outstanding performance as an oil/water separator; the separation efficiency reached 97 % [12]. on the other hand, crick et.al.have mentioned the application of hydrophobic polymeric material for separating hydrophobic solvents such as hexane, petroleum ether, and toluene from water. in this study, the coated mesh was designed to prevent water from passing through it, whereas hydrophobic solvents are allowed to pass through the hydrophobic layer (polysilicon) [13]. this work aims to synthesize crosslinked methyl acrylamide hydrogels, to prepared composites composed of the prepared crosslinked polymers hydrogels and meshes with different pore sizes, and study the properties and performance of the prepared coated meshes for separation of oil from water. 2. experimental section materials the monomer methacrylamide (mam) and the crosslinker methylene bisacrylamide (mba) were obtained from aldrich-oma chemical co and purified by recrystallization from chloroform. potassium persulfate (pps) was supplied by aldrich-oma chemical co and recrystallized twice from methanol before use. corn oil was collected from the local market. all solvents were used as received. preparation of hydrogels based on the monomers and crosslinking agent concentrations, two compositions of hydrogels have been prepared. the mixture was produced according to the desired composition (table 1) in a small stopper flask. the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes before being transferred to glass ampoules. all oxygen was removed from the tubes by purging them with nitrogen for 15 minutes. to ensure complete conversion of the monomers and produce to polymer forms, free radical initiated reactions were preferred at conventional temperatures ranging from about room temperature to about 100 °c. to minimize the formation of bubbles in the polymers, polymerization was usually started at a temperature of 30-80 °c. the glass ampoules were placed in the water bath at 70°c for two days for polymerization. the temperature was then raised, and the tubes were placed in a 90°c oven for another day [14]. the reaction is shown in (scheme 1). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 138 scheme 1. reaction of crosslinked poly (mam) table 1. feed compositions of poly (mam) hydrogels exp. methacrylamide % mam wt./mixture wt. potassium persulfate % pps wt./mixture wt. methylene bisacrylamide % mba wt./mixture wt. solvent (water) vol ml 1 60 0.40 0.0 15 2 90 0.40 0.0 15 3 60 0.40 3.0 15 4 90 0.40 3.0 15 preparation of mesh-hydrogels composites the prepared hydrogels were then fabricated with metal meshes having different pore sizes (500 and 1000 microns). the prepared coated meshes were tested for separating oil from water. the polymer solution is put into a square dish to make covering the mesh pieces easier. the clean mesh was carefully submerged in the solution of prepared hydrogel for about 30 seconds before being slowly and horizontally removed with the solution adhered to its surface, as shown in figure 1. the mesh was dipped and baked for one day at 80°c to thoroughly polymerize the solution. this ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 139 enabled the coated solution to be thermally initiated and converted into a polymerized hydrogel. the coated mesh was washed with distilled water after polymerization to remove the impurities such as unreacted initiator, monomers, and any other byproducts left over from the preparation procedure. figure 1. preparation of mesh-hydrogels composites separation of oil from water using mesh-hydrogels composites in a beaker, 50 ml of 10% oil /90% water mixture was prepared by mixing the amounts of the two components and stirring at 500 rpm for 25 minutes to form the emulsion, as shown in figure 2. the mixture was then poured onto the upper glass tube on the hydrogel-coated mesh, sandwiched between two loose plastic pieces (30 mm in diameter. the oil remained in the upper coated mesh, whereas the water passed through the hydrogels. figure 2. separation process of oil/water mixture characterization parken elmer-1650 spectrophotometer was used to determine the functional groups in the copolymers using a kbr disk method at a wavenumber range of 400 to 4000 cm-1. shimadzu3600 uv spectrophotometer was used to estimate the concentration of the oil after filtration according to a standard procedure. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 140 water recovery and reclaimed oil after separation, the amount of water recovered and the amount of reclaimed oil was evaluated. the water recovery is measured using equation 1, whereas reclaimed oil % was estimated using equation 2 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑦 = (𝑉𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟)𝑓𝑖𝑙𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 (𝑉𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟)𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 × 100 (1) where (vwater) initial is the volume of water in the initial feed mixture, and (vwater) filtrate is the volume of water in the filtrate solution. 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑑 𝑂𝑖𝑙 = 1 − (𝑉𝑜𝑖𝑙)𝑓𝑖𝑙𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 (𝑉𝑜𝑖𝑙)𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 × 100 (2) where (voil) filtrate is the volume of oil in the filtrate solution and (voil) initial is the volume of the oil in the initial feed mixture. duration time of separation process separation time was measured directly during the experiments; therefore, no additional calculations were required. the separation time was calculated by counting the seconds from the time the combination was placed on top of the coated mesh until no fluid droplets could be seen dripping from the mesh's bottom for at least three seconds. calculation of coating percentage with hydrogel the coating percentage with hydrogel was calculated using equation 3 [15]. wb is the mass of the uncoated mesh before immersion in the hydrogel, and wa is the mass of the coated mesh after polymerization. the percentage of hydrogel-coated mesh was calculated based on varied mesh pore diameters (500 and 1000 microns). estimation of the residue oil-in-water the residue oil-in-water after must be analyzed after separation. the oil was first extracted from water by using a suitable organic solvent (hexane). the organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer using a separator funnel. after separation, the oil content was calculated using the oil calibration curves in the hexane. the concentration of the oil after filtering was determined using a uv-vis spectrophotometer in the separation system, according to a standard method. swelling the gels were dried at room temperature for several days before being put in a vacuum oven at 50°c until they reached constant weight. the dried discs were weighted and put in (50 ml) sample vials. the swelling time was counted from when the deionized water was added to the vial. the weight increment of the discs as a function of time was used to record the swelling gravimetrically. the swollen piece of hydrogel was regularly removed from the water, gently placed between two pieces of filter paper to remove excess water from the surface, and then weighed before being returned. the equilibrium water content (ewc) of a hydrogel was calculated using the weight of discs after (30 days of being completely hydrated) and the weight of the same discs after being dried in an oven at 50 °c for (48 hr). ewc was calculated as follows for the same sample [16]: ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 141 where ws and wd are the weights of the swollen sample after 30 days of complete hydration and after 48 hours of drying in a 50°c oven, the following relation was used to calculate the weight reduction of the xerogels: where w0 and wd are the weights of the xerogel sample and the dried sample after 48 hours in a 40°c oven. scanning electron microscopy (sem) and light microscopy the surface topography of the sample was investigated using sem. an acceleration voltage of 5 to 10 kv captured the images. carbon tape was used to secure the coated mesh (0.5 cm) test specimens on aluminum stubs. before the measurements, the samples were sputter coated with 10 nm gold using a high-resolution sputter coater. to assess the droplet size, 5 ml of oil was placed under light microscopy (evos fl digital inverted microscope), and 5 images were taken randomly from different places using a camera microscope. tensile testing the tensile test was used to determine the mechanical properties of the coated mesh. these tests were carried out on an instron 3366 machine in accordance with astm 3039. the load was run at a constant speed of 2 mm/min until the sample was broken. the coated meshes were cut with dimensions of (100 mm in length and 9-10 mm in width). 3. results and discussion the structures of the poly mam are shown in figure 3. the absorption bands are as follows: mam's carbonyl absorption of 1665 (amide c=o). the n-h asymmetrical stretching vibration of the amide group in mam was detected as a broad band at 3320 cm-1. mam's c-n and n-h stretching vibrations were found in a band at 1320-1390 cm-1. the c-n stretch vibration of mam is responsible for the sharp band at 1425 cm-1. furthermore, the absence of an olefinic double bond peak in the copolymers, which appeared in the ftir of the monomer at about 1555 cm–1, confirms the polymer formation. figure 3. ftir spectrum of poly mam ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 142 evaluation of separation process water recovery figure 4 shows the water recovery percentage based on two mam concentrations (60 and 90 percent) in the pmam hydrogel-coated mesh for different mesh sizes (500 and 1000 m) (with and without crosslinker). when the mam concentration in pmam is increased from 60% to 90%, the water recovery improves as the hydrogel thickens. as the polymer concentration increases, the viscosity of the solutions grows as well. on the other hand, the polymer with a crosslinker is less water recovery than without a crosslinker. a larger mba concentration generally resulted in a stronger gel with less water. the increase in crosslinker density reduces the migration of water molecules into the gel network, which was expected. therefore, the hydrogel, which contains a crosslinker (mba), absorbs a small amount of water in the swollen equilibrium state. this finding has been frequently reported in many other investigations [17, 18]. on the other hand, water recovery varied and fluctuated depending on mesh sizes and monomer concentrations, as seen in figure 4. water recovery for the two mesh sizes was between 87 and97 percent. water recovery cannot exceed 97 percent since the hydrogel holds some water. figure 4. water recovery of pmam with different composition residual oil in water the probable presence of residual oil in the filtrated water was tested using uv-visible spectroscopy to confirm the excellent separation efficiency. figure 5 shows the separation efficiency of poly mam. the highest separation efficiency was for 90%mam with 3%mba in based on 1000 micron mesh was calculated as 99.4. these values did not change when hydrogel was prepared with using crosslinker (mba). ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 143 figure 5. separation efficiency of mam/ema copolymer with different composition as demonstrated by light microscopy images, there is also a considerable difference in phase composition between the feed and the filtrate, as illustrated in figure 6, where the collected filter (right) is transparent compared to the original mixture (left). figure 6. microscopic and photographic images before (left) and after separation (right) based on the 1000 micron mesh duration time of separation process the separation time has decreased as the increasing mesh pores for 500 and 1000 microns figure 7. the pmam with 60 % mam monomer was separated the fastest. this happens because the hydrogel layer becomes thin using low monomer concentration, resulting in faster separation. however, as the hydrogel became thicker, the separation time increased as the monomer content in the hydrogel increased. thus, 90pmam is more separation time than 60pmam. in addition, it was observed that increasing the crosslinker (mba) amount in the copolymer increases the separation time. this result was expected since the crosslinker decreased the swelling ability of hydrogels. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 144 figure 7. separation time of mam homopolymers coating percentage with hydrogel the lowest mesh pore size was covered with gel more than the coarse mesh pore size, as seen in figure 8, which increased the hydrogel's absorption ability and improved oil/water separation. furthermore, raising the hydrogel concentration increases the fraction of hydrogelcoated mesh. the hydrogel was thinner with low monomer content than with a greater monomer concentration. thus, hydrogels composed of 90% mam were thicker than hydrogels consisting of 60% mam. moreover, it can be observed that the crosslinker concentration increased from 0 to 3%, and the coating percentage increase. these results may be explained by increasing the crosslinking density of the hydrogels so that the hydrogel layer will be thicker. hydrogel coating percentage measurements verified the effect of monomer and crosslinker concentrations on the hydrogel thickness. figure 8. hydrogel coated % of 90mam and 60mam as a function of mesh sizes ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 145 swelling parameters the ewc values of the hydrogels are shown in table 2. they are in the range of (97.01 – 70.22%). 60% of pmam with 3%mba had the lowest swelling capacity, while 90% of pmam without mba had the highest ewc. the crosslinker (mba) absence in the hydrogel structure allows water molecules to diffuse easily outside the gel phase. as expected, weight loss during swelling in the prepared hydrogels decreases with increasing mba contents. table 3. water content, ewc at different times for pmam90 and pmam60 gels with and without mba time ewc % poly methacryamide 90 0% methylene bisacrylamide poly methacryamide 90 3% methylene bisacrylamide poly methacryamide 60 0% methylene bisacrylamide poly methacryamide 60 3% methylene bisacrylamide 1 (hr) 2 (hr) 3 (hr) 4 (hr) 5 (hr) 6 (hr) 8 (hr) 11 (hr) 13 (hr) 20 (hr) 24 (hr) 2 (day) 3 (day) 6 (day) 9 (day) 13 (day) 15 (day) 19 (day) 24 (day) 27 (day) 30 (day) 90.11 91.01 91.97 92.55 92.95 93.43 93.79 94.55 95.88 96.41 97.31 98.12 99.07 98.53 98.12 97.98 97.54 97.23 97.08 97.06 97.01 86.33 86.88 87.55 87.77 88.22 88.91 89.21 89.88 90.11 90.76 90.99 91.52 91.90 91.33 91.01 90.88 90.51 90.08 90.00 90.10 90.06 71.21 71.79 72.61 72.91 73.22 73.71 74.01 74.32 74.92 75.41 75.88 76.19 76.77 76.11 75.41 75.01 74.88 74.55 74.07 74.05 74.17 66.43 66.99 67.22 67.88 68.55 69.22 69.90 70.33 70.94 71.59 71.79 72.67 72.96 71.55 71.08 70.60 70.09 70.02 70.05 70.10 70.22 mechanical tests (tensile testing) the results of tensile tests reveal that as mam concentration increases, stress modulus increases. so, the stress of 500 microns mesh coated with 90% pmam (figure 10) is more than 60% pmam (figure 9). this behavior could be attributed to an increase in the monomer (mam) concentration, which led to increased interaction with the mesh. on the other hand, when the crosslinker amount was 3% for 90% pmam (figure 11), the stress was more than 90% pmam without the crosslinker (figure 10). the obtained results could be explained in terms of increasing the crosslinker amount will restrict the mobility of the polymer chain. thus the polymer will be stronger [19, 20]. figures (11 and 12) show the effect of the mesh pore size on the mechanical properties of 90% pmam+3% mba. the mechanical properties enhance as the pore size of the ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 146 mesh decrease from 1000 to 500 microns. these results could be attributed to the interaction between 500-micron mesh and polymer is more than 1000 micron mesh. figure 9. tensile test of 500 micron pore size mesh coated with 60%pmam figure 10. tensile test of 500 micron pore size mesh coated with 90%pmam ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 147 figure 11. tensile test of 1000 micron pore size mesh coated with 90%pmam + 3% mba figure 12. tensile test of 500 micron pore size mesh coated with 90%pmam + 3% mba ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 148 scanning electron microscopy (sem) figure (a) shows typical photos of uncoated mesh substrates with 1000 micron pores, indicating that the original meshes had smooth and clean surfaces. figure 13 (b and c) shows the sem images of pmam polymer (60% mam and 90% mam) with a 3% crosslinker coating mesh with a pore diameter of about 1000 microns. the surface of the 60 %t mam +3 %t mba hydrogel was less rough and smother than the mesh with 60 % mam +3 % mba, as shown in sem photos in figure 3.36. figure 13. sem images of auncoated mesh (1000) microns, bmesh coated with 60% mam /3%mba, cmesh coated with 90%mam/3% mba ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 149 4. conclusion hydrogels of poly methyl acrylamide were successfully prepared. the preparation process was achieved with and without mba as a crosslinker. the prepared hydrogels were successfully fabricated with meshes having different pores sizes. the fabricated meshes were then used to separate the oil/water mixture. several properties and parameters were studied to evaluate the coated meshes' performance for the separation process. the composition 90%mam with 3%mba shows good performance when coated with meshes having 1000 micron pore size. finally, the mechanical properties of the prepared coated meshes could be improved by using the crosslinker in the preparation of the hydrogels. references 1. dickhout, jm.; moreno, j.; biesheuvel, pm.; boels, l.; lammertink, rgh.; de vos, wm. produced water treatment by membranes: a review from a colloidal perspective. journal of colloid and interface science. 2017, 487, 523-534. 2. pichtel, j. oil and gas production wastewater: soil contamination and pollution prevention. applied and environmental soil science. 2017, 2016. 3. arthur, j.d.; langhus, bg.; patel, c.; technical summary of oil & gas produced water treatment technologies. all consulting, llc, tulsa, ok. 2005. 4. zhang, f.; zhang, wb.; shi, z.; wang, d.; jin, j.; jiang, l. nanowire‐haired inorganic membranes with superhydrophilicity and underwater ultralow adhesive superoleophobicity for high‐efficiency oil/water separation. advanced materials. 2013, 25(30), 4192-4198. 5. zhang, f.; gao, s.; zhu, y.; jin, j. alkaline-induced superhydrophilic/underwater superoleophobic polyacrylonitrile membranes with ultralow oil-adhesion for high-efficient oil/water separation. journal of membrane science. 2016, 513, 67-73. 6. yan, h.; kurogi, k.; tsujii, k. high oil-repellent poly (alkylpyrrole) films coated with fluorinated alkylsilane by a facile way. colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects. 2007, 292(1), 27-31. 7. wang, h.; xue, y.; lin, t. one-step vapour-phase formation of patternable, electrically conductive, superamphiphobic coatings on fibrous materials. soft matter. 2011, 7(18), 8158-8161. 8. bennour, s.; louzri, f. study of swelling properties and thermal behavior of poly (n, ndimethylacrylamide-co-maleic acid) based hydrogels. advances in chemistry. 2014, 2014, 1-10. 9. mohammed, ah.; ahmad, mb.; ibrahim, na.; zainuddin, n. effect of crosslinking concentration on properties of 3-(trimethoxysilyl) propyl methacrylate/n-vinyl pyrrolidone gels. chemistry central journal. 2018, 12(1), 1-9. 10. nakajima, d.; tabata, y.; sato, s. periodontal tissue regeneration with prp incorporated gelatin hydrogel sponges. biomedical materials. 2015, 10(5), 055016. 11. shukla, nb.; madras, g. photo, thermal, and ultrasonic degradation of egdma‐crosslinked poly (acrylic acid‐co‐sodium acrylate‐co‐acrylamide) superabsorbents. journal of applied polymer science. 2012, 125(1), 630-639. 12. kalaleh, ha.; tally, m.; atassi, y. preparation of poly (sodium acrylate-co-acrylamide) superabsorbent copolymer via alkaline hydrolysis of acrylamide using microwave irradiation. arxiv preprint arxiv:1502.03639. 2015. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 150 13. crick, cr.; gibbins, ja.; parkin, ip. superhydrophobic polymer-coated copper-mesh; membranes for highly efficient oil–water separation. journal of materials chemistry a. 2013, 1(19), 5943-5948. 14. abed, n.; mohammed, a. synthesis and characterization of (methyl methacrylate/phenyl acrylamide) hydrogel for biomedical applications. egyptian journal of chemistry. 2021, 64(9), 5181-5187. 15. zhang, f.; zhang, wb.; shi, z.; wang, d.; jin, j.; jiang, l. nanowire‐haired inorganic membranes with superhydrophilicity and underwater ultralow adhesive superoleophobicity for high‐efficiency oil/water separation. advanced materials. 2013, 25(30), 4192-4198. 16. mohammed, ah.; ahmad, mb.; ibrahim, na.; zainuddin, n. synthesis and properties of vinylpyrrolidone/(trimethoxysilyl) propyl methacrylate gels containing different amounts of crosslinking agent. polimery. 2018, 63(9), 577-585. 17. dogu, y.; okay, o. swelling–deswelling kinetics of poly (n‐isopropylacrylamide) hydrogels formed in peg solutions. journal of applied polymer science. 2006, 99(1), 37-44. 18. katime, i.; de apodaca, ed.; rodriguez, e. effect of crosslinking concentration on mechanical and thermodynamic properties in acrylic acid–co–methyl methacrylate hydrogels. journal of applied polymer science. 2006, 102(4), 4016-4022. 19. sahu, n.; gupta, d.; nautiyal, u. hydrogel: preparation, characterization and applications. asian pacific journal of nursing and health sciences. 2020, 3(1), 1-11. 20. mohammed, ah.; ahmad, mb.; ibrahim, na.; zainuddin, n. effect of crosslinking concentration on properties of 3-(trimethoxysilyl) propyl methacrylate/n-vinyl pyrrolidone gels. chemistry central journal. 2018, 12(1), 1-9. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 194 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. evaluation of insulin resistance and glutathione-s-transferase in iraqi patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and diabetic peripheral neuropathy abstract diabetes mellitus type 2 (t2dm) is a metabolic disorder that influences above 450 million individuals around the world. type 2 diabetes is a lack of insulin due to pancreatic β-cell malfunction and insulin resistance. this study aimed to detect insulin resistance using homeostasis model assessment (homa ir) and determined the correlation with glutathione-s-transferase (gst) activity in t2dm and neuropathy patients as a predictor of oxidative stress, which occurs when the oxidation-antioxidant equilibrium is disrupted. reactive oxygen species causes vascular injury and a series of inflammation. in the present study, the results show there is no significant difference in diabetic patients (dm) and neuropathy patients (nu) versus healthy people in insulin resistance (p> 0.05). gst activity significantly differs between the patients and healthy groups (p≤0.05). moreover, this study has reported an improvement in insulin resistance and high activity of gst in the patient's group as a warning sign of excessive oxidative stress. there was no evidence revealing a link between insulin resistance and gst. the present study has demonstrated that homa-ir had a positive relationship with fasting blood sugar and insulin in the neuropathy group and diabetic group and a negative relationship with high-density lipoprotein (hdl). keywords: type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm), diabetic peripheral neuropathy (dpn), oxidative stress (ox), glutathione-s-transferase (gst). article history: received 26 june 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in october 2022. hadel khalid jaid departmentof chemistry/ college of science for women/ university of baghdad/ baghdad/ iraq hadeel.khaled1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq doi: 10.30526/35.4.2916 ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index fayhaa muqdad khaleel department of chemistry/ college of science for women/ university of baghdad/ baghdad/ iraq. fayhaamk_chem@csw.uobagdad.edu.iq isam noori salman the national diabetes center ,mustansiriyah university/baghdad/iraq. esamnoori61@gmail.com baydaa ahmed abd the national diabetes center / mustansiriyah university/baghdad/iraq baydaaahmed@yhoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hadeel.khaled1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:fayhaamk_chem@csw.uobagdad.edu.iq mailto:esamnoori61@gmail.com mailto:baydaaahmed@yhoo.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 195 1. introduction people with diabetes mellitus have a metabolic disease that lasts the rest of their lives [1, 2]. hyperglycemia brought on by issues with insulin secretion, insulin function, or a combination of these issues characterizes it [3]. hba1c is a reliable diabetes diagnostic tool that was initially used in diabetes treatment in 1985 [4]. in march 2009, who convened and placed hba1c as a diagnosis of diabetes based on available evidence [5]. type ii dm usually develops gradually because of obesity and other comorbidities that induce cells to become resistant to insulin's hormonal activity [6]. insulin resistance was characterized by lower responsiveness of tissues targeted by insulin stimulation. hyperinsulinemia is a condition that occurs when insulin resistance is accompanied by abnormal insulin production after a meal. long-term hyperinsulinemia, interestingly, causes ir to be worse [7]. the ensuing insulin-resistant condition has systemic and tissue-level effects, affecting the subject's metabolic status. ir is a hallmark of early-onset t2dm that can occur in the main calorie storage areas, such as adipose tissue (at), skeletal muscle, and the liver [8]. peripheral neuropathies are illnesses of peripheral nerve cells and fibers that may be caused by different disorders. cranial nerves, spinal nerve roots and ganglia, nerve trunks and divisions, and nerves in the autonomic nervous system are among these nerves [9]. the prevalence of diabetes mellitus has been widely related to oxidative stress. previous studies have proven that the oxidative stress (ox) is a major factor in the development and progression of diabetes and its complications [10]. antioxidant strategies may be useful in preventing or treating the disease, concerning the role of oxidative stress in the onset and progression of diabetes. in this regard, some types of fruits raise the level of glucose in the blood, and some fruits and vegetables are rich in antioxidant components. several studies have reported the favorable benefits of various diets or meals in preventing diabetes [11]. these contents may serve as antioxidants, promote insulin secretion and sensitivity, and reduce the lipid levels in the blood [12]. antioxidants can also help overcome oxidative stress. endogenous antioxidant enzymes are: superoxide dismutase (sod), catalase (cat), glutathione peroxidase (gpx), and glutathione s-transferase which have a role in oxidative stress defense (gst) [13]. gsts are xenobiotic metabolizing enzymes through conjugation with reduced glutathione. gsts play a vital function in cellular defense against reactive electrophiles and fatty acid hydroperoxides which are produced by the oxidative stress. as a result, gsts aid cell detoxification by minimizing the tissue damage which caused by free radical attacks [14, 15]. the present study aimed to evaluate the insulin resistance and gst activity and highlighted if there is a relationship between these parameters in diabetic and neuropathy patients. 2. materials and methods the present study is conducted at the department of chemistry, college of sciences for women / university of baghdad, and at the national diabetes center for treatment and research at mustansiriyah university. the study includes (120) subjects divided into three groups: group 1 contains 40 healthy people as a control (20 males, and 20 females) with ages of (3466). group 2 contains 40 subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus (18 males and 22 females) with ages of (34-65). group 3 has 40 subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus with neuropathy (18 males and 22 females) in ages ranging (37-66). peripheral neuropathy patients were evaluated by a neurologist at the national diabetes center using the toronto clinical scale. from each participating subject (patient and control), about 10 ml of venous blood was collected using a 10 ml disposable syringe. the ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 196 blood was distributed into two parts; the first was dispensed in a gel tube to collect the serum (after clotting, blood was centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes at room temperature, and then serum was separated, distributed into aliquots in an eppendorf tube, and stored at -20°c until assayed). the second part was drawn in an edta tube and analyzed for hba1c assay. the patients were under the treatment with metformin and sulfonylurea drugs. fasting serum insulin concentrations were determined by enzyme-linked immunoassay (elisa) using a kit produced by cusabio company in the u.s.a. fasting blood glucose, triglyceride, total cholesterol, and high-density lipoprotein were determined by biolabo kit-france using kenza (240tx) instrument. gsh (sigma chemicals, u.s.a) was used to manually measure gst activity. homeostasis model assessment (homa ir) is used to determine the insulin resistance by the formula: homa ir= 𝐺𝑙𝑢𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒 ×𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑖𝑛 405 [16]. waist to hip ratio: 𝑊𝐻𝑅 = 𝑤𝑎𝑖𝑠𝑡 𝑐𝑚 ÷ h𝑖𝑝 𝑐𝑚 [17]. body mass index: bmi = weight in (kilograms)/ height in (square meter) [18]. hba1c was determined by high-performance liquid chromatography using hlc-723gx tosoh from japan. ethics approval: this survey was approved by the scientific committee of the college of science for women, and a verbal consent form was obtained from each participant enrolled in the study. 3. data analysis the spss (version 26) application was used to conduct the statistical analysis. the data was presented as (mean ± se) median. the anova test was applied to find the difference between parameters in terms of t-test, (p-value), lsd, and correlation coefficient (r). estimation by analyzing for linear regression was employed in the statistical test. the statistical significance was determined by the probability value, which was acknowledged as significant at (p≤ 0.05), and nonsignificant at (p >0.05). 4. results and discussion the mean values of bmi, w/h ratio, fbs, hba1c, cholesterol, t.g, hdl, ldl-c, vldl of the g1 control group and g2 diabetic group, and g3 neuropathy group listed in table 1 have shown a significant difference among g1 and g2, and g3 with (p≤0.05). the results agree with nermina babic et al. [19], neeraj chhari et al. [20], and subarna dhoj thapa et al. [21]. dyslipidemias, particularly hypertriglyceridemia and low levels of high-density lipoprotein cholesterol are common phenotypes associated with diabetes mellitus. many studies have found an inverse relationship between hdl and total cholesterol content and also the risk of atherosclerotic vascular disease. hydrophobic cholesteryl esters are entropically transferred to triglyceride-rich lipoproteins in the presence of hypertriglyceridemia, lowering cholesterol content in hdl and changing hdl molecular speciation [22]. hyperglycemia-induced advanced glycation end products, oxidative stress, and inflammation all contribute to hdl dysfunction in ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 197 diabetes mellitus, which raises the chances of getting cardiac disease [23]. table 1. a comparison between the control and patients group regarding biochemical parameters data were presented as (mean ± se) median lsd: least significant difference *significant difference between means using anova -test at 0.05 level. **highly significant difference between means using anova -test at 0.05 level. the mean values of insulin and homa ir for all the studied groups in the current study are shown in table 2. the mean values in this table revealed that there were significant differences in insulin levels (μiu/ml) between the patient groups with diabetes and neuropathy and the control group (p≤0.05). the current study is in agreement with the study of rosemary c. temple et al. [24]. moreover, christian weyer et al. [25] have shown that during the shift from normal glucose tolerance (ngt) to impaired glucose tolerance (igt), the acute insulin response (air) to glucose decreased by 27%, demonstrating conclusively that insulin secretion abnormalities (significantly decrease) occur early in the progression of diabetes type 2. free fatty acids (ffas) are essential for the regular operation of the pancreatic beta-cell, as well as its ability to adjust for insulin resistance and failure in type 2 diabetes. islet tissue deficient in fatty acids (fas) loses glucosestimulated insulin secretion (gsis), a process that may be reversed quickly with exogenous ffas nevertheless; saturated ffas might impair insulin biosynthesis [26]. insulin secretion is also consumed in excess over time, especially when combined with high blood sugar. this is because, in the natural history of this condition, postprandial hyperglycemia and dyslipidemia are typical parameters control group (1) no. (40) diabetes mellitus (dm) group (2) no. (40) neuropathy group (3) no. (40) p-value lsd between groups (1,2) lsd between groups (1,3) lsd between groups (2,3) age (year) 51.07 ± 1.15 (51) 52.08 ± 1.18 (53.5) 53 ± 1.18 (54.5) 0.513 0.549 0.249 0.579 bmi (kg/m2) 23.92 ± 0.16 (24.03) 31.05 ± 0.73 (30.4) 31.05 ± 1.01 (28.92) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 1.00 w/h ratio 0.88 ± 0.01 (0.895) 0.95 ± 0.01 (0.94) 0.967 ± 0.014 (0.94) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.243 fbs (mg/dl) 92.07 ±1.61 (92.5) 176.05 ± 9.77 (157) 209.37± 12.22 (198.5) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.011* hba1c % 5.005 ± 0.05 (5) 8.56 ± 0.27 (8) 9.20 ± 0.30 (9) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.55 cholesterol (mg/dl) 153.92 ± 1.66 (154.5) 169.01 ± 5.85 (172.5) 181.97 ± 5.45 (176.5) 0.001** 0.026* 0.001** 0.055 tg (mg/dl) 104.28 ± 3.26 (109.95) 140.62 ± 5.51 (34.85) 159 ± 11.72 (146.5) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.091 hdl-c (mg/dl) 48.24 ± 0.70 (47) 26.07 ± 1.21 (24.5) 26.02 ± 0.98 (25.5) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.972 ldl-c (mg/dl) 84.82 ± 1.68 (85.7) 114.81 ± 5.63 (122) 124.11 ± 5.98 (122.3) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.177 vldl-c (mg/dl) 20.85 ± 0.65 (21.99) 28.12 ± 1.10 (28.4) 31.84 ± 2.34 (29.3) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.091 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 198 symptoms that affect the development of an insulin secretory deficiency [27]. homa ir in table 2 showed that there is no significant difference between the patient and control groups (p>0.05). this might be due to the fact that all patients (dm and nu.) were under oral treatment. the results of this study are similar with a recent study that found that metformin, when administered as part of an anti-diabetic therapy in t2dm patients, improved glucose and lipid metabolism, decreased beta-cell activity, and enhanced insulin sensitivity [28]. with the addition of low-dose sulfonylurea to the treatment plan, the reduction in (ir) insulin resistance was considerably greater than without it. homa ir is a reliable test for detecting (ir) [29]. akira katsuki et al. [30] study concluded that homa ir is a reliable method for determining insulin resistance in patients under treatment with sulfonylurea, diet and exercises. according to a recent study, metformin improved insulin resistance by lowering the expression of mir223 in adipocytes. in insulin-resistant adipocytes against non-resistant adipocytes, and diabetic adipose tissue versus non-diabetics, mir223 expression was significantly higher [31]. the impact of prolonged metformin treatment (a medicine that improves insulin sensitivity) on diabetic complications was helpful. compared to the traditional group treated just with diet, metformin-treated individuals had a 32% lower risk of any diabetes-related outcome, including macrovascular problems. compared with the control group, metformin patients had a 42% lower risk of diabetes-related death and a 36% decreased chance of dying from any causes [32]. regarding gst, the mean values in (iu/l) for all the studied groups in the present study are shown in table 2 and figure 1 table 2. comparison of insulin, homa ir and gst between control and patient groups data were presented as (mean ± se) median lsd: least significant difference *significant difference between means using anova -test at 0.05 level **highly significant difference between means using anova -test at 0.05 level. parameters control group (1) no. (40) diabetes mellitus (dm) group (2) no. (40) neuropathy group (3) no. (40) p-value lsd between groups (1,2) lsd between groups (1,3) lsd between groups (2,3) insulin (μiu/ml) 3.14 ± 0.26 (2.75) 1.95 ± 0.19 (1.8) 1.69 ± 0.13 (1.4) 0.001** 0.001** 0.001** 0.375 homa ir 0.71 ± 0.06 (0.57) 0.82 ± 0.08 (0.7) 0.82 ± 0.065 (0.71) 0.46 0.291 0.271 0.966 gst activity (iu/l) 0.74 ± 0.68 (2) 2.89 ± 0.74 (2.54) 3.53 ± 0.85 (2.58) 0.029* 0.120 0.030* 0.825 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 199 figure 1. gst activity (iu/l) between groups there is a difference in the mean between the control (0.74±0.68) and dm (2.89±0.74) and nu. groups (3.53±0.85); the result suggested a significant difference in gst activities between patients and the control groups with (p≤0.05) lsd showed a significant difference between the control and neuropathy groups (p≤0.05) as shown in figure 1 antioxidant glutathione s-transferase is a multigene protein family that has a role in the metabolism of diseases causing electrophilic substrates, protecting cells from oxidative stress and monitoring cellular activation. the results of this study are in agreement with a previous study which showed a significant difference in gst activity between dm patients and control. there is strong evidence that oxidative stress (os) plays a key role in diabetes development and complications [33]. also, mohini sharma et al. [34] revealed that the highest gst activity in t2dm may represent a compensatory strategy in response to oxidative stress. on the contrary, sarkar a. et al. [35] reported that there is no significant difference was found in gst between type 2 dm patients and healthy. in plasma and membrane proteins, there was autoxidation of unsaturated lipids and sugar-protein adducts, as well as sugars themselves; all created free radicals which were probable causes of oxidative stress and protein degradation in diabetes. as the oxidative stress increased the formation of free radicals and the weakening of the free radical inhibitors and scavengers would in turn, increase the oxidative stress leading to cell damage and death [36]. regarding to the study by mohammad bagher hashemi-soteh et al. [37] the gstt1null genotype was considerably more common in diabetic neuropathy patients than in nonneuropathic individuals. the involvement of the gstt1-null genotype in predisposing patients with t2dm was a higher risk factor for diabetic neuropathy. table 3 shows that (37.5%) of neuropathy patients and (65%) of diabetic patients are under metformin treatment, also (32.5%) of neuropathy patients and (5%) of diabetic patients are under (metformin + daonil) treatment, and (12.5%) neuropathy patients are treated with glimepiride. 0.74 2.89 3.53 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 control group diabetes mellitus (dm) group neuropathy group gst activity (iu/l) control group diabetes mellitus (dm) group neuropathy group ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 200 table 3. the medication used for the treatment of the patients' group. table 4. correlation between homa ir and other biochemical parameters *correlation is significant at the 0.05 level. **correlation is highly significant at the 0.05 level. parameters diabetes mellitus (dm) group no. (40) neuropathy group no. (40) no. % no. % medicines used daonil 6 15 2 5 daonil -metformin 2 5 13 32.5 amaryl 3 7.5 3 7.5 amaryl -metformin ------1 2.5 glibenglamied 1 2.5 1 2.5 glimepiride ------5 12.5 metformin 26 65 15 37.5 metformin-vildagliptin 1 2.5 ------ metformin-gliptinen 1 2.5 ------ homa ir control group no. (40) diabetes mellitus (dm) group no. (40) neuropathy group no. (40) age (years) r -0.033 0.032 0.056 p 0.839 0.847 0.733 weight (kg) r 0.170 -0.063 0.009 p 0.293 0.698 0.956 length (cm) r 0.231 -0.052 0.072 p 0.152 0.750 0.660 bmi (kg/m2) r -0.044 -0.051 -0.032 p 0.786 0.755 0.844 w/h ratio r 0.296 -0.163 -0.120 p 0.063 0.316 0.459 fbs (mg/dl) r 0.075 0.264 0.358* p 0.647 0.099 0.023 hba1c % r -0.170 0.115 0.201 p 0.296 0.481 0.214 cholesterol (mg/dl) r -0.110 -0.111 0.076 p 0.498 0.495 0.640 tg (mg/dl) r 0.324* 0.173 -0.079 p 0.042 0.285 0.541 hdl-c (mg/dl) r -0.330* 0.104 -0.315* p 0.038 0.524 0.047 ldl-c (mg/dl) r -0.095 -0.172 0.160 p 0.558 0.290 0.323 vldl-c (mg/dl) r 0.324* 0.173 -0.099 p 0.042 0.285 0.543 insulin (μiu/ml) r 0.982** 0.865** 0.704** p 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 gst activity (iu/l) r 0.347* 0.148 -0.155 p 0.027 0.358 0.337 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 201 table 4 shows a positive correlation between homa ir and insulin in dm(r=0.865**p≤0.05) and nu. groups (r=0.704**p≤0.05) insulin has a major role in glucose homeostasis control due to its integrated activities on carbohydrates, protein, and lipid metabolism. the liver, muscle, and fat are the tissues where these glucoregulatory effects are most prominent. although insulin has a wide range of effects, the phrase "insulin resistance" usually relates to insulin's impact on glucose homeostasis [38]. homa ir also also a negative relationship with hdl (r=-0.315*, p≤0.05). the results of this study was in agreement with the study by boris waldman et al. [39] who also found that homa-ir levels were negatively related to hdl-c levels in dm patients. regarding the t2dm patients, abnormal fat metabolism is the primary factor of vascular complications. studies on human islet cells and animals showed that exogenous hdl enhanced insulin production by enhanced reverse cholesterol transfer, reduction of ldl, and inflammation-induced death of pancreatic β-cells [40-41]. moreover, hdl may have an impact on glucose homeostasis through processes such as insulin secretion, increased insulin sensitivity, and direct glucose intake by the muscle [42]. homa ir showed a positive relationship with fbs in neuropathy group (r=0.358*, p≤0.05) a little increase in insulin resistance have been noticed by the effect of elevated fbs due to insufficient insulin to handle glucose. a previous study found that increased glucose levels and/or fast glucose fluxes led to reduce the pain of tolerance. these results might have consequences for the pathogenesis and treatment of painful diabetic neuropathy in the future [43]. insulin enhances the expression of the hexokinase gene in glut4 and therefore it helps glucose retention in cells [44, 45]. this procedure is essential because it improves the reduction of blood glucose levels after a meal [46]. any reduction in these receptors reduces the insulin sensitivity significantly [47]. the present study has shown there is no relationship between the insulin resistance and gst activity in patient groups. the limitation of this study is the delay in obtaining samples for peripheral neuropathy patients because the patient was subjected to a precise medical examination by the neurologist, according to the toronto system, which diagnosed the patient has peripheral neuropathy if the score after the examination ≥6. 5. conclusion the present study has reported the improvement in insulin resistance in treated diabetic and neuropathy patients with metformin and sulfonylureas or together. these drugs are a promising treatment for patients with type 2 diabetes and also for those with peripheral neuropathy. the present study has also shown that oxidative stress is a risk factor for diabetes and peripheral neuropathy. ethical approval: this study was approved by the scientific committee in the college of science for women, and a verbal consent form was obtained from each participant enrolled in the study. conflict of interest: none. source of funding: none. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 202 references 1. yang, q.q.; sun, j.w.; shao, d.; zhang, h.h.; bai, c.f.; cao, f.l. the association between diabetes complications, diabetes distress, and depressive symptoms in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. clin. nurs. res. 2021, 30, 293-301. 2. abed, b.a.; al-aaraji, s.b.; salman, i.n. estimation of galanin hormone in patients with newly thyroid dysfunction in type 2 diabetes mellitus. biochem cell arch.2021, 21, 1317. 3. salih, y.a.; rasool, m.t.; ahmed, i.h.; mohammed, a.a. impact of vitamin d level on glycemic control in diabetes mellitus type 2 in duhok. ann. med. surg. 2021, 64,102208. 4. diabetes mellitus: report of a who study group. technical report series 727.geneva, world health organization, 1985. 5. world health organization. use of glycated haemoglobin (hba1c) in diagnosis of diabetes mellitus: abbreviated report of a who consultation. world health organization; 2011, no. who/nmh/chp/cpm/11.1. 6. branch, o. the impact of diabetes mellitus on length of stay and mechanical ventilation among motor vehicle accident patients in a level-1 trauma center 2021 , georgia state university, https://scholarworks.gsu.edu/rt_theses 7. wolosowicz, m.; lukaszuk, b.; chabowski, a. the causes of insulin resistance in type 1 diabetes mellitus: is there a place for quaternary prevention? int. j. environ. res. public health. 2020, 17, 8651. 8. dahik, v.d.; frisdal, e.; le goff, w. rewiring of lipid metabolism in adipose tissue macrophages in obesity: impact on insulin resistance and type 2 diabetes. int. j. mol. sci. 2020, 21, 5505. 9. hammi, c.; yeung, b. neuropathy.in: statpearls [internet], treasure island (fl), statpearls publishing; 2021, nbk542220, https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk542220/. 10. ighodaro, o.m. molecular pathways associated with oxidative stress in diabetes mellitus. biomed. pharmacother. 2018, 108, 656-62. 11. forouhi, n.g.; misra, a.; mohan, v.; taylor, r.; yancy, w. dietary and nutritional approaches for prevention and management of type 2 diabetes. bmj 2018, 361, k2234 12. langhans, w. food components in health promotion and disease prevention. j. agric. food chem. 2017, 66, 2287-94. 13. sari, m.i.; tala, z.z.; daulay, m. dietary intake and glutathione s-transferase (m1 and t1) variants in type 2 diabetes mellitus at usu hospital, medan, indonesia. j diabetes nutr metab dis. 2021, 28, 77-83. 14. senhaji, n.; kassogue, y.; fahimi, m.; serbati, n.; badre, w.; nadifi, s. genetic polymorphisms of multidrug resistance gene-1 (mdr1/abcb1) and glutathione stransferase gene and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease among moroccan patients. mediators inflamm. 2015, id 248060. https://scholarworks.gsu.edu/rt_theses https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk542220/ ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 203 15. shihab, b.a.; al-essa, n.e.; rasheed, r.h. association of glutathione–s-transferase (gstp1) genetic polymorphism in iraqi patients with diabetes mellitus type2. baghdad sci j. 2016, 13, 36-43. 16. turner, r.c.; levy, j.;c, rudenski, a.s.; hammersley, m.; page, r. measurement of insulin resistance and beta-cell function: the homa and cigma approach. current topics in diabetes research. 1993, 12, 66-75. 17. ubah jc, nnolim ua, onyeidu bu. image-based waist-to-hip ratio determinant. iosr j. comput. eng. 2020, 22, 28-35. 18. noh, h.; lee, h.; kim, s.; joo, j.; suh, d.; kim, k. et al. the efficacy of body mass index and total body fat percent in diagnosis obesity according to menopausal status. j menopausal med. 2019, 25, 55-62. 19. babic, n.; valjevac, a.; zaciragic, a.; avdagic, n.; zukic, s.; hasic, s.; the triglyceride/hdl ratio and triglyceride glucose index as predictors of glycemic control in patients with diabetes mellitus type 2. medical archives. 2019, 73,163. 20. borle, a.l.; chhari, n.; gupta, g.; bathma, v. study of prevalence and pattern of dyslipidaemia in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients attending rural health training centre of medical college in bhopal, madhya pradesh, india. int j community med public health. 2016, 3, 140-4. 21. thapa, s.d.; kc, sr.; gautam, s.; gyawali, d. dyslipidemia in type 2 diabetes mellitus. j. pathol. nepal. 2017, 7, 1149-54. 22. kane, j.p.; pullinger, c.r.; goldfine, i.d.; malloy, mj. dyslipidemia and diabetes mellitus: role of lipoprotein species and interrelated pathways of lipid metabolism in diabetes mellitus. curr opin pharmacol. 2021, 61, 21-7. 23. srivastava, ra. dysfunctional hdl in diabetes mellitus and its role in the pathogenesis of cardiovascular disease. mol. cell. biochem. 2018, 440, 167-87. 24. temple, r.; luzio, s.; schneider, a.; carrington, c.; owens, d.; sobey, w.; hales, cn. insulin deficiency in non-insulin-dependent diabetes. the lancet. 1989, 333, 293-5. 25. weyer, c.; bogardus, c.; mott, dm.; pratley, r.e. the natural history of insulin secretory dysfunction and insulin resistance in the pathogenesis of type 2 diabetes mellitus. j. clin. investig. 1999, 104, 787-94. 26. nolan, cj.; madiraju, ms.; delghingaro-augusto, v.; peyot, ml.; prentki, m. fatty acid signaling in the β-cell and insulin secretion. diabetes. 2006, 55, s16-23. 27. el-assaad, w.; buteau, j.; peyot, ml.; nolan, c.; roduit, r.; hardy, s.; joly, e.; dbaibo, g.; rosenberg, l.; prentki, m. saturated fatty acids synergize with elevated glucose to cause pancreatic β-cell death. endocrinol. 2003, 144, 4154-63. 28. hu, y.; liu, j,.; wang, g., xu, y. the effects of exenatide and metformin on endothelial function in newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes mellitus patients: a case–control study. diabetes ther. 2018, 9, 1295-305. 29. bermudez-pirela, vj.; cano, c.; medina, mt.; souki, a.; lemus, ma.; leal, em.; seyfi, ha.; cano, r.; ciscek, a.; bermúdez-arias, f.; contreras, f. metformin plus low-dose glimeperide significantly improves homeostasis model assessment for insulin resistance ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 204 (homair) and β-cell function (homaβ-cell) without hyperinsulinemia in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. am. j. ther. 2007, 14, 194-202. 30. katsuki, a.; sumida, y.; gabazza, ec.; murashima, s.; furuta, m.; araki-sasaki, r.; hori, y.; yano, y.; adachi, y. homeostasis model assessment is a reliable indicator of insulin resistance during follow-up of patients with type 2 diabetes. diabetes care. 2001, 24, 3625. 31. naghiaee, y.; didehdar, r.; pourrajab, f.; rahmanian, m.; heiranizadeh, n.; mohiti, a.; mohiti-ardakani, j. metformin downregulates mir223 expression in insulin-resistant 3t3l1 cells and human diabetic adipose tissue. endocrine. 2020, 70, 498-508. 32. adeva-andany, mm.; martínez-rodríguez, j.; gonzález-lucán, m.; fernándezfernández, c.; castro-quintela, e. insulin resistance is a cardiovascular risk factor in humans. diabetes metab syndr. 2019, 13, 1449-55. 33. giebułtowicz, j.; sołobodowska, s.; bobilewicz, d.; wroczyński, p. blood aldh1 and gst activity in diabetes type 2 and its correlation with glycated hemoglobin. exp. clin. endocrinol. diabetes. 2014, 122, 55-9. 34. sharma, m.; gupta, s.; singh, k.; mehndiratta, m.; gautam, a.; kalra, op.; shukla, r.; gambhir, jk. association of glutathione-s-transferase with patients of type 2 diabetes mellitus with and without nephropathy. diabetes metab syndr. 2016, 10, 194-7. 35. sarkar, a.; dash, s.; barik, bk.; muttigi, ms.; kedage, v.; shetty, jk.; prakash, m. copper and ceruloplasmin levels in relation to total thiols and gst in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients. indian j clin biochem. 2010, 25, 74-6. 36. babizhayev, ma.; strokov, ia.; nosikov, vv.; savel’yeva, el.; sitnikov, vf.; yegorov, ye.; lankin, vz. the role of oxidative stress in diabetic neuropathy: generation of free radical species in the glycation reaction and gene polymorphisms encoding antioxidant enzymes to genetic susceptibility to diabetic neuropathy in population of type i diabetic patients. cell biochem. biophys. 2015, 71, 1425-43. 37. hashemi-soteh, mb., ahmadzadeh amiri, a.; sheikh rezaee mr, ahmadzadeh amiri a, ahrari r, ahmadzadeh amiri a, daneshvar f. evaluation of glutathione s-transferase polymorphism in iranian patients with type 2 diabetic microangiopathy. egypt. j. med. hum. genet. 2020, 21, 1-8. 38. moller, d.e.; flier, js. insulin resistance—mechanisms, syndromes, and implications. n. engl. j. med. 1991, 325, 938-48. 39. waldman, b.; jenkins, aj.; davis, tm.; taskinen, mr.; scott, r.; o’connell, rl.; gebski, vj.; ng mk, keech, ac. hdl-c and hdl-c/apoa-i predict long-term progression of glycemia in established type 2 diabetes. diabetes care. 2014, 37, 2351-8. 40. rutti, s.; ehses, ja.; sibler, ra.; prazak, r.; rohrer, l.; georgopoulos, s.; meier, dt., niclauss, n.; berney, t.; donath, my.; von eckardstein, a. low-and high-density lipoproteins modulate function, apoptosis, and proliferation of primary human and murine pancreatic β-cells. endocrinol. 2009, 150, 4521-30. 41. brunham, lr.; kruit, jk.; pape, td.; et al. beta-cell abca1 influences insulin secretion, glucose homeostasis and response to thiazolidinedione treatment. nat. med. 2007, 13, 340– 347. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 205 42. drew, bg.; rye, ka.; duffy, sj.; barter, p.; kingwell, ba. the emerging role of hdl in glucose metabolism. nat. rev. endocrinol. 2012, 8, 237-45. 43. morley, gk.; mooradian, ad.; levine, as.; morley, je. mechanism of pain in diabetic peripheral neuropathy: effect of glucose on pain perception in humans. am. j. med.1984, 77, 79-82. 44. hall, je; hall, me. guyton and hall textbook of medical physiology e-book. elsevier, health sciences, 2020; isbn 9780323640039. 45. huang, s.; czech, mp. the glut4 glucose transporter. cell metab. 2007, 5, 237-252. 46. kavanagh williamson, m.; coombes, n.; juszczak, f.; athanasopoulos, m.; khan, mb.; eykyn, tr.; srenathan, u.; taams, ls.; dias zeidler, j.; da poian, at.; huthoff, h. upregulation of glucose uptake and hexokinase activity of primary human cd4+ t cells in response to infection with hiv-1. viruses. 2018, 10, 114. 47. mohamed, ma.; ahmed, ma.; el sayed, ra. molecular effects of moringa leaf extract on insulin resistance and reproductive function in hyperinsulinemic male rats. j. diabetes metab. disord. 2019, 18, 487-94. 25 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. enhancement of antibacterial activity of face mask with gold nanoparticles abstract the emergence of new dangerous diseases worldwide has led to the need to think about the possibility of enhancing prevention by using new technologies. one of the most important requirements emphasized in the recent studies is the effectiveness of the masks against pathogenic bacteria. in this study, the efficiency of anti-infection protective face masks against bacteria was enhanced by using gold nanoparticles prepared by the chemical precipitation method. the absorption spectrum of the prepared gold suspension shows a clear plasmonic peak at 522 nm. the measurements showed that the sample was made of polypropylene fibers, where x-ray diffraction tests showed peaks matching its crystalline structure. immersion with gold suspension led to the emergence of peaks belonging to the composition of gold. the immersion treatment increased young's modulus from 36.5 to 61.7 mpa. the antibacterial assay showed the efficacy of the samples against e-coli bacteria with an inhibition zone of 3 cm. keywords: au nps, antibacterial, precipitation method. 1. introduction due to the increasing demand for the use of protective face masks due to the emergence of new dangerous diseases, it is, therefore, necessary to study the efficiency of commercial face masks and study the possibility of improving them. one of the most important criteria that has been focused on in recent studies is the effectiveness of masks as an antibacterial agent [1]. one of the most important and most widely used materials in the manufacture of face masks is polypropylene. polypropylene (pp), is a synthetic resin built up by the polymerization ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2844 article history: received 26 april 2022, accepted 14 june 2022, published in july 2022. farah sadeq khesro department of physics, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, universityof baghdad, baghdad, iraq. farah.sadek1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq hanaa shuker mahmood department of physics, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, universityof baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hanaa.s.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:farah.sadek1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:farah.sadek1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hanaa.s.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 26 of propylene. the pp is molded or extruded into many plastic products. it is also spun into fibers for employment in industrial and household textiles[2]. in recent years, nanotechnology has played an essential role in the development of smart fabrics. nanomaterials have been used to provide antibacterial, ultraviolet resistant, hydrophobic, and fire resistant qualities into textiles in a sustainable manner [3]. the nanomaterials have been used in the development of the new generation masks with the greatest effect in terms of filtration effectiveness, antibacterial efficiency and comfort [4]. various methods for the fabrication of nanomaterials were revealed in the literature review, including vaporization under vacuum, chemical vapor deposition (cvd), chemical deposition, sol-gel, solid-state reaction, and laser ablation [5, 6, 7]. silver is a popular nanomaterial because of its antibacterial effect against a wide variety of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi [8]. furthermore, gold nanoparticles (aunps) with chemical, optical, and surface engineering properties have been the focus of much research and applications in biology and medicine for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. these include cancer cell imaging, drug delivery, and phototherapy [9]. in previous study textile for a face mask was created with antibacterial capabilities using the renewable resources material oil of folium [10]. the fractional concentration of nitric oxide from exhaled breath was assessed before and after mask wear. the results revealed that the mask was more comfortable, breathed better, has antimicrobial properties, and reduced allergy symptoms. the antimicrobial efficacy of au nps by contrasting the multiple techniques of synthesizing. by using the origins of antimicrobial properties [11], they found that the antibacterial effects are directly related to particle size, dispersibility, and surface modification by different reactions improved the nonwoven surgical mask by using spray nozzles to add nano-coating hybrid copper nanoparticles (cunps) to increase its hydrophobicity for repelling water droplets [12]. the resultant surface exhibited photocatalytic and photo-thermal capabilities for antimicrobial action during solar irradiation, creating a high amount of free reactive species, so the masks self-cleaning. this work aimed to optimize the antibacterial activity and mechanical properties of commercial face masks by using gold nanoparticles prepared by a simple one-step chemical precipitation method. 2. experimental gold(iii) chloride tri-hydrate (haucl4 .3h2o) was used as the gold precursor. 0.0049 gm of gold chloride salt dissolved in 50 ml water. 0.5 gm of sodium triacetate dissolved in 50 ml distilled water, which acts as both stabilizing and reducing agents. the gold salt solution was heated to boiling point then the reducing solution was added gradually to the solution till the solution convert to red color. the optical properties of au nps suspension sample were examined by uv-visible absorbance (type sp-8001). the crystalline structure and crystallite size of the free pp textile sample and that immersed in au-nps suspension were examined using x–ray diffraction system (shimadzu xrd 6000). the source of radiation was cu (kα) with a wavelength λ= 1.5405 å, the current was 30.0 ma and the voltage was 40 kv with a speed of 5.00 (degree /min). finally, the antimicrobial activity of the soaked mask samples against escherichia coli microorganisms was evaluated inhibition zone around the sample attached to the agar surface. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 27 3. results and discussions the prepared nanoparticle suspensions in water were examined by uv-visible absorption. the solutions were put in sonication for 10 minutes before the optical studies. figure 1 displays the uv-visible absorbance spectra of the au nps suspension in distilled water. the pattern shows a surface plasmon resonance band at 522 nm, which is in the range of the specific peak of au nps [13]. this band was exposed due to the interaction of quantum size confined electrons. the free electrons within part of the wavelength dimension have resonance frequency due to interaction with electromagnetic wave frequency. these peaks confirm the formation of nps in the solution [14]. figure 1. uv-visible absorbance spectra for the au nps suspended in water the polypropylene (pp) polymer fibers are the basic material in the manufacture of most commercial face masks. figure 2 shows the x-ray diffraction of samples taken from a mask before treatment compared to samples treated with the prepared au nps suspensions. the characteristic peaks of pp which appeared at the diffraction angles 2θ= 13.8985, 16.7384, 18.3161, 21.3454 and 25.2582º correspond to the diffractions from crystalline planes for pp with miller's indices of (110), (040), (130), (111), and (060) respectively. the preferred direction of growth was along (110) and this agrees well with previous studies [15]. the samples treated with au nps show small peaks of gold particles appearing at a diffraction angle of 38.3219 º and 44.8537 º, which corresponds to the crystal planes of (111) and (200), respectively, for the crystalline structure of au nps matched with standard card no.96-9012954. the interlayer distances of the crystal planes were calculated using the bragg equation [16]. n λ = 2 dhkl sin θ (1) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 a b so r b a n c e λ (nm) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 28 where λ, n are the monochromatic x-ray wavelength corresponding to kα transition of cu target and the diffraction order respectively. the crystal size was calculated according to the full width of diffraction lines (fwhm) using scherrer’s formula as follows [17]. as shown in table 1. 𝐶. 𝑆 = 0.9 𝜆 𝐹𝑊𝐻𝑀 .𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝜃) (2) figure 2. xrd patterns for pure mask and decorated samples with au nps. table 1. xrd peaks for pure mask and decorated samples with au nps. sample 2θ (deg.) fwhm (deg.) dhkl exp.(å) g.s (nm) phase hkl free mask 13.8985 0.5996 6.3666 13.3 pp (110) 16.7384 0.6626 5.2923 12.1 pp (040) 18.3161 0.6942 4.8398 11.6 pp (130) 21.3454 1.0097 4.1593 8.0 pp (111) 25.2582 0.8204 3.5232 9.9 pp (060) with au nps 14.4033 0.8204 6.1446 9.8 pp (110) 17.2117 0.6942 5.1478 11.6 pp (040) 18.8526 0.7574 4.7033 10.6 pp (130) 21.8503 1.0097 4.0643 8.0 pp (111) 25.7631 0.8204 3.4552 9.9 pp (060) 28.5714 0.7257 3.1217 11.3 pp (220) 38.3219 0.5680 2.3469 14.8 au (111) 44.8537 0.5048 2.0191 17.0 au (200) figure 3 displays the tensile test curves for the free mask sample and that immersed in au-nps suspension and treated at 60 ºc. the two patterns show typical stress–strain behavior[18], starting with the elastic linear region which end at the elastic limit at about 0.15% strain. then followed by the plastic region and ends at the fracture point. it seems that the young modulus slightly increased after immersing in the au nps and heat treated. on the ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 29 other hand, reducing the sample elasticity. table2 illustrates the young modulus and maximum elongation for a sample before and after treatment with au nps. figure 3. stressstrain test for pure mask and decorated samples with au nps. table 2. stressstrain parameters for pure mask and decorated samples with au nps. sample max stress max elongation (%) young modulus (mpa) free mask 13.455 116.80 36.5 with au-nps 18.949 91.50 61.7 figure 4 shows the antibacterial test against e-coli bacteria. it seems highly affected of the mask samples soaked with the au nps with inhibition zone 3 cm compared with the untreated samples. the antibacterial activity of au-nps is mainly by two mechanisms: the first is to alter cell membrane permeability, which causes a decline in its metabolic activities; the second is to inhibit the ribosome subunit for rna binding causing a collapse of the biological process[19]. furthermore, bactericidal gold nps do not produce any ros-related processes, even though the formation of ros is the cause of cellular death for the majority of bactericidal medicines and antibacterial nanomaterials. the low toxicity of gold nps to mammalian cells is explained by their ros-independent mechanism of action [20]. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 30 figure 4. antibacterial test against e-coli (the three samples to the left for pure mask as control samples and three ones to the right for the decorated samples with au nps). 4. conclusions au-nps were successfully synthesized by simple precipitation. the plasmonic peak appeared at522 nm. the study showed the efficiency of the method of dipping face masks in the gold suspension that was prepared to be anti-bacterial, which supports the possibility of wearing the masks for a longer period. the mechanical properties showed an increase in young's modulus of the samples after treatment. references 1. stokes, k.; peltrini, r.; bracale, u.; trombetta, m.; pecchia, l.; basoli, f. enhanced medical and community face masks with antimicrobial properties: a systematic review. journal of clinical medicine, 2021. 10(18), 4066. 2. jeemol, p.a.; mathew, s.; nair,c.p.r. maleimide endcapped polyether telechelics as novel toughening agents for unsaturated polyester resin. journal of polymer research, 2020. 27(10), 300. 3. alwash, s.; al-saadi, t.m. assessment of the mint-copper nanoparticles treatment to control the infection of saprolegniasis in cyprinus carpio l, annals of r.s.c.b. 2021. 16010 – 16019. 4. syduzzaman, m.; patwary, s.u. smart textiles and nano-technology: a general overview, j. text. sci. eng. 2015, 05, 1000181. 5. mahdie, s.h. preparation of unsaturated polyester/nano ceramic composite and study electric, thermal and mechanical properties. iraqi journal of physics, 2018,15(35), 188– 201. 6. thejeel, m.a.; mahdi, s. preparation and investigation of the structural and mechanical properties of nanobiomaterial zirconolite. solid state technology, 2020, 63, 1949–1961. 7. rajput, n. methods of preparation of nanoparticles – a review. international journal of advances in engineering & technology, 2015,7(4), 1806–1811. 8. jeyaraj, m.; sathishkumar, g.; sivanandhan, g. biogenic silver nanoparticles for cancer treatment: an experimental report. colloids and surfaces b: biointerfaces, 2013, 106, 86– 92. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 31 9. kong, f.; zhang, j.; li. r.; wang, z. unique roles of gold nanoparticles in drug delivery, targeting and imaging applications, molecules, 2017, 22, 1–7. 10. duong-quy, s.; ngo-minh. x.; tang-le-quynh. t. the use of exhaled nitric oxide and peak expiratory flow to demonstrate improved breathability and antimicrobial properties of novel face mask made with sustainable filter paper and folium plectranthii amboinicii oil: additional option for mask shortage d, multidisciplinary respiratory medicine, 2020, 15, 664. 11. gu, x.; xu, z., gu; l. preparation and antibacterial properties of gold nanoparticles: a review, environmental chemistry letters, 2021, 19(1), 167–187. 12. kumar, s.; karmacharya, m.; joshi, s.r. photoactive antiviral face mask with selfsterilization and reusability, nano letters, 2021, 21(1), 337–343. 13. raja, d.a.; munir, f.; shah, m.r.; bhanger, m.i.;malik. m.i. colorimetric sensing of cephradine through polypropylene glycol functionalized gold nanoparticles .royal society open science, 2021, 8(5), 210185. 14. chen, d.h.; chen, c.j.; formation and characterization of au–ag bimetallic nanoparticles in water-in-oil microemulsions, journal of materials chemistry, 2002, 12(5), 1557–1562. 15. andric,z.; anin, m.d.d.; jokanovic, v.; canin, t.d. mitric, m.; viana, b. luminescent properties of nano-sio2:eu3+/polypropylene composite, journal of optoelectronics and advanced materials, 2006,8(2), 829–834. 16. rajendran, a., antibacterial properties and mechanism of gold nanoparticles obtained from pergularia daemia leaf extract, journal of nanomedicine research, 2017, 6(1), 00146. 17. paul, d.; neogi, s., synthesis, characterization and a comparative antibacterial study of cuo, nio and cuo-nio mixed metal oxide, materials research express 6, 2019. 18. mahmood, h.s.; jawad, m.k., antibacterial activity of chitosan/pan blend prepared at different ratios, aip conference proceedings, 2019, 020078. 19. mahmood, h.s.; jawad, m.k. investigation of chitosan/peo reinforced with agnps for antibacterial activity prepared by solution casting method, annals of tropical medicine and public health, 2019, 22(09), 70–82. 20. cui, y.; zhao, y.; tian, y.; zhang. w.; lü, x.; jiang, x. the molecular mechanism of action of bactericidal gold nanoparticles on escherichia coli, .biomaterials, 2012, 33(7), 2327–2333. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 201 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract: in this study, we conducted a series of polymerization studies of hexyl methacrylate in dimethyl sulfoxide with (0.1 0.4) mol dm-3 of monomer and (110-3 – 410-3) mol dm-3 of benzoyl peroxide as initiators at 70 °c. using the well-known conversion vs. time technique, the effects of initiator and monomer concentration on the rate of polymerization (rp) were studied. an initiator of order 0.35 was obtained in accordance with theory and a divergence from normal kinetics was detected with an order of 1.53 with respect to monomer concentration. the activation energy was determined to be (72.90) kj mol-1, which does not correspond to the value of most thermally initiated monomers. the observed value of activation energy suggests that propagation and termination reactions have equal activation energy and the difference between them is nearly zero. the average degree of polymerization (dpn) decreased as benzoyl peroxide concentration increase whereas an increase in solvent polarity has slightly increased rate of polymerization value. keywords: hexyl methacrylate, rate of polymerization, activation energy, degree of polymerization. 1. introduction the term rate of polymerization is given by the rate at which the monomer disappears [1]. it can be expressed by: rp = d [m] dt = ri + rprop (1) doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2985 article history: received 23 august 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq radical polymerization kinetics of hexyl methacrylate in dimethylsulfoxide solution hala rahman noormohamad department of chemistry,college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad iraq. hala.rahman1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ameen hadi mohammed department of chemistry,college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad iraq. ameenhadi80@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hala.rahman1205a@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:ameenhadi80@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 202 rprop and ri are the rates of propagation and initiation respectively. after making some simplifying assumption: finally, the rp becomes: rp= { kp [ 𝑓 𝑘𝑑 𝑘𝑡 ]½ }{ [i]0 1/2[m]}e-kdt/2 (2) this equation shows a square-root dependency on the initial initiator concentration and a firstorder dependence on the rate of polymerization in relation to the monomer concentration [2]. this reliance has been demonstrated by numerous polymerization systems. for example, 7(methacroyloxy)-2-oxo-heptylphosphonic acid follows this equation when it was polymerized for kinetic study [1]. it's also noteworthy to observe that the rate of polymerization doubles when the monomer concentration is doubled [3]. when choosing how to carry out a polymerization, the impact of temperature on the degree and rp is crucial. increasing the reaction temperature often causes the polymerization rate to increase while the molecular weight of the polymer drops [4, 5]. the quantitative impact of temperature is nevertheless complicated because rp depends on the interaction of the ki, kp and kt. an arrhenius type relationship can be used to express the rate constants for termination, propagation and initiation: k=ae -e/rt or ink = in a ea/ rt (3) where ea is the arrhenius activation energy, a is the collision frequency factor, and t is the kelvin temperature. numerous researchers [6–10] have looked into how the polymerization energy deviates from the fundamental set of rules for free radical polymerization. they found that the free radical polymerization end rate constant, kt, is a diminishing capacity of the responding radical's span and that the end rate between polymer radicals isn't always independent of their chain length. unless the effects of the chain length dependence on end rate constants are taken into account, regular tactics for the dynamic study of radical polymerization appear to result in incorrect ends. in addition, there are many studies discussed kinetic investigation of different monomers. for example, kumar et al. studied the kinetic of free radical polymerization of methyl methacrylate using cyclohexanone/water mixture as a solvent and persulfate potassium as an initiator. the order (0.5) was found with respect to phase transfer catalyst, (1) with respect to monomer concentration and (0.5) with respect to initiator concentration [11]. victoria‐valenzuela and coworkers [12] have reported the comparison between the kinetic behavior of free radical polymerization of vinyl acetate and methyl methacrylate monomers. based on the results of this study, the rp of methyl methacrylate monomer is higher than rp of vinyl acetate monomer. the aim of this study is to study the kinetic of polymerization of hexyl methacrylate include the influence of the monomer and initiator concentrations, polarity of solvent and average degree of polymerization on rp. the overall activation energy was also determined. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 203 2. experimental section materials commercial hexyl methacrylate monomer was shaken 2-3 times with 10% naoh to eliminate hydroquinone inhibitor and then dried over anhydrous cacl2 for 5 h. after that, the monomer was passed through a 2.5x15 cm aluminum oxide (al2o3) column until colorless products were obtained. potassium persulfate and benzoyl peroxide were recrystallized twice from methanol prior to use. the monomers and initiators were filtered and refrigerated prior to use to prevent degradation or polymerization of the monomers. the filtered monomers must be kept in a dark, tight as well closed container. all solvents of 98% purity grade were used as received. homo polymerization of hexyl methacrylate for homo polymerization of hexyl methacrylate, the following kinetic experiments were carried out: the test tubes were charged with the specified amounts of monomer hma (0.1, 0.2, 0.3 and 0.4) mol dm-3, benzoyl peroxide (1x10-3, 2x10-3, 3x10-3, and 4x10-3) mol dm-3 and dimethyl sulfoxide. (table 1, exp. 1-96). in order to remove all oxygen in the mixture, 15 minutes of nitrogen gas bubbling preceded the polymerization and then the tubes were closed firmly. by putting the tubes in a thermostated water bath set at a certain temperature of 70 0.1 °c, the polymerization reaction was carried out. for calculation the activation energy, the polymerization was carried out using initial benzoyl peroxide (bpo) concentration (1x10-3 mol dm-3) at the initial monomer concentration of 0.1 mol dm-3 at four different temperatures (70, 75, 80 and 85 °c) (table 1, exp. 97-120). the polymerization was stopped after recording time by dumping the reaction mixture into a considerable excess of precipitant 100% methanol. the resultant polymers were filtered out and dried to a consistent weight at 40 °c. table 1: experimental data of hexyl methacrylate (hma) polymerization exp. no. hma mol dm-3 bpo x 10-3 mol dm-3 dmso vol ml temperature oc time min. 1-24 0.1 1,2,3,4 10 70 0-30 25-48 0.2 1,2,3,4 10 70 0-30 49-72 0.3 1,2,3,4 10 70 0-30 73-96 0.4 1,2,3,4 10 70 0-30 97-120 0.1 1 10 70-85 0-30 the well-known gravimetric approach was used to quantify monomer to polymer conversion. 𝑤𝑡 % 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑓𝑒𝑒𝑑 × 100 (3) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 204 the replication of runs ensured that the experiments were repeatable. at a given time, the residual monomer concentration [m] can be calculated using the following equation: [m]0 = [m]0 (1-c) (4) where, c is the fraction conversion and [m]0 is the initial concentration of the monomer. thus, from the slope of the time–conversion curve, rp could be determined. since the free-radical initiator is frequently present in low quantities in kinetic investigations, its concentrations and thermodynamic activity are likely to be similar. viscosity measurement ubbelohde viscometer was calibrated according to astm d446 and iso 3105 standard method. it was used to calculate the viscosity of the poly hma solutions. the measurements were carried out at 30 °c using dmso as standard solvent. intrinsic viscosity was determined by plotting c versus ƞsp/c [11, 12]. by using the obtained intrinsic viscosity results, mark-houwink equation was employed to calculate the average degree of polymerization [13]. 3. results and discussion determination of the rate equation rp for a variety of initiator and monomer concentrations might be determined from the lineslope of typical time-conversion curves. typical time-conversion curves are shown in figurs (1 and 2) for (variable initiator concentration and fixed monomer) and figurs (4 and 5) for (variable monomer concentration and fixed initiator). rp= [m]0 /100 × slope (5) [m]0 :feed monomer concentration, slope should be calculated from the initial lines of % conversion vs time. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 205 figure 1: conversion-time curves for polymerization of hma [hma]0 =(0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4) mol dm-3, [bpo]0 = 1×10-3 mol dm-3 figure 2: conversion-time curves for polymerization of hma [hma]0 =(0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4) mol dm-3, [bpo]0 = 2×10-3 mol dm-3 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 206 figure 3: conversion-time curves for polymerization of hma. [bpo]0 =(1, 2, 3, 4) ×10-3 mol dm-3, [hma]0 = 0.3 mol dm-3 figure 4: conversion-time curves for polymerization of hma. [bpo]0 =(1, 2, 3, 4) ×10-3 mol dm-3, [hma]0 = 0.4 mol dm-3 the relationship between rp and the concentrations of the initiator and monomer in such a system can be expressed as follows: rp = k [monomer]α [initiator]β (6) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 207 the logarithmic form of the equation presented above can be used to experimentally determine the order of the reaction with regard to the concentrations of initiator and monomer: log rp = log k + α log[monomer]+ β log[initiator] (7) the following results can be obtained: from the dependence of rp, on the monomer concentrations from 0.1 to 0.4 mol dm-3; at a fixed initiator concentration: rate  [m]α plot of log rp, verses log [monomer] has been fitted by linear least-square analysis, allowing both k and α to be calculated from the intercept and slope respectively, as shown in figure 5 and the rate of polymerization was proportional to the 1.53 power of the monomer concentration. figure 5: dependence of rp on the concentration of hma at a fixed bpo concentration likewise, from the dependence of rp, on the initiator concentrations from 0.001 to 0.004 mol dm3; at a fixed monomer concentration: rate  [i]β a plot of log r, verses log [initiator] has been fitted by linear least-square analysis, allowing both k and β to be determined from the intercept and slope, respectively, as shown in figure 6 and the rate of polymerization correlated with the initiator concentration to the 0.35 power. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 208 figure 6: dependence of rp on the bpo concentration at a fixed hma concentration using the experimental data and the slopes of the straight lines, the polymerization rate equation of hexyl methacrylate may be expressed as: rp=k[nipa] 1.53 [pps]0.35 k: is the overall rate constant. the most typical instance of radical chain polymerization is described by equation (2.2). it demonstrates a first order dependence between the monomer concentration and the polymerization rate, which is reliant on the initiator exponent of 0.5. any mechanism that prevents second-order termination between propagating chains could result in a deviation from the initiator exponent of 0.5. common examples include primary radical termination and degradative chain transfer (147), which give rise to exponent < 0.5. a situation may also arise when the order of dependence of r, on [1] will be greater than 0.5 [14]. overall activation energy of polymerization rate of polymerization was calculated from the slope of typical time-conversion curves by using equation (4.1). typical time-conversion curves and plot of the overall rates of polymerization rp are shown in figures 7 and 8 respectively. the activation energy of polymerization of hma is determined to be (72.90) kj mol-1. however, this value is significantly lower than that of typical acrylate monomers such as methyl methacrylate [15, 16]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 209 figure 7: time – conversion curves for polymerization of hma at different temperatures. [hma]ο=0.1 mol.dm-3; [bpo]o = 0.001 mol dm-3 figure 8: arrhenius plot of rp for hma for most common used initiators, the activation energy for thermal initiator decomposition, ed, is in the range of 120-150 kj mol-1. most monomers have activation energy for termination and ihjpas. 36(2)2023 210 propagation (et and ep) values in the range of 8-20 and 20-40 kj mol -1 respectively [17, 18]. because most polymerizations initiated by thermal initiators have an overall activation energy er of around 70-90 kj mol-1, the value of (72.94) kj mol-1 proposes that the variance between the termination and propagation activation energies is quite modest. for methyl acetylaminoacrylate polymerization, similar results have been obtained in the literature [19]. effect of solvent polarity on rate of polymerization figure 9 shows time – conversion curves for polymerization of hma using three different solvents (benzene, methyl ethyl ketone and dimethyl sulfoxide) having the dielectric constants (2.274, 18.51 and 46.68) respectively, to examine the effect of solvent on rp. the polymerization reaction for hma (1 mol.dm-3) was carried out using 1x10-3 mol.dm-3 of bpo at 70 °c. however, it was observed that the rp arranges according to the following order: 12.7×10-5 mol dm-3 min-1, dimethyl sulfoxide > 10.5×10-5 mol dm-3 min-1, methyl ethyl ketone > 7.7×10-5 mol dm-3 min-1, benzene the increase in the rate of polymerization could be explained in terms of the organic medium's increased polarity. thus, greater transfer of benzoyl peroxide radicals to the organic phase may occur. figure 9: effect of solvent polarity on time-conversion behavior effect of bpo concentration on degree of polymerization the average degree of polymerization (dpn) of hma with various concentrations of bpo was calculated using the intrinsic viscosity data that was collected utilizing the viscosity measurements of poly hma using mark-houwink equation. increasing bpo concentration causes a decrease in ihjpas. 36(2)2023 211 the average degree of polymerization. an increase of benzoyl peroxide radicals decreases the length of the poly hma chain and this leads to a reduction in the molecular weight of the polymer which is directly proportional to the average degree of polymerization of the polymer according to the following equation [20]: m.wt of polymer = dpn × m.wt of monomer (7) however, a straight line through the starting point could be obtained by plotting of 1/dpn versus [bpo]1/2 (table 2). table 2: dependence of dpn on [bpo] bpo mol dm-3 [bpo]0.5 mol dm-3 dpn 1 / dpn 0.001 0.031 0.0019 526 0.002 0.044 0.0015 666 0.003 0.054 0.0011 909 0.004 0.063 0.0008 1250 4. conclusions in this study, we conducted a series of polymerization studies of hexyl methacrylate in distilled water with (0.1 0.4) mol dm-3 of monomer and (110-3 – 410-3) mol dm-3 of benzoyl peroxide as initiator at 70 °c. an initiator of order 0.38 was obtained in accordance with theory and a divergence from normal kinetics was detected with an order of 1.68 with respect to monomer concentration. the calculated activation energy was (72.94) kj mol-1, which is lower than the value for the 95% of thermally started monomers. the observed activation energy value indicates that propagation and termination reactions have equal activation energy and the difference between them is nearly zero. references 1. chmela, š.; fiedlerová, a.; liptaj, t.; catel, y.; moszner, n. synthesis and homopolymerization kinetics of 7-(methacroyloxy)-2-oxo-heptylphosphonic acid and its copolymerization with methyl methacrylate. designed monomers and polymers 2019, 20, 70-90. 2. victoria‐valenzuela, d.; herrera‐ordonez. j.; luna‐barcenas, g. toward a general methodology for modeling diffusive‐controlled reactions in free radical polymerization. macromole cular theory and simulations 2016, 25, 28-44. 3. barner-kowollik, c.; russell, t. chain-length-dependent termination in radical polymerization: subtle revolution in tackling a long-standing challenge. progress in polymer science 2012, 34, 1211-1259. . 4. cao, z.h.; shan, g.r.; fevotte, g.; sheibat-othman, n.; bourgeat-lami, e. miniemulsion copolymerization of styrene and γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane: kinetics and mechanism. macromolecules 2012, 41, 5166-5173. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 212 5. ali, a.; muhammad, n.; hussain. s.; jamil. m. i.; uddin. a.; aziz. t.; & guo. l. kinetic and thermal study of ethylene and propylene homo polymerization catalyzed by ansa-zirconocene activated with alkylaluminum/borate: effects of alkylaluminum on polymerization kinetics and polymer structure. polymers. 2021 13(2), 268. 6. chmela, š.; fiedlerová, a.; liptaj, t.; catel, y.; moszner, n. determination of homopolymerization kinetics and copolymerization with methyl methacrylate of diethyl 9(methacryloyloxy)-2-oxo-nonylphosphonate, 9-(methacryloyloxy)-2-oxo-nonylphosphonic acid and diethyl 9-(methacryloyloxy)-nonylphosphonate e-polymers. 2018, 18, 205-216. 7. pardal, f.; lapinte, v.; robin, j.j. kinetics of cotelomerization of 3-(trimethoxysilyl) propyl methacrylate and perfluorodecylacrylate. european polymer journal 2009, 45, 1198-207. 8. cao, z.h.; shan, g.r.; fevotte, g.; sheibat-othman, n.; bourgeat-lami, e. miniemulsion copolymerization of styrene and γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane: kinetics and mechanism. macromolecules 2018, 41, 5166-73. 9. du, j.; chen, y.; atom-transfer radical polymerization of a reactive monomer: 3(trimethoxysilyl) propyl methacrylate. macromolecules 2004, 37, 6322-8. 10. christian, p.; giles, m.r.; griffiths, r.m.; irvine, d.j.; major, r.c.; howdle, s.m. free radical polymerization of methyl methacrylate in supercritical carbon dioxide using a pseudo-graft stabilizer: effect of monomer, initiator, and stabilizer concentrations. macromolecules 2000 33, 9222-7. 11. victoria‐valenzuela, d.; herrera‐ordonez, j.; luna‐barcenas, g.; verros, g.d.; achilias, d.s. bulk free radical polymerization of methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate: a comparative study. macromolecular reaction engineering 2016, 10, 577-87. 12. dharmendira kumar, m.; konguvel thehazhnan, p.; umapathy, m.j.; rajendran m. free radical polymerization of methyl methacrylate in the presence of phase transfer catalyst—a kinetic study. international journal of polymeric materials 2004, 53, 95-103. 13. mohammed, a.h. studying reactivity relationships of copolymers n-naphthylacrylamide with (acrylicacid and methylacrylate). baghdad science journal 2019, 16, 0345-0345. 14. mohammed, k.m.; abdalla, i.k.; mohammed, a.h.; khairuddin, f.h.; ibrahim, a.n.h.; rosyidi, s.a.p.; yusoff, n.i.m. determining the effects of rh-wma on the engineering properties of bitumen. jurnal teknologi 2020, 81, 2-10. 15. edmondson, s.; gilbert, m. the chemical nature of plastics polymerization. inbrydson's plastics materials (eighth edition) 2017, 19-37. 16. giap, s.g. the hidden property of arrhenius-type relationship: viscosity as a function of temperature. journal of physical science 2010, 21, 9-39. 17. wu, g.; wang, c.; tan, z. zhang, h. effect of temperature on emulsion polymerization of nbutyl acrylate. procedia engineering 2012, 18, 353-7. 18. yu, x.; pfaendtner, j.; broadbelt, l.j. ab initio study of acrylate polymerization reactions: methyl methacrylate and methyl acrylate propagation. the journal of physical chemistry a. 2008, 112, 772-82. 19. masuda, s.; minagawa, k.; ogawa, h.; tanaka, m. polymerization and copolymerization of methyl α‐acetylaminoacrylate. macromolecular chemistry and physics 2000, 201, 787-92. 20. mohammed, a.; dhedan, r.m; mahmood, w.a.; musa, a. copolymers of castor and corn oils with lauryl methacrylate as green lubricating additives. egyptian journal of chemistry 2021, 64, 1-2. 161 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. the optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector of quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem abstract this work is concerned with studying the optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector problem. it is consisted of; the quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem and the cost functional. at first, the weak form of the quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem is obtained. then under suitable hypotheses, the existence theorem of a unique state quaternary vector solution for the weak form where the classical continuous control quaternary vector is considered known is stated and demonstrated by employing the method of galerkin and the compactness theorem. in addition, the continuity operator between the state quaternary vector solution of the weak form and the corresponding classical continuous control quaternary vector is demonstrated in three different infinite dimensional spaces (hilbert spaces). furthermore, with suitable hypotheses, the existence theorem of an optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector dominated by the weak form of the quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem is stated and demonstrated. keywords: optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector, quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem, weak form. 1. introduction different applications in real-life are classified as optimal control problems (ocps). for example, in medicine [1], economics [2], robotics [3], aircraft [4], and many other fields. usually, this importance encouraged many researchers to be interested in studying ocps in general and optimal classical continuous control problems (occcp) in particular. during the last decade, great attention has been made to studying the subject of occcp for a system dominated by nonlinear pdes (nlpdes) ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi: 10.30526/35.3.2833 article history: received 13 march 2022, accepted 17 may 2022, published in july 2022. jamil a. ali al-hawasy department of mathematics, college of sciences, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. jhawassy17@uomustanriyah.edu.iq mayeada abd alsatar hassan baghdad directorate of education, baghdad, iraq mayeadabd1989@uomustanriyah.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:jhawassy17@uomustanriyah.edu.iq mailto:jhawassy17@uomustanriyah.edu.iq mailto:mayeadabd1989@uomustanriyah.edu.iq%7d ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 162 of the three types elliptic [5], hyperbolic [6], and parabolic [7]. latter, the study of this subject expanded to include occcp for systems dominated by a couple of nlpdes of their three types [8-10]; through recent years, these studies for these three types expanded to deal with occcp for systems dominated by triple nlpdes [11-13]. all these studies encouraged us to investigate the occcp dominated by qnlhbvp. this article first concerns the mathematical formulation for the optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector problem. then the existence theorem (eth) of a unique state quaternary vector solution (sqvs) for the weak form (wf) “of the quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem (qnlhbvp)” is stated and demonstrated using the method of galerkin (mga) and the aubin compactness theorem (acth) when the classical continuous control quaternary vector (cccqv) is fixed under suitable hypotheses. furthermore, the continuity operator between the sqvs of the wf for the qnlhbvp and the corresponding cccqv is demonstrated. lastly, the eth of an optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector (occcqv) is stated and demonstrated with suitable hypotheses. 2. problem description let 𝐼 = [0, 𝑇], t < ∞, ω ⊂ ℝ2, be an open bounded region with boundary γ = 𝜕ω ,𝑄 = ω × 𝐼 , σ = γ × 𝐼. the occcqv includes the quaternary state equations (qses) which are considered by the following qnlhbvp: 𝑦1𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦1 + 𝑦1 − 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 = 𝑓1(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1, 𝑢1), in 𝑄 (1) 𝑦2𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦2 + 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 − 𝑦3 − 𝑦4 = 𝑓2(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2, 𝑢2), in 𝑄 (2) 𝑦3𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦3 − 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 = 𝑓3(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3, 𝑢3), in 𝑄 (3) 𝑦4𝑡𝑡 − ∆𝑦4 − 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 − 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 = 𝑓4(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4, 𝑢4), in 𝑄 (4) with the following boundary conditions (bcs) and the initial conditions (ics) 𝑦𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) = 0, on σ, for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 (5) 𝑦1(𝑥, 0) = 𝑦𝑖 0(𝑥),and 𝑦𝑖𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 𝑦𝑖 1(𝑥), in ω for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 (6) where �⃗� = (𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, 𝑦4) belongs to the hilbert space (𝐻 2(ω))4 is the sqvs, corresponding to the cccqv �⃗⃗� = (𝑢1, 𝑢2, 𝑢3, 𝑢4) ∈ (𝐿 2(q))4 and (𝑓1, 𝑓2, 𝑓3, 𝑓4) ∈ (𝐿 2(q))4 is a vector of a given function on (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈1) × (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈2) × (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈3) × (𝑄 × ℝ × 𝑈4), with 𝑈𝑖 ⊂ ℝ, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 . the quaternary controls constraints (qccs) are �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴= {�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ 𝑊 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⊂ (𝐿 2(q))4|�⃗⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗� ⊂ ℝ4 𝑎. 𝑒. 𝑖𝑛 𝑄},with �⃗⃗⃗� ⊂ ℝ4is a convex. the cost function will is considered as 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) = σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 (7) the occcp is to find �⃗⃗� ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, s.t. 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 �⃗⃗⃗�∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0 (�⃗⃗⃗�) let v⃗⃗⃗ = (𝑉)4; 𝑉 = 𝐻0 1(ω), and �⃗⃗� = {�⃗�: �⃗� ∈ (𝐻1(ω))4, 𝑣1 = 𝑣2 = 𝑣3 = 𝑣4 = 0 𝑜𝑛 𝜕ω}. �⃗� = (𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, 𝑣4), we denote by (𝑣, 𝑣) and ∥ 𝑣 ∥0 the inner product (ip) and the norm in (𝐿 2(ω))4, by (�⃗�, �⃗�)1 = σ 𝑖=1 4 ∥ 𝑣1 ∥1 2 the ip and the norm in v⃗⃗⃗, and v⃗⃗⃗∗ is the dual of v⃗⃗⃗. the wf of ((1)-(6)) when 𝑦⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ ∈ (𝐻0 1(ω))4 is given a.e. on i and ∀𝑣𝑖 ∈ 𝑉𝑖 (∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 ) by : (𝑦1𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣1) + (∇𝑦1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4, 𝑣1) = (𝑓1, 𝑣1) (8) (𝑦1 0, 𝑣1) = (𝑦1(0), 𝑣1), and (𝑦1𝑡 1 , 𝑣1) = (𝑦1𝑡 (0), 𝑣1) (9) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 163 (𝑦2𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣2) + (∆𝑦2, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4, 𝑣2) = (𝑓2, 𝑣2) (10) (𝑦2 0, 𝑣2) = (𝑦2(0), 𝑣2), and (𝑦2𝑡 1 , 𝑣2) = (𝑦2𝑡 (0), 𝑣2) (11) (𝑦3𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣3) + (∇𝑦3, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4, 𝑣3) = (𝑓3, 𝑣3) (12) (𝑦3 0, 𝑣3) = (𝑦3(0), 𝑣3), and (𝑦3𝑡 1 , 𝑣3) = (𝑦3𝑡 (0), 𝑣3) (13) (𝑦4𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣4) + (∇𝑦4, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4, 𝑣4) = (𝑓4, 𝑣4) (14) (𝑦4 0, 𝑣2) = (𝑦4(0), 𝑣4), and (𝑦4𝑡 1 , 𝑣4) = (𝑦4𝑡 (0), 𝑣4) (15) 2.1. assumptions (a): suppose that 𝑓𝑖 is of the carathéodory type on 𝑄 × (ℝ × 𝑈𝑖 ) and satisfies (for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4): (i)|𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐹𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝛾𝑖 ∣ 𝑢𝑖 | + 𝛽𝑖 |𝑦𝑖 |, where 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ, 𝛽𝑖 , 𝛾𝑖 ∣> 0 and 𝐹𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 2(q). (ii) 𝑓𝑖 is satisfied lipschitz condition (lipc) w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖, i.e. |𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) − 𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, �̅�𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐿𝑖 |𝑦𝑖 − �̅�𝑖 | , 𝑦𝑖 , �̅�𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ, 𝐿𝑖 > 0, for (𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝑄. 2.2 lemma1: (gronwall inequality): let 𝐾 be a nonnegative constant and let 𝑓 and 𝑔 be continuous nonnegative functions on [𝛼, 𝛽], satisfies: 𝑓(𝑡) ≤ 𝐾 + ∫ 𝑓(𝑠)𝑔(𝑠)𝑑𝑠 𝑡 𝛼 . then, 𝑓(𝑡) ≤ 𝐾𝑒∫ 𝑔 (𝑠)𝑑𝑠 𝑡 𝛼 , for 𝛼 ≤ 𝑡 ≤ 𝛽. 3. the solution for the qses: 3.1 proposition [14]: let 𝐷 is a measurable subset of ℝ𝑑 (𝑑 = 2,3), 𝑓: 𝐷 × ℝ𝑛 ⟶ ℝ𝑚 is of carathéodory type satisfies ‖𝑓(𝑣, 𝑥)‖ ≤ (𝑣) + (𝑣)‖𝑥‖𝛼,∀(𝑣, 𝑥) ∈ 𝐷 × ℝ𝑛 , where 𝑥 ∈ 𝐿𝑝 (𝐷 × ℝ𝑛 ), ∈ 𝐿1(𝐷 × ℝ ), ∈ 𝐿 𝑝 𝑝−𝛼(𝐷 × ℝ ), 𝛼 ∈ [0, 𝑝], if 𝑝 ≠ ∞. then, the functional 𝐹(𝑥) = ∫ 𝐷 𝑓(𝑣, 𝑥(𝑣))𝑑𝑣 is continuous. 3.2 theorem (eth of a unique sqvs): with assumptions (a), for each given �⃗⃗� ∈ 𝐿2(q), the wf ((8)-(15)) has a unique solution �⃗� = (𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, 𝑦4) ∈ (𝐿 2(i × v))4 and �⃗�𝑡 = (𝑦1𝑡 , 𝑦2𝑡 , 𝑦3𝑡 , 𝑦4𝑡 ) ∈ (𝐿 2(q))4, �⃗�𝑡𝑡 = (𝑦1𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦2𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦3𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦4𝑡𝑡 ) ∈ (𝐿 2(i × v∗))4. proof: let 𝑉𝑛⃗⃗⃗⃗ = (𝑉𝑛) 4 ⊂ 𝑉 ⃗⃗⃗ (for each n) be the set of piecewise affine functions in ω, let {𝑣𝑛 }𝑛=1 ∞ be a sequence of subspaces of 𝑉 ⃗⃗⃗, s.t. ∀ �⃗� = (𝑣1, 𝑣2, 𝑣3, 𝑣4) ∈ 𝑉 ⃗⃗⃗, there is a sequence {𝑣𝑛 } with �⃗�𝑛 = (𝑣1𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 , 𝑣3𝑛 , 𝑣4𝑛 ) ∈ �⃗⃗�𝑛, ∀𝑛 and �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� strongly (st) in 𝑉 ⃗⃗⃗ then �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� st in (𝐿2(ω))4. let {𝑣𝑗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ = (𝑣1𝑗 , 𝑣2𝑗 , 𝑣3𝑗 , 𝑣4𝑗 ): 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑀(𝑛)} be a finite basis of �⃗⃗�𝑛 (where 𝑣𝑗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ is a piecewise affine function in ω, with 𝑣𝑗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗(𝑥) = 0 on the boundary γ) and let �⃗�𝑛 = (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛) be the galerkin approximate solution (gas) to the exact solution �⃗� = (𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, 𝑦4) s.t.: 𝑦𝑖𝑛 = σ 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑐𝑖𝑗 (𝑡)𝑣𝑖𝑗 (𝑥) (16) 𝑧𝑖𝑛 = σ 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑑𝑖𝑗 (𝑡)𝑣𝑖𝑗 (𝑥) (17) where 𝑐𝑖𝑗 (𝑡), 𝑑𝑖𝑗 (𝑡) are unknown functions, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑛. the mga is utilized to approximate the wf ((8), (10), (12), (14)) w.r.t. 𝑥, they become after substituting 𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑡 = 𝑧𝑖𝑛 (∀𝑣𝑖 ∈ 𝑉𝑛, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4): (𝑧1𝑛𝑡 , 𝑣1) + (∇𝑦1𝑛, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣1) = (𝑓1, 𝑣1) (18) (𝑦1𝑛 0 , 𝑣1) = (𝑦1 0, 𝑣1), and (𝑧1𝑛 1 , 𝑣1) = (𝑦1 1, 𝑣1) (19) (𝑧2𝑛𝑡 , 𝑣2) + (∇𝑦2𝑛, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣2) = (𝑓2, 𝑣2) (20) (𝑦2𝑛 0 , 𝑣2) = (𝑦2 0, 𝑣2), and (𝑧2𝑛 1 , 𝑣2) = (𝑦2 1, 𝑣2) (21) (𝑧3𝑛𝑡 , 𝑣3) + (∇𝑦3𝑛, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣3) = (𝑓3, 𝑣3) (22) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 164 (𝑦3𝑛 0 , 𝑣3) = (𝑦3 0, 𝑣3), and (𝑧3𝑛 1 , 𝑣3) = ((𝑦3 1, 𝑣3) (23) (𝑧4𝑛𝑡 , 𝑣4) + (∇𝑦4𝑛, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣4) = (𝑓4, 𝑣4) (24) (𝑦4𝑛 0 , 𝑣2) = (𝑦4 0, 𝑣4), and (𝑧4𝑛 1 , 𝑣4) = ((𝑦4 1, 𝑣4) (25) where 𝑦𝑖𝑛 0 = 𝑦𝑖𝑛 0 (𝑥) = 𝑦𝑖𝑛 (𝑥, 0) ∈ 𝑉𝑛 (respectively 𝑧𝑖𝑛 0 = 𝑦𝑖𝑛 1 = 𝑦𝑖𝑛 1 (𝑥) = 𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑥, 0) ∈ 𝐿2(ω) be the projection of 𝑦𝑖 0 onto 𝑉 (be the projection of 𝑦𝑖 1 = 𝑦𝑖𝑡 on to 𝐿2(ω), ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 ), i.e. 𝑦𝑖𝑛 0 → 𝑦𝑖 0 st in 𝑉, with ∥ �⃗�𝑛 0 ∥1≤ 𝑏0 and ∥ �⃗�𝑛 0 ∥0≤ 𝑏0 (26) 𝑦𝑖𝑛 1 → 𝑦𝑖 1 st in 𝐿2(ω) , with ∥ �⃗�𝑛 1 ∥≤ 𝑏1 (27) substituting (16) & (17) with 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in )(18)-(25)( and setting 𝑣𝑖 = 𝑣𝑖𝑙 ,∀𝑙 = 1,2, … , 𝑛, then the obtained equations are equivalent to the following system of nonlinear odes of 1st order with ics (which has a unique solution), i.e. 𝐴1𝐷1(𝑡) + 𝐵1𝐶1(𝑡) − 𝐸𝐶2(𝑡) + 𝐹𝐶3(𝑡) + 𝐾𝐶4(𝑡) = 𝑏1(�̅�1 𝑇 (𝑥)𝐶1(𝑡)) 𝐴1𝐶1(0) = 𝑏1 0 and 𝐴1𝐷1̅̅ ̅(0) = 𝑏1 1 𝐴2𝐷2(𝑡) + 𝐵2𝐶2(𝑡) + 𝐻𝐶1(𝑡) − 𝐺𝐶3(𝑡) + 𝐷𝐶4(𝑡) = 𝑏2 (�̅�2 𝑇 (𝑥)𝐶1(𝑡)) 𝐴2𝐶2(0) = 𝑏2 0 and 𝐴2𝐷2̅̅ ̅(0) = 𝑏2 1 𝐴3𝐷3(𝑡) + 𝐵3𝐶3(𝑡) − 𝑅𝐶1(𝑡) + 𝑊𝐶2(𝑡) + 𝑍𝐶4(𝑡) = 𝑏3(�̅�3 𝑇 (𝑥)𝐶1(𝑡)) 𝐴3𝐶3(0) = 𝑏3 0 and 𝐴3𝐷3̅̅ ̅(0) = 𝑏3 1 𝐴4𝐷4(𝑡) + 𝐵4𝐶4(𝑡) − 𝑇𝐶1(𝑡) + 𝑀𝐶2(𝑡) − 𝑁𝐶3(𝑡) = 𝑏4(�̅�4 𝑇 (𝑥)𝐶1(𝑡)) 𝐴4𝐶4(0) = 𝑏4 0 and 𝐴4𝐷4̅̅ ̅(0) = 𝑏4 1 where 𝐴𝑖 = (𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣𝑖𝑗 , 𝑣𝑖𝑙 ), 𝐵𝑖 = (𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑗 = (∇𝑣𝑖𝑗 , ∇𝑣𝑖𝑙 ) + (𝑣𝑖𝑗 , 𝑣𝑖𝑙 ), 𝐸 = (𝑒𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛,𝑒𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣2𝑗 , 𝑣1𝑙 ),𝐹 = (𝑓𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑓𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣3𝑗 , 𝑣1𝑙 ),𝐺 = (𝑔𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑔𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣3𝑗 , 𝑣2𝑙 ), 𝐻 = (ℎ𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, ℎ𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣1𝑗 , 𝑣2𝑙 ),𝑅 = (𝑟𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑟𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣1𝑗 , 𝑣3𝑙 ), 𝑊 = (𝑤𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑤𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣2𝑗 , 𝑣3𝑙 ), 𝐾 = (𝑘𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑘𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣4𝑗 , 𝑣1𝑙 ), 𝐷 = (𝑑𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑑𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣4𝑗 , 𝑣2𝑙 ), 𝑍 = (𝑧𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑧𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣4𝑗 , 𝑣3𝑙 ), 𝑇 = (𝑡𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑡𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣1𝑗 , 𝑣4𝑙 ), 𝑀 = (𝑚𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑚𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣2𝑗 , 𝑣4𝑙 ), 𝑁 = (𝑛𝑙𝑗 )𝑛×𝑛, 𝑛𝑙𝑗 = (𝑣3𝑗 , 𝑣4𝑙 ),𝑏𝑙 = (𝑏𝑙𝑖 ) = (𝑏𝑙𝑖 )𝑛×1, 𝑏𝑙𝑖 = (𝑓𝑖 (�̅�𝑙 𝑇 (𝑥)𝐶𝑙 (𝑡), 𝑢𝑖 ), 𝑣𝑙𝑖 ), 𝑏𝑙 𝑘 = (𝑏𝑙𝑗 𝑘 ), 𝑏𝑙𝑗 0 = (𝑦𝑙 𝑘 , 𝑣𝑙𝑗 ), 𝐶𝑖 (𝑡) = (𝐶𝑖𝑗 (𝑡))𝑛×1, 𝐷𝑖 (0) = (𝑑𝑖𝑗 (0))𝑛×1, 𝐶𝑖 (0) = (𝐶𝑖𝑗 (0))𝑛×1, 𝐷𝑖 (𝑡) = (𝑑𝑖𝑗 (𝑡))𝑛×1. then corresponding to the sequence {�⃗�𝑛}, the following approximation problems are held, i.e. for each �⃗�𝑛 = (𝑣1𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 , 𝑣3𝑛 , 𝑣4𝑛 ) ⊂ 𝑉𝑛⃗⃗⃗⃗ , and 𝑛 = 1,2, … (𝑦1𝑛𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣1𝑛) + (∇𝑦1𝑛, ∇𝑣1𝑛) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛) = (𝑓1(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑢1), 𝑣1𝑛) (28) (𝑦1𝑛 0 , 𝑣1𝑛) = (𝑦1 0, 𝑣1𝑛), and (𝑦1𝑛 1 , 𝑣1𝑛) = (𝑦1 1, 𝑣1𝑛) (29) (𝑦2𝑛𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣2𝑛 ) + (∇𝑦2𝑛, ∇𝑣2𝑛) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 ) = (𝑓2(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑢2), 𝑣2𝑛 ) (30) (𝑦2𝑛 0 , 𝑣2𝑛 ) = (𝑦1 0, 𝑣2𝑛 ), and (𝑦2𝑛 1 , 𝑣2𝑛 ) = (𝑦1 1, 𝑣2𝑛 ) (31) (𝑦3𝑛𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣3𝑛 ) + (∇𝑦3𝑛, ∇𝑣3𝑛) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛) = (𝑓3(𝑦3𝑛, 𝑢3), 𝑣3𝑛 ) (32) (𝑦3𝑛 0 , 𝑣3𝑛 ) = (𝑦3 0, 𝑣3𝑛 ), and (𝑦3𝑛 1 , 𝑣3) = (𝑦3 1, 𝑣3𝑛) (33) (𝑦4𝑛𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣4𝑛 ) + (∇𝑦4𝑛, ∇𝑣4𝑛) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 ) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 ) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛) = (𝑓4(𝑦4𝑛, 𝑢4), 𝑣4𝑛 ) (34) (𝑦4𝑛 0 , 𝑣4𝑛) = (𝑦4 0, 𝑣4𝑛), and (𝑦4𝑛 1 , 𝑣4𝑛 ) = (𝑦4 1, 𝑣4𝑛 ) (35) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 165 which have a sequence of unique solutions {�⃗�𝑛}. substituting 𝑣𝑖𝑛 = 𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑡 , for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in (28), (30), (32) and (34) resp. , using lemma 1.2 in [15] for the 1st terms of the lhs of each equality, then adding the resulting equation, to get 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 [∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2+ 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 ∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2] = 2[(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 )+(𝑓1(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑢1), 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓2(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑢2), 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓3(𝑦3𝑛, 𝑢3), 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓4(𝑦4𝑛, 𝑢4), 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 )] (36) taking the absolute value for both sides, we get: 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 [∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2+∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2] ≤ 2[∣ (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 )∣ +∣(𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 )∣+∣(𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 )∣+∣(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 )∣+∣(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 )∣+∣ (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑓1(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑢1), 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑓2(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑢2), 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ + ∣ (𝑓3(𝑦3𝑛, 𝑢3), 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) ∣ +∣ (𝑓4(𝑦4𝑛, 𝑢4), 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) ∣] (37) using assumptions (a) for the r.h.l. of (37), integrating both sides (ibs) on [0, 𝑡], using ∥ 𝑦𝑖𝑛 ∥0 ≤∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 , ∥ �⃗�𝑖𝑛𝑡 ∥0 ≤∥ �⃗�𝑖𝑛𝑡 ∥1 , ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 ∥0 ≤∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 ∥1 , to get ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2+∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2≤ 3 ∫ 0 𝑡 [∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2+∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2]𝑑𝑡 + (∥ 𝐹1 ∥𝑄 2 +∥ 𝐹2 ∥𝑄 2 +∥ 𝐹3 ∥𝑄 2 +∥ 𝐹4 ∥𝑄 2 ) + 𝛽5 ∫ 0 𝑡 ∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡 + (1 + 𝛽5 + 𝛾5) ∫ 0 𝑡 ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2 𝑑𝑡 + (𝛾5 + 𝑐5) ∥ �⃗⃗� ∥𝑄 2 + 𝑏0 + 𝑏1 ≤ 𝑑6 + 3 ∫ 0 𝑡 [∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2+∥ 𝑦𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2]𝑑𝑡 + 𝛽5 ∫ 0 𝑡 ∥ 𝑦𝑛 ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡 + 𝛽6 ∫ 0 𝑡 ∥ 𝑦𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2 𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝑑6 + 𝛽7 ∫ 0 𝑡 [∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2+∥ 𝑦𝑛𝑡 ∥0 2]𝑑𝑡 (38) where𝛽5 = max (𝛽1, 𝛽2, 𝛽3, 𝛽4), 𝛾5 = max (𝛾1, 𝛾2, 𝛾3, 𝛾4),∥ 𝑢𝑖 ∥𝑄 2 ≤ 𝑐𝑖(∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4), ∥ 𝐹𝑖 ∥𝑄 2 ≤ 𝑑𝑖, 𝑑5 = ∑ 𝑖=1 4 𝑑𝑖, 𝑐5 = max (𝑐1, 𝑐2, 𝑐3, 𝑐4), 𝑑6 = 𝛾5 + 𝑐5 + 𝑑5 + 𝑏0 + 𝑏1, 𝛽6 = 1 + 𝛽5 + 𝛾5 𝛽7 = max (3, 𝛽6). using lemma 2.2, ∀𝑡 ∈ [0, 𝑡] to get ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑡) ∥0 2+∥ �⃗�𝑛 (𝑡) ∥1 2≤ 𝑑6𝑒 𝛽7 ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑏2(𝑐) ⟹ ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑡) ∥0 2≤ 𝑏2(𝑐) and ∥ �⃗�𝑛(𝑡) ∥1 2≤ 𝑏2(𝑐). easily once can obtain that ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑡) ∥𝑄 ≤ 𝑏 1(𝑐) and ∥ �⃗�𝑛 (𝑡) ∥𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉) ≤ 𝑏 (𝑐). then, by applying the alaoglu’s theorem (alth), there is a subsequence of {�⃗�𝑛}𝑛∈𝑁, for simplicity say {�⃗�𝑛 } s.t. �⃗�𝑛𝑡 → �⃗� weakly (wk) in (𝐿 2(𝑄))4 and �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� wk in (𝐿 2(𝐼, 𝑉))4 . but (𝐿2(ℝ, 𝑉))4 ⊂ (𝐿2(ℝ, ω))4 ≅ ((𝐿2(ℝ, ω))∗)4 ⊂ (𝐿2(ℝ, 𝑉∗))4 (39) then the (acth)[15] can be employed here to get that �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� st in (𝐿 2(𝑄))4 . now multiplying both sides (mbs) of ((28), (30),(32)&(34)) by 𝜙𝑖 (𝑇) ∈ 𝐶 2[0, 𝑇] s.t. 𝜙𝑖 (𝑇) = 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑇) = 0, 𝜙𝑖 (0) ≠ 0, 𝜙𝑖 ′(0) ≠ 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, ibs on [0, 𝑇], finally integrating by parts twice (ibps2) the 1st term in each equation yield to − ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛 )𝜙1 ′ 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦1𝑛, ∇𝑣1𝑛) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛 ) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛)]𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓1(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑢1), 𝑣1𝑛)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦1𝑛 ′ , 𝑣1𝑛 ) 𝜙1(0) (40) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 166 ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛)𝜙1 ′′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦1𝑛, ∇𝑣1𝑛) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣1𝑛)]𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡=∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓1(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑢1), 𝑣1𝑛)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦1𝑛 ′ , 𝑣1𝑛 )𝜙1(0) − (𝑦1𝑛 0 , 𝑣1𝑛)𝜙1 ′ (0) (41) − ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 )𝜙2 ′ 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦2𝑛, ∇𝑣2𝑛) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 ) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 )]𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓2(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑢2), 𝑣2𝑛 )𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦2𝑛 ′ , 𝑣2𝑛 ) 𝜙1(0) (42) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 )𝜙2 ′′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦2𝑛, ∇𝑣2𝑛) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 ) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 ) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣2𝑛 )]𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓2(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑢2), 𝑣2𝑛)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦2𝑛 ′ , 𝑣2𝑛 )𝜙2(0) − (𝑦2𝑛 0 , 𝑣2𝑛 )𝜙2 ′ (0) (43) − ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 )𝜙3 ′ (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦3𝑛, ∇𝑣3𝑛) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 ) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 )]𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓3(𝑦3𝑛, 𝑢3), 𝑣3𝑛 )𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦3𝑛 ′ , 𝑣3𝑛 ) 𝜙3(0) (44) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 )𝜙3 ′′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦3𝑛, ∇𝑣3𝑛) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣3𝑛 )]𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓3(𝑦3𝑛, 𝑢3), 𝑣3𝑛)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦3𝑛 ′ , 𝑣3𝑛 )𝜙3(0) − (𝑦3𝑛 0 , 𝑣3𝑛 )𝜙3 ′ (0) (45) − ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 )𝜙4 ′ (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦4𝑛, ∇𝑣4𝑛) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 ) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛)]𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓4(𝑦4𝑛, 𝑢4), 𝑣4𝑛)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦4𝑛 ′ , 𝑣4𝑛 ) 𝜙4(0) (46) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛)𝜙4 ′′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦4𝑛, ∇𝑣4𝑛 ) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 ) + (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 ) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑣4𝑛)]𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡=∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓4(𝑦4𝑛, 𝑢4), 𝑣4𝑛)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦4𝑛 ′ , 𝑣4𝑛 )𝜙4(0) − (𝑦4𝑛 0 , 𝑣4𝑛)𝜙4 ′ (0) (47) first, since 𝑣𝑖𝑛 → 𝑣𝑖 st in 𝐿 2(ω) ⟹ { 𝑣𝑖𝑛 𝜙𝑖 (𝑡) → 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 (𝑡) 𝑣𝑖𝑛𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑡) → 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑡) st in 𝐿2(i, v), 𝑣𝑖𝑛 𝜙𝑖 (0) → 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 (0) st in 𝐿2(ω) and 𝑣𝑖𝑛 𝜙𝑖 ′(0) → 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 ′(0) st in 𝐿2(ω) for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 also since 𝑣𝑖𝑛 → 𝑣𝑖 st in 𝑉 ⟹ { 𝑣𝑖𝑛 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑡) → 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑡) 𝑣𝑖𝑛𝜙𝑖 ′′(𝑡) → 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 ′′(𝑡) st in 𝐿2(q). second, we have 𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑡 → 𝑦𝑖𝑡 wk in 𝐿 2(q) and 𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑡 → 𝑦𝑖𝑡 wk in 𝐿 2(i, v) and st in 𝐿2(q). third and on the other hand, let 𝑤𝑖𝑛 = 𝑣𝑖𝑛 𝜙𝑖 and 𝑤𝑖 = 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 then 𝑤𝑖𝑛 → 𝑤𝑖 st in 𝐿 2(q) and then 𝑤𝑖𝑛 is measurable w.r.t. (𝑥, 𝑡), so using assm (a-(i)), employing proposition 1.3, the (𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑛, 𝑢𝑖 ), 𝑤𝑖𝑛)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 is cont. w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖𝑛, 𝑢𝑖 , 𝑤𝑖𝑛), then ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓𝑖 (𝑦𝑖𝑛, 𝑢𝑖 ), 𝑣𝑖𝑛)𝜙𝑖 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 → ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓𝑖 (𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ), 𝑣𝑖 )𝜙𝑖 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 from these convergences, (26) , and (27) we can passage the limits in ((40)-(47)), to get ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 167 − ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦1𝑡 , 𝑣1)𝜙1 ′ (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4, 𝑣1)]𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑣1)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦1 ′ , 𝑣1) 𝜙1(0) (48) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦1, 𝑣1)𝜙1 ′′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4, 𝑣1)]𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑣1)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦1 ′ , 𝑣1)𝜙1(0) − (𝑦1 0 , 𝑣1)𝜙1 ′ (0) (49) − ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦2𝑡 , 𝑣2)𝜙2 ′ 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦2, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4, 𝑣2)]𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦2 ′ , 𝑣2) 𝜙1(0) (50) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦2, 𝑣2)𝜙2 ′′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦2, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4, 𝑣2)]𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦2 ′ , 𝑣2)𝜙2(0) − (𝑦2 0 , 𝑣2)𝜙2 ′ (0) (51) − ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦3𝑡 , 𝑣3)𝜙3 ′ (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦3, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4, 𝑣3)]𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑣3)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦3 ′ , 𝑣3) 𝜙3(0) (52) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦3, 𝑣3)𝜙3 ′′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦3, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4, 𝑣3)]𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑣3)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦3 ′ , 𝑣3)𝜙3(0) − (𝑦3 0 , 𝑣3)𝜙3 ′ (0) (53) − ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦4𝑡 , 𝑣4)𝜙4 ′ (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦4, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4, 𝑣4)]𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑣4)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦4 ′ , 𝑣4) 𝜙4(0) (54) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦4, 𝑣4)𝜙4 ′′𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦4, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4, 𝑣4)]𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑣4)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + (𝑦4 ′ , 𝑣4)𝜙4(0) − (𝑦4 0 , 𝑣4)𝜙4 ′ (0) (55) case1: choose 𝜙𝑖 ∈ 𝐶 2[0, 𝑇] s.t. 𝜙𝑖 (0) = 𝜙𝑖 ′(0) = 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑇) = 𝜙𝑖 (𝑇) = 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 substituting in (49), (51), (53), (55) ibps2 the 1st terms in the lhs, i.e. ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦1𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣1)𝜙1 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4, 𝑣1)]𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑣1)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (56) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦2𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦2, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4, 𝑣2)]𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡) (57) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦3𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣3)𝜙3 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦3, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4, 𝑣3)]𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 168 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑣3)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (58) ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦4𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣4)𝜙4 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦4, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4, 𝑣4)]𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑣4)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (59) hence �⃗� is a solution of (16),(18), (20) &(22) a.e. on i case2: choose 𝜙𝑖 ∈ 𝐶 2[0, 𝑇] s.t. 𝜙𝑖 (𝑇) = 0, &𝜙𝑖 (0) = 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. mbs of (8), (10), (12) and (14) by 𝜙1(𝑡), 𝜙2(𝑡), 𝜙3(𝑡), and 𝜙4(𝑡)resp., ibs on [0, 𝑇], then ibps the 1 st term in the lhs of each equation, then subtracting each one of these obtained equations from those corresponding in (48),(50),(52) &(54) resp. to get (𝑦𝑖𝑡 (0), 𝑣𝑖 )𝜙𝑖 (0) = (𝑦𝑖 ′(0), 𝑣𝑖 )𝜙𝑖 (0), ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. case 3: choose 𝜙𝑖 ∈ 𝐶 2[0, 𝑇] s.t. 𝜙𝑖 (0) = 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑇) = 𝜙𝑖 (𝑇) = 0, 𝜙𝑖 ′(0) ≠ 0, ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. mbs of (8), (10), (12) and (14) by 𝜙1(𝑡), 𝜙2(𝑡), 𝜙3(𝑡), and 𝜙4(𝑡)resp., ibs on [0, 𝑇] then ibps2 the 1st term in the lhs of each equation, then subtracting each one of these obtained equations from those corresponding in (49),(51),(53), and (55) resp. to get (𝑦𝑖 (0), 𝑣𝑖 )𝜙𝑖 ′(0) = (𝑦𝑖 0, 𝑣𝑖 )𝜙𝑖 ′(0), ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in the last two cases, the ics (19), (11), (13) and (14) are held. to prove that �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� st in 𝐿 2(𝐼, 𝑉), we start by ibs (36) on [0, 𝑇], to get ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 ∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥0 2 𝑑𝑡 + 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 ∥ �⃗�𝑛 ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡 = 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑦2𝑛 , 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 + 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 (60) the same way applied to acquire (36)&(60), can be utilize here to obtain, i.e. ∥ 𝑦𝑡 (𝑇) ∥0 2−∥ 𝑦𝑡 (0) ∥0 2+ 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 ∥ �⃗�(𝑡) ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡=2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑦2, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦3, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦4, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦1, 𝑦2𝑡 ) +(𝑦3, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦4, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦1, 𝑦3𝑡 ) − (𝑦2, 𝑦3𝑡 ) − (𝑦4, 𝑦4𝑡 ) + (𝑦1, 𝑦4𝑡 ) − (𝑦2, 𝑦4𝑡 ) + (𝑦3, 𝑦4𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 +2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑦1𝑡 ) + (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑦3𝑡 ) + (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑦4𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 (61) since ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑇) − �⃗�𝑡 (𝑇) ∥0 2−∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (0) − �⃗�𝑡 (0) ∥0 2+ 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 ∥ �⃗�𝑛 (𝑡) − 𝑦 ⃗⃗⃗(𝑡) ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡=(a)-(b)-(c) (62) (a)= ∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑇) ∥0 2−∥ �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (0) ∥0 2+ 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 ∥ �⃗�𝑛(𝑡) ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡 . (b)=(�⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑇), �⃗�𝑡 (𝑇)) − (�⃗�𝑛𝑡 (0), �⃗�𝑡 (0))) + 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 (�⃗�𝑛(𝑡), 𝑦 ⃗⃗⃗(𝑡))1 𝑑𝑡 (c)=( �⃗�𝑡 (𝑇), �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑇) − �⃗�𝑡 (𝑇)) − ( �⃗�𝑡 (0), �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (0) − �⃗�𝑡 (0)) + 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑦 ⃗⃗⃗(𝑡), �⃗�𝑛(𝑡) − 𝑦 ⃗⃗⃗(𝑡))1 𝑑𝑡 since �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� st in 𝐿 2(𝑄), and �⃗�𝑛𝑡 → �⃗� wk in 𝐿 2(𝑄), then from (60) and the assm on 𝑓𝑖 , for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, we get ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 169 (𝑎) = 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) +(𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦4𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦1𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) − (𝑦2𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑦3𝑛, 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 + 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑦1𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑦2𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑦3𝑛𝑡 ) + (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑦4𝑛𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 ⟶ 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑦2, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦3, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦4, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦1, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦3, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦4, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦1, 𝑦3𝑡 ) − (𝑦2, 𝑦3𝑡 ) − (𝑦4, 𝑦4𝑡 ) + (𝑦1, 𝑦4𝑡 ) − (𝑦2, 𝑦4𝑡 ) + (𝑦3, 𝑦4𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 +2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑦1𝑡 ) + (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑦3𝑡 ) + (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑦4𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 by the same way that was employed to acquire (27), it used here to acquire �⃗�𝑛𝑡 (𝑇) → �⃗�(𝑇) st in 𝐿 2(ω) (63) on the other hand, since �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� in 𝐿 2(i, v), then using (27) & (63), yield to (b)⟶ rhs of (61)= 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑦2, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦3, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦4, 𝑦1𝑡 ) − (𝑦1, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦3, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦4, 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑦1, 𝑦3𝑡 ) − (𝑦2, 𝑦3𝑡 ) − (𝑦4, 𝑦4𝑡 ) + (𝑦1, 𝑦4𝑡 ) − (𝑦2, 𝑦4𝑡 ) + (𝑦3, 𝑦4𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 + 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 [(𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑦1𝑡 ) + (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑦2𝑡 ) + (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑦3𝑡 ) + (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑦4𝑡 )]𝑑𝑡 all the term in (c) approach to zero, so as the 1st two terms in the lhs of (62), hence (62) gives ∫ 0 𝑇 ∥ �⃗�𝑛 (𝑡) − 𝑦 ⃗⃗⃗(𝑡) ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡 → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞, therefore �⃗�𝑛 → �⃗� st in 𝐿 2(i, v) uniqueness of the solution: let �⃗� = (𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, 𝑦4) and �⃗̅� = (�̅�1, �̅�2, �̅�3, �̅�4) be two solutions of the sqvs of the wf ((8), (10), (12), and (14)), subtracting each equation from the other and replace 𝑣𝑖 = 𝑦𝑖 − �̅�𝑖 for each 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, i.e. ((𝑦1 − �̅�1)𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦1 − �̅�1) + ∇(𝑦1 − �̅�1, 𝑦1 − �̅�1) + (𝑦1 − �̅�1, 𝑦1 − �̅�1) − (𝑦2 − �̅�2, 𝑦1 − �̅�1) + (𝑦3 − �̅�3, 𝑦1 − �̅�1) + (𝑦4 − �̅�4, 𝑦1 − �̅�1) = (𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1) − 𝑓1(�̅�1, 𝑢1), 𝑦1 − �̅�1) (64) ((𝑦2 − �̅�2)𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦2 − �̅�2) + ∇(𝑦2 − �̅�2, 𝑦2 − �̅�2) + (𝑦1 − �̅�1, 𝑦2 − �̅�2) + (𝑦2 − �̅�2, 𝑦2 − �̅�2) − (𝑦3 − �̅�3, 𝑦2 − �̅�2) − (𝑦4 − �̅�4, 𝑦2 − �̅�2) = (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2) − 𝑓2(�̅�2, 𝑢2), 𝑦2 − �̅�2) (65) ((𝑦3 − �̅�3)𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦3 − �̅�3) + ∇(𝑦3 − �̅�3, 𝑦3 − �̅�3) − (𝑦1 − �̅�1, 𝑦3 − �̅�3) + (𝑦2 − �̅�2, 𝑦3 − �̅�3) + (𝑦3 − �̅�3, 𝑦3 − �̅�3) + (𝑦4 − �̅�4, 𝑦3 − �̅�3) = (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3) − 𝑓3(�̅�3, 𝑢3), 𝑦3 − �̅�3) (66) ((𝑦4 − �̅�4)𝑡𝑡 , 𝑦4 − �̅�4) + ∇(𝑦4 − �̅�4, 𝑦4 − �̅�4) + (𝑦1 − �̅�1, 𝑦4 − �̅�4) + (𝑦2 − �̅�2, 𝑦4 − �̅�4) − (𝑦3 − �̅�3, 𝑦4 − �̅�4) + (𝑦4 − �̅�4, 𝑦4 − �̅�4) = (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4) − 𝑓4(�̅�4, 𝑢4), 𝑦4 − �̅�4) (67) collecting the above equalities for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 using lemma 1.2 in ref. [15] for the 1st in lhs of above equations, to get 1 2 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 ∥ (�⃗� − �⃗̅�) 𝑡 (𝑡) ∥0 2+ 2 ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥1 2= (𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1) − 𝑓1(�̅�1, 𝑢1), 𝑦1 − �̅�1) + (𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2) − 𝑓2(�̅�2, 𝑢2), 𝑦2 − �̅�2) + (𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3) − 𝑓3(�̅�3, 𝑢3), 𝑦3 − �̅�3) + (𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4) − 𝑓4(�̅�4, 𝑢4), 𝑦4 − �̅�4) (68) the lhs of (68) is positive, ibs of it w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑡, and using assumptions (a-ii) of the rhs of it, yields to ∫ 0 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 𝑡 ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥0 2 ≤ 2 ∫ 0 𝑡 𝐿 ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥0 2 𝑑𝑡 , where 𝐿 = max (𝐿1, 𝐿2, 𝐿3, 𝐿4) ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 170 then, ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥0 2≤ 2 ∫ 0 𝑇 𝐿 ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥0 2,. by using lemma (1.2), to acquire ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥0 2≤ 0𝑒 ∫ 0 𝑇 2𝐿𝑑𝑡 = 0, ∀𝑡 ∈ 𝐼 again ibs of (68) w.r.t. 𝑡 from 0 to 𝑇, using the ics and the above result for the rhs of the equations, to acquire ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥0 2+ 2 ∥ �⃗� − �⃗̅� ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝐿 ∫ 0 𝑇 ∥ (�⃗� − �⃗̅�) ∥0 2 𝑑𝑡 ⟹ ∫ 0 𝑇 ∥ (�⃗� − �⃗̅�) (𝑡) ∥1 2≤ 0 ⟹∥ (�⃗� − �⃗̅�) (𝑡) ∥ 𝐿2(i,v) = 0 ⟹ �⃗� = �⃗̅� i.e. the solution is unique 3.1 lemma: in addition to assumptions (a), if the functions 𝑓𝑖 (for each 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) is lipschitz w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖 & 𝑢𝑖 , and if cccqv is bounded, then the operator �⃗⃗� → �⃗��⃗⃗⃗� form (𝐿 2(𝑄))4 to (𝐿∞(𝐼, 𝐿2(ω)))4 or to (𝐿2(𝑄))4 or to (𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉))4 is continuous. proof: let �⃗⃗� = (𝑢1, 𝑢2, 𝑢3, 𝑢4), �⃗⃗̅� = (�̅�1, �̅�2, �̅�3, �̅�4) ∈ (𝐿 2(𝑄))4, 𝛿�⃗⃗� = �⃗⃗̅� − �⃗⃗�, �⃗⃗�𝜀 =�⃗⃗� + 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∈ (𝐿2(𝑄))4, for > 0, then by theorem 3.1, �⃗� = �⃗��⃗⃗⃗� = (𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, 𝑦4) and �⃗�𝜀 = �⃗��⃗⃗⃗�𝜀 = (𝑦1𝜀 , 𝑦2𝜀 , 𝑦3𝜀 , 𝑦4𝜀 ) are their corresponding sqvs which satisfy the wf ((8)-(15)). setting 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 = (𝛿𝑦1𝜀 , 𝛿𝑦2𝜀 , 𝛿𝑦3𝜀 , 𝛿𝑦4𝜀 )= �⃗�𝜀 − �⃗� , to obtain (𝛿𝑦1𝜀𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣1) + (∇𝛿𝑦1𝜀 , ∇𝑣1) + (𝛿𝑦1𝜀 , 𝑣1) − (𝛿𝑦2𝜀 , 𝑣1) + (𝛿𝑦3𝜀 , 𝑣1) + (𝛿𝑦4𝜀 , 𝑣1) = (𝑓1(𝑦1 + 𝛿𝑦1𝜀 , 𝑢1 + 𝛿𝑢1) − 𝑓1(𝑦1, 𝑢1), 𝑣1) (69) 𝛿𝑦1𝜀 (𝑥, 0) = 0 and 𝛿𝑦1𝜀𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 0 (70) (𝛿𝑦2𝜀𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣2) + (∆𝛿𝑦2𝜀 , ∇𝑣2) + (𝛿𝑦1𝜀 , 𝑣2) + (𝛿𝑦2𝜀 , 𝑣2) − (𝛿𝑦3𝜀 , 𝑣2) − (𝛿𝑦4𝜀 , 𝑣2) = (𝑓2(𝑦2 + 𝛿𝑦2𝜀 , 𝑢2 + 𝛿𝑢2) − 𝑓2(𝑦2, 𝑢2), 𝑣2) (71) 𝛿𝑦2𝜀 (𝑥, 0) = 0 and 𝛿𝑦2𝜀𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 0 (72) (𝛿𝑦3𝜀𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣3) + (∇δ𝑦3𝜀 , ∇𝑣3) − (𝛿𝑦1𝜀 , 𝑣3) + (𝛿𝑦2𝜀 , 𝑣3) + (𝛿𝑦3𝜀 , 𝑣3) + (𝛿𝑦4𝜀 , 𝑣3) = (𝑓3(𝑦3 + 𝛿𝑦3𝜀 , 𝑢3 + 𝛿𝑢3) − 𝑓3(𝑦3, 𝑢3), 𝑣3) (73) 𝛿𝑦3𝜀 (𝑥, 0) = 0 and 𝛿𝑦3𝜀𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 0 (74) (𝛿𝑦4𝜀𝑡𝑡 , 𝑣4) + (∇δ𝑦4𝜀 , ∇𝑣4) − (𝛿𝑦1𝜀, 𝑣4) + (𝛿𝑦2𝜀 , 𝑣4) − (𝛿𝑦3𝜀 , 𝑣4) + (𝛿𝑦4𝜀 , 𝑣4) = (𝑓4(𝑦4 + 𝛿𝑦4𝜀 , 𝑢4 + 𝛿𝑢4) − 𝑓4(𝑦4, 𝑢4), 𝑣4) (75) 𝛿𝑦4𝜀 (𝑥, 0) = 0 and 𝛿𝑦4𝜀𝑡 (𝑥, 0) = 0 (76) substituting 𝑣𝑖 = 𝛿𝑦𝑖𝜀𝑡 for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 in (69),(71),(73)and (75) resp., collecting the obtained equations. using the same way that is used to get (37), a similar equation can be obtained but with 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 in position of �⃗�𝑛 , then ibs on [0, 𝑡], using lip. on 𝑓𝑖 w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) resp. for (𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) to get ∫ 0 𝑡 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 [∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀𝑡 (𝑡) ∥0 2+∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥1 2]𝑑𝑡 ≤ 2 ∫ 0 [( 𝑡 ∣ 𝛿𝑦2𝜀 ∣ +∣ 𝛿𝑦3𝜀 ∣ +∣ 𝛿𝑦4𝜀 ∣) ∣ 𝛿𝑦1𝜀𝑡 ∣ +�̅�1 ∣ 𝛿𝑦1𝜀𝑡 ∣ 2+ �̿�1 ∣ 𝛿𝑢4 ∣∣ 𝛿𝑦1𝜀𝑡 ∣]𝑑𝑡 + + 2 ∫ 0 𝑡 [(∣ 𝛿𝑦1𝜀 ∣ +∣ 𝛿𝑦3𝜀 ∣ +∣ 𝛿𝑦4𝜀 ∣) ∣ 𝛿𝑦2𝜀𝑡 ∣ +�̅�2 ∣ 𝛿𝑦2𝜀𝑡 ∣ 2+ �̿�2 ∣ 𝛿𝑢2 ∣∣ 𝛿𝑦2𝜀𝑡 ∣]𝑑𝑡 2∫ 0 𝑡 [(∣ 𝛿𝑦1𝜀 ∣ +∣ 𝛿𝑦2𝜀 ∣ +∣ 𝛿𝑦4𝜀 ∣) ∣ 𝛿𝑦3𝜀𝑡 ∣ +�̅�3 ∣ 𝛿𝑦3𝜀𝑡 ∣ 2+ �̅̅�3 ∣ 𝛿𝑢3 ∣ ∣ 𝛿𝑦3𝜀𝑡 ∣]𝑑𝑡 +2 ∫ 0 𝑡 [(∣ 𝛿𝑦1𝜀 +∣ 𝛿𝑦2𝜀 ∣ +∣ 𝛿𝑦3𝜀 ∣) ∣ 𝛿𝑦4𝜀𝑡 ∣ +�̅�4 ∣ 𝛿𝑦4𝜀𝑡 ∣ 2 + �̅̅�4 ∣ 𝛿𝑢4 ∣∣ 𝛿𝑦4𝜀𝑡 ∣]𝑑𝑡 using the definitions of the norms and the relations between them, to get. ∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀𝑡 ∥0 2+∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥1 2≤ 3 ∫ 0 𝑡 [∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥0 2+∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀𝑡 ∥1 2]𝑑𝑡 + �̃�3 ∫ 0 𝑡 [∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥0 2+∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀𝑡 ∥1 2]𝑑𝑡 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 171 +�̃�4 ∫ 0 𝑡 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥0 2 𝑑𝑡 + �̃�4 ∫ 0 𝑡 ∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀𝑡 ∥1 2 𝑑𝑡 ≤ �̃�4 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑄 2 + 𝐿5 ∫ 0 𝑡 [∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥0 2+∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀𝑡 ∥1 2]𝑑𝑡 where �̃�3 = max (�̅�1, �̅�2, �̅�3, �̅�4), �̃�4 = max (�̅̅�1, �̅̅�2, �̅̅�3, �̅̅�4), 𝐿5 = max (3 + �̃�3, 3 + �̃�4 + �̃�3). applying the bgi, with𝐿2 = �̃�4𝑒 𝐿5 ∫ 0 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 , to get ∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀𝑡 ∥0 2+∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥1 2≤ 𝐿2 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑄 2 , ∀𝑡 ∈ 𝐼 ⟹∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥1 2≤ 𝐿2 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗�(𝑡) ∥𝑄 2 , ∀𝑡 ∈ 𝐼 ∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥𝐿∞(𝐼,𝐿2(ω))≤ 𝐿 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑄, ∥ 𝛿�⃗�∈ ∥𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉)≤ 𝐿 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑄 and ∥ 𝛿�⃗�𝜀 ∥𝑄 ≤ 𝐿 ∥ 𝛿�⃗⃗� ∥𝑄 . 4. the existence of an occcqv 4.1. assumptions (b): consider 𝑔𝑙𝑖 for (𝑙 = 0 &𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) is of carathéodory type on 𝑄 × (ℝ × 𝑈), and satisfies the following sub quadratic condition w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖 ∈ ℝ and 𝑢𝑖 ∈ 𝑈𝑖 , |𝑔𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )| ≤ 𝐺𝑙𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝐶𝑙𝑖1𝑦𝑖 2 + 𝐶𝑙𝑖2𝑢𝑖 2, where 𝐺𝑙𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 1(q), for (𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝑄,𝑙 = 0 4.1 lemma: with assum. (b), the functional �⃗⃗� → 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) is continuous on (𝐿 2(𝑄))4. proof: using assumptions (b) and proposition 1.3, the integral∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 is continuous on 𝐿2(𝑄), ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, hence 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) is continuous on (𝐿 2(𝑄))4. 4.2 lemma : let 𝑔: 𝑄 × ℝ → ℝ is of carathéodory type on 𝑄 × (ℝ × ℝ) and satisfies |𝑔 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦, 𝑢)| ≤ 𝐺 (𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝑐 𝑦 2 + �́�𝑢 2, where 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝐿1(q),𝑢 ∈ 𝑈, 𝑐, 𝑐́ ≥ 0, 𝑈 ⊂ ℝ, is compact.. then, ∫ 𝑄 𝑔 (𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑢 )𝑑𝑥 is continuous on 𝐿 2(𝑄) w.r.t. 𝑦. 4.1 theorem: in addition to assumptions (a&b), if the set �⃗⃗⃗� is convex and compact., �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 ≠ 𝜙, the function 𝑓𝑖 , for (𝑖 = 1,2,3,4) have the form 𝑓𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) = 𝑓𝑖1(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 ) + 𝑓𝑖2(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢𝑖 ,where |𝑓𝑖1(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 )| ≤ 𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝑐𝑖 ∣ 𝑦𝑖 ∣, |𝑓𝑖2(𝑥, 𝑡)| ≤ 𝐾𝑖 , 𝑖 ∈ 𝐿 2(q), 𝑐𝑖 ≥ 0, for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. then there exists an occqv. proof: from the assumptions on 𝑈𝑖 ⊂ ℝ for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 and the egorov’s theorem, once get that �⃗⃗⃗⃗� is weakly compact, since �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 ≠ 𝜙, there exists a minimum sequence {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } = {(𝑢1𝑘 , 𝑢2𝑘 , 𝑢3𝑘 , 𝑢4𝑘 )} ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, ∀𝑘 s.t. 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�𝑘 ) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�). since {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } ∈ �⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴, ∀𝑘 and �⃗⃗⃗⃗� is weakly compact, there exists a subsequence of {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } say again {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } s.t. . �⃗⃗�𝑘 → �⃗⃗� wk in (𝐿2(𝑄))4 and ∥ �⃗⃗�𝑘 ∥𝑄 ≤ 𝑑,∀𝑘. from theorem 3.1, for each control {�⃗⃗�𝑘 } the wf (18), (20), (22), (24) has a unique sqvs , {�⃗�𝑘 = �⃗�𝑢𝑘 } s.t. the norm ∥ �⃗�𝑘 ∥𝐿2(𝐼,𝑉), ∥ �⃗�𝑘𝑡 ∥𝐿2(𝑄) are bounded, then by ath there exists a subsequence of {�⃗�𝑘 } and {�⃗�𝑘𝑡 }, say again {�⃗�𝑘 } and {�⃗�𝑘𝑡 }, s.t. �⃗�𝑘 → �⃗� wk in (𝐿2(𝐼, 𝑉))4, �⃗�𝑘𝑡 → �⃗� wk in (𝐿 2(𝑄))4. now for each 𝑘. and by applying the acth [15], we get that there exists a subsequence of{�⃗�𝑘 } say a gain {�⃗�𝑘 } s.t. �⃗�𝑘 → �⃗� st in (𝐿 2(𝑄))4. now since for each 𝑘, �⃗�𝑘 is a sqvs of the wf ((18), (20), (22), (24)) resp. , substituting in these equations, mbss of each equation by 𝜙𝑖 (𝑡), ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 (with 𝜙𝑖 ∈ 𝐶 2[0, 𝑇], s.t. 𝜙𝑖 (𝑇) = 𝜙𝑖 ′(𝑇) = 0, 𝜙𝑖 (0) ≠ 0, 𝜙𝑖 ′(0) ≠ 0). rewriting the 1st term in the lhs of each one then ibs on [0, 𝑇], finally ibps for the 1st terms, one has ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦1𝑘𝑡 , 𝑣1)𝜙1 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦1𝑘 , ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣1) − (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣1) + (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣1) + (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣1)]𝜙1 𝑑𝑡 =∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓11(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1𝑘 ), 𝑣1)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓12(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢1𝑘 , 𝑣1)𝜙1 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (77) ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦2𝑘𝑡 , 𝑣2)𝜙2 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦2𝑘 , ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣2) + (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣2) − (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣2) − (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣2)]𝜙2 𝑑𝑡 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 172 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓21(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2𝑘 ), 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓22(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢2𝑘 , 𝑣2)𝜙2 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (78) ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣3)𝜙3 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦3𝑘 , ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣3) + (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣3) + (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣3) + (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣3)]𝜙3 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓31(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3𝑘 ), 𝑣3)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓32(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢3𝑘 , 𝑣3)𝜙3 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (79) ∫ 0 𝑇 𝑑 𝑑𝑡 (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣4)𝜙4 𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 [(∇𝑦4𝑘 , ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1𝑘 , 𝑣4) + (𝑦2𝑘 , 𝑣4) − (𝑦3𝑘 , 𝑣4) + (𝑦4𝑘 , 𝑣4)]𝜙4 𝑑𝑡 = ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓41(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4𝑘 ), 𝑣4)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + ∫ 0 𝑇 (𝑓42(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢4𝑘 , 𝑣4)𝜙4 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (80) the same steps that are utilized in the proof of theorem 3.1, can also be used here to passage the limit in the lhs of ((77)-(80)). we persist in the passage of the limit in rhs of ((77))(80)) as follows. let ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, 𝑣𝑖 ∈ 𝐶[ω̅], 𝑤𝑖 = 𝑣𝑖 𝜙𝑖 (𝑡), then 𝑤𝑖 ∈ 𝐶[q̅] ∈ 𝐿 ∞(𝑄) ⊂ 𝐿2(𝑄), set 𝑓�̅�1(𝑦𝑖𝑘 ) = 𝑓𝑖1(𝑦𝑖𝑘 )𝑤𝑖, then 𝑓�̅�1: 𝑄 × ℝ → ℝ is of carathéodory type , utilizing proposition 3.1, to get the integral ∫ 𝑄 𝑓𝑖1(𝑦𝑖𝑘 )𝑤𝑖 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, is continuous w.r.t. 𝑦𝑖𝑘 ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4. but 𝑦𝑖𝑘 → 𝑦𝑖 st in 𝐿 2(𝑄) and 𝑢𝑖𝑘 → 𝑢𝑖 wk in 𝐿 2(𝑄), then ∫ 𝑄 𝑓𝑖1(𝑦𝑖𝑘 )𝑤𝑖 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 → ∫ 𝑄 𝑓𝑖1(𝑦𝑖 )𝑤𝑖 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, ∀ 𝑤𝑖 ∈ 𝐶[q̅] , for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 (81) ∫ 𝑄 𝑓𝑖2(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢𝑖𝑘 𝑤𝑖 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 → ∫ 𝑄 𝑓𝑖2(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢𝑖 𝑤𝑖 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, ∀ 𝑤𝑖 ∈ 𝐶[q̅] , for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4 (82) form the density of 𝐶(ω̅) in 𝑉, (81) &(82) are satisfies for each 𝑣𝑖 ∈ 𝑉 for 𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, hence the following wf is obtained (𝑦1𝑡 , 𝑣1) + (∇𝑦1, ∇𝑣1) + (𝑦1, 𝑣1) − (𝑦2, 𝑣1) + (𝑦3, 𝑣1) + (𝑦4, 𝑣1) = (𝑓11(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦1), 𝑣1) + (𝑓12(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢1, 𝑣1), ∀𝑣1 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i (83) (𝑦2𝑡 , 𝑣2) + (∆𝑦2, ∇𝑣2) + (𝑦1, 𝑣2) + (𝑦2, 𝑣2) − (𝑦3, 𝑣2) − (𝑦4, 𝑣2) = (𝑓21(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦2), 𝑣2) + (𝑓22(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢2, 𝑣2), ∀𝑣2 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i (84) (𝑦3𝑡 , 𝑣3) + (∇𝑦3, ∇𝑣3) − (𝑦1, 𝑣3) + (𝑦2, 𝑣3) + (𝑦3, 𝑣3) + (𝑦4, 𝑣3) = (𝑓31(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦3), 𝑣3) + (𝑓32(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢3, 𝑣3)∀𝑣3 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i (85) (𝑦4𝑡 , 𝑣4) + (∇𝑦4, ∇𝑣4) − (𝑦1, 𝑣4) + (𝑦2, 𝑣4) − (𝑦3, 𝑣4) + (𝑦4, 𝑣4) = (𝑓41(𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦4), 𝑣4) + (𝑓42(𝑥, 𝑡)𝑢4, 𝑣4) ∀𝑣4 ∈ 𝑉 a.e. on i (86) also, the same steps employed in theorem 3.1 can be employed here to obtain that the ics are held, hence �⃗� is the sqvs. now since ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) is continuous w.r.t. (𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ), and 𝑈𝑖 is compact. with 𝑢𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡) ∈ 𝑈𝑖 a.e. in 𝑄, then using lemma 4.2, to get ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 ) 𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 → ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 (87) but 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 ) is continuous and convex w.r.t. 𝑢𝑖 then ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 is weakly lowe semi cont. (wlsc) w.r.t. 𝑢𝑖 , ∀𝑖 = 1,2,3,4, i.e. ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 ∫ 𝑄 [𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 ) − 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )]𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 + 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑 ⟹ σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖 , 𝑢𝑖 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡 ≤ σ 𝑖=1 4 ∫ 𝑄 𝑔0𝑖 (𝑥, 𝑡, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑢𝑖𝑘 )𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡, thus ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 173 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�𝑘 ) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑘→∞ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�𝑘 ) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�), then 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝑖𝑛𝑓 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�) ⟹ 𝐺0(�⃗⃗�) ≤ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 �⃗⃗⃗�𝑘∈�⃗⃗⃗⃗�𝐴 𝐺0(�⃗⃗̅�), then �⃗⃗� is oqcccv. 5. conclusion the method of galerkin with the aubin compactness theorem is used successfully to demonstrate the existence theorem of a unique state quaternary vector solution for the weak form for the quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem where the classical continuous control quaternary vector is considered given under suitable hypotheses. the continuity operator between the state quaternary vector solution of the weak form for the quaternary nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem and the corresponding classical continuous control quaternary vector is demonstrated. the existence theorem of an optimal classical continuous control quaternary vector under suitable hypotheses is demonstrated. references 1. grigorenko, n.; grigorieva, ѐ. v.; roi, p. k.; khailov, e.n. optimal control problems for a mathematical model of the treatment of psoriasis, computational mathematics and modeling. 2019, 304, 352-363. 2. syahrini, i.; masabar, r.; aliasuddin, a.; munzir, s.; hazim, y. the application of optimal control through fiscal policy on indonesian economy. the journal of asian finance, economics and business. 2021, 8, 3, 0741-0750. 3. rigatos, g.; abbaszadeh, m. nonlinear optimal control for multi-dof robotic manipulators with flexible joints. optimal control applications and methods. 2021,6,1708 1733. 4. kahina, l.; spiteri, p.; demim, f.; mohamed, a. ; nemra, a.; messine, f. application optimal control for a problem aircraft flight, journal of engineering science and technology review. 2018, 11, 156-164. 5. bors, d. ; walczak, s. optimal control elliptic systems with distributed and boundary controls . nonlinear analysis. 2005, 63,5-7,1367-1376. 6. al-hawasy, j. “the continuous classical optimal control problem of a nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations (ccocp)”, al-mustansiriyah journal of science. 2008, 19, 3, 96-110,. 7. chryssoverghi i., al-hawasy j. the continuous classical optimal control problem of semi linear parabolic equations (ccocp), journal of karbala university. 2010,8,3. 8. al-hawasy j., and al-rawdhanee e. h, the continuous classical optimal control of a couple of non-linear elliptic equation”, mathematical theory and modeling. 2014,4,14. 9. al-hawasy j. the continuous classical optimal control of a coupled nonlinear hyperbolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints, iraqi journal of science. 2016,57, 2c, 1528-1538. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 174 10. al-hawasy, j.; kadhem, g.m. the continuous classical optimal control for a coupled nonlinear parabolic partial differential equations with equality and inequality constraints. journal of al-nahrain university, 2016,19, 1, 173-186. 11. al-hawasy j., jasim d. k.the continuous classical optimal control problems for triple nonlinear elliptic boundary value problem. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure and applied sciences. 2020, 33, 3, 101-112. 12. al-hawasy, j.; rasheed, th. continuous classical optimal control of triple nonlinear parabolic partial differential equation , iraqi j. sci. 2022,63,2,690-701. 13. al-hawasy, j.a.; ali, l.h. constraints optimal control governing by triple nonlinear hyperbolic boundary value problem . hindawi. journal of applied mathematics, 2020. 14. chryssoverghi, i. optimization . national technical university of athens-greece, 2003. 15 temam, r. navier-stokes equations. northholand publishing company,1977. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees physics |16 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 structural and optical properties of polymers(pva / pvp ) doped with v2o5 composites films ghuzlan s. ahmed dept.of physics /college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham) /university of baghdad . received in:15/january/2017,accepted in:19/march/2017 abstract study the effect of doping v2o5 on polymers poly vinyl alcohol ( pva), poly vinyl pyrrolidone (pvp) on the optical and structural properties for film prepared by using casting method at thickness( 300±20)nm ,all the materials dissolved in distilled water by magnetic mixer for one hour .the optical parameters measured by using uv-vis spectrometer ,and the structural parameters measured by x-ray diffraction .when measured the energy gap found that the value was decreases from 4.6 ev to 2.98 ev with doping .the refractive index ,extinction coefficient ,absorption coefficient ,real and imaginary dielectric constants of (pva/pvp) are increasing with doping by v2o5 and with increase the ratio of doping . key words: pva , pvp, doping ,structural and optical properties,v2o5 . physics |17 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 introduction composites of polymer have been become on .account of simple process ability ,relatively in expensive ,very pest quality surface and simple fabrication of thin and thick samples [1,2].there are several factors which affect polymer properties such as optical ,structural ,electrical and doping ,it is possible to control the type of polymer through control of concentration ,interplay with the polymer chains doping [3].interest in the study of electronic transitions of polymers gives a clear idea about the optical properties and that knowledge useful in many applications including protective coatings ,optical filter, semiconductor and a cover solar collection [2,4]. poly (vinyl pyrrolidone )(pvp) and poly (vinyl alcohol )(pva) are possess distinctive qualities from arrange of polymers are the possessing high polar ,simple processability and friends of environment ,and also characterized superb thermo stability ,good electrical properties ,a loft mechanical strength and water solubility [6,7]. from previes studies ,which focused on composites pva/pvp doping are [8]."that they concluded for their studies polymer pva and pvp thin films deposited onto saw substrates by using spin coating .all samles show high sensitivity to relative humidity with range (595)%rh.and the other result that the better parameters of the pvp-senser" ."the shen hong ,c.bolin et al [9] studied colloidal au with pvp composite films prepared by spincoating method ,then found that large optical nonlinearities of au/pva films".poly (vinyl pyrrolidone)pvp andpoly(vinyl alcohol)pva,are in the list of synthetic polymers which are used in medicine.[4].vanadium pentoxide is used in many applications such as gas sensing agent , a window for solar cells and the important application of v2o5 is the positive material of lithium ion batteries..[5] the aim of the work preparation of (pva-pvp-v2o5) films and study their structural and optical properties. method and materials in this research ,putting 4gm of pva with (wt =30000 gm/mol) and 4gm of pvp with (wt=70000gm/mol) dissolved in 100mil distilled water by magnetic mixer for one hour ,nh4no3 dissolved in distilled water at concentration 2% and 6% by magnetic mixer for one hour .two dropes of each solution is put in glass petri deshes at dimeter (4cm) and left to dry in the room temperature for 72 hour ,the samples thickness were (300) nm ,which was measured by weighting method depending on the equation[6]. th =∆m/ρ a ………………… (1) when th:is thickness ,∆m : the different between weight substrate before and after the film deposition , ρ: the density, a:is the area of the film . the transmission measured by (uvvisible spectroscopic effect ) as well as sampling x-ray diffraction by shemadzu xrd – diffractometer . the structural parameters was calculated such as : the grain size [10]. by scherrers equation can be calculated g.s =m λ /β cos θ …………………………….. (2) where m is constant equal to (0.94), λ is the wavelength of x-ray (1.5406aᵒ) , β is the full width at half maximum (fwhm) and θ is the braggs angle . using the dislocation density (η) also calculated by " williamson and smallmans equation [11]". η=1/ (g.s) 2 …………………………. (3) also the number of crystals (nᵒ) calculated by using the equation .[12]. nᵒ = th / (g.s) 3 …………………….. (4) at the end of structural parameters the strain (s) calculated by the formula . [13] s=β cos θ /4 ………………………. (5) physics |18 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 all these parameters put in the table (1) the value of the number of crystals and dislocation density and the strain was increase at doping ratio 6% . the energy band gap (eg) could be calculated by equation . [14] and show in shape (4) . α hѵ =l(e-eg) j …………………………. (6) where α is the absorption coefficient , ѵ is the incident photon frequency, l is constant and h is planck constant ,if j equal (1/2) the allowed direct transition ,but if equal to (2) the allowed in direct transition , the value of eg recorded in table (2) the energy e can be calculated by the relation . [15] e =h ѵ =1240/λ" …………………….. (7)" the reflectance r also calculated by the formula . [16] r=1-(a+t)" ………………………………… (8)" the extinction coefficient (kᵒ ) can be calculated by the equation .[17] and show in shape (5). (9) ….. kᵒ =αλ /4 after calculated r and kᵒ can be easly to calculated refractive index by the relation [18].and draw in fig (6) . (10) -kᵒ 2 ) 1/2 ( + n = the dielectric constant into two types ; real (εr )and imaginary (εi) can also evaluated by the relation [19].and show in figure (7,8) . " εr =n 2 -kᵒ 2 " ………………………………. (11) (12) ……… " ᵒ=2nk iε " the optical conductivity as a function of photon energy can be also calculated by the relation [20].and show in shape (9). (13) …………………………. δ = where c: the velocity of light . by using the relation no. (13) can be found the absorption coefficient [21].and show in figure (10). α = 2.303(a/th) ………………………….. (14) discussion of results figure (1) show the xrd for pva , pvp , pva:pvp:v2o5(2%) and pva:pvp:v2o5 (6%) . we found that the samples of v2o5 is orthorhombic structure , then the peaks of [600] plane at 37.8° ,[002] plane at39.08° and[020] at 37°. the optical parameters was studied like the spectra of absorption a% and transmission as shown in shape (2-3) we note the absorption spectra of the samples as a function of wave length decrease with increasing of doping ratio. this behavior due to absorbs the incident light depit the v2o5 particles ,opposite the transmission which is increases with increase the doping ratio from 2% to 6% then is very high equal to (95%) from these samples that is good to use in solar cell and other applications. the optical band gap (eg) which is clear in shape (4) decreases with doping in v2o5 and with increasing the ratio of doping ,this decrease of band gap due to the decrease in crystal size of original solution ,(hussein 2015). the observe increment of extinction coefficient in figure (5) at high wave length with doping and increasing of doping ratio of v2o5 due to more scattering of photons (tintu 2010) [3] . in the shape (7,8) we observed that εr behaves just like refraction index and extinction coefficient because they joined with it in relations .the real part of dielectric constant as a function of photon energy is increase at doping with v2o5 because increase the absorption of incident light .(ahmed 2007).[22]. physics |19 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 .we observed the optical conductivity was increase with increases of photon energy and this behavior is same as the absorption coefficient because it depending on it by the relation number (13) . in the figure (10) we show the increase of absorption coefficient as a function of photon energy with increasing the ratio of doping because increase number of carries charges .and because the absorption coefficient less than 10 4 so the band gap is indirect . . references 1rawat , a,. mahavar, h.k. ,s.chauhan ,a.tanwar and p.j.singh,(2012) "optical band gap of polyvinyl prrolidone /poly acrilamide blend thin films "j.pure &applied physics .:50, (100104) . 2hahim, h. ,.khalaf, a,.ghazi, j.h hashim, a.,and m.khudhur,(2014), "optical properties of poly vinyl prrolidone (pvp) films doped with nickel nitrate (nino3) ,j.science and research (ijsr) ,.3,no.10, (1869-1870) . 3-.hakim.h,.al-ramadhan z andhashim a, (2015),"the effect of aluminum oxide nanoparticles on the optical properties of (pvp-peg) blend ", j.celland molecular biology ,:5,no.4, (15-18) . 4-ibrahim r.a gool and a.hashim,(2014), "enhancement of structural and optical properties of (pva-pvp-tio2) nano compesites)..8,no.17, (564-570). 5-hassan.k, asieh.m ,(2015),"poly vinyl alcohol-based sol-gel synthesis of v2o5 nanoflakes as positive electrodes of li-ion batteries .int.j.electrochem.sci.,10.7392-7408.iran. 6premalatha, m, a vijaya.n,.selvalakshmi. s and.monisha. s. (2015),"study of proton conducting blend polymer electrolyte based on pva-pvp" j.medical science ,.4 ,no.6, (189192). 7-dinkhan, s,.ahmed. b , raghuvanshi, s.k, wahab, m.a. (2014), "structural ,morphological and optical properties of silver doped polyvinyl prrolidone composites " j.pure &applied physics ,.52,.(192-197) . 8-.buvailo . a,.xing . y,.hines .j e.borguet,(2011), "thin polymer film based rapid surface acoustic wave humidity sensors "j.sensors &actuators , .156 . (444-449). 9kadhim , r.g,(2014),"effect of nano silver particles on the optical and structural properties of (pva-pvp)films" j .advances in physics theories and application,.34,.(30-39). 10hong, s. bo-lin c, wei.l.g. tian.w.w. g.d.yi,c.z.hao,and zhen y.g. ,(2005) ."nonlinear optical properties of au/pvp composite thin films .j.chinese physics and iop publishing ltd ,.14,no.9, (1915-1918). 11-jain. a .p.sagar ,r.m. (2007),"change of structural ,optical and electrical properties of sol – gel derived zno films with their thickness ",j.materials science –poland ,.25,no.1, (233-242) . 12-ezema. f.l, (2004), " fabrication ,optical properties and applications of undopel chemical bath deposited zno thin films ",j. science ,.15,no.4 , (343-350) . 13sub e, shim , .seong. h,s.sik , yan. i,and s.yeal,(2003), "annealing effect on the structural and optical properties of zno thin films on inp" ,j.materials science and engineering , b102 ,.(366-369). 14-cullity b.d,(1956),elements of x-ray diffraction ,addison –wesley publications company inc, reading ,massachusette . 15tanc, j. (1974)."amorphous and liquid semiconductors" ,plenum prees ,new york . 16noweell mm,pandel nr ,and liu x,(2015)," characterization of sputtered cdte thin films electron bactter diffraction and correlation with device performance " ,j.micosc microanal ,.21, 4, (27-35). 17divya.r.,m.meena ,c.k. mahadevan and padma, c.m.,(2005),"investigation on cuo dispersed pva polymer films ".4.(2248-9622). physics |20 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 18-.caglar m. caglar .y., s.i lican ,(2006)," the determination of the thickness and optical constants of the zno crystalline thin film by using envelop method " ,j. optoelectronics and advanced materials , .8.4 . (1410-1413) 19aksoy. s. . caglar ,y,s. i lican ,(2010),"effect of sn dopants on the optical and electrical properties of zno films " ,j.optica applicata ,.xl,no.1, (7-13) . 20al-douri ,a.a.,al-shakily ,f.y.,alia m.f and al najjar a.a.(2010),"optical properties al and sb doped cdte thin films " j.advances in condensed matter physics ,.10, (1-5) . 21buet. f, j.olivier fourcade ,y.bensimon ,p. belougne ,(1991), state communications ,77(1).(29-32) . 22mustafa. mustafa f.a.,(2013) ,"optical properties of nai doped poly vinyl alcohol films " ,j.physical science research international ..1(1), (1-9). 23-ahmed, a.h. awatif .a.m and n.zeidabdul-majied , 2007."j.ofeng.&technology" ,25(4):558-568. table (1): the structural parameters from grain size ,dislocation density ,number of crystals and strain . table (2): the value of energy gap from the samples s nᵒ (nm )-2 -2 ( (nmᵑ g.s(nm) sample 0.4143 513.17 1.4302 0.8362 pva 0.7387 2909.79 4.5475 0.4690 pvp 0.4484 650.33 1.675 0.7727 pva:pvp:v2o5(2%) 1.058 8571.42 9.337 0.3273 pva:pvp:v2o5(6%) eg(ev) sam. 4.6 pva 4.42 pvp 3.49 pva:pvp:v2o5(2%) 2.98 pva:pvp:v2o5(6%) physics |21 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (1) :(a,b.c.d) x-ray diffraction for the thin film. 0 50 100 150 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 in te n si ty ( cp s) 2θ degree pva:pvp:v2o5 2% (c) 0 50 100 150 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 in te n si ty ( cp s) 2θdegree pva (a) 0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 in te n si ty ( c p s ) 2θ degree pvp (b) 0 50 100 150 200 0 20 40 60 80 in te n si ty ( c p s ) 2θdegree (pva:pvp:v2o56%) (d) physics |22 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (2):the absorption ratio as a function of wavelength figure (3): the transmission ratio as a function of wavelength figure (4):the realation between( αhѵ) 1/2 and photon energy . figure (5): the extinction coefficient as a function of photon energy. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 200 700 1200 a b so rp ti o n % wave length (nm) a%(pva) a%(pvp) a% v2o5 (2%) a% v2o5(6%) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 t ra n sm is si o n % wavelength (nm) t% t% pvp t 2% t%6 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 α h ѵ ^ 1 /2 (c m -1 . e v )1 /2 photon energy (ev) ealpha^2 ealphapvp ealpha)1/2 ealpha)1/2 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 1 3 5 7 e x ti n ct io n co e ff ic ie n t( k ) photon energy (ev) k(pva) k(pvp) k v2o5(2%) k v2o5(6%) physics |23 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (6) :the refractive index as a function of photon energy figure (7): the real dielectric as a function of photon energy figure (8):the imaginary dielectric as a function of photon energy . figure (9):the optical conductivity as a function of photon energy . 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8im a g in a ry d ie le ct ri c( ϵ i) photon energy (ev) εi pva εi pvp εi 2% εi 6% 0 5e+11 1e+12 1.5e+12 2e+12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 o p ti ca l co n d u ct iv it y (ω .c m )^ -1 /2 photon energy (ev) s.o.p(pva)ᶳ s.o.p(pvp) s.o.p.v2o5(2%) s.o.p.v2o5(6%) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 2 4 6 8 r e a l d ie le ct ri c( ϵ r ) photon energy(ev) ε pva εpvp ε 2% ε 6% 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 re fr a ct io n i n d e x (n ) photon energy (ev) n pva npvp n 2% n 6% physics |24 2027( عام 2)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (2) 2017 figure (10):the absorption coefficient as a function of photon energy. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a b so rb ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t α ( cm )1 photon energy(ev) α(pva) α(pvp) αv2o5( 2%) αv2o5(6%) microsoft word 24-33 24 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 albizia lebbeckالفطريات المستنبتة في أوراق وأغصان اللبخ وفعاليتھا المضادة للفطريات بتول زينل علي احمد عبد األمير محمد جامعة بغداد/ )الصرفة ابن الھيثم( -قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية للعلوم 2014/تشرين االول / 20, قبل في : 2014/ايلول /15استلم في: الخالصة albizia lebbeckاستھدفت ھذه الدراسة عزل وتشخيص الفطريات المستنبتة في أوراق واغصان نبات اللبخ فطراً مستنبتاً من 57واختبار فعاليتھا المضادة لبعض الفطريات الخيطية المرضية للنبات. أظھرت النتائج الحصول على نوعاً فطرياً سادت فيھا 16، مثلت الفطريات المعزولة %47.43قطعة أوراق وأغصان بشدة استيطان 240مجموعة ونوع واحد أو اكثر من جنس penicilliumجنس أنواع) وثالث عزالت من aspergillus )6أنواع جنس paecilomyces ،drechslera ،fusarium ،curvularia ،nigrospora وفطر عقيم شفاف، واظھرت النتائج اختالفاً معنوياً في شدة استيطان أو تردد األنواع المختلفة في جزأي النبات المختلفة. اختبرت الفطريات المعزولة بطريقة بينھا وبين ثالثة أنواع من antagonismعلى الوسط الصلب لدراسة فعالية التضاد dual cultureزدوجة الزراعة الم macrophominaو fusarium oxysporum ،fusarium graminearumالفطريات الممرضة للنبات: phaseolina طر المستنبت والممرض التي أظھرت النتائج اختالف فعالية التضاد معنوياً تجاه ھذه الممرضات باختالف الف قومت اعتماداً على النسب المئوية للتثبيط، وظھرت عدة حاالت لتضاد وبين ھذه الفطريات والممرضات تراوحت بين تطفل الى تكوين منطقة تثبيط للنمو بينھما. تعطي ھذه النتيجة competitionالى حالة التنافس mycoparasitismفطر آخر عمال الفطريات المعزولة في التطبيقات الزراعية كعوامل مقاومة احيائية تجاه الممرضات الفطرية إشارة الى كفاءة است النباتية. الفطريات المستنبتة ونبات اللبخ وفعالية التضاد. الكلمات المفتاحية: 25 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 المقدمة الفطريات المستنبتة ھي الفطريات التي تغزو انسجة النبات الداخلية من دون احداث اعراض مرضية ظاھرة على . أظھرت العديد من mutualism]، وھي تستوطن األجزاء الخضرية والتكاثرية والجذور بعالقة تكافلية 1النبات العائل [ ]. 2، 1نباتات التي فحصت منذ اكتشافھا لغاية الوقت الحاضر [الدراسات سعة انتشار ھذه الفطريات ووجودھا في جميع ال كما أظھرت الدراسات ان كل نبات يمكن ان يستوطن بنوع واحد أو اكثر من ھذه الفطريات، وقد يصل عددھا الى مائة نوع ثل الطحالب، ]. فضالً عن النباتات الراقية، إذ أمكن عزل الفطريات المستنبتة من المجاميع النباتية األخرى م3[ ]. 5، 4والحزازيات، والسرخسيات، واالشنات [ تؤدي الفطريات المستنبتة أدواراً حيوية مھمة وإيجابية تجاه عائالتھا النباتية من ضمنھا تحفيزھا للنمو عن طريق ]، 7حرارة العالية []، كما تعمل على زيادة مقاومة النبات لالجھادات البيئية كالجفاف والملوحة ودرجات ال6آليات مختلفة [ ]. وأظھرت الفطريات المستنبتة 8فضالً عن فاعليتھا في تحفيز مقاومة النبات تجاه الممرضات المختلفة وبآليات مختلفة [ قابلية النتاج مواد ايض ثانوية رائدة وفعالة لھا فعاليات احيائية متعددة منھا مضادات السرطان، ومضادات االحياء كسدة، مضادات الحشرات ومركبات مخفضة للمناعة، ومركبات مضادة للطفيليات والفايروسات المجھرية، ومضادات اال ]. كما لقيت ھذه 13، 12]. وأشار العديد من الباحثين الى ان ھذه الفطريات ھي مصانع كيميائية داخل النبات [11، 10، 9[ تي تنتجھا غالباً ما تكون مشابھة لما ھي عليه في الفطريات الكثير من االھتمام في الوقت الحاضر وذلك الن المركبات ال نباتاتھا العائلة وذلك يعود إلى تطورھا ومعيشتھا التكافلية معھا التي قد تؤدي الى انتقال الجينات بينھما، تشمل ھذه المركبات الة التي لھا تطبيقات القلويدات، والفالفونويدات، والكوينونات، وحوامض فينولية، وتربينات، وغيرھا من المركبات الفع ]. لذلك أشارت العديد من الدراسات الى ان نواتج أيض الفطريات المستنبتة 15، 14فعالة مختلفة زراعية وصناعية وطبية [ يمكن ان تكون بدائل للمركبات والمضادات الصناعية التي تزداد مقاومة االحياء المجھرية لھا بمرور الزمن فضالً عن ]. كما اشير الى انھا مركبات لھا 16، 8البيئة من دون تحلل وتأثيراتھا الصحية في االنسان والحيوان [ إمكانية تراكمھا في فعالية احيائية مشابھة لتلك الموجودة من نباتات العائلة يمكن ان يقلل االعتماد على النباتات والسيما بطيئة النمو أو النادرة در الميكروبي والسيما مصدر الفطريات المستنبتة يعد أكثر اقتصادياً، اذ يمكن او التي تنمو في بيئات محددة، كما ان المص ]. 17، 16ان تزرع الفطريات وتنمى بنحو سريع كما يمكن الحصول على كتلة حيوية كبيرة باستعمال مخمرات كبيرة [ الشوارع والحدائق المنزلية نبات اللبخ ھو من أشجار الظل الكبيرة واسع االنتشار جغرافياً، يزرع في المتنزھات و ويعد من النباتات الطبية المھمة، اذ اشارت الدراسات الى احتوائه على العديد من المركبات الفعالة احيائياً كالفينوالت،و الستيرويدات، واالحماض االمينية، والكربوھيدرات، والدھون كما يحوي على كاليكوسيدات قلبية وصابونينات وتانينات خلص أوراقه له تأثيرات مضادة لالكسدة، مضادة للبكتريا، ويستعمل ھذا النبات في الطب الشعبي لعالج امراض ]. مست18[ العين والعشو الليلي، كذلك يستعمل لعالج االمراض الجلدية والزھرية، لعالج قرحة المعدة، والسعال، واضطرابات الجھاز ]. 19، 18رھا عن الفعاليات األخرى [التنفسي وامراض الدم فضالً من التھاب االسنان وغي لذلك استھدفت ھذه الدراسة التحري عن انتشار ووجود الفطريات المستنبتة في أوراق واغصان اللبخ ودراسة فعاليتھا المضادة لبعض الممرضات النباتية الفطرية. المواد وطرائق العمل سليمة وغير مظھرة albizia lebbeckلبخ 12وأغصان من تم الحصول على عينات أوراق : تم الحصول عينات النبات) من جانبي الكرخ والرصافة في محافظة بغداد، ُجمعت العينات في 2013تشرين األول ( -لألعراض المرضية للمدة أيلول أكياس بالستيكية نظيفة ونقلت إلى المختبر الدراء عزل الفطريات منھا في يوم الجمع نفسه. في ذلك إذ تم غسل عينات األوراق واألغصان بكمية وافرة من ماء الحنفية ]20[أتبعت طريقة مستنبتة: عزل الفطريات ال) سم بواسطة المقص وعقمت بالكحول 1-0.5إلزالة األتربة والغبار ثم قطعت األوراق واألغصان إلى قطع صغيرة ( ) دقائق، 4لمدة ( %)2.5لورات الصوديوم بتركيز (لمدة دقيقة واحدة، ثم غمرت بعد ذلك في محلول ھايبوك %)75االثيلي ( مرات بالماء المقطر المعقم وجففت بواسطة 3) ثانية، ثم ُغسلت 30لمدة ( %)75بعدھا عقمت بالكحول األثيلي بتركيز ( غم/ لتر) 0.05) المضاف له الروز بنكال (pdaأوراق ترشيح معقمة. ُزرعت القطع في أطباق بتري حاوية على وسط ( غم/ لتر) بعد 0.05ل التعقيم للحد من نمو الفطريات السريعة النمو كما اضيف المضاد الحيوي كلورامنفيكول بنسبة (قب قطع من أجزاء النبات لكل طبق بأبعاد متجانسة، ثم غلفت األطباق بشريط شمعي 5التعقيم للحد من نمو البكتريا، وزعت (parafilm) ) أسابيع مع مراقبة نمو المستعمرات يومياً. ُعزلت المستعمرات النامية )4-3) م لمدة (2±25بدرجة حرارة الخالي من اإلضافات لتشخيصھا. تم تشخيص الفطريات باالعتـماد على pdaمن قطع النسيج النباتي ونُميت على وسط ، 22، 21، 20تصنيفية [الصفات المزرعية والمظھرية الدقيقة للعينات بواسطة المجھر الضوئي باالعتماد على المصادر ال وتم حساب النسب المئوية لتردد مستعمرات الفطريات المائل (pda)ُحفظت العزالت الفطرية على وسط ].24، 23 ]: 25وباالعتماد على ما جاء في [ (colonization frequency)المستنبتة (النسبة المئوية لالستيطان 100 عدد عزالت الفطر عدد القطع التي ظھرت فيھا مستعمرات الفطر عدد الفطريات الكلي عدد القطع الكلية المزروعة . . النسبة المئوية لالستيطان% 26 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ] والمتمثلة بطريقة 26الطريقة التي اعتمدھا [اتبعت اختبار فعالية التضاد للفطريات المستنبتة تجاه بعض الفطريات: وذلك بأخذ قرص من النمو الفطري لكل من الفطريات على الوسط الصلب dual culture methodsالزراعة المزدوجة 7من مزارع حديثة بعمر ) m. phasealinaو f. oxysporum) ،f. graminearumالمستنبتة والفطريات المختبرة سم، 5ما نحو بمسافة فاصلة بينھ pdaملم، وضع القرصان في طبق حاوي على وسط 3أيام بواسطة ثاقب الفلين بقطر كما استعملت أطباق مقارنة للفطر الممرض لوحده بثالثة مكررات للمعاملتين. تم حضن األطباق في درجة حرارة م لحين وصول طبق السيطرة إلى الحافة، وتم حساب قطر المستعمرة (معدل قطرين متعامدين) للفطر الممرض، )25±2°( لى أساس نسبة تثبيط الفطريات الممرضة وبحسب المعادلة اآلتية:وقدرت القدرة التضادية للفطريات المستنبتة ع ق ق ق النسبة المئوية للتثبيط % = = قطر مستعمرة الفطر الممرض وحده 1قإذ ان: = قطر مستعمرة الفطر الممرض من المزرعة المزدوجة2ق وتمت مالحظة ما إذا كان التداخل بينھما بصورة تثبيط (تكوين منطقة منع للنمو) أو نمو إحداھما فوق االخر. وتم تحليل ) والذي يوضح:27الذي اعتمده ( (scale)نتائج التجربة باالعتماد على المقياس 0 = no growth 1 = 1 – 25 % growth inhibition 2 = 26 – 50 % growth inhibition 3 = 51 – 75 % growth inhibition 4 = 76 – 100 % growth inhibition النتائج والمناقشة 240) المستحصل عليھا من مجموع 1أظھرت نتائج عزل الفطريات المستنبتة فــي أوراق وأغصان اللبخ جـدول ( الحصول على عدد كلي للفطريات المعزولة قطعة أغصان)، 120قطعة أوراق و 120قطعة من األوراق واألغصان ( عزلة من األوراق بنسبة استيطان 31توزعت بين %47.43فطراً مستنبتاً بنسبة استيطان كلية مساوية الى 57بواقع من أن األوراق )28، 25( . تتفق ھذه النتيجة مع ما وجده%21.64عزلة من األغصان بنسبة استيطان 26و 25.79% بأن االختالفات في نسبة عزل الفطريات من االوراق عن )27(تحوي بنسبة في الفطريات أعلى من األغصان، كما ذكر ھذه الفطريات لألنسجة المختلفة التي تعكس قابليتھا لالستغالل أو المعيشة في مادة (affinity)الساق قد تعود إلى ألفة 14نوعاً فطرياً موزعاً بين 16) الحصول على 1وتركيب كيميائي مختلف) يوضح الجدول (أساس معينة (أنسجة لھا شكل على بقية األنواع وتمثلت aspergillusنوعاً في األوراق وعشرة أنواع من األغصان، سادت في الجزأين أنواع جنس لكال النوعين على التوالي من %4.16و %5التي سادت في جزأي النبات بنسبة استيطان a. flavus و a. nigerباألنواع من األوراق وھي aspergillusلكال النوعين من االغصان. كما تم عزل أنواع أخرى من جنس %3.33االوراق بنسبة a. fumigatus ،a. glauscus وa. raperi لكل منھم من االوراق، اما من االغصان فلم يعزل %0.83بنسبة استيطان %0.83و 2.50بنسبة a. fumigatus و a. raperi ي ظھر في قطع األوراق، وُعزل النوعانالذ a. glauscusالنوع على التوالي. كما أمكن الحصول على عدد من عزالت البنسليوم مختلفة الصفات المظھرية للمستعمرات والمتمثلة بـ pen.sp.1, 2, 3 كما آوت االوراق األنواع curvularia cymbopogonis ،fusarium solani ،f. verticilloides ،paecilomyces sp. وp. variotii التي لم يتم عزلھا من االغصان، بالمقابل ظھر النوعa. sclerotioniger في االغصان ولم يعزل من األوراق كما عزل الفطر drechslera australiensis من جزأي النبات يم شفاف من قطع االغصان. فضالً عن عزل فطر عق %1.66متساوية بنسبة استيطان ؛ سجلت كذلك في %8.330.83ان نسب عزل الفطريات المستنبتة من جزأي النبات في ھذه الدراسة التي تراوحت بين ]. ان انخفاض نسبة العزل ھذه قد تعود الى 28، 26، 1دراسات عديدة تختص بالفطريات المستنبتة في نباتات أخرى [ ] وقد يكون السبب نتيجة التأثيرات البيئية التي تؤثر في انتشار وتوزيع 29لفطريات [احتواء النبات لمواد مضادة ل الفطريات المستنبتة. كما ان أغلب الفطريات التي عزلت في ھذه الدراسة تتطابق مع الفطريات المعزولة في دراسات أخرى ]. 31، 30، 28، 27، 1من نباتات أخرى [ اشارت العديد من الدراسات الى تداخالت فعالية التضاد للطريات المعزولة اتجاه بعض الفطريات المرضية للنبات: ) ان 2التضاد بين االحياء المجھرية يمكن ان تعتمد في المقاومة االحيائية تجاه الممرضات. أظھرت النتائج في (جدول تنبتة والمعزولة تجاه الممرضات الثالثة المختبرة باختالف الفطر المستنبت ھنالك اختالفاً في فعالية التضاد للفطريات المس (النسبة المئوية للتثبيط f. oxysporumأعلى فعالية تضاد تجاه الفطر a. niger والممرض. من الجدول أظھر الفطر ومقياس %60.30يط (نسبة التثبpaecilomyces variotii و f. verticilloides) تاله النوعان 3ومقياس 67.30% و f. solani ،mycelia sterilia ،a. fumigatus ،a. sclerotioniger ،c. cymbopogonis). اما العزالت 3 pen. sp.2 3التي تقع كذلك ضمن المقياس %50.33واوطأ نسبة %57فأظھرت نسب تثبيط تراوحت بين أعاله ، .2وظھر المقياس %40>50وأظھرت بقية العزالت نسب تثبيط < 27 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 c. cymbopogonisفأظھرت الفطريات اآلتية: f. graminearumاما تضاد ھذه الفطريات تجاه الفطر ، 59.67، 59.97نسب تثبيط f. verticilloides و a. niger ،a. sclerotioniger، )%60.70(نسبة التثبيط نسب mycelia sterilia و a. fumigatus ،f. solani ،paecilomycesعلى التوالي، وأظھرت العزالت 59.33% ضمن مستوى %40>50كذلك. اما بقية العزالت فأظھرت نسبة تثبيط < 3وضمن المستوى %51.83-56.23تثبيط بين 2. فأظھرت أجمعھا نسب تثبيط أقل مما اظھرته تجاه m. phaseolinaاما تضاد الفطريات المستنبتة تجاه الفطر ) %50.56(نسبة التثبيط mycelia steriliaھو الفطر 3وكان اعالھا تثبيطاً ضمن المستوى fusariumنوعي الفطر مما يدل 2أي ضمن المستوى %26.63وأوطئھا %46.60اما بقية العزالت فأظھرت نسب تثبيط تراوحت بين أعالھا ضي من الفطريات.على الفعالية التضادية الواطئة للفطريات قيد الدراسة تجاه ھذا النوع المر ) ان 1وتظھر فعالية التضاد بين الفطريات المستنبتة والفطريات المرضية التي تالحظ نتائجھا كذلك في الصورة ( ھنالك عدة حاالت للتضاد ظھرت في ھذه الدراسة بين الفطريات المستنبتة والممرضات المختبرة وھي: أ) وفي ھذا المجال اشارت الدراسات الى أن نمو أحد 1.الفطر المستنبت المضاد ينمو فوق الفطر الممرض (صورة 1 الذي يؤدي إلى (mycoparasitism)الفطريات فوق اآلخر بطريقة الزراعة المزدوجة يدل على فعالية التطفل الفطري ).32(لفطر الشريك وقد تقتله إفراز أنزيمات من الفطر الطفيلي تحلل جدران ھـايفات ا .fب) وفي ھذه الحالة أظھر الفطر الممرض 1.الفطر الممرض ينمو فوق الفطر المستنبت المضاد (صورة 2 oxysporum فعالية ضعيفة للنمو فوق الفطر المستنبتc. cymbopogonis التي تدل على فعالية التطفل الفطري (mycoparasite) للفطرf. oxysporum ه الفطر المستنبت.تجا جـ) دون تكوين منطقة منع 1.نمو كال النوعين من الفطريات باتجاه اآلخر، ويتوقفان عند نقطة التماس بينھما (صورة 3 للنمو، اذ يظھر النوعان تنافساً على الغذاء والمكان وتعتمد على سرعة ومعدل نمو الفطر وتختلف باختالف الفطر المضاد والممرض. أن من بين كل حاالت ) 13(د، ھـ، و، ز) وفي ھذا الصدد ذكر 1ة منع للنمو بين الفطرين الناميين (صورة .وجود منطق4 التضاد التي لوحظت تعّد الحالة األخيرة ھي المھمة التي تدل على فعالية الفطر المستنبت او الممرض في إفراز مواد باحثين الى ان وجود منطقة منع للنمو بين الفطرين بطريقة مضادة تمنع نمو وتطور الفطر الشريك، كما أشار عدد من ال ). 35، 34الزراعة المزدوجة تدل على إفراز أحد الفطرين مواد مضادة أو سموم اتجاه االخر ( وخالصة القول أظھرت النتائج كفاءة بعض الفطريات المستنبتة في منافستھا للفطريات الممرضة على الغذاء أو أو سموم وقابليتھا على التطفل على الفطريات antibioticفضالً عن قابليتھا النتاج مواد مضادة competitionالمكان mycoparasitism وان كل ھذه الفعاليات تعطي إشارة الى كفاءة الفطريات المستنبتة في المقاومة االحيائية ، biological control 36الفطريات التي اكدتھا كذلك العديد من الدراسات [للسيطرة على امراض النبات المتسببة عن ، 37.[ المصادر 1-anitha, d.; vijaya, t.; pragathi, d.; reddy, n. v.; mouli, k. c.; venkateswarulu, n. & bhargav, d. s. (2013). isolation and characterization of endophytic fungi from endemic medicinal plants of tirumala hills. internat. j. life sci. biotechn. & pharm. res., 2(3): 367373. 2-powthong, p.; jantrapanukorn, b.; thongmee, a. & suntronthiticharoen, p. (2012). evalution of endophytic fungi extract for their antimicrobial activity from sesbania grandiflora. int. j. pharmac. & biomed. res., 3(2): 132-136. 3-sanchez marquez, s.; bills, g. f. & zabalgogeazcoa, i. (2007). the endophytic mycobiota of the grass dactylis glomerata. fungal divers., 27: 171-195. 4-zucucro, a.; schoch, c. l.; spatafora, j. w.; kohlmeyer, j. (2008). detection and identification of fungi intimately associated with the brown seaweed fucus serratus. appl. environ. microbiol., 74(40: 931-941. 5-suryanarayanan, t. s.; venkatachalam, a.; thirunavukkarasu, n.; ravishankar, j. p.; doble, m. & geetha, v. (2010). internal mycobiota of marine macroalgae from the tamilnadu coasti: distribution, diversity and biotechnological. botanica marina, 53: 457-468. 6dai, c. c.; yu, b. y. & li, x. (2008). screening of endophytic fungi that promote the growth of euphorbia pekinensis. afric. j. biotechn., 7(19): 3505-3510. 28 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 7-malinowski, d. p. & belesky, d. p. (2000). adaptations of endophyte-infected cool-season grasses to environmental stresses: mechanisms of drought and mineral stress tolerance. crop sci., 40(4): 923-940. 8mandyam, k. & jumpponen, a. (2005). seeking the elusive functions of the root colonizing dark septa endophytic fungi. studies mycol., 53: 173-189. 9-aly, a. h., debbab, a.; clements, c.; ebel, r. a. e.; orlikova, b.; diederich, m.; wrary, v.; lin, w.h. & proksch, p. (2011). nf kappa b inhibitors and antitrypanosomal metabolites from endophytic fungus penicillium sp. isolated from limonium tubiflorum. bioorganic & medicinal chemistry, 19(1):414-412. 10huang, w. y.; cai, y. z.; xing, j.; corke, h. & sun, m. (2007). potential antioxidant resource endophytic fungi isolated from traditional chinese medicinal plants. econ. bot., 61(1): 14-30. 11isaka, m; bekkaew, p.; intereya, k.; komwijit, s. & sathitkunanon, t. (2007). antiplasmoidial and antiviral cyclohexadepsi peptides from the endophytic pullularia sp. bcc 8613. tetrahedron, 63(29): 6855-6860. 12tejesivi, m. v.; kini, k. r.; prakash, h. s.; subbiah, v. & shetty, h. s. (2007). genetic diversity and antifungal activity of species of pestalotiopsis isolated as endophytes from medicinal plants. fungal div., 24: 37-54. 13-prabavathy, d. & vallinachiyar, c. (2013). antimicrobial and antidiabetic activity of an endophytic fungi isolated from adathoda beddomei. int. j. pharm. & pharmac. sci., 5(3): 780-783. 14strobel, g. & daisy, b. (2003). bioprospecting for microbial endophytes and their natural products. microbiol. & molec. & biol. rev., 67(4): 491-502. 15-lou, j.; fu, l.; luo, r.; wang, x.; luo, h. & zhou, l. (2013). endophytic fungi from medicinal herb salvia mitiorrhiza bunge and their antimicrobial activity. afr. j. microbiol. res., 7(4): 5343-5349. 16-sadrati, n.; daoud, h.; zerroug, a.; dahamna, s. & bousharati, s. (2013). screening of antimicrobial and antioxidant secondary metabolites from endophytic fungi isolated from wheat (tritcum durum). j. plant prot. res., 53(2): 128-136. 17idris, a. m.; al-tahir, i. & idris, e. (2013). antibacterial activities of endophytic fungi extracts from the medicinal plant kigelia africana egypt. acad. j. biol., 5(1): 1-9. 18affandi, h.; nuryadin, a. & read, r. w. (1998). studies on natural products of albizia sp. biotropia, 11: 1-8. 19saha, a.; & ahmed, m. (2009). the analgesic and anti-inflammatory activities of the extracts of albizia lebbeck in animal model. pak. j. parmac. sci, 22(1): 74-77. 20chhetri, b. k.; maharjan, s. & budhathoki, u. (2013). endophytic fungi associated with twigs of buddle asiaticalour. j. sci. engin. & technol., 9(1): 90-95. 21ellis, m. b. (1971). dematiaceous hyphomycites kew: common wealth mycological institute: 608. 22barnett, h. l. & hunter, b. b. (1972). illustrated genera of imperfect fungi: 3rd edition, burgess publishing company: 273. 23-qualhato, t. f.; lopes, f. a.; steindroff, a. s.; brandao, r. s.; jesuino, r. s. & ulhoa, c. j. (2013). mycoparasitism studies of trichoderma species against three phytopathologenic fungi: evaluation of antagonism and hydrolytic enzyme production. biotechnol. lett., 35(9): 1461-1468. 23samson, r. a.; hoekstra, e. s. & oorschot, c. a. n. (1984). introduction to food-borne fungi. 2nd ed. boarn, netherlands: centeral odbureau voor schimmel cultures: 284. 24samson, r. a.; noonim, p.; mejer, m.; houbraken, j.; frisvad, j. c. & varga, j. (2007). diagnostic tools to identify black aspergilli. studies mycol., 59(1): 129-145. 29 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 25goveas, s. w.; madtha, r.; nivas, s. k. and d'souza, l. (2011). isolation of endophytic fungi from coscinium fenestratum -a red listed endangered medicinal plant. eurasian j. biosci., 5: 48-53. 26gomathi, s. & ambikapathy, v. (2011). antagonistic activity of fungi against pythium debarynum (hesse) isolated from chilli field soil. advances in appl. sci. res., 2(4): 291-299. 27-zivkovic, s.; stojanovic, s.; ivanovic, z.; gavrilovic, v.; popovic, t. & balaz, j. (2010). screening of antagonistic activities of microorganisms against colletotrichum acutatum and colletotricum gloesporioides. arch. biol. sci., 62(3): 611-623. 28-jeffrey, l. s. h.; son, r. & tosiah, t. (2008). preliminary screening of endophytic fungi isolated from medicinal plant at mardi sessang, sarawak for their bioactivity. j. trop. agric. & food sci., 36(1): 121-126. 29-huang, y.; wang, j.; li, g.; zheng, z. & su, w. (2001). antitumor and antifungal activities in endophytic fungi isolated from pharmaceutical plants taxus mairei, cephalataxus fortune and torreya grandis. fems immunol. & med. microb., 31(2): 163-167. 30-khan, r.; shahzad, s.; choudhary, m. i.; khan, s. a. & ahmed, a. (2010). communities of endophytic fungi in medicinal plant withania somnifera. pak. j. bot., 42(2): 1281-1287. imperata cylindrical). عزل وتشخيص الفطريات المستنبتة من نباتي االدغال الحلفاء 2013علوان، نور موفق (-31 (cogongrass) لطرطيح (الحمض) واschangina eagyptiaca (suwad) ونشاطھا المضاد لبعض الفطريات .68الممرضة لنبات. رسالة ماجستير، كلية العلوم، الجامعة المستنصرية: 32-rajagopal, k.; kalavathy, s.; kokila, s.; karthikeyan, s.; kathiravan, g. & prasad, p. (2010). diversity of fungal endophytes in few medicinal herbs of south india. asian j. exper. biol. sci., 1(2): 415-418. 33-khan, r.; shahzad, s.; chovdhary, m. i.; khan, s. a. & ahmed, a. (2007). biodiversity of the endophytic fungi isolated from calotropis procera (a1t) r.b.r. pak. j. bot., 39(6): 2233-2239. 34el-nagerbi, s. a. f.; elshafie, a. e. & alkhanjari, s. s. (2013). endophytic fungi associated with ziziphus species from mountainous area of oman and new records. biodiversitas, 14(1): 10-16. 35qualhato, t. f.; lopes, f. a.; steindroff, a. s.; brandao, r. s.; jesuino, r. s. & ulhoa, c. j. (2013). mycoparasitism studies of trichoderma species against three phytopathologenic fungi: evaluation of antagonism and hydrolytic enzyme production. biotechnol. lett., 35(9): 1461-1468. 36garoe, n. t.; cabrera, r.; andreea, c.; martin, t. t. & cristina, g. (2013). survey of banana endophytic fungi isolated in artificial culture media from an applied viewpoint. j. horticulture, forestry & biotechnol., 17(2): 22-35. 37-sharma, p. (2011). complexity trichoderma-fusarium interaction and manifestation of biological control. austr. j. crop sci., 5(8): 1927-1038. 38-suciatmih & rahmansyah, m. (2013). endophytic fungi isolated from mangrove plant and have antagonism role against fusarium wilt. arpn j. agric. & biol. sci., 8(3): 251-257. 39-siameto, e. n.; okoth, s.; amugune, n. o. & chege, n. c. (2010). antagonism of trichoderma farzianum isolates on soil borne plant pathogenic fungi from embu district kenya. j. yeast & fungi res., 1(3): 47-54. 40-sundram, s. (2013). first report: isolation of endophytic trichoderma from oil palm (elaeis guineensis jacq.) and their in vitro antagonistic assessment on ganoderma boninense. j. oil palm res., 25 (3): 368-372. 30 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 والنسب المئوية لشدة albizia lebbeck): الفطريات المستنبتة المعزولة من أوراق وأغصان نبات اللبخ 1جدول رقم ( .(colonization frequency)االستيطان الفطريات المعزولة total اغصان اوراق c.f (%) no. colonies c.f (%) no. colonies c.f (%) aspergillus spp. 14 11.65 13 10.83 22.48 aspergillus flavus 5 4.16 4 3.33 7.49 aspergillus fumigatus 1 0.83 1 0.83 1.66 aspergillus glaucus 1 0.83 0 0.00 0.83 aspergillus niger 6 5.00 4 3.33 8.33 aspergillus raperi 1 0.83 3 2.50 3.33 aspergillus sclerotioniger 0 0.00 1 0.83 0.83 curvularia cymbopogonis 1 0.83 0 0.00 0.83 drechslera australiensis 2 1.66 2 1.66 3.32 fusarium solani 1 0.83 0 0.00 0.83 fusarium verticilloides 1 0.83 0 0.00 0.83 paecilomyces sp. 2 1.66 0 0.00 1.66 paecilomyces variotii 3 2.5 0 0.00 2.50 penicillium spp. 7 5.83 10 8.33 14.16 penicillium sp.1 1 0.83 3 2.25 3.33 penicillium sp.2 3 2.50 4 3.33 5.83 penicillium sp.3 3 2.50 3 2.50 5.00 mycelia sterilia (hyaline) 0 0.00 1 0.83 0.83 total 31 25.79 26 21.64 47.43 **4.119* 4.265* 7.253 (chi-square)قيمة مربع كاي (p ≤ 0.01)** (p ≤ 0.05)* 31 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ): النسب المئوية لتثبيط بعض الفطريات المستنبتة المعزولة من نبات اللبخ اتجاه بعض الفطريات المرضية 2جدول رقم ( .ايام 7م ولمدة °2±25ودرجة حرارة pdaبطريقة الزراعة المزدوجة على وسط عزالت الفطريات المستنبتة الخطأ القياسي± المتوسط f. oxysporum f. graminearum m. phaseolina a. fumigatus 54.03 ±0.73 56.23 ±0.73 45.07 ±0.77 a. glaucus 42.93 ±0.73 44.40 ±1.27 46.60 ±0.00 a. niger 67.30 ±1.31 59.97 ±1.29 34.17 ±0.44 a. raperi 42.00 ±1.15 51.83 ±0.73 34.77 ±1.47 a. sclerotioniger 54.00 ±1.52 59.67 ±1.45 45.13 ±0.73 c. cymbopogonis 54.77 ±1.47 60.70 ±1.50 33.30 ±1.27 d. australiensis 50.53 ±1.98 43.27 ±0.47 26.67 ±1.17 f. solani 57.00 ±1.96 55.50 ±0.00 26.67 ±1.17 f. verticilloides 60.00 ±0.58 59.33 ±0.77 32.63 ±0.77 paecilomyces sp. 45.30 ±1.02 56.17 ±0.77 36.23 ±0.73 paecilomyces variotii 60.30±1.0249.57 ±0.43 40.00 ±1.33 pen. sp.2 50.33 ±0.76 49.57 ±1.97 36.97 ±0.73 mycelia sterilia (hyaline) 55.50 ±1.27 56.23 ±0.73 50.56 ±0.73 *lsd 3.917* 3.096* 2.766قيمة (p ≤ 0.05)* 32 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 ): فعالية التضاد بين الفطريات المستنبتة والفطريات المرضية1صورة ( mycelia sterilia (hayaline)الفطر المستنبت أ m. phaseolineاتجاه f. oxysporumاتجاه c. cymbopogonisالفطر المستنبت ب m. phaseolineاتجاه .paecilomyces spالفطر المستنبت جـ f. graminearumاتجاه .paecilomyces sp الفطر المستنبت -د .fاتجاه aspergillus glaucusالفطر المستنبت ھـ graminearum f. graminearumتجاه ا mycelia sterilia (hyaline) و f. graminearumتجاه ا penicillium sp.2الفطر ز 33 | biology 2014) عام 3(العدد 27المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 27 (3) 2014 endophytic fungi from leaves and twigs of albizia lebbeck and their antifungal activity batoal z. ali ahmed a. m. alfayed dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science( ibn al-haitham )/ university of baghdad received on :15 /september/2014 , accpted on: 20/october/2014 abstract the study was conducted to isolate and identify endophytic fungi from leaves and twigs of lebbeck (albizia lebbeck) and study their antagonistic activity against some plant fungal pathogens. results showed isolation of 75 isolate endophytic fungi from 240 segments of leaves and twigs representing colonization frequency of 47.43%. isolated fungi included different species of aspergillus which prevail over other species (6 species), and three different isolates of penicillium, one more species of paecilomyces, drechslera, fusarium, curvularia, nigrospora and hyaline sterile fungus. results showed variation in colonization frequencies within all species isolated from the two plant parts. dual culture methods for testing antagonistic activity of isolated endophytes against three plant fungal pathogens, fusarium oxysporium, fusarium graminearum and macrophomina phaseolina showed different antagonistic activities with different endophytes and pathogens, antagonistic activity was evaluated as percentage of inhibition of fungal pathogen. moreover different antagonistic interactions revealed range between mycoparasitism to competition and production of inhibition zones between the two fungi interaction. these results give indication of the efficiency of using endophytic as fungi as a biocontrol agents in agricultural application against fungal plant pathogens. key words: endophytic fungi, lebbeck, antagonistic activity. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 158 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license 2sno strain of -study the effect of manganese ions doping on the size nanoparticles using x-ray diffraction data *corresponding author: taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract in this study, sno2 nanoparticles were prepared from cost-low tin chloride (sncl2.2h2o) and ethanol by adding ammonia solution by the sol-gel method, which is one of the lowest-cost and simplest techniques. the sno2 nanoparticles were dried in a drying oven at a temperature of 70°c for 7 hours. after that, it burned in an oven at a temperature of 200°c for 24 hours. the structure, material, morphological, and optical properties of the synthesized sno2 in nanoparticle sizes are studied utilizing x-ray diffraction. the scherrer expression was used to compute nanoparticle sizes according to x-ray diffraction, and the results needed to be scrutinized more closely. the microstrain indicates the broadening of diffraction peaks for nanoparticles that are not ideal crystals. the extra broadening of the diffraction peak may lead to a miscalculation of the nanoparticle size. we use the williamson-hall method to directly compute and discuss the particle size and micro-strain of sno2 nanoparticles and compare them with results obtained using the scherrer method. in conclusion, the straight line has been derived due to williamson–hall methods demonstrating the nanoparticles' uniformity. keywords: sno2, williamson-hall, x-ray diffraction, nanoparticles, structural properties 1. introduction many studies have been carried out intensively on wide band gap semiconductor materials over the last few years according to their potential use in various optical devices and physics applications [1]. tin oxide sno2 is one of the most important iv–vi semiconductors; it is n-type, has a wide band gap material around 3.6–4.0 ev [2], and has a large exciton binding energy of 130 mev [3]. the metal oxide semiconductor sno2 has high chemical stability, low cost, high electron mobility, a long life, and a simple manufacturing technique [4]. moreover, these characteristics make it a promising semiconductor material for different intriguing applications in technology [5]. the sno2 nanomaterial has gotten great interest in different fields lately because of its prospective doi.org/10.30526/36.3.3052 article history: received 1 october 2022, accepted 17 january 2023, published in july 2023. zahraa a. kamil department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. zahraa.ahmed1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq tagreed m. al-saadi* department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:zahraa.ahmed1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:zahraa.ahmed1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:taghreed.m.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 159 uses in gas sensors, catalytic, electrochemical, anodes in lithium batteries, optoelectronic devices, and biomedical applications due to its suitability, cost, high photosensitivity, and stability [6]. there are different techniques employed to synthesize and obtain the sno2 nanoparticles, such as thermal oxidation, the sol-gel procedure, chemical vapor deposition, and spray pyrolysis [7]. novel physical features arising from size uniformity reduction and dispersion of sno2 are very important challenges for the present and future strategies of nanodevice applications in sensor, optical, and electronic fields [8]. of the various methods mentioned that have the ability to produce large volumes of nanomaterial, the sol-gel method is the most simple, popular, inexpensive, and industrially applicable compared with other existing methods [9]. nanometer-sized materials and semiconductor particles have unique features with a large potential for applications. metal oxide semiconductors have been intensively used because of their low cost. among the different metal oxide semiconductors, sno2 is attracting more attention since it has higher conduction and is transparent [10]. since nanoscale tin oxide sno2 piqued curiosity, many researchers have devoted considerable efforts to synthesizing sno2 nanostructures with varied morphologies, such as nanoparticles, nanowires, nanorods, nanotubes, nanosheets, and 3d nanospheres [11]. to achieve defect-free nanoparticles, we must make efforts during the synthesis of nanoparticles since a crystal flaw will influence the attributes of the resultant nanostructure materials. the crystal materials become perfect when they have extended, indefinitely uniform configurations in directions. in fact, crystals aren't flawless because, as size expands, there is an eternal variation. the effect of divergence from crystalline perfectly can be shown from the altered diffraction peak's widening [12]. according to broadening, we can calculate the fundamental crystallite size and lattice strain. however, the size of the coherent diffraction domain has been measured by crystalline size. the contact or sinter stress, grain boundary stress, and nonlinear stress cause lattice strain and stacking faults, which measure the distribution of lattice constants for crystal imperfection. bragg peaks were influenced by lattice strain and crystallite size, which increased peak width intensity with shifting peak locations. crystal structure, mechanical characteristics (strain and stress), and lattice parameters are influenced by preand post-heating treatment in the sol-gel method [13]. in the present work, the sno2 nanoparticle was prepared via a simple aqueous solution growth technique. the crystallite sizes for sno2, which are derived via x-ray diffraction, are is using the w-h plotting approach while accounting for microstrain and compared with the mean particle sizes computed due to scherrer’s equation. scherrer’s equation has been used to compute crystallite size according to the adjusted line width. 2. experimental details tin dioxide nanoparticles were prepared using the sol-gel method as follows: 5.259 g of tin chloride (sncl4.5h2o) was dissolved in 150 ml of deionized water while stirring continuously for 40 minutes. then, 6 ml of ammonia (nh3) was added to adjust the ph function while continuing to stir until it turned into a white gelatinous liquid. using filter paper, the solution was filtered by continuous washing with distilled water. the sample was dried in a drying oven at 70°c for 7 hours. the sample was incinerated in an oven at 200°c for 24 hours. finally, the material was ground with a ceramic mortar and converted into fine (nano) particles of sno2. the other sample doped with manganese ions was prepared by adding manganese nitrate in the same way at a molar ratio of 5%. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 160 3. results and discussion the crystallographic characterization of the synthesized structure material and phase purity of pure sno2 doped with mn ions is done by using the xrd pattern technique. it reveals the rutile tetragonal structure of sno2 nanocrystals. the xrd diffraction of the sample showed that the top peaks were due to the complex of pure sno2 nanoparticles. it can be listed as a tetragonal structure. we can show and record five distinct tin oxide peaks and detect them due to the patterns in the range (10°–80°) assigned to the planes (110), (101), (111), (211), and (301). the diffraction peaks were assigned to the tetragonal structure of tin dioxide. the crystallographic structure suggests that it is unaffected by the doping sample. in table 2, it can be noted that the lattice parameters and unit cell size increase after adding the mn3+ ions to the samples of sno2 nanoparticles. the increase in the lattice parameters may be due to the smaller ionic radius of mn3 + (0.65 å) which was substituted in place of the sn4 + (0.69 å) site. the tin oxide phase didn’t change. lattice constants are computes according to match!3 software. results are shown in table 2. however, the density of tin oxide is calculated for the samples using x-ray data with an expression [14, 15]: 𝜌 = 𝑁 𝑀𝑤 𝑁𝐴𝑉 (1) where, n, 𝑀𝑤 , 𝑁𝐴and 𝑉 are the number of atoms in the unit cell, molecule weight, avogadro’s number, and lattice volume. the results of the density calculation from the x-ray are noted in the table: the density decreases with impurity according to equation (1), it is inversely proportional to the size of the unit cell. the data in table 1 show agreement with the standard results. figure 1. xray diffraction of two samples of pure sno2 nanoparticles and doped with mn. 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 in te n si ty ( a .u .) 2 theta (degree) 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 in te n si ty (a .u ) 2 theta (degree) 2 (110) (110) (110) (101) (110) (110) (200) (110) (110) (211) (110) (110) (200) (110) (110) (110) (110) (110) (211) (110) (110) (101) (110) (110) (220) (110) (110) (220) (110) (110) (301) (110) (110) (301) (110) (110) ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 161 table 1. lattice constant and density of sno2 nanoparticles. 𝜌 (g/cm3) unit cell volume (å3) lattice constant (å) sample c a=b 7.0028 71.438 3.185 4.738 1 6.9648 71.850 3.202 4.737 2 crystallite size and strain scherer method x-ray data were used for correlation peaks with crystallite size and lattice strain due to the dislocations [16] and vacancies [17]. the crystallite size of sno2 nanoparticles can be determined using the scherer equation with the extension method of the x-ray line that is given by [18, 19]. fwhm = k.λ d.cosθ (2) where fwhm is the full width of the diffraction peak at half-maximum, k denotes the shape factor ≅ 0.89, λ= 0.15406 nm ,d is the crystallite size and θ denotes the x-ray incident angle.. crystal defects are caused by peak broadening that’s caused by lattice strain and crystallite size. peak broadening is related to the size of crystallites inversely; it is the result of a mix of instrumental effects and sample dependent. using the connection, the fwhm corresponding to the tin oxide diffraction peak is calculated using the following equation [20]. fwhm = 𝛽𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑 2 + 𝛽𝑖𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑙 2 (3) williamson hall uniform deformation model (udm) however, it can get a good rough estimation of crystallite size according to the scherrer equation. moreover, the precision of this method is well known, but it overlooks the microstrain and its effect on the diffraction pattern. it can benefit from the analysis of williamson-hall [21]. the willamson-hall plot method is used to evaluate the change in crystallite size and strain as a function of angle [20]. according to the williamson-hall procedures, the contribution of bragg's individual to line enlargement is given as [22–24]: βcosθ = kλ d + 4 ε sinθ (4) where (d) is the crystallite size of an x-ray diffraction peak, (βd) and (βε) are the contributions of crystallite size and the strain to the expansion of the peak. in eq. 2, on the inside, the strain was assumed to be uniform in all crystal directions, implying a model of uniform deformation. the crystallite size is determined to indicate the strain depending on the slope of the fitting line [25]. figure (2) shows sin θ plots with β cosθ to find the results of uniform deformation where k is 0.94 and λ the wavelength at the target = 1.5406 å. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 162 figure 2. udm analysis of pure sno2 nanoparticles and doped with mn. depending on hooke's law, the stress σ is linear proportional to strain ε at elastic limit and can be calculated using [25]. 𝑌 = 𝜎 𝜀 (5) where, y is a young’s modulus in the (hkl) planes. we assume the lattice deformation stress is to be uniform. as a result, in the second component of the equation, this is reduced to modify eq. (4) to give [22]: 𝛽𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 𝑘𝜆 𝐷 + 4𝜎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 𝑌 (6) the relation between 4𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 𝑌 and 𝛽𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 is linear and reduces to stress 𝜎 [26]. elasticity modulus relates to the elastic compliances aij at semiconductor nanoparticles according to equation [27]: 1 y = 𝐴11 − (𝑘2𝑙2+𝑙2ℎ2+ℎ2𝑘2)(2𝐴11−2𝐴12−𝐴44) (ℎ2+𝑘2+𝑙2) (7) where the elastic compatibilities are given by 𝐴11 = (𝑎11+𝑎12) (𝑎11−𝑎12)(𝑎11+2𝑎12) , 𝐴12 = (−𝑎12) (𝑎11−𝑎12)(𝑎11+2𝑎12) , and 𝐴44 = 1 𝑎44 the elastic compliance is estimated according to the experimental values of the elastic constants a11, a12 and a44, and equal to 316 gpa, 56 gpa and 115 gpa [28]. figure 3. the usdm analysis of pure sno2 nanoparticles and doped with mn. y = -0.0017x + 0.0086 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0 1 2 3 β co sɵ 4sinɵ 1 y = 0.0009x + 0.0031 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 β co sɵ 4sinɵ 2 y = 1e+08x + 0.003 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0 1e-11 2e-11 3e-11 β co sθ 4sinθ/y 2y = -3e+06x + 0.0058 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.e+00 1.e-11 2.e-11 3.e-11 β co sθ 4sinθ/y 1 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 163 the energy density model (edm) however, the crystal size, stress parameters, and strain are calculated using the energy density and uniform deformation. under this assumption, the crystals are defined in eq.(4) and considered homogeneous and isotropic . in general, the energy density u is considered independent and can be determined from the relationship (5)[29]: 𝑈 = 1 2 𝜀2𝑌 (8) inserting eq.(8) in eq.(6) to get the energy relation and strain utilizing by relation [27, 28]. 𝛽cosθ = 𝑘𝜆 𝐷 + (4𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃( 2𝑈 y ) 1 2) (9) figure (4) indicate the plote between the 4sinθ (2/y)1/2 and 𝛽cosθ . figure 4. the udedm analysis of pure sno2 nanoparticles and doped with mn. size-strain plot model due to the isotropic nature of the crystals, the lorentzian and gaussian functions are used to define crystallite size and strain [30].the linear relation between (dβcosθ)2 as a function of 𝑑 2βcosθ is given by [27] (dβcosθ)2= 𝐾 𝐷 (𝑑 2βcosθ) ( 𝜀 2 ) 2 (10) the strain and crystallite size are determined using the linear fit of the supplied results data and plotted (dβcosθ)2 as a function of 𝑑 2βcosθ and the y-intercept, as shown in figure 5. y = 47.177x + 0.0055 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0 0.000005 0.00001 β co sɵ 4sinɵ(2/y)^0.5 1 y = 262.25x + 0.0028 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0 0.000005 0.00001 0.000015 β co sθ 4sinθ(2/y)^0.5 2 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 164 figure 5. the ssp analysis of pure sno2 nanoparticles doped with mn. table 3.the results of d, 𝜀, and other factors calculated from different models. 4. conclusion the structure of sno2 nanoparticles has been synthesized by sol-gel autocombustion. in conclusion, the x-ray diffraction technique and scherer equation employed in the characteristics of crystals and nanomaterials could result in inaccurate particle size determinations. williamsonhall models have been introduced as a good tool for dealing with nanomaterials because they describe the microstructure and show micro-strain and particle size. the system of williamsonhall is effective in accurately measuring stress, strain, crystal size, and energy density based on udm, udsm, udedm, and ssp. it can suggest the williamson-hall model is more useful to understand crystal refinement. references 1. wong, m. h.; bierwagen, o.; kaplar, r. j.; umezawa, h. ultrawide-bandgap semiconductors: an overview. journal of materials research, 2021, 23, 1-15. 2. li, z.; sun, l.; liu, y.; zhu, l.; yu, d.; wang, y.;yu, m.; snse@ sno2 core–shell nanocomposite for synchronous photothermal–photocatalytic production of clean water. environmental science: nano, 2019,6, 1507-1515. 3. sabri, n. s.; deni, m. s. m.; zakaria, a.; talari, m. k., effect of mn doping on structural and optical properties of sno2 nanoparticles prepared by mechanochemical processing. physics procedia, 2012, 25, 233-239. 4. sabri, n. a.; al-agealy, h. j., theoretical studies of electronic transition characteristics of senstizer molecule dye n3-sno2 semiconductor interface. in aip conference proceedings, 2022, 37, 1-23, 020062). aip publishing llc. y = 0.0064x 6e-06 0 0.00005 0.0001 0.00015 0.0002 0.00025 0.0003 0.00035 0.0004 0.00045 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 (d b co sθ )^ 2 d^2bcosθ (1) y = 0.0038x + 1e-05 0 0.00002 0.00004 0.00006 0.00008 0.0001 0.00012 0.00014 0.00016 0.00018 0 0.02 0.04 (d b co sθ )^ 2 (d^2bcosθ (2) ssp udedm usdm udm scherer sample 𝛆 x10-3 d (nm) u kj.m-3 σ ×106 pa ε x10-5 w-h d (nm) σ x107 pa ε x10-5 w-h d (nm) ε x10-5 w-h d (nm) d (nm) 4.90 21.66 22.23 17.14 1.298 25.20 10 2.27 23.90 3.1 1.39 16 1 6.32 36.49 68.78 134.77 10.21 49.52 10 7.57 46.22 3.1 1.38 44 2 ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 165 5. huang, z.; zhu, j.; hu, y.; zhu, y.; zhu, g.; hu, l.; huang, w. tin oxide (sno2) nanoparticles: facile fabrication, characterization, and application in uv photodetectors. nanomaterials, 2022. 12, 4, 63-75. 6. nipa, s. t.; akter, r.; raihan, a.; rasul, s. b.; som, u.; ahmed, s.; rahman, w., stateof-the-art biosynthesis of tin oxide nanoparticles by chemical precipitation method towards photocatalytic application. environmental science and pollution research, 2022, 23, 1-23. 7. chand, p.; gaur, a.; kumar, a., structural and optical properties of zno nanoparticles synthesized at different ph values. journal of alloys and compounds, 2012, 539, 174-178. 8. mishra, m. k.; singh, n.; pandey, v.; haque, f. z.; synthesis of sno2 nanoparticles and its application in sensing ammonia gas through photoluminescence. journal of advanced physics, 2016, 5, 8-12. 9. bokov, d.; turki jalil, a.; chupradit, s.; suksatan, w.; javed ansari, m.; shewael, i. h.; kianfar, e., nanomaterial by sol-gel method: synthesis and application. advances in materials science and engineering, 2021, 12, 23-34 10. balakrishnan, k.; & murugasean, n., synthesis and characterization of sno2 nanoparticles by co-precipitation method. international journal of nano dimension, 2021, 12(1), 76-82. 11. zhao, q.; ma, l.; zhang, q.; wang, c.; xu, x., sno2-based nanomaterials: synthesis and application in lithium-ion batteries and supercapacitors. journal of nanomaterials, 2015, 12, 23-33 12. motevalizadeh, l.; heidary, z.; abrishami, m. e., facile template-free hydrothermal synthesis and microstrain measurement of zno nanorods. bulletin of materials science, 2014, 37, 397-405. 13. mohaideen, h. m.; fareed, s. s.; natarajan, b.; role of calcination temperatures on the structural and optical properties of nio nanoparticles. surface review and letters, 2019, 26, 1950043. 14. mustafa, h. j.; al-saadi, t. m.; effects of gum arabic-coated magnetite nanoparticles on the removal of pb ions from aqueous solutions. iraqi journal of science, 2021, 11, 889-896. 15. hussain, f. i.; synthesis of nano compound (ba1-xsrxtio3) by sol-gel method and study its structural properties. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2016, 29, 34-45. 16. yogamalar, r.; srinivasan, r.; vinu, a.; ariga, k.; bose, a. c.; x-ray peak broadening analysis in zno nanoparticles. solid state communications, 2009, 149, 1919-1923. 17. maniammal, k.; madhu, g.; biju, v.; x-ray diffraction line profile analysis of nanostructured nickel oxide: shape factor and convolution of crystallite size and microstrain contributions. physica e: low-dimensional systems and nanostructures, 2017, 85, 214-222. 18. al-saadi, t. m.; jihad, m. a.; preparation of graphene flakes and studying its structural properties. iraqi journal of science, 2016, 57, 145-153. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 166 19. al-saadi, t. m.; abed, a. h.; salih, a. a.; synthesis and characterization of alycu0. 15zn0. 85-yfe2o4 ferrite prepared by the sol-gel method. int. j. electrochem. sci, 2018, 13, 8295-8302. 20. yasmeen, s.; iqbal, f.; munawar, t.; nawaz, m. a.; asghar, m.; hussain, a.; synthesis, structural and optical analysis of surfactant assisted zno–nio nanocomposites prepared by homogeneous precipitation method. ceramics international, 2019, 45, 17859-17873. 21. ebnalwaled, a. a.; abd el-raady, a. a.; abo-bakr, a. m.; on the effect of complexing agents on the structural and optical properties of cds nanocrystals. chalcogenide letters, 2013, 10, 55-62. 22. biju, v.; sugathan, n.; vrinda, v.; salini, s. l.; estimation of lattice strain in nanocrystalline silver from x-ray diffraction line broadening. journal of materials science, 2008, 43, 1175-1179. 23. al-kalifawi, e. j.; al-obodi, e. e.; al-saadi, t. m.; characterization of cr2o3 nanoparticles prepared by using different plant extracts. acad. j. agric. res, 2018, 6, 2632. 24. al-saadi, t. m.; alsaady, l. j.; preparation of silver nanoparticles by sol-gel method and study their characteristics. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2015,28. 44-65 25. geetha, m. s.; nagabhushana, h.; shivananjaiah, h. n.; green mediated synthesis and characterization of zno nanoparticles using euphorbia jatropa latex as reducing agent. journal of science: advanced materials and devices, 2016, 1, 301-310. 26. thandavan, t. m. k.; gani, s. m. a.; wong, c. s.; nor, r. m.; evaluation of williamson– hall strain and stress distribution in zno nanowires prepared using aliphatic alcohol. journal of nondestructive evaluation, 2015, 34, 1-9. 27. al boukhari, j.; khalaf, a.; awad, r.; structural analysis and dielectric investigations of pure and rare earth elements (y and gd) doped nio nanoparticles. journal of alloys and compounds, 2020, 820, 153381. 28. madhu, g.; bose, v. c.; maniammal, k.; raj, a. a.; biju, v.; microstrain in nanostructured nickel oxide studied using isotropic and anisotropic models. physica b: condensed matter, 2013, 421, 87-91. 29. alani, a. t.; al-saadi, t. m.; x-ray analysis by williamson-hall methods of pure and doped zno nanoparticles. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 2021, 23, 6836-6845. 30. irfan, h.; racik k, m.; anand, s.; microstructural evaluation of coal2o4 nanoparticles by williamson–hall and size–strain plot methods. journal of asian ceramic societies, 2018, 6, 54-62. microsoft word 373-382 373 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ) النامية برياً gladiolus l. )iridaceaeالتنوع والعالقات الوراثية النواع جنس rapd – pcrتقنية باستعمالفي العراق اريج عبد الستار فرمان مازن نواف عبود )/جامعة بغدادابن الھيثم (كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة / قسم علوم الحياة 2015/تشرين الثاني/15،قبل البحث في:2015/ايلول/29استلم البحث في: الخالصة في تقنية dna مؤشرات الدنا باستعمال البري .gladiolus lانواع تابعة لجنس 4التنوع والعالقات الوراثية بين الدراسةبينت ھذه من االوراق genomic dna، شملت الدراسة استخالص الدنا المجيني rapdالتضخيم العشوائي متعدد االشكال لسلسلة الدنا عشوائية انتجت عدد من الحزم متعددة االشكال primersبوادئ 4 استعمالعدة استخالص دنا النباتات ، وتم باستعمالالنباتية الجافة polymorphic النواع االربعة المدروسة ، كذلك تم تحديد البصمة الوراثية لجميع االنواع من خالل ظھور عدد من الحزم بين ا التحليل العنقودي استعمال ، فضال عن 0.86الى 0.10، وتم تحديد البعد الوراثي بين االنواع اذ تراوح بين unique bandsالفريدة وباالعتماد جرة من مجموعتين رئيسيتين تعتمد على سلفھم وصفاتھم المظھرية والتشريحية لبناء شجرة التنوع الوراثي اذ تكّونت الش .boissعلى نتائج ھذه الدراسة ونتائج دراسات اخرى كالتشريح وحبوب اللقاح تم تسجيل نوع جديد في العراق ضمن ھذا الجنس ھو g.anatolicus . gladiolus ،dna ،rapd: الكلمات المفتاحية *البحث مستل من اطروحة دكتوراه 374 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة monocotyledonمن نباتات ذوات الفلقة الواحدة iridaceaeثاني اكبر االجناس التابعة للعائلة السوسنية .gladiolus lجنس يعد 4في شمال وجنوب المناطق المعتدلة ينمو منھا في العراق السيماجنساً منتشرة عالمياً 70، اذ تضم ھذه العائلة .iris lجنس البعد لتحديد التاريخ العرقي استعمااليبقى الدليل االكثر morphologyان المظھر الخارجي ، ]1[اجناس فقط احداھا الجنس قيد الدراسة phylogeny ، اال ان البيانات الجزيئية تستعمل اليوم لبناء شجرة الحياةtree of life بكل فروعھا وليس لمجموعات محددة كتلك ن بعلم التصنيف يبدأ حين قدم المختصالذي التغيير الكبير الذي حدث في علم التصنيف فضالً عن ]،2[التي يمكن تمييزھا بسھولة الرايبوزي منقوص من خالل ما قاموا به من تحليل لبيانات تسلسل الحامض النووي غاية في االھميةالجزيئي معلومات االدوات ، الذي اتاح molecular biologyالتطور السريع الذي حدث في مجاالت علم الحياة الجزيئي اذ ان ،]dna ]3االوكسجين اذ ، molecular taxonomyفي ظھور علم التصنيف الجزيئي المناسبة لدراسة المادة الوراثية وتحليلھا الجزيئي مما ساعد كثيراً ظھرت مؤشرات اذ علم على حل الكثير من المشاكل التصنيفية عن طريق االستدالل على وجود عالقات القرابة بين الكائناتعمل ھذا ال لدراسة العالقات الوراثية بين االفراد وايجاد البصمة الوراثية لكونھا تعكس االختالفات في تستعملالتي dna markersالدنا ].4[ ھمـــنة فيزـــوراثية المخـــالمعلومات ال 4ايجاد التنوع والعالقات الوراثية بين ھذه الدراسة االولى في تعدانواع ھذا الجنس بدراسة من ھذا النوع في العراق لذلك لم تحضَ dnaـ تقنية التضخيم العشوائي لقطع ال استعمالاذ تم ، .gladiolus lجنس في العراق التي تعود الى نامية برياً انواع )rapd-dna ( المعتمدة على سلسلة تفاعالت البلمرةpcr التي تستند على تضخيم اي جزء من الdna مھما كان صغيرا . التي عادة ما تكون عشوائية primersوالبادئات dna polymeraseخارج الجسم الحي بوجود انزيم المواد وطرائق العمل وھي المناطق من خالل السفرات الحقلية التي اجريت، ) 1 جدول ( من العراق ةتم الحصول على العينات الطرية من مناطق مختلف لص الدنا المجيني من استخالتي تنمو فيھا االنواع التابعة للجنس المدروس بعدذلك تم تجفيفھاووضعھافي اكياس خاصة لحين استعمالھا الخاصة بالنبات الدناعدة استخالص باستعمال االوراق النباتية الجافة genomic dna mini kit (plant) ملغم 25تم وزن ، و وزي كخاص بجھاز الطرد المر microcentrifuge tubeمن مسحوق االوراق النباتية بميزان حساس ووضع في انبوب دقيق . وحسب االرشادات في قائمة العمل الخاصة بعدة االستخالص الدنااتبعت خطوات خاصة في استخالص الذي يتم فيه spectrophotometer(nanodrop)جھاز المطياف لالشعة تحت البنفسجية الدقيق باستعمالتم قياس نقاوة وتركيز الدنا المعادلة الخاصة بقياس وتركيز ليستعمللغرض فحصھا وھو مبرمج مايكروليتر) 0.5(كمية قليلة من الحامض النووي استعمال od 260/280الحامض النووي باالعتماد على امتصاصية المحلول المحتوي على الدنا والبروتينات المرافقة له عند كثافة بصرية انكستروم على التوالي وھي : dsdna concentration = 50 μg/ml × od260 or 280 × dilution factor 1.8الى 1.7ل عليھا للنقاوة بين وتراوحت القيم المتحص ) لالنواع االربعة للجنس المدروس ، اذ حضرت البادئات المناسبة 2بادئات عشوائية ، جدول ( 4تم استخدام pcrمن خالل تقانة 10) %10تم الحصول على تركيز o�ddhوحسب االرشادات المرفقة مع العبوات وبعد اذابتھا بماء معقم مضاعف التقطير pmol/µl) . الذي gotaq ®green master mixمن الخليط الرئيس 12.5µlوذلك باضافة 20µlتم تحضير الحجم المناسب من خليط التفاعل ثم اضيفت الكمية المناسبة من البادئ )dntps)dttp،dgtp،dctp،datpو 2mgclو polymerase-taq dnaيحتوي 1µl 0.2، بعد توزيع خليط التفاعل على انابيب صغيرةµl 5اضيفµl ثم اكمل الحجم بماء مضاعف من الدنا المستخلص لكل انبوبة الذي تمت برمجته حسب الجدول thermal cyclerلكل انبوبة . وضعت االنابيب في جھاز المدّور الحراري 25µlالتقطير الى ادناه : ime: 5min. temp.95ºc initial denaturation 35 cycles time: 30 sec. temp.95ºc denaturation time: 40 sec. temp.36ºc annealing time: 2 min. temp.72ºc extension time: 5 min. temp.72ºc final extension من كل 10µlتم تحميل ethidium bromideوبعد تصبيغه بصبغة بروميد االثيديوم agarose gels 1.5%حضر ھالم االكاروز بعد غمرالھالم بمحلول dna ladderمن سلّم الدنا 5µlالى تحميل فضالً عنعينة ناتجة من التضخيم في الحفر الخاصة بالھالم 375 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 tbe-1x 50اذ تم الترحيل الكھربائي له بفولتية volt/cm لمدة ساعتين ، ثم فحص بجھاز االشعة فوق البنفسجيةuv المجھز بكاميرا وتم تصوير الھالم الحاوي على حزم الدنا ، ثم تمت دراستھا ومقارنتھا مع بعضھا ومع حزم سلّم الدنا المفصولة . ـالبيانات التي استُحصل عليھا من الكشف عن قطع ال وحللت البواديء العشوائيةباستعمال ) %حساب تعدد األشكال الوراثية (تم dna ـودونت المعلومات التي تم الحصول عليھا من تضخيم قطع ال ،المتعددة األشكال dna بواسطة تقانة pcr من جميع األنواع نفسه الحجم ھا ذات " لعدم وجود الحزمة نفس0" لوجود كل حزمة في الھالم وسجل الرقم "1اذ أعطي الرقم " ،مع أي باديء عملةالمست :في حساب تعدد االشكال الناتجة من كل بادئ تية االالمعادلة استعملت. ]5[األخرى في األنواع np /nt × (100تعدد االشكال % = ( np احد البوادئ العشوائية ، باستعمال= عدد الحزم متعددة االشكال من تضخيم الدناnt العدد الكلي للحزم الناتجة من = الوراثية عن طريق حساب البيانات الناتجة من تحليل مواقع وقياس المسافة وتم تحليل العالقات الوراثية نفسه ، البادئ استعمال تم حساب ، واعتمدت الحزم الواضحة فقط ، قطع الدنا المتعددة األشكال التي ظھرت على مواقع محددة من الھالم بعد الترحيل واستنادا إلى الصيغة االتية:بناًء على مصفوفة البيانات ]6[ـبين كل زوج من األصناف وفقاً ل (gd) تقديرات المسافة الوراثية g.d = 1-{2nab/(na + nb)} na العدد االجمالي لقطع =dna ، شوھدت في الفرد أnb العدد الكلي لقطع =dna ، التي اظھرھا الفرد بnab = المشتركة بين الفردين أ وب dnaعدد قطع (unweighted pair-group method with average arithmetic (upgma)طريقة استعمال بعد ذلك تم برنامج باستعمال، واجريت العمليات الحسابية الالزمة ]7[طريقة مجاميع االزواج غير الموزونة مع المعدل الحسابي numerical( 2.1االصدار (ntsys) بنظام التصنيف العددي والتحليل متعدد المتغيرات الحاسوب الخاص taxonomy and multivariate analysis system (]8، [ العنقودي وذلك لغرض اجراء التحليل cluster analysis جنس الانواع بين الوراثية العالقة شجرة مخطط لبناءgladiolus . تم الجزء العملي من البحث في مختبرات ابن الھيثم . –كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة النتائج والمناقشة : االنواع االربعة للجنس وھي :اربعة بوادئ مع استعمال تم جميعھا متعددة االشكال 1600bpو bp 450حزم تقع عند االوزان الجزيئية بين 10اعطى ھذا البادئ : opc-9البادئ polymorphic حزم فريدةثالثة وانتج ،%100وبنسبة unique bands اثنتان منھا للنوعboiss. g.atroviolacious ين تقع عند الوزنين الجزيئيbp )650 وواحدة سجلت للنوع900و (mill g.italicus عند الوزن )3،جدول ( )1لوحة ( ،500bpالجزيئي االشكال من الحزم كانت متعددة bp،7 1500و bp 500حزم تقع عند االوزان الجزيئية 9انتج : rapd-2البادئ االولى سجلت ينفريدت يناعطى ھذا البادئ حزمت،%22.22اما الحزم االحادية فكانت اثنتان وبنسبة %77.77وبنسبة سجلت للنوع 900bp والثانية عند الوزن الجزيئي 1000bpكانت عند الوزن الجزيئي g.atroviolasiousللنوع g.italicus 3، جدول( ) 1(لوحة( جميع ھذه الحزم متعددة االشكال ،1200bpو 290bpحزم تقع جميعھا عند االوزان الجزيئية 10انتج : r-15البادئ 300bpعند الوزن الجزيئي boiss g.anatolicus انتج ھذا البادئ ثالثة حزم فريدة واحدة مع النوع ،%100وبنسبة )3( ، جدول) 2(لوحة ،) 700و bp )500عند الوزنين الجزيئيين g.italicusواثنتان سجلت للنوع من الحزم bp،7 1500و bp 200كانت جميعھا عند االوزان الجزيئية بين ، 9البادئ عدد الحزم الكلي لھذا : r-8البادئ كان العدد ، 22.2%وكان عدد الحزم االحادية التي انتجھا ھذا البادئ حزمتين وبنسبة ،%77.7متعددة االشكال وبنسبة عند االوزان الجزيئية g.atroviolaciousسجلت لھذا البادئ اذ اعطى ثالثة حزم مع النوع 6االكبر من الحزم الفريدة ھو bp )390 وثالثة اخرى مع النوع450و 400و (boiss g.kotschyanus الوزان الجزيئية باbp )250 900و ) 3، جدول ()2(لوحة ،)1500و انتجت عدة حزم ،gladiolus لكل من االنواع االربعة لجنس dnaـفي تضخيم الان البوادئ االربعة التي اثبتت فعالية مع متوسط اليل لكل موقع وراثي يساوي المستعمل البادئ حزم وحسب 10-9تراوح عدد الحزم بين ،عند ترحيلھا بالھالم ) وذلك من خالل مالحظة صور الترحيل للھالم، لوحة bpزوج قاعدي( 1600الى 200تراوحت احجام الحزم من ،9.5 ، وكانت النسبة المئوية لتعدد r-8و rapd-2اعطته كل من البوادئ 9زم ھو اذ كان الحد االدنى لعدد الح )2) و(1( سجله كٌل 10قياساً بعدد البوادئ الكلي، وكان الحد االعلى لعدد الحزم ھو 18.4ھي r-8و rapd-2 االشكال للبادئين استعمالتم ). 4(الكلي،جدول قياساً بعدد البوادئ 26.3الذين اظھرا تعدد االشكال بنسبة r-15و opc-9من البادئين التي ظھرت في الھالم بعد dnaـال الى قطع استناداً gladiolusمعامالت التشابه الوراثي لالنواع االربعة للجنس ، اذ تم تقسيم االنواع upgmaتحليل استعمال عن طريق )1الشكل(لبناء المخطط الشجيري، rapdاستخدام طريقة 0.10، وكانت اقل مسافة وراثية ھي 0.86-0.10االربعة في مجاميع ووجد ان نسبة التشابه الوراثي بينھا تراوحت بين .)5( جدول. g.anatolicusو g.italicusالنوعين وايضا بين g.kotschyanusو g.italicusلوحظت بين النوعين 376 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 cluster analysisالتحليل العنقودي باستخدام التحليل العنقودي اذ gladiolusلالنواع االربعة العائدة لجنس )1شكل( dendrogramشيدت مجموعة تحليل iiو iالنامية في العراق مجموعتين رئيسيتين ھما gladiolusاالنواع االربعة لجنس اظھرت العالقة الوراثية بين تمثلت ibوالمجموعة الثانوية g.atroviolaciousتمثلت بالنوع iaالمجموعة االولى شملت مجموعتين ثانويتين وھي . g.italicusاما المجموعة الرئيسية الثانية مثّلھا النوع g.anatolicusو g.kotschyanusبالنوعين وقد انفصل في g.atroviolaciousبالنوع iaثلت اذ تم )،1شكل ( gladiolusجنس الالنواع اوضح المخطط الشجيري ، اما ovoid vascular bundleاسطوانة وعائية ذات شكل بيضي اختلف في كونه يمتلك ومجموعة ثانوية عن االنواع ) فھما متشابھان في اغلب صفاتھما المظھرية والتشريحية، وھذا ما g.anatolicus )ibو g.kotschyanusالنوعين ) انفصل ايضا عن بقية g.italicus)iiجعلھما في مجموعة واحدة اي انه دليل على تقاربھما الوراثي الكبير، النوع االخير كل بيضي عريض يمتلك ثمرة ذات ش بكونهاالخرى االنواع االخرى بمجموعة رئيسة ثانية اذ اختلف عن االنواع broadly-ovoid البيضي الطويل فضال عن الشكل البيضيovoid-long ovoid .6جدول (السطوانته الوعائية ( . ألنھا التتطلب معلومات وراثية مسبقة حول الكائن الحي مثل تسلسل القواعد rapd-pcrتقنية استعملت لقد تقانات أخرى ذات عالمات وراثية محددة، على استعمالتخصصة أواألمر الذي يؤدي إلى تصميم بواديء م النيوكليوتيدية نظراً لعدم وجود دراسة rapdالرغم من أننا اختبرنا العديد من البادئات العشوائية قليلة النوكليوتيدات والخاصة بتقانة د اختالفات في عدد بادئات فقط التي اختيرت بسبب وجو 4وان في العراق، gladiolusانواع جنس بھذا االسلوب حول مع البواديء في الھالم نتيجة األختالف في الوزن الجزيئي للحزم pcrتقانة استعمال الحزم بين العينات عند ترحيل نواتج ھو g.anatolicus النوعوھو مايتوضح من خالل حركتھا أثناء الترحيل الكھربائي لھا في الھالم وھذا ما يدل على ان في دراسة التغايرات الوراثية بين األنواع، التي عمالھاعلى العراق، وتتميز ھذه الطريقة بكفاءة عالية عند است نوع جديد dnaان استخراج الحامض النووي تجعل من المفيد أن يتم اعتمادھا في برامج المحافظة على التنوع الحيوي في البيئة. تختلف في بعض انواع النباتات وذلك بسبب dnaطرق استخالص ال ان و ق متنوعة،ائمن األنسجة النباتية يتم بطر استخالص ، اذ تم ]9[ونواتج ثانوية اخرى من العمليات االيضية polyphenolsمحتواھا من الفينوالت المتعددة اذ ] ،10[مع في ھذه الدراسة من االوراق النباتية المجففة بغض النظرعن كونھا فتية او غير فتية وھذا ما يتفق dnaـال ان االوراق الفتية واالوراق المتفتحة جزئياً ھي المفضلة في عملية العزل وذلك النھا تحتوي كمية اقل من الفينوالت مختلفة الستخالص الحامض استعمال طرائقلذلك تم ،نقي dnaالمتعددة والمكونات االخرى التي تمنع الحصول على باستعمال النيتروجين السائل المستخدمة يتم سحق انسجة االوراق للعينات اذ دراسةللنباتات قيد ال النووي تكون مناسبة dnaseوالھاون المختبري، وھي طريقة مفيدة لمنع تلف العينات عند الحفظ وذلك بتثبيط عمل االنزيمات النووية مثل على الطرائقمية اعتماد بعض التي يتم إطالقھا عندما تتكسر جدران الخاليا، أوضحت بعض التقارير اھ nuclaeseو ] .11[ الرغم من أنھا تعد من المواد غير االمنةبالنيتروجين السائل، استعمال في العزل وھذا يتفق مع نقاوة المستعملة ممكن ان تتباين بسبب النبات او البروتوكوالت dnaدرجة النقاوة ونوعية وكمية ق مختلفة ومتعددة وتقنيات متوفرة لعزل ائالتي تم الحصول عليھا في ھذه الدراسة اذ ھناك طر dnaـوكمية ال dna في الحصول على نقاوة عالية وھي مھمة في السيما المجيني وھي تعتمد على اختيار عوامل مختلفة اصبحت ممكنة . اختصار الوقت والنتائج ، وان ھذه الطريقة انواع تعود للجنس المدروس 4قات الوراثية بين بنجاح اذ تم الكشف عن العال rapdطريقة استعملت لتعيين rapd-pcr تقانةوتم استخدام ،] 12[ في الماضي بنجاح للكشف عن العالقات الوراثية بين االفراد استعملت pcrعمل تقانة المدروسة،اذ تم تحسين ظروف االنواعالمستخلص من dna عمالباست تعدد األشكال والتنوع الوراثي اذ تم annealingمرحلة السيمافي البرنامج الخاص بعمل الجھاز عملةالتي شملت المواد الكيميائية وعدد الدورات المست المستخدمة التي اعطت النتائج المطلوبة التي ادت الى تضخيم قطع الحامض النووي dnaـضبطھا بما يناسب عينات ال ) ضروري للحصول pcr)optimizationعمل تقانة يء المناسبة،أن تحسين ظروفالبواد عمالالتي ظھرت بعد است ھو عدد الحزم التي ظھرت في مجين rapd عمالان مبدا است، ] 13[ على أعلى خصوصية وأفضل النتائج المطلوبة ساطةالتضخيم بو (جينوم) االنواع المدروسة والذي يوضح عدد المواقع التي كشف عنھا الباديء بعد ارتباطه معھا عند dnaالعينات وتم مقارنتھا مع dnaمع عمالهاذ تم الحصول على عدد من الحزم لكل بادئ تم است pcrجھاز تقانة ladderويمكن ، ]14[ للبواديء ، ويتأثر عدد ھذه المواقع بأثنين من العوامل ھما ، حجم الجينوم والتسلسل النيوكليوتيدي فضال عن الجنس المدروس ، الوراثية التي ظھرت في ھذه الدراسة كمؤشر وراثي بين أنواعاستخدام نتائج تعدد األشكال نس ـــواع جـــض انــــع بعـــريدة مــــحزم ف ستة r-8فقد انتج البادئ ض البوادئـــتھا بعــريدة التي انتجـــالحزم الف gladiolus خاصة بتعريف تلك االنواع السيما النوع يةــــة وراثصمــــكب عمالھاكن استـــ، اذ يم األكبردد ـــوھو الع أحادية الشكل اً فأن بعض البواديء أنتجت حزم فضالً عن ذلكالذي تم تسجيله في ھذه الدراسة ، g.anatolicusالجديد monomorphic البادئان كما فيrapd-2 وr-15 بينما انتج البادئانopc-9 وr-15 ، حزم متعددة االشكال فقط فيرت ــــي أثــــحثة التــــتـــفرات المســــة أو الطــــيـــذاتــــرات الــــطفــــدوث الــــال نتيجة حــــدد األشكـــحدث تعـــي ثناء العملية التطورية للكائنات التي قد تحدث بشكل طبيعي في أ ةــــيـــــوراثـــــع الـــــواقــــن المـــيـــة بـــــافــــســـــالم وھذا ما يتفق مع ] 15[قد حدث نتيجة حذف أو إضافة في الموقع الذي يرتبط به الباديء وقد يكون تعدد األشكال ،الحية ھذه الدراسة . 377 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 عدد مع ت 10-9زوج قاعدي، وان عدد الحزم متعددة االشكال تراوح من 1500و 200تراوح بين ان احجام الحزم الناتجة ) .4(جدول ، r-15و opc-9في البادئين % 100و r-8و rapd-2في البادئين % 77.77اشكال ارتباطاً i.anatolicusو i.kotschyanusقربھا الوراثي اذ ارتبط النوعان من حيث ان انواع الجنس المدروسة تباينت وھذا اقلفكان ارتباطھا الوراثي االخرى لتشابھھما في الكثير من الصفات المظھرية والتشريحية اما االنواع جداً وثيقاً ) .1( ) وشكل6جدول (الصفات الوراثية والتشريحية . بعض واضح في اختالفھا في العراق اذ اختلف عن يفھو نوع جديد g.anatolicusوباالعتماد على نتائج ھذه الدراسة نستطيع ان نثبت ان النوع في الدراسة المستعملة في عدد ونوع الحزم الناتجة من التضخيم باختالف البوادئ للجنس نفسهالتي تعود االخرى االنواع وھذا ما كان واضحا في صور الھالم والتحليالت والنتائج التي تم التوصل اليھا. المصادر 1mathew,b.(1985) in tonwnsend,c.c. and guest,e.flora of iraq. monocotyledones.minstry of agriculture and agrarian reform , baghdad , 8:226-256 . 2-olmost,r.g. and scotland,r.w.(2005).molecular and morphological datasets.taxon, 54(1):7-8. 3taia,w.k.(2005).modern trends in plant taxonomy.asian j. plant sci. 4:58-62. 4williams,c.e. and st-clir,d.a.(1993).phonelic relationship and level of vriability detected by restriction fragment length polymorphism and random amplified dna analysis of cultivated and wild accession of (lycopersicon esculentum) genome .36:619-630. 5bibi,s.; m.u., dahot; i.a., khan; a., khatri; and naqvi m.h.,. (2009).study of genetic diversity in whet using rapd markers.pakistan.pak.j.bot., 41(3):1023-1027. 6ni,m. and li , w.h.(1979).mathmatical model for studying genetic variation in terms of restriction endonucleases.proceeding of the national academy of sciens, usa 74:5267-5273. 7sneath,p.h.a. and socal, r.r. (1973).numerical taxonomy : the principels and practice of numerical classification .w.h. freeman co.san.francisco.california. 8roholf ,f.j.(2004).ntsyspc,numerical taxonomy and multivariate analysis system.version 2.1.47 roult 25a,suit 2, setauket, new york. 11733-2870. 9aljanabi,s.m.; forget, l.; and dookum, a. (1999).an inproved and rapid protocol for the isolation of polysaccharide-and polyphenol-free sugarcan dna. plant mol.biol.rep.,17:81-281. 10shankar,k.; chavan,l.; shinde,s.; and patil, b .(2011).an improved dna extraction protocol from four in vitro banana cultivars.asian j.biotechnol. 3:84-90. 11sharma,a.d.; gill, p.k.; and singh ,p. (2002).dna isolation from dry and fresh sample of polysaccharide-rich plants.plant mol.biol.rep. 20:415a-415f. 12goswami,s. and tripathi, v.(2010).the use issr and rapd markers for detecting dna polymorphism ,genotype identification and genetic diversity among trichosanthes dioica roxb.cultivars .international jornal of biodiversity and conversation.india 2(12):405-413. 13williams,j.g.; kubelic, a.r.; livak, k.j.; rafalaski, j.a.; and tingey, s.v.(1990). dna polymorphisms amplified by arbitrary primers are useful as genetic markers.nucleic acid res.18:6531-6535pp. 14al-asi,a.h.a.(2002).the use of dna markers for genetic diversity analysis of (hordum vulgar l.)cultivated in iraq.phd thesis.biology department ,college of ibn alhaitham education.university of baghdad.221p. 15tingey,s.v. and tufo del, j.p.(1993). genetic analysis with rapd markers. plant physiology.101:349-352pp. 16-azimi,m.h.; sadeghian, s.y.; razavi ahari ,v. ; khazaei, f.; and fathi hafashjani , a. (2012).genetic variation of iranian iris species using morphological characteristics and rapd markers.international jornal of agrisciece.2(9):875-889. 17nasir,i.a.; jamal, a.; rahman, z.; and husnain, t. (2012).molecular analyses of gladiolus lines with improved resistance against fusarium with .pak.j.bot.44(1):7379. 378 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 لعينات rapd-2و opc-9للبادئين rapd-pcrهالم االكاروز بعد الترحيل الكهربائي لتفاعل %) ,11.5لوحة ( dna لالنواع االربعة لجنسgladiolus .صورت تحت االشعة فوق البنفسجية بعد تصبيغها بصبغة بروميد االثيديومg1 )g.atroviolacius،(g2 )g.italicus ، (g3 )g.kotschyanus، (g4 )g.anatolicus ، ( m=100bp dna ladder،n=negative sample dnaلعينات r-8و r-15للبادئين rapd-pcrهالم االكاروز بعد الترحيل الكهربائي لتفاعل %),21.5لوحة ( g1بروميد االثيديوم. صورت تحت االشعة فوق البنفسجية بعد تصبيغها بصبغة gladiolusلالنواع االربعة لجنس )g.atroviolacius،(g2 )g.italicus ، (g3 )g.kotschyanus، (g4 )g.anatolicus ، ( m=100bp dna ladder،n=negative sample 379 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 gladiolusتظهر المسافة الوراثية لالنواع االربعة لجنس dendrogram) شجرة التحليل الوراثي 1الشكل ( .upgmaباستخدام التحليل العنقودي .المستخدمة في الدراسة ومناطق جمعهااالنواع ) 1جدول( location taxa no. erbilgladiolus.atroviolacius1 suleimaniyha،erbil،dahookg.italicus2 suleimaniyhag.kotschyanus3 dahookg.anatolicus4 .) اسماء وتسلسالت القواعد للبادئات العشوائية التي استخدمت في الدراسة مع مصادرها2جدول ( no. primers name sequence 5'…….3' reference 1 opc-9 ctcaccgtcc ]16 [ 2 rapd-2 tgcgcccttc ]16 [ 3 r-15 ggacaacgag ]17 [ 4 r-8 cccgttgcct ]17 [ 380 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 gladiolus) النواع جنس m.w.bp) البوادئ وعدد الحزم الفريدة التي انتجتها واوزانها الجزيئية (3جدول ( = np= عدد الحزم الكلي لكل بادئ، gladiolus ،nt) البوادئ المستخدمة مع االنواع االربعة لجنس 4جدول ( = عدد الحزم المفردة لكل بادئ . nmمتعددة االشكال لكل بادئ ، عدد الحزم primer's name nt sizeof bands/bp np % nm % opc-9 10 450-1600 10 100 0 0 rapd-2 9 500-1500 7 77.77 2 22.22 r-15 10 390-1200 10 100 0 0 r-8 9 200-1500 7 77.77 2 22.22 total 38 200-1600 34 355.54 4 44.44 gladiolus لجنس االربعة االنواع بين gd الوراثية المسافة قيم) 5( جدول primer unique bands taxa m.w.(bp) opc-9 3 g.atroviolacious 650 900 g.italicus 500 rapd-2 2 g.atroviolacious 1000 g.italicus 900 r-15 3 g.anatolicus 300 g.italicus 500 700 r-8 6 g.atroviolacious 390 400 450 g.kotschyanus 250 900 1500 g .1 g .2 g .3 g .4 g.atroviolacius(g.1) 0.00 g.italicus(g.2) 0.79 0.00 g.kotschianus(g.3) 0.54 0.10 0.00 g.anatolicus(g.4) 0.86 0.10 0.31 0.00 381 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 جدول ) 6 ( س جن ع ن انوا ي بي ب الوراث التقار g la d io lu s حية شري ظھرية والت ت الم صفا ض ال مع بع clu ster i ii c .s . = cro ss sectio n v .b . = v ascu lar b u n d le su b clu ster ia ib s p . g .a tro vio la ciu s g .ko tsch ya nu s g .a n a to licu s g .ita licu s m o rp h o lo g ica l ch a ra cters s h ap e o f fru it o b o v ate o b o v ate o b o v ate b ro ad ly -o v o id s eed s w in g ed u n w in g ed stig m as e q u al u n eq u al e q u al u n eq u al a n a to m ica l ch a ra cters s h ap e o f c.s. stem circular o v o id -circu lar circular o v o id s h ap e o f v .b . o v o id l o n g o v o id o v o id -lo n g o v o id t rian g le-lo n g o v o id 382 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 biodiversity and genetic relationships to the species for the genus gladiolus l. (iridaceae) wild growing in iraq using rapd-pcr technique areej a.farman mazin n. aboud dept. of biology/ college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in:29/september/2015,accepted in:15/november/2015 abstract this study observed the genetic diversity and relationships among 4 species belonging to genus gladiolus l. , by using the random amplified polymorphic dna (rapd) technique , the study includes extraction of genomic dna from the dray leaves by using commercial kit . 4 random primers used the produced of many polymorphic bands among the 4 species , it was also possible to fined the dna fingerprint of all studied species.through the appearance of a number of bands that were unique to each species.genetic distances ranged from 0.10 to 0.86, and used cluster analysis were performed to construct dendrogram.cluster analysis grouped the 4 species into tow main clusters depending on their ancestor and their morphological and anatomical traits. depending on the results of this study and other such as anatomical and palynologycal studies we can record a new species in iraq belonging to genus gladiolus, it is g. anatolicus. key words: gladiolus , dna , rapd microsoft word 238-245 علوم الحياة | 238 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 في punica granatum تأثير المستخلص المائي لقشور ثمرة نبات الرمان oscillatoria amoenaنمو الطحلب حيدر عبد الواحد مالك الغانمي قسم علوم الحياة/ كلية التربية/ جامعة القادسية ٢٠١٥/اذار/١٥قبل البحث في :، ٢٠١٤/كانون االول/١: استلم البحث في الخالصة ، oscillatoria amoenaتناولت الدراسة الحالية بيـان اثر المستخلص المائي لقشور نبات الرمان في نمو طحلب والمعزول من نھر الديوانية و العائد إلى شعبة الطحالب الخضراء المزرقة ، إذ تم قياس تأثير المستخلص في الطحلب من خالل حساب العدد الكلي للخاليا وقيم االمتصاصية للطحلب. ت ز عملتاس ان ١٤و ٧، ٣٫٥التراكي ات الرم رة نب ور ثم تخلص قش ن مس ل م نملغم/م ال ع يط فض ة الس رة مجموع )controlالتراكيز أما ملغم/مل أدى إلى انخفاض النمو بشكل حاد، ١٤). أظھرت النتائج أن تعريض الطحلب إلى التركيز ملغم/مل فقد انخفض فيھا النمو أيضا وبشكل تدريجي. أما قيم االمتصاصية فقد أظھرت انخفاضا ينسجم ٧، ٣٫٥ االخرى مع عدد الخاليا خالل مدة التعريض. oscillatoria amoenaمستخلص نباتي، رمان، الكلمات المفتاحية: علوم الحياة | 239 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 المقدمة النباتات منذ مدة طويلة من الزمن كمصدر مفضل للعالجات الطبيعية لديمومة صحة اإلنسان، ومؤخراً قد عملتاست أجريت دراسات مكثفة حول تلك النباتات. وطبقاً لتقارير منظمة الصحة العالمية، التي أكدت على أن النباتات الطبية ھي اإلعشاب عملونن سكان البلدان المتطورة يستم %٨٠والي . أن ح ]٢، ١[ أفضل مصدر للحصول على العديد من األدوية التقليدية التي تتألف من مكونات مشتقة من نباتات طبية، مما يتطلب المزيد من البحث من أجل فھم أعمق لخصائصھا .]٣[وتأثيراتھا العالجية مراض التي تصيب اإلنسان األج عشاب الطبية على مواد كيمياوية ذات فائدة واضحة تسھم في عالواألتحتوي النباتات والحيوان وتشمل الزيوت الطيارة والكاليكوسيدات والصابونيات والتانينات والقلويدات والدھون والسكريات والراتنجات ، ومن بين تلك النباتات ذات األھمية الطبية قشرة نبات ثمار الرمان االسم العربي له: رمان ، واالسم ]٤[واالستيروالت ينتمي نبات الرمان الى العائلة الرمانية . .punica granatum l، واالسم الالتيني (العلمي): pomegranateاالنكليزي: punicaceae متر وتعد من النباتات المقاومة للظروف ٨-٥وھو من األشجار النفضية التي تنمو إلى ارتفاعات تصل punica. تحتوي العائلة الرمانية على جنس واحد ھو ]٥[لى شرق آسيا البيئية إذ تنتشر زراعتھا من جنوب شرق أوربا إ l. ويزرع نوع واحد في العراق ھوpunica granatum ]٦[. فضالً عن المواد البروتينية (astringent)التي تستعمل كمادة قابضة أجزاء شجرة الرمان على التانين تحتوي جميع بأن قشرة ثمار الرمان تحتوي على التانين ]٨[. وذكر ]٧[د والكبريت والبوتاسيوم والسكرية والمعادن كالفسفور والحدي tannin والراتنجresin والسكرsugar والقلويداتalkaloidsوالزحار وطرد الديدان ، وتستعمل في حاالت اإلسھال حالب مجموعة من الكائنات الحية تعد الط .]٦[كمحلول غرغرة ييناألوربالديدان الشريطية. واستعملت من قبل السيما عشاب البحرية العمالقة وھي متواجدة في كل مكان وفي أغلب األحيان تسبب من الخلية الوحيدة الشكل إلى أأل التي تتراوح ا الحية أو من تلك ااغة في الماء الصالح للشرب بسبب طعماُ ورائحة غير مستس طالق المركبات الكيميائية أما من الخالي .]٩[الميتة أو المتفسخة الخاليا أثي ة، التي تكون مسؤولة عن أغلب الت اه راِت والطحالب الخضر المزرقة احد الشعب الطحلبي غير مناسبِة في المي كـالطعم والرائحة و انسداد مرشحات محطات تصفية المياه و قلة األوكسجين و السمية و لھذه األنواع القدرة على إنتاج التي تعد من المركبات التربينية ،methylisoborneol (2-mlb)-2و geosminإلى المياه مثل مواد تعطي طعماً عفناً terpenoids ايره ب ]١٠[المتط د طحل ذه oscillatoria amoena، ويع ة لھ ة المنتج ر المزرق ب الخض ن الطحال م ] ١١،١٢[المركبات في المياه طرائق العمل لتنمية الطحلب تعملالوسط ألزرعي المس ). حضر الوسط الزرعي بشكل ١لتنمية العزلة الطحلبية (جدول ]١٣[ والمحور من قبلbg-11 استعمل الوسط الزرعي ھا، حيث تم خلط عمالالثالجة وبدون تعقيم لحين است م في°٤حفظت بدرجة حرارة stock solutionمحاليل خزينة بالماء المقطر حسب الحجم المطلوب ثم عقم الوسط ألزرعي كميات محددة منھا عند تحضير الوسط ألزرعي وأكمل الحجم دقيقة وعدل الرقم ١٥باوند/انج ولمدة ١٫٥ م وضغط ْ ١٢١بدرجة حرارة autoclaveجھاز المؤصدة عمالبعد ذلك باست بعد تبريد المحلول لتجنب حصول الترسيب.7.1 الھيدروجيني إلى عزل وتنقية الطحلب ) من نھر الديوانية ولغرض الحصول على مزرعة ١(اللوحة oscillatoria amoena تم عزل الطحلب المدروس ساطةتم اخذ خيط واحد من العينة بواذ ]١٤[الطريقة الموضحة من قبل عملتاست unialgal cultureوحيدة الطحلب باستعمال مجھر ضوئي مقلوب ونقلت إلى قطرة معقمة وكررت العملية لحين pasteur pipette ماصة باستور محورة ).optika/italyالحصول على طحلب وحيد ( اً الى الطرد المركزي، حيث ساطةالتي تتضمن : الغسل بو ]١٥[تم تنقية مزارع وحيدة الطحلب من الجراثيم وفق بالوسط ألزرعي المعقم ، وجرت عملية الطرد المركزي الطرد المركزي والغسل ساطةالجراثيم عن الطحالب بو فصلت ا ٥دورة / دقيقة لمدة ٣٠٠٠للعينة بسرعة دقائق ، ثم أزيل الراشح ووضع بدله ماء مقطر معقم إلى الراسب (الخالي توي على مرة على األقل. و للتأكد من نقاء العزلة من التلوث زرعت في طبق بتري يح ١٢الطحلبية)، أعيدت ھذه العملية ]١٣[ْم ٣٧ساعة في ٢٤وحضن لمدة nutrients agarوسط االكار المغذي : والمبين تصنيفه ادناه : oscillatoria amoenaفي تشخيص الطحلب ]١٧[و ]١٦[ اعتمدت المصادر division : cyanophyta class : cyanophyceae order : oscillatoriales family : oscillatoriaceae species : oscillatoria amoena علوم الحياة | 240 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 جمع العينات النباتية وتحضير المستخلص المائي : اجي ين ب ھيلة حس ل أ.م.د. س ن قب ت م ة، وشخص ة الديواني ي مدين ة ف وق المحلي ن الس ان م ات الرم ات نب ت عين جمع فصلت القشرة وتركت في المختبر لمدة جامعة القادسية . -كلية التربية -المختصة بعلم التصنيف في قسم علوم الحياة م لغرض تجفيفھا. استعملت مطحنة كھربائية لطحن القشرة والحصول على مسحوق حفظ في ° 25أسبوع واحد بدرجة مل من الماء المقطر، وضع المزيج في 100غم من مسحوق قشرة ثمار الرمان وأضيف إليه 15قناني زجاجية، بعدھا اخذ )، whatman no.1,2,3أوراق ترشيح ( عمالرشح المستخلص باست ساعة . 24م ولمدة ° 37الحاضنة الھزازة بدرجة دورة/دقيقة، جفف المستخلص في الحاضنة بدرجة حرارة 2500دقائق بالسرعة 10نبذ الراشح بجھاز النبذ المركزي لمدة . ]١٨[للحصول على مسحوق جاف ساعة ٧٢ْم لمدة 37 قياس نمو للطحلب ا ٢مايكروانشتاين/متر ٢٧مل) في الحاضنة الضوئية تحت شدة إضاءة ٢٥٠حضنت المزارع الحاوية على الطحلب ( /ث ا باستعمال شريحة الھيماسايتوميتر ٢٥ْوبدرجة حرارة ا من خالل طريقة العدد الكلي للخالي م. أخذت القراءات يومي (heamacytometer) مل من العينة بعد رجھا جيداً على سطح كل ردھة من ردھتي شريحة العّد، ثم ١، وذلك بوضع ر وة تكبي د ق ر عن ت المجھ ت تح ريحة وفحص اء الش ع غط تعرض ٤٠xوض اع المس ة القط تعمال طريق transectباس ة واحدة. ]١٩[الموضحة من قبل ه خلي ة الضوئية ، وذلك بحساب الخيط الطحلبي الواحد على ان ا الكثاف opticalإم density فقد استعمل جھاز المطياف الضوئيspectrophotometer نوعuv-visible apple, japan) على ( ا ولمدة ٧٥٠طول موجي ا للنماذج يومي لزرعي ايوماً إذ تم تصفير الجھاز على الوسط ١٤نانومتر لقياس كثافة الخالي bg-11 ٢و ١كما في الشكل ( ]٢٠[ قبل المعاملة بالطحلب .( نمو الطحلب: فيتأثير المستخلص مجموعة فضال عنملغم/مل ١٤و ٧، ٣٫٥ثالثة تراكيز من المستخلص المائي لقشور ثمرة الرمان وھي عملتاست ٢٧ضاءة احاضنة ضوئية تحت شدة ات لكل تركيز. حضنت المزارع في مكرر ة)، وبواقع ثالثcontrolالسيطرة ( .]٢١[ْم ٢٥/ثا وبدرجة حرارة ٢مايكروانشتاين/متر النتائج والمناقشة ) انه عند تعريض الطحلب إلى تراكيز مختلفة من المستخلص المائي لقشور ٤و ٣أظھرت نتائج الفحص الحيوي شكل ( عداد خاليا الطحلب لھذه التراكيز مقارنة مع معاملة السيطرة، أ) ملغم/مل وجود اختالفات في ١٤و ٧، ٣٫٥نبات الرمان ( المعاملة إذ جمعت العينات للفحص ابتداء من اليوم الرابع (بداية الطور مدة ثناءأفكان من المالحظ عند متابعة نمو الطحلب ) في حصول انخفاض ٢و١الشكل( اآلسي) اعتماداً على وحدة السيطرة للطحلب التي تم تحديد منحني النمو لھا سابقاً كما في في عدد الخاليا الكلي مقارنة بمعاملة السيطرة ومنذ اليوم الرابع من التعريض وبلغ ھذا االنخفاض ذروته في اليوم الثامن، ) ملغم/مل في اليوم ١٤وقد لوحظ ان شدة االنخفاض ازدادت بزيادة التركيز للمعامالت فظھر اقصى انخفاض عند التركيز ( ا خالل مدة التعريض التي امتدت إلى الثامن من التعريض. أما قيم االمتصاصية فقد أظھرت انخفاضا مماثال لعدد الخالي ملغم/مل.١٤ن التجربة توقفت في اليوم الثامن بسبب االنخفاض الحاد في نمو الطحلب وعند التركيز أاليوم الثامن، إذ ات ة للنبات ات الفعال ان المكون ة ب ورة عام ظ بص ن يالح تعملة م ز المس ى التراكي ادا عل ا اعتم اوت تأثيرھ ة يتف الطبي .]٢٢[عداد الكائنات الخاضعة للفحص، فضالً عن ظروف إجراء التجربة أوالمستخلصات انين أثير الفعال للمستخلص المائي لقشرة ثمار نبات الرمان بشكل عام ربما يعود إلى احتوائھا على مادة الت ان الت )tannin إن الصفات الدوائية الموجودة في الرمان تعود الى مادة التانين، ويمكن تفسير آلية عمل التانينات ]٢٣[ذكر)، فقد والمركبات الفينولية الموجودة في قشرة ثمار الرمان على قابليتھا لترسيب البروتينات الموجودة في الغشاء الخلوي او في د نفاذھا من خالل الغشاء وتكوين أواصر ھيدروجينية بين مجاميع الھيدروكسيل الفينولية الحرة داخل الخلية الحية عن تثبط فعالية بعض االنزيمات الضرورية من ثمنتروجينية او البروتينات و) والمركبات الphenolic hydroxylوالمتعددة ( .]٢٤[ وان أكثر التانينات تعقيدا تلك الموجودة في الرمان والتوت البريفي الكائن الحي نمو نوعين من الھائمات النباتية فياع التانينات ذو تأثير تثبيطي ان لحامض التانيك الذي ھو نوع من أنو ]٢٥[ما ذكرك dunaliella salina وskeletonema costatum عمال ن شمال خليج المكسيك عند استالمعزولة من بحيرة سيليستو ملغم/لتر ھو األكثر ٢٠م/لتر إذ الحظوا إن التركيز األعلى ملغ ٢٠و ١٦، ١٢، ٦، ٣خمسة تراكيز من حامض التانيك مثل alkaline phosphataseفعالية انزيم الفوسفاتيز القاعدي فيكذلك تؤثر التانينات تثبيطا" لنمو ھذين الطحلبين. ellagic acid لفوسفات من الذي يثبط عمل ھذا اإلنزيم المھم بالنسبة للطحالب إذ يساعد الطحلب في الحصول على ا .]٢٦[المركبات الفسفورية العضوية في البيئة المحيطة ما الطريقة األخرى التي تفسر الفعل التثبيطي للتانينات من خالل ارتباطھا مع ايون الحديدوز وھذا االرتباط يكون أ مما ھو عليه في المركبات الفينولية البسيطة وبذلك قد يصبح الحديد polyphenolsأقوى مع المركبات الفينولية المتعددة . كما تعمل التانينات على انھا منظمات نمو قد تحفز او ]٢٧[في بحيرات المياه العسرة السيما عامال محددا لنمو الطحالب وان الفينوالت التي تحتوى على عملية تحطيم األوكسجين من قبل االنزيمات المؤكسدة فيتؤثر تثبط النمو حيث لوحظ أنھا ) تعمل كمثبطات للنمو، وبھذا فھي تعمل على عدم التفاعل مع األوكسجين غير ان ohمجموعتين من الھيدروكسيل ( علوم الحياة | 241 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 نزيمات األكسدة ألالفينوالت الحاوية على مجموعة ھيدروكسيل واحدة تعمل على تحطيم األوكسجين وبذلك تفسح مجاال .]٢٨[ألداء دورھا لمصادر ا ١. santos, p.r.v.; oliveira, a.c.x. and tomassini, t.c.b. (1995). controle microbiogico de produtos fitoterapicos. rev. farm. bioquim., 31: 35-38. ٢. nascimento, g.g.f.; locatelli, j.; freitas, p. c. and silva, g. l.(2000). antibacterial activity of plant extracts and phytochemicals on antibiotic-resistant bacteria. braz. j. microbiol., 31(4): 247-256. ٣. ellof, j. n. (1998). which extractant should be used for the screening and isolation of antimicrobial components from plants?, j. ethnopharmacol., 60(1): 1-8. جامعة الدول). النباتات الطبية والعطرية والسامة في الوطن العربي. ١٩٨٨المنظمة العربية للتنمية الزراعية ( .٤ العربية، الخرطوم. ٥. duke, j. (2003). phytochemical and ethnobotanical data bases. agricultural research service, www.ars-grin. gov. ٦. townsend, c.c. and guest, e. (1980). flora of iraq. the botany directorate, ministry of agriculture and agrarian reform, vol. 4. baghdad, iraq. ). النباتات الطبية: زراعتھا ومكوناتھا. الدار العربية للكتاب، تونس. ١٩٧٩( حسين، فوزي طه قطب .٧ ٨. al-rawi, a. and chakravarty, h.l. (1988). medicinal plants of iraq. 2nd ed. ministry of agriculture and irrigation, baghdad. ٩. hawkins, p. r.; runnegar, m. t.; jackson, a .r. and falconer i.r. (1985). severe hepatotoxicity caused by the tropical cyanobacterium (blue-green alga) cylindrospermopsis raciborskii (woloszynska) seenaya and subba raju isolated from a domestic water supply reservoir.. appl. environ. microbiol., 50(5): 1292-1295. ١٠. palumbo, f.; ziglio, g. and der beken ,a.v.( 2002) detection methods for algae, protozoa and helminths in fresh and drinking water. john wiley and sons ltd. baffins lane, chichester, west sussex po19 iud, england. 1-15p. ١١. tsuchiya, y., matsumoto, a., and okamoto, t.(1981). identification of volatile metabolites produced by bluegreen algae, oscillatoria splendida, o. amoena, o. geminata, and aphanizomenon species. j. pharm. soc. jpn. yakugaku zasshi 101:852–856. ١٢. jüttner, f. and watson, s.b. (2007). biochemical and ecological control of geosmin and 2-methylisoborneol in source waters. appl. environ. microbiol., 73(14): 43954406. ١٣. rippka, r.; deruelles, j.; waterbury, j.b.; herdman, m. and stanier, r.y. (1979). generic assignments, strain histories and properties of pure cultures of cyanobacteria, j.gen. microbiol.,111(1):1-61. ١٤. rippka, r. (1988). isolation and purification of cyanobacteria: methods in enzymology, academic press, inc., 167:3-27. ١٥. wiedeman,v. e. ;walne , p. l. and trainor, f.r. (1964). a new technique for obtaining axenic culture of algae. can. j. bot. 42(7): 958-959. ١٦. desikachary,t.v.(1959).cyanophyta. new delhi, london acad. press 686p. ١٧. prescott, g.w. (1973). algae of the western great lakes area. william,c., brown, co. pub., dubuque, lowa., 977p. ١٨. fehri, b.; aiache, j.; memmi, a.; korbi, s. and lamaison, j. (1994). hypotension, hypoglycemia, hypouricemia recorded after repeated administration of aqueous leaf extract of olea europaea. j. pharm. belg. 49 (2): 101-109. ١٩. martinez , m. r.; chakross , r. and pandpanastico , j.p. ( 1975) notes on phytoplankton technique using haemocytometer. phil. agric. 59: 1-12. علوم الحياة | 242 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 ٢٠. ernst, a.; deicher, m.; herman, p. m. j. and wollenzien, u. i. a. (2005). nitrate and phosphate affect cultivability of cyanobacteria from environments with low nutrient levels. appl. environ. microbiol., 71(6): 3379-3383. ٢١. andersen, r. a. (2005). algal culturing techniques. physiological society of america, elsevier academic press,. 589p. ٢٢. varel, i. and vincent, h. (2002). carvacrol and thymol reduce swine waste odor and pathogens: stability of oils. curr. microbiol., 44: 38-43. ٢٣. segura, j. j.; morales-ramos, l. h.; verde-star, j. and guerra, d. (1990). inhibicion del crecimiento de entamoeba histolytica y, e. invadens producida porla raiz del granado (punica granatum l.). arch. invest.med.(mex.), 21:235-239. ٢٤. barrett, a. and ndou, t. (2013) inhibition of α-amylase and glucoamylase by tannins extracted from cocoa, pomegranates, cranberries, and grapes j. agric. food chem., 61 (7), 1477–1486. ٢٥. herrera-silveira, j.a. and ramfrez-ramfrez, j.(1996). effects of natural phenolic material (tannin) on phytoplankton growth limnol. oceanogr., 41(5):1018-1023. ٢٦. wetzel, r. g.(2001) limnology: lake and river ecosystems .3rd ed. elsevier science (usa). ٢٧. , r.(1994). polyphenols with algicidal activity in the sütfeldgross, e. m. and submerged macrophyte myriophyllum spicatum l., acta. hortic . 381:710-716 يم العالي )١٩٨٨كيرك، ديفيد( .٢٨ .علوم الحياة اليوم .ترجمة (محمد سليم صالح وجماعته) الجزء الثاني.وزارة التعل والبحث العلمي .دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر، جامعة الموصل. لتنمية الطحلب األخضر المزرق عملالمست bg-11مكونات الوسط ألزرعي :) ١(رقم جدول amoun trace metal 2.86 g 3ob3h 1.81 g o2h·42clmn 0.222 g 2h·74sonz 0.39 g h·24ooman 0.079 g 2h·54cuso 0.049 ·62)3co(no 1.0 l distilled ml/liter stockcompound 10 ml150 g/l 3onan 1 ml40 g/l4poh2k 1 ml75 g/l o2h·74gsom 1 ml36 g/lo2h·22lcca 1 ml6 g/lcitric acid 1 ml 6 g/lferric ammonium 1 ml1 g/ledta (disodium salt) 1 ml 20 g/l3co2an 1 mlsee blow trace metal mix a5 12 g agar(if needed) علوم الحياة | 243 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 /لتر)٣١٠ ×(خلية : أ: طريقة العد الكلي ساطةبو oscillatoria amoenaمنحنى النمو للطحلب : )٢و ١( رقم شكل ب: الكثافة الضوئية ٢ ١ علوم الحياة | 244 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 oscillatoria amoenaأ:العدد الكلي لخاليا طحلب :فير ثمرة نبات الرمان تأثير مستخلص قشو :)٤و ٣(رقم شكل oscillatoria amoena/لتر) ب: قيم االمتصاصية لخاليا طحلب ٣١٠ ×(خلية المعزول من نھر الديوانية oscillatoria amoenaالطحلب االخضر المزرق :)١(رقم لوحة mµ10 40x ٤ ٣ علوم الحياة | 245 ٢٠١٥) عام 2(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (2) 2015 effect of aqueous extract of pomegranate fruit peel punica granatum on the growth of oscillatoria amoena haider a. al-ghanmi dept. of biology \ college of education \ university of alqadisiya received in :1/december/2015 , accepted in :15/march/2015 abstract the current study dealt with the effect of water extract of pomegranate peel plant on oscillatoria amoena growth that isolated from diwaniya river, the effect of the pomegranate extract was measured by calculating the total number of cells and the absorbance values of the alga. three concentrations were used 3.5, 7 and 14 mg/ml from extract of pomegranate fruit peel in addition to the control group. the results showed that exposing the alga to concentrate 14 mg/ml led to lower growth sharply, while the rest of the concentrations 3.5 and 7 mg/ml also decreased the growth gradually. the absorbance values showed a decline similar to the number of cells during the period of the exposure. keywords: plant extract, pomegranate, oscillatoria amoena 251 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 ahmed. a. jassam r. b. esmaeel abstract the main aim of this paper is to use the notion ـ ـ ـ which was introduced in [1]. to offered new classes of separation axioms in ideal spaces. so, we offered new type of notions of convergence in ideal spaces via the ـ ـ ـ set. relations among several types of separation axioms that offered were explained. keyword: ideal, separation axioms, ـ ـ ـ , ـ ـ ـ , ـ ـ ـ , . ـ ـ ـ , ـ ـ ـ 1. introduction in 1933, kuratowski [2]. presented the concept of ideals on non-empty sets. a collection is namely an ideals on a nonempty set when the following two conditions are met; (i) whenever and and (ii) whenever and are belong to . vaidyanathaswamy [3]. had offered for initial the idea of ideal spaces by introduced the set operator namely local function. so he founded new generalize of the topological spaces, namely ideal space and symbolizes by , [4, 5]. the concept of "preـopen set" was introduced by mashhour, abd elmonsef and el deeb, a set in is a pre-open when [6]. from that time many researchers have submitted many studies in this field [7-9]. latterly, ahmed and esmaeel [1]. had submitted the concept of ـ ـ ـ (simply, ـ a set in is so, the set . ـ and is pre-open set, implies to ـ if the condition ـ in is namely ـ ـ ـ (simply, ـ if ـ is ـ the collection of all ـ (respectively, ـ in simply ـ (respectively, ـ ). for a space , ـ is finer than [1]. the main target of this article is to introduce new kinds of separation axioms in ideal spaces by using the notion ـ ـ ـ ـ .2 this portion is to submit new classes of separation axioms by using the notion of ـ . properties of these sorts are studied and the relations between it are discussed.also. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.1.2381 ahm7a7a@gmail.com ranamumosa@yahoo.com article history: received 1 june 2019, accepted 10 july 2019, publish january 2020. convergences via ẛ ـpre ـg ـopen set department of mathematics, college of education for pure science, ibn-al haitham, university of baghdad, iraq file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/ahm7a7a@gmail.com file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/ahm7a7a@gmail.com file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/ahm7a7a@gmail.com file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/ahm7a7a@gmail.com file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/ranamumosa@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/رياضيات/ranamumosa@yahoo.com 251 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 definition 2.1: a space is namely (frugally, ) if for each elements , there exist an set containing only one of them. when is , it will lead to that is for any ideal on . remark 2.2: for a space , the below sentences are rewards; i. is an . ii. for each element , there is an set containing only one of them. definition 2.3: a space is namely (frugally, ) if for each elements , there are ẛ sets and , satisfies ـ and . ـ when is , it will lead to that is for any ideal on . remark 2.4: if is , implies that . the inverse meaning implied in remark 2.4, does not valid, in general. example 2.5: a space is a where , { } and . the space is not , since for the elements , there is no ـ set containing which does not contain . remark 2.6: for a space , the below sentences are rewards; i. is an . ii. for each elements , there are two sets and , such that ـ and ـ . remark 2.7: if {r} is set for each in ҳ, then is . definition 2.8: a space is namely (frugally, ), if for each elements , there are disjoint sets and satisfies and . clearly; if is implie that is , for any ideal on . remark 2.9: if the space is then it is . the inverse meaning implied in remark 2.9, does not valid, in general. example 2.10: the ; such that , and is not . since, for the elements , there are no disjoints ـ sets and such that and . remark 2.11: for a space , the below sentences are rewards; i. is an . ii. for each elements , there are disjoint sets and , satisfies and . we have the truth that confirms that if is a ( ), then the ideal space is a . but the inverse meaning implied may be invalid, as shown in the following diagram. example below shows the relationships between the unlike classes of notions that presented previously. ҳ is ҳ is e ҳ is ҳ is ҳ is ҳ is 251 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 example 2.12: the where , and is not (where and ). 3. separation axioms by using some types of function in this part, we will using some types of functions that we were offered it in ahmed and esmaeel [1]. and study the notions of new separation axioms under influence of these functions. definition 3.1: [1]. a function ὑ is i. , symbolizes , if is set in ὑ whenever is set in ҳ. ii. , symbolizes , if is set in ὑ whenever is open set in ҳ. iii. , symbolizes , if is open in ὑ whenever is set in ҳ. proposition 3.2: if is an (respectively, and ) and ὑ is surjective, then ὑ is (respectively, and ). proof: since is in ὑ whenever is set in ҳ. proposition 3.3: if a space is (respectively, and ) and ὑ is surjective, then ὑ is (respectively, and ). proof: since is set in ὑ whenever is open in ҳ. proposition 3.4: if a space is (respectively, and ) and ὑ is surjective, then ὑ is (respectively, and ). proof: since is open in ὑ whenever is set in ҳ. remark 3.5: if ὑ is a bijective open function and a space is a (respectively, and ), then the space ὑ is a (respectively, and ), for any ideal on ὑ. definition 3.6: [2]. a function ὑ is; i. ẛ , symbolizes , if for all . ii. ẛ symbolizes ẛ if , for all ὑ . iii. ẛ , symbolizes ẛ , if for all ὑ . proposition 3.7: if ὑ is (respectively, and ) and ὑ is injective, ـ function, then is an (respectively, and ). proof: since for all . corollary 3.8: if a space ὑ is (respectively, and ) and ὑ is injective, continuous function then is an ـ (respectively, and ). proof: clearly, the continuity leads to ـ continuity [2]. so proposition 3.7 is valid. 255 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proposition 3.9: if is (respectively, and ) and ὑ is injective, ـ then the space is (respectively, and ). proof: follows by the result , for all ὑ . proposition 3.10: if a space ὑ is a (respectively, and ) and ὑ is an injective, function, then is an (respectively, and ). proof: follows by the result if for all ὑ ـ .4 in this part we will use the notion ـ to erection some class of convergence in ideal spaces namely ـ . so, the action of some sorts of functions are discussed like, ـ , ẛ and ẛ [1]. definition 4.1: let be an ideal space, and be a sequence in . then is namely ـ to (frugally, ) if for every ـ set contained , such that a sequence is namely ـ if it is not ـ . proposition 4.2: if is ـ then every ـ sequence in has a unique limit point. proof: let be a sequence in where and ; where . since is ـ ـ , then such that and , where . since and leads to ; so and leads to ; . hence, , that is contradiction. the precondition that a space is ـ ـ is very requisite to make proposition 4.2, is valid. example 4.3: for a space where , and . obviously; the sequence in , where for all , has three limit points; that , and . in mathematics, convergence sequence was an important subject [10, 11]. the following proposition explains the relationships between convergence and ـ to . proposition 4.4: if a sequence is ـ to in , then it is convergence to . proof: since every open set in is ẛpg-open, then the proof is over. the meaningfulness in proposition 4.4, cannot be inverting, in general. example 4.5: for a space , where set of all neutral numbers, and . the sequence , where , is convergence to which is not ـ . proposition 4.6: let ὑ be ـ function and be a sequence in . if in , then in proposition 4.7: let ὑ be ـ function and be a sequence in . if in , then in 251 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proposition 4.8: let ὑ be ـ ـ function and be a sequence in . if in , then in 5. conclusion the notion ـ ـ ـ was use to offered new classes of separation axioms and new type of convergence in ideal spaces. some relations and examples among several types of separation axioms that offered were explained. references 1. ahmed, a.; esmaeel r.b. on ẛ-pre-g-closed sets and ẛ-pre-g-continuous functions. ready to be published in the journal of the indian mathamatical society, 2019. 2. kuratowski, k. topology. new york: acadeic press.1933, i. 3. vaidyanathaswamy v.; the localization theory in set topology, proc. indian acad. sci. 1945, 20, 1, 51-61. 4. abd elmonsef, m.e.; nasef, a.a.; radwan, a.e.; esmaeel, r.b. on αopen sets with respect to an ideal. journal of advances studies in topology.2014, 5, 3, 1-9. 5. nasef, a.a.; radwan, a.e.; esmaeeln, r.b. some properties of α-open sets with repect to an ideal, iternational journal of pur and applied mathematics.2015, 102, 4, 613-630. 6. mashhour, a.s.; abd elmonsef, m.e.; eldeeb, s.n. on pre topological spaces. bull. math. dela soc. r.s. de roumanie.1984, 28, 3945 ـ. 7. dawood, n.a.; nasir, a.i. some types of compactness in bitopological spaces and it is associated topology of α-subsets. indian j. pure appl. math.2010, 27, 995-1004. 8. mahmood, s.i. on generalized regular continuous functions in topological spaces. ibn al-haithatham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 25, 3, 377-376. 9. alhawez zinah, .t. on generalized -closed set in topological spaces. ibn alhaithatham journal for pure and applied science.2015, 28, 204-213. 10. dugundji, j. topology. university of south california, los angeles, allyn and bacon, inc., boston, mass, 1966. 11. munkres, j.r. topology. prentice-hall, inc., englwood cliffs, newjersey, 1975. 125 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. green synthesis of ionps for photocatalytic activities abstract to make iron oxide nanoparticles (ionps), a simple chemical approach was used to combine iron chloride (fecl2+fecl3) salt with onion peel extract. according to the study, iron salts can be converted into ionps by the biomolecules in onion peel extract. from fecl2+fecl3 to γ -fe2o3, the approach changes iron oxide nps' size, shape, purity and phases. in water treatment, γ -fe2o3 nps are critical for the removal of the color methylene blue (mb). x-ray diffraction (xrd), scanning electron microscopy (sem), ultraviolet (uv-vis) and photoluminescence (pl) spectroscopy were used to identify ionps. results from the xrd experiment showed crystals having a tetragonal structure have average size of 13.4680 nm for γfe2o3 nps with a chemical method. tetragonal diffraction peaks were observed in the data, and excellent crystal quality in a cubic shape. in the simple chemical process, the grain size was around (23.9 to 169.4) nm and average grain size 76.6 nm. uv-vis measurements showed that the energy gap value had shifted to the blue from 1.94 to 2.96 ev in the simple chemical method.pl spectroscopy showed that the near band edge emission of γ-fe2o3 nps with a simple chemical approach was roughly 2.65 ev. nps photocatalytic activity was as evidenced by the breakdown of mb dye when exposed to a moderate amount of light, as shown in this study. the results show that the synthesized material is of high quality γ-fe2o3 nps, with greater degrading efficiency when made using a simple chemical method, reaching 89.2% at 75 minutesfor 3 mg and 91.1% at 150 minutes for 5 mg, with a high level of photocatalytic efficacy the γ-fe2o3. keywords: onion peel extract ;ionps; simple chemical way ; photo catalytic activity; mb dye. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2886 article history: received 14 june 2022, accepted 5 july 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index husam a. khamees department of physics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. hussamalshamary77@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq muslim a. abid department of physics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. muslimabid@uomustansiriyah.ed u.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hussamalshamary77@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq mailto:muslimabid@uomustansiriyah.ed ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 126 1. introduction in the physical, chemical, and biological sciences, a new nanomaterial development has received considerable attention due to its performance in the fabrication of electronics such as microprocessors, lithium-ion batteries, transistors, emitting diodes, and sensors. antimicrobial and antibacterial agents are also based on them, as are cancer treatments. many essential applications rely on their use, including catalysts for pollution control and devices that detect the presence of gas. nanomaterials will be able to get rid of heavy metals and organic and inorganic materials from polluted drinking water sources[1-6]. structures of metallic oxides at the nanometer scale have been studied recently in an attempt to develop methods for monitoring them [7]. copper oxide, titanium dioxide, bismuth oxide and iron oxide are just a few of the many metallic oxides (fe2o3)[2, 8]. the crust of the earth (rocks, bedrock, and water) and biological beings both include common natural chemicals called iron oxides (animals and plants) [9]. it is common in nature to find fe2o3 nps that are stable under standard temperature and pressure conditions. they have a weak magnetic field [10] and do not react to hand magnets in most cases [11]. there is a new field in nanotechnology called ”green synthesis". plants, algae and microorganisms are some species used in this process [12-16]. there are numerous ways to make efficient, environmentally-friendly metal nps, such as those made from iron oxide nanoparticles (ionps) and other metal oxide nanoparticles. toxic chemicals can be reduced or eliminated by various green synthesis procedures for nps employing plants [10]. an iron oxide (fe2o3) np's narrow band gap, chemical stability, magnetic properties and other features make it an excellent material for environmental or medicinal applications [11-14]. it is claimed that the environmentally friendly fe np green synthesis is long-term stable. fe nps have superior antimicrobial and cytotoxic properties and photocatalytic activity in the breakdown of mb dyes [15]. shahana b. et al. [16] cynometra ramiflora fruit extract was used to manufacture ionps (chemical way). the synthesis of ionps was confirmed by the appearance of a black solution. as the irradiation period rose, 663 nm is where the absorption peak is located (a hallmark of the mb dye) steadily diminished until it disappeared after 150 minutes. chauhan et al. [17] prepared iron oxide nps using a chemical way of lawsonia inermis onion peel extract. in (2019), sammy i. et al. [18], preparation ionps use galinsoga parviflora, conyza bonariensis, and bidens pilosa extract as a catalyst to break down mb (chemical way). mb dye breakdown in normal light circumstances is a relatively novel concept tested using chemical methods. using a simple chemical way, it is possible to produce higher-purity nps with superior crystalline structures that are non-toxic, safe, and cost-effective for the environment. because a green synthesis is more cost-effective and environmentally friendly than chemical and physical approaches, it can be easily scaled up for large-scale synthesis and does not take a lot of energy or dangerous chemicals. more control over crystal development can be achieved by green synthesis. inexpensive and useful, green manufactured nanoparticles (green nps) [10, 19, 20]. the simple chemical method was used to make ionps from onion peel extract and iron (ii+iii) chloride (fecl2+fecl3) chloride. these films were formed on a glass substrate using the drop-casting process, and their structural and optical properties were measured. in order to determine the crystallinity and morphology of the samples produced, high-resolution x-ray diffraction and scanning electron microscopy (sem) was used. these properties were studied using uv-vis spectrophotometers and photoluminescence (pl) measurements. we also looked into the breakdown of mb dye in normal illumination conditions. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 127 2. experimental details 2.1. methods and substances from iraq's local market, fecl2+fecl3 (iron (ii+iii) chloride) was procured, and fresh onion peel from baghdad, iraq, was obtained. this plant contains abundant vitamins, amino acids, phenolic acid, glycosides, and minerals. borosil was used to make all of the experimental glassware. water was used to clean the glass and the substrates, and they were air-dried at room temperature to remove contamination or accidental imperfections. 2.2. preparation of the onion peel extract onion peels collected for this study were cleaned, diced, and dried for 8–10 days to remove contaminants. a professional stainless steel blender made a fine powder out of the dried. 10g of onion peel powder was mixed with 100 ml of deionized water to get the extract. using a magnetic stirrer, the mixture was heated for two hours at 80 °c. cooled to room temperature and filtered using whatmn paper, the final product was ready to use. 1. figure 1. the procedure for converting the onion peelto extract for 2 hours at 80 oc, a) onion peel, , b) onion peelpowder, c) onion peel extract. 2.3. preparation of iron oxide nps by onion peel extract in a simple chemical method, iron oxide nps were synthesized by adding 100 ml of onion peel extract into (0.1 m (0.8 gm) + 0.2 m (2.7 gm), 100 ml) of fecl2+ fecl3.then, the solution was agitated at 80 °c for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer. translucent brown to black coloration changes occurred suddenly in the extract reaction during preparation; this indicated the creation of γ-fe2o3 nps. after this, the solution was slowly cooled to room temperature. a ceramic dish containing 25 ml of this mixture was heated to 200 °c for two hours in order to produce a fine powder from the solution.2. figure 2 shows how iron (ii+iii) chloride is used to prepare ionps from onion peel extract. figure 2. stages involved in the transformation of the mixture into ionps with a simple chemical method include: a) fecl2 + fecl3 solution, b) onion peel extract, c) γ-fe2o3 nps solution, d) γ-fe2o3 nps powder. c b a a b c d ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 128 2.5. characterization of γ-fe2o3 nps. data from the joint committee on powder diffraction standards (jcpds) card helped xrd analysts identify the specimen.xrd measurements were taken across a temperature range of 20°– 70°by using a step-by-step examination model (xrd-6000, shimadzu) employment at 30 ma and 40 kv. a double-beam spectrophotometer was used to analyze the pl spectrum ((jobin yvon hr800uv)). 2.6. photocatalytic activity of iron oxide nps by onion peel extract under normal light in order to test the photocatalytic activity of the ionps, a known amount of mb dye solution (1 mg, 3×10-5 m) was mixed with 100 ml of deionized water to make a final mb dye solution concentration of 10 mg/l. then, for the first time, 3 mg of iron oxide np powder was dispersed in a glass beaker; the ionp suspension was stirred for 5 minutes in the dark using a magnetic stirrer to maintain equilibrium. after 5 minutes, the combination was subjected to a direct normal (115 mw/mm2 intensity as measured by a solar power meter sm 206). the source of light is 0.15 meters away. finally, 5 ml of the suspension were centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 20 minutes, and uv–vis spectrophotometers (shimadzu, uv-1800) were used to test the supernatant's absorbance. at = 664 nm, the maximum absorption rate can be measured. interactions between dye molecule particles (the adsorbent substance) and adsorbed substances are primarily affected by alterations to the dye molecule and the adsorbent material's surface 3. the experiment was repeated at 5 mg every 10 minutes. the degradation efficiency of mb dye was calculated using the following equation: according to this method, the mb dye degradation percentage was determined by eq. (1): degradation percentage (%)=[ 1 − 𝐶𝑓𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑖 ] × 100 % (1) where: cini = the original (mb) dye concentration, cfin = the dye concentration at the end. the constant kinetic rate (kph) of the mb dye degradation was calculated using eq. (2): ln[ 𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑖/𝐶𝑓𝑖𝑛] = 𝐾𝑝ℎ × 𝑡 (2) where: cini = the original (mb) dye concentration, cfin=the dye concentration at the end, kph= constant rate of mb dye, t = radiation time. the mb dye degradation efficiency can be calculated using the following equation: efficacy of degradation: (%)=[ 𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑖 − 𝐶𝑓𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑖 ] × 100 % (3) where: cini = the original (mb) dye concentration, cfin = the dye concentration at the end. 3. results and discussion 3.1. synthesis and characterization of iron oxide nps by onion peel extract in a modern plant, onion peel extract is combined with iron salt at varied reaction conditions to produce ionps. iron oxide nanoparticle production, field, and stability can be regulated by the parameters of the onion peel extract. in a short time, the phytochemicals in onion peel extract can ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 129 reduce the amount used. in addition, the onion peel extract also plays a significant function in reducing and stabilizing many parameters in the synthesis of iron oxide nps in a simple manner. 3.2. the xrd analysis of iron oxide nps (γ-fe2o3) by using onion peel extract with iron xrd analysis is a suitable device used to determine the material, structure, and orientation of samples in this research. by mixing onion peel extract with fecl2+fecl3 for 2 hours at 200 oc, ionps were bio-synthesized using a simple chemical. in a simple chemical method, the peaks of the crystalline (γ-fe2o3) phase (wustite, space group fm-3m, jcpds no. (00-025-1402))is (102) corresponding to (112),(116),(205), (109), (119),(209),(0012),(2112),(2115), and(2018) millers indices with the tetragonal, as shown in figure 44. the results of ionps (γfe2o3) phases and crystallite size appear in table (1). the crystallite size (d) was determined by applying scherrer’s formula 5,6. 𝐷 (𝑛𝑚) = k.λ βcosθ (4) where: λ is wave length (0.15418) nm (cukα), k is shape factor (0.9), β is full width at half maximum (fwhm), and θ is diffraction angle6. figure 3. xrd pattern of ionps extracted from onion peel using fecl2+ fecl3 salt for 2 hours at 200 °c by a simple chemical table 1. xrd results forγ-fe2o3 nps from onion peel extract using fecl2+fecl3 salt for 2h, 200 °c with simple chemical. method plant extract material fwhm (deg.) plane (hkl) crystallite size d (nm) simple chemical onion peel γ-fe2o3 0.5725 116 14.19491 0.5583 119 14.85983 0.7 102 11.34946 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 130 3.3. the fesem images of ionps (γ-fe2o3) prepared from (onion peel) extract to see the distribution of size and surface morphology of environmentally friendly ionps made from onion peel extract and iron (ii+iii) chloride, we used fesem imaging at a temperature of 200 oc. in the chemical method, the grain size is from (23.9 to 169.4) nm, and the average grain size is 76.6 nm with the morphology is (nano-particles) structure for γ-fe2o3 nps (wustite), 200 oc, as appeared in figure 4 [29]. figure 4. sem images of iron oxide nps made the simple chemical way by using onion peel extract. figure 5. particle size distribution by simple chemical way ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 131 3.4. uv–vis spectrophotometer of iron oxide nps by simple chemical figure 6 (a-b-c) depicts that onion peel extract with fecl2 and fec3 salt was used to measure optical transmittance spectra for γ-fe2o3 nps7. figure 7 (a-b-c) appears the energy band gap forγ-fe2o3 nps by a simple chemical way by onion peel extract, estimated by plotting the square of (αhυ)2 vs. the photon energy (hυ) in simple chemical methods. using a straight line extrapolation to (αhυ)2, calculating the energy band gap is possible. according to the arrangement of atoms and distribution in a powder crystal's crystalline structure, the energy band gap can vary in various ways. the values of the optical band gap values of γ-fe2o3 nps ranged from 1.94 to 2.96 ev in the simple chemical method as in figure.9 (b-c) [8]. the energy band gap can be calculated using the equation below [9,10]. (αhυ)n = a (hυ – eg) (5) where :a is constant, hυ is the energy of light, α is the absorption coefficient, and n is a constant that depends on the electron transition's type9. for the iron oxide nps prepared with a simple chemical method from onion peel extracted by fecl2 +fecl3 salt, the energy band gap showed a distinct blue shift, from 1.94 evto 2.96ev for γ-fe2o3 nps. figure 6. uv–vis transmission spectra of iron oxide nps prepared by using onion peel extract in fecl2+fecl3 salt for 2 hours at 200 °c using a simple chemical method. figure 7. energy band gap of iron oxide nps prepared from onion peel extracted by fecl2+fecl3 salt a) simple chemical way, b)bulkfecl2+fecl3 material. 3.5.the pl spectrum of iron oxide nps (γfe2o3) by using onion peel extract with fecl2+fecl3 extract. figure 7. energy band gap of iron oxide nps prepared from onion peel extracted by fecl2+fecl3 salt a) simple chemical way, b) bulkfecl2+fecl3 material. a b a ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 132 3.5_ the pl spectrum of iron oxide nps (γ-fe2o3) by using onion peel extract with fecl2+fecl3 extract. iron oxide nps produced from onion peel extract with fecl2+fecl3 at (200 ᵒc) by a simple chemical procedure may be seen (2.65) ev in the pl spectrum at the near-band edge of the band[11]. in a simple chemical method, the near-band edge with 325 nm is the wavelength of the excitation band of γ-fe2o3nps (wustite, the near wavelength (469 nm)) at 200 oc, as appeares in figure 8. figure 8. the pl spectra of iron oxide nps by using onion peel extract with fecl2+fecl3 salt with a simple chemical method. table 2. higher degradation efficiency (%),weight (mg) and time (min) photocatalytic activity of iron oxide nps from onion peel extract under normal light figure 9.the images of the steps of the degradation of the mb dye in 1) original dye, 2) in darkness by γ-fe2o3 (ionps), 3) after 5 min, 4) after 10 min, and 5) after 15 min6) after 20 min, 7) after 25 min, until 75 min, by simple chemical technique. method weight (mg) time (min) percentage of degradation (%) simple chemical 5 150 91.1 simple chemical 3 75 89.2 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 133 figure 10. the degradation image for the mb dye with iron oxide nps with normal light from onion peel extracted by fecl2 + fecl3 salt for 2 h,200 °c by simple chemical method. figure 11. (a) the degradation efficiency (%) of mb dye at 10 mg/l by iron oxide nps prepared from onion peel extract with fecl2+ fecl3 salt for 2h, 200 °c (b) in the presence of iron oxide nps, the degradation of mb dye is plotted as a linear function of light intensity in the same conditions (c) the percentage of mb dye degradation by simple chemical method, figure 12. the images of the steps of the degradation of the mb dye in 1) original dye, 2) in the dark byγ-fe2o3 (ionps), 3) after 10 min, 4) after 20 min, 5) after 30 min, 6) after 40 min, 7) after 50 min, until 150 min, by simple chemical technique. a c b ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 134 figure 13. the degradation of mb dye with iron oxide nps, in the chemical method with normal light by using onion peel extract with fecl2+ fecl3 salt for 2 h, 200 °c. figure 14. (a) degradation efficiency (%) of mb dye at 10 mg/l by iron oxide nps by using onion peel extract in fecl2+ fecl3 salt for 2 h, 200 °c.(b) linear plot of degradation of mb dye under normal light irradiation in the presence of iron oxide nps in the same conditions. (c) the percentage degradation of mb dye,a) simple chemical method. 4. conclusion this work created ionps (γ-fe2o3) using modern plant onion peel extract and fecl2+fecl3 via chemical ways without using any catalytic chemical material. xrd measurements revealed the average crystalline size (13.4680 nm) with (tetragonal) structure (wustite) for (γ-fe2o3) nps, 200 oc using onion peel extract. fesem appeared the grain size of (γ-fe2o3) nps, 200 oc using onion peel extract was in chemical from (23.9 to 169.4) nm, average grain size 76.6 nm. for γ -fe2o3 nps (wustite), 200 oc, the optical near band edge value was shifted to the blue by (2.65) ev in chemical using onion peel as a pl spectrum. the photocatalytic activity was achieved by using iron oxide nps in environmental treatments. the results show that the c b a ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 135 synthesized material is of high-quality γ-fe2o3 nps, with greater degrading efficiency when made using a simple chemical method, reaching 89.2% at 75 minutes for 3 mg and 91.1% at 150 minutes for 5 mg, with a high level of photocatalytic efficacy than the γ-fe2o3. references 1.arun, k. ns.; ashoka, s.; pandurangappa, j.; nano zinc ferrite modified electrode as a novel electrochemical sensing platform in simultaneous measurement of trace level lead and cadmium, journal of environmental chemical engineering malingappa, 2018. 6 ,6, 69396946 2.nasrin, b.; mohammad a. j. k.; amir, s.; ali, m. a.; green synthesis of iron oxide nanoparticles by aqueous leaf extract of daphne mezereum as a novel dye removing material, j. applied physics a taghizadeh, 2018.124, 5, 1-7 3.nityanand, s. m.; atul, k. m.; peter, c.; biosorption of dyes using dead macro fungi: effect of dye structure, ionic strength and ph, bioresource technology rother, 2006. 97, 3, 512-521 4.esmaeel, j.; synthesis of maghemite (γ-fe2o3) nanoparticles by wet chemical method at room temperature, materials letters darezereshki, 2010. 64, 13, 1471-1472 5.sreeja, v.; microwave–hydrothermal synthesis of γ-fe2o3 nanoparticles and their magnetic properties, j. materials research bulletin joy, 2007.42, 8, 1570-1576 6.heather, j. s.; karen, e. e.; allison, m.; study of iron oxide nanoparticles in soil for remediation of arsenic, journal of nanoparticle research guettner, 2011. 13, 6, 2387-2397 7.sedigheh, k.; alireza, e.; milad, m.; ali, m. t.; ali, d.; reza, h.; younes d.; physicochemical and biological characteristics of the nanostructured polysaccharide‐iron hydrogel produced by microorganism klebsiella oxytoca, journal of basic microbiology ghasemi, 2017. 57, 2, 132-140 8.sandhya, j.; biogenic synthesis of magnetic iron oxide nanoparticles using inedible borassus flabellifer seed coat: characterization, antimicrobial, antioxidant activity and in vitro cytotoxicity analysis, materials research express kalaiselvam, 2020. 7, 1, 015045 9.ali, b.; emad, m. a.; nasser, y. m.; abdel-wahab, f.; sultan, e.; enhancement of the optical and mechanical properties of chitosan using fe2o3 nanoparticles, journal of materials science: materials in electronics alomairy, 2017. 28, 15, 10877-10884 10.wissem, b. s.; saber, n.; mohamed, s. l.; salah, j.; structural, optical properties, impedance spectroscopy studies and electrical conductivity of sno2 nanoparticles prepared by polyol method, journal of materials science: materials in electronics ammar, 2017. 28, 9, 66496656 11.muslim, a. a.; duha, a.; novel comparison of iron oxide nanoparticle preparation by mixing iron chloride with henna leaf extract with and without applied pulsed laser ablation for methylene blue degradation, journal of environmental chemical engineering 2020. 8, 5, 104138 12.fangzhi, m.; leilei, x.; huiru, m.; jianguo, g.; da-ren, c.; shuanhu, w.; facile preparation of magnetic γ-fe 2 o 3/tio 2 janus hollow bowls with efficient visible-light photocatalytic activities by asymmetric shrinkage, journal of nanoscale, 2012. 4, 15, 46504657 microsoft word 142-153 142 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 spectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin trihydrate in pure and pharmaceutical dosage forms hemn a. qader dept. of pharmaceutical chemistry/college of pharmacy/hawler medical university/ erbil nabil a. fakhre dept. of chemistry/ college of education salahaddin university/ erbil received in:16/april/2015,accepted in:23/june/2015 abstract a rapid and sensitive method for the determination of amoxicillin trihydrate (amxt) based on the diazo-coupling reaction was studied. sulphanilic acid diazotizes with nitrite ion in acidic medium to produce a water soluble, colorless diazonium ion, which subsequently coupled with amxt to form a colored azo dye in the alkaline medium, having maximum absorption at 455 nm. the calibration graph showed that beer's law is obeyed over the concentration range of 0.3 – 30.0 μg/ml of amxt, with the detection limit of 0.15 μg/ml and molar absorptivity was 2.3 × 104 l/mol.cm. the accuracy and the precision were acceptable depending upon the values of error percentage and relative standard deviation. the influence of common interferences was studied and the method was applied with good recovery for the determination of amxt in pure form and different pharmaceutical formulations, which commercially available in erbil market. keywords: spectrophotometry, amoxicillin trihydrate, diazotization-coupling reaction. 143 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction amoxicillin, or hydroxyl ampicillin (scheme 1), is a phenolic β-lactam antibiotic with significant activity against both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. this antibiotic is widely used to treat infectious diseases in humans and animals, and to enhance both growth and yield in agriculture (1). amoxicillin kills bacteria by interfering with the synthesis of the bacterial cell wall. as a result, the bacterial cell wall is weakened, the cell swells and then ruptures. amoxicillin is readily hydrolyzed by the staphylococcal penicillinase(2). in 1972, amoxicillin was introduced for the first time, which maintained broad spectrum activity of ampicillin (3), but possesses some significant advantages over ampicillin (4), include more complete gastrointestinal absorption and little or no effect on absorption of food, and other advantages over some antibiotics such as high rate of absorption and its stability under acid conditions (5). various hydrated forms of amoxicillin, including monohydrate, dihydrate, and trihydrate, have been reported, among which, the trihydrate is the most stable hydrated form (5). the therapeutic importance of amoxicillin requires the development of a sensitive and rapid method for industrial quality control and clinical monitoring (1). from this point of view, several analytical procedures established and reported in the literature for the determination of amoxicillin in pure and pharmaceutical dosage forms, including spectrophotometric methods(6–17), derivative spectrophotometric methods (5,18,19), hplc methods (20-22), and chemiluminescence methods (23-25). in the present work, a spectrophotometric method is established for determination of amoxicillin trihydrate in the bulk and dosage forms, with the aid of diazo-coupling reaction. sulphanilic acid diazotizes with nitrite ion in acidic medium to produce a water soluble, colorless diazonium ion, which subsequently coupled with amoxicillin to form a colored azo dye in the alkaline medium (scheme 2). experimental apparatus the spectral and absorbance measurements were carried out using 1-cm quartz cells, on a uv/visible digital single-beam spectrophotometer of bio-tek instruments (bio-tek instruments manufactured in the uk for bio-tek instruments, model: kp-99-90283, milan, italy). reagents and solutions all chemicals were used of analytical reagent grade and all of the solutions must be prepared freshly. amoxicillin trihydrate (amxt) (100 μg/ml) (fluka): prepared by dissolving 0.01 g of amxt, in an amount of deionized water, with using ultra sonic devise for dissolving the compound and diluting to 100 ml in a volumetric flask (5). each working standard solution was freshly prepared by suitable dilution of the stock solution with distilled water. sulphanilic acid solution (0.5% w/v) (hopkin and williams, england): 0.50 g of this compound was dissolved and diluted to 100 ml with d.w. sodium nitrite solution (0.2% w/v) (scharlau): 0.20 g of the compound was dissolved and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. 144 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 hydrochloric acid, hcl (~ 0.01 n) (s d fine-chem limited, mumbai). sodium carbonate solution (0.5 n) (scharlau): 2.65 g of sodium carbonate, na2co3 was dissolved, then heated in order to dissolve and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water in a volumetric flask. recommended procedure spectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin trihydrate in a series of 25 ml volumetric flasks, each one containing 0.5 ml hcl (0.01 n), 1.0 ml nano2 (0.2%), and 1.0 ml of sulphanilic acid (0.5%) to produce a water soluble, colorless diazonium ion. the formed diazonium ion subsequently coupled with (7.5 – 75) μg of amxt to form an orange azo compound after the addition of 1.0 ml of na2co3 (0.5 n). the volume in each flask was made to the mark with distilled water, and the colored product is monitored spectrophotometrically against a reagent blank at 455 nm. the reagent blank is prepared in the same manner but without amxt. results and discussions absorption spectra when amxt was treated according to the recommended procedure, the absorption spectra of the formed azo compound showed a maximum absorption at 455 nm. while, the blank has no significant absorbance in this region, as it is shown in the (figure-1). optimization of reaction conditions the effect of the type and concentration of acid with concentration of nitrite ion solution to form nitrous acid were studied. the results showed that use of 0.01 m hydrochloric acid with 1.0 ml of 0.2% nano2 were found to give better results (figures 2a, 3 and 4a). the effect of volume of 0.5% sulphanilic acid solutions as diazotizing reagent was examined, 1.0 ml of this solution gave the maximum intensity (figure 4b). the main factors for controlling azo coupling are ph value and temperature, which are to be arranged to favor coupling rather than diazo decomposition (26). therefore, the type and the volume of different alkali solutions were examined. the results indicated that with using of 1.0 ml of 0.5 n of na2co3 solution, optimum condition can be obtained (figure 2b and 4c). the order of addition of the reactants should be followed, as mentioned in the recommended procedure. the effect of using ice bath (low temperature) on the formation of the diazonium and the azo dye was examined, the results showed there was no significant difference in the absorbance measurements of the azo dye, with or without using ice, therefore, the experiments have been carried out at room temperature. under the optimized conditions, colour stability of the azo dye was studied, the results indicated that the colour developed instantaneously and remains stable for about 15.0 minutes. calibration graph and the statistical data under the chosen optimum conditions, a calibration curve was constructed (figure 5). the graph showed that the colour system is obeyed beer’s law in the concentration range of 7.5 – 750 μg of amxt in a 25 ml of final volume (i.e. 0.3 – 30 μg/ml of amxt). (table-1) shows the statistical data of the calibration curve of spectrophotometric determination of amxt. accuracy and precision the accuracy and the precision of the method were tested by determining five replicate of standard amxt solution at three concentration levels. the values of the percentage of 145 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 relative error (error %) and the percentage of the relative standard deviation (rsd %) for these replicate measurements of amxt were calculated. the results are shown in (table-2). interferences study the effects of different additives and excipients (starch, fructose, lactose, glucose, sucrose, mannitol and mg-stearate on the determination of 15 μg/ml of amxt via the proposed method were studied. a species considered to be interfere, when its presence caused a relative error percentage greater than ± 5.0% in the absorbance of the sample. results, presented in table 3, indicated that the commonly encountered excipients did not interfere in the examined method, even when they present more than 100-folds of cited drug except mg-stearate which starts to cause interference when its concentration exceed 10-folds that of the analyte. application of the method the proposed method was applied successfully to the determination of amxt in different pharmaceutical formulations, which commercially available in erbil market. an accurately weighed amount of 10 powdered capsules or mixed content 100 mg from each one of the items under study were dissolved in minimum amount of d. w. with sonication, and transferred into a 100 ml volumetric flask then completed to the mark with distilled water. the flask with its contents was shacked well and filtered. a sample of 375 μg of amx in a final volume of 25 ml from each sample was taken and the measurement was carried out as described earlier under the described recommended procedure. in addition, recovery experiments were performed by adding a known amount from the standard amxt to the pre-determined dosage forms. then total amount of amxt, was determined with the proposed method. (table 4) summarized composition, company, the trade name, determination of amoxicillin contained in pharmaceutical formulations with the proposed method and the recovery of the method. conclusions the method was applied successfully for the determination of amoxicillin and amoxicillin trihydrate in the bulk and different pharmaceutical formulation samples. the proposed method offers some advantages such as; more sensitive than some of the reported methods (1, 4, 6, 9, 11, 13 – 17), rapid colour development, reproducibility, and wide applicable range compare with other published methods (14 – 16, 27, 28). in addition, the method requires neither extraction process nor heating. the application seems to be inexpensive and yielding results in good recovery (table 5). references 1-sueny,k. b; valdinete, l.s; alberto, n. a; maria conceição, b. s;boaventura, f. r; and ana paula, s. p. (2011). a multicommuted flow analysis method for the photometric determination ofamoxicillin in pharmaceutical formulations using a diazo coupling reaction. j. braz. chem. soc., 22(2):279-285. 2-akhilesh, g; rjkumar; vimal, y. and swati, r. (2011). an analytical approach for the determination of amoxicillin and potassium clavulanate in pharmaceutical dosage form: review. drug invention today,3(4):35-37. 3-simar, p. k; rekha, r. and sanju, n. (2011). amoxicillin: a broad spectrum antibiotic. int j pharm pharmsci, 3(3):30-37. 146 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 4-al-abachi, m. q. and hadi, h. (2009). flow injection spectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin in pharmaceutical samples by coupling with diazotized p-nitroaniline. iraqi. j. mark. rec. cons. protection.1(1):105-119. 5-al-saidi, k. h. and sarah, s. a. (2011). simultaneous determination of amoxicillin and potassium clavulanate antibiotics in pharmaceutical sample using derivative spectrophotometric method. journal of biotechnology research center (special edition). 5(3):49-60. 6-al-abachi, m. q. and hadi, h. (2007). a developed spectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin forms via charge-transfer reaction with metal. journal of al-nahrain universityscience, 10(2):1-6. 7-prakash, k; raju, p. n; kumari, k. s. and narasu, m. l. (2008). spectrophotometric estimation of amoxicillin trihydrate in bulk and pharmaceutical dosage form. ej.chem.5(s2):1114-1116. 8-ünal, k; palabiyik, i̇. m; karacan, e. and onur, f. (2008). spectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin in pharmaceutical formulations. turk j. pharm. sci.5(1):1-16. 9-al-abachi, m. q. and hadi, h. (2009). flow injectionspectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin based on its oxidative condensation with 4-aminoantipyrine. ijs. 50(1):8-15. 10-rajinder, s. g. and manirul, h. (2010). simultaneous determination of potassium clavulanate and amoxicillin trihydrate in bulk, pharmaceutical formulations and in human urine samples by uv spectrophotometry. int. j biomed sci. 6(4):335-343. 11-patel, s. a. and patel, n. j. (2011). development and validation of visible spectrophotometric method for estimation of amoxicillin trihydrate in pharmaceutical dosage form. irjp. 2(9):48-51. 12-dhoka, m. v; gawande, v. t. and joshi p. p. (2011). simultaneous estimation of amoxicillin trihydrate and bromhexine hydrochloride in oral solid dosage forms by spectrophotometric method. irjp. 2(3):197-201. 13-rana, s. a. (2011). indirect spectrophotometric method for determination of amoxicillin trihydrate in aqueous solution and pharmaceutical samples. tikrit journal of pure science. 16(4):142-146. 14-al-uzri, w. a. (2012). spectrophotometric determination of amoxicillin in pharmaceutical preparations through diazotization and coupling reaction. i j s. 53(4):713723. 15-al-abachi, m. q. and jwan a. a. (2012). kinetic spectrophotometric methods for the determination of amoxicillin in pharmaceutical preparation. i j s. 53(1):8-16. 16-imam, p. s; taqui, m; shravan k. a and nikhila, v. (2012). new visible spectrophotometric methods for the determination ofamoxicillin trihydrate in bulk drug and their formulations. int. journal of pharmacy & industrial research. 2(2):106-109. 17-al-abachi, m. q., and sadeem, s. (2013). flow injection-spectrophotometric determination of phenylephrine hydrochloride and amoxicillin trihydrate in pharmaceutical preparations. journal of al-nahrain university-science, 16(1):42-52. 18-sarmad, b. d. (2009). firstand second-order derivative spectrophotometry for individual and simultaneous determination of amoxicillin and cephalexin. national journal of chemistry. 34:260-269. 147 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 19-vu, t. h. and vu, d. h. (2009). simultaneous determination of amoxicillin and clavulanate in combined tablets by non-derivative and derivative uv spectrophotometric techniques. int. j. pharm tech res. 1(4):1173-1181. 20-dhiraj, s. n; chandrakant, g. b; surana, s. j; venkateshwarlu, g. and dekate, p. g. (2009). development and validation of rp-hplc method for simultaneous estimation of amoxicillin trihydrate and flucloxacillin sodium in capsule dosage form. int. j. pharm tech res. 1(3):935-939. 21-madhura, d; vandana, g. and pranav, j. (2010). high performance liquid chromatographic method for determination of amoxicillin trihydrate and bromhexine hydrochloride in oral dosage forms. international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences. 2(1):129-133. 22-dorota, k. and anna, g. (2012). hplc analysis of amoxicillin using accq-flour reagent for pre-column derivatization. pol. j. environ. stud. 21(1):139-143. 23-xiaofeng, x. and zhenghua, s. (2006). ultrasensitive determination of amoxicillin using chemiluminescence with flow injection analysis. spectroscopy: an international journal. 20(1):37-43. 24-hasanpour, f; ensafi, a. a. and khayamian, t. 2010. simultaneous chemiluminescence determination of amoxicillin and clavulanic acid using least squares support vector regression. analyticachimicaacta. 670(1-2):44-50. 25-chivulescu, a. i; badeadoni, m; cheregi, m. and danet, a. f. 2011. determination of amoxicillin, ampicillin, and penicillin g using a flow injection analysis method with chemiluminescence detection. rev. roum. chim. 56(3):247-254. 26-hemn, a. q. 2007. batch and flow-injection spectrophotometric determination of nitrite in curing meat and nitrate in wastewater samples. m.sc. thesis. department of chemistry, college of education, salahaddinuniversity, erbil, iraq. pp. 44. 27-farhadi, k; ghadamgahi, s; maleki, r. and asgari, f. s. (2002). spectrophotometric determination of selected antibiotics using prussian blue reaction. j. chin. chem. soc.49(6):993-997. 28-hesham, s. (2004). selective spectrophotometric determination of phenolic β-lactam antibiotics in pure forms and in their pharmaceutical formulations. analytica chimica acta. 515:333-341. 148 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (1): statistical data of the calibration curve for the determination of amxt spectrophotometrically value parameter 455 λmax (nm) brownish yellow color 0.3-30 linear range (μg/ml) a = 0.0602 [amxt] + 0.0173 regression equation 0.0602 slop (l/mg.cm) 0.0173 intercept 2.3×104 molar absorptivity (l/mol.cm) 0.9999 correlation coefficient 0.15 detection limit (μg/ml) 0.01823 sandell's sensitivity (μg/cm 2) table (2): accuracy and precision of the proposed spectrophotometric method amxt concentration (μg/ml) *error % *rsd % 0.3 15 30 – 3.12 – 2.32 – 1.75 3.77 0.43 0.67 *results for five replicates. table (3): the effect of the presence of the most common excipients on the determination of (15 μg/ml) of amxt. additive and excipients added amount (μg) error % starch fructose lactose glucose sucrose mannitol mg-stearate 2500 1500 1750 1500 1500 1500 150 – 3.76 – 3.98 – 4.16 – 3.28 – 4.13 – 4.24 + 3.26 149 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (4): determination of amoxicillin in commercial pharmaceutical formulations with the recovery result of the method. item type company trade name found amount (mg) recovery % capsule, 500 mg as trihydrate hikma, jordan penamox 498.172 99.19 capsule, 500 mg global pharma, uae glomax 500 493.19 103.06 capsule, 250 mg gsk, usa amoxiltm 242.44 102.51 capsule, 250 mg as trihydrate s.d.i, iraq amoxysam-250 256.28 96.98 vial, 500 mg panpharma s.a., france panamoxicilline 515.34 98.64 oral suspension, 250 mg/5 ml, as trihydrate global pharma, uae glomax ® 247.98 99.63 table (5): comparison of the present method for the spectrophotometric determination of amxt with some published methods. reagents λmax nm determination limit (μg/ml) detection limit (μg/ml) ref. diazotized o-nitroaniline diazotized p-nitroaniline metol (n-methyl-p-hydroxy aniline) 4-aminoantipyrine ninhydrin i3 diazotized p-amino benzoic acid & diazotized procaine fecl3 + 1,10-phenanthroline 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine fe3+ and hexacyanoferrate (iii) diazotized sulphanilic acid 435 478 620 510 578 351 435 450 510 515 700 455 25 – 400 0.5 – 100 5 – 60 1 – 60 10 – 80 2 – 40 0.4 – 10 0.4 – 14 2 – 20 1 – 40 5 – 13.5 0.3 – 30 5.1 0.104 1.494 0.173 2.41 0.1877 0.1916 0.230 0.5628 0.15 1 4 6 9 11 13 14 14 16 17 27 p. w* * p.w.= present work n s h n o o o nh2 ho ch3 ch3ho 3h2o scheme (1): the structure of amoxicillin trihydrate (amxt). 150 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 o s o ho nh2 sulphanilic acid no2 h o s o ho n2 o s o ho n2 diazonium ion + diazonium ion n s o oh oo ho h2n hn o hh o hh o h h amoxicillin trihydrate na2co3 o s o ho n n s o oh oo ho h2n hn azo dye n scheme (2): the reaction of amxt with diazotized sulphanilic acid to produce azo dye 151 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (1): absorption spectra of blank against distilled water (1) and azo dye against reagent blank (2) treated according to the recommended procedure. fig. ( 2): effect of (a) type of acid, (b) type of base on the formation of nitrous acid. fig. (3): effect of concentration and volume of hcl on the reaction product. 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 a b so rb a n ce a) conc. of hcl (g.equ/l) (× 3). b) volume of 0.01 n hcl. 152 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (4): effect of volumes of sodium nitrite, sulphanilic acid, and sodium carbonate solution on the reaction product. fig. (5): calibration curve constructed under optimum conditions. 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 a b so o rb a n ce a) volume of 0.5% sulphanilic acid. b) volume of 0.2% nano2. c) volume of 0.5 n na2co3. y = 0.0602x + 0.0173 r² = 0.9998 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 a b so rb a n ce concentration (µg/ml) 153 | chemistry 2015عام ) 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 الماء في صورته النقية والمستحضر الصيدالنيلألموكسيلين ثالثي الطيفي التقدير ھيمن عبدول قادر أربيل /جامعة ھولير الطبية /كلية الصيدلة /قسم كيمياء الصيدلية نبيل عادل فخري جامعة صالح الدين /كلية التربية /قسم الكيمياء 2015/حزيران/23البحث في: ، قبل2015/نيسان/16استلم البحث في: الخالصة تم اجراء دراسة طريقة طيفية سريعة وحساسة لتقدير األموكسيلين ثالثي الماء بوساطة تفاعل األزوتة واالزدواج. تمت ازوتة حامض السلفانيليك عن طريق تفاعله مع أيون النتريت في محيط حامضي، لتكوين أيون ديازونيوم ذائب في الماء وغير زونيوم المتكون مع األموكسيلين ثالثي الماء لتكوين صبغة ازو ملونة في محيط ملون، ثم أجريت عملية ازدواج أليون الديا نانومترا. يشير الرسم البياني لالمتصاص مقابل التركيز بأن 455قاعدي التي أظھرت اعلى امتصاص عند الطول الموجي 3.2ع امتصاص مولي مقداره ميكروغرام/مل م 15.0) ميكروغرام/مل وبحد كشف 30 – 0.3قانون بير ينطبق ضمن المدى ( 410  ،وكانت قيم الدقة والتوافق للطريقة المقترحة والمحسوبة اعتمادا على قيم الخطأ النسبي واالنحراف لتر/مول.سم القياسي النسبي مقبولة. تم دراسة تأثير المتداخالت الشائعة وطبقت الطريقة المقترحة لغرض تقدير األموكسيلين ثالثي ختلفة المتوفرة في أسواق أربيل.الماء في صورته النقية وفي بعض المستحضرات الصيدالنية الم : المطباقية الضوئية، اموكسولين ثالثي الماء، تفاعل ازونة، اقتران.الكلمات المفتاحية microsoft word 257-264 257 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 neophilaenus lineatus(linnaeus1758) المظھر الخارجي للنوع (homoptera: cercopidae) في العراق، تسجيل جديد حسن سعيد األسدي جامعة بغداد /كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة (ابن الھيثم) /قسم علوم الحياة الحسناوي حال تايه تكنولوجياحيائية لآلفات/ دائرة البحوث الزراعية وتكنولوجيا الغذاء/ وزارة العلوم والقسم المكافحة اال 2015// نيسان7قبل البحث في : ,2015/ شباط/ 22استلم البحث في : الخالصة من رتبة cercopidaeمن عائلة قفاز الضفادع neophilaenuslineatusتقدم الدراسة الحالية وصفاً للنوع وقد أوضحت الدراسة وصفا تفصيليا وأشكاال توضيحية لصفات المظھر الخارجي للرأس homopteraمتشابھة االجنحة السوأتين الذكرية واألنثوية كما تم تسجيل مكان وتاريخ الجمع، ويعد ھذا النوع والصدر والبطن وبعض لواحقھافضالً عن جديدا للمجموعة الحشرية العراقية. تسجيالً .neophilaenusرتبة متشابھة االجنحة، عائلة قفاز الضفادع، جنس الكلمات المفتاحية: 258 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 المقدمة ويمتاز (subfamily: aphrophorinae)إلى عويلة neophilaneus(linnaeus, 1758)تعود أنواع جنس العائدللقضيب يكون سميكا و ذا نھاية مسطحة وتقريبا shaftھذا الجنس ببعض الصفات الرئيسة لتشخيصه وأھمھا كون الـ متطاولة بشكل خط مستقيم وكذلك تحوي أشواكاً بارزة في الجوانب، والقلم التناسلي يكون طويال ويحوي كذلك أشواكا قوية الجسم متطاوال بشكل عام والرأس بارزا لالمام وذو لون بني فاتح ومنھا األلوان الذھبية ]، ويكون 1منھا قصيرة ومتطاولة [ ] 2والزخارف السوداء اللون واالجنحة متطاولة ذات بقع منتظمة الشكل ذات لون بني فاتح، والجناح ذو لون ذھبي [ وشمال افريقيا وشمال أمريكا في الوقت المبكر وتنتشر بشكل عام في سيبيريا وكازاخستان والقوقاز ومنغوليا وتركيا وأوربا ].3من الشھر السابع ولنھاية الشھر الثامن [ المواد وطرائق العمل جمعت النماذج باستعمال المصيدة الضوئيةوالكانسة في محافظة بغداد/ قضاء أبو غريب ومحافظة بابل/ ناحية أطباق بتري بحجم مناسب وتركت الى ان تموت. فصلت ، وضعت النماذج في 3/6/2014و 15/4/2002المرادية بتاريخ ].4أجزاء الجسم المختلفة والسوأتين الذكرية واألنثوية حسب الطريقة التي ذكرت في [ stero dissectingومجھر تشريح compound light microscopeاستعملت مجھر مركب ضوئي microscope ذات األھمية التصنيفية باالستعانة بالعدسة العينية لغرض فحص أجزاء الجسم المختلفة ورسمت الصفات ocular eye piece والشريحة القياسيةstage micrometer وتحت قوى تكبير مختلفة بما يتناسب مع حجم الجزء المطلوب رسمه. neophilaenus lineatus ( linneas,1758)وصف النوع .5.6mmواألنثى 4.8mmبني فاتح أو ذھبي مع بعض الزخارف السوداء، يبلغ طول الذكر بيضوي: bodyالجسم لونھا بني فاتح وتكون أقرب إلى الشكل المثلث وبارزة بشدة إلى األمام، قمتھا من الوسط ذات : )1(شكل vertexالھامة العيون البسيطة محاذية للحافة الخلفية كونة شكال سھمياً، يوجد زوج من متركيب مربع الشكل ذو ثالثة أشرطة سوداء للھامة، العيون المركبة ذات لون بني غامق تبدو بيضوية الشكل وصغيرة نسبة إلى حجم الرأس. واسع وأقرب إلى الشكل المربع، الجبھة ذات تركيب بھيأة قضيب عريض نسبيا لونه ذھبي يمتد : )2(شكل faceالوجه جانبه خطين متبعين لونھما بني غامق، الدرقة األمامية مغطاة بتركيب متطاول أقرب إلى قليال نحو الدرقة األمامية ينشأ من الشكل المستطيل ينصفه طولياً خط رفيع لونه بني غامق على شكل أخدود وعلى جانبيه خطوط لونھا بني فاتح مستعرضة وجه، العيون المركبة تبدو غير منتظمة الشكل ومرتبة بشكل متسلسل تقريبا تصغر تدريجيا اتجاه النھاية الخلفية السفلية لل .لونھا بني غامق ولكنھا أقرب إلى الشكل المضلع، الخد صفيحة متطاولة منتظمة الشكل أقرب إلى الشكل المستطيل حافته األمامية أعرض من الخلفية ومحدبة قليالً، : ب)1(شكلpronotumالظھر األمامي .ية منبعجة بشدة اتجاه األمامالحافتان الجانبيتان متموجتان والخلف متطاولة بھيأة مثلث متساوي الساقين نھايته األمامية عريضة وبارزة قليال إلى : )3(شكل mesonotumالظھر الوسطي األمام وقاعدته ضيقة ومستدقة، معظم سطحه ذو ثقوب دقيقة منتظمة، يوجد شريطيان بينيان متوازيان محاذيان للحافتين قعة مضلعة في الثلث األخير منه.الجانبيتين مع ر قصير، قمته مستديرة، حافته الضلعية متموجة قليال قرب القاعدة ومحدبة اتجاه : )4(شكل fore wingالجناح األمامي اللذين يلتحمان قرب القمة مكونان ما يشبه الخلية srو rيقسم على ي مفقود، العرق الكعبر scالقمة، العرق تحت الضلعي يتفرع على فرعين عند منتصف سطح الجناح ويمتدان ليصال قمة mالتي تتفرع منھا العروق الشعاعية، العرق الوسطي sr ،1m -1m ،2mغير متفرع ويتصل بقمة الجناح، توجد عروق عرضية تربط ما بين cuالجناح، العرق الزندي قمية، الحافة الخلفية بارزة باتجاه الخلف ومستديرة عند منتصفھما.والحافة ال قصير عرضه أكبر من طوله، شفاف، الحافة األمامية متموجة قليالً تبدأ من : )5شكل( hind wingالجناح الخلفي حرف قليال لتتصل القاعدة إلى منتصفھا اذ تكون مقعرة قليال ثم محدبة اتجاه قمة الجناح التي تكون عريضة ومقطوعة تن واضحة تتصل بقمة الجناح عدا العرق sc ،r ،m ،cuبالحافة الخلفية التي تكون متموجة العروق الطولية الرئيسة الزندي الذي يتكون من عرقين قريبين من بعضھما عند القاعدة ثم يبتعدان اتجاه الحافة الخلفية، يوجد عرق شرجي واحد الخلفية يمثالن اثر طيات الجناح. الحافة القمية مقطوعة عريضة ومائلة، الحافة الخلفية قصير، يوجد انبعاجان في الحافة متوازيين r ،mمتموجة بوضوح الحافة الخلفية متموجة بوضوح، العرق تحت الضلعي يرتبط بقمة الجناح، العرقين .وجد عرقان شرجيان متوازيانقصير ويضمحل تدريجياً اتجاه القمة، ي cuوتفرعاتھما ترتبط بقمة الجناح، العرق 259 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 male genitaliaالسوأة الذكرية صفيحة متطاولة غير منتظمة الشكل، لكنھا عند القمة تكون معقوفة شبه : )6شكل ( genital styleالقلم التناسلي متساوية العرض والطول المنقار، وحافته الداخلية ذات خمس أشواك متماثلة تقريبا، ثلثيه الوسطي والخلفي يشكل صفيحة وقاعدتھا عريضة ومقطوعة، توجد مجاميع من أشواك مبعثرة من سطح الصفيحة. صفيحة مسطحة قصيرة غير منتظمة الشكل فمنھا عريضة غير منتظمة : )7(شكل genital plateالصفيحة التناسلية لجانبية الداخلية متموجة.وقاعدتھا تتضيق ومقطوعة، الحافة الجانبية الخارجية مقعرة إلى الداخل وا تركيب أنبوبي متطاول قليال عريض عند قمته التي تشبه القلب، وسطحھا ذو أشواك : )8(شكل aedeagusالقضيب قليال عند ثلثه الوسطي، قاعدته عريضة ومحاطة بغشاء حلقي وھذا دقيقة مبعثرة تشمل نصفھا العلوي وقاعدته وتضيق .connectiveن يمثالن الرابط ءاجناح عن جانبيه وھذان الغشاال بدوره محاط بغشاء أوسع يشبه female genitalia األنثويةالسوءة التناسلية ovipositor متطاولة، تأخذ شكل الرمح كل من الصمامين السفلي والعلوي تكون متساوية في الشكل والطول : )9(شكل الوسطي الذي يكون أكثر طوال وذو نھاية نصلية حادة.إذ يكونان بيضويا الشكل ومتطاوالن، افتح لونا من الصمام لمصادرا 1-hamilton, k. g. a. (2001). a new of froghoppers from tropics (homoptera: cercopitea). biodiversity, 2(3): 15-21 2-lee, ch. e. (1979). morphological and phylogenetic on the malegenitalia of koreancercopodea. nature and life. j. biol. sci., 9:1-31. 3-evans, j. w. (1966). the leafhoppers and froghoppers of australia and new zeland (homoptera: cicadeloidea and cercopoidea). mem. australian. mus., 12: 1-347. 4-al-asady, h. s. (1990). taxonomic studies of leafhoppers genus eupteryx (homptera: cicadellidae) in britain unpublished ph.d. thesis. university of wales college of cardiff: 372 pp. 260 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 قائمة المصطلحات والمختصرات المختصر المصطلح اإلنجليزي first anal vein a1 second anal vein a2 anal flod af anteclypeus ac anterior margin am anteriorpronotum margin apm anterior vertex margin avm anterior cubitus cua connective tissue c.t. clavus cl corio-claval suture-cubitus ccsu+cu compound eye ce posterior cubitus cup fronioclvpeus fc gens g loneitudinal streak l.st lower valve lv media vein m media cell mc media anterior vein ma media posterior vein mp media valve mv plate pl posterior margin pm posteriorpronotum margin ppm posterior vertex margin pvm presculum ps radius vein r radius cell rc radius anterior vein ra scutellum st subcosta vein sc subcosta cell scc spot sp sheath sh 261 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 : الظھر األمامي -الھامة بأ )1شكل( )2شكل( :الوجه 262 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 شكل(3) :الصدر الوسطي الجناح االمامي : (4) شكل :الجناح الخلفي )5شكل ( 263 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 ):الصفيحةالتناسيلب 7شكل( )6شكل( :القلم التناسلي ) القضيب8شكل ( السؤة التناسلية األنثوية :)9شكل ( 264 علوم الحياة | 2015) عام 3(العدد 28المجلد مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 external morphology of neophilaenus lineatus(linnaeus 1758) (homoptera: cercopidae) in iraq new record species hassan s. al-asady dept. of biology/college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ universityof baghdad hala t. al-hasanawy dept. of biology control of pest office of agricultural research and food technology / ministry of science and technology received in:22/february/2015 ,accepted in:7/april/2015 abstract the work included external morphological study of the frog hopperneophilaenuslineatus(linnaeus), 1758 which belongs to the family cercopidae of order homoptera. the studied species is regarded as new record to iraqi funa. the study involved with the most important toxonomic external characters such as the head, thorax, abdomen and some of their appendages in addition to male and female genitalia. key words: homoptera, cercopidae,neophilaenus. ihjpas. 36 (3) 2023 289 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license *corresponding author: mahasssa@yahoo.com abstract the aim of our study is to solve a nonlinear epidemic model, which is the covid-19 epidemic model in iraq, through the application of initial value problems in the current study. the model has been presented as a system of ordinary differential equations that has parameters that change with time. two numerical simulation methods are proposed to solve this model as suitable methods for solving systems whose coefficients change over time. these methods are the mean monte carlo runge-kutta method (mmc_rk) and the mean latin hypercube runge-kutta method (mlh_rk). the results of numerical simulation methods are compared with the results of the numerical runge-kutta 4th order method (rk4) from 2021 to 2025 using the absolute error, which proves that the mlh_rk method is the best and closest to the expected values. the results have been discussed after being tabulated and represented graphically. epidemic behavior for the next two years until 2025 has been projected using the proposed methods. keywords: epidemic models, coronavirus (covid-19) model, runge-kutta method, simulation process, numerical simulation techniques. 1. introduction coronavirus disease (covid-19) is a new pandemic disease that began to appear in china, specifically in the city of wuhan, and then spread rapidly around the world. this epidemic represented a global health problem, so some solutions and suggestions are discussed and studied to limit its spread as well as control it. although, there are many researchers that have talked about this epidemiological model, studying its effects and the speed of its spread, as well as the number of people infected due to this epidemic and the extent of its impact in the future [1], the spread of the coronavirus began in 2019-2020, and this new disease is considered as a type of (sars-cov) and has the fastest spread compared to other viruses [2]. specifically, it quickly and suddenly spread around the world on 29th march 2020 [3, 4]. the world health organization declared that doi.org/10.30526/36.3.2945 article history: received 20 july 2022, accepted 24 october 2022, published in july 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq comparison of some numerical simulation techniques for covid-19 model in iraq mahdi a. sabea department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haytham,university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mahdiabd281@gmail.com maha a. mohammed* department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences ibn al-haytham,university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mahasssa@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mahasssa@yahoo.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:mahdiabd281@gmail.com mailto:mahdiabd281@gmail.com http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 http://en.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?page_id=15060 mailto:mahasssa@yahoo.com mailto:mahasssa@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(3)2023 290 this disease is a pandemic after spreading to 199 countries, as it first appeared in china in the city of wuhan, and in early 2020, thousands of people died around the world [5]. the infection of this virus occurred unevenly in terms of damage, according to immunity and adherence to health prevention methods [5]. the spread of this virus has continuously led to great damage in most of the countries that have been affected. this has a significant impact on both global health and economic movement [6]. a large number of people have been infected with this epidemic as a result of mixing, interaction, and constant movement, just as some countries suffer from a lack of adherence to health prevention methods and a large number of them die. some countries have adhered to the system of spacing, and a curfew was imposed for a specified period of time to limit the spread of the disease [7]. the epidemic model is the one that deals with a disease that spreads suddenly and rapidly and occupies large areas of society. these epidemiological models can be formulated as a system of nonlinear differential equations, and this epidemic model is considered a stochastic-deterministic model [8, 9]. many researchers have studied analyzing the behavior of the epidemic and observing it over time to see whether it grows or settles in the population exposed to it. the sir epidemic model was considered by the banach contraction method, the daftardar-jafari method, and the temimi-ansari method [10]. ltam was discussed for the first time to apply to the epidemic nonlinear model; this method is a merge of the laplace transform with tamimi and the ansari iterative method [11]. the study's findings for the covid-19 sir epidemic model were designed with stochasticity in mind in order to eradicate the epidemic in iraq [12]. to analyze the behavior of smoking habits, the adomian decomposition method, variational iteration method, finite difference method, and runge-kutta method were used [13]. in addition, the adomian decomposition method and variation iteration method were used for alcohol consumption [14]. some researchers use the numerical runge-kutta method to analyze the behavior of obesity [15], smoking habits [13], influenza [16], and covid-19 [17]. on the other hand, there are those who are interested in studying epidemiological models that have random coefficients and using suitable numerical simulation methods to solve them, such as [18-21]. the numerical method in this study is the runge-kutta method for the 4th order. it is considered one of the most efficient numerical methods for solving ordinary differential equations of different orders. high accuracy using this method can be achieved with order four to decrease the errors [22] and [9]. four stages are considered in this method of order four [23]. two numerical simulation methods are used, the first being the mean monte carlo runge-kutta method (mmcrk), which is a reliable numerical simulation technique that merges two methods of different natures together in this study: the monte carlo simulation process (mc) and the runge-kutta method (rk) that are used to solve ordinary differential equations. mahdi a. s. and maha a. m. in 2019 discussed a modified numerical simulation technique for solving nonlinear epidemic models [19]. the second numerical simulation method is mean latin hypercube runge-kutta (mlhrk). mlhrk is a numerical simulation method that is a mixture of the simulation method latin hypercube (lh) and the numerical method runge-kutta (rk). it is one of the reliable methods to solve such systems. shatha j. m. and maha a. m. (2021) studied the mean latin hypercube runge kutta method to solve the influenza model. emad t. g. and maha a. m. discussed applying a suitable approximatesimulation technique to the covid-19 epidemic model with random parameters in 2022; see [20] and [21]. ihjpas. 36(3)2023 291 2. mathematical model of covid-19 the mentioned model has been successfully used to study the people vaccinated against the covid-19 epidemic in iraq [24]. the population consists of five types of individuals s, v, a, i and r represent susceptible, vaccinated, asymptomatic, symptomatic, and the recovery respectively. these individuals are functions according to time in the system. the governing equations for the epidemic under study are the nonlinear first-order ordinary differential equations [25]. 𝑆′(𝑡) = 𝑀 − 𝜏𝑆 − 𝛼(1+𝛽𝐴)𝑆 𝑁 − 𝜇𝑆 + 𝛾𝑅, 𝑉′(𝑡) = 𝜏𝑆 − 𝜌𝛼(1+𝛽𝐴)𝑉 𝑁 − 𝜇𝑉 , 𝐴′(𝑡) = 𝛼(1+𝛽𝐴)𝑆 𝑁 + 𝜌𝛼(1+𝛽𝐴)𝑉 𝑁 − 𝛿𝐴 − 𝜇𝐴, (1) 𝐼′(𝑡) = 𝜃𝛿𝐴 − 𝜎𝐼 − 𝜇𝐼 𝑅′(𝑡) = (1 − 𝜃)𝛿𝐴 + 𝜎𝐼 − 𝛾𝑅 − 𝜇𝑅, where tables 1 and 2 represent subpopulation 𝑆, 𝑉, 𝐴, 𝐼, 𝑅 as the variables of model (1), and parameters 𝑀, 𝜏, 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜇, 𝛾, 𝜌, 𝛿, 𝜃 and 𝜎. system (1) have the initial conditions for the system obtained from the world health organization website for iraq data [4] as the folwing: 𝑆(0) = 500, 𝑉(0) = 30 , 𝐴(0) = 36, 𝐼(0) = 24 and 𝑅(0) = 10, with the predicted parameters that are given in table 2. table 1 variables of covid-19 model [25]. variable definition 𝑺(𝒕) people who are not infected but are vulnerable not to have immunity 𝑽(𝒕) people vaccinated against coronavirus 𝑨(𝒕) people infected with the virus without showing any symptoms 𝑰(𝒕) infected people have clear symptoms of infection in their bodies 𝑹(𝒕) people who have recovered from the coronavirus or who died because of coronavirus infection ihjpas. 36(3)2023 292 table 2 parameters of covid-19 model [25]. parameter definition value source 𝜶 the rate of transmission people who are infected with this virus 0.8883 [26] 𝜷 correction factor for the rate of transmission of people without infection 0.45 [26] 𝝁 the rate of natural death 0.00003349 day [26] 𝜸 the rate of immunity 0.005 assume 𝟏 − 𝝆 the vaccine efficacy and potency 0.8 assume 𝟏/𝜹 the average period without symptoms of infection 7 days [27] 𝜽 the proportion of people does not show the effects of the symptoms of the virus, but it develops into a state of infection 0.2 [27] 𝟏 − 𝜽 the proportion of individuals who recover but are asymptomatic 0.8 [27] 𝑴 the birth rate in the community 1500/day assume 𝝉 the vaccination rate against the virus 0.01 day assume 𝟏/𝝈 the average rate of people recovering from infection with the virus 10 days assume 3. numerical method for solving covid-19 model rk4 is one of the numerical iterative methods with high accuracy. the nonlinear system (1) for the covid-19 model can be solved by rk4 with the mentioned initial conditions.the general form of rk4 is: 𝑦𝑖+1 = 𝑦𝑖 + ℎ 6 (𝑙1 + 2𝑙2 + 2𝑙3 + 𝑙4), (2) where 𝑆𝑖+1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), = 𝑆𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑙𝑆1 + 2𝑙𝑆2 + 2𝑙𝑆3 + 𝑙𝑆4) ∗ ℎ, (3) 𝑉𝑖+1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), = 𝑉𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑙𝑉1 + 2𝑙𝑉2 + 2𝑙𝑉3 + 𝑙𝑉4) ∗ ℎ, (4) 𝐴𝑖+1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), = 𝐴𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑙𝐴1 + 2𝑙𝐴2 + 2𝑙𝐴3 + 𝑙𝐴4) ∗ ℎ, (5) 𝐼𝑖+1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), = 𝐼𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑙𝐼1 + 2𝑙𝐼2 + 2𝑙𝐼3 + 𝑙𝐼4) ∗ ℎ, (6) 𝑅𝑖+1 = 𝑓(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), = 𝑅𝑖 + 1 6 (𝑙𝑅1 + 2𝑙𝑅2 + 2𝑙𝑅3 + 𝑙𝑅4) ∗ ℎ, for all 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑚. (7) now, the first iteration 𝑙𝑆1, 𝑙𝑉1, 𝑙𝐴1, 𝑙𝐼1 and 𝑙𝑅1 can be found as follows: 𝑙𝑆1 = 𝑓1(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), (8) ihjpas. 36(3)2023 293 𝑙𝑉1 = 𝑓1(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), (9) 𝑙𝐴1 = 𝑓1(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), (10) 𝑙𝐼1 = 𝑓1(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ), (11) 𝑙𝑅1 = 𝑓1(𝑡𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 , 𝑉𝑖 , 𝐴𝑖 , 𝐼𝑖 , 𝑅𝑖 ). for all 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚. (12) also, the second iteration 𝑙𝑆2, 𝑙𝑉2, 𝑙𝐼2, 𝑙𝑄2 and 𝑙𝑅2, in the same way, is given as follows: 𝑙𝑆2 = 𝑓2 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆1, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉1, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅1), (13) 𝑙𝑉2 = 𝑓2 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆1, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉1, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅1), (14) 𝑙𝐴2 = 𝑓2 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆1, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉1, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅1), (15) 𝑙𝐼2 = 𝑓2 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆1, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉1, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅1), (16) 𝑙𝑅2 = 𝑓2 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆1, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉1, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴1, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼1, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅1). for all 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚. (17) to get the third iteration, 𝑙𝑆3, 𝑙𝑉3, 𝑙𝐴3, 𝑙𝐼3 and 𝑙𝑅3, follow the same way: 𝑙𝑆3 = 𝑓3 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆2, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉2, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅2), (18) 𝑙𝑉3 = 𝑓3 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆2, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉2, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅2), (19) 𝑙𝐴3 = 𝑓3 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆2, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉2, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅2), (20) 𝑙𝐼3 = 𝑓3 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆2, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉2, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅2), (21) 𝑙𝑅3 = 𝑓3 (𝑡𝑖 1 2 ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆2, 𝑉𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉2, 𝐴𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴2, 𝐼𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼2, 𝑅𝑖 + 1 2 ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅2). for all 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚. (22) to obtain the fourth iteration, 𝑙𝑆4, 𝑙𝑉4, 𝑙𝐴4, 𝑙𝐼4 and 𝑙𝑅4, follow this: 𝑙𝑆4 = 𝑓4(𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆3, 𝑉𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉3, 𝐴𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴3, 𝐼𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼3, 𝑅𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅3), (23) 𝑙𝑉4 = 𝑓4(𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆3, 𝑉𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉3, 𝐴𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴3, 𝐼𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼3, 𝑅𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅3), (24) 𝑙𝐴4 = 𝑓4(𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆3, 𝑉𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉3, 𝐴𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴3, 𝐼𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼3, 𝑅𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅3), (25) 𝑙𝐼4 = 𝑓4(𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆3, 𝑉𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉3, 𝐴𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴3, 𝐼𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼3, 𝑅𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅3), (26) 𝑙𝑅4 = 𝑓4(𝑡𝑖 + ℎ, 𝑆𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑆3, 𝑉𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑉3, 𝐴𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐴3, 𝐼𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝐼3, 𝑅𝑖 + ℎ ∗ 𝑙𝑅3). (27) for all 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚. we substitute eqs. (8), (13), (18) and (23) into eq. (3) to find the numerical solutions of 𝑆𝑖. also, we put eqs. (9), (14), (19) and (24) into eq. (4) to achieve the numerical solutions of 𝑉𝑖. in the same manner, we substitute eqs. (10), (15), (20) and (25) into eq. (5) to obtain the numerical solutions of 𝐴𝑖 and substite eqs. (11), (16), (21) and (26) into eq. (6) to find the numerical solutions of 𝐼𝑖. finally, we substitute eqs. (12), (17), (22) and (27) into eq. (7) to get the numerical solutions of 𝑅𝑖, for all 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑚. ihjpas. 36(3)2023 294 4. numerical simulation methods for solving covid-19 model 4.1 mean monte carlo range-kutta (mmc_rk) mean monte carlo runge-kutta (mmc_rk) is an efficient numerical simulation method for solving such mathematical models under study. this method consists of mixing two different methods, one numerical, the runge-kutta method (rk), with the monte carlo simulation process (mc). mc estimates the model coefficients that are random variables, while rk is used to solve the model numerically. the average of the last rk iteration resulting from each mc repetition is considered the estimated approximate solution for the model under study. because the natural epidemic models have randomness in their coefficients, the mmc_rk numerical simulation process is considered as more suitable method than the classical methods like rk4 that solve models depending on fixed parameters. the mmc_rk method is explained in fig 1 and implemented by using matlab software. more details are shown in [19]. mmc_rk procedure figure 1: steps of mmc_rk process, [19]. step 5 compute the mean of the n solutions in step 4 (mmc_rk solutions) step 4 repeat step 2 & 3 for n times step 3 solve the system using rk4 method with m iterations and the last iteration becomes the final rk4 solution step 2 select randomly one value of each parameter and substitute it into the system step 1 simulate the parameters by mc sample for n times at once ihjpas. 36(3)2023 295 4.2 mean latin hypercube runge-kutta (mlh_rk) mean latin hypercube runge-kutta (mlh_rk) is a numerical simulation method that is a mixture of a numerical method called latin hypercube (lh) and a numerical method called rungekutta (rk). this method is implemented via the matlab program, and more details are shown in [20]. lh estimates the coefficients of the model, which are considered random variables; mc estimates the model coefficients; and rk is used to solve the model numerically. the average of the last rk iteration results with each lh repetition is considered the estimated approximate solution for the model under study. everything we talked about before the method mmc_rk applies to the method mlh_rk. in addition to that, the mlh_rk method is more accurate and faster than the mmc_rk method because it simulates all model parameters at once. it also saves time and effort. fig 2 explains the mlhrk in greater detail. . mlh_rk procedure figure 2: steps of mlh_rk process, [20]. step 5 step 5: calculate the mean of final solutions from step 4, as a solution system, called mlh_rk step 4 step 4: repeat steps 1 and 2 for ntimesl step 3 step 3: solve the system m-times iterations numerically by rk . the last iterative result is the final solution step 2 step 2: for each random parameter, one value is specified and replaced in the system step 1 step1: all model parameters have been simulated by lhs times for n times at ones ihjpas. 36(3)2023 296 5. results and discussion numerical and numerical simulation solutions of the nonlinear of covid-19 epidemic model in iraq have been discussed and analyzed in this section. in this study, the real step size has been used such that ℎ=0.02 in a week, (52 weeks in a year, the data of the covid-19 epidemic is taken from each week; therefore, in order to change the weeks to a months, the real step size is calculated as ℎ = 1 52 ≈ 0.02) and ℎ=0.08 in a month, (12 month in a year, the data of the covid-19 epidemic is taken from each month; therefore, in order to change the months to a year, the real step size is calculated as ℎ = 1 12 ≈ 0.08). table 3. numerical and numerical simulation results of covid-19 model from 2021 to 2022 model variables step size, h (weekly &monthly) number of iteration, 𝒎 (weekly & monthly) rk4 (1 years) mmc_rk 100 rep. (1 years) mlh_rk 100 rep. (1 years) 𝑺(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 150 111.2080 112.0276 112.02304 0.02 (weekly) 600 111.6410 111.9771 111.9769 𝑽(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 150 46.2424 45.3405 47.1184 0.02 (weekly) 600 46.2938 45.3136 47.0938 𝑨(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 150 198.0505 198.4761 198.4017 0.02 (weekly) 600 197.6970 198.0655 197.9236 𝑰(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 150 38.2352 37.9597 38.6755 0.02 (weekly) 600 36.0473 35.8729 36.1012 𝑹(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 150 205.2406 205.7047 205.4156 0.02 (weekly) 600 205.6102 206.3006 205.3439 table 4. expected numerical simulation results of covid-19 model from 2021 to 2025 model variables step size, h (weekly &monthly) number of iteration, 𝒎 (weekly &monthly) rk4 (4 years) mmc_rk 100 rep. (4 years) mlh_rk 100 rep. (4years) 𝑺(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 600 45.3077 45.7295 45.1721 0.02 (weekly) 2400 45.4914 45.7972 45.3906 𝑽(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 600 34.9403 35.5509 35.3254 0.02 (weekly) 2400 34.8710 35.6280 35.1763 𝑨(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 600 13.5280 13.7776 13.2342 0.02 (weekly) 2400 13.4236 13.7370 13.4793 𝑰(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 600 9.3148 9.3368 9.3201 0.02 (weekly) 2400 9.2985 9.3130 9.2956 𝑹(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 600 500.1596 500.4997 499.8646 0.02 (weekly) 2400 500.4212 500.7103 500.4103 ihjpas. 36(3)2023 297 table 5. prediction intervals (5th percentile, 95th percentile) for mmc_rk and mlh_rk solutions mmc_rk from 2021 to 2025 (𝒕 ≤ 𝟒𝟖) subpopulation (100 repetitions) (1000 repetitions) 𝑺(𝒕) (34.4889 , 56.9510) (33.7740 , 58.7899) 𝑽(𝒕) (22.5928 , 57.1467) (22.0591 , 55.9641) 𝑨(𝒕) (7.3331 , 21.2286) (7.8735 , 20.6545) 𝑰(𝒕) (5.0933 , 13.9210) (5.5697 , 14.6953) 𝑹(𝒕) (447.8911 , 628.1435) (449.8386 , 628.6205) mlh_rk from 2021 to 2025 (𝒕 ≤ 𝟒𝟖) subpopulation (100 repetitions) (1000 repetitions) 𝑺(𝒕) (35.4277 , 59.8350) (33.5215 , 57.8323) 𝑽(𝒕) (26.3581 , 56.7235) (24.0661 , 56.6104) 𝑨(𝒕) (6.4966 , 17.3059) (6.5912 , 17.6509) 𝑰(𝒕) (4.2058 , 12.3463) (4.7953 , 12.5404) 𝑹(𝒕) (414.8612 , 578.4889) (410.9803 , 570.2245) table 6. absolute error for mmc_rk and mlh_rk with rk4 from 2021 to 2022. model variables step size, h (weekly & monthly) iterations (months) mmc_rk mlh_rk 𝑺(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 12 0.8196 0.81504 0.02 (weakly) 0.3361 0.3359 𝑽(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 12 0.9019 0.8760 0.02 (weekly) 0.9802 0.8000 𝑨(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 12 0.4256 0.3512 0.02 (weekly) 0.3685 0.2266 𝑰(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 12 0.2755 0.04403 0.02 (weekly) 0.1744 0.0539 𝑹(𝒕) 0.08 (monthly) 12 0.4641 0.1750 0.02 (weekly) 0.6904 0.2663 ihjpas. 36(3)2023 298 table 7. absolute error 𝐸ℎ = |𝑇ℎ − 𝑇ℎ 2 | for mmc_rk and mlh_rk from 2021 to 2025 model variables step size, h (weekly &monthly) number of iterations 𝑬𝒉_𝑴𝑴𝑪_𝑹𝑲 100 rep. (4 years) 𝑬𝒉_𝑴𝑳𝑯_𝑹𝑲 100 rep. (4 years) 𝑺(𝒕) 0.08 monthly 600 0.045088 0.107386 0.08/2 1200 0.022554 0.111144 0.08/4 2400 0.019704 0.103381 𝑽(𝒕) 0.08 monthly 600 0.088598 0.109317 0.08/2 1200 0.104216 0.039814 0.08/4 2400 0.073518 0.029403 𝑨(𝒕) 0.08 monthly 600 0.027061 0.157000 0.08/2 1200 0.013543 0.048095 0.08/4 2400 0.010381 0.010124 𝑰(𝒕) 0.08 monthly 600 0.011903 0.010215 0.08/2 1200 0.011887 0.014358 0.08/4 2400 0.011402 0.009302 𝑹(𝒕) 0.08 monthly 600 0.332002 0.645725 0.08/2 1200 0.121379 0.099979 0.08/4 2400 0.109360 0.083376 table 3 shows the numerical simulation solutions of mmc_rk and mlh_rk for one year (2021–2022) with 100 repetitions in the interval [0, 1] and real step sizes of 0.02, 0.08, and 0.12 weekly and monthly, respectively. table 4 also includes the results of the numerical simulations mmc_rk and mlh_rk with 1000 for the societal groups in the monthly interval [0, 48] for the future time until 2025. the expected approximate mmc_rk and mlh_rk results have been calculated in the prediction intervals that contain the minimum bound (5th percentile) and maximum bound (95th percentile) for mmc_rk and mlh_rk results in the future until 2025. mmc_rk and mlh_rk results must be inside the predicted intervals; see table 5. . to compare the two numerical simulation methods, mmc_rk and mlh_rk, with the numerical rk4 method, the absolute error for,,, and is calculated as a criterion for comparison from 2021 to 2022. in table 6, it is clear that the mlh_rk method is more accurate and reliable than the mmc_rk method since the absolute error of the mlh_rk results is less than the mmc_rk results for all subpopulations of the studied model. table 7 shows the numerical stability of the numerical methods used in the current study. table 7 also explains how the numerical simulation method (mlh_rk) becomes more convergent as the step size is reduced, resulting in a smaller error between the proposed method and the actual method in step size. to prove the convergence of the methods used, see [28]. ihjpas. 36(3)2023 299 figure 3. comparison of numerical and numerical simulation solutions by using rk4, mmc_rk and mlh_rk of (a) 𝑆(𝑡), (b) 𝑉(𝑡), (c) 𝐴(𝑡), (d) 𝐼(𝑡) and (e) 𝑅(𝑡) from 2021 to 2025 when ℎ = 0.08 monthly in iraq. ihjpas. 36(3)2023 300 figure 4. comparison numerical simulation mmc_rk and mlh_rk results with numerical rk4 results for (a) 𝑆(𝑡), (b) 𝑉(𝑡), (c) 𝐴(𝑡), (d) 𝐼(𝑡) and (e) 𝑅(𝑡) from 2021 to 2025 when ℎ = 0.04 monthly in iraq. ihjpas. 36(3)2023 301 figure 5. the numerical simulation results mmc_rk and mlh_rk of (a) 𝑆(𝑡), (b) 𝑉(𝑡), (c) 𝐴(𝑡), (d) 𝐼(𝑡) and (e) 𝑅(𝑡) from 20201to 2025 when ℎ = 0.02 weekly in iraq. ihjpas. 36(3)2023 302 figure 6. curve fitting for infected people 𝐼(𝑡) with observing data from 2021 to 2022 when ℎ = 0.08 monthly in iraq. fig 3 shows the curves of the methods used in our study for 48 months, the interval 2021– 2025, in which all groups of society are shown according to the impact of the virus on them. fig 3(a), which represents a group of people who are not infected with an epidemic but are susceptible to infection for this class for all rk4, mmc_rk, and mlh_rk methods, is used with step size weekly and monthly through 4 years. there is a sudden drop in the curve of this group for all the methods used in the study rk4, mmc_rk, and mlh_rk after the 33rd month, then it rises again after the 35th month to stabilize during the last months of our study. because of continuos mixing between the people and the lack of commitment, people in the society can not continous profect their health properly. therefore, we can observe the sudden descent in the curve as a result of a large number of infections, particularly between the 25th and 35th month of the study period, to settle down after the end of 2025. fig 3(b) shows a curved group of vaccinated people against covid-19 in iraq, where we show that there is a simple rise in the curve for all rk4, mmc_rk, and mlh_rk methods used in the study from the beginning of the vaccine until the 25th month. the large number of people wanting to get the vaccine as a result of rising health and cultural awareness has resulted in a dramatic increase, particularly between the 27th and 35th month, after which the curve stabilized until the end of the study period. fig 3(c) depicts the subpopulation as asymptomatic with the epidemic but not showing symptoms of infection.there is a simple rise in the first study months, bringing the curve of this group to its highest level between the 15th and 30th month. because of following health prevention methods, the instructions of the world health organization, and the demand for vaccination against ihjpas. 36(3)2023 303 the pandemic, the curve begins to decline gradually until the 40th month and settles at the beginning of the 40th month until the end of the year 2025. fig 3(d) represents the number of people infected with the epidemic.the curve rose dramatically from the 15th month to the highest level in the 25th month, and then fell dramatically from the 33rd month to the 40th month to settle as a result of increased health awareness and following health guidelines, and more people are convinced to get the vaccine. fig 3(e) represents the group of people who have been cured of the disease, as they have been removed from the list of positive cases. there is a gradual rise of the curve of this group until the 20th month, then it comes down in the 25th month, then it rises dramatically to reach its highest level in the 40th month due to following world health organization guidelines, so more people became fully vaccinated, then the curve is still at the same high level until the end of the study period. fig 4 shows the convergence of the methods that are used, where the result that has the smallest step size has the greatest convergence. the convergence between the numerical simulation methods and the numerical method runge-kutta (rk4), which represented the exact solution, in figure 4, is greater than the convergence in fig 3 because the step size in fig 4 is smaller. also, we notice that the mlh_rk method is more convergent than mmc_rk to rk4. fig 5 explains the similarities in the behavior of the solution for the proposed numerical simulations using the mmc_rk and mlh_rk methods despite the change in the step size (weekly with 100 repetitions) for each subpopulation , ,, , and for covid-19 model for four years from 2021 to 2025. finally, fig 6 shows the curve fitting of real observed data from the world health organization, utilizing the concept of linear regression for the class of people who suffer from infection during the 12 months from 2021 to 2022 using the magic plot program. 6. conclusion the epidemiological covid-19 model in our current study has been solved for 48 months, from 2021 to 2022. many methods are employed, including the numerical rk4 method and the other two numerical simulation methods mmc_rk and mlh_rk, to solve this model. in this study, we found convergence in the results for all methods that we used, but the mlh_rk method is the closest to the numerical method (rk4); the curve of mlh_rk results is more convergent with the curve of rk4 results than the curve of mmc_rk results. therefore, it is considered the most efficient approximation method for solving this model. also, we found that the epidemic model gives an impression of the impact of this virus on society. the results showed that the category of people not infected with the epidemic began to decrease during the study interval, while the category associated with vaccinated people increased. there is a gradual increase in the category of infected people who do not show symptoms because education does not adhere to health prevention methods, as well as social distancing.then it decreases in the last months of the study period. when the category of infected people is clear and their symptoms are clear, there is a gradual increase in all methods (rk4, mmc_rk, and mlh_rk), then it decreases in the final months of the study interval due to a lack of people taking the virus vaccine. ihjpas. 36(3)2023 304 finally, in the category of people who have been cured of the disease, there is a clear increase for this class for all methods used for the study. epidemic behavior for the next four years until 2025 has been projected using the proposed methods. the results of this study indicate a decrease in the epidemic rate in the future.. references 1. coronavirus world meter website. [cited 13 july 2022; available from: https://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus. 2. rong xinmiao; yang liu; chu huidi ; fan meng, effect of delay in diagnosis on transmission of covid-19. math biosci eng, 2020. 17(3), 2725-2740. doi: 10.3934/mbe.2020149. 3. national health commission of the people’s republic of china, situation report of the pneumonia cases caused by the novel coronavirus 2020. [cited 20 july 2022; available from: http://www.nhc.gov.cn/xcs/yqfkdt/202002/3db09278e3034f289841300ed09bd0e1.shtml. 4. world health organization, clinical management of severe acute respiratory infection when infection is suspected, 2020,. 5. world health organization, coronavirus disease (covid-19). [cited 13 july 2022; available from: https://www.who.int/emergencies/overview. 6. med., j.t. pneumonia of unknown etiology in wuhan, china: potential for international spread via commercial air travel. 2020; available from: https://www.bing.com/search?q=pneumonia+of+unknown+etiology+in+wuhan%2c+china %3a+potential+for+international+spread+via+commercial+air+travel&cvid=ea862b7fe7bb4 9d490d0cc092b284831&aqs=edge..69i57.1194j0j1&pglt=299&form=annta1&pc=u53 1. 7. lin, q., s. zhao.; d. gao.; y. lou.; s. yang; ss. musa, a conceptual model for the coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) outbreak in wuhan, china with individual reaction and governmental action. international journal of infectious diseases, 2020. 93: p. 211-216. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.02.058 8. diekmann, o. ; j.a.p. heesterbeek, mathematical epidemiology of infectious diseases: model building, analysis and interpretation. vol. 5. 2000: john wiley & sons. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.02.058 9. brauer, f., c. castillo-chavez, ;c. castillo-chavez, mathematical models in population biology and epidemiology. vol. 2. 2012: springer. 10. abed, s.m.; m.a. al-jawary, efficient iterative methods for solving the sir epidemic model. iraqi journal of science, 2021: p. 613-622. doi: 10.24996/ijs.2021.62.2.27. 11. huisen, r.w.; s.h. abd almjeed; a.s. mohammed, a reliable iterative transform method for solving an epidemic model. iraqi journal of science, 2021: p. 4839-4846. 12. kareem, a.m.; s.n. al-azzawi, a stochastic differential equations model for the spread of coronavirus covid-19): the case of iraq. iraqi journal of science, 2021: p. 1025-1035. doi: 10.24996/ijs.2021.62.3.31. 13. sabaa, m.a.; mohammed, m.a., approximate solutions of nonlinear smoking habit model. iraqi journal of science, 2020: p. 435-443. doi: 10.24996/ijs.2020.61.2.23. 14. sabaa, m.a.; mohammed, m.a.; abd almjeed, s.h., approximate solutions for alcohol consumption model in spain. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science, 2019. 32(3): p. 153-164. doi: 10.30526/32.3.2292. 15. mohammed, m. a.; noor, n. f. m.; siri, z.; ibrahim, a. i. n., numerical solution for weight reduction model due to health campaigns in spain. in aip conference proceedings. 2015. aip publishing llc. doi:10.1063/1.4932414. 16. mohammed, s.j.; m.a. mohammed. runge-kutta numerical method for solving nonlinear influenza model. in journal of physics: conference series. 2021. iop publishing. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1879/3/032040. http://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus http://www.nhc.gov.cn/xcs/yqfkdt/202002/3db09278e3034f289841300ed09bd0e1.shtml http://www.who.int/emergencies/overview http://www.bing.com/search?q=pneumonia+of+unknown+etiology+in+wuhan%2c+china%3a+potential+for+international+spread+via+commercial+air+travel&cvid=ea862b7fe7bb49d490d0cc092b284831&aqs=edge..69i57.1194j0j1&pglt=299&form=annta1&pc=u531 http://www.bing.com/search?q=pneumonia+of+unknown+etiology+in+wuhan%2c+china%3a+potential+for+international+spread+via+commercial+air+travel&cvid=ea862b7fe7bb49d490d0cc092b284831&aqs=edge..69i57.1194j0j1&pglt=299&form=annta1&pc=u531 http://www.bing.com/search?q=pneumonia+of+unknown+etiology+in+wuhan%2c+china%3a+potential+for+international+spread+via+commercial+air+travel&cvid=ea862b7fe7bb49d490d0cc092b284831&aqs=edge..69i57.1194j0j1&pglt=299&form=annta1&pc=u531 http://www.bing.com/search?q=pneumonia+of+unknown+etiology+in+wuhan%2c+china%3a+potential+for+international+spread+via+commercial+air+travel&cvid=ea862b7fe7bb49d490d0cc092b284831&aqs=edge..69i57.1194j0j1&pglt=299&form=annta1&pc=u531 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijid.2020.02.058 https://doi.org/10.24996/ijs.2021.62.2.27 https://doi.org/10.24996/ijs.2021.62.3.31 ihjpas. 36(3)2023 305 17. ghadeer, e.t.; m.a. mohammed, solving nonlinear covid-19 mathematical model using a reliable numerical method. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2022. 35(2): p. 97-107. doi: 10.30526/35.2.2818. 18. mohammed, m. a., ibrahim, a. i. n., siri, z., noor, n. f. m., mean monte carlo finite difference method for random sampling of a nonlinear epidemic system. sociological methods & research, 2019. 48(1): p. 34-61. doi: 10.1177/0049124116672683. 19. mahdi, a.s., modified numerical simulation technique for solving nonlinear epidemic models. 2019, university of baghdad: baghdad, iraq. 20. mohammed, s.j.; m.a. mohammed, mean latin hypercube runge-kutta method to solve the influenza model. iraqi journal of science, 2022. 63(3): p. 1158-1177. 21. ghadeer, e.t.; m.a. mohammed, applying a suitable approximate-simulation technique of an epidemic model with random parameters. international journal of nonlinear analysis and applications, 2022. 22. tam, c.k., computational aeroacoustics-issues and methods. aiaa journal, 1995. 33(10): p. 1788-1796. 23. hu, f., m.y. hussaini; j. manthey, low-dissipation and low-dispersion runge–kutta schemes for computational acoustics. journal of computational physics, 1996. 124(1): p. 177-191. doi:10.1006/jcph.1996.0052. 24. coronavirus world meter website, iraq population. [cited 13 july 2022; available from: https://www.worldometers.info/world-population/iraq-population/. 25. yang, b., z. yu; y. cai, the impact of vaccination on the spread of covid-19: studying by a mathematical model. physica a: statistical mechanics and its applications, 2022. 590: p. 126717. doi:10.1016/j.physa.2021.126717. 26. nadim, s.s.; i. ghosh; j. chattopadhyay, short-term predictions and prevention strategies for covid-19: a model-based study. applied mathematics and computation, 2021. 404: p. 126251. doi:10.1016/j.amc.2021.126251. 27. serhani, m.; h. labbardi, mathematical modeling of covid-19 spreading with asymptomatic infected and interacting peoples. journal of applied mathematics and computing, 2021. 66(1): p. 1-20. doi:10.1007/s12190-020-01421-9. 28. friedman, a.; mcleod, b., blow-up of positive solutions of semi-linear heat equations, indiana university mathematics journal, 1985. 34: p. 425-447. http://www.worldometers.info/world-population/iraq-population/ conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |77 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis and characterization of some metal complexes with (3z ,5z, 8z)-2-azido-8-[azido(3z,5z)-2-azido-2,6bis(azidocarbonyl)-8,9-dihydro-2h-1,7-dioxa-3,4,5triazonine-9-yl]methyl]-9-[(1-azido-1-hydroxy)methyl]-2h1,7-dioxa-3,4,5-triazonine – 2,6 – dicarbonylazide(l-az) . thuraya a .taher waleed k . mahdi falih h . musa dept. of chemistry / college of education of pure science (ibn al-haitham) / university of baghdad received in:12/december/2016,accepted in:11/january/2017 abstract the reaction of las-cl8 : [ (2,2(1-(3,4-bis(carboxylicdichloromethoxy)-5-oxo-2,5dihydrofuran-2-yl)ethane – 1,2-diyl)bis(2,2-dichloroacetic acid)]with sodium azide in ethanol with drops of distilled water has been investigated . the new product l-az :(3z ,5z,8z)-2azido-8-[azido(3z,5z)-2-azido-2,6-bis(azidocarbonyl)-8,9-dihydro-2h-1,7-dioxa-3,4,5triazonine-9-yl]methyl]-9-[(1-azido-1-hydroxy)methyl]-2h-1,7-dioxa-3,4,5-triazonine – 2,6 – dicarbonylazide was isolated and characterized by elemental analysis (c.h.n) , 1 h-nmr , mass spectrum and fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer (ft-ir) . the reaction of the l-az withm +n : [ ( vo(ii) , cr(iii) ,mn(ii) , co(ii) , ni(ii) , cu(ii) , zn(ii) , cd(ii) and hg(ii)] has been investigated and was isolated and characterized by ftir , uv-visible ,electrical conductivity, magnetic susceptibilities at 22 c o . atomic absorption and molar ratio spectroscopic evidence showed that the binding of metal ions were through the azide(μ1,1-n3) triazonine(3,5 –n3) and carboxyl moieties , resulting in a six – coordinating metal ions (cr(iii),mn(ii),co(ii),ni(ii) and cu(ii) ) .the vo(ii) , zn(ii) ,cd(ii), andhg(ii) were coordinated through azido (μ-1,1-n3) , triazonine(3,5-n3) only forming square pyramidal for vo(ii) and tetrahedral geometry for zn(ii) , cd(ii) ,and hg(ii)β, ́ for ni(ii) , cr(iii) complexes were calculated too . the molar ratio and metal estimation showed , the ratio of laz to metal ions was (10:1) ; (m/l) . keywords: synthesis, characterization, cluster, azide chemistry |78 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction organic azides are considered flexible energy – rich functional molecules [1] , which have been widely used in a number of areas such as material science , synthetic chemistry and biomedicine .apart from its potential applications in the development of explosive and superconducting materials [2] or as an intermediate in organic synthesis . the complexes with azide is interesting for the development of new molecule based magnetic through bridges to form compounds with varying topologies and in addition to promote the magnetic exchange interaction between the meta of azide centers .cobalt(ii) complex of azide anion with bis (pyrazol-1-yl) methane [3] and cobalt(ii) complexes of azideanion with 1,10-phenanthroline and bis (2-pyridyl) amine have been reported [4] . tetra nuclearco(iii) complexes [5] , tetra nuclear and octanuclear copper(ii) complexes of 2,6-bis [(2-hydroxy-ethylimino)methyl]-4methyl phenol have been reported [6] . continuing our interest is the synthesis of compounds derived from l-ascorbic acid [7-10].we report the synthesis and characterizing of new compound (l-az) (3z ,5z, 8z)-2-azido-8-[azido(3z,5z)-2-azido-2,6-bis(azidocarbonyl)-8,9dihydro-2h-1,7-dioxa-3,4,5-triazonine-9-yl]methyl]-9-[(1-azido-1-hydroxy)methyl]-2h-1,7dioxa-3,4,5-triazonine – 2,6 – dicarbonylazide, contains many groups of terminal azides , acetylazide,andtriazonine complexes with vo(ii), cr(iii) ,mn(ii), co(ii) ,ni(ii), cu(ii), zn(ii) , cd(ii) , and hg(ii) . experimental materials ,instrumentation :all chemicals are purchased from bdh, and used without further purification. 1. infra-red spectra between (400-4000cm -1 ),shimadzu (ft-ir)-8400 spectrophotometer at service laboratory in chemistry department , college of education of pure science ,ibn alhathiam . 2.the electronic spectra were recorded on the uv-visible spectrophotometer typeshimadzu uv-160a in the wave length range of(200-1000) nm, with match quartz cells (1cm) using water as a solvent at service laboratory in chemistry department , college of education of pure science ,ibn al-hathiam . 3. the melting point was recorded on "gallen kamp melting point apparatus model smp30 atcollege of education of pure science ,ibn al-hathiam . 4. the conductance measurements were recorded on w.t.w. conductivity meter at chemistry department , college of education of pure science ,ibn al-hathiam . 5. the characterize of new ligand l-az is achieved by ; a:elemental analysis for carbon , hydrogen and nitrogen was using a euro vector ea 3000 a elemental analysis (italy) ,at almustansiriya university . b: 1 h-nmr spectrum was recorded by using bruner drx (500-mhz) spectrophotometer ,chemical shift of 1 h-nmr spectrum was recorded in (ppm ) unit down field from internal reference tetramethylsilaine (tms) , using dmso – d 6 solvent .at sharif sainte , university of tehran , iran . c: g c m s spectrum was performed agilent mass spectrometer 5975 quadrupole analyzer, at university of tehran , iran. d : thin layer chromatography (tlc) : for the ligand l-az : (tlc) was preformed on aluminum plates coated with (0.25mm) layer of silica gel f254 (fluka) and were detected by iodine . 6. atomic absorption spectrophotometer were measured by using flame atomic absorption technique type analytic jena (a.a350) ,in the laboratories of ibnsina company . 7.magnetic susceptibility values were obtained at room temperature ,by using the faradays method , johnson mattey catalytic system ,at almustansiriya university . chemistry |79 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis 1-synthesis of (l–az): (3z ,5z, 8z)-2-azido-8-[azido(3z,5z)-2-azido-2,6-bis(azidocarbonyl)8,9-dihydro-2h-1,7-dioxa-3,4,5-triazonine-9-yl]methyl]-9-[(1-azido-1-hydroxy)methyl]-2h1,7-dioxa-3,4,5-triazonine – 2,6 – dicarbonylazide. to a solution of (0.7g , 1mmole) of (l-ascl8) in (15ml ethanol +5ml distilled water) are added a solution of (0.7g , 10mmole ) of sodium azide in (20ml ethanol ) ,dropwise . the mixture was refluxed for 3h . the resulting product was brown solution , which was left to stand at room temperature for few days , giving a brown solid and recrystallized from absolute ethanol yielding (0.324g , 0.41mmole,62%) : mp 215-216 o c , rf : 0.32. 2-synthesis of (l-az) –complexes [ m =vo(ii) , cr(iii) , mn(ii) , co(ii) , ni(ii) , cu(ii) , zn(ii) , cd(ii) , and hg(ii) : all complexes are prepared at follows : to a solution of (1mmole) of (l-az) in a mixture of ( 15ml ethanol + 5ml distilled water ) .a solution of [ 10mmole of metal chloride and vanadyl sulfate ] in ( 10 ml absolute ethanol ) .[ 3g , 10 mmole , crcl3.6h2o ] , [ 2g,10 mmole , mncl2 .4h2o ] , [ 2.5g ,10 mmole cocl2. 6h2o ] , [ 1.8g , 10 mmole, nicl2 . 6h2o ] , [ 1.8g , 10 mmole , cucl2 . 2h2o ] , [ 1.8g , 10 mmole , zncl2.2h2o ] , [ 1.8g , 10mmole , cdcl2 ] ,[3g ,10 mmole ,hgcl2.2h2o] and [ 1.7g , 10 mmole , voso4 . h2o ] respectively are added . the solution mixture is stirred for one hour and is left to evaporate slowly to bring down the complexes . the complexes are washed by mixture of (ethanol + distilled water ) in the ratio (2:1) (vol /vol) . the physical properties for all synthesized ligand l-az and its complexes are shown in table (1) . results and discussion in the present work of the ligand (l-az) was synthesized by reacting (1mole) of ligand (l-ascl8).[11] with (10mole) of sodium azide by using of a mixture (2:1) (ethanol : water).as solvent , scheme (1) . scheme (1) the infrared spectrum of (l-az) formation of the ligand l-az , figure (1) ,table(2) was characterized by disappearance of bands at (3425) cm -1 due to hydroxyl group (cooh) , the band at (1670) cm -1 due to (c=0) stretching vibration of the non-ionized (cooh) [12] , the band at (1761) cm -1 was assigned to (c=0) lactone and finely , band at (829) cm -1 which was assigned to (c-cl) in spectrum ( lascl8).instead a strong band assignable to (oh) stretching vibration of free hydroxyl group (c-oh) was appeared at (3383) cm -1 , and two bands were observed at (2110), (2042) cm -1 and (1228), (638) cm -1 are due to the asymmetric, symmetric and deformation mode of azide group [13] . the carbonyl (co-n3) group appeared at (1620)cm -1 [14] .the (l-az) showed bands at (1649) cm -1 (1433) cm -1 and (1033)cm -1 are attributed to triazonine group (c=n),(n=n) and (c-n) respectively[15]. chemistry |80 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 1 h-nmr spectrum of the ligand (l-az) : 1 h-nmr spectrum of the in d6-dmso shows in table (4) , figure (3) . the 1 hnmr spectrum of (l-az) appears signals at ( 1.10 , 3.57 , 4.78 ) ppm are due to protons in ch3 , ch2 , oh – ethanol . the signal at (2.5) ppm is due to water . the protons in n3-ch can be obtained at (3.9) ppm as signal , also signals can be shown at (2.3 , 3.6 , 3.40 ) ppm are due to (ch-ch-ch2 ) also a singlet can be appeared at (2.0) ppm is due to proton ch in (choh ) .two signals are appeared at (8.2 , 8.4 ) ppm , assigned as hydrogen bond ( nh , oh ) . these results are compatible with the proposal molecular structure by using computer chem .office 2010 , 3dx program . [16] . mass spectrum of the ligand (l-az),showed abundant ion at (552 m/e) , with relative intensity 1.85 % , corresponding to loss of molecule ; ( twelve ) of nitrogen , hydroxyl , hydrogen (186 m/e ) from the parent molecular ion , (738 m/e ) . the fragmentation process was metastable loss of 14 mass units corresponding to loss of the nitrogen gave( 538 m/e) followed by another loss of 14 mass corresponding to the nitrogen too obtained at (524 m/e )mass spectrum and the. fragmentation of the ligand (l-az) is shown in figure (4) and table (5) ,[10] . the prepared complexes :reaction of the ligand (l-az) with metal chloride(m= cr(iii) ,mn(ii) , co(ii) , ni(ii) ,cu(ii) , cd(ii) , hg(ii) and vanadyl sulfate . all the complexes were carried out in ethanol distilled water under stirring for 3hours giving stable complexes , the analytical and physical data in table (1) and spectra data in table (3) . all complexes are dissolving in water ,dmso , and dmf solvents. ir spectra data of the complexes.table (3) ,usually provide a lot of valuable information on coordination mechanism .the ligand (l-az) which exhibits bands assignable to ( ) stretching vibration of free hydroxyl group . this band is almost appeared at the same position or cover with hydrate water in all complexes spectra . the ligand shows three bands at (2110) , (2042) cm -1 , (1228) cm -1 and (638) cm -1 are due to the asymmetric , symmetric and deformation mode of azide group [13] . in complexes , the asymmetric ,symmetric and deformation bond of n3 group are shifted corresponding to n3 coordination to metal ion through (μ-1,1-n3) [17] .the ligand (l-az) shows band at (1649),(1433)cm -1 and (1033)cm 1 can be attributed to stretching (c=n) ,(n=n) bond and to aliphatic (c-n).these bands are characteristic of triazonine group [15].these bands are shifted upon coordination with metal ion through triazonine(3,,5-n3) [18] .the band at (1620) cm -1 is confirmed to presence of carbonyl group in carbonyl azide in the ligand (l-az) . this band is shifted and broad in cr(iii) ,mn(ii) , co(ii) figure (2) , ni(ii) , and cu(ii) complexes indicating to ( c=o) coordination to metal ion [19] , while invo(ii), zn(ii) , cd(ii) , and hg(ii) complexes , the (co) stretching vibration didn’t change ,due to uncoordinated (co) withvo(ii) , zn(ii) , cd(ii) and hg(ii) complexes[17]. in the ir spectra of complexes , the broad band appeared at range (3300 – 3577) cm -1 are due to hydrate water and the aqua is appeared at range (808860) cm -1 . the weak bands appeared at (453-524) cm -1 region can be assigned to ( ) [20] . electronic spectrastudies: the electronic spectral data of free ligand figure (5) and its complexes , are summarized in table (6) .the peak at 258nm (38760 cm -1 ) in the electronic spectrum of free ligand (l-az) , is corresponding to the intralligand * .[21] (l-az) – vo(ii) complex:the electronic spectrum of (vo)(ii) complex , exhibits broad band at 906nm , (11038) cm -1 , which assigned to the spin allowed 2 b2g 2 eg and that confirmed the square pyramidal environment [22]. (l-az) – cr(iii) complex:the crcomplex , showed three weak bands at 856,592, and428 nm , (11682,16892, and 23364) cm -1 ,these bands are attributed to 4 a2g 4 t2g(f) ( 1 ) , 4 a2g 4 t1g(f) ( 2 ) , and 4 a2g 4 t1g(p) ( 3 ) , transitions respectively of octahedral geometry.by using tanabe – sugano for cr (iii) ,[23] .the value of β, ́were calculated = 1.44 , = 30 , ́= = 563.07, β = ́ = = 0.547 chemistry |81 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 ( indicating some covalent bond character) . (l-az) – mn(ii) complex :the electronic spectrum of mn(ii) complex, showed no absorption bands in the visible region . the transition in octahedral – high spin (d 5 ) complexes are spin forbidden , and also the pale (pale brown ) is due to forbidden transitions occur such as : 6 a1g 4 eg(g) 4 a1g (g) , 6 a1g 4 eg(d) 6 a1g , 6 a1g 4 t1g(g) , 4 t2g(g).thus doubly forbidden transitions are extremely weak [23] . (l-az) – co (ii) complex :the co – complex , figure (6) exhibited two bands appeared at 482nm (20747)cm -1 , and 508nm (19685) cm -1 in the visible region center at 495nm (20216) cm -1 , this may be attributed to the 4 t1g 4 t1g(p) transition in a mixture with spin forbidden to doubled states derived principally from the free ion 2 g and 2 h according with octahedral geometry [24] . (l-az) – ni (ii) complex :the electronic spectrum of ni(ii) complex ,exhibits multiple bands at 718nm , 660nm (13928 , 15152 ) cm -1 .the mean of them is (14540) cm -1 ,is due transition to , 3 a2g 3 t1g (f) (𝞾2) .the other spin allowed transition is due to the 3 a2g 3 t1g(p) (, 𝞾3 ) assigned at 398nm , (25126) cm -1 . this is suggesting octahedral geometry[23] . the (1) ,and racha parameter are calculated by tanaba – sugano diagram for ni(ii) . = = 1.73 ,e/ ́ = 20 = , ́ = 727 cm -1 ,β = ́ = = 0.71 , ́ = 11.5 , = 11.5 = 727 x 11.5 = 8360.5 cm -1 = 𝞾1 (l-az) – cu(ii) complex:the electronic spectrum of cu(ii) complex, showed a broad band at 814nm (12285) cm -1 which can be tentatively assigned to the transition 2 eg 2 t2g , characteristic of octahedral [25] . (l-az) zn(ii) , cd(ii) , and hg(ii) complexes :the u.v – visible spectra of the free ligand (l-az) and zn(ii) , cd(ii) , and hg(ii) complexes in water . the band appeared at 258nm with absorption 0.48 in the u.v -visible spectrum of l-az attributed to *, transition. this band and absorption is observed in [zn(ii) ,cd(ii) , and hg(ii) ] complexes at (254nm , 0.102 ) , ( 258nm , 0.215) , (262nm , 0.026) . all complexes showed tail started (400-450nm) . from data above , table (4) , conforms the tetrahedral geometry of the complexes [26]. solution chemistry molar conductivity for the complexes of ligand (l-az):the molar conductance of the complexes in dmso as a solvent at 1 x 10 -4 m concentration (c ) , table (7) , lie in the (32.25 2.89 ) (s.cm 2 .mol -1 ) range indicating their non electrolytic nature except ionic nature for the complex vo(ii) , gave 56 (s.cm 2 .mol -1 ) , indicating its electrolytic nature [27]. molar ratio for the ligand ( l-az) and complexes :molar ratio is a common way and simplicity to identify the complexity ratio between the metal ion and the ligand in complex. it’s a measure absorbance of a series from the solutions containing a fixed amount of one component ligand at ( 1x10 -3 m) concentration with a variable amount of other component metal ion salts when wave length constant (£max),which the complex gave the highest chemistry |82 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 absorbency with disappearance of any absorption of both ligand and metal ion in that region which is at the complex absorbance the complexes of the ligand( l-az) with metal ions m +2 [co(ii), cu(ii) figure (7), cd(ii) and hg(ii)] are studied in solution by using water as a solvent .in ordor to determine(ml) ratio in the prepared complexes ,it was determined from the relationship between the absorption of the observed light and mole ratio(m/l) found to be (10/1)the results of complexes formation in solution are shown in table(8).these data are compatible with the results obtained by atomic absorption for determination of metal analysis in the complexes. magnetic moment measurements the magnetic moment values at (295 k ) of the cr(iii) , mn(ii) , ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes , show in the range of (14-4.68)bm . table (9),which are higher than the total spin-only , values indicating a high spin octahedral for cr(iii) , mn(ii) , ni(ii) and cu(ii) geometry . the higher of these magnetic moments indicates a dominant ferromagnetic interaction , in all four complexes with antiferromagnetic coupling between them . [28] the magnetic value of co(ii) and vo(ii) complexes , showed values at ( 2.26 and 1.61 ) bm , which are lower than the total spin only , value , indicating a high spin octahedral and square pyramidal around co(ii) and vo(ii) complex . the lowering of this value indicates a dominant antiferromagnetic interaction through the nitrogen atoms of azido . the vo(ii) complex , shows value at (1.61) bm near the spin only value . it indicates that the bridge groups may play a role in the enhancement of overlap between vo(ii) and the antiferromagnetic interaction . the syn – syn conformation mediates the antiferromagnetic exchange pathway between the metal centers resulted in a low dimensional feature , while the syn – anti favors the ferromagnetic exchange interaction . [28]. conclusion spectroscopic evidence showed that the ligand (l-az) binding with the metal ions through the azide (μ-1,1-n3) ,triazonine(3,5n3) and carboxyl moieties , resulting in a six – coordinating metal ions (cr(iii),mn(ii),co(ii),ni(ii) and cu(ii) ) . the vo(ii)zn(ii),cd(ii), and hg(ii) are coordinating through azido (μ-1,1-n3) , triazonine(3,5-n3) only forming, square pyramidal ,for vo(ii) and tetrahedral geometry for zn(ii),cd(ii), and hg(ii) complexes .β, ́ for ni(ii) , cr(iii) complexes are calculated too the molar ratio studies of ligand/ metal estimation gave (1:10) . (m/l) .magnetic moment values at (295 k ) of the cr(iii) , mn(ii) , ni(ii) and cu(ii) complexes ,are higher than the total spin-only, indicating dominant ferromagnetic interaction , in all four complexes with antiferromagnetic coupling between them .the magnetic value of co(ii) and vo(ii) complexes , showed values are lower than the total spin only, indicating dominant antiferromagnetic interaction . chemistry |83 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 references 1 fang – fang , c .and feng . w. ; (2009).;" electronic structure of the azide group in 3 – azido – 3 – deoxythymidine (azt) compared to small azide compounds . ; molecules , 14 , 2656 – 2668. 2 – bohn , m . a .(1999), " determination of the kinetic data of the thermal decomposition of energetic plasticizers and binders by adiabatic self heating".; thermo ,chim , acta .;337 , 121-139 . 3tang .l .f ;shi. h. q. ; wang, z. h and zhang ,l. ; (2000).;" synthesis , crystal structure of a one – dimensional cobalt – azide complex through hydrogen bond ".; j . chem .cryst .; 30 , (3) , 159-162 . 4–zhao ,q .;wang, x.;fang, r. and tiekink, e. r .t.; (2003). ; " diazidobis(1,10phenathroline) cobalt(iii) nitrate; "acta . cryst ,e 59 , m690– m691. 5 – debashree ,m. and debashis ,r. ; (2007) ;" self – assembly of a co (iii) face – shared partial double cubane supported by alkoxo terminal and bridging ligands. ;" inorg . chem .com . ;10 , (10) , 1202 – 1205 . 6 – santokh ,s. ;tandon , scott . d .b , douglas , m. ; jose , s c. ,guillem , a. ;jan , rand laurence , k . t. ; (2009 ) .; " copper coordination polymers based on single – chain or sheet structure involving dinuclear and tetranuclear copper (ii) units : synthesis structure , and magneto structural correlations. ; inorg . chem .; 48 , (11) , 4873 – 4881. 7 salah ,m .f ;falih ,h . musa and huda ,a . f; (2014) ; " synthesis and spectral studies of some metal complexes with bis [ o,o -2,3;o,o – 5,6 (chlorocarboxylicmethylidene ) ] l – ascorbic acid .;" ibn . al-haitham ,j .for pure&appl. sci. ; 27 , (1), 225 – 233 . 8 fawzi ,y.w ; falih , h .;musa and huda ,a . f.; (2015) .; " synthesis , characterization , of some metal complexes with bis [o,o -2,3;o,o – 5,6 (thiol (carboxylic) methylidene ) ] l – ascorbic acid and studies their biological activity .; " j .kufa .chem .sci . ;1 , (10) , 38 – 55 . 9 salah ,m .f ;falih ,h .; musa , and huda . a .f ,(2014). ; " synthesis and spectral studies of some metal complexes with 3,4,6,7-o,o,o,o – tetrakis –(carboxy (chloro) methyl ) l – ascorbic acid (h4l) , "eur , chem, bull ; 3.(9) , 915-919 . 10 fawzi , y .w .;falih ,h . m and huda , a . f(2015) ; synthesis and characterization of some metal complexes with bis [o,o-2,3;o,o-5,6(-n,ndicarboxylic) methylidene )-n-2methylpyridyl ] –lascorbic acid.;eur . chem .bull;4 . (2) ,74-79. 11 – salah ,m .f ;falih,h. m , and huda , a .f.; "synthesis and spectroscopic studies of the new ligand [(2,2-(1-(3,4-bis(carboxylicdichloromethoxy)-5-oxo-2,5-dihydrofuran-2yl)ethane-1,2-diyl)bis(2,2-dichloroacetic acid)](las-cl8).; "(will be published) . 12 premkumar, t. , and govindarajan . s.; (2006). ; divalent transition metal omplexes of 3,5 – pyrazoledi carboxylate ".; j , thermal .analys . calori ; 84 , 2 , 395 – 399 . 13 budruev, a.v. and schelokova. e.s ; (2013) .; " reactions of acyl azides with secondary amines in the presence of copper (ii) acetate , " rus. chem .bull ,62, 1366. 14 – constantina ,p. ;theocharis , c .s ; wolfgang ,w. ; simon , j. ;teat , anastasios . j .t , albert , e , and spyros . p. p ;(2010) ; " combining azide carboxylate ligands in transition – metal chemistry : ferromagenatic ni ii 5 clusters with a bowtie skeleton , inorg . chem ;49 , 10486 – 10496 . 15 nauha , h.; al – saadawy and hadeel . r .f ;(2016 ).; " synthesis and characterization of a new triazene complexes for cu (ii) , ni (ii) , co (ii) , zn (ii) and fe (ii) ".; am . chem .sci ; 10(3) , 1-5. 16 – cephas , o. a.;(2015) .; " chemistry of acyl nitrenes in the synthesis of carbamates and complex heterocyclic .;" ms.c , thesis , youngstown state university , ohio , august. http://scripts.iucr.org/cgi-bin/citedin?search_on=name&author_name=wang%2c%20x%2e http://scripts.iucr.org/cgi-bin/citedin?search_on=name&author_name=fang%2c%20r%2e http://scripts.iucr.org/cgi-bin/citedin?search_on=name&author_name=tiekink%2c%20e%2er%2et%2e http://journals.iucr.org/e/issues/2003/08/00/ww6100/index.html http://journals.iucr.org/e/issues/2003/08/00/ww6100/index.html chemistry |84 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 17 – balasubramaniyan ,s. ;paulraj, a. and rajasekar ,k;(2013).;" synthesis, spectral characterization and antifungal activities of cr(iii), co(ii), ni(ii) and hg(ii) complexes with nicotinic acid hydrazide and azide as ligands,"res. j.pharmaceutical sci; 2(2) ,1-6. 18 – shanmugakala ,r. ; tharmaraj ,p. ; sheela ,c . d ., and anitha ,c. , (2012) ;" synthesis and studirs on s – triazine – based ligand and its metal complexes ";int . j .inorg.chem ;2012, 1-7. 19 – yu .m, yan-qing .w , jian-yong . z, en-qing .g , and caiming . l .; (2010).; " structures and magnetism of azide and carboxylate bridged metal (ii) systems derived from 1,2 – bis ( n – carboxymethyl – 4 – pyridinio ) ethane ".; dalton . trans; 39 , 1846-1854. 20 – azza,a. h; najlaa, s. a; nagwa, n. and mohsen, m. m .; (2016).; "new squarepyramidal oxovanadium (iv) complexes derived from polydentate ligand (l1)" open journal of inorganic chemistry" .; 6 , 23-65 . 21 – lever . a.b . p. ;(1984) .; "inorganic electronic spectroscopy "; elsevier sciencepublishers ,amsterdam , netherlands. 22yadava , k. ; yahav, h. s.; sanjay ,s. ;yadav, u. s and rao, d. p. ;(2013).; " synthesis and characterization of some novel schiff base complexes of oxovanadium(iv) cation "journal of chemistry .; 2013, 15. 23–mangamamba, t.; ganorkar, m. c. and swarnabala , g. ;(2014). ; "characterization of complexes synthesized using schiff base ligands and their screening for toxicity two fungal and one bacterial species on rice pathogens".;int .j .inorg .chem ;2014, 1-22 . 24zainab .,j .m , and abid allah ,m .a. ;(2013) .;" preperation ,characterization and biological study of heterocyclic azo – schiff base compound and some of its metal complexes ".;int . j .curre .res; 5, 3705-3710 . 25 – alaa, f .m. and sami, w.r. ;(2014)," preparation spectral identification and analytical studies of cu (ii) transition metal complex with new imidazole azo ligand (daddpi) and the biological activity study "; j . sci . almustansiriyah , baghdad –iraq ; 25 ,( 3 ) , 41 – 50 . 26 –pramod , k .a; dusica .m and ashok . k., (2013), " alkyne – azide "click" chemistry in designing nanocarries for application in biology ".; molecules. (18), 9531-9549. 27-mohammed, s. f.; musa, f. h and ahmed, h. f.; (2014) .;"synthesis and spectral studies of metal complexes with 2,3,4,5-o,o,o,o-tetrakis (carboxy (chloro)methyl)-l-ascorbic acid".; eur. chem. bull. 3, 9 ,915-917. 28 – subhradeep, m, jean – pascal. s and srinivasan . n., (2016) " stabilization of cu7 clusters in azide networks: synthesis, structures and magenatic behaviour ".; dalton . trans, 45 , 5140 – 5150. chemistry |85 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): some physical properties and analytical data for the l-az and its metal complexes empirical formula color m.pºc ºd yield % element analysis found (cal.) % found (cal.) ‎metal % c h n c14h6o9n30.c2h5oh pale yellow 215-216 ºc 62 26.66 (25.82) 0.96 (1.77) 54.7 (53.16) ـــــــــ [vo10laz(h2o)20](so4)10.20h2o.50c2h5 oh olive 274ºd 64 -----------------9.44 (9 .720) [cr10l-azcl30(h2o)7] 6h2o.c2h5oh dark green 228 ºd 54 ----------------- 19.971 (19.98) [mn10l-azcl20(h2o)4] 2h2o.c2h5oh pale brown 255ºd 52 -----------------25.651 (25.56) [co10l-azcl20(h2o)4] 26h2o.c2h5oh purple 108ºd 61 ----- --------- 22.378 (22.48) [ni10l-azcl20(h2o)4] 11h2o green 260ºd 56 ----------------- 25.643 (25.46) [cu10l-az cl20(h2o)4] green 115ºd 96 ----------------- 30.62 (29.62) [zn10l-azcl20] 35h2o.c2h5oh white 224ºd 67 ------ 23.308 (23.41) [cd10l-azcl20] 30h2o.c2h5oh white 239 ºc 72 -------------- 35.585 (35.59) [hg10l-azcl20] nh2o.mc2h5oh white 136 ºc ---- ----- _----____ --------------- d = decomposition mp= melting point table (2): main characteristic vibration frequencies of (l-as) ,(l-as-cl8) and (l-az) ligands compound (l-as) (l-as-cl8) (l-az) 𝞾(o-h) 3525(s), 3410(s) 3425(s) (3383)(br) 𝞾(cooh) 3313(s), 3213(s) oh (cooh) c – oh 𝞾(c-h) alph as2943 (w) s 2916 (w) as 2980 (w) s 2883 (w) as 2900 (w) s 2880 (w) 𝞾(c=o) lactone 1751 (m) 1761 (sh) 𝞾(c=c) 𝞾(c=o) 1647 (sh) 1678 (sh) 1654 (sh) 1670 (sh) 1599 (sh) 𝞾(c-o) s(c-o-h) 1147 (s) 1344 (sh) 1120(s) 1334 (sh) 𝞾(c-cl) 829 (sh) 𝞾(c=n) 𝞾(n=n) + 𝞾(c-n) 1649 (w) 1433 (w) + 1033 (s) 𝞾 (n3)as 2110 (s) 2042 (sh) 𝞾 (n ̅)s 1228 (w) (n ̅)def 638 (sh) o c n3( ) 1620 (sh) recorded as kbrdisk(sh)=sharp,(s)=strong,(m)=medium,(w),weak, as=asymmetric,s=symmetric, def=deformation, alph=alphatic chemistry |86 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (3) :infrared spectral data for the ligand (l-az) and its metal complexes empirical formula 𝞾c-oh 𝞾(c-h) aliphatic 𝞾(n3) as 𝞾(n3)s (n3) def 𝞾(co n3) 𝞾(n=n) + 𝞾(c -n ) 𝞾(so4) -2 8h2o aqua h2o 𝞾 hydrate 𝞾(m-n) 𝞾(v=o) ligand (l – az) c14h6o9n30.c2h5oh 3383 (br) as 2900 (w) 2880s (w) 2110 (s) 2042 (sh) 1228 (w) 638 (sh) 1620 (sh) 1433 (w) + 1033 (s) [(vo)10(laz)(h2o)20].(so4)10.20 h2o.5oc2h5oh 3390 (br) as 2920 (w) s 2890 (w) 2125 (s) 2059 (s) 619 (s) 1620 (sh) 1417 (m) + (-) 1109 (sh) (11001200) 827(s) 3300 (br) 514(s) 948 (sh) [cr10(laz)cl30(h2o)7].6h2o.c 2h5oh 3566 (br) as 2927 (w) s 2856 (w) 2158 (s) 2100 (s) 1280 (w) 636 (sh) 1625 (br) 1433 (w) + 1035 (w) 808 (s) 3348 (br) 516 (sh) [mn10(laz)cl20(h2o)4].2h2o.c 2h5oh 3440 (br) as 2929 (w) s 2858 (w) 2167 (s) 2080 (w) 1226 (m) 669 (s) 1627 (m) 1460 (w) + 1053 (m) 812 (s) 3346 (br) 503 (s) [co10(laz)cl20(h2o)4].26h2o. c2h5oh 3552 (br) as 2908 (w) s 2866 (w) 2129 (br) 1226 (s) 621 (m) 1627 (m) 1446 (w) + 1080 (m) 837 (w) 3448 (br) 524 (s) [ni10(laz)cl20(h2o)4].11h2o 3566 (br) as 2940 (w) s 2880 (w) 2117 1236 (s) 692 (m) 1624 (br) 1440 (w) + 1033 (w) 860 (w) 33873440 (br) 453(m) [cu10(l-az)cl20(h2o)4] 3448 (br) as 2897 (w) s 2873 (w) 2080 – 2063 (s) 1346 (w) 632 (w) 1631 (br) 1454 (w) + 1072 (w) 3340 (br) 474 (m) [zn10(laz)cl20].35h2o.c2h5o h 3440 (br) as 2960 (w) s 2890 (w) 2160 (sh) 2102 (w) 1319 (m) 632 (w) 1620 (br) 1435 (w) + 1053 (m) 3525 (br) 493(s) [cd10(laz)cl20(h2o)4].30h2o. ch5oh 3456 (br) as 2920 (w) s 2840 (w) 2090 (s) 2040 (w) 1325 (s) 628(m) 1620 (w) 1421 (m) + 1072 (m) 3566 – 3577 (br) 495(w) [hg10(laz)cl20(h2o)4].nh2o.m c2h5oh 3437 (br) as 2947 (w) s 2889 (w) 2113 (w) 2056 (sh) 1323 (s) 636 (s) 1620 (br) 1460 (w) + 1080 (s) 3540 (br) 489 (m) chemistry |87 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (4): 1 h-nmr signals position ()(ppm) for the ligand l-az table (5): mass spectral data of ligand l-az table (6):electronic spectra of ligand l-az and its metal complexes. measurements of racah b / and nephelauxetic parameter ligand ch2-8 ch-9 ch-8n3 ch-9-n3 ch-9-oh nh oh h2o etoh oh ch2 ch3 l-azfound 3.6 3.40 2.3 3.9 2 8.2 8.4 2.5 4.78 3.57 1.10 l-azchem.office 3,54 3.0 2.5 3.9 2 __ __ __ 4.78 3.57 1.10 fragments c14h5n18o8 c14h4n17o8 c14h4n16o8 c10h4n13o4.h c10h4n9o4.h c7h4n6o4 c3h4n3o2 c3h3n3o c2h3o formula weight g.mol 552 538 524 370 315 236 114 97 43 relative abundance% 1.88 1.50 0.75 1.13 0.75 5.28 3.01 20 100 ligands and complexes band position nm band position cm-1 assignments ́ cm-1 ligand (laz) 258 38760 * laz-vo(ii) 906 11038 2 b2g 2 eg laz-cr(iii) 856 592 428 11682 (11712)(cal) 16892 (16892.1)(cal) 23364 26600)(cal)) )1 𝞾(f) (2g t 4 2g a 4 )2 𝞾(f) (1g t 4 2g a 4 )3 𝞾(p) (1g t 4 2g a 4 563 0.547 laz-mn(ii) -------------------- 6 a1g→ 4 e g forbidden laz-co(ii) 508+482 / 2 495 20216 4 t1g 4 t1g (p) 2 g , 2 h laz-ni(ii) 660+718 / 2 689 398 (8360.5) (cal) 14540 25126 3 a2g 3 t2g (f) (𝞾 1) 3 a2g 3 t1g (f) (𝞾 2) )3 𝞾(p) (1g t 2g a 3 727 0.71 laz-cu(ii) 814 12285 2 eg 2t2g laz-zn(ii) 254 39370 c.t laz-cd(ii) 258 38760 c.t laz-hgii) 262 39168 c.t chemistry |88 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (7): conductivity measurements for the (l-az) complexes in dmso as solvent at 1 x 10 -4 m concentration . table (8): molar ratio data of some l-az-complexes v(ml) l-az-co(ii),λ=508nm l-az-cu(ii), λ=800nm l-az-cd(ii), λ=258nm l-az-hg(ii) , λ=260nm 1 1.1 1.21 1.73 1.2 3 1.23 1.4 2.01 1.7 5 1.44 1.61 2.26 2.1 7 1.57 1.92 2.67 2.5 10 1.8 2.3 2.98 3.2 12 1.89 2.47 3.11 3.2 14 1.97 2.58 3.23 3.5 16 2.12 2.76 3.42 3.7 table (9 ): data of magnetic moments and suggested structure for ( l – az ) complexes . (l-az) complexes µeff( b.m ) suggested structure vo (ii) 1.6 square pyramidal cr (iii) 11.94 octahedral mn (ii) 14.44 octahedral co (ii) 2.26 octahedral ni ( ii) 8.56 octahedral cu ( ii) 4.68 octahedral (l-az)complexes vo(ii) cr(iii) mn(ii) co(ii) ni(ii) cu(ii) zn(ii) cd(ii) hg(ii) m(s.cm 2 mol 1 ) 56 2.89 19.42 7.32 32.1 15.17 21.8 5.95 32.25 chemistry |89 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (4): mass spectrum of ligand (l-az) figure (3): 1 h -nmr of ligand (l-az)) chemistry |90 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1604 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (7): molar ratio curve of l-cu (ii) complex ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 104 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. estimation hazard of lung cancer due to radiate radon gas in diyala governorate schools abstract in this research, the concentration of radon gas has been calculated in the classrooms of schools in diyala governorate by using the nuclear track detector (cr-39), which was one of the organic solid-state nuclear detectors (ssntds). after calculating the radon gas concentration, the lung cancer cases were calculated. the results showed that the lowest value was found in (alshumue) school (4.753) people. in contrast, the highest value was found in (habhib) school (20.421). the average values of lung cancer cases in diyala governorate were equal to (9.319) per person. the results showed that the number of lung cancer cases per year per million persons in diyala governorate schools was below the allowed limit from (icrp) agency (170-230) people. keywords: radon , lung cancer hazard , (cr-39) detector , diyala. 1. introduction radon is the most significant and variable source of public radiation exposure. the yearly effective dosage of radon and its offspring from inhaling air is estimated to be around (55%) of the natural public exposure dose rate, and long-term exposure to high levels of radon can cause lung cancer [1]. because radon is a gas, it may escape into the air from the substance in which it is generated. it is also because uranium and radium are abundant in soil, rocks, and sand, radon gas is found everywhere outdoors and inside. radon gas is a known radiation danger linked to increased lung cancer among underground miners [2]. three isotopes from each natural radioactive disintegration series (uranium, thorium, and actinium) make up natural radon. radon-222 (alpha emitter with a half-life of 3.823 days), the longest-lived isotope, was discovered in 1900 by german chemist friedrich e. dorn. the name radon is sometimes used to distinguish this isotope from the other two natural isotopes. they are known as 'thoron' (radon-220: alpha emitter with a doi: 10.30526/35.4.2845 article history: received 14 april 2022, accepted 12 may 2022, published in october 2022. mothana jassem kadhim department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/indexjournal homepage: sameera ahmed ebrahiem department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibn-al-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad,iraq. sameera.a.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:mothana.jassem1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:sameera.a.i@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 105 half-life of 55.6 seconds) and 'actinon' (radon-219: alpha and gamma emitter with a half-life of 3.92 seconds) because they come from the thorium and actinium series, respectively [3]. the radioactive decay of radium produces radon (rn-222), a chemical element with an atomic number of 86, and a heavy radioactive gas of the noble gas group on the periodic chart (ra-226). it is colorless, odorless, and tasteless, with a density of 9.73g/liter (1 atm/0°c), and it may permeate through soil and rocks, with detection levels of 10 to 20 per million atoms. it is 7.5 times the weight of air and almost 100 times the weight of hydrogen. at -61.8°c, the gas liquefies, and at -71°c, it freezes. until solid radon is cooled further, it emits a mellow yellow light that becomes orangered when it reaches the temperature of liquid air (-195°c). thousands of miners have been exposed to high levels of radon and its decay products, which have been shown to cause lung cancer in studies (radon is a major cause, second only to cigarette smoking, of lung cancer deaths)[4]. the present work aims to calculate the concentration of radon gas in air for ten schools in diyala governorate and determine the incidence of lung cancer per million people, as well as calculate the effective annual dose received as a result of exposure to radioactive radon gas. study area the research was carried out at various schools in diyala governorate, located in eastern iraq, between latitudes (33.3 degrees 35.6 degrees) north and longitudes (45.22 degrees 46.56 degrees) east. the size is (17,685 km2), and the population is predicted to be (4.4%), iraq's total land area [5]. table 1.shows the symbols of the samples, their locations, the names of the schools and their coordinates no. code sample location sample coordinates gps school names 1. a3 classroom 33°49'15.53"n 44°24'33.39"e alandalus 2. b3 classroom no.1 33°49'52.12"n 44°24'55.22"e bint zuin 3. b4 classroom no.2 4. d3 classroom no.1 33°51'29.31"n44°31'02.54"e alshumue 5. d4 classroom no.2 6. e3 classroom no.1 33°51'19.70"n44°31'07.43"e alsamwl 7. e4 classroom no.2 8. f3 classroom 33°50'58.08"n44°31'29.14"e albalagha 9. g3 classroom no.1 33°50'56.56"n 44°30'58.73"e eishtar 10. g4 classroom no.2 11. i3 classroom no.1 33°47'05.55"n44°30'08.96"e habhib 12. i4 classroom no.2 13. j3 classroom no.1 33°44'06.43"n44°28'45.46"e alshahid muhamad qasim aleabaadi 14. j4 classroom no.2 15. k3 classroom 33°41'22.95"n 44°25'24.87"e ibn hazm 16. l3 classroom 33°56'08.64"n44°27'42.94"e bashayir alkhayr ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 106 2. experimental details in this study, the number of lung cancer cases due to exposure to radioactive radon gas was calculated in ten schools in diyala governorate using the nuclear trace detector (cr-39), which is one of the organic solid-state nuclear track detectors (ssntds). the concentration of radon gas and the incidence of lung cancer per million people were calculated for one or two classrooms of each school, where the detector dimensions are (1 cm x 1 cm). the detector was placed and installed in a cloth bag to pass the alpha particles that have a weak penetrating ability to the materials, as shown in figure (1). the detector was placed at a height of (160 cm) from the ground. after exposure of the detector to the alpha nuclear fragments for 30 days, the detector was removed from the study sites and chemically treated by chemical etching process. it was carried out using a solution of sodium hydroxide (naoh) prepared by dissolving sodium hydroxide granules in distilled water equal to (6.25 n), placing the detector inside the chemical solution in a water bath at 60°c for 4 hours see figure (2) and figure (3). then, the reagent was washed with distilled water and normal water to leave and dry after the chemical etching process became the reagents ready to calculate the alpha traces resulting from the dissolution of radon through the optical microscope shown in figure (4) and calculate the density of the tracks. figure (5) shows the tracks of alpha under a light microscope after being chemically treated. figure 1. represents how the detector is suspended figure 2. placing the detector inside the chemical solution figure 3. the water bath device figure 4. optical microscope ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 107 figure 5. shows the track of alpha particle under an optical microscope 3. calculations 1after drying, the detector comes to the stage of counting and reading the traces of alpha on the surface of the detector and finding the density of traces for unknown samples through the following equation: 𝜌𝑥= 𝑁𝑎𝑣 𝐴 (1) where : 𝜌𝑥= the density of traces for the unknown samples in unit (track/mm 2). 𝑁𝑎𝑣= the average tracks a=the area of view of the optical microscope lens, which is (0.0676 mm2). 2 calculate the concentration of radon gas in units (bq/m3) through the following equation[6][7]: 𝐶𝑅𝑛 = 𝜌𝑥 𝑘 .𝑡 (2) where: crn= the concentration of radon gas ρx= density of tracks k = calibration constant of the detector (cr-39). after calculating the impact density of the standard samples (ρs) using equation (1) and calculating the exposure to radon for the standard samples, the relationship between them was drawn. through this relationship, we obtained the calibration curve as in figure (1), and the slope was equal to which is equal (slope =k= 0.2544 track .m3/ bq.day.mm2(. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 108 figure 6. the relationship between impacts intensity (ρs) and exposure to radon (es) for standard samples. 3calculation of the annual effective dose (aed) in units (msv/y)[8][9]: aed = crn × h × f × t × d (3) where : crn= the concentration of radon gas. h = the occupancy factor which equal (0.8) f = the equilibrium factor which equal to (0.4) as suggested by (unscear, 2000)[10] t = the time in hours in a year and its equal (8760 h/y) d = the dose conversion factor which is equal to (9×10-6) 4the lung cancer per year per million person (lcr)[6][11] : lcr = aed × (18 × 10-6 msv-1.y) (4) 4. results and discussion from the obtained results, which appeared in table (2) for ten schools in diyala governorate, the incidence of lung cancer per million people in these schools was calculated as a result of the dissolution of radioactive radon gas. the results showed that the concentration of radon gas, calculated by equation (2), ranged from the lowest value, equal to (10.467 bq/m3) for sample d4, which was placed in classroom no. (2) in (alshumue) school. the most significant value of radon gas concentration, equal to (44.968 bq/m3) for sample i4, was placed in classroom no. (2) in the (habhib) school, as shown in figure (7), where the average concentration of radon gas in diyala schools was equal to (20.521 bq/m3). after calculating the concentration of radon gas, the annual effective dose (aed) was calculated in each area mentioned in table (1), where the results showed that the effective annual dose values ranged between the lowest value of the sample d4, which was equal to (0.264 msv/y), placed in (alshumue) school in classroom no. (2) to the greatest dose value, which was equal to (1.134 msv/y) for sample i4 placed in (habhib) school in classroom no. 2, as shown in figure (8). the average annual dose value in the governorate’s schools was equal to (0.518 msv/y). after calculating the effective annual dose, the incidence of lung cancer per million people (lcr) in the schools of diyala governorate was calculated by equation (4). table (2) shows that the results ranged from the lowest value, equal to (4.753) person for sample d4 placed in classroom ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 109 no. (2) in the school of (alshumue), to the most significant value, which is equal to (20.421) person for the sample i4 placed in classroom no. (2) in (habhib) school, as shown in figure (9), where the average number of lung cancer cases per million people in the schools of diyala governorate was equal to (9.319) person table 2. shows the symbol of each sample, the rate of alpha tracks (nav), the intensity of the track (ρx), the concentration of radon gas, the annual effective dose (aed) and the lung cancer per year per million person( lcr). code nav (track) ρ (track/mm2) crn (bq/m3) aed (msv/y) lcr *10-6 person a3 15.000 221.893 29.074 0.734 13.203 b3 6.800 100.592 13.180 0.333 5.985 b4 12.400 183.432 24.035 0.606 10.915 d3 7.400 109.467 14.343 0.362 6.514 d4 5.400 79.882 10.467 0.264 4.753 e3 11.400 168.639 22.096 0.557 10.034 e4 9.400 139.053 18.220 0.460 8.274 f3 18.800 278.107 36.440 0.919 16.548 g3 14.600 215.976 28.299 0.714 12.851 g4 10.000 147.929 19.383 0.489 8.802 i3 7.600 112.426 14.731 0.372 6.690 i4 23.200 343.195 44.968 1.134 20.421 j3 6.200 91.716 12.017 0.303 5.457 j4 7.400 109.467 14.343 0.362 6.514 k3 6.200 91.716 12.017 0.303 5.457 l3 7.600 112.426 14.731 0.372 6.690 min 5.400 79.882 10.467 0.264 4.753 max 23.200 343.195 44.968 1.134 20.421 av 10.588 156.620 20.521 0.518 9.319 figure 7. concentration of radon gas in classroom of diyala governorate schools. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 110 figure 8. the annual effective dose in classroom of diyala governorate schools. figure 9. the lung cancer per year per million persons in classroom of diyala governorate schools. figure 10.the relationship between radon gas concentration and lung cancer incidence per million people. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 111 from figure (10), we noticed that the increase in the concentration of radon gas led to increase the incidence of lung cancer, and from this principle, the importance of studying radon gas for its negative consequences on the health of society and the risks that resulted from radon exposure. table 3. shows the comparison of the results of the current study with the local and global results of radon concentration. no. the country location of study av.crn (bq/m3) ref. 1. pakistan dwelling 95.1 [12] 2. italian (parma) kindergarten and schools 30 [13] 3. greece (patras) schools 35 [14] 4. tunisia (tunis) schools 26.9 [15] 5. osijek schools 70.6 [16] 6. egypt (cairo) schools 57.6 [17] 7. greece (patras) dwelling 38 [18] 8. palestine (hebron) school 34.1 [19] 9. kuwait school 16 [20] 10. iraq (baghdad) dwelling 51.688 [21] 11. iraq (karbala) dwelling 62.071 [22] 12. jordon (amman) kindergarten 76.8 [23] 13. turkey (batman) schools 49 [24] 14. saudi arabia dwelling 6.71 [25] 15. p.w schools 20.521 in table (3), it turns out that our study's results were higher than those of the study conducted in kuwait [20]. also, they were higher than the results of the study conducted in the kingdom of saudi arabia [25] and less than the rest of the other studies shown in the table. 5. conclusion indoor radon concentrations have been measured inside diyala governorate schools. the results showed that the concentration of radon gas was within the permitted limits and did not pose a risk to human health according to the international commission on radiological protection publication (icrp), which was (200-300bq/ m3) [26]. after calculating the radon gas concentration, lung cancer cases were estimated to be much lower than the maximum limits recommended by (icrp), which were (170-230) persons. the low concentration of radon gas in schools was because they were open all day long. this helped to increase the ventilation factor and thus reduced the concentration of radon gas. schools are restored and painted from time to time, preventing radon gas from leaking from building materials to the air or atmosphere of the rooms. 6. recommendations our study and previous studies proved that the concentration of radon gas decreased by increasing the ventilation factor in government buildings or home buildings. so, we recommend that architects and those who build governmental buildings, including schools, take into account the risks of radon that cause lung cancer and work to increase ventilation before constructing the building or working on radon-resistant buildings. we also recommend that schools be maintained or renovated from time to time and paint the walls to prevent radon from seeping into the interior. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 112 reference 1. agency, i. a. e. radiation protection against radon in workplaces other than mines. internat. atomic energy agency, 2003. 2.guo, q. ; shimo, m. ; ikebe, y. ; minato, s. the study of thoron and radon progeny concentrations in dwellings in japan, radiat. prot. dosimetry, 1992, 45, 1–4, 357–359, 3. nazaroff, w. w. ; v nero, a. radon and its decay products in indoor air, 1988. 4. ridha, a. a. determination of radionuclides concentrations in construction materials used in iraq, a thesis submitted to the college of science/ al-mustansiriyah university. ph.d. thesis, university of al-mustansiriyah, iraq, 2013, 215. 5. abdulraheem, j. a. baghdad_al_munthiriya no. (5) road in diyala province: a syudy in transport geography, ph. d., thesis, university of diyalal, iraq, 2020, 5. 6. mohammed, n. a. ; ebrahiem, s. a. study of lung cancer hazard due to radiate radon gas for two factories in industrial region (shaikh omar) of baghdad governorate, ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci. 2020, 33, 4, 27–33. 7. ebrahiem, s. a; falih, e. h.; mahdi, h. a. m. ; shaban, a. h. indoor 222rn measurement and hazards indices in houses of al-najaf province–iraq, in aip conference proceedings, 2018,1968, 1, 30003. 8. najam, l. a.;. ebrahiem, s. a; abbas, s. a. ; mahdi, h. a. assessment of radon gas concentrations levels and radiation hazards in the dwellings of baghdad province, iraq, rasayan j. chem. 2018, 11, 1, 37–40, , doi: 10.7324/rjc.2018.1111696. 9. salim, d. a. ; ebrahiem, s. a. measurement of radon concentration in college of education for pure science/ibn al-haitham buildings using cr-39 detector, ibn al-haitham j. pure appl. sci. 2018, 31, 2, 52–59. 10.unscear, sources and effects of ionizing radiation, united nations scientific committee on the effects of atomic radiation unscear 2000 report to the general assembly, with scientific annexes, i. 2000. 11. salim, d. a. ; ebrahiem, s. a. measurement of radon concentration in college of education, ibn al-haitham buildings using rad-7 and cr-39 detector, in energy procedia, 2019, 157, 2018, 918–925, doi: 10.1016/j.egypro.2018.11.258. 12. iqbal, a.; baig, m. s.; akram, m. ; khan, s. indoor radon concentration: impact of geology in the 2005 kashmir earthquake-affected bagh area, azad jammu and kashmir, pakistan, radioprotection. 2011, 46, 3, 373–385. 13. malanca, a. ; fava, r. ; gaidolfi, l. ;indoor radon levels in kindergartens and play-schools from the province of parma,; j. environ. radioact. 1998, 40, 1, 1–10. 14. papaefthymiou, h. ; georgiou, c. d. indoor radon levels in primary schools of patras, greece, radiat. prot. dosimetry.2007 , 124, 2, 172–176,. 15. labidi, s.; al-azmi, d.; mahjoubi, h. ; ben salah, r. radon in elementary schools in tunisia, radioprotection, 2010, 45, 2, 209–217, 16. planinić, j. ; šmit, g. ;faj, z. ; šuveljak, b.; vuković, b. ; radolić, v. radon in schools and dwellings of osijek, j. radioanal. nucl. chem. 1995, 191, 1, 45–51. 17. abel, g. h. a. exposure of school children to alpha particles, 2008. 18.papaefthymiou, h. ;. mavroudis, a. ; kritidis, p. indoor radon levels and influencing factors in houses of patras, greece, j. environ. radioact. 2003, 66, 3, 247–260. 19. dabayneh, k.indoor radon concentration measurements in tarqumia girl schools at western hebron region–palestine, 2006. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 113 20. maged, a. f. radon concentrations in elementary schools in kuwait, health phys. 2006, 90, 3, 258–262,. 21. mansour, h. l.; tawfiq, n. f. ; mahmood, k. measurements of radon-222 concentrations in dwellings of baghdad governorate,” indian j. appl. res. 2014, 4, 2,1–4. 22. hashim, a. k. ; mohammed, e. j. ;measurement of radon concentration and the effective dose rate in the soil of the city of karbala, iraq,; j. rad. nucl. appl, 2016, 1, 1, 17–23, 23. kullab, m. k.; al-bataina, b. a.; ismail, a. m.; abumurad, k. m.;ghaith a.study of radon222 concentration levels inside kindergartens in amman, radiat. meas. 1997, 28, 1–6, 699–702. 24. damla, n. ; aldemir, k.radon survey and soil gamma doses in primary schools of batman, turkey, isotopes environ. health stud. 2014, 50, 2, 226–234. 25. farid, s. m. indoor radon in dwellings of jeddah city, saudi arabia and its correlations with the radium and radon exhalation rates from soil, indoor built environ. 2016, 25, 1, 269–278. 26.icrp, international commission on radiological protection statement on radon, icrp ref 00/902/09, 2009, no. november, 2, 2009. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 12 study the effect of annealing on the structural properties of zinc oxide films by electrolysis technique aws a. mahdi sameer a. makki department of physics, college of education for pure science (ibnal-haitham),university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ausalimahdi1994@gmail.com abstract zinc oxide films (zno) are prepared by an electrolysis technique and without vacuum and then annealed atvarious temperatures (300,400,500) o c for an hour. the structural analysis performed by x-ray diffraction (xrd) shows,dominant orientation of this films is plane (101), has a hexagonal structure and polycrystalline pattern and it was is found that the crystal size increases(24,29) nm at annealing temperatures (300, 400)° c, but the crystal size decreases to (20 nm) at annealing temperature (500 ° c). as the results of a surface nature study of these films showed by examining the atomic force microscope (afm), the grain size increases from (60.79 to 88.11) nm, and the surface roughness increases from (1.99 to 2.34) nm when increasing annealing temperatures is (300,400,500)°c, respectively. keywords: thin film, zno, electrolysis, annealing temperature. 1.introduction zinc oxide (zno) is a semiconductor compound of the ii-vi family, [1]. zinc has characteristics such as the presence of an optical energy gap (3.37ev) and a large exiton binding energy (60 mev) at room temperature [2,3]. where it has absorbance, it is located in the uv zone and has good conductivity at n-type[4]. it has another property that can be polycrystalline or single crystal films and even random, in a random order if the films are exposed to a temperature of less or equal to (180) °c, to consider this degree is the degree of critical material [5,6]. when exposed to heating in the air (without vacuum ), change color for ( zno) compound from white to yellow color,when cooling, the compound returns to white color again, this is due to the loss of a few number of oxygen at high temperatures [7]. as well as not dissolving in water or alcohol, the compound may be soluble in certain ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.1.2574 article history: received,19, december ,2019, accepted 27,april,2020, published in january 2021 mailto:ausalimahdi1994@gmail.com 13 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 acids, namely acetic acid and mineral acids, etc .[8]. zinc oxide films are used for the manufacture of certain devices, including condensers, solar cells, gas sensors, purple and blue light emission devices and pressure sensors [9,10]. zinc oxide films prepared with various techniques are spray pyrolysis[11], magnetron sputtering [12] , electron beam evaporation [13], sol-gel coating[14] and chemical vapor deposition [15] .in this search, the effect of annealing temperatures )300, 400 and 500) ℃ on the structural properties of zinc oxide films has been identified. 2.experimental procedure 1-the hydrochloric acid is diluted by adding (10 ml) of acid to (90 ml) of distilled water . 2-this diluted solution is placed in a beaker and considered an electrolyte solution. 3two slides of zinc are immersed in the electrolyte solution and the first slide is connected to the positive electrode of the source and the other slide to the source electrode 4-passing an electric current with a value of ((i = 127ma(, voltage (5v), and the distance between the two slides ) d = 1.5 cm). 5the time taken to prepare the solution is (10sec). 6-by drop casting method, it is deposited on the glass slides and then annealed these films at different temperatures (300,400,500)℃ for an hour. 3.results and discussion 3.1 x-ray diffraction by examining the x-ray diffraction, it was found that the (zno) films had a polycrystalline structure of hexagonal type when compared with the international center for diffraction data for zinc oxide. measurements found that the dominant peak of this film is plane(101), and it was found that the highest intensity is at the plane (101), i.e. direction perpendicular to the base, and this tendency in crystallization was due to the van der drift model called the survival of the fastest model, as suppose the process of nucleation is established has more than one direction in the first stages of the film growth, then these trends began to compete during its growth, so the faster nuclei will continue to grow, while the growth of the other nuclei stops, and this explains the growth of the zno membranes towards (101), i.e. direction perpendicular to the base, because this the trend is the fastest growing, , and the intensity increases when the annealing temperature increases between (300, 400) ° c, but the intensity decreased at the temperature ((500 ° c) and this means a decrease in crystalline regularity, as well as a decrease in the value of the full width at half maximum purpose (β) at annealing temperature (300,400)℃ and increased at annealing temperature (500 ° c(, as shown in figure 1 and table 1 14 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 1.represents the x-ray diffraction patterns of the annealed zinc oxide films at different temperatures a (300 °c) b (400 °c)c-)500 °c( table 1 shows the distance between the planes and the x-ray diffraction angle values for the crystalline planes (101,002,100) at the different annealing temperatures. 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 in te n si ty (a rb .u n it ) 2ɵ(degree) (1 0 0 ) (0 0 2 ) 1 0 1 c b a hkl)) d(hkl)a⁰ 2ө (degree) sample (101) (002) (100) 2.475920 2.603320 2.814300 36.2521 34.4211 31.7694 zno (icdd) (101) (002) (100) 2.48695 2.61277 2.83139 36.0867 34.2936 31.5734 zno at 300°c (101) (002) (100) 2.47723 2.60566 2.81905 36.2333 34.3901 31.7153 zno at 400°c (101) (002) (100) 2.48637 2.61056 2.82982 36.0955 34.3235 31.5914 zno at 500°c 15 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 3-1-1 synthetic properties parameters 1-a distance between crystalline planes the distance between the crystalline planes was calculated and compared with the zinc oxide international card, and it was found to be close.the reason for this difference between the international card and the results is, firstly, the oxygen deficiency (away from the chemical equivalence) and, secondly, the effect of stress due to the thermal expansion coefficient of the membrane( 7 × 10−6/℃) and the thermal expansion coefficient of the glass base( 4.6 × 10−6/℃) are incompatible, and the value of the distance between atomic planes (d) we found to decrease at the annealing temperatures (300,400) ° c but increase at the temperature of( 500 °c), as shown in table 1. 2 crystalline lattice constants the crystal lattice constants (ao,co) for the zinc oxide films prepared in this waywere found to be close to the international card. (icdd). at the annealing temperature (300,400) ° c we found that it decreased but increased at the annealing temperature of 500 °c، as shown in table 2 table 2.the values of the crystal lattice constants (ao, co) at temperatures (300,400,500 )°c, respectively. 3-crystalline size the crystal size of the zinc oxide films was calculated and it was found that crystal size increased with increasing annealing temperatures (300,400) and the reason for increasing of the crystal size is a decrease (fwhm) because the relationship between them is inverse and the effect of annealing temperature led to the abolition of some planes and defects that exist after the growth and rearrangement of the crystalline grains takes place, as the granules take sufficient energy for growth and arrangement within the crystalline lattice , but i have decreased at the annealing temperature (500℃).this led to an increase in crystalline defects and consequently a decrease in crystal size، as shown in table 3. hkl)) d hkl(a⁰) c o (a⁰) ao(a⁰) sample (002) (100) 2.603320 2.814300 5.20664 3.24967 zno (icdd) (002) ((100 2.61277 2.83139 5.2254 3.269 zno at 300c⁰ (002) (100) 2.60566 2.81905 5.21132 3.2551 zno at 400c⁰ (002) ((100 2.61056 2.82982 5.22112 3.26759 zno at 500c⁰ 16 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 table 3.shows full width at half maximum values and grain size 3-2 atomic force microscopy by examining the (afm) to investigate the surface topography (nature) we know the effect of annealing at various temperatures is (300,400,500)°con zinc oxide films and as shown by the grain size and surface roughness, we found that the granular size values increase within the nanoscale range (60.79-88.11)nm, and an increase in the surface roughness values (1.992.34) nm, which leads to an increase in absorbance. this indicates the possibility of using these films in the manufacture of solar cells, as shown in table 4 and figure 2. table 4. grain size and roughness values for the surface of zinc oxide films at different annealing temperatures (300,400,500) °c . root mean square(nm) roughness surface(nm) average diameter(nm) sample 2.3 1.99 60.79 zno at 300 o c 2.5 2.14 70.68 zno at 400 o c 2.83 2.34 88.11 zno at 500 o c hkl dav(nm) ß=fwhm(degree) 2ө (degree) sample 101 24 0.37160 36.0867 zno at 300c⁰ 101 29 0.30690 36.2333 zno at 400c⁰ 101 20 0.45070 36.0955 zno at 500c⁰ a 17 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 figure 2 .results of examination of the atomic force microscopy of the zinc oxide films at different annealing temperatures a(300 °c) b(400 °c) c (500 °c). 4.conclusions the zinc oxide films show that the dominant direction is plane)101(.when the annealing temperature increases to 500 c, this intensity decreases at this temperature, and this means the membranes have decreased degree of crystallization. it is found that when the annealing temperature increases, the surface roughness increases and the absorption increases, making the membranes good to use as a solar cell. reference 1.you, jb, zhang xw, fan ym, yin zg, cai pf, chen nf. effects of crystalline quality on the ultraviolet emission and electrical properties of the zno films deposited by magnetron sputtering. applied surface science. 2009, mar 15;255,11,5876-80. 2. kammler, d.r.,; edward, d.d. edward; ingraw, b.g.; mason, t.o. novel compound and soild solution transparent conducting oxides for photovoltaic, journal electrochemical society proceeding., 2000, 99, 68. 3. hsu, yw.; li hc.; yang yj; hsu, cc. deposition of zinc oxide thin films by an atmospheric pressure plasma jet. thin solid films. 2011 mar 1;519(10):3095-9. 4.falihk, r. (2004) .falih. a study of the optical and electrical properties of zno oxide films prepared by the method of thermal evaporation in a vacuum. master thesis, al-mustansiriya university, college of science. 2004. b c 18 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (1) 2021 5.nakagawa, t.; matsumoto, k.; , i.; uematsu, m.; haneda, h.; ohashi ,n. analysis of indium diffusion profiles based on the fermi-level effect in single-crystal zinc oxide. japanese journal of applied physics. 2008 oct 17;47(10r):7848. 6. al-jabiry, aj. studying the effect of molarity on the physical and sensing properties of zinc oxid thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis technique, (doctoral dissertation, ph. d. thesis, university of technology). 7. chopra, kl.; kaur, i. thin film phenomena. new york: mcgraw-hill; 1969. 8.esraa, a. ; nader, f. fad haboubi, 2015. structural and optical properties of (zno: bi) films prepared by the chemical pyrolysis method. journal of the college of education, 2015 ,1, 9-34. 9. olvera, md.; gomez, h.; maldonado, a. doping, vacuum annealing, and thickness effect on the physical properties of zinc oxide films deposited by spray pyrolysis.solar energy materials and solar cells. 2007 sep 22;91(15-16):1449-53. 10.maiti, un.; ghosh, pk,; nandy, s.; chattopadhyay, kk. effect of mn doping on the optical and structural properties of znonano/micro-fibrous thin film synthesized by sol–gel technique.physica b: condensed matter. 2007 jan 1;387(1-2):103-8. 11.elmas, s.; ozcan, s.; ozder, s. ; bilgin, v., influence of annealing temperature on the electrical and optical properties of cds thin films. displays. 2012. 4, 6. 12.yu, jh.; yang, hj.; mo hs; kim, ts; jeong, ts.; youn, cj.; hongb, kj. rapid-thermal post-annealing effect of room-temperature grown zno: ga layers by the radio-frequency cosputtering. journal of ceramic processing research. 2013 jan 1;14(6):667-72. 13.kuroyanagi, a. properties of aluminum-doped zno thin films grown by electron beam evaporation. japanese journal of applied physics.1989 feb;28(2r):219.. 14.razak, a.f.a.; devadason, s.; sanjeeviraja, c.; swaminathan, v.; effect of annealing on structural and optical properties of zno thin films by sol gel technique. chalcogenide letters. 2011, 8,9, 511519. 15. khallaf, h.; chai, g.; lupan, o.; heinrich, h.; park, s.; schulte, a.; chow, l. investigation of chemical bath deposition of zno thin films using six different complexing agents. journal of physics d: applied physics. 2009 jun 17;42(13):135304. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 183 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. a study of hepcidin levels and other biochemical parameters in woman with osteoporosis with type 2 diabetes mellitus abstract: background: diabetes mellitus (dm) is regarded as a set of chronic metabolic disorders which have a common aspect of hyperglycemia. the resistance in the peripheral actions of insulin or impaired insulin secretion can be the reason for hepcidin, a peptide hormone derived from the liver. in systemic iron, homeostasis is an essential regulator, and its lopsided production participates in the pathogenesis of iron disorders in the spectrum. osteoporosis often accompanies diseases such as ß-thalassemia, hemochromatosis, sickle liver diseases, cell disease, and hemosiderosis featured to iron overload. iron overload and iron deficiency are suggested by evidence that they affect bone negatively, acting straightway on the cells of the bone. this study aims to find the direct relationship between the levels of hepcidin, dhvd3, and other parameters in osteoporosis with type 2 dm, in a female patient. this study involved 60 subjects divided into two groups 30 female osteoporosis with type 2 dm patients and 30 healthy controls. from november 2021 until the end of june 2021, this study was conducted. the ranges of age were 40 and 55 years. all diabetic patients were examined by an endocrinologist in the al-yarmouk teaching hospital and al mahmudiya hospital. the control subjects were referred to laboratories yarmouk teaching hospital, where all measurements were made. control subjects were collected with glycemic control inclusion criteria when fasting serum glucose (fsg) < 100 mg/dl and hba1c < 5.7%. bmi, hb, hepcidin, ferritin, iron, dhvd3, ca, and po4 were determined. doi: 10.30526/35.4.2867 article history: received 5 june 2022, accepted 14 june 2022, published in october 2022. shuaib yasin ahmed general directorate of education in baghdad al-karkh ii ministry of education. iraq. shuaib93yasin94@gmail.com noorhan khalid shafeeq department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences/ ibn-al-haitham, university of baghdad. iraq. noorhan.albayaty@gmail.com ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:shuaib93yasin94@gmail.com mailto:noorhan.albayaty@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 184 the results showed a significant increase in glycemic and lipid profiles compared to the control group. a significant decrease compared with the control group in hb, ferritin, iron, vit d, ca, and po4. it also showed a considerable increase in hepcidin. by linking ferritin, iron vitamin d3, ca, po4 deficiency, and hepcidin overload to women, diagnosed osteoporosis with t2dm, which indicated vit d3 deficiency related to hepcidin dysfunction. as an influencing factor in osteoarthritis women. keywords: osteoporosis, hepcidin ,vit d, type 2 diabetes mellitus 1.introduction a rise in bone mineral density (bmd) can cause osteoporosis because of multiple factors [1]. diabetes mellitus (dm) could be regarded as a set of chronic metabolic disorders with a common aspect of hyperglycemia. the resistance in the peripheral actions of insulin or impaired insulin secretion might be the reason for this [2]. hepcidin, a peptide hormone derived from the liver, in systemic iron homeostasis is an essential regulator, and its lopsided production participates in the pathogenesis of iron disorders in the spectrum. by closing the iron flows into plasma, hepcidin functions as the following: the absorption of duodenal from hepatocytes and mobilization of stored iron recycling old red blood cells released from macrophages [3]. in regulating iron, hepcidin levels can reflect the integration of many significant signals, and iron absorption is directly controlled by hepcidin. bioavailability should be a useful clinical tool in circulation and measurement for iron disorders management [4,5]. osteoporosis (op) often accompanies many diseases such as ß-thalassemia, hemochromatosis, sickle liver diseases, cell disease, and hemosiderosis featured by iron overload [6,7]. iron overload and iron deficiency are suggested evidence that negatively affects bone, acting straightway on the cells of the bone. bone mineral density (bmd) reduced by iron deficiency resulting in an intense change in the structure of the bone. bone resorption is promoted by iron overload, inducing osteopenia and op. it inhibits the formation of bone [8]. for nearly all organisms and living cells, iron are a key element. nevertheless, iron might become a possible biohazard when present in excess because of its redox reactivity, which promotes oxidative stress. thus, leading to disease, balanced iron metabolism and its deregulation are fundamental for wellbeing [9]. the immense majority of the iron in the body (>70%) in mammals is within haemoglobin. it mediates oxygen transport and is divided into red blood cells. active 1,25-dihydroxy vitamin d (vit d) reinforces phosphate reabsorption in the kidney, phosphorous absorption, and intestinal calcium, releasing phosphate and calcium in the bone [1012]. the 25-hydroxyvitamin d 1α-hydroxylase (cyp27b1) is the enzyme responsible for this reaction. inactivating mutations in (cyp27b1) can cause a severe syndrome of rickets and an uncommon autosomal recessive disorder featured by the early onset [13]. 2. materials and method this study enrolled 60 female individuals in the age range of (40-55) years. these were classified into two sets as follows: the control group (g1) contained 30 healthy subjects, and the group of osteoarthritis (os) with t2dm (g2) included 30 patients. blood samples were collected ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 185 from the two groups after 12-14 hours of fasting. the current study was made between november 2021 and the end of june 2021, and an endocrinologist examined all the patients in the al mahmudiya hospital and al-yarmouk teaching hospital. serum was obtained the sample was poured into a plain tube for 15 minutes for clotting, it was left at room temperature, at 3000 rpm, centrifuged for 10 min, and until the time of assay, the serum was aliquot and stored in the freezer at -20ºc. for the hba1c assay, two milliliters of blood were poured into an edta tube, fasting serum glucose determination [14]. glycated hemoglobin determination [15] , serum insulin determination [16], fasting blood triglyceride [17], ldl [18]. ldl, hdl [19], and lipid profiles, besides the total levels of cholesterol [20] of the patient and control groups, were measured. waist circumference, body mass index (bmi), and blood pressure measurements were done. using the formula weight/height squared, body mass index was calculated [21]. 2.1. determination of ferritin: [22] performed in an automated instrument, the vidas ferritin (fer) assay is an enzyme-linked fluoresce immunoassay (elfa). by the instrument, assay temperature and all assay steps were controlled. 2.2. hepcidin principle of assay determination [23] the quantitative sandwich enzyme immunoassay technique was applied by the hepc elisa kit, and as the manufacturer’s manual stated 2.3. iron determination [24] this method of beckman coulter utilizes a variation of these methods using tptz [2, 4, 6-tri-(2pyridyl)-5-triazine] as the chromogen, this method of beckman coulter utilizes a variation of these methods.[25] transferrin-bound iron dissociates into apo-transferrin and free ferric ions in an acidic medium. to the ferrous state, sodium ascorbate and hydrochloric acid reduce the ferric ions. tptz. after that, it reacts with the ferrous ions to form a complex blue color that could be bichromatically measured at 600/800 nm 2.4. determination of dhvd3 levels in blood serum [26] a mini vidas biomerieux automated immune analyzer was used to measure the concentrations of the plasma 25(oh)d using the technique of enzyme-linked fluorescent assay (elfa) (biomerieux, marcy-i’etoile, france ). 2.5. determination of calcium [27,28] to form an intense purple coloured complex, this procedure of calcium is based on (ca2+) arsenio iii (2,2’-[1,8-dihydroxy-3,6-disulphonaphthylene-2,7-bisazo]bisbenzenear-sonic acid) reacting with calcium ions. 2.6. determination of inorganic phosphorus: based on ertingshausen and daly's developed method [29]. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 186 2.7. statistical analysis data has translated into electronic database structure. students' f-test did statistical analysis from one-way anova in excel 2010 to compare between the parameters measured in the control groups and patients. the measurement also included standard error mean and the means. a level of significant of less than 0.05 was taken as statistically significant. table 1. anthropometric and clinical features of the os with dm and control groups. 3. result and discussion this study shows clinical features and anthropometric for os with dm patients and control groups as shown in table (1). there was a highly significant increase (p ≤ 0.001) in sbp, dbp, and nonsignificant increase in bmi, and a non-significant decrease in high and weight in os with dm patients compared to the control. the prevalence of t2dm has increased quickly worldwide, especially in low-and middle-income countries over the past decade. both comorbid conditions and diabetes complications were recognized to define life quality in patients diabetic with type 2, and poor quality of life causes a high mortality risk [30].the age of patients who have diabetes was realized to be higher than 40 years assured by hinkel r. et al. [31], who are the earliest researchers in this field; previous studies showed that the age plays a significant part in developing t2dm risk after 40 years. there was a highly significant increase (p=0.001) in insulin, hba1c, and fsg in os with the dm group as compared to the control group, as shown in table (2) table 2. glycemic profile of os with the dm and control groups parameters means ± sd p-value os with dm (n= 30) control (n= 30) age (years) 45.4 ±5.7 42.13±8.96 0.1 height (cm) 163.88±8.29 165.15±12.07 0.64 weight (kg) 80.8 ± 8.6 80.88±8.32 0.97 bmi (kg/m2) 30.41 ± 3.9 29.8 ± 4.08 0.62 sbp (mmhg) 155.79 ± 8.57 119.60 ± 2.44 0.001 dbp (mmhg) 86.17 ± 3.0 78.67 ± 2.34 0.001 parameters means ± sd means ± sd p-value os with dm (n= 30) control (n= 30) fsg (mg/dl) 193.1±53.96 88.23±6.73 0.001 hba1c (%) 8.33±1.35 5.19 ± 0.45 0.001 insulin (μu/ml) 26.67±5.63 13.30±3.98 0.001 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 187 these results showed a significant decrease in fsg in os with dm patients compared with that of control group. due to the case that the main characteristic feature of dm was hyperglycaemia, these results are expected. two key processes strongly organize blood glucose: insulin action on major target organs, i.e., liver, skeletal muscle, adipose tissue, and in response to a nutrient, insulin secretion by pancreatic β-cells. type 2 dm is often associated with obesity and results from insufficient insulin production/secretion and ir represented by hyperinsulinemia [32]. this study elucidated the (means ±sd) of fsg and hbalc of os with dm and control groups as shown in table (2). therefore, these findings determined that patients with diabetes were susceptible to higher blood glucose levels connected to lipid peroxidation. for long-term means, glycated hb is a routinely used marker of the blood glucose level for the development of diabetes complications; hbalc predicts the risk (33). a rising in hbalc, as detected in conditions of poor diabetic control, has been connected with increased blood viscosity. glycosylation of hb and increased glucose levels may alter membrane lipoprotein interactions in rbcs, altering their internal viscosity, modifying viscoelastic properties of erythrocyte membranes, and impairing rbc deformability [34]. biochemical results of the tests demonstrated that fsg levels and insulin were higher in os with the dm groups compared with that of the control; lipotoxicity and hyperglycemia were accepted to play roles in the possible mechanisms underlying impaired β-cell function [35]. if the β-cells were exposed to hyperglycemia, they might promote efflux of the β-cells insulin secretory granules, leading to less insulin being released in response to other hyperglycemia [36]. table 3. lipid profile of os with the dm and control groups in this study, dyslipidemia appeared among os with dm group which showed a significant increasing in serum levels of tc, tag, vldl, ldl-c, and low level of hdl-c as compared to the patients who are non-diabetic which is in agreement with that of previous study [37]. nearly 40% to 50% of patients who have diabetic present ldl-c values were over 130 mg/dl. in diabetic patients, it has been explained that the cholesterol decreased by more than 70% the death risk and repetition of coronary events [38]. in accordance to standards of the american diabetes association and the third report of the national cholesterol education program, the diabetic patients’ objectives indicate that the target ldl-c should be 100 mg/dl or lower [39]. parameters means ± sd p-value os with dm (n= 30) control (n= 30) tc (mg/dl) 230.133±50.91 155.9±29.74 0.05 tag (mg/dl) 195.1±79.10 93±9.09 0.05 vldl (mg/dl) 39.02±15.82 18.6±1.81 0.05 hdl-c (mg/dl) 39.6±4.77 52.87±5.40 0.001 ldl-c (mg/dl) 151.51±52.43 84.43±30.54 0.05 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 188 table 4. principal biochemical iron parameters with indications of iron status in os with dm and control groups in this study, the disease activity of most patients was low; in patients with higher os activity, the results may have been different. for osteoporosis, the accumulation of iron is a risk factor, and hepcidin is thought to be a beneficial therapeutic target [40]. hepcidin knockout mice had higher iron and serum ferritin levels in the femur and liver than controls and presented changes in bone and low bone mass microarchitecture in one study [41]. a mouse model overexpression of hepcidin showed higher serum hepcidin levels and lower serum ferritin levels, bone loss, and changes in markers of bone metabolism after ovariectomy were ameliorated [42]. when inflammation occurs, hepcidin production increased because of the expression of inflammatory cytokines, influences lowering iron, and increases ferritin levels. however, in contrast with previous research, opposite impacts of the serum iron level on bmd and the serum 25(oh)d on the serum hepcidin level have been marked. in addition, serum 25 (oh)d and inflammation were widespread factors connected with serum hepcidin levels. more research is necessary to locate these mechanisms. in the cells, systemic hepcidin is made by hepatocytes and is mainly regulated by the iron load. glucotoxicity inhibits serum hepcidin expression and glucose-stimulated insulin secretion and secretion that, in turn, by inhibiting pancreatic and duodenal homeobox 1 (pdx-1) expression, reduces β-cell insulin synthesis in t2d, so transitory overexpression in hepcidin was used to flip the down-regulation of pdx-1 of secretion of insulin induced by glucotoxicity [43]. med.j et al. [44] found that the hepcidin considerably impaired glucose tolerance in pancreas tissue, as pancreatic beta cells were recognized to have a highest hepcidin expression. moreover, beta cells can dedicate insulin and hepcidin, reinforcing the connections between iron metabolism and glucose. those mechanisms must be studied to demonstrate a better description of how insulin resistance impacted levels of hepcidin. but such results contrasted with those of simcox et al. (2013) [45], who discovered that hepcidin considerably was low in risky type 2 diabetic subjects with (p -value=0.636). parameters means ± sd p-value os with dm (n= 30) control (n= 30) hb(g/dl) 11,62±1.34 12.93±0.63 0.001 ferritin(ng/ml) 24.96±5.40 35.9±7.07 0.05 hepcidin(ng/ml) 15.94±9.28 5.40±1.49 0.05 iron(mmol/l) 56.23±10.56 111.53±18.32 0.001 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 189 table 5. levels of vit d, inorganic phosphorus, calcium in os with dm and control groups independent of hepcidin level determinants and a wide variety of diabetic risk variables, baseline serum hepcidin levels that were inadequately low in comparison to body reserves of iron significantly predict the risk of t2dm. 3.1. correlation of serum hepcidin, vit d and study parameters in os with the dm group: the vit d, a correlation coefficient of serum hepcidin, and other parameters in os with dm group are shown in table(6). there were significant negative correlations between age and serum hepcidin. vldl, hba1c, tc, tag, ldl-c, ca, po4 levels in os with dm group. while significant positive correlations were found between fsg, serum hepcidin, bmi, insulin, hdl-c, and iron levels in os with the dm group. in addition, there were significant negative correlations between vit d and bmi, fsg, tag, vldl, hdl-c, hb, ferritin, iron, po4, and ca levels in os with the dm group. whereas a significant positive correlations were found between vit d and age, insulin, tc, and ldl-c levels in os with the dm group. table 6. correlation coefficient of serum hepcidin, vit d and some study parameters in os with the dm group parameters means ± sd p-value os with dm (n= 30) control (n= 30) vit d (ng/ml) 8.44±0.47 40.9±7.3 0.001 po4(mg/dl) 1.98±0.40 3.71±0.44 0.001 ca (mg/dl) 5.94±1.01 7.2±0.45 0.05 parameters hepcidin ( ng/ml ) parameters vit d ( ng/ml ) r p r p age (years) -0.10 0.001* age (years) 0.16 0.001 bmi (kg/m2) 0.20 0.001 bmi (kg/m2) -0.05 0.001 fsg (mg/dl) 0.11 0.001 fsg (mg/dl) -0.12 0.001 hba1c (%) -0.11 0.05 hba1c (%) -0.019 0.681 insulin (μu/ml) 0.09 0.05 insulin (μu/ml) 0.36 0.001 tc (mg/dl) -0.14 0.001 tc (mg/dl) 0.10 0.001 tag (mg/dl) -0.16 0.001 tag (mg/dl) -0.16 0.001 vldl (mg/dl) -0.16 0.05 vldl (mg/dl) -0.16 0.001 hdl-c (mg/dl) 0.25 0.001 hdl-c (mg/dl) -0.13 0.001 ldl-c (mg/dl) -0.11 0.001 ldl-c (mg/dl) 0.16 0.001 hb (g/dl) -0.07 0.017 hb -0.27 0.001 ferritin (ng/ml) -0.09 0.001 ferritin -0.07 0.001 iron (mmol/l) 0.24 0.05 iron -0.03 0.001 po4 (mg/dl) -0.17 0.001 po4 -0.15 0.001 ca (mg/dl) -0.002 0.05 ca -0.26 0.001 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 190 4. conclusion by connecting hepcidin overload, vitamin d3 insufficiency, and iron deficiencies to women with osteoarthritis, it was discovered that vit d3 deficiency associated to hepcidin dysfunction was a contributing cause. references 1. hughes, d.e.; dai, a.; tiffee, j.c.; li, h.h.; mundy, g.r.; boyce, b.f. estrogen promotes apoptosis of murine osteoclasts mediated by tgf-beta. nat med. 1996, 2:1132–36. https://doi.org/10.1038/nm1096-1132 pmid:8837613 2. zheng, y.; ley, s.h.; hu, f.b. global etiology and epidemiology of type 2 diabetes mellitus and its complications. nat rev endocrinol.2018,14(2), 88-98. 3. ganz, t. hepcidin and iron regulation, 10 years later. blood. 2011;117(17):4425-4433. 4. young, m.f.; glahn, r.p.; ariza-nieto, m. serum hepcidin is significantly associated with iron absorption from food and supplemental sources in healthy young women. am j clin nutr. 2009, 89(2):533-538. 5. prentice, a.m.; doherty, c.p.; abrams, s.a. hepcidin is the major predictor of erythrocyte iron incorporation in anemic african children. blood. 2012,119(8):1922-1928. 6. danford, c.j.; trivedi, h.d.; bonder, a. bone health in patients with liver diseases. j clin densitom. 2020, 23, 212-222. 7. valenti, l.; varenna, m.; fracanzani, a.l.; rossi, v.; fargion, s.; sinigaglia, l. association between iron overload and osteoporosis in patients with hereditary hemochromatosis. osteoporos int. 2009, 20: 549-555. 8. hadeer, h. s.; lina, a. s.; samia, a.e. relationship between osteopontin biochemical parameters and bmd status in iraqi postmenopausal women with osteoporosis. iraqi journal of science, 2020, vol. 61, no. 10, pp: 2494-2503 doi: 10.24996/ijs.2020.61.10.6. 9. muckenthaler, m.u.; rivella, s.; hentze, m.w.; galy, b.a. red carpet for iron metabolism. cell. 2017, 168:344–61. doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2016.12.034. 10. jones, g.; prosser, d.e.; kaufmann, m. cytochrome p450-mediated metabolism of vitamin d.j. lipid res. 2014, 55, 13–31. 11. weinberg, e.d. role of iron in osteoporosis. pediatr. endocrinol. rev. 2008, 6 (suppl. 1), 81– 85. 12. guggenbuhl, p.; deugnier, y.; boisdet, j.f.; rolland, y.; perdriger, a.; pawlotsky, y.; chales, g. bone mineral density in men with genetic hemochromatosis and hfe gene mutation. osteoporos. int. 2005, 16, 1809–1814. 13. lee, k.s.; jang, j.s.; lee, d.r.; kim, y.h.; nam, g.e.; han, b.d.; do han, k.; cho, k.h.; kim, s.m.; choi, y.s.; et al. serum ferritin levels are positively associated with bone mineral density in elderly korean men: the 2008–2010 korea national health and nutrition examination surveys. j. bone miner. metab. 2014, 32, 683–690. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2016.12.034 ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 191 14. american diabetes association. standards.2010,34(5):791-799. medical care in diabetes (position statement). diabetes care. 15. american 2013;36(1):s12-s13.diabetes association. standards medical care in diabetes (position statement). diabetes care. 2010, 33(1):s11-s61. 16. judzewitsch, r.g.; pfeifer, m.a.; best, j.d.; beard, j.c.; halter, j.b.; porte, d.j. chronic chlorpropamide therapy of noninsulin-dependent diabetes augments basal and stimulated insulin secretion by increasing islet sensitivity to glucose j clin endocrinol. metab. 1982 aug;55(2):321-8. doi: 10.1210/jcem-55-2-321. 17. kaplan, a.l.; amadeo, j.p. clinical chemistry: theory, analysis correlation, 3rd ed. pesce. st. louis, mo: mosby. clin chem. 1997, 43(4):700. 18. burtis, c.a.; ashwood, e.r. tietz textbook of clinical chemistry, 3rd ed. philadelphia pa: wb saunders. clinchem.913-914 :1999,45(6). 19. burtis, c.a.; ashwood, e.r.; bruns, d.e.; tietz. textbook of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics, fourth edition. editors. st. louis, mo: elsevier saunders. clin chem. 2006,52(6):1214. 20. rautela, g.s.; liedtke, r.j. automated enzymic measurement of total cholesterol in serum. clin chem. 1978,24(1):108-114. 21. sterry, w.; strober, b.e.; menter, a. international psoriasis council obesity in psoriasis: the metabolic, clinical and therapeutic implications. report of an interdisciplinary conference and review. br j dermatol .2007, 157: 649-655. 22. worwood, m.p. serum ferritin" blood reviews .1990, 4,259-269. 23. a novel immunological assay for hepcidin quantification in human serum. 24. diehl, h.; smith, g.f. the iron reagents, bathophenanthroline, 2,4,6-tripyridyl-s-triazine, phenyl-2-pyridylocine, gf smith chem co, 1960. 25. schade, a.; ogama, j.; reinhart, r.; miller, j. proc. soc. exp. biol. med. 1954, 87: 442. 26. lawson, d.e.; douglas, j.; lean, m.; sedrani, s. estimation of vitamin d3 and 25-hydroxyvitamin d3 in muscle and adipose tissue of rats and man.clin chim acta.;1986 jun 15;157(2):175-81. 27. bauer, p.j. affinity and stoichiometry of calcium binding by arsenazo iii .1981 ;110: 61. 28. michaylova, v.; ilkova, p. anal photometric determination of micro amounts of calcium with arsenazo iii. chim. acta. 1971, 53: 194. 29. daly, j.a.; ertingshausen, g. direct method for determining inorganic phosphate in serum with the "centrifichem" clin chem. 1972, 18: 263. 30. essien, o.; out, a.; umoh, v.; enang, o.; hicks, j.p.; walley, j. intensive patient education improves glycemic control in diabetes compared to conventional education: a randomized controlled trial in a nigerian tertiary care hospital. plos one. 2017,12(1): e0168835. 31. hinkel, r.; howe, a.; renner, s.; ng, j.; lee, s.; klett, k.; kaczmarek, v.; moretti, a.; laugwitz, k.l.; skroblin, p.; mayr, m.; milting, h.; dendorfer, a.; reichart, b., wolf, e.; kupatt, ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 192 c. diabetes mellitus-induced microvascular destabilization in the myocardium.j am coll cardiol. 2017,69(2):131–143. 32. kadhim, k.; ghudhaib, k.; turaki, m.; sabreen, a. muzal. estimation of serum osteocalcin levels in osteoporotic postmenopausal iraqi women with type 2 diabetes mellitus. baghdad science journal. 2014, 11(4). 33. onyemelukwe, o.u.; mamza, a.a.; suleiman, y.k.; iyanda, m.a.; bello-ovosi, b.; bansi, k.i.; adeleye, a.o.; balarabe, h.; ahmed, m.s.; okpe, i.o.; bello, f.; bakari, a.g. prevalence of pre-diabetes, diabetes and associated cardiovascular risk amongst healthcare workers in ahmadu bello university teaching hospital (abuth), zaria using glycated haemoglobin. west afr j med. 2020,37(2):91-99. 34. demir, a.k.; şahin, s.; kaya, s.u.; butun, i.; çıtıl, r.; onder, y.; taslıyurt, t.; demir, o.; deveci, k.; kutluturk, f. prevalence of insulin resistance and identifying homa1-ir and homa2-ir indexes in the middle black sea region of turkey. african health sciences. 2020,20(1):277-286. 35. petersen, m.c.; vatner, d.f.; shulman, g.i. regulation of hepatic glucose metabolism in health and disease. nature reviews endocrinology. 2017,13(10):572-587. 36. kramer, c.k.; zinman, b.; choi, h.; connelly, p.w.; retnakaran, r. chronic liraglutide therapy induces an enhanced endogenous glucagon-like peptide-1 secretory response in early type 2 diabetes. diabetes obes metab. 2017,19(5):744-8 37. goodwin, j.; murphy, b.; guillemette, m. clin. chem. 1966, 12: 47. 38. daly, j.a.; ertingshausen, g. direct method for determining inorganic phosphate in serum with the "centrifichem" clin chem. 1972, 18: 263. 39. tarek, f.; jayakumary, m.; jayadevan, s.; amal a. association between body mass index and bone mineral density in patients referred for dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry scan in ajman, uae. journal of osteoporosis. 2011, article id 876309, 4 pagesdoi:10.4061/2011/876309 40. li, g.f.; pan, y.z.; sirois, p.; li, k.; xu, y. j. iron homeostasis in osteoporosis and its clinical implications. osteoporos int. 2012, 23, 2403–8. 41. shimada, t. fgf-23 is a potent regulator of vitamin d metabolism and phosphate homeostasis. j bone miner res. 2004, 19, 429–35. 42. zhang, p. hepcidin is an endogenous protective factor for osteoporosis by reducing iron levels. j mol endocrinol. 2018, 60, 297–306. 43. mao, x.; hucheng, c.; junmin, t.; liangliang, w.; tingting, t. hepcidin links gluco-toxicity to pancreatic beta cell dysfunction by inhibiting pdx-1 expression. endocr. connect. 2017, 6 (3): 121-128. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 193 44. fouad, t.f.; atyia, m.s.; amr, m.; gawaly, m.d.; enaam, s.; abd el-bar, m.d. ; abd elmotelb, t.; eissa, m.d. hepcidin level changes in type 2 diabetes.med. j.cairouniv. 2018, vol.86, no. 6, september: 3077-3082, www.medicaljournalofcairouniversity.net 45. simcox, j.a.; mcclain, d.a. iron and diabetes risk. cell. metab. 2013, 17 (3): 32941. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 380 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license study sstrong convergence and acceleration of new iteration type three – step abstract i the paper aims to define a new iterative method called the three-step type in which jungck resolvent cr-iteration and resolvent jungck sp-iteration are discussed and study rate convergence and strong convergence in banach space to reach the fixed point which is differentially solved of nonlinear equations. the studies also expanded around it to find the best solution for nonlinear operator equations in addition to the varying inequalities in hilbert spaces and banach spaces, as well as the use of these iterative methods to approximate the difference between algorithms and their images, where we examined the necessary conditions that guarantee the unity and existence of the solid point. finally, the results show that resolvent cr-iteration is faster than resolvent jungck sp-iteration using jungck resolvent estimation. keywords: jungck mapping, rate of convergence, jungck 𝐶𝑅 – iteration, rsolvent jungck 𝒮p – iteration. 1.introduction and preliminary in the last three decades, a lot of literature has been published on the iterative approximation of fixed −points for certain classes of operators, using the methods of the mann and ishikawa algorithm. fixed−point theorems were developed for single-valued or definite-value assignments of metric spaces and banach. among the topics of fixed−point theorem, the topic of fixed−point approximations for assignments is important because it is useful for proving the existence of fixed−point assignments. however, once one knows that there is a fixed− point for some map, then finding the value of that fixed point is not an easy task, which is the reason of why we use iterative operations to calculate it. over time, many iterative processes have been developed. these doi.org/10.30526/36.1.2917 article history: received 30 june 2022, accepted 21 augest 2022, published in january 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iqx zena hussein maibed department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham/ university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. mrs_ zena.hussein@yahoo.com alaa m. alhameedwi department of mathematics , college of education for pure sciences,ibn al –haitham/ university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. alaa.mohsen1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ about:blank mailto:alaa.mohsen1203a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(1)2023 381 iterative processes have been used, to solve various types of differential equations in recent years. the well-known bannack deflationary theorem uses the process of picard's algorithm to approximate the fixed− point [1]. some other well-known iterative processes are agarwal [2], noor [3], sp [4], piccard s [5], and so on. recently, qing and qhou [6] extended their results to a random period and the ishikawa algorithm. they gave some control conditions for the convergence of the ishikawa algorithm over a random period. in 2006, [7] presented that mann's algorithm converges faster than ishikawa's algorithm. subsequently, many studies were conducted on this subject see [8, 9, 10]. this paper aims to propose new iterative schemes for a fixed point and proves the convergence and speediness using resolvent za-jungck mapping now, let 𝒟 be a nonempty subset closed -convex of a banach space 𝑁 ,we recall the following: definition 1.1 [11]: let {𝑣𝑛 }𝑛=0 ∞ be a bounded sequence in 𝑁 for all 𝑣 ∈ 𝑁and 𝑟(𝑣 , 〈𝑣𝑛 〉 ) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ║𝑣𝑛– 𝑣║. then 1. the asymptotic radius of 〈𝑣𝑛 〉 relative to 𝒟 is given by: 𝑟(𝒟, 〈𝑣𝑛 〉 ) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 {𝑟(𝑣 , 〈𝑣𝑛 〉 ) ∶ 𝑣 ∈ 𝒟}. 2. the asymptotic center a(𝒟, 〈𝑣n〉) of 〈𝑣n〉 is defined as: 𝐴 (𝒟, 〈𝓊𝑛 〉) = {𝑣 ∈ 𝒟: 𝑟(𝑣, 〈𝑣𝑛 〉) = 𝑟( 𝒟, 〈𝑣𝑛 〉)}. definition 1.2 [12]: let 〈𝑦𝑛 〉, 〈𝑜𝑛 〉 be a real sequence such that 〈𝑦𝑛 〉 converges to 𝑦 , 〈o𝑛〉 converges to 𝑜. and e = lim 𝑛→∞ |𝑦𝑛−𝑦| |𝑜𝑛−𝑜| 1. if e = 0 ↦ the sequence 〈𝑦𝑛 〉 is converge to 𝑦 faster then 〈𝑜𝑛 〉 converge to 𝑜 2. if 0 < 𝐸 < ∞ ↦ 〈𝑌𝑛 〉 and 〈𝑂𝑛〉 have the same rate of convergence. lemma 1.3 [13]: let ℬ be a uniformly convex space and 〈𝓊𝑛 〉 be any sequence such that 0 < q ≤ 𝓊𝑛 < 1 for some q ∈ ℝ and∀ 𝑛 ≥ 1. let 〈𝑣𝑛 〉 and 〈𝑙𝑛〉 be any two sequences of ℬ such that lim 𝑛→∞ sup‖𝑣𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑐, lim 𝑛→∞ sup‖𝑙𝑛‖ ≤ 𝑐and 𝑐 = lim 𝑛→∞ sup‖𝓊𝑛 𝑣𝑛 + (1 − 𝓊𝑛)𝑙𝑛‖ for some 𝑐 ≥ 0. 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑣𝑛 − 𝑙𝑛‖ = 0. 2.main results in this part, we will present a new iteration and study the existence of fixed points and the convergence of these iterations definition 2.1: a resolvent jungck 𝒞ℛ – iteration sen+1 = 𝒥𝓇n(( 1 − an)tswn + an 𝒥𝓇nttwn) , swn = ( 1 − cn)𝒥𝓇ntszn + cn ttzn, szn = ( 1 − bn)𝒥𝓇ntsen + bn𝒥𝓇n ten , where 𝑧0 ∈ 𝒞 , s, t commute mappings are on 𝒞 and 〈an〉, 〈bn〉 and 〈cn〉 are sequences in [0,1] definition 2.2: a resolvent jungck 𝒮𝒫 – iteration 𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 = ( 1 − 𝑎)𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝑇𝑥𝑛, 𝑆𝑥𝑛 = 𝒥𝓇𝑛(( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)𝑆𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐 𝑇𝑣𝑛), 𝑆𝑣𝑛 = ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝑆𝑢𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑢𝑛, where 𝑢0 ∈ 𝒞, 〈an〉, 〈bn〉 and 〈cn〉 are sequences in [0,1] definition 2.3 [14]: a self-mapping, 𝑇: 𝒟 → 𝒟 is called a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck mapping if ‖𝑇𝑛 – 𝑇ℎ‖ ≤ 𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑛 – 𝑆ℎ‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑛 – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 ℎ‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑛 − 𝑇𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑛 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑛‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛ℎ − 𝑆ℎ‖ 2 , ‖𝑇ℎ − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 ℎ‖} ∀𝑛 , ℎ ∈ ∁, 𝒶1, 𝒶2, ∈ [0, 1]𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒶1 + 𝒶2 ≤ 1 now, we give new results. lemma 2.4: let(𝑵 , ‖ . ‖ ) be a banach space, and 𝑇 be a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck self-maping on 𝒟 with 𝔟 ∈ [0,1).suppose that 〈𝒮𝑈𝑛 〉 be a resolvent jungck 𝒮𝒫 – iteration scheme in 𝒟. there exists p ∈ f(s) ∩ f (𝒯) ∩ a−1(0) ≠ ∅, then lim n→∞ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝓉‖ exists, for all n ∈ n. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 382 proof: since 𝓉 be a fixed point of 𝒮 , 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴−1(0) . then the following inequalities hold ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝑇𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛 ‖ 𝑇𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)‖𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ +𝑎𝑛 ‖ 𝑇 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n – 𝑆𝑃‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑆𝑥n − 𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n−𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑥n‖+‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝−𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} +𝑎𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑥n − 𝑇𝑥𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑥n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑥n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} = ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟𝜓‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛𝔟‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑃‖ ≤ (( 1 − 𝒶𝑛) + 𝑎𝑛𝔟)‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑃‖ ≤ 𝔟‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖. (2.1) ‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑃‖ = ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛[( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)𝑆𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 𝑇𝑣𝑛] − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)𝑆𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 𝑇𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝓉‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖ 𝑇𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑐𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑣n − 𝑇𝑣𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑣n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑣n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖} ≤ ( 1 − 𝒸𝑛 )‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ = (( 1 − 𝑐𝑛) + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟)‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖. (2.2) ‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = ‖( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝑆𝑢𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 ‖𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ + 𝑏𝑛 ‖𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢 – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑢𝑛 − 𝑇𝑢𝑛 ‖ , ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑢𝑛 ‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖} = ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ + 𝑏𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑃‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑃‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝓉‖ + 𝑏𝑛𝔟‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ = (( 1 − 𝑏𝑛) + 𝑏𝑛𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ (2.3) we substitute (2.3) in (2.2) as follows ‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (( 1 − 𝒸𝑛 ) + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟)(( 1 − 𝑏𝑛) + 𝑏𝑛𝔟)) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ (2.4) we substitute (2.4) in (2.1) as follows ‖𝒮𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝔟(1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟)(1 − 𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝔟)) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛 (1 − 𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ≤ ⋯ … … ≤ ‖𝑆𝑢0 – 𝑝‖. so, {‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖} is decreasing and bounded, for each p ∈ f(s) ∩ f(t) ∩ a −1(0), this implies that lim n→∞ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ exists. theorem 2.2: let(n , ‖ . ‖ ) be a banach-space, and 𝑇 be a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck self-mapping on. if 〈𝒮𝑢𝑛 〉 is resolvent jungck 𝒮𝒫 – iteration scheme. then the resolvent jungck 𝒮𝒫 – iteration scheme converge-strongly to a unique common fixedpoint of 𝑆 , 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴−1(0) proof: let 𝑃 ∈ 𝐹(𝑆) ∩ 𝐹(𝑇) ∩ 𝐴−1(0) . by lemma. (2.1), we have ihjpas. 36(1)2023 383 ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 – 𝑝‖ ≤ ∏ (1 − 𝒸𝒿 (1 − 𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢0 – 𝑝‖ 𝑛 𝒿=0 (2.5) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ≤ e −( 1−𝔟) ∑ 𝒸𝒿 ∞ 𝒿=0 ‖𝑆𝑢0 – 𝑝‖ since 𝒸𝒿 ∈ [0 , 1] and 𝔟 ∈ [0 , 1] and ∑ 𝒸𝒿 ∞ 𝒿=0 = ∞ then e−( 1−𝔟) ∑ 𝒸𝒿 ∞ 𝒿=0 → 0 as n → ∞ from (2.5) , lim n →∞ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ = 0 . therefore, 〈𝑆𝑒𝑛 〉 converges strongly to 𝓉 now, we prove that the un𝔦que common f𝔦xed point of 𝑆 , 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴−1(0). let there exist another point p∗ ∈ ∁ such that 𝑇p∗ = 𝒥𝓇𝑛 p ∗ = 𝑆p∗ = p∗ 0 ≤ ‖p − p∗‖ = ‖𝑇p − 𝑇 p∗‖ ≤ 𝑏𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆p – 𝑆p ∗‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆p – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 p ∗‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛p − 𝒯p‖, ‖𝑆p − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 p ∗‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 p ∗ − 𝑆p∗‖ 2 , ‖𝑇p∗ − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 p ∗‖} ≤ 𝑏(𝒶1‖𝑆p – 𝑆ρ ∗‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆p – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 p ∗‖) ≤ 𝑏‖𝑆p – 𝑆p∗‖ p = p∗ theorem 2.3: let 𝒩 be a uniformly convex banach-space, 𝒟 be a nonempty convex-closed subset of n and t be a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck self-mapping on 𝒟. if 〈𝒮𝑢𝑛 〉 the resolvent jungck 𝒮𝒫 – iteration scheme in 𝒟 then 𝐹(𝒮) ∩ 𝐹(𝑇) ∩ 𝐴−1(0) ≠ ϕ if and only if lim n→∞ ‖t𝑢n − 𝒥𝓇ns𝑢n+1‖ = 0 .. proof: since 𝐹(𝑆) ∩ 𝐹(𝒢) ∩ 𝐴−1(0) ≠ ∅ ⟹ ∃𝑝 ∈ 𝐹(𝑆) ∩ 𝐹(𝑇) ∩ 𝐴−1(0) ⟹ 𝑝 = 𝐹(𝑆) = 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝐴−1(0). by lemma (2.1) 𝑊𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 , 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ ‖𝑆𝑢n − 𝑝‖ = 𝛿 we get , lim n→∞ sup‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑢n+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝛿 (2.6) now, to prove that lim n→∞ sup‖𝑇𝑢n − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝛿 lim n→∞ sup‖𝑇𝑢n − 𝑝‖ ≤ lim n→∞ sup 𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢n – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑢n − 𝑇𝑢n‖, ‖𝑆𝑢 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑢n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} = lim n→∞ sup𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢n – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) ≤ lim n→∞ sup‖𝑆𝑢n – 𝑆𝑝‖. = 𝛿 𝑊𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 , lim n→∞ sup‖𝑇𝑢n − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝛿 (2.7) now by lemma (2.1) we have 𝛿 = lim n→∞ sup ‖𝑆𝑢n+1 − 𝑝‖ = lim n→∞ sup‖( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝑇𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ lim n→∞ sup [( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ +𝑎𝑛 ‖ 𝑇𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖] ≤ lim n→∞ sup [( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)‖𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ +𝑎𝑛 ‖ 𝑇𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖] ≤ lim n→∞ sup [( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑥n − 𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑥n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} + 𝑎𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑥n − 𝑇𝑥𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑥n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑥n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ lim n→∞ sup [( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟𝜓‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖)] ≤ lim n→∞ sup [( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛𝔟‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖] = lim n→∞ sup [(( 1 − 𝑎𝑛) + 𝑎𝑛𝔟)‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖] ihjpas. 36(1)2023 384 ≤ lim n→∞ sup𝔟‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖ . (2.8) ‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑃‖ = ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛[( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)𝑆𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 𝑇𝑣𝑛] − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)𝑆𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 𝑇𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝓉‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖ 𝑇𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑐𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑣n − 𝑇𝑣𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑣n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑣n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ ( 1 − 𝒸𝑛 )‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ = (( 1 − 𝑐𝑛) + 𝒸𝑛𝔟)‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ (2.9) ‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = ‖( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝑆𝑢𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 ‖𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ + 𝑏𝑛 ‖𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢 – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑢𝑛 − 𝑇𝑢𝑛 ‖ , ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑢𝑛 ‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖} = ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ + 𝑏𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑃‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑃‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝓉‖ + 𝑏𝑛𝔟‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ = (( 1 − 𝑏𝑛) + 𝑏𝑛𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ (2.10) we substitute (2.10) in (2.9) as follows: ‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (( 1 − 𝒸𝑛 ) + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟)(( 1 − 𝑏𝑛) + 𝑏𝑛𝔟)) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ (2.11) we substitute (2.11) in (2.8) as follows: ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝔟(1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟)(1 − 𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝔟)) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝(1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖. lim n→∞ sup‖𝑆𝑒𝑛+1 − 𝓉‖ ≤ lim n→∞ sup‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝓉‖= 𝛿 (2.12) by (2.6), (2.7), (2.12) and use lemma (1.3) we get lim n→∞ ‖𝑇𝑒𝑛 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑒n+1‖ = 0 now, to prove that 𝑓(t) ≠ ∅ let p ∈ a(𝒟 , 〈𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑆𝑢n+1〉 ) ⇒ r(𝒟 , 〈𝑆𝑢n〉 ) = r(𝒯p , 〈𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑢n+1〉 ) now, r(tρ, 〈𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆un+1〉 ) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 ║𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑢n+1– tρ║ ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝[║𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑆𝑢n+1– t𝒪n ║ + ║t𝑢n– tρ║] ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝[ 𝑏𝜓(𝒶1‖s𝑢n − ρ‖ + 𝒶2‖s𝑢n − ρ‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑢n − t𝑢n‖, ‖𝑆𝑢n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝓎n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛ρ − 𝑆p‖ 2 , ‖t𝒫 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 ρ‖} = lim n→∞ sup 𝑏𝜓(𝒶1‖s𝑢n − ρ‖ + 𝒶2‖s𝓎n − ρ‖)] ≤ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛→∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝‖s𝑢n − ρ‖ = r(ρ, 〈𝑆𝑢n〉 ) = r(𝒟 , 〈𝑆𝑢n〉 ) r(𝒟 , 〈𝑆𝑢n〉 ) = r(tρ, 〈𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑢n+1〉 ) tp ∈ a(𝒟 , 〈𝑆𝑢n〉 ) 𝒟 a uniformly convex ⇒ a(𝒟 , 〈𝑆𝑢n〉 ) is singleton ⇒ p = tp ⇒ 𝒫 ∈ 𝑓(t) ⇒ 𝑓(t) ≠ ∅ in the same way, we get, ρ ∈ f(t) & ρ ∈ a−1(0) ⟹ f(t) ∩ f(s) ∩ a−1(0) ≠ ∅ ihjpas. 36(1)2023 385 lemma 2.7: let(𝑵 , ‖ . ‖ ) be a banach-space, and 𝑇 be a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck self-mapping on 𝒟 with 𝔟 ∈ [0,1). suppose that 〈 𝒮𝑒𝑛〉 be a resolvent jungck 𝒞ℛ – iteration scheme in 𝒟. there exists p ∈ f(𝒮) ∩ f (𝒢) ∩ a−1(0) ≠ ∅, then lim n→∞ ‖𝒮𝑒𝑛 – 𝓉‖ exists, for all n ∈ n. proof: as the same proof of lemma 2.1 theorem 2.8: let(𝑵 , ‖ . ‖ ) be a banch-space, and 𝑇 be a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck self-mapping on 𝒟 .if 〈𝒮𝑒𝑛〉 is resolvent jungck 𝒞ℛ – iteration scheme . then the resolvent jungck 𝒞ℛ – iteration scheme converges-strongly to a unique common fixed− point of 𝒮 , 𝑇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴−1 proof: as the same proof of theorem 2.2 theorem 2.9: let 𝑵 be a uniformly convex banach-space, 𝒟 be a nonempty convex-closed subset of 𝑵 and t be a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck self-maping on 𝒟. if 〈 𝒮𝑒𝑛 〉 the resolvent jungck 𝒞ℛ – iteration scheme in 𝒟 then 𝐹(𝒮) ∩ 𝐹(𝑇) ∩ 𝐴−1(0) ≠ ϕ if and only if lim n→∞ ‖𝒢𝑒n − 𝒥𝓇n𝒮𝑒n+1‖ = 0 proof: the same proof theorem 2.3 theorem 2.10: let(𝑵 , ‖ . ‖ ) be a normed−space, and 𝑇 be a resolvent 𝒵𝒜-jungck self-mapping on 𝒟 if 𝑃 ∈ 𝑓(𝑠) ∩ 𝑓(𝑇) ∩ 𝐴−1(0) ≠ 𝜙 where 0 < 𝔯 ≤ an, bn, cn < 1 then the resolvent jungck 𝒞ℛ – iteration scheme is faster the resolvent jungck 𝒮𝒫 – iteration scheme proof: let 𝑝 ∈ 𝑓(𝒮) ∩ 𝑓(𝑇) ∩ 𝐴−1(0) the resolvent jungck 𝒞ℛ – iteration scheme, we have ‖𝑠𝑒𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛(( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝑇𝒮𝑤𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑇𝑤𝑛) − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖(1 − 𝑎𝑛 )𝑇𝒮𝑤𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝑇𝑇𝑤𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛 )‖𝑇𝒮𝑤n − 𝑝‖ + an‖𝑇𝑇𝑤𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛 )𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝒮𝒮𝑤n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝑎2‖𝒮𝒮𝑤n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝒮𝑤n − 𝑇𝒮𝑤𝑛‖, ‖𝒮𝒮𝑤n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝒮𝑤n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝒮𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} + an𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝒮𝑇𝑤n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝒮𝑇𝑤n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑤n − 𝑇𝑇𝑤𝑛‖, ‖𝒮𝑤n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑚n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝒮𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟𝜓‖𝒮𝑤n − 𝑝‖ + an𝔟‖𝑇𝒮𝑤n − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟‖𝒮𝑤n − 𝑝‖ + an𝔟𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝒮𝒮𝑤n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝒮𝒮𝑤n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝒮𝑤n − 𝒢𝒮𝑤𝑛 ‖, ‖𝒮𝒮𝑤n −𝒥𝓇𝑛𝒮𝑤n‖+‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝−𝒮𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝒢𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ (1 − 𝑎𝑛 )𝔟‖𝒮𝑤n − 𝑝‖ + an𝔟 2‖𝒮𝑤n − 𝑝‖ (2.13) ≤ 𝔟(1 − 𝑎𝑛 (1 − 𝔟 )‖𝒮𝑤n − 𝑝‖ now, to find ‖𝒮𝑤𝑛 − 𝑝‖. ‖𝒮𝑤𝑛 − 𝑃‖ = ‖ ( 1 − 𝒸𝑛)𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑧𝑛 + 𝒸𝑛 𝑇𝑇𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛 )‖𝑇𝑆𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 ‖ 𝑇𝑇𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛 )‖𝑇𝑆𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 ‖ 𝑇 𝑇𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛 )𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑆𝑧n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑆𝑧n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑧n − 𝑇𝑆𝑧𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑆𝑧n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑧n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖} + 𝒸𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑇𝑧n – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑇𝑧n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑧n − 𝑇𝑇𝑧𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑇𝑧n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑧n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛)𝔟‖𝑆𝑧n – 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟(‖𝑇𝑆𝑧n – 𝑝‖) ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛)𝔟‖𝑆𝑧n – 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑧n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑧n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑧n − 𝒢𝑧𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑧n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑧n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛 )𝔟‖𝑆𝑧n – 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟 2‖𝑆𝑧n – 𝑝‖ = 𝔟(1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟))‖𝑆𝑧n – 𝑝‖ . (2.14) ihjpas. 36(1)2023 386 ‖𝑆𝑧𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = ‖( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑒𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑒𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑒𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑇𝑆𝑒𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 ‖𝑇𝑒𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏)𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑛 − 𝑇𝑆𝑒𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑆𝑒𝑛−𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑛‖+‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝−𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} +𝑏𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑒𝑛 − 𝑇𝑒𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑒𝑛‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝔟‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 𝔟(‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝑝‖) ≤ 𝔟 ‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ≤ 1 ‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝑝‖ (2.15) we substitute (2.15) in (2.14) as follows ‖𝑆𝑤𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝔟 2(1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟))‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝓉‖ (2.16) we substitute (2.16) in (2.13) as follows ‖𝑆𝑒𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝔟 2(1 − 𝑎𝑛(1 − 𝔟 )(1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟))‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝓉‖ ≤ 𝔟2(1 − 𝔯(1 − 𝔟)) 2 ‖𝑆𝑒𝑛 – 𝓉‖ . ‖𝑆𝑒𝑛+1 − 𝓉‖ ≤ 𝔟 2𝑛(1 − 𝔯 (1 − 𝔟)) 2𝑛 ‖𝑆𝑒0 – 𝓉‖ the resolvent jungck 𝒮𝒫 – iteration scheme, we have ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ = ‖( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛 𝑇𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛 ‖ 𝑇𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)‖𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ +𝑎𝑛 ‖ 𝑇 𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n – 𝑆𝑃‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑆𝑥n − 𝑇𝑆𝑥𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑆𝑥n−𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑆𝑥n‖+‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝−𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} +𝑎𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝒮𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min {‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑥n − 𝑇𝑥𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑥n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑥n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} = ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟𝜓‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑎𝑛)𝔟‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑎𝑛𝔟‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑃‖ ≤ (( 1 − 𝒶𝑛 ) + 𝑎𝑛𝔟)‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑃‖ ≤ 𝔟‖𝑆𝑥n – 𝑝‖ (2.17) ‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑃‖ = ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛[( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)𝑆𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 𝑇𝑣𝑛] − 𝑝‖ ≤ ‖( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)𝑆𝑣𝑛 + 𝑐𝑛 𝑇𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝓉‖ + 𝑐𝑛‖ 𝑇𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑐𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑣n − 𝑇𝑣𝑛‖, ‖𝑆𝑣n − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑣n‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖} ≤ ( 1 − 𝒸𝑛 )‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑐𝑛)‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ = (( 1 − 𝑐𝑛) + 𝒸𝑛𝔟)‖𝑆𝑣n – 𝑝‖ (2.18) ‖𝑆𝑣𝑛 − 𝑝‖ = ‖( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)𝑆𝑢𝑛 + 𝑏𝑛𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 ‖𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ + 𝑏𝑛 ‖𝑇𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ ihjpas. 36(1)2023 387 ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢 – 𝑆𝑝‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝‖) + min { ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑢𝑛 − 𝑇𝑢𝑛‖ , ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑢𝑛 ‖ + ‖𝒥𝓇𝑛𝑝 − 𝑆𝑝‖ 2 , ‖𝑇𝑝 − 𝒥𝓇𝑛 𝑝‖} = ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑃‖ + 𝑏𝑛𝔟𝜓(𝒶1‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑃‖ + 𝒶2‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑃‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝑝‖ + 𝑏𝑛 𝔟𝜓(‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖) ≤ ( 1 − 𝑏𝑛)‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 − 𝓉‖ + 𝑏𝑛𝔟‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ = (( 1 − 𝑏𝑛 ) + 𝑏𝑛𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ (2.19) we substitute (2.19) in (2.18) as follows ‖𝑆𝑥𝑛 − 𝑝‖ ≤ (( 1 − 𝒸𝑛 ) + 𝒸𝑛 𝔟)(( 1 − 𝑏𝑛) + 𝑏𝑛𝔟)) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ (2.20) we substitute (2.20) in (2.17) as follows ‖𝒮𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝑝‖ ≤ 𝔟(1 − 𝒸𝑛(1 − 𝔟)(1 − 𝑏𝑛(1 − 𝔟)) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ≤ (1 − 𝒸𝑛 (1 − 𝔟) ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛 – 𝑝‖ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝓉‖ ≤ 𝔟 𝑛(1 − 𝔯(1 − 𝔟))2𝑛 ‖𝑆𝑒0 – 𝓉‖ ‖𝑆𝑒𝑛+1 − 𝓉‖ ‖𝑆𝑢𝑛+1 − 𝓉‖ ≤ 𝔟2𝑛(1 − 𝔯 (1 − 𝔟)) 2𝑛 ‖𝑆𝑒0 – 𝓉‖ 𝔟𝑛(1 − 𝔯(1 − 𝔟)) 2𝑛 ‖𝑆𝑢0 – 𝓉‖ → 0 𝑛 → ∞ 3. conclusion in this section, we will provide some conclusions. new iterations were performed and the convergence and acceleration of these iterations to the common fixed point were demonstrated. we also install the resolvent jungck cr – iteration is faster than resolvent jungck 𝒮p – iteration. references 1. ali ,j. ; ali ,f., approximation of common fixed points and the solution of image recovery problem j. phys.: conf. ser. 2019 ,74, 4, 0–22, 2019. 2. bahuguna,d. ; sharma, a., on the convergence of a new iterative algorithm of three infinite families of generalized nonexpansive multi-valued mappings proc. indian acad. sci. math. 2018 sci. 128, 4, 1–15. 3. garodia, chanchal, ; izhar uddin., a new fixed point algorithm for finding the solution of a delay differential equation. aims mathematics ,2020,3182-3200, 5.4 4.saad hussein ; zena h. maibed ,iterative methods for approximation of fixed points via like contractionmapping, j. phys.: conf. ser. 2021,1818 012152. 5. daengsaen,.j ; khemphet hindawi abstr.on the rate of convergence of p-iteration, spiteration, and d-iteration methods for continuous nondecreasing functions on closed intervals, appl. anal. 2018, 6. 6. ullah ,k. ; muhammad, new three-step iteration process and fixed point approximation in banach spaces linear topol. algebra. 2018, 07, 02, 87–100,. 7. zena. h. maibed and saad. s. hussein, some theorems of fixed point approximations by iteration processes, j. phys. 2021, 1818 01215 8. zena,h .maibed ; ali q thajil, zenali iteration method for approximating fixed point of a î´za quasi contractive mappings” haitham journal for pure and applied science oct 2021. 9.zena h maibed, contractive mappings having mixed finite monotone property in generalized metric spaces haitham journal for pure and applied science.l. 2019, 32 (1) . 10. singh s. l.; bhatnagar charu ; mishra s. n. stability of jungck-type iterative procedures, int. j. math. sci., 2015, 19, 3035-3043. 11.garodia ; izhar, a new fixed point algorithm for finding the solution of a delay differential equation, aims math., 2020 , 3182–3200. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 388 12.karakaya, v., atalan, ; y., doğan, k. convergence analysis for a new faster iteration method i̇stanbul ticaret üniversitesi fen bilim . 2016,15.30, 35–53. 13.jamil, z. z. ; m. b. abed, on a modified sp-iterative scheme for approximating fixed point of a contraction mapping, iraqi journal of scienceno .2015,l 56, 4b, 3230-3239,june. 14.zena h. m ; alaa m. aon the convergence of new iteration schemes by resolvent za-jungck mapping, journal of interdisciplinary mathematics to appear, 2022. 5 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. a theoretical investigation of charge transfer dynamics from sensitized molecule d35cpdt dye to 𝑺𝒏𝑶𝟐 and 𝑻𝒊𝑶𝟐 semiconductor abstract in this research, the dynamics process of charge transfer from the sensitized d35cpdt dye to tin(iv) oxide(𝑆𝑛𝑂2) or titanium dioxide (𝑇𝑖𝑂2 ) semiconductors are carried out by using a quantum model for charge transfer. different chemical solvents pyridine, 2-methoxyethanol. ethanol, acetonitrile, and methanol have been used with both systems as polar media surrounded the systems. the rate for charge transfer from photo-excitation d35cpdtdye and injection into the conduction band of 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 or 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 semiconductors vary from a ~10 −26 to ~10−29 for system and from a ~10−52 to ~10−56for the system, depending on the charge transfer parameters strength coupling, free energy, potential of donor and acceptor in the system. the charge transfer rate in d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 the system is larger than the rate in d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 a system depending on transition energy and driving energy. however, the charge transfer for both systems to be large is associated with large transition energy, decreasing driving energy and potential, and increasing strength coupling with methanol solvent. keywords: charge transfer dynamics , sensitized d35cpdt dye , 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 , 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. 1. introduction recently, the energy demand becomes increasingly become one of most problems because of the increased requirements in modern life. photovoltaic and solar cell technology is utilized to convert solar energy to electric energy [1]. the dye-sensitized solar cell dssc is the main promising renewable device because of the low cost and good conversion efficiency [2]. the molecules electronics are cooperated with solid materials to be used in various devices ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index: journal homepage doi:10.30526/35.3.2839 article history: received 3 april 2022, accepted 17 may 2022, published in july 2022. estabraq hasan rasheed department of physics, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. estabraq.hasan1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq hadi j. m. al-agealy department of physics, college of education for pure science \ ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hadi.j.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ file:///f:/العدد%20الثاني%202022/:%20http:/jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index mailto:estabraq.hasan1204a@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:hadi.j.m@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 6 because they are easily fabricated and cheap [3]. since o’regan and gratzel introduced a work in1990s,dye-sensitized solar cell dsscs are attracting more attention to convert light to electricity at a low cost [4]. the dye-sensitized had been excitation by light-induced due to absorbed light and the electrons will be transferred from the dye to the conduction band of the semiconductor[5]. the electron transfer process is an important fundamental reaction in different devices and dye-sensitized solar cell devices[6]. it occurs by thermal excitation and photo inducement [6]. a basic classical theory for the charge transfer process was introduced by rudolph marcus to describe the transfer between two states donor and acceptor and was awarded nobel prize in 1992 [7]. the dye-sensitized had been excited by light-induced due to absorbed light, and the electrons will be transferred from the dye to the semiconductor's conduction band [5]. the electron transfer process is an important fundamental reaction in different devices and dye-sensitized solar cell devices[6]. it occurs by thermal excitation and photo inducement [6]. a basic classical theory for the charge transfer process was introduced by rudolph marcus to describe the transfer between two states, donor and acceptor, and awarded nobel prize in 1992 [7]. despite electron transfer theory developments using various tools; analytical theory methods, time-resolved, spectroscopy, and computer simulation [8]. in recent years, many modifications have been proposed to dye-sensitized solar cell dssc, including the fabrication of indoline organic dyes as sensitizers [9]. the dynamo red dye is a sensitized dye known as d35cpdt dye, as shown in figure (1). it has form 3-{6-{4-[bis(2',4' dibutyloxybiphenyl-4-yl)amino-]phenyl}-4,4-dihexyl-cyclopenta-[2,1-b:3,4-b'] dithiophene2-yl}-2-cyanoacrylic acid. it is stable, low cost, and high performance to use in dsscs devices [10]. 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 are used to be an acceptor state in two device systems, its conversion of solar energy to electricity and to chemical energy [11]. 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 is one of the n-type used in dyesensitized solar cells dsscs [12]. sno2 is a wide band gap of about 3.6 ev and has chemical and physical steady-state properties at different temperatures [13]. figure 1. a-structure of the d35cpdt dye [10] and benergy levels for d35cpdt contact to 𝑆𝑛𝑂2and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 [15] ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 7 on the other hand, the 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 is an important n-type semiconductor used in solar cell devices. it has a wide energy band gap of about 3.2 ev, is low cost, nontoxic in nature and stable [14].the schematic of energy levels for sensitized d35cpdt dye with 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 semiconductors is shown in figure (1) [15]. in this paper, we utilize the quantum model to investigate charge transfer dynamics from sensitized d35cpdt dye to the conduction band of 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 or/and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 semiconductor. 2. theory the charge transfer rate (κ𝐶𝑇𝑅) is given by fermi golden rule to transfer charge from a donor state to an acceptor state and is given by [16]. κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 = ∑ 4𝜋2 ℎ |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉| 2𝜌𝑑 (𝐸) (1) where ℎ is planck constant, 〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉 is the charge transfer strength coupling, and 𝜌𝑑 (𝐸)is the active density of electrons. the activation density profile is the function of the effective density of states 𝐷𝐸𝑆 and effective length 𝑙𝑒𝑙 . it has been determined from the expression [17]. 𝜌𝑑 (𝐸) = 𝐷𝐸𝑆 𝑙𝑒𝑙 ( 6 𝜋 ) 1 3⁄ (2) the charge transfer rate in eq.(1) together with eq.(2) to reduce: κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 = ∑ 4𝜋2 ℎ |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉| 2𝐷𝐸𝑆 𝑙𝑒𝑙 ( 6 𝜋 ) 1 3⁄ (3) the total effective density of states depends on the density of the state〈�̂�𝑗 〉 = 𝑒 − (λ+∆𝐹0)2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 √(4𝜋λ𝑘𝐵𝑇) for the system and can be described by [18]. 𝐷𝐸𝑆 = 〈�̂�𝑗 〉𝑑𝐴 −2 3⁄ = 𝑒 − (λ+∆𝐹0)2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 √(4𝜋λ𝑘𝐵𝑇) 𝑑 𝐴 −2 3⁄ (4) where𝑑𝐴 is the atomic density of a semiconductor. the charge transfer rate in eq.(1) will be set through eq.( 4) by κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 = ∑ 4𝜋2 ℎ |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉| 2 𝑒 − (λ+∆𝐹0)2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 √(4𝜋λ𝑘𝐵𝑇) 𝑑 𝐴 −2 3⁄ 𝑙𝑒𝑙 ( 6 𝜋 ) 1 3⁄ (5) introduce the fermi distribution function f(𝐸) for electrons as a function of the conduction band energy ec and electronic energy e in the system and may be written [19]: f(𝐸) = 1 𝑒 (ec−e) kbt +1 (6) we can insert eq.( 6) in eq.(5) with integration over energy e(0 → ec to obtain: κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 = 4𝜋2 ℎ |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅〉| 2 𝑒 − (λ+∆𝐹0)2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 √(4𝜋λ𝑘𝐵𝑇) 𝑑 𝐴 −2 3⁄ 𝑙𝑒𝑙 ( 6 𝜋 ) 1 3⁄ ∫ 𝑑𝐸 𝑒 (ec−e) kbt +1 ec 0 (7) the corresponding driving energy ∆𝐹0 in the charge transfer process are obtained as a function of the conduction band energy ecof semiconductor and electrochemical potential ϕ and is computed by [20]. ∆𝐹0 = ec − ϕ (8) inserting eq.(8) in eq.(7) to result: ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 8 κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 = 4𝜋2 ℎ |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅〉| 2 𝑒 − (λ+(ec−ϕ)) 2 4λ𝑘𝐵𝑇 √(4𝜋λ𝑘𝐵𝑇) 𝑑 𝐴 −2 3⁄ 𝑙𝑒𝑙 ( 6 𝜋 ) 1 3⁄ ∫ 𝑑𝐸 𝑒 (ec−e) kbt +1 ec 0 (9) the results solve integral in eq.(9) reduce to. ∫ 𝑑𝐸 𝑒 (ec−e) kbt +1 ec 0 = kbt[ln2 − ln (1 + 𝑒 −ec kbt )] (10) the potential energy is obtained by calculating the driving energy and transition energy and is given as [21]. 𝑈(λ, ϕ) = ((ec−ϕ)+λ) 2 4λ (11) therefore, we insert eq.(10) and eq.(11) in eq.( 9) to result: κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 = 4𝜋2 ℎ |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅〉| 2 𝑒 − 𝑈(λ,ϕ) 𝑘𝐵𝑇 √(4𝜋λ𝑘𝐵𝑇) 𝑑 𝐴 −2 3⁄ 𝑙𝑒𝑙 ( 6 𝜋 ) 1 3⁄ kbt[ln2 − ln (1 + 𝑒 −ec kbt ) (12) according to the continuum model of donor acceptor theory, the transition energy λ(ev) can be obtained[22]: λ(𝒆𝑽) = 𝑒 2 8𝜋𝜀° [ 1 𝑅 [ 1 𝑛2 − 1 𝜖 ] − 1 2𝐷 [( 𝑛𝑆 2−𝑛2 𝑛𝑆 2+𝑛2 )( 1 𝑛2 ) − 𝜖𝑆 2−𝜖2 𝜖𝑆 2+𝜖2 1 𝜖2 ]] (13) where 𝑒 and 𝜀° are charge and permittivity, 𝑛 and 𝑛𝑆 are the refractive index of solvent and semiconductor, 𝜖 and 𝜖𝑆 are the dielectric constant of solvent and semiconductor, 𝑹 is the radius of dye and d is the distance between the dye and the semiconductor. the radius is given as a function of molecular weight 𝑀𝑊 and density 𝜌𝑚due to the spherical approach formula [23]. 𝑅( 𝐴𝑜 ) = ( 3 4𝜋 ) 1 3( 𝑀𝑊 𝑁𝐴𝜌𝑚 ) 1 3 (14) where 𝑁𝐴 is avogadro number. 3. results to study the charge transfer dynamics from d35cpdt sensitized dye to conduction band 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 or 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 in a semiconductor, we can calculate the rate of the charge transfer process in this system. it can enable us to know the electronic properties. the charge transfer rate at interfaces is calculated depending on the transition energy, driving force, potential at the interface, and strong coupling of charge transfer in the system. transition energy was calculated depending on the donor-acceptor system with polarity media of solvents. the physical properties of solvents and 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 semiconductors are shown in tables (1) and (2), respectively. table 1. physical properties of solvents [24]. solvents density g/cm3 boiling point(c°) melting point(c°) viscosity ( cp) dielectric constant (ɛ) refractive index (n) pyridine 0.978 115.4 −41.6 0.88 12.3 1.510 2-methoxyethanol 0.965 124 -85 1.7 16.90 1.402 ethanol 0.78945 78.37 -114.1 1.08 24.5 1.3614 acetonitrile 0.786 82 -45 0.38 37.5 1.3441 methanol 0.792 64.7 -97.6 0.54 32.7 1.3284 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 9 table 2. physical properties of 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 semiconductors . firstly, we must calculate the radius 𝑅 of d35cpdt dye and the distance (𝐷) between d35cpdt dye and 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. depending on the approach of the spherical formula, the radii of the d35cpdt molecule, 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 are estimated using eq.(14), from which we may calculate the association transition energy, driving energy coefficient, the potential at the interface and charge transfer rate of the charge transfer process in both systems.the radii are calculated using the expression in eq.(14) with inserting the value of molecular weight mw = 1125.58 g/mol [28], 150.71g/ mol [25] and79.866 g/ mol [27] for d35cpdt molecule, 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 and taking the density ρ_m=1.154 g/cm 3 [28], 6.95 g/cm3 [25] and 4.23 g/cm3 [27] for d35cpdt dye, 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. results are found to be 7.28404 å, 2.0487å and 1.9563 å for d35cpdt, 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and𝑇𝑖𝑂2, respectively. the calculation of the transition energy was carried out using eq.(13) for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 by taking the dielectric constant and refractive index for solvents in the table (1) and the dielectric constant with the refractive index for 𝑆𝑛𝑂2and 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 in table(2), and distance is taken d=9.33274å between d35cpdt dye to 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d=9.24034å from d35cpdt dye to 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. 𝑅esults are listed in table (3). table 3. results of transition energy for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. properties sno2 [25] tio2 [26-27] molecular weight (g/mol) 150.71 79.866 dielectric constant 2.19 55 mass density (g/cm3) 6.95 4.23 density of state ns /cm 3) 3.5× 1019 1.163× 1025 refractive index 1.45 2.609 lattice constant(å) a = b = 4.731 a˚ and c = 3.189a˚ a = 4.5936 ,c =2.9587 radius(å) 2.0487 1.9563 conduction band energy(ev) 3.2 𝑒𝑉 4.05 electron concentration (1/cm3 ) 5×1020cm-3 2×1020cm-3 electron affinity (ev) 4.5 ev 4.2 solvents chemicals formula dielectric constant ɛ ) refractive index (n) orientation energy for d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 pyridine c5h5n 12.3 1.510 0.35762 0.27036 2-methoxyethanol c3h8o2 16.90 1.402 0.43648 0.33614 ethanol c2h6o 24.5 1.3614 0.47924 0.37318 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 10 we can also calculate the driving energy for the charge transfer process using eq.(8) as a function of the conduction band of ecb = 3.2 ev for 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 , ecb = 4.05 ev for 𝑇𝑖𝑂2, and the electrochemical potential energy of d35pcdt are taken in the range ϕ=3.1 ev to 2.5 ev; results are listed in table (4). table 4. results of driving energy as a function of conduction ecb =3.2 ev for𝑆𝑛𝑂2andecb =4.05 ev for 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 with electrochemical potential ϕ (𝑒𝑉) of dye. here, we can use values of the transition energy in the table (3) and the driving energy in the table (4) to calculate the potential energy using eq.(11). results are listed in the table (5) for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 the system with the driving energy ∆𝐹 0(𝑒𝑉) = 0.6 ev and d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 system with the driving energy∆𝐹 0(𝑒𝑉) = 1.25 𝑒𝑉, respectively . table 5. data of potential energy 𝑈(λ, ϕ)for d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2system. solvent type potential barrier 𝑼(𝚲, 𝛟) (ev) d35cpdt/ 𝑺𝒏𝑶𝟐 d35cpdt/ 𝑻𝒊𝑶𝟐 𝚲(𝐞𝐕) ∆𝐹0 = 0.6 𝑒𝑉.6ev 𝚲(𝐞𝐕) ∆𝐹0 = 1.25 𝑒𝑉 pyridine 0.35762 0.6411 0.27036 2.1374 2-methoxyethanol 0.43648 0.6153 0.33614 1.8711 ethanol 0.47924 0.6076 0.37318 1.7650 acetonitrile 0.50434 0.6045 0.39569 1.7111 methanol 0.51046 0.6039 0.40022 1.7011 to understand the charge transfer properties, it has been pointed to calculate the charge transfer rate (κ𝐶𝑇𝑅) associated with the transition energy λ(ev)of d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. we calculate the charge transfer rate using eq.(12) associated to the transition energy in table (3) for d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 using the driving energy ∆𝐹 0=0.6 ev and d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 using the driving energy ∆𝐹 0=1.25ev and take the strong coupling |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅〉| 2 = 1.25 × 10−1,. 2.25× 10−2, 3.25× 10−3, 4.25× 10−4 and 5.25× 10−5(ev/ state)2 and take the atomic density 𝑑𝐴=6.95 ( 1)/cm3 [29] for 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and 𝑑𝐴=4.23 ( 1)/cm3 for 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 [27-28] with the effective length 𝑙𝑒𝑙 = 3 × 10 −10m [29]. results are shown in tables (6) and (7)ford35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2, respectively. acetonitrile c₂h₃n 37.5 1.3441 0.50434 0.39569 methanol ch4o 32.7 1.3284 0.51046 0.40022 electrochemical potential 𝛟 (𝒆𝑽) the driving energy∆𝑭𝟎(𝒆𝑽) d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 3.1 0.1 0.95 3.0 0.2 1.05 2.9 0.3 1.15 2.8 0.4 1.25 2.7 0.5 1.35 2.6 0.6 1.45 2.5 0.7 1.55 ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 11 table 6. results of electrons transfer rate for d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2at ∆𝐹 0 = 0.6𝑒𝑉. solvent 𝚲(𝐞𝐕) the charge transfer rate κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 𝟏/ 𝐒𝐞𝐜 |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉| 2(𝐞𝐕/ 𝐬𝐭𝐚𝐭𝐞)𝟐 1.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟏 2.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 3.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 4.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 5.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟓 pyridine 0.35762 1.1877e26 2.1378e27 3.0880e28 4.0381e29 4.9883e-30 2methoxyethanol 0.43648 3.0119e26 5.4214e27 7.8310e28 1.0240e28 1.2650e-29 ethanol 0.47924 3.9123e26 7.0422e27 1.0172e27 1.3302e28 1.6432e-29 acetonitrile 0.50434 4.3124e26 7.7623e27 1.1212e27 1.4662e28 1.8112e-29 methanol 0.51046 4.3922e26 7.9060e27 1.1420e27 1.4934e28 1.8447e-29 1.1877e-26 to 1.8447e-29 table 7. results of electrons transfer rate for d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2at ∆𝐹 0 = 1.25𝑒𝑉. solvent 𝚲(𝐞𝐕) the charge transfer rate κ𝐶𝑇𝑅 𝟏/ 𝐒𝐞𝐜 |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉| 2(𝐞𝐕/ 𝐬𝐭𝐚𝐭𝐞)𝟐 1.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟏 2.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 3.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 4.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 5.25× 𝟏𝟎−𝟓 pyridine 0.27036 1.2631e52 2.2735e53 3.2840e54 4.2945e55 5.3049e-56 2methoxyethanol 0.33614 4.7813e48 8.6064e49 1.2431e49 1.6256e50 2.0081e-51 ethanol 0.37318 3.1614e46 5.6904e47 8.2195e48 1.0749e48 1.3278e-49 acetonitrile 0.39569 2.6545e45 4.7782e46 6.9018e47 9.0255e48 1.1149e-48 methanol 0.40022 3.9436e45 7.0984e46 1.0253e46 1.3408e47 1.6563e-48 4. discussion the transition energy in table (3) for both systems have been calculated in room temperature. it increases upon decreasing the refractive index and increases the dielectric constant (ɛ) of solvents. also, the transition energy increases with the decrease of the refractive index and dielectric constant of the semiconductor which is shown in table (3). table (3) shows the transition energy increasing with 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 which has low dielectric constant 2.19 and a low refractive index 1.45 compared with 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 has a large dielectric constant 55 and large refractive index 2.609. according the results in table (2), we can find the transition energy for both d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 systems has large values with methanol solvent but the d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 system has smaller transition energy than d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 that has large transition energy. table (3) shows the transition energy for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 system is larger than the transition energy for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 by 0.1 ev with the same solvent; this is because of the effect of dielectric and refrective index of semiconductor. however, the transition energy can be noted to be large; it has about 0.40022ev for d35cpdt /𝑇𝑖𝑂2 and ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 12 0.51046ev for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 with methanol and about 0.39569 ev for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 and 0.50434 ev for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 acetonitrile solvents comparing to the low transition energy around 0.27036 ev for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2and 0.35762 ev for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 with the pyridine solvent.table (6) shows the charge transfer rate in range 1.6692e-47 to 4.3922e26 with the strength |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉| 2 = 1.25 × 10−1(ev/ state)2 associated with the transition energy in the range 0.35762 -0.51046ev for d35cpdt /sno2system. table (7) shows the charge transfer rate in the range 1.2631e-52 to 3.9436e-45with strength |〈𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑅 〉| 2 = 1.25 × 10−1(ev/ state)2 associated with the transition energy in the range 0.27036-0.40022 ev for d35cpdt /𝑇𝑖𝑂2system. a large charge transition rate of the d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 system is achieved 4.3922e-26 with the transition energy 0.51046 ev and the methanol solvent. on the other hand, it can be seen that the charge transfer for d35cpdt/ 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 is to be large 3.9436e45 associated with the transition energy 0.40022ev and the methanol solvent. it is influenced by the transition energy and increased with the increased transition energy and polarity media with the increased dielectric constant. it decreases the refractive index in both systems. the results of the charge transfer rate found that the charge transfer process depends on the driving force. hence, in both systems, there are the same values of electrochemical potential ϕ (.12.5ev) which are taken with different conduction band energy. table (4) indicates that the driving energy is a function of the electrochemical potential of d5cpdt dye. the driving energy increases with decreases in the electrochemical potential and vice versa in both systems. however, the driving energy is large for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 in scale (0.95 to 1.55ev) compared to d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 in scale (0.1 to 0.7 ev).further, it is supported by table (4)which indicates its conduction band energy effect. from table (4), we can see different driving energy values in the inset of tables (6) and (7). the driving energy is ∆𝐹0 ≈ 0.6 evfor d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2compared to ∆𝐹 0 = 1.25 ev for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. table (6) show the charge transfer rate in the range from 1.1877e-26 to 1.8447e-29 for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2while the charge transfer rate in the table (7) for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 in the range from 1.2631e-52to3.9436e.that means the charge transfer rate for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 is larger than the charge transfer rate for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 .the charge transfer rate was substantially less from 1.1877e-26 at strength coupling 1.25× 10−1(ev/ state)2 and reach 4.9883e-30 at coupling 1.25× 10−5(ev/ state)2 in the case of d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2at ∆𝐹 0 = 0.6 ev with pyridine solvents. also, we note, that the charge transfer rate is large from4.3922e-26 at coupling 1.25× 10−1(ev/ state)2to reach 1.8447e-29 at coupling 1.25× 10−5(ev/ state)2for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 with methanol solvents. however, the charge transfer rate has become minimum at coupling 11.25× 10−5(ev/ state)2 with pyridine solvents at ∆𝐹0 = 1.25ev and to reach to 5.3049e-56 . on the other hand ,charge transfer rate reach to maximum 1.6563e-48 at strength coupling 1.25× 10−5(ev/ state)2for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 with methanol solvent. the other parameter that is affected and limits the charge transfer process is potential energy. the other parameter that is affected and limits the charge transfer process is the potential energy. it further influences on charge transfer rate. furthermore, we find the results in table (5) that the potential energy of charge transfer is increased with decreased transition energy. potential energy reaches to maximum 2.1374ev and 0.6411 ev for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 and d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 with pyridine solvents while reaching to minimum 1.7011ev and 0.6039 ev for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 and d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 with methanol solvents, respectively. the greater transfer rate increases for both systems with the coupling 1.25× 10−1(ev/ state)2and ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 13 decreases in the charge transfer rate with decreasing of the coupling. it reaches the minimum with the strength coupling 5.25 × 10−5(ev/ state)2 and reduces to decrease the charge transfer process. the charge transfer rate becomes low with the pyridine solvent in both systems. it has in range1.1877 × 10−26-4.9883 × 10−30 for d35cpdt/ 𝑆𝑛𝑂2and reaches 1.2631 × 10−52 5.3049e × 10−56 for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2.the d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 and d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 systems with methanol have a charge transfer rate large in range 4.3922 × 10−26-1.8447 × 10−29 for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2and reaches 3.9436 × 10 −45 . 6563 × 10−48 for d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2.table (5) shows the potential in both systems increasing with the decrease of the transition energy and the charge transfer rate will be increasing tremendously with the decrease of the potential energy. the results in table (6) indicate that d35cpdt contact to 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 with methanol solvents at driving energy 0.6ev giving us a large rate compared to the results in a table (7) or d35cpdt contact to 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 with methanol solvent and the d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 is a good system and can be used in electronic devices. 5. conclusion in conclusion, the influence of transition energy in both systems can show the charge transfer rate, the rate increases with the transition energy increase. in contrast, the driving energy in both systems increases with the decreased electrochemical potential and substantially reduces the charge transfer rate. it can be concluded that the charge transfer for both systems increases with decreases in the potential, and the rate is large for d35cpdt / 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 compared to d35cpdt / 𝑇𝑖𝑂2. a large charge transfer rate is observed from a charge donating d35cpdt dye attached to the 𝑆𝑛𝑂2 surface compared to the small rate of charge transfer from d35cpdt dye attached to the 𝑇𝑖𝑂2 surface with the same solvents. the results of the charge transfer rate allow for further systematic analysis of the influence of transfer parameters on the flow of electronic transfer from donor to an acceptor in the device's system and to know the influences on the efficiency of devices references 1.saputri, d. g.; supriyanto, a.; ahmad, m. k.; diyanahesa, n. e. h.; ramadhani, f. optical properties of dye dn-f05 as a good sensitizer. journal of physics: theories and applications,2019, 3(2), 43-49. 2. liu, p.; xu, b.; karlsson, k. m.; zhang, j.; vlachopoulos, n.; boschloo, g.; kloo, l. (2015). the combination of a new organic d–π–a dye with different organic hole-transport materials for efficient solid-state dye-sensitized solar cells. journal of materials chemistry a,2015, 3(8), 4420-4427. 3. obeed, h. m.; al-agealy, h. j. investigation and studied of charge transfer processes at hatna and hatna-cl6 molecules contact with cu metal. in aip conference proceedings,2020, (vol. 2292, no. 1, p. 040010). aip publishing llc.. 4. eriksson, s. k.; josefsson, i.; ellis, h.; amat, a.; pastore, m.; oscarsson, j.; rensmo, h. geometrical and energetical structural changes in organic dyes for dye-sensitized solar cells probed using photoelectron spectroscopy and dft. physical chemistry chemical physics,2016, 18(1), 252-260. 5. carr, j. m., allen, t. g., larson, b. w., davydenko, i. g., dasari, r. r., barlow, s., rumbles, g. short and long-range electron transfer compete to determine free-charge yield in organic semiconductors. materials horizons.2022. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 14 6. al-agealy, h. j. m.; al-hakany, j. s. h. (2017). theoretical calculations of rate constant of electron transfer across n3/tio2 sensitized dye interface solar cell. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,2017, 25(2). 7.kevin tvrdya , pavel, a. frantsuzovc, ; prashant, v. kamat,photoinduced electron transfer from semiconductor quantum dots to metal oxide nanoparticles ,pnas,2011,108,1, 29–34, . 8.al-agealy, h. j. m.; harbbi, k. h.; hassooni, m. a.;noori, r. i. theoretical study of charge transfer in styryl thiazilo quinoxaline dyes stq-1, stq-2, and stq-3 in organic media system. baghdad science journal,2013, 10(4). 9. maleki, e.; ranjbar, m.; kahani, s. a. the effect of antisolvent dropping delay time on the morphology and structure of the perovskite layer in the hole transport material free perovskite solar cells. progress in color, colorants and coatings,2021, 14(1), 47-54. 10. ellis, h.; eriksson, s. k.; feldt, s. m.; gabrielsson, e.; lohse, p. w.; lindblad, r.; hagfeldt, a. linker unit modification of triphenylamine-based organic dyes for efficient cobalt mediated dye-sensitized solar cells. the journal of physical chemistry c, 2013,117(41), 21029-21036. 11. tada, h.; naya, s. i. atomic level interface control of sno2-tio2 nanohybrids for the photocatalytic activity enhancement. catalysts, 2021, 11(2), 205. 12. xiong, l.; guo, y.; wen, j.; liu, h.; yang, g.; qin, p.; fang, g. review on the application of sno2 in perovskite solar cells. advanced functional materials,2018, 28(35), 1802757. 13. feng, z.; gaiardo, a.; valt, m.; fabbri, b.; casotti, d.; vanzetti, l.; guidi, v. investigation on sensing performance of highly doped sb/sno2. sensors, 2022, 22(3), 1233. 14. margan, p.; haghighi, m. hydrothermal-assisted sol–gel synthesis of cd-doped tio2 nanophotocatalyst for removal of acid orange from wastewater. journal of sol-gel science and technology, 2017,81(2), 556-569. 15.björklund, j., 2016. electron transfer processes in a dye-tio2/sno2-acceptor assembly: towards long lived charge separated states for solar fuels (master's thesis). 16.hadi,j.m.al-agealy rafah ,i.n.al-obaidi charge transfer at semiconductor / liquid interfaces,ibn al hathim j. for pure and appl. sci .2009,22 ,2. 17.maadhde, t. s. a.; jumali, m. h.; al-agealy, h. j.; razak, f. b. a.;yap, c. c. an investigation of the fill factor and efficiency of molecular semiconductor solar cells. in materials science forum, trans tech publications ltd. 2021,1039, 373-381. 18. al-obaidi, s. s.; al-agealy, h. j.; abbas, s. r. theoretical evaluation of flow electronic rate at au/tfb interface. in journal of physics: conference series , 2021,1879,3,032096 iop publishing. 19.hadijabbaralagealy;mohsin, a. hassooni and hind mahdi abdul mageed,theoretical study of electronic transfer current rate at dye-sensitized solar cells,aip conference proceedings 1968, 030055 (2018); doi: 10.1063/1.5039242view online:https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5039242 20.hamann, t. w.; gstrein, f.; brunschwig, b. s.; lewis, n. s. measurement of the freeenergy dependence of interfacial charge-transfer rate constants using zno/h2o semiconductor/liquid contacts. journal of the american chemical society,2005, 127(21), 7815-7824. 21.al-agealy, h. j.; janeri, h. h. d. a. (2019, july). investigation the flow charge rate at inas/d149 and zno/d149 system using theoretical quantum model. in aip conference proceedings ,2019, 2123, 1, 020055). aip publishing llc. 22. al-agealy, h. j. m.; al-hakany, j. s. h. theoretical calculations of rate constant of electron transfer across n3/tio2 sensitized dye interface solar cell. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,2017, 25(2). 23. saad, h. j. a. a. t.; maudhady, a. influence of the polarity function on the probability of transition rate constant (sec-1) at metal/molecule in nano scale devices.2014. 24.smallwood, i. (2012). handbook of organic solvent properties. butterworth-heinemann. ihjpas. 53 (3)2022 15 25. al-agealy, h. j.; hassooni, m. a.; sadoon, a. k.; ashwiekh, a. m. study and invistagation of electric properties of dye sensitized solar cell. mesopotamia environmental journal,2016. (special issue a). 26. al-agealy, h. j.; al maadhede, t. s.; al shafaay, b.; mjeed, r. h.; ashweik, a. m. theoretical study of charge transfer simulation at fe metal with ge and zno semiconductors nano devices material. energy procedia, 2017, 119, 325-331. 27. perevalov, t. v.;gritsenko, v. a. electronic structure of tio2 rutile with oxygen vacancies: ab initio simulations and comparison with the experiment. journal of experimental and theoretical physics,2011,112(2),310-316. 28.gabrielsson, e.; ellis, h.; feldt, s.; tian, h.; boschloo, g.; hagfeldt, a.;sun, l. convergent/divergent synthesis of a linker‐varied series of dyes for dye‐sensitized solar cells based on the d35 donor. advanced energy materials,2013, 3(12), 1647-1656. 29.lewis, n. s. progress in understanding electron-transfer reactions at semiconductor/liquid interfaces. the journal of physical chemistry b,1998, 102(25), 4843-4855. 757 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 m. a. abdel karim a. i. nasir abstract the notions ǐ-semi-g-closedness and ǐ-semi-g-openness were used to generalize and introduced new classes of separation axioms in ideal spaces. many relations among several sorts of these classes are summarized, also. keyword: ideal, separation axioms, ǐ , ǐ , ǐ , ǐ . 1. introduction abdel karim and nasir [1]. introduced the notion ǐ set in ideal spaces. a set of ( ǐ) is ǐ set (artlessly,ǐ ), when prerequisite ǐ and is semi-open, leads to ( ) ǐ. so, the set is nameable ǐ (artlessly,ǐ ) whenever is ǐ set. the collection of all ǐ (respectively, ǐ ) sets in ( ǐ) notate as ǐ ( ) (respectively, ǐ ( )) . every open set in ( ) is ǐ in ( ǐ)[1]. and the reverse of this statement is incorrect [1]. the idea of ideals on a nonempty set was started by kuratowski in 1933[2]. the ideal ǐ on where ǐ ( ) that is valid the preconditions finite additivity ( ǐ ǐ) and heredity ( ǐ ǐ) [2]. in 1945, vaidynathaswamy [3]. was the first mathematician who uses the idea of ideal in science of topology, which used to create a new generalization of topological spaces, which is called ideal topological space and notate as ( ǐ)[4]. since then, more authors are interested in this scope of the study. many results have been achieved [5-8]. the concept of " " was firstly offered by n.levine [9]. a set in ( ) is called if ( ( )) [9]. recently, the main goal of our work is to construct generalizations of the notion separation axioms in topological space by using the notion of ǐ set. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/33.1.2382 department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences, ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. maherjaleel89@yahoo.com ahmed_math06@yahoo.com separation axioms via ǐ ­ semi­ g­ open sets article history: received 2 june 2019, accepted 4 july 2019, publish january 2020. file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/maherjaleel89@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/ahmed_math06@yahoo.com file:///c:/users/المجلة/desktop/عدد%20خاص/new%20folder/العدد%20كامل%20ومعدل/ahmed_math06@yahoo.com 758 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 2. separation axioms via ǐsg-open sets. here, we will present new type of separation axioms in ideal spaces via ǐ set. also, relations between these sorts are discussed. the following definition is for the research who did this research. definition 2.1. the triple ( ǐ) is called ǐ (shortly,ǐ ), if for any element , there is an ǐ set containing only one of them. remark 2.2. if ( ) is then ( ǐ) ǐ . remark 2.3. the below phrases are rewards; i. is ǐ . ii. for each element , there is an ǐ set containing only one of them. definition 2.4. ( ǐ) is called ǐ (artlessly, ǐ ), if for any elements , there are ǐ sets, whenever ( ) , ( ). remark 2.5. if ( ) is then ( ǐ) ǐ . remark 2.6. ( ǐ) is ǐ whenever it is an ǐ . the conclusions in remark 2.6, is not reversible by example below. example 2.7. the ǐ ( ǐ) (where * +, * * + * + * ++ and ǐ * }), is not ǐ . remark 2.8. the below phrases are rewards; i. is ǐ . ii. for each elements , there are two ǐ sets and satisfy ( ) and ( ). remark 2.9. for ( ǐ), if * + is ǐ set , then is ǐ . the conclusions in remark 2.9, is not reversible by example below. example 2.10. given ( ǐ); ( * +, * + and ǐ * * +}) is ǐ , while * + is not ǐ . definition 2.11. ( ǐ) is called ǐ (artlessly, ǐ ), if for any elements , there are ǐ sets and satisfy , and . remark 2.12. if ( ) is , then ( ǐ) is ǐ . remark 2.13. a space ( ǐ) is ǐ whenever it is an ǐ . the conclusions in remark 2.13, is not reversible by example below. example 2.14. a space ( ) when the set of all natural numbers, cof is the cofinite topology on and ǐ * +. clearly, that ( ǐ) is ǐ which is not ǐ . we have previously noted that is ǐ whenever it is ( ). the opposite is not generally achieved by example below. example 2.15. ( ǐ) is ǐ ( ) where * +, * + and ǐ is the class of all sets in . but the space ( ) is not . the following chart shows the relationships among the various types of notions of our previously mentioned. 759 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 3. separation axioms via some types of functions in this portion we will review some sorts of functions which presented by abdel karim and nasir [1]. and study their impact on the notions of separated axioms. definition 3.1:[1]. ( ǐ) ( ) is; i. , , if the precondition is ǐ in , leads to ( ) is in . ii. , , if the precondition is open in , leads to ( ) is in iii. , , if the precondition is ǐ in , leads to ( ) is open in . proposition 3.2: is ǐ ( ) and is a surjective from ( ǐ) ( ) implies is . proof: follows from ( ) is in for all ǐ set in . proposition 3.3: is ( ) and is a surjective from ( ǐ) ( ) implies is . proof: follows from ( ) is in for all set in . proposition 3.4: is ǐ ( ) and is a surjective from ( ǐ) ( ) implies is . proof: follows from ( ) is in for all ǐ set in . remark 3.5: if is bijective open function from ( ) ( ) and is ( ), then ( ) is , for any ideal on . definition 3.6:[1]. the function from ( ǐ) ( ) is; i. , , if ( ) ( ) for every . ii. , notate as function, if ( ) for every ( ) . iii. , notate as , if ( ) ( ) for every ( ). proposition 3.7: if is ( ) and ( ǐ) ( ) is an injective then is ǐ . proof: since ( ) ( ) for all . 𝑇 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 𝑇 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 𝑇 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ǐ𝑠𝑔 𝑇 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ǐ𝑠𝑔 𝑇 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 ǐ𝑠𝑔 𝑇 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑒 761 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 corollary 3.8: if is ( ) and ( ǐ) ( ) is an injective then is . proof: since, every continuous function is [1]. and then proposition 3.7 is applicable. proposition 3.9: if is ( ) and ( ǐ) ( ) is an injective then is . proof: follows from, ( ) for all ( ). proposition 3.10: if is ( ) and ( ǐ) ( ) is an injective then is . proof: since ( ) ( ) for all ( ). 4. isemigconvergence sequence sequences are one of important topics in all branches of mathematics, especially mathematical analysis and topology. so the convergence is the important property for the sequence [10, 11]. in this paragraph, we will use the notion of set to create new class of convergence. definition 4.1. given a space ( ǐ) where and the sequence ( ) in . then ( ) is called ǐ to (artlessly, ) if for every ǐsg-open set contained , where . a sequence ( ) is nameable ǐ if it is not ǐ . proposition 4.2. if ( ǐ) is ǐ then every ǐ sequence in has only one limit point. proof: if we consider ( ) is a seq. in and so ; where . since is ǐ , then there are disjoint ǐ -open sets such that and . now, since and implies ; so, and implies ; leads to where that contradiction. the precondition that a space is ǐ is very requisite to make proposition 4.2, is valid. example 4.3. consider ( ǐ) where * +, * + and ǐ * +. obviously; the sequence ( ) in , where for all , has more than one limit point; that , and . proposition 4.4. if a sequence ( ) is ǐ to in an ideal space , then it is convergent to . proof. since every open set in ( ǐ)is ǐsg-open, then the proof is over. the meaningfulness in proposition 4.4, is not reversible, in general. example 4.5. for an ideal space ( ǐ), where , * + and ǐ ( ). the sequence( ) , where , is convergent to which is notǐ . proposition 4.6. let be function from and ( ) be a sequence in , ( ) ( ) in whenever in . 767 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 33 (1) 2020 proposition 4.7. let be function from and ( ) be a sequence in . ( ) ( ) in whenever in . proposition 4.8. let be function from and ( ) be a sequence in , ( ) ( ) in whenever in . 5. conclusion the separation axioms appeared in new types and generalizations by used ǐ-semi-g-openness, in addition a new types of convergence in ideal spaces were studied such as ǐ , and the relationships between them was clarified by using several example. references 1. abdel karim, m.a.; nasir, a.i. on i-semi-g-closed sets and i-semi-g-continuous functions. journal of the indian mathematical society.2019. 2. kuratowski, k. topology. new york: academic press.1933, i. 3. vaidyanathaswamy, v. the localization theory in set topology. proc. indian acad. sci. 1945, 20, 51-61. 4. abd elmonsef, m.e.; nasef, a.a.; radwan, a.e.; esmaeel, r.b. on αopen sets with respect to an ideal. journal of advances studies in topology.2014, 5, 3, 1-10. 5. alhawez, z.t. on generalized -closed set in topological spaces. ibn al-haithatham journal for pure and applied science.2015, 28, 204-213. 6. mahmood, s.i. on generalized regular continuous functions in topological spaces. ibn al-haithatham journal for pure and applied science.2017, 25, 3, 77-385. 7. hatir, e.; noiri, t. on semi-i-open sets and semi-i-continuous functions. act mathematical hungarian.2005, 107, 4, 345353. 8. abd el-monsef, m.e.; radwan, a.e.; ibrahem, f.a.; naser, a.i. some generalized forms of compactness. international mathematical form, bulgaria, hiker ltd.2012, 7, 56, 2767-2782. 9. levine, n. semi-open sets and semi-continuity in topological spaces. american mathematical monthly.1963, 70, 1, 36-41. 10. munkres, j.r. topology. prentice-hall, inc., englewood cliffs, new jersey, 1975. 11. dugundji, j. topology, university of southey california, los angeles, ally and bacon, inc., boston, mass, 1966. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 314 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract the purpose of this research is to investigate the effects of rotation on heat transfer using inclination magnetohydrodynamics for a couple-stress fluid in a non-uniform canal. when the reynolds number is low and the wavelength is long, math formulas are used to describe the stream function, as well as the gradient of pressure, temperature, pressure rise and axial velocity per wavelength, which have been calculated analytically. the many parameters in the current model are assigned a definite set of values. it has been noticed that both the pressure rise and the pressure gradient decrease with the rise of the rotation and couple stress, while they increase with an increase in viscosity and hartmann number. the explanation of parameters is shown graphically by a series of figures using "mathematica". keywords: non-uniform channel, rotation, inclined mhd, couple stress, porous medium 1. introduction using a couple stress fluids as a model for describing biologically complicated fluids, such as colloidal fluids, polymeric suspensions, animal and human blood, and lubrication, is extremely beneficial in understanding a wide range of physical issues. one of the numerous models created to describe the reaction explanation of non-newtonian fluids is the couple stress fluid model. nonnewtonian fluids, such as couple stress fluids, are those in which particle size is taken into account and studied by [1-4]. shit and ranjit [5] studied the fluid's peristalsis in non-uniform and asymmetric channels when an external magnetic field is provided. murad and abdulhadi [6] analysis of mixed convective heat transfer for peristaltic transport of viscoplastic fluid: perturbation and numerical studies. abdulla and hummady [7] considered the influence of sliding speed on channel walls and the effect of nonlinear particle size. to make things even more complicated, non-newtonian fluids can't be studied with non-slip boundary conditions because it's doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2987 article history: received 23 august 2022, accepted 9 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq the effect of rotation on the heat transfer of a couple stress fluid in a nonuniform inclined asymmetrical channel with inclined mhd hanaa abdulhussein department of mathematics, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. hshatty@uowasit.edu.iq ahmed m. abdulhadi department of mathematics, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ahm6161@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:hshatty@uowasit.edu.iq mailto:ahm6161@yahoo.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 315 easy to see how the walls slide. in technology, boundary slip condition fluids can be used to polish artificial hearts. see [8-13] for a list of studies that use this condition. researchers have recently looked into how a magnetic field and rotation affect how fluid moves through an asymmetric channel, abd-alla and abo-dahab [14]. the effects of rotation and mhd on an asymmetric channel through a porous medium where a jeffrey fluid flows nonlinearly have been looked at by abdulhadi and al-hadad [15]. in porous media with non-symmetric canals, rotating waveform motion in two-dimensional channels of non-newtonian fluid was explored by alshareef [16]. for viscoplastic fluid and variable viscosity on peristalsis, they discussed the influence of rotation of the mixture on convection heat transfer analysis by [17, 18]. this study's objective is to examine the effects of rotation on heat transfer with inclination magnetohydrodynamics in a non-uniform channel containing a couple stress fluid. the equation for the governing equation is examined using low reynolds approximations and long-wavelength assumptions, respectively. graphs are used to show the impact of various factors on fluid flow. 2. mathematical formulation consider that the effect of a magnetic field and rotation on heat transfer can be explained by a porous medium with an inclined asymmetry of the couple stress fluid. let's say 𝑌∗̅ =ℎ1̃ (x ̃ , t ̃ ) and 𝑌∗̅ =ℎ2̃ (x ̃, t ̃ ) here is a representation of the channel's top and bottom walls. ℎ1̃ (x ̃ , t ̃ ) =𝑑1 + ( �̃� − 𝑐�̃�) tan �̃� + 𝑎1 ∗ cos [ 2𝜋 𝜆 (�̃� − 𝑐�̃�)] (1) ℎ2̃ (x ̃ , t ̃ ) =−𝑑2 − ( �̃� − 𝑐�̃�) tan �̃� − 𝑎2 ∗ cos [ 2𝜋 𝜆 (�̃� − 𝑐�̃�) + 𝜙°] (2) where 𝑎1 ∗𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎2 ∗ are the amplitudes of waves λ is wavelength, �̃� is the time c is wave speed , (0 ≤ 𝜙° ≤ 𝜋) the phase difference 𝜙°between the walls of the channel the rectangular cartesian coordinates are used �̃�and �̃�. the channel's axis is measured by �̃�, and the transverse axis is measured by �̃�, which is perpendicular to �̃�. the constant heights of the upper and lower walls of the channel from the central line are denoted by 𝑑1𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑2, respectively. it's worth noting that 𝜙° = 0 corresponds to an asymmetry with out-of-phase waves, whereas 𝜙° = 𝜋 relates to waves that are in phase. furthermore, 𝑑1 , 𝑑2, 𝑎2 ∗ , 𝑎1 ∗and 𝜙° satisfy the condition; 𝑎1 ∗2 + 𝑎2 ∗2 + 2𝑎1 ∗𝑎2 ∗𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜙° ≤ (𝑑1 + 𝑑2) 2. the governing equations. ∂ũ ∂x̃ + ∂ṽ ∂ỹ = 0 (3) 𝜌 ( 𝜕ũ 𝜕�̃� + ũ 𝜕ũ 𝜕�̃� + ṽ 𝜕ũ 𝜕�̃� ) − 𝜌�̀� (�̀��̃� + 2 𝜕ṽ 𝜕�̃� ) = − 𝜕p̃ 𝜕x̃ + 𝜇∇2�̃� − 𝜂∇4�̃� − �̃�𝐵∗ 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ (ũ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ − ṽ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ) − 𝜇 𝑘° ũ + 𝜌g�̇� (t − t°)𝑠𝑖𝑛�̃� + 𝜌𝑔𝑠𝑖𝑛α̃ (4) 𝜌 ( 𝜕ṽ 𝜕�̃� + ũ ∂ṽ ∂x̃ + ṽ ∂ṽ ∂ỹ ) − 𝜌�̀� (�̀��̃� − 2 𝜕ũ 𝜕�̃� ) = − 𝜕p̃ 𝜕ỹ + 𝜇∇2ṽ − 𝜂∇4ṽ + �̃�𝐵∗ 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ (ũ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ − ṽ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ) − 𝜇 𝑘° ṽ − 𝜌𝑔𝑐𝑜𝑠�̃� (5) 𝜌𝐶𝑝 ( 𝜕t 𝜕�̃� + ũ 𝜕t 𝜕x̃ + ṽ 𝜕t 𝜕�̃� ) = k̃ ( ∂2t ∂�̃�2 + ∂2t ∂�̃�2 ) + 𝜇 [2 {( ∂ũ ∂�̃� ) 2 + ( ∂ṽ ∂ỹ ) 2 } + ( ∂ũ ∂�̃� + ∂ṽ ∂x̃ ) 2 ] + 𝜂 [( ∂2ũ ∂x̃2 + ∂2ũ ∂�̃�2 ) 2 + ( ∂2ṽ ∂�̃�2 + ∂2ṽ ∂�̃�2 ) 2 ] + �̃�𝐵∗ 2(ũ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ − ṽ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ) 2 (6) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 316 where v′⃑⃑ ⃑=(�̃�, ṽ, 0) be the velocity vector, ὼ is rotation, �̇� the coefficient of thermal expansion , �̃� is the fluid pressure , 𝜌 is density of fluid , φ is the inclination of the magnetic field angle, μ the dynamic viscosity , η is a constant linked to the couple stress, 𝐶𝑝 is the specific heat at constant pressure. impact b∗⃑⃑⃑⃑ =(𝐵∗ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ , 𝐵∗ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ ,0) the magnetic field vector, 𝑘° is the permeability parameter ,t is the temperature , 𝑔 is the acceleration by gravity , �̃� is the fluids electrical conductivity ,k̃ is the thermal conductivity . the induced electric field is not taken into consideration at all, because assuming a low magnetic reynolds number the fixed frame's(�̃� , �̃�) flow field and the wave frame's(�̀� , ỳ) wave field are also considered the motions of an unsteady and steady-state . it's important to think about the relationship between the wave (�̀� , ỳ)and the fixed frames (�̃� , �̃�) with a velocity of c as they move apart from one another as a result of the transformations below . v̀ = �̃� , ỳ= ỹ , t = t̃ , x̀ = �̃� − 𝑐�̃�, ù = �̃� − 𝑐 , �̀� = �̃� (7) in which (ù, v̀) and (ũ, ṽ)are the waves' and laboratories' velocities, respectively. the governing equations (3) ,(4) ,(5), and (6) be expressed in wave frame as using the transformations mentioned above. ∂ù ∂x̀ + 𝜕v̀ 𝜕ỳ = 0 (8) 𝜌 ((ù + 𝑐) ∂ù ∂x̀ + v̀ 𝜕ù 𝜕ỳ ) − 𝜌�̀� (𝛺 ̀ (�̀� + 𝑐) + 2 𝜕v̀ 𝜕�̃� ) = − 𝜕�̀� 𝜕x̀ + 𝜇∇2ù − 𝜂∇4ù − �̃�𝐵∗ 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ ((ù + 𝑐) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ − v̀ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ) − 𝜇 𝑘° (ù + 𝑐) + 𝜌𝑔�̇� (t̃ − t°)𝑠𝑖𝑛�̃� + 𝜌𝑔𝑠𝑖𝑛�̃� (9) 𝜌 ((ù + 𝑐) 𝜕v̀ 𝜕x̀ + v̀ 𝜕v̀ 𝜕ỳ ) − 𝜌�̀� (𝛺 ̀ v̀ − 2 𝜕ù 𝜕�̃� ) = − 𝜕�̀� 𝜕ỳ + 𝜇∇2v̀ − 𝜂∇4v̀ + �̃�𝐵∗ 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ ((ù + 𝑐) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ − v̀ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ) − 𝜇 𝑘° v̀ − 𝜌𝑔𝑐𝑜𝑠�̃� (10) 𝜌𝐶𝑝 ((ù + 𝑐) ∂t̃ ∂x̀ + v̀ ∂t̃ ∂ỳ ) = �̃� ( ∂2t̃ ∂x̀2 + ∂2t̃ ∂ỳ2 ) + 𝜇 [2 {( ∂ù ∂x̀ ) 2 + ( ∂v̀ ∂ỳ ) 2 } + ( ∂ù ∂ỳ + ∂v̀ ∂x̀ ) 2 ] + 𝜂 [( ∂2ù ∂x̀2 + ∂2ù ∂y2 ) 2 + ( ∂2v̀ ∂x̀2 + ∂2v̀ ∂ỳ2 ) 2 ] + �̃�𝐵∗ 2((ù + 𝑐) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ − v̀ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ) 2 (11) to reduce the number of additional parameters, we shall define the following nondimensional quantities: 𝑥 = x̀ 𝜆 , 𝑦 = ỳ 𝑑1 , ℎ1 ∗(𝑥) = ℎ1̃ (�̅� ) 𝑑1 , ℎ2 ∗ (𝑥) = ℎ2̃ (�̅� ) 𝑑1 ,𝜃° = t̃−t0 t1−t0 , u∗ = ù 𝑐 , v∗ = 𝜆v̀ 𝑐𝑑1 , t∗ = 𝑐�̃� 𝜆 ,𝑅𝑒 = 𝑐𝜌𝑑1 𝜇 , 𝛿 = 𝑑1 𝜆 , ℋ=β∗𝑑1√ �̃� 𝜇 , 𝑃𝑟 = 𝜇 𝐶𝑝 �̃� , 𝛾 = 𝑑1√ 𝜇 𝜂 , 𝐷𝑎 = 𝑘𝜊 𝑑1 2, 𝐹𝑟 = 𝑐2 𝑔𝑑1 (12) , 𝑑1 2 �̀�(�̀�) 𝜆𝜇𝑐 = 𝑝 , 𝐵𝑟=𝑃𝑟. 𝐸𝑐 , 𝐺𝑟 = 𝜌 𝑔(t1−t0) �̇� 𝑑1 𝜇 𝑐 , 𝐸𝑐 = 𝑐2 (t1−t0) 𝐶𝑝 . where ℋ is hartmann number , 𝑅𝑒 is reynolds number, 𝛿 is wave number , 𝛾 is couple stress parameter , 𝑃𝑟 is prandtl number , 𝐷𝑎 is darcy number , 𝐹𝑟 is froude number, 𝐵𝑟 is brinkman number , 𝐸𝑐 is eckert number ,and 𝐺𝑟 is grashof number . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 317 according to equations (1) and (2), the dimensionless shape of the peristaltic channel walls may be shown in ℎ1 ∗(𝑥) and ℎ2 ∗(𝑥) ℎ1 ∗(𝑥) = 1 + 𝑘𝑥 + 𝑎 cos(2𝜋𝑥) (13) ℎ2 ∗ (𝑥) = −𝑑 − 𝑘𝑥 − 𝑏 cos(2𝜋𝑥 + 𝜙°) (14) where 𝑎 = 𝑎1 ∗ 𝑑1 , 𝑏 = 𝑎2 ∗ 𝑑1 , 𝑑 = 𝑑2 𝑑1 , 𝑘 = ( 𝜆 tan �̃� 𝑑1 ) is referred to as the channel's non-uniform parameter and 𝜙° the relation 𝑎 2 + 𝑏2 + 2𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜙° ≤ (1 + 𝑑) 2 where(𝜓° ) stream function of velocity components u ∗ and v∗ that is dimensionless u∗ = 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 and v∗ = − 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 , respectively, and satisfy the continuity equation (8). in terms of stream function 𝜓° , the dimensionless variables are specified in equations. (9), (10), and (11) were translated into the following equations. 𝑅𝑒. 𝛿 [( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 . 𝜕 𝜕𝑥 − 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 . 𝜕 𝜕𝑦 ) 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 ] − 𝜌ὼ2𝑑1 2 𝜇 ( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1) + 2ὼ𝑅𝑒𝛿 2 𝜕 2𝜓° 𝜕𝑥𝜕 𝑡∗ = − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 + 𝛿2 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑦 + 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑦3 − 1 𝛾2 (𝛿4 𝜕5𝜓° 𝜕𝑥4𝜕𝑦 + 2𝛿2 𝜕5𝜓° 𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑦3 + 𝜕5𝜓° 𝜕𝑦5 ) − ℋ2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ [( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ + 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 𝛿 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ] − 1 𝐷𝑎 ( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1) + 𝑅𝑒 𝐹𝑟 sin α̃ + g𝑟 θ sinα̃ (15) 𝑅𝑒. 𝛿 3 [(− 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 . 𝜕 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 . 𝜕 𝜕𝑦 ) 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 − 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑥2 ] + 𝜌ὼ2𝑑1 2 𝜇 𝛿2 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 + 2ὼ𝑅𝑒𝛿 2 𝜕 2𝜓° 𝜕𝑦𝜕 𝑡∗ = − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑦 − 𝛿2 (𝛿2 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑥3 + 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑦2𝜕𝑥 ) + 𝛿2 𝛾2 (𝛿4 𝜕5𝜓° 𝜕𝑥5 + 2𝛿2 𝜕5𝜓° 𝜕𝑥3𝜕𝑦2 + 𝜕5𝜓° 𝜕𝑦4𝜕𝑥 ) + ℋ2 𝛿 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ [( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ + 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 𝛿 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ] + 𝛿2 𝐷𝑎 . 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 − 𝑅𝑒 𝐹𝑟 𝛿 𝑐𝑜𝑠 �̃� (16) 𝑅𝑒. 𝛿. 𝑃𝑟 ( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 . 𝜕𝜃° 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝜃° 𝜕𝑥 − 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 . 𝜕𝜃° 𝜕𝑦 ) = (𝛿2 𝜕2𝜃° 𝜕𝑥2 + 𝜕2𝜃° 𝜕𝑦2 ) + 𝐵𝑟 [4𝛿 2 ( 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 ) 2 + ( 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑦2 − 𝛿 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑥2 ) 2 + 1 𝛾2 [(𝛿2 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑦 + 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑦3 ) 2 + (𝛿2 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑥3 + 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦2 ) 2 ]] + 𝐵𝑟 ℋ 2 [( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 φ + 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑥 𝛿 𝑠𝑖𝑛 φ] 2 (17) cross differentiation from dimensionless equations is used to remove the pressure term. (17), (18), and (19) may be formulated in the context of stream function differential equation and temperature under low reynolds approximations and long-wavelength assumptions(δ<< 1) . 𝜕6𝜓° 𝜕𝑦6 − 𝛾2 𝜕4𝜓° 𝜕𝑦4 + 𝛾2 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑦2 [ℋ2 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 φ + 1 𝐷𝑎 − 𝜌�̀�2𝑑1 2 𝜇 ] = 0 (18) 𝜕2θ° 𝜕𝑦2 + 𝐵𝑟 [( 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑦2 ) 2 + 1 𝛾2 ( 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑦3 ) 2 ] + 𝐵𝑟 ℋ 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 φ ( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 ) 2 = 0 (19) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 318 the dimensionless boundary conditions in the wave frame are [5]: 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 𝛽 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑦2 = −1 𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = ℎ1 ∗ 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 − 𝛽 𝜕2𝜓° 𝜕𝑦2 = −1 𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = ℎ2 ∗ 𝜓° = 𝐹 2 , 𝜃° = 0 𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = ℎ1 ∗ (20) 𝜓° = − 𝐹 2 , θ° = 1 𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = ℎ2 ∗ 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑦3 = 0 𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = ℎ1 ∗𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 = ℎ2 ∗ as a result of solving equations (18) and (19), the associated boundary conditions (20) are satisfied. 𝜓° = 2ⅇ−𝑦𝑎1𝑡1 𝑎3 + 2ⅇ𝑦𝑎1𝑡2 𝑎3 + 2ⅇ−𝑦𝑎2𝑡3 𝑎4 + 2ⅇ𝑦𝑎2𝑡4 𝑎4 + 𝑡5 + 𝑦𝑡6 (21) θ° = 𝑟1 + 𝑦𝑟2 + 1 2𝛾2𝑎3 3𝑎4 3 (− 1 2𝑎1 ⅇ−2𝑦𝑎1+3𝑦(𝑎1+𝑎2)−𝑦(𝑎1+3𝑎2)(ℋ2 + 2ℋ2𝐶𝑜𝑠[2𝛷] + ℋ2𝐶𝑜𝑠[4φ] + 2𝑖ℋ2𝑆𝑖𝑛[2φ] + 𝑖ℋ2𝑆𝑖𝑛[4φ] + 4𝐶𝑜𝑠[2φ]𝑎1 2 + 4𝑖𝑆𝑖𝑛[2φ]𝑎1 2). .. (22) it's possible to write the velocity as: w = − 2𝑒−𝑦𝑎1𝑎1𝑡1 𝑎3 + 2𝑒𝑦𝑎1𝑎1𝑡2 𝑎3 − 2𝑒−𝑦𝑎2𝑎2𝑡3 𝑎4 + 2𝑒𝑦𝑎2𝑎2𝑡4 𝑎4 + 𝑡6 (23) the axial pressure gradient can be calculated once we've identified the stream function. 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 = 𝜕3𝜓° 𝜕𝑦3 − 1 𝛾2 . 𝜕5𝜓° 𝜕𝑦5 − ℋ2 𝑐𝑜𝑠2 φ [( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1)] − 1 𝐷𝑎 ( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1) + 𝑅𝑒 𝐹𝑟 sin α̃ + g𝑟θ° sinα̃ + 𝜌ὼ2𝑑1 2 𝜇 ( 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 + 1) (24) 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑦 = 0 (25) in non-dimensional form, the pressure rise per wavelength δ𝑝∗ is defined as δ𝑝∗ = ∫ 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑥 1 0 dx (26) 3.volumetric flow rate in the laboratory frame, the volumetric flow rate is equal to �̃� = ∫ ũ ℎ1̃ ℎ2̃ (x̃ , ỹ , t̃ )d ỹ (27) whereℎ1̃ andℎ2̃ are functions of �̃� and �̃� . in the wave frame, the volumetric flow rate is calculated: 𝑞° = ∫ ù ℎ1̃ ℎ2̃ (x̀ , ỳ)d �̀� (28) the relationship between 𝑄 and 𝑞 can is calculated as follows: �̃� = 𝑞° + 𝑐(ℎ1̃ − ℎ2̃) (29) the time-mean flow over a span of time 𝑇∗ fixed in place �̅� as 𝑄° = 1 𝑇∗ ∫ �̃�𝑑𝑡 (30) 𝑇∗ 0 using equation (29) in equation (30) the flow rate 𝑄° has the from 𝑄° = 1 𝑇∗ ∫ 𝑞°𝑑𝑡 + 𝑇∗ 0 𝑐(ℎ1̃ − ℎ2̃) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 319 = 𝑞° + 𝑐𝑑1 + 𝑐𝑑2 + 2𝑐𝑥𝜆 tan �̃� + 𝑐𝑎1 cos(2𝜋𝑥) + 𝑐𝑎2 cos(2𝜋𝑥 + 𝜙°) (31) the non-dimensional of equation (28) is provided by 𝜔 = 𝐹 + 1 + 𝑑 + 2𝑘𝑥 + 𝑎 cos(2𝜋𝑥) + 𝑏 cos(2𝜋𝑥 + 𝜙°) (32) where 𝜔 = 𝑄° cd1 and f = 𝑞° cd1 has the expression in the form 𝐹 = ∫ 𝜕𝜓° 𝜕𝑦 ℎ1 ∗ ℎ2 ∗ dy = 𝜓°(ℎ1 ∗) − 𝜓°(ℎ2 ∗) (33) 4. results and discussion this section focuses on " velocity"w, "temperature" θ°, " gradient of pressure " δp ∗, "pressure rise" δ𝑝∗ , and "stream function" 𝜓° . to get the numerical values corresponding to the abovementioned analytical formulas, we utilized "mathematica " program. 4.1. the distribution of velocity now, we'll look at the effect of axial velocity (w) variation across the canal on several parameters. note that the velocity is parabolic. in the center, the axial velocity rises with increasing rotation parameter " �̀�", density "ρ", the width of the channel "𝑑1", darcy number " 𝐷𝑎" and the magnetic field inclination angle "φ", whereas the axial velocity reduces near the channel wall's edge, as seen in figure 1 (a-e). according to figure 1(f) "𝜙°", is shown to increase axial velocity in the middle of the canal while axial velocity lowers at one wall boundary and rises at the other. as can be seen in figures 1(g-k), as " ℋ ", "γ", "β", viscosity "μ", and " k" increase, the axial velocity decreases in the channel's middle while increasing near the channel's wall border. (a) (b) (c ) (d) (e) (f) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 320 (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) figure 1.variation the axial velocity "w" with different parameters {𝐷𝑎 =0.5 , ℋ = 3 , 𝛾 = 2 , 𝑎 = 0.6, 𝜇 = 0.1 , �̀� = 1 , 𝑏 =0.7 , 𝜙° = 𝜋 6 , 𝑑 = 1 , 𝛽 =0.1 , φ = 𝜋 4 , 𝑘 =0.2 , 𝑥 = 1 , 𝜌 =0.5 , 𝐹 = 1 , 𝑑1 = 0.2} 4.2. pumping characteristics in this subsection, we will analyze the pressure through the channel. 4.2.1. pressure gradient" 𝛅𝐏∗ " each of the figures in this section illustrates the pressure gradient and the axial axis of fluctuation along the canal at one wavelength 𝑥 ∈[0,1]. figures like this show that flow is restricted in the narrowing portion of channel 𝑥 ∈[0.2,0.6]. as a result, a larger pressure gradient is needed to achieve a normal flow. because of the smaller pressure gradient in the larger area of the channel 𝑥 ∈ [0,0.2]∪ [0.6,1] fluid may pass readily. figure 2(a-b) shows that when viscosity "𝜇" and the hartmann number" ℋ" raises, the pressure gradient also increases in size. this graphic shows that greater pressure is required to move some volume of fluid through the narrower region of the channel. when looking at channel parameters such as the magnetic field inclination angle "φ" , the inclination" 𝛼 ̃" of the channel, rotation parameter " �̀�" ,density "𝜌" ,width of the channel "𝑑1" , grashof numbers "g𝑟" ,slip parameter"𝛽", darcy number " 𝐷𝑎" , reynolds number"𝑅𝑒",couple stress "𝛾" , temperature "θ° ", the phase difference " 𝜙°" and non-uniformity "𝑘" as depicted in figures 2( c –o), the pattern is the opposite. because of the inclination, less pressure is needed to move liquids. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 321 4.2.2. pressure rise" 𝚫𝐩∗ " figures 3(a-o) show the relationship between pressure rise and volumetric flow rate. the connection between pressure rise and the rate of volumetric flow for each wavelength is seen to be linear. the whole region is considered into five parts (1) the peristaltic pumping region where(∆𝑝∗ > 0, 𝐹 > 0) (2) when (∆𝑝∗ > 0 , 𝐹 < 0), then it is a retrograde pumping region (3) augmented pumping (co-pumping) region where (∆𝑝∗ < 0 , 𝐹 > 0) (4) there is a co-pumping region where (∆𝑝∗ < 0 , 𝐹 < 0) (5) (∆𝑝∗ = 0)corresponds to the free pumping region. figure3 (a-b) shows the impact of viscosity "𝜇" and hartmann number " ℋ "on ∆𝑝∗ on it has been noticed in the retrograde pumping region. the pumping rate increases as hartmann number "ℋ"increases. co-pumping reduces when in this region and increases in " ℋ "and "𝜇" . volumetric flow rate and pressure increase ∆𝑝∗ are shown to be linearly related in figures 3 (c f ) for a variety of grashof numbers "g𝑟" , "𝑅𝑒", " �̃�" and "θ° ". we observed that a rise results in an increase in retrograde pumping rate and augmented pumping (co-pumping) region an increase in the pressure rise. figures 3 (g m ) graph shows that with an increase in rotation parameter " �̀�" ,density "𝜌" ,width of the channel "d1", " 𝐷𝑎", "𝛽", "𝛾" and" φ " . the pumping rate decreases in the region of retrograde pumping while in the augmented pumping region found to increase. figure 3 (n)shows an impact of channel non-uniform parameter "𝑘"on ∆𝑝∗. it is observed that in a retrograde pumping region and a free pumping region (∆𝑝∗ = 0), the pumping rate decreases with an increase in "𝑘". figure 3 (o) depicts the effect of "𝜙°" on ∆𝑝∗. it is observed that in a retrograde pumping region and a free pumping region (∆𝑝∗ = 0), the pumping rate increases with an increase in"𝜙°" . )a) (b( )c) (d) )e) (f) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 322 (g) (h( (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) figure 2. variation the pressure gradient" δp∗ with different parameters {𝐷𝑎 =0.5 , ℋ = 3 , 𝛾 = 2 , 𝑎 = 0.6, 𝜇 = 0.1 , �̀� = 1 , 𝑏 =0.7 , 𝜙° = 𝜋 6 , 𝑑 = 1 , 𝛽 =0.1 , φ = 𝜋 4 , 𝑘 =0.2 , 𝑦 = 1 , 𝜌 =0.5 , 𝐹 = 0.1 , 𝑑1 = 0.2 , 𝐹𝑟 = 0.5 , �̃� = 𝜋 6 , 𝐺𝑟 = 1 , θ° = 1} ihjpas. 36(2)2023 323 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 324 (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) figure 3 . variation the pressure rise 𝛥𝑝∗ with different parameters {𝐷𝑎 =0.5 , ℋ = 3 , 𝛾 = 2 , 𝑎 = 0.6, 𝜇 = 0.1 , �̀� = 1 , 𝑏 =0.7 , 𝜙° = 𝜋 6 , 𝑑 = 1 , 𝛽 =0.1 , φ = 𝜋 4 , 𝑘 =0.2 , 𝑦 = 1 , 𝜌 =0.5 , 𝐹 = 0.1 , 𝑑1 = 0.2 , 𝐹𝑟 = 0.5 , �̃� = 𝜋 6 , 𝐺𝑟 = 1 , θ° = 1} 4.3. temperature profile "𝛉° " an examination of the fluid temperature profile for a fixed value of x = 1 yields a parabolic temperature profile, with a higher graph in the middle. fluids that have a high viscosity are more likely to convert kinetic energy into internal energy, which causes them to get hotter. there is no doubt about that. its flow and movement resistance diminish with increasing temperature, a phenomenon caused by the tiny distances between molecules and the cohesive forces that exist between them. figures 4 (a-g) show that the temperature increases values " �̀�" , "𝜌" , "d1" " 𝐷𝑎" ," h " , "𝑘"and "𝐵𝑟"increase, so does the temperature in the channel's center and temperature parabolic. the increase in temperature is accompanied by "𝐵𝑟". 𝐵𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑚𝑎𝑛 number "𝐵𝑟" of raised flow resistances given by shear. as parameter values "𝜇" , " "φ " "𝛽", "𝛾"and "𝜙°" increase, they show that the temperature decreases in figures 4 (h-l ). (a) (b) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 325 (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) figure 4. variation the temperature "θ° " with different parameters {𝐷𝑎 =0.5 , ℋ = 3 , 𝛾 = 2 , 𝑎 = 0.6, 𝜇 = 0.1 , �̀� = 1 , 𝑏 =0.7 , 𝜙° = 𝜋 6 , 𝑑 = 1 , 𝛽 =0.1 , φ = 𝜋 4 , 𝑘 =0.2 , 𝑥 = 1 , 𝜌 =0.5 , 𝐹 = 0.1 , 𝑑1 = 0.2 , 𝐵𝑟 = 1} 4.4. the trapping phenomena in order to explain the trapping phenomena, the formation of a circulating bolus of fluid, which is a closed streamline region, at the speed of the wave. there will be points in the wave frame where the fluid's velocity is zero due to the trapping phenomenon. the volumetric flow rate via a line linking any two places is computed by taking into account the difference in stream function values at the two sites in question, which is why studying streamline patterns is so ihjpas. 36(2)2023 326 important. figures 5–15 indicate that bolus formation occurs from both sides of the center line in the extended region. bigger and larger volumes of the trapped bolus can be extracted from the system by raising the strength of the magnetic field in figures ( 5-9) (a, b, and c), as "φ " , " �̀�", "𝜌" , "d1" and " 𝐷𝑎". in figures (10 and 11) (a ,b and c), as " 𝜙°" and "𝜇" changes, so does the variation in streamlines. according to our research, we've found that bolus sizes decrease"𝜇" and " 𝜙°" increase. the figure 12(a ,b and c) shows that the wall draws fluid in the widest section of the duct, but this fluid is pushed away from the wall in the narrower section and the bolus disappears in the central part as "𝛽" increases. graphing the non-uniformity parameter "𝑘"of the asymmetric channel as shown in figure 13(a, b, and c), when it is raised, the trapped bolus decreases in size and migrates downstream. these figures 14and15 (a, b, and c) demonstrate how in increasing the hartman number " ℋ " ,and couple stress "𝛾" , the incidence of trapped bolus diminishes in size and vanishes in the direction of downstream, another effect that may help protect red blood cells and other elements is the tendency to reduce bolus volume. (a) (b) (c) figure 5. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "φ" = π/4 (b) "φ" = π/3 (c) "φ"= 2π/5 (a) (b) (c) figure 6. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) " �̀�" =1 (b) " �̀�" =2 (c) " �̀�" =4 (a) (b) (c) figure 7.distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "𝜌" = 0.5 (b) "𝜌" = 2 (c) "𝜌" = 6 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 327 (a) (b) (c) figure 8. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "𝑑1" =0.2 (b) "𝑑1" =0.8 (c) "𝑑1" =1 (a) (b) (c) figure 9 . distribution of streamlines" 𝜓°" for (a) " 𝐷𝑎" =0.5 (b) " 𝐷𝑎" =2 (c) " 𝐷𝑎" =6 (a) (b) (c) figure 10 . distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "𝜇" =0.1 (b)"𝜇" =0.4 (c) "𝜇" =1 (a) (b) (c) figure 11. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "𝜙°" = 𝜋 6 (b) "𝜙°" = 𝜋 3 (c) "𝜙°" = 𝜋 2 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 328 (a) (b) (c) figure 12. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "𝛽" =0.1 (b) "𝛽" =0.5 (c) "𝛽" =1 (a) (b) (c) figure 13. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "k" =0.2 (b) "𝑘" = 0.4 (c) "𝑘"=0.6 (a) (b) (c) figure 14. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) " ℋ " =3 (b) " ℋ " = 4 (c) " ℋ "=8 (a) (b) (c) figure 15. distribution of streamlines " 𝜓°" for (a) "𝛾" =2 (b) "𝛾" =3 (c) "𝛾" =4 5. conclusions in this research, we studied the effects of rotation and incline magnetohydrodynamics to investigate the effects of heat transfer and couple stress fluid as they move via an inclined asymmetric channel and porous medium under low reynolds approximations and longwavelength assumptions in the transport of bodily fluids by the use of non-newtonian fluid models. analytically, using mathematica software. this investigation focused on studying the distribution of velocity, the pumping characteristics, the distribution of temperature, and the trapping phenomena. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 329 1. it notes that the temperature and profile of velocity are parabolic. 2. there is a decrease in axial velocity "w" in the central region when increasing the viscosity "𝜇" , "𝛾" , " ℋ ","𝛽", and "𝑘"", but there is a rise in velocity at the boundary of the channel wall. 3. there is an increase in axial velocity "w" in the central region when increasing the rotation parameter " �̀�", "𝜙°" , density "𝜌" , "φ ", "d1" and " 𝐷𝑎", but there is a decrease in velocity at the boundary of the channel wall. 4. when the viscosity "𝜇" , and hartmann number " ℋ "are increased, the pressure gradient " δp∗ " increases, while " �̀�", "φ" , "β", " 𝛼 ̃", "g𝑟", " 𝐷𝑎", "𝛾", "𝜙°", "𝜌", "𝑘", "d1" , "𝑅𝑒" ,and "θ° " decrease. 5. the connection between pressure rise " δ𝑝∗ "and volumetric flow rate for each wavelength is seen to be linear. 6. in retrograde pumping, increases " δ𝑝∗ " pressure rise with the increasing values the viscosity "𝜇" , "g𝑟","𝑅𝑒" , " h ", "θ° " ," 𝛼 ̃" and "𝜙°", whereas it decreases with the rising values the rotation parameter " �̀�", "φ", " 𝐷𝑎" , "𝛾" , "𝛽" ,density "𝜌" , "d1" ,and" k". 7. the temperature "θ° " rises when the rotation parameter " �̀�", density "𝜌" , "d1" , "𝑘" , " 𝐷𝑎" , " ℋ" and brinkman number"𝐵𝑟" all go up. it goes decrease when the inclination magnetic field angle "φ", the slip parameter "𝛽" , couple-stress parameter"𝛾" , phase difference "𝜙°" , and the viscosity "𝜇" all go up. 8. when the values of" ℋ"and "γ" are increased, the trapped boluses are eliminated. the inclination magnetic field angle "φ", " �̀�", "𝜌" , "d1" and " 𝐷𝑎" have a increasing impact on the bolus size. references 1. mekheimer, kh. s. effect of induced magnetic field on peristaltic flow of a couple stress fluid. physics letters a 2008 , 372, 4271-4278. 2. kumar, p. magnetorotatory thermal converction in couple –stress fluid. int.j.of thermal and fluid sciences 2012,1, 11-20. 3. hassen, r. y. ; ali, h. a. hall and joule's heating influences on peristaltic transport of bingham plastic fluid with variable viscosity in an inclined tapered asymmetric channel. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences 2021, 34(1) , 68-84. 4. hummady, l. z. ; abbas, i. t. ; mohammed, r. a. inclined magnetic field of nonuniform and porous medium channel on couple stress peristaltic flow and application in medical treatment (knee arthritis). journal of southwest jiaotong university 2019, 54(4). 5. shit, g.c. ; ranjit, n.k. role of slip velocity on peristaltic transport of couple stress fluid through an asymmetric non-uniform channel: application to digestive system. journal of molecular liquids 2016, 221, 305-315. 6. murad ,m.a. ; abdulhadi, a.m. influence of mhd on mixed convective heat and mass transfer analysis for the peristaltic transport of viscoplastic fluid with porous medium in tapered channel. journal of al-qadisiyah foe computer science and mathematics 2020,12 ,79-90 . 7. abdulla, sh. a. ; hummady, l. z. inclined magnetic field and heat transfer of asymmetric and porous medium channel on hyperbolic tangent peristaltic flow. int. j. nonlinear anal. appl. 2021 ,12, 2359-2372 . 8. ali, n.; wang, y.; hayat t. ; oberlack , m. slip effects on the peristaltic flow of a third grade fluid in a circular cylindrical tube . j. appl. mech 2009 ,76, 011006-011015 . ihjpas. 36(2)2023 330 9. chaube, m.k.; pandey, s.k. ; tripathi, d. slip effects on peristaltic transport of a micropolar fluid . appl. math. sci 2010 ,4 ,2105-2117 . 10. abdulhadi, a. m. ; al-hadad , a. h. slip effect on the peristaltic transport of mhd fluid through a porous medium with variable viscosity. iraqi journal of science 2015 ,56, 2346-2363. 11. abdulhussain, h. ; abdulhadi, a. m. peristaltic transport of couple stress fluid through an inclined asymmetric and non-uniform channel with porous medium. international journal of science and research (ijsr) 2018 ,7,7-16. 12. mohaisen, h. n. ; abdalhadi, a. m. effects of the rotation and a magnetic field on the mixed convection heat transfer analysis for the peristaltic transport of viscoplastic fluid through a porous medium in asymmetric channel. journal of physics: conference series , 1963(1), 012165 , iop publishing 2021. 13. salih, a. w.; habeeb, s. b.. peristaltic flow with nanofluid under effects of heat source, and inclined magnetic field in the tapered asymmetric channel through a porous medium. iraqi journal of science 2022, 4445-4459. 14. abd-alla, a .m. ; abo-dahab, s. m. magnetic field and rotation effects on the peristaltic transport of a jeffery fluid in an asymmetric channel. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials 2015 ,374, 680-689. 15. abdulhadi, a. m .; al-hadad, a. h. effects of rotation and mhd on the nonlinear peristaltic flow of a jeffery fluid in an asymmetric channel through a porous medium . iraqi journal of science 2016 ,57, 223-240. 16. alshareef, t. sh. impress of rotation and an inclined mhd on waveform motion of the nonnewtonian fluid through porous canal. journal of physics: conference series, 1591, iop publishing 2020. 17. mohaisen, h. n. ; abdulhadi, a.m. effects of the rotation on the mixed convection heat transfer analysis for the peristaltic transport of viscoplastic fluid in asymmetric channel. iraqi journal of science 2022,63 , 1240-1257. 18. salih, a. w. ; habeeb, s. b. influence of rotation, variable viscosity and temperature on peristaltic transport in an asymmetric channel. turkish journal of computer and mathematics education (turcomat) 2021, 12(6), 1047-1059. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 1 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license the effective concentration of the crude extract of mentha picata and eucalyptus against the growth of fusarium oxysporum ahmed j. fradi the ministry of education, baghdad, iraq. ahmed.ahmed.fradi@gmail.com abstract this research aims to evaluate the effect of plant extract concentration as antifungal. fusarium fungus was isolated from the eggplant and cucumber plants that infested them. these were tested for concentrations of the pathogenic fungus fusarium oxysporum according to the food poisoning method. the inhibition rate was calculated by measuring the diameter of the colony compared to the control. the results showed that in the crude extract of eucalyptus at a concentration of 12%, the percentage of growth inhibition was 100% on fusarium oxysporum, compared to the crude extract of mentha spicata where the percentage of inhibition was 80.11%. at the same concentration, and the percentage of inhibition of eucalyptus extract at concentrations 3,6, and 9% ranged between (35.33-79.55) while the inhibition of mentha spicata extract ranged between (17.20 80.11 ) at the same concentrations. keywords: antifungal activity, crude extracts, mentha spicata, eucalyptus, fusarium oxysporum, 1. introduction fusarium is considered to be the most important harmful fungi to field crops and even stored fruits, and it has economic importance because of the damage it causes to crops and plant resources [1]. the use of agricultural pesticides has had negative effects in many environmental problems such as pollution of water and soil, the elimination of living organisms, poisoning of farmers and others [2]. the using plant extracts and oils from medicinal plants is considered to develop the agricultural pesticides, as it is regarded as a safe biological control that is environmentally friendly and does not lead to collateral damage [3]. one of the features and recipes of these plant products used as fungicides is that they decompose quickly and do not take a few days, most of which have a selective role against some fungi that cause plant diseases [4]. medicines use medicinal plants to combat pathogenic fungi is that these plants contain many effective active compounds that work synergistically against these fungi. this characteristic is not present in industrial materials or industrial pesticides [5]. compounds target the membranes of the cells, causing a disturbance in the metabolism because the metabolism depends on the integrity of all the membranes of the cell organelles. for example, any change in the mitochondrial membrane can cause an imbalance in the energy circulation inside the cell. the presence of such compounds affecting the membranes leads to a defect in the vital processes of the cell [6], compounds in the plant extract cause irregular doi: 10.30526/35.4.2848 article history: received 27 april 2022, accepted 27 june 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:ahmed.ahmed.fradi@gmail.com ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 2 branching in the apical regions of the fungal junction and the appearance of barrel-shaped structures from which a fibrous substance emerges [7]. in addition, [8] said that these plant compounds lead to a change in the natural assembly of the components of the fungal wall, which leads to the disarrangement of the apical region, and thus, causes the degeneration of the fungal hypha. 2.materials and methods 2.1. samples isolation and identification samples of plants infected with fusarium fungus were collected from greenhouses in baghdad, 20 samples of eggplant, and 20 samples of cucumber plants. the samples were put in bags marked with the date of collection and the location, samples transferred to the laboratory for isolation and diagnosis of the fungus causing the disease, then washed under running water for half an hour to get rid of the remnants of dust stuck to it. the root and crown were cut into 5 mm pieces, sterilized by soaking in 1% sodium hypochlorite solution for 3 minutes, washed with distilled water after sterilization, placed in pda dishes, and incubated for four days at a temperature of 27 °c. the growth isolates were diagnosed as fusarium based on morphological characteristics [9]. fusarium oxysporum isolates were cultured on sterile pda medium supplemented with 100 mg chloramphenicol and incubated for seven days at a temperature of 27 °c [10]. 2.2. preparation of the crude extract ten grams of dried leaves and stems of eucalyptus and mentha were placed in a soxhlet device with a solvent of 200 ml of 80% ethanol. after that, the solvent was removed by placing it in an oven at 50 ° c for two days, after which the remainder was extracted by scraping and kept in the refrigerator until use [11]. 2.3. evaluation of the activity of plant extracts as antifungal different volumes of eucalyptus and mentha spicata extract were prepared, and these volumes were mixed with 100 ml of pda to prepare 0, 3, 6, 9, and 12%. the mixture was shaken well, poured into petri dishes, and left in sterile conditions to freeze according to the food medium's method. a 5 mm piece was taken from a 5-day-old growing fusarium oxysprum colony that was planted in the middle of these extract-treated dishes and incubated at a temperature of 27 °c for seven days, with three replicates for each concentration. the growth diameter was measured using the following mathematical formula: [12]. growth inhibition % = [ (control growth –treatment growth) / control growth] ×100 3. results and discussion the percentage of fusarium oxysporum growth inhibition was different according to the concentrations and the plant used in general. all concentrations showed an effect on the growth of fusarium. the results of table 1. and figure 1 showed that 12% concentration was significantly better than others in reducing the growth of the fusarium oxysporum, where it was recorded as 100%, while the mentha spicata recorded at the same concentration of only 79.90 % table 1. the percentage of fungal growth inhibition using the crude extract of eucalyptus at concentrations 3, 6, 9, and 12%. fungus e. camaldulensis f. oxysporum 3% 6% 9% 12% 35.33 66.90 79.55 100 the results in table 2. and figure 2. showed that the 12% concentration of the mint extract was significantly better in inhibiting the growth of fusarium, where the percentage was 80.11 while the concentration of 3% was much lower than others, where it was recorded only 17.20. ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 3 table 2. the percentage of fungal growth inhibition using the crude extract of mentha spicata at concentrations 3, 6, 9, and 12%. fungus mentha spicata f. oxysporum 3% 6% 9% 12% 17.20 35.22 55.33 80.11 figure 1. effect of crude extract of eucalyptus camaldulensis and mentha spicata plant on the growth of fusarium oxysporum. the crude extract has a high inhibitory effect due to the synergy of several compounds [13] by inactivating lipoproteins or denaturing the protein and inactivating the enzymes of pathogens, and also losing the metabolism of those pathogenic fungi and destroying their effective transporter [14]. the difference in the concentration of the crude extract has an influential role, at a low concentration, its effected on the activity of fungal enzymes. still, the effect greater at high concentrations as it caused protein denaturation [15]. f.c f.e f.m figure 2. showing the effect of crude extract of eucalyptus and mentha on the growth of fusarium at a concentration of 12%, c. control f. fusarium e. eucalyptus m. mentha 4.conclusion the eucalyptus plant's crude extract can destroy pathogens' growth as fusarium fungus, and its effect is higher than that of mint so that it can be used as a safe fungicide for the environment. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 3% 6% 9% 12% g r o w th r a te d ia m e te r ( m m ) concentration eucalyptus mentha ihjpas. 53 (4)2022 4 references 1. pandey, r.r.; dubey, r.c.; saini, s. phytochemical and antimicrobial studies on essential oils of some aromatic plants. afr, j. biotechnol., 2010; 9, 4364–4368. 2. saeed, s., butt, b.z.; sana, n. javaid, a. biological control of sclerotium rolfsii through the leaf extract of melia azedarach l. and syzigium cumini. j. med. plants studies, 2016; 4, 5, 259-261. 3. rowaished, a.k.; moniam, a.h. use of some plant extracts in controlling fusarium wilt of papaya seedlings caused by fusarium oxysporum, ninth arab congress of plant protection, 19-23 november, 2006, damascus, syria. 4. sanjay, g.; tiku, a.k. botanicals in pest management current status and future perspectives. biomed life sci., 2009, 317. 5. al-daami, a.a.k. the effect of some plant extracts on the growth of fungi skin trichophyton mentagrophytes and epidermophyton floccosum. master's thesis, college of education, university of karbala (in arabic), 2001. 6. afifi, h. comparative efficacy of some plant extracts against fungal deterioration of stucco ornaments in the mihrab of mostafa pasha ribate, cairo, egypt. am j biochem mol biol., 2012, 2, 40-77. 7. vijayarathna, s.; zakaria, z.; chen, y.; latha, l.y.; kanwar , j.r; sasidharan, s. the antimicrobial efficacy of elaeis guineensis: characterization, in vitro and in vivo studies. molecules, 2012; 17, 4860-4877. 8. latha, y.l.; jain, d.i.; sasidharan, k.s. effects of vernonia cinerea less. methanol extract on growth and morphogenesis of candida albicans, eur rev med pharmacol sci., 2011, 15, 543-549. 9. watanabe, t. pictorial atlas of soil and seed fungi: morphologies of cultured fungi and key to species. 2nd ed. crc press, boca raton london, 2002. 10. burmeister, l. the antagonistic mechanisms employed by trichoderma harzianum and their impact on the control of the bean rust fungus uromyces appendiculatus. ph.d. thesis, faculty of science gottfried wilhelm leibniz, university of hannover. germany, 2008. 11. deshmukh, s.d.; borle, m.n. studies on the insecticidal properties of indigenous plant products. indian j. ent., 1975, 37, 1, 11-18. 12. wang, s.y.; wu, c.; chu, f.; chien, s.; kuo, y.; shyur l.; chang, s. chemical composition and antifungal activity of essential oil isolated from chamaecyparis formosensis matsum. wood holzforschung, 2005, 59, 295–299. 13. yazdani, d.; tan, y.h.; zainal a.m.a.; jaganath, i.b. a review on bioactive compounds isolated from plants against plant pathogenic fungi. j. med. plants res., 2011, 5, 30, 65846589. 14. kaur, r.; singh, b.; arora, s. amelioration of oxidative damage by methyl gallate in different in vitro models. phytopharmacol, 2011, 1, 4, 82-94. 15. prindle, r.f.; wright, e.s. phenolic compounds. in: lea, febiger s.s., block (eds.). disinfection, sterilization and preservation. pennsylvania, 1977, usa, 115-118. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 259 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract this work describes the synthesis of novel ligand (h2l2) (4-((2-hydroxy-5nitrophenyl)imino)methyl)-5(hydroxymethyl)-2methylpyridin-3-ol) type (noo) donor atoms. when it coordinates with metal ions[v2+,mn2+,fe2+,co2+,ni2+,cu2+and pt4+] with the general formula k2[m(l 2)2].xh2o and k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o . this ligand can form tridentate structures. the ligand was synthesized from the reaction of pyridoxal hydrochloride with 2-amino4-nitrophenol in ethanol (as a solvent) at a mole ratio of 1:1 and thoroughly mixed and refluxed for 6-8 hrs . the reaction was monitored using tlc (ethylactate/hexane 1:1). the structures of the ligand and the complexes were characterised using spectroscopic techniques such as (ft-ir, 1hnmr, 13cnmr, uv-vis, and mass spectroscopy). in addition, molar conductance, magnetic susceptibility, elemental analysis, and thermo gravimetric, melting points were also measured for complexes. the antibacterial activities of the obtained products were tested against gbacteria (klebsiella pneumoniae and pseudomonas), g+ bacteria (staphylococcus aureus and bacillus subtilis). in addition, antifungal action was tested against (candida albicans). the results were good in both tests. keywords: donor atoms, ligand, pyridoxal hydrochloride. doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3054 article history: received 1 october 2022, accepted 24 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq synthesis a novel complexes of vo(ii),mn(ii),fe(ii) ,co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii)and pt(iv) derived from schiff’s base of pyridoxal and 2-amino-4-nitrophenol and study their biological activates ahmed a. ismail department of chemistry, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. chem3ps@gmail.com sajid m. lateef department of chemistry, college of education for pure science, university of diyala, diyala, iraq. sajidm1957@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:sajidm1957@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 260 1. introduction heterocyclic compounds are a part of organic compounds in which it is contain hetero atoms in addition to carbon in their aromatic ring, the atoms could be nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen [1]. there are numerous heterocyclic compounds that may be synthesized in the laboratory and may have significant properties as variables[2]. heterocyclic compounds are a big group of organic chemicals because of their biological properties such as anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, antiinflammatory, and anti-cancer properties. [3] the use of nitrogen-containing heterocycles compounds are in medicine, industry, and agriculture attracts attention of the many researchers [4]. schiff base that derived from pyridoxal consist an important class of heterocyclic compounds and being the core structure in several natural product and which have biological applications [5]. the nitro phenol compounds were utilized in the reactions as intermediates especially in the pharmaceuticals, pesticides, dyes and wood preservation. environmental degradation of 2,4dinitrophenol lead to form o-amino-p-nitrophenol which can be used as a fungicide for wood [6]. schiff’s base complexes contains a variety of central metal atoms, including cu, ni, co, and pt, have been extensively reported for their diverse crystallographic properties, enzymatic reactions, mesogenic properties, catalystic and magnetic properties, as well as their critical role in the interpreting the transition metal coordination in chemistry[7]. 2. materials and method several different methods and devices were used to characterize the targeted compounds. these are melting point, ft-ir spectrophotometry, conductivity, uv.vis photometer in the area of (400-1100) nm, mass spectrophotometry, metal analysis, elemental analysis, magnetic moment measurement, 1h and 13c-nmr photometer and thermal gravimetric analysis tga. the biological activity of the prepared compounds was then evaluated towards (klebsiella pneumoniae and pseudomonas) (g-), two bacteria (staphylococcus aureus and bacillus subtilis) (g+), and one fungus (candida albicans). 2.1. synthesis of ligand h2l2: the solution of pyridoxal hydrochloride (2.03g, 0.01mol) in ethanol was added to the solution of 2-amino-4-nitrophenol (0.151g, 0.01mol) in the same solvent at a mole ratio of 1:1 and thoroughly mixed. to correct the ph (ph = 7-8), catalytic 0.1% alcoholic naoh was added to the reaction mixture, and the reaction was heated under reflux for 6–8 hour [8]. the tlc silica gel was used for monitored the reaction eluent (1:1 ethylactate/hexane). a solid mass of dark brown hue that formed during reflux and was cooled to room temperature and then, washed with ihjpas. 36(2)2023 261 ethanol to give 86% yield as reddish brown, m.p:100-102 oc , mw:303.27 c14h13n3o5, synthesis route of the ligand [h2l 2] shown in equation (1). .]2l2equation (1): synthesis route of the ligand [h 2.2. ft-ir spectra of starting materials and the ligand h2l2 2.2.1. analysis of ft-ir spectra: 2.2.1.1. spectrum of pyridoxal: figure (s1) shows band at 3259 cm-1 belongs to o-h group, bands at 3047 cm-1 for c-h aromatic and at 2978 cm-1 due to c-h aliphatic. the band at 1643 cm-1 refers to c=o, the strong band at 1554 cm-1 belong to the frequency of c=n in the ring and the band at 1442 cm-1 is for aromatic c=c. the two bands at 1284 and 783 cm-1 refers to c-o and c-o that exist in the compound [9]. see table 1. 2.2.1.2. ft-ir spectrum of 2-amino-4-nitrophenol (anph): two sharps bands appeared at 3471 and 3387 cm-1 for nh2 group, and the band at 1635 cm-1 and a strong band at 1581 refers to n-h bending and c=n respectively [10], aromatic c=c appeared at 1523 cm-1. moreover, band of c-n is located at 1338 cm-1. the two bands at 1292 and 779 cm-1 assigned for two c-o [11]. see table 1. 2.2.1.3. ft-ir spectrum for ligand h2l2: the spectrum of (h2l 2) showed in figure (s1), band at 3356 cm-1 is for o-h group. the c-h aromatic appeared at 3070 cm-1. the stretching frequency of the imine group (c=n) appeared at 1620 cm-1 and band at 1581 cm-1 belong to c=n within the group [12]. the aromatic c=c appeared at 1496 cm-1 and band at 1334 cm-1 assigned for c-n. the bands at 1288 and 744 cm-1 refers to both c-o. see table 1. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 262 figure(s1): ft-ir spectrum of the h2l2 table (1): infra-red data (cm-1) for the starting materials and the ligand compounds υ(oh) υasy(nh2) υsy(nh2) υ(c=o) υ(c-h) aro. υ(c-h) ali. υ(c=n) imine υ(c=n) in plane υ(c-n) υ(c o) δ(c o) pyridoxal 3259 1643 3047 2978 1554 1284 783 anph 3471 3387 3047 2997 1581 1338 1292 779 h2l2 3356 3070 2985 1620 1581 1334 1288 744 2.3. the mass spectra of h2l2: the molecular ion peak for the ligand is observed at m/z+ =303[m]. =c14h13n3o5; requires = 303.09[13]. the peaks detected at m/z+ = 285 correspond to [c14h11n3o4] +̇ [h2o] the fragmentation pattern of (h2l 2) is tabulated in table (2). see scheme 1 for proposed fragmentation of (h2l 2). table (2): the fragments pattern of [h2l2] h2l2 fragments formula mwt abundance [m]. c14h13n3o5 303 2109597.6 [m1] +̇ = [m] .h2o c14h11n3o4 285 82038.9 [m2] +̇ = [m1] +̇ o c14h11n3o3 269 16579.8 [m3] + = [m2] +̇ ch c13h10n3o3 256 40586.4 [m4] +̇ = [m3] + c5h2n c8h8n2o3 180 271210.2 [m5] +̇ = [m4] +̇ nh c8h7no3 165 661036.3 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 263 [m6] +̇ = [m5] +̇ c c7h7no3 153 1398016 [m7] + = [m6] +̇ ch3 c6h4 no3 138 644713.6 [m8] +̇ = [m7] + n c6h4 o3 124 821425.8 [m9] +̇ = [m8] + o c6h4 o2 108 4600451.6 [m10] +̇ = [m9] +̇ c c5h4 o2 96 1913392.6 [m11] +̇ = [m10] +̇ o c5h4o 80 3456116.7 [m12] + = [m11] +̇ oh c5h3 63 2108557.6 [m13] + = [m12] + c c4h3 51 4095603 2.4. 1h-nmr spectrum for the ligand h2l2 1h-nmr spectrum for (h2l 2) displayed the peaks at 7.22–6.79 ppm as multiple are assignable to aromatic ring protons (ar–ch)[14] . the signal at 8.19 ppm was assigned for the proton of (n=ch), and the signal at 8.86 ppm was resonated to the protons of (n–ch) ring. peak at 4.98-4.82 ppm belongs to the protons of (ch2o) group. the signal at 8.39 ppm was attributed to the proton of o-h. peak at 2.35ppm is for protons of ch3 group[6]. see table (3). table (3): 1h-nmr data for [h2l2] compound functional group δ (ppm) h2l2 n͞͞͞͞ ̶ ch 8.86 n=ch 8.19 oh 8.39 ar–ch 7.22–6.79 o-ch2 4.96 and 4.88 ch3 2.35 hdo 3.62 dmso 2.32 2.5. 13c-nmr spectrum for h2l2: 13c-nmr spectrum of (h2l 2) shows peaks at 113.51-140.47 ppm assigned for aromatic carbon atoms, while the peak at 158.23 ppm attributed to carbon of imine group (c7)[14]. the peak at 197.52 ppm attributed to the (c8), while carbon (c9) of (c–o–h) appeared at 172.28 ppm. the chemical shifts at 176.10 ppm is for (c10) of (c-ch3), whereas peak of carbon c11 of aromatic cn was at 158.55 ppm. the chemical shift at 65.90 ppm attributed to the carbon c13 of (ch2 –oh), and shift at 13.76ppm attributed to the (c14) of (ch3) group [6]. see table (4). table (4): 13c-nmr data of [h2l2] compound functional group δ (ppm) h2l2 c8 197.52 c10 176.10 c7 158.23 c1 – c6 113.51-140.47 dmso 40.41 – 39.40 c14 13.76 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 264 2.6. electronic spectrum of (h2l2) ligand: the electronic spectrum for (h2l 2) exhibited 4 absorption peaks at (276nm,36232 cm-1) with (312nm, 32051 cm-1) assigned to ( π → π* ) transition and ( 368nm , 27174 cm-1 ) and (463nm , 21598 cm-1 ) is due to (n→ π*) and (llct) transition [16]. the data of absorption of the ligand (h2l 2) were arranged in the table (5). table (5): electronic data of the ligand ligand (nm) – (cm–1) max (molar -1cm-1) transitions h2l2 276 36232 412 ᴫ → ᴫ* 312 32051 362 ᴫ → ᴫ* 368 27174 358 n→ ᴫ* 463 21598 726 llct 2.7. preparation of (h2l2 )complexes(1-7): 2.7.1. synthesis of k2[vo(l2)(oso3)].h2o (1) an ethanolic solution of [h2l 2] (0.03g, 1mmole). a solution of koh (1 g/mmole) was formed, and then was added drop by drop to a vanadyl (ii) sulphate monohydrate (0.0181g, 1mmole) dissolved in (10ml) ethanol. after letting the reaction mixture reflux for ( 3 hrs.). the dark brown product was obtained, washed several times with etoh and dried to give the complex in 91% yield, m.p : (260-262ºc). 2.7.2. synthesis of k2[mn(l2)2].h2o (2), k2[fe(l2)2].h2o (3), k2[co(l2)2].h2o(4),k2[ni(l2)2].h2o (5) , k2[cu(l2)2].h2o (6) , and [pt(l2)2].2h2o (7). using the mentioned method in the synthesis of vo(ii) complex, was used to synthesize the complexes of [h2l 2] with h2ptcl6 , mcl2.nh2o m(ii)=[ mn (n=4), co (n=6), ni (n=6), cu (n=2), fe (n=4), and pt (n=0) ] ions. for the physical properties see table (6). complexes] 2l2h[ ligand physical properties of: table(6) no. formula color molecular formula of mineral salt wt of metal salt (1mmol.) 1 k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o dark brown voso4.h2o 0.018 g 2 k2 [mn(l 2)2].h2o dark brown mncl2.4h2o 0.020 g 3 k2 [fe(l 2)2].h2o reddish brown fecl2.4h2o 0.020 g 4 k2 [co(l 2)2].h2o reddish brown cocl2.6h2o 0.024 g 5 k2 [ni(l 2)2].h2o reddish brown nicl2.6h2o 0.0238 g 6 k2 [cu(l 2)2].h2o dark brown cucl2.2h2o 0.0171 g 7 [pt(l2)2].2h2o brown h2ptcl6 0.040g ihjpas. 36(2)2023 265 3. results and discussion: some of the physical characteristics of novel ligand and its complexes are tabulated in table (7). the results from the elemental analysis were listed with the mathematical calculations. table (7): molecular weights of the ligand (h2l2)complexes(1-7) and the results of elemental microanalysis. c o m p le x e s.n o compounds m.wt g/mol found / calc. % c h n s metal k 1 k2[vo(c14h11n3o5)(oso3)].h2o 560 29.71 2.29 7.39 5.60 8.99 13.82 30.00 2.32 7.50 5.71 9.10 13.92 2 k2 [mn(c14h11n3o5)2].h2o 753 44.49 3.16 10.92 7.19 10.28 44.62 3.18 11.15 7.30 10.35 3 k2 [fe(c14h11n3o5)2].h2o 754 44.39 3.16 10.96 7.29 10.24 44.56 3.18 11.14 7.40 10.30 4 k2 [co(c14h11n3o5)2].h2o 757 43.98 3.11 10.96 7.62 10.22 44.38 3.17 11.09 7.79 10.31 5 k2 [ni(c14h11n3o5)2].h2o 756.7 43.96 3.11 10.97 7.59 10.19 44.40 3.16 11.10 7.74 10.30 6 k2 [cu(c14h11n3o5)2].h2o 761.5 43.89 3.10 10.92 8.21 10.11 44.12 3.15 11.03 8.33 10.24 7 [pt(c14h11n3o5)2].2h2o 833 40.22 3.08 9.96 22.96 40.33 3.12 10.08 23.40 calc.= calculated 3.1. molar conductance and the physical properties of the ligand h2l2 complexes (1-7): table (8): the molar conductivity values and physical properties of h2l2 ligand complexes(8-14) c o m p le x e s n o . complexes yield % m.p. ºc m.c s.cm2 /mol ratio ionic 1 k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o 91 >250 73.06 2:1 2 k2 [mn(l2)2].h2o 88 180 dec 74.31 2:1 3 k2 [fe(l2)2].h2o 82 283-240 79.16 2:1 4 k2 [co(l2)2].h2o 89 162-164 78.04 2:1 5 k2 [ni(l2)2].h2o 85 >250 75.21 2:1 6 k2 [cu(l 2)2].h2o 88 158-160 75.42 2:1 7 [pt(l2)2].2h2o 79 240 dec 18.46 neutral ihjpas. 36(2)2023 266 3.2. magnetic susceptibility of ligand's h2l2 complexes : the effective magnetic moments (µeff b.m) of the metal complexes were measured in the solid state using faraday's method[16] . pt(iv) complex is diamagnetic in nature, because of 5d6, suggesting low spin octahedral geometry[17]. table (9): the effective magnetic moment (µeff) values for complexes (1-7) c o m p le x e s n o . complexes xg x 10-6 xm x 10-6 xax 10-6 no.of unpaired electron µeff b.m str u c tu r e 1 k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o 1.820 1019.200 1247.88 1 1.73 sq.py 2 k2 [mn(l 2)2].h2o 15.960 12017.880 12439.49 5 5.46 oh. 3 k2 [fe(l 2)2].h2o 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0.00 ls oh 4 k2 [co(l 2)2].h2o 12.342 9342.894 9764.50 3 4.84 oh. 5 k2 [ni(l 2)2].h2o 3.648 2760.441 3182.05 2 2.76 oh. 6 k2 [cu(l 2)2].h2o 1.190 906.185 1327.79 1 1.78 oh. d= 421.61 ˣ 10-6, sq. py = square pyramid, ls = low spin 3.3. ft-ir spectra of ligand's [h2l2] complexes (1-7): the infra-red spectra for the synthesized compounds 1-7 are listed in table (10). which shows that some guide bands in spectra for ligand h2l 2 are changed of their position or shape on coordination with metal ion. the infra-red spectra of the prepared complexes were compared to of h2l 2 this was to determine when ligands were involved in the chelation step [18]. the band of the stretch frequency of the azomethine c=n group of free ligand was appeared at 1620 cm-1, but for the obtained complexes the same band was shifted either lower or higher frequencies in the range of 1614-1627 cm-1, and this shift might have related to the coordination of the metal ions to the nitrogen atom of the azomethine group. the stretch vibration band at 1581 cm-1 is belong to c=n group of thiazole ring of free ligand, and was shifted to range of 1539-1585 cm-1 for all complexes, confirming the coordination between metal ions and nitrogen atoms c=n group [19]. the bands at 1249-1265 cm-1 and at 744-756 cm-1 of complexes 1-7, were attributed to both c-o group of phenolic compounds, which were shifted to a lower or higher frequencies on comparison to the free ligand (h2l 2) at 1288 and 744 cm-1. this shift is due to the coordination of the phenolic oxygen atom to metal ion [20]. the broad band in infra-red spectra for the complexes 8-14 were assigned to hydrate h2o [21]. for the complex of vo (ii) the new band was appeared at 999 cm -1 and attributed to the v=o vibration [22]. other new bands for the of infra-red spectrum of complex vo(ii) were at 1045, 981 and 663 cm-1 are corresponding to so4 -2 group, and this indicating that the so4 -2 is participated in the coordination to the vo(ii) ion which behave as monodentate ligand. in the out of plane region, the infra-red spectra displayed additional bands they were absent in the ihjpas. 36(2)2023 267 spectra of the free ligand. these bands are located between 594 and 516 cm-1 and assigned to (mn) bond. in contrast, the bands located between 478 and 428 cm-1 are designated as (m-o) [23]. table (10):ft-ir data (cm-1) of the ligand [h2l2] and complexes. n o . c o m p le x e s compounds o-h c-o c=n imine c=n in plane m n m o # h2l 2 3356 1288 1620 1581 744 1 k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o 3421 1261 1616 1577 582 438 732 2 k2 [mn(l 2)2].h2o 3332 1292 1627 1576 551 478 736 3 k2 [fe(l 2)2].h2o 3471 1284 1616 1593 532 428 740 4 k2 [co(l 2)2].h2o 3417 1292 1615 1585 516 447 748 5 k2 [ni(l 2)2].h2o 3441 1275 1616 1577 594 478 732 6 k2 [cu(l 2)2].h2o 3417 1276 1614 1574 520 442 732 7 [pt(l2)2].2h2o 3329 1241 1631 1558 555 448 748 3.4. electronic spectrum of (h2l2) ligand complexes (1-7): the electronic data for complexes 1-7 are listed in table (11) along with electronic transition and proposed geometrical shapes. the spectra for the complexes 1-7 displayed 3 to 5 signals at a range 266-448nm, (37594-22321cm-1) and were attributed to intra-ligand, which shows shifting to lower and higher wave length on comparing to the (h2l 2) free ligand. such shifting confirmed the coordination of (h2l 2) ligand to the central ion [24]. in addition, the spectra of complexes1-7 displayed a new intense absorption within the range of 402-463nm. moreover, peaks at 24876-21589 cm-1 were assigned to m→lct electronic transition [25]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 268 table (11): electronic spectral data for [h2l2]and its complexes. c o m p le x e s n o . compound (nm) –(cm–1) max molar -1 /cm electronic transitions p r o p o se d s tr u c tu r e # h2l 2 276 36232 412 ᴫ → ᴫ* 312 32051 362 ᴫ → ᴫ* 368 27174 358 n→ ᴫ* 463 21598 726 llct 1 k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o 270 37037 905 intra-ligand sq.py. 306 32680 843 intra-ligand 365 27397 1145 intra-ligand 381 26247 852 intra-ligand 445 22472 782 mlct 548 18248 108 2b2→ 2b1 706 14164 19 2b2→ 2e 2 k2 [mn(l 2)2].h2o 271 36900 1644 intra-ligand oh. 307 32573 1543 intra-ligand 315 31746 1522 intra-ligand 345 28986 1873 intra-ligand 404 24752 1475 intra-ligand 420 23810 1497 mlct 518 19305 412 6a1g → 4t2g (g) 578 17301 108 6a1g → 4t1g (g) 3 k2 [fe(l 2)2].h2o 279 35842 787 intra-ligand l.s.oh. 310 32258 648 intra-ligand 346 28902 685 intra-ligand 452 22124 1347 mlct 636 15723 18 1a1g → 1t2g 833 12005 10 1a1g→ 1t1g 1070 9346 14 1a1g → 3t2g 4 k2 [co(l 2)2].h2o 268 37313 878 intra-ligand oh. 310 32258 526 intra-ligand 344 29070 586 intra-ligand 402 24876 640 mlct  540 18519 72 4t1g(f)→ 4t1g (p) 760 13158 44 4t1g(f)→ 4a2g(f) 894 11186 43 4t1g(f)→ 4t2g(f) 5 k2 [ni(l 2)2].h2o 266 37594 917 intra-ligand oh. 308 32468 648 intra-ligand 345 28986 904 intra-ligand 406 24631 843 intra-ligand 463 21598 1015 mlct+ 3a2g(f→ 3t1g(p) 622 16077 41 3a2g(f)→ 3t1g(f) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 269 961 10406 20 3a2g(f)→ 3t2g (f) 6 k2 [cu(l 2)2].h2o 270 37037 1293 intra-ligand dist.oh 310 32258 1282 intra-ligand 345 28986 1642 intra-ligand 388 25773 1153 intra-ligand 421 23753 1260 mlct 534 18727 108 2b1g → 2b2g 734 13624 60 2b1g → 2a1g 7 [pt(l2)2].2h2o 271 36900 1912 intra-ligand oh. 312 32051 994 intra-ligand 350 28571 993 intra-ligand 359 27855 634 intra-ligand 425 23529 504 mlct 643 15552 32 1a1g → 1t2g 833 12005 28 1a1g → 1t1g 3.5. thermal analysis : in table(12) the thermal decomposition data of metal complex [co(l2)2]. h2o are listed, figure (s2) showed curves discuss. in this work, the title compound is studied using a variety methods for analysis, such as thermo-gravimetric analysis (tga) and differential scanning calorimetry (dsc). table (12): tg and dsc data for [co(l2)2].h2o complex. complex stage decomposition temperatures (ºc) estimated (calculated) assignment mass loss total mass loss [co(l2)2].h2o 1 217 0.313 4.973 (5.281) (h2o, co, h2) (0.353) 2 304 1.846 (n2, c4h6o, 2co2, nh3, c6h5, h2) (1.926) 3 619 0.738 (c5h4o3) (0.801) 4 above 619 2.076 (k2coc10n3o) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 270 figure (s2): tga and dsc thermos-gram of [co(l2)2]. h2o 3.6. anti-bacterial activity: the biological activities of novel ligand h2l 2 and the obtained complexes have evaluated against gram-positive and gram-negative bacterial strains and some fungi species. the antibacterial activity for the synthesized compounds was tested against four types of bacteria (klebsiella pneumonia, pseudomonas, staphylococcus aureus and bacillus subtilis), and the results of the tests are listed in table (13). figure (s3) to figure (s6) illustrates the inhibition area for the synthesised compounds on dishes, and shows that it have different antibacterial activities [26]. 3.7. anti-fungal activity: the anti-fungal activity for the obtained compounds were tested against candida albicans. the results of tests are listed in the table (13) and shows a good effect. figure (s8)[27]. table (13): the biological activity of desired compounds compound k.pneumoniae pseudomonas b. subtilis st. aureus candida albicans h2l2 15 22 11 16 13 k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o 20 19 26 18 13 k2 [mn(l 2)2].h2o 7 18 16 9 15 k2 [fe(l 2)2].h2o 7 22 13 10 20 k2 [co(l 2)2].h2o 20 18 17 20 15 k2 [ni(l 2)2].h2o 27 17 26 16 13 k2 [cu(l 2)2].h2o 7 20 14 9 15 [pt(l2)2].2h2o 6 21 18 9 16 dmso 0 0 0 0 0 fluconazole 22 ceftriaxone 15 12 13 13 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 271 figure( s3): effect of (h2l 2) and it's complexes against (bacillus subtilus) figure (s4): effect of (h2l 2) and it's complexes against (staphylococcus aureus) figure (s5): effect of (h2l 2) and it's complexes against (klebsiella pneumoniae) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 272 figure (s6): effect of (h2l 2) and it's complexes against (pseudomonas aeruginosa) figure (s7): anti-bacterial activities against four types of bacteria figure (s8): effect of (h2l 2) and it's complexes against (candida albicans) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 klebsiella pneumoniae pseudomonas bacillus subtilis staphylococcus aureus ihjpas. 36(2)2023 273 figure (s9): anti-fungal activities of against candida albicans 4. conclusions: according to the characterized data of novel schiff base ligand h2l 2 (4-((2-hydroxy-5nitrophenyl)imino)methyl)-5(hydroxymethyl)-2-methylpyridin-3-ol), which resulted by the reaction of 2-amino-4-nitrophenol with pyridoxal hydrochloride and their derived complexes. after diagnosing there with all the spectroscopic methods and devices mentioned in this study, the results shows that the ligand (h2l 2) behave as a tridentate ligand via nitrogen atom in imine group and oxygen atom in member ring with central metal ions: [vo(ii), mn(ii), fe(ii), co(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and pt(iv)] with general formula k2[m(l 2)2].xh2o and k2[vo(l 2)(oso3)].h2o. the antibacterial and anti-fungal activities of the compounds gave excellent results. references 1. farshbaf, s.; sreerama, l.; khodayari, t.; vessally, e. propargylic ureas as powerful and versatile building blocks in the synthesis of various key medicinal heterocyclic compounds. chemical review and letters, 2018. ,1(2),5667.doi10.22034/crl.2018.85120 2. siddiquee, s., recent advancements on the role and analysis of volatile compounds (vocs) from trichoderma, in biotechnology and biology of trichoderma. 2014, elsevier. 139-175. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-444-59576-8.00011-4 3. rajasekar, k., t. ramachandramoorthy, and s. balasubramaniyan, synthesis, spectral characterization and biological activities of cr (iii), co (ii), ni (ii) and zn (ii) complexes with 4aminoantipyrine and azide ion as ligands. chem. sci. trans., 2013. 2(3), 877-882. doi:10.7598/cst2013.487 4. bushra karim hamad*, m.r.a., synthesis of new compounds with seven rings (oxazepine) through the ring closure of schiff bases with study of biological activity. eurasian chemical communications, 2022. 4(12): 1306-1317. 10.22034/ecc.2022.332079.1343 5. hadi, m.a.; m.s. mohammed; kadhium, a.j., synthesis, characterization and spectral studies and biological screening study of transition metal complexes with new heterocyclic ligand 0 5 10 15 20 25 candida albicans candida albicans https://dx.doi.org/10.22034/crl.2018.85120 https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-444-59576-8.00011-4 https://dx.doi.org/10.22034/ecc.2022.332079.1343 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 274 derived from pyridoxal hydrochloride. systematic reviews in pharmacy, 2021. 12(1): 371-383. doi:10.31838/srp.2021.1.58 6. mukhtorov, l.; georgy pestsov; maria nikishina; evgenia ivanova; yury atroshchenko; leonid perelomov, fungicidal properties of 2-amino-4-nitrophenol and its derivatives. bulletin of environmental contamination and toxicology, 2019. 102(6): p. 880-886. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00128-019-02602-4 7. radecka-paryzek, w.; patroniak, v.; lisowski , j., metal complexes of polyaza and polyoxaaza schiff base macrocycles. coordination chemistry reviews, 2005. 249(21-22): 2156-2175. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ccr.2005.02.021 8. anand, t., a.s. kumar, and s.k. sahoo, a novel schiff base derivative of pyridoxal for the optical sensing of zn2+ and cysteine. photochemical & photobiological sciences, 2018. 17(4): 414-422. https://doi.org/10.1039/c7pp00391a 9. mandal, s.; sikdar, y.; sanyal, r.; goswami, s.,. experimental and theoretical study on a new copper (ii) complex derived from pyridoxal hydrochloride and 1, 2diaminocyclohexane. journal of molecular structure, 2017,1128,471-480. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molstruc.2016.09.011 10. suku, s. ; ravindran, r.,. synthesis, characterization and antimicrobial studies of 1d heterobimetallic coordination polymers of pyridine-2, 6-dicarboxylic acid with iron and alkaline earth metals. journal of molecularstructure, 2022,1252,132083. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molstruc.2021.132083 11. al-talib, m.; al-soud, y.a.; abussaud, m.; khshashneh, s.,. synthesis.and biological evaluation of new benzothiazoles as antimicrobial agents. arabian journal of chemistry, 2016, 9, pp.s926-s930. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arabjc.2011.09.003 12. azzam, r.a.; elgemeie, g.h.; elsayed, r.e.; gad, n.m.; jones, p.g.,. crystal structure of 2(benzo [d] thiazol-2-yl)-3, 3-bis (ethylsulfanyl) acrylonitrile. acta crystallographica section e: crystallographic communications, 2022,78(4). https://doi.org/10.1107/s2056989022002572 13. blasco, r.; castillo, f., light-dependent degradation of nitrophenols by the phototrophic bacterium rhodobacter capsulatus e1f1. applied and environmental microbiology, 1992. 58(2): p. 690-695. https://doi.org/10.1128/aem.58.2.690-695.1992 14. suryanti, v.; wibowo, f.r.; isnaeni, s.r.; sari, m.r.k.; handayani, s.,. addition reaction of methyl cinnamate with 2-amino-4-nitrophenol. in iop conference series: materials science and engineering 2016, 107, no. 1, 012062.doi:10.1088/1757-899x/107/1/012062 15. patil, a.r.; donde, k.j.; raut, s.s.; patil, v.r.; lokhande, r.s.,. synthesis, characterization and biological activity of mixed ligand co (ii) complexes of schiff base 2-amino-4-nitrophenol-nsalicylidene with some amino acids. journal of chemical and pharmaceutical research, 2012,4(2),1413-1425.https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/synthesis-%2ccharacterization-and-biological-of-co-(-patil donde/e2d4f047f9a14f8c09d83fb9ca992116b0774193 16. cotton, f.a.; wilkinson, g.; murillo, c.a.; bochmann, m., advanced inorganic chemistry. john wiley and sons, inc. 1999, http://repository.vnu.edu.vn/handle/vnu_123/85212. 17. anupama, b.; padmaja, m.; kumari, c.g.,. synthesis, characterization, biological activity and dna binding studies of metal complexes with 4-aminoantipyrine schiff base ligand. e-journal of chemistry, 2012,9(1),389-400. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=31zn0b4a aaaj&citation_for_view=31zn0b4aaaaj:zylm7y9caggc 18. abbas, g.; irfan, a.; ahmed, i.; al-zeidaneen, f.k.; muthu, s.; fuhr, o.; thomas, r.,. synthesis and investigation of anti-covid19 ability of ferrocene schiff base derivatives by quantum chemical and molecular docking. journal of molecular structure, 2022,1253,.132242. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molstruc.2021.132242 http://dx.doi.org/10.31838/srp.2021.1.58 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00128-019-02602-4 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ccr.2005.02.021 https://doi.org/10.1039/c7pp00391a https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molstruc.2016.09.011 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molstruc.2021.132083 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arabjc.2011.09.003 https://doi.org/10.1107/s2056989022002572 http://repository.vnu.edu.vn/handle/vnu_123/85212 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molstruc.2021.132242 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 275 19. maher, k.a.; mohammed, s.r., metal complexes of schiff base derived from salicylaldehydea review. international journal of current research and review, 2015,7(2),6. https://ijcrr.com/article_html.php?did=647 20. ommenya, f.k.; nyawade, e.a.; andala, d.m.; kinyua, j., 2020. synthesis, characterization and antibacterial activity of schiff base, 4-chloro-2-{(e)-[(4-fluorophenyl) imino] methyl} phenol metal (ii) complexes. journal of chemistry, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/1745236 21. diab, m.a.; mohamed, g.g.; mahmoud, w.h.; el‐sonbati, a.z.; morgan, s.m.; abbas, s.y.,. inner metal complexes of tetradentate schiff base: synthesis, characterization, biological activity and molecular docking studies. applied organometallic chemistry, 2019,33(7), e4945. https://doi.org/10.1002/aoc.4945 22. raman, n.; dhaveethu raja, j.; sakthivel, a., synthesis, spectral characterization of schiff base transition metal complexes: dna cleavage and antimicrobial activity studies. journal of chemical sciences, 2007,119(4),303-310. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12039-0070041-5 23. lateef, s.m.; sarhan, b.m.; al-saedi, w.a., synthesis, characterization and biological activity for complexes vo (ii), mn (ii), co (ii) and ni (ii) with new multidentate ligand [2-((e)3-(2-hydroxyphenylimino)-1, 5-dimethyl-2-phenyl-2, 3-dihydro-1h-pyrazol-4-ylimino) acetic acid][h2l] type (n2). diyala journal for pure science, 2016,12(1).https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=n 8urjgaaaaaj&citation_for_view=n8urjgaaaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c 24. cowley, a.r.; dilworth, j.r.; donnelly, p.s.; white, j.m., copper complexes of thiosemicarbazone− pyridylhydrazine (thynic) hybrid ligands: a new versatile potential bifunctional chelator for copper radiopharmaceuticals. inorganic chemistry, 2006, 45(2),496-498. https://doi.org/10.1021/ic0514492 25. osowole, a.a.; ekennia, a.c.; achugbu, b.o.; etuk, g.h.,. synthesis, spectroscopic characterization and structure related antibacterial activities of some metal (ii) complexes of substituted triflurobutenol. elixir appl chem, 2013, 59,15848-15852. https://www.rroij.com/open-access/synthesis-spectroscopic-characterization-and-antibacterialproperties-of-some-metal-ii-complexes-of-26methoxybenzothiazol2-ylimino-.php?aid=34639 26. hassan, s.a., lateef, s.m. and majeed, i.y.,. structural, spectral and thermal studies of new bidentate schiff base ligand type (no) derived from mebendazol and 4-aminoantipyrine and it's metal complexes and evaluation of their biological activity. research journal of pharmacy and technology, 2020,13(6),3001-3006. doi: 10.5958/0974-360x.2020.00531.4 27. kuate, m.; conde, m.a.; ngandung mainsah, e.; paboudam, a.g.; tchieno, f.m.m.; ketchemen, k.i.; tonle kenfack, i.; ndifon, p.t., 2020. synthesis, characterization, cyclic voltammetry, and biological studies of co (ii), ni (ii), and cu (ii) complexes of a tridentate schiff base, 1-((e)-(2-mercaptophenylimino) methyl) naphthalen-2-ol (h2l1). journal of chemistry, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/5238501 https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/1745236 https://doi.org/10.1021/ic0514492 https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/5238501 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees biology | 1 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 evaluating the efficiency of the entomopathogenic fungus beauveria bassiana to control the brown banded cockroach supella longipalpa f. maan abdul azeez shafeeq al-salihi dept. of biology/ college of science/ university of al-mustansiriyah e-mail: maanalsalihi@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq received in :4 /may /2017 , accepted in : 6 /september/ 2017 abstract entomopathogenic fungi can be ideal for the biocontrol of cockroaches since it is environment-friendly microbial pesticide. susceptibility of second and fourth instar of nymphs and adults of the brown banded cockroach, supella longipalpa (f.) (blattodea: blattellidae) to the entomopathogenic fungi beauveria bassiana (bals.) vuill. at two concentrations 1x 10 7 and 1x 10 8 spore/ml was evaluated. fungus was tested by using two different methods: bait and direct contact. mortality was monitored after 3, 5 and 7 days’ post exposure. direct contact of b. bassiana at concentration 1x 10 7 spore/ml produced mortality on adults 82.76% and for fourth and second instar of nymphs 82.76 and 93.10% after 7 days’ post treatment, respectively. when s. longipalpa was exposed to bait with b. bassiana the mortality percentage was 37.93% for the adults, and caused 64.29 and 58.62% mortality to the second and fourth instar of nymphs, after 7 days from treatment, respectively. nymphs and adults of s. longipalpa treated by direct contact with b. bassiana at 1x 10 8 spore/ml, produced mortality on adults, fourth and second instar of nymphs 78.57, 93.10 and100% after 7 days’ post treatment, respectively. method of bait the mortality for adults, fourth and second instar of nymphs were 51.72, 72.41 and 78.57% after 7 days’ post treatment, respectively. results showed differences in susceptibility between nymphs and adults of s. longipalpa. adult and nymph instars (fourth and second) mortalities due to direct contact by b. bassiana suspension (1x 10 7 and 1x 10 8 spore/ml) produce high mortalities (53.51, 93.10, 82.76% and 78.57, 100, 93.10%) respectively. keywords: supella longipalpa; entomopathogenic; direct contact: bait; beauveria bassiana. biology | 2 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 introduction cockroaches have for some time been known as vectors of nourishment harming and irresistible living beings [1-3]. the brown-banded cockroach, supella longipalpa (f.) (blattodea: blattellidae) can be considered as an about cosmopolitan cockroach [1-4]. it is currently appropriated all through tropical and subtropical areas of the world [1]. this cockroach species conveys an assortment of microorganisms, as a vector for pathogenic microscopic organisms in urban situations and it has likewise been accounted for as a wellspring of allergens [3, 5, 6]. it is generally found in homes, condo, inns and healing facilities and less frequently in stores, eateries and kitchen [1, 2, 7]. cockroaches are customarily controlled by applications of fluid details of pyrethroids, carbamates or organophosphates in or close-by plagued harborages [7]. this technique is hard to apply if there should be an occurrence of s. longipalpa infestations since it is important to treat all the distinctive regions of a room that the cockroaches may inhabit without making contamination issues, which make harm furniture and different focuses where this creepy crawly wants to paste its ootheca [1, 7. 8]. the different danger components connected with the utilization of concoction bug sprays, for example, the advancement of resistance, related resurgence in creepy crawlies, gathering of pesticide deposit in an evolved way of life, natural contamination, wellbeing dangers and high expenses have driven researchers and agriculturists to create alternative methodologies for irritation control [8, 9]. entomopathogenic organisms are getting restored enthusiasm as biocontrol specialists in occurrences where synthetic pesticides exhibit a danger to human wellbeing [10]. growths enter the host through the fingernail skin and a contact with the creepy crawly can bring about disease. bountiful mycosis creates on the bodies of the creepy crawlies that have kicked the bucket because of parasitic disease. these mycotic corpses propagate the deadly parasitic contamination in the creepy crawly populace hyphomycetes growths have been accounted for to contaminate cockroaches [11-13]. it ought to be anything but difficult to impel an entomopathogenic contagious disease misleadingly in cockroaches in light of the fact that the advancement of bountiful mycosis on the creepy crawlies is favored under the moist conditions winning in their environmental specialties. a quick spread of the disease in the creepy crawly populace is along these lines very likely. beauveria bassiana, an entomogenous organism with a wide host range, happens more generally than metarhizium spp. in the tropics [14]. strains of b. bassiana (bals.) vuill. contrast in their host range [10]. the disease instrument of beauveria in the host creepy crawlies has been accounted for [15-17]. the essential course of host intrusion is through the outer integument by means of the connection of the conidia to the fingernail skin, germination, trailed by infiltration into the fingernail skin. once in the hemocoel, the mycelium ramifies all through the host, shaping yeast-like hyphal bodies or blastospores. host passing is regularly because of a blend of the activity of a contagious poison, the physical check of blood course, supplement consumption. also, the intrusion of organs. the overall objective of the present study was to evaluate differential susceptibility of nymphs and adults of s. longipalpa to entomopathogenic fungi b. bassiana comparing between direct contact and bait treatment methods. materials and methods insects: the cockroaches were collected from april to september / 2014. the cockroaches were reared in plastic boxes covered by plastic lids (30 x 25 x 20 cm) and maintained at 26 ± 2˚c, 50 ± 5% rh for a photoperiod of 12:12 (l: d) from october/2014 to february/2016. they were fed with dry crumble biscuits, bread and water. pieces of facial tissue were provided as harborage. cockroaches were anesthetized by chilling to facilitate handling. this b. bassiana (bals.) vuill. (the chinese isolate b.c.) strain was cultured on sabouraud biology | 3 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 dextrose agar + 1% yeast extract (sday 1%) medium, incubated at 25 ± 1°c and 12 h photophase. conidia were harvested from 15 day old cultures. they were scraped with a sterile looper and collected into sterile plastic tubes (45 cm3) containing 5 ml of 0.01% (v/v) tween 20 (merck, méxico). a suspension of the conidia was vortexed for 5 min; the concentration of propagules was quantified by using a hemocytometer (neubauer chamber) and the suspension was adjusted to 1 x 10 7 and 1x 10 8 spore/ml, its concentration was based on the results of a preliminary experiment. virulence of the fungal strain of b. bassiana, towards nymphs and adults of s. longipalpa was evaluated by direct contact and bait groups of ten adults and ten second and forth instars nymph cockroaches were exposed to 2 ml of a suspension containing 1x10 7 and 1x10 8 spore/ml of b. bassiana on a dry filter paper disc (9 mm diam.). each filter paper was placed into the bottom of a sterilized petri dish (100 mm) for three replicates. control was treated with discs of filter paper, with tween 20, 0.01% (v/v). after 24 h, cockroaches were transferred to plastic cups (250 cm3). and incubated at 26 ± 2°c, 50 ± 5% rh, and 12 h photophase. food and water were placed inside the containers and they were replaced and changed every two days. mortality was monitored daily up to 7 days’ post treatment. in another experimental series, the conidial suspension was applied on bait. bait was prepared and mixed with bran wheat flour proportion w/v mean 1 gm/ ml, and 4 gm of this mixture was applied on the bottom of 35 mm sterilized petri dishes. groups of ten adults and ten second and fourth instars nymph’s cockroaches were exposed to these baits for 72 h. then, cockroaches were transferred to plastic cups (250 cm3) and bait assays were maintained under the conditions mentioned for the direct contact assays, as mentioned above. mortality was monitored daily up to 7 days’ post treatment (17). statistical analysis analyses by anova and comparison of mortality percentage means were done in a completely randomized design by tukey’s test (p < 0.05), using the sas software [18], to study the effect of difference factors for different parameters. least significant difference (l.s.d.) test was used to compare the significance between percentage of mortality in this study. percentage mortalities were corrected according to abbott’s formula [19]. results and discussion as evident from (table 1) that the highest mortality of adults of s. longipalpa reached 53.51% after 7 days’ post treatment of direct exposure to the fungus b. bassiana at concentration 1 x 10 7 spores / ml, at 26 ± 2˚c, 50 ± 5% rh for a photoperiod of 12:12 (l: d), and the lowest mortality reached 28.57% after 3 days’ post treatment at the same concentration and there were significant differences between the mortality to different periods of exposing the adult by the direct method to fungus. table (1) indicated higher mortality to the fourth instar of the nymphs reached 82.76% after 7 days’ post treatment of direct exposure to the fungus concentration of 1x 10 7 spore / ml and reached its lowest mortality 55.17% after 3 days post treatment, but after 5 days’ post treatment reached mortality 68.96 %, and shows there are significant differences between the mortality of the different periods post treatment to the fourth instar of the nymphs, illustrates the same table, the difference in mortality to the second instar nymphs of s. longipalpa and reached its lowest mortality 57.14 % after 3 days post treatment of exposure, and the highest mortality after 7 days and reached 93.10% and show significant differences were high between the mortality to the second instar of the nymphs of the different periods after direct exposure to the fungus. table (1) shows the present significant differences between the mortality of various stages of the s. longipalpa for each period on alone post treatment to periods of 3, 5 and 7 days. where we noted greater the period of post treatment for direct exposure then greater the mortality rates. we conclude that biology | 4 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 the second instar of nymphs are more sensitive to fungus b. bassiana from fourth instar of nymphs, while the adult stage is more resistant. table (2) shows the highest mortality rate was the second instar of the nymphs and reached 64.29 % after 7 days for the treatment of baits mixed with bran wheat flour proportion weight / volume mean 1 gm/ ml of a suspension containing 1x10 7 spore per milliliter of b. bassiana, and 4 gm of this mixture was applied, the lowest mortality rate was 53.57% after 3 days of exposure to bait for the same instar nymphs. as for the fourth instar of nymph highest mortality rate was58.62%, and the lowest mortality rate reached 31.03%, after 7and 3 days of exposure to the baits, respectively. when exposure, the adults to the baits treatment with fungus b. bassiana reached the highest mortality rate 37.93 % after 7 days of treatment, but when 3 days after feeding on baits the lowest percentage of mortality reached 20.69 %. the table (2) indicated the presence of a significant difference in the mortality rate for each stage of the s. longipalpa and to periods after exposure, also there are significant differences between the stages for each of the periods after exposure separately. it shows that the mortality rate in the treatment of direct exposure which were higher than the treatment of baits to all stages of the insect treated. direct contact treatment when compared to bait treatment was more effective, the bait treatment was less efficient than direct contact. the study results do not correspond with the results [20], using 3 × 10 7 conidia/ml of b. bassiana and t. harzianum as inoculated bait against adults of s. longipalpa in iraq resulted 86.67% and 36.67% mortality at seven days’ post exposure, respectively. our results of treatment with direct contact did not agree with results recorded by [21] which m. anisopliae iran 437c had a high virulence against s. longipalpa adult and nymph mortality were 52.5 and 45% treated with 6.6×10 5 conidia/cm 2 , at concentrations of m. anisopliae 1.65×10 7 and 6.6×10 7 conidia/cm 2 , adult and nymph mortality were 100 %, after 7 days of exposure, respectively. also [22] indicated that mortality percentages of nymphs and adults of s. longipalpa were 82.5% and 85% at seven days’ post treatment at similar doses (proportion of 10% ≈ 6.6 × 10 conidia/cm 2 ) and survival times were 4.1 and 3.9 days, respectively, it seems that molting and ecdysis in the tracheal system of nymphs decreases the probability of spiracle blocking and decrease the rate of nymphs’ mortality. results recorded by [23] indicated when the b. germanica treated with b. bassiana at concentration 1 x 10 9 conidia/ml exposed to direct contact the mortality rate of nymphs and adults were 16.7 and 50 % after 5 days after inoculation, also mortality rate was 40 and 80 % after 20 days after inoculation, respectively, but when the b. germanica treated with b. bassiana at concentration 1 x 10 9 conidia/ml exposed to bait, the mortality levels of nymphs and adults treated with bait reach values 50 and 40% after 20 days, respectively. in direct contact treatment contact cockroaches could get higher percentage of conidia. table (3) shows the highest mortality of adults of s. longipalpa reached 78.57% after 7 days’ post treatment of direct exposure to the fungus b. bassiana concentration of 1 x 10 8 spores / ml, at 26 ± 2˚c, 50 ± 5% rh for a photoperiod of 12:12 (l: d), and the lowest mortality reached 46.43% after 3 days post treatment at the same concentration and note that there were significant differences between the mortality to different periods of exposing the adult by the direct method to b. bassiana. intersegment regions of the thorax and abdomen, mouthparts and legs as favorable areas for conidia adherence are more difficult to clean and lead to conidia penetration and adult contamination [24]. table (3) is evident to higher mortality to the fourth instar of the nymphs reached 93.10 % after 7 days’ post treatment of direct exposure to the fungus concentration of 1x 10 8 spore / ml and reached its low and the same method of bait. it shows that the mortality rate in the treatment of direct exposure was higher than the treatment of baits west mortality 62.07 % after 3 days post treatment, but after 5 days post treatment reached mortality 79.31 %, and shows there are significant differences between the mortality of the different periods post treatment to the fourth instar of the nymphs, illustrates the same table, the difference in mortality to the second instar nymphs of s. longipalpa and reached its lowest mortality 64.29 biology | 5 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 % after 3 days post treatment of exposure, and the highest mortality after 7 days and reached 100 % which show significant differences were high between the mortality to the second instar of the nymphs of the different periods after direct exposure to the b. bassiana. ecdysis has been reported to be an important factor in insect resistance to fungal infection, particularly when the time interval between successive molting is short [25]. table (3) shows the presence of significant differences between the mortality of various stages of the s. longipalpa for each period on alone post treatment to periods of 3, 5 and 7 days. where we noted that greater the period of post treatment for direct exposure was then greater the mortality rates. conclude that the second instar of nymphs are more sensitive to fungus b. bassiana from fourth instar of nymphs. while the adult stage is more resistant. it appears in each of table (1 and 3) that there are no significant differences in rate mortality for each of second and fourth nymphs’ instar for all periods after exposure. otherwise, it has been reported elsewhere that cuticular lipids have a profound effect on fungal spore germination and differentiation: they can be toxic, fungistatic, or occasionally, for some pathogenic species, stimulatory [26]. when comparing the mortality rate in each of table (1 and 3) for all stages of the s. longipalpa, we find there is a clear difference in the table (3) where it has the highest mortality rate due to use a higher concentration of the b. bassiana and the same method of direct exposure. table (4) shows the highest mortality rate was the second instar of the nymphs and reached 78.57 % after 7 days for the treatment of baits mixed with bran wheat flour proportion weight / volume mean 1 gm/ 1ml of a suspension containing 1x10 8 spore/ml of b. bassiana, and 4 gm of this mixture was applied, the lowest mortality rate was 57.14% after 3 days of exposure to bait for the same instar nymphs. as for the fourth instar of nymphs’ highest mortality rate was 72.41%, and the lowest mortality rate reached 48.28%, after 7and 3 days of exposure to the baits, respectively. when exposure the adults to the baits treatment with fungus b. bassiana it reached the highest mortality rate 51.72 % after 7 days of treatment, but when 3 days after feeding on baits the lowest percentage of mortality reached 31.03 %. it is known that certain secondary metabolites of entomopathogenic fungi, including destruxins, cyclosporine, and beauverolides, possess functions in impairing the immune response of the host insect, causing death [27]. [28] suggested that the secondary metabolites produced by b. bassiana disable several immune mechanisms of eurygaster integriceps, thus helping the fungus to overcome and kill its host, as the enzymatic defense in insects, detoxification enzymes play significant roles in eliminating exotic. table (4) indicates the presence of a significant difference in the mortality rate for each stage of the s. longipalpa and to periods after exposure and there are also significant differences between the stages for each of the periods after exposure separately. there are no significant differences in rate mortality for each of second and fourth nymphs’ instar for 3 and7 days after exposure table (4). when comparing the mortality rate in each of table (2 and 4) for all stages of the s. longipalpa, we find there is a clear difference in table (4) where it has the highest mortality rate due to use a higher concentration of the b. bassiana to all stages of the insect treated. direct contact treatment when compared to bait treatment was more effective, the bait treatment was less efficient than direct contact. conclusion spiracle blocking by fungal conidia could be another reason contributing to higher mortality rates in nymphs. although the cuticle of insects constitutes an important physical barrier for protection against penetration of entomopathogenic fungal conidia, high mortality rates were observed when nymphs were exposed to suspension of fungus. that the period of ecdysis for nymphs of s. longipalpa take a long period for turning from instar to instar spending about a month, for that do not affect the process of molting in a reduced incidence of the fungus because of the mortality shortly. this differential susceptibility at various life biology | 6 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 stages can be attributed to interaction between the insect integument being penetrated by the fungus and ecdysis of nymph’s stages. these studies showed differences in mortality between nymphs and adults in the same species. we can conclude that b. bassiana (the chinese isolate b.c.) strains showed potential as a biological control agent of nymphs and adults s. longipalpa by direct contact treatment. seem anti-toxins enzymes secreted by the insect against mycotoxins are few and inactive in the nymphs, especially the second instar reversing what exists in the nymphs fourth instar and adults, where the older the insect in a lifetime increased these enzymes quantitative and activity for this reason, we note the high mortality rate in the nymphs second instar and a decline in adults. references 1. cochran, d.g. (1999). cockroaches, their biology, distribution and control. geneva: world health organization. 2. mullen, g.r. and durden, a. (2002). medical and veterinary entomology. usa: academic press. 3. tsai, t.j. and chi, h. (2007). temperature-dependent demography of supella longipalpa (blattodea: blattellidae). j med entomol.; 44(5):772-8. 4. eggleston, p.a. and arruda, l.k. (2001). ecology and elimination of cockroaches and allergens in the home. j allergy clin immunol.; 107(3): s422-9. 5. jacobs, s.b. (2013). the brown-banded cockroach, supella longipalpa. pennsylvania: department of entomology, the pennsylvania state university. 6. gore, j.c. and schal, c. (2007). cockroach allergen biology and mitigation in the indoor environment. annu. rev. entomol.; 52:439-63. 7. savoldelli, s.; suss, l.; lee, c.y. and robinson, w.h. (2005). editors. laboratory evaluation of insecticide gel baits for control of supella longipalpa (dictyoptera: blattellidae). fifth international conference on urban pests, singapore, 1113 july. international conference on urban pests (icup): 2005, 155-8. 8. talwar, b. (2005). isolation and characterization of entomopathogenic fungi and their effectiveness. university of agricultural science. 9. world health organization. pesticides and their application: for the control of vectors and pests of public health importance, (2006). available from: https://extranet.who.int/iris/restricted/handle/ 10665/69223. 10. mccoy, c.w. (1999). entomogenous fungi as microbial pesticides, in new directions in biological control: alternatives for suppressing agricultural pests and diseases (baker, r.r. & dunn, pe., eds) alan r. liss, new york, 139-159. 11. hywel-jones, n.l. (1995). hymenostilbe ventricosa sp. nov., a pathogen of cockroaches in thailand. mycological research.; 99:1201-1204. 12. kaakeh, w.; reid, l. and bennett, g.w. (1996). horizontal transmission of the entomopathogenic metarhizium anisopliae (imperfect fungi: hyphomycetes) and hydromethylnon among german cockroaches (dictyoptera: blatellidae). journal of entomological science.; 31:378-390. 13. zukowski, k. and bajan, c. (1996). studies of the usefulness of beauveria bassiana for eradication of cockroaches (blattella germanica l). roczniki panstwowy zakled higieny.; 47:343-349. 14. vanninen, i. (1995). distribution and occurrence of four entomopathogenic fungi in finland: effect of geographical location, habitat type and soil type. mycological research.; 100:93-101. 15. roberts, d.w. and st. leger, r. j. (2004). metarhizium spp., cosmopolitan insectpathogenic fungi: mycological aspects. advances in applied micro.; 54:170. https://extranet.who.int/iris/restricted/handle/ biology | 7 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 16. wang, j. j.; cheng, w. x. ; ding, w. and zhao, z.m. (2004). the effect of the insecticide dichlorvos on esterase activity extracted from the psocids, liposcelis bostrychophila and l. entomophila. journal of insect science.; 4:23. available online: http://www.insectscience.org/4.23/ 17. thomas, m.b. and read, a.f. (2007). can fungal biopesticides control malaria? nature reviews microbiology.; 5:377-383. 18. sas. (2012). statistical analysis system, user's guide. statistical. version 9.1th ed. sas. inst. inc. cary. n.c. usa. 19. abbott, w. s. a. (1925). method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. j econ entomol.; 18:265-267. 20. aylan, a. h. y. (2011). the laboratory effectives of fungi beauveria bassiana (the chines isolate b.c.) and trichoderma harzianum in biological control of the brown banded cockroach supella longipalpa (dictyoptera: blattidae). basrah j sci.; 28(1):1-10. 21. mona, s.; mossadegh, m. s.; vazirianzadeh, b. and latifi, s. m. (2014). evaluation of conidia-dust formulation of the entomopathogenic fungus, metarhizium anisopliae to biocontrol the brown-banded cockroach, supella longipalpa f. gundeshapur j microbiol.; 7(6):1-6. 22. sharififard, m.; mossadegh, m.s.; vazirianzadhe, b. and zarei m. a. (2011). laboratory pathogenicity of entomopathogenic fungi, beauveria bassiana (bals.) vuill. and metarhizium anisopliae (metch.) sorok. to larvae and adult of house fly, musca domestica l. (diptera: muscidae). asian j bio sci.; 4(2):128-137. 23. gutierrez, a. c.; garcía, j. j.; alzogaray, r.a.; urrutia, m.i, and lópez, l.c.c. (2014). susceptibility of different life stages of blattella germanica (blattodea: blattellidae) and periplaneta fuliginosa (blattodea: blattidae) to entomopathogenic fungi. int. j curr microbiol app sci.; 3(12):614-621. 24. lopes, r. b. and alves, s. b. (2011). differential susceptibility of adults and nymphs of blattella germanica (l.) (blattodea: blattellidae) to infection by metarhizium anisopliae and assessment of delivery strategies. neotrop. entomol.; 40:368-374. 25. ekesi, s. and maniania, n. k. (2000). susceptibility of megalurothrips sjostedti developmental stages to metarhizium anisopliae and the effects of infection on feeding, adult fecundity, egg fertility and longevity. entomol. exp. appl.; 94:229-236. 26. go biowski, m. ; bogu, m. ; paszkiewicz, m. and stepnowski, p. (2011). cuticular lipids of insects as potential biofungicides: methods of lipid composition analysis. anal bioanal chem.; 399:3177-3191. 27. gillespie, a.t. and claydon, n. (1989). the use of entomogenous fungi for pest control and the role of toxins in pathogenesis. pesticide science.; 27:203-215. 28. zibaee, a.; bandani, a. r.; talaei-hassanlouei, r. and malagoli, d. (2011). cellular immune reactions of the sun pest, eurygaster integriceps, to the entomopathogenic fungus, beauveria bassiana and its secondary metabolites. journal of insect science.; 11:138. available online: http://www.insectscience.org/11.138/. http://www.insectscience.org/11.138/ biology | 8 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 table (1) adults and nymphal mortalities of the brown-banded, supella longipalpa for different periods post treated by direct contact with spore suspension concentration 1 x 10 7 spore/ml of fungus beauveria bassiana. the stage mortality / days l.s.d. value 3 days 5 days 7 days adults 28.57 35.71 53.51 9.702* nymph second instar 57.14 79.31 93.10 8.612* nymph fourth instar 55.17 68.96 82.76 8.694* l.s.d. value 8.315* 10.339* 10.963* * (p<0.05) table (2) adults and nymphal mortalities of the brown-banded, supella longipalpa for different periods after exposure by the conidial suspension was applied on bait concentration 1 x 10 7 spore/ml of fungus beauveria bassiana. * (p<0.05) table (3) adults and nymphal mortalities of the brown-banded, supella longipalpa for different periods post treated by direct contact with spore suspension concentration 1 x 10 8 spore/ml of fungus beauveria bassiana. * (p<0.05) the stage mortality /days l.s.d. value 3 days 5 days 7 days adults 20.69 31.03 37.93 9.215* nymph second instar 53.57 57.14 64.29 6.784* nymph fourth instar 31.03 44.82 58.62 8.966* l.s.d. value 8.139* 7.502* 8.940* the stage mortality / days l.s.d. value 3 days 5 days 7 days adults 46.43 64.29 78.57 8.967* nymph second instar 64.29 85.72 100 8.31* nymph fourth instar 62.07 79.31 93.10 8.457* l.s.d. value 8.562* 7.869* 7.240* biology | 9 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1595 1027( عام 3)العدد ( 30)المجلد مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (0) 2017 table (4) adults and nymphal mortalities of the brown-banded, supella longipalpa for different periods after exposure by the conidial suspension was applied on bait concentration 1 x 10 8 spore/ml of fungus beauveria bassiana. the stage mortality / days l.s.d. value 3 days 5 days 7 days adults 31.03 41.38 51.72 7.094* nymph second instar 57.14 64.29 78.57 8.144* nymph fourth instar 48.28 58.62 72.41 8.695* l.s.d. value 7.635* 8.933* 7.625* * (p<0.05) conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |91 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis and spectro-kinetic study of the complexes of pd +2 ion with 2-(5-bromo-2pyridylazo)5diethylaminophenol reagent in ethanol – water solutions muayed khaleel ibrahim dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of baghdad received in:14/december/2016,accepted in:8/march/2017 abstract the complexes of pd +2 ion with 2-(5-bromo-2-pyridylazo)-5-dieıhyl aminophenol (bpadap) were studied kinetically and spectrophotometrically in aqueous ethanolic solutions. the reagent forms 1:1, 2:1 square planer and 1:1 bridged shape binuclear complexes with pd +2 ion. all these complexes (violet colour) absorb light in the same region at 540, 575 and 618nm. the band at 618 nm seems to be specific for complexes of pd +2 ion with bpadap. the rate constants of the growth in 93% h2o + 7% ethanol of 1:1 and 2:1 complexes at 575 and 618 nm were followed the first order kinetics and are quite of the same values , 0.495 and 0.463 min 1 respectively. the rate constants of the decay of 2:1 complex at 618 and 575 nm were followed the first order kinetics; their values are 0.075 and 0.065 min -1 respectively which are slower than the rate of the decay of 1:1 complex. whereas, the rate constants of the growth and decay of 1:1 bridged binuclear complex also followed the first order kinetics but they are much slower than those of 1:1 and 2:1 complexes: the values of the growth are 025min -1 at 575 nm , and 0.16 min -1 at 618 nm. and the values of the decay are 0.0476 min -1 at 575 nm and 0.008min -1 at 61 8 nm. it was found that bpadap can identify and detect in ethanol at 575 and 618 nm less than one microgram up to more than seven micrograms of pd +2 ion . the interference of uo2 +2 , th +4 , pb +2 , cd +2 ,bi +3 , hg +2 and zn + 2 in the detection of pd +2 ion at 575 nm ranges between (25.3 67)%. whereas, the interference of these ions with the detection at 618 nm is only between (2.3 -3.9) %, so it is reasonable to suggest that bpadap is a specific reagent for pd +2 ion at 618 nm. keywords: palladium (ii) ion, bpadap reagent, uv-visible spectrometer, complexes of pd(ii), kinetic study. chemistry |92 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction previously the reagent 2-(5-bromo-2-pyridylazo)-5-diethylaminophenol, bpadap, was used for detection of micro amount quantities of uo2 +2 ion[1-3]. it was found that the ions li + , nh4 + , cs + , sn +2 , cd +2 , hg +2 , pb +2 , be +2 , mg +2 , ca +2 , mn +2 , al +3 , bi +3 , nd +3 , cr +3 , th +4 , mo +6 and w +6 interfere with the determination of uranyl ion by ±2% in the level of 5mg in the detection of 50µg of uranyl ion, it was also found that the ions cu +2 , ni +2 , as +5 , zr +4 , co +2 , v +4 and v +5 interfere in the range of 0.014 mg[3] . in more recent studies [4] it was found that bpadap forms 2:1 complex with uranyl ion in neutral aqueous ethanolic solutions, and forms also complexes with some heavy metal ions such as bi +3 , hg +2 , pb +2 , sm +3 and th +4 as well as with some other metal ions such as mg +2 , cd +2 and al +3 .the reagent was also found to be specifıc for mg +2 ion among the alkaline earth metal ions group (4) . a large number of platinum and palladium complexes containing amine based ligands have become the subject of intensive research, since they are structurally related to cisplatin. the success of cisplatin and other pt(ii) complexes in the treatment of ovarian, testicular, neck and head, esophageal and non-small cell lung cancers and similar properties of pt(ii) and its congener pd(ii), have led to a large effort in the search to find pd(ii) antitumor drugs that are effective against pt(ii) resistant therapies and that have fewer side effects [5]. in this work, the complex of bpadap with pd +2 ion is studied spectrophotometric ally in neutral aqueous ethanolic solutions. the study is included the measurements of electronic spectra, interference of some other metal ions , determination of micro amount quantities of pd +2 ion in the presence of the interfering metal ions, and kinetics study of the decay of pd +2 complexes in aqueous solutions. experimental palladium chloride, pdcl2, purity 99% was of "aldrich". the metal ions used throughout this work of are nitrates from "fluka" except zn and hg which are as chlorides, all purity > 98%, and ethanol was absolute. the reagent 2-(5bromo-2pyridylazo)-5-(diethyl amino) phenol, bpadap (scheme 1) purity > 95% was of "fluka". varian dms 100 uvvisible spectrophotometer (computerized) was used to measure the electronic spectra, optical densities and kinetics data by using a quartz cell of 1 cm path length. the standard solutions of bpadap were prepared in ethanol, and those of metal ions in distilled water. palladium chloride was dissolved in distilled water containing 1-2 drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid. in the determination of the ratio of bpadap to pd +2 ion experiments, the concentration of pd +2 ion was kept constant , 4.4x10 -5 mol dm -3 , and the concentration of the reagent was variable in the range of (0.44-1l)*l0 -5 mol dm -3 . these concentrations give molar ratios of 0.1:1 to 2.5:1. whereas , in the detection of micro amount quantities of pd +2 ion experiments, the concentration of bpadap was kept constant, 0.0001 mol dm 3 , and the concentration of pd +2 ion was variable in the range of ( 0.88-7.04)*l0 -5 mol dm 3 , these concentrations of pd +2 ion give 0.85-6.78 mg of pd +2 ion in 2 ml. in the other experiments, the concentrations of bpadap and pd +2 ion will be mentioned elsewhere. in all experiments, the reference cell, in every solution, was contained the same concentration of bpadap as in the sample cell, this was done to eliminate electronically the absorption bands of the reagent and to obtain only the absorption bands of the complex of bpadap with pd +2 ion. chemistry |93 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 results figure (1) represents maximum wavelength absorption (λmax) bands in the electronic spectra of the reagent bpadap and its complexes (violet colour) with pd +2 ion in ethanol water mixture. table (1) shows the colors and longer wavelength absorption bands in the electronic spectra of the complexes of bpadap with some metal ions that interfere with the test of pd +2 ,table (3) exhibits the data of the most interfering metal ions with the detection of pd +2 ions by bpadap in ethanol. figure (4) shows some of the electronic spectra of the complexes of the interfering study as typical examples. tables 4 and 5 represent the values of the fırst order rate constants and half-life times of the growth and decay processes , and figures 5 and 6 show a typical fırst order plots of the growth and decay of the complexes of b adap with pd +2 ion . discussion the electronic spectra of bpadap and its complex with pd +2 ions figure (1) illustrates that 1:1 complex is characterized by three transitions, shoulders at 540nm (ɛ =1800 m 2 mol -1 ) and at 618nm (ɛ =1700 m 2 mol -1 ), and at 575nm (ɛ =2300 m 2 mol 1 ), i, scheme 2. the shoulder at 540nm and the band at 575nm interfere with the absorption bands of bpadap complexes of many metal ions (table 1), but the transition at 618nm seems to be unique for complex of the reagent with various metal ions [1-4]. the molar ratio method [6-9] was applied to our spectroscopic data, it seems from figure 2 that bpadap forms two kinds of complexes with pd +2 ion in aqueous ethanolic solutions, the first is 1:1 , i (scheme 2); and the other is 2:1, ii (scheme 3); both complexes absorb light at 540, 575, and 618nm (figure 1). the structure i (scheme 2) may be of a square planner configuration, since this leads to the increase force of the ligand field around the central ion owing to the large size of pd +2 ion. this kınd of coordination is very familiar in many palladium complexes such as [pd(h2o)] +2 , [pd(clo4)2].2h2o, and [pd(ch3coo)2]3[10,11].whereas no suffıcient information about the octahedral complexes of pd +2 is available, but by comparison with the spectroscopic data of octahedral complexes of pd +2 ion [10,11], we suggest that the structure of 2:1 complexes in solution ii as shown in scheme 3. detection of micro amount quantities of pd +2 ion by bpadap and recovery. owing to the data of table 2 and figure 3, it can be detectd from less than 1.0 µg of pd +2 ion up to more than 7.0 µg. apparently, the data of table 2 indicate that the detection of pd +2 ion by bpadap at 575nm is greatly affected, (25.3-67)%, by the complexes of bpadap with the ions u02 +2 , th +4 , pb +2 , cd +2 , bi +3 , hg +2 and zn +2 since these complexes absorb light in the region of 510-577nm (table 1). whereas, the data exhibit clearly that the detection is affected only by (2.3 3.9) % when it is carried out at 618nm. accordingly, it is reasonable to assume that the 618nm transition is specifıc for identifıcation, determination and detection of pd +2 ion among the complexes of bpadap with thirty three metal ions (see the introduction). chemistry |94 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 the kinetics of pd +2 complexes in ethanol – water solutions the complexes of pd +2 ion with bpadap are stable in pure ethanol and in 90% water + 10% ethanol, below 10% ethanol in water the complexes become unstable, their decay depends on (i) the molar ratio of bpadap, and (ii) on the percent of ethanol in the solution. initially before the decay, a species is grown within about the fırst two minutes, then the decay was commenced after about fıve minutes. during the period of the growth processes the color of the solution, was remained violet; this indicates that bpadap is stile bonded with pd +2 ion. when the decay occurs above 90% water in solution, bpadap may be replaced by water molecules in one or two bonding positions of pd +2 , this depending on the kind of complex if it is 1:1 or 2:1 as follows : ii +2h2o-----> pd (bpadap) ci2.2h2o (iii) ------------(1) i + h2o -----> pd (bpadap) cl2.3h2o (iv) ------------(2) the rate constant of formation of iii at 618nm, molar ratio is about 2:1, is 0.463m -1 ; and that of iv at 575nm, molar ratio is about 1:1, is 0.495 m -1 . but when pd +2 ion present in excess, [pd +2 ]: [bpadap] is 1:0.46 (table 4); the growth of ii takes longer time. the data of table 4 indicates clearly that formation of iii and iv from ii and i take approximately the same time, half-life times are 1.5 and 1.4 m respectively. while formation of iv when pd +2 ion presents in excess takes longer time, half-life times are 2.77nm at 575nm and 4.33 m at 618nm; this point will be elucidated later. to confırm our suggestion from being water molecules may bond to pd +2 ion instead of bpadap when water is above 90% in solution, the followings should be considered : (i) the decay of molar ratio 0.92:1 complex at 575nm was done in 90% water + 10% ethanol, it is 9.6 times slower than that in 93% water +7% ethanol, kı= 0.024 min -1 and t1/2 = 28.9 min; (ii) the decay of the complexes in either 93% methanol, 93% acetone, or 93%> dimethyl form amide + 7% ethanol was investigated, no decay was observed at all in these solutions . accordingly, iii and iv may decay in 93% water + 7% ethanol by reactions 3 and 4: iii +2h2o ------> pdcl2.4h2o (v) + bpadap ............(3) iv+h2o-------> v + bpadap .................................(4) as it was mentioned earlier the color of pd +2 ion complexes with bpadap in water ethanol solutions is violet, after the decay is completed the color of all solutions becomes yellow. it well known that v and the dilute solution of bpadap have yellow color in aqueous solutions, this indicates that bpadap is unable to compete water in the coordination with pd +2 ion in aqueous solutions, therefore it is reasonable to conclude that reactions 1-4 are irreversible reactions in these solutions. it is important at this moment to mention that after the growth of iii and iv, there is a time in which both complexes seem to be stable before they decay to form v and bpadap (figure 6), this time ranges between 5-10 min .the time interval between the end of growth and beginning of the decay may be necessary for iii and iv to rearrange their structures geometrically for completing the exchange of bpadap by water molecules as shown by reactions 3 and 4. when pd +2 ion presents in excess [bpadap]: [pd +2 ] is 0.47:1, it is obvious that the growth and decay of iv take longer times (table 5). in this case a complex of 1:1 or 2:1 other than i or ii may form, presumably a bridged binuclear complex, vi (scheme 4) which hydrolyzed by water molecules in two steps as shown in equations 5 and 6: vi+ 2h2o----> 2 [pd (bpadap) cl2.h2o] vii….. (5) vii+ h2o ----> pdcl2.2h2o + bpadap……..….. (6) chemistry |95 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 this may explain the slow growth and decay of vii (tables 4 and 5).it is well known that such bridged binuclear complexes of pd +2 ion quite generally are subject to attack by other ligands whereby the bridges are split and two mononuclear species are formed [10-12]. when cl -1 and br -1 are the bridges, the equilibria lie toward the mononuclear complexes [12]. it might be supposed that such bridge splitting reactions should give the trans mononuclear complexes. conclusion bpadap forms with pd +2 ion 1:1, 2:1 and bridged binuclear complexes in ethanol water solution, all (violet in colour) absorb light at 540,575 and 618nm. the longer wavelength transition, at 618nm, is specifıc for pd +2 ion among more than 25 metal ions which form coloured complexes with bpadap. the rate constants of the growth in 93% water + 7% ethanol of 1:1 and 2:1 complexes at 575 and 618 nm are quite of the same values. the rate constants of the decay of 1:1 complex at 618 and 575nm are also close to each other but slower than the rate of decay of l:1 complex by about three times. whereas, the rate constants of the growth and decay of the bridged binuclear complex are slower than those of 1:1 and 2:1 complexes in the same medium. ali complexes hydrolyzed above 90% water + 10 % ethanol to give pdcl2.2h2o the bpadap reagent can detect in ethanolic solutions at 575 and 618nm, from less than one microgram of pd +2 ion up to more than seven micrograms. the interference of uranyl, thorium, lead, cadmium, bismuth, mercuric and zinc ions in the detection of pd +2 ion at 575 nm ranges between (25.3-67) %. whereas, the interference of these ions with the detection at 618nm is between (2.3-3.9) %only. so it can be suggested that bpadap is a specific reagent for pd +2 at 618nm. chemistry |96 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 references 1. das ,s .k . ; kadar, c. s. ; and tripathi, s. c. (2010), "spectrophotometric determination of trace amount of uranium (vi) in different aqueous and organic steam of nuclear fuel processing using 2-(5-bromo-2-pyredylazo)-5-diethylamino-phenol" , j. of radio analytical and nuclear chem ., 285 (3), 675-681. 2. steven, d. hartenstein (1990),"spectrophotometric procedure for determination of uranium with 2-(5-bromo-2-pyredylazo)-5-di ethyl amino-phenol of a nuclear reprocessing facility", analytical chim.. acta , 228 , 279-285. 3. johnson, d .a . and florence, t .m . (1971), "spectrophotometric determination of uranium ( vi ) with 2-(5-bromo-2-pyredylazo)-5-di ethyl amino-phenol", analytical chim .acta , 53 , 7379 mizhir, l .k . (2001), "measurement of the pollution in depleted uranium spectrophotometric ally", thesis, al-mustansiriyh. unv. bagdad. 4. kavitha p. and laxma k. reddy (2016),"pd(ii) complexes bearing chromone based schiff bases: synthesis,characterisation and biological activity studies", arabian journal of chemistry 9, 640–648. 5. dhruba charan dash, (2011)" analytical chemistry ", ph1 learning private limited, new delhi. 7.ali, a.h.saeed, anwar, t.m.althib and laticf k.mizhir (2002),"preparation of a new reagent bis (salicylidene-2-aminopyridine) methane which is a specific ligard of uo2 +2 ion in ethanol solution" , national j .of chem ., 5, 88 -97 8.ali, a.h.saeed ; ayad, h. j assim and mahasin, f. ahmed (2004), "determination of the ratios of ligand to metal ion complexes of triazoles by using electronic spectra in organic solvents" , j . um -salama for science, 1 (1) , 110-114. 9.buu mathew and dayana innocent (2010), "spectrophotometric determination of palladium (ii ) using thioglycolic acid", asian j. chem . , 22(10), 7551-7556. 10.mark, i. and paul, d. beer (2006) , " water and o-donor ligand s ", in encyclopedia of in organic chemistry , wileyvctl , weinheim. 11.bakhmutov, v. i. ;berry, j . f. ; cotton ,f. a. ligaimor s , and murilla c.a. (2005), "non – trivial behavior of palladium ( ii ) acetate",dalton transactions , 11 , 1989 -1992. 12.albert, f. cotton and geoffrey wilkinson (2014), "advanced inorganic chemistry – a comprehensive text", 3 rd ed. , john and wiley sons inc. , new york. chemistry |97 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1): the longer wavelength absorption bands of bpadap complexe with some metal ions in ethanol water mixture. metal ion λmax /nm colour pd +2 540, 575,618 violet uo2 +2 544, 571 reddish pink th +4 526, 562 reddishpink pb +2 540, 568 pink cd +2 543,575 pink bi +3 550, 577 deep pink hg +2 533,550 pink zn +2 510, 540 pink table (2): determination of micro amount quantities of pd +2 by bpadap in ethanol [bpadap] = 0.0001 mol dm -3 which in constant. table (3): the data of the interfering metal ions with the detection of pd +2 ion by bpadap in ethanol. interfering ion 575nm od % interference 618nm od %interference pd +2 1.82 — 1.28 — pd +2 +u02 +2 +th +4 2.28 25.3 1.31 2.3 pd +2 +u02 +2 +th +4 +pb +2 2.94 61.5 1.31 2.3 pd +2 +u02 +2 +th +4 +pb +2 +cd +2 2.93 60.9 1.33 3.9 pd +2 +u02 +2 +th +4 +pb +2 +cd +2 +bi +3 3.04 67 1.33 3.9 pd +2 +u02 +2 +th +4 +pb +2 +cd +2 +bi̇ +3 + hg +2 3.04 67 1.33 3.9 pd +2 +u02 +2 +th +4 +pb +2 +cd +2 +bi +3 + hg +2 +zn +2 2.98 63.7 1.32 3.0 [ p d + 2 ] = 4 . 4 x 1 0 5 m o l d m 3 , [ b p a d a p ] = 1 0 x 1 0 5 mo l d m 3 , b o t h a r e c o n s t a n t s i n a l l me a s u r e me n t s . [ u o 2 + 2 j = [ t h + 4 ] = 2 x 1 0 5 m o l d m 3 , [ p b + 2 ] = [ c d + 2 ] = [ b i + 3 ] = [ h g + 2 ] = 2 . 2 x l 0 5 mo l d m 3 , [ z n + 2 ] = 3 . 2 x 1 0 5 m o l d m 3 . t h e r e f e r e n c e c e l l c o n t a i n s t h e s a me c o n c e n t r a t i o n of b p a d a p a s i n t h e s a mp l e c e l l . [pd +2 ]/10 -5 mol dm -3 pd +2 /10 -5 at 2 ml od/ 575nm od/18n m 0.88 0.85 0.44 0.31 1.76 1.74 0.84 0.63 2.64 2.54 1.16 0.84 3.52 3.40 1.58 1.14 4.40 4.24 1.75 1.23 5.28 5.09 2.23 1.59 6.16 5.94 2.59 1.83 7.04 6.78 2.88 2.09 chemistry |98 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 t a b l e ( 4 ) : r a t e co n s t a n t s a n d h a l f l i f e t i m e o f t h e f i rs t o rd e r g r o w t h . [bpadap]/10 5 mol dm -3 [pd +2 ]/10 -5 mol dm -3 [bpadap] [pd +2 ] λ max /nm k1/m -1 t 1/2 /m 6.7 3.7 1.81:1 618 0.463 1.50 10 11 0.92:1 575 0.495 1.40 6.7 14.7 0.46:1 575 0.25 2.77 6.7 14.7 0-46:1 618 0.16 4.33 all solution of 93% water + 7% ethanol, t=44 ⁰c reference cell contains the same concentration of bpadap in every case. table (5): rate constant and half-life time of the first order decay. [bpadap]/10 -5 mol dm -3 [pd +2 ]/10 5 mol dm 3 [bpadap] [pd +2 ] λ max /nm k1 /min -1 t 1/2 /min 1.0 1.1 0.92:1 618 0.19 3.65 1.0 1.1 0.92:1 575 0.23±0.03 * 3.17±0.34 * 1.0 0.55 1.81:1 618 0.075 9.24 1.0 0.55 1.81:1 575 0.065 10.66 0.7 1.50 0.46:1 618 0.008 86.63 0.7 1.50 0.46:1 575 0.0474 14.55 all solution of 93% water + 7% ethanol, t=44 ⁰c reference cell contains the same concentration of bpadap in every case. (*) average of three experiments chemistry |99 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 ɛ /1 0 2 m 2 .m o l2 wavelength/nm figure (1)-the longer wave length absorption bands in the electronic spectra of bpadap and its complexes with pd +2 ion in ethanol-water mixture. [bpadap]/[pd +2 ] figure (2)-the molar ratios vs optical at λmaxs plots of the complexes of bpadap with pd +2 ion.[pdcl2]=constant=4.4*10 -5 mol dm -3 o d λ m a x o d λ m a x microgram of pd +2 ion /mg figure (3)the calibration curves of the determination of micro amount quantities of pd +2 by bpadap. ο-at λmax 575 nm , □at λmax 618 nm figure (4)the effect of some added interfering metal ions on the optical densities at λmax 575&618 nm of the complexes of pd +2 ion with bpadap in ethanol. the reference cell contains the same concentration of bpadap as in the sample cell. [bpadap]=10x10 -5 mol dm -3 , [pd +2 ]=4.4x10 -5 mol dm -3 ,[uo2 2 ]=[th +4 ]=2x10 -5 mol dm -3 [pd +2 ]=2.2x10 -5 mol dm -3 a b so rb a n c e (1) pd +2 ion alone (2) pd +2 +uo2 +2 +th +4 ions (3) pd +2 +uo2 +2 +th +4 +pd +2 o at λmax 575 nm □ at λmax 618 nm bpadap + 1:1 complex o 2:1 complex chemistry |100 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 time /min figure (5)typical first-order plots of the growth 93% water +7% ethanol. t=44 ⁰ c ln o d time /min figure (6)-typical first-order plots of the growth 93% water +7% ethanol. t=44 ⁰ c ο-at 618 nm, [bpadap] :[pd +2 ] =1.81:1 □-at 575 nm , [bpadap] :[pd +2 ] =1.81:1 -l n o d chemistry |101 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1605 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 scheme (2) square planar scheme (3) bridge scheme (1) bpadap scheme (4) square planar conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry | 88 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 synthesis of some new 2-thioxoimidazolidin-4-one derivatives (part i ) amjad gali aliwi dept. of chemistry/ college of science/ university of al-mustansirya received in:2/november/2015,accepted in:30/march/2016 abstract this research includes the synthesis of new series of heterocyclic compounds. reaction of 2-nitro benzylidene)thiosemicarbazide(1) with ethyl chloro acetate gave (2-nitro benzylidene amino)-2-thioxomidazolidine-4-one(2) ,treatment(2) with methyl iodide to give(3)which was reacted with hydrazine to give 2-hydrazinyl-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino] 1h-imidazol-5(4h)-one, andreation of compound(2) with aromatic aldehydes to give 5arylidene -3-({2-nitro benzylidene}amino)2-thioxo-3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazole-4-one(5a,5b), which was reacted with ethyl aceto acetate to give 4-aryl-1-[2-nitrobenzylidene, amino -6oxo-2-thioxo octa hydro-1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carboxylate and followed synthesis of βlactamederivtives(9a,9b) by treatment derivatives(8a,8b)schiff bases with chloro acetyl chloride .some new compounds were characterized by of some protone nmr of them and ir spectroscopy. keywords: thiosemicarbazone, chalcone , beta lactone, imidazolidin-4-one . chemistry | 89 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 introduction thiosemicarbazones was initially used in the synthesis of antibacterial sulfathiazole . destined for the synthesis of a certain thiosemicarbazone, activity powerful tuberculosis brake of the precursor that has become a major drug tuberculosis ants [1] thiosemicarbazones derivatives are an important class of natural products belonging to the family flavonoids revealed [2] ,which have been reported to possess awide range of biological activities,including anti-bacterial[ 3] ,an anti-fungal [ 4] , anti-inflammatory [5] , anti tumor[6] , and anti-mutation [7] . additionally, it was found on some of thiosemicarbazones derivatives to prevent many important enzymes in cellular systems, such as xanthine oxidase [8] protein tyrosine kinase [9]one strategy that has been used for the synthesis of new acridine derivatives involves combining of loop acridine with a different moiety and work independently in a single hybrid compound covalently linked, using for example the nucleus of thiazolidine or imidazolidine [10].the are also β-lactame derivatives known to exhibit various biological activities like antibiotic,anti fungal and antiinflammatory activities[11]. the aim of work: 1-synthesis of substrat schiff base 2nitro benzylidene)thiosemicarbazide. 2-synthesis of chalconesderivtives -(arylidene)-3-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-2-thioxo 3,5-dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one 3-synthesis of hydrazidederivtives 4synthesis of beta lactamederivtives chemistry | 90 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 cho no2 + nh2nhcsnh2 etoh ch=nnhcsnh2 no2 ethyl chloroacetate ch3coona ch=n no2 n nh s o ch=n no2 n n o sh ch3i ch=n no2 n n o sch3 ch=n no2 n n o nhnh2 n2h4 ar cho acohac2o ch=n no2 n nh s o char ethylacetoacetate ar ch=n no2 n nh s o cooet ar ch=n no2 n nh s o conhnh2 archo ar ch=n no2 n nh s o conhn=char1 chloro acetyl chloride arn ar ch=n no2 n nh s o conh o cl ar = p br c6h4 ar = 2 -no2 c6h4 , p br c 6h4 scheme 1 9a , 9b 8a , 8b 7a , 7b 6a , 6b 5a , 5b 22 3 4 1 etoh indioxane et 3 n n 2 h 4 chemistry | 91 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 4.1. general the ir spectra were recorded by kbr discs using a perkin-elmer 1600 series ftir spectrometer. 1hnmr spectra were recorded on a varian-mercury 300 mhz spectrometer. melting points were determined on ahot stage gallen kamp melting point apparatus and are uncorrected.. preparation of 2-(2-nitrobenzylidene)hydrazine carbothioamide (1) to a mixture of 2-nitro benzaldehyde (0.01 mole, 1.51g) and thiosemicarbazide (0.01 mole) in ethanol (30ml) was refluxed for 3 hrs according to literature procedure[12]. after that, mixture was poured onto ice cold water and stirred for 5 min. the product thus obtained was recrystallized from (ethanol). (yield 62 %), (m.p, 162-164),ftir. (ν,cm -1 )3425,3246 ,( nh2), 3159(nh), 1560 ,1539(c=c of aromatic.), 1602 (c=n), 1518,1338 (no2), 1 hnmr (dmso-d6)(ᵟ,ppm) 11.98 (nh), 8.62 (n=ch), 8.557.81 (m, 4h, arh), 3.67 (s, nh2). synthesis of 3-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-2thioxoimidazolidine--4-one (2) a solution of compound (1) (0.01 mole, 2.42g) in ethanol (50 ml) with ethyl chloroacetate (0.01 mole) in presence of anhydrous sodium acetate(0.03 mole,0.246g) was refluxed for (20 hrs.) after that, the excess solvent was removed through distillation the resulting solid poured onto crash ice and stirred for 30 min and filtered , recrystalliztion from (ethanol). (yield 65 %), (m.p, c°195-197), ),ftir. (ν ,cm -1 ) 3100 (nh) ,3088 (c-h aromatic), 2939 ( ch aliph.), 1732 (c=o ), 1604-1527 (c=car.), 1633 (c=n), 1581,1350 (no2), 1 hnmr (dmso-d6)(ᵟ,ppm) 12.33 (s,2h,nh), 8.89 (n=ch), 7.92-8.31 (m, 4h, arh), 4.23 (ch2). synthesis of 2-(methylthio)-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-3,5-dihydro-4himidazol-4-one(3) to a mixture of compound (2) (0.01 mole, 2.42g) and methyl iodide (0.01 mole,0.142g) in ethanol (30 ml) in presence of anhydrase potassium carbonate was refluxed for (4 hrs.) after completion of reaction it was poured onto 250 ml ice cold water kept for some time ,the solid formed was recrystallized from (ethanol). (yield 55 %), (m.p, c°185187), ),ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3101 (nh) ,3064 (char.), 2937, 2876 ( ch aliph.), 1730 (c=o ), 16041500 (c=car.), 1631 (c=n), 1525,1350 (no2). synthesis of 2-hydrazinyl-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene) amino]1h-imidazol5(4h)-one (4 to a reaction mixture of compound (3) (0.01 mole, 2.72 g) with hydrazine hydrate (0.01 mole ,99%) in 100 ml round bottom flask in ethanol (30ml) was added , the reaction mixture was refluxed for (8 hrs.) after that, mixture was poured onto cold water and stirred for 5 min. the product was filtered and recrystallized from (ethanol). (yield 55 %), (m.p, c°,141143),ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3458, 3417 (nh2), 3210 (nh) ,3043 (char.), 2991,2876 ( ch aliph.), 1720 (c=o ), 1599-1521 (c=car.), 1624 (c=n), 1552,1344 (no2). chemistry | 92 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 synthesisof(5)-5-(arylidene)-3-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-2-thioxo -3,5dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one (5a, 5b) a mixture of compound (2) (0.01 mole, 2.42g) and aromatic aldehyde (0.01 mole) in acetic acid (5 ml) and acetic anhydride (20 ml) were reflaxed for (4 hrs.) after that, mixture was stirred for 30min. the precipitate was collected and purified from appropriate solvent. (5)-5-(4-bromobenzylidene)-3-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-2-thioxo -3,5dihydro-4h-imidazol-4-one(5a): (methanol) (yield 50 %), (m.p, c°,220-222),ftir. (ν ,cm -1 ) 3277 (nh) 3134 (=ch), 3039 (char.), 2947,2862( ch aliph.), 1714 (c=o ), 1593-1519 (c=car.), 1632 (c=c alkene) , 1643 (c=n), 1550,1323 (no2), 687 (c-br), 1 hnmr (dmso-d6) (ᵟ,ppm) 11.34 (nh), 8.4 (n=ch) 7.88-8.23 (m, 8h, arh), 7.67 (s, c=ch). (5)-5-(2-bromobenzylidene)-3-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-2-thioxo -3,5-dihydro-4himidazol-4-one(5b) (ethanol) (yield 60 %), (m.p, c°,214-216), ),ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3435 (nh), 3105 (nh) , 3037 (char.), 2933 ,2871( ch aliph.), 1724 (c=o ), 1602-1485 (c=car.), 1645 (c=c alkene), 1660 (c=n), 1533,1359 (no2), 1 hnmr (dmso-d6)(ᵟ,ppm) 11.03 (nh), 8.24 (n=ch), 7.86 -8.21(m, 8h, arh), 7.66 (s, c=ch). synthesis of ethyl 4-aryl-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-6-oxo-2-thioxo octa-hydro-1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carboxylate (6a , 6b ) a mixture of compound (5a , 5b) (0.01 mole) and ethyl acetoacetate (0.01 mole) in ethanol (20 ml) and sodium hydroxide (0.02 mole ) was reflaxed for (6 hrs.) with constant stirring [13]the crude product was obtained after cooling the reaction mixture and removing excess of solvent under reduced pressure.the crude product was recrystallized from appropriate solvent. ethyl 4-(4-bromo phenyl)-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-6-oxo-2-thioxo octa-hydro-1h benzo[d]imidazole-5-carboxylate(6a) (dmf) (yield 76 %), (m.p, c°,205-207), ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3275 (nh) , 3060 (char.), 2982, 2877 ( ch aliph.), 1734 (c=o ester), 1716 (c=o ketone), 1602-1500 (c=car.), 1649 (c=n), 1529,1327 (no2), 690(c-br) ethyl 4-(2-nitro phenyl)-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-6-oxo-2-thioxo octahydro-1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carboxylate(6b) (ethanol) (yield 71 %), (m.p, c°,223-225), ), ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3427 (nh) , 3086 (c-h of aromatic.), 2980, 2899 ( ch aliph.), 1722 (carbonyl ester), 1714 (c=o ketone), 1587-1514 (c=car.), 1668 (c=n), 1550,1371 (no2) chemistry | 93 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 synthesis of 4-aryl-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene) amino]-6-oxo-2-thioxo octa hydro -1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbohydrazide (7a ,7b ) to a mixture of compound (6a, 6b) (0.01 mole) and hydrazine hydrate (0.01 mole) in ethanol (30ml) was refluxed for (5 hrs.) with constant stirring [14] ,the reaction mixture was allowed to cool at room temperature and stirred for 5 min. the crude product was separated by filtration, and purification by ethanol. 4-(4-bromo phenyl) -1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene) amino]-6-oxo-2-thioxo octa hydro -1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbohydrazide (7a) (ethanol) (yield 65 %), (m.p, c°,228-230), ), ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3455, 3336(nh2), 3154 (nh) , 3082 (char.), 2960, 2871 ( c-h aliphatic.), 1691 (carbonyl amide), 1721 (c=o ketone), 1610-1510 (c=c of aromatic) 1656 (c=n), 1554,1377 (no2), 680 (c-br). 4-(4-bromo phenyl) -1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-6-oxo-2-thioxo octa hydro -1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbohydrazide (7b) (ethanol) (yield 71 %), (m.p, c°,231-233), ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3346, 3318 (nh2), 3127 (nh) , 3068 (char.), 2978,2843 ( c-h aliphatic.), 1686 (c=o amide), 1717 (carbonyl ketone), 16011499 (c=car.), 1657 (c=n), 1543,1351 (no2). synthesis of 4-aryl-n'-arylidene-1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]-6-oxo-2thioxo octa hydro-1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbohydrazid (8a , 8b ) a mixture of compound (7a, 7b) (0.01 mole) and 4-bromo benzaldehyde (0.01 mole,1.85g) in ethanol (30ml) resulted mixture was refluxed for (5 hrs.) after completion of reaction ,water was added,and the resulted precipitate was filtered off ,washed with water and recrystallized from ethanol. 4-(4-bromophenyl)-n'-4-bromo benzylidene -1-[(2-nitrobenzylidene)amino]6-oxo-2-thioxo octa hydro-1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbohydrazide(8a) (ethanol) (yield 60 %), (m.p, c°,177-179), ftir. (kbr,cm -1 ) 3416(nh amide), 3273 (nh, imidazole) , 3054 (c-h aromatic.), 2985, 2867 ( ch aliph.), 1637 (carbonyl amide), 1726 (c=o ketone), 1600-1503 (c=c of aromatic.), 1620 (c=n), 1541,1336 (no2), 657(c-br) 4-(2-bromophenyl)-n'-4-bromo benzylidene -1-[(2-itrobenzylidene)amino]6-oxo-2-thioxo octa hydro-1h-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbohydrazide(8b) (ethanol) (yield 61 %), (m.p, c°,165-167), ftir. (kbr,cm -1 ) 3308(nh amide), 3234 (nh, imidazole) , 3088 (char.), 2928, 2879 ( c-h aliphatic.), 1656 (c=o amide), 1713 (carbonyl ketone), 1602-1500 (c=c of aromatic.), 1616 (c=n), 1550,1330 (no2). synthesis of n-(3-chloro-2-aryl-4-oxoazetidin-1-yl)-1-(2nitrobenzylideneamino)-4-aryl-6-oxo-2-thioxooctahydro-1hbenzo[d]imidazole -5-carboxamide (9a , 9b ) to a stirred solution of compound (8a, 8b) (0.01 mole), and triethyl amine (0.02 mole) in dioxane (30ml), chloro acetyl chloride(0.02 mole)was added dropwise at(0-5c). the reaction mixture was refluxed for (9 hrs.)[15] and the mixture was poured onto ice cold water and stirred for 5 min. the precipitate was obtained and purified from benzene. chemistry | 94 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 n-(3-chloro-2-(4-bromo phenyl)-4-oxoazetidin-1-yl)-1-(2-nitrobenzylideneamino)-4-(4bromo phenyl)6-oxo-2-thioxooctahydro-1hbenzo[d]imidazole -5-carboxamide (9a) (benzene) (yield 55 %), (m.p, c°,247-249), ftir. (ν,cm -1 ) 3379(nh amide), 3226 (nh, imidazole) , 3051 (char.), 2983, 2861 ( ch aliph.), 1734 (c=o beta lactame), 1683 (c=o amide), 1701 (carbonyl ketone ), 1602-1500 (c=c ofaromatic.), 1651 (c=n), 1558,1363 (no2), 698 (c-br), 790 (c-cl). results and discussion schemes (1) summarized the synthesis of different thiosemicarbazone derivatives (1) which was synthesized by treatment of thiosemicarbazide with 2-nitrobenzaldehyde[16]. the reaction is followed by the disappearance of the carbonyl group of aldehyde and the appearance of the new (c=n) band at (1602 cm -1 ) and bands at (3425cm -1 ) and at (3246 cm -1 ) for stretching vibration of (nh2 group) and the ftir. spectrum show other bands, 3159(nh) , 3028 (char.), 2978 ( ch aliph.), 1580-1539 (c=car.), 1518,1338 (no2)figure(1), the 1 hnmr spectrum shows signals at δ11.98 ppm(nh),δ8.62ppm (=ch), δ7.81 -8.55 ppm (m, 4h, arh), δ3.67ppm (s, nh2 group)figure(2) ,imidiazolidine (2) have been prepared by the reaction of compound (1) with ethyl chloroacetate, the reaction proceeds by elimination of ethanol and hcl molecules cyclization reaction according the mechanisam(1) in scheme(2): chemistry | 95 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 ch=nnhcsnh 2 no2 cl-ch2-c-oet + o ch=nnhcsn-h no2 o=c-ch-cl h ch3coo ch=nnhcsn-h no2 o=c-ch-cl ch=nnhcs-n-h no2 o=c-c-h h cl t.s -cl ch=nno2 n nh s o scheme (2) it follows a reaction by appearance of the new (c=o) band at 1732cm -1 , band at 3100 (nh) , and the ftir. spectrum shows other bands (cm -1 ) at 3088 (char.), at 2939 ( ch aliph.), at 1604-1527 (c=car.), at 1633 (c=n) and at 1581,1350 (no2) the ir spectrum data of compound(2)fig(3), the 1 hnmr spectrum shows signals (δppm) at δ12.33ppm (nh), 8.89 (n=ch), δ7.92 -8.31ppm (m, 4h, arh), 4.23ppm (ch2) figure(4).the treatment of compound (2) with methyl iodide led to the formation of (3). compound (3) has been identified by ftir spectrum which shows appearance band at 3101for (nh) , band at 3064 (char.), band 1730 (c=o ), bands at 1604-1500 due to (c=car.),band at 1631 (c=n) and bands due to 1525,1350 (no2). compound (4)have been obtained by reaction of the hydrazine hydrate with compound (3) . the. the ftir spectrum of compound (4) shows the appearance of the two bands (asymmetric & symmetric at 3458, 3317 for (nh2) group, while stretching chemistry | 96 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 vibration of (nh) appearance at 3210 , band at 3043due to (char.),and the other bands appearance at 2991, ( ch aliph.), 1720 (c=o ), 1599-1521 (c=car.), 1624 (c=n), 1552,1344 (no2). imidazol-4-one derivatives (5a and 5b) are well known for their usefulress as starting material and biological activity, which were prepared by treatment of compounds (2) with aromatic aldehyde , take place by elimination of h2o . the formation of chalcone was confirmed by appearance band of double bond at (1632 cm -1 ) for (5a), and appearance of other bands as shown . 3277 (nh) 3134 (=ch), 3039 (char.), 2947 ( ch aliph.), 1714 (c=o ), 1593-1519 (c=car.), 1632 (c=c alkene) , 1643 (c=n), 1550,1323 (no2), 687 (c-br), the 1 hnmr spectrum shows signals (δ,ppm) atδ11.34ppm (nh), δ8.4ppm (n=ch), δ7.88 8.23ppm (m, 8h, arh)δ 7.67ppm (s, c=ch). when the compounds (5a , 5b ) were reaction with ethyl acetoacetate, derivatives (6a , 6b) were obtained in good result.the ftir spectra exhibited a band due to (c=o) of ester at (1722 cm -1 ) for compound (6b), and the spectrum shows other bands as shown , 3427 (nh) , 3086 (char.), 2980, 2899, 2831 ( ch aliph.), 1714 (c=o ketone), 1587-1514 (c=car.), 1668 (c=n), 1550,1371 (no2). hydrazide derivative (7a, 7b) have been obtained by reaction of compounds (6a , 6b) with hydrazine hydrate , mechanism of this reaction[17] showed the lone pair of electron of amino group has attacked carbon of carbonyl group and then lose ethanol. the ftir spectrum of compound (7a) shows band at ( 3455, 3336 cm -1 ) for (nh2) group , and the other bands appearance as shown , 3154 (nh) , 3082 (char.), 2960, 2871 ( ch aliph.), 1691 (carbonyamide), 1721 (c=o ketone), 1610-1510 (c=c aromatic.), 1656 (c=n), 1554,1377 (no2),680 (c-br). refluxing compound (7a,7b) with p-bromo benzaldehyde offered good yields of compound (8a , 8b). the ftir spectrum of compound (8b) shows disappearance bands of nh2 and appearance band of( c=n ) at 1616 cm -1 and the other bands at 3308(nh amide), 3234 (nh, imidazole) , 3088 (char.), 2928, 2879 ( ch aliph.), 1656 (carbonyl amide), 1713 (c=o ketone), 1602-1500 (c=c aromatic.), 1550,1330 (no2) .chloro acetyl chloride was of used as cyclizing agent for cyclization of schiff's base derivatives (8a , 8b) to produce beta lactamaccording the mechanism(2) in scheme(3).the ftir spectrum of compound (9a ) shows appearance sharp band at 1734 for stretching vibration of (c=o) of beta lactam and other bands (9a ) as shown, 3379(nh amide), 3226 (nh, imidazole) , 3051 (char.), 2983, 2861 ( ch aliph.), 1683 (c=o amide), 1701 (carbonyl ketone), 1602-1500 (c=c aromatic.), 1651 (c=n), 1558,1363 (no2), 698 (c-br), 790 (c-cl) chemistry | 97 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 mech(2): cl-ch 2 -c-cl et 3 n: o o + clch-c-cl et 3 nh+ no2 ch=n--n nh s o ar -conhn=char +cl-ch=c=o ketene : r no2 nh o ch=n--n no2 nhch=n--n o conhn=char ar -s c o c hcl + + conhn=char o cl ar s scheme (3) references 1singh.r, shanker. p and mishra.r ,(2011),"synthesis and evaluation of biological activities of thiosemicarbazonesderivatives"international journal of pharmtech research (3)3,1625-1629 2musstafa.h, abdel-rahman , hussan.a,elsherief and abdel-hamed , (2005),"synthesis of some quinolinethiosemicarbazone derivatives of potential antimicrobial activity"bull. pharm. sci. assiut university, 28, 79-93. 3sami.g, abdel-hassan,(2014)," synthesis and characterization of some novel thiosemicarbazone derivatives containing the tetrazole moiety "journal of chemicaland pharmaceutical research, 6(11):460-464. 4. fatondji. h. r,gbaguidi.f,kpoviessi.s,bero.j,hannaert.v,leclercq. j. q and j. poupaert ,( 2011), "synthesis, characterization and trypanocidal activity of some aromatic thiosemicarbazones and their 1,3,4thiadiazolines derivatives" ,african journal of pure and applied chemistry. 5(1), 59-64. no.of scheme scheme no (1) synthesis of compouds(1-9b) scheme no(2) mechanism(1) scheme no(3) mechanism(2) chemistry | 98 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 5nadia a. mohamed∗, riham r. mohamed, rania s. seoudi, (2014), "synthesis and characterization of some novel antimicrobial thiosemicarbazone o carboxymethyl chitosan derivatives ",international journal of biological macromolecules 63,163–169 6 ali ahmadi.s,ghazanfari. d, (2013),"one-pot synthesis of functionalized thiazolidine4-ones from thiosemicarbazone derivatives and activated acetylenes in water as a green solvent",iranian journal of catalysis 3(3), 177-181. 7-jehan a. hasanen ,)2012), "synthesis and mass spectra of some new 3-substituted coumarin derivatives" der pharmachemica, , 4(5):1923-1934. 8-souza. m. a , johann. s,rodrigues.l. a,lima. s ,mendes. f. i. c. and beraldo.h , (2013), "the antimicrobial activity of lapachol and its thiosemicarbazone and semicarbazone derivatives" meminstoswaldo cruz, rio de janeiro108(3): 342-351. 9-mazoir1. nandbenharref. a,(2015" hemisynthesis of new thiosemicarbazone derivatives resulting from latex of moroccan endemic plant: euphorbia officinarum"j. mater. environ. sci. 6 (2) 592-597. 10-vitalino.s. m,lafayette. e. a,bezerra gomes da silva .l. p,cruzamorim. c. a, oliveira t. b, ana l. tascagois ruiz ,carvalho. j. eandmoura.r. o ,)2015) " synthesis, dna binding, and antiproliferative activity of novel acridine-thiosemicarbazonederivatives"int. j. mol. sci., 16, 13023-13042 . 11-ovanyi.d. k lax,.berenyi.e,magyar.kandtoboly.s,(2004)"synthesis and evaluation of biological activity of thiosemicarbazone derivatives"med.chem.67-82. 12-jatav.v,mishra.p,kashaw.s,( 2008)." synthesis study biological activity of 1,2,4 triazolederivtives ".stableseur.j.med.chem.,43:135 13-roman .g,(2004),"synthesis and antibacterial activity of some new imidazole derivtives",acta chem. solv.51,537-544. 14-sharma,r.s and bahel,s.c.,(1982) "synthesis of oxadiazole,triazole&thiadiazole ",j.ind.chem.soc.,lix,877-880. 15-madan,s.;arora,r.;venugopalan,p and bari,s.s.(2000),"synthesis of some new 1, 2,3triazole derivtives and study biological activity "tetrahedron let.41,5577 16-henderiksonj.p,grammd.g,hamond,g.s.translatedbyyacine a.a.,g.h.tamam,and.khahfam.a,(2000)"organic chemistry" 4th 17-rada.i.al-bayatiandabdalhassin.k.s,habib.m .j ,(2008), al-mustansirya j.sci..19,.4. chemistry | 99 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 chemistry | 100 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 chemistry | 101 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 chemistry | 102 2016( عاو 3انعذد ) 29يجهت إبٍ انهيثى نهعهىو انصزفت و انخطبيقيت انًجهذ ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 29 (3) 2016 اون – 4 –ثايوكسواميذازولذيه -2تحضير بعض المشتقاث الجذيذة مه امجاد غالي عليوي قسى انكيًياء/كهيت انعهىو/انجايعت انًسخُصزيت 2102/ارار/01قبل في: ، 2102/تشريه الثاوي/2استلم في: الخالصت َيخزوبُشنذيٍ -2حضًٍ هذا انبحث ححضيز سهسهه جذيذة يٍ انًزكباث انحهقيت غيز انًخجاَسه ,يخفاعم اوٌ( ,يعايم -4-ثايىاكسىاييذاسونذيٍ -2-َيخزوبُشنذيٍ اييُى( -2(يع اثيم كهىرواسخيج نيعطي )1ثايىسيًكاربشايذ) -h4-داي هيذرو -5,3-ثايى اكسى-2َيخزوبُشنذيٍ( اييُى( -2)-3اريهذيٍ 5اروياحيت نيعطي( يعانذيهايذاث 2انًزكب ) – h1-ثايى اكسى اوكخا هيذرو -2-اوكسى -6-اوَانذي يخفاعم يع االثيم اسيخى اسيخيج نيعطي اريم اييُى -4-اييذاسول ( قىاعذ شيف يع كهىرو 8a,bيعايهت انًزكباث )ويخبعه ححضيز يشخقاث انيبخاالكخاو يٍ كاربىكسيهيج -5-بُشواييذاسول 1-ثايىكسىاوكخاهيذرو -2-اوكسى -2أكسى-6-َيخزوبُشنذيٍ ( اييُى -2) -4-اريم -4,نيعطياسخيم كهىرايذ كاربىكساييذ , وقذ حى حشخيص انًزكباث انًحضزة بىاسطه حقُيت طيف انزَيٍ انُىوي انًغُاطيسي –5 -بُشواييذاسول ححج انحًزاء . األشعت يفنهبعض يُها وط اوٌ -4-اييذاسونذيٌٍ ,: انثايىسيًاكاربشوٌ , جانكىٌ , بيخاالكخى الكلماث المفتاحيت ihjpas. 36(2)2023 289 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license abstract in this paper, two parameters for the exponential distribution were estimated using the bayesian estimation method under three different loss functions: the squared error loss function, the precautionary loss function, and the entropy loss function. the exponential distribution prior and gamma distribution have been assumed as the priors of the scale γ and location δ parameters respectively. in bayesian estimation, maximum likelihood estimators have been used as the initial estimators, and the tierney-kadane approximation has been used effectively. based on the montecarlo simulation method, those estimators were compared depending on the mean squared errors (mses). the results showed that the bayesian estimation under the entropy loss function, assuming exponential distribution and gamma distribution priors for the scale and location parameters, respectively, is the best estimator for the scale parameter. the best estimation method for location is the bayesian estimation under the entropy loss function in case of a small value of the scale γ (say γ < 1). bayesian estimation under the precautionary loss function is the best in case of a relatively large value of the scale γ (say γ > 1). keywords: exponential distribution, maximum likelihood estimator, squared error loss function, precautionary loss function, entropy loss function, tierney and kadane approximation. 1.introduction exponential distribution has great importance and a great role in different industrial and engineering applications, in addition to the theory of waiting in lines or queues (queuing theory), which exists in different situations. also, it is used when the failure rate is constant with time, where sometimes there is a need to find reliability that starts from a specific time and not from zero. even though the importance of exponential distribution has both theoretical and practical sides, it remains poorly studied. therefore, the main objective of this paper is to find the best estimator for the location and the scale parameters using bayesian estimation and compare the doi.org/10.30526/36.2.2946 article history: received 3 august 2022, accepted 4 september 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq bayesian estimation for two parameters of exponential distribution under different loss functions maryam n. abd department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. memealzubaydi@gmail.com huda a. rasheed department of mathematics, college of science, mustansiriyah university, baghdad, iraq. iraqalnoor1@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:memealzubaydi@gmail.com ihjpas. 36(2)2023 290 performance of these estimators under a mean squared error (mse)-based monte carlo simulation study. the probability density function (p.d.f) of the two parameters exponential distribution is given by [1]: 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿) = 1 𝛾 𝑒 − (𝑥−𝛿) 𝛾 ; 𝑥 > 𝛿 , 𝛾 > 0 , 𝛿 ≥ 0 (1) where, γ and δ are the scale and location parameters, respectively. the exponential distribution is a special case of the weibull distribution where γ = 1 [2]. the cumulative distribution function (cdf) of the exponential distribution is: 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿) = 1 − 𝑒 − (𝑥−𝛿) 𝛾 . (2) in general, the reliability function is defined as follows: 𝑅(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿 ) = 1 − 𝐹(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿). therefore, the reliability function r(t) of the exponential distribution is: 𝑅(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿 ) = 𝑒 − (𝑥−𝛿) 𝛾 . (3) the hazard function is given by: ℎ(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿) = 𝑓(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿) 𝑅(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿 ) . after substituting (1) and (2) into ℎ(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿), the hazard function of exponential distribution becomes as follows: ℎ(𝑥; 𝛾, 𝛿) = 1 𝛾 . (4) 2. estimation methods this section focuses on some bayesian estimators of the two unknown parameters of exponential distribution using the maximum likelihood estimator (mle) as an initial values for bayesian estimators. 2.1 maximum likelihood estimator (mle) the maximum likelihood (ml) method was developed by r. a. fisher (1912) and has been widely used since then [3]. the maximum likelihood method aims to maximize the likelihood function. assume that 𝑥1, 𝑥2, …, 𝑥𝑛 are a random samples of size (𝑛) drawn from an exponential distribution with scale parameter γ and the location parameter δ. then, the maximum likelihood estimator can be obtained by deriving the logarithm of the likelihood function and its equality to zero. the likelihood function for the two-parameter the exponential distribution will be as follows: 𝐿(𝛾, δ| 𝑥 ) = ∏ 𝑓(𝑥𝑖 ; 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾, δ) = ∏ [ 1 𝛾 𝑒 − (𝑥−𝛿) 𝛾 ]𝑛𝑖=1 = 1 𝛾𝑛 𝑒 − 1 𝛾 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 . (5) the logarithm of the likelihood function is given by. ℓ𝑀𝐿 = − nln 𝛾− 1 𝛾 ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − 𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 . (6) differentiating ℓ𝑀𝐿 partially with respect to 𝛾 and 𝛿, respectively and equating to zero yields: 𝜕ℓ𝑀𝐿 𝜕δ = −𝑛 𝛾 = 0. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 291 notice that, δ ̂ that maximizes the likelihood function can be obtained using order statistic where, δ̂ = min(x1, x2, … , xn) = 𝑋(1). 𝜕ℓ𝑀𝐿 𝜕γ = −𝑛 𝛾 + 1 𝛾2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − 𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 = 0. after some simplification, we get: 𝛾 = 1 𝑛 ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − 𝑋(1)) 𝑛 𝑖=1 . 3. bayesian estimation 3.1 posterior density function using exponential and gamma priors to estimate the two unknown parameters for exponential distribution 𝛾 and δ, the prior for 𝛾 j1(.) is assumed as exponential distribution with the scale parameter c, i.e. [4]: j1(𝛾)= { 𝑐𝑒−𝑐𝛾 ; 𝑐 > 0 , 𝛾 > 0 0 ; 0. 𝑤 on the other hand, the prior distribution j2(.) for δ is assumed as the gamma distribution with two unknown parameters (a, b) as a scale and shape parameters for 𝜇 respectively. i.e. [4]: j2(δ) = { (𝑏)𝑎δ𝑎−1𝑒 −𝑏δ γ(𝑎) ; a > 0, b > 0, δ > 0 0 ; 0. 𝑤 furthermore, γ and μ are assumed as independent random variables. therefore, the joint prior distribution of γ and δ will be as follows: j(γ,δ) = j1(γ) j2(δ) = 𝑐𝑒−𝑐𝛾 (𝑏)𝑎δ𝑎−1𝑒 −𝑏δ γ(𝑎) . hence, the joint posterior density function of γ and δ is given by: h(γ, δ|x1, x2, … , xn) = l(x1, x2, … , xn, ; γ, δ) j(γ, δ) ∫ ∫ l(x1, x2, … , xn, ; γ, δ) j(γ, δ)dγdδ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 , ℎ(𝛾, δ│x) = 𝛾−𝒏 𝒆 − ∑ (𝒙𝒊−𝜹) 𝒏 𝒊=𝟏 𝛾 𝑐𝑒 −𝑐𝛾 𝑏𝑎 δ𝑎−1𝑒 −𝑏δ ∫ ∫ 𝛾−𝒏 𝒆 − ∑ (𝒙𝒊−𝜹) 𝒏 𝒊=𝟏 𝛾 𝑐𝑒 −𝑐𝛾 𝑏𝑎 δ𝑎−1𝑒 −𝑏δ dγdδ ∞ 𝟎 ∞ 𝟎 . 3.2 tierney-kadane approximation assume that u(γ, δ) be any function for γ and δ. therefore, e[u(γ, δ)] = ∫ ∫ u(γ, δ) ∞ 0 ∞ 0 h(γ, δ|x1, … xn)dγ dδ = ∫ ∫ u(γ,δ) ∞ 0 ∞ 0 l(x1,x2,…,xn;γ,δ) j(γ,δ) dγ dδ ∫ ∫ l(x1,x2,…,xn;γ,δ) j(γ,δ) dγ dδ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 . notice that, there is a difficulty in obtaining the solution of the ratio of two integrals. therefore, many approximation methods exist for this purpose. one of them is the tierney-kadane approximation which can be applied as follows: consider the functions δ(γ, δ) and 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾, 𝛿) are defined as follows, respectively: 𝛿(𝛾, 𝛿) = 𝑙𝑛𝐿(𝛾,𝛿)+𝑙𝑛𝐽(𝛾,𝛿) 𝑛 . (7) 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾, 𝛿) = δ(γ,δ) + ln 𝑢(𝛾,𝛿) 𝑛 . (8) furthermore, assume that δ(𝛾𝛿 ,𝛿𝛿 ) and 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾𝛿∗ , 𝛿𝛿∗ ) maximize the functions δ(γ, δ) and 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾, 𝛿), respectively, where 𝛾𝛿∗ is the initial value for γ and 𝛿𝛿∗ is the initial value for δ. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 292 assume that│∑│𝑎𝑛𝑑 |∑γ ∗ | denote the determinants of negative inverse hessian of δ(γ, δ) and 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾, 𝛿), where │∑│ = [ ∂2δ ∂γ2 ∂2δ ∂δ2 − ∂2δ ∂γ ∂δ ∂2δ ∂δ ∂γ ]−1. and |∑γ ∗ | = [ ∂2𝛿𝛾 ∗ ∂γ2 ∂2𝛿𝛾 ∗ ∂δ2 − ∂2𝛿𝛾 ∗ ∂γ ∂δ ∂2𝛿𝛾 ∗ ∂δ ∂γ ]−1. therefore, e[u(γ, δ)] can be approximated as the following: e[u(γ, δ)] = √ |∑γ ∗ | │∑│ 𝑒[𝑛{𝛿𝛾 ∗ (�̂�𝛿∗ ,�̂�𝛿∗ )− 𝛿(�̂�𝛿,�̂�𝛿)}]. 3.3 bayes estimator under squared error loss function the squared error loss function is one of the symmetric functions of γ ̂ given by mood, graybill, and boes (1974). it is widely used for most estimation problems. it can be defined as [5]: l(γ̂, γ) = (γ̂ − γ)2. the risk function rs(γ̂, γ) is the posterior expectation of the loss function l(γ̂, γ) with respect to h(γ|x). that is: rs(γ̂, γ) = e[l(γ̂, γ)], rs(γ̂, γ) = ∫ l(γ̂, γ)h(γ|x)dγ ∞ 0 , rs(γ̂, γ) = ∫ (γ̂ − γ) 2∞ 0 h(γ|x)dγ, rs(γ̂, γ) = γ̂ 2 − 2γ̂e(γ|x) + e(γ2|x). (9) thus, the value of γ̂ that minimizes the posterior risk (9) is obtained by setting its first partial derivative with respect to γ̂ equal to zero. that is, γ̂s is the posterior mean. taking the partial derivative for rs(γ̂, γ) with respect to γ̂ and setting it equal to zero yields, 2γ̂ − 2e(γ|x) = 0, γ̂s = e(γ|x). where γ̂s is denoted by the bayesian estimation for γ under the squared error loss function. i) bayesian estimation for γ under squared error loss function to obtain bayesian estimation for 𝛾 under self, assume that: u(γ, δ ) = γ. hence, 𝐸[γ│𝑋] = ∫ ∫ γ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 γ−n e − ∑ (xi−δ) n i=1 γ 𝑐𝑒 −𝑐𝛾 𝑏𝑎 δ𝑎−1𝑒 −𝑏δ𝑑𝛾𝑑𝛿 ∫ ∫ γ−n e − ∑ (xi−δ) n i=1 γ 𝑐𝑒 −𝑐𝛾 𝑏𝑎 δ𝑎−1𝑒 −𝑏δ 𝑑𝛾𝑑𝛿 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 . therefore, the tierney-kadane approximation will be used as follows: 𝑙𝑛𝐽(𝛾, 𝛿) = 𝑙𝑛𝑐 − 𝑐 𝛾 + 𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑏 + (𝑎 − 1) 𝑙𝑛𝛿 − 𝑏𝛿 − 𝑙𝑛𝛤(𝑎). (10) substituting (6) and (10) in (7) yields, 𝛿 (𝛾, 𝛿) = 1 𝑛 [−𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝛾 − ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾 + 𝑎 𝑙𝑛 𝑏 + (𝑎 − 1) 𝑙𝑛 𝛿 − 𝑏𝛿 + 𝑙𝑛 𝑐 − 𝛾𝑐 − 𝑙𝑛 𝛤(𝑎)]. now, according to (8), 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾, 𝛿) can be obtained as follows: 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾, 𝛿) = 1 𝑛 [−𝑛 𝑙𝑛 𝛾 − ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾 + 𝑎 𝑙𝑛 𝑏 + (𝑎 − 1) 𝑙𝑛 𝛿 − 𝑏𝛿 + 𝑙𝑛 𝑐 − 𝛾𝑐 − 𝑙𝑛 𝛤(𝑎)] + ln 𝛾 𝑛 , 𝜕𝛿 𝜕𝛾 = 1 𝑛 [ −𝑛 𝛾 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾2 – 𝑐], ihjpas. 36(2)2023 293 ∂2δ ∂γ2 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ], 𝜕𝛿 𝜕𝛿 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾 + (𝑎−1) 𝛿 − 𝑏 ], ∂2δ ∂δ2 = (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 , ∂2δ ∂γ ∂δ = −1 𝛾2 , │∑│= [ 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ] (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝛾4 ]−1. in order to compute |∑𝛾𝑆𝐸𝐿 ∗ | , we first get the following expressions: 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛾 = 1 𝑛 [ −𝑛 𝛾 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾2 – 𝑐] + 1 𝑛𝛾 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ2 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ] − 1 𝑛𝛾2 , 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛿 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾 + (𝑎−1) 𝛿 − 𝑏 ], ∂2𝛿∗ ∂δ2 = (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ ∂δ = −1 𝛾2 , |∑𝛾𝑆𝐸𝐿 ∗ | = [ 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 − 1 𝛾2 ] (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝛾4 ]−1, 𝛾𝑆= √ |∑𝛾𝑆𝐸𝐿 ∗ | │∑│ 𝑒[𝑛{𝛿𝛾 ∗ (�̂�𝛿∗ ,�̂�𝛿∗ )− δ(�̂�𝛿,�̂�𝛿)}]. (11) ii) bayesian estimation for δ under squared error loss function similarly, 𝛿 can be estimated as follows: assume that, 𝑢(𝛾, 𝛿) = 𝛿. and therefore, 𝛿𝛿 ∗ (𝛾, 𝛿) = δ(γ,δ) + ln 𝛿 𝑛 . in order to compute |∑𝛿𝑆𝐸𝐿 ∗ | , we first get the following expressions: 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛾 = 1 𝑛 [ −𝑛 𝛾 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾2 – 𝑐], ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ2 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ], 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛿 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾 + (𝑎−1) 𝛿 − 𝑏 ] + 1 𝑛𝛿 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂δ2 = (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝑛δ2 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ ∂δ = −1 𝛾2 , |∑𝛿𝑆𝐸𝐿 ∗ | = [ 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ] (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝑛δ2 − 1 𝛾4 ]−1. then, ihjpas. 36(2)2023 294 �̂�𝑺= √ |∑𝜹𝑺𝑬𝑳 ∗ | │∑│ 𝒆[𝒏{𝜹𝜹 ∗ (�̂�𝜹∗ ,�̂�𝜹∗ )− 𝛅(�̂�𝜹,�̂�𝜹)}]. (12) 3.4 bayes estimator under precautionary loss function norstrom (1996) introduced asymmetric surrogate precautionary loss functions and also introduced a general class of precautionary loss functions as a special case. these loss functions get infinitely close to the origin to prevent underestimation, thus giving conservative estimates, especially when estimating low failure rates. these capabilities are very useful, but underestimating them can have disastrous consequences. a very useful and simple asymmetric spare-loss function is [6]: l(θ̂, θ) = (θ−θ̂) 2 θ̂ . based on the precautionary loss function, the risk function rp(γ̂, γ) can be derived as follows: rp(γ̂, γ) = e[l(γ̂, γ)] = ∫ l(γ̂, γ) h(γ|x)dγ ∞ 0 rp(γ̂, γ) = ∫ (γ − γ̂)2 γ̂ ∞ 0 h(γ|x)dγ = ∫ (γ2γ̂−1) h(γ|x)dγ − ∫ 2γ h(γ|x)dγ ∞ 0 + ∫ γ̂ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 h(γ|x)dγ rp(γ̂, γ) = e(γ 2|x)γ̂−1 − 2e(γ|x) + γ̂. taking the partial derivative for rp(γ̂, γ) with respect to γ̂ and setting it equal to zero yields: −e(γ2|x)γ̂−2 + 1 = 0. thus, γ̂p 2 = e(γ2|x), hence, the bayesian estimator for γ relative to the precautionary loss function is denoted by γ̂p is given by: γ̂p = √e(γ 2|x) . i) bayesian estimation for γ under precautionary loss function obtaining bayesian estimation for 𝛾 under plf assumes that: u(γ, δ ) = 𝛾 2. and therefore, 𝛿𝛿 ∗ (𝛾, 𝛿) = δ(γ, δ) + ln 𝛾2 𝑛 . in order to compute |∑𝛾𝑃𝐿 ∗ |, we first get the following expressions: 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛾 = 1 𝑛 [ −𝑛 𝛾 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾2 – 𝑐]+ 2 𝑛𝛾 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ2 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ] − 2 𝑛𝛾2 , 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛿 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾 + (𝑎−1) 𝛿 − 𝑏 ], ∂2𝛿∗ ∂δ2 = (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ ∂δ = −1 𝛾2 , ihjpas. 36(2)2023 295 |∑𝛾𝑃𝐿 ∗ | = [ 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 − 2 𝛾2 ] (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝛾4 ]−1. hence, 𝛾𝑃 =[√ |∑𝛾𝑃𝐿 ∗ | │∑│ 𝑒[𝑛{𝛿𝛾 ∗ (�̂�𝛿∗ ,�̂�𝛿∗ )− δ(�̂�𝛿,�̂�𝛿)} ] 1 2. (13) ii) bayesian estimation for the location parameter δ under precautionary loss function similarly, 𝛿 can be estimated as follows: assume that, 𝑢(𝛾, 𝛿) = 𝛿 2. and therefore, 𝛿𝛿 ∗ (𝛾, 𝛿) = δ(γ, δ) + ln 𝛿2 𝑛 . in order to compute |∑𝛿𝑃𝐿 ∗ | , we first get the following expressions: 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛾 = 1 𝑛 [ −𝑛 𝛾 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾2 – 𝑐], ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ2 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ], 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛿 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾 + (𝑎−1) 𝛿 − 𝑏 ]+ 2 𝑛𝛿 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂δ2 = (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 − 2 𝑛𝛿2 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ ∂δ = −1 𝛾2 , |∑𝛿𝑃𝐿 ∗ | = [ 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ] (1−𝑎)−2 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝛾4 ]−1. thus, 𝛿𝑃 =[√ |∑𝛿𝑃𝐿 ∗ | │∑│ 𝑒[𝑛{𝛿𝛿 ∗ (�̂�𝛿∗ ,�̂�𝛿∗ )− δ(�̂�𝛿,�̂�𝛿)} ] 1 2 . (14) 3.3 bayes estimator under entropy loss function the entropy loss function was originally proposed by galabria and pulcini (1994). it is derived from the linex loss function and defined as [7]: l(θ̂, θ) ∝ ( θ̂ θ ) 𝑝 − 𝑝 ln ( θ̂ θ ) − 1. we’ll assume that 𝑝 = 1. based on entropy loss function, the risk function re(θ̂, θ) can be derived as follows: re(θ̂, θ) = e[l(θ̂, θ)] = ∫ l(θ̂, θ) h(θ|x)dγ ∞ 0 re(θ̂, θ) = ∫ (( θ̂ θ ) − ln ( θ̂ θ ) − 1) ∞ 0 h(θ|x)dθ. taking the partial derivative for re(θ̂, θ) with respect to θ̂ yields, ∂re(θ̂,θ) ∂θ̂ = ∫ ( 1 θ ) h(θ|x)dγ − ∫ 1 θ̂ ∞ 0 ∞ 0 h(θ|x)dγ. let ∂re(θ̂,θ) ∂θ̂ = 0 , yields e ( 1 θ |x) − 1 θ̂ = 0. hence, the bayesian estimator under entropy loss function will be as follows: ihjpas. 36(2)2023 296 θ̂e = [e(θ −1|x)]−1. i) bayesian estimation for γ under entropy loss function bayesian estimation for γ under entropy loss function can be obtained as follows: let 𝑢(𝛾, 𝛿) = 1 𝛾 . and therefore, 𝛿𝛾 ∗(𝛾, 𝛿) = δ(γ, δ) + ln 1 𝛾 𝑛 . in order to compute |∑𝛾𝐸𝐿 ∗ |, we first get the following expressions: 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛾 = 1 𝑛 [ −𝑛 𝛾 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾2 – 𝑐] 1 𝑛𝛾 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ2 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ] + 1 𝑛𝛾2 , 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛿 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾 + (𝑎−1) 𝛿 − 𝑏 ], ∂2𝛿∗ ∂δ2 = (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ ∂δ = −1 𝛾2 , |∑𝛾𝐸𝐿 ∗ | = [ 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 + 1 𝛾2 ] (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝛾4 ]−1. then, 𝛾𝐸= [√ |∑𝛾𝐸𝐿 ∗ | │∑│ 𝑒[𝑛{𝛿𝛾 ∗ (�̂�𝛿∗ ,�̂�𝛿∗ )− δ(�̂�𝛿,�̂�𝛿)}]]−1 . (15) ii) bayesian estimation for δ under entropy loss function bayesian estimation for δ under entropy loss function can be obtained as follows: let 𝑢(𝛾, 𝛿) = 1 𝛿 . therefore, 𝛿𝛿 ∗ (𝛾, 𝛿) = δ(γ, δ) + ln( 1 𝛿 ) 𝑛 . in order to compute |∑𝛿𝐸𝐿 ∗ | , we first get the following expressions: 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛾 = 1 𝑛 [ −𝑛 𝛾 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾2 – 𝑐], ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ2 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ], 𝜕𝛿∗ 𝜕𝛿 = 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾 + (𝑎−1) 𝛿 − 𝑏 ] 1 𝑛𝛾 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂δ2 = (1−𝑎) 𝑛𝛿2 + 1 𝑛δ2 , ∂2𝛿∗ ∂γ ∂δ = −1 𝛾2 , |∑𝛿𝐸𝐿 ∗ | = [ 1 𝑛 [ 𝑛 𝛾2 − 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−𝛿) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝛾3 ] (1−𝑎)+1 𝑛𝛿2 − 1 𝛾4 ]−1. then, δ̂𝐸 = [√ |∑𝛿𝐸𝐿 ∗ | │∑│ 𝑒[𝑛{𝛿𝛿 ∗ (�̂�𝛿∗ ,�̂�𝛿∗ )− δ(�̂�𝛿,�̂�𝛿)}]]−1. (16) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 297 simulation study in this section, monte-carlo simulation is employed to compare the performance of five different estimates (maximum likelihood estimator, bayes estimator under squared error loss function, bayes estimator under entropy loss function, bayes estimator under precautionary loss function) for unknown scale and location parameters. the comparison is made on the basis of the mean squared error (mse’s), which is defined as follows: mse(𝜃) = ∑ (�̂�𝑖−𝜃) 2𝑅 𝑖=1 𝑅 . where r is the number of replications (generated samples). in this paper, r = 5000 sample of size n = 10, 30, 50, and 100 is to represent small, moderate, and large sample sizes from an exponential distribution with γ = 0.5, 1.5 and δ = 0.8, 2. the parameter for the prior distribution of γ is chosen as c = 0.4 and the two parameters of the gamma prior of δ are assumed as a = 0.3 and b = 0.6 discussion the results are summarized and tabulated in tables (1-8) which contain the expected values and (mses) for estimating γ and δ, and we have observed that: 1. the mse values for different estimation methods increase with increasing values of γ or δ. 2. the bayesian estimation under entropy loss function with assuming the exponential distribution and gamma distribution priors of the scale and the location parameters, respectively, is the best estimator for γ. 3. it is clear that the best estimation method for δ is the bayesian estimation under the entropy loss function in the case of a small value of γ (say γ < 1) while bayesian estimation under the precautionary loss function is the best in the case of a relatively large value of γ (say γ > 1). 4. generally, the bayes estimate for each of γ and δ are better than the maximum-likelihood estimates. table 1: the expected values of different estimators for scale parameter γ of exponential distribution when γ = 0.5 n method δ 10 30 50 100 γ̂ml 0.8 0.44891420 0.48373730 0.49016020 0.49513680 γ̂se 0.44833940 0.48366570 0.49013460 0.49513010 γ̂e 0.44833720 0.48366560 0.49013450 0.49513010 γ̂p 0.44834030 0.48366580 0.49013470 0.49513010 γ̂ml 2 0.44891410 0.48373720 0.49016010 0.49513680 γ̂se 0.44881240 0.48372580 0.49015650 0.49513560 γ̂e 0.44881220 0.48372580 0.49015660 0.49513550 γ̂p 0.44881240 0.48372580 0.49015670 0.49513570 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 298 table 2: the mse values of different estimators for scale parameter γ of exponential distribution when γ = 0.5 n method δ 10 30 50 100 γ̂ml 0.8 0.02490506 0.00825872 0.00499760 0.00255322 γ̂se 0.02480166 0.00825400 0.00499656 0.00255308 γ̂e 0.02480095 0.00825400 0.00499656 0.00255308 γ̂p 0.02480199 0.00825401 0.00499655 0.00255308 γ̂ml 2 0.02490506 0.00825872 0.00499760 0.00255323 γ̂ se 0.02488599 0.00825792 0.00499743 0.00255320 γ̂e 0.02488597 0.00825792 0.00499743 0.00255320 γ̂p 0.02488600 0.00825792 0.00499743 0.00255320 table 3: the expected values of different estimators for scale parameter γ of exponential distribution when γ = 1.5 n method δ 10 30 50 100 γ̂ml 0.8 1.34674300 1.45121400 1.47047900 1.48540900 γ̂se 1.33628700 1.44952700 1.46982700 1.48523600 γ̂e 1.33607700 1.44952300 1.46982600 1.48523600 γ̂p 1.33638800 1.44952900 1.46982700 1.48523600 γ̂ml 2 1.34674300 1.45121400 1.47047900 1.48540900 γ̂se 1.34434900 1.45090400 1.47036600 1.48537900 γ̂e 1.34433600 1.45090400 1.47036600 1.48537900 γ̂p 1.34435500 1.45090500 1.47036700 1.48537900 table 4: the mse values of different estimators for scale parameter γ of exponential distribution when γ = 1.5 n method δ 10 30 50 100 γ̂ml 0.8 0.22414510 0.07432850 0.04497841 0.02297903 γ̂se 0.21975310 0.07402348 0.04490448 0.02296835 γ̂e 0.21958860 0.07402191 0.04490434 0.02296834 γ̂p 0.21983030 0.07402430 0.04490453 0.02296836 γ̂ml 2 0.22414520 0.07432850 0.04497840 0.02297903 γ̂se 0.22287770 0.07426836 0.04496492 0.02297720 γ̂e 0.22286580 0.07426828 0.04496492 0.02297719 γ̂p 0.22288340 0.07426836 0.04496482 0.02297721 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 299 table 5: the expected values of different estimators for the location parameter δ of exponential distribution when δ = 0.8 n method γ 10 30 50 100 δ̂ml 0.5 0.84943810 0.81654290 0.80986330 0.80493010 δ̂se 0.84540890 0.81520250 0.80906610 0.80453480 δ̂e 0.84528550 0.81519470 0.80906360 0.80453440 δ̂p 0.84546530 0.81520490 0.80906710 0.80453500 δ̂ml 1.5 0.94831380 0.84963150 0.82959090 0.81479020 δ̂se 0.80684980 0.77114510 0.77653750 0.78571520 δ̂e 0.77337370 0.74146620 0.76579320 0.78308200 δ̂p 0.82826040 0.77865910 0.78010240 0.78680470 table 6: the mse values of different estimators for the location parameter δ of exponential distribution when δ = 0.8 n method γ 10 30 50 100 δ̂ml 0.5 0.00488748 0.00055560 0.00019943 0.00004816 δ̂se 0.00453428 0.00051516 0.00018462 0.00004448 δ̂e 0.00452783 0.00051498 0.00018458 0.00004448 δ̂p 0.00453743 0.00051525 0.00018464 0.00004448 δ̂ml 1.5 0.04398723 0.00500045 0.00179484 0.00043346 δ̂se 0.03550759 0.00582472 0.00223016 0.00055773 δ̂e 0.07198691 0.01483009 0.00375661 0.00069869 δ̂p 0.03065065 0.00471544 0.00189898 0.00050857 table 7: the expected values of different estimators for the location parameter δ of exponential distribution when δ = 2 n method γ 10 30 50 100 δ̂ml 0.5 2.04943400 2.01654200 2.00986100 2.00492500 δ̂se 2.04767900 2.01599500 2.00954100 2.00476700 δ̂e 2.04766800 2.01599400 2.00954100 2.00476700 δ̂p 2.04768400 2.01599500 2.00954000 2.00476800 δ̂ml 1.5 2.14831400 2.04962900 2.02959000 2.01479300 δ̂se 2.04289200 2.00840900 2.00449300 2.00213900 δ̂e 2.00838700 2.00557600 2.00363300 2.00195300 δ̂p 2.05189000 2.00958700 2.00489100 2.00222900 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 300 table 8: the mse values of different estimators for the location parameter δ of exponential distribution when δ = 2 n method γ 10 30 50 100 δ̂ml 0.5 0.00488748 0.00055560 0.00019943 0.00004816 δ̂se 0.00471630 0.00053813 0.00019317 0.00004663 δ̂e 0.00471540 0.00053812 0.00019316 0.00004663 δ̂p 0.00471674 0.00053814 0.00019317 0.00004663 δ̂ml 1.5 0.04398722 0.00500045 0.00179484 0.00043346 δ̂se 0.03865999 0.00363416 0.00115354 0.00024975 δ̂e 0.06743077 0.00395757 0.00118017 0.00025086 δ̂p 0.03536728 0.00354006 0.00114343 0.00024927 references 1.ahmad, s. p.; bhat, b. a., posterior estimates of two parameter exponential distribution using s-plus software, journal of reliability and statistical studies, 2010, 3, 2, 27-34. 2.rashid m. z.; akhter a. s. estimation accuracy of exponential distribution parameters, pakistan journal of statistics and operation research, 2011, 7, 2, 217-232,. 3. he h., zhou n., zhang r., on estimation for the pareto distribution, statistical methodology, 2014, 21, 49–58. 4. kumar, d.; kumar, p. singh, s. k. ; singh, u. a new asymmetric loss function: estimation of parameter of exponential distribution. journal of statistics applications & probability letters, 2019, 6, 1, 37-50. issn 2090-8458. 5.li, j.; ren, h., estimation of one parameter exponential family under a precautionary loss function based on record values, international journal of engineering and manufacturing, 2012, 2, 3, 75-81. 6.naji, l. f.; rasheed, h. a.bayesian estimation for two parameters of gamma distribution under precautionary loss function, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2019,32, 1, 193-202, 7.rashidi, n., sanjari farsipour, n., bayesian estimation of reliability for rayleigh distribution under the entropy loss function, journal of statistical modelling: theory and applications, 2022,3, 1, 1-8. 17 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. different applicationsoptical properties of organic beetroot dye and its suma h.al-shaikh hussin department of physics, college of science for women, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. sumaha_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq abstract extraction and preparation of red organic dye from beetroot plant in different concentrations by using the solvent extraction process. ethanol was the solvent used to prepare five different concentrations at the ratio of (dye: ethanol) abbreviated (d: e) 5:0,4:1, 3:2, 2:3,1:4. the optical, structural, and morphological properties are studied for the samples. the results appeared using the uv-vis spectroscope the maximum peak of absorption a spectrum at wavelength aλmax=480 nm when the transmittance t at the same wavelength 25% and the reflectivity 0.8%. florescent f spectrum of beetroot dye is measured at wavelength fλmax=535nm achieved to redshift about δλ=55 nm. also, measured the energy band gap eg=2.36 ev and the refractive index n=1.36 of beetroot dye. finally, the atomic force microscopy (afm) found the average particle size of dye is 85.9 nm. the results illustrated the organic beetroot dye has a good homogeneity and stability at room temperature so that it can be used in painting, optical, and industrial applications. also, the dye can be applied in color optics and color optical contact lenses, laser, and sensitive dye solar cells, which means in different applications because it was harmless, environmentally friendly, and fall under green energy. keywords: beetroot plant; extracted beetroot dye; optical properties of beetroot dye; organic dye; red dye. 1. introduction dyes are organic chemical compounds that depend on light absorption properties to produce colors[1]. dyes are classified into two types; synthetic dyes derived from chemical materials and natural dyes derived from natural sources like plants, animals, and minerals[2]. pigments are colored materials that absorb selective wavelengths. some of these pigments fade in washed or sunlight or are exposed to air. while, others do not adsorb onto fibers, or cannot be dissolved in water[3]. however, the range of colors in plants varies from yellow to black [4]. the type of root plants ranging in color from purple to red contains a high proportion of the compound betaines is the material that earns the color red[5]. beetroot dyes were derived from the beetroot plant in ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/35.2.2722 article history: received,11 , november, 2021, accepted, 25, january,2022, published in april 2022. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:sumaha_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:sumaha_phys@csw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 18 different methods such as the use of continuous diffusion devices. the dye of beet can be from powder by drying or freeze-drying. usually, the beet dye is obtained from the hydraulic age and then compressed and squeezed to obtain the dye after filtration and the resulting quantity is about 50% of the quantity of beetroot [6]. in 2012 a.thankappan et al. they studied the effect of betanin natural dye extracted from red beetroot on nonlinear optical properties of zno nanoplates embedded in polymeric matrices. the natural pigment from a plant has been extensively investigated as a sensitizer for the dssc, in which red beetroot pigments maximum conversion efficiency of 0.67%[7]. m.abdelrahmanet.al in 2013 they researched the possibility of using the beet dye as a laser gain medium. they concluded that the beet dyes solution has a high fluorescence quantum yield to act as a laser gain medium [8]. a.k.shoo 2015extracted a natural color from amaranth and beetroot dyes. used two techniques to draw the dyes from amaranth and beetroot ultra-sonication assisted extraction techniques, microwave-assisted extraction techniques. they found these two methods increase the rate of extraction of natural color as compared to other cultural techniques. natural color is safe to use, nutritious, and less polluting [9]. lorain et al. in 2018investigated the thither acidity on the stability of beetroot by drying spray and freeze drying[10]. r.arthikha and k.madhanasundareswari 2019 found that beetroot was an avenue as a major source of natural pigments with high content of betacyanins. the study shows that the beetroot sample yields the highest extraction with 5gram in 10ml of distilled at 100⁰c in 10min with a ph range of 4. this work takes a step toward the replacement of synthetic dyes with natural dye which is eco-friendly and safe [11]. the aims of the work are preparation red organic natural dye by extraction from the beetroot plant and investigated the optical, structural and morphological properties, and determined how the ability to use organic dye is friendly with the environment used for painting, optical, industrial applications. 1.2 optical properties of beetroot dye. optical properties and optical constants are important in determining the range of ability to use the beetroot dye in the optical application. when a light wave propagates in a medium, its intensity will be reduced exponentially. the reduced intensity occurs due to the absorption in the medium. the lambert-beer law describes how light intensity changes when light passes through a medium [12]. i(x) = i0e −x (1) where i0= initial intensity of the incident radiation, i(x)= light intensity of the light passes through a distance x,=absorption coefficient. the absorption coefficient is the ratio of the decrease in the emission of the radiation to the unit of distance towards the propagation of the wave within the center depends on the energy of the falling photon and the characteristics of the semiconductor and the length of the absorbed center path. also refers to a fraction of light absorbed in the medium at an optical thickness dcan be calculated from use equation (2) [12]. 2.303 d 2 reflection r related between absorbance (a) and transmittance (t) are [12] r=1-a-t 3 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 19 the extinction coefficient (k0) represented the inertia of the electromagnetic wave within the material and represents the imaginary part of the coefficient of refraction related to the absorption coefficient in the following equation (4)[13]. k0= 4 bandgap energy e(ev)could be obtained by equation (5) [14] 𝜆 𝑐𝑢𝑡 𝑜𝑓𝑓= 1240 𝐸 (5) where λcut off =cut off wavelength in (nm). 2. materials and method the materials used to prepare organic red beetroot dye are  one kilo of fresh beetroot pant as shown in figure 1. figure 1. fresh beetroot pants. used ethanol solvent to prepare beetroot dye as shown in figure 2. the properties of ethanol as shown in table 1. figure 2. ethanol solvent. table 1. the properties of ethanol solvent. 1 the chemical formula for ethanol c₂h₅oh 2 made in uk 3 color transparent 4 status of the material liquid 5 density 0.789gm/cm3 6 boiling temperature 78 ⁰c 7 solubility in water good mixing 8 purity 99.95% ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 20 2.1 method of preparing beetroot dye used 1 kg of beetroot plant and cleaned from the soil and contaminants by washing in distilled water then left it dry at room temperature . the clean beetroot was crushed using mortar into small pieces as shown in figure 3. figure 3. beetroot crushing using mortar into small pieces. filtrated the crushing beetroot by using multilayers to obtain the pure red squeezer as shown in figure 4. figure 4. beetroot squeezer. to convert the pure red squeezer to the red dye we added ethanol solvent in different concentrations as shown in table 2. table 2. different concentrations of dye. number of samples concentrations dye ethanol 1 pure dye 50 2 41 3 32 4 23 5 14 figure 5 refers to a samples image of the red dye in different concentrations. figure 5. the samples of red dye in different concentrations. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 21 all the five samples of the red dye in different concentrations putting into a magnetic stirrer for 2h respectively then aging all the samples for three days before use. figure 6 shows five samples of preparation red dye in different concentrations after aging for three days. figure 6. five different concentrations of red dye after aging for three days. 2.2 preparation of thin films of beetroot dye. prepared five thin films in different concentrations by depositing 0.2 ml of different concentrations of the dye in glass slid and dried for seven days at room temperature as shown in figure7. figure 7. thin films in different concentrations of beetroot dye 3. result and discussion study the characterizations of the organic beetroot dye, by measuring the optical properties and optical constants that include absorption(a), transmission(t), reflectivity(r), energy bandgap (eg), absorption coefficient (α), extinction coefficient(k0) and refractive index (n). also, structural property such as fourier transform (ftir), and morphological property is measured by atomic force microscopy (afm). 3.1 optical properties and optical constant of beetroot dye. the optical properties of the beetroot dye were obtained by obtaining the absorbance spectrum for all concentrations from wavelengths 200-1100nm. figure 8 shows the maximum peak of absorption spectra of the different concentrations of beetroot dyes at the wavelength max=480 nm and that agrees with research [15], [16]. ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 22 figure 8. absorption spectra for all different concentrations of organic beetroot dye. the optimum concentration of beetroot dye is3:2 which gives the lowest transmittance with the highest absorption as shown in figure 9. the maximum absorption wavelength at λmax=480 (nm) confronts the minimum transmittance of about t= 25% and that results agree with the researcher[17]. figure 9. the absorption (a) and transmittance (t) of beetroot dye in concentration 3:2. figure 10 refers to the best reflectivity spectrum at concentration 3:2was found to be the lowest value of 0.8% and consistent with the results of the absorbance spectrum, when the reflectivity is the lowest the absorbance will be the highest value. figure 10. the spectrum of reflectivity of beetroot dye concentration is 3:2. figure11 represents to fluorescence spectrums of the beetroot dye and the maximum shift obtained from concentration3:2. thus, the shift difference (∆λ) between the peak of the fluorescence wavelength at 535 nm and the peak of the absorption wavelength at 480 nm. the 0 1 2 3 4 5 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 a b so rp ti o n ( a .u ) wavelength λ(nm) pure 4d:1e 3d:2e 2d:3e 1d:4e λmax=480 (nm) 0 1 2 3 4 5 200 400 600 800 1000 a b so rp ti o n ( a .u ) wavelength λ(nm) 3d:2eλmax=480 (nm) 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 200 400 600 800 1000 t ra n sm it a n c e t % ( a .u ) wavelength λ(nm) 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 200 400 600 800 1000 r e fl e c ti o n ( a .u ) wavelength λ(nm) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 23 shift difference (∆λ= fλmax-aλmax=55 nm) means the redshift leads to expansion of the absorption spectrum of the dye, and that agrees with the researcher [18]. these optical properties of the dye can be utilized in panting, color optics, color optics contact lenses, laser, and industrial applications. figure11. fluorescence spectrums fand the shift difference ∆λof the beetroot dye at concentration 3:2. the energy band gap was calculated to the optimum concentration 3:2which give the highest absorbance by equation 5 iseg=2.58 evand that agrees withresearcher[19]. figure 12 shows the linear absorption coefficient(α) at optimum concentration 3:2 calculated by equation2., which is a function of wavelength and depends on absorbance(a) and thickness d of the cavity of dye solution =1 cm. figure 12. absorption coefficient(α) of beetroot dye. figure 13 shows the extinction coefficient (k0), which represents the extinction of the electromagnetic wave within the material, which is absorbed by the matter electrons from the falling photon energy [20]. the extinction coefficient is calculated by the value of the absorption factor at the wavelength (480nm) according to equation 4. the extinction coefficient depends on absorbance and wavelength and increases with wavelength and absorption coefficient. 0 1 2 3 4 5 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 a b so rp ti o n a  & f lu o re sc e n c e f  (a .u ) wavelength λ(nm) a λmax=480 nm f max=535 nm 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 a b so rp ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t α x 1 0 (c m ¯ ¹) wavelength λ(nm) λmax=480 (nm) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 24 figure 13. the extinction coefficient (k0) variation as a function of wavelength of beetroot dye at concentration 32. the refractive index (n) of solution beetroot dye in optimum concentration32 measured by refractometer ar4 device from germany and the refractive index value was equal to n=1.3668.the benefit of finding the refractive index of a dye is analyzing the sample's purity and determining the amount or concentration of dissolved substances within the sample. 3.2 structural properties of beetroot dye. the structural property of fourier transforms infrared spectroscopy ftir is tested to optimum sample. 3.2.1 ftir to beetroot dye. ftir is used to determine the chemical elements and identifies the chemical bonds in the compounds[21]. the ftir spectra of optimum concentration of beetroot dye 3:2 are analyzed and given in figure 14. the transmittance bond to the organic groups like oh occurred between (3800-3000)(cm=1) stretching hydroxyl (o-h), which denoting water as moisture was observed as the broad bank. peaks at (293,2889)(cm-1) indicated stretching modes. the peak (2360cm-1) refers to the existence of ferredoxin fe-s. stretching of carboxylate is typical of an amino acid (c=o) occurred at(1639 cm-1) the peak (1385 cm-1) is a weak band of ammonium ion (nh4 +) and the weak bond of sulfate occurred at peak (1054 cm-1)stretching vibration of ester modes c-o and these results are useful in determining the degradation of the dye during storage, therefore its use in optical and industrial applications and that agreement with researches[22-23]. figure 14. ftir of beetroot dye at concentration 32. 3.3 the morphological characterizations of beetroot dye. the morphology of beetroot dye investigates by atomic force microscopy (afm). 3.3.1 (afm) analysis. surface morphology and roughness optimized sample at concentration 3:2 investigated using afm. the roughness average (12.775nm), root mean square(23.359nm) and the average particle 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100e x ti n c ti o n c o e ff ic ie n t k ₒ (a .u ) wavelength λ(nm) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 25 size (85.9nm), determine using 2d,3d images as shown in figure 15. these results show a good homogeneity and stability of the dye also, it can be used in optical and industrial applications, and that agreement with research [24-25]. . figure 15. afm images for beetroot dye in concentration 3:2 a) 2d images, b) 3d image. 4. conclusion from the results obtained, it can extract organic red dye from beetroot plants and used to in optical applied applications instead of harmful chemical red dyes. prepares five different concentrations of beetroot dye and the optimized concentration at 3:2.the maximum absorption wavelength of the dye (a λmax=480nm). also, bandgap energy (eg=2.58ev) and the refractive index (n=1.36). the maximum fluoresces wavelength of the dye at (fλmax=535nm) and shifts differently (∆λ=55nm), which means redshift. the average particle size of the dye is (85.9nm). from these results, obtained the organic red dye can be used in different applications such as (optical, industrial, and scientific research). used natural beetroot dye example to develop toolkits for creating structural colors that could offer a more sustainable alternative to conventional pigments, the production of which can have baleful impacts on the environment. references 1. kumar, a. ; dixit, u.; singh, k. ; gupta, s. p. ; beg, m. s. j. structure and properties of dyes and pigments,intechopen ltd., 2021, 97104, 1–21, doi: 10.5772/intechopen.97104. 2. mussak, r. a. m.; bechtold, t. natural colorants in textile dyeing. austria: john wiley & sons, ltd., 2009. 3. al zumahi, s. m. a. et al. extraction, optical properties, and aging studies of natural pigments of various flower plants, heliyon, 2020, 6, 9, 1–13, doi: 10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e05104. 4. kasajima, i. measuring plant colors, plant biotechnol., 2019, 36, 2, 63–75, doi: 10.5511/plantbiotechnology.19.0322a. 5. a.nisa et al., quality assessment and application of red natural dye from beetroot (beta vulgaris),” pakistan j. agric. res., 2021, 34, 3, 552–558, doi: 10.17582/journal.pjar/2021/34.3.552.558. 6. chaudhary, s. ; singh, n. coloring of food by the use of natural color extracted by beetroot ( beta vulgaris ), betalain pigment . coloración de alimentos mediante el uso de color natural extraído de remolacha ( beta vulgaris ), pigmento betalaína . 2021, 9, 1, 142–147. 7. thankappan, a.; thomas, s.; nampoori, v. p. n. effect of betanin natural dye extracted from red beet root on the non linear optical properties zno nanoplates embedded in polymeric matrices,j. appl. phys.,2012, 112, 12, 104–123, doi: a ) b ) ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 26 10.17582/journal.pjar/2021/34.3.552.558. 8. abdelrahman, a. h.; abdelrahman, m. a.; elbadawy, m. k. ; others, possibility of using the beet dyes as a laser gain medium, nat. sci., 2013, 5, 11, 1183–1188. 9. ampleatil, n. m.; miraje, s. y.; patil, p. d.; sahoo, a. k. ; mote, g. v. natural color extraction from amaranth and beetroot: a review,” indian j. appl. res.,2015, 5, 5, 19–20. 10. antigo, j. l. d.; bergamasco, r. de c. ; madrona, g. s. effect of ph on the stability of red beet extract (beta vulgaris l.) microcapsules produced by spray drying or freeze drying, food sci. technol., 2018, 38, 1, 72–77. doi: 10.1590/1678-457x.34316. 11. arthikha r. ; madhanasundareswari, k. study on optimization and pigment analysis of beetroot (beta-vulgaris) and their application as natural dyes, int. j. innov. sci. res. technol.2019, 4, 3, 37–41. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/334288447. 12. suma, h.al-shaikh hussin, study the optical properties of transparent epoxy resin (epoprimer) plates,” baghdad sci. j.2010, 7, 1, 20–30. 13. suma h.al-shaikh hussin, primary colors red , yellow , and blue use as self cleaning paints with layer of titanium dioxide, baghdad sci. j.2019, 16, 4, 903–909. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.21123/bsj.2019.16.4.0903. 14. suma h.al-shaikh hussin, properties of organic green spinach dye as a substitute for harmful chemical green dye properties of organic green spinach dye as a substitute for harmful chemical green dye, ibn al-haitham int. conf. pure appl. sci. , j. phys. conf. ser.2021, 1879, 032098, 1–7. doi: 10.1088/1742-6596/1879/3/032098. 15. bhanushali, a. u.; parsola, a. a. yadav, s.; nalini, r. p.; sciences, b. ; sciences. b. spinach and beetroot extracts as sensitizers for zno based dssc. international journal of engineering sciences & management research, 2015 , 2, 5, 37–42. 16. garcía-salinas, m. j. ; ariza, m. j. optimizing a simple natural dye production method for dye-sensitized solar cells: examples for betalain (bougainvillea and beetroot extracts) and anthocyanin dyes, appl. sci.2019, 9, 12, 1–20. doi: 10.3390/app9122515. 17. ambedkar, b. b. ; pradesh, u. betalian pigments extracted from the red beet and its potential uses as natural dyes in new food product development, j. pharmacogn. phytochem.. 2019, 8, 6, 991–993. https://www.phytojournal.com/archives/2019/vol8issue6/partp/8-6-105-139.pdf. 18. nouairi, m. e. a.; freha, m. ; bellil, a. study by absorption and emission pectrophotometry of the efficiency of the binary mixture (ethanol-water) on the extraction of betanin from red beetroot, spectrochim. acta part a mol. biomol. spectrosc.2021,260, 1–8. doi: 10.1016/j.saa.2021.119939. 19. abodunrin, t. j. j.; emetere, m. e. e.; ajayi, o. o. o.; popoola, a. p. i. p. i.; popoola, o. ; uyor, u. o. o. exploring bandgap engineering on photovoltaics and their possible economic implications, iop conf. ser. mater. sci. eng.2021, 1107, 1, 012154. doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/1107/1/012154. 20. juice, a. m. effect of processing and storage on the quality of beetroot and apple mixed juice,” foods. 2021, 10, 1052, 1–16. doi: 10.3390. 21. aztatzi-rugerio, l.; granados-balbuena, s. y.; zainos-cuapio, y.; ocaranza-sánchez, e. ; rojas-lópez, m. analysis of the degradation of betanin obtained from beetroot using fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, j. food sci. technol. 2019, 56, 8, 3677–3686. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2621.1981.tb04522.x. 22. singh, a. ; ganesapillai, m. ; gnanasundaram, n. optimizaton of extraction of betalain ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 53 (2)2022 27 pigments from beta vulgaris peels by microwave pretreatment, iop conf. ser. mater. sci. eng. 2017, 263, 3, 1–10. doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/263/3/032004. 23. nesakumar, n. ; baskar, c.; kesavan, s. ; bosco, j. ; rayappan, b. analysis of moisture content in beetroot using fourier transform infrared spectroscopy and by principal component analysis, sci. rep. 2018,. 1–10. doi: 10.1038/s41598-018-26243-5. 24. sengupta, d.; mondal, b. ; mukherjee, k. visible light absorption and photo-sensitizing properties of spinach leaves and beetroot extracted natural dyes, spectrochim. acta part a mol. biomol. spectrosc. 2015, 148, 85–92. doi: 10.1016/j.saa.2015.03.120. 25. dawood al-niaimi, a.f; a. m.ali.alsamarai, ; sadq, z. i. fabrication dye sensitized solar cells by using natural dye beet root (beta vulgaris) as photosensitizer and nano electrodes, diyala j. pure sci. 2017, 13, 3, 179–196. doi: 10.24237/djps.1303.303c. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 213 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract this paper presents the synthesis of a polypropylene/platinum [pp/pt] nanocomposite. the nanocomposites was characterized using different techniques: atomic force microscopy (afm), surface morphology was evaluated by (sem), (eds),(xrd) and also the (ftir) technique to find functional groups. the study showed that the [pp/pt] nanocomposite had a fatal effect on both strains of bacteria used, as well as on the growth of fungi. the compound tested showed antioxidant properties moderate activity was found. the mentioned material were evaluated in normal cell line hdfn (human dermal fibroblasts, neonatal) and breast cancer mcf-7 cancer cell line , by mtt assay for study cytotoxic effects, morphological changes, all experiments were conducted on cell lines by using the materials alone. the results of the mtt assay showed that the nanocomposite [pp/ pt] had a toxic effect on the cell lines, and the toxicity of the materials was concentrationdependent manner where that have higher toxicity on the mcf-7 cell lines than hdfn. when there appeared a significant increase in the concentration of nanocomposite [pp/pt] nanocomposite have an inhibitory effect on both breast cancer and normal cell lines. conclude both materials have genotoxic effects on normal and cancer cell lines. keywords: polymer composite, polypropylene, platinum, sem, antioxidant activity and anticancer activity. 1. introduction with the advancement of science and technology in terms of research and development in the field of nano-technology, it is considered one of the most important areas in technical disciplines. this appears to include polymer science and technology, and in this field covers a wide range of topics[1]. in the past decades, the nature of nanomaterials has been widely reported in the scientific-literature to improve their properties even in compounds with low nanoparticle content. doi.org/.30526/36.2.2989 article history: received 23 august 2022, accepted 24 october 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage:jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq polypropylene/pt nanocomposite: synthesis, characterization and study the cytotoxic effects mohammed abdulwahid a. department of chemistry, college of science, university of baghdad mohammed.abdulwahid1205m@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq nada m. abbass department of chemistry, college of science, university of baghdad nada.m@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:mohammed.abdulwahid1205m@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:nada.m@sc.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 214 therefore, in nanotechnology polymer nanocomposites are solid materials consisting of mixture of more than one substance that are separated in a phase, where the dispersed phase in most composites is one or more of the nanophase. similarly, materials when they measure their size can be referred to as nanoscale, which means that at least one of the three-external dimensions ranges from about 1 nm to about 100 nm [2]. recently, various metallic nanoparticles such as au, ag, pd, cu, pt, tio2and zno (nps), it is widely used as an alternative to developing new treatment methods for human use [3,4]. just as agnps have shown antibacterial activity and have been employ in varied fields such as catheters and biomedical implants, we see ptnps as well show antibacterial activity[5]. however, silver nanoparticles exhibited high toxicity in vivo [6]. compounds containing platinum have been used in the treatment of cancer, clinically used. we are seeing more reports on the anticancer activity of ptnps, but little is known about its antifungal and antibacterial activity compared to copper and silver nanoparticles. in recent years, many have reported that platinum nanoparticles with sizes less than 3 nanometers, it has strong bacteriostatic toxicity against bacteria [p. aeruginosa] gramnegative[7]. in this work we tried to detect the antifungal activity ,antibacterial, anticancer and antioxidant activity of platinum (nps), so we made an uncomplicated method for platinum synthesis by tungsten oxide, and some antibacterial tests were done in the laboratory. establishment of the direct inhibitory effect of nanocomposite on cultures of reference strains of both selected bacteria as gram negative [escherichia coli (-)] and [staphylococcus aurous (+)] gram positive, by disc diffusion method, as well as fungal cultures [candida albicans], antioxidant and cancer outcomes were also discussed. 2. experimental 2.1 materials and methods polyproplyene [pp] purity 100 % were supplied by sabic , wo3 tungsten oxide supplied by hongwunew material , h2ptcl6 chloroplatinic acid solution ,nabh4 sodium borohydride supplied from bdh and l.lysine from spectrum. 2.2 synthesis of platinum (nps) typically, 0.30 g of the previously prepared wo3 nanorods were dispersed on it in 100 ml of deionized water with constant stirring, and then add by adding 8 ml of h2ptcl6 and 12 ml of 0.01 m l.lysine. display the suspension for ultrasound to 60 minutes, then 5 ml of 0.03 m sodium borohydride solution was added to reduce h2ptcl6 to pt metal nanoparticles. the gray precipitate was collected by 3000 r/min centrifugation. washed with distilled water, ethanol, and transferred to the oven for drying at 80 c, the product was calcined at 300 c for 1 hour to remove all the lysine. the change from white to gray color of the product indicates that pt nps were obtained using wo3 nanorods [8] figure (1). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 215 figure 1: platinum (nps) 2.3 preparation of nanocomposite the composites was prepared by dissolved 0.5 g of pp in 15 ml xylene at a temperature of 90 c the metal platinum nanoparticles 0.1 g were added to the polymer and stirred for 1 hour on a hot plate until a homogeneous mixture was obtained, the mixture was placed in a petri dish for dried in air [9]. 3. results and discussion 3.1 afm of metal nanoprticles pt (nps) the images and their results of afm for nanoparticles synthesized were shown in figure (2). for pt (nps) grooves are not homogenous as depicted by the three-dimensional image, which is mainly due to agglomeration of nanoparticles [10] ,and showed that the diameter of the particles was average value 24.01 nm median figure 2: afm images of pt (nps) 3.2 sem/edx of [pp/pt] nanocomposite the sem images for [pp/pt] composite in figure (3) shows fine particles and the mapping spectrum explaining , the nano-granular morphology produced by the aggregation of globular structures was evident on the sem in the form of balls, as well as the components, the edx spectrum indicated a peak for a pt 2.00 % and carbon at 98.00 percent. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 216 figure 3: sem images & eds for [pp/pt] nanocomposite 3.3 fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) of [pp/pt] nanocomposite the ftir spectrum of [pp/pt] nanoparticle composite is reported in figure (4). the bands at (3446.56and 3427.27) cm-1 are indicated to the stretching vibrations of (-oh) [11] interlayer or absorbed water while the bands at (2960.53, 2921.96, 2839.02) cm-1 indicated to stretching vibration of c-h. furthermore the band at (1460.01) cm-1 is indicated of ch2 deformation ,a strong absorption area appears at band (1379.01) cm-1 is indicated of symmetric ch3 deformation. also, the bands at (1168.78 , 999.06 , 973.99 , 842.83 ) cm-1 is indicated isotactic polypropylene band, the other bands in the range from( 649.97to 1510.16) cm−1 are the finger print region for pt [12]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 217 figure 4: ft-ir spectrum of [pp/pt] composite 3.4 x-ray diffraction of [pp/pt] nanocomposite figure (5) revealed the xrd pattern for the[pp/pt]. this figure illustrates peaks compared with icdd card no.96.101.1104.corresponding to platinum phases crystallize in the cubic ihjpas. 36(2)2023 218 appeared at 2θ =39.5567°, 45.9666°and 66.8750° indexed to (111),(200) and (220) planes respectively [13]. figure 5: x-ray diffraction pattern of (pp/pt) 3.5 antibacterial activity antibacterial tests were performed in the central environmental laboratory. the straight inhibitory effect [pp/pt] nanocomposite was established on cultures of reference strains about 0.1 ml from both selected bacteria gram negative as [e-coli(-)] and gram positive as [saurous(+)], by method of spreading the disc into petri dishes with a diameter of (20) ml. petri dishes were placed inverted and kept in an incubator at constant temperature 37 c for (18-24) hours (depending on the type of micro-organism tested). the diameter of the bacterial growth inhibition zones was measured by platinum nanocomposite from the edge of the film to the end of the absence-zone [14]. and exhibited an activity as shown in table (1). table 1: show the antibacterial and antifungal activity of [pp/pt] nanocomposite nanocomposite [e. coli(-)] [s. aurous(+)] candida albicans [pp/pt] 30mm 22mm 40mm 3.6 antifungal activity in vitro assay was performed on type of growth medium pda, the straight inhibitory effect [pp/pt] nanocomposite was about 0.1 ml from fungus (candida albicans) by disk diffusion method in (20) ml on petri dishes, were placed inverted and kept in an incubator at constant temperature 28°c for 72 hours . using the platinum nanocomposite, the diameter of the petri dish containing the fungi was measured, the growth inhibition region of the fungi was calculated from the edge of the film to the end of the absence region the measurement table (1) [15]. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 219 3.7 antioxidant activity dpph (1,1-diphenyl-2-picryl-hydrazyl): dpph (4 mg) was dissolved in (100 ml) of methanol, and by shielding the aluminum foil test tubes. the solution was kept shielded away from light. various concentrations (6.25, 12.5, 25, 50, 100) ppm were prepared from (1-5), by dissolving 1 mg of the compound and dissolving it with 10 ml of methanol to prepare 100 ppm, this concentration was then diluted to prepare the other concertation. as well as ascorbic acid similar concentrations of the prepared compounds were prepared. a radical scavenging effect of the stable free-radical dpph, and the process was appraised for the antioxidant efficacy of the plant methanol extract and normal vitamin c. in a test tube, 1 ml of the diluted or normal solution (100, 50, 25, 12.5, 6.25 ppm) was applied to 1 ml of dpph solution. the absorbance of each solvent was measured with a spectrophotometer at 517 nm after that incubation at 37 c for 1 h was done. triplicate measurements were made by the following equation (1) which able to determine the potential to scavenge dpph [16]. i%= [abs blank – abs sample] / abs blank x 100 ………….(1) the pp/pt composite showed antioxidant activity against dpph free radical and gave acceptable scavenging percentage figure (6). and then. the values of inhibitory concentrations ic50 were recorded and tabulated in table (2). in this paper, antioxidant activity dependent on ic50 , values was applied, that is mean, strong antioxidant activity if was (ic50=10 to 50 μg/ml), but it is intermediate antioxidant activity if was (ic50 =50 to100 μg/ml) , and weak antioxidant activity if was (ic50 >100 μg/ml). therefore, it gives intermediate antioxidant activity, (comes from the ic50 range values published by phongpaichit). table 2: dpph radical scavenging activity for pp/pt composition with ascorbic acid scavenging % ic50 values [6.25µg\ml] [12.5µg\ml] [25µg\ml] [50µg\ml] [100µg\ml] pp/pt 3.84 24.61 25.49 49.89 62.41 71.88 ascorbic acid 51.40 57.4 61.1 64.7 93.2 1.4 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 220 figure 6: antioxidant activity of pp/pt 3.8 anticancer activity in vitro cytotoxicity of the [pp/pt] was evaluated against two cell lines, the cell-lines, breast cancer mcf-7 cancer cell-line and normal cell-line hdfn (human dermal fibroblasts, neonatal) , were obtained from the tissue culture laboratory in the biotechnology research centre organization in al nahrain university of different concentrations (15.60, 31.20, 62.50, 125.00 ,250.00 and 500.00 μg/ml) was completed using mtt 3-(dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5 diphenyltetrazolium bromide ready to use kit. a-kit contents (mtt solution 1ml ×10 vials, solubilization solution 50 ml× 2 bottle) 1cell line protocol the vessel was inverted with gentle rocking and the monolayer was completely covered, then placed in the incubator at 37° for 100 s. the cell layer separates from the vessel that contains it . then 15-20 ml of new rpmi medium is added and the cells are dispersed from the surface into the growth medium by a pipette. after that, cells are placed at the required concentrations in culture dishes or plates and transferred to an incubator at 37 c and 5 % carbon dioxide , the concentration of e-cells is checked electronically using a haemocytometer, the cells are counted and the formula of the equation (2) is applied [17]. total cells / ml= count of cells × volume of sample or the dilution factor × 104……..(2) 2mtt assay tumor cells (1x104–1x106 cell /ml) they were cultured in 96 flat titer micro-plates, with volume of 200 μl complete culture medium per well. microplate surrounded by sterile-parafilm and gently shaken. transfer to an incubator at 37 c, 5 % carbon dioxide for one day. then the medium and two serial dilutions of the desired concentrations are removed from adi enzume (15.60, 31.20, 62.50, 125.00, 250.00 and 500.00 µg/ml) are added to the wells, each concentration is used in triplicate to avoid errors and controls also (cells-treated with serum free medium). the plates are incubated for a day at 37 c and 5 % carbon dioxide, mtt solution was added in a volume of 10 μl to each well of the plate. return to the incubator at 37 c and 5 % carbon dioxide for four -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 6.25 12.5 25 50 100 sc a ve n g in g pp/pt ascorbic acid ihjpas. 36(2)2023 221 hours. after the incubation is over, media is removed and 100 μl solubilizationsolution is added to each well for five minutes. by using an elisa device for measurement, at wavelength 575 nm. the data is subjected to analysis and statistics to obtain the values of the concentrations of compounds required to reduce cell viability by 50 percent for each cell-line [18]. 3.8.1 cytotoxicity of pp/ pt nanocomposite the mtt assay was performed to evaluate the toxic effect of [pp/pt] nanocomposite on cells. on the breast cancer cell-line mcf-7 compared with the normal cell-line hdfn (human dermal fibroblasts, neonatal) mtt assay was performed to calculate cell viability and rate of inhibition using six different concentrations and three copies for each concentration. it is also natural to compare them. the toxic effect of [pp/pt] on cells was shown at the six concentrations from 15.60 to 500.00 μg/ml on mcf-7 and hdfn. as shown in table (3) there was a decrease in the capacity and viability (mean)of the cell when the concentration of [pp/pt] was increased. table 3: cytotoxicity effect of [pp/pt] on mcf-7 and hdfn cells mcf-7 hdfn concen. mean mistake percentage mean mistake percentage 500.00 62.19 ±2.14 73.30 ±0.88 250.00 75.77 ±2.64 83.26 ±0.97 125.00 87.62 ±1.22 88.95 ±5.05 62.50 92.90 ±0.93 95.56 ±1.43 31.20 96.30 ±1.95 95.29 ±1.00 15.60 96.30 ±1.10 96.33 ±0.68 noted by 500.00 μg/ml the decreasing in mcf-7 cell viability (62.19±2.14) while the highest viability of cell mcf-7 at 15.60 μg/ml reached to (96.30±1.10) and the value of the toxic activity on the cells ic50 was 306.70 μg/ml ,while on the normal cell-line hdfn, an ic50 value equal to 362.60 μg/ml was obtained from the effect of [pp/pt]. figure (7) shows this. figure 7: cytotoxicity effect of [pp/pt] on mcf-7 and hdfn cells ihjpas. 36(2)2023 222 4. conclusion the pt (nps) was synthesized by using chloroplatinic acid solution and tungsten oxide nanorods, and then the nanocomposite was prepared by mixing it with polypropylene dissolved in xylene. the results of the measurements of the afm technique, showed that the composite was synthesized as nanoparticles, where the dimensions and particle sizes of this nanocomposite were less than 100 nm, it was also observed that the grooves in the nanostructures are not homogeneous by the 3d images. also, the sem technique demonstrated the formation of metallic nanoparticles as a coating layer over and between polypropylene. edx, ftir and xrd were performed,pt nanoparticles come in cubic shape. the anti-bacterial and anti-fungal activity were investigated, knowing the growth retardation area of microorganisms. the antioxidant activity against free radicals was measured and gave a good scavenging ratio. for synthesized nanocomposite studied the cytotoxicity of had been against breast cancer (mcf-7) and shown to give acceptable results. references 1. paul, d. r.; robeson, l. m. polymer nanotechnology: nanocomposites. polymer, (2008),49(15), 3187-3204. 2. eslahi, n.; mahmoodi, a.; mahmoudi, n.; zandi, n.; simchi, a. processing and properties of nanofibrous bacterial cellulose-containing polymer composites: a review of recent advances for biomedical applications. polymer reviews, (2020), 60(1), 144-170 3. sharma, h.; mishra, p.k. ; talegaonkar, s. ; vaidya, b. metal nanoparticles: a theranostic nanotool against cancer. drug discovery today , (2015),20(9), 1143-1151. 4. youns, m.; d hoheisel, j.; efferth, t. therapeutic and diagnostic applications of nanoparticles. current drug targets, (2011), 12(3), 357-365. 5. roe, d.; karandikar, b.; bonn-savage, n.; gibbins, b.; roullet, j. b. antimicrobial surface functionalization of plastic catheters by silver nanoparticles. journal of antimicrobial chemotherapy , (2008), 61(4),869-876. 6. rajan, r.; huo, p.; chandran, k.; dakshinamoorthi, b. m.; yun, s. i.; liu, b. a review on the toxicity of silver nanoparticles against different biosystems. chemosphere, (2021), 133397. 7. ahmed, k. b. a.; raman, t.; anbazhagan, v. platinum nanoparticles inhibit bacteria proliferation and rescue zebrafish from bacterial infection. rsc advances, (2016) 6(50), 4441544424. 8. liu, x.; zhang, j.; yang, t.; guo, x.; wu, s.; wang, s. synthesis of pt nanoparticles functionalized wo3 nanorods and their gas sensing properties. sensors and actuators b: chemical, (2011),156(2), 918-923. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 223 9. ramazanov, m. a.; hajiyeva, f. v. copper and copper oxide nanoparticles in polypropylene matrix: synthesis, characterization, and dielectric properties. composite interfaces, (2020), 27(11), 1047-1060. 10. saleh, k. a.; ali, m. i. electro polymerization for (n-terminal tetrahydrophthalamic acid) for anti-corrosion and biological activity applications. iraqi journal of science, (2020), 61(1), 1-12. 11. al-noor, t. h.; abdul karem, l. k. synthesis, spectral and bacterial studies of mixed ligand complexes of schiff base derived from methyldopa and anthranilic acid with some metal ions. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied science,(2017),235-247. 12. shanmugapriya, c.; velraj, g. investigation on structural and electrical properties of fecl3 doped polythiophene (pt) blended with micro and nano copper particles by mechanical mixing. optik, (2016), 127(20), 8940-8950. 13. chen, m.; lou, b.; ni, z.; xu, b. ptco nanoparticles supported on expanded graphite as electrocatalyst for direct methanol fuel cell. electrochimica acta, (2015), 165, 105-109. 14. volova, t. g.; shumilova, a. a.; shidlovskiy, i. p.; nikolaeva, e. d.;sukovatiy, a. g.; vasiliev, a. d.; shishatskaya, e. i. antibacterial properties of films of cellulose composites with silver nanoparticles and antibiotics. polymer testing, (2018), 65, 54-68. 15. kim, s. w.; jung, j. h.; lamsal, k.; kim, y. s.; min, j. s.; lee, y. s. antifungal effects of silver nanoparticles (agnps) against various plant pathogenic fungi. mycobiology , (2012),40(1), 53-58. 16. amarowicz, r.; pegg, r. b.; rahimi-moghaddam, p.; barl, b.; weil, j. a. free-radical scavenging capacity and antioxidant activity of selected plant species from the canadian prairies. food chemistry, (2004), 84(4), 551-562. 17. delavari, b.; bigdeli, b.; mamashli, f.; gholami, m.; bazri, b.; khoobi, m.; varamini, p. theranostic α-lactalbumin-polymer-based nanocomposite as a drug delivery carrier for cancer therapy. acs biomaterials science & engineering, (2019), 5(10), 5189-5208. 18. abdullah, r. m.; al-ezzy, r. m.; hussain, a. a. cytotoxic potential of purified arginine deiminase from streptococcus spp. indian journal of forensic medicine & toxicology, (2021), 15(3). ihjpas. 36(2)2023 191 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license. abstract in this study, polyester composites reinforced with pistachio shells powder (p.) with an average diameter (150 – 200 μm) with different weight ratios (0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, and 2.5%) were prepared to the resin. the shore d hardness, thermal conductivity (k), and the glass transition temperature (tg) of the samples were examined. the results showed that the shore d hardness increases with the increase of the reinforcement ratio and its maximum value is (87.55) at (2.5% p.) while the value of hardness at (0%) is (86.5). the thermal conductivity increases slightly with the increase in the percentage of reinforcement and its maximum value is (0.213253 w/ m. k) at (2.5% p.), while the value of k at (0% p.) is (0.170264w/ m. k), but with this slight increase in thermal conductivity, polyester composites remain from the insulating materials. the minimum (tg) of (upe/ p.) composites was the value (113.898°c) at (2.5% p.). polyester composites are used in wood paints, either in primitive finishes or final finishes. keywords: pistachio husks, shore d hardness, composites, thermal conductivity. 1. introduction solid wastes resulting from agricultural and industrial wastes were of limited use due to the lack of cost-effective fillers in the manufacture of polymeric composites. plus, natural materials are eco-friendly, plentiful, and renewable. nutshells, peanuts, olive stone, coconut and palm trees, rice husks, jute, stalk fibers, bagasse and hulled sugar [1-9] are used as reinforced fillers in polymer matrix composites to improve physical and mechanical properties and to reduce production cost [1]. polymers are inert and lightweight materials that possess a high degree of coated and have a low density, low stiffness and high resistance to corrosion. they are also characterized by ease of manufacture and processing, which made them widely used in the field of civil and construction engineering [10]. the composite material consists of matrix material and reinforcement [5] and these materials are characterized by high toughness, lightweight, low density, low-cost manufacturing, does not rust or corrode [11]. polymer-based composites are one of the best and most common composite materials. due to its high mechanical properties, the reinforced polymer doi.org/10.30526/36.2.3055 article history: received 2 october 2022, accepted 1 november 2022, published in april 2023. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq effect of pistachio husks powder additive on unsaturated polyester composites shatha h. mahdi department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. shatha.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq rihab nassr fadhil department of physics, college of education for pure science ibn al-haitham, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. rihab.n@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:shatha.h@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq mailto:rihab.n@ihcoedu.uobaghdad.edu.iq ihjpas. 36(2)2023 192 has been used in various industries [12] [13]. the materials used in the reinforcement, are in different shapes, such as fibers, particles, scales, or flakes, depending on the type of use [14] [15]. polyester resin is a type of thermosetting resin [16]. it is prepared by reaction with a dibasic unsaturated acid and it is required that one or both of the monomers have a double bond in its composition, after the linear polymer is formed, it is mixed with an effective vinyl monomer such as styrene plus a catalyst that breaks down into free cracks. thus, the vinyl monomer is polymerized with the double bonds along the polymer chain, thus forming polyester [17]. polyester resin has good thermal properties as it withstands high temperatures (for resins) up to 260°c, but suffers spontaneous disintegration at a temperature of about (300°c) even in the absence of oxygen [18]. it is also characterized by excellent chemical and electrical resistance to acids, solvents, wear, salts and environmental influences, in addition to being low in cost, but characterized by weakness and fragility [19]. the importance of particle-supported polymeric materials prompted scientists and researchers to do many studies and research. in 2018, the researcher mohammed al-saadi and others used pistachio husks and their effect on the mechanical properties of polyester matrix. it obtained the dispersion of the pistachio husks particles in the polymer matrix and it obtained the highest tensile strength, flexural strength and impact strength. [1]. in 2021, the researchers zaynab n. and samah m. conducted an experimental study of the effect of food trash powder on fwp, compressive and abrasion behaviour of polyester composite the results showed that fwp improved the tribological and mechanistic behaviour of the upe composites with a slight difference. fwp acts as reinforcement and increases abrasion resistance [20]. in 2021, the researcher yahya hısman celik and others used the effect of adding hazelnut shells, pistachio skins, and apricot kernel peel on unsaturated polyester composites. it was concluded that increasing the reinforcements added to polyester increases the compressive strength, stiffness, specific weight and thermal conductivity properties [21]. the study aims to prepare composites of unsaturated polyester, to obtain a new material with qualified physical properties in the manufacture of paint for wooden furniture through the use of fillers of pistachio shells that can be exploited and clear the environment from it by recycling. 2. materials and methods 2.1 matrix material unsaturated polyester resins (upe) were supplied from saudi industrial resins limited. and it is converted to a solid state by adding a hardener in a ratio of (98:2). the viscosity was average. table 1 shows the chemical and physical properties of upe. table 1. the chemical and physical properties of (upe). properties upe physical state liquid colour transparent density at (25°c) 1 to 1.3 g/cm3 odor pungent vapor density 3.6 (air = 1) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 193 2.2 reinforcement materials pistachio husk powder (p.) is used as reinforcement material. some of the basic properties of (p.) are shown in table 2. table 2: basic properties of (p.). properties pistachio husk waste powder (p.) form powder colour light yellow purity 99.9% average diameter (150 200 µm) 2.3 method the unsaturated polyester resin was prepared with a hardening ratio (98:2) and then different weight percentages of pistachio shells powder (p.) (0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2 and 2.5%) were added. six samples of (upe/p.) composites were prepared according to (astm-e 10) using the hand lay-up modeling process [22]. figure (1) is a photograph of the samples. fig. 1. a photograph of the samples for upe/ p. composites at (0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2 and 2.5) % 3. results and discussion 3.1. thermal conductivity (k) fig. 2 and table .3 show the results of the thermal conductivity of the (upe/ p.) composites. the thermal conductivity increases slightly with the increase of the reinforcement ratio. it is (0.213253 w/ m. k) at the ratio (2.5% p.) however; composites (upe/ p.) of insulating materials remain. heat in polymeric materials is transmitted in the form of an elastic wave [23] [24]. the wave loses part of its energy at the interface area between the matrix and the reinforcing material [25] [26]. pistachio shell powder is an insulating material, but it slightly increased the thermal conductivity in unsaturated polyester composites. the reason for this may be due to the properties of the unsaturated polyester used in this research in terms of the glass transition temperature, which are equal to (125.5 °c) for pure unsaturated polyester and its high melting point. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 194 fig. (2) thermal conductivity v.s p. weight percentage for upe/ p. composites. table (3) thermal conductivity for upe/ p. composite p.% k(w/ m. k) 0 0.170264 0.5 0.173773 1 0.181237 1.5 0.189365 2 0.189371 2.5 0.213253 3.2. hardness tests figure 3 and table 4 show the results obtained from the shore d hardness test for (upe/p.) composites. it is observed that the shore d hardness values increase with the increase of the reinforcement ratio. the highest value was (87.55) with a rate of (2.5%). the reason for the increase in hardness is due to the homogeneous distribution of pistachio shell powder among the unsaturated polyester resin chains and the cohesion strength between the matrix material and the reinforcement material [27] [28]. thus, we obtained a compound that is more resistant to environmental factors than pure unsaturated polyester. fig. (3) shore d hardness of polymer composites as a function of pistachio husk powder. k ( w /m .k ) weight % p. 86.4 86.6 86.8 87 87.2 87.4 87.6 87.8 0 1 2 3 h a r d n e ss weight% p. ihjpas. 36(2)2023 195 table (4) shore d hardness for upe /p. composite. p.% shore d hardness 0 86.5 0.5 87.2 1 87.37 1.5 87.45 2 87.52 2.5 87.55 3.3. glass-transition temperature the tg is the temperature at which the polymer changes from a solid to a soft state. figure 4 and table 5 show the obtained values for (tg) for (upe/ p.) composites. figures (5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10) show the results obtained from the (dsc131 evo) device, which shows the relationship between heat flow and the sample temperature, through which the values of (tg) were found. it was noticed in figure (4) that the values of (tg) decrease with the increase in the percentage of reinforcement. the lowest value was (113.898°c) at the ratio (2.5% p.). the reason for this is that the value of (tg) depends on several factors, including the chemical composition, as the hardness of the polymeric chains depends on the presence of compensated groups or chemical bonds that increase the flexibility of the chains and reduce tg. structural factors such as molecular weight, as the value of tg, increases with increasing molecular weight. the degree of branching decreases tg because with the increase of tg, the ends of the chains increase, which leads to an increase in the free volume [29]. fig. (4) tg vs. p. weight percentage for upe /p. composites. table (5) tg for upe /p. composite. p.% tg (°c) 0 125.5 0.5 125.313 1 125.1 1.5 124.039 2 122.086 2.5 113.898 112 114 116 118 120 122 124 126 128 0 1 2 3 weight% p. t g (° c ) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 196 fig. )5( heat flow vs. sample temperature for weight percentage 0%. fig. (6) heat flow vs. sample temperature for weight percentage 0.5 %. fig. (7) heat flow vs. sample temperature for weight percentage 1 %. -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 50 100 150 200 250 h e a tf lo w (µ v ) sample temperature (°c) -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 0 50 100 150 200 250 h e a tf lo w (µ v ) sample temperature (°c) tg:125.313(°c) tig:124.958(°c) teg:126.575(°c) -5 0 5 10 15 20 0 50 100 150 200 250 h e a tf lo w ( µ v ) sample temperature (°c) tg:125.1(°c) tig:124.642(°c) teg:125.114(°c) tg: 125.5 (°c) tig: 124 (°c) teg: 127 (°c) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 197 fig. (8) heat flow vs. sample temperature for weight percentage 1.5 %. fig. (9) heat flow vs. sample temperature for weight percentage 2 %. -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 50 100 150 200 250 h e a tf lo w (µ v ) sample temperature (°c) -5 0 5 10 15 20 0 50 100 150 200 250 h e a tf lo w (µ v ) sample temperature (°c) tg: 124.039(°c) tig: 122.889(°c) teg: 145.106(°c) tg: 122.086(°c) tig: 122.465(°c) teg: 122.677(°c) ihjpas. 36(2)2023 198 fig. (10) heat flow vs. sample temperature for weight percentage 2.5 %. 5. conclusion we concluded thermal conductivity increases slightly with the increase in the percentage of reinforcement and its maximum value is (0.213253 w/ m. k) at (2.5% p.). the shore d hardness increases with the increase of the reinforcement ratio and its maximum value is (87.55) at (2.5% p.). glass transition temperature (tg) decreasing with the increase of the reinforcement ratio, and its minimum (tg) value is (113.898°c) at (2.5% p.). polyester composites are used in wood paints, either in primitive finishes or final finishes. references 1. mohamad alsaadi1; ahmet erkli ; khamis albu-khaleefah effect of pistachio shell particle content on the mechanical properties of polymer composite, arabian journal for science and engineering, 2018, 43, 4689–4696, https://doi.org/10.1007/s13369-018-3073-x,. 2. nongnuch sutivisedsak; et al use of nutshells as fillers in polymer composites, j. polym. environ, 2012, 20 (2), 305–314. doi: 10.1007/s10924-012-0420-y. 3. sareena, c. ;et al utilization of peanut shell powder as a novel filler in natural rubber, j. appl. polym. sci. 2012,125(3), 2322–2334. doi: 10.1002/app.36468,. 4. gharbi , a. ;et al, composite materials from unsaturated polyester resin and olive nuts residue: the effect of silane treatment, ind. crops prod, 2014, 62, 491–498 dol:10.1016/j.indcrop.2014.09.012,. 5. haque, m. m.;et al, physico-mechanical properties of chemically treated palm and coir fiber reinforced polypropylene composites, bioresour. technol, 2009, 100 (20), 4903–4906, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biortech.2009.04.072,. 6. ramasamy, s., tensile and morphological properties of rice husk powder filled natural rubber latex foam, polymer-plastics technology and engineering, 2012, 51 (15), 1524–1529. https://doi.org/10.1080/03602559.2012.715361,. 7. ajith gopinath ;et al, “experimental investigations on mechanical properties of jute fiber reinforced composites with polyester and epoxy resin matrices”, procedia engineering, 97, 2052 – 2063. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2014.12.448, 2014. -10 -5 0 5 10 15 0 50 100 150 200 250 h e a tf lo w (µ v ) sample temperature (°c) tg: 113.898(°c) tig: 113.732(°c) teg: 113.292(°c) https://doi.org/10.1007/s13369-018-3073-x https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biortech.2009.04.072 https://doi.org/10.1080/03602559.2012.715361 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2014.12.448 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 199 8. pengju pan; et al, “crystallization behavior and mechanical properties of bio-based green composites based on poly (l-lactide) and kenaf fiber”, j. applied polymer science, 2007, 105 (3), 1511-1520, https://doi.org/10.1002/app.26407,. 9. monteiro ,s.n. ;et al, sugar cane bagasse waste as reinforcement in low cost composites”, advanced performance materials, 1998, 5, 183–191 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1023/a:1008678314233 ,. 10. meyers, m.a. meyers ; chawal, k.k., mechanical behavior of materials, prentice – hall , inc., 1999. 1. garyson ,m. encyclopedias of composite materials and components, john wiley and sons, new york, 1993. 12. morley, j. g. high performance of fiber composites", university of nottingham, uk, 1987. 13. harith i. jaafar ; rihab nassr fadhil, “he effect of utilization aluminum powder at the mechanical properties for epoxy resin, international journal of science and research (ijsr), 2017,6 )8(, august, 1847-1850,. 14. m. r. ismail,"radiation physical chemistry", 1989, 33 (6), 533537,. 15. william, d. callister, jr. "materials science and engineering: an introduction", 7th edition , pp. 520-528, 2006. 16. omar a. jasim ; abdulhameed raheem al-sarraf study the tribiology properties of (polyester/epoxy blend) composite reinforced by nanomaterial’s, aip conference proceedings, s 2019, 2123, 020034, https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5116961,. 17. shatha h. mahdi et al, “effect of pyrex waste on the electrical and mechanical properties of an epoxy resin”, journal of xi'an university of architecture & technology, xii (v), 303-311, 2020. 18. shatha h mahdi et al, “epoxy/silicone rubber blends for voltage insulators and capacitors applications”, energy procedia, 2017, 119, 501-506,. 19. omar a. jasim and abdulhameed raheem al-sarraf, “study the preparation of polymeric coatings supported by nanomaterials to inhibit corrosion in the oil tanks”, journal of petroleum research & studies (jprs), 2020, 26(3), e55-e69,. 20. zaynab n. rasheed and samah m. hussein, “experimental study of food waste powder fwp influence on compressive and wear behaviour of polyester composite”, journal of physics, ,20211795, 012037, doi:10.1088/17426596/1795/1/012037,. 21. yahya hısman celik; et al, effects of natural hard shell particles on physical, chemical, mechanical and thermal properties of composites, polymers and polymer composites, 29 (9s), (2021) s667–s677, doi: 10.1177/09673911211020717 22. mahmood radhi jobayr ;et al, study optoelectronic properties for polymer composite thick film, aip conference proceedings, 2018, 1968 (1), 030021, doi: 10.1063/1.5039208,. 23. kareem a jassim; et al, study characteristics of (epoxy–bentonite doped) composite materials, energy procedia, 2017,119, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.egypro.2017.07.094,. 24. q. anjama et al, “investigate the effect of temperature, length, width, and thickness of substrate on thermal conductivity of graphene copper nanocomposites”, journal of ovonic research, 2021, 17 (4),) 353 365,. 25. shatha h mahdi; et al, effect of pyrex waste on the electrical and mechanical propertiesof an epoxy resin , journal of xi'an university of architecture & technology, xii (v), 2020, 303-311 26. kareem a. jasim ; rihab nassr fadhil, the effects of micro aluminum fillers in epoxy resin https://doi.org/10.1002/app.26407 https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5116961 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.egypro.2017.07.094 ihjpas. 36(2)2023 200 on the thermal conductivity , journal of physics conference series 2018, 1003(1), 012082,. doi: 10.1088/1742-6596/1003/1/012082 27. shihab a. zaidan ; amani z. mohammed, study the electromechanical strength properties for epoxy dispersed silica powder composite, ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences, 2017, 30(1), 339-354,. 28. shatha h mahdi et al, “preparation of unsaturated polyester/nano ceramic composite and study electric, thermal and mechanical properties”, iraqi journal of physics, 2017,15, 188-201,. https://doi.org/10.30723/ijp.v15i35.67 29. kareem a. jasim; et al, the effects of copper additives on the glass transition temperature and hardness for epoxy resin , progress in industrial ecology – an international journal, 2019, 13(2), 163-172, doi: 10.1504/pie.2019.099357. http://dx.doi.org/10.1504/pie.2019.099357 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees biology | 10 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 study the effect of alcoholic extract of nigella sativa seeds on trichomomas vaginalis in vitro maroof sabti juma al-ammash dept. of pathological analysis/college of applied science/university of samarraa received in :25/april /2017 , accepted in : 15 /october/ 2017 abstract the present study included experimental effect of metronidazole drug and alcoholic extract of nigella sativa seeds on t. vaginalis that cultivated on i t i results showed that the numbers of parasite began increasing during a period after 24-48 hrs then began decreasing after 72-96 hrs, so that 72 hrs from growth considered logarithmic phase of t. vaginalis growth. present results showed poisonous effect of n. sativa alcoholic extract that was prepared in laboratory and imported at concentrations (450, 550, 650 and 750) mg/ml on t. vaginalis by observing gradual decrease of trophozoite numbers with concentrate increase of extracts during growth periods (24, 48, 72 and 96) hrs. different concentrations of metronidazole were used as chemical therapy and control model, the results of the drug effects were followed-up daily, where current results showed (after 24 hours of concentration added) a high reduction in number and activity of the parasites at all concentrations of the drug were , p ci lly 150 200 μg/ l, th parasites disappeared completely after 96 hours, also the inhibitory concentration50 (ic50) of the parasit w 100 μg/ l ( ft r 48 h r incubation). the inhibitory effect of n. sativa alcoholic extract on the number and activity of t. vaginalis parasite was noted that the concentrations (450 and 550 mg/ml) were approximated in their effect on parasite growth, while the concentrations 650 and 750 mg/ml were the best in their inhibitory activity for parasite growth after 96 hours of addition. the concentration that causes 50% of death inculture (ic50) was 550 mg/ml (after 72 hours of concentration addition). key words: trichomonas vaginalis, nigella sativa, treatment, in vitro. biology | 11 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 introduction trichomonas vaginalis is a cosmopolitan, it is a parasite that is found in the reproductive tract of both men and women. it lives in the vagina and urethra of women, prostate gland and seminal vesicles of men, its transmission was done through sexual intercourse mainly [1]. trichomoniasis has a worldwide importance especially in recent years [2], the infection causes a range of symptoms and it also has long-term effects, especially in women and it is associated with a variety of serious complications including preterm labour, low birth weight of newborns, cervical cancer and implicated in amplifying in human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) transmission [3,4,5]. parent et al. [6] referred to t. vaginalis causes the infection of 250 million new cases annually throughout the world. al-juwary [7] indicated to the biological and poisonous effect of the aqueous extract of nerium oleander leaves and melia azedarach fruits on t. vaginalis growing on i t i , there extracts caused gradual inhibition of trichomonads number with the increase of concentration during different growth periods (24, 48 and 72) hours. al-mbashaa [8] used crude aqueous extracts (hot and cold) to each seidlitzia resmarinus and ziziphus spinachristi plants and she indicated to the effect of both plants extracts on t. vaginalis growing on i tym medium and cplm medium and gave 100% inhibition at concentration of 100 mg/ ml within 24 hours. the aim of the present study was to focus on the in vitro anti parasitic activity of n. sativa on the t. vaginalis growth. materials and methods twenty five samples were collected during august and september /2016 from women those underwent to the primary health care centers, the samples were collected by speculum and cotton swab by gynecologist and then added to each sample 2ml of normal saline and were quickly transported to laboratory to make direct smear, the parasite has been diagnosed by its jerky movement flagella motile and undulating membrane among epithelial cells [9]. the stains that mentioned below were used in microscopical examination for diagnosis. buffer solution and normal saline it was prepared according to who [10]. lugol’s iodine stain it was prepared according to who [9]. eosin stain it was prepared according to smyth and barret [11]. method of staining of t. vaginalis by giemsa stain t. vaginalis smears were stained according to manson–bahar and bell [12]. preparation of alcoholic extracts of n. sativa seeds it was prepared according to harborne [13]. methode of culturing and detection of t. vaginalis in vitro the samples were c lti t y i t i 14]. the number of parasites count the number of generations and generation time was counted by the following two equations [15]: include: n= number of generation n= number of cells at time (t) ) 0.301 no) log n log ( 2 log no) log n log ( ( n biology | 12 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 no= number of start cells 2.02×10 5 cell/ml. n t g  include: g= generation time (hours) t= incubation period n= number of generation. evaluation of efficacy of metronidazole and n. sativa extracts on cultured t. vaginalis trophozoites. metronidazole (mtz) was produced by sanofi-aventis company from egypt under licence of sanofi-aventis/france (50, 100, 150 and 200) μg/ml and n. sativa extract (450, 550, 650 and 750) mg/ml were used. percentage of growth and inhibition were detected and inhibitory concentration50 (ic50) detected also through logarithmic phase according to the following two equations [7]: (percentage of growth= 100 percentage of inhibition) statistical analysis st ti tic l pr gr ( i it ) w f r lyz t y i g c ʼ ltipl r g test, analysis performed probable values less than 0.05 which were considered statistically significant [16]. results and discussion chemical detection of some active chemical groups in alcoholic extract of n. sativa seeds present results showed alcoholic extract of n. sativa contain some active compounds (table 1), include flavonoids, glycosides, phenols and resins. these results agreed with the results of chakravarty [17], about n. sativa contents. also they agreed with results of al-ani [18], about n. sativa alcoholic extract contain on flavonoids, glycosides and resins, and not agreed about alkaloids and tannins. determination of logaritmic phase of t. vaginalis growth t. vaginalis numbers were counted by using counting slide of blood cells (hemocytometer) after every 24 hours of growth for four days, thus the log. phase was identified of the parasite developing in diamond's tym medium (figure 1). t. vaginalis numbers began multiplying and increasing during the period 24-48 hours of growth and then it began decreasing during the period 72-96 hours, so that the period 72 hours was considerd the log. phase of the parasite growth. the table (2) revealed the generations number for t. vaginalis in a log. phase after 48 hours pass was 48.28  5.93, also it revealed the generation time after 48 hours was 0.99  0.14. mean of parasite numbers in treated group mean of parasite numbers in control group (percent inhibition=-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------×100) of growth % mean of parasite numbers in control group biology | 13 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 this result is an approach to report by belding [19], where he referred to the log. phase of t. vaginalis limited between 24-96 hours of growth in vitro, the present results agreed with results of castro-garza et al. [20], who confirmed that the log. phase of t. vaginalis developing up to 72 hours, either kostara et al. [21] pointed out that the log. phase does not exceed 144 hours, and the period determination of the log. phase depends on several factors, including growth medium acidic, primary number of cultivate and temperature. effect of metronidazole drug and n. sativa alcoholic extract (praperation in lab. and import) on t. vaginalis in vitro different concentrations were used of the drug as chemical therapy and control model, the results of the drug effect on the parasite the follow-up daily, where present results were shown (after 24 hours of concentration added) a high reduction in number and activity of the p r it t ll c c tr ti f th r g , p ci lly 150 200 μg/ l, th p r it disappeared completely after 96 hours (table 3), also the inhibitory concentration50 (ic50) of th p r it w 100 μg/ l ( ft r 48 h r f c c tr ti ) table (3) shows the effect of alcohol extract on the number and activity of t. vaginalis parasite. it is noted that the concentrations 450 and 550 mg/ml were approach in their effect on parasite growth, while the concentrations 650 and 750 mg/ml were the best in their inhibitory activity for parasite growth after 96 hours of addition. the concentration that causes the death of 50% of t. vaginalis parasites (ic50) was 550 mg/ml (after 72 hours of concentration addition). table (3) revealed significant statistical differences between some groups treated on the one hand and between them and the control group on the other hand, especially after 72 hours of added concentrations under study. metronidazole belongs to the 5-nitroimidazoles group and it is considered first choice for trichomoniasis treatment, this drug is administered orally or intravenously. a bioavailability of 93-100% because metronidazole does not bind to serum proteins and enter the cell and its organelles via facilated diffusion [22,23], then the drug was activated by the reduction of hydrogenosomal ferredoxin via reduction of the 5-nitro group [24,25]. the efficiency of this drug is high, with a cure rate of 85-95% of treated patients and re-infections can be avoided through simultaneous treatment of sexual partners [26]. chemotherapy commonly using tr i z l c il i ff ct , ch r ct riz y th y’ f c ch i against toxic substances, like nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, dizziness and headache. more serious side effects, like anorexia, hypersensitivity, leukopenia, palpitation, confusion, encephalopathy, and peripheral neuropathy are clinically rarely observed [27]. the present r lt ʼt agree with the results that reported by ahmed [28], where he indicated to reduction a ratio 100% of t. vaginalis in vitro (after 48 hours of mtz concentrations added) t c c tr ti f 50 100 μg/ l a th pr t r lt t gr with th r lt f sulyman [29], where he stated the percentage of inhibition of mtz was 100% for some concentrations (1.25%, 2.5%, 0.5% and 10%) used after 48 hours of added and the percentage of inhibition was 100%. al-banea [30] confirmed on importance of the n. sativa in the treatment of parasitic infections. it was observed the decrease of entamoeba histolytica parasites number with mice feces after (8, 6 and 5 days) from the administration of the mice with the oil extract by concentrations (0.04, 0.05 and 0.06) ml respectively, al-khuzaay [31] pointed to the importance of the alcoholic extract of the n. sativa plant in inhibiting of protoscolices growth of echinoccocus granulosus in vitro. he used concentrations (5%, 10% and 15%). the last concentration (15%) was the best in inhibiting, where it causes a viability low of protoscolices to 15% after 48 hours of concentration biology | 14 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 addition. the effect was attributed to the plant extracts containment on the active compounds (alkaloids, flavonoids and tannins). the alkaloids, flavonoids and tannins interfere in the chain of proteins necessary metabolites for the survival of the parasite, or it may have the ability to break down the cell wall, stimulating proteins and fats and thus causing kill of the parasite [30]. conclusions 1-alcohol extract of nigella sativa seeds which has therapeutic efficiency was close to the efficiency of metronidazole. 2-the plant extract under study took a period more than metronidazole in inhibiting the growth of t. vaginalis trophozoites in vitro. 3-alcohol extract of n. sativa seeds can be used as a natural alternative instead of drugs that used in treatment of t. vaginalis, as n. sativa seeds are available on the market and easy to obtain. references 1-roberts, l.s. and janovy, j.r. (2009). schmidt and roberts foundation of parasitology. 8 th ed. mcgraw-hill companies, inc., new york, 701pp. 2-lazenby, g.; soper, d. and nolte, f. (2013). correlation of leukorrhea and trichomonas vaginalis infection. j. clin. microbiol., 51(7): 2323-2327. 3-kissinger, p.; amedee, a.; clark, r.a.; dumestre, j.; theall, k.p.; myers, l.; hagensee, m.e.; farley, t.a. and martin, d.h. (2009). trichomonas vaginalis treatment reduces vaginal hiv-1 shedding. sex transm. dis. 36(1): 11-16. 4-hillier, s.l. (2013). prevalent, treatable and significant: barriers to the control of trichomonas vaginalis in women. sex transm. infect. 89(6):415pp. 5-kissinger, p. and adamski, a. (2013). trichomoniasis and hiv interactions: a review. sex transm infect. 89(6):426-433. 6-parent, k.n.; takagi, y.; cardone, g.; olson, n.h.; ericsson, m.; yang, m.; lee, y.; asara, j.m.; fichorova, r.n.; baker, t.s. and nibert, m.l. (2013). structure of a protozoan virus from the human genitourinary parasite trichomonas vaginalis. mbio. 4(2): e00056-13. 7-al-juwary, r. s. a. (2006). the aqueous extracts effect of nerium oleander and melia azedarach on growth and metabolism of trichomonas vaginalis in vitro. m.sc. thesis, sci. coll. univ. mosul. 111pp. 8-al-mbashaa, n.a.h. (2014). isolation and cultivation of trichomonas vaginalis and study the effect of seidlizia rosmarinus and ziziphus spina-christi extracts on the parasite and some physiological parameters of infection women in samara city. m.sc. thesis, coll. edu. for women univ. of tikrit. 130pp. 9-who. (1991). basic laboratory methods in medical parasitology. world health organ, geneva. 122pp. 10-who. (2003). manual of basic techniques for a health laboratory. 2 nd ed. world health organ. geneva. 384pp. 11-smyth, j.d. and barrett, n.j. (1980). procedure for testing the viability of human hydatid cysts following surgical removal, especially after chemotherapy. trans. roy. soci. trop. med. hyg., 74(5): 649-652. 12-manson-b h r, p b ll, r (1987) “ ' tr pic l i ” 9 th ed. baillier tindall. london. 1557pp. 13-harborne, j.b. (1984). phytochemical methods: a guide to modern techniques of plant analysis. 2 nd edn. chapman and hall ltd., london. 288pp. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=dumestre%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19008776 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=theall%20kp%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19008776 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=myers%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19008776 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hagensee%20me%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19008776 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hagensee%20me%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19008776 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=farley%20ta%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19008776 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=martin%20dh%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19008776 biology | 15 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 14-diamond, l.s. (1957). the establishment of various trichomonads of animals in axenic cultures. j. parasitol. 43: 488-490. 15-benjamin, c.l. and german, g.r. (1993). students study guide microbiology. concepts and application. mcgraw-hill. london: 254-248. 16-elsahookie, m. and waheeb, k.m. (1990). applications in design of experiments. daralhikma for printing. univ. mosul. 488pp. 17-chakravarty, h.l. (1976). plant wealth of iraq. a dictionary of economic plants. ministry of agriculture and agrarian reform. (1): 81-82 18-al-ani, a.h.j. (1998). a study on the chemical components of local black seed nigella sativa l. and antimicrobial effect of its extracts on some microorganisms. m.sc. thesis, sci. coll. univ. al-mustansiriya. 82pp. 19-belding, d.l. (1965). textbook of parasitology. 3 rd ed. appleton centurycroft, new york. 1374pp. 20-castro-garza, j.; anaya-velazquez, f.; said-fernandez, s. and gonzalez-garza, m.t. (1996). comparable growth of a trichomonas vaginalis strain in pehps and tyi-s-33 media. j. arch. med. res., 27(4): 567-570. 21-kostara, i.; carageorgiou, h.; varonos, d. and tzannetis, s. (1998). growth and survival of trichomonas vaginalis. j. med. microbiol., 47(6): 555-560. 22-houghton, g.w.; smith, j.; thorne, p.s. and templeton, r. (1979). the pharmacokinetics of oral and intravenous metronidazole in man. j. antimicrob. chemother., 5(5): 621-623. 23-harris, j.c., cottrell, s.l., plunmer s. and lloyd, d. (2001). antimicrobial properties of allium sativum (garlic). appl. microbiol. biotechnol., 57: 282-86. 24-lindmark, d.g. (1980). energy metabolism of the anaerobic protozoon giardia lamblia. mol. biochem. parasitol., 1(1): 1-12. 25-muller, m. (1986). reductive activation of nitroimidazoles in anaerobic microorganisms. biochem. pharmacol., 35(1), 37-41. 26-lossick, j.g. (1990). in trichomonads parasitic in humans. honiberg, b.m., ed.; springer-verlag: new york: 324-341. 27-lossick, j.g. (1990). treatment of sexually transmitted vaginosis/vaginitis. rev. infect. dis., 12(suppl 6), s665-s681. 28-ahmed, s.a. (2010). in vitro effects of aqueous extracts of garlic (allium sativum) and onion (allium cepa) on trichomonas vaginalis. parasitol. unit. j. 3(1&2): 45-54. 29-sulyman, m.a. (2008). epidemiological study on trichomonas vaginalis & some associated bacteria that causing sexual transmitted diseases & effect of some herbal extraction on the parasite in vitro in kirkuk city. m.sc. thesis .coll. sci. univ. tikrit. 143pp. 30-al-banea, s.z.m. (2006). effect of nigella sativa oil on pathogenicity of entamoeba histolytica. m.sc. thesis .coll. sci. univ. al-mustansiriya. 84pp. 31-al-khuzaay, j.h.r. (2005). evaluation of the effectiveness of some plant extracts, drugs and direct electric current on the viability of the protoscolecies of echinococcus granulosus in vitro and in vivo in white mice. m.sc. thesis .coll. edu. univ. al-qadisiya. 100pp. biology | 16 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 table (1):chemical determinat of some active compounds in alcoholic extract of n. sativa seeds. n type of test alcoholic extract 1 alkaloids - 2 flavonoids + 3 glycosides + 4 phenols + 5 resins + 6 tannins - table (2): mean of parasites number (×10 5 ), mean of generations number and mean of generation time  sd. of control group. the period (hour) number of parasites ×10 5 /ml mean  sd number of generations mean  sd generation time mean  sd 24 4.04  0.96 27.14  6.46 0.92  0.23 48 7.19  0.88 48.28  5.93 0.99  0.14 72 5.55  1.26 37.23  8.42 1.88  0.37 96 4.23  0.73 28.41  4.90 3.46  0.74 biology | 17 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 table (3): mean  sd and percentage of growth inhibition of t. vaginalis per culture after exposure to various concentration of mtz and alcoholic n. sativa extract in comparison to control. incubation period (hour) dosage treated (μg/ml) 24 48 72 96 mean  sd growth (%) inhibition (%) mean  sd growth (%) inhibition (%) mean  sd growth (%) inhibition (%) mean  sd growth (%) inhibition (%) control 4.04 0.96 ± e 100 ---- 7.19 0.88 ± a 100 ---- 5.54 1.25 ± a 100 ---- 4.23 0.73 ± a 100 ---- the mtz (µg/ml) 55 4.12 0.58 ± e 98.02 1.98 2.76 0.66 ± gh 38.39 61.61 1.06 0.51 ± de 19.14 80.86 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 100 5.19 1.08 ± cd 71.54 28.46 3.17 0.35 ± efgh 44.09 55.91 0.70 0.15 ± ef 12.64 87.36 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 150 4.37 1.15 ± de 91.83 8.16 2.48 0.65 ± h 34.50 65.50 0.14 0.04 ± g 2.53 97.47 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 200 3.83 0.80 ± e 94.81 5.19 0.53 0.18 ± i 7.38 92.62 0.00 0.00 ± g 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 alcoholic extract of n. sativa seeds prepared in lab. (mg/ml) 455 6.23 0.32 ± ab 45.79 54.20 5.03 0.47 ± bc 69.96 30.04 3.56 0.27 ± b 64.26 35.74 1.93 0.28 ± b 45.63 54.37 555 5.57 0.89 ± bc 62.12 37.87 4.30 0.44 ± cd 59.81 40.19 2.84 0.36 ± c 51.27 48.73 1.13 0.32 ± c 26.72 73.28 650 5.11 0.72 ± c 73.51 26.48 3.30 0.62 ± efg 45.90 54.10 1.45 0.35 ± d 26.18 73.82 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 750 4.45 0.62 ± de 89.85 10.14 3.06 0.38 ± fg 42.56 57.44 0.31 0.15 ± fg 5.60 94.40 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 import alcoholic extract of n. sativa (mg/ml) 455 7.13 0.90 ± a 23.52 76.48 5.57 1.06 ± b 77.47 22.53 3.74 0.95 ± b 67.51 32.49 1.76 0.33 ± b 41.61 58.39 555 6.97 1.33 ± a 27.48 72.52 5.12 1.24 ± b 71.22 28.78 3.11 0.56 ± c 56.14 43.86 1.04 0.27 ± c 24.59 75.41 650 6.25 1.24 ± ab 45.30 54.70 3.89 1.25 ± de 54.11 45.89 1.35 0.33 ± d 24.37 75.63 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 750 5.15 1.31 ± cd 72.53 27.47 2.52 0.61 ± h 35.15 64.95 0.18 0.08 ± fg 3.25 96.75 0.00 0.00 ± c 0.00 100 similar letters indicate to non-significant differences (p > 0.05) among groups (vertical compare). different letters indicate to significant differences (p ≤ 0.05) among groups (vertical compare). biology | 18 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1596 7102( عام 3( العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ) ibn al-haitham j. for pure & appl. sci. vol.03 (3) 2017 figure (1): normal curve of the growth t. vaginalis trophozoites in diamondʼs tym medium. 65 abstarct atenolol was used with povidone iodine to prove the efficiency, reliability and repeatability of the long distance chasing photometer (nag-adf-300-2) using continuous flow injection analysis. the method is based on reaction between atenolol and povidone iodine in an aqueous medium. optimum parameters was studied to increase the sensitivity development of method. calibration graph was linear in the range of 219 mmol/l for cell a and 5-19 mmol/l for cell b. limit of detection 146.4848 ng/55 µl and 2.6600 µg/200 µl respectively to cell a and cell b. correlation coefficient (r) 0.9957 for cell a and 0.9974 for cell. relative standard deviation (rsd %) was lower than 1%, (n=8) for the determination of atenolol at concentration (5, 9 and 17) mmol/l for cell a and (5, 13 and 17) mmol/l for cell b respectively. the results were compared with classical method uv-spectrophotometric at λ max=270 nm by using method standard addition via t-test, at 95% confidence level. the comparison of data explain that long distance chasing photometer (nag-adf-300-2) is the choice with excellent extended detection and wide application. keyword: atenolol, attenuation of light, continuous flow injection analysis, turbidity, fluorescence. 1. introduction atenolol is a beta (ꞵ1) selective (cardio selective) adrenoceptor blocking agent. the main uses of atenolol are in the treatment of hypertension and coronary heart disease. atenolol is also used to lower the risk of death after a heart attack. the chemical name of atenolol is 4-[2hydroxy-3-[(1-methylethyl) amino] propoxy] benzene acetamide or called tenormin, white powder, molecular formula c14 h22 n2o3, molecular weight 266.336 g/mol, structure of atenolol is shown in figure 1. atenolol are mostly hydrophobic compounds therefore their limited aqueous solubility is the most challenging problem in atenolol development that causes their poor bioavailability. many published works could be found regarding the improvement of the low bioavailability of poorly soluble atenolol including solubilization techniques. among the elham19690@gmail.com department of chemistry, college of education for pure sciences (ibn-alhaitham), university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. elham n. mezaal doi: 10.30526/33.1.2383 nagam s. turkey department of chemistry, college of science, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index assessment of long distance chasing photometer (nag-adf-300-2) by estimating the drug atenolol with povidone iodine via cfia article history: received 13 june 2019, accepted 28 augest 2019, publish january 2020. file:///c:/users/mustafa/desktop/2020/elham19690@gmail.com 66 broad variety of methods proposed for enhancing atenolol solubility, the addition of pharmaceutic cosolvents is the most widely used technique for atenolol in aqueous media [1-4]. the solubility enhancement of poorly soluble atenolol can be achieved by the changes of temperature [5]. solubility enhancement by using alkaline medium [6], stability of atenolol in acidic environment depending on diversified polarity [7]. previous studies applied spectrofluorometry to estimation of atenolol in aqueous solution and samples human urine because of its sensitivity, selectivity and low cost instrumentation [8]. photoluminescence of metal nanoparticles that offer emission of light without requiring conjugation with luminous dyes is the basis for the new method [9]. determination of atenolol by using high performance liquid chromatographic (hplc) [10-14], uv-vis spectrophotometry [3, 15-19]. chromatographic densitometry [7]. reflectance spectroscopy [20]. spectrofluorometry method [2].potentiometric titration [21]. and gc-mas [4]. figure 1. structure of atenolol. flow injection analysis (fia) as “technique based on the sequential injection of a discrete liquid sample into a moving, no segmented continuous carrier stream, several methods depend on continuous flow injection analysis [22-33]. infection can slow down the wound healing process. however, the infection can be effectively prevented using an antiseptics. povidone iodine is the most effective antiseptic to prevent infection .it has been widely used on 10% concentration. however, either in vivo or in vitro studies indicated that the povidone iodine, in 10% concentration, is toxic to fibroblast, povidone iodine brown powder, molecular formula (c6h9no) n. x i [34, 35]. the aim of this work was to assessment of a new long distance chasing photometer (nagadf-300-2) by determination of atenolol with povidone iodine. the method is based on the quenching of the povidone iodine by using drug atenolol via a new long distance chasing photometer for 300 mm length with 2 mm path length to chase and to accumulate output resulted from attenuated incident light 0-180 0 via two flow cells of 110 mm and 60 mm length (nagadf-300-2 analyzer) [36]. 2. chemicals and apparatus 2.1 reagents and chemicals all analytical chemicals reagent were used for all solutions and dissolved by distilled water. a standard solution of 50 mmol/l of atenolol, was prepared by dissolving 1.3317 g in a 100 ml. a series of povidone iodine solutions were prepared from the dilution of standard solution 50 mmol/l with distilled water. 2.2 apparatus a homemade nag-adf-300-2 is a long distance chasing photometer as a flow cell will have 300 mm as a distance with 2 mm as a path length to chaise and to accumulate the output resulted from attenuation of incident light 0-180 0 and diverged or fluorescence light at 0-90 0 via a flow cell. the first flow cell is of 110 mm length covered with 11 white snow led (wsled), followed by uncovered distance of 100 mm length then attached to another with 2 solar cell at each side of (0-180 0 and 0-90 0 ), cell (cell number 2) which is covered by 6 wsled and a single photo cell (solar) of 60 mm length at each side. using peristaltic pump (ismatec, switzerland) 67 and six-port medium pressure idex corporation usa injection valve with sample loop (1 mm i.e. teflon, variable length). potentiometric was recorder to estimate the output signals (siemens, germany). uv-spectrophotometric (rf-1501, shimadzu, japan) was use for classical methods. 3. methodology two manifold designs were investigated to choose the optimum manifold system for the determination of atenolol by using povidone iodine system. the first is shown in figure 2.a. the manifold reaction system is consists of one line represents the carrier stream povidone iodine (5 mmol/l) which passes through injection valve in which sample segment of atenolol (5 mmol/l) was used at 2.9 ml/min flow rate. 100 µl as a sample volume and that passes through the measuring cell (a and b) to quench of povidone iodine molecule is shown in figure 2.c. the second manifold design of flow injection analysis is shown in figure 2.b. the manifold reaction system is consists of two lines: first line is carrier stream (distilled water) leading to the injection valve, which allows the use of 100 µl of atenolol sample segment (5 mmol/l) and flow rate 3.2 ml/min, while the second line supply the povidone iodine molecule solution (5 mmol/l) and a flow rate of 4.6 ml/min. the two lines mixes together at a y-junction and leading to measuring cell (a and b). the response obtained is shown in figure 2.d. figure 2.a, b. schematic diagram of manifold flow injection analysis using one and two manifold design. c, d: profile of yz (mv) – t min (d) cm energy transducer response output using a, b total continuous response of povidone iodine 5 mmol / l for cell a, cell b c, d total quenched of povidone iodine for cell a, cell b by using sample volume 100 µl for one line and two line. 68 scheme 1. shows a proposed expected mechanism for the reaction of atenolol with povidone iodine [37-39]. scheme 1. proposed mechanism of reaction between atenolol and povidone iodine. 4. results and discussion 4.1. study of the optimum intensity used for cell a and cell b choosing the optimum intensity for either cells (cell no.1-cell a and cell no.2-cell b with in between distance of 100 mm. an arbitrary selected intensity was put into work (an intensity of indication approximate of selector switch for cell a was on no.3, while it was on no.2 for cell b which was based on preliminary experiment).these numbers reflect the 0-1-2-3-4 intensities which were varied a according to nature and type of reaction carried out. on the basis of obtained responses profile figure 2.a , b. other necessary chemical and physical parameters were carried out, which describe the full detailed study supported by the recorded of yz (mv) – t min (d) cm response. table 1. shows the intensity (i) of the response for either cells from i=1 to i=4.the optimum intensity of the measuring cell a, i=3 and i=2 for cell b which was adopted in subsequent studies. table 1.effect of intensity on response profile, total continuous response of povidone iodine, quenched of povidone iodine, remained of povidone iodine for cell a and cell b by using 100 µl sample volume concentration of the atenolol (5 mmol/l]) with povidone iodine (5 mmol/l), speed of recorder = 60 cm/hr. intensity (i) total response of povidone iodine ῡ z i (mv) rsd% confidence interval at (95%) ῡ z i (mv)±t0.05/2,n-1 σn1/√n quenched of povidone iodine mv remained of povidone iodine m v cell a 1 368 0.1060 368±0.9689 272 96 2 544 0.1195 544±1.6148 384 160 3 816 0.1201 816±2.4346 592 224 4 200 0.6050 200±3.0060 180 20 cell b 1 336 0.1339 336±1.1179 216 120 2 440 0.1318 440±1.4409 296 144 3 96 0.5938 96±1.4160 80 16 4 80 1.2250 80±2.4346 60 20 69 i=3 (cell a) and i=2 (cell b) 776 (cell a) and 408 (cell b) 0.1559 (cell a) and 0.3554 (cell b) 776±3.0060(cell a) and 408±3.6022(cell b) 576 (cell a) and 280 (cell b) 200 (cell a) and 128 (cell b) t0.05/2,2=4.303, ῡ z i (mv): (s/n) energy transducer response of cell a and cell b in mv for n=3 one line system reduction of povidone iodine is low and the response intensity is high, so that the same concentration of atenolol could not suppress the povidone iodine response significantly compared with the atenolol which echoes the povidone in the two line system. atenolol in a two line system was able to quell the povidone almost entirely because the povidone were less intense due to the dilution and dispersion of the two line system. 4.2. optimization of variables for one line manifold system all chemicals parameters mainly reagent concentration and kind of carrier stream for the atenolol with povidone iodine system as well as physical parameters volume of sample, flow rate were studied using one lines manifold system figure 2.a. 4.2.1. chemical variable effect using the optimum concentration of povidone iodine for the determination of atenolol using one line manifold system. 4.2.1.1. povidone iodine concentration a series of the povidone iodine solutions 1-10 mmol/l at 2.9 ml/min flow rate were prepared. atenolol 5 mmol/l used with 100 µl volume of sample. each measurement was sequential for three times. the increase of the concentration povidone iodine and quenching.increases of povidone iodine response is shown in figure 3 a, b, c. (8 mmol/l) was chosen as optimal quenching intensity with low of reagent concentration. figure 3.a. effect of concentration variable of povidone iodine on s/n energy transducer response. b, c: attenuation of incident light expressed as an average peak heights versus povidone iodine concentration, quenching of povidone iodine by d.w and atenolol for cell a and cell b. 4.2.1.2. effect of different medium atenolol (5 mmol/l) povidone iodine (5 mmol/l) system was studied in solution in different media (sodium carbonate and sodium hydroxide) at 10 mmol/l concentration in addition to aqueous medium as a carrier stream. the results explain using the salt solutions lead to decrease sharpness of response and 70 change of the response format therefore, the water medium of the reaction was selected. the results were summarized in table 2. table 2. effect of different medium on the measurement of energy transducer response for determination of atenolol. type of medium 10 mmol/l povidone iodine response ῡz i (mv) response of blank ῡz i(mv) total quenched povidone iodine ῡz i (mv) quenched povidone iodine ῡz i(mv) remained povidone iodine ῡz i(mv) ῡz i (mv)±t0.05/2, 2 σn-1 /√n cell a h2o 1656±4.7698 240±4.6953 336±2.7824 96 1320 na2co3 1616±3.8009 240±4.5214 176±3.6022 -64 1440 naoh 1616±4.9188 240±2.7824 344±4.7450 104 1272 cell b h2o 968±2.9066 56±2.4346 152±1.6645 96 816 na2co3 968±3.7761 56±2.7327 168±3.2792 112 800 naoh 968±3.6767 56±3.5277 184±3.7761 128 784 t0.05/2,2=4.303, ῡz i (mv) (s/n): energy transducer response of cell a and cell b in mv for n=3 4.2.2. physical variables 4.2.2.1. flow rate figure 2. a which shows that a one lines manifold system were used a variable flow rates. different variable responses were obtained even different profile were described. figure 4. a shows the different types of responses characterization by response of attenuated signal versus flow rate. while figure 4 b, c. shows quenched in mv, remained of povidone in mv, peak base width in mv and addition volume in ml for cell a and cell b, flow rate of the carrier stream 4.4 ml/min utilizations the optimum choice even it is at the edge of the curve. from the figure we notice the increase of the sharp peak and quenched povidone iodine by increasing the flow rate and decreasing the width base δ t of the response. 71 figure 4. effect of the variation of flow rate on: a: s/n energy transducer response versus t min (d) cm b, c: attenuation of incident light expressed as an average peak heights in mv (ῡz i (mv)) for cell a, cell b by using atenolol (5 mmol/l) – povidone iodine (8 mmol/l) system, 100 μl volume of sample, i=3for cell a and i=2 for cell b. 4.2.2.2. sample volume using atenolol (5 mmol/l) – povidone iodine (8 mmol/l) system and variable length of teflon tube ranging (2.6-25.5) cm of diameter (d) 1 mm, that is equivalent to (20-200) µl of sample volume. it was noticed that an increase volume of sample cause the increase of response for cell b and decrease of response for cell a expressed as a quenching of povidone iodine. a compromise was made in this study to choose 55 µl for cell a and 200 µl for cell b as a suitable most convenient of sample size level. all results were tabulate in table 3. table 3. effect of the variation volume of sample on the total quenched, quenched, remained of povidone iodine by using (5 mmol/l) concentration for atenolol and (8 mmol/l) concentration of povidone iodine, speed of recorder 60 cm/hr. and flow rate of carrier stream 4.4 ml/min. loop length (cm) r=0.5 (mm) sample volume (µl) total quenched povidone iodine ῡz i (mv) rsd% confidence interval at (95%) quenched povidone iodine ῡz i (mv) remained povidone iodine ῡz i(mv) δ t (sec) t (sec) v add (ml) at flow cell concentration mmol/l at flow cell d f at flow cell cell a 2.60 20 88 0.2614 88±0.5714 0 1512 5 12 0.3867 0.2586 19.34 3.10 24 216 0.5602 216±3.0060 88 1368 7 15 0.5373 0.2233 22.39 4.10 32 280 0.4000 280±2.7824 136 1296 9 18 0.6920 0.2312 21.63 7.00 55 416 0.2668 416±2.7575 208 1264 10 22 0.7883 0.3489 14.33 9.00 71 416 0.2452 416±2.5340 176 1296 12 25 0.9510 0.3733 13.39 12 74 100 368 0.2853 368±2.6085 152 1232 14 28 1.1267 0.4438 11.27 20.40 160 520 0.2923 520±3.7761 176 1104 20 35 1.6267 0.4918 10.17 25.50 200 560 0.3250 560±4.5214 200 1/040 30 40 2.4000 0.4167 12.00 cell b 2.60 20 48 1.1667 48±1.3912 24 928 7 17 0.5333 0.1875 26.67 3.10 24 104 0.7885 104±2.0371 72 880 8 20 0.6107 0.1965 25.45 4.10 32 120 0.3750 120±1.1179 88 872 10 23 0.7653 0.2091 23.91 7.00 55 184 0.1141 184±0.5217 136 792 11 26 0.8617 0.3191 15.67 9.00 71 184 0.1033 184±0.4720 120 784 13 28 1.0243 0.3466 14.43 12.74 100 160 0.0750 160±0.2981 112 808 15 30 1.2000 0.4167 12.00 20.40 160 240 0.5042 240±3.0060 160 712 28 40 2.2133 0.3615 13.83 25.50 200 392 0.2602 392±2.5340 296 584 35 45 2.7667 0.3614 13.84 t: arrival time from injection valve arrivals to measuring cell (sec) ,δ t: base width of peak(sec), t0.05/2,2 =4.303,df : dilution factor at flow cell 4.2.2.3. effect of reaction loop length variable coil lengths 0, 20, 30, 40 and 50 cm were studied. these length comprises a volume (0-392.5 µl) which connected after valve directly in flow system. while keeping all other changeable constant (i.e.; atenolol (5 mmol/l), povidone iodine (8 mmol/l) system, 4.4 ml/min flow rate for carrier stream (distilled water) and sample volume 55, 200 μl for cell a and cell b respectively. figure 5. shows the manifold design system for determination of atenolol in the presence of reaction coil. a volume of a cylinder =πr 2 l (where l= length of the used tube for e.g. 72 is ϕ=1, the r=0.5 mm for 100 mm length. the volume will be equal to 3.14 (0.05 cm) 2 × 20 cm=0.157 cm 3 =157 µl. figure 6. a, b, c and d shows that the increase of coil volume will lead to a highly dispersed which cause a weaker signal or even undetected signal. therefore a compromise of using a convenient reaction coil length was is not using of reaction coil. figure 5. manifold design system for evaluation of atenolol in the presence of reaction coil 73 figure 6. effect of reaction coil on: a, b: s/nenergy transducer response versus t min (d) cm for cell a and cell b respectively c, d: total quenched, quenched and remained of povidone in mv for cell a, cell b by using atenolol (5 mmol/l) povidone iodine (8 mmol/l) system, intensity i=3 for cell a and i=2 for cell b, flow rate 4.4 ml/min , sample volume 55,200 µl for cell a and cell b respectively. 5. study of the optimum intensity used for white snow light emitting diodes (wsleds) in nag-adf-300-2 analyser for one line a study was conducted for the effect of intensity of incident light for the irradiation sources on the s/n – response of the energy transducer via the selector switch (c.f front panel diagram of nag-adf-300-2 figure 2 a.the selector switch gives 0-1-2-3-4 i.e.; four choices plus the off position for both cell individually controlled. it was noticed that a selection of 3 position (i.e.; i=3) was very convenient intensity for cell no.1 (cell a) (larger number of the selector switch means more light intensity), while position 2 (i=2) of the selector switch was a convenient intensity .it was same intensity chosen in first of atenolol study of assessment. the higher intensity (i=3) for cell a, while it was not necessary to use high light intensity for cell b due to quenching of povidone iodine. therefore, a low intensity of height is required for cell b. the results summed up in table 4. table 4. effect of intensity on attenuation of incident light expressed as an average peak heights (mv) for total quenched, quenched and remained of povidone in mv by using atenolol (5 mmol/l) – povidone iodine (8 mmol/l) system, speed of recorder 60 cm/hr., flow rate carrier stream 4.4 ml / min and sample volume 55,200 µl for cell a and cell b respectively . intensity (i) total quenched povidone iodine ῡz i (mv) rsd% confidence interval at (95%) quenched of povidone iodine mv remained of povidone iodine mv cell a 1 160 0.6125 160±2.4346 80 528 2 208 0.4760 208±2.4594 96 776 3 416 0.2668 416±2.7575 208 1264 cell b 1 256 0.3711 256±2.3601 200 440 2 392 0.2602 392±2.5340 296 584 3 376 0.3511 376±3.2792 224 272 4 96 1.5833 96±3.7761 56 72 the intensity of output response is varied for cell a and cell b 74 6. estimating the linear dynamic range from scatter plot for the variation of atenolol versus s/n energy transducer response a series of atenolol solutions (0.03-40, 0.07-40 mmol/l) using the optimum chemical and physical parameters; for cell a and cell b respectively were prepared and this will represent the x-axis (independent variable).the attenuation of incident light was measured and gave the following s/n energy transducer responses as y here represent the dependent variable as shown in figure 7 a, b. in which, the height of response increased for cell a and b when the analyte of concentration is increased. it can be seen from the figure 8 a, b. explains the variance ranges for each cells. (i.e.; scatter plot at range (0.03-40) mmol/l, dynamic range (0.03-30) mmol/l, working range (0.03-25) mmol/l and linear dynamic range (2-19) mmol/l for cell a and scatter plot at range (0.07-40) mmol/l, dynamic range (0.07-30) mmol/l, working range (0.07-25) mmol/l and linear dynamic range (5-19) mmol/l for cell b). figure 7. some of response profile versus time using povidone iodine (8 mmol/l), sample volume 55,200 µl respectively to cell a and cell b .i=3 for cell a, i=2 for cell b. a: for cell a, b: for cell b. 6.1. limit of detection in general terms, the lod of an analyte may be characterization as that: concentration which gives an instrument signal y9 significantly different from the blank or back ground signal. this characterization gives the analyst a perfect deal of freedom to decide the exact definition of l.o.d. there is an increasing trend to define the l.o.d. as: the analyte concentration giving a signal equal to the blank signal, y b plus three standard deviation of the blank sb. lod = y b + 3sb 1. gradual dilution practically based on consecutive dilution of the lowest concentration used in calibration graph, this should be regarded as the real, and trustable value of d.l. i.e. reliable d.l. for the proposed method. 2. theoretically (method of slope) 75 l.o.d. =3sb / slope sb = σ n-1 b standard deviation of blank n=13 3. theoretically (equation of linear method) ŷ = y b + 3sb yb: average response for the blank solution, this is equivalent to intercept (a) in straight line equation y= a + b x the final two methods are an output of a linear regression graph treatments where the obtained (fact) results are subjected to statistical treatments, these methods can be used as an approximate indication but should not except if otherwise defined. a study was done to calculate the detection limit of atenololpovidone iodine (8 mmol/l) system through three methods as tabulated in table 5. table 5. limit of detection for atenolol at using optimum parameters 55,200 µl for cell a and cell brespectively as an injection sample, 4.4 ml/min flow rate of carrier stream, [povidone iodine]8mmol/l. x=lod based on slope and sb= standard deviation of blank repeated for 12 times. : y b average response for blank= intercept (a), s b: standard deviation equal to s y/x (residual): ŷ estimated response (mv), n: number of injection, n* number of measurement for scatter plot 6.2. repeatability the relative standard deviation expressed as a percentage which is equally to the repeatability of the measurement. a repeated measurements for eight repeated injections were measured at steady concentrations of atenolol for three concentrations were used 5, 9, 17 mmol/l for cell a and 5, 13, 17 for cell b in optimum parameters. the obtained results is listed in table 6 is which showed the repeatability at 5, 9, 17 mmol/l for cell a and 5, 13, 17 for cell b respectively. in addition to study of repeatability with minimum of the rsd% which equal to 1%. table 6. repeatability of atenolol at optimum parameters with 55 µl volume of sample for cell a and 200 µl sample volume for cell b. response of continuous povidone iodine =1680 mv for cell a, =976 mv for cell b, response of blank = 208 mv for cell a, =96 mv for cell b, t 0.05/2, 7= 2.365, number of injection =8. type of cell practically based on the gradual dilution (0.03 mmol/l) (n*) (0.07 mmol/l)(n*) theoretical based on the value of slope theoretical based on the linear equation n cell a 0.01 mmol/l (25 mv) 146.4848 ng/55 µl 216.7975 ng/55 µl 23.9635 µg/55 µl 20 cell b 0.05 mmol/l (104 mv) 2.6600 µg/200 µl 2.8400 µg/200 µl 62.4600 µg/200 µl 18 [atenolol] mmol/l average of total quenched povidone ῡz i (mv) quenched povidone ( ῡz i (mv) rsd% confidence interval at (95%) cell a 5 416 208 0.2668 416±0.9281 9 584 376 0.2072 584±1.0117 17 1040 832 0.2029 1280±1.7643 cell b 5 392 296 0.2602 392±0.8529 13 544 448 0.1195 544±0.5435 17 620 524 0.2129 620±1.1037 76 7. classical method of uvspectrophotometric the assessment evaluation of new developed methodology (i.e.; nag-adf-300-2 analyser) for the determination of atenolol using atenolol povidone iodine (8 mmol/l) system. a new developed method was compared with the available literature method, namely uvspectrophotometric method [40], which was based on the measurements of absorbance. concentration range of method 0.01-6 mmol/l at λ max= 270 nm using quartz cell. table 7. shows the variable data treatments. the detection limit was 0.005 mmol/l (5 µmol/l) equivalent to 1.3317 µg / sample. table 7. different ranges for the atenolol concentration versus absorbance using spectrophotometer (classical method). type of mode range of [atenolol] mmol/l(n) ŷz i = a± sa t+ b (δ y/ δxmmol/l) ± s b t [atenolol] mmol/l at confidence level 95%,n-2 r, r 2 , r 2 % t tab at 95% ,n-2 calculated t-value tcal=/r/√n-2 / √1-r 2 scatter plot 0.01-6 (18) 0.3291 ±0.2033+0.3706±0.0856 [atenolol] mmol/l 0.9167,0.8404,84.04 2.120 < 9.1785 dynamic range or analytical range 0.01-5 (17) 0.2632±0.1750+0.4449±0.0891 [atenolol] mmol/l 0.9396,0.8829,88.29 2.131 < 10.6344 working range or calibration range 0.01-4 (16) 0.1926±0.1386+0.5371 ± 0.0871 [atenolol] mmol/l 0.9623,0.9260,92.60 2.145 << 13.2375 linear range or linear dynamic range 0.05-2.5 (13) 0.0864±0.0599+0.7157± 0.0548 [atenolol] mmol/l 0.9934,0.9869,98.69 2.201 28.7747 8. assessment of nag -adf-300–2 analyser using two cell and multi solar cells for the determination of atenolol in drugs the newly developed methodology (nag-adf-300-2) was used for the determination of atenolol in three different samples of drugs from three different of companies (atenolol, bristol, uk, 100 mg),(vascoten, medochemie, cyprus, 100 mg) and (novaten, ajanta, india, 100 mg). the continuous flow injection analysis used of homemade nag-adf-300-2. which that mean a long distance chasing photometer for 300 mm length with 2mm path length to chase and accumulate output response from attenuation of incident light at 0-180 0 via the use of two cells of 110 mm (cell a) and 60 mm length (cell b). the newly developed methodology comparison with uv-spectrophotometric method via measurement at λ max =270 nm. a series of solution were provided of each drug (20 mmol/l) by transferring of 0.5 ml to each of the five volumetric flask (10 ml) followed by the addition of 0.0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8 ml from 50 mmol/l of standard solution to obtain 0,1,2,3,4 mmol/l for developed method ,while classical method (20 mmol/l) by transferring of 0.5 ml to each of five volumetric flask (10 ml) followed by addition of 0.0, 0.04, 0.06, 0.08, 0.1 ml from 50 mmol/l of standard solution of atenolol to obtain 0,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5 mmol/l. taking into a consideration that the first flask is for the sample. the measurements were conducted by both methods. results were mathematically treated for method of standard addition. table 8 a, b. have shown a practical consist of active ingredient at 95% confidence level & efficiency of evaluation in addition to paired t-test which shows a comparison at two difference paths [41, 42].first test: comparison of newly developed method (nag-adf-300-2) analyser with official quoted value b.p [43]. (100 mg) as shown in table 8 b. (column 5) by calculated t-values of each individual company and these compare with tabulated t-value. a hypothesis can be estimated as follow null hypothesis: there is no important 77 difference between the means obtained from three source of three different companies (ѿ i) and quoted value (µ) i.e.; ho: ѿ i = µ for: atenolol (bristol, 100 mg, uk), vascoten (medochemie, 100 mg, cyprus) and nova ten (ajanta, 100 mg, india) companies. against: alternative hypothesis: there is an important difference between the means and quoted value i.e.; ѿ o ≠ µ for: different three companies some value obtained tcal > t tab (4.303) confidence level at 95% and degree of freedom =2; null hypothesis will be reject and accepting the alternative hypothesis; these mean that there is an important difference between the quoted active ingredient value and the measured value. one this base; the newly developed method can be used equally well as standard reference methods. another obtained tcal –value indicated that there was no significant different between the newly developed method and claimed method by the company as calculated t – value is less than tabulated t – value. so, the newly method capable was used as an alternative analysis method for the evaluation of atenolol in different drugs. second test: using paired t – test at α = 0.05 (2-tailed) for using developed method nagadf-300-2 analyser and the compare with classical method using shimadzu (uv-1800 double beam) spectrophotometer as shown in table 8 b (column 6). taking into the consideration that all drugs from different companies are the same population i.e.; neglecting individual differences between one manufacturer and another. assumption null hypothesis ho: µ nag-adf-300-2 analyser =µ uv-sp. there is no significant difference between the mean of different two methods. an alternative hypothesis: there is an important difference between the mean of classical method and nagadf-300-2 analyser i.e.; alternative h1: µ nag-adf-300-2 analyser ≠ µ uv-sp. the obtained results indicated clearly that there was no significant differences between newly developed method and uv-spectrophotometric (classical method) at 95% (α = 0.05) confidence level as the calculated tcal (0.2107 and /-0.3551/) is less than t tab (4.303) for each cell (i.e.; cell a & cell b) for the evaluation of atenolol in pharmaceutical drugs as shown in table 8 b. (column 6). 78 table 8. a: standard addition results for the determination of atenolol in three samples of drugs using nag-adf-300-2 analyser for cell a, cell b and classical methods. ŷ: estimated response in mv for developed method and absorbance for uv-sp. method, r: correlation coefficient, r 2 : coefficient of determination, r 2 %: percentage capital r square, uv –sp.: uv –spectrophotometric method, t0.05/2,ꞵ=1.96 at 95%,t0.05/2,3=3.182 for n=5. no. of sample commercial name , company content country type of method newly developed methodology cell a cell b uv-sp. classical method absorbance measurement at λ max =270 nm confidence interval for the average weight of tablet ѿ i ± 1.96σn-1/√n at 95% (g) weight of sample equivalent to 1.33168 g(20 mmol/l)of the active ingredient wi (g) theoretical content for the active ingredient at 95% (mg) wi ±1.96σn-1 /√n atenolol mmol/l equation of standard addition at 95% for n-2 r , r 2 , r 2 % 0 0.20ml 0.40ml 0.60ml 0.80ml ŷz i (mv)=a mv ± sa t+ b(δ y mv /δxmmol/)± s b t[atenolol]mmol/l 0 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 0 0.04ml 0.06ml 0.08ml 0.10ml ŷz i =a± sat+ b (δ y / δxmmol/l )± s b t[atenolol]mmol/l 0 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 1 atenolol bristol 100 mg uk 0.4190±0.00204 5.5801 100±0.4868 90 130 240 310 379 78.2±41.3514+75.8±16.8815 [atenolol]mmol/l 0.9927,0.9855,98.55 65 120 190 240 309 63.2±13.0732+60.8±5.3372 [atenolol]mmol/l 0.9988,0.9977,99.77 0.392 0.511 0.518 0.551 0.612 0.4024±0.0528+0.4086±0.1604[atenolol]mmol/l 0.9780,0.9564,95.64 2 vascoten medochemie 100 mg cyprus 0.4030±0.0015 5.3661 100±0.3723 95 210 308 398 489 104.8±22.7863+97.6±9.3026[atenolol]mmol/l 0.9986,0.9973,99.73 85 150 235 320 400 78±16.2250+80±6.6240 [atenolol] mmol/l 0.9990,0.9980,99.80 0.592 0.681 0.751 0.812 0.856 0.5860±0.0274+0.5442±0.0834 [atenolol]mmol/l 0.9965,0.9931,99.31 3 novaten ajanta 100 mg india 0.4028±0.0031 5.3643 100±0.7696 110 220 340 450 580 106±14.9249+117±6.0932[atenolol]mmol/l 0.9996,0.9992,99.92 78 166 250 330 420 79.2±6.7350+84.8±2.7496 [atenolol] mmol/l 0.9998,0.9997,99.97 0.351 0.423 0.459 0.511 0.532 0.3504±0.0204+0.3745±0.0620 [atenolol]mmol/l 0.9960,0.9920,99.20 79 table 8. b: summary of results for practical content, efficiency (rec %) for determination of atenolol in three samples of drugs and t -test for comparison two methods. µ: quoted value, x d: average of difference between two type of method (developed& classical), n (no. of sample) = 3, σn-1: standard deviation of different, ѿ i: practically weight in mg,t0.05/2,2=4.303. no. of sample type of method newly developed methodology cell a cell b uv-sp. classical method absorbance measurement at λ max =270 nm practical concentration ( mmol/l) in 10 ml in 250 ml practical weight of atenolol ѿ i(g) ±4.303 σn-1/√n weight of atenolol in tablet ѿ i (mg) ±4.303 σn-1/√n efficiency of determination rec.% individual t-test for compared between quoted value &practical value (ѿ i -µ)√n /σn-1 cell a and cell b paired t –test compared between two methods tcal= x d √n/σn-1 t tab at 95% confidence level(n-1) 1 1.0317 20.6332 1.3738±0.6112 103.1645 ±45.8976 103.1645% 0.2967 < 4.303 cella x d=0.4725 σn-1=3.8841 0.2107 < 4.303 cell b x d= 1.6243 σn-1=7.9219 /-0.3551/ < 4.303 1.0395/ 20.7895 1.3842 ±0.3928 103.9469 ±29.4974 103.9469% 0.5757 < 4.303 0.9848 19.6960 1.3114 ±0.0270 98.4788 ±2.0275 98.4788% 2 1.0738 21.4754 1.4299 ±0.3982 107.3764 ±29.9023 107.3764% 1.0615 < 4.303 0.9750 19.5000 1.2984 ±0.2341 97.4995 ±17.5790 97.4995% /-0.6121/ < 4.303 1.0768 21.5360 1.4340 ±0.0780 107.6792 ±5.8570 107.6792% 3 0.9060 18.1196 1.2065 ±0.3582 90.5978 ±26.8977 90.5978% /-1.5041/ < 4.303 0.9340 18.6792 1.2437 ±0.1982 93.3958 ±14.8839 93.3958% /-1.9093/ < 4.303 0.9356 18.7128 1.2460 ±0.083 93.5633 ±6.2325 93.5633% 80 9. conclusion the assessment of long distance chasing photometer (nag-adf-300-2) through this research work was applied using comparison between nag-adf-300-2 analyser with classical uvspectrophotometric method using atenolol with povidone iodine in aqueous medium. chemical and physical parameters were studied in this research work. it was recognized that a narrower range is obtained with uv-spectrophotometric, while a wider range was the characteristic of nag-adf-300-2 analyser. a long distance chasing photometer (nag-adf-300-2) is the choice with excellent extended detection and a wider applicability. in the future using a new long distance chasing photometer as a flow cell will have 300 mm as a distance with 2 mm as a path length to chaise and to accumulate the output resulted from attenuation and the diverged or fluorescence light at 0-90 via two flow cells of 110 mm and 60 mm length (nag-adf-300-2) for study and determination of some selected drugs. references 1. tulia, r.g.; gowrj, s.d.; kadgapathi, p.; satyanarayana, b. a validated rp-hplc method for simultaneous estimation of atenolol and indapamide in pharmaceutical formulations. e-journal of chemistry. 2011, 8, 3, 1238-1245. 2. esam, b.; mohamed, g.; ahmed, a.; waleed, e.b. spectrofluorometry method for atenolol determination based on gold nanoparticles. acta pharm.2018, 68, 243–250. 3. agolkar, b.b.; chavan, l.d.; chondhekar, t.k.; shankarwar, s.g. kinetics and mechanistic study of oxidation of atenolol drug in acidic medium by 12-tungstocobaltate (iii). journal of chemistry and chemical sciences.2016, 6, 1, 1-8. 4. bilal, y.; sakir, a. determination of atenolol in human urine by gas chromatography mass spectrometry methods. journal of chromatographic science.2011, 49, 365-369. 5. samin, h.; abolghasem, j. solubility of atenolol in ethanol + water mixtures at various temperatures. j. serb. chem. soc.2015, 80, 5, 695–704. 6. genaro, chairm, a. r. remington pharmaceutical sciences. 17th ed. st .printing in the united states of america by mark printing company easton, pennsylvania.1985, 904. 7. jan, k.; anna, k. stability of atenolol, acebutolol and propranolol in acidic environment depending on its diversified polarity. pharmaceutical development and technology.2006, 11, 409-416. 8. belal, f.; al-shaboury, s.; al-tamrah, a. spectrofluorometric determination of labetalol in pharmaceutical preparations and spiked human urine through the formation of coumarin derivative. j. pharm. biomed. anal.2002, 30, 1191-1196. 9. bavili-tabrizi, a.; bahrami, f.; badrouj, h. avery simple and sensitive spectrofluorometric method based on the oxidation with cerium (iv) for the determination of four different drugs in their pharmaceutical formulation. pharm. sci.2017, 23, 50-58. 10. chiu, f.c.k.; zhang, j.n.; li, r.c.; raymond, k. efficient assay for the determination of atenolol in human plasma and urine by high performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection. journal of chromatographyb.1997, 691, 2, 473-477. 11. bilal, y.; sakir, a. determination of atenolol in human urine by using hplc, sep. sci .plus .2018, 1, 4–10. 12. anelise,w.; daniele cdo, janine, d.m.; karin, g.; clarice, m.b. validation of uv spectrophotometric and hplc methods for quantitative determination of atenolol in pharmaceutical preparations. lat.am.j.pharm.2007, 26, 5,765-770. 81 13. rafik, k.; alaa, q.; khulod, k.d.; saleh, a.l. design, synthesis, and in vitro kinetics study of atenolol prodrugs for the use in aqueous formulations. the scientific word journal.2014, 1-13. 14. arindam, b.; bidyut, d.; krishnendu, b.; mithun, ch.; somnath, b. development & validation of stability indicating high performance liquid chromatographic method for simultaneous estimation of atenolol & indapamide in tablet dosage form. journal of pharmacy research.2011, 4, 6, 1677-1680. 15. bilal, y. determination of atenolol in pharmaceutical preparation by zero-, first-, secondand third order derivative spectrophotometric methods, fabad. j. pharm. sci.2008, 33,119–129. 16. fadnis, g.a.; agarwal, r. kinetic and mechanistic study of oxidation of atenolol by cerium (iv) in sulphuric acidic medium. agarwal rashmi et al.irjp.2012, 3, 3, 268-270. 17. sayyed, h.; katapalle, r.; salim, s.; mazhar, f. permanganate study of oxidation of atenolol in acidic medium .world journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences.2017, 6, 2, 1281-1289. 18. hiremath, g.c.; kulkarni, r.m.; nandibewoor, s.t. kinetics of oxidative degradation and deamination of atenolol by aqueous alkaline permanganate. indian journal of chemistry.2005, 44, 245-250. 19. seema, monika d. in vitro sustained delivery of atenolol, an antihypertensive drug using naturally occurring clay mineral montmorillonite as a carrier.eur.chem.bull.2013, 2 , 11, 942-951. 20. gotardo, m.a.; sequinel, r.; pezza, l.; pezza, h.r. determination of atenolol in pharmaceutical formulations by diffuse reflectance spectroscopy. ecl. quím, são paulo.2008, 33, 4, 7-12. 21. prashanth, k.n.; basavaiah, k.; raghu, m.s.; vinay, k.b. determination of atenolol and its preparations by acid-base titration in non-aqueous medium .der pharmacia lettre.2012, 4, 5, 1534-1540. 22. turkey, n. s. new system for successive irradiation and spectral signal transfer with (twelve) optical fiber using continuous flow injection for colored and turbid solutions, patent, no.4859. central organization for standardization and quality control, h01l31/0232, 38, baghdad, iraq classification, 2017. 23. turkey, n.s. multi snowwhite light emitting diode analyser with twin detectors to distinguish and determine transparent (clear) and turbid solutions, patent, no.5605. central organization for standardization and quality control, h05b37/02, 4, baghdad, iraq classification, 2018. 24. shaker, i.m.a.; turkey, n.s. junction cell for on-line fast chemiluminescence reaction and light energy transfer by optical fiber, patent, no.5330. central organization for standardization and quality control,g01n2021/754, g01n21/76, 4, baghdad, iraq classification, 2018. 25. shaker, i.m.a.; turkey, n.s.; hussein, f. a. the use of atomic forces microscopy in explaining and distinguish between precipitated drugs using instrumental methods, patent, no. 5421. central organization for standardization and quality control, g01n33/0013, 6, baghdad, iraq classification, 2018. 82 26. shaker, i.m.a.; turkey, n.s. differential mass accumulation by the effect of neodymium in photometric analysis isnag-nd-10s-3d, patent, no. 5604. central organization for standardization and quality control, b22f3/03, h01f41/02, 4, baghdad, iraq classification, 2018. 27. shaker, i.m.a.; turkey, n.s. fixed magnetic field photometer for attenuated light measurements of incident irradiation of white snow led (6500k colour temperature) array of six “nag-mag-a”, patent, no. 5777. central organization for standardization and quality control, g01n21/62, 3, baghdad, iraq classification, 2019. 28. hayder, q. m.; nagam, s.t. fluorimetric determination of cefotaxime sodium in pharmaceuticals preparation via the quenching of the continuous fluorescence of calcein using a homemade isnag-continuous flow injection analyser. international eurasian conference on biological and chemical sciences.2018, 26, 27, 259 -270. 29. nagam, s.t.; hayder, q.m. assessment of isnag fluorimeter (total fluorescence measurements at +90 0 & -90 0 using four solar cell on each side for 100 mm distance at 2 mm path length) with well-known fluorescent molecules via cfia. iraq journal of science.2018, 59, 1b, 240-250. 30. nagam, s.t.; hayder, q.m. new approach for the determination of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride using fluorescence resonance energy transfer (fter) and continuous flow injection analysis via isnag-fluorimeter. j. pharm. sci. & res.2019, 11, 4, 1563-1570. 31. nagam, s.t.; hussein, f.a. continuous flow injection analysisprecipitation reaction of ibuprofen with sodium nitro pros side using low pressure mercury lamp tube (uv-light) and detection of diverged scattered lights (visible light) at 2 x 90 0 using multi solar cells that covers 2 x 100 mm distance 2 mm path length. journal of pharmacy and biological sciences.2018, 13, 1, 60-75. 32. nagam, s.t.; hussein, f.a. newly developed method for determination indomethacin using phosphotungstic acid by continue flow injection analysis via homemade isnagfluorimeter. journal of applied chemistry.2018, 11, 1, 25-39. 33. nagam, s.t.; mustafa, k.k. determination of mefenamic acid using c e (iv) sulfate as an oxidant reagent via the use of the new mode of irradiation (array of six identical leds) and detection (twin solar cells)through turbidity measurement by cfia. i. j. r. p.c.2016, 6, 2, 271-290. 34. retno, d.; suswardana, arief, b.; windodo, w. the effect povidone iodine on the wound healing process: a study on fibroblast populated collagen lattice (fpcl) model. j. med. sci. 2014, 46, 3, 103-107. 35. hubner, n.o.; kramer, a. review on the efficacy safety and clinical applications of polihexanide a modern wound antiseptic. skin. pharmacal. physical.2010, 23, 17-27. 36. shaker, i.m. a.; turkey, n.s. long distance chasing photometer for 300 mm length with 2 mm path length to chase and to accumulate output resulted from attenuation incident light 0-180 0 and the diverged of fluorescence light at 0-90 0 via two flow cells of 110 mm and 60 mm length ( nag-adf-300-2), patent, no.5776. central organization for standardization and quality control, g01n2021/0328, 3, baghdad, iraq classification, 2019. 83 37. zholt, k.; tanya, s.; yaroslavl, b.; nataliya, k.; svitlana, z. potentiometric sensor for the determination of povidone-iodine. analytical &bioanalytical electrochemistry.2014, 6, 3, 367-378. 38. anongtip, s.a.; somchai, s.; narubodee, p.; wilaiporn, b.; titpawan, n.; rutthapol, s.; teerapol, s. quantitative analysis of povidone iodine thin films by x ray photoelectron spectroscopy and their physicochemical properties. acta pharm.2017, 67,169-186. 39. hiremath, g.c.; kulkarni, r.m.; nandibewoor, s.t. kinetics of oxidative degradation and deamination of atenolol by aqueous alkaline permanganate. indian journal of chemistry.2005, 44, 245-250. 40. fernandes, n.; nimdeo, m.s.; choudhari, v.p.; kulkarni; r.r.; pande, v.v.; nikalje, a.g. dual wavelength and simultaneous equation spectrophotometric methods for estimation of atenolol and indapamide in their combined dosage form. int. j. chem. sci.2008, 6, 1, 29-35. 41. bluman, a.g. elementary statistics .3th ed.st .wcb/mc graw– hill, new york, 1997. 42. miller, j.m.; miller, j.c. statistical and chemo metric for analytical chemistry. 5th ed. st. person education limited, 2005. 43. the british pharmacopoeia commission secretariat. part of the medicines and healthcare products regulatory agency (mhra). british pharmacopoeia, her majesty's stationery office, london, uk, 2009. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |102 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 spectrophotometric determination of sulfamethoxazole based on charge-transfer complexation with sodium nitroprusside tariq y. mahmoud sarmad b. dikran alaa k. mohammed dept. of chemistry/college of education for pure science (ibn alhaitham)/ university of baghdad received in:2/february/2017,accepted in:9/april/2017 abstract a simple, accurate and precise spectrophotometric method has been developed for the analysis of sulfamethoxazole (smz) in pure form and pharmaceutical preparation. the method involves a direct charge transfer complexation of sulfamethoxazole (smz) with sodium nitroprusside (snp) in alkaline medium and the presence of hydroxyl amine hydrochloride. variables affecting the formation of the formed orange colored complex were optimized following two approaches univariate and central composite experimental design (ccd) multivariate. under optimum recommended conditions, the formed complex exhibits λmax at 512 nm and the method conforms beer's law for smz concentration in the range of 5.0-150.0 (µg.ml -1 ) with molar absorptivity 1.139×10 3 l.mol -1 .cm -1 , and r = 0.9997. analysis of smz pharmaceutical dosages shows a good agreement with the real amounts. keywords: spectrophotometric determination; sulfamethoxazole; sodium nitroprusside; charge-transfer complexation. chemistry |103 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction sulfamethoxazole, 4-amino-n-(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)-benzenesulfonamide (m. wt. 253.279 gm. mol -1 ) [1]. sulfamethoxazole an antibacterial drug which approved for treatment of the oversensitive forms of hemophilic influenza, staphylococcus aurous, streptococcus, escherichia coli, and for oral anaerobes. it also represents therapeutic approach to the treatment of the urinary tract infections as an alternative to amoxicillin-based antibiotics. the literature contains various methods for the determination of sulfamethoxazole in its pharmaceutical formulations. this involves spectrophotometric [2-7], hplc [8-11], hptlc [12], capillary zone electrophoresis [13], micellar electrokinetic chromatography [14], derivative ratio spectrometry [15], flow injection sensor [16], sulfamethoxazole-imprinted polymer [17], spectrofluorometry [18], fluorescence spectrophotometric [19] and nmr [20] methods. the structural formula of smz is shown in scheme (1). in this work a simple and sensitive visible spectrophotometric method was developed for quantitative determination of sulfamethoxazole in its pure form and in pharmaceutical formulation. the suggested method is based on the formation of charge transfer molecular complex of drug with sodium nitroprusside in alkaline medium in the presence of hydroxylamine hydrochloride [21], [22]. experimental apparatus a cecll uv / vis double beam spectrophotometer (model ce 7200. uk (7000 series) with 1 cm quartz cells, a sartorius-bl 210 scientific balance(germany), a heater with magnetic starrier (ikacombimag rct.), a lab tech water bath (korea) were used for this study. the experimental design and the coefficients of the response surface equation were determined by statistical 12 (stat. soft. inc., release 2013) software. reagents all reagents and chemicals used of analytical grade. sulfamethoxazole powders were provided from the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samarairaq (sdi) in pure form (99.99%). reagents solutions  sodium carbonate monohydrate (6% w/v): 6g of na2co3.h2o was dissolved in 100 ml of distilled water.  sodium nitroprusside 0.2% (w/v): 0.2g of snp was dissolved and diluted to the mark with distilled water in a 100 ml volumetric flask.  hydroxylamine hydrochloride 0.4% (w/v): 0.4g of nh2oh.hcl was dissolved in 100 ml of distilled water. preparation of standard stock solution (1000 µg.ml -1 ) an accurately weight 0.1 g of smz was dissolved in 5 ml of 0.1m na2co3.h2o and diluted in 100ml-volumetric flask with distilled. other dilute solutions were freshly prepared by subsequent dilution with distilled water as required. chemistry |104 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 preparation of sample stock solution different commercial smz pharmaceutical dosages (i.e. tablets and syrup) were analyzed to assay their contents of the drug. 10 tablets were powdered and an amount of the powder equivalent to 0.1 gm sulfamethoxazole dissolved in 5 ml of 0.1 m na2co3.h2o solution in 100 ml volumetric flask. the mixture was shaken, and left for 5 min. before dilution with distilled water to the mark. any undissolved materials were filtered-out via whatman no.41 filter paper. five milliliters of the syrup sample solution mixed with 5ml of 0.1m na2co3.h2o solution in 100ml-volumetric flask. the flask was shaken and left to stand for five minutes before diluting it's contained with distilled water to the mark. any undissolved materials were filtered-out via whatman no.41 filter paper. all the samples were further diluted to achieve the concentration of smx in the working range. general procedures under conditions obtained by univariate optimization to a series of 10ml calibrated flasks containing (50-1500) μg of smz, one milliliter of 0.2 % (w/v) snp solution and one milliliter of 0.4% (w/v) hydroxylamine hydrochloride were added respectively. the solutions were shaken thoroughly; then 0.2ml of 6% (w/v) na2co3.h2o solution was added to each. after letting the mixtures to stand for seven minutes at 25 °c in the dark, the volumes were brought to the mark with distilled water, mixed well and values of absorbance at 512.0 nm were measured versus the blank. under conditions obtained by multivariate ccd conditions to a series of 10ml-calibrated flasks containing (50-1500) μg of smz, 2.3ml of 0.2% (w/v) snp solution and 1.8ml of 0.4% (w/v) hydroxylamine hydrochloride were added respectively. the solutions were shaken thoroughly; then 0.6ml of 6% (w/v) na2co3 solution was added to each. after letting the mixtures to stand for seven minutes at 25 °c in the dark, the volumes were brought to the mark with distilled water, mixed well and values of absorbance at 512.0 nm were measured versus the blank. results and discussion absorption spectrum and reaction scheme when smz is reacted with snp according to the recommended experimental conditions scheme (2), the absorption spectrum of the formed colored complex compound showed a maximum absorption at 512.0 nm against reagent blank solution. while, the blank has no significant absorbance in this region, as it is shown in figure (1). optimization of reaction conditions two different approaches i.e. one-factor-a time univariate, and ccd multivariate, were followed to establish optimum reaction conditions. univariate method the effect of the amounts of snp, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, na2co3, and reaction time on the formation of smz-snp complex were studied. the results show that 1.0 ml of 0.2% (w/v) sodium nitroprusside was needed to give best results (figure 2a). the effect of volume of 0.4% (w/v) of nh2oh.hcl solution was examined, 1.0 ml of this solution gave the maximum intensity figure (2b). the results on figure 2c shows that 0.2 ml of 6% na2co3.h2o was sufficient for attaining the maximum and constant absorption intensities. under these conditions the optimum time chemistry |105 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 and temperature for the complex-formation reaction was found to be seven minutes at 25°c, tables (1) and (2). design of experiment method a design of experiments (doe) was used to determine the relationship between three experimental factors (namely the amounts of reagent, nh2oh.hcl, and na2co3.h2o) affecting the studied reaction yield. in central composite design, around the central point (which is assumed to be 0) for each of the studied factors, the design is assumed to be symmetric. the studied variables with levels are given in table (3). according to ccd, a cube could represent a three factors system (k=3), and its axes correspond to the three factors. the design consists of a number of 20 experiments (2 k factorial points = 8, 2 × k axial points = 6, and six center points). table (4) shows the values of the studied experimental variables and their corresponding measured absorbance at 512 nm. tables (5) illustrates the analysis of variance of the experimental results in table (4). table (5) show that at 95% confidence level (p < 0.05), the overall effect of the linear terms in the model is significant while the other terms i.e. the interaction terms are not. moreover, table (5) shows the standard error of coefficients of the second order polynomial model and t and p values. moreover, according to the obtained second order polynomial model, three dimensional plots of the response surfaces for any two pairs of the studied variables against the response were constructed to illustrate the relationship between them and the response at the critical level (optimum value) of other factors, figure (3). calibration curves and analytical data to evaluate the proficiency of the recommended method for determination of sulfamethoxazole, calibration curves were constructed by plotting the absorbance values for a series of solutions containing varying concentrations of smz under the optimal conditions measured against the corresponding reagent blank at 512 mn. the graphs obtained under conditions established via univariate optimization and multivariate ccd method, figures (3) and (4) respectively, were linear in the range of smz concentration (5.0 -150.0) μg.ml -1 evaluated by linear regression. some of optical and statistical parameters of the smz-spn complex and the constructed calibration plots are summarized in table (6). in both procedures, the values of correlation coefficient (r) for the regression equation were high indicating the linearity of the plotted curves. detection and quantification limits were calculated according to ich guide. the high values of the molar absorptivities and the low values of detection limits indicate that both procedures are sensitive. accuracy and precision the accuracy of the method was established by analyzing five replicate of the pure drug at three concentration levels and the precision was examined by determining the coefficient of variation (c.v. %) on the same solutions of drug sample. results in table (7) show low values of c.v % (in the range of 0.137%-0.435%) and for the relative error percent (which did not exceed ±0.8%) for both procedures, indicate high accuracy and precision of the proposed method. chemistry |106 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 interference study to assess the analytical potential of the proposed method, the effect of some common excipients; sucrose, vanillin, glucose, lactose, and starch which often accompany drug, were examined by carrying out the determination of 50.0 μg.ml -1 of smz in the existences of mentioned compounds. the results presented in table (8) indicate that no significant interferences were found from any of the studied excipients in determination of smz except vanillin that completely interferes. application of the method for examining the suitability of the recommended method for smz determination in real samples, it was applied to determine the drug in some pharmaceutical preparations. the collected results of the analyses shown in table 9, indicate that the recovery percent values are ranged between (96.80-100.26) and those for c.v.% does not exceed 1.136 which illustrates that the proposed method is satisfactory. references 1. "british pharmacopoeia". iii, (2008), her majesty's stationary office british pharmacopoeia commission, london, 2058-2059. 2. hassouna, mem. (1997), "simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in drugs". anal lett. 30: 2341-2352. 3. nagaraja, p.; sunitha, kr.; vasantha, ra. and yathirajan hs. (2002), "iminodibenzyl as a novel coupling agent for the spectrophotometric determination of sulfonamide derivatives". eur j pharm biopharm.; 53:187-192. 4. nagaraja, p.; yathirajan, hs.; raju, cr.; vasantha, ra.; nagendra, p. and kumar ms.h. (2003), "3-aminophenol as a novel coupling agent for the spectrophotometric determination of sulfonamide derivative". farmaco sci.; 58:1295-1300. 5. issa, ym. and amin, as. (1994), "spectrophotometric micro determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim using alizarin and quinalizarin". anal lett.; 27:11471158. 6. granero, g.; garnero, c. and longhi, m. (2002), "second derivative spectrophotometric determination of trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole in the presence of hydroxypropyl-βcyclodextrin (hp-β-cd)". j pharm biomed anal.; 29:51-59. 7. nalewajko, e.,; gdlvez, am.; benito, cg. and calatayud, jm. (2003), "fia and batch simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in pharmaceutical formulations by derivative spectrophotometry". j flow inj anal.; 20:75-80. 8. bedor ,dc.; goncalves, tm.; ferreira, ml., de sousa ce., menezes al., oliveira ej. and de santana dp. (2008), "simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in biological fluids for high-throughput analysis: comparison of hplc with ultraviolet and tandem mass spectrometric detection". j chromatogr b analyt technol biomed life sci.; 863:46-54. 9. nelis, hj., léger, f., sorgeloos, p. and de leenheer ap. (1991), "liquid chromatographic determination of efficacy of incorporation of trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole in brine shrimp (artemia spp.) used for prophylactic chemotherapy of fish". antimicrob agents chemother.; 35:2486-2489. chemistry |107 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 10. amini, h. and ahmadiani, a. (2007), "rapid and simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography". j pharm biomed anal. 43:1146-1150. 11. hua, t. (2003), "hplc determination of dissolution of compound sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim". chinese journal of pharmaceutical analysis.. 12. datta, k. and das, sk., (1988), "thin layer chromatographic method for rapid quantification and identification of trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole in pharmaceutical dosage forms". j liq chromatogr relat technol.; 11:3079-8309. 13. teshima, d., otsubo, k., makino, k., itoh, y. and oishi, r. (2004), "simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in human plasma by capillary zone electrophoresis". biomed chromatogr. 18:51-54. 14. juan josé, b. n., gregorio, c. p. and francisco, g. b. (2005), "micellar electrokinetic chromatography method for the determination of sulfamethoxazole, trimethoprim and their main metabolites in human serum". j sep sci.; 28:543-548. 15. sun, z., li r, li y, wang, k., zhang ,q. and zhou, j. (2001), "determination of sulfamethoxazole in compound sulfamethoxazole tablet by first derivative ratio spectrometry". guang pu xue yu guang pu fen xi. 21:713-715. 16. de cordova, m. f., barrales, p. o., torne, g. r. and molina d. a. (2003), "a flow injection sensor for simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim by using sephadex sp c-25 for continuous on-line separation and solid phase uv transduction". j pharm biomed anal.; 31:669-677. 17. zheng, n.; yuan-zong, li. and mei-juan wen. (2004), "sulfamethoxazole-imprinted polymer for selective determination of sulfamethoxazole in tablets". j chromatogr.; 1033:179-182. 18. lichtenwalner, dm.; suh, b.; lorber, b. and am. sugar. (1979), "rapid assay for determination of trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole levels in serum by spectrofluorometry". antimicrob agents chemother.; 16:579-583. 19. feng, li m. and chemical, y. (2006), "fluorescence spectrophotometric determination of sulfamethoxazole in sinomin". chemical world-shanghai.; 47:215-216. 20. rodriguez, m. r., pizzorno, m. t. and s. m. albonico, (2006), "nmr determination of trimethoprim and sulfamethoxazole in tablets and powders". j pharm sci.; 66:121-123. 21. mr. prasad, m. sugmaran and cs. vidyanadhan. (1977), "profiles of drug substances, excipients and related methodology" analyst, biochem. 80, 483,. 22. viplava prasad, u.; divakar, te; ramireddy, rv and. csp sastry. (1988), "visible spectrophotometric analysis of almotriptan malate in bulk and formulations" j. food sc. technol., 25(1), 42-43. chemistry |108 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (1) : effect of reaction time on the color development in the estimation of (50.0 μg.ml -1 ) smz. time (min.) absorbance 3 0.185 5 0.211 6 0.225 7 0.243 8 0.233 10 0.218 15 0.201 table (2) : effect of temperature on the color development in the determination of (50.0 μg.ml -1 ) smz. temperature °c absorbance 20 0.213 25 0.243 30 0.207 35 0.165 40 0.168 45 0.161 50 0.146 table (3) : the levels of the experimental variables. factors levels -1 0 +1 vol. of 0.2% snp solution(ml) 0.5 2.0 3.5 vol 0.4% nh2oh.hcl solution (ml) 0.5 1.5 2.5 vol. of 6% na2co3 solution (ml) 0.1 0.6 1.0 chemistry |109 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (4) : the experimental conditions and their response based on ccd using of (50 μg.ml -1 ) smz solution. no vol. of 0.2% snp sol.(ml) vol. of 0.4% nh2oh sol. (ml) vol. of 6% na2co3 sol. (ml) abs 1 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.132 2 3.5 2.5 1.1 0.092 3 0.5 2.5 0.1 0.000 4 0.5 1.5 0.6 0.034 5 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.135 6 0.5 0.5 1.1 0.108 7 2.0 2.5 0.6 0.200 8 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.139 9 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.135 10 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.133 11 2.0 0.5 0.6 0.076 12 2.0 1.5 1.1 0.110 13 3.5 0.5 1.1 0.000 14 3.5 0.5 0.1 0.181 15 2.0 1.5 0.1 0.000 16 0.5 0.5 0.1 0.199 17 0.5 2.5 1.1 0.020 18 3.5 2.5 0.1 0.018 19 3.5 1.5 0.6 0.122 20 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.133 table (5) : the coefficients of the nonlinear polynomial model and p values. variable regression coefficient standard error of coefficient t-value p constant 0.23160 0.09502 2.43732 0.03501 snp vol. 0.03187 0.07159 0.44512 0.66572 (snp vol.)2 -0.01295 0.01622 -0.79823 0.44328 nh2oh vol. -0.20689 0.11761 -1.75919 0.10905 (nh2oh vol.)2 0.03086 0.03650 0.84555 0.41757 na2co3 vol. 0.11141 0.19885 0.56025 0.58764 (na2co3 vol.)2 -0.20855 0.14600 -1.42835 0.18367 snp vol.× nh2oh vol. 0.01800 0.01427 1.26164 0.23571 snp vol.× na2co3 vol. -0.00600 0.02853 -0.21027 0.83768 nh2oh vol.× na2co3 vol. 0.09150 0.04280 2.13779 0.05825 chemistry |110 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (6) : some optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of smz via the recommended procedures. parameter univariate ccd λmax (nm) 512.0 color orange linearity range (µg.ml -1 ) 5.0-150.0 regression equation y = 0.0045 [smz ug.ml -1 ] + 0.0052 y = 0.0049 [smz ug . ml -1 ] + 0.0001 calibration sensitivity (ml.µg -1 ) 0.0045 0.0049 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9997 0.9993 correlation of linearity (r 2 ) 0.9995 0.9988 molar absorptivity (l.mol -1 .cm -1 ) ε =1.1399×10 3 ε = 1.2412 x 10 3 sandell's sensitivity (µg.cm -2 ) 0.222 0.204 detection limit (µg.ml -1 ) 0.76 0.69 quantification limit (µg.ml -1 ) 2.533 2.326 table (7) : accuracy and precision for the estimation of smz by the recommended method. method conc. of smz (µg.ml -1 ) *relative error % c.v. % taken found* for univariate 30 29.79 -0.700 0.183 70 70.51 0.729 0.391 120 119.36 -0.533 0.435 for ccd 30 30.105 0.350 0.137 70 70.321 0.459 0.265 120 120.112 0.093 0.282 *average of five determinations. table (8): percent recovery for (50.0 µg.ml -1 ) of sulfamethoxazole in the presence of 200 µg.ml -1 of excipients. sulfamethoxazole conc. taken (50.0 µg.ml -1 ) taken smz concentration (µg.ml -1 ) excipients recovery* % conc. found* (µg.ml -1 ) 100.22 50.11 50 sucrose dark color with precipitate vanillin 100.50 50.25 glucose 98.82 49.41 lactose 99.66 49.83 starch *average of three determinations. chemistry |111 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (9) : application of the recommended method for the determination of smz in pharmaceutical preparations. sample conc. taken (µg.ml -1 ) *conc. found (µg.ml -1 ) recovery % c.v % trimol/tablet julphar, u.a.e 50.00 49.95 99.90 1.101 trimoks syrup atabay, turkey 50.00 50.13 100.26 1.097 methoprim tablet (sdi-iraq) 50.00 48.4 96.80 1.136 *average of three determinations. figure (1): absorption spectra of (a) reaction product of (50.0 μg.ml -1 ) smz against reagent blank, (b) reagent blank against distilled water, under the optimum conditions. figure (2): effect of (a) volume 0.2% (w/v) snp solution, (b) volume of 0.4% (w/v) nh2oh.hcl solution, (c) volume of 6% na2co3.h2o on the formation of smz-snp complex. 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 a b so r b a n c e chemistry |112 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (3): the response surface for the absorbance of sulfanilamide-snp complex as a function of any pair of variables and keeping third variable constant at its optimum value. figure (4): calibration plot for smz under optimal conditions established by univariate optimization. figure (5): calibration plot for smz under optimal conditions established by multivariate ccd optimization. y = 0.0045x + 0.0052 r² = 0.9995 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 30 60 90 120 150 a b so r b a n c e concentration of smz (µg.ml-1) y = 0.0049x + 0.0001 r² = 0.9988 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 a b so r b a n c e concentration smz (µg.ml-1) chemistry |113 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1606 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 scheme (1): the structural formula of sulfamethoxazole. scheme (2) : the suggested reaction mechanism for charge-transfer reaction between smz and sodium nitroprusside. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 25 this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution 4.0 international license the role of the vegetative part in some plant species to uptake and accumulate lead element from polluted air (an applied study in baghdad /karkh in iraq) abstract the current study was conducted to test the efficiency of the vegetative part (plant leaves) of plant species of shrubs and trees involved in forming semi-artificial vegetation in the city of baghdad, karkh, in the uptake and accumulating the lead element that pollutes the air in the city atmosphere. five plant sampling sites were selected: al-kadhimiyah, al-mansour, al-ma'aml (al-salam district), al-adl, and al-ameriya district intersections (al-seklat), and symbols were given (a, b, c, d, e) respectively. the spread and distribution of plants vary in terms of human activities and pollution levels, affecting the five sites that recorded more than 20 species. for a real comparison between plant efficiency and the effect of the nature of the region, species of recurrent and non-recurring shrubs and trees were selected in their presence at the study sites and included (conocarpus lancifolius, ziziphus spina christi, eucalyptus sp., albizia lebbeck), and nonrecurring (nerium oleander, dodonaea viscosa, phoenix dactylifera, olea europaea, myrtus communis, ficus nitida, citrus aurantium). the study's results showed a variation in the ability of plant species in lead accumulators. the first site of the plants (conocarpus lancifolius, ziziphus spina christi, albizia lebbeck, eucalyptus sp., nerium oleander, dodonaea viscosa, phoenix dactylifera, olea europaea, myrtus communis, ficus nitida, and citrus aurantium) was recorded at (0.46, 0.56, 0.36, 0.55, -, 0.68, -, -, 0.33, 0.29, 0.84) respectively. the second site of the same plants was (0.74, below the detection limit, 0.25, 0.57, -, -, 0.16, -, -, 0.31, -) respectively. the third site was (0.95, 0.65, 0.832, 0.831, 0.86, 1.02, -, -, -, 0.436, -, 0.532), respectively. the fourth site was (0.34, 0.95, 0.48, 0.40, -, 0.19, -, -, -, -), respectively. the fifth site was (0.48, 0.50, 0.49, 0.41, -, -, -, 1.45, -, -, -, -) ppm, respectively. the current study was conducted from october 2021 to may 2022. keywords: plant species, lead element, plant leaves, pollution levels, lead accumulators. doi.org/ 10.30526/36.1.2949 article history: received 26 july 2022, accepted 21 august 2022, published in january2023 accepted 27 june 2022, published in october 2022. ibn al-haitham journal for pure and applied sciences journal homepage: jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq noor azeez khayoon department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibnal-haitham), university of baghdad noorazi735@gmail.com ibrahim mahdi a al-salman department of biology, college of education for pure sciences (ibn al-haitham), university of baghdad dr.ibrahim.ima@gmail.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:noorazi735@gmail.com* mailto:dr.ibrahim.ima@gmail.com** ihjpas. 36(1)2023 26 1.introduction the concept of air pollution refers to the presence of substances in the surrounding air harmful to humans or other biological contents, whether with low or high concentrations [1]. air pollution is one of the most important environmental problems in the world. however, its damage is more evident in life in low-income developing countries that still depend on biomass fuels as a primary energy source. therefore, the burden of this problem in these countries is higher than that of the developed countries [2] and [3]. the world health organization (who) estimated the number of deaths from air pollution at 7 million in 2012, which is likely to increase [4]. heavy metals are the most dangerous species of inorganic pollutants [5]. they are hazardous to the surrounding environment and its components due to their non-biodegradable. therefore, their ability to survive in the environment, for example, lead accumulation in the soil, is estimated at 150 to 5,000 years [6]. these minerals can also enter and accumulate in the ecosystem through their accumulation in the rings of different food chains. their access to concentrations causes harm to environmental and human consumers. it may harm the plant or animal exposed to high concentrations directly through their oxidized effects through the formation of free radicals as well as their ability to create genetic mutations that cause prominent harm, especially cancers [7-9] the lead element is essential in the study of heavy metal air pollution. this is because it spreads in every aspect of the environment. it is very toxic if its proportion rises to a certain extent and even in the small percentages in which it is found in the atmosphere of cities, especially the high population density, which varies in modes of transport and the use of kind and the sources of pollution in this element vary. some paints can contribute to high levels of lead, and lead can also reach the atmosphere through fumes, car exhausts, and metal melting. it was also found that some incense used frequently in homes contains high lead levels. in addition, some types of plastic bags and polyethylene used to write on them some inks containing lead up to 4.8%. additionally, municipal waste residues and sidewalk dust contribute significantly to providing city atmospheres with dust particles that make the air have high proportions of harmful metals, including lead [1012]. lead poisoning has many risks, and symptoms range from mild to severe. and symptoms in young people dealing with lead poisoning include learning disabilities, developmental delays, and loss of appetite and weight. there are also risks associated with exposure in adults, memory loss and difficulty concentrating, headaches and migraines, mood disorders, high blood pressure, joint and muscle pain, and fertility issues (reduced sperm count or abnormal sperm in men, miscarriage, premature birth, or stillbirth in women). lead risks also can inhibit many enzymes in the body, resulting in the inhibition of hemoglobin production. lead affects kidney tissue, red blood cells, and the birth of dead embryos [1], [13-16]. the measurement and monitoring of air pollutants in air ambient, including lead, is an essential step in reducing this pollution. many techniques are used to monitor air pollution, including mobile or fixed air pollution monitoring stations, to collect particles and identify their hazardous metal content [17]. since some methods do not provide comprehensive information about the effect of these pollutants on the living components of ecosystems [18], the use of organisms, particularly plants, has become increasingly important in monitoring and assessing risks from pollution indirectly, known as biomonitoring. vegetation is a key component of ecosystems and for easy sampling and availability. , and because vegetation has a role to play in improving air quality [19] and leaves are among the essential parts of the plant approved for biomarkers as bioindicators and bioaccumulators and the biochemical components as effective biomarkers for pollution monitoring and assessment [20-21]. therefore, the current study is an attempt to highlight the varying capacity of plant species from shrubs and trees and vegetation to the karkh side of baghdad to uptake and accumulate lead and work to increase the density of the best of them within the program to control and reduce pollution levels within the city environment. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 27 baghdad is divided into two main sections, karkh and al-rusafa, separated by the tigris river, which is in the middle of the city. the study area is located on the karkh side of baghdad city. rusafa is on the eastern side, and karkh is on the west side, with an area of 509,600 km2, in which the study area is located, at latitude and length (33, 44) respectively, and baghdad is in the middle of iraq's cities north and south [23]. the five different sites were selected, presented by the following sectors, al-kadhimiyah (abdul mohsen al-kadhimi square), al-mansour (abu jaafar al-mansour square), al-salam district (factories), al-adl district intersection (central markets), and al-ghazaliya-al-ameriya street (al-seklat). and they were coded (a, b, c, d, e) respectively, as described (figure 1). figure 1. map of iraq and a picture of the study area / baghdad karkh (google, 2022). 2.materials and methods collection of plant leaf samples from the study sites : the plant leaves were left to dry naturally, noting that they were not exposed to heat, humidity, or lighting at room temperature. they were milled and then sifted with a delicate sieve and prepared plant samples to detect lead from leaves. the steps mentioned in [24] were followed as follows: (2) dry g of powdered leaves of each type of plant for the plant sample under study was weighted. this amount was placed in a glass beaker and add (40) mg of concentrated nitric acid (hno3), and cover with a class watch and leave for a whole night. the beaker with the class watch placed on a heated heater (105°c) and continue to heat the mixture until the fumes appear, ihjpas. 36(1)2023 28 then it was cooled the model above and add (3) mg of concentrated hclo3. the beaker was repositioned on the heating heater. the glass watch was removed from the beaker's nozzle and heated cautiously until the mixture dries. the sample was cooled and add (2) mg of concentrated (hcl) and (3) mg of distilled water. the sample was repositioned on the heater at a low temperature (75°c), left to cool, filtered into a bottle of (25) mg, and complimented the size with water distilled to the mark. 3.results and discussion accumulation of lead in plants it is essential to show that the accumulation of lead on plant leaves causes damage to these plants, humans, and the environment in general and should not exceed the allowable limit (0.3 ppm), according to [26]. when measuring lead concentrations in plant leaf samples, it was found to vary depending on the type of plant and study location. the plant species whose accumulated lead concentration was detected on their leaves were: (conocarpus lancifo lius, ziziphus spina christi, albizia lebbeck, eucalyptus sp., nerium oleander, dodonaea viscosa, phoenix dactylifera, olea europaea, myrtus communis, ficus nitida, and citrus aurantium); per sample taken from the sites under study (a, b, c, d, e) and the results of measurement experiments in five different sites were: 1. lead concentration at the first study site (a): at site (a) in al-kadhimiyah area (abdul mohsen al-kadhimi square): the results showed that the concentration of lead for plants (conocarpus lancifolius, ziziphus spina christi, albizia lebbeck, eucalyptus sp., nerium oleander, dodonaea viscosa, phoenix dactylifera, olea europaea, myrtus communis, ficus nitida, citrus aurantium) were (0.46, 0.56, 0.36, 0.55, -, 0.68, -, -, 0.33, 0.29, 0.84) ppm respectively. the results note that the highest lead concentration on plant leaves was in the citrus aurantium plant by (0.84) ppm. in contrast, the lowest value of lead concentration was in ficus nitida plant by (0.29) ppm, as shown in table (1). it was noted that the concentration of lead exceeded the relatively permissible limit of (0.3) ppm, except ficus nitida plant (0.29) ppm was within the allowable limit. al-kadhimiyah area is considered a commercial area due to the presence of many shops and furnaces used in the operation of some oil derivatives. in addition to that, the plant sample was taken from a principal public square. the increased lead concentration in these sites is the high traffic density in this area. table 1. lead concentrations in plant species leaves at site (a) in ppm unit. lead concentration plant species 0. 46 conocarpus lancifolius 0.56 ziziphus spina christi 0.36 albizia lebbeck 0.55 eucalyptus sp. nd nerium oleander 0.68 dodonaea viscosa nd phoenix dactylifera nd olea europaea 0.33 myrtus communis 0.29 ficus nitida 0.84 citrus aurantium 2. lead concentration in the second site (b): at site b, which is located in al-mansour area (abu jaafer al-mansour square), the results showed that the concentration of lead for plants (c.lancifolius, z.spina christi, a.lebbeck, eucalyptus sp., n.oleander, d.viscosa, p.dactylifera, o.europaea, m.communis, f.nitida, and c.aurantium) were 0.74, bdl, 0.25, 0.57, -, 0.16, -, -, 0.31, ppm respectively. these results showed that the highest concentration of lead accumulated on plant leaves at this site was in the c.lancifolius plant by (0.74) ppm, in contrast to the lower value of the concentration of lead in ihjpas. 36(1)2023 29 p.dactylifera by (0.16) ppm and shown in table (2). lead concentration was found to have exceeded the relatively permissible limit of (0.3) ppm except for z.spina christi, a.lebbeck, and p.dactylifera (bdl, 0.25, 0.16), respectively. the reason for the increase in the concentration of lead at this site is the proximity of the site to the main commercial centers (malls). there are many shops, ovens, restaurants, suffocating traffic jams, and a large number of generators and schools in this area. also, it is because many shops and bakeries use some oil derivatives in addition to the proximity of the study site to a central public square (abu jaafar al-mansour square). table 2. lead concentrations in plant species leaves at site (b) in ppm unit. lead concentration plant species 0.74 conocarpus lancifolius bdl ziziphus spina christi 0.52 albizia lebbeck 0.57 eucalyptus sp. nd nerium oleander nd dodonaea viscosa 0.16 phoenix dactylifera nd olea europaea nd myrtus communis 0.31 ficus nitida nd citrus aurantium 3. lead concentration in the third site (c): while at the study site (c) located in the al-tubji area (industrial district), the results showed that the concentration of lead for the plants under study (c.lancifolius, z.spina christi, a.lebbeck, eucalyptus sp., n.oleander, d.viscosa, p.dactylifera, o.europaea, m.communis, f.nitida, and c.aurantium) reached (0.95, 0.65, 0.832, 0.831, 0.86, 1.02, -, -, 0.436, -, 0.532) ppm respectively. the results showed that the most significant value of the concentration of lead accumulated on the plant leaves at this site was in the d.viscosa plant by (1.02) ppm, in contrast to the lower value of the lead concentration in m.communis plant by (0.463) ppm as shown in table (3). in the results, the lead concentration has exceeded the relatively permissible limit of (0.3) ppm. this is due to the increase in the lead concentration at this site. the site's proximity to industrial production plants is characterized by high emissions, and also close to the railway line and main street (airport highway), the large shops, high traffic density, and a large number of generators in this area, depending on oil derivatives. table 3. lead concentrations in plant species leaves at site (c) in ppm unit. lead concentration plant species 0.95 conocarpus lancifolius 0.65 ziziphus spina christi 0.832 albizia lebbeck 0.831 eucalyptus sp. 0.86 nerium oleander 1.02 dodonaea viscosa nd phoenix dactylifera nd olea europaea 0.436 myrtus communis nd ficus nitida 0.532 citrus aurantium ihjpas. 36(1)2023 30 4. lead concentration in the fourth site (d) as for the study site (d), which is located near the intersection of al-adl district on the international highway, the results showed that the concentration of lead for the plants studied (c.lancifolius, z.spina christi, a.lebbeck, eucalyptus sp., n.oleander, d.viscosa, p.dactylifera, o.europaea, m.communis, f.nitida, and c.aurantium) were (0.34, 0.95, 0.48, 0.40, -, 0.19, -, -, -, , -, -) ppm respectively. the results note that the highest concentration of lead accumulated in this site on plant leaves was in the z.spina christi plant by (0.95) ppm, while the lowest value of lead concentration was in the d.viscosa plant by (0.19) ppm, as shown in table (4.) our results showed that the lead concentration exceeded the permissible limit of (0.3) ppm except for the p.dactylifera plant, which was within the limit of (0.19) ppm. the increased lead concentration at this site is due to the site's proximity to the highway (baghdad-amman) and the traffic density resulting from the continuous transport of vehicles, trucks, and other various means of transportation. table 4.shows lead concentrations of plant species on site (d) in ppm unit. lead concentration plant species 0.34 conocarpus lancifolius 0.95 ziziphus spina christi 0.48 albizia lebbeck 0.40 eucalyptus sp. 0.53 nerium oleander nd dodonaea viscosa 0.19 phoenix dactylifera nd olea europaea nd myrtus communis nd ficus nitida nd citrus aurantium 5. lead concentration in the fifth site (e): finally, the site (e), which is located on the main street between the areas of al-ghazaliya and alameriya, the results of the current study showed that the concentration of lead for the plants under study (c.lancifolius, z.spina christi, a.lebbeck, eucalyptus sp., n.oleander, d.viscosa, p.dactylifera, o.europaea, m.communis, f.nitida, and c.aurantium) had reached the concentrations (0.48, 0.50, 0.49, 0.41, -, -, -, 1.45, -, -, -) ppm respectively. these results showed that the highest concentration of lead accumulated at this site on plant leaves was in o.europaea plant by (1.45) ppm, while the lowest value of lead concentration was in eucalyptus sp. plant by (0.41) ppm and shown in table (5). the result we obtained showed that the concentration of lead exceeded the relatively permissible limit of (0.3) ppm and the increased concentration of lead at this site is due to the proximity of the site to the highway (baghdad-amman) on the one hand and on the other near the site from the street adjacent to the site of the main centers (al-seklat) dedicated to the sale of construction materials on the public street and the traffic intensity resulting from the continuous transportation of vehicles and trucks carrying these materials and various other means of transportation. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 31 table 5.lead concentrations in the leaves of plant species on site (e) in ppm unit. lead concentration plant species 0.48 conocarpus lancifolius 0.50 ziziphus spina christi 0.49 albizia lebbeck 0.41 eucalyptus sp. nd nerium oleander nd dodonaea viscosa nd phoenix dactylifera 1.45 olea europaea nd myrtus communis nd ficus nitida nd citrus aurantium the results of the statistical analysis showed significant differences (p≤ 0.05) in all the sites under study between lead concentration rates and plant species and showed a non-significant positive correlation between lead concentration and temperature rates of (0.14), a non-significant relationship of lead concentration with humidity of (0.07) and non-significant negative relationship with wind speed (-0.13). when comparing the above five sites, we found that the highest lead concentration was recorded at the study site (e) in the area of al-ameriya (1.45 ppm for o.europaea plants) to contain the site on sources of pollution from commercial centers for the sale of construction materials and materials, used in construction and much traffic in the street adjacent to the site. still, the least concentration of lead was at the study site (b) in al-mansour area by (0.16) ppm for p.dactylifera due to a lack of sources of pollution. sites (a, c, d) have not been without some sources of pollution, such as long-running generators and highways with continuous traffic density. here we can say that there is often a relative rise in the concentration of lead accumulated on plant leaves at all the study sites. this increase is due to the increased density and traffic of cars, and cargo vehicles in the areas specified for the study and the spread of electric power generators, which led to the accumulation of lead emitted [27]. concentration of lead in recurring plants at study sites: the study found that plant species differed in appearance or presence at the five study sites. plants (c.lancifolius, z.spina christi, eucalyptus sp., a.lebbeck) may re-emerge when comparing lead concentration rates in recurrent species (c.lancifolius, a.lebbeck) for all the study sites. the highest lead concentration rate is for the c.lancifolius plant, which recorded (0.594 ppm). the lowest rate is for the z.spina christi plant, which recorded (0.532) ppm. the concentration rate of the element in the plant (a.lebbeck, eucalyptus sp.) ranged from (0.536 and 0.552) ppm, respectively. this difference in rates depends on the type of plant and nature of the source of pollution, accumulated elements, their quantity, and human activity at the study site. this variation in the concentration rates of the lead component is based on quality, density, some individuals of these plants, and the way they are distributed. it is also based on the number of species, individuals of vegetation cover as a whole, and other environmental factors affecting the process and activity of each plant. table (6) shows this variation in the capacity of accumulation and uptake of the contaminated element. figure (3) shows the effect of the site and plant type on lead concentration. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 32 table 6. lead concentrations and rates in recurring plants at ppm study sites. mean site e site d site c site b site a type of plant 0.594 0.48 0.34 0.95 0.74 0. 46 c.lancifolius 0.532 0.50 0.95 0.65 bdl 0,56 z.spina christi 0.536 0.49 0.48 0.832 0.52 0.36 a.lebbeck 0.552 0.41 0.40 0.831 0.57 0.55 eucalyptus sp. we also found the percentage of lead accumulation of plant species under study from previous results. table (7) and figure (2) showed the percentage of plant species (c.lancifolius, z.spina christi, a.lebbeck, eucalyptus sp.) were (27%, 24%, 24%, and 25%, respectively). in comparison, we found that the highest percentage recorded was 27% for the c.lancifolius plant and the lowest value was for the z.spina christi and a.lebbeck plants. the statistical analysis results showed that there were non-significant differences in all sites except site (d). the results showed a nonsignificant positive correlation between the concentration of lead and temperature rates and its value (0.14), the existence of a non-significant correlation relationship with humidity of (0.07), and a non-significant negative with the wind speed rate of (-0.13). table 7.shows the percentage of lead accumulation in plant species. percentage mean type of plant 27 % 0.594 c.lancifolius 24 % 0.532 z.spina christi 24 % 0.536 a.lebbeck 25 % 0.552 eucalyptus sp. figure 2. shows the percentages of lead accumulation in plant species. 27% 24% 24% 25% percentage of lead concentrations c.lancifolius z.spina christi a.lebbeck eucalyptus sp. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 33 figure 3. effect of the site and plant type in the concentration of lead and its rates in recurrent plants 4.conclusions 1. it was noted that the lead concentration for plant levels in baghdad had exceeded the limits allowed nationally in some areas of the industrial district and al-seklat. still, the lead concentration in this study was less than in previous years due to the lack of industrial events that have a role in increasing the lead concentration in the air. 2. the plants' leaves showed a variation in their ability to accumulate lead where the results differed. the o.europaea leaf at the al-seklat site observed a high lead concentration. 3. the o.europaea plant is one of the most accumulated plants of the lead element, and the p.dactylifera plant is the least accumulated, for non-recurring species, while the recurrent plant (c.lancifolius) is the most accumulated. in contrast, the plant (z.spina christi) is the least accumulated. they can be used as environmental banks and green belt formations to reduce the concentration of pollutants. references 1. donahue, n.m. green chemistry in practice: air pollution and air quality. 2018,151-179. 2. burroughs peña, m s.; rollins, a. environmental exposures and cardiovascular disease a challenge for health and development in lowand middle-income countries. cardiol. clin., 2017, 35, 71-86 . 3.mannucci, p. m.; franchini, m. health effects of ambient air pollution in developing countries. int. j. environ. res. public health, 2017, 14, 9, 1048 4. who. 7 million deaths annually linked to air pollution. cent. eur. j. public health, 2014, 22, 53–59. 5.zhang, m; pu, j. (2011). mineral materials as feasible amendments to stabilize heavy metal in polluted urban soils. j. environ. sci., 2011, 23(4), 607-615. 6. saxena, p. k., krishnaraj, s., dan, t., perras, m. r., and vettakkorumakankav, n. n. phytoremediation of heavy metal contaminated and polluted soils, in heavy metal stress in plants: from molecules to ecosystems, eds m. n. v. prasa and j. hagemeyer (new york: springer). 1999, 305–329. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 al-kadhimiyah (a) al-mansour (b) al-ma'aml (c) al-adl district (d) al-seklat (e) p b p p m site and type of plant c.lancifolius z.spina christi a.lebbeck eucalyptus sp. ihjpas. 36(1)2023 34 7.baudouin, c.; charveron, m.; tarroux r.; gall, y. environmental pollutants and skin cancer. cell biol. toxicol., 2002, 18, 5, 341–348. 8. radulović, m.; stanković, s.; simić, z.; radaković, m. and topuzović, m.the accumulation of metals in polygonum aviculare l. in area of the kraljevo city. kragujevac j. sci., 2014, 36, 175–184. 9. aljewari , a.f.m.; al-salman, i.m.a (2022). the effect of human activities in the installation and quality of street dust components in baghdad city (applied study in al-zafaraniyah sector). cincinnati, oh, united states,11th -12th april. 2022, aip conference proceedings (issn:0094243x). accepted. 10.khayoon, n.a.; al-salman, i.m.a. variation in ability of recurring plants species in the vegetation to deposit dust in the atmosphere of baghdad city (applied study in al-kurkh site). cincinnati, oh, united states,11th -12th april. 2022, aip conference proceedings (issn:0094243x). accepted. 11. alhesnawi, a.s.; al-salman, i.m.; najim, a. n. some physical and chemical characteristic of dust falling on karbala city-iraq. j. eng. appl. sci., 2019.14(speci, issue 6), 9340-9344. 12. saeed, m.; abu talib, a.; al thuwaini, m.n.; kazem, a.h.; al-salman, i.m . contribute to cleaning the environment by converting waste tires and rubber into rubber polymers. 4th intern, confer of the society for the protection of genetic and environmental resources, 23-30/7/2016, arab republic of egypt, 2016, conf, proce, book, 480-489. 13.jacob, j.m.; karthik, c.; saratale, r.g.; kumar, s.s.; prabakar, d.; kadirvelu , k.; pugazhendhi, a. biological approaches to tackle heavy metal pollution: a survey of literature. j. environ. manag., 2018, 217, 56-70. 14.zak, l. the long-term effects of lead on human health. zota professional training, sept, 24, 2020. 5701shingle creek parkway, suite 500k, brooklyn center, mn554305 15.kumar, a ; cabral-pinto m.m.s. ; ashish k. c.; aftab a.; shabnam, a.a; subrahmanyam , mondal, g.; gupta, d.k.; malayan, s.; kumar, s.s.; khan, s.a.; yadav, k.k. lead toxicity: health hazards, influence on food chain, and sustainable remediation approaches. int. j. environ. res. public health. 2020, 17, 7, 2179. 16.zak, l. the long-term effects of lead on human health. zota professional training, sept, 24, 2020. 5701shingle creek parkway, suite 500k, brooklyn center, mn554305. 17.ghelich, s.; zarinkamar, f.; niknam, v. determination of peroxidase activity, total phenolic and flavonoid compounds due to lead toxicity in medicago sativa l. adv. environ. biol. 2012, 6, 8, 2364-2012. 18.ristić, m.; perić-grujić, a.; antanasijević, d.; ristić, m.;urošević, m. a. & tomašević, m.. plants as monitors of lead air pollution. pollutant dis. remed. recycl. 2013,4, 387-431. 19.norouzi, s. and khademi, h. source identification of heavy metals in atmospheric dust using platanus orientalis l. leaves as bioindicator. eurasian j. soil sci., 2015, 4, 3, 144-152. 20.ali, m.; singh, n.; shohael, a.; hahn, e.; paek, k.-y. phenolics metabolism and lignin synthesis in root suspension cultures of panax ginseng in response to copper stress. plant sci. 2006, 171, 1, 146-154. 21.louis, h.; maitera, o.n.; boro, g and barminas, j.t. determination of total phenolic content and some selected metals in extracts of moringa oleifera, cassia tora, ocimum gratissimum, vernonia baldwinii and telfairia occidentalis plant leaves. world news nat. sci. 2017, 11, 1118. 22.amanat baghdad. department of designs / department of jeffery information). 2022. 23.jawad, m.; sousse, a. baghdad map guide, first edition al-alamy press.1958, baghdad, iraq. 24.haswell, s. j. atomic absorption spectrometry.1991,529. 25.jadia, c.d. & fulekar, m.h. phytoremediation of heavy metals;recent techniques. african journal of biotechnology, 2009, 8(6),921-928. 26.codex alimentarius, c. general standard for contaminants and toxins in food and feed. codex stand. 2017, 193-1995. world health organization. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0301479718303104?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0301479718303104?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/author/25959352500/rijuta-ganesh-saratale https://www.sciencedirect.com/author/25959352500/rijuta-ganesh-saratale https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0301479718303104?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0301479718303104?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0301479718303104?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0301479718303104?via%3dihub#! https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/journal-of-environmental-management https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/journal-of-environmental-management https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/journal-of-environmental-management/vol/217/suppl/c https://zotapro.com/blog/long-term-effects-lead/ https://zotapro.com/blog/long-term-effects-lead/ https://zotapro.com/blog/long-term-effects-lead/ https://zotapro.com/blog/long-term-effects-lead/ ihjpas. 36(1)2023 35 27.ali, m.h.; al-qahtani, k.m. assessment of some heavy metals in vegetables, cereals and fruits in saudi arabian markets. egypt. j. aquat. res.2012, 38, 1, 31-37. microsoft word 154-168 154 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 spectrophotometric method for the determination of tetracycline and doxycycline by oxidizing coupling reaction with 4-aminoantipyrine rokayia s. al-kalissy alaa k. mohammed dept. of chemistry/ college of education for pure science (ibn al-haitham)/ university of baghdad. received in:13/april/2015 , accepted in:23/june/2015 abstract a simple,  sensitive, accurate and low cost effective spectrophotometric method has been developed for the determination of tetracycline and doxycycline in pure and pharmaceutical formulations. the method is based on the reaction of methyldopa with 4-aminoantipyren (4-aap) in presence of potassium ferriecyanide (pfc) in an alkaline medium. two optimization methods were applied to determine the optimum conditions of oxidizing coupling reaction variables; univariate and design of experiment (doe) method. the  conditions effecting the  reaction; ph, buffer volume, reagent concentration, oxidant concentration, type of buffer, order of addition, time of reaction and stability were optimized . under  univariate and design of experiment (doe) method; the  tetracycline colored product having (λmax) at 531nm 535nm. beer’s law was obeyed in concentration range of [two scale (1-18 µg.ml-1) and (15-70µg.ml-1)] with correlation coefficient of 0.9997 and 0.9942 respectively and for second method [two scale (1-30 µg.ml-1) and (40-100µg.ml-1)] with correlation coefficient of 1 and 0.9913. the assay limits of detection quantification were 0.1732, 0.3123µg.ml-1 respectively.  under univariate the doxycycline colored product having (λmax) at 515nm. beer’s law was obeyed in concentration range (10-90 µg.ml-1) with correlation coefficient of 0.9995. the assay limits of detection quantification were 1.0724µg.ml-1. the method was successfully applied to the analysis of the drug tablets formulation. keywords: tetracycline, doxycycline, spectrophotometric determination, oxidizing coupling reaction, 4-aminoantipyren (4-aap). 155 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 introduction tetracycline  chemically{(4s, 4as, 5as, 6s, 12as) 4 (dimethylamino) 3, 6, 10, 12, 12apentahydroxy6 methyl 1, 11 dioxo -1, 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 6, 11, 12 a-octahydrotetracene 2 carboxamide hydrochloride}  chemical structure show down is a class of antibiotics able to inhibit protein synthesis in gram positive and gram negative bacteria by preventing the attachment of aminoacyl-t rna to the ribosomal acceptor (a) site. [1-3] the doxycycline monohydrate chemically {(4s, 4ar, 5s, 5ar, 6r, 12as) 4 (dimethylamino) 3, 5, 10, 12, 12a pentahydroxy 6 methyl 1, 11 dioxo 1, 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 6, 11, 12a-octahydrotetracene2-carboxamide monohydrate} chemical structure show down is a broad-spectrum antibiotic oxytetracycline synthetic derivative used in several countriesis. it is a bacteriostatic inhibiting the bacterial protein synthesis due to the disruption of transfer rna and messenger rna at the ribosomal sites1. it is also used for malaria treatment; it was first product by pfizer inc. company in 1960. it has been used to treat infectious diseases and as an additive in animal nutrition to facilitate growth. doxycycline is more active than tetracycline against many species of bacteria including streptococcus pyogenes, enterococci, anaerobic, and various nocardia spp. cross-resistance is common, although some staphylococcus aureus resistant to tetracycline respond to doxycycline. doxycycline is also more active against protozoa, particularly plasmodium. doxycycline is useful for the treatment of respiratory tract infections because it provides a hedge against atypical micro-organisms, and since the respiratory pathogens are becoming increasingly resistant to other classes of drugs. another advantage is that it can also be administered to patients with kidney problems. [3-4] several methods have been proposed to quantify tetracycline and doxycycline in pharmaceutical formulations, including; high-performance liquid chromatography (hplc) [5-8], flow injection spectrophotometry, [9-11] voltammetry [12, 13],  extraction [14-16],  electrochemical methods (biosensor system) [17-19] and spectrophotometry. [20-23] the aim of the present work is to provide an optimized spectrophotometric method using the univariate and multivariate design of experiment (doe) method. in the design of experiment method three-interest factors, buffer volume, reagent concentration and oxidant concentration were designated as independent variables and absorbance as response. chemical structure of tetracycline chemical structure of doxycycline monohydrate experimental apparatus all absorption measurements were obtained by using a double beam shimadzu 1800, kyoto, japan uv-visible spectrophotometer with 40 mm matched quartz cells and the ph measurements were performed by using i-trans, bp 3001, sangapor ph meter. reagent all chemicals used are of analytical-reagent grade 1. a pure tetracycline, doxycycline powder received in pure form (99.99%) was provided as a gift from the state company for drug industries and medical appliances samara-iraq (sdi).  the standard solution of drugs (1000 µg.ml-1) were prepared by dissolving accurate weighted 100 mg of pure drug in 50 ml of distilled water with mild heating and brought to 100 ml of volumetric flask. 156 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 each working standard solution was freshly prepared by diluting the stock solution with distilled water.   2. 4-aminoantipyrine (4-aap) stock solution [0.3% (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 0.3g of 4-aap in distilled water and diluting to 100 ml in a dark volumetric flask at stored in a refrigerator. each working standard solution was freshly prepared by diluting the stock solution with distilled water. 3. potassium ferricyanide (pfc) stock solution [3 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 3 g of pfc in distilled water and diluting to 100 ml in a volumetric flask. each working standard solution was freshly prepared by diluting the stock solution with distilled water. 4. borax [0.1 % (m/v)]: prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of borax in distilled water and diluting to the mark in a 100 ml volumetric flask. 5. sodium hydroxide [~ 0.5 m]: prepared by dissolving 2g of naoh in 100 ml of distilled water. 6. glucose [10000 μg.ml-1]: prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of glucose in 10 ml distilled water. 7. lactose [10000 μg.ml-1]: prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of lactose in 10 ml distilled water. 8. acacia [10000 μg.ml-1]: prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of acacia in 10 ml distilled water. 9. soluble starch [10000 μg.ml-1]: triturate 0.1 g of soluble starch with a little cold water into a thin paste, and add boiling water. boil until a clear solution is obtained (5 minutes) then let it cold and diluting to 10 ml in a volumetric flask. this solution should be freshly prepared as required. 10. dihydrogen potassium phosphate [0.1 %]: prepared by dissolving 0.1 g of kh2po4 in 100 ml of distilled water. 11. hydrochloric acid [~0.5) m]: prepared by taking 4.17 ml of concentrated hcl and diluted to 100 ml with distilled water. 12. potassium hydroxide [~0.5 m]:prepared by dissolving 2.8 g of koh in 100 ml of distilled water. analysis of tablets and capsules 1tetracycline ten capsules were carefully evacuated; their contents were weighed and finely powdered and average mass per capsule was determined. the amount of powder equivalent to 0.2828 g of india capsule and 0.3332 g of iraqi capsule, (tet) was dissolved in distilled water with mild heating then diluted to the mark of 100 ml volumetric flask. each solution was filtered using whatman filter paper no.41 to dispose of any insoluble materiel before used. sample solutions were prepared freshly by subsequent dilution with distilled water and analyzed by the recommended procedure. 2doxycycline ten capsules or tablets were  weighed then grinded to a homogenous fine powder, and average mass per capsule was determined. the amount of powder equivalent to 0.1505 g of capsule and 0.1921 g of tablet, (dox) was dissolved in distilled water with mild heating then diluted to the mark of 100 ml volumetric flask. each solution was filtered using whatman filter paper no.41 to dispose of any insoluble materiel before used. sample solutions were prepared freshly by subsequent dilution with distilled water and analyzed by the recommended procedure. general standard procedures two procedures were recommended for the determination of drugs via the proposed methods. the first was carried out following the conditions obtained by univariate optimization, while the second base of those conditions which was obtained by chemometric multivariate design of experiment method of optimization. iunivariate method 1-tetracycline 0.15ml of the standard solution contains (3-210) µg of tet was directly transferred into quartz cuvette, followed by the addition of 0.6 ml of the borax buffer solution (0.1 % ph=9), 0.45 ml of 157 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2.5% (m/v) potassium ferricyanide solution and 0.45 ml of 0.15% (m/v) 4-aap solution. after 10 min the mixture diluted with distilled water to make the volume to 3 ml. as soon as the cuvette was covered, the solution was quickly shaken, left to stand for 30 min at room temperate then pleased in the spectrophotometer cell holder, the absorbance of the orange colored compound of tet were measured against the reagent blank at 531nm. 2doxycycline 0.45 ml of 2% (m/v) potassium ferricyanide solution was directly transferred into quartz cuvette followed by the addition of 0.75 ml of the borax buffer solution (0.1% ph=9.1) then 0.15ml of the standard solution containing (30-270)μg of doxycycline, 0.45ml of 0.15%(m/v) 4-aap solution were added. the mixture was diluted directly with distilled water to make the final volume to 3 ml. as soon as the cuvette was covered, the solution was quickly shaken and pleased in the spectrophotometer cell holder directly, the absorbance of the orang colored compound was measured against the reagent blank at 515nm. iidesign of experiment method 1-tetracycline 0.15ml of the standard solution contains (15-300) µg of tetracycline was directly transferred into quartz cuvette, followed by the addition of 0.91 ml of the borax buffer solution (0.1 % ph=9), 0.45 ml of 2.65% (m/v) potassium ferricyanide solution and 0.45 ml of 0.15% (m/v) 4-aap solution. after 6.75 min the mixture was diluted with distilled water to make the final volume to 3 ml. as soon as the cuvette was covered, the solution was quickly shaken, left to stand for 30 min at room temperate then pleased in the spectrophotometer cell holder. the absorbance of the orange colored compound of tet was measured against the reagent blank at 535nm. 2doxycycline 0.45 ml of 2% (m/v) potassium ferricyanide solution was directly transferred into quartz cuvette followed by the addition of 0.75 ml of the borax buffer solution (0.1% ph=9.1) then 0.15ml of the standard solution containing (30-270) μg of doxycycline and 0.45 ml of 0.15% (m/v) 4-aap solution were added. the mixture diluted directly with distilled water to make the volume to 3 ml. as soon as the cuvette was covered, the solution was quickly shaken and pleased in the spectrophotometer cell holder directly, the absorbance of the orange colored compound of dox was measured against the reagent blank at 515 nm. results and discussion optimization of reaction variables a systematic study of the effects of various parameters on development of product color was taken by varying the parameters one at a time and controlling all others fixed. 1-tetracycline (i-univarite method) 1effect of buffer ph the influence of buffer ph on the formation of the reaction product was studied over the range of (8.510.5) using 0.1% borax buffer solution. maximum and constant absorption intensities were achieved at ph 9.0, therefore ph 9.0 was chosen as the optimum ph value. 2effect of buffer volume maximum absorbance intensity was achieved using (0.3-1.2) ml of borax buffer solution, so that 0.6 ml of borax buffer solution ph 9.0 was chosen as the optimum buffer volume. 158 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 3effect of the reagent (4-aminoantipyrene (aap)) concentration the influence of concentration of aap on the absorbance of the color product was examined in the range (0.1-0.2%), the maximum absorbance was obtained with 0.15% 4-aap. above this concentration the absorbance value decreased, therefore 0.15% was used in all measurement. 4effect of potassium ferricyanide concentration the studying of pfc concentration revealed that the reaction was depending on pfc as an oxidant agent. the highest absorbance was attained when the concentration of pfc was 2.5%. above this value a decrease in the absorbance reading occurred. 5effect of the type of buffer two buffer solutions (borax and dihydrogen potassium phosphate) were examined to achieve maximum color intensity. borax buffer proved to be the favorable one due to it yield a high value of absorbance value in addition to instantaneously formation of the color product. 6effect of order of addition the optimum sequence was defined by following the color intensity and maximum absorbance on changing the sequence of addition of drug, reagent, oxidizing agent and buffer. the best condition was {drug solution first – the buffer – the oxidizing agent and the reagent solution} for the maximum absorbance. 7effect of reaction time the reaction time is determined by following the color development at different time intervals when the reaction component were left in dark place at room temperature under the optimum conditions. it was found that maximum absorbance is attained after 10 min further increase of the reaction time result in a gradual decrease in the absorption intensity, therefore 10 min was chosen as the optimum reaction time. 8stability of the colored product under the aforementioned optimum condition, it was found that the reaction product formed instantaneous and the absorbance reach to a maximum and constant at 30 min, therefore 30 min was chosen as the optimum reaction time. iimultivariate method: experimental design and statistical analysis to develop the product color and to find the optimum experimental conditions, multivariate method experimental design was used. the most three critical variables (buffer volume, reaction time and oxidant concentration) were examined using a central composite design while the other variables obtained from univariate method namely, effect of buffer ph, reagent concentration, effect of the buffer kind, effect of order of addition, effect of reaction time and effect of stability, were kept constant. to test the curvature of the response three levels of each selected variable were required. the number of experiments needed to investigate the previously noted three parameters at three levels would be 27 (33). however, this was reduced to 20 using a central experimental design. response surface model was applied to study the effect of the three variables, and generate an optimal response surface. [23] a second order polynomial equation was used to express the absorption as a function of independent variables (buffer volume, reaction time and oxidant concentration). absorbance = β0+β1×(buffer volume)+β2×(reaction time)+β3×([pfc)+β4×(buffer volume×reaction time)+β5× (buffer volume×([pfc])+β6×(reaction time×[pfc])+β7×(buffer volume)2+β8×(reaction time)2+β9× ([pfc]) 2. the result of optimum conditions according to central composite design and the experimental points used according to the design was listed in table (1). the coefficients of the response surface equation were determined by statistica 8.0 software (statsoft. inc, release 2007), the results are listed in table (2). 159 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 optimum conditions that are developed from central composite design for the determination of tetracycline via oxidation coupling reaction with 4-aap were calculated mathematically and the results are0.91 ml of buffer volume, 6.75 min for reaction time and 2.65% m/v of oxidant concentration). figure 3 shows the response surface model if one of the three variables is remained constant. 2-doxycycline 1effect of buffer ph the influence of buffer ph on the formation of the reaction product was studied over the range of (8.39.5) using 0.1% borax buffer solution. maximum and constant absorption intensities were achieved at ph 9.1, therefore ph 9.1 was chosen as the optimum ph value. 2effect of buffer volume it was found that increasing the volume of borax buffer produces a gradual increase in the absorbance value of the reaction product up to 0.75 ml, after which further increase products a gradual decrease in the absorbance value. therefore 0.75 ml of borax buffer was chosen as the optimum volume value. 3effect of the reagent (4-aminoantipyrene (aap)) concentration the influence of concentrations of 4-aap on the absorbance of the color product was studied using different concentration (0.1-0.2) % (m/v), it was found that the maximum absorbance was obtained with 0.15% 4-aap. above this concentration, the absorbance of color product value decreased, therefore 0.15% was used in all measurement. 4effect of potassium ferricyanide concentration the studying of pfc concentration revealed that the reaction was depending on pfc as an oxidant agent. the highest absorbance was attained when the concentration of pfc was 2%, above this value a decrease in the absorbance reading occurred. 5effect of the type of buffer two buffer solutions (borax and di hydrogen potassium phosphate) were examined to achieve maximum color intensity. borax buffer proved to be the most favorable one due to it's highly absorbance value in addition to instantaneously formation of the color product. 6effect of order of addition the optimum sequence was defined by following the color intensity and maximum absorbance on changing the sequence of addition of drug, reagent, oxidizing agent and buffer. the best condition was {oxidizing agent solution first, the buffer solution, the drug solution and the reagent solution} for the maximum absorbance. 7effect of reaction time the reaction time is determined by following the color development at different time intervals when the reaction component were left in dark place at room temperature under the optimum conditions. it was found that maximum absorbance is attained directly (after zero min), that mean the reaction was very fast, and further increase in the reaction time causes a gradual decrease in absorbance intensity a gradual decrease was shown in the absorption intensity, therefore zero min was chosen as the optimum reaction time. 8effect of stability under the aforementioned optimum condition, it was found that the reaction product was taken place instantaneous, a decrease of the absorbance of reaction product took place. it is recommended to measure the absorbance immediately. 160 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 iimultivariate method: experimental design and statistical analysis the result of optimum conditions according to central composite design and the experimental points used according to the design was listed in table 1. the iniquity results obtained from optimum conditions that are developed from central composite design for the determination of doxycycline via oxidation coupling reaction with 4-aap, because the reaction very fast and its stability is low, therefore univariate method used to determination doxycycline via oxidation coupling reaction with 4-aap. reaction scheme and absorption spectra oxidizing coupling reaction includes reaction of two or more organic materials in the existence of oxidizing agent in suitable conditions, as a result of oxidizing, intermediate compound which reacts with others to produce colored product, that can be measured spectrophotometric. under the oxidizing coupling reaction condition, 4-aap (i) upon oxidation with pfc loses two protons forming a nucleophilic intermediate (ii), which has been postulated to be an active coupling species. drugs (tet or dox) have a free ortho position to the hydroxyl group, hence the intermediate of 4-aap (ii) undergoes nucleophilic substitution with phenolic moieties (iii) of drugs in alkaline medium, to form a colored quinonoid type product (iv) [24, 25]. absorption spectrum for tetracycline was recorded under the optimum conditions (for univariate and experimental design method) and showed the maximum absorption (531.0 and 535) nm sequentially for the dark orange compound against the reagent blank as shown in figure (1). absorption spectrum for doxcycycline was recorded under the optimum conditions (for univariate) showed the maximum absorption 515 nm for the dark orange compound against the reagent blank as shown in fig. (2). calibration curves and analytical data 1-tetracycline іunivariate method employing the experimental condition, two scales of linear calibration curve plotted according to beer’s law (fig. (1)), the optical characteristics are listed in table (3). ііdesign of experiment method the optical characteristics are summarized in table( 3). 161 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 2doxycycline (univariate method) employing the experimental condition, linear calibration curve plotted according to beer’s law and the optical characteristics are listed in table 4. precision and accuracy the accuracy and precision of the proposed methods were tested by analyzing three replicate samples of tet or dox in different concentration levels. the values of the relative error % and precision are summarized in table 5. these values indicate acceptable accuracy and precision of the method. interference study the extent of interfering by some excipients which often accompanied pharmaceutical preparations were studies by measuring the absorbance of solution containing 40 µg.ml-1 of tet and 1000 µg.ml1. it was found that the studied exhipients do not interfere in the determination of tet or dox in its dosage forms, table (6). application in pharmaceutical sample in order to demonstrate the applicability of the proposed method for the determination of tet or dox, the method was successfully applied to the analysis of tet and dox in different concentration levels of two type of drug. the results were summarized in table (7) and table (8). conclusions oxidizing coupling reaction of tet or dox with 4-aap  presence of potassium ferriecyanide (pfc) in alkaline medium was found to be a simple, sensitive and accurate spectrophotometric method for quantitative determination of tet or dox in pure form and pharmaceutical. the classical univariate and design of experiment method have been used for optimizing the different variable affecting the completion of the reaction. the proposed method offers good linearity and precision. the proposed method can applied in many samples like food samples and biological fluids. references 1. kogawa, a. c. and salgado, h. r., (2012), “doxycycline hyclate: a review of properties, applications and analytical methods”, international journal of life science and pharmaceutical research, issn 2250-0480, 2. 2. british pharmacopoeia (2012), cd-rom, bp, co.-uk. 3. martindale, (2009), “the complete drug reference”. 36th ed. london: pharmaceutical press, 257-659. 4. pradines, b.;spiegel, a.; c., rogier, a.; tall mosnier, j.; fusai, t., trape, j.f., and parzy d., (2000) “antibiotics for prophylaxis of plasmodium falciparum infections: in vitro activity of doxycycline against senegalese isolates”, am. j. trop. med. hyg., 62(1), 8285. 5. hussien, e. m., (2014), “development and validation of an hplc method for tetracycline-related usp monographs”, biomedical chromatography j. 28, 9, 1278-1283. 6. hussien, e. m. , (2014), “hplc method validation for modernization of the tetracycline hydrochloride capsule usp monograph”, bulletin of faculty of pharmacy j., cairo university, 52, 2, 239-244. 162 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 7. jeyabaskaran, m.; rambabu, c.; janardhanan, v. s.; rajinikanth, v.; pranitha, t. and dkanalakslimi, b., (2014), “rp-hplc method development and validation of doxycycline in bulk and tablet formulation”, int. j. of pharmacy and analytical research, 3, 4, 397404. 8. sunarić, s. m.; denić, m. s.; bojanić, z. ž. and bojanić, v. v., (2013), “hplc method development for determination of doxycycline in human seminal fluid”,j. of chrom. b, 939, 1722. 9. al-abachi, m. q. and hadi, h., (2014), “flow injection spectrophotometric determination of tetracycline hydrochloride in pharmaceutical samples” iraqi nat. j. of chem., 55, 243-251. 10. ruengsitagoon, w., (2008), “a rapid flow injection spectrophotometric analysis for tetracycline chlortetracycline or oxytetracycline”, j. of food and drug analysis, 16, 6, 16-21. 11. shakir, i. ma. and hammood, m. k., (2014) “novel turbidimetric-continuous flow injection analysis methods for the determination of tetracycline hcl in pharmaceutical formulations using homemade linear array ayah 5sx1-t-1d-cfi analyser, ijrpc, 4(4), 946-957. 12. yongnian, ni, shuzhen, li and serge, k., (2011), “simultaneous voltammetric analysis of tetracycline antibiotics in foods” food chemistry, 124, 3, 1157-1163. 13. gürler, b.; sabriye, p. ö. and kır, e., (2013), “voltammetric behavior and determination of doxycycline in pharmaceuticals at molecularly imprinted and non-imprinted overoxidized polypyrrole electrodes”, j. of pharm. and biomedical an., 84, 263-268. 14. jiao, z.; zhang and chen, h., (2015), “determination of tetracycline antibiotics in fatty food samples by selective pressurized liquid extraction coupled with high-performance liquid chromatography and tandem mass spectrometry”, j. of separation science, 38, 1, 115-120. 15. gajda, a. ; posyniak, a.; zmudzki, j. and tomczyk g., (2013) “ determination of doxycycline in chicken fat by liquid chromatography with uv detection and liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry”, j chromatogr b analyt technol biomed life sci., 1, 928, 113-20. 16. chen,  d.; yao, d.; xie, c. and liu, d., (2014), “development of an aptasensor for electrochemical detection of tetracycline”, food control, 42, 109-115. 17. shen,  g.; guo, y.; sun,, x. and wang, x., (2014), “electrochemical aptasensor based on prussian blue-chitosan-glutaraldehyde for the sensitive determination of tetracycline”, nanomicro lett., 6(2), 143-152. 18. tella, e. d.; taherunnisa, m.; deepthi, g.k.; choragudi,  b. m. and ranjani c. b., (2011), “spectrophotometric determination of tetracyclines using p-n,n-dimethyl phenylene diamen and sodium metaperiodate” rasayan j. chem., 4, 3, 539-543 issn: 0974-1496. 19. hadi, h. and fadhil, g., (2014), “sensitive spectrophotometric determination of tetracycline hydrochloride indosage forms using sodium nitroprusside and hydroxylamine hydrochloride”, j. of al-nahrain university, 17 (3), 53-58. 163 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 20. al-kadhumi, a. s. h.; abdul-ghani, a. j. and jasim, h. h., (2013), “determination of tetracycline in pharmaceutical preparations by molecular and atomic absorption spectrophotometric, and high performance liquid chromatography via complexes formation with au (iii) and hg(ii) ions”, international journal of analytical chemistry, 2013, articale id 305124, 11. 21. sivachandra, y.; kishore, t.r. and suryanarayana, v., (2014), “investigation on doxycycline using spectrophotometer in bulk drug and formulation”, scholars research library, archives of applied science research, 6 (4), 290-294. 22. ramesh, p. j.; basavaiah, k.; divya, m. r.; rajendraprasad,  n.; vinay, k. b. and revanasiddappa,  h. d., (2011), “simple uv and visible spectrophotometric methods for the determination of doxycycline hyclate in pharmaceuticals”, j. of an. chem., 66, 5, 482-489. 23. montgomery, d. c., (2007), “design and analysis of experiments”, 5th ed, john wiley & sons, new york. 24. ragab, g. h.;elmasry, m. s. and aboul kheir, a. (2009), “spectrophotometric determination of some phenolic drugs in pure form and in their pharmaceutical preparation” jordon j. of pharmaceutical sci, zagazig university, 2, no1, 66-75, egypt. 25. moldonvan, z.; bunaciu,  a.; al-omar, m. a. and aboul eneein, h. y., (2010), “spectrophotometric method for diosmin determination” the open chem. and biomed. m. j., 3, 123-127. 164 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (1): the central composite design with three independent variables (uncoded variables) and their experimental absorption values of 15 μg.ml-1 tet, 15 μg.ml-1 dox oxidation coupling product exp. no. tet dox buf. vol. (ml) re. time (min) [oxi.] (%) abs. buf. vol .(ml) [reag.] (%) [oxi.] (%) abs. 1 0.75 10.00 2.00 0.218 0.30 0.20 3.00 0.032 2 0.75 5.00 2.00 0.201 0.75 0.15 3.00 0.153 3 0.75 0.00 2.00 0.206 0.75 0.15 1.50 0.137 4 0.75 5.00 2.00 0.240 0.75 0.15 1.50 0.121 5 0.75 5.00 3.50 0.213 0.75 0.15 1.50 0.119 6 0.75 5.00 0.50 0.124 0.75 0.15 0.30 0.084 7 1.20 10.00 3.50 0.162 0.30 0.10 0.30 0.077 8 0.30 10.00 3.50 0.030 0.75 0.15 1.50 0.113 9 0.75 5.00 2.00 0.229 0.75 0.10 1.50 0.066 10 0.30 10.00 0.50 0.014 0.75 0.15 1.50 0.112 11 1.20 5.00 2.00 0.191 1.20 0.10 0.30 0.066 12 1.20 0.00 3.50 0.215 1.20 0.20 3.00 0.121 13 0.30 5.00 2.00 0.001 0.30 0.10 3.00 0.212 14 0.30 0.00 0.50 0.000 1.20 0.10 3.00 0.062 15 0.30 0.00 3.50 0.011 1.20 0.20 0.30 0.074 16 0.75 5.00 2.00 0.221 0.75 0.15 1.50 0.111 17 1.20 0.00 0.50 0.114 0.75 0.20 1.50 0.132 18 1.20 10.00 0.50 0.120 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.05 19 0.75 5.00 2.00 0.213 1.20 0.15 1.50 0.062 20 0.75 5.00 2.00 0.194 0.30 0.15 1.50 0.08 table (2): regression coefficients, p or probability for abs. of tet oxidation coupling product variable regression coefficient st. e of coefficient t-value p constant -0.330957 0.044284 -7.47351 0.000021 buffer volume 1.077106 0.118692 9.07484 0.000004 (buffer volume.)2 -0.605836 0.075081 -8.06906 0.000011 reaction time 0.001388 0.007349 0.18883 0.854002 (reaction time)2 0.000453 0.000608 0.74442 0.473752 [pfc] 0.075612 0.029871 2.53132 0.029803 ([pfc])2 -0.017192 0.006757 -2.54419 0.029153 buffer vol.* reaction time -0.005167 0.003962 -1.30411 0.221414 buffer vol.* [pfc] 0.024630 0.013206 1.86502 0.091756 reaction time * [pfc] -0.001050 0.001189 -0.88343 0.397745 165 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (3): optical characteristics and statistical data for the determination of tetracycline by (a) univariate method, (b) design of experiment method. (*(l. mol -1.cm -1), **(µg.cm-2) parameter value (a) value (b) (scale 1) (scale 2) (scale 1) (scale 2) λmax (nm), color, 531 nm, dark orang 535 nm, dark orange linearity range * 1-18 15-70 1-30 40-100 regression equation y = 0.0110 [tet.*] 0.0007 y = 0.002 [tet.*]+ 0.1403 y=0.0122[tet*]+ 0.0165 y=0.0015[tet.*] +0.3105 calibration sensitivity* 0.0110 0.0020 0.0122 0.0015 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9997 0.9942 1.0000 0.9913 correlation of linearity(r2) 0.9994 0.9884 1.0000 0.9965 molar absorptivity* ε = 4.884×10+3 ε = 0.888×10+3 ε = 5.422×10+3 ε = 6.66×10+2 sandell's sensitivity** 0.0909 0.5000 0.0719 0.1508 detection limit* 0.173205 0.3123 quantification limit* 0.5249 0.9462 0.9465 7.6980 table (4): optical characteristics and statistical data and calibration curve for the determination of doxycycline by univariate method.( *(l. mol -1.cm -1), ** (µg.cm-2) parameter value λmax (nm), color 515 nm, dark orange linearity range* 10 -90 regression equation y=0.0068 [dox.*] +0.1286 calibration sensitivity* 0.0068 correlation coefficient (r) 0.9995 correlation of linearity (r2) 0.9991 molar absorptivity* 3.14473*10+3 sandell's sensitivity** 0.0147 detection limit* 1.0724 quantification limit* 3.1540 table (5): evaluation of accuracy and precision for the determination of tet by proposed methods.( *average of three determinations). conc. of tet (µg.ml-1) taken found* r. e.% r. s. d.% (tet)for univariate 5 4.9936 -0.1280 3.8765 15 15.0183 0.1220 3.2768 30 29.2703 -2.4324 4.7749 60 59.4991 -0.8348 2.7024 (tet)for doe 5 4.9745 -0.5100 3.8720 20 19.6455 -1.7725 1.5887 40 39.6333 -0.9167 1.6981 60 59.8682 -0.2197 1.7975 (dox)for univariate 15 15.1514 1.0096 2.7471 30 29.8226 -0.5913 5.2330 70 70.1404 0.2005 0.1970 y = ٠٫٠٠٦٨x + ٠٫١٢٨٦ r² = ٠٫٩٩٩١ 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 50 100 a . conc. (µg.ml-1) 166 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 table (6): percent recovery for 40 µg.ml-1 of tet in the presence of 1000 µg.ml-1 of excipients. ( *(µg.ml-1), dox conc. taken (30 µg.ml-1), dox conc. taken (30 µg.ml-1)). dox tet (1000)* excipients recovery% conc. found recovery%conc. found 101.72 30.5166 101.73 40.70 acacia 104.00 31.2005 101.87 40.75 glucose 98.68 29.6046 103.48 41.39 lactose 101.72 30.5166 105.22 42.09 starch table (7) application of the doe method to the tet concentration measurements in pharmaceutical sample. ( *average of three determinations, ** (µg.ml-1)). sample weight*found (250mg/100ml) conc. taken** conc.* found** recovery* % r.s.d*% 250mg of tet india capsule 242.00 5 4.84 96.89 4.01 243.63 20 19.49 97.47 4.82 242.15 40 38.75 96.87 2.86 250mg of tet iraqi capsule 262.50 5 5.25 104.91 2.68 261.00 20 20.88 104.40 1.20 258.31 40 41.33 103.32 5.55 table (8) application of the univariate method to the dox concentration measurements in pharmaceutical sample. ( *average of three determinations, ** (µg.ml-1)) sample weight* found (100mg/100ml) conc. taken** conc.* found** recovery* % r.s.d* % 100mg of dox iraqi capsule 98.46 10 9.85 98.46 5.74 98.66 30 29.60 98.65 5.44 98.28 60 58.96 98.27 3.02 100mg of dox india tablet 98.39 10 9.839 98.39 4.5 97.39 30 29.22 97.41 0.95 97.67 60 58.59 97.66 1.25 fig. (1): absorption spectrum of color product: (a) 15 μg.ml-1tetracycline against reagent blank, (b) blank solution against distilled water (a) under the univariate method, (b) under the experimental design method conditions. 167 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 fig. (2): absorption spectrum of color product: (a) 15μg.ml-1 doxycycline against reagent blank, (b) blank solution against distilled water under the optimum conditions. a b c fig. (3): athe response surface for the abs. of tet oxidation coupling product as a function of buffer vol. and reaction time (at cons. optimum value of oxi. conc.:2.65% m/v), b-the response surface for the abs. of tet oxidation coupling product as a function of buffer vol. and oxi. conc. (at cons. optimum value of reaction time: 6.75 min), c-the response surface for the abs. of tet oxidation coupling product as a function of reaction time and oxi. conc. (at cons. optimum value of buffer vol.:0.91 ml). fig. (4) calibration curve for the determination of tetracycline (a) by doe optimal condition, (b) by univariate optimal condition. y = 0.0122x + 0.0165 r² = 1 y = 0.0015x + 0.3105 r² = 0.9913 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 a . conc. (µg.ml-1) a y = 0.011x 0.0007 r² = 0.9994 y = 0.002x + 0.1403 r² = 0.9884 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0 20 40 60 80 a . conc. (µg.ml-1) b 168 | chemistry 2015) عام 3العدد ( 28مجلة إبن الھيثم للعلوم الصرفة و التطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 28 (3) 2015 -4تاكسدي مع تقدير التتراسايكلين والدوكسي سايكلين طيفيا بتفاعل االزدواج ال امينو انتي بايرين رقيه سمير الخالصي عالء كريم محمد الغزالي جامعة بغداد )/ابن الھيثم(الصرفة للعلومالتربية كلية /قسم الكيمياء 2015 /حزيران/23البحث في: ، قبل2015 /نيسان/13استلم البحث في: الخالصة الدوكسيسايكلين و (tet)اسايكلين للتتر كلفة للتقدير الكميال واطئةطريقة طيفية بسيطة وحساسة ودقيقة و طورت (dox) للتتراسايكلين تفاعل. تعتمد الطريقة على وفي الشكل الصيدالني بشكله النقي )tet (الدوكسيسايكلين و )dox (بايرين بوجود بوتاسيوم فريسيانيد انتي امينو -4 مع(pfc) وقد تمت دراسة العوامل التي . في وسط قلوي . وذلك باتباع نمط المتغير الواحد بطريقتينبعناية للحصول على الظروف الفضلى االزدواج التاكسدي إتمام تفاعل فيتؤثر المتغيرات التي تؤثر على ). متغيرات لثالثة المركزي التراكم تصميم ( المتعددة المتغيرات وطريقةوباالعتماد على االمتصاص .، تركيز الكاشف، تركيز العامل المؤكسد، تسلسل االضافه، زمن التفاعل واالستقراريه phالتفاعل ھي ، وجد أن قانون بير بالتسلسل نانومتر 535، 531 الملون الناتج حسب الطريقتين لمركب التتراسايكلين ) λmax(األعظم و بمعامل ) 15-70( µg.ml-1 و )µg.ml )1-18-1ن بي بمديين يتراوح للطريقه االولى ينطبق على مدى من التراكيز و) µg.ml40-100-1( و) µg.ml1-30-1 ( بين بمديين . وللطريقه الثانيه 0.9997و 20.994مساوي لـ ارتباط لكال µg.ml-1 0.3123و µg.ml-1 0.1732كان حد الكشف يساويو . 130.99و 1 لـ مساوي ارتباط بمعامل 515المتغير الواحدالملون الناتج حسب طريقة لمركب الدوكسيسايكلين ) λmax(األعظم الطريقتين بالتتابع . واالمتصاص و بمعامل ارتباط ) µg.ml )90-10-1ن بي بمديين يتراوح قانون بير ينطبق على مدى من التراكيز، وجد أن نانومتر التتراسايكلين الطريقة المقترحة بنجاح لتقدير . وطبقتµg.ml1.0724-1كان حد الكشف يساوي. و 0.9995مساوي لـ دوائيه. نماذجبعض ال في والدوكسيسايكلين . امينو انتي بايرين-4تتراسايكلين، دوكسيسايكلين ، التقدير الطيفي، تفاعل األزدواج التاكسدي، الكلمات المفتاحية: 23 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 sumudu iterative method for solving nonlinear partial differential equations department of mathematics, college of education for pure sciences /ibn al haitham, university of baghdad, iraq abstract in this paper, we apply a new technique combined by a sumudu transform and iterative method called the sumudu iterative method for resolving non-linear partial differential equations to compute analytic solutions. the aim of this paper is to construct the efficacious frequent relation to resolve these problems. the suggested technique is tested on four problems. so the results of this study are debated to show how useful this method is in terms of being a powerful, accurate and fast tool with a little effort compared to other iterative methods. keywords: sumudu transform, iterative method, nonlinear partial differential equations. 1.introduction in the previous few decades, the non-linear equations ordinary differential equations(odes) and partial differential equations(pdes) represented the most important mathematical formulations occurring in the physical phenomena and engineering fields. it can be described via odes, pdes and integral equations. pdes have be a good gadget for characterizing these natural phenomena of science and engineering models, like wave propagation, korteweg-de vries equation and heat flow [1]. with this great expansion of differential equations in applied mathematics and physics, especially the non-linear pdes which are the subject of our study. mathematicians faced some problems in solving some of these equations which required the development of new methods to find an exact or approximate solution to them. in recent years, most researchers fundamentally have studied solutions of nonlinear pdes and odes via utilizing different methods, like the variational ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2610 article history: received,12,february,2020, accepted23 june,2020, published in april 2021 asmaa a. aswhad assmaaaswhad@gmail.com samaher m. yassein samamarez@yahoo.com . mailto:assmaaaswhad@gmail.com mailto:samamarez@yahoo.com 24 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 iteration method[1], adomian decomposition method [2-3], homotopy perturbation method [4], laplace transform and modified variational iteration [5], natural decomposition method [6], the reduced differential transform method as in [7-8],the sumudu transform [9-10] and sumudu decomposition method [11]. we introduce a reliable method of an integral transform which is named the sumudu iterative method (sim) which we implement to get exact solutions to nonlinear pdes. temimi and ansari have proposed an iterative method (im) to resolve linear and non-linear functional equations, [12-15].the im has been successfully applied in many researches to solve some linear and non-linear pdes and odes, non-linear delay differential equations, higher order integro-differential equations and korteweg-de vries equations [16-18]. however one of the most important achievements and applications of integral transform methods is solving non-linear pdes by the relationship between the sumudu transform and iterative method. for this purpose, we present a new technique. we think this method has not been implemented yet to solve non-linear pdes; the results of the examples show that this method is an accurate and powerful technique and it does not need to impose any additional restrictions to get the analytical solution of these problems. it is a qualified method for reducing the number of calculations while keeping the solution is more accurate and efficient. in this work, the examples of non-linear pdes which are used in [1] will be solved by using the sim. the basic concept of this work is included in section 2 and 3 as we introduce the definition and properties of the sumudu transform. section 4, we clarify the methodology of sim. section 5 is dedicated to illustrate the sim to four problems, the results show that the method is easy and accurate to implement. section 6 is devoted to debate and conclusion of this paper. 2. sumudu transform sumudu transform is one of the integral transformations that emerges after laplace transform where it is derived from the laplace transform by setting p = 1 s to resolve differential equations subject to the initial conditions. this transform is relatively new but has many good properties for resolving problems in computational science and control engineering. it is interesting that in sumudu transform variable u and transformed function f(u) in u-domain are transacted as replicas of t and f(t) in the t-domain so thus the consistency of unit in the differential equations describing a physical process can be preserved even after transformations, as for, in laplace transform variable s and transformed function f(s) in s-domain are transacted as toys in this operation [19]. we will present here the definition of sumudu transform and some of its properties. we start definition of sumudu transform of a function u(x, t) where u(x, t) is continuous. let u(x, t) be continuous and of exponential order. then sumudu transform u (x, t) is written as [20] u(x, s) = 𝕊[u(x, t )] = 1 s ∫ u(x, t)e −t s dt, ∞ 0 −𝜏1 < 𝑢 < 𝜏2,where −𝜏1 and 𝜏2 > 0, (2.1) 3.properties of sumudu transform [20]: let u (x, t) be a piecewise continuous function having exponential order. if u(x, s) is sumudu transform of u (x, t), then sumudu transforms of partial derivatives that function as follows, (i) 𝕊 [ ∂u(x,t) ∂t ] = 1 s [u(x, s) − u(x, t)]. (3.1) (ii) 𝕊 [ ∂u(x,t) ∂x ] = d[u(x,s)] dx . (3.2) (iii) 𝕊 [ ∂2u(x,t) ∂t2 ] = 1 𝑠2 u(x, s) − 1 s2 u(x, 0) − 1 s ∂u(x,0) ∂t . (3.3) 25 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 (iv) 𝕊 [ ∂2u(x,t) ∂x2 ] = d2[u(x,s)] dx2 . (3.4) table 1. s-transform of some functions. f(t) g(s) = 𝕊[f(t)] 1 1 t s tn−1 (n − 1)! , n = 1,2, … sn−1 table 2. s-transform properties. formula comment 𝕊 [ 𝜕𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) ∂𝑡 ] = g(x, s) − u(x, 0) s sumudu transforms of function derivatives 𝕊 [ 𝜕2𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) 𝜕𝑡 2 ] = g(x, s) − u(x, 0) 𝑠2 − 1 𝑠 𝜕𝑢(𝑥, 0) ∂𝑡 𝕊 [ 𝜕𝑛𝑢(𝑥, 𝑡) 𝜕𝑡 𝑛 ] = g(x, s) − u(x, 0) 𝑠𝑛 − 1 𝑠𝑛−1 𝜕𝑢(𝑥, 0) 𝜕𝑡 − ⋯ − 1 𝑠 𝜕𝑛−1𝑢(𝑥, 0) 𝜕𝑡 𝑛−1 𝕊[𝑎𝑢1(𝑥, 𝑡) + 𝑏𝑢2(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑎𝕊[𝑢1(𝑥, 𝑡)]+ 𝑏[𝑢2(𝑥, 𝑡)] where 𝑎 and 𝑏 are constants linearity property 𝕊[∫ 𝑢(𝑥, 𝜏)𝑑𝜏] = 𝑠𝐺(𝑥, 𝑠) 𝑡 0 sumudu transform of an integral function 𝕊[𝑢(𝑥, 𝑎𝑡)] = 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑎𝑠) where 𝑎 is a constant first scale preserving theorem 4. fundamental idea of the iterative method the bacis steps of im. it is rewritten that any pde can be written as: l(u(x, t)) + n(u(x, t)) + h(x, t)) = 0 . (4.1) subject to the conditions c(u, ∂u ∂t ) = 0. (4.2) so, thus u(x, t) the unknown function, x and t indicates the independent variables, whereas l, n represent linear and non-linear operators, respectively, h(x, t) represents inhomogeneous term which is a renowned function and c the conditions operator for a problem. the essential idea of the iterative method to solve eq. (4.1) with initial approximation for eq.(4.2) is a primary step, by assuming that the initial guess u0(x, t) is a solution of the problem u(x, t) and solution of the equation l(u0(x, t)) + h(x, t) = 0, c(u0, ∂u0 ∂t ) = 0 . (4.3) to generate next iterative of solution, we put eq.(4.1) as follows l(u1(x, t)) + h(x, t) + n(u0(x, t)) = 0, c(u1, ∂u1 ∂t ) = 0 . (4.4) after several simple iterative steps of the solution, the generic form of this equation is l(un+1(x, t)) + h(x, t) + n(un(x, t)) = 0 , c(un+1, ∂un+1 ∂t ) = 0 (4.5) 26 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 evidently, each iteration of the function un(x, t) represents effectively the only solution for eq. (4.1). 𝟓. sumudu iterative method we clarify the sumudu iterative method (sim) algorithm via considering general nonlinear inhomogeneous pdes of the form: l(u(x, t)) + r(u(x, t)) + n(u(x, t)) = h(x,t). (5.1) submit to ics u(x, 0) = f1(x) , 0 ≤ x ≤ l and ut(x, 0) = f2(x), t > 0. (5.2) so, the second order linear differential operator is l about l = 𝜕2 𝜕𝑡2 , linear operator for less order than l is r, n represents the non-linear differential operator and the source term is h(x,t). we stratify s-transform of eq.(5.1) to get: 𝕊[l(u(x, t))] + 𝕊[r(u(x, t))] + 𝕊[n(u(x, t))] = 𝕊[h(x, t)]. (5.3) utilizing properties in table 1,2 respectively above in section 3 with the given initial conditions and for equation of order 2, we get: u(x,s) s2 − u(x,0) s2 − ut(x,0) s + 𝕊[r(u(x, t))] + 𝕊[n(u(x, t))] = 𝕊[h(x, t)]. (5.4) replace eq.(5.2) into eq.(5.4) to get: u(x,s) s2 − f1(x) s2 − f2(x) s + 𝕊[r(u(x, t))] + 𝕊[n(u(x, t))] = 𝕊[h(x, t)]. (5.5) from eq.(5.5), we obtain: u(x,s) s2 = f1(x) s2 + f2(x) s + 𝕊[h(x, t)] − 𝕊[r(u(x, t))] − 𝕊[n(u(x, t))]. (5.6) eq.(5.6) becomes u(x, s) = f1(x) + sf2(x) + s 2𝕊[h(x, t)] − s2𝕊[r(u(x, t))] − s2𝕊[n(u(x, t))]. (5.7) subsequently, taking inverse sumudu transform of eq.(5.7) implies that: 𝕊−1{u(x, s)} = 𝕊−1{f1(x) + sf2(x) + s 2𝕊[h(x, t)]} − 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[r(u(x, t))]} − 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[n(u(x, t))]} . (5.8) from eq.(5.8), we can get u(x, t) = h(x, t) − 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[r(u(x, t))]} − 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[n(u(x, t))]}. (5.9) note that h(x, t) represents a term engendering from source term and specified ic. hence to transact with the new correction function of the sumudu iterative method un+1(x, t) = h(x, t) − 𝕊 −1{s2𝕊[r(un(x, t))]} − 𝕊 −1{s2𝕊[n(un(x, t))]}, n ≥ 0. (5.10) to get out how this method works, we follow next steps as follows: step 1: 27 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 u0(x, t) = h(x, t) step 2: the next iteration is 𝑢1(𝑥, 𝑡) = h(x, t) − 𝕊 −1{s2𝕊[r(𝑢0(x, t))]} − 𝕊 −1{s2𝕊[n(𝑢0(x, t))]}. (5.11) step (3) : after several simple sumudu iterative steps of the solution, the general form of this equation which is 𝑢𝑛+1(𝑥, 𝑡) = h(x, t) − 𝕊 −1{s2𝕊[r(𝑢𝑛 (x, t))]} − 𝕊 −1{s2𝕊[n(𝑢𝑛(x, t))]}, 𝑛 ≥ 0.(5.12) evidently, each iteration of the function (𝑢𝑛+1(𝑥, 𝑡)) represents effectively the only solution for eq. (5.12). in the above steps, this method has the merit that solution can be found in the first steps manually and easily. 6.illustrative examples in this part, we implement four examples and then compare our solutions to the existent exact solutions. example 6.1 solve the inhomogeneous advection problem: ut + 1 2 (u2)x = x . (6.1) submit to the ic u(x, 0) = 2. (6.2) taking sumudu transform of eq.( 6.1),we have: 𝕊[ut] +𝕊[ 1 2 (u2)x]= 𝕊[ x]. utilizing the properties in table 1,2 and the properties mentioned above, we get: u(x,s) s − u(x,0) s = x − 1 2 𝕊[(u2)x] . (6.3) replace eq.( 6.2) into eq.( 6.3), we get: u(x, s) = 2 + xs − s 2 𝕊[(u2)x] . (6.4) subsequently, taking inverse sumudu transform of eq.( 6.4) implies that: 𝕊−1[u(x, s)] = 2 + x𝕊−1[s] − 𝕊−1 { s 2 𝕊[(u2)x]}. (6.5) table 1and 2, eq.(6.5) becomes u(x, t) = 2 + xt – 𝕊−1 { s 2 𝕊[(u2)x]}. (6.6) by the new correction function from eq.(6.6), we can get: un+1(x, t) = 2 + xt −𝕊 −1 { s 2 𝕊[(un 2 )x]}, n ≥ 0. (6.7) now, we apply the new sumudu iterative method. 28 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 so from eq.(6.7), we conclude u0(x, t) = 2 + xt. 𝑢1(𝑥, 𝑡) = 2 + 𝑥𝑡 −𝕊 −1 { 𝑠 2 𝕊[(𝑢0 2)𝑥 ]} . 𝑢1(𝑥, 𝑡) = 2 + 𝑥𝑡 − 𝑡 2 − 1 3 𝑥𝑡3. and u2(x, t) = 2 + xt – 𝕊 −1 { s 2 𝕊[(u1 2)x]} , n ≥ 1 . u2(x, t) = 2 + xt − t 2 − 1 3 xt3 + 5 12 t4 + 2 15 xt5 − 1 63 xt7). therefore, we persist in this way to obtain a generic recursive relation via canceling a noise terms and we get: un+1(x, t) = 2 (1 − 1 2! t2 + 5 4! t4 … ) + x (t − 1 3 t3 + 2 15 t5 − 1 63 t7 + ⋯ … ) hence, we can conclude the exact solution as follows u(x, t) = 2secht + x tanht. example 6.2. solve the burgers equation of the form: ut + uux=uxx , with the ic u(x, 0) = 2tanx. (6.8) taking sumudu transform of eq.(6.8), we have: 𝕊[𝑢𝑡 ] + 𝕊[𝑢𝑢𝑥 ]= 𝕊[𝑢𝑥𝑥 ]. using the properties in table 1, 2 and submitting to the ic above to obtain: 𝑈(𝑥,𝑠) 𝑠 − 2tanx 𝑠 = 𝕊[𝑢𝑥𝑥 − 𝑢𝑢𝑥 ] . (6.9) subsequently, taking inverse sumudu transform of eq.(6.9) to get: 𝕊−1[u(x, s)] = 2tanx + 𝕊−1{s 𝕊[uxx − uux]}. (6.10) table 1and 2, eq.(6.10) becomes u(x, t) = 2tanx + 𝕊−1{s 𝕊[uxx − uux]}. (6.11) thus, we persist in this manner to obtain a general recursive relation from eq.(6.11): un+1(x, t) = 2tanx + 𝕊 −1{s 𝕊[unxx − ununx]}, n ≥ 0. (6.12) now, we apply the new sumudu iterative method. so from eq.(6.12), we conclude u0(x, t) = 2tanx note that u1(x, t) = 2tanx + 𝕊 −1{s 𝕊[u0xx − u0u0x]}. 29 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 𝑢1(𝑥, 𝑡) = 2𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝕊 −1{𝑠 𝕊[4tan (𝑥)𝑠𝑒𝑐2(𝑥) − 4tan (𝑥)𝑠𝑒𝑐2(𝑥)]} = 0. so, we can conclude 𝑢𝑛+1(𝑥, 𝑡) = 0, ∀𝑛 ≥ 0. hence the exact solution as u(x, t) = 2tanx. example 6.3. consider the non-linear pde ut = 2u(ux) 2 + u2uxx, with ic u(x, 0) = x+1 2 . (6.13) taking sumudu transform of eq.(6.13), we have: 𝕊[ut] = 𝕊[2u(ux) 2 + u2uxx] using the properties in table 1,2 and submit to the ic above we obtain: u(x,s) s − x+1 2 s = 𝕊[2u(ux) 2 + u2uxx] . (6.14) subsequently, taking inverse sumudu transform of eq. (6.14) to get: 𝕊−1[u(x, s)] = x+1 2 + 𝕊−1{s 𝕊[2u(ux) 2 + u2uxx]}. (6.15) table 1and 2 eq.(6.15) becomes u(x, t) = x+1 2 + 𝕊−1{s 𝕊[2u(ux) 2 + u2uxx]}. (6.16) thus, we persist in this manner to obtain a general recursive relation from eq.(6.16) : 𝑢𝑛+1(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑥+1 2 + 𝕊−1{𝑠 𝕊[2𝑢𝑛 (𝑢𝑛𝑥 ) 2 + (𝑢𝑛 ) 2𝑢𝑛𝑥𝑥 ]}, 𝑛 ≥ 0. (6.17) now, we apply the new sumudu iterative method. so from eq.(6.17), we conclude u0(x, t) = x+1 2 , u1(x, t) = x+1 2 + 𝕊−1{s 𝕊[2u0(u0x) 2 + (u0) 2u0xx]}. 𝑢1(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑥+1 2 (1 + 1 2 𝑡). and u2(x, t) = x + 1 2 + 𝕊−1{s 𝕊[2u1(u1x) 2 + (u1) 2u1xx]}, ∀n ≥ 1. u2(x, t) = x+1 2 (1 + 1 2 t + 3 8 t2 + 1 8 t3 + 1 64 t4), we persist in this technique to obtain:: u(x, t) = x+1 2 (1 + 1 2 t + 3 8 t2 + 1 8 t3 + 1 64 t4 + ⋯ ). which is the exact solution of eq.(6.13). 30 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 example 6.4. the non-linear inhomogeneous klein gordon equation of the form: utt − uxx + u 2 = x2t2, with ics u(x, 0) = 0, ut(x, 0) = x. (6.18) taking sumudu transform of eq.(6.18), we have: 𝕊[utt] − 𝕊[uxx] + 𝕊[u 2] = 𝕊[x2t2] utilizing properties in table 1,2 and the properties mentioned above, we get: u(x,s) s2 − u(x,0) s2 − ut(x,0) s = 2x2s2 + 𝕊[uxx − u 2]. (6.19) substitute the initial condition in eq.(6.19) to obtain: u(x, s) = xs + 2x2s4 + s2𝕊[uxx − u 2]. (6.20) subsequently, taking inverse sumudu transform of eq.(6.20), we get: 𝕊−1[u(x, s)] = x𝕊−1[s] + 2x2𝕊−1[s4] + 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[uxx − u 2]}. (6.21) table 1and 2 eq.(6.21) becomes u(x, t) = xt + x2t4 12 + 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[uxx − u 2]}. (6.22) by the new correction function from eq.(6.22), we can get: un(x, t) = xt + x2t4 12 + 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[unxx − (un) 2]}, n ≥ 0 . (6.23) now, we apply the new sumudu iterative method. so from eq.(6.23) , we conclude 𝑢0(𝑥, 𝑡) = 𝑥𝑡 + 𝑥2𝑡4 12 , u1(x, t) = xt + x2t4 12 + 𝕊−1{s2𝕊[u0xx − (u0) 2]}. u1(x, t) = xt + t6 180 − x3t7 252 − x4t10 12960 . we would like to mention here, as we go forward with iterations the terms after xt will begin to decrease and get close to zero, hence we can cancel this noise term and get the exact solution u(x, t) = xt. 7.conclusion in this work we introduce a new efficient method for resolving non-linear partial differential equations that is the sumudu iterative method, which represents a new addition to the previous iterative methods such as the adomain decomposition method, variation iteration method, homotopy perpetration method, etc. our method is characterized by its speed and ease of use in addition to the fact that it often gives the exact solution after a few iterations. our aim of this work is a step towards using applications of the sumudu iterative method to resolve nonlinear problems arising in various field scopes of science mathematical physics and engineering, which may be debated in further work. 31 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 references 1. wazwaz, a.m. chapter 9. linear and nonlinear physical models. in: albert cj l, nail hi, editors. partial differential equations and solitary waves theory. london new york: springer dordrecht heidelberg, 2009, isbn 978-3-642-00250-2, 345 380. 2. hashim, i.; noorani, m.s.m.; ahmed, r.; bakar, s.a.; ismail, e.s.; zakaria, m.accuracy of the adomian decomposition method applied to the lorenz system.chaos,solitons&fractals. 2006, 28, 5, 1149–1158,doi:10.1016/j.chaos.2005.08.135. 3. abdul razzaq, e.a.l.; yassein, s.m. analytic solutions for integro-differential inequalities using modified adomian decomposition method. ibn al-haitham jour for pure & appl. sci. 2017, 30, 1, 177-191, doi: 10.30526/32.2.2139. 4. singh, j.; kumar, d., sushila. homotopy perturbation sumudu transform method for nonlinear equations. adv. theor. appl. mech. 2011, 4, 4, 165-175. 5. elnour, e.a.; elzaki, t.m. solution of nonlinear partial differential equations bythe combined laplace transform and the new modified variational iteration method. wulfenia. 2013, 20, 4, 174-180. 6. rawashdeh, m.s.; maitama, s. solving pdes using the natural decomposition method. cspcambridge,uk;i&s-florida usa. 2016, 23, 1, 1-10. 7. rawashdeh, m. using the reduced differential transform method to solve nonlinear pdes arises in biology and physics. world applied sciences journal. 2013, 23, 8, 10371043, doi: 10.5829/idosi.wasj.2013.23.08.899. 8. rawashdeh, m.; obeidat, n. a. on finding exact and approximate solution to some pdes using the reduced differential transform method, appliedmathematics and information sciences. 2014, 8, 5, 2171-2176, doi.org/10.12785/aims/080510. 9. belgacem, f. b. m., karaballi, a. a. sumudu transform fundamental properties, investigations and applications, journal of applied mathematics and stochastic analysis. 2006, 40, 1-23. 10. belgacem, f. b. m. sumudu transform applications to bessel' functions and equations. applied mathematical sciences. 2010, 4, 74, 3665-3686. 11. rubab, s.; ahmad j.; shakeel, m. exact solution of coupled nonlinear pdes via sumudu decomposition method. mathematical theory and modeling. 2018, 8, 3, 29-40, issn 2224-5804 (paper) issn 2225-0522 (online). 12. temimi, h.; ansari, a. a semi analytical iterative technique for solving nonlinear problems, computers and mathematics with applications. 2011, 61, 2, 203210, doi: org/10.1016/j.camwa.2010.10.042. 13. temimi, h.; ansari a. a new iterative technique for solving nonlinear second order multi-point boundary value problems. applied mathematics and computation. 2011, 218, 4, 1457– 1466, doi:org/10.1016/j.amc.2011.06.029. 14. nejad, m. z.; rastgoo, a.; hadi, a. effect of exponentially-varying properties on displacements and stresses in pressurized functionally graded thick spherical shells with using iterative technique. journal of solid mechanics, 2014, 6,4, 366-377. 15. temimi, h.; ansari, h. a computational iterative method for solving nonlinear ordinary differential equations. lms j. comput. math. 2015, 18, 1, 730753, doi: org/10.1112/s1461157015000285. 16. aswhad, a. a.; yassein, s. m. numerical solution of non-linear delay differential equations using semi analytic iterative method, journal of the college of basic education. 2019, 25, 103, 131-142, issn: 1815-7467. 32 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 17. yassein, s. m. application of iterative method for solving higher order integro differential equations, ibn al-haitham jour for pure and appl. sci. 2019, 32, 2,51-61, doi: 10.30526/32.2.2139. 18. yassein, s. m.; aswhad, a. a. efficient iterative method for solving korteweg-de vries equations, iraqi journal of science. 2019, 60, 7, 1575-1583,doi: 10.24996/ijs.2019.60.7.17. 19. watugala, g. k. sumudu transform: anew integral transform to solve differential equations and control engineering problems. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology.1993,24,1,35-43, doi.org/10.1080/0020739930240105. 20. kaya, f.; yılmaz, y. basic properties of sumudu transformation and its application to some partial differential equations, journal of science. 2019, 23,4, 509-514, doi: 10.16984/saufenbilder.416501. https://doi.org/10.1080/0020739930240105 conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |114 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 fluorescence, biological activity and spectroscopic studies of azo-linked schiff base ligand type (ono) and its complexes with cr iii , co ii ni ii and cd ii ions hasan a. hasan dept.of chemistry/college of education for pure science )ibn alhaitham(university of baghdad e-mail: hassan_salehy@yahoo.com received in:10/october/2016,accepted in:9/april/2017 abstract the precursor [w] [2-(2-(naphthalen-5-yl) diazenyl)-4-amino-3-hydroxynaphthalene-1sulfonic acid] was synthesized from reaction of diazonium salt with 1-amino-2-naphtol-4sulfonic acid. then the tridentate schiff base ligand type ono was synthesized from the reaction of the precursor with salicyaldehyde in 1:1 mole ratio to produce the ligand h2l [2-(2-(naphthalen5-yl) diazenyl)-4-(2-hydroxynaphthalen-3-yl)methyleneamino)-3-hydroxy salicyalene-1-sulfonic acid],the reaction achieved in methanol as a solvent under reflux. spectroscopic methods ir, u.v, 1 h, 13 c-nmr was used to characterize the ligand. complexes of [cr iii , co ii , ni ii and cd ii] ions were also prepared through reaction of ligand with metal salts in 2:1 mole ratio at reflux, using koh as a base, ethanol as a solvent. chloride content, molar conductivity and melting point measurements along with i.r and u.v-vis, atomic absorption (a.a) spectroscopy were used to characterize the complexes. 1 h-nmr spectroscopy was used to characterize cd complex. thermal analysis was used to insure the presence of crystallized h2o molecule in the complexes structure. the following formula was proposed for cr complex: k[cr(l)2]. h2o, while co ii , ni ii and cd ii complexes have the k2[m(l)2].h2o formula. the biological activity of the prepared compounds was studied. fluorescence properties of the prepared compounds were studied (at room temperature) which indicate that the ligand may behave as strong fluorescent emitter. the complexes also showed fluorescence characteristic with the ligand. the ligand revealed high relative intensity and its fluorescence peak were also shifted to the lower or higher wavelength when compared with the complexes. keywords: azo linked schiff base, metal complexes, fluorescence properties, biological activity. mailto:hassan_salehy@yahoo.com chemistry |115 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction due to the important and interesting properties of schiff bases and their transition metal complexes such as ability to bind heavy metal atoms, undergo tautomerism, exhibit catalytic reduction, many of them have been synthesized [1]azo schiff base compounds contain both azo and azomethine groups, are commonly synthesized by coupling a diazonium reagent with an aromatic aldehyde to form an azo aldehyde [2] many azo compounds have been used in industry due to their versatile applications in various fields, including liquid crystalline, dyes for different materials, and lasers [3]sulfonated azo dyes are the most numerous of the manufactured synthetic dyes [4]moreover, complexes with conjugated π systems containing aromatic rings favour the development of fluorescent materials. [5, 6]in this work we reported the synthesis and characterization of new azo linked schiff base and its some metal complexes; the biological activity and fluorescence properties of the prepared compounds were studied. experimental melting point of the synthesized compounds was measured using an electrothermal apparatus stuart. ft–ir testscan shimadzu (ft-ir)8300 series spectrophotometer in the range (4000– 400 cm –1 ) was used to obtain the infrared spectra using potassium bromide discs, at college of education for pure science ibnalhaitham/ baghdad university. u.v– vis spectrophotometer sp-3000 plus type optima, in the range (200– 1100 nm)was used to obtain the electronic spectra of the compounds, with concentration (10 –3 ) mole l –1 of samples in dmso at 25c using quartz cell of (1.0) cm length. eutech 150 conductivity meter was used to obtain the molar conductivity of the complexes at (25 c) for (10 –3 ) m solutions of the samples in dmso. elemental microanalysis was performed on a (c.h.n) analyser, eurovector ea 3000 a at al–al bayt university, jordan. 1 h-nmr spectra for the ligand and cd complex were recorded in dmso-d6 using brucker, model: ultra-shield 300 mhz apparatuses, origin: switzerland and are reported in ppm (s), at al –al bayt university, jordan. perkinelmer instruments by sii, diamond tg/dta, thermogravimetric/ differential thermal analyser was used to study the thermal properties of the compounds. the fluorometric analysis was carried out using perkin elmerls-55 spectrofluorometric at room temperature (298 k), the last two measurements were achieved at college of education for pure science ibnalhaitham/ baghdad university. synthesis of the precursor 2-(2-(naphthalen-5-yl)diazenyl)-4-amino-3hydroxynaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid he compound was synthesized as described in literature [7, 8].1-naphthyl amine (1.43g, 10.00 mmol), in water (10 ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2.62 ml, 30.00 mmol) was mixed and stirred until a clear solution was obtained. the mixture cooled to 0– 5c and sodium nitrite solution (0.76g, 10.00 mmol) in water (5 ml) were then added dropwise, keeping the temperature below 5c. for an additional 1h (in an ice bath) the resulting mixture was stirred. after that a little urea was added and was buffered using solid sodium acetate (solution 1).(2.4g, 10.00 mmol) of (1-amino-2-naphtol-4-sulfonic acid) was dissolved in 10 ml aqueous naoh (10 mmol) solution, then cooled to 0-5c using ice bath (solution 2). this solution was then gradually added as portions to cooled solution 1, the mixture resulted was continually stirred for 2 hrs. at 0-5c., the crude precipitate was filtered by acidification and washed by cold water several times. yield 71%, m.p (292 c dec.). chemistry |116 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis of the ligand [h2l] to(3.00 g, 7.63 mmol) of the precursor (w) dissolved in 25 ml of methanol, it was added (0.93 g, 7.63mmol) of salicyldehyde in 10 ml of methanol with 3-4 drops of glacial acetic acid, refluxed for 2 hrs., cooled at room temperature for 15 minutes, filtered off, the precipitate was collected with 10ml of cold dry methanol. yield 57%, m.p (250c.). synthesis of the complex k[cr(l)2].h2o the complex was prepared by adding (0.14 g, 2.41 mmol) of potassium hydroxide dissolved in 10 ml ethanol with stirring and heating to a solution of (0.60 g, 1.21 mmol) from the ligand (h2l) dissolved in (40 ml) of ethanol. then (0.16 g, 0.6 mmol) of chromium (iii) chloride hexahydrate dissolved in 10 ml ethanol was added to ligand solution. the resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 hrs. washed with ethanol and recrystallized. yield 54%, dec. (over 320 c). synthesized of k2[co(l)2]h2o, k2[ni(l)2]h2o andk2[cd(l)2]h2o a similar method to that mentioned in preparation of cr iii complex was used to prepare the complexes of h2l with co ii , ni ii , and cd ii ions; table (1) shows the reactant quantity of the complexes and their physical properties biological activity it was studied the antibacterial activity of the prepared ligand [h2l] and its complexes using the agar diffusion technique. staphylococcus aureus, escherichia coli, psedomonas aeruginosa, bacillus subtilis and candida albicanswere the organism tested in this study. the agar media were inoculated with test organisms and a solution of the tested compound (100 g/ml) was placed separately in (6 mm diameter)cups in the agar medium. the inhibition zones were measured after 24 hours’ incubation, alone solution of dmso studied and showed no activity against organisms. results and discussion new acyclic tridentate ligand type ono donor atoms have been synthesized. the ligand h2l was synthesized by the condensation reaction of precursor [w] with salycaldihyde in 1:1 molar ratio using methanol as a solvent according to the general route shown in scheme (1). the ligand contains two labile protons h2l, by removing these protons an anionic (-2) tridentate system is formed. ft-ir spectra i.r. spectrum for ligand h2l, figure (1) displayed a broad band at (3365.8) cm –1 may due to interference of the phenolic and sulphonic oh groups [9,10,11]. on the other hand, the spectrum displayed band of weak intensity at (2972.3) cm –1 , this band may due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding (oh…n) group [12]. the bands at 1624, (1155.3– 1124.5) cm –1 can be attributed to stretching of (c=n) imine and (c–n) groups respectively. the disappearance of amine (nh2) band in the spectrum, and appearance of imine (c=n) band, which reveals the formation of schiff base ligand [13,14,15]. in the spectra of the complexes the imine (c=n) band shifted to lower frequency and appeared at (1616.2-1585.4) cm –1 for complexes of cr iii , co ii , ni ii and cd ii ions respectively. the shift to lower frequency can be attributed to the participation of the iminic nitrogen atom in the coordination to the metal [16,17,18]. this can be explained by the movement of electrons from the iminic nitrogen to chemistry |117 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 the metal ion (delocalisation of metal electron density into the ligand -system) [19,20]as a result of coordination process. the ligand spectrum reveals a band at (1489.1) cm –1 may refer to (n=n) azo group [21], this band, in the infrared spectra of the complexes, did not show any wave number shift and appeared at (1489.1-1485.2)cm –1 for complexes of cr iii , co ii , ni ii and cd ii ions respectively, which may be explained by non-participation of azo nitrogen atoms in complex formation [22]. the orientation of azomethine and azo groups on azo schiff base ligands are in such a way that coordination of the two groups to the metal ion is not possible, thus, the azo group is left free and uncoordinated while the azomethine group preferentially coordinated to the metal ion[16, 23, 24,25]. on the other hand the two bands at (1384.9 and 1340.0) cm –1 referred to (c–o) of salycaldehyde and 1-amino-2-naphtol-4-sulfonic acid in the free ligand have been shifted to lower frequency and appeared at (1327.0-1386.8)cm –1 for complexes cr iii , co ii , ni ii and cd ii ions respectively. this shift confirming the coordination of oxygen atoms of the two phenolic groups to the metal [26,27]. the presence of adsorbed water molecules in the complexes structure can be revealed by a broad band at (3421.73452.6) cm –1 which indicates oh group of water molecules [2]. finally, the spectra showed new bands at (518.7-567.2), (466.8-534.9) and (424.5-486.6)cm –1 can be referred to (m–n), (m–o) car. and (m–o) naphth for complexes cr iii , co ii , ni ii and cd ii ions respectively. these new bands confirmed the coordination of the ligand to the metal ion through imin nitrogen and phenolic oxygen atoms. these results are supported by several reports [28, 29].finally, the spectrum of the ligand showed bands at (1278.8) cm –1 can be attributed to the asy(so3–h) and sym(so3–h) [30]. the characteristic bands are shown in table (2). u.v-vis spectra the (u.v-vis) spectrum for h2l, figure (2), shows bands of shortest wave length presenting at (245,260) nm may assigned to – * transition of the aromatic rings of azo-linked schiff base ligand[2]. the band at300 nm may refer to the imine n– * transition and this absorption may belong to the keto amine quinoid toutomer form of the ligand[31,32]. finally the band at 420nm in the ligand spectrum may be attributed to the azo group (n=n)[11]. in each case the spectrum showed intense peaks in the (u.v) region at (245-290 nm) for cr iii , co ii , ni ii and cd ii complexes scan be assigned to – * transition of the aromatic rings [2]. while the band at (305nm) in the free ligand shifted to longer wave lengths in the complexes and appeared at (315-360 nm) for complexes [cr iii , co ii , ni ii and cd ii ],the shift may be resulted from the coordination process, confirming the imine nitrogen participation in coordination to the metal atom[33].the n=n band of the free ligand at 420 did not shift in the corresponding metal complexes which reveals that the diazo group didn't participate in complex formation, therefore it was concluded from the electronic spectra that the azo-linked schiff base ligand coordinated to the metal atom through the carbaldehyic and naphtholic oxygen beside the imine nitrogen (2) . finally, the bands in the visible region can be related with d-d transitions. the cr iii complex shows a band at 626nm assignable to 4 a2g 4 t1g(p) suggesting distorted octahedral geometry around cr iii ion [34,35,36].the co ii complex shows a band at 650 nm and 710nm assignable to 4 t1g→ 4 t1g (p) and 4 t1g→ 4 a2g (f) suggesting distorted octahedral geometry around co ii ion [34,35,36,37]. the ni ii complex shows a band at 510nmassignable to 3 a2g→ 3 t1g suggesting distorted octahedral geometry around ni ii ion. the cd (ii) metal ion of this complex belongs to d 10 system and these metals do not have (d–d) transition. the octahedral geometry was proposed around cd(ii) ion. the characteristic pecks are summarized of the ligands and complexes in table (3).the molar conductance of the complexes in (dmso) is summarized in table (3).from the above data, the following formula was proposed for cr complex: k[m(l)2]. h2o, while co, ni and cd complexes have the k2[m(l)2].h2o formula. chemistry |118 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 1 h-nmr the 1 h-nmr spectrum of h2l is shown in figure (3), the spectrum showed a signal at (=9.15 ppm) may be due to oh proton of sulfonic acid group [38]. the multiplet chemical shifts at (=7.04– 8.68 ppm) range could be due to protons of aromatic rings [2]. the sharp signal at chemical shift (=8.95 ppm) can be attributed to the proton of the azomethine group (n=c–h) [37]. keto hydrazone tautomer for the prepared ligand confirmed by the small chemical shifts of the nh proton of azo group which observed at the range (=3.40-4.45 ppm) [22]. the broad signal at the range (=4.90-5.90 ppm) may be considered to the oh proton in the salycaldehyde ring, because of intramolecular hydrogen bonding with the nitrogen atom on the naphthalene ring [2]. the naphtholic oh proton chemical shift were shown around (=10.30 ppm) because of the tautomerization of the azolinked schiff base ligand [39]. the 1 h-nmr spectrum of k2[cd(l)2].h2o is shown in figure (5). the broad salycaldehydic signal and naphtholic signal in the free ligand spectrum disappeared in the complex spectrum due to deprotonation by koh before complex formation. the sharp signal at chemical shift (=9.00 ppm) can be due to the proton of the azomethine (n=c–h) group. the 13 c-nmr spectrum of h2l, figure (4) in dmso–d 6 solvent shows the multiplet chemical shifts at (= 118.8–129.7 ppm) range could be assignable to c–c aromatic. the chemical shifts at the range (=136.6– 145.2 ppm) can be attributed to c–s, c–o, c–n and c–c groups. the chemical shift at the range (=158-167 ppm) can be attributed to c=c of aromatic rings. the chemical shift at (=173.0 ppm) can be attributed to the azomethine group c=n. the carbonyl group c=o resulted from the tautomerization in the azo-linked schiff base compounds was observed around (=193 ppm) [40]. thermal analysis azo-linked schiff base ligands and their metal complexes were tested by thermogravimetric analysis in the (50.0–500.0) c temperature range to explain the thermal decomposition process. the adsorbed water molecule lost from all the complexes at the range (92–100) c. the thermograph of the tested complex show in figure (9).comparison between the ligand and its complexes reveals that the complexes were more thermally stable [2,41]. biological activity the biological activity of the ligand h2land its complexes were studied by using inhibition method [39,40,41,42] for four types of pathogenic bacteria and candida albicans fungi. two kinds of bacteria were gram positive staphylococcus aureu and bacillus subtilis, the other two were gram negative escherichiacoli and psedomonas aeruginosa. the ligand shows good inhibition diameter to escherichiacoli, while cr complex was very active against psedomonas aeruginosa. mn complex shows inhibition effect against staphylococcus aureu. in general, the complexes were more active than the ligand under similar conditions due to that the polarity of the metal ion considerably reduces as a result of the chelation, because the donor groups partially sharing the positive charge of the metal. electron delocalization over the whole chelate ring may increase the lipophilic character of the metal atom, which as a result, favours its permeation through the lipid layer of the cell membrane [43]. the compounds didn’t show any antifungal activity against candida albicans. the measured zones of inhibition against the growth of different microorganisms are listed in table (4). fluorescence studies it can be seen in table 1 that generally; the intensities of the ligand are higher than its metal complexes. when the ligand is coordinated to metal, the fluorescence intensity decreased, chemistry |119 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 because of quenching effect of the transition metal, when bounded to the ligand during coordination, the charge transfer transition from the ligand to metal ions occurred. in the complexes spectra, the fluorescence peak was shifted to higher wavelength in cd complex, lower wavelength in co complex compared to the ligand and no change observed in cr and ni complex. the ligand emitted at 638 nm when excited at 624, while the cr complex fluoresced at 638 nm when excited at 577 nm, co complex emitted at lower wavelength, 563 nm when excited at 498 nm, finally cd complex emitted at 657 nm when excited at 630nm [5,6]. conclusions from the above data, the following formula was proposed for cr complex: k[cr(l)2]. h2o, while co, ni and cd complexes have the k2[m(l)2].h2o formula. also, it was concluded that the azo-linked schiff base ligand coordinated to the metal atom through the salicyldic and naphtholic oxygen beside the imine nitrogen atoms it was revealed from the biological activity studies that the complexes are more active than the ligand under similar experimental conditions. fluorescence studies showed that the intensity of the ligand is higher than its metal complexes, also in the complexes spectra the fluorescence peak was shifted to higher wavelength in cd complex, lower wavelength in co complex compared to the ligand and no change observed for cr and ni complexes. references 1. ahmadi, r.a. and amani, s., (2012), synthesis, spectroscopy, thermal analysis, magnetic properties and biological activity studies of cu(ii) and co(ii) complexes with schiff base dye ligands j. molecules 17, 6434-6448,. 2. erdem, e.; sari, e.y.; kilinçarslan, r. and kabay, n. (2009) synthesis and characterization of azo-linked schiff bases and their nickel(ii), copper(ii), and zinc(ii) complexes, trans. met. chem., 34, 167-174. 3. hasan, h. a.; sarhan, b.m.; alwan, w. m. ) 2013( synthesis, characterization and biological activity of azo-linked schiff base ligand type (ono) and its complexes with criii, mnii and feii ions, almustansiriyah j. sci., 24, 6 . 4. pasti-grigsby, m.b.; paszczynski, a.; goszczynski, s.; goszczynski crawford. d.l. and crawford r.l. (1992) " mineralization of sulfonated azo dyes and sulfanilic acid by phanerochaete chrysosporium and streptomyces chromofuscus ",j. appl. environ. microbiology, 58, 11, 3605-3613. 5. kayal, y.; mutlui, h.; iris, g. (2010) the hidden curriculum in health professional education, journal of science 23(1):13-18. 6. shit, s.; sankolli, r. and guru row, t. n, a (2014) dinuclear cadmium(ii) schiff base thiocyanato complex: crystal structure and fluorescence acta chim. slov. 61, 59–66. 7. kocaokutgen, h. and erdem, e. (2004)."synthesis and spectral characterization of metal complexes of 1‐(2‐hydroxy‐4‐methylphenylazo)‐2‐naphthol", synth. react. inorg. met-org. chem., 34-1843. 8. law, ky., and tarnawskyj, iw. (1993) " azo pigments and their intermediates: effect of substitution on the diazotization and coupling reactions of o-hydroxyanilines", lubberts, dyes pigment, 23-243. 9. swati, p.; singh, r. ;karnawat, i.k.; sharma and p.s. verma,int. (2011) " synthesis, electrochemical and antimicrobial studies of 2-phenylazo-1-naphthol-4sulphonic acid", j. chem. tech.res., 3, 3, 1164-1171. 10. parikh, v.m., (1985) “absorption spectroscopy of organic molecules”, translated by abdul hussain khuthier, jasim, m.a., al-rawi, and mahammed a. al-iraqi. chemistry |120 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 11. silverschtien, r.m., bassler and morril, (1981) “spectrophotometers identification of organic compound”, translated by ali hussain and suphi al-azawi,. 12. karipcin, f. and kabalcilar, e., (2007) "spectroscopic and thermal studies on solid complexes of 4-(2-pyridylazo)resorcinol with some transition metals", acta. chim. slov., 54, 242-247,. 13. sanmartim, j.; bermejo, m.r.; garcia deibe, a.m. and rivas, i.m., (2000) " zinc and cadmium complexes with versatile hexadentate schiff base ligands. supramolecular selfassembly of a 3-d cage-like complex", j. chem. soc. dalton trans., 4174-4181,. 14.nakamoto, k., (1978) “infrared and raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds”, john wiley, new york,232. 15.s. aime, bottaand m. and casellato, u., (1995) spectroscopic properties of inorganic and organometallic compounds , inorg. chem. 34, 5825. 16. nejati, k. and rezvani, z., (2003)" syntheses, characterization and mesomorphic properties of new bis(alkoxyphenylazo)-substituted n,n0 salicylidene diiminato ni(ii), cu(ii) and vo(iv) complexes new j. chem., 27, 1665-1669,. 17. mikuraya, m.; sasaki, t.; anjiki, a.; ikenoue, s. and tokh, t., (1992) "binuclear nickel (ii) complexes of schiff bases derived from salicylaldehydes and 1,n-diamino-n′hydroxyalkanes (n,n′ = 3,2; 4,2; and 5,3) having an endogenous alkoxo bridge and a pyrazolato exogenous bridge", bull chem. soc. jpn., 65-334. 18. lee, m.;yoo, ys. and chol, mg., (1999) " novel metallomesogenic polymers derived from m-benzylideneaniline pd(ii) complexes". macromolecules, 32-2777,. 19. agrawal, r.k.; prasad, s. and gahlot, n., (2004) “synthesis, spectral and thermal properties of some penta-coordinated complexes of oxovanadium(iv) derived from thiosemicarbazones of 4aminoantipyrine,” twk.j.chem.28. 20. al-janabi, a.e., (2005) “m.sc. thesis”, university of baghdad. 21. tunçel, m. and serin, s., (2006) "synthesis and characterization of new azo-linked schiff bases and their cobalt(ii), copper(ii) and nickel(ii) complexes", trans. met. chem., 31, 805812. 22. khandar, a.a; rezvani, z.; nejati k.; yanovsky, i., and martines, j.m., (2002) "synthesis and characterization of bis-[5-((4-alkoxyphenylazo)-n-(n-alkyl-salicyaldiminato]nickel (ii) complexes", acta. chim. slov., 49, 733–741,. 23. khandar ,a.a.; nejati, k. and rezvani ,z., (2005) "syntheses, characterization and study of the use of cobalt (ii) schiff–base complexes as catalysts for the oxidation of styrene by molecular oxygen", molecules, 10, 302–311. 24. tumer, m.; celik, c.; koksal, h. and serin, s., (1999)."transition metal complexes of bidentate schiff base ligands", trans. met. chem., 24, 525. 25. tumer, m.; koksal, h.; serin, s. and digrak, m., (1999). "antimicrobial study of mononuclear and binuclear mixed ligand cu(ii) complexes, derived from 1,10phenanthroline", trans. met. chem., 24, 13. 26. addison a.w., rao t.n. and sinn e., (1984) "spectroscopy and structure of thiolate and thioether complexes of copper (ii) and the relationship of their redox chemistry to that of certain copper proteins", inorg. chem., 23, 1957-1967. 27. c. preti and g. tosi, can j. chem., 55, 1409, (1977). 28. al-rubaie, l.a.r. and mhessn, r. j., (2012)."synthesis and characterization of azo dye para red and new derivatives", e-j. chem., 9, 1, 465-470. 29. colchoubian, h.;waltz, wl. and quail, jw., (1999) " synthesis, structure, and reactivity of macro cyclic heterobimetallic complexes of (co, cu), (co, ni), (co, zn), (zn, cu), (zn, ni) combinations", can .j .chem., 37-77. chemistry |121 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 30. ledbetter, jw., (1966) "spectroscopic evidence for the enol imine-keto enamine tautomerism of n-(oand p-hydroxybenzylidene)anils in solution", j. phys. chem., 70-2245,. 31. guangbin, w., (1999) "studies on cu(ii), zn(ii), ni(ii) and co(ii) complexes derived from two dipeptide schiff bases", spectrosc lett , 32-1061. 32. lever a.b.p., (1984). inorganic electronic spectroscopy, second ed., elsevier publishing, new york. 33. waheed, e.j. (2008) m.sc. thesis, “synthesis and characterization of complexes with some amino acid derivative the glycine with some metal salts” university of baghdad college of education (ibn-al-haitham). 34. shrivastav, a.; singh, n.k. and singh, s.m., (2003) "synthesis, characterization and antitumor studies of mn(ii), ni(ii), cu(ii) and zn(ii) complexes of n-nicotinoyl-n′-ohydroxythiobenzhydrazide", biometals, 16, 2, 311-320. 35. sarikavakli, n. and irez, g. "synthesis and complex formation of some novel vic-dioxime derivatives of hydrazones", turk. j. chem., 29, 107-115, (2005). 36. tunçel, m. and serin, s., (2005) "synthesis and characterization of copper(ii), nickel(ii) and cobalt(ii) complexes with azo‐linked schiff base ligands synth. react. inorg". metorg. nano-met. chem., 35-203. 37.hasan,a.h. al-salehy (2006) ph.d. thesis, “synthesis and characterization of tetradentate bis (thiosemicarbazone) ligands and their metal complexes” university of baghdad college of education (ibn-al-haitham). 38. chemn, q., zeng m-h., wei l-q., kurmoo m., (2010) chemistry of nanocontainers, chem. mater., 22, 4328-4334. 39. anacona, j.r., j. (2006) spectroscopic properties of inorganic and organometallic compounds, coord. chem., 54, 355– 365 40. petra d., tatjano z. and boriset p. (2005) mixed-valence cu(ii)/cu(i) complex of quinolone ciprofloxacin isolated by a hydrothermal reaction in the presence of l-histidine: comparison of biological activities of various copper-ciprofloxacin compounds, journal of inorganic biochemistry, 99, 2, 432– 442. 41. tauber, s. c. and nau, r., (2008) “immunomodulatory properties of antibiotics”, current molecular pharmacology, 1, 68–79,. 42. sultana n. and arayne m. s., (2007) "in vitro activity of cefadroxil, cephalexin, cefatrizine and in presence of essential and trace elements ", pakistan j. pharma. sci., 20, 4, 305–310. 43. aliyu, h.n., sani, u. and galadima, a., (2011) "synthesis, antibacterial and antifungal investigations of fe (ii) complexes with schiff bases derived from 2 – hydroxy – 1 – naphthaldehyde and some aliphatic diamines. ", european j. sci. res., 59, 2, 276-283. chemistry |122 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table(1):reactant quantity of the prepared h2l complexes and their some physical properties empirical formula color m.p. c wt of metal salt (g) wt of product (g) yield % microanalysis found (calc) % m% c h n s h2l pale brown 250 57 65.10 65.18 3.74 3.85 8.40 8.45 6.39 6.45 k[cr(l)2].h2o pale green > 320 dec. 0.16 0.36 54 4.56 (4.06) 56.93( 56.36) 3.19 (3.03) 7.38 (7.16) 5.63 (5.36) k2[co(l)2].h2o dark green > 320 dec. 0.036 0.32 46 5.14 (5.00) 56.59( 56.30) 3.17 (3.00) 7.33 (7.05) 5.60 (5.11) k2[ni(l)2].h2o dark green 260 dec. 0.036 0.36 52 5.12 (5.00) 56.60( 56.13) 3.17 (3.00) 7.33 (7.10) 5.60 (5.21) k2[cd(l)2].h2o pale yellow 284 dec. 0.063 0.39 51 15.58 (15.22) 50.36( 50.06) 2.82 (2.33) 6.53 (6.23) 4.98 (4.11) table (2) infrared spectral data (wave number ύ) cm -1 of the ligand and complexes compound (oh) (c=n) (n=n) (c–o) (m–n) (m–o)ca (m–o)naphth. h2l 3365.7 1624 1489.1 1384.9 , 1340.0 k[cr(l)2].h2o 3421.7 1616.2 1489.1 1369.5, 1338.6 518.7 472.1, 457.4 k2[co(l)2].h2o 3421 1615.4 1487.1 1382.8, 1320.0 549.8 534.9,486.6 k2[ni(l)2].h2o 3452.6 1605.3. 1489.0 1371.3, 1327.0 567.2 466.8, 455.5 k2[cd(l)2].h2o 3446.7 1585.4 1485.2 1381.8, 1327.0 545.2 478.8, 424.5 \ chemistry |123 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (3) :electronic spectral data of of the ligands and complexes compound wave number ɛmax molar1.cm1 assignment suggested structure λm s.cm2 molar nm h2l 245 40816 608 → * 260 38461 2351 → 300 33333 1280 → * 420 40814 1204 n→ * n=n k[cr(l)2].h2o 245 40816 608 ligand field octahedral 34.3 260 38461 1321 425 23529 416 626 15974 187 4 a2g→ 4 t1g (p) k2[co(l)2].h2o 245 40816 1919 ligand field octahedral 77.6 305 32786 1066 422 23696 401 650 15384 34 4 t1g → 4 t1g (p) 710 13888 55 4 t1g → 4 a2g (f) k2[ni(l)2].h2o 265 42918 2588 ligand filed octahedral 80.5 280 35714 2607 ligand filed 510 19608 78 3 a2g→ 3 t1g (f) k2[cd(l)2].h2o 265 265 1819 ligand filed octahedral 290 290 1743 ligand filed 360 360 1790 ligand filed 425 425 150 3 a2g→ 3 t1g (f) chemistry |124 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 table (4): biological activity of ligand and complexes (-) = no inhibition = inactive, (+) = (2-4) mm = active, (++) = (5-7) mm = more active, (+++) = (813) mm = highly active):6-10 ,(+++):11-15,(++++):16-20 mm figure (1): ft-ir spectrum of the ligand [h2l] figure (2): ft-ir spectrum of k[cr(l)2].h2o complex comp bacillussubtilis(g+) staphylococcus aureus(g+) escherichia coli(g-) pseudomonaseaeruginosa(g-) h2l +++ + k2[cr(l)2].h2o + k2[co(l)2].h2o k2[ni(l)2].h2o +++ k2[cd(l)2].h2o +++ + +++ +++ + +++ +++ +++ chemistry |125 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (3): ft-ir spectrum of k2[cd(l)2].h2o complex figure (4):electronic spectrum of the ligand [h2l] figure (5):electronic spectrum of the k[co(l)2].h2o complex chemistry |126 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (6): 1 h-nmr spectrum of the ligand [h2l] figure (7): 13 c-nmr spectrum of the ligand [h2l] figure (8): 1 h-nmr spectrum of k2[cd(l)2].h2o complex chemistry |127 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 500.0 400.0 300.0 200.0 100.0 7.200 7.000 6.800 6.600 6.400 6.200 6.000 5.800 5.600 5.400 5.200 temp. c t g m g figure (9): thermograph of k2[fe(l)2].h2o figure (10):emission spectra of the ligand figure (11):emission spectra of k2[co(l)2].h2o chemistry |128 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (12):emission spectra of k2[cd(l)].h2o so3h ho h2n n n o ho ho3s oh n n n ho + ch3cooh, glacial + h2o ch3oh scheme (1): synthesize route of the ligand (h2l ) chemistry |129 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1607 2012(عام 3العدد ) 30مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 ho3s o n n n o ho3s o n n n o m ho3s oh n n n ho mcln + e thanol refluxed for 2 hrs where : m= co, ni and cd :n =2 m= cr : n =2 scheme (2): synthesize route of the complexes 33 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 solving fuzzy attribute quality control charts with proposed ranking function department of mathematics, college of science for woman, university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq. abstract the attribute quality control charts are one of the main useful tools to use in control of quality product in companies. in this paper utilizing the statistical procedures to find the attribute quality control charts for through fuzzified the real data which we got it from baghdad soft drink company in iraq, by using triangular membership function to obtain the fuzzy numbers then employing the proposed ranking function to transform to traditional sample. then, compare between crisp and fuzzy attribute quality control. keywords: quality control, fuzzy set theory, attributes control charts, ranking function. 1.introduction statistical procedures are one of the main useful tools in supervision the production process by using control charts and sample inspection plans and these two procedures depend on the random variations which happen in terminology then determine the production process is subject to specifications of quality control or not, since the units produced differ in quality, if these imbalances and deviations are minor, the production is acceptable but if these differences and deviations exceed certain limits. the production is not acceptable. statistical methods were used in the field of quality control for the first time in 1924 by researcher (shewart). the company makes the objective in manufacturing the items which vacant from defective and congruent to specifications, then utilizing the control charts to esteem the statistical techniques to control the quality production. control chart is one of the most common statistical methods used in terms of monitoring the changes that occur during the stages of product process, it is determined by whether the process is statistically accurate by the observation recorded from the samples drawn. the data was taken from one of the important production plants is a laboratory for the production of drinking water bottles to detect the specifications and efficiency of production ibn al haitham journal for pure and applied science journal homepage: http://jih.uobaghdad.edu.iq/index.php/j/index doi: 10.30526/34.2.2611 article history: received,25,february,2020, accepted 23,june,2020, published in april 2021 esraa dhafer thamer israadafer60@gmail.com iden hasan hussein idenalkanani@yahoo.com mailto:israadafer60@gmail.com mailto:idenalkanani@yahoo.com 34 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 accurately and quickly, the results showed that fuzzy control chart are more accurate and economically faster in controlling the quality of production, leading to the detection of defective units during the production process, which helps to detect error quickly. zadeh is the first from discover fuzzy set theory in (1965)[1]. bradshaw (1983), for the first time used fuzzy sets as a basis for the explanation of the measurement of conformity of each product units with the specifications[2]. t. raz and j. wang (1990) have attempted to extend the use of control charts to allow for linguistic variables[3]. ray cheng et al (1995), proposed economic statistical np-control chart design[4]. f.franceschine and d.romano (1999), proposed a method for the online control of qualitative of the product/service using control charts for linguistic variables[5]. k.latva-kayra (2001), proposed ewma and cusum with fuzzy control limits and their fuzzy combination is used[6]. m.gulbayand c.kahraman(2006),the direct fuzzy approach to fuzzy control charts without any distrotion, and fuzzy abnormal pattern rules based on the probabilities of fuzzy events is proposed[7]. chih-hsuan wang-way kuo (2007), multiresolution relied on robust fuzzy clustering approach[8]. h.moheb alizadeh, a.r.arshadi khamseh and s.m.t fatemi ghomi (2010), developed multivariate variable control charts in fuzzy mode[9]. osman taylan, and ibrahim a.darrab (2012), describe the use of artificial intelligence (ai) methods such as fuzzy logic and neural networks in quality control and improvement[10]. mohammad hossein and ir (2014), provide a literature review of the control chart under a fuzzy environment with proposing several classifications and analyzes[11]. p.fernández and other ir (2015), the use of fuzzy control charts becomes inevitable when statistical data considered are vague or affected by uncertainty[12]. m.hadi and m.mahmoudzadeh (2017), presented the fuzzy statistical process control development for attribute quality control chart by using monte carlo simulation method[13]. the aim of the study is applying the crisp control chart and fuzzy control chart for real data by utilizing of triangular membership function. then employing the proposed ranking function to find the attribute quality control when (w=0.2 , λ=0.5) and (w=0.6 , λ=0.9). this paper is organized as follows. in section 2, showing the attribute control chart technique. in section 3, showing the fuzzy set theory. in section 4, introducing the new method of ranking function. in section 5, introduction the application of real data. in section 6, numerical results are shown. in section 7, conclusions are given. 2.attributes control charts in some cases, production units can be divided into two types defective and invalid production units and non-defective and valid production units, this means that the units produced are described by specific properties or characteristics. if assume the withdrawal of 𝑛𝑖 from random samples of equal sizes from a specific production process during regular interval and which distributes binomial distribution and assume that the defective ratios in production are (p) and the non-defective ratios are (1-p) then the ratios of defective values are between the two limits (�̅� ∓ √ 𝑝(1−𝑝) 𝑛 ) where as �̅� = ∑𝑝𝑖 𝑛 is the defective rate of proportions, the control chart is represented by three parallel lines: the middle limit of attribute control is: cl=�̅� = ∑𝑝𝑖 𝑛 (1) the upper limit of attribute control is: 35 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 ucl= (�̅� + √ 𝑝(1−𝑝) 𝑛 ) (2) the lower limit of attribute control is: lcl= (�̅� − √ 𝑝(1−𝑝) 𝑛 ) (3) where the proportion of defective is: p= defective production (4) if one or more defective proportions are outside the upper and lower control limits, then the production process is outside the control limit. otherwise, the production process is under control. 3-fuzzy set: [14] let x be the universal set. a fuzzy set in x is a set of ordered pairs, a={(x,𝜇𝐴(𝑥));𝑥 𝜖 𝑋} , where 𝜇𝐴 :𝑋 → [0,1] is called the membership set. α-cats of a fuzzy set:[14] the crisp set that contains all the elements of x that have nonzero membership grades in a fuzzy set a is called the support of the set a, denoted by supp(a). i.e.,supp(a)={x 𝜖 𝑋 :a(x) ≥ 0}. the membership function that we use it is as following 𝜇𝐴(𝑥) = { 𝜆(𝑥−𝑎) (𝑏−𝑎 𝑎 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 𝑏 𝜆 𝑥 = 𝑏 𝜆(𝑐−𝑥) (𝑐−𝑏) 𝑏 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 𝑐 (5) 4-ranking function: [8] let ã, �̃� 𝜖 e, define is ranking of a, b by r(.) on e, i.e r(ã) > r(�̃�) ↔ ã > �̃� r(ã) < r(�̃�) ↔ ã < �̃� r(ã)= r(�̃�) ↔ ã ≈ �̃� considure that the triangular fuzzy numbers represented by ã= (a, b, c), where b is the all sample, a is the lift width and c is the right width. now, presented the arbitrary fuzzy numbers ã(α) by an ordered pair of function [ã𝐿(𝛼),ã𝑈(𝛼)] , where ã𝐿(𝛼) is a bounded left continuous nondecreasing function over [0,1] and ã𝑈(𝛼) is a bounded left continuous nonincreasing function over [0,1] , ã𝐿(𝛼) ≤ ã𝑈(𝛼). where ã𝐿(𝛼) = 𝑖𝑛𝑓{𝑥|ã(𝑥) ≥ 𝛼} and ã𝑈(𝛼) = 𝑠𝑢𝑝{𝑥|ã(𝑥) ≥ 𝛼}. now, the utilizing the triangular membership function to find the new ranking function which is as follows: 𝛼 = 𝜆(𝑥−𝑎) (𝑏−𝑎) α= 𝜆(𝑐−𝑥) (𝑐−𝑏) 𝑥 = 𝛼 𝜆 (𝑏 − 𝑎) + 𝑎 𝑥 = 𝑐 − 𝛼 𝜆 ((𝑐 − 𝑏) ã𝐿(𝛼) = 𝑎 + 𝛼 𝜆 (𝑏 − 𝑎) ã𝑢(𝛼) = 𝑐 − 𝛼 𝜆 (𝑐 − 𝑏) r(ã)= ∫ [�̌�𝐿(𝛼)+ �̌�𝑢(𝛼)] 𝑑𝛼 𝜆 𝑤 ∫ 𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝜆 𝑤 = ∫ [𝑎+ 𝛼 𝜆 (𝑏−𝑎)+𝑐− 𝛼 𝜆 (𝑐−𝑏)] 𝑑𝛼 𝜆 𝑤 ∫ 𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝜆 𝑤 = ∫ [(𝑎+𝑐)+ 𝛼 𝜆 (2𝑏−𝑎−𝑐)] 𝑑𝛼 𝜆 𝑤 ∫ 𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝜆 𝑤 = [(𝑎+𝑏)𝛼+ 𝛼2 2𝜆 (2𝑏−𝑎−𝑐)]| 𝜆 𝑤 𝛼2 2 | 𝜆 𝑤 36 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 = (𝑎+𝑐)(𝜆−𝑤)+ (𝜆2−𝑤2) 2𝜆 (2𝑏−𝑎−𝑐) 𝜆2−𝑤2 2 = (𝑎+𝑐)(𝜆−𝑤)+ (𝜆−𝑤)(𝜆+𝑤) 2𝜆 (2𝑏−𝑎−𝑐) (𝜆−𝑤)(𝜆+𝑤) 2 = 2𝜆(𝑎+𝑏)+(𝜆+𝑤)(2𝑏−𝑎−𝑐) 2𝜆 * 2 (𝜆+𝑤) = 2𝜆(𝑎+𝑏)+(𝜆+𝑤)(2𝑏−𝑎−𝑐) 𝜆(𝜆+𝑤) = 𝜆(2𝑏+𝑎+𝑐)+𝑤(2𝑏−𝑎−𝑐) 𝜆(𝜆+𝑤) (6) 5.application baghdad soft drinks company is one of the most important companies operating in the province of baghdad /zaafaraniya and the establishment of this company dates back to the 1960s as one of the establishments of the ministry of industry and minerals where issued a founding license from the directorate general of industrial development no. 474 in 1961/12/21. however, it became a mixed company in 1989 in accordance with companies law no. 36 0f 1983 and procedures of establishing the company were completed by issuing the certificate of incorporation under the decision of the registrar of companies in the ministry of commerce no. (m.s/3315) in 1989/3/23. the company has 5 factories, each of which contains production lines: a) degla factory: consists of four production lines. b) euphrates factory: consists of four production lines. c) shatt al-arab factory: consists of two production lines. d) rafidain factory: consist of one production line. e) aquafina factory: consists of two production lines. in addition to three factories to manufacture carbon dioxide gas. the company is licensed to produce soft drinks from pepsi co. international and latter takes samples from markets and is examined to assess the quality of production and the company is adjacent to distribute its products in central and southern iraq. 6.numerical results the samples that we get it from baghdad soft drinks company are as follows: table 1. contain defective and production from company now, applying attributes control charts in all samples of table (1) first, find (p) in equation (4). 𝑃1 = 2613 1035510 = 0.002523 and so that n defective production n defective production n defective production 1 2613 1035510 11 3953 1205130 21 224 179970 2 3337 1161630 12 910 809400 22 920 590268 3 3087 1118460 13 1932 1064520 23 778 1007520 4 2650 1104840 14 452 366990 24 512 406200 5 1974 896250 15 947 654330 25 263 528000 6 2566 1150950 16 3544 1115640 26 896 1204500 7 3417 1138590 17 1632 1120320 27 731 749592 8 1405 772566 18 845 769740 28 444 808500 9 1837 982566 19 1562 1054260 29 2054 1118700 10 2539 1121220 20 1602 1060890 30 312 314130 37 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 table 2. for the value (p) n p n p n p 1 0.002523394 11 0.003280144 21 0.001244652 2 0.002872688 12 0.00112429 22 0.001558614 3 0.002760045 13 0.001814902 23 0.000772193 4 0.002398537 14 0.001231641 24 0.001260463 5 0.00220251 15 0.001447282 25 0.000498106 6 0.002229463 16 0.003176652 26 0.000743877 7 0.00300108 17 0.001456727 27 0.000975197 8 0.001818615 18 0.001097773 28 0.000549165 9 0.001869595 19 0.001481608 29 0.00183606 10 0.002264498 20 0.001510053 30 0.000993219 second compute the middle limit of attribute control in equation (1) cl= �̅� = ∑ 𝑃𝑖 30 1 30 = 0.051993 30 = 0.001733 ∗after that, compute the upper limit of attribute control in equation (2) ucl=�̅� + 3√ �̅�(1−�̅�) 𝑛 =0.024515 now, compute the lower limit of attribute control in equation (3) lcl=�̅� − 3 ∗ √ �̅�(1−�̅�) 𝑛 = −0.02105 finally, drawing the charts of quality control with depend on the attributes control charts figure 1. contain the charts to the original values -0.03 -0.02 -0.01 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 p cl ucl lcl 38 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 then the fuzzified the data to make it vague numbers by using the membership function in equation (5) which are as follows: (𝑎,𝑏,𝑐) = (𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝑠 − �̅�,𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝑠 ,𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝑠 + �̅�) (7) therefore, applying the new ranking function in equation (7) to transform the fuzzy numbers to crisp numbers but the new ranking function depend upon w, λ∈[0,1]. now, computing a new ranking function by utilizing the values of w, λ. the values of the w, λ are λ=0.5, w=0.2 . then using equation (6) to find the ranking function table 3. fuzzy ranking function of defective samples n defective n defective n defective 1 14931.42857 11 22588.57143 21 1280 2 19068.57143 12 5200 22 5257.142857 3 17640 13 11040 23 4445.714286 4 15142.85714 14 2582.857143 24 2925.714286 5 11280 15 5411.428571 25 1502.857143 6 14662.85714 16 20251.42857 26 5120 7 19525.71429 17 9325.714286 27 4177.142857 8 8028.571429 18 4828.571429 28 2537.142857 9 10497.14286 19 8925.714286 29 11737.14286 10 14508.57143 20 9154.285714 30 1782.857143 now, applying attributes control charts in all samples when λ=0.5, w=0.2 first, find (p) in equation (4). 𝑃1 = 14931.42857 1035510 = 0.014419396 and so that table 4. for the value (p) when λ=0.5, w=0.2 n p n p n p 1 0.014419396 11 0.01874368 21 0.007112296 2 0.016415357 12 0.006424512 22 0.008906366 3 0.015771686 13 0.010370871 23 0.004412532 4 0.013705928 14 0.00703795 24 0.007202645 5 0.012585774 15 0.008270183 25 0.00284632 6 0.012739786 16 0.018152297 26 0.004250726 7 0.01714903 17 0.008324152 27 0.005572555 8 0.010392085 18 0.00627299 28 0.003138086 9 0.010683397 19 0.008466331 29 0.01049177 10 0.012939986 20 0.008628874 30 0.005675539 second compute the middle limit of attribute control in equation (1) 39 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 cl= �̅� = ∑ 𝑃𝑖 30 1 30 = 0.009903 after that, compute the upper limit of attribute control in equation (2) ucl=�̅� + 3 ∗ √ �̅�(1−�̅�) 𝑛 =0.06414 now, compute the lower limit of attribute control in equation (3) lcl=�̅� − 3 ∗ √ �̅�(1−�̅�) 𝑛 = −0.04433 finally, drawing the charts of quality control with depend on the attributes control charts figure 2. contain the charts when λ=0.5, w=0.3 now, computing a new ranking function by utilizing the values of w, λ. the values of the w, λ are λ=0.9, w=0.6 . then using equation (6) to find the ranking function table 5. fuzzy ranking function of defective samples n defective n defective n defective 1 6968 11 10541.33333 21 597.3333333 2 8898.666667 12 2426.666667 22 2453.333333 3 8232 13 5152 23 2074.666667 4 7066.666667 14 1205.333333 24 1365.333333 5 5264 15 2525.333333 25 701.3333333 6 6842.666667 16 9450.666667 26 2389.333333 7 9112 17 4352 27 1949.333333 8 3746.666667 18 2253.333333 28 1184 9 4898.666667 19 4165.333333 29 5477.333333 10 6770.666667 20 4272 30 832 now, applying attributes control charts in all samples when λ=0.9, w=0.6 -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 p cl ucl lcl 40 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 first, find (p) in equation (4). 𝑃1 = 6968 1035510 = 0.006729051 and so that table 6. for the value (p) when λ=0.5, w=0.2 n p n p n p 1 0.006729051 11 0.008747051 21 0.003319072 2 0.0076605 12 0.002998106 22 0.004156304 3 0.00736012 13 0.00483974 23 0.002059182 4 0.0063961 14 0.003284377 24 0.003361234 5 0.005873361 15 0.003859419 25 0.001328283 6 0.005945234 16 0.008471072 26 0.001983672 7 0.008002881 17 0.003884604 27 0.002600526 8 0.00484964 18 0.002927395 28 0.00146444 9 0.004985585 19 0.003950955 29 0.004896159 10 0.00603866 20 0.004026808 30 0.002648585 second compute the middle limit of attribute control in equation (1) cl= �̅� = ∑ 𝑃𝑖 30 1 30 =0.004621604 after that, compute the upper limit of attribute control in equation (2) ucl=�̅� + 3 ∗ √ �̅�(1−�̅�) 𝑛 = 0.041770943 now, compute the lower limit of attribute control in equation (3) lcl=�̅� − 3 ∗ √ �̅�(1−�̅�) 𝑛 = −0.032527735 finally, drawing the charts of quality control with depend on the attributes control charts figure 3. contain the charts when λ=0.9, w=0.6 -0.04 -0.03 -0.02 -0.01 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 p cl ucl lcl 41 ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. 34 (2) 2021 6.conclusion in beginning of employment the attribute quality control chart to calculate the proportion defective for all samples. applying the triangular membership function to get the fuzzy numbers of defective for all samples. then carrying out the proposed ranking function twice, the first through using (w=0.2 , λ=0.5), the second through using (w=0.6 , λ=0.9) to obtain the fuzzy number for all samples. after that, carrying out the fuzzy quality control to compute the proportion defective for all samples. finally, comparing between crisp and fuzzy control charts for all samples of production are under control limits. references 1.zadeh, l.a., fuzzy sets, information and control. 1965, 8, 3, 338-353. 2.bradshaw, jr, c.w., a fuzzy set theoretic interpretation of economic control limits. european journal of operational research. 1983, 13, 403-408. 3.wang, j.-h. and t. raz, on the construction of control charts using linguistic variables. the international journal of production research, 1990. 28,3,477-487. 4.wang, r.c. ; chen,c.h. economic statistical np‐control chart designs based on fuzzy optimization. international journal of quality & reliability management, 1995. 5.franceschini, f. ; romano, d. control chart for linguistic variables: a method based on the use of linguistic quantifiers. international journal of production research, 1999,37,16, 37913801. 6.latva-käyrä, k., fuzzy logic and spc,in industrial applications of soft computing., springer. 2001, 197-210. 7.gülbay, m. ; kahraman, c. development of fuzzy process control charts and fuzzy unnatural pattern analyses. computational statistics & data analysis, 2006,51,1,434-451. 8.hajjari, t. ; barkhordary, m. ranking fuzzy numbers by sign length.in 7th iranian conference on fuzzy systems, iran. 2007. 9.moheb, a.h., arshadi, k.a. ; fatemi, g.s. fuzzy development of multivariate variable control charts using the fuzzy likelihood ratio test. 2010. 10.taylan, o. ; darrab, i.a.fuzzy control charts for process quality improvement and product assessment in tip shear carpet industry. journal of manufacturing technology management, 2012. 11.sabegh, m.h.z., et al., a literature review on the fuzzy control chart; classifications & analysis. international journal of supply and operations management, 2014,1,2 ,167. 12.pastuizaca fernández, m.n., a. carrión garcía, and o. ruiz barzola, multivariate multinomial t 2 control chart using fuzzy approach. international journal of production research, 2015, 53,7, 2225-2238. 13.madadi, m. ; mahmoudzadeh, m. a fuzzy development for attribute control chart with monte carlo simulation method. management science letters, 2017, 7,11,555-564. 14.george, m., fuzzy mathmatics_ application in economic, campus books international. 2008, 555-564. conseguences of soil crude oil pollution on some wood properties of olive trees chemistry |130 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 synthesis and characterization of fe іі , co іі , ni іі , cu іі and zn іі complexes with dithiocarbamate and n-donor ligands mohammed jassim mohammed asmaa basim ali dept. of chemistry / college of science university of mosul received in:2/april/2017,accepted in:21/may/2017 abstract new complexes of first series of transition metals with p-amino benzene dithiocarbamate of the general formula [m(pabdtc)2] and [ m(pabdtc)2(l)n] m=fe( іі ),co( іі ),ni( іі ) ,cu(іі) and zn (іі). pabdtc = paraamino benzene dithiocarbamate ,n=2 when l= py,ɣ-pic,iso qunoline ,3,5lutidine n=1when l=1,10-phenanthroline, en, 2, 2bipy.and the type(r)4n[ni(pabdtc)3] r= methyl, ethyl are prepared. physico chemical characterization of these complexes was applied using magnetic susceptibility measurements, molar conductance , infrared and electronic spectra, metal content measurements, molar conductance indicate complexes of the type [m(pabdtc)2] and [m(pabdtc)2(l)n] are non-electrolyte while complexes of the type (r)4n[ni(pabdtc)3] are 1:1 electrolyte. magnetic moment and electronic spectra indicate that the complexes of the type [m(pabdtc)2] are tetrahedral geometry while the complexes of the type [m(pabdtc)2(l)n] and (r)4n[ni(pabdtc)3] have octahedral geometry. key words: dithiocarbamate , complexes, transition metal chemistry |131 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 introduction metal complexes play an essential role in agriculture, pharmacy, medicine and chmical industries[1]. complexes of salicyaldehyde were among the first systems which were studied by infrared spectroscopy[2].simalarly dithiocarbamate metal complexes are known for their dithiocarbamate metal complexe whic are known for their various applications[3]which include vulcanization accelerators, high pressure lubricants, and active ingredients of fungicides, pecticides and pharmaceutical product.[4,5,6] this kind of compounds has been reported in literature to show detoxicant and immunophavm acological properties such as antibacterial ,antifungal etc[7] ,also they have been reported as group of useful bridging ligands for creating mixed valence poly nuclear system[8].anextensive search through literature showed that many mixed ligand dithiocarbamate complexes with schiff base moiety as a part of its coordination ligand have been widely reported[8]. in this work we report on the synthesis and characterization of fe(іі), co (іі),ni(іі),cu(іі),and zn( іі) complexes with dithiocarbamate ligand4-aminobenzene dithiocarbamateand n-donor ligands. experimental all reagents and solvents were of analytical grade and used as supplied from fluka or bdh chemical companies infrared spectra which were recorded on brucker tensor 27co.ftir spectrophotometer in 400-4000 cm -1 range using kbr discs: and csi discs in the range 4000-2000 conductivity measurements were carried out on 10 -3 m solution of the complexes in dmf using conductivity meter pcm3 jen way at ambient temperature . the electronic spectra were recorded on ashimadzu uv-visible spectrophotometer uv-160 for 10 -3 m solution of complexes in dmf as a solvent at 25 ₒ c using 1cm quartz cell. metal content was determined using aa670 atomic absorption .melting point was recorded on an electro chemical 9300 apparatus and uncorrected. the magnetic measurements were carried out of the solids by faradys method using brucker bm6 instrument. 1.1 prepation of sodium p-phenylene diamine dithiocarbamate : the p-phenylene diamine dithiocarbamate ligand(pabdtc) was prepared by literature method [7] by adding (0.1mol,10.81g) of p-phenylene diamine dissolve in 15 cm 3 distilled water to a solution (0.1mol,4.0g) of sodium hydroxide with reflux 30 mint and continuous stirring . the resulting mixture was cooled in ice and (0.1 mol,76g) carbon disulfide was added dropwise with continous stirring .the crude product was extracted by ether, the form precipitate was filtered off , washed with ether and dried.the reaction is shown in figure(1). 2.1 preparation of complexes [m(pabdtc)2] m= fe(іі ),co(іі ),ni(іі ),cu(іі ),zn(іі ) to a solution containing (0.001 mol) of the required salt feso4.7h2o ,co(no3)2.6h2o, ni(no3)2.6h2o ,cu(no3)2.3h2o, znso4.7h2o in a small amount of water/aceton 20/80 respctively was added to (0.002mol) of sodium pabdtc .the mixture was stirred for about 30 mint, then the precipitate was filtered , washed several times with acetone and finally air dried , other complexes were prepared by the same procedure. the reaction is shown in figure (2). chemistry |132 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 2.2 preparation of complexes [m(pabdtc)2(l)2] l= py,ɣ-pic, 3,5-lutidine, isoquinoline in to a solution contining (0.002mol,0.412g) of na-pabdtc ligand dissolved in 10cm 3 acetone/ water 80/20 was added to (0.001mol)of metal salt and (0.002 mol,0.158g) of pyridine was added .the mixture was continuously stirred for 30 mint .the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with acetone and dried. other complexes of nitrogenous base prepared by the same procedure above. the reaction is shown in figure (3). 2.3 preparation of complexes [m(pabdtc)2l] m= fe ( іі ),co( іі ), ni( іі ), cu ( іі ), and zn( іі ) l= en , 1,10 –phen, 2, 2-bipy. the complexes prepared by the same procedure were shown in 2-1 and add (0.001mol,0.1982g) of 1,10-phen. dropwise with continous stirring for 30 mint. the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with acetone and dried. the reaction is showin is figure (4). 2.4 preparation of complexes (r)4n[ni(pabdtc)3] r= methyl, ethyl. to a solution of (0.003mol) of napabdtc dissolved in ethanol was added (0.001mol)of tetramethyl ammonium chloride dissolved in distilled water was added the mixture was stirring (0.001mol of ni(no3)2.6h2o) the precipitate was filtered off and washed with acetone and dried. the reaction is shown in figure (5). results and discussion the new ligand was prepared for the reaction of p-phenylenediamine with sodium hydroxide then reflux 30 mint then added carbon disulfide, the complexes were prepared through direct reaction of the metal salt, feso4.7h2o or co(no3)2.6h2o or ni(no3)2.6h2o or cu(no3)2.3h2o or znso4.7h2o hydrous with the above ligand in (1:2) molar ratio. the values of conductivity in dimethyl formamide solution of the complexes range from(1.716.77)ω -1 .cm 2 .mol -1 which are typical values for non electrolyte type [9]while complexes of the type ( r)4n[ni(pabdtc)3]are 1:1 electrolyte. infra-red spectral studies the important ir band of ligand and its complexes are listed in table( 2). the stretching frequency of the υ (c=n) band for the dithiocarbamates was intermediate between the stretching frequencies associated with typical single and double bonded carbon and nitrogen atoms [10].the υ (c=n) and υ (c=s) were observed in the ranges of (1500-1550) cm -1 and (900-980)cm -1 . the presence of only one band in the later region reports the bidentate chemistry |133 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 coordination of the dithio ligand[11] .the( n-h) band of dithiocarbamate was observed in the range ( 33193455 cm -1 ) ir spectra showed a new band at (420-426)cm -1 the evidence for the coordination of metal to sulfurυ (m-s) , this behaveior may be attributed to the electron releasing of the amines , which forces hig electron density towards the sulfur atoms , the υ (m-n) was observed in the (465-523)cm-1 region [12] in the adduct ,the band corresponding to υ (n-h) of the ethylene diamine (6,14,22,32 and 40) was observed at lower frequency (3211-3270)cm -1(13) . which indicates that it was shown in coordination with metal ions , as well as the band υ (c=n) ring which was observed as (14791500)cm -1 which means the coordination of the donor atoms with the metal ions[14] . electronic spectral studies the uv-visible spectra of ligand and their complexes of 10 -3 m solution in dmf were recorder; the results were listed in table (2) . the uv-visible spectrum of the fe( іі ) complex (1) gave absorption peak at (10309cm -1 ) , which correspond to 5 e→ 5 t2 transition in atetrahedral geometry [15] .complexes(2-8) shows absorption peaks at the range a(1086912820cm -1 ) , wich were assigned to 5 t2g→ 5 egtransition [16] in octahedral geometry. figure(13). the co( іі )complex( 9) exhibited an absorption peak at (16666cm -1 ) region , which was assigned 4 a2(f)→ 4 t1(p) transition [17]. in tetrahedral configuration of this complex and the absence of 4 a2(f)→ 4 t2(f) and 4 a2(f)→ 4 t1(f) , are due to the sensitivity of the instrument used. figure (14). complexes (10-16) show three absorption peaks at the range (9731-10394cm -1 ), (1436716447cm -1 , 1872622736cm -1 ) which were assigned to 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t2g(f), 4 t1g(f)→ 4 a2g(f) and 4 t1g(f)→ 4 t1g(p) transition in octahedral configuration [18] the ni(іі ) complex (17) shows two absorption peaks at (8523cm -1 ) and (14670cm -1 ) which were assigned to 3 t1(f)→ 3 a2(f) and 3 t1(f)→ 3 t1(p) transition in atetrahedral geometry [15]respectively, the complexes (18-26) show three absorption peaks in the range (9611-10330cm -1 ), (1432618096), (20567-25585cm -1 ) ,which were assigned 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t2g(f), 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(f)and 3 a2g(f)→ 3 t1g(p)[19]in octahedral geometry . figure (15)the cu( іі ) complex(27) gave an absorption peak at (9083cm -1 ), which correspond to ( 2 t2→ 2 e) transition in a tetrahedral geometry [21]figure (16), the complexes (28-34) show abroad peaks in the region(996012787cm -1 ) , which was assigned to 2 eg→ 2 t2g transition which may be formed from the combination of three transitions 2 b1g→ 2 a1g, 2 b1g→ 2 b2g, and 2 b1g→ 2 eg in octahedral geometry. magnetic susceptibility measurements the magnetic moments of the complexes table(1) were measured at (25 ₒ c). the magnetic moments for fe (іі ),co (іі ), ni(іі) and cu(іі) complexes (1,9,17,27) are (1.75 4.95 b.m) suggesting atetrahedral geometry [15] . the low values of magnetic moments for complex(17 and 27) are due to antiferromagnetic interaction. the magnetic moments values of the other complexes (2-8,10-16,18-26,28-34) were in the range (1.65-5.13b.m) in octahedral geometry [15] chemistry |134 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 references 1shalin kumav ,durga nath dhav anit pn saxena (2009). application of metal complexes of schiff bases-a review, j.of scientific and industrial rescarch 68,181-187. 2percy, g.c and thornton d.a (1973) salicyl aldelyde complexes effects of metal ion substation ligand substitution and adduct formation on their in fra red spectra , j . inorg .nucl .chem 35,2719-2726. 3leka, z.b,leovac v.m.lukic s, sabo t.j, tri funovic s.r and katalin m.s (2006) synthesis and phy sicochemical characterization of new dithiocarbamato ligend and its complexes with copper (іі), nickel (іі), and palladium (іі) , j. therm anal and cal 83. 4takagi, s. and tanaki , y.(1949) preparation of zinc alkyl dithiocarbamates, j.pavm.so c. jap 69-228. 5manohar, a.,rumalingam, k. , thiruneelakan elemn r,bocell g and righi l(2006) n(2,hydroxyl ethyl) n-methyl dithiocarbamato complexes of nickel (іі) with phosphorus donor ligands anorg altgchem 632 :461-464. 6ryo.k,takashi o and todaoki, m(2006) structural and magnetic studies on anew mixed valence cu(і)-cu(іі) octanucleav cluster with dithio carbamate derivative, polyhedron 25,2650-2654 . 7amna, s.a.zidan (2001) nickel(іі) complexes containing mixed alkyl salicyl aldehyde and alkyl xanthiate as diethyl dithiocarbamate ligands ,synth . react inorganic met-org chem 31(3) ,457-4691. 8gruber, s.j.harris and sinn, e.(1968) metal complexes asligands (1,2,3) bi and tri – nuclear complexes derived from metal complexes of tetra dentate salioyla dimens.j.inorg.nucl chem 30,(1805 -1830) 9 gerry, w.j., (1971). the use of conductivity measurements inorganic solvents for characterization of coordination compounds , coord .chem .rev . 7,8-122. 10srinivasan ,n; valarmathi. p; thirumaran.s. and ciattini.s.(2010). synthesis and spectral studies on nis4, nis2pn, nis2pn, nis2p2 chromophores= single –crystal x-ray structure of [ ni(dbpdtc)2] (dbpdtc= benzyl(4-(benzyl amino ) phenyl) dithio carbamate). trans metchem.,35,815-819. 11serrano,j.l.;garcίa.l.; peȓez. j.; peȓez e.; saǹchez .g.; garcȋa .j.;loṕez .g.;garclá.g and molins. e.(2003). new dithiocarbamate and xanthate complexes of nikel (іі) with iminoposphines .inorg chim acta.,355,33-40. 12raya,i.,baba.i.and yamin.b.,(2006).new mixed ligands complexes of samarium(ііі) with dithiocarbamates and 1,10-phenanthroline.malaysia.j.analy.sci.,10(1) 93-98. 13montagner,d.: marzano.c.: and gandin.v.(2011).synthesis,characterization and cytotoxic activity of palladium (іі) dithiocarbamate complexes with a,x-diamines.inorg chim acta376,574-580. 14ceraldo, m.de lima,daniele c.menezes,camila a.cavalcanti,jaqueline a.f.dos santos, isabella p.ferreira,eucler b.paniago,james l.wardell a,solange m.s.v.wardell,klaus chemistry |135 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 krambrock ,isolda c.mendes,and heloisa beradlo (2011),journal of molecular structure.,988,1-8. 15nicholls,d.(1973)."the chemistry of iron ,cobalt and nickel "pergamon press,oxford,1 st ed., pp. 1037 ,1087 ,1088 ,1090 ,1091 ,1093 ,1151 ,1154. 16coucouvanis, d.and fackler.j.p.(1967).square-planar sulfur complexes.vi.reaction of bases with xanthate, dithiocarbamates, and dithiolates of nickel(іі) jr.inorg.chem.,6,20472053. 17siddiqi,k.s.and nishat ,n. (2000). synthesis and characterization of succinimide and phthalimide dithiocarbamate and their complexes with some transition metal ions .synth . reac.inorg. met-org .chem . , 30(8) 1505-1518. 18martell,a.e.(1971)."coordination chemistry" ,van nostrand reinhold,new york.,p.1. 19singh,n.;singh.n.k.and kaw.c. , (1989) synthetic and spectroscopic studies of xanthate-bridged hetro bimetallic complexes containing diamagnetic and paramagnetic metal ions .bull .chem .soc . (jpn),62,3328-3333. 20cookson ,j.;emma.a.l.e; john. p.m, christopher .j .s .; rowena .l.p.;andrew.r.c, michael g.b.d.,and paul d. (2010). metal directed assembly of larg e dinuclear copper (іі) ditiocarbamate macrocyclic complexes. inorg chim acta., 363,1195-1203. 21lever,a.b.p.(1984)." inorganic electronic spectro scopy" (2 th ed) ., elsevier amsterdam ,pp357. table (1) : analytical and some physical properties of the prepared cmplexes no compound color m.p(c) molar conductivity ω -1 .cm 2 .mol -1 %m %yield meff b.m l c7h7n 2s2na pale yellow 100 ------------75 ----- 1 [fe(4-abdtc)2] light brown 280 * 21.6 12.426 (13.226) 78 4.95 2 [ fe(4-abdtc)2(py)2] greenolive 210 * 7.44 8.774 (9.624) 72 4.95 3 [fe(4abdtc)2(isoqui)2] brown 240 * 4.7 7.606 (8.0206) 51 5.05 4 [fe(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] light brown 236 4.6 8.0477 (9.0177) 53 5.09 5 [fe(4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] orang 294 10.9 8.223 (8.773) 63 4.85 6 [fe(4-abdtc)2(en)] reddish brown 298 2.3 11.336 (11.926) 54 4.96 7 [fe(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] red 280 8.3 9.186 (9.276) 68 5.13 8 [fe(4-abdtc)2 (2, 2bipy)] light brown 70 1.7 9.654 (8.0654) 59 5.06 9 [co(4-abdtc)2] gray 248 * 26.4 12.864 (13.854) 58 4.22 10 [co(4-abdtc)2 (py)2] brown 240 * 11.58 9.411 (10.101) 70 3.95 11 [co(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2] gray 260 10.2 7.652 (8.622) 55 3.96 12 [co(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] dark brown 148 7.4 7.865 (9.635) 50 4.00 13 [co(4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] gray 270 4.3 8.862 (9.212) 50 3.85 14 [co(4-abdtc)2(en)] dark brown 260 * 7.6 11.401 63 4.39 chemistry |136 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 (12.501) 15 [co(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] brown 266 16.77 8.698 (9.738) 60 3.86 16 [co(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] brown 160 * 2.8 9.817 (10.137) 65 3.91 17 [ni(4-abdtc)2] light green 220 7.2 13.305 (13.805) 85 2.88 18 [ni(4-abdtc)2(py)2] dark gray 260 * 7.8 9.78 (9.950) 61 3.69 19 [ni(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2] green 264 * 11.2 8.337 (8.587) 51 3.35 20 [ni(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] green olive 250 * 3.5 8.839 (9.599) 51 3.05 21 [ni(4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] green 244 * 4.2 8.088 (9.178) 54 2.91 22 [ni(4-abdtc)2(en)] gray 212 9.1 11.347 12.457 68 2.83 no compound color m.p(c) molar conductivity ω -1 .cm 2 .mol -1 %m %yield meff b.m 23 [ni(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] green 240 * 2.8 9.072 (9.702) 63 2.92 24 [ni(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] gray 240 1.7 9.776 (10.096) 62 3.03 25 [(ch3)4n][ni(4-abdtc)3] light green 252 * 70.15 7.627 (8.607) 52 2.96 26 [(c2h5)4n][ni(4-abdtc)3] dark green 266 * 68.2 6.37 (7.140) 51 2.87 27 [cu(4-abdtc)2] brown 268 11.5 13.94 (14.780) 71 1.75 28 [cu(4-abdtc)2(py)2] dark brown 260 * 8.26 10.058 (10.808) 68 1.65 29 [cu(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2 ] gray 290 * 10.6 8.163 (9.233) 53 1.80 30 [cu(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] brown 288 16.8 9.452 (10.312) 50 2.40 31 [cu (4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] dark brown 310 2.5 8.733 (9.863) 62 1.83 32 [cu(4-abdtc)2(en)] brown 298 2.8 12.651 (13.351) 80 1.66 33 [cu(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] brown 242 2.00 9.492 (10.422) 70 1.70 34 [cu(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] dark brown 200 3.1 10.041 (10.481) 51 1.75 35 [zn(4-abdtc)2] of-white 254 4.16 14.253 (15.143) 74 dia 36 [zn(4-abdtc)2(py)2] of-white 220 * 6.51 10.516 (11.086) 64 dia 37 [zn(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2 ] of-white 204 6.17 8.615 (9.185) 51 dia 38 [zn(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] of-white 270 * 3.8 9.729 (10.120) 55 dia 39 [zn (4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] of-white 282 1.3 9.89 (10.120) 55 dia 40 [zn(4-abdtc)2(en)] of-white 96 5.8 12.844 (13.684) 58 dia 41 [zn(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] ofwhite 280 * 10.16 9.741 (10.691) 60 dia 42 [zn (4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] of-white 100 7.1 10.527 53 dia chemistry |137 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 (11.177) *=degree of disintegration table (2): ir bands (cm -1 ) and electronic spectral data of ligand and prepared complexes ir spectra(cm -1 ) u.v band(cm -1) compound no υ(m-s) υ(m-n) υ (n-h) υ (c-s) υ( c-n) ------3350 1007 1448 ---c7h7n 2s2na l 420 ---3332 915 1504 10309 [fe(4-abdtc)2] 1 420 472 3296 975 1500 11095 [ fe(4-abdtc)2(py)2] 2 418 493 3335 960 1500 10869 [fe(4abdtc)2(isoqui)2] 3 418 467 3332 1005 1502 10940 [fe(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] 4 424 510 3336 990 1500 11467 [fe(4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] 5 418 467 3413 984 1496 12820 [fe(4-abdtc)2(en)] 6 420 475 3319 900 1495 11494 [fe(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] 7 432 474 3309 975 1500 11490 [fe(4-abdtc)2 (2, 2bipy)] 8 420 ---3327 915 1514 16666 [co(4-abdtc)2] 9 418 515 3437 930 1508 9731,15324,21647 [co(4-abdtc)2 (py)2] 10 424 465 3319 945 1506 9850, 16367, 18726 [co(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2] 11 418 492 3278 960 1508 10394, 16447, 21008 [co(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] 12 418 450 3276 945 1500 9523, 14367, 1879 [co(4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] 13 418 465 3510 900 1490 10271, 15343, 22736 [co(4-abdtc)2(en)] 14 418 455 3332 975 1485 9723, 14705, 18518 [co(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] 15 418 455 3230 900 1500 10295, 15217, 21645 [co(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] 16 420 ---3319 915 1522 8523, 14670 [ni(4-abdtc)2] 17 418 510 3455 920 1518 9611, 18867, 24509 [ni(4-abdtc)2(py)2] 18 418 426 3319 947 1475 9863, 18796, 24390 [ni(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2] 19 418 426 3315 974 1500 9792, 18796, 24752 [ni(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] 20 418 426 3319 974 1494 10240,18096,24752 [ni(4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] 21 420 426 3336 945 1479 9865, 18796, 20576 [ni(4-abdtc)2(en)] 22 418 467 3334 949 1496 10330, 18939,23923 [ni(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] 23 420 450 3319 930 1500 9990, 18796, 24390 [ni(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] 24 418 450 3319 947 1514 9730, 14326, 25585 [(ch3)4n][ni(4-abdtc)3] 25 418 465 3319 947 1500 10100, 18656, 24509 [(c2h5)4n][ni(4-abdtc)3] 26 426 ---3346 900 1512 9083 [cu(4-abdtc)2] 27 418 465 3325 915 1508 11702 [cu(4-abdtc)2(py)2] 28 420 450 3332 919 1490 12263 [cu(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2 ] 29 418 472 3437 975 1495 12787 [cu(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] 30 418 495 3334 960 1508 10902 [cu (4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] 31 chemistry |138 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 suggest structures figure (1) : the predicate structure of the ligand figure (2) : the predicate structure of the compelex (1,9,17,27,35) m=fe(іі), co(іі),ni(іі),cu(іі),zn(іі) 418 519 3344 930 1496 12642 [cu(4-abdtc)2(en)] 32 420 450 3335 965 1502 11893 [cu(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] 33 420 493 3309 915 1500 9960 [cu(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] 34 418 ---3313 960 1514 30487, 37313 [zn(4-abdtc)2] 35 418 484 3338 975 1502 37313 [zn(4-abdtc)2(py)2] 36 420 459 3336 984 1492 25125, 37073 [zn(4-abdtc)2(isoqui)2 37 420 450 3313 984 1496 30487, 37313 [zn(4-abdtc)2(-pico)2] 38 420 459 3332 984 1492 3030, 3737 [zn (4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] 39 418 459 3319 984 1500 37313 [zn(4-abdtc)2(en)] 40 418 455 3319 956 1508 30864 , 26737 [zn(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] 41 418 459 3330 984 1496 35211 [zn (4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)] 42 chemistry |139 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (3) : the predicate structure of the compelex (2-5, 10-13,18-21, 28-31, 36-39) m= fe(іі), co(іі),ni(іі),cu(іі),zn(іі) n= number of nitrogen bases =2 when x= py,ɣ-pic,isoqunoline ,3,5-lutidine figure (4) : the predicate structure of the compelex ( 6-8,14-16,22-24,32-34,40-42) m= fe(іі), co(іі),ni(іі),cu(іі),zn(іі) n= number of nitrogen bases =1when x=1,10phenanthroline, en, 2, 2bipy chemistry |140 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure(5) : the predicate structure of the compelex of type ( r)4n[ni(pabdtc)3] r= methyl,ethyl chemistry |141 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (6): ftir spectrum of p-phenylene diamine dithiocarbamate ligand chemistry |142 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (7): ftir spectrum of [ni(4-abdtc)2(py)2] complex chemistry |143 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (8): ftir spectrum of [ni(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)]complex chemistry |144 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (9): ftir spectrum of [ fe(4-abdtc)2(py)2] complex chemistry |145 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (10): ftir spectrum of [fe(4-abdtc)2 (2, 2bipy)] complex chemistry |146 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (11): ftir spectrum of [co(4-abdtc)2(2, 2bipy)]complex chemistry |147 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (12): ftir spectrum of [co(4-abdtc)2(3,5-lut)2] complex chemistry |148 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (13): electronic spectrum of [fe(4-abdtc)2(1,10-phen)] complex figure (14): electronic spectrum of [co(4-abdtc)2] complex chemistry |149 https://doi.org/10.30526/30.3.1608 7302(عام 0العدد ) 03مجلة إبن الهيثم للعلوم الصرفة والتطبيقية المجلد ibn al-haitham jour. for pure & appl. sci. vol. 30 (3) 2017 figure (15): electronic spectrum of [(c2h5)4n][ni (4-abdtc)3] complex figure (16): electronic spectrum of [cu(4-abdtc)2] complex